diff --git a/.clang-format b/.clang-format new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5af12d3a --- /dev/null +++ b/.clang-format @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +--- +BraceWrapping: + AfterCaseLabel: false + AfterClass: false + AfterControlStatement: false + AfterEnum: false + AfterFunction: false + AfterNamespace: false + AfterObjCDeclaration: false + AfterStruct: false + AfterUnion: false + AfterExternBlock: false + BeforeCatch: false + BeforeElse: false + IndentBraces: false + SplitEmptyFunction: false + SplitEmptyRecord: false + SplitEmptyNamespace: false + BeforeLambdaBody: false + BeforeWhile: false +BreakBeforeBraces: Attach +ColumnLimit: 0 +IndentWidth: 4 +IndentCaseLabels: true +IncludeBlocks: Regroup +IncludeCategories: + - Regex: '<[[:alnum:].]+\.h>' + Priority: 1 + - Regex: '<[[:alnum:].]+>' + Priority: 2 + - Regex: '.*/.*' + Priority: 3 + - Regex: '.*' + Priority: 4 +DerivePointerAlignment: false +PointerAlignment: Left +... diff --git a/.clang-tidy b/.clang-tidy new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ea50801d --- /dev/null +++ b/.clang-tidy @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +Checks: '-*,readability-*,performance-*,modernize-*,-modernize-use-trailing-return-type,bugprone-*' +WarningsAsErrors: true +HeaderFilterRegex: '' +FormatStyle: none +CheckOptions: + - key: readability-identifier-naming.ClassCase + value: CamelCase + - key: readability-identifier-naming.ClassMethodCase + value: CamelCase + - key: readability-identifier-naming.ClassMemberPrefix + value: m_ + - key: readability-identifier-naming.ClassMemberCase + value: CamelCase + - key: readability-identifier-naming.ClassConstantCase + value: UPPER_CASE + - key: readability-identifier-naming.FunctionCase + value: CamelCase \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/.github/workflows/main.yml b/.github/workflows/main.yml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ef3b77e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/.github/workflows/main.yml @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +# This is a basic workflow to help you get started with Actions + +name: CI + +# Controls when the action will run. +on: + # Triggers the workflow on push or pull request events but only for the master branch + push: + branches: [ master, closed-beta, crux-prime, dev ] + pull_request: + branches: [ master, closed-beta, dev ] + + # Allows you to run this workflow manually from the Actions tab + workflow_dispatch: + +# A workflow run is made up of one or more jobs that can run sequentially or in parallel +jobs: + ubuntu-build: + runs-on: ubuntu-latest + steps: + - name: Checkout + uses: actions/checkout@v2.0.0 + - name: Build project + uses: nicledomaS/cmake_build_action@v1.3 + with: + submodule_update: ON + create_package: OFF + - uses: actions/upload-artifact@v2 + with: + name: MasterServer + path: build/MasterServer + - uses: actions/upload-artifact@v2 + with: + name: WorldServer + path: build/WorldServer + - uses: actions/upload-artifact@v2 + with: + name: ChatServer + path: build/ChatServer + - uses: actions/upload-artifact@v2 + with: + name: AuthServer + path: build/AuthServer diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3e0873e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +temp/ +cmake-build-debug/ +RelWithDebInfo/ + +# Third party libraries +thirdparty/mysql/ +thirdparty/mysql_linux/ +CMakeVariables.txt + +# Build folders +build/ +linux_build/ + +# Codeblocks +*.layout + +# User-specific files +*.rsuser +*.suo +*.user +*.userosscache +*.sln.docstates + +# User-specific files (MonoDevelop/Xamarin Studio) +*.userprefs + +# Build results +[Dd]ebug/ +[Dd]ebugPublic/ +[Rr]elease/ +[Rr]eleases/ +x64/ +x86/ +bld/ +[Bb]in/ +[Oo]bj/ +[Ll]og/ + +# Visual Studio 2015/2017 cache/options directory +.vs/ + +# Files built by Visual Studio +*_i.c +*_p.c +*_h.h +*.ilk +*.meta +*.obj +*.iobj +*.pch +*.pdb +*.ipdb +*.idb +*.pgc +*.pgd +*.rsp +*.sbr +*.tlb +*.tli +*.tlh +*.tmp +*.tmp_proj +*_wpftmp.csproj +*.log +*.vspscc +*.vssscc +.builds +*.pidb +*.svclog +*.scc +*.lastbuildstate + +# Visual C++ cache files +ipch/ +*.aps +*.ncb +*.opendb +*.opensdf +*.sdf +*.cachefile +*.VC.db +*.VC.VC.opendb + +# Visual Studio Log Files +*.tlog +*.log + +# VS Code +.vscode + +# Clion (IntelliJ) +.idea +.DS_Store + +# Exceptions: +CMakeSettings.json +*.vcxproj +*.filters +*.cmake +CMakeCache.txt +*.bin +CMakeFiles/3.17.3/CompilerIdC/CMakeCCompilerId.c +CMakeFiles/3.17.3/CompilerIdCXX/CMakeCXXCompilerId.cpp +CMakeFiles/3.17.3/VCTargetsPath.txt +CMakeFiles/3e6b105f924142e3e299a1a30e09566e/generate.stamp.rule +CMakeFiles/cmake.check_cache +CMakeFiles/generate.stamp +CMakeFiles/generate.stamp.depend +CMakeFiles/generate.stamp.list +CMakeFiles/TargetDirectories.txt +*.sln +*.recipe + +# clangd +.cache +thirdparty/zlib-1.2.11/ diff --git a/.gitmodules b/.gitmodules new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fac2963d --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitmodules @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +[submodule "thirdparty/cpp-httplib"] + path = thirdparty/cpp-httplib + url = https://github.com/yhirose/cpp-httplib +[submodule "thirdparty/tinyxml2"] + path = thirdparty/tinyxml2 + url = https://github.com/leethomason/tinyxml2 +[submodule "thirdparty/recastnavigation"] + path = thirdparty/recastnavigation + url = https://github.com/recastnavigation/recastnavigation +[submodule "thirdparty/libbcrypt"] + path = thirdparty/libbcrypt + url = https://github.com/trusch/libbcrypt.git + diff --git a/CMakeLists.txt b/CMakeLists.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cf7988c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/CMakeLists.txt @@ -0,0 +1,486 @@ +cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.12) +project(Darkflame) + +# Read variables from file +FILE(READ "${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/CMakeVariables.txt" variables) + +string(REPLACE "\\\n" "" variables ${variables}) +string(REPLACE "\n" ";" variables ${variables}) + +# Set the cmake variables, formatted as "VARIABLE #" in variables +foreach(variable ${variables}) + # If the string contains a #, skip it + if("${variable}" MATCHES "#") + continue() + endif() + + # Split the variable into name and value + string(REPLACE "=" ";" variable ${variable}) + + # Check that the length of the variable is 2 (name and value) + list(LENGTH variable length) + if(NOT ${length} EQUAL 2) + continue() + endif() + + list(GET variable 0 variable_name) + list(GET variable 1 variable_value) + + # Set the variable + set(${variable_name} ${variable_value}) + + # Add compiler definition + set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -D${variable_name}=${variable_value}") + + message(STATUS "Variable: ${variable_name} = ${variable_value}") +endforeach() + +# On windows it's better to build this from source, as there's no way FindZLIB is gonna find it +if(NOT WIN32) +find_package(ZLIB REQUIRED) +endif() + +# Fetch External (Non-Submodule) Libraries +if(WIN32) +include(FetchContent) + +FetchContent_Declare( + mysql + URL https://dev.mysql.com/get/Downloads/Connector-C++/mysql-connector-c++-8.0.27-winx64.zip + URL_HASH MD5=e3c53f6e4d0a72fde2713f7597bf9468 +) + +FetchContent_Declare( + zlib + URL http://github.com/madler/zlib/archive/refs/tags/v1.2.11.zip + URL_HASH MD5=9d6a627693163bbbf3f26403a3a0b0b1 +) + +FetchContent_MakeAvailable(zlib) +FetchContent_MakeAvailable(mysql) + +set(ZLIB_INCLUDE_DIRS ${zlib_SOURCE_DIR} ${zlib_BINARY_DIR}) +set_target_properties(zlib PROPERTIES INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES "${ZLIB_INCLUDE_DIRS}") # Why? +add_library(ZLIB::ZLIB ALIAS zlib) # You're welcome + +endif(WIN32) +if(UNIX) +if(APPLE) +else() +include(FetchContent) + +FetchContent_Declare( + mysql + URL https://dev.mysql.com/get/Downloads/Connector-C++/mysql-connector-c++-8.0.27-linux-glibc2.12-x86-64bit.tar.gz + URL_HASH MD5=12f086b76c11022cc7139b41a36cdf9e +) + +FetchContent_MakeAvailable(mysql) + +if (__include_backtrace__ AND __compile_backtrace__) + FetchContent_Declare( + backtrace + GIT_REPOSITORY https://github.com/ianlancetaylor/libbacktrace.git + ) + + FetchContent_MakeAvailable(backtrace) + + if (NOT EXISTS ${backtrace_SOURCE_DIR}/.libs) + set(backtrace_make_cmd "${backtrace_SOURCE_DIR}/configure --prefix=\"/usr\" --enable-shared --with-system-libunwind") + + execute_process( + COMMAND bash -c "cd ${backtrace_SOURCE_DIR} && ${backtrace_make_cmd} && make && cd ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}" + ) + endif() + + link_directories(${backtrace_SOURCE_DIR}/.libs/) + include_directories(${backtrace_SOURCE_DIR}) +endif(__include_backtrace__) + +endif() +endif(UNIX) + +# Set the version +set(PROJECT_VERSION "${PROJECT_VERSION_MAJOR}.${PROJECT_VERSION_MINOR}.${PROJECT_VERSION_PATCH}") + +set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -DPROJECT_VERSION=${PROJECT_VERSION}") + +# Echo the version +message(STATUS "Version: ${PROJECT_VERSION}") + +set(CMAKE_CXX_STANDARD 17) + +if(WIN32) + add_compile_definitions(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS) +endif(WIN32) + +# Our output dir +set(CMAKE_BINARY_DIR ${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}) + +# Create a /res directory +make_directory(${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/res) + +# Create a /locale directory +make_directory(${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/locale) + +# Copy ini files on first build +if (NOT EXISTS ${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/authconfig.ini) + configure_file( + ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/resources/authconfig.ini ${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/authconfig.ini + COPYONLY + ) +endif() +if (NOT EXISTS ${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/chatconfig.ini) + configure_file( + ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/resources/chatconfig.ini ${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/chatconfig.ini + COPYONLY + ) +endif() +if (NOT EXISTS ${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/worldconfig.ini) + configure_file( + ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/resources/worldconfig.ini ${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/worldconfig.ini + COPYONLY + ) +endif() +if (NOT EXISTS ${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/masterconfig.ini) + configure_file( + ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/resources/masterconfig.ini ${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/masterconfig.ini + COPYONLY + ) +endif() + +# Copy files to output +configure_file("${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/vanity/CREDITS.md" "${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/vanity/CREDITS.md" COPYONLY) +configure_file("${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/vanity/INFO.md" "${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/vanity/INFO.md" COPYONLY) +configure_file("${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/vanity/TESTAMENT.md" "${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/vanity/TESTAMENT.md" COPYONLY) +configure_file("${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/vanity/NPC.xml" "${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/vanity/NPC.xml" COPYONLY) + +# 3rdparty includes +include_directories(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/thirdparty/raknet/Source/) +if(UNIX) + if(APPLE) + include_directories(/usr/local/include/) + include_directories(/usr/local/mysql-connector-c++/include/jdbc/) + include_directories(/usr/local/mysql-connector-c++/include/jdbc/cppconn/) + else() + include_directories(${mysql_SOURCE_DIR}/include/jdbc/) + include_directories(${mysql_SOURCE_DIR}/include/jdbc/cppconn/) + endif(APPLE) +endif(UNIX) +if(WIN32) +include_directories(${mysql_SOURCE_DIR}/include/jdbc) +include_directories(${mysql_SOURCE_DIR}/include/jdbc/cppconn) +endif(WIN32) +include_directories(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/thirdparty/tinyxml2/) +include_directories(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/thirdparty/recastnavigation/Recast/Include) +include_directories(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/thirdparty/recastnavigation/Detour/Include) +include_directories(${ZLIB_INCLUDE_DIRS}) + +# Bcrypt +if (NOT WIN32) +include_directories(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/thirdparty/libbcrypt) +include_directories(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/thirdparty/libbcrypt/include/bcrypt) +else () +include_directories(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/thirdparty/libbcrypt/include) +endif () + +# Our includes +include_directories(${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}) +include_directories(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dChatFilter/) +include_directories(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dCommon/) +include_directories(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dGame/) +include_directories(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dGame/dBehaviors) +include_directories(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dGame/dComponents) +include_directories(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dGame/dGameMessages) +include_directories(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dGame/dInventory) +include_directories(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dGame/dMission) +include_directories(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dGame/dEntity) +include_directories(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dGame/dUtilities) +include_directories(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dPhysics/) +include_directories(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dZoneManager/) +include_directories(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dDatabase/) +include_directories(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dDatabase/Tables/) +include_directories(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/thirdparty/SQLite/) +include_directories(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/thirdparty/cpplinq/) +include_directories(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dNet/) +include_directories(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dScripts/) + +# Default to linking to libmysql +set(MYSQL_LIB mysql) +if(WIN32) +set(MYSQL_LIB mysqlcppconn) +endif(WIN32) + +# Lib folders: +link_directories(${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}) +if(UNIX) + if(APPLE) + link_directories(/usr/local/mysql-connector-c++/lib64/) + else() + link_directories(${mysql_SOURCE_DIR}/lib64/) + + # Link to libmysqlcppconn on Linux + set(MYSQL_LIB mysqlcppconn) + endif(APPLE) +endif(UNIX) +if(WIN32) +link_directories(${mysql_SOURCE_DIR}/lib64/vs14) +endif(WIN32) + +# Source Code +file( +GLOB SOURCES +LIST_DIRECTORIES false +RELATIVE "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}" +${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dWorldServer/*.cpp +) + +# Source Code for AuthServer +file( +GLOB SOURCES_AUTH +LIST_DIRECTORIES false +RELATIVE "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}" +${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dAuthServer/*.cpp +) + +# Source Code for MasterServer +file( +GLOB SOURCES_MASTER +LIST_DIRECTORIES false +RELATIVE "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}" +${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dMasterServer/*.cpp +) + +# Source Code for ChatServer +file( +GLOB SOURCES_CHAT +LIST_DIRECTORIES false +RELATIVE "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}" +${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dChatServer/*.cpp +) + +# Source Code for raknet +file( +GLOB SOURCES_RAKNET +LIST_DIRECTORIES false +RELATIVE "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}" +${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/thirdparty/raknet/Source/*.cpp +) + +# Source Code for recast +file( +GLOB SOURCES_RECAST +LIST_DIRECTORIES false +RELATIVE "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}" +${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/thirdparty/recastnavigation/Recast/Source/*.cpp +) + +# Source Code for detour +file( +GLOB SOURCES_DETOUR +LIST_DIRECTORIES false +RELATIVE "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}" +${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/thirdparty/recastnavigation/Detour/Source/*.cpp +) + +# Source Code for tinyxml2 +file( +GLOB SOURCES_TINYXML2 +LIST_DIRECTORIES false +RELATIVE "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}" +${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/thirdparty/tinyxml2/tinyxml2.cpp +) + +# Source Code for libbcrypt +file( +GLOB SOURCES_LIBBCRYPT +LIST_DIRECTORIES false +RELATIVE "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}" +${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/thirdparty/libbcrypt/*.c +${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/thirdparty/libbcrypt/src/*.c +) + +# Source Code for dCommon +file( +GLOB SOURCES_DCOMMON +LIST_DIRECTORIES false +RELATIVE "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}" +${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dCommon/*.cpp +) + +# Source Code for dChatFilter +file( +GLOB SOURCES_DCHATFILTER +LIST_DIRECTORIES false +RELATIVE "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}" +${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dChatFilter/*.cpp +) + +# Source Code for dDatabase +file( +GLOB SOURCES_DDATABASE +LIST_DIRECTORIES false +RELATIVE "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}" +${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dDatabase/*.cpp +${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dDatabase/Tables/*.cpp +${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/thirdparty/SQLite/*.cpp +${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/thirdparty/SQLite/*.c +) + +# Source Code for dNet +file( +GLOB SOURCES_DNET +LIST_DIRECTORIES false +RELATIVE "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}" +${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dNet/*.cpp +) + +# Source Code for dGame +file( +GLOB SOURCES_DGAME +LIST_DIRECTORIES false +RELATIVE "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}" +${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dGame/*.cpp +${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dGame/dBehaviors/*.cpp +${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dGame/dComponents/*.cpp +${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dGame/dGameMessages/*.cpp +${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dGame/dInventory/*.cpp +${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dGame/dMission/*.cpp +${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dGame/dEntity/*.cpp +${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dGame/dUtilities/*.cpp +${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dScripts/*.cpp +) + +# Source Code for dZoneManager +file( +GLOB SOURCES_DZM +LIST_DIRECTORIES false +RELATIVE "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}" +${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dZoneManager/*.cpp +) + +# Source Code for dPhysics +file( +GLOB SOURCES_DPHYSICS +LIST_DIRECTORIES false +RELATIVE "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}" +${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/dPhysics/*.cpp +) + +# 3rdparty static libraries: +#add_library(zlib ${SOURCES_ZLIB}) +add_library(raknet ${SOURCES_RAKNET}) +add_library(tinyxml2 ${SOURCES_TINYXML2}) +add_library(detour ${SOURCES_DETOUR}) +add_library(recast ${SOURCES_RECAST}) +add_library(libbcrypt ${SOURCES_LIBBCRYPT}) + +# Our static libraries: +add_library(dCommon ${SOURCES_DCOMMON}) +add_library(dChatFilter ${SOURCES_DCHATFILTER}) +add_library(dDatabase ${SOURCES_DDATABASE}) +add_library(dNet ${SOURCES_DNET}) +add_library(dGame ${SOURCES_DGAME}) +add_library(dZoneManager ${SOURCES_DZM}) +add_library(dPhysics ${SOURCES_DPHYSICS}) +target_link_libraries(dNet dCommon) #Needed because otherwise linker errors occur. +target_link_libraries(dCommon ZLIB::ZLIB) +target_link_libraries(dCommon libbcrypt) + +# Our executables: +add_executable(WorldServer ${SOURCES}) +add_executable(AuthServer ${SOURCES_AUTH}) +add_executable(MasterServer ${SOURCES_MASTER}) +add_executable(ChatServer ${SOURCES_CHAT}) + +# Target libraries to link to: +target_link_libraries(WorldServer dCommon) +target_link_libraries(WorldServer dChatFilter) +target_link_libraries(WorldServer dDatabase) +target_link_libraries(WorldServer dNet) +target_link_libraries(WorldServer dGame) +target_link_libraries(WorldServer dZoneManager) +target_link_libraries(WorldServer dPhysics) +target_link_libraries(WorldServer detour) +target_link_libraries(WorldServer recast) +target_link_libraries(WorldServer raknet) +target_link_libraries(WorldServer ${MYSQL_LIB}) +if(UNIX) +target_link_libraries(WorldServer pthread) +target_link_libraries(WorldServer dl) + +if(NOT APPLE AND __include_backtrace__) +target_link_libraries(WorldServer backtrace) +target_link_libraries(MasterServer backtrace) +target_link_libraries(AuthServer backtrace) +target_link_libraries(ChatServer backtrace) +endif() + +endif(UNIX) +if(WIN32) +target_link_libraries(WorldServer ws2_32) +endif(WIN32) +target_link_libraries(WorldServer tinyxml2) + +# Target libraries for Auth: +target_link_libraries(AuthServer dCommon) +target_link_libraries(AuthServer dDatabase) +target_link_libraries(AuthServer dNet) +target_link_libraries(AuthServer raknet) +target_link_libraries(AuthServer ${MYSQL_LIB}) +if(UNIX) +target_link_libraries(AuthServer pthread) +target_link_libraries(AuthServer dl) +endif(UNIX) +if(WIN32) +target_link_libraries(AuthServer ws2_32) +endif(WIN32) + +# Target libraries for Master: +target_link_libraries(MasterServer dCommon) +target_link_libraries(MasterServer dDatabase) +target_link_libraries(MasterServer dNet) +target_link_libraries(MasterServer raknet) +target_link_libraries(MasterServer ${MYSQL_LIB}) +if(UNIX) +target_link_libraries(MasterServer pthread) +target_link_libraries(MasterServer dl) +endif(UNIX) +if(WIN32) +target_link_libraries(MasterServer ws2_32) +endif(WIN32) + +# Target libraries for Chat: +target_link_libraries(ChatServer dCommon) +target_link_libraries(ChatServer dChatFilter) +target_link_libraries(ChatServer dDatabase) +target_link_libraries(ChatServer dNet) +target_link_libraries(ChatServer raknet) +target_link_libraries(ChatServer ${MYSQL_LIB}) +if(UNIX) +target_link_libraries(ChatServer pthread) +target_link_libraries(ChatServer dl) +endif(UNIX) +if(WIN32) +target_link_libraries(ChatServer ws2_32) +endif(WIN32) + +# Compiler flags: +# Disabled deprecated warnings as the MySQL includes have deprecated code in them. +# Disabled misleading indentation as DL_LinkedList from RakNet has a weird indent. +# Disabled no-register +# Disabled unknown pragmas because Linux doesn't understand Windows pragmas. +if(UNIX) + if(APPLE) + set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -std=gnu++17 -O2 -Wuninitialized -Wno-unused-result -Wno-unknown-pragmas -fpermissive -D_GLIBCXX_USE_CXX11_ABI=0 -D_GLIBCXX_USE_CXX17_ABI=0 -fPIC") + else() + set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -std=gnu++17 -O2 -Wuninitialized -Wno-unused-result -Wno-unknown-pragmas -fpermissive -D_GLIBCXX_USE_CXX11_ABI=0 -D_GLIBCXX_USE_CXX17_ABI=0 -static-libgcc -fPIC") + endif() + if (__dynamic) + set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -rdynamic") + endif() + if (__ggdb) + set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -ggdb") + endif() +set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -std=c99 -O2 -fPIC") +endif(UNIX) diff --git a/CONTRIBUTING.md b/CONTRIBUTING.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ae10ae0f --- /dev/null +++ b/CONTRIBUTING.md @@ -0,0 +1,366 @@ +# Contributing to Darkflame Universe + +This document outlines how to contribute to Darkflame Universe as well as guidelines and rules for contribution. + +## Filing Issues + +Issues should be used to report problems with the project, request a new feature, or to discuss potential changes before a PR is created. + +If you find an Issue that addresses the problem you're having, please add your own reproduction information to the existing issue rather than creating a new one. + +Issues should include (when applicable): +- Expected Behavior +- Current Behavior +- Possible Solution +- Steps to Reproduce +- Your Enviorment + +## Pull Requests + +PRs to this project are always welcome and can be a quick way to get your fix or improvement slated for the next release. In general, PRs should: + +- Only fix/add the functionality in question **OR** address wide-spread whitespace/style issues, not both. +- Address a single concern in the least number of changed lines as possible. +- Include documentation in the repo. + +For changes that address core functionality or would require breaking changes (e.g. a major release), it's best to open an Issue to discuss your proposal first. This is not required but can save time creating and reviewing changes. + +In general, we follow the "fork-and-pull" Git workflow + +- Fork the repository to your own Github account +- Clone the project to your machine +- Create a branch locally with a succinct but descriptive name +- Commit changes to the branch +- Following any formatting and testing guidelines specific to this repo +- Push changes to your fork +- Open a PR in our repository. + +PRs should include (when applicable): +- Description +- Motivation and Context +- Type of Changes +- How Has This Been Tested? +- Screenshots + +## Development Resources + +Check out a compiled list of development resources and tools [here](https://lu-dev.net/). + +## Coding Style + +This project has gone through multiple iterations of coding style. In the code you'll find a number of different coding styles in use. What follows is the preferred style for this project. + +### General + +Use 4 spaces instead of the tab character. + +Use typically trailing braces everywhere (if, else, functions, structures, typedefs, class definitions, etc.) + +```cpp +if (x) { +} +``` + +The else statement starts on the same line as the last closing brace. + +```cpp +if (x) { +} else { +} +``` + + +Do not pad parenthesized expressions with spaces + +```cpp +if (x) { +} +``` + +Instead of + +```cpp +if ( x ) { +} +``` + +And + +```cpp +x = (y * 0.5f); +``` + +Instead of + +```cpp +x = ( y * 0.5f ); +``` + + +Use precision specification for floating point values unless there is an explicit need for a double. + +```cpp +float f = 0.5f; +``` + +Instead of + +```cpp +float f = 0.5; +``` + +And + +```cpp +float f = 1.0f; +``` + +Instead of + +```cpp +float f = 1.f; +``` + + +Function names start with an upper case: + +```cpp +void Function(); +``` + + +In multi-word function names each word starts with an upper case: + +```cpp +void ThisFunctionDoesSomething(); +``` + + +The standard header for functions is: + +```cpp +/** + * Function description + * @param param1 Description of param1 + * @return Description of return value + */ +``` + + +Variable names start with a lower case character. + +```cpp +float x; +``` + + +In multi-word variable names the first word starts with a lower case character and each successive word starts with an upper case. + +```cpp +float maxDistanceFromPlane; +``` + + +Typedef names use the same naming convention as variables, however they always end with `_t`. + +```cpp +typedef int fileHandle_t; +``` + +Do not use C style enums, instead use enum classes. + +```cpp +enum class Contact { + None, + Edge, + ModelVertex +}; +``` + +Instead of + +```cpp +enum Contact { + CONTACT_NONE, + CONTACT_EDGE, + CONTACT_MODELVERTEX, + CONTACT_TRMVERTEX +}; +``` + +Never use ambiguous integer types. + +```cpp +uint16_t myInteger = 0; +``` + +Instead of + +```cpp +unsigned short myInteger = 0; +``` + +Defined names use all upper case characters. Multiple words are separated with an underscore. + +```cpp +#define SIDE_FRONT 0 +``` + + +Use `const` as much as possible. + +Use: + +```cpp +const int* p; // pointer to const int +int* const p; // const pointer to int +const int* const p; // const pointer to const int +``` + +Don’t use: + +```cpp +int const* p; +``` + + +### Classes + +The standard header for a class is: + +```cpp +/** + * Class description + */ +``` + + +Class names should not start with a prefix and each successive word starts with an upper case. + +```cpp +class Vec3; +``` + + +Class variables start with `m` and each successive word starts with an upper case. + +```cpp +class Vec3 { + float m_X; + float m_Y; + float m_Z; +} +``` + +Class methods have the same naming convention as functions. + +```cpp +class Vec3 { + float Length() const; +} +``` + +Ordering of class variables and methods should be as follows: + +1. constructor and destructor (followed by a line break) +2. list of friend classes +3. public variables +4. public methods +5. protected variables +6. protected methods +7. private variables +8. private methods + +This allows the public interface to be easily found at the beginning of the class. + + +Always make class methods `const` when they do not modify any class variables. + +Avoid use of `const_cast`. When object is needed to be modified, but only const versions are accessible, create a function that clearly gives an editable version of the object. This keeps the control of the "const-ness" in the hands of the object and not the user. + +Return `const` objects unless the general usage of the object is to change its state. + +Function overloading should be used in most cases. For example, instead of: + +```cpp + const Anim* GetAnimByIndex(int index) const; + const Anim* GetAnimByName(const char* name) const; + const Anim* GetRandomAnim(float randomDiversity) const; +``` + +Use: +```cpp + const Anim* GetAnim(int index) const; + const Anim* GetAnim(const char* name) const; + const Anim* GetAnim(float randomDiversity) const; +``` + + +### Header Files + +At the beginning of all header files, there should be a `#pragma once` to prevent circular includes. + + +Ordering of includes should be as follows, with each section getting a line break: + +1. relevant header file (example: `Vec3.h` for `Vec3.cpp`) +2. c system headers (use angle brackets) +3. c++ standard library headers (use angle brackets) +4. third party library headers +5. internal headers + +For example, `Vec3.cpp`'s includes may look like: + +```cpp +#include "Vec3.h" + +#include + +#include +#include + +#include "BitStream.h" + +#include "dCommonVars.h" +``` + + +Use forward declarations to your advantage, they decrease compile time. + +Use: + +```cpp +class Vec3; + +class Player { + Vec3 m_Position; +} +``` + +Don't use: + +```cpp +#include "Vec3.h" + +class Player { + Vec3 m_Position; +} +``` + + +### File Names + +Each class should be in a separate source file unless it makes sense to group several smaller classes. +All source files should use the `.cpp` extension and all header files should use the `.h` extension. +The file name can be the same as the name of the class. + +```cpp +class Winding; +``` + +files: + +``` +Winding.cpp +Winding.h +``` diff --git a/LICENSE b/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 00000000..940ee34f --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,661 @@ + GNU AFFERO GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 3, 19 November 2007 + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The GNU Affero General Public License is a free, copyleft license for +software and other kinds of works, specifically designed to ensure +cooperation with the community in the case of network server software. + + The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed +to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, +our General Public Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to +share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free +software for all its users. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you +want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new +free programs, and that you know you can do these things. + + Developers that use our General Public Licenses protect your rights +with two steps: (1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer +you this License which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute +and/or modify the software. + + A secondary benefit of defending all users' freedom is that +improvements made in alternate versions of the program, if they +receive widespread use, become available for other developers to +incorporate. Many developers of free software are heartened and +encouraged by the resulting cooperation. However, in the case of +software used on network servers, this result may fail to come about. +The GNU General Public License permits making a modified version and +letting the public access it on a server without ever releasing its +source code to the public. + + The GNU Affero General Public License is designed specifically to +ensure that, in such cases, the modified source code becomes available +to the community. It requires the operator of a network server to +provide the source code of the modified version running there to the +users of that server. Therefore, public use of a modified version, on +a publicly accessible server, gives the public access to the source +code of the modified version. + + An older license, called the Affero General Public License and +published by Affero, was designed to accomplish similar goals. This is +a different license, not a version of the Affero GPL, but Affero has +released a new version of the Affero GPL which permits relicensing under +this license. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + 0. Definitions. + + "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License. + + "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of +works, such as semiconductor masks. + + "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this +License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and +"recipients" may be individuals or organizations. + + To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work +in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an +exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the +earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work. + + A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based +on the Program. + + To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without +permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for +infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a +computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, +distribution (with or without modification), making available to the +public, and in some countries other activities as well. + + To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other +parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through +a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying. + + An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices" +to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible +feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) +tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the +extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the +work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If +the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a +menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion. + + 1. Source Code. + + The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work +for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source +form of a work. + + A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official +standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of +interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that +is widely used among developers working in that language. + + The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other +than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of +packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major +Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that +Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an +implementation is available to the public in source code form. A +"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component +(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system +(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to +produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it. + + The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all +the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable +work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to +control those activities. However, it does not include the work's +System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free +programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but +which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source +includes interface definition files associated with source files for +the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically +linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, +such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those +subprograms and other parts of the work. + + The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users +can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding +Source. + + The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that +same work. + + 2. Basic Permissions. + + All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of +copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated +conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited +permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a +covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its +content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your +rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law. + + You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not +convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains +in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose +of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you +with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with +the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do +not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works +for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction +and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of +your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you. + + Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under +the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 +makes it unnecessary. + + 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law. + + No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological +measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article +11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or +similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such +measures. + + When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid +circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention +is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to +the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or +modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's +users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of +technological measures. + + 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies. + + You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you +receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and +appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; +keep intact all notices stating that this License and any +non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; +keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all +recipients a copy of this License along with the Program. + + You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, +and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee. + + 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions. + + You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to +produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the +terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified + it, and giving a relevant date. + + b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is + released under this License and any conditions added under section + 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to + "keep intact all notices". + + c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this + License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This + License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 + additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, + regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no + permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not + invalidate such permission if you have separately received it. + + d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display + Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive + interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your + work need not make them do so. + + A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent +works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, +and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, +in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an +"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not +used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users +beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work +in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other +parts of the aggregate. + + 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms. + + You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms +of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the +machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, +in one of these ways: + + a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product + (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the + Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium + customarily used for software interchange. + + b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product + (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a + written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as + long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product + model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a + copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the + product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical + medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no + more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this + conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the + Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge. + + c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the + written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This + alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and + only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord + with subsection 6b. + + d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated + place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the + Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no + further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the + Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to + copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source + may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party) + that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain + clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the + Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the + Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is + available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements. + + e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided + you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding + Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no + charge under subsection 6d. + + A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded +from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be +included in conveying the object code work. + + A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any +tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, +or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation +into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, +doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular +product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a +typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status +of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user +actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product +is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial +commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent +the only significant mode of use of the product. + + "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods, +procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install +and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from +a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must +suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object +code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because +modification has been made. + + If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or +specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as +part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the +User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a +fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the +Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied +by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply +if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install +modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has +been installed in ROM). + + The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a +requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates +for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for +the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a +network may be denied when the modification itself materially and +adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and +protocols for communication across the network. + + Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, +in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly +documented (and with an implementation available to the public in +source code form), and must require no special password or key for +unpacking, reading or copying. + + 7. Additional Terms. + + "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this +License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. +Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall +be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent +that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions +apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately +under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by +this License without regard to the additional permissions. + + When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option +remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of +it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own +removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place +additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, +for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. + + Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you +add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of +that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms: + + a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the + terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or + + b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or + author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal + Notices displayed by works containing it; or + + c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or + requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in + reasonable ways as different from the original version; or + + d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or + authors of the material; or + + e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some + trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or + + f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that + material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of + it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for + any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on + those licensors and authors. + + All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further +restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you +received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is +governed by this License along with a term that is a further +restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains +a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this +License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms +of that license document, provided that the further restriction does +not survive such relicensing or conveying. + + If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you +must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the +additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating +where to find the applicable terms. + + Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the +form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; +the above requirements apply either way. + + 8. Termination. + + You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly +provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or +modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under +this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third +paragraph of section 11). + + However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your +license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) +provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and +finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright +holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means +prior to 60 days after the cessation. + + Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is +reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the +violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have +received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that +copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after +your receipt of the notice. + + Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the +licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under +this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently +reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same +material under section 10. + + 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies. + + You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or +run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work +occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission +to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, +nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or +modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do +not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a +covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so. + + 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients. + + Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically +receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and +propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible +for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. + + An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an +organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an +organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered +work results from an entity transaction, each party to that +transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever +licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could +give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the +Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if +the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts. + + You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the +rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may +not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of +rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation +(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that +any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for +sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it. + + 11. Patents. + + A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this +License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The +work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version". + + A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims +owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or +hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted +by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, +but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a +consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For +purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant +patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of +this License. + + Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free +patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to +make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and +propagate the contents of its contributor version. + + In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express +agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent +(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to +sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a +party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a +patent against the party. + + If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, +and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone +to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a +publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, +then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so +available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the +patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner +consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent +license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have +actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the +covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work +in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that +country that you have reason to believe are valid. + + If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or +arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a +covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties +receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify +or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license +you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered +work and works based on it. + + A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within +the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is +conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are +specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered +work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is +in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment +to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying +the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the +parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory +patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work +conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily +for and in connection with specific products or compilations that +contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, +or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007. + + Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting +any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may +otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law. + + 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom. + + If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a +covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may +not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you +to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey +the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this +License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program. + + 13. Remote Network Interaction; Use with the GNU General Public License. + + Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, if you modify the +Program, your modified version must prominently offer all users +interacting with it remotely through a computer network (if your version +supports such interaction) an opportunity to receive the Corresponding +Source of your version by providing access to the Corresponding Source +from a network server at no charge, through some standard or customary +means of facilitating copying of software. This Corresponding Source +shall include the Corresponding Source for any work covered by version 3 +of the GNU General Public License that is incorporated pursuant to the +following paragraph. + + Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have +permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed +under version 3 of the GNU General Public License into a single +combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this +License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, +but the work with which it is combined will remain governed by version +3 of the GNU General Public License. + + 14. Revised Versions of this License. + + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of +the GNU Affero General Public License from time to time. Such new versions +will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the +Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU Affero General +Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the +option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered +version or of any later version published by the Free Software +Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the +GNU Affero General Public License, you may choose any version ever published +by the Free Software Foundation. + + If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future +versions of the GNU Affero General Public License can be used, that proxy's +public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you +to choose that version for the Program. + + Later license versions may give you additional or different +permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any +author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a +later version. + + 15. Disclaimer of Warranty. + + THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY +APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT +HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY +OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, +THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM +IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF +ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 16. Limitation of Liability. + + IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS +THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY +GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE +USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF +DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD +PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), +EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +SUCH DAMAGES. + + 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16. + + If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided +above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, +reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates +an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the +Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a +copy of the Program in return for a fee. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + Darkflame Universe, a server emulator for LEGO Universe. + Copyright (C) 2021 The Darkflame Universe Team + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU Affero General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Affero General Public License + along with this program. If not, see . + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + + If your software can interact with users remotely through a computer +network, you should also make sure that it provides a way for users to +get its source. For example, if your program is a web application, its +interface could display a "Source" link that leads users to an archive +of the code. There are many ways you could offer source, and different +solutions will be better for different programs; see section 13 for the +specific requirements. + + You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, +if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. +For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU AGPL, see +. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/README.md b/README.md index a4ddb707..28b7ea3b 100644 --- a/README.md +++ b/README.md @@ -36,6 +36,12 @@ git clone --recursive https://github.com/DarkflameUniverse/DarkflameServer Some tools utilized to streamline the setup process require Python 3, make sure you have it installed. +**Choosing the right version for your client** +DLU clients identify themselves using a higher version number than the regular live clients out there. +This was done make sure that older and incomplete clients wouldn't produce false positive bug reports for us, and because we made bug fixes and new content for the client. + +If you're using a DLU client, then you don't need to change anything. But if you're using any other client, you'll have to go into the "CMakeVariables.txt" file and change it to match your client's version. (likely 171022) + ### Linux builds Make sure packages like `gcc`, `cmake`, and `zlib` are installed. Depending on the distribution, these packages might already be installed. @@ -128,7 +134,10 @@ This repository does not distribute any LEGO® Universe files. A full install of Known good SHA256 checksums of the client: - `8f6c7e84eca3bab93232132a88c4ae6f8367227d7eafeaa0ef9c40e86c14edf5` (packed client, rar compressed) - `c1531bf9401426042e8bab2de04ba1b723042dc01d9907c2635033d417de9e05` (packed client, includes extra locales, rar compressed) -- `0d862f71eedcadc4494c4358261669721b40b2131101cbd6ef476c5a6ec6775b` (unpacked client, includes extra locales, rar compressed) +- `0d862f71eedcadc4494c4358261669721b40b2131101cbd6ef476c5a6ec6775b` (unpacked client, includes extra locales, rar compressed) + +Known good *SHA1* checksum of the DLU client: +- `91498e09b83ce69f46baf9e521d48f23fe502985` (packed client, zip compressed) How to generate a SHA256 checksum: ```bash diff --git a/build.sh b/build.sh new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11562359 --- /dev/null +++ b/build.sh @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +# Create the build directory, preserving it if it already exists +mkdir -p build +cd build + +# Run cmake to generate make files +cmake .. + +# Run make to build the project. To build utilizing multiple cores, append `-j` and the amount of cores to utilize, for example `make -j8` +make \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dAuthServer/AuthServer.cpp b/dAuthServer/AuthServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..22f1dfa0 --- /dev/null +++ b/dAuthServer/AuthServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +//DLU Includes: +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "dServer.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "Database.h" +#include "dConfig.h" +#include "Diagnostics.h" + +//RakNet includes: +#include "RakNetDefines.h" + +//Auth includes: +#include "AuthPackets.h" +#include "dMessageIdentifiers.h" + +#include "Game.h" +namespace Game { + dLogger* logger; + dServer* server; + dConfig* config; +} + +dLogger* SetupLogger(); +void HandlePacket(Packet* packet); + +int main(int argc, char** argv) { + Diagnostics::SetProcessName("Auth"); + Diagnostics::SetProcessFileName(argv[0]); + Diagnostics::Initialize(); + + //Create all the objects we need to run our service: + Game::logger = SetupLogger(); + if (!Game::logger) return 0; + Game::logger->Log("AuthServer", "Starting Auth server...\n"); + Game::logger->Log("AuthServer", "Version: %i.%i\n", PROJECT_VERSION_MAJOR, PROJECT_VERSION_MINOR); + Game::logger->Log("AuthServer", "Compiled on: %s\n", __TIMESTAMP__); + + //Read our config: + dConfig config("authconfig.ini"); + Game::config = &config; + Game::logger->SetLogToConsole(bool(std::stoi(config.GetValue("log_to_console")))); + + //Connect to the MySQL Database + std::string mysql_host = config.GetValue("mysql_host"); + std::string mysql_database = config.GetValue("mysql_database"); + std::string mysql_username = config.GetValue("mysql_username"); + std::string mysql_password = config.GetValue("mysql_password"); + + try { + Database::Connect(mysql_host, mysql_database, mysql_username, mysql_password); + } catch (sql::SQLException& ex) { + Game::logger->Log("AuthServer", "Got an error while connecting to the database: %s\n", ex.what()); + Database::Destroy(); + delete Game::server; + delete Game::logger; + return 0; + } + + //Find out the master's IP: + std::string masterIP; + int masterPort = 1500; + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT ip, port FROM servers WHERE name='master';"); + auto res = stmt->executeQuery(); + while (res->next()) { + masterIP = res->getString(1).c_str(); + masterPort = res->getInt(2); + } + + delete res; + delete stmt; + + //It's safe to pass 'localhost' here, as the IP is only used as the external IP. + int maxClients = 50; + int ourPort = 1001; //LU client is hardcoded to use this for auth port, so I'm making it the default. + if (config.GetValue("max_clients") != "") maxClients = std::stoi(config.GetValue("max_clients")); + if (config.GetValue("port") != "") ourPort = std::atoi(config.GetValue("port").c_str()); + + Game::server = new dServer(config.GetValue("external_ip"), ourPort, 0, maxClients, false, true, Game::logger, masterIP, masterPort, ServerType::Auth); + + //Run it until server gets a kill message from Master: + auto t = std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::now(); + Packet* packet = nullptr; + int framesSinceLastFlush = 0; + int framesSinceMasterDisconnect = 0; + int framesSinceLastSQLPing = 0; + + while (true) { + //Check if we're still connected to master: + if (!Game::server->GetIsConnectedToMaster()) { + framesSinceMasterDisconnect++; + + if (framesSinceMasterDisconnect >= 30) + break; //Exit our loop, shut down. + } + else framesSinceMasterDisconnect = 0; + + //In world we'd update our other systems here. + + //Check for packets here: + Game::server->ReceiveFromMaster(); //ReceiveFromMaster also handles the master packets if needed. + packet = Game::server->Receive(); + if (packet) { + HandlePacket(packet); + Game::server->DeallocatePacket(packet); + packet = nullptr; + } + + //Push our log every 30s: + if (framesSinceLastFlush >= 900) { + Game::logger->Flush(); + framesSinceLastFlush = 0; + } else framesSinceLastFlush++; + + //Every 10 min we ping our sql server to keep it alive hopefully: + if (framesSinceLastSQLPing >= 40000) { + //Find out the master's IP for absolutely no reason: + std::string masterIP; + int masterPort; + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT ip, port FROM servers WHERE name='master';"); + auto res = stmt->executeQuery(); + while (res->next()) { + masterIP = res->getString(1).c_str(); + masterPort = res->getInt(2); + } + + delete res; + delete stmt; + + framesSinceLastSQLPing = 0; + } + else framesSinceLastSQLPing++; + + //Sleep our thread since auth can afford to. + t += std::chrono::milliseconds(mediumFramerate); //Auth can run at a lower "fps" + std::this_thread::sleep_until(t); + } + + //Delete our objects here: + Database::Destroy(); + delete Game::server; + delete Game::logger; + + return 0; +} + +dLogger * SetupLogger() { + std::string logPath = "./logs/AuthServer_" + std::to_string(time(nullptr)) + ".log"; + bool logToConsole = false; +#ifdef _DEBUG + logToConsole = true; +#endif + + return new dLogger(logPath, logToConsole); +} + +void HandlePacket(Packet* packet) { + if (packet->data[0] == ID_USER_PACKET_ENUM) { + if (packet->data[1] == SERVER) { + if (packet->data[3] == MSG_SERVER_VERSION_CONFIRM) { + AuthPackets::HandleHandshake(Game::server, packet); + } + } else if (packet->data[1] == AUTH) { + if (packet->data[3] == MSG_AUTH_LOGIN_REQUEST) { + AuthPackets::HandleLoginRequest(Game::server, packet); + } + } + } +} diff --git a/dChatFilter/dChatFilter.cpp b/dChatFilter/dChatFilter.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..70bd2e45 --- /dev/null +++ b/dChatFilter/dChatFilter.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +#include "dChatFilter.h" +#include "BinaryIO.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "Database.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "Game.h" + +using namespace dChatFilterDCF; + +dChatFilter::dChatFilter(const std::string& filepath, bool dontGenerateDCF) { + m_DontGenerateDCF = dontGenerateDCF; + + if (!BinaryIO::DoesFileExist(filepath + ".dcf") || m_DontGenerateDCF) { + ReadWordlistPlaintext(filepath + ".txt"); + if (!m_DontGenerateDCF) ExportWordlistToDCF(filepath + ".dcf"); + } + else { + ReadWordlistDCF(filepath + ".dcf"); + } + + //Read player names that are ok as well: + auto stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("select name from charinfo;"); + auto res = stmt->executeQuery(); + while (res->next()) { + std::string line = res->getString(1).c_str(); + std::transform(line.begin(), line.end(), line.begin(), ::tolower); //Transform to lowercase + m_Words.push_back(CalculateHash(line)); + } + delete res; + delete stmt; +} + +dChatFilter::~dChatFilter() { + m_Words.clear(); +} + +void dChatFilter::ReadWordlistPlaintext(const std::string& filepath) { + std::ifstream file(filepath); + if (file) { + std::string line; + while (std::getline(file, line)) { + std::transform(line.begin(), line.end(), line.begin(), ::tolower); //Transform to lowercase + m_Words.push_back(CalculateHash(line)); + } + } +} + +void dChatFilter::ReadWordlistDCF(const std::string& filepath) { + std::ifstream file(filepath, std::ios::binary); + if (file) { + fileHeader hdr; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, hdr); + if (hdr.header != header) { + std::cout << "Wrong file header!" << std::endl; + file.close(); + return; + } + + if (hdr.formatVersion <= formatVersion) { + size_t wordsToRead = 0; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, wordsToRead); + m_Words.reserve(wordsToRead); + + size_t word = 0; + for (size_t i = 0; i < wordsToRead; ++i) { + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, word); + m_Words.push_back(word); + } + } + else { + std::cout << "Newer file or corrupt" << std::endl; + file.close(); + return; + } + } +} + +void dChatFilter::ExportWordlistToDCF(const std::string& filepath) { + std::ofstream file(filepath, std::ios::binary); + if (file) { + BinaryIO::BinaryWrite(file, uint32_t(dChatFilterDCF::header)); + BinaryIO::BinaryWrite(file, uint32_t(dChatFilterDCF::formatVersion)); + BinaryIO::BinaryWrite(file, size_t(m_Words.size())); + + for (size_t word : m_Words) { + BinaryIO::BinaryWrite(file, word); + } + + file.close(); + } +} + +bool dChatFilter::IsSentenceOkay(const std::string& message, int gmLevel) { + if (gmLevel > GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_FORUM_MODERATOR) return true; //If anything but a forum mod, return true. + if (message.empty()) return true; + + std::stringstream sMessage(message); + std::string segment; + std::regex reg("(!*|\\?*|\\;*|\\.*|\\,*)"); + + while (std::getline(sMessage, segment, ' ')) { + std::transform(segment.begin(), segment.end(), segment.begin(), ::tolower); //Transform to lowercase + segment = std::regex_replace(segment, reg, ""); + + size_t hash = CalculateHash(segment); + + if (std::find(m_UserUnapprovedWordCache.begin(), m_UserUnapprovedWordCache.end(), hash) != m_UserUnapprovedWordCache.end()) { + return false; + } + + if (!IsInWordlist(hash)) { + m_UserUnapprovedWordCache.push_back(hash); + return false; + } + } + + return true; +} + +size_t dChatFilter::CalculateHash(const std::string& word) { + std::hash hash{}; + + size_t value = hash(word); + + return value; +} + +bool dChatFilter::IsInWordlist(size_t word) { + return std::find(m_Words.begin(), m_Words.end(), word) != m_Words.end(); +} diff --git a/dChatFilter/dChatFilter.h b/dChatFilter/dChatFilter.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..644f78d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/dChatFilter/dChatFilter.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +#pragma once +#include +#include + +#include "dCommonVars.h" + +namespace dChatFilterDCF { + static const uint32_t header = ('D' + ('C' << 8) + ('F' << 16) + ('B' << 24)); + static const uint32_t formatVersion = 1; + + struct fileHeader { + uint32_t header; + uint32_t formatVersion; + }; +}; + +class dChatFilter +{ +public: + dChatFilter(const std::string& filepath, bool dontGenerateDCF); + ~dChatFilter(); + + void ReadWordlistPlaintext(const std::string & filepath); + void ReadWordlistDCF(const std::string & filepath); + void ExportWordlistToDCF(const std::string & filepath); + bool IsSentenceOkay(const std::string& message, int gmLevel); + +private: + bool m_DontGenerateDCF; + std::vector m_Words; + std::vector m_UserUnapprovedWordCache; + + //Private functions: + size_t CalculateHash(const std::string& word); + bool IsInWordlist(size_t word); +}; diff --git a/dChatServer/ChatPacketHandler.cpp b/dChatServer/ChatPacketHandler.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..060c53d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dChatServer/ChatPacketHandler.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,844 @@ +#include "ChatPacketHandler.h" +#include "PlayerContainer.h" +#include "Database.h" +#include +#include "PacketUtils.h" +#include "dMessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dServer.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "dLogger.h" + +extern PlayerContainer playerContainer; + +void ChatPacketHandler::HandleFriendlistRequest(Packet* packet) { + //Get from the packet which player we want to do something with: + CINSTREAM; + LWOOBJID playerID = 0; + inStream.Read(playerID); + inStream.Read(playerID); + + auto player = playerContainer.GetPlayerData(playerID); + if (!player) return; + + //Get our friends list from the Db: + auto stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT * FROM friends WHERE player_id = ? OR friend_id = ?"); + stmt->setUInt64(1, playerID); + stmt->setUInt64(2, playerID); + + std::vector friends; + + auto res = stmt->executeQuery(); + while (res->next()) { + FriendData fd; + fd.isFTP = false; // not a thing in DLU + fd.friendID = res->getInt64(1); + if (fd.friendID == playerID) fd.friendID = res->getUInt64(2); + + fd.isBestFriend = res->getInt(3) == 2; //0 = friends, 1 = requested, 2 = bffs + + //We need to find their name as well: + { + auto stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT name FROM charinfo WHERE id=? limit 1"); + stmt->setInt(1, fd.friendID); + + auto res = stmt->executeQuery(); + while (res->next()) { + fd.friendName = res->getString(1); + } + + delete res; + delete stmt; + } + + //Now check if they're online: + auto fr = playerContainer.GetPlayerData(fd.friendID); + if (fr) { + fd.isOnline = true; + fd.zoneID = fr->zoneID; + + //Since this friend is online, we need to update them on the fact that we've just logged in: + SendFriendUpdate(fr, player, 1); + } + else { + fd.isOnline = false; + fd.zoneID = LWOZONEID(); + } + + friends.push_back(fd); + } + + delete res; + delete stmt; + + //Now, we need to send the friendlist to the server they came from: + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CHAT_INTERNAL, MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_ROUTE_TO_PLAYER); + bitStream.Write(playerID); + + //portion that will get routed: + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_GET_FRIENDS_LIST_RESPONSE); + bitStream.Write(0); + bitStream.Write(1); //Length of packet -- just writing one as it doesn't matter, client skips it. + bitStream.Write((uint16_t)friends.size()); + + for (auto& data : friends) { + data.Serialize(bitStream); + } + + player->friends = friends; + + SystemAddress sysAddr = player->sysAddr; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void ChatPacketHandler::HandleFriendRequest(Packet* packet) { + CINSTREAM; + LWOOBJID playerID; + inStream.Read(playerID); + inStream.Read(playerID); + std::string playerName = PacketUtils::ReadString(0x14, packet, true); + //There's another bool here to determine if it's a best friend request, but we're not handling it right now. + + //PacketUtils::SavePacket("FriendRequest.bin", (char*)inStream.GetData(), inStream.GetNumberOfBytesUsed()); + + //We need to check to see if the player is actually online or not: + auto targetData = playerContainer.GetPlayerData(playerName); + if (targetData) { + SendFriendRequest(targetData, playerContainer.GetPlayerData(playerID)); + } +} + +void ChatPacketHandler::HandleFriendResponse(Packet* packet) { + CINSTREAM; + LWOOBJID playerID; + inStream.Read(playerID); + inStream.Read(playerID); + + uint8_t responseCode = packet->data[0x14]; + std::string friendName = PacketUtils::ReadString(0x15, packet, true); + + Game::logger->Log("ChatPacketHandler", "Friend response code: %i\n", responseCode); + + if (responseCode != 0) return; //If we're not accepting the request, end here, do not insert to friends table. + + PacketUtils::SavePacket("HandleFriendResponse.bin", (char*)inStream.GetData(), inStream.GetNumberOfBytesUsed()); + + //Now to try and find both of these: + auto goonA = playerContainer.GetPlayerData(playerID); + auto goonB = playerContainer.GetPlayerData(friendName); + if (!goonA || !goonB) return; + + SendFriendResponse(goonB, goonA, responseCode); + SendFriendResponse(goonA, goonB, responseCode); //Do we need to send it to both? I think so so both get the updated friendlist but... idk. + + auto stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("INSERT INTO `friends`(`player_id`, `friend_id`, `best_friend`) VALUES (?,?,?)"); + stmt->setUInt64(1, goonA->playerID); + stmt->setUInt64(2, goonB->playerID); + stmt->setInt(3, 0); + stmt->execute(); + delete stmt; +} + +void ChatPacketHandler::HandleRemoveFriend(Packet* packet) { + CINSTREAM; + LWOOBJID playerID; + inStream.Read(playerID); + inStream.Read(playerID); + std::string friendName = PacketUtils::ReadString(16, packet, true); + + //we'll have to query the db here to find the user, since you can delete them while they're offline. + //First, we need to find their ID: + auto stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("select id from charinfo where name=? limit 1;"); + stmt->setString(1, friendName.c_str()); + + LWOOBJID friendID = 0; + auto res = stmt->executeQuery(); + while (res->next()) { + friendID = res->getUInt64(1); + } + + delete res; + delete stmt; + + //Set our bits to convert to the BIG BOY objectID. + friendID = GeneralUtils::ClearBit(friendID, OBJECT_BIT_CHARACTER); + friendID = GeneralUtils::ClearBit(friendID, OBJECT_BIT_PERSISTENT); + + //YEET: + auto deletestmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("DELETE FROM `friends` WHERE player_id=? AND friend_id=? LIMIT 1"); + deletestmt->setUInt64(1, playerID); + deletestmt->setUInt64(2, friendID); + deletestmt->execute(); + delete deletestmt; + + //because I'm lazy and they can be reversed: + { + auto deletestmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("DELETE FROM `friends` WHERE player_id=? AND friend_id=? LIMIT 1"); + deletestmt->setUInt64(1, friendID); + deletestmt->setUInt64(2, playerID); + deletestmt->execute(); + delete deletestmt; + } + + //Now, we need to send an update to notify the sender (and possibly, receiver) that their friendship has been ended: + auto goonA = playerContainer.GetPlayerData(playerID); + if (goonA) { + SendRemoveFriend(goonA, friendName, true); + } + + auto goonB = playerContainer.GetPlayerData(friendID); + if (!goonB) return; + std::string goonAName = GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(playerContainer.GetName(playerID)); + SendRemoveFriend(goonB, goonAName, true); +} + +void ChatPacketHandler::HandleChatMessage(Packet* packet) +{ + CINSTREAM; + LWOOBJID playerID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + inStream.Read(playerID); + inStream.Read(playerID); + + auto* sender = playerContainer.GetPlayerData(playerID); + + if (sender == nullptr) return; + + if (playerContainer.GetIsMuted(sender)) return; + + const auto senderName = std::string(sender->playerName.C_String()); + + inStream.SetReadOffset(0x14 * 8); + + uint8_t channel = 0; + inStream.Read(channel); + + std::string message = PacketUtils::ReadString(0x66, packet, true); + + Game::logger->Log("ChatPacketHandler", "Got a message from (%s) [%d]: %s\n", senderName.c_str(), channel, message.c_str()); + + //PacketUtils::SavePacket("chat.bin", reinterpret_cast(packet->data), packet->length); + + if (channel != 8) return; + + auto* team = playerContainer.GetTeam(playerID); + + if (team == nullptr) return; + + for (const auto memberId : team->memberIDs) + { + auto* otherMember = playerContainer.GetPlayerData(memberId); + + if (otherMember == nullptr) return; + + const auto otherName = std::string(otherMember->playerName.C_String()); + + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CHAT_INTERNAL, MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_ROUTE_TO_PLAYER); + bitStream.Write(otherMember->playerID); + + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CHAT, MSG_CHAT_PRIVATE_CHAT_MESSAGE); + bitStream.Write(otherMember->playerID); + bitStream.Write(8); + bitStream.Write(69); + PacketUtils::WritePacketWString(senderName, 33, &bitStream); + bitStream.Write(sender->playerID); + bitStream.Write(0); + bitStream.Write(0); //not mythran nametag + PacketUtils::WritePacketWString(otherName, 33, &bitStream); + bitStream.Write(0); //not mythran for receiver + bitStream.Write(0); //teams? + PacketUtils::WritePacketWString(message, 512, &bitStream); + + SystemAddress sysAddr = otherMember->sysAddr; + SEND_PACKET; + } +} + +void ChatPacketHandler::HandlePrivateChatMessage(Packet* packet) { + LWOOBJID senderID = PacketUtils::ReadPacketS64(0x08, packet); + std::string receiverName = PacketUtils::ReadString(0x66, packet, true); + std::string message = PacketUtils::ReadString(0xAA, packet, true); + + //Get the bois: + auto goonA = playerContainer.GetPlayerData(senderID); + auto goonB = playerContainer.GetPlayerData(receiverName); + if (!goonA || !goonB) return; + + if (playerContainer.GetIsMuted(goonA)) return; + + std::string goonAName = goonA->playerName.C_String(); + std::string goonBName = goonB->playerName.C_String(); + + //To the sender: + { + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CHAT_INTERNAL, MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_ROUTE_TO_PLAYER); + bitStream.Write(goonA->playerID); + + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CHAT, MSG_CHAT_PRIVATE_CHAT_MESSAGE); + bitStream.Write(goonA->playerID); + bitStream.Write(7); + bitStream.Write(69); + PacketUtils::WritePacketWString(goonAName, 33, &bitStream); + bitStream.Write(goonA->playerID); + bitStream.Write(0); + bitStream.Write(0); //not mythran nametag + PacketUtils::WritePacketWString(goonBName, 33, &bitStream); + bitStream.Write(0); //not mythran for receiver + bitStream.Write(0); //success + PacketUtils::WritePacketWString(message, 512, &bitStream); + + SystemAddress sysAddr = goonA->sysAddr; + SEND_PACKET; + } + + //To the receiver: + { + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CHAT_INTERNAL, MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_ROUTE_TO_PLAYER); + bitStream.Write(goonB->playerID); + + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CHAT, MSG_CHAT_PRIVATE_CHAT_MESSAGE); + bitStream.Write(goonA->playerID); + bitStream.Write(7); + bitStream.Write(69); + PacketUtils::WritePacketWString(goonAName, 33, &bitStream); + bitStream.Write(goonA->playerID); + bitStream.Write(0); + bitStream.Write(0); //not mythran nametag + PacketUtils::WritePacketWString(goonBName, 33, &bitStream); + bitStream.Write(0); //not mythran for receiver + bitStream.Write(3); //new whisper + PacketUtils::WritePacketWString(message, 512, &bitStream); + + SystemAddress sysAddr = goonB->sysAddr; + SEND_PACKET; + } +} + +void ChatPacketHandler::HandleTeamInvite(Packet* packet) +{ + CINSTREAM; + LWOOBJID playerID; + inStream.Read(playerID); + inStream.Read(playerID); + std::string invitedPlayer = PacketUtils::ReadString(0x14, packet, true); + + auto* player = playerContainer.GetPlayerData(playerID); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* team = playerContainer.GetTeam(playerID); + + if (team == nullptr) + { + team = playerContainer.CreateTeam(playerID); + } + + auto* other = playerContainer.GetPlayerData(invitedPlayer); + + if (other == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + if (playerContainer.GetTeam(other->playerID) != nullptr) + { + return; + } + + SendTeamInvite(other, player); + + Game::logger->Log("ChatPacketHandler", "Got team invite: %llu -> %s\n", playerID, invitedPlayer.c_str()); +} + +void ChatPacketHandler::HandleTeamInviteResponse(Packet* packet) +{ + CINSTREAM; + LWOOBJID playerID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + inStream.Read(playerID); + inStream.Read(playerID); + uint32_t size = 0; + inStream.Read(size); + char declined = 0; + inStream.Read(declined); + LWOOBJID leaderID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + inStream.Read(leaderID); + + Game::logger->Log("ChatPacketHandler", "Accepted invite: %llu -> %llu (%d)\n", playerID, leaderID, declined); + + if (declined) + { + return; + } + + auto* team = playerContainer.GetTeam(leaderID); + + if (team == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("ChatPacketHandler", "Failed to find team for leader (%llu)\n", leaderID); + + team = playerContainer.GetTeam(playerID); + } + + if (team == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("ChatPacketHandler", "Failed to find team for player (%llu)\n", playerID); + return; + } + + playerContainer.AddMember(team, playerID); +} + +void ChatPacketHandler::HandleTeamLeave(Packet* packet) +{ + CINSTREAM; + LWOOBJID playerID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + inStream.Read(playerID); + inStream.Read(playerID); + uint32_t size = 0; + inStream.Read(size); + + auto* team = playerContainer.GetTeam(playerID); + + Game::logger->Log("ChatPacketHandler", "(%llu) leaving team\n", playerID); + + if (team != nullptr) + { + playerContainer.RemoveMember(team, playerID, false, false, true); + } +} + +void ChatPacketHandler::HandleTeamKick(Packet* packet) +{ + CINSTREAM; + LWOOBJID playerID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + inStream.Read(playerID); + inStream.Read(playerID); + + std::string kickedPlayer = PacketUtils::ReadString(0x14, packet, true); + + Game::logger->Log("ChatPacketHandler", "(%llu) kicking (%s) from team\n", playerID, kickedPlayer.c_str()); + + auto* kicked = playerContainer.GetPlayerData(kickedPlayer); + + LWOOBJID kickedId = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + if (kicked != nullptr) + { + kickedId = kicked->playerID; + } + else + { + kickedId = playerContainer.GetId(GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(kickedPlayer)); + } + + if (kickedId == LWOOBJID_EMPTY) return; + + auto* team = playerContainer.GetTeam(playerID); + + if (team != nullptr) + { + if (team->leaderID != playerID || team->leaderID == kickedId) return; + + playerContainer.RemoveMember(team, kickedId, false, true, false); + } + + //PacketUtils::SavePacket("kick.bin", reinterpret_cast(packet->data), packet->length); +} + +void ChatPacketHandler::HandleTeamPromote(Packet* packet) +{ + CINSTREAM; + LWOOBJID playerID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + inStream.Read(playerID); + inStream.Read(playerID); + + std::string promotedPlayer = PacketUtils::ReadString(0x14, packet, true); + + Game::logger->Log("ChatPacketHandler", "(%llu) promiting (%s) to team leader\n", playerID, promotedPlayer.c_str()); + + auto* promoted = playerContainer.GetPlayerData(promotedPlayer); + + if (promoted == nullptr) return; + + auto* team = playerContainer.GetTeam(playerID); + + if (team != nullptr) + { + if (team->leaderID != playerID) return; + + playerContainer.PromoteMember(team, promoted->playerID); + } + + //PacketUtils::SavePacket("promote.bin", reinterpret_cast(packet->data), packet->length); +} + +void ChatPacketHandler::HandleTeamLootOption(Packet* packet) +{ + CINSTREAM; + LWOOBJID playerID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + inStream.Read(playerID); + inStream.Read(playerID); + uint32_t size = 0; + inStream.Read(size); + + char option; + inStream.Read(option); + + auto* team = playerContainer.GetTeam(playerID); + + if (team != nullptr) + { + if (team->leaderID != playerID) return; + + team->lootFlag = option; + + playerContainer.TeamStatusUpdate(team); + + playerContainer.UpdateTeamsOnWorld(team, false); + } + + //PacketUtils::SavePacket("option.bin", reinterpret_cast(packet->data), packet->length); +} + +void ChatPacketHandler::HandleTeamStatusRequest(Packet* packet) +{ + CINSTREAM; + LWOOBJID playerID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + inStream.Read(playerID); + inStream.Read(playerID); + + auto* team = playerContainer.GetTeam(playerID); + auto* data = playerContainer.GetPlayerData(playerID); + + if (team != nullptr && data != nullptr) + { + if (team->local && data->zoneID.GetMapID() != team->zoneId.GetMapID() && data->zoneID.GetCloneID() != team->zoneId.GetCloneID()) + { + playerContainer.RemoveMember(team, playerID, false, false, true, true); + + return; + } + + if (team->memberIDs.size() <= 1 && !team->local) + { + playerContainer.DisbandTeam(team); + + return; + } + + if (!team->local) + { + ChatPacketHandler::SendTeamSetLeader(data, team->leaderID); + } + else + { + ChatPacketHandler::SendTeamSetLeader(data, LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + } + + playerContainer.TeamStatusUpdate(team); + + const auto leaderName = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(std::string(data->playerName.C_String())); + + for (const auto memberId : team->memberIDs) + { + auto* otherMember = playerContainer.GetPlayerData(memberId); + + if (memberId == playerID) continue; + + const auto memberName = playerContainer.GetName(memberId); + + //ChatPacketHandler::SendTeamAddPlayer(otherMember, false, false, false, data->playerID, leaderName, data->zoneID); + if (otherMember != nullptr) + { + ChatPacketHandler::SendTeamSetOffWorldFlag(otherMember, data->playerID, data->zoneID); + } + ChatPacketHandler::SendTeamAddPlayer(data, false, team->local, false, memberId, memberName, otherMember != nullptr ? otherMember->zoneID : LWOZONEID(0, 0, 0)); + } + + playerContainer.UpdateTeamsOnWorld(team, false); + } +} + +void ChatPacketHandler::SendTeamInvite(PlayerData* receiver, PlayerData* sender) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CHAT_INTERNAL, MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_ROUTE_TO_PLAYER); + bitStream.Write(receiver->playerID); + + //portion that will get routed: + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_TEAM_INVITE); + + PacketUtils::WritePacketWString(sender->playerName.C_String(), 33, &bitStream); + bitStream.Write(sender->playerID); + + SystemAddress sysAddr = receiver->sysAddr; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void ChatPacketHandler::SendTeamInviteConfirm(PlayerData* receiver, bool bLeaderIsFreeTrial, LWOOBJID i64LeaderID, LWOZONEID i64LeaderZoneID, uint8_t ucLootFlag, uint8_t ucNumOfOtherPlayers, uint8_t ucResponseCode, std::u16string wsLeaderName) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CHAT_INTERNAL, MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_ROUTE_TO_PLAYER); + bitStream.Write(receiver->playerID); + + //portion that will get routed: + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(receiver->playerID); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_TEAM_INVITE_CONFIRM); + + bitStream.Write(bLeaderIsFreeTrial); + bitStream.Write(i64LeaderID); + bitStream.Write(i64LeaderZoneID); + bitStream.Write(0); // BinaryBuffe, no clue what's in here + bitStream.Write(ucLootFlag); + bitStream.Write(ucNumOfOtherPlayers); + bitStream.Write(ucResponseCode); + bitStream.Write(static_cast(wsLeaderName.size())); + for (const auto character : wsLeaderName) + { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + + SystemAddress sysAddr = receiver->sysAddr; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void ChatPacketHandler::SendTeamStatus(PlayerData* receiver, LWOOBJID i64LeaderID, LWOZONEID i64LeaderZoneID, uint8_t ucLootFlag, uint8_t ucNumOfOtherPlayers, std::u16string wsLeaderName) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CHAT_INTERNAL, MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_ROUTE_TO_PLAYER); + bitStream.Write(receiver->playerID); + + //portion that will get routed: + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(receiver->playerID); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_TEAM_GET_STATUS_RESPONSE); + + bitStream.Write(i64LeaderID); + bitStream.Write(i64LeaderZoneID); + bitStream.Write(0); // BinaryBuffe, no clue what's in here + bitStream.Write(ucLootFlag); + bitStream.Write(ucNumOfOtherPlayers); + bitStream.Write(static_cast(wsLeaderName.size())); + for (const auto character : wsLeaderName) + { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + + SystemAddress sysAddr = receiver->sysAddr; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void ChatPacketHandler::SendTeamSetLeader(PlayerData* receiver, LWOOBJID i64PlayerID) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CHAT_INTERNAL, MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_ROUTE_TO_PLAYER); + bitStream.Write(receiver->playerID); + + //portion that will get routed: + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(receiver->playerID); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_TEAM_SET_LEADER); + + bitStream.Write(i64PlayerID); + + SystemAddress sysAddr = receiver->sysAddr; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void ChatPacketHandler::SendTeamAddPlayer(PlayerData* receiver, bool bIsFreeTrial, bool bLocal, bool bNoLootOnDeath, LWOOBJID i64PlayerID, std::u16string wsPlayerName, LWOZONEID zoneID) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CHAT_INTERNAL, MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_ROUTE_TO_PLAYER); + bitStream.Write(receiver->playerID); + + //portion that will get routed: + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(receiver->playerID); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_TEAM_ADD_PLAYER); + + bitStream.Write(bIsFreeTrial); + bitStream.Write(bLocal); + bitStream.Write(bNoLootOnDeath); + bitStream.Write(i64PlayerID); + bitStream.Write(static_cast(wsPlayerName.size())); + for (const auto character : wsPlayerName) + { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + bitStream.Write1(); + if (receiver->zoneID.GetCloneID() == zoneID.GetCloneID()) + { + zoneID = LWOZONEID(zoneID.GetMapID(), zoneID.GetInstanceID(), 0); + } + bitStream.Write(zoneID); + + SystemAddress sysAddr = receiver->sysAddr; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void ChatPacketHandler::SendTeamRemovePlayer(PlayerData* receiver, bool bDisband, bool bIsKicked, bool bIsLeaving, bool bLocal, LWOOBJID i64LeaderID, LWOOBJID i64PlayerID, std::u16string wsPlayerName) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CHAT_INTERNAL, MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_ROUTE_TO_PLAYER); + bitStream.Write(receiver->playerID); + + //portion that will get routed: + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(receiver->playerID); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_TEAM_REMOVE_PLAYER); + + bitStream.Write(bDisband); + bitStream.Write(bIsKicked); + bitStream.Write(bIsLeaving); + bitStream.Write(bLocal); + bitStream.Write(i64LeaderID); + bitStream.Write(i64PlayerID); + bitStream.Write(static_cast(wsPlayerName.size())); + for (const auto character : wsPlayerName) + { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + + SystemAddress sysAddr = receiver->sysAddr; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void ChatPacketHandler::SendTeamSetOffWorldFlag(PlayerData* receiver, LWOOBJID i64PlayerID, LWOZONEID zoneID) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CHAT_INTERNAL, MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_ROUTE_TO_PLAYER); + bitStream.Write(receiver->playerID); + + //portion that will get routed: + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(receiver->playerID); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_TEAM_SET_OFF_WORLD_FLAG); + + bitStream.Write(i64PlayerID); + if (receiver->zoneID.GetCloneID() == zoneID.GetCloneID()) + { + zoneID = LWOZONEID(zoneID.GetMapID(), zoneID.GetInstanceID(), 0); + } + bitStream.Write(zoneID); + + SystemAddress sysAddr = receiver->sysAddr; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void ChatPacketHandler::SendFriendUpdate(PlayerData* friendData, PlayerData* playerData, uint8_t notifyType) { + /*chat notification is displayed if log in / out and friend is updated in friends list + [u8] - update type + Update types + 0 - friend logged out + 1 - friend logged in + 2 - friend changed world / updated + [wstring] - Name of friend + [u16] - World ID + [u16] - World Instance + [u32] - World Clone + [bool] - is best friend + [bool] - is FTP*/ + + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CHAT_INTERNAL, MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_ROUTE_TO_PLAYER); + bitStream.Write(friendData->playerID); + + //portion that will get routed: + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_UPDATE_FRIEND_NOTIFY); + bitStream.Write(notifyType); + + std::string playerName = playerData->playerName.C_String(); + + PacketUtils::WritePacketWString(playerName, 33, &bitStream); + + bitStream.Write(playerData->zoneID.GetMapID()); + bitStream.Write(playerData->zoneID.GetInstanceID()); + + if (playerData->zoneID.GetCloneID() == friendData->zoneID.GetCloneID()) + { + bitStream.Write(0); + } + else + { + bitStream.Write(playerData->zoneID.GetCloneID()); + } + + bitStream.Write(0); //isBFF + bitStream.Write(0); //isFTP + + SystemAddress sysAddr = friendData->sysAddr; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void ChatPacketHandler::SendFriendRequest(PlayerData* receiver, PlayerData* sender, bool isBFFReq) { + if (!receiver || !sender) return; + + //Make sure people aren't requesting people that they're already friends with: + for (auto fr : receiver->friends) { + if (fr.friendID == sender->playerID) { + return; //we have this player as a friend, yeet this function so it doesn't send another request. + } + } + + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CHAT_INTERNAL, MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_ROUTE_TO_PLAYER); + bitStream.Write(receiver->playerID); + + //portion that will get routed: + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_ADD_FRIEND_REQUEST); + PacketUtils::WritePacketWString(sender->playerName.C_String(), 33, &bitStream); + bitStream.Write(0); + + SystemAddress sysAddr = receiver->sysAddr; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void ChatPacketHandler::SendFriendResponse(PlayerData* receiver, PlayerData* sender, uint8_t responseCode) { + if (!receiver || !sender) return; + + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CHAT_INTERNAL, MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_ROUTE_TO_PLAYER); + bitStream.Write(receiver->playerID); + + //portion that will get routed: + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_ADD_FRIEND_RESPONSE); + bitStream.Write(responseCode); + bitStream.Write(1); //isOnline + PacketUtils::WritePacketWString(sender->playerName.C_String(), 33, &bitStream); + bitStream.Write(sender->playerID); + bitStream.Write(sender->zoneID); + bitStream.Write(0); //isBFF + bitStream.Write(0); //isFTP + + SystemAddress sysAddr = receiver->sysAddr; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void ChatPacketHandler::SendRemoveFriend(PlayerData* receiver, std::string& personToRemove, bool isSuccessful) { + if (!receiver) return; + + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CHAT_INTERNAL, MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_ROUTE_TO_PLAYER); + bitStream.Write(receiver->playerID); + + //portion that will get routed: + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_REMOVE_FRIEND_RESPONSE); + bitStream.Write(isSuccessful); //isOnline + PacketUtils::WritePacketWString(personToRemove, 33, &bitStream); + + SystemAddress sysAddr = receiver->sysAddr; + SEND_PACKET; +} diff --git a/dChatServer/ChatPacketHandler.h b/dChatServer/ChatPacketHandler.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e38a65c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/dChatServer/ChatPacketHandler.h @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +#pragma once +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "dNetCommon.h" +#include "BitStream.h" + +struct PlayerData; + +namespace ChatPacketHandler { + void HandleFriendlistRequest(Packet* packet); + void HandleFriendRequest(Packet* packet); + void HandleFriendResponse(Packet* packet); + void HandleRemoveFriend(Packet* packet); + + void HandleChatMessage(Packet* packet); + void HandlePrivateChatMessage(Packet* packet); + + void HandleTeamInvite(Packet* packet); + void HandleTeamInviteResponse(Packet* packet); + void HandleTeamLeave(Packet* packet); + void HandleTeamKick(Packet* packet); + void HandleTeamPromote(Packet* packet); + void HandleTeamLootOption(Packet* packet); + void HandleTeamStatusRequest(Packet* packet); + + void SendTeamInvite(PlayerData* receiver, PlayerData* sender); + void SendTeamInviteConfirm(PlayerData* receiver, bool bLeaderIsFreeTrial, LWOOBJID i64LeaderID, LWOZONEID i64LeaderZoneID, uint8_t ucLootFlag, uint8_t ucNumOfOtherPlayers, uint8_t ucResponseCode, std::u16string wsLeaderName); + void SendTeamStatus(PlayerData* receiver, LWOOBJID i64LeaderID, LWOZONEID i64LeaderZoneID, uint8_t ucLootFlag, uint8_t ucNumOfOtherPlayers, std::u16string wsLeaderName); + void SendTeamSetLeader(PlayerData* receiver, LWOOBJID i64PlayerID); + void SendTeamAddPlayer(PlayerData* receiver, bool bIsFreeTrial, bool bLocal, bool bNoLootOnDeath, LWOOBJID i64PlayerID, std::u16string wsPlayerName, LWOZONEID zoneID); + void SendTeamRemovePlayer(PlayerData* receiver, bool bDisband, bool bIsKicked, bool bIsLeaving, bool bLocal, LWOOBJID i64LeaderID, LWOOBJID i64PlayerID, std::u16string wsPlayerName); + void SendTeamSetOffWorldFlag(PlayerData* receiver, LWOOBJID i64PlayerID, LWOZONEID zoneID); + + //FriendData is the player we're SENDING this stuff to. Player is the friend that changed state. + void SendFriendUpdate(PlayerData* friendData, PlayerData* playerData, uint8_t notifyType); + + void SendFriendRequest(PlayerData* receiver, PlayerData* sender, bool isBFFReq = false); + void SendFriendResponse(PlayerData* receiver, PlayerData* sender, uint8_t responseCode = 3); + void SendRemoveFriend(PlayerData* receiver, std::string& personToRemove, bool isSuccessful); +}; + diff --git a/dChatServer/ChatServer.cpp b/dChatServer/ChatServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..be5ec904 --- /dev/null +++ b/dChatServer/ChatServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,288 @@ +#include +#include +#include +#include + +//DLU Includes: +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "dServer.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "Database.h" +#include "dConfig.h" +#include "dMessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "dChatFilter.h" +#include "Diagnostics.h" + +#include "PlayerContainer.h" +#include "ChatPacketHandler.h" + +#include "Game.h" +namespace Game { + dLogger* logger; + dServer* server; + dConfig* config; + dChatFilter* chatFilter; +} + +//RakNet includes: +#include "RakNetDefines.h" + +dLogger* SetupLogger(); +void HandlePacket(Packet* packet); + +PlayerContainer playerContainer; + +int main(int argc, char** argv) { + Diagnostics::SetProcessName("Chat"); + Diagnostics::SetProcessFileName(argv[0]); + Diagnostics::Initialize(); + + //Create all the objects we need to run our service: + Game::logger = SetupLogger(); + if (!Game::logger) return 0; + Game::logger->Log("ChatServer", "Starting Chat server...\n"); + Game::logger->Log("ChatServer", "Version: %i.%i\n", PROJECT_VERSION_MAJOR, PROJECT_VERSION_MINOR); + Game::logger->Log("ChatServer", "Compiled on: %s\n", __TIMESTAMP__); + + //Read our config: + dConfig config("chatconfig.ini"); + Game::config = &config; + Game::logger->SetLogToConsole(bool(std::stoi(config.GetValue("log_to_console")))); + + //Connect to the MySQL Database + std::string mysql_host = config.GetValue("mysql_host"); + std::string mysql_database = config.GetValue("mysql_database"); + std::string mysql_username = config.GetValue("mysql_username"); + std::string mysql_password = config.GetValue("mysql_password"); + + try { + Database::Connect(mysql_host, mysql_database, mysql_username, mysql_password); + } + catch (sql::SQLException& ex) { + Game::logger->Log("ChatServer", "Got an error while connecting to the database: %s\n", ex.what()); + Database::Destroy(); + delete Game::server; + delete Game::logger; + return 0; + } + + //Find out the master's IP: + std::string masterIP; + int masterPort = 1000; + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT ip, port FROM servers WHERE name='master';"); + auto res = stmt->executeQuery(); + while (res->next()) { + masterIP = res->getString(1).c_str(); + masterPort = res->getInt(2); + } + + delete res; + delete stmt; + + //It's safe to pass 'localhost' here, as the IP is only used as the external IP. + int maxClients = 50; + int ourPort = 1501; + if (config.GetValue("max_clients") != "") maxClients = std::stoi(config.GetValue("max_clients")); + if (config.GetValue("port") != "") ourPort = std::atoi(config.GetValue("port").c_str()); + + Game::server = new dServer(config.GetValue("external_ip"), ourPort, 0, maxClients, false, true, Game::logger, masterIP, masterPort, ServerType::Chat); + + Game::chatFilter = new dChatFilter("./res/chatplus_en_us", bool(std::stoi(config.GetValue("dont_generate_dcf")))); + + //Run it until server gets a kill message from Master: + auto t = std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::now(); + Packet* packet = nullptr; + int framesSinceLastFlush = 0; + int framesSinceMasterDisconnect = 0; + int framesSinceLastSQLPing = 0; + + while (true) { + //Check if we're still connected to master: + if (!Game::server->GetIsConnectedToMaster()) { + framesSinceMasterDisconnect++; + + if (framesSinceMasterDisconnect >= 30) + break; //Exit our loop, shut down. + } + else framesSinceMasterDisconnect = 0; + + //In world we'd update our other systems here. + + //Check for packets here: + Game::server->ReceiveFromMaster(); //ReceiveFromMaster also handles the master packets if needed. + packet = Game::server->Receive(); + if (packet) { + HandlePacket(packet); + Game::server->DeallocatePacket(packet); + packet = nullptr; + } + + //Push our log every 30s: + if (framesSinceLastFlush >= 900) { + Game::logger->Flush(); + framesSinceLastFlush = 0; + } + else framesSinceLastFlush++; + + //Every 10 min we ping our sql server to keep it alive hopefully: + if (framesSinceLastSQLPing >= 40000) { + //Find out the master's IP for absolutely no reason: + std::string masterIP; + int masterPort; + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT ip, port FROM servers WHERE name='master';"); + auto res = stmt->executeQuery(); + while (res->next()) { + masterIP = res->getString(1).c_str(); + masterPort = res->getInt(2); + } + + delete res; + delete stmt; + + framesSinceLastSQLPing = 0; + } + else framesSinceLastSQLPing++; + + //Sleep our thread since auth can afford to. + t += std::chrono::milliseconds(mediumFramerate); //Chat can run at a lower "fps" + std::this_thread::sleep_until(t); + } + + //Delete our objects here: + Database::Destroy(); + delete Game::server; + delete Game::logger; + + return 0; +} + +dLogger* SetupLogger() { + std::string logPath = "./logs/ChatServer_" + std::to_string(time(nullptr)) + ".log"; + bool logToConsole = false; +#ifdef _DEBUG + logToConsole = true; +#endif + + return new dLogger(logPath, logToConsole); +} + +void HandlePacket(Packet* packet) { + if (packet->data[0] == ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION || packet->data[0] == ID_CONNECTION_LOST) { + Game::logger->Log("ChatServer", "A server has disconnected, erasing their connected players from the list.\n"); + } + + if (packet->data[0] == ID_NEW_INCOMING_CONNECTION) { + Game::logger->Log("ChatServer", "A server is connecting, awaiting user list.\n"); + } + + if (packet->data[1] == CHAT_INTERNAL) { + switch (packet->data[3]) { + case MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_PLAYER_ADDED_NOTIFICATION: + playerContainer.InsertPlayer(packet); + break; + + case MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_PLAYER_REMOVED_NOTIFICATION: + playerContainer.RemovePlayer(packet); + break; + + case MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_MUTE_UPDATE: + playerContainer.MuteUpdate(packet); + break; + + case MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_CREATE_TEAM: + playerContainer.CreateTeamServer(packet); + break; + + case MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_ANNOUNCEMENT: { + //we just forward this packet to every connected server + CINSTREAM; + Game::server->Send(&inStream, packet->systemAddress, true); //send to everyone except origin + break; + } + + default: + Game::logger->Log("ChatServer", "Unknown CHAT_INTERNAL id: %i\n", int(packet->data[3])); + } + } + + if (packet->data[1] == CHAT) { + switch (packet->data[3]) { + case MSG_CHAT_GET_FRIENDS_LIST: + ChatPacketHandler::HandleFriendlistRequest(packet); + break; + + case MSG_CHAT_GET_IGNORE_LIST: + Game::logger->Log("ChatServer", "Asked for ignore list, but is unimplemented right now.\n"); + break; + + case MSG_CHAT_TEAM_GET_STATUS: + ChatPacketHandler::HandleTeamStatusRequest(packet); + break; + + case MSG_CHAT_ADD_FRIEND_REQUEST: + //this involves someone sending the initial request, the response is below, response as in from the other player. + //We basically just check to see if this player is online or not and route the packet. + ChatPacketHandler::HandleFriendRequest(packet); + break; + + case MSG_CHAT_ADD_FRIEND_RESPONSE: + //This isn't the response a server sent, rather it is a player's response to a received request. + //Here, we'll actually have to add them to eachother's friend lists depending on the response code. + ChatPacketHandler::HandleFriendResponse(packet); + break; + + case MSG_CHAT_REMOVE_FRIEND: + ChatPacketHandler::HandleRemoveFriend(packet); + break; + + case MSG_CHAT_GENERAL_CHAT_MESSAGE: + ChatPacketHandler::HandleChatMessage(packet); + break; + + case MSG_CHAT_PRIVATE_CHAT_MESSAGE: + //This message is supposed to be echo'd to both the sender and the receiver + //BUT: they have to have different responseCodes, so we'll do some of the ol hacky wacky to fix that right up. + ChatPacketHandler::HandlePrivateChatMessage(packet); + break; + + case MSG_CHAT_TEAM_INVITE: + ChatPacketHandler::HandleTeamInvite(packet); + break; + + case MSG_CHAT_TEAM_INVITE_RESPONSE: + ChatPacketHandler::HandleTeamInviteResponse(packet); + break; + + case MSG_CHAT_TEAM_LEAVE: + ChatPacketHandler::HandleTeamLeave(packet); + break; + + case MSG_CHAT_TEAM_SET_LEADER: + ChatPacketHandler::HandleTeamPromote(packet); + break; + + case MSG_CHAT_TEAM_KICK: + ChatPacketHandler::HandleTeamKick(packet); + break; + + case MSG_CHAT_TEAM_SET_LOOT: + ChatPacketHandler::HandleTeamLootOption(packet); + break; + + default: + Game::logger->Log("ChatServer", "Unknown CHAT id: %i\n", int(packet->data[3])); + } + } + + if (packet->data[1] == WORLD) { + switch (packet->data[3]) { + case MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_ROUTE_PACKET: { + printf("routing packet from world\n"); + break; + } + + default: + Game::logger->Log("ChatServer", "Unknown World id: %i\n", int(packet->data[3])); + } + } +} diff --git a/dChatServer/PlayerContainer.cpp b/dChatServer/PlayerContainer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d261b32f --- /dev/null +++ b/dChatServer/PlayerContainer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,441 @@ +#include "PlayerContainer.h" +#include "dNetCommon.h" +#include +#include +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "ChatPacketHandler.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "dMessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "PacketUtils.h" +#include "Database.h" + +PlayerContainer::PlayerContainer() { +} + +PlayerContainer::~PlayerContainer() { + mPlayers.clear(); +} + +void PlayerContainer::InsertPlayer(Packet* packet) { + CINSTREAM; + PlayerData* data = new PlayerData(); + inStream.Read(data->playerID); + inStream.Read(data->playerID); + inStream.Read(data->playerName); + inStream.Read(data->zoneID); + inStream.Read(data->muteExpire); + data->sysAddr = packet->systemAddress; + + mNames[data->playerID] = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(std::string(data->playerName.C_String())); + + mPlayers.insert(std::make_pair(data->playerID, data)); + Game::logger->Log("PlayerContainer", "Added user: %s (%llu), zone: %i\n", data->playerName.C_String(), data->playerID, data->zoneID.GetMapID()); + + auto* insertLog = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("INSERT INTO activity_log (character_id, activity, time, map_id) VALUES (?, ?, ?, ?);"); + + insertLog->setInt(1, data->playerID); + insertLog->setInt(2, 0); + insertLog->setUInt64(3, time(nullptr)); + insertLog->setInt(4, data->zoneID.GetMapID()); + + insertLog->executeUpdate(); +} + +void PlayerContainer::RemovePlayer(Packet* packet) { + CINSTREAM; + LWOOBJID playerID; + inStream.Read(playerID); //skip header + inStream.Read(playerID); + + //Before they get kicked, we need to also send a message to their friends saying that they disconnected. + auto player = this->GetPlayerData(playerID); + + if (player == nullptr) { + return; + } + + for (auto& fr : player->friends) { + //if (!fr.isOnline) continue; + + auto fd = this->GetPlayerData(fr.friendID); + if (fd) ChatPacketHandler::SendFriendUpdate(fd, player, 0); + } + + auto* team = GetTeam(playerID); + + if (team != nullptr) + { + //TeamStatusUpdate(team); + + const auto memberName = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(std::string(player->playerName.C_String())); + + for (const auto memberId : team->memberIDs) + { + auto* otherMember = GetPlayerData(memberId); + + if (otherMember == nullptr) continue; + + ChatPacketHandler::SendTeamSetOffWorldFlag(otherMember, playerID, {0, 0, 0}); + //ChatPacketHandler::SendTeamRemovePlayer(otherMember, false, false, true, false, team->leaderID, player->playerID, memberName); + } + } + + Game::logger->Log("PlayerContainer", "Removed user: %llu\n", playerID); + mPlayers.erase(playerID); + + auto* insertLog = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("INSERT INTO activity_log (character_id, activity, time, map_id) VALUES (?, ?, ?, ?);"); + + insertLog->setInt(1, playerID); + insertLog->setInt(2, 1); + insertLog->setUInt64(3, time(nullptr)); + insertLog->setInt(4, player->zoneID.GetMapID()); + + insertLog->executeUpdate(); +} + +void PlayerContainer::MuteUpdate(Packet* packet) +{ + CINSTREAM; + LWOOBJID playerID; + inStream.Read(playerID); //skip header + inStream.Read(playerID); + time_t expire = 0; + inStream.Read(expire); + + auto* player = this->GetPlayerData(playerID); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("PlayerContainer", "Failed to find user: %llu\n", playerID); + + return; + } + + player->muteExpire = expire; + + BroadcastMuteUpdate(playerID, expire); +} + +void PlayerContainer::CreateTeamServer(Packet* packet) +{ + CINSTREAM; + LWOOBJID playerID; + inStream.Read(playerID); //skip header + inStream.Read(playerID); + size_t membersSize = 0; + inStream.Read(membersSize); + + std::vector members; + + members.reserve(membersSize); + + for (size_t i = 0; i < membersSize; i++) + { + LWOOBJID member; + inStream.Read(member); + members.push_back(member); + } + + LWOZONEID zoneId; + + inStream.Read(zoneId); + + auto* team = CreateLocalTeam(members); + + if (team != nullptr) + { + team->zoneId = zoneId; + } + + UpdateTeamsOnWorld(team, false); +} + +void PlayerContainer::BroadcastMuteUpdate(LWOOBJID player, time_t time) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CHAT_INTERNAL, MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_MUTE_UPDATE); + + bitStream.Write(player); + bitStream.Write(time); + + Game::server->Send(&bitStream, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, true); +} + +TeamData* PlayerContainer::CreateLocalTeam(std::vector members) +{ + if (members.empty()) + { + return nullptr; + } + + TeamData* newTeam = nullptr; + + for (const auto member : members) + { + auto* team = GetTeam(member); + + if (team != nullptr) + { + RemoveMember(team, member, false, false, true); + } + + if (newTeam == nullptr) + { + newTeam = CreateTeam(member, true); + } + else + { + AddMember(newTeam, member); + } + } + + newTeam->lootFlag = 1; + + TeamStatusUpdate(newTeam); + + return newTeam; +} + +TeamData* PlayerContainer::CreateTeam(LWOOBJID leader, bool local) +{ + auto* team = new TeamData(); + + team->teamID = ++mTeamIDCounter; + team->leaderID = leader; + team->local = local; + + mTeams.push_back(team); + + AddMember(team, leader); + + return team; +} + +TeamData* PlayerContainer::GetTeam(LWOOBJID playerID) +{ + for (auto* team : mTeams) + { + if (std::find(team->memberIDs.begin(), team->memberIDs.end(), playerID) == team->memberIDs.end()) continue; + + return team; + } + + return nullptr; +} + +void PlayerContainer::AddMember(TeamData* team, LWOOBJID playerID) +{ + const auto index = std::find(team->memberIDs.begin(), team->memberIDs.end(), playerID); + + if (index != team->memberIDs.end()) return; + + team->memberIDs.push_back(playerID); + + auto* leader = GetPlayerData(team->leaderID); + auto* member = GetPlayerData(playerID); + + if (leader == nullptr || member == nullptr) return; + + const auto leaderName = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(std::string(leader->playerName.C_String())); + const auto memberName = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(std::string(member->playerName.C_String())); + + ChatPacketHandler::SendTeamInviteConfirm(member, false, leader->playerID, leader->zoneID, team->lootFlag, 0, 0, leaderName); + + /* + ChatPacketHandler::SendTeamAddPlayer(member, false, false, false, leader->playerID, leaderName, leader->zoneID); + + Game::logger->Log("PlayerContainer", "Team invite successfully accepted, leader: %s, member: %s\n", leader->playerName.C_String(), member->playerName.C_String()); + */ + + if (!team->local) + { + ChatPacketHandler::SendTeamSetLeader(member, leader->playerID); + } + else + { + ChatPacketHandler::SendTeamSetLeader(member, LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + } + + UpdateTeamsOnWorld(team, false); + + for (const auto memberId : team->memberIDs) + { + auto* otherMember = GetPlayerData(memberId); + + if (otherMember == member) continue; + + const auto otherMemberName = GetName(memberId); + + ChatPacketHandler::SendTeamAddPlayer(member, false, team->local, false, memberId, otherMemberName, otherMember != nullptr ? otherMember->zoneID : LWOZONEID(0, 0, 0)); + + if (otherMember != nullptr) + { + ChatPacketHandler::SendTeamAddPlayer(otherMember, false, team->local, false, member->playerID, memberName, member->zoneID); + } + } +} + +void PlayerContainer::RemoveMember(TeamData* team, LWOOBJID playerID, bool disband, bool kicked, bool leaving, bool silent) +{ + const auto index = std::find(team->memberIDs.begin(), team->memberIDs.end(), playerID); + + if (index == team->memberIDs.end()) return; + + auto* member = GetPlayerData(playerID); + + if (member != nullptr && !silent) + { + ChatPacketHandler::SendTeamSetLeader(member, LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + } + + const auto memberName = GetName(playerID); + + for (const auto memberId : team->memberIDs) + { + if (silent && memberId == playerID) + { + continue; + } + + auto* otherMember = GetPlayerData(memberId); + + if (otherMember == nullptr) continue; + + ChatPacketHandler::SendTeamRemovePlayer(otherMember, disband, kicked, leaving, false, team->leaderID, playerID, memberName); + } + + team->memberIDs.erase(index); + + UpdateTeamsOnWorld(team, false); + + if (team->memberIDs.size() <= 1) + { + DisbandTeam(team); + } + else + { + if (playerID == team->leaderID) + { + PromoteMember(team, team->memberIDs[0]); + } + } +} + +void PlayerContainer::PromoteMember(TeamData* team, LWOOBJID newLeader) +{ + team->leaderID = newLeader; + + for (const auto memberId : team->memberIDs) + { + auto* otherMember = GetPlayerData(memberId); + + if (otherMember == nullptr) continue; + + ChatPacketHandler::SendTeamSetLeader(otherMember, newLeader); + } +} + +void PlayerContainer::DisbandTeam(TeamData* team) +{ + const auto index = std::find(mTeams.begin(), mTeams.end(), team); + + if (index == mTeams.end()) return; + + for (const auto memberId : team->memberIDs) + { + auto* otherMember = GetPlayerData(memberId); + + if (otherMember == nullptr) continue; + + const auto memberName = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(std::string(otherMember->playerName.C_String())); + + ChatPacketHandler::SendTeamSetLeader(otherMember, LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + ChatPacketHandler::SendTeamRemovePlayer(otherMember, true, false, false, team->local, team->leaderID, otherMember->playerID, memberName); + } + + UpdateTeamsOnWorld(team, true); + + mTeams.erase(index); + + delete team; +} + +void PlayerContainer::TeamStatusUpdate(TeamData* team) +{ + const auto index = std::find(mTeams.begin(), mTeams.end(), team); + + if (index == mTeams.end()) return; + + auto* leader = GetPlayerData(team->leaderID); + + if (leader == nullptr) return; + + const auto leaderName = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(std::string(leader->playerName.C_String())); + + for (const auto memberId : team->memberIDs) + { + auto* otherMember = GetPlayerData(memberId); + + if (otherMember == nullptr) continue; + + if (!team->local) + { + ChatPacketHandler::SendTeamStatus(otherMember, team->leaderID, leader->zoneID, team->lootFlag, 0, leaderName); + } + else + { + //ChatPacketHandler::SendTeamStatus(otherMember, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, LWOZONEID(0, 0, 0), 1, 0, u""); + } + } + + UpdateTeamsOnWorld(team, false); +} + +void PlayerContainer::UpdateTeamsOnWorld(TeamData* team, bool deleteTeam) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CHAT_INTERNAL, MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_TEAM_UPDATE); + + bitStream.Write(team->teamID); + bitStream.Write(deleteTeam); + + if (!deleteTeam) + { + bitStream.Write(team->lootFlag); + bitStream.Write(static_cast(team->memberIDs.size())); + for (const auto memberID : team->memberIDs) + { + bitStream.Write(memberID); + } + } + + Game::server->Send(&bitStream, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, true); +} + +std::u16string PlayerContainer::GetName(LWOOBJID playerID) +{ + const auto& pair = mNames.find(playerID); + + if (pair == mNames.end()) return u""; + + return pair->second; +} + +LWOOBJID PlayerContainer::GetId(const std::u16string& playerName) +{ + for (const auto& pair : mNames) + { + if (pair.second == playerName) + { + return pair.first; + } + } + + return LWOOBJID_EMPTY; +} + +bool PlayerContainer::GetIsMuted(PlayerData* data) +{ + return data->muteExpire == 1 || data->muteExpire > time(NULL); +} diff --git a/dChatServer/PlayerContainer.h b/dChatServer/PlayerContainer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dc78d3b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/dChatServer/PlayerContainer.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +#pragma once +#include +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "RakString.h" +#include +#include "Game.h" +#include "dServer.h" +#include + +struct PlayerData { + LWOOBJID playerID; + RakNet::RakString playerName; + SystemAddress sysAddr; + LWOZONEID zoneID; + std::vector friends; + time_t muteExpire; +}; + +struct TeamData { + LWOOBJID teamID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; // Internal use + LWOOBJID leaderID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + std::vector memberIDs {}; + uint8_t lootFlag = 0; + bool local = false; + LWOZONEID zoneId = {}; +}; + +class PlayerContainer { +public: + PlayerContainer(); + ~PlayerContainer(); + + void InsertPlayer(Packet* packet); + void RemovePlayer(Packet* packet); + void MuteUpdate(Packet* packet); + void CreateTeamServer(Packet* packet); + void BroadcastMuteUpdate(LWOOBJID player, time_t time); + + PlayerData* GetPlayerData(const LWOOBJID& playerID) { + auto it = mPlayers.find(playerID); + if (it != mPlayers.end()) return it->second; + return nullptr; + } + + PlayerData* GetPlayerData(const std::string& playerName) { + for (auto player : mPlayers) { + if (player.second) { + std::string pn = player.second->playerName.C_String(); + if (pn == playerName) return player.second; + } + } + + return nullptr; + } + + TeamData* CreateLocalTeam(std::vector members); + TeamData* CreateTeam(LWOOBJID leader, bool local = false); + TeamData* GetTeam(LWOOBJID playerID); + void AddMember(TeamData* team, LWOOBJID playerID); + void RemoveMember(TeamData* team, LWOOBJID playerID, bool disband, bool kicked, bool leaving, bool silent = false); + void PromoteMember(TeamData* team, LWOOBJID newLeader); + void DisbandTeam(TeamData* team); + void TeamStatusUpdate(TeamData* team); + void UpdateTeamsOnWorld(TeamData* team, bool deleteTeam); + std::u16string GetName(LWOOBJID playerID); + LWOOBJID GetId(const std::u16string& playerName); + bool GetIsMuted(PlayerData* data); + + std::map& GetAllPlayerData() { return mPlayers; } + +private: + LWOOBJID mTeamIDCounter = 0; + std::map mPlayers; + std::vector mTeams; + std::unordered_map mNames; +}; + diff --git a/dCommon/AMFFormat.cpp b/dCommon/AMFFormat.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d4cf6531 --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/AMFFormat.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +#include "AMFFormat.h" + +// AMFInteger +void AMFIntegerValue::SetIntegerValue(uint32_t value) { + this->value = value; +} + +uint32_t AMFIntegerValue::GetIntegerValue() { + return this->value; +} + +// AMFDouble +void AMFDoubleValue::SetDoubleValue(double value) { + this->value = value; +} + +double AMFDoubleValue::GetDoubleValue() { + return this->value; +} + +// AMFString +void AMFStringValue::SetStringValue(const std::string& value) { + this->value = value; +} + +std::string AMFStringValue::GetStringValue() { + return this->value; +} + +// AMFXMLDoc +void AMFXMLDocValue::SetXMLDocValue(const std::string& value) { + this->xmlData = value; +} + +std::string AMFXMLDocValue::GetXMLDocValue() { + return this->xmlData; +} + +// AMFDate +void AMFDateValue::SetDateValue(uint64_t value) { + this->millisecondTimestamp = value; +} + +uint64_t AMFDateValue::GetDateValue() { + return this->millisecondTimestamp; +} + +// AMFArray Insert Value +void AMFArrayValue::InsertValue(const std::string& key, AMFValue* value) { + this->associative.insert(std::make_pair(key, value)); +} + +// AMFArray Remove Value +void AMFArrayValue::RemoveValue(const std::string& key) { + _AMFArrayMap_::iterator it = this->associative.find(key); + if (it != this->associative.end()) { + this->associative.erase(it); + } +} + +// AMFArray Find Value +AMFValue* AMFArrayValue::FindValue(const std::string& key) { + _AMFArrayMap_::iterator it = this->associative.find(key); + if (it != this->associative.end()) { + return it->second; + } + + return nullptr; +} + +// AMFArray Get Associative Iterator Begin +_AMFArrayMap_::iterator AMFArrayValue::GetAssociativeIteratorValueBegin() { + return this->associative.begin(); +} + +// AMFArray Get Associative Iterator End +_AMFArrayMap_::iterator AMFArrayValue::GetAssociativeIteratorValueEnd() { + return this->associative.end(); +} + +// AMFArray Push Back Value +void AMFArrayValue::PushBackValue(AMFValue* value) { + this->dense.push_back(value); +} + +// AMFArray Pop Back Value +void AMFArrayValue::PopBackValue() { + this->dense.pop_back(); +} + +// AMFArray Get Dense List Size +uint32_t AMFArrayValue::GetDenseValueSize() { + return (uint32_t)this->dense.size(); +} + +// AMFArray Get value at index in Dense List +AMFValue* AMFArrayValue::GetValueAt(uint32_t index) { + return this->dense.at(index); +} + +// AMFArray Get Dense Iterator Begin +_AMFArrayList_::iterator AMFArrayValue::GetDenseIteratorBegin() { + return this->dense.begin(); +} + +// AMFArray Get Dense Iterator End +_AMFArrayList_::iterator AMFArrayValue::GetDenseIteratorEnd() { + return this->dense.end(); +} + + +// AMFObject Constructor +AMFObjectValue::AMFObjectValue(std::vector> traits) { + this->traits.reserve(traits.size()); + std::vector>::iterator it = traits.begin(); + while (it != traits.end()) { + this->traits.insert(std::make_pair(it->first, std::make_pair(it->second, new AMFNullValue()))); + it++; + } +} + +// AMFObject Set Value +void AMFObjectValue::SetTraitValue(const std::string& trait, AMFValue* value) { + if (value) { + _AMFObjectTraits_::iterator it = this->traits.find(trait); + if (it != this->traits.end()) { + if (it->second.first == value->GetValueType()) { + it->second.second = value; + } + } + } +} + +// AMFObject Get Value +AMFValue* AMFObjectValue::GetTraitValue(const std::string& trait) { + _AMFObjectTraits_::iterator it = this->traits.find(trait); + if (it != this->traits.end()) { + return it->second.second; + } + + return nullptr; +} + +// AMFObject Get Trait Iterator Begin +_AMFObjectTraits_::iterator AMFObjectValue::GetTraitsIteratorBegin() { + return this->traits.begin(); +} + +// AMFObject Get Trait Iterator End +_AMFObjectTraits_::iterator AMFObjectValue::GetTraitsIteratorEnd() { + return this->traits.end(); +} + +// AMFObject Get Trait Size +uint32_t AMFObjectValue::GetTraitArrayCount() { + return (uint32_t)this->traits.size(); +} diff --git a/dCommon/AMFFormat.h b/dCommon/AMFFormat.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..95863594 --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/AMFFormat.h @@ -0,0 +1,368 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "dCommonVars.h" + +// C++ +#include +#include + +/*! + \file AMFFormat.hpp + \brief A class for managing AMF values + */ + +class AMFValue; // Forward declaration + +// Definitions +#define _AMFArrayMap_ std::unordered_map +#define _AMFArrayList_ std::vector + +#define _AMFObjectTraits_ std::unordered_map> +#define _AMFObjectDynamicTraits_ std::unordered_map + +//! An enum for each AMF value type +enum AMFValueType : unsigned char { + AMFUndefined = 0x00, //!< An undefined AMF Value + AMFNull = 0x01, //!< A null AMF value + AMFFalse = 0x02, //!< A false AMF value + AMFTrue = 0x03, //!< A true AMF value + AMFInteger = 0x04, //!< An integer AMF value + AMFDouble = 0x05, //!< A double AMF value + AMFString = 0x06, //!< A string AMF value + AMFXMLDoc = 0x07, //!< An XML Doc AMF value + AMFDate = 0x08, //!< A date AMF value + AMFArray = 0x09, //!< An array AMF value + AMFObject = 0x0A, //!< An object AMF value + AMFXML = 0x0B, //!< An XML AMF value + AMFByteArray = 0x0C, //!< A byte array AMF value + AMFVectorInt = 0x0D, //!< An integer vector AMF value + AMFVectorUInt = 0x0E, //!< An unsigned integer AMF value + AMFVectorDouble = 0x0F, //!< A double vector AMF value + AMFVectorObject = 0x10, //!< An object vector AMF value + AMFDictionary = 0x11 //!< A dictionary AMF value +}; + +//! An enum for the object value types +enum AMFObjectValueType : unsigned char { + AMFObjectAnonymous = 0x01, + AMFObjectTyped = 0x02, + AMFObjectDynamic = 0x03, + AMFObjectExternalizable = 0x04 +}; + +//! The base AMF value class +class AMFValue { +public: + //! Returns the AMF value type + /*! + \return The AMF value type + */ + virtual AMFValueType GetValueType() = 0; +}; + +//! A typedef for a pointer to an AMF value +typedef AMFValue* NDGFxValue; + + +// The various AMF value types + +//! The undefined value AMF type +class AMFUndefinedValue : public AMFValue { +private: + //! Returns the AMF value type + /*! + \return The AMF value type + */ + AMFValueType GetValueType() { return AMFUndefined; } +}; + +//! The null value AMF type +class AMFNullValue : public AMFValue { +private: + //! Returns the AMF value type + /*! + \return The AMF value type + */ + AMFValueType GetValueType() { return AMFNull; } +}; + +//! The false value AMF type +class AMFFalseValue : public AMFValue { +private: + //! Returns the AMF value type + /*! + \return The AMF value type + */ + AMFValueType GetValueType() { return AMFFalse; } +}; + +//! The true value AMF type +class AMFTrueValue : public AMFValue { +private: + //! Returns the AMF value type + /*! + \return The AMF value type + */ + AMFValueType GetValueType() { return AMFTrue; } +}; + +//! The integer value AMF type +class AMFIntegerValue : public AMFValue { +private: + uint32_t value; //!< The value of the AMF type + + //! Returns the AMF value type + /*! + \return The AMF value type + */ + AMFValueType GetValueType() { return AMFInteger; } + +public: + //! Sets the integer value + /*! + \param value The value to set + */ + void SetIntegerValue(uint32_t value); + + //! Gets the integer value + /*! + \return The integer value + */ + uint32_t GetIntegerValue(); +}; + +//! The double value AMF type +class AMFDoubleValue : public AMFValue { +private: + double value; //!< The value of the AMF type + + //! Returns the AMF value type + /*! + \return The AMF value type + */ + AMFValueType GetValueType() { return AMFDouble; } + +public: + //! Sets the double value + /*! + \param value The value to set to + */ + void SetDoubleValue(double value); + + //! Gets the double value + /*! + \return The double value + */ + double GetDoubleValue(); +}; + +//! The string value AMF type +class AMFStringValue : public AMFValue { +private: + std::string value; //!< The value of the AMF type + + //! Returns the AMF value type + /*! + \return The AMF value type + */ + AMFValueType GetValueType() { return AMFString; } + +public: + //! Sets the string value + /*! + \param value The string value to set to + */ + void SetStringValue(const std::string& value); + + //! Gets the string value + /*! + \return The string value + */ + std::string GetStringValue(); +}; + +//! The XML doc value AMF type +class AMFXMLDocValue : public AMFValue { +private: + std::string xmlData; //!< The value of the AMF type + + //! Returns the AMF value type + /*! + \return The AMF value type + */ + AMFValueType GetValueType() { return AMFXMLDoc; } + +public: + //! Sets the XML Doc value + /*! + \param value The value to set to + */ + void SetXMLDocValue(const std::string& value); + + //! Gets the XML Doc value + /*! + \return The XML Doc value + */ + std::string GetXMLDocValue(); +}; + +//! The date value AMF type +class AMFDateValue : public AMFValue { +private: + uint64_t millisecondTimestamp; //!< The time in milliseconds since the ephoch + + //! Returns the AMF value type + /*! + \return The AMF value type + */ + AMFValueType GetValueType() { return AMFDate; } + +public: + //! Sets the date time + /*! + \param value The value to set to + */ + void SetDateValue(uint64_t value); + + //! Gets the date value + /*! + \return The date value in milliseconds since the epoch + */ + uint64_t GetDateValue(); +}; + +//! The array value AMF type +class AMFArrayValue : public AMFValue { +private: + _AMFArrayMap_ associative; //!< The array map (associative part) + _AMFArrayList_ dense; //!< The array list (dense part) + + //! Returns the AMF value type + /*! + \return The AMF value type + */ + AMFValueType GetValueType() { return AMFArray; } + +public: + //! Inserts an item into the array map for a specific key + /*! + \param key The key to set + \param value The value to add + */ + void InsertValue(const std::string& key, AMFValue* value); + + //! Removes an item for a specific key + /*! + \param key The key to remove + */ + void RemoveValue(const std::string& key); + + //! Finds an AMF value + /*! + \return The AMF value if found, nullptr otherwise + */ + AMFValue* FindValue(const std::string& key); + + //! Returns where the associative iterator begins + /*! + \return Where the array map iterator begins + */ + _AMFArrayMap_::iterator GetAssociativeIteratorValueBegin(); + + //! Returns where the associative iterator ends + /*! + \return Where the array map iterator ends + */ + _AMFArrayMap_::iterator GetAssociativeIteratorValueEnd(); + + //! Pushes back a value into the array list + /*! + \param value The value to push back + */ + void PushBackValue(AMFValue* value); + + //! Pops back the last value in the array list + void PopBackValue(); + + //! Gets the count of the dense list + /*! + \return The dense list size + */ + uint32_t GetDenseValueSize(); + + //! Gets a specific value from the list for the specified index + /*! + \param index The index to get + */ + AMFValue* GetValueAt(uint32_t index); + + //! Returns where the dense iterator begins + /*! + \return Where the iterator begins + */ + _AMFArrayList_::iterator GetDenseIteratorBegin(); + + //! Returns where the dense iterator ends + /*! + \return Where the iterator ends + */ + _AMFArrayList_::iterator GetDenseIteratorEnd(); +}; + +//! The anonymous object value AMF type +class AMFObjectValue : public AMFValue { +private: + _AMFObjectTraits_ traits; //!< The object traits + + //! Returns the AMF value type + /*! + \return The AMF value type + */ + AMFValueType GetValueType() { return AMFObject; } + +public: + //! Constructor + /*! + \param traits The traits to set + */ + AMFObjectValue(std::vector> traits); + + //! Gets the object value type + /*! + \return The object value type + */ + virtual AMFObjectValueType GetObjectValueType() { return AMFObjectAnonymous; } + + //! Sets the value of a trait + /*! + \param trait The trait to set the value for + \param value The AMF value to set + */ + void SetTraitValue(const std::string& trait, AMFValue* value); + + //! Gets a trait value + /*! + \param trait The trait to get the value for + \return The trait value + */ + AMFValue* GetTraitValue(const std::string& trait); + + //! Gets the beginning of the object traits iterator + /*! + \return The AMF trait array iterator begin + */ + _AMFObjectTraits_::iterator GetTraitsIteratorBegin(); + + //! Gets the end of the object traits iterator + /*! + \return The AMF trait array iterator begin + */ + _AMFObjectTraits_::iterator GetTraitsIteratorEnd(); + + //! Gets the amount of traits + /*! + \return The amount of traits + */ + uint32_t GetTraitArrayCount(); +}; diff --git a/dCommon/AMFFormat_BitStream.cpp b/dCommon/AMFFormat_BitStream.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57497951 --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/AMFFormat_BitStream.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,271 @@ +#include "AMFFormat_BitStream.h" + +// Writes an AMFValue pointer to a RakNet::BitStream +template<> +void RakNet::BitStream::Write(AMFValue* value) { + if (value != nullptr) { + AMFValueType type = value->GetValueType(); + + switch (type) { + case AMFUndefined: { + AMFUndefinedValue* v = (AMFUndefinedValue*)value; + this->Write(*v); + break; + } + + case AMFNull: { + AMFNullValue* v = (AMFNullValue*)value; + this->Write(*v); + break; + } + + case AMFFalse: { + AMFFalseValue* v = (AMFFalseValue*)value; + this->Write(*v); + break; + } + + case AMFTrue: { + AMFTrueValue* v = (AMFTrueValue*)value; + this->Write(*v); + break; + } + + case AMFInteger: { + AMFIntegerValue* v = (AMFIntegerValue*)value; + this->Write(*v); + break; + } + + case AMFString: { + AMFStringValue* v = (AMFStringValue*)value; + this->Write(*v); + break; + } + + case AMFXMLDoc: { + AMFXMLDocValue* v = (AMFXMLDocValue*)value; + this->Write(*v); + break; + } + + case AMFDate: { + AMFDateValue* v = (AMFDateValue*)value; + this->Write(*v); + break; + } + + case AMFArray: { + AMFArrayValue* v = (AMFArrayValue*)value; + this->Write(*v); + break; + } + } + } +} + +// A private function to write an value to a RakNet::BitStream +void WriteUInt29(RakNet::BitStream* bs, uint32_t v) { + unsigned char b4 = (unsigned char)v; + if (v < 0x00200000) { + b4 = b4 & 0x7F; + if (v > 0x7F) { + unsigned char b3; + v = v >> 7; + b3 = ((unsigned char)(v)) | 0x80; + if (v > 0x7F) { + unsigned char b2; + v = v >> 7; + b2 = ((unsigned char)(v)) | 0x80; + bs->Write(b2); + } + + bs->Write(b3); + } + } else { + unsigned char b1; + unsigned char b2; + unsigned char b3; + + v = v >> 8; + b3 = ((unsigned char)(v)) | 0x80; + v = v >> 7; + b2 = ((unsigned char)(v)) | 0x80; + v = v >> 7; + b1 = ((unsigned char)(v)) | 0x80; + + bs->Write(b1); + bs->Write(b2); + bs->Write(b3); + } + + bs->Write(b4); +} + +// Writes a flag number to a RakNet::BitStream +void WriteFlagNumber(RakNet::BitStream* bs, uint32_t v) { + v = (v << 1) | 0x01; + WriteUInt29(bs, v); +} + +// Writes an AMFString to a RakNet::BitStream +void WriteAMFString(RakNet::BitStream* bs, const std::string& str) { + WriteFlagNumber(bs, (uint32_t)str.size()); + bs->Write(str.c_str(), (uint32_t)str.size()); +} + +// Writes an AMF U16 to a RakNet::BitStream +void WriteAMFU16(RakNet::BitStream* bs, uint16_t value) { + unsigned char b2; + b2 = (unsigned char)value; + value = value >> 8; + bs->Write((unsigned char)value); + bs->Write(b2); +} + +// Writes an AMF U32 to RakNet::BitStream +void WriteAMFU32(RakNet::BitStream* bs, uint32_t value) { + unsigned char b2; + unsigned char b3; + unsigned char b4; + + b4 = (unsigned char)value; + value = value >> 8; + b3 = (unsigned char)value; + value = value >> 8; + b2 = (unsigned char)value; + value = value >> 8; + + bs->Write((unsigned char)value); + bs->Write(b2); + bs->Write(b3); + bs->Write(b4); +} + +// Writes an AMF U64 to RakNet::BitStream +void WriteAMFU64(RakNet::BitStream* bs, uint64_t value) { + unsigned char b2; + unsigned char b3; + unsigned char b4; + unsigned char b5; + unsigned char b6; + unsigned char b7; + unsigned char b8; + + b8 = (unsigned char)value; + value = value >> 8; + b7 = (unsigned char)value; + value = value >> 8; + b6 = (unsigned char)value; + value = value >> 8; + b5 = (unsigned char)value; + value = value >> 8; + b4 = (unsigned char)value; + value = value >> 8; + b3 = (unsigned char)value; + value = value >> 8; + b2 = (unsigned char)value; + value = value >> 8; + + bs->Write((unsigned char)value); + bs->Write(b2); + bs->Write(b3); + bs->Write(b4); + bs->Write(b5); + bs->Write(b6); + bs->Write(b7); + bs->Write(b8); +} + + +// Writes an AMFUndefinedValue to BitStream +template<> +void RakNet::BitStream::Write(AMFUndefinedValue value) { + this->Write(AMFUndefined); +} + +// Writes an AMFNullValue to BitStream +template<> +void RakNet::BitStream::Write(AMFNullValue value) { + this->Write(AMFNull); +} + +// Writes an AMFFalseValue to BitStream +template<> +void RakNet::BitStream::Write(AMFFalseValue value) { + this->Write(AMFFalse); +} + +// Writes an AMFTrueValue to BitStream +template<> +void RakNet::BitStream::Write(AMFTrueValue value) { + this->Write(AMFTrue); +} + +// Writes an AMFIntegerValue to BitStream +template<> +void RakNet::BitStream::Write(AMFIntegerValue value) { + this->Write(AMFInteger); + WriteUInt29(this, value.GetIntegerValue()); +} + +// Writes an AMFDoubleValue to BitStream +template<> +void RakNet::BitStream::Write(AMFDoubleValue value) { + this->Write(AMFDouble); + double d = value.GetDoubleValue(); + WriteAMFU64(this, *((unsigned long long*)&d)); +} + +// Writes an AMFStringValue to BitStream +template<> +void RakNet::BitStream::Write(AMFStringValue value) { + this->Write(AMFString); + std::string v = value.GetStringValue(); + WriteAMFString(this, v); +} + +// Writes an AMFXMLDocValue to BitStream +template<> +void RakNet::BitStream::Write(AMFXMLDocValue value) { + this->Write(AMFXMLDoc); + std::string v = value.GetXMLDocValue(); + WriteAMFString(this, v); +} + +// Writes an AMFDateValue to BitStream +template<> +void RakNet::BitStream::Write(AMFDateValue value) { + this->Write(AMFDate); + uint64_t date = value.GetDateValue(); + WriteAMFU64(this, date); +} + +// Writes an AMFArrayValue to BitStream +template<> +void RakNet::BitStream::Write(AMFArrayValue value) { + this->Write(AMFArray); + uint32_t denseSize = value.GetDenseValueSize(); + WriteFlagNumber(this, denseSize); + + _AMFArrayMap_::iterator it = value.GetAssociativeIteratorValueBegin(); + _AMFArrayMap_::iterator end = value.GetAssociativeIteratorValueEnd(); + + while (it != end) { + WriteAMFString(this, it->first); + this->Write(it->second); + it++; + } + + this->Write(AMFNull); + + if (denseSize > 0) { + _AMFArrayList_::iterator it2 = value.GetDenseIteratorBegin(); + _AMFArrayList_::iterator end2 = value.GetDenseIteratorEnd(); + + while (it2 != end2) { + this->Write(*it2); + it2++; + } + } +} diff --git a/dCommon/AMFFormat_BitStream.h b/dCommon/AMFFormat_BitStream.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..69dd0896 --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/AMFFormat_BitStream.h @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "AMFFormat.h" + +// RakNet +#include + +/*! + \file AMFBitStream.hpp + \brief A class that implements native writing of AMF values to RakNet::BitStream + */ + +// We are using the RakNet namespace +namespace RakNet { + //! Writes an AMFValue pointer to a RakNet::BitStream + /*! + \param value The value to write + */ + template<> + void RakNet::BitStream::Write(AMFValue* value); + + //! Writes an AMFUndefinedValue to a RakNet::BitStream + /*! + \param value The value to write + */ + template<> + void RakNet::BitStream::Write(AMFUndefinedValue value); + + //! Writes an AMFNullValue to a RakNet::BitStream + /*! + \param value The value to write + */ + template<> + void RakNet::BitStream::Write(AMFNullValue value); + + //! Writes an AMFFalseValue to a RakNet::BitStream + /*! + \param value The value to write + */ + template<> + void RakNet::BitStream::Write(AMFFalseValue value); + + //! Writes an AMFTrueValue to a RakNet::BitStream + /*! + \param value The value to write + */ + template<> + void RakNet::BitStream::Write(AMFTrueValue value); + + //! Writes an AMFIntegerValue to a RakNet::BitStream + /*! + \param value The value to write + */ + template<> + void RakNet::BitStream::Write(AMFIntegerValue value); + + //! Writes an AMFDoubleValue to a RakNet::BitStream + /*! + \param value The value to write + */ + template<> + void RakNet::BitStream::Write(AMFDoubleValue value); + + //! Writes an AMFStringValue to a RakNet::BitStream + /*! + \param value The value to write + */ + template<> + void RakNet::BitStream::Write(AMFStringValue value); + + //! Writes an AMFXMLDocValue to a RakNet::BitStream + /*! + \param value The value to write + */ + template<> + void RakNet::BitStream::Write(AMFXMLDocValue value); + + //! Writes an AMFDateValue to a RakNet::BitStream + /*! + \param value The value to write + */ + template<> + void RakNet::BitStream::Write(AMFDateValue value); + + //! Writes an AMFArrayValue to a RakNet::BitStream + /*! + \param value The value to write + */ + template<> + void RakNet::BitStream::Write(AMFArrayValue value); +} diff --git a/dCommon/BinaryIO.cpp b/dCommon/BinaryIO.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8cad23a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/BinaryIO.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +#include "BinaryIO.h" +#include + +void BinaryIO::WriteString(const std::string& stringToWrite, std::ofstream& outstream) { + //BinaryWrite(outstream, uint32_t(stringToWrite.length())); + + for (size_t i = 0; i < size_t(stringToWrite.length()); ++i) { + BinaryIO::BinaryWrite(outstream, stringToWrite[i]); + } +} + +//For reading null-terminated strings +std::string BinaryIO::ReadString(std::ifstream & instream) { + std::string toReturn; + char buffer; + + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(instream, buffer); + + while (buffer != 0x00) { + toReturn += buffer; + BinaryRead(instream, buffer); + } + + return toReturn; +} + +//For reading strings of a specific size +std::string BinaryIO::ReadString(std::ifstream& instream, size_t size) { + std::string toReturn; + char buffer; + + for (size_t i = 0; i < size; ++i) { + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(instream, buffer); + toReturn += buffer; + } + + return toReturn; +} + +std::string BinaryIO::ReadWString(std::ifstream & instream) { + size_t size; + BinaryRead(instream, size); + //toReturn.resize(size); + std::string test; + unsigned char buf; + + for (size_t i = 0; i < size; ++i) { + //instream.ignore(1); + BinaryRead(instream, buf); + test += buf; + } + + //printf("%s\n", test.c_str()); + + //instream.read((char*)&toReturn[0], size * 2); + //std::string str(toReturn.begin(), toReturn.end()); + return test; +} diff --git a/dCommon/BinaryIO.h b/dCommon/BinaryIO.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0c459f02 --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/BinaryIO.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +#pragma once +#include +#include + +namespace BinaryIO { + template + std::ostream& BinaryWrite(std::ostream& stream, const T& value) { + return stream.write(reinterpret_cast(&value), sizeof(T)); + } + + template + std::istream & BinaryRead(std::istream& stream, T& value) { + if (!stream.good()) + printf("bla"); + + return stream.read(reinterpret_cast(&value), sizeof(T)); + } + + void WriteString(const std::string& stringToWrite, std::ofstream& outstream); + std::string ReadString(std::ifstream & instream); + std::string ReadString(std::ifstream& instream, size_t size); + std::string ReadWString(std::ifstream& instream); + + inline bool DoesFileExist(const std::string& name) { + std::ifstream f(name.c_str()); + return f.good(); + } +} diff --git a/dCommon/Diagnostics.cpp b/dCommon/Diagnostics.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c64d4c18 --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/Diagnostics.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,255 @@ +#include "Diagnostics.h" + +// If we're on Win32, we'll include our minidump writer +#ifdef _WIN32 +#include +#include + +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" + +void make_minidump(EXCEPTION_POINTERS* e) { + auto hDbgHelp = LoadLibraryA("dbghelp"); + if (hDbgHelp == nullptr) + return; + auto pMiniDumpWriteDump = (decltype(&MiniDumpWriteDump))GetProcAddress(hDbgHelp, "MiniDumpWriteDump"); + if (pMiniDumpWriteDump == nullptr) + return; + + char name[MAX_PATH]; + { + auto nameEnd = name + GetModuleFileNameA(GetModuleHandleA(0), name, MAX_PATH); + SYSTEMTIME t; + GetSystemTime(&t); + wsprintfA(nameEnd - strlen(".exe"), + "_%4d%02d%02d_%02d%02d%02d.dmp", + t.wYear, t.wMonth, t.wDay, t.wHour, t.wMinute, t.wSecond); + } + + auto hFile = CreateFileA(name, GENERIC_WRITE, FILE_SHARE_READ, 0, CREATE_ALWAYS, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, 0); + if (hFile == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) + return; + + MINIDUMP_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION exceptionInfo; + exceptionInfo.ThreadId = GetCurrentThreadId(); + exceptionInfo.ExceptionPointers = e; + exceptionInfo.ClientPointers = FALSE; + + auto dumped = pMiniDumpWriteDump( + GetCurrentProcess(), + GetCurrentProcessId(), + hFile, + MINIDUMP_TYPE(MiniDumpWithIndirectlyReferencedMemory | MiniDumpScanMemory), + e ? &exceptionInfo : nullptr, + nullptr, + nullptr); + + CloseHandle(hFile); + + return; +} + +LONG CALLBACK unhandled_handler(EXCEPTION_POINTERS* e) { + make_minidump(e); + if (Game::logger) + Game::logger->Flush(); // Flush our log if we have one, before exiting. + return EXCEPTION_CONTINUE_SEARCH; +} +#endif + +#if defined(__linux__) //&& !defined(__clang__) // backtrace is a gcc exclusive system library +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#if defined(__include_backtrace__) +#include + +#include + +struct bt_ctx { + struct backtrace_state* state; + int error; +}; + +static inline void Bt(struct backtrace_state* state) { + std::string fileName = Diagnostics::GetOutDirectory() + "crash_" + Diagnostics::GetProcessName() + "_" + std::to_string(getpid()) + ".log"; + FILE* file = fopen(fileName.c_str(), "w+"); + if (file != nullptr) { + backtrace_print(state, 2, file); + fclose(file); + } + + backtrace_print(state, 2, stdout); +} + +static void ErrorCallback(void* data, const char* msg, int errnum) { + auto* ctx = (struct bt_ctx*)data; + fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: %s (%d)", msg, errnum); + ctx->error = 1; + + std::string fileName = Diagnostics::GetOutDirectory() + "crash_" + Diagnostics::GetProcessName() + "_" + std::to_string(getpid()) + ".log"; + FILE* file = fopen(fileName.c_str(), "w+"); + if (file != nullptr) { + fprintf(file, "ERROR: %s (%d)", msg, errnum); + fclose(file); + } +} +#endif + +#include "Type.h" + +void GenerateDump() { + std::string cmd = "sudo gcore " + std::to_string(getpid()); + system(cmd.c_str()); +} + +void CatchUnhandled(int sig) { +#ifndef __include_backtrace__ + + if (Diagnostics::GetProduceMemoryDump()) { + GenerateDump(); + } + + void* array[10]; + size_t size; + + // get void*'s for all entries on the stack + size = backtrace(array, 10); + + printf("Fatal error %i\nStacktrace:\n", sig); +#if defined(__GNUG__) and defined(__dynamic) + + // Loop through the returned addresses, and get the symbols to be demangled + char** strings = backtrace_symbols(array, size); + + // Print the stack trace + for (size_t i = 0; i < size; i++) { + // Take a string like './WorldServer(_ZN19SlashCommandHandler17HandleChatCommandERKSbIDsSt11char_traitsIDsESaIDsEEP6EntityRK13SystemAddress+0x6187) [0x55869c44ecf7]' and extract the function name + std::string functionName = strings[i]; + std::string::size_type start = functionName.find('('); + std::string::size_type end = functionName.find('+'); + if (start != std::string::npos && end != std::string::npos) { + std::string demangled = functionName.substr(start + 1, end - start - 1); + + demangled = demangle(functionName.c_str()); + + if (demangled.empty()) { + printf("[%02d] %s\n", i, demangled.c_str()); + } else { + printf("[%02d] %s\n", i, functionName.c_str()); + } + } else { + printf("[%02d] %s\n", i, functionName.c_str()); + } + } +#else + backtrace_symbols_fd(array, size, STDOUT_FILENO); +#endif + + std::string fileName = Diagnostics::GetOutDirectory() + "crash_" + Diagnostics::GetProcessName() + "_" + std::to_string(getpid()) + ".log"; + FILE* file = fopen(fileName.c_str(), "w+"); + if (file != NULL) { + // print out all the frames to stderr + fprintf(file, "Error: signal %d:\n", sig); + backtrace_symbols_fd(array, size, fileno(file)); + fclose(file); + } + +#else + + struct backtrace_state* state = backtrace_create_state( + Diagnostics::GetProcessFileName().c_str(), + BACKTRACE_SUPPORTS_THREADS, + ErrorCallback, + nullptr); + + struct bt_ctx ctx = {state, 0}; + Bt(state); + +#endif + + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); +} + +void CritErrHdlr(int sig_num, siginfo_t* info, void* ucontext) { + CatchUnhandled(sig_num); +} + +void OnTerminate() { + CatchUnhandled(-1); +} + +void MakeBacktrace() { + struct sigaction sigact; + + sigact.sa_sigaction = CritErrHdlr; + sigact.sa_flags = SA_RESTART | SA_SIGINFO; + + if (sigaction(SIGSEGV, &sigact, (struct sigaction*)nullptr) != 0 || + sigaction(SIGFPE, &sigact, (struct sigaction*)nullptr) != 0 || + sigaction(SIGABRT, &sigact, (struct sigaction*)nullptr) != 0 || + sigaction(SIGILL, &sigact, (struct sigaction*)nullptr) != 0) { + fprintf(stderr, "error setting signal handler for %d (%s)\n", + SIGSEGV, + strsignal(SIGSEGV)); + + exit(EXIT_FAILURE); + } + + std::set_terminate(OnTerminate); +} +#endif + +void Diagnostics::Initialize() { +#ifdef _WIN32 + SetUnhandledExceptionFilter(unhandled_handler); +#elif defined(__linux__) //&& !defined(__clang__) + MakeBacktrace(); +#else + fprintf(stderr, "Diagnostics not supported on this platform.\n"); +#endif +} + +std::string Diagnostics::m_ProcessName{}; +std::string Diagnostics::m_ProcessFileName{}; +std::string Diagnostics::m_OutDirectory{}; +bool Diagnostics::m_ProduceMemoryDump{}; + +void Diagnostics::SetProcessName(const std::string& name) { + m_ProcessName = name; +} + +void Diagnostics::SetProcessFileName(const std::string& name) { + m_ProcessFileName = name; +} + +void Diagnostics::SetOutDirectory(const std::string& path) { + m_OutDirectory = path; +} + +void Diagnostics::SetProduceMemoryDump(bool value) { + m_ProduceMemoryDump = value; +} + +const std::string& Diagnostics::GetProcessName() { + return m_ProcessName; +} + +const std::string& Diagnostics::GetProcessFileName() { + return m_ProcessFileName; +} + +const std::string& Diagnostics::GetOutDirectory() { + return m_OutDirectory; +} + +bool Diagnostics::GetProduceMemoryDump() { + return m_ProduceMemoryDump; +} diff --git a/dCommon/Diagnostics.h b/dCommon/Diagnostics.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..41b7d177 --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/Diagnostics.h @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +#pragma once + +#include + +class Diagnostics +{ +public: + static void Initialize(); + + static void SetProcessName(const std::string& name); + + static void SetProcessFileName(const std::string& name); + + static void SetOutDirectory(const std::string& path); + + static void SetProduceMemoryDump(bool value); + + static const std::string& GetProcessName(); + + static const std::string& GetProcessFileName(); + + static const std::string& GetOutDirectory(); + + static bool GetProduceMemoryDump(); + +private: + static std::string m_ProcessName; + static std::string m_ProcessFileName; + static std::string m_OutDirectory; + static bool m_ProduceMemoryDump; +}; diff --git a/dCommon/Game.h b/dCommon/Game.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..912baeb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/Game.h @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +#pragma once + +#include + +class dServer; +class dLogger; +class InstanceManager; +class dpWorld; +class dChatFilter; +class dConfig; +class dLocale; +class RakPeerInterface; +struct SystemAddress; + +namespace Game { + extern dLogger* logger; + extern dServer* server; + extern InstanceManager* im; + extern dpWorld* physicsWorld; + extern dChatFilter* chatFilter; + extern dConfig* config; + extern dLocale* locale; + extern std::mt19937 randomEngine; + extern RakPeerInterface* chatServer; + extern SystemAddress chatSysAddr; +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dCommon/GeneralUtils.cpp b/dCommon/GeneralUtils.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b3461e8a --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/GeneralUtils.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +#include "GeneralUtils.h" + +// C++ +#include +#include +#include + +template +inline size_t MinSize(size_t size, const std::basic_string& string) { + if (size == size_t(-1) || size > string.size()) { + return string.size(); + } else { + return size; + } +} + +inline bool IsLeadSurrogate(char16_t c) { + return (0xD800 <= c) && (c <= 0xDBFF); +} + +inline bool IsTrailSurrogate(char16_t c) { + return (0xDC00 <= c) && (c <= 0xDFFF); +} + +inline void PushUTF8CodePoint(std::string& ret, char32_t cp) { + if (cp <= 0x007F) { + ret.push_back(cp); + } else if (cp <= 0x07FF) { + ret.push_back(0xC0 | (cp >> 6)); + ret.push_back(0x80 | (cp & 0x3F)); + } else if (cp <= 0xFFFF) { + ret.push_back(0xE0 | (cp >> 12)); + ret.push_back(0x80 | ((cp >> 6) & 0x3F)); + ret.push_back(0x80 | (cp & 0x3F)); + } else if (cp <= 0x10FFFF) { + ret.push_back(0xF0 | (cp >> 18)); + ret.push_back(0x80 | ((cp >> 12) & 0x3F)); + ret.push_back(0x80 | ((cp >> 6) & 0x3F)); + ret.push_back(0x80 | (cp & 0x3F)); + } else { + assert(false); + } +} + +//! Converts an std::string (ASCII) to UCS-2 / UTF-16 +std::u16string GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(const std::string& string, size_t size) { + size_t newSize = MinSize(size, string); + std::u16string ret; + ret.reserve(newSize); + + for (size_t i = 0; i < newSize; i++) { + char c = string[i]; + assert(c > 0 && c <= 127); + ret.push_back(static_cast(c)); + } + + return ret; +} + +//! Converts a (potentially-ill-formed) UTF-16 string to UTF-8 +//! See: +std::string GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(const std::u16string& string, size_t size) { + size_t newSize = MinSize(size, string); + std::string ret; + ret.reserve(newSize); + + for (size_t i = 0; i < newSize; i++) { + char16_t u = string[i]; + if (IsLeadSurrogate(u) && (i + 1) < newSize) { + char16_t next = string[i + 1]; + if (IsTrailSurrogate(next)) { + i += 1; + char32_t cp = 0x10000 + + ((static_cast(u) - 0xD800) << 10) + + (static_cast(next) - 0xDC00); + PushUTF8CodePoint(ret, cp); + } else { + PushUTF8CodePoint(ret, u); + } + } else { + PushUTF8CodePoint(ret, u); + } + } + + return ret; +} + +bool GeneralUtils::CaseInsensitiveStringCompare(const std::string& a, const std::string& b) { + return std::equal(a.begin(), a.end (), b.begin(), b.end(),[](char a, char b) { return tolower(a) == tolower(b); }); +} + +// MARK: Bits + +//! Sets a specific bit in a signed 64-bit integer +int64_t GeneralUtils::SetBit(int64_t value, uint32_t index) { + return value |= 1ULL << index; +} + +//! Clears a specific bit in a signed 64-bit integer +int64_t GeneralUtils::ClearBit(int64_t value, uint32_t index) { + return value &= ~(1ULL << index); +} + +//! Checks a specific bit in a signed 64-bit integer +bool GeneralUtils::CheckBit(int64_t value, uint32_t index) { + return value & (1ULL << index); +} + +bool GeneralUtils::ReplaceInString(std::string& str, const std::string& from, const std::string& to) { + size_t start_pos = str.find(from); + if(start_pos == std::string::npos) + return false; + str.replace(start_pos, from.length(), to); + return true; +} + +std::vector GeneralUtils::SplitString(std::wstring& str, wchar_t delimiter) +{ + std::vector vector = std::vector(); + std::wstring current; + + for (const auto& c : str) { + if (c == delimiter) { + vector.push_back(current); + current = L""; + } else { + current += c; + } + } + + vector.push_back(current); + return vector; +} + +std::vector GeneralUtils::SplitString(std::u16string& str, char16_t delimiter) +{ + std::vector vector = std::vector(); + std::u16string current; + + for (const auto& c : str) { + if (c == delimiter) { + vector.push_back(current); + current = u""; + } else { + current += c; + } + } + + vector.push_back(current); + return vector; +} + +std::vector GeneralUtils::SplitString(const std::string& str, char delimiter) +{ + std::vector vector = std::vector(); + std::string current = ""; + + for (size_t i = 0; i < str.length(); i++) + { + char c = str[i]; + + if (c == delimiter) + { + vector.push_back(current); + current = ""; + } + else + { + current += c; + } + } + + vector.push_back(current); + + return vector; +} + +std::u16string GeneralUtils::ReadWString(RakNet::BitStream *inStream) { + uint32_t length; + inStream->Read(length); + + std::u16string string; + for (auto i = 0; i < length; i++) { + uint16_t c; + inStream->Read(c); + string.push_back(c); + } + + return string; +} diff --git a/dCommon/GeneralUtils.h b/dCommon/GeneralUtils.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..58b9e962 --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/GeneralUtils.h @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +#pragma once + +// C++ +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "Game.h" + +/*! + \file GeneralUtils.hpp + \brief A namespace containing general utility functions + */ + +//! The general utils namespace +namespace GeneralUtils { + //! Converts a plain ASCII string to a UTF-16 string + /*! + \param string The string to convert + \param size A size to trim the string to. Default is -1 (No trimming) + \return An UTF-16 representation of the string + */ + std::u16string ASCIIToUTF16(const std::string& string, size_t size = -1); + + //! Converts a UTF-16 string to a UTF-8 string + /*! + \param string The string to convert + \param size A size to trim the string to. Default is -1 (No trimming) + \return An UTF-8 representation of the string + */ + std::string UTF16ToWTF8(const std::u16string& string, size_t size = -1); + + /** + * Compares two basic strings but does so ignoring case sensitivity + * \param a the first string to compare against the second string + * \param b the second string to compare against the first string + * @return if the two strings are equal + */ + bool CaseInsensitiveStringCompare(const std::string& a, const std::string& b); + + // MARK: Bits + + // MARK: Bits + + //! Sets a bit on a numerical value + template + void SetBit(T& value, size_t index) { + static_assert(std::is_arithmetic::value, "Not an arithmetic type"); + + if (index > (sizeof(T) * 8) - 1) { + return; + } + + value |= static_cast(1) << index; + } + + //! Clears a bit on a numerical value + template + void ClearBit(T& value, size_t index) { + static_assert(std::is_arithmetic::value, "Not an arithmetic type"); + + if (index > (sizeof(T) * 8 - 1)) { + return; + } + + value &= ~(static_cast(1) << index); + } + + //! Sets a specific bit in a signed 64-bit integer + /*! + \param value The value to set the bit for + \param index The index of the bit + */ + int64_t SetBit(int64_t value, uint32_t index); + + //! Clears a specific bit in a signed 64-bit integer + /*! + \param value The value to clear the bit from + \param index The index of the bit + */ + int64_t ClearBit(int64_t value, uint32_t index); + + //! Checks a specific bit in a signed 64-bit integer + /*! + \parma value The value to check the bit in + \param index The index of the bit + \return Whether or not the bit is set + */ + bool CheckBit(int64_t value, uint32_t index); + + // MARK: Random Number Generation + + //! Generates a random number + /*! + \param min The minimum the generate from + \param max The maximum to generate to + */ + template + inline T GenerateRandomNumber(std::size_t min, std::size_t max) { + // Make sure it is a numeric type + static_assert(std::is_arithmetic::value, "Not an arithmetic type"); + + if constexpr (std::is_integral_v) { // constexpr only necessary on first statement + std::uniform_int_distribution distribution(min, max); + return distribution(Game::randomEngine); + } + else if (std::is_floating_point_v) { + std::uniform_real_distribution distribution(min, max); + return distribution(Game::randomEngine); + } + + return T(); + } + + bool ReplaceInString(std::string& str, const std::string& from, const std::string& to); + + std::u16string ReadWString(RakNet::BitStream *inStream); + + std::vector SplitString(std::wstring& str, wchar_t delimiter); + + std::vector SplitString(std::u16string& str, char16_t delimiter); + + std::vector SplitString(const std::string& str, char delimiter); + + template + T Parse(const char* value); + + template <> + inline int32_t Parse(const char* value) + { + return std::stoi(value); + } + + template <> + inline int64_t Parse(const char* value) + { + return std::stoll(value); + } + + template <> + inline float Parse(const char* value) + { + return std::stof(value); + } + + template <> + inline double Parse(const char* value) + { + return std::stod(value); + } + + template <> + inline uint32_t Parse(const char* value) + { + return std::stoul(value); + } + + template <> + inline uint64_t Parse(const char* value) + { + return std::stoull(value); + } + + template + bool TryParse(const char* value, T& dst) + { + try + { + dst = Parse(value); + + return true; + } + catch (...) + { + return false; + } + } + + template + T Parse(const std::string& value) + { + return Parse(value.c_str()); + } + + template + bool TryParse(const std::string& value, T& dst) + { + return TryParse(value.c_str(), dst); + } + + template + std::u16string to_u16string(T value) + { + return GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(std::to_string(value)); + } + + // From boost::hash_combine + template + void hash_combine(std::size_t& s, const T& v) + { + std::hash h; + s ^= h(v) + 0x9e3779b9 + (s << 6) + (s >> 2); + } +} diff --git a/dCommon/LDFFormat.cpp b/dCommon/LDFFormat.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..13fcb5cb --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/LDFFormat.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +#include "LDFFormat.h" + +// Custom Classes +#include "GeneralUtils.h" + +// C++ +#include +#include + +//! Returns a pointer to a LDFData value based on string format +LDFBaseData * LDFBaseData::DataFromString(const std::string& format) { + + // First, check the format + std::istringstream ssFormat(format); + std::string token; + + std::vector keyValueArray; + while (std::getline(ssFormat, token, '=')) { + keyValueArray.push_back(token); + } + + if (keyValueArray.size() == 2) { + std::u16string key = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(keyValueArray[0]); + + std::vector dataArray; + std::istringstream ssData(keyValueArray[1]); + while (std::getline(ssData, token, ':')) { + dataArray.push_back(token); + } + + if (dataArray.size() > 2) { // hacky fix for strings with colons in them + std::vector newDataArray; + newDataArray.push_back(dataArray[0]); + std::string value = ""; + for (size_t i = 1; i < dataArray.size(); ++i) { + value += dataArray[i] + ':'; + } + value.pop_back(); // remove last colon + newDataArray.push_back(value); + dataArray = newDataArray; + } + + if ((dataArray[0] == "0" || dataArray[0] == "13") && dataArray.size() == 1) { + dataArray.push_back(""); + } + + if (dataArray.size() == 2) { + eLDFType type = static_cast(stoi(dataArray[0])); + + switch (type) { + case LDF_TYPE_UTF_16: { + std::u16string data = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(dataArray[1]); + return new LDFData(key, data); + } + + case LDF_TYPE_S32: { + int32_t data = static_cast(stol(dataArray[1])); + return new LDFData(key, data); + } + + case LDF_TYPE_FLOAT: { + float data = static_cast(stof(dataArray[1])); + return new LDFData(key, data); + } + + case LDF_TYPE_DOUBLE: { + double data = static_cast(stod(dataArray[1])); + return new LDFData(key, data); + } + + case LDF_TYPE_U32: + { + uint32_t data; + + if (dataArray[1] == "true") + { + data = 1; + } + else if (dataArray[1] == "false") + { + data = 0; + } + else + { + data = static_cast(stoul(dataArray[1])); + } + + return new LDFData(key, data); + } + + case LDF_TYPE_BOOLEAN: { + bool data; + + if (dataArray[1] == "true") + { + data = true; + } + else if (dataArray[1] == "false") + { + data = false; + } + else + { + data = static_cast(stoi(dataArray[1])); + } + + return new LDFData(key, data); + } + + case LDF_TYPE_U64: { + uint64_t data = static_cast(stoull(dataArray[1])); + return new LDFData(key, data); + } + + case LDF_TYPE_OBJID: { + LWOOBJID data = static_cast(stoll(dataArray[1])); + return new LDFData(key, data); + } + + case LDF_TYPE_UTF_8: { + std::string data = dataArray[1]; + return new LDFData(key, data); + } + + case LDF_TYPE_UNKNOWN: { + return nullptr; + } + } + } + } + + return nullptr; + +} diff --git a/dCommon/LDFFormat.h b/dCommon/LDFFormat.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0a8a99f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/LDFFormat.h @@ -0,0 +1,253 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" + +// C++ +#include +#include + +// RakNet + +#include "../thirdparty/raknet/Source/BitStream.h" + +/*! + \file LDFFormat.hpp + \brief A collection of LDF format classes + */ + +//! An enum for LDF Data Types +enum eLDFType { + LDF_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, //!< Unknown data type + LDF_TYPE_UTF_16 = 0, //!< UTF-16 wstring data type + LDF_TYPE_S32 = 1, //!< Signed 32-bit data type + LDF_TYPE_FLOAT = 3, //!< Float data type + LDF_TYPE_DOUBLE = 4, //!< Double data type + LDF_TYPE_U32 = 5, //!< Unsigned 32-bit data type + LDF_TYPE_BOOLEAN = 7, //!< Boolean data type + LDF_TYPE_U64 = 8, //!< Unsigned 64-bit data type (originally signed, templates won't work with both S64 & OBJID + LDF_TYPE_OBJID = 9, //!< Signed 64-bit data type (reserved for object IDs) + LDF_TYPE_UTF_8 = 13, //!< UTF-8 string data type +}; + +//! A base class for the LDF data +class LDFBaseData { +public: + + //! Destructor + virtual ~LDFBaseData(void) { } + + //! Writes the data to a packet + /*! + \param packet The packet + */ + virtual void WriteToPacket(RakNet::BitStream * packet) = 0; + + //! Gets the key + /*! + \return The key + */ + virtual const std::u16string& GetKey(void) = 0; + + //! Gets the value type + /*! + \return The value type + */ + virtual eLDFType GetValueType(void) = 0; + + //! Gets a string from the key/value pair + /*! + \param includeKey Whether or not to include the key in the data + \param includeTypeId Whether or not to include the type id in the data + \return The string representation of the data + */ + virtual std::string GetString(bool includeKey = true, bool includeTypeId = true) = 0; + + virtual std::string GetValueAsString() = 0; + + virtual LDFBaseData * Copy() = 0; + + // MARK: Functions + + //! Returns a pointer to a LDFData value based on string format + /*! + \param format The format + */ + static LDFBaseData * DataFromString(const std::string& format); + +}; + +//! A structure for an LDF key-value pair +template +class LDFData : public LDFBaseData { +private: + std::u16string key; + T value; + + //! Writes the key to the packet + void WriteKey(RakNet::BitStream * packet) { + packet->Write(static_cast(this->key.length() * sizeof(uint16_t))); + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < this->key.length(); ++i) { + packet->Write(static_cast(this->key[i])); + } + } + + //! Writes the value to the packet + void WriteValue(RakNet::BitStream * packet) { + packet->Write(static_cast(this->GetValueType())); + packet->Write(this->value); + } + +public: + + //! Initializer + LDFData(const std::u16string& key, const T& value) { + this->key = key; + this->value = value; + } + + //! Destructor + ~LDFData(void) override { } + + //! Gets the value + /*! + \return The value + */ + const T& GetValue(void) { return this->value; } + + //! Sets the value + /*! + \param value The value to set to + */ + void SetValue(T value) { this->value = value; }; + + //! Gets the value string + /*! + \return The value string + */ + std::string GetValueString(void) { return ""; } + + //! Writes the data to a packet + /*! + \param packet The packet + */ + void WriteToPacket(RakNet::BitStream * packet) override { + this->WriteKey(packet); + this->WriteValue(packet); + } + + //! Gets the key + /*! + \return The key + */ + const std::u16string& GetKey(void) override { return this->key; } + + //! Gets the LDF Type + /*! + \return The LDF value type + */ + eLDFType GetValueType(void) override { return LDF_TYPE_UNKNOWN; } + + //! Gets the string data + /*! + \param includeKey Whether or not to include the key in the data + \param includeTypeId Whether or not to include the type id in the data + \return The string representation of the data + */ + std::string GetString(const bool includeKey = true, const bool includeTypeId = true) override { + if (GetValueType() == -1) { + return GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(this->key) + "=-1:"; + } + + std::stringstream stream; + + if (includeKey) { + const std::string& sKey = GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(this->key, this->key.size()); + + stream << sKey << "="; + } + + if (includeTypeId) { + const std::string& sType = std::to_string(this->GetValueType()); + + + stream << sType << ":"; + } + + const std::string& sData = this->GetValueString(); + + stream << sData; + + return stream.str(); + } + + std::string GetValueAsString() override { + return this->GetValueString(); + } + + LDFBaseData * Copy() override { + return new LDFData(key, value); + } + + inline static T Default = {}; +}; + +// LDF Types +template<> inline eLDFType LDFData::GetValueType(void) { return LDF_TYPE_UTF_16; }; +template<> inline eLDFType LDFData::GetValueType(void) { return LDF_TYPE_S32; }; +template<> inline eLDFType LDFData::GetValueType(void) { return LDF_TYPE_FLOAT; }; +template<> inline eLDFType LDFData::GetValueType(void) { return LDF_TYPE_DOUBLE; }; +template<> inline eLDFType LDFData::GetValueType(void) { return LDF_TYPE_U32; }; +template<> inline eLDFType LDFData::GetValueType(void) { return LDF_TYPE_BOOLEAN; }; +template<> inline eLDFType LDFData::GetValueType(void) { return LDF_TYPE_U64; }; +template<> inline eLDFType LDFData::GetValueType(void) { return LDF_TYPE_OBJID; }; +template<> inline eLDFType LDFData::GetValueType(void) { return LDF_TYPE_UTF_8; }; + +// The specialized version for std::u16string (UTF-16) +template<> +inline void LDFData::WriteValue(RakNet::BitStream * packet) { + packet->Write(static_cast(this->GetValueType())); + + packet->Write(static_cast(this->value.length())); + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < this->value.length(); ++i) { + packet->Write(static_cast(this->value[i])); + } +} + +// The specialized version for bool +template<> +inline void LDFData::WriteValue(RakNet::BitStream * packet) { + packet->Write(static_cast(this->GetValueType())); + + packet->Write(static_cast(this->value)); +} + +// The specialized version for std::string (UTF-8) +template<> +inline void LDFData::WriteValue(RakNet::BitStream * packet) { + packet->Write(static_cast(this->GetValueType())); + + packet->Write(static_cast(this->value.length())); + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < this->value.length(); ++i) { + packet->Write(static_cast(this->value[i])); + } +} + +// MARK: String Data +template<> inline std::string LDFData::GetValueString(void) { + //std::string toReturn(this->value.begin(), this->value.end()); + //return toReturn; + + return GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(this->value, this->value.size()); +} + +template<> inline std::string LDFData::GetValueString(void) { return std::to_string(this->value); } +template<> inline std::string LDFData::GetValueString(void) { return std::to_string(this->value); } +template<> inline std::string LDFData::GetValueString(void) { return std::to_string(this->value); } +template<> inline std::string LDFData::GetValueString(void) { return std::to_string(this->value); } +template<> inline std::string LDFData::GetValueString(void) { return std::to_string(this->value); } +template<> inline std::string LDFData::GetValueString(void) { return std::to_string(this->value); } +template<> inline std::string LDFData::GetValueString(void) { return std::to_string(this->value); } + +template<> inline std::string LDFData::GetValueString(void) { return this->value; } diff --git a/dCommon/MD5.cpp b/dCommon/MD5.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..36c0d2cf --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/MD5.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,362 @@ +/* MD5 + converted to C++ class by Frank Thilo (thilo@unix-ag.org) + for bzflag (http://www.bzflag.org) + + based on: + + md5.h and md5.c + reference implemantion of RFC 1321 + + Copyright (C) 1991-2, RSA Data Security, Inc. Created 1991. All + rights reserved. + + License to copy and use this software is granted provided that it + is identified as the "RSA Data Security, Inc. MD5 Message-Digest + Algorithm" in all material mentioning or referencing this software + or this function. + + License is also granted to make and use derivative works provided + that such works are identified as "derived from the RSA Data + Security, Inc. MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm" in all material + mentioning or referencing the derived work. + + RSA Data Security, Inc. makes no representations concerning either + the merchantability of this software or the suitability of this + software for any particular purpose. It is provided "as is" + without express or implied warranty of any kind. + + These notices must be retained in any copies of any part of this + documentation and/or software. + + */ + +/* interface header */ +#include "MD5.h" + +/* system implementation headers */ +#include + + +// Constants for MD5Transform routine. +#define S11 7 +#define S12 12 +#define S13 17 +#define S14 22 +#define S21 5 +#define S22 9 +#define S23 14 +#define S24 20 +#define S31 4 +#define S32 11 +#define S33 16 +#define S34 23 +#define S41 6 +#define S42 10 +#define S43 15 +#define S44 21 + +/////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// F, G, H and I are basic MD5 functions. +inline MD5::uint4 MD5::F(uint4 x, uint4 y, uint4 z) { + return x&y | ~x&z; +} + +inline MD5::uint4 MD5::G(uint4 x, uint4 y, uint4 z) { + return x&z | y&~z; +} + +inline MD5::uint4 MD5::H(uint4 x, uint4 y, uint4 z) { + return x^y^z; +} + +inline MD5::uint4 MD5::I(uint4 x, uint4 y, uint4 z) { + return y ^ (x | ~z); +} + +// rotate_left rotates x left n bits. +inline MD5::uint4 MD5::rotate_left(uint4 x, int n) { + return (x << n) | (x >> (32 - n)); +} + +// FF, GG, HH, and II transformations for rounds 1, 2, 3, and 4. +// Rotation is separate from addition to prevent recomputation. +inline void MD5::FF(uint4 &a, uint4 b, uint4 c, uint4 d, uint4 x, uint4 s, uint4 ac) { + a = rotate_left(a + F(b, c, d) + x + ac, s) + b; +} + +inline void MD5::GG(uint4 &a, uint4 b, uint4 c, uint4 d, uint4 x, uint4 s, uint4 ac) { + a = rotate_left(a + G(b, c, d) + x + ac, s) + b; +} + +inline void MD5::HH(uint4 &a, uint4 b, uint4 c, uint4 d, uint4 x, uint4 s, uint4 ac) { + a = rotate_left(a + H(b, c, d) + x + ac, s) + b; +} + +inline void MD5::II(uint4 &a, uint4 b, uint4 c, uint4 d, uint4 x, uint4 s, uint4 ac) { + a = rotate_left(a + I(b, c, d) + x + ac, s) + b; +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// default ctor, just initailize +MD5::MD5() +{ + init(); +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// nifty shortcut ctor, compute MD5 for string and finalize it right away +MD5::MD5(const std::string &text) +{ + init(); + update(text.c_str(), text.length()); + finalize(); +} + +////////////////////////////// + +void MD5::init() +{ + finalized = false; + + count[0] = 0; + count[1] = 0; + + // load magic initialization constants. + state[0] = 0x67452301; + state[1] = 0xefcdab89; + state[2] = 0x98badcfe; + state[3] = 0x10325476; +} + +////////////////////////////// + +// decodes input (unsigned char) into output (uint4). Assumes len is a multiple of 4. +void MD5::decode(uint4 output[], const uint1 input[], size_type len) +{ + for (unsigned int i = 0, j = 0; j < len; i++, j += 4) + output[i] = ((uint4)input[j]) | (((uint4)input[j + 1]) << 8) | + (((uint4)input[j + 2]) << 16) | (((uint4)input[j + 3]) << 24); +} + +////////////////////////////// + +// encodes input (uint4) into output (unsigned char). Assumes len is +// a multiple of 4. +void MD5::encode(uint1 output[], const uint4 input[], size_type len) +{ + for (size_type i = 0, j = 0; j < len; i++, j += 4) { + output[j] = input[i] & 0xff; + output[j + 1] = (input[i] >> 8) & 0xff; + output[j + 2] = (input[i] >> 16) & 0xff; + output[j + 3] = (input[i] >> 24) & 0xff; + } +} + +////////////////////////////// + +// apply MD5 algo on a block +void MD5::transform(const uint1 block[blocksize]) +{ + uint4 a = state[0], b = state[1], c = state[2], d = state[3], x[16]; + decode(x, block, blocksize); + + /* Round 1 */ + FF(a, b, c, d, x[0], S11, 0xd76aa478); /* 1 */ + FF(d, a, b, c, x[1], S12, 0xe8c7b756); /* 2 */ + FF(c, d, a, b, x[2], S13, 0x242070db); /* 3 */ + FF(b, c, d, a, x[3], S14, 0xc1bdceee); /* 4 */ + FF(a, b, c, d, x[4], S11, 0xf57c0faf); /* 5 */ + FF(d, a, b, c, x[5], S12, 0x4787c62a); /* 6 */ + FF(c, d, a, b, x[6], S13, 0xa8304613); /* 7 */ + FF(b, c, d, a, x[7], S14, 0xfd469501); /* 8 */ + FF(a, b, c, d, x[8], S11, 0x698098d8); /* 9 */ + FF(d, a, b, c, x[9], S12, 0x8b44f7af); /* 10 */ + FF(c, d, a, b, x[10], S13, 0xffff5bb1); /* 11 */ + FF(b, c, d, a, x[11], S14, 0x895cd7be); /* 12 */ + FF(a, b, c, d, x[12], S11, 0x6b901122); /* 13 */ + FF(d, a, b, c, x[13], S12, 0xfd987193); /* 14 */ + FF(c, d, a, b, x[14], S13, 0xa679438e); /* 15 */ + FF(b, c, d, a, x[15], S14, 0x49b40821); /* 16 */ + + /* Round 2 */ + GG(a, b, c, d, x[1], S21, 0xf61e2562); /* 17 */ + GG(d, a, b, c, x[6], S22, 0xc040b340); /* 18 */ + GG(c, d, a, b, x[11], S23, 0x265e5a51); /* 19 */ + GG(b, c, d, a, x[0], S24, 0xe9b6c7aa); /* 20 */ + GG(a, b, c, d, x[5], S21, 0xd62f105d); /* 21 */ + GG(d, a, b, c, x[10], S22, 0x2441453); /* 22 */ + GG(c, d, a, b, x[15], S23, 0xd8a1e681); /* 23 */ + GG(b, c, d, a, x[4], S24, 0xe7d3fbc8); /* 24 */ + GG(a, b, c, d, x[9], S21, 0x21e1cde6); /* 25 */ + GG(d, a, b, c, x[14], S22, 0xc33707d6); /* 26 */ + GG(c, d, a, b, x[3], S23, 0xf4d50d87); /* 27 */ + GG(b, c, d, a, x[8], S24, 0x455a14ed); /* 28 */ + GG(a, b, c, d, x[13], S21, 0xa9e3e905); /* 29 */ + GG(d, a, b, c, x[2], S22, 0xfcefa3f8); /* 30 */ + GG(c, d, a, b, x[7], S23, 0x676f02d9); /* 31 */ + GG(b, c, d, a, x[12], S24, 0x8d2a4c8a); /* 32 */ + + /* Round 3 */ + HH(a, b, c, d, x[5], S31, 0xfffa3942); /* 33 */ + HH(d, a, b, c, x[8], S32, 0x8771f681); /* 34 */ + HH(c, d, a, b, x[11], S33, 0x6d9d6122); /* 35 */ + HH(b, c, d, a, x[14], S34, 0xfde5380c); /* 36 */ + HH(a, b, c, d, x[1], S31, 0xa4beea44); /* 37 */ + HH(d, a, b, c, x[4], S32, 0x4bdecfa9); /* 38 */ + HH(c, d, a, b, x[7], S33, 0xf6bb4b60); /* 39 */ + HH(b, c, d, a, x[10], S34, 0xbebfbc70); /* 40 */ + HH(a, b, c, d, x[13], S31, 0x289b7ec6); /* 41 */ + HH(d, a, b, c, x[0], S32, 0xeaa127fa); /* 42 */ + HH(c, d, a, b, x[3], S33, 0xd4ef3085); /* 43 */ + HH(b, c, d, a, x[6], S34, 0x4881d05); /* 44 */ + HH(a, b, c, d, x[9], S31, 0xd9d4d039); /* 45 */ + HH(d, a, b, c, x[12], S32, 0xe6db99e5); /* 46 */ + HH(c, d, a, b, x[15], S33, 0x1fa27cf8); /* 47 */ + HH(b, c, d, a, x[2], S34, 0xc4ac5665); /* 48 */ + + /* Round 4 */ + II(a, b, c, d, x[0], S41, 0xf4292244); /* 49 */ + II(d, a, b, c, x[7], S42, 0x432aff97); /* 50 */ + II(c, d, a, b, x[14], S43, 0xab9423a7); /* 51 */ + II(b, c, d, a, x[5], S44, 0xfc93a039); /* 52 */ + II(a, b, c, d, x[12], S41, 0x655b59c3); /* 53 */ + II(d, a, b, c, x[3], S42, 0x8f0ccc92); /* 54 */ + II(c, d, a, b, x[10], S43, 0xffeff47d); /* 55 */ + II(b, c, d, a, x[1], S44, 0x85845dd1); /* 56 */ + II(a, b, c, d, x[8], S41, 0x6fa87e4f); /* 57 */ + II(d, a, b, c, x[15], S42, 0xfe2ce6e0); /* 58 */ + II(c, d, a, b, x[6], S43, 0xa3014314); /* 59 */ + II(b, c, d, a, x[13], S44, 0x4e0811a1); /* 60 */ + II(a, b, c, d, x[4], S41, 0xf7537e82); /* 61 */ + II(d, a, b, c, x[11], S42, 0xbd3af235); /* 62 */ + II(c, d, a, b, x[2], S43, 0x2ad7d2bb); /* 63 */ + II(b, c, d, a, x[9], S44, 0xeb86d391); /* 64 */ + + state[0] += a; + state[1] += b; + state[2] += c; + state[3] += d; + + // Zeroize sensitive information. + memset(x, 0, sizeof x); +} + +////////////////////////////// + +// MD5 block update operation. Continues an MD5 message-digest +// operation, processing another message block +void MD5::update(const unsigned char input[], size_type length) +{ + // compute number of bytes mod 64 + size_type index = count[0] / 8 % blocksize; + + // Update number of bits + if ((count[0] += (length << 3)) < (length << 3)) + count[1]++; + count[1] += (length >> 29); + + // number of bytes we need to fill in buffer + size_type firstpart = 64 - index; + + size_type i; + + // transform as many times as possible. + if (length >= firstpart) + { + // fill buffer first, transform + memcpy(&buffer[index], input, firstpart); + transform(buffer); + + // transform chunks of blocksize (64 bytes) + for (i = firstpart; i + blocksize <= length; i += blocksize) + transform(&input[i]); + + index = 0; + } + else + i = 0; + + // buffer remaining input + memcpy(&buffer[index], &input[i], length - i); +} + +////////////////////////////// + +// for convenience provide a verson with signed char +void MD5::update(const char input[], size_type length) +{ + update((const unsigned char*)input, length); +} + +////////////////////////////// + +// MD5 finalization. Ends an MD5 message-digest operation, writing the +// the message digest and zeroizing the context. +MD5& MD5::finalize() +{ + static unsigned char padding[64] = { + 0x80, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 + }; + + if (!finalized) { + // Save number of bits + unsigned char bits[8]; + encode(bits, count, 8); + + // pad out to 56 mod 64. + size_type index = count[0] / 8 % 64; + size_type padLen = (index < 56) ? (56 - index) : (120 - index); + update(padding, padLen); + + // Append length (before padding) + update(bits, 8); + + // Store state in digest + encode(digest, state, 16); + + // Zeroize sensitive information. + memset(buffer, 0, sizeof buffer); + memset(count, 0, sizeof count); + + finalized = true; + } + + return *this; +} + +////////////////////////////// + +// return hex representation of digest as string +std::string MD5::hexdigest() const +{ + if (!finalized) + return ""; + + char buf[33]; + for (int i = 0; i<16; i++) + sprintf(buf + i * 2, "%02x", digest[i]); + buf[32] = 0; + + return std::string(buf); +} + +////////////////////////////// + +std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& out, MD5 md5) +{ + return out << md5.hexdigest(); +} + +////////////////////////////// + +std::string md5(const std::string str) +{ + MD5 md5 = MD5(str); + + return md5.hexdigest(); +} diff --git a/dCommon/MD5.h b/dCommon/MD5.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1ada98a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/MD5.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +/* MD5 + converted to C++ class by Frank Thilo (thilo@unix-ag.org) + for bzflag (http://www.bzflag.org) + + based on: + + md5.h and md5.c + reference implementation of RFC 1321 + + Copyright (C) 1991-2, RSA Data Security, Inc. Created 1991. All + rights reserved. + + License to copy and use this software is granted provided that it + is identified as the "RSA Data Security, Inc. MD5 Message-Digest + Algorithm" in all material mentioning or referencing this software + or this function. + + License is also granted to make and use derivative works provided + that such works are identified as "derived from the RSA Data + Security, Inc. MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm" in all material + mentioning or referencing the derived work. + + RSA Data Security, Inc. makes no representations concerning either + the merchantability of this software or the suitability of this + software for any particular purpose. It is provided "as is" + without express or implied warranty of any kind. + + These notices must be retained in any copies of any part of this + documentation and/or software. + + */ + +#ifndef BZF_MD5_H +#define BZF_MD5_H + +#include +#include + + +// a small class for calculating MD5 hashes of strings or byte arrays +// it is not meant to be fast or secure +// +// usage: 1) feed it blocks of uchars with update() +// 2) finalize() +// 3) get hexdigest() string +// or +// MD5(std::string).hexdigest() +// +// assumes that char is 8 bit and int is 32 bit +class MD5 +{ +public: + typedef unsigned int size_type; // must be 32bit + + MD5(); + MD5(const std::string& text); + void update(const unsigned char *buf, size_type length); + void update(const char *buf, size_type length); + MD5& finalize(); + std::string hexdigest() const; + friend std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream&, MD5 md5); + +private: + void init(); + typedef unsigned char uint1; // 8bit + typedef unsigned int uint4; // 32bit + enum { blocksize = 64 }; // VC6 won't eat a const static int here + + void transform(const uint1 block[blocksize]); + static void decode(uint4 output[], const uint1 input[], size_type len); + static void encode(uint1 output[], const uint4 input[], size_type len); + + bool finalized; + uint1 buffer[blocksize]; // bytes that didn't fit in last 64 byte chunk + uint4 count[2]; // 64bit counter for number of bits (lo, hi) + uint4 state[4]; // digest so far + uint1 digest[16]; // the result + + // low level logic operations + static inline uint4 F(uint4 x, uint4 y, uint4 z); + static inline uint4 G(uint4 x, uint4 y, uint4 z); + static inline uint4 H(uint4 x, uint4 y, uint4 z); + static inline uint4 I(uint4 x, uint4 y, uint4 z); + static inline uint4 rotate_left(uint4 x, int n); + static inline void FF(uint4 &a, uint4 b, uint4 c, uint4 d, uint4 x, uint4 s, uint4 ac); + static inline void GG(uint4 &a, uint4 b, uint4 c, uint4 d, uint4 x, uint4 s, uint4 ac); + static inline void HH(uint4 &a, uint4 b, uint4 c, uint4 d, uint4 x, uint4 s, uint4 ac); + static inline void II(uint4 &a, uint4 b, uint4 c, uint4 d, uint4 x, uint4 s, uint4 ac); +}; + +std::string md5(const std::string str); + +#endif diff --git a/dCommon/Metrics.cpp b/dCommon/Metrics.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a7adb998 --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/Metrics.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,303 @@ +#include "Metrics.hpp" + +#include + +std::unordered_map Metrics::m_Metrics = {}; +std::vector Metrics::m_Variables = { + MetricVariable::GameLoop, + MetricVariable::PacketHandling, + MetricVariable::UpdateEntities, + MetricVariable::UpdateSpawners, + MetricVariable::Physics, + MetricVariable::UpdateReplica, + MetricVariable::Ghosting, + MetricVariable::CPUTime, + MetricVariable::Sleep, + MetricVariable::Frame, +}; + +void Metrics::AddMeasurement(MetricVariable variable, int64_t value) +{ + const auto& iter = m_Metrics.find(variable); + + Metric* metric; + + if (iter == m_Metrics.end()) + { + metric = new Metric(); + + m_Metrics[variable] = metric; + } + else + { + metric = iter->second; + } + + AddMeasurement(metric, value); +} + +void Metrics::AddMeasurement(Metric* metric, int64_t value) +{ + const auto index = metric->measurementIndex; + + metric->measurements[index] = value; + + if (metric->max == -1 || value > metric->max) + { + metric->max = value; + } + else if (metric->min == -1 || metric->min > value) + { + metric->min = value; + } + + if (metric->measurementSize < MAX_MEASURMENT_POINTS) + { + metric->measurementSize++; + } + + metric->measurementIndex = (index + 1) % MAX_MEASURMENT_POINTS; +} + +const Metric* Metrics::GetMetric(MetricVariable variable) +{ + const auto& iter = m_Metrics.find(variable); + + if (iter == m_Metrics.end()) + { + return nullptr; + } + + Metric* metric = iter->second; + + int64_t average = 0; + + for (size_t i = 0; i < metric->measurementSize; i++) + { + average += metric->measurements[i]; + } + + average /= metric->measurementSize; + + metric->average = average; + + return metric; +} + +void Metrics::StartMeasurement(MetricVariable variable) +{ + const auto& iter = m_Metrics.find(variable); + + Metric* metric; + + if (iter == m_Metrics.end()) + { + metric = new Metric(); + + m_Metrics[variable] = metric; + } + else + { + metric = iter->second; + } + + metric->activeMeasurement = std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::now(); +} + +void Metrics::EndMeasurement(MetricVariable variable) +{ + const auto end = std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::now(); + + const auto& iter = m_Metrics.find(variable); + + if (iter == m_Metrics.end()) + { + return; + } + + Metric* metric = iter->second; + + const auto elapsed = end - metric->activeMeasurement; + + const auto nanoseconds = std::chrono::duration_cast(elapsed).count(); + + AddMeasurement(metric, nanoseconds); +} + +float Metrics::ToMiliseconds(int64_t nanoseconds) +{ + return (float) nanoseconds / 1e6; +} + +std::string Metrics::MetricVariableToString(MetricVariable variable) +{ + switch (variable) + { + case MetricVariable::GameLoop: + return "GameLoop"; + case MetricVariable::PacketHandling: + return "PacketHandling"; + case MetricVariable::UpdateEntities: + return "UpdateEntities"; + case MetricVariable::UpdateSpawners: + return "UpdateSpawners"; + case MetricVariable::Physics: + return "Physics"; + case MetricVariable::UpdateReplica: + return "UpdateReplica"; + case MetricVariable::Sleep: + return "Sleep"; + case MetricVariable::CPUTime: + return "CPUTime"; + case MetricVariable::Frame: + return "Frame"; + case MetricVariable::Ghosting: + return "Ghosting"; + + default: + return "Invalid"; + } +} + +const std::vector& Metrics::GetAllMetrics() +{ + return m_Variables; +} + +void Metrics::Clear() +{ + for (const auto& pair : m_Metrics) + { + delete pair.second; + } + + m_Metrics.clear(); +} + +/* RSS Memory utilities + * + * Author: David Robert Nadeau + * Site: http://NadeauSoftware.com/ + * License: Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Unported License + * http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/deed.en_US + */ + + +#if defined(_WIN32) +#include +#include + +#elif defined(__unix__) || defined(__unix) || defined(unix) || (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)) +#include +#include + +#if defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__) +#include + +#elif (defined(_AIX) || defined(__TOS__AIX__)) || (defined(__sun__) || defined(__sun) || defined(sun) && (defined(__SVR4) || defined(__svr4__))) +#include +#include + +#elif defined(__linux__) || defined(__linux) || defined(linux) || defined(__gnu_linux__) +#include + +#endif + +#else +#error "Cannot define getPeakRSS( ) or getCurrentRSS( ) for an unknown OS." +#endif + +/** + * Returns the peak (maximum so far) resident set size (physical + * memory use) measured in bytes, or zero if the value cannot be + * determined on this OS. + */ +size_t Metrics::GetPeakRSS() +{ +#if defined(_WIN32) + /* Windows -------------------------------------------------- */ + PROCESS_MEMORY_COUNTERS info; + GetProcessMemoryInfo( GetCurrentProcess( ), &info, sizeof(info) ); + return (size_t)info.PeakWorkingSetSize; + +#elif (defined(_AIX) || defined(__TOS__AIX__)) || (defined(__sun__) || defined(__sun) || defined(sun) && (defined(__SVR4) || defined(__svr4__))) + /* AIX and Solaris ------------------------------------------ */ + struct psinfo psinfo; + int fd = -1; + if ( (fd = open( "/proc/self/psinfo", O_RDONLY )) == -1 ) + return (size_t)0L; /* Can't open? */ + if ( read( fd, &psinfo, sizeof(psinfo) ) != sizeof(psinfo) ) + { + close( fd ); + return (size_t)0L; /* Can't read? */ + } + close( fd ); + return (size_t)(psinfo.pr_rssize * 1024L); + +#elif defined(__unix__) || defined(__unix) || defined(unix) || (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)) + /* BSD, Linux, and OSX -------------------------------------- */ + struct rusage rusage; + getrusage( RUSAGE_SELF, &rusage ); +#if defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__) + return (size_t)rusage.ru_maxrss; +#else + return (size_t)(rusage.ru_maxrss * 1024L); +#endif + +#else + /* Unknown OS ----------------------------------------------- */ + return (size_t)0L; /* Unsupported. */ +#endif + +} + +/** + * Returns the current resident set size (physical memory use) measured + * in bytes, or zero if the value cannot be determined on this OS. + */ +size_t Metrics::GetCurrentRSS() +{ +#if defined(_WIN32) + /* Windows -------------------------------------------------- */ + PROCESS_MEMORY_COUNTERS info; + GetProcessMemoryInfo( GetCurrentProcess( ), &info, sizeof(info) ); + return (size_t)info.WorkingSetSize; + +#elif defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__) + /* OSX ------------------------------------------------------ */ + struct mach_task_basic_info info; + mach_msg_type_number_t infoCount = MACH_TASK_BASIC_INFO_COUNT; + if ( task_info( mach_task_self( ), MACH_TASK_BASIC_INFO, + (task_info_t)&info, &infoCount ) != KERN_SUCCESS ) + return (size_t)0L; /* Can't access? */ + return (size_t)info.resident_size; + +#elif defined(__linux__) || defined(__linux) || defined(linux) || defined(__gnu_linux__) + /* Linux ---------------------------------------------------- */ + long rss = 0L; + FILE* fp = NULL; + if ( (fp = fopen( "/proc/self/statm", "r" )) == NULL ) + return (size_t)0L; /* Can't open? */ + if ( fscanf( fp, "%*s%ld", &rss ) != 1 ) + { + fclose( fp ); + return (size_t)0L; /* Can't read? */ + } + fclose( fp ); + return (size_t)rss * (size_t)sysconf( _SC_PAGESIZE); + +#else + /* AIX, BSD, Solaris, and Unknown OS ------------------------ */ + return (size_t)0L; /* Unsupported. */ +#endif + +} + +size_t Metrics::GetProcessID() +{ +#if defined(_WIN32) + return GetCurrentProcessId(); +#else + return getpid(); +#endif +} diff --git a/dCommon/Metrics.hpp b/dCommon/Metrics.hpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b22632d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/Metrics.hpp @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#define MAX_MEASURMENT_POINTS 1024 + +enum class MetricVariable : int32_t +{ + GameLoop, + PacketHandling, + UpdateEntities, + UpdateSpawners, + Physics, + UpdateReplica, + Ghosting, + CPUTime, + Sleep, + Frame, +}; + +struct Metric +{ + int64_t measurements[MAX_MEASURMENT_POINTS] = {}; + size_t measurementIndex = 0; + size_t measurementSize = 0; + int64_t max = -1; + int64_t min = -1; + int64_t average = 0; + std::chrono::time_point activeMeasurement; +}; + +class Metrics +{ +public: + ~Metrics(); + + static void AddMeasurement(MetricVariable variable, int64_t value); + static void AddMeasurement(Metric* metric, int64_t value); + static const Metric* GetMetric(MetricVariable variable); + static void StartMeasurement(MetricVariable variable); + static void EndMeasurement(MetricVariable variable); + static float ToMiliseconds(int64_t nanoseconds); + static std::string MetricVariableToString(MetricVariable variable); + static const std::vector& GetAllMetrics(); + + static size_t GetPeakRSS(); + static size_t GetCurrentRSS(); + static size_t GetProcessID(); + + static void Clear(); + +private: + Metrics(); + + static std::unordered_map m_Metrics; + static std::vector m_Variables; +}; diff --git a/dCommon/NiPoint3.cpp b/dCommon/NiPoint3.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d74be90b --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/NiPoint3.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,261 @@ +#include "NiPoint3.h" +#include "NiQuaternion.h" + +// C++ +#include + +// Static Variables +const NiPoint3 NiPoint3::ZERO(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f); +const NiPoint3 NiPoint3::UNIT_X(1.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f); +const NiPoint3 NiPoint3::UNIT_Y(0.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f); +const NiPoint3 NiPoint3::UNIT_Z(0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f); +const NiPoint3 NiPoint3::UNIT_ALL(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); + +//! Initializer +NiPoint3::NiPoint3(void) { + this->x = 0; + this->y = 0; + this->z = 0; +} + +//! Initializer +NiPoint3::NiPoint3(float x, float y, float z) { + this->x = x; + this->y = y; + this->z = z; +} + +//! Copy Constructor +NiPoint3::NiPoint3(const NiPoint3& point) { + this->x = point.x; + this->y = point.y; + this->z = point.z; +} + +//! Destructor +NiPoint3::~NiPoint3(void) {} + +// MARK: Getters / Setters + +//! Gets the X coordinate +float NiPoint3::GetX(void) const { + return this->x; +} + +//! Sets the X coordinate +void NiPoint3::SetX(float x) { + this->x = x; +} + +//! Gets the Y coordinate +float NiPoint3::GetY(void) const { + return this->y; +} + +//! Sets the Y coordinate +void NiPoint3::SetY(float y) { + this->y = y; +} + +//! Gets the Z coordinate +float NiPoint3::GetZ(void) const { + return this->z; +} + +//! Sets the Z coordinate +void NiPoint3::SetZ(float z) { + this->z = z; +} + +// MARK: Functions + +//! Gets the length of the vector +float NiPoint3::Length(void) const { + return sqrt(x*x + y*y + z*z); +} + +//! Gets the squared length of a vector +float NiPoint3::SquaredLength(void) const { + return (x*x + y*y + z*z); +} + +//! Returns the dot product of the vector dotted with another vector +float NiPoint3::DotProduct(const Vector3& vec) const { + return ((this->x * vec.x) + (this->y * vec.y) + (this->z * vec.z)); +} + +//! Returns the cross product of the vector crossed with another vector +Vector3 NiPoint3::CrossProduct(const Vector3& vec) const { + return Vector3(((this->y * vec.z) - (this->z * vec.y)), + ((this->z * vec.x) - (this->x * vec.z)), + ((this->x * vec.y) - (this->y * vec.x))); +} + +//! Unitize the vector +NiPoint3 NiPoint3::Unitize(void) const { + NiPoint3 unitVec; + float length = this->Length(); + + unitVec.x = length != 0 ? this->x / length : 0; + unitVec.y = length != 0 ? this->y / length : 0; + unitVec.z = length != 0 ? this->z / length : 0; + + return unitVec; +} + + +// MARK: Operators + +//! Operator to check for equality +bool NiPoint3::operator==(const NiPoint3& point) const { + return point.x == this->x && point.y == this->y && point.z == this->z; +} + +//! Operator to check for inequality +bool NiPoint3::operator!=(const NiPoint3& point) const { + return !(*this == point); +} + +//! Operator for subscripting +float& NiPoint3::operator[](int i) { + float * base = &x; + return (float&)base[i]; +} + +//! Operator for subscripting +const float& NiPoint3::operator[](int i) const { + const float * base = &x; + return (float&)base[i]; +} + +//! Operator for addition of vectors +NiPoint3 NiPoint3::operator+(const NiPoint3& point) const { + return NiPoint3(this->x + point.x, this->y + point.y, this->z + point.z); +} + +//! Operator for subtraction of vectors +NiPoint3 NiPoint3::operator-(const NiPoint3& point) const { + return NiPoint3(this->x - point.x, this->y - point.y, this->z - point.z); +} + +//! Operator for addition of a scalar on all vector components +NiPoint3 NiPoint3::operator+(float fScalar) const { + return NiPoint3(this->x + fScalar, this->y + fScalar, this->z + fScalar); +} + +//! Operator for subtraction of a scalar on all vector components +NiPoint3 NiPoint3::operator-(float fScalar) const { + return NiPoint3(this->x - fScalar, this->y - fScalar, this->z - fScalar); +} + +//! Operator for scalar multiplication of a vector +NiPoint3 NiPoint3::operator*(float fScalar) const { + return NiPoint3(this->x * fScalar, this->y * fScalar, this->z * fScalar); +} + +//! Operator for scalar division of a vector +NiPoint3 NiPoint3::operator/(float fScalar) const { + float retX = this->x != 0 ? this->x / fScalar : 0; + float retY = this->y != 0 ? this->y / fScalar : 0; + float retZ = this->z != 0 ? this->z / fScalar : 0; + return NiPoint3(retX, retY, retZ); +} + + +// MARK: Helper Functions + +//! Checks to see if the point (or vector) is with an Axis-Aligned Bounding Box +bool NiPoint3::IsWithinAxisAlignedBox(const NiPoint3& minPoint, const NiPoint3& maxPoint) { + if (this->x < minPoint.x) return false; + if (this->x > maxPoint.x) return false; + if (this->y < minPoint.y) return false; + if (this->y > maxPoint.y) return false; + + return (this->z < maxPoint.z && this->z > minPoint.z); +} + +//! Checks to see if the point (or vector) is within a sphere +bool NiPoint3::IsWithinSpehere(const NiPoint3& sphereCenter, float radius) { + Vector3 diffVec = Vector3(x - sphereCenter.GetX(), y - sphereCenter.GetY(), z - sphereCenter.GetZ()); + return (diffVec.SquaredLength() <= (radius * radius)); +} + +NiPoint3 NiPoint3::ClosestPointOnLine(const NiPoint3& a, const NiPoint3& b, const NiPoint3& p) +{ + if (a == b) return a; + + const auto pa = p - a; + const auto ab = b - a; + + const auto t = pa.DotProduct(ab) / ab.SquaredLength(); + + if (t <= 0.0f) return a; + + if (t >= 1.0f) return b; + + return a + ab * t; +} + +float NiPoint3::Angle(const NiPoint3& a, const NiPoint3& b) +{ + const auto dot = a.DotProduct(b); + const auto lenA = a.SquaredLength(); + const auto lenB = a.SquaredLength(); + return acos(dot / sqrt(lenA * lenB)); +} + +float NiPoint3::Distance(const NiPoint3& a, const NiPoint3& b) +{ + const auto dx = a.x - b.x; + const auto dy = a.y - b.y; + const auto dz = a.z - b.z; + + return std::sqrt(dx * dx + dy * dy + dz * dz); +} + +float NiPoint3::DistanceSquared(const NiPoint3& a, const NiPoint3& b) +{ + const auto dx = a.x - b.x; + const auto dy = a.y - b.y; + const auto dz = a.z - b.z; + + return dx * dx + dy * dy + dz * dz; +} + +NiPoint3 NiPoint3::MoveTowards(const NiPoint3& current, const NiPoint3& target, float maxDistanceDelta) +{ + float dx = target.x - current.x; + float dy = target.y - current.y; + float dz = target.z - current.z; + float lengthSquared = (float) ((double) dx * (double) dx + (double) dy * (double) dy + (double) dz * (double) dz); + if ((double) lengthSquared == 0.0 || (double) maxDistanceDelta >= 0.0 && (double) lengthSquared <= (double) maxDistanceDelta * (double) maxDistanceDelta) + return target; + float length = (float) std::sqrt((double) lengthSquared); + return NiPoint3(current.x + dx / length * maxDistanceDelta, current.y + dy / length * maxDistanceDelta, current.z + dz / length * maxDistanceDelta); +} + +//This code is yoinked from the MS XNA code, so it should be right, even if it's horrible. +NiPoint3 NiPoint3::RotateByQuaternion(const NiQuaternion& rotation) { + Vector3 vector; + float num12 = rotation.x + rotation.x; + float num2 = rotation.y + rotation.y; + float num = rotation.z + rotation.z; + float num11 = rotation.w * num12; + float num10 = rotation.w * num2; + float num9 = rotation.w * num; + float num8 = rotation.x * num12; + float num7 = rotation.x * num2; + float num6 = rotation.x * num; + float num5 = rotation.y * num2; + float num4 = rotation.y * num; + float num3 = rotation.z * num; + + NiPoint3 value = *this; + float num15 = ((value.x * ((1.0f - num5) - num3)) + (value.y * (num7 - num9))) + (value.z * (num6 + num10)); + float num14 = ((value.x * (num7 + num9)) + (value.y * ((1.0f - num8) - num3))) + (value.z * (num4 - num11)); + float num13 = ((value.x * (num6 - num10)) + (value.y * (num4 + num11))) + (value.z * ((1.0f - num8) - num5)); + vector.x = num15; + vector.y = num14; + vector.z = num13; + return vector; +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dCommon/NiPoint3.h b/dCommon/NiPoint3.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..24e4e617 --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/NiPoint3.h @@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ +#pragma once + +/*! + \file NiPoint3.hpp + \brief Defines a point in space in XYZ coordinates + */ + +class NiPoint3; +class NiQuaternion; +typedef NiPoint3 Vector3; //!< The Vector3 class is technically the NiPoint3 class, but typedef'd for clarity in some cases + +//! A custom class the defines a point in space +class NiPoint3 { +public: + float x; //!< The x position + float y; //!< The y position + float z; //!< The z position + + + //! Initializer + NiPoint3(void); + + //! Initializer + /*! + \param x The x coordinate + \param y The y coordinate + \param z The z coordinate + */ + NiPoint3(float x, float y, float z); + + //! Copy Constructor + /*! + \param point The point to copy + */ + NiPoint3(const NiPoint3& point); + + //! Destructor + ~NiPoint3(void); + + // MARK: Constants + static const NiPoint3 ZERO; //!< Point(0, 0, 0) + static const NiPoint3 UNIT_X; //!< Point(1, 0, 0) + static const NiPoint3 UNIT_Y; //!< Point(0, 1, 0) + static const NiPoint3 UNIT_Z; //!< Point(0, 0, 1) + static const NiPoint3 UNIT_ALL; //!< Point(1, 1, 1) + + // MARK: Getters / Setters + + //! Gets the X coordinate + /*! + \return The x coordinate + */ + float GetX(void) const; + + //! Sets the X coordinate + /*! + \param x The x coordinate + */ + void SetX(float x); + + //! Gets the Y coordinate + /*! + \return The y coordinate + */ + float GetY(void) const; + + //! Sets the Y coordinate + /*! + \param y The y coordinate + */ + void SetY(float y); + + //! Gets the Z coordinate + /*! + \return The z coordinate + */ + float GetZ(void) const; + + //! Sets the Z coordinate + /*! + \param z The z coordinate + */ + void SetZ(float z); + + + // MARK: Member Functions + + //! Gets the length of the vector + /*! + \return The scalar length of the vector + */ + float Length(void) const; + + //! Gets the squared length of a vector + /*! + \return The squared length of a vector + */ + float SquaredLength(void) const; + + //! Returns the dot product of the vector dotted with another vector + /*! + \param vec The second vector + \return The dot product of the two vectors + */ + float DotProduct(const Vector3& vec) const; + + //! Returns the cross product of the vector crossed with another vector + /*! + \param vec The second vector + \return The cross product of the two vectors + */ + Vector3 CrossProduct(const Vector3& vec) const; + + //! Unitize the vector + /*! + \returns The current vector + */ + NiPoint3 Unitize(void) const; + + + // MARK: Operators + + //! Operator to check for equality + bool operator==(const NiPoint3& point) const; + + //! Operator to check for inequality + bool operator!=(const NiPoint3& point) const; + + //! Operator for subscripting + float& operator[](int i); + + //! Operator for subscripting + const float& operator[](int i) const; + + //! Operator for addition of vectors + NiPoint3 operator+(const NiPoint3& point) const; + + //! Operator for subtraction of vectors + NiPoint3 operator-(const NiPoint3& point) const; + + //! Operator for addition of a scalar on all vector components + NiPoint3 operator+(float fScalar) const; + + //! Operator for subtraction of a scalar on all vector components + NiPoint3 operator-(float fScalar) const; + + //! Operator for scalar multiplication of a vector + NiPoint3 operator*(float fScalar) const; + + //! Operator for scalar division of a vector + NiPoint3 operator/(float fScalar) const; + + + // MARK: Helper Functions + + //! Checks to see if the point (or vector) is with an Axis-Aligned Bounding Box + /*! + \param minPoint The minimum point of the bounding box + \param maxPoint The maximum point of the bounding box + \return Whether or not this point lies within the box + */ + bool IsWithinAxisAlignedBox(const NiPoint3& minPoint, const NiPoint3& maxPoint); + + //! Checks to see if the point (or vector) is within a sphere + /*! + \param sphereCenter The sphere center + \param radius The radius + */ + bool IsWithinSpehere(const NiPoint3& sphereCenter, float radius); + + /*! + \param a Start of line + \param b End of line + \param p Refrence point + \return The point of line AB which is closest to P + */ + static NiPoint3 ClosestPointOnLine(const NiPoint3& a, const NiPoint3& b, const NiPoint3& p); + + static float Angle(const NiPoint3& a, const NiPoint3& b); + + static float Distance(const NiPoint3& a, const NiPoint3& b); + + static float DistanceSquared(const NiPoint3& a, const NiPoint3& b); + + static NiPoint3 MoveTowards(const NiPoint3& current, const NiPoint3& target, float maxDistanceDelta); + + NiPoint3 RotateByQuaternion(const NiQuaternion& rotation); +}; diff --git a/dCommon/NiQuaternion.cpp b/dCommon/NiQuaternion.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a8aa1dc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/NiQuaternion.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ +#include "NiQuaternion.h" + +// C++ +#include + +// Static Variables +const NiQuaternion NiQuaternion::IDENTITY(1, 0, 0, 0); + +//! The initializer +NiQuaternion::NiQuaternion(void) { + this->w = 1; + this->x = 0; + this->y = 0; + this->z = 0; +} + +//! The initializer +NiQuaternion::NiQuaternion(float w, float x, float y, float z) { + this->w = w; + this->x = x; + this->y = y; + this->z = z; +} + +//! Destructor +NiQuaternion::~NiQuaternion(void) {} + + +// MARK: Setters / Getters + +//! Gets the W coordinate +float NiQuaternion::GetW(void) const { + return this->w; +} + +//! Sets the W coordinate +void NiQuaternion::SetW(float w) { + this->w = w; +} + +//! Gets the X coordinate +float NiQuaternion::GetX(void) const { + return this->x; +} + +//! Sets the X coordinate +void NiQuaternion::SetX(float x) { + this->x = x; +} + +//! Gets the Y coordinate +float NiQuaternion::GetY(void) const { + return this->y; +} + +//! Sets the Y coordinate +void NiQuaternion::SetY(float y) { + this->y = y; +} + +//! Gets the Z coordinate +float NiQuaternion::GetZ(void) const { + return this->z; +} + +//! Sets the Z coordinate +void NiQuaternion::SetZ(float z) { + this->z = z; +} + + +// MARK: Member Functions + +//! Returns the forward vector from the quaternion +Vector3 NiQuaternion::GetForwardVector(void) const { + return Vector3(2 * (x * z + w * y), 2 * (y * z - w * x), 1 - 2 * (x * x + y * y)); +} + +//! Returns the up vector from the quaternion +Vector3 NiQuaternion::GetUpVector(void) const { + return Vector3(2 * (x * y - w * z), 1 - 2 * (x * x + z * z), 2 * (y * z + w * x)); +} + +//! Returns the right vector from the quaternion +Vector3 NiQuaternion::GetRightVector(void) const { + return Vector3(1 - 2 * (y * y + z * z), 2 * (x * y + w * z), 2 * (x * z - w * y)); +} + +Vector3 NiQuaternion::GetEulerAngles() const { + Vector3 angles; + + // roll (x-axis rotation) + const float sinr_cosp = 2 * (w * x + y * z); + const float cosr_cosp = 1 - 2 * (x * x + y * y); + angles.x = std::atan2(sinr_cosp, cosr_cosp); + + // pitch (y-axis rotation) + const float sinp = 2 * (w * y - z * x); + + if (std::abs(sinp) >= 1) { + angles.y = std::copysign(3.14 / 2, sinp); // use 90 degrees if out of range + } + else { + angles.y = std::asin(sinp); + } + + // yaw (z-axis rotation) + const float siny_cosp = 2 * (w * z + x * y); + const float cosy_cosp = 1 - 2 * (y * y + z * z); + angles.z = std::atan2(siny_cosp, cosy_cosp); + + return angles; +} + +// MARK: Operators + +//! Operator to check for equality +bool NiQuaternion::operator==(const NiQuaternion& rot) const { + return rot.x == this->x && rot.y == this->y && rot.z == this->z && rot.w == this->w; +} + +//! Operator to check for inequality +bool NiQuaternion::operator!=(const NiQuaternion& rot) const { + return !(*this == rot); +} + + +// MARK: Helper Functions + +//! Look from a specific point in space to another point in space +NiQuaternion NiQuaternion::LookAt(const NiPoint3& sourcePoint, const NiPoint3& destPoint) { + //To make sure we don't orient around the X/Z axis: + NiPoint3 source = sourcePoint; + NiPoint3 dest = destPoint; + source.y = 0.0f; + dest.y = 0.0f; + + NiPoint3 forwardVector = NiPoint3(dest - source).Unitize(); + + NiPoint3 posZ = NiPoint3::UNIT_Z; + NiPoint3 vecA = posZ.CrossProduct(forwardVector).Unitize(); + + float dot = posZ.DotProduct(forwardVector); + float rotAngle = static_cast(acos(dot)); + + NiPoint3 vecB = vecA.CrossProduct(posZ); + + if (vecB.DotProduct(forwardVector) < 0) rotAngle = -rotAngle; + return NiQuaternion::CreateFromAxisAngle(vecA, rotAngle); +} + +NiQuaternion NiQuaternion::LookAtUnlocked(const NiPoint3& sourcePoint, const NiPoint3& destPoint) +{ + NiPoint3 forwardVector = NiPoint3(destPoint - sourcePoint).Unitize(); + + NiPoint3 posZ = NiPoint3::UNIT_Z; + NiPoint3 vecA = posZ.CrossProduct(forwardVector).Unitize(); + + float dot = posZ.DotProduct(forwardVector); + float rotAngle = static_cast(acos(dot)); + + NiPoint3 vecB = vecA.CrossProduct(posZ); + + if (vecB.DotProduct(forwardVector) < 0) rotAngle = -rotAngle; + return NiQuaternion::CreateFromAxisAngle(vecA, rotAngle); +} + +//! Creates a Quaternion from a specific axis and angle relative to that axis +NiQuaternion NiQuaternion::CreateFromAxisAngle(const Vector3& axis, float angle) { + float halfAngle = angle * 0.5f; + float s = static_cast(sin(halfAngle)); + + NiQuaternion q; + q.x = axis.GetX() * s; + q.y = axis.GetY() * s; + q.z = axis.GetZ() * s; + q.w = static_cast(cos(halfAngle)); + + return q; +} + +NiQuaternion NiQuaternion::FromEulerAngles(const NiPoint3& eulerAngles) +{ + // Abbreviations for the various angular functions + float cy = cos(eulerAngles.z * 0.5); + float sy = sin(eulerAngles.z * 0.5); + float cp = cos(eulerAngles.y * 0.5); + float sp = sin(eulerAngles.y * 0.5); + float cr = cos(eulerAngles.x * 0.5); + float sr = sin(eulerAngles.x * 0.5); + + NiQuaternion q; + q.w = cr * cp * cy + sr * sp * sy; + q.x = sr * cp * cy - cr * sp * sy; + q.y = cr * sp * cy + sr * cp * sy; + q.z = cr * cp * sy - sr * sp * cy; + + return q; +} diff --git a/dCommon/NiQuaternion.h b/dCommon/NiQuaternion.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f479501a --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/NiQuaternion.h @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "NiPoint3.h" + +/*! + \file NiQuaternion.hpp + \brief Defines a quaternion in space in WXYZ coordinates + */ + +class NiQuaternion; +typedef NiQuaternion Quaternion; //!< A typedef for a shorthand version of NiQuaternion + +//! A class that defines a rotation in space +class NiQuaternion { +public: + float w; //!< The w coordinate + float x; //!< The x coordinate + float y; //!< The y coordinate + float z; //!< The z coordinate + + + //! The initializer + NiQuaternion(void); + + //! The initializer + /*! + \param w The w coordinate + \param x The x coordinate + \param y The y coordinate + \param z The z coordinate + */ + NiQuaternion(float w, float x, float y, float z); + + //! Destructor + ~NiQuaternion(void); + + // MARK: Constants + static const NiQuaternion IDENTITY; //!< Quaternion(1, 0, 0, 0) + + // MARK: Setters / Getters + + //! Gets the W coordinate + /*! + \return The w coordinate + */ + float GetW(void) const; + + //! Sets the W coordinate + /*! + \param w The w coordinate + */ + void SetW(float w); + + //! Gets the X coordinate + /*! + \return The x coordinate + */ + float GetX(void) const; + + //! Sets the X coordinate + /*! + \param x The x coordinate + */ + void SetX(float x); + + //! Gets the Y coordinate + /*! + \return The y coordinate + */ + float GetY(void) const; + + //! Sets the Y coordinate + /*! + \param y The y coordinate + */ + void SetY(float y); + + //! Gets the Z coordinate + /*! + \return The z coordinate + */ + float GetZ(void) const; + + //! Sets the Z coordinate + /*! + \param z The z coordinate + */ + void SetZ(float z); + + + // MARK: Member Functions + + //! Returns the forward vector from the quaternion + /*! + \return The forward vector of the quaternion + */ + Vector3 GetForwardVector(void) const; + + //! Returns the up vector from the quaternion + /*! + \return The up vector fo the quaternion + */ + Vector3 GetUpVector(void) const; + + //! Returns the right vector from the quaternion + /*! + \return The right vector of the quaternion + */ + Vector3 GetRightVector(void) const; + + Vector3 GetEulerAngles() const; + + + // MARK: Operators + + //! Operator to check for equality + bool operator==(const NiQuaternion& rot) const; + + //! Operator to check for inequality + bool operator!=(const NiQuaternion& rot) const; + + + // MARK: Helper Functions + + //! Look from a specific point in space to another point in space (Y-locked) + /*! + \param sourcePoint The source location + \param destPoint The destination location + \return The Quaternion with the rotation towards the destination + */ + static NiQuaternion LookAt(const NiPoint3& sourcePoint, const NiPoint3& destPoint); + + //! Look from a specific point in space to another point in space + /*! + \param sourcePoint The source location + \param destPoint The destination location + \return The Quaternion with the rotation towards the destination + */ + static NiQuaternion LookAtUnlocked(const NiPoint3& sourcePoint, const NiPoint3& destPoint); + + //! Creates a Quaternion from a specific axis and angle relative to that axis + /*! + \param axis The axis that is used + \param angle The angle relative to this axis + \return A quaternion created from the axis and angle + */ + static NiQuaternion CreateFromAxisAngle(const Vector3& axis, float angle); + + static NiQuaternion FromEulerAngles(const NiPoint3& eulerAngles); +}; diff --git a/dCommon/PermissionMap.h b/dCommon/PermissionMap.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..177f4884 --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/PermissionMap.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +#pragma once + +#include + +/** + * Bitmap of permissions and restrictions for characters. + */ +enum class PermissionMap : uint64_t +{ + /** + * Reserved for future use, bit 0-3. + */ + + /** + * The character has restricted trade acccess, bit 4. + */ + RestrictedTradeAccess = 0x1 << 4, + + /** + * The character has restricted mail access, bit 5. + */ + RestrictedMailAccess = 0x1 << 5, + + /** + * The character has restricted chat access, bit 6. + */ + RestrictedChatAccess = 0x1 << 6, + + // + // Combined permissions + // + + /** + * The character is marked as 'old', restricted from trade and mail. + */ + Old = RestrictedTradeAccess | RestrictedMailAccess, + + /** + * The character is soft banned, restricted from trade, mail, and chat. + */ + SoftBanned = RestrictedTradeAccess | RestrictedMailAccess | RestrictedChatAccess, +}; diff --git a/dCommon/SHA512.cpp b/dCommon/SHA512.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6daf44f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/SHA512.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +#include "SHA512.h" + +#include +#include + +const unsigned long long SHA512::sha512_k[80] = //ULL = uint64 +{ 0x428a2f98d728ae22ULL, 0x7137449123ef65cdULL, + 0xb5c0fbcfec4d3b2fULL, 0xe9b5dba58189dbbcULL, + 0x3956c25bf348b538ULL, 0x59f111f1b605d019ULL, + 0x923f82a4af194f9bULL, 0xab1c5ed5da6d8118ULL, + 0xd807aa98a3030242ULL, 0x12835b0145706fbeULL, + 0x243185be4ee4b28cULL, 0x550c7dc3d5ffb4e2ULL, + 0x72be5d74f27b896fULL, 0x80deb1fe3b1696b1ULL, + 0x9bdc06a725c71235ULL, 0xc19bf174cf692694ULL, + 0xe49b69c19ef14ad2ULL, 0xefbe4786384f25e3ULL, + 0x0fc19dc68b8cd5b5ULL, 0x240ca1cc77ac9c65ULL, + 0x2de92c6f592b0275ULL, 0x4a7484aa6ea6e483ULL, + 0x5cb0a9dcbd41fbd4ULL, 0x76f988da831153b5ULL, + 0x983e5152ee66dfabULL, 0xa831c66d2db43210ULL, + 0xb00327c898fb213fULL, 0xbf597fc7beef0ee4ULL, + 0xc6e00bf33da88fc2ULL, 0xd5a79147930aa725ULL, + 0x06ca6351e003826fULL, 0x142929670a0e6e70ULL, + 0x27b70a8546d22ffcULL, 0x2e1b21385c26c926ULL, + 0x4d2c6dfc5ac42aedULL, 0x53380d139d95b3dfULL, + 0x650a73548baf63deULL, 0x766a0abb3c77b2a8ULL, + 0x81c2c92e47edaee6ULL, 0x92722c851482353bULL, + 0xa2bfe8a14cf10364ULL, 0xa81a664bbc423001ULL, + 0xc24b8b70d0f89791ULL, 0xc76c51a30654be30ULL, + 0xd192e819d6ef5218ULL, 0xd69906245565a910ULL, + 0xf40e35855771202aULL, 0x106aa07032bbd1b8ULL, + 0x19a4c116b8d2d0c8ULL, 0x1e376c085141ab53ULL, + 0x2748774cdf8eeb99ULL, 0x34b0bcb5e19b48a8ULL, + 0x391c0cb3c5c95a63ULL, 0x4ed8aa4ae3418acbULL, + 0x5b9cca4f7763e373ULL, 0x682e6ff3d6b2b8a3ULL, + 0x748f82ee5defb2fcULL, 0x78a5636f43172f60ULL, + 0x84c87814a1f0ab72ULL, 0x8cc702081a6439ecULL, + 0x90befffa23631e28ULL, 0xa4506cebde82bde9ULL, + 0xbef9a3f7b2c67915ULL, 0xc67178f2e372532bULL, + 0xca273eceea26619cULL, 0xd186b8c721c0c207ULL, + 0xeada7dd6cde0eb1eULL, 0xf57d4f7fee6ed178ULL, + 0x06f067aa72176fbaULL, 0x0a637dc5a2c898a6ULL, + 0x113f9804bef90daeULL, 0x1b710b35131c471bULL, + 0x28db77f523047d84ULL, 0x32caab7b40c72493ULL, + 0x3c9ebe0a15c9bebcULL, 0x431d67c49c100d4cULL, + 0x4cc5d4becb3e42b6ULL, 0x597f299cfc657e2aULL, + 0x5fcb6fab3ad6faecULL, 0x6c44198c4a475817ULL }; + +void SHA512::transform(const unsigned char *message, unsigned int block_nb) +{ + uint64 w[80]; + uint64 wv[8]; + uint64 t1, t2; + const unsigned char *sub_block; + int i, j; + for (i = 0; i < (int)block_nb; i++) { + sub_block = message + (i << 7); + for (j = 0; j < 16; j++) { + SHA2_PACK64(&sub_block[j << 3], &w[j]); + } + for (j = 16; j < 80; j++) { + w[j] = SHA512_F4(w[j - 2]) + w[j - 7] + SHA512_F3(w[j - 15]) + w[j - 16]; + } + for (j = 0; j < 8; j++) { + wv[j] = m_h[j]; + } + for (j = 0; j < 80; j++) { + t1 = wv[7] + SHA512_F2(wv[4]) + SHA2_CH(wv[4], wv[5], wv[6]) + + sha512_k[j] + w[j]; + t2 = SHA512_F1(wv[0]) + SHA2_MAJ(wv[0], wv[1], wv[2]); + wv[7] = wv[6]; + wv[6] = wv[5]; + wv[5] = wv[4]; + wv[4] = wv[3] + t1; + wv[3] = wv[2]; + wv[2] = wv[1]; + wv[1] = wv[0]; + wv[0] = t1 + t2; + } + for (j = 0; j < 8; j++) { + m_h[j] += wv[j]; + } + + } +} + +void SHA512::init() +{ + m_h[0] = 0x6a09e667f3bcc908ULL; + m_h[1] = 0xbb67ae8584caa73bULL; + m_h[2] = 0x3c6ef372fe94f82bULL; + m_h[3] = 0xa54ff53a5f1d36f1ULL; + m_h[4] = 0x510e527fade682d1ULL; + m_h[5] = 0x9b05688c2b3e6c1fULL; + m_h[6] = 0x1f83d9abfb41bd6bULL; + m_h[7] = 0x5be0cd19137e2179ULL; + m_len = 0; + m_tot_len = 0; +} + +void SHA512::update(const unsigned char *message, unsigned int len) +{ + unsigned int block_nb; + unsigned int new_len, rem_len, tmp_len; + const unsigned char *shifted_message; + tmp_len = SHA384_512_BLOCK_SIZE - m_len; + rem_len = len < tmp_len ? len : tmp_len; + memcpy(&m_block[m_len], message, rem_len); + if (m_len + len < SHA384_512_BLOCK_SIZE) { + m_len += len; + return; + } + new_len = len - rem_len; + block_nb = new_len / SHA384_512_BLOCK_SIZE; + shifted_message = message + rem_len; + transform(m_block, 1); + transform(shifted_message, block_nb); + rem_len = new_len % SHA384_512_BLOCK_SIZE; + memcpy(m_block, &shifted_message[block_nb << 7], rem_len); + m_len = rem_len; + m_tot_len += (block_nb + 1) << 7; +} + +void SHA512::final(unsigned char *digest) +{ + unsigned int block_nb; + unsigned int pm_len; + unsigned int len_b; + int i; + block_nb = 1 + ((SHA384_512_BLOCK_SIZE - 17) + < (m_len % SHA384_512_BLOCK_SIZE)); + len_b = (m_tot_len + m_len) << 3; + pm_len = block_nb << 7; + memset(m_block + m_len, 0, pm_len - m_len); + m_block[m_len] = 0x80; + SHA2_UNPACK32(len_b, m_block + pm_len - 4); + transform(m_block, block_nb); + for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) { + SHA2_UNPACK64(m_h[i], &digest[i << 3]); + } +} + +std::string sha512(std::string input) +{ + unsigned char digest[SHA512::DIGEST_SIZE]; + memset(digest, 0, SHA512::DIGEST_SIZE); + class SHA512 ctx; + ctx.init(); + ctx.update((unsigned char*)input.c_str(), input.length()); + ctx.final(digest); + + char buf[2 * SHA512::DIGEST_SIZE + 1]; + buf[2 * SHA512::DIGEST_SIZE] = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < SHA512::DIGEST_SIZE; i++) + sprintf(buf + i * 2, "%02x", digest[i]); + + return std::string(buf); +} diff --git a/dCommon/SHA512.h b/dCommon/SHA512.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aba80432 --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/SHA512.h @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +#pragma once + +// C++ +#include + +class SHA512 { +protected: + typedef unsigned char uint8; + typedef unsigned int uint32; + typedef unsigned long long uint64; + + const static uint64 sha512_k[]; + static const unsigned int SHA384_512_BLOCK_SIZE = (1024 / 8); + +public: + void init(); + void update(const unsigned char *message, unsigned int len); + void final(unsigned char *digest); + static const unsigned int DIGEST_SIZE = (512 / 8); + +protected: + void transform(const unsigned char *message, unsigned int block_nb); + unsigned int m_tot_len; + unsigned int m_len; + unsigned char m_block[2 * SHA384_512_BLOCK_SIZE]; + uint64 m_h[8]; +}; + +std::string sha512(std::string input); + +#define SHA2_SHFR(x, n) (x >> n) +#define SHA2_ROTR(x, n) ((x >> n) | (x << ((sizeof(x) << 3) - n))) +#define SHA2_ROTL(x, n) ((x << n) | (x >> ((sizeof(x) << 3) - n))) +#define SHA2_CH(x, y, z) ((x & y) ^ (~x & z)) +#define SHA2_MAJ(x, y, z) ((x & y) ^ (x & z) ^ (y & z)) +#define SHA512_F1(x) (SHA2_ROTR(x, 28) ^ SHA2_ROTR(x, 34) ^ SHA2_ROTR(x, 39)) +#define SHA512_F2(x) (SHA2_ROTR(x, 14) ^ SHA2_ROTR(x, 18) ^ SHA2_ROTR(x, 41)) +#define SHA512_F3(x) (SHA2_ROTR(x, 1) ^ SHA2_ROTR(x, 8) ^ SHA2_SHFR(x, 7)) +#define SHA512_F4(x) (SHA2_ROTR(x, 19) ^ SHA2_ROTR(x, 61) ^ SHA2_SHFR(x, 6)) +#define SHA2_UNPACK32(x, str) \ +{ \ +*((str) + 3) = (uint8) ((x) ); \ +*((str) + 2) = (uint8) ((x) >> 8); \ +*((str) + 1) = (uint8) ((x) >> 16); \ +*((str) + 0) = (uint8) ((x) >> 24); \ +} +#define SHA2_UNPACK64(x, str) \ +{ \ +*((str) + 7) = (uint8) ((x) ); \ +*((str) + 6) = (uint8) ((x) >> 8); \ +*((str) + 5) = (uint8) ((x) >> 16); \ +*((str) + 4) = (uint8) ((x) >> 24); \ +*((str) + 3) = (uint8) ((x) >> 32); \ +*((str) + 2) = (uint8) ((x) >> 40); \ +*((str) + 1) = (uint8) ((x) >> 48); \ +*((str) + 0) = (uint8) ((x) >> 56); \ +} +#define SHA2_PACK64(str, x) \ +{ \ +*(x) = ((uint64) *((str) + 7) ) \ +| ((uint64) *((str) + 6) << 8) \ +| ((uint64) *((str) + 5) << 16) \ +| ((uint64) *((str) + 4) << 24) \ +| ((uint64) *((str) + 3) << 32) \ +| ((uint64) *((str) + 2) << 40) \ +| ((uint64) *((str) + 1) << 48) \ +| ((uint64) *((str) + 0) << 56); \ +} diff --git a/dCommon/Type.cpp b/dCommon/Type.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f89d090e --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/Type.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +#include "Type.h" +#ifdef __GNUG__ +#include +#include +#include + +std::string demangle(const char* name) { + + int status = -4; // some arbitrary value to eliminate the compiler warning + + // enable c++11 by passing the flag -std=c++11 to g++ + std::unique_ptr res { + abi::__cxa_demangle(name, NULL, NULL, &status), + std::free + }; + + return (status==0) ? res.get() : name ; +} + +#else + +// does nothing if not g++ +std::string demangle(const char* name) { + return name; +} + +#endif diff --git a/dCommon/Type.h b/dCommon/Type.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ea26d2ce --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/Type.h @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +#pragma once + +#include +#include + +std::string demangle(const char* name); + +template +std::string type(const T& t) { + + return demangle(typeid(t).name()); +} diff --git a/dCommon/ZCompression.cpp b/dCommon/ZCompression.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3a66323d --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/ZCompression.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +#include "ZCompression.h" + +#include + +namespace ZCompression +{ + int32_t GetMaxCompressedLength(int32_t nLenSrc) + { + int32_t n16kBlocks = (nLenSrc + 16383) / 16384; // round up any fraction of a block + return (nLenSrc + 6 + (n16kBlocks * 5)); + } + + int32_t Compress(const uint8_t* abSrc, int32_t nLenSrc, uint8_t* abDst, int32_t nLenDst) + { + z_stream zInfo = { 0 }; + zInfo.total_in = zInfo.avail_in = nLenSrc; + zInfo.total_out = zInfo.avail_out = nLenDst; + zInfo.next_in = const_cast(abSrc); + zInfo.next_out = abDst; + + int nErr, nRet = -1; + nErr = deflateInit(&zInfo, Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION); // zlib function + if (nErr == Z_OK) { + nErr = deflate(&zInfo, Z_FINISH); // zlib function + if (nErr == Z_STREAM_END) { + nRet = zInfo.total_out; + } + } + deflateEnd(&zInfo); // zlib function + return(nRet); + + } + + int32_t Decompress(const uint8_t* abSrc, int32_t nLenSrc, uint8_t* abDst, int32_t nLenDst, int32_t& nErr) + { + // Get the size of the decompressed data + z_stream zInfo = { 0 }; + zInfo.total_in = zInfo.avail_in = nLenSrc; + zInfo.total_out = zInfo.avail_out = nLenDst; + zInfo.next_in = const_cast(abSrc); + zInfo.next_out = abDst; + + int nRet = -1; + nErr = inflateInit(&zInfo); // zlib function + if (nErr == Z_OK) { + nErr = inflate(&zInfo, Z_FINISH); // zlib function + if (nErr == Z_STREAM_END) { + nRet = zInfo.total_out; + } + } + inflateEnd(&zInfo); // zlib function + return(nRet); + + /* + z_stream zInfo = { 0 }; + zInfo.total_in = zInfo.avail_in = nLenSrc; + zInfo.total_out = zInfo.avail_out = nLenDst; + zInfo.next_in = const_cast(abSrc); + zInfo.next_out = const_cast(abDst); + + int nRet = -1; + nErr = inflateInit(&zInfo); // zlib function + if (nErr == Z_OK) { + nErr = inflate(&zInfo, Z_FINISH); // zlib function + if (nErr == Z_STREAM_END) { + nRet = zInfo.total_out; + } + } + inflateEnd(&zInfo); // zlib function + return(nRet); // -1 or len of output + */ + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dCommon/ZCompression.h b/dCommon/ZCompression.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec870fb8 --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/ZCompression.h @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +#pragma once + +#include + +namespace ZCompression +{ + int32_t GetMaxCompressedLength(int32_t nLenSrc); + + int32_t Compress(const uint8_t* abSrc, int32_t nLenSrc, uint8_t* abDst, int32_t nLenDst); + + int32_t Decompress(const uint8_t* abSrc, int32_t nLenSrc, uint8_t* abDst, int32_t nLenDst, int32_t& nErr); +} diff --git a/dCommon/dCommonVars.h b/dCommon/dCommonVars.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77570282 --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/dCommonVars.h @@ -0,0 +1,642 @@ +#pragma once + +#include +#include +#include +#include "../thirdparty/raknet/Source/BitStream.h" + +#pragma warning (disable:4251) //Disables SQL warnings + +typedef int RESTICKET; + +const int highFrameRate = 16; //60fps +const int mediumFramerate = 33; //30fps +const int lowFramerate = 66; //15fps + +//========== MACROS =========== + +#define CBITSTREAM RakNet::BitStream bitStream; +#define CINSTREAM RakNet::BitStream inStream(packet->data, packet->length, false); +#define CMSGHEADER PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_GAME_MSG); +#define SEND_PACKET Game::server->Send(&bitStream, sysAddr, false); +#define SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST Game::server->Send(&bitStream, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, true); + +//=========== TYPEDEFS ========== + +typedef int32_t LOT; //!< A LOT +typedef int64_t LWOOBJID; //!< An object ID (should be unsigned actually but ok) +typedef int32_t TSkillID; //!< A skill ID +typedef uint32_t LWOCLONEID; //!< Used for Clone IDs +typedef uint16_t LWOMAPID; //!< Used for Map IDs +typedef uint16_t LWOINSTANCEID; //!< Used for Instance IDs +typedef uint32_t PROPERTYCLONELIST; //!< Used for Property Clone IDs + +typedef int32_t PetTamingPiece; //!< Pet Taming Pieces + +const LWOOBJID LWOOBJID_EMPTY = 0; //!< An empty object ID +const LOT LOT_NULL = -1; //!< A null LOT +const int32_t LOOTTYPE_NONE = 0; //!< No loot type available +const float SECONDARY_PRIORITY = 1.0f; //!< Secondary Priority +const uint32_t INVENTORY_INVALID = -1; //!< Invalid Inventory +const uint32_t INVENTORY_DEFAULT = -1; //!< Default Inventory +const uint32_t StatusChangeInfo = 0; //!< Status Change Info (???) +const uint32_t INVENTORY_MAX = 9999999; //!< The Maximum Inventory Size +const uint32_t LWOCLONEID_INVALID = -1; //!< Invalid LWOCLONEID +const uint16_t LWOINSTANCEID_INVALID = -1; //!< Invalid LWOINSTANCEID +const uint16_t LWOMAPID_INVALID = -1; //!< Invalid LWOMAPID +const uint64_t LWOZONEID_INVALID = 0; //!< Invalid LWOZONEID + +typedef std::set TSetObjID; + +const float PI = 3.14159f; + +#if defined(__unix) || defined(__APPLE__) +//For Linux: +typedef __int64_t __int64; +#endif + +//============ STRUCTS ============== + +struct LWOSCENEID { +public: + LWOSCENEID() { m_sceneID = -1; m_layerID = 0; } + LWOSCENEID(int sceneID) { m_sceneID = sceneID; m_layerID = 0; } + LWOSCENEID(int sceneID, unsigned int layerID) { m_sceneID = sceneID; m_layerID = layerID; } + + LWOSCENEID& operator=(const LWOSCENEID& rhs) { m_sceneID = rhs.m_sceneID; m_layerID = rhs.m_layerID; return *this; } + LWOSCENEID& operator=(const int rhs) { m_sceneID = rhs; m_layerID = 0; return *this; } + + bool operator<(const LWOSCENEID& rhs) const { return (m_sceneID < rhs.m_sceneID || (m_sceneID == rhs.m_sceneID && m_layerID < rhs.m_layerID)); } + bool operator<(const int rhs) const { return m_sceneID < rhs; } + + bool operator==(const LWOSCENEID& rhs) const { return (m_sceneID == rhs.m_sceneID && m_layerID == rhs.m_layerID); } + bool operator==(const int rhs) const { return m_sceneID == rhs; } + + const int GetSceneID() const { return m_sceneID; } + const unsigned int GetLayerID() const { return m_layerID; } + + void SetSceneID(const int sceneID) { m_sceneID = sceneID; } + void SetLayerID(const unsigned int layerID) { m_layerID = layerID; } + +private: + int m_sceneID; + unsigned int m_layerID; +}; + +struct LWOZONEID { +public: + const LWOMAPID& GetMapID() const { return m_MapID; } + const LWOINSTANCEID& GetInstanceID() const { return m_InstanceID; } + const LWOCLONEID& GetCloneID() const { return m_CloneID; } + + //In order: def constr, constr, assign op + LWOZONEID() { m_MapID = LWOMAPID_INVALID; m_InstanceID = LWOINSTANCEID_INVALID; m_CloneID = LWOCLONEID_INVALID; } + LWOZONEID(const LWOMAPID& mapID, const LWOINSTANCEID& instanceID, const LWOCLONEID& cloneID) { m_MapID = mapID; m_InstanceID = instanceID; m_CloneID = cloneID; } + LWOZONEID(const LWOZONEID& replacement) { *this = replacement; } + +private: + LWOMAPID m_MapID; //1000 for VE, 1100 for AG, etc... + LWOINSTANCEID m_InstanceID; //Instances host the same world, but on a different dWorld process. + LWOCLONEID m_CloneID; //To differentiate between "your property" and "my property". Always 0 for non-prop worlds. +}; + +const LWOSCENEID LWOSCENEID_INVALID = -1; + +struct LWONameValue { + uint32_t length = 0; //!< The length of the name + std::u16string name; //!< The name + + LWONameValue(void) {} + + LWONameValue(const std::u16string& name) { + this->name = name; + this->length = static_cast(name.length()); + } + + ~LWONameValue(void) {} +}; + +struct FriendData { +public: + bool isOnline = false; + bool isBestFriend = false; + bool isFTP = false; + LWOZONEID zoneID; + LWOOBJID friendID; + std::string friendName; + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream& bitStream) { + bitStream.Write(isOnline); + bitStream.Write(isBestFriend); + bitStream.Write(isFTP); + bitStream.Write(0); //??? + bitStream.Write(0); //??? + bitStream.Write(zoneID.GetMapID()); + bitStream.Write(zoneID.GetInstanceID()); + bitStream.Write(zoneID.GetCloneID()); + bitStream.Write(friendID); + + uint32_t maxSize = 33; + uint32_t size = static_cast(friendName.length()); + uint32_t remSize = static_cast(maxSize - size); + + if (size > maxSize) size = maxSize; + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < size; ++i) { + bitStream.Write(static_cast(friendName[i])); + } + + for (uint32_t j = 0; j < remSize; ++j) { + bitStream.Write(static_cast(0)); + } + + bitStream.Write(0); //??? + bitStream.Write(0); //??? + } +}; + +struct Brick { + uint32_t designerID; + uint32_t materialID; +}; + +//This union is used by the behavior system +union suchar { + unsigned char usigned; + char svalue; +}; + +//=========== DLU ENUMS ============ + +enum eGameMasterLevel : int32_t { + GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_CIVILIAN = 0, // Normal player. + GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_FORUM_MODERATOR = 1, // No permissions on live servers. + GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_JUNIOR_MODERATOR = 2, // Can kick/mute and pull chat logs. + GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_MODERATOR = 3, // Can return lost items. + GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_SENIOR_MODERATOR = 4, // Can ban. + GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_LEAD_MODERATOR = 5, // Can approve properties. + GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_JUNIOR_DEVELOPER = 6, // Junior developer & future content team. Civilan on live. + GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_INACTIVE_DEVELOPER = 7, // Inactive developer, limited permissions. + GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER = 8, // Active developer, full permissions on live. + GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_OPERATOR = 9 // Can shutdown server for restarts & updates. +}; + +//=========== LU ENUMS ============ + +//! An enum for object ID bits +enum eObjectBits : int32_t { + OBJECT_BIT_PERSISTENT = 32, //!< The 32 bit index + OBJECT_BIT_CLIENT = 46, //!< The 46 bit index + OBJECT_BIT_SPAWNED = 58, //!< The 58 bit index + OBJECT_BIT_CHARACTER = 60 //!< The 60 bit index +}; + +//! An enum for MatchUpdate types +enum eMatchUpdate : int { + MATCH_UPDATE_PLAYER_JOINED = 0, + MATCH_UPDATE_PLAYER_LEFT = 1, + MATCH_UPDATE_TIME = 3, + MATCH_UPDATE_TIME_START_DELAY = 4, + MATCH_UPDATE_PLAYER_READY = 5, + MATCH_UPDATE_PLAYER_UNREADY = 6 +}; + +//! An enum for camera cycling modes +enum eCyclingMode : uint32_t { + ALLOW_CYCLE_TEAMMATES, + DISALLOW_CYCLING +}; + +enum eCinematicEvent : uint32_t { + STARTED, + WAYPOINT, + ENDED, +}; + +//! An enum for character creation responses +enum eCreationResponse : uint8_t { + CREATION_RESPONSE_SUCCESS = 0, //!< The creation was successful + CREATION_RESPONSE_OBJECT_ID_UNAVAILABLE, //!< The Object ID can't be used + CREATION_RESPONSE_NAME_NOT_ALLOWED, //!< The name is not allowed + CREATION_RESPONSE_PREDEFINED_NAME_IN_USE, //!< The predefined name is already in use + CREATION_RESPONSE_CUSTOM_NAME_IN_USE //!< The custom name is already in use +}; + +//! An enum for login responses +enum eLoginResponse : uint8_t { + LOGIN_RESPONSE_GENERAL_FAILED = 0, + LOGIN_RESPONSE_SUCCESS = 1, + LOGIN_RESPONSE_BANNED = 2, + LOGIN_RESPONSE_PERMISSIONS_NOT_HIGH_ENOUGH = 5, + LOGIN_RESPONSE_WRONG_PASS_OR_USER = 6, + LOGIN_RESPONSE_ACCOUNT_LOCKED = 7 +}; + +//! An enum for character rename responses +enum eRenameResponse : uint8_t { + RENAME_RESPONSE_SUCCESS = 0, //!< The renaming was successful + RENAME_RESPONSE_UNKNOWN_ERROR, //!< There was an unknown error + RENAME_RESPONSE_NAME_UNAVAILABLE, //!< The name is unavailable + RENAME_RESPONSE_NAME_IN_USE //!< The name is already in use +}; + +//! A replica packet type +enum eReplicaPacketType { + PACKET_TYPE_CONSTRUCTION, //!< A construction packet + PACKET_TYPE_SERIALIZATION, //!< A serialization packet + PACKET_TYPE_DESTRUCTION //!< A destruction packet +}; + +enum ServerDisconnectIdentifiers { + SERVER_DISCON_UNKNOWN_SERVER_ERROR = 0, //!< Unknown server error + SERVER_DISCON_DUPLICATE_LOGIN = 4, //!< Used when another user with the same username is logged in (duplicate login) + SERVER_DISCON_SERVER_SHUTDOWN = 5, //!< Used when the server is shutdown + SERVER_DISCON_SERVER_MAP_LOAD_FAILURE = 6, //!< Used when the server cannot load a map + SERVER_DISCON_INVALID_SESSION_KEY = 7, //!< Used if the session is invalid + SERVER_DISCON_ACCOUNT_NOT_IN_PENDING_LIST = 8, //!< ??? + SERVER_DISCON_CHARACTER_NOT_FOUND = 9, //!< Used if a character that the server has is not found (i.e, corruption with user-player data) + SERVER_DISCON_CHARACTER_CORRUPTED = 10, //!< Similar to abovce + SERVER_DISCON_KICK = 11, //!< Used if the user is kicked from the server + SERVER_DISCON_FREE_TRIAL_EXPIRED = 12, //!< Used if the user's free trial expired + SERVER_DISCON_PLAY_SCHEDULE_TIME_DONE = 13 //!< Used if the user's play time is used up +}; + +//! The Behavior Types for use with the AI system +enum eCombatBehaviorTypes : uint32_t { + PASSIVE = 0, //!< The object is passive + AGGRESSIVE = 1, //!< The object is aggressive + PASSIVE_TURRET = 2, //!< The object is a passive turret + AGGRESSIVE_TURRET = 3 //!< The object is an aggressive turret +}; + +//! The Combat Role Type for use with the AI system +enum eCombatRoleType : uint32_t { + MELEE = 0, //!< Used for melee attacks + RANGED = 1, //!< Used for range attacks + SUPPORT = 2 //!< Used for support +}; + +//! The kill types for the Die packet +enum eKillType : uint32_t { + VIOLENT, + SILENT +}; + +//! The various world states used throughout the server +enum eObjectWorldState { + WORLDSTATE_INWORLD, //!< Probably used when the object is in the world + WORLDSTATE_ATTACHED, //!< Probably used when the object is attached to another object + WORLDSTATE_INVENTORY //!< Probably used when the object is in an inventory +}; + +//! The trigger stats (???) +enum eTriggerStat { + INVALID_STAT, //!< ??? + HEALTH, //!< Probably used for health + ARMOR, //!< Probably used for armor + IMAGINATION //!< Probably used for imagination +}; + +//! The trigger operations (???) +enum eTriggerOperator { + INVALID_OPER, //!< ??? + EQUAL, //!< ??? + NOT_EQUAL, //!< ??? + GREATER, //!< ??? + GREATER_EQUAL, //!< ??? + LESS, //!< ??? + LESS_EQUAL //!< ??? +}; + +//! The various build types +enum eBuildType { + BUILD_NOWHERE, //!< Used if something can't be built anywhere + BUILD_IN_WORLD, //!< Used if something can be built in the world + BUILD_ON_PROPERTY //!< Used if something can be build on a property +}; + +//! Quickbuild fail reasons +enum eFailReason : uint32_t { + REASON_NOT_GIVEN, + REASON_OUT_OF_IMAGINATION, + REASON_CANCELED_EARLY, + REASON_BUILD_ENDED +}; + +//! Terminate interaction type +enum eTerminateType : uint32_t { + RANGE, + USER, + FROM_INTERACTION +}; + +//! The combat state +enum eCombatState { + IDLE, //!< The AI is in an idle state + AGGRO, //!< The AI is in an aggressive state + TETHER, //!< The AI is being redrawn back to tether point + SPAWN, //!< The AI is spawning + DEAD //!< The AI is dead +}; + +enum eControlSceme { + SCHEME_A, + SCHEME_D, + SCHEME_GAMEPAD, + SCHEME_E, + SCHEME_FPS, + SCHEME_DRIVING, + SCHEME_TAMING, + SCHEME_MODULAR_BUILD, + SCHEME_WEAR_A_ROBOT //== freecam? +}; + +enum eStunState { + PUSH, + POP +}; + +enum eNotifyType { + NOTIFY_TYPE_SUCCESS, + NOTIFY_TYPE_QUIT, + NOTIFY_TYPE_FAILED, + NOTIFY_TYPE_BEGIN, + NOTIFY_TYPE_READY, + NOTIFY_TYPE_NAMINGPET +}; + +enum eReplicaComponentType : int32_t { + COMPONENT_TYPE_CONTROLLABLE_PHYSICS = 1, //!< The ControllablePhysics Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_RENDER = 2, //!< The Render Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_SIMPLE_PHYSICS = 3, //!< The SimplePhysics Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_CHARACTER = 4, //!< The Character Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_SCRIPT = 5, //!< The Script Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_BOUNCER = 6, //!< The Bouncer Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_BUFF = 7, //!< The Buff Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_SKILL = 9, //!< The Skill Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_ITEM = 11, //!< The Item Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_VENDOR = 16, //!< The Vendor Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY = 17, //!< The Inventory Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_SHOOTING_GALLERY = 19, //!< The Shooting Gallery Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_RIGID_BODY_PHANTOM_PHYSICS = 20, //!< The RigidBodyPhantomPhysics Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_COLLECTIBLE = 23, //!< The Collectible Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_MOVING_PLATFORM = 25, //!< The MovingPlatform Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_PET = 26, //!< The Pet Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_VEHICLE_PHYSICS = 30, //!< The VehiclePhysics Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_MOVEMENT_AI = 31, //!< The MovementAI Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_PROPERTY = 36, //!< The Property Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_SCRIPTED_ACTIVITY = 39, //!< The ScriptedActivity Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_PHANTOM_PHYSICS = 40, //!< The PhantomPhysics Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_PROPERTY_ENTRANCE = 43, //!< The PhantomPhysics Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_PROPERTY_MANAGEMENT = 45, //!< The PropertyManagement Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_REBUILD = 48, //!< The Rebuild Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_SWITCH = 49, //!< The Switch Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_ZONE_CONTROL = 50, //!< The ZoneControl Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_PACKAGE = 53, //!< The Package Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_PLAYER_FLAG = 58, //!< The PlayerFlag Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_BASE_COMBAT_AI = 60, //!< The BaseCombatAI Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_MODULE_ASSEMBLY = 61, //!< The ModuleAssembly Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_PROPERTY_VENDOR = 65, //!< The PropertyVendor Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_ROCKET_LAUNCH = 67, //!< The RocketLaunch Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_RACING_CONTROL = 71, //!< The RacingControl Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION_OFFER = 73, //!< The MissionOffer Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_EXHIBIT = 75, //!< The Exhibit Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_RACING_STATS = 74, //!< The Exhibit Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_SOUND_TRIGGER = 77, //!< The Sound Trigger Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_PROXIMITY_MONITOR = 78, //!< The Proximity Monitor Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION = 84, //!< The Mission Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_ROCKET_LAUNCH_LUP = 97, //!< The LUP Launchpad Componen + COMPONENT_TYPE_RAIL_ACTIVATOR = 104, + COMPONENT_TYPE_POSSESSOR = 107, //!< The Component 107 + COMPONENT_TYPE_POSSESSABLE = 108, //!< The Component 108 + COMPONENT_TYPE_BUILD_BORDER = 114, //!< The Build Border Component + COMPONENT_TYPE_DESTROYABLE = 1000, //!< The Destroyable Component + + COMPONENT_TYPE_MODEL = 5398484 //look man idk +}; + +/** + * Represents the different types of inventories an entity may have + */ +enum eInventoryType : uint32_t { + ITEMS = 0, + VAULT_ITEMS, + BRICKS, + TEMP_ITEMS = 4, + MODELS, + TEMP_MODELS, + BEHAVIORS, + PROPERTY_DEEDS, + VENDOR_BUYBACK = 11, + HIDDEN = 12, //Used for missional items + VAULT_MODELS = 14, + ITEM_SETS, //internal + INVALID // made up, for internal use!!! +}; + +enum eItemType : int32_t { + ITEM_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, //!< An unknown item type + ITEM_TYPE_BRICK = 1, //!< A brick + ITEM_TYPE_HAT = 2, //!< A hat / head item + ITEM_TYPE_HAIR = 3, //!< A hair item + ITEM_TYPE_NECK = 4, //!< A neck item + ITEM_TYPE_LEFT_HAND = 5, //!< A left handed item + ITEM_TYPE_RIGHT_HAND = 6, //!< A right handed item + ITEM_TYPE_LEGS = 7, //!< A pants item + ITEM_TYPE_LEFT_TRINKET = 8, //!< A left handled trinket item + ITEM_TYPE_RIGHT_TRINKET = 9, //!< A right handed trinket item + ITEM_TYPE_BEHAVIOR = 10, //!< A behavior + ITEM_TYPE_PROPERTY = 11, //!< A property + ITEM_TYPE_MODEL = 12, //!< A model + ITEM_TYPE_COLLECTIBLE = 13, //!< A collectible item + ITEM_TYPE_CONSUMABLE = 14, //!< A consumable item + ITEM_TYPE_CHEST = 15, //!< A chest item + ITEM_TYPE_EGG = 16, //!< An egg + ITEM_TYPE_PET_FOOD = 17, //!< A pet food item + ITEM_TYPE_QUEST_OBJECT = 18, //!< A quest item + ITEM_TYPE_PET_INVENTORY_ITEM = 19, //!< A pet inventory item + ITEM_TYPE_PACKAGE = 20, //!< A package + ITEM_TYPE_LOOT_MODEL = 21, //!< A loot model + ITEM_TYPE_VEHICLE = 22, //!< A vehicle + ITEM_TYPE_CURRENCY = 23 //!< Currency +}; + +enum eRebuildState : uint32_t { + REBUILD_OPEN, + REBUILD_COMPLETED = 2, + REBUILD_RESETTING = 4, + REBUILD_BUILDING, + REBUILD_INCOMPLETE +}; + +enum eGameActivities : uint32_t { + ACTIVITY_NONE, + ACTIVITY_QUICKBUILDING, + ACTIVITY_SHOOTING_GALLERY, + ACTIVITY_RACING, + ACTIVITY_PINBALL, + ACTIVITY_PET_TAMING +}; + +enum ePlayerFlags { + BTARR_TESTING = 0, + PLAYER_HAS_ENTERED_PET_RANCH = 1, + MINIMAP_UNLOCKED = 2, + ACTIVITY_REBUILDING_FAIL_TIME = 3, + ACTIVITY_REBUILDING_FAIL_RANGE = 4, + ACTIVITY_SHOOTING_GALLERY_HELP = 5, + HELP_WALKING_CONTROLS = 6, + FIRST_SMASHABLE = 7, + FIRST_IMAGINATION_PICKUP = 8, + FIRST_DAMAGE = 9, + FIRST_ITEM = 10, + FIRST_BRICK = 11, + FIRST_CONSUMABLE = 12, + FIRST_EQUIPPABLE = 13, + CHAT_HELP = 14, + FIRST_PET_TAMING_MINIGAME = 15, + FIRST_PET_ON_SWITCH = 16, + FIRST_PET_JUMPED_ON_SWITCH = 17, + FIRST_PET_FOUND_TREASURE = 18, + FIRST_PET_DUG_TREASURE = 19, + FIRST_PET_OWNER_ON_PET_BOUNCER = 20, + FIRST_PET_DESPAWN_NO_IMAGINATION = 21, + FIRST_PET_SELECTED_ENOUGH_BRICKS = 22, + FIRST_EMOTE_UNLOCKED = 23, + GF_PIRATE_REP = 24, + AG_BOB_CINEMATIC_EVENT = 25, + HELP_JUMPING_CONTROLS = 26, + HELP_DOUBLE_JUMP_CONTROLS = 27, + HELP_CAMERA_CONTROLS = 28, + HELP_ROTATE_CONTROLS = 29, + HELP_SMASH = 30, + MONUMENT_INTRO_MUSIC_PLAYED = 31, + BEGINNING_ZONE_SUMMARY_DISPLAYED = 32, + AG_FINISH_LINE_BUILT = 33, + AG_BOSS_AREA_FOUND = 34, + AG_LANDED_IN_BATTLEFIELD = 35, + GF_PLAYER_HAS_BEEN_TO_THE_RAVINE = 36, + MODULAR_BUILD_STARTED = 37, + MODULAR_BUILD_FINISHED_CLICK_BUTTON = 38, + THINKING_HAT_RECEIVED_GO_TO_MODULAR_BUILD_AREA = 39, + BUILD_AREA_ENTERED_MOD_NOT_ACTIVATED_PUT_ON_HAT = 40, + HAT_ON_INSIDE_OF_MOD_BUILD_EQUIP_A_MODULE_FROM_LEG = 41, + MODULE_EQUIPPED_PLACE_ON_GLOWING_BLUE_SPOT = 42, + FIRST_MODULE_PLACED_CORRECTLY_NOW_DO_THE_REST = 43, + ROCKET_COMPLETE_NOW_LAUNCH_FROM_PAD = 44, + JOINED_A_FACTION = 45, + VENTURE_FACTION = 46, + ASSEMBLY_FACTION = 47, + PARADOX_FACTION = 48, + SENTINEL_FACTION = 49, + LUP_WORLD_ACCESS = 50, + AG_FIRST_FLAG_COLLECTED = 51, + TOOLTIP_TALK_TO_SKYLAND_TO_GET_HAT = 52, + MODULAR_BUILD_PLAYER_PLACES_FIRST_MODEL_IN_SCRATCH = 53, + MODULAR_BUILD_FIRST_ARROW_DISPLAY_FOR_MODULE = 54, + AG_BEACON_QB,_SO_THE_PLAYER_CAN_ALWAYS_BUILD_THEM = 55, + GF_PET_DIG_FLAG_1 = 56, + GF_PET_DIG_FLAG_2 = 57, + GF_PET_DIG_FLAG_3 = 58, + SUPPRESS_SPACESHIP_CINEMATIC_FLYTHROUGH = 59, + GF_PLAYER_FALL_DEATH = 60, + GF_PLAYER_CAN_GET_FLAG_1 = 61, + GF_PLAYER_CAN_GET_FLAG_2 = 62, + GF_PLAYER_CAN_GET_FLAG_3 = 63, + ENTER_BBB_FROM_PROPERTY_EDIT_CONFIRMATION_DIALOG = 64, + AG_FIRST_COMBAT_COMPLETE = 65, + AG_COMPLETE_BOB_MISSION = 66, + NJ_GARMADON_CINEMATIC_SEEN = 125, + ELEPHANT_PET_3050 = 801, + CAT_PET_3054 = 802, + TRICERATOPS_PET_3195 = 803, + TERRIER_PET_3254 = 804, + SKUNK_PET_3261 = 805, + LION_PET_3520 = 806, + BUNNY_PET_3672 = 807, + CROCODILE_PET_3994 = 808, + DOBERMAN_PET_5635 = 809, + BUFFALO_PET_5636 = 810, + ROBOT_DOG_PET_5637 = 811, + EUROPEAN_DRAGON_PET_5639 = 812, + TORTOISE_PET_5640 = 813, + ASIAN_DRAGON_PET_5641 = 814, + MANTIS_PET_5642 = 815, + PANDA_PET_5643 = 816, + WARTHOG_PET_6720 = 817, + GOAT_PET_7638 = 818, + CRAB_PET_7694 = 819, + AG_SPACE_SHIP_BINOC_AT_LAUNCH = 1001, + AG_SPACE_SHIP_BINOC_AT_LAUNCH_PLATFORM = 1002, + AG_SPACE_SHIP_BINOC_ON_PLATFORM_TO_LEFT_OF_START = 1003, + AG_SPACE_SHIP_BINOC_ON_PLATFORM_TO_RIGHT_OF_START = 1004, + AG_SPACE_SHIP_BINOC_AT_BOB = 1005, + AG_BATTLE_BINOC_FOR_TRICERETOPS = 1101, + AG_BATTLE_BINOC_AT_PARADOX = 1102, + AG_BATTLE_BINOC_AT_MISSION_GIVER = 1103, + AG_BATTLE_BINOC_AT_BECK = 1104, + AG_MONUMENT_BINOC_INTRO = 1105, + AG_MONUMENT_BINOC_OUTRO = 1106, + AG_LAUNCH_BINOC_INTRO = 1107, + AG_LAUNCH_BINOC_BISON = 1108, + AG_LAUNCH_BINOC_SHARK = 1109, + NS_BINOC_CONCERT_TRANSITION = 1201, + NS_BINOC_RACE_PLACE_TRANSITION = 1202, + NS_BINOC_BRICK_ANNEX_TRANSITION = 1203, + NS_BINOC_GF_LAUNCH = 1204, + NS_BINOC_FV_LAUNCH = 1205, + NS_BINOC_BRICK_ANNEX_WATER = 1206, + NS_BINOC_AG_LAUNCH_AT_RACE_PLACE = 1207, + NS_BINOC_AG_LAUNCH_AT_BRICK_ANNEX = 1208, + NS_BINOC_AG_LAUNCH_AT_PLAZA = 1209, + NS_BINOC_TBA = 1210, + NS_FLAG_COLLECTABLE_1_BY_JONNY_THUNDER = 1211, + NS_FLAG_COLLECTABLE_2_UNDER_CONCERT_BRIDGE = 1212, + NS_FLAG_COLLECTABLE_3_BY_FV_LAUNCH = 1213, + NS_FLAG_COLLECTABLE_4_IN_PLAZA_BEHIND_BUILDING = 1214, + NS_FLAG_COLLECTABLE_5_BY_GF_LAUNCH = 1215, + NS_FLAG_COLLECTABLE_6_BY_DUCK_SG = 1216, + NS_FLAG_COLLECTABLE_7_BY_LUP_LAUNCH = 1217, + NS_FLAG_COLLECTABLE_8_BY_NT_LUANCH = 1218, + NS_FLAG_COLLECTABLE_9_BY_RACE_BUILD = 1219, + NS_FLAG_COLLECTABLE_10_ON_AG_LAUNCH_PATH = 1220, + PR_BINOC_AT_LAUNCH_PAD = 1251, + PR_BINOC_AT_BEGINNING_OF_ISLAND_B = 1252, + PR_BINOC_AT_FIRST_PET_BOUNCER = 1253, + PR_BINOC_ON_BY_CROWS_NEST = 1254, + PR_PET_DIG_AT_BEGINNING_OF_ISLAND_B = 1261, + PR_PET_DIG_AT_THE_LOCATION_OF_OLD_BOUNCE_BACK = 1262, + PR_PET_DIG_UNDER_QB_BRIDGE = 1263, + PR_PET_DIG_BACK_SIDE_BY_PARTNER_BOUNCE = 1264, + PR_PET_DIG_BY_LAUNCH_PAD = 1265, + PR_PET_DIG_BY_FIRST_PET_BOUNCER = 1266, + GF_BINOC_ON_LANDING_PAD = 1301, + GF_BINOC_AT_RAVINE_START = 1302, + GF_BINOC_ON_TOP_OF_RAVINE_HEAD = 1303, + GF_BINOC_AT_TURTLE_AREA = 1304, + GF_BINOC_IN_TUNNEL_TO_ELEPHANTS = 1305, + GF_BINOC_IN_ELEPHANTS_AREA = 1306, + GF_BINOC_IN_RACING_AREA = 1307, + GF_BINOC_IN_CROC_AREA = 1308, + GF_BINOC_IN_JAIL_AREA = 1309, + GF_BINOC_TELESCOPE_NEXT_TO_CAPTAIN_JACK = 1310, + NT_FACTION_SPY_DUKE = 1974, + NT_FACTION_SPY_OVERBUILD = 1976, + NT_FACTION_SPY_HAEL = 1977, + NJ_EARTH_SPINJITZU = 2030, + NJ_LIGHTNING_SPINJITZU = 2031, + NJ_ICE_SPINJITZU = 2032, + NJ_FIRE_SPINJITZU = 2033, + NJ_WU_SHOW_DAILY_CHEST = 2099 +}; + + +//======== FUNC =========== + +template +inline T const& clamp(const T& val, const T& low, const T& high) { + if (val < low) return low; + else if (val > high) return high; + + return val; +} diff --git a/dCommon/dConfig.cpp b/dCommon/dConfig.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b53b7166 --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/dConfig.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +#include "dConfig.h" +#include + +dConfig::dConfig(const std::string& filepath) { + m_EmptyString = ""; + std::ifstream in(filepath); + if (!in.good()) return; + + std::string line; + while (std::getline(in, line)) { + if (line.length() > 0) { + if (line[0] != '#') ProcessLine(line); + } + } +} + +dConfig::~dConfig(void) { +} + +const std::string& dConfig::GetValue(std::string key) { + for (size_t i = 0; i < m_Keys.size(); ++i) { + if (m_Keys[i] == key) return m_Values[i]; + } + + return m_EmptyString; +} + +void dConfig::ProcessLine(const std::string& line) { + std::stringstream ss(line); + std::string segment; + std::vector seglist; + + while (std::getline(ss, segment, '=')) { + seglist.push_back(segment); + } + + if (seglist.size() != 2) return; + + //Make sure that on Linux, we remove special characters: + if (!seglist[1].empty() && seglist[1][seglist[1].size() - 1] == '\r') + seglist[1].erase(seglist[1].size() - 1); + + m_Keys.push_back(seglist[0]); + m_Values.push_back(seglist[1]); +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dCommon/dConfig.h b/dCommon/dConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0e712499 --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/dConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +#pragma once +#include +#include +#include + +class dConfig { +public: + dConfig(const std::string& filepath); + ~dConfig(void); + + const std::string& GetValue(std::string key); + +private: + void ProcessLine(const std::string& line); + +private: + std::vector m_Keys; + std::vector m_Values; + std::string m_EmptyString; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dCommon/dLogger.cpp b/dCommon/dLogger.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4cd9655a --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/dLogger.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +#include "dLogger.h" + +dLogger::dLogger(const std::string& outpath, bool logToConsole) { + m_logToConsole = logToConsole; + m_outpath = outpath; + +#ifdef _WIN32 + mFile = std::ofstream(m_outpath); + if (!mFile) { printf("Couldn't open %s for writing!\n", outpath.c_str()); } +#else + fp = fopen(outpath.c_str(), "wt"); + if (fp == NULL) { printf("Couldn't open %s for writing!\n", outpath.c_str()); } +#endif +} + +dLogger::~dLogger() { +#ifdef _WIN32 + mFile.close(); +#else + if (fp != nullptr) { + fclose(fp); + fp = nullptr; + } +#endif +} + +void dLogger::LogBasic(const std::string & message) { + LogBasic(message.c_str()); +} + +void dLogger::LogBasic(const char * format, ...) { +#ifdef _WIN32 + time_t t = time(NULL); + struct tm time; + localtime_s(&time, &t); + + char timeStr[70]; + + strftime(timeStr, sizeof(timeStr), "%d-%m-%y %H:%M:%S", &time); + + char message[2048]; + va_list args; + va_start(args, format); + vsprintf_s(message, format, args); + va_end(args); + + if (m_logToConsole) std::cout << "[" << "time machine broke" << "] " << message; + mFile << "[" << "time" << "] " << message; +#else + time_t t = time(NULL); + struct tm * time = localtime(&t); + char timeStr[70]; + strftime(timeStr, sizeof(timeStr), "%d-%m-%y %H:%M:%S", time); + + char message[2048]; + va_list args; + va_start(args, format); + vsprintf(message, format, args); + va_end(args); + + if (m_logToConsole) { + fputs("[", stdout); + fputs(timeStr, stdout); + fputs("] ", stdout); + fputs(message, stdout); + } + + if (fp != nullptr) { + fputs("[", fp); + fputs(timeStr, fp); + fputs("] ", fp); + fputs(message, fp); + } else { + printf("Logger not initialized!\n"); + } +#endif +} + +void dLogger::Log(const char * className, const char * format, ...) { +#ifdef _WIN32 + time_t t = time(NULL); + struct tm time; + localtime_s(&time, &t); + + char timeStr[70]; + strftime(timeStr, sizeof(timeStr), "%d-%m-%y %H:%M:%S", &time); + + char message[2048]; + va_list args; + va_start(args, format); + vsprintf_s(message, format, args); + + va_end(args); + + if (m_logToConsole) std::cout << "[" << "timeStr" << "] [" << className << "]: " << message; + mFile << "[" << "timeStr" << "] [" << className << "]: " << message; +#else + time_t t = time(NULL); + struct tm * time = localtime(&t); + char timeStr[70]; + strftime(timeStr, sizeof(timeStr), "%d-%m-%y %H:%M:%S", time); + + char message[2048]; + va_list args; + va_start(args, format); + vsprintf(message, format, args); + va_end(args); + + if (m_logToConsole) { + fputs("[", stdout); + fputs(timeStr, stdout); + fputs("] ", stdout); + fputs("[", stdout); + fputs(className, stdout); + fputs("]: ", stdout); + fputs(message, stdout); + } + + if (fp != NULL) { + fputs("[", fp); + fputs(timeStr, fp); + fputs("] ", fp); + fputs("[", fp); + fputs(className, fp); + fputs("]: ", fp); + fputs(message, fp); + } +#endif +} + +void dLogger::Log(const std::string & className, const std::string & message) { + Log(className.c_str(), message.c_str()); +} + +void dLogger::Flush() { +#ifdef _WIN32 + mFile.flush(); +#else + if (fp != nullptr) { + std::fflush(fp); + } +#endif +} diff --git a/dCommon/dLogger.h b/dCommon/dLogger.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..622a90d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/dCommon/dLogger.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +#pragma once +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +class dLogger { +public: + dLogger(const std::string& outpath, bool logToConsole); + ~dLogger(); + + void SetLogToConsole(bool logToConsole) { m_logToConsole = logToConsole; } + + void LogBasic(const std::string& message); + void LogBasic(const char* format, ...); + void Log(const char* className, const char* format, ...); + void Log(const std::string& className, const std::string& message); + + void Flush(); + + const bool GetIsLoggingToConsole() const { return m_logToConsole; } + +private: + bool m_logToConsole; + std::string m_outpath; + std::ofstream mFile; + + #ifndef _WIN32 + //Glorious linux can run with SPEED: + FILE* fp = nullptr; + #endif +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dDatabase/CDClientDatabase.cpp b/dDatabase/CDClientDatabase.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d61d6fe7 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/CDClientDatabase.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +#include "CDClientDatabase.h" +#include "CDComponentsRegistryTable.h" + +// Static Variables +static CppSQLite3DB * conn = new CppSQLite3DB(); + +//! Opens a connection with the CDClient +void CDClientDatabase::Connect(const std::string& filename) { + conn->open(filename.c_str()); +} + +//! Queries the CDClient +CppSQLite3Query CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(const std::string& query) { + return conn->execQuery(query.c_str()); +} diff --git a/dDatabase/CDClientDatabase.h b/dDatabase/CDClientDatabase.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fbb1dc86 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/CDClientDatabase.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +#pragma once + +// C++ +#include + +// SQLite +#include "CppSQLite3.h" + +/* + * Optimization settings + */ + +#include +#include + +// Enable this to cache all entries in each table for fast access, comes with more memory cost +//#define CDCLIENT_CACHE_ALL + +// Enable this to skip some unused columns in some tables +#define UNUSED(v) + +/*! + \file CDClientDatabase.hpp + \brief An interface between the CDClient.sqlite file and the server + */ + +//! The CDClient Database namespace +namespace CDClientDatabase { + + //! Opens a connection with the CDClient + /*! + \param filename The filename + */ + void Connect(const std::string& filename); + + //! Queries the CDClient + /*! + \param query The query + \return The results of the query + */ + CppSQLite3Query ExecuteQuery(const std::string& query); + +}; diff --git a/dDatabase/CDClientManager.cpp b/dDatabase/CDClientManager.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7ad852bc --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/CDClientManager.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +#include "CDClientManager.h" + +// Static Variables +CDClientManager * CDClientManager::m_Address = nullptr; + +//! Initializes the manager +void CDClientManager::Initialize(void) { + tables.insert(std::make_pair("ActivityRewards", new CDActivityRewardsTable())); + UNUSED(tables.insert(std::make_pair("Animations", new CDAnimationsTable()))); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("BehaviorParameter", new CDBehaviorParameterTable())); + UNUSED(tables.insert(std::make_pair("BehaviorTemplate", new CDBehaviorTemplateTable()))); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("ComponentsRegistry", new CDComponentsRegistryTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("CurrencyTable", new CDCurrencyTableTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("DestructibleComponent", new CDDestructibleComponentTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("EmoteTable", new CDEmoteTableTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("InventoryComponent", new CDInventoryComponentTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("ItemComponent", new CDItemComponentTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("ItemSets", new CDItemSetsTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("ItemSetSkills", new CDItemSetSkillsTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("LevelProgressionLookup", new CDLevelProgressionLookupTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("LootMatrix", new CDLootMatrixTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("LootTable", new CDLootTableTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("MissionNPCComponent", new CDMissionNPCComponentTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("MissionTasks", new CDMissionTasksTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("Missions", new CDMissionsTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("ObjectSkills", new CDObjectSkillsTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("Objects", new CDObjectsTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("PhysicsComponent", new CDPhysicsComponentTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("RebuildComponent", new CDRebuildComponentTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("ScriptComponent", new CDScriptComponentTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("SkillBehavior", new CDSkillBehaviorTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("ZoneTable", new CDZoneTableTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("VendorComponent", new CDVendorComponentTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("Activities", new CDActivitiesTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("PackageComponent", new CDPackageComponentTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("ProximityMonitorComponent", new CDProximityMonitorComponentTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("MovementAIComponent", new CDMovementAIComponentTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("BrickIDTable", new CDBrickIDTableTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("RarityTable", new CDRarityTableTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("MissionEmail", new CDMissionEmailTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("Rewards", new CDRewardsTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("PropertyEntranceComponent", new CDPropertyEntranceComponentTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("PropertyTemplate", new CDPropertyTemplateTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("FeatureGating", new CDFeatureGatingTable())); + tables.insert(std::make_pair("RailActivatorComponent", new CDRailActivatorComponentTable())); +} diff --git a/dDatabase/CDClientManager.h b/dDatabase/CDClientManager.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f4530f90 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/CDClientManager.h @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +// Tables +#include "CDActivityRewardsTable.h" +#include "CDAnimationsTable.h" +#include "CDBehaviorParameterTable.h" +#include "CDBehaviorTemplateTable.h" +#include "CDComponentsRegistryTable.h" +#include "CDCurrencyTableTable.h" +#include "CDDestructibleComponentTable.h" +#include "CDEmoteTable.h" +#include "CDInventoryComponentTable.h" +#include "CDItemComponentTable.h" +#include "CDItemSetsTable.h" +#include "CDItemSetSkillsTable.h" +#include "CDLevelProgressionLookupTable.h" +#include "CDLootMatrixTable.h" +#include "CDLootTableTable.h" +#include "CDMissionNPCComponentTable.h" +#include "CDMissionTasksTable.h" +#include "CDMissionsTable.h" +#include "CDObjectSkillsTable.h" +#include "CDObjectsTable.h" +#include "CDPhysicsComponentTable.h" +#include "CDRebuildComponentTable.h" +#include "CDScriptComponentTable.h" +#include "CDSkillBehaviorTable.h" +#include "CDZoneTableTable.h" +#include "CDVendorComponentTable.h" +#include "CDActivitiesTable.h" +#include "CDPackageComponentTable.h" +#include "CDProximityMonitorComponentTable.h" +#include "CDMovementAIComponentTable.h" +#include "CDBrickIDTableTable.h" +#include "CDRarityTableTable.h" +#include "CDMissionEmailTable.h" +#include "CDRewardsTable.h" +#include "CDPropertyEntranceComponentTable.h" +#include "CDPropertyTemplateTable.h" +#include "CDFeatureGatingTable.h" +#include "CDRailActivatorComponent.h" + +// C++ +#include +#include + +/*! + \file CDClientManager.hpp + \brief A manager for the CDClient tables + */ + +//! Manages all data from the CDClient +class CDClientManager { +private: + static CDClientManager * m_Address; //!< The singleton address + + std::unordered_map tables; //!< The tables + +public: + + //! The singleton method + static CDClientManager * Instance() { + if (m_Address == 0) { + m_Address = new CDClientManager; + } + + return m_Address; + } + + //! Initializes the manager + void Initialize(void); + + //! Fetches a CDClient table + /*! + This function uses typename T which must be a subclass of CDTable. + It returns the class that conforms to the class name + + \param tableName The table name + \return The class or nullptr + */ + template + T * GetTable(const std::string& tableName) { + static_assert(std::is_base_of::value, "T should inherit from CDTable!"); + + for (auto itr = this->tables.begin(); itr != this->tables.end(); ++itr) { + if (itr->first == tableName) { + return dynamic_cast(itr->second); + } + } + + return nullptr; + } +}; diff --git a/dDatabase/Database.cpp b/dDatabase/Database.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..23fed182 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Database.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +#include "Database.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dConfig.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +using namespace std; + +#pragma warning (disable:4251) //Disables SQL warnings + +sql::Driver * Database::driver; +sql::Connection * Database::con; + +void Database::Connect(const string& host, const string& database, const string& username, const string& password) { + driver = get_driver_instance(); + + //To bypass debug issues: + std::string newHost = "tcp://" + host; + const char* szHost = newHost.c_str(); + const char* szDatabase = database.c_str(); + const char* szUsername = username.c_str(); + const char* szPassword = password.c_str(); + + con = driver->connect(szHost, szUsername, szPassword); + con->setSchema(szDatabase); + + bool myTrue = true; + con->setClientOption("MYSQL_OPT_RECONNECT", &myTrue); +} //Connect + +void Database::Destroy() { + if (!con) return; + cout << "Destroying MySQL connection!" << endl; + con->close(); + delete con; +} //Destroy + +sql::Statement* Database::CreateStmt() { + sql::Statement* toReturn = con->createStatement(); + return toReturn; +} //CreateStmt + +sql::PreparedStatement* Database::CreatePreppedStmt(const std::string& query) { + const char* test = query.c_str(); + size_t size = query.length(); + sql::SQLString str(test, size); + + if (!con) { + //Connect to the MySQL Database + std::string mysql_host = Game::config->GetValue("mysql_host"); + std::string mysql_database = Game::config->GetValue("mysql_database"); + std::string mysql_username = Game::config->GetValue("mysql_username"); + std::string mysql_password = Game::config->GetValue("mysql_password"); + + Connect(mysql_host, mysql_database, mysql_username, mysql_password); + Game::logger->Log("Database", "Trying to reconnect to MySQL\n"); + } + + if (!con->isValid() || con->isClosed()) + { + delete con; + + con = nullptr; + + //Connect to the MySQL Database + std::string mysql_host = Game::config->GetValue("mysql_host"); + std::string mysql_database = Game::config->GetValue("mysql_database"); + std::string mysql_username = Game::config->GetValue("mysql_username"); + std::string mysql_password = Game::config->GetValue("mysql_password"); + + Connect(mysql_host, mysql_database, mysql_username, mysql_password); + Game::logger->Log("Database", "Trying to reconnect to MySQL from invalid or closed connection\n"); + } + + auto* stmt = con->prepareStatement(str); + + return stmt; +} //CreatePreppedStmt \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dDatabase/Database.h b/dDatabase/Database.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8e4cf5dc --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Database.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +#pragma once + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +class MySqlException : public std::runtime_error { +public: + MySqlException() : std::runtime_error("MySQL error!") {} + MySqlException(const std::string& msg) : std::runtime_error(msg.c_str()) {} +}; + +class Database { +private: + static sql::Driver *driver; + static sql::Connection *con; + +public: + static void Connect(const std::string& host, const std::string& database, const std::string& username, const std::string& password); + static void Destroy(); + static sql::Statement* CreateStmt(); + static sql::PreparedStatement* CreatePreppedStmt(const std::string& query); +}; diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDActivitiesTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDActivitiesTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..daa07b52 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDActivitiesTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +#include "CDActivitiesTable.h" + +//! Constructor +CDActivitiesTable::CDActivitiesTable(void) { + + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM Activities"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Reserve the size + this->entries.reserve(size); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM Activities"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDActivities entry; + entry.ActivityID = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.locStatus = tableData.getIntField(1, -1); + entry.instanceMapID = tableData.getIntField(2, -1); + entry.minTeams = tableData.getIntField(3, -1); + entry.maxTeams = tableData.getIntField(4, -1); + entry.minTeamSize = tableData.getIntField(5, -1); + entry.maxTeamSize = tableData.getIntField(6, -1); + entry.waitTime = tableData.getIntField(7, -1); + entry.startDelay = tableData.getIntField(8, -1); + entry.requiresUniqueData = tableData.getIntField(9, -1); + entry.leaderboardType = tableData.getIntField(10, -1); + entry.localize = tableData.getIntField(11, -1); + entry.optionalCostLOT = tableData.getIntField(12, -1); + entry.optionalCostCount = tableData.getIntField(13, -1); + entry.showUIRewards = tableData.getIntField(14, -1); + entry.CommunityActivityFlagID = tableData.getIntField(15, -1); + entry.gate_version = tableData.getStringField(16, ""); + entry.noTeamLootOnDeath = tableData.getIntField(17, -1); + entry.optionalPercentage = tableData.getFloatField(18, -1.0f); + + this->entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +//! Destructor +CDActivitiesTable::~CDActivitiesTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDActivitiesTable::GetName(void) const { + return "Activities"; +} + +//! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause +std::vector CDActivitiesTable::Query(std::function predicate) { + + std::vector data = cpplinq::from(this->entries) + >> cpplinq::where(predicate) + >> cpplinq::to_vector(); + + return data; +} + +//! Gets all the entries in the table +std::vector CDActivitiesTable::GetEntries(void) const { + return this->entries; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDActivitiesTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDActivitiesTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..51c560cf --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDActivitiesTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDActivitiesTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the Activities table + */ + + //! Activities Entry Struct +struct CDActivities { + unsigned int ActivityID; + unsigned int locStatus; + unsigned int instanceMapID; + unsigned int minTeams; + unsigned int maxTeams; + unsigned int minTeamSize; + unsigned int maxTeamSize; + unsigned int waitTime; + unsigned int startDelay; + bool requiresUniqueData; + unsigned int leaderboardType; + bool localize; + int optionalCostLOT; + int optionalCostCount; + bool showUIRewards; + unsigned int CommunityActivityFlagID; + std::string gate_version; + bool noTeamLootOnDeath; + float optionalPercentage; +}; + + +//! Activities table +class CDActivitiesTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::vector entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDActivitiesTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDActivitiesTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause + /*! + \param predicate The predicate + */ + std::vector Query(std::function predicate); + + //! Gets all the entries in the table + /*! + \return The entries + */ + std::vector GetEntries(void) const; + +}; diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDActivityRewardsTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDActivityRewardsTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03424de3 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDActivityRewardsTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +#include "CDActivityRewardsTable.h" + +//! Constructor +CDActivityRewardsTable::CDActivityRewardsTable(void) { + + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM ActivityRewards"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Reserve the size + this->entries.reserve(size); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM ActivityRewards"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDActivityRewards entry; + entry.objectTemplate = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.ActivityRewardIndex = tableData.getIntField(1, -1); + entry.activityRating = tableData.getIntField(2, -1); + entry.LootMatrixIndex = tableData.getIntField(3, -1); + entry.CurrencyIndex = tableData.getIntField(4, -1); + entry.ChallengeRating = tableData.getIntField(5, -1); + entry.description = tableData.getStringField(6, ""); + + this->entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +//! Destructor +CDActivityRewardsTable::~CDActivityRewardsTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDActivityRewardsTable::GetName(void) const { + return "ActivityRewards"; +} + +//! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause +std::vector CDActivityRewardsTable::Query(std::function predicate) { + + std::vector data = cpplinq::from(this->entries) + >> cpplinq::where(predicate) + >> cpplinq::to_vector(); + + return data; +} + +//! Gets all the entries in the table +std::vector CDActivityRewardsTable::GetEntries(void) const { + return this->entries; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDActivityRewardsTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDActivityRewardsTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fb3a5b09 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDActivityRewardsTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDActivityRewardsTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the ActivityRewards table + */ + +//! ActivityRewards Entry Struct +struct CDActivityRewards { + unsigned int objectTemplate; //!< The object template (?) + unsigned int ActivityRewardIndex; //!< The activity reward index + int activityRating; //!< The activity rating + unsigned int LootMatrixIndex; //!< The loot matrix index + unsigned int CurrencyIndex; //!< The currency index + unsigned int ChallengeRating; //!< The challenge rating + std::string description; //!< The description +}; + + +//! ActivityRewards table +class CDActivityRewardsTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::vector entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDActivityRewardsTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDActivityRewardsTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause + /*! + \param predicate The predicate + */ + std::vector Query(std::function predicate); + + //! Gets all the entries in the table + /*! + \return The entries + */ + std::vector GetEntries(void) const; + +}; diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDAnimationsTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDAnimationsTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7056f710 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDAnimationsTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +#include "CDAnimationsTable.h" + +//! Constructor +CDAnimationsTable::CDAnimationsTable(void) { + + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM Animations"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Reserve the size + this->entries.reserve(size); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM Animations"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDAnimations entry; + entry.animationGroupID = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.animation_type = tableData.getStringField(1, ""); + entry.animation_name = tableData.getStringField(2, ""); + entry.chance_to_play = tableData.getFloatField(3, -1.0f); + entry.min_loops = tableData.getIntField(4, -1); + entry.max_loops = tableData.getIntField(5, -1); + entry.animation_length = tableData.getFloatField(6, -1.0f); + entry.hideEquip = tableData.getIntField(7, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.ignoreUpperBody = tableData.getIntField(8, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.restartable = tableData.getIntField(9, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.face_animation_name = tableData.getStringField(10, ""); + entry.priority = tableData.getFloatField(11, -1.0f); + entry.blendTime = tableData.getFloatField(12, -1.0f); + + this->entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +//! Destructor +CDAnimationsTable::~CDAnimationsTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDAnimationsTable::GetName(void) const { + return "Animations"; +} + +//! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause +std::vector CDAnimationsTable::Query(std::function predicate) { + + std::vector data = cpplinq::from(this->entries) + >> cpplinq::where(predicate) + >> cpplinq::to_vector(); + + return data; +} + +//! Gets all the entries in the table +std::vector CDAnimationsTable::GetEntries(void) const { + return this->entries; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDAnimationsTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDAnimationsTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..61638f74 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDAnimationsTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDAnimationsTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the Animations table + */ + +//! Animations Entry Struct +struct CDAnimations { + unsigned int animationGroupID; //!< The animation group ID + std::string animation_type; //!< The animation type + std::string animation_name; //!< The animation name + float chance_to_play; //!< The chance to play the animation + unsigned int min_loops; //!< The minimum number of loops + unsigned int max_loops; //!< The maximum number of loops + float animation_length; //!< The animation length + bool hideEquip; //!< Whether or not to hide the equip + bool ignoreUpperBody; //!< Whether or not to ignore the upper body + bool restartable; //!< Whether or not the animation is restartable + std::string face_animation_name; //!< The face animation name + float priority; //!< The priority + float blendTime; //!< The blend time +}; + + +//! Animations table +class CDAnimationsTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::vector entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDAnimationsTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDAnimationsTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause + /*! + \param predicate The predicate + */ + std::vector Query(std::function predicate); + + //! Gets all the entries in the table + /*! + \return The entries + */ + std::vector GetEntries(void) const; + +}; diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDBehaviorParameterTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDBehaviorParameterTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b29a8267 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDBehaviorParameterTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +#include "CDBehaviorParameterTable.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" + +//! Constructor +CDBehaviorParameterTable::CDBehaviorParameterTable(void) { +#ifdef CDCLIENT_CACHE_ALL + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM BehaviorParameter"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDBehaviorParameter entry; + entry.behaviorID = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.parameterID = tableData.getStringField(1, ""); + entry.value = tableData.getFloatField(2, -1.0f); + + //Check if we have an entry with this ID: + auto it = m_entries.find(entry.behaviorID); + if (it != m_entries.end()) { + it->second.insert(std::make_pair(entry.parameterID, entry.value)); + } + else { + //Otherwise, insert it: + m_entries.insert(std::make_pair(entry.behaviorID, std::map())); + auto jit = m_entries.find(entry.behaviorID); + + //Add our value as well: + jit->second.insert(std::make_pair(entry.parameterID, entry.value)); + } + + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +#endif +} + +//! Destructor +CDBehaviorParameterTable::~CDBehaviorParameterTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDBehaviorParameterTable::GetName(void) const { + return "BehaviorParameter"; +} + +float CDBehaviorParameterTable::GetEntry(const uint32_t behaviorID, const std::string& name) +{ + size_t hash = 0; + GeneralUtils::hash_combine(hash, behaviorID); + GeneralUtils::hash_combine(hash, name); + + // Search for specific perameter + const auto& it = m_Entries.find(hash); + if (it != m_Entries.end()) { + return it->second; + } + + // Check if this behavior has already been checked + const auto& itChecked = m_Entries.find(behaviorID); + if (itChecked != m_Entries.end()) { + return itChecked->second; + } + +#ifndef CDCLIENT_CACHE_ALL + std::stringstream query; + + query << "SELECT parameterID, value FROM BehaviorParameter WHERE behaviorID = " << std::to_string(behaviorID); + + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.str()); + + m_Entries.insert_or_assign(behaviorID, 0); + + while (!tableData.eof()) { + const std::string parameterID = tableData.getStringField(0, ""); + const float value = tableData.getFloatField(1, 0); + + size_t parameterHash = 0; + GeneralUtils::hash_combine(parameterHash, behaviorID); + GeneralUtils::hash_combine(parameterHash, parameterID); + + m_Entries.insert_or_assign(parameterHash, value); + + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + const auto& it2 = m_Entries.find(hash); + if (it2 != m_Entries.end()) { + return it2->second; + } +#endif + + return 0; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDBehaviorParameterTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDBehaviorParameterTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..00f08e1d --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDBehaviorParameterTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" +#include + +/*! + \file CDBehaviorParameterTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the BehaviorParameter table + */ + +//! BehaviorParameter Entry Struct +struct CDBehaviorParameter { + unsigned int behaviorID; //!< The Behavior ID + std::string parameterID; //!< The Parameter ID + float value; //!< The value of the behavior template +}; + +//! BehaviorParameter table +class CDBehaviorParameterTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::map m_Entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDBehaviorParameterTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDBehaviorParameterTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + float GetEntry(const uint32_t behaviorID, const std::string& name); +}; diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDBehaviorTemplateTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDBehaviorTemplateTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f9830317 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDBehaviorTemplateTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +#include "CDBehaviorTemplateTable.h" + +//! Constructor +CDBehaviorTemplateTable::CDBehaviorTemplateTable(void) { + + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM BehaviorTemplate"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Reserve the size + this->entries.reserve(size); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM BehaviorTemplate"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDBehaviorTemplate entry; + entry.behaviorID = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.templateID = tableData.getIntField(1, -1); + entry.effectID = tableData.getIntField(2, -1); + entry.effectHandle = tableData.getStringField(3, ""); + + this->entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +//! Destructor +CDBehaviorTemplateTable::~CDBehaviorTemplateTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDBehaviorTemplateTable::GetName(void) const { + return "BehaviorTemplate"; +} + +//! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause +std::vector CDBehaviorTemplateTable::Query(std::function predicate) { + + std::vector data = cpplinq::from(this->entries) + >> cpplinq::where(predicate) + >> cpplinq::to_vector(); + + return data; +} + +//! Gets all the entries in the table +std::vector CDBehaviorTemplateTable::GetEntries(void) const { + return this->entries; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDBehaviorTemplateTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDBehaviorTemplateTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a63c2160 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDBehaviorTemplateTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDBehaviorTemplateTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the BehaviorTemplate table + */ + +//! BehaviorTemplate Entry Struct +struct CDBehaviorTemplate { + unsigned int behaviorID; //!< The Behavior ID + unsigned int templateID; //!< The Template ID (LOT) + unsigned int effectID; //!< The Effect ID attached + std::string effectHandle; //!< The effect handle +}; + + +//! BehaviorTemplate table +class CDBehaviorTemplateTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::vector entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDBehaviorTemplateTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDBehaviorTemplateTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause + /*! + \param predicate The predicate + */ + std::vector Query(std::function predicate); + + //! Gets all the entries in the table + /*! + \return The entries + */ + std::vector GetEntries(void) const; + +}; diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDBrickIDTableTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDBrickIDTableTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a3fc860e --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDBrickIDTableTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +#include "CDBrickIDTableTable.h" + +//! Constructor +CDBrickIDTableTable::CDBrickIDTableTable(void) { + + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM BrickIDTable"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Reserve the size + this->entries.reserve(size); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM BrickIDTable"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDBrickIDTable entry; + entry.NDObjectID = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.LEGOBrickID = tableData.getIntField(1, -1); + + this->entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +//! Destructor +CDBrickIDTableTable::~CDBrickIDTableTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDBrickIDTableTable::GetName(void) const { + return "BrickIDTable"; +} + +//! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause +std::vector CDBrickIDTableTable::Query(std::function predicate) { + + std::vector data = cpplinq::from(this->entries) + >> cpplinq::where(predicate) + >> cpplinq::to_vector(); + + return data; +} + +//! Gets all the entries in the table +std::vector CDBrickIDTableTable::GetEntries(void) const { + return this->entries; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDBrickIDTableTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDBrickIDTableTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aefe332c --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDBrickIDTableTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDBrickIDTableTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the BrickIDTable table + */ + + //! BrickIDTable Entry Struct +struct CDBrickIDTable { + unsigned int NDObjectID; + unsigned int LEGOBrickID; +}; + + +//! BrickIDTable table +class CDBrickIDTableTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::vector entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDBrickIDTableTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDBrickIDTableTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause + /*! + \param predicate The predicate + */ + std::vector Query(std::function predicate); + + //! Gets all the entries in the table + /*! + \return The entries + */ + std::vector GetEntries(void) const; + +}; diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDComponentsRegistryTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDComponentsRegistryTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7e746fb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDComponentsRegistryTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +#include "CDComponentsRegistryTable.h" + +#define CDCLIENT_CACHE_ALL + +//! Constructor +CDComponentsRegistryTable::CDComponentsRegistryTable(void) { + +#ifdef CDCLIENT_CACHE_ALL + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM ComponentsRegistry"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Reserve the size + //this->entries.reserve(size); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM ComponentsRegistry"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDComponentsRegistry entry; + entry.id = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.component_type = tableData.getIntField(1, -1); + entry.component_id = tableData.getIntField(2, -1); + + this->mappedEntries.insert_or_assign(((uint64_t) entry.component_type) << 32 | ((uint64_t) entry.id), entry.component_id); + + //this->entries.push_back(entry); + + /* + //Darwin's stuff: + const auto& it = this->mappedEntries.find(entry.id); + if (it != mappedEntries.end()) { + const auto& iter = it->second.find(entry.component_type); + if (iter == it->second.end()) { + it->second.insert(std::make_pair(entry.component_type, entry.component_id)); + } + } + else { + std::map map; + map.insert(std::make_pair(entry.component_type, entry.component_id)); + this->mappedEntries.insert(std::make_pair(entry.id, map)); + } + */ + + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +#endif +} + +//! Destructor +CDComponentsRegistryTable::~CDComponentsRegistryTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDComponentsRegistryTable::GetName(void) const { + return "ComponentsRegistry"; +} + +int32_t CDComponentsRegistryTable::GetByIDAndType(uint32_t id, uint32_t componentType, int32_t defaultValue) +{ + const auto& iter = this->mappedEntries.find(((uint64_t) componentType) << 32 | ((uint64_t) id)); + + if (iter == this->mappedEntries.end()) + { + return defaultValue; + } + + return iter->second; + + /* + const auto& it = this->mappedEntries.find(id); + if (it != mappedEntries.end()) { + const auto& iter = it->second.find(componentType); + if (iter != it->second.end()) { + return iter->second; + } + } + */ + +#ifndef CDCLIENT_CACHE_ALL + // Now get the data + std::stringstream query; + + query << "SELECT * FROM ComponentsRegistry WHERE id = " << std::to_string(id); + + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.str()); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDComponentsRegistry entry; + entry.id = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.component_type = tableData.getIntField(1, -1); + entry.component_id = tableData.getIntField(2, -1); + + //this->entries.push_back(entry); + + //Darwin's stuff: + const auto& it = this->mappedEntries.find(entry.id); + if (it != mappedEntries.end()) { + const auto& iter = it->second.find(entry.component_type); + if (iter == it->second.end()) { + it->second.insert(std::make_pair(entry.component_type, entry.component_id)); + } + } + else { + std::map map; + map.insert(std::make_pair(entry.component_type, entry.component_id)); + this->mappedEntries.insert(std::make_pair(entry.id, map)); + } + + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); + + const auto& it2 = this->mappedEntries.find(id); + if (it2 != mappedEntries.end()) { + const auto& iter = it2->second.find(componentType); + if (iter != it2->second.end()) { + return iter->second; + } + } + + return defaultValue; +#endif +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDComponentsRegistryTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDComponentsRegistryTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4a02bf94 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDComponentsRegistryTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDComponentsRegistryTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the ComponentsRegistry table + */ + +//! ComponentsRegistry Entry Struct +struct CDComponentsRegistry { + unsigned int id; //!< The LOT is used as the ID + unsigned int component_type; //!< See ComponentTypes enum for values + unsigned int component_id; //!< The ID used within the component's table (0 may either mean it's non-networked, or that the ID is actually 0 +}; + + +//! ComponentsRegistry table +class CDComponentsRegistryTable : public CDTable { +private: + //std::vector entries; + std::map mappedEntries; //id, component_type, component_id + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDComponentsRegistryTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDComponentsRegistryTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + int32_t GetByIDAndType(uint32_t id, uint32_t componentType, int32_t defaultValue = 0); +}; diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDCurrencyTableTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDCurrencyTableTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cfe26e73 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDCurrencyTableTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +#include "CDCurrencyTableTable.h" + +//! Constructor +CDCurrencyTableTable::CDCurrencyTableTable(void) { + + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM CurrencyTable"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Reserve the size + this->entries.reserve(size); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM CurrencyTable"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDCurrencyTable entry; + entry.currencyIndex = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.npcminlevel = tableData.getIntField(1, -1); + entry.minvalue = tableData.getIntField(2, -1); + entry.maxvalue = tableData.getIntField(3, -1); + entry.id = tableData.getIntField(4, -1); + + this->entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +//! Destructor +CDCurrencyTableTable::~CDCurrencyTableTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDCurrencyTableTable::GetName(void) const { + return "CurrencyTable"; +} + +//! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause +std::vector CDCurrencyTableTable::Query(std::function predicate) { + + std::vector data = cpplinq::from(this->entries) + >> cpplinq::where(predicate) + >> cpplinq::to_vector(); + + return data; +} + +//! Gets all the entries in the table +std::vector CDCurrencyTableTable::GetEntries(void) const { + return this->entries; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDCurrencyTableTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDCurrencyTableTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b980a18a --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDCurrencyTableTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDCurrencyTableTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the CurrencyTable table + */ + +//! CurrencyTable Struct +struct CDCurrencyTable { + unsigned int currencyIndex; //!< The Currency Index + unsigned int npcminlevel; //!< The minimum level of the npc + unsigned int minvalue; //!< The minimum currency + unsigned int maxvalue; //!< The maximum currency + unsigned int id; //!< The ID of the currency index +}; + +//! CurrencyTable table +class CDCurrencyTableTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::vector entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDCurrencyTableTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDCurrencyTableTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause + /*! + \param predicate The predicate + */ + std::vector Query(std::function predicate); + + //! Gets all the entries in the table + /*! + \return The entries + */ + std::vector GetEntries(void) const; + +}; diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDDestructibleComponentTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDDestructibleComponentTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6eb64e7f --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDDestructibleComponentTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +#include "CDDestructibleComponentTable.h" + +//! Constructor +CDDestructibleComponentTable::CDDestructibleComponentTable(void) { + + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM DestructibleComponent"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Reserve the size + this->entries.reserve(size); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM DestructibleComponent"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDDestructibleComponent entry; + entry.id = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.faction = tableData.getIntField(1, -1); + entry.factionList = tableData.getStringField(2, ""); + entry.life = tableData.getIntField(3, -1); + entry.imagination = tableData.getIntField(4, -1); + entry.LootMatrixIndex = tableData.getIntField(5, -1); + entry.CurrencyIndex = tableData.getIntField(6, -1); + entry.level = tableData.getIntField(7, -1); + entry.armor = tableData.getFloatField(8, -1.0f); + entry.death_behavior = tableData.getIntField(9, -1); + entry.isnpc = tableData.getIntField(10, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.attack_priority = tableData.getIntField(11, -1); + entry.isSmashable = tableData.getIntField(12, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.difficultyLevel = tableData.getIntField(13, -1); + + this->entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +//! Destructor +CDDestructibleComponentTable::~CDDestructibleComponentTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDDestructibleComponentTable::GetName(void) const { + return "DestructibleComponent"; +} + +//! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause +std::vector CDDestructibleComponentTable::Query(std::function predicate) { + + std::vector data = cpplinq::from(this->entries) + >> cpplinq::where(predicate) + >> cpplinq::to_vector(); + + return data; +} + +//! Gets all the entries in the table +std::vector CDDestructibleComponentTable::GetEntries(void) const { + return this->entries; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDDestructibleComponentTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDDestructibleComponentTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9768b6df --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDDestructibleComponentTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDDestructibleComponentTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the DestructibleComponent table + */ + +//! ItemComponent Struct +struct CDDestructibleComponent { + unsigned int id; //!< The component ID from the ComponentsRegistry Table + int faction; //!< The Faction ID of the object + std::string factionList; //!< A list of the faction IDs + int life; //!< The amount of life of the object + unsigned int imagination; //!< The amount of imagination of the object + int LootMatrixIndex; //!< The Loot Matrix Index + int CurrencyIndex; //!< The Currency Index + unsigned int level; //!< ??? + float armor; //!< The amount of armor of the object + unsigned int death_behavior; //!< The behavior ID of the death behavior + bool isnpc; //!< Whether or not the object is an NPC + unsigned int attack_priority; //!< ??? + bool isSmashable; //!< Whether or not the object is smashable + int difficultyLevel; //!< ??? +}; + +//! ItemComponent table +class CDDestructibleComponentTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::vector entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDDestructibleComponentTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDDestructibleComponentTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause + /*! + \param predicate The predicate + */ + std::vector Query(std::function predicate); + + //! Gets all the entries in the table + /*! + \return The entries + */ + std::vector GetEntries(void) const; + +}; diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDEmoteTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDEmoteTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..63e985ee --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDEmoteTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +#include "CDEmoteTable.h" + +//! Constructor +CDEmoteTableTable::CDEmoteTableTable(void) { + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM Emotes"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDEmoteTable* entry = new CDEmoteTable(); + entry->ID = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry->animationName = tableData.getStringField(1, ""); + entry->iconFilename = tableData.getStringField(2, ""); + entry->channel = tableData.getIntField(3, -1); + entry->locked = tableData.getIntField(5, -1) != 0; + entry->localize = tableData.getIntField(6, -1) != 0; + entry->locState = tableData.getIntField(7, -1); + entry->gateVersion = tableData.getIntField(8, -1); + + entries.insert(std::make_pair(entry->ID, entry)); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +//! Destructor +CDEmoteTableTable::~CDEmoteTableTable(void) { + for (auto e : entries) { + if (e.second) delete e.second; + } + + entries.clear(); +} + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDEmoteTableTable::GetName(void) const { + return "Emotes"; +} + +CDEmoteTable * CDEmoteTableTable::GetEmote(int id) { + for (auto e : entries) { + if (e.first == id) return e.second; + } + + return nullptr; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDEmoteTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDEmoteTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9fd19991 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDEmoteTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" +#include + +/*! + \file CDEmoteTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the CDEmoteTable table + */ + +//! CDEmoteEntry Struct +struct CDEmoteTable { + CDEmoteTable() { + ID = -1; + animationName = ""; + iconFilename = ""; + locState = -1; + channel = -1; + locked = false; + localize = false; + gateVersion = -1; + } + + int ID; + std::string animationName; + std::string iconFilename; + int locState; + int channel; + bool locked; + bool localize; + int gateVersion; +}; + +//! CDEmoteTable table +class CDEmoteTableTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::map entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDEmoteTableTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDEmoteTableTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Returns an emote by ID + CDEmoteTable* GetEmote(int id); +}; diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDFeatureGatingTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDFeatureGatingTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6a370e8b --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDFeatureGatingTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +#include "CDFeatureGatingTable.h" + +//! Constructor +CDFeatureGatingTable::CDFeatureGatingTable(void) { + + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM FeatureGating"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Reserve the size + this->entries.reserve(size); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM FeatureGating"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDFeatureGating entry; + entry.featureName = tableData.getStringField(0, ""); + entry.major = tableData.getIntField(1, -1); + entry.current = tableData.getIntField(2, -1); + entry.minor = tableData.getIntField(3, -1); + entry.description = tableData.getStringField(4, ""); + + this->entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +//! Destructor +CDFeatureGatingTable::~CDFeatureGatingTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDFeatureGatingTable::GetName(void) const { + return "FeatureGating"; +} + +//! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause +std::vector CDFeatureGatingTable::Query(std::function predicate) { + + std::vector data = cpplinq::from(this->entries) + >> cpplinq::where(predicate) + >> cpplinq::to_vector(); + + return data; +} + +bool CDFeatureGatingTable::FeatureUnlocked(const std::string& feature) const +{ + for (const auto& entry : entries) + { + if (entry.featureName == feature) + { + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +//! Gets all the entries in the table +std::vector CDFeatureGatingTable::GetEntries(void) const { + return this->entries; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDFeatureGatingTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDFeatureGatingTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11c25e67 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDFeatureGatingTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDFeatureGatingTable.hpp + */ + +//! ItemComponent Struct +struct CDFeatureGating { + std::string featureName; + int32_t major; + int32_t current; + int32_t minor; + std::string description; +}; + +//! ItemComponent table +class CDFeatureGatingTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::vector entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDFeatureGatingTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDFeatureGatingTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause + /*! + \param predicate The predicate + */ + std::vector Query(std::function predicate); + + bool FeatureUnlocked(const std::string& feature) const; + + //! Gets all the entries in the table + /*! + \return The entries + */ + std::vector GetEntries(void) const; + +}; diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDInventoryComponentTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDInventoryComponentTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b0849a45 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDInventoryComponentTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +#include "CDInventoryComponentTable.h" + +//! Constructor +CDInventoryComponentTable::CDInventoryComponentTable(void) { + + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM InventoryComponent"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Reserve the size + this->entries.reserve(size); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM InventoryComponent"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDInventoryComponent entry; + entry.id = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.itemid = tableData.getIntField(1, -1); + entry.count = tableData.getIntField(2, -1); + entry.equip = tableData.getIntField(3, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + + this->entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +//! Destructor +CDInventoryComponentTable::~CDInventoryComponentTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDInventoryComponentTable::GetName(void) const { + return "InventoryComponent"; +} + +//! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause +std::vector CDInventoryComponentTable::Query(std::function predicate) { + + std::vector data = cpplinq::from(this->entries) + >> cpplinq::where(predicate) + >> cpplinq::to_vector(); + + return data; +} + +//! Gets all the entries in the table +std::vector CDInventoryComponentTable::GetEntries(void) const { + return this->entries; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDInventoryComponentTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDInventoryComponentTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3bce41f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDInventoryComponentTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDInventoryComponentTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the InventoryComponent table + */ + +//! ItemComponent Struct +struct CDInventoryComponent { + unsigned int id; //!< The component ID for this object + unsigned int itemid; //!< The LOT of the object + unsigned int count; //!< The count of the items the object has + bool equip; //!< Whether or not to equip the item +}; + +//! ItemComponent table +class CDInventoryComponentTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::vector entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDInventoryComponentTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDInventoryComponentTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause + /*! + \param predicate The predicate + */ + std::vector Query(std::function predicate); + + //! Gets all the entries in the table + /*! + \return The entries + */ + std::vector GetEntries(void) const; + +}; diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDItemComponentTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDItemComponentTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..149b2ce8 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDItemComponentTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +#include "CDItemComponentTable.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" + +CDItemComponent CDItemComponentTable::Default = {}; + +//! Constructor +CDItemComponentTable::CDItemComponentTable(void) { + Default = CDItemComponent(); + +#ifdef CDCLIENT_CACHE_ALL + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM ItemComponent"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM ItemComponent"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDItemComponent entry; + entry.id = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.equipLocation = tableData.getStringField(1, ""); + entry.baseValue = tableData.getIntField(2, -1); + entry.isKitPiece = tableData.getIntField(3, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.rarity = tableData.getIntField(4, 0); + entry.itemType = tableData.getIntField(5, -1); + entry.itemInfo = tableData.getInt64Field(6, -1); + entry.inLootTable = tableData.getIntField(7, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.inVendor = tableData.getIntField(8, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.isUnique = tableData.getIntField(9, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.isBOP = tableData.getIntField(10, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.isBOE = tableData.getIntField(11, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.reqFlagID = tableData.getIntField(12, -1); + entry.reqSpecialtyID = tableData.getIntField(13, -1); + entry.reqSpecRank = tableData.getIntField(14, -1); + entry.reqAchievementID = tableData.getIntField(15, -1); + entry.stackSize = tableData.getIntField(16, -1); + entry.color1 = tableData.getIntField(17, -1); + entry.decal = tableData.getIntField(18, -1); + entry.offsetGroupID = tableData.getIntField(19, -1); + entry.buildTypes = tableData.getIntField(20, -1); + entry.reqPrecondition = tableData.getStringField(21, ""); + entry.animationFlag = tableData.getIntField(22, -1); + entry.equipEffects = tableData.getIntField(23, -1); + entry.readyForQA = tableData.getIntField(24, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.itemRating = tableData.getIntField(25, -1); + entry.isTwoHanded = tableData.getIntField(26, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.minNumRequired = tableData.getIntField(27, -1); + entry.delResIndex = tableData.getIntField(28, -1); + entry.currencyLOT = tableData.getIntField(29, -1); + entry.altCurrencyCost = tableData.getIntField(30, -1); + entry.subItems = tableData.getStringField(31, ""); + entry.audioEventUse = tableData.getStringField(32, ""); + entry.noEquipAnimation = tableData.getIntField(33, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.commendationLOT = tableData.getIntField(34, -1); + entry.commendationCost = tableData.getIntField(35, -1); + entry.audioEquipMetaEventSet = tableData.getStringField(36, ""); + entry.currencyCosts = tableData.getStringField(37, ""); + entry.ingredientInfo = tableData.getStringField(38, ""); + entry.locStatus = tableData.getIntField(39, -1); + entry.forgeType = tableData.getIntField(40, -1); + entry.SellMultiplier = tableData.getFloatField(41, -1.0f); + + this->entries.insert(std::make_pair(entry.id, entry)); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +#endif +} + +//! Destructor +CDItemComponentTable::~CDItemComponentTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDItemComponentTable::GetName(void) const { + return "ItemComponent"; +} + +const CDItemComponent & CDItemComponentTable::GetItemComponentByID(unsigned int skillID) { + const auto& it = this->entries.find(skillID); + if (it != this->entries.end()) { + return it->second; + } + +#ifndef CDCLIENT_CACHE_ALL + std::stringstream query; + + query << "SELECT * FROM ItemComponent WHERE id = " << std::to_string(skillID); + + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.str()); + if (tableData.eof()) { + entries.insert(std::make_pair(skillID, Default)); + return Default; + } + + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDItemComponent entry; + entry.id = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.equipLocation = tableData.getStringField(1, ""); + entry.baseValue = tableData.getIntField(2, -1); + entry.isKitPiece = tableData.getIntField(3, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.rarity = tableData.getIntField(4, 0); + entry.itemType = tableData.getIntField(5, -1); + entry.itemInfo = tableData.getInt64Field(6, -1); + entry.inLootTable = tableData.getIntField(7, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.inVendor = tableData.getIntField(8, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.isUnique = tableData.getIntField(9, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.isBOP = tableData.getIntField(10, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.isBOE = tableData.getIntField(11, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.reqFlagID = tableData.getIntField(12, -1); + entry.reqSpecialtyID = tableData.getIntField(13, -1); + entry.reqSpecRank = tableData.getIntField(14, -1); + entry.reqAchievementID = tableData.getIntField(15, -1); + entry.stackSize = tableData.getIntField(16, -1); + entry.color1 = tableData.getIntField(17, -1); + entry.decal = tableData.getIntField(18, -1); + entry.offsetGroupID = tableData.getIntField(19, -1); + entry.buildTypes = tableData.getIntField(20, -1); + entry.reqPrecondition = tableData.getStringField(21, ""); + entry.animationFlag = tableData.getIntField(22, -1); + entry.equipEffects = tableData.getIntField(23, -1); + entry.readyForQA = tableData.getIntField(24, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.itemRating = tableData.getIntField(25, -1); + entry.isTwoHanded = tableData.getIntField(26, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.minNumRequired = tableData.getIntField(27, -1); + entry.delResIndex = tableData.getIntField(28, -1); + entry.currencyLOT = tableData.getIntField(29, -1); + entry.altCurrencyCost = tableData.getIntField(30, -1); + entry.subItems = tableData.getStringField(31, ""); + UNUSED(entry.audioEventUse = tableData.getStringField(32, "")); + entry.noEquipAnimation = tableData.getIntField(33, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.commendationLOT = tableData.getIntField(34, -1); + entry.commendationCost = tableData.getIntField(35, -1); + UNUSED(entry.audioEquipMetaEventSet = tableData.getStringField(36, "")); + entry.currencyCosts = tableData.getStringField(37, ""); + UNUSED(entry.ingredientInfo = tableData.getStringField(38, "")); + entry.locStatus = tableData.getIntField(39, -1); + entry.forgeType = tableData.getIntField(40, -1); + entry.SellMultiplier = tableData.getFloatField(41, -1.0f); + + this->entries.insert(std::make_pair(entry.id, entry)); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + const auto& it2 = this->entries.find(skillID); + if (it2 != this->entries.end()) { + return it2->second; + } +#endif + + return Default; +} + +std::map CDItemComponentTable::ParseCraftingCurrencies(const CDItemComponent& itemComponent) { + std::map currencies = {}; + + if (!itemComponent.currencyCosts.empty()) { + auto currencySplit = GeneralUtils::SplitString(itemComponent.currencyCosts, ','); + for (const auto& currencyAmount : currencySplit) { + auto amountSplit = GeneralUtils::SplitString(currencyAmount, ':'); + + // Checking for 2 here, not sure what to do when there's more stuff than expected + if (amountSplit.size() == 2) { + currencies.insert({ + std::stol(amountSplit[0]), + std::stoi(amountSplit[1]) + }); + } + } + } + + return currencies; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDItemComponentTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDItemComponentTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..83b66f91 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDItemComponentTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" +#include "dCommonVars.h" + +/*! + \file CDItemComponentTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the ItemComponent table + */ + +//! ItemComponent Struct +struct CDItemComponent { + unsigned int id; //!< The Component ID + std::string equipLocation; //!< The equip location + unsigned int baseValue; //!< The monetary base value of the item + bool isKitPiece; //!< Whether or not the item belongs to a kit + unsigned int rarity; //!< The rarity of the item + unsigned int itemType; //!< The item type + int64_t itemInfo; //!< The item info + bool inLootTable; //!< Whether or not the item is in a loot table + bool inVendor; //!< Whether or not the item is in a vendor inventory + bool isUnique; //!< ??? + bool isBOP; //!< ??? + bool isBOE; //!< ??? + unsigned int reqFlagID; //!< User must have completed this flag to get the item + unsigned int reqSpecialtyID; //!< ??? + unsigned int reqSpecRank; //!< ??? + unsigned int reqAchievementID; //!< The required achievement must be completed + unsigned int stackSize; //!< The stack size of the item + unsigned int color1; //!< Something to do with item color... + unsigned int decal; //!< The decal of the item + unsigned int offsetGroupID; //!< Something to do with group IDs + unsigned int buildTypes; //!< Something to do with building + std::string reqPrecondition; //!< The required precondition + unsigned int animationFlag; //!< The Animation Flag + unsigned int equipEffects; //!< The effect played when the item is equipped + bool readyForQA; //!< ??? + unsigned int itemRating; //!< ??? + bool isTwoHanded; //!< Whether or not the item is double handed + unsigned int minNumRequired; //!< Maybe the minimum number required for a mission, or to own this object? + unsigned int delResIndex; //!< ??? + unsigned int currencyLOT; //!< ??? + unsigned int altCurrencyCost; //!< ??? + std::string subItems; //!< A comma seperate string of sub items (maybe for multi-itemed things like faction test gear set) + UNUSED(std::string audioEventUse); //!< ??? + bool noEquipAnimation; //!< Whether or not there is an equip animation + unsigned int commendationLOT; //!< The commendation LOT + unsigned int commendationCost; //!< The commendation cost + UNUSED(std::string audioEquipMetaEventSet); //!< ??? + std::string currencyCosts; //!< Used for crafting + UNUSED(std::string ingredientInfo); //!< Unused + unsigned int locStatus; //!< ??? + unsigned int forgeType; //!< Forge Type + float SellMultiplier; //!< Something to do with early vendors perhaps (but replaced) +}; + +//! ItemComponent table +class CDItemComponentTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::map entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDItemComponentTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDItemComponentTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + static std::map ParseCraftingCurrencies(const CDItemComponent& itemComponent); + + //! Gets an entry by ID + const CDItemComponent& GetItemComponentByID(unsigned int skillID); + + static CDItemComponent Default; +}; diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDItemSetSkillsTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDItemSetSkillsTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b20fd1cb --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDItemSetSkillsTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +#include "CDItemSetSkillsTable.h" + +//! Constructor +CDItemSetSkillsTable::CDItemSetSkillsTable(void) { + + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM ItemSetSkills"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Reserve the size + this->entries.reserve(size); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM ItemSetSkills"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDItemSetSkills entry; + entry.SkillSetID = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.SkillID = tableData.getIntField(1, -1); + entry.SkillCastType = tableData.getIntField(2, -1); + + this->entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +//! Destructor +CDItemSetSkillsTable::~CDItemSetSkillsTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDItemSetSkillsTable::GetName(void) const { + return "ItemSetSkills"; +} + +//! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause +std::vector CDItemSetSkillsTable::Query(std::function predicate) { + + std::vector data = cpplinq::from(this->entries) + >> cpplinq::where(predicate) + >> cpplinq::to_vector(); + + return data; +} + +//! Gets all the entries in the table +std::vector CDItemSetSkillsTable::GetEntries(void) const { + return this->entries; +} + +std::vector CDItemSetSkillsTable::GetBySkillID(unsigned int SkillSetID) +{ + std::vector toReturn; + + for (CDItemSetSkills entry : this->entries) { + if (entry.SkillSetID == SkillSetID) toReturn.push_back(entry); + if (entry.SkillSetID > SkillSetID) return toReturn; //stop seeking in the db if it's not needed. + } + + return toReturn; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDItemSetSkillsTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDItemSetSkillsTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..78ce83ab --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDItemSetSkillsTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDItemSetSkillsTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the ItemSetSkills table + */ + +//! ZoneTable Struct +struct CDItemSetSkills { + unsigned int SkillSetID; //!< The skill set ID + unsigned int SkillID; //!< The skill ID + unsigned int SkillCastType; //!< The skill cast type +}; + +//! ItemSets table +class CDItemSetSkillsTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::vector entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDItemSetSkillsTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDItemSetSkillsTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause + /*! + \param predicate The predicate + */ + std::vector Query(std::function predicate); + + //! Gets all the entries in the table + /*! + \return The entries + */ + std::vector GetEntries(void) const; + + std::vector GetBySkillID(unsigned int SkillSetID); + +}; + diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDItemSetsTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDItemSetsTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ad78ee3b --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDItemSetsTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +#include "CDItemSetsTable.h" + +//! Constructor +CDItemSetsTable::CDItemSetsTable(void) { + + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM ItemSets"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Reserve the size + this->entries.reserve(size); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM ItemSets"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDItemSets entry; + entry.setID = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.locStatus = tableData.getIntField(1, -1); + entry.itemIDs = tableData.getStringField(2, ""); + entry.kitType = tableData.getIntField(3, -1); + entry.kitRank = tableData.getIntField(4, -1); + entry.kitImage = tableData.getIntField(5, -1); + entry.skillSetWith2 = tableData.getIntField(6, -1); + entry.skillSetWith3 = tableData.getIntField(7, -1); + entry.skillSetWith4 = tableData.getIntField(8, -1); + entry.skillSetWith5 = tableData.getIntField(9, -1); + entry.skillSetWith6 = tableData.getIntField(10, -1); + entry.localize = tableData.getIntField(11, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.gate_version = tableData.getStringField(12, ""); + entry.kitID = tableData.getIntField(13, -1); + entry.priority = tableData.getFloatField(14, -1.0f); + + this->entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +//! Destructor +CDItemSetsTable::~CDItemSetsTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDItemSetsTable::GetName(void) const { + return "ItemSets"; +} + +//! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause +std::vector CDItemSetsTable::Query(std::function predicate) { + + std::vector data = cpplinq::from(this->entries) + >> cpplinq::where(predicate) + >> cpplinq::to_vector(); + + return data; +} + +//! Gets all the entries in the table +std::vector CDItemSetsTable::GetEntries(void) const { + return this->entries; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDItemSetsTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDItemSetsTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9e8b85e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDItemSetsTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDItemSetsTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the ItemSets table + */ + +//! ZoneTable Struct +struct CDItemSets { + unsigned int setID; //!< The item set ID + unsigned int locStatus; //!< The loc status + std::string itemIDs; //!< THe item IDs + unsigned int kitType; //!< The item kit type + unsigned int kitRank; //!< The item kit rank + unsigned int kitImage; //!< The item kit image + unsigned int skillSetWith2; //!< The skill set with 2 + unsigned int skillSetWith3; //!< The skill set with 3 + unsigned int skillSetWith4; //!< The skill set with 4 + unsigned int skillSetWith5; //!< The skill set with 5 + unsigned int skillSetWith6; //!< The skill set with 6 + bool localize; //!< Whether or localize + std::string gate_version; //!< The gate version + unsigned int kitID; //!< The kit ID + float priority; //!< The priority +}; + +//! ItemSets table +class CDItemSetsTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::vector entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDItemSetsTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDItemSetsTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause + /*! + \param predicate The predicate + */ + std::vector Query(std::function predicate); + + //! Gets all the entries in the table + /*! + \return The entries + */ + std::vector GetEntries(void) const; + +}; + diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDLevelProgressionLookupTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDLevelProgressionLookupTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0070e787 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDLevelProgressionLookupTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +#include "CDLevelProgressionLookupTable.h" + +//! Constructor +CDLevelProgressionLookupTable::CDLevelProgressionLookupTable(void) { + + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM LevelProgressionLookup"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Reserve the size + this->entries.reserve(size); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM LevelProgressionLookup"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDLevelProgressionLookup entry; + entry.id = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.requiredUScore = tableData.getIntField(1, -1); + entry.BehaviorEffect = tableData.getStringField(2, ""); + + this->entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +//! Destructor +CDLevelProgressionLookupTable::~CDLevelProgressionLookupTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDLevelProgressionLookupTable::GetName(void) const { + return "LevelProgressionLookup"; +} + +//! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause +std::vector CDLevelProgressionLookupTable::Query(std::function predicate) { + + std::vector data = cpplinq::from(this->entries) + >> cpplinq::where(predicate) + >> cpplinq::to_vector(); + + return data; +} + +//! Gets all the entries in the table +std::vector CDLevelProgressionLookupTable::GetEntries(void) const { + return this->entries; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDLevelProgressionLookupTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDLevelProgressionLookupTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4174cdff --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDLevelProgressionLookupTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDLevelProgressionLookupTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the LevelProgressionLookup table + */ + +//! LevelProgressionLookup Entry Struct +struct CDLevelProgressionLookup { + unsigned int id; //!< The Level ID + unsigned int requiredUScore; //!< The required LEGO Score + std::string BehaviorEffect; //!< The behavior effect attached to this +}; + +//! LevelProgressionLookup table +class CDLevelProgressionLookupTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::vector entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDLevelProgressionLookupTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDLevelProgressionLookupTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause + /*! + \param predicate The predicate + */ + std::vector Query(std::function predicate); + + //! Gets all the entries in the table + /*! + \return The entries + */ + std::vector GetEntries(void) const; + +}; diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDLootMatrixTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDLootMatrixTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6d5a232d --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDLootMatrixTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +#include "CDLootMatrixTable.h" + +//! Constructor +CDLootMatrixTable::CDLootMatrixTable(void) { + + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM LootMatrix"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Reserve the size + this->entries.reserve(size); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM LootMatrix"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDLootMatrix entry; + entry.LootMatrixIndex = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.LootTableIndex = tableData.getIntField(1, -1); + entry.RarityTableIndex = tableData.getIntField(2, -1); + entry.percent = tableData.getFloatField(3, -1.0f); + entry.minToDrop = tableData.getIntField(4, -1); + entry.maxToDrop = tableData.getIntField(5, -1); + entry.id = tableData.getIntField(6, -1); + entry.flagID = tableData.getIntField(7, -1); + UNUSED(entry.gate_version = tableData.getStringField(8, "")); + + this->entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +//! Destructor +CDLootMatrixTable::~CDLootMatrixTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDLootMatrixTable::GetName(void) const { + return "LootMatrix"; +} + +//! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause +std::vector CDLootMatrixTable::Query(std::function predicate) { + + std::vector data = cpplinq::from(this->entries) + >> cpplinq::where(predicate) + >> cpplinq::to_vector(); + + return data; +} + +//! Gets all the entries in the table +std::vector CDLootMatrixTable::GetEntries(void) const { + return this->entries; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDLootMatrixTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDLootMatrixTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dc9410e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDLootMatrixTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDLootMatrixTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the ObjectSkills table + */ + +//! LootMatrix Struct +struct CDLootMatrix { + unsigned int LootMatrixIndex; //!< The Loot Matrix Index + unsigned int LootTableIndex; //!< The Loot Table Index + unsigned int RarityTableIndex; //!< The Rarity Table Index + float percent; //!< The percent that this matrix is used? + unsigned int minToDrop; //!< The minimum amount of loot from this matrix to drop + unsigned int maxToDrop; //!< The maximum amount of loot from this matrix to drop + unsigned int id; //!< The ID of the Loot Matrix + unsigned int flagID; //!< ??? + UNUSED(std::string gate_version); //!< The Gate Version +}; + +//! MissionNPCComponent table +class CDLootMatrixTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::vector entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDLootMatrixTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDLootMatrixTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause + /*! + \param predicate The predicate + */ + std::vector Query(std::function predicate); + + //! Gets all the entries in the table + /*! + \return The entries + */ + std::vector GetEntries(void) const; + +}; + diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDLootTableTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDLootTableTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8f05fb80 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDLootTableTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +#include "CDLootTableTable.h" + +//! Constructor +CDLootTableTable::CDLootTableTable(void) { + + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM LootTable"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Reserve the size + this->entries.reserve(size); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM LootTable"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDLootTable entry; + entry.id = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.itemid = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.LootTableIndex = tableData.getIntField(1, -1); + entry.id = tableData.getIntField(2, -1); + entry.MissionDrop = tableData.getIntField(3, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.sortPriority = tableData.getIntField(4, -1); + + this->entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +//! Destructor +CDLootTableTable::~CDLootTableTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDLootTableTable::GetName(void) const { + return "LootTable"; +} + +//! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause +std::vector CDLootTableTable::Query(std::function predicate) { + + std::vector data = cpplinq::from(this->entries) + >> cpplinq::where(predicate) + >> cpplinq::to_vector(); + + return data; +} + +//! Gets all the entries in the table +std::vector CDLootTableTable::GetEntries(void) const { + return this->entries; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDLootTableTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDLootTableTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c210073c --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDLootTableTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDLootTableTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the LootTable table + */ + +//! LootTable Struct +struct CDLootTable { + unsigned int itemid; //!< The LOT of the item + unsigned int LootTableIndex; //!< The Loot Table Index + unsigned int id; //!< The ID + bool MissionDrop; //!< Whether or not this loot table is a mission drop + unsigned int sortPriority; //!< The sorting priority +}; + +//! LootTable table +class CDLootTableTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::vector entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDLootTableTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDLootTableTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause + /*! + \param predicate The predicate + */ + std::vector Query(std::function predicate); + + //! Gets all the entries in the table + /*! + \return The entries + */ + std::vector GetEntries(void) const; + +}; + diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDMissionEmailTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDMissionEmailTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2c5fc56a --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDMissionEmailTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +#include "CDMissionEmailTable.h" + +//! Constructor +CDMissionEmailTable::CDMissionEmailTable(void) { + + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM MissionEmail"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Reserve the size + this->entries.reserve(size); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM MissionEmail"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDMissionEmail entry; + entry.ID = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.messageType = tableData.getIntField(1, -1); + entry.notificationGroup = tableData.getIntField(2, -1); + entry.missionID = tableData.getIntField(3, -1); + entry.attachmentLOT = tableData.getIntField(4, 0); + entry.localize = (bool)tableData.getIntField(5, -1); + entry.locStatus = tableData.getIntField(6, -1); + entry.gate_version = tableData.getStringField(7, ""); + + this->entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +//! Destructor +CDMissionEmailTable::~CDMissionEmailTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDMissionEmailTable::GetName(void) const { + return "MissionEmail"; +} + +//! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause +std::vector CDMissionEmailTable::Query(std::function predicate) { + + std::vector data = cpplinq::from(this->entries) + >> cpplinq::where(predicate) + >> cpplinq::to_vector(); + + return data; +} + +//! Gets all the entries in the table +std::vector CDMissionEmailTable::GetEntries(void) const { + return this->entries; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDMissionEmailTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDMissionEmailTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cd0a1285 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDMissionEmailTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDMissionEmailTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the MissionEmail table + */ + + //! MissionEmail Entry Struct +struct CDMissionEmail { + unsigned int ID; + unsigned int messageType; + unsigned int notificationGroup; + unsigned int missionID; + unsigned int attachmentLOT; + bool localize; + unsigned int locStatus; + std::string gate_version; +}; + + +//! MissionEmail table +class CDMissionEmailTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::vector entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDMissionEmailTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDMissionEmailTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause + /*! + \param predicate The predicate + */ + std::vector Query(std::function predicate); + + //! Gets all the entries in the table + /*! + \return The entries + */ + std::vector GetEntries(void) const; + +}; diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDMissionNPCComponentTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDMissionNPCComponentTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9014585b --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDMissionNPCComponentTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +#include "CDMissionNPCComponentTable.h" + +//! Constructor +CDMissionNPCComponentTable::CDMissionNPCComponentTable(void) { + + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM MissionNPCComponent"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Reserve the size + this->entries.reserve(size); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM MissionNPCComponent"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDMissionNPCComponent entry; + entry.id = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.missionID = tableData.getIntField(1, -1); + entry.offersMission = tableData.getIntField(2, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.acceptsMission = tableData.getIntField(3, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.gate_version = tableData.getStringField(4, ""); + + this->entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +//! Destructor +CDMissionNPCComponentTable::~CDMissionNPCComponentTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDMissionNPCComponentTable::GetName(void) const { + return "MissionNPCComponent"; +} + +//! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause +std::vector CDMissionNPCComponentTable::Query(std::function predicate) { + + std::vector data = cpplinq::from(this->entries) + >> cpplinq::where(predicate) + >> cpplinq::to_vector(); + + return data; +} + +//! Gets all the entries in the table +std::vector CDMissionNPCComponentTable::GetEntries(void) const { + return this->entries; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDMissionNPCComponentTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDMissionNPCComponentTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a31ba170 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDMissionNPCComponentTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDMissionNPCComponentTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the ObjectSkills table + */ + +//! MissionNPCComponent Struct +struct CDMissionNPCComponent { + unsigned int id; //!< The ID + unsigned int missionID; //!< The Mission ID + bool offersMission; //!< Whether or not this NPC offers a mission + bool acceptsMission; //!< Whether or not this NPC accepts a mission + std::string gate_version; //!< The gate version +}; + +//! MissionNPCComponent table +class CDMissionNPCComponentTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::vector entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDMissionNPCComponentTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDMissionNPCComponentTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause + /*! + \param predicate The predicate + */ + std::vector Query(std::function predicate); + + //! Gets all the entries in the table + /*! + \return The entries + */ + std::vector GetEntries(void) const; + +}; + diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDMissionTasksTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDMissionTasksTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e79e6d02 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDMissionTasksTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +#include "CDMissionTasksTable.h" + +//! Constructor +CDMissionTasksTable::CDMissionTasksTable(void) { + + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM MissionTasks"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Reserve the size + this->entries.reserve(size); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM MissionTasks"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDMissionTasks entry; + entry.id = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + UNUSED(entry.locStatus = tableData.getIntField(1, -1)); + entry.taskType = tableData.getIntField(2, -1); + entry.target = tableData.getIntField(3, -1); + entry.targetGroup = tableData.getStringField(4, ""); + entry.targetValue = tableData.getIntField(5, -1); + entry.taskParam1 = tableData.getStringField(6, ""); + UNUSED(entry.largeTaskIcon = tableData.getStringField(7, "")); + UNUSED(entry.IconID = tableData.getIntField(8, -1)); + entry.uid = tableData.getIntField(9, -1); + UNUSED(entry.largeTaskIconID = tableData.getIntField(10, -1)); + UNUSED(entry.localize = tableData.getIntField(11, -1) == 1 ? true : false); + UNUSED(entry.gate_version = tableData.getStringField(12, "")); + + this->entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +//! Destructor +CDMissionTasksTable::~CDMissionTasksTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDMissionTasksTable::GetName(void) const { + return "MissionTasks"; +} + +//! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause +std::vector CDMissionTasksTable::Query(std::function predicate) { + + std::vector data = cpplinq::from(this->entries) + >> cpplinq::where(predicate) + >> cpplinq::to_vector(); + + return data; +} + +std::vector CDMissionTasksTable::GetByMissionID(uint32_t missionID) +{ + std::vector tasks; + + for (auto& entry : this->entries) + { + if (entry.id == missionID) + { + CDMissionTasks* task = const_cast(&entry); + + tasks.push_back(task); + } + } + + return tasks; +} + +//! Gets all the entries in the table +const std::vector& CDMissionTasksTable::GetEntries(void) const { + return this->entries; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDMissionTasksTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDMissionTasksTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..af84663e --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDMissionTasksTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDMissionTasksTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the MissionTasks table + */ + +//! ObjectSkills Struct +struct CDMissionTasks { + unsigned int id; //!< The Mission ID that the task belongs to + UNUSED(unsigned int locStatus); //!< ??? + unsigned int taskType; //!< The task type + unsigned int target; //!< The mission target + std::string targetGroup; //!< The mission target group + int targetValue; //!< The target value + std::string taskParam1; //!< The task param 1 + UNUSED(std::string largeTaskIcon); //!< ??? + UNUSED(unsigned int IconID); //!< ??? + unsigned int uid; //!< ??? + UNUSED(unsigned int largeTaskIconID); //!< ??? + UNUSED(bool localize); //!< Whether or not the task should be localized + UNUSED(std::string gate_version); //!< ??? +}; + +//! ObjectSkills table +class CDMissionTasksTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::vector entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDMissionTasksTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDMissionTasksTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause + /*! + \param predicate The predicate + */ + std::vector Query(std::function predicate); + + std::vector GetByMissionID(uint32_t missionID); + + //! Gets all the entries in the table + /*! + \return The entries + */ + const std::vector& GetEntries(void) const; +}; + diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDMissionsTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDMissionsTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9e351094 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDMissionsTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +#include "CDMissionsTable.h" + +CDMissions CDMissionsTable::Default = {}; + +//! Constructor +CDMissionsTable::CDMissionsTable(void) { + + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM Missions"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Reserve the size + this->entries.reserve(size); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM Missions"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDMissions entry; + entry.id = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.defined_type = tableData.getStringField(1, ""); + entry.defined_subtype = tableData.getStringField(2, ""); + entry.UISortOrder = tableData.getIntField(3, -1); + entry.offer_objectID = tableData.getIntField(4, -1); + entry.target_objectID = tableData.getIntField(5, -1); + entry.reward_currency = tableData.getInt64Field(6, -1); + entry.LegoScore = tableData.getIntField(7, -1); + entry.reward_reputation = tableData.getIntField(8, -1); + entry.isChoiceReward = tableData.getIntField(9, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.reward_item1 = tableData.getIntField(10, 0); + entry.reward_item1_count = tableData.getIntField(11, 0); + entry.reward_item2 = tableData.getIntField(12, 0); + entry.reward_item2_count = tableData.getIntField(13, 0); + entry.reward_item3 = tableData.getIntField(14, 0); + entry.reward_item3_count = tableData.getIntField(15, 0); + entry.reward_item4 = tableData.getIntField(16, 0); + entry.reward_item4_count = tableData.getIntField(17, 0); + entry.reward_emote = tableData.getIntField(18, -1); + entry.reward_emote2 = tableData.getIntField(19, -1); + entry.reward_emote3 = tableData.getIntField(20, -1); + entry.reward_emote4 = tableData.getIntField(21, -1); + entry.reward_maximagination = tableData.getIntField(22, -1); + entry.reward_maxhealth = tableData.getIntField(23, -1); + entry.reward_maxinventory = tableData.getIntField(24, -1); + entry.reward_maxmodel = tableData.getIntField(25, -1); + entry.reward_maxwidget = tableData.getIntField(26, -1); + entry.reward_maxwallet = tableData.getIntField(27, -1); + entry.repeatable = tableData.getIntField(28, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.reward_currency_repeatable = tableData.getIntField(29, -1); + entry.reward_item1_repeatable = tableData.getIntField(30, -1); + entry.reward_item1_repeat_count = tableData.getIntField(31, -1); + entry.reward_item2_repeatable = tableData.getIntField(32, -1); + entry.reward_item2_repeat_count = tableData.getIntField(33, -1); + entry.reward_item3_repeatable = tableData.getIntField(34, -1); + entry.reward_item3_repeat_count = tableData.getIntField(34, -1); + entry.reward_item4_repeatable = tableData.getIntField(36, -1); + entry.reward_item4_repeat_count = tableData.getIntField(37, -1); + entry.time_limit = tableData.getIntField(38, -1); + entry.isMission = tableData.getIntField(39, -1) ? true : false; + entry.missionIconID = tableData.getIntField(40, -1); + entry.prereqMissionID = tableData.getStringField(41, ""); + entry.localize = tableData.getIntField(42, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.inMOTD = tableData.getIntField(43, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.cooldownTime = tableData.getInt64Field(44, -1); + entry.isRandom = tableData.getIntField(45, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.randomPool = tableData.getStringField(46, ""); + entry.UIPrereqID = tableData.getIntField(47, -1); + UNUSED(entry.gate_version = tableData.getStringField(48, "")); + UNUSED(entry.HUDStates = tableData.getStringField(49, "")); + UNUSED(entry.locStatus = tableData.getIntField(50, -1)); + entry.reward_bankinventory = tableData.getIntField(51, -1); + + this->entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); + + Default.id = -1; +} + +//! Destructor +CDMissionsTable::~CDMissionsTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDMissionsTable::GetName(void) const { + return "Missions"; +} + +//! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause +std::vector CDMissionsTable::Query(std::function predicate) { + + std::vector data = cpplinq::from(this->entries) + >> cpplinq::where(predicate) + >> cpplinq::to_vector(); + + return data; +} + +//! Gets all the entries in the table +const std::vector& CDMissionsTable::GetEntries(void) const { + return this->entries; +} + +const CDMissions* CDMissionsTable::GetPtrByMissionID(uint32_t missionID) const +{ + for (const auto& entry : entries) + { + if (entry.id == missionID) + { + return const_cast(&entry); + } + } + + return &Default; +} + +const CDMissions& CDMissionsTable::GetByMissionID(uint32_t missionID, bool& found) const +{ + for (const auto& entry : entries) + { + if (entry.id == missionID) + { + found = true; + + return entry; + } + } + + found = false; + + return Default; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDMissionsTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDMissionsTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c083bd31 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDMissionsTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" +#include + +/*! + \file CDMissionsTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the Missions table + */ + +//! Missions Struct +struct CDMissions { + int id; //!< The Mission ID + std::string defined_type; //!< The type of mission + std::string defined_subtype; //!< The subtype of the mission + int UISortOrder; //!< The UI Sort Order for the mission + int offer_objectID; //!< The LOT of the mission giver + int target_objectID; //!< The LOT of the mission's target + __int64 reward_currency; //!< The amount of currency to reward the player + int LegoScore; //!< The amount of LEGO Score to reward the player + __int64 reward_reputation; //!< The reputation to award the player + bool isChoiceReward; //!< Whether or not the user has the option to choose their loot + int reward_item1; //!< The first rewarded item + int reward_item1_count; //!< The count of the first item to be rewarded + int reward_item2; //!< The second rewarded item + int reward_item2_count; //!< The count of the second item to be rewarded + int reward_item3; //!< The third rewarded item + int reward_item3_count; //!< The count of the third item to be rewarded + int reward_item4; //!< The fourth rewarded item + int reward_item4_count; //!< The count of the fourth item to be rewarded + int reward_emote; //!< The first emote to be rewarded + int reward_emote2; //!< The second emote to be rewarded + int reward_emote3; //!< The third emote to be rewarded + int reward_emote4; //!< The fourth emote to be rewarded + int reward_maximagination; //!< The amount of max imagination to reward + int reward_maxhealth; //!< The amount of max health to reward + int reward_maxinventory; //!< The amount of max inventory to reward + int reward_maxmodel; //!< ??? + int reward_maxwidget; //!< ??? + int reward_maxwallet; //!< ??? + bool repeatable; //!< Whether or not this mission can be repeated (for instance, is it a daily mission) + __int64 reward_currency_repeatable; //!< The repeatable reward + int reward_item1_repeatable; //!< The first rewarded item + int reward_item1_repeat_count; //!< The count of the first item to be rewarded + int reward_item2_repeatable; //!< The second rewarded item + int reward_item2_repeat_count; //!< The count of the second item to be rewarded + int reward_item3_repeatable; //!< The third rewarded item + int reward_item3_repeat_count; //!< The count of the third item to be rewarded + int reward_item4_repeatable; //!< The fourth rewarded item + int reward_item4_repeat_count; //!< The count of the fourth item to be rewarded + int time_limit; //!< The time limit of the mission + bool isMission; //!< Maybe to differentiate between missions and achievements? + int missionIconID; //!< The mission icon ID + std::string prereqMissionID; //!< A '|' seperated list of prerequisite missions + bool localize; //!< Whether or not to localize the mission + bool inMOTD; //!< In Match of the Day(?) + __int64 cooldownTime; //!< The mission cooldown time + bool isRandom; //!< ??? + std::string randomPool; //!< ??? + int UIPrereqID; //!< ??? + UNUSED(std::string gate_version); //!< The gate version + UNUSED(std::string HUDStates); //!< ??? + UNUSED(int locStatus); //!< ??? + int reward_bankinventory; //!< The amount of bank space this mission rewards +}; + +//! Missions table +class CDMissionsTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::vector entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDMissionsTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDMissionsTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause + /*! + \param predicate The predicate + */ + std::vector Query(std::function predicate); + + //! Gets all the entries in the table + /*! + \return The entries + */ + const std::vector& GetEntries(void) const; + + const CDMissions* GetPtrByMissionID(uint32_t missionID) const; + + const CDMissions& GetByMissionID(uint32_t missionID, bool& found) const; + + static CDMissions Default; +}; + diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDMovementAIComponentTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDMovementAIComponentTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d4fe4881 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDMovementAIComponentTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +#include "CDMovementAIComponentTable.h" + +//! Constructor +CDMovementAIComponentTable::CDMovementAIComponentTable(void) { + + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM MovementAIComponent"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Reserve the size + this->entries.reserve(size); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM MovementAIComponent"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDMovementAIComponent entry; + entry.id = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.MovementType = tableData.getStringField(1, ""); + entry.WanderChance = tableData.getFloatField(2, -1.0f); + entry.WanderDelayMin = tableData.getFloatField(3, -1.0f); + entry.WanderDelayMax = tableData.getFloatField(4, -1.0f); + entry.WanderSpeed = tableData.getFloatField(5, -1.0f); + entry.WanderRadius = tableData.getFloatField(6, -1.0f); + entry.attachedPath = tableData.getStringField(7, ""); + + this->entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +//! Destructor +CDMovementAIComponentTable::~CDMovementAIComponentTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDMovementAIComponentTable::GetName(void) const { + return "MovementAIComponent"; +} + +//! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause +std::vector CDMovementAIComponentTable::Query(std::function predicate) { + + std::vector data = cpplinq::from(this->entries) + >> cpplinq::where(predicate) + >> cpplinq::to_vector(); + + return data; +} + +//! Gets all the entries in the table +std::vector CDMovementAIComponentTable::GetEntries(void) const { + return this->entries; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDMovementAIComponentTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDMovementAIComponentTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0064a98b --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDMovementAIComponentTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDMovementAIComponentTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the MovementAIComponent table + */ + + //! MovementAIComponent Struct +struct CDMovementAIComponent { + unsigned int id; + std::string MovementType; + float WanderChance; + float WanderDelayMin; + float WanderDelayMax; + float WanderSpeed; + float WanderRadius; + std::string attachedPath; +}; + +//! MovementAIComponent table +class CDMovementAIComponentTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::vector entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDMovementAIComponentTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDMovementAIComponentTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause + /*! + \param predicate The predicate + */ + std::vector Query(std::function predicate); + + //! Gets all the entries in the table + /*! + \return The entries + */ + std::vector GetEntries(void) const; + +}; + diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDObjectSkillsTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDObjectSkillsTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4b133df8 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDObjectSkillsTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +#include "CDObjectSkillsTable.h" + +//! Constructor +CDObjectSkillsTable::CDObjectSkillsTable(void) { + + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM ObjectSkills"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Reserve the size + this->entries.reserve(size); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM ObjectSkills"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDObjectSkills entry; + entry.objectTemplate = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.skillID = tableData.getIntField(1, -1); + entry.castOnType = tableData.getIntField(2, -1); + entry.AICombatWeight = tableData.getIntField(3, -1); + + this->entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +//! Destructor +CDObjectSkillsTable::~CDObjectSkillsTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDObjectSkillsTable::GetName(void) const { + return "ObjectSkills"; +} + +//! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause +std::vector CDObjectSkillsTable::Query(std::function predicate) { + + std::vector data = cpplinq::from(this->entries) + >> cpplinq::where(predicate) + >> cpplinq::to_vector(); + + return data; +} + +//! Gets all the entries in the table +std::vector CDObjectSkillsTable::GetEntries(void) const { + return this->entries; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDObjectSkillsTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDObjectSkillsTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..986d95d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDObjectSkillsTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDObjectSkillsTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the ObjectSkills table + */ + +//! ObjectSkills Struct +struct CDObjectSkills { + unsigned int objectTemplate; //!< The LOT of the item + unsigned int skillID; //!< The Skill ID of the object + unsigned int castOnType; //!< ??? + unsigned int AICombatWeight; //!< ??? +}; + +//! ObjectSkills table +class CDObjectSkillsTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::vector entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDObjectSkillsTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDObjectSkillsTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause + /*! + \param predicate The predicate + */ + std::vector Query(std::function predicate); + + //! Gets all the entries in the table + /*! + \return The entries + */ + std::vector GetEntries(void) const; + +}; + diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDObjectsTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDObjectsTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5106f96a --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDObjectsTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +#include "CDObjectsTable.h" + +//! Constructor +CDObjectsTable::CDObjectsTable(void) { +#ifdef CDCLIENT_CACHE_ALL + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM Objects"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM Objects"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDObjects entry; + entry.id = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.name = tableData.getStringField(1, ""); + entry.placeable = tableData.getIntField(2, -1); + entry.type = tableData.getStringField(3, ""); + entry.description = tableData.getStringField(4, ""); + entry.localize = tableData.getIntField(5, -1); + entry.npcTemplateID = tableData.getIntField(6, -1); + entry.displayName = tableData.getStringField(7, ""); + entry.interactionDistance = tableData.getFloatField(8, -1.0f); + entry.nametag = tableData.getIntField(9, -1); + entry._internalNotes = tableData.getStringField(10, ""); + entry.locStatus = tableData.getIntField(11, -1); + entry.gate_version = tableData.getStringField(12, ""); + entry.HQ_valid = tableData.getIntField(13, -1); + + this->entries.insert(std::make_pair(entry.id, entry)); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +#endif + + m_default.id = 0; +} + +//! Destructor +CDObjectsTable::~CDObjectsTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDObjectsTable::GetName(void) const { + return "Objects"; +} + +const CDObjects & CDObjectsTable::GetByID(unsigned int LOT) { + const auto& it = this->entries.find(LOT); + if (it != this->entries.end()) { + return it->second; + } + +#ifndef CDCLIENT_CACHE_ALL + std::stringstream query; + + query << "SELECT * FROM Objects WHERE id = " << std::to_string(LOT); + + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.str()); + if (tableData.eof()) { + this->entries.insert(std::make_pair(LOT, m_default)); + return m_default; + } + + // Now get the data + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDObjects entry; + entry.id = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.name = tableData.getStringField(1, ""); + UNUSED(entry.placeable = tableData.getIntField(2, -1)); + entry.type = tableData.getStringField(3, ""); + UNUSED(ntry.description = tableData.getStringField(4, "")); + UNUSED(entry.localize = tableData.getIntField(5, -1)); + UNUSED(entry.npcTemplateID = tableData.getIntField(6, -1)); + UNUSED(entry.displayName = tableData.getStringField(7, "")); + entry.interactionDistance = tableData.getFloatField(8, -1.0f); + UNUSED(entry.nametag = tableData.getIntField(9, -1)); + UNUSED(entry._internalNotes = tableData.getStringField(10, "")); + UNUSED(entry.locStatus = tableData.getIntField(11, -1)); + UNUSED(entry.gate_version = tableData.getStringField(12, "")); + UNUSED(entry.HQ_valid = tableData.getIntField(13, -1)); + + this->entries.insert(std::make_pair(entry.id, entry)); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); + + const auto& it2 = entries.find(LOT); + if (it2 != entries.end()) { + return it2->second; + } +#endif + + return m_default; +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDObjectsTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDObjectsTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c6dbc662 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDObjectsTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDObjectsTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the Objects table + */ + +//! RebuildComponent Struct +struct CDObjects { + unsigned int id; //!< The LOT of the object + std::string name; //!< The internal name of the object + UNUSED(unsigned int placeable); //!< Whether or not the object is placable + std::string type; //!< The object type + UNUSED(std::string description); //!< An internal description of the object + UNUSED(unsigned int localize); //!< Whether or not the object should localize + UNUSED(unsigned int npcTemplateID); //!< Something related to NPCs... + UNUSED(std::string displayName); //!< The display name of the object + float interactionDistance; //!< The interaction distance of the object + UNUSED(unsigned int nametag); //!< ??? + UNUSED(std::string _internalNotes); //!< Some internal notes (rarely used) + UNUSED(unsigned int locStatus); //!< ??? + UNUSED(std::string gate_version); //!< The gate version for the object + UNUSED(unsigned int HQ_valid); //!< Probably used for the Nexus HQ database on LEGOUniverse.com +}; + +//! ObjectSkills table +class CDObjectsTable : public CDTable { +private: + //std::vector entries; + std::map entries; + CDObjects m_default; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDObjectsTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDObjectsTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Gets an entry by ID + const CDObjects& GetByID(unsigned int LOT); + +}; + diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDPackageComponentTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDPackageComponentTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..23af5e38 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDPackageComponentTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +#include "CDPackageComponentTable.h" + +//! Constructor +CDPackageComponentTable::CDPackageComponentTable(void) { + + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM PackageComponent"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Reserve the size + this->entries.reserve(size); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM PackageComponent"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDPackageComponent entry; + entry.id = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.LootMatrixIndex = tableData.getIntField(1, -1); + entry.packageType = tableData.getIntField(2, -1); + + this->entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +//! Destructor +CDPackageComponentTable::~CDPackageComponentTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDPackageComponentTable::GetName(void) const { + return "PackageComponent"; +} + +//! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause +std::vector CDPackageComponentTable::Query(std::function predicate) { + + std::vector data = cpplinq::from(this->entries) + >> cpplinq::where(predicate) + >> cpplinq::to_vector(); + + return data; +} + +//! Gets all the entries in the table +std::vector CDPackageComponentTable::GetEntries(void) const { + return this->entries; +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDPackageComponentTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDPackageComponentTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..763acf8c --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDPackageComponentTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDPackageComponentTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the PackageComponent table + */ + + //! PackageComponent Entry Struct +struct CDPackageComponent { + unsigned int id; + unsigned int LootMatrixIndex; + unsigned int packageType; +}; + + +//! PackageComponent table +class CDPackageComponentTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::vector entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDPackageComponentTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDPackageComponentTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause + /*! + \param predicate The predicate + */ + std::vector Query(std::function predicate); + + //! Gets all the entries in the table + /*! + \return The entries + */ + std::vector GetEntries(void) const; + +}; diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDPhysicsComponentTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDPhysicsComponentTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b4b836ae --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDPhysicsComponentTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +#include "CDPhysicsComponentTable.h" + +CDPhysicsComponentTable::CDPhysicsComponentTable(void) { + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM PhysicsComponent"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDPhysicsComponent* entry = new CDPhysicsComponent(); + entry->id = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry->bStatic = tableData.getIntField(1, -1) != 0; + entry->physicsAsset = tableData.getStringField(2, ""); + UNUSED(entry->jump = tableData.getIntField(3, -1) != 0); + UNUSED(entry->doublejump = tableData.getIntField(4, -1) != 0); + entry->speed = tableData.getFloatField(5, -1); + UNUSED(entry->rotSpeed = tableData.getFloatField(6, -1)); + entry->playerHeight = tableData.getFloatField(7); + entry->playerRadius = tableData.getFloatField(8); + entry->pcShapeType = tableData.getIntField(9); + entry->collisionGroup = tableData.getIntField(10); + UNUSED(entry->airSpeed = tableData.getFloatField(11)); + UNUSED(entry->boundaryAsset = tableData.getStringField(12)); + UNUSED(entry->jumpAirSpeed = tableData.getFloatField(13)); + UNUSED(entry->friction = tableData.getFloatField(14)); + UNUSED(entry->gravityVolumeAsset = tableData.getStringField(15)); + + m_entries.insert(std::make_pair(entry->id, entry)); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +CDPhysicsComponentTable::~CDPhysicsComponentTable(void) { + for (auto e : m_entries) { + if (e.second) delete e.second; + } + + m_entries.clear(); +} + +std::string CDPhysicsComponentTable::GetName(void) const { + return "PhysicsComponent"; +} + +CDPhysicsComponent* CDPhysicsComponentTable::GetByID(unsigned int componentID) { + for (auto e : m_entries) { + if (e.first == componentID) return e.second; + } + + return nullptr; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDPhysicsComponentTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDPhysicsComponentTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aa19757f --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDPhysicsComponentTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CDTable.h" +#include + +struct CDPhysicsComponent { + int id; + bool bStatic; + std::string physicsAsset; + UNUSED(bool jump); + UNUSED(bool doublejump); + float speed; + UNUSED(float rotSpeed); + float playerHeight; + float playerRadius; + int pcShapeType; + int collisionGroup; + UNUSED(float airSpeed); + UNUSED(std::string boundaryAsset); + UNUSED(float jumpAirSpeed); + UNUSED(float friction); + UNUSED(std::string gravityVolumeAsset); +}; + +class CDPhysicsComponentTable : public CDTable { +public: + CDPhysicsComponentTable(void); + ~CDPhysicsComponentTable(void); + + std::string GetName(void) const override; + CDPhysicsComponent* GetByID(unsigned int componentID); + +private: + std::map m_entries; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDPropertyEntranceComponentTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDPropertyEntranceComponentTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..500ef659 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDPropertyEntranceComponentTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ + +#include "CDPropertyEntranceComponentTable.h" + +CDPropertyEntranceComponentTable::CDPropertyEntranceComponentTable() { + + // First, get the size of the table + size_t size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM PropertyEntranceComponent"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + this->entries.reserve(size); + + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM PropertyEntranceComponent;"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + auto entry = CDPropertyEntranceComponent { + static_cast(tableData.getIntField(0, -1)), + static_cast(tableData.getIntField(1, -1)), + tableData.getStringField(2, ""), + static_cast(tableData.getIntField(3, false)), + tableData.getStringField(4, "") + }; + + this->entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +CDPropertyEntranceComponentTable::~CDPropertyEntranceComponentTable(void) = default; + +std::string CDPropertyEntranceComponentTable::GetName() const { + return "PropertyEntranceComponent"; +} + +CDPropertyEntranceComponent CDPropertyEntranceComponentTable::GetByID(uint32_t id) { + for (const auto& entry : entries) { + if (entry.id == id) + return entry; + } + + return defaultEntry; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDPropertyEntranceComponentTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDPropertyEntranceComponentTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8cecd941 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDPropertyEntranceComponentTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CDTable.h" + +struct CDPropertyEntranceComponent { + uint32_t id; + uint32_t mapID; + std::string propertyName; + bool isOnProperty; + std::string groupType; +}; + +class CDPropertyEntranceComponentTable : public CDTable { +public: + //! Constructor + CDPropertyEntranceComponentTable(); + + //! Destructor + ~CDPropertyEntranceComponentTable(); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + [[nodiscard]] std::string GetName() const override; + + + //! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause + /*! + \param predicate The predicate + */ + CDPropertyEntranceComponent GetByID(uint32_t id); + + //! Gets all the entries in the table + /*! + \return The entries + */ + [[nodiscard]] std::vector GetEntries() const { return entries; } +private: + std::vector entries {}; + CDPropertyEntranceComponent defaultEntry {}; +}; diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDPropertyTemplateTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDPropertyTemplateTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11ba9378 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDPropertyTemplateTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +#include "CDPropertyTemplateTable.h" + +CDPropertyTemplateTable::CDPropertyTemplateTable() { + + // First, get the size of the table + size_t size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM PropertyTemplate;"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + this->entries.reserve(size); + + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM PropertyTemplate;"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + auto entry = CDPropertyTemplate { + static_cast(tableData.getIntField(0, -1)), + static_cast(tableData.getIntField(1, -1)), + static_cast(tableData.getIntField(2, -1)), + tableData.getStringField(3, "") + }; + + this->entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +CDPropertyTemplateTable::~CDPropertyTemplateTable() = default; + +std::string CDPropertyTemplateTable::GetName() const { + return "PropertyTemplate"; +} + +CDPropertyTemplate CDPropertyTemplateTable::GetByMapID(uint32_t mapID) { + for (const auto& entry : entries) { + if (entry.mapID == mapID) + return entry; + } + + return defaultEntry; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDPropertyTemplateTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDPropertyTemplateTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..24e6a739 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDPropertyTemplateTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CDTable.h" + +struct CDPropertyTemplate { + uint32_t id; + uint32_t mapID; + uint32_t vendorMapID; + std::string spawnName; +}; + +class CDPropertyTemplateTable : public CDTable { +public: + CDPropertyTemplateTable(); + ~CDPropertyTemplateTable(); + + [[nodiscard]] std::string GetName() const override; + CDPropertyTemplate GetByMapID(uint32_t mapID); +private: + std::vector entries {}; + CDPropertyTemplate defaultEntry {}; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDProximityMonitorComponentTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDProximityMonitorComponentTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d4195f0c --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDProximityMonitorComponentTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +#include "CDProximityMonitorComponentTable.h" + +//! Constructor +CDProximityMonitorComponentTable::CDProximityMonitorComponentTable(void) { + + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM ProximityMonitorComponent"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Reserve the size + this->entries.reserve(size); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM ProximityMonitorComponent"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDProximityMonitorComponent entry; + entry.id = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.Proximities = tableData.getStringField(1, ""); + entry.LoadOnClient = tableData.getIntField(2, -1); + entry.LoadOnServer = tableData.getIntField(3, -1); + + this->entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +//! Destructor +CDProximityMonitorComponentTable::~CDProximityMonitorComponentTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDProximityMonitorComponentTable::GetName(void) const { + return "ProximityMonitorComponent"; +} + +//! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause +std::vector CDProximityMonitorComponentTable::Query(std::function predicate) { + + std::vector data = cpplinq::from(this->entries) + >> cpplinq::where(predicate) + >> cpplinq::to_vector(); + + return data; +} + +//! Gets all the entries in the table +std::vector CDProximityMonitorComponentTable::GetEntries(void) const { + return this->entries; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDProximityMonitorComponentTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDProximityMonitorComponentTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..007bb916 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDProximityMonitorComponentTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDProximityMonitorComponentTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the ProximityMonitorComponent table + */ + + //! ProximityMonitorComponent Entry Struct +struct CDProximityMonitorComponent { + unsigned int id; + std::string Proximities; + bool LoadOnClient; + bool LoadOnServer; +}; + + +//! ProximityMonitorComponent table +class CDProximityMonitorComponentTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::vector entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDProximityMonitorComponentTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDProximityMonitorComponentTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause + /*! + \param predicate The predicate + */ + std::vector Query(std::function predicate); + + //! Gets all the entries in the table + /*! + \return The entries + */ + std::vector GetEntries(void) const; + +}; diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDRailActivatorComponent.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDRailActivatorComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3a2f8b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDRailActivatorComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +#include "CDRailActivatorComponent.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" + +CDRailActivatorComponentTable::CDRailActivatorComponentTable() { + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM RailActivatorComponent;"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDRailActivatorComponent entry; + + entry.id = tableData.getIntField(0); + + std::string startAnimation(tableData.getStringField(1, "")); + entry.startAnimation = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(startAnimation); + + std::string loopAnimation(tableData.getStringField(2, "")); + entry.loopAnimation = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(loopAnimation); + + std::string stopAnimation(tableData.getStringField(3, "")); + entry.stopAnimation = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(stopAnimation); + + std::string startSound(tableData.getStringField(4, "")); + entry.startSound = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(startSound); + + std::string loopSound(tableData.getStringField(5, "")); + entry.loopSound = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(loopSound); + + std::string stopSound(tableData.getStringField(6, "")); + entry.stopSound = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(stopSound); + + std::string loopEffectString(tableData.getStringField(7, "")); + entry.loopEffectID = EffectPairFromString(loopEffectString); + + entry.preconditions = tableData.getStringField(8, "-1"); + + entry.playerCollision = tableData.getIntField(9, 0); + + entry.cameraLocked = tableData.getIntField(10, 0); + + std::string startEffectString(tableData.getStringField(11, "")); + entry.startEffectID = EffectPairFromString(startEffectString); + + std::string stopEffectString(tableData.getStringField(12, "")); + entry.stopEffectID = EffectPairFromString(stopEffectString); + + entry.damageImmune = tableData.getIntField(13, 0); + + entry.noAggro = tableData.getIntField(14, 0); + + entry.showNameBillboard = tableData.getIntField(15, 0); + + m_Entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +CDRailActivatorComponentTable::~CDRailActivatorComponentTable() = default; + +std::string CDRailActivatorComponentTable::GetName() const { + return "RailActivatorComponent"; +} + +CDRailActivatorComponent CDRailActivatorComponentTable::GetEntryByID(int32_t id) const { + for (const auto& entry : m_Entries) { + if (entry.id == id) + return entry; + } + + return {}; +} + +std::vector CDRailActivatorComponentTable::GetEntries() const { + return m_Entries; +} + +std::pair CDRailActivatorComponentTable::EffectPairFromString(std::string &str) { + const auto split = GeneralUtils::SplitString(str, ':'); + if (split.size() == 2) { + return { std::stoi(split.at(0)), GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(split.at(1)) }; + } + + return {}; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDRailActivatorComponent.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDRailActivatorComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f06ff5f --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDRailActivatorComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CDTable.h" + +struct CDRailActivatorComponent { + int32_t id; + std::u16string startAnimation; + std::u16string loopAnimation; + std::u16string stopAnimation; + std::u16string startSound; + std::u16string loopSound; + std::u16string stopSound; + std::pair startEffectID; + std::pair loopEffectID; + std::pair stopEffectID; + std::string preconditions; + bool playerCollision; + bool cameraLocked; + bool damageImmune; + bool noAggro; + bool showNameBillboard; +}; + +class CDRailActivatorComponentTable : public CDTable { +public: + CDRailActivatorComponentTable(); + ~CDRailActivatorComponentTable(); + + std::string GetName() const override; + [[nodiscard]] CDRailActivatorComponent GetEntryByID(int32_t id) const; + [[nodiscard]] std::vector GetEntries() const; +private: + static std::pair EffectPairFromString(std::string& str); + std::vector m_Entries {}; +}; diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDRarityTableTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDRarityTableTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f5b09b76 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDRarityTableTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +#include "CDRarityTableTable.h" + +//! Constructor +CDRarityTableTable::CDRarityTableTable(void) { + + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM RarityTable"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Reserve the size + this->entries.reserve(size); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM RarityTable"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDRarityTable entry; + entry.id = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.randmax = tableData.getFloatField(1, -1); + entry.rarity = tableData.getIntField(2, -1); + entry.RarityTableIndex = tableData.getIntField(3, -1); + + this->entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +//! Destructor +CDRarityTableTable::~CDRarityTableTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDRarityTableTable::GetName(void) const { + return "RarityTable"; +} + +//! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause +std::vector CDRarityTableTable::Query(std::function predicate) { + + std::vector data = cpplinq::from(this->entries) + >> cpplinq::where(predicate) + >> cpplinq::to_vector(); + + return data; +} + +//! Gets all the entries in the table +std::vector CDRarityTableTable::GetEntries(void) const { + return this->entries; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDRarityTableTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDRarityTableTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c2de03a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDRarityTableTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDRarityTableTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the RarityTable table + */ + + //! RarityTable Entry Struct +struct CDRarityTable { + unsigned int id; + float randmax; + unsigned int rarity; + unsigned int RarityTableIndex; + + friend bool operator> (const CDRarityTable& c1, const CDRarityTable& c2) + { + return c1.rarity > c2.rarity; + } + + friend bool operator>= (const CDRarityTable& c1, const CDRarityTable& c2) + { + return c1.rarity >= c2.rarity; + } + + friend bool operator< (const CDRarityTable& c1, const CDRarityTable& c2) + { + return c1.rarity < c2.rarity; + } + + friend bool operator<= (const CDRarityTable& c1, const CDRarityTable& c2) + { + return c1.rarity <= c2.rarity; + } +}; + + +//! RarityTable table +class CDRarityTableTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::vector entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDRarityTableTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDRarityTableTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause + /*! + \param predicate The predicate + */ + std::vector Query(std::function predicate); + + //! Gets all the entries in the table + /*! + \return The entries + */ + std::vector GetEntries(void) const; + +}; + diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDRebuildComponentTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDRebuildComponentTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a1b5646c --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDRebuildComponentTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +#include "CDRebuildComponentTable.h" + +//! Constructor +CDRebuildComponentTable::CDRebuildComponentTable(void) { + + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM RebuildComponent"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Reserve the size + this->entries.reserve(size); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM RebuildComponent"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDRebuildComponent entry; + entry.id = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.reset_time = tableData.getFloatField(1, -1.0f); + entry.complete_time = tableData.getFloatField(2, -1.0f); + entry.take_imagination = tableData.getIntField(3, -1); + entry.interruptible = tableData.getIntField(4, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.self_activator = tableData.getIntField(5, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.custom_modules = tableData.getStringField(6, ""); + entry.activityID = tableData.getIntField(7, -1); + entry.post_imagination_cost = tableData.getIntField(8, -1); + entry.time_before_smash = tableData.getFloatField(9, -1.0f); + + this->entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +//! Destructor +CDRebuildComponentTable::~CDRebuildComponentTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDRebuildComponentTable::GetName(void) const { + return "RebuildComponent"; +} + +//! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause +std::vector CDRebuildComponentTable::Query(std::function predicate) { + + std::vector data = cpplinq::from(this->entries) + >> cpplinq::where(predicate) + >> cpplinq::to_vector(); + + return data; +} + +//! Gets all the entries in the table +std::vector CDRebuildComponentTable::GetEntries(void) const { + return this->entries; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDRebuildComponentTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDRebuildComponentTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..49d2e44f --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDRebuildComponentTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDRebuildComponentTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the RebuildComponent table + */ + +//! RebuildComponent Struct +struct CDRebuildComponent { + unsigned int id; //!< The component Id + float reset_time; //!< The reset time + float complete_time; //!< The complete time + unsigned int take_imagination; //!< The amount of imagination it costs + bool interruptible; //!< Whether or not the rebuild is interruptible + bool self_activator; //!< Whether or not the rebuild is a rebuild activator itself + std::string custom_modules; //!< The custom modules + unsigned int activityID; //!< The activity ID + unsigned int post_imagination_cost; //!< The post imagination cost + float time_before_smash; //!< The time before smash +}; + +//! ObjectSkills table +class CDRebuildComponentTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::vector entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDRebuildComponentTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDRebuildComponentTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause + /*! + \param predicate The predicate + */ + std::vector Query(std::function predicate); + + //! Gets all the entries in the table + /*! + \return The entries + */ + std::vector GetEntries(void) const; + +}; + diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDRewardsTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDRewardsTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2f7d1778 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDRewardsTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +#include "CDRewardsTable.h" + +CDRewardsTable::CDRewardsTable(void) { + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM Rewards"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDRewards* entry = new CDRewards(); + entry->id = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry->levelID = tableData.getIntField(1, -1); + entry->missionID = tableData.getIntField(2, -1); + entry->rewardType = tableData.getIntField(3, -1); + entry->value = tableData.getIntField(4, -1); + entry->count = tableData.getIntField(5, -1); + + m_entries.insert(std::make_pair(entry->id, entry)); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +CDRewardsTable::~CDRewardsTable(void) { + for (auto e : m_entries) { + if (e.second) delete e.second; + } + + m_entries.clear(); +} + +std::string CDRewardsTable::GetName(void) const { + return "Rewards"; +} + +std::vector CDRewardsTable::GetByLevelID(uint32_t levelID) { + std::vector result {}; + for (const auto& e : m_entries) { + if (e.second->levelID == levelID) result.push_back(e.second); + } + + return result; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDRewardsTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDRewardsTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c4f9fb70 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDRewardsTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CDTable.h" +#include + +struct CDRewards { + int32_t id; + int32_t levelID; + int32_t missionID; + int32_t rewardType; + int32_t value; + int32_t count; +}; + +class CDRewardsTable : public CDTable { +public: + CDRewardsTable(void); + ~CDRewardsTable(void); + + std::string GetName(void) const override; + std::vector GetByLevelID(uint32_t levelID); + +private: + std::map m_entries; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDScriptComponentTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDScriptComponentTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11ab75ee --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDScriptComponentTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +#include "CDScriptComponentTable.h" + +//! Constructor +CDScriptComponentTable::CDScriptComponentTable(void) { + + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM ScriptComponent"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM ScriptComponent"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDScriptComponent entry; + entry.id = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.script_name = tableData.getStringField(1, ""); + entry.client_script_name = tableData.getStringField(2, ""); + + this->entries.insert(std::make_pair(entry.id, entry)); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +//! Destructor +CDScriptComponentTable::~CDScriptComponentTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDScriptComponentTable::GetName(void) const { + return "ScriptComponent"; +} + +const CDScriptComponent& CDScriptComponentTable::GetByID(unsigned int id) { + std::map::iterator it = this->entries.find(id); + if (it != this->entries.end()) { + return it->second; + } + + return m_ToReturnWhenNoneFound; +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDScriptComponentTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDScriptComponentTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7fc802fa --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDScriptComponentTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDScriptComponentTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the ScriptComponent table + */ + +//! ScriptComponent Struct +struct CDScriptComponent { + unsigned int id; //!< The component ID + std::string script_name; //!< The script name + std::string client_script_name; //!< The client script name +}; + +//! ObjectSkills table +class CDScriptComponentTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::map entries; + CDScriptComponent m_ToReturnWhenNoneFound; + +public: + //! Gets an entry by ID + const CDScriptComponent& GetByID(unsigned int id); + + //! Constructor + CDScriptComponentTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDScriptComponentTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause + /*! + \param predicate The predicate + */ + +}; + diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDSkillBehaviorTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDSkillBehaviorTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ad79997d --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDSkillBehaviorTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +#include "CDSkillBehaviorTable.h" +//#include "Logger.hpp" + +//! Constructor +CDSkillBehaviorTable::CDSkillBehaviorTable(void) { + m_empty = CDSkillBehavior(); + + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM SkillBehavior"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Reserve the size + //this->entries.reserve(size); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM SkillBehavior"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDSkillBehavior entry; + entry.skillID = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + UNUSED(entry.locStatus = tableData.getIntField(1, -1)); + entry.behaviorID = tableData.getIntField(2, -1); + entry.imaginationcost = tableData.getIntField(3, -1); + entry.cooldowngroup = tableData.getIntField(4, -1); + entry.cooldown = tableData.getFloatField(5, -1.0f); + UNUSED(entry.isNpcEditor = tableData.getIntField(6, -1) == 1 ? true : false); + UNUSED(entry.skillIcon = tableData.getIntField(7, -1)); + UNUSED(entry.oomSkillID = tableData.getStringField(8, "")); + UNUSED(entry.oomBehaviorEffectID = tableData.getIntField(9, -1)); + UNUSED(entry.castTypeDesc = tableData.getIntField(10, -1)); + UNUSED(entry.imBonusUI = tableData.getIntField(11, -1)); + UNUSED(entry.lifeBonusUI = tableData.getIntField(12, -1)); + UNUSED(entry.armorBonusUI = tableData.getIntField(13, -1)); + UNUSED(entry.damageUI = tableData.getIntField(14, -1)); + UNUSED(entry.hideIcon = tableData.getIntField(15, -1) == 1 ? true : false); + UNUSED(entry.localize = tableData.getIntField(16, -1) == 1 ? true : false); + UNUSED(entry.gate_version = tableData.getStringField(17, "")); + UNUSED(entry.cancelType = tableData.getIntField(18, -1)); + + this->entries.insert(std::make_pair(entry.skillID, entry)); + //this->entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +//! Destructor +CDSkillBehaviorTable::~CDSkillBehaviorTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDSkillBehaviorTable::GetName(void) const { + return "SkillBehavior"; +} + +//! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause +std::vector CDSkillBehaviorTable::Query(std::function predicate) { + + /*std::vector data = cpplinq::from(this->entries) + >> cpplinq::where(predicate) + >> cpplinq::to_vector(); + + return data;*/ + + //Logger::LogDebug("CDSkillBehaviorTable", "The 'Query' function is no longer working! Please use GetSkillByID instead!\n"); + std::vector data; //So MSVC shuts up + return data; +} + +//! Gets an entry by ID +const CDSkillBehavior& CDSkillBehaviorTable::GetSkillByID(unsigned int skillID) { + std::map::iterator it = this->entries.find(skillID); + if (it != this->entries.end()) { + return it->second; + } + + return m_empty; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDSkillBehaviorTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDSkillBehaviorTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d70dca56 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDSkillBehaviorTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDSkillBehaviorTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the SkillBehavior table + */ + +//! ZoneTable Struct +struct CDSkillBehavior { + unsigned int skillID; //!< The Skill ID of the skill + UNUSED(unsigned int locStatus); //!< ?? + unsigned int behaviorID; //!< The Behavior ID of the skill + unsigned int imaginationcost; //!< The imagination cost of the skill + unsigned int cooldowngroup; //!< The cooldown group ID of the skill + float cooldown; //!< The cooldown time of the skill + UNUSED(bool isNpcEditor); //!< ??? + UNUSED(unsigned int skillIcon); //!< The Skill Icon ID + UNUSED(std::string oomSkillID); //!< ??? + UNUSED(unsigned int oomBehaviorEffectID); //!< ??? + UNUSED(unsigned int castTypeDesc); //!< The cast type description(?) + UNUSED(unsigned int imBonusUI); //!< The imagination bonus of the skill + UNUSED(nsigned int lifeBonusUI); //!< The life bonus of the skill + UNUSED(unsigned int armorBonusUI); //!< The armor bonus of the skill + UNUSED(unsigned int damageUI); //!< ??? + UNUSED(bool hideIcon); //!< Whether or not to show the icon + UNUSED(bool localize); //!< ??? + UNUSED(std::string gate_version); //!< ??? + UNUSED(unsigned int cancelType); //!< The cancel type (?) +}; + +//! SkillBehavior table +class CDSkillBehaviorTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::map entries; + CDSkillBehavior m_empty; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDSkillBehaviorTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDSkillBehaviorTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause + /*! + \param predicate The predicate + */ + std::vector Query(std::function predicate); + + //! Gets an entry by ID + const CDSkillBehavior& GetSkillByID(unsigned int skillID); +}; + diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c7c64377 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "../CDClientDatabase.h" + +// C++ +#include +#include +#include +#include + +// CPPLinq +#include "cpplinq.hpp" + +#pragma warning (disable : 4244) //Disable double to float conversion warnings +#pragma warning (disable : 4715) //Disable "not all control paths return a value" + +#if defined(__unix) || defined(__APPLE__) +//For Linux: +typedef __int64_t __int64; +#endif + +/*! + \file CDTable.hpp + \brief A virtual class for CDClient Tables + */ + +//! The base class for all CD tables +class CDTable { +public: + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + virtual std::string GetName() const = 0; +}; diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDVendorComponentTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDVendorComponentTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e096e85a --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDVendorComponentTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +#include "CDVendorComponentTable.h" + +//! Constructor +CDVendorComponentTable::CDVendorComponentTable(void) { + + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM VendorComponent"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Reserve the size + this->entries.reserve(size); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM VendorComponent"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDVendorComponent entry; + entry.id = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.buyScalar = tableData.getFloatField(1, -1.0f); + entry.sellScalar = tableData.getFloatField(2, -1.0f); + entry.refreshTimeSeconds = tableData.getFloatField(3, -1.0f); + entry.LootMatrixIndex = tableData.getIntField(4, -1); + + this->entries.push_back(entry); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +//! Destructor +CDVendorComponentTable::~CDVendorComponentTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDVendorComponentTable::GetName(void) const { + return "VendorComponent"; +} + +//! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause +std::vector CDVendorComponentTable::Query(std::function predicate) { + + std::vector data = cpplinq::from(this->entries) + >> cpplinq::where(predicate) + >> cpplinq::to_vector(); + + return data; +} + +//! Gets all the entries in the table +std::vector CDVendorComponentTable::GetEntries(void) const { + return this->entries; +} diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDVendorComponentTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDVendorComponentTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2e0fb9e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDVendorComponentTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDVendorComponentTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the VendorComponent table + */ + + //! VendorComponent Struct +struct CDVendorComponent { + unsigned int id; //!< The Component ID + float buyScalar; //!< Buy Scalar (what does that mean?) + float sellScalar; //!< Sell Scalar (what does that mean?) + float refreshTimeSeconds; //!< The refresh time + unsigned int LootMatrixIndex; //!< LootMatrixIndex of the vendor's items +}; + +//! VendorComponent table +class CDVendorComponentTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::vector entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDVendorComponentTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDVendorComponentTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Queries the table with a custom "where" clause + /*! + \param predicate The predicate + */ + std::vector Query(std::function predicate); + + //! Gets all the entries in the table + /*! + \return The entries + */ + std::vector GetEntries(void) const; + +}; + diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDZoneTableTable.cpp b/dDatabase/Tables/CDZoneTableTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7cd8d0d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDZoneTableTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +#include "CDZoneTableTable.h" + +//! Constructor +CDZoneTableTable::CDZoneTableTable(void) { + + // First, get the size of the table + unsigned int size = 0; + auto tableSize = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT COUNT(*) FROM ZoneTable"); + while (!tableSize.eof()) { + size = tableSize.getIntField(0, 0); + + tableSize.nextRow(); + } + + tableSize.finalize(); + + // Now get the data + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT * FROM ZoneTable"); + while (!tableData.eof()) { + CDZoneTable entry; + entry.zoneID = tableData.getIntField(0, -1); + entry.locStatus = tableData.getIntField(1, -1); + entry.zoneName = tableData.getStringField(2, ""); + entry.scriptID = tableData.getIntField(3, -1); + entry.ghostdistance_min = tableData.getFloatField(4, -1.0f); + entry.ghostdistance = tableData.getFloatField(5, -1.0f); + entry.population_soft_cap = tableData.getIntField(6, -1); + entry.population_hard_cap = tableData.getIntField(7, -1); + UNUSED(entry.DisplayDescription = tableData.getStringField(8, "")); + UNUSED(entry.mapFolder = tableData.getStringField(9, "")); + entry.smashableMinDistance = tableData.getFloatField(10, -1.0f); + entry.smashableMaxDistance = tableData.getFloatField(11, -1.0f); + UNUSED(entry.mixerProgram = tableData.getStringField(12, "")); + UNUSED(entry.clientPhysicsFramerate = tableData.getStringField(13, "")); + UNUSED(entry.serverPhysicsFramerate = tableData.getStringField(14, "")); + entry.zoneControlTemplate = tableData.getIntField(15, -1); + entry.widthInChunks = tableData.getIntField(16, -1); + entry.heightInChunks = tableData.getIntField(17, -1); + entry.petsAllowed = tableData.getIntField(18, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.localize = tableData.getIntField(19, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + entry.fZoneWeight = tableData.getFloatField(20, -1.0f); + UNUSED(entry.thumbnail = tableData.getStringField(21, "")); + entry.PlayerLoseCoinsOnDeath = tableData.getIntField(22, -1) == 1 ? true : false; + UNUSED(entry.disableSaveLoc = tableData.getIntField(23, -1) == 1 ? true : false); + entry.teamRadius = tableData.getFloatField(24, -1.0f); + UNUSED(entry.gate_version = tableData.getStringField(25, "")); + UNUSED(entry.mountsAllowed = tableData.getIntField(26, -1) == 1 ? true : false); + + this->m_Entries.insert(std::make_pair(entry.zoneID, entry)); + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); +} + +//! Destructor +CDZoneTableTable::~CDZoneTableTable(void) { } + +//! Returns the table's name +std::string CDZoneTableTable::GetName(void) const { + return "ZoneTable"; +} + +//! Queries the table with a zoneID to find. +const CDZoneTable* CDZoneTableTable::Query(unsigned int zoneID) { + const auto& iter = m_Entries.find(zoneID); + + if (iter != m_Entries.end()) + { + return &iter->second; + } + + return nullptr; +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dDatabase/Tables/CDZoneTableTable.h b/dDatabase/Tables/CDZoneTableTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f99febc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/dDatabase/Tables/CDZoneTableTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +#pragma once + +// Custom Classes +#include "CDTable.h" + +/*! + \file CDZoneTableTable.hpp + \brief Contains data for the ZoneTable table + */ + +//! ZoneTable Struct +struct CDZoneTable { + unsigned int zoneID; //!< The Zone ID of the object + unsigned int locStatus; //!< The Locale Status(?) + std::string zoneName; //!< The name of the zone + unsigned int scriptID; //!< The Script ID of the zone (ScriptsTable) + float ghostdistance_min; //!< The minimum ghosting distance + float ghostdistance; //!< The ghosting distance + unsigned int population_soft_cap; //!< The "soft cap" on the world population + unsigned int population_hard_cap; //!< The "hard cap" on the world population + UNUSED(std::string DisplayDescription); //!< The display description of the world + UNUSED(std::string mapFolder); //!< ??? + float smashableMinDistance; //!< The minimum smashable distance? + float smashableMaxDistance; //!< The maximum smashable distance? + UNUSED(std::string mixerProgram); //!< ??? + UNUSED(std::string clientPhysicsFramerate); //!< The client physics framerate + UNUSED(std::string serverPhysicsFramerate); //!< The server physics framerate + unsigned int zoneControlTemplate; //!< The Zone Control template + unsigned int widthInChunks; //!< The width of the world in chunks + unsigned int heightInChunks; //!< The height of the world in chunks + bool petsAllowed; //!< Whether or not pets are allowed in the world + bool localize; //!< Whether or not the world should be localized + float fZoneWeight; //!< ??? + UNUSED(std::string thumbnail); //!< The thumbnail of the world + bool PlayerLoseCoinsOnDeath; //!< Whether or not the user loses coins on death + UNUSED(bool disableSaveLoc); //!< Disables the saving location? + float teamRadius; //!< ??? + UNUSED(std::string gate_version); //!< The gate version + UNUSED(bool mountsAllowed); //!< Whether or not mounts are allowed +}; + +//! ZoneTable table +class CDZoneTableTable : public CDTable { +private: + std::map m_Entries; + +public: + + //! Constructor + CDZoneTableTable(void); + + //! Destructor + ~CDZoneTableTable(void); + + //! Returns the table's name + /*! + \return The table name + */ + std::string GetName(void) const override; + + //! Queries the table with a zoneID to find. + /*! + \param id The zoneID + */ + const CDZoneTable* Query(unsigned int zoneID); +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dGame/Character.cpp b/dGame/Character.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..267e4577 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/Character.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,607 @@ +#include "Character.h" +#include "User.h" +#include "Database.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include +#include "Entity.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "dServer.h" +#include "Zone.h" +#include "ChatPackets.h" +#include "Inventory.h" + +Character::Character(uint32_t id, User* parentUser) { + //First load the name, etc: + m_ID = id; + + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt( + "SELECT name, pending_name, needs_rename, prop_clone_id, permission_map FROM charinfo WHERE id=? LIMIT 1;" + ); + + stmt->setInt64(1, id); + + sql::ResultSet* res = stmt->executeQuery(); + + while (res->next()) { + m_Name = res->getString(1).c_str(); + m_UnapprovedName = res->getString(2).c_str(); + m_NameRejected = res->getBoolean(3); + m_PropertyCloneID = res->getUInt(4); + m_PermissionMap = static_cast(res->getUInt64(5)); + } + + delete res; + delete stmt; + + //Load the xmlData now: + sql::PreparedStatement* xmlStmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt( + "SELECT xml_data FROM charxml WHERE id=? LIMIT 1;" + ); + + xmlStmt->setInt64(1, id); + + sql::ResultSet* xmlRes = xmlStmt->executeQuery(); + while (xmlRes->next()) { + m_XMLData = xmlRes->getString(1).c_str(); + } + + delete xmlRes; + delete xmlStmt; + + m_ZoneID = 0; //TEMP! Set back to 0 when done. This is so we can see loading screen progress for testing. + m_ZoneInstanceID = 0; //These values don't really matter, these are only used on the char select screen and seem unused. + m_ZoneCloneID = 0; + + m_Doc = nullptr; + + //Quickly and dirtly parse the xmlData to get the info we need: + DoQuickXMLDataParse(); + + //Set our objectID: + m_ObjectID = m_ID; + m_ObjectID = GeneralUtils::SetBit(m_ObjectID, OBJECT_BIT_CHARACTER); + m_ObjectID = GeneralUtils::SetBit(m_ObjectID, OBJECT_BIT_PERSISTENT); + + m_ParentUser = parentUser; + m_OurEntity = nullptr; + m_BuildMode = false; +} + +Character::~Character() { + delete m_Doc; + m_Doc = nullptr; +} + +void Character::UpdateFromDatabase() +{ + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt( + "SELECT name, pending_name, needs_rename, prop_clone_id, permission_map FROM charinfo WHERE id=? LIMIT 1;" + ); + + stmt->setInt64(1, m_ID); + + sql::ResultSet* res = stmt->executeQuery(); + + while (res->next()) { + m_Name = res->getString(1).c_str(); + m_UnapprovedName = res->getString(2).c_str(); + m_NameRejected = res->getBoolean(3); + m_PropertyCloneID = res->getUInt(4); + m_PermissionMap = static_cast(res->getUInt64(5)); + } + + delete res; + delete stmt; + + //Load the xmlData now: + sql::PreparedStatement* xmlStmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt( + "SELECT xml_data FROM charxml WHERE id=? LIMIT 1;" + ); + xmlStmt->setInt64(1, m_ID); + + sql::ResultSet* xmlRes = xmlStmt->executeQuery(); + while (xmlRes->next()) { + m_XMLData = xmlRes->getString(1).c_str(); + } + + delete xmlRes; + delete xmlStmt; + + m_ZoneID = 0; //TEMP! Set back to 0 when done. This is so we can see loading screen progress for testing. + m_ZoneInstanceID = 0; //These values don't really matter, these are only used on the char select screen and seem unused. + m_ZoneCloneID = 0; + + delete m_Doc; + m_Doc = nullptr; + + //Quickly and dirtly parse the xmlData to get the info we need: + DoQuickXMLDataParse(); + + //Set our objectID: + m_ObjectID = m_ID; + m_ObjectID = GeneralUtils::SetBit(m_ObjectID, OBJECT_BIT_CHARACTER); + m_ObjectID = GeneralUtils::SetBit(m_ObjectID, OBJECT_BIT_PERSISTENT); + + m_OurEntity = nullptr; + m_BuildMode = false; +} + +void Character::DoQuickXMLDataParse() { + if (m_XMLData.size() == 0) return; + + delete m_Doc; + m_Doc = new tinyxml2::XMLDocument(); + if (!m_Doc) return; + + if (m_Doc->Parse(m_XMLData.c_str(), m_XMLData.size()) == 0) { + Game::logger->Log("Character", "Loaded xmlData for character %s (%i)!\n", m_Name.c_str(), m_ID); + } else { + Game::logger->Log("Character", "Failed to load xmlData!\n"); + //Server::rakServer->CloseConnection(m_ParentUser->GetSystemAddress(), true); + return; + } + + tinyxml2::XMLElement* mf = m_Doc->FirstChildElement("obj")->FirstChildElement("mf"); + if (!mf) { + Game::logger->Log("Character", "Failed to find mf tag!\n"); + return; + } + + mf->QueryAttribute("hc", &m_HairColor); + mf->QueryAttribute("hs", &m_HairStyle); + + mf->QueryAttribute("t", &m_ShirtColor); + mf->QueryAttribute("l", &m_PantsColor); + + mf->QueryAttribute("lh", &m_LeftHand); + mf->QueryAttribute("rh", &m_RightHand); + + mf->QueryAttribute("es", &m_Eyebrows); + mf->QueryAttribute("ess", &m_Eyes); + mf->QueryAttribute("ms", &m_Mouth); + + tinyxml2::XMLElement* inv = m_Doc->FirstChildElement("obj")->FirstChildElement("inv"); + if (!inv) { + Game::logger->Log("Character", "Char has no inv!\n"); + return; + } + + tinyxml2::XMLElement* bag = inv->FirstChildElement("items")->FirstChildElement("in"); + + if (!bag) { + Game::logger->Log("Character", "Couldn't find bag0!\n"); + return; + } + + while (bag != nullptr) + { + auto* sib = bag->FirstChildElement(); + + while (sib != nullptr) { + bool eq = false; + sib->QueryAttribute("eq", &eq); + LOT lot = 0; + sib->QueryAttribute("l", &lot); + + if (eq) { + if (lot != 0) m_EquippedItems.push_back(lot); + } + + sib = sib->NextSiblingElement(); + } + + bag = bag->NextSiblingElement(); + } + + + tinyxml2::XMLElement* character = m_Doc->FirstChildElement("obj")->FirstChildElement("char"); + if (character) { + character->QueryAttribute("cc", &m_Coins); + character->QueryAttribute("gm", &m_GMLevel); + + uint64_t lzidConcat = 0; + if (character->FindAttribute("lzid")) { + character->QueryAttribute("lzid", &lzidConcat); + m_ZoneID = lzidConcat & ((1 << 16) - 1); + m_ZoneInstanceID = (lzidConcat >> 16) & ((1 << 16) - 1); + m_ZoneCloneID = (lzidConcat >> 32) & ((1 << 30) - 1); + } + + //Darwin's backup + if (character->FindAttribute("lwid")) { + uint32_t worldID = 0; + character->QueryAttribute("lwid", &worldID); + m_ZoneID = worldID; + } + + if (character->FindAttribute("lnzid")) { + uint32_t lastNonInstanceZoneID = 0; + character->QueryAttribute("lnzid", &lastNonInstanceZoneID); + m_LastNonInstanceZoneID = lastNonInstanceZoneID; + } + + if (character->FindAttribute("tscene")) { + const char* tscene = nullptr; + character->QueryStringAttribute("tscene", &tscene); + m_TargetScene = std::string(tscene); + } + + //To try and fix the AG landing into: + if (m_ZoneID == 1000 && Game::server->GetZoneID() == 1100) { + //sneakily insert our position: + auto pos = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->GetSpawnPos(); + character->SetAttribute("lzx", pos.x); + character->SetAttribute("lzy", pos.y); + character->SetAttribute("lzz", pos.z); + } + + auto emotes = character->FirstChildElement("ue"); + if (emotes) { + auto currentChild = emotes->FirstChildElement(); + + while (currentChild) { + int emoteID; + currentChild->QueryAttribute("id", &emoteID); + m_UnlockedEmotes.push_back(emoteID); + currentChild = currentChild->NextSiblingElement(); + } + } + + character->QueryAttribute("lzx", &m_OriginalPosition.x); + character->QueryAttribute("lzy", &m_OriginalPosition.y); + character->QueryAttribute("lzz", &m_OriginalPosition.z); + character->QueryAttribute("lzrx", &m_OriginalRotation.x); + character->QueryAttribute("lzry", &m_OriginalRotation.y); + character->QueryAttribute("lzrz", &m_OriginalRotation.z); + character->QueryAttribute("lzrw", &m_OriginalRotation.w); + } + + auto* flags = m_Doc->FirstChildElement("obj")->FirstChildElement("flag"); + if (flags) { + auto* currentChild = flags->FirstChildElement(); + while (currentChild) { + uint32_t index = 0; + uint64_t value = 0; + const auto* temp = currentChild->Attribute("v"); + + index = std::stoul(currentChild->Attribute("id")); + value = std::stoull(temp); + + m_PlayerFlags.insert(std::make_pair(index, value)); + currentChild = currentChild->NextSiblingElement(); + } + } +} + +void Character::UnlockEmote(int emoteID) +{ + m_UnlockedEmotes.push_back(emoteID); + GameMessages::SendSetEmoteLockState(EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(m_ObjectID), false, emoteID); +} + +void Character::SetBuildMode(bool buildMode) +{ + m_BuildMode = buildMode; + + auto* controller = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlObject(); + + controller->OnFireEventServerSide(m_OurEntity, buildMode ? "OnBuildModeEnter" : "OnBuildModeLeave"); +} + +void Character::SaveXMLToDatabase() { + if (!m_Doc) return; + + //For metrics, we'll record the time it took to save: + auto start = std::chrono::system_clock::now(); + + tinyxml2::XMLElement* character = m_Doc->FirstChildElement("obj")->FirstChildElement("char"); + if (character) { + character->SetAttribute("gm", m_GMLevel); + character->SetAttribute("cc", m_Coins); + + // lzid garbage, binary concat of zoneID, zoneInstance and zoneClone + if (Game::server->GetZoneID() != 0) { + auto zoneInfo = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->GetZoneID(); + uint64_t lzidConcat = zoneInfo.GetCloneID(); + lzidConcat = (lzidConcat << 16) | uint16_t(zoneInfo.GetInstanceID()); + lzidConcat = (lzidConcat << 16) | uint16_t(zoneInfo.GetMapID()); + character->SetAttribute("lzid", lzidConcat); + character->SetAttribute("lnzid", GetLastNonInstanceZoneID()); + + //Darwin's backup: + character->SetAttribute("lwid", Game::server->GetZoneID()); + + // Set the target scene, custom attribute + character->SetAttribute("tscene", m_TargetScene.c_str()); + } + + auto emotes = character->FirstChildElement("ue"); + if (!emotes) emotes = m_Doc->NewElement("ue"); + + emotes->DeleteChildren(); + for (int emoteID : m_UnlockedEmotes) { + auto emote = m_Doc->NewElement("e"); + emote->SetAttribute("id", emoteID); + + emotes->LinkEndChild(emote); + } + + character->LinkEndChild(emotes); + } + + //Export our flags: + auto* flags = m_Doc->FirstChildElement("obj")->FirstChildElement("flag"); + if (!flags) { + flags = m_Doc->NewElement("flag"); //Create a flags tag if we don't have one + m_Doc->FirstChildElement("obj")->LinkEndChild(flags); //Link it to the obj tag so we can find next time + } + + flags->DeleteChildren(); //Clear it if we have anything, so that we can fill it up again without dupes + for (std::pair flag : m_PlayerFlags) { + auto* f = m_Doc->NewElement("f"); + f->SetAttribute("id", flag.first); + + //Because of the joy that is tinyxml2, it doesn't offer a function to set a uint64 as an attribute. + //Only signed 64-bits ints would work. + std::string v = std::to_string(flag.second); + f->SetAttribute("v", v.c_str()); + + flags->LinkEndChild(f); + } + + SaveXmlRespawnCheckpoints(); + + //Call upon the entity to update our xmlDoc: + if (!m_OurEntity) { + Game::logger->Log("Character", "We didn't have an entity set while saving! CHARACTER WILL NOT BE SAVED!\n"); + return; + } + + m_OurEntity->UpdateXMLDoc(m_Doc); + + //Dump our xml into m_XMLData: + auto* printer = new tinyxml2::XMLPrinter(0, true, 0); + m_Doc->Print(printer); + m_XMLData = printer->CStr(); + + //Finally, save to db: + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("UPDATE charxml SET xml_data=? WHERE id=?"); + stmt->setString(1, m_XMLData.c_str()); + stmt->setUInt(2, m_ID); + stmt->execute(); + delete stmt; + + //For metrics, log the time it took to save: + auto end = std::chrono::system_clock::now(); + std::chrono::duration elapsed = end - start; + Game::logger->Log("Character", "Saved character to Database in: %fs\n", elapsed.count()); + + delete printer; +} + +void Character::SetPlayerFlag(const uint32_t flagId, const bool value) { + // If the flag is already set, we don't have to recalculate it + if (GetPlayerFlag(flagId) == value) return; + + if (value) + { + // Update the mission component: + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(m_ObjectID); + + if (player != nullptr) + { + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr) + { + missionComponent->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_PLAYER_FLAG, flagId); + } + } + } + + // Calculate the index first + auto flagIndex = uint32_t(std::floor(flagId / 64)); + + const auto shiftedValue = 1ULL << flagId % 64; + + auto it = m_PlayerFlags.find(flagIndex); + + // Check if flag index exists + if (it != m_PlayerFlags.end()) + { + // Update the value + if (value) { + it->second |= shiftedValue; + } else { + it->second &= ~shiftedValue; + } + } else { + if (value) { + // Otherwise, insert the value + uint64_t flagValue = 0; + + flagValue |= shiftedValue; + + m_PlayerFlags.insert(std::make_pair(flagIndex, flagValue)); + } + } + + // Notify the client that a flag has changed server-side + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientFlagChange(m_ObjectID, flagId, value, m_ParentUser->GetSystemAddress()); +} + +bool Character::GetPlayerFlag(const uint32_t flagId) const { + // Calculate the index first + const auto flagIndex = uint32_t(std::floor(flagId / 64)); + + const auto shiftedValue = 1ULL << flagId % 64; + + auto it = m_PlayerFlags.find(flagIndex); + if (it != m_PlayerFlags.end()) { + // Don't set the data if we don't have to + return (it->second & shiftedValue) != 0; + } + + return false; //by def, return false. +} + +void Character::SaveXmlRespawnCheckpoints() +{ + //Export our respawn points: + auto* points = m_Doc->FirstChildElement("obj")->FirstChildElement("res"); + if (!points) { + points = m_Doc->NewElement("res"); + m_Doc->FirstChildElement("obj")->LinkEndChild(points); + } + + points->DeleteChildren(); + for (const auto& point : m_WorldRespawnCheckpoints) { + auto* r = m_Doc->NewElement("r"); + r->SetAttribute("w", point.first); + + r->SetAttribute("x", point.second.x); + r->SetAttribute("y", point.second.y); + r->SetAttribute("z", point.second.z); + + points->LinkEndChild(r); + } +} + +void Character::LoadXmlRespawnCheckpoints() +{ + m_WorldRespawnCheckpoints.clear(); + + auto* points = m_Doc->FirstChildElement("obj")->FirstChildElement("res"); + if (!points) { + return; + } + + auto* r = points->FirstChildElement("r"); + while (r != nullptr) + { + int32_t map = 0; + NiPoint3 point = NiPoint3::ZERO; + + r->QueryAttribute("w", &map); + r->QueryAttribute("x", &point.x); + r->QueryAttribute("y", &point.y); + r->QueryAttribute("z", &point.z); + + r = r->NextSiblingElement("r"); + + m_WorldRespawnCheckpoints[map] = point; + } + +} + +void Character::OnZoneLoad() +{ + if (m_OurEntity == nullptr) { + return; + } + + auto* missionComponent = m_OurEntity->GetComponent(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr) { + // Fix the monument race flag + if (missionComponent->GetMissionState(319) >= MissionState::MISSION_STATE_READY_TO_COMPLETE) { + SetPlayerFlag(33, true); + } + } + + const auto maxGMLevel = m_ParentUser->GetMaxGMLevel(); + + // This does not apply to the GMs + if (maxGMLevel > GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_CIVILIAN) { + return; + } + + /** + * Restrict old character to 1 million coins + */ + if (HasPermission(PermissionMap::Old)) { + if (GetCoins() > 1000000) { + SetCoins(1000000); + } + } + + auto* inventoryComponent = m_OurEntity->GetComponent(); + + if (inventoryComponent == nullptr) { + return; + } + + // Remove all GM items + for (const auto lot : Inventory::GetAllGMItems()) { + inventoryComponent->RemoveItem(lot, inventoryComponent->GetLotCount(lot)); + } +} + +PermissionMap Character::GetPermissionMap() const +{ + return m_PermissionMap; +} + +bool Character::HasPermission(PermissionMap permission) const +{ + return (static_cast(m_PermissionMap) & static_cast(permission)) != 0; +} + +void Character::SetRespawnPoint(LWOMAPID map, const NiPoint3& point) +{ + m_WorldRespawnCheckpoints[map] = point; +} + +const NiPoint3& Character::GetRespawnPoint(LWOMAPID map) const +{ + const auto& pair = m_WorldRespawnCheckpoints.find(map); + + if (pair == m_WorldRespawnCheckpoints.end()) return NiPoint3::ZERO; + + return pair->second; +} + +void Character::SetCoins(int64_t newCoins, const bool message) { + if (newCoins < 0) + { + newCoins = 0; + } + + m_Coins = newCoins; + + if (message) + { + GameMessages::SendSetCurrency(EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(m_ObjectID), m_Coins, 0, 0, 0, 0, true); + } +} + +bool Character::HasBeenToWorld(LWOMAPID mapID) const +{ + return m_WorldRespawnCheckpoints.find(mapID) != m_WorldRespawnCheckpoints.end(); +} + +void Character::SendMuteNotice() const +{ + if (!m_ParentUser->GetIsMuted()) return; + + time_t expire = m_ParentUser->GetMuteExpire(); + + char buffer[32] = "brought up for review.\0"; + + if (expire != 1) + { + std::tm * ptm = std::localtime(&expire); + // Format: Mo, 15.06.2009 20:20:00 + std::strftime(buffer, 32, "%a, %d.%m.%Y %H:%M:%S", ptm); + } + + const auto timeStr = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(std::string(buffer)); + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(GetEntity()->GetSystemAddress(), u"You are muted until " + timeStr); +} diff --git a/dGame/Character.h b/dGame/Character.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..161b9eab --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/Character.h @@ -0,0 +1,564 @@ +#ifndef CHARACTER_H +#define CHARACTER_H + +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include +#include "../thirdparty/tinyxml2/tinyxml2.h" +#include +#include + +#include "NiPoint3.h" +#include "NiQuaternion.h" +#include "PermissionMap.h" + +class User; +struct Packet; +class Entity; + +/** + * Meta information about a character, like their name and style + */ +class Character { +public: + Character(uint32_t id, User* parentUser); + ~Character(); + + void SaveXMLToDatabase(); + void UpdateFromDatabase(); + + void SaveXmlRespawnCheckpoints(); + void LoadXmlRespawnCheckpoints(); + + const std::string& GetXMLData() const { return m_XMLData; } + tinyxml2::XMLDocument* GetXMLDoc() const { return m_Doc; } + + /** + * Gets the database ID of the character + * @return the database ID of the character + */ + uint32_t GetID() const { return m_ID; } + + /** + * Gets the (custom) name of the character + * @return the name of the character + */ + const std::string& GetName() const { return m_Name; } + + /** + * Gets the generated name of the character + * @return the generated name + */ + const std::string& GetUnapprovedName() const { return m_UnapprovedName; } + + /** + * Gets whether or not the custom name for this character was rejected + * @return whether the custom name for this character was rejected + */ + bool GetNameRejected() const { return m_NameRejected; } + + /** + * Gets the object ID of the entity this character belongs to + * @return the object ID of the entity this character belongs to + */ + LWOOBJID GetObjectID() const { return m_ObjectID; } + + /** + * Gets the identifier for the properties of this character + * @return The identifier for the properties of this character + */ + uint32_t GetPropertyCloneID() const { return m_PropertyCloneID; } + + /** + * Gets the last login of this character in MS + * @return the last login of this character + */ + uint64_t GetLastLogin() const { return m_LastLogin; } + + /** + * Gets the default shirt color for this character + * @return the default shirt color ID + */ + uint32_t GetShirtColor() const { return m_ShirtColor; } + + /** + * Gets the default hair style for this character + * @return the default hair style ID + */ + uint32_t GetShirtStyle() const { return m_ShirtStyle; } + + /** + * Gets the default pants color for this character + * @return the default pants color ID + */ + uint32_t GetPantsColor() const { return m_PantsColor; } + + /** + * Gets the default hair color for this character + * @return the default hair color ID + */ + uint32_t GetHairColor() const { return m_HairColor; } + + /** + * Gets the default hair style of this character + * @return the default hair style ID + */ + uint32_t GetHairStyle() const { return m_HairStyle; } + + /** + * Gets the eyes config for this character + * @return the eyes config ID + */ + uint32_t GetEyes() const { return m_Eyes; } + + /** + * Gets the eyebrows config for this character + * @return the eyebrow config ID + */ + uint32_t GetEyebrows() const { return m_Eyebrows; } + + /** + * Get the mouth of this character + * @return the mouth ID + */ + uint32_t GetMouth() const { return m_Mouth; } + + /** + * Gets the left hand color of this character + * @return the left hand color ID + */ + uint32_t GetLeftHand() const { return m_LeftHand; } + + /** + * Gets the right hand color of this character + * @return the right hand color ID + */ + uint32_t GetRightHand() const { return m_RightHand; } + + /** + * Whether this character has visited a certain zone + * @param mapID the ID of the zone to check for + * @return Whether the character has visited the provided zone + */ + bool HasBeenToWorld(LWOMAPID mapID) const; + + /** + * Gets the zone ID the character is currently in + * @return the zone ID the character is currently in + */ + uint32_t GetZoneID() const { return m_ZoneID; } + + /** + * Sets the zone ID the character is currently in + * @param id the zone ID to set + */ + void SetZoneID(uint32_t id) { m_ZoneID = id; } + + /** + * Gets the instance ID of the zone the character is currently in, for boss battles + * @return the instance ID of the zone the character is in + */ + uint32_t GetZoneInstance() const { return m_ZoneInstanceID; } + + /** + * Sets the zone instance ID the character is currently in + * @param instance the instance ID of the zone + */ + void SetZoneInstance(uint32_t instance) { m_ZoneInstanceID = instance; } + + /** + * Gets the clone ID of the zone the character is currently in, for properties + * @return the clone ID of the zone the character is in + */ + uint32_t GetZoneClone() const { return m_ZoneCloneID; } + + /** + * Sets the clone ID of the zone the character is currently in + * @param clone the clone ID of the zone + */ + void SetZoneClone(uint32_t clone) { m_ZoneCloneID = clone; } + + /** + * Gets the last zone the character was in, that was not an instance (=boss battle), to be able to send them back + * @return the zone ID of the last non-instance zone this character was in + */ + uint32_t GetLastNonInstanceZoneID() const { return m_LastNonInstanceZoneID; } + + /** + * Sets the last non instance zone ID for the character + * @param id the zone ID + */ + void SetLastNonInstanceZoneID(uint32_t id) { m_LastNonInstanceZoneID = id; } + + /** + * Gets the name of the scene that will play when the character lands in the next zone + * @return the name of the landing scene + */ + const std::string& GetTargetScene() const { return m_TargetScene; } + + /** + * Sets the name of the landing scene that will play when the player lands in the new zone + * NOTE: Generally set by launch pads before heading off to the next zone + * @param value the name of the landing scene to set + */ + void SetTargetScene(const std::string& value) { m_TargetScene = value; } + + /** + * Gets the starting position of the character (at spawn) + * @return the starting position of the character + */ + const NiPoint3& GetOriginalPos() const { return m_OriginalPosition; } + + /** + * Gets the starting rotation of the character (at spawn) + * @return the starting rotation of the character + */ + const NiQuaternion& GetOriginalRot() const { return m_OriginalRotation; } + + /** + * Gets the respawn point of the the character for a certain map + * @param map the map ID to get the respawn point for + * @return the respawn point of the character on the given map + */ + const NiPoint3& GetRespawnPoint(LWOMAPID map) const; + + /** + * Sets the respawn point of this character for a given map + * @param map the map to set the respawn point for + * @param point the point to set as respawn point on the given map + */ + void SetRespawnPoint(LWOMAPID map, const NiPoint3& point); + + /** + * Gets the GM level of the character + * @return the GM level + */ + int32_t GetGMLevel() const { return m_GMLevel; } + + /** + * Sets the GM level of the character + * @param value the GM level to set + */ + void SetGMLevel(uint8_t value) { m_GMLevel = value; } + + /** + * Gets the current amount of coins of the character + * @return the current amount of coins + */ + const int64_t GetCoins() const { return m_Coins; } + + /** + * Updates the current amount of coins of the character by a specified amount, for achievements this is not sent + * as it's tracked by the client + * @param newCoins the amount of coins to update by + * @param message whether to notify the client of the change + */ + void SetCoins(int64_t newCoins, bool message = true); + + /** + * Get the entity this character belongs to + * @return the entity this character belongs to + */ + Entity* GetEntity() const { return m_OurEntity; } + + /** + * Sets the entity this character belongs to + * @param entity the entity this character belongs to + */ + void SetEntity(Entity* entity) { m_OurEntity = entity; } + + /** + * Gets the current build mode of the character (on or off) + * @return the current build mode of the character + */ + bool GetBuildMode() const { return m_BuildMode; } + + /** + * Sets the current build mode for the character (either on or off) + * @param buildMode the build mode to set + */ + void SetBuildMode(bool buildMode); + + /** + * Gets the title of an announcement that a character made (reserved for GMs) + * @return the title of the announcement a character made + */ + const std::string& GetAnnouncementTitle() const { return m_AnnouncementTitle; } + + /** + * Sets the title of an announcement a character will make (reserved for GMs) + * @param value the title to set + */ + void SetAnnouncementTitle(const std::string& value) { m_AnnouncementTitle = value; } + + /** + * Gets the body of an announcement a character made (reserved for GMs) + * @return the body of the announcement + */ + const std::string& GetAnnouncementMessage() const { return m_AnnouncementMessage; } + + /** + * Sets the body of an annoucement to make (reserved for GMs) + * @param value the body of the announcement + */ + void SetAnnouncementMessage(const std::string& value) { m_AnnouncementMessage = value; } + + /** + * Called when the character has loaded into a zone + */ + void OnZoneLoad(); + + /** + * Gets the permissions of the character, determining what actions a character may do + * @return the permissions for this character + */ + PermissionMap GetPermissionMap() const; + + /** + * Check if this character has a certain permission + * @param permission the ID of the permission to check for + * @return whether the character has the specified permission + */ + bool HasPermission(PermissionMap permission) const; + + /** + * Gets all the emotes this character has unlocked so far + * @return the emotes this character has unlocked + */ + const std::vector& GetUnlockedEmotes() const { return m_UnlockedEmotes; } + + /** + * Unlocks an emote, adding it to the unlocked list, also updates the state for the client + * @param emoteID the ID of the emote to unlock + */ + void UnlockEmote(int emoteID); + + /** + * Sets a flag for the character, indicating certain parts of the game that have been interacted with. Not to be + * confused with the permissions + * @param flagId the ID of the flag to set + * @param value the value to set for the flag + */ + void SetPlayerFlag(uint32_t flagId, bool value); + + /** + * Gets the value for a certain character flag + * @param flagId the ID of the flag to get a value for + * @return the value of the flag given the ID (the default is false, obviously) + */ + bool GetPlayerFlag(uint32_t flagId) const; + + /** + * Notifies the character that they're now muted + */ + void SendMuteNotice() const; + + /** + * Get the equipped items for this character, only used for character creation + * @return the equipped items for this character on world load + */ + const std::vector& GetEquippedItems() const { return m_EquippedItems; } + +private: + /** + * The ID of this character. First 32 bits of the ObjectID. + */ + uint32_t m_ID; + + /** + * The 64-bit unique ID used in the game. + */ + LWOOBJID m_ObjectID; + + /** + * The user that owns this character. + */ + User* m_ParentUser; + + /** + * If the character is in game, this is the entity that it represents, else nullptr. + */ + Entity* m_OurEntity; + + /** + * 0-9, the Game Master level of this character. + * + * @see eGameMasterLevel + */ + int32_t m_GMLevel; + + /** + * Bitmap of permission attributes this character has. + */ + PermissionMap m_PermissionMap; + + /** + * The default name of this character + */ + std::string m_Name; + + /** + * The custom name of the character + */ + std::string m_UnapprovedName; + + /** + * Whether the custom name of this character is rejected + */ + bool m_NameRejected; + + /** + * The current amount of coins of this character + */ + int64_t m_Coins; + + /** + * Whether the character is building + */ + bool m_BuildMode; + + /** + * The items equipped by the character on world load + */ + std::vector m_EquippedItems; + + /** + * The default shirt color of the character + */ + uint32_t m_ShirtColor = 0; + + /** + * The default shirt style of the character + */ + uint32_t m_ShirtStyle = 0; + + /** + * The default pants color of the character + */ + uint32_t m_PantsColor = 1; + + /** + * The default hair color of the character + */ + uint32_t m_HairColor = 0; + + /** + * The default hair style of the character + */ + uint32_t m_HairStyle = 0; + + /** + * The eyes style of the character + */ + uint32_t m_Eyes = 1; + + /** + * The eyebrow style of the character + */ + uint32_t m_Eyebrows = 33; + + /** + * The mouth style of the character + */ + uint32_t m_Mouth = 8; + + /* + * The left hand ID of the character + * NOTE: This might just be client stack garbage. + */ + uint32_t m_LeftHand = 23571472; + + /** + * The right hand ID of the character + * NOTE: This might just be client stack garbage. + */ + uint32_t m_RightHand = 23124164; + + /** + * The emotes unlocked by this character + */ + std::vector m_UnlockedEmotes; + + /** + * The ID of the properties of this character + */ + uint32_t m_PropertyCloneID; + + /** + * The XML data for this character, stored as string + */ + std::string m_XMLData; + + /** + * The last zone visited by the character that was not an instance zone + */ + uint32_t m_LastNonInstanceZoneID = 0; + + /** + * The ID of the zone the character is currently in + */ + uint32_t m_ZoneID = 0; + + /** + * The instance ID of the zone the character is currently in (for boss battles) + */ + uint32_t m_ZoneInstanceID = 0; + + /** + * The clone ID of the zone the character is currently in (for properties) + */ + uint32_t m_ZoneCloneID = 0; + + /** + * The last time this character logged in + */ + uint64_t m_LastLogin; + + /** + * The gameplay flags this character has (not just true values) + */ + std::unordered_map m_PlayerFlags; + + /** + * The character XML belonging to this character + */ + tinyxml2::XMLDocument* m_Doc; + + /** + * Title of an announcement this character made (reserved for GMs) + */ + std::string m_AnnouncementTitle; + + /** + * The body of an announcement this character made (reserved for GMs) + */ + std::string m_AnnouncementMessage; + + /** + * The spawn position of this character when loading in + */ + NiPoint3 m_OriginalPosition; + + /** + * The spawn rotation of this character when loading in + */ + NiQuaternion m_OriginalRotation; + + /** + * The respawn points of this character, per world + */ + std::map m_WorldRespawnCheckpoints; + + /** + * The scene where the player will land. + * Set by the launchpad the player used to get to the current world. + */ + std::string m_TargetScene; + + /** + * Queries the character XML and updates all the fields of this object + * NOTE: quick as there's no DB lookups + */ + void DoQuickXMLDataParse(); +}; + +#endif // CHARACTER_H diff --git a/dGame/Entity.cpp b/dGame/Entity.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c98323a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/Entity.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2149 @@ +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "CDClientManager.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include +#include +#include "CDDestructibleComponentTable.h" +#include "CDClientDatabase.h" +#include +#include "dServer.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "Zone.h" +#include "Spawner.h" +#include "UserManager.h" +#include "dpWorld.h" +#include "Player.h" + +//Component includes: +#include "Component.h" +#include "ControllablePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "RenderComponent.h" +#include "CharacterComponent.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "BuffComponent.h" +#include "BouncerComponent.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" +#include "ScriptComponent.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "SimplePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "SwitchComponent.h" +#include "PhantomPhysicsComponent.h" +#include "RigidbodyPhantomPhysicsComponent.h" +#include "MovingPlatformComponent.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "MissionOfferComponent.h" +#include "RebuildComponent.h" +#include "BuildBorderComponent.h" +#include "MovementAIComponent.h" +#include "VendorComponent.h" +#include "RocketLaunchpadControlComponent.h" +#include "PropertyComponent.h" +#include "BaseCombatAIComponent.h" +#include "PropertyManagementComponent.h" +#include "PropertyVendorComponent.h" +#include "ProximityMonitorComponent.h" +#include "PropertyEntranceComponent.h" +#include "ModelComponent.h" +#include "ZCompression.h" +#include "PetComponent.h" +#include "VehiclePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "PossessableComponent.h" +#include "PossessorComponent.h" +#include "ModuleAssemblyComponent.h" +#include "RacingControlComponent.h" +#include "SoundTriggerComponent.h" +#include "ShootingGalleryComponent.h" +#include "RailActivatorComponent.h" +#include "LUPExhibitComponent.h" + +Entity::Entity(const LWOOBJID& objectID, EntityInfo info, Entity* parentEntity) { + m_ObjectID = objectID; + m_TemplateID = info.lot; + m_ParentEntity = parentEntity; + m_Character = nullptr; + m_GMLevel = 0; + m_CollectibleID = 0; + m_Trigger = nullptr; //new LUTriggers::Trigger(); + m_NetworkID = 0; + m_Groups = {}; + m_OwnerOverride = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + m_Timers = {}; + m_ChildEntities = {}; + m_ScheduleKiller = nullptr; + m_TargetsInPhantom = {}; + m_Components = {}; + m_DieCallbacks = {}; + m_PhantomCollisionCallbacks = {}; + + m_Settings = info.settings; + m_NetworkSettings = info.networkSettings; + m_DefaultPosition = info.pos; + m_DefaultRotation = info.rot; + m_Scale = info.scale; + m_Spawner = info.spawner; + m_SpawnerID = info.spawnerID; + m_HasSpawnerNodeID = info.hasSpawnerNodeID; + m_SpawnerNodeID = info.spawnerNodeID; + + if (info.lot != 1) m_PlayerIsReadyForUpdates = true; +} + +Entity::~Entity() { + if (m_Character) { + m_Character->SaveXMLToDatabase(); + } + + if (IsPlayer()) { + Entity* zoneControl = EntityManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlEntity(); + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(zoneControl)) { + script->OnPlayerExit(zoneControl, this); + } + + std::vector scriptedActs = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_SCRIPTED_ACTIVITY); + for (Entity* scriptEntity : scriptedActs) { + if (scriptEntity->GetObjectID() != zoneControl->GetObjectID()) { // Don't want to trigger twice on instance worlds + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(scriptEntity)) { + script->OnPlayerExit(scriptEntity, this); + } + } + } + } + + CancelAllTimers(); + CancelCallbackTimers(); + + const auto components = m_Components; + + for (const auto& pair : components) { + delete pair.second; + + m_Components.erase(pair.first); + } +} + +void Entity::Initialize() +{ + /** + * Setup trigger + */ + + const auto triggerName = GetVarAsString(u"trigger_id"); + + if (!triggerName.empty()) { + std::stringstream ss(triggerName); + std::vector tokens; + std::string token; + while (std::getline(ss, token, ':')) { + tokens.push_back(token); + } + + uint32_t sceneID = std::stoi(tokens[0]); + uint32_t triggerID = std::stoi(tokens[1]); + + if (m_Trigger != nullptr) { + delete m_Trigger; + m_Trigger = nullptr; + } + + m_Trigger = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->GetTrigger(sceneID, triggerID); + + if (m_Trigger == nullptr) { + m_Trigger = new LUTriggers::Trigger(); + } + } + + /** + * Setup groups + */ + + const auto groupIDs = GetVarAsString(u"groupID"); + + if (!groupIDs.empty()) { + m_Groups = GeneralUtils::SplitString(groupIDs, ';'); + m_Groups.erase(m_Groups.end() - 1); + } + + /** + * Set ourselves as a child of our parent + */ + + if (m_ParentEntity != nullptr) { + m_ParentEntity->AddChild(this); + } + + // Get the registry table + CDComponentsRegistryTable* compRegistryTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ComponentsRegistry"); + + /** + * Special case for BBB models. They have components not corresponding to the registry. + */ + + if (m_TemplateID == 14) { + const auto simplePhysicsComponentID = compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_SIMPLE_PHYSICS); + + SimplePhysicsComponent* comp = new SimplePhysicsComponent(simplePhysicsComponentID, this); + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_SIMPLE_PHYSICS, comp)); + + ModelComponent* modelcomp = new ModelComponent(0, this); + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_MODEL, modelcomp)); + + RenderComponent* render = new RenderComponent(this); + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_RENDER, render)); + + // We have all our components. + return; + } + + /** + * Go through all the components and check if this entity has them. + * + * Not all components are implemented. Some are represented by a nullptr, as they hold no data. + */ + + if (GetParentUser()) { + auto missions = new MissionComponent(this); + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION, missions)); + missions->LoadFromXml(m_Character->GetXMLDoc()); + } + + uint32_t petComponentId = compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_PET); + if (petComponentId > 0) { + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_PET, new PetComponent(this, petComponentId))); + } + + if (compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_ZONE_CONTROL) > 0) { + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_ZONE_CONTROL, nullptr)); + } + + if (compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_POSSESSABLE) > 0) { + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_POSSESSABLE, new PossessableComponent(this))); + } + + if (compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_MODULE_ASSEMBLY) > 0) { + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_MODULE_ASSEMBLY, new ModuleAssemblyComponent(this))); + } + + if (compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_RACING_STATS) > 0) { + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_RACING_STATS, nullptr)); + } + + if (compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_ITEM) > 0) { + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_ITEM, nullptr)); + } + + if (compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_EXHIBIT, -1) >= 0) { + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_EXHIBIT, new LUPExhibitComponent(this))); + } + + if (compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_RACING_CONTROL) > 0) { + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_RACING_CONTROL, new RacingControlComponent(this))); + } + + const auto propertyEntranceComponentID = compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_PROPERTY_ENTRANCE); + if (propertyEntranceComponentID > 0) { + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_PROPERTY_ENTRANCE, + new PropertyEntranceComponent(propertyEntranceComponentID, this))); + } + + if (compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_CONTROLLABLE_PHYSICS) > 0) { + ControllablePhysicsComponent* controllablePhysics = new ControllablePhysicsComponent(this); + + if (m_Character) { + controllablePhysics->LoadFromXML(m_Character->GetXMLDoc()); + + const auto mapID = Game::server->GetZoneID(); + + //If we came from another zone, put us in the starting loc + if (m_Character->GetZoneID() != Game::server->GetZoneID() || mapID == 1603) { // Exception for Moon Base as you tend to spawn on the roof. + NiPoint3 pos; + NiQuaternion rot; + + const auto& targetSceneName = m_Character->GetTargetScene(); + auto* targetScene = EntityManager::Instance()->GetSpawnPointEntity(targetSceneName); + + if (m_Character->HasBeenToWorld(mapID) && targetSceneName.empty()) { + pos = m_Character->GetRespawnPoint(mapID); + rot = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->GetSpawnRot(); + } + else if (targetScene != nullptr) { + pos = targetScene->GetPosition(); + rot = targetScene->GetRotation(); + } + else { + pos = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->GetSpawnPos(); + rot = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->GetSpawnRot(); + } + + controllablePhysics->SetPosition(pos); + controllablePhysics->SetRotation(rot); + } + } + else { + controllablePhysics->SetPosition(m_DefaultPosition); + controllablePhysics->SetRotation(m_DefaultRotation); + } + + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_CONTROLLABLE_PHYSICS, controllablePhysics)); + } + + // If an entity is marked a phantom, simple physics is made into phantom phyics. + bool markedAsPhantom = GetVar(u"markedAsPhantom"); + + const auto simplePhysicsComponentID = compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_SIMPLE_PHYSICS); + if (!markedAsPhantom && simplePhysicsComponentID > 0) { + SimplePhysicsComponent* comp = new SimplePhysicsComponent(simplePhysicsComponentID, this); + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_SIMPLE_PHYSICS, comp)); + } + + if (compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_RIGID_BODY_PHANTOM_PHYSICS) > 0) { + RigidbodyPhantomPhysicsComponent* comp = new RigidbodyPhantomPhysicsComponent(this); + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_RIGID_BODY_PHANTOM_PHYSICS, comp)); + } + + if (markedAsPhantom || compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_PHANTOM_PHYSICS) > 0) { + PhantomPhysicsComponent* phantomPhysics = new PhantomPhysicsComponent(this); + phantomPhysics->SetPhysicsEffectActive(false); + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_PHANTOM_PHYSICS, phantomPhysics)); + } + + if (compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_VEHICLE_PHYSICS) > 0) { + VehiclePhysicsComponent* vehiclePhysicsComponent = new VehiclePhysicsComponent(this); + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_VEHICLE_PHYSICS, vehiclePhysicsComponent)); + vehiclePhysicsComponent->SetPosition(m_DefaultPosition); + vehiclePhysicsComponent->SetRotation(m_DefaultRotation); + } + + if (compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_SOUND_TRIGGER, -1) != -1) { + auto* comp = new SoundTriggerComponent(this); + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_SOUND_TRIGGER, comp)); + } + + //Check to see if we have a moving platform component: + //Which, for some reason didn't get added to the ComponentsRegistry so we have to check for a path manually here. + std::string attachedPath = GetVarAsString(u"attached_path"); + + if (!attachedPath.empty() || compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_MOVING_PLATFORM, -1) != -1) { + MovingPlatformComponent* plat = new MovingPlatformComponent(this, attachedPath); + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_MOVING_PLATFORM, plat)); + } + + //Also check for the collectible id: + m_CollectibleID = GetVarAs(u"collectible_id"); + + if (compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_BUFF) > 0) { + BuffComponent* comp = new BuffComponent(this); + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_BUFF, comp)); + } + + int collectibleComponentID = compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_COLLECTIBLE); + + if (collectibleComponentID > 0){ + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_COLLECTIBLE, nullptr)); + } + + /** + * Multiple components require te destructible component. + */ + + int buffComponentID = compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_BUFF); + int rebuildComponentID = compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_REBUILD); + + int componentID = 0; + if (collectibleComponentID > 0) componentID = collectibleComponentID; + if (rebuildComponentID > 0) componentID = rebuildComponentID; + if (buffComponentID > 0) componentID = buffComponentID; + + CDDestructibleComponentTable* destCompTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("DestructibleComponent"); + std::vector destCompData = destCompTable->Query([=](CDDestructibleComponent entry) { return (entry.id == componentID); }); + + if (buffComponentID > 0 || collectibleComponentID > 0) { + DestroyableComponent* comp = new DestroyableComponent(this); + if (m_Character) { + comp->LoadFromXML(m_Character->GetXMLDoc()); + } + else { + if (componentID > 0) { + std::vector destCompData = destCompTable->Query([=](CDDestructibleComponent entry) { return (entry.id == componentID); }); + + if (destCompData.size() > 0) { + if (HasComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_RACING_STATS)) + { + destCompData[0].imagination = 60; + } + + comp->SetHealth(destCompData[0].life); + comp->SetImagination(destCompData[0].imagination); + comp->SetArmor(destCompData[0].armor); + + comp->SetMaxHealth(destCompData[0].life); + comp->SetMaxImagination(destCompData[0].imagination); + comp->SetMaxArmor(destCompData[0].armor); + + comp->SetIsSmashable(destCompData[0].isSmashable); + + comp->SetLootMatrixID(destCompData[0].LootMatrixIndex); + + // Now get currency information + uint32_t npcMinLevel = destCompData[0].level; + uint32_t currencyIndex = destCompData[0].CurrencyIndex; + + CDCurrencyTableTable* currencyTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("CurrencyTable"); + std::vector currencyValues = currencyTable->Query([=](CDCurrencyTable entry) { return (entry.currencyIndex == currencyIndex && entry.npcminlevel == npcMinLevel); }); + + if (currencyValues.size() > 0) { + // Set the coins + comp->SetMinCoins(currencyValues[0].minvalue); + comp->SetMaxCoins(currencyValues[0].maxvalue); + } + + // extraInfo overrides + comp->SetIsSmashable(GetVarAs(u"is_smashable") != 0); + } + } + else { + comp->SetHealth(1); + comp->SetArmor(0); + + comp->SetMaxHealth(1); + comp->SetMaxArmor(0); + + comp->SetIsSmashable(true); + comp->AddFaction(-1); + comp->AddFaction(6); //Smashables + + // A race car has 60 imagination, other entities defaults to 0. + comp->SetImagination(HasComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_RACING_STATS) ? 60 : 0); + comp->SetMaxImagination(HasComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_RACING_STATS) ? 60 : 0); + } + } + + if (destCompData.size() > 0) { + comp->AddFaction(destCompData[0].faction); + std::stringstream ss(destCompData[0].factionList); + std::string token; + + while (std::getline(ss, token, ',')) { + if (std::stoi(token) == destCompData[0].faction) continue; + + if (token != "") { + comp->AddFaction(std::stoi(token)); + } + } + } + + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_DESTROYABLE, comp)); + } + + /*if (compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_DESTROYABLE) > 0 || m_Character) { + DestroyableComponent* comp = new DestroyableComponent(); + if (m_Character) comp->LoadFromXML(m_Character->GetXMLDoc()); + m_Components.push_back(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_DESTROYABLE, comp)); + }*/ + + if (compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_CHARACTER) > 0 || m_Character) { + CharacterComponent* comp = new CharacterComponent(this, m_Character); + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_CHARACTER, comp)); + } + + if (compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY) > 0 || m_Character) { + InventoryComponent* comp = nullptr; + if (m_Character) comp = new InventoryComponent(this, m_Character->GetXMLDoc()); + else comp = new InventoryComponent(this); + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY, comp)); + } + + if (compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_ROCKET_LAUNCH_LUP) > 0) { + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_ROCKET_LAUNCH_LUP, nullptr)); + } + + /** + * This is a bit of a mess + */ + + CDScriptComponentTable* scriptCompTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ScriptComponent"); + int scriptComponentID = compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_SCRIPT); + + std::string scriptName = ""; + bool client = false; + if (scriptComponentID > 0 || m_Character) { + std::string clientScriptName; + if (!m_Character) { + CDScriptComponent scriptCompData = scriptCompTable->GetByID(scriptComponentID); + scriptName = scriptCompData.script_name; + clientScriptName = scriptCompData.client_script_name; + } + else { + scriptName = ""; + } + + if (scriptName != "" || (scriptName == "" && m_Character)) { + + } + else if (clientScriptName != "") { + client = true; + } + else if (!m_Character) { + client = true; + } + } + + std::string customScriptServer; + bool hasCustomServerScript = false; + + // Custom script for the LUP teleporter + if (m_TemplateID == 14333) + { + hasCustomServerScript = true; + customScriptServer = "scripts\\02_server\\DLU\\L_SB_LUP_TELEPORT.lua"; + } + + const auto customScriptServerName = GetVarAsString(u"custom_script_server"); + const auto customScriptClientName = GetVarAsString(u"custom_script_client"); + + if (!customScriptServerName.empty()) { + customScriptServer = customScriptServerName; + hasCustomServerScript = true; + } + + if (!customScriptClientName.empty()) { + client = true; + } + + if (hasCustomServerScript && scriptName.empty()) { + scriptName = customScriptServer; + } + + if (!scriptName.empty() || client || m_Character) { + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_SCRIPT, new ScriptComponent(this, scriptName, true, client && scriptName.empty()))); + } + + // ZoneControl script + if (m_TemplateID == 2365) { + CDZoneTableTable* zoneTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ZoneTable"); + const auto zoneID = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneID(); + const CDZoneTable* zoneData = zoneTable->Query(zoneID.GetMapID()); + + if (zoneData != nullptr) + { + int zoneScriptID = zoneData->scriptID; + CDScriptComponent zoneScriptData = scriptCompTable->GetByID(zoneScriptID); + + ScriptComponent* comp = new ScriptComponent(this, zoneScriptData.script_name, true); + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_SCRIPT, comp)); + } + } + + if (compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_SKILL, -1) != -1 || m_Character) { + SkillComponent* comp = new SkillComponent(this); + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_SKILL, comp)); + } + + const auto combatAiId = compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_BASE_COMBAT_AI); + if (combatAiId > 0) { + BaseCombatAIComponent* comp = new BaseCombatAIComponent(this, combatAiId); + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_BASE_COMBAT_AI, comp)); + } + + if (int componentID = compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_REBUILD) > 0) { + RebuildComponent* comp = new RebuildComponent(this); + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_REBUILD, comp)); + + CDRebuildComponentTable* rebCompTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("RebuildComponent"); + std::vector rebCompData = rebCompTable->Query([=](CDRebuildComponent entry) { return (entry.id == rebuildComponentID); }); + + if (rebCompData.size() > 0) { + comp->SetResetTime(rebCompData[0].reset_time); + comp->SetCompleteTime(rebCompData[0].complete_time); + comp->SetTakeImagination(rebCompData[0].take_imagination); + comp->SetInterruptible(rebCompData[0].interruptible); + comp->SetSelfActivator(rebCompData[0].self_activator); + comp->SetActivityId(rebCompData[0].activityID); + comp->SetPostImaginationCost(rebCompData[0].post_imagination_cost); + comp->SetTimeBeforeSmash(rebCompData[0].time_before_smash); + + const auto rebuildActivatorValue = GetVarAsString(u"rebuild_activators"); + + if (!rebuildActivatorValue.empty()) { + std::vector split = GeneralUtils::SplitString(rebuildActivatorValue, 0x1f); + NiPoint3 pos; + + pos.x = std::stof(split[0]); + pos.y = std::stof(split[1]); + pos.z = std::stof(split[2]); + + comp->SetActivatorPosition(pos); + } + + const auto rebuildResetTime = GetVar(u"rebuild_reset_time"); + + if (rebuildResetTime != 0.0f) { + comp->SetResetTime(rebuildResetTime); + + if (m_TemplateID == 9483) // Look away! + { + comp->SetResetTime(comp->GetResetTime() + 25); + } + } + + const auto activityID = GetVar(u"activityID"); + + if (activityID > 0) { + comp->SetActivityId(activityID); + } + + const auto compTime = GetVar(u"compTime"); + + if (compTime > 0) { + comp->SetCompleteTime(compTime); + } + } + } + + if (compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_SWITCH, -1) != -1) { + SwitchComponent* comp = new SwitchComponent(this); + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_SWITCH, comp)); + } + + if ((compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_VENDOR) > 0)) { + VendorComponent* comp = new VendorComponent(this); + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_VENDOR, comp)); + } + + if (compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_PROPERTY_VENDOR, -1) != -1) + { + auto* component = new PropertyVendorComponent(this); + m_Components.insert_or_assign(COMPONENT_TYPE_PROPERTY_VENDOR, component); + } + + if (compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_PROPERTY_MANAGEMENT, -1) != -1) + { + auto* component = new PropertyManagementComponent(this); + m_Components.insert_or_assign(COMPONENT_TYPE_PROPERTY_MANAGEMENT, component); + } + + if (compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_BOUNCER, -1) != -1) { // you have to determine it like this because all bouncers have a componentID of 0 + BouncerComponent* comp = new BouncerComponent(this); + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_BOUNCER, comp)); + } + + if ((compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_RENDER) > 0 && m_TemplateID != 2365) || m_Character) { + RenderComponent* render = new RenderComponent(this); + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_RENDER, render)); + } + + if ((compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_POSSESSOR) > 0) || m_Character) { + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_POSSESSOR, new PossessorComponent(this))); + } + + if ((compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION_OFFER) > 0) || m_Character) { + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION_OFFER, new MissionOfferComponent(this, m_TemplateID))); + } + + if (compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_BUILD_BORDER, -1) != -1) { + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_BUILD_BORDER, new BuildBorderComponent(this))); + } + + // Scripted activity component + int scriptedActivityID = compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_SCRIPTED_ACTIVITY); + if ((scriptedActivityID > 0)) { + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_SCRIPTED_ACTIVITY, new ScriptedActivityComponent(this, scriptedActivityID))); + } + + // Shooting gallery component + if (compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_SHOOTING_GALLERY) > 0) { + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_SHOOTING_GALLERY, new ShootingGalleryComponent(this))); + } + + if (compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_PROPERTY, -1) != -1) { + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_PROPERTY, new PropertyComponent(this))); + } + + const int rocketId = compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_ROCKET_LAUNCH); + if ((rocketId > 0)) { + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_ROCKET_LAUNCH, new RocketLaunchpadControlComponent(this, rocketId))); + } + + const int32_t railComponentID = compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_RAIL_ACTIVATOR); + if (railComponentID > 0) { + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_RAIL_ACTIVATOR, new RailActivatorComponent(this, railComponentID))); + } + + int movementAIID = compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_MOVEMENT_AI); + if (movementAIID > 0) { + CDMovementAIComponentTable* moveAITable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("MovementAIComponent"); + std::vector moveAIComp = moveAITable->Query([=](CDMovementAIComponent entry) {return (entry.id == movementAIID); }); + + if (moveAIComp.size() > 0) { + MovementAIInfo moveInfo = MovementAIInfo(); + + moveInfo.movementType = moveAIComp[0].MovementType; + moveInfo.wanderChance = moveAIComp[0].WanderChance; + moveInfo.wanderRadius = moveAIComp[0].WanderRadius; + moveInfo.wanderSpeed = moveAIComp[0].WanderSpeed; + moveInfo.wanderDelayMax = moveAIComp[0].WanderDelayMax; + moveInfo.wanderDelayMin = moveAIComp[0].WanderDelayMin; + + bool useWanderDB = GetVar(u"usewanderdb"); + + if (!useWanderDB) { + const auto wanderOverride = GetVarAs(u"wanderRadius"); + + if (wanderOverride != 0.0f) { + moveInfo.wanderRadius = wanderOverride; + } + } + + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_MOVEMENT_AI, new MovementAIComponent(this, moveInfo))); + } + } + else if (petComponentId > 0 || combatAiId > 0 && GetComponent()->GetTetherSpeed() > 0) + { + MovementAIInfo moveInfo = MovementAIInfo(); + moveInfo.movementType = ""; + moveInfo.wanderChance = 0; + moveInfo.wanderRadius = 16; + moveInfo.wanderSpeed = 2.5f; + moveInfo.wanderDelayMax = 5; + moveInfo.wanderDelayMin = 2; + + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_MOVEMENT_AI, new MovementAIComponent(this, moveInfo))); + } + + int proximityMonitorID = compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_TemplateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_PROXIMITY_MONITOR); + if (proximityMonitorID > 0) { + CDProximityMonitorComponentTable* proxCompTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ProximityMonitorComponent"); + std::vector proxCompData = proxCompTable->Query([=](CDProximityMonitorComponent entry) { return (entry.id == proximityMonitorID); }); + if (proxCompData.size() > 0) { + std::vector proximityStr = GeneralUtils::SplitString(proxCompData[0].Proximities, ','); + ProximityMonitorComponent* comp = new ProximityMonitorComponent(this, std::stoi(proximityStr[0]), std::stoi(proximityStr[1])); + m_Components.insert(std::make_pair(COMPONENT_TYPE_PROXIMITY_MONITOR, comp)); + } + } + + // Hacky way to trigger these when the object has had a chance to get constructed + AddCallbackTimer(0, [this]() { + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(this)) { + script->OnStartup(this); + } + }); + + if (!m_Character && EntityManager::Instance()->GetGhostingEnabled()) + { + // Don't ghost what is likely large scene elements + if (m_Components.size() == 2 && HasComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_SIMPLE_PHYSICS) && HasComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_RENDER)) + { + goto no_ghosting; + } + + /* Filter for ghosting candidates. + * + * Don't ghost moving platforms, until we've got proper syncing for those. + * Don't ghost big phantom physics triggers, as putting those to sleep might prevent interactions. + * Don't ghost property related objects, as the client expects those to always be loaded. + */ + if ( + !EntityManager::IsExcludedFromGhosting(GetLOT()) && + !HasComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_SCRIPTED_ACTIVITY) && + !HasComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_MOVING_PLATFORM) && + !HasComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_PHANTOM_PHYSICS) && + !HasComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_PROPERTY) && + !HasComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_RACING_CONTROL) && + !HasComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_VEHICLE_PHYSICS) + ) + //if (HasComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_BASE_COMBAT_AI)) + { + m_IsGhostingCandidate = true; + } + + if (GetLOT() == 6368) + { + m_IsGhostingCandidate = true; + } + + // Special case for collectibles in Ninjago + if (HasComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_COLLECTIBLE) && Game::server->GetZoneID() == 2000) + { + m_IsGhostingCandidate = true; + } + } + + no_ghosting: + + TriggerEvent("OnCreate"); + + if (m_Character) { + auto* controllablePhysicsComponent = GetComponent(); + auto* characterComponent = GetComponent(); + + if (controllablePhysicsComponent != nullptr && characterComponent->GetLevel() >= 20) + { + controllablePhysicsComponent->SetSpeedMultiplier(525.0f / 500.0f); + } + } +} + +bool Entity::operator==(const Entity& other) const { + return other.m_ObjectID == m_ObjectID; +} + +bool Entity::operator!=(const Entity& other) const { + return other.m_ObjectID != m_ObjectID; +} + +User* Entity::GetParentUser() const +{ + if (!IsPlayer()) + { + return nullptr; + } + + return static_cast(this)->GetParentUser(); +} + +Component* Entity::GetComponent(int32_t componentID) const { + const auto& index = m_Components.find(componentID); + + if (index == m_Components.end()) + { + return nullptr; + } + + return index->second; +} + +bool Entity::HasComponent(const int32_t componentId) const +{ + return m_Components.find(componentId) != m_Components.end(); +} + +void Entity::AddComponent(const int32_t componentId, Component* component) +{ + if (HasComponent(componentId)) + { + return; + } + + m_Components.insert_or_assign(componentId, component); +} + +std::vector Entity::GetScriptComponents() { + std::vector comps; + for (std::pair p : m_Components) { + if (p.first == COMPONENT_TYPE_SCRIPT) { + comps.push_back(static_cast(p.second)); + } + } + + return comps; +} + +void Entity::SetProximityRadius(float proxRadius, std::string name) { + ProximityMonitorComponent* proxMon = GetComponent(); + if (!proxMon) { + proxMon = new ProximityMonitorComponent(this); + m_Components.insert_or_assign(COMPONENT_TYPE_PROXIMITY_MONITOR, proxMon); + } + proxMon->SetProximityRadius(proxRadius, name); +} + +void Entity::SetProximityRadius(dpEntity* entity, std::string name) { + ProximityMonitorComponent* proxMon = GetComponent(); + if (!proxMon) { + proxMon = new ProximityMonitorComponent(this); + m_Components.insert_or_assign(COMPONENT_TYPE_PROXIMITY_MONITOR, proxMon); + } + proxMon->SetProximityRadius(entity, name); +} + +void Entity::SetGMLevel(uint8_t value) { + m_GMLevel = value; + if (GetParentUser()) { + Character* character = GetParentUser()->GetLastUsedChar(); + + if (character) { + character->SetGMLevel(value); + } + } + + CharacterComponent* character = GetComponent(); + if (character) character->SetGMLevel(value); + + GameMessages::SendGMLevelBroadcast(m_ObjectID, value); +} + +void Entity::WriteBaseReplicaData(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, eReplicaPacketType packetType) { + if (packetType == PACKET_TYPE_CONSTRUCTION) { + outBitStream->Write(m_ObjectID); + outBitStream->Write(m_TemplateID); + + if (IsPlayer()) { + std::string name = m_Character != nullptr ? m_Character->GetName() : "Invalid"; + outBitStream->Write(uint8_t(name.size())); + + for (size_t i = 0; i < name.size(); ++i) { + outBitStream->Write(name[i]); + } + } + else { + const auto& name = GetVar(u"npcName"); + outBitStream->Write(uint8_t(name.size())); + + for (size_t i = 0; i < name.size(); ++i) { + outBitStream->Write(name[i]); + } + } + + outBitStream->Write(0); //Time since created on server + + const auto& syncLDF = GetVar>(u"syncLDF"); + + //limiting it to lot 14 right now + if (m_Settings.size() > 0 && m_TemplateID == 14) { + outBitStream->Write1(); //ldf data + + RakNet::BitStream settingStream; + settingStream.Write(m_Settings.size()); + + for (LDFBaseData* data : m_Settings) { + if (data) { + data->WriteToPacket(&settingStream); + } + } + + outBitStream->Write(settingStream.GetNumberOfBytesUsed() + 1); + outBitStream->Write(0); //no compression used + outBitStream->Write(settingStream); + } + else if (!syncLDF.empty()) { + std::vector ldfData; + + for (const auto& data : syncLDF) { + ldfData.push_back(GetVarData(data)); + } + + outBitStream->Write1(); //ldf data + + RakNet::BitStream settingStream; + settingStream.Write(ldfData.size()); + + for (LDFBaseData* data : ldfData) { + if (data) { + data->WriteToPacket(&settingStream); + } + } + + outBitStream->Write(settingStream.GetNumberOfBytesUsed() + 1); + outBitStream->Write(0); //no compression used + outBitStream->Write(settingStream); + } + else { + outBitStream->Write0(); //No ldf data + } + + if (m_Trigger != nullptr && m_Trigger->events.size() > 0) { + outBitStream->Write1(); + } + else { + outBitStream->Write0(); + } + + if (m_ParentEntity != nullptr || m_SpawnerID != 0) { + outBitStream->Write1(); + if (m_ParentEntity != nullptr) outBitStream->Write(GeneralUtils::SetBit(m_ParentEntity->GetObjectID(), OBJECT_BIT_CLIENT)); + else if (m_Spawner != nullptr && m_Spawner->m_Info.isNetwork) outBitStream->Write(m_SpawnerID); + else outBitStream->Write(GeneralUtils::SetBit(m_SpawnerID, OBJECT_BIT_CLIENT)); + } + else outBitStream->Write0(); + + outBitStream->Write(m_HasSpawnerNodeID); + if (m_HasSpawnerNodeID) outBitStream->Write(m_SpawnerNodeID); + + //outBitStream->Write0(); //Spawner node id + + if (m_Scale == 1.0f || m_Scale == 0.0f) outBitStream->Write0(); + else { + outBitStream->Write1(); + outBitStream->Write(m_Scale); + } + + outBitStream->Write0(); //ObjectWorldState + + if (m_GMLevel != 0) { + outBitStream->Write1(); + outBitStream->Write(m_GMLevel); + } + else outBitStream->Write0(); //No GM Level + } + outBitStream->Write((m_ParentEntity != nullptr || m_ChildEntities.size() > 0)); + if (m_ParentEntity || m_ChildEntities.size() > 0) { + outBitStream->Write(m_ParentEntity != nullptr); + if (m_ParentEntity) { + outBitStream->Write(m_ParentEntity->GetObjectID()); + outBitStream->Write0(); + } + outBitStream->Write(m_ChildEntities.size() > 0); + if (m_ChildEntities.size() > 0) { + outBitStream->Write((uint16_t)m_ChildEntities.size()); + for (Entity* child : m_ChildEntities) { + outBitStream->Write((uint64_t)child->GetObjectID()); + } + } + } +} + +void Entity::WriteComponents(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, eReplicaPacketType packetType) { + + /** + * This has to be done in a specific order. + */ + + bool destroyableSerialized = false; + bool bIsInitialUpdate = false; + if (packetType == PACKET_TYPE_CONSTRUCTION) bIsInitialUpdate = true; + unsigned int flags = 0; + + PossessableComponent* possessableComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_POSSESSABLE, possessableComponent)) + { + possessableComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + + ModuleAssemblyComponent* moduleAssemblyComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_MODULE_ASSEMBLY, moduleAssemblyComponent)) + { + moduleAssemblyComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + + ControllablePhysicsComponent* controllablePhysicsComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_CONTROLLABLE_PHYSICS, controllablePhysicsComponent)) + { + controllablePhysicsComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + + SimplePhysicsComponent* simplePhysicsComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_SIMPLE_PHYSICS, simplePhysicsComponent)) + { + simplePhysicsComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + + RigidbodyPhantomPhysicsComponent* rigidbodyPhantomPhysics; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_RIGID_BODY_PHANTOM_PHYSICS, rigidbodyPhantomPhysics)) + { + rigidbodyPhantomPhysics->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + + VehiclePhysicsComponent* vehiclePhysicsComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_VEHICLE_PHYSICS, vehiclePhysicsComponent)) + { + vehiclePhysicsComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + + PhantomPhysicsComponent* phantomPhysicsComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_PHANTOM_PHYSICS, phantomPhysicsComponent)) + { + phantomPhysicsComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + + SoundTriggerComponent* soundTriggerComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_SOUND_TRIGGER, soundTriggerComponent)) { + soundTriggerComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + + BuffComponent* buffComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_BUFF, buffComponent)) + { + buffComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + + DestroyableComponent* destroyableComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_DESTROYABLE, destroyableComponent)) + { + destroyableComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + destroyableSerialized = true; + } + + if (HasComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_COLLECTIBLE)) { + DestroyableComponent* destroyableComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_DESTROYABLE, destroyableComponent) && !destroyableSerialized) + { + destroyableComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + destroyableSerialized = true; + outBitStream->Write(m_CollectibleID); // Collectable component + } + + PetComponent* petComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_PET, petComponent)) + { + petComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + + CharacterComponent* characterComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_CHARACTER, characterComponent)) + { + characterComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + + if (HasComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_ITEM)) + { + outBitStream->Write0(); + } + + InventoryComponent* inventoryComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY, inventoryComponent)) + { + inventoryComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + + ScriptComponent* scriptComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_SCRIPT, scriptComponent)) + { + scriptComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + + SkillComponent* skillComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_SKILL, skillComponent)) + { + skillComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + + BaseCombatAIComponent* baseCombatAiComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_BASE_COMBAT_AI, baseCombatAiComponent)) + { + baseCombatAiComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + + RebuildComponent* rebuildComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_REBUILD, rebuildComponent)) + { + DestroyableComponent* destroyableComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_DESTROYABLE, destroyableComponent) && !destroyableSerialized) + { + destroyableComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + destroyableSerialized = true; + rebuildComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + + MovingPlatformComponent* movingPlatformComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_MOVING_PLATFORM, movingPlatformComponent)) + { + movingPlatformComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + + SwitchComponent* switchComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_SWITCH, switchComponent)) { + switchComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + + VendorComponent* vendorComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_VENDOR, vendorComponent)) + { + vendorComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + + BouncerComponent* bouncerComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_BOUNCER, bouncerComponent)) + { + bouncerComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + + ScriptedActivityComponent* scriptedActivityComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_SCRIPTED_ACTIVITY, scriptedActivityComponent)) { + scriptedActivityComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + + ShootingGalleryComponent* shootingGalleryComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_SHOOTING_GALLERY, shootingGalleryComponent)) { + shootingGalleryComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + + RacingControlComponent* racingControlComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_RACING_CONTROL, racingControlComponent)) + { + racingControlComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + + LUPExhibitComponent* lupExhibitComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_EXHIBIT, lupExhibitComponent)) + { + lupExhibitComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + + ModelComponent* modelComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_MODEL, modelComponent)) { + modelComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + + RenderComponent* renderComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_RENDER, renderComponent)) + { + renderComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + + if (HasComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_ZONE_CONTROL)) + { + outBitStream->Write(0x40000000); + } + + PossessorComponent* possessorComponent; + if (TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_POSSESSOR, possessorComponent)) + { + possessorComponent->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + + /* + if (m_Trigger != nullptr) + { + outBitStream->Write1(); + outBitStream->Write(m_Trigger->id); + } + */ +} + +void Entity::ResetFlags() { + // Unused +} + +void Entity::UpdateXMLDoc(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* doc) { + //This function should only ever be called from within Character, meaning doc should always exist when this is called. + //Naturally, we don't include any non-player components in this update function. + + for (const auto& pair : m_Components) + { + if (pair.second == nullptr) continue; + + pair.second->UpdateXml(doc); + } +} + +void Entity::Update(const float deltaTime) { + for (int i = 0; i < m_Timers.size(); i++) { + m_Timers[i]->Update(deltaTime); + if (m_Timers[i]->GetTime() <= 0) { + const auto timerName = m_Timers[i]->GetName(); + + delete m_Timers[i]; + m_Timers.erase(m_Timers.begin() + i); + + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(this)) { + script->OnTimerDone(this, timerName); + } + } + } + + for (int i = 0; i < m_CallbackTimers.size(); i++) { + m_CallbackTimers[i]->Update(deltaTime); + if (m_CallbackTimers[i]->GetTime() <= 0) { + m_CallbackTimers[i]->GetCallback()(); + delete m_CallbackTimers[i]; + m_CallbackTimers.erase(m_CallbackTimers.begin() + i); + } + } + + if (IsSleeping()) + { + Sleep(); + + return; + } + else + { + Wake(); + } + + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(this)) { + script->OnUpdate(this); + } + + for (const auto& pair : m_Components) + { + if (pair.second == nullptr) continue; + + pair.second->Update(deltaTime); + } + + if (m_ShouldDestroyAfterUpdate) { + EntityManager::Instance()->DestroyEntity(this->GetObjectID()); + } +} + +void Entity::OnCollisionProximity(LWOOBJID otherEntity, const std::string& proxName, const std::string& status) { + Entity* other = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(otherEntity); + if (!other) return; + + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(this)) { + script->OnProximityUpdate(this, other, proxName, status); + } + + RocketLaunchpadControlComponent* rocketComp = GetComponent(); + if (!rocketComp) return; + + rocketComp->OnProximityUpdate(other, proxName, status); +} + +void Entity::OnCollisionPhantom(const LWOOBJID otherEntity) { + auto* other = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(otherEntity); + if (!other) return; + + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(this)) { + script->OnCollisionPhantom(this, other); + } + + for (const auto& callback: m_PhantomCollisionCallbacks) { + callback(other); + } + + SwitchComponent* switchComp = GetComponent(); + if (switchComp) { + switchComp->EntityEnter(other); + } + + TriggerEvent("OnEnter", other); + + // POI system + const auto& poi = GetVar(u"POI"); + + if (!poi.empty()) { + auto* missionComponent = other->GetComponent(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr) + { + missionComponent->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_LOCATION, 0, 0, GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(poi)); + } + } + + if (!other->GetIsDead()) + { + auto* combat = GetComponent(); + + if (combat != nullptr) + { + const auto index = std::find(m_TargetsInPhantom.begin(), m_TargetsInPhantom.end(), otherEntity); + + if (index != m_TargetsInPhantom.end()) return; + + const auto valid = combat->IsEnemy(otherEntity); + + if (!valid) return; + + m_TargetsInPhantom.push_back(otherEntity); + } + } +} + +void Entity::OnCollisionLeavePhantom(const LWOOBJID otherEntity) +{ + auto* other = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(otherEntity); + if (!other) return; + + TriggerEvent("OnLeave", other); + + SwitchComponent* switchComp = GetComponent(); + if (switchComp) { + switchComp->EntityLeave(other); + } + + const auto index = std::find(m_TargetsInPhantom.begin(), m_TargetsInPhantom.end(), otherEntity); + + if (index == m_TargetsInPhantom.end()) return; + + m_TargetsInPhantom.erase(index); +} + +void Entity::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity* sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, int32_t param3) { + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(this)) { + script->OnFireEventServerSide(this, sender, args, param1, param2, param3); + } +} + +void Entity::OnActivityStateChangeRequest(LWOOBJID senderID, int32_t value1, int32_t value2, const std::u16string& stringValue) { + for (CppScripts::Script *script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(this)) { + script->OnActivityStateChangeRequest(this, senderID, value1, value2, stringValue); + } +} + +void Entity::OnCinematicUpdate(Entity *self, Entity *sender, eCinematicEvent event, const std::u16string &pathName, + float_t pathTime, float_t totalTime, int32_t waypoint) { + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(this)) { + script->OnCinematicUpdate(self, sender, event, pathName, pathTime, totalTime, waypoint); + } +} + +void Entity::NotifyObject(Entity* sender, const std::string& name, int32_t param1, int32_t param2) +{ + GameMessages::SendNotifyObject(GetObjectID(), sender->GetObjectID(), GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(name), UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(this)) { + script->OnNotifyObject(this, sender, name, param1, param2); + } +} + +void Entity::OnEmoteReceived(const int32_t emote, Entity* target) +{ + for (auto* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(this)) + { + script->OnEmoteReceived(this, emote, target); + } +} + +void Entity::OnUse(Entity* originator) { + TriggerEvent("OnInteract"); + + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(this)) { + script->OnUse(this, originator); + } + + // component base class when + + for (const auto& pair : m_Components) + { + if (pair.second == nullptr) continue; + + pair.second->OnUse(originator); + } +} + +void Entity::OnHitOrHealResult(Entity* attacker, int32_t damage) { + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(this)) { + script->OnHitOrHealResult(this, attacker, damage); + } +} + +void Entity::OnHit(Entity* attacker) { + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(this)) { + script->OnHit(this, attacker); + } +} + +void Entity::OnZonePropertyEditBegin() +{ + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(this)) { + script->OnZonePropertyEditBegin(this); + } +} + +void Entity::OnZonePropertyEditEnd() +{ + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(this)) { + script->OnZonePropertyEditEnd(this); + } +} + +void Entity::OnZonePropertyModelEquipped() +{ + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(this)) { + script->OnZonePropertyModelEquipped(this); + } +} + +void Entity::OnZonePropertyModelPlaced(Entity* player) +{ + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(this)) { + script->OnZonePropertyModelPlaced(this, player); + } +} + +void Entity::OnZonePropertyModelPickedUp(Entity* player) +{ + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(this)) { + script->OnZonePropertyModelPickedUp(this, player); + } +} + +void Entity::OnZonePropertyModelRemoved(Entity* player) +{ + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(this)) { + script->OnZonePropertyModelRemoved(this, player); + } +} + +void Entity::OnZonePropertyModelRemovedWhileEquipped(Entity* player) +{ + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(this)) { + script->OnZonePropertyModelRemovedWhileEquipped(this, player); + } +} + +void Entity::OnZonePropertyModelRotated(Entity* player) +{ + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(this)) { + script->OnZonePropertyModelRotated(this, player); + } +} + +void Entity::OnMessageBoxResponse(Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& identifier, const std::u16string& userData) +{ + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(this)) { + script->OnMessageBoxResponse(this, sender, button, identifier, userData); + } +} + +void Entity::OnChoiceBoxResponse(Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& buttonIdentifier, const std::u16string& identifier) +{ + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(this)) { + script->OnChoiceBoxResponse(this, sender, button, buttonIdentifier, identifier); + } +} + +void Entity::Smash(const LWOOBJID source, const eKillType killType, const std::u16string& deathType) +{ + if (!m_PlayerIsReadyForUpdates) return; + + auto* destroyableComponent = GetComponent(); + if (destroyableComponent == nullptr) + { + Kill(EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(source)); + return; + } + + destroyableComponent->Smash(source, killType, deathType); +} + +void Entity::Kill(Entity* murderer) { + if (!m_PlayerIsReadyForUpdates) return; + + for (const auto& cb : m_DieCallbacks) { + cb(); + } + + m_DieCallbacks.clear(); + + //OMAI WA MOU, SHINDERIU + + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(this)) + { + script->OnDie(this, murderer); + } + + if (m_Spawner != nullptr) + { + m_Spawner->NotifyOfEntityDeath(m_ObjectID); + } + + if (!IsPlayer()) + { + EntityManager::Instance()->DestroyEntity(this); + } + + const auto& grpNameQBShowBricks = GetVar(u"grpNameQBShowBricks"); + + if (!grpNameQBShowBricks.empty()) + { + auto spawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(grpNameQBShowBricks); + + Spawner* spawner = nullptr; + + if (!spawners.empty()) + { + spawner = spawners[0]; + } + else + { + spawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersInGroup(grpNameQBShowBricks); + + if (!spawners.empty()) + { + spawner = spawners[0]; + } + } + + if (spawner != nullptr) + { + spawner->Spawn(); + } + } + + // Track a player being smashed + auto* characterComponent = GetComponent(); + if (characterComponent != nullptr) { + characterComponent->UpdatePlayerStatistic(TimesSmashed); + } + + // Track a player smashing something else + if (murderer != nullptr) { + auto* murdererCharacterComponent = murderer->GetComponent(); + if (murdererCharacterComponent != nullptr) { + murdererCharacterComponent->UpdatePlayerStatistic(SmashablesSmashed); + } + } +} + +void Entity::AddDieCallback(const std::function& callback) { + m_DieCallbacks.push_back(callback); +} + +void Entity::AddCollisionPhantomCallback(const std::function& callback) { + m_PhantomCollisionCallbacks.push_back(callback); +} + +void Entity::AddRebuildCompleteCallback(const std::function &callback) const { + auto* rebuildComponent = GetComponent(); + if (rebuildComponent != nullptr) { + rebuildComponent->AddRebuildCompleteCallback(callback); + } +} + +bool Entity::GetIsDead() const { + DestroyableComponent* dest = GetComponent(); + if (dest && dest->GetArmor() == 0 && dest->GetHealth() == 0) return true; + + return false; +} + +void Entity::AddLootItem(const Loot::Info& info) { + if (!IsPlayer()) return; + auto& droppedLoot = static_cast(this)->GetDroppedLoot(); + droppedLoot.insert(std::make_pair(info.id, info)); +} + +void Entity::PickupItem(const LWOOBJID& objectID) { + if (!IsPlayer()) return; + InventoryComponent* inv = GetComponent(); + if (!inv) return; + + CDObjectsTable* objectsTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("Objects"); + + auto& droppedLoot = static_cast(this)->GetDroppedLoot(); + + for (const auto& p : droppedLoot) { + if (p.first == objectID) { + auto* characterComponent = GetComponent(); + if (characterComponent != nullptr) { + characterComponent->TrackLOTCollection(p.second.lot); + } + + const CDObjects& object = objectsTable->GetByID(p.second.lot); + if (object.id != 0 && object.type == "Powerup") { + CDObjectSkillsTable* skillsTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ObjectSkills"); + std::vector skills = skillsTable->Query([=](CDObjectSkills entry) {return (entry.objectTemplate == p.second.lot); }); + for (CDObjectSkills skill : skills) { + CDSkillBehaviorTable* skillBehTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("SkillBehavior"); + CDSkillBehavior behaviorData = skillBehTable->GetSkillByID(skill.skillID); + + SkillComponent::HandleUnmanaged(behaviorData.behaviorID, GetObjectID()); + + auto* missionComponent = GetComponent(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr) + { + missionComponent->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_POWERUP, skill.skillID); + } + } + } + else { + inv->AddItem(p.second.lot, p.second.count, INVALID, {}, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, true, false, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, INVALID, 1); + } + } + } + + droppedLoot.erase(objectID); +} + +void Entity::AddChild(Entity* child) { + m_ChildEntities.push_back(child); +} + +void Entity::AddTimer(std::string name, float time) { + EntityTimer* timer = new EntityTimer(name, time); + m_Timers.push_back(timer); +} + +void Entity::AddCallbackTimer(float time, std::function callback) { + EntityCallbackTimer* timer = new EntityCallbackTimer(time, callback); + m_CallbackTimers.push_back(timer); +} + +bool Entity::HasTimer(const std::string& name) +{ + for (auto* timer : m_Timers) + { + if (timer->GetName() == name) + { + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +void Entity::CancelCallbackTimers() +{ + for (auto* callback : m_CallbackTimers) + { + delete callback; + } + + m_CallbackTimers.clear(); +} + +void Entity::ScheduleKillAfterUpdate(Entity* murderer) { + //if (m_Info.spawner) m_Info.spawner->ScheduleKill(this); + EntityManager::Instance()->ScheduleForKill(this); + + if (murderer) m_ScheduleKiller = murderer; +} + +void Entity::CancelTimer(const std::string& name) { + for (int i = 0; i < m_Timers.size(); i++) { + if (m_Timers[i]->GetName() == name) { + delete m_Timers[i]; + m_Timers.erase(m_Timers.begin() + i); + return; + } + } +} + +void Entity::CancelAllTimers() { + /*for (auto timer : m_Timers) { + if (timer) delete timer; + }*/ + + for (auto* timer : m_Timers) + { + delete timer; + } + + m_Timers.clear(); + + for (auto* callBackTimer : m_CallbackTimers) { + delete callBackTimer; + } + + m_CallbackTimers.clear(); +} + +bool Entity::IsPlayer() const { + return m_TemplateID == 1 && GetSystemAddress() != UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; +} + +void Entity::TriggerEvent(std::string eventID, Entity* optionalTarget) { + if (m_Trigger != nullptr && m_Trigger->enabled) { + for (LUTriggers::Event* triggerEvent : m_Trigger->events) { + if (triggerEvent->eventID == eventID) { + for (LUTriggers::Command* cmd : triggerEvent->commands) { + HandleTriggerCommand(cmd->id, cmd->target, cmd->targetName, cmd->args, optionalTarget); + } + } + } + } +} + +// This should probably get it's own triggers class at some point... +void Entity::HandleTriggerCommand(std::string id, std::string target, std::string targetName, std::string args, Entity* optionalTarget) { + std::vector argArray; + // Parse args + std::stringstream ssData(args); + std::string token; + char deliminator = ','; + + while (std::getline(ssData, token, deliminator)) { + std::string lowerToken; + for (char character : token) { + lowerToken.push_back(std::tolower(character)); // make lowercase to ensure it works + } + argArray.push_back(lowerToken); + } + + std::vector targetEntities; + if (target == "self") targetEntities.push_back(this); + if (target == "objGroup") targetEntities = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(targetName); + if (optionalTarget) targetEntities.push_back(optionalTarget); + if (targetEntities.size() == 0) return; + for (Entity* targetEntity : targetEntities) { + if (!targetEntity) continue; + + if (id == "SetPhysicsVolumeEffect") { + PhantomPhysicsComponent* phanPhys = GetComponent(); + if (!phanPhys) return; + + phanPhys->SetPhysicsEffectActive(true); + uint32_t effectType = 0; + if (argArray[0] == "push") effectType = 0; + else if (argArray[0] == "attract") effectType = 1; + else if (argArray[0] == "repulse") effectType = 2; + else if (argArray[0] == "gravity") effectType = 3; + else if (argArray[0] == "friction") effectType = 4; + phanPhys->SetEffectType(effectType); + phanPhys->SetDirectionalMultiplier(std::stof(argArray[1])); + if (argArray.size() > 4) { + NiPoint3 direction = NiPoint3::ZERO; + GeneralUtils::TryParse(argArray[2], direction.x); + GeneralUtils::TryParse(argArray[3], direction.y); + GeneralUtils::TryParse(argArray[4], direction.z); + phanPhys->SetDirection(direction); + } + if (argArray.size() > 5) { + phanPhys->SetMin(std::stoi(argArray[6])); + phanPhys->SetMax(std::stoi(argArray[7])); + } + } + else if (id == "updateMission") { + CDMissionTasksTable* missionTasksTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("MissionTasks"); + std::vector missionTasks = missionTasksTable->Query([=](CDMissionTasks entry) { + std::string lowerTargetGroup; + for (char character : entry.targetGroup) { + lowerTargetGroup.push_back(std::tolower(character)); // make lowercase to ensure it works + } + + return (lowerTargetGroup == argArray[4]); + }); + + for (const CDMissionTasks& task : missionTasks) { + MissionComponent* missionComponent = targetEntity->GetComponent(); + if (!missionComponent) continue; + + missionComponent->ForceProgress(task.id, task.uid, std::stoi(argArray[2])); + } + } + else if (id == "fireEvent") { + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(targetEntity)) { + script->OnFireEventServerSide(targetEntity, this, args, 0, 0, 0); + } + } + } +} + +Entity* Entity::GetOwner() const +{ + if (m_OwnerOverride != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + { + auto* other = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(m_OwnerOverride); + + if (other != nullptr) + { + return other->GetOwner(); + } + } + + return const_cast(this); +} + +const NiPoint3& Entity::GetDefaultPosition() const +{ + return m_DefaultPosition; +} + +const NiQuaternion& Entity::GetDefaultRotation() const +{ + return m_DefaultRotation; +} + +float Entity::GetDefaultScale() const +{ + return m_Scale; +} + +void Entity::SetOwnerOverride(const LWOOBJID value) +{ + m_OwnerOverride = value; +} + +bool Entity::GetIsGhostingCandidate() const +{ + return m_IsGhostingCandidate; +} + +int8_t Entity::GetObservers() const +{ + return m_Observers; +} + +void Entity::SetObservers(int8_t value) +{ + if (value < 0) + { + value = 0; + } + + m_Observers = value; +} + +void Entity::Sleep() +{ + auto* baseCombatAIComponent = GetComponent(); + + if (baseCombatAIComponent != nullptr) + { + baseCombatAIComponent->Sleep(); + } +} + +void Entity::Wake() +{ + auto* baseCombatAIComponent = GetComponent(); + + if (baseCombatAIComponent != nullptr) + { + baseCombatAIComponent->Wake(); + } +} + +bool Entity::IsSleeping() const +{ + return m_IsGhostingCandidate && m_Observers == 0; +} + + +const NiPoint3& Entity::GetPosition() const +{ + if (!this) return NiPoint3::ZERO; + + auto* controllable = GetComponent(); + + if (controllable != nullptr) + { + return controllable->GetPosition(); + } + + auto* phantom = GetComponent(); + + if (phantom != nullptr) + { + return phantom->GetPosition(); + } + + auto* simple = GetComponent(); + + if (simple != nullptr) + { + return simple->GetPosition(); + } + + auto* vehicel = GetComponent(); + + if (vehicel != nullptr) + { + return vehicel->GetPosition(); + } + + return NiPoint3::ZERO; +} + +const NiQuaternion& Entity::GetRotation() const +{ + auto* controllable = GetComponent(); + + if (controllable != nullptr) + { + return controllable->GetRotation(); + } + + auto* phantom = GetComponent(); + + if (phantom != nullptr) + { + return phantom->GetRotation(); + } + + auto* simple = GetComponent(); + + if (simple != nullptr) + { + return simple->GetRotation(); + } + + auto* vehicel = GetComponent(); + + if (vehicel != nullptr) + { + return vehicel->GetRotation(); + } + + return NiQuaternion::IDENTITY; +} + +void Entity::SetPosition(NiPoint3 position) +{ + auto* controllable = GetComponent(); + + if (controllable != nullptr) + { + controllable->SetPosition(position); + } + + auto* phantom = GetComponent(); + + if (phantom != nullptr) + { + phantom->SetPosition(position); + } + + auto* simple = GetComponent(); + + if (simple != nullptr) + { + simple->SetPosition(position); + } + + auto* vehicel = GetComponent(); + + if (vehicel != nullptr) + { + vehicel->SetPosition(position); + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(this); +} + +void Entity::SetRotation(NiQuaternion rotation) +{ + auto* controllable = GetComponent(); + + if (controllable != nullptr) + { + controllable->SetRotation(rotation); + } + + auto* phantom = GetComponent(); + + if (phantom != nullptr) + { + phantom->SetRotation(rotation); + } + + auto* simple = GetComponent(); + + if (simple != nullptr) + { + simple->SetRotation(rotation); + } + + auto* vehicel = GetComponent(); + + if (vehicel != nullptr) + { + vehicel->SetRotation(rotation); + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(this); +} + +bool Entity::GetBoolean(const std::u16string& name) const +{ + return GetVar(name); +} + +int32_t Entity::GetI32(const std::u16string& name) const +{ + return GetVar(name); +} + +int64_t Entity::GetI64(const std::u16string& name) const +{ + return GetVar(name); +} + +void Entity::SetBoolean(const std::u16string& name, const bool value) +{ + SetVar(name, value); +} + +void Entity::SetI32(const std::u16string& name, const int32_t value) +{ + SetVar(name, value); +} + +void Entity::SetI64(const std::u16string& name, const int64_t value) +{ + SetVar(name, value); +} + +bool Entity::HasVar(const std::u16string& name) const +{ + for (auto* data : m_Settings) + { + if (data->GetKey() == name) + { + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +uint16_t Entity::GetNetworkId() const +{ + return m_NetworkID; +} + +void Entity::SetNetworkId(const uint16_t id) +{ + m_NetworkID = id; +} + +std::vector& Entity::GetTargetsInPhantom() +{ + std::vector valid; + + // Clean up invalid targets, like disconnected players + for (auto i = 0u; i < m_TargetsInPhantom.size(); ++i) + { + const auto id = m_TargetsInPhantom.at(i); + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(id); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + continue; + } + + valid.push_back(id); + } + + m_TargetsInPhantom = valid; + + return m_TargetsInPhantom; +} + +void Entity::SendNetworkVar(const std::string& data, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + GameMessages::SendSetNetworkScriptVar(this, sysAddr, data); +} + +LDFBaseData* Entity::GetVarData(const std::u16string& name) const +{ + for (auto* data : m_Settings) + { + if (data == nullptr) + { + continue; + } + + if (data->GetKey() != name) + { + continue; + } + + return data; + } + + return nullptr; +} + +std::string Entity::GetVarAsString(const std::u16string& name) const +{ + auto* data = GetVarData(name); + + if (data == nullptr) + { + return ""; + } + + return data->GetValueAsString(); +} + +void Entity::Resurrect() { + if (IsPlayer()) { + GameMessages::SendResurrect(this); + } +} + +void Entity::AddToGroup(const std::string& group) { + if (std::find(m_Groups.begin(), m_Groups.end(), group) == m_Groups.end()) { + m_Groups.push_back(group); + } +} diff --git a/dGame/Entity.h b/dGame/Entity.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..01699a84 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/Entity.h @@ -0,0 +1,490 @@ +#pragma once + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "../thirdparty/raknet/Source/Replica.h" +#include "../thirdparty/raknet/Source/ReplicaManager.h" + +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "User.h" +#include "NiPoint3.h" +#include "NiQuaternion.h" +#include "LDFFormat.h" +#include "Loot.h" +#include "Zone.h" + +#include "EntityTimer.h" +#include "EntityCallbackTimer.h" +#include "EntityInfo.h" + +class Player; +class Spawner; +class ScriptComponent; +class dpEntity; +class Component; +class Character; + +/** + * An entity in the world. Has multiple components. + */ +class Entity { +public: + explicit Entity(const LWOOBJID& objectID, EntityInfo info, Entity* parentEntity = nullptr); + virtual ~Entity(); + + virtual void Initialize(); + + bool operator==(const Entity& other) const; + bool operator!=(const Entity& other) const; + + /** + * Getters + */ + + const LWOOBJID& GetObjectID() const { return m_ObjectID; } + + const LOT GetLOT() const { return m_TemplateID; } + + Character* GetCharacter() const { return m_Character; } + + uint8_t GetGMLevel() const { return m_GMLevel; } + + uint8_t GetCollectibleID() const { return uint8_t(m_CollectibleID); } + + Entity* GetParentEntity() const { return m_ParentEntity; } + + LUTriggers::Trigger* GetTrigger() const { return m_Trigger; } + + std::vector& GetGroups() { return m_Groups; }; + + Spawner* GetSpawner() const { return m_Spawner; } + + LWOOBJID GetSpawnerID() const { return m_SpawnerID; } + + const std::vector& GetSettings() const { return m_Settings; } + + const std::vector& GetNetworkSettings() const { return m_NetworkSettings; } + + bool GetIsDead() const; + + bool GetPlayerReadyForUpdates() const { return m_PlayerIsReadyForUpdates;} + + bool GetIsGhostingCandidate() const; + + int8_t GetObservers() const; + + uint16_t GetNetworkId() const; + + Entity* GetOwner() const; + + const NiPoint3& GetDefaultPosition() const; + + const NiQuaternion& GetDefaultRotation() const; + + float GetDefaultScale() const; + + const NiPoint3& GetPosition() const; + + const NiQuaternion& GetRotation() const; + + virtual User* GetParentUser() const; + + virtual SystemAddress GetSystemAddress() const { return UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; }; + + /** + * Setters + */ + + void SetCharacter(Character* value) { m_Character = value; } + + void SetGMLevel(uint8_t value); + + void SetOwnerOverride(LWOOBJID value); + + void SetPlayerReadyForUpdates() { m_PlayerIsReadyForUpdates = true; } + + void SetObservers(int8_t value); + + void SetNetworkId(uint16_t id); + + void SetPosition(NiPoint3 position); + + void SetRotation(NiQuaternion rotation); + + virtual void SetRespawnPos(NiPoint3 position) {} + + virtual void SetRespawnRot(NiQuaternion rotation) {} + + virtual void SetSystemAddress(const SystemAddress& value) {}; + + /** + * Component management + */ + + Component* GetComponent(int32_t componentID) const; + + template + T* GetComponent() const; + + template + bool TryGetComponent(int32_t componentId, T*& component) const; + + bool HasComponent(int32_t componentId) const; + + void AddComponent(int32_t componentId, Component* component); + + std::vector GetScriptComponents(); + + void SetProximityRadius(float proxRadius, std::string name); + void SetProximityRadius(dpEntity* entity, std::string name); + + void AddChild(Entity* child); + void AddTimer(std::string name, float time); + void AddCallbackTimer(float time, std::function callback); + bool HasTimer(const std::string& name); + void CancelCallbackTimers(); + void CancelAllTimers(); + void CancelTimer(const std::string& name); + + void AddToGroup(const std::string& group); + bool IsPlayer() const; + + std::unordered_map& GetComponents() { return m_Components; } // TODO: Remove + + void WriteBaseReplicaData(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, eReplicaPacketType packetType); + void WriteComponents(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, eReplicaPacketType packetType); + void ResetFlags(); + void UpdateXMLDoc(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* doc); + void Update(float deltaTime); + + // Events + void OnCollisionProximity(LWOOBJID otherEntity, const std::string& proxName, const std::string& status); + void OnCollisionPhantom(LWOOBJID otherEntity); + void OnCollisionLeavePhantom(LWOOBJID otherEntity); + + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity* sender, std::string args, int32_t param1 = -1, int32_t param2 = -1, int32_t param3 = -1); + void OnActivityStateChangeRequest(const LWOOBJID senderID, const int32_t value1, const int32_t value2, + const std::u16string& stringValue); + void OnCinematicUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* sender, eCinematicEvent event, const std::u16string& pathName, + float_t pathTime, float_t totalTime, int32_t waypoint); + + void NotifyObject(Entity* sender, const std::string& name, int32_t param1 = 0, int32_t param2 = 0); + void OnEmoteReceived(int32_t emote, Entity* target); + + void OnUse(Entity* originator); + + void OnHitOrHealResult(Entity* attacker, int32_t damage); + void OnHit(Entity* attacker); + + void OnZonePropertyEditBegin(); + void OnZonePropertyEditEnd(); + void OnZonePropertyModelEquipped(); + void OnZonePropertyModelPlaced(Entity* player); + void OnZonePropertyModelPickedUp(Entity* player); + void OnZonePropertyModelRemoved(Entity* player); + void OnZonePropertyModelRemovedWhileEquipped(Entity* player); + void OnZonePropertyModelRotated(Entity* player); + + void OnMessageBoxResponse(Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& identifier, const std::u16string& userData); + void OnChoiceBoxResponse(Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& buttonIdentifier, const std::u16string& identifier); + + void Smash(const LWOOBJID source = LWOOBJID_EMPTY, const eKillType killType = eKillType::VIOLENT, const std::u16string& deathType = u""); + void Kill(Entity* murderer = nullptr); + void AddRebuildCompleteCallback(const std::function& callback) const; + void AddCollisionPhantomCallback(const std::function& callback); + void AddDieCallback(const std::function& callback); + void Resurrect(); + + void AddLootItem(const Loot::Info& info); + void PickupItem(const LWOOBJID& objectID); + + void ScheduleKillAfterUpdate(Entity* murderer = nullptr); + void TriggerEvent(std::string eveneventtID, Entity* optionalTarget = nullptr); + void ScheduleDestructionAfterUpdate() { m_ShouldDestroyAfterUpdate = true; } + void HandleTriggerCommand(std::string id, std::string target, std::string targetName, std::string args, Entity* optionalTarget); + + virtual NiPoint3 GetRespawnPosition() const { return NiPoint3::ZERO; } + virtual NiQuaternion GetRespawnRotation() const { return NiQuaternion::IDENTITY; } + + void Sleep(); + void Wake(); + bool IsSleeping() const; + + /* + * Utility + */ + + bool GetBoolean(const std::u16string& name) const; + int32_t GetI32(const std::u16string& name) const; + int64_t GetI64(const std::u16string& name) const; + + void SetBoolean(const std::u16string& name, bool value); + void SetI32(const std::u16string& name, int32_t value); + void SetI64(const std::u16string& name, int64_t value); + + bool HasVar(const std::u16string& name) const; + + template + const T& GetVar(const std::u16string& name) const; + + template + void SetVar(const std::u16string& name, T value); + + void SendNetworkVar(const std::string& data, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + template + void SetNetworkVar(const std::u16string& name, T value, const SystemAddress& sysAddr = UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + template + void SetNetworkVar(const std::u16string& name, std::vector value, const SystemAddress& sysAddr = UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + template + T GetNetworkVar(const std::u16string& name); + + /** + * Get the LDF value and cast it as T. + */ + template + T GetVarAs(const std::u16string& name) const; + + /** + * Get the LDF data. + */ + LDFBaseData* GetVarData(const std::u16string& name) const; + + /** + * Get the LDF value and convert it to a string. + */ + std::string GetVarAsString(const std::u16string& name) const; + + /* + * Collision + */ + std::vector& GetTargetsInPhantom(); + + Entity* GetScheduledKiller() { return m_ScheduleKiller; } + +protected: + LWOOBJID m_ObjectID; + + LOT m_TemplateID; + + std::vector m_Settings; + std::vector m_NetworkSettings; + + NiPoint3 m_DefaultPosition; + NiQuaternion m_DefaultRotation; + float m_Scale; + + Spawner* m_Spawner; + LWOOBJID m_SpawnerID; + + bool m_HasSpawnerNodeID; + uint32_t m_SpawnerNodeID; + + LUTriggers::Trigger* m_Trigger; + + Character* m_Character; + + Entity* m_ParentEntity; //For spawners and the like + std::vector m_ChildEntities; + uint8_t m_GMLevel; + uint16_t m_CollectibleID; + std::vector m_Groups; + uint16_t m_NetworkID; + std::vector> m_DieCallbacks; + std::vector> m_PhantomCollisionCallbacks; + + std::unordered_map m_Components; //The int is the ID of the component + std::vector m_Timers; + std::vector m_CallbackTimers; + + bool m_ShouldDestroyAfterUpdate = false; + + LWOOBJID m_OwnerOverride; + + Entity* m_ScheduleKiller; + + bool m_PlayerIsReadyForUpdates = false; + + bool m_IsGhostingCandidate = false; + + int8_t m_Observers = 0; + + /* + * Collision + */ + std::vector m_TargetsInPhantom; +}; + +/** + * Template definitions. + */ + +template +bool Entity::TryGetComponent(const int32_t componentId, T*& component) const +{ + const auto& index = m_Components.find(componentId); + + if (index == m_Components.end()) + { + component = nullptr; + + return false; + } + + component = dynamic_cast(index->second); + + return true; +} + +template +T* Entity::GetComponent() const +{ + return dynamic_cast(GetComponent(T::ComponentType)); +} + + +template +const T& Entity::GetVar(const std::u16string& name) const +{ + auto* data = GetVarData(name); + + if (data == nullptr) + { + return LDFData::Default; + } + + auto* typed = dynamic_cast*>(data); + + if (typed == nullptr) + { + return LDFData::Default; + } + + return typed->GetValue(); +} + +template +T Entity::GetVarAs(const std::u16string& name) const +{ + const auto data = GetVarAsString(name); + + T value; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(data, value)) + { + return LDFData::Default; + } + + return value; +} + +template +void Entity::SetVar(const std::u16string& name, T value) +{ + auto* data = GetVarData(name); + + if (data == nullptr) + { + auto* data = new LDFData(name, value); + + m_Settings.push_back(data); + + return; + } + + auto* typed = dynamic_cast*>(data); + + if (typed == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + typed->SetValue(value); +} + +template +void Entity::SetNetworkVar(const std::u16string& name, T value, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + LDFData* newData = nullptr; + + for (auto* data :m_NetworkSettings) { + if (data->GetKey() != name) + continue; + + newData = dynamic_cast*>(data); + if (newData != nullptr) { + newData->SetValue(value); + } else { // If we're changing types + m_NetworkSettings.erase( + std::remove(m_NetworkSettings.begin(), m_NetworkSettings.end(), data), m_NetworkSettings.end() + ); + delete data; + } + + break; + } + + if (newData == nullptr) { + newData = new LDFData(name, value); + } + + m_NetworkSettings.push_back(newData); + SendNetworkVar(newData->GetString(true), sysAddr); +} + +template +void Entity::SetNetworkVar(const std::u16string& name, std::vector values, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + std::stringstream updates; + auto index = 1; + + for (const auto& value : values) { + LDFData* newData = nullptr; + const auto& indexedName = name + u"." + GeneralUtils::to_u16string(index); + + for (auto* data : m_NetworkSettings) { + if (data->GetKey() != indexedName) + continue; + + newData = dynamic_cast*>(data); + newData->SetValue(value); + break; + } + + if (newData == nullptr) { + newData = new LDFData(indexedName, value); + } + + m_NetworkSettings.push_back(newData); + + if (index == values.size()) { + updates << newData->GetString(true); + } else { + updates << newData->GetString(true) << "\n"; + } + + index++; + } + + SendNetworkVar(updates.str(), sysAddr); +} + +template +T Entity::GetNetworkVar(const std::u16string& name) { + for (auto* data : m_NetworkSettings) { + if (data == nullptr || data->GetKey() != name) + continue; + + auto* typed = dynamic_cast*>(data); + if (typed == nullptr) + continue; + + return typed->GetValue(); + } + + return LDFData::Default; +} diff --git a/dGame/EntityManager.cpp b/dGame/EntityManager.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b9c8763b --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/EntityManager.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,689 @@ +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "User.h" +#include "../dWorldServer/ObjectIDManager.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "dServer.h" +#include "Spawner.h" +#include "Player.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "SwitchComponent.h" +#include "UserManager.h" +#include "PacketUtils.h" +#include "Metrics.hpp" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" + +EntityManager* EntityManager::m_Address = nullptr; + +// Configure which zones have ghosting disabled, mostly small worlds. +std::vector EntityManager::m_GhostingExcludedZones = { + // Small zones + 1000, + + // Racing zones + 1203, + 1303, + 1403, + + // Property zones + 1150, + 1151, + 1250, + 1251, + 1350, + 1450 +}; + +// Configure some exceptions for ghosting, nessesary for some special objects. +std::vector EntityManager::m_GhostingExcludedLOTs = { + // NT - Pipes + 9524, + 12408, + + // AG - Fotrace + 4967 +}; + +void EntityManager::Initialize() { + // Check if this zone has ghosting enabled + m_GhostingEnabled = std::find( + m_GhostingExcludedZones.begin(), + m_GhostingExcludedZones.end(), + dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneID().GetMapID() + ) == m_GhostingExcludedZones.end(); +} + +EntityManager::~EntityManager() { +} + +Entity* EntityManager::CreateEntity(EntityInfo info, User* user, Entity* parentEntity, const bool controller, const LWOOBJID explicitId) { + + // Determine the objectID for the new entity + LWOOBJID id; + + // If an explicit ID was provided, use it + if (explicitId != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) { + id = explicitId; + } + + // For non player entites, we'll generate a new ID or set the appropiate flags + else if (user == nullptr || info.lot != 1) { + + // Entities with no ID already set, often spawned entities, we'll generate a new sequencial ID + if (info.id == 0) { + id = ObjectIDManager::Instance()->GenerateObjectID(); + } + + // Entities with an ID already set, often level entities, we'll use that ID as a base + else { + id = info.id; + } + + // Exclude the zone control object from any flags + if(!controller && info.lot != 14) { + + // The client flags means the client should render the entity + id = GeneralUtils::SetBit(id, OBJECT_BIT_CLIENT); + + // Spawned entities require the spawned flag to render + if (info.spawnerID != 0) { + id = GeneralUtils::SetBit(id, OBJECT_BIT_SPAWNED); + } + } + } + + // For players, we'll use the persistent ID for that character + else { + id = user->GetLastUsedChar()->GetObjectID(); + } + + info.id = id; + + Entity* entity; + + // Check if the entitty if a player, in case use the extended player entity class + if (user != nullptr) { + entity = new Player(id, info, user, parentEntity); + } + else { + entity = new Entity(id, info, parentEntity); + } + + // Initialize the entity + entity->Initialize(); + + // Add the entity to the entity map + m_Entities.insert_or_assign(id, entity); + + // Set the zone control entity if the entity is a zone control object, this should only happen once + if (controller) { + m_ZoneControlEntity = entity; + } + + // Check if this entity is a respawn point, if so add it to the registry + const auto& spawnName = entity->GetVar(u"respawnname"); + + if (!spawnName.empty()) { + m_SpawnPoints.insert_or_assign(GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(spawnName), entity->GetObjectID()); + } + + return entity; +} + +void EntityManager::DestroyEntity(const LWOOBJID& objectID) { + DestroyEntity(GetEntity(objectID)); +} + +void EntityManager::DestroyEntity(Entity* entity) { + if (entity == nullptr) { + return; + } + + const auto id = entity->GetObjectID(); + + if (std::count(m_EntitiesToDelete.begin(), m_EntitiesToDelete.end(), id)) { + return; + } + + // Destruct networked entities + if (entity->GetNetworkId() != 0) { + DestructEntity(entity); + } + + // Delete this entity at the end of the frame + ScheduleForDeletion(id); +} + +void EntityManager::UpdateEntities(const float deltaTime) { + for (const auto& e : m_Entities) { + e.second->Update(deltaTime); + } + + for (const auto entityId : m_EntitiesToSerialize) + { + auto* entity = GetEntity(entityId); + + if (entity == nullptr) continue; + + m_SerializationCounter++; + + RakNet::BitStream stream; + + stream.Write(static_cast(ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_SERIALIZE)); + stream.Write(static_cast(entity->GetNetworkId())); + + entity->WriteBaseReplicaData(&stream, PACKET_TYPE_SERIALIZATION); + entity->WriteComponents(&stream, PACKET_TYPE_SERIALIZATION); + + if (entity->GetIsGhostingCandidate()) + { + for (auto* player : Player::GetAllPlayers()) + { + if (player->IsObserved(entityId)) + { + Game::server->Send(&stream, player->GetSystemAddress(), false); + } + } + } + else + { + Game::server->Send(&stream, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, true); + } + } + + m_EntitiesToSerialize.clear(); + + for (const auto& entry : m_EntitiesToKill) + { + auto* entity = GetEntity(entry); + + if (!entity) continue; + + if (entity->GetScheduledKiller()) + { + entity->Smash(entity->GetScheduledKiller()->GetObjectID(), SILENT); + } + else + { + entity->Smash(LWOOBJID_EMPTY, SILENT); + } + } + + m_EntitiesToKill.clear(); + + for (const auto& entry : m_EntitiesToDelete) + { + auto* entity = GetEntity(entry); + + m_Entities.erase(entry); + + const auto& iter = std::find(m_EntitiesToGhost.begin(), m_EntitiesToGhost.end(), entity); + + if (iter != m_EntitiesToGhost.end()) + { + m_EntitiesToGhost.erase(iter); + } + + if (entity != nullptr) + { + if (entity->GetNetworkId() != 0) + { + m_LostNetworkIds.push(entity->GetNetworkId()); + } + + if (entity->IsPlayer()) + { + delete dynamic_cast(entity); + } + else + { + delete entity; + } + + entity = nullptr; + } + } + + m_EntitiesToDelete.clear(); +} + +Entity * EntityManager::GetEntity(const LWOOBJID& objectId) const { + const auto& index = m_Entities.find(objectId); + + if (index == m_Entities.end()) + { + return nullptr; + } + + return index->second; +} + +std::vector EntityManager::GetEntitiesInGroup(const std::string& group) { + std::vector entitiesInGroup; + for (const auto& entity : m_Entities) { + for (const auto& entityGroup : entity.second->GetGroups()) { + if (entityGroup == group) { + entitiesInGroup.push_back(entity.second); + } + } + } + + return entitiesInGroup; +} + +std::vector EntityManager::GetEntitiesByComponent(const int componentType) const { + std::vector withComp; + for (const auto& entity : m_Entities) { + if (componentType != -1 && !entity.second->HasComponent(componentType)) continue; + + withComp.push_back(entity.second); + } + return withComp; +} + +std::vector EntityManager::GetEntitiesByLOT(const LOT &lot) const { + std::vector entities; + + for (const auto& entity : m_Entities) { + if (entity.second->GetLOT() == lot) + entities.push_back(entity.second); + } + + return entities; +} + +Entity* EntityManager::GetZoneControlEntity() const +{ + return m_ZoneControlEntity; +} + +Entity* EntityManager::GetSpawnPointEntity(const std::string& spawnName) const +{ + // Lookup the spawn point entity in the map + const auto& spawnPoint = m_SpawnPoints.find(spawnName); + + if (spawnPoint == m_SpawnPoints.end()) + { + return nullptr; + } + + // Check if the spawn point entity is valid just in case + return GetEntity(spawnPoint->second); +} + +const std::unordered_map& EntityManager::GetSpawnPointEntities() const +{ + return m_SpawnPoints; +} + +void EntityManager::ConstructEntity(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, const bool skipChecks) { + if (entity->GetNetworkId() == 0) + { + uint16_t networkId; + + if (!m_LostNetworkIds.empty()) + { + networkId = m_LostNetworkIds.top(); + m_LostNetworkIds.pop(); + } + else + { + networkId = ++m_NetworkIdCounter; + } + + entity->SetNetworkId(networkId); + } + + const auto checkGhosting = entity->GetIsGhostingCandidate(); + + if (checkGhosting) + { + const auto& iter = std::find(m_EntitiesToGhost.begin(), m_EntitiesToGhost.end(), entity); + + if (iter == m_EntitiesToGhost.end()) + { + m_EntitiesToGhost.push_back(entity); + } + } + + if (checkGhosting && sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + { + CheckGhosting(entity); + + return; + } + + m_SerializationCounter++; + + RakNet::BitStream stream; + + stream.Write(static_cast(ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_CONSTRUCTION)); + stream.Write(true); + stream.Write(static_cast(entity->GetNetworkId())); + + entity->WriteBaseReplicaData(&stream, PACKET_TYPE_CONSTRUCTION); + entity->WriteComponents(&stream, PACKET_TYPE_CONSTRUCTION); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + { + if (skipChecks) + { + Game::server->Send(&stream, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, true); + } + else + { + for (auto* player : Player::GetAllPlayers()) + { + if (player->GetPlayerReadyForUpdates()) + { + Game::server->Send(&stream, player->GetSystemAddress(), false); + } + else + { + player->AddLimboConstruction(entity->GetObjectID()); + } + } + } + } + else + { + Game::server->Send(&stream, sysAddr, false); + } + + PacketUtils::SavePacket("[24]_"+std::to_string(entity->GetObjectID()) + "_" + std::to_string(m_SerializationCounter) + ".bin", (char*)stream.GetData(), stream.GetNumberOfBytesUsed()); + + if (entity->IsPlayer()) + { + if (entity->GetGMLevel() > GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_CIVILIAN) + { + GameMessages::SendToggleGMInvis(entity->GetObjectID(), true, sysAddr); + } + } +} + +void EntityManager::ConstructAllEntities(const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + //ZoneControl is special: + ConstructEntity(m_ZoneControlEntity, sysAddr); + + for (const auto& e : m_Entities) { + if (e.second && (e.second->GetSpawnerID() != 0 || e.second->GetLOT() == 1) && !e.second->GetIsGhostingCandidate()) { + ConstructEntity(e.second, sysAddr); + } + } + + UpdateGhosting(Player::GetPlayer(sysAddr)); +} + +void EntityManager::DestructEntity(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + if (entity->GetNetworkId() == 0) + { + return; + } + + RakNet::BitStream stream; + + stream.Write(static_cast(ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_DESTRUCTION)); + stream.Write(static_cast(entity->GetNetworkId())); + + Game::server->Send(&stream, sysAddr, sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + for (auto* player : Player::GetAllPlayers()) + { + if (!player->GetPlayerReadyForUpdates()) + { + player->RemoveLimboConstruction(entity->GetObjectID()); + } + } +} + +void EntityManager::SerializeEntity(Entity* entity) { + if (entity->GetNetworkId() == 0) + { + return; + } + + if (std::find(m_EntitiesToSerialize.begin(), m_EntitiesToSerialize.end(), entity->GetObjectID()) == m_EntitiesToSerialize.end()) + { + m_EntitiesToSerialize.push_back(entity->GetObjectID()); + } + + //PacketUtils::SavePacket(std::to_string(m_SerializationCounter) + "_[27]_"+std::to_string(entity->GetObjectID()) + ".bin", (char*)stream.GetData(), stream.GetNumberOfBytesUsed()); +} + +void EntityManager::DestructAllEntities(const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + for (const auto& e : m_Entities) { + DestructEntity(e.second, sysAddr); + } +} + +void EntityManager::SetGhostDistanceMax(float value) +{ + m_GhostDistanceMaxSquared = value * value; +} + +float EntityManager::GetGhostDistanceMax() const +{ + return std::sqrt(m_GhostDistanceMaxSquared); +} + +void EntityManager::SetGhostDistanceMin(float value) +{ + m_GhostDistanceMinSqaured = value * value; +} + +float EntityManager::GetGhostDistanceMin() const +{ + return std::sqrt(m_GhostDistanceMinSqaured); +} + +void EntityManager::QueueGhostUpdate(LWOOBJID playerID) +{ + const auto& iter = std::find(m_PlayersToUpdateGhosting.begin(), m_PlayersToUpdateGhosting.end(), playerID); + + if (iter == m_PlayersToUpdateGhosting.end()) + { + m_PlayersToUpdateGhosting.push_back(playerID); + } +} + +void EntityManager::UpdateGhosting() +{ + for (const auto playerID : m_PlayersToUpdateGhosting) + { + auto* player = Player::GetPlayer(playerID); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + continue; + } + + UpdateGhosting(player); + } + + m_PlayersToUpdateGhosting.clear(); +} + +void EntityManager::UpdateGhosting(Player* player) +{ + if (player == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent(); + + if (missionComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + const auto& referencePoint = player->GetGhostReferencePoint(); + const auto isOverride = player->GetGhostOverride(); + + for (auto* entity : m_EntitiesToGhost) + { + const auto isAudioEmitter = entity->GetLOT() == 6368; + + const auto& entityPoint = entity->GetPosition(); + + const int32_t id = entity->GetObjectID(); + + const auto observed = player->IsObserved(id); + + const auto distance = NiPoint3::DistanceSquared(referencePoint, entityPoint); + + auto ghostingDistanceMax = m_GhostDistanceMaxSquared; + auto ghostingDistanceMin = m_GhostDistanceMinSqaured; + + if (isAudioEmitter) + { + ghostingDistanceMax = ghostingDistanceMin; + } + + if (observed && distance > ghostingDistanceMax && !isOverride) + { + player->GhostEntity(id); + + DestructEntity(entity, player->GetSystemAddress()); + + entity->SetObservers(entity->GetObservers() - 1); + } + else if (!observed && ghostingDistanceMin > distance) + { + // Check collectables, don't construct if it has been collected + uint32_t collectionId = entity->GetCollectibleID(); + + if (collectionId != 0) + { + collectionId = static_cast(collectionId) + static_cast(Game::server->GetZoneID() << 8); + + if (missionComponent->HasCollectible(collectionId)) + { + continue; + } + } + + player->ObserveEntity(id); + + ConstructEntity(entity, player->GetSystemAddress()); + + entity->SetObservers(entity->GetObservers() + 1); + } + } +} + +void EntityManager::CheckGhosting(Entity* entity) +{ + if (entity == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + const auto& referencePoint = entity->GetPosition(); + + auto ghostingDistanceMax = m_GhostDistanceMaxSquared; + auto ghostingDistanceMin = m_GhostDistanceMinSqaured; + + const auto isAudioEmitter = entity->GetLOT() == 6368; + + for (auto* player : Player::GetAllPlayers()) + { + const auto& entityPoint = player->GetGhostReferencePoint(); + + const int32_t id = entity->GetObjectID(); + + const auto observed = player->IsObserved(id); + + const auto distance = NiPoint3::DistanceSquared(referencePoint, entityPoint); + + if (observed && distance > ghostingDistanceMax) + { + player->GhostEntity(id); + + DestructEntity(entity, player->GetSystemAddress()); + + entity->SetObservers(entity->GetObservers() - 1); + } + else if (!observed && ghostingDistanceMin > distance) + { + player->ObserveEntity(id); + + ConstructEntity(entity, player->GetSystemAddress()); + + entity->SetObservers(entity->GetObservers() + 1); + } + } +} + +Entity* EntityManager::GetGhostCandidate(int32_t id) +{ + for (auto* entity : m_EntitiesToGhost) + { + if (entity->GetObjectID() == id) + { + return entity; + } + } + + return nullptr; +} + +bool EntityManager::GetGhostingEnabled() const +{ + return m_GhostingEnabled; +} + +void EntityManager::ResetFlags() { + for (const auto& e : m_Entities) { + e.second->ResetFlags(); + } +} + +void EntityManager::ScheduleForKill(Entity* entity) { + // Deactivate switches if they die + if (!entity) + return; + + SwitchComponent* switchComp = entity->GetComponent(); + if (switchComp) { + entity->TriggerEvent("OnDectivated"); + } + + const auto objectId = entity->GetObjectID(); + + if (std::count(m_EntitiesToKill.begin(), m_EntitiesToKill.end(), objectId)) + { + return; + } + + m_EntitiesToKill.push_back(objectId); +} + +void EntityManager::ScheduleForDeletion(LWOOBJID entity) +{ + if (std::count(m_EntitiesToDelete.begin(), m_EntitiesToDelete.end(), entity)) + { + return; + } + + m_EntitiesToDelete.push_back(entity); +} + + +void EntityManager::FireEventServerSide(Entity* origin, std::string args) { + for (std::pair e : m_Entities) { + if (e.second) { + e.second->OnFireEventServerSide(origin, args); + } + } +} + +bool EntityManager::IsExcludedFromGhosting(LOT lot) +{ + return std::find(m_GhostingExcludedLOTs.begin(), m_GhostingExcludedLOTs.end(), lot) != m_GhostingExcludedLOTs.end(); +} diff --git a/dGame/EntityManager.h b/dGame/EntityManager.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8fb2585c --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/EntityManager.h @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +#ifndef ENTITYMANAGER_H +#define ENTITYMANAGER_H + +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "../thirdparty/raknet/Source/Replica.h" +#include +#include + +#include "Entity.h" +#include + +struct SystemAddress; +class User; + +class EntityManager { +public: + static EntityManager* Instance() { + if (!m_Address) { + m_Address = new EntityManager(); + m_Address->Initialize(); + } + + return m_Address; + } + + void Initialize(); + + ~EntityManager(); + + void UpdateEntities(float deltaTime); + Entity* CreateEntity(EntityInfo info, User* user = nullptr, Entity* parentEntity = nullptr, bool controller = false, LWOOBJID explicitId = LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + void DestroyEntity(const LWOOBJID& objectID); + void DestroyEntity(Entity* entity); + Entity* GetEntity(const LWOOBJID& objectId) const; + std::vector GetEntitiesInGroup(const std::string& group); + std::vector GetEntitiesByComponent(int componentType) const; + std::vector GetEntitiesByLOT(const LOT& lot) const; + Entity* GetZoneControlEntity() const; + + // Get spawn point entity by spawn name + Entity* GetSpawnPointEntity(const std::string& spawnName) const; + + // Get spawn points + const std::unordered_map& GetSpawnPointEntities() const; + + //To make it obvious this SHOULD NOT be used outside of debug: +#ifdef _DEBUG + const std::unordered_map GetAllEntities() const { return m_Entities; } +#endif + + void ConstructEntity(Entity * entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr = UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, bool skipChecks = false); + void DestructEntity(Entity * entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr = UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + void SerializeEntity(Entity* entity); + + void ConstructAllEntities(const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void DestructAllEntities(const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SetGhostDistanceMax(float value); + float GetGhostDistanceMax() const; + void SetGhostDistanceMin(float value); + float GetGhostDistanceMin() const; + void QueueGhostUpdate(LWOOBJID playerID); + void UpdateGhosting(); + void UpdateGhosting(Player* player); + void CheckGhosting(Entity* entity); + Entity* GetGhostCandidate(int32_t id); + bool GetGhostingEnabled() const; + + void ResetFlags(); + + void ScheduleForKill(Entity* entity); + + void ScheduleForDeletion(LWOOBJID entity); + + void FireEventServerSide(Entity* origin, std::string args); + + static bool IsExcludedFromGhosting(LOT lot); + +private: + static EntityManager* m_Address; //For singleton method + static std::vector m_GhostingExcludedZones; + static std::vector m_GhostingExcludedLOTs; + + std::unordered_map m_Entities; + std::vector m_EntitiesToKill; + std::vector m_EntitiesToDelete; + std::vector m_EntitiesToSerialize; + std::vector m_EntitiesToGhost; + std::vector m_PlayersToUpdateGhosting; + Entity* m_ZoneControlEntity; + + uint16_t m_NetworkIdCounter; + uint64_t m_SerializationCounter = 0; + + float m_GhostDistanceMinSqaured = 100 * 100; + float m_GhostDistanceMaxSquared = 150 * 150; + bool m_GhostingEnabled = true; + + std::stack m_LostNetworkIds; + + // Map of spawnname to entity object ID + std::unordered_map m_SpawnPoints; +}; + +#endif // ENTITYMANAGER_H diff --git a/dGame/LeaderboardManager.cpp b/dGame/LeaderboardManager.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0efe9c77 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/LeaderboardManager.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,311 @@ +#include "LeaderboardManager.h" +#include +#include "Database.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "dLogger.h" + +Leaderboard::Leaderboard(uint32_t gameID, uint32_t infoType, bool weekly, std::vector entries, + LWOOBJID relatedPlayer, LeaderboardType leaderboardType) { + this->relatedPlayer = relatedPlayer; + this->gameID = gameID; + this->weekly = weekly; + this->infoType = infoType; + this->entries = std::move(entries); + this->leaderboardType = leaderboardType; +} + +std::u16string Leaderboard::ToString() const { + std::string leaderboard; + + leaderboard += "ADO.Result=7:1\n"; + leaderboard += "Result.Count=1:1\n"; + leaderboard += "Result[0].Index=0:RowNumber\n"; + leaderboard += "Result[0].RowCount=1:" + std::to_string(entries.size()) + "\n"; + + auto index = 0; + for (const auto& entry : entries) { + leaderboard += "Result[0].Row[" + std::to_string(index) + "].LastPlayed=8:" + std::to_string(entry.lastPlayed) + "\n"; + leaderboard += "Result[0].Row[" + std::to_string(index) + "].CharacterID=8:" + std::to_string(entry.playerID) + "\n"; + leaderboard += "Result[0].Row[" + std::to_string(index) + "].NumPlayed=1:1\n"; + leaderboard += "Result[0].Row[" + std::to_string(index) + "].RowNumber=8:" + std::to_string(entry.placement) + "\n"; + leaderboard += "Result[0].Row[" + std::to_string(index) + "].Time=1:" + std::to_string(entry.time) + "\n"; + + // Only these minigames have a points system + if (leaderboardType == Survival || leaderboardType == ShootingGallery) { + leaderboard += "Result[0].Row[" + std::to_string(index) + "].Points=1:" + std::to_string(entry.score) + "\n"; + } else if (leaderboardType == SurvivalNS) { + leaderboard += "Result[0].Row[" + std::to_string(index) + "].Wave=1:" + std::to_string(entry.score) + "\n"; + } + + leaderboard += "Result[0].Row[" + std::to_string(index) + "].name=0:" + entry.playerName + "\n"; + index++; + } + + return GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(leaderboard); +} + +std::vector Leaderboard::GetEntries() { + return entries; +} + +uint32_t Leaderboard::GetGameID() const { + return gameID; +} + +uint32_t Leaderboard::GetInfoType() const { + return infoType; +} + +void Leaderboard::Send(LWOOBJID targetID) const { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(relatedPlayer); + if (player != nullptr) { + GameMessages::SendActivitySummaryLeaderboardData(targetID, this, player->GetSystemAddress()); + } +} + +void LeaderboardManager::SaveScore(LWOOBJID playerID, uint32_t gameID, uint32_t score, uint32_t time) { + const auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + if (player == nullptr) + return; + + auto* character = player->GetCharacter(); + if (character == nullptr) + return; + + auto* select = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT time, score FROM leaderboard WHERE character_id = ? AND game_id = ?;"); + + select->setUInt64(1, character->GetID()); + select->setInt(2, gameID); + + auto any = false; + auto* result = select->executeQuery(); + auto leaderboardType = GetLeaderboardType(gameID); + + // Check if the new score is a high score + while (result->next()) { + any = true; + + const auto storedTime = result->getInt(1); + const auto storedScore = result->getInt(2); + auto highscore = true; + + switch (leaderboardType) { + case ShootingGallery: + if (score <= storedScore) + highscore = false; + break; + case Racing: + case MonumentRace: + if (time > storedTime) + highscore = false; + break; + case FootRace: + if (time <= storedTime) + highscore = false; + break; + case Survival: + case SurvivalNS: + if (score < storedScore || time >= storedTime) + highscore = false; + break; + default: + highscore = false; + } + + if (!highscore) { + delete select; + delete result; + return; + } + } + + delete select; + delete result; + + if (any) { + auto* statement = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("UPDATE leaderboard SET time = ?, score = ? WHERE character_id = ? AND game_id = ?"); + statement->setInt(1, time); + statement->setInt(2, score); + statement->setUInt64(3, character->GetID()); + statement->setInt(4, gameID); + statement->execute(); + + delete statement; + } else { + auto* statement = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("INSERT INTO leaderboard (character_id, game_id, time, score) VALUES (?, ?, ?, ?);"); + statement->setUInt64(1, character->GetID()); + statement->setInt(2, gameID); + statement->setInt(3, time); + statement->setInt(4, score); + statement->execute(); + + delete statement; + } +} + +Leaderboard *LeaderboardManager::GetLeaderboard(uint32_t gameID, InfoType infoType, bool weekly, LWOOBJID playerID) { + auto leaderboardType = GetLeaderboardType(gameID); + + std::string query; + switch (infoType) { + case InfoType::Standings: + query = leaderboardType == MonumentRace ? standingsQueryAsc : standingsQuery; + break; + case InfoType::Friends: + query = leaderboardType == MonumentRace ? friendsQueryAsc : friendsQuery; + break; + default: + query = leaderboardType == MonumentRace ? topPlayersQueryAsc : topPlayersQuery; + } + + auto* statement = Database::CreatePreppedStmt(query); + statement->setUInt(1, gameID); + + // Only the standings and friends leaderboards require the character ID to be set + if (infoType == Standings || infoType == Friends) { + auto characterID = 0; + + const auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + if (player != nullptr) { + auto* character = player->GetCharacter(); + if (character != nullptr) + characterID = character->GetID(); + } + + statement->setUInt64(2, characterID); + } + + auto* res = statement->executeQuery(); + + std::vector entries {}; + + uint32_t index = 0; + while (res->next()) { + entries.push_back({ + res->getUInt64(4), + res->getString(5), + res->getUInt(1), + res->getUInt(2), + res->getUInt(3), + res->getUInt(6) + }); + index++; + } + + delete res; + delete statement; + + return new Leaderboard(gameID, infoType, weekly, entries, playerID, leaderboardType); +} + +void LeaderboardManager::SendLeaderboard(uint32_t gameID, InfoType infoType, bool weekly, LWOOBJID targetID, + LWOOBJID playerID) { + const auto* leaderboard = LeaderboardManager::GetLeaderboard(gameID, infoType, weekly, playerID); + leaderboard->Send(targetID); + delete leaderboard; +} + +LeaderboardType LeaderboardManager::GetLeaderboardType(uint32_t gameID) { + auto* activitiesTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("Activities"); + std::vector activities = activitiesTable->Query([=](const CDActivities& entry) { + return (entry.ActivityID == gameID); + }); + + for (const auto& activity : activities) { + return static_cast(activity.leaderboardType); + } + + return LeaderboardType::None; +} + +const std::string LeaderboardManager::topPlayersQuery = + "WITH leaderboard_vales AS ( " + " SELECT l.time, l.score, UNIX_TIMESTAMP(l.last_played) last_played, c.name, c.id, " + "RANK() OVER ( ORDER BY l.score DESC, l.time DESC, last_played ) leaderboard_rank " + " FROM leaderboard l " + "INNER JOIN charinfo c ON l.character_id = c.id " + "WHERE l.game_id = ? " + "ORDER BY leaderboard_rank) " + "SELECT time, score, leaderboard_rank, id, name, last_played " + "FROM leaderboard_vales LIMIT 11;"; + +const std::string LeaderboardManager::friendsQuery = + "WITH leaderboard_vales AS ( " + " SELECT l.time, l.score, UNIX_TIMESTAMP(l.last_played) last_played, c.name, c.id, f.friend_id, f.player_id, " + " RANK() OVER ( ORDER BY l.score DESC, l.time DESC, last_played ) leaderboard_rank " + " FROM leaderboard l " + " INNER JOIN charinfo c ON l.character_id = c.id " + " INNER JOIN friends f ON f.player_id = c.id " + " WHERE l.game_id = ? " + " ORDER BY leaderboard_rank), " + " personal_values AS ( " + " SELECT id as related_player_id, " + " GREATEST(CAST(leaderboard_rank AS SIGNED) - 5, 1) AS min_rank, " + " GREATEST(leaderboard_rank + 5, 11) AS max_rank " + " FROM leaderboard_vales WHERE leaderboard_vales.id = ? LIMIT 1) " + "SELECT time, score, leaderboard_rank, id, name, last_played " + "FROM leaderboard_vales, personal_values " + "WHERE leaderboard_rank BETWEEN min_rank AND max_rank AND (player_id = related_player_id OR friend_id = related_player_id);"; + +const std::string LeaderboardManager::standingsQuery = + "WITH leaderboard_vales AS ( " + " SELECT l.time, l.score, UNIX_TIMESTAMP(l.last_played) last_played, c.name, c.id, " + " RANK() OVER ( ORDER BY l.score DESC, l.time DESC, last_played ) leaderboard_rank " + " FROM leaderboard l " + " INNER JOIN charinfo c ON l.character_id = c.id " + " WHERE l.game_id = ? " + " ORDER BY leaderboard_rank), " + "personal_values AS ( " + " SELECT GREATEST(CAST(leaderboard_rank AS SIGNED) - 5, 1) AS min_rank, " + " GREATEST(leaderboard_rank + 5, 11) AS max_rank " + " FROM leaderboard_vales WHERE id = ? LIMIT 1) " + "SELECT time, score, leaderboard_rank, id, name, last_played " + "FROM leaderboard_vales, personal_values " + "WHERE leaderboard_rank BETWEEN min_rank AND max_rank;"; + +const std::string LeaderboardManager::topPlayersQueryAsc = + "WITH leaderboard_vales AS ( " + " SELECT l.time, l.score, UNIX_TIMESTAMP(l.last_played) last_played, c.name, c.id, " + "RANK() OVER ( ORDER BY l.score DESC, l.time ASC, last_played ) leaderboard_rank " + " FROM leaderboard l " + "INNER JOIN charinfo c ON l.character_id = c.id " + "WHERE l.game_id = ? " + "ORDER BY leaderboard_rank) " + "SELECT time, score, leaderboard_rank, id, name, last_played " + "FROM leaderboard_vales LIMIT 11;"; + +const std::string LeaderboardManager::friendsQueryAsc = + "WITH leaderboard_vales AS ( " + " SELECT l.time, l.score, UNIX_TIMESTAMP(l.last_played) last_played, c.name, c.id, f.friend_id, f.player_id, " + " RANK() OVER ( ORDER BY l.score DESC, l.time ASC, last_played ) leaderboard_rank " + " FROM leaderboard l " + " INNER JOIN charinfo c ON l.character_id = c.id " + " INNER JOIN friends f ON f.player_id = c.id " + " WHERE l.game_id = ? " + " ORDER BY leaderboard_rank), " + " personal_values AS ( " + " SELECT id as related_player_id, " + " GREATEST(CAST(leaderboard_rank AS SIGNED) - 5, 1) AS min_rank, " + " GREATEST(leaderboard_rank + 5, 11) AS max_rank " + " FROM leaderboard_vales WHERE leaderboard_vales.id = ? LIMIT 1) " + "SELECT time, score, leaderboard_rank, id, name, last_played " + "FROM leaderboard_vales, personal_values " + "WHERE leaderboard_rank BETWEEN min_rank AND max_rank AND (player_id = related_player_id OR friend_id = related_player_id);"; + +const std::string LeaderboardManager::standingsQueryAsc = + "WITH leaderboard_vales AS ( " + " SELECT l.time, l.score, UNIX_TIMESTAMP(l.last_played) last_played, c.name, c.id, " + " RANK() OVER ( ORDER BY l.score DESC, l.time ASC, last_played ) leaderboard_rank " + " FROM leaderboard l " + " INNER JOIN charinfo c ON l.character_id = c.id " + " WHERE l.game_id = ? " + " ORDER BY leaderboard_rank), " + "personal_values AS ( " + " SELECT GREATEST(CAST(leaderboard_rank AS SIGNED) - 5, 1) AS min_rank, " + " GREATEST(leaderboard_rank + 5, 11) AS max_rank " + " FROM leaderboard_vales WHERE id = ? LIMIT 1) " + "SELECT time, score, leaderboard_rank, id, name, last_played " + "FROM leaderboard_vales, personal_values " + "WHERE leaderboard_rank BETWEEN min_rank AND max_rank;"; diff --git a/dGame/LeaderboardManager.h b/dGame/LeaderboardManager.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ce092462 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/LeaderboardManager.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +#pragma once +#include +#include +#include "dCommonVars.h" + +struct LeaderboardEntry { + uint64_t playerID; + std::string playerName; + uint32_t time; + uint32_t score; + uint32_t placement; + time_t lastPlayed; +}; + +enum InfoType : uint32_t { + Top, // Top 11 all time players + Standings, // Ranking of the current player + Friends // Ranking between friends +}; + +enum LeaderboardType : uint32_t { + ShootingGallery, + Racing, + MonumentRace, + FootRace, + Survival = 5, + SurvivalNS = 6, + None = UINT_MAX +}; + +class Leaderboard { +public: + Leaderboard(uint32_t gameID, uint32_t infoType, bool weekly, std::vector entries, + LWOOBJID relatedPlayer = LWOOBJID_EMPTY, LeaderboardType = None); + std::vector GetEntries(); + [[nodiscard]] std::u16string ToString() const; + [[nodiscard]] uint32_t GetGameID() const; + [[nodiscard]] uint32_t GetInfoType() const; + void Send(LWOOBJID targetID) const; +private: + std::vector entries {}; + LWOOBJID relatedPlayer; + uint32_t gameID; + uint32_t infoType; + LeaderboardType leaderboardType; + bool weekly; +}; + +class LeaderboardManager { +public: + static LeaderboardManager* Instance() { + if (address == nullptr) + address = new LeaderboardManager; + return address; + } + static void SendLeaderboard(uint32_t gameID, InfoType infoType, bool weekly, LWOOBJID targetID, + LWOOBJID playerID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + static Leaderboard* GetLeaderboard(uint32_t gameID, InfoType infoType, bool weekly, LWOOBJID playerID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + static void SaveScore(LWOOBJID playerID, uint32_t gameID, uint32_t score, uint32_t time); + static LeaderboardType GetLeaderboardType(uint32_t gameID); +private: + static LeaderboardManager* address; + static const std::string topPlayersQuery; + static const std::string friendsQuery; + static const std::string standingsQuery; + static const std::string topPlayersQueryAsc; + static const std::string friendsQueryAsc; + static const std::string standingsQueryAsc; +}; + diff --git a/dGame/Player.cpp b/dGame/Player.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9a158c8f --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/Player.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,324 @@ +#include "Player.h" + +#include + +#include "Character.h" +#include "Database.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "UserManager.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "ZoneInstanceManager.h" +#include "WorldPackets.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "CharacterComponent.h" +#include "Mail.h" + +std::vector Player::m_Players = {}; + +Player::Player(const LWOOBJID& objectID, const EntityInfo info, User* user, Entity* parentEntity) : Entity(objectID, info, parentEntity) +{ + m_ParentUser = user; + m_Character = m_ParentUser->GetLastUsedChar(); + m_ParentUser->SetLoggedInChar(objectID); + m_GMLevel = m_Character->GetGMLevel(); + m_SystemAddress = m_ParentUser->GetSystemAddress(); + m_DroppedLoot = {}; + + m_GhostReferencePoint = NiPoint3::ZERO; + m_GhostOverridePoint = NiPoint3::ZERO; + m_GhostOverride = false; + m_ObservedEntitiesLength = 256; + m_ObservedEntitiesUsed = 0; + m_ObservedEntities.resize(m_ObservedEntitiesLength); + + m_Character->SetEntity(this); + + const auto& iter = std::find(m_Players.begin(), m_Players.end(), this); + + if (iter != m_Players.end()) + { + return; + } + + m_Players.push_back(this); +} + +User* Player::GetParentUser() const +{ + return m_ParentUser; +} + +SystemAddress Player::GetSystemAddress() const +{ + return m_SystemAddress; +} + +void Player::SetSystemAddress(const SystemAddress& value) +{ + m_SystemAddress = value; +} + +void Player::SetRespawnPos(const NiPoint3 position) +{ + m_respawnPos = position; + + m_Character->SetRespawnPoint(dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->GetWorldID(), position); +} + +void Player::SetRespawnRot(const NiQuaternion rotation) +{ + m_respawnRot = rotation; +} + +NiPoint3 Player::GetRespawnPosition() const +{ + return m_respawnPos; +} + +NiQuaternion Player::GetRespawnRotation() const +{ + return m_respawnRot; +} + +void Player::SendMail(const LWOOBJID sender, const std::string& senderName, const std::string& subject, const std::string& body, LOT attachment, uint16_t attachmentCount) const +{ + Mail::SendMail(sender, senderName, this, subject, body, attachment, attachmentCount); +} + +void Player::SendToZone(LWOMAPID zoneId, LWOCLONEID cloneId) +{ + const auto objid = GetObjectID(); + + ZoneInstanceManager::Instance()->RequestZoneTransfer(Game::server, zoneId, cloneId, false, [objid](bool mythranShift, uint32_t zoneID, uint32_t zoneInstance, uint32_t zoneClone, std::string serverIP, uint16_t serverPort) { + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(objid); + + if (entity == nullptr) { + return; + } + + const auto sysAddr = entity->GetSystemAddress(); + + auto* character = entity->GetCharacter(); + auto* characterComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (character != nullptr && characterComponent != nullptr) { + character->SetZoneID(zoneID); + character->SetZoneInstance(zoneInstance); + character->SetZoneClone(zoneClone); + + characterComponent->SetLastRocketConfig(u""); + + character->SaveXMLToDatabase(); + } + + WorldPackets::SendTransferToWorld(sysAddr, serverIP, serverPort, mythranShift); + + EntityManager::Instance()->DestructEntity(entity); + return; + }); +} + +void Player::AddLimboConstruction(LWOOBJID objectId) +{ + const auto& iter = std::find(m_LimboConstructions.begin(), m_LimboConstructions.end(), objectId); + + if (iter != m_LimboConstructions.end()) + { + return; + } + + m_LimboConstructions.push_back(objectId); +} + +void Player::RemoveLimboConstruction(LWOOBJID objectId) +{ + const auto& iter = std::find(m_LimboConstructions.begin(), m_LimboConstructions.end(), objectId); + + if (iter == m_LimboConstructions.end()) + { + return; + } + + m_LimboConstructions.erase(iter); +} + +void Player::ConstructLimboEntities() +{ + for (const auto objectId : m_LimboConstructions) + { + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(objectId); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + continue; + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(entity, m_SystemAddress); + } + + m_LimboConstructions.clear(); +} + +std::map& Player::GetDroppedLoot() +{ + return m_DroppedLoot; +} + +const NiPoint3& Player::GetGhostReferencePoint() const +{ + return m_GhostOverride ? m_GhostOverridePoint : m_GhostReferencePoint; +} + +const NiPoint3& Player::GetOriginGhostReferencePoint() const +{ + return m_GhostReferencePoint; +} + +void Player::SetGhostReferencePoint(const NiPoint3& value) +{ + m_GhostReferencePoint = value; +} + +void Player::SetGhostOverridePoint(const NiPoint3& value) +{ + m_GhostOverridePoint = value; +} + +const NiPoint3& Player::GetGhostOverridePoint() const +{ + return m_GhostOverridePoint; +} + +void Player::SetGhostOverride(bool value) +{ + m_GhostOverride = value; +} + +bool Player::GetGhostOverride() const +{ + return m_GhostOverride; +} + +void Player::ObserveEntity(int32_t id) +{ + for (int32_t i = 0; i < m_ObservedEntitiesUsed; i++) + { + if (m_ObservedEntities[i] == 0 || m_ObservedEntities[i] == id) + { + m_ObservedEntities[i] = id; + + return; + } + } + + const auto index = m_ObservedEntitiesUsed++; + + if (m_ObservedEntitiesUsed > m_ObservedEntitiesLength) + { + m_ObservedEntities.resize(m_ObservedEntitiesLength + m_ObservedEntitiesLength); + + m_ObservedEntitiesLength = m_ObservedEntitiesLength + m_ObservedEntitiesLength; + } + + m_ObservedEntities[index] = id; +} + +bool Player::IsObserved(int32_t id) +{ + for (int32_t i = 0; i < m_ObservedEntitiesUsed; i++) + { + if (m_ObservedEntities[i] == id) + { + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +void Player::GhostEntity(int32_t id) +{ + for (int32_t i = 0; i < m_ObservedEntitiesUsed; i++) + { + if (m_ObservedEntities[i] == id) + { + m_ObservedEntities[i] = 0; + } + } +} + +Player* Player::GetPlayer(const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + auto* entity = UserManager::Instance()->GetUser(sysAddr)->GetLastUsedChar()->GetEntity(); + + return static_cast(entity); +} + +Player* Player::GetPlayer(const std::string& name) +{ + const auto characters = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_CHARACTER); + + for (auto* character : characters) + { + if (!character->IsPlayer()) continue; + + if (character->GetCharacter()->GetName() == name) + { + return static_cast(character); + } + } + + return nullptr; +} + +Player* Player::GetPlayer(LWOOBJID playerID) +{ + for (auto* player : m_Players) + { + if (player->GetObjectID() == playerID) + { + return player; + } + } + + return nullptr; +} + +const std::vector& Player::GetAllPlayers() +{ + return m_Players; +} + +Player::~Player() +{ + Game::logger->Log("Player", "Deleted player\n"); + + for (int32_t i = 0; i < m_ObservedEntitiesUsed; i++) + { + const auto id = m_ObservedEntities[i]; + + if (id == 0) + { + continue; + } + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetGhostCandidate(id); + + if (entity != nullptr) + { + entity->SetObservers(entity->GetObservers() - 1); + } + } + + m_LimboConstructions.clear(); + + const auto& iter = std::find(m_Players.begin(), m_Players.end(), this); + + if (iter == m_Players.end()) + { + return; + } + + m_Players.erase(iter); +} diff --git a/dGame/Player.h b/dGame/Player.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..abd811c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/Player.h @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "Entity.h" + +/** + * Extended Entity for player data and behavior. + * + * Contains properties only a player entity would require, like associated SystemAddress and User. + * + * Keeps track of which entities are observed by this user for ghosting. + */ +class Player final : public Entity +{ +public: + explicit Player(const LWOOBJID& objectID, EntityInfo info, User* user, Entity* parentEntity = nullptr); + + /** + * Getters + */ + + User* GetParentUser() const override; + + SystemAddress GetSystemAddress() const override; + + NiPoint3 GetRespawnPosition() const override; + + NiQuaternion GetRespawnRotation() const override; + + const NiPoint3& GetGhostReferencePoint() const; + + const NiPoint3& GetOriginGhostReferencePoint() const; + + const NiPoint3& GetGhostOverridePoint() const; + + bool GetGhostOverride() const; + + std::map& GetDroppedLoot(); + + /** + * Setters + */ + + void SetSystemAddress(const SystemAddress& value) override; + + void SetRespawnPos(NiPoint3 position) override; + + void SetRespawnRot(NiQuaternion rotation) override; + + void SetGhostReferencePoint(const NiPoint3& value); + + void SetGhostOverridePoint(const NiPoint3& value); + + void SetGhostOverride(bool value); + + /** + * Wrapper for sending an in-game mail. + * + * @param sender id of the sender. LWOOBJID_EMPTY for system mail + * @param senderName name of the sender. Max 32 characters. + * @param subject mail subject. Max 50 characters. + * @param body mail body. Max 400 characters. + * @param attachment LOT of the attached item. LOT_NULL if no attachment. + * @param attachmentCount stack size for attachment. + */ + void SendMail(LWOOBJID sender, const std::string& senderName, const std::string& subject, const std::string& body, LOT attachment, uint16_t attachmentCount) const; + + /** + * Wrapper for transfering the player to another instance. + * + * @param zoneId zoneID for the new instance. + * @param cloneId cloneID for the new instance. + */ + void SendToZone(LWOMAPID zoneId, LWOCLONEID cloneId = 0); + + /** + * Ghosting + */ + + void AddLimboConstruction(LWOOBJID objectId); + + void RemoveLimboConstruction(LWOOBJID objectId); + + void ConstructLimboEntities(); + + void ObserveEntity(int32_t id); + + bool IsObserved(int32_t id); + + void GhostEntity(int32_t id); + + /** + * Static methods + */ + + static Player* GetPlayer(const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + static Player* GetPlayer(const std::string& name); + + static Player* GetPlayer(LWOOBJID playerID); + + static const std::vector& GetAllPlayers(); + + ~Player() override; +private: + SystemAddress m_SystemAddress; + + NiPoint3 m_respawnPos; + + NiQuaternion m_respawnRot; + + User* m_ParentUser; + + NiPoint3 m_GhostReferencePoint; + + NiPoint3 m_GhostOverridePoint; + + bool m_GhostOverride; + + std::vector m_ObservedEntities; + + int32_t m_ObservedEntitiesLength; + + int32_t m_ObservedEntitiesUsed; + + std::vector m_LimboConstructions; + + std::map m_DroppedLoot; + + static std::vector m_Players; +}; diff --git a/dGame/TeamManager.cpp b/dGame/TeamManager.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8836dd8d --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/TeamManager.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +#include "TeamManager.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +TeamManager* TeamManager::m_Address = nullptr; //For singleton method + +TeamManager::TeamManager() +{ +} + +Team* TeamManager::GetTeam(LWOOBJID member) const +{ + for (const auto& pair : m_Teams) + { + for (const auto memberId : pair.second->members) + { + if (memberId == member) + { + return pair.second; + } + } + } + + return nullptr; +} + +LWOOBJID TeamManager::GetNextLootOwner(Team* team) const +{ + team->lootRound++; + + if (team->lootRound >= team->members.size()) + { + team->lootRound = 0; + } + + return team->members[team->lootRound]; +} + +void TeamManager::UpdateTeam(LWOOBJID teamId, char lootOption, const std::vector& members) +{ + const auto& pair = m_Teams.find(teamId); + + Team* team; + + if (pair == m_Teams.end()) + { + if (members.size() <= 1) + { + return; + } + + team = new Team(); + m_Teams[teamId] = team; + } + else + { + team = pair->second; + } + + team->members = members; + team->lootOption = lootOption; +} + +void TeamManager::DeleteTeam(LWOOBJID teamId) +{ + const auto& pair = m_Teams.find(teamId); + + if (pair == m_Teams.end()) return; + + delete pair->second; + + m_Teams.erase(teamId); +} + +TeamManager::~TeamManager() +{ +} diff --git a/dGame/TeamManager.h b/dGame/TeamManager.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ffab3764 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/TeamManager.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "Entity.h" + +struct Team +{ + LWOOBJID teamID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + char lootOption = 0; + std::vector members {}; + char lootRound = 0; +}; + +class TeamManager +{ +public: + static TeamManager* Instance() { + if (!m_Address) { + m_Address = new TeamManager(); + } + + return m_Address; + } + + Team* GetTeam(LWOOBJID member) const; + LWOOBJID GetNextLootOwner(Team* team) const; + void UpdateTeam(LWOOBJID teamId, char lootOption, const std::vector& members); + void DeleteTeam(LWOOBJID teamId); + + explicit TeamManager(); + ~TeamManager(); + +private: + static TeamManager* m_Address; //For singleton method + std::unordered_map m_Teams {}; +}; + diff --git a/dGame/TradingManager.cpp b/dGame/TradingManager.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..20af95e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/TradingManager.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,308 @@ +#include "TradingManager.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" +#include "../dWorldServer/ObjectIDManager.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "Item.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "CharacterComponent.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" + +TradingManager* TradingManager::m_Address = nullptr; + +Trade::Trade(LWOOBJID tradeId, LWOOBJID participantA, LWOOBJID participantB) +{ + m_TradeId = tradeId; + m_ParticipantA = participantA; + m_ParticipantB = participantB; +} + +Trade::~Trade() +{ + +} + +LWOOBJID Trade::GetTradeId() const +{ + return m_TradeId; +} + +bool Trade::IsParticipant(LWOOBJID playerId) const +{ + return m_ParticipantA == playerId || m_ParticipantB == playerId; +} + +LWOOBJID Trade::GetParticipantA() const +{ + return m_ParticipantA; +} + +LWOOBJID Trade::GetParticipantB() const +{ + return m_ParticipantB; +} + +Entity* Trade::GetParticipantAEntity() const +{ + return EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(m_ParticipantA); +} + +Entity* Trade::GetParticipantBEntity() const +{ + return EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(m_ParticipantB); +} + +void Trade::SetCoins(LWOOBJID participant, uint64_t coins) +{ + if (participant == m_ParticipantA) + { + m_CoinsA = coins; + } + else if (participant = m_ParticipantB) + { + m_CoinsB = coins; + } +} + +void Trade::SetItems(LWOOBJID participant, std::vector items) +{ + if (participant == m_ParticipantA) + { + m_ItemsA = items; + } + else if (participant = m_ParticipantB) + { + m_ItemsB = items; + } +} + +void Trade::SetAccepted(LWOOBJID participant, bool value) +{ + if (participant == m_ParticipantA) + { + m_AcceptedA = !value; + + Game::logger->Log("Trade", "Accepted from A (%d), B: (%d)\n", value, m_AcceptedB); + + auto* entityB = GetParticipantBEntity(); + + if (entityB != nullptr) + { + GameMessages::SendServerTradeAccept(m_ParticipantB, value, entityB->GetSystemAddress()); + } + } + else if (participant == m_ParticipantB) + { + m_AcceptedB = !value; + + Game::logger->Log("Trade", "Accepted from B (%d), A: (%d)\n", value, m_AcceptedA); + + auto* entityA = GetParticipantAEntity(); + + if (entityA != nullptr) + { + GameMessages::SendServerTradeAccept(m_ParticipantA, value, entityA->GetSystemAddress()); + } + } + + if (m_AcceptedA && m_AcceptedB) + { + auto* entityB = GetParticipantBEntity(); + + if (entityB != nullptr) + { + GameMessages::SendServerTradeAccept(m_ParticipantB, false, entityB->GetSystemAddress()); + } + else + { + return; + } + + auto* entityA = GetParticipantAEntity(); + + if (entityA != nullptr) + { + GameMessages::SendServerTradeAccept(m_ParticipantA, false, entityA->GetSystemAddress()); + } + else + { + return; + } + + Complete(); + } +} + +void Trade::Complete() +{ + auto* entityA = GetParticipantAEntity(); + auto* entityB = GetParticipantBEntity(); + + if (entityA == nullptr || entityB == nullptr) return; + + auto* inventoryA = entityA->GetComponent(); + auto* inventoryB = entityB->GetComponent(); + auto* missionsA = entityA->GetComponent(); + auto* missionsB = entityB->GetComponent(); + auto* characterA = entityA->GetCharacter(); + auto* characterB = entityB->GetCharacter(); + + if (inventoryA == nullptr || inventoryB == nullptr || characterA == nullptr || characterB == nullptr || missionsA == nullptr || missionsB == nullptr) return; + + characterA->SetCoins(characterA->GetCoins() - m_CoinsA + m_CoinsB); + characterB->SetCoins(characterB->GetCoins() - m_CoinsB + m_CoinsA); + + for (const auto& tradeItem : m_ItemsA) + { + inventoryA->RemoveItem(tradeItem.itemLot, tradeItem.itemCount, INVALID, true); + + missionsA->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_ITEM_COLLECTION, tradeItem.itemLot, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", -tradeItem.itemCount); + } + + for (const auto& tradeItem : m_ItemsB) + { + inventoryB->RemoveItem(tradeItem.itemLot, tradeItem.itemCount, INVALID, true); + + missionsB->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_ITEM_COLLECTION, tradeItem.itemLot, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", -tradeItem.itemCount); + } + + for (const auto& tradeItem : m_ItemsA) + { + inventoryB->AddItem(tradeItem.itemLot, tradeItem.itemCount); + } + + for (const auto& tradeItem : m_ItemsB) + { + inventoryA->AddItem(tradeItem.itemLot, tradeItem.itemCount); + } + + TradingManager::Instance()->CancelTrade(m_TradeId); + + characterA->SaveXMLToDatabase(); + characterB->SaveXMLToDatabase(); +} + +void Trade::Cancel() +{ + auto* entityA = GetParticipantAEntity(); + auto* entityB = GetParticipantBEntity(); + + if (entityA == nullptr || entityB == nullptr) return; + + GameMessages::SendServerTradeCancel(entityA->GetObjectID(), entityA->GetSystemAddress()); + GameMessages::SendServerTradeCancel(entityB->GetObjectID(), entityB->GetSystemAddress()); +} + +void Trade::SendUpdateToOther(LWOOBJID participant) +{ + Entity* other = nullptr; + Entity* self = nullptr; + uint64_t coins; + std::vector itemIds; + + Game::logger->Log("Trade", "Attempting to send trade update\n"); + + if (participant == m_ParticipantA) + { + other = GetParticipantBEntity(); + self = GetParticipantAEntity(); + coins = m_CoinsA; + itemIds = m_ItemsA; + } + else if (participant == m_ParticipantB) + { + other = GetParticipantAEntity(); + self = GetParticipantBEntity(); + coins = m_CoinsB; + itemIds = m_ItemsB; + } + else + { + return; + } + + if (other == nullptr || self == nullptr) return; + + std::vector items {}; + + auto* inventoryComponent = self->GetComponent(); + + if (inventoryComponent == nullptr) return; + + for (const auto tradeItem : itemIds) + { + auto* item = inventoryComponent->FindItemById(tradeItem.itemId); + + if (item == nullptr) return; + + if (tradeItem.itemCount > item->GetCount()) return; + + items.push_back(tradeItem); + } + + Game::logger->Log("Trade", "Sending trade update\n"); + + GameMessages::SendServerTradeUpdate(other->GetObjectID(), coins, items, other->GetSystemAddress()); +} + +TradingManager::TradingManager() +{ +} + +TradingManager::~TradingManager() +{ + for (const auto& pair : trades) + { + delete pair.second; + } + + trades.clear(); +} + +Trade* TradingManager::GetTrade(LWOOBJID tradeId) const +{ + const auto& pair = trades.find(tradeId); + + if (pair == trades.end()) return nullptr; + + return pair->second; +} + +Trade* TradingManager::GetPlayerTrade(LWOOBJID playerId) const +{ + for (const auto& pair : trades) + { + if (pair.second->IsParticipant(playerId)) + { + return pair.second; + } + } + + return nullptr; +} + +void TradingManager::CancelTrade(LWOOBJID tradeId) +{ + auto* trade = GetTrade(tradeId); + + if (trade == nullptr) return; + + delete trade; + + trades.erase(tradeId); +} + +Trade* TradingManager::NewTrade(LWOOBJID participantA, LWOOBJID participantB) +{ + const LWOOBJID tradeId = ObjectIDManager::Instance()->GenerateObjectID(); + + auto* trade = new Trade(tradeId, participantA, participantB); + + trades[tradeId] = trade; + + Game::logger->Log("TradingManager", "Created new trade between (%llu) <-> (%llu)\n", participantA, participantB); + + return trade; +} diff --git a/dGame/TradingManager.h b/dGame/TradingManager.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6962acaa --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/TradingManager.h @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "Entity.h" + +struct TradeItem +{ + LWOOBJID itemId; + LOT itemLot; + uint32_t itemCount; +}; + +class Trade +{ +public: + explicit Trade(LWOOBJID tradeId, LWOOBJID participantA, LWOOBJID participantB); + ~Trade(); + + LWOOBJID GetTradeId() const; + + bool IsParticipant(LWOOBJID playerId) const; + + LWOOBJID GetParticipantA() const; + LWOOBJID GetParticipantB() const; + + Entity* GetParticipantAEntity() const; + Entity* GetParticipantBEntity() const; + + void SetCoins(LWOOBJID participant, uint64_t coins); + void SetItems(LWOOBJID participant, std::vector items); + void SetAccepted(LWOOBJID participant, bool value); + + void Complete(); + void Cancel(); + + void SendUpdateToOther(LWOOBJID participant); + +private: + LWOOBJID m_TradeId = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + LWOOBJID m_ParticipantA = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + LWOOBJID m_ParticipantB = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + uint64_t m_CoinsA = 0; + uint64_t m_CoinsB = 0; + + std::vector m_ItemsA {}; + std::vector m_ItemsB {}; + + bool m_AcceptedA = false; + bool m_AcceptedB = false; +}; + + +class TradingManager +{ +public: + static TradingManager* Instance() { + if (!m_Address) { + m_Address = new TradingManager(); + } + + return m_Address; + } + + explicit TradingManager(); + ~TradingManager(); + + Trade* GetTrade(LWOOBJID tradeId) const; + Trade* GetPlayerTrade(LWOOBJID playerId) const; + void CancelTrade(LWOOBJID tradeId); + Trade* NewTrade(LWOOBJID participantA, LWOOBJID participantB); + +private: + static TradingManager* m_Address; //For singleton method + + std::unordered_map trades; +}; diff --git a/dGame/User.cpp b/dGame/User.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3efc4d0a --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/User.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +#include "User.h" +#include "Database.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "dServer.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" + +User::User(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, const std::string& username, const std::string& sessionKey) { + m_AccountID = 0; + m_Username = ""; + m_SessionKey = ""; + + m_MaxGMLevel = 0; //The max GM level this account can assign to it's characters + m_LastCharID = 0; + + m_SessionKey = sessionKey; + m_SystemAddress = sysAddr; + m_Username = username; + m_LoggedInCharID = 0; + + //HACK HACK HACK + //This needs to be re-enabled / updated whenever the mute stuff is moved to another table. + //This was only done because otherwise the website's account page dies and the website is waiting on a migration to wordpress. + + //sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT id, gmlevel, mute_expire FROM accounts WHERE name=? LIMIT 1;"); + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT id, gm_level FROM accounts WHERE name=? LIMIT 1;"); + stmt->setString(1, username.c_str()); + + sql::ResultSet* res = stmt->executeQuery(); + while (res->next()) { + m_AccountID = res->getUInt(1); + m_MaxGMLevel = res->getInt(2); + m_MuteExpire = 0; //res->getUInt64(3); + } + + delete res; + delete stmt; + + //If we're loading a zone, we'll load the last used (aka current) character: + if (Game::server->GetZoneID() != 0) { + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT id FROM charinfo WHERE account_id=? ORDER BY last_login DESC LIMIT 1;"); + stmt->setUInt(1, m_AccountID); + + sql::ResultSet* res = stmt->executeQuery(); + if (res->rowsCount() > 0) { + while (res->next()) { + LWOOBJID objID = res->getUInt64(1); + Character* character = new Character(uint32_t(objID), this); + m_Characters.push_back(character); + Game::logger->Log("User", "Loaded %llu as it is the last used char\n", objID); + } + } + + delete res; + delete stmt; + } +} + +User::User ( const User& other ) { + this->m_AccountID = other.m_AccountID; + this->m_LastCharID = other.m_LastCharID; + this->m_MaxGMLevel = other.m_MaxGMLevel; + this->m_SessionKey = other.m_SessionKey; + this->m_SystemAddress = other.m_SystemAddress; + this->m_Username = other.m_Username; + this->m_LoggedInCharID = other.m_LoggedInCharID; +} + +User::~User() { + for (Character* c : m_Characters) { + if (c) { + delete c; + c = nullptr; + } + } +} + +User& User::operator= ( const User& other ) { + this->m_AccountID = other.m_AccountID; + this->m_LastCharID = other.m_LastCharID; + this->m_MaxGMLevel = other.m_MaxGMLevel; + this->m_SessionKey = other.m_SessionKey; + this->m_SystemAddress = other.m_SystemAddress; + this->m_Username = other.m_Username; + this->m_LoggedInCharID = other.m_LoggedInCharID; + return *this; +} + +bool User::operator== ( const User& other ) const { + if (m_Username == other.m_Username || m_SessionKey == other.m_SessionKey || m_SystemAddress == other.m_SystemAddress) + return true; + + return false; +} + +Character * User::GetLastUsedChar() { + if (m_Characters.size() == 0) return nullptr; + else if (m_Characters.size() == 1) return m_Characters[0]; + else { + Character* toReturn = m_Characters[0]; + for (size_t i = 0; i < m_Characters.size(); ++i) { + if (m_Characters[i]->GetLastLogin() > toReturn->GetLastLogin()) toReturn = m_Characters[i]; + } + + return toReturn; + } +} + +bool User::GetIsMuted() const +{ + return m_MuteExpire == 1 || m_MuteExpire > time(NULL); +} + +time_t User::GetMuteExpire() const +{ + return m_MuteExpire; +} + +void User::SetMuteExpire(time_t value) +{ + m_MuteExpire = value; +} + +void User::UserOutOfSync() { + m_AmountOfTimesOutOfSync++; + if (m_AmountOfTimesOutOfSync > m_MaxDesyncAllowed) { + //YEET + Game::logger->Log("User", "User %s was out of sync %i times out of %i, disconnecting for suspected speedhacking.\n", m_Username.c_str(), m_AmountOfTimesOutOfSync, m_MaxDesyncAllowed); + Game::server->Disconnect(this->m_SystemAddress, SERVER_DISCON_KICK); + } +} diff --git a/dGame/User.h b/dGame/User.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3be9148e --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/User.h @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +#ifndef USER_H +#define USER_H + +#include +#include +#include "../thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetTypes.h" +#include "dCommonVars.h" + +#include + +class Character; + +struct BehaviorParams{ + uint32_t behavior; + LWOOBJID objid; + bool followup; +}; + +class User { +public: + User(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, const std::string& username, const std::string& sessionKey); + User(const User& other); + ~User(); + User& operator=(const User& other); + bool operator==(const User& other) const; + + uint32_t GetAccountID() { return m_AccountID; } + std::string& GetUsername() { return m_Username; } + std::string& GetSessionKey() { return m_SessionKey; } + SystemAddress& GetSystemAddress() { return m_SystemAddress; } + + uint32_t GetMaxGMLevel() { return m_MaxGMLevel; } + uint32_t GetLastCharID() { return m_LastCharID; } + void SetLastCharID(uint32_t newCharID) { m_LastCharID = newCharID; } + + std::vector& GetCharacters() { return m_Characters; } + Character* GetLastUsedChar(); + + void SetLoggedInChar(const LWOOBJID& objID) { m_LoggedInCharID = objID; } + LWOOBJID& GetLoggedInChar() { return m_LoggedInCharID; } + + bool GetLastChatMessageApproved() { return m_LastChatMessageApproved; } + void SetLastChatMessageApproved(bool approved) { m_LastChatMessageApproved = approved; } + + bool GetIsMuted() const; + + time_t GetMuteExpire() const; + void SetMuteExpire(time_t value); + + // Added for GameMessageHandler + std::unordered_map uiBehaviorHandles; + + void UserOutOfSync(); + +private: + uint32_t m_AccountID; + std::string m_Username; + std::string m_SessionKey; + SystemAddress m_SystemAddress; + + uint32_t m_MaxGMLevel; //The max GM level this account can assign to it's characters + uint32_t m_LastCharID; + std::vector m_Characters; + LWOOBJID m_LoggedInCharID; + + bool m_LastChatMessageApproved = false; + int m_AmountOfTimesOutOfSync = 0; + const int m_MaxDesyncAllowed = 12; + time_t m_MuteExpire; +}; + +#endif // USER_H diff --git a/dGame/UserManager.cpp b/dGame/UserManager.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..54b39c9f --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/UserManager.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,765 @@ +#include "UserManager.h" +#include +#include +#include + +#include "Database.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "User.h" +#include +#include "Character.h" +#include +#include "PacketUtils.h" +#include "../dWorldServer/ObjectIDManager.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "ZoneInstanceManager.h" +#include "dServer.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" + +UserManager * UserManager::m_Address = nullptr; + +//Local functions as they aren't needed by anything else, leave the implementations at the bottom! +uint32_t FindCharShirtID(uint32_t shirtColor, uint32_t shirtStyle); +uint32_t FindCharPantsID(uint32_t pantsColor); + +void UserManager::Initialize() { + std::string firstNamePath = "./res/names/minifigname_first.txt"; + std::string middleNamePath = "./res/names/minifigname_middle.txt"; + std::string lastNamePath = "./res/names/minifigname_last.txt"; + std::string line; + + std::fstream fnFile(firstNamePath, std::ios::in); + std::fstream mnFile(middleNamePath, std::ios::in); + std::fstream lnFile(lastNamePath, std::ios::in); + + while (std::getline(fnFile, line, '\n')) { + std::string name = line; + m_FirstNames.push_back(name); + } + + while (std::getline(mnFile, line, '\n')) { + std::string name = line; + m_MiddleNames.push_back(name); + } + + while (std::getline(lnFile, line, '\n')) { + std::string name = line; + m_LastNames.push_back(name); + } + + fnFile.close(); + mnFile.close(); + lnFile.close(); + + //Load our pre-approved names: + std::fstream chatList("./res/chatplus_en_us.txt", std::ios::in); + while (std::getline(chatList, line, '\n')) { + m_PreapprovedNames.push_back(line); + } + + //Load custom ones from MySQL too: + /*sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT name FROM approvedNames;"); + sql::ResultSet* res = stmt->executeQuery(); + while (res->next()) { + m_PreapprovedNames.push_back(res->getString(1)); + } + + delete res; + delete stmt;*/ +} + +UserManager::~UserManager() { + +} + +User* UserManager::CreateUser ( const SystemAddress& sysAddr, const std::string& username, const std::string& sessionKey ) { + User* user = new User(sysAddr, username, sessionKey); + if (user && Game::server->IsConnected(sysAddr)) + m_Users.insert(std::make_pair(sysAddr, user)); + else { + if (user) { + delete user; + user = nullptr; + } + } + + return user; +} + +User* UserManager::GetUser ( const SystemAddress& sysAddr ) { + auto it = m_Users.find(sysAddr); + if (it != m_Users.end() && it->second) return it->second; + + return nullptr; +} + +User* UserManager::GetUser ( const std::string& username ) { + for (auto p : m_Users) { + if (p.second) { + if (p.second->GetUsername() == username) return p.second; + } + } + + return nullptr; +} + +bool UserManager::DeleteUser ( const SystemAddress& sysAddr ) { + const auto& it = m_Users.find(sysAddr); + + if (it != m_Users.end()) + { + if (std::count(m_UsersToDelete.begin(), m_UsersToDelete.end(), it->second)) return false; + + m_UsersToDelete.push_back(it->second); + + m_Users.erase(it); + + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +void UserManager::DeletePendingRemovals() +{ + for (auto* user : m_UsersToDelete) + { + Game::logger->Log("UserManager", "Deleted user %i\n", user->GetAccountID()); + + delete user; + } + + m_UsersToDelete.clear(); +} + +bool UserManager::IsNameAvailable ( const std::string& requestedName ) { + bool toReturn = false; //To allow for a clean exit + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT id FROM charinfo WHERE name=? OR pending_name=? LIMIT 1;"); + stmt->setString(1, requestedName.c_str()); + stmt->setString(2, requestedName.c_str()); + + sql::ResultSet* res = stmt->executeQuery(); + if (res->rowsCount() == 0) toReturn = true; + + delete stmt; + delete res; + return toReturn; +} + +std::string UserManager::GetPredefinedName ( uint32_t firstNameIndex, uint32_t middleNameIndex, uint32_t lastNameIndex ) { + if (firstNameIndex > m_FirstNames.size() || middleNameIndex > m_MiddleNames.size() || lastNameIndex > m_LastNames.size()) return std::string("INVALID"); + return std::string(m_FirstNames[firstNameIndex] + m_MiddleNames[middleNameIndex] + m_LastNames[lastNameIndex]); +} + +bool UserManager::IsNamePreapproved ( const std::string& requestedName ) { + for (std::string& s : m_PreapprovedNames) { + if (s == requestedName) return true; + } + + for (std::string& s : m_FirstNames) { + if (s == requestedName) return true; + } + + for (std::string& s : m_MiddleNames) { + if (s == requestedName) return true; + } + + for (std::string& s : m_LastNames) { + if (s == requestedName) return true; + } + + return false; +} + +void UserManager::RequestCharacterList ( const SystemAddress& sysAddr ) { + User* u = GetUser(sysAddr); + if (!u) return; + + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT id FROM charinfo WHERE account_id=? ORDER BY last_login DESC LIMIT 4;"); + stmt->setUInt(1, u->GetAccountID()); + + sql::ResultSet* res = stmt->executeQuery(); + if (res->rowsCount() > 0) { + std::vector& chars = u->GetCharacters(); + + for (size_t i = 0; i < chars.size(); ++i) + { + if (chars[i]->GetEntity() == nullptr) // We don't have entity data to save + { + delete chars[i]; + + continue; + } + + auto* skillComponent = chars[i]->GetEntity()->GetComponent(); + + if (skillComponent != nullptr) + { + skillComponent->Reset(); + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->DestroyEntity(chars[i]->GetEntity()); + + chars[i]->SaveXMLToDatabase(); + + chars[i]->GetEntity()->SetCharacter(nullptr); + + delete chars[i]; + } + + chars.clear(); + + while (res->next()) { + LWOOBJID objID = res->getUInt64(1); + Character* character = new Character(uint32_t(objID), u); + chars.push_back(character); + } + } + + delete res; + delete stmt; + + WorldPackets::SendCharacterList(sysAddr, u); +} + +void UserManager::CreateCharacter(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, Packet* packet) { + User* u = GetUser(sysAddr); + if (!u) return; + + std::string name = PacketUtils::ReadString(8, packet, true); + + uint32_t firstNameIndex = PacketUtils::ReadPacketU32(74, packet); + uint32_t middleNameIndex = PacketUtils::ReadPacketU32(78, packet); + uint32_t lastNameIndex = PacketUtils::ReadPacketU32(82, packet); + std::string predefinedName = GetPredefinedName(firstNameIndex, middleNameIndex, lastNameIndex); + Game::logger->Log("UserManager", "Got predefined name: %s\n", predefinedName.c_str()); + + uint32_t shirtColor = PacketUtils::ReadPacketU32(95, packet); + uint32_t shirtStyle = PacketUtils::ReadPacketU32(99, packet); + uint32_t pantsColor = PacketUtils::ReadPacketU32(103, packet); + uint32_t hairStyle = PacketUtils::ReadPacketU32(107, packet); + uint32_t hairColor = PacketUtils::ReadPacketU32(111, packet); + uint32_t lh = PacketUtils::ReadPacketU32(115, packet); + uint32_t rh = PacketUtils::ReadPacketU32(119, packet); + uint32_t eyebrows = PacketUtils::ReadPacketU32(123, packet); + uint32_t eyes = PacketUtils::ReadPacketU32(127, packet); + uint32_t mouth = PacketUtils::ReadPacketU32(131, packet); + + LOT shirtLOT = FindCharShirtID(shirtColor, shirtStyle); + LOT pantsLOT = FindCharPantsID(pantsColor); + + if (name != "" && !UserManager::IsNameAvailable(name)) { + WorldPackets::SendCharacterCreationResponse(sysAddr, CREATION_RESPONSE_CUSTOM_NAME_IN_USE); + return; + } + + if (!IsNameAvailable(predefinedName)) { + WorldPackets::SendCharacterCreationResponse(sysAddr, CREATION_RESPONSE_PREDEFINED_NAME_IN_USE); + return; + } + + Game::logger->Log("UserManager", "AccountID: %i is creating a character with name: %s\n", u->GetAccountID(), name.c_str()); + + //Now that the name is ok, we can get an objectID from Master: + ObjectIDManager::Instance()->RequestPersistentID([=](uint32_t objectID) { + sql::PreparedStatement* overlapStmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT id FROM charinfo WHERE id = ?"); + overlapStmt->setUInt(1, objectID); + + auto* overlapResult = overlapStmt->executeQuery(); + + if (overlapResult->next()) { + Game::logger->Log("UserManager", "Character object id unavailable, check objectidtracker!\n"); + WorldPackets::SendCharacterCreationResponse(sysAddr, CREATION_RESPONSE_OBJECT_ID_UNAVAILABLE); + return; + } + + std::stringstream xml; + xml << ""; + + xml << "GetAccountID() << "\" cc=\"0\" gm=\"0\" ft=\"0\" llog=\"" << time(NULL) << "\" "; + xml << "ls=\"0\" lzx=\"-626.5847\" lzy=\"613.3515\" lzz=\"-28.6374\" lzrx=\"0.0\" lzry=\"0.7015\" lzrz=\"0.0\" lzrw=\"0.7126\""; + xml << "stt=\"0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;0;\">"; + xml << ""; + xml << ""; + std::string xmlSave1 = xml.str(); + + ObjectIDManager::Instance()->RequestPersistentID([=](uint32_t idforshirt) { + std::stringstream xml2; + + LWOOBJID lwoidforshirt = idforshirt; + lwoidforshirt = GeneralUtils::SetBit(lwoidforshirt, OBJECT_BIT_CHARACTER); + lwoidforshirt = GeneralUtils::SetBit(lwoidforshirt, OBJECT_BIT_PERSISTENT); + xml2 << xmlSave1 << ""; + + std::string xmlSave2 = xml2.str(); + + ObjectIDManager::Instance()->RequestPersistentID([=](uint32_t idforpants) { + LWOOBJID lwoidforpants = idforpants; + lwoidforpants = GeneralUtils::SetBit(lwoidforpants, OBJECT_BIT_CHARACTER); + lwoidforpants = GeneralUtils::SetBit(lwoidforpants, OBJECT_BIT_PERSISTENT); + + std::stringstream xml3; + xml3 << xmlSave2 << ""; + + xml3 << ""; + + //Check to see if our name was pre-approved: + bool nameOk = IsNamePreapproved(name); + if (!nameOk && u->GetMaxGMLevel() > 1) nameOk = true; + + if (name != "") { + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("INSERT INTO `charinfo`(`id`, `account_id`, `name`, `pending_name`, `needs_rename`, `last_login`) VALUES (?,?,?,?,?,?)"); + stmt->setUInt(1, objectID); + stmt->setUInt(2, u->GetAccountID()); + stmt->setString(3, predefinedName.c_str()); + stmt->setString(4, name.c_str()); + stmt->setBoolean(5, false); + stmt->setUInt64(6, time(NULL)); + + if (nameOk) { + stmt->setString(3, name.c_str()); + stmt->setString(4, ""); + } + + stmt->execute(); + delete stmt; + } else { + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("INSERT INTO `charinfo`(`id`, `account_id`, `name`, `pending_name`, `needs_rename`, `last_login`) VALUES (?,?,?,?,?,?)"); + stmt->setUInt(1, objectID); + stmt->setUInt(2, u->GetAccountID()); + stmt->setString(3, predefinedName.c_str()); + stmt->setString(4, ""); + stmt->setBoolean(5, false); + stmt->setUInt64(6, time(NULL)); + + stmt->execute(); + delete stmt; + } + + //Now finally insert our character xml: + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("INSERT INTO `charxml`(`id`, `xml_data`) VALUES (?,?)"); + stmt->setUInt(1, objectID); + stmt->setString(2, xml3.str().c_str()); + stmt->execute(); + delete stmt; + + WorldPackets::SendCharacterCreationResponse(sysAddr, CREATION_RESPONSE_SUCCESS); + UserManager::RequestCharacterList(sysAddr); + }); + }); + }); +} + +void UserManager::DeleteCharacter(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, Packet* packet) { + User* u = GetUser(sysAddr); + if (!u) { + Game::logger->Log("UserManager", "Couldn't get user to delete character\n"); + return; + } + + LWOOBJID objectID = PacketUtils::ReadPacketS64(8, packet); + objectID = GeneralUtils::ClearBit(objectID, OBJECT_BIT_CHARACTER); + objectID = GeneralUtils::ClearBit(objectID, OBJECT_BIT_PERSISTENT); + + uint32_t charID = static_cast(objectID); + Game::logger->Log("UserManager", "Received char delete req for ID: %llu (%u)\n", objectID, charID); + + //Check if this user has this character: + bool hasCharacter = false; + std::vector& characters = u->GetCharacters(); + for (size_t i = 0; i < characters.size(); ++i) { + if (characters[i]->GetID() == charID) { hasCharacter = true; } + } + + if (!hasCharacter) { + Game::logger->Log("UserManager", "User %i tried to delete a character that it does not own!\n", u->GetAccountID()); + WorldPackets::SendCharacterDeleteResponse(sysAddr, false); + } + else { + Game::logger->Log("UserManager", "Deleting character %i\n", charID); + { + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("DELETE FROM charxml WHERE id=? LIMIT 1;"); + stmt->setUInt64(1, charID); + stmt->execute(); + delete stmt; + } + { + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("DELETE FROM command_log WHERE character_id=?;"); + stmt->setUInt64(1, charID); + stmt->execute(); + delete stmt; + } + { + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("DELETE FROM friends WHERE player_id=? OR friend_id=?;"); + stmt->setUInt64(1, charID); + stmt->setUInt64(2, charID); + stmt->execute(); + delete stmt; + } + { + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("DELETE FROM leaderboard WHERE character_id=?;"); + stmt->setUInt64(1, charID); + stmt->execute(); + delete stmt; + } + { + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt( + "DELETE FROM properties_contents WHERE property_id IN (SELECT id FROM properties WHERE owner_id=?);" + ); + stmt->setUInt64(1, charID); + stmt->execute(); + delete stmt; + } + { + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("DELETE FROM properties WHERE owner_id=?;"); + stmt->setUInt64(1, charID); + stmt->execute(); + delete stmt; + } + { + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("DELETE FROM ugc WHERE character_id=?;"); + stmt->setUInt64(1, charID); + stmt->execute(); + delete stmt; + } + { + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("DELETE FROM activity_log WHERE character_id=?;"); + stmt->setUInt64(1, charID); + stmt->execute(); + delete stmt; + } + { + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("DELETE FROM mail WHERE receiver_id=?;"); + stmt->setUInt64(1, charID); + stmt->execute(); + delete stmt; + } + { + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("DELETE FROM charinfo WHERE id=? LIMIT 1;"); + stmt->setUInt64(1, charID); + stmt->execute(); + delete stmt; + } + + WorldPackets::SendCharacterDeleteResponse(sysAddr, true); + } +} + +void UserManager::RenameCharacter(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, Packet* packet) { + User* u = GetUser(sysAddr); + if (!u) { + Game::logger->Log("UserManager", "Couldn't get user to delete character\n"); + return; + } + + LWOOBJID objectID = PacketUtils::ReadPacketS64(8, packet); + objectID = GeneralUtils::ClearBit(objectID, OBJECT_BIT_CHARACTER); + objectID = GeneralUtils::ClearBit(objectID, OBJECT_BIT_PERSISTENT); + + uint32_t charID = static_cast(objectID); + Game::logger->Log("UserManager", "Received char rename request for ID: %llu (%u)\n", objectID, charID); + + std::string newName = PacketUtils::ReadString(16, packet, true); + + Character* character = nullptr; + + //Check if this user has this character: + bool hasCharacter = false; + std::vector& characters = u->GetCharacters(); + for (size_t i = 0; i < characters.size(); ++i) { + if (characters[i]->GetID() == charID) { hasCharacter = true; character = characters[i]; } + } + + if (!hasCharacter || !character) { + Game::logger->Log("UserManager", "User %i tried to rename a character that it does not own!\n", u->GetAccountID()); + WorldPackets::SendCharacterRenameResponse(sysAddr, RENAME_RESPONSE_UNKNOWN_ERROR); + } else if (hasCharacter && character) { + if (newName == character->GetName()) { + WorldPackets::SendCharacterRenameResponse(sysAddr, RENAME_RESPONSE_NAME_UNAVAILABLE); + return; + } + + if (IsNameAvailable(newName)) { + if (IsNamePreapproved(newName)) { + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("UPDATE charinfo SET name=?, pending_name='', needs_rename=0, last_login=? WHERE id=? LIMIT 1"); + stmt->setString(1, newName); + stmt->setUInt64(2, time(NULL)); + stmt->setUInt(3, character->GetID()); + stmt->execute(); + delete stmt; + + Game::logger->Log("UserManager", "Character %s now known as %s\n", character->GetName().c_str(), newName.c_str()); + WorldPackets::SendCharacterRenameResponse(sysAddr, RENAME_RESPONSE_SUCCESS); + UserManager::RequestCharacterList(sysAddr); + } else { + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("UPDATE charinfo SET pending_name=?, needs_rename=0, last_login=? WHERE id=? LIMIT 1"); + stmt->setString(1, newName); + stmt->setUInt64(2, time(NULL)); + stmt->setUInt(3, character->GetID()); + stmt->execute(); + delete stmt; + + Game::logger->Log("UserManager", "Character %s has been renamed to %s and is pending approval by a moderator.\n", character->GetName().c_str(), newName.c_str()); + WorldPackets::SendCharacterRenameResponse(sysAddr, RENAME_RESPONSE_SUCCESS); + UserManager::RequestCharacterList(sysAddr); + } + } else { + WorldPackets::SendCharacterRenameResponse(sysAddr, RENAME_RESPONSE_NAME_IN_USE); + } + } else { + Game::logger->Log("UserManager", "Unknown error occurred when renaming character, either hasCharacter or character variable != true.\n"); + WorldPackets::SendCharacterRenameResponse(sysAddr, RENAME_RESPONSE_UNKNOWN_ERROR); + } +} + +void UserManager::LoginCharacter(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, uint32_t playerID) { + User* u = GetUser(sysAddr); + if (!u) { + Game::logger->Log("UserManager", "Couldn't get user to log in character\n"); + return; + } + + Character* character = nullptr; + bool hasCharacter = false; + std::vector& characters = u->GetCharacters(); + + for (size_t i = 0; i < characters.size(); ++i) { + if (characters[i]->GetID() == playerID) { hasCharacter = true; character = characters[i]; } + } + + if (hasCharacter && character) { + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("UPDATE charinfo SET last_login=? WHERE id=? LIMIT 1"); + stmt->setUInt64(1, time(NULL)); + stmt->setUInt(2, playerID); + stmt->execute(); + delete stmt; + + uint32_t zoneID = character->GetZoneID(); + if (zoneID == LWOZONEID_INVALID) zoneID = 1000; //Send char to VE + + ZoneInstanceManager::Instance()->RequestZoneTransfer(Game::server, zoneID, character->GetZoneClone(), false, [=](bool mythranShift, uint32_t zoneID, uint32_t zoneInstance, uint32_t zoneClone, std::string serverIP, uint16_t serverPort) { + Game::logger->Log("UserManager", "Transferring %s to Zone %i (Instance %i | Clone %i | Mythran Shift: %s) with IP %s and Port %i\n", sysAddr.ToString(), zoneID, zoneInstance, zoneClone, mythranShift == true ? "true" : "false", serverIP.c_str(), serverPort); + if (character) { + character->SetZoneID(zoneID); + character->SetZoneInstance(zoneInstance); + character->SetZoneClone(zoneClone); + } + WorldPackets::SendTransferToWorld(sysAddr, serverIP, serverPort, mythranShift); + return; + }); + } else { + Game::logger->Log("UserManager", "Unknown error occurred when logging in a character, either hasCharacter or character variable != true.\n"); + } +} + +uint32_t FindCharShirtID(uint32_t shirtColor, uint32_t shirtStyle) { + uint32_t shirtID = 0; + + // s p e c i a l code follows + switch (shirtColor) { + case 0: { + shirtID = shirtStyle >= 35 ? 5730 : SHIRT_BRIGHT_RED; + break; + } + + case 1: { + shirtID = shirtStyle >= 35 ? 5736 : SHIRT_BRIGHT_BLUE; + break; + } + + case 3: { + shirtID = shirtStyle >= 35 ? 5808 : SHIRT_DARK_GREEN; + break; + } + + case 5: { + shirtID = shirtStyle >= 35 ? 5754 : SHIRT_BRIGHT_ORANGE; + break; + } + + case 6: { + shirtID = shirtStyle >= 35 ? 5760 : SHIRT_BLACK; + break; + } + + case 7: { + shirtID = shirtStyle >= 35 ? 5766 : SHIRT_DARK_STONE_GRAY; + break; + } + + case 8: { + shirtID = shirtStyle >= 35 ? 5772 : SHIRT_MEDIUM_STONE_GRAY; + break; + } + + case 9: { + shirtID = shirtStyle >= 35 ? 5778 : SHIRT_REDDISH_BROWN; + break; + } + + case 10: { + shirtID = shirtStyle >= 35 ? 5784 : SHIRT_WHITE; + break; + } + + case 11: { + shirtID = shirtStyle >= 35 ? 5802 : SHIRT_MEDIUM_BLUE; + break; + } + + case 13: { + shirtID = shirtStyle >= 35 ? 5796 : SHIRT_DARK_RED; + break; + } + + case 14: { + shirtID = shirtStyle >= 35 ? 5802 : SHIRT_EARTH_BLUE; + break; + } + + case 15: { + shirtID = shirtStyle >= 35 ? 5808 : SHIRT_EARTH_GREEN; + break; + } + + case 16: { + shirtID = shirtStyle >= 35 ? 5814 : SHIRT_BRICK_YELLOW; + break; + } + + case 84: { + shirtID = shirtStyle >= 35 ? 5820 : SHIRT_SAND_BLUE; + break; + } + + case 96: { + shirtID = shirtStyle >= 35 ? 5826 : SHIRT_SAND_GREEN; + shirtColor = 16; + break; + } + } + + // Initialize another variable for the shirt color + uint32_t editedShirtColor = shirtID; + + // This will be the final shirt ID + uint32_t shirtIDFinal; + + // For some reason, if the shirt color is 35 - 40, + // The ID is different than the original... Was this because + // these shirts were added later? + if (shirtStyle >= 35) { + shirtIDFinal = editedShirtColor += (shirtStyle - 35); + } + else { + // Get the final ID of the shirt by adding the shirt + // style to the editedShirtColor + shirtIDFinal = editedShirtColor += (shirtStyle - 1); + } + + //cout << "Shirt ID is: " << shirtIDFinal << endl; + + return shirtIDFinal; +} + +uint32_t FindCharPantsID(uint32_t pantsColor) { + uint32_t pantsID = 2508; + + switch (pantsColor) { + case 0: { + pantsID = PANTS_BRIGHT_RED; + break; + } + + case 1: { + pantsID = PANTS_BRIGHT_BLUE; + break; + } + + case 3: { + pantsID = PANTS_DARK_GREEN; + break; + } + + case 5: { + pantsID = PANTS_BRIGHT_ORANGE; + break; + } + + case 6: { + pantsID = PANTS_BLACK; + break; + } + + case 7: { + pantsID = PANTS_DARK_STONE_GRAY; + break; + } + + case 8: { + pantsID = PANTS_MEDIUM_STONE_GRAY; + break; + } + + case 9: { + pantsID = PANTS_REDDISH_BROWN; + break; + } + + case 10: { + pantsID = PANTS_WHITE; + break; + } + + case 11: { + pantsID = PANTS_MEDIUM_BLUE; + break; + } + + case 13: { + pantsID = PANTS_DARK_RED; + break; + } + + case 14: { + pantsID = PANTS_EARTH_BLUE; + break; + } + + case 15: { + pantsID = PANTS_EARTH_GREEN; + break; + } + + case 16: { + pantsID = PANTS_BRICK_YELLOW; + break; + } + + case 84: { + pantsID = PANTS_SAND_BLUE; + break; + } + + case 96: { + pantsID = PANTS_SAND_GREEN; + break; + } + } + + return pantsID; +} + +void UserManager::SaveAllActiveCharacters() { + for (auto user : m_Users) { + if (user.second) { + auto character = user.second->GetLastUsedChar(); + if (character) character->SaveXMLToDatabase(); + } + } +} diff --git a/dGame/UserManager.h b/dGame/UserManager.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f014b183 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/UserManager.h @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +#ifndef USERMANAGER_H +#define USERMANAGER_H + +#define _VARIADIC_MAX 10 +#include +#include +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include + +class User; + +class UserManager { +public: + static UserManager* Instance() { + if (!m_Address) { + m_Address = new UserManager(); + } + + return m_Address; + } + + void Initialize(); + ~UserManager(); + + User* CreateUser(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, const std::string& username, const std::string& sessionKey); + User* GetUser(const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + User* GetUser(const std::string& username); + bool DeleteUser(const SystemAddress& sysAddr); //Returns true on succesful deletion + void DeletePendingRemovals(); + + bool IsNameAvailable(const std::string& requestedName); + std::string GetPredefinedName(uint32_t firstNameIndex, uint32_t middleNameIndex, uint32_t lastNameIndex); + bool IsNamePreapproved(const std::string& requestedName); + + void RequestCharacterList(const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void CreateCharacter(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, Packet* packet); + void DeleteCharacter(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, Packet* packet); + void RenameCharacter(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, Packet* packet); + void LoginCharacter(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, uint32_t playerID); + + void SaveAllActiveCharacters(); + + size_t GetUserCount() const { return m_Users.size(); } + +private: + static UserManager* m_Address; //Singleton + //std::vector m_Users; + std::map m_Users; + std::vector m_UsersToDelete; + + std::vector m_FirstNames; + std::vector m_MiddleNames; + std::vector m_LastNames; + std::vector m_PreapprovedNames; +}; + +enum CharCreatePantsColor : uint32_t { + PANTS_BRIGHT_RED = 2508, + PANTS_BRIGHT_ORANGE = 2509, + PANTS_BRICK_YELLOW = 2511, + PANTS_MEDIUM_BLUE = 2513, + PANTS_SAND_GREEN = 2514, + PANTS_DARK_GREEN = 2515, + PANTS_EARTH_GREEN = 2516, + PANTS_EARTH_BLUE = 2517, + PANTS_BRIGHT_BLUE = 2519, + PANTS_SAND_BLUE = 2520, + PANTS_DARK_STONE_GRAY = 2521, + PANTS_MEDIUM_STONE_GRAY = 2522, + PANTS_WHITE = 2523, + PANTS_BLACK = 2524, + PANTS_REDDISH_BROWN = 2526, + PANTS_DARK_RED = 2527 +}; + +enum CharCreateShirtColor : uint32_t { + SHIRT_BRIGHT_RED = 4049, + SHIRT_BRIGHT_BLUE = 4083, + SHIRT_BRIGHT_YELLOW = 4117, + SHIRT_DARK_GREEN = 4151, + SHIRT_BRIGHT_ORANGE = 4185, + SHIRT_BLACK = 4219, + SHIRT_DARK_STONE_GRAY = 4253, + SHIRT_MEDIUM_STONE_GRAY = 4287, + SHIRT_REDDISH_BROWN = 4321, + SHIRT_WHITE = 4355, + SHIRT_MEDIUM_BLUE = 4389, + SHIRT_DARK_RED = 4423, + SHIRT_EARTH_BLUE = 4457, + SHIRT_EARTH_GREEN = 4491, + SHIRT_BRICK_YELLOW = 4525, + SHIRT_SAND_BLUE = 4559, + SHIRT_SAND_GREEN = 4593 +}; + +#endif // USERMANAGER_H diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/AirMovementBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/AirMovementBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ac7bf667 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/AirMovementBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +#include "AirMovementBehavior.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +void AirMovementBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + uint32_t handle; + + bitStream->Read(handle); + + context->RegisterSyncBehavior(handle, this, branch); +} + +void AirMovementBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + const auto handle = context->GetUniqueSkillId(); + + bitStream->Write(handle); +} + +void AirMovementBehavior::Sync(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bit_stream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + uint32_t behaviorId; + + bit_stream->Read(behaviorId); + + LWOOBJID target; + + bit_stream->Read(target); + + auto* behavior = CreateBehavior(behaviorId); + + if (EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(target) != nullptr) + { + branch.target = target; + } + + behavior->Handle(context, bit_stream, branch); +} + +void AirMovementBehavior::Load() +{ +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/AirMovementBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/AirMovementBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0a9755e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/AirMovementBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class AirMovementBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + + /* + * Inherited + */ + + explicit AirMovementBehavior(const uint32_t behavior_id) : Behavior(behavior_id) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Sync(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bit_stream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/AndBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/AndBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..231b39c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/AndBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +#include "AndBehavior.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" + +void AndBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, const BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + for (auto* behavior : this->m_behaviors) + { + behavior->Handle(context, bitStream, branch); + } +} + +void AndBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, const BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + for (auto* behavior : this->m_behaviors) + { + behavior->Calculate(context, bitStream, branch); + } +} + +void AndBehavior::Load() +{ + const auto parameters = GetParameterNames(); + + for (const auto& parameter : parameters) + { + if (parameter.first.rfind("behavior", 0) == 0) + { + auto* action = GetAction(parameter.second); + + this->m_behaviors.push_back(action); + } + } +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/AndBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/AndBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2b7d95e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/AndBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +#pragma once + +#include + +#include "Behavior.h" + +class AndBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + std::vector m_behaviors; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + explicit AndBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) : Behavior(behaviorId) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/ApplyBuffBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/ApplyBuffBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..46422aa1 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/ApplyBuffBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +#include "ApplyBuffBehavior.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "BuffComponent.h" + + +void ApplyBuffBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target == LWOOBJID_EMPTY ? context->originator : branch.target); + + if (entity == nullptr) return; + + auto* buffComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (buffComponent == nullptr) return; + + buffComponent->ApplyBuff(m_BuffId, m_Duration, context->originator, addImmunity, cancelOnDamaged, cancelOnDeath, + cancelOnLogout, cancelonRemoveBuff, cancelOnUi, cancelOnUnequip, cancelOnZone); +} + +void ApplyBuffBehavior::UnCast(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + + if (entity == nullptr) return; + + auto* buffComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (buffComponent == nullptr) return; + + buffComponent->RemoveBuff(m_BuffId); +} + +void ApplyBuffBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + Handle(context, bitStream, branch); +} + +void ApplyBuffBehavior::Load() +{ + m_BuffId = GetInt("buff_id"); + m_Duration = GetFloat("duration_secs"); + addImmunity = GetBoolean("add_immunity"); + cancelOnDamaged = GetBoolean("cancel_on_damaged"); + cancelOnDeath = GetBoolean("cancel_on_death"); + cancelOnLogout = GetBoolean("cancel_on_logout"); + cancelonRemoveBuff = GetBoolean("cancel_on_remove_buff"); + cancelOnUi = GetBoolean("cancel_on_ui"); + cancelOnUnequip = GetBoolean("cancel_on_unequip"); + cancelOnZone = GetBoolean("cancel_on_zone"); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/ApplyBuffBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/ApplyBuffBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..536d3501 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/ApplyBuffBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +#pragma once + +#include + +#include "Behavior.h" + +class ApplyBuffBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + int32_t m_BuffId; + float m_Duration; + bool addImmunity; + bool cancelOnDamaged; + bool cancelOnDeath; + bool cancelOnLogout; + bool cancelonRemoveBuff; + bool cancelOnUi; + bool cancelOnUnequip; + bool cancelOnZone; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + explicit ApplyBuffBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) : Behavior(behaviorId) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void UnCast(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/AreaOfEffectBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/AreaOfEffectBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a5341348 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/AreaOfEffectBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +#include "AreaOfEffectBehavior.h" + +#include + +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "RebuildComponent.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" + +void AreaOfEffectBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + uint32_t targetCount; + + bitStream->Read(targetCount); + + if (targetCount > this->m_maxTargets) + { + return; + } + + std::vector targets; + + targets.reserve(targetCount); + + for (auto i = 0u; i < targetCount; ++i) + { + LWOOBJID target; + + bitStream->Read(target); + + targets.push_back(target); + } + + for (auto target : targets) + { + branch.target = target; + + this->m_action->Handle(context, bitStream, branch); + } +} + +void AreaOfEffectBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + auto* self = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(context->caster); + + if (self == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("TacArcBehavior", "Invalid self for (%llu)!\n", context->originator); + + return; + } + + auto reference = branch.isProjectile ? branch.referencePosition : self->GetPosition(); + + std::vector targets; + + auto* presetTarget = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + + if (presetTarget != nullptr) + { + if (this->m_radius * this->m_radius >= Vector3::DistanceSquared(reference, presetTarget->GetPosition())) + { + targets.push_back(presetTarget); + } + } + + int32_t includeFaction = m_includeFaction; + + if (self->GetLOT() == 14466) // TODO: Fix edge case + { + includeFaction = 1; + } + + for (auto validTarget : context->GetValidTargets(m_ignoreFaction , includeFaction)) + { + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(validTarget); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("TacArcBehavior", "Invalid target (%llu) for (%llu)!\n", validTarget, context->originator); + + continue; + } + + if (std::find(targets.begin(), targets.end(), entity) != targets.end()) + { + continue; + } + + auto* destroyableComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (destroyableComponent == nullptr) + { + continue; + } + + if (destroyableComponent->HasFaction(m_ignoreFaction)) + { + continue; + } + + const auto distance = Vector3::DistanceSquared(reference, entity->GetPosition()); + + if (this->m_radius * this->m_radius >= distance && (this->m_maxTargets == 0 || targets.size() < this->m_maxTargets)) + { + targets.push_back(entity); + } + } + + std::sort(targets.begin(), targets.end(), [reference](Entity* a, Entity* b) + { + const auto aDistance = Vector3::DistanceSquared(a->GetPosition(), reference); + const auto bDistance = Vector3::DistanceSquared(b->GetPosition(), reference); + + return aDistance > bDistance; + }); + + const uint32_t size = targets.size(); + + bitStream->Write(size); + + if (size == 0) + { + return; + } + + context->foundTarget = true; + + for (auto* target : targets) + { + bitStream->Write(target->GetObjectID()); + + PlayFx(u"cast", context->originator, target->GetObjectID()); + } + + for (auto* target : targets) + { + branch.target = target->GetObjectID(); + + this->m_action->Calculate(context, bitStream, branch); + } +} + +void AreaOfEffectBehavior::Load() +{ + this->m_action = GetAction("action"); + + this->m_radius = GetFloat("radius"); + + this->m_maxTargets = GetInt("max targets"); + + this->m_ignoreFaction = GetInt("ignore_faction"); + + this->m_includeFaction = GetInt("include_faction"); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/AreaOfEffectBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/AreaOfEffectBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c2b6679d --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/AreaOfEffectBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class AreaOfEffectBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + Behavior* m_action; + + uint32_t m_maxTargets; + + float m_radius; + + int32_t m_ignoreFaction; + + int32_t m_includeFaction; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + explicit AreaOfEffectBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) : Behavior(behaviorId) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/AttackDelayBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/AttackDelayBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c536f925 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/AttackDelayBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +#include "AttackDelayBehavior.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" + +void AttackDelayBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, const BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + uint32_t handle; + + bitStream->Read(handle); + + for (auto i = 0u; i < this->m_numIntervals; ++i) + { + context->RegisterSyncBehavior(handle, this, branch); + } +} + +void AttackDelayBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, const BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + const auto handle = context->GetUniqueSkillId(); + + bitStream->Write(handle); + + context->foundTarget = true; + + for (auto i = 0u; i < this->m_numIntervals; ++i) + { + const auto multiple = static_cast(i + 1); + + context->SyncCalculation(handle, this->m_delay * multiple, this, branch, m_ignoreInterrupts); + } +} + +void AttackDelayBehavior::Sync(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, const BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + this->m_action->Handle(context, bitStream, branch); +} + +void AttackDelayBehavior::SyncCalculation(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, const BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + PlayFx(u"cast", context->originator); + + this->m_action->Calculate(context, bitStream, branch); +} + +void AttackDelayBehavior::Load() +{ + this->m_numIntervals = GetInt("num_intervals"); + + this->m_action = GetAction("action"); + + this->m_delay = GetFloat("delay"); + + this->m_ignoreInterrupts = GetBoolean("ignore_interrupts"); + + if (this->m_numIntervals == 0) + { + this->m_numIntervals = 1; + } +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/AttackDelayBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/AttackDelayBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e798bf87 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/AttackDelayBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class AttackDelayBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + Behavior* m_action; + + float m_delay; + + uint32_t m_numIntervals; + + bool m_ignoreInterrupts; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + + explicit AttackDelayBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) : Behavior(behaviorId) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Sync(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void SyncCalculation(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/BasicAttackBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/BasicAttackBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..399efec1 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/BasicAttackBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +#include "BasicAttackBehavior.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "BehaviorContext.h" + + +void BasicAttackBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) { + if (context->unmanaged) { + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + + auto* destroyableComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + if (destroyableComponent != nullptr) { + PlayFx(u"onhit", entity->GetObjectID()); + destroyableComponent->Damage(this->m_maxDamage, context->originator); + } + + this->m_onSuccess->Handle(context, bitStream, branch); + + return; + } + + bitStream->AlignReadToByteBoundary(); + + uint16_t allocatedBits; + bitStream->Read(allocatedBits); + + const auto baseAddress = bitStream->GetReadOffset(); + if (bitStream->ReadBit()) { // Blocked + return; + } + + if (bitStream->ReadBit()) { // Immune + return; + } + + if (bitStream->ReadBit()) { // Success + uint32_t unknown; + bitStream->Read(unknown); + + uint32_t damageDealt; + bitStream->Read(damageDealt); + + // A value that's too large may be a cheating attempt, so we set it to MIN too + if (damageDealt > this->m_maxDamage || damageDealt < this->m_minDamage) { + damageDealt = this->m_minDamage; + } + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + bool died; + bitStream->Read(died); + + if (entity != nullptr) { + auto* destroyableComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + if (destroyableComponent != nullptr) { + PlayFx(u"onhit", entity->GetObjectID()); + destroyableComponent->Damage(damageDealt, context->originator); + } + } + } + + uint8_t successState; + bitStream->Read(successState); + + switch (successState) { + case 1: + this->m_onSuccess->Handle(context, bitStream, branch); + break; + default: + Game::logger->Log("BasicAttackBehavior", "Unknown success state (%i)!\n", successState); + break; + } + + bitStream->SetReadOffset(baseAddress + allocatedBits); +} + +void BasicAttackBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) { + auto* self = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(context->originator); + if (self == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("BasicAttackBehavior", "Invalid self entity (%llu)!\n", context->originator); + return; + } + + bitStream->AlignWriteToByteBoundary(); + + const auto allocatedAddress = bitStream->GetWriteOffset(); + + bitStream->Write(uint16_t(0)); + + const auto startAddress = bitStream->GetWriteOffset(); + + bitStream->Write0(); // Blocked + bitStream->Write0(); // Immune + bitStream->Write1(); // Success + + if (true) { + uint32_t unknown3 = 0; + bitStream->Write(unknown3); + + auto damage = this->m_minDamage; + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + + if (entity == nullptr) { + damage = 0; + bitStream->Write(damage); + bitStream->Write(false); + } else { + bitStream->Write(damage); + bitStream->Write(true); + + auto* destroyableComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + if (damage != 0 && destroyableComponent != nullptr) { + PlayFx(u"onhit", entity->GetObjectID(), 1); + destroyableComponent->Damage(damage, context->originator, false); + context->ScheduleUpdate(branch.target); + } + } + } + + uint8_t successState = 1; + bitStream->Write(successState); + + switch (successState) { + case 1: + this->m_onSuccess->Calculate(context, bitStream, branch); + break; + default: + Game::logger->Log("BasicAttackBehavior", "Unknown success state (%i)!\n", successState); + break; + } + + const auto endAddress = bitStream->GetWriteOffset(); + const uint16_t allocate = endAddress - startAddress + 1; + + bitStream->SetWriteOffset(allocatedAddress); + bitStream->Write(allocate); + bitStream->SetWriteOffset(startAddress + allocate); +} + +void BasicAttackBehavior::Load() { + this->m_minDamage = GetInt("min damage"); + if (this->m_minDamage == 0) this->m_minDamage = 1; + + this->m_maxDamage = GetInt("max damage"); + if (this->m_maxDamage == 0) this->m_maxDamage = 1; + + this->m_onSuccess = GetAction("on_success"); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/BasicAttackBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/BasicAttackBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fa4dc0e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/BasicAttackBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class BasicAttackBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + uint32_t m_minDamage; + + uint32_t m_maxDamage; + + Behavior* m_onSuccess; + + explicit BasicAttackBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) : Behavior(behaviorId) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/Behavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/Behavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4769df7e --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/Behavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,547 @@ +#include +#include + +#include "Behavior.h" +#include "CDActivitiesTable.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "BehaviorTemplates.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" + +/* + * Behavior includes + */ +#include "AirMovementBehavior.h" +#include "EmptyBehavior.h" +#include "MovementSwitchBehavior.h" +#include "AndBehavior.h" +#include "AreaOfEffectBehavior.h" +#include "DurationBehavior.h" +#include "TacArcBehavior.h" +#include "AttackDelayBehavior.h" +#include "BasicAttackBehavior.h" +#include "ChainBehavior.h" +#include "ChargeUpBehavior.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "HealBehavior.h" +#include "ImaginationBehavior.h" +#include "KnockbackBehavior.h" +#include "NpcCombatSkillBehavior.h" +#include "StartBehavior.h" +#include "StunBehavior.h" +#include "ProjectileAttackBehavior.h" +#include "RepairBehavior.h" +#include "SwitchBehavior.h" +#include "SwitchMultipleBehavior.h" +#include "TargetCasterBehavior.h" +#include "VerifyBehavior.h" +#include "BuffBehavior.h" +#include "TauntBehavior.h" +#include "SkillCastFailedBehavior.h" +#include "SpawnBehavior.h" +#include "ForceMovementBehavior.h" +#include "ImmunityBehavior.h" +#include "InterruptBehavior.h" +#include "PlayEffectBehavior.h" +#include "DamageAbsorptionBehavior.h" +#include "BlockBehavior.h" +#include "ClearTargetBehavior.h" +#include "PullToPointBehavior.h" +#include "EndBehavior.h" +#include "ChangeOrientationBehavior.h" +#include "OverTimeBehavior.h" +#include "ApplyBuffBehavior.h" +#include "CarBoostBehavior.h" +#include "SkillEventBehavior.h" +#include "SpeedBehavior.h" +#include "DamageReductionBehavior.h" + +//CDClient includes +#include "CDBehaviorParameterTable.h" +#include "CDClientDatabase.h" +#include "CDClientManager.h" + +//Other includes +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "RenderComponent.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" + +std::map Behavior::Cache = {}; +CDBehaviorParameterTable* Behavior::BehaviorParameterTable = nullptr; + +Behavior* Behavior::GetBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) +{ + if (BehaviorParameterTable == nullptr) + { + BehaviorParameterTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("BehaviorParameter"); + } + + const auto pair = Cache.find(behaviorId); + + if (pair == Cache.end()) + { + return nullptr; + } + + return static_cast(pair->second); +} + +Behavior* Behavior::CreateBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) +{ + auto* cached = GetBehavior(behaviorId); + + if (cached != nullptr) + { + return cached; + } + + if (behaviorId == 0) + { + return new EmptyBehavior(0); + } + + const auto templateId = GetBehaviorTemplate(behaviorId); + + Behavior* behavior = nullptr; + + switch (templateId) + { + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_EMPTY: break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_BASIC_ATTACK: + behavior = new BasicAttackBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_TAC_ARC: + behavior = new TacArcBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_AND: + behavior = new AndBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_PROJECTILE_ATTACK: + behavior = new ProjectileAttackBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_HEAL: + behavior = new HealBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_MOVEMENT_SWITCH: + behavior = new MovementSwitchBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_AREA_OF_EFFECT: + behavior = new AreaOfEffectBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_PLAY_EFFECT: + behavior = new PlayEffectBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_IMMUNITY: + behavior = new ImmunityBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_DAMAGE_BUFF: break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_DAMAGE_ABSORBTION: + behavior = new DamageAbsorptionBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_OVER_TIME: + behavior = new OverTimeBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_IMAGINATION: + behavior = new ImaginationBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_TARGET_CASTER: + behavior = new TargetCasterBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_STUN: + behavior = new StunBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_DURATION: + behavior = new DurationBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_KNOCKBACK: + behavior = new KnockbackBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_ATTACK_DELAY: + behavior = new AttackDelayBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_CAR_BOOST: + behavior = new CarBoostBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_FALL_SPEED: break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_SHIELD: break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_REPAIR_ARMOR: + behavior = new RepairBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_SPEED: + behavior = new SpeedBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_DARK_INSPIRATION: break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_LOOT_BUFF: break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_VENTURE_VISION: break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_SPAWN_OBJECT: + behavior = new SpawnBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_LAY_BRICK: break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_SWITCH: + behavior = new SwitchBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_BUFF: + behavior = new BuffBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_JETPACK: break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_SKILL_EVENT: + behavior = new SkillEventBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_CONSUME_ITEM: break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_SKILL_CAST_FAILED: + behavior = new SkillCastFailedBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_IMITATION_SKUNK_STINK: break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_CHANGE_IDLE_FLAGS: break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_APPLY_BUFF: + behavior = new ApplyBuffBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_CHAIN: + behavior = new ChainBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_CHANGE_ORIENTATION: + behavior = new ChangeOrientationBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_FORCE_MOVEMENT: + behavior = new ForceMovementBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_INTERRUPT: + behavior = new InterruptBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_ALTER_COOLDOWN: break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_CHARGE_UP: + behavior = new ChargeUpBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_SWITCH_MULTIPLE: + behavior = new SwitchMultipleBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_START: + behavior = new StartBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_END: + behavior = new EndBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_ALTER_CHAIN_DELAY: break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_CAMERA: break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_REMOVE_BUFF: break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_GRAB: break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_MODULAR_BUILD: break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_NPC_COMBAT_SKILL: + behavior = new NpcCombatSkillBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_BLOCK: + behavior = new BlockBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_VERIFY: + behavior = new VerifyBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_TAUNT: + behavior = new TauntBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_AIR_MOVEMENT: + behavior = new AirMovementBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_SPAWN_QUICKBUILD: + behavior = new SpawnBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_PULL_TO_POINT: + behavior = new PullToPointBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_PROPERTY_ROTATE: break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_DAMAGE_REDUCTION: + behavior = new DamageReductionBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_PROPERTY_TELEPORT: break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_PROPERTY_CLEAR_TARGET: + behavior = new ClearTargetBehavior(behaviorId); + break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_TAKE_PICTURE: break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_MOUNT: break; + case BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_SKILL_SET: break; + default: + //Game::logger->Log("Behavior", "Failed to load behavior with invalid template id (%i)!\n", templateId); + break; + } + + if (behavior == nullptr) + { + //Game::logger->Log("Behavior", "Failed to load unimplemented template id (%i)!\n", templateId); + + behavior = new EmptyBehavior(behaviorId); + } + + behavior->Load(); + + return behavior; +} + +BehaviorTemplates Behavior::GetBehaviorTemplate(const uint32_t behaviorId) +{ + std::stringstream query; + + query << "SELECT templateID FROM BehaviorTemplate WHERE behaviorID = " << std::to_string(behaviorId); + + auto result = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.str()); + + // Make sure we do not proceed if we are trying to load an invalid behavior + if (result.eof()) + { + if (behaviorId != 0) + { + Game::logger->Log("Behavior::GetBehaviorTemplate", "Failed to load behavior template with id (%i)!\n", behaviorId); + } + + return BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_EMPTY; + } + + const auto id = static_cast(result.getIntField(0)); + + result.finalize(); + + return id; +} + +// For use with enemies, to display the correct damage animations on the players +void Behavior::PlayFx(std::u16string type, const LWOOBJID target, const LWOOBJID secondary) +{ + auto* targetEntity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(target); + + if (targetEntity == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + const auto effectId = this->m_effectId; + + if (effectId == 0) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(targetEntity, -1, type, "", secondary, 1, 1, true); + + return; + } + + auto* renderComponent = targetEntity->GetComponent(); + + const auto typeString = GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(type); + + if (m_effectNames == nullptr) + { + m_effectNames = new std::unordered_map(); + } + else + { + const auto pair = m_effectNames->find(typeString); + + if (type.empty()) + { + type = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(*m_effectType); + } + + if (pair != m_effectNames->end()) + { + if (renderComponent == nullptr) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(targetEntity, effectId, type, pair->second, secondary, 1, 1, true); + + return; + } + + renderComponent->PlayEffect(effectId, type, pair->second, secondary); + + return; + } + } + + std::stringstream query; + + if (!type.empty()) + { + query << "SELECT effectName FROM BehaviorEffect WHERE effectType = '" << typeString << "' AND effectID = " << std::to_string(effectId) << ";"; + } + else + { + query << "SELECT effectName, effectType FROM BehaviorEffect WHERE effectID = " << std::to_string(effectId) << ";"; + } + + auto result = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.str()); + + if (result.eof() || result.fieldIsNull(0)) + { + return; + } + + const auto name = std::string(result.getStringField(0)); + + if (type.empty()) + { + const auto typeResult = result.getStringField(1); + + type = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(typeResult); + + m_effectType = new std::string(typeResult); + } + + result.finalize(); + + m_effectNames->insert_or_assign(typeString, name); + + if (renderComponent == nullptr) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(targetEntity, effectId, type, name, secondary, 1, 1, true); + + return; + } + + renderComponent->PlayEffect(effectId, type, name, secondary); +} + +Behavior::Behavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) +{ + this->m_behaviorId = behaviorId; + + // Add to cache + Cache.insert_or_assign(behaviorId, this); + + if (behaviorId == 0) { + this->m_effectId = 0; + this->m_effectHandle = nullptr; + this->m_templateId = BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_EMPTY; + } + + /* + * Get standard info + */ + + std::stringstream query; + + query << "SELECT templateID, effectID, effectHandle FROM BehaviorTemplate WHERE behaviorID = " << std::to_string(behaviorId); + + auto result = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.str()); + + // Make sure we do not proceed if we are trying to load an invalid behavior + if (result.eof()) + { + Game::logger->Log("Behavior", "Failed to load behavior with id (%i)!\n", behaviorId); + + this->m_effectId = 0; + this->m_effectHandle = nullptr; + this->m_templateId = BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_EMPTY; + + return; + } + + this->m_templateId = static_cast(result.getIntField(0)); + + this->m_effectId = result.getIntField(1); + + if (!result.fieldIsNull(2)) + { + const std::string effectHandle = result.getStringField(2); + if (effectHandle == "") + { + this->m_effectHandle = nullptr; + } + else + { + this->m_effectHandle = new std::string(effectHandle); + } + } + else + { + this->m_effectHandle = nullptr; + } + + result.finalize(); +} + + +float Behavior::GetFloat(const std::string& name) const +{ + return BehaviorParameterTable->GetEntry(this->m_behaviorId, name); +} + + +bool Behavior::GetBoolean(const std::string& name) const +{ + return GetFloat(name) > 0; +} + + +int32_t Behavior::GetInt(const std::string& name) const +{ + return static_cast(GetFloat(name)); +} + + +Behavior* Behavior::GetAction(const std::string& name) const +{ + const auto id = GetInt(name); + + return CreateBehavior(id); +} + +Behavior* Behavior::GetAction(float value) const +{ + return CreateBehavior(static_cast(value)); +} + +std::map Behavior::GetParameterNames() const +{ + std::map parameters; + + std::stringstream query; + + query << "SELECT parameterID, value FROM BehaviorParameter WHERE behaviorID = " << std::to_string(this->m_behaviorId); + + auto tableData = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.str()); + + while (!tableData.eof()) + { + parameters.insert_or_assign(tableData.getStringField(0, ""), tableData.getFloatField(1, 0)); + + tableData.nextRow(); + } + + tableData.finalize(); + + return parameters; +} + +void Behavior::Load() +{ +} + +void Behavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ +} + +void Behavior::Sync(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ +} + +void Behavior::UnCast(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ +} + +void Behavior::Timer(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch, LWOOBJID second) +{ +} + +void Behavior::End(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch, LWOOBJID second) +{ +} + +void Behavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ +} + +void Behavior::SyncCalculation(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ +} + +Behavior::~Behavior() +{ + delete m_effectNames; + delete m_effectType; + delete m_effectHandle; +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/Behavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/Behavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..abdba9e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/Behavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +#pragma once + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "BehaviorTemplates.h" +#include "dCommonVars.h" + +struct BehaviorContext; +struct BehaviorBranchContext; +class CDBehaviorParameterTable; + +class Behavior +{ +public: + /* + * Static + */ + static std::map Cache; + static CDBehaviorParameterTable* BehaviorParameterTable; + + static Behavior* GetBehavior(uint32_t behaviorId); + + static Behavior* CreateBehavior(uint32_t behaviorId); + + static BehaviorTemplates GetBehaviorTemplate(uint32_t behaviorId); + + /* + * Utilities + */ + + void PlayFx(std::u16string type, LWOOBJID target, LWOOBJID secondary = LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + + /* + * Members + */ + + uint32_t m_behaviorId; + BehaviorTemplates m_templateId; + uint32_t m_effectId; + std::string* m_effectHandle = nullptr; + std::unordered_map* m_effectNames = nullptr; + std::string* m_effectType = nullptr; + + /* + * Behavior parameters + */ + + float GetFloat(const std::string& name) const; + + bool GetBoolean(const std::string& name) const; + + int32_t GetInt(const std::string& name) const; + + Behavior* GetAction(const std::string& name) const; + + Behavior* GetAction(float value) const; + + std::map GetParameterNames() const; + + /* + * Virtual + */ + + virtual void Load(); + + // Player side + virtual void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch); + + virtual void Sync(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch); + + virtual void UnCast(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch); + + virtual void Timer(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch, LWOOBJID second); + + virtual void End(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch, LWOOBJID second); + + // Npc side + virtual void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch); + + virtual void SyncCalculation(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch); + + /* + * Creations/destruction + */ + + explicit Behavior(uint32_t behaviorId); + virtual ~Behavior(); +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/BehaviorBranchContext.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/BehaviorBranchContext.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..91791d89 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/BehaviorBranchContext.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" + + +BehaviorBranchContext::BehaviorBranchContext() +{ + this->isProjectile = false; +} + +BehaviorBranchContext::BehaviorBranchContext(const LWOOBJID target, const float duration, const NiPoint3& referencePosition) +{ + this->target = target; + this->duration = duration; + this->referencePosition = referencePosition; + this->isProjectile = false; +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/BehaviorBranchContext.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/BehaviorBranchContext.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bd4e6722 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/BehaviorBranchContext.h @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "NiPoint3.h" + +struct BehaviorBranchContext +{ + LWOOBJID target = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + float duration = 0; + + NiPoint3 referencePosition = {}; + + bool isProjectile = false; + + uint32_t start = 0; + + BehaviorBranchContext(); + + BehaviorBranchContext(LWOOBJID target, float duration = 0, const NiPoint3& referencePosition = NiPoint3(0, 0, 0)); +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/BehaviorContext.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/BehaviorContext.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fd3117a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/BehaviorContext.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,400 @@ +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "Behavior.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "dServer.h" +#include "PacketUtils.h" + +#include + + +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "PhantomPhysicsComponent.h" +#include "RebuildComponent.h" + +BehaviorSyncEntry::BehaviorSyncEntry() +{ +} + +BehaviorTimerEntry::BehaviorTimerEntry() +{ +} + +BehaviorEndEntry::BehaviorEndEntry() +{ +} + +uint32_t BehaviorContext::GetUniqueSkillId() const +{ + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(this->originator); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("BehaviorContext", "Invalid entity for (%llu)!\n", this->originator); + + return 0; + } + + auto* component = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (component == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("BehaviorContext", "No skill component attached to (%llu)!\n", this->originator);; + + return 0; + } + + return component->GetUniqueSkillId(); +} + + +void BehaviorContext::RegisterSyncBehavior(const uint32_t syncId, Behavior* behavior, const BehaviorBranchContext& branchContext) +{ + auto entry = BehaviorSyncEntry(); + + entry.handle = syncId; + entry.behavior = behavior; + entry.branchContext = branchContext; + + this->syncEntries.push_back(entry); +} + +void BehaviorContext::RegisterTimerBehavior(Behavior* behavior, const BehaviorBranchContext& branchContext, const LWOOBJID second) +{ + BehaviorTimerEntry entry +; + entry.time = branchContext.duration; + entry.behavior = behavior; + entry.branchContext = branchContext; + entry.second = second; + + this->timerEntries.push_back(entry); +} + +void BehaviorContext::RegisterEndBehavior(Behavior* behavior, const BehaviorBranchContext& branchContext, const LWOOBJID second) +{ + BehaviorEndEntry entry; + + entry.behavior = behavior; + entry.branchContext = branchContext; + entry.second = second; + entry.start = branchContext.start; + + this->endEntries.push_back(entry); +} + +void BehaviorContext::ScheduleUpdate(const LWOOBJID id) +{ + if (std::find(this->scheduledUpdates.begin(), this->scheduledUpdates.end(), id) != this->scheduledUpdates.end()) + { + return; + } + + this->scheduledUpdates.push_back(id); +} + +void BehaviorContext::ExecuteUpdates() +{ + for (const auto& id : this->scheduledUpdates) + { + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(id); + + if (entity == nullptr) continue; + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(entity); + } + + this->scheduledUpdates.clear(); +} + +void BehaviorContext::SyncBehavior(const uint32_t syncId, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream) +{ + BehaviorSyncEntry entry; + auto found = false; + + /* + * There may be more than one of each handle + */ + for (auto i = 0u; i < this->syncEntries.size(); ++i) + { + const auto syncEntry = this->syncEntries.at(i); + + if (syncEntry.handle == syncId) + { + found = true; + entry = syncEntry; + + this->syncEntries.erase(this->syncEntries.begin() + i); + + break; + } + } + + if (!found) + { + Game::logger->Log("BehaviorContext", "Failed to find behavior sync entry with sync id (%i)!\n", syncId); + + return; + } + + auto* behavior = entry.behavior; + const auto branch = entry.branchContext; + + if (behavior == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("BehaviorContext", "Invalid behavior for sync id (%i)!\n", syncId); + + return; + } + + behavior->Sync(this, bitStream, branch); +} + + +void BehaviorContext::Update(const float deltaTime) +{ + for (auto i = 0u; i < this->timerEntries.size(); ++i) + { + auto entry = this->timerEntries.at(i); + + if (entry.time > 0) + { + entry.time -= deltaTime; + + this->timerEntries[i] = entry; + } + + if (entry.time > 0) + { + continue; + } + + entry.behavior->Timer(this, entry.branchContext, entry.second); + } + + std::vector valid; + + for (const auto& entry : this->timerEntries) + { + if (entry.time <= 0) + { + continue; + } + + valid.push_back(entry); + } + + this->timerEntries = valid; +} + + +void BehaviorContext::SyncCalculation(const uint32_t syncId, const float time, Behavior* behavior, const BehaviorBranchContext& branch, const bool ignoreInterrupts) +{ + BehaviorSyncEntry entry; + + entry.behavior = behavior; + entry.time = time; + entry.branchContext = branch; + entry.handle = syncId; + entry.ignoreInterrupts = ignoreInterrupts; + + this->syncEntries.push_back(entry); +} + +void BehaviorContext::InvokeEnd(const uint32_t id) +{ + std::vector entries; + + for (const auto& entry : this->endEntries) + { + if (entry.start == id) + { + entry.behavior->End(this, entry.branchContext, entry.second); + + continue; + } + + entries.push_back(entry); + } + + this->endEntries = entries; +} + +bool BehaviorContext::CalculateUpdate(const float deltaTime) +{ + auto any = false; + + for (auto i = 0u; i < this->syncEntries.size(); ++i) + { + auto entry = this->syncEntries.at(i); + + if (entry.time > 0) + { + entry.time -= deltaTime; + + this->syncEntries[i] = entry; + } + + if (entry.time > 0) + { + any = true; + + continue; + } + + // Echo sync + GameMessages::EchoSyncSkill echo; + + echo.bDone = true; + echo.uiBehaviorHandle = entry.handle; + echo.uiSkillHandle = this->skillUId; + + auto* bitStream = new RakNet::BitStream(); + + // Calculate sync + entry.behavior->SyncCalculation(this, bitStream, entry.branchContext); + + if (!clientInitalized) + { + echo.sBitStream.assign((char*) bitStream->GetData(), bitStream->GetNumberOfBytesUsed()); + + // Write message + RakNet::BitStream message; + + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(message, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_GAME_MSG); + message.Write(this->originator); + echo.Serialize(&message); + + Game::server->Send(&message, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, true); + } + + ExecuteUpdates(); + + delete bitStream; + } + + std::vector valid; + + for (const auto& entry : this->syncEntries) + { + if (entry.time <= 0) + { + continue; + } + + valid.push_back(entry); + } + + this->syncEntries = valid; + + return any; +} + +void BehaviorContext::Interrupt() +{ + std::vector keptSync {}; + + for (const auto& entry : this->syncEntries) + { + if (!entry.ignoreInterrupts) continue; + + keptSync.push_back(entry); + } + + this->syncEntries = keptSync; +} + +void BehaviorContext::Reset() +{ + for (const auto& entry : this->timerEntries) + { + entry.behavior->Timer(this, entry.branchContext, entry.second); + } + + for (const auto& entry : this->endEntries) + { + entry.behavior->End(this, entry.branchContext, entry.second); + } + + this->endEntries.clear(); + this->timerEntries.clear(); + this->syncEntries.clear(); + this->scheduledUpdates.clear(); +} + +std::vector BehaviorContext::GetValidTargets(int32_t ignoreFaction, int32_t includeFaction) const +{ + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(this->caster); + + std::vector targets; + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("BehaviorContext", "Invalid entity for (%llu)!\n", this->originator); + + return targets; + } + + if (!ignoreFaction && !includeFaction) + { + for (auto entry : entity->GetTargetsInPhantom()) + { + auto* instance = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(entry); + + if (instance == nullptr) + { + continue; + } + + targets.push_back(entry); + } + } + + if (ignoreFaction || includeFaction || (!entity->HasComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_PHANTOM_PHYSICS) && !entity->HasComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_CONTROLLABLE_PHYSICS) && targets.empty())) + { + DestroyableComponent* destroyableComponent; + if (!entity->TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_DESTROYABLE, destroyableComponent)) + { + return targets; + } + + auto entities = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_CONTROLLABLE_PHYSICS); + + for (auto* candidate : entities) + { + const auto id = candidate->GetObjectID(); + + if (destroyableComponent->CheckValidity(id, ignoreFaction || includeFaction)) + { + targets.push_back(id); + } + } + } + + return targets; +} + + +BehaviorContext::BehaviorContext(const LWOOBJID originator, const bool calculation) +{ + this->originator = originator; + this->syncEntries = {}; + this->timerEntries = {}; + + if (calculation) + { + this->skillUId = GetUniqueSkillId(); + } + else + { + this->skillUId = 0; + } +} + +BehaviorContext::~BehaviorContext() +{ + Reset(); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/BehaviorContext.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/BehaviorContext.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..58154512 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/BehaviorContext.h @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "RakPeerInterface.h" +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +#include + +class Behavior; + +struct BehaviorSyncEntry +{ + uint32_t handle = 0; + + float time = 0; + + bool ignoreInterrupts = false; + + Behavior* behavior = nullptr; + + BehaviorBranchContext branchContext; + + BehaviorSyncEntry(); +}; + +struct BehaviorTimerEntry +{ + float time = 0; + + Behavior* behavior = nullptr; + + BehaviorBranchContext branchContext; + + LWOOBJID second = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + BehaviorTimerEntry(); +}; + +struct BehaviorEndEntry +{ + Behavior* behavior = nullptr; + + uint32_t start = 0; + + BehaviorBranchContext branchContext; + + LWOOBJID second = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + BehaviorEndEntry(); +}; + +struct BehaviorContext +{ + LWOOBJID originator = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + bool foundTarget = false; + + float skillTime = 0; + + uint32_t skillUId = 0; + + bool failed = false; + + bool clientInitalized = false; + + std::vector syncEntries; + + std::vector timerEntries; + + std::vector endEntries; + + std::vector scheduledUpdates; + + bool unmanaged = false; + + LWOOBJID caster = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + uint32_t GetUniqueSkillId() const; + + void RegisterSyncBehavior(uint32_t syncId, Behavior* behavior, const BehaviorBranchContext& branchContext); + + void RegisterTimerBehavior(Behavior* behavior, const BehaviorBranchContext& branchContext, LWOOBJID second = LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + + void RegisterEndBehavior(Behavior* behavior, const BehaviorBranchContext& branchContext, LWOOBJID second = LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + + void ScheduleUpdate(LWOOBJID id); + + void ExecuteUpdates(); + + void SyncBehavior(uint32_t syncId, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream); + + void Update(float deltaTime); + + void SyncCalculation(uint32_t syncId, float time, Behavior* behavior, const BehaviorBranchContext& branch, bool ignoreInterrupts = false); + + void InvokeEnd(uint32_t id); + + bool CalculateUpdate(float deltaTime); + + void Interrupt(); + + void Reset(); + + std::vector GetValidTargets(int32_t ignoreFaction = 0, int32_t includeFaction = 0) const; + + explicit BehaviorContext(LWOOBJID originator, bool calculation = false); + + ~BehaviorContext(); +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/BehaviorSlot.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/BehaviorSlot.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..54ba5708 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/BehaviorSlot.h @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +#pragma once + +enum class BehaviorSlot +{ + Invalid = -1, + Primary, + Offhand, + Neck, + Head, + Consumable +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/BehaviorTemplates.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/BehaviorTemplates.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..85d0074f --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/BehaviorTemplates.cpp @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +#include "BehaviorTemplates.h" diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/BehaviorTemplates.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/BehaviorTemplates.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..04c15fc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/BehaviorTemplates.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +#pragma once + +enum class BehaviorTemplates : unsigned int { + BEHAVIOR_EMPTY, // Not a real behavior, indicates invalid behaviors + BEHAVIOR_BASIC_ATTACK, + BEHAVIOR_TAC_ARC, + BEHAVIOR_AND, + BEHAVIOR_PROJECTILE_ATTACK, + BEHAVIOR_HEAL, + BEHAVIOR_MOVEMENT_SWITCH, + BEHAVIOR_AREA_OF_EFFECT, + BEHAVIOR_PLAY_EFFECT, + BEHAVIOR_IMMUNITY, + BEHAVIOR_DAMAGE_BUFF, + BEHAVIOR_DAMAGE_ABSORBTION, + BEHAVIOR_OVER_TIME, + BEHAVIOR_IMAGINATION, + BEHAVIOR_TARGET_CASTER, + BEHAVIOR_STUN, + BEHAVIOR_DURATION, + BEHAVIOR_KNOCKBACK, + BEHAVIOR_ATTACK_DELAY, + BEHAVIOR_CAR_BOOST, + BEHAVIOR_FALL_SPEED, + BEHAVIOR_SHIELD, + BEHAVIOR_REPAIR_ARMOR, + BEHAVIOR_SPEED, + BEHAVIOR_DARK_INSPIRATION, + BEHAVIOR_LOOT_BUFF, + BEHAVIOR_VENTURE_VISION, + BEHAVIOR_SPAWN_OBJECT, + BEHAVIOR_LAY_BRICK, + BEHAVIOR_SWITCH, + BEHAVIOR_BUFF, + BEHAVIOR_JETPACK, + BEHAVIOR_SKILL_EVENT, + BEHAVIOR_CONSUME_ITEM, + BEHAVIOR_SKILL_CAST_FAILED, + BEHAVIOR_IMITATION_SKUNK_STINK, + BEHAVIOR_CHANGE_IDLE_FLAGS, + BEHAVIOR_APPLY_BUFF, + BEHAVIOR_CHAIN, + BEHAVIOR_CHANGE_ORIENTATION, + BEHAVIOR_FORCE_MOVEMENT, + BEHAVIOR_INTERRUPT, + BEHAVIOR_ALTER_COOLDOWN, + BEHAVIOR_CHARGE_UP, + BEHAVIOR_SWITCH_MULTIPLE, + BEHAVIOR_START, + BEHAVIOR_END, + BEHAVIOR_ALTER_CHAIN_DELAY, + BEHAVIOR_CAMERA, + BEHAVIOR_REMOVE_BUFF, + BEHAVIOR_GRAB, + BEHAVIOR_MODULAR_BUILD, + BEHAVIOR_NPC_COMBAT_SKILL, + BEHAVIOR_BLOCK, + BEHAVIOR_VERIFY, + BEHAVIOR_TAUNT, + BEHAVIOR_AIR_MOVEMENT, + BEHAVIOR_SPAWN_QUICKBUILD, + BEHAVIOR_PULL_TO_POINT, + BEHAVIOR_PROPERTY_ROTATE, + BEHAVIOR_DAMAGE_REDUCTION, + BEHAVIOR_PROPERTY_TELEPORT, + BEHAVIOR_PROPERTY_CLEAR_TARGET, + BEHAVIOR_TAKE_PICTURE, + BEHAVIOR_MOUNT, + BEHAVIOR_SKILL_SET +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/BlockBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/BlockBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8f66b182 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/BlockBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +#include "BlockBehavior.h" + +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" + +void BlockBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + const auto target = context->originator; + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(target); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("DamageAbsorptionBehavior", "Failed to find target (%llu)!\n", branch.target); + + return; + } + + auto* destroyableComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (destroyableComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + destroyableComponent->SetAttacksToBlock(this->m_numAttacksCanBlock); + + if (branch.start > 0) + { + context->RegisterEndBehavior(this, branch); + } + else if (branch.duration > 0) + { + context->RegisterTimerBehavior(this, branch); + } +} + +void BlockBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + Handle(context, bitStream, branch); +} + +void BlockBehavior::UnCast(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + const auto target = context->originator; + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(target); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("DamageAbsorptionBehavior", "Failed to find target (%llu)!\n", branch.target); + + return; + } + + auto* destroyableComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + destroyableComponent->SetAttacksToBlock(this->m_numAttacksCanBlock); + + if (destroyableComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + destroyableComponent->SetAttacksToBlock(0); +} + +void BlockBehavior::Timer(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch, LWOOBJID second) +{ + UnCast(context, branch); +} + +void BlockBehavior::End(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch, LWOOBJID second) +{ + UnCast(context, branch); +} + +void BlockBehavior::Load() +{ + this->m_numAttacksCanBlock = GetInt("num_attacks_can_block"); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/BlockBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/BlockBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5de3d309 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/BlockBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class BlockBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + int32_t m_numAttacksCanBlock; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + + explicit BlockBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) : Behavior(behaviorId) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void UnCast(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Timer(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch, LWOOBJID second) override; + + void End(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch, LWOOBJID second) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/BuffBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/BuffBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e2490f16 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/BuffBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +#include "BuffBehavior.h" + +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" + +void BuffBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + const auto target = branch.target != LWOOBJID_EMPTY ? branch.target : context->originator; + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(target); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("BuffBehavior", "Invalid target (%llu)!\n", target); + + return; + } + + auto* component = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (component == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("BuffBehavior", "Invalid target, no destroyable component (%llu)!\n", target); + + return; + } + + component->SetMaxHealth(component->GetMaxHealth() + this->m_health); + component->SetMaxArmor(component->GetMaxArmor() + this->m_armor); + component->SetMaxImagination(component->GetMaxImagination() + this->m_imagination); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(entity); + + if (!context->unmanaged) + { + if (branch.duration > 0) + { + context->RegisterTimerBehavior(this, branch); + } + else if (branch.start > 0) + { + context->RegisterEndBehavior(this, branch); + } + } +} + +void BuffBehavior::UnCast(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + const auto target = branch.target != LWOOBJID_EMPTY ? branch.target : context->originator; + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(target); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("BuffBehavior", "Invalid target (%llu)!\n", target); + + return; + } + + auto* component = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (component == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("BuffBehavior", "Invalid target, no destroyable component (%llu)!\n", target); + + return; + } + + component->SetMaxHealth(component->GetMaxHealth() - this->m_health); + component->SetMaxArmor(component->GetMaxArmor() - this->m_armor); + component->SetMaxImagination(component->GetMaxImagination() - this->m_imagination); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(entity); +} + +void BuffBehavior::Timer(BehaviorContext* context, const BehaviorBranchContext branch, LWOOBJID second) +{ + UnCast(context, branch); +} + +void BuffBehavior::End(BehaviorContext* context, const BehaviorBranchContext branch, LWOOBJID second) +{ + UnCast(context, branch); +} + +void BuffBehavior::Load() +{ + this->m_health = GetInt("life"); + + this->m_armor = GetInt("armor"); + + this->m_imagination = GetInt("imag"); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/BuffBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/BuffBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cfb26aef --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/BuffBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class BuffBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + uint32_t m_health; + + uint32_t m_armor; + + uint32_t m_imagination; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + explicit BuffBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) : Behavior(behaviorId) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void UnCast(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Timer(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch, LWOOBJID second) override; + + void End(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch, LWOOBJID second) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/CarBoostBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/CarBoostBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7c726030 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/CarBoostBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +#include "CarBoostBehavior.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "CharacterComponent.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "PossessableComponent.h" + +void CarBoostBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + GameMessages::SendVehicleAddPassiveBoostAction(branch.target, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(context->originator); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + Game::logger->Log("Car boost", "Activating car boost!\n"); + + auto* possessableComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + if (possessableComponent != nullptr) { + + auto* possessor = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(possessableComponent->GetPossessor()); + if (possessor != nullptr) { + + auto* characterComponent = possessor->GetComponent(); + if (characterComponent != nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("Car boost", "Tracking car boost!\n"); + characterComponent->UpdatePlayerStatistic(RacingCarBoostsActivated); + } + } + } + + + m_Action->Handle(context, bitStream, branch); + + entity->AddCallbackTimer(m_Time, [entity] () { + GameMessages::SendVehicleRemovePassiveBoostAction(entity->GetObjectID(), UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + }); +} + +void CarBoostBehavior::Load() +{ + m_Action = GetAction("action"); + + m_Time = GetFloat("time"); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/CarBoostBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/CarBoostBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..32eb00c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/CarBoostBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "Behavior.h" + +#include + +class CarBoostBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + Behavior* m_Action; + float m_Time; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + + explicit CarBoostBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) : Behavior(behaviorId) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/ChainBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/ChainBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0d49de82 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/ChainBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +#include "ChainBehavior.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" + +void ChainBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, const BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + uint32_t chain_index; + + bitStream->Read(chain_index); + + chain_index--; + + if (chain_index < this->m_behaviors.size()) + { + this->m_behaviors.at(chain_index)->Handle(context, bitStream, branch); + } +} + +void ChainBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, const BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + bitStream->Write(1); + + this->m_behaviors.at(0)->Calculate(context, bitStream, branch); +} + +void ChainBehavior::Load() +{ + const auto parameters = GetParameterNames(); + + for (const auto& parameter : parameters) + { + if (parameter.first.rfind("behavior", 0) == 0) + { + auto* action = GetAction(parameter.second); + + this->m_behaviors.push_back(action); + } + } +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/ChainBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/ChainBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..733707dc --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/ChainBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "Behavior.h" + +#include + +class ChainBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + std::vector m_behaviors; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + + explicit ChainBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) : Behavior(behaviorId) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/ChangeOrientationBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/ChangeOrientationBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..60dcf2ac --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/ChangeOrientationBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +#include "ChangeOrientationBehavior.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "BaseCombatAIComponent.h" + +void ChangeOrientationBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ +} + +void ChangeOrientationBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + if (!m_ToTarget) return; // TODO: Add the other arguments to this behavior + + auto* self = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(context->originator); + auto* other = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + + if (self == nullptr || other == nullptr) return; + + const auto source = self->GetPosition(); + const auto destination = self->GetPosition(); + + if (m_OrientCaster) + { + auto* baseCombatAIComponent = self->GetComponent(); + + /*if (baseCombatAIComponent != nullptr) + { + baseCombatAIComponent->LookAt(destination); + } + else*/ + { + self->SetRotation(NiQuaternion::LookAt(source, destination)); + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(self); + } + else + { + other->SetRotation(NiQuaternion::LookAt(destination, source)); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(other); + } +} + +void ChangeOrientationBehavior::Load() +{ + m_OrientCaster = GetBoolean("orient_caster"); + m_ToTarget = GetBoolean("to_target"); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/ChangeOrientationBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/ChangeOrientationBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..960ec8ea --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/ChangeOrientationBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "Behavior.h" + +#include + +class ChangeOrientationBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + bool m_OrientCaster; + bool m_ToTarget; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + + explicit ChangeOrientationBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) : Behavior(behaviorId) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/ChargeUpBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/ChargeUpBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c9259801 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/ChargeUpBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +#include "ChargeUpBehavior.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "dLogger.h" + +void ChargeUpBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, const BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + uint32_t handle; + + bitStream->Read(handle); + + context->RegisterSyncBehavior(handle, this, branch); +} + +void ChargeUpBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ +} + +void ChargeUpBehavior::Sync(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, const BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + this->m_action->Handle(context, bitStream, branch); +} + +void ChargeUpBehavior::Load() +{ + this->m_action = GetAction("action"); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/ChargeUpBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/ChargeUpBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f9c8d30a --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/ChargeUpBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class ChargeUpBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + Behavior* m_action; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + + explicit ChargeUpBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) : Behavior(behaviorId) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Sync(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/ClearTargetBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/ClearTargetBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3428e754 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/ClearTargetBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +#include "ClearTargetBehavior.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "BehaviorContext.h" + + +void ClearTargetBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + branch.target = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + this->m_action->Handle(context, bitStream, branch); +} + +void ClearTargetBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + branch.target = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + this->m_action->Calculate(context, bitStream, branch); +} + +void ClearTargetBehavior::Load() +{ + this->m_action = GetAction("action"); + + this->m_clearIfCaster = GetBoolean("clear_if_caster"); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/ClearTargetBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/ClearTargetBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ccb631a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/ClearTargetBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class ClearTargetBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + Behavior* m_action; + + bool m_clearIfCaster; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + explicit ClearTargetBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) : Behavior(behaviorId) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/DamageAbsorptionBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/DamageAbsorptionBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bb94f9b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/DamageAbsorptionBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +#include "DamageAbsorptionBehavior.h" + +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" + +void DamageAbsorptionBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, const BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + auto* target = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + + if (target == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("DamageAbsorptionBehavior", "Failed to find target (%llu)!\n", branch.target); + + return; + } + + auto* destroyable = target->GetComponent(); + + if (destroyable == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + destroyable->SetDamageToAbsorb(static_cast(destroyable->GetDamageToAbsorb()) + this->m_absorbAmount); + + destroyable->SetIsShielded(true); + + context->RegisterTimerBehavior(this, branch, target->GetObjectID()); +} + +void DamageAbsorptionBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + Handle(context, bitStream, branch); +} + +void DamageAbsorptionBehavior::Timer(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch, const LWOOBJID second) +{ + auto* target = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(second); + + if (target == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("DamageAbsorptionBehavior", "Failed to find target (%llu)!\n", second); + + return; + } + + auto* destroyable = target->GetComponent(); + + if (destroyable == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + const auto present = static_cast(destroyable->GetDamageToAbsorb()); + + const auto toRemove = std::min(present, this->m_absorbAmount); + + destroyable->SetDamageToAbsorb(present - toRemove); +} + +void DamageAbsorptionBehavior::Load() +{ + this->m_absorbAmount = GetInt("absorb_amount"); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/DamageAbsorptionBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/DamageAbsorptionBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..34b564a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/DamageAbsorptionBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class DamageAbsorptionBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + uint32_t m_absorbAmount; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + + explicit DamageAbsorptionBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) : Behavior(behaviorId) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Timer(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch, LWOOBJID second) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/DamageReductionBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/DamageReductionBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..96c32a03 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/DamageReductionBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +#include "DamageReductionBehavior.h" + +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" + +void DamageReductionBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, const BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + auto* target = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + + if (target == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("DamageReductionBehavior", "Failed to find target (%llu)!\n", branch.target); + + return; + } + + auto* destroyable = target->GetComponent(); + + if (destroyable == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + destroyable->SetDamageReduction(m_ReductionAmount); + + context->RegisterTimerBehavior(this, branch, target->GetObjectID()); +} + +void DamageReductionBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + Handle(context, bitStream, branch); +} + +void DamageReductionBehavior::Timer(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch, const LWOOBJID second) +{ + auto* target = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(second); + + if (target == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("DamageReductionBehavior", "Failed to find target (%llu)!\n", second); + + return; + } + + auto* destroyable = target->GetComponent(); + + if (destroyable == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + destroyable->SetDamageReduction(0); +} + +void DamageReductionBehavior::Load() +{ + this->m_ReductionAmount = GetInt("reduction_amount"); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/DamageReductionBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/DamageReductionBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8881b88d --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/DamageReductionBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class DamageReductionBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + uint32_t m_ReductionAmount; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + + explicit DamageReductionBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) : Behavior(behaviorId) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Timer(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch, LWOOBJID second) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/DurationBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/DurationBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1f95d7d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/DurationBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +#include "DurationBehavior.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "BehaviorContext.h" + +void DurationBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + branch.duration = this->m_duration; + + this->m_action->Handle(context, bitStream, branch); +} + +void DurationBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + branch.duration = this->m_duration; + + this->m_action->Calculate(context, bitStream, branch); +} + +void DurationBehavior::Load() +{ + this->m_duration = GetFloat("duration"); + + this->m_action = GetAction("action"); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/DurationBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/DurationBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..82bc3230 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/DurationBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class DurationBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + float m_duration; + + Behavior* m_action; + + explicit DurationBehavior(const uint32_t behavior_id) : Behavior(behavior_id) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +private: + float m_Timer = 0.0f; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/EmptyBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/EmptyBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f8a5266 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/EmptyBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +#include "EmptyBehavior.h" + diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/EmptyBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/EmptyBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f3f6a77f --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/EmptyBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "Behavior.h" + +class EmptyBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + explicit EmptyBehavior(const uint32_t behavior_id) : Behavior(behavior_id) + { + } +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/EndBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/EndBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4e7b8351 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/EndBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +#include "EndBehavior.h" + +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" + +void EndBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + context->InvokeEnd(this->m_startBehavior); +} + +void EndBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + context->InvokeEnd(this->m_startBehavior); +} + +void EndBehavior::Load() +{ + this->m_startBehavior = GetInt("start_action"); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/EndBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/EndBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..afa539ce --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/EndBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class EndBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + uint32_t m_startBehavior; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + + explicit EndBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) : Behavior(behaviorId) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/ForceMovementBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/ForceMovementBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..332cfed6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/ForceMovementBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +#include "ForceMovementBehavior.h" + +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "BehaviorContext.h" + +void ForceMovementBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, const BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + if (this->m_hitAction->m_templateId == BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_EMPTY && this->m_hitEnemyAction->m_templateId == BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_EMPTY && this->m_hitFactionAction->m_templateId == BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_EMPTY) + { + return; + } + + uint32_t handle; + + bitStream->Read(handle); + + context->RegisterSyncBehavior(handle, this, branch); +} + +void ForceMovementBehavior::Sync(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + uint32_t next; + + bitStream->Read(next); + + LWOOBJID target; + + bitStream->Read(target); + + auto* behavior = CreateBehavior(next); + + branch.target = target; + + behavior->Handle(context, bitStream, branch); +} + +void ForceMovementBehavior::Load() +{ + this->m_hitAction = GetAction("hit_action"); + + this->m_hitEnemyAction = GetAction("hit_action_enemy"); + + this->m_hitFactionAction = GetAction("hit_action_faction"); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/ForceMovementBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/ForceMovementBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5b77e4b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/ForceMovementBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class ForceMovementBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + Behavior* m_hitAction; + + Behavior* m_hitEnemyAction; + + Behavior* m_hitFactionAction; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + + explicit ForceMovementBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) : Behavior(behaviorId) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Sync(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; + +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/HealBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/HealBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eebf24f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/HealBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +#include "HealBehavior.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" + + +void HealBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bit_stream, const BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("HealBehavior", "Failed to find entity for (%llu)!\n", branch.target); + + return; + } + + auto* destroyable = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_DESTROYABLE)); + + if (destroyable == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("HealBehavior", "Failed to find destroyable component for %(llu)!\n", branch.target); + + return; + } + + destroyable->Heal(this->m_health); +} + + +void HealBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bit_stream, const BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + Handle(context, bit_stream, branch); +} + + +void HealBehavior::Load() +{ + this->m_health = GetInt("health"); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/HealBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/HealBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f5568551 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/HealBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class HealBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + uint32_t m_health; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + + explicit HealBehavior(const uint32_t behavior_id) : Behavior(behavior_id) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bit_stream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bit_stream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/ImaginationBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/ImaginationBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d2d50fbe --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/ImaginationBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +#include "ImaginationBehavior.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "dpWorld.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "dLogger.h" + + +void ImaginationBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bit_stream, const BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* destroyable = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (destroyable == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + destroyable->Imagine(this->m_imagination); + +} + +void ImaginationBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bit_stream, const BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + Handle(context, bit_stream, branch); +} + +void ImaginationBehavior::Load() +{ + this->m_imagination = GetInt("imagination"); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/ImaginationBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/ImaginationBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..52a2c1b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/ImaginationBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class ImaginationBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + int32_t m_imagination; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + + explicit ImaginationBehavior(const uint32_t behavior_id) : Behavior(behavior_id) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bit_stream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bit_stream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/ImmunityBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/ImmunityBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..73dde1fa --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/ImmunityBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +#include "ImmunityBehavior.h" + +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" + +void ImmunityBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, const BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + auto* target = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + + if (target == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("DamageAbsorptionBehavior", "Failed to find target (%llu)!\n", branch.target); + + return; + } + + auto* destroyable = static_cast(target->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_DESTROYABLE)); + + if (destroyable == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + if (!this->m_immuneBasicAttack) + { + return; + } + + destroyable->PushImmunity(); + + context->RegisterTimerBehavior(this, branch, target->GetObjectID()); +} + +void ImmunityBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + Handle(context, bitStream, branch); +} + +void ImmunityBehavior::Timer(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch, const LWOOBJID second) +{ + auto* target = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(second); + + if (target == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("DamageAbsorptionBehavior", "Failed to find target (%llu)!\n", second); + + return; + } + + auto* destroyable = static_cast(target->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_DESTROYABLE)); + + if (destroyable == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + destroyable->PopImmunity(); +} + +void ImmunityBehavior::Load() +{ + this->m_immuneBasicAttack = GetBoolean("immune_basic_attack"); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/ImmunityBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/ImmunityBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..72ea843b --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/ImmunityBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class ImmunityBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + uint32_t m_immuneBasicAttack; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + + explicit ImmunityBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) : Behavior(behaviorId) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Timer(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch, LWOOBJID second) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/InterruptBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/InterruptBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..559a699d --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/InterruptBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +#include "InterruptBehavior.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" + + +void InterruptBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + if (branch.target != context->originator) + { + bool unknown = false; + + bitStream->Read(unknown); + + if (unknown) return; + } + + if (!this->m_interruptBlock) + { + bool unknown = false; + + bitStream->Read(unknown); + + if (unknown) return; + } + + if (this->m_target) // Guess... + { + bool unknown = false; + + bitStream->Read(unknown); + } + + if (branch.target == context->originator) return; + + auto* target = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + + if (target == nullptr) return; + + auto* skillComponent = target->GetComponent(); + + if (skillComponent == nullptr) return; + + skillComponent->Interrupt(); +} + + +void InterruptBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + if (branch.target != context->originator) + { + bitStream->Write(false); + } + + if (!this->m_interruptBlock) + { + bitStream->Write(false); + } + + bitStream->Write(false); + + if (branch.target == context->originator) return; + + auto* target = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + + if (target == nullptr) return; + + auto* skillComponent = target->GetComponent(); + + if (skillComponent == nullptr) return; + + skillComponent->Interrupt(); +} + + +void InterruptBehavior::Load() +{ + this->m_target = GetBoolean("target"); + + this->m_interruptBlock = GetBoolean("interrupt_block"); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/InterruptBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/InterruptBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b5e3b6f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/InterruptBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class InterruptBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + bool m_target; + + bool m_interruptBlock; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + + explicit InterruptBehavior(const uint32_t behavior_id) : Behavior(behavior_id) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/KnockbackBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/KnockbackBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..37092536 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/KnockbackBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +#define _USE_MATH_DEFINES +#include +#include "KnockbackBehavior.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" + +void KnockbackBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + bool unknown; + + bitStream->Read(unknown); +} + +void KnockbackBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + bool blocked = false; + + auto* target = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + + if (target != nullptr) + { + auto* destroyableComponent = target->GetComponent(); + + if (destroyableComponent != nullptr) + { + blocked = destroyableComponent->IsKnockbackImmune(); + } + } + + bitStream->Write(blocked); +} + +void KnockbackBehavior::Load() +{ + this->m_strength = GetInt("strength"); + this->m_angle = GetInt("angle"); + this->m_relative = GetBoolean("relative"); + this->m_time = GetInt("time_ms"); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/KnockbackBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/KnockbackBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0f939acd --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/KnockbackBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class KnockbackBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + /* + * Inherited + */ + + uint32_t m_strength; + uint32_t m_angle; + bool m_relative; + uint32_t m_time; + + + explicit KnockbackBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorID) : Behavior(behaviorID) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/MovementSwitchBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/MovementSwitchBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a77b114e --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/MovementSwitchBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +#include "MovementSwitchBehavior.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" + +void MovementSwitchBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, const BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + if (this->m_groundAction->m_templateId == BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_EMPTY && + this->m_jumpAction->m_templateId == BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_EMPTY && + this->m_fallingAction->m_templateId == BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_EMPTY && + this->m_doubleJumpAction->m_templateId == BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_EMPTY && + this->m_airAction->m_templateId == BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_EMPTY && + this->m_jetpackAction->m_templateId == BehaviorTemplates::BEHAVIOR_EMPTY) + { + return; + } + + uint32_t movementType; + + bitStream->Read(movementType); + + switch (movementType) + { + case 1: + this->m_groundAction->Handle(context, bitStream, branch); + break; + case 2: + this->m_jumpAction->Handle(context, bitStream, branch); + break; + case 3: + this->m_fallingAction->Handle(context, bitStream, branch); + break; + case 4: + this->m_doubleJumpAction->Handle(context, bitStream, branch); + break; + case 5: + this->m_airAction->Handle(context, bitStream, branch); + break; + case 6: + this->m_jetpackAction->Handle(context, bitStream, branch); + break; + default: + Game::logger->Log("MovementSwitchBehavior", "Invalid movement behavior type (%i)!\n", movementType); + break; + } +} + +void MovementSwitchBehavior::Load() +{ + this->m_airAction = GetAction("air_action"); + + this->m_doubleJumpAction = GetAction("double_jump_action"); + + this->m_fallingAction = GetAction("falling_action"); + + this->m_groundAction = GetAction("ground_action"); + + this->m_jetpackAction = GetAction("jetpack_action"); + + this->m_jumpAction = GetAction("jump_action"); +} + diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/MovementSwitchBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/MovementSwitchBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..59069eff --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/MovementSwitchBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class MovementSwitchBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + /* + * Members + */ + Behavior* m_airAction; + + Behavior* m_doubleJumpAction; + + Behavior* m_fallingAction; + + Behavior* m_groundAction; + + Behavior* m_jetpackAction; + + Behavior* m_jumpAction; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + explicit MovementSwitchBehavior(const uint32_t behavior_id) : Behavior(behavior_id) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/NpcCombatSkillBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/NpcCombatSkillBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c2aff256 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/NpcCombatSkillBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +#include "NpcCombatSkillBehavior.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "BehaviorContext.h" + + +void NpcCombatSkillBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bit_stream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + context->skillTime = this->m_npcSkillTime; + + for (auto* behavior : this->m_behaviors) + { + behavior->Calculate(context, bit_stream, branch); + } +} + +void NpcCombatSkillBehavior::Load() +{ + this->m_npcSkillTime = GetFloat("npc skill time"); + + const auto parameters = GetParameterNames(); + + for (const auto& parameter : parameters) + { + if (parameter.first.rfind("behavior", 0) == 0) + { + auto* action = GetAction(parameter.second); + + this->m_behaviors.push_back(action); + } + } +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/NpcCombatSkillBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/NpcCombatSkillBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a5523acd --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/NpcCombatSkillBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class NpcCombatSkillBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + std::vector m_behaviors; + + float m_npcSkillTime; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + + explicit NpcCombatSkillBehavior(const uint32_t behavior_id) : Behavior(behavior_id) + { + } + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bit_stream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/OverTimeBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/OverTimeBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dbee4c39 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/OverTimeBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +#include "OverTimeBehavior.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" + +/** + * The OverTime behavior is very inconsistent in how it appears in the skill tree vs. how it should behave. + * + * Items like "Doc in a Box" use an overtime behavior which you would expect have health & armor regen, but is only fallowed by a stun. + * + * Due to this inconsistency, we have to implement a special case for some items. + */ + +void OverTimeBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + const auto originator = context->originator; + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(originator); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + for (size_t i = 0; i < m_NumIntervals; i++) + { + entity->AddCallbackTimer((i + 1) * m_Delay, [originator, branch, this]() { + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(originator); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* skillComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (skillComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(0, m_Action->m_behaviorId, branch.target, true, true); + + auto* destroyableComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (destroyableComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + /** + * Special cases for inconsistent behavior. + */ + + switch (m_behaviorId) + { + case 26253: // "Doc in a Box", heal up to 6 health and regen up to 18 armor. + destroyableComponent->Heal(1); + destroyableComponent->Repair(3); + break; + } + }); + } +} + +void OverTimeBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + +} + +void OverTimeBehavior::Load() +{ + m_Action = GetAction("action"); + m_Delay = GetFloat("delay"); + m_NumIntervals = GetInt("num_intervals"); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/OverTimeBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/OverTimeBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6be675aa --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/OverTimeBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class OverTimeBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + Behavior* m_Action; + float m_Delay; + int32_t m_NumIntervals; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + + explicit OverTimeBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) : Behavior(behaviorId) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/PlayEffectBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/PlayEffectBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..20148132 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/PlayEffectBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +#include "PlayEffectBehavior.h" + +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" + +void PlayEffectBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + // On managed behaviors this is handled by the client + if (!context->unmanaged) + return; + + const auto& target = branch.target == LWOOBJID_EMPTY ? context->originator : branch.target; + + PlayFx(u"", target); +} + +void PlayEffectBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + const auto& target = branch.target == LWOOBJID_EMPTY ? context->originator : branch.target; + + //PlayFx(u"", target); +} + +void PlayEffectBehavior::Load() +{ +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/PlayEffectBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/PlayEffectBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3f49f38c --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/PlayEffectBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class PlayEffectBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + /* + * Inherited + */ + explicit PlayEffectBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) : Behavior(behaviorId) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/ProjectileAttackBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/ProjectileAttackBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..905a630c --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/ProjectileAttackBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +#include "ProjectileAttackBehavior.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "../dWorldServer/ObjectIDManager.h" + +void ProjectileAttackBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + LWOOBJID target; + + bitStream->Read(target); + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(context->originator); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("ProjectileAttackBehavior", "Failed to find originator (%llu)!\n", context->originator); + + return; + } + + auto* skillComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (skillComponent == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("ProjectileAttackBehavior", "Failed to find skill component for (%llu)!\n", -context->originator); + + return; + } + + if (m_useMouseposit) + { + NiPoint3 targetPosition = NiPoint3::ZERO; + bitStream->Read(targetPosition); + } + + auto* targetEntity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(target); + + for (auto i = 0u; i < this->m_projectileCount; ++i) + { + LWOOBJID projectileId; + + bitStream->Read(projectileId); + + branch.target = target; + branch.isProjectile = true; + branch.referencePosition = targetEntity == nullptr ? entity->GetPosition() : targetEntity->GetPosition(); + + skillComponent->RegisterPlayerProjectile(projectileId, context, branch, this->m_lot); + } +} + +void ProjectileAttackBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + bitStream->Write(branch.target); + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(context->originator); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("ProjectileAttackBehavior", "Failed to find originator (%llu)!\n", context->originator); + + return; + } + + auto* skillComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (skillComponent == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("ProjectileAttackBehavior", "Failed to find skill component for (%llu)!\n", context->originator); + + return; + + } + + auto* other = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + + if (other == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("ProjectileAttackBehavior", "Invalid projectile target (%llu)!\n", branch.target); + + return; + } + + const auto position = entity->GetPosition() + this->m_offset; + + const auto distance = Vector3::Distance(position, other->GetPosition()); + + const auto time = distance / this->m_projectileSpeed; + + const auto rotation = NiQuaternion::LookAtUnlocked(position, other->GetPosition()); + + const auto targetPosition = other->GetPosition(); + + //entity->SetRotation(rotation); + + const auto angleDelta = this->m_spreadAngle; + const auto angleStep = angleDelta / this->m_projectileCount; + + auto angle = -angleStep; + + const auto maxTime = this->m_maxDistance / this->m_projectileSpeed; + + for (auto i = 0u; i < this->m_projectileCount; ++i) + { + auto id = static_cast(ObjectIDManager::Instance()->GenerateObjectID()); + + id = GeneralUtils::SetBit(id, OBJECT_BIT_CLIENT); + + bitStream->Write(id); + + auto eulerAngles = rotation.GetEulerAngles(); + + eulerAngles.y += angle * (3.14 / 180); + + const auto angledRotation = NiQuaternion::FromEulerAngles(eulerAngles); + + const auto direction = angledRotation.GetForwardVector(); + + const auto destination = position + direction * distance; + + branch.isProjectile = true; + branch.referencePosition = destination; + + skillComponent->RegisterCalculatedProjectile(id, context, branch, this->m_lot, maxTime, position, direction * this->m_projectileSpeed, this->m_trackTarget, this->m_trackRadius); + + // No idea how to calculate this properly + if (this->m_projectileCount == 2) + { + angle += angleDelta; + } + else if (this->m_projectileCount == 3) + { + angle += angleStep; + } + } +} + +void ProjectileAttackBehavior::Load() +{ + this->m_lot = GetInt("LOT_ID"); + + this->m_projectileCount = GetInt("spread_count"); + + if (this->m_projectileCount == 0) + { + this->m_projectileCount = 1; + } + + this->m_maxDistance = GetFloat("max_distance"); + + this->m_projectileSpeed = GetFloat("projectile_speed"); + + this->m_spreadAngle = GetFloat("spread_angle"); + + this->m_offset = { GetFloat("offset_x"), GetFloat("offset_y"), GetFloat("offset_z") }; + + this->m_trackTarget = GetBoolean("track_target"); + + this->m_trackRadius = GetFloat("track_radius"); + + this->m_useMouseposit = GetBoolean("use_mouseposit"); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/ProjectileAttackBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/ProjectileAttackBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9d40e97c --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/ProjectileAttackBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" +#include "NiPoint3.h" + +class ProjectileAttackBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + LOT m_lot; + + uint32_t m_projectileCount; + + float m_projectileSpeed; + + float m_maxDistance; + + float m_spreadAngle; + + NiPoint3 m_offset; + + bool m_trackTarget; + + float m_trackRadius; + + bool m_useMouseposit; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + + explicit ProjectileAttackBehavior(const uint32_t behavior_id) : Behavior(behavior_id) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/PullToPointBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/PullToPointBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8b87cbfb --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/PullToPointBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +#include "PullToPointBehavior.h" + +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "MovementAIComponent.h" + +void PullToPointBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(context->originator); + + auto* target = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + + if (entity == nullptr || target == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* movement = target->GetComponent(); + + if (movement == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + const auto position = branch.isProjectile ? branch.referencePosition : entity->GetPosition(); + + movement->PullToPoint(position); +} + +void PullToPointBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + Handle(context, bitStream, branch); +} + +void PullToPointBehavior::Load() +{ +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/PullToPointBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/PullToPointBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ecd50bab --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/PullToPointBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class PullToPointBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + + /* + * Inherited + */ + + explicit PullToPointBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) : Behavior(behaviorId) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/RepairBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/RepairBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1a418cae --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/RepairBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +#include "RepairBehavior.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "dpWorld.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "Game.h" + +void RepairBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bit_stream, const BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("RepairBehavior", "Failed to find entity for (%llu)!\n", branch.target); + + return; + } + + auto* destroyable = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_DESTROYABLE)); + + if (destroyable == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("RepairBehavior", "Failed to find destroyable component for %(llu)!\n", branch.target); + + return; + } + + destroyable->Repair(this->m_armor); +} + +void RepairBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bit_stream, const BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + Handle(context, bit_stream, branch); +} + +void RepairBehavior::Load() +{ + this->m_armor = GetInt("armor"); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/RepairBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/RepairBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..46ca6bfb --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/RepairBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class RepairBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + uint32_t m_armor; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + + explicit RepairBehavior(const uint32_t behavior_id) : Behavior(behavior_id) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bit_stream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bit_stream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/SkillCastFailedBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/SkillCastFailedBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ef8ba3e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/SkillCastFailedBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +#include "SkillCastFailedBehavior.h" + +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" + +void SkillCastFailedBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + context->failed = true; +} + +void SkillCastFailedBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + context->failed = true; +} + +void SkillCastFailedBehavior::Load() +{ +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/SkillCastFailedBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/SkillCastFailedBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cdd2adb4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/SkillCastFailedBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class SkillCastFailedBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + + /* + * Inherited + */ + explicit SkillCastFailedBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) : Behavior(behaviorId) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/SkillEventBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/SkillEventBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..35a9aa6f --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/SkillEventBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +#include "SkillEventBehavior.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "CppScripts.h" + +void SkillEventBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext *context, RakNet::BitStream *bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) { + auto* target = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + auto* caster = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(context->originator); + + if (caster != nullptr && target != nullptr && this->m_effectHandle != nullptr && !this->m_effectHandle->empty()) { + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(target)) { + script->OnSkillEventFired(target, caster, *this->m_effectHandle); + } + } +} + +void +SkillEventBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext *context, RakNet::BitStream *bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) { + auto* target = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + auto* caster = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(context->originator); + + if (caster != nullptr && target != nullptr && this->m_effectHandle != nullptr && !this->m_effectHandle->empty()) { + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(target)) { + script->OnSkillEventFired(target, caster, *this->m_effectHandle); + } + } +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/SkillEventBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/SkillEventBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..720cd440 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/SkillEventBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +/** + * Behavior that casts explicit events on its target + */ +class SkillEventBehavior final : public Behavior { +public: + explicit SkillEventBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorID) : Behavior(behaviorID) { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + void Calculate(BehaviorContext *context, RakNet::BitStream *bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; +}; + diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/SpawnBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/SpawnBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..800eb86d --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/SpawnBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +#include "SpawnBehavior.h" + +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "RebuildComponent.h" + +void SpawnBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + auto* origin = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(context->originator); + + if (origin == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("SpawnBehavior", "Failed to find self entity (%llu)!\n", context->originator); + + return; + } + + if (branch.isProjectile) + { + auto* target = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + + if (target != nullptr) + { + origin = target; + } + } + + EntityInfo info; + info.lot = this->m_lot; + info.pos = origin->GetPosition(); + info.rot = origin->GetRotation(); + info.scale = 1; + info.spawner = nullptr; + info.spawnerID = context->originator; + info.spawnerNodeID = 0; + info.pos = info.pos + (info.rot.GetForwardVector() * m_Distance); + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity( + info, + nullptr, + EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(context->originator) + ); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("SpawnBehavior", "Failed to spawn entity (%i)!\n", this->m_lot); + + return; + } + + entity->SetOwnerOverride(context->originator); + + // Unset the flag to reposition the player, this makes it harder to glitch out of the map + auto* rebuildComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (rebuildComponent != nullptr) + { + rebuildComponent->SetRepositionPlayer(false); + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(entity); + + if (branch.duration > 0) + { + context->RegisterTimerBehavior(this, branch, entity->GetObjectID()); + } + + if (branch.start != 0) + { + context->RegisterEndBehavior(this, branch, entity->GetObjectID()); + } + + entity->AddCallbackTimer(60, [entity] () { + entity->Smash(); + }); +} + +void SpawnBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + Handle(context, bitStream, branch); +} + +void SpawnBehavior::Timer(BehaviorContext* context, const BehaviorBranchContext branch, const LWOOBJID second) +{ + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(second); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("SpawnBehavior", "Failed to find spawned entity (%llu)!\n", second); + + return; + } + + auto* destroyable = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_DESTROYABLE)); + + if (destroyable == nullptr) + { + entity->Smash(context->originator); + + return; + } + + destroyable->Smash(second); +} + +void SpawnBehavior::End(BehaviorContext* context, const BehaviorBranchContext branch, const LWOOBJID second) +{ + Timer(context, branch, second); +} + + +void SpawnBehavior::Load() +{ + this->m_lot = GetInt("LOT_ID"); + this->m_Distance = GetFloat("distance"); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/SpawnBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/SpawnBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a4adbcad --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/SpawnBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class SpawnBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + LOT m_lot; + float m_Distance; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + explicit SpawnBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) : Behavior(behaviorId) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Timer(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch, LWOOBJID second) override; + + void End(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch, LWOOBJID second) override; + + void Load() override; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/SpawnQuickbuildBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/SpawnQuickbuildBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3072d53c --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/SpawnQuickbuildBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#include "SpawnQuickbuildBehavior.h" + +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "BehaviorContext.h" + +void SpawnQuickbuildBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ +} + +void SpawnQuickbuildBehavior::Load() +{ +} + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/SpawnQuickbuildBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/SpawnQuickbuildBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2172d25e --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/SpawnQuickbuildBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class SpawnQuickbuildBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + + /* + * Inherited + */ + explicit SpawnQuickbuildBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) : Behavior(behaviorId) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/SpeedBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/SpeedBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..73bc9029 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/SpeedBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +#include "SpeedBehavior.h" + +#include "ControllablePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "dLogger.h" + + +void SpeedBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + if (m_AffectsCaster) + { + branch.target = context->caster; + } + + auto* target = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + + if (target == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* controllablePhysicsComponent = target->GetComponent(); + + if (controllablePhysicsComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + const auto current = controllablePhysicsComponent->GetSpeedMultiplier(); + + controllablePhysicsComponent->SetSpeedMultiplier(current + ((m_RunSpeed - 500.0f) / 500.0f)); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(target); + + if (branch.duration > 0.0f) + { + context->RegisterTimerBehavior(this, branch); + } + else if (branch.start > 0) + { + controllablePhysicsComponent->SetIgnoreMultipliers(true); + + context->RegisterEndBehavior(this, branch); + } +} + +void SpeedBehavior::Timer(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch, LWOOBJID second) +{ + auto* target = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + + if (target == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* controllablePhysicsComponent = target->GetComponent(); + + if (controllablePhysicsComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + const auto current = controllablePhysicsComponent->GetSpeedMultiplier(); + + controllablePhysicsComponent->SetSpeedMultiplier(current - ((m_RunSpeed - 500.0f) / 500.0f)); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(target); +} + +void SpeedBehavior::End(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch, LWOOBJID second) +{ + auto* target = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + + if (target == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* controllablePhysicsComponent = target->GetComponent(); + + if (controllablePhysicsComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + const auto current = controllablePhysicsComponent->GetSpeedMultiplier(); + + controllablePhysicsComponent->SetIgnoreMultipliers(false); + + controllablePhysicsComponent->SetSpeedMultiplier(current - ((m_RunSpeed - 500.0f) / 500.0f)); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(target); +} + +void SpeedBehavior::Load() +{ + m_RunSpeed = GetFloat("run_speed"); + + if (m_RunSpeed < 500.0f) + { + m_RunSpeed = 500.0f; + } + + m_AffectsCaster = GetBoolean("affects_caster"); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/SpeedBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/SpeedBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9b8aa688 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/SpeedBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class SpeedBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + + /* + * Inherited + */ + explicit SpeedBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) : Behavior(behaviorId) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Timer(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch, LWOOBJID second) override; + + void End(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch, LWOOBJID second) override; + + void Load() override; + +private: + float m_RunSpeed; + + bool m_AffectsCaster; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/StartBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/StartBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..af03c333 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/StartBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +#include "StartBehavior.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" + +void StartBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bit_stream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + branch.start = this->m_behaviorId; + + this->m_action->Handle(context, bit_stream, branch); +} + +void StartBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bit_stream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + branch.start = this->m_behaviorId; + + this->m_action->Calculate(context, bit_stream, branch); +} + +void StartBehavior::Load() +{ + this->m_action = GetAction("action"); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/StartBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/StartBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d93526f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/StartBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class StartBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + Behavior* m_action; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + + explicit StartBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorID) : Behavior(behaviorID) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/StunBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/StunBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..994295bd --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/StunBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +#include "StunBehavior.h" + +#include "BaseCombatAIComponent.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" + + +void StunBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, const BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + if (this->m_stunCaster || branch.target == context->originator) { + return; + } + + bool blocked; + bitStream->Read(blocked); + + auto* target = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + + if (target == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("StunBehavior", "Failed to find target (%llu)!\n", branch.target); + + return; + } + + /* + * If our target is an enemy we can go ahead and stun it. + */ + + auto* combatAiComponent = static_cast(target->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_BASE_COMBAT_AI)); + + if (combatAiComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + combatAiComponent->Stun(branch.duration); +} + +void StunBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, const BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + if (this->m_stunCaster || branch.target == context->originator) + { + auto* self = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(context->originator); + + if (self == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("StunBehavior", "Invalid self entity (%llu)!\n", context->originator); + + return; + } + + /* + * See if we can stun ourselves + */ + + auto* combatAiComponent = static_cast(self->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_BASE_COMBAT_AI)); + + if (combatAiComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + combatAiComponent->Stun(branch.duration); + + return; + } + + bool blocked = false; + + auto* target = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + + if (target != nullptr) + { + auto* destroyableComponent = target->GetComponent(); + + if (destroyableComponent != nullptr) + { + blocked = destroyableComponent->IsKnockbackImmune(); + } + } + + bitStream->Write(blocked); + + if (target == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("StunBehavior", "Failed to find target (%llu)!\n", branch.target); + + return; + } + + /* + * If our target is an enemy we can go ahead and stun it. + */ + + auto* combatAiComponent = static_cast(target->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_BASE_COMBAT_AI)); + + if (combatAiComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + combatAiComponent->Stun(branch.duration); +} + +void StunBehavior::Load() +{ + this->m_stunCaster = GetBoolean("stun_caster"); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/StunBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/StunBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0ec36129 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/StunBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class StunBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + bool m_stunCaster; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + explicit StunBehavior(const uint32_t behavior_id) : Behavior(behavior_id) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bit_stream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bit_stream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/SwitchBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/SwitchBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d6cb1438 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/SwitchBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +#include "SwitchBehavior.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "BuffComponent.h" + +void SwitchBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, const BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + auto state = true; + + if (this->m_imagination > 0 || !this->m_isEnemyFaction) + { + bitStream->Read(state); + } + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(context->originator); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* destroyableComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (destroyableComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + Game::logger->Log("SwitchBehavior", "[%i] State: (%d), imagination: (%i) / (%f)\n", entity->GetLOT(), state, destroyableComponent->GetImagination(), destroyableComponent->GetMaxImagination()); + + if (state || (entity->GetLOT() == 8092 && destroyableComponent->GetImagination() >= m_imagination)) + { + this->m_actionTrue->Handle(context, bitStream, branch); + } + else + { + this->m_actionFalse->Handle(context, bitStream, branch); + } +} + +void SwitchBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + auto state = true; + + if (this->m_imagination > 0 || !this->m_isEnemyFaction) + { + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + + state = entity != nullptr; + + if (state && m_targetHasBuff != 0) + { + auto* buffComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (buffComponent != nullptr && !buffComponent->HasBuff(m_targetHasBuff)) + { + state = false; + } + } + + bitStream->Write(state); + } + + if (state) + { + this->m_actionTrue->Calculate(context, bitStream, branch); + } + else + { + this->m_actionFalse->Calculate(context, bitStream, branch); + } +} + +void SwitchBehavior::Load() +{ + this->m_actionTrue = GetAction("action_true"); + + this->m_actionFalse = GetAction("action_false"); + + this->m_imagination = GetInt("imagination"); + + this->m_isEnemyFaction = GetBoolean("isEnemyFaction"); + + this->m_targetHasBuff = GetInt("target_has_buff"); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/SwitchBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/SwitchBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8dc43e71 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/SwitchBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class SwitchBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + Behavior* m_actionTrue; + + Behavior* m_actionFalse; + + uint32_t m_imagination; + + bool m_isEnemyFaction; + + int32_t m_targetHasBuff; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + + explicit SwitchBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) : Behavior(behaviorId) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/SwitchMultipleBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/SwitchMultipleBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..691e8b53 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/SwitchMultipleBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +#include "SwitchMultipleBehavior.h" + +#include + +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "CDActivitiesTable.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + + +void SwitchMultipleBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bit_stream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + float value; + + bit_stream->Read(value); + + uint32_t trigger = 0; + + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < this->m_behaviors.size(); i++) { + + const double data = this->m_behaviors.at(i).first; + + if (value <= data) { + + trigger = i; + + break; + } + } + + auto* behavior = this->m_behaviors.at(trigger).second; + + behavior->Handle(context, bit_stream, branch); +} + +void SwitchMultipleBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bit_stream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + // TODO +} + +void SwitchMultipleBehavior::Load() +{ + const auto b = std::to_string(this->m_behaviorId); + std::stringstream query; + query << "SELECT replace(bP1.parameterID, 'behavior ', '') as key, bP1.value as behavior, " + << "(select bP2.value FROM BehaviorParameter bP2 WHERE bP2.behaviorID = " << b << " AND bP2.parameterID LIKE 'value %' " + << "AND replace(bP1.parameterID, 'behavior ', '') = replace(bP2.parameterID, 'value ', '')) as value " + << "FROM BehaviorParameter bP1 WHERE bP1.behaviorID = " << b << " AND bP1.parameterID LIKE 'behavior %'"; + auto result = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.str()); + + while (!result.eof()) { + const auto behavior_id = static_cast(result.getFloatField(1)); + + auto* behavior = CreateBehavior(behavior_id); + + auto value = result.getFloatField(2); + + this->m_behaviors.emplace_back(value, behavior); + + result.nextRow(); + } +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/SwitchMultipleBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/SwitchMultipleBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c25049ae --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/SwitchMultipleBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +#include + +class SwitchMultipleBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + std::vector> m_behaviors; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + + explicit SwitchMultipleBehavior(const uint32_t behavior_id) : Behavior(behavior_id) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bit_stream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bit_stream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/TacArcBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/TacArcBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..46ec03b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/TacArcBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,288 @@ +#include "TacArcBehavior.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "BaseCombatAIComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "RebuildComponent.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" + +#include + +void TacArcBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + if (this->m_targetEnemy && this->m_usePickedTarget && branch.target > 0) + { + this->m_action->Handle(context, bitStream, branch); + + return; + } + + bool hit = false; + + bitStream->Read(hit); + + if (this->m_checkEnv) + { + bool blocked = false; + + bitStream->Read(blocked); + + if (blocked) + { + this->m_blockedAction->Handle(context, bitStream, branch); + + return; + } + } + + if (hit) + { + uint32_t count = 0; + + bitStream->Read(count); + + if (count > m_maxTargets && m_maxTargets > 0) + { + count = m_maxTargets; + } + + std::vector targets; + + for (auto i = 0u; i < count; ++i) + { + LWOOBJID id; + + bitStream->Read(id); + + targets.push_back(id); + } + + for (auto target : targets) + { + branch.target = target; + + this->m_action->Handle(context, bitStream, branch); + } + } + else + { + this->m_missAction->Handle(context, bitStream, branch); + } +} + +void TacArcBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + auto* self = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(context->originator); + if (self == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("TacArcBehavior", "Invalid self for (%llu)!\n", context->originator); + return; + } + + const auto* destroyableComponent = self->GetComponent(); + + if ((this->m_usePickedTarget || context->clientInitalized) && branch.target > 0) { + const auto* target = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + + if (target == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + // If the game is specific about who to target, check that + if (destroyableComponent == nullptr || ((!m_targetFriend && !m_targetEnemy + || m_targetFriend && destroyableComponent->IsFriend(target) + || m_targetEnemy && destroyableComponent->IsEnemy(target)))) { + this->m_action->Calculate(context, bitStream, branch); + } + + return; + } + + auto* combatAi = self->GetComponent(); + + const auto casterPosition = self->GetPosition(); + + auto reference = self->GetPosition(); //+ m_offset; + + std::vector targets; + + std::vector validTargets; + + if (combatAi != nullptr) + { + if (combatAi->GetTarget() != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + { + validTargets.push_back(combatAi->GetTarget()); + } + } + + // Find all valid targets, based on whether we target enemies or friends + for (const auto& contextTarget : context->GetValidTargets()) { + if (destroyableComponent != nullptr) { + const auto* targetEntity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(contextTarget); + + if (m_targetEnemy && destroyableComponent->IsEnemy(targetEntity) + || m_targetFriend && destroyableComponent->IsFriend(targetEntity)) { + validTargets.push_back(contextTarget); + } + } else { + validTargets.push_back(contextTarget); + } + } + + for (auto validTarget : validTargets) + { + if (targets.size() >= this->m_maxTargets) + { + break; + } + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(validTarget); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("TacArcBehavior", "Invalid target (%llu) for (%llu)!\n", validTarget, context->originator); + + continue; + } + + if (std::find(targets.begin(), targets.end(), entity) != targets.end()) + { + continue; + } + + if (entity->GetIsDead()) continue; + + const auto otherPosition = entity->GetPosition(); + + const auto heightDifference = std::abs(otherPosition.y - casterPosition.y); + + /*if (otherPosition.y > reference.y && heightDifference > this->m_upperBound || otherPosition.y < reference.y && heightDifference > this->m_lowerBound) + { + continue; + }*/ + + const auto forward = self->GetRotation().GetForwardVector(); + + // forward is a normalized vector of where the caster is facing. + // otherPosition is the position of the target. + // reference is the position of the caster. + // If we cast a ray forward from the caster, does it come within m_farWidth of the target? + + const auto distance = Vector3::Distance(reference, otherPosition); + + if (m_method == 2) + { + NiPoint3 rayPoint = casterPosition + forward * distance; + + if (m_farWidth > 0 && Vector3::DistanceSquared(rayPoint, otherPosition) > this->m_farWidth * this->m_farWidth) + { + continue; + } + } + + auto normalized = (reference - otherPosition) / distance; + + const float degreeAngle = std::abs(Vector3::Angle(forward, normalized) * (180 / 3.14) - 180); + + if (distance >= this->m_minDistance && this->m_maxDistance >= distance && degreeAngle <= 2 * this->m_angle) + { + targets.push_back(entity); + } + } + + std::sort(targets.begin(), targets.end(), [reference](Entity* a, Entity* b) + { + const auto aDistance = Vector3::DistanceSquared(reference, a->GetPosition()); + const auto bDistance = Vector3::DistanceSquared(reference, b->GetPosition()); + + return aDistance > bDistance; + }); + + const auto hit = !targets.empty(); + + bitStream->Write(hit); + + if (this->m_checkEnv) + { + const auto blocked = false; // TODO + + bitStream->Write(blocked); + } + + if (hit) + { + if (combatAi != nullptr) + { + combatAi->LookAt(targets[0]->GetPosition()); + } + + context->foundTarget = true; // We want to continue with this behavior + + const auto count = static_cast(targets.size()); + + bitStream->Write(count); + + for (auto* target : targets) + { + bitStream->Write(target->GetObjectID()); + } + + for (auto* target : targets) + { + branch.target = target->GetObjectID(); + + this->m_action->Calculate(context, bitStream, branch); + } + } + else + { + this->m_missAction->Calculate(context, bitStream, branch); + } +} + +void TacArcBehavior::Load() +{ + this->m_usePickedTarget = GetBoolean("use_picked_target"); + + this->m_action = GetAction("action"); + + this->m_missAction = GetAction("miss action"); + + this->m_checkEnv = GetBoolean("check_env"); + + this->m_blockedAction = GetAction("blocked action"); + + this->m_minDistance = GetFloat("min range"); + + this->m_maxDistance = GetFloat("max range"); + + this->m_maxTargets = GetInt("max targets"); + + this->m_targetEnemy = GetBoolean("target_enemy"); + + this->m_targetFriend = GetBoolean("target_friend"); + + this->m_targetTeam = GetBoolean("target_team"); + + this->m_angle = GetFloat("angle"); + + this->m_upperBound = GetFloat("upper_bound"); + + this->m_lowerBound = GetFloat("lower_bound"); + + this->m_farHeight = GetFloat("far_height"); + + this->m_farWidth = GetFloat("far_width"); + + this->m_method = GetInt("method"); + + this->m_offset = { + GetFloat("offset_x"), + GetFloat("offset_y"), + GetFloat("offset_z") + }; +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/TacArcBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/TacArcBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..774e65a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/TacArcBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "NiPoint3.h" + +class TacArcBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + bool m_usePickedTarget; + + Behavior* m_action; + + bool m_checkEnv; + + Behavior* m_missAction; + + Behavior* m_blockedAction; + + float m_minDistance; + + float m_maxDistance; + + uint32_t m_maxTargets; + + bool m_targetEnemy; + + bool m_targetFriend; + + bool m_targetTeam; + + float m_angle; + + float m_upperBound; + + float m_lowerBound; + + float m_farHeight; + + float m_farWidth; + + uint32_t m_method; + + NiPoint3 m_offset; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + + explicit TacArcBehavior(const uint32_t behavior_id) : Behavior(behavior_id) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/TargetCasterBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/TargetCasterBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..41b5e73a --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/TargetCasterBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +#include "TargetCasterBehavior.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "BehaviorContext.h" + + +void TargetCasterBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bit_stream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + branch.target = context->caster; + + this->m_action->Handle(context, bit_stream, branch); +} + +void TargetCasterBehavior::UnCast(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + this->m_action->UnCast(context, branch); +} + +void TargetCasterBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bit_stream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + branch.target = context->caster; + + this->m_action->Calculate(context, bit_stream, branch); +} + +void TargetCasterBehavior::Load() +{ + this->m_action = GetAction("action"); +} + diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/TargetCasterBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/TargetCasterBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4054f81d --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/TargetCasterBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class TargetCasterBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + Behavior* m_action; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + + explicit TargetCasterBehavior(const uint32_t behavior_id) : Behavior(behavior_id) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bit_stream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void UnCast(BehaviorContext* context, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bit_stream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/TauntBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/TauntBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7240dc14 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/TauntBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +#include "TauntBehavior.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "BaseCombatAIComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "dLogger.h" + + +void TauntBehavior::Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + auto* target = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + + if (target == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("TauntBehavior", "Failed to find target (%llu)!\n", branch.target); + + return; + } + + auto* combatComponent = target->GetComponent(); + + if (combatComponent != nullptr) + { + combatComponent->Taunt(context->originator, m_threatToAdd); + } +} + +void TauntBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + auto* target = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + + if (target == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("TauntBehavior", "Failed to find target (%llu)!\n", branch.target); + + return; + } + + auto* combatComponent = target->GetComponent(); + + if (combatComponent != nullptr) + { + combatComponent->Taunt(context->originator, m_threatToAdd); + } +} + +void TauntBehavior::Load() +{ + this->m_threatToAdd = GetFloat("threat to add"); +} + diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/TauntBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/TauntBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a482d0b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/TauntBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "Behavior.h" + +class TauntBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + float m_threatToAdd; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + + explicit TauntBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) : Behavior(behaviorId) + { + } + + void Handle(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/VerifyBehavior.cpp b/dGame/dBehaviors/VerifyBehavior.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..71f75a18 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/VerifyBehavior.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +#include "VerifyBehavior.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "NiPoint3.h" +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" + + +void VerifyBehavior::Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) +{ + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(branch.target); + + auto success = true; + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + success = false; + } + else if (this->m_rangeCheck) + { + auto* self = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(context->originator); + + if (self == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("VerifyBehavior", "Invalid self for (%llu)", context->originator); + + return; + } + + const auto distance = Vector3::DistanceSquared(self->GetPosition(), entity->GetPosition()); + + if (distance > this->m_range * this->m_range) + { + success = false; + } + } + else if (this->m_blockCheck) + { + // TODO + } + + if (branch.target != LWOOBJID_EMPTY && branch.target != context->originator) + { + bitStream->Write(success); + + if (success) + { + bitStream->Write(1); + bitStream->Write0(); + bitStream->Write0(); + } + } + + if (!success) + { + branch.target = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + } + + m_action->Calculate(context, bitStream, branch); +} + +void VerifyBehavior::Load() +{ + this->m_rangeCheck = GetBoolean("check_range"); + + this->m_blockCheck = GetBoolean("check blocking"); + + this->m_action = GetAction("action"); + + this->m_range = GetFloat("range"); +} diff --git a/dGame/dBehaviors/VerifyBehavior.h b/dGame/dBehaviors/VerifyBehavior.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f4f295aa --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dBehaviors/VerifyBehavior.h @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Behavior.h" + +class VerifyBehavior final : public Behavior +{ +public: + bool m_rangeCheck; + + bool m_blockCheck; + + float m_range; + + Behavior* m_action; + + /* + * Inherited + */ + + explicit VerifyBehavior(const uint32_t behaviorId) : Behavior(behaviorId) + { + } + + void Calculate(BehaviorContext* context, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, BehaviorBranchContext branch) override; + + void Load() override; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/BaseCombatAIComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/BaseCombatAIComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..44154f52 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/BaseCombatAIComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,850 @@ +#include "BaseCombatAIComponent.h" +#include + +#include "Entity.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "ControllablePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "MovementAIComponent.h" +#include "dpWorld.h" + +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "dServer.h" +#include "Game.h" + +#include "CDClientDatabase.h" +#include "CDClientManager.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "RebuildComponent.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" + +BaseCombatAIComponent::BaseCombatAIComponent(Entity* parent, const uint32_t id) : Component(parent) { + m_Target = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + m_State = AiState::spawn; + m_Timer = 1.0f; + m_StartPosition = parent->GetPosition(); + m_MovementAI = nullptr; + m_Disabled = false; + m_SkillEntries = {}; + m_MovementAI = nullptr; + m_SoftTimer = 5.0f; + + //Grab the aggro information from BaseCombatAI: + std::stringstream componentQuery; + + componentQuery << "SELECT aggroRadius, tetherSpeed, pursuitSpeed, softTetherRadius, hardTetherRadius FROM BaseCombatAIComponent WHERE id = " << std::to_string(id); + + auto componentResult = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(componentQuery.str()); + + if (!componentResult.eof()) + { + if (!componentResult.fieldIsNull(0)) + m_AggroRadius = componentResult.getFloatField(0); + + if (!componentResult.fieldIsNull(1)) + m_TetherSpeed = componentResult.getFloatField(1); + + if (!componentResult.fieldIsNull(2)) + m_PursuitSpeed = componentResult.getFloatField(2); + + if (!componentResult.fieldIsNull(3)) + m_SoftTetherRadius = componentResult.getFloatField(3); + + if (!componentResult.fieldIsNull(4)) + m_HardTetherRadius = componentResult.getFloatField(4); + } + + componentResult.finalize(); + + /* + * Find skills + */ + + std::stringstream query; + + query << "SELECT skillID, cooldown, behaviorID FROM SkillBehavior WHERE skillID IN (SELECT skillID FROM ObjectSkills WHERE objectTemplate = " << std::to_string(parent->GetLOT()) << " )"; + + auto result = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.str()); + + while (!result.eof()) { + const auto skillId = static_cast(result.getIntField(0)); + + const auto abilityCooldown = static_cast(result.getFloatField(1)); + + const auto behaviorId = static_cast(result.getIntField(2)); + + auto* behavior = Behavior::CreateBehavior(behaviorId); + + std::stringstream behaviorQuery; + + AiSkillEntry entry = { skillId, 0, abilityCooldown, behavior }; + + m_SkillEntries.push_back(entry); + + result.nextRow(); + } + + Stun(1.0f); + + /* + * Add physics + */ + + int32_t collisionGroup = (COLLISION_GROUP_DYNAMIC | COLLISION_GROUP_ENEMY); + + CDComponentsRegistryTable* componentRegistryTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ComponentsRegistry"); + auto componentID = componentRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(parent->GetLOT(), COMPONENT_TYPE_CONTROLLABLE_PHYSICS); + + CDPhysicsComponentTable* physicsComponentTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("PhysicsComponent"); + + if (physicsComponentTable != nullptr) + { + auto* info = physicsComponentTable->GetByID(componentID); + if (info != nullptr) + { + collisionGroup = info->bStatic ? COLLISION_GROUP_NEUTRAL : info->collisionGroup; + } + } + + //Create a phantom physics volume so we can detect when we're aggro'd. + m_dpEntity = new dpEntity(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), m_AggroRadius); + m_dpEntityEnemy = new dpEntity(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), m_AggroRadius, false); + + m_dpEntity->SetCollisionGroup(collisionGroup); + m_dpEntityEnemy->SetCollisionGroup(collisionGroup); + + m_dpEntity->SetPosition(m_Parent->GetPosition()); + m_dpEntityEnemy->SetPosition(m_Parent->GetPosition()); + + dpWorld::Instance().AddEntity(m_dpEntity); + dpWorld::Instance().AddEntity(m_dpEntityEnemy); + +} + +BaseCombatAIComponent::~BaseCombatAIComponent() { + if (m_dpEntity) + dpWorld::Instance().RemoveEntity(m_dpEntity); +} + +void BaseCombatAIComponent::Update(const float deltaTime) { + //First, we need to process physics: + if (!m_dpEntity) return; + + m_dpEntity->SetPosition(m_Parent->GetPosition()); //make sure our position is synced with our dpEntity + m_dpEntityEnemy->SetPosition(m_Parent->GetPosition()); + + //Process enter events + for (auto en : m_dpEntity->GetNewObjects()) { + m_Parent->OnCollisionPhantom(en->GetObjectID()); + } + + //Process exit events + for (auto en : m_dpEntity->GetRemovedObjects()) { + m_Parent->OnCollisionLeavePhantom(en->GetObjectID()); + } + + // Check if we should stop the tether effect + if (m_TetherEffectActive) { + m_TetherTime -= deltaTime; + const auto& info = m_MovementAI->GetInfo(); + if (m_Target != LWOOBJID_EMPTY || (NiPoint3::DistanceSquared( + m_StartPosition, + m_Parent->GetPosition()) < 20 * 20 && m_TetherTime <= 0) + ) { + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(m_Parent, true, "tether"); + m_TetherEffectActive = false; + } + } + + if (m_SoftTimer <= 0.0f) + { + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + + m_SoftTimer = 5.0f; + } + else + { + m_SoftTimer -= deltaTime; + } + + if (m_Disabled || m_Parent->GetIsDead()) + return; + + CalculateCombat(deltaTime); // Putting this here for now + + if (m_StartPosition == NiPoint3::ZERO) + { + m_StartPosition = m_Parent->GetPosition(); + } + + m_MovementAI = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + + if (m_MovementAI == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + if (m_Stunned || m_SkillTime > 0) { + m_MovementAI->Stop(); + + return; + } + + if (m_Timer > 0.0f) { + m_Timer -= deltaTime; + return; + } + + switch (m_State) { + case AiState::spawn: + Stun(2.0f); + m_State = AiState::idle; + break; + + case AiState::idle: + Wander(); + break; + + case AiState::aggro: + OnAggro(); + break; + + case AiState::tether: + OnTether(); + break; + + default: + break; + } +} + + +void BaseCombatAIComponent::CalculateCombat(const float deltaTime) { + auto* rebuild = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + + if (rebuild != nullptr) { + const auto state = rebuild->GetState(); + + if (state != REBUILD_COMPLETED) { + return; + } + } + + auto* skillComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + + if (skillComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + skillComponent->CalculateUpdate(deltaTime); + + if (m_Disabled) return; + + if (m_StunTime > 0.0f) + { + m_StunTime -= deltaTime; + + if (m_StunTime > 0.0f) { + return; + } + + m_Stunned = false; + } + + if (m_Stunned) { + return; + } + + auto newTarget = FindTarget(); + + // Tether - reset enemy + if (m_Target != LWOOBJID_EMPTY && newTarget == LWOOBJID_EMPTY) { + m_OutOfCombat = true; + m_OutOfCombatTime = 1.0f; + } + else if (newTarget != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) { + m_OutOfCombat = false; + m_OutOfCombatTime = 0.0f; + } + + if (!m_TetherEffectActive && m_OutOfCombat && (m_OutOfCombatTime -= deltaTime) <= 0) { + auto* destroyableComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + + if (destroyableComponent != nullptr && destroyableComponent->HasFaction(4)) { + auto serilizationRequired = false; + + if (destroyableComponent->GetHealth() != destroyableComponent->GetMaxHealth()) { + destroyableComponent->SetHealth(destroyableComponent->GetMaxHealth()); + + serilizationRequired = true; + } + + if (destroyableComponent->GetArmor() != destroyableComponent->GetMaxArmor()) { + destroyableComponent->SetArmor(destroyableComponent->GetMaxArmor()); + + serilizationRequired = true; + } + + if (serilizationRequired) { + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + } + + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), 6270, u"tether", "tether"); + + m_TetherEffectActive = true; + + m_TetherTime = 3.0f; + } + + // Speed towards start position + if (m_MovementAI != nullptr) { + m_MovementAI->SetHaltDistance(0); + m_MovementAI->SetSpeed(m_PursuitSpeed); + m_MovementAI->SetDestination(m_StartPosition); + } + + m_OutOfCombat = false; + m_OutOfCombatTime = 0.0f; + } + + SetTarget(newTarget); + + if (m_Target != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) { + if (m_State == AiState::idle) { + m_Timer = 0; + } + + m_State = AiState::aggro; + } + else { + m_State = AiState::idle; + } + + for (auto i = 0; i < m_SkillEntries.size(); ++i) { + auto entry = m_SkillEntries.at(i); + + if (entry.cooldown > 0) { + entry.cooldown -= deltaTime; + + m_SkillEntries[i] = entry; + } + } + + if (m_SkillTime > 0) { + m_SkillTime -= deltaTime; + + return; + } + + if (m_Downtime > 0) { + m_Downtime -= deltaTime; + + return; + } + + if (m_Target == LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + { + m_State = AiState::idle; + + return; + } + + m_Downtime = 0.5f; // TODO: find out if this is necessary + + auto* target = GetTargetEntity(); + + if (target != nullptr) + { + LookAt(target->GetPosition()); + } + + for (auto i = 0; i < m_SkillEntries.size(); ++i) + { + auto entry = m_SkillEntries.at(i); + + if (entry.cooldown > 0) { + continue; + } + + const auto result = skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(entry.skillId, entry.behavior->m_behaviorId, LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + + if (result.success) { + if (m_MovementAI != nullptr) { + m_MovementAI->Stop(); + } + + m_State = AiState::aggro; + + m_Timer = 0; + + m_SkillTime = result.skillTime; + + entry.cooldown = entry.abilityCooldown + m_SkillTime; + + m_SkillEntries[i] = entry; + + break; + } + } +} + +LWOOBJID BaseCombatAIComponent::FindTarget() { + //const auto reference = m_MovementAI == nullptr ? m_StartPosition : m_MovementAI->ApproximateLocation(); + + NiPoint3 reference = m_StartPosition; + + if (m_MovementAI) reference = m_MovementAI->ApproximateLocation(); + + auto* target = GetTargetEntity(); + + if (target != nullptr && !m_DirtyThreat) + { + const auto targetPosition = target->GetPosition(); + + if (Vector3::DistanceSquared(targetPosition, m_StartPosition) < m_HardTetherRadius * m_HardTetherRadius) + { + return m_Target; + } + + return LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + } + + auto possibleTargets = GetTargetWithinAggroRange(); + + if (possibleTargets.empty() && m_ThreatEntries.empty()) + { + m_DirtyThreat = false; + + return LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + } + + Entity* optimalTarget = nullptr; + float biggestThreat = 0; + + for (const auto& entry : possibleTargets) + { + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(entry); + + if (entity == nullptr) { + continue; + } + + const auto targetPosition = entity->GetPosition(); + + const auto threat = GetThreat(entry); + + const auto maxDistanceSquared = m_HardTetherRadius * m_HardTetherRadius; + + if (Vector3::DistanceSquared(targetPosition, m_StartPosition) > maxDistanceSquared) + { + if (threat > 0) + { + SetThreat(entry, 0); + } + + continue; + } + + if (threat > biggestThreat) + { + biggestThreat = threat; + optimalTarget = entity; + + continue; + } + + const auto proximityThreat = - (Vector3::DistanceSquared(targetPosition, reference) - maxDistanceSquared) / 100; // Proximity threat takes last priority + + if (proximityThreat > biggestThreat) + { + biggestThreat = proximityThreat; + optimalTarget = entity; + } + } + + if (!m_DirtyThreat) + { + if (optimalTarget == nullptr) + { + return LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + } + else + { + return optimalTarget->GetObjectID(); + } + } + + std::vector deadThreats {}; + + for (const auto& threatTarget : m_ThreatEntries) + { + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(threatTarget.first); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + deadThreats.push_back(threatTarget.first); + + continue; + } + + const auto targetPosition = entity->GetPosition(); + + if (Vector3::DistanceSquared(targetPosition, m_StartPosition) > m_HardTetherRadius * m_HardTetherRadius) + { + deadThreats.push_back(threatTarget.first); + + continue; + } + + if (threatTarget.second > biggestThreat) + { + optimalTarget = entity; + biggestThreat = threatTarget.second; + } + } + + for (const auto& deadThreat : deadThreats) + { + SetThreat(deadThreat, 0); + } + + m_DirtyThreat = false; + + if (optimalTarget == nullptr) + { + return LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + } + else + { + return optimalTarget->GetObjectID(); + } +} + +std::vector BaseCombatAIComponent::GetTargetWithinAggroRange() const { + std::vector targets; + + for (auto id : m_Parent->GetTargetsInPhantom()) { + auto* other = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(id); + + const auto distance = Vector3::DistanceSquared(m_Parent->GetPosition(), other->GetPosition()); + + if (distance > m_AggroRadius * m_AggroRadius) continue; + + targets.push_back(id); + } + + return targets; +} + +bool BaseCombatAIComponent::IsMech() { + switch (m_Parent->GetLOT()) { + case 6253: + return true; + + default: + return false; + } + + return false; +} + + +void BaseCombatAIComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags) { + outBitStream->Write1(); + outBitStream->Write(uint32_t(m_State)); + outBitStream->Write(m_Target); +} + + +bool BaseCombatAIComponent::IsEnemy(LWOOBJID target) const { + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(target); + + if (entity == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("BaseCombatAIComponent", "Invalid entity for checking validity (%llu)!\n", target); + + return false; + } + + auto* destroyable = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (destroyable == nullptr) { + return false; + } + + auto* referenceDestroyable = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + + if (referenceDestroyable == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("BaseCombatAIComponent", "Invalid reference destroyable component on (%llu)!\n", m_Parent->GetObjectID()); + + return false; + } + + auto* quickbuild = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (quickbuild != nullptr) + { + const auto state = quickbuild->GetState(); + + if (state != REBUILD_COMPLETED) + { + return false; + } + } + + auto enemyList = referenceDestroyable->GetEnemyFactionsIDs(); + + auto candidateList = destroyable->GetFactionIDs(); + + for (auto value : candidateList) { + if (std::find(enemyList.begin(), enemyList.end(), value) != enemyList.end()) { + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +void BaseCombatAIComponent::SetTarget(const LWOOBJID target) { + m_Target = target; +} + +Entity* BaseCombatAIComponent::GetTargetEntity() const { + return EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(m_Target); +} + +void BaseCombatAIComponent::Taunt(LWOOBJID offender, float threat) { + // Can't taunt self + if (offender == m_Parent->GetObjectID()) + return; + + m_ThreatEntries[offender] += threat; + m_DirtyThreat = true; +} + +float BaseCombatAIComponent::GetThreat(LWOOBJID offender) { + const auto pair = m_ThreatEntries.find(offender); + + if (pair == m_ThreatEntries.end()) return 0; + + return pair->second; +} + +void BaseCombatAIComponent::SetThreat(LWOOBJID offender, float threat) { + if (threat == 0) { + m_ThreatEntries.erase(offender); + } + else { + m_ThreatEntries[offender] = threat; + } + + m_DirtyThreat = true; +} + +const NiPoint3& BaseCombatAIComponent::GetStartPosition() const +{ + return m_StartPosition; +} + +void BaseCombatAIComponent::ClearThreat() +{ + m_ThreatEntries.clear(); + + m_DirtyThreat = true; +} + +void BaseCombatAIComponent::Wander() { + if (!m_MovementAI->AtFinalWaypoint()) { + return; + } + + m_MovementAI->SetHaltDistance(0); + + const auto& info = m_MovementAI->GetInfo(); + + const auto div = static_cast(info.wanderDelayMax); + m_Timer = (div == 0 ? 0 : GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber(0, div)) + info.wanderDelayMin; //set a random timer to stay put. + + const float radius = info.wanderRadius * sqrt(static_cast(GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber(0, 1))); //our wander radius + a bit of random range + const float theta = ((static_cast(GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber(0, 1)) * 2 * PI)); + + const NiPoint3 delta = + { + radius * cos(theta), + 0, + radius * sin(theta) + }; + + auto destination = m_StartPosition + delta; + + if (dpWorld::Instance().IsLoaded()) { + destination.y = dpWorld::Instance().GetHeightAtPoint(destination); + } + + if (Vector3::DistanceSquared(destination, m_MovementAI->GetCurrentPosition()) < 2 * 2) { + m_MovementAI->Stop(); + + return; + } + + m_MovementAI->SetSpeed(m_TetherSpeed); + + m_MovementAI->SetDestination(destination); + + m_Timer += (m_MovementAI->GetCurrentPosition().x - destination.x) / m_TetherSpeed; +} + +void BaseCombatAIComponent::OnAggro() { + if (m_Target == LWOOBJID_EMPTY) return; + + auto* target = GetTargetEntity(); + + if (target == nullptr) { + return; + } + + m_MovementAI->SetHaltDistance(m_AttackRadius); + + NiPoint3 targetPos = target->GetPosition(); + NiPoint3 currentPos = m_MovementAI->GetCurrentPosition(); + + // If the player's position is within range, attack + if (Vector3::DistanceSquared(currentPos, targetPos) <= m_AttackRadius * m_AttackRadius) { + m_MovementAI->Stop(); + } + else if (Vector3::DistanceSquared(m_StartPosition, targetPos) > m_HardTetherRadius * m_HardTetherRadius) //Return to spawn if we're too far + { + m_MovementAI->SetSpeed(m_PursuitSpeed); + + m_MovementAI->SetDestination(m_StartPosition); + } + else //Chase the player's new position + { + if (IsMech() && Vector3::DistanceSquared(targetPos, currentPos) > m_AttackRadius * m_AttackRadius * 3 * 3) return; + + m_MovementAI->SetSpeed(m_PursuitSpeed); + + m_MovementAI->SetDestination(targetPos); + + m_State = AiState::tether; + } + + m_Timer += 0.5f; +} + +void BaseCombatAIComponent::OnTether() { + auto* target = GetTargetEntity(); + + if (target == nullptr) { + return; + } + + m_MovementAI->SetHaltDistance(m_AttackRadius); + + NiPoint3 targetPos = target->GetPosition(); + NiPoint3 currentPos = m_MovementAI->ApproximateLocation(); + + if (Vector3::DistanceSquared(currentPos, targetPos) <= m_AttackRadius * m_AttackRadius) { + m_MovementAI->Stop(); + } + else if (Vector3::DistanceSquared(m_StartPosition, targetPos) > m_HardTetherRadius * m_HardTetherRadius) //Return to spawn if we're too far + { + m_MovementAI->SetSpeed(m_PursuitSpeed); + + m_MovementAI->SetDestination(m_StartPosition); + + m_State = AiState::aggro; + } + else { + if (IsMech() && Vector3::DistanceSquared(targetPos, currentPos) > m_AttackRadius * m_AttackRadius * 3 * 3) return; + + m_MovementAI->SetSpeed(m_PursuitSpeed); + + m_MovementAI->SetDestination(targetPos); + } + + m_Timer += 0.5f; +} + +bool BaseCombatAIComponent::GetStunned() const { + return m_Stunned; +} + +void BaseCombatAIComponent::SetStunned(const bool value) { + m_Stunned = value; +} + +bool BaseCombatAIComponent::GetStunImmune() const +{ + return m_StunImmune; +} + +void BaseCombatAIComponent::SetStunImmune(bool value) +{ + m_StunImmune = value; +} + +float BaseCombatAIComponent::GetTetherSpeed() const +{ + return m_TetherSpeed; +} + +void BaseCombatAIComponent::SetTetherSpeed(float value) +{ + m_TetherSpeed = value; +} + +void BaseCombatAIComponent::Stun(const float time) { + if (m_StunImmune || m_StunTime > time) { + return; + } + + m_StunTime = time; + + m_Stunned = true; +} + +float BaseCombatAIComponent::GetAggroRadius() const { + return m_AggroRadius; +} + +void BaseCombatAIComponent::SetAggroRadius(const float value) { + m_AggroRadius = value; +} + +void BaseCombatAIComponent::LookAt(const NiPoint3& point) +{ + if (m_Stunned) + { + return; + } + + m_Parent->SetRotation(NiQuaternion::LookAt(m_Parent->GetPosition(), point)); +} + +void BaseCombatAIComponent::SetDisabled(bool value) +{ + m_Disabled = value; +} + +bool BaseCombatAIComponent::GetDistabled() const +{ + return m_Disabled; +} + +void BaseCombatAIComponent::Sleep() +{ + m_dpEntity->SetSleeping(true); + m_dpEntityEnemy->SetSleeping(true); +} + +void BaseCombatAIComponent::Wake() +{ + m_dpEntity->SetSleeping(false); + m_dpEntityEnemy->SetSleeping(false); +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/BaseCombatAIComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/BaseCombatAIComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ff291736 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/BaseCombatAIComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,384 @@ +#ifndef BASECOMBATAICOMPONENT_H +#define BASECOMBATAICOMPONENT_H + +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "NiPoint3.h" +#include "Behavior.h" +#include "dpWorld.h" +#include "dpEntity.h" +#include "Component.h" + +#include +#include + +class MovementAIComponent; +class Entity; + +/** + * The current state of the AI + */ +enum class AiState : int { + idle = 0, // Doing nothing + aggro, // Waiting for an enemy to cross / running back to spawn + tether, // Chasing an enemy + spawn, // Spawning into the world + dead // Killed +}; + +/** + * Represents a skill that can be cast by this enemy, including its cooldowns, which determines how often the skill + * may be cast. + */ +struct AiSkillEntry +{ + uint32_t skillId; + + float cooldown; + + float abilityCooldown; + + Behavior* behavior; +}; + +/** + * Handles the AI of entities, making them wander, tether and attack their enemies + */ +class BaseCombatAIComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_BASE_COMBAT_AI; + + BaseCombatAIComponent(Entity* parentEntity, uint32_t id); + ~BaseCombatAIComponent() override; + + void Update(float deltaTime) override; + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags); + + /** + * Get the current behavioral state of the enemy + * @return the current state + */ + AiState GetState() const { return m_State; } + + /** + * Set the current behavioral state of the enemy + * @param state the state to change to + */ + void SetState(AiState state) { m_State = state; } + + /** + * Checks if the target may be an enemy of this entity + * @param target the target to check for + * @return whether the target is a valid enemy for this entity or not + */ + bool IsEnemy(LWOOBJID target) const; + + /** + * Gets the current target ID that this entity will attack + * @return the current target ID of this entity + */ + LWOOBJID GetTarget() const { return m_Target; } + + /** + * Sets the target that this entity will attack + * @param target the target to set + */ + void SetTarget(LWOOBJID target); + + /** + * Gets the current target entity that this entity will attack + * @return the current target entity of this entity + */ + Entity* GetTargetEntity() const; + + /** + * Taunts this entity, making it a higher or lower threat for this entity. Increasing or decreasing the chance to + * be attacked. + * @param offender the entity that triggered the taunt + * @param threat how high to increase the threat for the offender + */ + void Taunt(LWOOBJID offender, float threat); + + /** + * Gets the current threat level for an offending entity + * @param offender the entity to get the threat for + * @return the current threat level of the offending entity, 0 if the entity is not a threat + */ + float GetThreat(LWOOBJID offender); + + /** + * Sets the threat level for an entity + * @param offender the entity to set the threat level for + * @param threat the threat level to set + */ + void SetThreat(LWOOBJID offender, float threat); + + /** + * Gets the position where the entity spawned + * @return the position where the entity spawned + */ + const NiPoint3& GetStartPosition() const; + + /** + * Removes all threats for this entities, and thus chances for it attacking other entities + */ + void ClearThreat(); + + /** + * Makes the entity continue to wander to a random point around it's starting position + */ + void Wander(); + + /** + * Continues a step in the aggro state, making sure that the entity is around its start position, if an entity + * crosses its aggro range this will set the state to tether. + */ + void OnAggro(); + + /** + * Continues a step in the tether state, making the entity run towards its target, if the target is outside of its + * tether range, this will change the state to aggro + */ + void OnTether(); + + /** + * Gets whether or not the entity is currently stunned + * @return whether the entity is currently stunned + */ + bool GetStunned() const; + + /** + * (un)stuns the entity, determining whether it'll be able to attack other entities + * @param value whether the enemy is stunned + */ + void SetStunned(bool value); + + /** + * Gets if this entity may be stunned + * @return if this entity may be stunned + */ + bool GetStunImmune() const; + + /** + * Set the stun immune value, determining if the entity may be stunned + * @param value + */ + void SetStunImmune(bool value); + + /** + * Gets the current speed at which an entity runs when tethering + * @return the current speed at which an entity runs when tethering + */ + float GetTetherSpeed() const; + + /** + * Sets the speed at which an entity will tether + * @param value the new tether speed + */ + void SetTetherSpeed(float value); + + /** + * Stuns the entity for a certain amount of time, will not work if the entity is stun immune + * @param time the time to stun the entity, if stunnable + */ + void Stun(float time); + + /** + * Gets the radius that will cause this entity to get aggro'd, causing a target chase + * @return the aggro radius of the entity + */ + float GetAggroRadius() const; + + /** + * Sets the aggro radius, causing the entity to start chasing enemies in this range + * @param value the aggro radius to set + */ + void SetAggroRadius(float value); + + /** + * Makes the entity look at a certain point in space + * @param point the point to look at + */ + void LookAt(const NiPoint3& point); + + /** + * (dis)ables the AI, causing it to stop/start attacking enemies + * @param value + */ + void SetDisabled(bool value); + + /** + * Gets the current state of the AI, whether or not it's looking for enemies to attack + * @return + */ + bool GetDistabled() const; + + /** + * Turns the entity asleep, stopping updates to its physics volumes + */ + void Sleep(); + + /** + * Wakes the entity, allowing updates to its physics volumes + */ + void Wake(); + +private: + /** + * Returns the current target or the target that currently is the largest threat to this entity + * @return the current highest priority enemy of this entity + */ + LWOOBJID FindTarget(); + + /** + * Handles anything attack related for the game loop, e.g.: finding targets, sticking with targets and attacking + * them, depending on cooldowns. + * @param deltaTime the time since the last game tick + */ + void CalculateCombat(float deltaTime); + + /** + * Gets all the targets that are in the aggro collision phantom of this entity + * @return the targets within the aggro range of this entity + */ + std::vector GetTargetWithinAggroRange() const; + + /** + * The current state of the AI + */ + AiState m_State; + + /** + * The target this entity is currently trying to attack + */ + LWOOBJID m_Target; + + /** + * The aggro physics volumes of this entity + */ + dpEntity* m_dpEntity; + dpEntity* m_dpEntityEnemy; + + /** + * The max radius of this entity to an enemy allowing it to be chased + */ + float m_HardTetherRadius = 100; + + /** + * A soft radius for the tether, currently unused + */ + float m_SoftTetherRadius = 25; + + /** + * The speed at which this entity chases enemies + */ + float m_PursuitSpeed = 2; + + /** + * The radius that can cause enemies to aggro this entity + */ + float m_AggroRadius = 25; + + /** + * The speed at which an enemy wanders around + */ + float m_TetherSpeed = 4; + + /** + * How close this entity needs to be to an enemy to allow attacks + */ + float m_AttackRadius = 5.0f; + + /** + * Timer before we start attacking others + */ + float m_Timer = 0.0f; + + /** + * Timer to serializing this entity + */ + float m_SoftTimer = 0.0f; + + /** + * The skills this entity can cast on enemies + */ + std::vector m_SkillEntries; + + /** + * The current enemies and their respective threats to this entity + */ + std::map m_ThreatEntries; + + /** + * The component that handles movement AI, also owned by this entity + */ + MovementAIComponent* m_MovementAI; + + /** + * The position at which this entity spawned + */ + NiPoint3 m_StartPosition; + + /** + * For how long this entity has been stunned + */ + float m_StunTime = 0; + + /** + * If this entity is stunned + */ + bool m_Stunned = false; + + /** + * If this entity is immune to stunds + */ + bool m_StunImmune = false; + + /** + * Time taken between actions + */ + float m_Downtime = 0; + + /** + * How long this entity needs to execute its skill + */ + float m_SkillTime = 0; + + /** + * If the entity is currently showing the exclamation mark icon above its head + */ + bool m_TetherEffectActive = false; + + /** + * How long the tether effect will remain active + */ + float m_TetherTime = 0; + + /** + * How long until we will consider this entity out of combat, resetting its health and armor + */ + float m_OutOfCombatTime = 0; + + /** + * If the entity is currently out of combat, resetting its health and armor if it just came out of combat + */ + bool m_OutOfCombat = false; + + /** + * If the AI is currently disabled + */ + bool m_Disabled = false; + + /** + * If the threat list should be updated + */ + bool m_DirtyThreat = false; + + /** + * Whether the current entity is a mech enemy, needed as mechs tether radius works differently + * @return whether this entity is a mech + */ + bool IsMech(); +}; + +#endif // BASECOMBATAICOMPONENT_H diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/BouncerComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/BouncerComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..38370f39 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/BouncerComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +#include "BouncerComponent.h" + +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "SwitchComponent.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include + +BouncerComponent::BouncerComponent(Entity* parent) : Component(parent) { + m_PetEnabled = false; + m_PetBouncerEnabled = false; + m_PetSwitchLoaded = false; + + if (parent->GetLOT() == 7625) + { + LookupPetSwitch(); + } +} + +BouncerComponent::~BouncerComponent() { +} + +void BouncerComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags){ + outBitStream->Write(m_PetEnabled); + if (m_PetEnabled) { + outBitStream->Write(m_PetBouncerEnabled); + } +} + +Entity* BouncerComponent::GetParentEntity() const +{ + return m_Parent; +} + +void BouncerComponent::SetPetEnabled(bool value) +{ + m_PetEnabled = value; + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); +} + +void BouncerComponent::SetPetBouncerEnabled(bool value) +{ + m_PetBouncerEnabled = value; + + GameMessages::SendBouncerActiveStatus(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), value, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + + if (value) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), 1513, u"create", "PetOnSwitch", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1, 1, true); + } + else + { + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(m_Parent, true, "PetOnSwitch"); + } + +} + +bool BouncerComponent::GetPetEnabled() const +{ + return m_PetEnabled; +} + +bool BouncerComponent::GetPetBouncerEnabled() const +{ + return m_PetBouncerEnabled; +} + +void BouncerComponent::LookupPetSwitch() +{ + const auto& groups = m_Parent->GetGroups(); + + for (const auto& group : groups) + { + const auto& entities = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(group); + + for (auto* entity : entities) + { + auto* switchComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (switchComponent != nullptr) + { + switchComponent->SetPetBouncer(this); + + m_PetSwitchLoaded = true; + m_PetEnabled = true; + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + + Game::logger->Log("BouncerComponent", "Loaded pet bouncer\n"); + } + } + } + + if (!m_PetSwitchLoaded) + { + Game::logger->Log("BouncerComponent", "Failed to load pet bouncer\n"); + + m_Parent->AddCallbackTimer(0.5f, [this]() { + LookupPetSwitch(); + }); + } +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/BouncerComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/BouncerComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..557f737f --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/BouncerComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +#ifndef BOUNCERCOMPONENT_H +#define BOUNCERCOMPONENT_H + +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "Component.h" + +/** + * Attached to bouncer entities, allowing other entities to bounce off of it + */ +class BouncerComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_BOUNCER; + + BouncerComponent(Entity* parentEntity); + ~BouncerComponent() override; + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags); + + Entity* GetParentEntity() const; + + /** + * Sets whether or not this bouncer needs to be activated by a pet + * @param value whether or not this bouncer needs to be activated by a pet + */ + void SetPetEnabled(bool value); + + /** + * Sets whether or not this bouncer is currently being activated by a pet, allowing entities to bounce off of it, + * also displays FX accordingly. + * @param value whether or not this bouncer is activated by a pet + */ + void SetPetBouncerEnabled(bool value); + + /** + * Gets whether this bouncer should be enabled using pets + * @return whether this bouncer should be enabled using pets + */ + bool GetPetEnabled() const; + + /** + * Gets whether this bouncer is currently activated by a pet + * @return whether this bouncer is currently activated by a pet + */ + bool GetPetBouncerEnabled() const; + + /** + * Finds the switch used to activate this bouncer if its pet-enabled and stores this components' state there + */ + void LookupPetSwitch(); + +private: + /** + * Whether this bouncer needs to be activated by a pet + */ + bool m_PetEnabled; + + /** + * Whether this bouncer is currently being activated by a pet + */ + bool m_PetBouncerEnabled; + + /** + * Whether the pet switch for this bouncer has been located + */ + bool m_PetSwitchLoaded; +}; + +#endif // BOUNCERCOMPONENT_H diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/BuffComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/BuffComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bf159964 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/BuffComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,418 @@ +#include "BuffComponent.h" +#include +#include "CDClientDatabase.h" +#include +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "ControllablePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +std::unordered_map> BuffComponent::m_Cache {}; + +BuffComponent::BuffComponent(Entity* parent) : Component(parent) +{ +} + +BuffComponent::~BuffComponent() { +} + +void BuffComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags) { + if (!bIsInitialUpdate) return; + if (m_Buffs.empty()) + { + outBitStream->Write0(); + } + else + { + outBitStream->Write1(); + outBitStream->Write(m_Buffs.size()); + + for (const auto& buff : m_Buffs) + { + outBitStream->Write(buff.first); + outBitStream->Write0(); + outBitStream->Write0(); + outBitStream->Write0(); + outBitStream->Write0(); + outBitStream->Write0(); + outBitStream->Write0(); + outBitStream->Write0(); + outBitStream->Write0(); + outBitStream->Write0(); + + outBitStream->Write0(); + outBitStream->Write0(); + + outBitStream->Write(0); + } + } + + outBitStream->Write0(); +} + +void BuffComponent::Update(float deltaTime) +{ + /** + * Loop through all buffs and apply deltaTime to ther time. + * If they have expired, remove the buff and break. + */ + for (auto& buff : m_Buffs) + { + // For damage buffs + if (buff.second.tick != 0.0f && buff.second.stacks > 0) + { + buff.second.tickTime -= deltaTime; + + if (buff.second.tickTime <= 0.0f) + { + buff.second.tickTime = buff.second.tick; + buff.second.stacks--; + + SkillComponent::HandleUnmanaged(buff.second.behaviorID, m_Parent->GetObjectID()); + } + } + + // These are indefinate buffs, don't update them. + if (buff.second.time == 0.0f) + { + continue; + } + + buff.second.time -= deltaTime; + + if (buff.second.time <= 0.0f) + { + RemoveBuff(buff.first); + + break; + } + } +} + +void BuffComponent::ApplyBuff(const int32_t id, const float duration, const LWOOBJID source, bool addImmunity, + bool cancelOnDamaged, bool cancelOnDeath, bool cancelOnLogout, bool cancelOnRemoveBuff, + bool cancelOnUi, bool cancelOnUnequip, bool cancelOnZone) +{ + // Prevent buffs from stacking. + if (HasBuff(id)) + { + return; + } + + GameMessages::SendAddBuff(const_cast(m_Parent->GetObjectID()), source, (uint32_t) id, + (uint32_t) duration * 1000, addImmunity, cancelOnDamaged, cancelOnDeath, + cancelOnLogout, cancelOnRemoveBuff, cancelOnUi, cancelOnUnequip, cancelOnZone); + + float tick = 0; + float stacks = 0; + int32_t behaviorID = 0; + + const auto& parameters = GetBuffParameters(id); + for (const auto& parameter : parameters) + { + if (parameter.name == "overtime") + { + auto* behaviorTemplateTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("SkillBehavior"); + + behaviorID = behaviorTemplateTable->GetSkillByID(parameter.values[0]).behaviorID; + stacks = static_cast(parameter.values[1]); + tick = parameter.values[2]; + const auto unknown2 = parameter.values[3]; // Always 0 + } + } + + ApplyBuffEffect(id); + + Buff buff; + buff.id = id; + buff.time = duration; + buff.tick = tick; + buff.tickTime = tick; + buff.stacks = stacks; + buff.source = source; + buff.behaviorID = behaviorID; + + m_Buffs.emplace(id, buff); +} + +void BuffComponent::RemoveBuff(int32_t id) +{ + const auto& iter = m_Buffs.find(id); + + if (iter == m_Buffs.end()) + { + return; + } + + m_Buffs.erase(iter); + + RemoveBuffEffect(id); +} + +bool BuffComponent::HasBuff(int32_t id) +{ + return m_Buffs.find(id) != m_Buffs.end(); +} + +void BuffComponent::ApplyBuffEffect(int32_t id) +{ + const auto& parameters = GetBuffParameters(id); + for (const auto& parameter : parameters) + { + if (parameter.name == "max_health") + { + const auto maxHealth = parameter.value; + + auto* destroyable = this->GetParent()->GetComponent(); + + if (destroyable == nullptr) return; + + destroyable->SetMaxHealth(destroyable->GetMaxHealth() + maxHealth); + } + else if (parameter.name == "max_armor") + { + const auto maxArmor = parameter.value; + + auto* destroyable = this->GetParent()->GetComponent(); + + if (destroyable == nullptr) return; + + destroyable->SetMaxArmor(destroyable->GetMaxArmor() + maxArmor); + } + else if (parameter.name == "max_imagination") + { + const auto maxImagination = parameter.value; + + auto* destroyable = this->GetParent()->GetComponent(); + + if (destroyable == nullptr) return; + + destroyable->SetMaxImagination(destroyable->GetMaxImagination() + maxImagination); + } + else if (parameter.name == "speed") + { + const auto speed = parameter.value; + + auto* controllablePhysicsComponent = this->GetParent()->GetComponent(); + + if (controllablePhysicsComponent == nullptr) return; + + const auto current = controllablePhysicsComponent->GetSpeedMultiplier(); + + controllablePhysicsComponent->SetSpeedMultiplier(current + ((speed - 500.0f) / 500.0f)); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(this->GetParent()); + } + } +} + +void BuffComponent::RemoveBuffEffect(int32_t id) +{ + const auto& parameters = GetBuffParameters(id); + for (const auto& parameter : parameters) + { + if (parameter.name == "max_health") + { + const auto maxHealth = parameter.value; + + auto* destroyable = this->GetParent()->GetComponent(); + + if (destroyable == nullptr) return; + + destroyable->SetMaxHealth(destroyable->GetMaxHealth() - maxHealth); + } + else if (parameter.name == "max_armor") + { + const auto maxArmor = parameter.value; + + auto* destroyable = this->GetParent()->GetComponent(); + + if (destroyable == nullptr) return; + + destroyable->SetMaxArmor(destroyable->GetMaxArmor() - maxArmor); + } + else if (parameter.name == "max_imagination") + { + const auto maxImagination = parameter.value; + + auto* destroyable = this->GetParent()->GetComponent(); + + if (destroyable == nullptr) return; + + destroyable->SetMaxImagination(destroyable->GetMaxImagination() - maxImagination); + } + else if (parameter.name == "speed") + { + const auto speed = parameter.value; + + auto* controllablePhysicsComponent = this->GetParent()->GetComponent(); + + if (controllablePhysicsComponent == nullptr) return; + + const auto current = controllablePhysicsComponent->GetSpeedMultiplier(); + + controllablePhysicsComponent->SetSpeedMultiplier(current - ((speed - 500.0f) / 500.0f)); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(this->GetParent()); + } + } +} + +void BuffComponent::RemoveAllBuffs() +{ + for (const auto& buff : m_Buffs) + { + RemoveBuffEffect(buff.first); + } + + m_Buffs.clear(); +} + +void BuffComponent::Reset() +{ + RemoveAllBuffs(); +} + +void BuffComponent::ReApplyBuffs() +{ + for (const auto& buff : m_Buffs) + { + ApplyBuffEffect(buff.first); + } +} + +Entity* BuffComponent::GetParent() const +{ + return m_Parent; +} + +void BuffComponent::LoadFromXML(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* doc) +{ + // Load buffs + auto* dest = doc->FirstChildElement("obj")->FirstChildElement("dest"); + + // Make sure we have a clean buff element. + auto* buffElement = dest->FirstChildElement("buff"); + + // Old character, no buffs to load + if (buffElement == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* buffEntry = buffElement->FirstChildElement("b"); + + while (buffEntry != nullptr) + { + int32_t id = buffEntry->IntAttribute("id"); + float t = buffEntry->FloatAttribute("t"); + float tk = buffEntry->FloatAttribute("tk"); + int32_t s = buffEntry->FloatAttribute("s"); + LWOOBJID sr = buffEntry->Int64Attribute("sr"); + int32_t b = buffEntry->IntAttribute("b"); + + Buff buff; + buff.id = id; + buff.time = t; + buff.tick = tk; + buff.stacks = s; + buff.source = sr; + buff.behaviorID = b; + + m_Buffs.emplace(id, buff); + + buffEntry = buffEntry->NextSiblingElement("b"); + } +} + +void BuffComponent::UpdateXml(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* doc) +{ + // Save buffs + auto* dest = doc->FirstChildElement("obj")->FirstChildElement("dest"); + + // Make sure we have a clean buff element. + auto* buffElement = dest->FirstChildElement("buff"); + + if (buffElement == nullptr) + { + buffElement = doc->NewElement("buff"); + + dest->LinkEndChild(buffElement); + } + else + { + buffElement->DeleteChildren(); + } + + for (const auto& buff : m_Buffs) + { + auto* buffEntry = doc->NewElement("b"); + + buffEntry->SetAttribute("id", buff.first); + buffEntry->SetAttribute("t", buff.second.time); + buffEntry->SetAttribute("tk", buff.second.tick); + buffEntry->SetAttribute("s", buff.second.stacks); + buffEntry->SetAttribute("sr", buff.second.source); + buffEntry->SetAttribute("b", buff.second.behaviorID); + + buffElement->LinkEndChild(buffEntry); + } +} + +const std::vector& BuffComponent::GetBuffParameters(int32_t buffId) +{ + const auto& pair = m_Cache.find(buffId); + + if (pair != m_Cache.end()) + { + return pair->second; + } + + std::stringstream query; + + query << "SELECT * FROM BuffParameters WHERE BuffID = " << std::to_string(buffId) << ";"; + + auto result = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.str()); + + std::vector parameters {}; + + while (!result.eof()) + { + BuffParameter param; + + param.buffId = buffId; + param.name = result.getStringField(1); + param.value = result.getFloatField(2); + + if (!result.fieldIsNull(3)) + { + std::istringstream stream(result.getStringField(3)); + std::string token; + + while (std::getline(stream, token, ',')) + { + try + { + const auto value = std::stof(token); + + param.values.push_back(value); + } + catch (std::invalid_argument& exception) + { + Game::logger->Log("BuffComponent", "Failed to parse value (%s): (%s)!\n", token.c_str(), exception.what()); + } + } + } + + parameters.push_back(param); + + result.nextRow(); + } + + m_Cache.insert_or_assign(buffId, parameters); + + return m_Cache.find(buffId)->second; +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/BuffComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/BuffComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..68cd5309 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/BuffComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +#ifndef BUFFCOMPONENT_H +#define BUFFCOMPONENT_H + +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include "Component.h" + +class Entity; + +/** + * Extra information on effects to apply after applying a buff, for example whether to buff armor, imag or health and by how much + */ +struct BuffParameter +{ + int32_t buffId; + std::string name; + float value; + std::vector values; + int32_t effectId; +}; + +/** + * Meta information about a buff that can be applied, e.g. how long it's applied, who applied it, etc. + */ +struct Buff +{ + int32_t id = 0; + float time = 0; + float tick = 0; + float tickTime = 0; + int32_t stacks = 0; + LWOOBJID source = 0; + int32_t behaviorID = 0; +}; + +/** + * Allows for the application of buffs to the parent entity, altering health, armor and imagination. + */ +class BuffComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_BUFF; + + explicit BuffComponent(Entity* parent); + + ~BuffComponent(); + + Entity* GetParent() const; + + void LoadFromXML(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* doc); + + void UpdateXml(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* doc); + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags); + + void Update(float deltaTime) override; + + /** + * Applies a buff to the parent entity + * @param id the id of the buff to apply + * @param duration the duration of the buff in seconds + * @param source an optional source entity that cast the buff + * @param addImmunity client flag + * @param cancelOnDamaged client flag to indicate that the buff should disappear when damaged + * @param cancelOnDeath client flag to indicate that the buff should disappear when dying + * @param cancelOnLogout client flag to indicate that the buff should disappear when logging out + * @param cancelOnRemoveBuff client flag to indicate that the buff should disappear when a concrete GM to do so comes around + * @param cancelOnUi client flag to indicate that the buff should disappear when interacting with UI + * @param cancelOnUnequip client flag to indicate that the buff should disappear when the triggering item is unequipped + * @param cancelOnZone client flag to indicate that the buff should disappear when changing zones + */ + void ApplyBuff(int32_t id, float duration, LWOOBJID source, bool addImmunity = false, bool cancelOnDamaged = false, + bool cancelOnDeath = true, bool cancelOnLogout = false, bool cancelOnRemoveBuff = true, + bool cancelOnUi = false, bool cancelOnUnequip = false, bool cancelOnZone = false); + + /** + * Removes a buff from the parent entity, reversing its effects + * @param id the id of the buff to remove + */ + void RemoveBuff(int32_t id); + + /** + * Returns whether or not the entity has a buff identified by `id` + * @param id the id of the buff to find + * @return whether or not the entity has a buff with the specified id active + */ + bool HasBuff(int32_t id); + + /** + * Applies the effects of the buffs on the entity, e.g.: changing armor, health, imag, etc. + * @param id the id of the buff effects to apply + */ + void ApplyBuffEffect(int32_t id); + + /** + * Reverses the effects of the applied buff + * @param id the id of the buff for which to remove the effects + */ + void RemoveBuffEffect(int32_t id); + + /** + * Removes all buffs for the entity and reverses all of their effects + */ + void RemoveAllBuffs(); + + /** + * Removes all buffs for the entity and reverses all of their effects + */ + void Reset(); + + /** + * Applies all effects for all buffs, active or not, again + */ + void ReApplyBuffs(); + + /** + * Gets all the parameters (= effects), for the buffs that belong to this component + * @param buffId + * @return + */ + const std::vector& GetBuffParameters(int32_t buffId); + +private: + /** + * The currently active buffs + */ + std::map m_Buffs; + + /** + * Parameters (=effects) for each buff + */ + static std::unordered_map> m_Cache; +}; + +#endif // BUFFCOMPONENT_H diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/BuildBorderComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/BuildBorderComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ed2fe2d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/BuildBorderComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +#include "BuildBorderComponent.h" + +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" +#include "Item.h" +#include "PropertyManagementComponent.h" + +BuildBorderComponent::BuildBorderComponent(Entity* parent) : Component(parent) +{ +} + +BuildBorderComponent::~BuildBorderComponent() +{ +} + +void BuildBorderComponent::OnUse(Entity* originator) { + if (originator->GetCharacter()) { + const auto& entities = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("PropertyPlaque"); + + auto buildArea = m_Parent->GetObjectID(); + + if (!entities.empty()) + { + buildArea = entities[0]->GetObjectID(); + + Game::logger->Log("BuildBorderComponent", "Using PropertyPlaque\n"); + } + + auto* inventoryComponent = originator->GetComponent(); + + if (inventoryComponent == nullptr) { + return; + } + + auto* thinkingHat = inventoryComponent->FindItemByLot(6086); + + if (thinkingHat == nullptr) { + return; + } + + Game::logger->Log("BuildBorderComponent", "Starting with %llu\n", buildArea); + + if (PropertyManagementComponent::Instance() != nullptr) { + GameMessages::SendStartArrangingWithItem( + originator, + originator->GetSystemAddress(), + true, + buildArea, + originator->GetPosition(), + 0, + thinkingHat->GetId(), + thinkingHat->GetLot(), + 4, + 0, + -1, + NiPoint3::ZERO, + 0 + ); + } + else { + GameMessages::SendStartArrangingWithItem(originator, originator->GetSystemAddress(), true, buildArea, originator->GetPosition()); + } + + InventoryComponent* inv = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + if (!inv) return; + inv->PushEquippedItems(); // technically this is supposed to happen automatically... but it doesnt? so just keep this here + } +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/BuildBorderComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/BuildBorderComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bd615b48 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/BuildBorderComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2018 + */ + +#ifndef BUILDBORDERCOMPONENT_H +#define BUILDBORDERCOMPONENT_H + +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "Component.h" + +/** + * Component for the build border, allowing the user to start building when interacting with it + */ +class BuildBorderComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_BUILD_BORDER; + + BuildBorderComponent(Entity* parent); + ~BuildBorderComponent() override; + + /** + * Causes the originator to start build with this entity as a reference point + * @param originator the entity (probably a player) that triggered the event + */ + void OnUse(Entity* originator) override; +private: +}; + +#endif // BUILDBORDERCOMPONENT_H diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/CharacterComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/CharacterComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d2335c78 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/CharacterComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,719 @@ +#include "CharacterComponent.h" +#include +#include "tinyxml2.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "dServer.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "CDClientManager.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" +#include "ControllablePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "PossessorComponent.h" +#include "VehiclePhysicsComponent.h" + +CharacterComponent::CharacterComponent(Entity* parent, Character* character) : Component(parent) { + m_Character = character; + + m_IsRacing = false; + m_IsGM = false; + m_IsLanding = false; + m_IsLEGOClubMember = true; + m_Level = 1; + + m_DirtyCurrentActivity = false; + m_DirtyGMInfo = false; + m_DirtySocialInfo = false; + + m_PvpEnabled = false; + m_GMLevel = character->GetGMLevel(); + + m_EditorEnabled = false; + m_EditorLevel = m_GMLevel; + + m_CurrentActivity = 0; + m_CountryCode = 0; + m_LastUpdateTimestamp = std::time(nullptr); + + LoadFromXML(); + + //Check to see if we're landing: + if (character->GetZoneID() != Game::server->GetZoneID()) { + m_IsLanding = true; + } + + if (LandingAnimDisabled(character->GetZoneID()) || LandingAnimDisabled(Game::server->GetZoneID()) || m_LastRocketConfig.empty()) { + m_IsLanding = false; //Don't make us land on VE/minigames lol + } +} + +bool CharacterComponent::LandingAnimDisabled(int zoneID) { + switch (zoneID) { + case 0: + case 556: + case 1001: + case 1101: + case 1202: + case 1203: + case 1204: + case 1301: + case 1302: + case 1303: + case 1401: + case 1402: + case 1403: + case 1603: + case 2001: + return true; + + default: + return false; + } + + return false; +} + +CharacterComponent::~CharacterComponent() { +} + +void CharacterComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags) { + outBitStream->Write(m_IsRacing); + if (m_IsRacing) { + outBitStream->Write1(); + outBitStream->Write(m_VehicleObjectID); + outBitStream->Write(0); + } + + outBitStream->Write1(); + outBitStream->Write(m_Level); + outBitStream->Write0(); + + if (bIsInitialUpdate) { + outBitStream->Write0(); + outBitStream->Write0(); + outBitStream->Write0(); + outBitStream->Write0(); + + outBitStream->Write(m_Character->GetHairColor()); + outBitStream->Write(m_Character->GetHairStyle()); + outBitStream->Write(0); //Default "head" + outBitStream->Write(m_Character->GetShirtColor()); + outBitStream->Write(m_Character->GetPantsColor()); + outBitStream->Write(m_Character->GetShirtStyle()); + outBitStream->Write(0); //Default "head color" + outBitStream->Write(m_Character->GetEyebrows()); + outBitStream->Write(m_Character->GetEyes()); + outBitStream->Write(m_Character->GetMouth()); + outBitStream->Write(0); //AccountID, trying out if 0 works. + outBitStream->Write(m_Character->GetLastLogin()); //Last login + outBitStream->Write(0); //"prop mod last display time" + outBitStream->Write(m_Uscore); //u-score + outBitStream->Write0(); //Not free-to-play (disabled in DLU) + + //Stats: + outBitStream->Write(m_CurrencyCollected); + outBitStream->Write(m_BricksCollected); + outBitStream->Write(m_SmashablesSmashed); + outBitStream->Write(m_QuickBuildsCompleted); + outBitStream->Write(m_EnemiesSmashed); + outBitStream->Write(m_RocketsUsed); + outBitStream->Write(m_MissionsCompleted); + outBitStream->Write(m_PetsTamed); + outBitStream->Write(m_ImaginationPowerUpsCollected); + outBitStream->Write(m_LifePowerUpsCollected); + outBitStream->Write(m_ArmorPowerUpsCollected); + outBitStream->Write(m_MetersTraveled); + outBitStream->Write(m_TimesSmashed); + outBitStream->Write(m_TotalDamageTaken); + outBitStream->Write(m_TotalDamageHealed); + outBitStream->Write(m_TotalArmorRepaired); + outBitStream->Write(m_TotalImaginationRestored); + outBitStream->Write(m_TotalImaginationUsed); + outBitStream->Write(m_DistanceDriven); + outBitStream->Write(m_TimeAirborneInCar); + outBitStream->Write(m_RacingImaginationPowerUpsCollected); + outBitStream->Write(m_RacingImaginationCratesSmashed); + outBitStream->Write(m_RacingCarBoostsActivated); + outBitStream->Write(m_RacingTimesWrecked); + outBitStream->Write(m_RacingSmashablesSmashed); + outBitStream->Write(m_RacesFinished); + outBitStream->Write(m_FirstPlaceRaceFinishes); + + outBitStream->Write0(); + outBitStream->Write(m_IsLanding); + if (m_IsLanding) { + outBitStream->Write(uint16_t(m_LastRocketConfig.size())); + for (uint16_t character : m_LastRocketConfig) { + outBitStream->Write(character); + } + } + } + + outBitStream->Write(m_DirtyGMInfo); + if (m_DirtyGMInfo) { + outBitStream->Write(m_PvpEnabled); + outBitStream->Write(m_IsGM); + outBitStream->Write(m_GMLevel); + outBitStream->Write(m_EditorEnabled); + outBitStream->Write(m_EditorLevel); + } + + outBitStream->Write(m_DirtyCurrentActivity); + if (m_DirtyCurrentActivity) outBitStream->Write(m_CurrentActivity); + + outBitStream->Write(m_DirtySocialInfo); + if (m_DirtySocialInfo) { + outBitStream->Write(m_GuildID); + outBitStream->Write(static_cast(m_GuildName.size())); + if (!m_GuildName.empty()) + outBitStream->WriteBits(reinterpret_cast(m_GuildName.c_str()), static_cast(m_GuildName.size()) * sizeof(wchar_t) * 8); + + outBitStream->Write(m_IsLEGOClubMember); + outBitStream->Write(m_CountryCode); + } +} + +bool CharacterComponent::GetPvpEnabled() const +{ + return m_PvpEnabled; +} + +void CharacterComponent::SetPvpEnabled(const bool value) +{ + m_DirtyGMInfo = true; + + m_PvpEnabled = value; +} + +void CharacterComponent::HandleLevelUp() +{ + auto* rewardsTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("Rewards"); + + const auto& rewards = rewardsTable->GetByLevelID(m_Level); + + auto* parent = m_Character->GetEntity(); + + if (parent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* inventoryComponent = parent->GetComponent(); + auto* controllablePhysicsComponent = parent->GetComponent(); + + if (inventoryComponent == nullptr || controllablePhysicsComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + for (auto* reward : rewards) + { + switch (reward->rewardType) + { + case 0: + inventoryComponent->AddItem(reward->value, reward->count); + break; + + case 4: + { + auto* items = inventoryComponent->GetInventory(ITEMS); + items->SetSize(items->GetSize() + reward->value); + } + break; + + case 9: + controllablePhysicsComponent->SetSpeedMultiplier(static_cast(reward->value) / 500.0f); + break; + + case 11: + break; + + case 12: + break; + + default: + break; + } + } + +} + +void CharacterComponent::SetGMLevel(int gmlevel) { + m_DirtyGMInfo = true; + if (gmlevel > 0) m_IsGM = true; + else m_IsGM = false; + m_GMLevel = gmlevel; +} + +void CharacterComponent::LoadFromXML() { + if (!m_Character) return; + + tinyxml2::XMLDocument* doc = m_Character->GetXMLDoc(); + if (!doc) return; + + tinyxml2::XMLElement* character = doc->FirstChildElement("obj")->FirstChildElement("char"); + if (!character) { + Game::logger->Log("CharacterComponent", "Failed to find char tag while loading XML!\n"); + return; + } + + character->QueryInt64Attribute("ls", &m_Uscore); + + // Load the statistics + const auto* statisticsAttribute = character->FindAttribute("stt"); + if (statisticsAttribute) { + InitializeStatisticsFromString(std::string(statisticsAttribute->Value())); + } else { + InitializeEmptyStatistics(); + } + + // Load the zone statistics + m_ZoneStatistics = {}; + auto zoneStatistics = character->FirstChildElement("zs"); + + if (zoneStatistics) { + auto child = zoneStatistics->FirstChildElement(); + while (child) { + ZoneStatistics statistics = {}; + + child->QueryUnsigned64Attribute("ac", &statistics.m_AchievementsCollected); + child->QueryUnsigned64Attribute("bc", &statistics.m_BricksCollected); + child->QueryUnsigned64Attribute("cc", &statistics.m_CoinsCollected); + child->QueryUnsigned64Attribute("es", &statistics.m_EnemiesSmashed); + child->QueryUnsigned64Attribute("qbc", &statistics.m_QuickBuildsCompleted); + + uint32_t mapID; + child->QueryAttribute("map", &mapID); + + m_ZoneStatistics.insert({ (LWOMAPID) mapID, statistics }); + + child = child->NextSiblingElement(); + } + } + + const tinyxml2::XMLAttribute *rocketConfig = character->FindAttribute("lcbp"); + if (rocketConfig) { + m_LastRocketConfig = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(std::string(rocketConfig->Value())); + } + else + { + m_LastRocketConfig = u""; + } + + // + // Begin custom attributes + // + + // Load the last rocket item ID + const tinyxml2::XMLAttribute *lastRocketItemID = character->FindAttribute("lrid"); + if (lastRocketItemID) { + m_LastRocketItemID = lastRocketItemID->Int64Value(); + } + + // + // End custom attributes + // + + if (m_GMLevel > 0) { + m_IsGM = true; + m_DirtyGMInfo = true; + m_EditorLevel = m_GMLevel; + m_EditorEnabled = false; //We're not currently in HF if we're loading in + } + + //Annoying guild bs: + const tinyxml2::XMLAttribute *guildName = character->FindAttribute("gn"); + if (guildName) { + const char* gn = guildName->Value(); + int64_t gid = 0; + character->QueryInt64Attribute("gid", &gid); + if (gid != 0) { + std::string guildname(gn); + m_GuildName = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(guildname); + m_GuildID = gid; + m_DirtySocialInfo = true; + } + } + + tinyxml2::XMLElement* level = doc->FirstChildElement("obj")->FirstChildElement("lvl"); + if (!level) { + Game::logger->Log("CharacterComponent", "Failed to find lvl tag while loading XML!\n"); + return; + } + + level->QueryAttribute("l", &m_Level); + + if (character->FindAttribute("time")) { + character->QueryUnsigned64Attribute("time", &m_TotalTimePlayed); + } else { + m_TotalTimePlayed = 0; + } +} + +void CharacterComponent::UpdateXml(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* doc) { + tinyxml2::XMLElement* character = doc->FirstChildElement("obj")->FirstChildElement("char"); + if (!character) { + Game::logger->Log("CharacterComponent", "Failed to find char tag while updating XML!\n"); + return; + } + + character->SetAttribute("ls", m_Uscore); + character->SetAttribute("stt", StatisticsToString().c_str()); + + // Set the zone statistics of the form ... + auto zoneStatistics = character->FirstChildElement("zs"); + if (!zoneStatistics) zoneStatistics = doc->NewElement("zs"); + zoneStatistics->DeleteChildren(); + + for (auto pair : m_ZoneStatistics) { + auto zoneStatistic = doc->NewElement("s"); + + zoneStatistic->SetAttribute("map", pair.first); + zoneStatistic->SetAttribute("ac", pair.second.m_AchievementsCollected); + zoneStatistic->SetAttribute("bc", pair.second.m_BricksCollected); + zoneStatistic->SetAttribute("cc", pair.second.m_CoinsCollected); + zoneStatistic->SetAttribute("es", pair.second.m_EnemiesSmashed); + zoneStatistic->SetAttribute("qbc", pair.second.m_QuickBuildsCompleted); + + zoneStatistics->LinkEndChild(zoneStatistic); + } + + character->LinkEndChild(zoneStatistics); + + if (!m_LastRocketConfig.empty()) { + std::string config = GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(m_LastRocketConfig); + character->SetAttribute("lcbp", config.c_str()); + } + else + { + character->DeleteAttribute("lcbp"); + } + + // + // Begin custom attributes + // + + // Store last rocket item ID + character->SetAttribute("lrid", m_LastRocketItemID); + + // + // End custom attributes + // + + tinyxml2::XMLElement* level = doc->FirstChildElement("obj")->FirstChildElement("lvl"); + if (!level) { + Game::logger->Log("CharacterComponent", "Failed to find lvl tag while updating XML!\n"); + return; + } + + level->SetAttribute("l", m_Level); + + auto newUpdateTimestamp = std::time(nullptr); + Game::logger->Log("TotalTimePlayed", "Time since last save: %d\n", newUpdateTimestamp - m_LastUpdateTimestamp); + + m_TotalTimePlayed += newUpdateTimestamp - m_LastUpdateTimestamp; + character->SetAttribute("time", m_TotalTimePlayed); + + m_LastUpdateTimestamp = newUpdateTimestamp; +} + +void CharacterComponent::SetLastRocketConfig(std::u16string config) { + m_IsLanding = !config.empty(); + m_LastRocketConfig = config; +} + +void CharacterComponent::TrackMissionCompletion(bool isAchievement) { + UpdatePlayerStatistic(MissionsCompleted); + + // Achievements are tracked separately for the zone + if (isAchievement) { + const auto mapID = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneID().GetMapID(); + GetZoneStatisticsForMap(mapID).m_AchievementsCollected++; + } +} + +void CharacterComponent::TrackLOTCollection(LOT lot) { + switch (lot) { + // Handle all the imagination powerup lots + case 935: // 1 point + case 4035: // 2 points + case 11910: // 3 points + case 11911: // 5 points + case 11918: // 10 points + UpdatePlayerStatistic(ImaginationPowerUpsCollected); + break; + // Handle all the armor powerup lots + case 6431: // 1 point + case 11912: // 2 points + case 11913: // 3 points + case 11914: // 5 points + case 11919: // 10 points + UpdatePlayerStatistic(ArmorPowerUpsCollected); + break; + // Handle all the life powerup lots + case 177: // 1 point + case 11915: // 2 points + case 11916: // 3 points + case 11917: // 5 points + case 11920: // 10 points + UpdatePlayerStatistic(LifePowerUpsCollected); + break; + default: + break; + } +} + +void CharacterComponent::TrackHealthDelta(int32_t health) { + if (health > 0) { + UpdatePlayerStatistic(TotalDamageHealed, health); + } else { + UpdatePlayerStatistic(TotalDamageTaken, -health); + } +} + +void CharacterComponent::TrackImaginationDelta(int32_t imagination) { + if (imagination > 0) { + UpdatePlayerStatistic(TotalImaginationRestored, imagination); + } else { + UpdatePlayerStatistic(TotalImaginationUsed, -imagination); + } +} + +void CharacterComponent::TrackArmorDelta(int32_t armor) { + if (armor > 0) { + UpdatePlayerStatistic(TotalArmorRepaired, armor); + } +} + +void CharacterComponent::TrackRebuildComplete() { + UpdatePlayerStatistic(QuickBuildsCompleted); + + const auto mapID = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneID().GetMapID(); + GetZoneStatisticsForMap(mapID).m_QuickBuildsCompleted++; +} + +void CharacterComponent::TrackRaceCompleted(bool won) { + m_RacesFinished++; + if (won) + m_FirstPlaceRaceFinishes++; +} + +void CharacterComponent::TrackPositionUpdate(const NiPoint3& newPosition) { + const auto distance = NiPoint3::Distance(newPosition, m_Parent->GetPosition()); + + if (m_IsRacing) { + UpdatePlayerStatistic(DistanceDriven, (uint64_t) distance); + } else { + UpdatePlayerStatistic(MetersTraveled, (uint64_t) distance); + } +} + +void CharacterComponent::HandleZoneStatisticsUpdate(LWOMAPID zoneID, const std::u16string &name, int32_t value) { + auto zoneStatistics = &GetZoneStatisticsForMap(zoneID); + + if (name == u"BricksCollected") { + m_BricksCollected += value; + zoneStatistics->m_BricksCollected += value; + } else if (name == u"CoinsCollected") { + m_CurrencyCollected += value; + zoneStatistics->m_CoinsCollected += value; + } else if (name == u"EnemiesSmashed") { + m_EnemiesSmashed += value; + zoneStatistics->m_EnemiesSmashed += value; + } +} + +void CharacterComponent::UpdatePlayerStatistic(StatisticID updateID, uint64_t updateValue) { + switch (updateID) { + case CurrencyCollected: + m_CurrencyCollected += updateValue; + break; + case BricksCollected: + m_BricksCollected += updateValue; + break; + case SmashablesSmashed: + m_SmashablesSmashed += updateValue; + break; + case QuickBuildsCompleted: + m_QuickBuildsCompleted += updateValue; + break; + case EnemiesSmashed: + m_EnemiesSmashed += updateValue; + break; + case RocketsUsed: + m_RocketsUsed += updateValue; + break; + case MissionsCompleted: + m_MissionsCompleted += updateValue; + break; + case PetsTamed: + m_PetsTamed += updateValue; + break; + case ImaginationPowerUpsCollected: + m_ImaginationPowerUpsCollected += updateValue; + break; + case LifePowerUpsCollected: + m_LifePowerUpsCollected += updateValue; + break; + case ArmorPowerUpsCollected: + m_ArmorPowerUpsCollected += updateValue; + break; + case MetersTraveled: + m_MetersTraveled += updateValue; + break; + case TimesSmashed: + m_TimesSmashed += updateValue; + break; + case TotalDamageTaken: + m_TotalDamageTaken += updateValue; + break; + case TotalDamageHealed: + m_TotalDamageHealed += updateValue; + break; + case TotalArmorRepaired: + m_TotalArmorRepaired += updateValue; + break; + case TotalImaginationRestored: + m_TotalImaginationRestored += updateValue; + break; + case TotalImaginationUsed: + m_TotalImaginationUsed += updateValue; + break; + case DistanceDriven: + m_DistanceDriven += updateValue; + break; + case TimeAirborneInCar: + m_TimeAirborneInCar += updateValue; + break; + case RacingImaginationPowerUpsCollected: + m_RacingImaginationPowerUpsCollected += updateValue; + break; + case RacingImaginationCratesSmashed: + m_RacingImaginationCratesSmashed += updateValue; + break; + case RacingCarBoostsActivated: + m_RacingCarBoostsActivated += updateValue; + break; + case RacingTimesWrecked: + m_RacingTimesWrecked += updateValue; + break; + case RacingSmashablesSmashed: + m_RacingSmashablesSmashed += updateValue; + break; + case RacesFinished: + m_RacesFinished += updateValue; + break; + case FirstPlaceRaceFinishes: + m_FirstPlaceRaceFinishes += updateValue; + break; + default: + break; + } +} + +void CharacterComponent::InitializeStatisticsFromString(const std::string &statisticsString) { + auto split = GeneralUtils::SplitString(statisticsString, ';'); + + m_CurrencyCollected = GetStatisticFromSplit(split, 0); + m_BricksCollected = GetStatisticFromSplit(split, 1); + m_SmashablesSmashed = GetStatisticFromSplit(split, 2); + m_QuickBuildsCompleted = GetStatisticFromSplit(split, 3); + m_EnemiesSmashed = GetStatisticFromSplit(split, 4); + m_RocketsUsed = GetStatisticFromSplit(split, 5); + m_MissionsCompleted = GetStatisticFromSplit(split, 6); + m_PetsTamed = GetStatisticFromSplit(split, 7); + m_ImaginationPowerUpsCollected = GetStatisticFromSplit(split, 8); + m_LifePowerUpsCollected = GetStatisticFromSplit(split, 9); + m_ArmorPowerUpsCollected = GetStatisticFromSplit(split, 10); + m_MetersTraveled = GetStatisticFromSplit(split, 11); + m_TimesSmashed = GetStatisticFromSplit(split, 12); + m_TotalDamageTaken = GetStatisticFromSplit(split, 13); + m_TotalDamageHealed = GetStatisticFromSplit(split, 14); + m_TotalArmorRepaired = GetStatisticFromSplit(split, 15); + m_TotalImaginationRestored = GetStatisticFromSplit(split, 16); + m_TotalImaginationUsed = GetStatisticFromSplit(split, 17); + m_DistanceDriven = GetStatisticFromSplit(split, 18); + m_TimeAirborneInCar = GetStatisticFromSplit(split, 19); // WONTFIX + m_RacingImaginationPowerUpsCollected = GetStatisticFromSplit(split, 20); + m_RacingImaginationCratesSmashed = GetStatisticFromSplit(split, 21); + m_RacingCarBoostsActivated = GetStatisticFromSplit(split, 22); + m_RacingTimesWrecked = GetStatisticFromSplit(split, 23); + m_RacingSmashablesSmashed = GetStatisticFromSplit(split, 24); + m_RacesFinished = GetStatisticFromSplit(split, 25); + m_FirstPlaceRaceFinishes = GetStatisticFromSplit(split, 26); +} + +void CharacterComponent::InitializeEmptyStatistics() { + m_CurrencyCollected = 0; + m_BricksCollected = 0; + m_SmashablesSmashed = 0; + m_QuickBuildsCompleted = 0; + m_EnemiesSmashed = 0; + m_RocketsUsed = 0; + m_MissionsCompleted = 0; + m_PetsTamed = 0; + m_ImaginationPowerUpsCollected = 0; + m_LifePowerUpsCollected = 0; + m_ArmorPowerUpsCollected = 0; + m_MetersTraveled = 0; + m_TimesSmashed = 0; + m_TotalDamageTaken = 0; + m_TotalDamageHealed = 0; + m_TotalArmorRepaired = 0; + m_TotalImaginationRestored = 0; + m_TotalImaginationUsed = 0; + m_DistanceDriven = 0; + m_TimeAirborneInCar = 0; + m_RacingImaginationPowerUpsCollected = 0; + m_RacingImaginationCratesSmashed = 0; + m_RacingCarBoostsActivated = 0; + m_RacingTimesWrecked = 0; + m_RacingSmashablesSmashed = 0; + m_RacesFinished = 0; + m_FirstPlaceRaceFinishes = 0; +} + +std::string CharacterComponent::StatisticsToString() const { + std::stringstream result; + result << std::to_string(m_CurrencyCollected) << ';' + << std::to_string(m_BricksCollected) << ';' + << std::to_string(m_SmashablesSmashed) << ';' + << std::to_string(m_QuickBuildsCompleted) << ';' + << std::to_string(m_EnemiesSmashed) << ';' + << std::to_string(m_RocketsUsed) << ';' + << std::to_string(m_MissionsCompleted) << ';' + << std::to_string(m_PetsTamed) << ';' + << std::to_string(m_ImaginationPowerUpsCollected) << ';' + << std::to_string(m_LifePowerUpsCollected) << ';' + << std::to_string(m_ArmorPowerUpsCollected) << ';' + << std::to_string(m_MetersTraveled) << ';' + << std::to_string(m_TimesSmashed) << ';' + << std::to_string(m_TotalDamageTaken) << ';' + << std::to_string(m_TotalDamageHealed) << ';' + << std::to_string(m_TotalArmorRepaired) << ';' + << std::to_string(m_TotalImaginationRestored) << ';' + << std::to_string(m_TotalImaginationUsed) << ';' + << std::to_string(m_DistanceDriven) << ';' + << std::to_string(m_TimeAirborneInCar) << ';' + << std::to_string(m_RacingImaginationPowerUpsCollected) << ';' + << std::to_string(m_RacingImaginationCratesSmashed) << ';' + << std::to_string(m_RacingCarBoostsActivated) << ';' + << std::to_string(m_RacingTimesWrecked) << ';' + << std::to_string(m_RacingSmashablesSmashed) << ';' + << std::to_string(m_RacesFinished) << ';' + << std::to_string(m_FirstPlaceRaceFinishes) << ';'; + + return result.str(); +} + +uint64_t CharacterComponent::GetStatisticFromSplit(std::vector split, uint32_t index) { + return split.size() > index ? std::stoul(split.at(index)) : 0; +} + +ZoneStatistics& CharacterComponent::GetZoneStatisticsForMap(LWOMAPID mapID) { + auto stats = m_ZoneStatistics.find(mapID); + if (stats == m_ZoneStatistics.end()) + m_ZoneStatistics.insert({ mapID, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } }); + return m_ZoneStatistics.at(mapID); +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/CharacterComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/CharacterComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..26b88a57 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/CharacterComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,548 @@ +#ifndef CHARACTERCOMPONENT_H +#define CHARACTERCOMPONENT_H + +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "Component.h" +#include +#include "CDMissionsTable.h" +#include "tinyxml2.h" + +/** + * The statistics that can be achieved per zone + */ +struct ZoneStatistics { + uint64_t m_AchievementsCollected; + uint64_t m_BricksCollected; + uint64_t m_CoinsCollected; + uint64_t m_EnemiesSmashed; + uint64_t m_QuickBuildsCompleted; +}; + +/** + * The IDs of each of the possible statistics + */ +enum StatisticID { + CurrencyCollected = 1, + BricksCollected, + SmashablesSmashed, + QuickBuildsCompleted, + EnemiesSmashed, + RocketsUsed, + MissionsCompleted, + PetsTamed, + ImaginationPowerUpsCollected, + LifePowerUpsCollected, + ArmorPowerUpsCollected, + MetersTraveled, + TimesSmashed, + TotalDamageTaken, + TotalDamageHealed, + TotalArmorRepaired, + TotalImaginationRestored, + TotalImaginationUsed, + DistanceDriven, + TimeAirborneInCar, + RacingImaginationPowerUpsCollected, + RacingImaginationCratesSmashed, + RacingCarBoostsActivated, + RacingTimesWrecked, + RacingSmashablesSmashed, + RacesFinished, + FirstPlaceRaceFinishes, +}; + +/** + * Represents a character, including their rockets and stats + */ +class CharacterComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_CHARACTER; + + CharacterComponent(Entity* parent, Character* character); + ~CharacterComponent() override; + + void LoadFromXML(); + void UpdateXml(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* doc) override; + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags); + + /** + * Updates the rocket configuration using a LOT string separated by commas + * @param config the rocket config to use + */ + void SetLastRocketConfig(std::u16string config); + + /** + * Gets the current level of the entity + * @return the current level of the entity + */ + const uint32_t GetLevel() const { return m_Level; } + + /** + * Sets the level of the entity + * @param level the level to set + */ + void SetLevel(uint32_t level) { m_Level = level; } + + /** + * Gets the universe score of the entity + * @return the universe score of the entity + */ + const int64_t GetUScore() const { return m_Uscore; } + + /** + * Sets the universe score for this entity + * @param uscore the universe score to set + */ + void SetUScore(int64_t uscore) { m_Uscore = uscore; } + + /** + * Gets the current activity that the character is partaking in, see ScriptedActivityComponent for more details + * @return the current activity that the character is partaking in + */ + const uint32_t GetCurrentActivity() const { return m_CurrentActivity; } + + /** + * Set the current activity of the character, see ScriptedActivityComponent for more details + * @param currentActivity the activity to set + */ + void SetCurrentActivity(uint32_t currentActivity) { m_CurrentActivity = currentActivity; m_DirtyCurrentActivity = true; } + + /** + * Gets if the entity is currently racing + * @return whether the entity is currently racing + */ + const bool GetIsRacing() const { return m_IsRacing; } + + /** + * Sets the state of whether the character is racing + * @param isRacing whether the character is racing + */ + void SetIsRacing(bool isRacing) { m_IsRacing = isRacing; } + + /** + * Gets the (optional) object ID of the vehicle the character is currently in + * @return the object ID of the vehilce the character is in + */ + const LWOOBJID GetVehicleObjectID() const { return m_VehicleObjectID; } + + /** + * Sets the (optional) object ID of the vehicle the character is currently in + * @param vehicleObjectID the ID of the vehicle the character is in + */ + void SetVehicleObjectID(LWOOBJID vehicleObjectID) { m_VehicleObjectID = vehicleObjectID; } + + /** + * Sets the possesible type that's currently used, merely used by the shooting gallery if it's 0 + * @param value the possesible type to set + */ + void SetPossessableType(uint8_t value) { m_PossessableType = value; } + + /** + * Gets whether this character has PvP enabled, allowing combat between players + * @return + */ + bool GetPvpEnabled() const; + + /** + * Sets the current value of PvP combat being enabled + * @param value whether to enable PvP combat + */ + void SetPvpEnabled(bool value); + + /** + * Gets the object ID of the rocket that was last used, allowing it to be rendered on launch pads + * @return the object ID of the rocket that was last used, if available + */ + LWOOBJID GetLastRocketItemID() const { return m_LastRocketItemID; } + + /** + * Sets the object ID of the last used rocket + * @param lastRocketItemID the object ID of the last used rocket + */ + void SetLastRocketItemID(LWOOBJID lastRocketItemID) { m_LastRocketItemID = lastRocketItemID; } + + /** + * Gives the player rewards for the last level that they leveled up from + */ + void HandleLevelUp(); + + /** + * Gets the name of this character + * @return the name of this character + */ + std::string GetName() const { return m_Character->GetName(); } + + /** + * Sets the GM level of the character, should be called in the entity. Here it's set for serialization + * @param gmlevel the gm level to set + */ + void SetGMLevel(int gmlevel); + + /** + * Initializes the player statistics from the string stored in the XML + * @param statisticsString the string to parse + */ + void InitializeStatisticsFromString(const std::string& statisticsString); + + /** + * Initializes all the statistics with empty stats when there's no stats available up until that point + */ + void InitializeEmptyStatistics(); + + /** + * Turns character statistics into a stats string + * @return the statistics of the character as a string, in order, split by semicolon (;) + */ + std::string StatisticsToString() const; + + /** + * Updates the statistics for when a user completes a mission + * @param mission the mission info to track + */ + void TrackMissionCompletion(bool isAchievement); + + /** + * Handles statistics related to collecting heart flags and imagination bricks + * @param lot the lot of the object that was collected + */ + void TrackLOTCollection(LOT lot); + + /** + * Handles a change in health and updates the statistics + * @param health the health delta + */ + void TrackHealthDelta(int32_t health); + + /** + * Handles a change in imagination and updates the statistics + * @param imagination the imagination delta + */ + void TrackImaginationDelta(int32_t imagination); + + /** + * Handles a change in armor and updates the statistics + * @param armor the armor delta + */ + void TrackArmorDelta(int32_t armor); + + /** + * Handles completing a rebuild by updating the statistics + */ + void TrackRebuildComplete(); + + /** + * Tracks a player completing the race, also updates stats + * @param won whether the player won the race + */ + void TrackRaceCompleted(bool won); + + /** + * Tracks an updated position for a player + */ + void TrackPositionUpdate(const NiPoint3& newPosition); + + /** + * Handles a zone statistic update + * @param zoneID the zone that the stat belongs to + * @param name the name of the stat + * @param value the delta update for the stat + */ + void HandleZoneStatisticsUpdate(LWOMAPID zoneID, const std::u16string& name, int32_t value); + + /** + * Allows one to generically update a statistic + * @param updateID the 1-indexed ID of the statistic in the order of definition below + * @param updateValue the value to update the statistic with + */ + void UpdatePlayerStatistic(StatisticID updateID, uint64_t updateValue = 1); + +private: + /** + * Character info regarding this character, including clothing styles, etc. + */ + Character* m_Character; + + /** + * Whether this character is racing + */ + bool m_IsRacing; + + /** + * The object ID of the vehicle the character is currently in + */ + LWOOBJID m_VehicleObjectID; + + /** + * Possessible type, used by the shooting gallery + */ + uint8_t m_PossessableType = 1; + + /** + * Level of the entity + */ + uint32_t m_Level; + + /** + * Universe score of the entity + */ + int64_t m_Uscore; + + /** + * Whether the character is landing by rocket + */ + bool m_IsLanding; + + /** + * The configuration of the last used rocket, essentially a string of LOTs separated by commas + */ + std::u16string m_LastRocketConfig; + + /** + * Whether the GM info has been changed + */ + bool m_DirtyGMInfo = false; + + /** + * Whether PvP is enabled for this entity + */ + bool m_PvpEnabled; + + /** + * Whether this entity is a GM + */ + bool m_IsGM; + + /** + * The current GM level of this character (anything > 0 counts as a GM) + */ + unsigned char m_GMLevel; + + /** + * Whether the character has HF enabled + */ + bool m_EditorEnabled; + + /** + * The level of the character in HF + */ + unsigned char m_EditorLevel; + + /** + * Whether the currently active activity has been changed + */ + bool m_DirtyCurrentActivity = false; + + /** + * The ID of the curently active activity + */ + int m_CurrentActivity; + + /** + * Whether the social info has been changed + */ + bool m_DirtySocialInfo = false; + + /** + * The guild this character is in + */ + LWOOBJID m_GuildID; + + /** + * The name of the guild this character is in + */ + std::u16string m_GuildName; + + /** + * Whether this character is a lego club member + */ + bool m_IsLEGOClubMember; + + /** + * The country code that the character is from + */ + int m_CountryCode; + + /** + * Returns whether the landing animation is enabled for a certain zone + * @param zoneID the zone to check for + * @return whether the landing animation is enabled for that zone + */ + bool LandingAnimDisabled(int zoneID); + + /** + * Returns the statistics for a certain statistics ID, from a statistics string + * @param split the statistics string to look in + * @param index the statistics ID in the string + * @return the integer value of this statistic, parsed from the string + */ + static uint64_t GetStatisticFromSplit(std::vector split, uint32_t index); + + /** + * Gets all the statistics for a certain map, if it doesn't exist, it creates empty stats + * @param mapID the ID of the zone to get statistics for + * @return the statistics for the zone + */ + ZoneStatistics& GetZoneStatisticsForMap(const LWOMAPID mapID); + + /** + * The last time we saved this character, used to update the total time played + */ + time_t m_LastUpdateTimestamp; + + /** + * The total time the character has played, in MS + */ + uint64_t m_TotalTimePlayed; + + /** + * The total amount of currency collected by this character + */ + uint64_t m_CurrencyCollected; + + /** + * The total amount of bricks collected by this character + */ + uint64_t m_BricksCollected; + + /** + * The total amount of entities smashed by this character + */ + uint64_t m_SmashablesSmashed; + + /** + * The total amount of quickbuilds completed by this character + */ + uint64_t m_QuickBuildsCompleted; + + /** + * The total amount of enemies killd by this character + */ + uint64_t m_EnemiesSmashed; + + /** + * The total amount of rockets used by this character + */ + uint64_t m_RocketsUsed; + + /** + * The total amount of missions completed by this character + */ + uint64_t m_MissionsCompleted; + + /** + * The total number of pets tamed by this character + */ + uint64_t m_PetsTamed; + + /** + * The total amount of imagination powerups collected by this character, this includes the ones in racing + */ + uint64_t m_ImaginationPowerUpsCollected; + + /** + * The total amount of life powerups collected (note: not the total amount of life gained) + */ + uint64_t m_LifePowerUpsCollected; + + /** + * The total amount of armor powerups collected (note: not the total amount of armor gained) + */ + uint64_t m_ArmorPowerUpsCollected; + + /** + * Total amount of meters traveled by this character + */ + uint64_t m_MetersTraveled; + + /** + * Total amount of times this character was smashed, either by other entities or by going out of bounds + */ + uint64_t m_TimesSmashed; + + /** + * The total amount of damage inflicted on this character + */ + uint64_t m_TotalDamageTaken; + + /** + * The total amount of damage healed by this character (excludes armor polish, etc) + */ + uint64_t m_TotalDamageHealed; + + /** + * Total amount of armor repaired by this character + */ + uint64_t m_TotalArmorRepaired; + + /** + * Total amount of imagination resored by this character + */ + uint64_t m_TotalImaginationRestored; + + /** + * Total amount of imagination used by this character + */ + uint64_t m_TotalImaginationUsed; + + /** + * Amount of distance driven, mutually exclusively tracked to meters travelled based on whether the charcter + * is currently driving + */ + uint64_t m_DistanceDriven; + + /** + * Time airborne in a car, currently untracked. + * Honestly, who even cares about this. + */ + uint64_t m_TimeAirborneInCar; + + /** + * Amount of imagination powerups found on racing tracks being collected, generally triggered by scripts + */ + uint64_t m_RacingImaginationPowerUpsCollected; + + /** + * Total amount of racing imagination crates smashed, generally tracked by scripts + */ + uint64_t m_RacingImaginationCratesSmashed; + + /** + * The amount of times this character triggered a car boost + */ + uint64_t m_RacingCarBoostsActivated; + + /** + * The amount of times a car of this character was wrecked + */ + uint64_t m_RacingTimesWrecked; + + /** + * The amount of entities smashed by the character while driving + */ + uint64_t m_RacingSmashablesSmashed; + + /** + * The total amount of races completed by this character + */ + uint64_t m_RacesFinished; + + /** + * The total amount of races won by this character + */ + uint64_t m_FirstPlaceRaceFinishes; + + /** + * Special stats which are tracked per zone + */ + std::map m_ZoneStatistics {}; + + /** + * ID of the last rocket used + */ + LWOOBJID m_LastRocketItemID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; +}; + +#endif // CHARACTERCOMPONENT_H diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/Component.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/Component.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1a38b871 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/Component.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +#include "Component.h" + + +Component::Component(Entity* parent) +{ + m_Parent = parent; +} + +Component::~Component() +{ + +} + +Entity* Component::GetParent() const +{ + return m_Parent; +} + +void Component::Update(float deltaTime) +{ + +} + +void Component::OnUse(Entity* originator) +{ + +} + +void Component::UpdateXml(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* doc) +{ + +} + +void Component::LoadFromXml(tinyxml2::XMLDocument *doc) { + +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/Component.h b/dGame/dComponents/Component.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b84537bc --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/Component.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "../thirdparty/tinyxml2/tinyxml2.h" + +class Entity; + +/** + * Component base class, provides methods for game loop updates, usage events and loading and saving to XML. + */ +class Component +{ +public: + Component(Entity* parent); + virtual ~Component(); + + /** + * Gets the owner of this component + * @return the owner of this component + */ + Entity* GetParent() const; + + /** + * Updates the component in the game loop + * @param deltaTime time passed since last update + */ + virtual void Update(float deltaTime); + + /** + * Event called when this component is being used, e.g. when some entity interacted with it + * @param originator + */ + virtual void OnUse(Entity* originator); + + /** + * Save data from this componennt to character XML + * @param doc the document to write data to + */ + virtual void UpdateXml(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* doc); + + /** + * Load base data for this component from character XML + * @param doc the document to read data from + */ + virtual void LoadFromXml(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* doc); + +protected: + + /** + * The entity that owns this component + */ + Entity* m_Parent; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/ControllablePhysicsComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/ControllablePhysicsComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..922ae55d --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/ControllablePhysicsComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,233 @@ +#include "ControllablePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "Game.h" + +#include "dpWorld.h" +#include "dpEntity.h" +#include "CDPhysicsComponentTable.h" +#include "CDComponentsRegistryTable.h" +#include "CDClientManager.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Character.h" + +ControllablePhysicsComponent::ControllablePhysicsComponent(Entity* entity) : Component(entity) { + m_Position = {}; + m_Rotation = NiQuaternion::IDENTITY; + m_Velocity = {}; + m_AngularVelocity = {}; + m_InJetpackMode = false; + m_IsOnGround = true; + m_IsOnRail = false; + m_DirtyPosition = true; + m_DirtyVelocity = true; + m_DirtyAngularVelocity = true; + m_dpEntity = nullptr; + m_Static = false; + m_SpeedMultiplier = 1; + m_GravityScale = 1; + m_DirtyCheats = false; + m_IgnoreMultipliers = false; + + if (entity->GetLOT() != 1) // Other physics entities we care about will be added by BaseCombatAI + return; + + if (entity->GetLOT() == 1) { + Game::logger->Log("ControllablePhysicsComponent", "Using patch to load minifig physics\n"); + + float radius = 1.5f; + m_dpEntity = new dpEntity(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), radius, false); + m_dpEntity->SetCollisionGroup(COLLISION_GROUP_DYNAMIC | COLLISION_GROUP_FRIENDLY); + dpWorld::Instance().AddEntity(m_dpEntity); + } +} + +ControllablePhysicsComponent::~ControllablePhysicsComponent() { + if (m_dpEntity) { + dpWorld::Instance().RemoveEntity(m_dpEntity); + } +} + +void ControllablePhysicsComponent::Update(float deltaTime) { + +} + +void ControllablePhysicsComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags) { + //If this is a creation, then we assume the position is dirty, even when it isn't. + //This is because new clients will still need to receive the position. + //if (bIsInitialUpdate) m_DirtyPosition = true; + + if (bIsInitialUpdate) { + outBitStream->Write(m_InJetpackMode); + if (m_InJetpackMode) { + outBitStream->Write(m_JetpackEffectID); + outBitStream->Write(m_JetpackFlying); + outBitStream->Write(m_JetpackBypassChecks); + } + + outBitStream->Write0(); //This contains info about immunities, but for now I'm leaving it out. + } + + if (m_SpeedMultiplier < 1.0f) { + m_DirtyCheats = false; + } + + if (m_IgnoreMultipliers) { + m_DirtyCheats = false; + } + + outBitStream->Write(m_DirtyCheats); + if (m_DirtyCheats) { + outBitStream->Write(m_GravityScale); + outBitStream->Write(m_SpeedMultiplier); + + m_DirtyCheats = false; + } + + outBitStream->Write0(); + outBitStream->Write0(); + + outBitStream->Write(m_DirtyPosition || bIsInitialUpdate); + if (m_DirtyPosition || bIsInitialUpdate) { + outBitStream->Write(m_Position.x); + outBitStream->Write(m_Position.y); + outBitStream->Write(m_Position.z); + + outBitStream->Write(m_Rotation.x); + outBitStream->Write(m_Rotation.y); + outBitStream->Write(m_Rotation.z); + outBitStream->Write(m_Rotation.w); + + outBitStream->Write(m_IsOnGround); + outBitStream->Write(m_IsOnRail); + + outBitStream->Write(m_DirtyVelocity); + if (m_DirtyVelocity) { + outBitStream->Write(m_Velocity.x); + outBitStream->Write(m_Velocity.y); + outBitStream->Write(m_Velocity.z); + } + + outBitStream->Write(m_DirtyAngularVelocity); + if (m_DirtyAngularVelocity) { + outBitStream->Write(m_AngularVelocity.x); + outBitStream->Write(m_AngularVelocity.y); + outBitStream->Write(m_AngularVelocity.z); + } + + outBitStream->Write0(); + } + + if (!bIsInitialUpdate) outBitStream->Write0(); +} + +void ControllablePhysicsComponent::LoadFromXML(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* doc) { + tinyxml2::XMLElement* character = doc->FirstChildElement("obj")->FirstChildElement("char"); + if (!character) { + Game::logger->Log("ControllablePhysicsComponent", "Failed to find char tag!\n"); + return; + } + + m_Parent->GetCharacter()->LoadXmlRespawnCheckpoints(); + + character->QueryAttribute("lzx", &m_Position.x); + character->QueryAttribute("lzy", &m_Position.y); + character->QueryAttribute("lzz", &m_Position.z); + character->QueryAttribute("lzrx", &m_Rotation.x); + character->QueryAttribute("lzry", &m_Rotation.y); + character->QueryAttribute("lzrz", &m_Rotation.z); + character->QueryAttribute("lzrw", &m_Rotation.w); + + m_DirtyPosition = true; +} + +void ControllablePhysicsComponent::ResetFlags() { + m_DirtyAngularVelocity = false; + m_DirtyPosition = false; + m_DirtyVelocity = false; +} + +void ControllablePhysicsComponent::UpdateXml(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* doc) { + tinyxml2::XMLElement* character = doc->FirstChildElement("obj")->FirstChildElement("char"); + if (!character) { + Game::logger->Log("ControllablePhysicsComponent", "Failed to find char tag while updating XML!\n"); + return; + } + + character->SetAttribute("lzx", m_Position.x); + character->SetAttribute("lzy", m_Position.y); + character->SetAttribute("lzz", m_Position.z); + character->SetAttribute("lzrx", m_Rotation.x); + character->SetAttribute("lzry", m_Rotation.y); + character->SetAttribute("lzrz", m_Rotation.z); + character->SetAttribute("lzrw", m_Rotation.w); +} + +void ControllablePhysicsComponent::SetPosition(const NiPoint3& pos) { + if (m_Static) { + return; + } + + m_Position.x = pos.x; + m_Position.y = pos.y; + m_Position.z = pos.z; + m_DirtyPosition = true; + + if (m_dpEntity) m_dpEntity->SetPosition(pos); +} + +void ControllablePhysicsComponent::SetRotation(const NiQuaternion& rot) { + if (m_Static) { + return; + } + + m_Rotation = rot; + m_DirtyPosition = true; + + if (m_dpEntity) m_dpEntity->SetRotation(rot); +} + +void ControllablePhysicsComponent::SetVelocity(const NiPoint3& vel) { + if (m_Static) { + return; + } + + m_Velocity = vel; + m_DirtyPosition = true; + m_DirtyVelocity = true; + + if (m_dpEntity) m_dpEntity->SetVelocity(vel); +} + +void ControllablePhysicsComponent::SetAngularVelocity(const NiPoint3& vel) { + if (m_Static) { + return; + } + + m_AngularVelocity = vel; + m_DirtyPosition = true; + m_DirtyAngularVelocity = true; +} + +void ControllablePhysicsComponent::SetIsOnGround(bool val) { + m_DirtyPosition = true; + m_IsOnGround = val; +} + +void ControllablePhysicsComponent::SetIsOnRail(bool val) { + m_DirtyPosition = true; + m_IsOnRail = val; +} + +void ControllablePhysicsComponent::SetDirtyPosition(bool val) { + m_DirtyPosition = val; +} + +void ControllablePhysicsComponent::SetDirtyVelocity(bool val) { + m_DirtyVelocity = val; +} + +void ControllablePhysicsComponent::SetDirtyAngularVelocity(bool val) { + m_DirtyAngularVelocity = val; +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/ControllablePhysicsComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/ControllablePhysicsComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..50ec4f26 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/ControllablePhysicsComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,318 @@ +#ifndef CONTROLLABLEPHYSICSCOMPONENT_H +#define CONTROLLABLEPHYSICSCOMPONENT_H + +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "NiPoint3.h" +#include "NiQuaternion.h" +#include "tinyxml2.h" +#include "Component.h" + +class Entity; +class dpEntity; + +/** + * Handles the movement of controllable Entities, e.g. enemies and players + */ +class ControllablePhysicsComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_CONTROLLABLE_PHYSICS; + + ControllablePhysicsComponent(Entity* entity); + ~ControllablePhysicsComponent() override; + + void Update(float deltaTime); + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags); + void LoadFromXML(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* doc); + void ResetFlags(); + void UpdateXml(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* doc) override; + + /** + * Sets the position of this entity, also ensures this update is serialized next tick. + * If the entity is static, this is a no-op. + * @param pos The position to set + */ + void SetPosition(const NiPoint3& pos); + + /** + * Returns the current position of the entity + * @return The current position of the entity + */ + const NiPoint3& GetPosition() const { return m_Position; } + + /** + * Sets the rotation of this entity, ensures this change is serialized next tick. If the entity is static, this is + * a no-op. + * @param rot the rotation to set + */ + void SetRotation(const NiQuaternion& rot); + + /** + * Returns the current rotation of this entity + * @return the current rotation of this entity + */ + const NiQuaternion& GetRotation() const { return m_Rotation; } + + /** + * Sets the current velocity of this entity, ensures that this change is serialized next tick. If the entity is + * marked as static this is a no-op. + * @param vel the velocity to set + */ + void SetVelocity(const NiPoint3& vel); + + /** + * Returns the current velocity of this entity + * @return the current velocity of this entity + */ + const NiPoint3& GetVelocity() const { return m_Velocity; } + + /** + * Sets the angular velocity (e.g. rotational velocity) of this entity and ensures this is serialized next tick. + * If the entity is marked as static this is a no-op. + * @param vel the angular velocity to set. + */ + void SetAngularVelocity(const NiPoint3& vel); + + /** + * Returns the current angular velocity of this entity + * @return the current angular velocity of this entity + */ + const NiPoint3& GetAngularVelocity() const { return m_AngularVelocity; } + + /** + * Sets the IsOnGround value, determining whether or not the entity is stuck to the ground. Note that this is mostly + * a client side flag as no server-side entities jump around and therefore this does not have to be updated server + * side. + * @param val whether the entity is on the ground. + */ + void SetIsOnGround(bool val); + + /** + * Returns whether or not the entity is currently on the ground + * @return whether the entity is currently on the ground + */ + const bool GetIsOnGround() const { return m_IsOnGround; } + + /** + * Sets the on-rail parameter, determining if a player is currently on a rail (e.g. the lamps in Ninjago). + * Also ensures that this change is serialized. + * @param val whether the player is currently on a rail + */ + void SetIsOnRail(bool val); + + /** + * Returns whether or not this entity is currently on a rail. + * @return whether or not this entity is currently on a rail + */ + const bool GetIsOnRail() const { return m_IsOnRail; } + + /** + * Mark the position as dirty, forcing a serialization update next tick + * @param val whether or not the position is dirty + */ + void SetDirtyPosition(bool val); + + /** + * Mark the velocity as dirty, forcing a serializtion update next tick + * @param val whether or not the velocity is dirty + */ + void SetDirtyVelocity(bool val); + + /** + * Mark the angular velocity as dirty, forcing a serialization update next tick + * @param val whether or not the angular velocity is dirty + */ + void SetDirtyAngularVelocity(bool val); + + /** + * Sets whether or not the entity is currently wearing a jetpack + * @param val whether or not the entity is currently wearing a jetpack + */ + void SetInJetpackMode(bool val) { m_InJetpackMode = val; } + + /** + * Returns whether or not the entity is currently wearing a jetpack + * @return whether or not the entity is currently wearing a jetpack + */ + const bool GetInJetpackMode() const { return m_InJetpackMode; } + + /** + * Sets whether or not the entity is currently flying a jetpack + * @param val whether or not the entity is currently flying a jetpack + */ + void SetJetpackFlying(bool val) { m_JetpackFlying = val; } + + /** + * Returns whether or not an entity is currently flying a jetpack + * @return whether or not an entity is currently flying a jetpack + */ + const bool GetJetpackFlying() const { return m_JetpackFlying; } + + /** + * UNUSED: necessary for serialization + */ + void SetJetpackBypassChecks(bool val) { m_JetpackBypassChecks = val; } + + /** + * UNUSUED: necessary for serialization + */ + const bool GetJetpackBypassChecks() const { return m_JetpackBypassChecks; } + + /** + * Set the jetpack effect ID + * @param effectID the effect to play while using the jetpack + */ + void SetJetpackEffectID(int effectID) { m_JetpackEffectID = effectID; } + + /** + * Returns the current jetpack effect ID + * @return the current jetpack effect ID + */ + const int GetJetpackEffectID() const { return m_JetpackEffectID; } + + /** + * Sets a speed multiplier, altering the entities speed + * @param value the multiplier to set + */ + void SetSpeedMultiplier(float value) { m_SpeedMultiplier = value; m_DirtyCheats = true; } + + /** + * Returns the current speed multiplier + * @return the current speed multiplier + */ + const float GetSpeedMultiplier() const { return m_SpeedMultiplier; } + + /** + * Sets the current gravity scale, allowing the entity to move using altered gravity + * @param value the gravity value to set + */ + void SetGravityScale(float value) { m_GravityScale = value; m_DirtyCheats = true; } + + /** + * Returns the current gravity scale + * @return the current gravity scale + */ + const float GetGravityScale() const { return m_GravityScale; } + + /** + * Sets the ignore multipliers value, allowing you to skip the serialization of speed and gravity multipliers + * @param value whether or not to ignore multipliers + */ + void SetIgnoreMultipliers(bool value) { m_IgnoreMultipliers = value; } + + /** + * Returns the current ignore multipliers value + * @return the current ignore multipliers value + */ + const bool GetIgnoreMultipliers() const { return m_IgnoreMultipliers; } + + /** + * Can make an entity static, making it unable to move around + * @param value whether or not the entity is static + */ + void SetStatic(const bool value) { m_Static = value; } + + /** + * Returns whether or not this entity is currently static + * @return whether or not this entity is currently static + */ + bool GetStatic() const { return m_Static; } + +private: + /** + * The entity that owns this component + */ + dpEntity* m_dpEntity; + + /** + * Whether or not the position is dirty, forcing a serialization update of the position + */ + bool m_DirtyPosition; + + /** + * The current position of the entity + */ + NiPoint3 m_Position; + + /** + * The current rotation of the entity + */ + NiQuaternion m_Rotation; + + /** + * Whether or not the velocity is dirty, forcing a serialization of the velocity + */ + bool m_DirtyVelocity; + + /** + * The current velocity of the entity + */ + NiPoint3 m_Velocity; + + /** + * Whether or not the angular velocity is dirty, forcing a serialization + */ + bool m_DirtyAngularVelocity; + + /** + * The current angular velocity of the entity + */ + NiPoint3 m_AngularVelocity; + + /** + * Whether or not the entity is on the ground, generally unused + */ + bool m_IsOnGround; + + /** + * Whether or not the entity is on a rail, e.g. in Ninjago + */ + bool m_IsOnRail; + + /** + * Whether or not this entity has a jetpack equipped + */ + bool m_InJetpackMode; + + /** + * Whether or not this entity is currently flying a jetpack + */ + bool m_JetpackFlying; + + /** + * Bypass jetpack checks, currently unused + */ + bool m_JetpackBypassChecks; + + /** + * The effect that plays while using the jetpack + */ + int32_t m_JetpackEffectID; + + /** + * The current speed multiplier, allowing an entity to run faster + */ + float m_SpeedMultiplier; + + /** + * The current gravity scale, allowing an entity to move at an altered gravity + */ + float m_GravityScale; + + /** + * Forces a serialization of the speed multiplier and the gravity scale + */ + bool m_DirtyCheats; + + /** + * Makes it so that the speed multiplier and gravity scale are no longer serialized if false + */ + bool m_IgnoreMultipliers; + + /** + * Whether this entity is static, making it unable to move + */ + bool m_Static; +}; + +#endif // CONTROLLABLEPHYSICSCOMPONENT_H diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/DestroyableComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/DestroyableComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cd67b845 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/DestroyableComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,965 @@ +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "Game.h" + +#include "AMFFormat.h" +#include "AMFFormat_BitStream.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "User.h" +#include "CDClientManager.h" +#include "CDDestructibleComponentTable.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "RebuildComponent.h" +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "Loot.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "Spawner.h" +#include "BaseCombatAIComponent.h" +#include "TeamManager.h" +#include "BuffComponent.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "Item.h" + +#include +#include + +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "CharacterComponent.h" + +DestroyableComponent::DestroyableComponent(Entity* parent) : Component(parent) { + m_iArmor = 0; + m_fMaxArmor = 0.0f; + m_iImagination = 0; + m_fMaxImagination = 0.0f; + m_FactionIDs = std::vector(); + m_EnemyFactionIDs = std::vector(); + m_IsSmashable = false; + m_IsDead = false; + m_IsSmashed = false; + m_IsGMImmune = false; + m_IsShielded = false; + m_DamageToAbsorb = 0; + m_HasBricks = false; + m_DirtyThreatList = false; + m_HasThreats = false; + m_ExplodeFactor = 1.0f; + m_iHealth = 0; + m_fMaxHealth = 0; + m_AttacksToBlock = 0; + m_LootMatrixID = 0; + m_MinCoins = 0; + m_MaxCoins = 0; + m_ImmuneStacks = 0; + m_DamageReduction = 0; +} + +DestroyableComponent::~DestroyableComponent() { +} + +void DestroyableComponent::Reinitialize(LOT templateID) { + CDComponentsRegistryTable* compRegistryTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ComponentsRegistry"); + + int32_t buffComponentID = compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(templateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_BUFF); + int32_t collectibleComponentID = compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(templateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_COLLECTIBLE); + int32_t rebuildComponentID = compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(templateID, COMPONENT_TYPE_REBUILD); + + int32_t componentID = 0; + if (collectibleComponentID > 0) componentID = collectibleComponentID; + if (rebuildComponentID > 0) componentID = rebuildComponentID; + if (buffComponentID > 0) componentID = buffComponentID; + + CDDestructibleComponentTable* destCompTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("DestructibleComponent"); + std::vector destCompData = destCompTable->Query([=](CDDestructibleComponent entry) { return (entry.id == componentID); }); + + if (componentID > 0) { + std::vector destCompData = destCompTable->Query([=](CDDestructibleComponent entry) { return (entry.id == componentID); }); + + if (destCompData.size() > 0) { + SetHealth(destCompData[0].life); + SetImagination(destCompData[0].imagination); + SetArmor(destCompData[0].armor); + + SetMaxHealth(destCompData[0].life); + SetMaxImagination(destCompData[0].imagination); + SetMaxArmor(destCompData[0].armor); + + SetIsSmashable(destCompData[0].isSmashable); + } + } + else { + SetHealth(1); + SetImagination(0); + SetArmor(0); + + SetMaxHealth(1); + SetMaxImagination(0); + SetMaxArmor(0); + + SetIsSmashable(true); + } +} + +void DestroyableComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, uint32_t& flags) { + if (bIsInitialUpdate) { + outBitStream->Write0(); //Contains info about immunities this object has, but it's left out for now. + } + + outBitStream->Write(m_DirtyHealth || bIsInitialUpdate); + if (m_DirtyHealth || bIsInitialUpdate) { + outBitStream->Write(m_iHealth); + outBitStream->Write(m_fMaxHealth); + outBitStream->Write(m_iArmor); + outBitStream->Write(m_fMaxArmor); + outBitStream->Write(m_iImagination); + outBitStream->Write(m_fMaxImagination); + + outBitStream->Write(m_DamageToAbsorb); + outBitStream->Write(IsImmune()); + outBitStream->Write(m_IsGMImmune); + outBitStream->Write(m_IsShielded); + + outBitStream->Write(m_fMaxHealth); + outBitStream->Write(m_fMaxArmor); + outBitStream->Write(m_fMaxImagination); + + outBitStream->Write(uint32_t(m_FactionIDs.size())); + for (size_t i = 0; i < m_FactionIDs.size(); ++i) { + outBitStream->Write(m_FactionIDs[i]); + } + + outBitStream->Write(m_IsSmashable); + + if (bIsInitialUpdate) { + outBitStream->Write(m_IsDead); + outBitStream->Write(m_IsSmashed); + + if (m_IsSmashable) { + outBitStream->Write(m_HasBricks); + + if (m_ExplodeFactor != 1.0f) { + outBitStream->Write1(); + outBitStream->Write(m_ExplodeFactor); + } else { + outBitStream->Write0(); + } + } + } + + m_DirtyHealth = false; + } + + if (m_DirtyThreatList || bIsInitialUpdate) { + outBitStream->Write1(); + outBitStream->Write(m_HasThreats); + m_DirtyThreatList = false; + } else { + outBitStream->Write0(); + } +} + +void DestroyableComponent::LoadFromXML(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* doc) { + tinyxml2::XMLElement* dest = doc->FirstChildElement("obj")->FirstChildElement("dest"); + if (!dest) { + Game::logger->Log("DestroyableComponent", "Failed to find dest tag!\n"); + return; + } + + auto* buffComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + + if (buffComponent != nullptr) { + buffComponent->LoadFromXML(doc); + } + + dest->QueryAttribute("hc", &m_iHealth); + dest->QueryAttribute("hm", &m_fMaxHealth); + dest->QueryAttribute("im", &m_fMaxImagination); + dest->QueryAttribute("ic", &m_iImagination); + dest->QueryAttribute("ac", &m_iArmor); + dest->QueryAttribute("am", &m_fMaxArmor); + m_DirtyHealth = true; +} + +void DestroyableComponent::UpdateXml(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* doc) { + tinyxml2::XMLElement* dest = doc->FirstChildElement("obj")->FirstChildElement("dest"); + if (!dest) { + Game::logger->Log("DestroyableComponent", "Failed to find dest tag!\n"); + return; + } + + auto* buffComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + + if (buffComponent != nullptr) { + buffComponent->UpdateXml(doc); + } + + dest->SetAttribute("hc", m_iHealth); + dest->SetAttribute("hm", m_fMaxHealth); + dest->SetAttribute("im", m_fMaxImagination); + dest->SetAttribute("ic", m_iImagination); + dest->SetAttribute("ac", m_iArmor); + dest->SetAttribute("am", m_fMaxArmor); +} + +void DestroyableComponent::SetHealth(int32_t value) { + m_DirtyHealth = true; + + auto* characterComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + if (characterComponent != nullptr) { + characterComponent->TrackHealthDelta(value - m_iHealth); + } + + m_iHealth = value; +} + +void DestroyableComponent::SetMaxHealth(float value, bool playAnim) { + m_DirtyHealth = true; + m_fMaxHealth = value; + + if (m_iHealth > m_fMaxHealth) { + m_iHealth = m_fMaxHealth; + } + + if (playAnim) { + // Now update the player bar + if (!m_Parent->GetParentUser()) return; + AMFStringValue* amount = new AMFStringValue(); + amount->SetStringValue(std::to_string(value)); + AMFStringValue* type = new AMFStringValue(); + type->SetStringValue("health"); + + AMFArrayValue args; + args.InsertValue("amount", amount); + args.InsertValue("type", type); + + GameMessages::SendUIMessageServerToSingleClient(m_Parent, m_Parent->GetParentUser()->GetSystemAddress(), "MaxPlayerBarUpdate", &args); + + delete amount; + delete type; + } + else { + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + } +} + +void DestroyableComponent::SetArmor(int32_t value) { + m_DirtyHealth = true; + + auto* characterComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + if (characterComponent != nullptr) { + characterComponent->TrackArmorDelta(value - m_iArmor); + } + + m_iArmor = value; + + auto* inventroyComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + if (m_iArmor == 0 && inventroyComponent != nullptr) { + inventroyComponent->TriggerPassiveAbility(PassiveAbilityTrigger::SentinelArmor); + } +} + +void DestroyableComponent::SetMaxArmor(float value, bool playAnim) { + m_DirtyHealth = true; + m_fMaxArmor = value; + + if (m_iArmor > m_fMaxArmor) { + m_iArmor = m_fMaxArmor; + } + + if (playAnim) { + // Now update the player bar + if (!m_Parent->GetParentUser()) return; + AMFStringValue* amount = new AMFStringValue(); + amount->SetStringValue(std::to_string(value)); + AMFStringValue* type = new AMFStringValue(); + type->SetStringValue("armor"); + + AMFArrayValue args; + args.InsertValue("amount", amount); + args.InsertValue("type", type); + + GameMessages::SendUIMessageServerToSingleClient(m_Parent, m_Parent->GetParentUser()->GetSystemAddress(), "MaxPlayerBarUpdate", &args); + + delete amount; + delete type; + } + else { + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + } +} + +void DestroyableComponent::SetImagination(int32_t value) { + m_DirtyHealth = true; + + auto* characterComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + if (characterComponent != nullptr) { + characterComponent->TrackImaginationDelta(value - m_iImagination); + } + + m_iImagination = value; + + auto* inventroyComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + if (m_iImagination == 0 && inventroyComponent != nullptr) { + inventroyComponent->TriggerPassiveAbility(PassiveAbilityTrigger::AssemblyImagination); + } +} + +void DestroyableComponent::SetMaxImagination(float value, bool playAnim) { + m_DirtyHealth = true; + m_fMaxImagination = value; + + if (m_iImagination > m_fMaxImagination) { + m_iImagination = m_fMaxImagination; + } + + if (playAnim) { + // Now update the player bar + if (!m_Parent->GetParentUser()) return; + AMFStringValue* amount = new AMFStringValue(); + amount->SetStringValue(std::to_string(value)); + AMFStringValue* type = new AMFStringValue(); + type->SetStringValue("imagination"); + + AMFArrayValue args; + args.InsertValue("amount", amount); + args.InsertValue("type", type); + + GameMessages::SendUIMessageServerToSingleClient(m_Parent, m_Parent->GetParentUser()->GetSystemAddress(), "MaxPlayerBarUpdate", &args); + + delete amount; + delete type; + } + else { + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + } +} + +void DestroyableComponent::SetDamageToAbsorb(int32_t value) +{ + m_DirtyHealth = true; + m_DamageToAbsorb = value; +} + +void DestroyableComponent::SetDamageReduction(int32_t value) +{ + m_DirtyHealth = true; + m_DamageReduction = value; +} + +void DestroyableComponent::SetIsImmune(bool value) +{ + m_DirtyHealth = true; + m_ImmuneStacks = value ? 1 : 0; +} + +void DestroyableComponent::SetIsGMImmune(bool value) +{ + m_DirtyHealth = true; + m_IsGMImmune = value; +} + +void DestroyableComponent::SetIsShielded(bool value) +{ + m_DirtyHealth = true; + m_IsShielded = value; +} + +void DestroyableComponent::AddFaction(const int32_t factionID, const bool ignoreChecks) { + // Ignore factionID -1 + if (factionID == -1 && !ignoreChecks) { + return; + } + + m_FactionIDs.push_back(factionID); + m_DirtyHealth = true; + + std::stringstream query; + + query << "SELECT enemyList FROM Factions WHERE faction = " << std::to_string(factionID); + + auto result = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.str()); + + if (result.eof()) return; + + if (result.fieldIsNull(0)) return; + + const auto* list_string = result.getStringField(0); + + std::stringstream ss(list_string); + std::string token; + + while (std::getline(ss, token, ',')) { + if (token.empty()) continue; + + auto id = std::stoi(token); + + auto exclude = std::find(m_FactionIDs.begin(), m_FactionIDs.end(), id) != m_FactionIDs.end(); + + if (!exclude) + { + exclude = std::find(m_EnemyFactionIDs.begin(), m_EnemyFactionIDs.end(), id) != m_EnemyFactionIDs.end(); + } + + if (exclude) + { + continue; + } + + AddEnemyFaction(id); + } + + result.finalize(); +} + +bool DestroyableComponent::IsEnemy (const Entity* other) const { + const auto* otherDestroyableComponent = other->GetComponent(); + if (otherDestroyableComponent != nullptr) { + for (const auto enemyFaction : m_EnemyFactionIDs) { + for (const auto otherFaction : otherDestroyableComponent->GetFactionIDs()) { + if (enemyFaction == otherFaction) + return true; + } + } + } + + return false; +} + +bool DestroyableComponent::IsFriend (const Entity* other) const { + const auto* otherDestroyableComponent = other->GetComponent(); + if (otherDestroyableComponent != nullptr) { + for (const auto enemyFaction : m_EnemyFactionIDs) { + for (const auto otherFaction : otherDestroyableComponent->GetFactionIDs()) { + if (enemyFaction == otherFaction) + return false; + } + } + + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +void DestroyableComponent::AddEnemyFaction(int32_t factionID) +{ + m_EnemyFactionIDs.push_back(factionID); +} + + +void DestroyableComponent::SetIsSmashable(bool value) { + m_DirtyHealth = true; + m_IsSmashable = value; + //m_HasBricks = value; +} + +void DestroyableComponent::SetAttacksToBlock(const uint32_t value) +{ + m_AttacksToBlock = value; +} + +bool DestroyableComponent::IsImmune() const +{ + return m_ImmuneStacks > 0 || m_IsGMImmune; +} + +bool DestroyableComponent::IsKnockbackImmune() const +{ + auto* characterComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + auto* inventoryComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + + if (characterComponent != nullptr && inventoryComponent != nullptr && characterComponent->GetCurrentActivity() == eGameActivities::ACTIVITY_QUICKBUILDING) { + const auto hasPassive = inventoryComponent->HasAnyPassive({ + ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::EngineerRank2, ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::EngineerRank3, + ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SummonerRank2, ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SummonerRank3, + ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::InventorRank2, ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::InventorRank3, + }, 5); + + if (hasPassive) { + return true; + } + } + + return IsImmune() || m_IsShielded || m_AttacksToBlock > 0; +} + +bool DestroyableComponent::HasFaction(int32_t factionID) const +{ + return std::find(m_FactionIDs.begin(), m_FactionIDs.end(), factionID) != m_FactionIDs.end(); +} + +LWOOBJID DestroyableComponent::GetKillerID() const +{ + return m_KillerID; +} + +Entity* DestroyableComponent::GetKiller() const +{ + return EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(m_KillerID); +} + +bool DestroyableComponent::CheckValidity(const LWOOBJID target, const bool ignoreFactions) const +{ + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(target); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("DestroyableComponent", "Invalid entity for checking validity (%llu)!\n", target); + + return false; + } + + auto* destroyable = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (destroyable == nullptr) + { + return false; + } + + auto* quickbuild = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (quickbuild != nullptr) + { + const auto state = quickbuild->GetState(); + + if (state != REBUILD_COMPLETED) + { + return false; + } + } + + if (ignoreFactions) + { + return true; + } + + auto enemyList = GetEnemyFactionsIDs(); + + auto candidateList = destroyable->GetFactionIDs(); + + for (auto value : candidateList) + { + if (std::find(enemyList.begin(), enemyList.end(), value) != enemyList.end()) + { + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + + +void DestroyableComponent::Heal(const uint32_t health) +{ + auto current = static_cast(GetHealth()); + const auto max = static_cast(GetMaxHealth()); + + current += health; + + current = std::min(current, max); + + SetHealth(current); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); +} + + +void DestroyableComponent::Imagine(const int32_t deltaImagination) +{ + auto current = static_cast(GetImagination()); + const auto max = static_cast(GetMaxImagination()); + + current += deltaImagination; + + current = std::min(current, max); + + if (current < 0) + { + current = 0; + } + + SetImagination(current); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); +} + + +void DestroyableComponent::Repair(const uint32_t armor) +{ + auto current = static_cast(GetArmor()); + const auto max = static_cast(GetMaxArmor()); + + current += armor; + + current = std::min(current, max); + + SetArmor(current); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); +} + + +void DestroyableComponent::Damage(uint32_t damage, const LWOOBJID source, bool echo) +{ + if (GetHealth() <= 0) + { + return; + } + + if (IsImmune()) + { + return; + } + + if (m_AttacksToBlock > 0) + { + m_AttacksToBlock--; + + return; + } + + // If this entity has damage reduction, reduce the damage to a minimum of 1 + if (m_DamageReduction > 0 && damage > 0) + { + if (damage > m_DamageReduction) + { + damage -= m_DamageReduction; + } + else + { + damage = 1; + } + } + + const auto sourceDamage = damage; + + auto absorb = static_cast(GetDamageToAbsorb()); + auto armor = static_cast(GetArmor()); + auto health = static_cast(GetHealth()); + + const auto absorbDamage = std::min(damage, absorb); + + damage -= absorbDamage; + absorb -= absorbDamage; + + const auto armorDamage = std::min(damage, armor); + + damage -= armorDamage; + armor -= armorDamage; + + health -= std::min(damage, health); + + SetDamageToAbsorb(absorb); + SetArmor(armor); + SetHealth(health); + SetIsShielded(absorb > 0); + + if (m_Parent->GetLOT() != 1) + { + echo = true; + } + + if (echo) + { + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + } + + auto* attacker = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(source); + m_Parent->OnHit(attacker); + m_Parent->OnHitOrHealResult(attacker, sourceDamage); + + for (const auto& cb : m_OnHitCallbacks) { + cb(attacker); + } + + if (health != 0) + { + auto* combatComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + + if (combatComponent != nullptr) + { + combatComponent->Taunt(source, sourceDamage * 10); // * 10 is arbatrary + } + + return; + } + + Smash(source); +} + +void DestroyableComponent::Smash(const LWOOBJID source, const eKillType killType, const std::u16string& deathType) +{ + if (m_iHealth > 0) + { + SetArmor(0); + SetHealth(0); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + } + + m_KillerID = source; + + auto* owner = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(source); + + if (owner != nullptr) + { + auto* team = TeamManager::Instance()->GetTeam(owner->GetObjectID()); + + owner = owner->GetOwner(); // If the owner is overwritten, we collect that here + + const auto isEnemy = m_Parent->GetComponent() != nullptr; + + auto* inventoryComponent = owner->GetComponent(); + + if (inventoryComponent != nullptr && isEnemy) + { + inventoryComponent->TriggerPassiveAbility(PassiveAbilityTrigger::EnemySmashed); + } + + auto* missions = owner->GetComponent(); + + if (missions != nullptr) + { + if (team != nullptr && isEnemy) + { + for (const auto memberId : team->members) + { + auto* member = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(memberId); + + if (member == nullptr) continue; + + auto* memberMissions = member->GetComponent(); + + if (memberMissions == nullptr) continue; + + memberMissions->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SMASH, m_Parent->GetLOT()); + } + } + else + { + missions->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SMASH, m_Parent->GetLOT()); + } + } + } + + const auto isPlayer = m_Parent->IsPlayer(); + + GameMessages::SendDie( + m_Parent, + source, + source, + true, + killType, + deathType, + 0, + 0, + 0, + isPlayer, + false, + 1 + ); + + //NANI?! + if (!isPlayer) + { + if (owner != nullptr) + { + auto* team = TeamManager::Instance()->GetTeam(owner->GetObjectID()); + + if (team != nullptr && m_Parent->GetComponent() != nullptr) + { + LWOOBJID specificOwner = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + if (team->lootOption == 0) // Round robin + { + specificOwner = TeamManager::Instance()->GetNextLootOwner(team); + } + + for (const auto memberId : team->members) + { + if (specificOwner != LWOOBJID_EMPTY && memberId != specificOwner) continue; + + auto* member = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(memberId); + + if (member == nullptr) continue; + + Loot::DropLoot(member, m_Parent, GetLootMatrixID(), GetMinCoins(), GetMaxCoins()); + } + } + else + { + Loot::DropLoot(owner, m_Parent, GetLootMatrixID(), GetMinCoins(), GetMaxCoins()); + } + } + } + else + { + auto* character = m_Parent->GetCharacter(); + + uint64_t coinsTotal = character->GetCoins(); + + if (coinsTotal > 0) + { + uint64_t coinsToLoose = 1; + + if (coinsTotal >= 200) + { + float hundreth = (coinsTotal / 100.0f); + coinsToLoose = static_cast(hundreth); + } + + if (coinsToLoose > 10000) + { + coinsToLoose = 10000; + } + + coinsTotal -= coinsToLoose; + + Loot::DropLoot(m_Parent, m_Parent, -1, coinsToLoose, coinsToLoose); + } + + character->SetCoins(coinsTotal); + + Entity* zoneControl = EntityManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlEntity(); + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(zoneControl)) { + script->OnPlayerDied(zoneControl, m_Parent); + } + + std::vector scriptedActs = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_SCRIPTED_ACTIVITY); + for (Entity* scriptEntity : scriptedActs) { + if (scriptEntity->GetObjectID() != zoneControl->GetObjectID()) { // Don't want to trigger twice on instance worlds + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(scriptEntity)) { + script->OnPlayerDied(scriptEntity, m_Parent); + } + } + } + } + + m_Parent->Kill(owner); +} + +void DestroyableComponent::SetFaction(int32_t factionID) { + m_FactionIDs.clear(); + m_EnemyFactionIDs.clear(); + + AddFaction(factionID); +} + +void DestroyableComponent::PushImmunity(int32_t stacks) +{ + m_ImmuneStacks += stacks; +} + +void DestroyableComponent::PopImmunity(int32_t stacks) +{ + m_ImmuneStacks -= stacks; +} + +void DestroyableComponent::FixStats() +{ + auto* entity = GetParent(); + + if (entity == nullptr) return; + + // Reset skill component and buff component + auto* skillComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + auto* buffComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + auto* missionComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + auto* inventoryComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + auto* destroyableComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + // If any of the components are nullptr, return + if (skillComponent == nullptr || buffComponent == nullptr || missionComponent == nullptr || inventoryComponent == nullptr || destroyableComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + // Save the current stats + int32_t currentHealth = destroyableComponent->GetHealth(); + int32_t currentArmor = destroyableComponent->GetArmor(); + int32_t currentImagination = destroyableComponent->GetImagination(); + + // Unequip all items + auto equipped = inventoryComponent->GetEquippedItems(); + + for (auto& equippedItem : equipped) + { + // Get the item with the item ID + auto* item = inventoryComponent->FindItemById(equippedItem.second.id); + + if (item == nullptr) + { + continue; + } + + // Unequip the item + item->UnEquip(); + } + + // Base stats + int32_t maxHealth = 4; + int32_t maxArmor = 0; + int32_t maxImagination = 0; + + // Go through all completed missions and add the reward stats + for (auto& pair : missionComponent->GetMissions()) + { + auto* mission = pair.second; + + if (!mission->IsComplete()) + { + continue; + } + + // Add the stats + const auto& info = mission->GetClientInfo(); + + maxHealth += info.reward_maxhealth; + maxImagination += info.reward_maximagination; + } + + // Set the base stats + destroyableComponent->SetMaxHealth(maxHealth); + destroyableComponent->SetMaxArmor(maxArmor); + destroyableComponent->SetMaxImagination(maxImagination); + + // Re-apply all buffs + buffComponent->ReApplyBuffs(); + + // Requip all items + for (auto& equippedItem : equipped) + { + // Get the item with the item ID + auto* item = inventoryComponent->FindItemById(equippedItem.second.id); + + if (item == nullptr) + { + continue; + } + + // Equip the item + item->Equip(); + } + + // Fetch correct max stats after everything is done + maxHealth = destroyableComponent->GetMaxHealth(); + maxArmor = destroyableComponent->GetMaxArmor(); + maxImagination = destroyableComponent->GetMaxImagination(); + + // If any of the current stats are more than their max, set them to the max + if (currentHealth > maxHealth) currentHealth = maxHealth; + if (currentArmor > maxArmor) currentArmor = maxArmor; + if (currentImagination > maxImagination) currentImagination = maxImagination; + + // Restore current stats + destroyableComponent->SetHealth(currentHealth); + destroyableComponent->SetArmor(currentArmor); + destroyableComponent->SetImagination(currentImagination); + + // Serialize the entity + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(entity); +} + +void DestroyableComponent::AddOnHitCallback(const std::function& callback) { + m_OnHitCallbacks.push_back(callback); +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/DestroyableComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/DestroyableComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6b81eccd --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/DestroyableComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,552 @@ +#ifndef DESTROYABLECOMPONENT_H +#define DESTROYABLECOMPONENT_H + +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include +#include "tinyxml2.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "Component.h" + +/** + * Represents the stats of an entity, for example its health, imagination and armor. Also handles factions, which + * indicate which enemies this entity has. + */ +class DestroyableComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_DESTROYABLE; + + DestroyableComponent(Entity* parentEntity); + ~DestroyableComponent() override; + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, uint32_t& flags); + void LoadFromXML(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* doc); + void UpdateXml(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* doc) override; + + /** + * Initializes the component using a different LOT + * @param templateID the ID to use for initialization + */ + void Reinitialize(LOT templateID); + + /** + * Sets the health of this entity. Makes sure this is serialized on the next tick and if this is a character its + * stats will also update. + * @param value the new health value + */ + void SetHealth(int32_t value); + + /** + * Heals the entity by some delta amount + * @param health the delta amount to heal + */ + void Heal(uint32_t health); + + /** + * Returns the current health of this entity + * @return the current health of this entity + */ + int32_t GetHealth() const { return m_iHealth; } + + /** + * Updates the max health this entity has (e.g. what it can heal to), and optionally displays a UI animation indicating that + * @param value the max health value to set + * @param playAnim whether or not to play a UI animation indicating the change in max health + */ + void SetMaxHealth(float value, bool playAnim = false); + + /** + * Returns the curent max health of this entity + * @return the current max health of this entity + */ + float GetMaxHealth() const { return m_fMaxHealth; } + + /** + * Sets the armor for this entity. This also makes sure this change is serialized and if this is a character it also + * updates their stats. + * @param value the armor value to set + */ + void SetArmor(int32_t value); + + /** + * Repairs armor of this entity, updating it by a delta amount + * @param armor the amount of armor to repair + */ + void Repair(uint32_t armor); + + /** + * Returns the current armor value for the entity + * @return the current armor value for the entity + */ + int32_t GetArmor() const { return m_iArmor; } + + /** + * Updates the max armor this entity has (e.g. what it can heal to), and optionally displays a UI animation indicating that + * @param value the max armor value to set + * @param playAnim whether or not to play a UI animation indicating the change in max armor + */ + void SetMaxArmor(float value, bool playAnim = false); + + /** + * Returns the current maximum armor this entity can have + * @return the current maximum armor this entity can have + */ + float GetMaxArmor() const { return m_fMaxArmor; } + + /** + * Sets the imagination value for this entity. Ensures that the change is serialized and if this is a character + * their stats will be updated. Can also trigger the assembly passive ability to restore on 0 imag. + * @param value + */ + void SetImagination(int32_t value); + + /** + * Updates the imagination of this entity by a delta amount + * @param deltaImagination the imagination to update + */ + void Imagine(int32_t deltaImagination); + + /** + * Returns the current imagination value of this entity + * @return the current imagination value of this entity + */ + int32_t GetImagination() const { return m_iImagination; } + + /** + * Updates the max imagination this entity has (e.g. what it can heal to), and optionally displays a UI animation indicating that + * @param value the max imagination value to set + * @param playAnim whether or not to play a UI animation indicating the change in max imagination + */ + void SetMaxImagination(float value, bool playAnim = false); + + /** + * Returns the current max imagination value + * @return the current max imagination value + */ + float GetMaxImagination() const { return m_fMaxImagination; } + + /** + * Sets the damage this entity can absorb before getting hurt, also serializes this change. + * @param value the damage to absorb + */ + void SetDamageToAbsorb(int32_t value); + + /** + * Returns the current damage to absorb + * @return the current damage to absorb + */ + int32_t GetDamageToAbsorb() const { return m_DamageToAbsorb; } + + /** + * Sets the reduced damage value for each attack for this entity, also serializes that change. + * @param value the damage to reduce for each attack + */ + void SetDamageReduction(int32_t value); + + /** + * Returns the current damage reduction value + * @return the current damage reduction value + */ + int32_t GetDamageReduction() const { return m_DamageReduction; } + + /** + * Sets whether or not this entity is immune to attacks + * @param value whether or not this entity is immune to attacks + */ + void SetIsImmune(bool value); + + /** + * Returns whether or not this entity is immune to attacks + * @return whether or not this entity is immune to attacks + */ + bool IsImmune() const; + + /** + * Sets if this entity has GM immunity, making it not killable + * @param value the GM immunity of this entity + */ + void SetIsGMImmune(bool value); + + /** + * Returns whether or not this entity has GM immunity + * @return whether or not this entity has GM immunity + */ + bool GetIsGMImmune() const { return m_IsGMImmune; } + + /** + * Sets whether or not this entity is shielded for a certain amount of damage + * @param value whether or not this entity is shielded for a certain amount of damage + */ + void SetIsShielded(bool value); + + /** + * Returns if this entity is currently shielded from damage + * @return if this entity is currently shielded from damage + */ + bool GetIsShielded() const { return m_IsShielded; } + + /** + * Adds a faction to the faction list of this entity, potentially making more factions friendly. Fetches the info + * from the CDClient. + * @param factionID the faction ID to add + * @param ignoreChecks whether or not to allow factionID -1 + */ + void AddFaction(int32_t factionID, bool ignoreChecks = false); + + /** + * Adds a faction ID to the enemy list + * @param factionID the faction ID to make an enemy + */ + void AddEnemyFaction(int32_t factionID); + + /** + * Sets whether or not this entity can be smashed, does not indicate the smashable glow, which is indicated by + * faction ids + * @param value whether or not this entity is smashable + */ + void SetIsSmashable(bool value); + + /** + * Returns whether or not this entity is smashable + * @return whether or not this entity is smashable + */ + bool GetIsSmashable() const { return m_IsSmashable; } + + /** + * Returns the current is-dead value, this is mostly unused + * @return the current is-dead value, this is mostly unused + */ + bool GetIsDead() const { return m_IsDead; } + + /** + * Returns the current is-smashed value, this is mostly unused + * @return the current is-smashed value, this is mostly unused + */ + bool GetIsSmashed() const { return m_IsSmashed; } + + /** + * Sets whether or not this entity has bricks flying out when smashed + * @param value whether or not this entity has bricks flying out when smashed + */ + void SetHasBricks(bool value); + + /** + * Returns whether or not this entity has bricks flying out when smashed + * @return whether or not this entity has bricks flying out when smashed + */ + bool GetHasBricks() const { return m_HasBricks; } + + /** + * Sets the multiplier for the explosion that's visible when the bricks fly out when this entity is smashed + * @param value the multiplier for the explosion that's visible when the bricks fly out when this entity is smashed + */ + void SetExplodeFactor(float value); + + /** + * Returns the current multiplier for explosions + * @return the current multiplier for explosions + */ + float GetExplodeFactor() const { return m_ExplodeFactor; } + + /** + * Sets the amount of attacks this entity can block before being able to be damaged again, useful for example for + * shields. + * @param value the amount of attacks this entity can block before being able to be damaged again + */ + void SetAttacksToBlock(uint32_t value); + + /** + * Returns the current amount of attacks this entity can block + * @return the current amount of attacks this entity can block + */ + uint32_t GetAttacksToBlock() const { return m_AttacksToBlock; } + + /** + * Sets whether or not this enemy currently has threats, NOTE: only here for serialization, has no use internally + * @param value whether or not this enemy currently has threats + */ + void SetHasThreats(bool value); + + /** + * Returns whether or not this entity currently has threats, NOTE: unused internally + * @return whether or not this entity currently has threats + */ + bool GetHasThreats() const { return m_HasThreats; } + + /** + * Returns whether or not this entity is knockback immune, based on whether it's quickbuilding or has assembly gear + * @return whether or not this entity is knockback immune + */ + bool IsKnockbackImmune() const; + + /** + * Sets the faction ID of this entity, overriding all previously set entries + * @param factionID the faction ID to set + */ + void SetFaction(int32_t factionID); + + /** + * Returns whether or not the provided entity is an enemy of this entity + * @param other the entity to check + * @return whether the provided entity is an enemy of this entity or not + */ + bool IsEnemy(const Entity *other) const; + + /** + * Returns whether or not the provided entity is a friend of this entity + * @param other the entity to check + * @return whether or not the provided entity is a friend of this entity + */ + bool IsFriend(const Entity *other) const; + + /** + * Returns all the faction IDs that this entity considers a friend + * @return all the faction IDs that this entity considers a friend + */ + const std::vector& GetFactionIDs() const { return m_FactionIDs; } + + /** + * Returns all the faction IDs that this entity considers an enemy + * @return all the faction IDs that this entity considers an enemy + */ + const std::vector& GetEnemyFactionsIDs() const { return m_EnemyFactionIDs; } + + /** + * Returns whether the provided faction is a friendly faction + * @param factionID the faction ID to check + * @return whether the provided faction is a friendly faction + */ + bool HasFaction(int32_t factionID) const; + + /** + * Sets the minimum amount of coins this entity drops when smashed + * @param minCoins the minimum amount of coins this entity drops when smashed + */ + void SetMinCoins(uint32_t minCoins) { m_MinCoins = minCoins; } + + /** + * Returns the minimum amount of coins this entity drops when smashed + * @return the minimum amount of coins this entity drops when smashed + */ + uint32_t GetMinCoins() const { return m_MinCoins; } + + /** + * Sets the maximum amount of coins this entity drops when smashed + * @param maxCoins the maximum amount of coins this entity drops when smashed + */ + void SetMaxCoins(uint32_t maxCoins) { m_MaxCoins = maxCoins; } + + /** + * Returns the maximum amount of coins this entity drops when smashed + * @return the maximum amount of coins this entity drops when smashed + */ + uint32_t GetMaxCoins() const { return m_MaxCoins; } + + /** + * Sets the loot matrix ID that will be used to determine what items to drop when this entity is smashed + * @param lootMatrixID the loot matrix ID to set + */ + void SetLootMatrixID(uint32_t lootMatrixID) { m_LootMatrixID = lootMatrixID; } + + /** + * Returns the current loot matrix ID that will be used to determine loot drops when this entity is smashed + * @return the current loot matrix ID + */ + uint32_t GetLootMatrixID() const { return m_LootMatrixID; } + + /** + * Returns the ID of the entity that killed this entity, if any + * @return the ID of the entity that killed this entity, if any + */ + LWOOBJID GetKillerID() const; + + /** + * Returns the entity that killed this entity, if any + * @return the entity that killed this entity, if any + */ + Entity* GetKiller() const; + + /** + * Checks if the target ID is a valid enemy of this entity + * @param target the target ID to check for + * @param ignoreFactions whether or not check for the factions, e.g. just return true if the entity cannot be smashed + * @return if the target ID is a valid enemy + */ + bool CheckValidity(LWOOBJID target, bool ignoreFactions = false) const; + + /** + * Attempt to damage this entity, handles everything from health and armor to absorption, immunity and callbacks. + * @param damage the damage to attempt to apply + * @param source the attacker that caused this damage + * @param echo whether or not to serialize the damage + */ + void Damage(uint32_t damage, LWOOBJID source, bool echo = true); + + /** + * Smashes this entity, notifying all clients + * @param source the source that smashed this entity + * @param killType the way this entity was killed, determines if a client animation is played + * @param deathType the animation to play when killed + */ + void Smash(LWOOBJID source, eKillType killType = eKillType::VIOLENT, const std::u16string& deathType = u""); + + /** + * Pushes a layer of immunity to this entity, making it immune for longer + * @param stacks the amount of immunity to add + */ + void PushImmunity(int32_t stacks = 1); + + /** + * Pops layers of immunity, making it immune for less longer + * @param stacks the number of layers of immunity to remove + */ + void PopImmunity(int32_t stacks = 1); + + /** + * Utility to reset all stats to the default stats based on items and completed missions + */ + void FixStats(); + + /** + * Adds a callback that is called when this entity is hit by some other entity + * @param callback the callback to add + */ + void AddOnHitCallback(const std::function& callback); + +private: + /** + * Whether or not the health should be serialized + */ + bool m_DirtyHealth; + + /** + * The health of the entity + */ + int32_t m_iHealth; + + /** + * The max health of the entity + */ + float m_fMaxHealth; + + /** + * The armor of the entity + */ + int32_t m_iArmor; + + /** + * The max armor of the entity + */ + float m_fMaxArmor; + + /** + * The imagination of the entity + */ + int32_t m_iImagination; + + /** + * The max imagination of the entity + */ + float m_fMaxImagination; + + /** + * The damage this entity can absord before being able to be damaged again + */ + int32_t m_DamageToAbsorb; + + /** + * Whether this entity currently has GM immunity, making it unsmashable + */ + bool m_IsGMImmune; + + /** + * Whether this entity is currently shielded from other attacks + */ + bool m_IsShielded; + + /** + * The number of attacks this entity can block before being able to be attacked again + */ + uint32_t m_AttacksToBlock; + + /** + * The layers of immunity this entity has left + */ + int32_t m_ImmuneStacks; + + /** + * The amount of damage that should be reduced from every attack + */ + int32_t m_DamageReduction; + + /** + * The faction IDs this entity considers friendly + */ + std::vector m_FactionIDs; + + /** + * The faction IDs this entity considers hostile + */ + std::vector m_EnemyFactionIDs; + + /** + * Whether this entity is smasahble, mostly unused + */ + bool m_IsSmashable; + + /** + * Whether this entity is dead. Unused, here for serialization + */ + bool m_IsDead; + + /** + * Whether this entity is smashed. Unused, here for serialization + */ + bool m_IsSmashed; + + /** + * Whether this entity has bricks flying out when smashed (causes the client to look up the files) + */ + bool m_HasBricks; + + /** + * The rate at which bricks fly out when smashed + */ + float m_ExplodeFactor; + + /** + * Whether the list of potential enemies has changed + */ + bool m_DirtyThreatList; + + /** + * Whether the entity has threats. Unused: here for serialization + */ + bool m_HasThreats; + + /** + * The loot matrix that will be used to drop items when the entity is smashed + */ + uint32_t m_LootMatrixID; + + /** + * The min amount of coins that will drop when this entity is smashed + */ + uint32_t m_MinCoins; + + /** + * The max amount of coins that will drop when this entity is smashed + */ + uint32_t m_MaxCoins; + + /** + * The ID of the entity that smashed this entity, if any + */ + LWOOBJID m_KillerID; + + /** + * The list of callbacks that will be called when this entity gets hit + */ + std::vector> m_OnHitCallbacks; +}; + +#endif // DESTROYABLECOMPONENT_H diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/InventoryComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/InventoryComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ffd40ed7 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/InventoryComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1744 @@ +#include "InventoryComponent.h" + +#include + +#include "Entity.h" +#include "Item.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "CDClientManager.h" +#include "../dWorldServer/ObjectIDManager.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "ItemSet.h" +#include "Player.h" +#include "PetComponent.h" +#include "PossessorComponent.h" +#include "PossessableComponent.h" +#include "ModuleAssemblyComponent.h" +#include "VehiclePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "CharacterComponent.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "PropertyManagementComponent.h" + +InventoryComponent::InventoryComponent(Entity* parent, tinyxml2::XMLDocument* document) : Component(parent) +{ + this->m_Dirty = true; + this->m_Equipped = {}; + this->m_Pushed = {}; + this->m_Consumable = LOT_NULL; + this->m_Pets = {}; + + const auto lot = parent->GetLOT(); + + if (lot == 1) + { + LoadXml(document); + + CheckProxyIntegrity(); + + return; + } + + auto* compRegistryTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ComponentsRegistry"); + const auto componentId = compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(lot, COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY); + + auto* inventoryComponentTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("InventoryComponent"); + auto items = inventoryComponentTable->Query([=](const CDInventoryComponent entry) { return entry.id == componentId; }); + + auto slot = 0u; + + for (const auto& item : items) + { + if (!item.equip || !Inventory::IsValidItem(item.itemid)) + { + continue; + } + + const LWOOBJID id = ObjectIDManager::Instance()->GenerateObjectID(); + + const auto& info = Inventory::FindItemComponent(item.itemid); + + UpdateSlot(info.equipLocation, { id, static_cast(item.itemid), item.count, slot++ }); + } +} + +Inventory* InventoryComponent::GetInventory(const eInventoryType type) +{ + const auto index = m_Inventories.find(type); + + if (index != m_Inventories.end()) + { + return index->second; + } + + // Create new empty inventory + uint32_t size = 240u; + + switch (type) + { + case eInventoryType::ITEMS: + size = 20u; + break; + case eInventoryType::VAULT_ITEMS: + size = 40u; + break; + + default: + break; + } + + auto* inventory = new Inventory(type, size, {}, this); + + m_Inventories.insert_or_assign(type, inventory); + + return inventory; +} + +const std::map& InventoryComponent::GetInventories() const +{ + return m_Inventories; +} + +uint32_t InventoryComponent::GetLotCount(const LOT lot) const +{ + uint32_t count = 0; + + for (const auto& inventory : m_Inventories) + { + count += inventory.second->GetLotCount(lot); + } + + return count; +} + +uint32_t InventoryComponent::GetLotCountNonTransfer(LOT lot) const +{ + uint32_t count = 0; + + for (const auto& inventory : m_Inventories) + { + if (IsTransferInventory(inventory.second->GetType())) continue; + + count += inventory.second->GetLotCount(lot); + } + + return count; +} + +const EquipmentMap& InventoryComponent::GetEquippedItems() const +{ + return m_Equipped; +} + +void InventoryComponent::AddItem( + const LOT lot, + const uint32_t count, + eInventoryType inventoryType, + const std::vector& config, + const LWOOBJID parent, + const bool showFlyingLoot, + bool isModMoveAndEquip, + const LWOOBJID subKey, + const eInventoryType inventorySourceType, + const int32_t sourceType, + const bool bound, + int32_t preferredSlot) +{ + if (count == 0) + { + Game::logger->Log("InventoryComponent", "Attempted to add 0 of item (%i) to the inventory!\n", lot); + + return; + } + + if (!Inventory::IsValidItem(lot)) + { + if (lot > 0) + { + Game::logger->Log("InventoryComponent", "Attempted to add invalid item (%i) to the inventory!\n", lot); + } + + return; + } + + if (inventoryType == INVALID) + { + inventoryType = Inventory::FindInventoryTypeForLot(lot); + } + + auto* missions = static_cast(this->m_Parent->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION)); + + auto* inventory = GetInventory(inventoryType); + + if (!config.empty() || bound) + { + const auto slot = inventory->FindEmptySlot(); + + if (slot == -1) + { + Game::logger->Log("InventoryComponent", "Failed to find empty slot for inventory (%i)!\n", inventoryType); + + return; + } + + auto* item = new Item(lot, inventory, slot, count, config, parent, showFlyingLoot, isModMoveAndEquip, subKey, bound); + + if (missions != nullptr && !IsTransferInventory(inventoryType)) + { + missions->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_ITEM_COLLECTION, lot, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", count, IsTransferInventory(inventorySourceType)); + } + + return; + } + + const auto info = Inventory::FindItemComponent(lot); + + auto left = count; + + int32_t outOfSpace = 0; + + auto stack = static_cast(info.stackSize); + + if (inventoryType == BRICKS) + { + stack = 999; + } + else if (stack == 0) + { + stack = 1; + } + + auto* existing = FindItemByLot(lot, inventoryType); + + if (existing != nullptr) + { + const auto delta = std::min(left, stack - existing->GetCount()); + + left -= delta; + + existing->SetCount(existing->GetCount() + delta, false, true, showFlyingLoot); + + if (isModMoveAndEquip) + { + existing->Equip(); + + isModMoveAndEquip = false; + } + } + + while (left > 0) + { + const auto size = std::min(left, stack); + + left -= size; + + int32_t slot; + + if (preferredSlot != -1 && inventory->IsSlotEmpty(preferredSlot)) + { + slot = preferredSlot; + + preferredSlot = -1; + } + else + { + slot = inventory->FindEmptySlot(); + } + + if (slot == -1) + { + auto* player = dynamic_cast(GetParent()); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + outOfSpace += size; + + switch (sourceType) + { + case 0: + player->SendMail(LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "Darkflame Universe", "Lost Reward", "You received an item and didn't have room for it.", lot, size); + break; + + case 1: + for (size_t i = 0; i < size; i++) + { + GameMessages::SendDropClientLoot(this->m_Parent, this->m_Parent->GetObjectID(), lot, 0, this->m_Parent->GetPosition(), 1); + } + + break; + + default: + break; + } + + continue; + } + + auto* item = new Item(lot, inventory, slot, size, {}, parent, showFlyingLoot, isModMoveAndEquip, subKey); + + isModMoveAndEquip = false; + } + + if (missions != nullptr && !IsTransferInventory(inventoryType)) + { + missions->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_ITEM_COLLECTION, lot, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", count - outOfSpace, IsTransferInventory(inventorySourceType)); + } +} + +void InventoryComponent::RemoveItem(const LOT lot, const uint32_t count, eInventoryType inventoryType, const bool ignoreBound) +{ + if (count == 0) + { + Game::logger->Log("InventoryComponent", "Attempted to remove 0 of item (%i) to the inventory!\n", lot); + + return; + } + + if (inventoryType == INVALID) + { + inventoryType = Inventory::FindInventoryTypeForLot(lot); + } + + auto* inventory = GetInventory(inventoryType); + + if (inventory == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto left = std::min(count, inventory->GetLotCount(lot)); + + while (left > 0) + { + auto* item = FindItemByLot(lot, inventoryType, false, ignoreBound); + + if (item == nullptr) + { + break; + } + + const auto delta = std::min(left, item->GetCount()); + + item->SetCount(item->GetCount() - delta); + + left -= delta; + } +} + +void InventoryComponent::MoveItemToInventory(Item* item, const eInventoryType inventory, const uint32_t count, const bool showFlyingLot, bool isModMoveAndEquip, const bool ignoreEquipped, const int32_t preferredSlot) +{ + if (item == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* origin = item->GetInventory(); + + const auto lot = item->GetLot(); + + if (item->GetConfig().empty() && !item->GetBound() || (item->GetBound() && item->GetInfo().isBOP)) + { + auto left = std::min(count, origin->GetLotCount(lot)); + + while (left > 0) + { + item = origin->FindItemByLot(lot, ignoreEquipped); + + if (item == nullptr) + { + item = origin->FindItemByLot(lot, false); + + if (item == nullptr) + { + break; + } + } + + const auto delta = std::min(item->GetCount(), left); + + left -= delta; + + AddItem(lot, delta, inventory, {}, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, showFlyingLot, isModMoveAndEquip, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, origin->GetType(), 0, false, preferredSlot); + + item->SetCount(item->GetCount() - delta, false, false); + + isModMoveAndEquip = false; + } + } + else + { + std::vector config; + + for (auto* const data : item->GetConfig()) + { + config.push_back(data->Copy()); + } + + const auto delta = std::min(item->GetCount(), count); + + AddItem(lot, delta, inventory, config, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, showFlyingLot, isModMoveAndEquip, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, origin->GetType(), 0, item->GetBound(), preferredSlot); + + item->SetCount(item->GetCount() - delta, false, false); + } + + auto* missionComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr) + { + if (IsTransferInventory(inventory)) + { + missionComponent->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_ITEM_COLLECTION, lot, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", -static_cast(count)); + } + } +} + +void InventoryComponent::MoveStack(Item* item, const eInventoryType inventory, const uint32_t slot) +{ + if (inventory != INVALID && item->GetInventory()->GetType() != inventory) + { + auto* newInventory = GetInventory(inventory); + + item->SetInventory(newInventory); + } + + item->SetSlot(slot); +} + +Item* InventoryComponent::FindItemById(const LWOOBJID id) const +{ + for (const auto& inventory : m_Inventories) + { + auto* item = inventory.second->FindItemById(id); + + if (item != nullptr) + { + return item; + } + } + + return nullptr; +} + +Item* InventoryComponent::FindItemByLot(const LOT lot, eInventoryType inventoryType, const bool ignoreEquipped, const bool ignoreBound) +{ + if (inventoryType == INVALID) + { + inventoryType = Inventory::FindInventoryTypeForLot(lot); + } + + auto* inventory = GetInventory(inventoryType); + + return inventory->FindItemByLot(lot, ignoreEquipped, ignoreBound); +} + +Item* InventoryComponent::FindItemBySubKey(LWOOBJID id, eInventoryType inventoryType) +{ + if (inventoryType == INVALID) + { + for (const auto& inventory : m_Inventories) + { + auto* item = inventory.second->FindItemBySubKey(id); + + if (item != nullptr) + { + return item; + } + } + + return nullptr; + } + else + { + return GetInventory(inventoryType)->FindItemBySubKey(id); + } +} + +bool InventoryComponent::HasSpaceForLoot(const std::unordered_map& loot) +{ + std::unordered_map spaceOffset {}; + + uint32_t slotsNeeded = 0; + + for (const auto& pair : loot) + { + const auto inventoryType = Inventory::FindInventoryTypeForLot(pair.first); + + if (inventoryType == BRICKS) + { + continue; + } + + auto* inventory = GetInventory(inventoryType); + + if (inventory == nullptr) + { + return false; + } + + const auto info = Inventory::FindItemComponent(pair.first); + + auto stack = static_cast(info.stackSize); + + auto left = pair.second; + + auto* partial = inventory->FindItemByLot(pair.first); + + if (partial != nullptr && partial->GetCount() < stack) + { + left -= stack - partial->GetCount(); + } + + auto requiredSlots = std::ceil(static_cast(left) / stack); + + const auto& offsetIter = spaceOffset.find(inventoryType); + + auto freeSpace = inventory->GetEmptySlots() - (offsetIter == spaceOffset.end() ? 0 : offsetIter->second); + + if (requiredSlots > freeSpace) + { + slotsNeeded += requiredSlots - freeSpace; + } + + spaceOffset[inventoryType] = offsetIter == spaceOffset.end() ? requiredSlots : offsetIter->second + requiredSlots; + } + + if (slotsNeeded > 0) + { + GameMessages::SendNotifyNotEnoughInvSpace(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), slotsNeeded, ITEMS, m_Parent->GetSystemAddress()); + + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +void InventoryComponent::LoadXml(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* document) +{ + LoadPetXml(document); + + auto* inventoryElement = document->FirstChildElement("obj")->FirstChildElement("inv"); + + if (inventoryElement == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("InventoryComponent", "Failed to find 'inv' xml element!\n"); + + return; + } + + auto* bags = inventoryElement->FirstChildElement("bag"); + + if (bags == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("InventoryComponent", "Failed to find 'bags' xml element!\n"); + + return; + } + + m_Consumable = inventoryElement->IntAttribute("csl", LOT_NULL); + + auto* bag = bags->FirstChildElement(); + + while (bag != nullptr) + { + unsigned int type; + unsigned int size; + + bag->QueryAttribute("t", &type); + bag->QueryAttribute("m", &size); + + auto* inventory = GetInventory(static_cast(type)); + + inventory->SetSize(size); + + bag = bag->NextSiblingElement(); + } + + auto* items = inventoryElement->FirstChildElement("items"); + + if (items == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("InventoryComponent", "Failed to find 'items' xml element!\n"); + + return; + } + + bag = items->FirstChildElement(); + + while (bag != nullptr) + { + unsigned int type; + + bag->QueryAttribute("t", &type); + + auto* inventory = GetInventory(static_cast(type)); + + if (inventory == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("InventoryComponent", "Failed to find inventory (%i)!\n", type); + + return; + } + + auto* itemElement = bag->FirstChildElement(); + + while (itemElement != nullptr) + { + LWOOBJID id; + LOT lot; + bool equipped; + unsigned int slot; + unsigned int count; + bool bound; + LWOOBJID subKey = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + itemElement->QueryAttribute("id", &id); + itemElement->QueryAttribute("l", &lot); + itemElement->QueryAttribute("eq", &equipped); + itemElement->QueryAttribute("s", &slot); + itemElement->QueryAttribute("c", &count); + itemElement->QueryAttribute("b", &bound); + itemElement->QueryAttribute("sk", &subKey); + + // Begin custom xml + auto parent = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + itemElement->QueryAttribute("parent", &parent); + // End custom xml + + std::vector config; + + auto* extraInfo = itemElement->FirstChildElement("x"); + + if (extraInfo) + { + std::string modInfo = extraInfo->Attribute("ma"); + + LDFBaseData* moduleAssembly = new LDFData(u"assemblyPartLOTs", GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(modInfo.substr(2, modInfo.size() - 1))); + + config.push_back(moduleAssembly); + } + + const auto* item = new Item(id, lot, inventory, slot, count, bound, config, parent, subKey); + + if (equipped) + { + const auto info = Inventory::FindItemComponent(lot); + + UpdateSlot(info.equipLocation, { item->GetId(), item->GetLot(), item->GetCount(), item->GetSlot() }); + + AddItemSkills(item->GetLot()); + } + + itemElement = itemElement->NextSiblingElement(); + } + + bag = bag->NextSiblingElement(); + } + + for (const auto inventory : m_Inventories) + { + const auto itemCount = inventory.second->GetItems().size(); + + if (inventory.second->GetSize() < itemCount) + { + inventory.second->SetSize(itemCount); + } + } +} + +void InventoryComponent::UpdateXml(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* document) +{ + UpdatePetXml(document); + + auto* inventoryElement = document->FirstChildElement("obj")->FirstChildElement("inv"); + + if (inventoryElement == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("InventoryComponent", "Failed to find 'inv' xml element!\n"); + + return; + } + + std::vector inventories; + + for (const auto& pair : this->m_Inventories) + { + auto* inventory = pair.second; + + if (inventory->GetType() == VENDOR_BUYBACK) + { + continue; + } + + inventories.push_back(inventory); + } + + inventoryElement->SetAttribute("csl", m_Consumable); + + auto* bags = inventoryElement->FirstChildElement("bag"); + + if (bags == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("InventoryComponent", "Failed to find 'bags' xml element!\n"); + + return; + } + + bags->DeleteChildren(); + + for (const auto* inventory : inventories) + { + auto* bag = document->NewElement("b"); + + bag->SetAttribute("t", inventory->GetType()); + bag->SetAttribute("m", static_cast(inventory->GetSize())); + + bags->LinkEndChild(bag); + } + + auto* items = inventoryElement->FirstChildElement("items"); + + if (items == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("InventoryComponent", "Failed to find 'items' xml element!\n"); + + return; + } + + items->DeleteChildren(); + + for (auto* inventory : inventories) + { + if (inventory->GetSize() == 0) + { + continue; + } + + auto* bagElement = document->NewElement("in"); + + bagElement->SetAttribute("t", inventory->GetType()); + + for (const auto& pair : inventory->GetItems()) + { + auto* item = pair.second; + + auto* itemElement = document->NewElement("i"); + + itemElement->SetAttribute("l", item->GetLot()); + itemElement->SetAttribute("id", item->GetId()); + itemElement->SetAttribute("s", static_cast(item->GetSlot())); + itemElement->SetAttribute("c", static_cast(item->GetCount())); + itemElement->SetAttribute("b", item->GetBound()); + itemElement->SetAttribute("eq", item->IsEquipped()); + itemElement->SetAttribute("sk", item->GetSubKey()); + + // Begin custom xml + itemElement->SetAttribute("parent", item->GetParent()); + // End custom xml + + for (auto* data : item->GetConfig()) + { + if (data->GetKey() != u"assemblyPartLOTs") + { + continue; + } + + auto* extraInfo = document->NewElement("x"); + + extraInfo->SetAttribute("ma", data->GetString(false).c_str()); + + itemElement->LinkEndChild(extraInfo); + } + + bagElement->LinkEndChild(itemElement); + } + + items->LinkEndChild(bagElement); + } +} + +void InventoryComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, const bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned& flags) +{ + if (bIsInitialUpdate || m_Dirty) + { + outBitStream->Write(true); + + outBitStream->Write(m_Equipped.size()); + + for (const auto& pair : m_Equipped) + { + const auto item = pair.second; + + if (bIsInitialUpdate) + { + AddItemSkills(item.lot); + } + + outBitStream->Write(item.id); + outBitStream->Write(item.lot); + + outBitStream->Write0(); + + outBitStream->Write(item.count > 0); + if (item.count > 0) outBitStream->Write(item.count); + + outBitStream->Write(item.slot != 0); + if (item.slot != 0) outBitStream->Write(item.slot); + + outBitStream->Write0(); + + outBitStream->Write0(); //TODO: This is supposed to be true and write the assemblyPartLOTs when they're present. + + outBitStream->Write1(); + } + + m_Dirty = false; + } + else + { + outBitStream->Write(false); + } + + outBitStream->Write(false); +} + +void InventoryComponent::ResetFlags() +{ + m_Dirty = false; +} + +void InventoryComponent::Update(float deltaTime) +{ + for (auto* set : m_Itemsets) + { + set->Update(deltaTime); + } +} + +void InventoryComponent::UpdateSlot(const std::string& location, EquippedItem item, bool keepCurrent) +{ + const auto index = m_Equipped.find(location); + + if (index != m_Equipped.end()) + { + if (keepCurrent) { + m_Equipped.insert_or_assign(location + std::to_string(m_Equipped.size()), item); + + m_Dirty = true; + + return; + } + + auto* old = FindItemById(index->second.id); + + if (old != nullptr) + { + UnEquipItem(old); + } + } + + m_Equipped.insert_or_assign(location, item); + + m_Dirty = true; +} + +void InventoryComponent::RemoveSlot(const std::string& location) +{ + if (m_Equipped.find(location) == m_Equipped.end()) + { + return; + } + + m_Equipped.erase(location); + + m_Dirty = true; +} + +void InventoryComponent::EquipItem(Item* item, const bool skipChecks) +{ + if (!Inventory::IsValidItem(item->GetLot())) + { + return; + } + + // Temp items should be equippable but other transfer items shouldn't be (for example the instruments in RB) + if (item->IsEquipped() + || (item->GetInventory()->GetType() != TEMP_ITEMS && IsTransferInventory(item->GetInventory()->GetType())) + || IsPet(item->GetSubKey())) { + return; + } + + auto* character = m_Parent->GetCharacter(); + + if (character != nullptr && !skipChecks) + { + // Hacky proximity rocket + if (item->GetLot() == 6416) + { + const auto rocketLauchPads = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_ROCKET_LAUNCH); + + const auto position = m_Parent->GetPosition(); + + for (auto* lauchPad : rocketLauchPads) + { + if (Vector3::DistanceSquared(lauchPad->GetPosition(), position) > 13 * 13) continue; + + auto* characterComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + + if (characterComponent != nullptr) + { + characterComponent->SetLastRocketItemID(item->GetId()); + } + + lauchPad->OnUse(m_Parent); + + break; + } + + return; + } + + const auto building = character->GetBuildMode(); + + const auto type = static_cast(item->GetInfo().itemType); + + if (item->GetLot() == 8092 && m_Parent->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) + { + EntityInfo info {}; + info.lot = 8092; + info.pos = m_Parent->GetPosition(); + info.rot = m_Parent->GetRotation(); + info.spawnerID = m_Parent->GetObjectID(); + + auto* carEntity = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info, nullptr, dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlObject()); + dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlObject()->AddChild(carEntity); + + auto* possessableComponent = carEntity->GetComponent(); + + if (possessableComponent != nullptr) + { + possessableComponent->SetPossessor(m_Parent->GetObjectID()); + } + + auto* moduleAssemblyComponent = carEntity->GetComponent(); + + if (moduleAssemblyComponent) + { + moduleAssemblyComponent->SetSubKey(item->GetSubKey()); + moduleAssemblyComponent->SetUseOptionalParts(false); + + for (auto* config : item->GetConfig()) + { + if (config->GetKey() == u"assemblyPartLOTs") + { + moduleAssemblyComponent->SetAssemblyPartsLOTs(GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(config->GetValueAsString())); + } + } + } + + auto* possessorComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + + if (possessorComponent != nullptr) + { + possessorComponent->SetPossessable(carEntity->GetObjectID()); + } + + auto* characterComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + + if (characterComponent != nullptr) + { + characterComponent->SetIsRacing(true); + characterComponent->SetVehicleObjectID(carEntity->GetObjectID()); + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(carEntity); + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + //EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlObject()); + + GameMessages::SendNotifyVehicleOfRacingObject(carEntity->GetObjectID(), dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlObject()->GetObjectID(), UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + GameMessages::SendRacingPlayerLoaded(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), m_Parent->GetObjectID(), carEntity->GetObjectID(), UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + GameMessages::SendVehicleUnlockInput(carEntity->GetObjectID(), false, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + //GameMessages::SendVehicleSetWheelLockState(carEntity->GetObjectID(), false, false, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + return; + } + + if (!building) + { + if (item->GetLot() == 6086) + { + return; + } + + if (type == ITEM_TYPE_LOOT_MODEL || type == ITEM_TYPE_VEHICLE) + { + return; + } + } + + if (type != ITEM_TYPE_LOOT_MODEL && type != ITEM_TYPE_MODEL) + { + if (!item->GetBound() && !item->GetPreconditionExpression()->Check(m_Parent)) + { + return; + } + } + } + + const auto lot = item->GetLot(); + + CheckItemSet(lot); + + for (auto* set : m_Itemsets) + { + set->OnEquip(lot); + } + + if (lot == 1727) GameMessages::SendSetJetpackMode(m_Parent, false, true, false); + if (lot == 7292) GameMessages::SendSetJetpackMode(m_Parent, true, true, false); + if (lot == 14442) GameMessages::SendSetJetpackMode(m_Parent, false, true, true); + + if (item->GetInfo().isBOE) + { + item->SetBound(true); + } + + GenerateProxies(item); + + UpdateSlot(item->GetInfo().equipLocation, { item->GetId(), item->GetLot(), item->GetCount(), item->GetSlot() }); + + ApplyBuff(item->GetLot()); + + AddItemSkills(item->GetLot()); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); +} + +void InventoryComponent::UnEquipItem(Item* item) +{ + if (!item->IsEquipped()) + { + return; + } + + const auto lot = item->GetLot(); + + if (!Inventory::IsValidItem(lot)) + { + return; + } + + CheckItemSet(lot); + + for (auto* set : m_Itemsets) + { + set->OnUnEquip(lot); + } + + if (lot == 1727) GameMessages::SendSetJetpackMode(m_Parent, false, false, false); + if (lot == 7292) GameMessages::SendSetJetpackMode(m_Parent, true, false, false); + if (lot == 14442) GameMessages::SendSetJetpackMode(m_Parent, false, false, true); + + RemoveBuff(item->GetLot()); + + RemoveItemSkills(item->GetLot()); + + RemoveSlot(item->GetInfo().equipLocation); + + PurgeProxies(item); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + + // Trigger property event + if (PropertyManagementComponent::Instance() != nullptr && item->GetCount() > 0 && Inventory::FindInventoryTypeForLot(item->GetLot()) == MODELS) + { + PropertyManagementComponent::Instance()->GetParent()->OnZonePropertyModelRemovedWhileEquipped(m_Parent); + dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlObject()->OnZonePropertyModelRemovedWhileEquipped(m_Parent); + } +} + +void InventoryComponent::ApplyBuff(const LOT lot) const +{ + const auto buffs = FindBuffs(lot, true); + + for (const auto buff : buffs) + { + SkillComponent::HandleUnmanaged(buff, m_Parent->GetObjectID()); + } +} + +void InventoryComponent::RemoveBuff(const LOT lot) const +{ + const auto buffs = FindBuffs(lot, false); + + for (const auto buff : buffs) + { + SkillComponent::HandleUnCast(buff, m_Parent->GetObjectID()); + } +} + +void InventoryComponent::PushEquippedItems() +{ + m_Pushed = m_Equipped; + + m_Dirty = true; +} + +void InventoryComponent::PopEquippedItems() +{ + auto current = m_Equipped; + + for (const auto& pair : current) + { + auto* const item = FindItemById(pair.second.id); + + if (item == nullptr) + { + continue; + } + + item->UnEquip(); + } + + for (const auto& pair : m_Pushed) + { + auto* const item = FindItemById(pair.second.id); + + if (item == nullptr) + { + continue; + } + + item->Equip(); + } + + m_Dirty = true; +} + + +bool InventoryComponent::IsEquipped(const LOT lot) const +{ + for (const auto& pair : m_Equipped) + { + if (pair.second.lot == lot) + { + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +void InventoryComponent::CheckItemSet(const LOT lot) +{ + // Check if the lot is in the item set cache + if (std::find(m_ItemSetsChecked.begin(), m_ItemSetsChecked.end(), lot) != m_ItemSetsChecked.end()) + { + return; + } + + std::stringstream query; + + query << "SELECT setID FROM ItemSets WHERE itemIDs LIKE '%" << std::to_string(lot) << "%'"; + + auto result = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.str()); + + while (!result.eof()) + { + const auto id = result.getIntField(0); + + bool found = false; + + // Check if we have the set already + for (auto* itemset : m_Itemsets) + { + if (itemset->GetID() == id) + { + found = true; + break; + } + } + + if (!found) + { + auto* set = new ItemSet(id, this); + + m_Itemsets.push_back(set); + } + + result.nextRow(); + } + + m_ItemSetsChecked.push_back(lot); + + result.finalize(); +} + +void InventoryComponent::SetConsumable(LOT lot) +{ + m_Consumable = lot; +} + +LOT InventoryComponent::GetConsumable() const +{ + return m_Consumable; +} + +void InventoryComponent::AddItemSkills(const LOT lot) +{ + const auto info = Inventory::FindItemComponent(lot); + + const auto slot = FindBehaviorSlot(static_cast(info.itemType)); + + if (slot == BehaviorSlot::Invalid) + { + return; + } + + const auto index = m_Skills.find(slot); + + if (index != m_Skills.end()) + { + const auto old = index->second; + + GameMessages::SendRemoveSkill(m_Parent, old); + } + + const auto skill = FindSkill(lot); + + if (skill == 0) + { + return; + } + + GameMessages::SendAddSkill(m_Parent, skill, static_cast(slot)); + + m_Skills.insert_or_assign(slot, skill); +} + +void InventoryComponent::RemoveItemSkills(const LOT lot) +{ + const auto info = Inventory::FindItemComponent(lot); + + const auto slot = FindBehaviorSlot(static_cast(info.itemType)); + + if (slot == BehaviorSlot::Invalid) + { + return; + } + + const auto index = m_Skills.find(slot); + + if (index == m_Skills.end()) + { + return; + } + + const auto old = index->second; + + GameMessages::SendRemoveSkill(m_Parent, old); + + m_Skills.erase(slot); + + if (slot == BehaviorSlot::Primary) + { + m_Skills.insert_or_assign(BehaviorSlot::Primary, 1); + + GameMessages::SendAddSkill(m_Parent, 1, static_cast(BehaviorSlot::Primary)); + } +} + +void InventoryComponent::TriggerPassiveAbility(PassiveAbilityTrigger trigger) +{ + for (auto* set : m_Itemsets) + { + set->TriggerPassiveAbility(trigger); + } +} + +bool InventoryComponent::HasAnyPassive(const std::vector& passiveIDs, int32_t equipmentRequirement) const +{ + for (auto* set : m_Itemsets) + { + if (set->GetEquippedCount() < equipmentRequirement) + { + continue; + } + + // Check if the set has any of the passive abilities + if (std::find(passiveIDs.begin(), passiveIDs.end(), static_cast(set->GetID())) != passiveIDs.end()) + { + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +void InventoryComponent::DespawnPet() +{ + auto* current = PetComponent::GetActivePet(m_Parent->GetObjectID()); + + if (current != nullptr) + { + current->Deactivate(); + } +} + +void InventoryComponent::SpawnPet(Item* item) +{ + auto* current = PetComponent::GetActivePet(m_Parent->GetObjectID()); + + if (current != nullptr) + { + current->Deactivate(); + + if (current->GetDatabaseId() == item->GetSubKey()) + { + return; + } + } + + EntityInfo info {}; + info.lot = item->GetLot(); + info.pos = m_Parent->GetPosition(); + info.rot = NiQuaternion::IDENTITY; + info.spawnerID = m_Parent->GetObjectID(); + + auto* pet = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + + auto* petComponent = pet->GetComponent(); + + if (petComponent != nullptr) + { + petComponent->Activate(item); + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(pet); +} + +void InventoryComponent::SetDatabasePet(LWOOBJID id, const DatabasePet& data) +{ + m_Pets.insert_or_assign(id, data); +} + +const DatabasePet& InventoryComponent::GetDatabasePet(LWOOBJID id) const +{ + const auto& pair = m_Pets.find(id); + + if (pair == m_Pets.end()) return DATABASE_PET_INVALID; + + return pair->second; +} + +bool InventoryComponent::IsPet(LWOOBJID id) const +{ + const auto& pair = m_Pets.find(id); + + return pair != m_Pets.end(); +} + +void InventoryComponent::RemoveDatabasePet(LWOOBJID id) +{ + m_Pets.erase(id); +} + +BehaviorSlot InventoryComponent::FindBehaviorSlot(const eItemType type) +{ + switch (type) { + case ITEM_TYPE_HAT: + return BehaviorSlot::Head; + case ITEM_TYPE_NECK: + return BehaviorSlot::Neck; + case ITEM_TYPE_LEFT_HAND: + return BehaviorSlot::Offhand; + case ITEM_TYPE_RIGHT_HAND: + return BehaviorSlot::Primary; + case ITEM_TYPE_CONSUMABLE: + return BehaviorSlot::Consumable; + default: + return BehaviorSlot::Invalid; + } +} + +bool InventoryComponent::IsTransferInventory(eInventoryType type) +{ + return type == VENDOR_BUYBACK || type == VAULT_ITEMS || type == VAULT_MODELS || type == TEMP_ITEMS || type == TEMP_MODELS; +} + +uint32_t InventoryComponent::FindSkill(const LOT lot) +{ + auto* table = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ObjectSkills"); + + const auto results = table->Query([=](const CDObjectSkills& entry) + { + return entry.objectTemplate == static_cast(lot); + }); + + for (const auto& result : results) + { + if (result.castOnType == 0) + { + return result.skillID; + } + } + + return 0; +} + +std::vector InventoryComponent::FindBuffs(const LOT lot, bool castOnEquip) const +{ + auto* table = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ObjectSkills"); + auto* behaviors = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("SkillBehavior"); + + const auto results = table->Query([=](const CDObjectSkills& entry) + { + return entry.objectTemplate == static_cast(lot); + }); + + std::vector buffs; + + auto* missions = static_cast(m_Parent->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION)); + + for (const auto& result : results) + { + if (result.castOnType == 1) + { + const auto entry = behaviors->GetSkillByID(result.skillID); + + if (entry.skillID == 0) + { + Game::logger->Log("InventoryComponent", "Failed to find buff behavior for skill (%i)!\n", result.skillID); + + continue; + } + + if (missions != nullptr && castOnEquip) + { + missions->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SKILL, result.skillID); + } + + buffs.push_back(static_cast(entry.behaviorID)); + } + } + + return buffs; +} + +void InventoryComponent::SetNPCItems(const std::vector& items) +{ + m_Equipped.clear(); + + auto slot = 0u; + + for (const auto& item : items) + { + const LWOOBJID id = ObjectIDManager::Instance()->GenerateObjectID(); + + const auto& info = Inventory::FindItemComponent(item); + + UpdateSlot(info.equipLocation, { id, static_cast(item), 1, slot++ }, true); + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); +} + +InventoryComponent::~InventoryComponent() +{ + for (const auto& inventory : m_Inventories) + { + delete inventory.second; + } + + m_Inventories.clear(); + + for (auto* set : m_Itemsets) + { + delete set; + } + + m_Itemsets.clear(); + m_Pets.clear(); +} + +std::vector InventoryComponent::GenerateProxies(Item* parent) +{ + std::vector proxies; + + auto subItems = parent->GetInfo().subItems; + + if (subItems.empty()) + { + return proxies; + } + + subItems.erase(std::remove_if(subItems.begin(), subItems.end(), ::isspace), subItems.end()); + + std::stringstream stream(subItems); + std::string segment; + std::vector lots; + + while (std::getline(stream, segment, ',')) + { + try + { + lots.push_back(std::stoi(segment)); + } + catch (std::invalid_argument& exception) + { + Game::logger->Log("InventoryComponent", "Failed to parse proxy (%s): (%s)!\n", segment.c_str(), exception.what()); + } + } + + for (const auto lot : lots) + { + if (!Inventory::IsValidItem(lot)) + { + continue; + } + + auto* inventory = GetInventory(ITEM_SETS); + + auto* proxy = new Item(lot, inventory, inventory->FindEmptySlot(), 1, {}, parent->GetId(), false); + + EquipItem(proxy); + + proxies.push_back(proxy); + } + + return proxies; +} + +std::vector InventoryComponent::FindProxies(const LWOOBJID parent) +{ + auto* inventory = GetInventory(ITEM_SETS); + + std::vector proxies; + + for (const auto& pair : inventory->GetItems()) + { + auto* item = pair.second; + + if (item->GetParent() == parent) + { + proxies.push_back(item); + } + } + + return proxies; +} + +bool InventoryComponent::IsValidProxy(const LWOOBJID parent) +{ + for (const auto& pair : m_Inventories) + { + const auto items = pair.second->GetItems(); + + for (const auto& candidate : items) + { + auto* item = candidate.second; + + if (item->GetId() == parent) + { + return true; + } + } + } + + return false; +} + +bool InventoryComponent::IsParentValid(Item* root) +{ + if (root->GetInfo().subItems.empty()) + { + return true; + } + + const auto id = root->GetId(); + + for (const auto& pair : m_Inventories) + { + const auto items = pair.second->GetItems(); + + for (const auto& candidate : items) + { + auto* item = candidate.second; + + if (item->GetParent() == id) + { + return true; + } + } + } + + return false; +} + +void InventoryComponent::CheckProxyIntegrity() +{ + std::vector dead; + + for (const auto& pair : m_Inventories) + { + const auto& items = pair.second->GetItems(); + + for (const auto& candidate : items) + { + auto* item = candidate.second; + + const auto parent = item->GetParent(); + + if (parent == LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + { + continue; + } + + if (IsValidProxy(parent)) + { + continue; + } + + dead.push_back(item); + } + } + + for (auto* item : dead) + { + item->RemoveFromInventory(); + } + + dead.clear(); + + /* + for (const auto& pair : inventories) + { + const auto& items = pair.second->GetItems(); + + for (const auto& candidate : items) + { + auto* item = candidate.second; + + const auto parent = item->GetParent(); + + if (parent != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + { + continue; + } + + if (!item->IsEquipped()) + { + continue; + } + + if (IsParentValid(item)) + { + continue; + } + + dead.push_back(item); + } + } + + for (auto* item : dead) + { + item->RemoveFromInventory(); + } + */ +} + +void InventoryComponent::PurgeProxies(Item* item) +{ + const auto root = item->GetParent(); + + if (root != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + { + item = FindItemById(root); + + if (item != nullptr) + { + UnEquipItem(item); + } + + return; + } + + auto proxies = FindProxies(item->GetId()); + + for (auto* proxy : proxies) + { + proxy->UnEquip(); + + proxy->RemoveFromInventory(); + } +} + +void InventoryComponent::LoadPetXml(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* document) +{ + auto* petInventoryElement = document->FirstChildElement("obj")->FirstChildElement("pet"); + + if (petInventoryElement == nullptr) + { + m_Pets.clear(); + + return; + } + + auto* petElement = petInventoryElement->FirstChildElement(); + + while (petElement != nullptr) + { + LWOOBJID id; + LOT lot; + int32_t moderationStatus; + + petElement->QueryAttribute("id", &id); + petElement->QueryAttribute("l", &lot); + petElement->QueryAttribute("m", &moderationStatus); + const char* name = petElement->Attribute("n"); + + DatabasePet databasePet; + databasePet.lot = lot; + databasePet.moderationState = moderationStatus; + databasePet.name = std::string(name); + + SetDatabasePet(id, databasePet); + + petElement = petElement->NextSiblingElement(); + } +} + +void InventoryComponent::UpdatePetXml(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* document) +{ + auto* petInventoryElement = document->FirstChildElement("obj")->FirstChildElement("pet"); + + if (petInventoryElement == nullptr) + { + petInventoryElement = document->NewElement("pet"); + + document->FirstChildElement("obj")->LinkEndChild(petInventoryElement); + } + + petInventoryElement->DeleteChildren(); + + for (const auto& pet : m_Pets) + { + auto* petElement = document->NewElement("p"); + + petElement->SetAttribute("id", pet.first); + petElement->SetAttribute("l", pet.second.lot); + petElement->SetAttribute("m", pet.second.moderationState); + petElement->SetAttribute("n", pet.second.name.c_str()); + petElement->SetAttribute("t", 0); + + petInventoryElement->LinkEndChild(petElement); + } +} + diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/InventoryComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/InventoryComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7082cfff --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/InventoryComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,437 @@ +#pragma once + +#include +#include + + +#include "BehaviorSlot.h" +#include "tinyxml2.h" + +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "EquippedItem.h" +#include "Inventory.h" +#include "LDFFormat.h" +#include "DatabasePet.h" +#include "Component.h" +#include "ItemSetPassiveAbility.h" +#include "ItemSetPassiveAbilityID.h" + +class Entity; +class ItemSet; + +typedef std::map EquipmentMap; + +/** + * Handles the inventory of entity, including the items they possess and have equipped. An entity can have inventories + * of different types, each type representing a different group of items, see `eInventoryType` for a list of + * inventories. + */ +class InventoryComponent : public Component +{ +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY; + explicit InventoryComponent(Entity* parent, tinyxml2::XMLDocument* document = nullptr); + + void Update(float deltaTime) override; + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags); + void LoadXml(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* document); + void UpdateXml(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* document) override; + void ResetFlags(); + + /** + * Returns an inventory of the specified type, if it exists + * @param type the inventory type to find an inventory for + * @return the inventory of the specified type + */ + Inventory* GetInventory(eInventoryType type); + + /** + * Returns all the inventories this entity has, indexed by type + * @return all the inventories this entity has, indexed by type + */ + const std::map& GetInventories() const; + + /** + * Returns the amount of items this entity possesses of a certain LOT + * @param lot the lot to search for + * @return the amount of items this entity possesses the specified LOT + */ + uint32_t GetLotCount(LOT lot) const; + + /** + * Returns the amount of items this entity possesses of a LOT, given that they're not in a temporary inventory + * (vendor buyback, vault, etc). + * @param lot the lot to search for + * @return the amount of items this entity possesses of the specified lot + */ + uint32_t GetLotCountNonTransfer(LOT lot) const; + + /** + * Returns the items that are currently equipped by this entity + * @return the items that are currently equipped by this entity + */ + const EquipmentMap& GetEquippedItems() const; + + /** + * Adds an item to the inventory of the entity + * @param lot the lot to add + * @param count the amount of items to add + * @param inventoryType the inventory to add the item to + * @param config optional config for this item, used for example for rockets + * @param parent optional parent of this item, used for proxy items + * @param showFlyingLoot show a client animation if the item is added + * @param isModMoveAndEquip equips the item + * @param subKey optional sub ID of a related object, used by pets + * @param inventorySourceType if the inventory was moved, the source inventory + * @param sourceType the source of the item, used to determine if the item is dropped or mailed if the inventory is full + * @param bound whether this item is bound + * @param preferredSlot the preferred slot to store this item + */ + void AddItem( + LOT lot, + uint32_t count, + eInventoryType inventoryType = INVALID, + const std::vector& config = {}, + LWOOBJID parent = LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + bool showFlyingLoot = true, + bool isModMoveAndEquip = false, + LWOOBJID subKey = LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + eInventoryType inventorySourceType = INVALID, + int32_t sourceType = 0, + bool bound = false, + int32_t preferredSlot = -1 + ); + + /** + * Removes a LOT from the inventory + * @param lot the lot to remove + * @param count the number of items to remove + * @param inventoryType optional inventory type to remove the item from + * @param ignoreBound ignores bound items + */ + void RemoveItem(LOT lot, uint32_t count, eInventoryType inventoryType = INVALID, bool ignoreBound = false); + + /** + * Moves an existing item to an inventory of the entity + * @param item the item to add + * @param inventory the inventory to add the item to + * @param count the number of items to add + * @param showFlyingLot displays UI animation to the user + * @param isModMoveAndEquip equips the item + * @param ignoreEquipped does not stack on equipped items + * @param preferredSlot the preferred slot to store the item in + */ + void MoveItemToInventory(Item* item, eInventoryType inventory, uint32_t count, bool showFlyingLot = true, bool isModMoveAndEquip = false, bool ignoreEquipped = false, int32_t preferredSlot = -1); + + /** + * Moves a stack of items to an inventory + * @param item the item to move + * @param inventory the inventory to move the item to + * @param slot the slot in the inventory to move the item to + */ + void MoveStack(Item* item, eInventoryType inventory, uint32_t slot = 0); + + /** + * Returns an item in the inventory by object ID + * @param id the id of the item to find + * @return item in the inventory by object ID + */ + Item* FindItemById(LWOOBJID id) const; + + /** + * Returns an item in the inventory that matches the specified LOT + * @param lot the lot of the item to find + * @param inventoryType optional inventory to search in + * @param ignoreEquipped ignores items that are equipped + * @param ignoreBound ignores items that are bound + * @return item in the inventory that matches the specified LOT + */ + Item* FindItemByLot(LOT lot, eInventoryType inventoryType = INVALID, bool ignoreEquipped = false, bool ignoreBound = false); + + /** + * Finds an item in the inventory that has the specified subkey, useful for pets + * @param id the subkey to look for + * @param inventoryType optional inventory type to search in + * @return item in the inventory that has the specified subkey + */ + Item* FindItemBySubKey(LWOOBJID id, eInventoryType inventoryType = INVALID); + + /** + * Checks if the entity has enough space for a batch of loot + * @param loot a map of items to add and how many to add + * @return whether the entity has enough space for all the items + */ + bool HasSpaceForLoot(const std::unordered_map& loot); + + /** + * Equips an item in the specified slot + * @param location the location to store the item (e.g. chest, left hand, etc.) + * @param item the item to place + * @param keepCurrent stores the item in an additional temp slot if there's already an item equipped + */ + void UpdateSlot(const std::string& location, EquippedItem item, bool keepCurrent = false); + + /** + * Removes a slot from the inventory + * @param location the slot to remove + */ + void RemoveSlot(const std::string& location); + + /** + * Equips the given item, guesses the slot to equip it in + * @param item the item to equip + * @param skipChecks skips checks for equipping cars and rockets (e.g. no special behavior follows) + */ + void EquipItem(Item* item, bool skipChecks = false); + + /** + * Unequips an item from the inventory + * @param item the item to unequip + */ + void UnEquipItem(Item* item); + + /** + * Adds a buff related to equipping a lot to the entity + * @param lot the lot to find buffs for + */ + void ApplyBuff(LOT lot) const; + + /** + * Removes buffs related to equipping a lot from the entity + * @param lot the lot to find buffs for + */ + void RemoveBuff(LOT lot) const; + + /** + * Saves the equipped items into a temp state + */ + void PushEquippedItems(); + + /** + * Unequips all the temporary items and equips the previous item state + */ + void PopEquippedItems(); + + /** + * Returns if the entity has an item equipped of the given lot + * @param lot to lot to search for + * @return if the entity has an item equipped of the given lot + */ + bool IsEquipped(LOT lot) const; + + /** + * Checks and ensures that we have loaded the item set that might be related to this item + * @param lot the lot to check the item set for + */ + void CheckItemSet(LOT lot); + + /** + * Sets the current consumable lot + * @param lot the lot to set as consumable + */ + void SetConsumable(LOT lot); + + /** + * Returns the current consumable lot + * @return the current consumable lot + */ + LOT GetConsumable() const; + + /** + * Finds all the buffs related to a lot + * @param lot the lot to get the buffs for + * @param castOnEquip if true, the skill missions for these buffs will be progressed + * @return the buffs related to the specified lot + */ + std::vector FindBuffs(LOT lot, bool castOnEquip) const; + + /** + * Initializes the equipped items with a list of items + * @param items the items to equip + */ + void SetNPCItems(const std::vector& items); + + /** + * Adds a skill related to a passed item to the currently equipped skills + * @param lot the lot to add a skill for + */ + void AddItemSkills(LOT lot); + + /** + * Removes the skills related to the passed LOT from the currently equipped skills + * @param lot the lot to remove + */ + void RemoveItemSkills(LOT lot); + + /** + * Triggers one of the passive abilities from the equipped item set + * @param trigger the trigger to fire + */ + void TriggerPassiveAbility(PassiveAbilityTrigger trigger); + + /** + * Returns if the entity has any of the passed passive abilities equipped + * @param passiveIDs the IDs to check for + * @param equipmentRequirement the number of equipment required to be allowed to have the ability + * @return if the entity has any of the passed passive abilities equipped + */ + bool HasAnyPassive(const std::vector& passiveIDs, int32_t equipmentRequirement) const; + + /** + * Despawns the currently active pet, if any + */ + void DespawnPet(); + + /** + * Spawns the item as a pet (if it is one) + * @param item the pet to spawn + */ + void SpawnPet(Item* item); + + /** + * Updates the database pet data for an item (e.g. moderation status) + * @param id the id of the pet to find + * @param data the data to store on the pet + */ + void SetDatabasePet(LWOOBJID id, const DatabasePet& data); + + /** + * Returns the database pet information for an object + * @param id the object ID to search for + * @return the database pet information for the object that belongs to the passed id + */ + const DatabasePet& GetDatabasePet(LWOOBJID id) const; + + /** + * Checks if the provided object ID is in this inventory and is a pet + * @param id the id of the object to check for + * @return if the provided object ID is in this inventory and is a pet + */ + bool IsPet(LWOOBJID id) const; + + /** + * Removes pet database information from the item with the specified object id + * @param id the object id to remove pet info for + */ + void RemoveDatabasePet(LWOOBJID id); + + /** + * Returns the current behavior slot active for the passed item type + * @param type the item type to find the behavior slot for + * @return the current behavior slot active for the passed item type + */ + static BehaviorSlot FindBehaviorSlot(eItemType type); + + /** + * Checks if the inventory type is a temp inventory + * @param type the inventory type to check + * @return if the inventory type is a temp inventory + */ + static bool IsTransferInventory(eInventoryType type); + + /** + * Finds the skill related to the passed LOT from the ObjectSkills table + * @param lot the lot to find + * @return the skill related to the passed LOT + */ + static uint32_t FindSkill(LOT lot); + + ~InventoryComponent() override; + +private: + /** + * All the inventory this entity possesses + */ + std::map m_Inventories; + + /** + * The skills that this entity currently has active + */ + std::map m_Skills; + + /** + * The pets this entity has, mapped by object ID and pet info + */ + std::unordered_map m_Pets; + + /** + * Cache of item sets this entity has encountered + */ + std::vector m_Itemsets; + + /** + * The LOTs we've checked all the item sets for (for cache reasons) + */ + std::vector m_ItemSetsChecked; + + /** + * all the equipped items + */ + EquipmentMap m_Equipped; + + /** + * Clone of the equipped items before unequipping all of them + */ + EquipmentMap m_Pushed; + + /** + * If the inventory has changed + */ + bool m_Dirty; + + /** + * The currently active consumable + */ + LOT m_Consumable; + + /** + * Creates all the proxy items (subitems) for a parent item + * @param parent the parent item to generate all the subitems for + * @return the proxy items (subitems) for a parent item + */ + std::vector GenerateProxies(Item* parent); + + /** + * Finds all the proxy items in this inventory for a given parent item + * @param parent the parent to find proxy items for + * @return the proxy items for the parent + */ + std::vector FindProxies(LWOOBJID parent); + + /** + * Returns if the provided ID is a valid proxy item (e.g. we have children for it) + * @param parent the parent item to check for + * @return if the provided ID is a valid proxy item + */ + bool IsValidProxy(LWOOBJID parent); + + /** + * Returns if the provided ID is a valid proxy item (e.g. we have children for it) + * @param parent the parent item to check for + * @return if the provided ID is a valid proxy item + */ + bool IsParentValid(Item* root); + + /** + * Removes all the proxy items that have a dangling parent + */ + void CheckProxyIntegrity(); + + /** + * Removes all the proxy items for a given parent from the inventory + * @param item the item to remove proxy items for + */ + void PurgeProxies(Item* item); + + /** + * Saves all the pet information stored in inventory items to the database + * @param document the xml doc to save to + */ + void LoadPetXml(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* document); + + /** + * Loads all the pet information from an xml doc into items + * @param document the xml doc to load from + */ + void UpdatePetXml(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* document); +}; diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/LUPExhibitComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/LUPExhibitComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8c825a30 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/LUPExhibitComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +#include "LUPExhibitComponent.h" + +#include "EntityManager.h" + +LUPExhibitComponent::LUPExhibitComponent(Entity* parent) : Component(parent) +{ + m_Exhibits = { 11121, 11295, 11423, 11979 }; + + m_ExhibitIndex = 0; + + m_Exhibit = m_Exhibits[m_ExhibitIndex]; + + +} + +LUPExhibitComponent::~LUPExhibitComponent() +{ + +} + +void LUPExhibitComponent::Update(float deltaTime) +{ + m_UpdateTimer += deltaTime; + + if (m_UpdateTimer > 20.0f) + { + NextExhibit(); + + m_UpdateTimer = 0.0f; + } +} + +void LUPExhibitComponent::NextExhibit() +{ + m_ExhibitIndex++; + + if (m_ExhibitIndex >= m_Exhibits.size()) + { + m_ExhibitIndex = 0; + } + + m_Exhibit = m_Exhibits[m_ExhibitIndex]; + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); +} + +void LUPExhibitComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, uint32_t& flags) +{ + outBitStream->Write1(); // Dirty flag? + outBitStream->Write(m_Exhibit); +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/LUPExhibitComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/LUPExhibitComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b9ecf70a --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/LUPExhibitComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "Component.h" +#include "Entity.h" + +/** + * Component that handles the LOT that is shown in the LUP exhibit in the LUP world. Works by setting a timer and + * switching the LOTs around that we'd like to display. + */ +class LUPExhibitComponent : public Component +{ +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_EXHIBIT; + + LUPExhibitComponent(Entity* parent); + ~LUPExhibitComponent(); + void Update(float deltaTime) override; + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, uint32_t& flags); + + /** + * After the timer runs out, this changes the currently exhibited LOT to the next one + */ + void NextExhibit(); +private: + /** + * The LOT that's currently on exhibit + */ + LOT m_Exhibit; + + /** + * The time since we've last updated the exhibit + */ + float m_UpdateTimer; + + /** + * The list of possible exhibits to show + */ + std::vector m_Exhibits; + + /** + * The current index in the exhibit list + */ + size_t m_ExhibitIndex; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/MissionComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/MissionComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a0e63914 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/MissionComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,615 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2019 + */ + +#include +#include + +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "CDClientManager.h" +#include "CDMissionTasksTable.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "AMFFormat.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "Mail.h" +#include "MissionPrerequisites.h" + +// MARK: Mission Component + +std::unordered_map> MissionComponent::m_AchievementCache = {}; + +//! Initializer +MissionComponent::MissionComponent(Entity* parent) : Component(parent) { +} + +//! Destructor +MissionComponent::~MissionComponent() { + for (const auto& mission : m_Missions) { + delete mission.second; + } + + this->m_Missions.clear(); +} + + +Mission* MissionComponent::GetMission(const uint32_t missionId) const { + if (m_Missions.count(missionId) == 0) { + return nullptr; + } + + const auto& index = m_Missions.find(missionId); + + if (index == m_Missions.end()) { + return nullptr; + } + + return index->second; +} + + +MissionState MissionComponent::GetMissionState(const uint32_t missionId) const { + auto* mission = GetMission(missionId); + + if (mission == nullptr) { + return CanAccept(missionId) ? MissionState::MISSION_STATE_AVAILABLE : MissionState::MISSION_STATE_UNKNOWN; + } + + return mission->GetMissionState(); +} + + +const std::unordered_map& MissionComponent::GetMissions() const { + return m_Missions; +} + + +bool MissionComponent::CanAccept(const uint32_t missionId) const { + return MissionPrerequisites::CanAccept(missionId, m_Missions); +} + + +void MissionComponent::AcceptMission(const uint32_t missionId, const bool skipChecks) { + if (!skipChecks && !CanAccept(missionId)) { + return; + } + + // If this is a daily mission, it may already be "accepted" + auto* mission = this->GetMission(missionId); + + if (mission != nullptr) { + if (mission->GetClientInfo().repeatable) { + mission->Accept(); + } + + return; + } + + mission = new Mission(this, missionId); + + mission->Accept(); + + this->m_Missions.insert_or_assign(missionId, mission); + + if (missionId == 1728) { + //Needs to send a mail + + auto address = m_Parent->GetSystemAddress(); + + Mail::HandleNotificationRequest(address, m_Parent->GetObjectID()); + } +} + + +void MissionComponent::CompleteMission(const uint32_t missionId, const bool skipChecks, const bool yieldRewards) { + // Get the mission first + auto* mission = this->GetMission(missionId); + + if (mission == nullptr) { + AcceptMission(missionId, skipChecks); + + mission = this->GetMission(missionId); + + if (mission == nullptr) { + return; + } + } + + //If this mission is not repeatable, and already completed, we stop here. + if (mission->IsComplete() && !mission->IsRepeatable()) { + return; + } + + mission->Complete(yieldRewards); +} + +void MissionComponent::RemoveMission(uint32_t missionId) { + auto* mission = this->GetMission(missionId); + + if (mission == nullptr) { + return; + } + + delete mission; + + m_Missions.erase(missionId); +} + +void MissionComponent::Progress(MissionTaskType type, int32_t value, LWOOBJID associate, const std::string& targets, int32_t count, bool ignoreAchievements) { + for (const auto& pair : m_Missions) { + auto* mission = pair.second; + + if (mission->IsAchievement() && ignoreAchievements) continue; + + if (mission->IsComplete()) continue; + + mission->Progress(type, value, associate, targets, count); + } + + if (count > 0 && !ignoreAchievements) { + LookForAchievements(type, value, true, associate, targets, count); + } +} + +void MissionComponent::ForceProgress(const uint32_t missionId, const uint32_t taskId, const int32_t value, const bool acceptMission) { + auto* mission = GetMission(missionId); + + if (mission == nullptr) { + if (!acceptMission) { + return; + } + + AcceptMission(missionId); + + mission = GetMission(missionId); + + if (mission == nullptr) { + return; + } + } + + for (auto* element : mission->GetTasks()) { + if (element->GetClientInfo().uid != taskId) continue; + + element->AddProgress(value); + } + + if (!mission->IsComplete()) { + mission->CheckCompletion(); + } +} + +void MissionComponent::ForceProgressTaskType(const uint32_t missionId, const uint32_t taskType, const int32_t value, const bool acceptMission) { + auto* mission = GetMission(missionId); + + if (mission == nullptr) { + if (!acceptMission) { + return; + } + + CDMissions missionInfo; + + if (!GetMissionInfo(missionId, missionInfo)) { + return; + } + + if (missionInfo.isMission) { + return; + } + + AcceptMission(missionId); + + mission = GetMission(missionId); + + if (mission == nullptr) { + return; + } + } + + for (auto* element : mission->GetTasks()) { + if (element->GetType() != static_cast(taskType)) continue; + + element->AddProgress(value); + } + + if (!mission->IsComplete()) { + mission->CheckCompletion(); + } +} + +void MissionComponent::ForceProgressValue(uint32_t missionId, uint32_t taskType, int32_t value, bool acceptMission) +{ + auto* mission = GetMission(missionId); + + if (mission == nullptr) { + if (!acceptMission) { + return; + } + + CDMissions missionInfo; + + if (!GetMissionInfo(missionId, missionInfo)) { + return; + } + + if (missionInfo.isMission) { + return; + } + + AcceptMission(missionId); + + mission = GetMission(missionId); + + if (mission == nullptr) { + return; + } + } + + for (auto* element : mission->GetTasks()) { + if (element->GetType() != static_cast(taskType) || !element->InAllTargets(value)) continue; + + element->AddProgress(1); + } + + if (!mission->IsComplete()) { + mission->CheckCompletion(); + } +} + +bool MissionComponent::GetMissionInfo(uint32_t missionId, CDMissions& result) { + auto* missionsTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("Missions"); + + const auto missions = missionsTable->Query([=](const CDMissions& entry) { + return entry.id == static_cast(missionId); + }); + + if (missions.empty()) { + return false; + } + + result = missions[0]; + + return true; +} + +#define MISSION_NEW_METHOD + +bool MissionComponent::LookForAchievements(MissionTaskType type, int32_t value, bool progress, LWOOBJID associate, const std::string& targets, int32_t count) { +#ifdef MISSION_NEW_METHOD + // Query for achievments, using the cache + const auto& result = QueryAchievements(type, value, targets); + + bool any = false; + + for (const uint32_t missionID : result) { + // Check if we already have this achievement + if (GetMission(missionID) != nullptr) { + continue; + } + + // Check if we can accept this achievement + if (!MissionPrerequisites::CanAccept(missionID, m_Missions)) { + continue; + } + + // Instantiate new mission and accept it + auto* instance = new Mission(this, missionID); + + m_Missions.insert_or_assign(missionID, instance); + + instance->Accept(); + + any = true; + + if (progress) { + // Progress mission to bring it up to speed + instance->Progress(type, value, associate, targets, count); + } + } + + return any; +#else + auto* missionTasksTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("MissionTasks"); + auto* missionsTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("Missions"); + + auto tasks = missionTasksTable->Query([=](const CDMissionTasks& entry) { + return entry.taskType == static_cast(type); + }); + + auto any = false; + + for (const auto& task : tasks) { + if (GetMission(task.id) != nullptr) { + continue; + } + + const auto missionEntries = missionsTable->Query([=](const CDMissions& entry) { + return entry.id == static_cast(task.id) && !entry.isMission; + }); + + if (missionEntries.empty()) { + continue; + } + + const auto mission = missionEntries[0]; + + if (mission.isMission || !MissionPrerequisites::CanAccept(mission.id, m_Missions)) { + continue; + } + + if (task.target != value && task.targetGroup != targets) { + auto stream = std::istringstream(task.targetGroup); + std::string token; + + auto found = false; + + while (std::getline(stream, token, ',')) { + try { + const auto target = std::stoul(token); + + found = target == value; + + if (found) { + break; + } + } + catch (std::invalid_argument& exception) { + Game::logger->Log("MissionComponent", "Failed to parse target (%s): (%s)!\n", token.c_str(), exception.what()); + } + } + + if (!found) { + continue; + } + } + + auto* instance = new Mission(this, mission.id); + + m_Missions.insert_or_assign(mission.id, instance); + + instance->Accept(); + + any = true; + + if (progress) { + instance->Progress(type, value, associate, targets, count); + } + } + + return any; +#endif +} + +const std::vector& MissionComponent::QueryAchievements(MissionTaskType type, int32_t value, const std::string targets) { + // Create a hash which represent this query for achievements + size_t hash = 0; + GeneralUtils::hash_combine(hash, type); + GeneralUtils::hash_combine(hash, value); + GeneralUtils::hash_combine(hash, targets); + + const std::unordered_map>::iterator& iter = m_AchievementCache.find(hash); + + // Check if this query is cached + if (iter != m_AchievementCache.end()) { + return iter->second; + } + + // Find relevent tables + auto* missionTasksTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("MissionTasks"); + auto* missionsTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("Missions"); + + std::vector result; + + // Loop through all mission tasks, might cache this task check later + for (const auto& task : missionTasksTable->GetEntries()) { + if (task.taskType != static_cast(type)) { + continue; + } + + // Seek the assosicated mission + auto foundMission = false; + + const auto& mission = missionsTable->GetByMissionID(task.id, foundMission); + + if (!foundMission || mission.isMission) { + continue; + } + + // Compare the easy values + if (task.target == value || task.targetGroup == targets) { + result.push_back(mission.id); + + continue; + } + + // Compare the target group, array separated by ',' + auto stream = std::istringstream(task.targetGroup); + std::string token; + + while (std::getline(stream, token, ',')) { + try { + if (std::stoi(token) == value) { + result.push_back(mission.id); + + continue; + } + } + catch (std::invalid_argument& exception) { + // Ignored + } + } + } + + // Insert into cache + m_AchievementCache.insert_or_assign(hash, result); + + return m_AchievementCache.find(hash)->second; +} + +bool MissionComponent::RequiresItem(const LOT lot) { + std::stringstream query; + + query << "SELECT type FROM Objects WHERE id = " << std::to_string(lot); + + auto result = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.str()); + + if (result.eof()) { + return false; + } + + if (!result.fieldIsNull(0)) { + const auto type = std::string(result.getStringField(0)); + + result.finalize(); + + if (type == "Powerup") { + return true; + } + } + + result.finalize(); + + for (const auto& pair : m_Missions) { + auto* mission = pair.second; + + if (mission->IsComplete()) { + continue; + } + + for (auto* task : mission->GetTasks()) { + if (task->IsComplete() || task->GetType() != MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_ITEM_COLLECTION) { + continue; + } + + if (!task->InAllTargets(lot)) { + continue; + } + + return true; + } + } + + const auto required = LookForAchievements(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_ITEM_COLLECTION, lot, false); + + return required; +} + + +void MissionComponent::LoadFromXml(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* doc) { + if (doc == nullptr) return; + + auto* mis = doc->FirstChildElement("obj")->FirstChildElement("mis"); + + if (mis == nullptr) return; + + auto* cur = mis->FirstChildElement("cur"); + auto* done = mis->FirstChildElement("done"); + + auto* doneM = done->FirstChildElement(); + + while (doneM) { + int missionId; + + doneM->QueryAttribute("id", &missionId); + + auto* mission = new Mission(this, missionId); + + mission->LoadFromXml(doneM); + + doneM = doneM->NextSiblingElement(); + + m_Missions.insert_or_assign(missionId, mission); + } + + auto* currentM = cur->FirstChildElement(); + + while (currentM) { + int missionId; + + currentM->QueryAttribute("id", &missionId); + + auto* mission = new Mission(this, missionId); + + mission->LoadFromXml(currentM); + + currentM = currentM->NextSiblingElement(); + + m_Missions.insert_or_assign(missionId, mission); + } +} + + +void MissionComponent::UpdateXml(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* doc) { + if (doc == nullptr) return; + + auto shouldInsertMis = false; + + auto* obj = doc->FirstChildElement("obj"); + + auto* mis = obj->FirstChildElement("mis"); + + if (mis == nullptr) { + mis = doc->NewElement("mis"); + + shouldInsertMis = true; + } + + mis->DeleteChildren(); + + auto* done = doc->NewElement("done"); + auto* cur = doc->NewElement("cur"); + + for (const auto& pair : m_Missions) { + auto* mission = pair.second; + + if (mission) { + const auto complete = mission->IsComplete(); + + if (complete) { + auto* m = doc->NewElement("m"); + + mission->UpdateXml(m); + + done->LinkEndChild(m); + + continue; + } + + auto* m = doc->NewElement("m"); + + mission->UpdateXml(m); + + cur->LinkEndChild(m); + } + } + + mis->InsertFirstChild(done); + mis->InsertEndChild(cur); + + if (shouldInsertMis) { + obj->LinkEndChild(mis); + } +} + +void MissionComponent::AddCollectible(int32_t collectibleID) +{ + // Check if this collectible is already in the list + if (HasCollectible(collectibleID)) { + return; + } + + m_Collectibles.push_back(collectibleID); +} + +bool MissionComponent::HasCollectible(int32_t collectibleID) +{ + return std::find(m_Collectibles.begin(), m_Collectibles.end(), collectibleID) != m_Collectibles.end(); +} + +bool MissionComponent::HasMission(uint32_t missionId) +{ + return GetMission(missionId) != nullptr; +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/MissionComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/MissionComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6e54a6b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/MissionComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2019 + */ + +#ifndef MISSIONCOMPONENT_H +#define MISSIONCOMPONENT_H + +#include +#include +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "Mission.h" +#include "tinyxml2.h" +#include "CDClientManager.h" +#include "CDMissionsTable.h" +#include "Component.h" + +/** + * The mission inventory of an entity. Tracks mission state for each mission that can be accepted and allows for + * progression of each of the mission task types (see MissionTaskType). + */ +class MissionComponent : public Component +{ +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION; + + explicit MissionComponent(Entity* parent); + ~MissionComponent() override; + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags); + void LoadFromXml(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* doc); + void UpdateXml(tinyxml2::XMLDocument* doc); + + /** + * Returns all the missions for this entity, mapped by mission ID + * @return the missions for this entity, mapped by mission ID + */ + const std::unordered_map& GetMissions() const; + + /** + * Returns the mission for the given mission ID, if it exists + * @param missionId the id of the mission to get + * @return the mission for the given mission ID + */ + Mission* GetMission(uint32_t missionId) const; + + /** + * Returns the current state of the entities progression for the mission of the specified ID + * @param missionId the ID of the mission to get the mission state for + * @return the mission state of the mission specified by the ID + */ + MissionState GetMissionState(uint32_t missionId) const; + + /** + * Checks if the entity has all the requirements for accepting the mission specified by the ID. + * @param missionId the mission ID to check for if the character may accept it + * @return whether this entity can accept the mission represented by the given mission ID + */ + bool CanAccept(uint32_t missionId) const; + + /** + * Accepts the mission specified by the ID, if the entity may accept it. Also stores it in the mission inventory. + * @param missionId the ID of the mission to accept + * @param skipChecks skips the checks for the mission prerequisites + */ + void AcceptMission(uint32_t missionId, bool skipChecks = false); + + /** + * Completes the mission specified by the given ID, if the entity has fulfilled all progress requirements. + * @param missionId the ID of the mission to complete + * @param skipChecks skips the checks for having completed all of the mission tasks + * @param yieldRewards whether to yield mission rewards, currently unused + */ + void CompleteMission(uint32_t missionId, bool skipChecks = false, bool yieldRewards = true); + + /** + * Removes the mission from the entities' mission chain. Not used for normal gameplay but useful for debugging. + * @param missionId the ID of the mission to remove + */ + void RemoveMission(uint32_t missionId); + + /** + * Attempts to progress mission tasks for a given type using parameters to progress. Note that this function is + * very abstract and different mission tasks require different combinations of parameters. This also progresses + * achievements, which are basically just missions with the isMission flag set to false. + * @param type the type of the mission task to try and progress with + * @param value the value to progress with, could be a LOT for item collection for example + * @param associate an associated entity for the progression, might be an activity host for example + * @param targets optionally multiple target values that could exist for the mission that we wish to progress + * @param count the number to progress by, for example the number of items + * @param ignoreAchievements do not progress achievements + */ + void Progress(MissionTaskType type, int32_t value, LWOOBJID associate = 0, const std::string& targets = "", int32_t count = 1, bool ignoreAchievements = false); + + /** + * Forces progression for a mission and task, ignoring checks + * @param missionId the mission ID to try and progress + * @param taskId the task ID of the task belonging to the mission trying to progress + * @param value the value to progress with + * @param acceptMission accept the mission if it was not already accepted + */ + void ForceProgress(uint32_t missionId, uint32_t taskId, int32_t value, bool acceptMission = true); + + /** + * Forces progress for all tasks of a certain type that belong to the same mission + * @param missionId the mission to progress + * @param taskType the task tyoe to progress + * @param value the value to progress with + * @param acceptMission accept the mission if it wasn't already + */ + void ForceProgressTaskType(uint32_t missionId, uint32_t taskType, int32_t value, bool acceptMission = true); + + /** + * Force progresses by checking the value and progressing by 1 + * @param missionId the mission to progress + * @param taskType the task to progress for + * @param value the value to check the mission values before progressing + * @param acceptMission accept the mission if it wasn't already + */ + void ForceProgressValue(uint32_t missionId, uint32_t taskType, int32_t value, bool acceptMission = true); + + /** + * Returns client database mission information for a mission + * @param missionId the ID of the mission to get the info for + * @param result the result to store the information in + * @return true if the information was succesfully retrieved, false otherwise + */ + bool GetMissionInfo(uint32_t missionId, CDMissions& result); + + /** + * Checks if there's any achievements we might be able to accept for the given parameters + * @param type the task type for tasks in the achievement that we wish to progress + * @param value the value to progress by + * @param progress if we can accept the mission, this will apply the progression + * @param associate optional associate related to mission progression + * @param targets optional multiple targets related to mission progression + * @param count the number of values to progress by (differs by task type) + * @return true if a achievement was accepted, false otherwise + */ + bool LookForAchievements(MissionTaskType type, int32_t value, bool progress = true, LWOOBJID associate = LWOOBJID_EMPTY, const std::string& targets = "", int32_t count = 1); + + /** + * Checks if there's a mission active that requires the collection of the specified LOT + * @param lot the LOT to check for + * @return if there's a mission active that requires the collection of the specified LOT + */ + bool RequiresItem(LOT lot); + + /** + * Collects a collectable for the entity, unrendering it for the entity + * @param collectibleID the ID of the collectable to add + */ + void AddCollectible(int32_t collectibleID); + + /** + * Checks if the entity already has a collectible of the specified ID + * @param collectibleID the ID of the collectible to check + * @return if the entity already has a collectible of the specified ID + */ + bool HasCollectible(int32_t collectibleID); + + /** + * Checks if the entity has a certain mission in its inventory + * @param missionId the ID of the mission to check + * @return if the entity has a certain mission in its inventory + */ + bool HasMission(uint32_t missionId); + +private: + /** + * All the missions owned by this entity, mapped by mission ID + */ + std::unordered_map m_Missions; + + /** + * All the collectibles currently collected by the entity + */ + std::vector m_Collectibles; + + + /** + * For the given parameters, finds the mission IDs of the achievements that may be unlcoked + * @param type the mission task type to try and progress + * @param value the value to try and progress with + * @param targets optional targets to progress with + * @return list of mission IDs (achievements) that can be progressed for the given parameters + */ + static const std::vector& QueryAchievements(MissionTaskType type, int32_t value, const std::string targets); + + /** + * As achievements can be hard to query, we here store a list of all the mission IDs that can be unlocked for a + * combination of tasks and values, so that they can be easily re-queried later + */ + static std::unordered_map> m_AchievementCache; +}; + +#endif // MISSIONCOMPONENT_H diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/MissionOfferComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/MissionOfferComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a9abb57 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/MissionOfferComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,238 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2019 + */ + +#include +#include "MissionOfferComponent.h" +#include "CDClientManager.h" +#include "CDMissionsTable.h" +#include "CDMissionNPCComponentTable.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "MissionPrerequisites.h" + +OfferedMission::OfferedMission(const uint32_t missionId, const bool offersMission, const bool acceptsMission) +{ + this->missionId = missionId; + this->offersMission = offersMission; + this->acceptsMission = acceptsMission; +} + + +uint32_t OfferedMission::GetMissionId() const +{ + return this->missionId; +} + +bool OfferedMission::GetOfferMission() const +{ + return this->offersMission; +} + +bool OfferedMission::GetAcceptMission() const +{ + return this->acceptsMission; +} + +//------------------------ MissionOfferComponent below ------------------------ + +MissionOfferComponent::MissionOfferComponent(Entity* parent, const LOT parentLot) : Component(parent) { + auto* compRegistryTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ComponentsRegistry"); + + auto value = compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(parentLot, COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION_OFFER, -1); + + if (value != -1) { + const uint32_t componentId = value; + + // Now lookup the missions in the MissionNPCComponent table + auto* missionNpcComponentTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("MissionNPCComponent"); + + auto missions = missionNpcComponentTable->Query([=](const CDMissionNPCComponent& entry) + { + return entry.id == static_cast(componentId); + }); + + for (auto& mission : missions) + { + auto* offeredMission = new OfferedMission(mission.missionID, mission.offersMission, mission.acceptsMission); + this->offeredMissions.push_back(offeredMission); + } + } +} + + +MissionOfferComponent::~MissionOfferComponent() +{ + for (auto* mission : this->offeredMissions) { + if (mission) { + delete mission; + mission = nullptr; + } + } + + offeredMissions.clear(); +} + +void MissionOfferComponent::OnUse(Entity* originator) +{ + OfferMissions(originator); +} + +void MissionOfferComponent::OfferMissions(Entity* entity, const uint32_t specifiedMissionId) +{ + // First, get the entity's MissionComponent. If there is not one, then we cannot offer missions to this entity. + auto* missionComponent = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION)); + + if (!missionComponent) { + Game::logger->Log("MissionOfferComponent", "Unable to get mission component for Entity %llu\n", entity->GetObjectID()); + return; + } + + std::vector offered {}; + + CDMissions info {}; + + if (specifiedMissionId > 0 && !Mission::IsValidMission(specifiedMissionId, info)) + { + return; + } + + for (auto* offeredMission : this->offeredMissions) + { + if (specifiedMissionId > 0) + { + if (offeredMission->GetMissionId() != specifiedMissionId && !info.isRandom) + { + continue; + } + } + + // First, check if we already have the mission + const auto missionId = offeredMission->GetMissionId(); + + auto* mission = missionComponent->GetMission(missionId); + + if (mission != nullptr) + { + if (specifiedMissionId <= 0) + { + // Handles the odd case where the offer object should not display the mission again + if (!mission->IsComplete() && mission->GetClientInfo().offer_objectID == m_Parent->GetLOT() && mission->GetClientInfo().target_objectID != m_Parent->GetLOT() && mission->IsFetchMission()) + { + continue; + } + } + + // We have the mission, if it is not complete, offer it + if (mission->IsActive() || mission->IsReadyToComplete()) + { + GameMessages::SendOfferMission(entity->GetObjectID(), entity->GetSystemAddress(), missionId, m_Parent->GetObjectID()); + + offered.push_back(missionId); + + continue; + } + } + + const auto canAccept = MissionPrerequisites::CanAccept(missionId, missionComponent->GetMissions()); + + // Mission has not yet been accepted - check the prereqs + if (!canAccept) + continue; + + if (!Mission::IsValidMission(missionId, info)) + { + continue; + } + + const auto& randomPool = info.randomPool; + const auto isRandom = info.isRandom; + + if (isRandom && randomPool.empty()) // This means the mission is part of a random pool of missions. + { + continue; + } + + if (isRandom && !randomPool.empty()) + { + std::istringstream stream(randomPool); + std::string token; + + std::vector randomMissionPool; + + while (std::getline(stream, token, ',')) + { + try + { + const auto value = std::stoul(token); + + randomMissionPool.push_back(value); + } + catch (std::invalid_argument& exception) + { + Game::logger->Log("MissionOfferComponent", "Failed to parse value (%s): (%s)!\n", token.c_str(), exception.what()); + } + } + + if (specifiedMissionId > 0) + { + const auto& iter = std::find(randomMissionPool.begin(), randomMissionPool.end(), specifiedMissionId); + + if (iter != randomMissionPool.end() && MissionPrerequisites::CanAccept(specifiedMissionId, missionComponent->GetMissions())) + { + GameMessages::SendOfferMission(entity->GetObjectID(), entity->GetSystemAddress(), specifiedMissionId, m_Parent->GetObjectID()); + + return; + } + } + + std::vector canAcceptPool; + + for (const auto sample : randomMissionPool) + { + const auto state = missionComponent->GetMissionState(sample); + + if (state == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE || + state == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_ACTIVE || + state == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_READY_TO_COMPLETE || + state == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_READY_TO_COMPLETE || + sample == specifiedMissionId) + { + mission = missionComponent->GetMission(sample); + + if (mission == nullptr || mission->IsAchievement()) + { + continue; + } + + GameMessages::SendOfferMission(entity->GetObjectID(), entity->GetSystemAddress(), sample, m_Parent->GetObjectID()); + + canAcceptPool.clear(); + + break; + } + + if (std::find(offered.begin(), offered.end(), sample) == offered.end() && MissionPrerequisites::CanAccept(sample, missionComponent->GetMissions())) + { + canAcceptPool.push_back(sample); + } + } + + // If the mission is already active or we already completed one of them today + if (canAcceptPool.empty()) + continue; + + const auto selected = canAcceptPool[GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber(0, canAcceptPool.size() - 1)]; + + GameMessages::SendOfferMission(entity->GetObjectID(), entity->GetSystemAddress(), selected, m_Parent->GetObjectID()); + } + else if (std::find(offered.begin(), offered.end(), missionId) == offered.end() && offeredMission->GetOfferMission()) + { + GameMessages::SendOfferMission(entity->GetObjectID(), entity->GetSystemAddress(), missionId, m_Parent->GetObjectID()); + } + } +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/MissionOfferComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/MissionOfferComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6719810e --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/MissionOfferComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2019 + */ + +#ifndef MISSIONOFFERCOMPONENT_H +#define MISSIONOFFERCOMPONENT_H + +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "Component.h" +#include +#include + +class Entity; + +/** + * Light wrapper around missions that may be offered by an entity + */ +struct OfferedMission { + OfferedMission(uint32_t missionId, bool offersMission, bool acceptsMission); + + /** + * Returns the ID of the mission + * @return the ID of the mission + */ + uint32_t GetMissionId() const; + + /** + * Returns if this mission is offered by the entity + * @return true if this mission is offered by the entity, false otherwise + */ + bool GetOfferMission() const; + + /** + * Returns if this mission may be accepted by the entity (currently unused) + * @return true if this mission may be accepted by the entity, false otherwise + */ + bool GetAcceptMission() const; + +private: + + /** + * The ID of the mission + */ + uint32_t missionId; + + /** + * Determines if the mission is offered by the entity + */ + bool offersMission; + + /** + * Determines if the mission can be accepted by the entity + */ + bool acceptsMission; +}; + +/** + * Allows entities to offer missions to other entities, depending on their mission inventory progression. + */ +class MissionOfferComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION_OFFER; + + MissionOfferComponent(Entity* parent, LOT parentLot); + ~MissionOfferComponent() override; + + /** + * Handles the OnUse event triggered by some entity, determines which missions to show based on what they may + * hand in now and what they may start based on their mission history. + * @param originator the entity that triggered the event + */ + void OnUse(Entity* originator) override; + + /** + * Offers all the missions an entity can accept to said entity + * @param entity the entity to offer missions to + * @param specifiedMissionId optional mission ID if you wish to offer a specific mission + */ + void OfferMissions(Entity* entity, uint32_t specifiedMissionId = 0); + +private: + + /** + * The missions this entity has to offer + */ + std::vector offeredMissions; +}; + +#endif // MISSIONOFFERCOMPONENT_H diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/ModelComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/ModelComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bb8bdfe4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/ModelComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +#include "ModelComponent.h" +#include "Entity.h" + +ModelComponent::ModelComponent(uint32_t componentID, Entity* parent) : Component(parent) +{ + m_Position = m_Parent->GetDefaultPosition(); + m_Rotation = m_Parent->GetDefaultRotation(); + + m_userModelID = m_Parent->GetVarAs(u"userModelID"); + + /* + for (auto set : m_Parent->GetInfo().settings) { + if (set && set->GetKey() == u"userModelID") { + m_userModelID = std::stoull(set->GetValueAsString()); + } + } + */ +} + +ModelComponent::~ModelComponent() { +} + +void ModelComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags) { + //item component: + outBitStream->Write1(); + outBitStream->Write(m_userModelID); + outBitStream->Write(0); + outBitStream->Write0(); + + //actual model component: + outBitStream->Write1(); //yes we are writing model info + outBitStream->Write0(); //?? + outBitStream->Write(2); //model type, always 2 for BBB + + outBitStream->Write(m_Position); + outBitStream->Write(m_Rotation); + + outBitStream->Write1(); //second data flag, all unknown. Maybe skip? + outBitStream->Write(0); + outBitStream->Write1(); + outBitStream->Write0(); +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/ModelComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/ModelComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3b13bab8 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/ModelComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +#pragma once +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "NiPoint3.h" +#include "NiQuaternion.h" +#include "Component.h" + +class Entity; + +/** + * Component that represents entities that are a model, e.g. collectible models and BBB models. + */ +class ModelComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_MODEL; + + ModelComponent(uint32_t componentID, Entity* parent); + ~ModelComponent() override; + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags); + + /** + * Returns the position of the model + * @return the position of the model + */ + NiPoint3& GetPosition() { return m_Position; } + + /** + * Sets the position of the model + * @param pos the position to set + */ + void SetPosition(const NiPoint3& pos) { m_Position = pos; } + + /** + * Returns the rotation of the model + * @return the rotation of the model + */ + NiQuaternion& GetRotation() { return m_Rotation; } + + /** + * Sets the rotation of the model + * @param rot the rotation to set + */ + void SetRotation(const NiQuaternion& rot) { m_Rotation = rot; } + +private: + + /** + * The position of the model + */ + NiPoint3 m_Position; + + /** + * The rotation of the model + */ + NiQuaternion m_Rotation; + + /** + * The ID of the user that made the model + */ + LWOOBJID m_userModelID; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/ModuleAssemblyComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/ModuleAssemblyComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0095b68f --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/ModuleAssemblyComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +#include "ModuleAssemblyComponent.h" + +ModuleAssemblyComponent::ModuleAssemblyComponent(Entity* parent) : Component(parent) +{ + m_SubKey = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + m_UseOptionalParts = false; + m_AssemblyPartsLOTs = u""; +} + +ModuleAssemblyComponent::~ModuleAssemblyComponent() +{ + +} + +void ModuleAssemblyComponent::SetSubKey(LWOOBJID value) +{ + m_SubKey = value; +} + +LWOOBJID ModuleAssemblyComponent::GetSubKey() const +{ + return m_SubKey; +} + +void ModuleAssemblyComponent::SetUseOptionalParts(bool value) +{ + m_UseOptionalParts = value; +} + +bool ModuleAssemblyComponent::GetUseOptionalParts() const +{ + return m_UseOptionalParts; +} + +void ModuleAssemblyComponent::SetAssemblyPartsLOTs(const std::u16string& value) +{ + std::u16string val {}; + + val.reserve(value.size() + 1); + + for (auto character : value) + { + if (character == '+') character = ';'; + + val.push_back(character); + } + + val.push_back(';'); + + m_AssemblyPartsLOTs = val; +} + +const std::u16string& ModuleAssemblyComponent::GetAssemblyPartsLOTs() const +{ + return m_AssemblyPartsLOTs; +} + +void ModuleAssemblyComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags) +{ + if (bIsInitialUpdate) + { + outBitStream->Write1(); + + outBitStream->Write(m_SubKey != LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + if (m_SubKey != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + { + outBitStream->Write(m_SubKey); + } + + outBitStream->Write(m_UseOptionalParts); + + outBitStream->Write(static_cast(m_AssemblyPartsLOTs.size())); + for (char16_t character : m_AssemblyPartsLOTs) + { + outBitStream->Write(character); + } + } +} + +void ModuleAssemblyComponent::Update(float deltaTime) +{ + +} + diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/ModuleAssemblyComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/ModuleAssemblyComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..28dcfa70 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/ModuleAssemblyComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "Component.h" + +/** + * Component that belongs to an object that may be modularly built, like cars and rockets. Note that this is not the + * same as having said items in your inventory (the subkey for this component) this component is the one that + * renders the entity into the world. + */ +class ModuleAssemblyComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_MODULE_ASSEMBLY; + + ModuleAssemblyComponent(Entity* MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_PLAYER_REMOVED_NOTIFICATION); + ~ModuleAssemblyComponent() override; + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags); + void Update(float deltaTime); + + /** + * Sets the subkey of this entity + * @param value the subkey to set + */ + void SetSubKey(LWOOBJID value); + + /** + * Returns the subkey for this entity + * @return the subkey for this entity + */ + LWOOBJID GetSubKey() const; + + + /** + * Sets the optional parts value + * @param value the value to set + */ + void SetUseOptionalParts(bool value); + + /** + * Returns the optional parts value + * @return the value to set + */ + bool GetUseOptionalParts() const; + + /** + * Sets the assembly part lots (the subsections of this modular build) + * @param value the assembly part lots to set + */ + void SetAssemblyPartsLOTs(const std::u16string& value); + + /** + * Returns the assembly part lots (the subsections of this modular build) + * @return + */ + const std::u16string& GetAssemblyPartsLOTs() const; + +private: + + /** + * The sub key is the entity that this entity is an instance of. E.g. the item in the inventory. If a car for + * example is to be rendered, this sub key refers to the car item that was used to build this entity. + */ + LWOOBJID m_SubKey; + + /** + * Whether to use optional parts, currently unused + */ + bool m_UseOptionalParts; + + /** + * The sub items that this entity is made of + */ + std::u16string m_AssemblyPartsLOTs; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/MovementAIComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/MovementAIComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ff7c0cef --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/MovementAIComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,553 @@ +#include "MovementAIComponent.h" + +#include +#include + +#include "ControllablePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "BaseCombatAIComponent.h" +#include "dpCommon.h" +#include "dpWorld.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "SimplePhysicsComponent.h" + +std::map MovementAIComponent::m_PhysicsSpeedCache = {}; + +MovementAIComponent::MovementAIComponent(Entity* parent, MovementAIInfo info) : Component(parent) { + m_Info = std::move(info); + m_Done = true; + + m_BaseCombatAI = nullptr; + + m_BaseCombatAI = reinterpret_cast(m_Parent->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_BASE_COMBAT_AI)); + + //Try and fix the insane values: + if (m_Info.wanderRadius > 5.0f) m_Info.wanderRadius = m_Info.wanderRadius * 0.5f; + if (m_Info.wanderRadius > 8.0f) m_Info.wanderRadius = 8.0f; + if (m_Info.wanderSpeed > 0.5f) m_Info.wanderSpeed = m_Info.wanderSpeed * 0.5f; + + m_BaseSpeed = GetBaseSpeed(m_Parent->GetLOT()); + + m_NextWaypoint = GetCurrentPosition(); + m_Acceleration = 0.4f; + m_Interrupted = false; + m_PullPoint = {}; + m_HaltDistance = 0; + m_Timer = 0; + m_CurrentSpeed = 0; + m_Speed = 0; + m_TotalTime = 0; + m_LockRotation = false; +} + +MovementAIComponent::~MovementAIComponent() = default; + +void MovementAIComponent::Update(const float deltaTime) { + if (m_Interrupted) + { + const auto source = GetCurrentWaypoint(); + + const auto speed = deltaTime * 2.5f; + + NiPoint3 velocity; + + velocity.x = (m_PullPoint.x - source.x) * speed; + velocity.y = (m_PullPoint.y - source.y) * speed; + velocity.z = (m_PullPoint.z - source.z) * speed; + + SetPosition(source + velocity); + + if (Vector3::DistanceSquared(GetCurrentPosition(), m_PullPoint) < 2 * 2) + { + m_Interrupted = false; + } + + return; + } + + if (AtFinalWaypoint()) // Are we done? + { + return; + } + + if (m_HaltDistance > 0) + { + if (Vector3::DistanceSquared(ApproximateLocation(), GetDestination()) < m_HaltDistance * m_HaltDistance) // Prevent us from hugging the target + { + Stop(); + + return; + } + } + + if (m_Timer > 0) + { + m_Timer -= deltaTime; + + if (m_Timer > 0) + { + return; + } + + m_Timer = 0; + } + + const auto source = GetCurrentWaypoint(); + + SetPosition(source); + + NiPoint3 velocity = NiPoint3::ZERO; + + if (AdvanceWaypointIndex()) // Do we have another waypoint to seek? + { + m_NextWaypoint = GetCurrentWaypoint(); + + if (m_NextWaypoint == source) + { + m_Timer = 0; + + goto nextAction; + } + + if (m_CurrentSpeed < m_Speed) + { + m_CurrentSpeed += m_Acceleration; + } + + if (m_CurrentSpeed > m_Speed) + { + m_CurrentSpeed = m_Speed; + } + + const auto speed = m_CurrentSpeed * m_BaseSpeed; + + const auto delta = m_NextWaypoint - source; + + // Normalize the vector + const auto length = sqrtf(delta.x * delta.x + delta.y * delta.y + delta.z * delta.z); + + if (length > 0) + { + velocity.x = (delta.x / length) * speed; + velocity.y = (delta.y / length) * speed; + velocity.z = (delta.z / length) * speed; + } + + // Calclute the time it will take to reach the next waypoint with the current speed + m_TotalTime = m_Timer = length / speed; + + SetRotation(NiQuaternion::LookAt(source, m_NextWaypoint)); + } + else + { + // Check if there are more waypoints in the queue, if so set our next destination to the next waypoint + if (!m_Queue.empty()) + { + SetDestination(m_Queue.top()); + + m_Queue.pop(); + } + else + { + // We have reached our final waypoint + Stop(); + + return; + } + } + + nextAction: + + SetVelocity(velocity); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); +} + +const MovementAIInfo& MovementAIComponent::GetInfo() const +{ + return m_Info; +} + +bool MovementAIComponent::AdvanceWaypointIndex() +{ + if (m_PathIndex >= m_CurrentPath.size()) + { + return false; + } + + m_PathIndex++; + + return true; +} + +NiPoint3 MovementAIComponent::GetCurrentWaypoint() const +{ + if (m_PathIndex >= m_CurrentPath.size()) + { + return GetCurrentPosition(); + } + + return m_CurrentPath[m_PathIndex]; +} + +NiPoint3 MovementAIComponent::GetNextWaypoint() const +{ + return m_NextWaypoint; +} + +NiPoint3 MovementAIComponent::GetCurrentPosition() const +{ + return m_Parent->GetPosition(); +} + +NiPoint3 MovementAIComponent::ApproximateLocation() const +{ + auto source = GetCurrentPosition(); + + if (m_Done) + { + return source; + } + + auto destination = m_NextWaypoint; + + auto factor = m_TotalTime > 0 ? (m_TotalTime - m_Timer) / m_TotalTime : 0; + + auto x = source.x + factor * (destination.x - source.x); + auto y = source.y + factor * (destination.y - source.y); + auto z = source.z + factor * (destination.z - source.z); + + NiPoint3 approximation = NiPoint3(x, y, z); + + if (dpWorld::Instance().IsLoaded()) + { + approximation.y = dpWorld::Instance().GetHeightAtPoint(approximation); + } + + return approximation; +} + +bool MovementAIComponent::Warp(const NiPoint3& point) +{ + Stop(); + + NiPoint3 destination = point; + + if (dpWorld::Instance().IsLoaded()) + { + destination.y = dpWorld::Instance().GetHeightAtPoint(point); + + if (std::abs(destination.y - point.y) > 3) + { + return false; + } + } + + SetPosition(destination); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + + return true; +} + +float MovementAIComponent::GetTimer() const +{ + return m_Timer; +} + +bool MovementAIComponent::AtFinalWaypoint() const +{ + return m_Done; +} + +void MovementAIComponent::Stop() +{ + if (m_Done) + { + return; + } + + SetPosition(ApproximateLocation()); + + SetVelocity(NiPoint3::ZERO); + + m_TotalTime = m_Timer = 0; + + m_Done = true; + + m_CurrentPath = {}; + + m_PathIndex = 0; + + m_CurrentSpeed = 0; + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); +} + +void MovementAIComponent::PullToPoint(const NiPoint3& point) +{ + Stop(); + + m_Interrupted = true; + m_PullPoint = point; +} + +void MovementAIComponent::SetPath(std::vector path) +{ + std::reverse(path.begin(), path.end()); + + for (const auto& point : path) + { + m_Queue.push(point); + } + + SetDestination(m_Queue.top()); + + m_Queue.pop(); +} + +float MovementAIComponent::GetBaseSpeed(LOT lot) +{ + // Check if the lot is in the cache + const auto& it = m_PhysicsSpeedCache.find(lot); + + if (it != m_PhysicsSpeedCache.end()) + { + return it->second; + } + + CDComponentsRegistryTable* componentRegistryTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ComponentsRegistry"); + CDPhysicsComponentTable* physicsComponentTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("PhysicsComponent"); + + int32_t componentID; + CDPhysicsComponent* physicsComponent = nullptr; + + componentID = componentRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(lot, COMPONENT_TYPE_CONTROLLABLE_PHYSICS, -1); + + if (componentID != -1) + { + physicsComponent = physicsComponentTable->GetByID(componentID); + + goto foundComponent; + } + + componentID = componentRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(lot, COMPONENT_TYPE_SIMPLE_PHYSICS, -1); + + if (componentID != -1) + { + physicsComponent = physicsComponentTable->GetByID(componentID); + + goto foundComponent; + } + + foundComponent: + + float speed; + + if (physicsComponent == nullptr) + { + speed = 8; + } + else + { + speed = physicsComponent->speed; + } + + m_PhysicsSpeedCache[lot] = speed; + + return speed; +} + +void MovementAIComponent::SetPosition(const NiPoint3& value) +{ + auto* controllablePhysicsComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + + if (controllablePhysicsComponent != nullptr) + { + controllablePhysicsComponent->SetPosition(value); + + return; + } + + auto* simplePhysicsComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + + if (simplePhysicsComponent != nullptr) + { + simplePhysicsComponent->SetPosition(value); + } +} + +void MovementAIComponent::SetRotation(const NiQuaternion& value) +{ + if (m_LockRotation) + { + return; + } + + auto* controllablePhysicsComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + + if (controllablePhysicsComponent != nullptr) + { + controllablePhysicsComponent->SetRotation(value); + + return; + } + + auto* simplePhysicsComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + + if (simplePhysicsComponent != nullptr) + { + simplePhysicsComponent->SetRotation(value); + } +} + +void MovementAIComponent::SetVelocity(const NiPoint3& value) +{ + auto* controllablePhysicsComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + + if (controllablePhysicsComponent != nullptr) + { + controllablePhysicsComponent->SetVelocity(value); + + return; + } + + auto* simplePhysicsComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + + if (simplePhysicsComponent != nullptr) + { + simplePhysicsComponent->SetVelocity(value); + } +} + +void MovementAIComponent::SetDestination(const NiPoint3& value) +{ + if (m_Interrupted) + { + return; + } + + /*if (Vector3::DistanceSquared(value, GetDestination()) < 2 * 2) + { + return; + }*/ + + const auto location = ApproximateLocation(); + + if (!AtFinalWaypoint()) + { + SetPosition(location); + } + + std::vector computedPath; + + if (dpWorld::Instance().IsLoaded()) + { + computedPath = dpWorld::Instance().GetPath(GetCurrentPosition(), value, m_Info.wanderSpeed); + } + else + { + // Than take 10 points between the current position and the destination and make that the path + + auto point = location; + + auto delta = value - point; + + auto step = delta / 10; + + for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) + { + point = point + step; + + computedPath.push_back(point); + } + } + + if (computedPath.empty()) // Somehow failed + { + return; + } + + m_CurrentPath.clear(); + + m_CurrentPath.push_back(location); + + // Simply path + for (auto point : computedPath) + { + if (dpWorld::Instance().IsLoaded()) + { + point.y = dpWorld::Instance().GetHeightAtPoint(point); + } + + m_CurrentPath.push_back(point); + } + + m_CurrentPath.push_back(computedPath[computedPath.size() - 1]); + + m_PathIndex = 0; + + m_TotalTime = m_Timer = 0; + + m_Done = false; +} + +NiPoint3 MovementAIComponent::GetDestination() const +{ + if (m_CurrentPath.empty()) + { + return GetCurrentPosition(); + } + + return m_CurrentPath[m_CurrentPath.size() - 1]; +} + +void MovementAIComponent::SetSpeed(const float value) +{ + m_Speed = value; + m_Acceleration = value / 5; +} + +float MovementAIComponent::GetSpeed() const +{ + return m_Speed; +} + +void MovementAIComponent::SetAcceleration(const float value) +{ + m_Acceleration = value; +} + +float MovementAIComponent::GetAcceleration() const +{ + return m_Acceleration; +} + +void MovementAIComponent::SetHaltDistance(const float value) +{ + m_HaltDistance = value; +} + +float MovementAIComponent::GetHaltDistance() const +{ + return m_HaltDistance; +} + +void MovementAIComponent::SetCurrentSpeed(float value) +{ + m_CurrentSpeed = value; +} + +float MovementAIComponent::GetCurrentSpeed() const +{ + return m_CurrentSpeed; +} + +void MovementAIComponent::SetLockRotation(bool value) +{ + m_LockRotation = value; +} + +bool MovementAIComponent::GetLockRotation() const +{ + return m_LockRotation; +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/MovementAIComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/MovementAIComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..477c39f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/MovementAIComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,330 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2018 + */ + +#ifndef MOVEMENTAICOMPONENT_H +#define MOVEMENTAICOMPONENT_H + +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "Component.h" +#include + +class ControllablePhysicsComponent; +class BaseCombatAIComponent; + +/** + * Information that describes the different variables used to make an entity move around + */ +struct MovementAIInfo { + std::string movementType; + + /** + * The radius that the entity can wander in + */ + float wanderRadius; + + /** + * The speed at which the entity wanders + */ + float wanderSpeed; + + /** + * This is only used for the emotes + */ + float wanderChance; + + /** + * The min amount of delay before wandering + */ + float wanderDelayMin; + + /** + * The max amount of delay before wandering + */ + float wanderDelayMax; +}; + +/** + * Component that handles the movement settings of an entity. Not to be confused with the BaseCombatAI component that + * actually handles attackig and following enemy entities. + */ +class MovementAIComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_MOVEMENT_AI; + + MovementAIComponent(Entity* parentEntity, MovementAIInfo info); + ~MovementAIComponent() override; + + void Update(float deltaTime); + + /** + * Returns the basic settings that this entity uses to move around + * @return the basic settings that this entity uses to move around + */ + const MovementAIInfo& GetInfo() const; + + /** + * Set a destination point for the entity to move towards + * @param value the destination point to move towards + */ + void SetDestination(const NiPoint3& value); + + /** + * Returns the current rotation this entity is moving towards + * @return the current rotation this entity is moving towards + */ + NiPoint3 GetDestination() const; + + /** + * Sets the max speed at which this entity may run + * @param value the speed value to set + */ + void SetSpeed(float value); + + /** + * Returns the max speed at which this entity may run + * @return the max speed at which this entity may run + */ + float GetSpeed() const; + + /** + * Sets how fast the entity will accelerate when not running at full speed + * @param value the acceleration to set + */ + void SetAcceleration(float value); + + /** + * Returns the current speed at which this entity accelerates when not running at full speed + * @return the current speed at which this entity accelerates when not running at full speed + */ + float GetAcceleration() const; + + /** + * Sets the halting distance (the distance at which we consider the target to be reached) + * @param value the halting distance to set + */ + void SetHaltDistance(float value); + + /** + * Returns the current halting distance (the distance at which we consider the target to be reached) + * @return the current halting distance + */ + float GetHaltDistance() const; + + /** + * Sets the speed the entity is currently running at + * @param value the speed value to set + */ + void SetCurrentSpeed(float value); + + /** + * Returns the speed the entity is currently running at + * @return the speed the entity is currently running at + */ + float GetCurrentSpeed() const; + + /** + * Locks the rotation of this entity in place, depending on the argument + * @param value if true, the entity will be rotationally locked + */ + void SetLockRotation(bool value); + + /** + * Returns whether this entity is currently rotationally locked + * @return true if the entity is rotationally locked, false otherwise + */ + bool GetLockRotation() const; + + /** + * Attempts to update the waypoint index, making the entity move to the next waypoint + * @return true if the waypoint could be increased, false if the entity is at the last waypoint already + */ + bool AdvanceWaypointIndex(); + + /** + * Returns the waypoint the entity is currently moving towards + * @return the waypoint the entity is currently moving towards + */ + NiPoint3 GetCurrentWaypoint() const; + + /** + * Returns the waypoint this entity is supposed to move towards next + * @return the waypoint this entity is supposed to move towards next + */ + NiPoint3 GetNextWaypoint() const; + + /** + * Returns the current position of this entity + * @return the current position of this entity + */ + NiPoint3 GetCurrentPosition() const; + + /** + * Returns the approximate current location of the entity, including y coordinates + * @return the approximate current location of the entity + */ + NiPoint3 ApproximateLocation() const; + + /** + * Teleports this entity to a position. If the distance between the provided point and the y it should have + * according to map data, this will not succeed (to avoid teleporting entities into the sky). + * @param point the point to teleport to + * @return true if the warp was successful, false otherwise + */ + bool Warp(const NiPoint3& point); + + /** + * Returns the time it will take to reach the final waypoint according to the current speed + * @return the time it will take to reach the final waypoint according to the current speed + */ + float GetTimer() const; + + /** + * Returns if the entity is at its final waypoint + * @return if the entity is at its final waypoint + */ + bool AtFinalWaypoint() const; + + /** + * Renders the entity stationary + */ + void Stop(); + + /** + * Stops the current movement and moves the entity to a certain point. Will continue until it's close enough, + * after which its AI is enabled again. + * @param point the point to move towards + */ + void PullToPoint(const NiPoint3& point); + + /** + * Sets a path to follow for the AI + * @param path the path to follow + */ + void SetPath(std::vector path); + + /** + * Returns the base speed from the DB for a given LOT + * @param lot the lot to check for + * @return the base speed of the lot + */ + static float GetBaseSpeed(LOT lot); + +private: + + /** + * Sets the current position of the entity + * @param value the position to set + */ + void SetPosition(const NiPoint3& value); + + /** + * Sets the current rotation of the entity + * @param value the rotation to set + */ + void SetRotation(const NiQuaternion& value); + + /** + * Sets the current velocity of the entityes + * @param value the velocity to set + */ + void SetVelocity(const NiPoint3& value); + + /** + * Base information regarding the movement information for this entity + */ + MovementAIInfo m_Info; + + /** + * The point this entity is moving towards + */ + NiPoint3 m_NextWaypoint; + + /** + * The max speed this entity may move at + */ + float m_Speed; + + /** + * The time it will take to reach the next waypoint using the current speed + */ + float m_Timer; + + /** + * The total time it will take to reach the waypoint form its starting point + */ + float m_TotalTime; + + /** + * The path this entity is currently traversing + */ + uint32_t m_PathIndex; + + /** + * If the entity has reached it last waypoint + */ + bool m_Done; + + /** + * The speed the entity is currently moving at + */ + float m_CurrentSpeed; + + /** + * The acceleration this entity has when not moving at its top speed yet + */ + float m_Acceleration; + + /** + * The distance between the current position and the target waypoint to consider it reached (to not ghost into it). + */ + float m_HaltDistance; + + /** + * The base speed this entity has + */ + float m_BaseSpeed; + + /** + * If the AI is currently turned of (e.g. when teleporting to some location) + */ + bool m_Interrupted; + + /** + * A position that the entity is currently moving towards while being interrupted + */ + NiPoint3 m_PullPoint; + + /** + * If the entity is currently rotationally locked + */ + bool m_LockRotation; + + /** + * Optional direct link to the combat AI component of the parent entity + */ + BaseCombatAIComponent* m_BaseCombatAI = nullptr; + + /** + * The path the entity is currently following + */ + std::vector m_CurrentPath; + + /** + * Queue of positions to traverse + */ + std::stack m_Queue; + + /** + * Cache of all lots and their respective speeds + */ + static std::map m_PhysicsSpeedCache; +}; + +#endif // MOVEMENTAICOMPONENT_H diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/MovingPlatformComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/MovingPlatformComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bf3ea9d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/MovingPlatformComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,383 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2019 + */ + +#include "MovingPlatformComponent.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "SimplePhysicsComponent.h" + +MoverSubComponent::MoverSubComponent(const NiPoint3& startPos) { + mPosition = {}; + + mState = MovementPlatformState::Stopped; + mDesiredWaypointIndex = 0; // -1; + mInReverse = false; + mShouldStopAtDesiredWaypoint = false; + + mPercentBetweenPoints = 0.0f; + + mCurrentWaypointIndex = 0; + mNextWaypointIndex = 0; //mCurrentWaypointIndex + 1; + + mIdleTimeElapsed = 0.0f; +} + +MoverSubComponent::~MoverSubComponent() = default; + +void MoverSubComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags) const { + outBitStream->Write(true); + + outBitStream->Write(static_cast(mState)); + outBitStream->Write(mDesiredWaypointIndex); + outBitStream->Write(mShouldStopAtDesiredWaypoint); + outBitStream->Write(mInReverse); + + outBitStream->Write(mPercentBetweenPoints); + + outBitStream->Write(mPosition.x); + outBitStream->Write(mPosition.y); + outBitStream->Write(mPosition.z); + + outBitStream->Write(mCurrentWaypointIndex); + outBitStream->Write(mNextWaypointIndex); + + outBitStream->Write(mIdleTimeElapsed); + outBitStream->Write(0.0f); // Move time elapsed +} + +//------------- MovingPlatformComponent below -------------- + +MovingPlatformComponent::MovingPlatformComponent(Entity* parent, const std::string& pathName) : Component(parent) { + m_MoverSubComponentType = eMoverSubComponentType::mover; + m_MoverSubComponent = new MoverSubComponent(m_Parent->GetDefaultPosition()); + m_PathName = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(pathName); + m_Path = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->GetPath(pathName); + m_NoAutoStart = false; + + if (m_Path == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("MovingPlatformComponent", "Path not found: %s\n", pathName.c_str()); + } +} + +MovingPlatformComponent::~MovingPlatformComponent() { + delete static_cast(m_MoverSubComponent); +} + +void MovingPlatformComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags) { + // Here we don't serialize the moving platform to let the client simulate the movement + + if (!m_Serialize) + { + outBitStream->Write(false); + outBitStream->Write(false); + + return; + } + + outBitStream->Write(true); + + auto hasPath = !m_PathingStopped && !m_PathName.empty(); + outBitStream->Write(hasPath); + + if (hasPath) { + // Is on rail + outBitStream->Write1(); + + outBitStream->Write(static_cast(m_PathName.size())); + for (const auto& c : m_PathName) { + outBitStream->Write(static_cast(c)); + } + + // Starting point + outBitStream->Write(0); + + // Reverse + outBitStream->Write(false); + } + + const auto hasPlatform = m_MoverSubComponent != nullptr; + outBitStream->Write(hasPlatform); + + if (hasPlatform) { + auto* mover = static_cast(m_MoverSubComponent); + outBitStream->Write(static_cast(m_MoverSubComponentType)); + + if (m_MoverSubComponentType == eMoverSubComponentType::simpleMover) { + // TODO + } else { + mover->Serialize(outBitStream, bIsInitialUpdate, flags); + } + } +} + +void MovingPlatformComponent::OnRebuildInitilized() { + StopPathing(); +} + +void MovingPlatformComponent::OnCompleteRebuild() { + if (m_NoAutoStart) + return; + + StartPathing(); +} + +void MovingPlatformComponent::SetMovementState(MovementPlatformState value) +{ + auto* subComponent = static_cast(m_MoverSubComponent); + + subComponent->mState = value; + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); +} + +void MovingPlatformComponent::GotoWaypoint(uint32_t index, bool stopAtWaypoint) +{ + auto* subComponent = static_cast(m_MoverSubComponent); + + subComponent->mDesiredWaypointIndex = index; + subComponent->mNextWaypointIndex = index; + subComponent->mShouldStopAtDesiredWaypoint = stopAtWaypoint; + + StartPathing(); +} + +void MovingPlatformComponent::StartPathing() +{ + //GameMessages::SendStartPathing(m_Parent); + m_PathingStopped = false; + + auto* subComponent = static_cast(m_MoverSubComponent); + + subComponent->mShouldStopAtDesiredWaypoint = true; + subComponent->mState = MovementPlatformState::Stationary; + + NiPoint3 targetPosition; + + if (m_Path != nullptr) { + const auto& currentWaypoint = m_Path->pathWaypoints[subComponent->mCurrentWaypointIndex]; + const auto& nextWaypoint = m_Path->pathWaypoints[subComponent->mNextWaypointIndex]; + + subComponent->mPosition = currentWaypoint.position; + subComponent->mSpeed = currentWaypoint.movingPlatform.speed; + subComponent->mWaitTime = currentWaypoint.movingPlatform.wait; + + targetPosition = nextWaypoint.position; + } + else { + subComponent->mPosition = m_Parent->GetPosition(); + subComponent->mSpeed = 1.0f; + subComponent->mWaitTime = 2.0f; + + targetPosition = m_Parent->GetPosition() + NiPoint3(0.0f, 10.0f, 0.0f); + } + + m_Parent->AddCallbackTimer(subComponent->mWaitTime, [this] + { + SetMovementState(MovementPlatformState::Moving); + }); + + const auto travelTime = Vector3::Distance(targetPosition, subComponent->mPosition) / subComponent->mSpeed + 1.5f; + + const auto travelNext = subComponent->mWaitTime + travelTime; + + m_Parent->AddCallbackTimer(travelTime, [subComponent, this] { + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(m_Parent)) { + script->OnWaypointReached(m_Parent, subComponent->mNextWaypointIndex); + } + }); + + m_Parent->AddCallbackTimer(travelNext, [this] + { + ContinuePathing(); + }); + + //GameMessages::SendPlatformResync(m_Parent, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); +} + +void MovingPlatformComponent::ContinuePathing() +{ + auto* subComponent = static_cast(m_MoverSubComponent); + + subComponent->mState = MovementPlatformState::Stationary; + + subComponent->mCurrentWaypointIndex = subComponent->mNextWaypointIndex; + + NiPoint3 targetPosition; + uint32_t pathSize; + PathBehavior behavior; + + if (m_Path != nullptr) { + const auto& currentWaypoint = m_Path->pathWaypoints[subComponent->mCurrentWaypointIndex]; + const auto& nextWaypoint = m_Path->pathWaypoints[subComponent->mNextWaypointIndex]; + + subComponent->mPosition = currentWaypoint.position; + subComponent->mSpeed = currentWaypoint.movingPlatform.speed; + subComponent->mWaitTime = currentWaypoint.movingPlatform.wait; // + 2; + + pathSize = m_Path->pathWaypoints.size() - 1; + + behavior = static_cast(m_Path->pathBehavior); + + targetPosition = nextWaypoint.position; + } + else + { + subComponent->mPosition = m_Parent->GetPosition(); + subComponent->mSpeed = 1.0f; + subComponent->mWaitTime = 2.0f; + + targetPosition = m_Parent->GetPosition() + NiPoint3(0.0f, 10.0f, 0.0f); + + pathSize = 1; + behavior = PathBehavior::Loop; + } + + if (m_Parent->GetLOT() == 9483) + { + behavior = PathBehavior::Bounce; + } + else + { + return; + } + + if (subComponent->mCurrentWaypointIndex >= pathSize) + { + subComponent->mCurrentWaypointIndex = pathSize; + switch (behavior) + { + case PathBehavior::Once: + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + return; + + case PathBehavior::Bounce: + subComponent->mInReverse = true; + break; + + case PathBehavior::Loop: + subComponent->mNextWaypointIndex = 0; + break; + + default: + break; + } + } + else if (subComponent->mCurrentWaypointIndex == 0) + { + subComponent->mInReverse = false; + } + + if (subComponent->mInReverse) + { + subComponent->mNextWaypointIndex = subComponent->mCurrentWaypointIndex - 1; + } + else + { + subComponent->mNextWaypointIndex = subComponent->mCurrentWaypointIndex + 1; + } + + /* + subComponent->mNextWaypointIndex = 0; + subComponent->mCurrentWaypointIndex = 1; + */ + + //GameMessages::SendPlatformResync(m_Parent, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + if (subComponent->mCurrentWaypointIndex == subComponent->mDesiredWaypointIndex) + { + // TODO: Send event? + StopPathing(); + + return; + } + + m_Parent->CancelCallbackTimers(); + + m_Parent->AddCallbackTimer(subComponent->mWaitTime, [this] + { + SetMovementState(MovementPlatformState::Moving); + }); + + auto travelTime = Vector3::Distance(targetPosition, subComponent->mPosition) / subComponent->mSpeed + 1.5; + + if (m_Parent->GetLOT() == 9483) + { + travelTime += 20; + } + + const auto travelNext = subComponent->mWaitTime + travelTime; + + m_Parent->AddCallbackTimer(travelTime, [subComponent, this] { + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(m_Parent)) { + script->OnWaypointReached(m_Parent, subComponent->mNextWaypointIndex); + } + }); + + m_Parent->AddCallbackTimer(travelNext, [this] + { + ContinuePathing(); + }); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); +} + +void MovingPlatformComponent::StopPathing() +{ + //m_Parent->CancelCallbackTimers(); + + auto* subComponent = static_cast(m_MoverSubComponent); + + m_PathingStopped = true; + + subComponent->mState = MovementPlatformState::Stopped; + subComponent->mDesiredWaypointIndex = -1; + subComponent->mShouldStopAtDesiredWaypoint = false; + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + + //GameMessages::SendPlatformResync(m_Parent, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); +} + +void MovingPlatformComponent::SetSerialized(bool value) +{ + m_Serialize = value; +} + +bool MovingPlatformComponent::GetNoAutoStart() const +{ + return m_NoAutoStart; +} + +void MovingPlatformComponent::SetNoAutoStart(const bool value) +{ + m_NoAutoStart = value; +} + +void MovingPlatformComponent::WarpToWaypoint(size_t index) +{ + const auto& waypoint = m_Path->pathWaypoints[index]; + + m_Parent->SetPosition(waypoint.position); + m_Parent->SetRotation(waypoint.rotation); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); +} + +size_t MovingPlatformComponent::GetLastWaypointIndex() const +{ + return m_Path->pathWaypoints.size() - 1; +} + +MoverSubComponent* MovingPlatformComponent::GetMoverSubComponent() const +{ + return static_cast(m_MoverSubComponent); +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/MovingPlatformComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/MovingPlatformComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..da377916 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/MovingPlatformComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,234 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2019 + */ + +#ifndef MOVINGPLATFORMCOMPONENT_H +#define MOVINGPLATFORMCOMPONENT_H + +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "NiPoint3.h" +#include + +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Component.h" + +/** + * Different types of available platforms + */ +enum class eMoverSubComponentType : uint32_t { + mover = 4, + + /** + * Used in NJ + */ + simpleMover = 5, +}; + +/** + * The different types of platform movement state, supposedly a bitmap + */ +enum class MovementPlatformState : uint32_t +{ + Moving = 0b00010, + Stationary = 0b11001, + Stopped = 0b01100 +}; + +/** + * Sub component for moving platforms that determine the actual current movement state + */ +class MoverSubComponent { +public: + MoverSubComponent(const NiPoint3& startPos); + ~MoverSubComponent(); + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags) const; + + /** + * The state the platform is currently in + */ + MovementPlatformState mState = MovementPlatformState::Stationary; + + /** + * The waypoint this platform currently wants to traverse to + */ + int32_t mDesiredWaypointIndex = 0; + + /** + * Whether the platform is currently reversing away from the desired waypoint + */ + bool mInReverse = false; + + /** + * Whether the platform should stop moving when reaching the desired waypoint + */ + bool mShouldStopAtDesiredWaypoint = false; + + /** + * The percentage of the way between the last point and the desired point + */ + float mPercentBetweenPoints = 0; + + /** + * The current position of the platofrm + */ + NiPoint3 mPosition {}; + + /** + * The waypoint the platform is (was) at + */ + uint32_t mCurrentWaypointIndex; + + /** + * The waypoint the platform is attempting to go to + */ + uint32_t mNextWaypointIndex; + + /** + * The timer that handles the time before stopping idling and continue platform movement + */ + float mIdleTimeElapsed = 0; + + /** + * The speed the platform is currently moving at + */ + float mSpeed = 0; + + /** + * The time to wait before continuing movement + */ + float mWaitTime = 0; +}; + + +/** + * Represents entities that may be moving platforms, indicating how they should move through the world. + * NOTE: the logic in this component hardly does anything, apparently the client can figure most of this stuff out + * if you just serialize it correctly, resulting in smoother results anyway. Don't be surprised if the exposed APIs + * don't at all do what you expect them to as we don't instruct the client of changes made here. + * ^^^ Trivia: This made the red blocks platform and property platforms a pain to implement. + */ +class MovingPlatformComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_MOVING_PLATFORM; + + MovingPlatformComponent(Entity* parent, const std::string& pathName); + ~MovingPlatformComponent() override; + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags); + + /** + * Stops all pathing, called when an entity starts a quick build associated with this platform + */ + void OnRebuildInitilized(); + + /** + * Starts the pathing, called when an entity completed a quick build associated with this platform + */ + void OnCompleteRebuild(); + + /** + * Updates the movement state for the moving platform + * @param value the movement state to set + */ + void SetMovementState(MovementPlatformState value); + + /** + * Instructs the moving platform to go to some waypoint + * @param index the index of the waypoint + * @param stopAtWaypoint determines if the platform should stop at the waypoint + */ + void GotoWaypoint(uint32_t index, bool stopAtWaypoint = true); + + /** + * Starts the pathing of this platform, setting appropriate waypoints and speeds + */ + void StartPathing(); + + /** + * Continues the path of the platform, after it's been stopped + */ + void ContinuePathing(); + + /** + * Stops the platform from moving, waiting for it to be activated again. + */ + void StopPathing(); + + /** + * Determines if the entity should be serialized on the next update + * @param value whether to serialize the entity or not + */ + void SetSerialized(bool value); + + /** + * Returns if this platform will start automatically after spawn + * @return if this platform will start automatically after spawn + */ + bool GetNoAutoStart() const; + + /** + * Sets the auto start value for this platform + * @param value the auto start value to set + */ + void SetNoAutoStart(bool value); + + /** + * Warps the platform to a waypoint index, skipping its current path + * @param index the index to go to + */ + void WarpToWaypoint(size_t index); + + /** + * Returns the waypoint this platform was previously at + * @return the waypoint this platform was previously at + */ + size_t GetLastWaypointIndex() const; + + /** + * Returns the sub component that actually defines how the platform moves around (speeds, etc). + * @return the sub component that actually defines how the platform moves around + */ + MoverSubComponent* GetMoverSubComponent() const; + +private: + + /** + * The path this platform is currently on + */ + const Path* m_Path = nullptr; + + /** + * The name of the path this platform is currently on + */ + std::u16string m_PathName; + + /** + * Whether the platform has stopped pathing + */ + bool m_PathingStopped = false; + + /** + * The type of the subcomponent + */ + eMoverSubComponentType m_MoverSubComponentType; + + /** + * The mover sub component that belongs to this platform + */ + void* m_MoverSubComponent; + + /** + * Whether the platform shouldn't auto start + */ + bool m_NoAutoStart; + + /** + * Whether to serialize the entity on the next update + */ + bool m_Serialize = false; +}; + +#endif // MOVINGPLATFORMCOMPONENT_H diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/PetComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/PetComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e605908f --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/PetComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1248 @@ +#include "PetComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "BrickDatabase.h" +#include "CDClientDatabase.h" +#include "ChatPackets.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "CharacterComponent.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" +#include "Item.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "SwitchComponent.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "dpWorld.h" +#include "PetDigServer.h" +#include "../dWorldServer/ObjectIDManager.h" + +#include "Game.h" +#include "dChatFilter.h" +#include "Database.h" + +std::unordered_map PetComponent::buildCache {}; +std::unordered_map PetComponent::currentActivities {}; +std::unordered_map PetComponent::activePets {}; + +/** + * Maps all the pet lots to a flag indicating that the player has caught it. All basic pets have been guessed by ObjID + * while the faction ones could be checked using their respective missions. + */ +std::map PetComponent::petFlags = { + { 3050, 801 }, // Elephant + { 3054, 803 }, // Cat + { 3195, 806 }, // Triceratops + { 3254, 807 }, // Terrier + { 3261, 811 }, // Skunk + { 3672, 813 }, // Bunny + { 3994, 814 }, // Crocodile + { 5635, 815 }, // Doberman + { 5636, 816 }, // Buffalo + { 5637, 818 }, // Robot Dog + { 5639, 819 }, // Red Dragon + { 5640, 820 }, // Tortoise + { 5641, 821 }, // Green Dragon + { 5643, 822 }, // Panda, see mission 786 + { 5642, 823 }, // Mantis + { 6720, 824 }, // Warthog + { 3520, 825 }, // Lion, see mission 1318 + { 7638, 826 }, // Goat + { 7694, 827 }, // Crab + { 12294, 829 }, // Reindeer + { 12431, 830 }, // Stegosaurus, see mission 1386 + { 12432, 831 }, // Saber cat, see mission 1389 + { 12433, 832 }, // Gryphon, see mission 1392 + { 12434, 833 }, // Alien, see mission 1188 + // 834: unknown?, see mission 506, 688 + { 16210, 836 }, // Ninjago Earth Dragon, see mission 1836 + { 13067, 838 }, // Skeleton dragon +}; + +PetComponent::PetComponent(Entity* parent, uint32_t componentId) : Component(parent) +{ + m_ComponentId = componentId; + + m_Interaction = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + m_Owner = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + m_ModerationStatus = 0; + m_Tamer = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + m_ModelId = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + m_Timer = 0; + m_TimerAway = 0; + m_DatabaseId = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + m_Status = 67108866; // Tamable + m_Ability = PetAbilityType::Invalid; + m_StartPosition = NiPoint3::ZERO; + m_MovementAI = nullptr; + m_TresureTime = 0; + m_Preconditions = nullptr; +} + +void PetComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags) +{ + const bool tamed = m_Owner != LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + outBitStream->Write1(); // Dirty? + + outBitStream->Write(static_cast(m_Status)); + outBitStream->Write(static_cast(tamed ? m_Ability : PetAbilityType::Invalid)); // Something with the overhead icon? + + const bool interacting = m_Interaction != LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + outBitStream->Write(interacting); + if (interacting) + { + outBitStream->Write(m_Interaction); + } + + outBitStream->Write(tamed); + if (tamed) + { + outBitStream->Write(m_Owner); + } + + outBitStream->Write(tamed); + if (tamed) + { + outBitStream->Write(m_ModerationStatus); + + const auto nameData = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(m_Name); + const auto ownerNameData = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(m_OwnerName); + + outBitStream->Write(static_cast(nameData.size())); + for (const auto c : nameData) + { + outBitStream->Write(c); + } + + outBitStream->Write(static_cast(ownerNameData.size())); + for (const auto c : ownerNameData) + { + outBitStream->Write(c); + } + } +} + +void PetComponent::OnUse(Entity* originator) +{ + if (m_Owner != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + { + return; + } + + if (m_Tamer != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + { + auto* tamer = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(m_Tamer); + + if (tamer != nullptr) + { + return; + } + + m_Tamer = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + } + + auto* inventoryComponent = originator->GetComponent(); + + if (inventoryComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + if (m_Preconditions != nullptr && !m_Preconditions->Check(originator, true)) { + return; + } + + auto* movementAIComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + + if (movementAIComponent != nullptr) + { + movementAIComponent->Stop(); + } + + inventoryComponent->DespawnPet(); + + const auto& cached = buildCache.find(m_Parent->GetLOT()); + int32_t imaginationCost = 0; + + std::string buildFile; + + if (cached == buildCache.end()) + { + std::stringstream query; + + query << "SELECT ValidPiecesLXF, PuzzleModelLot, Timelimit, NumValidPieces, imagCostPerBuild FROM TamingBuildPuzzles WHERE NPCLot = " << std::to_string(m_Parent->GetLOT()) << ";"; + + auto result = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.str()); + + if (result.eof()) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(originator->GetSystemAddress(), u"Failed to find the puzzle minigame for this pet."); + + return; + } + + if (result.fieldIsNull(0)) + { + result.finalize(); + + return; + } + + auto lxfAsset = std::string(result.getStringField(0)); + + std::vector lxfAssetSplit = GeneralUtils::SplitString(lxfAsset, '\\'); + + lxfAssetSplit.erase(lxfAssetSplit.begin()); + + buildFile = "res/BrickModels"; + + for (auto part: lxfAssetSplit) + { + std::transform(part.begin(), part.end(), part.begin(), [](unsigned char c) { + return std::tolower(c); + }); + + buildFile += "/" + part; + } + + PetPuzzleData data; + data.buildFile = buildFile; + data.puzzleModelLot = result.getIntField(1); + data.timeLimit = result.getFloatField(2); + data.numValidPieces = result.getIntField(3); + data.imaginationCost = result.getIntField(4); + if (data.timeLimit <= 0) data.timeLimit = 60; + imaginationCost = data.imaginationCost; + + buildCache[m_Parent->GetLOT()] = data; + + result.finalize(); + } + else + { + buildFile = cached->second.buildFile; + imaginationCost = cached->second.imaginationCost; + } + + auto* destroyableComponent = originator->GetComponent(); + + if (destroyableComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto imagination = destroyableComponent->GetImagination(); + + if (imagination < imaginationCost) + { + return; + } + + auto& bricks = BrickDatabase::Instance()->GetBricks(buildFile); + + if (bricks.empty()) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(originator->GetSystemAddress(), u"Failed to load the puzzle minigame for this pet."); + Game::logger->Log("PetComponent", "Couldn't find %s for minigame!\n", buildFile.c_str()); + + return; + } + + auto petPosition = m_Parent->GetPosition(); + + auto originatorPosition = originator->GetPosition(); + + m_Parent->SetRotation(NiQuaternion::LookAt(petPosition, originatorPosition)); + + float interactionDistance = m_Parent->GetVar(u"interaction_distance"); + + if (interactionDistance <= 0) + { + interactionDistance = 15; + } + + auto position = originatorPosition; + + NiPoint3 forward = NiQuaternion::LookAt(m_Parent->GetPosition(), originator->GetPosition()).GetForwardVector(); //m_Parent->GetRotation().GetForwardVector(); + forward.y = 0; + + if (dpWorld::Instance().IsLoaded()) + { + /* + if (interactionDistance > 2) + { + interactionDistance -= 1; + } + */ + + NiPoint3 attempt = petPosition + forward * interactionDistance; + + /* + float deg = std::atan2(petPosition.z - originatorPosition.z, petPosition.x - originatorPosition.x); //* 180 / M_PI; + + auto position = NiPoint3( + petPosition.x + interactionDistance * std::cos(-deg), + petPosition.y, + petPosition.z + interactionDistance * std::sin(-deg) + ); + */ + + float y = dpWorld::Instance().GetHeightAtPoint(attempt); + + while (std::abs(y - petPosition.y) > 4 && interactionDistance > 10) + { + const NiPoint3 forward = m_Parent->GetRotation().GetForwardVector(); + + attempt = originatorPosition + forward * interactionDistance; + + y = dpWorld::Instance().GetHeightAtPoint(attempt); + + interactionDistance -= 0.5f; + } + + position = attempt; + } + else + { + position = petPosition + forward * interactionDistance; + } + + + auto rotation = NiQuaternion::LookAt(position, petPosition); + + //GameMessages::SendTeleport(originator->GetObjectID(), position, rotation, originator->GetSystemAddress(), true); + + GameMessages::SendNotifyPetTamingMinigame( + originator->GetObjectID(), + m_Parent->GetObjectID(), + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + true, + NOTIFY_TYPE_BEGIN, + petPosition, + position, + rotation, + UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS + ); + + GameMessages::SendNotifyPetTamingMinigame( + m_Parent->GetObjectID(), + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + originator->GetObjectID(), + true, + NOTIFY_TYPE_BEGIN, + petPosition, + position, + rotation, + UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS + ); + + GameMessages::SendNotifyPetTamingPuzzleSelected(originator->GetObjectID(), bricks, originator->GetSystemAddress()); + + m_Tamer = originator->GetObjectID(); + SetStatus(5); + + currentActivities.insert_or_assign(m_Tamer, m_Parent->GetObjectID()); + + // Notify the start of a pet taming minigame + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(m_Parent)) { + script->OnNotifyPetTamingMinigame(m_Parent, originator, NOTIFY_TYPE_BEGIN); + } +} + +void PetComponent::Update(float deltaTime) +{ + if (m_StartPosition == NiPoint3::ZERO) + { + m_StartPosition = m_Parent->GetPosition(); + } + + if (m_Owner == LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + { + if (m_Tamer != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + { + if (m_Timer > 0) + { + m_Timer -= deltaTime; + + if (m_Timer <= 0) + { + m_Timer = 0; + + ClientFailTamingMinigame(); + } + } + } + else + { + if (m_Timer > 0) + { + m_Timer -= deltaTime; + + if (m_Timer <= 0) + { + Wander(); + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + } + } + else + { + m_Timer = 5; + } + } + + return; + } + + auto* owner = GetOwner(); + + if (owner == nullptr) + { + m_Parent->Kill(); + + return; + } + + m_MovementAI = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + + if (m_MovementAI == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + if (m_TresureTime > 0) + { + auto* tresure = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(m_Interaction); + + if (tresure == nullptr) + { + m_TresureTime = 0; + + return; + } + + m_TresureTime -= deltaTime; + + m_MovementAI->Stop(); + + if (m_TresureTime <= 0) + { + m_Parent->SetOwnerOverride(m_Owner); + + tresure->Smash(m_Parent->GetObjectID()); + + m_Interaction = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + m_TresureTime = 0; + } + + return; + } + + auto destination = owner->GetPosition(); + NiPoint3 position = m_MovementAI->GetCurrentPosition(); + + float distanceToOwner = Vector3::DistanceSquared(position, destination); + + if (distanceToOwner > 50 * 50 || m_TimerAway > 5) + { + m_MovementAI->Warp(destination); + + m_Timer = 1; + m_TimerAway = 0; + + return; + } + + if (distanceToOwner > 15 * 15 || std::abs(destination.y - position.y) >= 3) + { + m_TimerAway += deltaTime; + } + else + { + m_TimerAway = 0; + } + + if (m_Timer > 0) + { + m_Timer -= deltaTime; + + return; + } + + SwitchComponent* closestSwitch = SwitchComponent::GetClosestSwitch(position); + + float haltDistance = 5; + + if (closestSwitch != nullptr) + { + if (!closestSwitch->GetActive()) + { + NiPoint3 switchPosition = closestSwitch->GetParentEntity()->GetPosition(); + float distance = Vector3::DistanceSquared(position, switchPosition); + if (distance < 3 * 3) + { + m_Interaction = closestSwitch->GetParentEntity()->GetObjectID(); + closestSwitch->EntityEnter(m_Parent); + } + else if (distance < 20 * 20) + { + haltDistance = 1; + + destination = switchPosition; + } + } + } + + Entity* closestTresure = PetDigServer::GetClosestTresure(position); + + if (closestTresure != nullptr) + { + // Skeleton Dragon Pat special case for bone digging + if (closestTresure->GetLOT() == 12192 && m_Parent->GetLOT() != 13067) + { + goto skipTresure; + } + + NiPoint3 tresurePosition = closestTresure->GetPosition(); + float distance = Vector3::DistanceSquared(position, tresurePosition); + if (distance < 3 * 3) + { + m_Interaction = closestTresure->GetObjectID(); + + Command(NiPoint3::ZERO, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1, 202, true); + + m_TresureTime = 2; + } + else if (distance < 10 * 10) + { + haltDistance = 1; + + destination = tresurePosition; + } + } + + skipTresure: + + m_MovementAI->SetHaltDistance(haltDistance); + + m_MovementAI->SetSpeed(2.5f); + + m_MovementAI->SetDestination(destination); + + m_Timer = 1; +} + +void PetComponent::TryBuild(std::vector& bricks, bool clientFailed) +{ + if (m_Tamer == LWOOBJID_EMPTY) return; + + auto* tamer = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(m_Tamer); + + if (tamer == nullptr) + { + m_Tamer = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + return; + } + + const auto& cached = buildCache.find(m_Parent->GetLOT()); + + if (cached == buildCache.end()) + { + GameMessages::SendPetTamingTryBuildResult(m_Tamer, false, 0, tamer->GetSystemAddress()); + + return; + } + + auto* destroyableComponent = tamer->GetComponent(); + + if (destroyableComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto imagination = destroyableComponent->GetImagination(); + + imagination -= cached->second.imaginationCost; + + destroyableComponent->SetImagination(imagination); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(tamer); + + const auto& trueBricks = BrickDatabase::Instance()->GetBricks(cached->second.buildFile); + + if (trueBricks.empty() || bricks.empty()) + { + GameMessages::SendPetTamingTryBuildResult(m_Tamer, false, 0, tamer->GetSystemAddress()); + + return; + } + + auto* brickIDTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("BrickIDTable"); + + int32_t correct = 0; + + for (const auto& brick : bricks) + { + const auto brickEntries = brickIDTable->Query([brick](const CDBrickIDTable& entry) + { + return entry.NDObjectID == brick.designerID; + }); + + if (brickEntries.empty()) + { + continue; + } + + const auto designerID = brickEntries[0].LEGOBrickID; + + for (const auto& trueBrick : trueBricks) + { + if (designerID == trueBrick.designerID && brick.materialID == trueBrick.materialID) + { + correct++; + + break; + } + } + } + + const auto success = correct >= cached->second.numValidPieces; + + GameMessages::SendPetTamingTryBuildResult(m_Tamer, success, correct, tamer->GetSystemAddress()); + + if (!success) + { + if (imagination < cached->second.imaginationCost) + { + ClientFailTamingMinigame(); + } + } + else + { + m_Timer = 0; + } +} + +void PetComponent::NotifyTamingBuildSuccess(NiPoint3 position) +{ + if (m_Tamer == LWOOBJID_EMPTY) return; + + auto* tamer = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(m_Tamer); + + if (tamer == nullptr) + { + m_Tamer = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + return; + } + + const auto& cached = buildCache.find(m_Parent->GetLOT()); + + if (cached == buildCache.end()) + { + return; + } + + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(tamer, -1, u"petceleb", "", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1, 1, true); + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(tamer, u"rebuild-celebrate"); + + EntityInfo info {}; + info.lot = cached->second.puzzleModelLot; + info.pos = position; + info.rot = NiQuaternion::IDENTITY; + info.spawnerID = tamer->GetObjectID(); + + auto* modelEntity = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + + m_ModelId = modelEntity->GetObjectID(); + + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(modelEntity); + + GameMessages::SendNotifyTamingModelLoadedOnServer(m_Tamer, tamer->GetSystemAddress()); + + GameMessages::SendPetResponse(m_Tamer, m_Parent->GetObjectID(), 0, 10, 0, tamer->GetSystemAddress()); + + auto* inventoryComponent = tamer->GetComponent(); + + if (inventoryComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + LWOOBJID petSubKey = ObjectIDManager::Instance()->GenerateRandomObjectID(); + + petSubKey = GeneralUtils::SetBit(petSubKey, OBJECT_BIT_CHARACTER); + petSubKey = GeneralUtils::SetBit(petSubKey, OBJECT_BIT_PERSISTENT); + + m_DatabaseId = petSubKey; + + std::string petName = tamer->GetCharacter()->GetName(); + petName += "'s Pet"; + + GameMessages::SendAddPetToPlayer(m_Tamer, 0, GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(petName), petSubKey, m_Parent->GetLOT(), tamer->GetSystemAddress()); + + GameMessages::SendRegisterPetID(m_Tamer, m_Parent->GetObjectID(), tamer->GetSystemAddress()); + + GameMessages::SendRegisterPetDBID(m_Tamer, petSubKey, tamer->GetSystemAddress()); + + inventoryComponent->AddItem(m_Parent->GetLOT(), 1, MODELS, {}, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, true, false, petSubKey); + auto* item = inventoryComponent->FindItemBySubKey(petSubKey, MODELS); + + if (item == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + DatabasePet databasePet {}; + + databasePet.lot = m_Parent->GetLOT(); + databasePet.moderationState = 1; + databasePet.name = petName; + + inventoryComponent->SetDatabasePet(petSubKey, databasePet); + + Activate(item, false); + + m_Timer = 0; + + GameMessages::SendNotifyPetTamingMinigame( + m_Tamer, + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + false, + NOTIFY_TYPE_NAMINGPET, + NiPoint3::ZERO, + NiPoint3::ZERO, + NiQuaternion::IDENTITY, + UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS + ); + + // Triggers the catch a pet missions + if (petFlags.find(m_Parent->GetLOT()) != petFlags.end()) { + tamer->GetCharacter()->SetPlayerFlag(petFlags.at(m_Parent->GetLOT()), true); + } + + auto* missionComponent = tamer->GetComponent(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr) + { + //missionComponent->ForceProgress(506, 768, 1, false); + missionComponent->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_PET_TAMING, m_Parent->GetLOT()); + } + + SetStatus(1); + + auto* characterComponent = tamer->GetComponent(); + if (characterComponent != nullptr) { + characterComponent->UpdatePlayerStatistic(PetsTamed); + } +} + +void PetComponent::RequestSetPetName(std::u16string name) +{ + if (m_Tamer == LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + { + if (m_Owner != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + { + auto* owner = GetOwner(); + + m_ModerationStatus = 1; // Pending + m_Name = ""; + + //Save our pet's new name to the db: + SetPetNameForModeration(GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(name)); + + GameMessages::SendSetPetName(m_Owner, GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(m_Name), m_DatabaseId, owner->GetSystemAddress()); + GameMessages::SendSetPetNameModerated(m_Owner, m_DatabaseId, m_ModerationStatus, owner->GetSystemAddress()); + } + + return; + } + + auto* tamer = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(m_Tamer); + + if (tamer == nullptr) + { + m_Tamer = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + return; + } + + Game::logger->Log("PetComponent", "Got set pet name (%s)\n", GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(name).c_str()); + + auto* inventoryComponent = tamer->GetComponent(); + + if (inventoryComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + m_ModerationStatus = 1; // Pending + m_Name = ""; + + //Save our pet's new name to the db: + SetPetNameForModeration(GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(name)); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + + GameMessages::SendSetPetName(m_Tamer, GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(m_Name), m_DatabaseId, tamer->GetSystemAddress()); + GameMessages::SendSetPetName(m_Tamer, GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(m_Name), LWOOBJID_EMPTY, tamer->GetSystemAddress()); + GameMessages::SendPetNameChanged(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), m_ModerationStatus, GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(m_Name), GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(m_OwnerName), UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + GameMessages::SendSetPetNameModerated(m_Tamer, m_DatabaseId, m_ModerationStatus, tamer->GetSystemAddress()); + + GameMessages::SendNotifyPetTamingMinigame( + m_Tamer, + m_Parent->GetObjectID(), + m_Tamer, + false, + NOTIFY_TYPE_SUCCESS, + NiPoint3::ZERO, + NiPoint3::ZERO, + NiQuaternion::IDENTITY, + UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS + ); + + GameMessages::SendTerminateInteraction(m_Tamer, eTerminateType::FROM_INTERACTION, m_Parent->GetObjectID()); + + auto* modelEntity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(m_ModelId); + + if (modelEntity != nullptr) + { + modelEntity->Smash(m_Tamer); + } + + currentActivities.erase(m_Tamer); + + m_Tamer = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + // Notify the end of a pet taming minigame + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(m_Parent)) { + script->OnNotifyPetTamingMinigame(m_Parent, tamer, NOTIFY_TYPE_SUCCESS); + } +} + +void PetComponent::ClientExitTamingMinigame(bool voluntaryExit) +{ + if (m_Tamer == LWOOBJID_EMPTY) return; + + auto* tamer = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(m_Tamer); + + if (tamer == nullptr) + { + m_Tamer = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + return; + } + + GameMessages::SendNotifyPetTamingMinigame( + m_Tamer, + m_Parent->GetObjectID(), + m_Tamer, + false, + NOTIFY_TYPE_QUIT, + NiPoint3::ZERO, + NiPoint3::ZERO, + NiQuaternion::IDENTITY, + UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS + ); + + GameMessages::SendNotifyTamingModelLoadedOnServer(m_Tamer, tamer->GetSystemAddress()); + + GameMessages::SendTerminateInteraction(m_Tamer, eTerminateType::FROM_INTERACTION, m_Parent->GetObjectID()); + + currentActivities.erase(m_Tamer); + + SetStatus(67108866); + m_Tamer = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + m_Timer = 0; + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + + // Notify the end of a pet taming minigame + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(m_Parent)) { + script->OnNotifyPetTamingMinigame(m_Parent, tamer, NOTIFY_TYPE_QUIT); + } +} + +void PetComponent::StartTimer() +{ + const auto& cached = buildCache.find(m_Parent->GetLOT()); + + if (cached == buildCache.end()) + { + return; + } + + m_Timer = cached->second.timeLimit; +} + +void PetComponent::ClientFailTamingMinigame() +{ + if (m_Tamer == LWOOBJID_EMPTY) return; + + auto* tamer = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(m_Tamer); + + if (tamer == nullptr) + { + m_Tamer = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + return; + } + + GameMessages::SendNotifyPetTamingMinigame( + m_Tamer, + m_Parent->GetObjectID(), + m_Tamer, + false, + NOTIFY_TYPE_FAILED, + NiPoint3::ZERO, + NiPoint3::ZERO, + NiQuaternion::IDENTITY, + UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS + ); + + GameMessages::SendNotifyTamingModelLoadedOnServer(m_Tamer, tamer->GetSystemAddress()); + + GameMessages::SendTerminateInteraction(m_Tamer, eTerminateType::FROM_INTERACTION, m_Parent->GetObjectID()); + + currentActivities.erase(m_Tamer); + + SetStatus(67108866); + m_Tamer = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + m_Timer = 0; + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + + // Notify the end of a pet taming minigame + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(m_Parent)) { + script->OnNotifyPetTamingMinigame(m_Parent, tamer, NOTIFY_TYPE_FAILED); + } +} + +void PetComponent::Wander() +{ + m_MovementAI = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + + if (m_MovementAI == nullptr || !m_MovementAI->AtFinalWaypoint()) { + return; + } + + m_MovementAI->SetHaltDistance(0); + + const auto& info = m_MovementAI->GetInfo(); + + const auto div = static_cast(info.wanderDelayMax); + m_Timer = (div == 0 ? 0 : GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber(0, div)) + info.wanderDelayMin; //set a random timer to stay put. + + const float radius = info.wanderRadius * sqrt(static_cast(GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber(0, 1))); //our wander radius + a bit of random range + const float theta = ((static_cast(GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber(0, 1)) * 2 * PI)); + + const NiPoint3 delta = + { + radius * cos(theta), + 0, + radius * sin(theta) + }; + + auto destination = m_StartPosition + delta; + + if (dpWorld::Instance().IsLoaded()) { + destination.y = dpWorld::Instance().GetHeightAtPoint(destination); + } + + if (Vector3::DistanceSquared(destination, m_MovementAI->GetCurrentPosition()) < 2 * 2) { + m_MovementAI->Stop(); + + return; + } + + m_MovementAI->SetSpeed(info.wanderSpeed); + + m_MovementAI->SetDestination(destination); + + m_Timer += (m_MovementAI->GetCurrentPosition().x - destination.x) / info.wanderSpeed; +} + +void PetComponent::Activate(Item* item, bool registerPet) +{ + m_ItemId = item->GetId(); + m_DatabaseId = item->GetSubKey(); + + auto* inventoryComponent = item->GetInventory()->GetComponent(); + + if (inventoryComponent == nullptr) return; + + inventoryComponent->DespawnPet(); + + m_Owner = inventoryComponent->GetParent()->GetObjectID(); + + auto* owner = GetOwner(); + + if (owner == nullptr) return; + SetStatus(1); + + auto databaseData = inventoryComponent->GetDatabasePet(m_DatabaseId); + + m_ModerationStatus = databaseData.moderationState; + + bool updatedModerationStatus = false; + + //Load mod status from db: + if (m_ModerationStatus != 2) + { + LoadPetNameFromModeration(); + + databaseData.name = m_Name; + databaseData.moderationState = m_ModerationStatus; + + inventoryComponent->SetDatabasePet(m_DatabaseId, databaseData); + + updatedModerationStatus = true; + } + else + { + m_Name = databaseData.name; + } + + m_OwnerName = owner->GetCharacter()->GetName(); + + if (updatedModerationStatus) + { + GameMessages::SendSetPetName(m_Owner, GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(m_Name), m_DatabaseId, owner->GetSystemAddress()); + GameMessages::SendSetPetNameModerated(m_Owner, m_DatabaseId, m_ModerationStatus, owner->GetSystemAddress()); + } + + GameMessages::SendMarkInventoryItemAsActive(m_Owner, true, 0, m_ItemId, GetOwner()->GetSystemAddress()); + + activePets[m_Owner] = m_Parent->GetObjectID(); + + m_Timer = 3; + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + + owner->GetCharacter()->SetPlayerFlag(69, true); + + if (registerPet) + { + GameMessages::SendAddPetToPlayer(m_Owner, 0, GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(m_Name), m_DatabaseId, m_Parent->GetLOT(), owner->GetSystemAddress()); + + GameMessages::SendRegisterPetID(m_Owner, m_Parent->GetObjectID(), owner->GetSystemAddress()); + + GameMessages::SendRegisterPetDBID(m_Owner, m_DatabaseId, owner->GetSystemAddress()); + } + + GameMessages::SendShowPetActionButton(m_Owner, 3, true, owner->GetSystemAddress()); +} + +void PetComponent::Deactivate() +{ + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), -1, u"despawn", "", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1, 1, true); + + GameMessages::SendMarkInventoryItemAsActive(m_Owner, false, 0, m_ItemId, GetOwner()->GetSystemAddress()); + + activePets.erase(m_Owner); + + m_Parent->Kill(); + + auto* owner = GetOwner(); + + if (owner == nullptr) return; + + GameMessages::SendAddPetToPlayer(m_Owner, 0, u"", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, LOT_NULL, owner->GetSystemAddress()); + + GameMessages::SendRegisterPetID(m_Owner, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, owner->GetSystemAddress()); + + GameMessages::SendRegisterPetDBID(m_Owner, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, owner->GetSystemAddress()); + + GameMessages::SendShowPetActionButton(m_Owner, 0, false, owner->GetSystemAddress()); +} + +void PetComponent::Release() +{ + auto* inventoryComponent = GetOwner()->GetComponent(); + + if (inventoryComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + Deactivate(); + + inventoryComponent->RemoveDatabasePet(m_DatabaseId); + + auto* item = inventoryComponent->FindItemBySubKey(m_DatabaseId); + + item->SetCount(0, false, false); +} + +void PetComponent::Command(NiPoint3 position, LWOOBJID source, int32_t commandType, int32_t typeId, bool overrideObey) +{ + auto* owner = GetOwner(); + + if (owner == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + if (commandType == 1) { + // Emotes + GameMessages::SendPlayEmote(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), typeId, owner->GetObjectID(), UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + } else if (commandType == 3) { + // Follow me, ??? + } else if (commandType == 6) { + // TODO: Go to player + } + + if (owner->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(owner->GetSystemAddress(), u"Commmand Type: " + (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(commandType)) + u" - Type Id: " + (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(typeId))); + } +} + +LWOOBJID PetComponent::GetOwnerId() const +{ + return m_Owner; +} + +Entity* PetComponent::GetOwner() const +{ + return EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(m_Owner); +} + +LWOOBJID PetComponent::GetDatabaseId() const +{ + return m_DatabaseId; +} + +LWOOBJID PetComponent::GetInteraction() const +{ + return m_Interaction; +} + +LWOOBJID PetComponent::GetItemId() const +{ + return m_ItemId; +} + +uint32_t PetComponent::GetStatus() const +{ + return m_Status; +} + +PetAbilityType PetComponent::GetAbility() const +{ + return m_Ability; +} + +void PetComponent::SetInteraction(LWOOBJID value) +{ + m_Interaction = value; +} + +void PetComponent::SetStatus(uint32_t value) +{ + m_Status = value; +} + +void PetComponent::SetAbility(PetAbilityType value) +{ + m_Ability = value; +} + +PetComponent* PetComponent::GetTamingPet(LWOOBJID tamer) +{ + const auto& pair = currentActivities.find(tamer); + + if (pair == currentActivities.end()) + { + return nullptr; + } + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(pair->second); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + currentActivities.erase(tamer); + + return nullptr; + } + + return entity->GetComponent(); +} + +PetComponent* PetComponent::GetActivePet(LWOOBJID owner) +{ + const auto& pair = activePets.find(owner); + + if (pair == activePets.end()) + { + return nullptr; + } + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(pair->second); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + activePets.erase(owner); + + return nullptr; + } + + return entity->GetComponent(); +} + +Entity* PetComponent::GetParentEntity() const +{ + return m_Parent; +} + +PetComponent::~PetComponent() +{ +} + +void PetComponent::SetPetNameForModeration(const std::string& petName) { + int approved = 1; //default, in mod + + //Make sure that the name isn't already auto-approved: + if (Game::chatFilter->IsSentenceOkay(petName, 0)) { + approved = 2; //approved + } + + auto deleteStmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("DELETE FROM pet_names WHERE id = ? LIMIT 1;"); + deleteStmt->setUInt64(1, m_DatabaseId); + + deleteStmt->execute(); + + delete deleteStmt; + + //Save to db: + auto stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("INSERT INTO `pet_names` (`id`, `pet_name`, `approved`) VALUES (?, ?, ?);"); + stmt->setUInt64(1, m_DatabaseId); + stmt->setString(2, petName); + stmt->setInt(3, approved); + stmt->execute(); + delete stmt; +} + +void PetComponent::LoadPetNameFromModeration() { + auto stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT pet_name, approved FROM pet_names WHERE id = ? LIMIT 1;"); + stmt->setUInt64(1, m_DatabaseId); + + auto res = stmt->executeQuery(); + while (res->next()) { + m_ModerationStatus = res->getInt(2); + + if (m_ModerationStatus == 2) + { + m_Name = res->getString(1); + } + } + + delete res; + delete stmt; +} + +void PetComponent::SetPreconditions(std::string& preconditions) { + m_Preconditions = new PreconditionExpression(preconditions); +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/PetComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/PetComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76afaff6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/PetComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,349 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "Entity.h" +#include "MovementAIComponent.h" +#include "Component.h" +#include "Preconditions.h" + +enum class PetAbilityType +{ + Invalid, + GoToObject, + JumpOnObject, + DigAtPosition +}; + +/** + * Represents an entity that is a pet. This pet can be tamed and consequently follows the tamer around, allowing it + * to dig for treasure and activate pet bouncers. + */ +class PetComponent : public Component +{ +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_PET; + + explicit PetComponent(Entity* parentEntity, uint32_t componentId); + ~PetComponent() override; + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags); + void Update(float deltaTime) override; + + /** + * Handles an OnUse event from another entity, initializing the pet taming minigame if this pet is untamed. + * @param originator the entity that triggered the event + */ + void OnUse(Entity* originator) override; + + /** + * Attempts to complete the pet minigame by passing a list of bricks to build the minigame model. + * @param bricks the bricks to try to complete the minigame with + * @param clientFailed unused + */ + void TryBuild(std::vector& bricks, bool clientFailed); + + /** + * Handles a notification from the client regarding the completion of the pet minigame, adding the pet to their + * inventory. + * @param position the position to spawn the completed model at + */ + void NotifyTamingBuildSuccess(NiPoint3 position); + + /** + * Handles the notification of the client to set the name of the pet (indicating that minigame was completed + * successfully). + * @param name the name of the pet to set + */ + void RequestSetPetName(std::u16string name); + + /** + * Handles a notification of the client that the taming entity is leaving the minigame, either voluntary or because + * time ran out. + * @param voluntaryExit whether the client voluntarily exited the minigame + */ + void ClientExitTamingMinigame(bool voluntaryExit); + + /** + * Starts the internal timer for the build limit for building the minigame model + */ + void StartTimer(); + + /** + * Notifies the client that they failed the minigame because time ran out + */ + void ClientFailTamingMinigame(); + + /** + * Makes the pet wander around + */ + void Wander(); + + /** + * Spawns a pet from an item in the inventory of an owner + * @param item the item to create the pet from + * @param registerPet notifies the client that the pet was spawned, not necessary if this pet is being tamed + */ + void Activate(Item* item, bool registerPet = true); + + /** + * Despawns the pet + */ + void Deactivate(); + + /** + * Removes the pet from the inventory + */ + void Release(); + + /** + * Commands the pet to do an action, actions are still a relative mystery, next to playing emotes + * @param position a position to execute the command at, currently unused + * @param source the source object that triggered the command + * @param commandType the type of the command (see function body for types) + * @param typeId extra information about the command, e.g. the emote to play + * @param overrideObey unused + */ + void Command(NiPoint3 position, LWOOBJID source, int32_t commandType, int32_t typeId, bool overrideObey); + + /** + * Returns the ID of the owner of this pet (if any) + * @return the ID of the owner of this pet + */ + LWOOBJID GetOwnerId() const; + + /** + * Returns the entity that owns this pet (if any) + * @return the entity that owns this pet + */ + Entity* GetOwner() const; + + /** + * Returns the ID that is stored in the database with regards to this pet, only set for pets that are tamed + * @return the ID that is stored in the database with regards to this pet + */ + LWOOBJID GetDatabaseId() const; + + /** + * Returns the ID of the object that the pet is currently interacting with, could be a treasure chest or a switch + * @return the ID of the object that the pet is currently interacting with + */ + LWOOBJID GetInteraction() const; + + /** + * Sets the ID that the pet is interacting with + * @param value the ID that the pet is interacting with + */ + void SetInteraction(LWOOBJID value); + + /** + * Returns the ID that this pet was spawned from, only set for tamed pets + * @return the ID that this pet was spawned from + */ + LWOOBJID GetItemId() const; + + /** + * Returns the status of this pet, e.g. tamable or tamed. The values here are still a bit of mystery and likely a + * bit map + * @return the status of this pet + */ + uint32_t GetStatus() const; + + /** + * Sets the current status of the pet + * @param value the current status of the pet to set + */ + void SetStatus(uint32_t value); + + /** + * Returns an ability the pet may perform, currently unused + * @return an ability the pet may perform + */ + PetAbilityType GetAbility() const; + + /** + * Sets the ability of the pet, currently unused + * @param value the ability to set + */ + void SetAbility(PetAbilityType value); + + /** + * Sets preconditions for the pet that need to be met before it can be tamed + * @param conditions the preconditions to set + */ + void SetPreconditions(std::string& conditions); + + /** + * Returns the entity that this component belongs to + * @return the entity that this component belongs to + */ + Entity* GetParentEntity() const; + + /** + * Sets the name of the pet to be moderated + * @param petName the name of the pet to set + */ + void SetPetNameForModeration(const std::string& petName); + + /** + * Loads the pet name up for moderation along with the moderation status from the database and sets them for this + * pet. + */ + void LoadPetNameFromModeration(); + + /** + * Returns the component of the pet some entity is currently taming (if any) + * @param tamer the entity that's currently taming + * @return the pet component of the entity that's being tamed + */ + static PetComponent* GetTamingPet(LWOOBJID tamer); + + /** + * Returns the pet that's currently spawned for some entity (if any) + * @param owner the owner of the pet that's spawned + * @return the pet component of the entity that was spawned by the owner + */ + static PetComponent* GetActivePet(LWOOBJID owner); + +private: + + /** + * Information for the minigame to be completed + */ + struct PetPuzzleData + { + /** + * The LOT of the object that is to be created + */ + LOT puzzleModelLot; + + /** + * That file that contains the bricks required to build the model + */ + std::string buildFile; + + /** + * The time limit to complete the build + */ + int32_t timeLimit; + + /** + * The imagination cost for the tamer to start the minigame + */ + int32_t imaginationCost; + + /** + * The number of pieces required to complete the minigame + */ + int32_t numValidPieces; + }; + + /** + * Cache of all the pets that are currently spawned, indexed by tamer + */ + static std::unordered_map activePets; + + /** + * Cache of all the pets that are currently being tamed, indexed by tamer + */ + static std::unordered_map currentActivities; + + /** + * Cache of all the minigames and their information from the database + */ + static std::unordered_map buildCache; + + /** + * Flags that indicate that a player has tamed a pet, indexed by the LOT of the pet + */ + static std::map petFlags; + + /** + * The ID of the component in the pet component table + */ + uint32_t m_ComponentId; + + /** + * The ID of the model that was built to complete the taming minigame for this pet + */ + LWOOBJID m_ModelId; + + /** + * The ID of the object that the pet is currently interacting with (e.g. a treasure chest or switch) + */ + LWOOBJID m_Interaction; + + /** + * The ID of the entity that owns this pet + */ + LWOOBJID m_Owner; + + /** + * The ID of the entity that is currently taming this pet + */ + LWOOBJID m_Tamer; + + /** + * The ID under which this pet is stored in the database (if it's tamed) + */ + LWOOBJID m_DatabaseId; + + /** + * The ID of the item from which this pet was created + */ + LWOOBJID m_ItemId; + + /** + * The moderation status for the name of this pet + */ + uint32_t m_ModerationStatus; + + /** + * The name of this pet + */ + std::string m_Name; + + /** + * The name of the owner of this pet + */ + std::string m_OwnerName; + + /** + * The current state of the pet (e.g. tamable, tamed, etc). + */ + uint32_t m_Status; + + /** + * A currently active ability, mostly unused + */ + PetAbilityType m_Ability; + + /** + * The time an entity has left to complete the minigame + */ + float m_Timer; + + /** + * A timer that tracks how long a tamed pet has been to far away from its owner, triggering a teleport after timeout + */ + float m_TimerAway; + + /** + * Timer that tracks how long a pet has been digging up some treasure, required to spawn the treasure contents + * on time + */ + float m_TresureTime; + + /** + * The position that this pet was spawned at + */ + NiPoint3 m_StartPosition; + + /** + * The movement AI component that is related to this pet, required to move it around + */ + MovementAIComponent* m_MovementAI; + + /** + * Preconditions that need to be met before an entity can tame this pet + */ + PreconditionExpression* m_Preconditions; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/PhantomPhysicsComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/PhantomPhysicsComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e1c2e842 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/PhantomPhysicsComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,439 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2018 + */ + +#include +#include + +#include "PhantomPhysicsComponent.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "LDFFormat.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "ControllablePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +#include "CDClientManager.h" +#include "CDComponentsRegistryTable.h" +#include "CDPhysicsComponentTable.h" +#include "dServer.h" + +#include "dpWorld.h" +#include "dpEntity.h" +#include "dpShapeBox.h" +#include "dpShapeSphere.h" + +PhantomPhysicsComponent::PhantomPhysicsComponent(Entity* parent) : Component(parent) { + m_Position = m_Parent->GetDefaultPosition(); + m_Rotation = m_Parent->GetDefaultRotation(); + m_Scale = m_Parent->GetDefaultScale(); + m_dpEntity = nullptr; + + m_EffectInfoDirty = false; + m_PositionInfoDirty = false; + + m_IsPhysicsEffectActive = false; + m_EffectType = 0; + m_DirectionalMultiplier = 0.0f; + + m_MinMax = false; + m_Min = 0; + m_Max = 1; + + m_IsDirectional = false; + m_Direction = NiPoint3(); // * m_DirectionalMultiplier + + if (m_Parent->GetVar(u"create_physics")) { + CreatePhysics(); + } + + if (m_Parent->GetVar(u"respawnVol")) { + m_IsRespawnVolume = true; + } + + if (m_IsRespawnVolume) { + { + auto respawnString = std::stringstream(m_Parent->GetVarAsString(u"rspPos")); + + std::string segment; + std::vector seglist; + + while (std::getline(respawnString, segment, '\x1f')) { + seglist.push_back(segment); + } + + m_RespawnPos = NiPoint3(std::stof(seglist[0]), std::stof(seglist[1]), std::stof(seglist[2])); + } + + { + auto respawnString = std::stringstream(m_Parent->GetVarAsString(u"rspRot")); + + std::string segment; + std::vector seglist; + + while (std::getline(respawnString, segment, '\x1f')) { + seglist.push_back(segment); + } + + m_RespawnRot = NiQuaternion(std::stof(seglist[0]), std::stof(seglist[1]), std::stof(seglist[2]), std::stof(seglist[3])); + } + } + + // HF - RespawnPoints. Legacy respawn entity. + if (m_Parent->GetLOT() == 4945) + { + m_IsRespawnVolume = true; + m_RespawnPos = m_Position; + m_RespawnRot = m_Rotation; + } + + /* + for (LDFBaseData* data : settings) { + if (data) { + if (data->GetKey() == u"create_physics") { + if (bool(std::stoi(data->GetValueAsString()))) { + CreatePhysics(settings); + } + } + + if (data->GetKey() == u"respawnVol") { + if (bool(std::stoi(data->GetValueAsString()))) { + m_IsRespawnVolume = true; + } + } + + if (m_IsRespawnVolume) { + if (data->GetKey() == u"rspPos") { + //Joy, we get to split strings! + std::stringstream test(data->GetValueAsString()); + std::string segment; + std::vector seglist; + + while (std::getline(test, segment, '\x1f')) { + seglist.push_back(segment); + } + + m_RespawnPos = NiPoint3(std::stof(seglist[0]), std::stof(seglist[1]), std::stof(seglist[2])); + } + + if (data->GetKey() == u"rspRot") { + //Joy, we get to split strings! + std::stringstream test(data->GetValueAsString()); + std::string segment; + std::vector seglist; + + while (std::getline(test, segment, '\x1f')) { + seglist.push_back(segment); + } + + m_RespawnRot = NiQuaternion(std::stof(seglist[0]), std::stof(seglist[1]), std::stof(seglist[2]), std::stof(seglist[3])); + } + } + + if (m_Parent->GetLOT() == 4945) // HF - RespawnPoints + { + m_IsRespawnVolume = true; + m_RespawnPos = m_Position; + m_RespawnRot = m_Rotation; + } + } + } + */ + + if (!m_HasCreatedPhysics) { + CDComponentsRegistryTable* compRegistryTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ComponentsRegistry"); + auto componentID = compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_Parent->GetLOT(), COMPONENT_TYPE_PHANTOM_PHYSICS); + + CDPhysicsComponentTable* physComp = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("PhysicsComponent"); + + if (physComp == nullptr) return; + + auto* info = physComp->GetByID(componentID); + if (info == nullptr || info->physicsAsset == "" || info->physicsAsset == "NO_PHYSICS") return; + + //temp test + if (info->physicsAsset == "miscellaneous\\misc_phys_10x1x5.hkx") { + m_dpEntity = new dpEntity(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), 10.0f, 5.0f, 1.0f); + + m_dpEntity->SetScale(m_Scale); + m_dpEntity->SetRotation(m_Rotation); + m_dpEntity->SetPosition(m_Position); + + dpWorld::Instance().AddEntity(m_dpEntity); + } + else if (info->physicsAsset == "miscellaneous\\misc_phys_640x640.hkx") { + m_dpEntity = new dpEntity(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), 640.0f, 20.0f, 640.0f); + + m_dpEntity->SetScale(m_Scale); + m_dpEntity->SetRotation(m_Rotation); + m_dpEntity->SetPosition(m_Position); + + dpWorld::Instance().AddEntity(m_dpEntity); + } + else if (info->physicsAsset == "env\\trigger_wall_tall.hkx") { + m_dpEntity = new dpEntity(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), 10.0f, 25.0f, 1.0f); + m_dpEntity->SetScale(m_Scale); + m_dpEntity->SetRotation(m_Rotation); + m_dpEntity->SetPosition(m_Position); + dpWorld::Instance().AddEntity(m_dpEntity); + } + else if (info->physicsAsset == "env\\env_gen_placeholderphysics.hkx") { + m_dpEntity = new dpEntity(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), 20.0f, 20.0f, 20.0f); + m_dpEntity->SetScale(m_Scale); + m_dpEntity->SetRotation(m_Rotation); + m_dpEntity->SetPosition(m_Position); + dpWorld::Instance().AddEntity(m_dpEntity); + } + else if (info->physicsAsset == "env\\POI_trigger_wall.hkx") { + m_dpEntity = new dpEntity(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), 1.0f, 12.5f, 20.0f); // Not sure what the real size is + m_dpEntity->SetScale(m_Scale); + m_dpEntity->SetRotation(m_Rotation); + m_dpEntity->SetPosition(m_Position); + dpWorld::Instance().AddEntity(m_dpEntity); + } + else if (info->physicsAsset == "env\\NG_NinjaGo\\env_ng_gen_gate_chamber_puzzle_ceiling_tile_falling_phantom.hkx") + { + m_dpEntity = new dpEntity(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), 18.0f, 5.0f, 15.0f); + m_dpEntity->SetScale(m_Scale); + m_dpEntity->SetRotation(m_Rotation); + m_dpEntity->SetPosition(m_Position + m_Rotation.GetForwardVector() * 7.5f); + dpWorld::Instance().AddEntity(m_dpEntity); + } + else if (info->physicsAsset == "env\\NG_NinjaGo\\ng_flamejet_brick_phantom.HKX") + { + m_dpEntity = new dpEntity(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), 1.0f, 1.0f, 12.0f); + m_dpEntity->SetScale(m_Scale); + m_dpEntity->SetRotation(m_Rotation); + m_dpEntity->SetPosition(m_Position + m_Rotation.GetForwardVector() * 6.0f); + dpWorld::Instance().AddEntity(m_dpEntity); + } + else if (info->physicsAsset == "env\\Ring_Trigger.hkx") + { + m_dpEntity = new dpEntity(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), 6.0f, 6.0f, 6.0f); + m_dpEntity->SetScale(m_Scale); + m_dpEntity->SetRotation(m_Rotation); + m_dpEntity->SetPosition(m_Position); + dpWorld::Instance().AddEntity(m_dpEntity); + } + else { + //Game::logger->Log("PhantomPhysicsComponent", "This one is supposed to have %s\n", info->physicsAsset.c_str()); + + //add fallback cube: + m_dpEntity = new dpEntity(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), 2.0f, 2.0f, 2.0f); + m_dpEntity->SetScale(m_Scale); + m_dpEntity->SetRotation(m_Rotation); + m_dpEntity->SetPosition(m_Position); + dpWorld::Instance().AddEntity(m_dpEntity); + } + + } +} + +PhantomPhysicsComponent::~PhantomPhysicsComponent() { + if (m_dpEntity) { + dpWorld::Instance().RemoveEntity(m_dpEntity); + } +} + +void PhantomPhysicsComponent::CreatePhysics() { + unsigned char alpha; + unsigned char red; + unsigned char green; + unsigned char blue; + int type = -1; + float x = 0.0f; + float y = 0.0f; + float z = 0.0f; + float width = 0.0f; //aka "radius" + float height = 0.0f; + + if (m_Parent->HasVar(u"primitiveModelType")) { + type = m_Parent->GetVar(u"primitiveModelType"); + x = m_Parent->GetVar(u"primitiveModelValueX"); + y = m_Parent->GetVar(u"primitiveModelValueY"); + z = m_Parent->GetVar(u"primitiveModelValueZ"); + } + else { + CDComponentsRegistryTable* compRegistryTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ComponentsRegistry"); + auto componentID = compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_Parent->GetLOT(), COMPONENT_TYPE_PHANTOM_PHYSICS); + + CDPhysicsComponentTable* physComp = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("PhysicsComponent"); + + if (physComp == nullptr) return; + + auto info = physComp->GetByID(componentID); + + if (info == nullptr) return; + + type = info->pcShapeType; + width = info->playerRadius; + height = info->playerHeight; + } + + switch (type) { + case 1: { //Make a new box shape + NiPoint3 boxSize(x, y, z); + if (x == 0.0f) { + //LU has some weird values, so I think it's best to scale them down a bit + if (height < 0.5f) height = 2.0f; + if (width < 0.5f) width = 2.0f; + + //Scale them: + width = width * m_Scale; + height = height * m_Scale; + + boxSize = NiPoint3(width, height, width); + } + + m_dpEntity = new dpEntity(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), boxSize); + break; + } + } + + if (!m_dpEntity) return; + + m_dpEntity->SetPosition({m_Position.x, m_Position.y - (height / 2), m_Position.z}); + + dpWorld::Instance().AddEntity(m_dpEntity); + + m_HasCreatedPhysics = true; +} + +void PhantomPhysicsComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags) { + outBitStream->Write(m_PositionInfoDirty || bIsInitialUpdate); + if (m_PositionInfoDirty || bIsInitialUpdate) + { + outBitStream->Write(m_Position.x); + outBitStream->Write(m_Position.y); + outBitStream->Write(m_Position.z); + outBitStream->Write(m_Rotation.x); + outBitStream->Write(m_Rotation.y); + outBitStream->Write(m_Rotation.z); + outBitStream->Write(m_Rotation.w); + + m_PositionInfoDirty = false; + } + + outBitStream->Write(m_EffectInfoDirty || bIsInitialUpdate); + if (m_EffectInfoDirty || bIsInitialUpdate) { + outBitStream->Write(m_IsPhysicsEffectActive); + + if (m_IsPhysicsEffectActive) { + outBitStream->Write(m_EffectType); + outBitStream->Write(m_DirectionalMultiplier); + + // forgive me father for i have sinned + outBitStream->Write0(); + //outBitStream->Write(m_MinMax); + //if (m_MinMax) { + //outBitStream->Write(m_Min); + //outBitStream->Write(m_Max); + //} + + outBitStream->Write(m_IsDirectional); + if (m_IsDirectional) { + outBitStream->Write(m_Direction.x); + outBitStream->Write(m_Direction.y); + outBitStream->Write(m_Direction.z); + } + } + + m_EffectInfoDirty = false; + } +} + +void PhantomPhysicsComponent::ResetFlags() { + m_EffectInfoDirty = false; + m_PositionInfoDirty = false; +} + +void PhantomPhysicsComponent::Update(float deltaTime) { + if (!m_dpEntity) return; + + //Process enter events + for (auto en : m_dpEntity->GetNewObjects()) { + m_Parent->OnCollisionPhantom(en->GetObjectID()); + + //If we are a respawn volume, inform the client: + if (m_IsRespawnVolume) { + auto entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(en->GetObjectID()); + + if (entity) { + GameMessages::SendPlayerReachedRespawnCheckpoint(entity, m_RespawnPos, m_RespawnRot); + entity->SetRespawnPos(m_RespawnPos); + entity->SetRespawnRot(m_RespawnRot); + } + } + } + + //Process exit events + for (auto en : m_dpEntity->GetRemovedObjects()) { + m_Parent->OnCollisionLeavePhantom(en->GetObjectID()); + } +} + +void PhantomPhysicsComponent::SetDirection(const NiPoint3& pos) { + m_Direction = pos; + m_Direction.x *= m_DirectionalMultiplier; + m_Direction.y *= m_DirectionalMultiplier; + m_Direction.z *= m_DirectionalMultiplier; + + m_EffectInfoDirty = true; + m_IsDirectional = true; +} + +void PhantomPhysicsComponent::SpawnVertices() { + if (!m_dpEntity) return; + + std::cout << m_Parent->GetObjectID() << std::endl; + auto box = static_cast(m_dpEntity->GetShape()); + for (auto vert : box->GetVertices()) { + std::cout << vert.x << ", " << vert.y << ", " << vert.z << std::endl; + + EntityInfo info; + info.lot = 33; + info.pos = vert; + info.spawner = nullptr; + info.spawnerID = m_Parent->GetObjectID(); + info.spawnerNodeID = 0; + + Entity* newEntity = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info, nullptr); + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(newEntity); + } +} + +void PhantomPhysicsComponent::SetDirectionalMultiplier(float mul) { + m_DirectionalMultiplier = mul; + m_EffectInfoDirty = true; +} + +void PhantomPhysicsComponent::SetEffectType(uint32_t type) { + m_EffectType = type; + m_EffectInfoDirty = true; +} + +void PhantomPhysicsComponent::SetMin(uint32_t min) { + m_Min = min; + m_MinMax = true; + m_EffectInfoDirty = true; +} + +void PhantomPhysicsComponent::SetMax(uint32_t max) { + m_Max = max; + m_MinMax = true; + m_EffectInfoDirty = true; +} + +void PhantomPhysicsComponent::SetPosition(const NiPoint3& pos) { + m_Position = pos; + + if (m_dpEntity) m_dpEntity->SetPosition(pos); +} + +void PhantomPhysicsComponent::SetRotation(const NiQuaternion& rot) { + m_Rotation = rot; + + if (m_dpEntity) m_dpEntity->SetRotation(rot); +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/PhantomPhysicsComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/PhantomPhysicsComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe1ee242 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/PhantomPhysicsComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,208 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2018 + */ + +#pragma once + +#include "NiPoint3.h" +#include "NiQuaternion.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "InvalidScript.h" +#include "Component.h" + +class LDFBaseData; +class Entity; +class dpEntity; + +/** + * Allows the creation of phantom physics for an entity: a physics object that is generally invisible but can be + * collided with using various shapes to detect collision on certain points in the map. Generally these are used to + * trigger gameplay events, for example the bus in Avant Gardens that moves around when the player touches its physics + * body. Optionally this object can also have effects, like the fans in AG. + */ +class PhantomPhysicsComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_PHANTOM_PHYSICS; + + PhantomPhysicsComponent(Entity* parent); + ~PhantomPhysicsComponent() override; + void Update(float deltaTime) override; + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags); + void ResetFlags(); + + /** + * Creates the physics shape for this entity based on LDF data + */ + void CreatePhysics(); + + /** + * Sets the direction this physics object is pointed at + * @param pos the direction to set + */ + void SetDirection(const NiPoint3& pos); + + /** + * Returns the direction this physics object is pointed at + * @return the direction this physics object is pointed at + */ + const NiPoint3& GetDirection() const { return m_Direction; } + + /** + * Returns the multiplier by which the direction coordinates are multiplied + * @return the multiplier by which the direction coordinates are multiplied + */ + float GetDirectionalMultiplier() const { return m_DirectionalMultiplier; } + + /** + * Sets the multiplier by which direction coordinates are multiplied + * @param mul the multiplier to set + */ + void SetDirectionalMultiplier(float mul); + + /** + * Returns whether or not there's currently an effect active + * @return true if there's an effect active, false otherwise + */ + bool GetPhysicsEffectActive() const { return m_IsPhysicsEffectActive; } + + /** + * Sets whether or not there's a physics effect active + * @param val whether or not there's an effect active + */ + void SetPhysicsEffectActive(bool val) { m_IsPhysicsEffectActive = val; m_EffectInfoDirty = true; } + + /** + * Returns the position of this physics object + * @return the position of this physics object + */ + const NiPoint3& GetPosition() const { return m_Position; } + + /** + * Sets the position of this physics object + * @param pos the position to set + */ + void SetPosition(const NiPoint3& pos); + + /** + * Returns the rotation of this physics object + * @return the rotation of this physics object + */ + const NiQuaternion& GetRotation() const { return m_Rotation; } + + /** + * Sets the rotation of this physics object + * @param rot the rotation to set + */ + void SetRotation(const NiQuaternion& rot); + + /** + * Returns the effect that's currently active, defaults to 0 + * @return the effect that's currently active + */ + uint32_t GetEffectType() const { return m_EffectType; } + + /** + * Sets the effect that's currently active + * @param type the effect to set + */ + void SetEffectType(uint32_t type); + + /** + * Spawns an object at each of the vertices for debugging purposes + */ + void SpawnVertices(); + + /** + * Legacy stuff no clue what this does + */ + void SetMin(uint32_t min); + + /** + * Legacy stuff no clue what this does + */ + void SetMax(uint32_t max); + +private: + + /** + * The position of the physics object + */ + NiPoint3 m_Position; + + /** + * The rotation of the physics object + */ + NiQuaternion m_Rotation; + + /** + * A scale to apply to the size of the physics object + */ + float m_Scale; + + /** + * Whether or not the position has changed and needs to be serialized + */ + bool m_PositionInfoDirty; + + /** + * Whether or not the effect has changed and needs to be serialized + */ + bool m_EffectInfoDirty; + + /** + * Whether or not there's currently a physics effect active + */ + bool m_IsPhysicsEffectActive; + + /** + * The physics effect that's currently active, defaults to 0 + */ + uint32_t m_EffectType; + + /** + * A scaling multiplier to add to the directional vector + */ + float m_DirectionalMultiplier; + + bool m_MinMax; + uint32_t m_Min; + uint32_t m_Max; + + /** + * Whether or not this physics object is pointed in some direction + */ + bool m_IsDirectional; + + /** + * The direction this physics object is pointed in, if any + */ + NiPoint3 m_Direction; + + /** + * The parent entity of this component + */ + dpEntity* m_dpEntity; + + /** + * Whether or not the physics object has been created yet + */ + bool m_HasCreatedPhysics = false; + + /** + * Whether or not this physics object represents an object that updates the respawn pos of an entity that crosses it + */ + bool m_IsRespawnVolume = false; + + /** + * If this is a respawn volume, the exact position an entity will respawn + */ + NiPoint3 m_RespawnPos; + + /** + * If this is a respawn volume, the exact rotation an entity will respawn + */ + NiQuaternion m_RespawnRot; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/PossessableComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/PossessableComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d4fd0d62 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/PossessableComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +#include "PossessableComponent.h" + +#include "PossessorComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +PossessableComponent::PossessableComponent(Entity* parent) : Component(parent) +{ + m_Possessor = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; +} + +PossessableComponent::~PossessableComponent() +{ + +} + +void PossessableComponent::SetPossessor(LWOOBJID value) +{ + m_Possessor = value; +} + +LWOOBJID PossessableComponent::GetPossessor() const +{ + return m_Possessor; +} + +void PossessableComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags) +{ + outBitStream->Write(m_Possessor != LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + if (m_Possessor != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + { + outBitStream->Write1(); + outBitStream->Write(m_Possessor); + outBitStream->Write0(); + outBitStream->Write0(); + } +} + +void PossessableComponent::Update(float deltaTime) +{ + +} + +void PossessableComponent::OnUse(Entity* originator) { + PossessorComponent* possessorComponent; + if (originator->TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_POSSESSOR, possessorComponent)) { + SetPossessor(originator->GetObjectID()); + possessorComponent->SetPossessable(m_Parent->GetObjectID()); + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(originator); + } +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/PossessableComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/PossessableComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..744ebfc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/PossessableComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "Component.h" + +/** + * Represents an entity that can be controlled by some other entity, generally used by cars to indicate that some + * player is controlling it. + */ +class PossessableComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_POSSESSABLE; + + PossessableComponent(Entity* parentEntity); + ~PossessableComponent() override; + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags); + void Update(float deltaTime) override; + + /** + * Sets the possessor of this entity + * @param value the ID of the possessor to set + */ + void SetPossessor(LWOOBJID value); + + /** + * Returns the possessor of this entity + * @return the possessor of this entitythe + */ + LWOOBJID GetPossessor() const; + + /** + * Handles an OnUsed event by some other entity, if said entity has a PossessorComponent it becomes the possessor + * of this entity + * @param originator the entity that caused the event to trigger + */ + void OnUse(Entity* originator) override; + +private: + + /** + * The possessor of this entity, e.g. the entity that controls this entity + */ + LWOOBJID m_Possessor; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/PossessorComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/PossessorComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f532805 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/PossessorComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +#include "PossessorComponent.h" + +PossessorComponent::PossessorComponent(Entity* parent) : Component(parent) +{ + m_Possessable = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; +} + +PossessorComponent::~PossessorComponent() +{ + +} + +void PossessorComponent::SetPossessable(LWOOBJID value) +{ + m_Possessable = value; +} + +LWOOBJID PossessorComponent::GetPossessable() const +{ + return m_Possessable; +} + +void PossessorComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags) +{ + outBitStream->Write(m_Possessable != LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + if (m_Possessable != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + { + outBitStream->Write(m_Possessable); + } +} + +void PossessorComponent::Update(float deltaTime) +{ + +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/PossessorComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/PossessorComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0c1a436e --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/PossessorComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "Component.h" + +/** + * Represents an entity that can posess other entities. Generally used by players to drive a car. + */ +class PossessorComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_POSSESSOR; + + PossessorComponent(Entity* parent); + ~PossessorComponent() override; + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags); + void Update(float deltaTime) override; + + /** + * Sets the entity that this entity is possessing + * @param value the ID of the entity this ID should posess + */ + void SetPossessable(LWOOBJID value); + + /** + * Returns the entity that this entity is currently posessing + * @return the entity that this entity is currently posessing + */ + LWOOBJID GetPossessable() const; + +private: + + /** + * The ID of the entity this entity is possessing (e.g. the ID of a car) + */ + LWOOBJID m_Possessable; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/PropertyComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/PropertyComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cbe8d156 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/PropertyComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +#include "PropertyComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" + +PropertyComponent::PropertyComponent(Entity* parent) : Component(parent) { + m_PropertyName = parent->GetVar(u"propertyName"); + m_PropertyState = new PropertyState(); +} + +PropertyComponent::~PropertyComponent() = default; + diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/PropertyComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/PropertyComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2096a475 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/PropertyComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2018 + */ + +#ifndef PROPERTYCOMPONENT_H +#define PROPERTYCOMPONENT_H + +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "Component.h" + +struct PropertyState { + LWOOBJID ownerID; + LWOOBJID propertyID; + bool rented; +}; + +/** + * This component is unused and has no functionality + */ +class PropertyComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_PROPERTY; + explicit PropertyComponent(Entity* parentEntity); + ~PropertyComponent() override; + [[nodiscard]] PropertyState* GetPropertyState() const { return m_PropertyState; }; +private: + PropertyState* m_PropertyState; + std::string m_PropertyName; +}; + +#endif // PROPERTYCOMPONENT_H diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/PropertyEntranceComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/PropertyEntranceComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9e286ffa --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/PropertyEntranceComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,237 @@ +#include +#include "PropertyEntranceComponent.h" +#include "PropertySelectQueryProperty.h" +#include "RocketLaunchpadControlComponent.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "Database.h" +#include "PropertyManagementComponent.h" + +PropertyEntranceComponent::PropertyEntranceComponent(uint32_t componentID, Entity* parent) : Component(parent) +{ + this->propertyQueries = {}; + + auto table = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("PropertyEntranceComponent"); + const auto& entry = table->GetByID(componentID); + + this->m_MapID = entry.mapID; + this->m_PropertyName = entry.propertyName; +} + +void PropertyEntranceComponent::OnUse(Entity* entity) +{ + GameMessages::SendPropertyEntranceBegin(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), entity->GetSystemAddress()); + + AMFArrayValue args; + + auto* state = new AMFStringValue(); + state->SetStringValue("property_menu"); + + args.InsertValue("state", state); + + GameMessages::SendUIMessageServerToSingleClient(entity, entity->GetSystemAddress(), "pushGameState", &args); + + delete state; +} + +void PropertyEntranceComponent::OnEnterProperty(Entity* entity, uint32_t index, bool returnToZone, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + LWOCLONEID cloneId = 0; + + if (index == -1 && !returnToZone) + { + cloneId = entity->GetCharacter()->GetPropertyCloneID(); + } + else if (index == -1 && returnToZone) + { + cloneId = 0; + } + else if (index >= 0) + { + index++; + + const auto& pair = propertyQueries.find(entity->GetObjectID()); + + if (pair == propertyQueries.end()) return; + + const auto& query = pair->second; + + if (index >= query.size()) return; + + cloneId = query[index].CloneId; + } + + auto* launcher = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + + if (launcher == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + launcher->SetSelectedCloneId(entity->GetObjectID(), cloneId); + + launcher->Launch(entity, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, LWOMAPID_INVALID, cloneId); +} + +void PropertyEntranceComponent::OnPropertyEntranceSync(Entity* entity, + bool includeNullAddress, + bool includeNullDescription, + bool playerOwn, + bool updateUi, + int32_t numResults, + int32_t reputation, + int32_t sortMethod, + int32_t startIndex, + std::string filterText, + const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + Game::logger->Log("PropertyEntranceComponent", "On Sync %d %d %d %d %i %i %i %i %s\n", + includeNullAddress, + includeNullDescription, + playerOwn, + updateUi, + numResults, + reputation, + sortMethod, + startIndex, + filterText.c_str() + ); + + auto* launchpadComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + if (launchpadComponent == nullptr) + return; + + std::vector entries {}; + PropertySelectQueryProperty playerEntry {}; + + auto* character = entity->GetCharacter(); + playerEntry.OwnerName = character->GetName(); + playerEntry.Description = "No description."; + playerEntry.Name = "Your property!"; + playerEntry.IsModeratorApproved = true; + playerEntry.AccessType = 2; + playerEntry.CloneId = character->GetPropertyCloneID(); + + entries.push_back(playerEntry); + + sql::ResultSet* propertyEntry; + sql::PreparedStatement* propertyLookup; + + const auto moderating = entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_LEAD_MODERATOR; + + if (!moderating) + { + propertyLookup = Database::CreatePreppedStmt( + "SELECT * FROM properties WHERE (name LIKE ? OR description LIKE ? OR " + "((SELECT name FROM charinfo WHERE prop_clone_id = clone_id) LIKE ?)) AND " + "(privacy_option = 2 AND mod_approved = true) OR (privacy_option >= 1 " + "AND (owner_id IN (SELECT friend_id FROM friends WHERE player_id = ?) OR owner_id IN (SELECT player_id FROM " + "friends WHERE friend_id = ?))) AND zone_id = ? LIMIT ? OFFSET ?;" + ); + + const std::string searchString = "%" + filterText + "%"; + Game::logger->Log("PropertyEntranceComponent", "%s\n", searchString.c_str()); + propertyLookup->setString(1, searchString.c_str()); + propertyLookup->setString(2, searchString.c_str()); + propertyLookup->setString(3, searchString.c_str()); + propertyLookup->setInt64(4, entity->GetObjectID()); + propertyLookup->setInt64(5, entity->GetObjectID()); + propertyLookup->setUInt(6, launchpadComponent->GetTargetZone()); + propertyLookup->setInt(7, numResults); + propertyLookup->setInt(8, startIndex); + + propertyEntry = propertyLookup->executeQuery(); + } + else + { + propertyLookup = Database::CreatePreppedStmt( + "SELECT * FROM properties WHERE privacy_option = 2 AND mod_approved = false AND zone_id = ?;" + ); + + propertyLookup->setUInt(1, launchpadComponent->GetTargetZone()); + + propertyEntry = propertyLookup->executeQuery(); + } + + while (propertyEntry->next()) + { + const auto propertyId = propertyEntry->getUInt64(1); + const auto owner = propertyEntry->getUInt64(2); + const auto cloneId = propertyEntry->getUInt64(4); + const auto name = propertyEntry->getString(5).asStdString(); + const auto description = propertyEntry->getString(6).asStdString(); + const auto privacyOption = propertyEntry->getInt(9); + const auto reputation = propertyEntry->getInt(15); + + PropertySelectQueryProperty entry {}; + + auto* nameLookup = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT name FROM charinfo WHERE prop_clone_id = ?;"); + + nameLookup->setUInt64(1, cloneId); + + auto* nameResult = nameLookup->executeQuery(); + + if (!nameResult->next()) + { + delete nameLookup; + + Game::logger->Log("PropertyEntranceComponent", "Failed to find property owner name for %llu!\n", cloneId); + + continue; + } + else + { + entry.IsOwner = owner == entity->GetObjectID(); + entry.OwnerName = nameResult->getString(1).asStdString(); + } + + if (!moderating) + { + entry.Name = name; + entry.Description = description; + } + else + { + entry.Name = "[Awaiting approval] " + name; + entry.Description = "[Awaiting approval] " + description; + } + + entry.IsFriend = privacyOption == static_cast(PropertyPrivacyOption::Friends); + entry.Reputation = reputation; + entry.CloneId = cloneId; + entry.IsModeratorApproved = true; + entry.AccessType = 3; + + entries.push_back(entry); + + delete nameLookup; + } + + delete propertyLookup; + + /* + const auto entriesSize = entries.size(); + + if (startIndex != 0 && entriesSize > startIndex) + { + for (size_t i = 0; i < startIndex; i++) + { + entries.erase(entries.begin()); + } + } + */ + + propertyQueries[entity->GetObjectID()] = entries; + + GameMessages::SendPropertySelectQuery( + m_Parent->GetObjectID(), + startIndex, + entries.size() >= numResults, + character->GetPropertyCloneID(), + false, + true, + entries, + sysAddr + ); +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/PropertyEntranceComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/PropertyEntranceComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8e35fd91 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/PropertyEntranceComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "Entity.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Component.h" +#include + +/** + * Represents the launch pad that's used to select and browse properties + */ +class PropertyEntranceComponent : public Component +{ +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_PROPERTY_ENTRANCE; + explicit PropertyEntranceComponent(uint32_t componentID, Entity* parent); + + /** + * Handles an OnUse request for some other entity, rendering the property browse menu + * @param entity the entity that triggered the event + */ + void OnUse(Entity* entity) override; + + /** + * Handles the event triggered when the entity selects a property to visit and makes the entity to there + * @param entity the entity that triggered the event + * @param index the clone ID of the property to visit + * @param returnToZone whether or not the entity wishes to go back to the launch zone + * @param sysAddr the address to send gamemessage responses to + */ + void OnEnterProperty(Entity* entity, uint32_t index, bool returnToZone, const SystemAddress &sysAddr); + + /** + * Handles a request for information on available properties when an entity lands on the property + * @param entity the entity that triggered the event + * @param includeNullAddress unused + * @param includeNullDescription unused + * @param playerOwn only query properties owned by the entity + * @param updateUi unused + * @param numResults unused + * @param reputation unused + * @param sortMethod unused + * @param startIndex the minimum index to start the query off + * @param filterText property names to search for + * @param sysAddr the address to send gamemessage responses to + */ + void OnPropertyEntranceSync(Entity* entity, + bool includeNullAddress, + bool includeNullDescription, + bool playerOwn, + bool updateUi, + int32_t numResults, + int32_t reputation, + int32_t sortMethod, + int32_t startIndex, + std::string filterText, + const SystemAddress &sysAddr); + + /** + * Returns the name of this property + * @return the name of this property + */ + [[nodiscard]] std::string GetPropertyName() const { return m_PropertyName; }; + + /** + * Returns the map ID for this property + * @return the map ID for this property + */ + [[nodiscard]] LWOMAPID GetMapID() const { return m_MapID; }; + +private: + + /** + * Cache of property information that was queried for property launched, indexed by property ID + */ + std::map> propertyQueries; + + /** + * The custom name for this property + */ + std::string m_PropertyName; + + /** + * The base map ID for this property (Avant Grove, etc). + */ + LWOMAPID m_MapID; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/PropertyManagementComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/PropertyManagementComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bf89eb22 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/PropertyManagementComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,849 @@ +#include "PropertyManagementComponent.h" + +#include + +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "PropertyDataMessage.h" +#include "UserManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "CDClientDatabase.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "Item.h" +#include "Database.h" +#include "../dWorldServer/ObjectIDManager.h" +#include "Player.h" +#include "RocketLaunchpadControlComponent.h" +#include "PropertyEntranceComponent.h" + +#include +#include "CppScripts.h" + +PropertyManagementComponent* PropertyManagementComponent::instance = nullptr; + +PropertyManagementComponent::PropertyManagementComponent(Entity* parent) : Component(parent) +{ + this->owner = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + this->templateId = 0; + this->propertyId = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + this->models = {}; + this->propertyName = ""; + this->propertyDescription = ""; + this->privacyOption = PropertyPrivacyOption::Private; + this->originalPrivacyOption = PropertyPrivacyOption::Private; + + instance = this; + + const auto& worldId = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->GetZoneID(); + + const auto zoneId = worldId.GetMapID(); + const auto cloneId = worldId.GetCloneID(); + + std::stringstream query; + + query << "SELECT id FROM PropertyTemplate WHERE mapID = " << std::to_string(zoneId) << ";"; + + auto result = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.str()); + + if (result.eof() || result.fieldIsNull(0)) + { + return; + } + + templateId = result.getIntField(0); + + result.finalize(); + + auto* propertyLookup = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT * FROM properties WHERE template_id = ? AND clone_id = ?;"); + + propertyLookup->setInt(1, templateId); + propertyLookup->setInt64(2, cloneId); + + auto* propertyEntry = propertyLookup->executeQuery(); + + if (propertyEntry->next()) + { + this->propertyId = propertyEntry->getUInt64(1); + this->owner = propertyEntry->getUInt64(2); + this->owner = GeneralUtils::SetBit(this->owner, OBJECT_BIT_CHARACTER); + this->owner = GeneralUtils::SetBit(this->owner, OBJECT_BIT_PERSISTENT); + this->propertyName = propertyEntry->getString(5).c_str(); + this->propertyDescription = propertyEntry->getString(6).c_str(); + this->privacyOption = static_cast(propertyEntry->getUInt(9)); + this->claimedTime = propertyEntry->getUInt64(13); + + Load(); + } + + delete propertyLookup; +} + +LWOOBJID PropertyManagementComponent::GetOwnerId() const +{ + return owner; +} + +Entity* PropertyManagementComponent::GetOwner() const +{ + return EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(owner); +} + +void PropertyManagementComponent::SetOwner(Entity* value) +{ + owner = value->GetObjectID(); +} + +std::vector PropertyManagementComponent::GetPaths() const +{ + const auto zoneId = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->GetWorldID(); + + std::stringstream query {}; + + query << "SELECT path FROM PropertyTemplate WHERE mapID = " << std::to_string(zoneId) << ";"; + + auto result = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.str()); + + std::vector paths {}; + + if (result.eof()) + { + return paths; + } + + std::vector points; + + std::istringstream stream(result.getStringField(0)); + std::string token; + + while (std::getline(stream, token, ' ')) + { + try + { + auto value = std::stof(token); + + points.push_back(value); + } + catch (std::invalid_argument& exception) + { + Game::logger->Log("PropertyManagementComponent", "Failed to parse value (%s): (%s)!\n", token.c_str(), exception.what()); + } + } + + for (auto i = 0u; i < points.size(); i += 3) + { + paths.emplace_back(points[i], points[i + 1], points[i + 2]); + } + + return paths; +} + +PropertyPrivacyOption PropertyManagementComponent::GetPrivacyOption() const +{ + return privacyOption; +} + +void PropertyManagementComponent::SetPrivacyOption(PropertyPrivacyOption value) +{ + if (owner == LWOOBJID_EMPTY) return; + + if (value == static_cast(3)) // Client sends 3 for private for some reason, but expects 0 in return? + { + value = PropertyPrivacyOption::Private; + } + + privacyOption = value; + + auto* propertyUpdate = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("UPDATE properties SET privacy_option = ? WHERE id = ?;"); + + propertyUpdate->setInt(1, static_cast(value)); + propertyUpdate->setInt64(2, propertyId); + + propertyUpdate->executeUpdate(); +} + +void PropertyManagementComponent::UpdatePropertyDetails(std::string name, std::string description) +{ + if (owner == LWOOBJID_EMPTY) return; + + propertyName = name; + + propertyDescription = description; + + auto* propertyUpdate = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("UPDATE properties SET name = ?, description = ? WHERE id = ?;"); + + propertyUpdate->setString(1, name.c_str()); + propertyUpdate->setString(2, description.c_str()); + propertyUpdate->setInt64(3, propertyId); + + propertyUpdate->executeUpdate(); + + OnQueryPropertyData(GetOwner(), UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); +} + +void PropertyManagementComponent::Claim(const LWOOBJID playerId) +{ + if (owner != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + { + return; + } + + SetOwnerId(playerId); + + auto* zone = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone(); + + const auto& worldId = zone->GetZoneID(); + const auto zoneId = worldId.GetMapID(); + const auto cloneId = worldId.GetCloneID(); + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerId); + + auto* user = entity->GetParentUser(); + + propertyId = ObjectIDManager::GenerateRandomObjectID(); + + auto* insertion = Database::CreatePreppedStmt( + "INSERT INTO properties" + "(id, owner_id, template_id, clone_id, name, description, rent_amount, rent_due, privacy_option, last_updated, time_claimed, rejection_reason, reputation, zone_id)" + "VALUES (?, ?, ?, ?, ?, '', 0, 0, 0, UNIX_TIMESTAMP(), UNIX_TIMESTAMP(), '', 0, ?)" + ); + insertion->setUInt64(1, propertyId); + insertion->setUInt64(2, (uint32_t) playerId); + insertion->setUInt(3, templateId); + insertion->setUInt64(4, cloneId); + insertion->setString(5, zone->GetZoneName().c_str()); + insertion->setInt(6, zoneId); + + // Try and execute the query, print an error if it fails. + try + { + insertion->execute(); + } + catch (sql::SQLException& exception) + { + Game::logger->Log("PropertyManagementComponent", "Failed to execute query: (%s)!\n", exception.what()); + + throw exception; + } + + auto* zoneControlObject = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlObject(); + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(zoneControlObject)) { + script->OnZonePropertyRented(zoneControlObject, entity); + } +} + +void PropertyManagementComponent::OnStartBuilding() +{ + auto* ownerEntity = GetOwner(); + + if (ownerEntity == nullptr) return; + + const auto players = Player::GetAllPlayers(); + + LWOMAPID zoneId = 1100; + + const auto entrance = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_PROPERTY_ENTRANCE); + + originalPrivacyOption = privacyOption; + + SetPrivacyOption(PropertyPrivacyOption::Private); // Cant visit player which is building + + if (!entrance.empty()) + { + auto* rocketPad = entrance[0]->GetComponent(); + + if (rocketPad != nullptr) + { + zoneId = rocketPad->GetDefaultZone(); + } + } + + for (auto* player : players) + { + if (player == ownerEntity) continue; + + player->SendToZone(zoneId); + } +} + +void PropertyManagementComponent::OnFinishBuilding() +{ + auto* ownerEntity = GetOwner(); + + if (ownerEntity == nullptr) return; + + SetPrivacyOption(originalPrivacyOption); + + UpdateApprovedStatus(false); +} + +void PropertyManagementComponent::UpdateModelPosition(const LWOOBJID id, const NiPoint3 position, NiQuaternion rotation) +{ + Game::logger->Log("PropertyManagementComponent", "Placing model <%f, %f, %f>\n", position.x, position.y, position.z); + + auto* entity = GetOwner(); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* inventoryComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (inventoryComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* item = inventoryComponent->FindItemById(id); + + if (item == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("PropertyManagementComponent", "Failed to find item with id %d\n", id); + + return; + } + + NiQuaternion originalRotation = rotation; + + const auto modelLOT = item->GetLot(); + + if (rotation != NiQuaternion::IDENTITY) + { + rotation = { rotation.w, rotation.z, rotation.y, rotation.x }; + } + + if (item->GetLot() == 6662) { + LWOOBJID spawnerID = item->GetSubKey(); + + EntityInfo info; + info.lot = 14; + info.pos = {}; + info.rot = {}; + info.spawner = nullptr; + info.spawnerID = spawnerID; + info.spawnerNodeID = 0; + + for (auto* setting : item->GetConfig()) { + info.settings.push_back(setting->Copy()); + } + + Entity* newEntity = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + if (newEntity != nullptr) { + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(newEntity); + + //Make sure the propMgmt doesn't delete our model after the server dies + //Trying to do this after the entity is constructed. Shouldn't really change anything but + //There was an issue with builds not appearing since it was placed above ConstructEntity. + PropertyManagementComponent::Instance()->AddModel(newEntity->GetObjectID(), spawnerID); + } + + item->SetCount(item->GetCount() - 1); + //item->UnEquip(); + + return; + } + + item->SetCount(item->GetCount() - 1); + //item->UnEquip(); + + auto* node = new SpawnerNode(); + + node->position = position; + node->rotation = rotation; + + ObjectIDManager::Instance()->RequestPersistentID([this, node, modelLOT, entity, position, rotation, originalRotation](uint32_t persistentId) + { + SpawnerInfo info{}; + + info.templateID = modelLOT; + info.nodes = { node }; + info.templateScale = 1.0f; + info.activeOnLoad = true; + info.amountMaintained = 1; + info.respawnTime = 10; + + info.emulated = true; + info.emulator = EntityManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlEntity()->GetObjectID(); + + LWOOBJID id = static_cast(persistentId) | 1ull << OBJECT_BIT_CLIENT; + + info.spawnerID = id; + + const auto spawnerId = dZoneManager::Instance()->MakeSpawner(info); + + auto* spawner = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawner(spawnerId); + + auto* model = spawner->Spawn(); + + models.insert_or_assign(model->GetObjectID(), spawnerId); + + GameMessages::SendPlaceModelResponse(entity->GetObjectID(), entity->GetSystemAddress(), position, m_Parent->GetObjectID(), 14, originalRotation); + + GameMessages::SendUGCEquipPreCreateBasedOnEditMode(entity->GetObjectID(), entity->GetSystemAddress(), 0, spawnerId); + + GameMessages::SendGetModelsOnProperty(entity->GetObjectID(), GetModels(), UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + //item->SetCount(item->GetCount() - 1); + + EntityManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlEntity()->OnZonePropertyModelPlaced(entity); + }); +} + +void PropertyManagementComponent::DeleteModel(const LWOOBJID id, const int deleteReason) +{ + Game::logger->Log("PropertyManagementComponent", "Delete model: (%llu) (%i)\n", id, deleteReason); + + auto* entity = GetOwner(); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* inventoryComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (inventoryComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + const auto index = models.find(id); + + if (index == models.end()) + { + Game::logger->Log("PropertyManagementComponent", "Failed to find model\n"); + + return; + } + + const auto spawnerId = index->second; + + auto* spawner = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawner(spawnerId); + + models.erase(id); + + if (spawner == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("PropertyManagementComponent", "Failed to find spawner\n"); + } + + auto* model = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(id); + + if (model == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("PropertyManagementComponent", "Failed to find model entity\n"); + + return; + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->DestructEntity(model); + + Game::logger->Log("PropertyManagementComponent", "Deleting model LOT %i\n", model->GetLOT()); + + if (model->GetLOT() == 14) + { + //add it to the inv + std::vector settings; + + //fill our settings with BBB gurbage + LDFBaseData* ldfBlueprintID = new LDFData(u"blueprintid", model->GetVar(u"blueprintid")); + LDFBaseData* userModelDesc = new LDFData(u"userModelDesc", u"A cool model you made!"); + LDFBaseData* userModelHasBhvr = new LDFData(u"userModelHasBhvr", false); + LDFBaseData* userModelID = new LDFData(u"userModelID", model->GetVar(u"userModelID")); + LDFBaseData* userModelMod = new LDFData(u"userModelMod", false); + LDFBaseData* userModelName = new LDFData(u"userModelName", u"My Cool Model"); + LDFBaseData* propertyObjectID = new LDFData(u"userModelOpt", true); + LDFBaseData* modelType = new LDFData(u"userModelPhysicsType", 2); + + settings.push_back(ldfBlueprintID); + settings.push_back(userModelDesc); + settings.push_back(userModelHasBhvr); + settings.push_back(userModelID); + settings.push_back(userModelMod); + settings.push_back(userModelName); + settings.push_back(propertyObjectID); + settings.push_back(modelType); + + inventoryComponent->AddItem(6662, 1, HIDDEN, settings, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, false, false, spawnerId, INVALID, 13, false, -1); + auto* item = inventoryComponent->FindItemBySubKey(spawnerId); + + if (item == nullptr) { + return; + } + + if (deleteReason == 0) + { + //item->Equip(); + } + + if (deleteReason == 0 || deleteReason == 2) + { + GameMessages::SendUGCEquipPostDeleteBasedOnEditMode(entity->GetObjectID(), entity->GetSystemAddress(), item->GetId(), item->GetCount()); + } + + GameMessages::SendGetModelsOnProperty(entity->GetObjectID(), GetModels(), UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + GameMessages::SendPlaceModelResponse(entity->GetObjectID(), entity->GetSystemAddress(), NiPoint3::ZERO, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 16, NiQuaternion::IDENTITY); + + if (spawner != nullptr) + { + dZoneManager::Instance()->RemoveSpawner(spawner->m_Info.spawnerID); + } + else + { + model->Smash(SILENT); + } + + item->SetCount(0, true, false, false); + + return; + } + + inventoryComponent->AddItem(model->GetLOT(), 1, INVALID, {}, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, false); + + auto* item = inventoryComponent->FindItemByLot(model->GetLOT()); + + if (item == nullptr) { + return; + } + + switch (deleteReason) + { + case 0: // Pickup + { + item->Equip(); + + GameMessages::SendUGCEquipPostDeleteBasedOnEditMode(entity->GetObjectID(), entity->GetSystemAddress(), item->GetId(), item->GetCount()); + EntityManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlEntity()->OnZonePropertyModelPickedUp(entity); + + break; + } + case 1: // Return to inv + { + EntityManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlEntity()->OnZonePropertyModelRemoved(entity); + + break; + } + case 2: // Break apart + { + item->SetCount(item->GetCount() - 1); + + Game::logger->Log("BODGE TIME", "YES IT GOES HERE"); + + break; + } + default: + { + Game::logger->Log("PropertyManagementComponent", "Invalid delete reason\n"); + } + } + + GameMessages::SendGetModelsOnProperty(entity->GetObjectID(), GetModels(), UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + GameMessages::SendPlaceModelResponse(entity->GetObjectID(), entity->GetSystemAddress(), NiPoint3::ZERO, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 16, NiQuaternion::IDENTITY); + + if (spawner != nullptr) + { + dZoneManager::Instance()->RemoveSpawner(spawner->m_Info.spawnerID); + } + else + { + model->Smash(SILENT); + } +} + +void PropertyManagementComponent::UpdateApprovedStatus(const bool value) +{ + if (owner == LWOOBJID_EMPTY) return; + + auto* update = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("UPDATE properties SET mod_approved = ? WHERE id = ?;"); + + update->setBoolean(1, value); + update->setInt64(2, propertyId); + + update->executeUpdate(); + + delete update; +} + +void PropertyManagementComponent::Load() +{ + if (propertyId == LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + { + return; + } + + auto* lookup = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT id, lot, x, y, z, rx, ry, rz, rw, ugc_id FROM properties_contents WHERE property_id = ?;"); + + lookup->setUInt64(1, propertyId); + + auto* lookupResult = lookup->executeQuery(); + + while (lookupResult->next()) + { + const LWOOBJID id = lookupResult->getUInt64(1); + const LOT lot = lookupResult->getInt(2); + + const NiPoint3 position = + { + static_cast(lookupResult->getDouble(3)), + static_cast(lookupResult->getDouble(4)), + static_cast(lookupResult->getDouble(5)) + }; + + const NiQuaternion rotation = + { + static_cast(lookupResult->getDouble(9)), + static_cast(lookupResult->getDouble(6)), + static_cast(lookupResult->getDouble(7)), + static_cast(lookupResult->getDouble(8)) + }; + + auto* node = new SpawnerNode(); + + node->position = position; + node->rotation = rotation; + + SpawnerInfo info{}; + + info.templateID = lot; + info.nodes = { node }; + info.templateScale = 1.0f; + info.activeOnLoad = true; + info.amountMaintained = 1; + info.respawnTime = 10; + + //info.emulated = true; + //info.emulator = EntityManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlEntity()->GetObjectID(); + + info.spawnerID = id; + + std::vector settings; + + //BBB property models need to have extra stuff set for them: + if (lot == 14) { + LWOOBJID blueprintID = lookupResult->getUInt(10); + blueprintID = GeneralUtils::SetBit(blueprintID, OBJECT_BIT_CHARACTER); + blueprintID = GeneralUtils::SetBit(blueprintID, OBJECT_BIT_PERSISTENT); + + LDFBaseData* ldfBlueprintID = new LDFData(u"blueprintid", blueprintID); + LDFBaseData* componentWhitelist = new LDFData(u"componentWhitelist", 1); + LDFBaseData* modelType = new LDFData(u"modelType", 2); + LDFBaseData* propertyObjectID = new LDFData(u"propertyObjectID", true); + LDFBaseData* userModelID = new LDFData(u"userModelID", id); + + settings.push_back(ldfBlueprintID); + settings.push_back(componentWhitelist); + settings.push_back(modelType); + settings.push_back(propertyObjectID); + settings.push_back(userModelID); + } + + node->config = settings; + + const auto spawnerId = dZoneManager::Instance()->MakeSpawner(info); + + auto* spawner = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawner(spawnerId); + + auto* model = spawner->Spawn(); + + models.insert_or_assign(model->GetObjectID(), spawnerId); + + /* + EntityInfo info; + info.lot = lot; + info.pos = position; + info.rot = rotation; + info.settings = settings; + info.spawnerID = id; + + auto* model = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(model); + + models.insert_or_assign(model->GetObjectID(), id); + */ + } + + delete lookup; +} + +void PropertyManagementComponent::Save() +{ + if (propertyId == LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + { + return; + } + + auto* insertion = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("INSERT INTO properties_contents VALUES (?, ?, ?, ?, ?, ?, ?, ?, ?, ?, ?);"); + auto* update = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("UPDATE properties_contents SET x = ?, y = ?, z = ?, rx = ?, ry = ?, rz = ?, rw = ? WHERE id = ?;"); + auto* lookup = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT id FROM properties_contents WHERE property_id = ?;"); + auto* remove = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("DELETE FROM properties_contents WHERE id = ?;"); + + lookup->setUInt64(1, propertyId); + + auto* lookupResult = lookup->executeQuery(); + + std::vector present; + + while (lookupResult->next()) + { + const auto dbId = lookupResult->getUInt64(1); + + present.push_back(dbId); + } + + delete lookupResult; + + std::vector modelIds; + + for (const auto& pair : models) + { + const auto id = pair.second; + + modelIds.push_back(id); + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(pair.first); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + continue; + } + + const auto position = entity->GetPosition(); + const auto rotation = entity->GetRotation(); + + if (std::find(present.begin(), present.end(), id) == present.end()) + { + insertion->setInt64(1, id); + insertion->setUInt64(2, propertyId); + insertion->setNull(3, 0); + insertion->setInt(4, entity->GetLOT()); + insertion->setDouble(5, position.x); + insertion->setDouble(6, position.y); + insertion->setDouble(7, position.z); + insertion->setDouble(8, rotation.x); + insertion->setDouble(9, rotation.y); + insertion->setDouble(10, rotation.z); + insertion->setDouble(11, rotation.w); + + insertion->execute(); + } + else + { + update->setDouble(1, position.x); + update->setDouble(2, position.y); + update->setDouble(3, position.z); + update->setDouble(4, rotation.x); + update->setDouble(5, rotation.y); + update->setDouble(6, rotation.z); + update->setDouble(7, rotation.w); + + update->setInt64(8, id); + + update->executeUpdate(); + } + } + + for (auto id : present) + { + if (std::find(modelIds.begin(), modelIds.end(), id) != modelIds.end()) + { + continue; + } + + remove->setInt64(1, id); + + remove->execute(); + } + + auto* removeUGC = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("DELETE FROM ugc WHERE id NOT IN (SELECT ugc_id FROM properties_contents);"); + + removeUGC->execute(); + + delete removeUGC; + delete insertion; + delete update; + delete lookup; + delete remove; +} + +void PropertyManagementComponent::AddModel(LWOOBJID modelId, LWOOBJID spawnerId) +{ + models[modelId] = spawnerId; +} + +PropertyManagementComponent* PropertyManagementComponent::Instance() +{ + return instance; +} + +void PropertyManagementComponent::OnQueryPropertyData(Entity* originator, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, LWOOBJID author) const +{ + if (author == LWOOBJID_EMPTY) { + author = m_Parent->GetObjectID(); + } + + const auto& worldId = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->GetZoneID(); + const auto zoneId = worldId.GetMapID(); + + Game::logger->Log("Properties", "Getting property info for %d\n", zoneId); + GameMessages::PropertyDataMessage message = GameMessages::PropertyDataMessage(zoneId); + + const auto isClaimed = GetOwnerId() != LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + LWOOBJID ownerId = GetOwnerId(); + std::string ownerName = ""; + std::string name = ""; + std::string description = ""; + uint64_t claimed = 0; + char privacy = 0; + + if (isClaimed) { + const auto cloneId = worldId.GetCloneID(); + + auto* nameLookup = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT name FROM charinfo WHERE prop_clone_id = ?;"); + nameLookup->setUInt64(1, cloneId); + + auto* nameResult = nameLookup->executeQuery(); + if (nameResult->next()) { + ownerName = nameResult->getString(1).c_str(); + } + + delete nameResult; + delete nameLookup; + + name = propertyName; + description = propertyDescription; + claimed = claimedTime; + privacy = static_cast(this->privacyOption); + } + + message.OwnerId = ownerId; + message.OwnerName = ownerName; + message.Name = name; + message.Description = description; + message.ClaimedTime = claimed; + message.PrivacyOption = privacy; + + message.Paths = GetPaths(); + + SendDownloadPropertyData(author, message, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); +} + +void PropertyManagementComponent::OnUse(Entity* originator) +{ + OnQueryPropertyData(originator, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + GameMessages::SendOpenPropertyManagment(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), originator->GetSystemAddress()); +} + +void PropertyManagementComponent::SetOwnerId(const LWOOBJID value) +{ + owner = value; +} + +const std::map& PropertyManagementComponent::GetModels() const +{ + return models; +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/PropertyManagementComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/PropertyManagementComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bf577760 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/PropertyManagementComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,211 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "Entity.h" +#include "Component.h" + +/** + * Information regarding which players may visit this property + */ +enum class PropertyPrivacyOption +{ + /** + * Default, only you can visit your property + */ + Private = 0, + + /** + * Your friends can visit your property + */ + Friends = 1, + + /** + * Requires Mythran approval, everyone can visit your property + */ + Public = 2 +}; + +/** + * Main component that handles interactions with a property, generally the plaques you see on properties. + */ +class PropertyManagementComponent : public Component +{ +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_PROPERTY_MANAGEMENT; + PropertyManagementComponent(Entity* parent); + static PropertyManagementComponent* Instance(); + + /** + * Event handler for when an entity requests information about this property, will send back whether it's owned, etc. + * @param originator the entity that triggered the event + * @param sysAddr the address to send game message responses to + * @param author optional explicit ID for the property, if not set defaults to the originator + */ + void OnQueryPropertyData(Entity* originator, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, LWOOBJID author = LWOOBJID_EMPTY) const; + + /** + * Handles an OnUse event, telling the client who owns this property, etc. + * @param originator the entity that triggered the event + */ + void OnUse(Entity* originator) override; + + /** + * Sets the owner of this property + * @param value the owner to set + */ + void SetOwnerId(LWOOBJID value); + + /** + * Returns the ID of the owner of this property + * @return the ID of the owner of this property + */ + LWOOBJID GetOwnerId() const; + + /** + * Returns the owner of this property + * @return the owner of this property + */ + Entity* GetOwner() const; + + /** + * sets the owner of this property + * @param value the owner to set + */ + void SetOwner(Entity* value); + + /** + * Returns the paths that this property has + * @return the paths that this property has + */ + std::vector GetPaths() const; + + /** + * Returns the privacy options for this property + * @return the privacy options for this property + */ + PropertyPrivacyOption GetPrivacyOption() const; + + /** + * Updates the privacy option for this property + * @param value the privacy option to set + */ + void SetPrivacyOption(PropertyPrivacyOption value); + + /** + * Updates information of this property, saving it to the database + * @param name the name to set for the property + * @param description the description to set for the property + */ + void UpdatePropertyDetails(std::string name, std::string description); + + /** + * Makes this property owned by the passed player ID, storing it in the database + * @param playerId the ID of the entity that claimed the property + */ + void Claim(LWOOBJID playerId); + + /** + * Event triggered when the owner of the property starts building, will kick other entities out + */ + void OnStartBuilding(); + + /** + * Event triggered when the owner of the property finished building, will re-apply this property for moderation + * request. + */ + void OnFinishBuilding(); + + /** + * Updates the position of a model on the property + * @param id the ID of the model to reposition + * @param position the position to place the model on + * @param rotation the rotation to place the model on + */ + void UpdateModelPosition(LWOOBJID id, NiPoint3 position, NiQuaternion rotation); + + /** + * Deletes a model for a property + * @param id the ID of the model to delete + * @param deleteReason the reason of the deletion, e.g. picked up or destroyed (in case of UGC) + */ + void DeleteModel(LWOOBJID id, int deleteReason); + + /** + * Updates whether or not this property is approved by a moderator + * @param value true if the property should be approved, false otherwise + */ + void UpdateApprovedStatus(bool value); + + /** + * Loads all the models on this property from the database + */ + void Load(); + + /** + * Saves all the models from this property to the database + */ + void Save(); + + /** + * Adds a model to the cache of models + * @param modelId the ID of the model + * @param spawnerId the ID of the object that spawned the model + */ + void AddModel(LWOOBJID modelId, LWOOBJID spawnerId); + + /** + * Returns all the models on this property, indexed by property ID, containing their spawn objects + * @return all the models on this proeprty + */ + const std::map& GetModels() const; + +private: + /** + * This + */ + static PropertyManagementComponent* instance; + + /** + * The ID of the owner of this property + */ + LWOOBJID owner = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + /** + * The LOT of this console + */ + uint32_t templateId = 0; + + /** + * The unique ID for this property, if it's owned + */ + LWOOBJID propertyId = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + /** + * The time since this property was claimed + */ + uint64_t claimedTime = 0; + + /** + * The models that are placed on this property + */ + std::map models = {}; + + /** + * The name of this property + */ + std::string propertyName = ""; + + /** + * The description of this property + */ + std::string propertyDescription = ""; + + /** + * Determines which players may visit this property + */ + PropertyPrivacyOption privacyOption = PropertyPrivacyOption::Private; + + /** + * The privacy setting before it was changed, saved to set back after a player finishes building + */ + PropertyPrivacyOption originalPrivacyOption = PropertyPrivacyOption::Private; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/PropertyVendorComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/PropertyVendorComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e6b8fe97 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/PropertyVendorComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +#include "PropertyVendorComponent.h" + +#include "PropertyDataMessage.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "PropertyManagementComponent.h" +#include "UserManager.h" + +PropertyVendorComponent::PropertyVendorComponent(Entity* parent) : Component(parent) +{ +} + +void PropertyVendorComponent::OnUse(Entity* originator) +{ + if (PropertyManagementComponent::Instance() == nullptr) return; + + OnQueryPropertyData(originator, originator->GetSystemAddress()); + + if (PropertyManagementComponent::Instance()->GetOwnerId() == LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + { + Game::logger->Log("PropertyVendorComponent", "Property vendor opening!\n"); + + GameMessages::SendOpenPropertyVendor(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), originator->GetSystemAddress()); + + return; + } +} + +void PropertyVendorComponent::OnQueryPropertyData(Entity* originator, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + if (PropertyManagementComponent::Instance() == nullptr) return; + + PropertyManagementComponent::Instance()->OnQueryPropertyData(originator, sysAddr, m_Parent->GetObjectID()); +} + +void PropertyVendorComponent::OnBuyFromVendor(Entity* originator, const bool confirmed, const LOT lot, const uint32_t count) +{ + if (PropertyManagementComponent::Instance() == nullptr) return; + + GameMessages::SendPropertyRentalResponse(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), 0, 0, 0, 0, originator->GetSystemAddress()); + + auto* controller = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlObject(); + + controller->OnFireEventServerSide(m_Parent, "propertyRented"); + + PropertyManagementComponent::Instance()->Claim(originator->GetObjectID()); + + PropertyManagementComponent::Instance()->SetOwner(originator); + + PropertyManagementComponent::Instance()->OnQueryPropertyData(originator, originator->GetSystemAddress()); + + Game::logger->Log("PropertyVendorComponent", "Fired event; (%d) (%i) (%i)\n", confirmed, lot, count); +} + diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/PropertyVendorComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/PropertyVendorComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1a469589 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/PropertyVendorComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "Entity.h" +#include "Component.h" + +/** + * The property guard that stands on a property before it's claimed, allows entities to attempt claiming this property. + */ +class PropertyVendorComponent : public Component +{ +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_PROPERTY_VENDOR; + explicit PropertyVendorComponent(Entity* parent); + + /** + * Handles a use event from some entity, if the property is cleared this allows the entity to claim it + * @param originator the entity that triggered this event + */ + void OnUse(Entity* originator) override; + + /** + * Handles a property data query after the property has been claimed, sending information about the property to the + * triggering entity. + * @param originator the entity that triggered the event + * @param sysAddr the system address to send game message response to + */ + void OnQueryPropertyData(Entity* originator, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + /** + * Claims the property + * @param originator the entity that attempted to claim the property + * @param confirmed unused + * @param lot unused + * @param count unused + */ + void OnBuyFromVendor(Entity* originator, bool confirmed, LOT lot, uint32_t count); +}; diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/ProximityMonitorComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/ProximityMonitorComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f2ef9b9a --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/ProximityMonitorComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +#include "ProximityMonitorComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "ControllablePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "SimplePhysicsComponent.h" + +const std::map ProximityMonitorComponent::m_EmptyObjectMap = {}; + +ProximityMonitorComponent::ProximityMonitorComponent(Entity* parent, int radiusSmall, int radiusLarge) : Component(parent) { + if (radiusSmall != -1 && radiusLarge != -1) { + SetProximityRadius(radiusSmall, "rocketSmall"); + SetProximityRadius(radiusLarge, "rocketLarge"); + } +} + +ProximityMonitorComponent::~ProximityMonitorComponent() { + for (const auto& en : m_ProximitiesData) { + if (!en.second) continue; + + dpWorld::Instance().RemoveEntity(en.second); + } + + m_ProximitiesData.clear(); +} + +void ProximityMonitorComponent::SetProximityRadius(float proxRadius, const std::string& name) { + dpEntity* en = new dpEntity(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), proxRadius); + en->SetPosition(m_Parent->GetPosition()); + + dpWorld::Instance().AddEntity(en); + m_ProximitiesData.insert(std::make_pair(name, en)); +} + +void ProximityMonitorComponent::SetProximityRadius(dpEntity* entity, const std::string& name) { + dpWorld::Instance().AddEntity(entity); + entity->SetPosition(m_Parent->GetPosition()); + m_ProximitiesData.insert(std::make_pair(name, entity)); +} + +const std::map& ProximityMonitorComponent::GetProximityObjects(const std::string& name) { + const auto& iter = m_ProximitiesData.find(name); + + if (iter == m_ProximitiesData.end()) { + return m_EmptyObjectMap; + } + + return iter->second->GetCurrentlyCollidingObjects(); +} + +bool ProximityMonitorComponent::IsInProximity(const std::string& name, LWOOBJID objectID) { + const auto& iter = m_ProximitiesData.find(name); + + if (iter == m_ProximitiesData.end()) { + return false; + } + + const auto& collitions = iter->second->GetCurrentlyCollidingObjects(); + + return collitions.find(objectID) != collitions.end(); +} + +void ProximityMonitorComponent::Update(float deltaTime) { + for (const auto& prox : m_ProximitiesData) { + if (!prox.second) continue; + + //Process enter events + for (auto* en : prox.second->GetNewObjects()) { + m_Parent->OnCollisionProximity(en->GetObjectID(), prox.first, "ENTER"); + } + + //Process exit events + for (auto* en : prox.second->GetRemovedObjects()) { + m_Parent->OnCollisionProximity(en->GetObjectID(), prox.first, "LEAVE"); + } + } +} + diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/ProximityMonitorComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/ProximityMonitorComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11cc7ab3 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/ProximityMonitorComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2018 + */ + +#ifndef PROXIMITYMONITORCOMPONENT_H +#define PROXIMITYMONITORCOMPONENT_H + +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "dpWorld.h" +#include "dpEntity.h" +#include "Component.h" + +/** + * Utility component for detecting how close entities are to named proximities for this entity. Allows you to store + * proximity checks for multiple ojects. + */ +class ProximityMonitorComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_PROXIMITY_MONITOR; + + ProximityMonitorComponent(Entity* parentEntity, int smallRadius = -1, int largeRadius = -1); + ~ProximityMonitorComponent() override; + void Update(float deltaTime) override; + + /** + * Creates an entry to check proximity for, given a name + * @param proxRadius the radius to use for the physics entity we use to detect proximity + * @param name the name of this check + */ + void SetProximityRadius(float proxRadius, const std::string& name); + + /** + * Creates an entry to check proximity for, given a name + * @param entity the physics entity to add to our proximity sensors + * @param name the name of this check + */ + void SetProximityRadius(dpEntity* entity, const std::string& name); + + /** + * Returns the last of entities that are used to check proximity, given a name + * @param name the proximity name to retrieve physics objects for + * @return a map of physics entities for this name, indexed by object ID + */ + const std::map& GetProximityObjects(const std::string& name); + + /** + * Checks if the passed object is in proximity of the named proximity sensor + * @param name the name of the sensor to check proximity for + * @param objectID the entity to check if they're in proximity + * @return true if the object is in proximity, false otherwise + */ + bool IsInProximity(const std::string& name, LWOOBJID objectID); + + /** + * Returns all the proximity sensors stored on this component, indexed by name + * @return all the proximity sensors stored on this component + */ + const std::map& GetProximitiesData() const { return m_ProximitiesData; } + +private: + + /** + * All the proximity sensors for this component, indexed by name + */ + std::map m_ProximitiesData = {}; + + /** + * Default value for the proximity data + */ + static const std::map m_EmptyObjectMap; +}; + +#endif // PROXIMITYMONITORCOMPONENT_H diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/RacingControlComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/RacingControlComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a882f314 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/RacingControlComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,905 @@ +/** + * Thanks to Simon for his early research on the racing system. + */ + +#include "RacingControlComponent.h" + +#include "CharacterComponent.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" +#include "Item.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "ModuleAssemblyComponent.h" +#include "Player.h" +#include "PossessableComponent.h" +#include "PossessorComponent.h" +#include "Spawner.h" +#include "VehiclePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "dServer.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "dConfig.h" + +#ifndef M_PI +#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846264338327950288 +#endif + +RacingControlComponent::RacingControlComponent(Entity *parent) + : Component(parent) { + m_PathName = u"MainPath"; + m_RemainingLaps = 3; + m_LeadingPlayer = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + m_RaceBestTime = 0; + m_RaceBestLap = 0; + m_Started = false; + m_StartTimer = 0; + m_Loaded = false; + m_LoadedPlayers = 0; + m_LoadTimer = 0; + m_Finished = 0; + m_StartTime = 0; + m_EmptyTimer = 0; + m_SoloRacing = Game::config->GetValue("solo_racing") == "1"; + + // Select the main world ID as fallback when a player fails to load. + + const auto worldID = Game::server->GetZoneID(); + + switch (worldID) { + case 1203: + m_ActivityID = 42; + m_MainWorld = 1200; + break; + + case 1303: + m_ActivityID = 39; + m_MainWorld = 1300; + break; + + case 1403: + m_ActivityID = 54; + m_MainWorld = 1400; + break; + + default: + m_ActivityID = 42; + m_MainWorld = 1200; + break; + } +} + +RacingControlComponent::~RacingControlComponent() {} + +void RacingControlComponent::OnPlayerLoaded(Entity *player) { + // If the race has already started, send the player back to the main world. + if (m_Loaded) { + auto *playerInstance = dynamic_cast(player); + + playerInstance->SendToZone(m_MainWorld); + + return; + } + + const auto objectID = player->GetObjectID(); + + m_LoadedPlayers++; + + Game::logger->Log("RacingControlComponent", "Loading player %i\n", + m_LoadedPlayers); + + m_LobbyPlayers.push_back(objectID); +} + +void RacingControlComponent::LoadPlayerVehicle(Entity *player, + bool initialLoad) { + // Load the player's vehicle. + + if (player == nullptr) { + return; + } + + auto *inventoryComponent = player->GetComponent(); + + if (inventoryComponent == nullptr) { + return; + } + + // Find the player's vehicle. + + auto *item = inventoryComponent->FindItemByLot(8092); + + if (item == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("RacingControlComponent", "Failed to find item\n"); + + return; + } + + // Calculate the vehicle's starting position. + + auto *path = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->GetPath( + GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(m_PathName)); + + auto startPosition = path->pathWaypoints[0].position + NiPoint3::UNIT_Y * 3; + + const auto spacing = 15; + + // This sometimes spawns the vehicle out of the map if there are lots of + // players loaded. + + const auto range = m_LoadedPlayers * spacing; + + startPosition = + startPosition + NiPoint3::UNIT_Z * ((m_LeadingPlayer / 2) + + m_RacingPlayers.size() * spacing); + + auto startRotation = + NiQuaternion::LookAt(startPosition, startPosition + NiPoint3::UNIT_X); + + auto angles = startRotation.GetEulerAngles(); + + angles.y -= M_PI; + + startRotation = NiQuaternion::FromEulerAngles(angles); + + Game::logger->Log("RacingControlComponent", + "Start position <%f, %f, %f>, <%f, %f, %f>\n", + startPosition.x, startPosition.y, startPosition.z, + angles.x * (180.0f / M_PI), angles.y * (180.0f / M_PI), + angles.z * (180.0f / M_PI)); + + // Make sure the player is at the correct position. + + GameMessages::SendTeleport(player->GetObjectID(), startPosition, + startRotation, player->GetSystemAddress(), true, + true); + + // Spawn the vehicle entity. + + EntityInfo info{}; + info.lot = 8092; + info.pos = startPosition; + info.rot = startRotation; + info.spawnerID = m_Parent->GetObjectID(); + + auto *carEntity = + EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info, nullptr, m_Parent); + + // Make the vehicle a child of the racing controller. + m_Parent->AddChild(carEntity); + + auto *destroyableComponent = + carEntity->GetComponent(); + + // Setup the vehicle stats. + if (destroyableComponent != nullptr) { + destroyableComponent->SetMaxImagination(60); + destroyableComponent->SetImagination(0); + } + + // Setup the vehicle as being possessed by the player. + auto *possessableComponent = + carEntity->GetComponent(); + + if (possessableComponent != nullptr) { + possessableComponent->SetPossessor(player->GetObjectID()); + } + + // Load the vehicle's assemblyPartLOTs for display. + auto *moduleAssemblyComponent = + carEntity->GetComponent(); + + if (moduleAssemblyComponent) { + moduleAssemblyComponent->SetSubKey(item->GetSubKey()); + moduleAssemblyComponent->SetUseOptionalParts(false); + + for (auto *config : item->GetConfig()) { + if (config->GetKey() == u"assemblyPartLOTs") { + moduleAssemblyComponent->SetAssemblyPartsLOTs( + GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(config->GetValueAsString())); + } + } + } + + // Setup the player as possessing the vehicle. + auto *possessorComponent = player->GetComponent(); + + if (possessorComponent != nullptr) { + possessorComponent->SetPossessable(carEntity->GetObjectID()); + } + + // Set the player's current activity as racing. + auto *characterComponent = player->GetComponent(); + + if (characterComponent != nullptr) { + characterComponent->SetIsRacing(true); + characterComponent->SetVehicleObjectID(carEntity->GetObjectID()); + } + + // Init the player's racing entry. + if (initialLoad) { + m_RacingPlayers.push_back( + {player->GetObjectID(), + carEntity->GetObjectID(), + static_cast(m_RacingPlayers.size()), + false, + {}, + startPosition, + startRotation, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0}); + } + + // Construct and serialize everything when done. + + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(carEntity); + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(player); + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + + GameMessages::SendRacingSetPlayerResetInfo( + m_Parent->GetObjectID(), 0, 0, player->GetObjectID(), startPosition, 1, + UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + const auto playerID = player->GetObjectID(); + + // Reset the player to the start position during downtime, in case something + // went wrong. + m_Parent->AddCallbackTimer(1, [this, playerID]() { + auto *player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + + if (player == nullptr) { + return; + } + + GameMessages::SendRacingResetPlayerToLastReset( + m_Parent->GetObjectID(), playerID, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + }); + + GameMessages::SendSetJetpackMode(player, false, false, false); + + // Set the vehicle's state. + GameMessages::SendNotifyVehicleOfRacingObject(carEntity->GetObjectID(), + m_Parent->GetObjectID(), + UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + GameMessages::SendVehicleSetWheelLockState(carEntity->GetObjectID(), false, + initialLoad, + UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + // Make sure everything has the correct position. + GameMessages::SendTeleport(player->GetObjectID(), startPosition, + startRotation, player->GetSystemAddress(), true, + true); + GameMessages::SendTeleport(carEntity->GetObjectID(), startPosition, + startRotation, player->GetSystemAddress(), true, + true); +} + +void RacingControlComponent::OnRacingClientReady(Entity *player) { + // Notify the other players that this player is ready. + + for (auto &racingPlayer : m_RacingPlayers) { + if (racingPlayer.playerID != player->GetObjectID()) { + if (racingPlayer.playerLoaded) { + GameMessages::SendRacingPlayerLoaded( + m_Parent->GetObjectID(), racingPlayer.playerID, + racingPlayer.vehicleID, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + } + + continue; + } + + racingPlayer.playerLoaded = true; + + GameMessages::SendRacingPlayerLoaded( + m_Parent->GetObjectID(), racingPlayer.playerID, + racingPlayer.vehicleID, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); +} + +void RacingControlComponent::OnRequestDie(Entity *player) { + // Sent by the client when they collide with something which should smash + // them. + + for (auto &racingPlayer : m_RacingPlayers) { + if (racingPlayer.playerID != player->GetObjectID()) { + continue; + } + + auto *vehicle = + EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(racingPlayer.vehicleID); + + if (vehicle == nullptr) { + return; + } + + racingPlayer.smashedTimes++; + + // Reset player to last checkpoint + GameMessages::SendRacingSetPlayerResetInfo( + m_Parent->GetObjectID(), racingPlayer.lap, + racingPlayer.respawnIndex, player->GetObjectID(), + racingPlayer.respawnPosition, racingPlayer.respawnIndex + 1, + UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + GameMessages::SendRacingResetPlayerToLastReset( + m_Parent->GetObjectID(), racingPlayer.playerID, + UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + auto *characterComponent = player->GetComponent(); + if (characterComponent != nullptr) { + characterComponent->UpdatePlayerStatistic(RacingTimesWrecked); + } + + return; + } +} + +void RacingControlComponent::OnRacingPlayerInfoResetFinished(Entity *player) { + // When the player has respawned. + + for (auto &racingPlayer : m_RacingPlayers) { + if (racingPlayer.playerID != player->GetObjectID()) { + continue; + } + + auto *vehicle = + EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(racingPlayer.vehicleID); + + if (vehicle == nullptr) { + return; + } + + if (!racingPlayer.noSmashOnReload) { + GameMessages::SendDie(vehicle, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, true, + VIOLENT, u"", 0, 0, 0, true, false, 0); + + GameMessages::SendVehicleUnlockInput(racingPlayer.vehicleID, false, + UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + GameMessages::SendVehicleSetWheelLockState( + racingPlayer.vehicleID, false, false, + UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + GameMessages::SendResurrect(vehicle); + } + + racingPlayer.noSmashOnReload = false; + + return; + } +} + +void RacingControlComponent::HandleMessageBoxResponse(Entity *player, + const std::string &id) { + auto *data = GetPlayerData(player->GetObjectID()); + + if (data == nullptr) { + return; + } + + if (id == "rewardButton") { + if (data->collectedRewards) { + return; + } + + data->collectedRewards = true; + + // Calculate the score, different loot depending on player count + const auto score = m_LoadedPlayers * 10 + data->finished; + + Loot::GiveActivityLoot(player, m_Parent, m_ActivityID, score); + + // Giving rewards + GameMessages::SendNotifyRacingClient( + m_Parent->GetObjectID(), 2, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, u"", + player->GetObjectID(), UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + auto *missionComponent = player->GetComponent(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr) { + missionComponent->Progress( + MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_RACING, 0, 13); // Enter race + missionComponent->Progress( + MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_RACING, data->finished, + 1); // Finish with rating, one track + missionComponent->Progress( + MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_RACING, data->finished, + 15); // Finish with rating, multiple tracks + missionComponent->Progress( + MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_RACING, data->smashedTimes, + 10); // Safe driver type missions + } + } else if (id == "ACT_RACE_EXIT_THE_RACE?" || id == "Exit") { + auto *vehicle = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(data->vehicleID); + + if (vehicle == nullptr) { + return; + } + + // Exiting race + GameMessages::SendNotifyRacingClient( + m_Parent->GetObjectID(), 3, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, u"", + player->GetObjectID(), UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + auto *playerInstance = dynamic_cast(player); + + playerInstance->SendToZone(m_MainWorld); + + vehicle->Kill(); + } +} + +void RacingControlComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream *outBitStream, + bool bIsInitialUpdate, + unsigned int &flags) { + // BEGIN Scripted Activity + + outBitStream->Write1(); + + outBitStream->Write(static_cast(m_RacingPlayers.size())); + for (const auto &player : m_RacingPlayers) { + outBitStream->Write(player.playerID); + + for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) { + outBitStream->Write(player.data[i]); + } + } + + // END Scripted Activity + + outBitStream->Write1(); // Dirty? + outBitStream->Write(static_cast(m_RacingPlayers.size())); + + outBitStream->Write(!m_RacingPlayers.empty()); + if (!m_RacingPlayers.empty()) { + for (const auto &player : m_RacingPlayers) { + outBitStream->Write1(); // Has more date + + outBitStream->Write(player.playerID); + outBitStream->Write(player.vehicleID); + outBitStream->Write(player.playerIndex); + outBitStream->Write(player.playerLoaded); + } + + outBitStream->Write0(); // No more data + } + + outBitStream->Write(!m_RacingPlayers.empty()); + if (!m_RacingPlayers.empty()) { + for (const auto &player : m_RacingPlayers) { + outBitStream->Write1(); // Has more date + + outBitStream->Write(player.playerID); + outBitStream->Write(0); + } + + outBitStream->Write0(); // No more data + } + + outBitStream->Write1(); // Dirty? + + outBitStream->Write(m_RemainingLaps); + + outBitStream->Write(static_cast(m_PathName.size())); + for (const auto character : m_PathName) { + outBitStream->Write(character); + } + + outBitStream->Write1(); // ??? + outBitStream->Write1(); // ??? + + outBitStream->Write(m_LeadingPlayer); + outBitStream->Write(m_RaceBestLap); + outBitStream->Write(m_RaceBestTime); +} + +RacingPlayerInfo *RacingControlComponent::GetPlayerData(LWOOBJID playerID) { + for (auto &player : m_RacingPlayers) { + if (player.playerID == playerID) { + return &player; + } + } + + return nullptr; +} + +void RacingControlComponent::Update(float deltaTime) { + // This method is a mess. + + // Pre-load routine + if (!m_Loaded) { + // Check if any players has disconnected before loading in + for (size_t i = 0; i < m_LobbyPlayers.size(); i++) { + auto *playerEntity = + EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(m_LobbyPlayers[i]); + + if (playerEntity == nullptr) { + --m_LoadedPlayers; + + m_LobbyPlayers.erase(m_LobbyPlayers.begin() + i); + + return; + } + } + + if (m_LoadedPlayers >= 2 || (m_LoadedPlayers == 1 && m_SoloRacing)) { + m_LoadTimer += deltaTime; + } else { + m_EmptyTimer += deltaTime; + } + + // If a player happens to be left alone for more then 30 seconds without + // anyone else loading in, send them back to the main world + if (m_EmptyTimer >= 30) { + for (const auto player : m_LobbyPlayers) { + auto *playerEntity = + EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(player); + + if (playerEntity == nullptr) { + continue; + } + + auto *playerInstance = dynamic_cast(playerEntity); + + playerInstance->SendToZone(m_MainWorld); + } + + m_LobbyPlayers.clear(); + } + + // From the first 2 players loading in the rest have a max of 15 seconds + // to load in, can raise this if it's too low + if (m_LoadTimer >= 15) { + Game::logger->Log("RacingControlComponent", + "Loading all players...\n"); + + for (size_t i = 0; i < m_LobbyPlayers.size(); i++) { + Game::logger->Log("RacingControlComponent", + "Loading player now!\n"); + + auto *player = + EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(m_LobbyPlayers[i]); + + if (player == nullptr) { + return; + } + + Game::logger->Log("RacingControlComponent", + "Loading player now NOW!\n"); + + LoadPlayerVehicle(player, true); + + m_Loaded = true; + } + + m_Loaded = true; + } + + return; + } + + // The players who will be participating have loaded + if (!m_Started) { + // Check if anyone has disconnected during this period + for (size_t i = 0; i < m_RacingPlayers.size(); i++) { + auto *playerEntity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity( + m_RacingPlayers[i].playerID); + + if (playerEntity == nullptr) { + m_RacingPlayers.erase(m_RacingPlayers.begin() + i); + + --m_LoadedPlayers; + + return; + } + } + + // If less then 2 players are left, send the rest back to the main world + if (m_LoadedPlayers < 2 && !(m_LoadedPlayers == 1 && m_SoloRacing)) { + for (const auto player : m_LobbyPlayers) { + auto *playerEntity = + EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(player); + + if (playerEntity == nullptr) { + continue; + } + + auto *playerInstance = dynamic_cast(playerEntity); + + playerInstance->SendToZone(m_MainWorld); + } + + return; + } + + // Check if all players have send a ready message + + int32_t readyPlayers = 0; + + for (const auto &player : m_RacingPlayers) { + if (player.playerLoaded) { + ++readyPlayers; + } + } + + if (readyPlayers >= m_LoadedPlayers) { + // Setup for racing + if (m_StartTimer == 0) { + GameMessages::SendNotifyRacingClient( + m_Parent->GetObjectID(), 1, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, u"", + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + for (const auto &player : m_RacingPlayers) { + auto *vehicle = + EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(player.vehicleID); + auto *playerEntity = + EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(player.playerID); + + if (vehicle != nullptr && playerEntity != nullptr) { + GameMessages::SendTeleport( + player.playerID, player.respawnPosition, + player.respawnRotation, + playerEntity->GetSystemAddress(), true, true); + + vehicle->SetPosition(player.respawnPosition); + vehicle->SetRotation(player.respawnRotation); + + auto *destroyableComponent = + vehicle->GetComponent(); + + if (destroyableComponent != nullptr) { + destroyableComponent->SetImagination(0); + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(vehicle); + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity( + playerEntity); + } + } + + // Spawn imagination pickups + auto *minSpawner = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName( + "ImaginationSpawn_Min")[0]; + auto *medSpawner = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName( + "ImaginationSpawn_Med")[0]; + auto *maxSpawner = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName( + "ImaginationSpawn_Max")[0]; + + minSpawner->Activate(); + + if (m_LoadedPlayers > 2) { + medSpawner->Activate(); + } + + if (m_LoadedPlayers > 4) { + maxSpawner->Activate(); + } + + // Reset players to their start location, without smashing them + for (auto &player : m_RacingPlayers) { + auto *vehicleEntity = + EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(player.vehicleID); + auto *playerEntity = + EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(player.playerID); + + if (vehicleEntity == nullptr || playerEntity == nullptr) { + continue; + } + + player.noSmashOnReload = true; + + OnRequestDie(playerEntity); + } + } + // This 6 seconds seems to be hardcoded in the client, start race + // after that amount of time + else if (m_StartTimer >= 6) { + // Activate the players movement + for (auto &player : m_RacingPlayers) { + auto *vehicleEntity = + EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(player.vehicleID); + auto *playerEntity = + EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(player.playerID); + + if (vehicleEntity == nullptr || playerEntity == nullptr) { + continue; + } + + GameMessages::SendVehicleUnlockInput( + player.vehicleID, false, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + } + + // Start the race + GameMessages::SendActivityStart(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), + UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + m_Started = true; + + Game::logger->Log("RacingControlComponent", "Starting rase\n"); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + + m_StartTime = std::time(nullptr); + } + + m_StartTimer += deltaTime; + } else { + m_StartTimer = 0; + } + + return; + } + + // Race routines + auto *path = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->GetPath( + GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(m_PathName)); + + for (auto &player : m_RacingPlayers) { + auto *vehicle = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(player.vehicleID); + auto *playerEntity = + EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(player.playerID); + + if (vehicle == nullptr || playerEntity == nullptr) { + continue; + } + + const auto vehiclePosition = vehicle->GetPosition(); + + // If the player is this far below the map, safe to assume they should + // be smashed by death plane + if (vehiclePosition.y < -500) { + GameMessages::SendDie(vehicle, m_Parent->GetObjectID(), + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, true, VIOLENT, u"", 0, 0, 0, + true, false, 0); + + OnRequestDie(playerEntity); + + continue; + } + + // Loop through all the waypoints and see if the player has reached a + // new checkpoint + uint32_t respawnIndex = 0; + for (const auto &waypoint : path->pathWaypoints) { + if (player.lap == 3) { + break; + } + + if (player.respawnIndex == respawnIndex) { + ++respawnIndex; + + continue; + } + + const auto &position = waypoint.position; + + if (std::abs((int)respawnIndex - (int)player.respawnIndex) > 10 && + player.respawnIndex != path->pathWaypoints.size() - 1) { + ++respawnIndex; + + continue; + } + + if (Vector3::DistanceSquared(position, vehiclePosition) > 50 * 50) { + ++respawnIndex; + + continue; + } + + // Only go upwards, except if we've lapped + // Not sure how we are supposed to check if they've reach a + // checkpoint, within 50 units seems safe + if (!(respawnIndex > player.respawnIndex || + player.respawnIndex == path->pathWaypoints.size() - 1)) { + ++respawnIndex; + + continue; + } + + // Some offset up to make they don't fall through the terrain on a + // respawn, seems to fix itself to the track anyhow + player.respawnPosition = position + NiPoint3::UNIT_Y * 5; + player.respawnRotation = vehicle->GetRotation(); + player.respawnIndex = respawnIndex; + + // Reached the start point, lapped + if (respawnIndex == 0) { + time_t lapTime = + std::time(nullptr) - + (player.lap == 1 ? m_StartTime : player.lapTime); + + // Cheating check + if (lapTime < 40) { + continue; + } + + player.lap++; + + player.lapTime = std::time(nullptr); + + if (player.bestLapTime == 0 || player.bestLapTime > lapTime) { + player.bestLapTime = lapTime; + + Game::logger->Log("RacingControlComponent", + "Best lap time (%llu)\n", lapTime); + } + + auto *missionComponent = + playerEntity->GetComponent(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr) { + // Lap time + missionComponent->Progress( + MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_RACING, + (lapTime)*1000, 2); + + if (player.lap == 3) { + m_Finished++; + player.finished = m_Finished; + + const auto raceTime = + (std::time(nullptr) - m_StartTime); + + player.raceTime = raceTime; + + Game::logger->Log("RacingControlComponent", + "Completed time %llu, %llu\n", + raceTime, raceTime * 1000); + + // Entire race time + missionComponent->Progress( + MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_RACING, + (raceTime)*1000, 3); + + auto *characterComponent = + playerEntity->GetComponent(); + if (characterComponent != nullptr) { + characterComponent->TrackRaceCompleted(m_Finished == + 1); + } + + // TODO: Figure out how to update the GUI leaderboard. + } + } + + Game::logger->Log("RacingControlComponent", + "Lapped (%i) in (%llu)\n", player.lap, + lapTime); + } + + Game::logger->Log("RacingControlComponent", + "Rached point (%i)/(%i)\n", player.respawnIndex, + path->pathWaypoints.size()); + + break; + } + } +} + +std::string RacingControlComponent::FormatTimeString(time_t time) { + int32_t min = time / 60; + time -= min * 60; + int32_t sec = time; + + std::string minText; + std::string secText; + + if (min <= 0) { + minText = "0"; + } else { + minText = std::to_string(min); + } + + if (sec <= 0) { + secText = "00"; + } else if (sec <= 9) { + secText = "0" + std::to_string(sec); + } else { + secText = std::to_string(sec); + } + + return minText + ":" + secText + ".00"; +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/RacingControlComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/RacingControlComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0dbb9eaa --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/RacingControlComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,248 @@ +/** + * Thanks to Simon for his early research on the racing system. + */ + +#pragma once + +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "Component.h" + +/** + * Information for each player in the race + */ +struct RacingPlayerInfo { + + /** + * The ID of the player + */ + LWOOBJID playerID; + + /** + * The ID of the car the player is driving + */ + LWOOBJID vehicleID; + + /** + * The index of this player in the list of players + */ + uint32_t playerIndex; + + /** + * Whether the player has finished loading or not + */ + bool playerLoaded; + + /** + * Scripted activity component score + */ + float data[10] {}; + + /** + * Point that the player will respawn at if they smash their car + */ + NiPoint3 respawnPosition; + + /** + * Rotation that the player will respawn at if they smash their car + */ + NiQuaternion respawnRotation; + + /** + * The index in the respawn point the player is now at + */ + uint32_t respawnIndex; + + /** + * The number of laps the player has completed + */ + uint32_t lap; + + /** + * Whether or not the player has finished the race + */ + uint32_t finished; + + /** + * Unused + */ + uint16_t reachedPoints; + + /** + * The fastest lap time of the player + */ + time_t bestLapTime = 0; + + /** + * The current lap time of the player + */ + time_t lapTime = 0; + + /** + * The number of times this player smashed their car + */ + uint32_t smashedTimes = 0; + + /** + * Whether or not the player should be smashed if the game is reloaded + */ + bool noSmashOnReload = false; + + /** + * Whether or not this player has collected their rewards from completing the race + */ + bool collectedRewards = false; + + /** + * Unused + */ + time_t raceTime = 0; +}; + +/** + * Component that's attached to a manager entity in each race zone that loads player vehicles, keep scores, etc. + */ +class RacingControlComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_RACING_CONTROL; + + RacingControlComponent(Entity* parentEntity); + ~RacingControlComponent(); + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags); + void Update(float deltaTime); + + /** + * Invoked when a player loads into the zone. + */ + void OnPlayerLoaded(Entity* player); + + /** + * Initalize the player's vehicle. + * + * @param player The player who's vehicle to initialize. + * @param initialLoad Is this the first time the player is loading in this race? + */ + void LoadPlayerVehicle(Entity* player, bool initialLoad = false); + + /** + * Invoked when the client says it has loaded in. + */ + void OnRacingClientReady(Entity* player); + + /** + * Invoked when the client says it should be smashed. + */ + void OnRequestDie(Entity* player); + + /** + * Invoked when the player has finished respawning. + */ + void OnRacingPlayerInfoResetFinished(Entity* player); + + /** + * Invoked when the player responds to the GUI. + */ + void HandleMessageBoxResponse(Entity* player, const std::string& id); + + /** + * Get the reacing data from a player's LWOOBJID. + */ + RacingPlayerInfo* GetPlayerData(LWOOBJID playerID); + + /** + * Formats a time to a string, currently unused + * @param time the time to format + * @return the time formatted as string + */ + static std::string FormatTimeString(time_t time); + +private: + + /** + * The players that are currently racing + */ + std::vector m_RacingPlayers; + + /** + * The paths that are followed for the camera scenes + */ + std::u16string m_PathName; + + /** + * The ID of the activity for participating in this race + */ + uint32_t m_ActivityID; + + /** + * The world the players return to when they finish the race + */ + uint32_t m_MainWorld; + + /** + * The number of laps that are remaining for the winning player + */ + uint16_t m_RemainingLaps; + + /** + * The ID of the player that's currently winning the race + */ + LWOOBJID m_LeadingPlayer; + + /** + * The overall best lap from all the players + */ + float m_RaceBestLap; + + /** + * The overall best time from all the players + */ + float m_RaceBestTime; + + /** + * Whether or not the race has started + */ + bool m_Started; + + /** + * The time left until the race will start + */ + float m_StartTimer; + + /** + * The time left for loading the players + */ + float m_LoadTimer; + + /** + * Whether or not all players have loaded + */ + bool m_Loaded; + + /** + * The number of loaded players + */ + uint32_t m_LoadedPlayers; + + /** + * All the players that are in the lobby, loaded or not + */ + std::vector m_LobbyPlayers; + + /** + * The number of players that have fi nished the race + */ + uint32_t m_Finished; + + /** + * The time the race was started + */ + time_t m_StartTime; + + /** + * Timer for tracking how long a player was alone in this race + */ + float m_EmptyTimer; + + bool m_SoloRacing; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/RailActivatorComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/RailActivatorComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9cdc93f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/RailActivatorComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +#include +#include "RailActivatorComponent.h" +#include "CDClientManager.h" +#include "CDRailActivatorComponent.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "RebuildComponent.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" + +RailActivatorComponent::RailActivatorComponent(Entity *parent, int32_t componentID) : Component(parent) { + m_ComponentID = componentID; + const auto tableData = CDClientManager::Instance() + ->GetTable("RailActivatorComponent")->GetEntryByID(componentID); + + m_Path = parent->GetVar(u"rail_path"); + m_PathDirection = parent->GetVar(u"rail_path_direction"); + m_PathStart = parent->GetVar(u"rail_path_start"); + + m_StartSound = tableData.startSound; + m_loopSound = tableData.loopSound; + m_StopSound = tableData.stopSound; + + m_StartAnimation = tableData.startAnimation; + m_LoopAnimation = tableData.loopAnimation; + m_StopAnimation = tableData.stopAnimation; + + m_StartEffect = tableData.startEffectID; + m_LoopEffect = tableData.loopEffectID; + m_StopEffect = tableData.stopEffectID; + + m_DamageImmune = parent->GetVar(u"rail_activator_damage_immune"); + m_NoAggro = parent->GetVar(u"rail_no_aggro"); + m_NotifyArrived = parent->GetVar(u"rail_notify_activator_arrived"); + m_ShowNameBillboard = parent->GetVar(u"rail_show_name_billboard"); + m_UseDB = parent->GetVar(u"rail_use_db"); + m_CameraLocked = tableData.cameraLocked; + m_CollisionEnabled = tableData.playerCollision; +} + +RailActivatorComponent::~RailActivatorComponent() = default; + +void RailActivatorComponent::OnUse(Entity *originator) { + auto* rebuildComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + if (rebuildComponent != nullptr && rebuildComponent->GetState() != REBUILD_COMPLETED) + return; + + if (rebuildComponent != nullptr) { + // Don't want it to be destroyed while a player is using it + rebuildComponent->SetResetTime(rebuildComponent->GetResetTime() + 10.0f); + } + + m_EntitiesOnRail.push_back(originator->GetObjectID()); + + // Start the initial effects + if (!m_StartEffect.second.empty()) { + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(originator->GetObjectID(), m_StartEffect.first, m_StartEffect.second, + std::to_string(m_StartEffect.first)); + } + + if (!m_StartAnimation.empty()) { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(originator, m_StartAnimation); + } + + float animationLength; + + if (m_StartAnimation == u"whirlwind-rail-up-earth") + { + animationLength = 1.5f; + } + else if (m_StartAnimation == u"whirlwind-rail-up-lightning") + { + animationLength = 0.5f; + } + else if (m_StartAnimation == u"whirlwind-rail-up-ice") + { + animationLength = 0.5f; + } + else if (m_StartAnimation == u"whirlwind-rail-up-fire") + { + animationLength = 0.5f; + } + else + { + animationLength = 0.5f; + } + + const auto originatorID = originator->GetObjectID(); + + m_Parent->AddCallbackTimer(animationLength, [originatorID, this] () { + auto* originator = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(originatorID); + + if (originator == nullptr) { + return; + } + + GameMessages::SendStartRailMovement(originator->GetObjectID(), m_Path, m_StartSound, + m_loopSound, m_StopSound, originator->GetSystemAddress(), + m_PathStart, m_PathDirection, m_DamageImmune, m_NoAggro, m_NotifyArrived, + m_ShowNameBillboard, m_CameraLocked, m_CollisionEnabled, m_UseDB, m_ComponentID, + m_Parent->GetObjectID()); + }); +} + +void RailActivatorComponent::OnRailMovementReady(Entity *originator) const { + // Stun the originator + GameMessages::SendSetStunned(originator->GetObjectID(), PUSH, originator->GetSystemAddress(), LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + true, true, true, true, true, true, true + ); + + if (std::find(m_EntitiesOnRail.begin(), m_EntitiesOnRail.end(), originator->GetObjectID()) != m_EntitiesOnRail.end()) { + // Stop the initial effects + if (!m_StartEffect.second.empty()) { + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(originator, false, std::to_string(m_StartEffect.first)); + } + + // Start the looping effects + if (!m_LoopEffect.second.empty()) { + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(originator->GetObjectID(), m_LoopEffect.first, m_LoopEffect.second, + std::to_string(m_LoopEffect.first)); + } + + if (!m_LoopAnimation.empty()) { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(originator, m_LoopAnimation); + } + + GameMessages::SendSetRailMovement(originator->GetObjectID(), m_PathDirection, m_Path, m_PathStart, + originator->GetSystemAddress(), m_ComponentID, + m_Parent->GetObjectID()); + } +} + +void RailActivatorComponent::OnCancelRailMovement(Entity *originator) { + // Remove the stun from the originator + GameMessages::SendSetStunned(originator->GetObjectID(), POP, originator->GetSystemAddress(), LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + true, true, true, true, true, true, true + ); + + auto* rebuildComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + + if (rebuildComponent != nullptr) { + // Set back reset time + rebuildComponent->SetResetTime(rebuildComponent->GetResetTime() - 10.0f); + } + + if (std::find(m_EntitiesOnRail.begin(), m_EntitiesOnRail.end(), originator->GetObjectID()) != m_EntitiesOnRail.end()) { + // Stop the looping effects + if (!m_LoopEffect.second.empty()) { + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(originator, false, std::to_string(m_LoopEffect.first)); + } + + // Start the end effects + if (!m_StopEffect.second.empty()) { + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(originator->GetObjectID(), m_StopEffect.first, m_StopEffect.second, + std::to_string(m_StopEffect.first)); + } + + if (!m_StopAnimation.empty()) { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(originator, m_StopAnimation); + } + + // Remove the player after they've signalled they're done railing + m_EntitiesOnRail.erase(std::remove(m_EntitiesOnRail.begin(), m_EntitiesOnRail.end(), + originator->GetObjectID()),m_EntitiesOnRail.end()); + } +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/RailActivatorComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/RailActivatorComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..82607dcf --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/RailActivatorComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +#pragma once + +#include +#include +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "Component.h" + +/** + * Component that handles the traveling using rails, e.g. the ninjago posts that can be used to travel using Spinjitzu. + * Credits to https://github.com/UchuServer/Uchu/blob/dev/Uchu.World/Objects/Components/ReplicaComponents/RailActivatorComponent.cs + */ +class RailActivatorComponent final : public Component { +public: + explicit RailActivatorComponent(Entity* parent, int32_t componentID); + ~RailActivatorComponent() override; + + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_RAIL_ACTIVATOR; + + /** + * Handles the OnUse event from some entity, initiates the rail movement + * @param originator the entity that triggered the event + */ + void OnUse(Entity *originator) override; + + /** + * Event handler that's called when some entity has played the start animation for rail movement and now wants to + * start the actual movement. + * @param originator the entity that triggered the event + */ + void OnRailMovementReady(Entity* originator) const; + + /** + * Event handler that's called when some entity has finished traversing the rail and wants to end its interaction + * with it + * @param originator the entity that triggered the event + */ + void OnCancelRailMovement(Entity* originator); +private: + + /** + * The ID of this component in the components database + */ + int32_t m_ComponentID; + + /** + * The entities that are currently traversing the rail + */ + std::vector m_EntitiesOnRail {}; + + /** + * The path the entities will follow when traversing the rail + */ + std::u16string m_Path; + + /** + * The index of the path that is the start + */ + uint32_t m_PathStart; + + /** + * The direction on the path + */ + bool m_PathDirection; + + /** + * The animation that plays when starting the rail + */ + std::u16string m_StartAnimation; + + /** + * The animation that plays during the rail + */ + std::u16string m_LoopAnimation; + + /** + * The animation that plays after the rail + */ + std::u16string m_StopAnimation; + + /** + * The sound that plays at the start of the rail + */ + std::u16string m_StartSound; + + /** + * The sound that plays during the rail + */ + std::u16string m_loopSound; + + /** + * The sound that plays at the end of the rail + */ + std::u16string m_StopSound; + + /** + * The effects that play at the start of the rail + */ + std::pair m_StartEffect; + + /** + * The effects that play during the rail + */ + std::pair m_LoopEffect; + + /** + * The effects that play at the end of the rail + */ + std::pair m_StopEffect; + + /** + * Client flag + */ + bool m_DamageImmune; + + /** + * Client flag + */ + bool m_NoAggro; + + /** + * Client flag + */ + bool m_UseDB; + + /** + * Client flag + */ + bool m_CameraLocked; + + /** + * Client flag + */ + bool m_CollisionEnabled; + + /** + * Client flag, notifies the server when the player finished the rail + */ + bool m_NotifyArrived; + + /** + * Client flag + */ + bool m_ShowNameBillboard; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/RebuildComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/RebuildComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d7106228 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/RebuildComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,570 @@ +#include "RebuildComponent.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "CharacterComponent.h" + +#include "dServer.h" +#include "PacketUtils.h" +#include "Spawner.h" +#include "MovingPlatformComponent.h" +#include "Preconditions.h" + +#include "CppScripts.h" + +RebuildComponent::RebuildComponent(Entity* entity) : Component(entity) { + std::u16string checkPreconditions = entity->GetVar(u"CheckPrecondition"); + + if (!checkPreconditions.empty()) + { + m_Precondition = new PreconditionExpression(GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(checkPreconditions)); + } +} + +RebuildComponent::~RebuildComponent() { + delete m_Precondition; + + Entity* builder = GetBuilder(); + if (builder) { + CancelRebuild(builder, eFailReason::REASON_BUILD_ENDED, true); + } + + DespawnActivator(); +} + +void RebuildComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags) { + if (m_Parent->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_DESTROYABLE) == nullptr) { + if (bIsInitialUpdate) { + outBitStream->Write(false); + } + + outBitStream->Write(false); + + outBitStream->Write(false); + } + + // BEGIN Scripted Activity + outBitStream->Write1(); + + Entity* builder = GetBuilder(); + + if (builder) { + outBitStream->Write((uint32_t)1); + outBitStream->Write(builder->GetObjectID()); + + for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) { + outBitStream->Write(0.0f); + } + } + else { + outBitStream->Write((uint32_t)0); + } + // END Scripted Activity + + outBitStream->Write1(); + + outBitStream->Write(m_State); + + outBitStream->Write(m_ShowResetEffect); + outBitStream->Write(m_Activator != nullptr); + + outBitStream->Write(m_Timer); + outBitStream->Write(m_TimerIncomplete); + + if (bIsInitialUpdate) { + outBitStream->Write(false); + outBitStream->Write(m_ActivatorPosition); + outBitStream->Write(m_RepositionPlayer); + } +} + +void RebuildComponent::Update(float deltaTime) { + m_Activator = GetActivator(); + + // Serialize the quickbuild every so often, fixes the odd bug where the quickbuild is not buildable + /*if (m_SoftTimer > 0.0f) { + m_SoftTimer -= deltaTime; + } + else { + m_SoftTimer = 5.0f; + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + }*/ + + switch (m_State) { + case REBUILD_OPEN: { + SpawnActivator(); + m_TimeBeforeDrain = 0; + + auto* spawner = m_Parent->GetSpawner(); + const bool isSmashGroup = spawner != nullptr ? spawner->GetIsSpawnSmashGroup() : false; + + if (isSmashGroup) { + m_TimerIncomplete += deltaTime; + + // For reset times < 0 this has to be handled manually + if (m_TimeBeforeSmash > 0) { + if (m_TimerIncomplete >= m_TimeBeforeSmash - 4.0f) { + m_ShowResetEffect = true; + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + } + + if (m_TimerIncomplete >= m_TimeBeforeSmash) { + m_Builder = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + GameMessages::SendDieNoImplCode(m_Parent, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, eKillType::VIOLENT, u"", 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, false, true); + + ResetRebuild(false); + } + } + } + + break; + } + case REBUILD_COMPLETED: { + m_Timer += deltaTime; + + // For reset times < 0 this has to be handled manually + if (m_ResetTime > 0) { + if (m_Timer >= m_ResetTime - 4.0f) { + if (!m_ShowResetEffect) { + m_ShowResetEffect = true; + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + } + } + + if (m_Timer >= m_ResetTime) { + m_Builder = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + GameMessages::SendDieNoImplCode(m_Parent, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, eKillType::VIOLENT, u"", 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, false, true); + + ResetRebuild(false); + } + } + break; + } + case REBUILD_BUILDING: + { + Entity* builder = GetBuilder(); + + if (builder == nullptr) + { + ResetRebuild(false); + + return; + } + + m_TimeBeforeDrain -= deltaTime; + m_Timer += deltaTime; + m_TimerIncomplete = 0; + m_ShowResetEffect = false; + + if (m_TimeBeforeDrain <= 0.0f) { + m_TimeBeforeDrain = m_CompleteTime / static_cast(m_TakeImagination); + + DestroyableComponent* destComp = builder->GetComponent(); + if (!destComp) break; + + int newImagination = destComp->GetImagination() - 1; + + destComp->SetImagination(newImagination); + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(builder); + + ++m_DrainedImagination; + + if (newImagination == 0 && m_DrainedImagination < m_TakeImagination) { + CancelRebuild(builder, eFailReason::REASON_OUT_OF_IMAGINATION, true); + + break; + } + } + + if (m_Timer >= m_CompleteTime && m_DrainedImagination >= m_TakeImagination) { + CompleteRebuild(builder); + } + + break; + } + case REBUILD_INCOMPLETE: { + m_TimerIncomplete += deltaTime; + + // For reset times < 0 this has to be handled manually + if (m_TimeBeforeSmash > 0) { + if (m_TimerIncomplete >= m_TimeBeforeSmash - 4.0f) { + m_ShowResetEffect = true; + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + } + + if (m_TimerIncomplete >= m_TimeBeforeSmash) { + m_Builder = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + GameMessages::SendDieNoImplCode(m_Parent, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, eKillType::VIOLENT, u"", 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, false, true); + + ResetRebuild(false); + } + } + break; + } + } +} + +void RebuildComponent::OnUse(Entity* originator) { + if (GetBuilder() != nullptr || m_State == REBUILD_COMPLETED) { + return; + } + + if (m_Precondition != nullptr && !m_Precondition->Check(originator)) { + return; + } + + StartRebuild(originator); +} + +void RebuildComponent::SpawnActivator() { + if (!m_SelfActivator || m_ActivatorPosition != NiPoint3::ZERO) { + if (!m_Activator) { + EntityInfo info; + + info.lot = 6604; + info.spawnerID = m_Parent->GetObjectID(); + info.pos = m_ActivatorPosition == NiPoint3::ZERO ? m_Parent->GetPosition() : m_ActivatorPosition; + + m_Activator = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info, nullptr, m_Parent); + if (m_Activator) { + m_ActivatorId = m_Activator->GetObjectID(); + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(m_Activator); + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + } + } +} + +void RebuildComponent::DespawnActivator() { + if (m_Activator) { + EntityManager::Instance()->DestructEntity(m_Activator); + + m_Activator->ScheduleKillAfterUpdate(); + + m_Activator = nullptr; + + m_ActivatorId = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + } +} + +Entity* RebuildComponent::GetActivator() +{ + return EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(m_ActivatorId); +} + +NiPoint3 RebuildComponent::GetActivatorPosition() { + return m_ActivatorPosition; +} + +float RebuildComponent::GetResetTime() { + return m_ResetTime; +} + +float RebuildComponent::GetCompleteTime() { + return m_CompleteTime; +} + +int RebuildComponent::GetTakeImagination() { + return m_TakeImagination; +} + +bool RebuildComponent::GetInterruptible() { + return m_Interruptible; +} + +bool RebuildComponent::GetSelfActivator() { + return m_SelfActivator; +} + +std::vector RebuildComponent::GetCustomModules() { + return m_CustomModules; +} + +int RebuildComponent::GetActivityId() { + return m_ActivityId; +} + +int RebuildComponent::GetPostImaginationCost() { + return m_PostImaginationCost; +} + +float RebuildComponent::GetTimeBeforeSmash() { + return m_TimeBeforeSmash; +} + +eRebuildState RebuildComponent::GetState() { + return m_State; +} + +Entity* RebuildComponent::GetBuilder() const { + auto* builder = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(m_Builder); + + return builder; +} + +bool RebuildComponent::GetRepositionPlayer() const { + return m_RepositionPlayer; +} + +void RebuildComponent::SetActivatorPosition(NiPoint3 value) { + m_ActivatorPosition = value; +} + +void RebuildComponent::SetResetTime(float value) { + m_ResetTime = value; +} + +void RebuildComponent::SetCompleteTime(float value) { + if (value < 0) { + m_CompleteTime = 4.5f; + } + else { + m_CompleteTime = value; + } +} + +void RebuildComponent::SetTakeImagination(int value) { + m_TakeImagination = value; +} + +void RebuildComponent::SetInterruptible(bool value) { + m_Interruptible = value; +} + +void RebuildComponent::SetSelfActivator(bool value) { + m_SelfActivator = value; +} + +void RebuildComponent::SetCustomModules(std::vector value) { + m_CustomModules = value; +} + +void RebuildComponent::SetActivityId(int value) { + m_ActivityId = value; +} + +void RebuildComponent::SetPostImaginationCost(int value) { + m_PostImaginationCost = value; +} + +void RebuildComponent::SetTimeBeforeSmash(float value) { + if (value < 0) { + m_TimeBeforeSmash = 10.0f; + } + else { + m_TimeBeforeSmash = value; + } +} + +void RebuildComponent::SetRepositionPlayer(bool value) { + m_RepositionPlayer = value; +} + +void RebuildComponent::StartRebuild(Entity* user) { + if (m_State == eRebuildState::REBUILD_OPEN || m_State == eRebuildState::REBUILD_COMPLETED || m_State == eRebuildState::REBUILD_INCOMPLETE) { + m_Builder = user->GetObjectID(); + + auto* character = user->GetComponent(); + character->SetCurrentActivity(eGameActivities::ACTIVITY_QUICKBUILDING); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(user); + + GameMessages::SendRebuildNotifyState(m_Parent, m_State, eRebuildState::REBUILD_COMPLETED, user->GetObjectID()); + GameMessages::SendEnableRebuild(m_Parent, true, false, false, eFailReason::REASON_NOT_GIVEN, 0.0f, user->GetObjectID()); + + m_State = eRebuildState::REBUILD_BUILDING; + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + + auto* movingPlatform = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + if (movingPlatform != nullptr) { + movingPlatform->OnRebuildInitilized(); + } + + for (auto* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(m_Parent)) { + script->OnRebuildStart(m_Parent, user); + } + + // Notify scripts and possible subscribers + for (auto* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(m_Parent)) + script->OnRebuildNotifyState(m_Parent, m_State); + for (const auto& cb : m_RebuildStateCallbacks) + cb(m_State); + } +} + +void RebuildComponent::CompleteRebuild(Entity* user) { + if (user == nullptr) { + return; + } + + auto* characterComponent = user->GetComponent(); + if (characterComponent != nullptr) { + characterComponent->SetCurrentActivity(eGameActivities::ACTIVITY_NONE); + characterComponent->TrackRebuildComplete(); + } else { + Game::logger->Log("RebuildComponent", "Some user tried to finish the rebuild but they didn't have a character somehow.\n"); + return; + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(user); + + GameMessages::SendRebuildNotifyState(m_Parent, m_State, eRebuildState::REBUILD_COMPLETED, user->GetObjectID()); + GameMessages::SendEnableRebuild(m_Parent, false, true, false, eFailReason::REASON_NOT_GIVEN, m_ResetTime, user->GetObjectID()); + + m_State = eRebuildState::REBUILD_COMPLETED; + m_Timer = 0.0f; + m_DrainedImagination = 0; + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(m_Parent, 507, u"create", "BrickFadeUpVisCompleteEffect", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 0.4f, 1.0f, true); + GameMessages::SendTerminateInteraction(user->GetObjectID(), eTerminateType::FROM_INTERACTION, m_Parent->GetObjectID()); + + // Removes extra item requirements, isn't live accurate. + // In live, all items were removed at the start of the quickbuild, then returned if it was cancelled. + // TODO: fix? + if (m_Precondition != nullptr) { + m_Precondition->Check(user, true); + } + + DespawnActivator(); + + // Set owner override so that entities smashed by this quickbuild will result in the builder getting rewards. + m_Parent->SetOwnerOverride(user->GetObjectID()); + + auto* builder = GetBuilder(); + + if (builder != nullptr) { + auto* missionComponent = builder->GetComponent(); + if (missionComponent != nullptr) { + missionComponent->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_ACTIVITY, m_ActivityId); + } + + Loot::DropActivityLoot(builder, m_Parent, m_ActivityId, 1); + } + + m_Builder = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + // Notify scripts + for (auto* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(m_Parent)) { + script->OnRebuildComplete(m_Parent, user); + script->OnRebuildNotifyState(m_Parent, m_State); + } + + // Notify subscribers + for (const auto& callback : m_RebuildStateCallbacks) + callback(m_State); + for (const auto& callback : m_RebuildCompleteCallbacks) + callback(user); + + auto* movingPlatform = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + if (movingPlatform != nullptr) { + movingPlatform->OnCompleteRebuild(); + } + + // Set flag + auto* character = user->GetCharacter(); + + if (character != nullptr) { + const auto flagNumber = m_Parent->GetVar(u"quickbuild_single_build_player_flag"); + + if (flagNumber != 0) { + character->SetPlayerFlag(flagNumber, true); + } + } +} + +void RebuildComponent::ResetRebuild(bool failed) { + Entity* builder = GetBuilder(); + + if (m_State == eRebuildState::REBUILD_BUILDING && builder) { + GameMessages::SendEnableRebuild(m_Parent, false, false, failed, eFailReason::REASON_NOT_GIVEN, m_ResetTime, builder->GetObjectID()); + + if (failed) { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(builder, u"rebuild-fail"); + } + } + + GameMessages::SendRebuildNotifyState(m_Parent, m_State, eRebuildState::REBUILD_RESETTING, LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + + m_State = eRebuildState::REBUILD_RESETTING; + m_Timer = 0.0f; + m_TimerIncomplete = 0.0f; + m_ShowResetEffect = false; + m_DrainedImagination = 0; + + m_Builder = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + + // Notify scripts and possible subscribers + for (auto* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(m_Parent)) + script->OnRebuildNotifyState(m_Parent, m_State); + for (const auto& cb : m_RebuildStateCallbacks) + cb(m_State); + + m_Parent->ScheduleKillAfterUpdate(); + + if (m_Activator) + { + m_Activator->ScheduleKillAfterUpdate(); + } +} + +void RebuildComponent::CancelRebuild(Entity* entity, eFailReason failReason, bool skipChecks) { + if (m_State != eRebuildState::REBUILD_COMPLETED || skipChecks) { + + m_Builder = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + const auto entityID = entity != nullptr ? entity->GetObjectID() : LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + // Notify the client that a state has changed + GameMessages::SendRebuildNotifyState(m_Parent, m_State, eRebuildState::REBUILD_INCOMPLETE, entityID); + GameMessages::SendEnableRebuild(m_Parent, false, true, false, failReason, m_Timer, entityID); + + // Now terminate any interaction with the rebuild + GameMessages::SendTerminateInteraction(entityID, eTerminateType::FROM_INTERACTION, m_Parent->GetObjectID()); + GameMessages::SendTerminateInteraction(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), eTerminateType::FROM_INTERACTION, m_Parent->GetObjectID()); + + // Now update the component itself + m_State = eRebuildState::REBUILD_INCOMPLETE; + + // Notify scripts and possible subscribers + for (auto* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(m_Parent)) + script->OnRebuildNotifyState(m_Parent, m_State); + for (const auto& cb : m_RebuildStateCallbacks) + cb(m_State); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + } + + if (entity == nullptr) { + return; + } + + CharacterComponent* characterComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + if (characterComponent) { + characterComponent->SetCurrentActivity(eGameActivities::ACTIVITY_NONE); + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(entity); + } +} + +void RebuildComponent::AddRebuildCompleteCallback(const std::function& callback) { + m_RebuildCompleteCallbacks.push_back(callback); +} + +void RebuildComponent::AddRebuildStateCallback(const std::function& callback) { + m_RebuildStateCallbacks.push_back(callback); +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/RebuildComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/RebuildComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c177f42c --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/RebuildComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,358 @@ +#ifndef REBUILDCOMPONENT_H +#define REBUILDCOMPONENT_H + +#include +#include +#include +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "NiPoint3.h" +#include "ScriptedActivityComponent.h" +#include "Preconditions.h" +#include "Component.h" + +class Entity; + +/** + * Component that handles entities that can be built into other entities using the quick build mechanic. Generally + * consists of an activator that shows a popup and then the actual entity that the bricks are built into. Note + * that quick builds are also scripted activities so this shared some logic with the ScriptedActivityComponent. + */ +class RebuildComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_REBUILD; + + RebuildComponent(Entity* entity); + ~RebuildComponent() override; + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags); + void Update(float deltaTime) override; + + /** + * Handles a OnUse event from some entity, initiating the quick build + * @param originator the entity that triggered the event + */ + void OnUse(Entity* originator) override; + + /** + * Spawns the activator that can be used to initiate the rebuild + */ + void SpawnActivator(); + + /** + * Despawns the activiator that can be used to initiate the rebuild + */ + void DespawnActivator(); + + /** + * Returns the entity that acts as the activator for this rebuild + * @return the entity that acts as the activator for this rebuild + */ + Entity* GetActivator(); + + /** + * Returns the spawn position of the activator for this rebuild, if any + * @return the spawn position of the activator for this rebuild, if any + */ + NiPoint3 GetActivatorPosition(); + + /** + * Sets the spawn position for the activator of this rebuild + * @param value the spawn position to set for the activator + */ + void SetActivatorPosition(NiPoint3 value); + + /** + * Returns the time it takes for the rebuild to reset after being built + * @return the time it takes for the rebuild to reset after being built + */ + float GetResetTime(); + + /** + * Sets the time it takes for the rebuild to reset after being built + * @param value the reset time to set + */ + void SetResetTime(float value); + + /** + * Returns the time it takes to complete the rebuild + * @return the time it takes to complete the rebuild + */ + float GetCompleteTime(); + + /** + * Sets the time it takes to complete the rebuild + * @param value the completion time to set + */ + void SetCompleteTime(float value); + + /** + * Returns the imagination that's taken when completing the rebuild + * @return the imagination that's taken when completing the rebuild + */ + int GetTakeImagination(); + + /** + * Sets the imagination that's taken when completing the rebuild + * @param value the imagination deduction to set + */ + void SetTakeImagination(int value); + + /** + * Returns if the rebuild can be interrupted, currently unused + * @return if the rebuild can be interrupted + */ + bool GetInterruptible(); + + /** + * Sets whether or not the rebuild can be interrupted, currently unused + * @param value true if the rebuild may be interrupted, false otherwise + */ + void SetInterruptible(bool value); + + /** + * Returns whether or not this entity contains a built-in activator + * @return whether or not this entity contains a built-in activator + */ + bool GetSelfActivator(); + + /** + * Sets whether or not this entity contains a built-in activator. If set to false this will spawn activators on + * each new rebuild. + * @param value whether or not this entity contains a built-in activator + */ + void SetSelfActivator(bool value); + + /** + * Currently unused + */ + std::vector GetCustomModules(); + + /** + * Currently unused + */ + void SetCustomModules(std::vector value); + + /** + * Returns the activity ID for participating in this rebuild + * @return the activity ID for participating in this rebuild + */ + int GetActivityId(); + + /** + * Sets the activity ID for participating in this rebuild + * @param value the activity ID to set + */ + void SetActivityId(int value); + + /** + * Currently unused + */ + int GetPostImaginationCost(); + + /** + * Currently unused + */ + void SetPostImaginationCost(int value); + + /** + * Returns the time it takes for an incomplete rebuild to be smashed automatically + * @return the time it takes for an incomplete rebuild to be smashed automatically + */ + float GetTimeBeforeSmash(); + + /** + * Sets the time it takes for an incomplete rebuild to be smashed automatically + * @param value the time to set + */ + void SetTimeBeforeSmash(float value); + + /** + * Returns the current rebuild state + * @return the current rebuild state + */ + eRebuildState GetState(); + + /** + * Returns the player that is currently building this rebuild + * @return the player that is currently building this rebuild + */ + Entity* GetBuilder() const; + + /** + * Returns whether or not the player is repositioned when initiating the rebuild + * @return whether or not the player is repositioned when initiating the rebuild + */ + bool GetRepositionPlayer() const; + + /** + * Sets whether or not the player is repositioned when initiating the rebuild + * @param value whether or not the player is repositioned when initiating the rebuild + */ + void SetRepositionPlayer(bool value); + + /** + * Adds a callback that is called when the rebuild is completed + * @param callback the callback to add + */ + void AddRebuildCompleteCallback(const std::function& callback); + + /** + * Adds a callback when the rebuild state is updated + * @param callback the callback to add + */ + void AddRebuildStateCallback(const std::function& callback); + + /** + * Resets the rebuild + * @param failed whether or not the player failed to complete the rebuild, triggers an extra animation + */ + void ResetRebuild(bool failed); + + /** + * Cancels the rebuild if it wasn't completed + * @param builder the player that's currently building + * @param failReason the reason the rebuild was cancelled + * @param skipChecks whether or not to skip the check for the rebuild not being completed + */ + void CancelRebuild(Entity* builder, eFailReason failReason, bool skipChecks = false); +private: + + /** + * The state the rebuild is currently in + */ + eRebuildState m_State = eRebuildState::REBUILD_OPEN; + + /** + * The time that has passed since initiating the rebuild + */ + float m_Timer = 0; + + /** + * The time that has passed before completing the rebuild + */ + float m_TimerIncomplete = 0; + + /** + * The position that the rebuild activator is spawned at + */ + NiPoint3 m_ActivatorPosition {}; + + /** + * The entity that represents the rebuild activator + */ + Entity* m_Activator = nullptr; + + /** + * The ID of the entity that represents the rebuild activator + */ + LWOOBJID m_ActivatorId = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + /** + * Triggers the blinking that indicates that the rebuild is resetting + */ + bool m_ShowResetEffect = false; + + /** + * Currently unused + */ + float m_Taken = 0; + + /** + * The callbacks that are called when the rebuild is completed + */ + std::vector> m_RebuildCompleteCallbacks {}; + + /** + * The callbacks that are called when the rebuild state is updated + */ + std::vector> m_RebuildStateCallbacks {}; + + /** + * The time it takes for the rebuild to reset after being completed + */ + float m_ResetTime = 0; + + /** + * The time it takes to complete the rebuild + */ + float m_CompleteTime = 0; + + /** + * The imagination that's deducted when compeleting the rebuild + */ + int m_TakeImagination = 0; + + /** + * Currently unused + */ + bool m_Interruptible = false; + + /** + * Whether or not this rebuild entity also has an activator attached. If not a new one will be spawned + */ + bool m_SelfActivator = false; + + /** + * Currently unused + */ + std::vector m_CustomModules {}; + + /** + * The activity ID that players partake in when doing this rebuild + */ + int m_ActivityId = 0; + + /** + * Currently unused + */ + int m_PostImaginationCost = 0; + + /** + * The time it takes for the rebuild to reset when it's not completed yet + */ + float m_TimeBeforeSmash = 0; + + /** + * The time it takes to drain imagination + */ + float m_TimeBeforeDrain = 0; + + /** + * The amount of imagination that was drained when building this rebuild + */ + int m_DrainedImagination = 0; + + /** + * Whether to reposition the player or not when building + */ + bool m_RepositionPlayer = true; + + /** + * Currently unused + */ + float m_SoftTimer = 0; + + /** + * The ID of the entity that's currently building the rebuild + */ + LWOOBJID m_Builder = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + /** + * Preconditions to be met before being able to start the rebuild + */ + PreconditionExpression* m_Precondition = nullptr; + + /** + * Starts the rebuild for a certain entity + * @param user the entity to start the rebuild + */ + void StartRebuild(Entity* user); + + /** + * Completes the rebuild for an entity, dropping loot and despawning the activator + * @param user the entity that completed the rebuild + */ + void CompleteRebuild(Entity* user); +}; + +#endif // REBUILDCOMPONENT_H diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/RenderComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/RenderComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aeb56f56 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/RenderComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,235 @@ +#include "RenderComponent.h" + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "Entity.h" +#include "PacketUtils.h" + +#include "CDClientManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" + +std::unordered_map RenderComponent::m_DurationCache {}; + +RenderComponent::RenderComponent(Entity* parent) : Component(parent) { + m_Effects = std::vector(); + + return; + + /* + auto* table = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ComponentsRegistry"); + + const auto entry = table->GetByIDAndType(parent->GetLOT(), COMPONENT_TYPE_RENDER); + + std::stringstream query; + + query << "SELECT effect1, effect2, effect3, effect4, effect5, effect6 FROM RenderComponent WHERE id = " << std::to_string(entry) << ";"; + + auto result = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.str()); + + if (result.eof()) + { + return; + } + + for (auto i = 0; i < 6; ++i) + { + if (result.fieldIsNull(i)) + { + continue; + } + + const auto id = result.getIntField(i); + + if (id <= 0) + { + continue; + } + + query.clear(); + + query << "SELECT effectType, effectName FROM BehaviorEffect WHERE effectID = " << std::to_string(id) << ";"; + + auto effectResult = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.str()); + + while (!effectResult.eof()) + { + const auto type = effectResult.fieldIsNull(0) ? "" : std::string(effectResult.getStringField(0)); + + const auto name = effectResult.fieldIsNull(1) ? "" : std::string(effectResult.getStringField(1)); + + auto* effect = new Effect(); + + effect->name = name; + effect->type = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(type); + effect->scale = 1; + effect->effectID = id; + effect->secondary = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + m_Effects.push_back(effect); + + effectResult.nextRow(); + } + } + + result.finalize(); + */ +} + +RenderComponent::~RenderComponent() { + for (Effect* eff : m_Effects) { + if (eff) { + delete eff; + eff = nullptr; + } + } + + m_Effects.clear(); +} + +void RenderComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags) { + if (!bIsInitialUpdate) return; + + outBitStream->Write(m_Effects.size()); + + for (Effect* eff : m_Effects) { + // Check that the effect is non-null + assert(eff); + + outBitStream->Write(eff->name.size()); + for (const auto& value : eff->name) + outBitStream->Write(value); + + outBitStream->Write(eff->effectID); + + outBitStream->Write(eff->type.size()); + for (const auto& value : eff->type) + outBitStream->Write(value); + + outBitStream->Write(eff->scale); + outBitStream->Write(eff->secondary); + } +} + +Effect* RenderComponent::AddEffect(const int32_t effectId, const std::string& name, const std::u16string& type) { + auto* eff = new Effect(); + + eff->effectID = effectId; + + eff->name = name; + + eff->type = type; + + m_Effects.push_back(eff); + + return eff; +} + +void RenderComponent::RemoveEffect(const std::string& name) { + uint32_t index = -1; + + for (auto i = 0u; i < m_Effects.size(); ++i) + { + auto* eff = m_Effects[i]; + + if (eff->name == name) + { + index = i; + + delete eff; + + break; + } + } + + if (index == -1) + { + return; + } + + m_Effects.erase(m_Effects.begin() + index);} + +void RenderComponent::Update(const float deltaTime) +{ + std::vector dead; + + for (auto* effect : m_Effects) + { + if (effect->time == 0) + { + continue; // Skip persistent effects + } + + const auto result = effect->time - deltaTime; + + if (result <= 0) + { + dead.push_back(effect); + + continue; + } + + effect->time = result; + } + + for (auto* effect : dead) + { +// StopEffect(effect->name); + } +} + +void RenderComponent::PlayEffect(const int32_t effectId, const std::u16string& effectType, const std::string& name, const LWOOBJID secondary, const float priority, const float scale, const bool serialize) +{ + RemoveEffect(name); + + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(m_Parent, effectId, effectType, name, secondary, priority, scale, serialize); + + auto* effect = AddEffect(effectId, name, effectType); + + const auto& pair = m_DurationCache.find(effectId); + + if (pair != m_DurationCache.end()) + { + effect->time = pair->second; + + return; + } + + std::stringstream query; + + query << "SELECT animation_length FROM Animations WHERE animation_type IN (SELECT animationName FROM BehaviorEffect WHERE effectID = " << std::to_string(effectId) << " AND effectType = '" << GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(effectType) << "');"; + + auto result = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.str()); + + if (result.eof() || result.fieldIsNull(0)) + { + result.finalize(); + + m_DurationCache[effectId] = 0; + + effect->time = 0; // Persistent effect + + return; + } + + effect->time = static_cast(result.getFloatField(0)); + + result.finalize(); + + m_DurationCache[effectId] = effect->time; +} + +void RenderComponent::StopEffect(const std::string& name, const bool killImmediate) +{ + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(m_Parent, killImmediate, name); + + RemoveEffect(name); +} + +std::vector& RenderComponent::GetEffects() +{ + return m_Effects; +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/RenderComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/RenderComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5107ae7b --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/RenderComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +#ifndef RENDERCOMPONENT_H +#define RENDERCOMPONENT_H + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "AMFFormat.h" +#include "Component.h" + +class Entity; + +/** + * An effect that plays for an entity. This might seem a bit abstract so digging through the CDClient is recommended + * here. + */ +struct Effect { + Effect() { scale = 1.0f; } + + /** + * The ID of the effect + */ + int32_t effectID = 0; + + /** + * The name of the effect + */ + std::string name = ""; + + /** + * The type of the effect + */ + std::u16string type = u""; + + /** + * How scaled (enlarged) the effect is + */ + float scale = 1.0f; + + /** + * Some related entity that casted the effect + */ + uint64_t secondary = 0; + + /** + * The time that this effect plays for + */ + float time = 0; +}; + +/** + * Determines that a component should be visibly rendered into the world, most entities have this. This component + * also handles effects that play for entities. + */ +class RenderComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_RENDER; + + RenderComponent(Entity* entity); + ~RenderComponent() override; + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags); + void Update(float deltaTime) override; + + /** + * Adds an effect to this entity, if successful the effect is returned + * @param effectId the ID of the effect + * @param name the name of the effect + * @param type the type of the effect + * @return if successful, the effect that was created + */ + Effect* AddEffect(int32_t effectId, const std::string& name, const std::u16string& type); + + /** + * Removes an effect for this entity + * @param name the name of the effect to remove + */ + void RemoveEffect(const std::string& name); + + /** + * Plays an effect, removes any effects under this name and plays the one according to these params + * @param effectId the ID of the effect + * @param effectType the type of the effect + * @param name the name of the effect + * @param secondary some entity that cast the effect + * @param priority effect priority (determines if the client will play it over other effects) + * @param scale effect scale + * @param serialize whether to serialize the change or not + */ + void PlayEffect(int32_t effectId, const std::u16string& effectType, const std::string& name, LWOOBJID secondary = LWOOBJID_EMPTY, float priority = 1, float scale = 1, bool serialize = true); + + /** + * Removes and stops the effect for a certain name + * @param name name of the effect to stop + * @param killImmediate whether ot not to immediately stop playing the effect or phase it out + */ + void StopEffect(const std::string& name, bool killImmediate = true); + + /** + * Returns the list of currently active effects + * @return + */ + std::vector& GetEffects(); + +private: + + /** + * List of currently active effects + */ + std::vector m_Effects; + + /** + * Cache of queries that look for the length of each effect, indexed by effect ID + */ + static std::unordered_map m_DurationCache; +}; + +#endif // RENDERCOMPONENT_H diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/RigidbodyPhantomPhysicsComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/RigidbodyPhantomPhysicsComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7a656d31 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/RigidbodyPhantomPhysicsComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2019 + */ + +#include "RigidbodyPhantomPhysicsComponent.h" +#include "Entity.h" + +RigidbodyPhantomPhysicsComponent::RigidbodyPhantomPhysicsComponent(Entity* parent) : Component(parent) { + m_Position = m_Parent->GetDefaultPosition(); + m_Rotation = m_Parent->GetDefaultRotation(); + m_IsDirty = true; +} + +RigidbodyPhantomPhysicsComponent::~RigidbodyPhantomPhysicsComponent() { +} + +void RigidbodyPhantomPhysicsComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags) { + outBitStream->Write(m_IsDirty || bIsInitialUpdate); + if (m_IsDirty || bIsInitialUpdate) + { + outBitStream->Write(m_Position.x); + outBitStream->Write(m_Position.y); + outBitStream->Write(m_Position.z); + + outBitStream->Write(m_Rotation.x); + outBitStream->Write(m_Rotation.y); + outBitStream->Write(m_Rotation.z); + outBitStream->Write(m_Rotation.w); + + m_IsDirty = false; + } +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/RigidbodyPhantomPhysicsComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/RigidbodyPhantomPhysicsComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3ef45c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/RigidbodyPhantomPhysicsComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2019 + */ + +#ifndef RIGIDBODYPHANTOMPHYSICS_H +#define RIGIDBODYPHANTOMPHYSICS_H + +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "NiPoint3.h" +#include "NiQuaternion.h" +#include "Component.h" + +/** + * Component that handles rigid bodies that can be interacted with, mostly client-side rendered. An example is the + * bananas that fall from trees in GF. + */ +class RigidbodyPhantomPhysicsComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_PHANTOM_PHYSICS; + + RigidbodyPhantomPhysicsComponent(Entity* parent); + ~RigidbodyPhantomPhysicsComponent() override; + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags); + + /** + * Returns the position of this entity + * @return the position of this entity + */ + NiPoint3& GetPosition() { return m_Position; } + + /** + * Sets the position of this entity + * @param pos the position to set + */ + void SetPosition(const NiPoint3& pos) { m_Position = pos; m_IsDirty = true; } + + /** + * Returns the rotation of this entity + * @return the rotation of this entity + */ + NiQuaternion& GetRotation() { return m_Rotation; } + + /** + * Sets the rotation for this entity + * @param rot the rotation to tset + */ + void SetRotation(const NiQuaternion& rot) { m_Rotation = rot; m_IsDirty = true; } + +private: + + /** + * The position of this entity + */ + NiPoint3 m_Position; + + /** + * The rotation of this entity + */ + NiQuaternion m_Rotation; + + /** + * Whether or not the component should be serialized + */ + bool m_IsDirty; +}; + +#endif // RIGIDBODYPHANTOMPHYSICS_H diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/RocketLaunchpadControlComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/RocketLaunchpadControlComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..049a44b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/RocketLaunchpadControlComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,214 @@ +#include "RocketLaunchpadControlComponent.h" + +#include + +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "CharacterComponent.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Item.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "CDClientDatabase.h" +#include "ChatPackets.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "PropertyEntranceComponent.h" +#include "dServer.h" +#include "dMessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "PacketUtils.h" + +RocketLaunchpadControlComponent::RocketLaunchpadControlComponent(Entity* parent, int rocketId) : Component(parent) { + std::stringstream query; + + query << "SELECT targetZone, defaultZoneID, targetScene, altLandingPrecondition, altLandingSpawnPointName FROM RocketLaunchpadControlComponent WHERE id = " << std::to_string(rocketId); + + auto result = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.str()); + + if (!result.eof() && !result.fieldIsNull(0)) + { + m_TargetZone = result.getIntField(0); + m_DefaultZone = result.getIntField(1); + m_TargetScene = result.getStringField(2); + m_AltPrecondition = new PreconditionExpression(result.getStringField(3)); + m_AltLandingScene = result.getStringField(4); + } + + result.finalize(); +} + +RocketLaunchpadControlComponent::~RocketLaunchpadControlComponent() { + delete m_AltPrecondition; +} + +void RocketLaunchpadControlComponent::RocketEquip(Entity* entity, LWOOBJID rocketID) { + if (m_PlayersInRadius.find(entity->GetObjectID()) != m_PlayersInRadius.end()) { + Launch(entity, rocketID); + + //Go ahead and save the player + //This causes a double-save, but it should prevent players from not being saved + //before the next world server starts loading their data. + if (entity->GetCharacter()) + entity->GetCharacter()->SaveXMLToDatabase(); + } +} + +void RocketLaunchpadControlComponent::Launch(Entity* originator, LWOOBJID optionalRocketID, LWOMAPID mapId, LWOCLONEID cloneId) { + auto zone = mapId == LWOMAPID_INVALID ? m_TargetZone : mapId; + + if (zone == 0) + { + return; + } + + TellMasterToPrepZone(zone); + + // This also gets triggered by a proximity monitor + item equip, I will set that up when havok is ready + auto* inventoryComponent = originator->GetComponent(); + auto* characterComponent = originator->GetComponent(); + + auto* character = originator->GetCharacter(); + + if (inventoryComponent == nullptr || characterComponent == nullptr || character == nullptr) { + return; + } + + // Select the rocket + + Item* rocket = nullptr; + + if (optionalRocketID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + { + rocket = inventoryComponent->FindItemById(optionalRocketID); + } + + if (rocket == nullptr) + { + rocket = inventoryComponent->FindItemById(characterComponent->GetLastRocketItemID()); + } + + if (rocket == nullptr) + { + rocket = inventoryComponent->FindItemByLot(6416); + } + + if (rocket == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("RocketLaunchpadControlComponent", "Unable to find rocket (%llu)!\n", optionalRocketID); + + return; + } + + if (rocket->GetConfig().empty()) // Sanity check + { + rocket->SetCount(0, false, false); + + return; + } + + // Achievement unlocked: "All zones unlocked" + + if (!m_AltLandingScene.empty() && m_AltPrecondition->Check(originator)) { + character->SetTargetScene(m_AltLandingScene); + } + else { + character->SetTargetScene(m_TargetScene); + } + + if (characterComponent) { + for (LDFBaseData* data : rocket->GetConfig()) { + if (data->GetKey() == u"assemblyPartLOTs") { + std::string newRocketStr; + for (char character : data->GetValueAsString()) { + if (character == '+') { + newRocketStr.push_back(';'); + } + else { + newRocketStr.push_back(character); + } + } + newRocketStr.push_back(';'); + characterComponent->SetLastRocketConfig(GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(newRocketStr)); + } + } + } + + // Store the last used rocket item's ID + characterComponent->SetLastRocketItemID(rocket->GetId()); + + characterComponent->UpdatePlayerStatistic(RocketsUsed); + + character->SaveXMLToDatabase(); + + SetSelectedMapId(originator->GetObjectID(), zone); + + GameMessages::SendFireEventClientSide(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), originator->GetSystemAddress(), u"RocketEquipped", rocket->GetId(), cloneId, -1, originator->GetObjectID()); + + rocket->Equip(true); + + GameMessages::SendChangeObjectWorldState(rocket->GetId(), WORLDSTATE_ATTACHED, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(originator); +} + +void RocketLaunchpadControlComponent::OnUse(Entity* originator) { + auto* propertyEntrance = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + + if (propertyEntrance != nullptr) + { + propertyEntrance->OnUse(originator); + + return; + } + + Launch(originator); +} + +void RocketLaunchpadControlComponent::OnProximityUpdate(Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) { + // Proximity rockets are handled by item equipment +} + +void RocketLaunchpadControlComponent::SetSelectedMapId(LWOOBJID player, LWOMAPID mapID) +{ + m_SelectedMapIds[player] = mapID; +} + +LWOMAPID RocketLaunchpadControlComponent::GetSelectedMapId(LWOOBJID player) const +{ + const auto index = m_SelectedMapIds.find(player); + + if (index == m_SelectedMapIds.end()) return 0; + + return index->second; +} + +void RocketLaunchpadControlComponent::SetSelectedCloneId(LWOOBJID player, LWOCLONEID cloneId) +{ + m_SelectedCloneIds[player] = cloneId; +} + +LWOCLONEID RocketLaunchpadControlComponent::GetSelectedCloneId(LWOOBJID player) const +{ + const auto index = m_SelectedCloneIds.find(player); + + if (index == m_SelectedCloneIds.end()) return 0; + + return index->second; +} + +void RocketLaunchpadControlComponent::TellMasterToPrepZone(int zoneID) { + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, MASTER, MSG_MASTER_PREP_ZONE); + bitStream.Write(zoneID); + Game::server->SendToMaster(&bitStream); +} + + +LWOMAPID RocketLaunchpadControlComponent::GetTargetZone() const +{ + return m_TargetZone; +} + +LWOMAPID RocketLaunchpadControlComponent::GetDefaultZone() const +{ + return m_DefaultZone; +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/RocketLaunchpadControlComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/RocketLaunchpadControlComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c9ee0691 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/RocketLaunchpadControlComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2018 + */ + +#ifndef ROCKETLAUNCHPADCONTROLCOMPONENT_H +#define ROCKETLAUNCHPADCONTROLCOMPONENT_H + +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "Component.h" + +class PreconditionExpression; + +/** + * Component that handles rocket launchpads that can be interacted with to travel to other worlds. + */ +class RocketLaunchpadControlComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_ROCKET_LAUNCH; + + RocketLaunchpadControlComponent(Entity* parent, int rocketId); + ~RocketLaunchpadControlComponent() override; + + /** + * Launches the passed entity using the passed rocket and saves their data + * @param entity the entity to launch + * @param rocketID the ID of the rocket to use + */ + void RocketEquip(Entity* entity, LWOOBJID rocketID); + + /** + * Launches some entity to another world + * @param originator the entity to launch + * @param optionalRocketID the ID of the rocket to launch + * @param mapId the world to go to + * @param cloneId the clone ID (for properties) + */ + void Launch(Entity* originator, LWOOBJID optionalRocketID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY, LWOMAPID mapId = LWOMAPID_INVALID, LWOCLONEID cloneId = LWOCLONEID_INVALID); + + /** + * Handles an OnUse event from some entity, preparing it for launch to some other world + * @param originator the entity that triggered the event + */ + void OnUse(Entity* originator) override; + + /** + * Currently unused + */ + void OnProximityUpdate(Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status); + + /** + * Sets the map ID that a player will go to + * @param player the entity to set the map ID for + * @param cloneId the map ID of the property to set + */ + void SetSelectedMapId(LWOOBJID player, LWOMAPID cloneId); + + /** + * Returns the map ID that a player will go to + * @param player the player to find the map ID for + * @return the map ID that a player will go to + */ + LWOMAPID GetSelectedMapId(LWOOBJID player) const; + + /** + * Sets the clone ID that a player will go to (for properties) + * @param player the entity to set the clone ID for + * @param cloneId the clone ID of the property to set + */ + void SetSelectedCloneId(LWOOBJID player, LWOCLONEID cloneId); + + /** + * Returns the clone ID that a player will go to (for properties) + * @param player the player to find the clone ID for + * @return the clone ID that a player will go to + */ + LWOCLONEID GetSelectedCloneId(LWOOBJID player) const; + + /** + * Returns the zone that this rocket launchpad points to by default + * @return the zone that this rocket launchpad points to by default + */ + LWOMAPID GetTargetZone() const; + + /** + * Currently unused + */ + LWOMAPID GetDefaultZone() const; + +private: + + /** + * All the players that are in the proximity of the rocket launchpad + */ + std::map m_PlayersInRadius = {}; + + /** + * The map that the launchpad goes to + */ + LWOMAPID m_TargetZone; + + /** + * Currently unused + */ + LWOMAPID m_DefaultZone; + + /** + * The clone IDs selected for each player to go to (for properies) + */ + std::map m_SelectedCloneIds = {}; + + /** + * The map IDs selected for each player to go to + */ + std::map m_SelectedMapIds = {}; + + /** + * The scene that plays when the player lands + */ + std::string m_TargetScene; + + /** + * Alternative landing scene that plays if the alternative precondition is met + */ + std::string m_AltLandingScene; + + /** + * Some precondition that needs to be met to trigger the alternative landing scene + */ + PreconditionExpression* m_AltPrecondition; + + /** + * Notifies the master server to prepare some world for a player to be able to travel to it + * @param zoneID the ID of the zone to prepare + */ + void TellMasterToPrepZone(int zoneID); +}; + +#endif // ROCKETLAUNCHPADCONTROLCOMPONENT_H diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/ScriptedActivityComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/ScriptedActivityComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1dadd205 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/ScriptedActivityComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,569 @@ +#include "ScriptedActivityComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "CDClientManager.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "ZoneInstanceManager.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "ChatPackets.h" +#include "Player.h" +#include "PacketUtils.h" +#include "dServer.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "dConfig.h" + +ScriptedActivityComponent::ScriptedActivityComponent(Entity* parent, int activityID) : Component(parent) +{ + CDActivitiesTable* activitiesTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("Activities"); + std::vector activities = activitiesTable->Query([=](CDActivities entry) {return (entry.ActivityID == activityID); }); + + for (CDActivities activity : activities) { + m_ActivityInfo = activity; + + const auto mapID = m_ActivityInfo.instanceMapID; + + if ((mapID == 1203 || mapID == 1303 || mapID == 1403) && Game::config->GetValue("solo_racing") == "1") { + m_ActivityInfo.minTeamSize = 1; + m_ActivityInfo.minTeams = 1; + } + + const auto& transferOverride = parent->GetVar(u"transferZoneID"); + if (!transferOverride.empty()) { + m_ActivityInfo.instanceMapID = std::stoi(GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(transferOverride)); + + // TODO: LU devs made me do it (for some reason cannon cove instancer is marked to go to GF survival) + // NOTE: 1301 is GF survival + if (m_ActivityInfo.instanceMapID == 1301) { + m_ActivityInfo.instanceMapID = 1302; + } + } + } +} + +ScriptedActivityComponent::~ScriptedActivityComponent() += default; + +void ScriptedActivityComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags) const { + outBitStream->Write(true); + outBitStream->Write(m_ActivityPlayers.size()); + + if (!m_ActivityPlayers.empty()) { + for (const auto& activityPlayer : m_ActivityPlayers) { + + outBitStream->Write(activityPlayer->playerID); + for (const auto& activityValue : activityPlayer->values) { + outBitStream->Write(activityValue); + } + } + } +} + +void ScriptedActivityComponent::HandleMessageBoxResponse(Entity* player, const std::string& id) { + if (m_ActivityInfo.ActivityID == 103) { + return; + } + + if (id == "LobbyExit") { + PlayerLeave(player->GetObjectID()); + } else if (id == "PlayButton") { + PlayerJoin(player); + } +} + +void ScriptedActivityComponent::PlayerJoin(Entity* player) { + if (m_ActivityInfo.ActivityID == 103 || PlayerIsInQueue(player) || !IsValidActivity(player)) { + return; + } + + // If we have a lobby, queue the player and allow others to join, otherwise spin up an instance on the spot + if (HasLobby()) { + PlayerJoinLobby(player); + } else if (!IsPlayedBy(player)) { + auto* instance = NewInstance(); + instance->AddParticipant(player); + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); +} + +void ScriptedActivityComponent::PlayerJoinLobby(Entity* player) { + if (!m_Parent->HasComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_REBUILD)) + GameMessages::SendMatchResponse(player, player->GetSystemAddress(), 0); // tell the client they joined a lobby + LobbyPlayer* newLobbyPlayer = new LobbyPlayer(); + newLobbyPlayer->entityID = player->GetObjectID(); + Lobby* playerLobby = nullptr; + + auto* character = player->GetCharacter(); + if (character != nullptr) + character->SetLastNonInstanceZoneID(dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->GetWorldID()); + + for (Lobby* lobby : m_Queue) { + if (lobby->players.size() < m_ActivityInfo.maxTeamSize || m_ActivityInfo.maxTeamSize == 1 && lobby->players.size() < m_ActivityInfo.maxTeams) { + // If an empty slot in an existing lobby is found + lobby->players.push_back(newLobbyPlayer); + playerLobby = lobby; + + // Update the joining player on players already in the lobby, and update players already in the lobby on the joining player + std::string matchUpdateJoined = "player=9:" + std::to_string(player->GetObjectID()) + "\nplayerName=0:" + player->GetCharacter()->GetName(); + for (LobbyPlayer* joinedPlayer : lobby->players) { + auto* entity = joinedPlayer->GetEntity(); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + continue; + } + + std::string matchUpdate = "player=9:" + std::to_string(entity->GetObjectID()) + "\nplayerName=0:" + entity->GetCharacter()->GetName(); + GameMessages::SendMatchUpdate(player, player->GetSystemAddress(), matchUpdate, eMatchUpdate::MATCH_UPDATE_PLAYER_JOINED); + PlayerReady(entity, joinedPlayer->ready); + GameMessages::SendMatchUpdate(entity, entity->GetSystemAddress(), matchUpdateJoined, eMatchUpdate::MATCH_UPDATE_PLAYER_JOINED); + } + } + } + + if (!playerLobby) { + // If all lobbies are full + playerLobby = new Lobby(); + playerLobby->players.push_back(newLobbyPlayer); + playerLobby->timer = m_ActivityInfo.waitTime / 1000; + m_Queue.push_back(playerLobby); + } + + if (m_ActivityInfo.maxTeamSize != 1 && playerLobby->players.size() >= m_ActivityInfo.minTeamSize || m_ActivityInfo.maxTeamSize == 1 && playerLobby->players.size() >= m_ActivityInfo.minTeams) { + // Update the joining player on the match timer + std::string matchTimerUpdate = "time=3:" + std::to_string(playerLobby->timer); + GameMessages::SendMatchUpdate(player, player->GetSystemAddress(), matchTimerUpdate, eMatchUpdate::MATCH_UPDATE_TIME); + } +} + +void ScriptedActivityComponent::PlayerLeave(LWOOBJID playerID) { + + // Removes the player from a lobby and notifies the others, not applicable for non-lobby instances + for (Lobby* lobby : m_Queue) { + for (int i = 0; i < lobby->players.size(); ++i) { + if (lobby->players[i]->entityID == playerID) { + std::string matchUpdateLeft = "player=9:" + std::to_string(playerID); + for (LobbyPlayer* lobbyPlayer : lobby->players) { + auto* entity = lobbyPlayer->GetEntity(); + if (entity == nullptr) + continue; + + GameMessages::SendMatchUpdate(entity, entity->GetSystemAddress(), matchUpdateLeft, eMatchUpdate::MATCH_UPDATE_PLAYER_LEFT); + } + + delete lobby->players[i]; + lobby->players[i] = nullptr; + lobby->players.erase(lobby->players.begin() + i); + + return; + } + } + } +} + +void ScriptedActivityComponent::Update(float deltaTime) { + + // Ticks all the lobbies, not applicable for non-instance activities + for (Lobby* lobby : m_Queue) { + for (LobbyPlayer* player : lobby->players) { + auto* entity = player->GetEntity(); + if (entity == nullptr) { + PlayerLeave(player->entityID); + return; + } + } + + // Update the match time for all players + if (m_ActivityInfo.maxTeamSize != 1 && lobby->players.size() >= m_ActivityInfo.minTeamSize + || m_ActivityInfo.maxTeamSize == 1 && lobby->players.size() >= m_ActivityInfo.minTeams) { + if (lobby->timer == m_ActivityInfo.waitTime / 1000) { + for (LobbyPlayer* joinedPlayer : lobby->players) { + auto* entity = joinedPlayer->GetEntity(); + + if (entity == nullptr) + continue; + + std::string matchTimerUpdate = "time=3:" + std::to_string(lobby->timer); + GameMessages::SendMatchUpdate(entity, entity->GetSystemAddress(), matchTimerUpdate, eMatchUpdate::MATCH_UPDATE_TIME); + } + } + + lobby->timer -= deltaTime; + } + + bool lobbyReady = true; + for (LobbyPlayer* player : lobby->players) { + if (player->ready) continue; + lobbyReady = false; + } + + // If everyone's ready, jump the timer + if (lobbyReady && lobby->timer > m_ActivityInfo.startDelay / 1000) { + lobby->timer = m_ActivityInfo.startDelay / 1000; + + // Update players in lobby on switch to start delay + std::string matchTimerUpdate = "time=3:" + std::to_string(lobby->timer); + for (LobbyPlayer* player : lobby->players) { + auto* entity = player->GetEntity(); + + if (entity == nullptr) + continue; + + GameMessages::SendMatchUpdate(entity, entity->GetSystemAddress(), matchTimerUpdate, eMatchUpdate::MATCH_UPDATE_TIME_START_DELAY); + } + } + + // The timer has elapsed, start the instance + if (lobby->timer <= 0.0f) { + Game::logger->Log("ScriptedActivityComponent", "Setting up instance.\n"); + + ActivityInstance* instance = NewInstance(); + LoadPlayersIntoInstance(instance, lobby->players); + RemoveLobby(lobby); + instance->StartZone(); + } + } +} + +void ScriptedActivityComponent::RemoveLobby(Lobby* lobby) { + for (int i = 0; i < m_Queue.size(); ++i) { + if (m_Queue[i] == lobby) { + m_Queue.erase(m_Queue.begin() + i); + return; + } + } +} + +bool ScriptedActivityComponent::HasLobby() const { + // If the player is not in the world he has to be, create a lobby for the transfer + return m_ActivityInfo.instanceMapID != UINT_MAX && m_ActivityInfo.instanceMapID != Game::server->GetZoneID(); +} + +bool ScriptedActivityComponent::IsValidActivity(Entity* player) { + // Makes it so that scripted activities with an unimplemented map cannot be joined + /*if (player->GetGMLevel() < GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER && (m_ActivityInfo.instanceMapID == 1302 || m_ActivityInfo.instanceMapID == 1301)) { + if (m_Parent->GetLOT() == 4860) { + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent(); + missionComponent->CompleteMission(229); + } + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(player->GetSystemAddress(), u"Sorry, this activity is not ready."); + static_cast(player)->SendToZone(dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->GetWorldID()); // Gets them out of this stuck state + + return false; + }*/ + + return true; +} + +bool ScriptedActivityComponent::PlayerIsInQueue(Entity* player) { + for (Lobby* lobby : m_Queue) { + for (LobbyPlayer* lobbyPlayer : lobby->players) { + if (player->GetObjectID() == lobbyPlayer->entityID) return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +bool ScriptedActivityComponent::IsPlayedBy(Entity* player) const { + for (const auto* instance : this->m_Instances) { + for (const auto* instancePlayer : instance->GetParticipants()) { + if (instancePlayer != nullptr && instancePlayer->GetObjectID() == player->GetObjectID()) + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +bool ScriptedActivityComponent::IsPlayedBy(LWOOBJID playerID) const { + for (const auto* instance : this->m_Instances) { + for (const auto* instancePlayer : instance->GetParticipants()) { + if (instancePlayer != nullptr && instancePlayer->GetObjectID() == playerID) + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +bool ScriptedActivityComponent::TakeCost(Entity* player) const { + if (m_ActivityInfo.optionalCostLOT <= 0 || m_ActivityInfo.optionalCostCount <= 0) + return true; + + auto* inventoryComponent = player->GetComponent(); + if (inventoryComponent == nullptr) + return false; + + if (inventoryComponent->GetLotCount(m_ActivityInfo.optionalCostLOT) < m_ActivityInfo.optionalCostCount) + return false; + + inventoryComponent->RemoveItem(m_ActivityInfo.optionalCostLOT, m_ActivityInfo.optionalCostCount); + + return true; +} + +void ScriptedActivityComponent::PlayerReady(Entity* player, bool bReady) { + for (Lobby* lobby : m_Queue) { + for (LobbyPlayer* lobbyPlayer : lobby->players) { + if (lobbyPlayer->entityID == player->GetObjectID()) { + + lobbyPlayer->ready = bReady; + + // Update players in lobby on player being ready + std::string matchReadyUpdate = "player=9:" + std::to_string(player->GetObjectID()); + eMatchUpdate readyStatus = eMatchUpdate::MATCH_UPDATE_PLAYER_READY; + if (!bReady) readyStatus = eMatchUpdate::MATCH_UPDATE_PLAYER_UNREADY; + for (LobbyPlayer* otherPlayer : lobby->players) { + auto* entity = otherPlayer->GetEntity(); + if (entity == nullptr) + continue; + + GameMessages::SendMatchUpdate(entity, entity->GetSystemAddress(), matchReadyUpdate, readyStatus); + } + } + } + } +} + +ActivityInstance* ScriptedActivityComponent::NewInstance() { + auto* instance = new ActivityInstance(m_Parent, m_ActivityInfo); + m_Instances.push_back(instance); + return instance; +} + +void ScriptedActivityComponent::LoadPlayersIntoInstance(ActivityInstance* instance, const std::vector& lobby) const { + for (LobbyPlayer* player : lobby) { + auto* entity = player->GetEntity(); + if (entity == nullptr || !TakeCost(entity)) { + continue; + } + + instance->AddParticipant(entity); + } +} + +const std::vector& ScriptedActivityComponent::GetInstances() const { + return m_Instances; +} + +ActivityInstance* ScriptedActivityComponent::GetInstance(const LWOOBJID playerID) { + for (const auto* instance : GetInstances()) { + for (const auto* participant : instance->GetParticipants()) { + if (participant->GetObjectID() == playerID) + return const_cast(instance); + } + } + + return nullptr; +} + +void ScriptedActivityComponent::ClearInstances() { + for (ActivityInstance* instance : m_Instances) { + delete instance; + } + m_Instances.clear(); +} + +ActivityPlayer* ScriptedActivityComponent::GetActivityPlayerData(LWOOBJID playerID) +{ + for (auto* activityData : m_ActivityPlayers) + { + if (activityData->playerID == playerID) + { + return activityData; + } + } + + return nullptr; +} + +void ScriptedActivityComponent::RemoveActivityPlayerData(LWOOBJID playerID) +{ + for (size_t i = 0; i < m_ActivityPlayers.size(); i++) + { + if (m_ActivityPlayers[i]->playerID == playerID) + { + delete m_ActivityPlayers[i]; + m_ActivityPlayers[i] = nullptr; + + m_ActivityPlayers.erase(m_ActivityPlayers.begin() + i); + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + + return; + } + } +} + +ActivityPlayer* ScriptedActivityComponent::AddActivityPlayerData(LWOOBJID playerID) +{ + auto* data = GetActivityPlayerData(playerID); + if (data != nullptr) + return data; + + m_ActivityPlayers.push_back(new ActivityPlayer{playerID, {}}); + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + + return GetActivityPlayerData(playerID); +} + +float_t ScriptedActivityComponent::GetActivityValue(LWOOBJID playerID, uint32_t index) { + auto value = -1.0f; + + auto* data = GetActivityPlayerData(playerID); + if (data != nullptr) { + value = data->values[std::min(index, (uint32_t) 9)]; + } + + return value; +} + +void ScriptedActivityComponent::SetActivityValue(LWOOBJID playerID, uint32_t index, float_t value) { + auto* data = AddActivityPlayerData(playerID); + if (data != nullptr) { + data->values[std::min(index, (uint32_t) 9)] = value; + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); +} + +void ScriptedActivityComponent::PlayerRemove(LWOOBJID playerID) { + for (auto* instance : GetInstances()) { + auto participants = instance->GetParticipants(); + for (const auto* participant : participants) { + if (participant != nullptr && participant->GetObjectID() == playerID) { + instance->RemoveParticipant(participant); + RemoveActivityPlayerData(playerID); + + // If the instance is empty after the delete of the participant, delete the instance too + if (instance->GetParticipants().empty()) { + m_Instances.erase(std::find(m_Instances.begin(), m_Instances.end(), instance)); + delete instance; + } + return; + } + } + } +} + +void ActivityInstance::StartZone() { + if (m_Participants.empty()) + return; + + const auto& participants = GetParticipants(); + if (participants.empty()) + return; + + auto* leader = participants[0]; + + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CHAT_INTERNAL, MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_CREATE_TEAM); + + bitStream.Write(leader->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(m_Participants.size()); + + for (const auto& participant : m_Participants) { + bitStream.Write(participant); + } + + LWOZONEID zoneId = LWOZONEID(m_ActivityInfo.instanceMapID, 0, leader->GetCharacter()->GetPropertyCloneID()); + + bitStream.Write(zoneId); + + Game::chatServer->Send(&bitStream, SYSTEM_PRIORITY, RELIABLE, 0, Game::chatSysAddr, false); + + const auto cloneId = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber(1, UINT32_MAX); + for (Entity* player : participants) { + const auto objid = player->GetObjectID(); + ZoneInstanceManager::Instance()->RequestZoneTransfer(Game::server, m_ActivityInfo.instanceMapID, cloneId, false, [objid](bool mythranShift, uint32_t zoneID, uint32_t zoneInstance, uint32_t zoneClone, std::string serverIP, uint16_t serverPort) { + + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(objid); + if (player == nullptr) + return; + + Game::logger->Log("UserManager", "Transferring %s to Zone %i (Instance %i | Clone %i | Mythran Shift: %s) with IP %s and Port %i\n", player->GetSystemAddress().ToString(), zoneID, zoneInstance, zoneClone, mythranShift == true ? "true" : "false", serverIP.c_str(), serverPort); + if (player->GetCharacter()) { + player->GetCharacter()->SetZoneID(zoneID); + player->GetCharacter()->SetZoneInstance(zoneInstance); + player->GetCharacter()->SetZoneClone(zoneClone); + } + + WorldPackets::SendTransferToWorld(player->GetSystemAddress(), serverIP, serverPort, mythranShift); + return; + }); + } + + m_NextZoneCloneID++; +} + +void ActivityInstance::RewardParticipant(Entity* participant) { + auto* missionComponent = participant->GetComponent(); + if (missionComponent) { + missionComponent->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_ACTIVITY, m_ActivityInfo.ActivityID); + } + + // First, get the activity data + auto* activityRewardsTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ActivityRewards"); + std::vector activityRewards = activityRewardsTable->Query([=](CDActivityRewards entry) { return (entry.objectTemplate == m_ActivityInfo.ActivityID); }); + + if (!activityRewards.empty()) { + uint32_t minCoins = 0; + uint32_t maxCoins = 0; + + auto* currencyTableTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("CurrencyTable"); + std::vector currencyTable = currencyTableTable->Query([=](CDCurrencyTable entry) { return (entry.currencyIndex == activityRewards[0].CurrencyIndex && entry.npcminlevel == 1); }); + + if (!currencyTable.empty()) { + minCoins = currencyTable[0].minvalue; + maxCoins = currencyTable[0].maxvalue; + } + + Loot::DropLoot(participant, m_Parent, activityRewards[0].LootMatrixIndex, minCoins, maxCoins); + } +} + +std::vector ActivityInstance::GetParticipants() const { + std::vector entities; + entities.reserve(m_Participants.size()); + + for (const auto& id : m_Participants) { + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(id); + if (entity != nullptr) + entities.push_back(entity); + } + + return entities; +} + +void ActivityInstance::AddParticipant(Entity* participant) { + const auto id = participant->GetObjectID(); + if (std::count(m_Participants.begin(), m_Participants.end(), id)) + return; + + m_Participants.push_back(id); +} + +void ActivityInstance::RemoveParticipant(const Entity *participant) { + const auto loadedParticipant = std::find(m_Participants.begin(), m_Participants.end(), participant->GetObjectID()); + if (loadedParticipant != m_Participants.end()) { + m_Participants.erase(loadedParticipant); + } +} + +uint32_t ActivityInstance::GetScore() const { + return score; +} + +void ActivityInstance::SetScore(uint32_t score) { + this->score = score; +} + +Entity* LobbyPlayer::GetEntity() const { + return EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(entityID); +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/ScriptedActivityComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/ScriptedActivityComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bbeca2b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/ScriptedActivityComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2018 + */ + +#include "CDClientManager.h" + +#ifndef SCRIPTEDACTIVITYCOMPONENT_H +#define SCRIPTEDACTIVITYCOMPONENT_H + +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "Component.h" + +/** + * Represents an instance of an activity, having participants and score + */ +class ActivityInstance { +public: + ActivityInstance(Entity* parent, CDActivities activityInfo) { m_Parent = parent; m_ActivityInfo = activityInfo; }; + //~ActivityInstance(); + + /** + * Adds an entity to this activity + * @param participant the entity to add + */ + void AddParticipant(Entity* participant); + + /** + * Removes all the participants from this activity + */ + void ClearParticipants() { m_Participants.clear(); }; + + /** + * Starts the instance world for this activity and sends all participants there + */ + void StartZone(); + + /** + * Gives the rewards for completing this activity to some participant + * @param participant the participant to give rewards to + */ + void RewardParticipant(Entity* participant); + + /** + * Removes a participant from this activity + * @param participant the participant to remove + */ + void RemoveParticipant(const Entity* participant); + + /** + * Returns all the participants of this activity + * @return all the participants of this activity + */ + std::vector GetParticipants() const; + + /** + * Currently unused + */ + uint32_t GetScore() const; + + /** + * Currently unused + */ + void SetScore(uint32_t score); +private: + + /** + * Currently unused + */ + uint32_t score = 0; + + /** + * The instance ID of this activity + */ + uint32_t m_NextZoneCloneID = 0; + + /** + * The database information for this activity + */ + CDActivities m_ActivityInfo; + + /** + * The entity that owns this activity (the entity that has the ScriptedActivityComponent) + */ + Entity* m_Parent; + + /** + * All the participants of this activity + */ + std::vector m_Participants; +}; + +/** + * Represents an entity in a lobby + */ +struct LobbyPlayer { + + /** + * The ID of the entity that is in the lobby + */ + LWOOBJID entityID; + + /** + * Whether or not the entity is ready + */ + bool ready = false; + + /** + * Returns the entity that is in the lobby + * @return the entity that is in the lobby + */ + Entity* GetEntity() const; +}; + +/** + * Represents a lobby of players with a timer until it should start the activity + */ +struct Lobby { + + /** + * The lobby of players + */ + std::vector players; + + /** + * The timer that determines when the activity should start + */ + float timer; +}; + +/** + * Represents the score for the player in an activity, one index might represent score, another one time, etc. + */ +struct ActivityPlayer { + + /** + * The entity that the score is tracked for + */ + LWOOBJID playerID; + + /** + * The list of score for this entity + */ + float values[10]; +}; + +/** + * Welcome to the absolute behemoth that is the scripted activity component. I have now clue how this was managed in + * live but I figure somewhat similarly and it's terrible. In a nutshell, this components handles any activity that + * can be done in the game from quick builds to boss fights to races. On top of that, this component handles instancing + * and lobbying. + */ +class ScriptedActivityComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_SCRIPTED_ACTIVITY; + + ScriptedActivityComponent(Entity* parent, int activityID); + ~ScriptedActivityComponent() override; + + void Update(float deltaTime) override; + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags) const; + + /** + * Makes some entity join the minigame, if it's a lobbied one, the entity will be placed in the lobby + * @param player the entity to join the game + */ + void PlayerJoin(Entity* player); + + /** + * Makes an entity join the lobby for this minigame, if it exists + * @param player the entity to join + */ + void PlayerJoinLobby(Entity* player); + + /** + * Makes the player leave the lobby + * @param playerID the entity to leave the lobby + */ + void PlayerLeave(LWOOBJID playerID); + + /** + * Removes the entity from the minigame (and its score) + * @param playerID the entity to remove from the minigame + */ + void PlayerRemove(LWOOBJID playerID); + + /** + * Adds all the players to an instance of some activity + * @param instance the instance to load the players into + * @param lobby the players to load into the instance + */ + void LoadPlayersIntoInstance(ActivityInstance* instance, const std::vector& lobby) const; + + /** + * Removes a lobby from the activity manager + * @param lobby the lobby to remove + */ + void RemoveLobby(Lobby* lobby); + + /** + * Marks a player as (un)ready in a lobby + * @param player the entity to mark + * @param bReady true if the entity is ready, false otherwise + */ + void PlayerReady(Entity* player, bool bReady); + + /** + * Returns the ID of this activity + * @return the ID of this activity + */ + int GetActivityID() { return m_ActivityInfo.ActivityID; } + + /** + * Returns if this activity has a lobby, e.g. if it needs to instance players to some other map + * @return true if this activity has a lobby, false otherwise + */ + bool HasLobby() const; + + /** + * Checks if a player is currently waiting in a lobby + * @param player the entity to check for + * @return true if the entity is waiting in a lobby, false otherwise + */ + bool PlayerIsInQueue(Entity* player); + + /** + * Checks if an entity is currently playing this activity + * @param player the entity to check + * @return true if the entity is playing this lobby, false otherwise + */ + bool IsPlayedBy(Entity* player) const; + + /** + * Checks if an entity is currently playing this activity + * @param playerID the entity to check + * @return true if the entity is playing this lobby, false otherwise + */ + bool IsPlayedBy(LWOOBJID playerID) const; + + /** + * Legacy: used to check for unimplemented maps, gladly, this now just returns true :) + */ + bool IsValidActivity(Entity* player); + + /** + * Removes the cost of the activity (e.g. green imaginate) for the entity that plays this activity + * @param player the entity to take cost for + * @return true if the cost was successfully deducted, false otherwise + */ + bool TakeCost(Entity* player) const; + + /** + * Handles any response from a player clicking on a lobby / instance menu + * @param player the entity that clicked + * @param id the message that was passed + */ + void HandleMessageBoxResponse(Entity* player, const std::string& id); + + /** + * Creates a new instance for this activity + * @return a new instance for this activity + */ + ActivityInstance* NewInstance(); + + /** + * Returns all the currently active instances of this activity + * @return all the currently active instances of this activity + */ + const std::vector& GetInstances() const; + + /** + * Returns the instance that some entity is currently playing in + * @param playerID the entity to check for + * @return if any, the instance that the entity is currently in + */ + ActivityInstance* GetInstance(const LWOOBJID playerID); + + /** + * Removes all the instances + */ + void ClearInstances(); + + /** + * Returns all the score for the players that are currently playing this activity + * @return + */ + std::vector GetActivityPlayers() { return m_ActivityPlayers; }; + + /** + * Returns activity data for a specific entity (e.g. score and such). + * @param playerID the entity to get data for + * @return the activity data (score) for the passed player in this activity, if it exists + */ + ActivityPlayer* GetActivityPlayerData(LWOOBJID playerID); + + /** + * Sets some score value for an entity + * @param playerID the entity to set score for + * @param index the score index to set + * @param value the value to set in for that index + */ + void SetActivityValue(LWOOBJID playerID, uint32_t index, float_t value); + + /** + * Returns activity score for the passed parameters + * @param playerID the entity to get score for + * @param index the index to get score for + * @return activity score for the passed parameters + */ + float_t GetActivityValue(LWOOBJID playerID, uint32_t index); + + /** + * Removes activity score tracking for some entity + * @param playerID the entity to remove score for + */ + void RemoveActivityPlayerData(LWOOBJID playerID); + + /** + * Adds activity score tracking for some entity + * @param playerID the entity to add the activity score for + * @return the created entry + */ + ActivityPlayer* AddActivityPlayerData(LWOOBJID playerID); + + /** + * Sets the mapID that this activity points to + * @param mapID the map ID to set + */ + void SetInstanceMapID(uint32_t mapID) { m_ActivityInfo.instanceMapID = mapID; }; +private: + + /** + * The database information for this activity + */ + CDActivities m_ActivityInfo; + + /** + * All the active instances of this activity + */ + std::vector m_Instances; + + /** + * The current lobbies for this activity + */ + std::vector m_Queue; + + /** + * All the activity score for the players in this activity + */ + std::vector m_ActivityPlayers; +}; + +#endif // SCRIPTEDACTIVITYCOMPONENT_H diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/ShootingGalleryComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/ShootingGalleryComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f0fac7f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/ShootingGalleryComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +#include "ShootingGalleryComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "ScriptedActivityComponent.h" + +ShootingGalleryComponent::ShootingGalleryComponent(Entity *parent) : Component(parent) { +} + +ShootingGalleryComponent::~ShootingGalleryComponent() = default; + +void ShootingGalleryComponent::SetStaticParams(const StaticShootingGalleryParams ¶ms) { + m_StaticParams = params; +} + +void ShootingGalleryComponent::SetDynamicParams(const DynamicShootingGalleryParams ¶ms) { + m_DynamicParams = params; + m_Dirty = true; + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); +} + +void ShootingGalleryComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream *outBitStream, bool isInitialUpdate, uint32_t& flags) const { + // Start ScriptedActivityComponent + outBitStream->Write(true); + if (m_CurrentPlayerID == LWOOBJID_EMPTY) { + outBitStream->Write(0); + } + else { + outBitStream->Write(1); + for (size_t i = 0; i < 10; i++) + { + outBitStream->Write(0.0f); + } + + } + // End ScriptedActivityComponent + + if (isInitialUpdate) { + outBitStream->Write(m_StaticParams.cameraPosition.GetX()); + outBitStream->Write(m_StaticParams.cameraPosition.GetY()); + outBitStream->Write(m_StaticParams.cameraPosition.GetZ()); + + outBitStream->Write(m_StaticParams.cameraLookatPosition.GetX()); + outBitStream->Write(m_StaticParams.cameraLookatPosition.GetY()); + outBitStream->Write(m_StaticParams.cameraLookatPosition.GetZ()); + } + + outBitStream->Write(m_Dirty || isInitialUpdate); + if (m_Dirty || isInitialUpdate) { + outBitStream->Write(m_DynamicParams.cannonVelocity); + outBitStream->Write(m_DynamicParams.cannonRefireRate); + outBitStream->Write(m_DynamicParams.cannonMinDistance); + + outBitStream->Write(m_DynamicParams.cameraBarrelOffset.GetX()); + outBitStream->Write(m_DynamicParams.cameraBarrelOffset.GetY()); + outBitStream->Write(m_DynamicParams.cameraBarrelOffset.GetZ()); + + outBitStream->Write(m_DynamicParams.cannonAngle); + + outBitStream->Write(m_DynamicParams.facing.GetX()); + outBitStream->Write(m_DynamicParams.facing.GetY()); + outBitStream->Write(m_DynamicParams.facing.GetZ()); + + outBitStream->Write(m_CurrentPlayerID); + outBitStream->Write(m_DynamicParams.cannonTimeout); + outBitStream->Write(m_DynamicParams.cannonFOV); + } +} + diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/ShootingGalleryComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/ShootingGalleryComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..323bf88f --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/ShootingGalleryComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +#pragma once +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "NiPoint3.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "Component.h" + +/** + * Parameters for the shooting gallery that change during playtime + */ +struct DynamicShootingGalleryParams { + + /** + * The distance from the camera to the barrel + */ + Vector3 cameraBarrelOffset; + + /** + * The area the barrel is looking at + */ + Vector3 facing; + + /** + * The velocity of the cannonballs + */ + double_t cannonVelocity; + + /** + * The max firerate of the cannon + */ + double_t cannonRefireRate; + + /** + * The min distance the cannonballs traverse + */ + double_t cannonMinDistance; + + /** + * The angle at which the cannon is shooting + */ + float_t cannonAngle; + + /** + * The timeout between cannon shots + */ + float_t cannonTimeout; + + /** + * The FOV while in the canon + */ + float_t cannonFOV; +}; + +/** + * Parameters for the shooting gallery that don't change over time + */ +struct StaticShootingGalleryParams { + + /** + * The position of the camera + */ + Vector3 cameraPosition; + + /** + * The position that the camera is looking at + */ + Vector3 cameraLookatPosition; +}; + +/** + * A very ancient component that was used to guide shooting galleries, it's still kind of used but a lot of logic is + * also in the related scripts. + */ +class ShootingGalleryComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_SHOOTING_GALLERY; + + explicit ShootingGalleryComponent(Entity* parent); + ~ShootingGalleryComponent(); + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool isInitialUpdate, uint32_t& flags) const; + + /** + * Returns the static params for the shooting gallery + * @return the static params for the shooting gallery + */ + const StaticShootingGalleryParams& GetStaticParams() const { return m_StaticParams; }; + + /** + * Sets the static parameters for the shooting gallery, see `StaticShootingGalleryParams` + * @param params the params to set + */ + void SetStaticParams(const StaticShootingGalleryParams& params); + + /** + * Returns the dynamic params for the shooting gallery + * @return the dynamic params for the shooting gallery + */ + const DynamicShootingGalleryParams& GetDynamicParams() const { return m_DynamicParams; }; + + /** + * Sets the mutable params for the shooting gallery, see `DynamicShootingGalleryParams` + * @param params the params to set + */ + void SetDynamicParams(const DynamicShootingGalleryParams& params); + + /** + * Sets the entity that's currently playing the shooting gallery + * @param playerID the entity to set + */ + void SetCurrentPlayerID(LWOOBJID playerID) { m_CurrentPlayerID = playerID; m_Dirty = true; }; + + /** + * Returns the player that's currently playing the shooting gallery + * @return the player that's currently playing the shooting gallery + */ + LWOOBJID GetCurrentPlayerID() const { return m_CurrentPlayerID; }; +private: + + /** + * The player that's currently playing the shooting gallery + */ + LWOOBJID m_CurrentPlayerID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + /** + * The static parameters for the shooting gallery, see `StaticShootingGalleryParams` + */ + StaticShootingGalleryParams m_StaticParams {}; + + /** + * The dynamic params for the shooting gallery, see `DynamicShootingGalleryParams` + */ + DynamicShootingGalleryParams m_DynamicParams {}; + + /** + * Whether or not the component should be serialized + */ + bool m_Dirty = false; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/SimplePhysicsComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/SimplePhysicsComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a4cff4e --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/SimplePhysicsComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2018 + */ + +#include "SimplePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "dpWorld.h" +#include "CDClientManager.h" +#include "CDPhysicsComponentTable.h" + +#include "Entity.h" + +SimplePhysicsComponent::SimplePhysicsComponent(uint32_t componentID, Entity* parent) : Component(parent) { + m_Position = m_Parent->GetDefaultPosition(); + m_Rotation = m_Parent->GetDefaultRotation(); + m_IsDirty = true; +} + +SimplePhysicsComponent::~SimplePhysicsComponent() { +} + +void SimplePhysicsComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags) { + if (bIsInitialUpdate) { + outBitStream->Write0(); // climbable + outBitStream->Write(0); // climbableType + } + + outBitStream->Write(m_DirtyVelocity || bIsInitialUpdate); + if (m_DirtyVelocity || bIsInitialUpdate) { + outBitStream->Write(m_Velocity); + outBitStream->Write(m_AngularVelocity); + + m_DirtyVelocity = false; + } + + // Physics motion state + if (m_PhysicsMotionState != 0) + { + outBitStream->Write1(); + outBitStream->Write(m_PhysicsMotionState); + } + else + { + outBitStream->Write0(); + } + + outBitStream->Write(m_IsDirty || bIsInitialUpdate); + if (m_IsDirty || bIsInitialUpdate) { + outBitStream->Write(m_Position.x); + outBitStream->Write(m_Position.y); + outBitStream->Write(m_Position.z); + outBitStream->Write(m_Rotation.x); + outBitStream->Write(m_Rotation.y); + outBitStream->Write(m_Rotation.z); + outBitStream->Write(m_Rotation.w); + + m_IsDirty = false; + } +} + +uint32_t SimplePhysicsComponent::GetPhysicsMotionState() const +{ + return m_PhysicsMotionState; +} + +void SimplePhysicsComponent::SetPhysicsMotionState(uint32_t value) +{ + m_PhysicsMotionState = value; +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/SimplePhysicsComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/SimplePhysicsComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..081b056b --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/SimplePhysicsComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2018 + */ + +#ifndef SIMPLEPHYSICSCOMPONENT_H +#define SIMPLEPHYSICSCOMPONENT_H + +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "NiPoint3.h" +#include "NiQuaternion.h" +#include "Component.h" + +class Entity; + +/** + * Component that serializes locations of entities to the client + */ +class SimplePhysicsComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_SIMPLE_PHYSICS; + + SimplePhysicsComponent(uint32_t componentID, Entity* parent); + ~SimplePhysicsComponent() override; + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags); + + /** + * Returns the position of this entity + * @return the position of this entity + */ + NiPoint3& GetPosition() { return m_Position; } + + /** + * Sets the position of this entity + * @param pos the position to set + */ + void SetPosition(const NiPoint3& pos) { m_Position = pos; m_IsDirty = true; } + + /** + * Returns the rotation of this entity + * @return the rotation of this entity + */ + NiQuaternion& GetRotation() { return m_Rotation; } + + /** + * Sets the rotation of this entity + * @param rot + */ + void SetRotation(const NiQuaternion& rot) { m_Rotation = rot; m_IsDirty = true; } + + /** + * Returns the velocity of this entity + * @return the velocity of this entity + */ + const NiPoint3& GetVelocity() { return m_Velocity; } + + /** + * Sets the velocity of this entity + * @param value the velocity to set + */ + void SetVelocity(const NiPoint3& value) { m_Velocity = value; m_DirtyVelocity = true; } + + /** + * Returns the angular velocity of this entity + * @return the angular velocity of this entity + */ + const NiPoint3& GetAngularVelocity() { return m_AngularVelocity; } + + /** + * Sets the angular velocity of this entity + * @param value the angular velocity to set + */ + void SetAngularVelocity(const NiPoint3& value) { m_AngularVelocity = value; m_DirtyVelocity = true; } + + /** + * Returns the physics motion state + * @return the physics motion state + */ + uint32_t GetPhysicsMotionState() const; + + /** + * Sets the physics motion state + * @param value the motion state to set + */ + void SetPhysicsMotionState(uint32_t value); + +private: + + /** + * The current position of the entity + */ + NiPoint3 m_Position = NiPoint3::ZERO; + + /** + * The current rotation of the entity + */ + NiQuaternion m_Rotation = NiQuaternion::IDENTITY; + + /** + * The current velocity of the entity + */ + NiPoint3 m_Velocity = NiPoint3::ZERO; + + /** + * The current angular velocity of the entity + */ + NiPoint3 m_AngularVelocity = NiPoint3::ZERO; + + /** + * Whether or not the velocity has changed + */ + bool m_DirtyVelocity = true; + + /** + * Whether or not the position has changed + */ + bool m_IsDirty = true; + + /** + * The current physics motion state + */ + uint32_t m_PhysicsMotionState = 0; +}; + +#endif // SIMPLEPHYSICSCOMPONENT_H diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/SkillComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/SkillComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2f7ff7ab --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/SkillComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,536 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2018 + */ + +#include "SkillComponent.h" + +#include +#include + +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "BehaviorBranchContext.h" +#include "Behavior.h" +#include "CDClientDatabase.h" +#include "dServer.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "PacketUtils.h" +#include "BaseCombatAIComponent.h" +#include "ScriptComponent.h" +#include "BuffComponent.h" + + +ProjectileSyncEntry::ProjectileSyncEntry() +{ +} + +bool SkillComponent::CastPlayerSkill(const uint32_t behaviorId, const uint32_t skillUid, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, const LWOOBJID target) +{ + auto* context = new BehaviorContext(this->m_Parent->GetObjectID()); + + context->caster = m_Parent->GetObjectID(); + + this->m_managedBehaviors.insert_or_assign(skillUid, context); + + auto* behavior = Behavior::CreateBehavior(behaviorId); + + const auto branch = BehaviorBranchContext(target, 0); + + behavior->Handle(context, bitStream, branch); + + context->ExecuteUpdates(); + + return !context->failed; +} + +void SkillComponent::SyncPlayerSkill(const uint32_t skillUid, const uint32_t syncId, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream) +{ + const auto index = this->m_managedBehaviors.find(skillUid); + + if (index == this->m_managedBehaviors.end()) + { + Game::logger->Log("SkillComponent", "Failed to find skill with uid (%i)!\n", skillUid, syncId); + + return; + } + + auto* context = index->second; + + context->SyncBehavior(syncId, bitStream); +} + + +void SkillComponent::SyncPlayerProjectile(const LWOOBJID projectileId, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, const LWOOBJID target) +{ + auto index = -1; + + for (auto i = 0u; i < this->m_managedProjectiles.size(); ++i) + { + const auto& projectile = this->m_managedProjectiles.at(i); + + if (projectile.id == projectileId) + { + index = i; + + break; + } + } + + if (index == -1) + { + Game::logger->Log("SkillComponent", "Failed to find projectile id (%llu)!\n", projectileId); + + return; + } + + const auto sync_entry = this->m_managedProjectiles.at(index); + + std::stringstream query; + + query << "SELECT behaviorID FROM SkillBehavior WHERE skillID = (SELECT skillID FROM ObjectSkills WHERE objectTemplate = " << std::to_string(sync_entry.lot) << ")"; + + auto result = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.str()); + + if (result.eof()) + { + Game::logger->Log("SkillComponent", "Failed to find skill id for (%i)!\n", sync_entry.lot); + + return; + } + + const auto behavior_id = static_cast(result.getIntField(0)); + + result.finalize(); + + auto* behavior = Behavior::CreateBehavior(behavior_id); + + auto branch = sync_entry.branchContext; + + branch.isProjectile = true; + + if (target != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + { + branch.target = target; + } + + behavior->Handle(sync_entry.context, bitStream, branch); + + this->m_managedProjectiles.erase(this->m_managedProjectiles.begin() + index); +} + +void SkillComponent::RegisterPlayerProjectile(const LWOOBJID projectileId, BehaviorContext* context, const BehaviorBranchContext& branch, const LOT lot) +{ + ProjectileSyncEntry entry; + + entry.context = context; + entry.branchContext = branch; + entry.lot = lot; + entry.id = projectileId; + + this->m_managedProjectiles.push_back(entry); +} + +void SkillComponent::Update(const float deltaTime) +{ + if (!m_Parent->HasComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_BASE_COMBAT_AI) && m_Parent->GetLOT() != 1) + { + CalculateUpdate(deltaTime); + } + + std::map keep {}; + + for (const auto& pair : this->m_managedBehaviors) + { + auto* context = pair.second; + + if (context == nullptr) + { + continue; + } + + if (context->clientInitalized) + { + context->CalculateUpdate(deltaTime); + } + else + { + context->Update(deltaTime); + } + + // Cleanup old behaviors + if (context->syncEntries.empty() && context->timerEntries.empty()) + { + auto any = false; + + for (const auto& projectile : this->m_managedProjectiles) + { + if (projectile.context == context) + { + any = true; + + break; + } + } + + if (!any) + { + context->Reset(); + + delete context; + + context = nullptr; + + continue; + } + } + + keep.insert_or_assign(pair.first, context); + } + + this->m_managedBehaviors = keep; +} + +void SkillComponent::Reset() +{ + for (const auto& behavior : this->m_managedBehaviors) + { + delete behavior.second; + } + + this->m_managedProjectiles.clear(); + this->m_managedBehaviors.clear(); +} + +void SkillComponent::Interrupt() +{ + if (m_Parent->IsPlayer()) return; + + auto* combat = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + + if (combat != nullptr && combat->GetStunImmune()) + { + return; + } + + for (const auto& behavior : this->m_managedBehaviors) + { + behavior.second->Interrupt(); + } +} + +void SkillComponent::RegisterCalculatedProjectile(const LWOOBJID projectileId, BehaviorContext* context, const BehaviorBranchContext& branch, const LOT lot, const float maxTime, + const NiPoint3& startPosition, const NiPoint3& velocity, const bool trackTarget, const float trackRadius) +{ + ProjectileSyncEntry entry; + + entry.context = context; + entry.branchContext = branch; + entry.lot = lot; + entry.calculation = true; + entry.time = 0; + entry.maxTime = maxTime; + entry.id = projectileId; + entry.startPosition = startPosition; + entry.lastPosition = startPosition; + entry.velocity = velocity; + entry.trackTarget = trackTarget; + entry.trackRadius = trackRadius; + + this->m_managedProjectiles.push_back(entry); +} + + +SkillExecutionResult SkillComponent::CalculateBehavior(const uint32_t skillId, const uint32_t behaviorId, const LWOOBJID target, const bool ignoreTarget, const bool clientInitalized, const LWOOBJID originatorOverride) +{ + auto* bitStream = new RakNet::BitStream(); + + auto* behavior = Behavior::CreateBehavior(behaviorId); + + auto* context = new BehaviorContext(originatorOverride != LWOOBJID_EMPTY ? originatorOverride : this->m_Parent->GetObjectID(), true); + + context->caster = m_Parent->GetObjectID(); + + context->clientInitalized = clientInitalized; + + context->foundTarget = target != LWOOBJID_EMPTY || ignoreTarget || clientInitalized; + + behavior->Calculate(context, bitStream, { target, 0}); + + for (auto* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(m_Parent)) { + script->OnSkillCast(m_Parent, skillId); + } + + if (!context->foundTarget) + { + delete bitStream; + delete context; + + // Invalid attack + return { false, 0 }; + } + + this->m_managedBehaviors.insert_or_assign(context->skillUId, context); + + if (!clientInitalized) + { + // Echo start skill + GameMessages::EchoStartSkill start; + + start.iCastType = 0; + start.skillID = skillId; + start.uiSkillHandle = context->skillUId; + start.optionalOriginatorID = context->originator; + + auto* originator = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(context->originator); + + if (originator != nullptr) + { + start.originatorRot = originator->GetRotation(); + } + //start.optionalTargetID = target; + + start.sBitStream.assign((char*)bitStream->GetData(), bitStream->GetNumberOfBytesUsed()); + + // Write message + RakNet::BitStream message; + + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(message, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_GAME_MSG); + message.Write(this->m_Parent->GetObjectID()); + start.Serialize(&message); + + Game::server->Send(&message, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, true); + } + + context->ExecuteUpdates(); + + delete bitStream; + + // Valid attack + return { true, context->skillTime }; +} + +void SkillComponent::CalculateUpdate(const float deltaTime) +{ + if (this->m_managedBehaviors.empty()) + return; + + for (const auto& managedBehavior : this->m_managedBehaviors) + { + if (managedBehavior.second == nullptr) + { + continue; + } + + managedBehavior.second->CalculateUpdate(deltaTime); + } + + for (auto& managedProjectile : this->m_managedProjectiles) + { + auto entry = managedProjectile; + + if (!entry.calculation) continue; + + entry.time += deltaTime; + + auto* origin = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(entry.context->originator); + + if (origin == nullptr) + { + continue; + } + + const auto targets = origin->GetTargetsInPhantom(); + + const auto position = entry.startPosition + (entry.velocity * entry.time); + + for (const auto& targetId : targets) + { + auto* target = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(targetId); + + const auto targetPosition = target->GetPosition(); + + const auto closestPoint = Vector3::ClosestPointOnLine(entry.lastPosition, position, targetPosition); + + const auto distance = Vector3::DistanceSquared(targetPosition, closestPoint); + + if (distance > 3 * 3) + { + /* + if (entry.TrackTarget && distance <= entry.TrackRadius) + { + const auto rotation = NiQuaternion::LookAtUnlocked(position, targetPosition); + + const auto speed = entry.Velocity.Length(); + + const auto homingTarget = rotation.GetForwardVector() * speed; + + Vector3 homing; + + // Move towards + + const auto difference = homingTarget - entry.Velocity; + const auto mag = difference.Length(); + if (mag <= speed || mag == 0) + { + homing = homingTarget; + } + else + { + entry.Velocity + homingTarget / mag * speed; + } + + entry.Velocity = homing; + } + */ + + continue; + } + + entry.branchContext.target = targetId; + + SyncProjectileCalculation(entry); + + entry.time = entry.maxTime; + + break; + } + + entry.lastPosition = position; + + managedProjectile = entry; + } + + std::vector valid; + + for (auto& entry : this->m_managedProjectiles) + { + if (entry.calculation) + { + if (entry.time >= entry.maxTime) + { + entry.branchContext.target = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + SyncProjectileCalculation(entry); + + continue; + } + } + + valid.push_back(entry); + } + + this->m_managedProjectiles = valid; +} + + +void SkillComponent::SyncProjectileCalculation(const ProjectileSyncEntry& entry) const +{ + auto* other = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(entry.branchContext.target); + + if (other == nullptr) + { + if (entry.branchContext.target != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + { + Game::logger->Log("SkillComponent", "Invalid projectile target (%llu)!\n", entry.branchContext.target); + } + + return; + } + + std::stringstream query; + + query << "SELECT behaviorID FROM SkillBehavior WHERE skillID = (SELECT skillID FROM ObjectSkills WHERE objectTemplate = " << std::to_string(entry.lot) << ")"; + + auto result = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.str()); + + if (result.eof()) + { + Game::logger->Log("SkillComponent", "Failed to find skill id for (%i)!\n", entry.lot); + + return; + } + + const auto behaviorId = static_cast(result.getIntField(0)); + + result.finalize(); + + auto* behavior = Behavior::CreateBehavior(behaviorId); + + auto* bitStream = new RakNet::BitStream(); + + behavior->Calculate(entry.context, bitStream, entry.branchContext); + + GameMessages::DoClientProjectileImpact projectileImpact; + + projectileImpact.sBitStream.assign((char*) bitStream->GetData(), bitStream->GetNumberOfBytesUsed()); + projectileImpact.i64OwnerID = this->m_Parent->GetObjectID(); + projectileImpact.i64OrgID = entry.id; + projectileImpact.i64TargetID = entry.branchContext.target; + + RakNet::BitStream message; + + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(message, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_GAME_MSG); + message.Write(this->m_Parent->GetObjectID()); + projectileImpact.Serialize(&message); + + Game::server->Send(&message, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, true); + + entry.context->ExecuteUpdates(); + + delete bitStream; +} + +void SkillComponent::HandleUnmanaged(const uint32_t behaviorId, const LWOOBJID target) +{ + auto* context = new BehaviorContext(target); + + context->unmanaged = true; + context->caster = target; + + auto* behavior = Behavior::CreateBehavior(behaviorId); + + auto* bitStream = new RakNet::BitStream(); + + behavior->Handle(context, bitStream, { target }); + + delete bitStream; + + delete context; +} + +void SkillComponent::HandleUnCast(const uint32_t behaviorId, const LWOOBJID target) +{ + auto* context = new BehaviorContext(target); + + context->caster = target; + + auto* behavior = Behavior::CreateBehavior(behaviorId); + + behavior->UnCast(context, { target }); + + delete context; +} + +SkillComponent::SkillComponent(Entity* parent) : Component(parent) +{ + this->m_skillUid = 0; +} + +SkillComponent::~SkillComponent() +{ + Reset(); +} + +void SkillComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags) { + if (bIsInitialUpdate) outBitStream->Write0(); +} + +/// +/// Get a unique skill ID for syncing behaviors to the client +/// +/// Unique skill ID +uint32_t SkillComponent::GetUniqueSkillId() +{ + return ++this->m_skillUid; +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/SkillComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/SkillComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..830b3db6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/SkillComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2018 + */ + +#ifndef SKILLCOMPONENT_H +#define SKILLCOMPONENT_H + +#include + +#include "BehaviorContext.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "Component.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "dLogger.h" + +struct ProjectileSyncEntry { + LWOOBJID id = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + bool calculation = false; + + mutable float time = 0; + + float maxTime = 0; + + NiPoint3 startPosition{}; + + NiPoint3 lastPosition{}; + + NiPoint3 velocity{}; + + bool trackTarget = false; + + float trackRadius = 0; + + BehaviorContext* context = nullptr; + + LOT lot = LOT_NULL; + + BehaviorBranchContext branchContext{0, 0}; + + explicit ProjectileSyncEntry(); +}; + +struct SkillExecutionResult { + bool success; + + float skillTime; +}; + +/** + * The SkillComponent of an entity. This manages both player and AI skills, such as attacks and consumables. + * There are two sets of skill methods: one for player skills and one for server-side calculations. + * + * Skills are a built up by a tree of behaviors. See dGame/dBehaviors/ for a list of behaviors. + * + * This system is very conveluted and still has a lot of unknowns. + */ +class SkillComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_SKILL; + + explicit SkillComponent(Entity* parent); + ~SkillComponent() override; + + static void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags); + + /** + * Computes skill updates. Invokes CalculateUpdate. + */ + void Update(float deltaTime) override; + + /** + * Computes server-side skill updates. + */ + void CalculateUpdate(float deltaTime); + + /** + * Resets all skills, projectiles, and other calculations. + */ + void Reset(); + + /** + * Interrupts active skills. + */ + void Interrupt(); + + /** + * Starts a player skill. Should only be called when the server receives a start skill message from the client. + * @param behaviorId the root behavior ID of the skill + * @param skillUid the unique ID of the skill given by the client + * @param bitStream the bitSteam given by the client to determine the behavior path + * @param target the explicit target of the skill + */ + bool CastPlayerSkill(uint32_t behaviorId, uint32_t skillUid, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, LWOOBJID target); + + /** + * Continues a player skill. Should only be called when the server receives a sync message from the client. + * @param skillUid the unique ID of the skill given by the client + * @param syncId the unique sync ID of the skill given by the client + * @param bitStream the bitSteam given by the client to determine the behavior path + */ + void SyncPlayerSkill(uint32_t skillUid, uint32_t syncId, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream); + + /** + * Continues a player projectile calculation. Should only be called when the server receives a projectile sync message from the client. + * @param projectileId the unique ID of the projectile given by the client + * @param bitStream the bitSteam given by the client to determine the behavior path + * @param target the explicit target of the target + */ + void SyncPlayerProjectile(LWOOBJID projectileId, RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, LWOOBJID target); + + /** + * Registers a player projectile. Should only be called when the server is computing a player projectile. + * @param projectileId the unique ID of the projectile given by the client + * @param context the current behavior context of the active skill + * @param branch the current behavior branch context of the active skill + * @param lot the LOT of the projectile + */ + void RegisterPlayerProjectile(LWOOBJID projectileId, BehaviorContext* context, const BehaviorBranchContext& branch, LOT lot); + + /** + * Initializes a server-side skill calculation. + * @param skillId the skill ID + * @param behaviorId the root behavior ID of the skill + * @param target the explicit target of the skill + * @param ignoreTarget continue the skill calculation even if the target is invalid or no target is found + * @param clientInitalized indicates if the skill calculation was initiated by a client skill, ignores some checks + * @param originatorOverride an override for the originator of the skill calculation + * @return the result of the skill calculation + */ + SkillExecutionResult CalculateBehavior(uint32_t skillId, uint32_t behaviorId, LWOOBJID target, bool ignoreTarget = false, bool clientInitalized = false, LWOOBJID originatorOverride = LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + + /** + * Register a server-side projectile. + * @param projectileId the unique ID of the projectile + * @param context the current behavior context of the active skill + * @param branch the current behavior branch context of the active skill + * @param lot the LOT of the projectile + * @param maxTime the maximum travel time of the projectile + * @param startPosition the start position of the projectile + * @param velocity the velocity of the projectile + * @param trackTarget whether the projectile should track the target + * @param trackRadius the radius of the tracking circle + */ + void RegisterCalculatedProjectile( + LWOOBJID projectileId, + BehaviorContext* context, + const BehaviorBranchContext& branch, + LOT lot, + const float maxTime, + const NiPoint3& startPosition, + const NiPoint3& velocity, + bool trackTarget, + float TrackRadius); + + /** + * Computes a server-side skill calculation without an associated entity. + * @param behaviorId the root behavior ID of the skill + * @param target the explicit target of the skill + */ + static void HandleUnmanaged(uint32_t behaviorId, LWOOBJID target); + + /** + * Computes a server-side skill uncast calculation without an associated entity. + * @param behaviorId the root behavior ID of the skill + * @param target the explicit target of the skill + */ + static void HandleUnCast(uint32_t behaviorId, LWOOBJID target); + + /** + * @returns a unique ID for the next skill calculation + */ + uint32_t GetUniqueSkillId(); + +private: + /** + * All of the active skills mapped by their unique ID. + */ + std::map m_managedBehaviors; + + /** + * All active projectiles. + */ + std::vector m_managedProjectiles; + + /** + * Unique ID counter. + */ + uint32_t m_skillUid; + + /** + * Sync a server-side projectile calculation. + * @param entry the projectile information + */ + void SyncProjectileCalculation(const ProjectileSyncEntry& entry) const; +}; + +#endif // SKILLCOMPONENT_H diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/SoundTriggerComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/SoundTriggerComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9714eca7 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/SoundTriggerComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +#include "SoundTriggerComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Game.h" + +SoundTriggerComponent::SoundTriggerComponent(Entity* parent) : Component(parent) { + const auto musicCueName = parent->GetVar(u"NDAudioMusicCue_Name"); + const auto musicCueBoredomTime = parent->GetVar(u"NDAudioMusicCue_BoredomTime"); + + this->musicCues.push_back({ + musicCueName, + 1, + musicCueBoredomTime + }); + + const auto mixerName = parent->GetVar(u"NDAudioMixerProgram_Name"); + this->mixerPrograms.push_back(mixerName); + + const auto guid2String = parent->GetVar(u"NDAudioEventGUID2"); + if (!guid2String.empty()) { + this->guids.emplace_back(guid2String); + } +} + +SoundTriggerComponent::~SoundTriggerComponent() = default; + +void SoundTriggerComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream *outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int &flags) { + if (bIsInitialUpdate) + dirty = true; + + outBitStream->Write(dirty); + + if (dirty) { + outBitStream->Write(this->musicCues.size()); + for (const auto& musicCue : this->musicCues) { + outBitStream->Write(musicCue.name.size()); + outBitStream->Write(musicCue.name.c_str(), musicCue.name.size()); + outBitStream->Write(musicCue.result); + outBitStream->Write(musicCue.boredomTime); + } + + // Unknown part + outBitStream->Write(0); + + // GUID part + outBitStream->Write(this->guids.size()); + + for (const auto guid : this->guids) { + outBitStream->Write(guid.GetData1()); + outBitStream->Write(guid.GetData2()); + outBitStream->Write(guid.GetData3()); + for (const auto& guidSubPart : guid.GetData4()) { + outBitStream->Write(guidSubPart); + } + outBitStream->Write(1); // Unknown + } + + // Mixer program part + outBitStream->Write(this->mixerPrograms.size()); + for (const auto& mixerProgram : mixerPrograms) { + outBitStream->Write(mixerProgram.size()); + outBitStream->Write(mixerProgram.c_str(), mixerProgram.size()); + outBitStream->Write(1); // Unknown + } + + dirty = false; + } +} + +void SoundTriggerComponent::ActivateMusicCue(const std::string& name) { + if (std::find_if(this->musicCues.begin(), this->musicCues.end(), [name](const MusicCue& musicCue) { + return musicCue.name == name; + }) == this->musicCues.end()) { + this->musicCues.push_back({ + name, + 1, + -1.0f + }); + dirty = true; + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + } +} + +void SoundTriggerComponent::DeactivateMusicCue(const std::string& name) { + const auto musicCue = std::find_if(this->musicCues.begin(), this->musicCues.end(), [name](const MusicCue& musicCue) { + return musicCue.name == name; + }); + + if (musicCue != this->musicCues.end()) { + this->musicCues.erase(musicCue); + dirty = true; + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + } +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/SoundTriggerComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/SoundTriggerComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6f16a0dd --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/SoundTriggerComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +#pragma once +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "GUID.h" +#include "Component.h" + +/** + * Music that should be played by the client + */ +struct MusicCue { + std::string name; + uint32_t result; + float boredomTime; +}; + +/** + * Handles specific music triggers like the instruments in Red Block + * Credits to https://github.com/SimonNitzsche/OpCrux-Server/blob/master/src/Entity/Components/SoundTriggerComponent.hpp + */ +class SoundTriggerComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_SOUND_TRIGGER; + + explicit SoundTriggerComponent(Entity* parent); + ~SoundTriggerComponent() override; + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags); + + /** + * Activates a music cue, making it played by any client in range + * @param name the name of the music to play + */ + void ActivateMusicCue(const std::string& name); + + /** + * Deactivates a music cue (if active) + * @param name name of the music to deactivate + */ + void DeactivateMusicCue(const std::string& name); + +private: + + /** + * Currently active cues + */ + std::vector musicCues = {}; + + /** + * Currently active mixer programs + */ + std::vector mixerPrograms = {}; + + /** + * GUID found in the LDF + */ + std::vector guids = {}; + bool dirty = false; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/SwitchComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/SwitchComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fb694e30 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/SwitchComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +#include "SwitchComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +std::vector SwitchComponent::petSwitches; + +SwitchComponent::SwitchComponent(Entity* parent) : Component(parent) { + m_Active = false; + + m_ResetTime = m_Parent->GetVarAs(u"switch_reset_time"); + + m_Rebuild = m_Parent->GetComponent(); +} + +SwitchComponent::~SwitchComponent() { + const auto& iterator = std::find(petSwitches.begin(), petSwitches.end(), this); + + if (iterator != petSwitches.end()) + { + petSwitches.erase(iterator); + } +} + +void SwitchComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags) { + outBitStream->Write(m_Active); +} + +void SwitchComponent::SetActive(bool active) { + m_Active = active; + + if (m_PetBouncer != nullptr) + { + m_PetBouncer->SetPetBouncerEnabled(active); + } +} + +bool SwitchComponent::GetActive() const +{ + return m_Active; +} + +void SwitchComponent::EntityEnter(Entity* entity) { + if (!m_Active) { + if (m_Rebuild) { + if (m_Rebuild->GetState() != eRebuildState::REBUILD_COMPLETED) return; + } + m_Active = true; + if (!m_Parent) return; + m_Parent->TriggerEvent("OnActivated"); + + const auto grpName = m_Parent->GetVarAsString(u"grp_name"); + + if (!grpName.empty()) + { + const auto entities = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(grpName); + + for (auto* entity : entities) + { + entity->OnFireEventServerSide(entity, "OnActivated"); + } + } + + m_Timer = m_ResetTime; + + if (m_PetBouncer != nullptr) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(m_Parent->GetObjectID(), 2602, u"pettriggeractive", "BounceEffect", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1, 1, true); + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(m_Parent, u"engaged", 0, 1); + m_PetBouncer->SetPetBouncerEnabled(true); + } + else + { + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + } + + } +} + +void SwitchComponent::EntityLeave(Entity* entity) { + +} + +void SwitchComponent::Update(float deltaTime) { + if (m_Active) { + m_Timer -= deltaTime; + + if (m_Timer <= 0.0f) { + m_Active = false; + if (!m_Parent) return; + m_Parent->TriggerEvent("OnDectivated"); + + const auto grpName = m_Parent->GetVarAsString(u"grp_name"); + + if (!grpName.empty()) + { + const auto entities = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(grpName); + + for (auto* entity : entities) + { + entity->OnFireEventServerSide(entity, "OnDectivated"); + } + } + + if (m_PetBouncer != nullptr) + { + m_PetBouncer->SetPetBouncerEnabled(false); + } + else + { + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + } + } + } +} + +Entity* SwitchComponent::GetParentEntity() const +{ + return m_Parent; +} + +SwitchComponent* SwitchComponent::GetClosestSwitch(NiPoint3 position) +{ + float closestDistance = 0; + SwitchComponent* closest = nullptr; + + for (SwitchComponent* petSwitch : petSwitches) + { + float distance = Vector3::DistanceSquared(petSwitch->m_Parent->GetPosition(), position); + + if (closest == nullptr || distance < closestDistance) + { + closestDistance = distance; + closest = petSwitch; + } + } + + return closest; +} + + +void SwitchComponent::SetPetBouncer(BouncerComponent* value) +{ + m_PetBouncer = value; + + if (value != nullptr) + { + m_PetBouncer->SetPetEnabled(true); + petSwitches.push_back(this); + } +} + +BouncerComponent* SwitchComponent::GetPetBouncer() const +{ + return m_PetBouncer; +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/SwitchComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/SwitchComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c7ff04c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/SwitchComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +#ifndef SWITCHCOMPONENT_H +#define SWITCHCOMPONENT_H + +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "RebuildComponent.h" +#include "BouncerComponent.h" +#include +#include "Component.h" + +/** + * A component for switches in game, including pet triggered switches. + */ +class SwitchComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_SWITCH; + + SwitchComponent(Entity* parent); + ~SwitchComponent() override; + + void Update(float deltaTime) override; + + Entity* GetParentEntity() const; + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags); + + /** + * Sets whether the switch is on or off. + * @param active whether the switch is on or off. + */ + void SetActive(bool active); + + /** + * Returns whether the switch is on or off. + */ + bool GetActive() const; + + /** + * Sets the attached pet bouncer + * @param value the attached pet bouncer + */ + void SetPetBouncer(BouncerComponent* value); + + /** + * Returns the attached pet bouncer + */ + BouncerComponent* GetPetBouncer() const; + + /** + * Invoked when a entity enters the trigger area. + */ + void EntityEnter(Entity* entity); + + /** + * Invoked when a entity leaves the trigger area. + */ + void EntityLeave(Entity* entity); + + /** + * Returns the closest switch from a given position + * @param position the position to check + * @return the closest switch from a given position + */ + static SwitchComponent* GetClosestSwitch(NiPoint3 position); + +private: + /** + * A list of all pet switches. + */ + static std::vector petSwitches; + + /** + * Attached rebuild component. + */ + RebuildComponent* m_Rebuild; + + /** + * If the switch is on or off. + */ + bool m_Active; + + /** + * The amount of entities in the trigger area. + */ + int m_EntitiesOnSwitch = 0; + + /** + * The switch reset time + */ + int m_ResetTime = INT_MAX; + + /** + * Timer for resetting the switch + */ + float m_Timer = 0.0f; + + /** + * Attached pet bouncer + */ + BouncerComponent* m_PetBouncer = nullptr; +}; + +#endif // SWITCHCOMPONENT_H diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/VehiclePhysicsComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/VehiclePhysicsComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dc6dcf1a --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/VehiclePhysicsComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +#include "VehiclePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +VehiclePhysicsComponent::VehiclePhysicsComponent(Entity* parent) : Component(parent) +{ + m_Position = NiPoint3::ZERO; + m_Rotation = NiQuaternion::IDENTITY; + m_Velocity = NiPoint3::ZERO; + m_AngularVelocity = NiPoint3::ZERO; + m_IsOnGround = true; + m_IsOnRail = false; + m_DirtyPosition = true; + m_DirtyVelocity = true; + m_DirtyAngularVelocity = true; +} + +VehiclePhysicsComponent::~VehiclePhysicsComponent() +{ + +} + +void VehiclePhysicsComponent::SetPosition(const NiPoint3& pos) +{ + m_Position = pos; +} + +void VehiclePhysicsComponent::SetRotation(const NiQuaternion& rot) +{ + m_DirtyPosition = true; + m_Rotation = rot; +} + +void VehiclePhysicsComponent::SetVelocity(const NiPoint3& vel) +{ + m_DirtyPosition = true; + m_Velocity = vel; +} + +void VehiclePhysicsComponent::SetAngularVelocity(const NiPoint3& vel) +{ + m_DirtyPosition = true; + m_AngularVelocity = vel; +} + +void VehiclePhysicsComponent::SetIsOnGround(bool val) +{ + m_DirtyPosition = true; + m_IsOnGround = val; +} + +void VehiclePhysicsComponent::SetIsOnRail(bool val) +{ + m_DirtyPosition = true; + m_IsOnRail = val; +} + +void VehiclePhysicsComponent::SetDirtyPosition(bool val) +{ + m_DirtyPosition = val; +} + +void VehiclePhysicsComponent::SetDirtyVelocity(bool val) +{ + m_DirtyVelocity = val; +} + +void VehiclePhysicsComponent::SetDirtyAngularVelocity(bool val) +{ + m_DirtyAngularVelocity = val; +} + +void VehiclePhysicsComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags) +{ + outBitStream->Write(bIsInitialUpdate || m_DirtyPosition); + + if (bIsInitialUpdate || m_DirtyPosition) + { + outBitStream->Write(m_Position); + + outBitStream->Write(m_Rotation); + + outBitStream->Write(m_IsOnGround); + outBitStream->Write(m_IsOnRail); + + outBitStream->Write(bIsInitialUpdate || m_DirtyVelocity); + + if (bIsInitialUpdate || m_DirtyVelocity) + { + outBitStream->Write(m_Velocity); + } + + outBitStream->Write(bIsInitialUpdate || m_DirtyAngularVelocity); + + if (bIsInitialUpdate || m_DirtyAngularVelocity) + { + outBitStream->Write(m_AngularVelocity); + } + + outBitStream->Write0(); + + outBitStream->Write0(); + + outBitStream->Write(0.0f); + + if (!bIsInitialUpdate) + { + outBitStream->Write0(); + } + } + + if (bIsInitialUpdate) + { + outBitStream->Write(5); + outBitStream->Write1(); + } + + outBitStream->Write0(); +} + +void VehiclePhysicsComponent::Update(float deltaTime) +{ + if (m_SoftUpdate > 5) + { + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + + m_SoftUpdate = 0; + } + else + { + m_SoftUpdate += deltaTime; + } +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/VehiclePhysicsComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/VehiclePhysicsComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..de2e6b82 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/VehiclePhysicsComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "Component.h" + +/** + * Physics component for vehicles. + */ +class VehiclePhysicsComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_VEHICLE_PHYSICS; + + VehiclePhysicsComponent(Entity* parentEntity); + ~VehiclePhysicsComponent() override; + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags); + + void Update(float deltaTime) override; + + /** + * Sets the position + * @param pos the new position + */ + void SetPosition(const NiPoint3& pos); + + /** + * Gets the position + * @return the position + */ + const NiPoint3& GetPosition() const { return m_Position; } + + /** + * Sets the rotation + * @param rot the new rotation + */ + void SetRotation(const NiQuaternion& rot); + + /** + * Gets the rotation + * @return the rotation + */ + const NiQuaternion& GetRotation() const { return m_Rotation; } + + /** + * Sets the velocity + * @param vel the new velocity + */ + void SetVelocity(const NiPoint3& vel); + + /** + * Gets the velocity + * @return the velocity + */ + const NiPoint3& GetVelocity() const { return m_Velocity; } + + /** + * Sets the angular velocity + * @param vel the new angular velocity + */ + void SetAngularVelocity(const NiPoint3& vel); + + /** + * Gets the angular velocity + * @return the angular velocity + */ + const NiPoint3& GetAngularVelocity() const { return m_AngularVelocity; } + + /** + * Sets whether the vehicle is on the ground + * @param val whether the vehicle is on the ground + */ + void SetIsOnGround(bool val); + + /** + * Gets whether the vehicle is on the ground + * @return whether the vehicle is on the ground + */ + const bool GetIsOnGround() const { return m_IsOnGround; } + + /** + * Gets whether the vehicle is on rail + * @return whether the vehicle is on rail + */ + void SetIsOnRail(bool val); + + /** + * Gets whether the vehicle is on rail + * @return whether the vehicle is on rail + */ + const bool GetIsOnRail() const { return m_IsOnRail; } + + void SetDirtyPosition(bool val); + void SetDirtyVelocity(bool val); + void SetDirtyAngularVelocity(bool val); + +private: + bool m_DirtyPosition; + NiPoint3 m_Position; + NiQuaternion m_Rotation; + + bool m_DirtyVelocity; + NiPoint3 m_Velocity; + + bool m_DirtyAngularVelocity; + NiPoint3 m_AngularVelocity; + bool m_IsOnGround; + bool m_IsOnRail; + + float m_SoftUpdate = 0; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/VendorComponent.cpp b/dGame/dComponents/VendorComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b4346bb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/VendorComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +#include "VendorComponent.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dServer.h" + +#include + +VendorComponent::VendorComponent(Entity* parent) : Component(parent) { + auto* compRegistryTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ComponentsRegistry"); + auto* vendorComponentTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("VendorComponent"); + auto* lootMatrixTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("LootMatrix"); + auto* lootTableTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("LootTable"); + + int componentID = compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(m_Parent->GetLOT(), COMPONENT_TYPE_VENDOR); + std::vector vendorComps = vendorComponentTable->Query([=](CDVendorComponent entry) { return (entry.id == componentID); }); + if (vendorComps.empty()) { + return; + } + m_BuyScalar = vendorComps[0].buyScalar; + m_SellScalar = vendorComps[0].sellScalar; + int lootMatrixID = vendorComps[0].LootMatrixIndex; + std::vector lootMatrices = lootMatrixTable->Query([=](CDLootMatrix entry) { return (entry.LootMatrixIndex == lootMatrixID); }); + if (lootMatrices.empty()) { + return; + } + for (const auto& lootMatrix : lootMatrices) { + int lootTableID = lootMatrix.LootTableIndex; + std::vector vendorItems = lootTableTable->Query([=](CDLootTable entry) { return (entry.LootTableIndex == lootTableID); }); + if (lootMatrix.maxToDrop == 0 || lootMatrix.minToDrop == 0) { + for (CDLootTable item : vendorItems) { + m_Inventory.insert({item.itemid, item.sortPriority}); + } + } else { + auto randomCount = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber(lootMatrix.minToDrop, lootMatrix.maxToDrop); + + for (size_t i = 0; i < randomCount; i++) { + if (vendorItems.empty()) { + break; + } + + auto randomItemIndex = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber(0, vendorItems.size() - 1); + + const auto& randomItem = vendorItems[randomItemIndex]; + + vendorItems.erase(vendorItems.begin() + randomItemIndex); + + m_Inventory.insert({randomItem.itemid, randomItem.sortPriority}); + } + } + } + + //Because I want a vendor to sell these cameras + if (parent->GetLOT() == 13569) { + auto randomCamera = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber(0, 2); + + switch (randomCamera) { + case 0: + m_Inventory.insert({16253, 0}); //Grungagroid + break; + case 1: + m_Inventory.insert({16254, 0}); //Hipstabrick + break; + case 2: + m_Inventory.insert({16204, 0}); //Megabrixel snapshot + break; + default: + break; + } + } + + //Custom code for Max vanity NPC + if (parent->GetLOT() == 9749 && Game::server->GetZoneID() == 1201) { + m_Inventory.clear(); + m_Inventory.insert({11909, 0}); //Top hat w frog + m_Inventory.insert({7785, 0}); //Flash bulb + m_Inventory.insert({12764, 0}); //Big fountain soda + m_Inventory.insert({12241, 0}); //Hot cocoa (from fb) + } +} + +VendorComponent::~VendorComponent() = default; + +void VendorComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags) { + outBitStream->Write1(); + outBitStream->Write1(); // this bit is REQUIRED for vendor + mission multiinteract + outBitStream->Write(HasCraftingStation()); +} + +void VendorComponent::OnUse(Entity* originator) { + GameMessages::SendVendorOpenWindow(m_Parent, originator->GetSystemAddress()); + GameMessages::SendVendorStatusUpdate(m_Parent, originator->GetSystemAddress()); +} + +float VendorComponent::GetBuyScalar() const { + return m_BuyScalar; +} + +float VendorComponent::GetSellScalar() const { + return m_SellScalar; +} + +void VendorComponent::SetBuyScalar(float value) { + m_BuyScalar = value; +} + +void VendorComponent::SetSellScalar(float value) { + m_SellScalar = value; +} + +std::map& VendorComponent::GetInventory() { + return m_Inventory; +} + +bool VendorComponent::HasCraftingStation() { + // As far as we know, only Umami has a crafting station + return m_Parent->GetLOT() == 13800; +} diff --git a/dGame/dComponents/VendorComponent.h b/dGame/dComponents/VendorComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..71297be9 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dComponents/VendorComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +#ifndef VENDORCOMPONENT_H +#define VENDORCOMPONENT_H + +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "CDClientManager.h" +#include "Component.h" + +/** + * A component for vendor NPCs. A vendor sells items to the player. + */ +class VendorComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_VENDOR; + + VendorComponent(Entity* parent); + ~VendorComponent() override; + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags); + + void OnUse(Entity* originator); + + /** + * Gets the buy scaler + * @return the buy scaler + */ + float GetBuyScalar() const; + + /** + * Sets the buy scalar. + * @param value the new value. + */ + void SetBuyScalar(float value); + + /** + * Gets the buy scaler + * @return the buy scaler + */ + float GetSellScalar() const; + + /** + * Sets the sell scalar. + * @param value the new value. + */ + void SetSellScalar(float value); + + /** + * True if the NPC LOT is 13800, the only NPC with a crafting station. + */ + bool HasCraftingStation(); + + /** + * Gets the list if items the vendor sells. + * @return the list of items. + */ + std::map& GetInventory(); + +private: + /** + * The buy scaler. + */ + float m_BuyScalar; + + /** + * The sell scaler. + */ + float m_SellScalar; + + /** + * The list of items the vendor sells. + */ + std::map m_Inventory; +}; + +#endif // VENDORCOMPONENT_H diff --git a/dGame/dEntity/EntityCallbackTimer.cpp b/dGame/dEntity/EntityCallbackTimer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..48a0ab06 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dEntity/EntityCallbackTimer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +#include "EntityCallbackTimer.h" + +EntityCallbackTimer::EntityCallbackTimer(float time, std::function callback) { + m_Time = time; + m_Callback = callback; +} + +EntityCallbackTimer::~EntityCallbackTimer() { + +} + +std::function EntityCallbackTimer::GetCallback() { + return m_Callback; +} + +float EntityCallbackTimer::GetTime() { + return m_Time; +} + +void EntityCallbackTimer::Update(float deltaTime) { + m_Time -= deltaTime; +} diff --git a/dGame/dEntity/EntityCallbackTimer.h b/dGame/dEntity/EntityCallbackTimer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..63613dda --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dEntity/EntityCallbackTimer.h @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +#pragma once + +#include +#include + +class EntityCallbackTimer { +public: + EntityCallbackTimer(float time, std::function callback); + ~EntityCallbackTimer(); + + std::function GetCallback(); + float GetTime(); + + void Update(float deltaTime); + +private: + std::function m_Callback; + float m_Time; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dEntity/EntityInfo.h b/dGame/dEntity/EntityInfo.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7e5fa5b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dEntity/EntityInfo.h @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +#pragma once + +#include + +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "NiPoint3.h" +#include "NiQuaternion.h" +#include "LDFFormat.h" + +class Spawner; + +struct EntityInfo { + EntityInfo() { + spawner = nullptr; + spawnerID = 0; + hasSpawnerNodeID = false; + spawnerNodeID = 0; + id = 0; + lot = LOT_NULL; + pos = {0,0,0}; + rot = {0,0,0,0}; + settings = {}; + networkSettings = {}; + scale = 1.0f; + } + + Spawner* spawner; + LWOOBJID spawnerID; + + bool hasSpawnerNodeID; + uint32_t spawnerNodeID; + + LWOOBJID id; + LOT lot; + NiPoint3 pos; + NiQuaternion rot; + std::vector settings; + std::vector networkSettings; + float scale; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dEntity/EntityTimer.cpp b/dGame/dEntity/EntityTimer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..deff2d31 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dEntity/EntityTimer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +#include "EntityTimer.h" + +EntityTimer::EntityTimer(std::string name, float time) { + m_Name = name; + m_Time = time; +} + +EntityTimer::~EntityTimer() { + +} + +std::string EntityTimer::GetName() { + return m_Name; +} + +float EntityTimer::GetTime() { + return m_Time; +} + +void EntityTimer::Update(float deltaTime) { + m_Time -= deltaTime; +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dGame/dEntity/EntityTimer.h b/dGame/dEntity/EntityTimer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9de0345d --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dEntity/EntityTimer.h @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +#pragma once + +#include + +class EntityTimer { +public: + EntityTimer(std::string name, float time); + ~EntityTimer(); + + std::string GetName(); + float GetTime(); + + void Update(float deltaTime); + +private: + std::string m_Name; + float m_Time; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dGameMessages/GameMessageHandler.cpp b/dGame/dGameMessages/GameMessageHandler.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bb093d0c --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dGameMessages/GameMessageHandler.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,657 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2018 + */ + +#include "GameMessageHandler.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "PacketUtils.h" +#include "dServer.h" +#include "../thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetworkFactory.h" +#include +#include "User.h" +#include "UserManager.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "RakPeer.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "ControllablePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "Player.h" +#include "CppScripts.h" + +#include "CDClientDatabase.h" +#include "CDClientManager.h" +#include "CDSkillBehaviorTable.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "RacingControlComponent.h" + +using namespace std; + +void GameMessageHandler::HandleMessage(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, LWOOBJID objectID, GAME_MSG messageID) { + + CBITSTREAM + + // Get the entity + Entity* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(objectID); + + User * usr = UserManager::Instance()->GetUser(sysAddr); + + if (!entity) + { + Game::logger->Log("GameMessageHandler", "Failed to find associated entity (%llu), aborting GM (%X)!\n", objectID, messageID); + + return; + } + + switch (messageID) { + + case GAME_MSG_PLAY_EMOTE: { + GameMessages::HandlePlayEmote(inStream, entity); + break; + } + + case GAME_MSG_MOVE_ITEM_IN_INVENTORY: { + GameMessages::HandleMoveItemInInventory(inStream, entity); + break; + } + + case GAME_MSG_REMOVE_ITEM_FROM_INVENTORY: { + GameMessages::HandleRemoveItemFromInventory(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + } + + case GAME_MSG_EQUIP_ITEM: + GameMessages::HandleEquipItem(inStream, entity); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_UN_EQUIP_ITEM: + GameMessages::HandleUnequipItem(inStream, entity); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_RESPOND_TO_MISSION: { + GameMessages::HandleRespondToMission(inStream, entity); + break; + } + + case GAME_MSG_REQUEST_USE: { + GameMessages::HandleRequestUse(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + } + + case GAME_MSG_SET_FLAG: { + GameMessages::HandleSetFlag(inStream, entity); + break; + } + + case GAME_MSG_HAS_BEEN_COLLECTED: { + GameMessages::HandleHasBeenCollected(inStream, entity); + break; + } + + case GAME_MSG_PLAYER_LOADED: { + GameMessages::SendRestoreToPostLoadStats(entity, sysAddr); + entity->SetPlayerReadyForUpdates(); + + auto* player = dynamic_cast(entity); + if (player != nullptr) + { + player->ConstructLimboEntities(); + } + + InventoryComponent* inv = entity->GetComponent(); + if (inv) { + auto items = inv->GetEquippedItems(); + for (auto pair : items) { + const auto item = pair.second; + if (item.lot == 1727) GameMessages::SendSetJetpackMode(entity, false, true, false); + if (item.lot == 7292) GameMessages::SendSetJetpackMode(entity, true, true, false); + if (item.lot == 14442) GameMessages::SendSetJetpackMode(entity, false, true, true); + + inv->AddItemSkills(item.lot); + } + } + + auto* destroyable = entity->GetComponent(); + destroyable->SetImagination(destroyable->GetImagination()); + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(entity); + + std::vector racingControllers = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_RACING_CONTROL); + for (Entity* racingController : racingControllers) { + auto* racingComponent = racingController->GetComponent(); + if (racingComponent != nullptr) + { + racingComponent->OnPlayerLoaded(entity); + } + } + + Entity* zoneControl = EntityManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlEntity(); + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(zoneControl)) { + script->OnPlayerLoaded(zoneControl, player); + } + + std::vector scriptedActs = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_SCRIPT); + for (Entity* scriptEntity : scriptedActs) { + if (scriptEntity->GetObjectID() != zoneControl->GetObjectID()) { // Don't want to trigger twice on instance worlds + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(scriptEntity)) { + script->OnPlayerLoaded(scriptEntity, player); + } + } + } + + //Kill player if health == 0 + if (entity->GetIsDead()) { + entity->Smash(entity->GetObjectID()); + } + + //if the player has moved significantly, move them back: + if ((entity->GetPosition().y - entity->GetCharacter()->GetOriginalPos().y) > 2.0f) { + // Disabled until fixed + //GameMessages::SendTeleport(entity->GetObjectID(), entity->GetCharacter()->GetOriginalPos(), entity->GetCharacter()->GetOriginalRot(), entity->GetSystemAddress(), true, true); + } + + /** + * Invoke the OnZoneLoad event on the player character + */ + auto* character = entity->GetCharacter(); + + if (character != nullptr) { + character->OnZoneLoad(); + } + + Game::logger->Log("GameMessageHandler", "Player %s (%llu) loaded.\n", entity->GetCharacter()->GetName().c_str(), entity->GetObjectID()); + + // After we've done our thing, tell the client they're ready + GameMessages::SendPlayerReady(dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlObject(), sysAddr); + GameMessages::SendPlayerReady(entity, sysAddr); + + break; + } + + case GAME_MSG_REQUEST_LINKED_MISSION: { + GameMessages::HandleRequestLinkedMission(inStream, entity); + break; + } + + case GAME_MSG_MISSION_DIALOGUE_OK: { + GameMessages::HandleMissionDialogOK(inStream, entity); + break; + } + + case GAME_MSG_MISSION_DIALOGUE_CANCELLED: { + //This message is pointless for our implementation, as the client just carries on after + //rejecting a mission offer. We dont need to do anything. This is just here to remove a warning in our logs :) + break; + } + + case GAME_MSG_REQUEST_PLATFORM_RESYNC: { + GameMessages::HandleRequestPlatformResync(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + } + + case GAME_MSG_FIRE_EVENT_SERVER_SIDE: { + GameMessages::HandleFireEventServerSide(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + } + + case GAME_MSG_SEND_ACTIVITY_SUMMARY_LEADERBOARD_DATA: { + GameMessages::HandleActivitySummaryLeaderboardData(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + } + + case GAME_MSG_REQUEST_ACTIVITY_SUMMARY_LEADERBOARD_DATA: { + GameMessages::HandleRequestActivitySummaryLeaderboardData(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + } + + case GAME_MSG_ACTIVITY_STATE_CHANGE_REQUEST: { + GameMessages::HandleActivityStateChangeRequest(inStream, entity); + break; + } + + case GAME_MSG_PARSE_CHAT_MESSAGE: { + GameMessages::HandleParseChatMessage(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + } + + case GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_SERVER_LEVEL_PROCESSING_COMPLETE: { + GameMessages::HandleNotifyServerLevelProcessingComplete(inStream, entity); + break; + } + + case GAME_MSG_PICKUP_CURRENCY: { + GameMessages::HandlePickupCurrency(inStream, entity); + break; + } + + case GAME_MSG_PICKUP_ITEM: { + GameMessages::HandlePickupItem(inStream, entity); + break; + } + + case GAME_MSG_RESURRECT: { + GameMessages::HandleResurrect(inStream, entity); + break; + } + + case GAME_MSG_REQUEST_RESURRECT: { + GameMessages::SendResurrect(entity); + /*auto* dest = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_DESTROYABLE)); + if (dest) { + dest->SetHealth(4); + dest->SetArmor(0); + dest->SetImagination(6); + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(entity); + }*/ + break; + } + + case GAME_MSG_REQUEST_SERVER_PROJECTILE_IMPACT: + { + auto message = GameMessages::RequestServerProjectileImpact(); + + message.Deserialize(inStream); + + auto* skill_component = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (skill_component != nullptr) + { + auto* bs = new RakNet::BitStream((unsigned char*) message.sBitStream.c_str(), message.sBitStream.size(), false); + + skill_component->SyncPlayerProjectile(message.i64LocalID, bs, message.i64TargetID); + + delete bs; + } + + break; + } + + case GAME_MSG_START_SKILL: { + GameMessages::StartSkill startSkill = GameMessages::StartSkill(); + startSkill.Deserialize(inStream); // inStream replaces &bitStream + + if (startSkill.skillID == 1561 || startSkill.skillID == 1562 || startSkill.skillID == 1541) return; + + MissionComponent* comp = entity->GetComponent(); + if (comp) { + comp->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SKILL, startSkill.skillID); + } + + CDSkillBehaviorTable* skillTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("SkillBehavior"); + unsigned int behaviorId = skillTable->GetSkillByID(startSkill.skillID).behaviorID; + + bool success = false; + + if (behaviorId > 0) { + RakNet::BitStream * bs = new RakNet::BitStream((unsigned char *)startSkill.sBitStream.c_str(), startSkill.sBitStream.size(), false); + + auto* skillComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + success = skillComponent->CastPlayerSkill(behaviorId, startSkill.uiSkillHandle, bs, startSkill.optionalTargetID); + + if (success && entity->GetCharacter()) { + DestroyableComponent* destComp = entity->GetComponent(); + destComp->SetImagination(destComp->GetImagination() - skillTable->GetSkillByID(startSkill.skillID).imaginationcost); + } + + delete bs; + } + + if (Game::server->GetZoneID() == 1302) { + break; + } + + if (success) { + //Broadcast our startSkill: + RakNet::BitStream bitStreamLocal; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStreamLocal, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_GAME_MSG); + bitStreamLocal.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + + GameMessages::EchoStartSkill echoStartSkill; + echoStartSkill.bUsedMouse = startSkill.bUsedMouse; + echoStartSkill.fCasterLatency = startSkill.fCasterLatency; + echoStartSkill.iCastType = startSkill.iCastType; + echoStartSkill.lastClickedPosit = startSkill.lastClickedPosit; + echoStartSkill.optionalOriginatorID = startSkill.optionalOriginatorID; + echoStartSkill.optionalTargetID = startSkill.optionalTargetID; + echoStartSkill.originatorRot = startSkill.originatorRot; + echoStartSkill.sBitStream = startSkill.sBitStream; + echoStartSkill.skillID = startSkill.skillID; + echoStartSkill.uiSkillHandle = startSkill.uiSkillHandle; + echoStartSkill.Serialize(&bitStreamLocal); + + Game::server->Send(&bitStreamLocal, entity->GetSystemAddress(), true); + } + } break; + + case GAME_MSG_SYNC_SKILL: { + RakNet::BitStream bitStreamLocal; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStreamLocal, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_GAME_MSG); + bitStreamLocal.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + //bitStreamLocal.Write((unsigned short)GAME_MSG_ECHO_SYNC_SKILL); + //bitStreamLocal.Write(inStream); + + GameMessages::SyncSkill sync = GameMessages::SyncSkill(inStream); // inStream replaced &bitStream + //sync.Serialize(&bitStreamLocal); + + ostringstream buffer; + + for (unsigned int k = 0; k < sync.sBitStream.size(); k++){ + char s; + s = sync.sBitStream.at(k); + buffer << setw(2) << hex << setfill('0') << (int) s << " "; + } + + //cout << buffer.str() << endl; + + if(usr != nullptr) { + RakNet::BitStream * bs = new RakNet::BitStream((unsigned char *)sync.sBitStream.c_str(), sync.sBitStream.size(), false); + + auto* skillComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + skillComponent->SyncPlayerSkill(sync.uiSkillHandle, sync.uiBehaviorHandle, bs); + + delete bs; + } + + GameMessages::EchoSyncSkill echo = GameMessages::EchoSyncSkill(); + echo.bDone = sync.bDone; + echo.sBitStream = sync.sBitStream; + echo.uiBehaviorHandle = sync.uiBehaviorHandle; + echo.uiSkillHandle = sync.uiSkillHandle; + + echo.Serialize(&bitStreamLocal); + + Game::server->Send(&bitStreamLocal, sysAddr, true); + } break; + + case GAME_MSG_REQUEST_SMASH_PLAYER: + entity->Smash(entity->GetObjectID()); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_MOVE_ITEM_BETWEEN_INVENTORY_TYPES: + GameMessages::HandleMoveItemBetweenInventoryTypes(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_MODULAR_BUILD_FINISH: + GameMessages::HandleModularBuildFinish(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_PUSH_EQUIPPED_ITEMS_STATE: + GameMessages::HandlePushEquippedItemsState(inStream, entity); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_POP_EQUIPPED_ITEMS_STATE: + GameMessages::HandlePopEquippedItemsState(inStream, entity); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_BUY_FROM_VENDOR: + GameMessages::HandleBuyFromVendor(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_SELL_TO_VENDOR: + GameMessages::HandleSellToVendor(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_BUYBACK_FROM_VENDOR: + GameMessages::HandleBuybackFromVendor(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_MODULAR_BUILD_MOVE_AND_EQUIP: + GameMessages::HandleModularBuildMoveAndEquip(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_DONE_ARRANGING_WITH_ITEM: + GameMessages::HandleDoneArrangingWithItem(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_MODULAR_BUILD_CONVERT_MODEL: + GameMessages::HandleModularBuildConvertModel(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_BUILD_MODE_SET: + GameMessages::HandleBuildModeSet(inStream, entity); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_REBUILD_CANCEL: + GameMessages::HandleRebuildCancel(inStream, entity); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_MATCH_REQUEST: + GameMessages::HandleMatchRequest(inStream, entity); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_USE_NON_EQUIPMENT_ITEM: + GameMessages::HandleUseNonEquipmentItem(inStream, entity); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_CLIENT_ITEM_CONSUMED: + GameMessages::HandleClientItemConsumed(inStream, entity); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_SET_CONSUMABLE_ITEM: + GameMessages::HandleSetConsumableItem(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_VERIFY_ACK: + GameMessages::HandleVerifyAck(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + // Trading + case GAME_MSG_CLIENT_TRADE_REQUEST: + GameMessages::HandleClientTradeRequest(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + case GAME_MSG_CLIENT_TRADE_CANCEL: + GameMessages::HandleClientTradeCancel(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + case GAME_MSG_CLIENT_TRADE_ACCEPT: + GameMessages::HandleClientTradeAccept(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + case GAME_MSG_CLIENT_TRADE_UPDATE: + GameMessages::HandleClientTradeUpdate(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + // Pets + case GAME_MSG_PET_TAMING_TRY_BUILD: + GameMessages::HandlePetTamingTryBuild(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_TAMING_BUILD_SUCCESS: + GameMessages::HandleNotifyTamingBuildSuccess(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_REQUEST_SET_PET_NAME: + GameMessages::HandleRequestSetPetName(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_START_SERVER_PET_MINIGAME_TIMER: + GameMessages::HandleStartServerPetMinigameTimer(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_CLIENT_EXIT_TAMING_MINIGAME: + GameMessages::HandleClientExitTamingMinigame(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_COMMAND_PET: + GameMessages::HandleCommandPet(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_DESPAWN_PET: + GameMessages::HandleDespawnPet(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_MESSAGE_BOX_RESPOND: + GameMessages::HandleMessageBoxResponse(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_CHOICE_BOX_RESPOND: + GameMessages::HandleChoiceBoxRespond(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + // Property + case GAME_MSG_QUERY_PROPERTY_DATA: + GameMessages::HandleQueryPropertyData(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_START_BUILDING_WITH_ITEM: + GameMessages::HandleStartBuildingWithItem(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_SET_BUILD_MODE: + GameMessages::HandleSetBuildMode(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_PROPERTY_EDITOR_BEGIN: + GameMessages::HandlePropertyEditorBegin(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_PROPERTY_EDITOR_END: + GameMessages::HandlePropertyEditorEnd(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_PROPERTY_CONTENTS_FROM_CLIENT: + GameMessages::HandlePropertyContentsFromClient(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_ZONE_PROPERTY_MODEL_EQUIPPED: + GameMessages::HandlePropertyModelEquipped(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_PLACE_PROPERTY_MODEL: + GameMessages::HandlePlacePropertyModel(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_UPDATE_MODEL_FROM_CLIENT: + GameMessages::HandleUpdatePropertyModel(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_DELETE_MODEL_FROM_CLIENT: + GameMessages::HandleDeletePropertyModel(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_BBB_LOAD_ITEM_REQUEST: + GameMessages::HandleBBBLoadItemRequest(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_BBB_SAVE_REQUEST: + GameMessages::HandleBBBSaveRequest(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_PROPERTY_ENTRANCE_SYNC: + GameMessages::HandlePropertyEntranceSync(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_ENTER_PROPERTY1: + GameMessages::HandleEnterProperty(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_ZONE_PROPERTY_MODEL_ROTATED: + EntityManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlEntity()->OnZonePropertyModelRotated(usr->GetLastUsedChar()->GetEntity()); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_UPDATE_PROPERTY_OR_MODEL_FOR_FILTER_CHECK: + GameMessages::HandleUpdatePropertyOrModelForFilterCheck(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_SET_PROPERTY_ACCESS: + GameMessages::HandleSetPropertyAccess(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + // Racing + case GAME_MSG_MODULE_ASSEMBLY_QUERY_DATA: + GameMessages::HandleModuleAssemblyQueryData(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_ACKNOWLEDGE_POSSESSION: + GameMessages::HandleAcknowledgePossession(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_VEHICLE_SET_WHEEL_LOCK_STATE: + GameMessages::HandleVehicleSetWheelLockState(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_MODULAR_ASSEMBLY_NIF_COMPLETED: + GameMessages::HandleModularAssemblyNIFCompleted(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_RACING_CLIENT_READY: + GameMessages::HandleRacingClientReady(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_REQUEST_DIE: + GameMessages::HandleRequestDie(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_VEHICLE_NOTIFY_SERVER_ADD_PASSIVE_BOOST_ACTION: + GameMessages::HandleVehicleNotifyServerAddPassiveBoostAction(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_VEHICLE_NOTIFY_SERVER_REMOVE_PASSIVE_BOOST_ACTION: + GameMessages::HandleVehicleNotifyServerRemovePassiveBoostAction(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_RACING_PLAYER_INFO_RESET_FINISHED: + GameMessages::HandleRacingPlayerInfoResetFinished(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_VEHICLE_NOTIFY_HIT_IMAGINATION_SERVER: + GameMessages::HandleVehicleNotifyHitImaginationServer(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + // SG + case GAME_MSG_UPDATE_SHOOTING_GALLERY_ROTATION: + GameMessages::HandleUpdateShootingGalleryRotation(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + // NT + case GAME_MSG_REQUEST_MOVE_ITEM_BETWEEN_INVENTORY_TYPES: + GameMessages::HandleRequestMoveItemBetweenInventoryTypes(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_TOGGLE_GHOST_REFERENCE_OVERRIDE: + GameMessages::HandleToggleGhostReferenceOverride(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_SET_GHOST_REFERENCE_POSITION: + GameMessages::HandleSetGhostReferencePosition(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_READY_FOR_UPDATES: + //We don't really care about this message, as it's simply here to inform us that the client is done loading an object. + //In the event we _do_ send an update to an object that hasn't finished loading, the client will handle it anyway. + break; + + case GAME_MSG_REPORT_BUG: + GameMessages::HandleReportBug(inStream, entity); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_CLIENT_RAIL_MOVEMENT_READY: + GameMessages::HandleClientRailMovementReady(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_CANCEL_RAIL_MOVEMENT: + GameMessages::HandleCancelRailMovement(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_PLAYER_RAIL_ARRIVED_NOTIFICATION: + GameMessages::HandlePlayerRailArrivedNotification(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_CINEMATIC_UPDATE: + GameMessages::HandleCinematicUpdate(inStream, entity, sysAddr); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_MODIFY_PLAYER_ZONE_STATISTIC: + GameMessages::HandleModifyPlayerZoneStatistic(inStream, entity); + break; + + case GAME_MSG_UPDATE_PLAYER_STATISTIC: + GameMessages::HandleUpdatePlayerStatistic(inStream, entity); + break; + + default: + //Game::logger->Log("GameMessageHandler", "Unknown game message ID: %X\n", messageID); + break; + } +} diff --git a/dGame/dGameMessages/GameMessageHandler.h b/dGame/dGameMessages/GameMessageHandler.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0d14dc5b --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dGameMessages/GameMessageHandler.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2018 + */ + +#ifndef GAMEMESSAGEHANDLER_H +#define GAMEMESSAGEHANDLER_H + +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "dMessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "../dDatabase/CDClientDatabase.h" + +namespace GameMessageHandler { + void HandleMessage(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, LWOOBJID objectID, GAME_MSG messageID); +}; + +#endif // GAMEMESSAGEHANDLER_H diff --git a/dGame/dGameMessages/GameMessages.cpp b/dGame/dGameMessages/GameMessages.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c6b3c9bd --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dGameMessages/GameMessages.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,6025 @@ +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "User.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "PacketUtils.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dMessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "SlashCommandHandler.h" +#include "NiPoint3.h" +#include "NiQuaternion.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Database.h" +#include "dServer.h" +#include "../dWorldServer/ObjectIDManager.h" +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "UserManager.h" +#include "ZoneInstanceManager.h" +#include "WorldPackets.h" +#include "Item.h" +#include "ZCompression.h" +#include "Player.h" +#include "dConfig.h" +#include "TeamManager.h" +#include "ChatPackets.h" +#include "GameConfig.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include "RakString.h" + +#include "../thirdparty/cpp-httplib/httplib.h" //sorry not sorry. + +//CDB includes: +#include "CDClientManager.h" +#include "CDEmoteTable.h" + +//Component includes: +#include "ControllablePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "CharacterComponent.h" +#include "MissionOfferComponent.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "ScriptComponent.h" +#include "RebuildComponent.h" +#include "VendorComponent.h" +#include "RocketLaunchpadControlComponent.h" +#include "PropertyEntranceComponent.h" +#include "MovingPlatformComponent.h" +#include "PetComponent.h" +#include "ModuleAssemblyComponent.h" +#include "VehiclePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "PossessableComponent.h" +#include "PossessorComponent.h" +#include "RacingControlComponent.h" +#include "RailActivatorComponent.h" + +// Message includes: +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "PropertyDataMessage.h" +#include "PropertyManagementComponent.h" +#include "PropertyVendorComponent.h" +#include "PropertySelectQueryProperty.h" +#include "TradingManager.h" + +void GameMessages::SendFireEventClientSide(const LWOOBJID& objectID, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, std::u16string args, const LWOOBJID& object, int64_t param1, int param2, const LWOOBJID& sender) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(objectID); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_FIRE_EVENT_CLIENT_SIDE); + + //bitStream.Write(args); + uint32_t argSize = args.size(); + bitStream.Write(argSize); + for (uint32_t k = 0; k < argSize; k++) { + bitStream.Write(static_cast(args[k])); + } + bitStream.Write(object); + bitStream.Write0(); + //bitStream.Write(param1); + bitStream.Write0(); + //bitStream.Write(param2); + bitStream.Write(sender); + + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendTeleport(const LWOOBJID& objectID, const NiPoint3& pos, const NiQuaternion& rot, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, bool bSetRotation, bool noGravTeleport) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + bitStream.Write(objectID); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_TELEPORT); + + bool bIgnoreY = (pos.y == 0.0f); + bool bUseNavmesh = false; + bool bSkipAllChecks = false; + //float w = 1.0f; + //float x = 0.0f; + //float y = 0.0f; + //float z = 0.0f; + + bitStream.Write(bIgnoreY); + bitStream.Write(bSetRotation); + bitStream.Write(bSkipAllChecks); + bitStream.Write(pos.x); + bitStream.Write(pos.y); + bitStream.Write(pos.z); + bitStream.Write(bUseNavmesh); + bitStream.Write(noGravTeleport); + + bitStream.Write(rot.w != 1.0f); + if (rot.w != 1.0f) bitStream.Write(rot.w); + + bitStream.Write(rot.x); + bitStream.Write(rot.y); + bitStream.Write(rot.z); + + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(Entity* entity, const std::u16string& animationName, float fPriority, float fScale) { + if (!entity) { + Game::logger->Log("SendPlayAnimation", "Trying to play animation, but entity var is nullptr!\n"); + return; + } + + //Stolen from the old DLU codebase as the new one's autogenerated code doesn't work properly for animationIDs longer than 6 characters. + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + uint16_t gameMsgID = GAME_MSG_PLAY_ANIMATION; + std::string sAnimationID = GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(animationName); + + uint32_t animationIDLength = sAnimationID.size(); + bool bExpectAnimToExist = true; + bool bPlayImmediate = false; + bool bTriggerOnCompleteMsg = false; + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(gameMsgID); + + bitStream.Write(animationIDLength); + PacketUtils::WriteWString(bitStream, animationName, animationIDLength); + + bitStream.Write(bExpectAnimToExist); + + bitStream.Write(bPlayImmediate); + + bitStream.Write(bTriggerOnCompleteMsg); + + bitStream.Write(fPriority != 0.0f); + if (fPriority != 0.0f) bitStream.Write(fPriority); + + bitStream.Write(fScale != 1.0f); + if (fScale != 1.0f) bitStream.Write(fScale); + + SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; +} + +void GameMessages::SendPlayerReady(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_PLAYER_READY); + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendPlayerAllowedRespawn(LWOOBJID entityID, bool doNotPromptRespawn, const SystemAddress &sysAddr) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(entityID); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_SET_PLAYER_ALLOWED_RESPAWN); + bitStream.Write(doNotPromptRespawn); + + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendInvalidZoneTransferList(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, const std::u16string& feedbackURL, const std::u16string& invalidMapTransferList, bool feedbackOnExit, bool feedbackOnInvalidTransfer) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_INVALID_ZONE_TRANSFER_LIST); + + uint32_t CustomerFeedbackURLLength = feedbackURL.size(); + bitStream.Write(CustomerFeedbackURLLength); + for (uint32_t k = 0; k < CustomerFeedbackURLLength; k++) { + bitStream.Write(static_cast(feedbackURL[k])); + } + + uint32_t InvalidMapTransferListLength = invalidMapTransferList.size(); + bitStream.Write(InvalidMapTransferListLength); + for (uint32_t k = 0; k < InvalidMapTransferListLength; k++) { + bitStream.Write(static_cast(invalidMapTransferList[k])); + } + + bitStream.Write(feedbackOnExit); + bitStream.Write(feedbackOnInvalidTransfer); + + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendKnockback(const LWOOBJID& objectID, const LWOOBJID& caster, const LWOOBJID& originator, int knockBackTimeMS, const NiPoint3& vector) +{ + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(objectID); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG_KNOCKBACK); + + bool casterFlag = caster != LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + bool originatorFlag = originator != LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + bool knockBackTimeMSFlag = knockBackTimeMS != 0; + + bitStream.Write(casterFlag); + if (casterFlag) bitStream.Write(caster); + bitStream.Write(originatorFlag); + if (originatorFlag) bitStream.Write(originator); + bitStream.Write(knockBackTimeMSFlag); + if (knockBackTimeMSFlag) bitStream.Write(knockBackTimeMS); + bitStream.Write(vector); + + SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST +} + +void GameMessages::SendStartArrangingWithItem( + Entity* entity, + const SystemAddress& sysAddr, + bool bFirstTime, + const LWOOBJID& buildAreaID, + NiPoint3 buildStartPOS, + int sourceBAG, + const LWOOBJID& sourceID, + LOT sourceLOT, + int sourceTYPE, + const LWOOBJID& targetID, + LOT targetLOT, + NiPoint3 targetPOS, + int targetTYPE +) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_START_ARRANGING_WITH_ITEM); + + bitStream.Write(bFirstTime); + bitStream.Write(buildAreaID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + if (buildAreaID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) bitStream.Write(buildAreaID); + bitStream.Write(buildStartPOS); + bitStream.Write(sourceBAG); + bitStream.Write(sourceID); + bitStream.Write(sourceLOT); + bitStream.Write(sourceTYPE); + bitStream.Write(targetID); + bitStream.Write(targetLOT); + bitStream.Write(targetPOS); + bitStream.Write(targetTYPE); + + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendPlayerSetCameraCyclingMode(const LWOOBJID& objectID, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, + bool bAllowCyclingWhileDeadOnly, eCyclingMode cyclingMode) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(objectID); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG_PLAYER_SET_CAMERA_CYCLING_MODE); + + bitStream.Write(bAllowCyclingWhileDeadOnly); + + bitStream.Write(cyclingMode != ALLOW_CYCLE_TEAMMATES); + if (cyclingMode != ALLOW_CYCLE_TEAMMATES) { + bitStream.Write(cyclingMode); + } + + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendPlayNDAudioEmitter(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, std::string audioGUID) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write((uint16_t)GAME_MSG_PLAY_ND_AUDIO_EMITTER); + bitStream.Write0(); + bitStream.Write0(); + + uint32_t length = audioGUID.size(); + bitStream.Write(length); + for (uint32_t k = 0; k < length; k++) { + bitStream.Write(static_cast(audioGUID[k])); + } + + //PacketUtils::WriteString(bitStream, audioGUID, audioGUID.size()); + + //bitStream.Write(uint32_t(audioGUID.size())); + //for (char character : audioGUID) { + // bitStream.Write(character); + //} + + bitStream.Write(uint32_t(0)); + bitStream.Write0(); + bitStream.Write0(); + + SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST +} + +void GameMessages::SendStartPathing(Entity* entity) { + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG_START_PATHING); + + SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; +} + +void GameMessages::SendPlatformResync(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, bool bStopAtDesiredWaypoint, + int iIndex, int iDesiredWaypointIndex, int nextIndex, + MovementPlatformState movementState) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + const auto lot = entity->GetLOT(); + + if (lot == 12341 || lot == 5027 || lot == 5028 || lot == 14335 || lot == 14447 || lot == 14449) + { + iDesiredWaypointIndex = 0; + iIndex = 0; + nextIndex = 0; + bStopAtDesiredWaypoint = true; + movementState = MovementPlatformState::Stationary; + } + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write((uint16_t)GAME_MSG_PLATFORM_RESYNC); + + bool bReverse = false; + int eCommand = 0; + int eUnexpectedCommand = 0; + float fIdleTimeElapsed = 0.0f; + float fMoveTimeElapsed = 0.0f; + float fPercentBetweenPoints = 0.0f; + NiPoint3 ptUnexpectedLocation = NiPoint3::ZERO; + NiQuaternion qUnexpectedRotation = NiQuaternion::IDENTITY; + + bitStream.Write(bReverse); + bitStream.Write(bStopAtDesiredWaypoint); + bitStream.Write(eCommand); + bitStream.Write(static_cast(movementState)); + bitStream.Write(eUnexpectedCommand); + bitStream.Write(fIdleTimeElapsed); + bitStream.Write(fMoveTimeElapsed); + bitStream.Write(fPercentBetweenPoints); + bitStream.Write(iDesiredWaypointIndex); + bitStream.Write(iIndex); + bitStream.Write(nextIndex); + bitStream.Write(ptUnexpectedLocation.x); + bitStream.Write(ptUnexpectedLocation.y); + bitStream.Write(ptUnexpectedLocation.z); + + bitStream.Write(qUnexpectedRotation != NiQuaternion::IDENTITY); + if (qUnexpectedRotation != NiQuaternion::IDENTITY) { + bitStream.Write(qUnexpectedRotation.x); + bitStream.Write(qUnexpectedRotation.y); + bitStream.Write(qUnexpectedRotation.z); + bitStream.Write(qUnexpectedRotation.w); + } + + SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST +} + +void GameMessages::SendRestoreToPostLoadStats(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_RESTORE_TO_POST_LOAD_STATS); + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendServerDoneLoadingAllObjects(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_SERVER_DONE_LOADING_ALL_OBJECTS); + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendChatModeUpdate(const LWOOBJID& objectID, uint8_t level) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + bitStream.Write(objectID); + bitStream.Write((uint16_t)GAME_MSG_UPDATE_CHAT_MODE); + bitStream.Write(level); + SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST +} + +void GameMessages::SendGMLevelBroadcast(const LWOOBJID& objectID, uint8_t level) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + bitStream.Write(objectID); + bitStream.Write((uint16_t)GAME_MSG_SET_GM_LEVEL); + bitStream.Write1(); + bitStream.Write(level); + SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST +} + +void GameMessages::SendAddItemToInventoryClientSync(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, Item* item, const LWOOBJID& objectID, bool showFlyingLoot, int itemCount, LWOOBJID subKey) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(static_cast(GAME_MSG_ADD_ITEM_TO_INVENTORY_CLIENT_SYNC)); + bitStream.Write(item->GetBound()); + bitStream.Write(item->GetInfo().isBOE); + bitStream.Write(item->GetInfo().isBOP); + + bitStream.Write0(); // Loot source + //if (invType != LOOTTYPE_NONE) bitStream.Write(invType); + + LWONameValue extraInfo; + + auto config = item->GetConfig(); + + for (auto* data : config) + { + extraInfo.name += GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(data->GetString()) + u","; + } + + if (extraInfo.name.length() > 0) extraInfo.name.pop_back(); // remove the last comma + + bitStream.Write(extraInfo.name.size()); + if (extraInfo.name.size() > 0) { + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < extraInfo.name.size(); ++i) { + bitStream.Write(static_cast(extraInfo.name[i])); + } + bitStream.Write(static_cast(0x00)); + } + + bitStream.Write(item->GetLot()); + + bitStream.Write(subKey != LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + if (subKey != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) bitStream.Write(subKey); + + auto* inventory = item->GetInventory(); + const auto inventoryType = inventory->GetType(); + + bitStream.Write(inventoryType != INVENTORY_DEFAULT); + if (inventoryType != INVENTORY_DEFAULT) bitStream.Write(inventoryType); + + bitStream.Write(itemCount != 1); + if (itemCount != 1) bitStream.Write(itemCount); + + const auto count = item->GetCount(); + + bitStream.Write(count != 0); //items total + if (count != 0) bitStream.Write(count); + + bitStream.Write(objectID); + bitStream.Write(0.0f); + bitStream.Write(0.0f); + bitStream.Write(0.0f); + bitStream.Write(showFlyingLoot); + bitStream.Write(item->GetSlot()); + + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendNotifyClientFlagChange(const LWOOBJID& objectID, int iFlagID, bool bFlag, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(objectID); + bitStream.Write((uint16_t)GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_CLIENT_FLAG_CHANGE); + bitStream.Write(bFlag); + bitStream.Write(iFlagID); + + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendChangeObjectWorldState(const LWOOBJID& objectID, int state, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(objectID); + bitStream.Write((uint16_t)GAME_MSG_CHANGE_OBJECT_WORLD_STATE); + bitStream.Write(state); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendOfferMission(const LWOOBJID& entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, int32_t missionID, const LWOOBJID& offererID) { + //You might be wondering. + //"Why are we sending it twice, once to a non-player object? + //Well, the first one (sent to the offerer) makes the client zoom into the object. + //The second, actually makes the UI pop up so you can be offered the mission. + //Why is it like this? Because LU isn't just a clown, it's the entire circus. + + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(offererID); + bitStream.Write(uint16_t(GAME_MSG_OFFER_MISSION)); + bitStream.Write(missionID); + bitStream.Write(offererID); + + SEND_PACKET + + { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(entity); + bitStream.Write(uint16_t(GAME_MSG_OFFER_MISSION)); + bitStream.Write(missionID); + bitStream.Write(offererID); + + SEND_PACKET + } +} + +void GameMessages::SendNotifyMission(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, int missionID, int missionState, bool sendingRewards) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(uint16_t(GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_MISSION)); + bitStream.Write(missionID); + bitStream.Write(missionState); + bitStream.Write(sendingRewards); + + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendNotifyMissionTask(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, int missionID, int taskMask, std::vector updates) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write((uint16_t)GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_MISSION_TASK); + + bitStream.Write(missionID); + bitStream.Write(taskMask); + bitStream.Write((unsigned char)updates.size()); + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < updates.size(); ++i) { + bitStream.Write(updates[i]); + } + + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendModifyLEGOScore(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, int64_t score, int sourceType) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write((uint16_t)GAME_MSG_MODIFY_LEGO_SCORE); + bitStream.Write(score); + + //Stuff stolen from the old codebase, no idea why this works. The proper implementation didn't for some reason. + bitStream.Write((int32_t)129); + bitStream.Write((unsigned char)0); + + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendUIMessageServerToSingleClient(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, const std::string& message, NDGFxValue args) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write((uint16_t)GAME_MSG_UI_MESSAGE_SERVER_TO_SINGLE_CLIENT); + + bitStream.Write(args); + uint32_t strMessageNameLength = message.size(); + bitStream.Write(strMessageNameLength); + + for (uint32_t k = 0; k < strMessageNameLength; k++) { + bitStream.Write(static_cast(message[k])); + } + + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendUIMessageServerToAllClients(const std::string& message, NDGFxValue args) { + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + LWOOBJID empty = 0; + bitStream.Write(empty); + bitStream.Write((uint16_t)GAME_MSG_UI_MESSAGE_SERVER_TO_ALL_CLIENTS); + + bitStream.Write(args); + uint32_t strMessageNameLength = message.size(); + bitStream.Write(strMessageNameLength); + + for (uint32_t k = 0; k < strMessageNameLength; k++) { + bitStream.Write(static_cast(message[k])); + } + + SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; +} + +void GameMessages::SendPlayEmbeddedEffectOnAllClientsNearObject(Entity* entity, std::u16string effectName, const LWOOBJID& fromObjectID, float radius) +{ + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write((uint16_t)GAME_MSG_PLAY_EMBEDDED_EFFECT_ON_ALL_CLIENTS_NEAR_OBJECT); + + bitStream.Write(static_cast(effectName.length())); + for (uint32_t k = 0; k < effectName.length(); k++) { + bitStream.Write(static_cast(effectName[k])); + } + bitStream.Write(fromObjectID); + bitStream.Write(radius); + + SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST +} + +void GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(Entity* entity, int32_t effectID, const std::u16string& effectType, const std::string& name, LWOOBJID secondary, float priority, float scale, bool serialize) { + SendPlayFXEffect(entity->GetObjectID(), effectID, effectType, name, secondary, priority, scale, serialize); +} + +void GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(const LWOOBJID& entity, int32_t effectID, const std::u16string& effectType, const std::string& name, LWOOBJID secondary, float priority, float scale, bool serialize) { + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(entity); + bitStream.Write((uint16_t)GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_PLAY_FX_EFFECT); + + bitStream.Write(effectID != -1); + if (effectID != -1) bitStream.Write(effectID); + + bitStream.Write(effectType.size()); + for (const auto& k : effectType) { + bitStream.Write(k); + } + + bitStream.Write(scale != 1.0f); + if (scale != 1.0f) bitStream.Write(scale); + + bitStream.Write(name.size()); + for (const auto& k : name) { + bitStream.Write(k); + } + + bitStream.Write(priority != 1.0); + if (priority != 1.0) bitStream.Write(priority); + + bitStream.Write(secondary != LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + if (secondary != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) bitStream.Write(secondary); + + bitStream.Write(serialize); + + SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST +} + +void GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(Entity* entity, bool killImmediate, std::string name) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_STOP_FX_EFFECT); + + bitStream.Write(killImmediate); + bitStream.Write(name.size()); + bitStream.Write(name.c_str(), name.size()); + + SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST +} + +void GameMessages::SendBroadcastTextToChatbox(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, const std::u16string& attrs, const std::u16string& wsText) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write((uint16_t)GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_BROADCAST_TEXT_TO_CHATBOX); + + LWONameValue attribs; + attribs.name = attrs; + attribs.length = attrs.size(); + + bitStream.Write(static_cast(attribs.length)); + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < attribs.length; ++i) { + bitStream.Write(static_cast(attribs.name[i])); + } + bitStream.Write(static_cast(0x00)); // Null Terminator + + uint32_t wsTextLength = wsText.size(); + bitStream.Write(wsTextLength); + for (uint32_t k = 0; k < wsTextLength; k++) { + bitStream.Write(static_cast(wsText[k])); + } + + SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST +} + +void GameMessages::SendSetCurrency(Entity* entity, int64_t currency, int lootType, const LWOOBJID& sourceID, const LOT& sourceLOT, int sourceTradeID, bool overrideCurrent) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(uint16_t(GAME_MSG_SET_CURRENCY)); + + bitStream.Write(currency); + + bitStream.Write(lootType != LOOTTYPE_NONE); + if (lootType != LOOTTYPE_NONE) bitStream.Write(lootType); + + bitStream.Write(NiPoint3::ZERO); + + bitStream.Write(sourceLOT != LOT_NULL); + if (sourceLOT != LOT_NULL) bitStream.Write(sourceLOT); + + bitStream.Write(sourceID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + if (sourceID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) bitStream.Write(sourceID); + + bitStream.Write(sourceTradeID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + if (sourceTradeID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) bitStream.Write(sourceTradeID); + + int sourceType = 0; //For now. + bitStream.Write(sourceType != LOOTTYPE_NONE); + if (sourceType != LOOTTYPE_NONE) bitStream.Write(sourceType); + + SystemAddress sysAddr = entity->GetSystemAddress(); + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendRebuildNotifyState(Entity* entity, int prevState, int state, const LWOOBJID& playerID) +{ + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write((uint16_t)GAME_MSG_REBUILD_NOTIFY_STATE); + + bitStream.Write(prevState); + bitStream.Write(state); + bitStream.Write(playerID); + + SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST +} + +void GameMessages::SendEnableRebuild(Entity* entity, bool enable, bool fail, bool success, int failReason, float duration, const LWOOBJID& playerID) +{ + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write((uint16_t)GAME_MSG_ENABLE_REBUILD); + + bitStream.Write(enable); + bitStream.Write(fail); + bitStream.Write(success); + + bitStream.Write(failReason != eFailReason::REASON_NOT_GIVEN); + if (failReason != eFailReason::REASON_NOT_GIVEN) bitStream.Write(failReason); + + bitStream.Write(duration); + bitStream.Write(playerID); + + SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST +} + +void GameMessages::SendTerminateInteraction(const LWOOBJID& objectID, eTerminateType type, const LWOOBJID& terminator) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(objectID); + bitStream.Write((uint16_t)GAME_MSG_TERMINATE_INTERACTION); + + bitStream.Write(terminator); + bitStream.Write(type); + + SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST +} + +void GameMessages::SendDieNoImplCode(Entity* entity, const LWOOBJID& killerID, const LWOOBJID& lootOwnerID, eKillType killType, std::u16string deathType, float directionRelative_AngleY, float directionRelative_AngleXZ, float directionRelative_Force, bool bClientDeath, bool bSpawnLoot) +{ + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(uint16_t(GAME_MSG_DIE)); + bitStream.Write(bClientDeath); + bitStream.Write(bSpawnLoot); + bitStream.Write(deathType); + bitStream.Write(directionRelative_AngleXZ); + bitStream.Write(directionRelative_AngleY); + bitStream.Write(directionRelative_Force); + + bitStream.Write(killType != eKillType::VIOLENT); + if (killType != eKillType::VIOLENT) bitStream.Write(killType); + + bitStream.Write(killerID); + bitStream.Write(lootOwnerID); + + SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST +} + +void GameMessages::SendDie(Entity* entity, const LWOOBJID& killerID, const LWOOBJID& lootOwnerID, bool bDieAccepted, eKillType killType, std::u16string deathType, float directionRelative_AngleY, float directionRelative_AngleXZ, float directionRelative_Force, bool bClientDeath, bool bSpawnLoot, float coinSpawnTime) { + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + + bitStream.Write((uint16_t)GAME_MSG_DIE); + + bitStream.Write(bClientDeath); + bitStream.Write(bSpawnLoot); + + //bitStream.Write(coinSpawnTime != -1.0f); + //if (coinSpawnTime != -1.0f) bitStream.Write(coinSpawnTime); + + uint32_t deathTypeLength = deathType.size(); + bitStream.Write(deathTypeLength); + for (uint32_t k = 0; k < deathTypeLength; k++) { + bitStream.Write(static_cast(deathType[k])); + } + + bitStream.Write(directionRelative_AngleXZ); + bitStream.Write(directionRelative_AngleY); + bitStream.Write(directionRelative_Force); + + bitStream.Write(killType != VIOLENT); + if (killType != VIOLENT) bitStream.Write(killType); + + bitStream.Write(killerID); + + bitStream.Write(lootOwnerID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + if (lootOwnerID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) { + bitStream.Write(lootOwnerID); + } + + SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; +} + +void GameMessages::SendSetInventorySize(Entity* entity, int invType, int size) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(uint16_t(GAME_MSG_SET_INVENTORY_SIZE)); + bitStream.Write(invType); + bitStream.Write(size); + + SystemAddress sysAddr = entity->GetSystemAddress(); + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendSetEmoteLockState(Entity* entity, bool bLock, int emoteID) +{ + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(uint16_t(GAME_MSG_SET_EMOTE_LOCK_STATE)); + bitStream.Write(bLock); + bitStream.Write(emoteID); + + SystemAddress sysAddr = entity->GetSystemAddress(); + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendSetJetpackMode(Entity* entity, bool bDoHover, bool bUse, bool bIsJamessterPhysics) { + int effectID = 167; + int iWarningEffectID = -1; + float fAirspeed = 25; + float fMaxAirspeed = 25; + float fVertVel = 2; + bool bBypassChecks = true; + + if (bIsJamessterPhysics) { + fAirspeed = 75; + fMaxAirspeed = 75; + fVertVel = 15; + } + + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(uint16_t(GAME_MSG_SET_JET_PACK_MODE)); + + bitStream.Write(bBypassChecks); + bitStream.Write(bDoHover); + bitStream.Write(bUse); + + bitStream.Write(effectID != -1); + if (effectID != -1) bitStream.Write(effectID); + + bitStream.Write(fAirspeed != 10); + if (fAirspeed != 10) bitStream.Write(fAirspeed); + + bitStream.Write(fMaxAirspeed != 15); + if (fMaxAirspeed != 15) bitStream.Write(fMaxAirspeed); + + bitStream.Write(fVertVel != 1); + if (fVertVel != 1) bitStream.Write(fVertVel); + + bitStream.Write(iWarningEffectID != -1); + if (iWarningEffectID != -1) bitStream.Write(iWarningEffectID); + + SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST +} + +void GameMessages::SendResurrect(Entity* entity) { + DestroyableComponent* dest = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_DESTROYABLE)); + + if (dest != nullptr && entity->GetLOT() == 1) { + auto* characterComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (characterComponent == nullptr) { + return; + } + + dest->SetHealth(characterComponent->GetLevel() >= 45 ? 8 : 4); + dest->SetImagination(characterComponent->GetLevel() >= 45 ? 20 : 6); + } + + auto cont = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_CONTROLLABLE_PHYSICS)); + if (cont && entity->GetLOT() == 1) { + cont->SetPosition(entity->GetRespawnPosition()); + cont->SetRotation(entity->GetRespawnRotation()); + } + + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bool bRezImmediately = false; + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(uint16_t(GAME_MSG_RESURRECT)); + bitStream.Write(bRezImmediately); + + SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; +} + +void GameMessages::SendStop2DAmbientSound(Entity* entity, bool force, std::string audioGUID, bool result) +{ + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write((uint16_t)GAME_MSG_PLAY2_DAMBIENT_SOUND); + + uint32_t audioGUIDSize = audioGUID.size(); + + bitStream.Write(force); + bitStream.Write(audioGUIDSize); + + for (uint32_t k = 0; k < audioGUIDSize; k++) + { + bitStream.Write(static_cast(audioGUID[k])); + } + + bitStream.Write(result); + + SystemAddress sysAddr = entity->GetSystemAddress(); + + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendPlay2DAmbientSound(Entity* entity, std::string audioGUID, bool result) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write((uint16_t)GAME_MSG_PLAY2_DAMBIENT_SOUND); + + uint32_t audioGUIDSize = audioGUID.size(); + + bitStream.Write(audioGUIDSize); + for (uint32_t k = 0; k < audioGUIDSize; k++) { + bitStream.Write(static_cast(audioGUID[k])); + } + bitStream.Write(result); + + SystemAddress sysAddr = entity->GetSystemAddress(); + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendSetNetworkScriptVar(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, std::string data) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write((uint16_t)GAME_MSG_SET_NETWORK_SCRIPT_VAR); + + const auto u16Data = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(data); + uint32_t dataSize = static_cast(u16Data.size()); + + bitStream.Write(dataSize); + for (auto value : u16Data) { + bitStream.Write(uint16_t(value)); + } + if (dataSize > 0) bitStream.Write(uint16_t(0)); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendDropClientLoot(Entity* entity, const LWOOBJID& sourceID, LOT item, int currency, NiPoint3 spawnPos, int count) { + if (GameConfig::GetValue("no_drops") == 1) { + return; + } + + bool bUsePosition = false; + NiPoint3 finalPosition; + LWOOBJID lootID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + LWOOBJID owner = entity->GetObjectID(); + + if (item != LOT_NULL && item != 0) { + lootID = ObjectIDManager::Instance()->GenerateObjectID(); + + Loot::Info info; + info.id = lootID; + info.count = count; + info.lot = item; + entity->AddLootItem(info); + } + + if (spawnPos != NiPoint3::ZERO) { + bUsePosition = true; + + //Calculate where the loot will go: + uint16_t degree = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber(0, 360); + + double rad = degree * 3.14 / 180; + double sin_v = sin(rad) * 4.2; + double cos_v = cos(rad) * 4.2; + + finalPosition = NiPoint3(static_cast(spawnPos.GetX() + sin_v), spawnPos.GetY(), static_cast(spawnPos.GetZ() + cos_v)); + } + + //Write data to packet & send: + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(uint16_t(GAME_MSG_DROP_CLIENT_LOOT)); + + bitStream.Write(bUsePosition); + + bitStream.Write(finalPosition != NiPoint3::ZERO); + if (finalPosition != NiPoint3::ZERO) bitStream.Write(finalPosition); + + bitStream.Write(currency); + bitStream.Write(item); + bitStream.Write(lootID); + bitStream.Write(owner); + bitStream.Write(sourceID); + + bitStream.Write(spawnPos != NiPoint3::ZERO); + if (spawnPos != NiPoint3::ZERO) bitStream.Write(spawnPos); + + auto* team = TeamManager::Instance()->GetTeam(owner); + + // Currency and powerups should not sync + if (team != nullptr && currency == 0) + { + CDObjectsTable* objectsTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("Objects"); + + const CDObjects& object = objectsTable->GetByID(item); + + if (object.type != "Powerup") + { + for (const auto memberId : team->members) + { + auto* member = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(memberId); + + if (member == nullptr) continue; + + SystemAddress sysAddr = member->GetSystemAddress(); + SEND_PACKET; + } + + return; + } + } + + SystemAddress sysAddr = entity->GetSystemAddress(); + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendSetPlayerControlScheme(Entity* entity, eControlSceme controlScheme) { + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bool bDelayCamSwitchIfInCinematic = true; + bool bSwitchCam = true; + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(uint16_t(GAME_MSG_SET_PLAYER_CONTROL_SCHEME)); + + bitStream.Write(bDelayCamSwitchIfInCinematic); + bitStream.Write(bSwitchCam); + + bitStream.Write(controlScheme != SCHEME_A); + if (controlScheme != SCHEME_A) bitStream.Write(controlScheme); + + SystemAddress sysAddr = entity->GetSystemAddress(); + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendPlayerReachedRespawnCheckpoint(Entity* entity, const NiPoint3& position, const NiQuaternion& rotation) { + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write((uint16_t)GAME_MSG_PLAYER_REACHED_RESPAWN_CHECKPOINT); + + bitStream.Write(position.x); + bitStream.Write(position.y); + bitStream.Write(position.z); + + auto con = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_CONTROLLABLE_PHYSICS)); + if (con) { + auto rot = con->GetRotation(); + bitStream.Write(rot.x); + bitStream.Write(rot.y); + bitStream.Write(rot.z); + bitStream.Write(rot.w); + } + + //bitStream.Write(position); + //bitStream.Write(rotation); + + SystemAddress sysAddr = entity->GetSystemAddress(); + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendAddSkill(Entity* entity, TSkillID skillID, int slotID) { + int AICombatWeight = 0; + bool bFromSkillSet = false; + int castType = 0; + float fTimeSecs = -1.0f; + int iTimesCanCast = -1; + bool temporary = true; + + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write((uint16_t)GAME_MSG_ADD_SKILL); + + bitStream.Write(AICombatWeight != 0); + if (AICombatWeight != 0) bitStream.Write(AICombatWeight); + + bitStream.Write(bFromSkillSet); + + bitStream.Write(castType != 0); + if (castType != 0) bitStream.Write(castType); + + bitStream.Write(fTimeSecs != -1.0f); + if (fTimeSecs != -1.0f) bitStream.Write(fTimeSecs); + + bitStream.Write(iTimesCanCast != -1); + if (iTimesCanCast != -1) bitStream.Write(iTimesCanCast); + + bitStream.Write(skillID); + + bitStream.Write(slotID != -1); + if (slotID != -1) bitStream.Write(slotID); + + bitStream.Write(temporary); + + SystemAddress sysAddr = entity->GetSystemAddress(); + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendRemoveSkill(Entity* entity, TSkillID skillID) { + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG_REMOVE_SKILL); + bitStream.Write(false); + bitStream.Write(skillID); + + SystemAddress sysAddr = entity->GetSystemAddress(); + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendFinishArrangingWithItem(Entity* entity, const LWOOBJID& buildArea) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bool bFirstTime = true; + const LWOOBJID& buildAreaID = buildArea; + int newSourceBAG = 0; + const LWOOBJID& newSourceID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + LOT newSourceLOT = LOT_NULL; + int newSourceTYPE = 0; + const LWOOBJID& newTargetID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + LOT newTargetLOT = LOT_NULL; + int newTargetTYPE = 0; + NiPoint3 newTargetPOS = NiPoint3(); + int oldItemBAG = 0; + const LWOOBJID& oldItemID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + LOT oldItemLOT = LOT_NULL; + int oldItemTYPE = 0; + + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_FINISH_ARRANGING_WITH_ITEM); + + bitStream.Write(buildAreaID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + if (buildAreaID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) bitStream.Write(buildAreaID); + bitStream.Write(newSourceBAG); + bitStream.Write(newSourceID); + bitStream.Write(newSourceLOT); + bitStream.Write(newSourceTYPE); + bitStream.Write(newTargetID); + bitStream.Write(newTargetLOT); + bitStream.Write(newTargetTYPE); + bitStream.Write(newTargetPOS); + bitStream.Write(oldItemBAG); + bitStream.Write(oldItemID); + bitStream.Write(oldItemLOT); + bitStream.Write(oldItemTYPE); + + SystemAddress sysAddr = entity->GetSystemAddress(); + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendModularBuildEnd(Entity* entity) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_MODULAR_BUILD_END); + + SystemAddress sysAddr = entity->GetSystemAddress(); + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendVendorOpenWindow(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_VENDOR_OPEN_WINDOW); + + SEND_PACKET +} + +// ah yes, impl code in a send function, beautiful! +void GameMessages::SendVendorStatusUpdate(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + VendorComponent* vendor = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_VENDOR)); + if (!vendor) return; + + std::map vendorItems = vendor->GetInventory(); + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_VENDOR_STATUS_UPDATE); + + bitStream.Write(false); + bitStream.Write(static_cast(vendorItems.size())); + + for (std::pair item : vendorItems) { + bitStream.Write(static_cast(item.first)); + bitStream.Write(static_cast(item.second)); + } + + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendVendorTransactionResult(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + int iResult = 0x02; // success, seems to be the only relevant one + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_VENDOR_TRANSACTION_RESULT); + bitStream.Write(iResult); + + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendRemoveItemFromInventory(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, LWOOBJID objectID, LOT templateID, int inventoryType, uint32_t stackCount, uint32_t stackRemaining) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + // this is used for a lot more than just inventory trashing (trades, vendors, etc.) but for now since it's just used for that, that's all im going to implement + bool bConfirmed = true; + bool bDeleteItem = true; + bool bOutSuccess = false; + int eInvType = inventoryType; + int eLootTypeSource = LOOTTYPE_NONE; + bool forceDeletion = true; + LWOOBJID iLootTypeSource = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + LWOOBJID iObjID = objectID; + LOT iObjTemplate = templateID; + LWOOBJID iRequestingObjID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + uint32_t iStackCount = stackCount; + uint32_t iStackRemaining = stackRemaining; + LWOOBJID iSubkey = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + LWOOBJID iTradeID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_REMOVE_ITEM_FROM_INVENTORY); + bitStream.Write(bConfirmed); + bitStream.Write(bDeleteItem); + bitStream.Write(bOutSuccess); + bitStream.Write1(); + bitStream.Write(eInvType); + bitStream.Write1(); + bitStream.Write(eLootTypeSource); + bitStream.Write(static_cast(0)); //extra info + //bitStream.Write(static_cast(0)); //extra info + bitStream.Write(forceDeletion); + bitStream.Write0(); + bitStream.Write1(); + bitStream.Write(iObjID); + bitStream.Write1(); + bitStream.Write(iObjTemplate); + bitStream.Write0(); + bitStream.Write1(); + bitStream.Write(iStackCount); + bitStream.Write1(); + bitStream.Write(iStackRemaining); + bitStream.Write0(); + bitStream.Write0(); + + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendConsumeClientItem(Entity* entity, bool bSuccess, LWOOBJID item) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG_CONSUME_CLIENT_ITEM); + bitStream.Write(bSuccess); + bitStream.Write(item); + + SystemAddress sysAddr = entity->GetSystemAddress(); + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendUseItemResult(Entity* entity, LOT templateID, bool useItemResult) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG_USE_ITEM_RESULT); + bitStream.Write(templateID); + bitStream.Write(useItemResult); + + SystemAddress sysAddr = entity->GetSystemAddress(); + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendMoveInventoryBatch(Entity* entity, uint32_t stackCount, int srcInv, int dstInv, const LWOOBJID& iObjID) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + InventoryComponent* inv = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY)); + if (!inv) return; + + Item* itemStack = inv->FindItemById(iObjID); + if (!itemStack) return; + + bool bAllowPartial = false; + bool bOutSuccess = false; + uint32_t count = stackCount; + int dstBag = dstInv; + LOT moveLOT = itemStack->GetLot(); + //LWOOBJID moveSubkey = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + bool showFlyingLoot = false; + int srcBag = srcInv; + LWOOBJID startObjectID = iObjID; + + bitStream.Write(bAllowPartial); + bitStream.Write(bOutSuccess); + if (count == 1) { + bitStream.Write0(); + } + else { + bitStream.Write1(); + bitStream.Write(count); + } + if (dstBag == 0) { + bitStream.Write0(); + } + else { + bitStream.Write1(); + bitStream.Write(dstBag); + } + bitStream.Write0(); + bitStream.Write(showFlyingLoot); + if (srcBag == 0) { + bitStream.Write0(); + } + else { + bitStream.Write1(); + bitStream.Write(srcBag); + } + bitStream.Write1(); + bitStream.Write(startObjectID); + + auto sysAddr = entity->GetSystemAddress(); + + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendMatchResponse(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, int response) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_MATCH_RESPONSE); + bitStream.Write(response); + + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendMatchUpdate(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, std::string data, int type) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_MATCH_UPDATE); + bitStream.Write(uint32_t(data.size())); + for (char character : data) { + bitStream.Write(uint16_t(character)); + } + if (data.size() > 0) bitStream.Write(uint16_t(0)); + bitStream.Write(type); + + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendRequestActivitySummaryLeaderboardData(const LWOOBJID& objectID, const LWOOBJID& targetID, + const SystemAddress& sysAddr, const int32_t& gameID, + const int32_t& queryType, const int32_t& resultsEnd, + const int32_t& resultsStart, bool weekly) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(objectID); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_REQUEST_ACTIVITY_SUMMARY_LEADERBOARD_DATA); + + bitStream.Write(gameID != 0); + if (gameID != 0) { + bitStream.Write(gameID); + } + + bitStream.Write(queryType != 1); + if (queryType != 1) { + bitStream.Write(queryType); + } + + bitStream.Write(resultsEnd != 10); + if (resultsEnd != 10) { + bitStream.Write(resultsEnd); + } + + bitStream.Write(resultsStart != 0); + if (resultsStart != 0) { + bitStream.Write(resultsStart); + } + + bitStream.Write(targetID); + bitStream.Write(weekly); + + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendActivityPause(LWOOBJID objectId, bool pause, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_ACTIVITY_PAUSE); + bitStream.Write(pause); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendStartActivityTime(LWOOBJID objectId, float_t startTime, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_START_ACTIVITY_TIME); + bitStream.Write(startTime); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::SendRequestActivityEnter(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, bool bStart, LWOOBJID userID) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_REQUEST_ACTIVITY_ENTER); + bitStream.Write(bStart); + bitStream.Write(userID); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET +} + + +void GameMessages::SendSetShootingGalleryParams(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, + float cameraFOV, + float cooldown, + float minDistance, + NiPoint3 muzzlePosOffset, + NiPoint3 playerPosOffset, + float projectileVelocity, + float timeLimit, + bool bUseLeaderboards) +{ + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_SET_SHOOTING_GALLERY_PARAMS); + /* + bitStream.Write(cameraFOV); + bitStream.Write(cooldown); + bitStream.Write(minDistance); + bitStream.Write(muzzlePosOffset); + bitStream.Write(playerPosOffset); + bitStream.Write(projectileVelocity); + bitStream.Write(timeLimit); + bitStream.Write(bUseLeaderboards); + */ + // No clue about the order here + bitStream.Write(playerPosOffset); + bitStream.Write(projectileVelocity); + bitStream.Write(cooldown); + bitStream.Write(muzzlePosOffset); + bitStream.Write(minDistance); + bitStream.Write(cameraFOV); + bitStream.Write(bUseLeaderboards); + bitStream.Write(timeLimit); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET +} + + +void GameMessages::SendNotifyClientShootingGalleryScore(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, + float addTime, + int32_t score, + LWOOBJID target, + NiPoint3 targetPos) +{ + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_CLIENT_SHOOTING_GALLERY_SCORE); + bitStream.Write(addTime); + bitStream.Write(score); + bitStream.Write(target); + bitStream.Write(targetPos); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET +} + + +void GameMessages::HandleUpdateShootingGalleryRotation(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + float angle = 0.0f; + NiPoint3 facing = NiPoint3::ZERO; + NiPoint3 muzzlePos = NiPoint3::ZERO; + inStream->Read(angle); + inStream->Read(facing); + inStream->Read(muzzlePos); +} + + +void GameMessages::HandleActivitySummaryLeaderboardData(RakNet::BitStream* instream, Entity* entity, + const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + Game::logger->Log("AGS", "We got mail!\n"); +} + +void GameMessages::SendActivitySummaryLeaderboardData(const LWOOBJID& objectID, const Leaderboard* leaderboard, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(objectID); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_SEND_ACTIVITY_SUMMARY_LEADERBOARD_DATA); + + bitStream.Write(leaderboard->GetGameID()); + bitStream.Write(leaderboard->GetInfoType()); + + // Leaderboard is written back as LDF string + const auto leaderboardString = leaderboard->ToString(); + bitStream.Write(leaderboardString.size()); + for (const auto c : leaderboardString) { + bitStream.Write(c); + } + if (!leaderboardString.empty()) bitStream.Write(uint16_t(0)); + + bitStream.Write0(); + bitStream.Write0(); + + SEND_PACKET +} + +void GameMessages::HandleRequestActivitySummaryLeaderboardData(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + int32_t gameID = 0; + if (inStream->ReadBit()) inStream->Read(gameID); + + int32_t queryType = 1; + if (inStream->ReadBit()) inStream->Read(queryType); + + int32_t resultsEnd = 10; + if (inStream->ReadBit()) inStream->Read(resultsEnd); + + int32_t resultsStart = 0; + if (inStream->ReadBit()) inStream->Read(resultsStart); + + LWOOBJID target {}; + inStream->Read(target); + + bool weekly = inStream->ReadBit(); + + const auto* leaderboard = LeaderboardManager::GetLeaderboard(gameID, (InfoType)queryType, weekly, entity->GetObjectID()); + SendActivitySummaryLeaderboardData(entity->GetObjectID(), leaderboard, sysAddr); + delete leaderboard; +} + +void GameMessages::HandleActivityStateChangeRequest(RakNet::BitStream *inStream, Entity *entity) { + LWOOBJID objectID; + inStream->Read(objectID); + + int32_t value1; + inStream->Read(value1); + + int32_t value2; + inStream->Read(value2); + + uint32_t stringValueLength; + inStream->Read(stringValueLength); + + std::u16string stringValue; + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < stringValueLength; ++i) { + uint16_t character; + inStream->Read(character); + stringValue.push_back(character); + } + + auto* assosiate = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(objectID); + + Game::logger->Log("Activity State Change", "%s [%i, %i] from %i to %i\n", GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(stringValue).c_str(), value1, value2, entity->GetLOT(), assosiate != nullptr ? assosiate->GetLOT() : 0); + + std::vector scriptedActs = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_SHOOTING_GALLERY); + for (Entity* scriptEntity : scriptedActs) { + scriptEntity->OnActivityStateChangeRequest(objectID, value1, value2, stringValue); + } + + entity->OnActivityStateChangeRequest(objectID, value1, value2, stringValue); +} + +void GameMessages::SendStartCelebrationEffect(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, int celebrationID) { + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_START_CELEBRATION_EFFECT); + + bitStream.Write(0); //animation + bitStream.Write0(); //No custom bg obj + bitStream.Write0(); //custom path + bitStream.Write0(); //leadin + bitStream.Write0(); //leadout + bitStream.Write1(); + bitStream.Write(celebrationID); + bitStream.Write(0.0f); //duration + bitStream.Write(0); //icon + bitStream.Write(0); //text + bitStream.Write(0); //mixer + bitStream.Write(0); //cue + bitStream.Write(0); //pathnodename + bitStream.Write(0); //soundguid + bitStream.Write(0); //subtext + + SEND_PACKET; + + //PacketUtils::SavePacket("StartCelebrationEffect.bin", (char*)bitStream.GetData(), bitStream.GetNumberOfBytesUsed()); +} + + +void GameMessages::SendSetRailMovement(const LWOOBJID& objectID, bool pathGoForward, std::u16string pathName, + uint32_t pathStart, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, int32_t railActivatorComponentID, + LWOOBJID railActivatorObjectID) { + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectID); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_SET_RAIL_MOVEMENT); + + bitStream.Write(pathGoForward); + + bitStream.Write(uint32_t(pathName.size())); + for (auto character : pathName) { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + + bitStream.Write(pathStart); + + const auto componentIDIsDefault = railActivatorComponentID == -1; + bitStream.Write(!componentIDIsDefault); + if (!componentIDIsDefault) + bitStream.Write(railActivatorComponentID); + + const auto activatorObjectIDIsDefault = railActivatorObjectID == LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + bitStream.Write(!activatorObjectIDIsDefault); + if (!activatorObjectIDIsDefault) + bitStream.Write(railActivatorObjectID); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendStartRailMovement(const LWOOBJID &objectID, std::u16string pathName, std::u16string startSound, + std::u16string loopSound, std::u16string stopSound, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, + uint32_t pathStart, bool goForward, bool damageImmune, bool noAggro, bool notifyActor, + bool showNameBillboard, bool cameraLocked, bool collisionEnabled, bool useDB, + int32_t railComponentID, LWOOBJID railActivatorObjectID) { + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectID); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_START_RAIL_MOVEMENT); + + bitStream.Write(damageImmune); + bitStream.Write(noAggro); + bitStream.Write(notifyActor); + bitStream.Write(showNameBillboard); + bitStream.Write(cameraLocked); + bitStream.Write(collisionEnabled); + + bitStream.Write(uint32_t(loopSound.size())); + for (auto character : loopSound) { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + + bitStream.Write(goForward); + + bitStream.Write(uint32_t(pathName.size())); + for (auto character : pathName) { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + + const auto pathStartIsDefault = pathStart == 0; + bitStream.Write(!pathStartIsDefault); + if (!pathStartIsDefault) { + bitStream.Write(pathStart); + } + + const auto railComponentIDIsDefault = railComponentID == -1; + bitStream.Write(!railComponentIDIsDefault); + if (!railComponentIDIsDefault) { + bitStream.Write(railComponentID); + } + + const auto railObjectIDIsDefault = railActivatorObjectID == LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + bitStream.Write(!railObjectIDIsDefault); + if (!railObjectIDIsDefault) { + bitStream.Write(railActivatorObjectID); + } + + bitStream.Write(uint32_t(startSound.size())); + for (auto character : startSound) { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + + bitStream.Write(uint32_t(stopSound.size())); + for (auto character : stopSound) { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + + bitStream.Write(useDB); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(const LWOOBJID& objectID, std::u16string name, int param1, int param2, const LWOOBJID& paramObj, std::string paramStr, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectID); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_CLIENT_OBJECT); + + bitStream.Write(uint32_t(name.size())); + for (auto character : name) { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + + bitStream.Write(param1); + + bitStream.Write(param2); + + bitStream.Write(paramObj); + + bitStream.Write(uint32_t(paramStr.size())); + for (auto character : paramStr) { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendNotifyClientZoneObject(const LWOOBJID& objectID, const std::u16string& name, int param1, + int param2, const LWOOBJID& paramObj, const std::string& paramStr, + const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectID); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_CLIENT_ZONE_OBJECT); + + bitStream.Write(uint32_t(name.size())); + for (const auto& character : name) { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + + bitStream.Write(param1); + bitStream.Write(param2); + bitStream.Write(paramObj); + + bitStream.Write(uint32_t(paramStr.size())); + for (const auto& character : paramStr) { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendNotifyClientFailedPrecondition(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, + const std::u16string& failedReason, int preconditionID) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_CLIENT_FAILED_PRECONDITION); + + bitStream.Write(uint32_t(failedReason.size())); + for (uint16_t character : failedReason) { + bitStream.Write(uint16_t(character)); + } + + bitStream.Write(preconditionID); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendToggleGMInvis(LWOOBJID objectId, bool enabled, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_TOGGLE_GM_INVIS); + bitStream.Write(enabled); // does not matter? + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendSetName(LWOOBJID objectID, std::u16string name, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectID); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_SET_NAME); + + bitStream.Write(name.size()); + + for (size_t i = 0; i < name.size(); ++i) + bitStream.Write(name[i]); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendBBBSaveResponse(const LWOOBJID& objectId, const LWOOBJID& localID, unsigned char* buffer, uint32_t bufferSize, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_BBB_SAVE_RESPONSE); + + bitStream.Write(localID); + + //Write a fake sd0 header: + bitStream.Write(0x73); //s + bitStream.Write(0x64); //d + bitStream.Write(0x30); //0 + bitStream.Write(0x01); //1 + bitStream.Write(0xFF); //end magic + + bitStream.Write(bufferSize); + + for (size_t i = 0; i < bufferSize; ++i) + bitStream.Write(buffer[i]); + + SEND_PACKET; + PacketUtils::SavePacket("GAME_MSG_BBB_SAVE_RESPONSE.bin", (char*)bitStream.GetData(), bitStream.GetNumberOfBytesUsed()); +} + +// Property + +void GameMessages::SendOpenPropertyVendor(const LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_OPEN_PROPERTY_VENDOR); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendOpenPropertyManagment(const LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM + CMSGHEADER + + bitStream.Write(PropertyManagementComponent::Instance()->GetParent()->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_OPEN_PROPERTY_MANAGEMENT); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendDownloadPropertyData(const LWOOBJID objectId, const PropertyDataMessage& data, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_DOWNLOAD_PROPERTY_DATA); + + data.Serialize(bitStream); + + Game::logger->Log("SendDownloadPropertyData", "(%llu) sending property data (%d)\n", objectId, sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendPropertyRentalResponse(const LWOOBJID objectId, const LWOCLONEID cloneId, const uint32_t code, const LWOOBJID propertyId, const int64_t rentDue, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_PROPERTY_RENTAL_RESPONSE); + + bitStream.Write(cloneId); + bitStream.Write(code); + bitStream.Write(propertyId); + bitStream.Write(rentDue); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendLockNodeRotation(Entity* entity, std::string nodeName) { + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(entity->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_LOCK_NODE_ROTATION); + + bitStream.Write(uint32_t(nodeName.size())); + for (char character : nodeName) { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + + SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; +} + +void GameMessages::SendSetBuildModeConfirmed(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, bool start, bool warnVisitors, bool modePaused, int32_t modeValue, LWOOBJID playerId, NiPoint3 startPos) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_SET_BUILD_MODE_CONFIRMED); + + bitStream.Write(start); + bitStream.Write(warnVisitors); + bitStream.Write(modePaused); + bitStream.Write1(); + bitStream.Write(modeValue); + bitStream.Write(playerId); + bitStream.Write1(); + bitStream.Write(startPos); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendGetModelsOnProperty(LWOOBJID objectId, std::map models, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_GET_MODELS_ON_PROPERTY); + + bitStream.Write(static_cast(models.size())); + + for (const auto& pair : models) + { + bitStream.Write(pair.first); + bitStream.Write(pair.second); + } + + Game::logger->Log("SendGetModelsOnProperty", "Sending property models to (%llu) (%d)\n", objectId, sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendZonePropertyModelEquipped(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOOBJID playerId, LWOOBJID propertyId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_ZONE_PROPERTY_MODEL_EQUIPPED); + + bitStream.Write(playerId); + bitStream.Write(propertyId); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendPlaceModelResponse(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, NiPoint3 position, + LWOOBJID plaque, int32_t response, NiQuaternion rotation) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_PLACE_MODEL_RESPONSE); + + bitStream.Write(position != NiPoint3::ZERO); + if (position != NiPoint3::ZERO) + { + bitStream.Write(position); + } + + bitStream.Write(plaque != LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + if (plaque != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + { + bitStream.Write(plaque); + } + + bitStream.Write(response != 0); + if (response != 0) + { + bitStream.Write(response); + } + + bitStream.Write(rotation != NiQuaternion::IDENTITY); + if (rotation != NiQuaternion::IDENTITY) + { + bitStream.Write(response); + } + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; + +} + +void GameMessages::SendUGCEquipPreCreateBasedOnEditMode(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, int modelCount, LWOOBJID model) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_HANDLE_UGC_EQUIP_PRE_CREATE_BASED_ON_EDIT_MODE); + + bitStream.Write(modelCount); + bitStream.Write(model); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendUGCEquipPostDeleteBasedOnEditMode(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, LWOOBJID inventoryItem, int itemTotal) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_HANDLE_UGC_EQUIP_POST_DELETE_BASED_ON_EDIT_MODE); + + bitStream.Write(inventoryItem); + + bitStream.Write(itemTotal != 0); + if (itemTotal != 0) + { + bitStream.Write(itemTotal); + } + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::HandleSetPropertyAccess(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + uint8_t accessType{}; + int32_t renew{}; + + bool accessTypeIsDefault{}; + inStream->Read(accessTypeIsDefault); + if (accessTypeIsDefault != 0) inStream->Read(accessType); + + bool renewIsDefault{}; + inStream->Read(renewIsDefault); + if (renewIsDefault != 0) inStream->Read(renew); + + Game::logger->Log("GameMessages", "Set privacy option to: %i\n", accessType); + + if (PropertyManagementComponent::Instance() == nullptr) return; + + PropertyManagementComponent::Instance()->SetPrivacyOption(static_cast(accessType)); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleUpdatePropertyOrModelForFilterCheck(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + bool isProperty{}; + LWOOBJID objectId{}; + LWOOBJID playerId{}; + LWOOBJID worldId{}; + uint32_t nameLength{}; + std::u16string name{}; + uint32_t descriptionLength{}; + std::u16string description{}; + + inStream->Read(isProperty); + inStream->Read(objectId); + inStream->Read(playerId); + inStream->Read(worldId); + + inStream->Read(descriptionLength); + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < descriptionLength; ++i) + { + uint16_t character; + inStream->Read(character); + description.push_back(character); + } + + inStream->Read(nameLength); + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < nameLength; ++i) + { + uint16_t character; + inStream->Read(character); + name.push_back(character); + } + + PropertyManagementComponent::Instance()->UpdatePropertyDetails(GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(name), GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(description)); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleQueryPropertyData(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + Game::logger->Log("HandleQueryPropertyData", "Entity (%i) requesting data\n", entity->GetLOT()); + + /* + auto entites = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_PROPERTY_VENDOR); + + entity = entites[0]; + */ + + auto* propertyVendorComponent = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_PROPERTY_VENDOR)); + + if (propertyVendorComponent != nullptr) { + propertyVendorComponent->OnQueryPropertyData(entity, sysAddr); + } + + /* + entites = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_PROPERTY_MANAGEMENT); + + entity = entites[0]; + */ + + auto* propertyManagerComponent = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_PROPERTY_MANAGEMENT)); + + if (propertyManagerComponent != nullptr) { + propertyManagerComponent->OnQueryPropertyData(entity, sysAddr); + } +} + +void GameMessages::HandleSetBuildMode(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + bool start{}; + int32_t distanceType = -1; + bool modePaused{}; + int modeValue = 1; + LWOOBJID playerId{}; + NiPoint3 startPosition = NiPoint3::ZERO; + + inStream->Read(start); + + if (inStream->ReadBit()) + inStream->Read(distanceType); + + inStream->Read(modePaused); + + if (inStream->ReadBit()) + inStream->Read(modeValue); + + inStream->Read(playerId); + + if (inStream->ReadBit()) + inStream->Read(startPosition); + + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerId); + + if (startPosition == NiPoint3::ZERO) { + startPosition = player->GetPosition(); + } + + player->GetCharacter()->SetBuildMode(start); + + Game::logger->Log("GameMessages", "Sending build mode confirm (%i): (%d) (%i) (%d) (%i) (%llu)\n", entity->GetLOT(), start, distanceType, modePaused, modeValue, playerId); + + SendSetBuildModeConfirmed(entity->GetObjectID(), UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, start, false, modePaused, modeValue, playerId, startPosition); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleStartBuildingWithItem(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + if (!entity->HasComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_PROPERTY_MANAGEMENT)) + { + return; + } + + bool firstTime{}; + bool success{}; + int32_t sourceBag{}; + LWOOBJID sourceId{}; + LOT sourceLot{}; + int32_t sourceType{}; + LWOOBJID targetId{}; + LOT targetLot{}; + NiPoint3 targetPosition{}; + int32_t targetType{}; + + inStream->Read(firstTime); + inStream->Read(success); + inStream->Read(sourceBag); + inStream->Read(sourceId); + inStream->Read(sourceLot); + inStream->Read(sourceType); + inStream->Read(targetId); + inStream->Read(targetLot); + inStream->Read(targetPosition); + inStream->Read(targetType); + + if (sourceType == 1) { + sourceType = 4; + } + + Game::logger->Log("GameMessages", "Handling start building with item (%i): (%d) (%d) (%i) (%llu) (%i) (%i) (%llu) (%i) (%i)\n", entity->GetLOT(), firstTime, success, sourceBag, sourceId, sourceLot, sourceType, targetId, targetLot, targetType); + + auto* user = UserManager::Instance()->GetUser(sysAddr); + + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(user->GetLoggedInChar()); + + SendStartArrangingWithItem( + player, + sysAddr, + firstTime, + entity->GetObjectID(), + player->GetPosition(), + sourceBag, + sourceId, + sourceLot, + sourceType, + targetId, + targetLot, + targetPosition, + targetType + ); +} + +void GameMessages::HandlePropertyEditorBegin(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + PropertyManagementComponent::Instance()->OnStartBuilding(); + + dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlObject()->OnZonePropertyEditBegin(); +} + +void GameMessages::HandlePropertyEditorEnd(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + PropertyManagementComponent::Instance()->OnFinishBuilding(); + + dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlObject()->OnZonePropertyEditEnd(); +} + +void GameMessages::HandlePropertyContentsFromClient(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + User* user = UserManager::Instance()->GetUser(sysAddr); + + Entity* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(user->GetLoggedInChar()); + + SendGetModelsOnProperty(player->GetObjectID(), PropertyManagementComponent::Instance()->GetModels(), UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); +} + +void GameMessages::HandlePropertyModelEquipped(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlObject()->OnZonePropertyModelEquipped(); +} + +void GameMessages::HandlePlacePropertyModel(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + LWOOBJID model; + + inStream->Read(model); + + PropertyManagementComponent::Instance()->UpdateModelPosition(model, NiPoint3::ZERO, NiQuaternion::IDENTITY); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleUpdatePropertyModel(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + LWOOBJID model; + NiPoint3 position; + NiQuaternion rotation = NiQuaternion::IDENTITY; + + inStream->Read(model); + inStream->Read(position); + + if (inStream->ReadBit()) + { + inStream->Read(rotation); + } + + PropertyManagementComponent::Instance()->UpdateModelPosition(model, position, rotation); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleDeletePropertyModel(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + LWOOBJID model = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + int deleteReason = 0; + + if (inStream->ReadBit()) + { + inStream->Read(model); + } + + if (inStream->ReadBit()) + { + inStream->Read(deleteReason); + + } + + PropertyManagementComponent::Instance()->DeleteModel(model, deleteReason); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleBBBLoadItemRequest(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + LWOOBJID itemID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + inStream->Read(itemID); + + Game::logger->Log("BBB", "Load item request for: " + std::to_string(itemID) + "\n"); + + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_BLUEPRINT_LOAD_RESPONSE_ITEMID); + bitStream.Write(static_cast(1)); + bitStream.Write(itemID); + bitStream.Write(itemID); + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::HandleBBBSaveRequest(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + /* + ___ ___ + /\ /\___ _ __ ___ / __\ ___ / \_ __ __ _ __ _ ___ _ __ ___ + / /_/ / _ \ '__/ _ \ /__\/// _ \ / /\ / '__/ _` |/ _` |/ _ \| '_ \/ __| + / __ / __/ | | __/ / \/ \ __/ / /_//| | | (_| | (_| | (_) | | | \__ \ + \/ /_/ \___|_| \___| \_____/\___| /___,' |_| \__,_|\__, |\___/|_| |_|___/ + |___/ + ___ _ + / __\ _____ ____ _ _ __ ___ / \ + /__\/// _ \ \ /\ / / _` | '__/ _ \/ / + / \/ \ __/\ V V / (_| | | | __/\_/ + \_____/\___| \_/\_/ \__,_|_| \___\/ + + <>=======() + (/\___ /|\\ ()==========<>_ + \_/ | \\ //|\ ______/ \) + \_| \\ // | \_/ + \|\/|\_ // /\/ + (oo)\ \_// / + //_/\_\/ / | + @@/ |=\ \ | + \_=\_ \ | + \==\ \|\_ snd + __(\===\( )\ + (((~) __(_/ | + (((~) \ / + ______/ / + '------' + */ + + //First, we have Wincent's clean methods of reading in the data received from the client. + LWOOBJID localId; + uint32_t timeTaken; + + inStream->Read(localId); + + uint32_t ld0Size; + inStream->Read(ld0Size); + for (auto i = 0; i < 5; ++i) { + uint8_t c; + inStream->Read(c); + } + + uint32_t lxfmlSize; + inStream->Read(lxfmlSize); + uint8_t* inData = static_cast(std::malloc(lxfmlSize)); + + if (inData == nullptr) { + return; + } + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < lxfmlSize; ++i) { + uint8_t c; + inStream->Read(c); + inData[i] = c; + } + + inStream->Read(timeTaken); + + /* + Disabled this, as it's kinda silly to do this roundabout way of storing plaintext lxfml, then recompressing + it to send it back to the client. + + On DLU we had agreed that bricks wouldn't be taken anyway, but if your server decides otherwise, feel free to + comment this back out and add the needed code to get the bricks used from lxfml and take them from the inventory. + + Note, in the live client it'll still display the bricks going out as they're being used, but on relog/world change, + they reappear as we didn't take them. + */ + + ////Decompress the SD0 from the client so we can process the lxfml properly + //uint8_t* outData = new uint8_t[327680]; + //int32_t error; + //int32_t size = ZCompression::Decompress(inData, lxfmlSize, outData, 327680, error); + + //if (size == -1) { + // Game::logger->Log("GameMessages", "Failed to decompress LXFML: (%i)\n", error); + // return; + //} + // + //std::string lxfml(reinterpret_cast(outData), size); //std::string version of the decompressed data! + + //Now, the cave of dragons: + + //We runs this in async because the http library here is blocking, meaning it'll halt the thread. + //But we don't want the server to go unresponsive, because then the client would disconnect. + std::async(std::launch::async, [&]() { + + //We need to get a new ID for our model first: + ObjectIDManager::Instance()->RequestPersistentID([=](uint32_t newID) { + LWOOBJID newIDL = newID; + newIDL = GeneralUtils::SetBit(newIDL, OBJECT_BIT_CHARACTER); + newIDL = GeneralUtils::SetBit(newIDL, OBJECT_BIT_PERSISTENT); + + ObjectIDManager::Instance()->RequestPersistentID([=](uint32_t blueprintIDSmall) { + blueprintIDSmall = ObjectIDManager::Instance()->GenerateRandomObjectID(); + LWOOBJID blueprintID = blueprintIDSmall; + blueprintID = GeneralUtils::SetBit(blueprintID, OBJECT_BIT_CHARACTER); + blueprintID = GeneralUtils::SetBit(blueprintID, OBJECT_BIT_PERSISTENT); + + //We need to get the propertyID: (stolen from Wincent's propertyManagementComp) + const auto& worldId = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->GetZoneID(); + + const auto zoneId = worldId.GetMapID(); + const auto cloneId = worldId.GetCloneID(); + + std::stringstream query; + + query << "SELECT id FROM PropertyTemplate WHERE mapID = " << std::to_string(zoneId) << ";"; + + auto result = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.str()); + + if (result.eof() || result.fieldIsNull(0)) { + return; + } + + int templateId = result.getIntField(0); + + result.finalize(); + + auto* propertyLookup = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT * FROM properties WHERE template_id = ? AND clone_id = ?;"); + + propertyLookup->setInt(1, templateId); + propertyLookup->setInt64(2, cloneId); + + auto* propertyEntry = propertyLookup->executeQuery(); + uint64_t propertyId = 0; + + if (propertyEntry->next()) { + propertyId = propertyEntry->getUInt64(1); + } + + delete propertyLookup; + + //Insert into ugc: + auto ugcs = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("INSERT INTO `ugc`(`id`, `account_id`, `character_id`, `is_optimized`, `lxfml`, `bake_ao`, `filename`) VALUES (?,?,?,?,?,?,?)"); + ugcs->setUInt(1, blueprintIDSmall); + ugcs->setInt(2, entity->GetParentUser()->GetAccountID()); + ugcs->setInt(3, entity->GetCharacter()->GetID()); + ugcs->setInt(4, 0); + + //whacky stream biz + std::string s((char*)inData, lxfmlSize); + std::istringstream iss(s); + std::istream& stream = iss; + + ugcs->setBlob(5, &iss); + ugcs->setBoolean(6, false); + ugcs->setString(7, "weedeater.lxfml"); + ugcs->execute(); + delete ugcs; + + //Insert into the db as a BBB model: + auto* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("INSERT INTO `properties_contents`(`id`, `property_id`, `ugc_id`, `lot`, `x`, `y`, `z`, `rx`, `ry`, `rz`, `rw`) VALUES (?,?,?,?,?,?,?,?,?,?,?)"); + stmt->setUInt64(1, newIDL); + stmt->setUInt64(2, propertyId); + stmt->setUInt(3, blueprintIDSmall); + stmt->setUInt(4, 14); //14 is the lot the BBB models use + stmt->setDouble(5, 0.0f); //x + stmt->setDouble(6, 0.0f); //y + stmt->setDouble(7, 0.0f); //z + stmt->setDouble(8, 0.0f); + stmt->setDouble(9, 0.0f); + stmt->setDouble(10, 0.0f); + stmt->setDouble(11, 0.0f); + stmt->execute(); + delete stmt; + + /* + Commented out until UGC server would be updated to use a sd0 file instead of lxfml stream. + (or you uncomment the lxfml decomp stuff above) + */ + + ////Send off to UGC for processing, if enabled: + //if (Game::config->GetValue("ugc_remote") == "1") { + // std::string ugcIP = Game::config->GetValue("ugc_ip"); + // int ugcPort = std::stoi(Game::config->GetValue("ugc_port")); + + // httplib::Client cli(ugcIP, ugcPort); //connect to UGC HTTP server using our config above ^ + + // //Send out a request: + // std::string request = "/3dservices/UGCC150/150" + std::to_string(blueprintID) + ".lxfml"; + // cli.Put(request.c_str(), lxfml.c_str(), "text/lxfml"); + + // //When the "put" above returns, it means that the UGC HTTP server is done processing our model & + // //the nif, hkx and checksum files are ready to be downloaded from cache. + //} + + //Tell the client their model is saved: (this causes us to actually pop out of our current state): + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_BLUEPRINT_SAVE_RESPONSE); + bitStream.Write(localId); + bitStream.Write(0); + bitStream.Write(1); + bitStream.Write(blueprintID); + + bitStream.Write(lxfmlSize + 9); + + //Write a fake sd0 header: + bitStream.Write(0x73); //s + bitStream.Write(0x64); //d + bitStream.Write(0x30); //0 + bitStream.Write(0x01); //1 + bitStream.Write(0xFF); //end magic + + bitStream.Write(lxfmlSize); + + for (size_t i = 0; i < lxfmlSize; ++i) + bitStream.Write(inData[i]); + + SEND_PACKET; + PacketUtils::SavePacket("MSG_CLIENT_BLUEPRINT_SAVE_RESPONSE.bin", (char*)bitStream.GetData(), bitStream.GetNumberOfBytesUsed()); + + //Now we have to construct this object: + /* + * This needs to be sent as config data, but I don't know how to right now. + 'blueprintid': (9, 1152921508346399522), + 'componentWhitelist': (1, 1), + 'modelType': (1, 2), + 'propertyObjectID': (7, True), + 'userModelID': (9, 1152921510759098799) + */ + + EntityInfo info; + info.lot = 14; + info.pos = {}; + info.rot = {}; + info.spawner = nullptr; + info.spawnerID = entity->GetObjectID(); + info.spawnerNodeID = 0; + + LDFBaseData* ldfBlueprintID = new LDFData(u"blueprintid", blueprintID); + LDFBaseData* componentWhitelist = new LDFData(u"componentWhitelist", 1); + LDFBaseData* modelType = new LDFData(u"modelType", 2); + LDFBaseData* propertyObjectID = new LDFData(u"propertyObjectID", true); + LDFBaseData* userModelID = new LDFData(u"userModelID", newIDL); + + info.settings.push_back(ldfBlueprintID); + info.settings.push_back(componentWhitelist); + info.settings.push_back(modelType); + info.settings.push_back(propertyObjectID); + info.settings.push_back(userModelID); + + Entity* newEntity = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info, nullptr); + if (newEntity) { + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(newEntity); + + //Make sure the propMgmt doesn't delete our model after the server dies + //Trying to do this after the entity is constructed. Shouldn't really change anything but + //there was an issue with builds not appearing since it was placed above ConstructEntity. + PropertyManagementComponent::Instance()->AddModel(newEntity->GetObjectID(), newIDL); + } + }); + }); + }); +} + +void GameMessages::HandlePropertyEntranceSync(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + bool includeNullAddress{}; + bool includeNullDescription{}; + bool playerOwn{}; + bool updateUi{}; + int32_t numResults{}; + int32_t reputation{}; + int32_t sortMethod{}; + int32_t startIndex{}; + uint32_t filterTextLength{}; + std::string filterText{}; + + inStream->Read(includeNullAddress); + inStream->Read(includeNullDescription); + inStream->Read(playerOwn); + inStream->Read(updateUi); + inStream->Read(numResults); + inStream->Read(reputation); + inStream->Read(sortMethod); + inStream->Read(startIndex); + inStream->Read(filterTextLength); + + for (auto i = 0u; i < filterTextLength; i++) + { + char c; + inStream->Read(c); + filterText.push_back(c); + } + + auto* player = Player::GetPlayer(sysAddr); + + auto* entranceComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (entranceComponent == nullptr) return; + + entranceComponent->OnPropertyEntranceSync(player, + includeNullAddress, + includeNullDescription, + playerOwn, + updateUi, + numResults, + reputation, + sortMethod, + startIndex, + filterText, + sysAddr + ); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleEnterProperty(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + uint32_t index{}; + bool returnToZone{}; + + inStream->Read(index); + inStream->Read(returnToZone); + + auto* player = Player::GetPlayer(sysAddr); + + auto* entranceComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (entranceComponent == nullptr) return; + + entranceComponent->OnEnterProperty(player, index, returnToZone, sysAddr); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleSetConsumableItem(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + LOT lot; + + inStream->Read(lot); + + auto* inventory = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (inventory == nullptr) return; + + inventory->SetConsumable(lot); +} + +void GameMessages::SendPlayCinematic(LWOOBJID objectId, std::u16string pathName, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, + bool allowGhostUpdates, bool bCloseMultiInteract, bool bSendServerNotify, bool bUseControlledObjectForAudioListener, + int endBehavior, bool hidePlayerDuringCine, float leadIn, bool leavePlayerLockedWhenFinished, + bool lockPlayer, bool result, bool skipIfSamePath, float startTimeAdvance) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_PLAY_CINEMATIC); + + bitStream.Write(allowGhostUpdates); + bitStream.Write(bCloseMultiInteract); + bitStream.Write(bSendServerNotify); + bitStream.Write(bUseControlledObjectForAudioListener); + + bitStream.Write(endBehavior != 0); + if (endBehavior != 0) bitStream.Write(endBehavior); + + bitStream.Write(hidePlayerDuringCine); + + bitStream.Write(leadIn != -1); + if (leadIn != -1) bitStream.Write(leadIn); + + bitStream.Write(leavePlayerLockedWhenFinished); + bitStream.Write(lockPlayer); + + bitStream.Write(pathName.size()); + for (char16_t c : pathName) { + bitStream.Write(c); + } + + bitStream.Write(result); + + bitStream.Write(skipIfSamePath); + + bitStream.Write(startTimeAdvance); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendEndCinematic(LWOOBJID objectId, std::u16string pathName, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, + float leadOut, bool leavePlayerLocked) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_END_CINEMATIC); + + bitStream.Write(leadOut != -1); + if (leadOut != -1) bitStream.Write(leadOut); + + bitStream.Write(leavePlayerLocked); + + bitStream.Write(pathName.size()); + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < pathName.size(); i++) { + bitStream.Write(pathName[i]); + } + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::HandleCinematicUpdate(RakNet::BitStream *inStream, Entity *entity, const SystemAddress &sysAddr) { + eCinematicEvent event; + if (!inStream->ReadBit()) { + event = STARTED; + } else { + inStream->Read(event); + } + + float_t overallTime; + if (!inStream->ReadBit()) { + overallTime = -1.0f; + } else { + inStream->Read(overallTime); + } + + uint32_t pathNameLength; + inStream->Read(pathNameLength); + + std::u16string pathName; + for (size_t i = 0; i < pathNameLength; i++) { + char16_t character; + inStream->Read(character); + pathName.push_back(character); + } + + float_t pathTime; + if (!inStream->ReadBit()) { + pathTime = -1.0f; + } else { + inStream->Read(pathTime); + } + + int32_t waypoint; + if (!inStream->ReadBit()) { + waypoint = -1; + } else { + inStream->Read(waypoint); + } + + std::vector scriptedActs = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_SCRIPT); + for (Entity* scriptEntity : scriptedActs) { + scriptEntity->OnCinematicUpdate(scriptEntity, entity, event, pathName, pathTime, overallTime, waypoint); + } +} + +void GameMessages::SendSetStunned(LWOOBJID objectId, eStunState stateChangeType, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, + LWOOBJID originator, bool bCantAttack, bool bCantEquip, + bool bCantInteract, bool bCantJump, bool bCantMove, bool bCantTurn, + bool bCantUseItem, bool bDontTerminateInteract, bool bIgnoreImmunity, + bool bCantAttackOutChangeWasApplied, bool bCantEquipOutChangeWasApplied, + bool bCantInteractOutChangeWasApplied, bool bCantJumpOutChangeWasApplied, + bool bCantMoveOutChangeWasApplied, bool bCantTurnOutChangeWasApplied, + bool bCantUseItemOutChangeWasApplied) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_SET_STUNNED); + + bitStream.Write(originator != LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + if (originator != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) bitStream.Write(originator); + + bitStream.Write(stateChangeType); + + bitStream.Write(bCantAttack); + bitStream.Write(bCantAttackOutChangeWasApplied); + + bitStream.Write(bCantEquip); + bitStream.Write(bCantEquipOutChangeWasApplied); + + bitStream.Write(bCantInteract); + bitStream.Write(bCantInteractOutChangeWasApplied); + + bitStream.Write(bCantJump); + bitStream.Write(bCantJumpOutChangeWasApplied); + + bitStream.Write(bCantMove); + bitStream.Write(bCantMoveOutChangeWasApplied); + + bitStream.Write(bCantTurn); + bitStream.Write(bCantTurnOutChangeWasApplied); + + bitStream.Write(bCantUseItem); + bitStream.Write(bCantUseItemOutChangeWasApplied); + + bitStream.Write(bDontTerminateInteract); + + bitStream.Write(bIgnoreImmunity); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + + +void GameMessages::SendOrientToAngle(LWOOBJID objectId, bool bRelativeToCurrent, float fAngle, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_ORIENT_TO_ANGLE); + + bitStream.Write(bRelativeToCurrent); + bitStream.Write(fAngle); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + + +void GameMessages::SendAddRunSpeedModifier(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOOBJID caster, uint32_t modifier, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_ADD_RUN_SPEED_MODIFIER); + + bitStream.Write(caster != LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + if (caster != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) bitStream.Write(caster); + + bitStream.Write(modifier != 500); + if (modifier != 500) bitStream.Write(modifier); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendRemoveRunSpeedModifier(LWOOBJID objectId, uint32_t modifier, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_REMOVE_RUN_SPEED_MODIFIER); + + bitStream.Write(modifier != 500); + if (modifier != 500) bitStream.Write(modifier); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendPropertyEntranceBegin(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_PROPERTY_ENTRANCE_BEGIN); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendPropertySelectQuery(LWOOBJID objectId, int32_t navOffset, bool thereAreMore, int32_t cloneId, bool hasFeaturedProperty, bool wasFriends, const std::vector& entries, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_PROPERTY_SELECT_QUERY); + + bitStream.Write(navOffset); + bitStream.Write(thereAreMore); + bitStream.Write(cloneId); + bitStream.Write(hasFeaturedProperty); + bitStream.Write(wasFriends); + + bitStream.Write(entries.size()); + + for (auto& entry : entries) + { + entry.Serialize(bitStream); + } + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendNotifyObject(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOOBJID objIDSender, std::u16string name, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, int param1, int param2) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_OBJECT); + + bitStream.Write(objIDSender); + bitStream.Write(static_cast(name.size())); + for (const auto character : name) + { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + + bitStream.Write(param1); + bitStream.Write(param2); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::HandleVerifyAck(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + bool bDifferent; + std::string sBitStream; + uint32_t uiHandle = 0; + + bDifferent = inStream->ReadBit(); + + uint32_t sBitStreamLength = 0; + inStream->Read(sBitStreamLength); + for (uint64_t k = 0; k < sBitStreamLength; k++) { + uint8_t character; + inStream->Read(character); + sBitStream.push_back(character); + } + + if (inStream->ReadBit()) + { + inStream->Read(uiHandle); + } +} + +void GameMessages::SendTeamPickupItem(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOOBJID lootID, LWOOBJID lootOwnerID, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_TEAM_PICKUP_ITEM); + + bitStream.Write(lootID); + bitStream.Write(lootOwnerID); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +//Trading: + +void GameMessages::SendServerTradeInvite(LWOOBJID objectId, bool bNeedInvitePopUp, LWOOBJID i64Requestor, std::u16string wsName, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_SERVER_TRADE_INVITE); + + bitStream.Write(bNeedInvitePopUp); + bitStream.Write(i64Requestor); + bitStream.Write(static_cast(wsName.size())); + for (const auto character : wsName) + { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendServerTradeInitialReply(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOOBJID i64Invitee, int32_t resultType, std::u16string wsName, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_SERVER_TRADE_INITIAL_REPLY); + + bitStream.Write(i64Invitee); + bitStream.Write(resultType); + bitStream.Write(static_cast(wsName.size())); + for (const auto character : wsName) + { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendServerTradeFinalReply(LWOOBJID objectId, bool bResult, LWOOBJID i64Invitee, std::u16string wsName, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_SERVER_TRADE_FINAL_REPLY); + + bitStream.Write(bResult); + bitStream.Write(i64Invitee); + bitStream.Write(static_cast(wsName.size())); + for (const auto character : wsName) + { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendServerTradeAccept(LWOOBJID objectId, bool bFirst, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_SERVER_TRADE_ACCEPT); + + bitStream.Write(bFirst); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendServerTradeCancel(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_SERVER_TRADE_CANCEL); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendServerTradeUpdate(LWOOBJID objectId, uint64_t coins, const std::vector& items, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_SERVER_TRADE_UPDATE); + + bitStream.Write(false); + bitStream.Write(coins); + bitStream.Write(static_cast(items.size())); + + for (const auto& item : items) + { + bitStream.Write(item.itemId); + bitStream.Write(item.itemId); + + bitStream.Write(item.itemLot); + bitStream.Write0(); + bitStream.Write1(); + bitStream.Write(item.itemCount); + bitStream.Write0(); + bitStream.Write0(); + bitStream.Write0(); + bitStream.Write0(); + } + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::HandleClientTradeRequest(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + // Check if the player has restricted trade access + auto* character = entity->GetCharacter(); + + if (character->HasPermission(PermissionMap::RestrictedTradeAccess)) + { + // Send a message to the player + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage( + sysAddr, + u"This character has restricted trade access." + ); + + return; + } + + bool bNeedInvitePopUp = inStream->ReadBit(); + LWOOBJID i64Invitee; + + inStream->Read(i64Invitee); + + auto* invitee = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(i64Invitee); + + if (invitee != nullptr && invitee->IsPlayer()) + { + character = invitee->GetCharacter(); + + if (character->HasPermission(PermissionMap::RestrictedTradeAccess)) + { + // Send a message to the player + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage( + sysAddr, + u"The character you are trying to trade with has restricted trade access." + ); + + return; + } + + Game::logger->Log("GameMessages", "Trade request to (%llu)\n", i64Invitee); + + auto* trade = TradingManager::Instance()->GetPlayerTrade(entity->GetObjectID()); + + if (trade != nullptr) + { + if (!trade->IsParticipant(i64Invitee)) + { + TradingManager::Instance()->CancelTrade(trade->GetTradeId()); + + TradingManager::Instance()->NewTrade(entity->GetObjectID(), i64Invitee); + } + } + else + { + TradingManager::Instance()->NewTrade(entity->GetObjectID(), i64Invitee); + } + + SendServerTradeInvite( + i64Invitee, + bNeedInvitePopUp, + entity->GetObjectID(), + GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(entity->GetCharacter()->GetName()), + invitee->GetSystemAddress() + ); + } +} + +void GameMessages::HandleClientTradeCancel(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + Game::logger->Log("GameMessages", "Trade canceled from (%llu)\n", entity->GetObjectID()); + + auto* trade = TradingManager::Instance()->GetPlayerTrade(entity->GetObjectID()); + + if (trade == nullptr) return; + + TradingManager::Instance()->CancelTrade(trade->GetTradeId()); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleClientTradeAccept(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + bool bFirst = inStream->ReadBit(); + + Game::logger->Log("GameMessages", "Trade accepted from (%llu) -> (%d)\n", entity->GetObjectID(), bFirst); + + auto* trade = TradingManager::Instance()->GetPlayerTrade(entity->GetObjectID()); + + if (trade == nullptr) return; + + trade->SetAccepted(entity->GetObjectID(), bFirst); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleClientTradeUpdate(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + uint64_t currency; + uint32_t itemCount; + + inStream->Read(currency); + inStream->Read(itemCount); + + Game::logger->Log("GameMessages", "Trade update from (%llu) -> (%llu), (%i)\n", entity->GetObjectID(), currency, itemCount); + + std::vector items {}; + + for (size_t i = 0; i < itemCount; i++) + { + LWOOBJID itemId; + LWOOBJID itemId2; + + inStream->Read(itemId); + inStream->Read(itemId2); + + LOT lot = 0; + LWOOBJID unknown1 = 0; + uint32_t unknown2 = 0; + uint16_t slot = 0; + uint32_t unknown3 = 0; + uint32_t ldfSize = 0; + bool unknown4; + + inStream->Read(lot); + if (inStream->ReadBit()) + { + inStream->Read(unknown1); + } + if (inStream->ReadBit()) + { + inStream->Read(unknown2); + } + if (inStream->ReadBit()) + { + inStream->Read(slot); + } + if (inStream->ReadBit()) + { + inStream->Read(unknown3); + } + if (inStream->ReadBit()) // No + { + inStream->Read(ldfSize); + bool compressed = inStream->ReadBit(); + if (compressed) + { + uint32_t ldfCompressedSize = 0; + inStream->Read(ldfCompressedSize); + inStream->IgnoreBytes(ldfCompressedSize); + } + else + { + inStream->IgnoreBytes(ldfSize); + } + } + unknown4 = inStream->ReadBit(); + + items.push_back({itemId, lot, unknown2}); + + Game::logger->Log("GameMessages", "Trade item from (%llu) -> (%llu)/(%llu), (%i), (%llu), (%i), (%i)\n", entity->GetObjectID(), itemId, itemId2, lot, unknown1, unknown2, unknown3); + } + + auto* trade = TradingManager::Instance()->GetPlayerTrade(entity->GetObjectID()); + + if (trade == nullptr) return; + + trade->SetCoins(entity->GetObjectID(), currency); + trade->SetItems(entity->GetObjectID(), items); + trade->SendUpdateToOther(entity->GetObjectID()); +} + +//Pets: + +void GameMessages::SendNotifyPetTamingMinigame(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOOBJID petId, LWOOBJID playerTamingId, bool bForceTeleport, uint32_t notifyType, NiPoint3 petsDestPos, NiPoint3 telePos, NiQuaternion teleRot, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_PET_TAMING_MINIGAME); + + bitStream.Write(petId); + bitStream.Write(playerTamingId); + bitStream.Write(bForceTeleport); + bitStream.Write(notifyType); + bitStream.Write(petsDestPos); + bitStream.Write(telePos); + + const bool hasDefault = teleRot != NiQuaternion::IDENTITY; + bitStream.Write(hasDefault); + if (hasDefault) bitStream.Write(teleRot); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendNotifyTamingModelLoadedOnServer(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_TAMING_MODEL_LOADED_ON_SERVER); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendNotifyPetTamingPuzzleSelected(LWOOBJID objectId, std::vector& bricks, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_PET_TAMING_PUZZLE_SELECTED); + + bitStream.Write(static_cast(bricks.size())); + for (const auto& brick : bricks) + { + bitStream.Write(brick.designerID); + bitStream.Write(brick.materialID); + } + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendPetTamingTryBuildResult(LWOOBJID objectId, bool bSuccess, int32_t iNumCorrect, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_PET_TAMING_TRY_BUILD_RESULT); + + bitStream.Write(bSuccess); + bitStream.Write(iNumCorrect != 0); + if (iNumCorrect != 0) bitStream.Write(iNumCorrect); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendPetResponse(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOOBJID objIDPet, int32_t iPetCommandType, int32_t iResponse, int32_t iTypeID, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_PET_RESPONSE); + + bitStream.Write(objIDPet); + bitStream.Write(iPetCommandType); + bitStream.Write(iResponse); + bitStream.Write(iTypeID); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendAddPetToPlayer(LWOOBJID objectId, int32_t iElementalType, std::u16string name, LWOOBJID petDBID, LOT petLOT, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_ADD_PET_TO_PLAYER); + + bitStream.Write(iElementalType); + bitStream.Write(static_cast(name.size())); + for (const auto character : name) + { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + + bitStream.Write(petDBID); + bitStream.Write(petLOT); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendRegisterPetID(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOOBJID objID, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_REGISTER_PET_ID); + + bitStream.Write(objID); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendRegisterPetDBID(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOOBJID petDBID, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_REGISTER_PET_DBID); + + bitStream.Write(petDBID); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendMarkInventoryItemAsActive(LWOOBJID objectId, bool bActive, int32_t iType, LWOOBJID itemID, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_MARK_INVENTORY_ITEM_AS_ACTIVE); + + bitStream.Write(bActive); + + bitStream.Write(iType != 0); + if (iType != 0) bitStream.Write(iType); + + bitStream.Write(itemID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + if (itemID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) bitStream.Write(itemID); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendClientExitTamingMinigame(LWOOBJID objectId, bool bVoluntaryExit, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_CLIENT_EXIT_TAMING_MINIGAME); + + bitStream.Write(bVoluntaryExit); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendShowPetActionButton(LWOOBJID objectId, int32_t buttonLabel, bool bShow, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_SHOW_PET_ACTION_BUTTON); + + bitStream.Write(buttonLabel); + bitStream.Write(bShow); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendPlayEmote(LWOOBJID objectId, int32_t emoteID, LWOOBJID target, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_PLAY_EMOTE); + + bitStream.Write(emoteID); + bitStream.Write(target); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + + +void GameMessages::SendBouncerActiveStatus(LWOOBJID objectId, bool bActive, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_BOUNCER_ACTIVE_STATUS); + + bitStream.Write(bActive); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + + +void GameMessages::SendSetPetName(LWOOBJID objectId, std::u16string name, LWOOBJID petDBID, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_SET_PET_NAME); + + bitStream.Write(static_cast(name.size())); + for (const auto character : name) + { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + + bitStream.Write(petDBID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + if (petDBID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) bitStream.Write(petDBID); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + + +void GameMessages::SendSetPetNameModerated(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOOBJID petDBID, int32_t nModerationStatus, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_SET_PET_NAME_MODERATED); + + bitStream.Write(petDBID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + if (petDBID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) bitStream.Write(petDBID); + + bitStream.Write(nModerationStatus); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + + +void GameMessages::SendPetNameChanged(LWOOBJID objectId, int32_t moderationStatus, std::u16string name, std::u16string ownerName, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_PET_NAME_CHANGED); + + bitStream.Write(moderationStatus); + + bitStream.Write(static_cast(name.size())); + for (const auto character : name) + { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + + bitStream.Write(static_cast(ownerName.size())); + for (const auto character : ownerName) + { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + + +void GameMessages::HandleClientExitTamingMinigame(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + bool bVoluntaryExit = inStream->ReadBit(); + + auto* petComponent = PetComponent::GetTamingPet(entity->GetObjectID()); + + if (petComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + petComponent->ClientExitTamingMinigame(bVoluntaryExit); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleStartServerPetMinigameTimer(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + auto* petComponent = PetComponent::GetTamingPet(entity->GetObjectID()); + + if (petComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + petComponent->StartTimer(); +} + +void GameMessages::HandlePetTamingTryBuild(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + uint32_t brickCount; + std::vector bricks; + bool clientFailed; + + inStream->Read(brickCount); + + bricks.reserve(brickCount); + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < brickCount; i++) + { + Brick brick; + + inStream->Read(brick); + + bricks.push_back(brick); + } + + clientFailed = inStream->ReadBit(); + + auto* petComponent = PetComponent::GetTamingPet(entity->GetObjectID()); + + if (petComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + petComponent->TryBuild(bricks, clientFailed); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleNotifyTamingBuildSuccess(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + NiPoint3 position; + + inStream->Read(position); + + auto* petComponent = PetComponent::GetTamingPet(entity->GetObjectID()); + + if (petComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + petComponent->NotifyTamingBuildSuccess(position); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleRequestSetPetName(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + uint32_t nameLength; + std::u16string name; + + inStream->Read(nameLength); + + for (size_t i = 0; i < nameLength; i++) + { + char16_t character; + inStream->Read(character); + name.push_back(character); + } + + auto* petComponent = PetComponent::GetTamingPet(entity->GetObjectID()); + + if (petComponent == nullptr) + { + petComponent = PetComponent::GetActivePet(entity->GetObjectID()); + + if (petComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + } + + petComponent->RequestSetPetName(name); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleCommandPet(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + NiPoint3 genericPosInfo; + LWOOBJID objIdSource; + int32_t iPetCommandType; + int32_t iTypeID; + bool overrideObey; + + inStream->Read(genericPosInfo); + inStream->Read(objIdSource); + inStream->Read(iPetCommandType); + inStream->Read(iTypeID); + overrideObey = inStream->ReadBit(); + + auto* petComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (petComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + petComponent->Command(genericPosInfo, objIdSource, iPetCommandType, iTypeID, overrideObey); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleDespawnPet(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + bool bDeletePet; + + bDeletePet = inStream->ReadBit(); + + auto* petComponent = PetComponent::GetActivePet(entity->GetObjectID()); + + if (petComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + if (bDeletePet) + { + petComponent->Release(); + } + else + { + petComponent->Deactivate(); + } +} + +void GameMessages::HandleMessageBoxResponse(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + int32_t iButton; + uint32_t identifierLength; + std::u16string identifier; + uint32_t userDataLength; + std::u16string userData; + + inStream->Read(iButton); + + inStream->Read(identifierLength); + for (size_t i = 0; i < identifierLength; i++) + { + char16_t character; + inStream->Read(character); + identifier.push_back(character); + } + + inStream->Read(userDataLength); + for (size_t i = 0; i < userDataLength; i++) + { + char16_t character; + inStream->Read(character); + userData.push_back(character); + } + + Game::logger->Log("HandleMessageBoxResponse", "Button: " + std::to_string(iButton) + "; LOT: " + std::to_string(entity->GetLOT()) + " identifier: " + GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(identifier) + "; userData: " + GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(userData) + "\n"); + + auto* user = UserManager::Instance()->GetUser(sysAddr); + + if (user == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* userEntity = user->GetLastUsedChar()->GetEntity(); + + if (userEntity == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + entity->OnMessageBoxResponse(userEntity, iButton, identifier, userData); + + auto* scriptedActivityComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (scriptedActivityComponent != nullptr) + { + scriptedActivityComponent->HandleMessageBoxResponse(userEntity, GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(identifier)); + } + + auto* racingControlComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (racingControlComponent != nullptr) + { + racingControlComponent->HandleMessageBoxResponse(userEntity, GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(identifier)); + } + + for (auto* shootingGallery : EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_SHOOTING_GALLERY)) + { + shootingGallery->OnMessageBoxResponse(userEntity, iButton, identifier, userData); + } +} + +void GameMessages::HandleChoiceBoxRespond(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + int32_t iButton; + uint32_t buttonIdentifierLength; + std::u16string buttonIdentifier; + uint32_t identifierLength; + std::u16string identifier; + + inStream->Read(buttonIdentifierLength); + for (size_t i = 0; i < buttonIdentifierLength; i++) + { + char16_t character; + inStream->Read(character); + buttonIdentifier.push_back(character); + } + + inStream->Read(iButton); + + inStream->Read(identifierLength); + for (size_t i = 0; i < identifierLength; i++) + { + char16_t character; + inStream->Read(character); + identifier.push_back(character); + } + + Game::logger->Log("HandleChoiceBoxRespond", "Button: " + std::to_string(iButton) + "; LOT: " + std::to_string(entity->GetLOT()) + " buttonIdentifier: " + GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(buttonIdentifier) + "; userData: " + GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(identifier) + "\n"); + + auto* user = UserManager::Instance()->GetUser(sysAddr); + + if (user == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* userEntity = user->GetLastUsedChar()->GetEntity(); + + if (userEntity == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + entity->OnChoiceBoxResponse(userEntity, iButton, buttonIdentifier, identifier); +} + +void GameMessages::SendDisplayZoneSummary(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, bool isPropertyMap, bool isZoneStart, LWOOBJID sender) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_DISPLAY_ZONE_SUMMARY); + + bitStream.Write(isPropertyMap); + bitStream.Write(isZoneStart); + bitStream.Write(sender != LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + if (sender != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) bitStream.Write(sender); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +//UI + +void GameMessages::SendNotifyNotEnoughInvSpace(LWOOBJID objectId, uint32_t freeSlotsNeeded, eInventoryType inventoryType, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_VEHICLE_NOTIFY_FINISHED_RACE); + + bitStream.Write(freeSlotsNeeded); + bitStream.Write(inventoryType != 0); + if (inventoryType != 0) bitStream.Write(inventoryType); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendDisplayMessageBox(LWOOBJID objectId, bool bShow, LWOOBJID callbackClient, const std::u16string& identifier, int32_t imageID, const std::u16string& text, const std::u16string& userData, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_DISPLAY_MESSAGE_BOX); + + bitStream.Write(bShow); + bitStream.Write(callbackClient); + + bitStream.Write(static_cast(identifier.size())); + for (const auto character : identifier) + { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + + bitStream.Write(imageID); + + bitStream.Write(static_cast(text.size())); + for (const auto character : text) + { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + + bitStream.Write(static_cast(userData.size())); + for (const auto character : userData) + { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendDisplayChatBubble(LWOOBJID objectId, const std::u16string& text, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + // GAME_MSG_DISPLAY_CHAT_BUBBLE + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_DISPLAY_CHAT_BUBBLE); + + bitStream.Write(static_cast(text.size())); + for (const auto character : text) + { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +//Racing + +void GameMessages::HandleModuleAssemblyQueryData(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + auto* moduleAssemblyComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + Game::logger->Log("HandleModuleAssemblyQueryData", "Got Query from %i\n", entity->GetLOT()); + + if (moduleAssemblyComponent != nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("HandleModuleAssemblyQueryData", "Returning assembly %s\n", GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(moduleAssemblyComponent->GetAssemblyPartsLOTs()).c_str()); + + SendModuleAssemblyDBDataForClient(entity->GetObjectID(), moduleAssemblyComponent->GetSubKey(), moduleAssemblyComponent->GetAssemblyPartsLOTs(), UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + } +} + + +void GameMessages::HandleModularAssemblyNIFCompleted(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + LWOOBJID objectID; + + inStream->Read(objectID); +} + + +void GameMessages::HandleVehicleSetWheelLockState(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + bool bExtraFriction = inStream->ReadBit(); + bool bLocked = inStream->ReadBit(); +} + + +void GameMessages::HandleRacingClientReady(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + LWOOBJID playerID; + + inStream->Read(playerID); + + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* racingControlComponent = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlObject()->GetComponent(); + + if (racingControlComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + racingControlComponent->OnRacingClientReady(player); +} + + +void GameMessages::HandleAcknowledgePossession(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + Game::logger->Log("HandleAcknowledgePossession", "Got AcknowledgePossession from %i\n", entity->GetLOT()); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(entity); +} + + +void GameMessages::HandleRequestDie(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + bool bClientDeath; + bool bSpawnLoot; + std::u16string deathType; + float directionRelativeAngleXZ; + float directionRelativeAngleY; + float directionRelativeForce; + int32_t killType = VIOLENT; + LWOOBJID killerID; + LWOOBJID lootOwnerID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + bClientDeath = inStream->ReadBit(); + bSpawnLoot = inStream->ReadBit(); + + uint32_t deathTypeLength = 0; + inStream->Read(deathTypeLength); + + for (size_t i = 0; i < deathTypeLength; i++) + { + char16_t character; + inStream->Read(character); + + deathType.push_back(character); + } + + inStream->Read(directionRelativeAngleXZ); + inStream->Read(directionRelativeAngleY); + inStream->Read(directionRelativeForce); + + if (inStream->ReadBit()) + { + inStream->Read(killType); + } + + inStream->Read(killerID); + + if (inStream->ReadBit()) + { + inStream->Read(lootOwnerID); + } + + auto* zoneController = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlObject(); + + auto* racingControlComponent = zoneController->GetComponent(); + + Game::logger->Log("HandleRequestDie", "Got die request: %i\n", entity->GetLOT()); + + if (racingControlComponent != nullptr) + { + auto* possessableComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (possessableComponent != nullptr) + { + entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(possessableComponent->GetPossessor()); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + return; + } + } + + racingControlComponent->OnRequestDie(entity); + } +} + + +void GameMessages::HandleVehicleNotifyServerAddPassiveBoostAction(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + //SendVehicleAddPassiveBoostAction(entity->GetObjectID(), sysAddr); +} + + +void GameMessages::HandleVehicleNotifyServerRemovePassiveBoostAction(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + //SendVehicleRemovePassiveBoostAction(entity->GetObjectID(), sysAddr); +} + + +void GameMessages::HandleRacingPlayerInfoResetFinished(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + LWOOBJID playerID; + + inStream->Read(playerID); + + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* zoneController = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlObject(); + + auto* racingControlComponent = zoneController->GetComponent(); + + Game::logger->Log("HandleRacingPlayerInfoResetFinished", "Got finished: %i\n", entity->GetLOT()); + + if (racingControlComponent != nullptr) + { + racingControlComponent->OnRacingPlayerInfoResetFinished(player); + } +} + + +void GameMessages::HandleVehicleNotifyHitImaginationServer(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + LWOOBJID pickupObjID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + LWOOBJID pickupSpawnerID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + int32_t pickupSpawnerIndex = -1; + NiPoint3 vehiclePosition = NiPoint3::ZERO; + + if (inStream->ReadBit()) inStream->Read(pickupObjID); + if (inStream->ReadBit()) inStream->Read(pickupSpawnerID); + if (inStream->ReadBit()) inStream->Read(pickupSpawnerIndex); + if (inStream->ReadBit()) inStream->Read(vehiclePosition); + + auto* pickup = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(pickupObjID); + + if (pickup == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* possessableComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (possessableComponent != nullptr) + { + entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(possessableComponent->GetPossessor()); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + return; + } + } + + auto* characterComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + if (characterComponent != nullptr) { + characterComponent->UpdatePlayerStatistic(RacingImaginationPowerUpsCollected); + } + + pickup->OnFireEventServerSide(entity, "powerup"); + + pickup->Kill(entity); +} + + +void GameMessages::SendModuleAssemblyDBDataForClient(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOOBJID assemblyID, const std::u16string& data, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_MODULE_ASSEMBLY_DB_DATA_FOR_CLIENT); + + bitStream.Write(assemblyID); + + bitStream.Write(static_cast(data.size())); + for (auto character : data) + { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + + +void GameMessages::SendNotifyVehicleOfRacingObject(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOOBJID racingObjectID, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_VEHICLE_OF_RACING_OBJECT); + + bitStream.Write(racingObjectID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + if (racingObjectID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) bitStream.Write(racingObjectID); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + + +void GameMessages::SendRacingPlayerLoaded(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOOBJID playerID, LWOOBJID vehicleID, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_RACING_PLAYER_LOADED); + + bitStream.Write(playerID); + bitStream.Write(vehicleID); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + + +void GameMessages::SendVehicleUnlockInput(LWOOBJID objectId, bool bLockWheels, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_VEHICLE_UNLOCK_INPUT); + + bitStream.Write(bLockWheels); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + + +void GameMessages::SendVehicleSetWheelLockState(LWOOBJID objectId, bool bExtraFriction, bool bLocked, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_VEHICLE_SET_WHEEL_LOCK_STATE); + + bitStream.Write(bExtraFriction); + bitStream.Write(bLocked); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + + +void GameMessages::SendRacingSetPlayerResetInfo(LWOOBJID objectId, int32_t currentLap, uint32_t furthestResetPlane, LWOOBJID playerID, NiPoint3 respawnPos, uint32_t upcomingPlane, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_RACING_SET_PLAYER_RESET_INFO); + + bitStream.Write(currentLap); + bitStream.Write(furthestResetPlane); + bitStream.Write(playerID); + bitStream.Write(respawnPos); + bitStream.Write(upcomingPlane); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + + +void GameMessages::SendRacingResetPlayerToLastReset(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOOBJID playerID, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_RACING_RESET_PLAYER_TO_LAST_RESET); + + bitStream.Write(playerID); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + + +void GameMessages::SendNotifyRacingClient(LWOOBJID objectId, int32_t eventType, int32_t param1, LWOOBJID paramObj, std::u16string paramStr, LWOOBJID singleClient, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_RACING_CLIENT); + + bitStream.Write(eventType != 0); + if (eventType != 0) bitStream.Write(eventType); + + bitStream.Write(param1); + + bitStream.Write(paramObj); + + bitStream.Write(static_cast(paramStr.size())); + for (auto character : paramStr) + { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + + bitStream.Write(singleClient); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + + +void GameMessages::SendActivityEnter(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_ACTIVITY_ENTER); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + + +void GameMessages::SendActivityStart(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_ACTIVITY_START); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + + +void GameMessages::SendActivityExit(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_ACTIVITY_EXIT); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + + +void GameMessages::SendActivityStop(LWOOBJID objectId, bool bExit, bool bUserCancel, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_ACTIVITY_STOP); + + bitStream.Write(bExit); + bitStream.Write(bUserCancel); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + + +void GameMessages::SendVehicleAddPassiveBoostAction(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_VEHICLE_ADD_PASSIVE_BOOST_ACTION); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + + +void GameMessages::SendVehicleRemovePassiveBoostAction(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_VEHICLE_REMOVE_PASSIVE_BOOST_ACTION); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + + +void GameMessages::SendVehicleNotifyFinishedRace(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_VEHICLE_NOTIFY_FINISHED_RACE); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + +void GameMessages::SendAddBuff(LWOOBJID& objectID, const LWOOBJID& casterID, uint32_t buffID, uint32_t msDuration, + bool addImmunity, bool cancelOnDamaged, bool cancelOnDeath, bool cancelOnLogout, + bool cancelOnRemoveBuff, bool cancelOnUi, bool cancelOnUnequip, bool cancelOnZone, + const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectID); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_ADD_BUFF); + + bitStream.Write(false); // Added by teammate + bitStream.Write(false); // Apply on teammates + bitStream.Write(false); // Cancel on damage absorb ran out + bitStream.Write(cancelOnDamaged); + bitStream.Write(cancelOnDeath); + bitStream.Write(cancelOnLogout); + bitStream.Write(false); // Cancel on move + bitStream.Write(cancelOnRemoveBuff); + + bitStream.Write(cancelOnUi); + bitStream.Write(cancelOnUnequip); + bitStream.Write(cancelOnZone); + bitStream.Write(false); // Ignore immunities + bitStream.Write(addImmunity); + bitStream.Write(false); // Use ref count + + bitStream.Write(buffID); + bitStream.Write(msDuration); + + bitStream.Write(casterID); + bitStream.Write(casterID); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + + +// NT + +void GameMessages::HandleRequestMoveItemBetweenInventoryTypes(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + bool bAllowPartial; + int32_t destSlot = -1; + int32_t iStackCount = 1; + eInventoryType invTypeDst = ITEMS; + eInventoryType invTypeSrc = ITEMS; + LWOOBJID itemID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + bool showFlyingLoot; + LWOOBJID subkey = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + LOT itemLOT = 0; + + bAllowPartial = inStream->ReadBit(); + if (inStream->ReadBit()) inStream->Read(destSlot); + if (inStream->ReadBit()) inStream->Read(iStackCount); + if (inStream->ReadBit()) inStream->Read(invTypeDst); + if (inStream->ReadBit()) inStream->Read(invTypeSrc); + if (inStream->ReadBit()) inStream->Read(itemID); + showFlyingLoot = inStream->ReadBit(); + if (inStream->ReadBit()) inStream->Read(subkey); + if (inStream->ReadBit()) inStream->Read(itemLOT); + + if (invTypeDst == invTypeSrc) + { + return; + } + + auto* inventoryComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (inventoryComponent != nullptr) + { + if (itemID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + { + auto* item = inventoryComponent->FindItemById(itemID); + + if (item == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + if (inventoryComponent->IsPet(item->GetSubKey()) || !item->GetConfig().empty()) + { + return; + } + + inventoryComponent->MoveItemToInventory(item, invTypeDst, iStackCount, showFlyingLoot, false, false, destSlot); + } + } +} + + +void GameMessages::SendShowActivityCountdown(LWOOBJID objectId, bool bPlayAdditionalSound, bool bPlayCountdownSound, std::u16string sndName, int32_t stateToPlaySoundOn, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + CBITSTREAM; + CMSGHEADER; + + bitStream.Write(objectId); + bitStream.Write(GAME_MSG::GAME_MSG_SHOW_ACTIVITY_COUNTDOWN); + + bitStream.Write(bPlayAdditionalSound); + + bitStream.Write(bPlayCountdownSound); + + bitStream.Write(static_cast(sndName.size())); + for (auto character : sndName) + { + bitStream.Write(character); + } + + bitStream.Write(stateToPlaySoundOn); + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + SEND_PACKET; +} + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//------------------------------------------------------------------- Handlers ------------------------------------------------------------------ +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void GameMessages::HandleToggleGhostReferenceOverride(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + bool bOverride = false; + + inStream->Read(bOverride); + + auto* player = Player::GetPlayer(sysAddr); + + if (player != nullptr) + { + player->SetGhostOverride(bOverride); + + EntityManager::Instance()->UpdateGhosting(player); + } +} + + +void GameMessages::HandleSetGhostReferencePosition(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + NiPoint3 position; + + inStream->Read(position); + + auto* player = Player::GetPlayer(sysAddr); + + if (player != nullptr) + { + player->SetGhostOverridePoint(position); + + EntityManager::Instance()->UpdateGhosting(player); + } +} + + +void GameMessages::HandleBuyFromVendor(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + bool bConfirmed{}; // this doesnt even do anything, thanks ND! + bool countIsDefault{}; + int count = 1; + LOT item; + + inStream->Read(bConfirmed); + inStream->Read(countIsDefault); + if (countIsDefault) inStream->Read(count); + inStream->Read(item); + + User* user = UserManager::Instance()->GetUser(sysAddr); + if (!user) return; + Entity* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(user->GetLoggedInChar()); + if (!player) return; + + auto* propertyVendorComponent = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_PROPERTY_VENDOR)); + + if (propertyVendorComponent != nullptr) + { + propertyVendorComponent->OnBuyFromVendor(player, bConfirmed, item, count); + + return; + } + + const auto isCommendationVendor = entity->GetLOT() == 13806; + + VendorComponent* vend = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_VENDOR)); + if (!vend && !isCommendationVendor) return; + + InventoryComponent* inv = static_cast(player->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY)); + if (!inv) return; + + CDComponentsRegistryTable* compRegistryTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ComponentsRegistry"); + CDItemComponentTable* itemComponentTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ItemComponent"); + + int itemCompID = compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(item, COMPONENT_TYPE_ITEM); + CDItemComponent itemComp = itemComponentTable->GetItemComponentByID(itemCompID); + + Character* character = player->GetCharacter(); + if (!character) return; + + // Extra currency that needs to be deducted in case of crafting + auto craftingCurrencies = CDItemComponentTable::ParseCraftingCurrencies(itemComp); + for (const auto& craftingCurrency : craftingCurrencies) { + inv->RemoveItem(craftingCurrency.first, craftingCurrency.second * count); + } + + if (isCommendationVendor) + { + if (itemComp.commendationLOT != 13763) + { + return; + } + + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent(); + + if (missionComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + LOT tokenId = -1; + + if (missionComponent->GetMissionState(545) == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE) // "Join Assembly!" + { + tokenId = 8318; // "Assembly Token" + } + + if (missionComponent->GetMissionState(556) == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE) // "Join Venture League!" + { + tokenId = 8321; // "Venture League Token" + } + + if (missionComponent->GetMissionState(567) == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE) // "Join The Sentinels!" + { + tokenId = 8319; // "Sentinels Token" + } + + if (missionComponent->GetMissionState(578) == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE) // "Join Paradox!" + { + tokenId = 8320; // "Paradox Token" + } + + const uint32_t altCurrencyCost = itemComp.commendationCost * count; + + if (inv->GetLotCount(tokenId) < altCurrencyCost) + { + return; + } + + inv->RemoveItem(tokenId, altCurrencyCost); + + inv->AddItem(item, count); + } + else + { + float buyScalar = vend->GetBuyScalar(); + + const auto coinCost = static_cast(std::floor((itemComp.baseValue * buyScalar) * count)); + + if (character->GetCoins() < coinCost) + { + return; + } + + if (Inventory::IsValidItem(itemComp.currencyLOT)) + { + const uint32_t altCurrencyCost = std::floor(itemComp.altCurrencyCost * buyScalar) * count; + + if (inv->GetLotCount(itemComp.currencyLOT) < altCurrencyCost) + { + return; + } + + inv->RemoveItem(itemComp.currencyLOT, altCurrencyCost); + } + + character->SetCoins(character->GetCoins() - (coinCost)); + inv->AddItem(item, count); + } + + GameMessages::SendVendorTransactionResult(entity, sysAddr); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleSellToVendor(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + bool countIsDefault{}; + int count = 1; + LWOOBJID iObjID; + + inStream->Read(countIsDefault); + if (countIsDefault) inStream->Read(count); + inStream->Read(iObjID); + + User* user = UserManager::Instance()->GetUser(sysAddr); + if (!user) return; + Entity* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(user->GetLoggedInChar()); + if (!player) return; + Character* character = player->GetCharacter(); + if (!character) return; + InventoryComponent* inv = static_cast(player->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY)); + if (!inv) return; + + VendorComponent* vend = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_VENDOR)); + if (!vend) return; + + Item* item = inv->FindItemById(iObjID); + if (!item) return; + + CDComponentsRegistryTable* compRegistryTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ComponentsRegistry"); + CDItemComponentTable* itemComponentTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ItemComponent"); + + int itemCompID = compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(item->GetLot(), COMPONENT_TYPE_ITEM); + CDItemComponent itemComp = itemComponentTable->GetItemComponentByID(itemCompID); + + // Items with a base value of 0 or max int are special items that should not be sold if they're not sub items + if (itemComp.baseValue == 0 || itemComp.baseValue == UINT_MAX) return; + + float sellScalar = vend->GetSellScalar(); + if (Inventory::IsValidItem(itemComp.currencyLOT)) + { + const auto altCurrency = (itemComp.altCurrencyCost * sellScalar) * count; + inv->AddItem(itemComp.currencyLOT, std::floor(altCurrency)); // Return alt currencies like faction tokens. + } + + //inv->RemoveItem(count, -1, iObjID); + inv->MoveItemToInventory(item, VENDOR_BUYBACK, count, true, false, true); + character->SetCoins(std::floor(character->GetCoins() + ((itemComp.baseValue * sellScalar)*count))); + //EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(player); // so inventory updates + GameMessages::SendVendorTransactionResult(entity, sysAddr); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleBuybackFromVendor(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + bool confirmed = false; + bool countIsDefault{}; + int count = 1; + LWOOBJID iObjID; + + inStream->Read(confirmed); + inStream->Read(countIsDefault); + if (countIsDefault) inStream->Read(count); + inStream->Read(iObjID); + + //if (!confirmed) return; they always built in this confirmed garbage... but never used it? + + User* user = UserManager::Instance()->GetUser(sysAddr); + if (!user) return; + Entity* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(user->GetLoggedInChar()); + if (!player) return; + Character* character = player->GetCharacter(); + if (!character) return; + InventoryComponent* inv = static_cast(player->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY)); + if (!inv) return; + + VendorComponent* vend = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_VENDOR)); + if (!vend) return; + + Item* item = inv->FindItemById(iObjID); + if (!item) return; + + CDComponentsRegistryTable* compRegistryTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ComponentsRegistry"); + CDItemComponentTable* itemComponentTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ItemComponent"); + + int itemCompID = compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(item->GetLot(), COMPONENT_TYPE_ITEM); + CDItemComponent itemComp = itemComponentTable->GetItemComponentByID(itemCompID); + + float sellScalar = vend->GetSellScalar(); + + const auto cost = static_cast(std::floor(((itemComp.baseValue * sellScalar) * count))); + + if (character->GetCoins() < cost) + { + return; + } + + if (Inventory::IsValidItem(itemComp.currencyLOT)) + { + const uint32_t altCurrencyCost = std::floor(itemComp.altCurrencyCost * sellScalar) * count; + + if (inv->GetLotCount(itemComp.currencyLOT) < altCurrencyCost) + { + return; + } + + inv->RemoveItem(itemComp.currencyLOT, altCurrencyCost); + } + + //inv->RemoveItem(count, -1, iObjID); + inv->MoveItemToInventory(item, Inventory::FindInventoryTypeForLot(item->GetLot()), count, true, false); + character->SetCoins(character->GetCoins() - cost); + //EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(player); // so inventory updates + GameMessages::SendVendorTransactionResult(entity, sysAddr); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleParseChatMessage(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + std::u16string wsString; + int iClientState; + inStream->Read(iClientState); + + uint32_t wsStringLength; + inStream->Read(wsStringLength); + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < wsStringLength; ++i) { + uint16_t character; + inStream->Read(character); + wsString.push_back(character); + } + + if (wsString[0] == L'/') { + SlashCommandHandler::HandleChatCommand(wsString, entity, sysAddr); + } +} + +void GameMessages::HandleFireEventServerSide(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + uint32_t argsLength{}; + std::u16string args{}; + bool param1IsDefault{}; + int param1 = -1; + bool param2IsDefault{}; + int param2 = -1; + bool param3IsDefault{}; + int param3 = -1; + LWOOBJID senderID{}; + + inStream->Read(argsLength); + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < argsLength; ++i) { + uint16_t character; + inStream->Read(character); + args.push_back(character); + } + inStream->Read(param1IsDefault); + if (param1IsDefault) inStream->Read(param1); + inStream->Read(param2IsDefault); + if (param2IsDefault) inStream->Read(param2); + inStream->Read(param3IsDefault); + if (param3IsDefault) inStream->Read(param3); + inStream->Read(senderID); + + auto* sender = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(senderID); + auto* player = Player::GetPlayer(sysAddr); + + if (!player) { + return; + } + + if (args == u"toggleMail") { + AMFFalseValue* value = new AMFFalseValue(); + + AMFArrayValue args; + args.InsertValue("visible", value); + GameMessages::SendUIMessageServerToSingleClient(entity, sysAddr, "ToggleMail", &args); + delete value; + } + + // This should probably get it's own "ServerEvents" system or something at some point + if (args == u"ZonePlayer") { + // Should probably check to make sure they're using a launcher at some point before someone makes a hack that lets you testmap + + LWOCLONEID cloneId = 0; + LWOMAPID mapId = 0; + + auto* rocketPad = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (rocketPad == nullptr) return; + + cloneId = rocketPad->GetSelectedCloneId(player->GetObjectID()); + + if (param2) { + mapId = rocketPad->GetDefaultZone(); + } + else { + mapId = param3; + } + + if (mapId == 0) + { + mapId = rocketPad->GetSelectedMapId(player->GetObjectID()); + } + + if (mapId == 0) + { + mapId = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneID().GetMapID(); // Fallback to sending the player back to the same zone. + } + + Game::logger->Log("FireEventServerSide", "Player %llu has requested zone transfer to (%i, %i).\n", sender->GetObjectID(), (int) mapId, (int) cloneId); + + auto* character = player->GetCharacter(); + + if (mapId <= 0) { + return; + } + + ZoneInstanceManager::Instance()->RequestZoneTransfer(Game::server, mapId, cloneId, false, [=](bool mythranShift, uint32_t zoneID, uint32_t zoneInstance, uint32_t zoneClone, std::string serverIP, uint16_t serverPort) { + Game::logger->Log("UserManager", "Transferring %s to Zone %i (Instance %i | Clone %i | Mythran Shift: %s) with IP %s and Port %i\n", sysAddr.ToString(), zoneID, zoneInstance, zoneClone, mythranShift == true ? "true" : "false", serverIP.c_str(), serverPort); + + if (character) { + character->SetZoneID(zoneID); + character->SetZoneInstance(zoneInstance); + character->SetZoneClone(zoneClone); + } + + WorldPackets::SendTransferToWorld(sysAddr, serverIP, serverPort, mythranShift); + return; + }); + } + + entity->OnFireEventServerSide(sender, GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(args), param1, param2, param3); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleRequestPlatformResync(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + if (entity->GetLOT() == 6267 || entity->GetLOT() == 16141) return; + GameMessages::SendPlatformResync(entity, sysAddr); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleRebuildCancel(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity) { + bool bEarlyRelease; + LWOOBJID userID; + + inStream->Read(bEarlyRelease); + inStream->Read(userID); + + RebuildComponent* rebComp = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_REBUILD)); + if (!rebComp) return; + + rebComp->CancelRebuild(EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(userID), eFailReason::REASON_CANCELED_EARLY); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleRequestUse(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + bool bIsMultiInteractUse = false; + unsigned int multiInteractID; + int multiInteractType; + bool secondary; + LWOOBJID objectID; + + inStream->Read(bIsMultiInteractUse); + inStream->Read(multiInteractID); + inStream->Read(multiInteractType); + inStream->Read(objectID); + inStream->Read(secondary); + + Entity* interactedObject = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(objectID); + + if (interactedObject == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("GameMessages", "Object %llu tried to interact, but doesn't exist!\n", objectID); + + return; + } + + if (interactedObject->GetLOT() == 9524) + { + entity->GetCharacter()->SetBuildMode(true); + } + + if (bIsMultiInteractUse) + { + if (multiInteractType == 0) + { + auto* missionOfferComponent = static_cast(interactedObject->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION_OFFER)); + + if (missionOfferComponent != nullptr) + { + missionOfferComponent->OfferMissions(entity, multiInteractID); + } + } + else { + interactedObject->OnUse(entity); + } + } + else + { + interactedObject->OnUse(entity); + } + + //Perform use task if possible: + auto missionComponent = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION)); + + if (missionComponent == nullptr) return; + + missionComponent->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_MISSION_INTERACTION, interactedObject->GetLOT(), interactedObject->GetObjectID()); + missionComponent->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_NON_MISSION_INTERACTION, interactedObject->GetLOT(), interactedObject->GetObjectID()); + + //Do mail stuff: + if (interactedObject->GetLOT() == 3964) { + AMFStringValue* value = new AMFStringValue(); + value->SetStringValue("Mail"); + + AMFArrayValue args; + args.InsertValue("state", value); + GameMessages::SendUIMessageServerToSingleClient(entity, sysAddr, "pushGameState", &args); + delete value; + } +} + +void GameMessages::HandlePlayEmote(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity) { + int emoteID; + LWOOBJID targetID; + + inStream->Read(emoteID); + inStream->Read(targetID); + + Game::logger->Log("GameMessages", "Emote (%i) (%llu)\n", emoteID, targetID); + + //TODO: If targetID != 0, and we have one of the "perform emote" missions, complete them. + + if (emoteID == 0) return; + std::string sAnimationName = "deaded"; //Default name in case we fail to get the emote + + MissionComponent* mission = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION)); + if (mission) { + mission->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_EMOTE, emoteID, targetID); + } + + if (targetID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + { + auto* targetEntity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(targetID); + + Game::logger->Log("GameMessages", "Emote target found (%d)\n", targetEntity != nullptr); + + if (targetEntity != nullptr) + { + targetEntity->OnEmoteReceived(emoteID, entity); + } + } + else + { + const auto scriptedEntities = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_SCRIPT); + + const auto& referencePoint = entity->GetPosition(); + + for (auto* scripted : scriptedEntities) + { + if (Vector3::DistanceSquared(scripted->GetPosition(), referencePoint) > 5.0f * 5.0f) continue; + + scripted->OnEmoteReceived(emoteID, entity); + } + } + + CDEmoteTableTable* emotes = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("EmoteTable"); + if (emotes) { + CDEmoteTable* emote = emotes->GetEmote(emoteID); + if (emote) sAnimationName = emote->animationName; + } + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(entity, GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(sAnimationName)); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleModularBuildConvertModel(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + LWOOBJID modelID; + + inStream->Read(modelID); + + User* user = UserManager::Instance()->GetUser(sysAddr); + if (!user) return; + Entity* character = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(user->GetLoggedInChar()); + if (!character) return; + InventoryComponent* inv = static_cast(character->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY)); + if (!inv) return; + + auto* item = inv->FindItemById(modelID); + + if (item == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + item->Disassemble(TEMP_MODELS); + + item->SetCount(item->GetCount() - 1, false, false); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleSetFlag(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity) { + bool bFlag{}; + int iFlagID{}; + + inStream->Read(bFlag); + inStream->Read(iFlagID); + + auto user = entity->GetParentUser(); + if (user) { + auto character = user->GetLastUsedChar(); + if (!character) return; + + character->SetPlayerFlag(iFlagID, bFlag); + } +} + +void GameMessages::HandleRespondToMission(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity) { + int missionID{}; + LWOOBJID playerID{}; + LWOOBJID receiverID{}; + bool isDefaultReward{}; + LOT reward = LOT_NULL; + + inStream->Read(missionID); + inStream->Read(playerID); + inStream->Read(receiverID); + inStream->Read(isDefaultReward); + if (isDefaultReward) inStream->Read(reward); + + MissionComponent* missionComponent = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION)); + if (!missionComponent) { + Game::logger->Log("GameMessages", "Unable to get mission component for entity %llu to handle RespondToMission\n", playerID); + return; + } + + Mission* mission = missionComponent->GetMission(missionID); + if (mission) { + mission->SetReward(reward); + } + else { + Game::logger->Log("GameMessages", "Unable to get mission %i for entity %llu to update reward in RespondToMission\n", missionID, playerID); + } + + Entity* offerer = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(receiverID); + + if (offerer == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("GameMessages", "Unable to get receiver entity %llu for RespondToMission\n", receiverID); + return; + } + + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(offerer)) { + script->OnRespondToMission(offerer, missionID, EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID), reward); + } +} + +void GameMessages::HandleMissionDialogOK(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity) { + bool bIsComplete{}; + MissionState iMissionState{}; + int missionID{}; + LWOOBJID responder{}; + Entity* player = nullptr; + + inStream->Read(bIsComplete); + inStream->Read(iMissionState); + inStream->Read(missionID); + inStream->Read(responder); + player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(responder); + + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(entity)) { + script->OnMissionDialogueOK(entity, player, missionID, iMissionState); + } + + // Get the player's mission component + MissionComponent* missionComponent = static_cast(player->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION)); + if (!missionComponent) { + Game::logger->Log("GameMessages", "Unable to get mission component for entity %llu to handle MissionDialogueOK\n", player->GetObjectID()); + return; + } + + if (iMissionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_AVAILABLE || iMissionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_AVAILABLE) { + missionComponent->AcceptMission(missionID); + } + else if (iMissionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_READY_TO_COMPLETE || iMissionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_READY_TO_COMPLETE) { + missionComponent->CompleteMission(missionID); + } +} + +void GameMessages::HandleRequestLinkedMission(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity) { + LWOOBJID playerId{}; + int missionId{}; + bool bMissionOffered{}; + + inStream->Read(playerId); + inStream->Read(missionId); + inStream->Read(bMissionOffered); + + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerId); + + auto* missionOfferComponent = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION_OFFER)); + + if (missionOfferComponent != nullptr) + { + missionOfferComponent->OfferMissions(player, 0); + } +} + +void GameMessages::HandleHasBeenCollected(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity) { + LWOOBJID playerID; + inStream->Read(playerID); + + Entity* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + if (!player || !entity || entity->GetCollectibleID() == 0) return; + + MissionComponent* missionComponent = static_cast(player->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION)); + if (missionComponent) { + missionComponent->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT, entity->GetLOT(), entity->GetObjectID()); + } +} + +void GameMessages::HandleNotifyServerLevelProcessingComplete(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity) { + auto* character = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_CHARACTER)); + if (!character) return; + + //Update our character's level in memory: + character->SetLevel(character->GetLevel() + 1); + + character->HandleLevelUp(); + + auto* inventoryComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (inventoryComponent != nullptr) { + auto* inventory = inventoryComponent->GetInventory(ITEMS); + + if (inventory != nullptr && Game::config->GetValue("disable_extra_backpack") != "1") { + inventory->SetSize(inventory->GetSize() + 2); + } + } + + //Play the level up effect: + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(entity, 7074, u"create", "7074", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1.0f, 1.0f, true); + + //Send a notification in chat: + std::stringstream wss; + wss << "level=1:"; + wss << character->GetLevel(); + wss << "\n"; + wss << "name=0:"; + wss << character->GetName(); + + std::u16string attrs = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(wss.str()); + std::u16string wsText = u"UI_LEVEL_PROGRESSION_LEVELUP_MESSAGE"; + + GameMessages::SendBroadcastTextToChatbox(entity, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, attrs, wsText); +} + +void GameMessages::HandlePickupCurrency(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity) { + unsigned int currency; + inStream->Read(currency); + + auto* ch = entity->GetCharacter(); + ch->SetCoins(ch->GetCoins() + currency); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleRequestDie(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity) { + LWOOBJID killerID; + LWOOBJID lootOwnerID; + bool bDieAccepted = false; + eKillType killType; + std::u16string deathType; + float directionRelative_AngleY; + float directionRelative_AngleXZ; + float directionRelative_Force; + bool bClientDeath = false; + bool bSpawnLoot = true; + float coinSpawnTime = -1.0f; + + inStream->Read(bClientDeath); + inStream->Read(bDieAccepted); + inStream->Read(bSpawnLoot); + + bool coinSpawnTimeIsDefault{}; + inStream->Read(coinSpawnTimeIsDefault); + if (coinSpawnTimeIsDefault != 0) inStream->Read(coinSpawnTime); + + /*uint32_t deathTypeLength = deathType.size(); + inStream->Read(deathTypeLength); + for (uint32_t k = 0; k < deathTypeLength; k++) { + inStream->Read(static_cast(deathType[k])); + }*/ + + inStream->Read(directionRelative_AngleXZ); + inStream->Read(directionRelative_AngleY); + inStream->Read(directionRelative_Force); + + bool killTypeIsDefault{}; + inStream->Read(killTypeIsDefault); + if (killTypeIsDefault != 0) inStream->Read(killType); + + inStream->Read(lootOwnerID); + inStream->Read(killerID); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleEquipItem(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity) { + bool immediate; + LWOOBJID objectID; + inStream->Read(immediate); + inStream->Read(immediate); //twice? + inStream->Read(objectID); + + InventoryComponent* inv = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY)); + if (!inv) return; + + Item* item = inv->FindItemById(objectID); + if (!item) return; + /*if (item->GetLot() == 6416) { // if it's a rocket + std::vector rocketPads = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_ROCKET_LAUNCH); + for (Entity* rocketPad : rocketPads) { + RocketLaunchpadControlComponent* rocketComp = static_cast(rocketPad->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_ROCKET_LAUNCH)); + if (rocketComp) { + rocketComp->RocketEquip(entity, objectID); + } + } + } + else*/ { + item->Equip(); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(entity); + } +} + +void GameMessages::HandleUnequipItem(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity) { + bool immediate; + LWOOBJID objectID; + inStream->Read(immediate); + inStream->Read(immediate); + inStream->Read(immediate); + inStream->Read(objectID); + + InventoryComponent* inv = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY)); + if (!inv) return; + + auto* item = inv->FindItemById(objectID); + + if (!item) return; + + item->UnEquip(); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(entity); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleRemoveItemFromInventory(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + // this is used for a lot more than just inventory trashing (trades, vendors, etc.) but for now since it's just used for that, that's all im going to implement + bool bConfirmed = false; + bool bDeleteItem = true; + bool bOutSuccess = false; + bool eInvTypeIsDefault = false; + int eInvType = INVENTORY_MAX; + bool eLootTypeSourceIsDefault = false; + int eLootTypeSource = LOOTTYPE_NONE; + LWONameValue extraInfo; + bool forceDeletion = true; + bool iLootTypeSourceIsDefault = false; + LWOOBJID iLootTypeSource = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + bool iObjIDIsDefault = false; + LWOOBJID iObjID; + bool iObjTemplateIsDefault = false; + LOT iObjTemplate = LOT_NULL; + bool iRequestingObjIDIsDefault = false; + LWOOBJID iRequestingObjID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + bool iStackCountIsDefault = false; + uint32_t iStackCount = 1; + bool iStackRemainingIsDefault = false; + uint32_t iStackRemaining = 0; + bool iSubkeyIsDefault = false; + LWOOBJID iSubkey = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + bool iTradeIDIsDefault = false; + LWOOBJID iTradeID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + inStream->Read(bConfirmed); + inStream->Read(bDeleteItem); + inStream->Read(bOutSuccess); + inStream->Read(eInvTypeIsDefault); + if (eInvTypeIsDefault) inStream->Read(eInvType); + inStream->Read(eLootTypeSourceIsDefault); + if (eLootTypeSourceIsDefault) inStream->Read(eLootTypeSource); + inStream->Read(extraInfo.length); + if (extraInfo.length > 0) { + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < extraInfo.length; ++i) { + uint16_t character; + inStream->Read(character); + extraInfo.name.push_back(character); + } + uint16_t nullTerm; + inStream->Read(nullTerm); + } + inStream->Read(forceDeletion); + inStream->Read(iLootTypeSourceIsDefault); + if (iLootTypeSourceIsDefault) inStream->Read(iLootTypeSource); + inStream->Read(iObjIDIsDefault); + if (iObjIDIsDefault) inStream->Read(iObjID); + inStream->Read(iObjTemplateIsDefault); + if (iObjTemplateIsDefault) inStream->Read(iObjTemplate); + inStream->Read(iRequestingObjIDIsDefault); + if (iRequestingObjIDIsDefault) inStream->Read(iRequestingObjID); + inStream->Read(iStackCountIsDefault); + if (iStackCountIsDefault) inStream->Read(iStackCount); + inStream->Read(iStackRemainingIsDefault); + if (iStackRemainingIsDefault) inStream->Read(iStackRemaining); + inStream->Read(iSubkeyIsDefault); + if (iSubkeyIsDefault) inStream->Read(iSubkey); + inStream->Read(iTradeIDIsDefault); + if (iTradeIDIsDefault) inStream->Read(iTradeID); + + InventoryComponent* inv = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY)); + if (!inv) return; + + auto* item = inv->FindItemById(iObjID); + + if (item == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + if (bConfirmed) { + for (auto i = 0; i < iStackCount; ++i) { + if (eInvType == eInventoryType::MODELS) + { + item->DisassembleModel(); + } + } + + item->SetCount(item->GetCount() - iStackCount, true); + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(entity); + + auto* missionComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr) + { + missionComponent->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_ITEM_COLLECTION, item->GetLot(), LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", -iStackCount); + } + } +} + +void GameMessages::HandleMoveItemInInventory(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity) { + bool destInvTypeIsDefault = false; + int32_t destInvType = eInventoryType::INVALID; + LWOOBJID iObjID; + int inventoryType; + int responseCode; + int slot; + inStream->Read(destInvTypeIsDefault); + if (destInvTypeIsDefault) { inStream->Read(destInvType); } + inStream->Read(iObjID); + inStream->Read(inventoryType); + inStream->Read(responseCode); + inStream->Read(slot); + + InventoryComponent* inv = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY)); + if (!inv) return; + + auto* item = inv->FindItemById(iObjID); + + if (!item) + { + return; + } + + inv->MoveStack(item, static_cast(destInvType), slot); + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(entity); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleMoveItemBetweenInventoryTypes(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + int inventoryTypeA; + int inventoryTypeB; + LWOOBJID objectID; + bool showFlyingLoot = true; + bool stackCountIsDefault = false; + uint32_t stackCount = 1; + bool templateIDIsDefault = false; + LOT templateID = LOT_NULL; + + inStream->Read(inventoryTypeA); + inStream->Read(inventoryTypeB); + inStream->Read(objectID); + inStream->Read(showFlyingLoot); + inStream->Read(stackCountIsDefault); + if (stackCountIsDefault) inStream->Read(stackCount); + inStream->Read(templateIDIsDefault); + if (templateIDIsDefault) inStream->Read(templateID); + + InventoryComponent* inv = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY)); + if (!inv) return; + + auto* item = inv->FindItemById(objectID); + + if (item == nullptr) + { + item = inv->FindItemByLot(templateID); + + if (item == nullptr) + { + return; + } + } + + if (entity->GetCharacter()) { + if (entity->GetCharacter()->GetBuildMode()) { + showFlyingLoot = false; + } + } + + inv->MoveItemToInventory(item, static_cast(inventoryTypeB), stackCount, showFlyingLoot, false); + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(entity); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleBuildModeSet(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity) { + bool bStart = false; + + inStream->Read(bStart); + // there's more here but we don't need it (for now?) + + Game::logger->Log("GameMessages", "Set build mode to (%d) for (%llu)\n", bStart, entity->GetObjectID()); + + if (entity->GetCharacter()) { + entity->GetCharacter()->SetBuildMode(bStart); + } +} + +void GameMessages::HandleModularBuildFinish(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + User* user = UserManager::Instance()->GetUser(sysAddr); + if (!user) return; + Entity* character = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(user->GetLoggedInChar()); + if (!character) return; + InventoryComponent* inv = static_cast(character->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY)); + if (!inv) return; + + Game::logger->Log("GameMessages", "Build finished\n"); + + GameMessages::SendFinishArrangingWithItem(character, entity->GetObjectID()); // kick them from modular build + GameMessages::SendModularBuildEnd(character); // i dont know if this does anything but DLUv2 did it + + //inv->UnequipItem(inv->GetItemStackByLOT(6086, eInventoryType::ITEMS)); // take off the thinking cap + //EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(entity); + + uint8_t count; // 3 for rockets, 7 for cars + + inStream->Read(count); + + auto* temp = inv->GetInventory(TEMP_MODELS); + std::vector modList; + + if (count >= 3) { + std::u16string modules; + + for (uint32_t k = 0; k < count; k++) { + uint32_t mod; + inStream->Read(mod); + modList.push_back(mod); + modules += u"1:" + (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(mod)); + if (k + 1 != count) modules += u"+"; + + if (temp->GetLotCount(mod) > 0) + { + inv->RemoveItem(mod, 1, TEMP_MODELS); + } + else + { + inv->RemoveItem(mod, 1); + } + } + + const auto moduleAssembly = new LDFData(u"assemblyPartLOTs", modules); + + std::vector config; + config.push_back(moduleAssembly); + + if (count == 3) + { + inv->AddItem(6416, 1, MODELS, config); + } + else if (count == 7) + { + inv->AddItem(8092, 1, MODELS, config); + } + + auto* missionComponent = character->GetComponent(); + + if (entity->GetLOT() != 9980 || Game::server->GetZoneID() != 1200) + { + if (missionComponent != nullptr) + { + missionComponent->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SCRIPT, entity->GetLOT(), entity->GetObjectID()); + } + } + } + + ScriptComponent* script = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_SCRIPT)); + + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(entity)) { + script->OnModularBuildExit(entity, character, count >= 3, modList); + } + + // Move remaining temp models back to models + std::vector items; + + for (const auto& pair : temp->GetItems()) + { + items.push_back(pair.second); + } + + for (auto* item : items) + { + inv->MoveItemToInventory(item, MODELS, item->GetCount(), false); + } +} + +void GameMessages::HandleDoneArrangingWithItem(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + User* user = UserManager::Instance()->GetUser(sysAddr); + if (!user) return; + Entity* character = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(user->GetLoggedInChar()); + if (!character) return; + InventoryComponent* inv = static_cast(character->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY)); + if (!inv) return; + + /** + [int] - newSourceBAG + [LWOOBJID] - newSourceID + [LOT] - newSourceLOT + [int] - newSourceTYPE + [LWOOBJID] - newTargetID + [LOT] - newTargetLOT + [int] - newTargetTYPE + [NiPoint3] - newTtargetPOS + [int] - oldItemBAG + [LWOOBJID] - oldItemID + [LOT] - oldItemLOT + [int] - oldItemTYPE + */ + int newSourceBAG = 0; + LWOOBJID newSourceID = 0; + LOT newSourceLOT = 0; + int newSourceTYPE = 0; + LWOOBJID newTargetID = 0; + LOT newTargetLOT = 0; + int newTargetTYPE = 0; + NiPoint3 newTargetPOS; + int oldItemBAG = 0; + LWOOBJID oldItemID = 0; + LOT oldItemLOT = 0; + int oldItemTYPE = 0; + + inStream->Read(newSourceBAG); + inStream->Read(newSourceID); + inStream->Read(newSourceLOT); + inStream->Read(newSourceTYPE); + inStream->Read(newTargetID); + inStream->Read(newTargetLOT); + inStream->Read(newTargetTYPE); + inStream->Read(newTargetPOS); + inStream->Read(oldItemBAG); + inStream->Read(oldItemID); + inStream->Read(oldItemLOT); + inStream->Read(oldItemTYPE); + + /* + Game::logger->Log("GameMessages", + "\nnewSourceBAG: %d\nnewSourceID: %llu\nnewSourceLOT: %d\nnewSourceTYPE: %d\nnewTargetID: %llu\nnewTargetLOT: %d\nnewTargetTYPE: %d\nnewTargetPOS: %f, %f, %f\noldItemBAG: %d\noldItemID: %llu\noldItemLOT: %d\noldItemTYPE: %d\n", + newSourceBAG, newSourceID, newSourceLOT, newSourceTYPE, newTargetID, newTargetLOT, newTargetTYPE, newTargetPOS.x, newTargetPOS.y, newTargetPOS.z, oldItemBAG, oldItemID, oldItemLOT, oldItemTYPE + ); + */ + + if (PropertyManagementComponent::Instance() != nullptr) { + const auto& buildAreas = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_BUILD_BORDER); + + const auto& entities = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("PropertyPlaque"); + + Entity* buildArea; + + if (!buildAreas.empty()) { + buildArea = buildAreas[0]; + } + else if (!entities.empty()) { + buildArea = entities[0]; + + Game::logger->Log("BuildBorderComponent", "Using PropertyPlaque\n"); + } + else { + Game::logger->Log("BuildBorderComponent", "No build area found\n"); + + return; + } + + Game::logger->Log("GameMessages", "Build area found: %llu", buildArea->GetObjectID()); + + GameMessages::SendStartArrangingWithItem( + character, + character->GetSystemAddress(), + false, + buildArea->GetObjectID(), + character->GetPosition(), + newSourceBAG, + newSourceID, + newSourceLOT, + newSourceTYPE, + newTargetID, + newTargetLOT, + newTargetPOS, + newTargetTYPE + ); + } + + Game::logger->Log("GameMessages", "Done Arranging\n"); + + //GenericInventory* models = inv->GetGenericInventory(MODELS); + //GenericInventory* tempModels = inv->GetGenericInventory(TEMP_MODELS); + + auto* inventory = inv->GetInventory(TEMP_MODELS); + + std::vector items; + + for (const auto& pair : inventory->GetItems()) + { + items.push_back(pair.second); + } + + for (auto* item : items) + { + inv->MoveItemToInventory(item, MODELS, item->GetCount(), false, false); + } +} + +void GameMessages::HandleModularBuildMoveAndEquip(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + User* user = UserManager::Instance()->GetUser(sysAddr); + if (!user) return; + Entity* character = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(user->GetLoggedInChar()); + if (!character) return; + + Game::logger->Log("GameMessages", "Build and move\n"); + + LOT templateID; + + inStream->Read(templateID); + + InventoryComponent* inv = static_cast(character->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY)); + if (!inv) return; + + auto* item = inv->FindItemByLot(templateID, TEMP_MODELS); + + if (item == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + inv->MoveItemToInventory(item, MODELS, 1, false, true); +} + +void GameMessages::HandlePickupItem(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity) { + LWOOBJID lootObjectID; + LWOOBJID playerID; + inStream->Read(lootObjectID); + inStream->Read(playerID); + + entity->PickupItem(lootObjectID); + + auto* team = TeamManager::Instance()->GetTeam(entity->GetObjectID()); + + if (team != nullptr) + { + for (const auto memberId : team->members) + { + auto* member = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(memberId); + + if (member == nullptr || memberId == playerID) continue; + + SendTeamPickupItem(lootObjectID, lootObjectID, playerID, member->GetSystemAddress()); + } + } +} + +void GameMessages::HandleResurrect(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity) { + bool immediate = inStream->ReadBit(); + + Entity* zoneControl = EntityManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlEntity(); + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(zoneControl)) { + script->OnPlayerResurrected(zoneControl, entity); + } + + std::vector scriptedActs = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_SCRIPTED_ACTIVITY); + for (Entity* scriptEntity : scriptedActs) { + if (scriptEntity->GetObjectID() != zoneControl->GetObjectID()) { // Don't want to trigger twice on instance worlds + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(scriptEntity)) { + script->OnPlayerResurrected(scriptEntity, entity); + } + } + } +} + +void GameMessages::HandlePushEquippedItemsState(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity) { + InventoryComponent* inv = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY)); + if (!inv) return; + inv->PushEquippedItems(); +} + +void GameMessages::HandlePopEquippedItemsState(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity) { + InventoryComponent* inv = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY)); + if (!inv) return; + inv->PopEquippedItems(); + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(entity); // so it updates on client side +} + + +void GameMessages::HandleClientItemConsumed(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity) +{ + LWOOBJID itemConsumed; + + inStream->Read(itemConsumed); + + auto* inventory = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY)); + + if (inventory == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* item = inventory->FindItemById(itemConsumed); + + if (item == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + item->Consume(); + + auto* missions = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION)); + if (missions != nullptr) + { + missions->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_FOOD, item->GetLot()); + } +} + + +void GameMessages::HandleUseNonEquipmentItem(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity) { + LWOOBJID itemConsumed; + + inStream->Read(itemConsumed); + + auto* inv = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY)); + + if (!inv) return; + + auto* item = inv->FindItemById(itemConsumed); + + if (item == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + item->UseNonEquip(); +} + +void GameMessages::HandleMatchRequest(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity) { + LWOOBJID activator; + //std::map additionalPlayers; + uint32_t playerChoicesLen; + std::string playerChoices; + int type; + int value; + + inStream->Read(activator); + inStream->Read(playerChoicesLen); + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < playerChoicesLen; ++i) { + uint16_t character; + inStream->Read(character); + playerChoices.push_back(character); + } + if (playerChoicesLen > 0) { + uint16_t nullTerm; + inStream->Read(nullTerm); + } + inStream->Read(type); + inStream->Read(value); + + std::vector scriptedActs = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_SCRIPTED_ACTIVITY); + if (type == 0) { // join + if (value != 0) { + for (Entity* scriptedAct : scriptedActs) { + ScriptedActivityComponent* comp = static_cast(scriptedAct->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_SCRIPTED_ACTIVITY)); + if (!comp) continue; + if (comp->GetActivityID() == value) { + comp->PlayerJoin(entity); + } + } + } + else { + + } + } + else if (type == 1) { // ready/unready + for (Entity* scriptedAct : scriptedActs) { + ScriptedActivityComponent* comp = static_cast(scriptedAct->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_SCRIPTED_ACTIVITY)); + if (!comp) continue; + if (comp->PlayerIsInQueue(entity)) { + comp->PlayerReady(entity, value); + } + } + } +} + +void GameMessages::HandleReportBug(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity) { + //Definitely not stolen from autogenerated code, no sir: + std::u16string body; + std::string clientVersion; + std::string nOtherPlayerID; + std::string selection; + uint32_t messageLength; + + //Reading: + inStream->Read(messageLength); + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < (messageLength); ++i) { + uint16_t character; + inStream->Read(character); + body.push_back(character); + } + + uint32_t clientVersionLength; + inStream->Read(clientVersionLength); + for (unsigned int k = 0; k < clientVersionLength; k++) { + unsigned char character; + inStream->Read(character); + clientVersion.push_back(character); + } + + uint32_t nOtherPlayerIDLength; + inStream->Read(nOtherPlayerIDLength); + for (unsigned int k = 0; k < nOtherPlayerIDLength; k++) { + unsigned char character; + inStream->Read(character); + nOtherPlayerID.push_back(character); + } + + uint32_t selectionLength; + inStream->Read(selectionLength); + for (unsigned int k = 0; k < selectionLength; k++) { + unsigned char character; + inStream->Read(character); + selection.push_back(character); + } + + try { + sql::PreparedStatement* insertBug = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("INSERT INTO `bug_reports`(body, client_version, other_player_id, selection) VALUES (?, ?, ?, ?)"); + insertBug->setString(1, GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(body)); + insertBug->setString(2, clientVersion); + insertBug->setString(3, nOtherPlayerID); + insertBug->setString(4, selection); + insertBug->execute(); + delete insertBug; + } + catch (sql::SQLException& e) { + Game::logger->Log("HandleReportBug", "Couldn't save bug report!\n"); + } +} + +void +GameMessages::HandleClientRailMovementReady(RakNet::BitStream *inStream, Entity *entity, const SystemAddress &sysAddr) { + const auto possibleRails = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_RAIL_ACTIVATOR); + for (const auto* possibleRail : possibleRails) { + const auto* rail = possibleRail->GetComponent(); + if (rail != nullptr) { + rail->OnRailMovementReady(entity); + } + } +} + +void GameMessages::HandleCancelRailMovement(RakNet::BitStream *inStream, Entity *entity, const SystemAddress &sysAddr) { + const auto immediate = inStream->ReadBit(); + + const auto possibleRails = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_RAIL_ACTIVATOR); + for (const auto* possibleRail : possibleRails) { + auto* rail = possibleRail->GetComponent(); + if (rail != nullptr) { + rail->OnCancelRailMovement(entity); + } + } +} + +void GameMessages::HandlePlayerRailArrivedNotification(RakNet::BitStream *inStream, Entity *entity, + const SystemAddress &sysAddr) { + uint32_t pathNameLength; + inStream->Read(pathNameLength); + + std::u16string pathName; + for (auto k = 0; k < pathNameLength; k++) { + uint16_t c; + inStream->Read(c); + pathName.push_back(c); + } + + int32_t waypointNumber; + inStream->Read(waypointNumber); + + const auto possibleRails = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_RAIL_ACTIVATOR); + for (auto* possibleRail : possibleRails) { + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(possibleRail)) { + script->OnPlayerRailArrived(possibleRail, entity, pathName, waypointNumber); + } + } +} + +void GameMessages::HandleModifyPlayerZoneStatistic(RakNet::BitStream *inStream, Entity *entity) { + const auto set = inStream->ReadBit(); + const auto statisticsName = GeneralUtils::ReadWString(inStream); + + int32_t value; + if (inStream->ReadBit()) { + inStream->Read(value); + } else { + value = 0; + } + + LWOMAPID zone; + if (inStream->ReadBit()) { + inStream->Read(zone); + } else { + zone = LWOMAPID_INVALID; + } + + // Notify the character component that something's changed + auto* characterComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + if (characterComponent != nullptr) { + characterComponent->HandleZoneStatisticsUpdate(zone, statisticsName, value); + } +} + +void GameMessages::HandleUpdatePlayerStatistic(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity) { + int32_t updateID; + inStream->Read(updateID); + + int64_t updateValue; + if (inStream->ReadBit()) { + inStream->Read(updateValue); + } else { + updateValue = 1; + } + + auto* characterComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + if (characterComponent != nullptr) { + characterComponent->UpdatePlayerStatistic((StatisticID) updateID, (uint64_t) std::max(updateValue, int64_t(0))); + } +} diff --git a/dGame/dGameMessages/GameMessages.h b/dGame/dGameMessages/GameMessages.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e11f502a --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dGameMessages/GameMessages.h @@ -0,0 +1,1019 @@ + +#ifndef GAMEMESSAGES_H +#define GAMEMESSAGES_H + +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include +#include "InventoryComponent.h" +#include "dMessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "AMFFormat.h" +#include "AMFFormat_BitStream.h" +#include "NiQuaternion.h" +#include "PropertySelectQueryProperty.h" +#include "TradingManager.h" +#include "LeaderboardManager.h" +#include "MovingPlatformComponent.h" + +class NiQuaternion; +class User; +class Entity; +class NiPoint3; + +namespace GameMessages { + class PropertyDataMessage; + void SendFireEventClientSide(const LWOOBJID& objectID, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, std::u16string args, const LWOOBJID& object, int64_t param1, int param2, const LWOOBJID& sender); + void SendTeleport(const LWOOBJID& objectID, const NiPoint3& pos, const NiQuaternion& rot, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, bool bSetRotation = false, bool noGravTeleport = true); + void SendPlayAnimation(Entity* entity, const std::u16string& animationName, float fPriority = 0.0f, float fScale = 1.0f); + void SendPlayerReady(Entity * entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void SendPlayerAllowedRespawn(LWOOBJID entityID, bool doNotPromptRespawn, const SystemAddress& systemAddress); + void SendInvalidZoneTransferList(Entity * entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, const std::u16string& feedbackURL, const std::u16string& invalidMapTransferList, bool feedbackOnExit, bool feedbackOnInvalidTransfer); + void SendKnockback(const LWOOBJID& objectID, const LWOOBJID& caster, const LWOOBJID& originator, int knockBackTimeMS, const NiPoint3& vector); + + void SendStartArrangingWithItem( + Entity* entity, + const SystemAddress& sysAddr, + bool bFirstTime = true, + const LWOOBJID& buildAreaID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + NiPoint3 buildStartPOS = NiPoint3::ZERO, + int sourceBAG = 0, + const LWOOBJID& sourceID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + LOT sourceLOT = 0, + int sourceTYPE = 8, + const LWOOBJID& targetID = 0, + LOT targetLOT = 0, + NiPoint3 targetPOS = NiPoint3::ZERO, + int targetTYPE = 0 + ); + + void SendPlayerSetCameraCyclingMode(const LWOOBJID& objectID, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, + bool bAllowCyclingWhileDeadOnly = true, eCyclingMode cyclingMode = ALLOW_CYCLE_TEAMMATES); + + void SendPlayNDAudioEmitter(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, std::string audioGUID); + + void SendStartPathing(Entity* entity); + void SendPlatformResync(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, bool bStopAtDesiredWaypoint = false, + int iIndex = 0, int iDesiredWaypointIndex = 1, int nextIndex = 1, + MovementPlatformState movementState = MovementPlatformState::Moving); + + void SendRestoreToPostLoadStats(Entity * entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void SendServerDoneLoadingAllObjects(Entity * entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void SendGMLevelBroadcast(const LWOOBJID& objectID, uint8_t level); + void SendChatModeUpdate(const LWOOBJID& objectID, uint8_t level); + + void SendAddItemToInventoryClientSync(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, Item* item, const LWOOBJID& objectID, bool showFlyingLoot, int itemCount, LWOOBJID subKey = LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + void SendNotifyClientFlagChange(const LWOOBJID& objectID, int iFlagID, bool bFlag, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void SendChangeObjectWorldState(const LWOOBJID& objectID, int state, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendOfferMission(const LWOOBJID& entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, int32_t missionID, const LWOOBJID& offererID); + void SendNotifyMission(Entity * entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, int missionID, int missionState, bool sendingRewards); + void SendNotifyMissionTask(Entity * entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, int missionID, int taskMask, std::vector updates); + + void SendModifyLEGOScore(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, int64_t score, int sourceType); + void SendUIMessageServerToSingleClient(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, const std::string& message, NDGFxValue args); + void SendUIMessageServerToAllClients(const std::string& message, NDGFxValue args); + + void SendPlayEmbeddedEffectOnAllClientsNearObject(Entity* entity, std::u16string effectName, const LWOOBJID& fromObjectID, float radius); + void SendPlayFXEffect(Entity* entity, int32_t effectID, const std::u16string& effectType, const std::string& name, LWOOBJID secondary, float priority = 1, float scale = 1, bool serialize = true); + void SendPlayFXEffect(const LWOOBJID& entity, int32_t effectID, const std::u16string& effectType, const std::string& name, LWOOBJID secondary = LWOOBJID_EMPTY, float priority = 1, float scale = 1, bool serialize = true); + void SendStopFXEffect(Entity* entity, bool killImmediate, std::string name); + void SendBroadcastTextToChatbox(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, const std::u16string& attrs, const std::u16string& wsText); + void SendSetCurrency(Entity* entity, int64_t currency, int lootType, const LWOOBJID& sourceID, const LOT& sourceLOT, int sourceTradeID, bool overrideCurrent); + + void SendRebuildNotifyState(Entity* entity, int prevState, int state, const LWOOBJID& playerID); + void SendEnableRebuild(Entity* entity, bool enable, bool fail, bool success, int failReason, float duration, const LWOOBJID& playerID); + void AddActivityOwner(Entity* entity, LWOOBJID& ownerID); + void SendTerminateInteraction(const LWOOBJID& objectID, eTerminateType type, const LWOOBJID& terminator); + + void SendDieNoImplCode(Entity* entity, const LWOOBJID& killerID, const LWOOBJID& lootOwnerID, eKillType killType, std::u16string deathType, float directionRelative_AngleY, float directionRelative_AngleXZ, float directionRelative_Force, bool bClientDeath, bool bSpawnLoot); + void SendDie(Entity* entity, const LWOOBJID& killerID, const LWOOBJID& lootOwnerID, bool bDieAccepted, eKillType killType, std::u16string deathType, float directionRelative_AngleY, float directionRelative_AngleXZ, float directionRelative_Force, bool bClientDeath, bool bSpawnLoot, float coinSpawnTime); + + void SendSetInventorySize(Entity* entity, int invType, int size); + + void SendSetEmoteLockState(Entity* entity, bool bLock, int emoteID); + void SendSetJetpackMode(Entity* entity, bool bDoHover, bool bUse, bool bIsJamessterPhysics); + void SendResurrect(Entity* entity); + void SendStop2DAmbientSound(Entity* entity, bool force, std::string audioGUID, bool result = false); + void SendPlay2DAmbientSound(Entity* entity, std::string audioGUID, bool result = false); + void SendSetNetworkScriptVar(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, std::string data); + void SendDropClientLoot(Entity* entity, const LWOOBJID& sourceID, LOT item, int currency, NiPoint3 spawnPos = NiPoint3::ZERO, int count = 1); + + void SendSetPlayerControlScheme(Entity* entity, eControlSceme controlScheme); + void SendPlayerReachedRespawnCheckpoint(Entity* entity, const NiPoint3& position, const NiQuaternion& rotation); + + void SendAddSkill(Entity* entity, TSkillID skillID, int slotID); + void SendRemoveSkill(Entity* entity, TSkillID skillID); + + void SendFinishArrangingWithItem(Entity* entity, const LWOOBJID& buildAreaID); + void SendModularBuildEnd(Entity* entity); + + void SendVendorOpenWindow(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void SendVendorStatusUpdate(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void SendVendorTransactionResult(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendRemoveItemFromInventory(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, LWOOBJID iObjID, LOT templateID, int inventoryType, uint32_t stackCount, uint32_t stackRemaining); + void SendConsumeClientItem(Entity* entity, bool bSuccess, LWOOBJID item); + void SendUseItemResult(Entity* entity, LOT templateID, bool useItemResult); + void SendMoveInventoryBatch(Entity* entity, uint32_t stackCount, int srcInv, int dstInv, const LWOOBJID& iObjID); + + void SendMatchResponse(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, int response); + void SendMatchUpdate(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, std::string data, int type); + + void SendStartCelebrationEffect(Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, int celebrationID); + + // Rails stuff + void SendSetRailMovement(const LWOOBJID& objectID, bool pathGoForward, std::u16string pathName, uint32_t pathStart, + const SystemAddress& sysAddr = UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, + int32_t railActivatorComponentID = -1, LWOOBJID railActivatorObjectID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + + void SendStartRailMovement(const LWOOBJID& objectID, std::u16string pathName, std::u16string startSound, + std::u16string loopSound, std::u16string stopSound, const SystemAddress& sysAddr = UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, + uint32_t pathStart = 0, bool goForward = true, bool damageImmune = true, bool noAggro = true, + bool notifyActor = false, bool showNameBillboard = true, bool cameraLocked = true, + bool collisionEnabled = true, bool useDB = true, int32_t railComponentID = -1, + LWOOBJID railActivatorObjectID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + + void HandleClientRailMovementReady(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void HandleCancelRailMovement(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void HandlePlayerRailArrivedNotification(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendNotifyClientObject(const LWOOBJID& objectID, std::u16string name, int param1 = 0, int param2 = 0, const LWOOBJID& paramObj = LWOOBJID_EMPTY, std::string paramStr = "", const SystemAddress& sysAddr = UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + void SendNotifyClientZoneObject(const LWOOBJID& objectID, const std::u16string& name, int param1, int param2, const LWOOBJID& paramObj, const std::string& paramStr, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendNotifyClientFailedPrecondition(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, const std::u16string& failedReason, int preconditionID); + + // The success or failure response sent back to the client will preserve the same value for localID. + void SendBBBSaveResponse(const LWOOBJID& objectId, const LWOOBJID& localID, unsigned char* buffer, uint32_t bufferSize, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendAddBuff(LWOOBJID& objectID, const LWOOBJID& casterID, uint32_t buffID, uint32_t msDuration, + bool addImmunity = false, bool cancelOnDamaged = false, bool cancelOnDeath = true, + bool cancelOnLogout = false, bool cancelOnRemoveBuff = true, bool cancelOnUi = false, + bool cancelOnUnequip = false, bool cancelOnZone = false, const SystemAddress& sysAddr = UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + void SendToggleGMInvis(LWOOBJID objectId, bool enabled, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendSetName(LWOOBJID objectID, std::u16string name, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + // Property messages + + void SendOpenPropertyVendor(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendOpenPropertyManagment(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendDownloadPropertyData(LWOOBJID objectId, const PropertyDataMessage& data, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendPropertyRentalResponse(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOCLONEID cloneId, uint32_t code, LWOOBJID propertyId, int64_t rentDue, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendLockNodeRotation(Entity* entity, std::string nodeName); + + void SendSetBuildModeConfirmed(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, bool start, bool warnVisitors, bool modePaused, int32_t modeValue, LWOOBJID playerId, NiPoint3 startPos = NiPoint3::ZERO); + + void SendGetModelsOnProperty(LWOOBJID objectId, std::map models, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendZonePropertyModelEquipped(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOOBJID playerId, LWOOBJID propertyId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendPlaceModelResponse(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, NiPoint3 position, LWOOBJID plaque, int32_t response, NiQuaternion rotation); + + void SendUGCEquipPreCreateBasedOnEditMode(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, int modelCount, LWOOBJID model); + + void SendUGCEquipPostDeleteBasedOnEditMode(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, LWOOBJID inventoryItem, int itemTotal); + + void HandleSetPropertyAccess(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleUpdatePropertyOrModelForFilterCheck(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleQueryPropertyData(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleSetBuildMode(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleStartBuildingWithItem(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandlePropertyEditorBegin(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandlePropertyEditorEnd(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandlePropertyContentsFromClient(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandlePropertyModelEquipped(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandlePlacePropertyModel(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleUpdatePropertyModel(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleDeletePropertyModel(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleBBBLoadItemRequest(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleBBBSaveRequest(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandlePropertyEntranceSync(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleEnterProperty(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleSetConsumableItem(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendPlayCinematic(LWOOBJID objectId, std::u16string pathName, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, + bool allowGhostUpdates = true, bool bCloseMultiInteract = true, bool bSendServerNotify = false, bool bUseControlledObjectForAudioListener = false, + int endBehavior = 0, bool hidePlayerDuringCine = false, float leadIn = -1, bool leavePlayerLockedWhenFinished = false, + bool lockPlayer = true, bool result = false, bool skipIfSamePath = false, float startTimeAdvance = 0); + + void SendEndCinematic(LWOOBJID objectID, std::u16string pathName, const SystemAddress& sysAddr = UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, + float leadOut = -1.0f, bool leavePlayerLocked = false); + void HandleCinematicUpdate(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendSetStunned(LWOOBJID objectId, eStunState stateChangeType, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, + LWOOBJID originator = LWOOBJID_EMPTY, bool bCantAttack = false, bool bCantEquip = false, + bool bCantInteract = false, bool bCantJump = false, bool bCantMove = false, bool bCantTurn = false, + bool bCantUseItem = false, bool bDontTerminateInteract = false, bool bIgnoreImmunity = true, + bool bCantAttackOutChangeWasApplied = false, bool bCantEquipOutChangeWasApplied = false, + bool bCantInteractOutChangeWasApplied = false, bool bCantJumpOutChangeWasApplied = false, + bool bCantMoveOutChangeWasApplied = false, bool bCantTurnOutChangeWasApplied = false, + bool bCantUseItemOutChangeWasApplied = false); + + void SendOrientToAngle(LWOOBJID objectId, bool bRelativeToCurrent, float fAngle, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendAddRunSpeedModifier(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOOBJID caster, uint32_t modifier, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendRemoveRunSpeedModifier(LWOOBJID objectId, uint32_t modifier, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendPropertyEntranceBegin(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendPropertySelectQuery(LWOOBJID objectId, int32_t navOffset, bool thereAreMore, int32_t cloneId, bool hasFeaturedProperty, bool wasFriends, const std::vector& entries, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendNotifyObject(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOOBJID objIDSender, std::u16string name, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, int param1 = 0, int param2 = 0); + + void HandleVerifyAck(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendTeamPickupItem(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOOBJID lootID, LWOOBJID lootOwnerID, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + //Trading: + void SendServerTradeInvite(LWOOBJID objectId, bool bNeedInvitePopUp, LWOOBJID i64Requestor, std::u16string wsName, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendServerTradeInitialReply(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOOBJID i64Invitee, int32_t resultType, std::u16string wsName, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendServerTradeFinalReply(LWOOBJID objectId, bool bResult, LWOOBJID i64Invitee, std::u16string wsName, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendServerTradeAccept(LWOOBJID objectId, bool bFirst, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendServerTradeCancel(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendServerTradeUpdate(LWOOBJID objectId, uint64_t coins, const std::vector& items, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleClientTradeRequest(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleClientTradeCancel(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleClientTradeAccept(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleClientTradeUpdate(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + //Pets: + void SendNotifyPetTamingMinigame(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOOBJID petId, LWOOBJID playerTamingId, bool bForceTeleport, uint32_t notifyType, NiPoint3 petsDestPos, NiPoint3 telePos, NiQuaternion teleRot, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendNotifyPetTamingPuzzleSelected(LWOOBJID objectId, std::vector& bricks, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendNotifyTamingModelLoadedOnServer(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendPetTamingTryBuildResult(LWOOBJID objectId, bool bSuccess, int32_t iNumCorrect, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendPetResponse(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOOBJID objIDPet, int32_t iPetCommandType, int32_t iResponse, int32_t iTypeID, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendAddPetToPlayer(LWOOBJID objectId, int32_t iElementalType, std::u16string name, LWOOBJID petDBID, LOT petLOT, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendRegisterPetID(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOOBJID objID, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendRegisterPetDBID(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOOBJID petDBID, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendMarkInventoryItemAsActive(LWOOBJID objectId, bool bActive, int32_t iType, LWOOBJID itemID, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendClientExitTamingMinigame(LWOOBJID objectId, bool bVoluntaryExit, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendShowPetActionButton(LWOOBJID objectId, int32_t buttonLabel, bool bShow, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendPlayEmote(LWOOBJID objectId, int32_t emoteID, LWOOBJID target, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendBouncerActiveStatus(LWOOBJID objectId, bool bActive, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendSetPetName(LWOOBJID objectId, std::u16string name, LWOOBJID petDBID, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendSetPetNameModerated(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOOBJID petDBID, int32_t nModerationStatus, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendPetNameChanged(LWOOBJID objectId, int32_t moderationStatus, std::u16string name, std::u16string ownerName, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleClientExitTamingMinigame(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleStartServerPetMinigameTimer(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandlePetTamingTryBuild(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleNotifyTamingBuildSuccess(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleRequestSetPetName(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleCommandPet(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleDespawnPet(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleMessageBoxResponse(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleChoiceBoxRespond(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendDisplayZoneSummary(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, bool isPropertyMap = false, bool isZoneStart = false, LWOOBJID sender = LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + + //UI: + void SendNotifyNotEnoughInvSpace(LWOOBJID objectId, uint32_t freeSlotsNeeded, eInventoryType inventoryType, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendDisplayMessageBox(LWOOBJID objectId, bool bShow, LWOOBJID callbackClient, const std::u16string& identifier, int32_t imageID, const std::u16string& text, const std::u16string& userData, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendDisplayChatBubble(LWOOBJID objectId, const std::u16string& text, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + //Racing: + void HandleModuleAssemblyQueryData(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleModularAssemblyNIFCompleted(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleVehicleSetWheelLockState(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleRacingClientReady(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleAcknowledgePossession(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleRequestDie(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleVehicleNotifyServerAddPassiveBoostAction(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleVehicleNotifyServerRemovePassiveBoostAction(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleRacingPlayerInfoResetFinished(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleVehicleNotifyHitImaginationServer(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendModuleAssemblyDBDataForClient(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOOBJID assemblyID, const std::u16string& data, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendNotifyVehicleOfRacingObject(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOOBJID racingObjectID, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendRacingPlayerLoaded(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOOBJID playerID, LWOOBJID vehicleID, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendVehicleUnlockInput(LWOOBJID objectId, bool bLockWheels, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendVehicleSetWheelLockState(LWOOBJID objectId, bool bExtraFriction, bool bLocked, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendRacingSetPlayerResetInfo(LWOOBJID objectId, int32_t currentLap, uint32_t furthestResetPlane, LWOOBJID playerID, NiPoint3 respawnPos, uint32_t upcomingPlane, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendRacingResetPlayerToLastReset(LWOOBJID objectId, LWOOBJID playerID, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendNotifyRacingClient(LWOOBJID objectId, int32_t eventType, int32_t param1, LWOOBJID paramObj, std::u16string paramStr, LWOOBJID singleClient, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendActivityEnter(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void SendActivityStart(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void SendActivityExit(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void SendActivityStop(LWOOBJID objectId, bool bExit, bool bUserCancel, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void SendActivityPause(LWOOBJID objectId, bool pause = false, const SystemAddress& sysAddr = UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + void SendStartActivityTime(LWOOBJID objectId, float_t startTime, const SystemAddress& sysAddr = UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + void SendRequestActivityEnter(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, bool bStart, LWOOBJID userID); + + // SG: + + void SendSetShootingGalleryParams(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, + float cameraFOV, + float cooldown, + float minDistance, + NiPoint3 muzzlePosOffset, + NiPoint3 playerPosOffset, + float projectileVelocity, + float timeLimit, + bool bUseLeaderboards + ); + + void SendNotifyClientShootingGalleryScore(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, + float addTime, + int32_t score, + LWOOBJID target, + NiPoint3 targetPos + ); + + void HandleUpdateShootingGalleryRotation(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + // Leaderboards + void SendActivitySummaryLeaderboardData(const LWOOBJID& objectID, const Leaderboard* leaderboard, + const SystemAddress& sysAddr = UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + void HandleActivitySummaryLeaderboardData(RakNet::BitStream* instream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void SendRequestActivitySummaryLeaderboardData(const LWOOBJID& objectID, const LWOOBJID& targetID, + const SystemAddress& sysAddr, const int32_t& gameID = 0, + const int32_t& queryType = 1, const int32_t& resultsEnd = 10, + const int32_t& resultsStart = 0, bool weekly = false); + void HandleRequestActivitySummaryLeaderboardData(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void HandleActivityStateChangeRequest(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity); + + void SendVehicleAddPassiveBoostAction(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendVehicleRemovePassiveBoostAction(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendVehicleNotifyFinishedRace(LWOOBJID objectId, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + //NT: + + void HandleRequestMoveItemBetweenInventoryTypes(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void SendShowActivityCountdown(LWOOBJID objectId, bool bPlayAdditionalSound, bool bPlayCountdownSound, std::u16string sndName, int32_t stateToPlaySoundOn, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + //Handlers: + + void HandleToggleGhostReferenceOverride(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void HandleSetGhostReferencePosition(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + void HandleBuyFromVendor(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void HandleSellToVendor(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void HandleBuybackFromVendor(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void HandleParseChatMessage(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void HandleToggleGhostReffrenceOverride(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void HandleSetGhostReffrenceOverride(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void HandleFireEventServerSide(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void HandleRequestPlatformResync(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void HandleRebuildCancel(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity); + void HandleRequestUse(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void HandlePlayEmote(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity); + void HandleModularBuildConvertModel(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void HandleSetFlag(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity); + void HandleRespondToMission(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity); + void HandleMissionDialogOK(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity); + void HandleRequestLinkedMission(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity); + void HandleHasBeenCollected(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity); + void HandleNotifyServerLevelProcessingComplete(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity); + void HandlePickupCurrency(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity); + void HandleRequestDie(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity); + void HandleEquipItem(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity); + void HandleUnequipItem(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity); + void HandleRemoveItemFromInventory(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void HandleMoveItemInInventory(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity); + void HandleMoveItemBetweenInventoryTypes(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void HandleBuildModeSet(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity); + void HandleModularBuildFinish(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void HandleDoneArrangingWithItem(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void HandleModularBuildMoveAndEquip(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void HandlePickupItem(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity); + void HandleResurrect(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity); + void HandleModifyPlayerZoneStatistic(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity); + void HandleUpdatePlayerStatistic(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity); + + void HandlePushEquippedItemsState(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity); + + void HandlePopEquippedItemsState(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity); + + void HandleClientItemConsumed(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity); + + void HandleUseNonEquipmentItem(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity); + + void HandleMatchRequest(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity); + + void HandleReportBug(RakNet::BitStream* inStream, Entity* entity); + + /* Message to synchronize a skill cast */ + class EchoSyncSkill { + static const GAME_MSG MsgID = GAME_MSG_ECHO_SYNC_SKILL; + + public: + EchoSyncSkill() { + bDone = false; + } + + EchoSyncSkill(std::string _sBitStream, unsigned int _uiBehaviorHandle, unsigned int _uiSkillHandle, bool _bDone = false) { + bDone = _bDone; + sBitStream = _sBitStream; + uiBehaviorHandle = _uiBehaviorHandle; + uiSkillHandle = _uiSkillHandle; + } + + EchoSyncSkill(RakNet::BitStream* stream) { + bDone = false; + + Deserialize(stream); + } + + ~EchoSyncSkill() { + } + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* stream) { + stream->Write((unsigned short)MsgID); + + stream->Write(bDone); + uint32_t sBitStreamLength = sBitStream.length(); + stream->Write(sBitStreamLength); + for (unsigned int k = 0; k < sBitStreamLength; k++) { + stream->Write(sBitStream[k]); + } + + stream->Write(uiBehaviorHandle); + stream->Write(uiSkillHandle); + } + + bool Deserialize(RakNet::BitStream* stream) { + stream->Read(bDone); + uint32_t sBitStreamLength{}; + stream->Read(sBitStreamLength); + for (unsigned int k = 0; k < sBitStreamLength; k++) { + unsigned char character; + stream->Read(character); + sBitStream.push_back(character); + } + + stream->Read(uiBehaviorHandle); + stream->Read(uiSkillHandle); + + return true; + } + + bool bDone{}; + std::string sBitStream{}; + unsigned int uiBehaviorHandle{}; + unsigned int uiSkillHandle{}; + }; + + /* Message to synchronize a skill cast */ + class SyncSkill { + static const GAME_MSG MsgID = GAME_MSG_SYNC_SKILL; + + public: + SyncSkill() { + bDone = false; + } + + SyncSkill(std::string _sBitStream, unsigned int _uiBehaviorHandle, unsigned int _uiSkillHandle, bool _bDone = false) { + bDone = _bDone; + sBitStream = _sBitStream; + uiBehaviorHandle = _uiBehaviorHandle; + uiSkillHandle = _uiSkillHandle; + } + + SyncSkill(RakNet::BitStream* stream) { + bDone = false; + Deserialize(stream); + } + + ~SyncSkill() { + } + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* stream) { + stream->Write((unsigned short)MsgID); + + stream->Write(bDone); + uint32_t sBitStreamLength = sBitStream.length(); + stream->Write(sBitStreamLength); + for (unsigned int k = 0; k < sBitStreamLength; k++) { + stream->Write(sBitStream[k]); + } + + stream->Write(uiBehaviorHandle); + stream->Write(uiSkillHandle); + } + + bool Deserialize(RakNet::BitStream* stream) { + stream->Read(bDone); + uint32_t sBitStreamLength{}; + stream->Read(sBitStreamLength); + for (unsigned int k = 0; k < sBitStreamLength; k++) { + unsigned char character; + stream->Read(character); + sBitStream.push_back(character); + } + + stream->Read(uiBehaviorHandle); + stream->Read(uiSkillHandle); + + return true; + } + + bool bDone{}; + std::string sBitStream{}; + unsigned int uiBehaviorHandle{}; + unsigned int uiSkillHandle{}; + }; + + /* Notifying the server that a locally owned projectil impacted. Sent to the caster of the projectile + should always be the local char. */ + class RequestServerProjectileImpact { + static const GAME_MSG MsgID = GAME_MSG_REQUEST_SERVER_PROJECTILE_IMPACT; + + public: + RequestServerProjectileImpact() { + i64LocalID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + i64TargetID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + } + + RequestServerProjectileImpact(std::string _sBitStream, LWOOBJID _i64LocalID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY, LWOOBJID _i64TargetID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY) { + i64LocalID = _i64LocalID; + i64TargetID = _i64TargetID; + sBitStream = _sBitStream; + } + + RequestServerProjectileImpact(RakNet::BitStream* stream) { + i64LocalID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + i64TargetID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + Deserialize(stream); + } + + ~RequestServerProjectileImpact() { + } + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* stream) { + stream->Write((unsigned short)MsgID); + + stream->Write(i64LocalID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + if (i64LocalID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) stream->Write(i64LocalID); + + stream->Write(i64TargetID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + if (i64TargetID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) stream->Write(i64TargetID); + + uint32_t sBitStreamLength = sBitStream.length(); + stream->Write(sBitStreamLength); + for (unsigned int k = 0; k < sBitStreamLength; k++) { + stream->Write(sBitStream[k]); + } + + } + + bool Deserialize(RakNet::BitStream* stream) { + bool i64LocalIDIsDefault{}; + stream->Read(i64LocalIDIsDefault); + if (i64LocalIDIsDefault != 0) stream->Read(i64LocalID); + + bool i64TargetIDIsDefault{}; + stream->Read(i64TargetIDIsDefault); + if (i64TargetIDIsDefault != 0) stream->Read(i64TargetID); + + uint32_t sBitStreamLength{}; + stream->Read(sBitStreamLength); + for (unsigned int k = 0; k < sBitStreamLength; k++) { + unsigned char character; + stream->Read(character); + sBitStream.push_back(character); + } + + + return true; + } + + LWOOBJID i64LocalID; + LWOOBJID i64TargetID; + std::string sBitStream; + }; + + /* Tell a client local projectile to impact */ + class DoClientProjectileImpact { + static const GAME_MSG MsgID = GAME_MSG_DO_CLIENT_PROJECTILE_IMPACT; + + public: + DoClientProjectileImpact() { + i64OrgID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + i64OwnerID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + i64TargetID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + } + + DoClientProjectileImpact(std::string _sBitStream, LWOOBJID _i64OrgID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY, LWOOBJID _i64OwnerID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY, LWOOBJID _i64TargetID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY) { + i64OrgID = _i64OrgID; + i64OwnerID = _i64OwnerID; + i64TargetID = _i64TargetID; + sBitStream = _sBitStream; + } + + DoClientProjectileImpact(RakNet::BitStream* stream) { + i64OrgID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + i64OwnerID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + i64TargetID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + Deserialize(stream); + } + + ~DoClientProjectileImpact() { + } + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* stream) { + stream->Write((unsigned short)MsgID); + + stream->Write(i64OrgID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + if (i64OrgID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) stream->Write(i64OrgID); + + stream->Write(i64OwnerID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + if (i64OwnerID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) stream->Write(i64OwnerID); + + stream->Write(i64TargetID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + if (i64TargetID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) stream->Write(i64TargetID); + + uint32_t sBitStreamLength = sBitStream.length(); + stream->Write(sBitStreamLength); + for (unsigned int k = 0; k < sBitStreamLength; k++) { + stream->Write(sBitStream[k]); + } + + } + + bool Deserialize(RakNet::BitStream* stream) { + bool i64OrgIDIsDefault{}; + stream->Read(i64OrgIDIsDefault); + if (i64OrgIDIsDefault != 0) stream->Read(i64OrgID); + + bool i64OwnerIDIsDefault{}; + stream->Read(i64OwnerIDIsDefault); + if (i64OwnerIDIsDefault != 0) stream->Read(i64OwnerID); + + bool i64TargetIDIsDefault{}; + stream->Read(i64TargetIDIsDefault); + if (i64TargetIDIsDefault != 0) stream->Read(i64TargetID); + + uint32_t sBitStreamLength{}; + stream->Read(sBitStreamLength); + for (unsigned int k = 0; k < sBitStreamLength; k++) { + unsigned char character; + stream->Read(character); + sBitStream.push_back(character); + } + + + return true; + } + + LWOOBJID i64OrgID; + LWOOBJID i64OwnerID; + LWOOBJID i64TargetID; + std::string sBitStream; + }; + + /* Same as start skill but with different network options. An echo down to other clients that need to play the skill. */ + class EchoStartSkill { + static const GAME_MSG MsgID = GAME_MSG_ECHO_START_SKILL; + + public: + EchoStartSkill() { + bUsedMouse = false; + fCasterLatency = 0.0f; + iCastType = 0; + lastClickedPosit = NiPoint3::ZERO; + optionalTargetID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + originatorRot = NiQuaternion::IDENTITY; + uiSkillHandle = 0; + } + + EchoStartSkill(LWOOBJID _optionalOriginatorID, std::string _sBitStream, TSkillID _skillID, bool _bUsedMouse = false, float _fCasterLatency = 0.0f, int _iCastType = 0, NiPoint3 _lastClickedPosit = NiPoint3::ZERO, LWOOBJID _optionalTargetID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY, NiQuaternion _originatorRot = NiQuaternion::IDENTITY, unsigned int _uiSkillHandle = 0) { + bUsedMouse = _bUsedMouse; + fCasterLatency = _fCasterLatency; + iCastType = _iCastType; + lastClickedPosit = _lastClickedPosit; + optionalOriginatorID = _optionalOriginatorID; + optionalTargetID = _optionalTargetID; + originatorRot = _originatorRot; + sBitStream = _sBitStream; + skillID = _skillID; + uiSkillHandle = _uiSkillHandle; + } + + EchoStartSkill(RakNet::BitStream* stream) { + bUsedMouse = false; + fCasterLatency = 0.0f; + iCastType = 0; + lastClickedPosit = NiPoint3::ZERO; + optionalTargetID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + originatorRot = NiQuaternion::IDENTITY; + uiSkillHandle = 0; + + Deserialize(stream); + } + + ~EchoStartSkill() { + } + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* stream) { + stream->Write((unsigned short)MsgID); + + stream->Write(bUsedMouse); + + stream->Write(fCasterLatency != 0.0f); + if (fCasterLatency != 0.0f) stream->Write(fCasterLatency); + + stream->Write(iCastType != 0); + if (iCastType != 0) stream->Write(iCastType); + + stream->Write(lastClickedPosit != NiPoint3::ZERO); + if (lastClickedPosit != NiPoint3::ZERO) stream->Write(lastClickedPosit); + + stream->Write(optionalOriginatorID); + + stream->Write(optionalTargetID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + if (optionalTargetID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) stream->Write(optionalTargetID); + + stream->Write(originatorRot != NiQuaternion::IDENTITY); + if (originatorRot != NiQuaternion::IDENTITY) stream->Write(originatorRot); + + uint32_t sBitStreamLength = sBitStream.length(); + stream->Write(sBitStreamLength); + for (unsigned int k = 0; k < sBitStreamLength; k++) { + stream->Write(sBitStream[k]); + } + + stream->Write(skillID); + + stream->Write(uiSkillHandle != 0); + if (uiSkillHandle != 0) stream->Write(uiSkillHandle); + } + + bool Deserialize(RakNet::BitStream* stream) { + stream->Read(bUsedMouse); + + bool fCasterLatencyIsDefault{}; + stream->Read(fCasterLatencyIsDefault); + if (fCasterLatencyIsDefault != 0) stream->Read(fCasterLatency); + + bool iCastTypeIsDefault{}; + stream->Read(iCastTypeIsDefault); + if (iCastTypeIsDefault != 0) stream->Read(iCastType); + + bool lastClickedPositIsDefault{}; + stream->Read(lastClickedPositIsDefault); + if (lastClickedPositIsDefault != 0) stream->Read(lastClickedPosit); + + stream->Read(optionalOriginatorID); + + bool optionalTargetIDIsDefault{}; + stream->Read(optionalTargetIDIsDefault); + if (optionalTargetIDIsDefault != 0) stream->Read(optionalTargetID); + + bool originatorRotIsDefault{}; + stream->Read(originatorRotIsDefault); + if (originatorRotIsDefault != 0) stream->Read(originatorRot); + + uint32_t sBitStreamLength{}; + stream->Read(sBitStreamLength); + for (unsigned int k = 0; k < sBitStreamLength; k++) { + unsigned char character; + stream->Read(character); + sBitStream.push_back(character); + } + + stream->Read(skillID); + + bool uiSkillHandleIsDefault{}; + stream->Read(uiSkillHandleIsDefault); + if (uiSkillHandleIsDefault != 0) stream->Read(uiSkillHandle); + + return true; + } + + bool bUsedMouse; + float fCasterLatency; + int iCastType; + NiPoint3 lastClickedPosit; + LWOOBJID optionalOriginatorID; + LWOOBJID optionalTargetID; + NiQuaternion originatorRot; + std::string sBitStream; + TSkillID skillID; + unsigned int uiSkillHandle; + }; + + /* Same as sync skill but with different network options. An echo down to other clients that need to play the skill. */ + class StartSkill { + static const GAME_MSG MsgID = GAME_MSG_START_SKILL; + + public: + StartSkill() { + bUsedMouse = false; + consumableItemID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + fCasterLatency = 0.0f; + iCastType = 0; + lastClickedPosit = NiPoint3::ZERO; + optionalTargetID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + originatorRot = NiQuaternion::IDENTITY; + uiSkillHandle = 0; + } + + StartSkill(LWOOBJID _optionalOriginatorID, std::string _sBitStream, TSkillID _skillID, bool _bUsedMouse = false, LWOOBJID _consumableItemID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY, float _fCasterLatency = 0.0f, int _iCastType = 0, NiPoint3 _lastClickedPosit = NiPoint3::ZERO, LWOOBJID _optionalTargetID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY, NiQuaternion _originatorRot = NiQuaternion::IDENTITY, unsigned int _uiSkillHandle = 0) { + bUsedMouse = _bUsedMouse; + consumableItemID = _consumableItemID; + fCasterLatency = _fCasterLatency; + iCastType = _iCastType; + lastClickedPosit = _lastClickedPosit; + optionalOriginatorID = _optionalOriginatorID; + optionalTargetID = _optionalTargetID; + originatorRot = _originatorRot; + sBitStream = _sBitStream; + skillID = _skillID; + uiSkillHandle = _uiSkillHandle; + } + + StartSkill(RakNet::BitStream* stream) { + bUsedMouse = false; + consumableItemID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + fCasterLatency = 0.0f; + iCastType = 0; + lastClickedPosit = NiPoint3::ZERO; + optionalTargetID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + originatorRot = NiQuaternion::IDENTITY; + uiSkillHandle = 0; + + Deserialize(stream); + } + + ~StartSkill() { + } + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* stream) { + stream->Write((unsigned short)MsgID); + + stream->Write(bUsedMouse); + + stream->Write(consumableItemID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + if (consumableItemID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) stream->Write(consumableItemID); + + stream->Write(fCasterLatency != 0.0f); + if (fCasterLatency != 0.0f) stream->Write(fCasterLatency); + + stream->Write(iCastType != 0); + if (iCastType != 0) stream->Write(iCastType); + + stream->Write(lastClickedPosit != NiPoint3::ZERO); + if (lastClickedPosit != NiPoint3::ZERO) stream->Write(lastClickedPosit); + + stream->Write(optionalOriginatorID); + + stream->Write(optionalTargetID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + if (optionalTargetID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) stream->Write(optionalTargetID); + + stream->Write(originatorRot != NiQuaternion::IDENTITY); + if (originatorRot != NiQuaternion::IDENTITY) stream->Write(originatorRot); + + uint32_t sBitStreamLength = sBitStream.length(); + stream->Write(sBitStreamLength); + for (unsigned int k = 0; k < sBitStreamLength; k++) { + stream->Write(sBitStream[k]); + } + + stream->Write(skillID); + + stream->Write(uiSkillHandle != 0); + if (uiSkillHandle != 0) stream->Write(uiSkillHandle); + } + + bool Deserialize(RakNet::BitStream* stream) { + stream->Read(bUsedMouse); + + bool consumableItemIDIsDefault{}; + stream->Read(consumableItemIDIsDefault); + if (consumableItemIDIsDefault != 0) stream->Read(consumableItemID); + + bool fCasterLatencyIsDefault{}; + stream->Read(fCasterLatencyIsDefault); + if (fCasterLatencyIsDefault != 0) stream->Read(fCasterLatency); + + bool iCastTypeIsDefault{}; + stream->Read(iCastTypeIsDefault); + if (iCastTypeIsDefault != 0) stream->Read(iCastType); + + bool lastClickedPositIsDefault{}; + stream->Read(lastClickedPositIsDefault); + if (lastClickedPositIsDefault != 0) stream->Read(lastClickedPosit); + + stream->Read(optionalOriginatorID); + + bool optionalTargetIDIsDefault{}; + stream->Read(optionalTargetIDIsDefault); + if (optionalTargetIDIsDefault != 0) stream->Read(optionalTargetID); + + bool originatorRotIsDefault{}; + stream->Read(originatorRotIsDefault); + if (originatorRotIsDefault != 0) stream->Read(originatorRot); + + uint32_t sBitStreamLength{}; + stream->Read(sBitStreamLength); + for (unsigned int k = 0; k < sBitStreamLength; k++) { + unsigned char character; + stream->Read(character); + sBitStream.push_back(character); + } + + stream->Read(skillID); + + bool uiSkillHandleIsDefault{}; + stream->Read(uiSkillHandleIsDefault); + if (uiSkillHandleIsDefault != 0) stream->Read(uiSkillHandle); + + return true; + } + + bool bUsedMouse = false; + LWOOBJID consumableItemID{}; + float fCasterLatency{}; + int iCastType{}; + NiPoint3 lastClickedPosit{}; + LWOOBJID optionalOriginatorID{}; + LWOOBJID optionalTargetID{}; + NiQuaternion originatorRot{}; + std::string sBitStream = ""; + TSkillID skillID = 0; + unsigned int uiSkillHandle = 0; + }; +}; + + + + +#endif // GAMEMESSAGES_H diff --git a/dGame/dGameMessages/PropertyDataMessage.cpp b/dGame/dGameMessages/PropertyDataMessage.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9c3b6d3f --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dGameMessages/PropertyDataMessage.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +#include "PropertyDataMessage.h" + +#include "GeneralUtils.h" + +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "CDClientManager.h" + +void GameMessages::PropertyDataMessage::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream& stream) const +{ + stream.Write(0); // - property id + + stream.Write(TemplateID); // - template id + stream.Write(ZoneId); // - map id + stream.Write(VendorMapId); // - vendor map id + stream.Write(1); + + const auto& name = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(Name); + stream.Write(uint32_t(name.size())); + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < name.size(); ++i) { + stream.Write(uint16_t(name[i])); + } + + const auto& description = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(Description); + stream.Write(uint32_t(description.size())); + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < description.size(); ++i) { + stream.Write(uint16_t(description[i])); + } + + const auto& owner = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(OwnerName); + stream.Write(uint32_t(owner.size())); + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < owner.size(); ++i) { + stream.Write(uint16_t(owner[i])); + } + + stream.Write(OwnerId); + + stream.Write(0); // - type + stream.Write(0); // - zone code + stream.Write(0); // - minimum price + stream.Write(1); // - rent duration + + stream.Write(ClaimedTime); // - timestamp + + stream.Write(1); + + stream.Write(0); + + const auto& spawn = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(SpawnName); + stream.Write(uint32_t(spawn.size())); + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < spawn.size(); ++i) { + stream.Write(uint16_t(spawn[i])); + } + + stream.Write(0); // String length + stream.Write(0); // String length + + stream.Write(0); // - duration type + stream.Write(1); + stream.Write(1); + + stream.Write(PrivacyOption); + + stream.Write(0); + + stream.Write(1); + + stream.Write(0); // String length + + stream.Write(0); + + stream.Write(1); + stream.Write(1); + + stream.Write(ZonePosition.x); + stream.Write(ZonePosition.y); + stream.Write(ZonePosition.z); + + stream.Write(MaxBuildHeight); + + stream.Write(ClaimedTime); // - timestamp + + stream.Write(PrivacyOption); + + stream.Write(uint32_t(Paths.size())); + + for (const auto& path : Paths) + { + stream.Write(path.x); + stream.Write(path.y); + stream.Write(path.z); + } +} + +GameMessages::PropertyDataMessage::PropertyDataMessage(uint32_t mapID) { + const auto propertyTemplate = CDClientManager::Instance()-> + GetTable("PropertyTemplate")->GetByMapID(mapID); + + TemplateID = propertyTemplate.id; + ZoneId = propertyTemplate.mapID; + VendorMapId = propertyTemplate.vendorMapID; + SpawnName = propertyTemplate.spawnName; +} diff --git a/dGame/dGameMessages/PropertyDataMessage.h b/dGame/dGameMessages/PropertyDataMessage.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..219ac08d --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dGameMessages/PropertyDataMessage.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +#pragma once + +#include +#include + +#include "BitStream.h" + +#include "NiPoint3.h" +#include "dCommonVars.h" + +namespace GameMessages +{ + class PropertyDataMessage final + { + public: + explicit PropertyDataMessage(uint32_t mapID); + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream& stream) const; + + std::string OwnerName = ""; + LWOOBJID OwnerId = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + // Temporary values + uint32_t TemplateID = 25166; + uint16_t ZoneId = 1150; + uint16_t VendorMapId = 1100; + std::string SpawnName = "AGSmallProperty"; + + std::string Name = ""; + std::string Description = ""; + + uint64_t ClaimedTime = 0; + + NiPoint3 ZonePosition = { 548.0f, 406.0f, 178.0f }; + char PrivacyOption = 0; + float MaxBuildHeight = 128.0f; + std::vector Paths = {}; + }; +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dGame/dGameMessages/PropertySelectQueryProperty.cpp b/dGame/dGameMessages/PropertySelectQueryProperty.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f32ce537 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dGameMessages/PropertySelectQueryProperty.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +#include "PropertySelectQueryProperty.h" + +void PropertySelectQueryProperty::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream& stream) const +{ + stream.Write(CloneId); + + const auto& owner = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(OwnerName); + stream.Write(uint32_t(owner.size())); + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < owner.size(); ++i) { + stream.Write(static_cast(owner[i])); + } + + const auto& name = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(Name); + stream.Write(uint32_t(name.size())); + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < name.size(); ++i) { + stream.Write(static_cast(name[i])); + } + + const auto& description = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(Description); + stream.Write(uint32_t(description.size())); + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < description.size(); ++i) { + stream.Write(static_cast(description[i])); + } + + stream.Write(Reputation); + stream.Write(IsBestFriend); + stream.Write(IsFriend); + stream.Write(IsModeratorApproved); + stream.Write(IsAlt); + stream.Write(IsOwner); + stream.Write(AccessType); + stream.Write(DatePublished); + stream.Write(PerformanceCost); +} + +void PropertySelectQueryProperty::Deserialize(RakNet::BitStream& stream) const +{ + // Do we need this? +} diff --git a/dGame/dGameMessages/PropertySelectQueryProperty.h b/dGame/dGameMessages/PropertySelectQueryProperty.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0aaab912 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dGameMessages/PropertySelectQueryProperty.h @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "Entity.h" + +class PropertySelectQueryProperty final +{ +public: + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream& stream) const; + + void Deserialize(RakNet::BitStream& stream) const; + + LWOCLONEID CloneId = LWOCLONEID_INVALID; + std::string OwnerName = ""; + std::string Name = ""; + std::string Description = ""; + uint32_t Reputation = 0; + bool IsBestFriend = false; + bool IsFriend = false; + bool IsModeratorApproved = false; + bool IsAlt = false; + bool IsOwner = false; + uint32_t AccessType = 0; + uint32_t DatePublished = 0; + uint64_t PerformanceCost = 0; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dInventory/DatabasePet.h b/dGame/dInventory/DatabasePet.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..068c6195 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dInventory/DatabasePet.h @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "dCommonVars.h" + +/** + * Database information that specifies a pet + */ +struct DatabasePet +{ + /** + * The lot of this pet + */ + LOT lot = LOT_NULL; + + /** + * The name of the pet + */ + std::string name; + + /** + * The current moderation state, see PetComponent for more info + */ + int32_t moderationState = 0; +}; + +const DatabasePet DATABASE_PET_INVALID; diff --git a/dGame/dInventory/EquippedItem.cpp b/dGame/dInventory/EquippedItem.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..df5639de --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dInventory/EquippedItem.cpp @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +#include "EquippedItem.h" diff --git a/dGame/dInventory/EquippedItem.h b/dGame/dInventory/EquippedItem.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0d1d191f --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dInventory/EquippedItem.h @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "dCommonVars.h" + +/** + * An item that's equipped, generally as a smaller return type than the regular Item class + */ +struct EquippedItem +{ + /** + * The object ID of the equipped item + */ + LWOOBJID id = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + /** + * The LOT of this equipped item + */ + LOT lot = LOT_NULL; + + /** + * The number of items that are stored in this slot + */ + uint32_t count = 0; + + /** + * The slot this item is stored in + */ + uint32_t slot = 0; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dInventory/Inventory.cpp b/dGame/dInventory/Inventory.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..75d4c586 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dInventory/Inventory.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +#include "Inventory.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "Item.h" + +std::vector Inventory::m_GameMasterRestrictedItems = { + 1727, // GM Only - JetPack + 2243, // GM Only - Hammer of Doom + 3293, // GM Only - Flamethrower + 3735, // GM Only - Large Jetpack + 5873, // GM Only - Winged Helm of Speed + 6407, // Gm Only - Hat of Pwnage + 14442 // The jamesster jetpack +}; + +Inventory::Inventory(const eInventoryType type, const uint32_t size, const std::vector& items, InventoryComponent* component) +{ + this->type = type; + this->size = size; + this->free = size; + this->component = component; + + for (auto* item : items) + { + AddManagedItem(item); + } +} + +eInventoryType Inventory::GetType() const +{ + return type; +} + +uint32_t Inventory::GetSize() const +{ + return size; +} + +std::map& Inventory::GetItems() +{ + return items; +} + +std::map Inventory::GetSlots() const +{ + std::map slots; + + for (const auto& pair : items) + { + auto* item = pair.second; + + slots.insert_or_assign(item->GetSlot(), item); + } + + return slots; +} + +InventoryComponent* Inventory::GetComponent() const +{ + return component; +} + +uint32_t Inventory::GetLotCount(const LOT lot) const +{ + uint32_t count = 0; + + for (const auto& pair : items) + { + const auto* item = pair.second; + + if (item->GetLot() == lot) + { + count += item->GetCount(); + } + } + + return count; +} + +void Inventory::SetSize(const uint32_t value) +{ + free += static_cast(value) - static_cast(size); + + size = value; + + GameMessages::SendSetInventorySize(component->GetParent(), type, static_cast(size)); +} + +int32_t Inventory::FindEmptySlot() +{ + if (free <= 6) // Up from 1 + { + if (type != ITEMS && type != VAULT_ITEMS) + { + uint32_t newSize = size; + + if (type == MODELS || type == VAULT_MODELS) + { + newSize = 240; + } + else + { + newSize += 20; + } + + if (newSize > GetSize()) + { + SetSize(newSize); + } + } + } + + if (free == 0) + { + return -1; + } + + const auto slots = GetSlots(); + + for (auto i = 0u; i < size; ++i) + { + if (slots.find(i) == slots.end()) + { + return i; + } + } + + return -1; +} + +int32_t Inventory::GetEmptySlots() +{ + return free; +} + +bool Inventory::IsSlotEmpty(int32_t slot) +{ + const auto slots = GetSlots(); + + const auto& index = slots.find(slot); + + return index == slots.end(); +} + +Item* Inventory::FindItemById(const LWOOBJID id) const +{ + const auto& index = items.find(id); + + if (index == items.end()) + { + return nullptr; + } + + return index->second; +} + +Item* Inventory::FindItemByLot(const LOT lot, const bool ignoreEquipped, const bool ignoreBound) const +{ + Item* smallest = nullptr; + + for (const auto& pair : items) + { + auto* item = pair.second; + + if (item->GetLot() != lot) + { + continue; + } + + if (ignoreEquipped && item->IsEquipped()) + { + continue; + } + + if (ignoreBound && item->GetBound()) + { + continue; + } + + if (smallest == nullptr) + { + smallest = item; + + continue; + } + + if (smallest->GetCount() > item->GetCount()) + { + smallest = item; + } + } + + return smallest; +} + +Item* Inventory::FindItemBySlot(const uint32_t slot) const +{ + const auto slots = GetSlots(); + + const auto index = slots.find(slot); + + if (index == slots.end()) + { + return nullptr; + } + + return index->second; +} + +Item* Inventory::FindItemBySubKey(LWOOBJID id) const +{ + for (const auto& item : items) + { + if (item.second->GetSubKey() == id) + { + return item.second; + } + } + + return nullptr; +} + +void Inventory::AddManagedItem(Item* item) +{ + const auto id = item->GetId(); + + if (items.find(id) != items.end()) + { + Game::logger->Log("Inventory", "Attempting to add an item with an already present id (%llu)!\n", id); + + return; + } + + const auto slots = GetSlots(); + + const auto slot = item->GetSlot(); + + if (slots.find(slot) != slots.end()) + { + Game::logger->Log("Inventory", "Attempting to add an item with and already present slot (%i)!\n", slot); + + return; + } + + items.insert_or_assign(id, item); + + free--; +} + +void Inventory::RemoveManagedItem(Item* item) +{ + const auto id = item->GetId(); + + if (items.find(id) == items.end()) + { + Game::logger->Log("Inventory", "Attempting to remove an item with an invalid id (%llu), lot (%i)!\n", id, item->GetLot()); + + return; + } + + items.erase(id); + + free++; +} + +eInventoryType Inventory::FindInventoryTypeForLot(const LOT lot) +{ + auto itemComponent = FindItemComponent(lot); + + const auto itemType = static_cast(itemComponent.itemType); + + switch (itemType) { + case ITEM_TYPE_BRICK: + return BRICKS; + + case ITEM_TYPE_BEHAVIOR: + return BEHAVIORS; + + case ITEM_TYPE_PROPERTY: + return PROPERTY_DEEDS; + + case ITEM_TYPE_MODEL: + case ITEM_TYPE_VEHICLE: + case ITEM_TYPE_LOOT_MODEL: + return MODELS; + + case ITEM_TYPE_HAT: + case ITEM_TYPE_HAIR: + case ITEM_TYPE_NECK: + case ITEM_TYPE_LEFT_HAND: + case ITEM_TYPE_RIGHT_HAND: + case ITEM_TYPE_LEGS: + case ITEM_TYPE_LEFT_TRINKET: + case ITEM_TYPE_RIGHT_TRINKET: + case ITEM_TYPE_COLLECTIBLE: + case ITEM_TYPE_CONSUMABLE: + case ITEM_TYPE_CHEST: + case ITEM_TYPE_EGG: + case ITEM_TYPE_PET_FOOD: + case ITEM_TYPE_PET_INVENTORY_ITEM: + case ITEM_TYPE_PACKAGE: + case ITEM_TYPE_CURRENCY: + return ITEMS; + + case ITEM_TYPE_QUEST_OBJECT: + case ITEM_TYPE_UNKNOWN: + default: + return HIDDEN; + } +} + +const CDItemComponent& Inventory::FindItemComponent(const LOT lot) +{ + auto* registry = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ComponentsRegistry"); + + auto* itemComponents = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ItemComponent"); + + const auto componentId = registry->GetByIDAndType(lot, COMPONENT_TYPE_ITEM); + + if (componentId == 0) + { + Game::logger->Log("Inventory", "Failed to find item component for (%i)!\n", lot); + + return CDItemComponentTable::Default; + } + + const auto& itemComponent = itemComponents->GetItemComponentByID(componentId); + + return itemComponent; +} + +bool Inventory::IsValidItem(const LOT lot) +{ + auto* registry = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ComponentsRegistry"); + + const auto componentId = registry->GetByIDAndType(lot, COMPONENT_TYPE_ITEM); + + return componentId != 0; +} + +const std::vector& Inventory::GetAllGMItems() +{ + return m_GameMasterRestrictedItems; +} + +Inventory::~Inventory() +{ + for (auto item : items) + { + delete item.second; + } + + items.clear(); +} diff --git a/dGame/dInventory/Inventory.h b/dGame/dInventory/Inventory.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0d3d9e69 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dInventory/Inventory.h @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +#pragma once + +#include +#include + + +#include "CDClientManager.h" +#include "dCommonVars.h" + +class Item; +class InventoryComponent; + +/** + * An inventory of a certain type that's owned by an entity + */ +class Inventory final +{ +public: + explicit Inventory(eInventoryType type, uint32_t size, const std::vector& items, InventoryComponent* component); + + /** + * Returns the type of this inventory + * @return the type of this inventory + */ + eInventoryType GetType() const; + + /** + * Returns the maximum amount of items this inventory can contain + * @return the maximum amount of items this inventory can contain + */ + uint32_t GetSize() const; + + /** + * Returns all the items that are currently in this inventory, mapped by object ID + * @return all the items that are currently in this inventory, mapped by object ID + */ + std::map& GetItems(); + + /** + * Returns all the items that are currently in this inventory, mapped by slot + * @return all the items that are currently in this inventory, mapped by slot + */ + std::map GetSlots() const; + + /** + * Returns the inventory component that this inventory is part of + * @return the inventory component that this inventory is part of + */ + InventoryComponent* GetComponent() const; + + /** + * Returns the amount of items this inventory contains of the specified LOT + * @param lot the lot to find items for + * @return the amount of items this inventory contains of the specified LOT + */ + uint32_t GetLotCount(LOT lot) const; + + /** + * Updates the max size of this inventory + * @param value the size to set + */ + void SetSize(uint32_t value); + + /** + * Returns the first slot in this inventory that does not contain an item + * @return the first slot in this inventory that does not contain an item + */ + int32_t FindEmptySlot(); + + /** + * Returns the number of empty slots this inventory has left + * @return the number of empty slots this inventory has left + */ + int32_t GetEmptySlots(); + + /** + * Returns if the slot for the specified index is empty + * @param slot the index to check occupation for + * @return if the slot for the specified index is empty + */ + bool IsSlotEmpty(int32_t slot); + + /** + * Finds an item in this inventory by the provided id + * @param id the object ID of the item to find + * @return item in this inventory by the provided id + */ + Item* FindItemById(LWOOBJID id) const; + + /** + * Finds an item in the inventory for the provided LOT + * @param lot the lot to find items for + * @param ignoreEquipped ignores equipped items + * @param ignoreBound ignores bound items + * @return item in the inventory for the provided LOT + */ + Item* FindItemByLot(LOT lot, bool ignoreEquipped = false, bool ignoreBound = false) const; + + /** + * Finds an item in the inventory stored on the provied slot + * @param slot to slot to find an item for + * @return item in the inventory stored on the provied slot + */ + Item* FindItemBySlot(uint32_t slot) const; + + /** + * Finds an item based on a specified subkey (useful for pets) + * @param id the subkey to look for in the items + * @return item based on a specified subkey + */ + Item* FindItemBySubKey(LWOOBJID id) const; + + /** + * Adds an item to the inventory, finding a slot to place it in + * @param item item to add to the inventory + */ + void AddManagedItem(Item* item); + + /** + * Removes an item from the inventory, clearing its slot + * @param item + */ + void RemoveManagedItem(Item* item); + + /** + * Returns the inventory type an item of the specified lot should be placed in + * @param lot the lot to find the inventory type for + * @return the inventory type an item of the specified lot should be placed in + */ + static eInventoryType FindInventoryTypeForLot(LOT lot); + + /** + * Finds the database item component for a item of a certain LOT + * @param lot the LOT of the item to get the database item component for + * @return the database item component for a item of a certain LOT + */ + static const CDItemComponent& FindItemComponent(LOT lot); + + /** + * Cheks if the provided lot has a database item component + * @param lot the LOT to check item validity for + * @return if the provided lot has a database item component + */ + static bool IsValidItem(LOT lot); + + /** + * Returns all the items that are restricted to GMs + * @return all the items that are restricted to GMs + */ + static const std::vector& GetAllGMItems(); + + ~Inventory(); + +private: + /** + * The type of this inventory + */ + eInventoryType type; + + /** + * The max size of this inventory + */ + uint32_t size; + + /** + * The amount of items that can still be stored in this inventroy + */ + uint32_t free; + + /** + * The items stored in this inventory + */ + std::map items; + + /** + * The inventory component this inventory belongs to + */ + InventoryComponent* component; + + /** + * List of items that are GM restricted + */ + static std::vector m_GameMasterRestrictedItems; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dInventory/Item.cpp b/dGame/dInventory/Item.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..97b6e038 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dInventory/Item.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,500 @@ +#include "Item.h" + +#include + +#include "../dWorldServer/ObjectIDManager.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "RenderComponent.h" + +class Inventory; + + +Item::Item(const LWOOBJID id, const LOT lot, Inventory* inventory, const uint32_t slot, const uint32_t count, const bool bound, const std::vector& config, const LWOOBJID parent, LWOOBJID subKey) +{ + if (!Inventory::IsValidItem(lot)) + { + return; + } + + this->id = id; + this->lot = lot; + this->inventory = inventory; + this->slot = slot; + this->count = count; + this->bound = bound; + this->config = config; + this->parent = parent; + this->info = &Inventory::FindItemComponent(lot); + this->preconditions = new PreconditionExpression(this->info->reqPrecondition); + this->subKey = subKey; + + inventory->AddManagedItem(this); +} + +Item::Item( + const LOT lot, + Inventory* inventory, + const uint32_t slot, + const uint32_t count, + const std::vector& config, + const LWOOBJID parent, + bool showFlyingLoot, + bool isModMoveAndEquip, + LWOOBJID subKey, + bool bound) +{ + if (!Inventory::IsValidItem(lot)) + { + return; + } + + if (isModMoveAndEquip) + { + showFlyingLoot = false; + } + + this->lot = lot; + this->inventory = inventory; + this->slot = slot; + this->count = count; + this->config = config; + this->parent = parent; + this->id = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + this->info = &Inventory::FindItemComponent(lot); + this->bound = info->isBOP || bound; + this->preconditions = new PreconditionExpression(this->info->reqPrecondition); + this->subKey = subKey; + + LWOOBJID id = ObjectIDManager::GenerateRandomObjectID(); + + id = GeneralUtils::SetBit(id, OBJECT_BIT_CHARACTER); + id = GeneralUtils::SetBit(id, OBJECT_BIT_PERSISTENT); + + this->id = id; + + inventory->AddManagedItem(this); + + auto* entity = inventory->GetComponent()->GetParent(); + + GameMessages::SendAddItemToInventoryClientSync(entity, entity->GetSystemAddress(), this, id, showFlyingLoot, static_cast(this->count), subKey); + + if (isModMoveAndEquip) + { + Equip(); + + Game::logger->Log("Item", "Move and equipped (%i) from (%i)\n", this->lot, this->inventory->GetType()); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(inventory->GetComponent()->GetParent()); + } +} + +LWOOBJID Item::GetId() const +{ + return id; +} + +LOT Item::GetLot() const +{ + return lot; +} + +uint32_t Item::GetCount() const +{ + return count; +} + +uint32_t Item::GetSlot() const +{ + return slot; +} + +std::vector& Item::GetConfig() +{ + return config; +} + +const CDItemComponent& Item::GetInfo() const +{ + return *info; +} + +bool Item::GetBound() const +{ + return bound; +} + +Inventory* Item::GetInventory() const +{ + return inventory; +} + +LWOOBJID Item::GetParent() const +{ + return parent; +} + +LWOOBJID Item::GetSubKey() const +{ + return subKey; +} + +PreconditionExpression* Item::GetPreconditionExpression() const +{ + return preconditions; +} + +void Item::SetCount(const uint32_t value, const bool silent, const bool disassemble, const bool showFlyingLoot) +{ + if (value == count) + { + return; + } + + const auto delta = std::abs(static_cast(value) - static_cast(count)); + + const auto type = static_cast(info->itemType); + + if (disassemble) + { + if (value < count) + { + for (auto i = 0; i < delta; ++i) + { + Disassemble(); + } + } + } + + if (!silent) + { + auto* entity = inventory->GetComponent()->GetParent(); + + if (value > count) + { + GameMessages::SendAddItemToInventoryClientSync(entity, entity->GetSystemAddress(), this, id, showFlyingLoot, delta); + } + else + { + GameMessages::SendRemoveItemFromInventory(entity, entity->GetSystemAddress(), id, lot, inventory->GetType(), delta, value); + } + } + + count = value; + + if (count == 0) + { + RemoveFromInventory(); + } +} + +void Item::SetSlot(const uint32_t value) +{ + if (slot == value) + { + return; + } + + for (const auto& pair : inventory->GetItems()) + { + auto* item = pair.second; + + if (item->slot == value) + { + item->slot = slot; + } + } + + slot = value; +} + +void Item::SetBound(const bool value) +{ + bound = value; +} + +void Item::SetSubKey(LWOOBJID value) +{ + subKey = value; +} + +void Item::SetInventory(Inventory* value) +{ + inventory->RemoveManagedItem(this); + + inventory = value; + + inventory->AddManagedItem(this); +} + +void Item::Equip(const bool skipChecks) +{ + if (IsEquipped()) + { + return; + } + + inventory->GetComponent()->EquipItem(this, skipChecks); +} + +void Item::UnEquip() +{ + if (!IsEquipped()) + { + return; + } + + inventory->GetComponent()->UnEquipItem(this); +} + +bool Item::IsEquipped() const +{ + auto* component = inventory->GetComponent(); + + for (const auto& pair : component->GetEquippedItems()) + { + const auto item = pair.second; + + if (item.id == id) + { + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +bool Item::Consume() +{ + auto* skillsTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ObjectSkills"); + + auto skills = skillsTable->Query([=](const CDObjectSkills entry) + { + return entry.objectTemplate == static_cast(lot); + }); + + auto success = false; + + for (auto& skill : skills) + { + if (skill.castOnType == 3) // Consumable type + { + success = true; + } + } + + Game::logger->Log("Item", "Consumed (%i) / (%llu) with (%d)\n", lot, id, success); + + GameMessages::SendUseItemResult(inventory->GetComponent()->GetParent(), lot, success); + + if (success) + { + inventory->GetComponent()->RemoveItem(lot, 1); + } + + return success; +} + +bool Item::UseNonEquip() +{ + auto* compRegistryTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ComponentsRegistry"); + + const auto packageComponentId = compRegistryTable->GetByIDAndType(lot, COMPONENT_TYPE_PACKAGE); + + auto* packCompTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("PackageComponent"); + + auto packages = packCompTable->Query([=](const CDPackageComponent entry) {return entry.id == static_cast(packageComponentId); }); + + const auto success = !packages.empty(); + + Game::logger->Log("Item", "Used (%i) with (%d)\n", lot, success); + + if (subKey != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + { + const auto& databasePet = GetInventory()->GetComponent()->GetDatabasePet(subKey); + + if (databasePet.lot != LOT_NULL) + { + GetInventory()->GetComponent()->SpawnPet(this); + + return true; + } + } + + if (success) + { + auto* entityParent = inventory->GetComponent()->GetParent(); + + for (auto& pack : packages) + { + std::unordered_map result {}; + + Loot::CalculateLootMatrix(pack.LootMatrixIndex, entityParent, result); + + if (!inventory->GetComponent()->HasSpaceForLoot(result)) + { + return false; + } + + Loot::GiveLoot(inventory->GetComponent()->GetParent(), result); + } + + inventory->GetComponent()->RemoveItem(lot, 1); + } + + return success; +} + +void Item::Disassemble(const eInventoryType inventoryType) +{ + for (auto* data : config) + { + if (data->GetKey() == u"assemblyPartLOTs") + { + auto modStr = data->GetValueAsString(); + + std::vector modArray; + + std::stringstream ssData(modStr); + + std::string token; + + const auto deliminator = '+'; + + while (std::getline(ssData, token, deliminator)) + { + const auto modLot = std::stoi(token.substr(2, token.size() - 1)); + + modArray.push_back(modLot); + } + + for (const auto mod : modArray) + { + inventory->GetComponent()->AddItem(mod, 1, inventoryType); + } + } + } +} + +void Item::DisassembleModel() +{ + auto* table = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ComponentsRegistry"); + + const auto componentId = table->GetByIDAndType(GetLot(), COMPONENT_TYPE_RENDER); + + std::stringstream query; + + query << "SELECT render_asset FROM RenderComponent WHERE id = " << std::to_string(componentId) << ";"; + + auto result = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.str()); + + if (result.eof()) + { + return; + } + + std::string renderAsset = result.fieldIsNull(0) ? "" : std::string(result.getStringField(0)); + std::vector renderAssetSplit = GeneralUtils::SplitString(renderAsset, '\\'); + + std::string lxfmlPath = "res/BrickModels/" + GeneralUtils::SplitString(renderAssetSplit.back(), '.')[0] + ".lxfml"; + std::ifstream file(lxfmlPath); + + result.finalize(); + + if (!file.good()) + { + return; + } + + std::stringstream data; + data << file.rdbuf(); + + if (data.str().empty()) + { + return; + } + + auto* doc = new tinyxml2::XMLDocument(); + + if (!doc) + { + return; + } + + if (doc->Parse(data.str().c_str(), data.str().size()) != 0) + { + return; + } + + std::vector parts; + + auto* lxfml = doc->FirstChildElement("LXFML"); + auto* bricks = lxfml->FirstChildElement("Bricks"); + std::string searchTerm = "Brick"; + + if (!bricks) + { + searchTerm = "Part"; + bricks = lxfml->FirstChildElement("Scene")->FirstChildElement("Model")->FirstChildElement("Group"); + + if (!bricks) + { + return; + } + } + + auto* currentBrick = bricks->FirstChildElement(searchTerm.c_str()); + while (currentBrick) + { + if (currentBrick->Attribute("designID") != nullptr) + { + parts.push_back(std::stoi(currentBrick->Attribute("designID"))); + } + + currentBrick = currentBrick->NextSiblingElement(searchTerm.c_str()); + } + + auto* brickIDTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("BrickIDTable"); + + for (unsigned int part : parts) + { + const auto brickID = brickIDTable->Query([=](const CDBrickIDTable& entry) + { + return entry.LEGOBrickID == part; + }); + + if (brickID.empty()) + { + continue; + } + + GetInventory()->GetComponent()->AddItem(brickID[0].NDObjectID, 1); + } +} + +void Item::RemoveFromInventory() +{ + UnEquip(); + + count = 0; + + inventory->RemoveManagedItem(this); + + delete this; +} + +Item::~Item() +{ + delete preconditions; + + for (auto* value : config) + { + delete value; + } + + config.clear(); +} diff --git a/dGame/dInventory/Item.h b/dGame/dInventory/Item.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..83ebb633 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dInventory/Item.h @@ -0,0 +1,270 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "Inventory.h" +#include "LDFFormat.h" +#include "CDClientManager.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "Preconditions.h" + +/** + * An item that can be stored in an inventory and optionally consumed or equipped + * TODO: ideally this should be a component + */ +class Item final +{ +public: + + /** + * Creates an item, should be used if the item is not picked up but already exists + * @param id the object ID of the item to create + * @param lot the LOT of the item + * @param inventory the inventory to add this item to + * @param slot the slot in the inventory to add this item to + * @param count the amount of items to add to the inventory + * @param bound if the item should be bound + * @param config config data for this item, e.g. for rockets + * @param parent optional parent of this item, e.g. for proxy items + * @param subKey optional subkey for this item, e.g. for pets + */ + explicit Item( + LWOOBJID id, + LOT lot, + Inventory* inventory, + uint32_t slot, + uint32_t count, + bool bound, + const std::vector& config, + LWOOBJID parent, + LWOOBJID subKey + ); + + /** + * Creates an item, should be used if the item is picked up / added to the inventory after load + * @param lot the LOT of the item + * @param inventory the inventory to add this item to + * @param slot the slot in the inventory to add this item to + * @param count the amount of items to add to the inventory + * @param config config data for this item, e.g. for rockets + * @param parent optional parent of this item, e.g. for proxy items + * @param showFlyingLoot show UI animation of the item being added + * @param isModMoveAndEquip equips the item + * @param subKey optional subkey for this item, e.g. for pets + * @param bound if the item should be bound + */ + explicit Item( + LOT lot, + Inventory* inventory, + uint32_t slot = 0, + uint32_t count = 1, + const std::vector& config = {}, + LWOOBJID parent = LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + bool showFlyingLoot = true, + bool isModMoveAndEquip = false, + LWOOBJID subKey = LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + bool bound = false + ); + + ~Item(); + + /** + * Returns the object ID of this item + * @return the object ID of this item + */ + LWOOBJID GetId() const; + + /** + * Returns the lot of this item + * @return the lot of this item + */ + LOT GetLot() const; + + /** + * Sets the number of items this item represents + * @param value the number to update by + * @param silent if true, the client will not be notified of the change with GMs + * @param disassemble if items were removed, this returns all the sub parts of the item individually if it had assembly part lots + * @param showFlyingLoot shows flying loot to the client, if not silent + */ + void SetCount(uint32_t value, bool silent = false, bool disassemble = true, bool showFlyingLoot = true); + + /** + * Returns the number of items this item represents (e.g. for stacks) + * @return the number of items this item represents + */ + uint32_t GetCount() const; + + /** + * Sets the slot this item is stored in + * @param value the slot this item is stored in + */ + void SetSlot(uint32_t value); + + /** + * Returns the slot this item is in + * @return the slot this item is in + */ + uint32_t GetSlot() const; + + /** + * Returns current config info for this item, e.g. for rockets + * @return current config info for this item + */ + std::vector& GetConfig(); + + /** + * Returns the database info for this item + * @return the database info for this item + */ + const CDItemComponent& GetInfo() const; + + /** + * Sets if the item is bound + * @param value if the item is bound + */ + void SetBound(bool value); + + /** + * Returns if the item is bound + * @return if the item is bound + */ + bool GetBound() const; + + /** + * Sets the inventory this item belongs to + * @param value the inventory this item belongs to + */ + void SetInventory(Inventory* value); + + /** + * Returns the inventory this item belongs to + * @return the inventory this item belongs to + */ + Inventory* GetInventory() const; + + /** + * Returns the parent of this item, e.g. for proxy items + * @return the parent of this item + */ + LWOOBJID GetParent() const; + + /** + * Sets the subkey for this item, e.g. for pets + * @param value the subkey for this item + */ + void SetSubKey(LWOOBJID value); + + /** + * Returns the sub key this item has, e.g. for pets + * @return the sub key this item has + */ + LWOOBJID GetSubKey() const; + + /** + * Returns the preconditions that must be met before this item may be used + * @return the preconditions that must be met before this item may be used + */ + PreconditionExpression* GetPreconditionExpression() const; + + /** + * Equips this item into the linked inventory + * @param skipChecks skips equip checks for special items like rockets and cars + */ + void Equip(bool skipChecks = false); + + /** + * Unequps the item from the linked inventory + */ + void UnEquip(); + + /** + * Returns if the item is equipped in the linked inventory + * @return if the item is equipped + */ + bool IsEquipped() const; + + /** + * Attempts to consume one of this item, applying its skills + * @return whether the consumption was successful, e.g. the skill was cast + */ + bool Consume(); + + /** + * Uses this item if its non equip, essentially an interface for the linked GM + * @return whether the use was successful, e.g. the skill was cast + */ + bool UseNonEquip(); + + /** + * Disassembles the part LOTs of this item back into the inventory, if it has any + * @param inventoryType the inventory to dissassemble into + */ + void Disassemble(eInventoryType inventoryType = INVALID); + + /** + * Disassembles this item into bricks + */ + void DisassembleModel(); + + /** + * Removes the item from the linked inventory + */ + void RemoveFromInventory(); + +private: + /** + * The object ID of this item + */ + LWOOBJID id; + + /** + * The LOT of this item + */ + LOT lot; + + /** + * The number of items this represents + */ + uint32_t count; + + /** + * The slot this item is stored in + */ + uint32_t slot; + + /** + * If this item is bound + */ + bool bound; + + /** + * A potential parent of this item, if this item is a subitem + */ + LWOOBJID parent; + + /** + * A potential subkey of this item, e.g. for pets + */ + LWOOBJID subKey; + + /** + * Config data for this item, e.g. for rocket parts and car parts + */ + std::vector config; + + /** + * The inventory this item belongs to + */ + Inventory* inventory; + + /** + * The database information of this item + */ + const CDItemComponent* info; + + /** + * A precondition to using this item + */ + PreconditionExpression* preconditions = nullptr; +}; + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dGame/dInventory/ItemSet.cpp b/dGame/dInventory/ItemSet.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d1e74df4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dInventory/ItemSet.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,235 @@ +#include "ItemSet.h" + +#include "InventoryComponent.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "CDClientDatabase.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include + +ItemSet::ItemSet(const uint32_t id, InventoryComponent* inventoryComponent) +{ + this->m_ID = id; + this->m_InventoryComponent = inventoryComponent; + + this->m_PassiveAbilities = ItemSetPassiveAbility::FindAbilities(id, m_InventoryComponent->GetParent(), this); + + std::stringstream query; + + query << "SELECT skillSetWith2, skillSetWith3, skillSetWith4, skillSetWith5, skillSetWith6, itemIDs FROM ItemSets WHERE setID = " << std::to_string(id); + + auto result = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.str()); + + if (result.eof()) + { + return; + } + + for (auto i = 0; i < 5; ++i) + { + if (result.fieldIsNull(i)) + { + continue; + } + + std::stringstream skillQuery; + + skillQuery << "SELECT SkillID FROM ItemSetSkills WHERE SkillSetID = " << std::to_string(result.getIntField(i)); + + auto skillResult = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(skillQuery.str()); + + if (skillResult.eof()) + { + return; + } + + while (!skillResult.eof()) + { + if (skillResult.fieldIsNull(0)) + { + skillResult.nextRow(); + + continue; + } + + const auto skillId = skillResult.getIntField(0); + + switch (i) + { + case 0: + m_SkillsWith2.push_back(skillId); + break; + case 1: + m_SkillsWith3.push_back(skillId); + break; + case 2: + m_SkillsWith4.push_back(skillId); + break; + case 3: + m_SkillsWith5.push_back(skillId); + break; + case 4: + m_SkillsWith6.push_back(skillId); + break; + default: + break; + } + + skillResult.nextRow(); + } + } + + std::string ids = result.getStringField(5); + + ids.erase(std::remove_if(ids.begin(), ids.end(), ::isspace), ids.end()); + + std::istringstream stream(ids); + std::string token; + + result.finalize(); + + m_Items = {}; + + while (std::getline(stream, token, ',')) + { + int32_t value; + if (GeneralUtils::TryParse(token, value)) + { + m_Items.push_back(value); + } + } + + m_Equipped = {}; + + for (const auto item : m_Items) + { + if (inventoryComponent->IsEquipped(item)) + { + m_Equipped.push_back(item); + } + } +} + +bool ItemSet::Contains(const LOT lot) +{ + return std::find(m_Items.begin(), m_Items.end(), lot) != m_Items.end(); +} + +void ItemSet::OnEquip(const LOT lot) +{ + if (!Contains(lot)) + { + return; + } + + const auto& index = std::find(m_Equipped.begin(), m_Equipped.end(), lot); + + if (index != m_Equipped.end()) + { + return; + } + + m_Equipped.push_back(lot); + + const auto& skillSet = GetSkillSet(m_Equipped.size()); + + if (skillSet.empty()) + { + return; + } + + auto* skillComponent = m_InventoryComponent->GetParent()->GetComponent(); + auto* missionComponent = m_InventoryComponent->GetParent()->GetComponent(); + + for (const auto skill : skillSet) + { + auto* skillTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("SkillBehavior"); + + const auto behaviorId = skillTable->GetSkillByID(skill).behaviorID; + + missionComponent->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SKILL, skill); + + skillComponent->HandleUnmanaged(behaviorId, m_InventoryComponent->GetParent()->GetObjectID()); + } +} + +void ItemSet::OnUnEquip(const LOT lot) +{ + if (!Contains(lot)) + { + return; + } + + const auto& index = std::find(m_Equipped.begin(), m_Equipped.end(), lot); + + if (index == m_Equipped.end()) + { + return; + } + + const auto& skillSet = GetSkillSet(m_Equipped.size()); + + m_Equipped.erase(index); + + if (skillSet.empty()) + { + return; + } + + const auto& skillComponent = m_InventoryComponent->GetParent()->GetComponent(); + + for (const auto skill : skillSet) + { + auto* skillTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("SkillBehavior"); + + const auto behaviorId = skillTable->GetSkillByID(skill).behaviorID; + + skillComponent->HandleUnCast(behaviorId, m_InventoryComponent->GetParent()->GetObjectID()); + } +} + +uint32_t ItemSet::GetEquippedCount() const +{ + return m_Equipped.size(); +} + +uint32_t ItemSet::GetID() const +{ + return m_ID; +} + +void ItemSet::Update(float deltaTime) +{ + for (auto& passiveAbility : m_PassiveAbilities) + { + passiveAbility.Update(deltaTime); + } +} + +void ItemSet::TriggerPassiveAbility(PassiveAbilityTrigger trigger) +{ + for (auto& passiveAbility : m_PassiveAbilities) + { + passiveAbility.Trigger(trigger); + } +} + +std::vector ItemSet::GetSkillSet(const uint32_t itemCount) const +{ + switch (itemCount) + { + case 2: + return m_SkillsWith2; + case 3: + return m_SkillsWith3; + case 4: + return m_SkillsWith4; + case 5: + return m_SkillsWith5; + case 6: + return m_SkillsWith6; + default: + return {}; + } +} diff --git a/dGame/dInventory/ItemSet.h b/dGame/dInventory/ItemSet.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d443ca06 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dInventory/ItemSet.h @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +#pragma once + +#include + +#include "dCommonVars.h" + +#include "ItemSetPassiveAbility.h" + +class InventoryComponent; + +/** + * A set of items that can be worn together for special bonuses, for example faction gear. + */ +class ItemSet +{ +public: + explicit ItemSet(uint32_t id, InventoryComponent* inventoryComponent); + void Update(float deltaTime); + + /** + * Returns if this item set contains the LOT specified + * @param lot the lot to check for + * @return if this item set contains the LOT specified + */ + bool Contains(LOT lot); + + /** + * Equips the item set skill for this LOT (if it's in the item set) + * @param lot the LOT of the item to equip skills for + */ + void OnEquip(LOT lot); + + /** + * Unequips the item set skill for this LOT (if it's in the item set) + * @param lot the LOT of the item to unequip skills for + */ + void OnUnEquip(LOT lot); + + /** + * Returns the number of items in the item set that are currently equipped + * @return the number of items in the item set that are currently equipped + */ + uint32_t GetEquippedCount() const; + + /** + * Returns the ID of this item set + * @return the ID of this item set + */ + uint32_t GetID() const; + + /** + * Triggers all the passive abilities in this item set that match this trigger + * @param trigger the trigger to use to trigger passive abilities + */ + void TriggerPassiveAbility(PassiveAbilityTrigger trigger); + + /** + * Returns the skills that can be equipped for a specified amount of equipped items + * @param itemCount the amount of items equipped to check for + * @return the skills that can be equipped for a specified amount of equipped items + */ + std::vector GetSkillSet(uint32_t itemCount) const; + +private: + /** + * The ID of this skill set + */ + uint32_t m_ID; + + /** + * The inventory this skill set belongs to + */ + InventoryComponent* m_InventoryComponent; + + /** + * The items in the skill set that are currently equipped + */ + std::vector m_Equipped; + + /** + * The total list of items in this skill set + */ + std::vector m_Items; + + /** + * The skills that can be triggered when 2 items are equipped + */ + std::vector m_SkillsWith2; + + /** + * The skills that can be triggered when 3 items are equipped + */ + std::vector m_SkillsWith3; + + /** + * The skills that can be triggered when 4 items are equipped + */ + std::vector m_SkillsWith4; + + /** + * The skills that can be triggered when 5 items are equipped + */ + std::vector m_SkillsWith5; + + /** + * The skills that can be triggered when 6 items are equipped + */ + std::vector m_SkillsWith6; + + /** + * The passive abilities associated with this skill set + */ + std::vector m_PassiveAbilities; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dGame/dInventory/ItemSetPassiveAbility.cpp b/dGame/dInventory/ItemSetPassiveAbility.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11f142c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dInventory/ItemSetPassiveAbility.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,327 @@ +#include "ItemSetPassiveAbility.h" + +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "ItemSet.h" +#include "ItemSetPassiveAbilityID.h" + +ItemSetPassiveAbility::ItemSetPassiveAbility(PassiveAbilityTrigger trigger, Entity* parent, ItemSet* itemSet) +{ + m_Trigger = trigger; + m_Parent = parent; + m_ItemSet = itemSet; + + m_Cooldown = 0.0f; +} + +ItemSetPassiveAbility::~ItemSetPassiveAbility() +{ +} + +void ItemSetPassiveAbility::Trigger(PassiveAbilityTrigger trigger) +{ + if (m_Trigger != trigger || m_Cooldown > 0.0f) + { + return; + } + + Activate(); +} + +void ItemSetPassiveAbility::Update(float deltaTime) +{ + if (m_Cooldown > 0.0f) + { + m_Cooldown -= deltaTime; + } +} + +void ItemSetPassiveAbility::Activate() +{ + if (m_Trigger == PassiveAbilityTrigger::EnemySmashed) + { + OnEnemySmshed(); + + return; + } + + auto* destroyableComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + auto* skillComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + + if (destroyableComponent == nullptr || skillComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + + const auto id = static_cast(m_ItemSet->GetID()); + const auto parentID = m_Parent->GetObjectID(); + const auto equippedCount = m_ItemSet->GetEquippedCount(); + + switch (id) + { + // Assembly + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::InventorRank1: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SummonerRank1: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::EngineerRank1: { + if (equippedCount < 4) return; + m_Cooldown = 11.0f; + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(394, 4401, parentID); + break; + } + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::InventorRank2: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SummonerRank2: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::EngineerRank2: { + if (equippedCount < 4) return; + m_Cooldown = 11.0f; + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(581, 9433, parentID); + break; + } + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::InventorRank3: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SummonerRank3: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::EngineerRank3: { + if (equippedCount < 4) return; + m_Cooldown = 11.0f; + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(582, 9435, parentID); + break; + } + + // Sentinel + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::KnightRank1: { + if (equippedCount < 4) return; + m_Cooldown = 11.0f; + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(559, 8884, parentID); + break; + } + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::KnightRank2: { + if (equippedCount < 4) return; + m_Cooldown = 11.0f; + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(560, 8885, parentID); + break; + } + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::KnightRank3: { + if (equippedCount < 4) return; + m_Cooldown = 11.0f; + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(561, 8890, parentID); + break; + } + + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SpaceRangerRank1: { + if (equippedCount < 4) return; + m_Cooldown = 11.0f; + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(1101, 24612, parentID); + break; + } + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SpaceRangerRank2: { + if (equippedCount < 4) return; + m_Cooldown = 11.0f; + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(1102, 24617, parentID); + break; + } + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SpaceRangerRank3: { + if (equippedCount < 4) return; + m_Cooldown = 11.0f; + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(1103, 24622, parentID); + break; + } + + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SamuraiRank1: { + if (equippedCount < 4) return; + m_Cooldown = 11.0f; + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(562, 8899, parentID); + break; + } + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SamuraiRank2: { + if (equippedCount < 4) return; + m_Cooldown = 11.0f; + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(563, 8904, parentID); + break; + } + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SamuraiRank3: { + if (equippedCount < 4) return; + m_Cooldown = 11.0f; + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(564, 8909, parentID); + break; + } + + default: + break; + } +} + +std::vector ItemSetPassiveAbility::FindAbilities(uint32_t itemSetID, Entity* parent, ItemSet* itemSet) +{ + std::vector abilities; + + switch (static_cast(itemSetID)) { + // Assembly + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SummonerRank1: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SummonerRank2: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SummonerRank3: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::InventorRank1: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::InventorRank2: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::InventorRank3: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::EngineerRank1: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::EngineerRank2: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::EngineerRank3: { + abilities.emplace_back(PassiveAbilityTrigger::AssemblyImagination, parent, itemSet); + + break; + } + // Sentinel + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::KnightRank1: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::KnightRank2: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::KnightRank3: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SpaceRangerRank1: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SpaceRangerRank2: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SpaceRangerRank3: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SamuraiRank1: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SamuraiRank2: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SamuraiRank3: { + abilities.emplace_back(PassiveAbilityTrigger::SentinelArmor, parent, itemSet); + abilities.emplace_back(PassiveAbilityTrigger::EnemySmashed, parent, itemSet); + + break; + } + // Paradox + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SpaceMarauderRank1: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SpaceMarauderRank2: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SpaceMarauderRank3: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SorcererRank1: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SorcererRank2: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SorcererRank3: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::ShinobiRank1: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::ShinobiRank2: + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::ShinobiRank3: { + abilities.emplace_back(PassiveAbilityTrigger::EnemySmashed, parent, itemSet); + + break; + } + default: + break; + } + + return abilities; +} + +void ItemSetPassiveAbility::OnEnemySmshed() +{ + auto* destroyableComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + auto* skillComponent = m_Parent->GetComponent(); + + if (destroyableComponent == nullptr || skillComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(m_Parent); + + const auto id = static_cast(m_ItemSet->GetID()); + const auto parentID = m_Parent->GetObjectID(); + const auto equippedCount = m_ItemSet->GetEquippedCount(); + + switch (id) + { + // Sentinel + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::KnightRank1: { + if (equippedCount < 5) return; + destroyableComponent->Repair(1); + break; + } + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::KnightRank2: { + if (equippedCount < 5) return; + destroyableComponent->Repair(1); + break; + } + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::KnightRank3: { + if (equippedCount < 5) return; + destroyableComponent->Repair(1); + break; + } + + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SpaceRangerRank1: { + if (equippedCount < 5) return; + destroyableComponent->Repair(1); + break; + } + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SpaceRangerRank2: { + if (equippedCount < 5) return; + destroyableComponent->Repair(1); + break; + } + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SpaceRangerRank3: { + if (equippedCount < 5) return; + destroyableComponent->Repair(1); + break; + } + + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SamuraiRank1: { + if (equippedCount < 5) return; + destroyableComponent->Repair(1); + break; + } + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SamuraiRank2: { + if (equippedCount < 5) return; + destroyableComponent->Repair(1); + break; + } + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SamuraiRank3: { + if (equippedCount < 5) return; + destroyableComponent->Repair(1); + break; + } + + // Paradox + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SpaceMarauderRank1: { + if (equippedCount < 4) return; + destroyableComponent->Imagine(1); + break; + } + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SpaceMarauderRank2: { + if (equippedCount < 4) return; + destroyableComponent->Imagine(2); + break; + } + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SpaceMarauderRank3: { + if (equippedCount < 4) return; + destroyableComponent->Imagine(3); + break; + } + + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::ShinobiRank1: { + if (equippedCount < 4) return; + destroyableComponent->Imagine(1); + break; + } + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::ShinobiRank2: { + if (equippedCount < 4) return; + destroyableComponent->Imagine(2); + break; + } + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::ShinobiRank3: { + if (equippedCount < 4) return; + destroyableComponent->Imagine(3); + break; + } + + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SorcererRank1: { + if (equippedCount < 4) return; + destroyableComponent->Imagine(1); + break; + } + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SorcererRank2: { + if (equippedCount < 4) return; + destroyableComponent->Imagine(2); + break; + } + case ItemSetPassiveAbilityID::SorcererRank3: { + if (equippedCount < 4) return; + destroyableComponent->Imagine(3); + break; + } + + default: + break; + } +} diff --git a/dGame/dInventory/ItemSetPassiveAbility.h b/dGame/dInventory/ItemSetPassiveAbility.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..151ce341 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dInventory/ItemSetPassiveAbility.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +#pragma once + +#include + +#include "dCommonVars.h" + +class Entity; +class ItemSet; + +enum class PassiveAbilityTrigger +{ + AssemblyImagination, // Less than 1 imagination + ParadoxHealth, // Less or equal to 1 health + SentinelArmor, // Less than 1 armor + VentureHealth, // Less than 3 health + EnemySmashed, // Enemy is smashed +}; + +/** + * Passive abilities that belong to an item set, activated when a PassiveAbilityTrigger condition is met + */ +class ItemSetPassiveAbility +{ +public: + ItemSetPassiveAbility(PassiveAbilityTrigger trigger, Entity* parent, ItemSet* itemSet); + ~ItemSetPassiveAbility(); + void Update(float deltaTime); + + /** + * Attempts to trigger a passive ability for this item set, if this is the wrong trigger this is a no-op + * @param trigger the trigger to attempt to fire + */ + void Trigger(PassiveAbilityTrigger trigger); + + /** + * Activates the passive ability + */ + void Activate(); + + /** + * Finds all the passive abilities associated with a certain item set + * @param itemSetID the item set to find abilities for + * @param parent the parent to add to the passive abilities + * @param itemSet the item set to add to the passive abilities + * @return the passive abilities for the provided item set + */ + static std::vector FindAbilities(uint32_t itemSetID, Entity* parent, ItemSet* itemSet); + +private: + void OnEnemySmshed(); + + /** + * The means of triggering this ability + */ + PassiveAbilityTrigger m_Trigger; + + /** + * The owner of this ability + */ + Entity* m_Parent; + + /** + * The item set this ability belongs to + */ + ItemSet* m_ItemSet; + + /** + * The cooldown on this ability until it can be activated again + */ + float m_Cooldown; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dInventory/ItemSetPassiveAbilityID.h b/dGame/dInventory/ItemSetPassiveAbilityID.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..12ba8409 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dInventory/ItemSetPassiveAbilityID.h @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +#pragma once + +/** +2 Engineer (Rank 1) Item Set +3 Engineer (Rank 2) Item Set +4 Engineer (Rank 3) Item Set +7 Knight (Rank 1) Item Set +8 Knight (Rank 2) Item Set +9 Knight (Rank 3) Item Set +10 Space Ranger (Rank 1) Item Set +11 Space Ranger (Rank 2) Item Set +12 Space Ranger (Rank 3) Item Set +13 Samurai (Rank 1) Item Set +14 Samurai (Rank 2) Item Set +15 Samurai (Rank 3) Item Set +16 Sorcerer (Rank 1) Item Set +17 Sorcerer (Rank 2) Item Set +18 Sorcerer (Rank 3) Item Set +19 Space Marauder (Rank 1) Item Set +20 Space Marauder (Rank 2) Item Set +21 Space Marauder (Rank 3) Item Set +22 Shinobi (Rank 1) Item Set +23 Shinobi (Rank 2) Item Set +24 Shinobi (Rank 3) Item Set +25 Inventor (Rank 1) Item Set +26 Inventor (Rank 2) Item Set +27 Inventor (Rank 3) Item Set +28 Summoner (Rank 1) Item Set +29 Summoner (Rank 2) Item Set +30 Summoner (Rank 3) Item Set +31 Adventurer (Rank 1) Item Set +32 Adventurer (Rank 2) Item Set +33 Adventurer (Rank 3) Item Set +34 Daredevil (Rank 1) Item Set +35 Daredevil (Rank 2) Item Set +36 Daredevil (Rank 3) Item Set +37 Buccaneer (Rank 1) Item Set +38 Buccaneer (Rank 2) Item Set +39 Buccaneer (Rank 3) Item Set +40 Bone Suit Item Set +41 Imagination Spinjitzu Item Set +42 Bat Lord Item Set +43 Mosaic Jester Item Set +44 Explorien Bot Item Set +45 [Unnamed] Item Set +46 [Unnamed] Item Set +47 [Unnamed] Item Set +48 Earth Spinjitzu Item Set +49 [Unnamed] Item Set +50 Fire Spinjitzu Item Set +51 Ice Spinjitzu Item Set +52 Lightning Spinjitzu Item Set + */ +enum class ItemSetPassiveAbilityID +{ + EngineerRank1 = 2, + EngineerRank2 = 3, + EngineerRank3 = 4, + KnightRank1 = 7, + KnightRank2 = 8, + KnightRank3 = 9, + SpaceRangerRank1 = 10, + SpaceRangerRank2 = 11, + SpaceRangerRank3 = 12, + SamuraiRank1 = 13, + SamuraiRank2 = 14, + SamuraiRank3 = 15, + SorcererRank1 = 16, + SorcererRank2 = 17, + SorcererRank3 = 18, + SpaceMarauderRank1 = 19, + SpaceMarauderRank2 = 20, + SpaceMarauderRank3 = 21, + ShinobiRank1 = 22, + ShinobiRank2 = 23, + ShinobiRank3 = 24, + InventorRank1 = 25, + InventorRank2 = 26, + InventorRank3 = 27, + SummonerRank1 = 28, + SummonerRank2 = 29, + SummonerRank3 = 30, + AdventurerRank1 = 31, + AdventurerRank2 = 32, + AdventurerRank3 = 33, + DaredevilRank1 = 34, + DaredevilRank2 = 35, + DaredevilRank3 = 36, + BuccaneerRank1 = 37, + BuccaneerRank2 = 38, + BuccaneerRank3 = 39, + BoneSuit = 40, + ImaginationSpinjitzu = 41, + BatLord = 42, + MosaicJester = 43, + ExplorienBot = 44, + Unnamed1 = 45, + Unnamed2 = 46, + Unnamed3 = 47, + EarthSpinjitzu = 48, + Unnamed4 = 49, + FireSpinjitzu = 50, + IceSpinjitzu = 51, + LightningSpinjitzu = 52 +}; diff --git a/dGame/dMission/Mission.cpp b/dGame/dMission/Mission.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7f5104e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dMission/Mission.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,585 @@ +#include "Mission.h" + +#include + +#include "CDClientManager.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "CharacterComponent.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Mail.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "dLocale.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "dServer.h" + +Mission::Mission(MissionComponent* missionComponent, const uint32_t missionId) { + m_MissionComponent = missionComponent; + + m_Completions = 0; + + m_Timestamp = 0; + + m_Reward = 0; + + m_State = MissionState::MISSION_STATE_UNKNOWN; + + auto* missionsTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("Missions"); + + info = missionsTable->GetPtrByMissionID(missionId); + + if (info == &CDMissionsTable::Default) { + Game::logger->Log("Missions", "Failed to find mission (%i)!\n", missionId); + + return; + } + + auto* tasksTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("MissionTasks"); + + auto tasks = tasksTable->GetByMissionID(missionId); + + for (auto i = 0U; i < tasks.size(); ++i) { + auto* info = tasks[i]; + + auto* task = new MissionTask(this, info, i); + + m_Tasks.push_back(task); + } +} + +void Mission::LoadFromXml(tinyxml2::XMLElement* element) { + // Start custom XML + if (element->Attribute("state") != nullptr) { + m_State = static_cast(std::stoul(element->Attribute("state"))); + } + // End custom XML + + if (element->Attribute("cct") != nullptr) { + m_Completions = std::stoul(element->Attribute("cct")); + + m_Timestamp = std::stoul(element->Attribute("cts")); + + if (IsComplete()) { + return; + } + } + + auto* task = element->FirstChildElement(); + + auto index = 0U; + + while (task != nullptr) { + if (index >= m_Tasks.size()) { + break; + } + + const auto type = m_Tasks[index]->GetType(); + + if (type == MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT || + type == MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_VISIT_PROPERTY) { + std::vector uniques; + + const auto value = std::stoul(task->Attribute("v")); + + m_Tasks[index]->SetProgress(value, false); + + task = task->NextSiblingElement(); + + while (task != nullptr) { + const auto unique = std::stoul(task->Attribute("v")); + + uniques.push_back(unique); + + if (m_MissionComponent != nullptr && type == MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT) { + m_MissionComponent->AddCollectible(unique); + } + + task = task->NextSiblingElement(); + } + + m_Tasks[index]->SetUnique(uniques); + + m_Tasks[index]->SetProgress(uniques.size(), false); + + break; + } else { + const auto value = std::stoul(task->Attribute("v")); + + m_Tasks[index]->SetProgress(value, false); + + task = task->NextSiblingElement(); + } + + index++; + } +} + +void Mission::UpdateXml(tinyxml2::XMLElement* element) { + // Start custom XML + element->SetAttribute("state", static_cast(m_State)); + // End custom XML + + element->DeleteChildren(); + + element->SetAttribute("id", static_cast(info->id)); + + if (m_Completions > 0) { + element->SetAttribute("cct", static_cast(m_Completions)); + + element->SetAttribute("cts", static_cast(m_Timestamp)); + + if (IsComplete()) { + return; + } + } + + for (auto* task : m_Tasks) { + if (task->GetType() == MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT || + task->GetType() == MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_VISIT_PROPERTY) { + + auto* child = element->GetDocument()->NewElement("sv"); + + child->SetAttribute("v", static_cast(task->GetProgress())); + + element->LinkEndChild(child); + + for (auto unique : task->GetUnique()) { + auto* uniqueElement = element->GetDocument()->NewElement("sv"); + + uniqueElement->SetAttribute("v", static_cast(unique)); + + element->LinkEndChild(uniqueElement); + } + + break; + } + auto* child = element->GetDocument()->NewElement("sv"); + + child->SetAttribute("v", static_cast(task->GetProgress())); + + element->LinkEndChild(child); + } +} + +bool Mission::IsValidMission(const uint32_t missionId) { + auto* table = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("Missions"); + + const auto missions = table->Query([=](const CDMissions& entry) { + return entry.id == static_cast(missionId); + }); + + return !missions.empty(); +} + +bool Mission::IsValidMission(const uint32_t missionId, CDMissions& info) { + auto* table = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("Missions"); + + const auto missions = table->Query([=](const CDMissions& entry) { + return entry.id == static_cast(missionId); + }); + + if (missions.empty()) { + return false; + } + + info = missions[0]; + + return true; +} + +Entity* Mission::GetAssociate() const { + return m_MissionComponent->GetParent(); +} + +User* Mission::GetUser() const { + return GetAssociate()->GetParentUser(); +} + +uint32_t Mission::GetMissionId() const { + return info->id; +} + +const CDMissions& Mission::GetClientInfo() const { + return *info; +} + +uint32_t Mission::GetCompletions() const { + return m_Completions; +} + +uint32_t Mission::GetTimestamp() const { + return m_Timestamp; +} + +LOT Mission::GetReward() const { + return m_Reward; +} + +std::vector Mission::GetTasks() const { + return m_Tasks; +} + +MissionState Mission::GetMissionState() const { + return m_State; +} + +bool Mission::IsAchievement() const { + return !info->isMission; +} + +bool Mission::IsMission() const { + return info->isMission; +} + +bool Mission::IsRepeatable() const { + return info->repeatable; +} + +bool Mission::IsComplete() const { + return m_State == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE; +} + +bool Mission::IsActive() const { + return m_State == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE || m_State == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_AVAILABLE; +} + +void Mission::MakeActive() { + SetMissionState(m_Completions == 0 ? MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE : MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_ACTIVE); +} + +bool Mission::IsReadyToComplete() const { + return m_State == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_READY_TO_COMPLETE || m_State == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_READY_TO_COMPLETE; +} + +void Mission::MakeReadyToComplete() { + SetMissionState(m_Completions == 0 ? MissionState::MISSION_STATE_READY_TO_COMPLETE : MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_READY_TO_COMPLETE); +} + +bool Mission::IsAvalible() const { + return m_State == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_AVAILABLE || m_State == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_AVAILABLE; +} + +bool Mission::IsFetchMission() const { + return m_Tasks.size() == 1 && m_Tasks[0]->GetType() == MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_MISSION_INTERACTION; +} + +void Mission::MakeAvalible() { + SetMissionState(m_Completions == 0 ? MissionState::MISSION_STATE_AVAILABLE : MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_AVAILABLE); +} + +void Mission::Accept() { + SetMissionTypeState(MissionLockState::MISSION_LOCK_NEW, info->defined_type, info->defined_subtype); + + SetMissionState(m_Completions > 0 ? MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_ACTIVE : MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE); + + Catchup(); +} + +void Mission::Complete(const bool yieldRewards) { + if (m_State != MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE && m_State != MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_ACTIVE) { + Accept(); + } + + for (auto* task : m_Tasks) { + task->Complete(); + } + + SetMissionState(MissionState::MISSION_STATE_REWARDING, true); + + if (yieldRewards) { + YieldRewards(); + } + + SetMissionState(MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE); + + m_Completions++; + + m_Timestamp = std::time(nullptr); + + auto* entity = GetAssociate(); + + if (entity == nullptr) { + return; + } + + auto* characterComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + if (characterComponent != nullptr) { + characterComponent->TrackMissionCompletion(!info->isMission); + } + + auto* missionComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + missionComponent->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_MISSION_COMPLETE, info->id); + + auto* missionEmailTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("MissionEmail"); + + const auto missionId = GetMissionId(); + + const auto missionEmails = missionEmailTable->Query([missionId](const CDMissionEmail& entry) { + return entry.missionID == missionId; + }); + + for (const auto& email : missionEmails) { + const auto missionEmailBase = "MissionEmail_" + std::to_string(email.ID) + "_"; + + const auto senderLocale = missionEmailBase + "senderName"; + const auto announceLocale = missionEmailBase + "announceText"; + + if (email.messageType == 1 && Game::locale->HasPhrase(senderLocale)) { + const auto subject = dLocale::GetTemplate(missionEmailBase + "subjectText"); + const auto body = dLocale::GetTemplate(missionEmailBase + "bodyText"); + const auto sender = dLocale::GetTemplate(senderLocale); + + Mail::SendMail(LWOOBJID_EMPTY, sender, GetAssociate(), subject, body, email.attachmentLOT, 1); + } + } +} + +void Mission::CheckCompletion() { + for (auto* task : m_Tasks) { + if (!task->IsComplete()) { + return; + } + } + + if (IsAchievement()) { + Complete(); + + return; + } + + SetMissionState(MissionState::MISSION_STATE_READY_TO_COMPLETE); +} + +void Mission::Catchup() { + auto* entity = GetAssociate(); + + auto* inventory = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY)); + + for (auto* task : m_Tasks) { + const auto type = task->GetType(); + + if (type == MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_ITEM_COLLECTION) { + for (auto target : task->GetAllTargets()) { + const auto count = inventory->GetLotCountNonTransfer(target); + + for (auto i = 0U; i < count; ++i) { + task->Progress(target); + } + } + } + + if (type == MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_PLAYER_FLAG) { + for (auto target : task->GetAllTargets()) { + const auto flag = GetUser()->GetLastUsedChar()->GetPlayerFlag(target); + + if (!flag) { + continue; + } + + task->Progress(target); + + if (task->IsComplete()) { + break; + } + } + } + } +} + +void Mission::YieldRewards() { + auto* entity = GetAssociate(); + + if (entity == nullptr) { + return; + } + + auto* character = GetUser()->GetLastUsedChar(); + + auto* inventoryComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + auto* characterComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + auto* destroyableComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + auto* missionComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + // Remove mission items + for (auto* task : m_Tasks) { + if (task->GetType() != MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_ITEM_COLLECTION) { + continue; + } + + const auto& param = task->GetParameters(); + + if (param.empty() || (param[0] & 1) == 0) // Should items be removed? + { + for (const auto target : task->GetAllTargets()) { + inventoryComponent->RemoveItem(target, task->GetClientInfo().targetValue); + + missionComponent->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_ITEM_COLLECTION, target, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", -task->GetClientInfo().targetValue); + } + } + } + + if (info->LegoScore > 0) { + characterComponent->SetUScore(characterComponent->GetUScore() + info->LegoScore); + + if (info->isMission) { + GameMessages::SendModifyLEGOScore(entity, entity->GetSystemAddress(), info->LegoScore, 2); + } + } + + if (m_Completions > 0) { + std::vector> items; + + items.emplace_back(info->reward_item1_repeatable, info->reward_item1_repeat_count); + items.emplace_back(info->reward_item2_repeatable, info->reward_item2_repeat_count); + items.emplace_back(info->reward_item3_repeatable, info->reward_item3_repeat_count); + items.emplace_back(info->reward_item4_repeatable, info->reward_item4_repeat_count); + + for (const auto& pair : items) { + if (pair.second <= 0 || (m_Reward > 0 && pair.first != m_Reward)) { + continue; + } + + auto count = pair.second > 0 ? pair.second : 1; + + // Sanitfy check, 6 is the max any mission yields + if (count > 6) { + count = 0; + } + + inventoryComponent->AddItem(pair.first, count); + } + + if (info->reward_currency_repeatable > 0) { + character->SetCoins(character->GetCoins() + info->reward_currency_repeatable); + } + + return; + } + + std::vector> items; + + items.emplace_back(info->reward_item1, info->reward_item1_count); + items.emplace_back(info->reward_item2, info->reward_item2_count); + items.emplace_back(info->reward_item3, info->reward_item3_count); + items.emplace_back(info->reward_item4, info->reward_item4_count); + + for (const auto& pair : items) { + if (pair.second < 0 || (m_Reward > 0 && pair.first != m_Reward)) { + continue; + } + + auto count = pair.second > 0 ? pair.second : 1; + + // Sanitfy check, 6 is the max any mission yields + if (count > 6) { + count = 0; + } + + inventoryComponent->AddItem(pair.first, count); + } + + if (info->reward_currency > 0) { + character->SetCoins(character->GetCoins() + info->reward_currency, info->isMission); + } + + if (info->reward_maxinventory > 0) { + auto* inventory = inventoryComponent->GetInventory(ITEMS); + + inventory->SetSize(inventory->GetSize() + info->reward_maxinventory); + } + + if (info->reward_bankinventory > 0) { + auto* inventory = inventoryComponent->GetInventory(VAULT_ITEMS); + + inventory->SetSize(inventory->GetSize() + info->reward_bankinventory); + } + + if (info->reward_reputation > 0) { + // TODO: In case of reputation, write code + } + + if (info->reward_maxhealth > 0) { + destroyableComponent->SetMaxHealth(destroyableComponent->GetMaxHealth() + static_cast(info->reward_maxhealth)); + } + + if (info->reward_maximagination > 0) { + destroyableComponent->SetMaxImagination(destroyableComponent->GetMaxImagination() + static_cast(info->reward_maximagination)); + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(entity); + + if (info->reward_emote > 0) { + character->UnlockEmote(info->reward_emote); + } + + if (info->reward_emote2 > 0) { + character->UnlockEmote(info->reward_emote2); + } + + if (info->reward_emote3 > 0) { + character->UnlockEmote(info->reward_emote3); + } + + if (info->reward_emote4 > 0) { + character->UnlockEmote(info->reward_emote4); + } +} + +void Mission::Progress(MissionTaskType type, int32_t value, LWOOBJID associate, const std::string& targets, int32_t count) { + const auto isRemoval = count < 0; + + if (isRemoval && (IsComplete() || IsAchievement())) { + return; + } + + for (auto* task : m_Tasks) { + if (task->IsComplete() && !isRemoval) { + continue; + } + + if (task->GetType() != type) { + continue; + } + + if (isRemoval && !task->InAllTargets(value)) { + continue; + } + + task->Progress(value, associate, targets, count); + } +} + +void Mission::SetMissionState(const MissionState state, const bool sendingRewards) { + this->m_State = state; + + auto* entity = GetAssociate(); + + if (entity == nullptr) { + return; + } + + GameMessages::SendNotifyMission(entity, entity->GetParentUser()->GetSystemAddress(), info->id, static_cast(state), sendingRewards); +} + +void Mission::SetMissionTypeState(MissionLockState state, const std::string& type, const std::string& subType) { + // TODO +} + +void Mission::SetCompletions(const uint32_t value) { + m_Completions = value; +} + +void Mission::SetReward(const LOT lot) { + m_Reward = lot; +} + +Mission::~Mission() { + for (auto* task : m_Tasks) { + delete task; + } + + m_Tasks.clear(); +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dGame/dMission/Mission.h b/dGame/dMission/Mission.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cca72daf --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dMission/Mission.h @@ -0,0 +1,261 @@ +#pragma once + +#include +#include + +#include "CDMissionsTable.h" +#include "MissionTask.h" +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "MissionState.h" +#include "MissionLockState.h" + +class MissionComponent; + +/** + * A mission (or achievement) that a player may unlock, progress and complete. + */ +class Mission final +{ +public: + Mission(MissionComponent* missionComponent, uint32_t missionId); + ~Mission(); + + void LoadFromXml(tinyxml2::XMLElement* element); + void UpdateXml(tinyxml2::XMLElement* element); + + /** + * Returns the ID of this mission + * @return the ID of this mission + */ + uint32_t GetMissionId() const; + + /** + * Returns the entity that is currently progressing this mission + * @return the entity that is currently progressing this mission + */ + Entity* GetAssociate() const; + + /** + * Returns the account owns the entity that is currently progressing this mission + * @return the account owns the entity that is currently progressing this mission + */ + User* GetUser() const; + + /** + * Returns the current state of this mission + * @return the current state of this mission + */ + MissionState GetMissionState() const; + + /** + * Returns the database information that represents to this mission. + * @return the database information that represents to this mission. + */ + const CDMissions& GetClientInfo() const; + + /** + * Returns the number of times the entity has completed this mission, can only be > 0 for dailies. + * @return the number of thimes the entity has completed this mission + */ + uint32_t GetCompletions() const; + + /** + * Sets the number of times this mission has been completed + * @param value the number of times this mission should be completed + */ + void SetCompletions(uint32_t value); + + /** + * Returns the last timestamp at which the entity completed this mission + * @return the last timestamp at which the entity completed this mission + */ + uint32_t GetTimestamp() const; + + /** + * Returns some specific reward that should be returned from the possible rewards indicated by the client + * @return some specific reward that should be returned from the possible rewards indicated by the client + */ + LOT GetReward() const; + + /** + * Sets an some specific reward that should be returned from the possible rewards indicated by the client + * @param lot the reward to set + */ + void SetReward(LOT lot); + + /** + * Returns all the tasks that must be completed to mark this mission as complete + * @return all the tasks that must be completed to mark this mission as complete + */ + std::vector GetTasks() const; + + /** + * Updates the mission state to the one provided + * @param state the mission state to set + * @param sendingRewards a flag indicating to the client that rewards wil lfollow + */ + void SetMissionState(MissionState state, bool sendingRewards = false); + + /** + * Currently unimplemented + */ + void SetMissionTypeState(MissionLockState state, const std::string& type, const std::string& subType); + + /** + * Returns whether this mission is an achievement + * @return true if this mission is an achievement, false otherwise + */ + bool IsAchievement() const; + + /** + * Returns whether this mission is a mission (e.g.: not an achievement) + * @return true if this mission is not an achievement, false otherwise + */ + bool IsMission() const; + + /** + * Returns whether this mission can be repeated (mostly used for dailies) + * @return true if this mission can be repeated, false otherwise + */ + bool IsRepeatable() const; + + /** + * Returns whether the entity has completed this mission before + * @return true if the mission has been completed before, false otherwise + */ + bool IsComplete() const; + + /** + * Returns whether the mission is currently active + * @return true if the mission is currently active, false otherwise + */ + bool IsActive() const; + + /** + * Sets the mission state to active, takes into account if this is a repeatable mission. + */ + void MakeActive(); + + /** + * Returns whether the entity has completed all tasks and can hand the mission in for rewards. + * @return true if the entity can hand the mission in, false otherwise + */ + bool IsReadyToComplete() const; + + /** + * Sets the mission state to ready to complete, takes into account if this is a repeatable mission + */ + void MakeReadyToComplete(); + + /** + * Returns whether this mission can be accepted by the entity + * @return true if the mission can be accepted by the entity, false otherwise + */ + bool IsAvalible() const; + + /** + * Sets the mission state to available, takes into account if this mission is repeatable + */ + void MakeAvalible(); + + /** + * Returns whether this mission is one where an entity simply has to go somewhere, but doesn't have to turn in the + * mission tasks at the original mission giver (called a fetch mission). + * @return true if this is a fetch mission, false otherwise + */ + bool IsFetchMission() const; + + /** + * Accepts this mission, setting it to available. Also progresses any of the tasks if the entity has already + * progressed for them (for example "collect X bricks", will fast track for the amount of bricks the entity + * already has). + */ + void Accept(); + + /** + * Completes the mission and handles all logistics regarding that: checking all tasks, handing out rewards, + * emailing them if the inventory is full, etc. If the mission tasks have not all been completed this is a no-op. + * @param yieldRewards if true, rewards will be given to the entity + */ + void Complete(bool yieldRewards = true); + + /** + * Checks if this mission is ready to be completed and updates the state if so. If this is an achievement, the + * state will automatically be updated to completed as there's nobody to hand achievements in to. + */ + void CheckCompletion(); + + /** + * Gives all the rewards (items, score, stats, etc.) to the entity. Takes into account if the entity has completed + * the mission before. + */ + void YieldRewards(); + + /** + * Attempts to progress tasks of a certain type for this mission. Note that the interpretation of any of these + * arguments is up to the mission task at hand. + * @param type the mission task type to progress + * @param value the value to progress the mission task with + * @param associate optional object ID that was related to the progression + * @param targets optional multiple targets that need to be met for progression + * @param count optional count to progress with + */ + void Progress(MissionTaskType type, int32_t value, LWOOBJID associate = 0, const std::string& targets = "", int32_t count = 1); + + /** + * Returns if the mission ID that's given belongs to an existing mission + * @param missionId the mission ID to check for + * @return true if the mission exists, false otherwise + */ + static bool IsValidMission(uint32_t missionId); + + /** + * Returns if the mission ID that's given belongs to an existing mission + * @param missionId the mission ID to check for + * @param info variable to store the queried mission information in + * @return true if the mission exists, false otherwise + */ + static bool IsValidMission(uint32_t missionId, CDMissions& info); +private: + /** + * Progresses all the newly accepted tasks for this mission after it has been accepted to reflect the state of the + * inventory of the entity. + */ + void Catchup(); + + /** + * The database information that corresponds to this mission + */ + const CDMissions* info; + + /** + * The current state this mission is in + */ + MissionState m_State; + + /** + * The number of times the entity has completed this mission + */ + uint32_t m_Completions; + + /** + * The last time the entity completed this mission + */ + uint32_t m_Timestamp; + + /** + * The mission component of the entity that owns this mission + */ + MissionComponent* m_MissionComponent; + + /** + * Optionally specific reward that should be returned from the possible rewards indicated by the client + */ + LOT m_Reward; + + /** + * All the tasks that can be progressed for this mission + */ + std::vector m_Tasks; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dMission/MissionLockState.h b/dGame/dMission/MissionLockState.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..417c066a --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dMission/MissionLockState.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#pragma once + +enum class MissionLockState : int +{ + MISSION_LOCK_LOCKED, + MISSION_LOCK_NEW, + MISSION_LOCK_UNLOCKED, +}; diff --git a/dGame/dMission/MissionPrerequisites.cpp b/dGame/dMission/MissionPrerequisites.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..93d55437 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dMission/MissionPrerequisites.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,185 @@ +#include "MissionPrerequisites.h" + +#include +#include + +#include "CDClientManager.h" +#include "dLogger.h" + + +PrerequisiteExpression::PrerequisiteExpression(const std::string& str) { + std::stringstream a; + std::stringstream b; + std::stringstream s; + + auto bor = false; + + auto sub = false; + + auto done = false; + + for (auto i = 0u; i < str.size(); ++i) { + if (done) { + break; + } + + const auto character = str[i]; + + switch (character) { + case '|': + bor = true; + b << str.substr(i + 1); + done = true; + break; + case ' ': + case ')': + break; + case ',': + case '&': + case '(': + b << str.substr(i + 1); + done = true; + break; + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + if (sub) { + s << character; + } + else { + a << character; + } + break; + case ':': + sub = true; + break; + default: + break; + } + } + + this->m_or = bor; + + const auto aString = a.str(); + + if (!aString.empty()) { + this->a = std::stoul(a.str()); + } + else { + this->a = 0; + } + + const auto subString = s.str(); + + if (!subString.empty()) { + this->sub = std::stoul(s.str()); + } + else { + this->sub = 0; + } + + const auto bString = b.str(); + + if (!bString.empty()) { + this->b = new PrerequisiteExpression(bString); + } + else { + this->b = nullptr; + } +} + + +bool PrerequisiteExpression::Execute(const std::unordered_map& missions) const { + auto a = this->a == 0; + + auto b = this->b == nullptr; + + if (!a) { + const auto index = missions.find(this->a); + + if (index != missions.end()) { + const auto* mission = index->second; + + if (this->sub != 0) { + // Special case for one Wisp Lee repeatable mission. + a = mission->GetClientInfo().id == 1883 ? + mission->GetMissionState() == static_cast(this->sub) : + mission->GetMissionState() >= static_cast(this->sub); + } + else if (mission->IsComplete()) { + a = true; + } + } + } + + if (!b) { + b = this->b->Execute(missions); + } + + if (this->m_or) { + return a || b; + } + + return a && b; +} + + +PrerequisiteExpression::~PrerequisiteExpression() { + delete b; +} + + +bool MissionPrerequisites::CanAccept(const uint32_t missionId, const std::unordered_map& missions) { + const auto& missionIndex = missions.find(missionId); + + if (missionIndex != missions.end()) { + auto* mission = missionIndex->second; + const auto& info = mission->GetClientInfo(); + + if (info.repeatable) { + const auto prerequisitesMet = CheckPrerequisites(missionId, missions); + + // Checked by client + const time_t time = std::time(nullptr); + const time_t lock = mission->GetTimestamp() + info.cooldownTime * 60; + + // If there's no time limit, just check the prerequisites, otherwise make sure both conditions are met + return (info.cooldownTime == -1 ? prerequisitesMet : (lock - time < 0)) && prerequisitesMet; + } + + // Mission is already accepted and cannot be repeatedly accepted + return false; + } + + // Mission is not yet accepted, check the prerequisites + return CheckPrerequisites(missionId, missions); +} + +bool MissionPrerequisites::CheckPrerequisites(uint32_t missionId, const std::unordered_map& missions) { + const auto& index = expressions.find(missionId); + if (index != expressions.end()) { + return index->second->Execute(missions); + } + + auto* missionsTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("Missions"); + const auto missionEntries = missionsTable->Query([=](const CDMissions& entry) { + return entry.id == static_cast(missionId); + }); + + if (missionEntries.empty()) + return false; + + auto* expression = new PrerequisiteExpression(missionEntries[0].prereqMissionID); + expressions.insert_or_assign(missionId, expression); + + return expression->Execute(missions); +} + +std::unordered_map MissionPrerequisites::expressions = {}; diff --git a/dGame/dMission/MissionPrerequisites.h b/dGame/dMission/MissionPrerequisites.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f426e916 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dMission/MissionPrerequisites.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +#pragma once +#include +#include +#include + +#include "Mission.h" + +/** + * An expression that checks if a mission may be accepted or not + */ +class PrerequisiteExpression final +{ + bool m_or; + uint32_t a; + uint32_t sub; + PrerequisiteExpression* b; + +public: + /** + * Executes the prerequisite, checking its contents and returning whether or not the mission may be accepted + * @param missions the list of missions to check the prerequisites against (f.e. whether they're completed) + * @return whether or not all the prerequisites are met + */ + bool Execute(const std::unordered_map& missions) const; + + explicit PrerequisiteExpression(const std::string& str); + ~PrerequisiteExpression(); +}; + +/** + * Utility class for checking whether or not a mission can be accepted using its prerequisites + */ +class MissionPrerequisites final +{ +public: + /** + * Checks whether or not the mission identified by the specified ID can be accepted based on the mission inventory passed. + * Also performs checks for daily missions (e.g. if the time out is valid). + * @param missionId the mission ID to check prerequisites for + * @param missions the mission inventory to check the prerequisites against + * @return whether or not the mission identified by the specified ID can be accepted + */ + static bool CanAccept(uint32_t missionId, const std::unordered_map& missions); +private: + + /** + * Cache of all the executed prerequisites + */ + static std::unordered_map expressions; + + /** + * Checks the prerequisites for a mission + * @param missionId the mission ID to check prerequisites for + * @param missions the mission inventory to check the prerequisites against + * @return whether or not the mission identified by the specified ID can be accepted + */ + static bool CheckPrerequisites(uint32_t missionId, const std::unordered_map& missions); +}; diff --git a/dGame/dMission/MissionState.h b/dGame/dMission/MissionState.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..161a4021 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dMission/MissionState.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +#pragma once + +/** + * Represents the possible states a mission can be in + */ +enum class MissionState : int { + /** + * The mission state is unknown + */ + MISSION_STATE_UNKNOWN = -1, + + /** + * The mission is yielding rewards + */ + MISSION_STATE_REWARDING = 0, + + /** + * The mission can be accepted + */ + MISSION_STATE_AVAILABLE = 1, + + /** + * The mission has been accepted but not yet completed + */ + MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE = 2, + + /** + * All the tasks for the mission have been completed and the entity can turn the mission in to complete it + */ + MISSION_STATE_READY_TO_COMPLETE = 4, //!< The mission is ready to complete + + /** + * The mission has been completed + */ + MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE = 8, + + /** + * The mission is available again and has been completed before. Used for daily missions. + */ + MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_AVAILABLE = 9, + + /** + * The mission is active and has been completed before. Used for daily missions. + */ + MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_ACTIVE = 10, + + /** + * The mission has been completed before and has now been completed again. Used for daily missions. + */ + MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_READY_TO_COMPLETE = 12 +}; diff --git a/dGame/dMission/MissionTask.cpp b/dGame/dMission/MissionTask.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..423966c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dMission/MissionTask.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,491 @@ +#include + +#include "MissionTask.h" + +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "Mission.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "dServer.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "ScriptedActivityComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" + + +MissionTask::MissionTask(Mission* mission, CDMissionTasks* info, uint32_t mask) +{ + this->info = info; + this->mission = mission; + this->mask = mask; + + progress = 0; + + std::istringstream stream(info->taskParam1); + std::string token; + + while (std::getline(stream, token, ',')) { + uint32_t parameter; + if (GeneralUtils::TryParse(token, parameter)) { + parameters.push_back(parameter); + } + } + + stream = std::istringstream(info->targetGroup); + + while (std::getline(stream, token, ',')) { + uint32_t parameter; + if (GeneralUtils::TryParse(token, parameter)) { + targets.push_back(parameter); + } + } +} + + +MissionTaskType MissionTask::GetType() const +{ + return static_cast(info->taskType); +} + + +uint32_t MissionTask::GetProgress() const +{ + return progress; +} + + +void MissionTask::SetProgress(const uint32_t value, const bool echo) +{ + if (progress == value) + { + return; + } + + progress = value; + + if (!echo) + { + return; + } + + auto* entity = mission->GetAssociate(); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + std::vector updates; + updates.push_back(static_cast(progress)); + + GameMessages::SendNotifyMissionTask( + entity, + entity->GetSystemAddress(), + static_cast(info->id), + static_cast(1 << (mask + 1)), + updates + ); +} + + +void MissionTask::SetUnique(const std::vector& value) +{ + unique = value; +} + + +void MissionTask::AddProgress(int32_t value) +{ + value += progress; + + if (value > info->targetValue) + { + value = info->targetValue; + } + + if (value < 0) + { + value = 0; + } + + SetProgress(value); +} + + +Mission* MissionTask::GetMission() const +{ + return mission; +} + + +uint32_t MissionTask::GetTarget() const +{ + return info->target; +} + + +const CDMissionTasks& MissionTask::GetClientInfo() const +{ + return *info; +} + + +uint32_t MissionTask::GetMask() const +{ + return mask; +} + + +const std::vector& MissionTask::GetUnique() const +{ + return unique; +} + + +const std::vector& MissionTask::GetTargets() const +{ + return targets; +} + + +const std::vector& MissionTask::GetParameters() const +{ + return parameters; +} + + +std::vector MissionTask::GetAllTargets() const +{ + auto targets = GetTargets(); + + targets.push_back(GetTarget()); + + return targets; +} + + +bool MissionTask::InTargets(const uint32_t value) const +{ + auto targets = GetTargets(); + + return std::find(targets.begin(), targets.end(), value) != targets.end(); +} + + +bool MissionTask::InAllTargets(const uint32_t value) const +{ + auto targets = GetAllTargets(); + + return std::find(targets.begin(), targets.end(), value) != targets.end(); +} + +bool MissionTask::InParameters(const uint32_t value) const +{ + auto parameters = GetParameters(); + + return std::find(parameters.begin(), parameters.end(), value) != parameters.end(); +} + + +bool MissionTask::IsComplete() const +{ + // Minigames are the only ones where the target value is a score they need to get but the actual target is the act ID + return GetType() == MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_MINIGAME ? progress == info->target : progress >= info->targetValue; +} + + +void MissionTask::Complete() +{ + // Minigames are the only ones where the target value is a score they need to get but the actual target is the act ID + SetProgress(GetType() == MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_MINIGAME ? info->target : info->targetValue); +} + + +void MissionTask::CheckCompletion() const +{ + if (IsComplete()) + { + mission->CheckCompletion(); + } +} + + +void MissionTask::Progress(int32_t value, LWOOBJID associate, const std::string& targets, int32_t count) +{ + if (IsComplete() && count > 0) return; + + const auto type = GetType(); + + if (count < 0) + { + if (mission->IsMission() && type == MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_ITEM_COLLECTION && InAllTargets(value)) + { + if (parameters.size() > 0 && (parameters[0] & 1) != 0) + { + return; + } + + auto* inventoryComponent = mission->GetAssociate()->GetComponent(); + + if (inventoryComponent != nullptr) + { + int32_t itemCount = inventoryComponent->GetLotCountNonTransfer(value); + + if (itemCount < info->targetValue) + { + SetProgress(itemCount); + + if (mission->IsReadyToComplete()) + { + mission->MakeActive(); + } + } + } + } + + return; + } + + Entity* entity; + ScriptedActivityComponent* activity; + uint32_t activityId; + uint32_t lot; + uint32_t collectionId; + std::vector settings; + + switch (type) { + case MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_UNKNOWN: + break; + + case MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_ACTIVITY: + { + if (InAllTargets(value)) { + AddProgress(count); + break; + } + + entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(associate); + if (entity == nullptr) { + if (associate != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) { + Game::logger->Log("MissionTask", "Failed to find associated entity (%llu)!\n", associate); + } + break; + } + + activity = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_REBUILD)); + if (activity == nullptr) + { + break; + } + + activityId = activity->GetActivityID(); + + const auto activityIdOverride = entity->GetVar(u"activityID"); + + if (activityIdOverride != 0) + { + activityId = activityIdOverride; + } + + if (!InAllTargets(activityId)) break; + + AddProgress(count); + + break; + } + + case MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_FOOD: + case MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_MISSION_INTERACTION: + { + if (GetTarget() != value) break; + + AddProgress(count); + + break; + } + + case MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_EMOTE: + { + if (!InParameters(value)) break; + + entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(associate); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("MissionTask", "Failed to find associated entity (%llu)!\n", associate); + + break; + } + + lot = static_cast(entity->GetLOT()); + + if (GetTarget() != lot) break; + + AddProgress(count); + + break; + } + + case MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SKILL: + { + if (!InParameters(value)) break; + + AddProgress(count); + + break; + } + + case MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_MINIGAME: + { + if (targets != info->targetGroup || info->targetValue > value) + break; + + auto* minigameManager = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(associate); + if (minigameManager == nullptr) + break; + + int32_t gameID = minigameManager->GetLOT(); + + auto* sac = minigameManager->GetComponent(); + if (sac != nullptr) { + gameID = sac->GetActivityID(); + } + + if (info->target != gameID) { + break; + } + + Game::logger->Log("Minigame Task", "Progressing minigame with %s %d > %d (%d)\n", + targets.c_str(), value, info->targetValue, gameID); + SetProgress(info->target); + + break; + } + + case MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_VISIT_PROPERTY: + { + if (!InAllTargets(value)) break; + + if (std::find(unique.begin(), unique.end(), static_cast(associate)) != unique.end()) break; + + AddProgress(count); + + unique.push_back(associate); + + break; + } + + case MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT: + { + if (!InAllTargets(value)) break; + + entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(associate); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("MissionTask", "Failed to find associated entity (%llu)!\n", associate); + + break; + } + + collectionId = entity->GetCollectibleID(); + + collectionId = static_cast(collectionId) + static_cast(Game::server->GetZoneID() << 8); + + if (std::find(unique.begin(), unique.end(), collectionId) != unique.end()) break; + + unique.push_back(collectionId); + + SetProgress(unique.size()); + + auto* entity = mission->GetAssociate(); + + if (entity == nullptr) break; + + auto* missionComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (missionComponent == nullptr) break; + + missionComponent->AddCollectible(collectionId); + + break; + } + + case MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_LOCATION: + { + if (info->targetGroup != targets) break; + + AddProgress(count); + + break; + } + + case MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_RACING: + { + if (parameters.empty()) break; + + if (!InAllTargets(dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->GetWorldID())) break; + + if (parameters[0] != associate) break; + + if (associate == 1 || associate == 15) + { + if (value > info->targetValue) break; + + AddProgress(1); + } + else if (associate == 2 || associate == 3) + { + if (info->targetValue < value) break; + + AddProgress(info->targetValue); + } + else if (associate == 10) + { + if (info->targetValue > value) + { + AddProgress(info->targetValue); + } + } + else + { + AddProgress(count); + } + + break; + } + + case MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_PET_TAMING: + case MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SCRIPT: + case MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_NON_MISSION_INTERACTION: + case MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_MISSION_COMPLETE: + case MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_POWERUP: + case MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SMASH: + case MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_ITEM_COLLECTION: + case MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_PLAYER_FLAG: + { + if (!InAllTargets(value)) break; + + AddProgress(count); + + break; + } + + default: + Game::logger->Log("MissionTask", "Invalid mission task type (%i)!\n", static_cast(type)); + return; + } + + CheckCompletion(); +} + + +MissionTask::~MissionTask() +{ + targets.clear(); + + parameters.clear(); + + unique.clear(); +} diff --git a/dGame/dMission/MissionTask.h b/dGame/dMission/MissionTask.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cdc4039 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dMission/MissionTask.h @@ -0,0 +1,182 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "CDMissionTasksTable.h" +#include "MissionTaskType.h" +#include "dCommonVars.h" + +class Mission; + +/** + * A task that can be progressed and completed for a mission. + */ +class MissionTask final +{ +public: + MissionTask(Mission* mission, CDMissionTasks* info, uint32_t mask); + ~MissionTask(); + + /** + * Attempts to progress this task using the provided parameters. Note that the behavior of this method is different + * for each mission task type. + * @param value the value to progress by + * @param associate optional object ID of an entity that was related to the porgression + * @param targets optional multiple targets that need to be met to progress + * @param count a number that indicates the times to progress + */ + void Progress(int32_t value, LWOOBJID associate = 0, const std::string& targets = "", int32_t count = 1); + + /** + * Returns the current progression of this task + * @return the current progression of this task + */ + uint32_t GetProgress() const; + + /** + * Progresses the progress of this task by the provided value. Does not exceed the target progress. + * @param value the value to progress by + */ + void AddProgress(int32_t value); + + /** + * Sets the progress of the task and optionally notifies the client + * @param value the value to set for the progress + * @param echo if true, this will notify the client of the change + */ + void SetProgress(uint32_t value, bool echo = true); + + /** + * Returns the mission this task belongs to + * @return the mission this task belongs to + */ + Mission* GetMission() const; + + /** + * Returns the type of this task + * @return the type of this task + */ + MissionTaskType GetType() const; + + /** + * Returns the value that should be progressed to, to complete the mission (the target value) + * @return the target value + */ + uint32_t GetTarget() const; + + /** + * Returns the database information for this mission + * @return the database information for this mission + */ + const CDMissionTasks& GetClientInfo() const; + + /** + * Returns the mask for this mission, used for communicating updates + * @return the mask for this mission, used for communicating updates + */ + uint32_t GetMask() const; + + /** + * Returns the currently visited list of unique locations (only used for visiting mission types) + * @return the currently visited list of unique locations + */ + const std::vector& GetUnique() const; + + /** + * Sets the uniquely visited list of locations + * @param value the uniquely visited list of locations + */ + void SetUnique(const std::vector& value); + + /** + * Returns the possibly target values for this mission task for progression + * @return the possibly target values for this mission task for progression + */ + const std::vector& GetTargets() const; + + /** + * Returns the parameters for this task: meta information that determines if the task can be progressed. Note: + * not used by all task types. + * @return the parameters for this task + */ + const std::vector& GetParameters() const; + + /** + * Returns all the target values for this mission, including the target value concatenated by the optional list of + * targets parsed as ints. + * @return all the targets for this task + */ + std::vector GetAllTargets() const; + + /** + * Returns whether the value is in the list of target values of this task + * @param value the value to check for + * @return true if the value is in the target list, false otherwise + */ + bool InTargets(uint32_t value) const; + + /** + * Returns whether the value is in one of the target values or equals the individual target value of this task + * @param value the value to check for + * @return true if the value is one of the targets, false otherwise + */ + bool InAllTargets(uint32_t value) const; + + /** + * Checks if the provided is one of the parameters for this task + * @param value the value to check for + * @return true if the value is one of the parameters, false otherwise + */ + bool InParameters(uint32_t value) const; + + /** + * Checks if this task has been completed by comparing its progress against the target value + * @return true if the task has been completed, false otherwise + */ + bool IsComplete() const; + + /** + * Completes the mission by setting the progress to the required value + */ + void Complete(); + +private: + + /** + * Datbase information about this task + */ + CDMissionTasks* info; + + /** + * The mission this task belongs to + */ + Mission* mission; + + /** + * Mask used for communicating mission updates + */ + uint32_t mask; + + /** + * The current progression towards the target + */ + uint32_t progress; + + /** + * The list of target values for progressing this task + */ + std::vector targets; + + /** + * The list of parameters for progressing this task (not used by all task types) + */ + std::vector parameters; + + /** + * The unique places visited for progression (not used by all task types) + */ + std::vector unique; + + /** + * Checks if the task is complete, and if so checks if the parent mission is complete + */ + void CheckCompletion() const; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dMission/MissionTaskType.h b/dGame/dMission/MissionTaskType.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8519e0d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dMission/MissionTaskType.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +#pragma once + +//! An enum for mission task types +enum class MissionTaskType : int { + MISSION_TASK_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, //!< The task type is unknown + MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SMASH = 0, //!< A task for smashing something + MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SCRIPT = 1, //!< A task handled by a server LUA script + MISSION_TASK_TYPE_ACTIVITY = 2, //!< A task for completing a quickbuild + MISSION_TASK_TYPE_ENVIRONMENT = 3, //!< A task for something in the environment + MISSION_TASK_TYPE_MISSION_INTERACTION = 4, //!< A task for interacting with a mission + MISSION_TASK_TYPE_EMOTE = 5, //!< A task for playing an emote + MISSION_TASK_TYPE_FOOD = 9, //!< A task for eating food + MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SKILL = 10, //!< A task for performing a skill + MISSION_TASK_TYPE_ITEM_COLLECTION = 11, //!< A task for collecting an item + MISSION_TASK_TYPE_LOCATION = 12, //!< A task for finding a location + MISSION_TASK_TYPE_MINIGAME = 14, //!< A task for doing something in a minigame + MISSION_TASK_TYPE_NON_MISSION_INTERACTION = 15, //!< A task for interacting with a non-mission + MISSION_TASK_TYPE_MISSION_COMPLETE = 16, //!< A task for completing a mission + MISSION_TASK_TYPE_POWERUP = 21, //!< A task for collecting a powerup + MISSION_TASK_TYPE_PET_TAMING = 22, //!< A task for taming a pet + MISSION_TASK_TYPE_RACING = 23, //!< A task for racing + MISSION_TASK_TYPE_PLAYER_FLAG = 24, //!< A task for setting a player flag + MISSION_TASK_TYPE_VISIT_PROPERTY = 30 //!< A task for visiting a property +}; diff --git a/dGame/dUtilities/BrickDatabase.cpp b/dGame/dUtilities/BrickDatabase.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e0687503 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dUtilities/BrickDatabase.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +#include +#include + +#include "BrickDatabase.h" +#include "Game.h" + +std::vector BrickDatabase::emptyCache {}; +BrickDatabase* BrickDatabase::m_Address = nullptr; + +BrickDatabase::BrickDatabase() = default; +BrickDatabase::~BrickDatabase() = default; + +std::vector& BrickDatabase::GetBricks(const std::string& lxfmlPath) +{ + const auto cached = m_Cache.find(lxfmlPath); + + if (cached != m_Cache.end()) { + return cached->second; + } + + std::ifstream file(lxfmlPath); + if (!file.good()) { + return emptyCache; + } + + std::stringstream data; + data << file.rdbuf(); + if (data.str().empty()) { + return emptyCache; + } + + auto* doc = new tinyxml2::XMLDocument(); + if (doc->Parse(data.str().c_str(), data.str().size()) != 0) { + delete doc; + return emptyCache; + } + + std::vector parts; + + auto* lxfml = doc->FirstChildElement("LXFML"); + auto* bricks = lxfml->FirstChildElement("Bricks"); + std::string searchTerm = "Brick"; + + if (!bricks) { + searchTerm = "Part"; + bricks = lxfml->FirstChildElement("Scene")->FirstChildElement("Model")->FirstChildElement("Group"); + + if (!bricks) { + return emptyCache; + } + } + + auto* currentBrick = bricks->FirstChildElement(searchTerm.c_str()); + while (currentBrick != nullptr) { + + auto* part = currentBrick->FirstChildElement("Part"); + if (part == nullptr) part = currentBrick; + + if (part->Attribute("designID") != nullptr) { + Brick brick { static_cast(part->IntAttribute("designID")) }; + + // Depends on the file, some don't specify a list but just a single material + const auto* materialList = part->Attribute("materials"); + const auto* materialID = part->Attribute("materialID"); + + if (materialList != nullptr) { + std::string materialString(materialList); + const auto materials = GeneralUtils::SplitString(materialString, ','); + + if (!materials.empty()) { + brick.materialID = std::stoi(materials[0]); + } else { + brick.materialID = 0; + } + } else if (materialID != nullptr) { + brick.materialID = std::stoi(materialID); + } else { + brick.materialID = 0; // This is bad, makes it so the minigame can't be played + } + + parts.push_back(brick); + } + + currentBrick = currentBrick->NextSiblingElement(searchTerm.c_str()); + } + + m_Cache[lxfmlPath] = parts; + + delete doc; + + return m_Cache[lxfmlPath]; +} diff --git a/dGame/dUtilities/BrickDatabase.h b/dGame/dUtilities/BrickDatabase.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7e16c2ea --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dUtilities/BrickDatabase.h @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Entity.h" + +class BrickDatabase +{ +public: + static BrickDatabase* Instance() + { + if (m_Address == nullptr) + { + m_Address = new BrickDatabase(); + } + + return m_Address; + } + + std::vector& GetBricks(const std::string& lxfmlPath); + + explicit BrickDatabase(); + + ~BrickDatabase(); + +private: + std::unordered_map> m_Cache; + + static std::vector emptyCache; + + static BrickDatabase* m_Address; //For singleton method + + /* data */ +}; diff --git a/dGame/dUtilities/GUID.cpp b/dGame/dUtilities/GUID.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fb87139a --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dUtilities/GUID.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +#include "GUID.h" + +GUID::GUID(const std::string &guid) { + sscanf(guid.c_str(), + "{%8x-%4hx-%4hx-%2hhx%2hhx-%2hhx%2hhx%2hhx%2hhx%2hhx%2hhx}", + &this->data1, &this->data2, &this->data3, + &this->data4[0], &this->data4[1], &this->data4[2], &this->data4[3], + &this->data4[4], &this->data4[5], &this->data4[6], &this->data4[7]); +} + +uint32_t GUID::GetData1() const { + return data1; +} + +uint16_t GUID::GetData2() const { + return data2; +} + +uint16_t GUID::GetData3() const { + return data3; +} + +std::array GUID::GetData4() const { + return data4; +} + +GUID::GUID() = default; diff --git a/dGame/dUtilities/GUID.h b/dGame/dUtilities/GUID.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..24518785 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dUtilities/GUID.h @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +#pragma once +#include +#include +#include + +class GUID { +public: + explicit GUID(); + explicit GUID(const std::string& guid); + uint32_t GetData1() const; + uint16_t GetData2() const; + uint16_t GetData3() const; + std::array GetData4() const; +private: + uint32_t data1 = 0; + uint16_t data2 = 0; + uint16_t data3 = 0; + std::array data4 = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dUtilities/GameConfig.cpp b/dGame/dUtilities/GameConfig.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bd57ee65 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dUtilities/GameConfig.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +#include "GameConfig.h" +#include + +std::map GameConfig::m_Config {}; +std::string GameConfig::m_EmptyString {}; + +void GameConfig::Load(const std::string& filepath) { + m_EmptyString = ""; + std::ifstream in(filepath); + if (!in.good()) return; + + std::string line; + while (std::getline(in, line)) { + if (line.length() > 0) { + if (line[0] != '#') ProcessLine(line); + } + } +} + +const std::string& GameConfig::GetValue(const std::string& key) { + const auto& it = m_Config.find(key); + + if (it != m_Config.end()) { + return it->second; + } + + return m_EmptyString; +} + +void GameConfig::SetValue(const std::string& key, const std::string& value) { + m_Config.insert_or_assign(key, value); +} + +void GameConfig::ProcessLine(const std::string& line) { + std::stringstream ss(line); + std::string segment; + std::vector seglist; + + while (std::getline(ss, segment, '=')) { + seglist.push_back(segment); + } + + if (seglist.size() != 2) return; + + //Make sure that on Linux, we remove special characters: + if (!seglist[1].empty() && seglist[1][seglist[1].size() - 1] == '\r') + seglist[1].erase(seglist[1].size() - 1); + + m_Config.insert_or_assign(seglist[0], seglist[1]); +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dGame/dUtilities/GameConfig.h b/dGame/dUtilities/GameConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e5fc3987 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dUtilities/GameConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +#pragma once +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "GeneralUtils.h" + +class GameConfig { +public: + static void Load(const std::string& filepath); + + static const std::string& GetValue(const std::string& key); + + static void SetValue(const std::string& key, const std::string& value); + + template + static T GetValue(const std::string& key) { + T value; + + if (GeneralUtils::TryParse(GetValue(key), value)) { + return value; + } + + return T(); + } + + template + static void SetValue(const std::string& key, const T& value) { + SetValue(key, std::to_string(value)); + } + +private: + static void ProcessLine(const std::string& line); + + static std::map m_Config; + static std::string m_EmptyString; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dGame/dUtilities/Loot.cpp b/dGame/dUtilities/Loot.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..836961bc --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dUtilities/Loot.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,384 @@ +#include "Loot.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +#include "CDClientManager.h" +#include "CDLootMatrixTable.h" +#include "CDLootTableTable.h" + +#include "SimplePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "ControllablePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "CharacterComponent.h" +#include "TeamManager.h" + +#include + +std::vector Loot::GetLootOfRarity(const std::vector &lootTable, uint32_t rarity) { + std::vector refinedLoot; + for (auto loot : lootTable) { + CDItemComponent item = Inventory::FindItemComponent(loot.itemid); + if (item.rarity == rarity) { + refinedLoot.push_back(loot); + } + else if (item.rarity == 0) { + refinedLoot.push_back(loot); // powerups + } + } + + return refinedLoot; +} + +void Loot::GiveLoot(Entity* user, uint32_t lootMatrixID) { + user = user->GetOwner(); // If the owner is overwritten, we collect that here + + std::unordered_map result {}; + + CalculateLootMatrix(lootMatrixID, user, result); + + GiveLoot(user, result); +} + +void Loot::DropLoot(Entity* user, Entity* killedObject, uint32_t lootMatrixID, uint32_t minCoins, uint32_t maxCoins) { + user = user->GetOwner(); // If the owner is overwritten, we collect that here + + auto* inventoryComponent = user->GetComponent(); + + if (inventoryComponent == nullptr) { + return; + } + + std::unordered_map result {}; + + CalculateLootMatrix(lootMatrixID, user, result); + + DropLoot(user, killedObject, result, minCoins, maxCoins); +} + +void Loot::GiveLoot(Entity* user, std::unordered_map& result) { + user = user->GetOwner(); // If the owner is overwritten, we collect that here + + auto* inventoryComponent = user->GetComponent(); + + if (inventoryComponent == nullptr) { + return; + } + + for (const auto& pair : result) { + inventoryComponent->AddItem(pair.first, pair.second); + } +} + +void Loot::DropLoot(Entity* user, Entity* killedObject, std::unordered_map& result, uint32_t minCoins, uint32_t maxCoins) { + user = user->GetOwner(); // If the owner is overwritten, we collect that here + + auto* inventoryComponent = user->GetComponent(); + + if (inventoryComponent == nullptr) { + return; + } + + const auto spawnPosition = killedObject->GetPosition(); + + const auto source = killedObject->GetObjectID(); + + for (const auto& pair : result) { + for (int i = 0; i < pair.second; ++i) { + GameMessages::SendDropClientLoot(user, source, pair.first, 0, spawnPosition, 1); + } + } + + uint32_t coins = (int)(minCoins + GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber(0, 1) * (maxCoins - minCoins)); + + GameMessages::SendDropClientLoot(user, source, LOT_NULL, coins, spawnPosition); +} + +void Loot::DropActivityLoot(Entity* user, Entity* source, uint32_t activityID, int32_t rating) +{ + CDActivityRewardsTable* activityRewardsTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ActivityRewards"); + std::vector activityRewards = activityRewardsTable->Query([=](CDActivityRewards entry) { return (entry.objectTemplate == activityID); }); + + const CDActivityRewards* selectedReward = nullptr; + for (const auto& activityReward : activityRewards) + { + if (activityReward.activityRating <= rating && (selectedReward == nullptr || activityReward.activityRating > selectedReward->activityRating)) + { + selectedReward = &activityReward; + } + } + + if (selectedReward == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + uint32_t minCoins = 0; + uint32_t maxCoins = 0; + + CDCurrencyTableTable* currencyTableTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("CurrencyTable"); + std::vector currencyTable = currencyTableTable->Query([=](CDCurrencyTable entry) { return (entry.currencyIndex == selectedReward->CurrencyIndex && entry.npcminlevel == 1); }); + + if (currencyTable.size() > 0) { + minCoins = currencyTable[0].minvalue; + maxCoins = currencyTable[0].maxvalue; + } + + Loot::DropLoot(user, source, selectedReward->LootMatrixIndex, minCoins, maxCoins); +} + +void Loot::GiveActivityLoot(Entity* user, Entity* source, uint32_t activityID, int32_t rating) +{ + CDActivityRewardsTable* activityRewardsTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("ActivityRewards"); + std::vector activityRewards = activityRewardsTable->Query([=](CDActivityRewards entry) { return (entry.objectTemplate == activityID); }); + + const CDActivityRewards* selectedReward = nullptr; + for (const auto& activityReward : activityRewards) + { + if (activityReward.activityRating <= rating && (selectedReward == nullptr || activityReward.activityRating > selectedReward->activityRating)) + { + selectedReward = &activityReward; + } + } + + if (selectedReward == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + uint32_t minCoins = 0; + uint32_t maxCoins = 0; + + CDCurrencyTableTable* currencyTableTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("CurrencyTable"); + std::vector currencyTable = currencyTableTable->Query([=](CDCurrencyTable entry) { return (entry.currencyIndex == selectedReward->CurrencyIndex && entry.npcminlevel == 1); }); + + if (currencyTable.size() > 0) { + minCoins = currencyTable[0].minvalue; + maxCoins = currencyTable[0].maxvalue; + } + + Loot::GiveLoot(user, selectedReward->LootMatrixIndex); + + uint32_t coins = (int)(minCoins + GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber(0, 1) * (maxCoins - minCoins)); + + auto* charactert = user->GetCharacter(); + + charactert->SetCoins(charactert->GetCoins() + coins); +} + +void Loot::CalculateLootMatrix(uint32_t lootMatrixID, Entity* user, std::unordered_map& result) +{ + user = user->GetOwner(); + + auto* missionComponent = user->GetComponent(); + + // Get our loot for this LOT's lootMatrixID: + CDLootMatrixTable* lootMatrixTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("LootMatrix"); + CDLootTableTable* lootTableTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("LootTable"); + CDRarityTableTable* rarityTableTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable("RarityTable"); + + std::vector lootMatrix = lootMatrixTable->Query([lootMatrixID](CDLootMatrix entry) { return (entry.LootMatrixIndex == lootMatrixID); }); + + // Now, loop through each entry + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < lootMatrix.size(); ++i) { + // Now, determine whether or not we should drop this + float chanceToDrop = 1.0 - lootMatrix[i].percent; + float shouldDrop = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber(0, 1); + + const auto rarityTableIndex = lootMatrix[i].RarityTableIndex; + + std::vector rarityTable = rarityTableTable->Query([rarityTableIndex](CDRarityTable entry) { return (entry.RarityTableIndex == rarityTableIndex); }); + + std::sort(rarityTable.begin(), rarityTable.end()); + + if (shouldDrop < chanceToDrop) { + // We are not able to drop this item, so continue + continue; + } + + // If we reached here, we are able to drop the item + uint32_t minToDrop = lootMatrix[i].minToDrop; + uint32_t maxToDrop = lootMatrix[i].maxToDrop; + + // Now determine the number we will drop of items from this table + uint32_t numToDrop = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber(minToDrop, maxToDrop); + + // Now, query the loot matrix index + const auto lootTableIndex = lootMatrix[i].LootTableIndex; + + std::vector lootTable = lootTableTable->Query([lootTableIndex](CDLootTable entry) { return (entry.LootTableIndex == lootTableIndex); }); + + // Now randomize these entries + if (lootTable.size() > 1) { + std::shuffle(std::begin(lootTable), std::end(lootTable), Game::randomEngine); + } + + uint32_t addedItems = 0; + + if (lootTable.empty()) continue; + + while (addedItems < numToDrop) { + addedItems++; + + float rarityRoll = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber(0, 1); + + // im sorry + uint32_t highestRarity = 1; // LOOT_COMMON + float highestRandMax = 0.0f; + for (const auto& rarity : rarityTable) { + if (rarityRoll > rarity.randmax && rarity.randmax > highestRandMax) { + highestRandMax = rarity.randmax; + highestRarity = rarity.rarity + 1; + } + } + + std::vector refinedLoot; + + if (lootTable.size() == 1) + { + refinedLoot = lootTable; + } + else + { + refinedLoot = GetLootOfRarity(lootTable, highestRarity); + + bool continueLoop = false; + while (refinedLoot.empty()) + { + if (highestRarity == 1) + { + continueLoop = true; + break; + } + + highestRarity -= 1; + + refinedLoot = GetLootOfRarity(lootTable, highestRarity); + + if (!refinedLoot.empty()) + { + break; + } + } + + if (continueLoop) continue; + } + + int randomTable = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber(0, refinedLoot.size() - 1); + + const auto& selectedTable = refinedLoot[randomTable]; + + uint32_t itemLOT = selectedTable.itemid; + bool isMissionItem = selectedTable.MissionDrop; + + if (isMissionItem && missionComponent != nullptr) + { + // TODO: this executes a query in a hot path, might be worth refactoring away + if (!missionComponent->RequiresItem(itemLOT)) + { + continue; + } + } + + if (lootTable.size() > numToDrop) + { + for (size_t i = 0; i < lootTable.size(); i++) + { + if (lootTable[i].id == selectedTable.id) + { + lootTable.erase(lootTable.begin() + i); + + break; + } + } + } + + const auto& it = result.find(itemLOT); + if (it != result.end()) { + it->second++; + } + else { + result.emplace(itemLOT, 1); + } + } + } + + int32_t tokenCount = 0; + + const auto& tokens = result.find(13763); + + if (tokens != result.end()) { + tokenCount = tokens->second; + + result.erase(tokens); + } + + if (tokenCount == 0 || user == nullptr) { + return; + } + + if (missionComponent == nullptr) { + return; + } + + LOT tokenId = -1; + + if (missionComponent->GetMissionState(545) == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE) // "Join Assembly!" + { + tokenId = 8318; // "Assembly Token" + } + + if (missionComponent->GetMissionState(556) == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE) // "Join Venture League!" + { + tokenId = 8321; // "Venture League Token" + } + + if (missionComponent->GetMissionState(567) == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE) // "Join The Sentinels!" + { + tokenId = 8319; // "Sentinels Token" + } + + if (missionComponent->GetMissionState(578) == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE) // "Join Paradox!" + { + tokenId = 8320; // "Paradox Token" + } + + if (tokenId != -1) + { + result.emplace(tokenId, tokenCount); + } +} + +void Loot::DropItem(Entity* user, Entity* sourceObject, LOT item, int32_t currency, int32_t count, bool useTeam, bool freeForAll) +{ + if (sourceObject == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + const auto sourceID = sourceObject->GetObjectID(); + const auto sourcePosition = sourceObject->GetPosition(); + + // If useTeam, drop the item once for each team member. + auto* team = TeamManager::Instance()->GetTeam(user->GetObjectID()); + + if (team != nullptr && useTeam) + { + for (const auto& memberID : team->members) + { + // Get the team member from its ID. + auto* member = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(memberID); + + if (member == nullptr) + { + continue; + } + + // Drop the item. + GameMessages::SendDropClientLoot(member, sourceID, item, currency, sourcePosition, count); + } + + return; + } + + GameMessages::SendDropClientLoot(user, sourceID, item, currency, sourcePosition, count); +} diff --git a/dGame/dUtilities/Loot.h b/dGame/dUtilities/Loot.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..de232f77 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dUtilities/Loot.h @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +#pragma once +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include +#include "CDClientManager.h" +class Entity; + +namespace Loot { + struct Info { + LWOOBJID id; + LOT lot; + uint32_t count; + }; + + std::vector GetLootOfRarity(const std::vector &lootTable, uint32_t rarity); + + void DropActivityLoot(Entity* user, Entity* source, uint32_t activityID, int32_t rating = 0); + + void GiveActivityLoot(Entity* user, Entity* source, uint32_t activityID, int32_t rating = 0); + + void CalculateLootMatrix(uint32_t lootMatrixID, Entity* user, std::unordered_map& result); + + void GiveLoot(Entity* user, uint32_t lootMatrixID); + + void DropLoot(Entity* user, Entity* killedObject, uint32_t lootMatrixID, uint32_t minCoins, uint32_t maxCoins); + + void GiveLoot(Entity* user, std::unordered_map& result); + + void DropLoot(Entity* user, Entity* killedObject, std::unordered_map& result, uint32_t minCoins, uint32_t maxCoins); + + void DropItem(Entity* user, Entity* sourceObject, LOT item, int32_t currency, int32_t count, bool useTeam = false, bool freeForAll = false); +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dGame/dUtilities/Mail.cpp b/dGame/dUtilities/Mail.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2c3baf8c --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dUtilities/Mail.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,473 @@ +#include "Mail.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "Database.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dServer.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "PacketUtils.h" +#include "dMessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Item.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "ChatPackets.h" +#include "Character.h" + +void Mail::SendMail(const Entity* recipient, const std::string& subject, const std::string& body, const LOT attachment, + const uint16_t attachmentCount) +{ + SendMail( + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + ServerName, + recipient->GetObjectID(), + recipient->GetCharacter()->GetName(), + subject, + body, + attachment, + attachmentCount, + recipient->GetSystemAddress() + ); +} + +void Mail::SendMail(const LWOOBJID recipient, const std::string& recipientName, const std::string& subject, + const std::string& body, const LOT attachment, const uint16_t attachmentCount, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + SendMail( + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + ServerName, + recipient, + recipientName, + subject, + body, + attachment, + attachmentCount, + sysAddr + ); +} + +void Mail::SendMail(const LWOOBJID sender, const std::string& senderName, const Entity* recipient, const std::string& subject, + const std::string& body, const LOT attachment, const uint16_t attachmentCount) +{ + SendMail( + sender, + senderName, + recipient->GetObjectID(), + recipient->GetCharacter()->GetName(), + subject, + body, + attachment, + attachmentCount, + recipient->GetSystemAddress() + ); +} + +void Mail::SendMail(const LWOOBJID sender, const std::string& senderName, LWOOBJID recipient, + const std::string& recipientName, const std::string& subject, const std::string& body, const LOT attachment, + const uint16_t attachmentCount, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) +{ + auto* ins = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("INSERT INTO `mail`(`sender_id`, `sender_name`, `receiver_id`, `receiver_name`, `time_sent`, `subject`, `body`, `attachment_id`, `attachment_lot`, `attachment_subkey`, `attachment_count`, `was_read`) VALUES (?,?,?,?,?,?,?,?,?,?,?,0)"); + + ins->setUInt(1, sender); + ins->setString(2, senderName); + ins->setUInt(3, recipient); + ins->setString(4, recipientName.c_str()); + ins->setUInt64(5, time(nullptr)); + ins->setString(6, subject); + ins->setString(7, body); + ins->setUInt(8, 0); + ins->setInt(9, attachment); + ins->setInt(10, 0); + ins->setInt(11, attachmentCount); + ins->execute(); + + delete ins; + + if (sysAddr == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) return; // TODO: Echo to chat server + + SendNotification(sysAddr, 1); //Show the "one new mail" message +} + +//Because we need it: +std::string ReadWStringAsString(RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, uint32_t size) { + std::string toReturn = ""; + uint8_t buffer; + bool isFinishedReading = false; + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < size; ++i) { + bitStream->Read(buffer); + if (!isFinishedReading) toReturn.push_back(buffer); + if (buffer == '\0') isFinishedReading = true; //so we don't continue to read garbage as part of the string. + bitStream->Read(buffer); //Read the null term + } + + return toReturn; +} + +void WriteStringAsWString(RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, std::string str, uint32_t size) { + uint32_t sizeToFill = size - str.size(); + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < str.size(); ++i) { + bitStream->Write(str[i]); + bitStream->Write(uint8_t(0)); + } + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < sizeToFill; ++i) { + bitStream->Write(uint16_t(0)); + } +} + +void Mail::HandleMailStuff(RakNet::BitStream* packet, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, Entity* entity) { + int mailStuffID = 0; + packet->Read(mailStuffID); + + std::async(std::launch::async, [packet, &sysAddr, entity, mailStuffID]() { + Mail::MailMessageID stuffID = MailMessageID(mailStuffID); + switch (stuffID) { + case MailMessageID::AttachmentCollect: + Mail::HandleAttachmentCollect(packet, sysAddr, entity); + break; + case MailMessageID::DataRequest: + Mail::HandleDataRequest(packet, sysAddr, entity); + break; + case MailMessageID::MailDelete: + Mail::HandleMailDelete(packet, sysAddr); + break; + case MailMessageID::MailRead: + Mail::HandleMailRead(packet, sysAddr); + break; + case MailMessageID::NotificationRequest: + Mail::HandleNotificationRequest(sysAddr, entity->GetObjectID()); + break; + case MailMessageID::Send: + Mail::HandleSendMail(packet, sysAddr, entity); + break; + default: + Game::logger->Log("Mail", "Unhandled and possibly undefined MailStuffID: %i\n", int(stuffID)); + } + }); +} + +void Mail::HandleSendMail(RakNet::BitStream* packet, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, Entity* entity) { + //std::string subject = GeneralUtils::WStringToString(ReadFromPacket(packet, 50)); + //std::string body = GeneralUtils::WStringToString(ReadFromPacket(packet, 400)); + //std::string recipient = GeneralUtils::WStringToString(ReadFromPacket(packet, 32)); + + // Check if the player has restricted mail access + auto* character = entity->GetCharacter(); + + if (!character) return; + + if (character->HasPermission(PermissionMap::RestrictedMailAccess)) + { + // Send a message to the player + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage( + sysAddr, + u"This character has restricted mail access." + ); + + Mail::SendSendResponse(sysAddr, Mail::MailSendResponse::AccountIsMuted); + + return; + } + + std::string subject = ReadWStringAsString(packet, 50); + std::string body = ReadWStringAsString(packet, 400); + std::string recipient = ReadWStringAsString(packet, 32); + //Cleanse recipient: + recipient = std::regex_replace(recipient, std::regex("[^0-9a-zA-Z]+"), ""); + + uint64_t unknown64 = 0; + LWOOBJID attachmentID; + uint16_t attachmentCount; + + packet->Read(unknown64); + packet->Read(attachmentID); + packet->Read(attachmentCount); //We don't care about the rest of the packet. + uint32_t itemID = static_cast(attachmentID); + LOT itemLOT = 0; + //Inventory::InventoryType itemType; + int mailCost = 25; + int stackSize = 0; + auto inv = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY)); + Item* item = nullptr; + + if (itemID > 0 && attachmentCount > 0 && inv) { + item = inv->FindItemById(attachmentID); + if (item) { + mailCost += (item->GetInfo().baseValue * 0.1f); + stackSize = item->GetCount(); + itemLOT = item->GetLot(); + } else { + Mail::SendSendResponse(sysAddr, MailSendResponse::AttachmentNotFound); + return; + } + } + + //Check if we can even send this mail (negative coins bug): + if (entity->GetCharacter()->GetCoins() - mailCost < 0) { + Mail::SendSendResponse(sysAddr, MailSendResponse::NotEnoughCoins); + return; + } + + //Get the receiver's id: + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT id from charinfo WHERE name=? LIMIT 1;"); + stmt->setString(1, recipient); + sql::ResultSet* res = stmt->executeQuery(); + uint32_t receiverID = 0; + + if (res->rowsCount() > 0) { + while (res->next()) receiverID = res->getUInt(1); + } + else { + Mail::SendSendResponse(sysAddr, Mail::MailSendResponse::RecipientNotFound); + delete stmt; + delete res; + return; + } + + delete stmt; + delete res; + + //Check if we have a valid receiver: + if (GeneralUtils::CaseInsensitiveStringCompare(recipient, character->GetName()) || receiverID == character->GetObjectID()) { + Mail::SendSendResponse(sysAddr, Mail::MailSendResponse::CannotMailSelf); + return; + } + else { + uint64_t currentTime = time(NULL); + sql::PreparedStatement* ins = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("INSERT INTO `mail`(`sender_id`, `sender_name`, `receiver_id`, `receiver_name`, `time_sent`, `subject`, `body`, `attachment_id`, `attachment_lot`, `attachment_subkey`, `attachment_count`, `was_read`) VALUES (?,?,?,?,?,?,?,?,?,?,?,0)"); + ins->setUInt(1, character->GetObjectID()); + ins->setString(2, character->GetName()); + ins->setUInt(3, receiverID); + ins->setString(4, recipient); + ins->setUInt64(5, currentTime); + ins->setString(6, subject); + ins->setString(7, body); + ins->setUInt(8, itemID); + ins->setInt(9, itemLOT); + ins->setInt(10, 0); + ins->setInt(11, attachmentCount); + ins->execute(); + delete ins; + } + + Mail::SendSendResponse(sysAddr, Mail::MailSendResponse::Success); + entity->GetCharacter()->SetCoins(entity->GetCharacter()->GetCoins() - mailCost); + + Game::logger->Log("Mail", "Seeing if we need to remove item with ID/count/LOT: %i %i %i\n", itemID, attachmentCount, itemLOT); + + if (inv && itemLOT != 0 && attachmentCount > 0 && item) { + Game::logger->Log("Mail", "Trying to remove item with ID/count/LOT: %i %i %i\n", itemID, attachmentCount, itemLOT); + inv->RemoveItem(itemLOT, attachmentCount, INVALID, true); + + auto* missionCompoent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (missionCompoent != nullptr) + { + missionCompoent->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_ITEM_COLLECTION, itemLOT, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", -attachmentCount); + } + } + + character->SaveXMLToDatabase(); +} + +void Mail::HandleDataRequest(RakNet::BitStream* packet, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, Entity* player) { + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT * FROM mail WHERE receiver_id=? limit 20;"); + stmt->setUInt(1, player->GetCharacter()->GetObjectID()); + sql::ResultSet* res = stmt->executeQuery(); + + RakNet::BitStream bitStream; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_MAIL); + bitStream.Write(int(MailMessageID::MailData)); + bitStream.Write(int(0)); + + bitStream.Write(uint16_t(res->rowsCount())); + bitStream.Write(uint16_t(0)); + + if (res->rowsCount() > 0) { + while (res->next()) { + bitStream.Write(res->getUInt64(1)); //MailID + + /*std::u16string subject = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(res->getString(7)); + std::u16string body = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(res->getString(8)); + std::u16string sender = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(res->getString(3)); + + WriteToPacket(&bitStream, subject, 50); + WriteToPacket(&bitStream, body, 400); + WriteToPacket(&bitStream, sender, 32);*/ + + WriteStringAsWString(&bitStream, res->getString(7), 50); //subject + WriteStringAsWString(&bitStream, res->getString(8), 400); //body + WriteStringAsWString(&bitStream, res->getString(3), 32); //sender + + bitStream.Write(uint32_t(0)); + bitStream.Write(uint64_t(0)); + + bitStream.Write(res->getUInt64(9)); //Attachment ID + LOT lot = res->getInt(10); + if (lot <= 0) bitStream.Write(LOT(-1)); + else bitStream.Write(lot); + bitStream.Write(uint32_t(0)); + + bitStream.Write(res->getInt64(11)); //Attachment subKey + bitStream.Write(uint16_t(res->getInt(12))); //Attachment count + + bitStream.Write(uint32_t(0)); + bitStream.Write(uint16_t(0)); + + bitStream.Write(uint64_t(res->getUInt64(6))); //time sent (twice?) + bitStream.Write(uint64_t(res->getUInt64(6))); + bitStream.Write(uint8_t(res->getBoolean(13))); //was read + + bitStream.Write(uint8_t(0)); + bitStream.Write(uint16_t(0)); + bitStream.Write(uint32_t(0)); + } + } + + Game::server->Send(&bitStream, sysAddr, false); + PacketUtils::SavePacket("Max_Mail_Data.bin", (const char*)bitStream.GetData(), bitStream.GetNumberOfBytesUsed()); +} + +void Mail::HandleAttachmentCollect(RakNet::BitStream* packet, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, Entity* player) { + int unknown; + uint64_t mailID; + LWOOBJID playerID; + packet->Read(unknown); + packet->Read(mailID); + packet->Read(playerID); + + if (mailID > 0 && playerID == player->GetObjectID()) { + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT attachment_lot, attachment_count FROM mail WHERE id=? LIMIT 1;"); + stmt->setUInt64(1, mailID); + sql::ResultSet* res = stmt->executeQuery(); + + LOT attachmentLOT = 0; + uint32_t attachmentCount = 0; + + while (res->next()) { + attachmentLOT = res->getInt(1); + attachmentCount = res->getInt(2); + } + + auto inv = static_cast(player->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY)); + if (!inv) return; + + inv->AddItem(attachmentLOT, attachmentCount); + + Mail::SendAttachmentRemoveConfirm(sysAddr, mailID); + + sql::PreparedStatement* up = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("UPDATE mail SET attachment_lot=0 WHERE id=?;"); + up->setUInt64(1, mailID); + up->execute(); + delete up; + delete res; + delete stmt; + } +} + +void Mail::HandleMailDelete(RakNet::BitStream* packet, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + int unknown; + uint64_t mailID; + LWOOBJID playerID; + packet->Read(unknown); + packet->Read(mailID); + packet->Read(playerID); + + if (mailID > 0) Mail::SendDeleteConfirm(sysAddr, mailID, playerID); +} + +void Mail::HandleMailRead(RakNet::BitStream* packet, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + int unknown; + uint64_t mailID; + packet->Read(unknown); + packet->Read(mailID); + + if (mailID > 0) Mail::SendReadConfirm(sysAddr, mailID); +} + +void Mail::HandleNotificationRequest(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, uint32_t objectID) { + std::async(std::launch::async, [&]() { + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT id FROM mail WHERE receiver_id=? AND was_read=0"); + stmt->setUInt(1, objectID); + sql::ResultSet* res = stmt->executeQuery(); + + if (res->rowsCount() > 0) Mail::SendNotification(sysAddr, res->rowsCount()); + delete res; + delete stmt; + }); +} + +void Mail::SendSendResponse(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, MailSendResponse response) { + RakNet::BitStream bitStream; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_MAIL); + bitStream.Write(int(MailMessageID::SendResponse)); + bitStream.Write(int(response)); + Game::server->Send(&bitStream, sysAddr, false); +} + +void Mail::SendNotification(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, int mailCount) { + RakNet::BitStream bitStream; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_MAIL); + uint64_t messageType = 2; + uint64_t s1 = 0; + uint64_t s2 = 0; + uint64_t s3 = 0; + uint64_t s4 = 0; + + bitStream.Write(messageType); + bitStream.Write(s1); + bitStream.Write(s2); + bitStream.Write(s3); + bitStream.Write(s4); + bitStream.Write(mailCount); + bitStream.Write(int(0)); //Unknown + Game::server->Send(&bitStream, sysAddr, false); +} + +void Mail::SendAttachmentRemoveConfirm(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, uint64_t mailID) { + RakNet::BitStream bitStream; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_MAIL); + bitStream.Write(int(MailMessageID::AttachmentCollectConfirm)); + bitStream.Write(int(0)); //unknown + bitStream.Write(mailID); + Game::server->Send(&bitStream, sysAddr, false); +} + +void Mail::SendDeleteConfirm(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, uint64_t mailID, LWOOBJID playerID) { + RakNet::BitStream bitStream; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_MAIL); + bitStream.Write(int(MailMessageID::MailDeleteConfirm)); + bitStream.Write(int(0)); //unknown + bitStream.Write(mailID); + Game::server->Send(&bitStream, sysAddr, false); + + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("DELETE FROM mail WHERE id=? LIMIT 1;"); + stmt->setUInt64(1, mailID); + stmt->execute(); + delete stmt; +} + +void Mail::SendReadConfirm(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, uint64_t mailID) { + RakNet::BitStream bitStream; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_MAIL); + bitStream.Write(int(MailMessageID::MailReadConfirm)); + bitStream.Write(int(0)); //unknown + bitStream.Write(mailID); + Game::server->Send(&bitStream, sysAddr, false); + + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("UPDATE mail SET was_read=1 WHERE id=?"); + stmt->setUInt64(1, mailID); + stmt->execute(); + delete stmt; +} diff --git a/dGame/dUtilities/Mail.h b/dGame/dUtilities/Mail.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4853db18 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dUtilities/Mail.h @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +#pragma once +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "dCommonVars.h" + +class Entity; + +namespace Mail { + enum class MailMessageID { + Send = 0x00, + SendResponse = 0x01, + DataRequest = 0x03, + MailData = 0x04, + AttachmentCollect = 0x05, + AttachmentCollectConfirm = 0x06, + MailDelete = 0x07, + MailDeleteConfirm = 0x08, + MailRead = 0x09, + MailReadConfirm = 0x0a, + NotificationRequest = 0x0b + }; + + enum class MailSendResponse { + Success = 0, + NotEnoughCoins, + AttachmentNotFound, + ItemCannotBeMailed, + CannotMailSelf, + RecipientNotFound, + DifferentFaction, + Unknown, + ModerationFailure, + AccountIsMuted, + UnknownFailure, + RecipientIsIgnored, + UnknownFailure3, + RecipientIsFTP + }; + + const std::string ServerName = "Darkflame Universe"; + + void SendMail( + const Entity* recipient, + const std::string& subject, + const std::string& body, + LOT attachment, + uint16_t attachmentCount + ); + + void SendMail( + LWOOBJID recipient, + const std::string& recipientName, + const std::string& subject, + const std::string& body, + LOT attachment, + uint16_t attachmentCount, + const SystemAddress& sysAddr + ); + + void SendMail( + LWOOBJID sender, + const std::string& senderName, + const Entity* recipient, + const std::string& subject, + const std::string& body, + LOT attachment, + uint16_t attachmentCount + ); + + void SendMail( + LWOOBJID sender, + const std::string& senderName, + LWOOBJID recipient, + const std::string& recipientName, + const std::string& subject, + const std::string& body, + LOT attachment, + uint16_t attachmentCount, + const SystemAddress& sysAddr + ); + + void HandleMailStuff(RakNet::BitStream* packet, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, Entity* entity); + void HandleSendMail(RakNet::BitStream* packet, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, Entity* entity); + void HandleDataRequest(RakNet::BitStream* packet, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, Entity* player); + void HandleAttachmentCollect(RakNet::BitStream* packet, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, Entity* player); + void HandleMailDelete(RakNet::BitStream* packet, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void HandleMailRead(RakNet::BitStream* packet, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void HandleNotificationRequest(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, uint32_t objectID); + + void SendSendResponse(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, MailSendResponse response); + void SendNotification(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, int mailCount); + void SendAttachmentRemoveConfirm(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, uint64_t mailID); + void SendDeleteConfirm(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, uint64_t mailID, LWOOBJID playerID); + void SendReadConfirm(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, uint64_t mailID); +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dGame/dUtilities/Preconditions.cpp b/dGame/dUtilities/Preconditions.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b29af130 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dUtilities/Preconditions.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,367 @@ +#include "Preconditions.h" + +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" + +#include + +#include "InventoryComponent.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "CharacterComponent.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + + +std::map Preconditions::cache = {}; + +Precondition::Precondition(const uint32_t condition) +{ + std::stringstream query; + + query << "SELECT type, targetLOT, targetCount FROM Preconditions WHERE id = " << std::to_string(condition) << ";"; + + auto result = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.str()); + + if (result.eof()) + { + this->type = PreconditionType::ItemEquipped; + this->count = 1; + this->values = { 0 }; + + Game::logger->Log("Precondition", "Failed to find precondition of id (%i)!\n", condition); + + return; + } + + this->type = static_cast(result.fieldIsNull(0) ? 0 : result.getIntField(0)); + + if (!result.fieldIsNull(1)) + { + std::istringstream stream(result.getStringField(1)); + std::string token; + + while (std::getline(stream, token, ',')) + { + uint32_t value; + if (GeneralUtils::TryParse(token, value)) + { + this->values.push_back(value); + } + } + } + + this->count = result.fieldIsNull(2) ? 1 : result.getIntField(2); + + result.finalize(); +} + + +bool Precondition::Check(Entity* player, bool evaluateCosts) const +{ + if (values.empty()) + { + return true; // There are very few of these + } + + bool any; + + // Guesses + switch (type) { + case PreconditionType::HasItem: + case PreconditionType::ItemEquipped: + case PreconditionType::HasAchievement: + case PreconditionType::MissionAvailable: + case PreconditionType::OnMission: + case PreconditionType::MissionComplete: + case PreconditionType::PetDeployed: + case PreconditionType::HasFlag: + case PreconditionType::WithinShape: + case PreconditionType::InBuild: + case PreconditionType::TeamCheck: + case PreconditionType::IsPetTaming: + case PreconditionType::HasFaction: + case PreconditionType::DoesNotHaveFaction: + case PreconditionType::HasRacingLicence: + case PreconditionType::DoesNotHaveRacingLicence: + case PreconditionType::LegoClubMember: + case PreconditionType::NoInteraction: + any = true; + break; + case PreconditionType::DoesNotHaveItem: + case PreconditionType::ItemNotEquipped: + case PreconditionType::HasLevel: + any = false; + break; + default: + any = true; + break; + } + + auto passedAny = false; + + for (const auto value : values) + { + const auto passed = CheckValue(player, value, evaluateCosts); + + if (passed && any) + { + return true; + } + + if (!passed && !any) + { + return false; + } + + if (passed) + { + passedAny = true; + } + } + + return passedAny; +} + + +bool Precondition::CheckValue(Entity* player, const uint32_t value, bool evaluateCosts) const +{ + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent(); + auto* inventoryComponent = player->GetComponent(); + auto* destroyableComponent = player->GetComponent(); + auto* characterComponent = player->GetComponent(); + auto* character = player->GetCharacter(); + + Mission* mission; + + switch (type) + { + case PreconditionType::ItemEquipped: + return inventoryComponent->IsEquipped(value); + case PreconditionType::ItemNotEquipped: + return !inventoryComponent->IsEquipped(value); + case PreconditionType::HasItem: + if (evaluateCosts) // As far as I know this is only used for quickbuilds, and removal shouldn't actually be handled here. + { + inventoryComponent->RemoveItem(value, count); + + return true; + } + + return inventoryComponent->GetLotCount(value) >= count; + case PreconditionType::DoesNotHaveItem: + return inventoryComponent->IsEquipped(value) < count; + case PreconditionType::HasAchievement: + mission = missionComponent->GetMission(value); + + return mission == nullptr || mission->GetMissionState() >= MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE; + case PreconditionType::MissionAvailable: + mission = missionComponent->GetMission(value); + + return mission == nullptr || mission->GetMissionState() >= MissionState::MISSION_STATE_AVAILABLE; + case PreconditionType::OnMission: + mission = missionComponent->GetMission(value); + + return mission == nullptr || mission->GetMissionState() >= MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE; + case PreconditionType::MissionComplete: + mission = missionComponent->GetMission(value); + + return mission == nullptr || mission->GetMissionState() >= MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE; + case PreconditionType::PetDeployed: + return false; // TODO + case PreconditionType::HasFlag: + return character->GetPlayerFlag(value); + case PreconditionType::WithinShape: + return true; // Client checks this one + case PreconditionType::InBuild: + return character->GetBuildMode(); + case PreconditionType::TeamCheck: + return false; // TODO + case PreconditionType::IsPetTaming: + return false; // TODO + case PreconditionType::HasFaction: + for (const auto faction : destroyableComponent->GetFactionIDs()) + { + if (faction == static_cast(value)) + { + return true; + } + } + + return false; + case PreconditionType::DoesNotHaveFaction: + for (const auto faction : destroyableComponent->GetFactionIDs()) + { + if (faction == static_cast(value)) + { + return false; + } + } + + return true; + case PreconditionType::HasRacingLicence: + return false; // TODO + case PreconditionType::DoesNotHaveRacingLicence: + return false; // TODO + case PreconditionType::LegoClubMember: + return false; // TODO + case PreconditionType::NoInteraction: + return false; // TODO + case PreconditionType::HasLevel: + return characterComponent->GetLevel() >= value; + default: + return true; // There are a couple more unknown preconditions. Always return true in this case. + } +} + +PreconditionExpression::PreconditionExpression(const std::string& conditions) +{ + if (conditions.empty()) + { + empty = true; + + return; + } + + std::stringstream a; + std::stringstream b; + + auto bor = false; + + auto done = false; + + for (auto i = 0u; i < conditions.size(); ++i) + { + if (done) + { + break; + } + + const auto character = conditions[i]; + + switch (character) + { + case '|': + bor = true; + b << conditions.substr(i + 1); + done = true; + break; + case ' ': + case ')': + break; + case ',': + case '&': + case ';': + case '(': + b << conditions.substr(i + 1); + done = true; + break; + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + a << character; + break; + default: + break; + } + } + + this->m_or = bor; + + const auto aString = a.str(); + + if (!aString.empty()) + { + this->condition = std::stoul(a.str()); + } + else + { + this->condition = 0; + } + + const auto bString = b.str(); + + if (!bString.empty()) + { + this->next = new PreconditionExpression(bString); + } + else + { + this->next = nullptr; + } +} + + +bool PreconditionExpression::Check(Entity* player, bool evaluateCosts) const +{ + if (empty) + { + return true; + } + + if (player->GetGMLevel() >= 9) // Developers can skip this for testing + { + return true; + } + + const auto a = Preconditions::Check(player, condition, evaluateCosts); + + if (!a) + { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientFailedPrecondition(player->GetObjectID(), player->GetSystemAddress(), u"", condition); + } + + const auto b = next == nullptr ? true : next->Check(player); + + return m_or ? a || b : a && b; +} + +PreconditionExpression::~PreconditionExpression() +{ + delete next; +} + + +bool Preconditions::Check(Entity* player, const uint32_t condition, bool evaluateCosts) +{ + Precondition* precondition; + + const auto& index = cache.find(condition); + + if (index != cache.end()) + { + precondition = index->second; + } + else + { + precondition = new Precondition(condition); + + cache.insert_or_assign(condition, precondition); + } + + return precondition->Check(player, evaluateCosts); +} + + +PreconditionExpression Preconditions::CreateExpression(const std::string& conditions) +{ + return PreconditionExpression(conditions); +} + + +Preconditions::~Preconditions() +{ + for (const auto& condition : cache) + { + delete condition.second; + } + + cache.clear(); +} diff --git a/dGame/dUtilities/Preconditions.h b/dGame/dUtilities/Preconditions.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0ceeb32a --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dUtilities/Preconditions.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +#pragma once +#include + +#include "Entity.h" + + +enum class PreconditionType +{ + ItemEquipped, + ItemNotEquipped, + HasItem, + DoesNotHaveItem, + HasAchievement, + MissionAvailable, + OnMission, + MissionComplete, + PetDeployed, + HasFlag, + WithinShape, + InBuild, + TeamCheck, + IsPetTaming, + HasFaction, + DoesNotHaveFaction, + HasRacingLicence, + DoesNotHaveRacingLicence, + LegoClubMember, + NoInteraction, + HasLevel = 22 +}; + + +class Precondition final +{ +public: + explicit Precondition(uint32_t condition); + + bool Check(Entity* player, bool evaluateCosts = false) const; + +private: + bool CheckValue(Entity* player, uint32_t value, bool evaluateCosts = false) const; + + PreconditionType type; + + std::vector values; + + uint32_t count; +}; + + +class PreconditionExpression final +{ +public: + explicit PreconditionExpression(const std::string& conditions); + + bool Check(Entity* player, bool evaluateCosts = false) const; + + ~PreconditionExpression(); + +private: + uint32_t condition = 0; + + bool m_or = false; + + bool empty = false; + + PreconditionExpression* next = nullptr; +}; + +class Preconditions final +{ +public: + static bool Check(Entity* player, uint32_t condition, bool evaluateCosts = false); + + static PreconditionExpression CreateExpression(const std::string& conditions); + + ~Preconditions(); + +private: + static std::map cache; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dUtilities/SlashCommandHandler.cpp b/dGame/dUtilities/SlashCommandHandler.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4a278230 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dUtilities/SlashCommandHandler.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1916 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2018 + */ + +#include "SlashCommandHandler.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include "dZoneManager.h" + +#include /* defines FILENAME_MAX */ +#ifdef _WIN32 +#include +#define GetCurrentDir _getcwd +#else +#include +#define GetCurrentDir getcwd +#endif + +#include "Metrics.hpp" + +#include "User.h" +#include "UserManager.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "WorldPackets.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "CDClientDatabase.h" +#include "ZoneInstanceManager.h" +#include "ControllablePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "NiPoint3.h" +#include "NiQuaternion.h" +#include "ChatPackets.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "CharacterComponent.h" +#include "Database.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "dServer.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "Mail.h" +#include "dpWorld.h" +#include "Item.h" +#include "PropertyManagementComponent.h" +#include "PacketUtils.h" +#include "Player.h" +#include "PhantomPhysicsComponent.h" +#include "ProximityMonitorComponent.h" +#include "dpShapeSphere.h" +#include "PossessableComponent.h" +#include "PossessorComponent.h" +#include "VehiclePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "BuffComponent.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "VanityUtilities.h" +#include "GameConfig.h" + +void SlashCommandHandler::HandleChatCommand(const std::u16string& command, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + std::string chatCommand; + std::vector args; + + uint32_t breakIndex = 0; + for (uint32_t i = 1; i < command.size(); ++i) { + if (command[i] == L' ') { + breakIndex = i; + break; + } + + chatCommand.push_back(static_cast(command[i])); + breakIndex++; + } + + uint32_t index = ++breakIndex; + while (true) { + std::string arg; + + while (index < command.size()) { + if (command[index] == L' ') { + args.push_back(arg); + arg = ""; + index++; + continue; + } + + arg.push_back(static_cast(command[index])); + index++; + } + + if (arg != "") { + args.push_back(arg); + } + + break; + } + + //Game::logger->Log("SlashCommandHandler", "Received chat command \"%s\"\n", GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(command).c_str()); + + User* user = UserManager::Instance()->GetUser(sysAddr); + if ((chatCommand == "setgmlevel" || chatCommand == "makegm" || chatCommand == "gmlevel") && user->GetMaxGMLevel() > GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_CIVILIAN) { + if (args.size() != 1) return; + + uint32_t level; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[0], level)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid gm level."); + return; + } + +#ifndef DEVELOPER_SERVER + if (user->GetMaxGMLevel() == GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_JUNIOR_DEVELOPER) + { + level = GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_CIVILIAN; + } +#endif + + if (level > user->GetMaxGMLevel()) + { + level = user->GetMaxGMLevel(); + } + + if (level == entity->GetGMLevel()) return; + bool success = user->GetMaxGMLevel() >= level; + + if (success) { + if (entity->GetGMLevel() > GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_CIVILIAN && level == GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_CIVILIAN) + { + GameMessages::SendToggleGMInvis(entity->GetObjectID(), false, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + } + else if (entity->GetGMLevel() == GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_CIVILIAN && level > GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_CIVILIAN) + { + GameMessages::SendToggleGMInvis(entity->GetObjectID(), true, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + } + + WorldPackets::SendGMLevelChange(sysAddr, success, user->GetMaxGMLevel(), entity->GetGMLevel(), level); + GameMessages::SendChatModeUpdate(entity->GetObjectID(), level); + entity->SetGMLevel(level); + Game::logger->Log("SlashCommandHandler", "User %s (%i) has changed their GM level to %i for charID %llu\n", user->GetUsername().c_str(), user->GetAccountID(), level, entity->GetObjectID()); + } + } + +#ifndef DEVELOPER_SERVER + if ((entity->GetGMLevel() > user->GetMaxGMLevel()) || (entity->GetGMLevel() > GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_CIVILIAN && user->GetMaxGMLevel() == GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_JUNIOR_DEVELOPER)) + { + WorldPackets::SendGMLevelChange(sysAddr, true, user->GetMaxGMLevel(), entity->GetGMLevel(), GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_CIVILIAN); + GameMessages::SendChatModeUpdate(entity->GetObjectID(), GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_CIVILIAN); + entity->SetGMLevel(GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_CIVILIAN); + + GameMessages::SendToggleGMInvis(entity->GetObjectID(), false, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Your game master level has been changed, you may not be able to use all commands."); + } +#endif + + //!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! + //HANDLE ALL NON GM SLASH COMMANDS RIGHT HERE! + //!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! + + if (chatCommand == "pvp") { + auto* character = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (character == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("SlashCommandHandler", "Failed to find character component!\n"); + return; + } + + character->SetPvpEnabled(!character->GetPvpEnabled()); + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(entity); + + std::stringstream message; + message << character->GetName() << " changed their PVP flag to " << std::to_string(character->GetPvpEnabled()) << "!"; + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(message.str()), true); + + return; + } + + if (chatCommand == "who") + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage( + sysAddr, + u"Players in this instance: (" + GeneralUtils::to_u16string(Player::GetAllPlayers().size()) + u")" + ); + + for (auto* player : Player::GetAllPlayers()) + { + const auto& name = player->GetCharacter()->GetName(); + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage( + sysAddr, + GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(player == entity ? name + " (you)" : name) + ); + } + } + + if (chatCommand == "ping") { + if (!args.empty() && args[0] == "-l") + { + std::stringstream message; + message << "Your latest ping: " << std::to_string(Game::server->GetLatestPing(sysAddr)) << "ms"; + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(message.str())); + } + else + { + std::stringstream message; + message << "Your average ping: " << std::to_string(Game::server->GetPing(sysAddr)) << "ms"; + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(message.str())); + } + return; + } + + if (chatCommand == "skip-ags") + { + auto* missionComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr && missionComponent->HasMission(479)) + { + missionComponent->CompleteMission(479); + } + } + + if (chatCommand == "skip-sg") + { + auto* missionComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr && missionComponent->HasMission(229)) + { + missionComponent->CompleteMission(229); + } + } + + if (chatCommand == "fix-stats") + { + // Reset skill component and buff component + auto* skillComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + auto* buffComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + auto* destroyableComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + // If any of the components are nullptr, return + if (skillComponent == nullptr || buffComponent == nullptr || destroyableComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + // Reset skill component + skillComponent->Reset(); + + // Reset buff component + buffComponent->Reset(); + + // Fix the destroyable component + destroyableComponent->FixStats(); + } + + if (chatCommand == "credits" || chatCommand == "info") + { + const auto& customText = chatCommand == "credits" ? VanityUtilities::ParseMarkdown("./vanity/CREDITS.md") : VanityUtilities::ParseMarkdown("./vanity/INFO.md"); + + { + AMFArrayValue args; + + auto* state = new AMFStringValue(); + state->SetStringValue("Story"); + + args.InsertValue("state", state); + + GameMessages::SendUIMessageServerToSingleClient(entity, entity->GetSystemAddress(), "pushGameState", &args); + + delete state; + } + + entity->AddCallbackTimer(0.5f, [customText, entity] () + { + AMFArrayValue args; + + auto* visiable = new AMFTrueValue(); + auto* text = new AMFStringValue(); + text->SetStringValue(customText); + + args.InsertValue("visible", visiable); + args.InsertValue("text", text); + + Game::logger->Log("SlashCommandHandler", "Sending \n%s\n", customText.c_str()); + + GameMessages::SendUIMessageServerToSingleClient(entity, entity->GetSystemAddress(), "ToggleStoryBox", &args); + + delete visiable; + delete text; + }); + + return; + } + + if ((chatCommand == "leave-zone")) { + const auto currentZone = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->GetZoneID().GetMapID(); + + auto newZone = 1100; + + switch (currentZone) + { + case 1101: + newZone = 1100; + break; + case 1204: + newZone = 1200; + break; + default: + newZone = 1100; + break; + } + + if (currentZone == newZone) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"You are not in an instanced zone."); + + return; + } + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Leaving zone..."); + + const auto objid = entity->GetObjectID(); + + ZoneInstanceManager::Instance()->RequestZoneTransfer(Game::server, newZone, 0, false, [objid](bool mythranShift, uint32_t zoneID, uint32_t zoneInstance, uint32_t zoneClone, std::string serverIP, uint16_t serverPort) + { + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(objid); + + if (entity == nullptr) { + return; + } + + const auto sysAddr = entity->GetSystemAddress(); + + Game::logger->Log("UserManager", "Transferring %s to Zone %i (Instance %i | Clone %i | Mythran Shift: %s) with IP %s and Port %i\n", sysAddr.ToString(), zoneID, zoneInstance, zoneClone, mythranShift == true ? "true" : "false", serverIP.c_str(), serverPort); + + if (entity->GetCharacter()) { + entity->GetCharacter()->SetZoneID(zoneID); + entity->GetCharacter()->SetZoneInstance(zoneInstance); + entity->GetCharacter()->SetZoneClone(zoneClone); + } + + entity->GetCharacter()->SaveXMLToDatabase(); + + WorldPackets::SendTransferToWorld(sysAddr, serverIP, serverPort, mythranShift); + }); + } + + if ((chatCommand == "join" && !args.empty())) { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Requesting private map..."); + const auto& password = args[0]; + + ZoneInstanceManager::Instance()->RequestPrivateZone(Game::server, false, password, [=](bool mythranShift, uint32_t zoneID, uint32_t zoneInstance, uint32_t zoneClone, std::string serverIP, uint16_t serverPort) + { + Game::logger->Log("UserManager", "Transferring %s to Zone %i (Instance %i | Clone %i | Mythran Shift: %s) with IP %s and Port %i\n", sysAddr.ToString(), zoneID, zoneInstance, zoneClone, mythranShift == true ? "true" : "false", serverIP.c_str(), serverPort); + + if (entity->GetCharacter()) { + entity->GetCharacter()->SetZoneID(zoneID); + entity->GetCharacter()->SetZoneInstance(zoneInstance); + entity->GetCharacter()->SetZoneClone(zoneClone); + } + + entity->GetCharacter()->SaveXMLToDatabase(); + + WorldPackets::SendTransferToWorld(sysAddr, serverIP, serverPort, mythranShift); + }); + } + + if (user->GetMaxGMLevel() == 0 || entity->GetGMLevel() >= 0) { + if ((chatCommand == "playanimation" || chatCommand == "playanim") && args.size() == 1) { + std::u16string anim = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(args[0], args[0].size()); + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(entity, anim); + } + + if (chatCommand == "die") { + entity->Smash(entity->GetObjectID()); + } + + if (chatCommand == "resurrect") { + GameMessages::SendResurrect(entity); + } + + if (chatCommand == "requestmailcount") { + Mail::HandleNotificationRequest(entity->GetSystemAddress(), entity->GetObjectID()); + } + + if (chatCommand == "instanceinfo") { + const auto zoneId = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->GetZoneID(); + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Map: " + (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(zoneId.GetMapID())) + u"\nClone: " + (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(zoneId.GetCloneID())) + u"\nInstance: " + (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(zoneId.GetInstanceID()))); + } + + if (entity->GetGMLevel() == 0) return; + } + + // Log command to database + auto stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("INSERT INTO command_log (character_id, command) VALUES (?, ?);"); + stmt->setInt(1, entity->GetCharacter()->GetID()); + stmt->setString(2, GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(command).c_str()); + stmt->execute(); + delete stmt; + + if (chatCommand == "list-spawns" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + for (const auto& pair : EntityManager::Instance()->GetSpawnPointEntities()) { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(pair.first)); + } + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Current: " + GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(entity->GetCharacter()->GetTargetScene())); + + return; + } + + if (chatCommand == "unlock-emote" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + int32_t emoteID; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[0], emoteID)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid emote ID."); + return; + } + + entity->GetCharacter()->UnlockEmote(emoteID); + } + + if (chatCommand == "kill" && args.size() == 1 && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Brutally murdering that player, if online on this server."); + + auto* user = UserManager::Instance()->GetUser(args[0]); + if (user) { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(user->GetLoggedInChar()); + player->Smash(entity->GetObjectID()); + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"It has been done, do you feel good about yourself now?"); + return; + } + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"They were saved from your carnage."); + return; + } + + if (chatCommand == "speedboost" && args.size() == 1 && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) + { + float boost; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[0], boost)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid boost."); + return; + } + + auto* controllablePhysicsComponent = entity->GetComponent(); + + if (controllablePhysicsComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + controllablePhysicsComponent->SetSpeedMultiplier(boost); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(entity); + } + + if (chatCommand == "freecam" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + const auto state = !entity->GetVar(u"freecam"); + entity->SetVar(u"freecam", state); + + GameMessages::SendSetPlayerControlScheme(entity, static_cast(state ? 9 : 1)); + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Toggled freecam."); + return; + } + + if (chatCommand == "setcontrolscheme" && args.size() == 1 && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + uint32_t scheme; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[0], scheme)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid control scheme."); + return; + } + + GameMessages::SendSetPlayerControlScheme(entity, static_cast(scheme)); + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Switched control scheme."); + return; + } + + if (chatCommand == "approveproperty" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_LEAD_MODERATOR) { + + if (PropertyManagementComponent::Instance() != nullptr) + { + PropertyManagementComponent::Instance()->UpdateApprovedStatus(true); + } + + return; + } + + if (chatCommand == "setuistate" && args.size() == 1 && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + AMFStringValue* value = new AMFStringValue(); + value->SetStringValue(args[0]); + + AMFArrayValue args; + args.InsertValue("state", value); + GameMessages::SendUIMessageServerToSingleClient(entity, sysAddr, "pushGameState", &args); + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Switched UI state."); + + delete value; + + return; + } + + if (chatCommand == "toggle" && args.size() == 1 && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + AMFTrueValue* value = new AMFTrueValue(); + + AMFArrayValue amfArgs; + amfArgs.InsertValue("visible", value); + GameMessages::SendUIMessageServerToSingleClient(entity, sysAddr, args[0], &amfArgs); + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Toggled UI state."); + + delete value; + + return; + } + + if ((chatCommand == "setinventorysize" || chatCommand == "setinvsize") && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + if (args.size() != 1) return; + + uint32_t size; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[0], size)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid size."); + return; + } + + InventoryComponent* inventory = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY)); + if (inventory) + { + auto* items = inventory->GetInventory(ITEMS); + + items->SetSize(size); + } + + return; + } + + if (chatCommand == "runmacro" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + if (args.size() != 1) return; + + std::ifstream infile("./res/macros/" + args[0] + ".scm"); + + if (infile.good()) { + std::string line; + while (std::getline(infile, line)) { + SlashCommandHandler::HandleChatCommand(GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(line), entity, sysAddr); + } + } + else { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Unknown macro! Is the filename right?"); + } + + return; + } + + if (chatCommand == "addmission" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + if (args.size() == 0) return; + + uint32_t missionID; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[0], missionID)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid mission id."); + return; + } + + auto comp = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION)); + if (comp) comp->AcceptMission(missionID, true); + return; + } + + if (chatCommand == "completemission" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + if (args.size() == 0) return; + + uint32_t missionID; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[0], missionID)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid mission id."); + return; + } + + auto comp = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION)); + if (comp) comp->CompleteMission(missionID, true); + return; + } + + if (chatCommand == "setflag" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER && args.size() == 1) + { + uint32_t flagId; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[0], flagId)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid flag id."); + return; + } + + entity->GetCharacter()->SetPlayerFlag(flagId, true); + } + + if (chatCommand == "clearflag" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER && args.size() == 1) + { + uint32_t flagId; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[0], flagId)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid flag id."); + return; + } + + entity->GetCharacter()->SetPlayerFlag(flagId, false); + } + + if (chatCommand == "resetmission" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + if (args.size() == 0) return; + + uint32_t missionID; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[0], missionID)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid mission id."); + return; + } + + auto* comp = static_cast(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION)); + + if (comp == nullptr) { + return; + } + + auto* mission = comp->GetMission(missionID); + + if (mission == nullptr) { + return; + } + + mission->SetMissionState(MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE); + + return; + } + + if (chatCommand == "playeffect" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER && args.size() >= 3) { + int32_t effectID = 0; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[0], effectID)) { + return; + } + + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(entity->GetObjectID(), effectID, GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(args[1]), args[2]); + } + + if (chatCommand == "stopeffect" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER && args.size() >= 1) { + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(entity, true, args[0]); + } + + if (chatCommand == "setanntitle" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + if (args.size() < 0) return; + + std::stringstream ss; + for (auto string : args) + ss << string << " "; + + entity->GetCharacter()->SetAnnouncementTitle(ss.str()); + return; + } + + if (chatCommand == "setannmsg" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + if (args.size() < 0) return; + + std::stringstream ss; + for (auto string : args) + ss << string << " "; + + entity->GetCharacter()->SetAnnouncementMessage(ss.str()); + return; + } + + if (chatCommand == "announce" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + if (entity->GetCharacter()->GetAnnouncementTitle().size() == 0 || entity->GetCharacter()->GetAnnouncementMessage().size() == 0) { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Use /setanntitle & /setannmsg <msg> first!"); + return; + } + + SendAnnouncement(entity->GetCharacter()->GetAnnouncementTitle(), entity->GetCharacter()->GetAnnouncementMessage()); + return; + } + + if (chatCommand == "shutdownuniverse" && entity->GetGMLevel() == GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_OPERATOR) { + //Tell the master server that we're going to be shutting down whole "universe": + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, MASTER, MSG_MASTER_SHUTDOWN_UNIVERSE); + Game::server->SendToMaster(&bitStream); + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Sent universe shutdown notification to master."); + + //Tell chat to send an announcement to all servers + SendAnnouncement("Servers Closing Soon!", "DLU servers will close for maintenance in 10 minutes from now."); + return; + } + + if (chatCommand == "getnavmeshheight" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + auto control = static_cast<ControllablePhysicsComponent*>(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_CONTROLLABLE_PHYSICS)); + if (!control) return; + + float y = dpWorld::Instance().GetHeightAtPoint(control->GetPosition()); + std::u16string msg = u"Navmesh height: " + (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(y)); + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, msg); + } + + if (chatCommand == "gmadditem" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + if (args.size() == 1) { + uint32_t itemLOT; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[0], itemLOT)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid item LOT."); + return; + } + + InventoryComponent * inventory = static_cast<InventoryComponent*>(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY)); + + inventory->AddItem(itemLOT, 1); + } else if(args.size() == 2) { + uint32_t itemLOT; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[0], itemLOT)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid item LOT."); + return; + } + + uint32_t count; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[1], count)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid item count."); + return; + } + + InventoryComponent* inventory = static_cast<InventoryComponent*>(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY)); + + inventory->AddItem(itemLOT, count); + } + else { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Correct usage: /gmadditem <lot>"); + } + } + + if (chatCommand == "mailitem" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_MODERATOR && args.size() >= 2) { + const auto& playerName = args[0]; + + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT id from charinfo WHERE name=? LIMIT 1;"); + stmt->setString(1, playerName); + sql::ResultSet* res = stmt->executeQuery(); + uint32_t receiverID = 0; + + if (res->rowsCount() > 0) { + while (res->next()) receiverID = res->getUInt(1); + } + + delete stmt; + delete res; + + if (receiverID == 0) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Failed to find that player"); + + return; + } + + uint32_t lot; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[1], lot)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid item lot."); + return; + } + + uint64_t currentTime = time(NULL); + sql::PreparedStatement* ins = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("INSERT INTO `mail`(`sender_id`, `sender_name`, `receiver_id`, `receiver_name`, `time_sent`, `subject`, `body`, `attachment_id`, `attachment_lot`, `attachment_subkey`, `attachment_count`, `was_read`) VALUES (?,?,?,?,?,?,?,?,?,?,?,0)"); + ins->setUInt(1, entity->GetObjectID()); + ins->setString(2, "Darkflame Universe"); + ins->setUInt(3, receiverID); + ins->setString(4, playerName); + ins->setUInt64(5, currentTime); + ins->setString(6, "Lost item"); + ins->setString(7, "This is a replacement item for one you lost."); + ins->setUInt(8, 0); + ins->setInt(9, lot); + ins->setInt(10, 0); + ins->setInt(11, 1); + ins->execute(); + delete ins; + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Mail sent"); + + return; + } + + if (chatCommand == "setname" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) + { + std::string name = ""; + + for (const auto& arg : args) + { + name += arg + " "; + } + + GameMessages::SendSetName(entity->GetObjectID(), GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(name), UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + } + + if (chatCommand == "title" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) + { + std::string name = entity->GetCharacter()->GetName() + " - "; + + for (const auto& arg : args) + { + name += arg + " "; + } + + GameMessages::SendSetName(entity->GetObjectID(), GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(name), UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + } + + if ((chatCommand == "teleport" || chatCommand == "tele") && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_JUNIOR_MODERATOR) { + NiPoint3 pos {}; + if (args.size() == 3) { + + float x, y, z; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[0], x)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid x."); + return; + } + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[1], y)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid y."); + return; + } + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[2], z)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid z."); + return; + } + + pos.SetX(x); + pos.SetY(y); + pos.SetZ(z); + + Game::logger->Log("SlashCommandHandler", "Teleporting objectID: %llu to %f, %f, %f\n", entity->GetObjectID(), pos.x, pos.y, pos.z); + GameMessages::SendTeleport(entity->GetObjectID(), pos, NiQuaternion(), sysAddr); + } else if (args.size() == 2) { + float x, z; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[0], x)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid x."); + return; + } + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[1], z)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid z."); + return; + } + + pos.SetX(x); + pos.SetY(0.0f); + pos.SetZ(z); + + + Game::logger->Log("SlashCommandHandler", "Teleporting objectID: %llu to X: %f, Z: %f\n", entity->GetObjectID(), pos.x, pos.z); + GameMessages::SendTeleport(entity->GetObjectID(), pos, NiQuaternion(), sysAddr); + } else { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Correct usage: /teleport <x> (<y>) <z> - if no Y given, will teleport to the height of the terrain (or any physics object)."); + } + + auto* possessorComponent = entity->GetComponent<PossessorComponent>(); + + if (possessorComponent != nullptr) + { + auto* possassableEntity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(possessorComponent->GetPossessable()); + + if (possassableEntity != nullptr) + { + auto* vehiclePhysicsComponent = possassableEntity->GetComponent<VehiclePhysicsComponent>(); + + if (vehiclePhysicsComponent != nullptr) + { + vehiclePhysicsComponent->SetPosition(pos); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(possassableEntity); + + Game::logger->Log("ClientPackets", "Forced updated vehicle position\n"); + } + } + } + } + + if (chatCommand == "tpall" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) + { + const auto pos = entity->GetPosition(); + + const auto characters = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_CHARACTER); + + for (auto* character : characters) + { + GameMessages::SendTeleport(character->GetObjectID(), pos, NiQuaternion(), character->GetSystemAddress()); + } + + return; + } + + if (chatCommand == "dismount" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) + { + PossessorComponent* possessorComponent; + if (entity->TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_POSSESSOR, possessorComponent)) { + Entity* vehicle = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(possessorComponent->GetPossessable()); + if (!vehicle) return; + + PossessableComponent* possessableComponent; + if (vehicle->TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_POSSESSABLE, possessableComponent)) { + possessableComponent->SetPossessor(LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + possessorComponent->SetPossessable(LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(vehicle); + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(entity); + } + } + } + + //------- GM COMMANDS TO ACTUALLY MODERATE -------- + + if (chatCommand == "mute" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_JUNIOR_DEVELOPER) { + if (args.size() >= 1) { + auto* player = Player::GetPlayer(args[0]); + + uint32_t accountId = 0; + LWOOBJID characterId = 0; + + if (player == nullptr) + { + auto* accountQuery = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT account_id, id FROM charinfo WHERE name=? LIMIT 1;"); + + accountQuery->setString(1, args[0]); + + auto result = accountQuery->executeQuery(); + + if (result->rowsCount() > 0) + { + while (result->next()) { + accountId = result->getUInt(1); + characterId = result->getUInt64(2); + + characterId = GeneralUtils::SetBit(characterId, OBJECT_BIT_CHARACTER); + characterId = GeneralUtils::SetBit(characterId, OBJECT_BIT_PERSISTENT); + } + } + + delete accountQuery; + delete result; + + if (accountId == 0) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Count not find player of name: " + GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(args[0])); + + return; + } + } + else + { + accountId = player->GetParentUser()->GetAccountID(); + characterId = player->GetCharacter()->GetID(); + } + + auto* userUpdate = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("UPDATE accounts SET mute_expire = ? WHERE id = ?;"); + + time_t expire = 1; // Default to indefinate mute + + if (args.size() >= 2) + { + uint32_t days = 0; + uint32_t hours = 0; + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[1], days)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid days."); + + return; + } + + if (args.size() >= 3) + { + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[2], hours)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid hours."); + + return; + } + } + + expire = time(NULL); + expire += 24 * 60 * 60 * days; + expire += 60 * 60 * hours; + } + + userUpdate->setUInt64(1, expire); + userUpdate->setInt(2, accountId); + + userUpdate->executeUpdate(); + + delete userUpdate; + + char buffer[32] = "brought up for review.\0"; + + if (expire != 1) + { + std::tm * ptm = std::localtime(&expire); + // Format: Mo, 15.06.2009 20:20:00 + std::strftime(buffer, 32, "%a, %d.%m.%Y %H:%M:%S", ptm); + } + + const auto timeStr = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(std::string(buffer)); + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Muted: " + GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(args[0]) + u" until " + timeStr); + + //Notify chat about it + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CHAT_INTERNAL, MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_MUTE_UPDATE); + + bitStream.Write(characterId); + bitStream.Write(expire); + + Game::chatServer->Send(&bitStream, SYSTEM_PRIORITY, RELIABLE, 0, Game::chatSysAddr, false); + } + else { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Correct usage: /mute <username> <days (optional)> <hours (optional)>"); + } + } + + if (chatCommand == "kick" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_JUNIOR_MODERATOR) { + if (args.size() == 1) { + auto* player = Player::GetPlayer(args[0]); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Count not find player of name: " + GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(args[0])); + + return; + } + + Game::server->Disconnect(player->GetSystemAddress(), SERVER_DISCON_KICK); + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Kicked: " + GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(args[0])); + } + else { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Correct usage: /kick <username>"); + } + } + + if (chatCommand == "ban" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_SENIOR_MODERATOR) { + if (args.size() == 1) { + auto* player = Player::GetPlayer(args[0]); + + uint32_t accountId = 0; + + if (player == nullptr) + { + auto* accountQuery = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT account_id FROM charinfo WHERE name=? LIMIT 1;"); + + accountQuery->setString(1, args[0]); + + auto result = accountQuery->executeQuery(); + + if (result->rowsCount() > 0) + { + while (result->next()) accountId = result->getUInt(1); + } + + delete accountQuery; + delete result; + + if (accountId == 0) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Count not find player of name: " + GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(args[0])); + + return; + } + } + else + { + accountId = player->GetParentUser()->GetAccountID(); + } + + auto* userUpdate = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("UPDATE accounts SET banned = true WHERE id = ?;"); + + userUpdate->setInt(1, accountId); + + userUpdate->executeUpdate(); + + delete userUpdate; + + if (player != nullptr) + { + Game::server->Disconnect(player->GetSystemAddress(), SERVER_DISCON_KICK); + } + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Banned: " + GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(args[0])); + } + else { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Correct usage: /ban <username>"); + } + } + + //------------------------------------------------- + + if (chatCommand == "buffme" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + auto dest = static_cast<DestroyableComponent*>(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_DESTROYABLE)); + if (dest) { + dest->SetHealth(999); + dest->SetMaxHealth(999.0f); + dest->SetArmor(999); + dest->SetMaxArmor(999.0f); + dest->SetImagination(999); + dest->SetMaxImagination(999.0f); + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(entity); + } + + if (chatCommand == "startcelebration" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER && args.size() == 1) { + int32_t celebration; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[0], celebration)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid celebration."); + return; + } + + GameMessages::SendStartCelebrationEffect(entity, entity->GetSystemAddress(), celebration); + } + + if (chatCommand == "buffmed" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + auto dest = static_cast<DestroyableComponent*>(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_DESTROYABLE)); + if (dest) { + dest->SetHealth(9); + dest->SetMaxHealth(9.0f); + dest->SetArmor(9); + dest->SetMaxArmor(9.0f); + dest->SetImagination(9); + dest->SetMaxImagination(9.0f); + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(entity); + } + + if (chatCommand == "refillstats" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + auto dest = static_cast<DestroyableComponent*>(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_DESTROYABLE)); + if (dest) { + dest->SetHealth((int)dest->GetMaxHealth()); + dest->SetArmor((int)dest->GetMaxArmor()); + dest->SetImagination((int)dest->GetMaxImagination()); + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(entity); + } + + if (chatCommand == "lookup" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER && args.size() == 1) { + std::string query = "SELECT `id`, `name` FROM `Objects` WHERE `displayName` LIKE '%" + args[0] + "%' OR `name` LIKE '%" + args[0] + "%' OR `description` LIKE '%" + args[0] + "%'"; + auto tables = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.c_str()); + while (!tables.eof()) { + std::string message = std::to_string(tables.getIntField(0)) + " - " + tables.getStringField(1); + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(message, message.size())); + tables.nextRow(); + } + } + + if (chatCommand == "spawn" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER && args.size() >= 1) { + ControllablePhysicsComponent* comp = static_cast<ControllablePhysicsComponent*>(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_CONTROLLABLE_PHYSICS)); + if (!comp) return; + + uint32_t lot; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[0], lot)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid lot."); + return; + } + + EntityInfo info; + info.lot = lot; + info.pos = comp->GetPosition(); + info.rot = comp->GetRotation(); + info.spawner = nullptr; + info.spawnerID = entity->GetObjectID(); + info.spawnerNodeID = 0; + + Entity* newEntity = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info, nullptr); + + if (newEntity == nullptr) { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Failed to spawn entity."); + return; + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(newEntity); + } + + if ((chatCommand == "giveuscore") && args.size() == 1 && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + int32_t uscore; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[0], uscore)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid uscore."); + return; + } + + CharacterComponent* character = entity->GetComponent<CharacterComponent>(); + if (character) character->SetUScore(character->GetUScore() + uscore); + + GameMessages::SendModifyLEGOScore(entity, entity->GetSystemAddress(), uscore, LOOTTYPE_NONE); + } + + if (chatCommand == "pos" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + const auto position = entity->GetPosition(); + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"<" + (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(position.x)) + u", " + (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(position.y)) + u", " + (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(position.z)) + u">"); + + std::cout << position.x << ", " << position.y << ", " << position.z << std::endl; + } + + if (chatCommand == "rot" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + const auto rotation = entity->GetRotation(); + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"<" + (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(rotation.w)) + u", " + (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(rotation.x)) + u", " + (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(rotation.y)) + u", " + (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(rotation.z)) + u">"); + + std::cout << rotation.w << ", " << rotation.x << ", " << rotation.y << ", " << rotation.z << std::endl; + } + + if (chatCommand == "locrow" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + const auto position = entity->GetPosition(); + const auto rotation = entity->GetRotation(); + + std::cout << "<location x=\"" << position.x << "\" y=\"" << position.y << "\" z=\"" << position.z << "\" rw=\"" << rotation.w << "\" rx=\"" << rotation.x << "\" ry=\"" << rotation.y << "\" rz=\"" << rotation.z << "\" />" << std::endl; + } + + if (chatCommand == "playlvlfx" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(entity, 7074, u"create", "7074", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1.0f, 1.0f, true); + } + + if (chatCommand == "playrebuildfx" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(entity, 230, u"rebuild", "230", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1.0f, 1.0f, true); + } + + if ((chatCommand == "freemoney" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) && args.size() == 1) { + int32_t money; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[0], money)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid money."); + return; + } + + auto* ch = entity->GetCharacter(); + ch->SetCoins(ch->GetCoins() + money); + } + + if ((chatCommand == "setcurrency") && args.size() == 1 && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + int32_t money; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[0], money)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid money."); + return; + } + + auto* ch = entity->GetCharacter(); + ch->SetCoins(money); + } + + // Allow for this on even while not a GM, as it sometimes toggles incorrrectly. + if (chatCommand == "gminvis" && entity->GetParentUser()->GetMaxGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) + { + GameMessages::SendToggleGMInvis(entity->GetObjectID(), true, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + return; + } + + if (chatCommand == "gmimmune" && args.size() >= 1 && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) + { + auto* destroyableComponent = entity->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + + int32_t state = false; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[0], state)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid state."); + return; + } + + if (destroyableComponent != nullptr) + { + destroyableComponent->SetIsGMImmune(state); + } + + return; + } + + if (chatCommand == "buff" && args.size() >= 2 && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) + { + auto* buffComponent = entity->GetComponent<BuffComponent>(); + + int32_t id = 0; + int32_t duration = 0; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[0], id)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid buff id."); + return; + } + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[1], duration)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid buff duration."); + return; + } + + if (buffComponent != nullptr) + { + buffComponent->ApplyBuff(id, duration, entity->GetObjectID()); + } + + return; + } + + if ((chatCommand == "testmap" && args.size() >= 1) && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_FORUM_MODERATOR) { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Requesting map change..."); + uint32_t reqZone; + LWOCLONEID cloneId = 0; + bool force = false; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[0], reqZone)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid zone."); + return; + } + + if (args.size() > 1) + { + auto index = 1; + + if (args[index] == "force") + { + index++; + + force = true; + } + + if (args.size() > index && !GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[index], cloneId)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid clone id."); + return; + } + } + + const auto objid = entity->GetObjectID(); + + if (force || CheckIfAccessibleZone(reqZone)) { // to prevent tomfoolery + bool darwin = true; //Putting this on true, as I'm sick of having to wait 3-4 seconds on a transfer while trying to quickly moderate properties + + Character* character = entity->GetCharacter(); + if (character) { + std::string lowerName = character->GetName(); + std::transform(lowerName.begin(), lowerName.end(), lowerName.begin(), ::tolower); + // feel free to add your name to the list + if (lowerName.find("max") != std::string::npos || lowerName.find("darwin") != std::string::npos || lowerName.find("gie") != std::string::npos) { + darwin = true; + } + } + + if (!darwin) { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(entity, u"lup-teleport"); + GameMessages::SendSetStunned(objid, PUSH, user->GetSystemAddress(), + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, true, true, true, true, true, true, true, true + ); + } + + ZoneInstanceManager::Instance()->RequestZoneTransfer(Game::server, reqZone, cloneId, false, [objid, darwin](bool mythranShift, uint32_t zoneID, uint32_t zoneInstance, uint32_t zoneClone, std::string serverIP, uint16_t serverPort) { + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(objid); + + if (entity == nullptr) { + return; + } + + float transferTime = 3.32999992370605f; + if (darwin) transferTime = 0.0f; + + entity->AddCallbackTimer(transferTime, [=] { + const auto sysAddr = entity->GetSystemAddress(); + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Transfering map..."); + + Game::logger->Log("UserManager", "Transferring %s to Zone %i (Instance %i | Clone %i | Mythran Shift: %s) with IP %s and Port %i\n", sysAddr.ToString(), zoneID, zoneInstance, zoneClone, mythranShift == true ? "true" : "false", serverIP.c_str(), serverPort); + if (entity->GetCharacter()) { + entity->GetCharacter()->SetZoneID(zoneID); + entity->GetCharacter()->SetZoneInstance(zoneInstance); + entity->GetCharacter()->SetZoneClone(zoneClone); + entity->GetComponent<CharacterComponent>()->SetLastRocketConfig(u""); + } + + entity->GetCharacter()->SaveXMLToDatabase(); + + WorldPackets::SendTransferToWorld(sysAddr, serverIP, serverPort, mythranShift); + }); + + return; + }); + } else { + std::string msg = "ZoneID not found or allowed: "; + msg.append(args[0]); + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(msg, msg.size())); + } + } + + if (chatCommand == "createprivate" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER && args.size() >= 3) + { + uint32_t zone; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[0], zone)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid zone."); + return; + } + + uint32_t clone; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[1], clone)) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Invalid clone."); + return; + } + + const auto& password = args[2]; + + ZoneInstanceManager::Instance()->CreatePrivateZone(Game::server, zone, clone, password); + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16("Sent request for private zone with password: " + password)); + + return; + } + + if ((chatCommand == "debugui") && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Opening UIDebugger..."); + AMFStringValue* value = new AMFStringValue(); + value->SetStringValue("ToggleUIDebugger;"); + AMFArrayValue args; + GameMessages::SendUIMessageServerToSingleClient(entity, sysAddr, value->GetStringValue(), &args); + delete value; + } + + if ((chatCommand == "boost") && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) { + auto* possessorComponent = entity->GetComponent<PossessorComponent>(); + + if (possessorComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* vehicle = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(possessorComponent->GetPossessable()); + + if (vehicle == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + GameMessages::SendVehicleAddPassiveBoostAction(vehicle->GetObjectID(), UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + } + + if (chatCommand == "activatespawner" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER && args.size() >= 1) + { + auto spawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(args[0]); + + for (auto* spawner : spawners) + { + spawner->Activate(); + } + + spawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersInGroup(args[0]); + + for (auto* spawner : spawners) + { + spawner->Activate(); + } + } + + if (chatCommand == "spawnphysicsverts" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= 6) { + //Go tell physics to spawn all the vertices: + auto entities = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_PHANTOM_PHYSICS); + for (auto en : entities) { + auto phys = static_cast<PhantomPhysicsComponent*>(en->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_PHANTOM_PHYSICS)); + if (phys) + phys->SpawnVertices(); + } + } + + if (chatCommand == "reportproxphys" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= 6) { + auto entities = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_PROXIMITY_MONITOR); + for (auto en : entities) { + auto phys = static_cast<ProximityMonitorComponent*>(en->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_PROXIMITY_MONITOR)); + if (phys) { + for (auto prox : phys->GetProximitiesData()) { + if (!prox.second) continue; + + auto sphere = static_cast<dpShapeSphere*>(prox.second->GetShape()); + auto pos = prox.second->GetPosition(); + std::cout << prox.first << ", r: " << sphere->GetRadius() << ", pos: " << pos.x << "," << pos.y << "," << pos.z << std::endl; + } + } + } + } + + if (chatCommand == "triggerspawner" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER && args.size() >= 1) + { + auto spawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(args[0]); + + for (auto* spawner : spawners) + { + spawner->Spawn(); + } + + spawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersInGroup(args[0]); + + for (auto* spawner : spawners) + { + spawner->Spawn(); + } + } + + if (chatCommand == "reforge" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER && args.size() >= 2) + { + LOT baseItem; + LOT reforgedItem; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[0], baseItem)) return; + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[1], reforgedItem)) return; + + auto* inventoryComponent = entity->GetComponent<InventoryComponent>(); + + if (inventoryComponent == nullptr) return; + + std::vector<LDFBaseData*> data {}; + data.push_back(new LDFData<int32_t>(u"reforgedLOT", reforgedItem)); + + inventoryComponent->AddItem(baseItem, 1, INVALID, data); + } + + if (chatCommand == "crash" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_OPERATOR) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Crashing..."); + + int* badPtr = nullptr; + *badPtr = 0; + + return; + } + + if (chatCommand == "config-set" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER && args.size() >= 2) + { + GameConfig::SetValue(args[0], args[1]); + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage( + sysAddr, u"Set config value: " + GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(args[0]) + u" to " + GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(args[1]) + ); + } + + if (chatCommand == "config-get" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER && args.size() >= 1) + { + const auto& value = GameConfig::GetValue(args[0]); + + if (value.empty()) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"No value found for " + GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(args[0])); + } + else + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Value for " + GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(args[0]) + u": " + GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(value)); + } + } + + if (chatCommand == "metrics" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER) + { + for (const auto variable : Metrics::GetAllMetrics()) + { + auto* metric = Metrics::GetMetric(variable); + + if (metric == nullptr) + { + continue; + } + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage( + sysAddr, + GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(Metrics::MetricVariableToString(variable)) + + u": " + + GeneralUtils::to_u16string(Metrics::ToMiliseconds(metric->average)) + + u"ms" + ); + } + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage( + sysAddr, + u"Peak RSS: " + GeneralUtils::to_u16string((float) ((double) Metrics::GetPeakRSS() / 1.024e6)) + + u"MB" + ); + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage( + sysAddr, + u"Current RSS: " + GeneralUtils::to_u16string((float) ((double) Metrics::GetCurrentRSS() / 1.024e6)) + + u"MB" + ); + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage( + sysAddr, + u"Process ID: " + GeneralUtils::to_u16string(Metrics::GetProcessID()) + ); + + return; + } + + if (chatCommand == "inspect" && entity->GetGMLevel() >= GAME_MASTER_LEVEL_DEVELOPER && args.size() >= 1) + { + Entity* closest = nullptr; + + int32_t component; + + std::u16string ldf; + + bool isLDF = false; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[0], component)) + { + component = -1; + + ldf = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(args[0]); + + isLDF = true; + } + + auto reference = entity->GetPosition(); + + auto closestDistance = 0.0f; + + const auto candidates = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByComponent(component); + + for (auto* candidate : candidates) + { + if (candidate->GetLOT() == 1 || candidate->GetLOT() == 8092) + { + continue; + } + + if (isLDF && !candidate->HasVar(ldf)) + { + continue; + } + + if (closest == nullptr) + { + closest = candidate; + + closestDistance = NiPoint3::Distance(candidate->GetPosition(), reference); + + continue; + } + + const auto distance = NiPoint3::Distance(candidate->GetPosition(), reference); + + if (distance < closestDistance) + { + closest = candidate; + + closestDistance = distance; + } + } + + if (closest == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(closest); + + auto* table = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable<CDObjectsTable>("Objects"); + + const auto& info = table->GetByID(closest->GetLOT()); + + std::stringstream header; + + header << info.name << " [" << std::to_string(info.id) << "]" << " " << std::to_string(closestDistance) << " " << std::to_string(closest->IsSleeping()); + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(header.str())); + + for (const auto& pair : closest->GetComponents()) + { + auto id = pair.first; + + std::stringstream stream; + + stream << "Component [" << std::to_string(id) << "]"; + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(stream.str())); + } + + if (args.size() >= 2) + { + if (args[1] == "-m" && args.size() >= 3) + { + auto* movingPlatformComponent = closest->GetComponent<MovingPlatformComponent>(); + + int32_t value = 0; + + if (movingPlatformComponent == nullptr || !GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[2], value)) + { + return; + } + + movingPlatformComponent->SetSerialized(true); + + if (value == -1) + { + movingPlatformComponent->StopPathing(); + } + else + { + movingPlatformComponent->GotoWaypoint(value); + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(closest); + } + else if (args[1] == "-a" && args.size() >= 3) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(closest, GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(args[2])); + } + else if (args[1] == "-s") + { + for (auto* entry : closest->GetSettings()) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(entry->GetString())); + } + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"------"); + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Spawner ID: " + GeneralUtils::to_u16string(closest->GetSpawnerID())); + } + else if (args[1] == "-p") + { + const auto postion = closest->GetPosition(); + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage( + sysAddr, + GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16("< " + std::to_string(postion.x) + ", " + std::to_string(postion.y) + ", " + std::to_string(postion.z) + " >") + ); + } + else if (args[1] == "-f") + { + auto* destuctable = closest->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + + if (destuctable == nullptr) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"No destroyable component on this entity!"); + return; + } + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Smashable: " + (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(destuctable->GetIsSmashable()))); + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Friendly factions:"); + for (const auto entry : destuctable->GetFactionIDs()) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(entry))); + } + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Enemy factions:"); + for (const auto entry : destuctable->GetEnemyFactionsIDs()) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(entry))); + } + + if (args.size() >= 3) + { + int32_t faction; + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(args[2], faction)) + { + return; + } + + destuctable->SetFaction(-1); + destuctable->AddFaction(faction, true); + } + } + else if (args[1] == "-t") + { + auto* phantomPhysicsComponent = closest->GetComponent<PhantomPhysicsComponent>(); + + if (phantomPhysicsComponent != nullptr) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Type: " + (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(phantomPhysicsComponent->GetEffectType()))); + const auto dir = phantomPhysicsComponent->GetDirection(); + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Direction: <" + (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(dir.x)) + u", " + (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(dir.y)) + u", "+ (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(dir.z)) + u">"); + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Multiplier: " + (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(phantomPhysicsComponent->GetDirectionalMultiplier()))); + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Active: " + (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(phantomPhysicsComponent->GetPhysicsEffectActive()))); + } + + if (closest->GetTrigger() != nullptr) + { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(sysAddr, u"Trigger: " + (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(closest->GetTrigger()->id))); + } + } + } + } +} + +bool SlashCommandHandler::CheckIfAccessibleZone(const unsigned int zoneID) { + switch (zoneID) { + case 98: + case 1000: + case 1001: + + case 1100: + case 1101: + case 1150: + case 1151: + case 1152: + + case 1200: + case 1201: + + case 1250: + case 1251: + case 1260: + + case 1300: + case 1350: + case 1351: + + case 1400: + case 1401: + case 1450: + case 1451: + + case 1600: + case 1601: + case 1602: + case 1603: + case 1604: + + case 1800: + case 1900: + case 2000: + + case 58004: + case 58005: + case 58006: + return true; + + default: + return false; + } + + return false; +} + +void SlashCommandHandler::SendAnnouncement(const std::string& title, const std::string& message) { + AMFArrayValue args; + auto* titleValue = new AMFStringValue(); + titleValue->SetStringValue(title); + auto* messageValue = new AMFStringValue(); + messageValue->SetStringValue(message); + + args.InsertValue("title", titleValue); + args.InsertValue("message", messageValue); + + GameMessages::SendUIMessageServerToAllClients("ToggleAnnounce", &args); + + delete titleValue; + delete messageValue; + titleValue = nullptr; + messageValue = nullptr; + + //Notify chat about it + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CHAT_INTERNAL, MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_ANNOUNCEMENT); + + RakNet::RakString rsTitle(title.c_str()); + RakNet::RakString rsMsg(message.c_str()); + + bitStream.Write(rsTitle); + bitStream.Write(rsMsg); + + Game::chatServer->Send(&bitStream, SYSTEM_PRIORITY, RELIABLE, 0, Game::chatSysAddr, false); +} + diff --git a/dGame/dUtilities/SlashCommandHandler.h b/dGame/dUtilities/SlashCommandHandler.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..32b267ef --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dUtilities/SlashCommandHandler.h @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2018 + */ + +#ifndef SLASHCOMMANDHANDLER_H +#define SLASHCOMMANDHANDLER_H + +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include <string> + +class Entity; + +namespace SlashCommandHandler { + void HandleChatCommand(const std::u16string& command, Entity* entity, const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + bool CheckIfAccessibleZone(const unsigned int zoneID); + + void SendAnnouncement(const std::string& title, const std::string& message); +}; + +#endif // SLASHCOMMANDHANDLER_H diff --git a/dGame/dUtilities/VanityUtilities.cpp b/dGame/dUtilities/VanityUtilities.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e8fd4cf0 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dUtilities/VanityUtilities.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,537 @@ +#include "VanityUtilities.h" + +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" +#include "PhantomPhysicsComponent.h" +#include "ProximityMonitorComponent.h" +#include "ScriptComponent.h" +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "dConfig.h" +#include "dServer.h" +#include "tinyxml2.h" + +#include <fstream> + +std::vector<VanityNPC> VanityUtilities::m_NPCs = {}; +std::vector<VanityParty> VanityUtilities::m_Parties = {}; +std::vector<std::string> VanityUtilities::m_PartyPhrases = {}; + +void VanityUtilities::SpawnVanity() +{ + if (Game::config->GetValue("disable_vanity") == "1") { + return; + } + + const uint32_t zoneID = Game::server->GetZoneID(); + + ParseXML("./vanity/NPC.xml"); + + // Loop through all parties + for (const auto& party : m_Parties) { + const auto chance = party.m_Chance; + const auto zone = party.m_Zone; + + if (zone != Game::server->GetZoneID()) { + continue; + } + + float rate = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<float>(0, 1); + if (chance < rate) { + continue; + } + + // Copy m_NPCs into a new vector + std::vector<VanityNPC> npcList = m_NPCs; + std::vector<uint32_t> taken = {}; + + Game::logger->Log("VanityUtilities", "Spawning party with %i locations\n", party.m_Locations.size()); + + // Loop through all locations + for (const auto& location : party.m_Locations) { + rate = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<float>(0, 1); + if (0.75f < rate) { + continue; + } + + // Get a random NPC + auto npcIndex = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<uint32_t>(0, npcList.size() - 1); + + while (std::find(taken.begin(), taken.end(), npcIndex) != taken.end()) { + npcIndex = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<uint32_t>(0, npcList.size() - 1); + } + + const auto& npc = npcList[npcIndex]; + + taken.push_back(npcIndex); + + // Spawn the NPC + std::vector<LDFBaseData*> data = { new LDFData<std::vector<std::u16string>>( + u"syncLDF", { u"custom_script_client" }), + new LDFData<std::u16string>(u"custom_script_client", u"scripts\\ai\\SPEC\\MISSION_MINIGAME_CLIENT.lua") }; + + // Spawn the NPC + auto* npcEntity = SpawnNPC(npc.m_LOT, npc.m_Name, location.m_Position, location.m_Rotation, npc.m_Equipment, data); + + npcEntity->SetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(u"chats", m_PartyPhrases); + + SetupNPCTalk(npcEntity); + } + + return; + } + + // Loop through all NPCs + for (const auto& pair : m_NPCs) { + if (pair.m_Locations.find(Game::server->GetZoneID()) == pair.m_Locations.end()) + continue; + + const std::vector<VanityNPCLocation>& locations = pair.m_Locations.at(Game::server->GetZoneID()); + + // Pick a random location + const auto& location = locations[GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<int>( + static_cast<size_t>(0), static_cast<size_t>(locations.size() - 1))]; + + float rate = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<float>(0, 1); + if (location.m_Chance < rate) { + continue; + } + + std::vector<LDFBaseData*> data = { new LDFData<std::vector<std::u16string>>( + u"syncLDF", { u"custom_script_client" }), + new LDFData<std::u16string>(u"custom_script_client", u"scripts\\ai\\SPEC\\MISSION_MINIGAME_CLIENT.lua") }; + + // Spawn the NPC + auto* npc = SpawnNPC(pair.m_LOT, pair.m_Name, location.m_Position, location.m_Rotation, pair.m_Equipment, data); + + npc->SetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(u"chats", pair.m_Phrases); + + auto* scriptComponent = npc->GetComponent<ScriptComponent>(); + + if (scriptComponent != nullptr) { + scriptComponent->SetScript(pair.m_Script); + scriptComponent->SetSerialized(false); + + for (const auto& pair : pair.m_Flags) { + npc->SetVar<bool>(GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(pair.first), pair.second); + } + } + + SetupNPCTalk(npc); + } + + if (zoneID == 1200) { + { + EntityInfo info; + info.lot = 8139; + info.pos = { 259.5f, 246.4f, -705.2f }; + info.rot = { 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f }; + info.spawnerID = EntityManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlEntity()->GetObjectID(); + + info.settings = { new LDFData<bool>(u"hasCustomText", true), + new LDFData<std::string>(u"customText", ParseMarkdown("./vanity/TESTAMENT.md")) }; + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(entity); + } + } +} + +Entity* VanityUtilities::SpawnNPC(LOT lot, const std::string& name, const NiPoint3& position, + const NiQuaternion& rotation, const std::vector<LOT>& inventory, const std::vector<LDFBaseData*>& ldf) +{ + EntityInfo info; + info.lot = lot; + info.pos = position; + info.rot = rotation; + info.spawnerID = EntityManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlEntity()->GetObjectID(); + info.settings = ldf; + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + entity->SetVar(u"npcName", name); + + auto* inventoryComponent = entity->GetComponent<InventoryComponent>(); + + if (inventoryComponent != nullptr) { + inventoryComponent->SetNPCItems(inventory); + } + + auto* destroyableComponent = entity->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + + if (destroyableComponent != nullptr) { + destroyableComponent->SetIsGMImmune(true); + destroyableComponent->SetMaxHealth(0); + destroyableComponent->SetHealth(0); + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(entity); + + return entity; +} + +void VanityUtilities::ParseXML(const std::string& file) +{ + // Read the entire file + std::ifstream xmlFile(file); + std::string xml((std::istreambuf_iterator<char>(xmlFile)), std::istreambuf_iterator<char>()); + + // Parse the XML + tinyxml2::XMLDocument doc; + doc.Parse(xml.c_str(), xml.size()); + + // Read the NPCs + auto* npcs = doc.FirstChildElement("npcs"); + + if (npcs == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("VanityUtilities", "Failed to parse NPCs\n"); + return; + } + + for (auto* party = npcs->FirstChildElement("party"); party != nullptr; party = party->NextSiblingElement("party")) { + // Get 'zone' as uint32_t and 'chance' as float + uint32_t zone = 0; + float chance = 0.0f; + + if (party->Attribute("zone") != nullptr) { + zone = std::stoul(party->Attribute("zone")); + } + + if (party->Attribute("chance") != nullptr) { + chance = std::stof(party->Attribute("chance")); + } + + VanityParty partyInfo; + partyInfo.m_Zone = zone; + partyInfo.m_Chance = chance; + + auto* locations = party->FirstChildElement("locations"); + + if (locations == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("VanityUtilities", "Failed to parse party locations\n"); + continue; + } + + for (auto* location = locations->FirstChildElement("location"); location != nullptr; + location = location->NextSiblingElement("location")) { + // Get the location data + auto* x = location->Attribute("x"); + auto* y = location->Attribute("y"); + auto* z = location->Attribute("z"); + auto* rw = location->Attribute("rw"); + auto* rx = location->Attribute("rx"); + auto* ry = location->Attribute("ry"); + auto* rz = location->Attribute("rz"); + + if (x == nullptr || y == nullptr || z == nullptr || rw == nullptr || rx == nullptr || ry == nullptr + || rz == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("VanityUtilities", "Failed to parse party location data\n"); + continue; + } + + VanityNPCLocation locationData; + locationData.m_Position = { std::stof(x), std::stof(y), std::stof(z) }; + locationData.m_Rotation = { std::stof(rw), std::stof(rx), std::stof(ry), std::stof(rz) }; + locationData.m_Chance = 1.0f; + + partyInfo.m_Locations.push_back(locationData); + } + + m_Parties.push_back(partyInfo); + } + + auto* partyPhrases = npcs->FirstChildElement("partyphrases"); + + if (partyPhrases == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("VanityUtilities", "Failed to parse party phrases\n"); + return; + } + + for (auto* phrase = partyPhrases->FirstChildElement("phrase"); phrase != nullptr; + phrase = phrase->NextSiblingElement("phrase")) { + // Get the phrase + auto* text = phrase->GetText(); + + if (text == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("VanityUtilities", "Failed to parse party phrase\n"); + continue; + } + + m_PartyPhrases.push_back(text); + } + + for (auto* npc = npcs->FirstChildElement("npc"); npc != nullptr; npc = npc->NextSiblingElement("npc")) { + // Get the NPC name + auto* name = npc->Attribute("name"); + + if (name == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("VanityUtilities", "Failed to parse NPC name\n"); + continue; + } + + // Get the NPC lot + auto* lot = npc->Attribute("lot"); + + if (lot == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("VanityUtilities", "Failed to parse NPC lot\n"); + continue; + } + + // Get the equipment + auto* equipment = npc->FirstChildElement("equipment"); + + if (equipment == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("VanityUtilities", "Failed to parse NPC equipment\n"); + continue; + } + + auto* text = equipment->GetText(); + + std::vector<LOT> inventory; + + if (text != nullptr) { + std::string equipmentString(text); + + std::vector<std::string> splitEquipment = GeneralUtils::SplitString(equipmentString, ','); + + for (auto& item : splitEquipment) { + inventory.push_back(std::stoi(item)); + } + } + + // Get the phrases + auto* phrases = npc->FirstChildElement("phrases"); + + if (phrases == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("VanityUtilities", "Failed to parse NPC phrases\n"); + continue; + } + + std::vector<std::string> phraseList; + + for (auto* phrase = phrases->FirstChildElement("phrase"); phrase != nullptr; + phrase = phrase->NextSiblingElement("phrase")) { + // Get the phrase + auto* text = phrase->GetText(); + + if (text == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("VanityUtilities", "Failed to parse NPC phrase\n"); + continue; + } + + phraseList.push_back(text); + } + + // Get the script + auto* scriptElement = npc->FirstChildElement("script"); + + std::string scriptName; + + if (scriptElement != nullptr) { + auto* scriptNameAttribute = scriptElement->Attribute("name"); + + if (scriptNameAttribute == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("VanityUtilities", "Failed to parse NPC script name\n"); + continue; + } + + scriptName = scriptNameAttribute; + } + + VanityNPC npcData; + npcData.m_Name = name; + npcData.m_LOT = std::stoi(lot); + npcData.m_Equipment = inventory; + npcData.m_Phrases = phraseList; + npcData.m_Script = scriptName; + + // Get flags + auto* flags = npc->FirstChildElement("flags"); + + if (flags != nullptr) { + for (auto* flag = flags->FirstChildElement("flag"); flag != nullptr; + flag = flag->NextSiblingElement("flag")) { + // Get the flag name + auto* name = flag->Attribute("name"); + + if (name == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("VanityUtilities", "Failed to parse NPC flag name\n"); + continue; + } + + // Get the flag value + auto* value = flag->Attribute("value"); + + if (value == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("VanityUtilities", "Failed to parse NPC flag value\n"); + continue; + } + + npcData.m_Flags[name] = std::stoi(value); + } + } + + // Get the zones + for (auto* zone = npc->FirstChildElement("zone"); zone != nullptr; zone = zone->NextSiblingElement("zone")) { + // Get the zone ID + auto* zoneID = zone->Attribute("id"); + + if (zoneID == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("VanityUtilities", "Failed to parse NPC zone ID\n"); + continue; + } + + // Get the locations + auto* locations = zone->FirstChildElement("locations"); + + if (locations == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("VanityUtilities", "Failed to parse NPC locations\n"); + continue; + } + + for (auto* location = locations->FirstChildElement("location"); location != nullptr; + location = location->NextSiblingElement("location")) { + // Get the location data + auto* x = location->Attribute("x"); + auto* y = location->Attribute("y"); + auto* z = location->Attribute("z"); + auto* rw = location->Attribute("rw"); + auto* rx = location->Attribute("rx"); + auto* ry = location->Attribute("ry"); + auto* rz = location->Attribute("rz"); + + if (x == nullptr || y == nullptr || z == nullptr || rw == nullptr || rx == nullptr || ry == nullptr + || rz == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("VanityUtilities", "Failed to parse NPC location data\n"); + continue; + } + + VanityNPCLocation locationData; + locationData.m_Position = { std::stof(x), std::stof(y), std::stof(z) }; + locationData.m_Rotation = { std::stof(rw), std::stof(rx), std::stof(ry), std::stof(rz) }; + locationData.m_Chance = 1.0f; + + if (location->Attribute("chance") != nullptr) { + locationData.m_Chance = std::stof(location->Attribute("chance")); + } + + const auto& it = npcData.m_Locations.find(std::stoi(zoneID)); + + if (it != npcData.m_Locations.end()) { + it->second.push_back(locationData); + } else { + std::vector<VanityNPCLocation> locations; + locations.push_back(locationData); + npcData.m_Locations.insert(std::make_pair(std::stoi(zoneID), locations)); + } + } + } + + m_NPCs.push_back(npcData); + } +} + +VanityNPC* VanityUtilities::GetNPC(const std::string& name) +{ + for (size_t i = 0; i < m_NPCs.size(); i++) { + if (m_NPCs[i].m_Name == name) { + return &m_NPCs[i]; + } + } + + return nullptr; +} + +std::string VanityUtilities::ParseMarkdown(const std::string& file) +{ + // This function will read the file and return the content formatted as ASCII text. + + // Read the file into a string + std::ifstream t(file); + + // If the file does not exist, return an empty string. + if (!t.good()) { + return ""; + } + + std::stringstream buffer; + buffer << t.rdbuf(); + std::string fileContents = buffer.str(); + + // Loop through all lines in the file. + // Replace all instances of the markdown syntax with the corresponding HTML. + // Only care about headers + std::stringstream output; + std::string line; + std::stringstream ss; + ss << fileContents; + while (std::getline(ss, line)) { + +#define TOSTRING(x) #x +#define STRINGIFY(x) TOSTRING(x) + + // Replace "__TIMESTAMP__" with the __TIMESTAMP__ + GeneralUtils::ReplaceInString(line, "__TIMESTAMP__", __TIMESTAMP__); + // Replace "__VERSION__" wit'h the PROJECT_VERSION + GeneralUtils::ReplaceInString(line, "__VERSION__", STRINGIFY(PROJECT_VERSION)); + // Replace "__SOURCE__" with SOURCE + GeneralUtils::ReplaceInString(line, "__SOURCE__", Game::config->GetValue("source")); + // Replace "__LICENSE__" with LICENSE + GeneralUtils::ReplaceInString(line, "__LICENSE__", STRINGIFY(LICENSE)); + + if (line.find("##") != std::string::npos) { + // Add "<font size='18' color='#000000'>" before the header + output << "<font size=\"14\" color=\"#000000\">"; + // Add the header without the markdown syntax + output << line.substr(3); + + output << "</font>"; + } else if (line.find("#") != std::string::npos) { + // Add "<font size='18' color='#000000'>" before the header + output << "<font size=\"18\" color=\"#000000\">"; + // Add the header without the markdown syntax + output << line.substr(2); + + output << "</font>"; + } else { + output << line; + } + + output << "\n"; + } + + return output.str(); +} + +void VanityUtilities::SetupNPCTalk(Entity* npc) +{ + npc->AddCallbackTimer(15.0f, [npc]() { NPCTalk(npc); }); + + npc->SetProximityRadius(20.0f, "talk"); +} + +void VanityUtilities::NPCTalk(Entity* npc) +{ + auto* proximityMonitorComponent = npc->GetComponent<ProximityMonitorComponent>(); + + if (!proximityMonitorComponent->GetProximityObjects("talk").empty()) { + const auto& chats = npc->GetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(u"chats"); + + if (chats.empty()) { + return; + } + + const auto& selected + = chats[GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<int32_t>(0, static_cast<int32_t>(chats.size() - 1))]; + + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientZoneObject( + npc->GetObjectID(), u"sendToclient_bubble", 0, 0, npc->GetObjectID(), selected, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(npc); + + const float nextTime = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<float>(15, 60); + + npc->AddCallbackTimer(nextTime, [npc]() { NPCTalk(npc); }); +} diff --git a/dGame/dUtilities/VanityUtilities.h b/dGame/dUtilities/VanityUtilities.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b8462421 --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dUtilities/VanityUtilities.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include <map> + +struct VanityNPCLocation +{ + float m_Chance = 1.0f; + NiPoint3 m_Position; + NiQuaternion m_Rotation; +}; + +struct VanityNPC +{ + std::string m_Name; + LOT m_LOT; + std::vector<LOT> m_Equipment; + std::vector<std::string> m_Phrases; + std::string m_Script; + std::map<std::string, bool> m_Flags; + std::map<uint32_t, std::vector<VanityNPCLocation>> m_Locations; +}; + +struct VanityParty +{ + uint32_t m_Zone; + float m_Chance = 1.0f; + std::vector<VanityNPCLocation> m_Locations; +}; + +class VanityUtilities +{ +public: + static void SpawnVanity(); + + static Entity* SpawnNPC( + LOT lot, + const std::string& name, + const NiPoint3& position, + const NiQuaternion& rotation, + const std::vector<LOT>& inventory, + const std::vector<LDFBaseData*>& ldf + ); + + static std::string ParseMarkdown( + const std::string& file + ); + + static void ParseXML( + const std::string& file + ); + + static VanityNPC* GetNPC(const std::string& name); + +private: + static void SetupNPCTalk(Entity* npc); + + static void NPCTalk(Entity* npc); + + static std::vector<VanityNPC> m_NPCs; + + static std::vector<VanityParty> m_Parties; + + static std::vector<std::string> m_PartyPhrases; +}; diff --git a/dGame/dUtilities/dLocale.cpp b/dGame/dUtilities/dLocale.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5f918fec --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dUtilities/dLocale.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +#include "dLocale.h" + +#include <clocale> +#include <fstream> +#include <sstream> +#include <vector> +#include <algorithm> + +#include "tinyxml2.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dConfig.h" + +dLocale::dLocale() { + if (Game::config->GetValue("locale_enabled") != "1") { + return; + } + + std::ifstream file(m_LocalePath); + + if (!file.good()) { + return; + } + + std::stringstream data; + data << file.rdbuf(); + + if (data.str().empty()) { + return; + } + + auto* doc = new tinyxml2::XMLDocument(); + + if (doc == nullptr) { + return; + } + + if (doc->Parse(data.str().c_str(), data.str().size()) != 0) { + return; + } + + std::hash<std::string> hash; + + auto* localization = doc->FirstChildElement("localization"); + auto* phrases = localization->FirstChildElement("phrases"); + + auto* phrase = phrases->FirstChildElement("phrase"); + + while (phrase != nullptr) { + // Add the phrase hash to the vector + m_Phrases.push_back(hash(phrase->Attribute("id"))); + phrase = phrase->NextSiblingElement("phrase"); + } + + file.close(); + + delete doc; +} + +dLocale::~dLocale() = default; + +std::string dLocale::GetTemplate(const std::string& phraseID) { + return "%[" + phraseID + "]"; +} + +bool dLocale::HasPhrase(const std::string& phraseID) { + if (Game::config->GetValue("locale_enabled") != "1") { + return true; + } + + // Compute the hash and see if it's in the vector + std::hash<std::string> hash; + std::size_t hashValue = hash(phraseID); + return std::find(m_Phrases.begin(), m_Phrases.end(), hashValue) != m_Phrases.end(); +} + +/*std::string dLocale::GetPhrase(const std::string& phraseID) { + if (m_Phrases.find(phraseID) == m_Phrases.end()) { + return ""; + } + return m_Phrases[phraseID]; +}*/ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dGame/dUtilities/dLocale.h b/dGame/dUtilities/dLocale.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..398f903b --- /dev/null +++ b/dGame/dUtilities/dLocale.h @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +#pragma once +#include <map> +#include <string> +#include <vector> +#include <cstdint> + +class dLocale { +public: + dLocale(); + ~dLocale(); + static std::string GetTemplate(const std::string& phraseID); + bool HasPhrase(const std::string& phraseID); + //std::string GetPhrase(const std::string& phraseID); + +private: + std::string m_LocalePath = "./locale/locale.xml"; + std::string m_Locale = "en_US"; // TODO: add to config + std::vector<std::size_t> m_Phrases; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dMasterServer/InstanceManager.cpp b/dMasterServer/InstanceManager.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..218d21b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dMasterServer/InstanceManager.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,397 @@ +#include "InstanceManager.h" +#include <string> +#include "Game.h" +#include "dServer.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "dConfig.h" +#include "CDClientDatabase.h" +#include "CDClientManager.h" +#include "CDZoneTableTable.h" +#include "dMessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "MasterPackets.h" +#include "PacketUtils.h" + +InstanceManager::InstanceManager(dLogger* logger, const std::string& externalIP) { + mLogger = logger; + mExternalIP = externalIP; + m_LastPort = std::atoi(Game::config->GetValue("world_port_start").c_str()); + m_LastInstanceID = LWOINSTANCEID_INVALID; +} + +InstanceManager::~InstanceManager() { + for (Instance* i : m_Instances) { + delete i; + i = nullptr; + } +} + +Instance * InstanceManager::GetInstance(LWOMAPID mapID, bool isFriendTransfer, LWOCLONEID cloneID) { + mLogger->Log("InstanceManager", "Searching for an instance for mapID %i/%i\n", mapID, cloneID); + Instance* instance = FindInstance(mapID, isFriendTransfer, cloneID); + if (instance) return instance; + + //TODO: Update this so that the IP is read from a configuration file instead + + int softCap = 8; + int maxPlayers = 12; + + if (mapID == 0) { + softCap = 999; + maxPlayers = softCap; + } else { + softCap = GetSoftCap(mapID); + maxPlayers = GetHardCap(mapID); + } + + instance = new Instance(mExternalIP, ++m_LastPort, mapID, ++m_LastInstanceID, cloneID, softCap, maxPlayers); + + //Start the actual process: +#ifdef _WIN32 + std::string cmd = "start ./WorldServer.exe -zone "; +#else + std::string cmd; + if (std::atoi(Game::config->GetValue("use_sudo_world").c_str())) { + cmd = "sudo ./WorldServer -zone "; + } else { + cmd = "./WorldServer -zone "; + } +#endif + + cmd.append(std::to_string(mapID)); + cmd.append(" -port "); + cmd.append(std::to_string(m_LastPort)); + cmd.append(" -instance "); + cmd.append(std::to_string(m_LastInstanceID)); + cmd.append(" -maxclients "); + cmd.append(std::to_string(maxPlayers)); + + cmd.append(" -clone "); + cmd.append(std::to_string(cloneID)); + +#ifndef _WIN32 + cmd.append("&"); //Sends our next process to the background on Linux +#endif + + system(cmd.c_str()); + + m_LastPort++; //Increment it again because the next port is for World<->Server comm. + m_LastPort++; //Increment it again because the next port is for World<->Chat comm. + m_Instances.push_back(instance); + + if (instance) { + mLogger->Log("InstanceManager", "Created new instance: %i/%i/%i with min/max %i/%i\n", mapID, m_LastInstanceID, cloneID, softCap, maxPlayers); + return instance; + } + else mLogger->Log("InstanceManager", "Failed to create a new instance!\n"); + + return nullptr; +} + +bool InstanceManager::IsPortInUse(uint32_t port) { + for (Instance* i : m_Instances) { + if (i && i->GetPort() == port) { + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +void InstanceManager::AddPlayer(SystemAddress systemAddr, LWOMAPID mapID, LWOINSTANCEID instanceID) { + Instance* inst = FindInstance(mapID, instanceID); + if (inst) { + Player player; + player.addr = systemAddr; + player.id = 0; //TODO: Update this to include the LWOOBJID of the player's character. + inst->AddPlayer(player); + } +} + +void InstanceManager::RemovePlayer(SystemAddress systemAddr, LWOMAPID mapID, LWOINSTANCEID instanceID) { + Instance* inst = FindInstance(mapID, instanceID); + if (inst) { + Player player; + player.addr = systemAddr; + player.id = 0; //TODO: Update this to include the LWOOBJID of the player's character. + inst->RemovePlayer(player); + } +} + +std::vector<Instance*> InstanceManager::GetInstances() const +{ + return m_Instances; +} + +void InstanceManager::AddInstance(Instance* instance) { + if (instance == nullptr) return; + + m_Instances.push_back(instance); +} + +void InstanceManager::RemoveInstance(Instance* instance) { + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_Instances.size(); ++i) + { + if (m_Instances[i] == instance) + { + instance->SetShutdownComplete(true); + + RedirectPendingRequests(instance); + + delete m_Instances[i]; + + m_Instances.erase(m_Instances.begin() + i); + + break; + } + } +} + +void InstanceManager::ReadyInstance(Instance* instance) +{ + instance->SetIsReady(true); + + auto& pending = instance->GetPendingRequests(); + + for (const auto& request : pending) + { + const auto& zoneId = instance->GetZoneID(); + + Game::logger->Log("InstanceManager", "Responding to pending request %llu -> %i (%i)\n", request, zoneId.GetMapID(), zoneId.GetCloneID()); + + MasterPackets::SendZoneTransferResponse( + Game::server, + request.sysAddr, + request.id, + request.mythranShift, + zoneId.GetMapID(), + zoneId.GetInstanceID(), + zoneId.GetCloneID(), + instance->GetIP(), + instance->GetPort() + ); + } + + pending.clear(); +} + +void InstanceManager::RequestAffirmation(Instance* instance, const PendingInstanceRequest& request) +{ + instance->GetPendingAffirmations().push_back(request); + + CBITSTREAM; + + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, MASTER, MSG_MASTER_AFFIRM_TRANSFER_REQUEST); + + bitStream.Write(request.id); + + Game::server->Send(&bitStream, instance->GetSysAddr(), false); + + Game::logger->Log("MasterServer", "Sent affirmation request %llu to %i/%i\n", request.id, + static_cast<int>(instance->GetZoneID().GetMapID()), + static_cast<int>(instance->GetZoneID().GetCloneID()) + ); +} + +void InstanceManager::AffirmTransfer(Instance* instance, const uint64_t transferID) +{ + auto& pending = instance->GetPendingAffirmations(); + + for (auto i = 0u; i < pending.size(); ++i) + { + const auto& request = pending[i]; + + if (request.id != transferID) continue; + + const auto& zoneId = instance->GetZoneID(); + + MasterPackets::SendZoneTransferResponse( + Game::server, + request.sysAddr, + request.id, + request.mythranShift, + zoneId.GetMapID(), + zoneId.GetInstanceID(), + zoneId.GetCloneID(), + instance->GetIP(), + instance->GetPort() + ); + + pending.erase(pending.begin() + i); + + break; + } +} + +void InstanceManager::RedirectPendingRequests(Instance* instance) +{ + const auto& zoneId = instance->GetZoneID(); + + for (const auto& request : instance->GetPendingAffirmations()) + { + auto* in = Game::im->GetInstance(zoneId.GetMapID(), false, zoneId.GetCloneID()); + + if (!in->GetIsReady()) // Instance not ready, make a pending request + { + in->GetPendingRequests().push_back(request); + + continue; + } + + Game::im->RequestAffirmation(in, request); + } +} + +Instance* InstanceManager::GetInstanceBySysAddr(SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_Instances.size(); ++i) { + if (m_Instances[i] && m_Instances[i]->GetSysAddr() == sysAddr) { + return m_Instances[i]; + } + } + + return nullptr; +} + +bool InstanceManager::IsInstanceFull(Instance* instance, bool isFriendTransfer) { + if (!isFriendTransfer && instance->GetSoftCap() > instance->GetCurrentClientCount()) + return false; + else if (isFriendTransfer && instance->GetHardCap() > instance->GetCurrentClientCount()) + return false; + + return true; +} + +Instance * InstanceManager::FindInstance(LWOMAPID mapID, bool isFriendTransfer, LWOCLONEID cloneId) { + for (Instance* i : m_Instances) { + if (i && i->GetMapID() == mapID && i->GetCloneID() == cloneId && !IsInstanceFull(i, isFriendTransfer) && !i->GetIsPrivate() && !i->GetShutdownComplete()) { + return i; + } + } + + return nullptr; +} + +Instance * InstanceManager::FindInstance(LWOMAPID mapID, LWOINSTANCEID instanceID) { + for (Instance* i : m_Instances) { + if (i && i->GetMapID() == mapID && i->GetInstanceID() == instanceID && !i->GetIsPrivate()) { + return i; + } + } + + return nullptr; +} + +Instance* InstanceManager::CreatePrivateInstance(LWOMAPID mapID, LWOCLONEID cloneID, const std::string& password) +{ + auto* instance = FindPrivateInstance(password); + + if (instance != nullptr) + { + return instance; + } + + int maxPlayers = 999; + + instance = new Instance(mExternalIP, ++m_LastPort, mapID, ++m_LastInstanceID, cloneID, maxPlayers, maxPlayers, true, password); + + //Start the actual process: + std::string cmd = "start ./WorldServer.exe -zone "; + +#ifndef _WIN32 + cmd = "./WorldServer -zone "; +#endif + + cmd.append(std::to_string(mapID)); + cmd.append(" -port "); + cmd.append(std::to_string(m_LastPort)); + cmd.append(" -instance "); + cmd.append(std::to_string(m_LastInstanceID)); + cmd.append(" -maxclients "); + cmd.append(std::to_string(maxPlayers)); + + cmd.append(" -clone "); + cmd.append(std::to_string(cloneID)); + +#ifndef WIN32 + cmd.append("&"); //Sends our next process to the background on Linux +#endif + + system(cmd.c_str()); + + m_LastPort++; //Increment it again because the next port is for World<->Server comm. + m_LastPort++; //Increment it again because the next port is for World<->Chat comm. + m_Instances.push_back(instance); + + if (instance) return instance; + else mLogger->Log("InstanceManager", "Failed to create a new instance!\n"); + + return instance; +} + +Instance* InstanceManager::FindPrivateInstance(const std::string& password) +{ + for (auto* instance : m_Instances) + { + if (!instance) continue; + + if (!instance->GetIsPrivate()) + { + continue; + } + + mLogger->Log("InstanceManager", "Password: %s == %s => %d\n", password.c_str(), instance->GetPassword().c_str(), password == instance->GetPassword()); + + if (instance->GetPassword() == password) + { + return instance; + } + } + + return nullptr; +} + +int InstanceManager::GetSoftCap(LWOMAPID mapID) { + CDZoneTableTable* zoneTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable<CDZoneTableTable>("ZoneTable"); + if (zoneTable) { + const CDZoneTable* zone = zoneTable->Query(mapID); + + if (zone != nullptr) { + return zone->population_soft_cap; + } + } + + return 8; +} + +int InstanceManager::GetHardCap(LWOMAPID mapID) { + CDZoneTableTable* zoneTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable<CDZoneTableTable>("ZoneTable"); + if (zoneTable) { + const CDZoneTable* zone = zoneTable->Query(mapID); + + if (zone != nullptr) { + return zone->population_hard_cap; + } + } + + return 12; +} + +void Instance::SetShutdownComplete(const bool value) +{ + m_Shutdown = value; +} + +bool Instance::GetShutdownComplete() const +{ + return m_Shutdown; +} + +void Instance::Shutdown() +{ + CBITSTREAM; + + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, MASTER, MSG_MASTER_SHUTDOWN); + + Game::server->Send(&bitStream, this->m_SysAddr, false); + + Game::logger->Log("Instance", "Triggered world shutdown\n"); +} diff --git a/dMasterServer/InstanceManager.h b/dMasterServer/InstanceManager.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4475f11c --- /dev/null +++ b/dMasterServer/InstanceManager.h @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +#pragma once +#include <vector> +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "dZMCommon.h" +#include "dLogger.h" + +struct Player { + LWOOBJID id; + SystemAddress addr; +}; + +struct PendingInstanceRequest { + uint64_t id; + bool mythranShift; + SystemAddress sysAddr; +}; + +class Instance { +public: + Instance(const std::string& ip, uint32_t port, LWOMAPID mapID, LWOINSTANCEID instanceID, LWOCLONEID cloneID, int softCap, int hardCap, bool isPrivate = false, std::string password = "") { + m_IP = ip; + m_Port = port; + m_ZoneID = LWOZONEID(mapID, instanceID, cloneID); + m_MaxClientsSoftCap = softCap; + m_MaxClientsHardCap = hardCap; + m_CurrentClientCount = 0; + m_IsPrivate = isPrivate; + m_Password = password; + m_Shutdown = false; //by default we are not shutting down + m_PendingAffirmations = {}; + m_PendingRequests = {}; + m_Ready = false; + } + + const std::string& GetIP() const { return m_IP; } + uint32_t GetPort() const { return m_Port; } + const LWOZONEID& GetZoneID() const { return m_ZoneID; } + + LWOMAPID GetMapID() const { return m_ZoneID.GetMapID(); } + LWOINSTANCEID GetInstanceID() const { return m_ZoneID.GetInstanceID(); } + LWOCLONEID GetCloneID() const { return m_ZoneID.GetCloneID(); } + + bool GetIsPrivate() const { return m_IsPrivate; } + const std::string& GetPassword() const { return m_Password; } + + bool GetIsReady() const { return m_Ready; } + void SetIsReady(bool value) { m_Ready = value; } + std::vector<PendingInstanceRequest>& GetPendingRequests() { return m_PendingRequests; } + std::vector<PendingInstanceRequest>& GetPendingAffirmations() { return m_PendingAffirmations; } + + int GetHardCap() const { return m_MaxClientsHardCap; } + int GetSoftCap() const { return m_MaxClientsSoftCap; } + int GetCurrentClientCount() const { return m_CurrentClientCount; } + + void SetAffirmationTimeout(const uint32_t value) { m_AffirmationTimeout = value; } + uint32_t GetAffirmationTimeout() const { return m_AffirmationTimeout; } + + void AddPlayer(Player player) { /*m_Players.push_back(player);*/ m_CurrentClientCount++; } + void RemovePlayer(Player player) { + m_CurrentClientCount--; + if (m_CurrentClientCount < 0) m_CurrentClientCount = 0; + /*for (size_t i = 0; i < m_Players.size(); ++i) + if (m_Players[i].addr == player.addr) m_Players.erase(m_Players.begin() + i);*/ + } + + void SetSysAddr(SystemAddress sysAddr) { m_SysAddr = sysAddr; } + const SystemAddress& GetSysAddr() const { return m_SysAddr; } + + void SetShutdownComplete(bool value); + bool GetShutdownComplete() const; + + void Shutdown(); + +private: + std::string m_IP; + uint32_t m_Port; + LWOZONEID m_ZoneID; + int m_MaxClientsSoftCap; + int m_MaxClientsHardCap; + int m_CurrentClientCount; + std::vector<Player> m_Players; + SystemAddress m_SysAddr; + bool m_Ready; + std::vector<PendingInstanceRequest> m_PendingRequests; + std::vector<PendingInstanceRequest> m_PendingAffirmations; + + uint32_t m_AffirmationTimeout; + + bool m_IsPrivate; + std::string m_Password; + + bool m_Shutdown; + + //Private functions: +}; + +class InstanceManager { +public: + InstanceManager(dLogger* logger, const std::string& externalIP); + ~InstanceManager(); + + Instance* GetInstance(LWOMAPID mapID, bool isFriendTransfer, LWOCLONEID cloneID); //Creates an instance if none found + bool IsPortInUse(uint32_t port); + + void AddPlayer(SystemAddress systemAddr, LWOMAPID mapID, LWOINSTANCEID instanceID); + void RemovePlayer(SystemAddress systemAddr, LWOMAPID mapID, LWOINSTANCEID instanceID); + + std::vector<Instance*> GetInstances() const; + void AddInstance(Instance* instance); + void RemoveInstance(Instance* instance); + + void ReadyInstance(Instance* instance); + void RequestAffirmation(Instance* instance, const PendingInstanceRequest& request); + void AffirmTransfer(Instance* instance, uint64_t transferID); + + void RedirectPendingRequests(Instance* instance); + + Instance* GetInstanceBySysAddr(SystemAddress& sysAddr); + + Instance* FindInstance(LWOMAPID mapID, bool isFriendTransfer, LWOCLONEID cloneId = 0); + Instance* FindInstance(LWOMAPID mapID, LWOINSTANCEID instanceID); + + Instance* CreatePrivateInstance(LWOMAPID mapID, LWOCLONEID cloneID, const std::string& password); + Instance* FindPrivateInstance(const std::string& password); + +private: + dLogger* mLogger; + std::string mExternalIP; + std::vector<Instance*> m_Instances; + unsigned short m_LastPort; + LWOINSTANCEID m_LastInstanceID; + + //Private functions: + bool IsInstanceFull(Instance* instance, bool isFriendTransfer); + int GetSoftCap(LWOMAPID mapID); + int GetHardCap(LWOMAPID mapID); +}; diff --git a/dMasterServer/MasterServer.cpp b/dMasterServer/MasterServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..926168a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/dMasterServer/MasterServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,719 @@ +#include <chrono> +#include <cstdlib> +#include <ctime> +#include <iostream> +#include <map> +#include <string> +#include <thread> + +#ifdef _WIN32 +#include <bcrypt/BCrypt.hpp> +#else +#include <bcrypt.h> +#endif + +#include <csignal> + +//DLU Includes: +#include "CDClientDatabase.h" +#include "CDClientManager.h" +#include "Database.h" +#include "Diagnostics.h" +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "dConfig.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "dServer.h" + +//RakNet includes: +#include "RakNetDefines.h" + +//Packet includes: + +#include "AuthPackets.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "InstanceManager.h" +#include "MasterPackets.h" +#include "ObjectIDManager.h" +#include "PacketUtils.h" +#include "dMessageIdentifiers.h" + +namespace Game { + dLogger* logger; + dServer* server; + InstanceManager* im; + dConfig* config; +} //namespace Game + +bool shutdownSequenceStarted = false; +void ShutdownSequence(); +dLogger* SetupLogger(); +void HandlePacket(Packet* packet); +std::map<uint32_t, std::string> activeSessions; +bool shouldShutdown = false; + +int main(int argc, char** argv) { + Diagnostics::SetProcessName("Master"); + Diagnostics::SetProcessFileName(argv[0]); + Diagnostics::Initialize(); + + //Triggers the shutdown sequence at application exit + std::atexit(ShutdownSequence); + signal(SIGINT, [](int) { ShutdownSequence(); }); + + //Create all the objects we need to run our service: + Game::logger = SetupLogger(); + if (!Game::logger) return 0; + + Game::logger->Log("MasterServer", "Starting Master server...\n"); + Game::logger->Log("MasterServer", "Version: %i.%i\n", PROJECT_VERSION_MAJOR, PROJECT_VERSION_MINOR); + Game::logger->Log("MasterServer", "Compiled on: %s\n", __TIMESTAMP__); + + //Read our config: + dConfig config("masterconfig.ini"); + Game::config = &config; + Game::logger->SetLogToConsole(bool(std::stoi(config.GetValue("log_to_console")))); + + //Connect to CDClient + try { + CDClientDatabase::Connect("./res/CDServer.sqlite"); + } catch (CppSQLite3Exception& e) { + Game::logger->Log("WorldServer", "Unable to connect to CDServer SQLite Database\n"); + Game::logger->Log("WorldServer", "Error: %s\n", e.errorMessage()); + Game::logger->Log("WorldServer", "Error Code: %i\n", e.errorCode()); + return -1; + } + + CDClientManager::Instance()->Initialize(); + + //Connect to the MySQL Database + std::string mysql_host = config.GetValue("mysql_host"); + std::string mysql_database = config.GetValue("mysql_database"); + std::string mysql_username = config.GetValue("mysql_username"); + std::string mysql_password = config.GetValue("mysql_password"); + + try { + Database::Connect(mysql_host, mysql_database, mysql_username, mysql_password); + } catch (sql::SQLException& ex) { + Game::logger->Log("MasterServer", "Got an error while connecting to the database: %s\n", ex.what()); + return 0; + } + + //If the first command line argument is -a or --account then make the user + //input a username and password, with the password being hidden. + if (argc > 1 && + (strcmp(argv[1], "-a") == 0 || strcmp(argv[1], "--account") == 0)) { + std::string username; + std::string password; + + std::cout << "Enter a username: "; + std::cin >> username; + + //Read the password from the console without echoing it. +#ifdef __linux__ + //This function is obsolete, but it only meant to be used by the + //sysadmin to create their first account. + password = getpass("Enter a password: "); +#else + std::cout << "Enter a password: "; + std::cin >> password; +#endif + + //Generate new hash for bcrypt + + char salt[BCRYPT_HASHSIZE]; + char hash[BCRYPT_HASHSIZE]; + + int32_t bcryptState = ::bcrypt_gensalt(12, salt); + + assert(bcryptState == 0); + + bcryptState = ::bcrypt_hashpw(password.c_str(), salt, hash); + + assert(bcryptState == 0); + + //Create account + + auto* statement = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("INSERT INTO accounts (name, password, ""gm_level) VALUES (?, ?, ?);"); + statement->setString(1, username); + statement->setString(2, std::string(hash, BCRYPT_HASHSIZE).c_str()); + statement->setInt(3, 9); + + statement->execute(); + + delete statement; + + std::cout << "Account created successfully!\n"; + return 0; + } + + int maxClients = 999; + int ourPort = 1000; + if (config.GetValue("max_clients") != "") maxClients = std::stoi(config.GetValue("max_clients")); + if (config.GetValue("port") != "") ourPort = std::stoi(config.GetValue("port")); + + Game::server = new dServer(config.GetValue("external_ip"), ourPort, 0, maxClients, true, false, Game::logger, "", 0, ServerType::Master); + + //Query for the database for a server labeled "master" + auto* masterLookupStatement = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT id FROM `servers` WHERE `name` = 'master'"); + auto* result = masterLookupStatement->executeQuery(); + + //If we found a server, update it's IP and port to the current one. + if (result->next()) { + auto* updateStatement = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("UPDATE `servers` SET `ip` = ?, `port` = ? WHERE `id` = ?"); + updateStatement->setString(1, Game::server->GetIP()); + updateStatement->setInt(2, Game::server->GetPort()); + updateStatement->setInt(3, result->getInt("id")); + updateStatement->execute(); + delete updateStatement; + } + else { + //If we didn't find a server, create one. + auto* insertStatement = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("INSERT INTO `servers` (`name`, `ip`, `port`, `state`, `version`) VALUES ('master', ?, ?, 0, 171023)"); + insertStatement->setString(1, Game::server->GetIP()); + insertStatement->setInt(2, Game::server->GetPort()); + insertStatement->execute(); + delete insertStatement; + } + + //Create additional objects here: + ObjectIDManager::Instance()->Initialize(Game::logger); + Game::im = new InstanceManager(Game::logger, Game::server->GetIP()); + + //Depending on the config, start up servers: + if (config.GetValue("prestart_servers") != "" && config.GetValue("prestart_servers") == "1") { +#ifdef __APPLE__ + //macOS doesn't need sudo to run on ports < 1024 + system("./ChatServer&"); +#elif _WIN32 + system("start ./ChatServer.exe"); +#else + if (std::atoi(Game::config->GetValue("use_sudo_chat").c_str())) { + system("sudo ./ChatServer&"); + } + else { + system("./ChatServer&"); + } +#endif + + Game::im->GetInstance(0, false, 0)->SetIsReady(true); + Game::im->GetInstance(1000, false, 0)->SetIsReady(true); + +#ifdef __APPLE__ + system("./AuthServer&"); +#elif _WIN32 + system("start ./AuthServer.exe"); +#else + if (std::atoi(Game::config->GetValue("use_sudo_auth").c_str())) { + system("sudo ./AuthServer&"); + } + else { + system("./AuthServer&"); + } +#endif + } + + auto t = std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::now(); + Packet* packet = nullptr; + int framesSinceLastFlush = 0; + int framesSinceLastSQLPing = 0; + int framesSinceKillUniverseCommand = 0; + + while (true) { + //In world we'd update our other systems here. + + //Check for packets here: + packet = Game::server->Receive(); + if (packet) { + HandlePacket(packet); + Game::server->DeallocatePacket(packet); + packet = nullptr; + } + + //Push our log every 15s: + if (framesSinceLastFlush >= 900) { + Game::logger->Flush(); + framesSinceLastFlush = 0; + } + else + framesSinceLastFlush++; + + //Every 10 min we ping our sql server to keep it alive hopefully: + if (framesSinceLastSQLPing >= 40000) { + //Find out the master's IP for absolutely no reason: + std::string masterIP; + int masterPort; + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT ip, port FROM servers WHERE name='master';"); + auto res = stmt->executeQuery(); + while (res->next()) { + masterIP = res->getString(1).c_str(); + masterPort = res->getInt(2); + } + + delete res; + delete stmt; + + framesSinceLastSQLPing = 0; + } + else + framesSinceLastSQLPing++; + + //10m shutdown for universe kill command + if (shouldShutdown) { + if (framesSinceKillUniverseCommand >= 40000) { + std::exit(0); + } + else + framesSinceKillUniverseCommand++; + } + + const auto instances = Game::im->GetInstances(); + + for (auto* instance : instances) { + if (instance == nullptr) { + break; + } + + auto affirmTimeout = instance->GetAffirmationTimeout(); + + if (!instance->GetPendingAffirmations().empty()) { + affirmTimeout++; + } + else { + affirmTimeout = 0; + } + + instance->SetAffirmationTimeout(affirmTimeout); + + if (affirmTimeout == 1000) { + instance->Shutdown(); + instance->SetShutdownComplete(true); + + Game::im->RedirectPendingRequests(instance); + } + } + + //Remove dead instances + for (auto* instance : instances) { + if (instance == nullptr) { + break; + } + + if (instance->GetShutdownComplete()) { + Game::im->RemoveInstance(instance); + } + } + + t += std::chrono::milliseconds(highFrameRate); + std::this_thread::sleep_until(t); + } + + //Delete our objects here: + Database::Destroy(); + delete Game::im; + delete Game::server; + delete Game::logger; + + return 0; +} + +dLogger* SetupLogger() { + std::string logPath = + "./logs/MasterServer_" + std::to_string(time(nullptr)) + ".log"; + bool logToConsole = false; +#ifdef _DEBUG + logToConsole = true; +#endif + + return new dLogger(logPath, logToConsole); +} + +void HandlePacket(Packet* packet) { + if (packet->data[0] == ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION) { + Game::logger->Log("MasterServer", "A server has disconnected\n"); + + //Since this disconnection is intentional, we'll just delete it as + //we'll start a new one anyway if needed: + Instance* instance = + Game::im->GetInstanceBySysAddr(packet->systemAddress); + if (instance) { + Game::im->RemoveInstance(instance); //Delete the old + } + } + + if (packet->data[0] == ID_CONNECTION_LOST) { + Game::logger->Log("MasterServer", "A server has lost the connection\n"); + + Instance* instance = + Game::im->GetInstanceBySysAddr(packet->systemAddress); + if (instance) { + LWOZONEID zoneID = instance->GetZoneID(); //Get the zoneID so we can recreate a server + Game::im->RemoveInstance(instance); //Delete the old + //Game::im->GetInstance(zoneID.GetMapID(), false, 0); //Create the new + } + } + + if (packet->data[1] == MASTER) { + switch (packet->data[3]) { + case MSG_MASTER_REQUEST_PERSISTENT_ID: { + Game::logger->Log("MasterServer", "A persistent ID req\n"); + RakNet::BitStream inStream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + uint64_t header = inStream.Read(header); + uint64_t requestID = 0; + inStream.Read(requestID); + + uint32_t objID = ObjectIDManager::Instance()->GeneratePersistentID(); + MasterPackets::SendPersistentIDResponse(Game::server, packet->systemAddress, requestID, objID); + break; + } + + case MSG_MASTER_REQUEST_ZONE_TRANSFER: { + Game::logger->Log("MasterServer","Received zone transfer req\n"); + RakNet::BitStream inStream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + uint64_t header = inStream.Read(header); + uint64_t requestID = 0; + uint8_t mythranShift = false; + uint32_t zoneID = 0; + uint32_t zoneClone = 0; + + inStream.Read(requestID); + inStream.Read(mythranShift); + inStream.Read(zoneID); + inStream.Read(zoneClone); + + Instance* in = Game::im->GetInstance(zoneID, false, zoneClone); + + for (auto* instance : Game::im->GetInstances()) { + Game::logger->Log("MasterServer", "Instance: %i/%i/%i -> %i\n",instance->GetMapID(), instance->GetCloneID(),instance->GetInstanceID(), instance == in); + } + + if (!in->GetIsReady()) //Instance not ready, make a pending request + { + in->GetPendingRequests().push_back({ requestID, static_cast<bool>(mythranShift), packet->systemAddress }); + Game::logger->Log("MasterServer", "Server not ready, adding pending request %llu %i %i\n", requestID, zoneID, zoneClone); + break; + } + + //Instance is ready, transfer + Game::logger->Log("MasterServer", "Responding to transfer request %llu for zone %i %i\n", requestID, zoneID, zoneClone); + Game::im->RequestAffirmation(in, { requestID, static_cast<bool>(mythranShift), packet->systemAddress }); + break; + } + + case MSG_MASTER_SERVER_INFO: { + //MasterPackets::HandleServerInfo(packet); + + //This is here because otherwise we'd have to include IM in + //non-master servers. This packet allows us to add World + //servers back if master crashed + RakNet::BitStream inStream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + uint64_t header = inStream.Read(header); + + uint32_t theirPort = 0; + uint32_t theirZoneID = 0; + uint32_t theirInstanceID = 0; + ServerType theirServerType; + std::string theirIP = ""; + + inStream.Read(theirPort); + inStream.Read(theirZoneID); + inStream.Read(theirInstanceID); + inStream.Read(theirServerType); + theirIP = PacketUtils::ReadString(24, packet, false); //24 is the current offset + + if (theirServerType == ServerType::World && !Game::im->IsPortInUse(theirPort)) { + Instance* in = new Instance(theirIP, theirPort, theirZoneID, theirInstanceID, 0, 12, 12); + + SystemAddress copy; + copy.binaryAddress = packet->systemAddress.binaryAddress; + copy.port = packet->systemAddress.port; + + in->SetSysAddr(copy); + Game::im->AddInstance(in); + } + else { + auto instance = Game::im->FindInstance( + theirZoneID, static_cast<uint16_t>(theirInstanceID)); + if (instance) { + instance->SetSysAddr(packet->systemAddress); + } + } + + Game::logger->Log("MasterServer", "Received server info, instance: %i port: %i\n", theirInstanceID, theirPort); + + break; + } + + case MSG_MASTER_SET_SESSION_KEY: { + RakNet::BitStream inStream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + uint64_t header = inStream.Read(header); + uint32_t sessionKey = 0; + std::string username; + + inStream.Read(sessionKey); + username = PacketUtils::ReadString(12, packet, false); + + for (auto it : activeSessions) { + if (it.second == username) { + activeSessions.erase(it.first); + + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, MASTER, MSG_MASTER_NEW_SESSION_ALERT); + bitStream.Write(sessionKey); + bitStream.Write(RakNet::RakString(username.c_str())); + SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; + + break; + } + } + + activeSessions.insert(std::make_pair(sessionKey, username)); + Game::logger->Log("MasterServer", "Got sessionKey %i for user %s\n", sessionKey, username.c_str()); + break; + } + + case MSG_MASTER_REQUEST_SESSION_KEY: { + RakNet::BitStream inStream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + uint64_t header = inStream.Read(header); + std::string username = PacketUtils::ReadString(8, packet, false); + + for (auto key : activeSessions) { + if (key.second == username) { + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, MASTER, MSG_MASTER_SESSION_KEY_RESPONSE); + bitStream.Write(key.first); + PacketUtils::WriteString(bitStream, key.second, 64); + Game::server->Send(&bitStream, packet->systemAddress, false); + break; + } + } + break; + } + + case MSG_MASTER_PLAYER_ADDED: { + RakNet::BitStream inStream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + uint64_t header = inStream.Read(header); + + LWOMAPID theirZoneID = 0; + LWOINSTANCEID theirInstanceID = 0; + + inStream.Read(theirZoneID); + inStream.Read(theirInstanceID); + + auto instance = + Game::im->FindInstance(theirZoneID, theirInstanceID); + if (instance) { + instance->AddPlayer(Player()); + } + else { + printf("Instance missing? What?\n"); + } + break; + } + + case MSG_MASTER_PLAYER_REMOVED: { + RakNet::BitStream inStream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + uint64_t header = inStream.Read(header); + + LWOMAPID theirZoneID = 0; + LWOINSTANCEID theirInstanceID = 0; + + inStream.Read(theirZoneID); + inStream.Read(theirInstanceID); + + auto instance = + Game::im->FindInstance(theirZoneID, theirInstanceID); + if (instance) { + instance->RemovePlayer(Player()); + } + break; + } + + case MSG_MASTER_CREATE_PRIVATE_ZONE: { + RakNet::BitStream inStream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + uint64_t header = inStream.Read(header); + + uint32_t mapId; + LWOCLONEID cloneId; + RakNet::RakString password; + + inStream.Read(mapId); + inStream.Read(cloneId); + inStream.Read(password); + + Game::im->CreatePrivateInstance(mapId, cloneId, + password.C_String()); + + break; + } + + case MSG_MASTER_REQUEST_PRIVATE_ZONE: { + RakNet::BitStream inStream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + uint64_t header = inStream.Read(header); + + uint64_t requestID = 0; + uint8_t mythranShift = false; + + RakNet::RakString password; + + inStream.Read(requestID); + inStream.Read(mythranShift); + inStream.Read(password); + + auto* instance = Game::im->FindPrivateInstance(password.C_String()); + + Game::logger->Log( "MasterServer", "Join private zone: %llu %d %s %p\n", requestID, mythranShift, password.C_String(), instance); + + if (instance == nullptr) { + return; + } + + const auto& zone = instance->GetZoneID(); + + MasterPackets::SendZoneTransferResponse(Game::server, packet->systemAddress, requestID,(bool)mythranShift, zone.GetMapID(),instance->GetInstanceID(), zone.GetCloneID(),instance->GetIP(), instance->GetPort()); + + break; + } + + case MSG_MASTER_WORLD_READY: { + RakNet::BitStream inStream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + uint64_t header = inStream.Read(header); + + LWOMAPID zoneID; + LWOINSTANCEID instanceID; + + inStream.Read(zoneID); + inStream.Read(instanceID); + + Game::logger->Log("MasterServer", "Got world ready %i %i\n",zoneID, instanceID); + + auto* instance = Game::im->FindInstance(zoneID, instanceID); + + if (instance == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("MasterServer","Failed to find zone to ready\n"); + return; + } + + Game::logger->Log("MasterServer", "Ready zone %i\n", zoneID); + Game::im->ReadyInstance(instance); + break; + } + + case MSG_MASTER_PREP_ZONE: { + RakNet::BitStream inStream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + uint64_t header = inStream.Read(header); + + int zoneID; + inStream.Read(zoneID); + + Game::logger->Log("MasterServer", "Prepping zone %i\n", zoneID); + Game::im->GetInstance(zoneID, false, 0); + break; + } + + case MSG_MASTER_AFFIRM_TRANSFER_RESPONSE: { + RakNet::BitStream inStream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + uint64_t header = inStream.Read(header); + + uint64_t requestID; + + inStream.Read(requestID); + + Game::logger->Log("MasterServer","Got affirmation of transfer %llu\n",requestID); + + auto* instance =Game::im->GetInstanceBySysAddr(packet->systemAddress); + + if (instance == nullptr) + return; + + Game::im->AffirmTransfer(instance, requestID); + Game::logger->Log("MasterServer", "Affirmation complete %llu\n",requestID); + break; + } + + case MSG_MASTER_SHUTDOWN_RESPONSE: { + RakNet::BitStream inStream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + uint64_t header = inStream.Read(header); + + auto* instance =Game::im->GetInstanceBySysAddr(packet->systemAddress); + + if (instance == nullptr) { + return; + } + + Game::logger->Log("MasterServer", "Got shutdown response\n"); + instance->SetShutdownComplete(true); + break; + } + + case MSG_MASTER_SHUTDOWN_UNIVERSE: { + Game::logger->Log("MasterServer","Received shutdown universe command, ""shutting down in 10 minutes.\n"); + shouldShutdown = true; + break; + } + + default: + Game::logger->Log("MasterServer","Unknown master packet ID from server: %i\n",packet->data[3]); + } + } +} + +void ShutdownSequence() { + if (shutdownSequenceStarted) { + return; + } + + shutdownSequenceStarted = true; + + if (Game::im) { + for (auto* instance : Game::im->GetInstances()) { + if (instance == nullptr) { + continue; + } + + instance->Shutdown(); + } + } + + auto* objIdManager = ObjectIDManager::TryInstance(); + if (objIdManager != nullptr) { + objIdManager->SaveToDatabase(); + printf("Saved objidtracker...\n"); + } + + auto t = std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::now(); + auto ticks = 0; + + if (!Game::im) { + exit(0); + } + + printf("Attempting to shutdown instances, max 60 seconds...\n"); + while (true) { + auto done = true; + + for (auto* instance : Game::im->GetInstances()) { + if (instance == nullptr) { + continue; + } + + if (!instance->GetShutdownComplete()) { + done = false; + } + } + + if (done) { + break; + } + + t += std::chrono::milliseconds(highFrameRate); + std::this_thread::sleep_until(t); + + ticks++; + + if (ticks == 600 * 6) { + break; + } + } + + exit(0); +} diff --git a/dMasterServer/ObjectIDManager.cpp b/dMasterServer/ObjectIDManager.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..28a8ea17 --- /dev/null +++ b/dMasterServer/ObjectIDManager.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +#include "ObjectIDManager.h" + +// Custom Classes +#include "Database.h" +#include "dLogger.h" + +// Static Variables +ObjectIDManager *ObjectIDManager::m_Address = nullptr; + +//! Initializes the manager +void ObjectIDManager::Initialize(dLogger *logger) { + this->mLogger = logger; + this->currentPersistentID = 1; + + try { + sql::PreparedStatement *stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt( + "SELECT last_object_id FROM object_id_tracker"); + + sql::ResultSet *result = stmt->executeQuery(); + auto next = result->next(); + + if (!next) { + sql::PreparedStatement *insertStmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt( + "INSERT INTO object_id_tracker VALUES (1)"); + + insertStmt->execute(); + + delete insertStmt; + + return; + } + + while (next) { + this->currentPersistentID = + result->getInt(1) > 0 ? result->getInt(1) : 1; + next = result->next(); + } + + delete result; + delete stmt; + } catch (sql::SQLException &e) { + mLogger->Log("ObjectIDManager", "Unable to fetch max persistent object " + "ID in use. Defaulting to 1.\n"); + mLogger->Log("ObjectIDManager", "SQL error: %s\n", e.what()); + this->currentPersistentID = 1; + } +} + +//! Generates a new persistent ID +uint32_t ObjectIDManager::GeneratePersistentID(void) { + uint32_t toReturn = ++this->currentPersistentID; + + // So we peroidically save our ObjID to the database: + if (toReturn % 25 == 0) { // TEMP: DISABLED FOR DEBUG / DEVELOPMENT! + sql::PreparedStatement *stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt( + "UPDATE object_id_tracker SET last_object_id=?"); + stmt->setUInt(1, toReturn); + stmt->execute(); + delete stmt; + } + + return toReturn; +} + +void ObjectIDManager::SaveToDatabase() { + sql::PreparedStatement *stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt( + "UPDATE object_id_tracker SET last_object_id=?"); + stmt->setUInt(1, currentPersistentID); + stmt->execute(); + delete stmt; +} diff --git a/dMasterServer/ObjectIDManager.h b/dMasterServer/ObjectIDManager.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fd63434b --- /dev/null +++ b/dMasterServer/ObjectIDManager.h @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +#pragma once + +// C++ +#include <cstdint> + +class dLogger; + +/*! + \file ObjectIDManager.hpp + \brief A manager that handles requests for object IDs + */ + +//! The Object ID Manager +class ObjectIDManager { +private: + dLogger* mLogger; + static ObjectIDManager * m_Address; //!< The singleton instance + + uint32_t currentPersistentID; //!< The highest current persistent ID in use + +public: + + //! Return the singleton if it is initialized + static ObjectIDManager* TryInstance() { + return m_Address; + } + + //! The singleton method + static ObjectIDManager * Instance() { + if (m_Address == nullptr) { + m_Address = new ObjectIDManager; + } + + return m_Address; + } + + //! Initializes the manager + void Initialize(dLogger* logger); + + //! Generates a new persistent ID + /*! + \return The new persistent ID + */ + uint32_t GeneratePersistentID(void); + + void SaveToDatabase(); +}; diff --git a/dNet/AuthPackets.cpp b/dNet/AuthPackets.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c2aca466 --- /dev/null +++ b/dNet/AuthPackets.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,270 @@ +#include "AuthPackets.h" +#include "PacketUtils.h" +#include "dMessageIdentifiers.h" + +#include "dNetCommon.h" +#include "dServer.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "Database.h" +#include "ZoneInstanceManager.h" +#include "MD5.h" +#include "SHA512.h" + +#ifdef _WIN32 +#include <bcrypt/BCrypt.hpp> +#else +#include <bcrypt.h> +#endif + +#include <BitStream.h> +#include <future> + +#include "Game.h" +#include "dConfig.h" + +void AuthPackets::HandleHandshake(dServer* server, Packet* packet) { + RakNet::BitStream inStream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + uint64_t header = inStream.Read(header); + uint32_t clientVersion = 0; + inStream.Read(clientVersion); + + server->GetLogger()->Log("AuthPackets", "Received client version: %i\n", clientVersion); + SendHandshake(server, packet->systemAddress, server->GetIP(), server->GetPort()); +} + +void AuthPackets::SendHandshake(dServer* server, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, const std::string& nextServerIP, uint16_t nextServerPort) { + RakNet::BitStream bitStream; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, SERVER, MSG_SERVER_VERSION_CONFIRM); + bitStream.Write<unsigned int>(NET_VERSION); + bitStream.Write(uint32_t(0x93)); + + if (nextServerPort == 1001) bitStream.Write(uint32_t(1)); //Conn: auth + else bitStream.Write(uint32_t(4)); //Conn: world + + bitStream.Write(uint32_t(0)); //Server process ID + bitStream.Write(nextServerPort); + + server->Send(&bitStream, sysAddr, false); +} + +void AuthPackets::HandleLoginRequest(dServer* server, Packet* packet) { + std::string username = PacketUtils::ReadString(8, packet, true); + std::string password = PacketUtils::ReadString(0x4A, packet, true); + const char* szUsername = username.c_str(); + + // Fetch account details + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT password, banned, locked, play_key_id, gm_level FROM accounts WHERE name=? LIMIT 1;"); + stmt->setString(1, szUsername); + + sql::ResultSet* res = stmt->executeQuery(); + + if (res->rowsCount() == 0) { + server->GetLogger()->Log("AuthPackets", "No user found!\n"); + AuthPackets::SendLoginResponse(server, packet->systemAddress, LOGIN_RESPONSE_WRONG_PASS_OR_USER, "", "", 2001, username); + return; + } + + std::string sqlPass = ""; + bool sqlBanned = false; + bool sqlLocked = false; + uint32_t sqlPlayKey = 0; + uint32_t sqlGmLevel = 0; + + while (res->next()) { + sqlPass = res->getString(1).c_str(); + sqlBanned = res->getBoolean(2); + sqlLocked = res->getBoolean(3); + sqlPlayKey = res->getInt(4); + sqlGmLevel = res->getInt(5); + } + + delete stmt; + delete res; + + //If we aren't running in live mode, then only GMs are allowed to enter: + const auto& closedToNonDevs = Game::config->GetValue("closed_to_non_devs"); + if (closedToNonDevs.size() > 0 && bool(std::stoi(closedToNonDevs)) && sqlGmLevel == 0) { + AuthPackets::SendLoginResponse(server, packet->systemAddress, eLoginResponse::LOGIN_RESPONSE_PERMISSIONS_NOT_HIGH_ENOUGH, "The server is currently only open to developers.", "", 2001, username); + return; + } + + if (Game::config->GetValue("dont_use_keys") != "1") { + //Check to see if we have a play key: + if (sqlPlayKey == 0 && sqlGmLevel == 0) { + AuthPackets::SendLoginResponse(server, packet->systemAddress, LOGIN_RESPONSE_PERMISSIONS_NOT_HIGH_ENOUGH, "Your account doesn't have a play key associated with it!", "", 2001, username); + server->GetLogger()->Log("AuthPackets", "User %s tried to log in, but they don't have a play key.\n", username.c_str()); + return; + } + + //Check if the play key is _valid_: + auto keyCheckStmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT active FROM `play_keys` WHERE id=?"); + keyCheckStmt->setInt(1, sqlPlayKey); + auto keyRes = keyCheckStmt->executeQuery(); + bool isKeyActive = false; + + if (keyRes->rowsCount() == 0 && sqlGmLevel == 0) { + AuthPackets::SendLoginResponse(server, packet->systemAddress, LOGIN_RESPONSE_PERMISSIONS_NOT_HIGH_ENOUGH, "Your account doesn't have a play key associated with it!", "", 2001, username); + return; + } + + while (keyRes->next()) { + isKeyActive = (bool)keyRes->getInt(1); + } + + if (!isKeyActive && sqlGmLevel == 0) { + AuthPackets::SendLoginResponse(server, packet->systemAddress, LOGIN_RESPONSE_PERMISSIONS_NOT_HIGH_ENOUGH, "Your play key has been disabled.", "", 2001, username); + server->GetLogger()->Log("AuthPackets", "User %s tried to log in, but their play key was disabled\n", username.c_str()); + return; + } + } + + if (sqlBanned) { + AuthPackets::SendLoginResponse(server, packet->systemAddress, LOGIN_RESPONSE_BANNED, "", "", 2001, username); return; + } + + if (sqlLocked) { + AuthPackets::SendLoginResponse(server, packet->systemAddress, LOGIN_RESPONSE_ACCOUNT_LOCKED, "", "", 2001, username); return; + } + + /* + * Updated hashing method: + * First attempt bcrypt. + * If that fails, fallback to old method and setup bcrypt for new login. + */ + + bool loginSuccess = true; + + int32_t bcryptState = ::bcrypt_checkpw(password.c_str(), sqlPass.c_str()); + + if (bcryptState != 0) + { + // Fallback on old method + + std::string oldPassword = sha512(password + username); + + if (sqlPass != oldPassword) + { + loginSuccess = false; + } + else + { + // Generate new hash for bcrypt + + char salt[BCRYPT_HASHSIZE]; + char hash[BCRYPT_HASHSIZE]; + + bcryptState = ::bcrypt_gensalt(12, salt); + + assert(bcryptState == 0); + + bcryptState = ::bcrypt_hashpw(password.c_str(), salt, hash); + + assert(bcryptState == 0); + + sql::PreparedStatement* accountUpdate = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("UPDATE accounts SET password = ? WHERE name = ? LIMIT 1;"); + + accountUpdate->setString(1, std::string(hash, BCRYPT_HASHSIZE).c_str()); + accountUpdate->setString(2, szUsername); + + accountUpdate->executeUpdate(); + } + } + else + { + // Login success with bcrypt + } + + if (!loginSuccess) { + AuthPackets::SendLoginResponse(server, packet->systemAddress, LOGIN_RESPONSE_WRONG_PASS_OR_USER, "", "", 2001, username); + server->GetLogger()->Log("AuthPackets", "Wrong password used\n"); + } + else { + SystemAddress system = packet->systemAddress; //Copy the sysAddr before the Packet gets destroyed from main + + if (!server->GetIsConnectedToMaster()) { + AuthPackets::SendLoginResponse(server, system, LOGIN_RESPONSE_GENERAL_FAILED, "", "", 0, username); + return; + } + + ZoneInstanceManager::Instance()->RequestZoneTransfer(server, 0, 0, false, [system, server, username](bool mythranShift, uint32_t zoneID, uint32_t zoneInstance, uint32_t zoneClone, std::string zoneIP, uint16_t zonePort) { + AuthPackets::SendLoginResponse(server, system, LOGIN_RESPONSE_SUCCESS, "", zoneIP, zonePort, username); + }); + } +} + +void AuthPackets::SendLoginResponse(dServer* server, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, eLoginResponse responseCode, const std::string& errorMsg, const std::string& wServerIP, uint16_t wServerPort, std::string username) { + RakNet::BitStream packet; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(packet, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_LOGIN_RESPONSE); + + packet.Write(static_cast<uint8_t>(responseCode)); + + PacketUtils::WritePacketString("Talk_Like_A_Pirate", 33, &packet); + + // 7 unknown strings - perhaps other IP addresses? + PacketUtils::WritePacketString("", 33, &packet); + PacketUtils::WritePacketString("", 33, &packet); + PacketUtils::WritePacketString("", 33, &packet); + PacketUtils::WritePacketString("", 33, &packet); + PacketUtils::WritePacketString("", 33, &packet); + PacketUtils::WritePacketString("", 33, &packet); + PacketUtils::WritePacketString("", 33, &packet); + + packet.Write(static_cast<uint16_t>(1)); // Version Major + packet.Write(static_cast<uint16_t>(10)); // Version Current + packet.Write(static_cast<uint16_t>(64)); // Version Minor + + // Writes the user key + uint32_t sessionKey = rand(); // not mt but whatever + std::string userHash = std::to_string(sessionKey); + userHash = md5(userHash); + PacketUtils::WritePacketWString(userHash, 33, &packet); + + // Write the Character and Chat IPs + PacketUtils::WritePacketString(wServerIP, 33, &packet); + PacketUtils::WritePacketString("", 33, &packet); + + // Write the Character and Chat Ports + packet.Write(static_cast<uint16_t>(wServerPort)); + packet.Write(static_cast<uint16_t>(0)); + + // Write another IP + PacketUtils::WritePacketString("", 33, &packet); + + // Write a GUID or something... + PacketUtils::WritePacketString("00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000", 37, &packet); + + packet.Write(static_cast<uint32_t>(0)); // ??? + + // Write the localization + PacketUtils::WritePacketString("US", 3, &packet); + + packet.Write(static_cast<uint8_t>(false)); // User first logged in? + packet.Write(static_cast<uint8_t>(false)); // User is F2P? + packet.Write(static_cast<uint64_t>(0)); // ??? + + // Write custom error message + packet.Write(static_cast<uint16_t>(errorMsg.length())); + PacketUtils::WritePacketWString(errorMsg, static_cast<uint32_t>(errorMsg.length()), &packet); + + // Here write auth logs + packet.Write(static_cast<uint32_t>(20)); + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < 20; ++i) { + packet.Write(static_cast<uint32_t>(8)); + packet.Write(static_cast<uint32_t>(44)); + packet.Write(static_cast<uint32_t>(14000)); + packet.Write(static_cast<uint32_t>(0)); + } + + server->Send(&packet, sysAddr, false); + + //Inform the master server that we've created a session for this user: + { + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, MASTER, MSG_MASTER_SET_SESSION_KEY); + bitStream.Write(sessionKey); + PacketUtils::WriteString(bitStream, username, 66); + server->SendToMaster(&bitStream); + + server->GetLogger()->Log("AuthPackets", "Set sessionKey: %i for user %s\n", sessionKey, username.c_str()); + } +} diff --git a/dNet/AuthPackets.h b/dNet/AuthPackets.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2830480f --- /dev/null +++ b/dNet/AuthPackets.h @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +#ifndef AUTHPACKETS_H +#define AUTHPACKETS_H + +#define _VARIADIC_MAX 10 +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "dNetCommon.h" + +class dServer; + +namespace AuthPackets { + void HandleHandshake(dServer* server, Packet* packet); + void SendHandshake(dServer* server, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, const std::string& nextServerIP, uint16_t nextServerPort); + + void HandleLoginRequest(dServer* server, Packet* packet); + void SendLoginResponse(dServer* server, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, eLoginResponse responseCode, const std::string& errorMsg, const std::string& wServerIP, uint16_t wServerPort, std::string username); +} + +#endif // AUTHPACKETS_H \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dNet/ChatPackets.cpp b/dNet/ChatPackets.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..db90bcfe --- /dev/null +++ b/dNet/ChatPackets.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2018 + */ + +#include "ChatPackets.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "PacketUtils.h" +#include "dMessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "dServer.h" + +void ChatPackets::SendChatMessage(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, char chatChannel, const std::string& senderName, LWOOBJID playerObjectID, bool senderMythran, const std::u16string& message) { + CBITSTREAM + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CHAT, MSG_CHAT_GENERAL_CHAT_MESSAGE); + + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint64_t>(0)); + bitStream.Write(chatChannel); + + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint32_t>(message.size())); + PacketUtils::WriteWString(bitStream, senderName, 33); + + bitStream.Write(playerObjectID); + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint16_t>(0)); + bitStream.Write(static_cast<char>(0)); + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < message.size(); ++i) { + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint16_t>(message[i])); + } + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint16_t>(0)); + + SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST +} + +void ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, const std::u16string& message, const bool broadcast) { + CBITSTREAM + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CHAT, MSG_CHAT_GENERAL_CHAT_MESSAGE); + + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint64_t>(0)); + bitStream.Write(static_cast<char>(4)); + + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint32_t>(message.size())); + PacketUtils::WriteWString(bitStream, "", 33); + + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint64_t>(0)); + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint16_t>(0)); + bitStream.Write(static_cast<char>(0)); + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < message.size(); ++i) { + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint16_t>(message[i])); + } + + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint16_t>(0)); + + //This is so Wincent's announcement works: + if (sysAddr != UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) { + SEND_PACKET; + return; + } + + SEND_PACKET_BROADCAST; +} + +void ChatPackets::SendMessageFail(const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + //0x00 - "Chat is currently disabled." + //0x01 - "Upgrade to a full LEGO Universe Membership to chat with other players." + + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_SEND_CANNED_TEXT); + bitStream.Write<uint8_t>(0); //response type, options above ^ + //docs say there's a wstring here-- no idea what it's for, or if it's even needed so leaving it as is for now. + SEND_PACKET; +} diff --git a/dNet/ChatPackets.h b/dNet/ChatPackets.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aa58977c --- /dev/null +++ b/dNet/ChatPackets.h @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2018 + */ + +#ifndef CHATPACKETS_H +#define CHATPACKETS_H + +struct SystemAddress; + +#include <string> +#include "dCommonVars.h" + +namespace ChatPackets { + void SendChatMessage(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, char chatChannel, const std::string& senderName, LWOOBJID playerObjectID, bool senderMythran, const std::u16string& message); + void SendSystemMessage(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, const std::u16string& message, bool broadcast = false); + void SendMessageFail(const SystemAddress& sysAddr); +}; + +#endif // CHATPACKETS_H diff --git a/dNet/ClientPackets.cpp b/dNet/ClientPackets.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ef5b68ef --- /dev/null +++ b/dNet/ClientPackets.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,306 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2018 + */ + +#include "ClientPackets.h" +#include "UserManager.h" +#include "User.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "ControllablePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "WorldPackets.h" +#include "NiPoint3.h" +#include "NiQuaternion.h" +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "dChatFilter.h" +#include "WorldPackets.h" +#include "ChatPackets.h" +#include "dServer.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "Player.h" +#include "Zone.h" +#include "PossessorComponent.h" +#include "PossessableComponent.h" +#include "VehiclePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "dConfig.h" +#include "CharacterComponent.h" + +void ClientPackets::HandleChatMessage(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, Packet* packet) { + User* user = UserManager::Instance()->GetUser(sysAddr); + if (!user) { + Game::logger->Log("ClientPackets", "Unable to get user to parse chat message\n"); + return; + } + + if (user->GetIsMuted()) { + user->GetLastUsedChar()->SendMuteNotice(); + return; + } + + CINSTREAM; + uint64_t header; + inStream.Read(header); + + char chatChannel; + uint16_t unknown; + uint32_t messageLength; + std::u16string message; + + inStream.Read(chatChannel); + inStream.Read(unknown); + inStream.Read(messageLength); + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < (messageLength - 1); ++i) { + uint16_t character; + inStream.Read(character); + message.push_back(character); + } + + std::string playerName = user->GetLastUsedChar()->GetName(); + bool isMythran = user->GetLastUsedChar()->GetGMLevel() > 0; + + if (!user->GetLastChatMessageApproved() && !isMythran) return; + + std::string sMessage = GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(message); + Game::logger->Log("Chat", "%s: %s\n", playerName.c_str(), sMessage.c_str()); + ChatPackets::SendChatMessage(sysAddr, chatChannel, playerName, user->GetLoggedInChar(), isMythran, message); +} + +void ClientPackets::HandleClientPositionUpdate(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, Packet* packet) { + User* user = UserManager::Instance()->GetUser(sysAddr); + if (!user) { + Game::logger->Log("ClientPackets", "Unable to get user to parse position update\n"); + return; + } + + CINSTREAM; + uint64_t header; + inStream.Read(header); + + Entity* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(user->GetLastUsedChar()->GetObjectID()); + if (!entity) return; + + ControllablePhysicsComponent* comp = static_cast<ControllablePhysicsComponent*>(entity->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_CONTROLLABLE_PHYSICS)); + if (!comp) return; + + /* + //If we didn't move, this will match and stop our velocity + if (packet->length == 37) { + NiPoint3 zeroVel(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f); + comp->SetVelocity(zeroVel); + comp->SetAngularVelocity(zeroVel); + comp->SetIsOnGround(true); //probably8 + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(entity); + return; + } + */ + + auto* possessorComponent = entity->GetComponent<PossessorComponent>(); + + NiPoint3 position; + inStream.Read(position.x); + inStream.Read(position.y); + inStream.Read(position.z); + + NiQuaternion rotation; + inStream.Read(rotation.x); + inStream.Read(rotation.y); + inStream.Read(rotation.z); + inStream.Read(rotation.w); + + bool onGround = false; + bool onRail = false; + inStream.Read(onGround); + inStream.Read(onRail); + + bool velocityFlag = false; + inStream.Read(velocityFlag); + NiPoint3 velocity{}; + if (velocityFlag) { + inStream.Read(velocity.x); + inStream.Read(velocity.y); + inStream.Read(velocity.z); + } + + bool angVelocityFlag = false; + inStream.Read(angVelocityFlag); + NiPoint3 angVelocity{}; + if (angVelocityFlag) { + inStream.Read(angVelocity.x); + inStream.Read(angVelocity.y); + inStream.Read(angVelocity.z); + } + + bool hasVehicle = false; + + if (possessorComponent != nullptr) { + auto* possassableEntity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(possessorComponent->GetPossessable()); + + if (possassableEntity != nullptr) { + auto* vehiclePhysicsComponent = possassableEntity->GetComponent<VehiclePhysicsComponent>(); + + if (vehiclePhysicsComponent != nullptr) { + // This is flipped for whatever reason + rotation = NiQuaternion(rotation.z, rotation.y, rotation.x, rotation.w); + + vehiclePhysicsComponent->SetPosition(position); + vehiclePhysicsComponent->SetRotation(rotation); + vehiclePhysicsComponent->SetIsOnGround(onGround); + vehiclePhysicsComponent->SetIsOnRail(onRail); + vehiclePhysicsComponent->SetVelocity(velocity); + vehiclePhysicsComponent->SetDirtyVelocity(velocityFlag); + vehiclePhysicsComponent->SetAngularVelocity(angVelocity); + vehiclePhysicsComponent->SetDirtyAngularVelocity(angVelocityFlag); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(possassableEntity); + + hasVehicle = true; + } + } + } + + if (hasVehicle) { + velocity = NiPoint3::ZERO; + angVelocity = NiPoint3::ZERO; + } + + // Handle statistics + auto* characterComponent = entity->GetComponent<CharacterComponent>(); + if (characterComponent != nullptr) { + characterComponent->TrackPositionUpdate(position); + } + + comp->SetPosition(position); + comp->SetRotation(rotation); + comp->SetIsOnGround(onGround); + comp->SetIsOnRail(onRail); + comp->SetVelocity(velocity); + comp->SetDirtyVelocity(velocityFlag); + comp->SetAngularVelocity(angVelocity); + comp->SetDirtyAngularVelocity(angVelocityFlag); + + auto* player = static_cast<Player*>(entity); + player->SetGhostReferencePoint(position); + EntityManager::Instance()->QueueGhostUpdate(player->GetObjectID()); + + if (!hasVehicle) { + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(entity); + } + + //TODO: add moving platform stuffs + /*bool movingPlatformFlag; + inStream.Read(movingPlatformFlag); + if (movingPlatformFlag) { + LWOOBJID objectID; + NiPoint3 niData2; + + inStream.Read(objectID); + inStream.Read(niData2.x); + inStream.Read(niData2.y); + inStream.Read(niData2.z); + + + + bool niData3Flag; + inStream.Read(niData3Flag); + if (niData3Flag) { + NiPoint3 niData3; + inStream.Read(niData3.x); + inStream.Read(niData3.y); + inStream.Read(niData3.z); + + controllablePhysics->GetLocationData()->GetMovingPlatformData()->SetData3(niData3); + } + }*/ + + /* + for (int i = 0; i < Game::server->GetReplicaManager()->GetParticipantCount(); ++i) + { + const auto& player = Game::server->GetReplicaManager()->GetParticipantAtIndex(i); + + if (entity->GetSystemAddress() == player) + { + continue; + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(entity, player); + } + */ +} + +void ClientPackets::HandleChatModerationRequest(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, Packet* packet) { + User* user = UserManager::Instance()->GetUser(sysAddr); + if (!user) { + Game::logger->Log("ClientPackets", "Unable to get user to parse chat moderation request\n"); + return; + } + + auto* entity = Player::GetPlayer(sysAddr); + + if (entity == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("ClientPackets", "Unable to get player to parse chat moderation request\n"); + return; + } + + // Check if the player has restricted chat access + auto* character = entity->GetCharacter(); + + if (character->HasPermission(PermissionMap::RestrictedChatAccess)) + { + // Send a message to the player + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage( + sysAddr, + u"This character has restricted chat access." + ); + + return; + } + + RakNet::BitStream stream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + + uint64_t header; + stream.Read(header); + + // Data + uint8_t chatLevel; + uint8_t requestID; + uint16_t messageLength; + + std::string receiver = ""; + std::string message = ""; + + stream.Read(chatLevel); + stream.Read(requestID); + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < 42; ++i) { + uint16_t character; + stream.Read(character); + receiver.push_back(static_cast<uint8_t>(character)); + } + + stream.Read(messageLength); + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < messageLength; ++i) { + uint16_t character; + stream.Read(character); + message.push_back(static_cast<uint8_t>(character)); + } + + std::unordered_map<char, char> unacceptedItems; + bool bAllClean = Game::chatFilter->IsSentenceOkay(message, user->GetLastUsedChar()->GetGMLevel()); + if (!bAllClean) { + unacceptedItems.insert(std::make_pair((char)0, (char)message.length())); + } + + if (user->GetIsMuted()) { + bAllClean = false; + } + + user->SetLastChatMessageApproved(bAllClean); + WorldPackets::SendChatModerationResponse(sysAddr, bAllClean, requestID, receiver, unacceptedItems); +} diff --git a/dNet/ClientPackets.h b/dNet/ClientPackets.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..236955fc --- /dev/null +++ b/dNet/ClientPackets.h @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2018 + */ + +#ifndef CLIENTPACKETS_H +#define CLIENTPACKETS_H + +#include "RakNetTypes.h" + +namespace ClientPackets { + void HandleChatMessage(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, Packet* packet); + void HandleClientPositionUpdate(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, Packet* packet); + void HandleChatModerationRequest(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, Packet* packet); +}; + +#endif // CLIENTPACKETS_H diff --git a/dNet/MasterPackets.cpp b/dNet/MasterPackets.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..96ad1b81 --- /dev/null +++ b/dNet/MasterPackets.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +#include "MasterPackets.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "PacketUtils.h" +#include "dMessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "dServer.h" + +#include <string> + +void MasterPackets::SendPersistentIDRequest(dServer* server, uint64_t requestID) { + CBITSTREAM + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, MASTER, MSG_MASTER_REQUEST_PERSISTENT_ID); + bitStream.Write(requestID); + server->SendToMaster(&bitStream); +} + +void MasterPackets::SendPersistentIDResponse(dServer* server, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, uint64_t requestID, uint32_t objID) { + RakNet::BitStream bitStream; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, MASTER, MSG_MASTER_REQUEST_PERSISTENT_ID_RESPONSE); + + bitStream.Write(requestID); + bitStream.Write(objID); + + server->Send(&bitStream, sysAddr, false); +} + +void MasterPackets::SendZoneTransferRequest(dServer* server, uint64_t requestID, bool mythranShift, uint32_t zoneID, uint32_t cloneID) { + RakNet::BitStream bitStream; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, MASTER, MSG_MASTER_REQUEST_ZONE_TRANSFER); + + bitStream.Write(requestID); + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint8_t>(mythranShift)); + bitStream.Write(zoneID); + bitStream.Write(cloneID); + + server->SendToMaster(&bitStream); +} + +void MasterPackets::SendZoneCreatePrivate(dServer* server, uint32_t zoneID, uint32_t cloneID, const std::string& password) { + RakNet::BitStream bitStream; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, MASTER, MSG_MASTER_CREATE_PRIVATE_ZONE); + + bitStream.Write(zoneID); + bitStream.Write(cloneID); + + RakNet::RakString passwd(password.c_str()); + bitStream.Write(passwd); + + server->SendToMaster(&bitStream); +} + +void MasterPackets::SendZoneRequestPrivate(dServer* server, uint64_t requestID, bool mythranShift, const std::string& password) { + RakNet::BitStream bitStream; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, MASTER, MSG_MASTER_REQUEST_PRIVATE_ZONE); + + bitStream.Write(requestID); + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint8_t>(mythranShift)); + + RakNet::RakString passwd(password.c_str()); + bitStream.Write(passwd); + + server->SendToMaster(&bitStream); +} + +void MasterPackets::SendWorldReady(dServer* server, LWOMAPID zoneId, LWOINSTANCEID instanceId) +{ + RakNet::BitStream bitStream; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, MASTER, MSG_MASTER_WORLD_READY); + + bitStream.Write(zoneId); + bitStream.Write(instanceId); + + server->SendToMaster(&bitStream); +} + +void MasterPackets::SendZoneTransferResponse(dServer* server, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, uint64_t requestID, bool mythranShift, uint32_t zoneID, uint32_t zoneInstance, uint32_t zoneClone, const std::string& serverIP, uint32_t serverPort) { + RakNet::BitStream bitStream; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, MASTER, MSG_MASTER_REQUEST_ZONE_TRANSFER_RESPONSE); + + bitStream.Write(requestID); + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint8_t>(mythranShift)); + bitStream.Write(zoneID); + bitStream.Write(zoneInstance); + bitStream.Write(zoneClone); + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint16_t>(serverPort)); + PacketUtils::WriteString(bitStream, serverIP, static_cast<uint32_t>(serverIP.size() + 1)); + + server->Send(&bitStream, sysAddr, false); +} + +void MasterPackets::HandleServerInfo(Packet* packet) { + RakNet::BitStream inStream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + uint64_t header = inStream.Read(header); + + uint32_t theirPort = 0; + uint32_t theirZoneID = 0; + uint32_t theirInstanceID = 0; + std::string theirIP = ""; + + inStream.Read(theirPort); + inStream.Read(theirZoneID); + inStream.Read(theirInstanceID); + theirIP = PacketUtils::ReadString(inStream.GetReadOffset(), packet, false); //20 is the current offset + + //TODO: Actually mark this server as an available server in the manager +} + +void MasterPackets::SendServerInfo(dServer* server, Packet* packet) { + RakNet::BitStream bitStream; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, MASTER, MSG_MASTER_SERVER_INFO); + + bitStream.Write(server->GetPort()); + bitStream.Write(server->GetZoneID()); + bitStream.Write(server->GetInstanceID()); + bitStream.Write(server->GetServerType()); + PacketUtils::WriteString(bitStream, server->GetIP(), server->GetIP().size()); + + server->SendToMaster(&bitStream); +} diff --git a/dNet/MasterPackets.h b/dNet/MasterPackets.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..19979092 --- /dev/null +++ b/dNet/MasterPackets.h @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +#ifndef MASTERPACKETS_H +#define MASTERPACKETS_H + +#include <cstdint> +#include <string> +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "dCommonVars.h" +class dServer; + +namespace MasterPackets { + void SendPersistentIDRequest(dServer* server, uint64_t requestID); //Called from the World server + void SendPersistentIDResponse(dServer* server, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, uint64_t requestID, uint32_t objID); + + void SendZoneTransferRequest(dServer* server, uint64_t requestID, bool mythranShift, uint32_t zoneID, uint32_t cloneID); + void SendZoneTransferResponse(dServer* server, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, uint64_t requestID, bool mythranShift, uint32_t zoneID, uint32_t zoneInstance, uint32_t zoneClone, const std::string& serverIP, uint32_t serverPort); + + void HandleServerInfo(Packet* packet); + void SendServerInfo(dServer* server, Packet* packet); + + void SendZoneCreatePrivate(dServer* server, uint32_t zoneID, uint32_t cloneID, const std::string& password); + + void SendZoneRequestPrivate(dServer* server, uint64_t requestID, bool mythranShift, const std::string& password); + + void SendWorldReady(dServer* server, LWOMAPID zoneId, LWOINSTANCEID instanceId); + + void HandleSetSessionKey(Packet* packet); +} + +#endif // MASTERPACKETS_H diff --git a/dNet/PacketUtils.cpp b/dNet/PacketUtils.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a5d9f0ea --- /dev/null +++ b/dNet/PacketUtils.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +#include "PacketUtils.h" +#include <MessageIdentifiers.h> +#include <vector> +#include <fstream> +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "Game.h" + +void PacketUtils::WriteHeader(RakNet::BitStream& bitStream, uint16_t connectionType, uint32_t internalPacketID) { + bitStream.Write(MessageID(ID_USER_PACKET_ENUM)); + bitStream.Write(connectionType); + bitStream.Write(internalPacketID); + bitStream.Write(uint8_t(0)); +} + +uint16_t PacketUtils::ReadPacketU16(uint32_t startLoc, Packet * packet) { + if (startLoc + 2 > packet->length) return 0; + + std::vector<unsigned char> t; + for (uint32_t i = startLoc; i < startLoc + 2; i++) t.push_back(packet->data[i]); + return *(uint16_t*)t.data(); +} + +uint32_t PacketUtils::ReadPacketU32(uint32_t startLoc, Packet * packet) { + if (startLoc + 4 > packet->length) return 0; + + std::vector<unsigned char> t; + for (uint32_t i = startLoc; i < startLoc + 4; i++) { + t.push_back(packet->data[i]); + } + return *(uint32_t*)t.data(); +} + +uint64_t PacketUtils::ReadPacketU64(uint32_t startLoc, Packet * packet) { + if (startLoc + 8 > packet->length) return 0; + + std::vector<unsigned char> t; + for (uint32_t i = startLoc; i < startLoc + 8; i++) t.push_back(packet->data[i]); + return *(uint64_t*)t.data(); +} + +int64_t PacketUtils::ReadPacketS64(uint32_t startLoc, Packet * packet) { + if (startLoc + 8 > packet->length) return 0; + + std::vector<unsigned char> t; + for (size_t i = startLoc; i < startLoc + 8; i++) t.push_back(packet->data[i]); + return *(int64_t*)t.data(); +} + +std::string PacketUtils::ReadString(uint32_t startLoc, Packet* packet, bool wide) { + std::string readString = ""; + + if (packet->length > startLoc) { + uint32_t i = 0; + while (packet->data[startLoc + i] != '\0' && packet->length > (uint32_t)(startLoc + i)) { + readString.push_back(packet->data[startLoc + i]); + + if (wide) { + i += 2; // Wide-char string + } else { + i++; // Regular string + } + } + } + + return readString; +} + +void PacketUtils::WritePacketString(const std::string& string, uint32_t maxSize, RakNet::BitStream * bitStream) { + uint32_t size = static_cast<uint32_t>(string.size()); + uint32_t remSize = static_cast<uint32_t>(maxSize - size); + + if (size > maxSize) size = maxSize; + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < size; ++i) { + bitStream->Write(static_cast<char>(string[i])); + } + + for (uint32_t j = 0; j < remSize; ++j) { + bitStream->Write(static_cast<char>(0)); + } +} + +void PacketUtils::WriteString(RakNet::BitStream& bitStream, const std::string& s, uint32_t maxSize) { + uint32_t size = s.size(); + uint32_t emptySize = maxSize - size; + + if (size > maxSize) size = maxSize; + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < size; i++) { + bitStream.Write((char)s[i]); + } + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < emptySize; i++) { + bitStream.Write((char)0); + } +} + +void PacketUtils::WriteWString(RakNet::BitStream& bitStream, const std::string& string, uint32_t maxSize) { + uint32_t size = static_cast<uint32_t>(string.length()); + uint32_t remSize = static_cast<uint32_t>(maxSize - size); + + if (size > maxSize) size = maxSize; + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < size; ++i) { + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint16_t>(string[i])); + } + + for (uint32_t j = 0; j < remSize; ++j) { + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint16_t>(0)); + } +} + +void PacketUtils::WriteWString(RakNet::BitStream& bitStream, const std::u16string& string, uint32_t maxSize) { + uint32_t size = static_cast<uint32_t>(string.length()); + uint32_t remSize = static_cast<uint32_t>(maxSize - size); + + if (size > maxSize) size = maxSize; + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < size; ++i) { + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint16_t>(string[i])); + } + + for (uint32_t j = 0; j < remSize; ++j) { + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint16_t>(0)); + } +} + +void PacketUtils::WritePacketWString(const std::string& string, uint32_t maxSize, RakNet::BitStream * bitStream) { + uint32_t size = static_cast<uint32_t>(string.length()); + uint32_t remSize = static_cast<uint32_t>(maxSize - size); + + if (size > maxSize) size = maxSize; + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < size; ++i) { + bitStream->Write(static_cast<uint16_t>(string[i])); + } + + for (uint32_t j = 0; j < remSize; ++j) { + bitStream->Write(static_cast<uint16_t>(0)); + } +} + +//! Saves a packet to the filesystem +void PacketUtils::SavePacket(const std::string& filename, const char * data, size_t length) { + //If we don't log to the console, don't save the bin files either. This takes up a lot of time. + if (!Game::logger->GetIsLoggingToConsole()) return; + + std::string path = "packets/" + filename; + + std::ofstream file(path, std::ios::binary); + if (!file.is_open()) return; + + file.write(data, length); + file.close(); +} diff --git a/dNet/PacketUtils.h b/dNet/PacketUtils.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3426c3ab --- /dev/null +++ b/dNet/PacketUtils.h @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +#ifndef PACKETUTILS_H +#define PACKETUTILS_H + +#include <BitStream.h> +#include <string> + +namespace PacketUtils { + void WriteHeader(RakNet::BitStream& bitStream, uint16_t connectionType, uint32_t internalPacketID); + + uint16_t ReadPacketU16(uint32_t startLoc, Packet * packet); + uint32_t ReadPacketU32(uint32_t startLoc, Packet * packet); + uint64_t ReadPacketU64(uint32_t startLoc, Packet * packet); + int64_t ReadPacketS64(uint32_t startLoc, Packet * packet); + std::string ReadString(uint32_t startLoc, Packet * packet, bool wide); + + void WritePacketString(const std::string& string, uint32_t maxSize, RakNet::BitStream * bitStream); + void WriteString(RakNet::BitStream& bitStream, const std::string& s, uint32_t maxSize); + void WriteWString(RakNet::BitStream& bitStream, const std::string& string, uint32_t maxSize); + void WriteWString(RakNet::BitStream& bitStream, const std::u16string& string, uint32_t maxSize); + void WritePacketWString(const std::string& string, uint32_t maxSize, RakNet::BitStream * bitStream); + + void SavePacket(const std::string& filename, const char * data, size_t length); +}; + +#endif // PACKETUTILS_H diff --git a/dNet/WorldPackets.cpp b/dNet/WorldPackets.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..67c20c03 --- /dev/null +++ b/dNet/WorldPackets.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,213 @@ +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "WorldPackets.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "dMessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "PacketUtils.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "User.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include <iostream> +#include "Game.h" +#include "LDFFormat.h" +#include "dServer.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "ZCompression.h" + +void WorldPackets::SendLoadStaticZone(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, float x, float y, float z, uint32_t checksum) { + RakNet::BitStream bitStream; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_LOAD_STATIC_ZONE); + + auto zone = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->GetZoneID(); + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint16_t>(zone.GetMapID())); + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint16_t>(zone.GetInstanceID())); + //bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint32_t>(zone.GetCloneID())); + bitStream.Write(0); + + bitStream.Write(checksum); + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint16_t>(0)); // ?? + + bitStream.Write(x); + bitStream.Write(y); + bitStream.Write(z); + + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint32_t>(0)); // Change this to eventually use 4 on activity worlds + + SEND_PACKET +} + +void WorldPackets::SendCharacterList ( const SystemAddress& sysAddr, User* user ) { + if (!user) return; + + RakNet::BitStream bitStream; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_CHARACTER_LIST_RESPONSE); + + std::vector<Character*> characters = user->GetCharacters(); + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint8_t>(characters.size())); + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint8_t>(0)); //character index in front, just picking 0 + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < characters.size(); ++i) { + bitStream.Write(characters[i]->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint32_t>(0)); + + PacketUtils::WriteWString(bitStream, characters[i]->GetName(), 33); + PacketUtils::WriteWString(bitStream, characters[i]->GetUnapprovedName(), 33); + + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint8_t>(characters[i]->GetNameRejected())); + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint8_t>(false)); + + PacketUtils::WriteString(bitStream, "", 10); + + bitStream.Write(characters[i]->GetShirtColor()); + bitStream.Write(characters[i]->GetShirtStyle()); + bitStream.Write(characters[i]->GetPantsColor()); + bitStream.Write(characters[i]->GetHairStyle()); + bitStream.Write(characters[i]->GetHairColor()); + bitStream.Write(characters[i]->GetLeftHand()); + bitStream.Write(characters[i]->GetRightHand()); + bitStream.Write(characters[i]->GetEyebrows()); + bitStream.Write(characters[i]->GetEyes()); + bitStream.Write(characters[i]->GetMouth()); + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint32_t>(0)); + + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint16_t>(characters[i]->GetZoneID())); + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint16_t>(characters[i]->GetZoneInstance())); + bitStream.Write(characters[i]->GetZoneClone()); + + bitStream.Write(characters[i]->GetLastLogin()); + + const auto& equippedItems = characters[i]->GetEquippedItems(); + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint16_t>(equippedItems.size())); + + for (uint32_t j = 0; j < equippedItems.size(); ++j) { + bitStream.Write(equippedItems[j]); + } + } + + SEND_PACKET +} + +void WorldPackets::SendCharacterCreationResponse ( const SystemAddress& sysAddr, eCreationResponse response ) { + RakNet::BitStream bitStream; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_CHARACTER_CREATE_RESPONSE); + bitStream.Write(response); + SEND_PACKET +} + +void WorldPackets::SendCharacterRenameResponse ( const SystemAddress& sysAddr, eRenameResponse response ) { + RakNet::BitStream bitStream; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_CHARACTER_RENAME_RESPONSE); + bitStream.Write(response); + SEND_PACKET +} + +void WorldPackets::SendCharacterDeleteResponse(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, bool response) { + RakNet::BitStream bitStream; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_DELETE_CHARACTER_RESPONSE); + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint8_t>(response)); + SEND_PACKET +} + +void WorldPackets::SendTransferToWorld ( const SystemAddress& sysAddr, const std::string& serverIP, uint32_t serverPort, bool mythranShift ) { + RakNet::BitStream bitStream; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_TRANSFER_TO_WORLD); + + PacketUtils::WriteString(bitStream, serverIP, 33); + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint16_t>(serverPort)); + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint8_t>(mythranShift)); + + SEND_PACKET +} + +void WorldPackets::SendServerState ( const SystemAddress& sysAddr ) { + RakNet::BitStream bitStream; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_SERVER_STATES); + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint8_t>(1)); //If the server is receiving this request, it probably is ready anyway. + SEND_PACKET +} + +void WorldPackets::SendCreateCharacter(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, const LWOOBJID& objectID, const std::string& xmlData, const std::u16string& username, int32_t gm) { + RakNet::BitStream bitStream; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_CREATE_CHARACTER); + + RakNet::BitStream data; + data.Write<uint32_t>(6); //LDF key count + + LDFData<LWOOBJID>* objid = new LDFData<LWOOBJID>(u"objid", objectID); + LDFData<LOT>* lot = new LDFData<LOT>(u"template", 1); + LDFData<std::string> * xmlConfigData = new LDFData<std::string>(u"xmlData", xmlData); + LDFData<std::u16string>* name = new LDFData<std::u16string>(u"name", username); + LDFData<int32_t>* gmlevel = new LDFData<int32_t>(u"gmlevel", gm); + LDFData<int32_t>* chatmode = new LDFData<int32_t>(u"chatmode", gm); + + objid->WriteToPacket(&data); + lot->WriteToPacket(&data); + name->WriteToPacket(&data); + gmlevel->WriteToPacket(&data); + chatmode->WriteToPacket(&data); + xmlConfigData->WriteToPacket(&data); + + delete objid; + delete lot; + delete xmlConfigData; + delete gmlevel; + delete chatmode; + delete name; + + //Compress the data before sending: + const int reservedSize = 5 * 1024 * 1024; + uint8_t compressedData[reservedSize]; + size_t size = ZCompression::Compress(data.GetData(), data.GetNumberOfBytesUsed(), compressedData, reservedSize); + + bitStream.Write<uint32_t>(size + 9); //size of data + header bytes (8) + bitStream.Write<uint8_t>(1); //compressed boolean, true + bitStream.Write<uint32_t>(data.GetNumberOfBytesUsed()); + bitStream.Write<uint32_t>(size); + + for (size_t i = 0; i < size; i++) + bitStream.Write(compressedData[i]); + + /* + uint32_t dataSize = data.GetNumberOfBytesUsed(); + bitStream.Write(dataSize + 8); // The data size + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint8_t>(0)); // Data is not compressed + bitStream.Write(data); // Write the data + */ + + PacketUtils::SavePacket("chardata.bin", (const char *)bitStream.GetData(), static_cast<uint32_t>(bitStream.GetNumberOfBytesUsed())); + SEND_PACKET + Game::logger->Log("WorldPackets", "Sent CreateCharacter for ID: %llu\n", objectID); +} + +void WorldPackets::SendChatModerationResponse(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, bool requestAccepted, uint32_t requestID, const std::string& receiver, std::unordered_map<char, char> unacceptedItems) { + CBITSTREAM + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_CHAT_MODERATION_STRING); + + bitStream.Write(static_cast<char>(requestAccepted)); + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint16_t>(0)); + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint8_t>(requestID)); + bitStream.Write(static_cast<char>(0)); + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < 33; ++i) { + bitStream.Write(static_cast<uint16_t>(receiver[i])); + } + + for (std::unordered_map<char, char>::iterator it = unacceptedItems.begin(); it != unacceptedItems.end(); ++it) { + bitStream.Write(it->first); + bitStream.Write(it->second); + } + + SEND_PACKET +} + +void WorldPackets::SendGMLevelChange(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, bool success, uint8_t highestLevel, uint8_t prevLevel, uint8_t newLevel) { + CBITSTREAM + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_MAKE_GM_RESPONSE); + + bitStream.Write<uint8_t>(success); + bitStream.Write<uint16_t>(highestLevel); + bitStream.Write<uint16_t>(prevLevel); + bitStream.Write<uint16_t>(newLevel); + + SEND_PACKET +} diff --git a/dNet/WorldPackets.h b/dNet/WorldPackets.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ff51a7f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dNet/WorldPackets.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +#ifndef WORLDPACKETS_H +#define WORLDPACKETS_H + +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include <string> +#include <unordered_map> + +class User; +struct SystemAddress; + +namespace WorldPackets { + void SendLoadStaticZone(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, float x, float y, float z, uint32_t checksum); + void SendCharacterList(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, User * user); + void SendCharacterCreationResponse(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, eCreationResponse response); + void SendCharacterRenameResponse(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, eRenameResponse response); + void SendCharacterDeleteResponse(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, bool response); + void SendTransferToWorld(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, const std::string& serverIP, uint32_t serverPort, bool mythranShift); + void SendServerState(const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + void SendCreateCharacter(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, const LWOOBJID& objectID, const std::string& xmlData, const std::u16string& username, int32_t gm); + void SendChatModerationResponse(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, bool requestAccepted, uint32_t requestID, const std::string& receiver, std::unordered_map<char, char> unacceptedItems); + void SendGMLevelChange(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, bool success, uint8_t highestLevel, uint8_t prevLevel, uint8_t newLevel); +} + +#endif // WORLDPACKETS_H diff --git a/dNet/ZoneInstanceManager.cpp b/dNet/ZoneInstanceManager.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9e7653a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dNet/ZoneInstanceManager.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +#define _VARIADIC_MAX 10 +#include "ZoneInstanceManager.h" + +// Custom Classes +#include "MasterPackets.h" +#include "PacketUtils.h" +#include "dServer.h" + +// C++ +#include <future> + +// Static Variables +ZoneInstanceManager * ZoneInstanceManager::m_Address = nullptr; + +//! Requests a zone transfer +void ZoneInstanceManager::RequestZoneTransfer(dServer* server, uint32_t zoneID, uint32_t zoneClone, bool mythranShift, std::function<void(bool, uint32_t, uint32_t, uint32_t, std::string, uint16_t)> callback) { + + ZoneTransferRequest * request = new ZoneTransferRequest(); + request->requestID = ++currentRequestID; + request->callback = callback; + + this->requests.push_back(request); + + MasterPackets::SendZoneTransferRequest(server, request->requestID, mythranShift, zoneID, zoneClone); +} + +//! Handles a zone transfer response +void ZoneInstanceManager::HandleRequestZoneTransferResponse(uint64_t requestID, Packet * packet) { + + bool mythranShift = static_cast<bool>(packet->data[16]); + uint32_t zoneID = PacketUtils::ReadPacketU32(17, packet); + uint32_t zoneInstance = PacketUtils::ReadPacketU32(21, packet); + uint32_t zoneClone = PacketUtils::ReadPacketU32(25, packet); + uint16_t serverPort = PacketUtils::ReadPacketU16(29, packet); + std::string serverIP = PacketUtils::ReadString(31, packet, false); + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < this->requests.size(); ++i) { + if (this->requests[i]->requestID == requestID) { + + // Call the request callback + this->requests[i]->callback(mythranShift, zoneID, zoneInstance, zoneClone, serverIP, serverPort); + + delete this->requests[i]; + this->requests.erase(this->requests.begin() + i); + return; + } + } + +} + +void ZoneInstanceManager::CreatePrivateZone(dServer* server, uint32_t zoneID, uint32_t zoneClone, const std::string& password) +{ + MasterPackets::SendZoneCreatePrivate(server, zoneID, zoneClone, password); +} + +void ZoneInstanceManager::RequestPrivateZone( + dServer* server, + bool mythranShift, + const std::string& password, + std::function<void(bool, uint32_t, uint32_t, uint32_t, std::string, uint16_t)> callback) +{ + ZoneTransferRequest* request = new ZoneTransferRequest(); + request->requestID = ++currentRequestID; + request->callback = callback; + + this->requests.push_back(request); + + MasterPackets::SendZoneRequestPrivate(server, request->requestID, mythranShift, password); +} diff --git a/dNet/ZoneInstanceManager.h b/dNet/ZoneInstanceManager.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d81fe3c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/dNet/ZoneInstanceManager.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +#pragma once + +// C++ +#define _VARIADIC_MAX 10 +#include <functional> +#include <vector> +#include <string> + +// RakNet +#include <RakNetTypes.h> + +class dServer; + +/*! + \file ZoneInstanceManager.hpp + \brief A class for handling zone transfers and zone-related functions + */ + +//! The zone request +struct ZoneTransferRequest { + uint64_t requestID; + std::function<void(bool, uint32_t, uint32_t, uint32_t, std::string, uint16_t)> callback; +}; + +//! The zone manager +class ZoneInstanceManager { +private: + static ZoneInstanceManager * m_Address; //!< The singleton instance + + std::vector<ZoneTransferRequest*> requests; //!< The zone transfer requests + uint64_t currentRequestID; //!< The current request ID + +public: + + //! The singleton method + static ZoneInstanceManager * Instance() { + if (m_Address == 0) { + m_Address = new ZoneInstanceManager; + m_Address->currentRequestID = 0; + } + + return m_Address; + } + + //! Requests a zone transfer + /*! + \param zoneID The zone ID + \param zoneClone The zone clone + \param mythranShift Whether or not this is a mythran shift + \param callback The callback function + */ + void RequestZoneTransfer(dServer* server, uint32_t zoneID, uint32_t zoneClone, bool mythranShift, std::function<void(bool, uint32_t, uint32_t, uint32_t, std::string, uint16_t)> callback); + + //! Handles a zone transfer response + /*! + \param requestID The request ID + \param packet The packet + */ + void HandleRequestZoneTransferResponse(uint64_t requestID, Packet * packet); + + void CreatePrivateZone(dServer* server, uint32_t zoneID, uint32_t zoneClone, const std::string& password); + + void RequestPrivateZone(dServer* server, bool mythranShift, const std::string& password, std::function<void(bool, uint32_t, uint32_t, uint32_t, std::string, uint16_t)> callback); + +}; diff --git a/dNet/dMessageIdentifiers.h b/dNet/dMessageIdentifiers.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d4f4e62b --- /dev/null +++ b/dNet/dMessageIdentifiers.h @@ -0,0 +1,537 @@ +#pragma once +#include "MessageIdentifiers.h" + +enum CONNECTION_TYPE { + SERVER = 0, //!< Means it is used throughout all servers + AUTH, //!< Means it is sent from the client authentication + CHAT, //!< Means it is sent from and to the chat server + CHAT_INTERNAL, //!< Unused - We can potentially use this in the future for various things + WORLD, //!< Means it is sent from the client world + CLIENT, //!< Means it is sent to the client from the world server + MASTER //!< Means it is sent to and from the master server +}; + +//! The Internal Server Packet Identifiers +enum SERVER { + MSG_SERVER_VERSION_CONFIRM = 0, /*!< Sent during a handshake to confirm the server/client version */ + MSG_SERVER_DISCONNECT_NOTIFY, /*!< Sent when a user disconnected */ + MSG_SERVER_GENERAL_NOTIFY /*!< A general notification */ +}; + +//! The Internal Authentication Packet Identifiers +enum AUTH { + MSG_AUTH_LOGIN_REQUEST = 0, /*!< Sent from the client when a user logs in */ + MSG_AUTH_LOGOUT_REQUEST, /*!< Sent from the client when a user logs out */ + MSG_AUTH_CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT_REQUEST, /*!< Sent from the client when a user creates a new account */ + MSG_AUTH_LEGOINTERFACE_AUTH_RESPONSE, /*!< Unknown */ + MSG_AUTH_SESSIONKEY_RECEIVED_CONFIRM, /*!< Sent when the server recieved the session key (?) */ + MSG_AUTH_RUNTIME_CONFIG /*!< Unknown */ +}; + +//! The Internal Chat Packet Identifiers +enum CHAT { + MSG_CHAT_LOGIN_SESSION_NOTIFY = 0, /*!< When a user logs in */ + MSG_CHAT_GENERAL_CHAT_MESSAGE, /*!< Used for global chat messages */ + MSG_CHAT_PRIVATE_CHAT_MESSAGE, /*!< Used for private chat messages */ + MSG_CHAT_USER_CHANNEL_CHAT_MESSAGE, /*!< Unknown */ + MSG_CHAT_WORLD_DISCONNECT_REQUEST, /*!< Unknown */ + MSG_CHAT_WORLD_PROXIMITY_RESPONSE, /*!< Unknown */ + MSG_CHAT_WORLD_PARCEL_RESPONSE, /*!< Unknown */ + MSG_CHAT_ADD_FRIEND_REQUEST, /*!< When the client requests to add a friend */ + MSG_CHAT_ADD_FRIEND_RESPONSE, /*!< Sent from the server when the client adds a friend */ + MSG_CHAT_REMOVE_FRIEND, /*!< When the client removes a friend */ + MSG_CHAT_GET_FRIENDS_LIST, /*!< Sent when the client requests a user's friends list */ + MSG_CHAT_ADD_IGNORE, /*!< Sent when the client adds a friend to the "ignore" list */ + MSG_CHAT_REMOVE_IGNORE, /*!< Sent when the client removes a friend from the "ignore" list */ + MSG_CHAT_GET_IGNORE_LIST, /*!< Sent when the client requests a user's ignored list */ + MSG_CHAT_TEAM_MISSED_INVITE_CHECK, /*!< Unknown (Something with an unresponded-to friend request probably) */ + MSG_CHAT_TEAM_INVITE, /*!< When the client invites a user to a team */ + MSG_CHAT_TEAM_INVITE_RESPONSE, /*!< Sent from the server when the client invites someone to the team */ + MSG_CHAT_TEAM_KICK, /*!< Sent when the client kicks a member from a team */ + MSG_CHAT_TEAM_LEAVE, /*!< Sent when the client leaves a team */ + MSG_CHAT_TEAM_SET_LOOT, /*!< Unknown (Something to do with team loot) */ + MSG_CHAT_TEAM_SET_LEADER, /*!< Unknown (Probably sets the team leader or something) */ + MSG_CHAT_TEAM_GET_STATUS, /*!< Check to see if we are in a team or not, sent on world join */ + MSG_CHAT_GUILD_CREATE, /*!< Guild Creation */ + MSG_CHAT_GUILD_INVITE, /*!< Guild Invitation */ + MSG_CHAT_GUILD_INVITE_RESPONSE, /*!< Guild Invite Response */ + MSG_CHAT_GUILD_LEAVE, /*!< Guild Leave */ + MSG_CHAT_GUILD_KICK, /*!< Guild Kick */ + MSG_CHAT_GUILD_GET_STATUS, /*!< Guild Get Status */ + MSG_CHAT_GUILD_GET_ALL, /*!< Guild Get All */ + MSG_CHAT_SHOW_ALL, + MSG_CHAT_BLUEPRINT_MODERATED, + MSG_CHAT_BLUEPRINT_MODEL_READY, + MSG_CHAT_PROPERTY_READY_FOR_APPROVAL, + MSG_CHAT_PROPERTY_MODERATION_CHANGED, + MSG_CHAT_PROPERTY_BUILDMODE_CHANGED, + MSG_CHAT_PROPERTY_BUILDMODE_CHANGED_REPORT, + MSG_CHAT_MAIL, + MSG_CHAT_WORLD_INSTANCE_LOCATION_REQUEST, + MSG_CHAT_REPUTATION_UPDATE, + MSG_CHAT_SEND_CANNED_TEXT, + MSG_CHAT_GMLEVEL_UPDATE, + MSG_CHAT_CHARACTER_NAME_CHANGE_REQUEST, + MSG_CHAT_CSR_REQUEST, + MSG_CHAT_CSR_REPLY, + MSG_CHAT_GM_KICK, + MSG_CHAT_GM_ANNOUNCE, + MSG_CHAT_GM_MUTE, + MSG_CHAT_ACTIVITY_UPDATE, + MSG_CHAT_WORLD_ROUTE_PACKET, + MSG_CHAT_GET_ZONE_POPULATIONS, + MSG_CHAT_REQUEST_MINIMUM_CHAT_MODE, + MSG_CHAT_REQUEST_MINIMUM_CHAT_MODE_PRIVATE, + MSG_CHAT_MATCH_REQUEST, + MSG_CHAT_UGCMANIFEST_REPORT_MISSING_FILE, + MSG_CHAT_UGCMANIFEST_REPORT_DONE_FILE, + MSG_CHAT_UGCMANIFEST_REPORT_DONE_BLUEPRINT, + MSG_CHAT_UGCC_REQUEST, + MSG_CHAT_WHO, + MSG_CHAT_WORLD_PLAYERS_PET_MODERATED_ACKNOWLEDGE, + MSG_CHAT_ACHIEVEMENT_NOTIFY, + MSG_CHAT_GM_CLOSE_PRIVATE_CHAT_WINDOW, + MSG_CHAT_UNEXPECTED_DISCONNECT, + MSG_CHAT_PLAYER_READY, + MSG_CHAT_GET_DONATION_TOTAL, + MSG_CHAT_UPDATE_DONATION, + MSG_CHAT_PRG_CSR_COMMAND, + MSG_CHAT_HEARTBEAT_REQUEST_FROM_WORLD, + MSG_CHAT_UPDATE_FREE_TRIAL_STATUS +}; + +//! Used for packets related to chatting +enum CHAT_INTERNAL { + MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_PLAYER_ADDED_NOTIFICATION = 0, + MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_PLAYER_REMOVED_NOTIFICATION, + MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_ADD_FRIEND, + MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_ADD_BEST_FRIEND, + MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_ADD_TO_TEAM, + MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_ADD_BLOCK, + MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_REMOVE_FRIEND, + MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_REMOVE_BLOCK, + MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_REMOVE_FROM_TEAM, + MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_DELETE_TEAM, + MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_REPORT, + MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_PRIVATE_CHAT, + MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_PRIVATE_CHAT_RESPONSE, + MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_ANNOUNCEMENT, + MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_MAIL_COUNT_UPDATE, + MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_MAIL_SEND_NOTIFY, + MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_REQUEST_USER_LIST, + MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_FRIEND_LIST, + MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_ROUTE_TO_PLAYER, + MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_TEAM_UPDATE, + MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_MUTE_UPDATE, + MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_CREATE_TEAM, +}; + +//! Used for packets send to the world +enum WORLD { + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_VALIDATION = 1, // Session info + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_CHARACTER_LIST_REQUEST, + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_CHARACTER_CREATE_REQUEST, + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_LOGIN_REQUEST, // Character selected + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_GAME_MSG, + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_CHARACTER_DELETE_REQUEST, + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_CHARACTER_RENAME_REQUEST, + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_HAPPY_FLOWER_MODE_NOTIFY, + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_SLASH_RELOAD_MAP, // Reload map cmp + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_SLASH_PUSH_MAP_REQUEST, // Push map req cmd + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_SLASH_PUSH_MAP, // Push map cmd + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_SLASH_PULL_MAP, // Pull map cmd + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_LOCK_MAP_REQUEST, + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_GENERAL_CHAT_MESSAGE, // General chat message + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_HTTP_MONITOR_INFO_REQUEST, + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_SLASH_DEBUG_SCRIPTS, // Debug scripts cmd + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_MODELS_CLEAR, + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_EXHIBIT_INSERT_MODEL, + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_LEVEL_LOAD_COMPLETE, // Character data request + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_TMP_GUILD_CREATE, + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_ROUTE_PACKET, // Social? + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_POSITION_UPDATE, + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_MAIL, + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_WORD_CHECK, // Whitelist word check + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_STRING_CHECK, // Whitelist string check + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_GET_PLAYERS_IN_ZONE, + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_REQUEST_UGC_MANIFEST_INFO, + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_BLUEPRINT_GET_ALL_DATA_REQUEST, + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_CANCEL_MAP_QUEUE, + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_HANDLE_FUNNESS, + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_FAKE_PRG_CSR_MESSAGE, + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_REQUEST_FREE_TRIAL_REFRESH, + MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_GM_SET_FREE_TRIAL_STATUS +}; + +//! An enum for packets sent to the client +enum CLIENT { + MSG_CLIENT_LOGIN_RESPONSE = 0, + MSG_CLIENT_LOGOUT_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_LOAD_STATIC_ZONE, + MSG_CLIENT_CREATE_OBJECT, + MSG_CLIENT_CREATE_CHARACTER, + MSG_CLIENT_CREATE_CHARACTER_EXTENDED, + MSG_CLIENT_CHARACTER_LIST_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_CHARACTER_CREATE_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_CHARACTER_RENAME_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_CHAT_CONNECT_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_AUTH_ACCOUNT_CREATE_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_DELETE_CHARACTER_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_GAME_MSG, + MSG_CLIENT_CONNECT_CHAT, + MSG_CLIENT_TRANSFER_TO_WORLD, + MSG_CLIENT_IMPENDING_RELOAD_NOTIFY, + MSG_CLIENT_MAKE_GM_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_HTTP_MONITOR_INFO_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_SLASH_PUSH_MAP_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_SLASH_PULL_MAP_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_SLASH_LOCK_MAP_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_BLUEPRINT_SAVE_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_BLUEPRINT_LUP_SAVE_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_BLUEPRINT_LOAD_RESPONSE_ITEMID, + MSG_CLIENT_BLUEPRINT_GET_ALL_DATA_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_MODEL_INSTANTIATE_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_DEBUG_OUTPUT, + MSG_CLIENT_ADD_FRIEND_REQUEST, + MSG_CLIENT_ADD_FRIEND_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_REMOVE_FRIEND_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_GET_FRIENDS_LIST_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_UPDATE_FRIEND_NOTIFY, + MSG_CLIENT_ADD_IGNORE_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_REMOVE_IGNORE_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_GET_IGNORE_LIST_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_TEAM_INVITE, + MSG_CLIENT_TEAM_INVITE_INITIAL_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_GUILD_CREATE_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_GUILD_GET_STATUS_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_GUILD_INVITE, + MSG_CLIENT_GUILD_INVITE_INITIAL_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_GUILD_INVITE_FINAL_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_GUILD_INVITE_CONFIRM, + MSG_CLIENT_GUILD_ADD_PLAYER, + MSG_CLIENT_GUILD_REMOVE_PLAYER, + MSG_CLIENT_GUILD_LOGIN_LOGOUT, + MSG_CLIENT_GUILD_RANK_CHANGE, + MSG_CLIENT_GUILD_DATA, + MSG_CLIENT_GUILD_STATUS, + MSG_CLIENT_MAIL, + MSG_CLIENT_DB_PROXY_RESULT, + MSG_CLIENT_SHOW_ALL_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_WHO_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_SEND_CANNED_TEXT, + MSG_CLIENT_UPDATE_CHARACTER_NAME, + MSG_CLIENT_SET_NETWORK_SIMULATOR, + MSG_CLIENT_INVALID_CHAT_MESSAGE, + MSG_CLIENT_MINIMUM_CHAT_MODE_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_MINIMUM_CHAT_MODE_RESPONSE_PRIVATE, + MSG_CLIENT_CHAT_MODERATION_STRING, + MSG_CLIENT_UGC_MANIFEST_RESPONSE, + MSG_CLIENT_IN_LOGIN_QUEUE, + MSG_CLIENT_SERVER_STATES, + MSG_CLIENT_GM_CLOSE_TARGET_CHAT_WINDOW, + MSG_CLIENT_GENERAL_TEXT_FOR_LOCALIZATION, + MSG_CLIENT_UPDATE_FREE_TRIAL_STATUS, + MSG_CLIENT_UGC_DOWNLOAD_FAILED = 120 +}; + +//! Used for packets sent to the master server +enum MASTER { + MSG_MASTER_REQUEST_PERSISTENT_ID = 1, + MSG_MASTER_REQUEST_PERSISTENT_ID_RESPONSE, + MSG_MASTER_REQUEST_ZONE_TRANSFER, + MSG_MASTER_REQUEST_ZONE_TRANSFER_RESPONSE, + MSG_MASTER_SERVER_INFO, + MSG_MASTER_REQUEST_SESSION_KEY, + MSG_MASTER_SET_SESSION_KEY, + MSG_MASTER_SESSION_KEY_RESPONSE, + MSG_MASTER_PLAYER_ADDED, + MSG_MASTER_PLAYER_REMOVED, + + MSG_MASTER_CREATE_PRIVATE_ZONE, + MSG_MASTER_REQUEST_PRIVATE_ZONE, + + MSG_MASTER_WORLD_READY, + MSG_MASTER_PREP_ZONE, + + MSG_MASTER_SHUTDOWN, + MSG_MASTER_SHUTDOWN_RESPONSE, + MSG_MASTER_SHUTDOWN_IMMEDIATE, + + MSG_MASTER_SHUTDOWN_UNIVERSE, + + MSG_MASTER_AFFIRM_TRANSFER_REQUEST, + MSG_MASTER_AFFIRM_TRANSFER_RESPONSE, + + MSG_MASTER_NEW_SESSION_ALERT +}; + +//! The Game messages +enum GAME_MSG : unsigned short { + GAME_MSG_TELEPORT = 19, + GAME_MSG_SET_PLAYER_CONTROL_SCHEME = 26, + GAME_MSG_DROP_CLIENT_LOOT = 30, + GAME_MSG_DIE = 37, + GAME_MSG_REQUEST_DIE = 38, + GAME_MSG_PLAY_EMOTE = 41, + GAME_MSG_PLAY_ANIMATION = 43, + GAME_MSG_SET_NAME = 72, + GAME_MSG_ECHO_START_SKILL = 118, + GAME_MSG_START_SKILL = 119, + GAME_MSG_VERIFY_ACK = 121, + GAME_MSG_ADD_SKILL = 127, + GAME_MSG_REMOVE_SKILL = 128, + GAME_MSG_SET_CURRENCY = 133, + GAME_MSG_PICKUP_CURRENCY = 137, + GAME_MSG_PICKUP_ITEM = 139, + GAME_MSG_TEAM_PICKUP_ITEM = 140, + GAME_MSG_PLAY_FX_EFFECT = 154, + GAME_MSG_STOP_FX_EFFECT = 155, + GAME_MSG_REQUEST_RESURRECT = 159, + GAME_MSG_RESURRECT = 160, + GAME_MSG_PUSH_EQUIPPED_ITEMS_STATE = 191, + GAME_MSG_POP_EQUIPPED_ITEMS_STATE = 192, + GAME_MSG_SET_GM_LEVEL = 193, + GAME_MSG_SET_STUNNED = 198, + GAME_MSG_KNOCKBACK = 202, + GAME_MSG_REBUILD_CANCEL = 209, + GAME_MSG_ENABLE_REBUILD = 213, + GAME_MSG_MOVE_ITEM_IN_INVENTORY = 224, + GAME_MSG_ADD_ITEM_TO_INVENTORY_CLIENT_SYNC = 227, + GAME_MSG_REMOVE_ITEM_FROM_INVENTORY = 230, + GAME_MSG_EQUIP_ITEM = 231, + GAME_MSG_UN_EQUIP_ITEM = 233, + GAME_MSG_OFFER_MISSION = 248, + GAME_MSG_RESPOND_TO_MISSION = 249, + GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_MISSION = 254, + GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_MISSION_TASK = 255, + GAME_MSG_REBUILD_NOTIFY_STATE = 336, + GAME_MSG_TERMINATE_INTERACTION = 357, + GAME_MSG_SERVER_TERMINATE_INTERACTION = 358, + GAME_MSG_REQUEST_USE = 364, + GAME_MSG_VENDOR_OPEN_WINDOW = 369, + GAME_MSG_BUY_FROM_VENDOR = 373, + GAME_MSG_SELL_TO_VENDOR = 374, + GAME_MSG_TEAM_SET_OFF_WORLD_FLAG = 383, + GAME_MSG_SET_INVENTORY_SIZE = 389, + GAME_MSG_ACKNOWLEDGE_POSSESSION = 391, + GAME_MSG_SET_SHOOTING_GALLERY_PARAMS = 400, + GAME_MSG_REQUEST_ACTIVITY_START_STOP = 402, + GAME_MSG_REQUEST_ACTIVITY_ENTER = 403, + GAME_MSG_REQUEST_ACTIVITY_EXIT = 404, + GAME_MSG_ACTIVITY_ENTER = 405, + GAME_MSG_ACTIVITY_EXIT = 406, + GAME_MSG_ACTIVITY_START = 407, + GAME_MSG_ACTIVITY_STOP = 408, + GAME_MSG_SHOOTING_GALLERY_CLIENT_AIM_UPDATE = 409, + GAME_MSG_SHOOTING_GALLERY_FIRE = 411, + GAME_MSG_VENDOR_STATUS_UPDATE = 417, + GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_CLIENT_SHOOTING_GALLERY_SCORE = 425, + GAME_MSG_CONSUME_CLIENT_ITEM = 427, + GAME_MSG_CLIENT_ITEM_CONSUMED = 428, + GAME_MSG_UPDATE_SHOOTING_GALLERY_ROTATION = 448, + GAME_MSG_SET_FLAG = 471, + GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_CLIENT_FLAG_CHANGE = 472, + GAME_MSG_VENDOR_TRANSACTION_RESULT = 476, + GAME_MSG_HAS_BEEN_COLLECTED = 486, + GAME_MSG_DISPLAY_CHAT_BUBBLE = 495, + GAME_MSG_SPAWN_PET = 498, + GAME_MSG_DESPAWN_PET = 499, + GAME_MSG_PLAYER_LOADED = 505, + GAME_MSG_PLAYER_READY = 509, + GAME_MSG_REQUEST_LINKED_MISSION = 515, + GAME_MSG_INVALID_ZONE_TRANSFER_LIST = 519, + GAME_MSG_MISSION_DIALOGUE_OK = 520, + GAME_MSG_DISPLAY_MESSAGE_BOX = 529, + GAME_MSG_MESSAGE_BOX_RESPOND = 530, + GAME_MSG_CHOICE_BOX_RESPOND = 531, + GAME_MSG_SET_SHOOTING_GALLERY_RETICULE_EFFECT = 548, + GAME_MSG_PLACE_MODEL_RESPONSE = 0x223, + GAME_MSG_SET_JET_PACK_MODE = 561, + GAME_MSG_REGISTER_PET_ID = 565, + GAME_MSG_REGISTER_PET_DBID = 566, + GAME_MSG_SHOW_ACTIVITY_COUNTDOWN = 568, + GAME_MSG_START_ACTIVITY_TIME = 576, + GAME_MSG_ACTIVITY_PAUSE = 602, + GAME_MSG_USE_NON_EQUIPMENT_ITEM = 603, + GAME_MSG_USE_ITEM_RESULT = 607, + GAME_MSG_COMMAND_PET = 640, + GAME_MSG_PET_RESPONSE = 641, + GAME_MSG_REQUEST_ACTIVITY_SUMMARY_LEADERBOARD_DATA = 648, + GAME_MSG_SEND_ACTIVITY_SUMMARY_LEADERBOARD_DATA = 649, + GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_OBJECT = 656, + GAME_MSG_CLIENT_NOTIFY_PET = 659, + GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_PET = 660, + GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_PET_TAMING_MINIGAME = 661, + GAME_MSG_START_SERVER_PET_MINIGAME_TIMER = 662, + GAME_MSG_CLIENT_EXIT_TAMING_MINIGAME = 663, + GAME_MSG_PET_NAME_CHANGED = 686, + GAME_MSG_PET_TAMING_MINIGAME_RESULT = 667, + GAME_MSG_PET_TAMING_TRY_BUILD_RESULT = 668, + GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_TAMING_BUILD_SUCCESS = 673, + GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_TAMING_MODEL_LOADED_ON_SERVER = 674, + GAME_MSG_ADD_PET_TO_PLAYER = 681, + GAME_MSG_REQUEST_SET_PET_NAME = 683, + GAME_MSG_SET_PET_NAME = 684, + GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_PET_TAMING_PUZZLE_SELECTED = 675, + GAME_MSG_SHOW_PET_ACTION_BUTTON = 692, + GAME_MSG_SET_EMOTE_LOCK_STATE = 693, + GAME_MSG_PLAY_EMBEDDED_EFFECT_ON_ALL_CLIENTS_NEAR_OBJECT = 713, + GAME_MSG_DOWNLOAD_PROPERTY_DATA = 716, + GAME_MSG_QUERY_PROPERTY_DATA = 717, + GAME_MSG_PROPERTY_EDITOR_BEGIN = 724, + GAME_MSG_PROPERTY_EDITOR_END = 725, + GAME_MSG_START_PATHING = 735, + GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_CLIENT_ZONE_OBJECT = 737, + GAME_MSG_PROPERTY_RENTAL_RESPONSE = 750, + GAME_MSG_REQUEST_PLATFORM_RESYNC = 760, + GAME_MSG_PLATFORM_RESYNC = 761, + GAME_MSG_PLAY_CINEMATIC = 762, + GAME_MSG_END_CINEMATIC = 763, + GAME_MSG_CINEMATIC_UPDATE = 764, + GAME_MSG_TOGGLE_GHOST_REFERENCE_OVERRIDE = 767, + GAME_MSG_SET_GHOST_REFERENCE_POSITION = 768, + GAME_MSG_FIRE_EVENT_SERVER_SIDE = 770, + GAME_MSG_SET_NETWORK_SCRIPT_VAR = 781, + GAME_MSG_UPDATE_MODEL_FROM_CLIENT = 793, + GAME_MSG_DELETE_MODEL_FROM_CLIENT = 794, + GAME_MSG_PLAY_ND_AUDIO_EMITTER = 821, + GAME_MSG_PLAY2_DAMBIENT_SOUND = 831, + GAME_MSG_ENTER_PROPERTY1 = 840, + GAME_MSG_ENTER_PROPERTY2 = 841, + GAME_MSG_PROPERTY_ENTRANCE_SYNC = 842, + GAME_MSG_PROPERTY_SELECT_QUERY = 845, + GAME_MSG_PARSE_CHAT_MESSAGE = 850, + GAME_MSG_BROADCAST_TEXT_TO_CHATBOX = 858, + GAME_MSG_OPEN_PROPERTY_MANAGEMENT = 860, + GAME_MSG_OPEN_PROPERTY_VENDOR = 861, + GAME_MSG_UPDATE_PROPERTY_OR_MODEL_FOR_FILTER_CHECK = 863, + GAME_MSG_CLIENT_TRADE_REQUEST = 868, + GAME_MSG_SERVER_TRADE_REQUEST = 869, + GAME_MSG_SERVER_TRADE_INVITE = 870, + GAME_MSG_CLIENT_TRADE_REPLY = 871, + GAME_MSG_SERVER_TRADE_REPLY = 872, + GAME_MSG_SERVER_TRADE_INITIAL_REPLY = 873, + GAME_MSG_SERVER_TRADE_FINAL_REPLY = 874, + GAME_MSG_CLIENT_TRADE_UPDATE = 875, + GAME_MSG_SERVER_SIDE_TRADE_UPDATE = 876, + GAME_MSG_SERVER_TRADE_UPDATE = 877, + GAME_MSG_CLIENT_TRADE_CANCEL = 878, + GAME_MSG_CLIENT_SIDE_TRADE_CANCEL = 879, + GAME_MSG_CLIENT_TRADE_ACCEPT = 880, + GAME_MSG_SERVER_SIDE_TRADE_ACCEPT = 881, + GAME_MSG_SERVER_SIDE_TRADE_CANCEL = 882, + GAME_MSG_SERVER_TRADE_CANCEL = 883, + GAME_MSG_SERVER_TRADE_ACCEPT = 884, + GAME_MSG_READY_FOR_UPDATES = 888, + GAME_MSG_ORIENT_TO_OBJECT = 905, + GAME_MSG_ORIENT_TO_POSITION = 906, + GAME_MSG_ORIENT_TO_ANGLE = 907, + GAME_MSG_BOUNCER_ACTIVE_STATUS = 942, + GAME_MSG_BBB_LOAD_ITEM_REQUEST = 1000, + GAME_MSG_BBB_SAVE_REQUEST = 1001, + GAME_MSG_BBB_SAVE_RESPONSE = 1006, + GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_CLIENT_OBJECT = 1042, + GAME_MSG_DISPLAY_ZONE_SUMMARY = 1043, + GAME_MSG_ACTIVITY_STATE_CHANGE_REQUEST = 1053, + GAME_MSG_MODIFY_PLAYER_ZONE_STATISTIC = 1046, + GAME_MSG_START_BUILDING_WITH_ITEM = 1057, + GAME_MSG_START_ARRANGING_WITH_ITEM = 1061, + GAME_MSG_FINISH_ARRANGING_WITH_ITEM = 1062, + GAME_MSG_DONE_ARRANGING_WITH_ITEM = 1063, + GAME_MSG_SET_BUILD_MODE = 1068, + GAME_MSG_BUILD_MODE_SET = 1069, + GAME_MSG_SET_BUILD_MODE_CONFIRMED = 1073, + GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_CLIENT_FAILED_PRECONDITION = 1081, + GAME_MSG_MOVE_ITEM_BETWEEN_INVENTORY_TYPES = 1093, + GAME_MSG_MODULAR_BUILD_BEGIN = 1094, + GAME_MSG_MODULAR_BUILD_END = 1095, + GAME_MSG_MODULAR_BUILD_MOVE_AND_EQUIP = 1096, + GAME_MSG_MODULAR_BUILD_FINISH = 1097, + GAME_MSG_REPORT_BUG = 1198, + GAME_MSG_MISSION_DIALOGUE_CANCELLED = 1129, + GAME_MSG_ECHO_SYNC_SKILL = 1144, + GAME_MSG_SYNC_SKILL = 1145, + GAME_MSG_REQUEST_SERVER_PROJECTILE_IMPACT = 1148, + GAME_MSG_DO_CLIENT_PROJECTILE_IMPACT = 1151, + GAME_MSG_MODULAR_BUILD_CONVERT_MODEL = 1155, + GAME_MSG_SET_PLAYER_ALLOWED_RESPAWN = 1165, + GAME_MSG_UI_MESSAGE_SERVER_TO_SINGLE_CLIENT = 1184, + GAME_MSG_UI_MESSAGE_SERVER_TO_ALL_CLIENTS = 1185, + GAME_MSG_PET_TAMING_TRY_BUILD = 1197, + GAME_MSG_REQUEST_SMASH_PLAYER = 1202, + GAME_MSG_FIRE_EVENT_CLIENT_SIDE = 1213, + GAME_MSG_TOGGLE_GM_INVIS = 1218, + GAME_MSG_CHANGE_OBJECT_WORLD_STATE = 1223, + GAME_MSG_VEHICLE_LOCK_INPUT = 1230, + GAME_MSG_VEHICLE_UNLOCK_INPUT = 1231, + GAME_MSG_RACING_RESET_PLAYER_TO_LAST_RESET = 1252, + GAME_MSG_RACING_SERVER_SET_PLAYER_LAP_AND_PLANE = 1253, + GAME_MSG_RACING_SET_PLAYER_RESET_INFO = 1254, + GAME_MSG_RACING_PLAYER_INFO_RESET_FINISHED = 1255, + GAME_MSG_LOCK_NODE_ROTATION = 1260, + GAME_MSG_VEHICLE_SET_WHEEL_LOCK_STATE = 1273, + GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_VEHICLE_OF_RACING_OBJECT = 1276, + GAME_MSG_PLAYER_REACHED_RESPAWN_CHECKPOINT = 1296, + GAME_MSG_HANDLE_UGC_EQUIP_POST_DELETE_BASED_ON_EDIT_MODE = 1300, + GAME_MSG_HANDLE_UGC_EQUIP_PRE_CREATE_BASED_ON_EDIT_MODE = 1301, + GAME_MSG_PROPERTY_CONTENTS_FROM_CLIENT = 1305, + GAME_MSG_GET_MODELS_ON_PROPERTY = 1306, + GAME_MSG_MATCH_REQUEST = 1308, + GAME_MSG_MATCH_RESPONSE = 1309, + GAME_MSG_MATCH_UPDATE = 1310, + GAME_MSG_MODULE_ASSEMBLY_DB_DATA_FOR_CLIENT = 1131, + GAME_MSG_MODULE_ASSEMBLY_QUERY_DATA = 1132, + GAME_MSG_VEHICLE_ADD_PASSIVE_BOOST_ACTION = 1340, + GAME_MSG_VEHICLE_REMOVE_PASSIVE_BOOST_ACTION = 1341, + GAME_MSG_VEHICLE_NOTIFY_SERVER_ADD_PASSIVE_BOOST_ACTION = 1342, + GAME_MSG_VEHICLE_NOTIFY_SERVER_REMOVE_PASSIVE_BOOST_ACTION = 1343, + GAME_MSG_VEHICLE_ADD_SLOWDOWN_ACTION = 1344, + GAME_MSG_VEHICLE_REMOVE_SLOWDOWN_ACTION = 1345, + GAME_MSG_VEHICLE_NOTIFY_SERVER_ADD_SLOWDOWN_ACTION = 1346, + GAME_MSG_VEHICLE_NOTIFY_SERVER_REMOVE_SLOWDOWN_ACTION = 1347, + GAME_MSG_BUYBACK_FROM_VENDOR = 1350, + GAME_MSG_SET_PROPERTY_ACCESS = 1366, + GAME_MSG_ZONE_PROPERTY_MODEL_PLACED = 1369, + GAME_MSG_ZONE_PROPERTY_MODEL_ROTATED = 1370, + GAME_MSG_ZONE_PROPERTY_MODEL_REMOVED_WHILE_EQUIPPED = 1371, + GAME_MSG_ZONE_PROPERTY_MODEL_EQUIPPED = 1372, + GAME_MSG_ZONE_PROPERTY_MODEL_PICKED_UP = 1373, + GAME_MSG_ZONE_PROPERTY_MODEL_REMOVED = 1374, + GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_RACING_CLIENT = 1390, + GAME_MSG_RACING_PLAYER_HACK_CAR = 1391, + GAME_MSG_RACING_PLAYER_LOADED = 1392, + GAME_MSG_RACING_CLIENT_READY = 1393, + GAME_MSG_UPDATE_CHAT_MODE = 1395, + GAME_MSG_VEHICLE_NOTIFY_FINISHED_RACE = 1396, + GAME_MSG_SET_CONSUMABLE_ITEM = 1409, + GAME_MSG_SET_PET_NAME_MODERATED = 1448, + GAME_MSG_MODIFY_LEGO_SCORE = 1459, + GAME_MSG_RESTORE_TO_POST_LOAD_STATS = 1468, + GAME_MSG_SET_RAIL_MOVEMENT = 1471, + GAME_MSG_START_RAIL_MOVEMENT = 1472, + GAME_MSG_CANCEL_RAIL_MOVEMENT = 1474, + GAME_MSG_CLIENT_RAIL_MOVEMENT_READY = 1476, + GAME_MSG_PLAYER_RAIL_ARRIVED_NOTIFICATION = 1477, + GAME_MSG_UPDATE_PLAYER_STATISTIC = 1481, + GAME_MSG_MODULAR_ASSEMBLY_NIF_COMPLETED = 1498, + GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_NOT_ENOUGH_INV_SPACE = 1516, + GAME_MSG_TEAM_SET_LEADER = 0x0615, + GAME_MSG_TEAM_INVITE_CONFIRM = 0x0616, + GAME_MSG_TEAM_GET_STATUS_RESPONSE = 0x0617, + GAME_MSG_TEAM_ADD_PLAYER = 0x061a, + GAME_MSG_TEAM_REMOVE_PLAYER = 0x061b, + GAME_MSG_START_CELEBRATION_EFFECT = 1618, + GAME_MSG_ADD_BUFF = 1647, + GAME_MSG_SERVER_DONE_LOADING_ALL_OBJECTS = 1642, + GAME_MSG_PLACE_PROPERTY_MODEL = 1170, + GAME_MSG_VEHICLE_NOTIFY_HIT_IMAGINATION_SERVER = 1606, + GAME_MSG_ADD_RUN_SPEED_MODIFIER = 1505, + GAME_MSG_REMOVE_RUN_SPEED_MODIFIER = 1506, + GAME_MSG_PROPERTY_ENTRANCE_BEGIN = 1553, + GAME_MSG_REQUEST_MOVE_ITEM_BETWEEN_INVENTORY_TYPES = 1666, + GAME_MSG_RESPONSE_MOVE_ITEM_BETWEEN_INVENTORY_TYPES = 1667, + GAME_MSG_PLAYER_SET_CAMERA_CYCLING_MODE = 1676, + GAME_MSG_NOTIFY_SERVER_LEVEL_PROCESSING_COMPLETE = 1734, + GAME_MSG_MARK_INVENTORY_ITEM_AS_ACTIVE = 1767, + END +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dNet/dNetCommon.h b/dNet/dNetCommon.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..10103f3b --- /dev/null +++ b/dNet/dNetCommon.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "RakPeer.h" + +#define NET_PASSWORD_EXTERNAL "3.25 ND1" +#define NET_PASSWORD_INTERNAL "3.25 DARKFLAME1" \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dNet/dServer.cpp b/dNet/dServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2a9a612e --- /dev/null +++ b/dNet/dServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ +#define _VARIADIC_MAX 10 +#include "dServer.h" +#include "dNetCommon.h" +#include "dLogger.h" + +#include "RakNetworkFactory.h" +#include "MessageIdentifiers.h" + +#include "PacketUtils.h" +#include "dMessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "MasterPackets.h" +#include "ZoneInstanceManager.h" + +//! Replica Constructor class +class ReplicaConstructor : public ReceiveConstructionInterface { +public: + ReplicaReturnResult ReceiveConstruction(RakNet::BitStream *inBitStream, RakNetTime timestamp, NetworkID networkID, NetworkIDObject *existingObject, SystemAddress senderId, ReplicaManager *caller) { + return REPLICA_PROCESSING_DONE; + } +} ConstructionCB; + +//! Replica Download Sender class +class ReplicaSender : public SendDownloadCompleteInterface { +public: + ReplicaReturnResult SendDownloadComplete(RakNet::BitStream *outBitStream, RakNetTime currentTime, SystemAddress senderId, ReplicaManager *caller) { + return REPLICA_PROCESSING_DONE; + } +} SendDownloadCompleteCB; + +//! Replica Download Receiver class +class ReplicaReceiever : public ReceiveDownloadCompleteInterface { +public: + ReplicaReturnResult ReceiveDownloadComplete(RakNet::BitStream *inBitStream, SystemAddress senderId, ReplicaManager *caller) { + return REPLICA_PROCESSING_DONE; + } +} ReceiveDownloadCompleteCB; + +dServer::dServer(const std::string& ip, int port, int instanceID, int maxConnections, bool isInternal, bool useEncryption, dLogger* logger, const std::string masterIP, int masterPort, ServerType serverType, unsigned int zoneID) { + mIP = ip; + mPort = port; + mZoneID = zoneID; + mInstanceID = instanceID; + mMaxConnections = maxConnections; + mIsInternal = isInternal; + mUseEncryption = useEncryption; + mLogger = logger; + mMasterIP = masterIP; + mMasterPort = masterPort; + mMasterConnectionActive = false; + mNetIDManager = nullptr; + mReplicaManager = nullptr; + mServerType = serverType; + + //Attempt to start our server here: + mIsOkay = Startup(); + + //Forcibly log to both the console and our file what ip, port and possibly zoneID / instanceID we're running on: + bool prevLogSetting = mLogger->GetIsLoggingToConsole(); + mLogger->SetLogToConsole(true); + + if (mIsOkay) { + if (zoneID == 0) + mLogger->Log("dServer", "Server is listening on %s:%i with encryption: %i\n", ip.c_str(), port, int(useEncryption)); + else + mLogger->Log("dServer", "Server is listening on %s:%i with encryption: %i, running zone %i / %i\n", ip.c_str(), port, int(useEncryption), zoneID, instanceID); + } + else { mLogger->Log("dServer", "FAILED TO START SERVER ON IP/PORT: %s:%i\n", ip.c_str(), port); return; } + + mLogger->SetLogToConsole(prevLogSetting); + + //Connect to master if we are not master: + if (serverType != ServerType::Master) { + SetupForMasterConnection(); + ConnectToMaster(); + } + + //Set up Replica if we're a world server: + if (serverType == ServerType::World) { + mNetIDManager = new NetworkIDManager(); + mNetIDManager->SetIsNetworkIDAuthority(true); + + mReplicaManager = new ReplicaManager(); + mReplicaManager->SetAutoParticipateNewConnections(false); + mReplicaManager->SetAutoConstructToNewParticipants(false); + mReplicaManager->SetAutoSerializeInScope(true); + mReplicaManager->SetReceiveConstructionCB(&ConstructionCB); + mReplicaManager->SetDownloadCompleteCB(&SendDownloadCompleteCB, &ReceiveDownloadCompleteCB); + + mPeer->AttachPlugin(mReplicaManager); + mPeer->SetNetworkIDManager(mNetIDManager); + } +} + +dServer::~dServer() { + Shutdown(); +} + +Packet* dServer::ReceiveFromMaster() { + if (!mMasterPeer) return nullptr; + if (!mMasterConnectionActive) ConnectToMaster(); + + Packet* packet = mMasterPeer->Receive(); + if (packet) { + if (packet->length < 1) { mMasterPeer->DeallocatePacket(packet); return nullptr; } + + if (packet->data[0] == ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION || packet->data[0] == ID_CONNECTION_LOST) { + mLogger->Log("Server", "Lost our connection to master, shutting DOWN!\n"); + mMasterConnectionActive = false; + //ConnectToMaster(); //We'll just shut down now + } + + if (packet->data[0] == ID_CONNECTION_REQUEST_ACCEPTED) { + mLogger->Log("Server", "Established connection to master\n"); + mMasterConnectionActive = true; + mMasterSystemAddress = packet->systemAddress; + MasterPackets::SendServerInfo(this, packet); + } + + if (packet->data[0] == ID_USER_PACKET_ENUM) { + if (packet->data[1] == MASTER) { + switch (packet->data[3]) { + case MSG_MASTER_REQUEST_ZONE_TRANSFER_RESPONSE: { + uint64_t requestID = PacketUtils::ReadPacketU64(8, packet); + ZoneInstanceManager::Instance()->HandleRequestZoneTransferResponse(requestID, packet); + break; + } + + //When we handle these packets in World instead dServer, we just return the packet's pointer. + case MSG_MASTER_REQUEST_PERSISTENT_ID_RESPONSE: { + return packet; + break; + } + + case MSG_MASTER_SESSION_KEY_RESPONSE: { + return packet; + break; + } + + case MSG_MASTER_SHUTDOWN : { + return packet; + break; + } + + case MSG_MASTER_AFFIRM_TRANSFER_REQUEST: { + return packet; + break; + } + + default: + mLogger->Log("Server", "Unknown packet ID from master: %i\n", packet->data[3]); + } + } + } + + mMasterPeer->DeallocatePacket(packet); + } + + return nullptr; +} + +Packet* dServer::Receive() { + return mPeer->Receive(); +} + +void dServer::DeallocatePacket(Packet * packet) { + mPeer->DeallocatePacket(packet); +} + +void dServer::DeallocateMasterPacket(Packet * packet) { + mMasterPeer->DeallocatePacket(packet); +} + +void dServer::Send(RakNet::BitStream * bitStream, const SystemAddress & sysAddr, bool broadcast) { + mPeer->Send(bitStream, SYSTEM_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED, 0, sysAddr, broadcast); +} + +void dServer::SendToMaster(RakNet::BitStream* bitStream) { + if (!mMasterConnectionActive) ConnectToMaster(); + mMasterPeer->Send(bitStream, SYSTEM_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED, 0, mMasterSystemAddress, false); +} + +void dServer::Disconnect(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, uint32_t disconNotifyID) { + RakNet::BitStream bitStream; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, SERVER, MSG_SERVER_DISCONNECT_NOTIFY); + bitStream.Write(disconNotifyID); + mPeer->Send(&bitStream, SYSTEM_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED, 0, sysAddr, false); + + mPeer->CloseConnection(sysAddr, true); +} + +bool dServer::IsConnected(const SystemAddress& sysAddr) { + return mPeer->IsConnected(sysAddr); +} + +bool dServer::Startup() { + mSocketDescriptor = SocketDescriptor(uint16_t(mPort), 0); + mPeer = RakNetworkFactory::GetRakPeerInterface(); + + if (!mPeer) return false; + if (!mPeer->Startup(mMaxConnections, 10, &mSocketDescriptor, 1)) return false; + + if (mIsInternal) { + mPeer->SetIncomingPassword("3.25 DARKFLAME1", 15); + } + else { + //mPeer->SetPerConnectionOutgoingBandwidthLimit(800000); //100Kb/s + mPeer->SetIncomingPassword("3.25 ND1", 8); + } + + mPeer->SetMaximumIncomingConnections(mMaxConnections); + if (mUseEncryption) mPeer->InitializeSecurity(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL); + + return true; +} + +void dServer::Shutdown() { + mPeer->Shutdown(1000); + + if (mNetIDManager) { + delete mNetIDManager; + mNetIDManager = nullptr; + } + + if (mReplicaManager) { + delete mReplicaManager; + mReplicaManager = nullptr; + } + + //RakNetworkFactory::DestroyRakPeerInterface(mPeer); //Not needed, we already called Shutdown ourselves. + if (mServerType != ServerType::Master) { + mMasterPeer->Shutdown(1000); + //RakNetworkFactory::DestroyRakPeerInterface(mMasterPeer); + } +} + +void dServer::SetupForMasterConnection() { + mMasterSocketDescriptor = SocketDescriptor(uint16_t(mPort + 1), 0); + mMasterPeer = RakNetworkFactory::GetRakPeerInterface(); + mMasterPeer->Startup(1, 30, &mMasterSocketDescriptor, 1); +} + +bool dServer::ConnectToMaster() { + return mMasterPeer->Connect(mMasterIP.c_str(), mMasterPort, "3.25 DARKFLAME1", 15); +} + +void dServer::UpdateReplica() { + mReplicaManager->Update(mPeer); +} + +int dServer::GetPing(const SystemAddress& sysAddr) const +{ + return mPeer->GetAveragePing(sysAddr); +} + +int dServer::GetLatestPing(const SystemAddress& sysAddr) const +{ + return mPeer->GetLastPing(sysAddr); +} diff --git a/dNet/dServer.h b/dNet/dServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3ac6700a --- /dev/null +++ b/dNet/dServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +#pragma once +#include <string> +#include "RakPeerInterface.h" +#include "ReplicaManager.h" +#include "NetworkIDManager.h" + +class dLogger; + +enum class ServerType : uint32_t { + Master, + Auth, + Chat, + World +}; + +class dServer { +public: + dServer(const std::string& ip, int port, int instanceID, int maxConnections, bool isInternal, bool useEncryption, dLogger* logger, const std::string masterIP, int masterPort, ServerType serverType, unsigned int zoneID = 0); + ~dServer(); + + Packet* ReceiveFromMaster(); + Packet* Receive(); + void DeallocatePacket(Packet* packet); + void DeallocateMasterPacket(Packet* packet); + void Send(RakNet::BitStream* bitStream, const SystemAddress& sysAddr, bool broadcast); + void SendToMaster(RakNet::BitStream* bitStream); + + void Disconnect(const SystemAddress& sysAddr, uint32_t disconNotifyID); + + bool IsConnected(const SystemAddress& sysAddr); + const std::string& GetIP() const { return mIP; } + const int GetPort() const { return mPort; } + const int GetMaxConnections() const { return mMaxConnections; } + const bool GetIsEncrypted() const { return mUseEncryption; } + const bool GetIsInternal() const { return mIsInternal; } + const bool GetIsOkay() const { return mIsOkay; } + dLogger* GetLogger() const { return mLogger; } + const bool GetIsConnectedToMaster() const { return mMasterConnectionActive; } + const unsigned int GetZoneID() const { return mZoneID; } + const int GetInstanceID() const { return mInstanceID; } + ReplicaManager* GetReplicaManager() { return mReplicaManager; } + void UpdateReplica(); + + int GetPing(const SystemAddress& sysAddr) const; + int GetLatestPing(const SystemAddress& sysAddr) const; + + NetworkIDManager* GetNetworkIDManager() { return mNetIDManager; } + + const ServerType GetServerType() const { return mServerType; } + +private: + bool Startup(); + void Shutdown(); + void SetupForMasterConnection(); + bool ConnectToMaster(); + +private: + dLogger* mLogger; + RakPeerInterface* mPeer; + ReplicaManager* mReplicaManager; + NetworkIDManager* mNetIDManager; + SocketDescriptor mSocketDescriptor; + std::string mIP; + int mPort; + int mMaxConnections; + unsigned int mZoneID; + int mInstanceID; + bool mUseEncryption; + bool mIsInternal; + bool mIsOkay; + bool mMasterConnectionActive; + ServerType mServerType; + + RakPeerInterface* mMasterPeer; + SocketDescriptor mMasterSocketDescriptor; + SystemAddress mMasterSystemAddress; + std::string mMasterIP; + int mMasterPort; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dPhysics/Singleton.h b/dPhysics/Singleton.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b923202f --- /dev/null +++ b/dPhysics/Singleton.h @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +#pragma once + +template <typename T> +class Singleton { +public: + static T& Instance() { + static T instance{}; + return instance; + } + + virtual ~Singleton() = default; + Singleton(const Singleton& other) = delete; + Singleton(Singleton&& other) = delete; + Singleton& operator=(const Singleton& other) = delete; + Singleton& operator=(Singleton&& other) = delete; + +protected: + Singleton() = default; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dPhysics/dpCollisionChecks.cpp b/dPhysics/dpCollisionChecks.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5e18f894 --- /dev/null +++ b/dPhysics/dpCollisionChecks.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +#include "dpCollisionChecks.h" +#include "dpEntity.h" +#include "dpShapeBase.h" +#include "dpShapeSphere.h" +#include "dpShapeBox.h" + +#include <iostream> +#include <algorithm> + +using namespace dpCollisionChecks; + +bool dpCollisionChecks::AreColliding(dpEntity* a, dpEntity* b) { + auto shapeA = a->GetShape(); + auto shapeB = b->GetShape(); + + //Sphere to sphere collision + if (shapeA->GetShapeType() == dpShapeType::Sphere && shapeB->GetShapeType() == dpShapeType::Sphere) { + return CheckSpheres(a, b); + } + + return false; +} + +bool dpCollisionChecks::CheckSpheres(dpEntity* a, dpEntity* b) { + if (!a || !b) return false; + + auto posA = a->GetPosition(); + auto distance = Vector3::DistanceSquared(posA, b->GetPosition()); + + auto sphereA = static_cast<dpShapeSphere*>(a->GetShape()); + auto sphereB = static_cast<dpShapeSphere*>(b->GetShape()); + const auto radius = sphereA->GetRadius() + sphereB->GetRadius(); + + if (distance <= radius * radius) + return true; + + return false; +} + +bool dpCollisionChecks::CheckBoxes(dpEntity* a, dpEntity* b) { + if (!a || !b) return false; + + auto boxA = static_cast<dpShapeBox*>(a->GetShape()); + auto boxB = static_cast<dpShapeBox*>(b->GetShape()); + + const auto& posA = a->GetPosition(); + const auto& posB = b->GetPosition(); + + for (const auto& vert : boxA->GetVertices()) { + if (boxB->IsVertInBox(vert)) + return true; + } + + /*//Check if we're overlapping on X/Z: + if ((boxA->GetMaxWidth() >= boxB->GetMinWidth()) && //If our max width is greater than starting X of b + (boxA->GetMinWidth() <= boxB->GetMaxWidth()) && //If our start x is less than b's max width + (boxA->GetMaxDepth() >= boxB->GetMinDepth()) && + (boxA->GetMinDepth() <= boxB->GetMaxDepth())) { + + //Check if we're in the right height + if (boxA->GetTop() <= boxB->GetTop() && boxA->GetTop() >= boxB->GetBottom() || //If our top Y is within their minY/maxY bounds + boxA->GetBottom() <= boxB->GetTop() && boxA->GetBottom() >= boxB->GetBottom()) //Or our bottom Y + return true; //We definitely are colliding. + }*/ + + /*//Check if we're overlapping on X/Z: + if ((boxA->GetMaxWidth() >= posB.x) && //If our max width is greater than starting X of b + (posA.x <= boxB->GetMaxWidth()) && //If our start x is less than b's max width + (boxA->GetMaxDepth() >= posB.z) && + (posA.z <= boxB->GetMaxDepth())) { + + //Check if we're in the right height + if (boxA->GetTop() <= boxB->GetTop() && boxA->GetTop() >= posB.y || //If our top Y is within their minY/maxY bounds + posA.y <= boxB->GetTop() && posA.y >= posB.y) //Or our bottom Y + return true; //We definitely are colliding. + }*/ + + return false; +} + +bool dpCollisionChecks::CheckSphereBox(dpEntity* a, dpEntity* b) { + if (!a || !b) return false; + + NiPoint3 boxPos; + dpShapeBox* box; + + NiPoint3 spherePos; + dpShapeSphere* sphere; + + //Figure out which is the box and which is the sphere + if (a->GetShape()->GetShapeType() == dpShapeType::Box) { + box = static_cast<dpShapeBox*>(a->GetShape()); + sphere = static_cast<dpShapeSphere*>(b->GetShape()); + boxPos = a->GetPosition(); + spherePos = b->GetPosition(); + } + else { + box = static_cast<dpShapeBox*>(b->GetShape()); + sphere = static_cast<dpShapeSphere*>(a->GetShape()); + boxPos = b->GetPosition(); + spherePos = a->GetPosition(); + } + + //Get closest point from the box to the sphere center by clamping + float x = std::max(box->m_MinX, std::min(spherePos.x, box->m_MaxX)); + float y = std::max(box->m_MinY, std::min(spherePos.y, box->m_MaxY)); + float z = std::max(box->m_MinZ, std::min(spherePos.z, box->m_MaxZ)); + + //Check the distance between that point & our sphere + float dX = x - spherePos.x; + float dY = y - spherePos.y; + float dZ = z - spherePos.z; + float distanceSquared = (dX * dX) + (dY * dY) + (dZ * dZ); + const float radius = sphere->GetRadius(); + + return distanceSquared < radius * radius; +} diff --git a/dPhysics/dpCollisionChecks.h b/dPhysics/dpCollisionChecks.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ed51bbe4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dPhysics/dpCollisionChecks.h @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +#pragma once +class dpEntity; + +namespace dpCollisionChecks { + bool AreColliding(dpEntity* a, dpEntity* b); + + bool CheckSpheres(dpEntity* a, dpEntity* b); + + bool CheckBoxes(dpEntity* a, dpEntity* b); + + bool CheckSphereBox(dpEntity* a, dpEntity* b); +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dPhysics/dpCollisionGroups.h b/dPhysics/dpCollisionGroups.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7a6830eb --- /dev/null +++ b/dPhysics/dpCollisionGroups.h @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +#pragma once + +/* + * Collision Groups + */ + +enum eCollisionGroup : uint8_t +{ + COLLISION_GROUP_ALL = 0 << 0, + COLLISION_GROUP_NEUTRAL = 1 << 0, + COLLISION_GROUP_FRIENDLY = 1 << 1, + COLLISION_GROUP_ENEMY = 1 << 2, + COLLISION_GROUP_DYNAMIC = 1 << 3, +}; diff --git a/dPhysics/dpCommon.h b/dPhysics/dpCommon.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..344ad9c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/dPhysics/dpCommon.h @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +#pragma once + +enum class dpShapeType : unsigned short { + Invalid = 0, + Sphere, + Box +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dPhysics/dpEntity.cpp b/dPhysics/dpEntity.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..78920807 --- /dev/null +++ b/dPhysics/dpEntity.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +#include "dpEntity.h" +#include "dpShapeSphere.h" +#include "dpShapeBox.h" +#include "dpGrid.h" + +#include <iostream> + +dpEntity::dpEntity(const LWOOBJID& objectID, dpShapeType shapeType, bool isStatic) { + m_ObjectID = objectID; + m_IsStatic = isStatic; + m_CollisionShape = nullptr; + m_Scale = 1.0f; + m_CollisionGroup = COLLISION_GROUP_ALL; + + switch (shapeType) { + case dpShapeType::Sphere: + m_CollisionShape = new dpShapeSphere(this, 1.0f); + break; + + case dpShapeType::Box: + m_CollisionShape = new dpShapeBox(this, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); + break; + + default: + std::cout << "No shape for shapeType: " << (int)shapeType << std::endl; + } +} + +dpEntity::dpEntity(const LWOOBJID& objectID, NiPoint3 boxDimensions, bool isStatic) { + m_ObjectID = objectID; + m_IsStatic = isStatic; + m_CollisionShape = nullptr; + m_Scale = 1.0f; + m_CollisionGroup = COLLISION_GROUP_ALL; + + m_CollisionShape = new dpShapeBox(this, boxDimensions.x, boxDimensions.y, boxDimensions.z); + if (boxDimensions.x > 100.0f) m_IsGargantuan = true; +} + +dpEntity::dpEntity(const LWOOBJID& objectID, float width, float height, float depth, bool isStatic) { + m_ObjectID = objectID; + m_IsStatic = isStatic; + m_CollisionShape = nullptr; + m_Scale = 1.0f; + m_CollisionGroup = COLLISION_GROUP_ALL; + + m_CollisionShape = new dpShapeBox(this, width, height, depth); + if (width > 100.0f) m_IsGargantuan = true; +} + +dpEntity::dpEntity(const LWOOBJID& objectID, float radius, bool isStatic) { + m_ObjectID = objectID; + m_IsStatic = isStatic; + m_CollisionShape = nullptr; + m_Scale = 1.0f; + m_CollisionGroup = COLLISION_GROUP_ALL; + + m_CollisionShape = new dpShapeSphere(this, radius); + if (radius > 200.0f) m_IsGargantuan = true; +} + +dpEntity::~dpEntity() { + delete m_CollisionShape; + m_CollisionShape = nullptr; +} + +void dpEntity::Update(float deltaTime) { + m_NewObjects.clear(); + m_RemovedObjects.clear(); + + if (m_IsStatic) return; + //m_Position = m_Position + (m_Velocity * deltaTime); +} + +void dpEntity::CheckCollision(dpEntity* other) { + if (!m_CollisionShape) return; + + if ((m_CollisionGroup & other->m_CollisionGroup) & (~COLLISION_GROUP_DYNAMIC)) { + return; + } + + bool wasFound = (m_CurrentlyCollidingObjects.find(other->GetObjectID()) != m_CurrentlyCollidingObjects.end()); + + bool isColliding = m_CollisionShape->IsColliding(other->GetShape()); + + if (isColliding && !wasFound) { + m_CurrentlyCollidingObjects.emplace(other->GetObjectID(), other); + m_NewObjects.push_back(other); + + //if (m_CollisionShape->GetShapeType() == dpShapeType::Sphere && other->GetShape()->GetShapeType() == dpShapeType::Sphere) + //std::cout << "started sphere col at: " << other->GetPosition().x << ", " << other->GetPosition().y << ", " << other->GetPosition().z << std::endl; + } + else if (!isColliding && wasFound) { + m_CurrentlyCollidingObjects.erase(other->GetObjectID()); + m_RemovedObjects.push_back(other); + + //if (m_CollisionShape->GetShapeType() == dpShapeType::Sphere && other->GetShape()->GetShapeType() == dpShapeType::Sphere) + // std::cout << "stopped sphere col at: " << other->GetPosition().x << ", " << other->GetPosition().y << ", " << other->GetPosition().z << std::endl; + } +} + +void dpEntity::SetPosition(const NiPoint3& newPos) { + if (!m_CollisionShape) return; + + //Update the grid if needed: + if (m_Grid) m_Grid->Move(this, newPos.x, newPos.z); + + //If we're a box, we need to first undo the previous position, otherwise things get screwy: + if (m_CollisionShape->GetShapeType() == dpShapeType::Box) { + auto box = static_cast<dpShapeBox*>(m_CollisionShape); + + if (m_Position != NiPoint3()) { + box->SetPosition(NiPoint3(-m_Position.x, -m_Position.y, -m_Position.z)); + } + + box->SetPosition(newPos); + } + + m_Position = newPos; +} + +void dpEntity::SetRotation(const NiQuaternion& newRot) { + m_Rotation = newRot; + + if (m_CollisionShape->GetShapeType() == dpShapeType::Box) { + auto box = static_cast<dpShapeBox*>(m_CollisionShape); + box->SetRotation(newRot); + } +} + +void dpEntity::SetScale(float newScale) { + m_Scale = newScale; + + if (m_CollisionShape->GetShapeType() == dpShapeType::Box) { + auto box = static_cast<dpShapeBox*>(m_CollisionShape); + box->SetScale(newScale); + } +} + +void dpEntity::SetVelocity(const NiPoint3& newVelocity) { + m_Velocity = newVelocity; +} + +void dpEntity::SetAngularVelocity(const NiPoint3& newAngularVelocity) { + m_AngularVelocity = newAngularVelocity; +} + +void dpEntity::SetGrid(dpGrid* grid) { + m_Grid = grid; + m_Grid->Add(this); +} diff --git a/dPhysics/dpEntity.h b/dPhysics/dpEntity.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cc363f8b --- /dev/null +++ b/dPhysics/dpEntity.h @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +#pragma once +#include "NiPoint3.h" +#include "NiQuaternion.h" +#include <vector> +#include <map> + +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "dpCommon.h" +#include "dpShapeBase.h" +#include "dpCollisionGroups.h" +#include "dpGrid.h" + +class dpEntity { + friend class dpGrid; //using friend here for now so grid can access everything + +public: + dpEntity(const LWOOBJID& objectID, dpShapeType shapeType, bool isStatic = true); + dpEntity(const LWOOBJID& objectID, NiPoint3 boxDimensions, bool isStatic = true); + dpEntity(const LWOOBJID& objectID, float width, float height, float depth, bool isStatic = true); + dpEntity(const LWOOBJID& objectID, float radius, bool isStatic = true); + + ~dpEntity(); + + void Update(float deltaTime); + + void CheckCollision(dpEntity* other); + + const NiPoint3& GetPosition() const { return m_Position; } + const NiQuaternion& GetRotation() const { return m_Rotation; } + const float GetScale() const { return m_Scale; } + + const NiPoint3& GetVelocity() const { return m_Velocity; } + const NiPoint3& GetAngularVelocity() const { return m_AngularVelocity; } + + void SetPosition(const NiPoint3& newPos); + void SetRotation(const NiQuaternion& newRot); + void SetScale(float newScale); + + void SetVelocity(const NiPoint3& newVelocity); + void SetAngularVelocity(const NiPoint3& newAngularVelocity); + + dpShapeBase* GetShape() { return m_CollisionShape; } + + bool GetIsStatic() const { return m_IsStatic; } + + uint8_t GetCollisionGroup() const { return m_CollisionGroup; } + void SetCollisionGroup(uint8_t value) { m_CollisionGroup = value; } + + bool GetSleeping() const { return m_Sleeping; } + void SetSleeping(bool value) { m_Sleeping = value; } + + const std::vector<dpEntity*>& GetNewObjects() const { return m_NewObjects; } + const std::vector<dpEntity*>& GetRemovedObjects() const { return m_RemovedObjects; } + const std::map<LWOOBJID, dpEntity*>& GetCurrentlyCollidingObjects() const { return m_CurrentlyCollidingObjects; } + + void PreUpdate() { m_NewObjects.clear(); m_RemovedObjects.clear(); } + + const LWOOBJID& GetObjectID() const { return m_ObjectID; } + + void SetGrid(dpGrid* grid); + + bool GetIsGargantuan() const { return m_IsGargantuan; } + +private: + LWOOBJID m_ObjectID; + dpShapeBase* m_CollisionShape; + bool m_IsStatic; + + NiPoint3 m_Position; + NiQuaternion m_Rotation; + float m_Scale; + + NiPoint3 m_Velocity; + NiPoint3 m_AngularVelocity; + + dpGrid* m_Grid = nullptr; + + uint8_t m_CollisionGroup; + bool m_Sleeping = false; + + bool m_IsGargantuan = false; + + std::vector<dpEntity*> m_NewObjects; + std::vector<dpEntity*> m_RemovedObjects; + std::map<LWOOBJID, dpEntity*> m_CurrentlyCollidingObjects; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dPhysics/dpGrid.cpp b/dPhysics/dpGrid.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6e44ade9 --- /dev/null +++ b/dPhysics/dpGrid.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +#include "dpGrid.h" +#include "dpEntity.h" + +#include <cmath> + +dpGrid::dpGrid(int numCells, int cellSize) { + NUM_CELLS = numCells; + CELL_SIZE = cellSize; + + //dumb method but i can't be bothered + + //fill x + for (int i = 0; i < NUM_CELLS; i++) { + m_Cells.push_back(std::vector<std::forward_list<dpEntity*>>()); + } + + //fill z + for (int i = 0; i < NUM_CELLS; i++) { + for (int i = 0; i < NUM_CELLS; i++) { + m_Cells[i].push_back(std::forward_list<dpEntity*>()); + } + } +} + +dpGrid::~dpGrid() { + for (auto& x : m_Cells) { //x + for (auto& y : x) { //y + for (auto en : y) { + if (!en) continue; + delete en; + en = nullptr; + } + } + } +} + +void dpGrid::Add(dpEntity* entity) { + //Determine which grid cell it's in. + int cellX = (int)std::round(entity->m_Position.x) / dpGrid::CELL_SIZE + NUM_CELLS / 2; + int cellZ = (int)std::round(entity->m_Position.z) / dpGrid::CELL_SIZE + NUM_CELLS / 2; + + if (cellX < 0) cellX = 0; + if (cellZ < 0) cellZ = 0; + if (cellX > NUM_CELLS) cellX = NUM_CELLS; + if (cellZ > NUM_CELLS) cellZ = NUM_CELLS; + + //Add to cell: + m_Cells[cellX][cellZ].push_front(entity); + + //To verify that the object isn't gargantuan: + if (entity->GetScale() >= CELL_SIZE * 2 || entity->GetIsGargantuan()) + m_GargantuanObjects.insert(std::make_pair(entity->m_ObjectID, entity)); +} + +void dpGrid::Move(dpEntity* entity, float x, float z) { + int oldCellX = (int)std::round(entity->m_Position.x) / dpGrid::CELL_SIZE + NUM_CELLS / 2; + int oldCellZ = (int)std::round(entity->m_Position.z) / dpGrid::CELL_SIZE + NUM_CELLS / 2; + + int cellX = (int)std::round(x) / dpGrid::CELL_SIZE + NUM_CELLS / 2; + int cellZ = (int)std::round(z) / dpGrid::CELL_SIZE + NUM_CELLS / 2; + + if (cellX < 0) cellX = 0; + if (cellZ < 0) cellZ = 0; + if (cellX > NUM_CELLS) cellX = NUM_CELLS; + if (cellZ > NUM_CELLS) cellZ = NUM_CELLS; + + if (oldCellX < 0) oldCellX = 0; + if (oldCellZ < 0) oldCellZ = 0; + if (oldCellX > NUM_CELLS) oldCellX = NUM_CELLS; + if (oldCellZ > NUM_CELLS) oldCellZ = NUM_CELLS; + + if (oldCellX == cellX && oldCellZ == cellZ) return; + + //Remove from perv cell: + m_Cells[oldCellX][oldCellZ].remove(entity); + + //Add to the new cell + m_Cells[cellX][cellZ].push_front(entity); +} + +void dpGrid::Delete(dpEntity* entity) { + if (!entity) return; + int oldCellX = (int)std::round(entity->m_Position.x) / dpGrid::CELL_SIZE + NUM_CELLS / 2; + int oldCellZ = (int)std::round(entity->m_Position.z) / dpGrid::CELL_SIZE + NUM_CELLS / 2; + + if (oldCellX < 0) oldCellX = 0; + if (oldCellZ < 0) oldCellZ = 0; + if (oldCellX > NUM_CELLS) oldCellX = NUM_CELLS; + if (oldCellZ > NUM_CELLS) oldCellZ = NUM_CELLS; + + m_Cells[oldCellX][oldCellZ].remove(entity); + + if (m_GargantuanObjects.find(entity->m_ObjectID) != m_GargantuanObjects.end()) + m_GargantuanObjects.erase(entity->m_ObjectID); + + if (entity) delete entity; + entity = nullptr; +} + +void dpGrid::Update(float deltaTime) { + //Pre-update: + for (auto& x : m_Cells) { //x + for (auto& y : x) { //y + for (auto en : y) { + if (!en) continue; + en->PreUpdate(); + } + } + } + + //Actual collision detection update: + for (int x = 0; x < NUM_CELLS; x++) { + for (int y = 0; y < NUM_CELLS; y++) { + HandleCell(x, y, deltaTime); + } + } +} + +void dpGrid::HandleEntity(dpEntity* entity, dpEntity* other) { + if (!entity || !other) return; + + if (other->GetIsStatic()) + other->CheckCollision(entity); //swap "other" and "entity" if you want dyn objs to handle collisions. +} + +void dpGrid::HandleCell(int x, int z, float deltaTime) { + auto& entities = m_Cells[x][z]; //vector of entities contained within this cell. + + for (auto en : entities) { + if (!en) continue; + if (en->GetIsStatic() || en->GetSleeping()) continue; + + //Check against all entities that are in the same cell as us + for (auto other : entities) + HandleEntity(en, other); + + //To try neighbouring cells as well: (can be disabled if needed) + //we only check 4 of the 8 neighbouring cells, otherwise we'd get duplicates and cpu cycles wasted... + + if (x > 0 && z > 0) { + for (auto other : m_Cells[x - 1][z - 1]) + HandleEntity(en, other); + } + + if (x > 0) { + for (auto other : m_Cells[x - 1][z]) + HandleEntity(en, other); + } + + if (z > 0) { + for (auto other : m_Cells[x][z - 1]) + HandleEntity(en, other); + } + + if (x > 0 && z < NUM_CELLS - 1) { + for (auto other : m_Cells[x - 1][z + 1]) + HandleEntity(en, other); + } + + for (auto other : m_GargantuanObjects) + HandleEntity(en, other.second); + } +} diff --git a/dPhysics/dpGrid.h b/dPhysics/dpGrid.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..532ee02f --- /dev/null +++ b/dPhysics/dpGrid.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +#pragma once +#include <vector> +#include <list> +#include <forward_list> +#include <map> +#include "dCommonVars.h" + +class dpEntity; + +class dpGrid { +public: + //LU has a chunk size of 64x64, with each chunk unit being 3.2 ingame units. + int NUM_CELLS = 12; //Most worlds consist of 10 or 11 chunks, so I'm picking 12 to be safe. + int CELL_SIZE = 205; //64 * 3.2 = 204.8 rounded up + +public: + dpGrid(int numCells, int cellSize); + ~dpGrid(); + + void Add(dpEntity* entity); + void Move(dpEntity* entity, float x, float z); + void Delete(dpEntity* entity); + + void Update(float deltaTime); + +private: + void HandleEntity(dpEntity* entity, dpEntity* other); + void HandleCell(int x, int z, float deltaTime); + +private: + //cells on X, cells on Y for that X, then another vector that contains the entities within that cell. + std::vector<std::vector<std::forward_list<dpEntity*>>> m_Cells; + std::map<LWOOBJID, dpEntity*> m_GargantuanObjects; +}; diff --git a/dPhysics/dpShapeBase.cpp b/dPhysics/dpShapeBase.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c6562e71 --- /dev/null +++ b/dPhysics/dpShapeBase.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +#include "dpShapeBase.h" +#include "dpEntity.h" +#include <iostream> + +dpShapeBase::dpShapeBase(dpEntity* parentEntity) : + m_ParentEntity(parentEntity) +{ +} + +dpShapeBase::~dpShapeBase() { +} + +bool dpShapeBase::IsColliding(dpShapeBase* other) { + std::cout << "Base shapes do not have any *shape* to them, and thus cannot be overlapping." << std::endl; + std::cout << "You should be using a shape class inherited from this base class." << std::endl; + return false; +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dPhysics/dpShapeBase.h b/dPhysics/dpShapeBase.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3bf52f50 --- /dev/null +++ b/dPhysics/dpShapeBase.h @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +#pragma once +#include "dpCommon.h" + +class dpEntity; + +class dpShapeBase { +public: + dpShapeBase(dpEntity* parentEntity); + virtual ~dpShapeBase(); + + virtual bool IsColliding(dpShapeBase* other) = 0; + + const dpShapeType& GetShapeType() const { return m_ShapeType; } + + dpEntity* GetParentEntity() const { return m_ParentEntity; } + +protected: + dpEntity* m_ParentEntity; + dpShapeType m_ShapeType = dpShapeType::Invalid; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dPhysics/dpShapeBox.cpp b/dPhysics/dpShapeBox.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..766ffb35 --- /dev/null +++ b/dPhysics/dpShapeBox.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +#include "dpShapeBase.h" +#include "dpShapeBox.h" +#include "dpShapeSphere.h" +#include "dpCollisionChecks.h" +#include "dpEntity.h" + +#include "NiPoint3.h" +#include "NiQuaternion.h" + +#include <iostream> + +dpShapeBox::dpShapeBox(dpEntity* parentEntity, float width, float height, float depth) : + dpShapeBase(parentEntity), + m_Width(width/2), + m_Height(height/2), + m_Depth(depth/2), + m_Scale(1.0f) +{ + m_ShapeType = dpShapeType::Box; + + InitVertices(); +} + +dpShapeBox::~dpShapeBox() { +} + +bool dpShapeBox::IsColliding(dpShapeBase* other) { + if (!other) return false; + + switch (other->GetShapeType()) { + case dpShapeType::Sphere: + return dpCollisionChecks::CheckSphereBox(m_ParentEntity, other->GetParentEntity()); + + case dpShapeType::Box: + return dpCollisionChecks::CheckBoxes(m_ParentEntity, other->GetParentEntity()); + + default: + std::cout << "No collision detection for: " << (int)m_ShapeType << "-to-" << (int)other->GetShapeType() << " collision!" << std::endl; + } + + return false; +} + +const float dpShapeBox::GetMaxWidth() { + return m_ParentEntity->GetPosition().x + m_Width; +} + +const float dpShapeBox::GetTop() { + return m_ParentEntity->GetPosition().y + (m_Height * 2); +} + +const float dpShapeBox::GetMaxDepth() { + return m_ParentEntity->GetPosition().z + m_Depth; +} + +const float dpShapeBox::GetMinWidth() { + return m_ParentEntity->GetPosition().x - m_Width; +} + +const float dpShapeBox::GetBottom() { + return m_ParentEntity->GetPosition().y; //- m_Height; +} + +const float dpShapeBox::GetMinDepth() { + return m_ParentEntity->GetPosition().z - m_Depth; +} + +void dpShapeBox::SetScale(float scale) { + if (isScaled) return; + isScaled = true; + + m_Width *= scale; + m_Height *= scale; + m_Depth *= scale; + + //fuuuckkk yoouu + InitVertices(); + + //SetRotation(m_ParentEntity->GetRotation()); +} + +void dpShapeBox::SetRotation(const NiQuaternion& rotation) { + if (m_HasBeenRotated) return; //Boxes cannot be rotated more than once. + m_HasBeenRotated = true; + + m_TopMinLeft = m_TopMinLeft.RotateByQuaternion(rotation); + m_TopMaxLeft = m_TopMaxLeft.RotateByQuaternion(rotation); + m_TopMinRight = m_TopMinRight.RotateByQuaternion(rotation); + m_TopMaxRight = m_TopMaxRight.RotateByQuaternion(rotation); + + m_BottomMinLeft = m_BottomMinLeft.RotateByQuaternion(rotation); + m_BottomMinRight = m_BottomMinRight.RotateByQuaternion(rotation); + m_BottomMaxLeft = m_BottomMaxLeft.RotateByQuaternion(rotation); + m_BottomMaxRight = m_BottomMaxRight.RotateByQuaternion(rotation); + + InsertVertices(); +} + +bool dpShapeBox::IsVertInBox(const NiPoint3& vert) { + //if we are in the correct height + if (vert.y >= m_MinY && vert.y <= m_MaxY) { + + //if we're inside the x bounds + if (vert.x >= m_MinX && vert.x <= m_MaxX) { + + //if we're inside the z bounds + if (vert.z >= m_MinZ && vert.z <= m_MaxZ) + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +void dpShapeBox::InitVertices() { + //The four top verts + m_TopMinLeft = NiPoint3(GetMinWidth(), GetTop(), GetMinDepth()); + m_TopMaxLeft = NiPoint3(GetMinWidth(), GetTop(), GetMaxDepth()); + + m_TopMinRight = NiPoint3(GetMaxWidth(), GetTop(), GetMinDepth()); + m_TopMaxRight = NiPoint3(GetMaxWidth(), GetTop(), GetMaxDepth()); + + //The four bottom verts + m_BottomMinLeft = NiPoint3(GetMinWidth(), GetBottom(), GetMinDepth()); + m_BottomMaxLeft = NiPoint3(GetMinWidth(), GetBottom(), GetMaxDepth()); + + m_BottomMinRight = NiPoint3(GetMaxWidth(), GetBottom(), GetMinDepth()); + m_BottomMaxRight = NiPoint3(GetMaxWidth(), GetBottom(), GetMaxDepth()); + + InsertVertices(); +} + +void dpShapeBox::SetPosition(const NiPoint3& position) { + if (isTransformed) return; + isTransformed = true; + + for (auto& vert : m_Vertices) { + vert.x += position.x; + vert.y += position.y; + vert.z += position.z; + } + + m_TopMinLeft = m_Vertices[0]; + m_TopMaxLeft = m_Vertices[1]; + m_TopMinRight = m_Vertices[2]; + m_TopMaxRight = m_Vertices[3]; + + m_BottomMinLeft = m_Vertices[4]; + m_BottomMaxLeft = m_Vertices[5]; + m_BottomMinRight = m_Vertices[6]; + m_BottomMaxRight = m_Vertices[7]; + + for (auto& vert : m_Vertices) { + if (m_MinX >= vert.x) m_MinX = vert.x; + if (m_MinY >= vert.y) m_MinY = vert.y; + if (m_MinZ >= vert.z) m_MinZ = vert.z; + + if (m_MaxX <= vert.x) m_MaxX = vert.x; + if (m_MaxY <= vert.y) m_MaxY = vert.y; + if (m_MaxZ <= vert.z) m_MaxZ = vert.z; + } +} + +void dpShapeBox::InsertVertices() { + //Insert into our vector: + m_Vertices.clear(); + m_Vertices.push_back(m_TopMinLeft); + m_Vertices.push_back(m_TopMaxLeft); + m_Vertices.push_back(m_TopMinRight); + m_Vertices.push_back(m_TopMaxRight); + + m_Vertices.push_back(m_BottomMinLeft); + m_Vertices.push_back(m_BottomMaxLeft); + m_Vertices.push_back(m_BottomMinRight); + m_Vertices.push_back(m_BottomMaxRight); +} diff --git a/dPhysics/dpShapeBox.h b/dPhysics/dpShapeBox.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec80012b --- /dev/null +++ b/dPhysics/dpShapeBox.h @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +#pragma once +#include "dpShapeBase.h" +#include <vector> +#include "NiPoint3.h" +#include "NiQuaternion.h" + +class dpShapeBox : public dpShapeBase { +public: + dpShapeBox(dpEntity* parentEntity, float width, float height, float depth); + ~dpShapeBox(); + + bool IsColliding(dpShapeBase* other); + + const float GetScale() const { return m_Scale; } + + const float GetWidth() const { return m_Width; } + const float GetHeight() const { return m_Height; } + const float GetDepth() const { return m_Depth; } + + const float GetMaxWidth(); + const float GetTop(); + const float GetMaxDepth(); + + const float GetMinWidth(); + const float GetBottom(); + const float GetMinDepth(); + + void SetScale(float scale); + + void SetRotation(const NiQuaternion& rotation); + + const std::vector<NiPoint3>& GetVertices() const { return m_Vertices; } + + bool IsVertInBox(const NiPoint3& vert); + + void InitVertices(); + + void SetPosition(const NiPoint3& position); + + //idc atm + float m_MinX = 9999.0f; + float m_MaxX = -9999.0f; + float m_MinY = 9999.0f; + float m_MaxY = -9999.0f; + float m_MinZ = 9999.0f; + float m_MaxZ = -9999.0f; + +private: + float m_Width; //X + float m_Height; //Y + float m_Depth; //Z + + std::vector<NiPoint3> m_Vertices; + + NiPoint3 m_TopMinLeft; + NiPoint3 m_TopMinRight; + NiPoint3 m_TopMaxLeft; + NiPoint3 m_TopMaxRight; + + NiPoint3 m_BottomMinLeft; + NiPoint3 m_BottomMinRight; + NiPoint3 m_BottomMaxLeft; + NiPoint3 m_BottomMaxRight; + + float m_Scale; + + bool m_HasBeenRotated = false; + bool isScaled = false; + bool isTransformed = false; + + void InsertVertices(); +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dPhysics/dpShapeSphere.cpp b/dPhysics/dpShapeSphere.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bc1ceef5 --- /dev/null +++ b/dPhysics/dpShapeSphere.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +#include "dpShapeSphere.h" +#include "dpCollisionChecks.h" +#include <iostream> + +dpShapeSphere::dpShapeSphere(dpEntity* parentEntity, float radius) : + dpShapeBase(parentEntity), + m_Radius(radius) +{ + m_ShapeType = dpShapeType::Sphere; +} + +dpShapeSphere::~dpShapeSphere() { +} + +bool dpShapeSphere::IsColliding(dpShapeBase* other) { + if (!other) return false; + + switch (other->GetShapeType()) { + case dpShapeType::Sphere: + return dpCollisionChecks::CheckSpheres(m_ParentEntity, other->GetParentEntity()); + + case dpShapeType::Box: + return dpCollisionChecks::CheckSphereBox(m_ParentEntity, other->GetParentEntity()); + + default: + std::cout << "No collision detection for: " << (int)m_ShapeType << "-to-" << (int)other->GetShapeType() << " collision!" << std::endl; + } + + return false; +} diff --git a/dPhysics/dpShapeSphere.h b/dPhysics/dpShapeSphere.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3b23673a --- /dev/null +++ b/dPhysics/dpShapeSphere.h @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +#pragma once +#include "dpShapeBase.h" + +class dpShapeSphere : public dpShapeBase { +public: + dpShapeSphere(dpEntity* parentEntity, float radius); + ~dpShapeSphere(); + + bool IsColliding(dpShapeBase* other); + + const float GetRadius() const { return m_Radius; } + + void SetScale(float scale) { m_Radius = scale; } + +private: + float m_Radius; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dPhysics/dpWorld.cpp b/dPhysics/dpWorld.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bb918b23 --- /dev/null +++ b/dPhysics/dpWorld.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,357 @@ +#include "dpWorld.h" +#include "dpEntity.h" +#include "dpGrid.h" +#include "DetourCommon.h" + +#include <string> + +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "dConfig.h" + +void dpWorld::Initialize(unsigned int zoneID) { + phys_sp_tilecount = std::atoi(Game::config->GetValue("phys_sp_tilecount").c_str()); + phys_sp_tilesize = std::atoi(Game::config->GetValue("phys_sp_tilesize").c_str()); + + //If spatial partitioning is enabled, then we need to create the m_Grid. + //if m_Grid exists, then the old method will be used. + //SP will NOT be used unless it is added to ShouldUseSP(); + if (std::atoi(Game::config->GetValue("phys_spatial_partitioning").c_str()) == 1 + && ShouldUseSP(zoneID)) { + m_Grid = new dpGrid(phys_sp_tilecount, phys_sp_tilesize); + } + + Game::logger->Log("dpWorld", "Physics world initialized!\n"); + + if (ShouldLoadNavmesh(zoneID)) { + if (LoadNavmeshByZoneID(zoneID)) Game::logger->Log("dpWorld", "Loaded navmesh!\n"); + else Game::logger->Log("dpWorld", "Error(s) occurred during navmesh load.\n"); + } +} + +dpWorld::~dpWorld() { + if (m_Grid) { + delete m_Grid; + m_Grid = nullptr; + } + + RecastCleanup(); +} + +void dpWorld::StepWorld(float deltaTime) { + if (m_Grid) { + m_Grid->Update(deltaTime); + return; + } + + //Pre update: + for (auto entity : m_StaticEntities) { + if (!entity || entity->GetSleeping()) continue; + entity->PreUpdate(); + } + + //Do actual update: + for (auto entity : m_DynamicEntites) { + if (!entity || entity->GetSleeping()) continue; + + entity->Update(deltaTime); + + for (auto other : m_StaticEntities) { + if (!other || other->GetSleeping() || entity->GetObjectID() == other->GetObjectID()) continue; + + other->CheckCollision(entity); //swap "other" and "entity" if you want dyn objs to handle collisions. + } + } +} + +void dpWorld::AddEntity(dpEntity* entity) { + if (m_Grid) entity->SetGrid(m_Grid); //This sorts this entity into the right cell + else { //old method, slow + if (entity->GetIsStatic()) m_StaticEntities.push_back(entity); + else m_DynamicEntites.push_back(entity); + } +} + +void dpWorld::RemoveEntity(dpEntity* entity) { + if (!entity) return; + + if (m_Grid) { + m_Grid->Delete(entity); + } + else { + if (entity->GetIsStatic()) { + for (size_t i = 0; i < m_StaticEntities.size(); ++i) { + if (m_StaticEntities[i] == entity) { + delete m_StaticEntities[i]; + m_StaticEntities[i] = nullptr; + break; + } + } + } + else { + for (size_t i = 0; i < m_DynamicEntites.size(); ++i) { + if (m_DynamicEntites[i] == entity) { + delete m_DynamicEntites[i]; + m_DynamicEntites[i] = nullptr; + break; + } + } + } + } +} + +void dpWorld::RecastCleanup() { + if (m_triareas) delete[] m_triareas; + m_triareas = 0; + + rcFreeHeightField(m_solid); + m_solid = 0; + rcFreeCompactHeightfield(m_chf); + m_chf = 0; + rcFreeContourSet(m_cset); + m_cset = 0; + rcFreePolyMesh(m_pmesh); + m_pmesh = 0; + rcFreePolyMeshDetail(m_dmesh); + m_dmesh = 0; + dtFreeNavMesh(m_navMesh); + m_navMesh = 0; + + dtFreeNavMeshQuery(m_navQuery); + m_navQuery = 0; + + if (m_ctx) delete m_ctx; +} + +bool dpWorld::LoadNavmeshByZoneID(unsigned int zoneID) { + std::string path = "./res/maps/navmeshes/" + std::to_string(zoneID) + ".bin"; + m_navMesh = LoadNavmesh(path.c_str()); + + if (m_navMesh) { m_navQuery = dtAllocNavMeshQuery(); m_navQuery->init(m_navMesh, 2048); } + else return false; + + return true; +} + +dtNavMesh* dpWorld::LoadNavmesh(const char* path) { + FILE* fp; + + #ifdef _WIN32 + fopen_s(&fp, path, "rb"); + #elif __APPLE__ + // macOS has 64bit file IO by default + fp = fopen(path, "rb"); + #else + fp = fopen64(path, "rb"); + #endif + + if (!fp) { + return 0; + } + + // Read header. + NavMeshSetHeader header; + size_t readLen = fread(&header, sizeof(NavMeshSetHeader), 1, fp); + if (readLen != 1) { + fclose(fp); + return 0; + } + + if (header.magic != NAVMESHSET_MAGIC) { + fclose(fp); + return 0; + } + + if (header.version != NAVMESHSET_VERSION) { + fclose(fp); + return 0; + } + + dtNavMesh* mesh = dtAllocNavMesh(); + if (!mesh) { + fclose(fp); + return 0; + } + + dtStatus status = mesh->init(&header.params); + if (dtStatusFailed(status)) { + fclose(fp); + return 0; + } + + // Read tiles. + for (int i = 0; i < header.numTiles; ++i) { + NavMeshTileHeader tileHeader; + readLen = fread(&tileHeader, sizeof(tileHeader), 1, fp); + if (readLen != 1) + return 0; + + if (!tileHeader.tileRef || !tileHeader.dataSize) + break; + + unsigned char* data = (unsigned char*)dtAlloc(tileHeader.dataSize, DT_ALLOC_PERM); + if (!data) break; + memset(data, 0, tileHeader.dataSize); + readLen = fread(data, tileHeader.dataSize, 1, fp); + if (readLen != 1) + return 0; + + mesh->addTile(data, tileHeader.dataSize, DT_TILE_FREE_DATA, tileHeader.tileRef, 0); + } + + fclose(fp); + + return mesh; +} + +bool dpWorld::ShouldLoadNavmesh(unsigned int zoneID) { + return true; //We use default paths now. Might re-tool this function later. + + //TODO: Add to this list as the navmesh folder grows. + switch (zoneID) { + case 1100: + case 1150: + case 1151: + case 1200: + case 1201: + case 1300: + case 1400: + case 1603: + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +bool dpWorld::ShouldUseSP(unsigned int zoneID) { + //TODO: Add to this list as needed. Only large maps should be added as tiling likely makes little difference on small maps. + switch (zoneID) { + case 1100: //Avant Gardens + case 1200: //Nimbus Station + case 1300: //Gnarled Forest + case 1400: //Forbidden Valley + case 1800: //Crux Prime + case 1900: //Nexus Tower + case 2000: //Ninjago + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +float dpWorld::GetHeightAtPoint(const NiPoint3& location) { + if (m_navMesh == nullptr) { + return location.y; + } + + float toReturn = 0.0f; + float pos[3]; + pos[0] = location.x; + pos[1] = location.y; + pos[2] = location.z; + + dtPolyRef nearestRef = 0; + float polyPickExt[3] = { 32.0f, 32.0f, 32.0f }; + dtQueryFilter filter{}; + + m_navQuery->findNearestPoly(pos, polyPickExt, &filter, &nearestRef, 0); + m_navQuery->getPolyHeight(nearestRef, pos, &toReturn); + + if (toReturn == 0.0f) { + toReturn = location.y; + } + + return toReturn; +} + +std::vector<NiPoint3> dpWorld::GetPath(const NiPoint3& startPos, const NiPoint3& endPos, float speed) { + std::vector<NiPoint3> path; + + //allows for non-navmesh maps (like new custom maps) to have "basic" enemies. + if (m_navMesh == nullptr) { + //how many points to generate between start/end? + //note: not actually 100% accurate due to rounding, but worst case it causes them to go a tiny bit faster + //than their speed value would normally allow at the end. + int numPoints = startPos.Distance(startPos, endPos) / speed; + + path.push_back(startPos); //insert the start pos + + //Linearly interpolate between these two points: + for (int i = 0; i < numPoints; i++) { + NiPoint3 newPoint{ startPos }; + + newPoint.x += speed; + newPoint.y = newPoint.y + (((endPos.y - startPos.y) / (endPos.x - startPos.x)) * (newPoint.x - startPos.x)); + + path.push_back(newPoint); + } + + path.push_back(endPos); //finally insert our end pos + + return path; + } + + float sPos[3]; + float ePos[3]; + sPos[0] = startPos.x; + sPos[1] = startPos.y; + sPos[2] = startPos.z; + + ePos[0] = endPos.x; + ePos[1] = endPos.y; + ePos[2] = endPos.z; + + dtStatus pathFindStatus; + dtPolyRef startRef; + dtPolyRef endRef; + float polyPickExt[3] = { 32.0f, 32.0f, 32.0f }; + dtQueryFilter filter{}; + + //Find our start poly + m_navQuery->findNearestPoly(sPos, polyPickExt, &filter, &startRef, 0); + + //Find our end poly + m_navQuery->findNearestPoly(ePos, polyPickExt, &filter, &endRef, 0); + + pathFindStatus = DT_FAILURE; + int m_nstraightPath = 0; + int m_npolys = 0; + dtPolyRef m_polys[MAX_POLYS]; + float m_straightPath[MAX_POLYS * 3]; + unsigned char m_straightPathFlags[MAX_POLYS]; + dtPolyRef m_straightPathPolys[MAX_POLYS]; + int m_straightPathOptions = 0; + + if (startRef && endRef) { + m_navQuery->findPath(startRef, endRef, sPos, ePos, &filter, m_polys, &m_npolys, MAX_POLYS); + + if (m_npolys) { + // In case of partial path, make sure the end point is clamped to the last polygon. + float epos[3]; + dtVcopy(epos, ePos); + if (m_polys[m_npolys - 1] != endRef) + m_navQuery->closestPointOnPoly(m_polys[m_npolys - 1], ePos, epos, 0); + + m_navQuery->findStraightPath(sPos, epos, m_polys, m_npolys, + m_straightPath, m_straightPathFlags, + m_straightPathPolys, &m_nstraightPath, MAX_POLYS, m_straightPathOptions); + + // At this point we have our path. Copy it to the path store + int nIndex = 0; + for (int nVert = 0; nVert < m_nstraightPath; nVert++) { + /*m_PathStore[nPathSlot].PosX[nVert] = StraightPath[nIndex++]; + m_PathStore[nPathSlot].PosY[nVert] = StraightPath[nIndex++]; + m_PathStore[nPathSlot].PosZ[nVert] = StraightPath[nIndex++];*/ + + NiPoint3 newPoint{ m_straightPath[nIndex++], m_straightPath[nIndex++], m_straightPath[nIndex++] }; + path.push_back(newPoint); + } + } + } + else { + m_npolys = 0; + m_nstraightPath = 0; + } + + return path; +} diff --git a/dPhysics/dpWorld.h b/dPhysics/dpWorld.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5897a7cd --- /dev/null +++ b/dPhysics/dpWorld.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +#pragma once +#include "Singleton.h" +#include <vector> + +//Navmesh includes: +#include "Recast.h" +#include "DetourNavMesh.h" +#include "DetourNavMeshBuilder.h" +#include "DetourNavMeshQuery.h" + +#include <vector> +#include <map> + +static const int NAVMESHSET_MAGIC = 'M' << 24 | 'S' << 16 | 'E' << 8 | 'T'; //'MSET'; +static const int NAVMESHSET_VERSION = 1; + +struct NavMeshSetHeader { + int magic; + int version; + int numTiles; + dtNavMeshParams params; +}; + +struct NavMeshTileHeader { + dtTileRef tileRef; + int dataSize; +}; + +static const int MAX_POLYS = 256; +static const int MAX_SMOOTH = 2048; + +class NiPoint3; +class dpEntity; +class dpGrid; + +class dpWorld : public Singleton<dpWorld> { +public: + void Initialize(unsigned int zoneID); + + ~dpWorld(); + void RecastCleanup(); + + bool LoadNavmeshByZoneID(unsigned int zoneID); + dtNavMesh* LoadNavmesh(const char* path); + bool ShouldLoadNavmesh(unsigned int zoneID); + bool ShouldUseSP(unsigned int zoneID); + + float GetHeightAtPoint(const NiPoint3& location); + std::vector<NiPoint3> GetPath(const NiPoint3& startPos, const NiPoint3& endPos, float speed = 10.0f); + bool IsLoaded() const { return m_navMesh != nullptr; } + + void StepWorld(float deltaTime); + + void AddEntity(dpEntity* entity); + void RemoveEntity(dpEntity* entity); + +private: + dpGrid* m_Grid; + bool phys_spatial_partitioning = 1; + int phys_sp_tilesize = 205; + int phys_sp_tilecount = 12; + + std::vector<dpEntity*> m_StaticEntities; + std::vector<dpEntity*> m_DynamicEntites; + + //Navmesh stuffs: + unsigned char* m_triareas; + rcHeightfield* m_solid; + rcCompactHeightfield* m_chf; + rcContourSet* m_cset; + rcPolyMesh* m_pmesh; + rcConfig m_cfg; + rcPolyMeshDetail* m_dmesh; + + class InputGeom* m_geom; + class dtNavMesh* m_navMesh; + class dtNavMeshQuery* m_navQuery; + unsigned char m_navMeshDrawFlags; + rcContext* m_ctx; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dPhysics/main.cpp b/dPhysics/main.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a4c303a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/dPhysics/main.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +//This file included for reference only + +/*#include <iostream> +#include <chrono> +#include <thread> +#include "dpWorld.h" + +#include "NiQuaternion.hpp" +#include "NiPoint3.hpp" + +int main() { + std::cout << "dPhysics test engine" << std::endl; + + //Test rotation code: + NiPoint3 p(1.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f); + + float angle = 45.0f; + NiQuaternion q = NiQuaternion::CreateFromAxisAngle(NiPoint3(0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f), angle); + + NiPoint3 rotated = p.RotateByQuaternion(q); + + std::cout << "OG: " << p.x << ", " << p.y << ", " << p.z << std::endl; + std::cout << "Quater: " << q.x << ", " << q.y << ", " << q.z << ", " << q.w << " angle: " << angle << std::endl; + std::cout << "Rotated: " << rotated.x << ", " << rotated.y << ", " << rotated.z << std::endl; + + //Test some collisions: + dpWorld::GetInstance().Initialize(1000); + + while (true) { + dpWorld::GetInstance().StepWorld(1.0f/60.0f); + std::this_thread::sleep_for(std::chrono::milliseconds(16)); + } + + return 0; +}*/ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/ActNinjaTurret.cpp b/dScripts/ActNinjaTurret.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4aecd327 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ActNinjaTurret.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +#include "ActNinjaTurret.h" + +void ActNinjaTurret::OnRebuildNotifyState(Entity* self, eRebuildState state) +{ + Game::logger->Log("ActNinjaTurret", "Rebuild state: %i\n", state); + + if (state == eRebuildState::REBUILD_COMPLETED) + { + Game::logger->Log("ActNinjaTurret", "I am build\n"); + + self->SetVar(u"AmBuilt", true); + } + else if (state == eRebuildState::REBUILD_RESETTING) + { + Game::logger->Log("ActNinjaTurret", "I am not build\n"); + + self->SetVar(u"AmBuilt", false); + } +} + +void +ActNinjaTurret::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) +{ + Game::logger->Log("ActNinjaTurret", "Got server side event %s\n", args.c_str()); + + if (args == "ISpawned" && self->GetVar<bool>(u"AmBuilt")) + { + sender->Smash(); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/ActNinjaTurret.h b/dScripts/ActNinjaTurret.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5251750a --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ActNinjaTurret.h @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class ActNinjaTurret : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnRebuildNotifyState(Entity* self, eRebuildState state) override; + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) override; +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/ActParadoxPipeFix.cpp b/dScripts/ActParadoxPipeFix.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2b592512 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ActParadoxPipeFix.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +#include "ActParadoxPipeFix.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "RebuildComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" + +void ActParadoxPipeFix::OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) +{ + const auto myGroup = "AllPipes"; + + const auto groupObjs = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(myGroup); + + auto indexCount = 0; + + self->SetVar(u"PlayerID", target->GetObjectID()); + + for (auto* object : groupObjs) + { + if (object == self) + { + continue; + } + + auto* rebuildComponent = object->GetComponent<RebuildComponent>(); + + if (rebuildComponent->GetState() == REBUILD_COMPLETED) + { + indexCount++; + } + } + + if (indexCount >= 2) + { + const auto refinery = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("Paradox"); + + if (!refinery.empty()) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(refinery[0]->GetObjectID(), 3999, u"create", "pipeFX"); + } + + for (auto* object : groupObjs) + { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(object->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"PlayerID")); + + if (player != nullptr) + { + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr) + { + missionComponent->ForceProgressTaskType(769, 1, 1, false); + } + + GameMessages::SendPlayCinematic(player->GetObjectID(), u"ParadoxPipeFinish", player->GetSystemAddress(), true, true, false, false, 0, false, 2.0f); + } + + object->SetVar(u"PlayerID", LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + } + } +} + +void ActParadoxPipeFix::OnRebuildNotifyState(Entity* self, eRebuildState state) +{ + if (state == REBUILD_RESETTING) + { + const auto refinery = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("Paradox"); + + if (!refinery.empty()) + { + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(refinery[0], true, "pipeFX"); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/ActParadoxPipeFix.h b/dScripts/ActParadoxPipeFix.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b8b19cc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ActParadoxPipeFix.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class ActParadoxPipeFix : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) override; + void OnRebuildNotifyState(Entity* self, eRebuildState state) override; +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/ActPlayerDeathTrigger.cpp b/dScripts/ActPlayerDeathTrigger.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0601e25d --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ActPlayerDeathTrigger.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#include "ActPlayerDeathTrigger.h" + +void ActPlayerDeathTrigger::OnCollisionPhantom(Entity* self, Entity* target) +{ + if (!target->IsPlayer() || target->GetIsDead() || !target->GetPlayerReadyForUpdates()) return; //Don't kill already dead players or players not ready + + target->Smash(self->GetObjectID(), eKillType::SILENT); +} diff --git a/dScripts/ActPlayerDeathTrigger.h b/dScripts/ActPlayerDeathTrigger.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a121f8f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ActPlayerDeathTrigger.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class ActPlayerDeathTrigger : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnCollisionPhantom(Entity* self, Entity* target); +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/ActSharkPlayerDeathTrigger.cpp b/dScripts/ActSharkPlayerDeathTrigger.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9df01d2d --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ActSharkPlayerDeathTrigger.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +#include "ActSharkPlayerDeathTrigger.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" + +void ActSharkPlayerDeathTrigger::OnCollisionPhantom(Entity* self, Entity* target) { + +} + +void ActSharkPlayerDeathTrigger::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, + int32_t param2, int32_t param3) { + if (args == "achieve") { + MissionComponent* mis = static_cast<MissionComponent*>(sender->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION)); + if (!mis) return; + + mis->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SCRIPT, 4734); + + if (sender->GetIsDead() || !sender->GetPlayerReadyForUpdates()) return; //Don't kill already dead players or players not ready + + Game::logger->Log("ActSharkPlayerDeathTrigger", "%i\n", self->GetLOT()); + + if (sender->GetCharacter()) { + sender->Smash(self->GetObjectID(), eKillType::VIOLENT, u"big-shark-death"); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/ActSharkPlayerDeathTrigger.h b/dScripts/ActSharkPlayerDeathTrigger.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6f00fd00 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ActSharkPlayerDeathTrigger.h @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class ActSharkPlayerDeathTrigger : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnCollisionPhantom(Entity* self, Entity* target); + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3); +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/ActVehicleDeathTrigger.cpp b/dScripts/ActVehicleDeathTrigger.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9a970a35 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ActVehicleDeathTrigger.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +#include "ActVehicleDeathTrigger.h" +#include "PossessableComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "RacingControlComponent.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "PossessorComponent.h" + + +void ActVehicleDeathTrigger::OnCollisionPhantom(Entity* self, Entity* target) +{ + auto* possessableComponent = target->GetComponent<PossessableComponent>(); + + Entity* vehicle; + Entity* player; + + if (possessableComponent != nullptr) + { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(possessableComponent->GetPossessor()); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + return; + } + else if (target->IsPlayer()) + { + auto* possessorComponent = target->GetComponent<PossessorComponent>(); + + if (possessorComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + vehicle = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(possessorComponent->GetPossessable()); + + if (vehicle == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + player = target; + } + else + { + return; + } + + + GameMessages::SendDie(vehicle, self->GetObjectID(), LWOOBJID_EMPTY, true, VIOLENT, u"", 0, 0, 0, true, false, 0); + + auto* zoneController = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlObject(); + + auto* racingControlComponent = zoneController->GetComponent<RacingControlComponent>(); + + if (racingControlComponent != nullptr) + { + racingControlComponent->OnRequestDie(player); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/ActVehicleDeathTrigger.h b/dScripts/ActVehicleDeathTrigger.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aa5c2f06 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ActVehicleDeathTrigger.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class ActVehicleDeathTrigger : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnCollisionPhantom(Entity* self, Entity* target) override; +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/ActivityManager.cpp b/dScripts/ActivityManager.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eeddb192 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ActivityManager.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +#include "ActivityManager.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "ScriptedActivityComponent.h" +#include "LeaderboardManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include <algorithm> + +bool ActivityManager::IsPlayerInActivity(Entity *self, LWOOBJID playerID) { + const auto* sac = self->GetComponent<ScriptedActivityComponent>(); + return sac != nullptr && sac->IsPlayedBy(playerID); +} + +void ActivityManager::UpdatePlayer(Entity *self, LWOOBJID playerID, const bool remove) { + auto* sac = self->GetComponent<ScriptedActivityComponent>(); + if (sac == nullptr) + return; + + if (remove) { + sac->PlayerRemove(playerID); + } else { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + if (player != nullptr) { + sac->PlayerJoin(player); + SetActivityScore(self, playerID, 0); + } + } +} + +void ActivityManager::SetActivityScore(Entity *self, LWOOBJID playerID, uint32_t score) { + SetActivityValue(self, playerID, 0, score); +} + +void ActivityManager::SetActivityValue(Entity *self, const LWOOBJID playerID, const uint32_t valueIndex, + const float_t value) { + auto* sac = self->GetComponent<ScriptedActivityComponent>(); + if (sac == nullptr) + return; + + sac->SetActivityValue(playerID, valueIndex, value); +} + +float_t ActivityManager::GetActivityValue(Entity *self, const LWOOBJID playerID, const uint32_t valueIndex) { + auto* sac = self->GetComponent<ScriptedActivityComponent>(); + if (sac == nullptr) + return -1.0f; + + return sac->GetActivityValue(playerID, valueIndex); +} + +void ActivityManager::StopActivity(Entity *self, const LWOOBJID playerID, const uint32_t score, + const uint32_t value1, const uint32_t value2, bool quit) { + int32_t gameID = 0; + + auto* sac = self->GetComponent<ScriptedActivityComponent>(); + if (sac == nullptr) { + gameID = self->GetLOT(); + } + else { + gameID = sac->GetActivityID(); + } + + if (quit) { + UpdatePlayer(self, playerID, true); + } else { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + if (player == nullptr) + return; + + SetActivityScore(self, playerID, score); + SetActivityValue(self, playerID, 1, value1); + SetActivityValue(self, playerID, 2, value2); + + Loot::GiveActivityLoot(player, self, gameID, CalculateActivityRating(self, playerID)); + + // Save the new score to the leaderboard and show the leaderboard to the player + LeaderboardManager::SaveScore(playerID, gameID, score, value1); + const auto* leaderboard = LeaderboardManager::GetLeaderboard(gameID, InfoType::Standings, + false, player->GetObjectID()); + GameMessages::SendActivitySummaryLeaderboardData(self->GetObjectID(), leaderboard, player->GetSystemAddress()); + delete leaderboard; + + // Makes the leaderboard show up for the player + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"ToggleLeaderBoard", + gameID,0, playerID, "", + player->GetSystemAddress()); + + if (sac != nullptr) { + sac->PlayerRemove(player->GetObjectID()); + } + } +} + +bool ActivityManager::TakeActivityCost(const Entity *self, const LWOOBJID playerID) { + auto* sac = self->GetComponent<ScriptedActivityComponent>(); + if (sac == nullptr) + return false; + + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + if (player == nullptr) + return false; + + return sac->TakeCost(player); +} + +uint32_t ActivityManager::CalculateActivityRating(Entity *self, const LWOOBJID playerID) { + auto* sac = self->GetComponent<ScriptedActivityComponent>(); + if (sac == nullptr) + return 0; + + return sac->GetInstance(playerID)->GetParticipants().size(); +} + +uint32_t ActivityManager::GetActivityID(const Entity* self) { + auto* sac = self->GetComponent<ScriptedActivityComponent>(); + return sac != nullptr ? sac->GetActivityID() : 0; +} + +void ActivityManager::GetLeaderboardData(Entity *self, const LWOOBJID playerID, const uint32_t activityID, uint32_t numResults) { + LeaderboardManager::SendLeaderboard(activityID, Standings, false, self->GetObjectID(), playerID); +} + +void ActivityManager::ActivityTimerStart(Entity *self, const std::string& timerName, const float_t updateInterval, + const float_t stopTime) { + auto* timer = new ActivityTimer { timerName, updateInterval, stopTime }; + activeTimers.push_back(timer); + + Game::logger->Log("ActivityManager", "Starting timer '%s', %f, %f\n", timerName.c_str(), updateInterval, stopTime); + + self->AddTimer(GetPrefixedName(timer->name), timer->updateInterval); +} + +void ActivityManager::ActivityTimerStopAllTimers(Entity* self) { + for (auto* timer : activeTimers) { + self->CancelTimer(GetPrefixedName(timer->name)); + delete timer; + } + + activeTimers.clear(); +} + +float_t ActivityManager::ActivityTimerGetCurrentTime(Entity *self, const std::string &timerName) const { + auto* timer = GetTimer(timerName); + return timer != nullptr ? timer->runTime : 0.0f; +} + +int32_t ActivityManager::GetGameID(Entity *self) const +{ + int32_t gameID = 0; + + auto* sac = self->GetComponent<ScriptedActivityComponent>(); + if (sac == nullptr) { + gameID = self->GetLOT(); + } + else { + gameID = sac->GetActivityID(); + } + + return gameID; +} + +float_t ActivityManager::ActivityTimerGetRemainingTime(Entity *self, const std::string &timerName) const { + auto* timer = GetTimer(timerName); + return timer != nullptr ? std::min(timer->stopTime - timer->runTime, 0.0f) : 0.0f; +} + +void ActivityManager::ActivityTimerReset(Entity *self, const std::string &timerName) { + auto* timer = GetTimer(timerName); + if (timer != nullptr) { + timer->runTime = 0.0f; + } +} + +ActivityTimer* ActivityManager::GetTimer(const std::string &name) const { + for (auto* timer : activeTimers) { + if (timer->name == name) + return timer; + } + + return nullptr; +} + +void ActivityManager::ActivityTimerStop(Entity *self, const std::string &timerName) { + auto* timer = GetTimer(timerName); + if (timer != nullptr) { + self->CancelTimer(GetPrefixedName(timer->name)); + + activeTimers.erase(std::remove(activeTimers.begin(), activeTimers.end(), timer), + activeTimers.end()); + delete timer; + } +} + +std::string ActivityManager::GetPrefixedName(const std::string &name) const { + return TimerPrefix + "_" + name; +} + +void ActivityManager::OnTimerDone(Entity *self, std::string timerName) { + auto nameSplit = GeneralUtils::SplitString(timerName, '_'); + if (nameSplit.size() > 1 && nameSplit.at(0) == TimerPrefix) { + const auto& activityTimerName = nameSplit.at(1); + auto* timer = GetTimer(activityTimerName); + + if (timer != nullptr) { + timer->runTime += timer->updateInterval; + + if (timer->stopTime != -1.0f && timer->runTime >= timer->stopTime) { + activeTimers.erase(std::remove(activeTimers.begin(), activeTimers.end(), timer), + activeTimers.end()); + delete timer; + Game::logger->Log("ActivityManager", "Executing timer '%s'\n", activityTimerName.c_str()); + OnActivityTimerDone(self, activityTimerName); + } else { + Game::logger->Log("ActivityManager", "Updating timer '%s'\n", activityTimerName.c_str()); + OnActivityTimerUpdate(self, timer->name, timer->stopTime - timer->runTime, timer->runTime); + self->AddTimer(GetPrefixedName(timer->name), timer->updateInterval); + } + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/ActivityManager.h b/dScripts/ActivityManager.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3b5783ad --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ActivityManager.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +struct ActivityTimer { + std::string name; + float_t updateInterval; + float_t stopTime; + float_t runTime = 0; +}; + +class ActivityManager : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + static bool IsPlayerInActivity(Entity *self, LWOOBJID playerID); + static void UpdatePlayer(Entity *self, LWOOBJID playerID, bool remove = false); + static void SetActivityScore(Entity *self, LWOOBJID playerID, uint32_t score); + static void SetActivityValue(Entity *self, LWOOBJID playerID, uint32_t valueIndex, float_t value); + static float_t GetActivityValue(Entity *self, LWOOBJID playerID, uint32_t valueIndex) ; + static bool TakeActivityCost(const Entity* self, LWOOBJID playerID); + static uint32_t GetActivityID(const Entity* self); + void StopActivity(Entity *self, LWOOBJID playerID, uint32_t score, uint32_t value1 = 0, uint32_t value2 = 0, bool quit = false); + virtual uint32_t CalculateActivityRating(Entity* self, LWOOBJID playerID); + static void GetLeaderboardData(Entity *self, LWOOBJID playerID, uint32_t activityID, uint32_t numResults = 0); +// void FreezePlayer(Entity *self, const LWOOBJID playerID, const bool state) const; + + // Activity timer + void OnTimerDone(Entity *self, std::string timerName) override; + virtual void OnActivityTimerDone(Entity* self, const std::string& name) {}; + virtual void OnActivityTimerUpdate(Entity* self, const std::string& name, float_t timeRemaining, float_t elapsedTime) {}; + void ActivityTimerStart(Entity *self, const std::string& timerName, float_t updateInterval, float_t stopTime = -1.0f); + void ActivityTimerReset(Entity *self, const std::string& timerName); + void ActivityTimerStop(Entity* self, const std::string& timerName); + void ActivityTimerStopAllTimers(Entity* self); + float_t ActivityTimerGetRemainingTime(Entity *self, const std::string& timerName) const; + float_t ActivityTimerGetCurrentTime(Entity *self, const std::string& timerName) const; + int32_t GetGameID(Entity* self) const; +private: + std::string GetPrefixedName(const std::string& name) const; + [[nodiscard]] ActivityTimer* GetTimer(const std::string& name) const; + std::vector<ActivityTimer*> activeTimers {}; + + std::string TimerPrefix = "ActivityTimer"; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AgBugsprayer.cpp b/dScripts/AgBugsprayer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..26e2880c --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgBugsprayer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +#include "AgBugsprayer.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" + + +void AgBugsprayer::OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) +{ + self->AddTimer("castSkill", 1); + self->SetOwnerOverride(target->GetObjectID()); +} + +void AgBugsprayer::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName == "castSkill") + { + auto* skillComponent = self->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (skillComponent == nullptr) return; + + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(1435, 36581, LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/AgBugsprayer.h b/dScripts/AgBugsprayer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..711fe708 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgBugsprayer.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AgBugsprayer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/AgBusDoor.cpp b/dScripts/AgBusDoor.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8c22dc8c --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgBusDoor.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +#include "AgBusDoor.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "ProximityMonitorComponent.h" + +void AgBusDoor::OnStartup(Entity* self) { + m_Counter = 0; + m_OuterCounter = 0; + self->SetProximityRadius(75, "busDoor"); + self->SetProximityRadius(85, "busDoorOuter"); +} + +void AgBusDoor::OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) { + if (name != "busDoor" && name != "busDoorOuter") return; + + // Make sure only humans are taken into account + if (!entering->GetCharacter()) return; + + auto* proximityMonitorComponent = self->GetComponent<ProximityMonitorComponent>(); + + if (proximityMonitorComponent == nullptr) return; + + m_Counter = 0; + m_OuterCounter = 0; + + for (const auto& pair : proximityMonitorComponent->GetProximityObjects("busDoor")) + { + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(pair.first); + if (entity != nullptr && entity->IsPlayer()) m_Counter++; + } + + for (const auto& pair : proximityMonitorComponent->GetProximityObjects("busDoorOuter")) + { + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(pair.first); + if (entity != nullptr && entity->IsPlayer()) m_OuterCounter++; + } + + if (status == "ENTER") { + // move up when a player is inside both radii + if (m_Counter > 0) { + MoveDoor(self, true); + } + } + else if (status == "LEAVE") { + // move down when no players are inside either radii + if (m_Counter <= 0) { + MoveDoor(self, false); + } + } +} + +void AgBusDoor::MoveDoor(Entity* self, bool bOpen) { + if (bOpen) { + GameMessages::SendPlatformResync(self, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, true, 1, 0); + } + else { + GameMessages::SendPlatformResync(self, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, true, 0, 1); + self->AddTimer("dustTimer", 2.0f); + } + + //This is currently commented out because it might be the reason that people's audio is cutting out. + GameMessages::SendPlayNDAudioEmitter(self, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, "{9a24f1fa-3177-4745-a2df-fbd996d6e1e3}"); +} + +void AgBusDoor::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) { + if (timerName == "dustTimer") { + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), 642, u"create", "busDust", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1.0f, 1.0f, true); + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/AgBusDoor.h b/dScripts/AgBusDoor.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11be0a3e --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgBusDoor.h @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AgBusDoor : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self); + void OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status); + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName); +private: + void MoveDoor(Entity* self, bool bOpen); + int m_Counter; + int m_OuterCounter; +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/AgCagedBricksServer.cpp b/dScripts/AgCagedBricksServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7ad6858c --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgCagedBricksServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +#include "AgCagedBricksServer.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +void AgCagedBricksServer::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) { + //Tell the client to spawn the baby spiderling: + auto spooders = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("cagedSpider"); + for (auto spodder : spooders) { + GameMessages::SendFireEventClientSide(spodder->GetObjectID(), user->GetSystemAddress(), u"toggle", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 0, 0, user->GetObjectID()); + } + + //Set the flag & mission status: + user->GetCharacter()->SetPlayerFlag(74, true); + + //Remove the maelstrom cube: + auto inv = static_cast<InventoryComponent*>(user->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY)); + + if (inv) + { + inv->RemoveItem(14553, 1); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/AgCagedBricksServer.h b/dScripts/AgCagedBricksServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4ec128ac --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgCagedBricksServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AgCagedBricksServer : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user); +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/AgDarkSpiderling.cpp b/dScripts/AgDarkSpiderling.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..55ef62ec --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgDarkSpiderling.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#include "AgDarkSpiderling.h" +#include "BaseCombatAIComponent.h" + +void AgDarkSpiderling::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + auto* combatAI = self->GetComponent<BaseCombatAIComponent>(); + if (combatAI != nullptr) { + combatAI->SetStunImmune(true); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/AgDarkSpiderling.h b/dScripts/AgDarkSpiderling.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe680f9c --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgDarkSpiderling.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AgDarkSpiderling : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnStartup(Entity *self) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AgDarklingMech.cpp b/dScripts/AgDarklingMech.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..335eabe4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgDarklingMech.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#include "AgDarklingMech.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" + +void AgDarklingMech::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + auto* destroyableComponent = self->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + if (destroyableComponent != nullptr) { + destroyableComponent->SetFaction(4); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/AgDarklingMech.h b/dScripts/AgDarklingMech.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2d92f2f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgDarklingMech.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "BaseEnemyMech.h" + +class AgDarklingMech : public BaseEnemyMech { + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AgFans.cpp b/dScripts/AgFans.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..996a58e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgFans.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +#include "AgFans.h" + +#include "RenderComponent.h" + +void AgFans::OnStartup(Entity* self) { + self->SetVar<bool>(u"alive", true); + self->SetVar<bool>(u"on", false); + + ToggleFX(self, false); + + auto* renderComponent = static_cast<RenderComponent*>(self->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_RENDER)); + + if (renderComponent == nullptr) { + return; + } + + renderComponent->PlayEffect(495, u"fanOn", "fanOn"); +} + +void AgFans::ToggleFX(Entity* self, bool hit) { + std::string fanGroup = self->GetGroups()[0]; + std::vector<Entity*> fanVolumes = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(fanGroup); + + auto* renderComponent = static_cast<RenderComponent*>(self->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_RENDER)); + + if (renderComponent == nullptr) { + return; + } + + if (fanVolumes.size() == 0 || !self->GetVar<bool>(u"alive")) return; + + if (self->GetVar<bool>(u"on")) { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"fan-off"); + + renderComponent->StopEffect("fanOn"); + self->SetVar<bool>(u"on", false); + + for (Entity* volume : fanVolumes) { + PhantomPhysicsComponent* volumePhys = static_cast<PhantomPhysicsComponent*>(volume->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_PHANTOM_PHYSICS)); + if (!volumePhys) continue; + volumePhys->SetPhysicsEffectActive(false); + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(volume); + if (!hit) { + Entity* fxObj = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(fanGroup + "fx")[0]; + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(fxObj, u"trigger"); + } + } + } + else if (!self->GetVar<bool>(u"on") && self->GetVar<bool>(u"alive")) { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"fan-on"); + + renderComponent->PlayEffect(495, u"fanOn", "fanOn"); + self->SetVar<bool>(u"on", true); + + for (Entity* volume : fanVolumes) { + PhantomPhysicsComponent* volumePhys = static_cast<PhantomPhysicsComponent*>(volume->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_PHANTOM_PHYSICS)); + if (!volumePhys) continue; + volumePhys->SetPhysicsEffectActive(true); + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(volume); + if (!hit) { + Entity* fxObj = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(fanGroup + "fx")[0]; + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(fxObj, u"idle"); + } + } + } +} + +void AgFans::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) { + if (args.length() == 0 || !self->GetVar<bool>(u"alive")) return; + + if ((args == "turnOn" && self->GetVar<bool>(u"on")) || (args == "turnOff" && !self->GetVar<bool>(u"on"))) return; + ToggleFX(self, false); +} + +void AgFans::OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) { + if (self->GetVar<bool>(u"on")) { + ToggleFX(self, true); + } + self->SetVar<bool>(u"alive", false); +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/AgFans.h b/dScripts/AgFans.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0efe9c6d --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgFans.h @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "PhantomPhysicsComponent.h" + +class AgFans : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self); + void OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer); + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3); +private: + void ToggleFX(Entity* self, bool hit); +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/AgImagSmashable.cpp b/dScripts/AgImagSmashable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..593294e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgImagSmashable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +#include "AgImagSmashable.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" + +void AgImagSmashable::OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) { + bool maxImagGreaterThanZero = false; + + if (killer) { + DestroyableComponent* dest = static_cast<DestroyableComponent*>(killer->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_DESTROYABLE)); + if (dest) { + maxImagGreaterThanZero = dest->GetMaxImagination() > 0; + } + + if (maxImagGreaterThanZero) { + int amount = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<int>(0, 3); + for (int i = 0; i < amount; ++i) { + GameMessages::SendDropClientLoot(killer, self->GetObjectID(), 935, 0, self->GetPosition()); + } + } + } + + CrateAnimal(self); +} + +void AgImagSmashable::CrateAnimal(Entity* self) { + int funnychance = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<int>(0, 26); + if (funnychance == 1) { + EntityInfo info; + info.lot = 8114; + info.pos = self->GetPosition(); + info.spawner = nullptr; + info.spawnerID = self->GetSpawnerID(); + info.spawnerNodeID = 0; + + Entity* newEntity = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info, nullptr); + if (newEntity) { + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(newEntity); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/AgImagSmashable.h b/dScripts/AgImagSmashable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..88efe3fe --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgImagSmashable.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AgImagSmashable : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer); + +private: + void CrateAnimal(Entity* self); +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/AgJetEffectServer.cpp b/dScripts/AgJetEffectServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0572fb46 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgJetEffectServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +#include "AgJetEffectServer.h" + +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "PhantomPhysicsComponent.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" + + +void AgJetEffectServer::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ +} + +void AgJetEffectServer::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + if (inUse) + { + return; + } + + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject( + self->GetObjectID(), + u"isInUse", + 0, + 0, + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + "", + UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS + ); + + inUse = true; + + auto entities = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("Jet_FX"); + + if (entities.empty()) + { + return; + } + + auto* effect = entities[0]; + + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(effect, 641, u"create", "radarDish", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1, 1, true); + + self->AddTimer("radarDish", 2); + //self->AddTimer("PlayEffect", 2.5f); + self->AddTimer("CineDone", 9); +} + +void AgJetEffectServer::OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) +{ + auto entities = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("Jet_FX"); + + if (entities.empty()) + { + return; + } + + auto* effect = entities[0]; + + auto groups = self->GetGroups(); + + if (groups.empty()) + { + return; + } + + builder = target->GetObjectID(); + + const auto group = groups[0]; + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(effect, u"jetFX"); + + self->AddTimer("PlayEffect", 2.5f); + + if (group == "Base_Radar") + { + self->AddTimer("CineDone", 5); + } +} + +void AgJetEffectServer::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName == "radarDish") + { + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(self, true, "radarDish"); + + return; + } + + if (timerName == "PlayEffect") + { + auto entities = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("mortarMain"); + + if (entities.empty()) + { + return; + } + + const auto size = entities.size(); + + if (size == 0) + { + return; + } + + const auto selected = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<int>(0, size - 1); + + auto* mortar = entities[selected]; + + Game::logger->Log("AgJetEffectServer", "Mortar (%i) (&d)\n", mortar->GetLOT(), mortar->HasComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_SKILL)); + + mortar->SetOwnerOverride(builder); + + SkillComponent* skillComponent; + if (!mortar->TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_SKILL, skillComponent)) + { + return; + } + + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(318, 3727, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, true); + + return; + } + + if (timerName == "CineDone") + { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject( + self->GetObjectID(), + u"toggleInUse", + -1, + 0, + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + "", + UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS + ); + + inUse = false; + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/AgJetEffectServer.h b/dScripts/AgJetEffectServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0069d0bb --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgJetEffectServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AgJetEffectServer final : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; + + void OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) override; + + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + +private: + LWOOBJID builder; + + bool inUse; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AgLaserSensorServer.cpp b/dScripts/AgLaserSensorServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f1d87468 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgLaserSensorServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +#include "AgLaserSensorServer.h" + +#include "EntityManager.h" + +void AgLaserSensorServer::OnStartup(Entity* self) { + + PhantomPhysicsComponent* physComp = static_cast<PhantomPhysicsComponent*>(self->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_PHANTOM_PHYSICS)); + physComp->SetPhysicsEffectActive(true); + physComp->SetEffectType(2); // repulse (prolly should make definitions of these are in Entity.cpp) + physComp->SetDirectionalMultiplier(static_cast<float>(m_RepelForce)); + physComp->SetDirection(NiPoint3::UNIT_Y); + + m_Skill = self->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); +} + + +void AgLaserSensorServer::OnCollisionPhantom(Entity* self, Entity* target) { + + if (!m_Skill) return; + + + Entity* laser = nullptr; + + for (auto script : EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_SCRIPT)) { + + AgMonumentLaserServer* hasLaser = (AgMonumentLaserServer*)script; + + if (hasLaser) { + const auto source = script->GetPosition(); + const auto obj = self->GetObjectID(); + + if (obj == 76690936093053 && Vector3::DistanceSquared(source, NiPoint3(149.007f, 417.083f, 218.346f)) <= 1.0f) { + laser = script; + break; + } + else if (obj == 75866302318824 && Vector3::DistanceSquared(source, NiPoint3(48.6403f, 403.803f, 196.711f)) <= 1.0f) { + laser = script; + break; + } + else if (obj == 75866302318822 && Vector3::DistanceSquared(source, NiPoint3(19.2155f, 420.083f, 249.226f)) <= 1.0f) { + laser = script; + break; + } + else if (obj == 75866302318823 && Vector3::DistanceSquared(source, NiPoint3(-6.61596f, 404.633f, 274.323f)) <= 1.0f) { + laser = script; + break; + } + } + } + + if (laser != nullptr) { + m_Skill->CalculateBehavior(m_SkillCastID, 15714, target->GetObjectID()); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/AgLaserSensorServer.h b/dScripts/AgLaserSensorServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..92d33efb --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgLaserSensorServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "PhantomPhysicsComponent.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "AgMonumentLaserServer.h" + +class AgLaserSensorServer : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self); + void OnCollisionPhantom(Entity* self, Entity* target); +private: + SkillComponent* m_Skill; + int m_RepelForce = -25; + int m_SkillCastID = 163; +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/AgMonumentBirds.cpp b/dScripts/AgMonumentBirds.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..212a0631 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgMonumentBirds.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +#include "AgMonumentBirds.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" + +//-------------------------------------------------------------- +//Makes the ag birds fly away when you get close and smashes them. +//Created mrb... 6 / 3 / 11 +//Ported Max 20/07/2020 +//-------------------------------------------------------------- + +void AgMonumentBirds::OnStartup(Entity* self) { + self->SetProximityRadius(flyRadius, "MonumentBirds"); +} + +void AgMonumentBirds::OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) { + if (self->GetVar<bool>(u"IsFlying")) return; + + if (name == "MonumentBirds" && status == "ENTER") { + self->AddTimer("killBird", 1.0f); + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, sOnProximityAnim); + self->SetVar<bool>(u"IsFlying", true); + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"PlayerID", entering->GetObjectID()); + } +} + +void AgMonumentBirds::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) { + if (timerName != "killBird") return; + + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"PlayerID")); + + if (player == nullptr) return; + + self->ScheduleKillAfterUpdate(player); +} diff --git a/dScripts/AgMonumentBirds.h b/dScripts/AgMonumentBirds.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..14233f66 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgMonumentBirds.h @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AgMonumentBirds : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self); + void OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status); + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName); + +private: + std::u16string sOnProximityAnim = u"fly1"; + float flyRadius = 5.0f; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AgMonumentLaserServer.cpp b/dScripts/AgMonumentLaserServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..646ca998 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgMonumentLaserServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +#include "AgMonumentLaserServer.h" + +void AgMonumentLaserServer::OnStartup(Entity* self) { + /* + self->SetProximityRadius(m_Radius, "MonumentLaser"); + + std::cout << "Monument Laser " << self->GetObjectID() << " is at " << self->GetPosition().GetX() + << ","<< self->GetPosition().GetY() << "," << self->GetPosition().GetZ() << std::endl; + */ +} + +void AgMonumentLaserServer::OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) { + /* + if (status == "ENTER") { + + std::cout << "Monument laser ID: " << self->GetObjectID() << std::endl; + } + */ +} + diff --git a/dScripts/AgMonumentLaserServer.h b/dScripts/AgMonumentLaserServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..56979c55 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgMonumentLaserServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AgMonumentLaserServer : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self); + void OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status); +private: + float m_Radius = 25.0f; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AgMonumentRaceCancel.cpp b/dScripts/AgMonumentRaceCancel.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..205aee57 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgMonumentRaceCancel.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#include "AgMonumentRaceCancel.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +void AgMonumentRaceCancel::OnCollisionPhantom(Entity *self, Entity *target) { + auto managers = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("race_manager"); + if (!managers.empty()) { + managers[0]->OnFireEventServerSide(target, "course_cancel"); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/AgMonumentRaceCancel.h b/dScripts/AgMonumentRaceCancel.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fd324d25 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgMonumentRaceCancel.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AgMonumentRaceCancel : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnCollisionPhantom(Entity *self, Entity *target) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AgMonumentRaceGoal.cpp b/dScripts/AgMonumentRaceGoal.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..13122695 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgMonumentRaceGoal.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +#include "AgMonumentRaceGoal.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + + +void AgMonumentRaceGoal::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetProximityRadius(15, "RaceGoal"); +} + +void AgMonumentRaceGoal::OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) +{ + if (name == "RaceGoal" && entering->IsPlayer() && status == "ENTER") + { + auto* manager = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("race_manager")[0]; + + manager->OnFireEventServerSide(entering, "course_finish"); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/AgMonumentRaceGoal.h b/dScripts/AgMonumentRaceGoal.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d0ed00f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgMonumentRaceGoal.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AgMonumentRaceGoal : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AgPicnicBlanket.cpp b/dScripts/AgPicnicBlanket.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..96ae6b9b --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgPicnicBlanket.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +#include "AgPicnicBlanket.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void AgPicnicBlanket::OnUse(Entity *self, Entity *user) { + GameMessages::SendTerminateInteraction(user->GetObjectID(), FROM_INTERACTION, self->GetObjectID()); + if (self->GetVar<bool>(u"active")) + return; + self->SetVar<bool>(u"active", true); + + auto lootTable = std::unordered_map<LOT, int32_t> {{935, 3}}; + Loot::DropLoot(user, self, lootTable, 0, 0); + + self->AddCallbackTimer(5.0f, [self]() { + self->SetVar<bool>(u"active", false); + }); +} diff --git a/dScripts/AgPicnicBlanket.h b/dScripts/AgPicnicBlanket.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..af603dd7 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgPicnicBlanket.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AgPicnicBlanket : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnUse(Entity *self, Entity *user) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AgPropGuard.cpp b/dScripts/AgPropGuard.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..18fcd7c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgPropGuard.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +#include "AgPropGuard.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" +#include "Item.h" + +void AgPropGuard::OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity* self, Entity* target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) +{ + auto* character = target->GetCharacter(); + auto* missionComponent = target->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + auto* inventoryComponent = target->GetComponent<InventoryComponent>(); + + const auto state = missionComponent->GetMissionState(320); + if (missionID == 768 && missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_AVAILABLE) + { + if (!character->GetPlayerFlag(71)) + { + // TODO: Cinematic "MissionCam" + } + } + else if (missionID == 768 && missionState >= MissionState::MISSION_STATE_READY_TO_COMPLETE) + { + //remove the inventory items + for (int item : gearSets) + { + auto* id = inventoryComponent->FindItemByLot(item); + + if (id) + { + inventoryComponent->UnEquipItem(id); + inventoryComponent->RemoveItem(id->GetLot(), id->GetCount()); + } + } + } + else if ( + (missionID == 320 && state == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_AVAILABLE) /*|| + (state == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE && missionID == 891 && missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_READY_TO_COMPLETE)*/ + ) + { + //GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(EntityManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlEntity()->GetObjectID(), u"GuardChat", target->GetObjectID(), 0, target->GetObjectID(), "", target->GetSystemAddress()); + + target->GetCharacter()->SetPlayerFlag(113, true); + + EntityManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlEntity()->AddTimer("GuardFlyAway", 1.0f); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/AgPropGuard.h b/dScripts/AgPropGuard.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f6a96d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgPropGuard.h @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AgPropGuard final : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity* self, Entity* target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) override; + +private: + std::vector<int> gearSets = { 14359,14321,14353,14315 }; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AgPropguards.cpp b/dScripts/AgPropguards.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4170defe --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgPropguards.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +#include "AgPropguards.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" + +void AgPropguards::OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity *self, Entity *target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) { + auto* character = target->GetCharacter(); + if (character == nullptr) + return; + + const auto flag = GetFlagForMission(missionID); + if (flag == 0) + return; + + if ((missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_AVAILABLE || missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE) + && !character->GetPlayerFlag(flag)) { + // If the player just started the mission, play a cinematic highlighting the target + GameMessages::SendPlayCinematic(target->GetObjectID(), u"MissionCam", target->GetSystemAddress()); + } else if (missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_READY_TO_COMPLETE) { + // Makes the guard disappear once the mission has been completed + const auto zoneControlID = EntityManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlEntity()->GetObjectID(); + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(zoneControlID, u"GuardChat", 0, 0, self->GetObjectID(), + "", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + self->AddCallbackTimer(5.0f, [self]() { + auto spawnerName = self->GetVar<std::string>(u"spawner_name"); + if (spawnerName.empty()) + spawnerName = "Guard"; + + auto spawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(spawnerName); + for (auto* spawner : spawners) { + spawner->Deactivate(); + } + + self->Smash(); + }); + } +} + +uint32_t AgPropguards::GetFlagForMission(uint32_t missionID) { + switch (missionID) { + case 872: + return 97; + case 873: + return 98; + case 874: + return 99; + case 1293: + return 118; + case 1322: + return 122; + default: + return 0; + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/AgPropguards.h b/dScripts/AgPropguards.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..710096ce --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgPropguards.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AgPropguards : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity *self, Entity *target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) override; +private: + static uint32_t GetFlagForMission(uint32_t missionID); +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AgQbElevator.cpp b/dScripts/AgQbElevator.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3ef0cf0b --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgQbElevator.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +#include "AgQbElevator.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void AgQbElevator::OnStartup(Entity* self) { + +} + +//when the QB is finished being built by a player +void AgQbElevator::OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) { + self->SetProximityRadius(proxRadius, "elevatorProx"); + self->SetI64(u"qbPlayer", target->GetObjectID()); + + float delayTime = killTime - endTime; + if (delayTime < 1) delayTime = 1; + + GameMessages::SendPlatformResync(self, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, true, 0, + 0, 0, MovementPlatformState::Stationary); + + //add a timer that will kill the QB if no players get on in the killTime + self->AddTimer("startKillTimer", killTime); +} + +void AgQbElevator::OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) { + //make sure we haven't already started pathing. + if (self->GetBoolean(u"qbPlayerRdy")) return; + + if (status == "ENTER") { + Entity* builder = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetI64(u"qbPlayer")); + if (builder && builder == entering) { + //the builder has entered so cancel the start timer and just start moving + self->SetBoolean(u"qbPlayerRdy", true); + self->CancelTimer("StartElevator"); + + GameMessages::SendPlatformResync(self, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, true, 0, + 1, 1, MovementPlatformState::Moving); + } + else if (!self->GetBoolean(u"StartTimer")) { + self->SetBoolean(u"StartTimer", true); + self->AddTimer("StartElevator", startTime); + } + } +} + +void AgQbElevator::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) { + + if (timerName == "StartElevator") { + GameMessages::SendPlatformResync(self, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, true, 0, + 1, 1, MovementPlatformState::Moving); + } + else if (timerName == "startKillTimer") { + killTimerStartup(self); + } else if (timerName == "KillTimer") { + self->Smash(self->GetObjectID(), VIOLENT); + } +} + +void AgQbElevator::killTimerStartup(Entity* self) const { + self->CancelAllTimers(); + self->AddTimer("KillTimer", endTime); + self->SetNetworkVar<float>(u"startEffect", endTime); // Blinking effect +} diff --git a/dScripts/AgQbElevator.h b/dScripts/AgQbElevator.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ab4f9a6d --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgQbElevator.h @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AgQbElevator : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) override; + void OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + +private: + void killTimerStartup(Entity* self) const; + + // constants + float endTime = 4.0f; + float startTime = 8.0f; + float killTime = 10.0f; + float proxRadius = 5.0f; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/AgSalutingNpcs.cpp b/dScripts/AgSalutingNpcs.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6a39f06f --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgSalutingNpcs.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +#include "AgSalutingNpcs.h" + +#include "GameMessages.h" + + +void AgSalutingNpcs::OnEmoteReceived(Entity* self, const int32_t emote, Entity* target) +{ + if (emote != 356) + { + return; + } + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"salutePlayer"); +} diff --git a/dScripts/AgSalutingNpcs.h b/dScripts/AgSalutingNpcs.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7dd20316 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgSalutingNpcs.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AgSalutingNpcs final : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnEmoteReceived(Entity* self, int32_t emote, Entity* target) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AgShipPlayerDeathTrigger.cpp b/dScripts/AgShipPlayerDeathTrigger.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6ba2d193 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgShipPlayerDeathTrigger.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +#include "AgShipPlayerDeathTrigger.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" + +void AgShipPlayerDeathTrigger::OnCollisionPhantom(Entity* self, Entity* target) { + if (target->GetLOT() == 1 && !target->GetIsDead()) { + Game::logger->Log("CppScripts::AgShipPlayerDeathTrigger", "Attempting to kill %llu\n", target->GetObjectID()); + target->Smash(self->GetObjectID(), eKillType::VIOLENT, u"electro-shock-death"); + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/AgShipPlayerDeathTrigger.h b/dScripts/AgShipPlayerDeathTrigger.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c483238 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgShipPlayerDeathTrigger.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AgShipPlayerDeathTrigger : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnCollisionPhantom(Entity* self, Entity* target); +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/AgShipPlayerShockServer.cpp b/dScripts/AgShipPlayerShockServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..628f0bb4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgShipPlayerShockServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +#include "AgShipPlayerShockServer.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void AgShipPlayerShockServer::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + GameMessages::SendTerminateInteraction(user->GetObjectID(), eTerminateType::FROM_INTERACTION, self->GetObjectID()); + if (active) { + return; + } + active = true; + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(user, shockAnim); + GameMessages::SendKnockback(user->GetObjectID(), self->GetObjectID(), self->GetObjectID(), 0, NiPoint3(-20, 10, -20)); + + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self, 1430, u"create", "console_sparks", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1.0, 1.0, true); + self->AddTimer("FXTime", fxTime); +} + +void AgShipPlayerShockServer::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(self, true, "console_sparks"); + active = false; +} diff --git a/dScripts/AgShipPlayerShockServer.h b/dScripts/AgShipPlayerShockServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7a1bed14 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgShipPlayerShockServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AgShipPlayerShockServer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user); + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName); +private: + std::u16string shockAnim = u"knockback-recovery"; + float fxTime = 2.0; + bool active = false; +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/AgSpaceStuff.cpp b/dScripts/AgSpaceStuff.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2550f001 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgSpaceStuff.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +#include "AgSpaceStuff.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Game.h" + +void AgSpaceStuff::OnStartup(Entity* self) { + self->AddTimer("FloaterScale", 5.0f); + + EntityInfo info{}; + + info.pos = { -418, 585, -30 }; + info.lot = 33; + info.spawnerID = self->GetObjectID(); + + auto* ref = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(ref); + + self->SetVar(u"ShakeObject", ref->GetObjectID()); + + self->AddTimer("ShipShakeIdle", 1.0f); + self->SetVar(u"RandomTime", 10); +} + +void AgSpaceStuff::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) { + if (timerName == "FloaterScale") { + int scaleType = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<int>(1, 5); + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"scale_0" + GeneralUtils::to_u16string(scaleType)); + self->AddTimer("FloaterPath", 0.4); + } + else if (timerName == "FloaterPath") { + int pathType = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<int>(1, 4); + int randTime = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<int>(20, 25); + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"path_0" + (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(pathType))); + self->AddTimer("FloaterScale", randTime); + } + else if (timerName == "ShipShakeExplode") { + DoShake(self, true); + } + else if (timerName == "ShipShakeIdle") { + DoShake(self, false); + } +} + +void AgSpaceStuff::DoShake(Entity* self, bool explodeIdle) { + + if (!explodeIdle) { + auto* ref = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"ShakeObject")); + + const auto randomTime = self->GetVar<int>(u"RandomTime"); + auto time = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<int>(0, randomTime + 1); + + if (time < randomTime / 2) { + time += randomTime / 2; + } + + self->AddTimer("ShipShakeIdle", static_cast<float>(time)); + + if (ref) + GameMessages::SendPlayEmbeddedEffectOnAllClientsNearObject(ref, FXName, ref->GetObjectID(), 500.0f); + + auto* debrisObject = GetEntityInGroup(DebrisFX); + + if (debrisObject) + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(debrisObject, -1, u"DebrisFall", "Debris", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1.0f, 1.0f, true); + + const auto randomFx = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<int>(0, 3); + + auto* shipFxObject = GetEntityInGroup(ShipFX); + if (shipFxObject) { + std::string effectType = "shipboom" + std::to_string(randomFx); + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(shipFxObject, 559, GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(effectType), "FX", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1.0f, 1.0f, true); + } + + self->AddTimer("ShipShakeExplode", 5.0f); + + auto* shipFxObject2 = GetEntityInGroup(ShipFX2); + if (shipFxObject2) + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(shipFxObject2, u"explosion"); + } + else { + auto* shipFxObject = GetEntityInGroup(ShipFX); + auto* shipFxObject2 = GetEntityInGroup(ShipFX2); + + if (shipFxObject) + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(shipFxObject, u"idle"); + + if (shipFxObject2) + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(shipFxObject2, u"idle"); + } +} + +Entity* AgSpaceStuff::GetEntityInGroup(const std::string& group) { + auto entities = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(group); + Entity* en = nullptr; + + for (auto entity : entities) { + if (entity) { + en = entity; + break; + } + } + + return en; +} diff --git a/dScripts/AgSpaceStuff.h b/dScripts/AgSpaceStuff.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8d816691 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgSpaceStuff.h @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AgSpaceStuff : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self); + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName); + void DoShake(Entity* self, bool explodeIdle); + + std::string DebrisFX = "DebrisFX"; + std::string ShipFX = "ShipFX"; + std::string ShipFX2 = "ShipFX2"; + std::u16string FXName = u"camshake-bridge"; + +private: + Entity* GetEntityInGroup(const std::string& group); +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/AgStagePlatforms.cpp b/dScripts/AgStagePlatforms.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cb401647 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgStagePlatforms.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +#include "AgStagePlatforms.h" +#include "MovingPlatformComponent.h" + +void AgStagePlatforms::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + auto* component = self->GetComponent<MovingPlatformComponent>(); + if (component) { + component->SetNoAutoStart(true); + component->StopPathing(); + } +} + +void AgStagePlatforms::OnWaypointReached(Entity* self, uint32_t waypointIndex) { + auto* component = self->GetComponent<MovingPlatformComponent>(); + if (waypointIndex == 0 && component) + component->StopPathing(); +} diff --git a/dScripts/AgStagePlatforms.h b/dScripts/AgStagePlatforms.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e315664a --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgStagePlatforms.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AgStagePlatforms : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnWaypointReached(Entity* self, uint32_t waypointIndex) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AgStromlingProperty.cpp b/dScripts/AgStromlingProperty.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b1b8d45f --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgStromlingProperty.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +#include "AgStromlingProperty.h" +#include "MovementAIComponent.h" + +void AgStromlingProperty::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + auto movementInfo = MovementAIInfo { + "Wander", + 71, + 3, + 100, + 1, + 4 + }; + + auto* movementAIComponent = new MovementAIComponent(self, movementInfo); + self->AddComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_MOVEMENT_AI, movementAIComponent); +} diff --git a/dScripts/AgStromlingProperty.h b/dScripts/AgStromlingProperty.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..92a179f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgStromlingProperty.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AgStromlingProperty : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnStartup(Entity *self) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AgSurvivalMech.cpp b/dScripts/AgSurvivalMech.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e31c8aba --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgSurvivalMech.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +#include "AgSurvivalMech.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" + +void AgSurvivalMech::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + BaseWavesGenericEnemy::OnStartup(self); + + auto* destroyable = self->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + if (destroyable != nullptr) { + destroyable->SetFaction(4); + } +} + +uint32_t AgSurvivalMech::GetPoints() { + return 200; +} diff --git a/dScripts/AgSurvivalMech.h b/dScripts/AgSurvivalMech.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8d6ba270 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgSurvivalMech.h @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +#pragma once +#include "BaseWavesGenericEnemy.h" + +class AgSurvivalMech : public BaseWavesGenericEnemy { + void OnStartup(Entity *self) override; + uint32_t GetPoints() override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AgSurvivalSpiderling.cpp b/dScripts/AgSurvivalSpiderling.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ebb0395b --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgSurvivalSpiderling.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +#include "AgSurvivalSpiderling.h" +#include "BaseCombatAIComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void AgSurvivalSpiderling::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + BaseWavesGenericEnemy::OnStartup(self); + + auto* combatAI = self->GetComponent<BaseCombatAIComponent>(); + if (combatAI != nullptr) { + combatAI->SetStunImmune(true); + } +} + +uint32_t AgSurvivalSpiderling::GetPoints() { + return 300; +} diff --git a/dScripts/AgSurvivalSpiderling.h b/dScripts/AgSurvivalSpiderling.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2f374563 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgSurvivalSpiderling.h @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +#pragma once +#include "BaseWavesGenericEnemy.h" + +class AgSurvivalSpiderling : public BaseWavesGenericEnemy { + void OnStartup(Entity *self) override; + uint32_t GetPoints() override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AgSurvivalStromling.cpp b/dScripts/AgSurvivalStromling.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bc6a6c74 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgSurvivalStromling.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +#include "AgSurvivalStromling.h" + +uint32_t AgSurvivalStromling::GetPoints() { + return 100; +} diff --git a/dScripts/AgSurvivalStromling.h b/dScripts/AgSurvivalStromling.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cfd46a63 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgSurvivalStromling.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "BaseWavesGenericEnemy.h" + +class AgSurvivalStromling : public BaseWavesGenericEnemy { + uint32_t GetPoints() override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AgTurret.cpp b/dScripts/AgTurret.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a439ecf1 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgTurret.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +#include "AgTurret.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "RebuildComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void AgTurret::OnStartup(Entity* self) { + // TODO: do this legit way + self->AddTimer("killTurret", 20.0f); +} + +void AgTurret::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) { + if (timerName == "killTurret") { + self->ScheduleKillAfterUpdate(); + } +} + +void AgTurret::OnRebuildStart(Entity* self, Entity* user) { + GameMessages::SendLockNodeRotation(self, "base"); +} diff --git a/dScripts/AgTurret.h b/dScripts/AgTurret.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2aa12432 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AgTurret.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AgTurret : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnStartup(Entity* self); + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName); + void OnRebuildStart(Entity* self, Entity* user); +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/AllCrateChicken.cpp b/dScripts/AllCrateChicken.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c4aeec80 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AllCrateChicken.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +#include "AllCrateChicken.h" +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Entity.h" + +void AllCrateChicken::OnStartup(Entity* self) { + self->AddTimer("KillRooster", 4.2f); +} + +void AllCrateChicken::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) { + if (timerName == "KillRooster") { + self->ScheduleKillAfterUpdate(); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/AllCrateChicken.h b/dScripts/AllCrateChicken.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4a8ab1e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AllCrateChicken.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AllCrateChicken : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self); + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName); +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/AmBlueX.cpp b/dScripts/AmBlueX.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..db464186 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmBlueX.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +#include "AmBlueX.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Character.h" + +void AmBlueX::OnUse(Entity *self, Entity *user) { + auto* skillComponent = user->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + if (skillComponent != nullptr) { + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(m_SwordSkill, m_SwordBehavior, self->GetObjectID()); + } +} + +void AmBlueX::OnSkillEventFired(Entity *self, Entity *caster, const std::string &message) { + if (message == "FireDukesStrike") { + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(m_XUsedVariable, true); + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(m_StartEffectVariable, true); + + auto* character = caster->GetCharacter(); + if (character != nullptr) { + character->SetPlayerFlag(self->GetVar<int32_t>(m_FlagVariable), true); + } + + EntityInfo info {}; + info.lot = m_FXObject; + info.pos = self->GetPosition(); + info.rot = self->GetRotation(); + info.spawnerID = self->GetObjectID(); + + auto* fxObject = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info, nullptr, self); + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(fxObject); + + auto fxObjectID = fxObject->GetObjectID(); + auto playerID = caster->GetObjectID(); + + // Add a callback for the bomb to explode + self->AddCallbackTimer(m_BombTime, [this, self, fxObjectID, playerID]() { + auto* fxObject = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(fxObjectID); + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + auto* skillComponent = self->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (skillComponent == nullptr) + return; + + // Cast the skill that destroys the object + if (player != nullptr) { + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(m_AOESkill, m_AOEBehavior, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, false, false, playerID); + } else { + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(m_AOESkill, m_AOEBehavior, LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + } + + fxObject->Smash(); + self->Smash(); + }); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/AmBlueX.h b/dScripts/AmBlueX.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..99f6ede4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmBlueX.h @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AmBlueX : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnUse(Entity *self, Entity *user) override; + void OnSkillEventFired(Entity *self, Entity *caster, const std::string &message) override; +private: + const float_t m_BombTime = 3.3f; + const uint32_t m_MissionID = 1448; + const uint32_t m_SwordSkill = 1259; + const uint32_t m_SwordBehavior = 29305; + const uint32_t m_AOESkill = 1258; + const uint32_t m_AOEBehavior = 29301; + const LOT m_FXObject = 13808; + + // Variables + const std::u16string m_XUsedVariable = u"XUsed"; + const std::u16string m_FlagVariable = u"flag"; + const std::u16string m_StartEffectVariable = u"startEffect"; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AmBridge.cpp b/dScripts/AmBridge.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e2e21033 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmBridge.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +#include "AmBridge.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +void AmBridge::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + +} + +void AmBridge::OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) +{ + const auto consoles = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("Console" + GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"bridge"))); + + if (consoles.empty()) + { + return; + } + + auto* console = consoles[0]; + + console->NotifyObject(self, "BridgeBuilt"); + + self->AddTimer("SmashBridge", 50); +} + +void AmBridge::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName != "SmashBridge") + { + return; + } + + self->Smash(self->GetObjectID(), VIOLENT); +} diff --git a/dScripts/AmBridge.h b/dScripts/AmBridge.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bae35624 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmBridge.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AmBridge : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AmConsoleTeleportServer.cpp b/dScripts/AmConsoleTeleportServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5c60e827 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmConsoleTeleportServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +#include "AmConsoleTeleportServer.h" + + +void AmConsoleTeleportServer::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetVar(u"teleportAnim", m_TeleportAnim); + self->SetVar(u"teleportString", m_TeleportString); + self->SetVar(u"teleportEffectID", m_TeleportEffectID); + self->SetVar(u"teleportEffectTypes", m_TeleportEffectTypes); +} + +void AmConsoleTeleportServer::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + BaseOnUse(self, user); +} + +void AmConsoleTeleportServer::OnMessageBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& identifier, const std::u16string& userData) +{ + BaseOnMessageBoxResponse(self, sender, button, identifier, userData); +} + +void AmConsoleTeleportServer::OnChoiceBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& buttonIdentifier, const std::u16string& identifier) +{ + +} + +void AmConsoleTeleportServer::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + BaseOnTimerDone(self, timerName); +} + +void AmConsoleTeleportServer::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, int32_t param3) +{ + BaseOnFireEventServerSide(self, sender, args, param1, param2, param3); +} diff --git a/dScripts/AmConsoleTeleportServer.h b/dScripts/AmConsoleTeleportServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ac241ee5 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmConsoleTeleportServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "ChooseYourDestinationNsToNt.h" +#include "BaseConsoleTeleportServer.h" +#include "AMFFormat.h" + +class AmConsoleTeleportServer : public CppScripts::Script, BaseConsoleTeleportServer +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; + void OnMessageBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& identifier, const std::u16string& userData) override; + void OnChoiceBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& buttonIdentifier, const std::u16string& identifier) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, int32_t param3) override; + +private: + int32_t m_ChoiceZoneID = 1900; + std::string m_SpawnPoint = "NS_LW"; + std::u16string m_TeleportAnim = u"nexus-teleport"; + std::u16string m_TeleportString = u"UI_TRAVEL_TO_NEXUS_TOWER"; + int32_t m_TeleportEffectID = 6478; + std::vector<std::u16string> m_TeleportEffectTypes = {u"teleportRings", u"teleportBeam"}; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AmDarklingMech.cpp b/dScripts/AmDarklingMech.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dd95883b --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmDarklingMech.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +#include "AmDarklingMech.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" + +void AmDarklingMech::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + auto* destroyableComponent = self->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + + destroyableComponent->SetFaction(4); + + qbTurretLOT = 13171; +} diff --git a/dScripts/AmDarklingMech.h b/dScripts/AmDarklingMech.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..363e4db8 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmDarklingMech.h @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "ChooseYourDestinationNsToNt.h" +#include "BaseConsoleTeleportServer.h" +#include "AMFFormat.h" +#include "BaseEnemyMech.h" + +class AmDarklingMech : public BaseEnemyMech +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AmDrawBridge.cpp b/dScripts/AmDrawBridge.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2c774ca1 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmDrawBridge.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +#include "AmDrawBridge.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "SimplePhysicsComponent.h" + + +void AmDrawBridge::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetNetworkVar(u"InUse", false); + self->SetVar(u"BridgeDown", false); +} + +void AmDrawBridge::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + auto* bridge = GetBridge(self); + + if (bridge == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + if (!self->GetNetworkVar<bool>(u"InUse")) + { + self->SetNetworkVar(u"startEffect", 5); + + self->AddTimer("ChangeBridge", 5); + + self->SetNetworkVar(u"InUse", true); + } + + auto* player = user; + + GameMessages::SendTerminateInteraction(player->GetObjectID(), FROM_INTERACTION, self->GetObjectID()); +} + +void AmDrawBridge::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName == "ChangeBridge") + { + auto* bridge = GetBridge(self); + + if (bridge == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + if (!self->GetVar<bool>(u"BridgeDown")) + { + self->SetVar(u"BridgeDown", true); + + MoveBridgeDown(self, bridge, true); + } + else + { + self->SetVar(u"BridgeDown", false); + + MoveBridgeDown(self, bridge, false); + } + + self->SetNetworkVar(u"BridgeLeaving", true); + self->SetVar(u"BridgeDown", false); + } + else if (timerName == "SmashEffectBridge") + { + self->SetNetworkVar(u"SmashBridge", 5); + } + else if (timerName == "rotateBridgeDown") + { + auto* bridge = GetBridge(self); + + if (bridge == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + self->SetNetworkVar(u"BridgeLeaving", false); + + auto* simplePhysicsComponent = bridge->GetComponent<SimplePhysicsComponent>(); + + if (simplePhysicsComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + simplePhysicsComponent->SetAngularVelocity(NiPoint3::ZERO); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(bridge); + } +} + +void AmDrawBridge::OnNotifyObject(Entity *self, Entity *sender, const std::string& name, int32_t param1, int32_t param2) +{ + if (name == "BridgeBuilt") + { + self->SetVar(u"BridgeID", sender->GetObjectID()); + + self->AddTimer("SmashEffectBridge", 45); + + self->SetNetworkVar(u"BridgeDead", true); + + sender->AddDieCallback([this, self, sender] () { + NotifyDie(self, sender); + }); + } +} + +void AmDrawBridge::MoveBridgeDown(Entity* self, Entity* bridge, bool down) +{ + auto* simplePhysicsComponent = bridge->GetComponent<SimplePhysicsComponent>(); + + if (simplePhysicsComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto forwardVect = simplePhysicsComponent->GetRotation().GetForwardVector(); + + auto degrees = down ? 90.0f : -90.0f; + + const auto travelTime = 2.0f; + + forwardVect = forwardVect * (float) ((degrees / travelTime) * (3.14f / 180.0f)); + + simplePhysicsComponent->SetAngularVelocity(forwardVect); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(bridge); + + self->AddTimer("rotateBridgeDown", travelTime); +} + +void AmDrawBridge::NotifyDie(Entity* self, Entity* other) +{ + self->SetNetworkVar(u"InUse", false); + self->SetVar(u"BridgeDown", false); + + self->CancelAllTimers(); +} + +Entity* AmDrawBridge::GetBridge(Entity* self) +{ + const auto bridgeID = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"BridgeID"); + + return EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(bridgeID); +} diff --git a/dScripts/AmDrawBridge.h b/dScripts/AmDrawBridge.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1b00e2be --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmDrawBridge.h @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AmDrawBridge : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + void OnNotifyObject(Entity *self, Entity *sender, const std::string& name, int32_t param1 = 0, int32_t param2 = 0); + + void MoveBridgeDown(Entity* self, Entity* bridge, bool down); + void NotifyDie(Entity* self, Entity* other); + + Entity* GetBridge(Entity* self); +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AmDropshipComputer.cpp b/dScripts/AmDropshipComputer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4101f526 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmDropshipComputer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +#include "AmDropshipComputer.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "RebuildComponent.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" + +void AmDropshipComputer::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->AddTimer("reset", 45.0f); +} + +void AmDropshipComputer::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + auto* rebuildComponent = self->GetComponent<RebuildComponent>(); + + if (rebuildComponent == nullptr || rebuildComponent->GetState() != REBUILD_COMPLETED) + { + return; + } + + auto* missionComponent = user->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + auto* inventoryComponent = user->GetComponent<InventoryComponent>(); + + if (missionComponent == nullptr || inventoryComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + if (inventoryComponent->GetLotCount(12323) != 0) + { + return; + } + + inventoryComponent->AddItem(12323, 1); +} + +void AmDropshipComputer::OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) +{ + const auto myGroup = GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"spawner_name")); + + int32_t pipeNum = 0; + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse<int32_t>(myGroup.substr(10, 1), pipeNum)) + { + return; + } + + const auto pipeGroup = myGroup.substr(0, 10); + + const auto nextPipeNum = pipeNum + 1; + + const auto samePipeSpawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(myGroup); + + if (!samePipeSpawners.empty()) + { + samePipeSpawners[0]->SoftReset(); + + samePipeSpawners[0]->Deactivate(); + } + + if (killer != nullptr && killer->IsPlayer()) + { + const auto nextPipe = pipeGroup + std::to_string(nextPipeNum); + + const auto nextPipeSpawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(nextPipe); + + if (!nextPipeSpawners.empty()) + { + nextPipeSpawners[0]->Activate(); + } + } + else + { + const auto nextPipe = pipeGroup + "1"; + + const auto firstPipeSpawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(nextPipe); + + if (!firstPipeSpawners.empty()) + { + firstPipeSpawners[0]->Activate(); + } + } +} + +void AmDropshipComputer::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + auto* rebuildComponent = self->GetComponent<RebuildComponent>(); + + if (rebuildComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + if (timerName == "reset" && rebuildComponent->GetState() == REBUILD_OPEN) + { + self->Smash(self->GetObjectID(), SILENT); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/AmDropshipComputer.h b/dScripts/AmDropshipComputer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9b28d92d --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmDropshipComputer.h @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AmDropshipComputer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; + void OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AmNamedDarklingDragon.cpp b/dScripts/AmNamedDarklingDragon.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c7f51cbd --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmNamedDarklingDragon.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +#include "AmNamedDarklingDragon.h" +#include "BaseCombatAIComponent.h" + +void AmNamedDarklingDragon::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + auto* baseCombatAIComponent = self->GetComponent<BaseCombatAIComponent>(); + + if (baseCombatAIComponent != nullptr) + { + baseCombatAIComponent->SetStunImmune(true); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/AmNamedDarklingDragon.h b/dScripts/AmNamedDarklingDragon.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cad5c2ca --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmNamedDarklingDragon.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AmNamedDarklingDragon : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AmScrollReaderServer.cpp b/dScripts/AmScrollReaderServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..280833c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmScrollReaderServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +#include "AmScrollReaderServer.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" + +void AmScrollReaderServer::OnMessageBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& identifier, const std::u16string& userData) +{ + if (identifier == u"story_end") + { + auto* missionComponent = sender->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + if (missionComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + missionComponent->ForceProgressTaskType(969, 1, 1, false); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/AmScrollReaderServer.h b/dScripts/AmScrollReaderServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b9e5943d --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmScrollReaderServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AmScrollReaderServer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnMessageBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& identifier, const std::u16string& userData) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AmShieldGenerator.cpp b/dScripts/AmShieldGenerator.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1f9b5f9c --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmShieldGenerator.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +#include "AmShieldGenerator.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "MovementAIComponent.h" +#include "BaseCombatAIComponent.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" + + +void AmShieldGenerator::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetProximityRadius(20, "shield"); + self->SetProximityRadius(21, "buffer"); + + StartShield(self); +} + +void AmShieldGenerator::OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) +{ + auto* destroyableComponent = entering->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + + if (status == "ENTER" && name == "shield") + { + if (destroyableComponent->HasFaction(4)) + { + EnemyEnteredShield(self, entering); + } + } + + if (name != "buffer" || !entering->IsPlayer()) + { + return; + } + + auto entitiesInProximity = self->GetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(u"Players"); + + if (status == "ENTER") + { + const auto& iter = std::find(entitiesInProximity.begin(), entitiesInProximity.end(), entering->GetObjectID()); + + if (iter == entitiesInProximity.end()) + { + entitiesInProximity.push_back(entering->GetObjectID()); + } + } + else if (status == "LEAVE") + { + const auto& iter = std::find(entitiesInProximity.begin(), entitiesInProximity.end(), entering->GetObjectID()); + + if (iter != entitiesInProximity.end()) + { + entitiesInProximity.erase(iter); + } + } + + self->SetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(u"Players", entitiesInProximity); +} + +void AmShieldGenerator::OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) +{ + self->CancelAllTimers(); + + auto* child = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"Child")); + + if (child != nullptr) + { + child->Kill(); + } +} + +void AmShieldGenerator::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName == "BuffPlayers") + { + BuffPlayers(self); + + self->AddTimer("BuffPlayers", 3.0f); + } + else if (timerName == "PlayFX") + { + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), 5351, u"generatorOn", "generatorOn"); + + self->AddTimer("PlayFX", 1.5f); + } + else if (timerName == "RefreshEnemies") + { + auto enemiesInProximity = self->GetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(u"Enemies"); + + for (const auto enemyID : enemiesInProximity) + { + auto* enemy = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(enemyID); + + if (enemy != nullptr) + { + EnemyEnteredShield(self, enemy); + } + } + + self->AddTimer("RefreshEnemies", 1.5f); + } +} + +void AmShieldGenerator::StartShield(Entity* self) +{ + self->AddTimer("PlayFX", 1.5f); + self->AddTimer("BuffPlayers", 3.0f); + self->AddTimer("RefreshEnemies", 1.5f); + + const auto myPos = self->GetPosition(); + const auto myRot = self->GetRotation(); + + EntityInfo info {}; + info.lot = 13111; + info.pos = myPos; + info.rot = myRot; + info.spawnerID = self->GetObjectID(); + + auto* child = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + + self->SetVar(u"Child", child->GetObjectID()); + + BuffPlayers(self); +} + +void AmShieldGenerator::BuffPlayers(Entity* self) +{ + auto* skillComponent = self->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (skillComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto entitiesInProximity = self->GetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(u"Players"); + + for (const auto playerID : entitiesInProximity) + { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(1200, 27024, playerID, true); + } +} + +void AmShieldGenerator::EnemyEnteredShield(Entity* self, Entity* intruder) +{ + auto* baseCombatAIComponent = intruder->GetComponent<BaseCombatAIComponent>(); + auto* movementAIComponent = intruder->GetComponent<MovementAIComponent>(); + + if (baseCombatAIComponent == nullptr || movementAIComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto dir = intruder->GetRotation().GetForwardVector() * -1; + dir.y += 15; + dir.x *= 50; + dir.z *= 50; + + // TODO: Figure out how todo knockback, I'll stun them for now + + if (NiPoint3::DistanceSquared(self->GetPosition(), movementAIComponent->GetCurrentPosition()) < 20 * 20) + { + baseCombatAIComponent->Stun(2.0f); + movementAIComponent->SetDestination(baseCombatAIComponent->GetStartPosition()); + } + + baseCombatAIComponent->ClearThreat(); +} diff --git a/dScripts/AmShieldGenerator.h b/dScripts/AmShieldGenerator.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b88a89cb --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmShieldGenerator.h @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AmShieldGenerator : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) override; + void OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + + void StartShield(Entity* self); + void BuffPlayers(Entity* self); + void EnemyEnteredShield(Entity* self, Entity* intruder); +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AmShieldGeneratorQuickbuild.cpp b/dScripts/AmShieldGeneratorQuickbuild.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a2d99ad2 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmShieldGeneratorQuickbuild.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,243 @@ +#include "AmShieldGeneratorQuickbuild.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "MovementAIComponent.h" +#include "BaseCombatAIComponent.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "RebuildComponent.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" + + +void AmShieldGeneratorQuickbuild::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetProximityRadius(20, "shield"); + self->SetProximityRadius(21, "buffer"); +} + +void AmShieldGeneratorQuickbuild::OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) +{ + auto* destroyableComponent = entering->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + + if (name == "shield") + { + if (!destroyableComponent->HasFaction(4) || entering->IsPlayer()) + { + return; + } + + auto enemiesInProximity = self->GetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(u"Enemies"); + + if (status == "ENTER") + { + EnemyEnteredShield(self, entering); + + const auto& iter = std::find(enemiesInProximity.begin(), enemiesInProximity.end(), entering->GetObjectID()); + + if (iter == enemiesInProximity.end()) + { + enemiesInProximity.push_back(entering->GetObjectID()); + } + } + else if (status == "LEAVE") + { + const auto& iter = std::find(enemiesInProximity.begin(), enemiesInProximity.end(), entering->GetObjectID()); + + if (iter != enemiesInProximity.end()) + { + enemiesInProximity.erase(iter); + } + } + + self->SetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(u"Enemies", enemiesInProximity); + } + + if (name != "buffer" || !entering->IsPlayer()) + { + return; + } + + auto entitiesInProximity = self->GetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(u"Players"); + + if (status == "ENTER") + { + const auto& iter = std::find(entitiesInProximity.begin(), entitiesInProximity.end(), entering->GetObjectID()); + + if (iter == entitiesInProximity.end()) + { + entitiesInProximity.push_back(entering->GetObjectID()); + } + } + else if (status == "LEAVE") + { + const auto& iter = std::find(entitiesInProximity.begin(), entitiesInProximity.end(), entering->GetObjectID()); + + if (iter != entitiesInProximity.end()) + { + entitiesInProximity.erase(iter); + } + } + + self->SetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(u"Players", entitiesInProximity); +} + +void AmShieldGeneratorQuickbuild::OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) +{ + self->CancelAllTimers(); + + auto* child = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"Child")); + + if (child != nullptr) + { + child->Kill(); + } +} + +void AmShieldGeneratorQuickbuild::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName == "BuffPlayers") + { + BuffPlayers(self); + + self->AddTimer("BuffPlayers", 3.0f); + } + else if (timerName == "PlayFX") + { + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), 5351, u"generatorOn", "generatorOn"); + + self->AddTimer("PlayFX", 1.5f); + } + else if (timerName == "RefreshEnemies") + { + auto enemiesInProximity = self->GetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(u"Enemies"); + + for (const auto enemyID : enemiesInProximity) + { + auto* enemy = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(enemyID); + + if (enemy != nullptr) + { + EnemyEnteredShield(self, enemy); + } + } + + self->AddTimer("RefreshEnemies", 1.5f); + } +} + +void AmShieldGeneratorQuickbuild::OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) +{ + StartShield(self); + + auto enemiesInProximity = self->GetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(u"Enemies"); + + for (const auto enemyID : enemiesInProximity) + { + auto* enemy = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(enemyID); + + if (enemy != nullptr) + { + enemy->Smash(); + } + } + + auto entitiesInProximity = self->GetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(u"Players"); + + for (const auto playerID : entitiesInProximity) + { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + continue; + } + + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + if (missionComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + missionComponent->ForceProgressTaskType(987, 1, 1, false); + } +} + +void AmShieldGeneratorQuickbuild::StartShield(Entity* self) +{ + self->AddTimer("PlayFX", 1.5f); + self->AddTimer("BuffPlayers", 3.0f); + self->AddTimer("RefreshEnemies", 1.5f); + + const auto myPos = self->GetPosition(); + const auto myRot = self->GetRotation(); + + EntityInfo info {}; + info.lot = 13111; + info.pos = myPos; + info.rot = myRot; + info.spawnerID = self->GetObjectID(); + + auto* child = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + + self->SetVar(u"Child", child->GetObjectID()); + + BuffPlayers(self); +} + +void AmShieldGeneratorQuickbuild::BuffPlayers(Entity* self) +{ + auto* skillComponent = self->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (skillComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto entitiesInProximity = self->GetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(u"Players"); + + for (const auto playerID : entitiesInProximity) + { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(1200, 27024, playerID, true); + } +} + +void AmShieldGeneratorQuickbuild::EnemyEnteredShield(Entity* self, Entity* intruder) +{ + auto* rebuildComponent = self->GetComponent<RebuildComponent>(); + + if (rebuildComponent == nullptr || rebuildComponent->GetState() != REBUILD_COMPLETED) + { + return; + } + + auto* baseCombatAIComponent = intruder->GetComponent<BaseCombatAIComponent>(); + auto* movementAIComponent = intruder->GetComponent<MovementAIComponent>(); + + if (baseCombatAIComponent == nullptr || movementAIComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto dir = intruder->GetRotation().GetForwardVector() * -1; + dir.y += 15; + dir.x *= 50; + dir.z *= 50; + + // TODO: Figure out how todo knockback, I'll stun them for now + + if (NiPoint3::DistanceSquared(self->GetPosition(), movementAIComponent->GetCurrentPosition()) < 20 * 20) + { + baseCombatAIComponent->Stun(2.0f); + movementAIComponent->SetDestination(baseCombatAIComponent->GetStartPosition()); + } + + baseCombatAIComponent->ClearThreat(); +} diff --git a/dScripts/AmShieldGeneratorQuickbuild.h b/dScripts/AmShieldGeneratorQuickbuild.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3a8ab61e --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmShieldGeneratorQuickbuild.h @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AmShieldGeneratorQuickbuild : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) override; + void OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + void OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) override; + + void StartShield(Entity* self); + void BuffPlayers(Entity* self); + void EnemyEnteredShield(Entity* self, Entity* intruder); +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AmSkeletonEngineer.cpp b/dScripts/AmSkeletonEngineer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ef27d75 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmSkeletonEngineer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +#include "AmSkeletonEngineer.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" + +void AmSkeletonEngineer::OnHit(Entity* self, Entity* attacker) +{ + auto* destroyableComponent = self->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + auto* skillComponent = self->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (destroyableComponent == nullptr || skillComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + if (destroyableComponent->GetHealth() < 12 && !self->GetVar<bool>(u"injured")) + { + self->SetVar(u"injured", true); + + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(953, 19864, self->GetObjectID(), true); + + const auto attackerID = attacker->GetObjectID(); + + self->AddCallbackTimer(4.5f, [this, self, attackerID] () { + self->Smash(attackerID); + }); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/AmSkeletonEngineer.h b/dScripts/AmSkeletonEngineer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d4f6f36e --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmSkeletonEngineer.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "EnemyNjBuff.h" + +class AmSkeletonEngineer : public EnemyNjBuff +{ +public: + void OnHit(Entity* self, Entity* attacker) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AmSkullkinDrill.cpp b/dScripts/AmSkullkinDrill.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8b4986d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmSkullkinDrill.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,388 @@ +#include "AmSkullkinDrill.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "MovingPlatformComponent.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "ProximityMonitorComponent.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" + +void AmSkullkinDrill::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetNetworkVar(u"bIsInUse", false); + self->SetVar(u"bActive", true); + + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), -1, u"spin", "active"); + + auto* movingPlatformComponent = self->GetComponent<MovingPlatformComponent>(); + + if (movingPlatformComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + movingPlatformComponent->SetSerialized(true); + + movingPlatformComponent->GotoWaypoint(0); + + auto* standObj = GetStandObj(self); + + if (standObj != nullptr) + { + standObj->SetVar(u"bActive", true); + } + + self->SetProximityRadius(5, "spin_distance"); +} + +Entity* AmSkullkinDrill::GetStandObj(Entity* self) +{ + const auto& myGroup = self->GetGroups(); + + if (myGroup.empty()) + { + return nullptr; + } + + std::string groupName = "Drill_Stand_"; + + groupName.push_back(myGroup[0][myGroup[0].size() - 1]); + + const auto standObjs = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(groupName); + + if (standObjs.empty()) + { + return nullptr; + } + + return standObjs[0]; +} + +void AmSkullkinDrill::OnSkillEventFired(Entity* self, Entity* caster, const std::string& message) +{ + if (message != "NinjagoSpinEvent" || self->GetNetworkVar<bool>(u"bIsInUse")) + { + return; + } + + auto* proximityMonitorComponent = self->GetComponent<ProximityMonitorComponent>(); + + if (proximityMonitorComponent == nullptr || !proximityMonitorComponent->IsInProximity("spin_distance", caster->GetObjectID())) + { + return; + } + + self->SetVar(u"activaterID", caster->GetObjectID()); + + self->SetNetworkVar(u"bIsInUse", true); + + TriggerDrill(self); +} + +void AmSkullkinDrill::TriggerDrill(Entity* self) +{ + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"slowdown"); + + self->AddTimer("killDrill", 10.0f); + + auto* standObj = GetStandObj(self); + + if (standObj != nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("AmSkullkinDrill", "Disabling knockback\n"); + + standObj->SetVar(u"bActive", false); + } + + auto* movingPlatformComponent = self->GetComponent<MovingPlatformComponent>(); + + if (movingPlatformComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + movingPlatformComponent->GotoWaypoint(1); +} + +void AmSkullkinDrill::OnWaypointReached(Entity* self, uint32_t waypointIndex) +{ + if (waypointIndex == 1) + { + auto myPos = self->GetPosition(); + auto myRot = self->GetRotation(); + + myPos.y -= 21; + + EntityInfo info = {}; + info.lot = 12346; + info.pos = myPos; + info.rot = myRot; + info.scale = 3; // Needs the scale, otherwise attacks fail + info.spawnerID = self->GetObjectID(); + + auto* child = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(child); + + self->SetVar(u"ChildSmash", child->GetObjectID()); + + child->AddDieCallback([this, self] () { + const auto& userID = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"activaterID"); + + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(userID); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + OnHitOrHealResult(self, player, 1); + }); + } + + OnArrived(self, waypointIndex); +} + +void AmSkullkinDrill::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + if (self->GetNetworkVar<bool>(u"bIsInUse")) + { + return; + } + + self->SetNetworkVar(u"bIsInUse", true); + + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(user->GetObjectID(), 5499, u"on-anim", "tornado"); + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(user->GetObjectID(), 5502, u"on-anim", "staff"); + + const auto userID = user->GetObjectID(); + + self->SetVar(u"userID", userID); + self->SetVar(u"activaterID", userID); + + PlayAnim(self, user, "spinjitzu-staff-windup"); + PlayCinematic(self); + + FreezePlayer(self, user, true); +} + +void AmSkullkinDrill::FreezePlayer(Entity* self, Entity* player, bool bFreeze) +{ + eStunState eChangeType = POP; + + if (bFreeze) + { + if (player->GetIsDead()) + { + return; + } + + eChangeType = PUSH; + } + else + { + if (player->GetIsDead()) + { + // + } + } + + GameMessages::SendSetStunned(player->GetObjectID(), eChangeType, player->GetSystemAddress(), self->GetObjectID(), + true, false, true, false, true, false, true + ); +} + +void AmSkullkinDrill::OnArrived(Entity* self, uint32_t waypointIndex) +{ + auto* standObj = GetStandObj(self); + + if (waypointIndex == 1) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"no-spin"); + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(self, true, "active"); + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), -1, u"indicator", "indicator"); + + self->SetVar(u"bActive", false); + + const auto playerID = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"userID"); + + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + + if (player != nullptr) + { + PlayAnim(self, player, "spinjitzu-staff-end"); + } + + if (standObj != nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("AmSkullkinDrill", "Disabling knockback\n"); + + standObj->SetVar(u"bActive", false); + } + + return; + } + else + { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"idle"); + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), -1, u"spin", "active"); + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(self, true, "indicator"); + } +} + +void AmSkullkinDrill::PlayCinematic(Entity* self) +{ + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"userID")); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + const auto& cine = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"cinematic"); + + if (cine.empty()) + { + return; + } + + GameMessages::SendPlayCinematic(player->GetObjectID(), cine, player->GetSystemAddress()); +} + +void AmSkullkinDrill::PlayAnim(Entity* self, Entity* player, const std::string& animName) +{ + const auto animTime = animName == "spinjitzu-staff-end" ? 0.5f : 1.0f; + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(player, GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(animName)); + + self->AddTimer("AnimDone_" + animName, animTime); +} + +void AmSkullkinDrill::OnHitOrHealResult(Entity* self, Entity* attacker, int32_t damage) +{ + auto* destroyableComponent = self->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + + if (destroyableComponent == nullptr || !attacker->IsPlayer()) + { + return; + } + + if (self->GetVar<bool>(u"bActive")) + { + return; + } + + const auto activaterID = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"activaterID"); + + auto* activator = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(activaterID); + + // TODO: Missions + if (activator != nullptr) + { + auto* missionComponent = activator->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr) + { + for (const auto missionID : m_MissionsToUpdate) + { + missionComponent->ForceProgressValue(missionID, 1, self->GetLOT()); + } + } + } + + self->Smash(attacker->GetObjectID(), SILENT); + + self->CancelAllTimers(); + + auto* standObj = GetStandObj(self); + + if (standObj != nullptr) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(standObj->GetObjectID(), 4946, u"explode", "explode"); + } +} + +void AmSkullkinDrill::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + Game::logger->Log("AmSkullkinDrill", "Timer: %s\n", timerName.c_str()); + + if (timerName == "killDrill") + { + const auto childID = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"ChildSmash"); + + auto* child = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(childID); + + if (child != nullptr) + { + child->Smash(self->GetObjectID(), SILENT); + } + + self->SetNetworkVar(u"bIsInUse", false); + self->SetVar(u"bActive", true); + self->SetVar(u"activaterID", LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + + auto* standObj = GetStandObj(self); + + if (standObj != nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("AmSkullkinDrill", "Enabling knockback\n"); + + standObj->SetVar(u"bActive", true); + } + + auto* movingPlatformComponent = self->GetComponent<MovingPlatformComponent>(); + + if (movingPlatformComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + movingPlatformComponent->GotoWaypoint(0); + + return; + } + + const auto& data = GeneralUtils::SplitString(timerName, '_'); + + if (data.empty()) + { + return; + } + + if (data[0] == "AnimDone") + { + const auto& animName = data[1]; + + Game::logger->Log("AmSkullkinDrill", "Anim done: %s\n", animName.c_str()); + + const auto playerID = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"userID"); + + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + if (animName == "spinjitzu-staff-windup") + { + Game::logger->Log("AmSkullkinDrill", "Triggering drill\n"); + + TriggerDrill(self); + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(player, u"spinjitzu-staff-loop"); + } + else if (animName == "spinjitzu-staff-end") + { + FreezePlayer(self, player, false); + + self->SetVar(u"userID", LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(player, true, "tornado"); + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(player, true, "staff"); + } + + } + else if (data[0] == "TryUnFreezeAgain") + { + + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/AmSkullkinDrill.h b/dScripts/AmSkullkinDrill.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a996cefd --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmSkullkinDrill.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AmSkullkinDrill : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + + Entity* GetStandObj(Entity* self); + + void OnSkillEventFired(Entity* self, Entity* caster, const std::string& message) override; + + void TriggerDrill(Entity* self); + + void OnWaypointReached(Entity* self, uint32_t waypointIndex) override; + + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; + + void FreezePlayer(Entity* self, Entity* player, bool bFreeze); + + void OnArrived(Entity* self, uint32_t waypointIndex); + + void PlayCinematic(Entity* self); + + void PlayAnim(Entity* self, Entity* player, const std::string& animName); + + void OnHitOrHealResult(Entity* self, Entity* attacker, int32_t damage) override; + + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + +private: + std::vector<int32_t> m_MissionsToUpdate = {972, 1305, 1308}; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AmSkullkinDrillStand.cpp b/dScripts/AmSkullkinDrillStand.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ddae2f60 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmSkullkinDrillStand.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +#include "AmSkullkinDrillStand.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "dpEntity.h" + +void AmSkullkinDrillStand::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetVar(u"bActive", true); + + self->SetProximityRadius(new dpEntity(self->GetObjectID(), {6, 14, 6}), "knockback"); +} + +void AmSkullkinDrillStand::OnNotifyObject(Entity *self, Entity *sender, const std::string& name, int32_t param1, int32_t param2) +{ + +} + +void AmSkullkinDrillStand::OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) +{ + if (!self->GetVar<bool>(u"bActive")) + { + return; + } + + if (!entering->IsPlayer() || status != "ENTER" || name != "knockback") + { + return; + } + + auto myPos = self->GetPosition(); + + auto objPos = entering->GetPosition(); + + NiPoint3 newVec = {(objPos.x - myPos.x) * 4.5f, 15, (objPos.z - myPos.z) * 4.5f}; + + GameMessages::SendKnockback(entering->GetObjectID(), self->GetObjectID(), self->GetObjectID(), 0, newVec); + + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(entering->GetObjectID(), 1378, u"create", "pushBack"); + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(entering, u"knockback-recovery"); +} diff --git a/dScripts/AmSkullkinDrillStand.h b/dScripts/AmSkullkinDrillStand.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3879b3b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmSkullkinDrillStand.h @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AmSkullkinDrillStand : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + + void OnNotifyObject(Entity *self, Entity *sender, const std::string& name, int32_t param1 = 0, int32_t param2 = 0) override; + + void OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AmSkullkinTower.cpp b/dScripts/AmSkullkinTower.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6869b94b --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmSkullkinTower.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,283 @@ +#include "AmSkullkinTower.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "MovingPlatformComponent.h" +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" + +void AmSkullkinTower::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetProximityRadius(20, "Tower"); + + // onPhysicsComponentReady + + auto* movingPlatformComponent = self->GetComponent<MovingPlatformComponent>(); + + if (movingPlatformComponent != nullptr) + { + movingPlatformComponent->StopPathing(); + } + + SpawnLegs(self, "Left"); + SpawnLegs(self, "Right"); + SpawnLegs(self, "Rear"); +} + +void AmSkullkinTower::SpawnLegs(Entity* self, const std::string& loc) +{ + auto pos = self->GetPosition(); + auto rot = self->GetRotation(); + pos.y += self->GetVarAs<float>(u"vert_offset"); + + auto newRot = rot; + auto offset = self->GetVarAs<float>(u"hort_offset"); + + auto legLOT = self->GetVar<LOT>(u"legLOT"); + + if (legLOT == 0) + { + return; + } + + std::vector<LDFBaseData*> config = { new LDFData<std::string>(u"Leg", loc) }; + + EntityInfo info {}; + info.lot = legLOT; + info.spawnerID = self->GetObjectID(); + info.settings = config; + info.rot = newRot; + + if (loc == "Right") + { + const auto dir = rot.GetForwardVector(); + pos.x += dir.x * offset; + pos.z += dir.z * offset; + info.pos = pos; + } + else if (loc == "Rear") + { + const auto dir = rot.GetRightVector(); + pos.x += dir.x * offset; + pos.z += dir.z * offset; + info.pos = pos; + } + else if (loc == "Left") + { + const auto dir = rot.GetForwardVector() * -1; + pos.x += dir.x * offset; + pos.z += dir.z * offset; + info.pos = pos; + } + + info.rot = NiQuaternion::LookAt(info.pos, self->GetPosition()); + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(entity); + + OnChildLoaded(self, entity); +} + +void AmSkullkinTower::OnChildLoaded(Entity* self, Entity* child) +{ + auto legTable = self->GetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(u"legTable"); + + legTable.push_back(child->GetObjectID()); + + self->SetVar(u"legTable", legTable); + + const auto selfID = self->GetObjectID(); + + child->AddDieCallback([this, selfID, child] () { + auto* self = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(selfID); + auto* destroyableComponent = child->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + + if (destroyableComponent == nullptr || self == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + NotifyDie(self, child, destroyableComponent->GetKiller()); + }); +} + +void AmSkullkinTower::NotifyDie(Entity* self, Entity* other, Entity* killer) +{ + auto players = self->GetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(u"Players"); + + const auto& iter = std::find(players.begin(), players.end(), killer->GetObjectID()); + + if (iter == players.end()) + { + players.push_back(killer->GetObjectID()); + } + + self->SetVar(u"Players", players); + + OnChildRemoved(self, other); +} + +void AmSkullkinTower::OnChildRemoved(Entity* self, Entity* child) +{ + auto legTable = self->GetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(u"legTable"); + + const auto& iter = std::find(legTable.begin(), legTable.end(), child->GetObjectID()); + + if (iter != legTable.end()) + { + legTable.erase(iter); + } + + self->SetVar(u"legTable", legTable); + + if (legTable.size() == 2) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"wobble-1"); + } + else if (legTable.size() == 1) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"wobble-2"); + } + else if (legTable.empty()) + { + const auto animTime = 2.5f; + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"fall"); + + self->AddTimer("spawnGuys", animTime - 0.2f); + + self->CancelTimer("RespawnLeg"); + self->CancelTimer("RespawnLeg"); + self->CancelTimer("RespawnLeg"); + + std::vector<int32_t> missionIDs; + + auto missionsString = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"missions"); + + if (!missionsString.empty()) + { + // Split the missions string by '_' + const auto missions = GeneralUtils::SplitString( + GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(missionsString), + '_' + ); + + for (const auto& mission : missions) + { + int32_t missionID = 0; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(mission, missionID)) + { + continue; + } + + missionIDs.push_back(missionID); + } + } + + const auto& players = self->GetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(u"Players"); + + for (const auto& playerID : players) + { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + continue; + } + + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + if (missionComponent == nullptr) + { + continue; + } + + for (const auto missionID : missionIDs) + { + missionComponent->ForceProgressValue(missionID, 1, self->GetLOT()); + } + + //missionComponent->ForceProgressValue(1305, 1, self->GetLOT()); + } + } + + auto deadLegs = self->GetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(u"DeadLegs"); + + const auto& leg = child->GetVar<std::string>(u"Leg"); + + const auto& legIter = std::find(deadLegs.begin(), deadLegs.end(), leg); + + if (legIter == deadLegs.end()) + { + deadLegs.push_back(leg); + } + + self->SetVar(u"DeadLegs", deadLegs); + + self->AddTimer("RespawnLeg", 20); +} + +void AmSkullkinTower::OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) +{ + if (status != "LEAVE") + { + return; + } + + auto players = self->GetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(u"Players"); + + const auto& iter = std::find(players.begin(), players.end(), entering->GetObjectID()); + + if (iter != players.end()) + { + players.erase(iter); + } + + self->SetVar(u"Players", players); +} + +void AmSkullkinTower::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName == "RespawnLeg") + { + auto deadLegs = self->GetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(u"DeadLegs"); + + if (deadLegs.empty()) + { + return; + } + + SpawnLegs(self, deadLegs[0]); + + deadLegs.erase(deadLegs.begin()); + + self->SetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(u"DeadLegs", deadLegs); + } + else if (timerName == "spawnGuys") + { + EntityInfo info {}; + info.lot = self->GetVar<LOT>(u"enemyToSpawn"); + auto pos = self->GetPosition(); + pos.y += 7; + info.pos = pos; + info.rot = self->GetRotation(); + info.spawnerID = self->GetObjectID(); + + for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; i++) + { + info.pos.x += i * 2; // Just to set the apart a bit + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(entity); + } + + self->AddTimer("killTower", 0.7f); + } + else if (timerName == "killTower") + { + self->Smash(self->GetObjectID()); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/AmSkullkinTower.h b/dScripts/AmSkullkinTower.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c7d6a732 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmSkullkinTower.h @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AmSkullkinTower : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + + void SpawnLegs(Entity* self, const std::string& loc); + + void OnChildLoaded(Entity* self, Entity* child); + + void NotifyDie(Entity* self, Entity* other, Entity* killer); + + void OnChildRemoved(Entity* self, Entity* child); + + void OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) override; + + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AmTemplateSkillVolume.cpp b/dScripts/AmTemplateSkillVolume.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a0d2a95e --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmTemplateSkillVolume.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +#include "AmTemplateSkillVolume.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" + +void AmTemplateSkillVolume::OnSkillEventFired(Entity* self, Entity* caster, const std::string& message) +{ + if (message != "NinjagoSpinAttackEvent") + { + return; + } + + auto* missionComponent = caster->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + const auto missionIDsVariable = GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"missions")); + const auto missionIDs = GeneralUtils::SplitString(missionIDsVariable, '_'); + + for (const auto& missionIDStr : missionIDs) + { + int32_t missionID = 0; + + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(missionIDStr, missionID)) + { + continue; + } + + missionComponent->ForceProgressTaskType(missionID, 1, 1, false); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/AmTemplateSkillVolume.h b/dScripts/AmTemplateSkillVolume.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ab912f4d --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AmTemplateSkillVolume.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class AmTemplateSkillVolume : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnSkillEventFired(Entity* self, Entity* caster, const std::string& message) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/AnvilOfArmor.cpp b/dScripts/AnvilOfArmor.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f3712ff2 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AnvilOfArmor.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#include "AnvilOfArmor.h" + +void AnvilOfArmor::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(u"numCycles", 8); + self->SetVar<float_t>(u"secPerCycle", 25.0f); + self->SetVar<float_t>(u"delayToFirstCycle", 1.5f); + self->SetVar<float_t>(u"deathDelay", 25.0f); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(u"numberOfPowerups", 4); + self->SetVar<LOT>(u"lootLOT", 6431); + + // Initiate the actual script + OnTemplateStartup(self); +} diff --git a/dScripts/AnvilOfArmor.h b/dScripts/AnvilOfArmor.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..64c95216 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/AnvilOfArmor.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "ScriptedPowerupSpawner.h" + +class AnvilOfArmor : public ScriptedPowerupSpawner { + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/BankInteractServer.cpp b/dScripts/BankInteractServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9bea375a --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/BankInteractServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +#include "BankInteractServer.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void BankInteractServer::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + AMFArrayValue args; + AMFStringValue* bank = new AMFStringValue(); + bank->SetStringValue("bank"); + args.InsertValue("state", bank); + + GameMessages::SendUIMessageServerToSingleClient(user, user->GetSystemAddress(), "pushGameState", &args); + + delete bank; +} + +void BankInteractServer::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, + int32_t param2, int32_t param3) +{ + if (args == "ToggleBank") + { + AMFArrayValue args; + AMFFalseValue* amfFalse = new AMFFalseValue(); + args.InsertValue("visible", amfFalse); + + GameMessages::SendUIMessageServerToSingleClient(sender, sender->GetSystemAddress(), "ToggleBank", &args); + + delete amfFalse; + + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"CloseBank", 0, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", sender->GetSystemAddress()); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/BankInteractServer.h b/dScripts/BankInteractServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..45a40fe0 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/BankInteractServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class BankInteractServer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/BaseConsoleTeleportServer.cpp b/dScripts/BaseConsoleTeleportServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b4e88af7 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/BaseConsoleTeleportServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +#include "BaseConsoleTeleportServer.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Player.h" +#include "RocketLaunchpadControlComponent.h" + + +void BaseConsoleTeleportServer::BaseOnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + auto* player = user; + + const auto& teleportLocString = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"teleportString"); + + GameMessages::SendDisplayMessageBox(player->GetObjectID(), true, self->GetObjectID(), u"TransferBox", 0, teleportLocString, u"", player->GetSystemAddress()); +} + +void BaseConsoleTeleportServer::BaseOnMessageBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& identifier, const std::u16string& userData) +{ + auto* player = sender; + + if (button == 1) + { + if (self->GetLOT() == 14333) + { + auto* rocketLaunchComponent = self->GetComponent<RocketLaunchpadControlComponent>(); + + if (rocketLaunchComponent == nullptr) + { + rocketLaunchComponent; + } + + const auto& teleportZone = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"transferZoneID"); + + rocketLaunchComponent->Launch(player, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, std::stoi(GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(teleportZone))); + + return; + } + + GameMessages::SendSetStunned(player->GetObjectID(), PUSH, player->GetSystemAddress(), player->GetObjectID(), + true, true, true, true, true, true, true + ); + + const auto teleportFXID = self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"teleportEffectID"); + + if (teleportFXID != 0) + { + const auto& teleportFXs = self->GetVar<std::vector<std::u16string>>(u"teleportEffectTypes"); + + for (const auto& type : teleportFXs) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(player->GetObjectID(), teleportFXID, type, "FX" + GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(type)); + } + } + + const auto& teleIntroAnim = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"teleportAnim"); + + if (!teleIntroAnim.empty()) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(player, teleIntroAnim); + } + + const auto animTime = 3.32999992370605f; + + UpdatePlayerTable(self, player, true); + + const auto playerID = player->GetObjectID(); + + self->AddCallbackTimer(animTime, [playerID, self] () { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + GameMessages::SendDisplayZoneSummary(playerID, player->GetSystemAddress(), false, false, self->GetObjectID()); + }); + } + else if (button == -1 || button == 0) + { + GameMessages::SendTerminateInteraction(player->GetObjectID(), FROM_INTERACTION, player->GetObjectID()); + } +} + +void BaseConsoleTeleportServer::UpdatePlayerTable(Entity* self, Entity* player, bool bAdd) +{ + const auto iter = std::find(m_Players.begin(), m_Players.end(), player->GetObjectID()); + + if (iter == m_Players.end() && bAdd) + { + m_Players.push_back(player->GetObjectID()); + } + else if (iter != m_Players.end() && !bAdd) + { + m_Players.erase(iter); + } +} + +bool BaseConsoleTeleportServer::CheckPlayerTable(Entity* self, Entity* player) +{ + const auto iter = std::find(m_Players.begin(), m_Players.end(), player->GetObjectID()); + + return iter != m_Players.end(); +} + +void BaseConsoleTeleportServer::BaseOnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, int32_t param3) +{ + if (args == "summaryComplete") + { + TransferPlayer(self, sender, 0); + } +} + +void BaseConsoleTeleportServer::TransferPlayer(Entity* self, Entity* player, int32_t altMapID) +{ + if (player == nullptr || !CheckPlayerTable(self, player)) + { + return; + } + + // Ignoring extra effects for now + + /*GameMessages::SendSetStunned(player->GetObjectID(), POP, player->GetSystemAddress(), player->GetObjectID(), + true, true, true, true, true, true, true + );*/ + + GameMessages::SendTerminateInteraction(player->GetObjectID(), FROM_INTERACTION, player->GetObjectID()); + + const auto& teleportZone = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"transferZoneID"); + + static_cast<Player*>(player)->SendToZone(std::stoi(GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(teleportZone))); + + UpdatePlayerTable(self, player, false); +} + +void BaseConsoleTeleportServer::BaseOnTimerDone(Entity* self, const std::string& timerName) +{ + +} diff --git a/dScripts/BaseConsoleTeleportServer.h b/dScripts/BaseConsoleTeleportServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..086586e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/BaseConsoleTeleportServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class BaseConsoleTeleportServer +{ +public: + void BaseOnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user); + void BaseOnMessageBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& identifier, const std::u16string& userData); + void UpdatePlayerTable(Entity* self, Entity* player, bool bAdd); + bool CheckPlayerTable(Entity* self, Entity* player); + void BaseOnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, int32_t param3); + void TransferPlayer(Entity* self, Entity* player, int32_t altMapID); + void BaseOnTimerDone(Entity* self, const std::string& timerName); + +private: + std::vector<LWOOBJID> m_Players = {}; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/BaseEnemyApe.cpp b/dScripts/BaseEnemyApe.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..88c846f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/BaseEnemyApe.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +#include "BaseEnemyApe.h" +#include "BaseCombatAIComponent.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" + +void BaseEnemyApe::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(u"timesStunned", 2); + self->SetVar<bool>(u"knockedOut", false); + + auto* combatAIComponent = self->GetComponent<BaseCombatAIComponent>(); + if (combatAIComponent != nullptr) { + combatAIComponent->SetStunImmune(true); + } +} + +void BaseEnemyApe::OnDie(Entity *self, Entity *killer) { + auto* anchor = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"QB")); + if (anchor != nullptr && !anchor->GetIsDead()) { + anchor->Smash(self->GetObjectID(), SILENT); + } +} + +void BaseEnemyApe::OnSkillCast(Entity *self, uint32_t skillID) { + const auto groundPoundSkill = self->GetVar<uint32_t>(u"GroundPoundSkill") != 0 + ? self->GetVar<uint32_t>(u"GroundPoundSkill") : 725; + const auto spawnQuickBuildTime = self->GetVar<float_t>(u"spawnQBTime") != 0.0f + ? self->GetVar<float_t>(u"spawnQBTime") : 5.0f; + + if (skillID == groundPoundSkill && self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"QB") == LWOOBJID_EMPTY) { + self->AddTimer("spawnQBTime", spawnQuickBuildTime); + } +} + +void BaseEnemyApe::OnHit(Entity *self, Entity *attacker) { + auto* destroyableComponent = self->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + if (destroyableComponent != nullptr && destroyableComponent->GetArmor() < 1 && !self->GetBoolean(u"knockedOut")) { + StunApe(self, true); + self->CancelTimer("spawnQBTime"); + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"disable", 1.7f); + + const auto reviveTime = self->GetVar<float_t>(u"reviveTime") != 0.0f + ? self->GetVar<float_t>(u"reviveTime") : 12.0f; + self->AddTimer("reviveTime", reviveTime); + } +} + +void BaseEnemyApe::OnTimerDone(Entity *self, std::string timerName) { + if (timerName == "reviveTime") { + + // Revives the ape, giving it back some armor + const auto timesStunned = self->GetVar<uint32_t>(u"timesStunned"); + auto* destroyableComponent = self->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + if (destroyableComponent != nullptr) { + destroyableComponent->SetArmor(destroyableComponent->GetMaxArmor() / timesStunned); + } + + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(u"timesStunned", timesStunned + 1); + StunApe(self, false); + + } else if (timerName == "spawnQBTime" && self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"QB") == LWOOBJID_EMPTY) { + + // Spawns the QB, which can insta kill the ape + // Quick mafs to spawn the QB in the correct spot + const auto position = self->GetPosition(); + const auto rotation = self->GetRotation(); + + const auto backwardVector = rotation.GetForwardVector() * -1; + const auto objectPosition = NiPoint3( + position.GetX() - (backwardVector.GetX() * 8), + position.GetY(), + position.GetZ() - (backwardVector.GetZ() * 8) + ); + + EntityInfo entityInfo {}; + + entityInfo.pos = position; + entityInfo.rot = rotation; + entityInfo.pos.SetY(entityInfo.pos.GetY() + 13.0f); + + entityInfo.spawnerID = self->GetObjectID(); + entityInfo.lot = self->GetVar<LOT>(u"QuickbuildAnchorLOT") != 0 + ? self->GetVar<LOT>(u"QuickbuildAnchorLOT") : 7549; + entityInfo.settings = { + new LDFData<std::string>(u"rebuild_activators", + std::to_string(objectPosition.GetX()) + "\x1f" + + std::to_string(objectPosition.GetY()) + "\x1f" + + std::to_string(objectPosition.GetZ()) + ), + new LDFData<bool>(u"no_timed_spawn", true), + new LDFData<LWOOBJID>(u"ape", self->GetObjectID()) + }; + + auto* anchor = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(entityInfo); + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(anchor); + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"QB", anchor->GetObjectID()); + + } else if (timerName == "anchorDamageTimer") { + + // Attacks the ape with some god skill + const auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"smasher")); + if (player == nullptr) { + return; + } + + auto* skillComponent = self->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + if (skillComponent != nullptr) { + // We use a different behavior than the script here, the original one contains a TargetCaster behavior + // but as of writing we can't pass an optional originated to give the loot to the player + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(1273, 29446, self->GetObjectID(), true, false, player->GetObjectID()); + } + + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"QB", LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + } +} + +void BaseEnemyApe::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) { + if (args == "rebuildDone" && sender != nullptr) { + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"smasher", sender->GetObjectID()); + const auto anchorDamageDelayTime = self->GetVar<float_t>(u"AnchorDamageDelayTime") != 0.0f + ? self->GetVar<float_t>(u"AnchorDamageDelayTime") : 0.5f; + self->AddTimer("anchorDamageTimer", anchorDamageDelayTime); + } +} + +void BaseEnemyApe::StunApe(Entity *self, bool stunState) { + auto* combatAIComponent = self->GetComponent<BaseCombatAIComponent>(); + if (combatAIComponent != nullptr) { + combatAIComponent->SetDisabled(stunState); + combatAIComponent->SetStunned(stunState); + + auto* skillComponent = self->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + if (skillComponent != nullptr) { + skillComponent->Interrupt(); + } + + GameMessages::SendSetStunned(self->GetObjectID(), stunState ? PUSH : POP, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, self->GetObjectID(), + true, true, true, true, true, + true, true, true, true); + + self->SetBoolean(u"knockedOut", stunState); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/BaseEnemyApe.h b/dScripts/BaseEnemyApe.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1553d3ae --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/BaseEnemyApe.h @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class BaseEnemyApe : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity *self) override; + void OnDie(Entity *self, Entity *killer) override; + void OnSkillCast(Entity *self, uint32_t skillID) override; + void OnHit(Entity *self, Entity *attacker) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity *self, std::string timerName) override; + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) override; +private: + static void StunApe(Entity* self, bool stunState); +}; diff --git a/dScripts/BaseEnemyMech.cpp b/dScripts/BaseEnemyMech.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..37678857 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/BaseEnemyMech.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +#include "BaseEnemyMech.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "ControllablePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "dpWorld.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" + +void BaseEnemyMech::OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) { + ControllablePhysicsComponent* controlPhys = static_cast<ControllablePhysicsComponent*>(self->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_CONTROLLABLE_PHYSICS)); + if (!controlPhys) return; + + NiPoint3 newLoc = {controlPhys->GetPosition().x, dpWorld::Instance().GetHeightAtPoint(controlPhys->GetPosition()), controlPhys->GetPosition().z }; + //NiPoint3 newLoc = { controlPhys->GetPosition().x, controlPhys->GetPosition().y, controlPhys->GetPosition().z }; + + EntityInfo info = EntityInfo(); + std::vector<LDFBaseData*> cfg; + std::u16string activatorPosStr; + activatorPosStr += (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(controlPhys->GetPosition().x)); + activatorPosStr.push_back(0x1f); + activatorPosStr += (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(controlPhys->GetPosition().y)); + activatorPosStr.push_back(0x1f); + activatorPosStr += (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(controlPhys->GetPosition().z)); + + LDFBaseData* activatorPos = new LDFData<std::u16string>(u"rebuild_activators", activatorPosStr); + cfg.push_back(activatorPos); + info.lot = qbTurretLOT; + info.pos = newLoc; + info.rot = controlPhys->GetRotation(); + info.spawnerID = self->GetObjectID(); + info.settings = cfg; + + Entity* turret = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info, nullptr); + if (turret) { + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(turret); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/BaseEnemyMech.h b/dScripts/BaseEnemyMech.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f9f0b025 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/BaseEnemyMech.h @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class BaseEnemyMech : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) override; +protected: + LOT qbTurretLOT = 6254; +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/BaseFootRaceManager.cpp b/dScripts/BaseFootRaceManager.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0c5d9f19 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/BaseFootRaceManager.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +#include "BaseFootRaceManager.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Character.h" + +void BaseFootRaceManager::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + // TODO: Add to FootRaceStarter group +} + +void BaseFootRaceManager::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, + int32_t param2, int32_t param3) { + const auto splitArguments = GeneralUtils::SplitString(args, '_'); + if (splitArguments.size() > 1) { + + const auto eventName = splitArguments[0]; + const auto player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(std::stol(splitArguments[1])); + + if (player != nullptr) { + if (eventName == "updatePlayer") { + UpdatePlayer(self, player->GetObjectID()); + } else if (IsPlayerInActivity(self, player->GetObjectID())) { + if (eventName == "initialActivityScore") { + auto* character = player->GetCharacter(); + if (character != nullptr) { + character->SetPlayerFlag(115, true); + } + + SetActivityScore(self, player->GetObjectID(), 1); + } else if (eventName == "updatePlayerTrue") { + auto* character = player->GetCharacter(); + if (character != nullptr) { + character->SetPlayerFlag(115, false); + } + + UpdatePlayer(self, player->GetObjectID(), true); + } else if (eventName == "PlayerWon") { + auto* character = player->GetCharacter(); + if (character != nullptr) { + character->SetPlayerFlag(115, false); + if (param2 != -1) // Certain footraces set a flag + character->SetPlayerFlag(param2, true); + } + + StopActivity(self, player->GetObjectID(), 0, param1); + } + } + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/BaseFootRaceManager.h b/dScripts/BaseFootRaceManager.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1a76cf19 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/BaseFootRaceManager.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "ActivityManager.h" +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class BaseFootRaceManager : public ActivityManager { + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/BaseInteractDropLootServer.cpp b/dScripts/BaseInteractDropLootServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..20cc2f1b --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/BaseInteractDropLootServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +#include "BaseInteractDropLootServer.h" +#include "Loot.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void BaseInteractDropLootServer::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + BaseUse(self, user); +} + +void BaseInteractDropLootServer::BaseUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + auto cooldownTime = self->GetVar<float>(u"cooldownTime"); + if (cooldownTime == 0) cooldownTime = 5; + + uint32_t lootMatrix = self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"UseLootMatrix"); + if (lootMatrix == 0) lootMatrix = self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"smashable_loot_matrix"); + if (lootMatrix == 0) lootMatrix = 715; + + auto useSound = self->GetVar<std::string>(u"sound1"); + + if (!useSound.empty()) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayNDAudioEmitter(self, user->GetSystemAddress(), useSound); + } + + self->SetNetworkVar(u"bInUse", true); + + Loot::DropLoot(user, self, lootMatrix, 0, 0); + + self->AddCallbackTimer(cooldownTime, [this, self] () { + self->SetNetworkVar(u"bInUse", false); + }); +} diff --git a/dScripts/BaseInteractDropLootServer.h b/dScripts/BaseInteractDropLootServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d2e9b600 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/BaseInteractDropLootServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class BaseInteractDropLootServer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + virtual void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; + void BaseUse(Entity* self, Entity* user); +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/BasePropertyServer.cpp b/dScripts/BasePropertyServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..27e3767b --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/BasePropertyServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,520 @@ +#include "BasePropertyServer.h" +#include <utility> +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "RenderComponent.h" +#include "dServer.h" + +void BasePropertyServer::SetGameVariables(Entity *self) { + self->SetVar<std::string>(ClaimMarkerGroup, ""); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GeneratorGroup, ""); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GuardGroup, ""); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropertyPlaqueGroup, ""); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropertyVendorGroup, ""); + self->SetVar<std::string>(SpotsGroup, ""); + self->SetVar<std::string>(MSCloudsGroup, ""); + self->SetVar<std::string>(EnemiesGroup, ""); + self->SetVar<std::string>(FXManagerGroup, ""); + self->SetVar<std::string>(ImagOrbGroup, ""); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GeneratorFXGroup, ""); + + self->SetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(EnemiesSpawner, {}); + self->SetVar<std::string>(ClaimMarkerSpawner, ""); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GeneratorSpawner, ""); + self->SetVar<std::string>(DamageFXSpawner, ""); + self->SetVar<std::string>(FXSpotsSpawner, ""); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropertyMGSpawner, ""); + self->SetVar<std::string>(ImageOrbSpawner, ""); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GeneratorFXSpawner, ""); + self->SetVar<std::string>(SmashablesSpawner, ""); + self->SetVar<std::string>(FXManagerSpawner, ""); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropObjsSpawner, ""); + self->SetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(AmbientFXSpawner, {}); + self->SetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(BehaviorObjsSpawner, {}); + + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(defeatedProperyFlag, 0); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(placedModelFlag, 0); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(guardMissionFlag, 0); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(brickLinkMissionIDFlag, 0); + self->SetVar<std::string>(passwordFlag, "s3kratK1ttN"); + self->SetVar<LOT>(generatorIdFlag, 0); + self->SetVar<LOT>(orbIDFlag, 0); + self->SetVar<LOT>(behaviorQBID, 0); +} + +void BasePropertyServer::CheckForOwner(Entity* self) { + if (EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(self->GetVar<std::string>(PropertyPlaqueGroup)).empty()) { + self->AddTimer(RunPlayerLoadedAgainTimer, 0.5f); + return; + } + + self->SetI64(PropertyOwnerVariable, GetOwner()); +} + +void BasePropertyServer::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + SetGameVariables(self); +} + +void BasePropertyServer::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, + int32_t param2, int32_t param3) { + if (args == CheckForPropertyOwnerEvent) { + sender->SetNetworkVar<std::string>(PropertyOwnerIDVariable, std::to_string(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(PropertyOwnerVariable))); + } +} + +void BasePropertyServer::BasePlayerLoaded(Entity* self, Entity* player) { + CheckForOwner(self); + + auto rented = false; + auto propertyOwner = PropertyManagementComponent::Instance()->GetOwnerId(); + + self->OnFireEventServerSide(self, CheckForPropertyOwnerEvent); + + if (propertyOwner > 0) { + rented = true; + } + + if (propertyOwner < 0) { + propertyOwner = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + } + + self->SetNetworkVar(PropertyOwnerIDVariable, propertyOwner); + + if (rented) { + auto plaques = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("PropertyVendor"); + for (auto* plaque : plaques) { + EntityManager::Instance()->DestructEntity(plaque); + } + + const auto& mapID = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->GetZoneID(); + + if (propertyOwner > 0) + { + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr) + { + missionComponent->Progress( + MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_VISIT_PROPERTY, + mapID.GetMapID(), + mapID.GetCloneID() + ); + } + } + + GameMessages::SendStop2DAmbientSound(player, true, GUIDMaelstrom); + GameMessages::SendPlay2DAmbientSound(player, GUIDPeaceful); + + self->AddTimer(TurnSkyOffTimer, 1.5f); + + // kill tornado FX and play peaceful noises + if (!self->GetBoolean(FXObjectsGoneVariable)) { + self->AddTimer(KillFXObjectTimer, 1.0f); + } + + GameMessages::SendPlay2DAmbientSound(player, GUIDPeaceful); + + // activate property safe spawner network + ActivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(PropObjsSpawner)); + + // tell client script who owns the property + self->SetNetworkVar<std::string>(RenterVariable, std::to_string(propertyOwner)); + + if (player->GetObjectID() != propertyOwner) + return; + } else { + const auto defeatedFlag = player->GetCharacter()->GetPlayerFlag(self->GetVar<uint32_t>(defeatedProperyFlag)); + + self->SetNetworkVar(UnclaimedVariable, true); + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(PlayerIDVariable, player->GetObjectID()); + + if (!defeatedFlag) { + StartMaelstrom(self, player); + SpawnSpots(self); + GameMessages::SendPlay2DAmbientSound(player, GUIDMaelstrom); + } else { + GameMessages::SendStop2DAmbientSound(player, true, GUIDMaelstrom); + GameMessages::SendPlay2DAmbientSound(player, GUIDPeaceful); + + self->AddTimer(TurnSkyOffTimer, 1.5f); + self->AddTimer(KillFXObjectTimer, 1.0f); + } + } + + PropGuardCheck(self, player); +} + +void BasePropertyServer::PropGuardCheck(Entity* self, Entity* player) { + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr + && missionComponent->GetMissionState(self->GetVar<uint32_t>(guardMissionFlag)) != MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE) { + ActivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(PropertyMGSpawner)); + } +} + +void BasePropertyServer::BaseZonePropertyRented(Entity* self, Entity* player) const { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"PlayCinematic", 0, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "ShowProperty", + UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + self->AddTimer(BoundsVisOnTimer, 2); + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(PropertyOwnerVariable, player->GetObjectID()); + + auto plaques = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("PropertyVendor"); + for (auto* plaque : plaques) { + EntityManager::Instance()->DestructEntity(plaque); + } + + if (self->GetVar<int32_t>(brickLinkMissionIDFlag) != 0) { + auto plaques = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(self->GetVar<std::string>(PropertyPlaqueGroup)); + for (auto* plaque : plaques) { + EntityManager::Instance()->DestructEntity(plaque); + } + } + + ActivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(PropObjsSpawner)); +} + +void BasePropertyServer::BaseZonePropertyModelPlaced(Entity* self, Entity* player) const { + auto* character = player->GetCharacter(); + if (character == nullptr) + return; + + auto flag = self->GetVar<int32_t>(placedModelFlag); + if (flag) + character->SetPlayerFlag(flag, true); +} + +void BasePropertyServer::KillClouds(Entity* self) { + DeactivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(DamageFXSpawner)); + DestroySpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(DamageFXSpawner)); +} + +void BasePropertyServer::SpawnSpots(Entity* self) { + ActivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(FXSpotsSpawner)); +} + +void BasePropertyServer::KillSpots(Entity* self) { + DeactivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(FXSpotsSpawner)); + DestroySpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(FXSpotsSpawner)); +} + +void BasePropertyServer::StartMaelstrom(Entity* self, Entity* player) { + for (const auto& enemySpawner : self->GetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(EnemiesSpawner)) { + ActivateSpawner(enemySpawner); + } + + for (const auto& behaviorObjectSpawner : self->GetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(BehaviorObjsSpawner)) { + ActivateSpawner(behaviorObjectSpawner); + } + + ActivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(DamageFXSpawner)); + ActivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(GeneratorSpawner)); + ActivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(GeneratorFXSpawner)); + ActivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(FXManagerSpawner)); + ActivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(ImageOrbSpawner)); + ActivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(SmashablesSpawner)); + + DestroySpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(ClaimMarkerSpawner)); + + for (const auto& ambientFXSpawner : self->GetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(AmbientFXSpawner)) { + DestroySpawner(ambientFXSpawner); + } + + StartTornadoFx(self); + + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"maelstromSkyOn", 0, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + "", player->GetSystemAddress()); + + self->AddTimer(StartGeneratorTimer, 0.0f); + self->AddTimer(StartOrbTimer, 0.0f); +} + +void BasePropertyServer::StartTornadoFx(Entity* self) const { + const auto entities = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(self->GetVar<std::string>(FXManagerGroup)); + if (entities.empty()) { + self->AddTimer("pollTornadoFX", 0.1f); + return; + } + + for (auto* entity : entities) { + auto* renderComponent = entity->GetComponent<RenderComponent>(); + if (renderComponent != nullptr) { + renderComponent->PlayEffect(-1, u"debrisOn", "TornadoDebris"); + renderComponent->PlayEffect(-1, u"VortexOn", "TornadoVortex"); + renderComponent->PlayEffect(-1, u"onSilhouette", "silhouette"); + } + } +} + +void BasePropertyServer::BasePlayerExit(Entity *self, Entity *player) { + if (self->GetBoolean(UnclaimedVariable)) { + if (player->GetObjectID() == self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(PlayerIDVariable)) { + // Destroy all spawners + } + } +} + +void BasePropertyServer::KillGuard(Entity* self) { + const auto entities = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(self->GetVar<std::string>(GuardGroup)); + if (entities.empty()) + return; + + DeactivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(PropertyMGSpawner)); + + auto* guard = entities[0]; + guard->Smash(self->GetObjectID()); +} + +void BasePropertyServer::RequestDie(Entity* self, Entity* other) { + auto* destroyable = other->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + if (destroyable == nullptr) + return; + + destroyable->Smash(other->GetObjectID(), SILENT); +} + +void BasePropertyServer::ActivateSpawner(const std::string& spawnerName) { + for (auto* spawner : dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(spawnerName)) { + spawner->Activate(); + } +} + +void BasePropertyServer::DeactivateSpawner(const std::string& spawnerName) { + for (auto* spawner : dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(spawnerName)) { + spawner->Deactivate(); + } +} + +void BasePropertyServer::TriggerSpawner(const std::string& spawnerName) { + for (auto* spawner : dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersInGroup(spawnerName)) { + spawner->Spawn(); + } +} + +void BasePropertyServer::ResetSpawner(const std::string& spawnerName) { + for (auto* spawner : dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(spawnerName)) { + spawner->Reset(); + } +} + +void BasePropertyServer::DestroySpawner(const std::string& spawnerName) { + for (auto* spawner : dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(spawnerName)) { + for (auto* node : spawner->m_Info.nodes) { + for (const auto& element : node->entities) { + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(element); + if (entity == nullptr) + continue; + + entity->Kill(); + } + + node->entities.clear(); + } + + spawner->Deactivate(); + } +} + +LWOOBJID BasePropertyServer::GetOwner() { + auto* manager = PropertyManagementComponent::Instance(); + return manager == nullptr ? LWOOBJID_EMPTY : manager->GetOwnerId(); +} + +void BasePropertyServer::BaseTimerDone(Entity* self, const std::string& timerName) { + if (timerName == StartGeneratorTimer) { + HandleGeneratorTimer(self); + } else if (timerName == StartOrbTimer) { + HandleOrbsTimer(self); + } else if (timerName == StartQuickbuildTimer) { + HandleQuickBuildTimer(self); + } else if (timerName == "GuardFlyAway") { + const auto zoneId = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->GetWorldID(); + + // No guard for the spider instance fight + if (Game::server->GetZoneID() == 1150) + return; + + const auto entities = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(self->GetVar<std::string>(GuardGroup)); + if (entities.empty()) + return; + + auto* guard = entities[0]; + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(EntityManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlEntity()->GetObjectID(), + u"GuardChat", 0, 0, guard->GetObjectID(), + "", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + self->AddTimer(KillGuardTimer, 5.0f); + } else if (timerName == KillGuardTimer) { + KillGuard(self); + } else if (timerName == TornadoOffTimer) { + auto fxManagers = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(self->GetVar<std::string>(FXManagerGroup)); + + for (auto *fxManager : fxManagers) { + auto *renderComponent = fxManager->GetComponent<RenderComponent>(); + if (renderComponent != nullptr) { + renderComponent->StopEffect("TornadoDebris", false); + renderComponent->StopEffect("TornadoVortex", false); + renderComponent->StopEffect("silhouette", false); + } + } + + self->AddTimer(ShowClearEffectsTimer, 2); + } else if (timerName == ShowClearEffectsTimer) { + auto fxManagers = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(self->GetVar<std::string>(FXManagerGroup)); + + for (auto *fxManager : fxManagers) { + auto *renderComponent = fxManager->GetComponent<RenderComponent>(); + if (renderComponent != nullptr) + renderComponent->PlayEffect(-1, u"beamOn", "beam"); + } + + self->AddTimer(KillStrombiesTimer, 2.0f); + self->AddTimer(TurnSkyOffTimer, 1.5f); + self->AddTimer(KillFXObjectTimer, 8.0f); + } else if (timerName == TurnSkyOffTimer) { + auto* controller = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlObject(); + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(controller->GetObjectID(), u"SkyOff", 0, 0, + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + } else if (timerName == KillStrombiesTimer) { + const auto enemies = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(self->GetVar<std::string>(EnemiesGroup)); + for (auto* enemy : enemies) { + RequestDie(self, enemy); + } + + DestroySpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(SmashablesSpawner)); + KillSpots(self); + + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(PlayerIDVariable)); + if (player == nullptr) + return; + + GameMessages::SendStop2DAmbientSound(player, true, GUIDMaelstrom); + GameMessages::SendPlay2DAmbientSound(player, GUIDPeaceful); + + self->AddTimer(ShowVendorTimer, 5.0f); + } else if (timerName == KillMarkerTimer) { + DestroySpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(ClaimMarkerSpawner)); + + for (const auto& behaviorObjectSpawner : self->GetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(BehaviorObjsSpawner)) { + DestroySpawner(behaviorObjectSpawner); + } + + for (auto* entity : EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(self->GetVar<std::string>(ImagOrbGroup))) { + entity->Smash(); + } + + DestroySpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(ImageOrbSpawner)); + + self->AddTimer(ShowVendorTimer, 1.0f); + } else if (timerName == ShowVendorTimer) { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(EntityManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlEntity()->GetObjectID(), + u"vendorOn", 0, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", + UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + for (const auto& ambientFXSpawner : self->GetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(AmbientFXSpawner)) { + ActivateSpawner(ambientFXSpawner); + } + } else if (timerName == BoundsVisOnTimer) { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"boundsAnim", 0, 0, + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + } else if (timerName == RunPlayerLoadedAgainTimer) { + CheckForOwner(self); + } else if (timerName == PollTornadoFXTimer) { + StartTornadoFx(self); + } else if (timerName == KillFXObjectTimer) { + const auto fxManagers = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(self->GetVar<std::string>(FXManagerGroup)); + if (fxManagers.empty()) { + self->AddTimer(KillFXObjectTimer, 1.0f); + return; + } + + for (auto* fxManager : fxManagers) { + auto* renderComponent = fxManager->GetComponent<RenderComponent>(); + if (renderComponent != nullptr) { + renderComponent->StopEffect("beam"); + } + } + + DestroySpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(FXManagerSpawner)); + self->SetVar<bool>(u"FXObjectGone", true); + } +} + +void BasePropertyServer::HandleOrbsTimer(Entity* self) { + self->SetVar<bool>(CollidedVariable, false); + auto orbs = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(self->GetVar<std::string>(ImagOrbGroup)); + if (orbs.empty()) { + self->AddTimer(StartOrbTimer, 0.5f); + return; + } + + for (auto* orb : orbs) { + orb->AddCollisionPhantomCallback([self, this](Entity* other) { + if (other != nullptr && other->IsPlayer() && !self->GetVar<bool>(CollidedVariable)) { + self->SetVar<bool>(CollidedVariable, true); + + KillClouds(self); + DeactivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(GeneratorSpawner)); + + for (const auto& enemySpawner : self->GetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(EnemiesSpawner)) { + DeactivateSpawner(enemySpawner); + } + + DestroySpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(GeneratorFXSpawner)); + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(EntityManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlEntity()->GetObjectID(), + u"PlayCinematic", 0, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + "DestroyMaelstrom", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + // Notifies the client that the property has been claimed with a flag, completes missions too + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(PlayerIDVariable)); + if (player != nullptr) { + auto* character = player->GetCharacter(); + if (character != nullptr) { + character->SetPlayerFlag(self->GetVar<uint32_t>(defeatedProperyFlag), true); + } + } + + self->AddTimer(TornadoOffTimer, 0.5f); + self->AddTimer(KillMarkerTimer, 0.7f); + } + }); + } +} + +void BasePropertyServer::HandleGeneratorTimer(Entity* self) { + auto generators = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(self->GetVar<std::string>(GeneratorGroup)); + if (generators.empty()) { + self->AddTimer(StartGeneratorTimer, 0.5f); + return; + } + + for (auto* generator : generators) { + generator->AddDieCallback([self, this]() { + ActivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(ClaimMarkerSpawner)); + self->AddTimer(StartQuickbuildTimer, 0.0f); + + for (const auto& enemySpawner : self->GetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(EnemiesSpawner)) { + DeactivateSpawner(enemySpawner); + } + DeactivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(GeneratorSpawner)); + }); + } +} + +void BasePropertyServer::HandleQuickBuildTimer(Entity* self) { + auto claimMarkers = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(self->GetVar<std::string>(ClaimMarkerGroup)); + if (claimMarkers.empty()) { + self->AddTimer(StartQuickbuildTimer, 0.5f); + return; + } + + for (auto* claimMarker : claimMarkers) { + // TODO: Send password? + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/BasePropertyServer.h b/dScripts/BasePropertyServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8d9a2d7e --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/BasePropertyServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "PropertyManagementComponent.h" +#include "PropertyVendorComponent.h" + +class BasePropertyServer : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + + virtual void SetGameVariables(Entity* self); + virtual void CheckForOwner(Entity* self); + virtual void PropGuardCheck(Entity* self, Entity* player); + + void OnStartup(Entity *self) override; + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) override; + void OnPlayerLoaded(Entity *self, Entity *player) override { BasePlayerLoaded(self, player); }; + void OnPlayerExit(Entity *self, Entity *player) override { BasePlayerExit(self, player); }; + void OnZonePropertyModelPlaced(Entity *self, Entity *player) override { BaseZonePropertyModelPlaced(self, player); } + void OnZonePropertyRented(Entity *self, Entity* renter) override { BaseZonePropertyRented(self, renter); }; + void OnTimerDone(Entity *self, std::string timerName) override { BaseTimerDone(self, timerName); }; + + virtual void BasePlayerLoaded(Entity* self, Entity* player); + virtual void BaseZonePropertyRented(Entity* self, Entity* player) const; + virtual void BaseZonePropertyModelPlaced(Entity* self, Entity* player) const; + virtual void BasePlayerExit(Entity *self, Entity *player); + virtual void BaseTimerDone(Entity* self, const std::string& timerName); + + void KillClouds(Entity* self); + virtual void SpawnSpots(Entity* self); + virtual void KillSpots(Entity* self); + virtual void StartMaelstrom(Entity* self, Entity* player); + virtual void StartTornadoFx(Entity* self) const; + virtual void KillGuard(Entity* self); + + static void RequestDie(Entity* self, Entity* other); + void DeactivateSpawner(const std::string& spawnerName); + static void ResetSpawner(const std::string& spawnerName); + static void DestroySpawner(const std::string& spawnerName); + static void ActivateSpawner(const std::string& spawnerName); + static void TriggerSpawner(const std::string& spawnerNamstatic); + + static LWOOBJID GetOwner(); +protected: + void HandleOrbsTimer(Entity* self); + void HandleGeneratorTimer(Entity* self); + void HandleQuickBuildTimer(Entity* self); + + // GUIDs + std::string GUIDMaelstrom = "{7881e0a1-ef6d-420c-8040-f59994aa3357}"; + std::string GUIDPeaceful = "{c5725665-58d0-465f-9e11-aeb1d21842ba}"; + + // Groups + std::u16string PropertyPlaqueGroup = u"PropertyPlaqueGroup"; + std::u16string PropertyVendorGroup = u"PropertyVendorGroup"; + std::u16string PropertyBorderGroup = u"PropertyBorderGroup"; + std::u16string SpotsGroup = u"SpotsGroup"; + std::u16string MSCloudsGroup = u"MSCloudsGroup"; + std::u16string GeneratorFXGroup = u"GeneratorFXGroup"; + std::u16string GeneratorGroup = u"GeneratorGroup"; + std::u16string ImagOrbGroup = u"ImagOrbGroup"; + std::u16string FXManagerGroup = u"FXManagerGroup"; + std::u16string ClaimMarkerGroup = u"ClaimMarkerGroup"; + std::u16string GuardGroup = u"GuardGroup"; + std::u16string EnemiesGroup = u"EnemiesGroup"; + + // Spawners + std::u16string EnemiesSpawner = u"EnemiesSpawner"; + std::u16string PropObjsSpawner = u"PropObjsSpawner"; + std::u16string PropertyMGSpawner = u"PropertyMGSpawner"; + std::u16string DamageFXSpawner = u"DamageFXSpawner"; + std::u16string FXSpotsSpawner = u"FXSpotsSpawner"; + std::u16string GeneratorSpawner = u"GeneratorSpawner"; + std::u16string GeneratorFXSpawner = u"GeneratorFXSpawner"; + std::u16string FXManagerSpawner = u"FXManagerSpawner"; + std::u16string ImageOrbSpawner = u"ImageOrbSpawner"; + std::u16string AmbientFXSpawner = u"AmbientFXSpawners"; + std::u16string SmashablesSpawner = u"SmashablesSpawner"; + std::u16string ClaimMarkerSpawner = u"ClaimMarkerSpawner"; + std::u16string BehaviorObjsSpawner = u"BehaviorObjsSpawner"; + + //Flags / constants + std::u16string guardFirstMissionFlag = u"guardFirstMissionFlag"; + std::u16string guardMissionFlag = u"guardMissionFlag"; + std::u16string brickLinkMissionIDFlag = u"brickLinkMissionIDFlag"; + std::u16string placedModelFlag = u"placedModelFlag"; + std::u16string generatorIdFlag = u"generatorIdFlag"; + std::u16string defeatedProperyFlag = u"defeatedProperyFlag"; + std::u16string passwordFlag = u"passwordFlag"; + std::u16string orbIDFlag = u"orbIDFlag"; + std::u16string behaviorQBID = u"behaviorQBID"; + + // Variables + std::u16string PlayerIDVariable = u"playerID"; + std::u16string CollidedVariable = u"collided"; + std::u16string PropertyOwnerVariable = u"PropertyOwner"; + std::u16string PropertyOwnerIDVariable = u"PropertyOwnerID"; + std::u16string FXObjectsGoneVariable = u"FXObjectGone"; + std::u16string RenterVariable = u"renter"; + std::u16string UnclaimedVariable = u"unclaimed"; + + // Events + std::string CheckForPropertyOwnerEvent = "CheckForPropertyOwner"; + + // Timers + std::string StartGeneratorTimer = "startGenerator"; + std::string StartOrbTimer = "startOrb"; + std::string StartQuickbuildTimer = "startQuickbuild"; + std::string TornadoOffTimer = "tornadoOff"; + std::string KillMarkerTimer = "killMarker"; + std::string KillGuardTimer = "KillGuard"; + std::string ShowClearEffectsTimer = "ShowClearEffects"; + std::string TurnSkyOffTimer = "turnSkyOff"; + std::string KillStrombiesTimer = "killStrombies"; + std::string KillFXObjectTimer = "killFXObject"; + std::string ShowVendorTimer = "ShowVendor"; + std::string BoundsVisOnTimer = "BoundsVisOn"; + std::string RunPlayerLoadedAgainTimer = "runPlayerLoadedAgain"; + std::string PollTornadoFXTimer = "pollTornadoFX"; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/BaseRandomServer.cpp b/dScripts/BaseRandomServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cf408d26 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/BaseRandomServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ +#include "BaseRandomServer.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "Spawner.h" + +void BaseRandomServer::BaseStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetVar<std::string>(u"SpawnState", "min"); + self->SetVar<bool>(u"JustChanged", false); + + CheckEvents(self); + SpawnMapZones(self); +} + +void BaseRandomServer::CheckEvents(Entity* self) +{ + // TODO: Add events? +} + +void BaseRandomServer::SpawnMapZones(Entity* self) +{ + for (const auto& pair : sectionMultipliers) + { + const auto sectionName = zonePrefix + "_" + zoneName + "_" + pair.first; + + SpawnSection(self, sectionName, pair.second); + } + + if (zoneName == "str") + { + SpawnNamedEnemy(self); + } + + self->SetVar(u"bInit", true); +} + +void BaseRandomServer::SpawnSection(Entity* self, const std::string& sectionName, float iMultiplier) +{ + Zone* spawnLoad = GetRandomLoad(self, sectionName); + + if (spawnLoad == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("BaseRandomServer", "Failed to find section: %s\n", sectionName.c_str()); + + return; + } + + for (const auto& spawnerData : spawnLoad->entries) + { + if (spawnerData.name.empty()) + { + continue; + } + + const auto spawnNum = std::floor(spawnerData.num * iMultiplier); + const auto spawnerName = sectionName + "_" + spawnerData.name; + + SetSpawnerNetwork(self, spawnerName, spawnNum, spawnerData.lot); + } +} + +void BaseRandomServer::SetSpawnerNetwork(Entity* self, const std::string& spawnerName, int32_t spawnNum, LOT spawnLOT) +{ + const auto& spawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(spawnerName); + + if (spawnLOT == 11217 && spawnNum > 1) + { + spawnNum = 1; + } + + if (spawners.empty()) + { + Game::logger->Log("BaseRandomServer", "Failed to find spawner: %s\n", spawnerName.c_str()); + + return; + } + + auto* spawner = spawners[0]; + + if (spawnLOT != 0) + { + spawner->SetSpawnLot(spawnLOT); + spawner->SetRespawnTime(respawnTime); + } + + if (spawnNum != 0) + { + spawner->SetNumToMaintain(spawnNum); + } + + if (spawnerName == "Named_Enemies") + { + //spawner->Reset(); + } + + spawner->Activate(); + + if (std::find(spawnersWatched.begin(), spawnersWatched.end(), spawner) != spawnersWatched.end()) + { + return; + } + + spawner->AddSpawnedEntityDieCallback([this, self, spawner] () { + NotifySpawnerOfDeath(self, spawner); + }); + + spawnersWatched.push_back(spawner); +} + +BaseRandomServer::Zone* BaseRandomServer::GetRandomLoad(Entity* self, const std::string& sectionName) +{ + const auto zoneInfo = GeneralUtils::SplitString(sectionName, '_'); + + int32_t totalWeight = 0; + + for (const auto& load : zones) + { + totalWeight += load.iChance; + } + + const auto randWeight = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<int32_t>(0, totalWeight); + + int32_t weight = 0; + for (auto& zone : zones) + { + weight += zone.iChance; + + if (randWeight <= weight) + { + return &zone; + } + } + + return nullptr; +} + +void BaseRandomServer::NotifySpawnerOfDeath(Entity* self, Spawner* spawner) +{ + const auto& spawnerName = spawner->GetName(); + + if (spawnerName == "Named_Enemies") + { + NamedEnemyDeath(self, spawner); + + return; + } + + const auto& sectionName = spawnerName.substr(0, spawnerName.size() - 7); + + const auto variableName = u"mobsDead" + GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(sectionName); + + auto mobDeathCount = self->GetVar<int32_t>(variableName); + + mobDeathCount++; + + if (mobDeathCount >= mobDeathResetNumber) + { + const auto& zoneInfo = GeneralUtils::SplitString(sectionName, '_'); + + SpawnSection(self, sectionName, sectionMultipliers[zoneInfo[sectionIDConst - 1]]); + } + + self->SetVar(variableName, mobDeathCount); +} + +void BaseRandomServer::NamedEnemyDeath(Entity* self, Spawner* spawner) +{ + const auto spawnDelay = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<float>(1, 2) * 450; + + self->AddTimer("SpawnNewEnemy", spawnDelay); +} + +void BaseRandomServer::SpawnersUp(Entity* self) +{ + +} + +void BaseRandomServer::SpawnersDown(Entity* self) +{ + +} + +void BaseRandomServer::BaseOnTimerDone(Entity* self, const std::string& timerName) +{ + NamedTimerDone(self, timerName); +} + +void BaseRandomServer::SpawnNamedEnemy(Entity* self) +{ + const auto enemy = namedMobs[GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<int32_t>(0, namedMobs.size() - 1)]; + + SetSpawnerNetwork(self, "Named_Enemies", 1, enemy); +} + +void BaseRandomServer::NamedTimerDone(Entity* self, const std::string& timerName) +{ + if (timerName == "SpawnNewEnemy") + { + SpawnNamedEnemy(self); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/BaseRandomServer.h b/dScripts/BaseRandomServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e67df365 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/BaseRandomServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "dCommonVars.h" + +class BaseRandomServer +{ +public: + struct ZoneEntry + { + LOT lot; + int32_t num; + std::string name; + }; + + struct Zone + { + std::vector<BaseRandomServer::ZoneEntry> entries; + int32_t iChance; + }; + + void BaseStartup(Entity* self); + void CheckEvents(Entity* self); + void SpawnMapZones(Entity* self); + void SpawnSection(Entity* self, const std::string& sectionName, float iMultiplier); + void SetSpawnerNetwork(Entity* self, const std::string& spawnerName, int32_t spawnNum, LOT spawnLOT); + BaseRandomServer::Zone* GetRandomLoad(Entity* self, const std::string& sectionName); + void SpawnersUp(Entity* self); + void SpawnersDown(Entity* self); + void BaseOnTimerDone(Entity* self, const std::string& timerName); + + void NotifySpawnerOfDeath(Entity* self, Spawner* spawner); + void NamedEnemyDeath(Entity* self, Spawner* spawner); + + void SpawnNamedEnemy(Entity* self); + + void NamedTimerDone(Entity* self, const std::string& timerName); + +protected: + std::vector<int32_t> namedMobs = { + 11988, // Ronin + 11984, // Spiderling + 12654, // Horsemen + 11986, // Admiral + 11983, // Mech + 11982, // Stromling + 11985 // Pirate + }; + std::map<std::string, float> sectionMultipliers = {}; + int32_t mobDeathResetNumber = 30; + std::string zonePrefix = "em"; + int32_t zoneNameConst = 2; + int32_t sectionIDConst = 3; + std::string zoneName = "fin"; + std::vector<Zone> zones = {}; + int32_t changeNum = 15; + int32_t respawnTime = 80; + std::vector<Spawner*> spawnersWatched; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/BaseSurvivalServer.cpp b/dScripts/BaseSurvivalServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..45ed22e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/BaseSurvivalServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,574 @@ +#include "BaseSurvivalServer.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "Player.h" +#include "Character.h" + +void BaseSurvivalServer::SetGameVariables(Entity *self) { + this->constants = std::move(GetConstants()); + this->mobSets = std::move(GetMobSets()); + this->spawnerNetworks = std::move(GetSpawnerNetworks()); + this->missionsToUpdate = std::move(GetMissionsToUpdate()); +} + +void BaseSurvivalServer::BasePlayerLoaded(Entity* self, Entity* player) { + const auto& waitingIter = std::find(state.waitingPlayers.begin(), state.waitingPlayers.end(), player->GetObjectID()); + const auto& playersIter = std::find(state.players.begin(), state.players.end(), player->GetObjectID()); + + if (waitingIter != state.waitingPlayers.end() || playersIter != state.players.end()) + { + static_cast<Player*>(player)->SendToZone(player->GetCharacter()->GetLastNonInstanceZoneID()); + + return; + } + + state.waitingPlayers.push_back(player->GetObjectID()); + state.players.push_back(player->GetObjectID()); + + self->SetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(NumberOfPlayersVariable, self->GetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(NumberOfPlayersVariable) + 1); + self->SetNetworkVar<std::string>(DefinePlayerToUIVariable, std::to_string(player->GetObjectID()), player->GetSystemAddress()); + + // Notify the players of all other players + if (!self->GetNetworkVar<bool>(WavesStartedVariable)) { + auto counter = 1; + for (const auto& playerID : state.players) { + self->SetNetworkVar<std::string>(UpdateScoreboardPlayersVariable + GeneralUtils::to_u16string(counter), std::to_string(playerID)); + counter++; + } + + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(ShowScoreboardVariable, true); + } + + SetPlayerSpawnPoints(); + + if (!self->GetNetworkVar<bool>(WavesStartedVariable)) { + PlayerConfirmed(self); + } else { + UpdatePlayer(self, player->GetObjectID()); + GetLeaderboardData(self, player->GetObjectID(), GetActivityID(self), 50); + ResetStats(player->GetObjectID()); + } + + player->AddCallbackTimer(5.0f, [this, self, player] () { + self->SetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(NumberOfPlayersVariable, self->GetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(NumberOfPlayersVariable)); + self->SetNetworkVar<std::string>(DefinePlayerToUIVariable, std::to_string(player->GetObjectID()), player->GetSystemAddress()); + if (!self->GetNetworkVar<bool>(WavesStartedVariable)) { + auto counter = 1; + for (const auto& playerID : state.players) { + self->SetNetworkVar<std::string>(UpdateScoreboardPlayersVariable + GeneralUtils::to_u16string(counter), std::to_string(playerID)); + counter++; + } + + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(ShowScoreboardVariable, true); + } + }); +} + +void BaseSurvivalServer::BaseStartup(Entity* self) { + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(PlayersAcceptedVariable, 0); + self->SetVar<bool>(PlayersReadyVariable, false); +} + +void BaseSurvivalServer::BasePlayerExit(Entity* self, Entity* player) { + const auto& waitingIter = std::find(state.waitingPlayers.begin(), state.waitingPlayers.end(), player->GetObjectID()); + const auto& playersIter = std::find(state.players.begin(), state.players.end(), player->GetObjectID()); + + if (waitingIter != state.waitingPlayers.end()) + { + state.waitingPlayers.erase(waitingIter); + } + + if (playersIter != state.players.end()) + { + state.players.erase(playersIter); + } + + if (waitingIter == state.waitingPlayers.end() && playersIter == state.players.end()) + { + return; + } + + if (!self->GetNetworkVar<bool>(WavesStartedVariable)) { + PlayerConfirmed(self); + + if (state.players.empty()) + return; + + if (state.waitingPlayers.empty()) { + ActivityTimerStopAllTimers(self); + ActivityTimerStart(self, AllAcceptedDelayTimer, 1.0f, constants.startDelay); + } else if (state.players.size() > state.waitingPlayers.size()) { + if (!self->GetVar<bool>(AcceptedDelayStartedVariable)) { + self->SetVar<bool>(AcceptedDelayStartedVariable, true); + ActivityTimerStart(self, AcceptedDelayTimer, 1.0f, constants.acceptedDelay); + } + } + } else { + UpdatePlayer(self, player->GetObjectID(), true); + if (CheckAllPlayersDead()) { + GameOver(self); + } + } + + SetActivityValue(self, player->GetObjectID(), 1, 0); + self->SetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(NumberOfPlayersVariable, + std::min((uint32_t) 0, self->GetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(NumberOfPlayersVariable) - 1)); +} + +void BaseSurvivalServer::BaseFireEvent(Entity* self, Entity* sender, const std::string& args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) { + if (args == "start") { + StartWaves(self); + } else if (args == "DeactivateRewards") { + SpawnerReset(spawnerNetworks.rewardNetworks); + } else if (sender != nullptr && IsPlayerInActivity(self, sender->GetObjectID())) { + auto currentScore = GetActivityValue(self, sender->GetObjectID(), 0); + SetActivityValue(self, sender->GetObjectID(), 0, currentScore + param1); + } +} + +void BaseSurvivalServer::BasePlayerDied(Entity* self, Entity* player) { + if (self->GetNetworkVar<bool>(WavesStartedVariable)) { + const auto finalTime = ActivityTimerGetCurrentTime(self, ClockTickTimer); + SetActivityValue(self, player->GetObjectID(), 1, finalTime); + + auto paramString = CheckAllPlayersDead() ? "true" : "false"; + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientZoneObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"Player_Died", finalTime, 0, + player->GetObjectID(), paramString, player->GetSystemAddress()); + GameOver(self); + } else { + player->Resurrect(); + SetPlayerSpawnPoints(); + } +} + +void BaseSurvivalServer::BasePlayerResurrected(Entity *self, Entity *player) { + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(ShowScoreboardVariable, true); +} + +void BaseSurvivalServer::BaseMessageBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, + const std::u16string &identifier, const std::u16string &userData) { + if (identifier == u"RePlay") { + PlayerAccepted(self, sender->GetObjectID()); + PlayerConfirmed(self); + } else if (identifier == u"Exit_Question" && button == 1) { + ResetStats(sender->GetObjectID()); + self->SetNetworkVar<std::string>(ExitWavesVariable, std::to_string(sender->GetObjectID())); + + if (sender->IsPlayer()) { + auto* character = sender->GetCharacter(); + if (character != nullptr) { + auto* player = dynamic_cast<Player*>(sender); + player->SendToZone(character->GetLastNonInstanceZoneID()); + } + } + } +} + +void BaseSurvivalServer::OnActivityTimerUpdate(Entity *self, const std::string &name, float_t remainingTime, float_t elapsedTime) { + if (name == AcceptedDelayTimer) { + self->SetNetworkVar<uint64_t>(UpdateDefaultStartTimerVariable, remainingTime); + } else if (name == ClockTickTimer) { + self->SetNetworkVar<float_t>(UpdateTimerVariable, elapsedTime); + } else if (name == SpawnTickTimer && !self->GetVar<bool>(IsCooldownVariable)) { + SpawnMobs(self); + } +} + +void BaseSurvivalServer::OnActivityTimerDone(Entity *self, const std::string &name) { + auto cooldownTime = constants.rewardInterval * constants.waveTime; + + if (name == AcceptedDelayTimer) { + self->SetNetworkVar<uint64_t>(UpdateDefaultStartTimerVariable, 0); + ActivityTimerStart(self, AllAcceptedDelayTimer, 1, 1); + } else if (name == AllAcceptedDelayTimer) { + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(ClearScoreboardVariable, true); + ActivityTimerStart(self, StartDelayTimer, 3, 3); + + StartWaves(self); + } else if (name == StartDelayTimer) { + ActivityTimerStart(self, ClockTickTimer, 1); + ActivityTimerStart(self, SpawnTickTimer, constants.waveTime); + SpawnMobs(self); + ActivityTimerStart(self, PlaySpawnSoundTimer, 3, 3); + ActivityTimerStart(self, CoolDownStartTimer, cooldownTime, cooldownTime); + } else if (name == CoolDownStartTimer) { + self->SetVar<bool>(IsCooldownVariable, true); + + ActivityTimerStop(self, SpawnTickTimer); + ActivityTimerStart(self, CoolDownStopTimer, 1, constants.coolDownTime); + + SpawnerReset(spawnerNetworks.baseNetworks, false); + SpawnerReset(spawnerNetworks.randomNetworks, false); + } else if (name == CoolDownStopTimer) { + self->SetVar<bool>(IsCooldownVariable, false); + + ActivityTimerStart(self, SpawnTickTimer, constants.waveTime); + ActivityTimerStart(self, CoolDownStartTimer, cooldownTime, cooldownTime); + + SpawnMobs(self); + ActivityTimerStart(self, PlaySpawnSoundTimer, 3, 3); + } else if (name == PlaySpawnSoundTimer) { + for (const auto& playerID : state.players) { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + if (player != nullptr) { + GameMessages::SendPlayNDAudioEmitter(player, player->GetSystemAddress(), spawnSoundGUID); + } + } + } +} + +void BaseSurvivalServer::ResetStats(LWOOBJID playerID) { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + if (player != nullptr) { + + // Boost all the player stats when loading in + auto* destroyableComponent = player->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + if (destroyableComponent != nullptr) { + destroyableComponent->SetHealth(destroyableComponent->GetMaxHealth()); + destroyableComponent->SetArmor(destroyableComponent->GetMaxArmor()); + destroyableComponent->SetImagination(destroyableComponent->GetMaxImagination()); + } + } +} + +void BaseSurvivalServer::PlayerConfirmed(Entity* self) { + std::vector<LWOOBJID> confirmedPlayers {}; + + for (const auto& playerID : state.players) { + auto pass = false; + for (const auto& waitingPlayerID : state.waitingPlayers) { + if (waitingPlayerID == playerID) + pass = true; + } + + if (!pass) + confirmedPlayers.push_back(playerID); + } + + auto playerIndex = 1; + for (const auto& playerID : confirmedPlayers) { + self->SetNetworkVar<std::string>(PlayerConfirmVariable + GeneralUtils::to_u16string(playerIndex), std::to_string(playerID)); + playerIndex++; + } +} + +void BaseSurvivalServer::PlayerAccepted(Entity *self, LWOOBJID playerID) { + const auto& iter = std::find(state.waitingPlayers.begin(), state.waitingPlayers.end(), playerID); + + if (iter == state.waitingPlayers.end()) { + return; + } + + state.waitingPlayers.erase(iter); + + if (state.waitingPlayers.empty() && state.players.size() >= self->GetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(NumberOfPlayersVariable)) { + ActivityTimerStopAllTimers(self); + ActivityTimerStart(self, AllAcceptedDelayTimer, 1, constants.startDelay); + } else if (!self->GetVar<bool>(AcceptedDelayStartedVariable)) { + self->SetVar<bool>(AcceptedDelayStartedVariable, true); + ActivityTimerStart(self, AcceptedDelayTimer, 1, constants.acceptedDelay); + } +} + +void BaseSurvivalServer::StartWaves(Entity *self) { + GameMessages::SendActivityStart(self->GetObjectID(), UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + self->SetVar<bool>(PlayersReadyVariable, true); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(BaseMobSetIndexVariable, 0); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(RandMobSetIndexVariable, 0); + self->SetVar<bool>(AcceptedDelayStartedVariable, false); + + state.waitingPlayers.clear(); + + for (const auto& playerID : state.players) { + const auto player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + if (player != nullptr) { + state.waitingPlayers.push_back(playerID); + UpdatePlayer(self, playerID); + GetLeaderboardData(self, playerID, GetActivityID(self), 50); + ResetStats(playerID); + + if (!self->GetVar<bool>(FirstTimeDoneVariable)) { + TakeActivityCost(self, playerID); + } + + GameMessages::SendPlayerSetCameraCyclingMode(playerID, player->GetSystemAddress()); + } + } + + self->SetVar<bool>(FirstTimeDoneVariable, true); + self->SetVar<std::string>(MissionTypeVariable, state.players.size() == 1 ? "survival_time_solo" : "survival_time_team"); + + ActivateSpawnerNetwork(spawnerNetworks.smashNetworks); + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(WavesStartedVariable, true); + self->SetNetworkVar<std::string>(StartWaveMessageVariable, "Start!"); +} + +bool BaseSurvivalServer::CheckAllPlayersDead() { + auto deadPlayers = 0; + + for (const auto& playerID : state.players) { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + if (player == nullptr || player->GetIsDead()) { + deadPlayers++; + } + } + + return deadPlayers >= state.players.size(); +} + +void BaseSurvivalServer::SetPlayerSpawnPoints() { + auto spawnerIndex = 1; + for (const auto& playerID : state.players) { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + if (player != nullptr) { + auto possibleSpawners = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("P" + std::to_string(spawnerIndex) + "_Spawn"); + if (!possibleSpawners.empty()) { + auto* spawner = possibleSpawners.at(0); + GameMessages::SendTeleport(playerID, spawner->GetPosition(), spawner->GetRotation(), player->GetSystemAddress(), true); + } + } + + spawnerIndex++; + } +} + +void BaseSurvivalServer::GameOver(Entity *self) { + if (!CheckAllPlayersDead()) + return; + + ActivityTimerStopAllTimers(self); + + // Reset all the spawners + SpawnerReset(spawnerNetworks.baseNetworks); + SpawnerReset(spawnerNetworks.randomNetworks); + SpawnerReset(spawnerNetworks.rewardNetworks); + + for (const auto& playerID : state.players) { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + if (player == nullptr) + continue; + + const auto score = GetActivityValue(self, playerID, 0); + const auto time = GetActivityValue(self, playerID, 1); + + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientZoneObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"Update_ScoreBoard", time, 0, + playerID, std::to_string(score), UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + player->Resurrect(); + + // Update all mission progression + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + if (missionComponent != nullptr) { + missionComponent->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_MINIGAME, time, self->GetObjectID(), + self->GetVar<std::string>(MissionTypeVariable)); + + for (const auto& survivalMission : missionsToUpdate) { + auto* mission = missionComponent->GetMission(survivalMission.first); + if (mission != nullptr && (uint32_t) time >= survivalMission.second + && (mission->GetMissionState() == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE + || mission->GetMissionState() == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_ACTIVE)) { + + mission->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SCRIPT, self->GetLOT()); + } + } + } + + StopActivity(self, playerID, score, time); + } + + state.waveNumber = 1; + state.rewardTick = 1; + state.totalSpawned = 0; + + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(WavesStartedVariable, false); + + if (constants.useMobLots) { + constants.lotPhase = 0; + UpdateMobLots(spawnerNetworks.baseNetworks); + UpdateMobLots(spawnerNetworks.randomNetworks); + } + + SetPlayerSpawnPoints(); +} + +void BaseSurvivalServer::SpawnerReset(SpawnerNetworkCollection& spawnerNetworkCollection, bool hardReset) { + auto totalSpawned = 0; + + for (auto& spawner : spawnerNetworkCollection.networks) { + for (auto& spawnerName : spawner.names) { + auto spawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(spawnerName + spawner.number); + if (!spawners.empty()) { + auto* spawnerObject = spawners.at(0); + + auto amountSpawned = spawnerObject->GetAmountSpawned(); + totalSpawned += amountSpawned; + + spawner.isActive = false; + if (hardReset) { + spawnerObject->Reset(); + } else { + spawnerObject->SoftReset(); + } + + spawnerObject->Deactivate(); + } + } + } + + state.totalSpawned = std::max((uint32_t) totalSpawned, state.totalSpawned); +} + +void BaseSurvivalServer::SpawnerUpdate(Entity* self, SpawnerNetworkCollection& spawnerNetworkCollection, uint32_t amount) { + if (spawnerNetworkCollection.networks.empty()) + return; + + // If we want to spawn something specific now + if (amount != 0) { + auto spawnerNetwork = spawnerNetworkCollection.networks.at(0); + auto possibleSpawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(spawnerNetwork.names.at(0) + spawnerNetwork.number); + if (!possibleSpawners.empty()) { + SpawnNow(possibleSpawners.at(0), amount); + return; + } + } + + auto setNumber = self->GetVar<uint32_t>(GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(spawnerNetworkCollection.mobSetName + "Num")); + auto newSet = GetRandomMobSet(spawnerNetworkCollection, setNumber); + + if (!newSet.empty()) { + auto spawnerNetwork = GetRandomSpawner(spawnerNetworkCollection); + for (auto i = 0; i < spawnerNetwork.names.size(); i++) { + const auto& name = spawnerNetwork.names.at(i); + const auto& toSpawn = newSet.at(i); + + auto possibleSpawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(name + spawnerNetwork.number); + if (!possibleSpawners.empty()) { + SpawnNow(possibleSpawners.front(), toSpawn); + } + } + } +} + +void BaseSurvivalServer::SpawnNow(Spawner *spawner, uint32_t amount) { + if (spawner != nullptr) { + if (!spawner->m_Active) { + spawner->m_Info.amountMaintained = amount; + spawner->Activate(); + } else { + spawner->m_Info.amountMaintained = amount; + } + } +} + +std::vector<uint32_t> BaseSurvivalServer::GetRandomMobSet(SpawnerNetworkCollection& spawnerNetworkCollection, + uint32_t setNumber) { + + if (mobSets.sets.find(spawnerNetworkCollection.mobSetName) != mobSets.sets.end()) { + auto mobSet = mobSets.sets.at(spawnerNetworkCollection.mobSetName); + if (setNumber < mobSet.size()) { + return mobSet.at(setNumber).at(rand() % mobSet.at(setNumber).size()); + } + } + + return {}; +} + +SpawnerNetwork BaseSurvivalServer::GetRandomSpawner(SpawnerNetworkCollection& spawnerNetworkCollection) { + std::vector<SpawnerNetwork> validSpawners {}; + for (const auto& spawner : spawnerNetworkCollection.networks) { + if (!spawner.isLocked) + validSpawners.push_back(spawner); + } + + if (!validSpawners.empty()) { + auto spawner = validSpawners.at(rand() % validSpawners.size()); + spawner.isActive = true; + return spawner; + } + + return {}; +} + +void BaseSurvivalServer::ActivateSpawnerNetwork(SpawnerNetworkCollection& spawnerNetworkCollection) { + for (auto& spawner : spawnerNetworkCollection.networks) { + for (const auto& spawnerName : spawner.names) { + auto possibleSpawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(spawnerName + spawner.number); + if (!possibleSpawners.empty()) { + auto* spawnerObject = possibleSpawners.at(0); + spawnerObject->Activate(); + spawnerObject->Reset(); + } + } + } +} + +void BaseSurvivalServer::UpdateMobLots(SpawnerNetworkCollection& spawnerNetworkCollection) { + for (auto& spawner : spawnerNetworkCollection.networks) { + for (auto& spawnerName : spawner.names) { + if (!spawnerName.empty()) { + auto spawnerObjects = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(spawnerName + spawner.number); + if (!spawnerObjects.empty()) { + auto splitName = GeneralUtils::SplitString(spawnerName, '_'); + auto cleanName = splitName.size() > 1 ? splitName.at(1) : splitName.at(0); + + if (!cleanName.empty()) { + auto spawnerObject = spawnerObjects.at(0); + spawnerObject->SetSpawnLot(mobSets.mobLots.at(cleanName).at(constants.lotPhase)); + } + } + } + } + } +} + +void BaseSurvivalServer::SpawnMobs(Entity *self) { + if (!self->GetNetworkVar<bool>(WavesStartedVariable)) + return; + + state.waveNumber++; + auto spawnNumber = state.waveNumber > constants.rewardInterval ? state.waveNumber - state.rewardTick - 1 : state.waveNumber; + + for (const auto& tier : constants.baseMobsStartTier) { + if (tier == spawnNumber) + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(BaseMobSetIndexVariable, (self->GetVar<uint32_t>(BaseMobSetIndexVariable) + 1) + % (constants.baseMobsStartTier.size() - 1)); + } + + for (const auto& tier : constants.randMobsStartTier) { + if (tier == spawnNumber) + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(RandMobSetIndexVariable, (self->GetVar<uint32_t>(RandMobSetIndexVariable) + 1) + % (constants.randMobsStartTier.size() - 1)); + } + + if (state.waveNumber == constants.unlockNetwork3) + spawnerNetworks.randomNetworks.networks.at(2).isLocked = false; + + SpawnerReset(spawnerNetworks.baseNetworks, false); + SpawnerReset(spawnerNetworks.randomNetworks, false); + SpawnerUpdate(self, spawnerNetworks.baseNetworks); + + if (spawnNumber >= constants.mobSet2Wave) { + if (spawnNumber == constants.mobSet2Wave) + self->SetNetworkVar<std::string>(SpawnMobVariable, "2"); + SpawnerUpdate(self, spawnerNetworks.randomNetworks); + } + + if (spawnNumber >= constants.mobSet3Wave) { + if (spawnNumber == constants.mobSet3Wave) + self->SetNetworkVar<std::string>(SpawnMobVariable, "3"); + SpawnerUpdate(self, spawnerNetworks.randomNetworks); + } + + // If we reached the end of the spawn phase we increase the lost to make it more difficult + if (constants.useMobLots && constants.lotPhase < (mobSets.mobLots.begin()->second.size() - 1) + && spawnNumber >= constants.baseMobsStartTier.back()) { + state.waveNumber = 1; + constants.lotPhase++; + + UpdateMobLots(spawnerNetworks.baseNetworks); + UpdateMobLots(spawnerNetworks.randomNetworks); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/BaseSurvivalServer.h b/dScripts/BaseSurvivalServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..55e1f8f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/BaseSurvivalServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +#pragma once +#include "ActivityManager.h" +#include "CppScripts.h" + +/** + * State for each active game + */ +struct GameState { + std::vector<LWOOBJID> players {}; + std::vector<LWOOBJID> waitingPlayers {}; + uint32_t totalSpawned = 0; + uint32_t rewardTick = 0; + uint32_t waveNumber = 1; +}; + +/** + * Constants that have to be set for each game + */ +struct Constants { + uint32_t acceptedDelay = 0; + uint32_t startDelay = 0; + uint32_t waveTime = 0; + uint32_t rewardInterval = 0; + uint32_t coolDownTime = 0; + uint32_t mobSet2Wave = 0; + uint32_t mobSet3Wave = 0; + uint32_t unlockNetwork3 = 0; + uint32_t lotPhase = 0; + bool useMobLots = false; + std::vector<uint32_t> baseMobsStartTier {}; + std::vector<uint32_t> randMobsStartTier {}; +}; + +/** + * The lots of the mobs to spawn along with amounts to spawn for each wave + */ +struct MobSets { + std::map<std::string, std::vector<LOT>> mobLots {}; + std::map<std::string, std::vector<std::vector<std::vector<uint32_t>>>> sets {}; +}; + +struct SpawnerNetwork { + std::vector<std::string> names {}; + std::string number; + bool isLocked = false; + bool isActive = false; +}; + +struct SpawnerNetworkCollection { + std::string mobSetName; + std::vector<SpawnerNetwork> networks {}; +}; + +struct SpawnerNetworks { + SpawnerNetworkCollection baseNetworks {}; + SpawnerNetworkCollection randomNetworks {}; + SpawnerNetworkCollection rewardNetworks {}; + SpawnerNetworkCollection smashNetworks {}; +}; + +class BaseSurvivalServer : public ActivityManager { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override { SetGameVariables(self); BaseStartup(self); }; + void OnPlayerLoaded(Entity* self, Entity* player) override { BasePlayerLoaded(self, player); }; + void OnPlayerExit(Entity* self, Entity* player) override { BasePlayerExit(self, player); }; + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) override { BaseFireEvent(self, sender, args, param1, param2, param3); }; + void OnPlayerDied(Entity* self, Entity* player) override { BasePlayerDied(self, player); }; + void OnPlayerResurrected(Entity* self, Entity* player) override { BasePlayerResurrected(self, player); }; + void OnMessageBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& identifier, + const std::u16string& userData) override + { BaseMessageBoxResponse(self, sender, button, identifier, userData); }; + + void BasePlayerLoaded(Entity* self, Entity* player); + void BaseStartup(Entity* self); + void BasePlayerExit(Entity* self, Entity* player); + void BaseFireEvent(Entity *self, Entity *sender, const std::string& args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3); + void BasePlayerDied(Entity* self, Entity* player); + void BasePlayerResurrected(Entity* self, Entity* player); + void BaseMessageBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& identifier, const std::u16string& userData); + + void OnActivityTimerDone(Entity *self, const std::string &name) override; + void OnActivityTimerUpdate(Entity *self, const std::string &name, float_t remainingTime, float_t elapsedTime) override; +protected: + virtual Constants GetConstants() { return Constants(); }; + virtual MobSets GetMobSets() { return MobSets(); }; + virtual SpawnerNetworks GetSpawnerNetworks() { return SpawnerNetworks(); }; + virtual std::map<uint32_t, uint32_t> GetMissionsToUpdate() { return {}; }; + GameState state {}; + + // Mob set default names + std::string BaseMobSet = "baseMobSet"; + std::string RandMobSet = "randMobSet"; + + // Variable names + std::u16string WavesStartedVariable = u"wavesStarted"; + std::u16string ShowScoreboardVariable = u"Show_ScoreBoard"; + std::u16string ClearScoreboardVariable = u"Clear_Scoreboard"; + std::u16string DefinePlayerToUIVariable = u"Define_Player_To_UI"; + std::u16string UpdateScoreboardPlayersVariable = u"Update_ScoreBoard_Players."; + std::u16string PlayerConfirmVariable = u"PlayerConfirm_ScoreBoard."; + std::u16string PlayersAcceptedVariable = u"playersAccepted"; + std::u16string PlayersReadyVariable = u"playersReady"; + std::u16string BaseMobSetIndexVariable = u"baseMobSetNum"; + std::u16string RandMobSetIndexVariable = u"randMobSetNum"; + std::u16string AcceptedDelayStartedVariable = u"AcceptedDelayStarted"; + std::u16string NumberOfPlayersVariable = u"NumberOfPlayers"; + std::u16string FirstTimeDoneVariable = u"firstTimeDone"; + std::u16string MissionTypeVariable = u"missionType"; + std::u16string StartWaveMessageVariable = u"Start_Wave_Message"; + std::u16string ExitWavesVariable = u"Exit_waves"; + std::u16string UpdateDefaultStartTimerVariable = u"Update_Default_Start_Timer"; + std::u16string UpdateTimerVariable = u"Update_Timer"; + std::u16string IsCooldownVariable = u"isCoolDown"; + std::u16string SpawnMobVariable = u"Spawn_Mob"; + + // Timer names + std::string SpawnTickTimer = "SpawnTick"; + std::string AllAcceptedDelayTimer = "AllAcceptedDelay"; + std::string AcceptedDelayTimer = "AcceptedDelay"; + std::string StartDelayTimer = "StartDelay"; + std::string ClockTickTimer = "ClockTick"; + std::string CoolDownStartTimer = "CoolDownStart"; + std::string CoolDownStopTimer = "CoolDownStop"; + std::string PlaySpawnSoundTimer = "PlaySpawnSound"; + + std::string spawnSoundGUID = "{ca36045d-89df-4e96-a317-1e152d226b69}"; +private: + void SetGameVariables(Entity* self); + static void ResetStats(LWOOBJID player); + void GameOver(Entity* self); + + void StartWaves(Entity* self); + static void ActivateSpawnerNetwork(SpawnerNetworkCollection& spawnerNetworkCollection); + void SpawnerReset(SpawnerNetworkCollection& spawnerNetworkCollection, bool hardReset = true); + void SpawnerUpdate(Entity* self, SpawnerNetworkCollection& spawnerNetworkCollection, uint32_t amount = 0); + void SpawnMobs(Entity* self); + static SpawnerNetwork GetRandomSpawner(SpawnerNetworkCollection& spawnerNetworkCollection); + std::vector<uint32_t> GetRandomMobSet(SpawnerNetworkCollection& spawnerNetworkCollection, uint32_t setNumber); + + static void SpawnNow(Spawner* spawner, uint32_t amount); + + bool CheckAllPlayersDead(); + void SetPlayerSpawnPoints(); + void UpdateMobLots(SpawnerNetworkCollection& spawnerNetworkCollection); + void PlayerConfirmed(Entity* self); + void PlayerAccepted(Entity* self, LWOOBJID playerID); + + Constants constants {}; + MobSets mobSets {}; + SpawnerNetworks spawnerNetworks {}; + std::map<uint32_t, uint32_t> missionsToUpdate {}; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/BaseWavesGenericEnemy.cpp b/dScripts/BaseWavesGenericEnemy.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7158accb --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/BaseWavesGenericEnemy.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#include "BaseWavesGenericEnemy.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" + +void BaseWavesGenericEnemy::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + self->SetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(u"points", GetPoints()); +} + +void BaseWavesGenericEnemy::OnDie(Entity *self, Entity *killer) { + auto* zoneControlObject = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlObject(); + if (zoneControlObject != nullptr) { + zoneControlObject->OnFireEventServerSide(killer, "Survival_Update", GetPoints()); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/BaseWavesGenericEnemy.h b/dScripts/BaseWavesGenericEnemy.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..718f36e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/BaseWavesGenericEnemy.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class BaseWavesGenericEnemy : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity *self) override; + void OnDie(Entity *self, Entity *killer) override; +protected: + virtual uint32_t GetPoints() { return 0; }; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/BaseWavesServer.cpp b/dScripts/BaseWavesServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3762aafc --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/BaseWavesServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,570 @@ +#include "BaseWavesServer.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "Player.h" +#include "Character.h" + +// Done +void BaseWavesServer::SetGameVariables(Entity *self) { + this->constants = std::move(GetConstants()); + this->waves = std::move(GetWaves()); + this->missions = std::move(GetWaveMissions()); + this->spawners = std::move(GetSpawnerNames()); +} + +// Done +void BaseWavesServer::BasePlayerLoaded(Entity* self, Entity* player) { + GameMessages::SendPlayerSetCameraCyclingMode(player->GetObjectID(), player->GetSystemAddress()); + GameMessages::SendPlayerAllowedRespawn(player->GetObjectID(), true, player->GetSystemAddress()); + + state.waitingPlayers.push_back(player->GetObjectID()); + state.players.push_back(player->GetObjectID()); + + self->SetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(NumberOfPlayersVariable, self->GetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(NumberOfPlayersVariable) + 1); + self->SetNetworkVar<std::string>(DefinePlayerToUIVariable, std::to_string(player->GetObjectID()), player->GetSystemAddress()); + + // Notify the players of all other players + if (!self->GetNetworkVar<bool>(WavesStartedVariable)) { + auto counter = 1; + for (const auto& playerID : state.players) { + self->SetNetworkVar<std::string>(UpdateScoreboardPlayersVariable + GeneralUtils::to_u16string(counter), std::to_string(playerID)); + counter++; + } + + if (!this->constants.introCelebration.empty()) { + self->SetNetworkVar<std::string>(WatchingIntroVariable, this->constants.introCelebration + "_" + + std::to_string(player->GetObjectID())); + } else { + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(ShowScoreboardVariable, true); + } + } + + SetPlayerSpawnPoints(); + + if (!self->GetNetworkVar<bool>(WavesStartedVariable)) { + PlayerConfirmed(self); + } else { + UpdatePlayer(self, player->GetObjectID()); + GetLeaderboardData(self, player->GetObjectID(), GetActivityID(self), 50); + ResetStats(player->GetObjectID()); + } +} + +// Done +void BaseWavesServer::BaseStartup(Entity* self) { + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(PlayersAcceptedVariable, 0); + self->SetVar<bool>(PlayersReadyVariable, false); +} + +// Done +void BaseWavesServer::BasePlayerExit(Entity* self, Entity* player) { + state.waitingPlayers.erase(std::find(state.waitingPlayers.begin(), state.waitingPlayers.end(), player->GetObjectID())); + state.players.erase(std::find(state.players.begin(), state.players.end(), player->GetObjectID())); + + if (!self->GetNetworkVar<bool>(WavesStartedVariable)) { + PlayerConfirmed(self); + + if (state.players.empty()) + return; + + if (state.waitingPlayers.empty()) { + ActivityTimerStopAllTimers(self); + ActivityTimerStart(self, AllAcceptedDelayTimer, 1.0f, constants.startDelay); + } else if (state.players.size() > state.waitingPlayers.size()) { + if (!self->GetVar<bool>(AcceptedDelayStartedVariable)) { + self->SetVar<bool>(AcceptedDelayStartedVariable, true); + ActivityTimerStart(self, AcceptedDelayTimer, 1.0f, constants.acceptedDelay); + } + } + } else { + UpdatePlayer(self, player->GetObjectID(), true); + if (CheckAllPlayersDead()) { + GameOver(self); + } + } + + SetActivityValue(self, player->GetObjectID(), 1, 0); + SetActivityValue(self, player->GetObjectID(), 2, 0); + + self->SetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(NumberOfPlayersVariable, + std::min((uint32_t) 0, self->GetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(NumberOfPlayersVariable) - 1)); +} + +// Done +void BaseWavesServer::BaseFireEvent(Entity* self, Entity* sender, const std::string& args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) { + if (args == "start") { + StartWaves(self); + } else if (args == "Survival_Update") { + const auto senderID = sender != nullptr ? sender->GetObjectID() : LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + if (UpdateSpawnedEnemies(self, senderID, param1)) { + const auto currentTime = GetActivityValue(self, senderID, 1); + const auto currentWave = GetActivityValue(self, senderID, 2); + + for (const auto& mission : this->missions) { + if (currentWave == mission.wave && currentTime <= mission.time) { + UpdateMissionForAllPlayers(self, mission.missionID); + } + } + } + } +} + +// Done +void BaseWavesServer::BasePlayerDied(Entity* self, Entity* player) { + const auto currentTime = ActivityTimerGetCurrentTime(self, ClockTickTimer); + const auto finalTime = GetActivityValue(self, player->GetObjectID(), 1); + const auto finalWave = GetActivityValue(self, player->GetObjectID(), 2); + + auto paramString = CheckAllPlayersDead() ? "true" : "false"; + + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientZoneObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"Player_Died", finalTime, finalWave, + player->GetObjectID(), paramString, player->GetSystemAddress()); + + if (!self->GetNetworkVar<bool>(WavesStartedVariable)) { + player->Resurrect(); + return; + } + + GameOver(self); +} + +// Done +void BaseWavesServer::BasePlayerResurrected(Entity *self, Entity *player) { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientZoneObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"Player_Res", 0, 0, + player->GetObjectID(), "", player->GetSystemAddress()); + + if (self->GetNetworkVar<bool>(WavesStartedVariable)) + return; + + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(ShowScoreboardVariable, true); + SetPlayerSpawnPoints(player->GetObjectID()); +} + +// Done +void BaseWavesServer::BaseMessageBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, + const std::u16string &identifier, const std::u16string &userData) { + if (identifier == u"RePlay") { + PlayerAccepted(self, sender->GetObjectID()); + PlayerConfirmed(self); + } else if (identifier == u"Exit_Question" && button == 1) { + ResetStats(sender->GetObjectID()); + self->SetNetworkVar<std::string>(ExitWavesVariable, std::to_string(sender->GetObjectID())); + + if (sender->IsPlayer()) { + auto* character = sender->GetCharacter(); + if (character != nullptr) { + auto* player = dynamic_cast<Player*>(sender); + player->SendToZone(character->GetLastNonInstanceZoneID()); + } + } + } +} + +// Done +void BaseWavesServer::OnActivityTimerUpdate(Entity *self, const std::string &name, float_t remainingTime, float_t elapsedTime) { + if (name == AcceptedDelayTimer) { + self->SetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(UpdateDefaultStartTimerVariable, remainingTime); + } else if (name == ClockTickTimer) { + self->SetNetworkVar<float_t>(UpdateTimerVariable, elapsedTime); + } else if (name == NextWaveTickTimer || name == TimedWaveTimer || name == GameOverWinTimer) { + self->SetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(UpdateCooldownVariable, remainingTime); + } +} + +// Done +void BaseWavesServer::OnActivityTimerDone(Entity *self, const std::string &name) { + if (name == AcceptedDelayTimer) { + self->SetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(UpdateDefaultStartTimerVariable, 0); + ActivityTimerStart(self, AllAcceptedDelayTimer, 1, 1); + } else if (name == AllAcceptedDelayTimer) { + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(ClearScoreboardVariable, true); + ActivityTimerStart(self, StartDelayTimer, 4, 4); + StartWaves(self); + } else if (name == StartDelayTimer) { + ActivityTimerStart(self, ClockTickTimer, 1); + SpawnWave(self); + ActivityTimerStart(self, PlaySpawnSoundTimer, 3, 3); + } else if (name == PlaySpawnSoundTimer) { + for (const auto& playerID : state.players) { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + if (player != nullptr) { + GameMessages::SendPlayNDAudioEmitter(player, player->GetSystemAddress(), spawnSoundGUID); + } + } + } else if (name == NextWaveTickTimer) { + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(StartCooldownVariable, false); + SpawnWave(self); + } else if (name == WaveCompleteDelayTimer) { + self->SetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(StartCooldownVariable, constants.waveTime); + ActivityTimerStart(self, NextWaveTickTimer, 1, constants.waveTime); + } else if (name == TimedWaveTimer) { + ActivityTimerStart(self, WaveCompleteDelayTimer, constants.waveCompleteDelay, constants.waveCompleteDelay); + + const auto currentTime = ActivityTimerGetCurrentTime(self, ClockTickTimer); + const auto currentWave = state.waveNumber; + + self->SetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(WaveCompleteVariable, { currentWave, (uint32_t) currentTime }); + } else if (name == GameOverWinTimer) { + GameOver(self, true); + } else if (name == CinematicDoneTimer) { + for (auto* boss : EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("boss")) { + boss->OnFireEventServerSide(self, "startAI"); + } + } +} + +// Done +void BaseWavesServer::ResetStats(LWOOBJID playerID) { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + if (player != nullptr) { + + // Boost all the player stats when loading in + auto* destroyableComponent = player->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + if (destroyableComponent != nullptr) { + destroyableComponent->SetHealth(destroyableComponent->GetMaxHealth()); + destroyableComponent->SetArmor(destroyableComponent->GetMaxArmor()); + destroyableComponent->SetImagination(destroyableComponent->GetMaxImagination()); + } + } +} + +// Done +void BaseWavesServer::PlayerConfirmed(Entity* self) { + std::vector<LWOOBJID> confirmedPlayers {}; + + for (const auto& playerID : state.players) { + auto pass = false; + for (const auto& waitingPlayerID : state.waitingPlayers) { + if (waitingPlayerID == playerID) + pass = true; + } + + if (!pass) + confirmedPlayers.push_back(playerID); + } + + auto playerIndex = 1; + for (const auto& playerID : confirmedPlayers) { + self->SetNetworkVar<std::string>(PlayerConfirmVariable + GeneralUtils::to_u16string(playerIndex), std::to_string(playerID)); + playerIndex++; + } +} + +// Done +void BaseWavesServer::PlayerAccepted(Entity *self, LWOOBJID playerID) { + state.waitingPlayers.erase(std::find(state.waitingPlayers.begin(), state.waitingPlayers.end(), playerID)); + if (state.waitingPlayers.empty() && state.players.size() >= self->GetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(NumberOfPlayersVariable)) { + ActivityTimerStopAllTimers(self); + ActivityTimerStart(self, AllAcceptedDelayTimer, 1, constants.startDelay); + } else if (!self->GetVar<bool>(AcceptedDelayStartedVariable)) { + self->SetVar<bool>(AcceptedDelayStartedVariable, true); + ActivityTimerStart(self, AcceptedDelayTimer, 1, constants.acceptedDelay); + } +} + +// Done +void BaseWavesServer::StartWaves(Entity *self) { + GameMessages::SendActivityStart(self->GetObjectID(), UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + self->SetNetworkVar<std::string>(WatchingIntroVariable, ""); + self->SetVar<bool>(PlayersReadyVariable, true); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(BaseMobSetIndexVariable, 0); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(RandMobSetIndexVariable, 0); + self->SetVar<bool>(AcceptedDelayStartedVariable, false); + + state.waitingPlayers.clear(); + + for (const auto& playerID : state.players) { + const auto player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + if (player != nullptr) { + state.waitingPlayers.push_back(playerID); + + UpdatePlayer(self, playerID); + GetLeaderboardData(self, playerID, GetActivityID(self), 1); + ResetStats(playerID); + + if (!self->GetVar<bool>(FirstTimeDoneVariable)) { + TakeActivityCost(self, playerID); + } + } + } + + self->SetVar<bool>(FirstTimeDoneVariable, true); + self->SetVar<std::string>(MissionTypeVariable, state.players.size() == 1 ? "survival_time_solo" : "survival_time_team"); + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(WavesStartedVariable, true); + self->SetNetworkVar<std::string>(StartWaveMessageVariable, "Start!"); +} + +// Done +bool BaseWavesServer::CheckAllPlayersDead() { + auto deadPlayers = 0; + + for (const auto& playerID : state.players) { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + if (player == nullptr || player->GetIsDead()) { + deadPlayers++; + } + } + + return deadPlayers >= state.players.size(); +} + +// Done +void BaseWavesServer::SetPlayerSpawnPoints(const LWOOBJID& specificPlayerID) { + auto spawnerIndex = 1; + for (const auto& playerID : state.players) { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + if (player != nullptr && (specificPlayerID == LWOOBJID_EMPTY || playerID == specificPlayerID)) { + auto possibleSpawners = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("P" + std::to_string(spawnerIndex) + "_Spawn"); + if (!possibleSpawners.empty()) { + auto* spawner = possibleSpawners.at(0); + GameMessages::SendTeleport(playerID, spawner->GetPosition(), spawner->GetRotation(), player->GetSystemAddress(), true); + } + } + + spawnerIndex++; + } +} + +// Done +void BaseWavesServer::GameOver(Entity *self, bool won) { + if (!CheckAllPlayersDead() && !won) + return; + + ActivityTimerStopAllTimers(self); + + // Reset all the spawners + state.waveNumber = 0; + state.totalSpawned = 0; + state.currentSpawned = 0; + + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(WavesStartedVariable, false); + self->SetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(StartCooldownVariable, 0); + SetPlayerSpawnPoints(); + ClearSpawners(); + + for (const auto& playerID : state.players) { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + if (player == nullptr) + continue; + + const auto score = GetActivityValue(self, playerID, 0); + const auto time = GetActivityValue(self, playerID, 1); + const auto wave = GetActivityValue(self, playerID, 2); + + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientZoneObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"Update_ScoreBoard", time, 0, + playerID, std::to_string(wave), UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + if (won) { + SetPlayerSpawnPoints(); + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(ShowScoreboardVariable, true); + } else { + player->Resurrect(); + } + + // Update all mission progression + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + if (missionComponent != nullptr) { + missionComponent->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_MINIGAME, time, self->GetObjectID(), + self->GetVar<std::string>(MissionTypeVariable)); + + auto* mission = missionComponent->GetMission(479); + if (mission->GetMissionState() > MissionState::MISSION_STATE_AVAILABLE + && mission->GetMissionState() < MissionState::MISSION_STATE_READY_TO_COMPLETE + && time >= 60) { + + mission->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SCRIPT, self->GetObjectID()); + } + } + + StopActivity(self, playerID, wave, time, score); + } +} + +// Done +void BaseWavesServer::GameWon(Entity *self) { + ActivityTimerStopAllTimers(self); + + const auto winDelay = waves.back().winDelay; + ActivityTimerStart(self, GameOverWinTimer, 1, winDelay); + self->SetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(StartTimedWaveVariable, { winDelay, state.waveNumber }); +} + +// Done +void BaseWavesServer::SpawnNow(const std::string& spawnerName, uint32_t amount, LOT spawnLot) { + const auto spawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(spawnerName); + for (auto* spawner : spawners) { + if (spawnLot != LOT_NULL) { + spawner->SetSpawnLot(spawnLot); + } + + spawner->m_Info.amountMaintained = amount; + spawner->m_Info.maxToSpawn = amount; + + spawner->Reset(); + spawner->Activate(); + } +} + +// Done +void BaseWavesServer::SpawnWave(Entity *self) { + if (!self->GetNetworkVar<bool>(WavesStartedVariable)) + return; + + // If there's no wave left + if (state.waveNumber >= waves.size()) { + GameOver(self); + return; + } + + const auto wave = waves.at(state.waveNumber); + + // Handles meta info to the client about the current round + if (wave.winDelay != (uint32_t) -1) { + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(WonWaveVariable, true); + + // Close the game if we don't expect a notification from an other entity to end it + if (!wave.notifyWin) { + GameWon(self); + } + + for (const auto& playerID : state.players) { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + if (player != nullptr) { + player->Resurrect(); + } + } + } else { + if (wave.timeLimit != (uint32_t) -1) { + ActivityTimerStart(self, TimedWaveTimer, 1.0f, wave.timeLimit); + self->SetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(StartTimedWaveVariable, { wave.timeLimit, state.waveNumber + 1 } ); + } else { + self->SetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(NewWaveVariable, state.waveNumber + 1); + } + } + + // NOTE: The script does some stuff with events here, although BONS does not have those + + // Optional cinematics to play + if (!wave.cinematic.empty()) { + ActivityTimerStart(self, CinematicDoneTimer, wave.cinematicLength, wave.cinematicLength); + self->SetNetworkVar<std::string>(StartCinematicVariable, wave.cinematic); + } + + // Spawn the enemies + state.currentSpawned = 0; + + for (const auto& mobDefinition : wave.waveMobs) { + SpawnNow(mobDefinition.spawnerName, mobDefinition.amountToSpawn, mobDefinition.lot); + state.currentSpawned += mobDefinition.amountToSpawn; + } + + state.waveNumber++; + state.totalSpawned += state.currentSpawned; + self->SetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(NumRemainingVariable, state.currentSpawned); +} + +// Done +bool BaseWavesServer::UpdateSpawnedEnemies(Entity* self, LWOOBJID enemyID, uint32_t score) { + if (!self->GetNetworkVar<bool>(WavesStartedVariable)) + return false; + + state.currentSpawned--; + + auto* enemy = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(enemyID); + if (enemy != nullptr && enemy->IsPlayer() && IsPlayerInActivity(self, enemyID)) { + SetActivityValue(self, enemyID, 0, GetActivityValue(self, enemyID, 0) + score); + } + + if (state.currentSpawned <= 0) { + const auto currentTime = ActivityTimerGetCurrentTime(self, ClockTickTimer); + const auto completedWave = state.waveNumber - 1; + + // When the last enemy is smashed (e.g. in last wave - 1) + if (state.waveNumber >= waves.size() - 1) { + + // If there's no more follow up waves, (e.g in last wave), end the game. Generally called by some other script + if (state.waveNumber >= waves.size()) { + GameWon(self); + return false; + } + + ActivityTimerStopAllTimers(self); + self->SetNetworkVar<float_t>(UpdateTimerVariable, currentTime); + } + + ActivityTimerStart(self, WaveCompleteDelayTimer, constants.waveCompleteDelay, constants.waveCompleteDelay); + + const auto waveMission = waves.at(completedWave).missions; + const auto soloWaveMissions = waves.at(completedWave).soloMissions; + + for (const auto& playerID : state.players) { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + if (player != nullptr && !player->GetIsDead()) { + SetActivityValue(self, playerID, 1, currentTime); + SetActivityValue(self, playerID, 2, state.waveNumber); + + // Update player missions + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + if (missionComponent != nullptr) { + for (const auto& missionID : waveMission) { + missionComponent->AcceptMission(missionID); + auto* mission = missionComponent->GetMission(missionID); + + if (mission != nullptr) { + mission->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SCRIPT, self->GetLOT()); + } + } + + if (state.players.size() == 1) { + for (const auto& missionID : soloWaveMissions) { + missionComponent->AcceptMission(missionID); + auto* mission = missionComponent->GetMission(missionID); + + if (mission != nullptr) { + mission->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SCRIPT, self->GetLOT()); + } + } + } + } + } + } + + // Might seem odd to send the next wave but the client isn't 0-indexed so it thinks it completed the correct wave + self->SetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(WaveCompleteVariable, { state.waveNumber, (uint32_t) currentTime }); + return true; + } + + self->SetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(NumRemainingVariable, state.currentSpawned); + return false; +} + +// Done +void BaseWavesServer::UpdateMissionForAllPlayers(Entity* self, uint32_t missionID) { + for (const auto& playerID : state.players) { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + if (player != nullptr) { + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + missionComponent->AcceptMission(missionID); + + auto* mission = missionComponent->GetMission(missionID); + if (mission != nullptr) { + mission->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SCRIPT, self->GetLOT()); + } + } + } +} + +void BaseWavesServer::ClearSpawners() { + for (const auto& spawnerName : spawners) { + const auto spawnerObjects = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(spawnerName); + + for (auto* spawnerObject : spawnerObjects) { + spawnerObject->Reset(); + spawnerObject->Deactivate(); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/BaseWavesServer.h b/dScripts/BaseWavesServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cb04f50b --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/BaseWavesServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +#pragma once +#include "ActivityManager.h" +#include "CppScripts.h" + +/** + * State for each active game + */ +struct WavesGameState { + std::vector<LWOOBJID> players {}; + std::vector<LWOOBJID> waitingPlayers {}; + uint32_t totalSpawned = 0; + uint32_t currentSpawned = 0; + uint32_t waveNumber = 0; + std::string introCelebration; +}; + +struct MobDefinition { + LOT lot; + uint32_t amountToSpawn; + std::string spawnerName; +}; + +struct WaveMission { + uint32_t time; + uint32_t wave; + uint32_t missionID; +}; + +struct Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> waveMobs {}; + std::vector<uint32_t> soloMissions {}; + std::vector<uint32_t> missions {}; + std::string cinematic; + float_t cinematicLength; + uint32_t timeLimit = UINT32_MAX; + bool notifyWin = false; + uint32_t winDelay = UINT32_MAX; +}; + +/** + * WaveConstants that have to be set for each game + */ +struct WaveConstants { + uint32_t acceptedDelay = 0; + uint32_t startDelay = 0; + uint32_t waveTime = 0; + uint32_t waveCompleteDelay = 0; + std::string eventGroup; + std::string introCelebration; +}; + +class BaseWavesServer : public ActivityManager { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override { SetGameVariables(self); BaseStartup(self); }; + void OnPlayerLoaded(Entity* self, Entity* player) override { BasePlayerLoaded(self, player); }; + void OnPlayerExit(Entity* self, Entity* player) override { BasePlayerExit(self, player); }; + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) override { BaseFireEvent(self, sender, args, param1, param2, param3); }; + void OnPlayerDied(Entity* self, Entity* player) override { BasePlayerDied(self, player); }; + void OnPlayerResurrected(Entity* self, Entity* player) override { BasePlayerResurrected(self, player); }; + void OnMessageBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& identifier, + const std::u16string& userData) override + { BaseMessageBoxResponse(self, sender, button, identifier, userData); }; + + void BasePlayerLoaded(Entity* self, Entity* player); + void BaseStartup(Entity* self); + void BasePlayerExit(Entity* self, Entity* player); + void BaseFireEvent(Entity *self, Entity *sender, const std::string& args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3); + void BasePlayerDied(Entity* self, Entity* player); + void BasePlayerResurrected(Entity* self, Entity* player); + void BaseMessageBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& identifier, const std::u16string& userData); + + void OnActivityTimerDone(Entity *self, const std::string &name) override; + void OnActivityTimerUpdate(Entity *self, const std::string &name, float_t remainingTime, float_t elapsedTime) override; +protected: + virtual WaveConstants GetConstants() { return WaveConstants(); }; + virtual std::vector<Wave> GetWaves() { return {}; }; + virtual std::vector<WaveMission> GetWaveMissions() { return {}; }; + virtual std::vector<std::string> GetSpawnerNames() { return {}; } + WavesGameState state {}; + + // Mob set default names + std::string BaseMobSet = "baseMobSet"; + std::string RandMobSet = "randMobSet"; + + // Variable names + std::u16string WavesStartedVariable = u"wavesStarted"; + std::u16string ShowScoreboardVariable = u"Show_ScoreBoard"; + std::u16string WatchingIntroVariable = u"WatchingIntro"; + std::u16string ClearScoreboardVariable = u"Clear_Scoreboard"; + std::u16string DefinePlayerToUIVariable = u"Define_Player_To_UI"; + std::u16string UpdateScoreboardPlayersVariable = u"Update_ScoreBoard_Players."; + std::u16string PlayerConfirmVariable = u"PlayerConfirm_ScoreBoard."; + std::u16string PlayersAcceptedVariable = u"playersAccepted"; + std::u16string PlayersReadyVariable = u"playersReady"; + std::u16string BaseMobSetIndexVariable = u"baseMobSetNum"; + std::u16string RandMobSetIndexVariable = u"randMobSetNum"; + std::u16string AcceptedDelayStartedVariable = u"AcceptedDelayStarted"; + std::u16string NumberOfPlayersVariable = u"NumberOfPlayers"; + std::u16string FirstTimeDoneVariable = u"firstTimeDone"; + std::u16string MissionTypeVariable = u"missionType"; + std::u16string StartWaveMessageVariable = u"Start_Wave_Message"; + std::u16string ExitWavesVariable = u"Exit_waves"; + std::u16string UpdateDefaultStartTimerVariable = u"Update_Default_Start_Timer"; + std::u16string UpdateTimerVariable = u"Update_Timer"; + std::u16string UpdateCooldownVariable = u"Update_Cool_Down"; + std::u16string IsCooldownVariable = u"isCoolDown"; + std::u16string SpawnMobVariable = u"Spawn_Mob"; + std::u16string WonWaveVariable = u"Won_Wave"; + std::u16string WaveCompleteVariable = u"Wave_Complete"; + std::u16string StartTimedWaveVariable = u"Start_Timed_Wave"; + std::u16string NewWaveVariable = u"New_Wave"; + std::u16string StartCinematicVariable = u"startCinematic"; + std::u16string NumRemainingVariable = u"numRemaining"; + std::u16string StartCooldownVariable = u"Start_Cool_Down"; + + // Timer names + std::string SpawnTickTimer = "SpawnTick"; + std::string AllAcceptedDelayTimer = "AllAcceptedDelay"; + std::string AcceptedDelayTimer = "AcceptedDelay"; + std::string StartDelayTimer = "StartDelay"; + std::string ClockTickTimer = "ClockTick"; + std::string CoolDownStartTimer = "CoolDownStart"; + std::string CoolDownStopTimer = "CoolDownStop"; + std::string PlaySpawnSoundTimer = "PlaySpawnSound"; + std::string NextWaveTickTimer = "NextWaveTick"; + std::string WaveCompleteDelayTimer = "WaveCompleteDelay"; + std::string TimedWaveTimer = "TimedWave"; + std::string GameOverWinTimer = "GameOverWin"; + std::string CinematicDoneTimer = "CinematicDone"; + + std::string spawnSoundGUID = "{ca36045d-89df-4e96-a317-1e152d226b69}"; +private: + void SetGameVariables(Entity* self); + static void ResetStats(LWOOBJID player); + void GameOver(Entity* self, bool won = false); + void GameWon(Entity* self); + void UpdateMissionForAllPlayers(Entity* self, uint32_t missionID); + + void StartWaves(Entity* self); + void SpawnWave(Entity* self); + static void SpawnNow(const std::string& spawnerName, uint32_t amount, LOT spawnLot); + bool UpdateSpawnedEnemies(Entity* self, LWOOBJID enemyID, uint32_t score); + + bool CheckAllPlayersDead(); + void SetPlayerSpawnPoints(const LWOOBJID& specificPlayerID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + void PlayerConfirmed(Entity* self); + void PlayerAccepted(Entity* self, LWOOBJID playerID); + void ClearSpawners(); + + WaveConstants constants {}; + std::vector<Wave> waves {}; + std::vector<WaveMission> missions {}; + std::vector<std::string> spawners {}; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/Binoculars.cpp b/dScripts/Binoculars.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..348b3842 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/Binoculars.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +#include "Binoculars.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dServer.h" + +void Binoculars::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) { + const auto number = self->GetVarAsString(u"number"); + + int32_t flag = std::stoi(std::to_string(Game::server->GetZoneID()).substr(0, 2) + number); + if (user->GetCharacter()->GetPlayerFlag(flag) == false) { + user->GetCharacter()->SetPlayerFlag(flag, true); + GameMessages::SendFireEventClientSide(self->GetObjectID(), user->GetSystemAddress(), u"achieve", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 0, -1, LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/Binoculars.h b/dScripts/Binoculars.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..141b3fb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/Binoculars.h @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class Binoculars : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user); +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/BootyDigServer.cpp b/dScripts/BootyDigServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..93e6449c --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/BootyDigServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +#include "BootyDigServer.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "RenderComponent.h" + +void BootyDigServer::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + auto* zoneControlObject = EntityManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlEntity(); + if (zoneControlObject != nullptr) { + zoneControlObject->OnFireEventServerSide(self, "CheckForPropertyOwner"); + } +} + +void BootyDigServer::OnPlayerLoaded(Entity *self, Entity *player) { + auto* zoneControlObject = EntityManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlEntity(); + if (zoneControlObject != nullptr) { + zoneControlObject->OnFireEventServerSide(self, "CheckForPropertyOwner"); + } +} + +void +BootyDigServer::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) { + + auto propertyOwner = self->GetNetworkVar<std::string>(u"PropertyOwnerID"); + auto* player = self->GetParentEntity(); + if (player == nullptr) + return; + + if (args == "ChestReady" && (propertyOwner == std::to_string(LWOOBJID_EMPTY) || player->GetVar<bool>(u"bootyDug"))) { + self->Smash(self->GetObjectID(), SILENT); + } else if (args == "ChestOpened") { + // Make sure players only dig up one booty per instance + player->SetVar<bool>(u"bootyDug", true); + + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + if (missionComponent != nullptr) { + auto* mission = missionComponent->GetMission(1881); + if (mission != nullptr && (mission->GetMissionState() == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE || mission->GetMissionState() == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_ACTIVE)) { + mission->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SCRIPT, self->GetLOT()); + + auto* renderComponent = self->GetComponent<RenderComponent>(); + if (renderComponent != nullptr) + renderComponent->PlayEffect(7730, u"cast", "bootyshine"); + + Loot::DropLoot(player, self, 231, 75, 75); + } + } + } else if (args == "ChestDead") { + self->Smash(player->GetObjectID(), SILENT); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/BootyDigServer.h b/dScripts/BootyDigServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dde41e29 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/BootyDigServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class BootyDigServer : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnStartup(Entity *self) override; + void OnPlayerLoaded(Entity *self, Entity *player) override; + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, int32_t param3) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer.cpp b/dScripts/BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0b44f4ac --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,736 @@ +#include "BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer.h" + +#include "GeneralUtils.h" + +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "dServer.h" + +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" + +#include <vector> + +//---------------------------------------------------------------- +//--On Startup, process necessary AI events +//---------------------------------------------------------------- +void BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer::OnStartup(Entity* self) { + // Make immune to stuns + //self:SetStunImmunity{ StateChangeType = "PUSH", bImmuneToStunAttack = true, bImmuneToStunMove = true, bImmuneToStunTurn = true, bImmuneToStunUseItem = true, bImmuneToStunEquip = true, bImmuneToStunInteract = true, bImmuneToStunJump = true } + + // Make immune to knockbacks and pulls + //self:SetStatusImmunity{ StateChangeType = "PUSH", bImmuneToPullToPoint = true, bImmuneToKnockback = true, bImmuneToInterrupt = true } + + //Get our components: + destroyable = static_cast<DestroyableComponent*>(self->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_DESTROYABLE)); + controllable = static_cast<ControllablePhysicsComponent*>(self->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_CONTROLLABLE_PHYSICS)); + combat = static_cast<BaseCombatAIComponent*>(self->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_BASE_COMBAT_AI)); + + if (!destroyable || !controllable) return; + + // Determine Spider Boss health transition thresholds + int spiderBossHealth = destroyable->GetMaxHealth(); + int transitionTickHealth = spiderBossHealth / 3; + + int Stage2HealthThreshold = spiderBossHealth - transitionTickHealth; + int Stage3HealthThreshold = spiderBossHealth - (2 * transitionTickHealth); + ThresholdTable = { Stage2HealthThreshold, Stage3HealthThreshold }; + + originRotation = controllable->GetRotation(); + combat->SetStunImmune(true); + + m_CurrentBossStage = 1; + + // Obtain faction and collision group to save for subsequent resets + //self : SetVar("SBFactionList", self:GetFaction().factionList) + //self : SetVar("SBCollisionGroup", self:GetCollisionGroup().colGroup) +} + +void BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer::OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) { + if (Game::server->GetZoneID() == instanceZoneID) { + auto* missionComponent = killer->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + if (missionComponent == nullptr) + return; + + missionComponent->CompleteMission(instanceMissionID); + } + + Game::logger->Log("BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer", "Starting timer...\n"); + + // There is suppose to be a 0.1 second delay here but that may be admitted? + auto* controller = EntityManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlEntity(); + + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"SetColGroup", 10, 0, 0, "", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + self->SetPosition({10000, 0, 10000}); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(self); + + controller->OnFireEventServerSide(self, "ClearProperty"); +} + +void BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer::WithdrawSpider(Entity* self, const bool withdraw) { + const auto withdrawn = self->GetBoolean(u"isWithdrawn"); + + if (withdrawn == withdraw) { + return; + } + + if (withdraw) { + //Move spider away from battle zone + // Disabled because we cant option the reset collition group right now + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"SetColGroup", 10, 0, 0, "", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + //First rotate for anim + NiQuaternion rot = NiQuaternion::IDENTITY; + + controllable->SetStatic(false); + + controllable->SetRotation(rot); + + controllable->SetStatic(true); + + controllable->SetDirtyPosition(true); + + rot = controllable->GetRotation(); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(self); + + auto* baseCombatAi = self->GetComponent<BaseCombatAIComponent>(); + + baseCombatAi->SetDisabled(true); + + float animTime = PlayAnimAndReturnTime(self, spiderWithdrawAnim); + float withdrawTime = animTime - 0.25f; + + combat->SetStunImmune(false); + combat->Stun(withdrawTime + 6.0f); + combat->SetStunImmune(true); + + //TODO: Set faction to -1 and set immunity + destroyable->SetFaction(-1); + destroyable->SetIsImmune(true); + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(self); + + self->AddTimer("WithdrawComplete", withdrawTime + 1.0f); + waitForIdle = true; + } + else { + controllable->SetStatic(false); + + //Cancel all remaining timers for say idle anims: + self->CancelAllTimers(); + + auto* baseCombatAi = self->GetComponent<BaseCombatAIComponent>(); + + baseCombatAi->SetDisabled(false); + + // Move the Spider to its ground location + // preparing its stage attacks, and removing invulnerability + //destroyable->SetIsImmune(false); + + // Run the advance animation and prepare a timer for resuming AI + float animTime = PlayAnimAndReturnTime(self, spiderAdvanceAnim); + animTime += 1.f; + + float attackPause = animTime - 0.4f; + + destroyable->SetFaction(4); + destroyable->SetIsImmune(false); + + //Advance stage + m_CurrentBossStage++; + + //Reset the current wave death counter + m_DeathCounter = 0; + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(self); + + // Prepare a timer for post leap attack + self->AddTimer("AdvanceAttack", attackPause); + + // Prepare a timer for post leap + self->AddTimer("AdvanceComplete", animTime); + } + + self->SetBoolean(u"isWithdrawn", withdraw); +} + +void BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer::SpawnSpiderWave(Entity* self, int spiderCount) { + // The Spider Queen Boss is withdrawing and requesting the spawn + // of a hatchling wave + + /*auto SpiderEggNetworkID = self->GetI64(u"SpiderEggNetworkID"); + if (SpiderEggNetworkID == 0) return;*/ + + // Clamp invalid Spiderling number requests to the maximum amount of eggs available + if ((spiderCount > maxSpiderEggCnt) || (spiderCount < 0)) + spiderCount = maxSpiderEggCnt; + + // Reset our wave manager reference variables + hatchCounter = spiderCount; + hatchList = {}; + + Game::logger->Log("SpiderQueen", "Trying to spawn %i spiders\n", hatchCounter); + + + // Run the wave manager + SpiderWaveManager(self); + +} + +void BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer::SpiderWaveManager(Entity* self) { + auto SpiderEggNetworkID = self->GetI64(u"SpiderEggNetworkID"); + + // Reset the spider egg spawner network to ensure a maximum number of eggs + //SpiderEggNetworkID:SpawnerReset() + + // Obtain a list of all the eggs on the egg spawner network + + //auto spiderEggList = SpiderEggNetworkID:SpawnerGetAllObjectIDsSpawned().objects; + + //if (table.maxn(spiderEggList) <= 0) { + // self->AddTimer("PollSpiderWaveManager", 1.0f); + // return; + //} + // + //// A check for (wave mangement across multiple spawn iterations + //if(hatchCounter < spiderWaveCnt) { + // // We have already prepped some objects for (hatching, + // // remove them from our list for (random egg pulls + // for (i, sVal in ipairs(spiderEggList) { + // if(hatchList[sVal:GetID()]) { + // // We have found a prepped egg, remove it from the spiderEggList + // spiderEggList[i] = nil + // } + // } + + //} + + + + std::vector<LWOOBJID> spiderEggs{}; + + auto spooders = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("EGG"); + for (auto spodder : spooders) { + spiderEggs.push_back(spodder->GetObjectID()); + } + + // Select a number of random spider eggs from the list equal to the + // current number needed to complete the current wave + for (int i = 0; i < hatchCounter; i++) { + // Select a random spider egg + auto randomEggLoc = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<int>(0, spiderEggs.size() - 1); + auto randomEgg = spiderEggs[randomEggLoc]; + + //Just a quick check to try and prevent dupes: + for (auto en : hatchList) { + if (en == randomEgg) { + randomEggLoc++; + randomEgg = spiderEggs[randomEggLoc]; + } + } + + if (randomEgg) { + auto* eggEntity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(randomEgg); + + if (eggEntity == nullptr) { + continue; + } + + // Prep the selected spider egg + //randomEgg:FireEvent{s}erID=self, args="prepEgg"} + eggEntity->OnFireEventServerSide(self, "prepEgg"); + Game::logger->Log("SpiderQueen", "Preppign egg %llu\n", eggEntity->GetObjectID()); + + // Add the prepped egg to our hatchList + hatchList.push_back(eggEntity->GetObjectID()); + + // Decrement the hatchCounter + hatchCounter = hatchCounter - 1; + } + + // Remove it from our spider egg list + //table.remove(spiderEggList, randomEggLoc); + spiderEggs[randomEggLoc] = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + if (spiderEggs.size() <= 0 || (hatchCounter <= 0)) { + break; + } + } + + if (hatchCounter > 0) { + // We still have more eggs to hatch, poll the SpiderWaveManager again + self->AddTimer("PollSpiderWaveManager", 1.0f); + + } + else { + // We have successfully readied a full wave + // initiate hatching! + for (auto egg : hatchList) { + auto* eggEntity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(egg); + + if (eggEntity == nullptr) { + continue; + } + + eggEntity->OnFireEventServerSide(self, "hatchEgg"); + Game::logger->Log("SpiderQueen", "hatching egg %llu\n", eggEntity->GetObjectID()); + + auto time = PlayAnimAndReturnTime(self, spiderWithdrawIdle); + combat->SetStunImmune(false); + combat->Stun(time += 6.0f); + combat->SetStunImmune(true); + + //self->AddTimer("disableWaitForIdle", defaultAnimPause); + self->AddTimer("checkForSpiders", 6.0f); + + } + + hatchList.clear(); + + } + +} + +void BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer::ToggleForSpecial(Entity* self, const bool state) +{ + self->SetBoolean(u"stoppedFlag", state); + + combat->SetDisabled(state); +} + +void BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer::RunRainOfFire(Entity* self) +{ + if (self->GetBoolean(u"stoppedFlag")) + { + self->AddTimer("ROF", GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<float>(10, 20)); + + return; + } + + ToggleForSpecial(self, true); + + impactList.clear(); + + auto index = 0u; + for (const auto& rofGroup : ROFTargetGroupIDTable) + { + const auto spawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersInGroup(rofGroup); + + std::vector<LWOOBJID> spawned; + + for (auto* spawner : spawners) + { + for (const auto* node : spawner->m_Info.nodes) + { + spawned.insert(spawned.end(), node->entities.begin(), node->entities.end()); + } + } + + if (index == 0) + { + impactList.insert(impactList.end(), spawned.begin(), spawned.end()); + } + else + { + const auto randomIndex = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<int32_t>(0, spawned.size() - 1); + + impactList.push_back(spawned[randomIndex]); + } + + index++; + } + + const auto animTime = PlayAnimAndReturnTime(self, spiderROFAnim); + + self->AddTimer("StartROF", animTime); +} + +void BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer::RainOfFireManager(Entity* self) +{ + if (!impactList.empty()) + { + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(impactList[0]); + + impactList.erase(impactList.begin()); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer", "Failed to find impact!\n"); + + return; + } + + auto* skillComponent = entity->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (skillComponent == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer", "Failed to find impact skill component!\n"); + + return; + } + + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(1376, 32168, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, true); + + self->AddTimer("PollROFManager", 0.5f); + + return; + } + + ToggleForSpecial(self, false); + + self->AddTimer("ROF", GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<float>(20, 40)); +} + +void BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer::RapidFireShooterManager(Entity* self) +{ + if (attackTargetTable.empty()) + { + const auto animationTime = PlayAnimAndReturnTime(self, spiderJeerAnim); + + self->AddTimer("RFSTauntComplete", animationTime); + + ToggleForSpecial(self, false); + + return; + } + + const auto target = attackTargetTable[0]; + + auto* skillComponent = self->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(1394, 32612, target, true); + + attackTargetTable.erase(attackTargetTable.begin()); + + self->AddTimer("PollRFSManager", 0.3f); +} + +void BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer::RunRapidFireShooter(Entity* self) +{ + /* + const auto targets = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_CHARACTER); + */ + + const auto targets = self->GetTargetsInPhantom(); + + if (self->GetBoolean(u"stoppedFlag")) + { + self->AddTimer("RFS", GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<float>(5, 10)); + + return; + } + + if (targets.empty()) + { + Game::logger->Log("BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer", "Failed to find RFS targets\n"); + + self->AddTimer("RFS", GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<float>(5, 10)); + + return; + } + + ToggleForSpecial(self, true); + + const auto randomTarget = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<int32_t>(0, targets.size() - 1); + + auto attackFocus = targets[randomTarget]; + + attackTargetTable.push_back(attackFocus); + + auto* skillComponent = self->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(1480, 36652, attackFocus, true); + + RapidFireShooterManager(self); + + PlayAnimAndReturnTime(self, spiderSingleShot); + + Game::logger->Log("BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer", "Ran RFS\n"); + + self->AddTimer("RFS", GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<float>(10, 15)); +} + +void BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, const std::string timerName) { + if (timerName == "PollSpiderWaveManager") { + //Call the manager again to attempt to finish prepping a Spiderling wave + //Run the wave manager + SpiderWaveManager(self); + } + else if (timerName == "disableWaitForIdle") { waitForIdle = false; } + else if (timerName == "checkForSpiders") { + //Don't do anything if we ain't withdrawn: + const auto withdrawn = self->GetBoolean(u"isWithdrawn"); + if (!withdrawn) return; + + NiQuaternion rot = NiQuaternion::IDENTITY; + + //First rotate for anim + controllable->SetStatic(false); + controllable->SetRotation(rot); + controllable->SetStatic(true); + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(self); + + //Play the Spider Boss' mountain idle anim + auto time = PlayAnimAndReturnTime(self, spiderWithdrawIdle); + combat->SetStunImmune(false); + combat->Stun(time); + combat->SetStunImmune(true); + + rot = controllable->GetRotation(); + + //If there are still baby spiders, don't do anyhting either + const auto spiders = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("BabySpider"); + if (spiders.size() > 0) + self->AddTimer("checkForSpiders", time); + else + WithdrawSpider(self, false); + } + else if (timerName == "PollROFManager") { + //Call the manager again to attempt to initiate an impact on another random location + //Run the ROF Manager + RainOfFireManager(self); + + } else if ( timerName == "PollRFSManager") { + //Call the manager again to attempt to initiate a rapid fire shot at the next sequential target + //Run the ROF Manager + RapidFireShooterManager(self); + + } else if ( timerName == "StartROF") { + //Re-enable Spider Boss + //ToggleForSpecial(self, false); + + RainOfFireManager(self); + + } else if ( timerName == "PollSpiderSkillManager") { + //Call the skill manager again to attempt to run the current Spider Boss + //stage's special attack again + //SpiderSkillManager(self, true); + PlayAnimAndReturnTime(self, spiderJeerAnim); + + } else if ( timerName == "RFS") { + RunRapidFireShooter(self); + } else if ( timerName == "ROF") { + RunRainOfFire(self); + } else if ( timerName == "RFSTauntComplete") { + //Determine an appropriate random time to check our manager again + // local spiderCooldownDelay = math.random(s1DelayMin, s1DelayMax) + + //Set a timer based on our random cooldown determination + //to pulse the SpiderSkillManager again + + //GAMEOBJ:GetTimer():AddTimerWithCancel(spiderCooldownDelay, "PollSpiderSkillManager", self) + + //Re-enable Spider Boss + //ToggleForSpecial(self, false); + + } else if ( timerName == "WithdrawComplete") { + //Play the Spider Boss' mountain idle anim + PlayAnimAndReturnTime(self, spiderWithdrawIdle); + + //The Spider Boss has retreated, hatch a wave! + int currentStage = m_CurrentBossStage; + + //Prepare a Spiderling wave and initiate egg hatch events + //self->SetVar(u"SpiderWaveCount", ) + + //TODO: Actually spawn the spiders here + hatchCounter = 2; + if (currentStage > 1) hatchCounter++; + + SpawnSpiderWave(self, spiderWaveCntTable[currentStage - 1]); + + } else if ( timerName == "AdvanceAttack") { + //TODO: Can we even do knockbacks yet? @Wincent01 + // Yes ^ + + //Fire the melee smash skill to throw players back + /*local landingTarget = self:GetVar("LandingTarget") or false + + if((landingTarget) and (landingTarget:Exists())) { + local advSmashFlag = landingTarget:CastSkill{skillID = bossLandingSkill} + landingTarget:PlayEmbeddedEffectOnAllClientsNearObject{radius = 100, fromObjectID = landingTarget, effectName = "camshake-bridge"} + }*/ + + auto landingTarget = self->GetI64(u"LandingTarget"); + auto landingEntity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(landingTarget); + + auto* skillComponent = self->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (skillComponent != nullptr) + { + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(bossLandingSkill, 37739, LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + } + + if (landingEntity) { + auto* landingSkill = landingEntity->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (landingSkill != nullptr) + { + landingSkill->CalculateBehavior(bossLandingSkill, 37739, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, true); + } + } + + GameMessages::SendPlayEmbeddedEffectOnAllClientsNearObject(self, u"camshake-bridge", self->GetObjectID(), 100.0f); + + } else if ( timerName == "AdvanceComplete") { + //Reset faction and collision + /*local SBFactionList = self:GetVar("SBFactionList") + local SBCollisionGroup = self:GetVar("SBCollisionGroup") + + for i, fVal in ipairs(SBFactionList) { + if(i == 1) { + //Our first faction - flush and add + self:SetFaction{faction = fVal} + else + //Add + self:ModifyFaction{factionID = fVal, bAddFaction = true} + } + }*/ + + /* + auto SBCollisionGroup = self->GetI32(u"SBCollisionGroup"); + + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"SetColGroup", SBCollisionGroup, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + */ + + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"SetColGroup", 11, 0, 0, "", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + //Wind up, telegraphing next round + float animTime = PlayAnimAndReturnTime(self, spiderJeerAnim); + self->AddTimer("AdvanceTauntComplete", animTime); + + } else if ( timerName == "AdvanceTauntComplete") { + + //Declare a default special Spider Boss skill cooldown + int spiderCooldownDelay = 10; + + if(m_CurrentBossStage == 2) { + spiderCooldownDelay = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<int>(s1DelayMin, s1DelayMax); + } else if (m_CurrentBossStage == 3) { + spiderCooldownDelay = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<int>(s2DelayMin, s2DelayMax); + } + + //Set a timer based on our random cooldown determination + //to pulse the SpiderSkillManager + self->AddTimer("PollSpiderSkillManager", spiderCooldownDelay); + + //Remove current status immunity + /*self:SetStatusImmunity{ StateChangeType = "POP", bImmuneToSpeed = true, bImmuneToBasicAttack = true, bImmuneToDOT = true} + + self:SetStunned{StateChangeType = "POP", + bCantMove = true, + bCantJump = true, + bCantTurn = true, + bCantAttack = true, + bCantUseItem = true, + bCantEquip = true, + bCantInteract = true, + bIgnoreImmunity = true}*/ + + destroyable->SetIsImmune(false); + destroyable->SetFaction(4); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(self); + + } else if ( timerName == "Clear") { + EntityManager::Instance()->FireEventServerSide(self, "ClearProperty"); + self->CancelAllTimers(); + } else if ( timerName == "UnlockSpecials") { + //We no longer need to lock specials + self->SetBoolean(u"bSpecialLock", false); + + //Did we queue a spcial attack? + if(self->GetBoolean(u"bSpecialQueued")) { + self->SetBoolean(u"bSpecialQueued", false); + //SpiderSkillManager(self, true); + } + } +} + +void BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer::OnHitOrHealResult(Entity* self, Entity* attacker, int32_t damage) { + if (m_CurrentBossStage > 0 && !self->HasTimer("RFS")) + { + self->AddTimer("RFS", 5.0f); + } + + if (m_CurrentBossStage > 0 && !self->HasTimer("ROF")) + { + self->AddTimer("ROF", 10.0f); + } + + if (m_CurrentBossStage > ThresholdTable.size()) + { + return; + } + + int currentThreshold = ThresholdTable[m_CurrentBossStage - 1]; + + if (destroyable->GetHealth() <= currentThreshold) { + auto isWithdrawn = self->GetBoolean(u"isWithdrawn"); + + if (!isWithdrawn) { + self->CancelAllTimers(); + + self->SetBoolean(u"isSpecialAttacking", false); + self->SetBoolean(u"bSpecialLock", false); + + WithdrawSpider(self, true); + } + } +} + +void BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer::OnUpdate(Entity* self) { + auto isWithdrawn = self->GetBoolean(u"isWithdrawn"); + + if (!isWithdrawn) return; + + if (controllable->GetRotation() == NiQuaternion::IDENTITY) + { + return; + } + + controllable->SetStatic(false); + controllable->SetRotation(NiQuaternion::IDENTITY); + controllable->SetStatic(true); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(self); + + //if (waitForIdle) return; + + ////Play the Spider Boss' mountain idle anim + //PlayAnimAndReturnTime(self, spiderWithdrawIdle); + + ////If there are still baby spiders, don't do anyhting either + //auto spooders = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("BabySpider"); + //if (spooders.size() > 0) return; + //else + // WithdrawSpider(self, false); +} + +//---------------------------------------------- +//--Utility function capable of playing a priority +//-- animation on a targetand returning either the +//-- anim time, or a desired default +//---------------------------------------------- +float BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer::PlayAnimAndReturnTime(Entity* self, const std::u16string& animID) { + //TODO: Get the actual animation time + + // Get the anim time + float animTimer = defaultAnimPause; //self:GetAnimationTime{animationID = animID}.time + + // If we have an animation play it + if (animTimer > 0) { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, animID); + } + + // If the anim time is less than the the default time use default + if (animTimer < defaultAnimPause) { + animTimer = defaultAnimPause; + } + + return animTimer; +} diff --git a/dScripts/BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer.h b/dScripts/BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..34faf055 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "ControllablePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "BaseCombatAIComponent.h" + +/* +-------------------------------------------------------------- + +--L_BOSS_SPIDER_QUEEN_ENEMY_SERVER.lua + +-- Server side Spider Queen Boss fight behavior script +-- created abeechler ... 5 / 12 / 11 + +-- ported by Wincent01 & Max, July 2020 + +-------------------------------------------------------------- +*/ + +class BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer final : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + + void OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) override; + + void OnHitOrHealResult(Entity* self, Entity* attacker, int32_t damage) override; + + void OnUpdate(Entity* self) override; + + void WithdrawSpider(Entity* self, bool withdraw); + + void SpawnSpiderWave(Entity* self, int spiderCount); + + void SpiderWaveManager(Entity* self); + + void ToggleForSpecial(Entity* self, bool state); + + void RunRainOfFire(Entity* self); + + void RainOfFireManager(Entity* self); + + void RapidFireShooterManager(Entity* self); + + void RunRapidFireShooter(Entity* self); + + float PlayAnimAndReturnTime(Entity* self, const std::u16string& animId); + + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + +private: + //Regular variables: + DestroyableComponent* destroyable = nullptr; + ControllablePhysicsComponent* controllable = nullptr; + BaseCombatAIComponent* combat = nullptr; + + NiQuaternion originRotation; + + int m_CurrentBossStage = 0; + int m_DeathCounter = 0; + std::vector<int> ThresholdTable; + bool waitForIdle = false; + + //Const variables: + + const std::vector<int> spiderWaveCntTable = { 2, 3 }; //The number of Dark Spiderling enemies to spawn per indexed wave number + + const int ROFImpactCnt = 2; //The number of ROF impacts in each quadrant of the arena selected at random + + const LOT SpiderlingID = 16197; //Reference obj ID for hatched Spiderlings + + const int maxSpiderEggCnt = 3; + int hatchCounter = 0; //Global counter mainting visibility over how many eggs we have prepped to hatch per wave + std::vector<LWOOBJID> hatchList = {}; //Global list maintaining a record of all the eggs we have prepped to hatch for a wave + + const std::string defaultFacingZone = "Zone3Vol"; //Maintains a default facing to ensure appropriate Spider Boss positioning for teleported players + std::vector<int> inZoneTable = {}; //Keeps track through player ID index what quadrant of the zone the player is in now + std::vector<int> fromZoneTable = {}; //Keeps track through player ID index what quadrant of the zone the player was last in + + const float defaultAnimPause = 2.5f; //Default period of time to pause between missing animation actions + const std::u16string spiderJeerAnim = u"taunt"; //Animation Spider Boss plays to antagonize the player + const std::u16string spiderROFAnim = u"attack-fire"; //Animation Spider Boss plays to telegraph the ROF attack + const std::u16string spiderWithdrawAnim = u"withdraw"; //Animation Spider Boss plays to withdraw to the top of the mountain + const std::u16string spiderAdvanceAnim = u"advance"; //Animation Spider Boss plays to come back down from the mountain + const std::u16string spiderWithdrawIdle = u"idle-withdrawn"; //Animation Spider Boss plays to idle on the mountain + const std::u16string spiderShootLeft = u"attack-shoot-left"; //Animation Spider Boss plays to RFS shoot CCW + const std::u16string spiderShootRght = u"attack-shoot-right"; //Animation Spider Boss plays to RFS shoot CW + const std::u16string spiderSingleShot = u"attack-fire-single"; //Animation Spider Boss plays for a single shot + + const uint32_t bossBulletSkill = 303; //Generic Spider Boss long range attack + const uint32_t bossSmashSkill = 322; //Generic Spider Boss short range attack + const uint32_t bossQueueSkill = 1568; //Empty skill to queue for special attack timing + const uint32_t bossLandingSkill = 1539; //Generic Spider Boss landing attack + const uint32_t bossSwipeSkill = 1573; //Generic Spider Boss landing attack + + const float smashSkillLength = 3.1f; //Time (in seconds) the boss smash skill lasts + + const float s1DelayMin = 10.0f; //Minimum time until calling for another Rapid Fire Shot + const float s1DelayMax = 15.0f; //Maximum time until calling for another Rapid Fire Shot + const float s2DelayMin = 10.0f; //Minimum time until calling for another Rain Of Fire + const float s2DelayMax = 15.0f; //Maximum time until calling for another Rain Of Fire + + const unsigned int instanceZoneID = 1102; //Zone ID for the Spider Queen fight instance + const unsigned int instanceMissionID = 1941; //Achievement to update for beating the instanced Boss + + //Establishes a link for the Spider to identify rapid fire targets based on zone reference + const std::map<std::string, std::vector<std::string>> rapidFireTargetTable = { + {"Zone1Vol", {"Zone8Targets", "Zone1Targets", "Zone2Targets"}}, + {"Zone2Vol", {"Zone1Targets", "Zone2Targets", "Zone3Targets"}}, + {"Zone3Vol", {"Zone2Targets", "Zone3Targets", "Zone4Targets"}}, + {"Zone4Vol", {"Zone3Targets", "Zone4Targets", "Zone5Targets"}}, + {"Zone5Vol", {"Zone4Targets", "Zone5Targets", "Zone6Targets"}}, + {"Zone6Vol", {"Zone5Targets", "Zone6Targets", "Zone7Targets"}}, + {"Zone7Vol", {"Zone6Targets", "Zone7Targets", "Zone8Targets"}}, + {"Zone8Vol", {"Zone7Targets", "Zone8Targets", "Zone1Targets"}} + }; + + const std::vector<std::string> ROFTargetGroupIDTable = { + "ROF_Targets_00", + "ROF_Targets_01", + "ROF_Targets_02", + "ROF_Targets_03", + "ROF_Targets_04" + }; + + std::vector<LWOOBJID> attackTargetTable; + std::vector<LWOOBJID> impactList; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/BurningTile.cpp b/dScripts/BurningTile.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..95a0bf17 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/BurningTile.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +#include "BurningTile.h" + +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void BurningTile::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, int32_t param3) +{ + if (args == "PlayerEntered") + { + auto* skillComponent = sender->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (skillComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(726, 11723, sender->GetObjectID(), true); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/BurningTile.h b/dScripts/BurningTile.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5f43895e --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/BurningTile.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class BurningTile : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, int32_t param3) override; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/CatapultBaseServer.cpp b/dScripts/CatapultBaseServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..81db8abd --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/CatapultBaseServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +#include "CatapultBaseServer.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" + + +void CatapultBaseServer::OnNotifyObject(Entity *self, Entity *sender, const std::string& name, int32_t param1, int32_t param2) +{ + if (name == "BouncerBuilt") + { + // start a timer for the arm to player the with bouncer animation + self->AddTimer("PlatAnim", .75); + + // set the bouncer so we can use it later + self->SetVar(u"Bouncer", sender->GetObjectID()); + + GameMessages::SendBouncerActiveStatus(sender->GetObjectID(), true, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + } +} + +void CatapultBaseServer::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName == "PlatAnim") + { + // get the arm asset + const auto arm = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(self->GetVarAsString(u"ArmGroup")); + + // tell the arm to the play the platform animation, which is just the arm laying there but with bouncer + for (auto* obj : arm) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(obj, u"idle-platform"); + GameMessages::SendPlayNDAudioEmitter(obj, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, "{8cccf912-69e3-4041-a20b-63e4afafc993}"); + // set the art so we can use it again + self->SetVar(u"Arm", obj->GetObjectID()); + break; + } + + // start a timer till the bouncer actually bounces + self->AddTimer("bounce", 3); + } + else if (timerName == "launchAnim") + { + // get the arm asset + auto* arm = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"Arm")); + if (arm == nullptr) return; + + // tell the arm to player the launcher animation + auto animTime = 1; + self->AddTimer("resetArm", animTime); + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(arm, u"launch"); + } + else if (timerName == "bounce") + { + auto* bouncer = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"Bouncer")); + if (bouncer == nullptr) return; + + // bounce all players + bouncer->NotifyObject(bouncer, "bounceAllInProximity"); // Likely to trigger server side bounce, bodging this + // add a delay to play the animation + self->AddTimer("launchAnim", .3); + } + else if (timerName == "resetArm") + { + auto* arm = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"Arm")); + if (arm == nullptr) return; + + // set the arm back to natural state + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(arm, u"idle"); + + auto* bouncer = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"Bouncer")); + if (bouncer == nullptr) return; + + // kill the bouncer + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(bouncer->GetObjectID(), u"TimeToDie"); + bouncer->Smash(self->GetObjectID(), VIOLENT); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/CatapultBaseServer.h b/dScripts/CatapultBaseServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ad949022 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/CatapultBaseServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "Spawner.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "dCommonVars.h" + +class CatapultBaseServer : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnNotifyObject(Entity *self, Entity *sender, const std::string& name, int32_t param1 = 0, int32_t param2 = 0) override; + + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/CatapultBouncerServer.cpp b/dScripts/CatapultBouncerServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0952a7ff --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/CatapultBouncerServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +#include "CatapultBouncerServer.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" + +void CatapultBouncerServer::OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) +{ + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"Built", 0, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(u"Built", true); + + const auto base = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(self->GetVarAsString(u"BaseGroup")); + + for (auto* obj : base) + { + obj->NotifyObject(self, "BouncerBuilt"); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/CatapultBouncerServer.h b/dScripts/CatapultBouncerServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1178a46f --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/CatapultBouncerServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "Spawner.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "dCommonVars.h" + +class CatapultBouncerServer : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/CauldronOfLife.cpp b/dScripts/CauldronOfLife.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..13e07775 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/CauldronOfLife.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#include "CauldronOfLife.h" + +void CauldronOfLife::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(u"numCycles", 10); + self->SetVar<float_t>(u"secPerCycle", 20.0f); + self->SetVar<float_t>(u"delayToFirstCycle", 1.5f); + self->SetVar<float_t>(u"deathDelay", 20.0f); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(u"numberOfPowerups", 3); + self->SetVar<LOT>(u"lootLOT", 177); + + // Initiate the actual script + OnTemplateStartup(self); +} diff --git a/dScripts/CauldronOfLife.h b/dScripts/CauldronOfLife.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3a5892c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/CauldronOfLife.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "ScriptedPowerupSpawner.h" + +class CauldronOfLife : public ScriptedPowerupSpawner { + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/CavePrisonCage.cpp b/dScripts/CavePrisonCage.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..793050b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/CavePrisonCage.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,245 @@ +#include "CavePrisonCage.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "RebuildComponent.h" +#include "MovingPlatformComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Character.h" + +void CavePrisonCage::OnStartup(Entity *self) +{ + const auto& myNum = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"myNumber"); + + if (myNum.empty()) + { + return; + } + + auto* spawner = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName("PrisonCounterweight_0" + GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(myNum))[0]; + + self->SetVar<Spawner*>(u"CWSpawner", spawner); + + Setup(self, spawner); +} + +void CavePrisonCage::Setup(Entity *self, Spawner* spawner) +{ + SpawnCounterweight(self, spawner); + + NiPoint3 mypos = self->GetPosition(); + NiQuaternion myrot = self->GetRotation(); + + mypos.y += 1.5; + mypos.z -= 0.5; + + EntityInfo info {}; + info.lot = m_Villagers[self->GetVarAs<int32_t>(u"myNumber") - 1]; + info.pos = mypos; + info.rot = myrot; + info.spawnerID = self->GetObjectID(); + + // Spawn the villager inside the jail + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + + // Save the villeger ID + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"villager", entity->GetObjectID()); + + // Construct the entity + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(entity); +} + +void CavePrisonCage::OnRebuildNotifyState(Entity* self, eRebuildState state) +{ + if (state != eRebuildState::REBUILD_RESETTING) + { + return; + } + + auto* spawner = self->GetVar<Spawner*>(u"CWSpawner"); + + if (spawner == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + spawner->Reset(); + + SpawnCounterweight(self, spawner); +} + +void CavePrisonCage::SpawnCounterweight(Entity* self, Spawner* spawner) +{ + spawner->Reset(); + + auto* counterweight = spawner->Spawn(); + + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"Counterweight", counterweight->GetObjectID()); + + auto* rebuildComponent = counterweight->GetComponent<RebuildComponent>(); + + if (rebuildComponent != nullptr) + { + rebuildComponent->AddRebuildStateCallback([this, self] (eRebuildState state) { + OnRebuildNotifyState(self, state); + }); + + rebuildComponent->AddRebuildCompleteCallback([this, self] (Entity* user) { + // The counterweight is a simple mover, which is not implemented, so we'll just set it's position + auto* counterweight = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"Counterweight")); + + if (counterweight == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + // Move the counterweight down 2 units + counterweight->SetPosition(counterweight->GetPosition() + NiPoint3(0, -2, 0)); + + // Serialize the counterweight + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(counterweight); + + // notifyPlatformAtLastWaypoint + + // Save the userID as Builder + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"Builder", user->GetObjectID()); + + // Get the button and make sure it still exists + auto* button = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"Button")); + + if (button == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + // Play the 'down' animation on the button + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(button, u"down"); + + // Setup a timer named 'buttonGoingDown' to be triggered in 5 seconds + self->AddTimer("buttonGoingDown", 5.0f); + }); + } + + if (self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"Button")) + { + return; + } + + GetButton(self); +} + +void CavePrisonCage::GetButton(Entity* self) +{ + const auto buttons = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("PrisonButton_0" + std::to_string(self->GetVarAs<int32_t>(u"myNumber"))); + + if (buttons.size() == 0) + { + // Try again in 0.5 seconds + self->AddCallbackTimer(0.5, [this, self] () { + GetButton(self); + }); + + return; + } + + auto* button = buttons[0]; + + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"Button", button->GetObjectID()); +} + +void CavePrisonCage::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + // the anim of the button down is over + if (timerName == "buttonGoingDown") + { + // Play the 'up' animation + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"up"); + + // Setup a timer named 'CageOpen' to be triggered in 1 second + self->AddTimer("CageOpen", 1.0f); + } + else if (timerName == "CageOpen") + { + // play the idle open anim + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"idle-up"); + + // Get the villeger + auto* villager = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"villager")); + + if (villager == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(villager->GetObjectID(), u"TimeToChat", 0, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + // Get the builder and make sure it still exists + auto* builder = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"Builder")); + + if (builder == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + const auto flagNum = 2020 + self->GetVarAs<int32_t>(u"myNumber"); + + // Set the flag on the builder character + builder->GetCharacter()->SetPlayerFlag(flagNum, true); + + // Setup a timer named 'VillagerEscape' to be triggered in 5 seconds + self->AddTimer("VillagerEscape", 5.0f); + } + else if (timerName == "VillagerEscape") + { + // Get the villeger and make sure it still exists + auto* villager = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"villager")); + + if (villager == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + // Kill the villager + villager->Kill(); + + // Setup a timer named 'SmashCounterweight' to be triggered in 2 seconds + self->AddTimer("SmashCounterweight", 2.0f); + } + else if (timerName == "SmashCounterweight") + { + // Get the counterweight and make sure it still exists + auto* counterweight = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"Counterweight")); + + if (counterweight == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + // Smash the counterweight + counterweight->Smash(); + + // Get the button and make sure it still exists + auto* button = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"Button")); + + if (button == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + // Play the 'up' animation on the button + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(button, u"up"); + + // Setup a timer named 'CageClosed' to be triggered in 1 second + self->AddTimer("CageClosed", 1.0f); + } + else if (timerName == "CageClosed") + { + // play the idle closed anim + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"idle"); + + // Setup a timer named 'ResetPrison' to be triggered in 10 seconds + self->AddTimer("ResetPrison", 10.0f); + } + else if (timerName == "ResetPrison") + { + Setup(self, self->GetVar<Spawner*>(u"CWSpawner")); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/CavePrisonCage.h b/dScripts/CavePrisonCage.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..47f95a98 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/CavePrisonCage.h @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "Spawner.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "dCommonVars.h" + +class CavePrisonCage : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity *self) override; + void Setup(Entity *self, Spawner* spawner); + void OnRebuildNotifyState(Entity* self, eRebuildState state) override; + void SpawnCounterweight(Entity* self, Spawner* spawner); + void GetButton(Entity* self); + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + +private: + std::vector<LOT> m_Villagers = { 15851, 15866, 15922, 15924, 15927, 15929 }; + std::vector<int32_t> m_Missions = { 1801, 2039 }; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/ChooseYourDestinationNsToNt.cpp b/dScripts/ChooseYourDestinationNsToNt.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2ed8ebdc --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ChooseYourDestinationNsToNt.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +#include "ChooseYourDestinationNsToNt.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +bool ChooseYourDestinationNsToNt::CheckChoice(Entity* self, Entity* player) +{ + const auto choiceZoneID = self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"choiceZone"); + const auto newZoneID = self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"currentZone"); + + if (newZoneID == choiceZoneID) + { + auto* character = player->GetCharacter(); + + if (character == nullptr) + { + return false; + } + + if (character->HasBeenToWorld(1900)) + { + return true; + } + + self->SetVar(u"transferZoneID", GeneralUtils::to_u16string(1200)); + self->SetVar<std::u16string>(u"teleportString", u"UI_TRAVEL_TO_NS"); + + return false; + } + + return false; +} + +void ChooseYourDestinationNsToNt::SetDestination(Entity* self, Entity* player) +{ + const auto currentMap = self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"currentZone"); + auto newMap = self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"choiceZone"); + + if (currentMap == newMap) + { + newMap = 1200; + } + + self->SetVar(u"transferZoneID", GeneralUtils::to_u16string(newMap)); +} + +void ChooseYourDestinationNsToNt::BaseChoiceBoxRespond(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& buttonIdentifier, const std::u16string& identifier) +{ + if (button != -1) + { + const auto newMapStr = GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(buttonIdentifier).substr(7, -1); + + int32_t newMap = 0; + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse(newMapStr, newMap)) + { + return; + } + + std::u16string strText = u""; + + if (newMap == 1200) + { + strText = u"UI_TRAVEL_TO_NS"; + } + else + { + strText = u"UI_TRAVEL_TO_NEXUS_TOWER"; + } + + self->SetVar(u"teleportString", strText); + self->SetVar(u"transferZoneID", GeneralUtils::to_u16string(newMap)); + + GameMessages::SendDisplayMessageBox(sender->GetObjectID(), true, self->GetObjectID(), u"TransferBox", 0, strText, u"", sender->GetSystemAddress()); + } + else + { + GameMessages::SendTerminateInteraction(sender->GetObjectID(), FROM_INTERACTION, self->GetObjectID()); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/ChooseYourDestinationNsToNt.h b/dScripts/ChooseYourDestinationNsToNt.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7a02b38b --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ChooseYourDestinationNsToNt.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class ChooseYourDestinationNsToNt +{ +public: + bool CheckChoice(Entity* self, Entity* player); + void SetDestination(Entity* self, Entity* player); + void BaseChoiceBoxRespond(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& buttonIdentifier, const std::u16string& identifier); +}; diff --git a/dScripts/ClRing.cpp b/dScripts/ClRing.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5b2910d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ClRing.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#include "ClRing.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Character.h" + +void ClRing::OnCollisionPhantom(Entity* self, Entity* target) +{ + self->Smash(target->GetObjectID()); +} diff --git a/dScripts/ClRing.h b/dScripts/ClRing.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..80d04806 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ClRing.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class ClRing : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnCollisionPhantom(Entity* self, Entity* target) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/CppScripts.cpp b/dScripts/CppScripts.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..99702805 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/CppScripts.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,812 @@ +//I can feel my soul being torn apart with every script added to this monstrosity. +// skate fast eat trash +// do you think god stays in heaven because he too lives in fear of what he's created? + +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "dpWorld.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "ScriptComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "InvalidScript.h" + +//VE / AG scripts: +#include "AgShipPlayerDeathTrigger.h" +#include "AgShipPlayerShockServer.h" +#include "AgSpaceStuff.h" +#include "AgImagSmashable.h" +#include "NpcNpSpacemanBob.h" +#include "StoryBoxInteractServer.h" +#include "Binoculars.h" +#include "AllCrateChicken.h" +#include "SsModularBuildServer.h" +#include "ZoneAgProperty.h" +#include "TouchMissionUpdateServer.h" +#include "ActSharkPlayerDeathTrigger.h" +#include "BaseEnemyMech.h" +#include "ZoneAgSurvival.h" +#include "AgBusDoor.h" +#include "MaestromExtracticatorServer.h" +#include "NpcWispServer.h" +#include "AgCagedBricksServer.h" +#include "NpcEpsilonServer.h" +#include "AgTurret.h" +#include "AgMonumentBirds.h" +#include "AgLaserSensorServer.h" +#include "AgMonumentLaserServer.h" +#include "AgFans.h" +#include "RemoveRentalGear.h" +#include "NpcNjAssistantServer.h" +#include "EnemySpiderSpawner.h" +#include "AgQbElevator.h" +#include "AgPropGuard.h" +#include "AgBugsprayer.h" +#include "WishingWellServer.h" +#include "NpcAgCourseStarter.h" +#include "AgMonumentRaceGoal.h" +#include "ZoneAgSpiderQueen.h" +#include "SpiderBossTreasureChestServer.h" +#include "NpcCowboyServer.h" +#include "ZoneAgMedProperty.h" +#include "AgStromlingProperty.h" +#include "AgDarklingMech.h" +#include "AgDarkSpiderling.h" +#include "PropertyFXDamage.h" +#include "AgPropguards.h" +#include "NpcPirateServer.h" +#include "AgPicnicBlanket.h" +#include "AgMonumentRaceCancel.h" +#include "VeBricksampleServer.h" +#include "PropertyBankInteract.h" +#include "VeMech.h" +#include "VeMissionConsole.h" +#include "VeEpsilonServer.h" + +// NS Scripts +#include "NsModularBuild.h" +#include "NsGetFactionMissionServer.h" +#include "NsQbImaginationStatue.h" +#include "NsConcertChoiceBuildManager.h" +#include "NsConcertChoiceBuild.h" +#include "NsConcertQuickBuild.h" +#include "AgStagePlatforms.h" +#include "NsConcertInstrument.h" +#include "NsJohnnyMissionServer.h" +#include "StinkyFishTarget.h" +#include "ZoneNsProperty.h" +#include "ZoneNsMedProperty.h" +#include "NsTokenConsoleServer.h" +#include "NsLupTeleport.h" +#include "ZoneNsWaves.h" +#include "WaveBossHammerling.h" +#include "WaveBossApe.h" +#include "WaveBossSpiderling.h" +#include "WaveBossHorsemen.h" +#include "MinigameTreasureChestServer.h" +#include "NsLegoClubDoor.h" +#include "ClRing.h" +#include "WildAmbients.h" +#include "PropertyDeathPlane.h" + +// PR Scripts +#include "PrWhistle.h" +#include "PrSeagullFly.h" +#include "HydrantBroken.h" +#include "HydrantSmashable.h" +#include "PetDigServer.h" +#include "PetFromDigServer.h" +#include "PetFromObjectServer.h" +#include "DamagingPets.h" +#include "SpawnGryphonServer.h" + +// GF Scripts +#include "GfTikiTorch.h" +#include "GfCampfire.h" +#include "GfOrgan.h" +#include "GfBanana.h" +#include "GfBananaCluster.h" +#include "GfJailkeepMission.h" +#include "TriggerAmbush.h" +#include "GfCaptainsCannon.h" +#include "MastTeleport.h" +#include "GfJailWalls.h" +#include "QbEnemyStunner.h" +#include "PetDigBuild.h" +#include "SpawnLionServer.h" +#include "BaseEnemyApe.h" +#include "GfApeSmashingQB.h" +#include "ZoneGfProperty.h" + +// SG Scripts +#include "SGCannon.h" +#include "ZoneSGServer.h" + +// FV Scripts +#include "FvCandle.h" +#include "EnemyRoninSpawner.h" +#include "ActNinjaTurret.h" +#include "FvMaelstromCavalry.h" +#include "FvHorsemenTrigger.h" +#include "FvFlyingCreviceDragon.h" +#include "FvMaelstromDragon.h" +#include "FvDragonSmashingGolemQb.h" +#include "TreasureChestDragonServer.h" +#include "InstanceExitTransferPlayerToLastNonInstance.h" +#include "FvFreeGfNinjas.h" +#include "FvPandaServer.h" +#include "FvPandaSpawnerServer.h" +#include "ZoneFvProperty.h" +#include "FvBrickPuzzleServer.h" +#include "FvConsoleLeftQuickbuild.h" +#include "FvConsoleRightQuickbuild.h" +#include "FvFacilityBrick.h" +#include "ImgBrickConsoleQB.h" +#include "ActParadoxPipeFix.h" +#include "FvNinjaGuard.h" + +// FB Scripts +#include "AgJetEffectServer.h" +#include "AgSalutingNpcs.h" +#include "BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer.h" +#include "RockHydrantSmashable.h" +#include "SpecialImaginePowerupSpawner.h" + +// Misc Scripts +#include "ExplodingAsset.h" +#include "ActPlayerDeathTrigger.h" +#include "CrabServer.h" +#include "GrowingFlower.h" +#include "BaseFootRaceManager.h" +#include "PropertyPlatform.h" + +// Racing Scripts +#include "RaceImagineCrateServer.h" +#include "ActVehicleDeathTrigger.h" +#include "RaceImaginePowerup.h" +#include "RaceMaelstromGeiser.h" +#include "FvRaceSmashEggImagineServer.h" +#include "RaceSmashServer.h" + +// NT Scripts +#include "NtSentinelWalkwayServer.h" +#include "NtParadoxTeleServer.h" +#include "NtDarkitectRevealServer.h" +#include "BankInteractServer.h" +#include "NtVentureSpeedPadServer.h" +#include "NtVentureCannonServer.h" +#include "NtCombatChallengeServer.h" +#include "NtCombatChallengeDummy.h" +#include "BaseInteractDropLootServer.h" +#include "NtAssemblyTubeServer.h" +#include "NtParadoxPanelServer.h" +#include "TokenConsoleServer.h" +#include "NtImagBeamBuffer.h" +#include "NtBeamImaginationCollectors.h" +#include "NtDirtCloudServer.h" +#include "NtConsoleTeleportServer.h" +#include "SpawnShrakeServer.h" +#include "SpawnSaberCatServer.h" +#include "SpawnStegoServer.h" +#include "NtDukeServer.h" +#include "NtHaelServer.h" +#include "NtOverbuildServer.h" +#include "NtVandaServer.h" +#include "ForceVolumeServer.h" +#include "NtXRayServer.h" +#include "NtSleepingGuard.h" + +// DLU Scripts +#include "SbLupTeleport.h" +#include "DLUVanityNPC.h" + +// AM Scripts +#include "AmConsoleTeleportServer.h" +#include "RandomSpawnerFin.h" +#include "RandomSpawnerPit.h" +#include "RandomSpawnerStr.h" +#include "RandomSpawnerZip.h" +#include "AmDarklingMech.h" +#include "AmBridge.h" +#include "AmDrawBridge.h" +#include "AmShieldGenerator.h" +#include "AmShieldGeneratorQuickbuild.h" +#include "AmDropshipComputer.h" +#include "AmScrollReaderServer.h" +#include "AmTemplateSkillVolume.h" +#include "EnemyNjBuff.h" +#include "AmSkeletonEngineer.h" +#include "AmSkullkinDrill.h" +#include "AmSkullkinDrillStand.h" +#include "AmSkullkinTower.h" +#include "AmNamedDarklingDragon.h" +#include "AmBlueX.h" + +// NJ Scripts +#include "NjGarmadonCelebration.h" +#include "NjWuNPC.h" +#include "NjScrollChestServer.h" +#include "EnemySkeletonSpawner.h" +#include "NjRailSwitch.h" +#include "NjRailPostServer.h" +#include "NjRailActivatorsServer.h" +#include "NjColeNPC.h" +#include "NjNPCMissionSpinjitzuServer.h" +#include "NjJayMissionItems.h" +#include "FallingTile.h" +#include "ImaginationShrineServer.h" +#include "Lieutenant.h" +#include "RainOfArrows.h" +#include "NjIceRailActivator.h" +#include "CavePrisonCage.h" +#include "NjMonastryBossInstance.h" +#include "CatapultBouncerServer.h" +#include "CatapultBaseServer.h" +#include "NjhubLavaPlayerDeathTrigger.h" +#include "MonCoreNookDoors.h" +#include "MonCoreSmashableDoors.h" +#include "FlameJetServer.h" +#include "BurningTile.h" +#include "NjEarthDragonPetServer.h" +#include "NjEarthPetServer.h" +#include "NjDragonEmblemChestServer.h" +#include "NjNyaMissionitems.h" + +// Scripted equipment +#include "AnvilOfArmor.h" +#include "CauldronOfLife.h" +#include "FountainOfImagination.h" +#include "Sunflower.h" +#include "BootyDigServer.h" +#include "PersonalFortress.h" +#include "PropertyDevice.h" +#include "ImaginationBackpackHealServer.h" + +// Survival scripts +#include "AgSurvivalStromling.h" +#include "AgSurvivalMech.h" +#include "AgSurvivalSpiderling.h" + +//Big bad global bc this is a namespace and not a class: +InvalidScript* invalidToReturn = new InvalidScript(); +std::map<std::string, CppScripts::Script*> m_Scripts; + +// yeah sorry darwin ill fix the global later + +CppScripts::Script* CppScripts::GetScript(Entity* parent, const std::string& scriptName) { + Script* script; + + if (m_Scripts.find(scriptName) != m_Scripts.end()) { + script = m_Scripts[scriptName]; + + return script; + } + + script = invalidToReturn; + + //VE / AG: + if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\AG\\L_AG_SHIP_PLAYER_DEATH_TRIGGER.lua") + script = new AgShipPlayerDeathTrigger(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\NP\\L_NPC_NP_SPACEMAN_BOB.lua") + script = new NpcNpSpacemanBob(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\AG\\L_AG_SPACE_STUFF.lua") // Broken, will (sometimes) display all animations at once on initial login + script = new AgSpaceStuff(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\AG\\L_AG_SHIP_PLAYER_SHOCK_SERVER.lua") + script = new AgShipPlayerShockServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\AG\\L_AG_IMAG_SMASHABLE.lua") + script = new AgImagSmashable(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\General\\L_STORY_BOX_INTERACT_SERVER.lua") + script = new StoryBoxInteractServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\General\\L_BINOCULARS.lua") + script = new Binoculars(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\WILD\\L_ALL_CRATE_CHICKEN.lua") + script = new AllCrateChicken(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\NS\\WH\\L_ROCKHYDRANT_SMASHABLE.lua") + script = new RockHydrantSmashable(); // Broken? + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\SS\\L_SS_MODULAR_BUILD_SERVER.lua") + script = new SsModularBuildServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\Property\\AG_Small\\L_ZONE_AG_PROPERTY.lua") + script = new ZoneAgProperty(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\General\\L_POI_MISSION.lua") + script = new InvalidScript(); // this is done in Entity.cpp, not needed for our implementation + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\General\\L_TOUCH_MISSION_UPDATE_SERVER.lua") + script = new TouchMissionUpdateServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\AG\\L_ACT_SHARK_PLAYER_DEATH_TRIGGER.lua") + script = new ActSharkPlayerDeathTrigger(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Enemy\\General\\L_BASE_ENEMY_MECH.lua") + script = new BaseEnemyMech(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\zone\\AG\\L_ZONE_AG_SURVIVAL.lua") + script = new ZoneAgSurvival(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\AG\\L_AG_BUS_DOOR.lua") + script = new AgBusDoor(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Equipment\\L_MAESTROM_EXTRACTICATOR_SERVER.lua") + script = new MaestromExtracticatorServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AG\\L_AG_CAGED_BRICKS_SERVER.lua") + script = new AgCagedBricksServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AG\\L_NPC_WISP_SERVER.lua") + script = new NpcWispServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AG\\L_NPC_EPSILON_SERVER.lua") + script = new NpcEpsilonServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\AG\\L_AG_TURRET.lua" || scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\AG\\L_AG_TURRET_FOR_SHIP.lua") + script = new AgTurret(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AG\\L_AG_LASER_SENSOR_SERVER.lua") + script = new AgLaserSensorServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AG\\L_AG_MONUMENT_LASER_SERVER.lua") + script = new AgMonumentLaserServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\AG\\L_AG_FANS.lua") + script = new AgFans(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AG\\L_AG_MONUMENT_BIRDS.lua") + script = new AgMonumentBirds(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AG\\L_REMOVE_RENTAL_GEAR.lua") + script = new RemoveRentalGear(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AG\\L_NPC_NJ_ASSISTANT_SERVER.lua") + script = new NpcNjAssistantServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\SPEC\\L_SPECIAL_IMAGINE-POWERUP-SPAWNER.lua") + script = new SpecialImaginePowerupSpawner(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\AG\\L_AG_SALUTING_NPCS.lua") + script = new AgSalutingNpcs(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\AG\\L_AG_JET_EFFECT_SERVER.lua") + script = new AgJetEffectServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Enemy\\AG\\L_BOSS_SPIDER_QUEEN_ENEMY_SERVER.lua") + script = new BossSpiderQueenEnemyServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\Property\\AG_Small\\L_ENEMY_SPIDER_SPAWNER.lua") + script = new EnemySpiderSpawner(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts/02_server/Map/Property/AG_Small/L_ENEMY_SPIDER_SPAWNER.lua") + script = new EnemySpiderSpawner(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\AG\\L_AG_QB_Elevator.lua") + script = new AgQbElevator(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\PROPERTY\\AG\\L_AG_PROP_GUARD.lua") + script = new AgPropGuard(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AG\\L_AG_BUGSPRAYER.lua") + script = new AgBugsprayer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AG\\L_NPC_AG_COURSE_STARTER.lua") + script = new NpcAgCourseStarter(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AG\\L__AG_MONUMENT_RACE_GOAL.lua") + script = new AgMonumentRaceGoal(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AG\\L__AG_MONUMENT_RACE_CANCEL.lua") + script = new AgMonumentRaceCancel(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AG_Spider_Queen\\L_ZONE_AG_SPIDER_QUEEN.lua") + script = (ZoneAgProperty*)new ZoneAgSpiderQueen(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AG_Spider_Queen\\L_SPIDER_BOSS_TREASURE_CHEST_SERVER.lua") + script = new SpiderBossTreasureChestServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AG\\L_NPC_COWBOY_SERVER.lua") + script = new NpcCowboyServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\Property\\AG_Med\\L_ZONE_AG_MED_PROPERTY.lua") + script = new ZoneAgMedProperty(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\AG\\L_AG_STROMBIE_PROPERTY.lua") + script = new AgStromlingProperty(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\AG\\L_AG_DARKLING_MECH.lua") + script = new AgDarklingMech(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\AG\\L_AG_DARK_SPIDERLING.lua") + script = new AgDarkSpiderling(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\PROPERTY\\L_PROP_GUARDS.lua") + script = new AgPropguards(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\PROPERTY\\L_PROPERTY_FX_DAMAGE.lua") + script = new PropertyFXDamage(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AG\\L_NPC_PIRATE_SERVER.lua") + script = new NpcPirateServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\AG\\L_AG_PICNIC_BLANKET.lua") + script = new AgPicnicBlanket(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\Property\\L_PROPERTY_BANK_INTERACT_SERVER.lua") + script = new PropertyBankInteract(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Enemy\\VE\\L_VE_MECH.lua") + script = new VeMech(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\VE\\L_MISSION_CONSOLE_SERVER.lua") + script = new VeMissionConsole(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\VE\\L_EPSILON_SERVER.lua") + script = new VeEpsilonServer(); + // Win32 thinks this if chain is too long, let's cut it up and serve it as a three course meal + //NS: + if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\NS\\L_NS_MODULAR_BUILD.lua") + script = new NsModularBuild(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\NS\\L_NS_GET_FACTION_MISSION_SERVER.lua") + script = new NsGetFactionMissionServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\NS\\L_NS_QB_IMAGINATION_STATUE.lua") + script = new NsQbImaginationStatue(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\NS\\CONCERT_CHOICEBUILD_MANAGER_SERVER.lua") + script = new NsConcertChoiceBuildManager(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\NS\\L_NS_CONCERT_CHOICEBUILD.lua") + script = new NsConcertChoiceBuild(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\NS\\L_NS_CONCERT_QUICKBUILD.lua") + script = new NsConcertQuickBuild(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\AG\\L_AG_STAGE_PLATFORMS.lua") + script = new AgStagePlatforms(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\NS\\L_NS_CONCERT_INSTRUMENT_QB.lua") + script = new NsConcertInstrument(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\NS\\L_NS_JONNY_FLAG_MISSION_SERVER.lua") + script = new NsJohnnyMissionServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Objects\\L_STINKY_FISH_TARGET.lua") + script = new StinkyFishTarget(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\zone\\PROPERTY\\NS\\L_ZONE_NS_PROPERTY.lua") + script = new ZoneNsProperty(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\Property\\NS_Med\\L_ZONE_NS_MED_PROPERTY.lua") + script = new ZoneNsMedProperty(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\NS\\L_NS_TOKEN_CONSOLE_SERVER.lua") + script = new NsTokenConsoleServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\NS\\L_NS_LUP_TELEPORT.lua") + script = new NsLupTeleport(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\NS\\Waves\\L_ZONE_NS_WAVES.lua") + script = new ZoneNsWaves(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Enemy\\Waves\\L_WAVES_BOSS_HAMMERLING_ENEMY_SERVER.lua") + script = new WaveBossHammerling(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Enemy\\Waves\\L_WAVES_BOSS_APE_ENEMY_SERVER.lua") + script = (BaseEnemyApe*) new WaveBossApe(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Enemy\\Waves\\L_WAVES_BOSS_DARK_SPIDERLING_ENEMY_SERVER.lua") + script = new WaveBossSpiderling(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Enemy\\Waves\\L_WAVES_BOSS_HORESEMEN_ENEMY_SERVER.lua") + script = new WaveBossHorsemen(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Minigame\\General\\L_MINIGAME_TREASURE_CHEST_SERVER.lua") + script = new MinigameTreasureChestServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\NS\\L_NS_LEGO_CLUB_DOOR.lua") + script = new NsLegoClubDoor(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts/ai/NS/L_CL_RING.lua") + script = new ClRing(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\WILD\\L_WILD_AMBIENTS.lua") + script = new WildAmbients(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\NS\\NS_PP_01\\L_NS_PP_01_TELEPORT.lua") + script = new PropertyDeathPlane(); + + //GF: + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\GF\\L_GF_TORCH.lua") + script = new GfTikiTorch(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\GF\\L_SPECIAL_FIREPIT.lua") + script = new GfCampfire(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\GF\\L_GF_ORGAN.lua") + script = new GfOrgan(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\GF\\L_GF_BANANA.lua") + script = new GfBanana(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\GF\\L_GF_BANANA_CLUSTER.lua") + script = new GfBananaCluster(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts/ai/GF/L_GF_JAILKEEP_MISSION.lua") + script = new GfJailkeepMission(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\GF\\L_TRIGGER_AMBUSH.lua") + script = new TriggerAmbush(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\GF\\L_GF_CAPTAINS_CANNON.lua") + script = new GfCaptainsCannon(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\GF\\L_MAST_TELEPORT.lua") + script = new MastTeleport(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\GF\\L_GF_JAIL_WALLS.lua") + script = new GfJailWalls(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\General\\L_QB_ENEMY_STUNNER.lua") + script = new QbEnemyStunner(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\GF\\L_GF_PET_DIG_BUILD.lua") + script = new PetDigBuild(); // Technically also used once in AG + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\GF\\L_SPAWN_LION_SERVER.lua") + script = new SpawnLionServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Enemy\\General\\L_BASE_ENEMY_APE.lua") + script = new BaseEnemyApe(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Enemy\\General\\L_GF_APE_SMASHING_QB.lua") + script = new GfApeSmashingQB(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\zone\\PROPERTY\\GF\\L_ZONE_GF_PROPERTY.lua") + script = new ZoneGfProperty(); + + // SG + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\MINIGAME\\SG_GF\\SERVER\\SG_CANNON.lua") + script = new SGCannon(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\MINIGAME\\SG_GF\\L_ZONE_SG_SERVER.lua") + script = new ZoneSGServer(); + + //PR: + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\client\\ai\\PR\\L_PR_WHISTLE.lua") + script = new PrWhistle(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\PR\\L_PR_SEAGULL_FLY.lua") + script = new PrSeagullFly(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\PETS\\L_HYDRANT_SMASHABLE.lua") + script = new HydrantSmashable(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\map\\PR\\L_HYDRANT_BROKEN.lua") + script = new HydrantBroken(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\General\\PET_DIG_SERVER.lua" || scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AM\\L_SKELETON_DRAGON_PET_DIG_SERVER.lua") + script = new PetDigServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\client\\ai\\PR\\L_CRAB_SERVER.lua") + script = new CrabServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Pets\\L_PET_FROM_DIG_SERVER.lua") + script = new PetFromDigServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Pets\\L_PET_FROM_OBJECT_SERVER.lua") + script = new PetFromObjectServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Pets\\L_DAMAGING_PET.lua") + script = new DamagingPets(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\PR\\L_SPAWN_GRYPHON_SERVER.lua") + script = new SpawnGryphonServer(); + + //FV Scripts: + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\FV\\L_ACT_CANDLE.lua") + script = new FvCandle(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\FV\\L_ENEMY_RONIN_SPAWNER.lua") + script = new EnemyRoninSpawner(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Enemy\\FV\\L_FV_MAELSTROM_CAVALRY.lua") + script = new FvMaelstromCavalry(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\FV\\L_ACT_NINJA_TURRET_1.lua") + script = new ActNinjaTurret(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\FV\\L_FV_HORSEMEN_TRIGGER.lua") + script = new FvHorsemenTrigger(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\FV\\L_FV_FLYING_CREVICE_DRAGON.lua") + script = new FvFlyingCreviceDragon(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Enemy\\FV\\L_FV_MAELSTROM_DRAGON.lua") + script = new FvMaelstromDragon(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\FV\\L_FV_DRAGON_SMASHING_GOLEM_QB.lua") + script = new FvDragonSmashingGolemQb(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Enemy\\General\\L_TREASURE_CHEST_DRAGON_SERVER.lua") + script = new TreasureChestDragonServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\GENERAL\\L_INSTANCE_EXIT_TRANSFER_PLAYER_TO_LAST_NON_INSTANCE.lua") + script = new InstanceExitTransferPlayerToLastNonInstance(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\FV\\L_NPC_FREE_GF_NINJAS.lua") + script = new FvFreeGfNinjas(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\FV\\L_FV_PANDA_SPAWNER_SERVER.lua") + script = new FvPandaSpawnerServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\FV\\L_FV_PANDA_SERVER.lua") + script = new FvPandaServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\zone\\PROPERTY\\FV\\L_ZONE_FV_PROPERTY.lua") + script = new ZoneFvProperty(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\FV\\L_FV_BRICK_PUZZLE_SERVER.lua") + script = new FvBrickPuzzleServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\FV\\L_FV_CONSOLE_LEFT_QUICKBUILD.lua") + script = new FvConsoleLeftQuickbuild(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\FV\\L_FV_CONSOLE_RIGHT_QUICKBUILD.lua") + script = new FvConsoleRightQuickbuild(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\FV\\L_FV_FACILITY_BRICK.lua") + script = new FvFacilityBrick(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\FV\\L_IMG_BRICK_CONSOLE_QB.lua") + script = new ImgBrickConsoleQB(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\FV\\L_ACT_PARADOX_PIPE_FIX.lua") + script = new ActParadoxPipeFix(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\FV\\L_FV_NINJA_GUARDS.lua") + script = new FvNinjaGuard(); + + //Misc: + if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\General\\L_EXPLODING_ASSET.lua") + script = new ExplodingAsset(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\General\\L_WISHING_WELL_SERVER.lua") + script = new WishingWellServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\ACT\\L_ACT_PLAYER_DEATH_TRIGGER.lua") + script = new ActPlayerDeathTrigger(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\General\\L_GROWING_FLOWER_SERVER.lua") + script = new GrowingFlower(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\General\\L_TOKEN_CONSOLE_SERVER.lua") + script = new TokenConsoleServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\ACT\\FootRace\\L_ACT_BASE_FOOT_RACE.lua") + script = new BaseFootRaceManager(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\General\\L_PROP_PLATFORM.lua") + script = new PropertyPlatform(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\VE\\L_VE_BRICKSAMPLE_SERVER.lua") + return new VeBricksampleServer(); + + //Racing: + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\RACING\\OBJECTS\\RACE_IMAGINE_CRATE_SERVER.lua") + script = new RaceImagineCrateServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\ACT\\L_ACT_VEHICLE_DEATH_TRIGGER.lua") + script = new ActVehicleDeathTrigger(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\RACING\\OBJECTS\\RACE_IMAGINE_POWERUP.lua") + script = new RaceImaginePowerup(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\FV\\Racing\\RACE_MAELSTROM_GEISER.lua") + script = new RaceMaelstromGeiser(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\RACING\\OBJECTS\\FV_RACE_SMASH_EGG_IMAGINE_SERVER.lua") + script = new FvRaceSmashEggImagineServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\ai\\RACING\\OBJECTS\\RACE_SMASH_SERVER.lua") + script = new RaceSmashServer(); + + //NT: + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\NT\\L_NT_SENTINELWALKWAY_SERVER.lua") + script = new NtSentinelWalkwayServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\NT\\L_NT_PARADOXTELE_SERVER.lua") + script = new NtParadoxTeleServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\NT\\L_NT_DARKITECT_REVEAL_SERVER.lua") + script = new NtDarkitectRevealServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\General\\L_BANK_INTERACT_SERVER.lua") + script = new BankInteractServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\NT\\L_NT_VENTURESPEEDPAD_SERVER.lua") + script = new NtVentureSpeedPadServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\NT\\L_NT_VENTURE_CANNON_SERVER.lua") + script = new NtVentureCannonServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\NT\\L_NT_COMBAT_CHALLENGE_SERVER.lua") + script = new NtCombatChallengeServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\NT\\L_NT_COMBAT_CHALLENGE_DUMMY.lua") + script = new NtCombatChallengeDummy(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\General\\L_BASE_INTERACT_DROP_LOOT_SERVER.lua") + script = new BaseInteractDropLootServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\NT\\L_NT_ASSEMBLYTUBE_SERVER.lua") + script = new NtAssemblyTubeServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\NT\\L_NT_PARADOX_PANEL_SERVER.lua") + script = new NtParadoxPanelServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\NT\\L_NT_IMAG_BEAM_BUFFER.lua") + script = new NtImagBeamBuffer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\NT\\L_NT_BEAM_IMAGINATION_COLLECTORS.lua") + script = new NtBeamImaginationCollectors(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\NT\\L_NT_DIRT_CLOUD_SERVER.lua") + script = new NtDirtCloudServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\NT\\L_NT_CONSOLE_TELEPORT_SERVER.lua") + script = new NtConsoleTeleportServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\NT\\L_SPAWN_STEGO_SERVER.lua") + script = new SpawnStegoServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\NT\\L_SPAWN_SABERCAT_SERVER.lua") + script = new SpawnSaberCatServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\NT\\L_SPAWN_SHRAKE_SERVER.lua") + script = new SpawnShrakeServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\NT\\L_NT_DUKE_SERVER.lua") + script = new NtDukeServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\NT\\L_NT_HAEL_SERVER.lua") + script = new NtHaelServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\NT\\L_NT_OVERBUILD_SERVER.lua") + script = new NtOverbuildServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\NT\\L_NT_VANDA_SERVER.lua") + script = new NtVandaServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\General\\L_FORCE_VOLUME_SERVER.lua") + script = new ForceVolumeServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\NT\\L_NT_XRAY_SERVER.lua") + script = new NtXRayServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\NT\\L_NT_SLEEPING_GUARD.lua") + script = new NtSleepingGuard(); + + //AM: + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AM\\L_AM_CONSOLE_TELEPORT_SERVER.lua") + script = new AmConsoleTeleportServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AM\\L_RANDOM_SPAWNER_FIN.lua") + script = new RandomSpawnerFin(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AM\\L_RANDOM_SPAWNER_PIT.lua") + script = new RandomSpawnerPit(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AM\\L_RANDOM_SPAWNER_STR.lua") + script = new RandomSpawnerStr(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AM\\L_RANDOM_SPAWNER_ZIP.lua") + script = new RandomSpawnerZip(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Enemy\\AM\\L_AM_DARKLING_MECH.lua") + script = new AmDarklingMech(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AM\\L_BRIDGE.lua") + script = new AmBridge(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AM\\L_DRAW_BRIDGE.lua") + script = new AmDrawBridge(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AM\\L_SHIELD_GENERATOR.lua") + script = new AmShieldGenerator(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AM\\L_SHIELD_GENERATOR_QUICKBUILD.lua") + script = new AmShieldGeneratorQuickbuild(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AM\\L_DROPSHIP_COMPUTER.lua") + script = new AmDropshipComputer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AM\\L_SCROLL_READER_SERVER.lua") + script = new AmScrollReaderServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AM\\L_TEMPLE_SKILL_VOLUME.lua") + script = new AmTemplateSkillVolume(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Enemy\\General\\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF.lua") + script = new EnemyNjBuff(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Enemy\\AM\\L_AM_SKELETON_ENGINEER.lua") + script = new AmSkeletonEngineer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AM\\L_SKULLKIN_DRILL.lua") + script = new AmSkullkinDrill(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AM\\L_SKULLKIN_DRILL_STAND.lua") + script = new AmSkullkinDrillStand(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AM\\L_SKULLKIN_TOWER.lua") + script = new AmSkullkinTower(); + // This just makes them immune to stuns. TODO: Make seperate scripts + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Enemy\\AM\\L_AM_NAMED_DARKLING_DRAGON.lua") + script = new AmNamedDarklingDragon(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Enemy\\AM\\L_AM_DARKLING_DRAGON.lua") + script = new AmNamedDarklingDragon(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Enemy\\AM\\L_AM_DARKLING_APE.lua") + script = new AmNamedDarklingDragon(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\AM\\L_BLUE_X.lua") + script = new AmBlueX(); + + // Ninjago + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\njhub\\L_GARMADON_CELEBRATION_SERVER.lua") + script = new NjGarmadonCelebration(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\njhub\\L_WU_NPC.lua") + script = new NjWuNPC(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\njhub\\L_SCROLL_CHEST_SERVER.lua") + script = new NjScrollChestServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\njhub\\L_COLE_NPC.lua") + script = new NjColeNPC(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\njhub\\L_JAY_MISSION_ITEMS.lua") + script = (NjNPCMissionSpinjitzuServer*) new NjJayMissionItems(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\njhub\\L_NPC_MISSION_SPINJITZU_SERVER.lua") + script = new NjNPCMissionSpinjitzuServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\njhub\\L_ENEMY_SKELETON_SPAWNER.lua") + script = new EnemySkeletonSpawner(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\General\\L_NJ_RAIL_SWITCH.lua") + script = new NjRailSwitch(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\General\\Ninjago\\L_RAIL_ACTIVATORS_SERVER.lua") + script = new NjRailActivatorsServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\General\\Ninjago\\L_RAIL_POST_SERVER.lua") + script = new NjRailPostServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\General\\Ninjago\\L_ICE_RAIL_ACTIVATOR_SERVER.lua") + script = new NjIceRailActivator(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\njhub\\L_FALLING_TILE.lua") + script = new FallingTile(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Enemy\\General\\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF_STUN_IMMUNITY.lua") + script = new EnemyNjBuff(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\njhub\\L_IMAGINATION_SHRINE_SERVER.lua") + script = new ImaginationShrineServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\njhub\\L_LIEUTENANT.lua") + script = new Lieutenant(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\njhub\\L_RAIN_OF_ARROWS.lua") + script = new RainOfArrows(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\njhub\\L_CAVE_PRISON_CAGE.lua") + script = new CavePrisonCage(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\njhub\\boss_instance\\L_MONASTERY_BOSS_INSTANCE_SERVER.lua") + script = new NjMonastryBossInstance(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\njhub\\L_CATAPULT_BOUNCER_SERVER.lua") + script = new CatapultBouncerServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\njhub\\L_CATAPULT_BASE_SERVER.lua") + script = new CatapultBaseServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\General\\Ninjago\\L_NJHUB_LAVA_PLAYER_DEATH_TRIGGER.lua") + script = new NjhubLavaPlayerDeathTrigger(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\njhub\\L_MON_CORE_NOOK_DOORS.lua") + script = new MonCoreNookDoors(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\njhub\\L_MON_CORE_SMASHABLE_DOORS.lua") + script = new MonCoreSmashableDoors(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\njhub\\L_FLAME_JET_SERVER.lua") + script = new FlameJetServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\njhub\\L_BURNING_TILE.lua") + script = new BurningTile(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\njhub\\L_SPAWN_EARTH_PET_SERVER.lua") + script = new NjEarthDragonPetServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\njhub\\L_EARTH_PET_SERVER.lua") + script = new NjEarthPetServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\njhub\\L_DRAGON_EMBLEM_CHEST_SERVER.lua") + script = new NjDragonEmblemChestServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\njhub\\L_NYA_MISSION_ITEMS.lua") + script = new NjNyaMissionitems(); + + //DLU: + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\DLU\\L_SB_LUP_TELEPORT.lua") + script = new SbLupTeleport(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\DLU\\DLUVanityNPC.lua") + script = new DLUVanityNPC(); + + // Survival minigame + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Enemy\\Survival\\L_AG_SURVIVAL_STROMBIE.lua") + script = new AgSurvivalStromling(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Enemy\\Survival\\L_AG_SURVIVAL_DARKLING_MECH.lua") + script = new AgSurvivalMech(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Enemy\\Survival\\L_AG_SURVIVAL_DARK_SPIDERLING.lua") + script = new AgSurvivalSpiderling(); + + // Scripted equipment + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\EquipmentScripts\\Sunflower.lua") + script = new Sunflower(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts/EquipmentScripts/AnvilOfArmor.lua") + script = new AnvilOfArmor(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts/EquipmentScripts/FountainOfImagination.lua") + script = new FountainOfImagination(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts/EquipmentScripts/CauldronOfLife.lua") + script = new CauldronOfLife(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Equipment\\L_BOOTYDIG_SERVER.lua") + script = new BootyDigServer(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\EquipmentScripts\\PersonalFortress.lua") + script = new PersonalFortress(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\General\\L_PROPERTY_DEVICE.lua") + script = new PropertyDevice(); + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\General\\L_IMAG_BACKPACK_HEALS_SERVER.lua") + script = new ImaginationBackpackHealServer(); + + //Ignore these scripts: + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Enemy\\General\\L_SUSPEND_LUA_AI.lua") + script = invalidToReturn; + else if (scriptName == "scripts\\02_server\\Enemy\\General\\L_BASE_ENEMY_SPIDERLING.lua") + script = invalidToReturn; + else if (script == invalidToReturn) { + if (scriptName.length() > 0) + Game::logger->Log("CppScripts", "Attempted to load CppScript for '" + scriptName + "', but returned InvalidScript.\n"); + + script = invalidToReturn; + } + + m_Scripts[scriptName] = script; + return script; +} + +std::vector<CppScripts::Script*> CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(Entity* entity) { + std::vector<CppScripts::Script*> scripts; + std::vector<ScriptComponent*> comps = entity->GetScriptComponents(); + for (ScriptComponent* scriptComp : comps) { + if (scriptComp != nullptr) { + scripts.push_back(scriptComp->GetScript()); + } + } + return scripts; +} + +CppScripts::Script::Script() { + +} + +CppScripts::Script::~Script() { + +} diff --git a/dScripts/CppScripts.h b/dScripts/CppScripts.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2f4ecd24 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/CppScripts.h @@ -0,0 +1,324 @@ +#pragma once +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include <string> +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "MissionState.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" + +class User; +class Entity; +class NiPoint3; + +namespace CppScripts { + /** + * Base class for all scripts. Includes virtual methods to be overridden to handle LUA equivelent events. + * + * All methods pass 'self' as the first parameter, this is the associated parent entity for the event. + * There will only ever be one instance of each script. + * + * Do not use class members as entity specific variables unless you're sure there will only event be one instance of this script. + * Do use class members as script wide variables, variables all entities which this script will access. + * + * Use self->GetVar<type_t>(u"variable_name") and self->SetVar<type_t>(u"variable_name", value) to manage variables. + * + * Designed to yield as close to a 1:1 mapping as possible with LUA. + * There will be events which are not implemented or inheritetly LUA features not easily translated to C++. + * Most of the time these can be worked around or ignored. + */ + class Script { + public: + Script(); + ~Script(); + + /** + * Invoked one frame after the script is loaded. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onStartup(self)' + */ + virtual void OnStartup(Entity* self) {}; + + /** + * Invoked upon an entity entering the phantom collider on self. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onCollisionPhantom(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnCollisionPhantom(Entity* self, Entity* target) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when a player accepted a mission. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onMissionDialogueOK(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity* self, Entity* target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when the client or the server invoked an event server-side. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onFireEventServerSide(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, int32_t param3) {}; + + /** + * Invoked upon sending a object notification. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onNotifyObject(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnNotifyObject(Entity *self, Entity *sender, const std::string& name, int32_t param1 = 0, int32_t param2 = 0) {}; + + /** + * Invoked upon a player exiting the modular build minigame. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onModularBuildExit(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnModularBuildExit(Entity* self, Entity* player, bool bCompleted, std::vector<LOT> modules) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when a player has loaded into the zone. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onPlayerLoaded(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnPlayerLoaded(Entity* self, Entity* player) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when a player has died. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onPlayerDied(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnPlayerDied(Entity* self, Entity* player) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when a player has resurrected. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onPlayerResurrected(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnPlayerResurrected(Entity* self, Entity* player) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when a player has left the zone. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onPlayerExit(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnPlayerExit(Entity* self, Entity* player) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when a player has interacted with the proximity collider on self. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onProximityUpdate(self, msg)' + * + * @param name The name of the proximity collider recviving an interaction. + * @param status "ENTER" if a player has entered the proximity collider; "LEAVE" if a player has left the proximity collider + */ + virtual void OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when a timer on self has expired. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onTimerDone(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when a player interactions with self. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onUse(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when self has died. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onDie(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when self has received a hit. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onHit(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnHit(Entity* self, Entity* attacker) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when self has received an emote from a player. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onEmoteReceived(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnEmoteReceived(Entity* self, int32_t emote, Entity* target) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when a player has started building this quickbuild. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onRebuildStart(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnRebuildStart(Entity* self, Entity* target) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when this quickbuild has changed state. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onRebuildNotifyState(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnRebuildNotifyState(Entity* self, eRebuildState state) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when this quickbuild has been completed. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onRebuildComplete(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when self has received either a hit or heal. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onHitOrHealResult(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnHitOrHealResult(Entity* self, Entity* attacker, int32_t damage) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when a player has responsed to a mission. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onRespondToMission(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnRespondToMission(Entity* self, int missionID, Entity* player, int reward) {}; + + /** + * Invoked once per frame. + * + * No LUA eqivalent. + */ + virtual void OnUpdate(Entity* self) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when this property has been rented. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onZonePropertyRented(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnZonePropertyRented(Entity* self, Entity* renter) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when a player has begun to edit this property. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onZonePropertyEditBegin(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnZonePropertyEditBegin(Entity* self) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when a player has concluded editing this property. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onZonePropertyEditEnd(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnZonePropertyEditEnd(Entity* self) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when a player has equipped a model while editing this property. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onZonePropertyModelEquipped(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnZonePropertyModelEquipped(Entity* self) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when a player has placed a model while editing this property. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onZonePropertyModelPlaced(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnZonePropertyModelPlaced(Entity* self, Entity* player) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when a player has picked up a model while editing this property. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onZonePropertyModelPickedUp(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnZonePropertyModelPickedUp(Entity* self, Entity* player) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when a player removed a model while editing this property. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onZonePropertyModelRemoved(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnZonePropertyModelRemoved(Entity* self, Entity* player) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when a player removed a model while holding it when editing this property. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onZonePropertyModelRemoved(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnZonePropertyModelRemovedWhileEquipped(Entity* self, Entity* player) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when a player rotated a model while editing this property. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onZonePropertyModelRotated(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnZonePropertyModelRotated(Entity* self, Entity* player) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when the pet taming minigame encounted an event. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onNotifyPetTamingMinigame(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnNotifyPetTamingMinigame(Entity* self, Entity* tamer, eNotifyType type) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when a player responded to a message box. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onMessageBoxResponse(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnMessageBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& identifier, const std::u16string& userData) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when a player responded to a choice box. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onChoiceBoxResponse(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnChoiceBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& buttonIdentifier, const std::u16string& identifier) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when self arrived at a moving platform waypoint. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onWaypointReached(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnWaypointReached(Entity* self, uint32_t waypointIndex) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when a player fired a skill event on self. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onSkillEventFired(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnSkillEventFired(Entity* self, Entity* caster, const std::string& message) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when self casted a skill. + * + * Equivalent to 'function onSkillCast(self, msg)' + */ + virtual void OnSkillCast(Entity* self, uint32_t skillID) {}; + + /** + * Invoked when a player on a rail reaches a waypoint + * Equivalent to: 'onPlayerRailArrivedNotification(self, msg)' + * @param self the parent of the script + * @param sender the entity that sent the event + * @param pathName the name of the path the entity was on + * @param waypoint the waypoint number of the path the entity was on + */ + virtual void OnPlayerRailArrived(Entity* self, Entity* sender, const std::u16string& pathName, int32_t waypoint) {}; + + /** + * Used by legacy minigames to indicate something has changed about the activity + * @param self the entity the script belongs to + * @param senderID the sender of the message + * @param value1 some value to represent the change + * @param value2 some other value to represent the change + * @param stringValue some string value to represent the change + */ + virtual void OnActivityStateChangeRequest(Entity* self, const LWOOBJID senderID, const int32_t value1, + const int32_t value2, const std::u16string& stringValue) {}; + + virtual void OnCinematicUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* sender, eCinematicEvent event, const std::u16string& pathName, + float_t pathTime, float_t totalTime, int32_t waypoint) {}; + }; + + Script* GetScript(Entity* parent, const std::string& scriptName); + std::vector<Script*> GetEntityScripts(Entity* entity); +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/CrabServer.cpp b/dScripts/CrabServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7cab7fb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/CrabServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +#include "CrabServer.h" +#include "PetComponent.h" + +void CrabServer::OnStartup(Entity* self) { + auto* petComponent = self->GetComponent<PetComponent>(); + if (petComponent == nullptr || petComponent->GetOwner() != nullptr) + return; + + // Triggers the local crab script for taming etc. + auto tamer = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"tamer"); + // Client compares this with player:GetID() which is a string, so we'll have to give it a string + self->SetNetworkVar(u"crabtamer", std::to_string(tamer)); + + // Kill if the player decides that the crab is not worthy + self->AddTimer("killself", 45.0f); +} + +void CrabServer::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) { + if (timerName == "killself") { + + // Don't accidentally kill a pet that is already owned + auto* petComponent = self->GetComponent<PetComponent>(); + if (petComponent == nullptr || petComponent->GetOwner() != nullptr) + return; + + self->Smash(self->GetObjectID(), SILENT); + } +} + +void CrabServer::OnNotifyPetTamingMinigame(Entity* self, Entity* tamer, eNotifyType type) { + if (type == NOTIFY_TYPE_BEGIN) { + self->CancelTimer("killself"); + } else if (type == NOTIFY_TYPE_QUIT || type == NOTIFY_TYPE_FAILED) { + self->Smash(self->GetObjectID(), SILENT); + } else if (type == NOTIFY_TYPE_SUCCESS) { + auto* petComponent = self->GetComponent<PetComponent>(); + if (petComponent == nullptr) + return; + // TODO: Remove custom group? + // Command the pet to the player as it may otherwise go to its spawn point which is non existant + // petComponent->Command(NiPoint3::ZERO, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 6, 202, true); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/CrabServer.h b/dScripts/CrabServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b773ed75 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/CrabServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class CrabServer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + void OnNotifyPetTamingMinigame(Entity* self, Entity* tamer, eNotifyType type) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/DLUVanityNPC.cpp b/dScripts/DLUVanityNPC.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec8a0574 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/DLUVanityNPC.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +#include "DLUVanityNPC.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "dServer.h" + +void DLUVanityNPC::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + m_NPC = VanityUtilities::GetNPC("averysumner - Destroyer of Worlds"); + + if (m_NPC == nullptr) { + return; + } + + if (self->GetVar<bool>(u"teleport")) { + self->AddTimer("setupTeleport", 15.0f); + } +} + +void DLUVanityNPC::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName == "setupTeleport") { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"interact"); + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), 6478, u"teleportBeam", "teleportBeam"); + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), 6478, u"teleportRings", "teleportRings"); + + self->AddTimer("teleport", 2.0f); + self->AddTimer("stopFX", 2.0f); + } else if (timerName == "stopFX") { + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(self, true, "teleportBeam"); + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(self, true, "teleportRings"); + } else if (timerName == "teleport") { + std::vector<VanityNPCLocation>& locations = m_NPC->m_Locations[Game::server->GetZoneID()]; + +selectLocation: + VanityNPCLocation& newLocation = locations[GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<size_t>(0, locations.size() - 1)]; + + if (self->GetPosition() == newLocation.m_Position) { + goto selectLocation; // cry about it + } + + self->SetPosition(newLocation.m_Position); + self->SetRotation(newLocation.m_Rotation); + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), 6478, u"teleportBeam", "teleportBeam"); + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), 6478, u"teleportRings", "teleportRings"); + self->AddTimer("stopFX", 2.0f); + self->AddTimer("setupTeleport", 15.0f); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/DLUVanityNPC.h b/dScripts/DLUVanityNPC.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..baacf5dd --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/DLUVanityNPC.h @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "VanityUtilities.h" + +class DLUVanityNPC : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + +private: + VanityNPC* m_NPC; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/DamagingPets.cpp b/dScripts/DamagingPets.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f82bc83e --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/DamagingPets.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +#include "DamagingPets.h" +#include "PetComponent.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "BaseCombatAIComponent.h" +#include "RenderComponent.h" + +void DamagingPets::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + + // Make the pet hostile or non-hostile based on whether or not it is tamed + const auto* petComponent = self->GetComponent<PetComponent>(); + if (petComponent != nullptr && petComponent->GetOwner() == nullptr) { + self->AddTimer("GoEvil", 0.5f); + } +} + +void DamagingPets::OnPlayerLoaded(Entity *self, Entity *player) { + + // Makes it so that new players also see the effect + self->AddCallbackTimer(2.5f, [self]() { + if (self != nullptr) { + const auto* petComponent = self->GetComponent<PetComponent>(); + if (petComponent != nullptr && petComponent->GetOwner() == nullptr && self->GetVar<bool>(u"IsEvil")) { + auto* renderComponent = self->GetComponent<RenderComponent>(); + if (renderComponent != nullptr) { + auto counter = 1; + for (const auto petEffect : GetPetInfo(self).effect) { + renderComponent->PlayEffect(petEffect, u"create", "FXname" + std::to_string(counter)); + counter++; + } + } + } + } + }); +} + +void DamagingPets::OnNotifyPetTamingMinigame(Entity *self, Entity *tamer, eNotifyType type) { + switch (type) { + case NOTIFY_TYPE_SUCCESS: + case NOTIFY_TYPE_BEGIN: + self->CancelAllTimers(); + ClearEffects(self); + break; + case NOTIFY_TYPE_FAILED: + case NOTIFY_TYPE_QUIT: + { + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(u"bIAmTamable", false); + self->AddTimer("GoEvil", 1.0f); + break; + } + default: + break; + } +} + +void DamagingPets::OnSkillEventFired(Entity *self, Entity *caster, const std::string &message) { + const auto infoForPet = GetPetInfo(self); + if (infoForPet.skill == message) { + + // Only make pets tamable that aren't tamed yet + const auto* petComponent = self->GetComponent<PetComponent>(); + if (petComponent != nullptr && petComponent->GetOwner() == nullptr && self->GetVar<bool>(u"IsEvil")) { + ClearEffects(self); + self->AddTimer("GoEvil", 30.0f); + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(u"bIAmTamable", true); + } + } +} + +void DamagingPets::OnTimerDone(Entity *self, std::string message) { + if (message == "GoEvil") { + MakeUntamable(self); + } +} + +void DamagingPets::MakeUntamable(Entity *self) { + auto* petComponent = self->GetComponent<PetComponent>(); + + // If the pet is currently not being tamed, make it hostile + if (petComponent != nullptr && petComponent->GetStatus() != 5) { + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(u"bIAmTamable", false); + self->SetVar<bool>(u"IsEvil", true); + petComponent->SetStatus(1); + + auto* combatAIComponent = self->GetComponent<BaseCombatAIComponent>(); + if (combatAIComponent != nullptr) { + combatAIComponent->SetDisabled(false); + } + + // Special faction that can attack the player but the player can't attack + auto* destroyableComponent = self->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + if (destroyableComponent != nullptr) { + destroyableComponent->SetFaction(114); + destroyableComponent->SetHealth(5); + } + + auto* renderComponent = self->GetComponent<RenderComponent>(); + if (renderComponent != nullptr) { + auto counter = 1; + for (const auto petEffect : GetPetInfo(self).effect) { + renderComponent->PlayEffect(petEffect, u"create", "FXname" + std::to_string(counter)); + counter++; + } + } + } +} + +void DamagingPets::ClearEffects(Entity *self) { + self->SetVar<bool>(u"IsEvil", false); + + auto* petComponent = self->GetComponent<PetComponent>(); + if (petComponent != nullptr) { + petComponent->SetStatus(67108866); + } + + auto* combatAIComponent = self->GetComponent<BaseCombatAIComponent>(); + if (combatAIComponent != nullptr) { + combatAIComponent->SetDisabled(true); + } + + auto* destroyableComponent = self->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + if (destroyableComponent != nullptr) { + destroyableComponent->SetFaction(99); + } + + auto* renderComponent = self->GetComponent<RenderComponent>(); + if (renderComponent != nullptr) { + auto counter = 1; + for (const auto petEffect : GetPetInfo(self).effect) { + renderComponent->StopEffect("FXname" + std::to_string(counter)); + counter++; + } + } +} + +PetInfo DamagingPets::GetPetInfo(Entity *self) { + const auto infoForPet = petInfo.find(self->GetLOT()); + return infoForPet != petInfo.end() ? infoForPet->second : petInfo.begin()->second; +} + +// Does not compile on Win32 with name specifiers +const std::map<LOT, PetInfo> DamagingPets::petInfo = { + { 5639, { /*.effect =*/ { 3170, 4058 }, /*.skill =*/ "waterspray"}}, // Red dragon + { 5641, { /*.effect =*/ { 3170, 4058 }, /*.skill =*/ "waterspray"}}, // Green dragon + { 3261, { /*.effect =*/ { 1490 }, /*.skill =*/ "waterspray"}}, // Skunk +}; diff --git a/dScripts/DamagingPets.h b/dScripts/DamagingPets.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d0044fb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/DamagingPets.h @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +#pragma once + +#include "CppScripts.h" + +/** + * Information about pets regarding which effect to play when a skill is cast + */ +struct PetInfo { + const std::vector<uint32_t> effect; + const std::string skill; +}; + +class DamagingPets : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string message) override; + void OnNotifyPetTamingMinigame(Entity* self, Entity* tamer, eNotifyType type) override; + void OnSkillEventFired(Entity* self, Entity* target, const std::string& message) override; + void OnPlayerLoaded(Entity* self, Entity* player) override; +private: + static void MakeUntamable(Entity* self); + static PetInfo GetPetInfo(Entity* self); + static void ClearEffects(Entity* self); + static const std::map<LOT, PetInfo> petInfo; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/EnemyNjBuff.cpp b/dScripts/EnemyNjBuff.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8dd19cce --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/EnemyNjBuff.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +#include "EnemyNjBuff.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" + +void EnemyNjBuff::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + auto* skillComponent = self->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (skillComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(1127, 24812, self->GetObjectID(), true); +} diff --git a/dScripts/EnemyNjBuff.h b/dScripts/EnemyNjBuff.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5ac33938 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/EnemyNjBuff.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class EnemyNjBuff : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/EnemyRoninSpawner.cpp b/dScripts/EnemyRoninSpawner.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..25288968 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/EnemyRoninSpawner.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +#include "EnemyRoninSpawner.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "RenderComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +void EnemyRoninSpawner::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetProximityRadius(15, "ronin"); +} + +void EnemyRoninSpawner::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName == "hatchTime") + { + auto* renderComponent = self->GetComponent<RenderComponent>(); + + if (renderComponent != nullptr) + { + renderComponent->PlayEffect(644, u"create", "BurstFX1"); + } + + EntityInfo info {}; + info.lot = 7815; + info.pos = self->GetPosition(); + info.rot = self->GetRotation(); + info.spawnerID = self->GetObjectID(); + + auto* spawnedEntity = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + + if (spawnedEntity == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(spawnedEntity); + + spawnedEntity->AddCallbackTimer(60, [spawnedEntity]() { + spawnedEntity->Smash(spawnedEntity->GetObjectID()); + }); + + self->Smash(self->GetObjectID()); + } +} + +void EnemyRoninSpawner::OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) +{ + if (entering->IsPlayer() && name == "ronin" && status == "ENTER" && !self->GetVar<bool>(u"hatching")) + { + StartHatching(self); + + auto* skillComponent = self->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (skillComponent != nullptr) + { + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(305, 3568, LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + } + } +} + +void EnemyRoninSpawner::OnHit(Entity* self, Entity* attacker) +{ + if (!self->GetVar<bool>(u"hatching")) + { + StartHatching(self); + } +} + +void EnemyRoninSpawner::StartHatching(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetVar(u"hatching", true); + + auto* renderComponent = self->GetComponent<RenderComponent>(); + + if (renderComponent != nullptr) + { + renderComponent->PlayEffect(2260, u"rebuild_medium", "WakeUpFX1"); + } + + self->AddTimer("hatchTime", 2); +} diff --git a/dScripts/EnemyRoninSpawner.h b/dScripts/EnemyRoninSpawner.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0b14d0cf --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/EnemyRoninSpawner.h @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class EnemyRoninSpawner final : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + void OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) override; + void OnHit(Entity* self, Entity* attacker) override; + void StartHatching(Entity* self); +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/EnemySkeletonSpawner.cpp b/dScripts/EnemySkeletonSpawner.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8c89ec6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/EnemySkeletonSpawner.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +#include "EnemySkeletonSpawner.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "RenderComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +void EnemySkeletonSpawner::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetProximityRadius(15, "ronin"); + + auto* skillComponent = self->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (skillComponent != nullptr) + { + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(1127, 24812, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, true); + } +} + +void EnemySkeletonSpawner::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName == "hatchTime") + { + auto* renderComponent = self->GetComponent<RenderComponent>(); + + if (renderComponent != nullptr) + { + renderComponent->PlayEffect(644, u"create", "BurstFX1"); + } + + EntityInfo info {}; + info.lot = 14024; + info.pos = self->GetPosition(); + info.rot = self->GetRotation(); + info.spawnerID = self->GetObjectID(); + + auto* spawnedEntity = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + + if (spawnedEntity == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(spawnedEntity); + + spawnedEntity->AddCallbackTimer(60, [spawnedEntity]() { + spawnedEntity->Smash(spawnedEntity->GetObjectID()); + }); + + self->Smash(self->GetObjectID()); + } +} + +void EnemySkeletonSpawner::OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) +{ + if (entering->IsPlayer() && name == "ronin" && status == "ENTER" && !self->GetVar<bool>(u"hatching")) + { + StartHatching(self); + + auto* skillComponent = self->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (skillComponent != nullptr) + { + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(305, 3568, LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + } + } +} + +void EnemySkeletonSpawner::OnHit(Entity* self, Entity* attacker) +{ + if (!self->GetVar<bool>(u"hatching")) + { + StartHatching(self); + } +} + +void EnemySkeletonSpawner::StartHatching(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetVar(u"hatching", true); + + auto* renderComponent = self->GetComponent<RenderComponent>(); + + if (renderComponent != nullptr) + { + renderComponent->PlayEffect(9017, u"cast", "WakeUpFX1"); + renderComponent->PlayEffect(9018, u"burst", "WakeUpFX1"); + } + + self->AddTimer("hatchTime", 2); +} diff --git a/dScripts/EnemySkeletonSpawner.h b/dScripts/EnemySkeletonSpawner.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a4a212d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/EnemySkeletonSpawner.h @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class EnemySkeletonSpawner final : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + void OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) override; + void OnHit(Entity* self, Entity* attacker) override; + void StartHatching(Entity* self); +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/EnemySpiderSpawner.cpp b/dScripts/EnemySpiderSpawner.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..96f5e6c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/EnemySpiderSpawner.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +#include "EnemySpiderSpawner.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "SimplePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "MovementAIComponent.h" + +//---------------------------------------------- +//--Initiate egg hatching on call +//---------------------------------------------- +void EnemySpiderSpawner::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, + int32_t param2, int32_t param3) { + if (args == "prepEgg") { + // Highlight eggs about to hatch with Maelstrom effect + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), 2856, u"maelstrom", "test", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1.0f, 1.0f, true); + + // Make indestructible + auto dest = static_cast<DestroyableComponent*>(self->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_DESTROYABLE)); + if (dest) { + dest->SetFaction(-1); + } + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(self); + + // Keep track of who prepped me + self->SetI64(u"SpawnOwner", sender->GetObjectID()); + + } else if (args == "hatchEgg") { + // Final countdown to pop + self->AddTimer("StartSpawnTime", hatchTime); + } +} + +//---------------------------------------------------------------- +//--Called when timers are done +//---------------------------------------------------------------- +void EnemySpiderSpawner::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) { + if (timerName == "StartSpawnTime") { + SpawnSpiderling(self); + } else if (timerName == "SpawnSpiderling") { + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), 644, u"create", "egg_puff_b", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1.0f, 1.0f, true); + + //TODO: set the aggro radius larger + + EntityInfo info {}; + info.lot = 16197; + info.pos = self->GetPosition(); + info.spawner = nullptr; + info.spawnerID = self->GetI64(u"SpawnOwner"); + info.spawnerNodeID = 0; + + Entity* newEntity = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info, nullptr); + if (newEntity) { + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(newEntity); + newEntity->GetGroups().push_back("BabySpider"); + + /* + auto* movementAi = newEntity->GetComponent<MovementAIComponent>(); + + movementAi->SetDestination(newEntity->GetPosition()); + */ + } + + self->ScheduleKillAfterUpdate(); + } +} + +//-------------------------------------------------------------- +//Called when it is finally time to release the Spiderlings +//-------------------------------------------------------------- +void EnemySpiderSpawner::SpawnSpiderling(Entity* self) { + //Initiate the actual spawning + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), 2260, u"rebuild_medium", "dropdustmedium", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1.0f, 1.0f, true); + self->AddTimer("SpawnSpiderling", spawnTime); +} diff --git a/dScripts/EnemySpiderSpawner.h b/dScripts/EnemySpiderSpawner.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..def08ab1 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/EnemySpiderSpawner.h @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +/* +------------------------------------------------------ + +-- L_ENEMY_SPIDER_SPAWNER.lua + +-- Spawns a spider from the egg +-- created abeechler... 5/11/11 + +-- ported Max 26/07/2020 + +------------------------------------------------------ +*/ + +class EnemySpiderSpawner final : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + +private: + void SpawnSpiderling(Entity* self); + +private: + float hatchTime = 2.0f; //How long after full wave preparation will it take to hatch an egg ? + float spawnTime = 2.0f; //Once spawning begins, how long until we create Spiderlings ? +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/ExplodingAsset.cpp b/dScripts/ExplodingAsset.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..929d2082 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ExplodingAsset.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +#include "ExplodingAsset.h" + +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" + +//TODO: this has to be updated so that you only get killed if you're in a certain radius. +//And so that all entities in a certain radius are killed, not just the attacker. + +void ExplodingAsset::OnStartup(Entity* self) { + self->SetProximityRadius(20.0f, "outRadius"); + self->SetVar<int32_t>(u"playersNearChest", 0); + self->SetProximityRadius(10.0f, "crateHitters"); +} + +void ExplodingAsset::OnHit(Entity* self, Entity* attacker) { + std::vector<Entity*> entities; + entities.push_back(attacker); + + if (!self->GetBoolean(u"bIsHit")) { + for (Entity* en : entities) { + if (en->GetObjectID() == attacker->GetObjectID()) { + if (Vector3::DistanceSquared(en->GetPosition(), self->GetPosition()) > 10 * 10) continue; + + auto* destroyable = en->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + if (destroyable == nullptr) { + continue; + } + + destroyable->Smash(attacker->GetObjectID()); + } + } + } + + attacker = attacker->GetOwner(); + self->SetBoolean(u"bIsHit", true); + self->SetOwnerOverride(attacker->GetObjectID()); + + GameMessages::SendPlayEmbeddedEffectOnAllClientsNearObject(self, u"camshake", self->GetObjectID(), 16); + + auto* skillComponent = self->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + if (skillComponent != nullptr) { + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(147, 4721, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, true); + } + + const auto missionID = self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"missionID"); + auto achievementIDs = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"achieveID"); + + // Progress all scripted missions related to this asset + auto* missionComponent = attacker->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + if (missionComponent != nullptr) { + if (missionID != 0) { + missionComponent->ForceProgressValue(missionID, + static_cast<uint32_t>(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SCRIPT), + self->GetLOT(), false); + } + + if (!achievementIDs.empty()) { + for (const auto& achievementID : GeneralUtils::SplitString(achievementIDs, u'_')) { + missionComponent->ForceProgressValue(std::stoi(GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(achievementID)), + static_cast<uint32_t>(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SCRIPT), + self->GetLOT()); + } + } + } + + self->ScheduleKillAfterUpdate(); +} + +void ExplodingAsset::OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) +{ + /* + if msg.objId:BelongsToFaction{factionID = 1}.bIsInFaction then + if (msg.status == "ENTER") then + self:PlayAnimation{ animationID = "bounce" } + self:PlayFXEffect{ name = "bouncin", effectType = "anim" } + self:SetVar("playersNearChest", (self:GetVar("playersNearChest") + 1 )) + elseif (msg.status == "LEAVE") then + self:SetVar("playersNearChest", (self:GetVar("playersNearChest") - 1 )) + if self:GetVar("playersNearChest") < 1 then + self:PlayAnimation{ animationID = "idle" } + self:StopFXEffect{ name = "bouncin" } + self:SetVar("playersNearChest", 0) + end + end + end + */ + + auto* destuctableComponent = entering->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + + if (destuctableComponent == nullptr) return; + + const auto& factions = destuctableComponent->GetFactionIDs(); + + if (!std::count(factions.begin(), factions.end(), 1)) return; + + if (status == "ENTER") + { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"bounce"); + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self, -1, u"anim", "bouncin", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1, 1, true); + self->SetVar(u"playersNearChest", self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"playersNearChest") + 1); + } + else if (status == "LEAVE") + { + self->SetVar(u"playersNearChest", self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"playersNearChest") - 1); + + if (self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"playersNearChest") < 1) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"idle"); + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(self, true, "bouncin"); + self->SetVar<int32_t>(u"playersNearChest", 0); + } + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/ExplodingAsset.h b/dScripts/ExplodingAsset.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bd2c2544 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ExplodingAsset.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class ExplodingAsset : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self); + void OnHit(Entity* self, Entity* attacker); + void OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status); +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/FallingTile.cpp b/dScripts/FallingTile.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5bd8adc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FallingTile.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +#include "FallingTile.h" +#include "MovingPlatformComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + + +void FallingTile::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + auto* movingPlatfromComponent = self->GetComponent<MovingPlatformComponent>(); + + if (movingPlatfromComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + movingPlatfromComponent->SetSerialized(true); +} + +void FallingTile::OnCollisionPhantom(Entity* self, Entity* target) +{ + if (self->GetVar<bool>(u"AboutToFall")) + { + return; + } + + self->AddTimer("flipTime", 0.75f); + + self->SetVar<bool>(u"AboutToFall", true); + + self->SetNetworkVar<float>(u"startEffect", 2); +} + +void FallingTile::OnWaypointReached(Entity* self, uint32_t waypointIndex) +{ + if (waypointIndex == 1) + { + } + else if (waypointIndex == 0) + { + } +} + +void FallingTile::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + auto* movingPlatfromComponent = self->GetComponent<MovingPlatformComponent>(); + + if (movingPlatfromComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + if (timerName == "flipTime") + { + self->AddTimer("flipBack", 2.0f); + + self->SetNetworkVar<float>(u"stopEffect", 3); + + movingPlatfromComponent->GotoWaypoint(1); + + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), -1, u"down", "down"); + } + else if (timerName == "flipBack") + { + self->SetVar<bool>(u"AboutToFall", false); + + movingPlatfromComponent->GotoWaypoint(0); + + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), -1, u"up", "up"); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/FallingTile.h b/dScripts/FallingTile.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..073fc403 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FallingTile.h @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class FallingTile : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnCollisionPhantom(Entity* self, Entity* target) override; + void OnWaypointReached(Entity* self, uint32_t waypointIndex) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/FlameJetServer.cpp b/dScripts/FlameJetServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ecf4fa2 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FlameJetServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +#include "FlameJetServer.h" + +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void FlameJetServer::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + if (self->GetVar<bool>(u"NotActive")) + { + return; + } + + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(u"FlameOn", true); +} + +void FlameJetServer::OnCollisionPhantom(Entity* self, Entity* target) +{ + if (!target->IsPlayer()) + { + return; + } + + if (!self->GetNetworkVar<bool>(u"FlameOn")) + { + return; + } + + auto* skillComponent = target->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (skillComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(726, 11723, target->GetObjectID(), true); + + auto dir = target->GetRotation().GetForwardVector(); + + dir.y = 25; + dir.x = -dir.x * 15; + dir.z = -dir.z * 15; + + GameMessages::SendKnockback(target->GetObjectID(), self->GetObjectID(), self->GetObjectID(), 1000, dir); +} + +void FlameJetServer::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, int32_t param3) +{ + Game::logger->Log("FlameJetServer::OnFireEventServerSide", "Event: %s\n", args.c_str()); + + if (args == "OnActivated") + { + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(u"FlameOn", false); + } + else if (args == "OnDectivated") + { + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(u"FlameOn", true); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/FlameJetServer.h b/dScripts/FlameJetServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f815d63 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FlameJetServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class FlameJetServer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnCollisionPhantom(Entity* self, Entity* target) override; + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, int32_t param3) override; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/ForceVolumeServer.cpp b/dScripts/ForceVolumeServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ce3e0bd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ForceVolumeServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +#include "ForceVolumeServer.h" +#include "PhantomPhysicsComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + + +void ForceVolumeServer::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + auto* phantomPhysicsComponent = self->GetComponent<PhantomPhysicsComponent>(); + + if (phantomPhysicsComponent == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("ForceVolumeServer", "Failed to find PhantomPhysicsComponent\n"); + + return; + } + + const auto forceAmount = self->GetVar<float>(u"ForceAmt"); + const auto forceX = self->GetVar<float>(u"ForceX"); + const auto forceY = self->GetVar<float>(u"ForceY"); + const auto forceZ = self->GetVar<float>(u"ForceZ"); + + phantomPhysicsComponent->SetEffectType(0); // PUSH + phantomPhysicsComponent->SetDirectionalMultiplier(forceAmount); + phantomPhysicsComponent->SetDirection({ forceX, forceY, forceZ }); + phantomPhysicsComponent->SetPhysicsEffectActive(true); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(self); +} diff --git a/dScripts/ForceVolumeServer.h b/dScripts/ForceVolumeServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e9ea99e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ForceVolumeServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class ForceVolumeServer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/FountainOfImagination.cpp b/dScripts/FountainOfImagination.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2d752db4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FountainOfImagination.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#include "FountainOfImagination.h" + +void FountainOfImagination::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(u"numCycles", 6); + self->SetVar<float_t>(u"secPerCycle", 30.0f); + self->SetVar<float_t>(u"delayToFirstCycle", 1.5f); + self->SetVar<float_t>(u"deathDelay", 30.0f); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(u"numberOfPowerups", 5); + self->SetVar<LOT>(u"lootLOT", 935); + + // Initiate the actual script + OnTemplateStartup(self); +} diff --git a/dScripts/FountainOfImagination.h b/dScripts/FountainOfImagination.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6ad0becd --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FountainOfImagination.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "ScriptedPowerupSpawner.h" + +class FountainOfImagination : public ScriptedPowerupSpawner { + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/FvBrickPuzzleServer.cpp b/dScripts/FvBrickPuzzleServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..df6cc395 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvBrickPuzzleServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +#include "FvBrickPuzzleServer.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "Spawner.h" +#include "RebuildComponent.h" + +void FvBrickPuzzleServer::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + const auto myGroup = GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"spawner_name")); + + int32_t pipeNum = 0; + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse<int32_t>(myGroup.substr(10, 1), pipeNum)) + { + return; + } + + if (pipeNum != 1) + { + self->AddTimer("reset", 30); + } +} + +void FvBrickPuzzleServer::OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) +{ + const auto myGroup = GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"spawner_name")); + + int32_t pipeNum = 0; + if (!GeneralUtils::TryParse<int32_t>(myGroup.substr(10, 1), pipeNum)) + { + return; + } + + const auto pipeGroup = myGroup.substr(0, 10); + + const auto nextPipeNum = pipeNum + 1; + + const auto samePipeSpawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(myGroup); + + if (!samePipeSpawners.empty()) + { + samePipeSpawners[0]->SoftReset(); + + samePipeSpawners[0]->Deactivate(); + } + + if (killer != nullptr && killer->IsPlayer()) + { + const auto nextPipe = pipeGroup + std::to_string(nextPipeNum); + + const auto nextPipeSpawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(nextPipe); + + if (!nextPipeSpawners.empty()) + { + nextPipeSpawners[0]->Activate(); + } + } + else + { + const auto nextPipe = pipeGroup + "1"; + + const auto firstPipeSpawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(nextPipe); + + if (!firstPipeSpawners.empty()) + { + firstPipeSpawners[0]->Activate(); + } + } + +} + +void FvBrickPuzzleServer::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName == "reset") + { + auto* rebuildComponent = self->GetComponent<RebuildComponent>(); + + if (rebuildComponent != nullptr && rebuildComponent->GetState() == REBUILD_OPEN) + { + self->Smash(self->GetObjectID(), SILENT); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/FvBrickPuzzleServer.h b/dScripts/FvBrickPuzzleServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f5eceaee --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvBrickPuzzleServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class FvBrickPuzzleServer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/FvCandle.cpp b/dScripts/FvCandle.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2081faf3 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvCandle.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +#include "FvCandle.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" + +std::vector<int32_t> FvCandle::m_Missions = {850, 1431, 1529, 1566, 1603}; + +void FvCandle::OnStartup(Entity* self) { + auto* render = static_cast<RenderComponent*>(self->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_RENDER)); + if (render == nullptr) + return; + + render->PlayEffect(2108, u"create", "candle_light", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1.0f, 1.0f, true); + self->SetI32(u"Smoke", static_cast<int32_t>(5)); + self->SetBoolean(u"AmHit", false); +} + +void FvCandle::OnHit(Entity* self, Entity* attacker) { + BlowOutCandle(self, attacker); +} + +void FvCandle::BlowOutCandle(Entity* self, Entity* blower) { + if (self->GetBoolean(u"AmHit")) + return; + + auto* render = static_cast<RenderComponent*>(self->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_RENDER)); + if (render == nullptr) + return; + + auto* missionComponent = blower->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr) + { + for (const auto mission : m_Missions) + { + missionComponent->ForceProgressTaskType(mission, 1, 1); + } + } + + //Update mission tasks here + self->SetBoolean(u"AmHit", true); + + render->StopEffect("candle_light", false); + render->PlayEffect(2109, u"create", "candle_smoke", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1.0f, 1.0f, true); + + self->AddTimer("SmokeTime", self->GetI32(u"Smoke")); +} + +void FvCandle::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) { + self->SetBoolean(u"AmHit", false); + + auto* render = static_cast<RenderComponent*>(self->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_RENDER)); + if (render == nullptr) + return; + + render->StopEffect("candle_smoke", false); + render->PlayEffect(2108, u"create", "candle_light", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1.0f, 1.0f, true); +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/FvCandle.h b/dScripts/FvCandle.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1df63675 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvCandle.h @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "RenderComponent.h" + +class FvCandle : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self); + void OnHit(Entity* self, Entity* attacker); + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName); +private: + void BlowOutCandle(Entity* self, Entity* blower); + + static std::vector<int32_t> m_Missions; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/FvConsoleLeftQuickbuild.cpp b/dScripts/FvConsoleLeftQuickbuild.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4b0a4f6c --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvConsoleLeftQuickbuild.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +#include "FvConsoleLeftQuickbuild.h" +#include "RebuildComponent.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void FvConsoleLeftQuickbuild::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetVar(u"IAmBuilt", false); + self->SetVar(u"AmActive", false); +} + +void FvConsoleLeftQuickbuild::OnRebuildNotifyState(Entity* self, eRebuildState state) +{ + if (state == REBUILD_COMPLETED) + { + self->SetVar(u"IAmBuilt", true); + + const auto objects = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("Facility"); + + if (!objects.empty()) + { + objects[0]->NotifyObject(self, "ConsoleLeftUp"); + } + } + else if (state == REBUILD_RESETTING) + { + self->SetVar(u"IAmBuilt", false); + self->SetVar(u"AmActive", false); + + const auto objects = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("Facility"); + + if (!objects.empty()) + { + objects[0]->NotifyObject(self, "ConsoleLeftDown"); + } + } +} + +void FvConsoleLeftQuickbuild::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + if (self->GetVar<bool>(u"AmActive")) + { + return; + } + + if (self->GetVar<bool>(u"IAmBuilt")) + { + self->SetVar(u"AmActive", true); + + const auto objects = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("Facility"); + + if (!objects.empty()) + { + objects[0]->NotifyObject(self, "ConsoleLeftActive"); + } + } + + GameMessages::SendTerminateInteraction(user->GetObjectID(), FROM_INTERACTION, self->GetObjectID()); +} diff --git a/dScripts/FvConsoleLeftQuickbuild.h b/dScripts/FvConsoleLeftQuickbuild.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8c796e0f --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvConsoleLeftQuickbuild.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class FvConsoleLeftQuickbuild : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnRebuildNotifyState(Entity* self, eRebuildState state) override; + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/FvConsoleRightQuickbuild.cpp b/dScripts/FvConsoleRightQuickbuild.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d72658b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvConsoleRightQuickbuild.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +#include "FvConsoleRightQuickbuild.h" +#include "RebuildComponent.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void FvConsoleRightQuickbuild::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetVar(u"IAmBuilt", false); + self->SetVar(u"AmActive", false); +} + +void FvConsoleRightQuickbuild::OnRebuildNotifyState(Entity* self, eRebuildState state) +{ + if (state == REBUILD_COMPLETED) + { + self->SetVar(u"IAmBuilt", true); + + const auto objects = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("Facility"); + + if (!objects.empty()) + { + objects[0]->NotifyObject(self, "ConsoleRightUp"); + } + } + else if (state == REBUILD_RESETTING) + { + self->SetVar(u"IAmBuilt", false); + self->SetVar(u"AmActive", false); + + const auto objects = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("Facility"); + + if (!objects.empty()) + { + objects[0]->NotifyObject(self, "ConsoleRightDown"); + } + } +} + +void FvConsoleRightQuickbuild::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + if (self->GetVar<bool>(u"AmActive")) + { + return; + } + + if (self->GetVar<bool>(u"IAmBuilt")) + { + self->SetVar(u"AmActive", true); + + const auto objects = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("Facility"); + + if (!objects.empty()) + { + objects[0]->NotifyObject(self, "ConsoleRightActive"); + } + } + + GameMessages::SendTerminateInteraction(user->GetObjectID(), FROM_INTERACTION, self->GetObjectID()); +} diff --git a/dScripts/FvConsoleRightQuickbuild.h b/dScripts/FvConsoleRightQuickbuild.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cd0f4a04 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvConsoleRightQuickbuild.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class FvConsoleRightQuickbuild : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnRebuildNotifyState(Entity* self, eRebuildState state) override; + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/FvDragonSmashingGolemQb.cpp b/dScripts/FvDragonSmashingGolemQb.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6a88d9a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvDragonSmashingGolemQb.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +#include "FvDragonSmashingGolemQb.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +void FvDragonSmashingGolemQb::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->AddTimer("GolemBreakTimer", 10.5f); +} + +void FvDragonSmashingGolemQb::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName == "GolemBreakTimer") + { + self->Smash(); + } +} + +void FvDragonSmashingGolemQb::OnRebuildNotifyState(Entity* self, eRebuildState state) +{ + if (state == eRebuildState::REBUILD_COMPLETED) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"dragonsmash"); + + const auto dragonId = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"Dragon"); + + auto* dragon = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(dragonId); + + if (dragon != nullptr) + { + dragon->OnFireEventServerSide(self, "rebuildDone"); + } + + self->CancelTimer("GolemBreakTimer"); + self->AddTimer("GolemBreakTimer", 10.5f); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/FvDragonSmashingGolemQb.h b/dScripts/FvDragonSmashingGolemQb.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3cbe9a40 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvDragonSmashingGolemQb.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class FvDragonSmashingGolemQb : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + void OnRebuildNotifyState(Entity* self, eRebuildState state) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/FvFacilityBrick.cpp b/dScripts/FvFacilityBrick.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..639265a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvFacilityBrick.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +#include "FvFacilityBrick.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + + +void FvFacilityBrick::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetVar(u"ConsoleLEFTActive", false); + self->SetVar(u"ConsoleRIGHTtActive", false); +} + +void FvFacilityBrick::OnNotifyObject(Entity *self, Entity *sender, const std::string& name, int32_t param1, int32_t param2) +{ + Game::logger->Log("FvFacilityBrick", "Notify: %s\n", name.c_str()); + + auto* brickSpawner = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName("ImaginationBrick")[0]; + auto* bugSpawner = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName("MaelstromBug")[0]; + auto* canisterSpawner = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName("BrickCanister")[0]; + + if (name == "ConsoleLeftUp") + { + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(self, true, "LeftPipeOff"); + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), 2775, u"create", "LeftPipeEnergy"); + } + else if (name == "ConsoleLeftDown") + { + self->SetVar(u"ConsoleLEFTActive", false); + + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(self, true, "LeftPipeEnergy"); + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(self, true, "LeftPipeOn"); + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), 2774, u"create", "LeftPipeOff"); + } + else if (name == "ConsoleLeftActive") + { + self->SetVar(u"ConsoleLEFTActive", true); + + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(self, true, "LeftPipeEnergy"); + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), 2776, u"create", "LeftPipeOn"); + } + + else if (name == "ConsoleRightUp") + { + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(self, true, "RightPipeOff"); + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), 2778, u"create", "RightPipeEnergy"); + } + else if (name == "ConsoleRightDown") + { + self->SetVar(u"ConsoleRIGHTActive", false); + + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(self, true, "RightPipeEnergy"); + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(self, true, "RightPipeOn"); + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), 2777, u"create", "RightPipeOff"); + } + else if (name == "ConsoleRightActive") + { + self->SetVar(u"ConsoleRIGHTActive", true); + + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(self, true, "RightPipeOff"); + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), 2779, u"create", "RightPipeEnergy"); + } + + if (self->GetVar<bool>(u"ConsoleLEFTActive") && self->GetVar<bool>(u"ConsoleRIGHTActive")) + { + auto* object = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("Brick")[0]; + + if (object != nullptr) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(object->GetObjectID(), 122, u"create", "bluebrick"); + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(object->GetObjectID(), 1034, u"cast", "imaginationexplosion"); + } + + object = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("Canister")[0]; + + if (object != nullptr) + { + object->Smash(self->GetObjectID(), SILENT); + } + + canisterSpawner->Reset(); + canisterSpawner->Deactivate(); + } + else if (self->GetVar<bool>(u"ConsoleLEFTActive") || self->GetVar<bool>(u"ConsoleRIGHTActive")) + { + brickSpawner->Activate(); + + auto* object = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("Brick")[0]; + + if (object != nullptr) + { + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(object, true, "bluebrick"); + } + + bugSpawner->Reset(); + bugSpawner->Deactivate(); + + canisterSpawner->Reset(); + canisterSpawner->Activate(); + } + else + { + brickSpawner->Reset(); + brickSpawner->Deactivate(); + + bugSpawner->Reset(); + bugSpawner->Activate(); + } +} + +void FvFacilityBrick::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) +{ + if (args != "PlayFX") + { + return; + } + + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), 2774, u"create", "LeftPipeOff"); + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), 2777, u"create", "RightPipeOff"); + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), 2750, u"create", "imagination_canister"); + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), 2751, u"create", "canister_light_filler"); +} diff --git a/dScripts/FvFacilityBrick.h b/dScripts/FvFacilityBrick.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..794dd5b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvFacilityBrick.h @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class FvFacilityBrick : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnNotifyObject(Entity *self, Entity *sender, const std::string& name, int32_t param1 = 0, int32_t param2 = 0) override; + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) override; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/FvFlyingCreviceDragon.cpp b/dScripts/FvFlyingCreviceDragon.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4255daf5 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvFlyingCreviceDragon.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +#include "FvFlyingCreviceDragon.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" + +void FvFlyingCreviceDragon::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->AddTimer("waypoint", 5); +} + +void FvFlyingCreviceDragon::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName == "waypoint") + { + auto point = self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"waypoint"); + + if (point >= 20) + { + point = 0; + } + + self->SetVar<int32_t>(u"waypoint", point + 1); + + self->AddTimer("waypoint", 5); + + OnArrived(self); + + return; + } + + std::string groupName = ""; + + if (timerName == "platform1attack") + { + groupName = "dragonFireballs1"; + } + else if (timerName == "platform3attack") + { + groupName = "dragonFireballs3"; + } + + const auto& group = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(groupName); + + if (group.empty()) + { + return; + } + + auto* skillComponent = group[0]->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (skillComponent != nullptr) + { + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(762, 12506, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, true); + } + + auto minionCount = 1; + for (size_t i = 1; i < group.size(); i++) + { + if (minionCount == 4) + { + return; + } + + if (/*GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<int32_t>(1, 5) > 3*/ true) + { + skillComponent = group[i]->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (skillComponent != nullptr) + { + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(762, 12506, LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + + ++minionCount; + } + } + } +} + +void FvFlyingCreviceDragon::OnArrived(Entity* self) +{ + auto point = self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"waypoint"); + + if (point == 4) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"attack1", 2); + self->AddTimer("platform1attack", 1.75f); + } + else if (point == 12) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"attack2", 2); + + const auto& group2 = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("dragonFireballs2"); + + if (group2.empty()) + { + return; + } + + auto* skillComponent = group2[0]->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (skillComponent != nullptr) + { + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(762, 12506, LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + } + + auto minionCount = 1; + for (size_t i = 1; i < group2.size(); i++) + { + if (minionCount == 4) + { + return; + } + + if (GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<int32_t>(1, 5) > 3) + { + skillComponent = group2[i]->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (skillComponent != nullptr) + { + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(762, 12506, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, true); + + ++minionCount; + } + } + } + } + else if (point == 16) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"attack3", 2); + self->AddTimer("platform3attack", 0.5f); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/FvFlyingCreviceDragon.h b/dScripts/FvFlyingCreviceDragon.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..657f4eed --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvFlyingCreviceDragon.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class FvFlyingCreviceDragon : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + void OnArrived(Entity* self); +}; diff --git a/dScripts/FvFreeGfNinjas.cpp b/dScripts/FvFreeGfNinjas.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0d749b01 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvFreeGfNinjas.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +#include "FvFreeGfNinjas.h" +#include "Character.h" + +void FvFreeGfNinjas::OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity *self, Entity *target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) { + if (missionID == 705 && missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_AVAILABLE) { + auto* missionComponent = target->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + if (missionComponent == nullptr) + return; + + missionComponent->AcceptMission(701); + missionComponent->AcceptMission(702); + missionComponent->AcceptMission(703); + missionComponent->AcceptMission(704); + + auto* character = target->GetCharacter(); + if (character != nullptr) + character->SetPlayerFlag(68, true); + } else if (missionID == 786) { + auto* character = target->GetCharacter(); + if (character != nullptr) + character->SetPlayerFlag(81, true); + } +} + +void FvFreeGfNinjas::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + // To allow player who already have the mission to progress. + auto* missionComponent = user->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + if (missionComponent == nullptr) + return; + + if (missionComponent->GetMissionState(705) == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE) { + auto* character = user->GetCharacter(); + if (character != nullptr) + character->SetPlayerFlag(68, true); + + missionComponent->AcceptMission(701, true); + missionComponent->AcceptMission(702, true); + missionComponent->AcceptMission(703, true); + missionComponent->AcceptMission(704, true); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/FvFreeGfNinjas.h b/dScripts/FvFreeGfNinjas.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cdff0d2d --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvFreeGfNinjas.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class FvFreeGfNinjas : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity *self, Entity *target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) override; + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/FvHorsemenTrigger.cpp b/dScripts/FvHorsemenTrigger.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e984ab99 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvHorsemenTrigger.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +#include "FvHorsemenTrigger.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" + +void FvHorsemenTrigger::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetProximityRadius(40, "horsemenTrigger"); + + self->SetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(u"players", {}); +} + +void FvHorsemenTrigger::OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) +{ + Game::logger->Log("FvHorsemenTrigger", "Proximity update\n"); + + if (name != "horsemenTrigger" || !entering->IsPlayer()) + { + return; + } + + auto players = self->GetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(u"players"); + + const auto& iter = std::find(players.begin(), players.end(), entering->GetObjectID()); + + if (status == "ENTER" && iter == players.end()) + { + Game::logger->Log("FvHorsemenTrigger", "Proximity enter\n"); + players.push_back(entering->GetObjectID()); + } + else if (status == "LEAVE" && iter != players.end()) + { + Game::logger->Log("FvHorsemenTrigger", "Proximity leave\n"); + players.erase(iter); + } + + self->SetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(u"players", players); +} + +void +FvHorsemenTrigger::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) +{ + auto players = self->GetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(u"players"); + + Game::logger->Log("FvHorsemenTrigger", "Got event %s with %i players\n", args.c_str(), players.size()); + if (args == "HorsemenDeath") + { + for (const auto& playerId : self->GetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(u"players")) + { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerId); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + continue; + } + + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + if (missionComponent == nullptr) + { + continue; + } + + for (const auto missionId : m_Missions) + { + missionComponent->ForceProgressTaskType(missionId, 1, 1); + } + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/FvHorsemenTrigger.h b/dScripts/FvHorsemenTrigger.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ec47084 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvHorsemenTrigger.h @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "RenderComponent.h" + +class FvHorsemenTrigger : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) override; + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) override; + +private: + std::vector<int32_t> m_Missions = {854, 738, 1432, 1530, 1567, 1604}; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/FvMaelstromCavalry.cpp b/dScripts/FvMaelstromCavalry.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d4d93645 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvMaelstromCavalry.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +#include "FvMaelstromCavalry.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +void FvMaelstromCavalry::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + for (const auto& group : self->GetGroups()) + { + Game::logger->Log("FvMaelstromCavalry", "Got group: %s\n", group.c_str()); + + const auto& objects = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(group); + + for (auto* obj : objects) + { + if (obj->GetLOT() != 8551) continue; + + Game::logger->Log("FvMaelstromCavalry", "Trigger in group: %s\n", group.c_str()); + + obj->OnFireEventServerSide(self, "ISpawned"); + } + } +} + +void FvMaelstromCavalry::OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) +{ + if (killer == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + Game::logger->Log("FvMaelstromCavalry", "Killer: %i\n", killer->GetLOT()); + + if (killer->GetLOT() != 8665) + { + return; + } + + const auto& triggers = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("HorsemenTrigger"); + + for (auto* trigger : triggers) + { + Game::logger->Log("FvMaelstromCavalry", "Trigger for: %i\n", killer->GetLOT()); + + trigger->OnFireEventServerSide(self, "HorsemenDeath"); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/FvMaelstromCavalry.h b/dScripts/FvMaelstromCavalry.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cfa9ff4b --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvMaelstromCavalry.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "RenderComponent.h" + +class FvMaelstromCavalry : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self); + void OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer); +}; diff --git a/dScripts/FvMaelstromDragon.cpp b/dScripts/FvMaelstromDragon.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e67ce815 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvMaelstromDragon.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +#include "FvMaelstromDragon.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "BaseCombatAIComponent.h" +#include "RenderComponent.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" + +void FvMaelstromDragon::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetVar<int32_t>(u"weakspot", 0); + + auto* baseCombatAIComponent = self->GetComponent<BaseCombatAIComponent>(); + + if (baseCombatAIComponent != nullptr) + { + baseCombatAIComponent->SetStunImmune(true); + } +} + +void FvMaelstromDragon::OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) +{ + if (self->GetVar<bool>(u"bDied")) + { + return; + } + + self->SetVar<bool>(u"bDied", true); + + auto position = self->GetPosition(); + auto rotation = self->GetRotation(); + + auto chestObject = 11229; + + EntityInfo info {}; + info.lot = chestObject; + info.pos = position; + info.rot = rotation; + info.spawnerID = self->GetObjectID(); + + auto* chest = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(chest); + + auto golemId = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"Golem"); + + auto* golem = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(golemId); + + if (golem != nullptr) + { + golem->Smash(self->GetObjectID()); + } +} + +void FvMaelstromDragon::OnHitOrHealResult(Entity* self, Entity* attacker, int32_t damage) +{ + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self, -1, u"gothit", "", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1, 1, true); + + if (true) + { + auto weakpoint = self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"weakspot"); + + if (weakpoint == 1) + { + self->Smash(attacker->GetObjectID()); + } + } + + auto* destroyableComponent = self->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + + if (destroyableComponent != nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("FvMaelstromDragon", "Hit %i\n", destroyableComponent->GetArmor()); + + if (destroyableComponent->GetArmor() > 0) return; + + auto weakpoint = self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"weakpoint"); + + if (weakpoint == 0) + { + Game::logger->Log("FvMaelstromDragon", "Activating weakpoint\n"); + + self->AddTimer("ReviveTimer", 12); + + auto* baseCombatAIComponent = self->GetComponent<BaseCombatAIComponent>(); + auto* skillComponent = self->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (baseCombatAIComponent != nullptr) + { + baseCombatAIComponent->SetDisabled(true); + baseCombatAIComponent->SetStunned(true); + } + + if (skillComponent != nullptr) + { + skillComponent->Interrupt(); + } + + self->SetVar<int32_t>(u"weakpoint", 2); + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"stunstart", 1.7f); + + self->AddTimer("timeToStunLoop", 1); + + auto position = self->GetPosition(); + auto forward = self->GetRotation().GetForwardVector(); + auto backwards = forward * -1; + + forward.x *= 10; + forward.z *= 10; + + auto rotation = self->GetRotation(); + + auto objectPosition = NiPoint3(); + + objectPosition.y = position.y; + objectPosition.x = position.x - (backwards.x * 8); + objectPosition.z = position.z - (backwards.z * 8); + + auto golem = self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"DragonSmashingGolem"); + + EntityInfo info {}; + info.lot = golem != 0 ? golem : 8340; + info.pos = objectPosition; + info.rot = rotation; + info.spawnerID = self->GetObjectID(); + info.settings = { + new LDFData<std::string>(u"rebuild_activators", + std::to_string(objectPosition.x + forward.x) + "\x1f" + + std::to_string(objectPosition.y) + "\x1f" + + std::to_string(objectPosition.z + forward.z) + ), + new LDFData<int32_t>(u"respawn", 100000), + new LDFData<float>(u"rebuild_reset_time", 15), + new LDFData<bool>(u"no_timed_spawn", true), + new LDFData<LWOOBJID>(u"Dragon", self->GetObjectID()) + }; + + auto* golemObject = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(golemObject); + } + } +} + +void FvMaelstromDragon::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName == "ReviveHeldTimer") + { + self->AddTimer("backToAttack", 2.5); + } + else if (timerName == "ExposeWeakSpotTimer") + { + self->SetVar<int32_t>(u"weakspot", 1); + } + else if (timerName == "timeToStunLoop") + { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"stunloop", 1.8f); + } + else if (timerName == "ReviveTimer") + { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"stunend", 2.0f); + self->AddTimer("backToAttack", 1); + } + else if (timerName == "backToAttack") + { + auto* baseCombatAIComponent = self->GetComponent<BaseCombatAIComponent>(); + auto* skillComponent = self->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (baseCombatAIComponent != nullptr) + { + baseCombatAIComponent->SetDisabled(false); + baseCombatAIComponent->SetStunned(false); + } + + if (skillComponent != nullptr) + { + skillComponent->Interrupt(); + } + + self->SetVar<int32_t>(u"weakspot", -1); + + GameMessages::SendNotifyObject(self->GetObjectID(), self->GetObjectID(), u"DragonRevive", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + } +} + +void +FvMaelstromDragon::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) +{ + if (args != "rebuildDone") return; + + self->AddTimer("ExposeWeakSpotTimer", 3.8f); + + self->CancelTimer("ReviveTimer"); + + self->AddTimer("ReviveHeldTimer", 10.5f); + + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"Golem", sender->GetObjectID()); + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"quickbuildhold", 1.9f); +} diff --git a/dScripts/FvMaelstromDragon.h b/dScripts/FvMaelstromDragon.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..993306d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvMaelstromDragon.h @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "RenderComponent.h" + +class FvMaelstromDragon : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) override; + void OnHitOrHealResult(Entity* self, Entity* attacker, int32_t damage) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/FvNinjaGuard.cpp b/dScripts/FvNinjaGuard.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dc2bb54b --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvNinjaGuard.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +#include "FvNinjaGuard.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" + +void FvNinjaGuard::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + if (self->GetLOT() == 7412) + { + m_LeftGuard = self->GetObjectID(); + } + else if (self->GetLOT() == 11128) + { + m_RightGuard = self->GetObjectID(); + } +} + +void FvNinjaGuard::OnEmoteReceived(Entity* self, const int32_t emote, Entity* target) +{ + if (emote != 392) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"no"); + + return; + } + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"scared"); + + auto* missionComponent = target->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr && missionComponent->HasMission(737)) + { + missionComponent->ForceProgressTaskType(737, 5, 1, false); + } + + if (self->GetLOT() == 7412) + { + auto* rightGuard = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(m_RightGuard); + + if (rightGuard != nullptr) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(rightGuard, u"laugh_rt"); + } + } + else if (self->GetLOT() == 11128) + { + auto* leftGuard = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(m_LeftGuard); + + if (leftGuard != nullptr) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(leftGuard, u"laugh_lt"); + } + } +} + diff --git a/dScripts/FvNinjaGuard.h b/dScripts/FvNinjaGuard.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f3deb140 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvNinjaGuard.h @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class FvNinjaGuard final : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnEmoteReceived(Entity* self, int32_t emote, Entity* target) override; + +private: + LWOOBJID m_LeftGuard; + LWOOBJID m_RightGuard; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/FvPandaServer.cpp b/dScripts/FvPandaServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ea814936 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvPandaServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +#include "FvPandaServer.h" +#include "PetComponent.h" +#include "Character.h" + +void FvPandaServer::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + const auto* petComponent = self->GetComponent<PetComponent>(); + if (petComponent != nullptr && petComponent->GetOwner() == nullptr) { + self->SetNetworkVar<std::string>(u"pandatamer", std::to_string(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"tamer"))); + self->AddTimer("killSelf", 45); + } +} + +void FvPandaServer::OnNotifyPetTamingMinigame(Entity *self, Entity *tamer, eNotifyType type) { + if (type == NOTIFY_TYPE_BEGIN) { + self->CancelAllTimers(); + } else if (type == NOTIFY_TYPE_QUIT || type == NOTIFY_TYPE_FAILED) { + self->Smash(); + } else if (type == NOTIFY_TYPE_SUCCESS) { + // TODO: Remove from groups + + auto* character = tamer->GetCharacter(); + if (character != nullptr) { + character->SetPlayerFlag(82, true); + } + } +} + +void FvPandaServer::OnTimerDone(Entity *self, std::string timerName) { + if (timerName == "killSelf") { + const auto* petComponent = self->GetComponent<PetComponent>(); + if (petComponent != nullptr && petComponent->GetOwner() == nullptr) { + self->Smash(self->GetObjectID(), SILENT); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/FvPandaServer.h b/dScripts/FvPandaServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..377371c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvPandaServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class FvPandaServer : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnStartup(Entity *self) override; + void OnNotifyPetTamingMinigame(Entity *self, Entity *tamer, eNotifyType type) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity *self, std::string timerName) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/FvPandaSpawnerServer.cpp b/dScripts/FvPandaSpawnerServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..97738271 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvPandaSpawnerServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +#include "FvPandaSpawnerServer.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "ScriptedActivityComponent.h" + +void FvPandaSpawnerServer::OnCollisionPhantom(Entity *self, Entity *target) { + auto* character = target->GetCharacter(); + if (character != nullptr && character->GetPlayerFlag(81)) { + + auto raceObjects = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("PandaRaceObject"); + if (raceObjects.empty()) + return; + + // Check if the player is currently in a footrace + auto* scriptedActivityComponent = raceObjects.at(0)->GetComponent<ScriptedActivityComponent>(); + if (scriptedActivityComponent == nullptr || !scriptedActivityComponent->IsPlayedBy(target)) + return; + + // If the player already spawned a panda + auto playerPandas = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("panda" + std::to_string(target->GetObjectID())); + if (!playerPandas.empty()) { + GameMessages::SendFireEventClientSide(self->GetObjectID(), target->GetSystemAddress(), u"playerPanda", + target->GetObjectID(), 0, 0, target->GetObjectID()); + return; + } + + // If there's already too many spawned pandas + auto pandas = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("pandas"); + if (pandas.size() > 4) { + GameMessages::SendFireEventClientSide(self->GetObjectID(), target->GetSystemAddress(), u"tooManyPandas", + target->GetObjectID(), 0, 0, target->GetObjectID()); + return; + } + + EntityInfo info {}; + info.spawnerID = target->GetObjectID(); + info.pos = self->GetPosition(); + info.lot = 5643; + info.settings = { + new LDFData<LWOOBJID>(u"tamer", target->GetObjectID()), + new LDFData<std::u16string>(u"groupID", u"panda" + (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(target->GetObjectID())) + u";pandas") + }; + + auto* panda = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(panda); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/FvPandaSpawnerServer.h b/dScripts/FvPandaSpawnerServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0aa459e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvPandaSpawnerServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class FvPandaSpawnerServer : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnCollisionPhantom(Entity *self, Entity *target) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/FvRaceSmashEggImagineServer.cpp b/dScripts/FvRaceSmashEggImagineServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7d7dea08 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvRaceSmashEggImagineServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +#include "FvRaceSmashEggImagineServer.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "CharacterComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "PossessableComponent.h" + +void FvRaceSmashEggImagineServer::OnDie(Entity *self, Entity *killer) { + if (killer != nullptr) { + auto* destroyableComponent = killer->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + if (destroyableComponent != nullptr) { + destroyableComponent->SetImagination(destroyableComponent->GetImagination() + 10); + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(killer); + } + + // Crate is killed by the car + auto* possessableComponent = killer->GetComponent<PossessableComponent>(); + if (possessableComponent != nullptr) { + + auto* possessor = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(possessableComponent->GetPossessor()); + if (possessor != nullptr) { + + auto* characterComponent = possessor->GetComponent<CharacterComponent>(); + if (characterComponent != nullptr) { + characterComponent->UpdatePlayerStatistic(ImaginationPowerUpsCollected); + characterComponent->UpdatePlayerStatistic(RacingSmashablesSmashed); + } + } + } + + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/FvRaceSmashEggImagineServer.h b/dScripts/FvRaceSmashEggImagineServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7c682c36 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/FvRaceSmashEggImagineServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class FvRaceSmashEggImagineServer : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnDie(Entity *self, Entity *killer) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/GfApeSmashingQB.cpp b/dScripts/GfApeSmashingQB.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..973cb728 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/GfApeSmashingQB.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +#include "GfApeSmashingQB.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void GfApeSmashingQB::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + self->SetNetworkVar<LWOOBJID>(u"lootTagOwner", self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"lootTagOwner")); +} + +void GfApeSmashingQB::OnTimerDone(Entity *self, std::string timerName) { + if (timerName == "anchorBreakTime") { + self->Smash(); + } +} + +void GfApeSmashingQB::OnRebuildComplete(Entity *self, Entity *target) { + auto* ape = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"ape")); + if (ape != nullptr) { + ape->OnFireEventServerSide(target, "rebuildDone"); + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"smash", 1.7f); + self->AddTimer("anchorBreakTime", 1.0f); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/GfApeSmashingQB.h b/dScripts/GfApeSmashingQB.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..825fe916 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/GfApeSmashingQB.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +# pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class GfApeSmashingQB : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnStartup(Entity *self) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity *self, std::string timerName) override; + void OnRebuildComplete(Entity *self, Entity *target) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/GfBanana.cpp b/dScripts/GfBanana.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..919e54b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/GfBanana.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +#include "GfBanana.h" + +#include "Entity.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "dLogger.h" + +void GfBanana::SpawnBanana(Entity* self) +{ + Game::logger->Log("GfBanana", "Spawning banana\n"); + + auto position = self->GetPosition(); + const auto rotation = self->GetRotation(); + + position.y += 12; + position.x -= rotation.GetRightVector().x * 5; + position.z -= rotation.GetRightVector().z * 5; + + EntityInfo info {}; + + info.pos = position; + info.rot = rotation; + info.lot = 6909; + info.spawnerID = self->GetObjectID(); + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(entity); + + self->SetVar(u"banana", entity->GetObjectID()); + + entity->AddDieCallback([self]() + { + self->SetVar(u"banana", LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + + self->AddTimer("bananaTimer", 30); + }); +} + +void GfBanana::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + SpawnBanana(self); +} + +void GfBanana::OnHit(Entity* self, Entity* attacker) +{ + Game::logger->Log("GfBanana", "Spawning cluster\n"); + + auto* destroyable = self->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + + destroyable->SetHealth(9999); + + const auto bananaId = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"banana"); + + if (bananaId == LWOOBJID_EMPTY) return; + + auto* bananaEntity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(bananaId); + + if (bananaEntity == nullptr) + { + self->SetVar(u"banana", LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + + self->AddTimer("bananaTimer", 30); + + return; + } + + bananaEntity->SetPosition(bananaEntity->GetPosition() - NiPoint3::UNIT_Y * 5); + + auto* bananaDestroyable = bananaEntity->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + + bananaDestroyable->SetHealth(0); + + bananaDestroyable->Smash(attacker->GetObjectID()); + + /* + auto position = self->GetPosition(); + const auto rotation = self->GetRotation(); + + position.y += 12; + position.x -= rotation.GetRightVector().x * 5; + position.z -= rotation.GetRightVector().z * 5; + + EntityInfo info {}; + + info.pos = position; + info.rot = rotation; + info.lot = 6718; + info.spawnerID = self->GetObjectID(); + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(entity, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + */ + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(self); +} + +void GfBanana::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName == "bananaTimer") + { + SpawnBanana(self); + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/GfBanana.h b/dScripts/GfBanana.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d572c8d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/GfBanana.h @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class GfBanana final : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void SpawnBanana(Entity* self); + + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + + void OnHit(Entity* self, Entity* attacker) override; + + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/GfBananaCluster.cpp b/dScripts/GfBananaCluster.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8ccc3be6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/GfBananaCluster.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +#include "GfBananaCluster.h" + +void GfBananaCluster::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->AddTimer("startup", 100); +} + +void GfBananaCluster::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName == "startup") + { + self->ScheduleKillAfterUpdate(nullptr); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/GfBananaCluster.h b/dScripts/GfBananaCluster.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..05e5ee0a --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/GfBananaCluster.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class GfBananaCluster final : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/GfCampfire.cpp b/dScripts/GfCampfire.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..caeaa6da --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/GfCampfire.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +#include "GfCampfire.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +#include "RenderComponent.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "RenderComponent.h" +#include "ProximityMonitorComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +void GfCampfire::OnStartup(Entity* self) { + self->SetI32(u"counter", static_cast<int32_t>(0)); + self->SetProximityRadius(2.0f, "placeholder"); + self->SetBoolean(u"isBurning", true); + + auto* render = static_cast<RenderComponent*>(self->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_RENDER)); + if (render == nullptr) + return; + + render->PlayEffect(295, u"running", "Burn"); +} + +void GfCampfire::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) { + if (args == "physicsReady") + { + auto* render = static_cast<RenderComponent*>(self->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_RENDER)); + + render->PlayEffect(295, u"running", "Burn"); + } +} + +void GfCampfire::OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) { + auto* skill = self->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (self->GetBoolean(u"isBurning")) { + if (status == "ENTER") { + if (entering->GetCharacter()) { + int32_t counter = self->GetI32(u"counter"); + counter = counter + 1; + self->SetI32(u"counter", counter); + + if (counter == 1) { + skill->CalculateBehavior(m_skillCastId, 115, entering->GetObjectID()); + self->AddTimer("TimeBetweenCast", FIRE_COOLDOWN); + + //self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>("target", entering->GetObjectID()); + + auto* missionComponet = entering->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + if (missionComponet != nullptr) + { + missionComponet->ForceProgress(440, 658, 1); + } + } + } + } + else { + int32_t counter = self->GetI32(u"counter"); + if (counter > 0) { + counter = counter - 1; + self->SetI32(u"counter", counter); + if (counter == 0) { + self->CancelAllTimers(); + } + } + } + } +} + +void GfCampfire::OnSkillEventFired(Entity *self, Entity *caster, const std::string &message) { + if (message == "waterspray" && self->GetVar<bool>(u"isBurning")) { + auto* renderComponent = self->GetComponent<RenderComponent>(); + if (renderComponent != nullptr) { + renderComponent->StopEffect("Burn"); + renderComponent->PlayEffect(295, u"idle", "Off"); + + self->SetVar<bool>(u"isBurning", false); + self->AddTimer("FireRestart", 37); + } + } +} + +void GfCampfire::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) { + if (timerName == "TimeBetweenCast") + { + /* + self->AddTimer("TimeBetweenCast", FIRE_COOLDOWN); + + const auto targetId = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>("target"); + + auto* entering = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(targetId); + + if (entering == nullptr) + { + + } + */ + } else if (timerName == "FireRestart" && !self->GetVar<bool>(u"isBurning")) { + auto* renderComponent = self->GetComponent<RenderComponent>(); + if (renderComponent != nullptr) { + renderComponent->StopEffect("Off"); + renderComponent->PlayEffect(295, u"running", "Burn"); + self->SetVar<bool>(u"isBurning", true); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/GfCampfire.h b/dScripts/GfCampfire.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..668e7c1d --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/GfCampfire.h @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class GfCampfire : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self); + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3); + void OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status); + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName); + void OnSkillEventFired(Entity *self, Entity *caster, const std::string &message) override; +private: + int32_t m_skillCastId = 43; + int32_t FIRE_COOLDOWN = 2; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/GfCaptainsCannon.cpp b/dScripts/GfCaptainsCannon.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ee973a13 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/GfCaptainsCannon.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +#include "GfCaptainsCannon.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" + +void GfCaptainsCannon::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + if (self->GetVar<bool>(u"bIsInUse")) + { + return; + } + + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"userID", user->GetObjectID()); + + self->SetVar<bool>(u"bIsInUse", true); + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(u"bIsInUse", true); + + GameMessages::SendSetStunned(user->GetObjectID(), PUSH, user->GetSystemAddress(), + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, true, true, true, true, true, true, true, true + ); + + auto position = self->GetPosition(); + auto forward = self->GetRotation().GetForwardVector(); + + position.x += forward.x * -3; + position.z += forward.z * -3; + + auto rotation = self->GetRotation(); + + GameMessages::SendTeleport(user->GetObjectID(), position, rotation, user->GetSystemAddress()); + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(user, u"cannon-strike-no-equip"); + + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(user->GetObjectID(), 6039, u"hook", "hook", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1, 1, true); + + self->AddTimer("FireCannon", 1.667f); +} + +void GfCaptainsCannon::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + const auto playerId = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"userID"); + + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerId); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + self->SetVar<bool>(u"bIsInUse", false); + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(u"bIsInUse", false); + + return; + } + + if (timerName == "FireCannon") + { + float cinematicTime = 6.3f; + + GameMessages::SendPlayCinematic(playerId, u"Cannon_Cam", player->GetSystemAddress()); + + self->AddTimer("cinematicTimer", cinematicTime); + + const auto sharkObjects = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("SharkCannon"); + + for (auto* shark : sharkObjects) + { + if (shark->GetLOT() != m_SharkItemID) continue; + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(shark, u"cannon"); + } + + GameMessages::SendPlay2DAmbientSound(player, "{7457d85c-4537-4317-ac9d-2f549219ea87}"); + } + else if (timerName == "cinematicTimer") + { + GameMessages::SendSetStunned(playerId, POP, player->GetSystemAddress(), + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, true, true, true, true, true, true, true, true + ); + + self->SetVar<bool>(u"bIsInUse", false); + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(u"bIsInUse", false); + + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(player, true, "hook"); + + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr) + { + missionComponent->ForceProgress(601, 910, 1); + } + + GameMessages::SendTerminateInteraction(playerId, FROM_INTERACTION, self->GetObjectID()); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/GfCaptainsCannon.h b/dScripts/GfCaptainsCannon.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..44dd791c --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/GfCaptainsCannon.h @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class GfCaptainsCannon : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; +private: + int32_t m_SharkItemID = 7343; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/GfJailWalls.cpp b/dScripts/GfJailWalls.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..184fbd69 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/GfJailWalls.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +#include "GfJailWalls.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" + +void GfJailWalls::OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) +{ + const auto wall = GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"Wall")); + + for (auto* spawner : dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName("Jail0" + wall)) + { + spawner->Deactivate(); + } + + for (auto* spawner : dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName("JailCaptain0" + wall)) + { + spawner->Deactivate(); + } +} + +void GfJailWalls::OnRebuildNotifyState(Entity* self, eRebuildState state) +{ + if (state != eRebuildState::REBUILD_RESETTING) return; + + const auto wall = GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"Wall")); + + for (auto* spawner : dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName("Jail0" + wall)) + { + spawner->Activate(); + } + + for (auto* spawner : dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName("JailCaptain0" + wall)) + { + spawner->Activate(); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/GfJailWalls.h b/dScripts/GfJailWalls.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8f3ad54b --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/GfJailWalls.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class GfJailWalls final : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) override; + void OnRebuildNotifyState(Entity* self, eRebuildState state) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/GfJailkeepMission.cpp b/dScripts/GfJailkeepMission.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bf3b25f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/GfJailkeepMission.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +#include "GfJailkeepMission.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "Character.h" + +void GfJailkeepMission::OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity* self, Entity* target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) +{ + auto* missionComponent = target->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + if (missionComponent == nullptr) + return; + + if (missionID == 385 && missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_AVAILABLE) { + missionComponent->AcceptMission(386, true); + missionComponent->AcceptMission(387, true); + missionComponent->AcceptMission(388, true); + missionComponent->AcceptMission(390, true); + } else if (missionID == 385 && missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_READY_TO_COMPLETE) { + auto* character = target->GetCharacter(); + if (character != nullptr && character->GetPlayerFlag(68)) { + missionComponent->AcceptMission(701); + missionComponent->AcceptMission(702); + missionComponent->AcceptMission(703); + missionComponent->AcceptMission(704); + } + } +} + +void GfJailkeepMission::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + auto* missionComponent = user->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + if (missionComponent == nullptr) + return; + + if (missionComponent->GetMissionState(385) == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE) { + missionComponent->AcceptMission(386, true); + missionComponent->AcceptMission(387, true); + missionComponent->AcceptMission(388, true); + missionComponent->AcceptMission(390, true); + } +} + diff --git a/dScripts/GfJailkeepMission.h b/dScripts/GfJailkeepMission.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6c1b2a3e --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/GfJailkeepMission.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class GfJailkeepMission final : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; + void OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity* self, Entity* target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/GfOrgan.cpp b/dScripts/GfOrgan.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..372ed3a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/GfOrgan.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +#include "GfOrgan.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void GfOrgan::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) { + if (self->GetBoolean(u"bIsInUse")) { + m_canUse = false; + return; + } + + GameMessages::SendPlayNDAudioEmitter(self, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, "{15d5f8bd-139a-4c31-8904-970c480cd70f}"); + self->SetBoolean(u"bIsInUse", true); + self->AddTimer("reset", 5.0f); + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(user, u"jig"); +} + +void GfOrgan::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) { + if (timerName == "reset") { + self->SetBoolean(u"bIsInUse", false); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/GfOrgan.h b/dScripts/GfOrgan.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1ebd66a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/GfOrgan.h @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class GfOrgan : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user); + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName); +private: + bool m_canUse; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/GfTikiTorch.cpp b/dScripts/GfTikiTorch.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d0e5d58d --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/GfTikiTorch.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +#include "GfTikiTorch.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +#include "RenderComponent.h" + +void GfTikiTorch::OnStartup(Entity* self) { + LightTorch(self); +} + +void GfTikiTorch::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* killer) { + if (self->GetBoolean(u"isInUse")) { + self->SetBoolean(u"isInUse", false); + return; + } + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"interact"); + self->SetI64(u"userID", killer->GetObjectID()); + + for (int i = 0; i < m_numspawn; i++) { + GameMessages::SendDropClientLoot(killer, self->GetObjectID(), 935, 0, self->GetPosition()); + } + + self->AddTimer("InteractionCooldown", 4); +} + +void GfTikiTorch::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) { + if (timerName == "Relight") { + LightTorch(self); + } + else if (timerName == "InteractionCooldown") { + Entity* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetI64(u"userID")); + + if (player != nullptr && player->GetCharacter()) { + GameMessages::SendTerminateInteraction(player->GetObjectID(), FROM_INTERACTION, self->GetObjectID()); + } + + self->SetBoolean(u"isInUse", false); + + self->SetI64(u"userID", 0); + } +} + +void GfTikiTorch::LightTorch(Entity* self) { + auto* renderComponent = static_cast<RenderComponent*>(self->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_RENDER)); + if (renderComponent == nullptr) + return; + + self->SetBoolean(u"isInUse", false); + + renderComponent->PlayEffect(611, u"fire", "tikitorch"); + self->SetBoolean(u"isBurning", true); +} + +void GfTikiTorch::OnSkillEventFired(Entity *self, Entity *caster, const std::string &message) { + if (self->GetBoolean(u"isBurning") && message == "waterspray") { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"water"); + + auto* renderComponent = self->GetComponent<RenderComponent>(); + if (renderComponent != nullptr) { + renderComponent->StopEffect("tikitorch"); + renderComponent->PlayEffect(611, u"water", "water"); + renderComponent->PlayEffect(611, u"steam", "steam"); + } + + auto* casterMissionComponent = caster->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + if (casterMissionComponent != nullptr) { + for (const auto missionID : m_missions) { + casterMissionComponent->ForceProgressTaskType(missionID, static_cast<uint32_t>(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SCRIPT), 1); + } + } + + self->AddTimer("Relight", 7.0f); + self->SetBoolean(u"isBurning", false); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/GfTikiTorch.h b/dScripts/GfTikiTorch.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e9046ddc --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/GfTikiTorch.h @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class GfTikiTorch : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* killer) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + void OnSkillEventFired(Entity* self, Entity* caster, const std::string& message) override; +private: + void LightTorch(Entity* self); + + LOT m_imaginationlot = 935; + int32_t m_numspawn = 3; + std::vector<int> m_missions = {472, 1429, 1527, 1564, 1601}; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/GrowingFlower.cpp b/dScripts/GrowingFlower.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e6ca587d --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/GrowingFlower.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +#include "GrowingFlower.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" + +void GrowingFlower::OnSkillEventFired(Entity *self, Entity *target, const std::string &message) { + if (!self->GetVar<bool>(u"blooming") && (message == "waterspray" || message == "shovelgrow")) { + self->SetVar<bool>(u"blooming", true); + self->SetNetworkVar(u"blooming", true); + self->AddTimer("FlowerDie", GrowingFlower::aliveTime); + + const auto mission1 = self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"missionID"); + const auto mission2 = self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"missionID2"); + + Loot::DropActivityLoot(target, self, self->GetLOT(), 0); + + auto* missionComponent = target->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + if (missionComponent != nullptr) { + for (const auto mission : achievementIDs) + missionComponent->ForceProgressTaskType(mission, static_cast<uint32_t>(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SCRIPT), 1); + + if (mission1 && missionComponent->GetMissionState(mission1) == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE) + missionComponent->ForceProgressTaskType(mission1, static_cast<uint32_t>(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SCRIPT), 1); + + if (mission2 && missionComponent->GetMissionState(mission2) == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE) + missionComponent->ForceProgressTaskType(mission2, static_cast<uint32_t>(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SCRIPT), 1); + } + } +} + +void GrowingFlower::OnTimerDone(Entity *self, std::string message) { + if (message == "FlowerDie") { + self->Smash(); + } +} + +const std::vector<uint32_t> GrowingFlower::achievementIDs = { 143, 152, 153, 1409, 1507, 1544, 1581, 1845 }; diff --git a/dScripts/GrowingFlower.h b/dScripts/GrowingFlower.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..92fc0035 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/GrowingFlower.h @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class GrowingFlower : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnSkillEventFired(Entity* self, Entity* target, const std::string& message) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string message) override; +private: + static const std::vector<uint32_t> achievementIDs; + constexpr static const float aliveTime = 16.0f; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/HydrantBroken.cpp b/dScripts/HydrantBroken.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..93424325 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/HydrantBroken.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +#include "HydrantBroken.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void HydrantBroken::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->AddTimer("playEffect", 1); + + const auto hydrant = "hydrant" + self->GetVar<std::string>(u"hydrant"); + + const auto bouncers = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(hydrant); + + Game::logger->Log("HydrantBroken", "Broken Hydrant spawned (%s)\n", hydrant.c_str()); + + for (auto* bouncer : bouncers) + { + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"bouncer", bouncer->GetObjectID()); + + GameMessages::SendBouncerActiveStatus(bouncer->GetObjectID(), true, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + GameMessages::SendNotifyObject(bouncer->GetObjectID(), self->GetObjectID(), u"enableCollision", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + } + + self->AddTimer("KillBroken", 25); +} + +void HydrantBroken::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName == "KillBroken") + { + auto* bouncer = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"bouncer")); + + if (bouncer != nullptr) + { + GameMessages::SendBouncerActiveStatus(bouncer->GetObjectID(), false, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + GameMessages::SendNotifyObject(bouncer->GetObjectID(), self->GetObjectID(), u"disableCollision", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + } + + self->Kill(); + } + else if (timerName == "playEffect") + { + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), 384, u"water", "water", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1, 1, true); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/HydrantBroken.h b/dScripts/HydrantBroken.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..65f38604 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/HydrantBroken.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class HydrantBroken : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/HydrantSmashable.cpp b/dScripts/HydrantSmashable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e39f7a35 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/HydrantSmashable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +#include "HydrantSmashable.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" + +void HydrantSmashable::OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) +{ + const auto hydrantName = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"hydrant"); + + LDFBaseData* data = new LDFData<std::string>(u"hydrant", GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(hydrantName)); + + EntityInfo info {}; + info.lot = 7328; + info.pos = self->GetPosition(); + info.rot = self->GetRotation(); + info.settings = {data}; + info.spawnerID = self->GetSpawnerID(); + + Game::logger->Log("HydrantBroken", "Hydrant spawned (%s)\n", data->GetString().c_str()); + + auto* hydrant = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(hydrant); +} diff --git a/dScripts/HydrantSmashable.h b/dScripts/HydrantSmashable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c7e23073 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/HydrantSmashable.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class HydrantSmashable : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) override; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/ImaginationBackpackHealServer.cpp b/dScripts/ImaginationBackpackHealServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3f572a8f --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ImaginationBackpackHealServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +#include "ImaginationBackpackHealServer.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void ImaginationBackpackHealServer::OnSkillEventFired(Entity *self, Entity *caster, const std::string &message) { + if (message == "CastImaginationBackpack") { + auto healMission = self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"FXOffMis"); + if (healMission == 0) + healMission = self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"FXOnMis"); + if (healMission == 0) + return; + + auto* missionComponent = caster->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + if (missionComponent != nullptr && missionComponent->GetMissionState(healMission) == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE) { + missionComponent->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SCRIPT, self->GetLOT()); + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"ClearMaelstrom", 0, 0, + caster->GetObjectID(), "", caster->GetSystemAddress()); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/ImaginationBackpackHealServer.h b/dScripts/ImaginationBackpackHealServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..387f38d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ImaginationBackpackHealServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class ImaginationBackpackHealServer : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnSkillEventFired(Entity *self, Entity *caster, const std::string &message) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/ImaginationShrineServer.cpp b/dScripts/ImaginationShrineServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0b40b44f --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ImaginationShrineServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +#include "ImaginationShrineServer.h" +#include "RebuildComponent.h" + + +void ImaginationShrineServer::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + // If the rebuild component is complete, use the shrine + auto* rebuildComponent = self->GetComponent<RebuildComponent>(); + + if (rebuildComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + if (rebuildComponent->GetState() == REBUILD_COMPLETED) + { + // Use the shrine + BaseUse(self, user); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/ImaginationShrineServer.h b/dScripts/ImaginationShrineServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6bbf84b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ImaginationShrineServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "BaseInteractDropLootServer.h" + +class ImaginationShrineServer : public BaseInteractDropLootServer +{ +public: + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/ImgBrickConsoleQB.cpp b/dScripts/ImgBrickConsoleQB.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..afa320c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ImgBrickConsoleQB.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,298 @@ +#include "ImgBrickConsoleQB.h" +#include "RebuildComponent.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" + +int32_t ImgBrickConsoleQB::ResetBricks = 30; +int32_t ImgBrickConsoleQB::ResetConsole = 60; +int32_t ImgBrickConsoleQB::ResetInteract = 45; + +void ImgBrickConsoleQB::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetNetworkVar(u"used", false); + + self->AddTimer("reset", ResetBricks); +} + +void ImgBrickConsoleQB::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + auto* rebuildComponent = self->GetComponent<RebuildComponent>(); + + if (rebuildComponent->GetState() == REBUILD_COMPLETED) + { + if (!self->GetNetworkVar<bool>(u"used")) + { + const auto consoles = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("Console"); + + auto bothBuilt = false; + + for (auto* console : consoles) + { + auto* consoleRebuildComponent = console->GetComponent<RebuildComponent>(); + + if (consoleRebuildComponent->GetState() != REBUILD_COMPLETED) + { + continue; + } + + console->CancelAllTimers(); + + if (console->GetNetworkVar<bool>(u"used")) + { + bothBuilt = true; + } + } + + if (bothBuilt) + { + SmashCanister(self); + } + else + { + SpawnBrick(self); + } + + self->AddTimer("Die", ResetInteract); + + auto onFX = 0; + + const auto location = GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"console")); + + if (location == "Left") + { + onFX = 2776; + } + else + { + onFX = 2779; + } + + const auto& facility = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("FacilityPipes"); + + if (!facility.empty()) + { + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(facility[0], true, location + "PipeEnergy"); + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(facility[0]->GetObjectID(), onFX, u"create", location + "PipeOn"); + } + } + + auto* player = user; + + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + auto* inventoryComponent = player->GetComponent<InventoryComponent>(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr && inventoryComponent != nullptr) + { + if (missionComponent->GetMissionState(1302) == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE) + { + inventoryComponent->RemoveItem(13074, 1); + + missionComponent->ForceProgressTaskType(1302, 1, 1); + } + + if (missionComponent->GetMissionState(1926) == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE) + { + inventoryComponent->RemoveItem(14472, 1); + inventoryComponent->AddItem(14472, 1); + + missionComponent->ForceProgressTaskType(1926, 1, 1); + } + } + + self->SetNetworkVar(u"used", true); + + GameMessages::SendTerminateInteraction(player->GetObjectID(), FROM_INTERACTION, self->GetObjectID()); + } +} + +void ImgBrickConsoleQB::SpawnBrick(Entity* self) +{ + const auto netDevil = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName("MaelstromBug"); + if (!netDevil.empty()) + { + netDevil[0]->Reset(); + netDevil[0]->Deactivate(); + } + + const auto brick = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName("Imagination"); + if (!brick.empty()) + { + brick[0]->Activate(); + } +} + +void ImgBrickConsoleQB::SmashCanister(Entity* self) +{ + const auto brick = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("Imagination"); + if (!brick.empty()) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(brick[0]->GetObjectID(), 122, u"create", "bluebrick"); + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(brick[0]->GetObjectID(), 1034, u"cast", "imaginationexplosion"); + } + + const auto canisters = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("Canister"); + for (auto* canister : canisters) + { + canister->Smash(canister->GetObjectID(), VIOLENT); + } + + const auto canister = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName("BrickCanister"); + if (!canister.empty()) + { + canister[0]->Reset(); + canister[0]->Deactivate(); + } +} + +void ImgBrickConsoleQB::OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) +{ + auto energyFX = 0; + + const auto location = GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"console")); + + if (location == "Left") + { + energyFX = 2775; + } + else + { + energyFX = 2778; + } + + const auto& facility = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("FacilityPipes"); + + if (!facility.empty()) + { + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(facility[0], true, location + "PipeOff"); + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(facility[0]->GetObjectID(), energyFX, u"create", location + "PipeEnergy"); + } + + const auto consoles = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("Console"); + + for (auto* console : consoles) + { + auto* consoleRebuildComponent = console->GetComponent<RebuildComponent>(); + + if (consoleRebuildComponent->GetState() != REBUILD_COMPLETED) + { + continue; + } + + console->CancelAllTimers(); + } + + self->AddTimer("Die", ResetConsole); +} + +void ImgBrickConsoleQB::OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) +{ + if (self->GetVar<bool>(u"Died")) + { + return; + } + + self->CancelAllTimers(); + + self->SetVar(u"Died", true); + + Game::logger->Log("ImgBrickConsoleQB", "On Die...\n"); + + auto* rebuildComponent = self->GetComponent<RebuildComponent>(); + + if (rebuildComponent->GetState() == REBUILD_COMPLETED) + { + auto offFX = 0; + + const auto location = GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"console")); + + if (location == "Left") + { + offFX = 2774; + } + else + { + offFX = 2777; + } + + const auto& facility = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("FacilityPipes"); + + if (!facility.empty()) + { + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(facility[0], true, location + "PipeEnergy"); + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(facility[0], true, location + "PipeOn"); + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(facility[0]->GetObjectID(), offFX, u"create", location + "PipeOff"); + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(facility[0]->GetObjectID(), 2750, u"create", location + "imagination_canister"); + } + } + + const auto myGroup = GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"spawner_name")); + + const auto pipeGroup = myGroup.substr(0, 10); + + const auto firstPipe = pipeGroup + "1"; + + const auto samePipeSpawner = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(myGroup); + if (!samePipeSpawner.empty()) + { + samePipeSpawner[0]->Reset(); + samePipeSpawner[0]->Deactivate(); + } + + const auto firstPipeSpawner = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(firstPipe); + if (!firstPipeSpawner.empty()) + { + firstPipeSpawner[0]->Activate(); + } + + const auto netdevil = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName("Imagination"); + if (!netdevil.empty()) + { + netdevil[0]->Reset(); + netdevil[0]->Deactivate(); + } + + const auto brick = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName("MaelstromBug"); + if (!brick.empty()) + { + brick[0]->Activate(); + } + + const auto canister = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName("BrickCanister"); + if (!canister.empty()) + { + canister[0]->Activate(); + } + + self->SetNetworkVar(u"used", false); + + Game::logger->Log("ImgBrickConsoleQB", "Died...\n"); +} + +void ImgBrickConsoleQB::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName == "reset") + { + Game::logger->Log("ImgBrickConsoleQB", "Reseting...\n"); + + auto* rebuildComponent = self->GetComponent<RebuildComponent>(); + + if (rebuildComponent->GetState() == REBUILD_OPEN) + { + self->Smash(self->GetObjectID(), SILENT); + } + } + else if (timerName == "Die") + { + Game::logger->Log("ImgBrickConsoleQB", "Die...\n"); + + const auto consoles = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("Console"); + + for (auto* console : consoles) + { + console->Smash(console->GetObjectID(), VIOLENT); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/ImgBrickConsoleQB.h b/dScripts/ImgBrickConsoleQB.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1fdcf84a --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ImgBrickConsoleQB.h @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include <map> + +class ImgBrickConsoleQB : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; + void SpawnBrick(Entity* self); + void SmashCanister(Entity* self); + void OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) override; + void OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + +public: + static int32_t ResetBricks; + static int32_t ResetConsole; + static int32_t ResetInteract; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/InstanceExitTransferPlayerToLastNonInstance.cpp b/dScripts/InstanceExitTransferPlayerToLastNonInstance.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4bd99f7f --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/InstanceExitTransferPlayerToLastNonInstance.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +#include "InstanceExitTransferPlayerToLastNonInstance.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Player.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dServer.h" + +void InstanceExitTransferPlayerToLastNonInstance::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + Game::logger->Log("Instance", "OnUse\n"); + + auto transferText = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"transferText"); + if (transferText.empty()) + transferText = u"DRAGON_EXIT_QUESTION"; + + GameMessages::SendDisplayMessageBox( + user->GetObjectID(), + true, + self->GetObjectID(), + u"Instance_Exit", + 1, + transferText, + u"", + user->GetSystemAddress() + ); +} + +void InstanceExitTransferPlayerToLastNonInstance::OnMessageBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& identifier, const std::u16string& userData) +{ + auto* player = dynamic_cast<Player*>(sender); + if (player == nullptr) + return; + + auto* character = sender->GetCharacter(); + if (character != nullptr) { + if (identifier == u"Instance_Exit" && button == 1) { + auto lastInstance = character->GetLastNonInstanceZoneID(); + + // Sanity check + if (lastInstance == 0) { + switch (Game::server->GetZoneID()) + { + case 2001: + lastInstance = 2000; + break; + case 1402: + lastInstance = 1400; + break; + default: + lastInstance = 1100; + break; + } + } + + player->SendToZone(lastInstance); + } + } + + GameMessages::SendTerminateInteraction(sender->GetObjectID(), eTerminateType::FROM_INTERACTION, self->GetObjectID()); +} + + diff --git a/dScripts/InstanceExitTransferPlayerToLastNonInstance.h b/dScripts/InstanceExitTransferPlayerToLastNonInstance.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3321191d --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/InstanceExitTransferPlayerToLastNonInstance.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class InstanceExitTransferPlayerToLastNonInstance : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; + void OnMessageBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& identifier, const std::u16string& userData) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/InvalidScript.cpp b/dScripts/InvalidScript.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..81ee744b --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/InvalidScript.cpp @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +#include "InvalidScript.h" diff --git a/dScripts/InvalidScript.h b/dScripts/InvalidScript.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a8679b03 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/InvalidScript.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class InvalidScript : public CppScripts::Script +{ +}; diff --git a/dScripts/Lieutenant.cpp b/dScripts/Lieutenant.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..91ffce63 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/Lieutenant.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +#include "Lieutenant.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" + +void Lieutenant::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + auto* skillComponent = self->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (skillComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(1127, 24812, self->GetObjectID(), true); +} + +void Lieutenant::OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) +{ + const auto myLOT = self->GetLOT(); + + std::string spawnerName; + + switch (myLOT) + { + case 16047: + spawnerName = "EarthShrine_ERail"; + break; + case 16050: + spawnerName = "IceShrine_QBBouncer"; + break; + case 16049: + spawnerName = "LightningShrine_LRail"; + break; + default: + return; + } + + const auto spawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(spawnerName); + + if (spawners.empty()) + { + return; + } + + for (auto* spawner : spawners) + { + spawner->Reset(); + spawner->Activate(); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/Lieutenant.h b/dScripts/Lieutenant.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8635671a --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/Lieutenant.h @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class Lieutenant : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + + void OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) override; +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/MaestromExtracticatorServer.cpp b/dScripts/MaestromExtracticatorServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a542389f --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/MaestromExtracticatorServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +#include "MaestromExtracticatorServer.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" + +void MaestromExtracticatorServer::OnStartup(Entity* self) { + //self:SetNetworkVar("current_anim", failAnim) + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(failAnim)); + + self->AddTimer("PlayFail", defaultTime); + self->AddTimer("RemoveSample", destroyAfterNoSampleTime); +} + +void MaestromExtracticatorServer::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, + int32_t param2, int32_t param3) { + if (sender == nullptr) + return; + + if (args == "attemptCollection") { + Entity* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetSpawnerID()); + if (!player) return; + + auto missionComponent = player->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + if (missionComponent == nullptr) return; + + missionComponent->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SMASH, 14718); + CollectSample(self, sender->GetObjectID()); + sender->ScheduleKillAfterUpdate(); + } +} + +void MaestromExtracticatorServer::CollectSample(Entity* self, LWOOBJID sampleObj) { + PlayAnimAndReturnTime(self, collectAnim); + self->AddTimer("RemoveSample", defaultTime); +} + +void MaestromExtracticatorServer::PlayAnimAndReturnTime(Entity* self, std::string animID) { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(animID)); +} + +void MaestromExtracticatorServer::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) { + if (timerName == "RemoveSample") { + self->ScheduleKillAfterUpdate(); + } + + if (timerName == "PlayFail") { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(failAnim)); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/MaestromExtracticatorServer.h b/dScripts/MaestromExtracticatorServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e59628c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/MaestromExtracticatorServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class MaestromExtracticatorServer : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self); + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3); + void CollectSample(Entity* self, LWOOBJID sampleObj); + void PlayAnimAndReturnTime(Entity* self, std::string animID); + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName); + +private: + const std::string failAnim = "idle_maelstrom"; + const std::string collectAnim = "collect_maelstrom"; + const float defaultTime = 4.0f; + const float destroyAfterNoSampleTime = 8.0f; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/MastTeleport.cpp b/dScripts/MastTeleport.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..601f7dbf --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/MastTeleport.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +#include "MastTeleport.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "Preconditions.h" + +#ifdef _WIN32 +#define _USE_MATH_DEFINES +#include <math.h> +#endif + +void MastTeleport::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetNetworkVar<std::string>(u"hookPreconditions", "154;44", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); +} + +void MastTeleport::OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) +{ + if (Preconditions::Check(target, 154) && Preconditions::Check(target, 44)) + { + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"userID", target->GetObjectID()); + + GameMessages::SendSetStunned(target->GetObjectID(), PUSH, target->GetSystemAddress(), + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, true, true, true, true, true, true, true + ); + + self->AddTimer("Start", 3); + } +} + +void MastTeleport::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + const auto playerId = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"userID"); + + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerId); + + if (player == nullptr) return; + + if (timerName == "Start") + { + auto position = self->GetPosition(); + auto rotation = self->GetRotation(); + + GameMessages::SendTeleport(playerId, position, rotation, player->GetSystemAddress(), true); + + // Hacky fix for odd rotations + if (self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"MastName") != u"Jail") + { + GameMessages::SendOrientToAngle(playerId, true, (M_PI / 180) * 140.0f, player->GetSystemAddress()); + } + else + { + GameMessages::SendOrientToAngle(playerId, true, (M_PI / 180) * 100.0f, player->GetSystemAddress()); + } + + const auto cinematic = GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"Cinematic")); + const auto leanIn = self->GetVar<float>(u"LeanIn"); + + if (!cinematic.empty()) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayCinematic(playerId, GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(cinematic), player->GetSystemAddress(), + true, true, false, false, 0, false, leanIn + ); + } + + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(playerId, 6039, u"hook", "hook", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1, 1, true); + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(player, u"crow-swing-no-equip"); + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"swing"); + + self->AddTimer("PlayerAnimDone", 6.25f); + } + else if (timerName == "PlayerAnimDone") + { + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(player, true, "hook"); + + auto forward = self->GetRotation().GetForwardVector(); + + const auto degrees = -25.0f; + + const auto rads = degrees * (static_cast<float>(M_PI) / 180.0f); + + const Vector3 newPlayerRot = {0, rads, 0}; + + auto position = self->GetPosition(); + + position.x += (forward.x * 20.5f); + position.y += 12; + position.z += (forward.z * 20.5f); + + GameMessages::SendOrientToAngle(playerId, true, rads, player->GetSystemAddress()); + + GameMessages::SendTeleport(playerId, position, NiQuaternion::IDENTITY, player->GetSystemAddress()); + + GameMessages::SendSetStunned(playerId, POP, player->GetSystemAddress(), + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, true, true, true, true, true, true, true + ); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/MastTeleport.h b/dScripts/MastTeleport.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1b5dc481 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/MastTeleport.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class MastTeleport : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/MinigameTreasureChestServer.cpp b/dScripts/MinigameTreasureChestServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3380aaae --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/MinigameTreasureChestServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +#include "MinigameTreasureChestServer.h" +#include "ScriptedActivityComponent.h" +#include "TeamManager.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "dServer.h" + +void MinigameTreasureChestServer::OnUse(Entity *self, Entity *user) { + auto* sac = self->GetComponent<ScriptedActivityComponent>(); + if (sac == nullptr) + return; + + if (self->GetVar<bool>(u"used")) + return; + self->SetVar<bool>(u"used", true); + + if (!IsPlayerInActivity(self, user->GetObjectID())) + UpdatePlayer(self, user->GetObjectID()); + + auto* team = TeamManager::Instance()->GetTeam(user->GetObjectID()); + if (team != nullptr) { + for (const auto& teamMemberID : team->members) { + auto* teamMember = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(teamMemberID); + if (teamMember != nullptr) + Loot::DropActivityLoot(teamMember, self, sac->GetActivityID(), CalculateActivityRating(self, teamMemberID)); + } + } else { + Loot::DropActivityLoot(user, self, sac->GetActivityID(), CalculateActivityRating(self, user->GetObjectID())); + } + + sac->PlayerRemove(user->GetObjectID()); + + auto* zoneControl = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlObject(); + if (zoneControl != nullptr) { + zoneControl->OnFireEventServerSide(self, "Survival_Update", 0); + } + + self->Smash(self->GetObjectID()); +} + +uint32_t MinigameTreasureChestServer::CalculateActivityRating(Entity *self, LWOOBJID playerID) { + auto* team = TeamManager::Instance()->GetTeam(playerID); + return team != nullptr ? team->members.size() * 100 : ActivityManager::CalculateActivityRating(self, playerID) * 100; +} + +void MinigameTreasureChestServer::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + + // BONS treasure chest thinks it's on FV, causing it to start a lobby + if (Game::server->GetZoneID() == 1204) { + auto* sac = self->GetComponent<ScriptedActivityComponent>(); + if (sac != nullptr) { + sac->SetInstanceMapID(1204); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/MinigameTreasureChestServer.h b/dScripts/MinigameTreasureChestServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f2cd4328 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/MinigameTreasureChestServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#pragma once +#include "ActivityManager.h" + +class MinigameTreasureChestServer : public ActivityManager { + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; + uint32_t CalculateActivityRating(Entity *self, LWOOBJID playerID) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/MissionConsoleServer.cpp b/dScripts/MissionConsoleServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..136f2cb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/MissionConsoleServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +#include "MissionConsoleServer.h" diff --git a/dScripts/MissionConsoleServer.h b/dScripts/MissionConsoleServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c502fc00 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/MissionConsoleServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class MissionConsoleServer : public CppScripts::Script { +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/MonCoreNookDoors.cpp b/dScripts/MonCoreNookDoors.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c038c1dd --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/MonCoreNookDoors.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +#include "MonCoreNookDoors.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" + +void MonCoreNookDoors::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + SpawnDoor(self); +} + +void MonCoreNookDoors::SpawnDoor(Entity* self) +{ + const auto doorNum = self->GetVarAsString(u"number"); + + if (doorNum.empty()) + { + return; + } + + const auto spawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName("MonCoreNookDoor0" + doorNum); + + if (spawners.empty()) + { + return; + } + + auto* spawner = spawners[0]; + + spawner->Reset(); + spawner->Activate(); +} + +void MonCoreNookDoors::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, int32_t param3) +{ + if (args == "DoorSmashed") + { + self->AddTimer("RespawnDoor", 30); + } +} + +void MonCoreNookDoors::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName == "RespawnDoor") + { + SpawnDoor(self); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/MonCoreNookDoors.h b/dScripts/MonCoreNookDoors.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a7ad7906 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/MonCoreNookDoors.h @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class MonCoreNookDoors : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + + void SpawnDoor(Entity* self); + + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, int32_t param3) override; + + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/MonCoreSmashableDoors.cpp b/dScripts/MonCoreSmashableDoors.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1ea1bef9 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/MonCoreSmashableDoors.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +#include "MonCoreSmashableDoors.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" + +void MonCoreSmashableDoors::OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) +{ + auto myNum = self->GetVarAsString(u"spawner_name"); + + myNum = myNum.substr(myNum.length() - 1, 1); + + auto triggerGroup = "CoreNookTrig0" + myNum; + + // Get the trigger + auto triggers = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(triggerGroup); + + if (triggers.empty()) + { + return; + } + + for (auto trigger : triggers) + { + trigger->OnFireEventServerSide(self, "DoorSmashed"); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/MonCoreSmashableDoors.h b/dScripts/MonCoreSmashableDoors.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2c2f28ae --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/MonCoreSmashableDoors.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class MonCoreSmashableDoors : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) override; +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/NPCAddRemoveItem.cpp b/dScripts/NPCAddRemoveItem.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7d36c1e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NPCAddRemoveItem.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +#include "NPCAddRemoveItem.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" + +void NPCAddRemoveItem::OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity *self, Entity *target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) { + auto* inventory = target->GetComponent<InventoryComponent>(); + if (inventory == nullptr) + return; + + for (const auto& missionSetting : m_MissionItemSettings) { + if (missionSetting.first == missionID) { + for (const auto& itemSetting : missionSetting.second) { + for (const auto& lot : itemSetting.items) { + if (itemSetting.add && (missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_AVAILABLE || missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_AVAILABLE)) { + inventory->AddItem(lot, 1); + } else if (itemSetting.remove && (missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_READY_TO_COMPLETE || missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_READY_TO_COMPLETE)) { + inventory->RemoveItem(lot, 1); + } + } + } + } + } +} + +std::map<uint32_t, std::vector<ItemSetting>> NPCAddRemoveItem::GetSettings() { + return std::map<uint32_t, std::vector<ItemSetting>>(); +} + +void NPCAddRemoveItem::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + m_MissionItemSettings = GetSettings(); +} diff --git a/dScripts/NPCAddRemoveItem.h b/dScripts/NPCAddRemoveItem.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1b4aba13 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NPCAddRemoveItem.h @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +struct ItemSetting { + std::vector<LOT> items; // The items to add/remove + bool add; // Add items on mission accept + bool remove; // Remove items on mission complete +}; + +/** + * Scripts that allows for the addition and removal of sets of items by an NPC + */ +class NPCAddRemoveItem : public CppScripts::Script { +protected: + void OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity *self, Entity *target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) override; + virtual std::map<uint32_t, std::vector<ItemSetting>> GetSettings(); +private: + void OnStartup(Entity *self) override; + std::map<uint32_t, std::vector<ItemSetting>> m_MissionItemSettings; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NjColeNPC.cpp b/dScripts/NjColeNPC.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..54d38bda --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjColeNPC.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +#include "NjColeNPC.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" + +void NjColeNPC::OnEmoteReceived(Entity* self, int32_t emote, Entity* target) +{ + if (emote != 393) + { + return; + } + + auto* inventoryComponent = target->GetComponent<InventoryComponent>(); + + if (inventoryComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + if (!inventoryComponent->IsEquipped(14499) && !inventoryComponent->IsEquipped(16644)) + { + return; + } + + auto* missionComponent = target->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + if (missionComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + missionComponent->ForceProgressTaskType(1818, 1, 1); +} + +void NjColeNPC::OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity* self, Entity* target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) +{ + NjNPCMissionSpinjitzuServer::OnMissionDialogueOK(self, target, missionID, missionState); + + if (missionID == 1818 && missionState >= MissionState::MISSION_STATE_READY_TO_COMPLETE) + { + auto* missionComponent = target->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + auto* inventoryComponent = target->GetComponent<InventoryComponent>(); + + if (missionComponent == nullptr || inventoryComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + if (inventoryComponent->GetLotCount(14499) > 0) + { + inventoryComponent->RemoveItem(14499, 1); + } + else + { + return; + } + + inventoryComponent->AddItem(16644, 1); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/NjColeNPC.h b/dScripts/NjColeNPC.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c6421a66 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjColeNPC.h @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +#include "NjNPCMissionSpinjitzuServer.h" + +class NjColeNPC : public NjNPCMissionSpinjitzuServer { + void OnEmoteReceived(Entity* self, int32_t emote, Entity* target) override; + + void OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity* self, Entity* target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NjDragonEmblemChestServer.cpp b/dScripts/NjDragonEmblemChestServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..717e68b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjDragonEmblemChestServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +#include "NjDragonEmblemChestServer.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" + +void NjDragonEmblemChestServer::OnUse(Entity *self, Entity *user) { + auto* character = user->GetCharacter(); + if (character != nullptr) { + character->SetPlayerFlag(NJ_WU_SHOW_DAILY_CHEST, false); + } + + auto* destroyable = self->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + if (destroyable != nullptr) { + Loot::DropLoot(user, self, destroyable->GetLootMatrixID(), 0, 0); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/NjDragonEmblemChestServer.h b/dScripts/NjDragonEmblemChestServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ab0abc05 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjDragonEmblemChestServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NjDragonEmblemChestServer : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnUse(Entity *self, Entity *user) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NjEarthDragonPetServer.cpp b/dScripts/NjEarthDragonPetServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3be5c63a --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjEarthDragonPetServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#include "NjEarthDragonPetServer.h" + +void NjEarthDragonPetServer::SetVariables(Entity *self) { + self->SetVar<LOT>(u"petLOT", 16210); + self->SetVar<std::string>(u"petType", "earthpet"); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(u"maxPets", 3); + self->SetVar<std::u16string>(u"spawnAnim", u"spawn"); + self->SetVar<std::u16string>(u"spawnCinematic", u"EarthPetSpawn"); +} diff --git a/dScripts/NjEarthDragonPetServer.h b/dScripts/NjEarthDragonPetServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..41c068f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjEarthDragonPetServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +#pragma once +//#include "NjPetSpawnerServer.h" +#include "SpawnPetBaseServer.h" + +class NjEarthDragonPetServer : public SpawnPetBaseServer { + void SetVariables(Entity* self) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NjEarthPetServer.cpp b/dScripts/NjEarthPetServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..12036355 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjEarthPetServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +#include "NjEarthPetServer.h" +#include "PetComponent.h" + +void NjEarthPetServer::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + auto* petComponent = self->GetComponent<PetComponent>(); + if (petComponent == nullptr || petComponent->GetOwnerId() != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + return; + + // Removes the chocolate bars + petComponent->SetPreconditions(const_cast<std::string &>(m_Precondition)); + PetFromObjectServer::OnStartup(self); +} diff --git a/dScripts/NjEarthPetServer.h b/dScripts/NjEarthPetServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0e327168 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjEarthPetServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +#pragma once +#include "PetFromObjectServer.h" + +class NjEarthPetServer : public PetFromObjectServer { + void OnStartup(Entity *self) override; + const std::string m_Precondition = "279"; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NjGarmadonCelebration.cpp b/dScripts/NjGarmadonCelebration.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ab71e092 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjGarmadonCelebration.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +#include "NjGarmadonCelebration.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void NjGarmadonCelebration::OnCollisionPhantom(Entity *self, Entity *target) { + auto* character = target->GetCharacter(); + + if (character == nullptr) { + return; + } + + if (!character->GetPlayerFlag(ePlayerFlags::NJ_GARMADON_CINEMATIC_SEEN)) { + character->SetPlayerFlag(ePlayerFlags::NJ_GARMADON_CINEMATIC_SEEN, true); + + GameMessages::SendStartCelebrationEffect(target, target->GetSystemAddress(), GarmadonCelebrationID); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/NjGarmadonCelebration.h b/dScripts/NjGarmadonCelebration.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..858ecfce --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjGarmadonCelebration.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NjGarmadonCelebration : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnCollisionPhantom(Entity *self, Entity *target) override; +private: + const int32_t GarmadonCelebrationID = 23; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NjIceRailActivator.cpp b/dScripts/NjIceRailActivator.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dbf0acd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjIceRailActivator.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +#include "NjIceRailActivator.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void NjIceRailActivator::OnPlayerRailArrived(Entity *self, Entity *sender, const std::u16string &pathName, + int32_t waypoint) { + const auto breakPoint = self->GetVar<int32_t>(BreakpointVariable); + if (breakPoint == waypoint) { + const auto& blockGroup = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(BlockGroupVariable); + + for (auto* block : EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(blockGroup))) { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(block, u"explode"); + + const auto blockID = block->GetObjectID(); + + self->AddCallbackTimer(1.0f, [self, blockID]() { + auto* block = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(blockID); + + if (block != nullptr) { + block->Kill(self); + } + }); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/NjIceRailActivator.h b/dScripts/NjIceRailActivator.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dd56be62 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjIceRailActivator.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "NjRailActivatorsServer.h" + +class NjIceRailActivator : public NjRailActivatorsServer{ + void OnPlayerRailArrived(Entity* self, Entity* sender, const std::u16string& pathName, int32_t waypoint) override; +private: + std::u16string BreakpointVariable = u"BreakPoint"; + std::u16string BlockGroupVariable = u"BlockGroup"; + std::u16string IceBlockVariable = u"IceBlock"; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NjJayMissionItems.cpp b/dScripts/NjJayMissionItems.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c4b037bb --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjJayMissionItems.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#include "NjJayMissionItems.h" + +void NjJayMissionItems::OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity *self, Entity *target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) { + NjNPCMissionSpinjitzuServer::OnMissionDialogueOK(self, target, missionID, missionState); + NPCAddRemoveItem::OnMissionDialogueOK(self, target, missionID, missionState); +} + +std::map<uint32_t, std::vector<ItemSetting>> NjJayMissionItems::GetSettings() { + return { + {1789, {{{14474},false, true}}}, + {1927, {{{14493},false, true}}} + }; +} diff --git a/dScripts/NjJayMissionItems.h b/dScripts/NjJayMissionItems.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7f30d7f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjJayMissionItems.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#pragma once +#include "NjNPCMissionSpinjitzuServer.h" +#include "NPCAddRemoveItem.h" + +class NjJayMissionItems : public NjNPCMissionSpinjitzuServer, NPCAddRemoveItem { + void OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity *self, Entity *target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) override; + std::map<uint32_t, std::vector<ItemSetting>> GetSettings() override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NjMonastryBossInstance.cpp b/dScripts/NjMonastryBossInstance.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8c7f8e9e --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjMonastryBossInstance.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,507 @@ +#include <algorithm> +#include "RebuildComponent.h" +#include "NjMonastryBossInstance.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "BaseCombatAIComponent.h" +#include "BuffComponent.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "TeamManager.h" + +// // // // // // // +// Event handling // +// // // // // // // + +void NjMonastryBossInstance::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + auto spawnerNames = std::vector { LedgeFrakjawSpawner, LowerFrakjawSpawner, BaseEnemiesSpawner + std::to_string(1), + BaseEnemiesSpawner + std::to_string(2), BaseEnemiesSpawner + std::to_string(3), + BaseEnemiesSpawner + std::to_string(4), CounterweightSpawner }; + + // Add a notification request for all the spawned entities, corresponds to notifySpawnedObjectLoaded + for (const auto& spawnerName : spawnerNames) { + for (auto* spawner : dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(spawnerName)) { + spawner->AddEntitySpawnedCallback([self, this](Entity* entity) { + const auto lot = entity->GetLOT(); + switch (lot) { + case LedgedFrakjawLOT: + NjMonastryBossInstance::HandleLedgedFrakjawSpawned(self, entity); + return; + case CounterWeightLOT: + NjMonastryBossInstance::HandleCounterWeightSpawned(self, entity); + return; + case LowerFrakjawLOT: + NjMonastryBossInstance::HandleLowerFrakjawSpawned(self, entity); + return; + default: + NjMonastryBossInstance::HandleWaveEnemySpawned(self, entity); + return; + } + }); + } + } +} + +void NjMonastryBossInstance::OnPlayerLoaded(Entity *self, Entity *player) { + ActivityTimerStop(self, WaitingForPlayersTimer); + + // Join the player in the activity and charge for joining + UpdatePlayer(self, player->GetObjectID()); + TakeActivityCost(self, player->GetObjectID()); + + // Buff the player + auto* destroyableComponent = player->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + if (destroyableComponent != nullptr) { + destroyableComponent->SetHealth((int32_t) destroyableComponent->GetMaxHealth()); + destroyableComponent->SetArmor((int32_t) destroyableComponent->GetMaxArmor()); + destroyableComponent->SetImagination((int32_t) destroyableComponent->GetMaxImagination()); + } + + // Track the player ID + auto totalPlayersLoaded = self->GetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(TotalPlayersLoadedVariable); + if (totalPlayersLoaded.empty() || std::find(totalPlayersLoaded.begin(), totalPlayersLoaded.end(), player->GetObjectID()) != totalPlayersLoaded.end()) { + totalPlayersLoaded.push_back(player->GetObjectID()); + } + + // Properly position the player + self->SetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(TotalPlayersLoadedVariable, totalPlayersLoaded); + TeleportPlayer(player, totalPlayersLoaded.size()); + + // Large teams face a tougher challenge + if (totalPlayersLoaded.size() > 2) + self->SetVar<bool>(LargeTeamVariable, true); + + // Start the game if all players in the team have loaded + auto* team = TeamManager::Instance()->GetTeam(player->GetObjectID()); + if (team == nullptr || totalPlayersLoaded.size() >= team->members.size()) { + StartFight(self); + return; + } + + self->AddCallbackTimer(0.0f, [self, player]() { + if (player != nullptr) { + // If we don't have enough players yet, wait for the others to load and notify the client to play a cool cinematic + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"PlayerLoaded", 0, 0, + player->GetObjectID(), "", player->GetSystemAddress()); + } + }); + + ActivityTimerStart(self, WaitingForPlayersTimer, 45.0f, 45.0f); +} + +void NjMonastryBossInstance::OnPlayerExit(Entity *self, Entity *player) { + UpdatePlayer(self, player->GetObjectID(), true); + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"PlayerLeft", 0, 0, + player->GetObjectID(), "", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); +} + +void NjMonastryBossInstance::OnActivityTimerDone(Entity *self, const std::string &name) { + auto split = GeneralUtils::SplitString(name, TimerSplitChar); + auto timerName = split[0]; + auto objectID = split.size() > 1 ? (LWOOBJID) std::stol(split[1]) : LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + + if (timerName == WaitingForPlayersTimer) { + StartFight(self); + } else if (timerName == SpawnNextWaveTimer) { + auto* frakjaw = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(LedgeFrakjawVariable)); + if (frakjaw != nullptr) { + SummonWave(self, frakjaw); + } + } else if (timerName == SpawnWaveTimer) { + auto wave = self->GetVar<uint32_t>(WaveNumberVariable); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(WaveNumberVariable, wave + 1); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(TotalAliveInWaveVariable, 0); + + if (wave < m_Waves.size()) { + auto waves = m_Waves.at(wave); + auto counter = 0; + + for (const auto& waveEnemy : waves) { + const auto numberToSpawn = self->GetVar<bool>(LargeTeamVariable) + ? waveEnemy.largeNumber : waveEnemy.smallNumber; + + auto spawnIndex = counter % 4 + 1; + SpawnOnNetwork(self, waveEnemy.lot, numberToSpawn, BaseEnemiesSpawner + std::to_string(spawnIndex)); + counter++; + } + } + } else if (timerName + TimerSplitChar == UnstunTimer) { + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(objectID); + if (entity != nullptr) { + auto* combatAI = entity->GetComponent<BaseCombatAIComponent>(); + if (combatAI != nullptr) { + combatAI->SetDisabled(false); + } + } + } else if (timerName == SpawnCounterWeightTimer) { + auto spawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(CounterweightSpawner); + if (!spawners.empty()) { + // Spawn the counter weight at a specific waypoint, there's one for each round + auto* spawner = spawners.front(); + + spawner->Spawn({ + spawner->m_Info.nodes.at((self->GetVar<uint32_t>(WaveNumberVariable) - 1) % 3) + }, true); + } + } else if (timerName == LowerFrakjawCamTimer) { + // Destroy the frakjaw on the ledge + auto* ledgeFrakjaw = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(LedgeFrakjawVariable)); + if (ledgeFrakjaw != nullptr) { + ledgeFrakjaw->Kill(); + } + + ActivityTimerStart(self, SpawnLowerFrakjawTimer, 1.0f, 1.0f); + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), PlayCinematicNotification, 0, 0, + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, BottomFrakSpawn, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + } else if (timerName == SpawnLowerFrakjawTimer) { + auto spawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(LowerFrakjawSpawner); + if (!spawners.empty()) { + auto* spawner = spawners.front(); + spawner->Activate(); + } + } else if (timerName == SpawnRailTimer) { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), PlayCinematicNotification, 0, 0, + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, FireRailSpawn, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + auto spawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(FireRailSpawner); + if (!spawners.empty()) { + auto* spawner = spawners.front(); + spawner->Activate(); + } + } else if (timerName + TimerSplitChar == FrakjawSpawnInTimer) { + auto* lowerFrakjaw = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(objectID); + if (lowerFrakjaw != nullptr) { + LowerFrakjawSummon(self, lowerFrakjaw); + } + } else if (timerName == WaveOverTimer) { + WaveOver(self); + } else if (timerName == FightOverTimer) { + FightOver(self); + } +} + +// // // // // // // // +// Custom functions // +// // // // // // // // + +void NjMonastryBossInstance::StartFight(Entity *self) { + if (self->GetVar<bool>(FightStartedVariable)) + return; + + self->SetVar<bool>(FightStartedVariable, true); + + // Activate the frakjaw spawner + for (auto* spawner : dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(LedgeFrakjawSpawner)) { + spawner->Activate(); + } +} + +void NjMonastryBossInstance::HandleLedgedFrakjawSpawned(Entity *self, Entity *ledgedFrakjaw) { + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(LedgeFrakjawVariable, ledgedFrakjaw->GetObjectID()); + SummonWave(self, ledgedFrakjaw); +} + +void NjMonastryBossInstance::HandleCounterWeightSpawned(Entity *self, Entity *counterWeight) { + auto* rebuildComponent = counterWeight->GetComponent<RebuildComponent>(); + if (rebuildComponent != nullptr) { + rebuildComponent->AddRebuildStateCallback([this, self, counterWeight](eRebuildState state) { + + switch (state) { + case REBUILD_BUILDING: + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), PlayCinematicNotification, + 0, 0, counterWeight->GetObjectID(), + BaseCounterweightQB + std::to_string(self->GetVar<uint32_t>(WaveNumberVariable)), + UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + return; + case REBUILD_INCOMPLETE: + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), EndCinematicNotification, + 0, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY,"", + UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + return; + case REBUILD_RESETTING: + ActivityTimerStart(self, SpawnCounterWeightTimer, 0.0f, 0.0f); + return; + case REBUILD_COMPLETED: { + // TODO: Move the platform? + + // The counterweight is actually a moving platform and we should listen to the last waypoint event here + // 0.5f is a rough estimate of that path, though, and results in less needed logic + self->AddCallbackTimer(0.5f, [this, self, counterWeight]() { + if (counterWeight != nullptr) { + counterWeight->Kill(); + } + + auto* frakjaw = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(LedgeFrakjawVariable)); + if (frakjaw == nullptr) { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"LedgeFrakjawDead", 0, + 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + return; + } + + auto* skillComponent = frakjaw->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + if (skillComponent != nullptr) { + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(1635, 39097, frakjaw->GetObjectID(), true, false); + } + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(frakjaw, StunnedAnimation); + GameMessages::SendPlayNDAudioEmitter(frakjaw, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, CounterSmashAudio); + + // Before wave 4 we should lower frakjaw from the ledge + if (self->GetVar<uint32_t>(WaveNumberVariable) == 3) { + LowerFrakjaw(self, frakjaw); + return; + } + + ActivityTimerStart(self, SpawnNextWaveTimer, 2.0f, 2.0f); + }); + } + default: + return; + } + }); + } +} + +void NjMonastryBossInstance::HandleLowerFrakjawSpawned(Entity *self, Entity *lowerFrakjaw) { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(lowerFrakjaw, TeleportInAnimation); + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(LowerFrakjawVariable, lowerFrakjaw->GetObjectID()); + + auto* combatAI = lowerFrakjaw->GetComponent<BaseCombatAIComponent>(); + if (combatAI != nullptr) { + combatAI->SetDisabled(true); + } + + auto* destroyableComponent = lowerFrakjaw->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + if (destroyableComponent != nullptr) { + destroyableComponent->AddOnHitCallback([this, self, lowerFrakjaw](Entity* attacker) { + NjMonastryBossInstance::HandleLowerFrakjawHit(self, lowerFrakjaw, attacker); + }); + } + + lowerFrakjaw->AddDieCallback([this, self, lowerFrakjaw]() { + NjMonastryBossInstance::HandleLowerFrakjawDied(self, lowerFrakjaw); + }); + + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"LedgeFrakjawDead", 0, 0, + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + if (self->GetVar<bool>(LargeTeamVariable)) { + // Double frakjaws health for large teams + if (destroyableComponent != nullptr) { + const auto doubleHealth = destroyableComponent->GetHealth() * 2; + destroyableComponent->SetHealth(doubleHealth); + destroyableComponent->SetMaxHealth((float_t) doubleHealth); + } + + ActivityTimerStart(self, FrakjawSpawnInTimer + std::to_string(lowerFrakjaw->GetObjectID()), + 2.0f, 2.0f); + ActivityTimerStart(self, UnstunTimer + std::to_string(lowerFrakjaw->GetObjectID()), + 7.0f, 7.0f); + } else { + ActivityTimerStart(self, UnstunTimer + std::to_string(lowerFrakjaw->GetObjectID()), + 5.0f, 5.0f); + } +} + +void NjMonastryBossInstance::HandleLowerFrakjawHit(Entity *self, Entity *lowerFrakjaw, Entity *attacker) { + auto* destroyableComponent = lowerFrakjaw->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + if (destroyableComponent == nullptr) + return; + + // Progress the fight to the last wave if frakjaw has less than 50% of his health left + if (destroyableComponent->GetHealth() <= (uint32_t) destroyableComponent->GetMaxHealth() / 2 && !self->GetVar<bool>(OnLastWaveVarbiale)) { + self->SetVar<bool>(OnLastWaveVarbiale, true); + + // Stun frakjaw during the cinematic + auto* combatAI = lowerFrakjaw->GetComponent<BaseCombatAIComponent>(); + if (combatAI != nullptr) { + combatAI->SetDisabled(true); + } + ActivityTimerStart(self, UnstunTimer + std::to_string(lowerFrakjaw->GetObjectID()), 5.0f, 5.0f); + + const auto trashMobsAlive = self->GetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(TrashMobsAliveVariable); + std::vector<LWOOBJID> newTrashMobs = {}; + + for (const auto& trashMobID : trashMobsAlive) { + auto* trashMob = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(trashMobID); + if (trashMob != nullptr) { + newTrashMobs.push_back(trashMobID); + + // Stun all the enemies until the cinematic is over + auto* trashMobCombatAI = trashMob->GetComponent<BaseCombatAIComponent>(); + if (trashMobCombatAI != nullptr) { + trashMobCombatAI->SetDisabled(true); + } + ActivityTimerStart(self, UnstunTimer + std::to_string(trashMobID), 5.0f, 5.0f); + } + } + + self->SetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(TrashMobsAliveVariable, newTrashMobs); + + LowerFrakjawSummon(self, lowerFrakjaw); + RemovePoison(self); + } +} + +void NjMonastryBossInstance::HandleLowerFrakjawDied(Entity *self, Entity *lowerFrakjaw) { + ActivityTimerStart(self, FightOverTimer, 2.0f, 2.0f); +} + +void NjMonastryBossInstance::HandleWaveEnemySpawned(Entity *self, Entity *waveEnemy) { + waveEnemy->AddDieCallback([this, self, waveEnemy]() { + NjMonastryBossInstance::HandleWaveEnemyDied(self, waveEnemy); + }); + + auto waveEnemies = self->GetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(TrashMobsAliveVariable); + waveEnemies.push_back(waveEnemy->GetObjectID()); + self->SetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(TrashMobsAliveVariable, waveEnemies); + + auto* combatAI = waveEnemy->GetComponent<BaseCombatAIComponent>(); + if (combatAI != nullptr) { + combatAI->SetDisabled(true); + ActivityTimerStart(self, UnstunTimer + std::to_string(waveEnemy->GetObjectID()), 3.0f, 3.0f); + } +} + +void NjMonastryBossInstance::HandleWaveEnemyDied(Entity *self, Entity* waveEnemy) { + auto waveEnemies = self->GetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(TrashMobsAliveVariable); + waveEnemies.erase(std::remove(waveEnemies.begin(), waveEnemies.end(), waveEnemy->GetObjectID()), waveEnemies.end()); + self->SetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(TrashMobsAliveVariable, waveEnemies); + + if (waveEnemies.empty()) { + ActivityTimerStart(self, WaveOverTimer, 2.0f, 2.0f); + } +} + +void NjMonastryBossInstance::TeleportPlayer(Entity *player, uint32_t position) { + for (const auto* spawnPoint : EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("SpawnPoint" + std::to_string(position))) { + GameMessages::SendTeleport(player->GetObjectID(), spawnPoint->GetPosition(), spawnPoint->GetRotation(), + player->GetSystemAddress(), true); + } +} + +void NjMonastryBossInstance::SummonWave(Entity* self, Entity* frakjaw) { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), PlayCinematicNotification, 0, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + LedgeFrakSummon, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(frakjaw, SummonAnimation); + + // Stop the music for the first, fourth and fifth wave + const auto wave = self->GetVar<uint32_t>(WaveNumberVariable); + if (wave >= 1 || wave < (m_Waves.size() - 1)) { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), StopMusicNotification, 0, 0, + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, AudioWaveAudio + std::to_string(wave - 1), + UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + } + + // After frakjaw moves down the music stays the same + if (wave < (m_Waves.size() - 1)) { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), StartMusicNotification, 0, 0, + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, AudioWaveAudio + std::to_string(wave), + UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + } + + ActivityTimerStart(self, SpawnWaveTimer, 4.0f, 4.0f); +} + +void NjMonastryBossInstance::LowerFrakjawSummon(Entity *self, Entity *frakjaw) { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), PlayCinematicNotification, 0, 0, + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, BottomFrakSummon, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + ActivityTimerStart(self, SpawnWaveTimer, 2.0f, 2.0f); + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(frakjaw, SummonAnimation); +} + +void NjMonastryBossInstance::RemovePoison(Entity *self) { + const auto& totalPlayer = self->GetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(TotalPlayersLoadedVariable); + for (const auto& playerID : totalPlayer) { + + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + if (player != nullptr) { + + auto* buffComponent = player->GetComponent<BuffComponent>(); + if (buffComponent != nullptr) { + buffComponent->RemoveBuff(PoisonBuff); + } + } + } +} + +void NjMonastryBossInstance::LowerFrakjaw(Entity *self, Entity* frakjaw) { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(frakjaw, TeleportOutAnimation); + ActivityTimerStart(self, LowerFrakjawCamTimer, 2.0f, 2.0f); + + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(frakjaw->GetObjectID(), StopMusicNotification, 0, 0, + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, AudioWaveAudio + std::to_string(m_Waves.size() - 3), UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(frakjaw->GetObjectID(), StartMusicNotification, 0, 0, + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, AudioWaveAudio + std::to_string(m_Waves.size() - 2), UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); +} + +void NjMonastryBossInstance::SpawnOnNetwork(Entity* self, const LOT& toSpawn, const uint32_t& numberToSpawn, const std::string& spawnerName) { + auto spawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(spawnerName); + if (spawners.empty() || numberToSpawn <= 0) + return; + + auto* spawner = spawners.front(); + + // Spawn the lot N times + spawner->SetSpawnLot(toSpawn); + for (auto i = 0; i < numberToSpawn; i++) + spawner->Spawn({ spawner->m_Info.nodes.at(i % spawner->m_Info.nodes.size()) }, true); +} + +void NjMonastryBossInstance::WaveOver(Entity *self) { + auto wave = self->GetVar<uint32_t>(WaveNumberVariable); + if (wave >= m_Waves.size() - 1) + return; + + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), PlayCinematicNotification, 0, 0, + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, BaseCounterweightSpawn + std::to_string(wave), + UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + ActivityTimerStart(self, SpawnCounterWeightTimer, 1.5f, 1.5f); + RemovePoison(self); +} + +void NjMonastryBossInstance::FightOver(Entity *self) { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"GroundFrakjawDead", 0, 0, + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + // Remove all the enemies from the battlefield + for (auto i = 1; i < 5; i++) { + auto spawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(BaseEnemiesSpawner + std::to_string(i)); + if (!spawners.empty()) { + auto* spawner = spawners.front(); + spawner->Deactivate(); + spawner->Reset(); + } + } + + RemovePoison(self); + ActivityTimerStart(self, SpawnRailTimer, 1.5f, 1.5f); + + // Set the music to play the victory music + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), StopMusicNotification, 0, 0, + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, AudioWaveAudio + std::to_string(m_Waves.size() - 2), + UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), FlashMusicNotification, 0, 0, + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "Monastery_Frakjaw_Battle_Win", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), PlayCinematicNotification, 0, 0, + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, TreasureChestSpawning, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + auto treasureChests = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(ChestSpawnpointGroup); + for (auto* treasureChest : treasureChests) { + auto info = EntityInfo {}; + + info.lot = ChestLOT; + info.pos = treasureChest->GetPosition(); + info.rot = treasureChest->GetRotation(); + info.spawnerID = self->GetObjectID(); + info.settings = { + new LDFData<LWOOBJID>(u"parent_tag", self->GetObjectID()) + }; + + // Finally spawn a treasure chest at the correct spawn point + auto* chestObject = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(chestObject); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/NjMonastryBossInstance.h b/dScripts/NjMonastryBossInstance.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6153d84f --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjMonastryBossInstance.h @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +#pragma once +#include "ActivityManager.h" + +enum FrakjawEnemies { + BoneWolf = 16191, + BlackSmith = 14007, + Marksman = 14008, + Commando = 14009, + MadScientist = 16511 +}; + +enum FrakjawLots : LOT { + ChestLOT = 16486, + LedgedFrakjawLOT = 16289, + LowerFrakjawLOT = 16048, + CounterWeightLOT = 16141 +}; + +struct FrakjawWaveEnemy { + LOT lot; + uint32_t largeNumber; + uint32_t smallNumber; +}; + +class NjMonastryBossInstance : public ActivityManager { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnPlayerLoaded(Entity* self, Entity* player) override; + void OnPlayerExit(Entity* self, Entity* player) override; + void OnActivityTimerDone(Entity *self, const std::string &name) override; +private: + void StartFight(Entity* self); + void WaveOver(Entity* self); + void FightOver(Entity* self); + void SummonWave(Entity* self, Entity* frakjaw); + void LowerFrakjaw(Entity* self, Entity* frakjaw); + void LowerFrakjawSummon(Entity* self, Entity* frakjaw); + void RemovePoison(Entity* self); + static void SpawnOnNetwork(Entity* self, const LOT& toSpawn, const uint32_t& numberToSpawn, const std::string& spawnerName); + static void TeleportPlayer(Entity* player, uint32_t position); + + // Event handlers for anything spawned by the main spawner + void HandleLedgedFrakjawSpawned(Entity* self, Entity* ledgedFrakjaw); + void HandleCounterWeightSpawned(Entity* self, Entity* counterWeight); + void HandleLowerFrakjawSpawned(Entity* self, Entity* lowerFrakjaw); + void HandleWaveEnemySpawned(Entity* self, Entity* waveEnemy); + void HandleWaveEnemyDied(Entity* self, Entity* waveEnemy); + void HandleLowerFrakjawHit(Entity* self, Entity* lowerFrakjaw, Entity* attacker); + void HandleLowerFrakjawDied(Entity* self, Entity* lowerFrakjaw); + + const std::vector<std::vector<FrakjawWaveEnemy>> m_Waves = { + // Wave 1 + { + { FrakjawEnemies::Marksman, 2, 1}, + { FrakjawEnemies::BlackSmith, 4, 3}, + { FrakjawEnemies::Commando, 2, 1}, + { FrakjawEnemies::MadScientist, 1, 0}, + }, + + // Wave 2 + { + { FrakjawEnemies::BoneWolf, 1, 0}, + { FrakjawEnemies::BlackSmith, 2, 2}, + { FrakjawEnemies::Marksman, 2, 1}, + { FrakjawEnemies::MadScientist, 1, 1}, + }, + + // Wave 3 + { + { FrakjawEnemies::BoneWolf, 2, 1}, + { FrakjawEnemies::Marksman, 2, 1}, + { FrakjawEnemies::Commando, 2, 2}, + { FrakjawEnemies::MadScientist, 1, 0}, + }, + + // Wave 4 + { + { FrakjawEnemies::BlackSmith, 2, 2}, + { FrakjawEnemies::BoneWolf, 1, 1}, + { FrakjawEnemies::Commando, 3, 1}, + { FrakjawEnemies::Marksman, 2, 0}, + }, + + // Wave 5 + { + { FrakjawEnemies::MadScientist, 1, 0}, + { FrakjawEnemies::BoneWolf, 2, 0}, + { FrakjawEnemies::Commando, 3, 0}, + { FrakjawEnemies::Marksman, 2, 0}, + } + }; + + const int32_t PoisonBuff = 60; + + // Variables + const std::u16string TotalPlayersLoadedVariable = u"TotalPlayersLoaded"; + const std::u16string LargeTeamVariable = u"LargeTeam"; + const std::u16string FightStartedVariable = u"FightStarted"; + const std::u16string LedgeFrakjawVariable = u"LedgeFrakjaw"; + const std::u16string LowerFrakjawVariable = u"LowerFrakjaw"; + const std::u16string WaveNumberVariable = u"WaveNumber"; + const std::u16string OnLastWaveVarbiale = u"OnLastWave"; + const std::u16string TrashMobsAliveVariable = u"TrashMobsAlive"; + const std::u16string TotalAliveInWaveVariable = u"TotalAliveInWave"; + + // Timers + const char TimerSplitChar = '+'; + const std::string WaitingForPlayersTimer = "WaitingForPlayers"; + const std::string SpawnWaveTimer = "SpawnWave"; + const std::string SpawnNextWaveTimer = "SpawnNextWave"; + const std::string UnstunTimer = "Unstun+"; + const std::string FrakjawSpawnInTimer = "LowerFrakjawSpawnIn+"; + const std::string WaveOverTimer = "WaveOverTimer"; + const std::string FightOverTimer = "FightOver"; + const std::string LowerFrakjawCamTimer = "StartLowerFrakjawCam"; + const std::string SpawnCounterWeightTimer = "SpawnQB"; + const std::string SpawnRailTimer = "SpawnRailQB"; + const std::string SpawnLowerFrakjawTimer = "SpawnLowerFrakjaw"; + + // Groups + const std::string ChestSpawnpointGroup = "ChestSpawnPoint"; + + // Spawner network names + const std::string LedgeFrakjawSpawner = "LedgeFrakjaw"; + const std::string LowerFrakjawSpawner = "LowerFrakjaw"; + const std::string BaseEnemiesSpawner = "EnemySpawnPoints_"; + const std::string CounterweightSpawner = "Counterweights"; + const std::string FireRailSpawner = "FireRailActivatorQB"; + const std::string ExtraRocks = "ExtraRocks"; + + // Cinematics + const std::string LedgeFrakSummon = "FrakjawSummoning"; + const std::string BaseCounterweightQB = "CounterweightQB"; + const std::string BaseCounterweightSpawn = "CWQBSpawn"; + const std::string BottomFrakSummon = "BottomFrakjawSummoning"; + const std::string BottomFrakSpawn = "BottomFrakjawSpawning"; + const std::string TreasureChestSpawning = "TreasureChestSpawning"; + const std::string FireRailSpawn = "RailQBSpawn"; + + // Notifications + const std::u16string StopMusicNotification = u"StopMusic"; + const std::u16string StartMusicNotification = u"StartMusic"; + const std::u16string FlashMusicNotification = u"FlashMusic"; + const std::u16string PlayCinematicNotification = u"PlayCinematic"; + const std::u16string EndCinematicNotification = u"EndCinematic"; + + // Animations + const std::u16string SummonAnimation = u"summon"; + const std::u16string TeleportOutAnimation = u"teleport-out"; + const std::u16string TeleportInAnimation = u"teleport-in"; + const std::u16string StunnedAnimation = u"stunned"; + + // Audio cues + const std::string AudioWaveAudio = "Monastery_Frakjaw_Battle_"; + const std::string BattleOverAudio = "Monastery_Frakjaw_Battle_Win"; + const std::string CounterSmashAudio = "{d76d7b9d-9dc2-4e52-a315-69b25ef521ca}"; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NjNPCMissionSpinjitzuServer.cpp b/dScripts/NjNPCMissionSpinjitzuServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..74b01617 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjNPCMissionSpinjitzuServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +#include "NjNPCMissionSpinjitzuServer.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +void NjNPCMissionSpinjitzuServer::OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity *self, Entity *target, int missionID, + MissionState missionState) { + + const auto& element = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(ElementVariable); + if (missionID == ElementMissions.at(element) && missionState >= MissionState::MISSION_STATE_READY_TO_COMPLETE) { + + const auto targetID = target->GetObjectID(); + + // Wait for an animation to complete and flag that the player has learned spinjitzu + self->AddCallbackTimer(5.0f, [targetID, element]() { + auto* target = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(targetID); + if (target != nullptr) { + auto* character = target->GetCharacter(); + if (character != nullptr) { + character->SetPlayerFlag(ElementFlags.at(element), true); + } + } + }); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/NjNPCMissionSpinjitzuServer.h b/dScripts/NjNPCMissionSpinjitzuServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..51150373 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjNPCMissionSpinjitzuServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +static std::map<std::u16string, uint32_t> ElementFlags = { + {u"earth", ePlayerFlags::NJ_EARTH_SPINJITZU}, + {u"lightning", ePlayerFlags::NJ_LIGHTNING_SPINJITZU}, + {u"ice", ePlayerFlags::NJ_ICE_SPINJITZU}, + {u"fire", ePlayerFlags::NJ_FIRE_SPINJITZU} +}; + +static std::map<std::u16string, uint32_t> ElementMissions = { + {u"earth", 1796}, + {u"lightning", 1952}, + {u"ice", 1959}, + {u"fire", 1962}, +}; + +class NjNPCMissionSpinjitzuServer : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity *self, Entity *target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) override; +private: + const std::u16string ElementVariable = u"element"; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NjNyaMissionitems.cpp b/dScripts/NjNyaMissionitems.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11ec74bd --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjNyaMissionitems.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#include "NjNyaMissionitems.h" + +std::map<uint32_t, std::vector<ItemSetting>> NjNyaMissionitems::GetSettings() { + return { + {1809, {{{14472}, true, false}}}, + {1821, {{{14500}, false, true}}} + }; +} diff --git a/dScripts/NjNyaMissionitems.h b/dScripts/NjNyaMissionitems.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..91681126 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjNyaMissionitems.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "NPCAddRemoveItem.h" + +class NjNyaMissionitems : public NPCAddRemoveItem { + std::map<uint32_t, std::vector<ItemSetting>> GetSettings() override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NjPetSpawnerServer.cpp b/dScripts/NjPetSpawnerServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d09e5f01 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjPetSpawnerServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +// +// Created by Mick Vermeulen on 23/08/2021. +// + +#include "NjPetSpawnerServer.h" diff --git a/dScripts/NjPetSpawnerServer.h b/dScripts/NjPetSpawnerServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..56b6c147 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjPetSpawnerServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "SpawnPetBaseServer.h" + +class NjPetSpawnerServer : public SpawnPetBaseServer { + +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NjRailActivatorsServer.cpp b/dScripts/NjRailActivatorsServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6c7e6ada --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjRailActivatorsServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +#include "NjRailActivatorsServer.h" +#include "RebuildComponent.h" +#include "Character.h" + +void NjRailActivatorsServer::OnUse(Entity *self, Entity *user) { + const auto flag = self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"RailFlagNum"); + auto* rebuildComponent = self->GetComponent<RebuildComponent>(); + + // Only allow use if this is not a quick build or the quick build is built + if (rebuildComponent == nullptr || rebuildComponent->GetState() == REBUILD_COMPLETED) { + auto* character = user->GetCharacter(); + if (character != nullptr) { + character->SetPlayerFlag(flag, true); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/NjRailActivatorsServer.h b/dScripts/NjRailActivatorsServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3e94f119 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjRailActivatorsServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "NjRailPostServer.h" + +class NjRailActivatorsServer : public NjRailPostServer { + void OnUse(Entity *self, Entity *user) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NjRailPostServer.cpp b/dScripts/NjRailPostServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..097006c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjRailPostServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +#include "NjRailPostServer.h" +#include "RebuildComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +void NjRailPostServer::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + auto* rebuildComponent = self->GetComponent<RebuildComponent>(); + if (rebuildComponent != nullptr) { + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(NetworkNotActiveVariable, true); + } +} + +void NjRailPostServer::OnNotifyObject(Entity *self, Entity *sender, const std::string &name, int32_t param1, + int32_t param2) { + if (name == "PostRebuilt") { + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(NetworkNotActiveVariable, false); + } else if (name == "PostDied") { + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(NetworkNotActiveVariable, true); + } +} + +void NjRailPostServer::OnRebuildNotifyState(Entity *self, eRebuildState state) { + if (state == REBUILD_COMPLETED) { + auto* relatedRail = GetRelatedRail(self); + if (relatedRail == nullptr) + return; + + relatedRail->NotifyObject(self, "PostRebuilt"); + + if (self->GetVar<bool>(NotActiveVariable)) + return; + + self->SetNetworkVar(NetworkNotActiveVariable, false); + } else if (state == REBUILD_RESETTING) { + auto* relatedRail = GetRelatedRail(self); + if (relatedRail == nullptr) + return; + + relatedRail->NotifyObject(self, "PostDied"); + } +} + +Entity *NjRailPostServer::GetRelatedRail(Entity* self) { + const auto& railGroup = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(RailGroupVariable); + if (!railGroup.empty()) { + for (auto* entity : EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(railGroup))) { + return entity; + } + } + + return nullptr; +} diff --git a/dScripts/NjRailPostServer.h b/dScripts/NjRailPostServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..65a95733 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjRailPostServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NjRailPostServer : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnStartup(Entity *self) override; + void OnNotifyObject(Entity *self, Entity *sender, const std::string &name, int32_t param1, int32_t param2) override; + void OnRebuildNotifyState(Entity *self, eRebuildState state) override; +private: + Entity* GetRelatedRail(Entity* self); + const std::u16string NetworkNotActiveVariable = u"NetworkNotActive"; + const std::u16string NotActiveVariable = u"NotActive"; + const std::u16string RailGroupVariable = u"RailGroup"; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NjRailSwitch.cpp b/dScripts/NjRailSwitch.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..70a52a0e --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjRailSwitch.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +#include "NjRailSwitch.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void NjRailSwitch::OnUse(Entity *self, Entity *user) { +// const auto path = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"rail_path"); +// const auto pathStart = self->GetVar<uint32_t>(u"rail_path_start"); +// const auto pathGoForward = self->GetVar<bool>(u"rail_path_direction"); +// const auto cinematicName = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"cinematic"); +// +// GameMessages::SendSetRailMovement(self->GetObjectID(), pathGoForward, path, pathStart, user->GetSystemAddress()); +// GameMessages::SendPlayCinematic(self->GetObjectID(), cinematicName, user->GetSystemAddress()); +} diff --git a/dScripts/NjRailSwitch.h b/dScripts/NjRailSwitch.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..453b9650 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjRailSwitch.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NjRailSwitch : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnUse(Entity *self, Entity *user) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NjScrollChestServer.cpp b/dScripts/NjScrollChestServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ba3fda7a --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjScrollChestServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +#include "NjScrollChestServer.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" + +void NjScrollChestServer::OnUse(Entity *self, Entity *user) { + const auto keyLOT = self->GetVar<LOT>(u"KeyNum"); + const auto rewardItemLOT = self->GetVar<LOT>(u"openItemID"); + + auto* playerInventory = user->GetComponent<InventoryComponent>(); + if (playerInventory != nullptr && playerInventory->GetLotCount(keyLOT) == 1) { + + // Check for the key and remove + playerInventory->RemoveItem(keyLOT, 1); + + // Reward the player with the item set + playerInventory->AddItem(rewardItemLOT, 1); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/NjScrollChestServer.h b/dScripts/NjScrollChestServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c2891ab5 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjScrollChestServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NjScrollChestServer : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnUse(Entity *self, Entity *user) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NjWuNPC.cpp b/dScripts/NjWuNPC.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9c950e5c --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjWuNPC.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +#include "NjWuNPC.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void NjWuNPC::OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity *self, Entity *target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) { + + // The Dragon statue daily mission + if (missionID == m_MainDragonMissionID) { + auto* character = target->GetCharacter(); + auto* missionComponent = target->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + if (character == nullptr || missionComponent == nullptr) + return; + + switch(missionState) { + case MissionState::MISSION_STATE_AVAILABLE: + case MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_AVAILABLE: + { + // Reset the sub missions + for (const auto& subMissionID : m_SubDragonMissionIDs) { + missionComponent->RemoveMission(subMissionID); + missionComponent->AcceptMission(subMissionID); + } + + character->SetPlayerFlag(ePlayerFlags::NJ_WU_SHOW_DAILY_CHEST, false); + + // Hide the chest + for (auto* chest : EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(m_DragonChestGroup)) { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(chest->GetObjectID(), m_ShowChestNotification, 0, -1, + target->GetObjectID(), "", target->GetSystemAddress()); + } + + return; + } + case MissionState::MISSION_STATE_READY_TO_COMPLETE: + case MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_READY_TO_COMPLETE: + { + character->SetPlayerFlag(NJ_WU_SHOW_DAILY_CHEST, true); + + // Show the chest + for (auto* chest : EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(m_DragonChestGroup)) { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(chest->GetObjectID(), m_ShowChestNotification, 1, -1, + target->GetObjectID(), "", target->GetSystemAddress()); + } + + auto playerID = target->GetObjectID(); + self->AddCallbackTimer(5.0f, [this, playerID]() { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + if (player == nullptr) + return; + + // Stop the dragon effects + for (auto* dragon : EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(m_DragonStatueGroup)) { + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(dragon, true, "on"); + } + }); + } + default: + return; + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/NjWuNPC.h b/dScripts/NjWuNPC.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8ad6dbf3 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjWuNPC.h @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#pragma once +#include "AmTemplateSkillVolume.h" + +class NjWuNPC : public AmTemplateSkillVolume { + void OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity *self, Entity *target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) override; + const uint32_t m_MainDragonMissionID = 2040; + const std::vector<uint32_t> m_SubDragonMissionIDs = {2064, 2065, 2066, 2067}; + + // Groups and variables + const std::string m_DragonChestGroup = "DragonEmblemChest"; + const std::string m_DragonStatueGroup = "Minidragons"; + const std::u16string m_ShowChestNotification = u"showChest"; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NjhubLavaPlayerDeathTrigger.cpp b/dScripts/NjhubLavaPlayerDeathTrigger.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ff31df2c --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjhubLavaPlayerDeathTrigger.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#include "NjhubLavaPlayerDeathTrigger.h" + +void NjhubLavaPlayerDeathTrigger::OnCollisionPhantom(Entity *self, Entity *target) +{ + if (!target->IsPlayer()) + return; + + target->Smash(self->GetObjectID(), VIOLENT, u"drown"); +} diff --git a/dScripts/NjhubLavaPlayerDeathTrigger.h b/dScripts/NjhubLavaPlayerDeathTrigger.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d7e78604 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NjhubLavaPlayerDeathTrigger.h @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + + +class NjhubLavaPlayerDeathTrigger : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnCollisionPhantom(Entity *self, Entity *target) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NpcAgCourseStarter.cpp b/dScripts/NpcAgCourseStarter.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4e6dd5c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NpcAgCourseStarter.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +#include "NpcAgCourseStarter.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "ScriptedActivityComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "LeaderboardManager.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include <ctime> + +void NpcAgCourseStarter::OnStartup(Entity* self) { + +} + +void NpcAgCourseStarter::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) { + auto* scriptedActivityComponent = self->GetComponent<ScriptedActivityComponent>(); + + if (scriptedActivityComponent == nullptr) { + return; + } + + if (scriptedActivityComponent->GetActivityPlayerData(user->GetObjectID()) != nullptr) { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"exit", 0, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", user->GetSystemAddress()); + } + else { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"start", 0, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", user->GetSystemAddress()); + } +} + +void NpcAgCourseStarter::OnMessageBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& identifier, const std::u16string& userData) { + auto* scriptedActivityComponent = self->GetComponent<ScriptedActivityComponent>(); + + if (scriptedActivityComponent == nullptr) { + return; + } + + if (identifier == u"player_dialog_cancel_course" && button == 1) { + Game::logger->Log("OnMessageBoxResponse", "Removing player %llu\n", sender->GetObjectID()); + + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"stop_timer", 0, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", sender->GetSystemAddress()); + + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"cancel_timer", 0, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", sender->GetSystemAddress()); + + scriptedActivityComponent->RemoveActivityPlayerData(sender->GetObjectID()); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(self); + } + else if (identifier == u"player_dialog_start_course" && button == 1) { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"start_timer", 0, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", sender->GetSystemAddress()); + + GameMessages::SendActivityStart(self->GetObjectID(), sender->GetSystemAddress()); + + auto* data = scriptedActivityComponent->AddActivityPlayerData(sender->GetObjectID()); + + if (data->values[1] != 0) return; + + time_t startTime = std::time(0) + 4; // Offset for starting timer + + data->values[1] = *(float*)&startTime; + + Game::logger->Log("NpcAgCourseStarter", "Start time: %llu / %f\n", startTime, data->values[1]); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(self); + } + else if (identifier == u"FootRaceCancel") { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"stop_timer", 0, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", sender->GetSystemAddress()); + + if (scriptedActivityComponent->GetActivityPlayerData(sender->GetObjectID()) != nullptr) { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"exit", 0, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", sender->GetSystemAddress()); + } + else { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"start", 0, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", sender->GetSystemAddress()); + } + + scriptedActivityComponent->RemoveActivityPlayerData(sender->GetObjectID()); + } +} + +void NpcAgCourseStarter::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) { + auto* scriptedActivityComponent = self->GetComponent<ScriptedActivityComponent>(); + if (scriptedActivityComponent == nullptr) + return; + + auto* data = scriptedActivityComponent->GetActivityPlayerData(sender->GetObjectID()); + if (data == nullptr) + return; + + if (args == "course_cancel") { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"cancel_timer", 0, 0, + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", sender->GetSystemAddress()); + scriptedActivityComponent->RemoveActivityPlayerData(sender->GetObjectID()); + } else if (args == "course_finish") { + time_t endTime = std::time(0); + time_t finish = (endTime - *(time_t *) &data->values[1]); + + Game::logger->Log("NpcAgCourseStarter", "End time: %llu, start time %llu, finish: %llu\n", endTime, + *(time_t *) &data->values[1], finish); + + data->values[2] = *(float *) &finish; + + auto *missionComponent = sender->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + if (missionComponent != nullptr) { + missionComponent->ForceProgressTaskType(1884, 1, 1, false); + missionComponent->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_MINIGAME, -finish, self->GetObjectID(), + "performact_time"); + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(self); + LeaderboardManager::SaveScore(sender->GetObjectID(), scriptedActivityComponent->GetActivityID(), + 0, (uint32_t) finish); + + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"ToggleLeaderBoard", + scriptedActivityComponent->GetActivityID(), 0, sender->GetObjectID(), + "", sender->GetSystemAddress()); + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"stop_timer", 1, finish, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", + sender->GetSystemAddress()); + + scriptedActivityComponent->RemoveActivityPlayerData(sender->GetObjectID()); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/NpcAgCourseStarter.h b/dScripts/NpcAgCourseStarter.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bc885a40 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NpcAgCourseStarter.h @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NpcAgCourseStarter : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; + + void OnMessageBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& identifier, const std::u16string& userData) override; + + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) override; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/NpcCowboyServer.cpp b/dScripts/NpcCowboyServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bfba3540 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NpcCowboyServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +#include "NpcCowboyServer.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" + +void NpcCowboyServer::OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity* self, Entity* target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) +{ + if (missionID != 1880) + { + return; + } + + auto* inventoryComponent = target->GetComponent<InventoryComponent>(); + + if (inventoryComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + if (missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_ACTIVE|| + missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE || + missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_AVAILABLE || + missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_AVAILABLE) + { + if (inventoryComponent->GetLotCount(14378) == 0) + { + inventoryComponent->AddItem(14378, 1); + } + } + else if (missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_READY_TO_COMPLETE || missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_READY_TO_COMPLETE) + { + inventoryComponent->RemoveItem(14378, 1); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/NpcCowboyServer.h b/dScripts/NpcCowboyServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e600d798 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NpcCowboyServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NpcCowboyServer : public CppScripts::Script +{ + void OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity* self, Entity* target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NpcEpsilonServer.cpp b/dScripts/NpcEpsilonServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f6b8f5c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NpcEpsilonServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#include "NpcEpsilonServer.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void NpcEpsilonServer::OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity* self, Entity* target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) { + + //If we are completing the Nexus Force join mission, play the celebration for it: + if (missionID == 1851) { + GameMessages::SendStartCelebrationEffect(target, target->GetSystemAddress(), 22); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/NpcEpsilonServer.h b/dScripts/NpcEpsilonServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..798da33e --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NpcEpsilonServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NpcEpsilonServer : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity* self, Entity* target, int missionID, MissionState missionState); +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/NpcNjAssistantServer.cpp b/dScripts/NpcNjAssistantServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7ff21c8e --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NpcNjAssistantServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +#include "NpcNjAssistantServer.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" +#include "Item.h" + +void NpcNjAssistantServer::OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity* self, Entity* target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) { + if (missionID != mailMission) return; + + if (missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE || missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_READY_TO_COMPLETE) { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"switch", 0, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", target->GetSystemAddress()); + + auto* inv = static_cast<InventoryComponent*>(target->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY)); + + // If we are ready to complete our missions, we take the kit from you: + if (inv && missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_READY_TO_COMPLETE) { + auto* id = inv->FindItemByLot(14397); //the kit's lot + + if (id != nullptr) { + inv->RemoveItem(id->GetLot(), id->GetCount()); + } + } + } + else if (missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_AVAILABLE) { + auto* missionComponent = static_cast<MissionComponent*>(target->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION)); + missionComponent->CompleteMission(mailAchievement, true); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/NpcNjAssistantServer.h b/dScripts/NpcNjAssistantServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c8fac54c --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NpcNjAssistantServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NpcNjAssistantServer : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity* self, Entity* target, int missionID, MissionState missionState); + +private: + int mailMission = 1728; //mission to get the item out of your mailbox + int mailAchievement = 1729; // fun fact: spelled "Achivement" in the actual script +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/NpcNpSpacemanBob.cpp b/dScripts/NpcNpSpacemanBob.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2893e039 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NpcNpSpacemanBob.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +#include "NpcNpSpacemanBob.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "MissionState.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" + +void NpcNpSpacemanBob::OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity* self, Entity* target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) +{ + if (missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_READY_TO_COMPLETE && missionID == 173) + { + DestroyableComponent* destroyable = static_cast<DestroyableComponent*>(target->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_DESTROYABLE)); + destroyable->SetImagination(6); + MissionComponent* mission = static_cast<MissionComponent*>(target->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION)); + + mission->CompleteMission(664); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/NpcNpSpacemanBob.h b/dScripts/NpcNpSpacemanBob.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..08cc850d --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NpcNpSpacemanBob.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NpcNpSpacemanBob : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity* self, Entity* target, int missionID, MissionState missionState); +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/NpcPirateServer.cpp b/dScripts/NpcPirateServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4a1db1f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NpcPirateServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +#include "NpcPirateServer.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" + +void NpcPirateServer::OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity *self, Entity *target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) { + auto* inventory = target->GetComponent<InventoryComponent>(); + if (inventory != nullptr && missionID == 1881) { + auto* luckyShovel = inventory->FindItemByLot(14591); + + // Add or remove the lucky shovel based on whether the mission was completed or started + if ((missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_AVAILABLE || missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_AVAILABLE) + && luckyShovel == nullptr) { + inventory->AddItem(14591, 1); + } else if (missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_READY_TO_COMPLETE || missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_READY_TO_COMPLETE) { + inventory->RemoveItem(14591, 1); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/NpcPirateServer.h b/dScripts/NpcPirateServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..795356d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NpcPirateServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NpcPirateServer : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity *self, Entity *target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NpcWispServer.cpp b/dScripts/NpcWispServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8156bbaa --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NpcWispServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +#include "NpcWispServer.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" + +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Item.h" + +void NpcWispServer::OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity* self, Entity* target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) { + if (missionID != 1849 && missionID != 1883) + return; + + auto* inventory = target->GetComponent<InventoryComponent>(); + if (inventory == nullptr) + return; + + LOT maelstromCubeLot = 14592; + auto* maelstromCube = inventory->FindItemByLot(maelstromCubeLot); + + // For the daily we add the maelstrom cube if the player doesn't have it yet + if (missionID == 1883 && (missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_AVAILABLE || missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_AVAILABLE) + && maelstromCube == nullptr) { + inventory->AddItem(maelstromCubeLot, 1); + } else if (missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_READY_TO_COMPLETE || missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_READY_TO_COMPLETE) { + inventory->RemoveItem(maelstromCubeLot, 1); + } + + // Next up hide or show the samples based on the mission state + auto visible = 1; + if (missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_READY_TO_COMPLETE || missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_READY_TO_COMPLETE) { + visible = 0; + } + + auto groups = missionID == 1849 + ? std::vector<std::string> { "MaelstromSamples" } + : std::vector<std::string> { "MaelstromSamples", "MaelstromSamples2ndary1", "MaelstromSamples2ndary2"}; + + for (const auto& group : groups) { + auto samples = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(group); + for (auto* sample : samples) { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(sample->GetObjectID(), u"SetVisibility", visible, 0, + target->GetObjectID(), "", target->GetSystemAddress()); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/NpcWispServer.h b/dScripts/NpcWispServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..133a9d8f --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NpcWispServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NpcWispServer : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity* self, Entity* target, int missionID, MissionState missionState); +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/NsConcertChoiceBuild.cpp b/dScripts/NsConcertChoiceBuild.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a93544c --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NsConcertChoiceBuild.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +#include "NsConcertChoiceBuild.h" + +void NsConcertChoiceBuild::OnStartup(Entity *self) { +} diff --git a/dScripts/NsConcertChoiceBuild.h b/dScripts/NsConcertChoiceBuild.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..310a0677 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NsConcertChoiceBuild.h @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NsConcertChoiceBuild : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/NsConcertChoiceBuildManager.cpp b/dScripts/NsConcertChoiceBuildManager.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..562ff61a --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NsConcertChoiceBuildManager.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +#include "NsConcertChoiceBuildManager.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Player.h" + +const std::vector<Crate> NsConcertChoiceBuildManager::crates { + { "laser", 11203, 5.0, "Concert_Laser_QB_" }, + { "rocket", 11204, 3.0, "Concert_Rocket_QB_" }, + { "speaker", 11205, 5.0, "Concert_Speaker_QB_" }, + { "spotlight", 11206, 5.0, "Concert_Spotlight_QB_" } +}; + +void NsConcertChoiceBuildManager::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + NsConcertChoiceBuildManager::SpawnCrate(self); +} + +void NsConcertChoiceBuildManager::SpawnCrate(Entity *self) { + const auto spawnNumber = self->GetVar<uint32_t>(u"spawnNumber") % crates.size(); + const auto crate = crates[spawnNumber]; + + const auto groups = self->GetGroups(); + if (groups.empty()) + return; + + // Groups are of the form CB_1, CB_2, etc. + auto group = groups.at(0); + const auto splitGroup = GeneralUtils::SplitString(group, '_'); + if (splitGroup.size() < 2) + return; + const auto groupNumber = std::stoi(splitGroup.at(1)); + + EntityInfo info {}; + info.lot = crate.lot; + info.pos = self->GetPosition(); + info.rot = self->GetRotation(); + info.spawnerID = self->GetObjectID(); + info.settings = { + new LDFData<bool>(u"startsQBActivator", true), + new LDFData<std::string>(u"grpNameQBShowBricks", crate.group + std::to_string(groupNumber)), + new LDFData<std::u16string>(u"groupID", GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16("Crate_" + group)), + new LDFData<float>(u"crateTime", crate.time), + }; + + auto* spawnedCrate = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(spawnedCrate); + + spawnedCrate->AddDieCallback([self]() { + self->CancelAllTimers(); // Don't switch if the crate was smashed + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"currentCrate", LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + }); + + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(u"spawnNumber", spawnNumber + 1); + self->SetVar<float>(u"currentTimer", crate.time); + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"currentCrate", spawnedCrate->GetObjectID()); + + // Timer that rotates the crates + self->AddCallbackTimer(crate.time, [self]() { + auto crateID = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"currentCrate"); + if (crateID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) { + EntityManager::Instance()->DestroyEntity(crateID); + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"currentCrate", LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + } + + SpawnCrate(self); + }); +} diff --git a/dScripts/NsConcertChoiceBuildManager.h b/dScripts/NsConcertChoiceBuildManager.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..25c7690b --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NsConcertChoiceBuildManager.h @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +struct Crate { + std::string name; + LOT lot; + float time; + std::string group; +}; + +class NsConcertChoiceBuildManager : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity *self) override; + static void SpawnCrate(Entity* self); +private: + static const std::vector<Crate> crates; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NsConcertInstrument.cpp b/dScripts/NsConcertInstrument.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f0257c93 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NsConcertInstrument.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,361 @@ +#include "NsConcertInstrument.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Item.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "RebuildComponent.h" +#include "SoundTriggerComponent.h" + +// Constants are at the bottom + +void NsConcertInstrument::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + self->SetVar<bool>(u"beingPlayed", false); + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"activePlayer", LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"oldItemLeft", LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"oldItemRight", LWOOBJID_EMPTY); +} + +void NsConcertInstrument::OnRebuildNotifyState(Entity *self, eRebuildState state) { + if (state == REBUILD_RESETTING || state == REBUILD_OPEN) { + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"activePlayer", LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + } +} + +void NsConcertInstrument::OnRebuildComplete(Entity *self, Entity *target) { + if (!target->GetIsDead()) { + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"activePlayer", target->GetObjectID()); + + self->AddCallbackTimer(0.2f, [self, target]() { + RepositionPlayer(self, target); + if (hideInstrumentOnPlay.at(GetInstrumentLot(self))) + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(u"Hide", true); + }); + + self->AddCallbackTimer(0.1f, [self, target]() { + StartPlayingInstrument(self, target); + }); + } +} + +void NsConcertInstrument::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, + int32_t param2, int32_t param3) { + if (args == "stopPlaying") { + const auto activePlayerID = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"activePlayer"); + if (activePlayerID == LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + return; + + const auto activePlayer = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(activePlayerID); + if (activePlayer == nullptr) + return; + + StopPlayingInstrument(self, activePlayer); + } +} + +void NsConcertInstrument::OnTimerDone(Entity *self, std::string name) { + const auto activePlayerID = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"activePlayer"); + if (activePlayerID == LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + return; + + // If for some reason the player becomes null (for example an unexpected leave), we need to clean up + const auto activePlayer = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(activePlayerID); + if (activePlayer == nullptr && name != "cleanupAfterStop") { + StopPlayingInstrument(self, nullptr); + return; + } + + if (activePlayer != nullptr && name == "checkPlayer" && self->GetVar<bool>(u"beingPlayed")) { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"checkMovement", 0, 0, + activePlayer->GetObjectID(), "", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + auto* stats = activePlayer->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + if (stats) { + if (stats->GetImagination() > 0) { + self->AddTimer("checkPlayer", updateFrequency); + } else { + StopPlayingInstrument(self, activePlayer); + } + } + } else if (activePlayer != nullptr && name == "deductImagination" && self->GetVar<bool>(u"beingPlayed")) { + auto* stats = activePlayer->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + if (stats) + stats->SetImagination(stats->GetImagination() - instrumentImaginationCost); + + self->AddTimer("deductImagination", instrumentCostFrequency); + } else if (name == "cleanupAfterStop") { + if (activePlayer != nullptr) { + UnEquipInstruments(self, activePlayer); + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"stopPlaying", 0, 0, + activePlayer->GetObjectID(), "", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + } + + auto* rebuildComponent = self->GetComponent<RebuildComponent>(); + if (rebuildComponent != nullptr) + rebuildComponent->ResetRebuild(false); + + self->Smash(self->GetObjectID(), VIOLENT); + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"activePlayer", LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + } else if (activePlayer != nullptr && name == "achievement") { + auto* missionComponent = activePlayer->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + if (missionComponent != nullptr) { + missionComponent->ForceProgress(302, 462, self->GetLOT()); + } + self->AddTimer("achievement2", 10.0f); + } else if (activePlayer != nullptr && name == "achievement2") { + auto* missionComponent = activePlayer->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + if (missionComponent != nullptr) { + missionComponent->ForceProgress(602, achievementTaskID.at(GetInstrumentLot(self)), self->GetLOT()); + } + } +} + +void NsConcertInstrument::StartPlayingInstrument(Entity *self, Entity* player) { + const auto instrumentLot = GetInstrumentLot(self); + self->SetVar<bool>(u"beingPlayed", true); + + // Stuff to notify the player + EquipInstruments(self, player); + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"startPlaying", 0, 0, + player->GetObjectID(), "", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + GameMessages::SendPlayCinematic(player->GetObjectID(), cinematics.at(instrumentLot), UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + self->AddCallbackTimer(1.0f, [player, instrumentLot]() { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(player, animations.at(instrumentLot), 2.0f); + }); + + for (auto* soundBox : EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("Audio-Concert")) { + auto* soundTrigger = soundBox->GetComponent<SoundTriggerComponent>(); + if (soundTrigger != nullptr) { + soundTrigger->ActivateMusicCue(music.at(instrumentLot)); + } + } + + // Add timers for deducting imagination and checking if the instruments can still be played + self->AddTimer("checkPlayer", updateFrequency); + self->AddTimer("deductImagination", instrumentCostFrequency); + self->AddTimer("achievement", 20.0f); +} + +void NsConcertInstrument::StopPlayingInstrument(Entity *self, Entity* player) { + // No use in stopping twice + if (!self->GetVar<bool>(u"beingPlayed")) + return; + + const auto instrumentLot = GetInstrumentLot(self); + + // Player might be null if they left + if (player != nullptr) { + auto* missions = player->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + if (missions != nullptr && missions->GetMissionState(176) == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE) { + missions->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SCRIPT, self->GetLOT()); + } + + GameMessages::SendEndCinematic(player->GetObjectID(), cinematics.at(instrumentLot), UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, 1.0f); + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(player, smashAnimations.at(instrumentLot), 2.0f); + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"stopCheckingMovement", 0, 0, + player->GetObjectID(), "", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + } + + self->SetVar<bool>(u"beingPlayed", false); + + for (auto* soundBox : EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("Audio-Concert")) { + auto* soundTrigger = soundBox->GetComponent<SoundTriggerComponent>(); + if (soundTrigger != nullptr) { + soundTrigger->DeactivateMusicCue(music.at(instrumentLot)); + } + } + + self->CancelAllTimers(); + self->AddTimer("cleanupAfterStop", instrumentSmashAnimationTime.at(instrumentLot)); +} + +void NsConcertInstrument::EquipInstruments(Entity *self, Entity *player) { + auto* inventory = player->GetComponent<InventoryComponent>(); + if (inventory != nullptr) { + auto equippedItems = inventory->GetEquippedItems(); + + // Un equip the current left item + const auto equippedLeftItem = equippedItems.find("special_l"); + if (equippedLeftItem != equippedItems.end()) { + auto* leftItem = inventory->FindItemById(equippedLeftItem->second.id); + if (leftItem != nullptr) { + leftItem->UnEquip(); + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"oldItemLeft", leftItem->GetId()); + } + } + + // Un equip the current right item + const auto equippedRightItem = equippedItems.find("special_r"); + if (equippedRightItem != equippedItems.end()) { + auto* rightItem = inventory->FindItemById(equippedRightItem->second.id); + if (rightItem != nullptr) { + rightItem->UnEquip(); + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"oldItemRight", rightItem->GetId()); + } + } + + // Equip the left hand instrument + const auto leftInstrumentLot = instrumentLotLeft.find(GetInstrumentLot(self))->second; + if (leftInstrumentLot != LOT_NULL) { + inventory->AddItem(leftInstrumentLot, 1, TEMP_ITEMS, {}, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, false); + auto* leftInstrument = inventory->FindItemByLot(leftInstrumentLot, TEMP_ITEMS); + leftInstrument->Equip(); + } + + // Equip the right hand instrument + const auto rightInstrumentLot = instrumentLotRight.find(GetInstrumentLot(self))->second; + if (rightInstrumentLot != LOT_NULL) { + inventory->AddItem(rightInstrumentLot, 1, TEMP_ITEMS, {}, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, false); + auto* rightInstrument = inventory->FindItemByLot(rightInstrumentLot, TEMP_ITEMS); + rightInstrument->Equip(); + } + } +} + +void NsConcertInstrument::UnEquipInstruments(Entity *self, Entity *player) { + auto* inventory = player->GetComponent<InventoryComponent>(); + if (inventory != nullptr) { + auto equippedItems = inventory->GetEquippedItems(); + + // Un equip the current left instrument + const auto equippedInstrumentLeft = equippedItems.find("special_l"); + if (equippedInstrumentLeft != equippedItems.end()) { + auto* leftItem = inventory->FindItemById(equippedInstrumentLeft->second.id); + if (leftItem != nullptr) { + leftItem->UnEquip(); + inventory->RemoveItem(leftItem->GetLot(), 1, TEMP_ITEMS); + } + } + + // Un equip the current right instrument + const auto equippedInstrumentRight = equippedItems.find("special_r"); + if (equippedInstrumentRight != equippedItems.end()) { + auto* rightItem = inventory->FindItemById(equippedInstrumentRight->second.id); + if (rightItem != nullptr) { + rightItem->UnEquip(); + inventory->RemoveItem(rightItem->GetLot(), 1, TEMP_ITEMS); + } + } + + // Equip the old left hand item + const auto leftItemID = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"oldItemLeft"); + if (leftItemID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) { + auto* item = inventory->FindItemById(leftItemID); + if (item != nullptr) + item->Equip(); + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"oldItemLeft", LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + } + + // Equip the old right hand item + const auto rightItemID = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"oldItemRight"); + if (rightItemID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) { + auto* item = inventory->FindItemById(rightItemID); + if (item != nullptr) + item->Equip(); + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"oldItemRight", LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + } + } +} + +void NsConcertInstrument::RepositionPlayer(Entity *self, Entity *player) { + auto position = self->GetPosition(); + auto rotation = self->GetRotation(); + position.SetY(0.0f); + + switch (GetInstrumentLot(self)) { + case Bass: + case Guitar: + position.SetX(position.GetX() + 5.0f); + break; + case Keyboard: + position.SetX(position.GetX() - 0.45f); + position.SetZ(position.GetZ() + 0.75f); + rotation = NiQuaternion::CreateFromAxisAngle(position, -0.8f); // Slight rotation to make the animation sensible + break; + case Drum: + position.SetZ(position.GetZ() - 0.5f); + break; + } + + GameMessages::SendTeleport(player->GetObjectID(), position, rotation, player->GetSystemAddress()); +} + +InstrumentLot NsConcertInstrument::GetInstrumentLot(Entity *self) { + return static_cast<const InstrumentLot>(self->GetLOT()); +} + +// Static stuff needed for script execution + +const std::map<InstrumentLot, std::u16string> NsConcertInstrument::animations { + { Guitar, u"guitar"}, + { Bass, u"bass"}, + { Keyboard, u"keyboard"}, + { Drum, u"drums"} +}; + +const std::map<InstrumentLot, std::u16string> NsConcertInstrument::smashAnimations { + {Guitar, u"guitar-smash"}, + {Bass, u"bass-smash"}, + {Keyboard, u"keyboard-smash"}, + {Drum, u"keyboard-smash"} +}; + +const std::map<InstrumentLot, float> NsConcertInstrument::instrumentSmashAnimationTime { + {Guitar, 2.167f}, + {Bass, 1.167f}, + {Keyboard, 1.0f}, + {Drum, 1.0f} +}; + +const std::map<InstrumentLot, std::string> NsConcertInstrument::music { + {Guitar, "Concert_Guitar"}, + {Bass, "Concert_Bass"}, + {Keyboard, "Concert_Keys"}, + {Drum, "Concert_Drums"}, +}; + +const std::map<InstrumentLot, std::u16string> NsConcertInstrument::cinematics { + {Guitar, u"Concert_Cam_G"}, + {Bass, u"Concert_Cam_B"}, + {Keyboard, u"Concert_Cam_K"}, + {Drum, u"Concert_Cam_D"}, +}; + +const std::map<InstrumentLot, LOT> NsConcertInstrument::instrumentLotLeft { + {Guitar, 4991}, + {Bass, 4992}, + {Keyboard, LOT_NULL}, + {Drum, 4995}, +}; + +const std::map<InstrumentLot, LOT> NsConcertInstrument::instrumentLotRight { + {Guitar, LOT_NULL}, + {Bass, LOT_NULL}, + {Keyboard, LOT_NULL}, + {Drum, 4996}, +}; + +const std::map<InstrumentLot, bool> NsConcertInstrument::hideInstrumentOnPlay { + {Guitar, true}, + {Bass, true}, + {Keyboard, false}, + {Drum, false}, +}; + +const std::map<InstrumentLot, float> NsConcertInstrument::instrumentEquipTime { + {Guitar, 1.033}, + {Bass, 0.75}, + {Keyboard, -1}, + {Drum, 0}, +}; + +const std::map<InstrumentLot, uint32_t> NsConcertInstrument::achievementTaskID { + {Guitar, 911}, + {Bass, 912}, + {Keyboard, 913}, + {Drum, 914}, +}; + +const uint32_t NsConcertInstrument::instrumentImaginationCost = 2; + +const float NsConcertInstrument::instrumentCostFrequency = 4.0f; + +const float NsConcertInstrument::updateFrequency = 1.0f; diff --git a/dScripts/NsConcertInstrument.h b/dScripts/NsConcertInstrument.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bf59d886 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NsConcertInstrument.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +enum InstrumentLot { + Guitar = 4039, + Bass = 4040, + Keyboard = 4041, + Drum = 4042 +}; + +class NsConcertInstrument : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnRebuildNotifyState(Entity* self, eRebuildState state) override; + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) override; + void OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string name) override; +private: + static void StartPlayingInstrument(Entity* self, Entity* player); + static void StopPlayingInstrument(Entity* self, Entity* player); + static void EquipInstruments(Entity* self, Entity* player); + static void UnEquipInstruments(Entity* self, Entity* player); + static void RepositionPlayer(Entity* self, Entity* player); + static InstrumentLot GetInstrumentLot(Entity* self); + + /** + * Animations played when using an instrument + */ + static const std::map<InstrumentLot, std::u16string> animations; + + /** + * Animation played when an instrument is smashed + */ + static const std::map<InstrumentLot, std::u16string> smashAnimations; + + /** + * Music to play while playing an instrument + */ + static const std::map<InstrumentLot, std::string> music; + + /** + * Cinematics to play while playing an instrument + */ + static const std::map<InstrumentLot, std::u16string> cinematics; + + /** + * Lot to equip in your left hand when playing an instrument + */ + static const std::map<InstrumentLot, LOT> instrumentLotLeft; + + /** + * Lot to play in your right hand when playing an instrument + */ + static const std::map<InstrumentLot, LOT> instrumentLotRight; + + /** + * Whether to hide the instrument or not when someone is playing it + */ + static const std::map<InstrumentLot, bool> hideInstrumentOnPlay; + + /** + * How long to wait before unequipping the instrument if the instrument was smashed + */ + static const std::map<InstrumentLot, float> instrumentEquipTime; + + /** + * How long the smash animation takes for each of the instruments + */ + static const std::map<InstrumentLot, float> instrumentSmashAnimationTime; + + /** + * Task ID of tasks of the Solo Artist 2 achievement + */ + static const std::map<InstrumentLot, uint32_t> achievementTaskID; + + /** + * How much imagination playing an instrument costs per interval + */ + static const uint32_t instrumentImaginationCost; + + /** + * The interval to deduct imagination at when playing an instrument + */ + static const float instrumentCostFrequency; + + /** + * The interval to check if the player still has enough imagination + */ + static const float updateFrequency; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/NsConcertQuickBuild.cpp b/dScripts/NsConcertQuickBuild.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6bf501c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NsConcertQuickBuild.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,224 @@ +#include "NsConcertQuickBuild.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "NsConcertChoiceBuildManager.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "RenderComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "MovingPlatformComponent.h" + +const float NsConcertQuickBuild::resetTime = 40.0f; +const float NsConcertQuickBuild::resetBlinkTime = 6.0f; +const float NsConcertQuickBuild::resetStageTime = 66.5f; +const float NsConcertQuickBuild::resetActivatorTime = 30.0f; +const std::map<LOT, QuickBuildSet> NsConcertQuickBuild::quickBuildSets { + {5846, QuickBuildSet {"laser", {"discoball", "discofloor", "stagelights", "spotlight"}}}, + {5847, QuickBuildSet {"spotlight", {"spotlight", "stagelights"}}}, + {5848, QuickBuildSet {"rocket", {"flamethrower"}}}, + {5845, QuickBuildSet {"speaker", {"speaker", "speakerHill", "stagelights", "spotlight"}}} +}; + +const std::map<std::string, std::string> NsConcertQuickBuild::quickBuildFX { + {"discoball", "effectsDiscoball"}, + {"speaker", "effectsShell"}, + {"speakerHill", "effectsHill"}, + {"spotlight", "effectsHill"}, + {"discofloor", "effectsShell"}, + {"flamethrower", "effectsShell"}, + {"stagelights", "effectsShell"} +}; + +std::vector<LWOOBJID> NsConcertQuickBuild::finishedQuickBuilds = {}; + +void NsConcertQuickBuild::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + const auto groups = self->GetGroups(); + if (groups.empty()) + return; + + // Groups are of the form Concert_Laser_QB_1, Concert_Laser_QB_2, etc. + auto group = groups.at(0); + const auto splitGroup = GeneralUtils::SplitString(group, '_'); + if (splitGroup.size() < 4) + return; + + // Get the manager of the crate of this quick build + const auto groupNumber = std::stoi(splitGroup.at(3)); + const auto managerObjects = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("CB_" + std::to_string(groupNumber)); + if (managerObjects.empty()) + return; + + auto* managerObject = managerObjects.at(0); + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"managerObject", managerObject->GetObjectID()); + self->SetVar<int32_t>(u"groupNumber", groupNumber); + + // Makes the quick build blink after a certain amount of time + self->AddCallbackTimer(GetBlinkTime(resetActivatorTime), [self]() { + self->SetNetworkVar<float>(u"startEffect", NsConcertQuickBuild::GetBlinkTime(resetActivatorTime)); + }); + + // Destroys the quick build after a while if it wasn't built + self->AddCallbackTimer(resetActivatorTime, [self]() { + self->SetNetworkVar<float>(u"startEffect", -1.0f); + self->Smash(self->GetObjectID(), SILENT); + }); +} + +float NsConcertQuickBuild::GetBlinkTime(float time) { + return time <= NsConcertQuickBuild::resetBlinkTime ? 1.0f : time - NsConcertQuickBuild::resetBlinkTime; +} + +void NsConcertQuickBuild::OnDie(Entity *self, Entity *killer) { + auto* managerObject = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"managerObject")); + if (managerObject) { + managerObject->CancelAllTimers(); + managerObject->AddCallbackTimer(1.0f, [managerObject]() { + NsConcertChoiceBuildManager::SpawnCrate(managerObject); + }); + } + + auto position = std::find(finishedQuickBuilds.begin(), finishedQuickBuilds.end(), self->GetObjectID()); + if (position != finishedQuickBuilds.end()) + finishedQuickBuilds.erase(position); +} + +void NsConcertQuickBuild::OnRebuildComplete(Entity *self, Entity *target) { + const auto groupNumber = self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"groupNumber"); + finishedQuickBuilds.push_back(self->GetObjectID()); + self->SetNetworkVar<float>(u"startEffect", -1.0f); + + ProgressStageCraft(self, target); + + // Find all the quick build objects of the same lot + auto finishedQuickBuildObjects = std::vector<Entity*>(); + for (auto quickBuildID : finishedQuickBuilds) { + const auto quickBuildObject = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(quickBuildID); + if (quickBuildObject && quickBuildObject->GetLOT() == self->GetLOT()) { + quickBuildObject->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"Player_" + (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(groupNumber)), target->GetObjectID()); + finishedQuickBuildObjects.push_back(quickBuildObject); + } + } + + // If all 4 sets were built, do cool stuff + if (finishedQuickBuildObjects.size() >= 4) { + + // Move all the platforms so the user can collect the imagination brick + const auto movingPlatforms = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("ConcertPlatforms"); + for (auto* movingPlatform : movingPlatforms) { + auto* component = movingPlatform->GetComponent<MovingPlatformComponent>(); + if (component) { + component->WarpToWaypoint(component->GetLastWaypointIndex()); + + movingPlatform->AddCallbackTimer(resetStageTime, [movingPlatform, component]() { + component->WarpToWaypoint(0); + }); + } + } + + ProgressLicensedTechnician(self); + + // Reset all timers for the quickbuilds and make them indestructible + for (auto quickBuild : finishedQuickBuildObjects) { + quickBuild->SetNetworkVar<float>(u"startEffect", -1.0f); + quickBuild->CancelAllTimers(); + + // Indicate that the stage will reset + quickBuild->AddCallbackTimer(GetBlinkTime(resetStageTime), [quickBuild]() { + quickBuild->SetNetworkVar<float>(u"startEffect", GetBlinkTime(resetTime)); + }); + + // Reset the stage + quickBuild->AddCallbackTimer(resetStageTime, [quickBuild]() { + CancelEffects(quickBuild); + quickBuild->SetNetworkVar<float>(u"startEffect", -1); + quickBuild->Smash(); + }); + + auto* destroyableComponent = quickBuild->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + if (destroyableComponent) + destroyableComponent->SetFaction(-1); + } + + UpdateEffects(self); + return; + } + + // If not all 4 sets were built, reset the timers that were set on spawn + self->CancelAllTimers(); + + // Makes the quick build blink after a certain amount of time + self->AddCallbackTimer(GetBlinkTime(resetTime), [self]() { + self->SetNetworkVar<float>(u"startEffect", NsConcertQuickBuild::GetBlinkTime(resetActivatorTime)); + }); + + // Destroys the quick build after a while if it wasn't built + self->AddCallbackTimer(resetTime, [self]() { + self->SetNetworkVar<float>(u"startEffect", -1.0f); + self->Smash(self->GetObjectID()); + }); +} + +void NsConcertQuickBuild::ProgressStageCraft(Entity *self, Entity* player) { + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + if (missionComponent) { + + // Has to be forced as to not accidentally trigger the licensed technician achievement + switch(self->GetLOT()) { + case 5845: + missionComponent->ForceProgress(283, 432, 5845); + break; + case 5846: + missionComponent->ForceProgress(283, 433, 5846); + break; + case 5847: + missionComponent->ForceProgress(283, 434, 5847); + break; + case 5848: + missionComponent->ForceProgress(283, 435, 5848); + break; + default: + break; + } + } +} + +void NsConcertQuickBuild::ProgressLicensedTechnician(Entity *self) { + for (auto i = 1; i < 5; i++) { + const auto playerID = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"Player_" + (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(i))); + if (playerID != LWOOBJID_EMPTY) { + const auto player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + if (player) { + auto playerMissionComponent = player->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + if (playerMissionComponent) + playerMissionComponent->ForceProgress(598, 903, self->GetLOT()); + } + } + } +} + +void NsConcertQuickBuild::UpdateEffects(Entity *self) { + CancelEffects(self); + + auto setIterator = quickBuildSets.find(self->GetLOT()); + if (setIterator == quickBuildSets.end()) + return; + + for (const auto& effectName : setIterator->second.effects) { + const auto effectObjects = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(quickBuildFX.at(effectName)); + for (auto* effectObject : effectObjects) { + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(effectObject, 0, GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(effectName), + effectName + "Effect", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1, 1, true); + } + } +} + +void NsConcertQuickBuild::CancelEffects(Entity *self) { + auto setIterator = quickBuildSets.find(self->GetLOT()); + if (setIterator == quickBuildSets.end()) + return; + + for (const auto& effectName : setIterator->second.effects) { + const auto effectObjects = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(quickBuildFX.at(effectName)); + for (auto* effectObject : effectObjects) { + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(effectObject, true, effectName + "Effect"); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/NsConcertQuickBuild.h b/dScripts/NsConcertQuickBuild.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b3f6d702 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NsConcertQuickBuild.h @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +struct QuickBuildSet { + std::string name; + std::vector<std::string> effects; +}; + +class NsConcertQuickBuild : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) override; + void OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) override; +private: + static std::vector<LWOOBJID> finishedQuickBuilds; + static const float resetBlinkTime; + static const float resetStageTime; + static const float resetActivatorTime; + static const float resetTime; + static const std::map<std::string, std::string> quickBuildFX; + static const std::map<LOT, QuickBuildSet> quickBuildSets; + static float GetBlinkTime(float time); + static void ProgressStageCraft(Entity* self, Entity* player); + static void ProgressLicensedTechnician(Entity* self); + static void UpdateEffects(Entity* self); + static void CancelEffects(Entity* self); +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NsGetFactionMissionServer.cpp b/dScripts/NsGetFactionMissionServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..99f2f838 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NsGetFactionMissionServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +#include "NsGetFactionMissionServer.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "Character.h" + +void NsGetFactionMissionServer::OnRespondToMission(Entity* self, int missionID, Entity* player, int reward) +{ + if (missionID != 474) return; + + if (reward != LOT_NULL) { + std::vector<int> factionMissions; + int celebrationID = -1; + int flagID = -1; + + if (reward == 6980) { + // Venture League + factionMissions = { 555, 556 }; + celebrationID = 14; + flagID = 46; + } + else if (reward == 6979) { + // Assembly + factionMissions = { 544, 545 }; + celebrationID = 15; + flagID = 47; + } + else if (reward == 6981) { + // Paradox + factionMissions = { 577, 578 }; + celebrationID = 16; + flagID = 48; + } + else if (reward == 6978) { + // Sentinel + factionMissions = { 566, 567 }; + celebrationID = 17; + flagID = 49; + } + + factionMissions.push_back(778); + + if (celebrationID != -1) { + GameMessages::SendStartCelebrationEffect(player, player->GetSystemAddress(), celebrationID); + } + + if (flagID != -1) { + player->GetCharacter()->SetPlayerFlag(flagID, true); + } + + MissionComponent* mis = static_cast<MissionComponent*>(player->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION)); + + for (int mission : factionMissions) { + mis->AcceptMission(mission); + mis->CompleteMission(mission); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/NsGetFactionMissionServer.h b/dScripts/NsGetFactionMissionServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b6e344fc --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NsGetFactionMissionServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NsGetFactionMissionServer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnRespondToMission(Entity* self, int missionID, Entity* player, int reward) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NsJohnnyMissionServer.cpp b/dScripts/NsJohnnyMissionServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..435f50c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NsJohnnyMissionServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#include "NsJohnnyMissionServer.h" + +void NsJohnnyMissionServer::OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity *self, Entity *target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) { + if (missionID == 773 && missionState <= MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE) { + auto* missionComponent = target->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + if (missionComponent != nullptr) { + missionComponent->AcceptMission(774); + missionComponent->AcceptMission(775); + missionComponent->AcceptMission(776); + missionComponent->AcceptMission(777); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/NsJohnnyMissionServer.h b/dScripts/NsJohnnyMissionServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..920231da --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NsJohnnyMissionServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NsJohnnyMissionServer : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity *self, Entity *target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NsLegoClubDoor.cpp b/dScripts/NsLegoClubDoor.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1e575c54 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NsLegoClubDoor.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +#include "NsLegoClubDoor.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void NsLegoClubDoor::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetVar(u"currentZone", (int32_t) dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneID().GetMapID()); + self->SetVar(u"choiceZone", m_ChoiceZoneID); + self->SetVar(u"teleportAnim", m_TeleportAnim); + self->SetVar(u"teleportString", m_TeleportString); + self->SetVar(u"spawnPoint", m_SpawnPoint); + + args = {}; + + /** + { {0,{ + {"image", "textures/ui/zone_thumnails/Nimbus_Station.dds"}, + {"caption", "%[UI_CHOICE_NS]"}, -- "%[LOC_STRING]" is the format for sending localization tokens to the choice box + {"identifier", "zoneID_1200"}, + {"tooltipText", "%[UI_CHOICE_NS_HOVER]"} + }}, + {1,{ + {"image", "textures/ui/zone_thumnails/Nexus_Tower.dds"}, + {"caption", "%[UI_CHOICE_NT]"}, + {"identifier", "zoneID_1900"}, + {"tooltipText", "%[UI_CHOICE_NT_HOVER]"} + } } } + */ + + AMFStringValue* callbackClient = new AMFStringValue(); + callbackClient->SetStringValue(std::to_string(self->GetObjectID())); + args.InsertValue("callbackClient", callbackClient); + + AMFStringValue* strIdentifier = new AMFStringValue(); + strIdentifier->SetStringValue("choiceDoor"); + args.InsertValue("strIdentifier", strIdentifier); + + AMFStringValue* title = new AMFStringValue(); + title->SetStringValue("%[UI_CHOICE_DESTINATION]"); + args.InsertValue("title", title); + + AMFArrayValue* choiceOptions = new AMFArrayValue(); + + { + AMFArrayValue* nsArgs = new AMFArrayValue(); + + AMFStringValue* image = new AMFStringValue(); + image->SetStringValue("textures/ui/zone_thumnails/Nimbus_Station.dds"); + nsArgs->InsertValue("image", image); + + AMFStringValue* caption = new AMFStringValue(); + caption->SetStringValue("%[UI_CHOICE_NS]"); + nsArgs->InsertValue("caption", caption); + + AMFStringValue* identifier = new AMFStringValue(); + identifier->SetStringValue("zoneID_1200"); + nsArgs->InsertValue("identifier", identifier); + + AMFStringValue* tooltipText = new AMFStringValue(); + tooltipText->SetStringValue("%[UI_CHOICE_NS_HOVER]"); + nsArgs->InsertValue("tooltipText", tooltipText); + + choiceOptions->PushBackValue(nsArgs); + } + + { + AMFArrayValue* ntArgs = new AMFArrayValue(); + + AMFStringValue* image = new AMFStringValue(); + image->SetStringValue("textures/ui/zone_thumnails/Nexus_Tower.dds"); + ntArgs->InsertValue("image", image); + + AMFStringValue* caption = new AMFStringValue(); + caption->SetStringValue("%[UI_CHOICE_NT]"); + ntArgs->InsertValue("caption", caption); + + AMFStringValue* identifier = new AMFStringValue(); + identifier->SetStringValue("zoneID_1900"); + ntArgs->InsertValue("identifier", identifier); + + AMFStringValue* tooltipText = new AMFStringValue(); + tooltipText->SetStringValue("%[UI_CHOICE_NT_HOVER]"); + ntArgs->InsertValue("tooltipText", tooltipText); + + choiceOptions->PushBackValue(ntArgs); + } + + options = choiceOptions; + + args.InsertValue("options", choiceOptions); +} + +void NsLegoClubDoor::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + auto* player = user; + + if (CheckChoice(self, player)) + { + /** + { {"callbackClient", self}, + {"strIdentifier", "choiceDoor"}, + {"title", "%[UI_CHOICE_DESTINATION]"}, + {"options", choiceOptions} } + */ + AMFArrayValue* multiArgs = new AMFArrayValue(); + + AMFStringValue* callbackClient = new AMFStringValue(); + callbackClient->SetStringValue(std::to_string(self->GetObjectID())); + multiArgs->InsertValue("callbackClient", callbackClient); + + AMFStringValue* strIdentifier = new AMFStringValue(); + strIdentifier->SetStringValue("choiceDoor"); + multiArgs->InsertValue("strIdentifier", strIdentifier); + + AMFStringValue* title = new AMFStringValue(); + title->SetStringValue("%[UI_CHOICE_DESTINATION]"); + multiArgs->InsertValue("title", title); + + multiArgs->InsertValue("options", options); + + GameMessages::SendUIMessageServerToSingleClient(player, player->GetSystemAddress(), "QueueChoiceBox", multiArgs); + + delete multiArgs; + delete callbackClient; + delete strIdentifier; + delete title; + } + else if (self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"currentZone") != m_ChoiceZoneID) + { + /** + { {"state", "Lobby"}, + {"context", {{"user", msg.user}, {"callbackObj", self}, + {"HelpVisible", "show" }, {"type", "Lego_Club_Valid"}} }} + */ + AMFArrayValue* multiArgs = new AMFArrayValue(); + + AMFStringValue* state = new AMFStringValue(); + state->SetStringValue("Lobby"); + multiArgs->InsertValue("state", state); + + AMFArrayValue* context = new AMFArrayValue(); + + AMFStringValue* user = new AMFStringValue(); + user->SetStringValue(std::to_string(player->GetObjectID())); + context->InsertValue("user", user); + + AMFStringValue* callbackObj = new AMFStringValue(); + callbackObj->SetStringValue(std::to_string(self->GetObjectID())); + context->InsertValue("callbackObj", callbackObj); + + AMFStringValue* helpVisible = new AMFStringValue(); + helpVisible->SetStringValue("show"); + context->InsertValue("HelpVisible", helpVisible); + + AMFStringValue* type = new AMFStringValue(); + type->SetStringValue("Lego_Club_Valid"); + context->InsertValue("type", type); + + multiArgs->InsertValue("context", context); + + GameMessages::SendUIMessageServerToSingleClient(player, player->GetSystemAddress(), "pushGameState", multiArgs); + + delete multiArgs; + delete state; + delete context; + delete user; + delete callbackObj; + delete helpVisible; + delete type; + } + else + { + BaseOnUse(self, player); + } +} + +void NsLegoClubDoor::OnMessageBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& identifier, const std::u16string& userData) +{ + std::u16string strIdentifier = identifier; + + if (strIdentifier == u"PlayButton" || strIdentifier == u"CloseButton") + { + strIdentifier = u"TransferBox"; + } + + BaseOnMessageBoxResponse(self, sender, button, strIdentifier, userData); +} + +void NsLegoClubDoor::OnChoiceBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& buttonIdentifier, const std::u16string& identifier) +{ + BaseChoiceBoxRespond(self, sender, button, buttonIdentifier, identifier); +} + +void NsLegoClubDoor::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + BaseOnTimerDone(self, timerName); +} + +void NsLegoClubDoor::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, int32_t param3) +{ + BaseOnFireEventServerSide(self, sender, args, param1, param2, param3); +} diff --git a/dScripts/NsLegoClubDoor.h b/dScripts/NsLegoClubDoor.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..480c9250 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NsLegoClubDoor.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "ChooseYourDestinationNsToNt.h" +#include "BaseConsoleTeleportServer.h" +#include "AMFFormat.h" + +class NsLegoClubDoor : public CppScripts::Script, ChooseYourDestinationNsToNt, BaseConsoleTeleportServer +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; + void OnMessageBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& identifier, const std::u16string& userData) override; + void OnChoiceBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& buttonIdentifier, const std::u16string& identifier) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, int32_t param3) override; + +private: + int32_t m_ChoiceZoneID = 1700; + std::string m_SpawnPoint = "NS_LEGO_Club"; + std::u16string m_TeleportAnim = u"lup-teleport"; + std::u16string m_TeleportString = u"ROCKET_TOOLTIP_USE_THE_GATEWAY_TO_TRAVEL_TO_LUP_WORLD"; + AMFArrayValue args = {}; + AMFArrayValue* options = {}; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NsLupTeleport.cpp b/dScripts/NsLupTeleport.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..28f598a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NsLupTeleport.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +#include "NsLupTeleport.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void NsLupTeleport::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetVar(u"currentZone", (int32_t) dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneID().GetMapID()); + self->SetVar(u"choiceZone", m_ChoiceZoneID); + self->SetVar(u"teleportAnim", m_TeleportAnim); + self->SetVar(u"teleportString", m_TeleportString); + self->SetVar(u"spawnPoint", m_SpawnPoint); + + args = {}; + + AMFStringValue* callbackClient = new AMFStringValue(); + callbackClient->SetStringValue(std::to_string(self->GetObjectID())); + args.InsertValue("callbackClient", callbackClient); + + AMFStringValue* strIdentifier = new AMFStringValue(); + strIdentifier->SetStringValue("choiceDoor"); + args.InsertValue("strIdentifier", strIdentifier); + + AMFStringValue* title = new AMFStringValue(); + title->SetStringValue("%[UI_CHOICE_DESTINATION]"); + args.InsertValue("title", title); + + AMFArrayValue* choiceOptions = new AMFArrayValue(); + + { + AMFArrayValue* nsArgs = new AMFArrayValue(); + + AMFStringValue* image = new AMFStringValue(); + image->SetStringValue("textures/ui/zone_thumnails/Nimbus_Station.dds"); + nsArgs->InsertValue("image", image); + + AMFStringValue* caption = new AMFStringValue(); + caption->SetStringValue("%[UI_CHOICE_NS]"); + nsArgs->InsertValue("caption", caption); + + AMFStringValue* identifier = new AMFStringValue(); + identifier->SetStringValue("zoneID_1200"); + nsArgs->InsertValue("identifier", identifier); + + AMFStringValue* tooltipText = new AMFStringValue(); + tooltipText->SetStringValue("%[UI_CHOICE_NS_HOVER]"); + nsArgs->InsertValue("tooltipText", tooltipText); + + choiceOptions->PushBackValue(nsArgs); + } + + { + AMFArrayValue* ntArgs = new AMFArrayValue(); + + AMFStringValue* image = new AMFStringValue(); + image->SetStringValue("textures/ui/zone_thumnails/Nexus_Tower.dds"); + ntArgs->InsertValue("image", image); + + AMFStringValue* caption = new AMFStringValue(); + caption->SetStringValue("%[UI_CHOICE_NT]"); + ntArgs->InsertValue("caption", caption); + + AMFStringValue* identifier = new AMFStringValue(); + identifier->SetStringValue("zoneID_1900"); + ntArgs->InsertValue("identifier", identifier); + + AMFStringValue* tooltipText = new AMFStringValue(); + tooltipText->SetStringValue("%[UI_CHOICE_NT_HOVER]"); + ntArgs->InsertValue("tooltipText", tooltipText); + + choiceOptions->PushBackValue(ntArgs); + } + + args.InsertValue("options", choiceOptions); +} + +void NsLupTeleport::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + auto* player = user; + + if (CheckChoice(self, player)) + { + GameMessages::SendUIMessageServerToSingleClient(player, player->GetSystemAddress(), "QueueChoiceBox", &args); + } + else + { + BaseOnUse(self, player); + } +} + +void NsLupTeleport::OnMessageBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& identifier, const std::u16string& userData) +{ + BaseOnMessageBoxResponse(self, sender, button, identifier, userData); +} + +void NsLupTeleport::OnChoiceBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& buttonIdentifier, const std::u16string& identifier) +{ + BaseChoiceBoxRespond(self, sender, button, buttonIdentifier, identifier); +} + +void NsLupTeleport::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + BaseOnTimerDone(self, timerName); +} + +void NsLupTeleport::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, int32_t param3) +{ + BaseOnFireEventServerSide(self, sender, args, param1, param2, param3); +} diff --git a/dScripts/NsLupTeleport.h b/dScripts/NsLupTeleport.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3ace6698 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NsLupTeleport.h @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "ChooseYourDestinationNsToNt.h" +#include "BaseConsoleTeleportServer.h" +#include "AMFFormat.h" + +class NsLupTeleport : public CppScripts::Script, ChooseYourDestinationNsToNt, BaseConsoleTeleportServer +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; + void OnMessageBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& identifier, const std::u16string& userData) override; + void OnChoiceBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& buttonIdentifier, const std::u16string& identifier) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, int32_t param3) override; + +private: + int32_t m_ChoiceZoneID = 1600; + std::string m_SpawnPoint = "NS_LW"; + std::u16string m_TeleportAnim = u"lup-teleport"; + std::u16string m_TeleportString = u"UI_TRAVEL_TO_LUP_STATION"; + AMFArrayValue args = {}; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NsModularBuild.cpp b/dScripts/NsModularBuild.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..09d3d695 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NsModularBuild.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +#include "NsModularBuild.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Character.h" + +void NsModularBuild::OnModularBuildExit(Entity* self, Entity* player, bool bCompleted, std::vector<LOT> modules) { + if (bCompleted) { + MissionComponent* mission = static_cast<MissionComponent*>(player->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION)); + + if (mission->GetMissionState(m_MissionNum) == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE) { + for (LOT mod : modules) { + if (mod == 9516 || mod == 9517 || mod == 9518) { + mission->ForceProgress(m_MissionNum, 1178, 1); + } + } + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/NsModularBuild.h b/dScripts/NsModularBuild.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7bf13adb --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NsModularBuild.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NsModularBuild : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnModularBuildExit(Entity* self, Entity* player, bool bCompleted, std::vector<LOT> modules); +private: + int m_MissionNum = 809; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NsQbImaginationStatue.cpp b/dScripts/NsQbImaginationStatue.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6b512119 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NsQbImaginationStatue.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +#include "NsQbImaginationStatue.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Loot.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "ScriptedActivityComponent.h" +#include "RebuildComponent.h" + +void NsQbImaginationStatue::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + +} + +void NsQbImaginationStatue::OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) +{ + if (target == nullptr) return; + + self->SetVar(u"Player", target->GetObjectID()); + + SpawnLoot(self); + + self->AddTimer("SpawnDelay", 1.5f); + + self->AddTimer("StopSpawner", 10.0f); +} + +void NsQbImaginationStatue::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName == "SpawnDelay") + { + SpawnLoot(self); + + self->AddTimer("SpawnDelay", 1.5f); + } + else if (timerName == "StopSpawner") + { + self->CancelAllTimers(); + } +} + +void NsQbImaginationStatue::SpawnLoot(Entity* self) +{ + const auto playerId = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"Player"); + + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerId); + + if (player == nullptr) return; + + GameMessages::SendDropClientLoot(player, self->GetObjectID(), 935, 0); + GameMessages::SendDropClientLoot(player, self->GetObjectID(), 935, 0); +} diff --git a/dScripts/NsQbImaginationStatue.h b/dScripts/NsQbImaginationStatue.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3d699ac9 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NsQbImaginationStatue.h @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NsQbImaginationStatue : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + void SpawnLoot(Entity* self); +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NsTokenConsoleServer.cpp b/dScripts/NsTokenConsoleServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..90b5ed1d --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NsTokenConsoleServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +#include "NsTokenConsoleServer.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "RebuildComponent.h" + +void NsTokenConsoleServer::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + +} + +void NsTokenConsoleServer::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + auto* rebuildComponent = self->GetComponent<RebuildComponent>(); + + if (rebuildComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + if (rebuildComponent->GetState() != REBUILD_COMPLETED) + { + return; + } + + auto* inventoryComponent = user->GetComponent<InventoryComponent>(); + auto* missionComponent = user->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + auto* character = user->GetCharacter(); + + if (inventoryComponent == nullptr || missionComponent == nullptr || character == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + if (inventoryComponent->GetLotCount(6194) < 25) + { + return; + } + + inventoryComponent->RemoveItem(6194, 25); + + const auto useSound = self->GetVar<std::string>(u"sound1"); + + if (!useSound.empty()) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayNDAudioEmitter(self, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, useSound); + } + + if (character->GetPlayerFlag(46)) + { + inventoryComponent->AddItem(8321, 1); + } + else if (character->GetPlayerFlag(47)) + { + inventoryComponent->AddItem(8318, 1); + } + else if (character->GetPlayerFlag(48)) + { + inventoryComponent->AddItem(8320, 1); + } + else if (character->GetPlayerFlag(49)) + { + inventoryComponent->AddItem(8319, 1); + } + + missionComponent->ForceProgressTaskType(863, 1, 1, false); + + GameMessages::SendTerminateInteraction(user->GetObjectID(), FROM_INTERACTION, self->GetObjectID()); +} diff --git a/dScripts/NsTokenConsoleServer.h b/dScripts/NsTokenConsoleServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d0cdb011 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NsTokenConsoleServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NsTokenConsoleServer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NtAssemblyTubeServer.cpp b/dScripts/NtAssemblyTubeServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4653e1c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtAssemblyTubeServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +#include "NtAssemblyTubeServer.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" + +void NtAssemblyTubeServer::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetProximityRadius(5, "teleport"); +} + +void NtAssemblyTubeServer::OnPlayerLoaded(Entity* self, Entity* player) +{ + +} + +void NtAssemblyTubeServer::OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) +{ + Game::logger->Log("NtAssemblyTubeServer", "Entering\n"); + + if (status != "ENTER" || !entering->IsPlayer() || name != "teleport") return; + + auto* player = entering; + const auto playerID = player->GetObjectID(); + + RunAssemblyTube(self, player); + + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr) + { + missionComponent->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SCRIPT, self->GetLOT()); + } +} + +void NtAssemblyTubeServer::RunAssemblyTube(Entity* self, Entity* player) +{ + const auto playerID = player->GetObjectID(); + + const auto iter = m_TeleportingPlayerTable.find(playerID); + if (iter == m_TeleportingPlayerTable.end()) m_TeleportingPlayerTable[playerID] = false; + const auto bPlayerBeingTeleported = m_TeleportingPlayerTable[playerID]; + + if (player->IsPlayer() && !bPlayerBeingTeleported) + { + auto teleCinematic = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"Cinematic"); + + GameMessages::SendSetStunned(playerID, PUSH, player->GetSystemAddress(), LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + true, true, true, true, true, true, true + ); + + if (!teleCinematic.empty()) + { + const auto teleCinematicUname = teleCinematic; + GameMessages::SendPlayCinematic(player->GetObjectID(), teleCinematicUname, player->GetSystemAddress(), + true, true, true, false, 0, false, -1, false, true + ); + } + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(player, u"tube-sucker", 4.0f); + + const auto animTime = 3; + + self->AddCallbackTimer(animTime, [this, self, playerID]() { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + TeleportPlayer(self, player); + }); + } +} + +void NtAssemblyTubeServer::TeleportPlayer(Entity* self, Entity* player) +{ + auto destinationGroup = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"teleGroup"); + auto* destination = self; + + if (!destinationGroup.empty()) + { + const auto& groupObjs = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(destinationGroup)); + + if (!groupObjs.empty()) + { + destination = groupObjs[0]; + } + } + + const auto destPosition = destination->GetPosition(); + const auto destRotation = destination->GetRotation(); + + GameMessages::SendTeleport(player->GetObjectID(), destPosition, destRotation, player->GetSystemAddress(), true); + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(player, u"tube-resurrect", 4.0f); + + const auto animTime = 4; + + const auto playerID = player->GetObjectID(); + + self->AddCallbackTimer(animTime, [this, self, playerID]() { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + UnlockPlayer(self, player); + }); + + const auto useSound = self->GetVar<std::string>(u"sound1"); + + if (!useSound.empty()) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayNDAudioEmitter(player, player->GetSystemAddress(), useSound); + } +} + +void NtAssemblyTubeServer::UnlockPlayer(Entity* self, Entity* player) +{ + const auto playerID = player->GetObjectID(); + + m_TeleportingPlayerTable[playerID] = false; + + GameMessages::SendSetStunned(playerID, POP, player->GetSystemAddress(), LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + true, true, true, true, true, true, true + ); +} diff --git a/dScripts/NtAssemblyTubeServer.h b/dScripts/NtAssemblyTubeServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..116be068 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtAssemblyTubeServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NtAssemblyTubeServer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnPlayerLoaded(Entity* self, Entity* player) override; + void OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) override; + void RunAssemblyTube(Entity* self, Entity* player); + void TeleportPlayer(Entity* self, Entity* player); + void UnlockPlayer(Entity* self, Entity* player); + +private: + std::map<LWOOBJID, bool> m_TeleportingPlayerTable; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NtBeamImaginationCollectors.cpp b/dScripts/NtBeamImaginationCollectors.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ed756c02 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtBeamImaginationCollectors.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +#include "NtBeamImaginationCollectors.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void NtBeamImaginationCollectors::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->AddTimer("PlayFX", GetRandomNum()); +} + +int32_t NtBeamImaginationCollectors::GetRandomNum() +{ + int32_t randNum = m_LastRandom; + + while (randNum == m_LastRandom) + { + randNum = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<int32_t>(m_RandMin, m_RandMax); + } + + m_LastRandom = randNum; + + return randNum; +} + +void NtBeamImaginationCollectors::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName != "PlayFX") + { + return; + } + + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), -1, m_FxName, "Beam"); + + self->AddTimer("PlayFX", GetRandomNum()); +} diff --git a/dScripts/NtBeamImaginationCollectors.h b/dScripts/NtBeamImaginationCollectors.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d494d66c --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtBeamImaginationCollectors.h @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NtBeamImaginationCollectors : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + int32_t GetRandomNum(); + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + +private: + int32_t m_LastRandom = 0; + int32_t m_RandMin = 5; + int32_t m_RandMax = 15; + std::u16string m_FxName = u"beam_collect"; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NtCombatChallengeDummy.cpp b/dScripts/NtCombatChallengeDummy.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76f8576f --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtCombatChallengeDummy.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +#include "NtCombatChallengeDummy.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + + +void NtCombatChallengeDummy::OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) +{ + const auto challengeObjectID = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"challengeObjectID"); + + auto* challengeObject = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(challengeObjectID); + + if (challengeObject != nullptr) + { + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(challengeObject)) + { + script->OnDie(challengeObject, killer); + } + } +} + +void NtCombatChallengeDummy::OnHitOrHealResult(Entity* self, Entity* attacker, int32_t damage) +{ + const auto challengeObjectID = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"challengeObjectID"); + + auto* challengeObject = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(challengeObjectID); + + if (challengeObject != nullptr) + { + for (CppScripts::Script* script : CppScripts::GetEntityScripts(challengeObject)) + { + script->OnHitOrHealResult(challengeObject, attacker, damage); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/NtCombatChallengeDummy.h b/dScripts/NtCombatChallengeDummy.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d9ef8cbd --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtCombatChallengeDummy.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NtCombatChallengeDummy : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) override; + void OnHitOrHealResult(Entity* self, Entity* attacker, int32_t damage) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NtCombatChallengeServer.cpp b/dScripts/NtCombatChallengeServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2c6a5426 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtCombatChallengeServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,261 @@ +#include "NtCombatChallengeServer.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" + + +void NtCombatChallengeServer::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + auto* character = user->GetCharacter(); + + if (character == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"UI_Open", 0, 0, user->GetObjectID(), "", user->GetSystemAddress()); +} + +void NtCombatChallengeServer::OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) +{ + Game::logger->Log("NtCombatChallengeServer", "Smashed\n"); + + if (killer != self && killer != nullptr) + { + SpawnTargetDummy(self); + } +} + + +void NtCombatChallengeServer::OnHitOrHealResult(Entity* self, Entity* attacker, int32_t damage) +{ + const auto playerID = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"playerID"); + + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto totalDmg = self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"totalDmg"); + + totalDmg += damage; + + self->SetVar(u"totalDmg", totalDmg); + self->SetNetworkVar(u"totalDmg", totalDmg); + + Game::logger->Log("NtCombatChallengeServer", "Damage %i -> %i\n", damage, totalDmg); + + GameMessages::SendPlayNDAudioEmitter(self, attacker->GetSystemAddress(), scoreSound); +} + + +void NtCombatChallengeServer::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, + int32_t param2, int32_t param3) +{ + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"UI_Close", 0, 0, sender->GetObjectID(), "", sender->GetSystemAddress()); +} + + +void NtCombatChallengeServer::OnMessageBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& identifier, const std::u16string& userData) +{ + if (identifier == u"PlayButton" && button == 1) + { + self->SetNetworkVar(u"bInUse", true); + + self->SetVar(u"playerID", sender->GetObjectID()); + + auto* inventoryComponent = sender->GetComponent<InventoryComponent>(); + + if (inventoryComponent != nullptr) + { + inventoryComponent->RemoveItem(3039, 1); + } + + GameMessages::SendPlayNDAudioEmitter(self, sender->GetSystemAddress(), startSound); + + self->AddTimer("start_delay", 2.0f); + + GameMessages::SendShowActivityCountdown(self->GetObjectID(), false, false, u"", 0, sender->GetSystemAddress()); + + self->SetNetworkVar(u"toggle", true); + } + else if (identifier == u"CloseButton") + { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"UI_Close", 1, 0, sender->GetObjectID(), "", sender->GetSystemAddress()); + } +} + +void NtCombatChallengeServer::SpawnTargetDummy(Entity* self) +{ + const auto playerID = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"playerID"); + + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto targetNumber = self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"TargetNumber"); + if (targetNumber == 0) targetNumber = 1; + + if (targetNumber > tTargets.size()) targetNumber = tTargets.size(); + + self->SetVar<int32_t>(u"TargetNumber", targetNumber + 1); + + const auto dummyLOT = tTargets[targetNumber - 1]; + + EntityInfo info {}; + info.lot = dummyLOT; + info.spawnerID = self->GetObjectID(); + info.pos = self->GetPosition(); + info.rot = self->GetRotation(); + info.settings = { new LDFData<std::string>(u"custom_script_server", "scripts\\02_server\\Map\\NT\\L_NT_COMBAT_CHALLENGE_DUMMY.lua") }; + + auto* dummy = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + + dummy->SetVar(u"challengeObjectID", self->GetObjectID()); + + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(dummy); + + self->SetVar(u"currentDummy", dummy->GetObjectID()); +} + +void NtCombatChallengeServer::SetAttackImmunity(LWOOBJID objID, bool bTurnOn) +{ + +} + +void NtCombatChallengeServer::OnChildLoaded(Entity* self, Entity* child) +{ + auto targetNumber = self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"TargetNumber"); + if (targetNumber == 0) targetNumber = 1; + self->SetVar(u"TargetNumber", targetNumber + 1); + + const auto playerID = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"playerID"); + + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + child->SetRotation(NiQuaternion::LookAt(child->GetPosition(), player->GetPosition())); + + self->SetVar(u"currentTargetID", child->GetObjectID()); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(child); + + child->GetGroups().push_back("targets_" + std::to_string(self->GetObjectID())); +} + +void NtCombatChallengeServer::ResetGame(Entity* self) +{ + const auto totalDmg = self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"totalDmg"); + const auto playerID = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"playerID"); + + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + + if (player != nullptr) + { + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr) + { + for (const auto& mission : tMissions) + { + Game::logger->Log("NtCombatChallengeServer", "Mission %i, %i\n", mission.mission, mission.damage); + + if (totalDmg >= mission.damage) + { + Game::logger->Log("NtCombatChallengeServer", "Progressing Mission %i, %i\n", mission.mission, mission.damage); + + missionComponent->ForceProgressTaskType(mission.mission, 1, 1); + } + } + } + } + + self->SetVar(u"TargetNumber", 1); + self->SetVar(u"playerID", LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + self->SetVar(u"totalDmg", 0); + self->SetNetworkVar(u"totalDmg", false); + self->SetNetworkVar(u"update_time", 0); + + const auto& targetObjs = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("targets_" + std::to_string(self->GetObjectID())); + + for (auto* target : targetObjs) + { + target->Smash(self->GetObjectID()); + } + + const auto currentID = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"currentDummy"); + + auto* current = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(currentID); + + if (current != nullptr) + { + current->Smash(self->GetObjectID()); + } +} + +void NtCombatChallengeServer::OnActivityTimerUpdate(Entity* self, float timeRemaining) +{ + self->SetNetworkVar(u"update_time", std::ceil(timeRemaining)); + + if (timeRemaining <= 3) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayNDAudioEmitter(self, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, timerLowSound); + } + else + { + GameMessages::SendPlayNDAudioEmitter(self, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, timerSound); + } +} + +void NtCombatChallengeServer::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName == "start_delay") + { + self->SetVar(u"game_tick", gameTime); + + SpawnTargetDummy(self); + + self->AddTimer("game_tick", 1); + + self->SetNetworkVar(u"totalTime", gameTime); + } + else if (timerName == "game_tick") + { + auto gameTick = self->GetVar<float>(u"game_tick"); + + gameTick -= 1; + + self->SetVar(u"game_tick", gameTick); + + if (gameTick <= 0) + { + ResetGame(self); + + GameMessages::SendPlayNDAudioEmitter(self, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, stopSound); + + self->AddTimer("reset_tick", 5); + } + else + { + self->AddTimer("game_tick", 1); + + OnActivityTimerUpdate(self, gameTick); + } + } + else if (timerName == "reset_tick") + { + self->SetNetworkVar(u"toggle", false); + self->SetNetworkVar(u"bInUse", false); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/NtCombatChallengeServer.h b/dScripts/NtCombatChallengeServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6a193a11 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtCombatChallengeServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NtCombatChallengeServer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; + void OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) override; + void OnHitOrHealResult(Entity* self, Entity* attacker, int32_t damage) override; + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) override; + void OnMessageBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& identifier, const std::u16string& userData) override; + void SpawnTargetDummy(Entity* self); + void SetAttackImmunity(LWOOBJID objID, bool bTurnOn); + void OnChildLoaded(Entity* self, Entity* child); + void ResetGame(Entity* self); + void OnActivityTimerUpdate(Entity* self, float timeRemaining); + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + +private: + float gameTime = 30.0f; + std::string startSound = "{a477f897-30da-4b15-8fce-895c6547adae}"; + std::string stopSound = "{a832b9c5-b000-4c97-820a-2a7d1e68dd9d}"; + std::string timerSound = "{79b38431-4fc7-403b-8ede-eaff700a7ab0}"; + std::string timerLowSound = "{0e1f1284-e1c4-42ed-8ef9-93e8756948f8}"; + std::string scoreSound = "{cfdade40-3d97-4cf5-b53c-862e0b84c1a1}"; + + std::vector<LOT> tTargets = { + 13556, 13556, 13764, 13764, 13765, 13765, + 13766, 13766, 13767, 13767, 13768, 13768, + 13830, 13769, 13769, 13770, 13830, 13770, + 13771, 13771, 13830, 13772 + }; + + struct MissionRequirements + { + int32_t mission; + int32_t damage; + }; + + std::vector<MissionRequirements> tMissions = { + {1010, 25}, + {1340, 100}, + {1341, 240}, + {1342, 290} + }; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NtConsoleTeleportServer.cpp b/dScripts/NtConsoleTeleportServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..91354c0b --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtConsoleTeleportServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +#include "NtConsoleTeleportServer.h" + + +void NtConsoleTeleportServer::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetVar(u"teleportAnim", m_TeleportAnim); + self->SetVar(u"teleportString", m_TeleportString); +} + +void NtConsoleTeleportServer::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + BaseOnUse(self, user); +} + +void NtConsoleTeleportServer::OnMessageBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& identifier, const std::u16string& userData) +{ + BaseOnMessageBoxResponse(self, sender, button, identifier, userData); +} + +void NtConsoleTeleportServer::OnChoiceBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& buttonIdentifier, const std::u16string& identifier) +{ + +} + +void NtConsoleTeleportServer::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + BaseOnTimerDone(self, timerName); +} + +void NtConsoleTeleportServer::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, int32_t param3) +{ + BaseOnFireEventServerSide(self, sender, args, param1, param2, param3); +} diff --git a/dScripts/NtConsoleTeleportServer.h b/dScripts/NtConsoleTeleportServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0d834cd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtConsoleTeleportServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "ChooseYourDestinationNsToNt.h" +#include "BaseConsoleTeleportServer.h" +#include "AMFFormat.h" + +class NtConsoleTeleportServer : public CppScripts::Script, BaseConsoleTeleportServer +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; + void OnMessageBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& identifier, const std::u16string& userData) override; + void OnChoiceBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& buttonIdentifier, const std::u16string& identifier) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, int32_t param3) override; + +private: + int32_t m_ChoiceZoneID = 1800; + std::string m_SpawnPoint = "NS_LW"; + std::u16string m_TeleportAnim = u"lup-teleport"; + std::u16string m_TeleportString = u"UI_TRAVEL_TO_CRUX_PRIME"; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NtDarkitectRevealServer.cpp b/dScripts/NtDarkitectRevealServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2bfbb063 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtDarkitectRevealServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +#include "NtDarkitectRevealServer.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Character.h" + + +void NtDarkitectRevealServer::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + Darkitect(self, user); + + auto* missionComponent = user->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr) + { + missionComponent->ForceProgressTaskType(1344, 1, 14293); + } +} + +void NtDarkitectRevealServer::Darkitect(Entity* self, Entity* player) +{ + const auto playerID = player->GetObjectID(); + + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"reveal", 0, 0, playerID, "", player->GetSystemAddress()); + + self->AddCallbackTimer(20, [this, self, playerID]() { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* destroyableComponent = player->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + auto* character = player->GetCharacter(); + + if (destroyableComponent != nullptr && missionComponent != nullptr && character != nullptr) + { + destroyableComponent->SetArmor(0); + destroyableComponent->SetHealth(1); + destroyableComponent->SetImagination(0); + + if (missionComponent->GetMissionState(1295) == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE) + { + character->SetPlayerFlag(1911, true); + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(player); + } + }); +} diff --git a/dScripts/NtDarkitectRevealServer.h b/dScripts/NtDarkitectRevealServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..60d89934 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtDarkitectRevealServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NtDarkitectRevealServer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; + void Darkitect(Entity* self, Entity* player); +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NtDirtCloudServer.cpp b/dScripts/NtDirtCloudServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ee011dd8 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtDirtCloudServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +#include "NtDirtCloudServer.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" + +std::map<std::string, std::vector<int32_t>> NtDirtCloudServer::m_Missions = +{ + {"Dirt_Clouds_Sent", {1333,1253}}, + {"Dirt_Clouds_Assem", {1333,1276}}, + {"Dirt_Clouds_Para", {1333,1277}}, + {"Dirt_Clouds_Halls", {1333,1283}} +}; + +void NtDirtCloudServer::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetVar(u"CloudOn", true); +} + +void NtDirtCloudServer::OnSkillEventFired(Entity* self, Entity* caster, const std::string& message) +{ + if (message != "soapspray") + { + return; + } + + if (!self->GetVar<bool>(u"CloudOn")) + { + return; + } + + const auto mySpawner = GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"spawner_name")); + + if (m_Missions.count(mySpawner) == 0) + { + return; + } + + const auto& myMis = m_Missions[mySpawner]; + + auto* missionComponent = caster->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + if (missionComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + for (const auto missionID : myMis) + { + missionComponent->ForceProgressTaskType(missionID, 1, 1); + } + + self->SetVar(u"CloudOn", false); + + self->Smash(self->GetObjectID(), VIOLENT); +} diff --git a/dScripts/NtDirtCloudServer.h b/dScripts/NtDirtCloudServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0c9e50d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtDirtCloudServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NtDirtCloudServer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnSkillEventFired(Entity* self, Entity* caster, const std::string& message) override; + +private: + static std::map<std::string, std::vector<int32_t>> m_Missions; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NtDukeServer.cpp b/dScripts/NtDukeServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0f56d6cc --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtDukeServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +#include "NtDukeServer.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" + +void NtDukeServer::SetVariables(Entity *self) { + self->SetVar<float_t>(m_SpyProximityVariable, 35.0f); + + self->SetVar<SpyData>(m_SpyDataVariable, { + NT_FACTION_SPY_DUKE, 13548, 1319 + }); + + self->SetVar<std::vector<SpyDialogue>>(m_SpyDialogueTableVariable, { + { "DUKE_NT_CONVO_1", 0 }, + { "DUKE_NT_CONVO_2", 0 }, + { "DUKE_NT_CONVO_3", 0 }, + }); + + // If there's an alternating conversation, indices should be provided using the conversationID variables + self->SetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(m_SpyCinematicObjectsVariable, { self->GetObjectID() }); +} + +void NtDukeServer::OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity *self, Entity *target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) { + + // Handles adding and removing the sword for the Crux Prime Sword mission + auto* missionComponent = target->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + auto* inventoryComponent = target->GetComponent<InventoryComponent>(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr && inventoryComponent != nullptr) { + auto state = missionComponent->GetMissionState(m_SwordMissionID); + auto lotCount = inventoryComponent->GetLotCount(m_SwordLot); + + if ((state == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_AVAILABLE || state == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE) && lotCount < 1) { + inventoryComponent->AddItem(m_SwordLot, 1); + } else if (state == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_READY_TO_COMPLETE) { + inventoryComponent->RemoveItem(m_SwordLot, lotCount); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/NtDukeServer.h b/dScripts/NtDukeServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f56e9912 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtDukeServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "NtFactionSpyServer.h" + +class NtDukeServer : public NtFactionSpyServer { + void SetVariables(Entity *self) override; + void OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity* self, Entity* target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) override; + const uint32_t m_SwordMissionID = 1448; + const LOT m_SwordLot = 13777; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NtFactionSpyServer.cpp b/dScripts/NtFactionSpyServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b99990c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtFactionSpyServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +#include "NtFactionSpyServer.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "ProximityMonitorComponent.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void NtFactionSpyServer::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + SetVariables(self); + + // Set the proximity to sense later + auto* proximityMonitor = self->GetComponent<ProximityMonitorComponent>(); + if (proximityMonitor == nullptr) { + proximityMonitor = new ProximityMonitorComponent(self, -1, -1); + self->AddComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_PROXIMITY_MONITOR, proximityMonitor); + } + + proximityMonitor->SetProximityRadius(self->GetVar<float_t>(m_SpyProximityVariable), m_ProximityName); +} + +void NtFactionSpyServer::SetVariables(Entity* self) { + self->SetVar<float_t>(m_SpyProximityVariable, 0.0f); + self->SetVar<SpyData>(m_SpyDataVariable, {}); + self->SetVar<std::vector<SpyDialogue>>(m_SpyDialogueTableVariable, {}); + + // If there's an alternating conversation, indices should be provided using the conversationID variables + self->SetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(m_SpyCinematicObjectsVariable, { self->GetObjectID() }); +} + +void NtFactionSpyServer::OnProximityUpdate(Entity *self, Entity *entering, std::string name, std::string status) { + if (name == m_ProximityName && status == "ENTER" && IsSpy(self, entering)) { + auto cinematic = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(m_SpyCinematicVariable); + if (!cinematic.empty()) { + + // Save the root of this cinematic so we can identify updates later + auto cinematicSplit = GeneralUtils::SplitString(cinematic, u'_'); + if (!cinematicSplit.empty()) { + self->SetVar<std::u16string>(m_CinematicRootVariable, cinematicSplit.at(0)); + } + + GameMessages::SendPlayCinematic(entering->GetObjectID(), cinematic, entering->GetSystemAddress(), + true, true, true); + } + } +} + +bool NtFactionSpyServer::IsSpy(Entity* self, Entity *possibleSpy) { + auto spyData = self->GetVar<SpyData>(m_SpyDataVariable); + if (!spyData.missionID || !spyData.flagID || !spyData.itemID) + return false; + + auto* missionComponent = possibleSpy->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + auto* inventoryComponent = possibleSpy->GetComponent<InventoryComponent>(); + auto* character = possibleSpy->GetCharacter(); + + // A player is a spy if they have the spy mission, have the spy equipment equipped and don't have the spy flag set yet + return missionComponent != nullptr && missionComponent->GetMissionState(spyData.missionID) == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE + && inventoryComponent != nullptr && inventoryComponent->IsEquipped(spyData.itemID) + && character != nullptr && !character->GetPlayerFlag(spyData.flagID); +} + +void NtFactionSpyServer::OnCinematicUpdate(Entity *self, Entity *sender, eCinematicEvent event, + const std::u16string &pathName, float_t pathTime, float_t totalTime, + int32_t waypoint) { + + const auto& cinematicRoot = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(m_CinematicRootVariable); + auto pathNameCopy = std::u16string(pathName); // Mutable copy + auto pathSplit = GeneralUtils::SplitString(pathNameCopy, u'_'); + + // Make sure we have a path of type <root>_<index> + if (pathSplit.size() >= 2) { + auto pathRoot = pathSplit.at(0); + auto pathIndex = std::stoi(GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(pathSplit.at(1))) - 1; + const auto& dialogueTable = self->GetVar<std::vector<SpyDialogue>>(m_SpyDialogueTableVariable); + + // Make sure we're listening to the root we're interested in + if (pathRoot == cinematicRoot) { + if (event == STARTED && pathIndex >= 0 && pathIndex < dialogueTable.size()) { + + // If the cinematic started, show part of the conversation + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), m_SpyDialogueNotification, 0, + 0, ParamObjectForConversationID(self, dialogueTable.at(pathIndex).conversationID), + dialogueTable.at(pathIndex).token, sender->GetSystemAddress()); + + } else if (event == ENDED && pathIndex >= dialogueTable.size() - 1) { + auto spyData = self->GetVar<SpyData>(m_SpyDataVariable); + auto* character = sender->GetCharacter(); + if (character != nullptr) { + character->SetPlayerFlag(spyData.flagID, true); + } + } + } + } +} + +LWOOBJID NtFactionSpyServer::ParamObjectForConversationID(Entity* self, uint32_t conversationID) { + auto paramObjects = self->GetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(m_SpyCinematicObjectsVariable); + auto index = conversationID >= paramObjects.size() ? paramObjects.size() - 1 : conversationID; + return paramObjects.at(index); +} diff --git a/dScripts/NtFactionSpyServer.h b/dScripts/NtFactionSpyServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec8df1f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtFactionSpyServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +struct SpyDialogue { + std::string token; + uint32_t conversationID; +}; + +struct SpyData { + uint32_t flagID; + LOT itemID; + uint32_t missionID; +}; + +class NtFactionSpyServer : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnStartup(Entity *self) override; + void OnProximityUpdate(Entity *self, Entity *entering, std::string name, std::string status) override; + void OnCinematicUpdate(Entity *self, Entity *sender, eCinematicEvent event, const std::u16string &pathName, float_t pathTime, float_t totalTime, int32_t waypoint) override; +protected: + virtual void SetVariables(Entity* self); + bool IsSpy(Entity* self, Entity* possibleSpy); + LWOOBJID ParamObjectForConversationID(Entity* self, uint32_t conversationID); + + const std::string m_ProximityName = "SpyDistance"; + const std::u16string m_SpyDialogueNotification = u"displayDialogueLine"; + const std::u16string m_SpyCinematicVariable = u"SpyCinematic"; + const std::u16string m_SpyCinematicObjectsVariable = u"SpyCinematicObjects"; + const std::u16string m_CinematicRootVariable = u"CinematicRoot"; + const std::u16string m_SpyProximityVariable = u"Proximity"; + const std::u16string m_SpyDialogueTableVariable = u"SpyDialogueTable"; + const std::u16string m_SpyDataVariable = u"SpyData"; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NtHaelServer.cpp b/dScripts/NtHaelServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2e2643fe --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtHaelServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +#include "NtHaelServer.h" + +void NtHaelServer::SetVariables(Entity *self) { + self->SetVar<float_t>(m_SpyProximityVariable, 25.0f); + + self->SetVar<SpyData>(m_SpyDataVariable, { + NT_FACTION_SPY_HAEL, 13892, 1321 + }); + + self->SetVar<std::vector<SpyDialogue>>(m_SpyDialogueTableVariable, { + { "HAEL_NT_CONVO_1", 0 }, + { "HAEL_NT_CONVO_2", 0 }, + { "HAEL_NT_CONVO_3", 0 }, + { "HAEL_NT_CONVO_4", 0 }, + }); + + // If there's an alternating conversation, indices should be provided using the conversationID variables + self->SetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(m_SpyCinematicObjectsVariable, { self->GetObjectID() }); +} diff --git a/dScripts/NtHaelServer.h b/dScripts/NtHaelServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8e3dbe47 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtHaelServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "NtFactionSpyServer.h" + +class NtHaelServer : public NtFactionSpyServer { + void SetVariables(Entity *self) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NtImagBeamBuffer.cpp b/dScripts/NtImagBeamBuffer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..067a8d61 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtImagBeamBuffer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +#include "NtImagBeamBuffer.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" + +void NtImagBeamBuffer::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetProximityRadius(100, "ImagZone"); + + self->AddTimer("BuffImag", 2.0f); +} + +void NtImagBeamBuffer::OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) +{ + if (name != "ImagZone" || !entering->IsPlayer()) + { + return; + } + + if (status == "ENTER") + { + const auto& iter = std::find(m_EntitiesInProximity.begin(), m_EntitiesInProximity.end(), entering->GetObjectID()); + + if (iter == m_EntitiesInProximity.end()) + { + m_EntitiesInProximity.push_back(entering->GetObjectID()); + } + } + else if (status == "LEAVE") + { + const auto& iter = std::find(m_EntitiesInProximity.begin(), m_EntitiesInProximity.end(), entering->GetObjectID()); + + if (iter != m_EntitiesInProximity.end()) + { + m_EntitiesInProximity.erase(iter); + } + } +} + +void NtImagBeamBuffer::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName != "BuffImag") + { + return; + } + + auto* skillComponent = self->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (skillComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + for (const auto entityID : m_EntitiesInProximity) + { + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(entityID); + + if (entity == nullptr) + { + continue; + } + + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(1311, 30235, entityID, true); + } + + self->AddTimer("BuffImag", 2.0f); +} diff --git a/dScripts/NtImagBeamBuffer.h b/dScripts/NtImagBeamBuffer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4c6c7fc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtImagBeamBuffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NtImagBeamBuffer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + +private: + std::vector<LWOOBJID> m_EntitiesInProximity = {}; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NtOverbuildServer.cpp b/dScripts/NtOverbuildServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7bc62f50 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtOverbuildServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +#include "NtOverbuildServer.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +void NtOverbuildServer::SetVariables(Entity *self) { + self->SetVar<float_t>(m_SpyProximityVariable, 30.0f); + + self->SetVar<SpyData>(m_SpyDataVariable, { + NT_FACTION_SPY_OVERBUILD, 13891, 1320 + }); + + self->SetVar<std::vector<SpyDialogue>>(m_SpyDialogueTableVariable, { + { "OVERBUILD_NT_CONVO_1", 0 }, + { "OVERBUILD_NT_CONVO_2", 1 }, + { "OVERBUILD_NT_CONVO_3", 0 }, + { "OVERBUILD_NT_CONVO_4", 1 }, + { "OVERBUILD_NT_CONVO_5", 0 }, + { "OVERBUILD_NT_CONVO_6", 1 }, + { "OVERBUILD_NT_CONVO_7", 0 }, + }); + + // Find the second object Dr. Overbuild interacts with + LWOOBJID otherConvoObjectID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + for (auto* otherConvoObject : EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(self->GetVar<std::u16string>(m_OtherEntitiesGroupVariable)))) { + otherConvoObjectID = otherConvoObject->GetObjectID(); + break; + } + + // If there's an alternating conversation, indices should be provided using the conversationID variables + self->SetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(m_SpyCinematicObjectsVariable, { self->GetObjectID(), otherConvoObjectID }); +} diff --git a/dScripts/NtOverbuildServer.h b/dScripts/NtOverbuildServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..301dd4e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtOverbuildServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +#pragma once +#include "NtFactionSpyServer.h" + +class NtOverbuildServer : public NtFactionSpyServer { + void SetVariables(Entity *self) override; + const std::u16string m_OtherEntitiesGroupVariable = u"SpyConvo2Group"; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NtParadoxPanelServer.cpp b/dScripts/NtParadoxPanelServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c1c9dd3f --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtParadoxPanelServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +#include "NtParadoxPanelServer.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Character.h" + +void NtParadoxPanelServer::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"bActive", 1, 0, user->GetObjectID(), "", user->GetSystemAddress()); + + GameMessages::SendTerminateInteraction(user->GetObjectID(), eTerminateType::FROM_INTERACTION, self->GetObjectID()); + + self->SetVar(u"bActive", true); + + auto* missionComponent = user->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + const auto playerID = user->GetObjectID(); + + for (const auto mission : tPlayerOnMissions) + { + if (missionComponent->GetMissionState(mission) != MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE) + { + continue; + } + + self->AddCallbackTimer(2, [this, self, playerID] () { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + const auto flag = self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"flag"); + + player->GetCharacter()->SetPlayerFlag(flag, true); + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(player, u"rebuild-celebrate"); + + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"SparkStop", 0, 0, player->GetObjectID(), "", player->GetSystemAddress()); + + self->SetVar(u"bActive", false); + }); + + return; + } + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(user, shockAnim); + + const auto dir = self->GetRotation().GetRightVector(); + + GameMessages::SendKnockback(user->GetObjectID(), self->GetObjectID(), self->GetObjectID(), 0, {dir.x * 15, 5, dir.z * 15}); + + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self, 6432, u"create", "console_sparks", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1.0, 1.0, true); + + self->AddCallbackTimer(2, [this, self, playerID] () { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"bActive", 0, 0, player->GetObjectID(), "", player->GetSystemAddress()); + + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(self, true, "console_sparks"); + + self->SetVar(u"bActive", false); + }); +} diff --git a/dScripts/NtParadoxPanelServer.h b/dScripts/NtParadoxPanelServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e966e376 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtParadoxPanelServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NtParadoxPanelServer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; +private: + std::u16string shockAnim = u"knockback-recovery"; + float fxTime = 2.0; + std::vector<int32_t> tPlayerOnMissions = {1278, 1279, 1280, 1281}; +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/NtParadoxTeleServer.cpp b/dScripts/NtParadoxTeleServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dddd17e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtParadoxTeleServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +#include "NtParadoxTeleServer.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" + +void NtParadoxTeleServer::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetProximityRadius(5, "teleport"); +} + +void NtParadoxTeleServer::OnPlayerLoaded(Entity* self, Entity* player) +{ + +} + +void NtParadoxTeleServer::OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) +{ + Game::logger->Log("NtParadoxTeleServer", "Entering\n"); + + if (status != "ENTER" || !entering->IsPlayer() || name != "teleport") return; + + auto* player = entering; + const auto playerID = player->GetObjectID(); + + const auto iter = m_TeleportingPlayerTable.find(playerID); + if (iter == m_TeleportingPlayerTable.end()) m_TeleportingPlayerTable[playerID] = false; + const auto bPlayerBeingTeleported = m_TeleportingPlayerTable[playerID]; + + if (player->IsPlayer() && !bPlayerBeingTeleported) + { + GameMessages::SendSetStunned(playerID, PUSH, player->GetSystemAddress(), LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + true, true, true, true, true, true, true + ); + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(player, u"teledeath", 4.0f); + + const auto animTime = 2; + + self->AddCallbackTimer(animTime, [this, self, playerID]() { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + TeleportPlayer(self, player); + }); + } + + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr) + { + missionComponent->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SCRIPT, self->GetLOT()); + } +} + +void NtParadoxTeleServer::TeleportPlayer(Entity* self, Entity* player) +{ + auto destinationGroup = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"teleGroup"); + auto* destination = self; + + if (!destinationGroup.empty()) + { + const auto& groupObjs = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(destinationGroup)); + + if (!groupObjs.empty()) + { + destination = groupObjs[0]; + } + } + + const auto destPosition = destination->GetPosition(); + const auto destRotation = destination->GetRotation(); + + auto teleCinematic = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"Cinematic"); + + if (!teleCinematic.empty()) + { + const auto teleCinematicUname = teleCinematic; + GameMessages::SendPlayCinematic(player->GetObjectID(), teleCinematicUname, player->GetSystemAddress()); + } + + GameMessages::SendTeleport(player->GetObjectID(), destPosition, destRotation, player->GetSystemAddress(), true); + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(player, u"paradox-teleport-in", 4.0f); + + const auto animTime = 4; + + const auto playerID = player->GetObjectID(); + + self->AddCallbackTimer(animTime, [this, self, playerID]() { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + UnlockPlayer(self, player); + }); + + const auto useSound = self->GetVar<std::string>(u"sound1"); + + if (!useSound.empty()) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayNDAudioEmitter(player, player->GetSystemAddress(), useSound); + } +} + +void NtParadoxTeleServer::UnlockPlayer(Entity* self, Entity* player) +{ + const auto playerID = player->GetObjectID(); + + m_TeleportingPlayerTable[playerID] = false; + + GameMessages::SendSetStunned(playerID, POP, player->GetSystemAddress(), LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + true, true, true, true, true, true, true + ); + + auto teleCinematic = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"Cinematic"); + + if (!teleCinematic.empty()) + { + const auto teleCinematicUname = teleCinematic; + GameMessages::SendEndCinematic(player->GetObjectID(), teleCinematicUname, player->GetSystemAddress()); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/NtParadoxTeleServer.h b/dScripts/NtParadoxTeleServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9f73bd85 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtParadoxTeleServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NtParadoxTeleServer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnPlayerLoaded(Entity* self, Entity* player) override; + void OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) override; + void TeleportPlayer(Entity* self, Entity* player); + void UnlockPlayer(Entity* self, Entity* player); + +private: + std::map<LWOOBJID, bool> m_TeleportingPlayerTable; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NtSentinelWalkwayServer.cpp b/dScripts/NtSentinelWalkwayServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5f4b50e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtSentinelWalkwayServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +#include "NtSentinelWalkwayServer.h" +#include "PhantomPhysicsComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + + +void NtSentinelWalkwayServer::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + auto* phantomPhysicsComponent = self->GetComponent<PhantomPhysicsComponent>(); + + if (phantomPhysicsComponent == nullptr) + { + Game::logger->Log("NtSentinelWalkwayServer", "Failed to find PhantomPhysicsComponent\n"); + + return; + } + + auto force = self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"force"); + + if (force == 0) + { + force = 115; + } + + Game::logger->Log("NtSentinelWalkwayServer", "Setting force to %i\n", force); + + const auto forward = self->GetRotation().GetRightVector() * -1; + + phantomPhysicsComponent->SetEffectType(0); // PUSH + phantomPhysicsComponent->SetDirectionalMultiplier(force); + phantomPhysicsComponent->SetDirection(forward); + phantomPhysicsComponent->SetPhysicsEffectActive(true); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(self); + + self->SetProximityRadius(3, "speedboost"); +} + +void NtSentinelWalkwayServer::OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) +{ + if (name != "speedboost" || !entering->IsPlayer() || status != "ENTER") + { + return; + } + + auto* player = entering; + + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr) + { + missionComponent->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SCRIPT, self->GetLOT()); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/NtSentinelWalkwayServer.h b/dScripts/NtSentinelWalkwayServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86212149 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtSentinelWalkwayServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NtSentinelWalkwayServer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) override; +private: + const std::vector<int32_t> m_MissionsToUpdate = { 1047, 1330, 1331, 1332 }; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NtSleepingGuard.cpp b/dScripts/NtSleepingGuard.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..74bc50f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtSleepingGuard.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +#include "NtSleepingGuard.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" + +void NtSleepingGuard::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(u"asleep", true); +} + +void NtSleepingGuard::OnEmoteReceived(Entity* self, const int32_t emote, Entity* target) +{ + if (!self->GetNetworkVar<bool>(u"asleep")) + return; + + // Check if emote is in m_ValidEmotes + if (std::find(m_ValidEmotes.begin(), m_ValidEmotes.end(), emote) == m_ValidEmotes.end()) + return; + + // Set asleep to false + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(u"asleep", false); + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"greet"); + + auto* missionComponent = target->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr) + { + missionComponent->CompleteMission(1346); + } + + self->AddTimer("AsleepAgain", 5.0f); +} + +void NtSleepingGuard::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName == "AsleepAgain") + { + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(u"asleep", true); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/NtSleepingGuard.h b/dScripts/NtSleepingGuard.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..42f7391e --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtSleepingGuard.h @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NtSleepingGuard final : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnEmoteReceived(Entity* self, int32_t emote, Entity* target) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + +private: + std::vector<int32_t> m_ValidEmotes = { 175,372,354,356,374,115,210,373,392,352,364,69,174,386,375,384,376,385,393,383 }; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NtVandaServer.cpp b/dScripts/NtVandaServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..29750101 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtVandaServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#include "NtVandaServer.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" + +void NtVandaServer::OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity *self, Entity *target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) { + + // Removes the alien parts after completing the mission + if (missionID == m_AlienPartMissionID && missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_READY_TO_COMPLETE) { + auto* inventoryComponent = target->GetComponent<InventoryComponent>(); + for (const auto& alienPartLot : m_AlienPartLots) { + inventoryComponent->RemoveItem(alienPartLot, 1); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/NtVandaServer.h b/dScripts/NtVandaServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..84d494fc --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtVandaServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NtVandaServer : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity *self, Entity *target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) override; + const uint32_t m_AlienPartMissionID = 1183; + const std::vector<LOT> m_AlienPartLots = { 12479, 12480, 12481 }; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NtVentureCannonServer.cpp b/dScripts/NtVentureCannonServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0b72c8b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtVentureCannonServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +#include "NtVentureCannonServer.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + + +void NtVentureCannonServer::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + auto* player = user; + const auto playerID = player->GetObjectID(); + + auto enterCinematic = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"EnterCinematic"); + + if (enterCinematic.empty()) + { + return; + } + + self->SetNetworkVar(u"bIsInUse", true); + + GameMessages::SendSetStunned(playerID, PUSH, player->GetSystemAddress(), LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + true, true, true, true, true, true, true + ); + + auto destPosition = self->GetPosition(); + + destPosition.y += 5 - 1.57f; + + auto destRotation = self->GetRotation(); + + GameMessages::SendTeleport(playerID, destPosition, destRotation, player->GetSystemAddress(), true); + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(player, u"scale-down", 4.0f); + + const auto enterCinematicUname = enterCinematic; + GameMessages::SendPlayCinematic(player->GetObjectID(), enterCinematicUname, player->GetSystemAddress()); + + GameMessages::SendPlayNDAudioEmitter(player, player->GetSystemAddress(), "{e8bf79ce-7453-4a7d-b872-fee65e97ff15}"); + + self->AddCallbackTimer(3, [this, self]() { + self->SetNetworkVar(u"bIsInUse", false); + }); + + self->AddCallbackTimer(1.5f, [this, self, playerID]() { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + EnterCannonEnded(self, player); + }); +} + +void NtVentureCannonServer::EnterCannonEnded(Entity* self, Entity* player) +{ + const auto playerID = player->GetObjectID(); + + const auto& cannonEffectGroup = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("cannonEffect"); + + if (!cannonEffectGroup.empty()) + { + auto* cannonEffect = cannonEffectGroup[0]; + + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(cannonEffect, 6036, u"create", "cannon_blast", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1, 1, true); + + GameMessages::SendPlayEmbeddedEffectOnAllClientsNearObject(cannonEffect, u"camshake-bridge", cannonEffect->GetObjectID(), 100); + } + + FirePlayer(self, player); + + auto exitCinematic = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"ExitCinematic"); + + if (exitCinematic.empty()) + { + UnlockCannonPlayer(self, player); + + return; + } + + const auto exitCinematicUname = exitCinematic; + GameMessages::SendPlayCinematic(player->GetObjectID(), exitCinematicUname, player->GetSystemAddress(), + true, true, true, false, 0, false, 0, false, false + ); + + self->AddCallbackTimer(1.5f, [this, self, playerID]() { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + ExitCannonEnded(self, player); + }); +} + +void NtVentureCannonServer::ExitCannonEnded(Entity* self, Entity* player) +{ + UnlockCannonPlayer(self, player); +} + +void NtVentureCannonServer::UnlockCannonPlayer(Entity* self, Entity* player) +{ + GameMessages::SendSetStunned(player->GetObjectID(), POP, player->GetSystemAddress(), LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + true, true, true, true, true, true, true + ); + + self->SetNetworkVar(u"bIsInUse", false); + + GameMessages::SendTerminateInteraction(player->GetObjectID(), FROM_INTERACTION, self->GetObjectID()); +} + +void NtVentureCannonServer::FirePlayer(Entity* self, Entity* player) +{ + auto destinationGroup = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"teleGroup"); + auto* destination = self; + + if (!destinationGroup.empty()) + { + const auto& groupObjs = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(destinationGroup)); + + if (!groupObjs.empty()) + { + destination = groupObjs[0]; + } + } + + const auto destPosition = destination->GetPosition(); + const auto destRotation = destination->GetRotation(); + + GameMessages::SendTeleport(player->GetObjectID(), destPosition, destRotation, player->GetSystemAddress(), true); + + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(player, u"venture-cannon-out", 4.0f); +} diff --git a/dScripts/NtVentureCannonServer.h b/dScripts/NtVentureCannonServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5ad6a54e --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtVentureCannonServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NtVentureCannonServer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; + void EnterCannonEnded(Entity* self, Entity* player); + void ExitCannonEnded(Entity* self, Entity* player); + void UnlockCannonPlayer(Entity* self, Entity* player); + void FirePlayer(Entity* self, Entity* player); +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NtVentureSpeedPadServer.cpp b/dScripts/NtVentureSpeedPadServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1f44ec04 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtVentureSpeedPadServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +#include "NtVentureSpeedPadServer.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" + + +void NtVentureSpeedPadServer::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetProximityRadius(3, "speedboost"); +} + + +void NtVentureSpeedPadServer::OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) +{ + if (name != "speedboost" || !entering->IsPlayer() || status != "ENTER") + { + return; + } + + auto* player = entering; + + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr) + { + missionComponent->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_SCRIPT, self->GetLOT()); + } + + auto* skillComponent = player->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (skillComponent != nullptr) + { + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(927, 18913, player->GetObjectID(), true); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/NtVentureSpeedPadServer.h b/dScripts/NtVentureSpeedPadServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..25dff413 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtVentureSpeedPadServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NtVentureSpeedPadServer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) override; +private: + const std::vector<int32_t> m_MissionsToUpdate = { 1047, 1330, 1331, 1332 }; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/NtXRayServer.cpp b/dScripts/NtXRayServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7fae01c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtXRayServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +#include "NtXRayServer.h" +#include "PhantomPhysicsComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" + +void NtXRayServer::OnCollisionPhantom(Entity* self, Entity* target) +{ + auto* skillComponent = target->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (skillComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(1220, 27641, target->GetObjectID()); +} diff --git a/dScripts/NtXRayServer.h b/dScripts/NtXRayServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4b6eccfc --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/NtXRayServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class NtXRayServer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnCollisionPhantom(Entity* self, Entity* target) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/PersonalFortress.cpp b/dScripts/PersonalFortress.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..88ac9163 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/PersonalFortress.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +#include "PersonalFortress.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +void PersonalFortress::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + auto* owner = self->GetOwner(); + self->AddTimer("FireSkill", 1.5); + GameMessages::SendSetStunned(owner->GetObjectID(), PUSH, owner->GetSystemAddress(), LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + true, true, true, true, true, true, true, true, true + ); + + auto* destroyableComponent = owner->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + + if (destroyableComponent != nullptr) + { + destroyableComponent->PushImmunity(); + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(owner); +} + +void PersonalFortress::OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) +{ + auto* owner = self->GetOwner(); + GameMessages::SendSetStunned(owner->GetObjectID(), POP, owner->GetSystemAddress(), LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + true, true, true, true, true, true, true, true, true + ); + + auto* destroyableComponent = owner->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + + if (destroyableComponent != nullptr) + { + destroyableComponent->PopImmunity(); + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(owner); +} + +void PersonalFortress::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName == "FireSkill") + { + auto* owner = self->GetOwner(); + + auto* skillComponent = self->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (skillComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(650, 13364, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, true, false); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/PersonalFortress.h b/dScripts/PersonalFortress.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5cae24ba --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/PersonalFortress.h @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class PersonalFortress : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + + void OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) override; + + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/PetDigBuild.cpp b/dScripts/PetDigBuild.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..31b3db06 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/PetDigBuild.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +#include "PetDigBuild.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +void PetDigBuild::OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) { + auto flagNumber = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"flagNum"); + + EntityInfo info {}; + auto pos = self->GetPosition(); + pos.SetY(pos.GetY() + 0.5f); + info.pos = pos; + info.rot = self->GetRotation(); + info.spawnerID = self->GetSpawnerID(); + info.settings = { + new LDFData<LWOOBJID>(u"builder", target->GetObjectID()), + new LDFData<LWOOBJID>(u"X", self->GetObjectID()) + }; + + if (!flagNumber.empty()) { + info.lot = 7410; // Normal GF treasure + info.settings.push_back(new LDFData<std::u16string>(u"groupID", u"Flag" + flagNumber)); + } else { + auto* missionComponent = target->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + if (missionComponent != nullptr && missionComponent->GetMissionState(746) == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE) { + info.lot = 9307; // Special Captain Jack treasure that drops a mission item + } else { + info.lot = 3495; // Normal AG treasure + } + } + + auto* treasure = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(treasure); + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"chestObj", treasure->GetObjectID()); +} + +void PetDigBuild::OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) { + auto treasureID = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"chestObj"); + if (treasureID == LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + return; + + auto treasure = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(treasureID); + if (treasure == nullptr) + return; + + // If the quick build expired and the treasure was not collected, hide the treasure + if (!treasure->GetIsDead()) { + treasure->Smash(self->GetObjectID(), SILENT); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/PetDigBuild.h b/dScripts/PetDigBuild.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c70d9e84 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/PetDigBuild.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class PetDigBuild : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target); + void OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer); +}; diff --git a/dScripts/PetDigServer.cpp b/dScripts/PetDigServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..41dce8f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/PetDigServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,227 @@ +#include <dZoneManager.h> +#include "PetDigServer.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "PetComponent.h" + +std::vector<LWOOBJID> PetDigServer::treasures {}; + +const DigInfo PetDigServer::defaultDigInfo = DigInfo { 3495, -1, -1, false, false, false, false }; + +/** + * Summary of all the special treasure behaviors, indexed by their lot + */ +const std::map<LOT, DigInfo> PetDigServer::digInfoMap { + // Regular treasures + {3495, defaultDigInfo}, + + // Pet cove treasure + {7612, DigInfo { 7612, -1, -1, false, false, false, false }}, + + // Gnarled Forest flag treasure + {7410, DigInfo { 7410, -1, -1, false, true, false, false }}, + + // Gnarled Forest crab treasure + {9308, DigInfo { 9308, 7694, -1, false, false, false, false }}, + + // Avant Gardens mission treasure + {9307, DigInfo { 9307, -1, -1, false, true, false, true }}, + + // Avant Gardens bouncer treasure + {7559, DigInfo { 7559, -1, -1, false, false, true, false }}, + + // Crux Prime dragon treasure + {13098, DigInfo { 13098, 13067, 1298, false, false, false, false }}, + + // Bone treasure (can only be digged using the dragon) + {12192, DigInfo { 12192, -1, -1, true, false, false, false }}, +}; + +void PetDigServer::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + treasures.push_back(self->GetObjectID()); + const auto digInfoIterator = digInfoMap.find(self->GetLOT()); + const auto digInfo = digInfoIterator != digInfoMap.end() ? digInfoIterator->second : defaultDigInfo; + + // Reset any bouncers that might've been created by the previous dig + if (digInfo.bouncer) { + auto bounceNumber = GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"BouncerNumber")); + auto bouncerSpawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName("PetBouncer" + bounceNumber); + auto switchSpawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName("PetBouncerSwitch" + bounceNumber); + + for (auto* bouncerSpawner : bouncerSpawners) { + for (auto* bouncer : bouncerSpawner->m_Info.nodes) + bouncerSpawner->Deactivate(); + bouncerSpawner->Reset(); + } + + for (auto* switchSpawner : switchSpawners) { + switchSpawner->Deactivate(); + switchSpawner->Reset(); + } + } +} + +void PetDigServer::OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) +{ + const auto iterator = std::find(treasures.begin(), treasures.end(), self->GetObjectID()); + if (iterator != treasures.end()) + { + treasures.erase(iterator); + } + + auto* owner = killer->GetOwner(); + const auto digInfoIterator = digInfoMap.find(self->GetLOT()); + const auto digInfo = digInfoIterator != digInfoMap.end() ? digInfoIterator->second : defaultDigInfo; + + if (digInfo.spawnLot >= 0) { + PetDigServer::SpawnPet(self, owner, digInfo); + } else if (digInfo.builderOnly) { + + // Some treasures may only be retrieved by the player that built the diggable + auto builder = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"builder"); // Set by the pet dig build script + if (builder != owner->GetObjectID()) + return; + } else if (digInfo.xBuild) { + PetDigServer::HandleXBuildDig(self, owner, killer); + return; + } else if (digInfo.bouncer) { + PetDigServer::HandleBouncerDig(self, owner); + } + + PetDigServer::ProgressCanYouDigIt(owner); + + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(u"treasure_dug", true); + // TODO: Reset other pets + + // Handles smashing leftovers (edge case for the AG X) + auto* xObject = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"X")); + if (xObject != nullptr) { + xObject->Smash(xObject->GetObjectID(), VIOLENT); + } +} + +void PetDigServer::HandleXBuildDig(const Entity *self, Entity *owner, Entity* pet) { + auto playerID = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"builder"); + if (playerID == LWOOBJID_EMPTY || playerID != owner->GetObjectID()) + return; + + auto* playerEntity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + if (!playerEntity || !playerEntity->GetParentUser() || !playerEntity->GetParentUser()->GetLastUsedChar()) + return; + + auto* player = playerEntity->GetCharacter(); + const auto groupID = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"groupID"); + auto playerFlag = 0; + + // The flag that the player dug up + if (groupID == u"Flag1") { + playerFlag = 61; + } else if (groupID == u"Flag2") { + playerFlag = 62; + } else if (groupID == u"Flag3") { + playerFlag = 63; + } + + // If the player doesn't have the flag yet + if (playerFlag != 0 && !player->GetPlayerFlag(playerFlag)) { + auto* petComponent = pet->GetComponent<PetComponent>(); + if (petComponent != nullptr) { + // TODO: Pet state = 9 ?? + } + + // Shows the flag object to the player + player->SetPlayerFlag(playerFlag, true); + } + + auto* xObject = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"X")); + if (xObject != nullptr) { + xObject->Smash(xObject->GetObjectID(), VIOLENT); + } +} + +void PetDigServer::HandleBouncerDig(const Entity *self, const Entity *owner) { + auto bounceNumber = GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"BouncerNumber")); + auto bouncerSpawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName("PetBouncer" + bounceNumber); + auto switchSpawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName("PetBouncerSwitch" + bounceNumber); + + for (auto* bouncerSpawner : bouncerSpawners) { + bouncerSpawner->Activate(); + } + + for (auto* switchSpawner : switchSpawners) { + switchSpawner->Activate(); + } +} + +/** + * Progresses the Can You Dig It mission if the player has never completed it yet + * \param owner the owner that just made a pet dig something up + */ +void PetDigServer::ProgressCanYouDigIt(const Entity* owner) { + auto* missionComponent = owner->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr) + { + const auto digMissionState = missionComponent->GetMissionState(843); + if (digMissionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE) + { + missionComponent->ForceProgress(843, 1216, 1); + } + } +} + +/** + * Some treasures spawn special pets, this handles that case + * \param owner the owner that just made a pet dig something up + * \param digInfo information regarding the treasure, will also contain info about the pet to spawn + */ +void PetDigServer::SpawnPet(Entity* self, const Entity* owner, const DigInfo digInfo) { + // Some treasures require a mission to be active + if (digInfo.requiredMission >= 0) { + auto* missionComponent = owner->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + if (missionComponent != nullptr && missionComponent->GetMissionState(digInfo.requiredMission) < MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE) { + return; + } + } + + EntityInfo info {}; + info.lot = digInfo.spawnLot; + info.pos = self->GetPosition(); + info.rot = self->GetRotation(); + info.spawnerID = self->GetSpawnerID(); + info.settings = { + new LDFData<LWOOBJID>(u"tamer", owner->GetObjectID()), + new LDFData<std::string>(u"group", "pet" + std::to_string(owner->GetObjectID())), + new LDFData<std::string>(u"spawnAnim", "spawn-pet"), + new LDFData<float>(u"spawnTimer", 1.0) + }; + + auto* spawnedPet = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(spawnedPet); +} + +Entity* PetDigServer::GetClosestTresure(NiPoint3 position) +{ + float closestDistance = 0; + Entity* closest = nullptr; + + for (const auto tresureId : treasures) + { + auto* tresure = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(tresureId); + + if (tresure == nullptr) continue; + + float distance = Vector3::DistanceSquared(tresure->GetPosition(), position); + + if (closest == nullptr || distance < closestDistance) + { + closestDistance = distance; + closest = tresure; + } + } + + return closest; +} diff --git a/dScripts/PetDigServer.h b/dScripts/PetDigServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..22a96a46 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/PetDigServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +struct DigInfo { + LOT digLot; // The lot of the chest + LOT spawnLot; // Option lot of pet to spawn + int32_t requiredMission; // Optional mission required before pet can be spawned, if < 0 == don't use + bool specificPet; // This treasure requires a specific pet to be dug up + bool xBuild; // This treasure is retrieved from a buildable cross + bool bouncer; // This treasure spawns a bouncer + bool builderOnly; // Only the builder of this diggable may access the rewards, for example with crosses +}; + +class PetDigServer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) override; + + static Entity* GetClosestTresure(NiPoint3 position); + +private: + static void ProgressCanYouDigIt(const Entity* owner); + static void SpawnPet(Entity* self, const Entity* owner, DigInfo digInfo); + static void HandleXBuildDig(const Entity* self, Entity* owner, Entity* pet); + static void HandleBouncerDig(const Entity* self, const Entity* owner); + static std::vector<LWOOBJID> treasures; + static const DigInfo defaultDigInfo; + static const std::map<LOT, DigInfo> digInfoMap; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/PetFromDigServer.cpp b/dScripts/PetFromDigServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..235f6f8b --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/PetFromDigServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +#include "PetFromDigServer.h" +#include "PetComponent.h" + +void PetFromDigServer::OnStartup(Entity* self) { + auto* petComponent = self->GetComponent<PetComponent>(); + if (petComponent == nullptr || petComponent->GetOwner() != nullptr) + return; + + // Triggers the local dig pet script for taming etc. + auto tamer = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"tamer"); + + // Client compares this with player:GetID() which is a string, so we'll have to give it a string + self->SetNetworkVar(u"pettamer", std::to_string(tamer)); + + // Kill if the player decides that the dig pet is not worthy + self->AddTimer("killself", 45.0f); +} + +void PetFromDigServer::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) { + if (timerName == "killself") { + + // Don't accidentally kill a pet that is already owned + auto* petComponent = self->GetComponent<PetComponent>(); + if (petComponent == nullptr || petComponent->GetOwner() != nullptr) + return; + + self->Smash(self->GetObjectID(), SILENT); + } +} + +void PetFromDigServer::OnNotifyPetTamingMinigame(Entity* self, Entity* tamer, eNotifyType type) { + if (type == NOTIFY_TYPE_BEGIN) { + self->CancelTimer("killself"); + } else if (type == NOTIFY_TYPE_QUIT || type == NOTIFY_TYPE_FAILED) { + self->Smash(self->GetObjectID(), SILENT); + } else if (type == NOTIFY_TYPE_SUCCESS) { + auto* petComponent = self->GetComponent<PetComponent>(); + if (petComponent == nullptr) + return; + // TODO: Remove custom group? + // Command the pet to the player as it may otherwise go to its spawn point which is non existant + // petComponent->Command(NiPoint3::ZERO, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 6, 202, true); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/PetFromDigServer.h b/dScripts/PetFromDigServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e4a69a71 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/PetFromDigServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class PetFromDigServer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + void OnNotifyPetTamingMinigame(Entity* self, Entity* tamer, eNotifyType type) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/PetFromObjectServer.cpp b/dScripts/PetFromObjectServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4658fcce --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/PetFromObjectServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +#include "PetFromObjectServer.h" +#include "PetComponent.h" + +void PetFromObjectServer::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + self->SetNetworkVar(u"pettamer", std::to_string(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"tamer"))); + self->AddTimer("killSelf", 45.0f); +} + +void PetFromObjectServer::OnTimerDone(Entity *self, std::string timerName) { + if (timerName == "killSelf") { + const auto* petComponent = self->GetComponent<PetComponent>(); + if (petComponent == nullptr || petComponent->GetOwner() != nullptr) + return; + self->Smash(self->GetObjectID(), SILENT); + } +} + +void PetFromObjectServer::OnNotifyPetTamingMinigame(Entity *self, Entity *tamer, eNotifyType type) { + switch (type) { + case NOTIFY_TYPE_BEGIN: + self->CancelAllTimers(); + break; + case NOTIFY_TYPE_QUIT: + case NOTIFY_TYPE_FAILED: + self->Smash(self->GetObjectID(), SILENT); + break; + case NOTIFY_TYPE_SUCCESS: + // TODO: Remove from groups? + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"UpdateSuccessPicking", 0, + 0, tamer->GetObjectID(), "", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + default: + break; + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/PetFromObjectServer.h b/dScripts/PetFromObjectServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..989df880 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/PetFromObjectServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class PetFromObjectServer : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity *self) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity *self, std::string timerName) override; + void OnNotifyPetTamingMinigame(Entity *self, Entity *tamer, eNotifyType type) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/PrSeagullFly.cpp b/dScripts/PrSeagullFly.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..728b245f --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/PrSeagullFly.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +#include "PrSeagullFly.h" + +void PrSeagullFly::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetVar<int32_t>(u"playersNear", 0); + self->SetProximityRadius(15, "birdMonitor"); +} + +void PrSeagullFly::OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) +{ + if (!entering->IsPlayer()) return; + + if (status == "ENTER") + { + self->SetVar<int32_t>(u"playersNear", self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"playersNear") + 1); + } + else if (status == "LEAVE") + { + self->SetVar<int32_t>(u"playersNear", self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"playersNear") - 1); + } + + self->SetNetworkVar(u"BirdLanded", self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"playersNear") == 0); +} diff --git a/dScripts/PrSeagullFly.h b/dScripts/PrSeagullFly.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..72de60d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/PrSeagullFly.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class PrSeagullFly : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) override; +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/PrWhistle.cpp b/dScripts/PrWhistle.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..850059d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/PrWhistle.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +#include "PrWhistle.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "CharacterComponent.h" + +void PrWhistle::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) +{ + if (args == "unlockEmote") + { + auto* character = sender->GetCharacter(); + + if (character != nullptr) + { + character->UnlockEmote(115); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/PrWhistle.h b/dScripts/PrWhistle.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..58bc0a23 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/PrWhistle.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class PrWhistle : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) override; +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/PropertyBankInteract.cpp b/dScripts/PropertyBankInteract.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..974b33a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/PropertyBankInteract.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +#include "PropertyBankInteract.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void PropertyBankInteract::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + auto* zoneControl = EntityManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlEntity(); + if (zoneControl != nullptr) { + zoneControl->OnFireEventServerSide(self, "CheckForPropertyOwner"); + } +} + +void PropertyBankInteract::OnPlayerLoaded(Entity *self, Entity *player) { + auto* zoneControl = EntityManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlEntity(); + if (zoneControl != nullptr) { + zoneControl->OnFireEventServerSide(self, "CheckForPropertyOwner"); + } +} + +void PropertyBankInteract::OnUse(Entity *self, Entity *user) { + + AMFArrayValue args; + auto* value = new AMFStringValue(); + value->SetStringValue("bank"); + args.InsertValue("state", value); + + GameMessages::SendUIMessageServerToSingleClient(user, user->GetSystemAddress(), "pushGameState", &args); + delete value; + + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"OpenBank", 0, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + "", user->GetSystemAddress()); +} + +void PropertyBankInteract::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, + int32_t param2, int32_t param3) { + if (args == "ToggleBank") { + AMFArrayValue amfArgs; + auto* amfFalse = new AMFFalseValue(); + amfArgs.InsertValue("visible", amfFalse); + + GameMessages::SendUIMessageServerToSingleClient(sender, sender->GetSystemAddress(), "ToggleBank", &amfArgs); + + delete amfFalse; + + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"CloseBank", 0, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + "", sender->GetSystemAddress()); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/PropertyBankInteract.h b/dScripts/PropertyBankInteract.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..54bc0484 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/PropertyBankInteract.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class PropertyBankInteract : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnStartup(Entity *self) override; + void OnPlayerLoaded(Entity *self, Entity *player) override; + void OnUse(Entity *self, Entity *user) override; + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/PropertyDeathPlane.cpp b/dScripts/PropertyDeathPlane.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b682be67 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/PropertyDeathPlane.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +#include "PropertyDeathPlane.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +void PropertyDeathPlane::OnCollisionPhantom(Entity* self, Entity* target) +{ + const auto teleportGroup = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("Teleport"); + + if (teleportGroup.size() == 0) + { + return; + } + + auto* teleport = teleportGroup[0]; + + Game::logger->Log("PropertyDeathPlane", "Teleporting!\n"); + + GameMessages::SendTeleport(target->GetObjectID(), teleport->GetPosition(), teleport->GetRotation(), target->GetSystemAddress()); +} diff --git a/dScripts/PropertyDeathPlane.h b/dScripts/PropertyDeathPlane.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7941d4f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/PropertyDeathPlane.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class PropertyDeathPlane : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnCollisionPhantom(Entity* self, Entity* target) override; +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/PropertyDevice.cpp b/dScripts/PropertyDevice.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6d8e2c0a --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/PropertyDevice.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +#include "PropertyDevice.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +void PropertyDevice::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + auto* zoneControl = EntityManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlEntity(); + if (zoneControl != nullptr) { + zoneControl->OnFireEventServerSide(self, "CheckForPropertyOwner"); + } +} + +void PropertyDevice::OnRebuildComplete(Entity *self, Entity *target) { + auto propertyOwnerID = self->GetNetworkVar<std::string>(m_PropertyOwnerVariable); + if (propertyOwnerID == std::to_string(LWOOBJID_EMPTY)) + return; + + auto* missionComponent = target->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + if (missionComponent != nullptr) { + if (missionComponent->GetMissionState(m_PropertyMissionID) == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE) { + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), 641, u"create", "callhome"); + missionComponent->ForceProgress(m_PropertyMissionID, 1793, self->GetLOT()); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/PropertyDevice.h b/dScripts/PropertyDevice.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9c97df4d --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/PropertyDevice.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class PropertyDevice : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnStartup(Entity *self) override; + void OnRebuildComplete(Entity *self, Entity *target) override; + const std::u16string m_PropertyOwnerVariable = u"PropertyOwnerID"; + const uint32_t m_PropertyMissionID = 1291; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/PropertyFXDamage.cpp b/dScripts/PropertyFXDamage.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2c01ceb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/PropertyFXDamage.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +#include "PropertyFXDamage.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" + +void PropertyFXDamage::OnCollisionPhantom(Entity *self, Entity *target) { + if (target == nullptr) + return; + + auto* skills = self->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + auto* targetStats = target->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + + if (skills != nullptr && targetStats != nullptr) { + auto targetFactions = targetStats->GetFactionIDs(); + if (std::find(targetFactions.begin(), targetFactions.end(), 1) != targetFactions.end()) { + skills->CalculateBehavior(11386, 692, target->GetObjectID()); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/PropertyFXDamage.h b/dScripts/PropertyFXDamage.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b1e67c0a --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/PropertyFXDamage.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class PropertyFXDamage : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnCollisionPhantom(Entity *self, Entity *target) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/PropertyPlatform.cpp b/dScripts/PropertyPlatform.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3b744663 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/PropertyPlatform.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +#include "PropertyPlatform.h" +#include "RebuildComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void PropertyPlatform::OnRebuildComplete(Entity *self, Entity *target) { +// auto* movingPlatform = self->GetComponent<MovingPlatformComponent>(); +// if (movingPlatform != nullptr) { +// movingPlatform->StopPathing(); +// movingPlatform->SetNoAutoStart(true); +// } + GameMessages::SendPlatformResync(self, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, true, 0, + 0, 0, MovementPlatformState::Stationary); +} + +void PropertyPlatform::OnUse(Entity *self, Entity *user) { + auto* rebuildComponent = self->GetComponent<RebuildComponent>(); + if (rebuildComponent != nullptr && rebuildComponent->GetState() == REBUILD_COMPLETED) { +// auto* movingPlatform = self->GetComponent<MovingPlatformComponent>(); +// if (movingPlatform != nullptr) { +// movingPlatform->GotoWaypoint(1); +// } + GameMessages::SendPlatformResync(self, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, true, 0, + 1, 1, MovementPlatformState::Moving); + + self->AddCallbackTimer(movementDelay + effectDelay, [self, this]() { + self->SetNetworkVar<float_t>(u"startEffect", dieDelay); + self->AddCallbackTimer(dieDelay, [self]() { + self->Smash(); + }); + }); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/PropertyPlatform.h b/dScripts/PropertyPlatform.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9a2b3229 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/PropertyPlatform.h @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class PropertyPlatform : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnUse(Entity *self, Entity *user) override; + void OnRebuildComplete(Entity *self, Entity *target) override; +private: + float_t movementDelay = 10.0f; + float_t effectDelay = 5.0f; + float_t dieDelay = 5.0f; + uint32_t desiredWaypoint = 1; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/QbEnemyStunner.cpp b/dScripts/QbEnemyStunner.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ba089844 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/QbEnemyStunner.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +#include "QbEnemyStunner.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" + +void QbEnemyStunner::OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) +{ + auto* destroyable = self->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + + if (destroyable != nullptr) + { + destroyable->SetFaction(115); + } + + auto* skillComponent = self->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (skillComponent != nullptr) + { + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(499, 6095, LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + } + + self->AddTimer("TickTime", 1); + + self->AddTimer("PlayEffect", 20); +} + +void QbEnemyStunner::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName == "DieTime") + { + self->Smash(); + + self->CancelAllTimers(); + } + else if (timerName == "PlayEffect") + { + self->SetNetworkVar(u"startEffect", 5.0f, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + self->AddTimer("DieTime", 5.0f); + } + else if (timerName == "TickTime") + { + auto* skillComponent = self->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (skillComponent != nullptr) + { + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(499, 6095, LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + } + + self->AddTimer("TickTime", 1); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/QbEnemyStunner.h b/dScripts/QbEnemyStunner.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..18c52d4d --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/QbEnemyStunner.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class QbEnemyStunner : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/RaceImagineCrateServer.cpp b/dScripts/RaceImagineCrateServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f233d408 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/RaceImagineCrateServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +#include "RaceImagineCrateServer.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "CharacterComponent.h" +#include "PossessableComponent.h" + +void RaceImagineCrateServer::OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) +{ + if (self->GetVar<bool>(u"bIsDead")) + { + return; + } + + //GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self, -1, u"pickup", "", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1, 1, true); + + self->SetVar<bool>(u"bIsDead", true); + + if (killer == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* skillComponent = killer->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (skillComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* destroyableComponent = killer->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + + if (destroyableComponent != nullptr) + { + destroyableComponent->SetImagination(60); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(killer); + } + + // Crate is killed by the car + auto* possessableComponent = killer->GetComponent<PossessableComponent>(); + if (possessableComponent != nullptr) { + + auto* possessor = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(possessableComponent->GetPossessor()); + if (possessor != nullptr) { + + auto* characterComponent = possessor->GetComponent<CharacterComponent>(); + if (characterComponent != nullptr) { + characterComponent->UpdatePlayerStatistic(RacingImaginationCratesSmashed); + characterComponent->UpdatePlayerStatistic(RacingSmashablesSmashed); + } + } + } + + + //skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(586, 9450, killer->GetObjectID(), true); +} diff --git a/dScripts/RaceImagineCrateServer.h b/dScripts/RaceImagineCrateServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9e8ffa5a --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/RaceImagineCrateServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class RaceImagineCrateServer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/RaceImaginePowerup.cpp b/dScripts/RaceImaginePowerup.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..91354acf --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/RaceImaginePowerup.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +#include "RaceImaginePowerup.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "PossessorComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "CharacterComponent.h" +#include "PossessableComponent.h" + + +void RaceImaginePowerup::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, + int32_t param2, int32_t param3) +{ + if (sender->IsPlayer() && args == "powerup") + { + auto* possessorComponent = sender->GetComponent<PossessorComponent>(); + + if (possessorComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* vehicle = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(possessorComponent->GetPossessable()); + + if (vehicle == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* destroyableComponent = vehicle->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + + if (destroyableComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + destroyableComponent->Imagine(10); + + auto* missionComponent = sender->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + if (missionComponent != nullptr) + { + missionComponent->Progress(MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_RACING, self->GetLOT(), 12); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/RaceImaginePowerup.h b/dScripts/RaceImaginePowerup.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c9d7be2d --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/RaceImaginePowerup.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class RaceImaginePowerup : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/RaceMaelstromGeiser.cpp b/dScripts/RaceMaelstromGeiser.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8e91c5fe --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/RaceMaelstromGeiser.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +#include "RaceMaelstromGeiser.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "PossessableComponent.h" +#include "PossessorComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "RacingControlComponent.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" + + +void RaceMaelstromGeiser::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetVar(u"AmFiring", false); + + self->AddTimer("downTime", self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"startTime")); + + self->SetProximityRadius(15, "deathZone"); +} + +void RaceMaelstromGeiser::OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) +{ + if (!entering->IsPlayer() || name != "deathZone" || status != "ENTER") + { + return; + } + + Game::logger->Log("RaceMaelstromGeiser", "Entered\n"); + + if (!self->GetVar<bool>(u"AmFiring")) + { + return; + } + + Game::logger->Log("RaceMaelstromGeiser", "Smashing!\n"); + + auto* possessableComponent = entering->GetComponent<PossessableComponent>(); + + Entity* vehicle; + Entity* player; + + if (possessableComponent != nullptr) + { + player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(possessableComponent->GetPossessor()); + + if (player == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + vehicle = entering; + } + else if (entering->IsPlayer()) + { + auto* possessorComponent = entering->GetComponent<PossessorComponent>(); + + if (possessorComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + vehicle = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(possessorComponent->GetPossessable()); + + if (vehicle == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + player = entering; + } + else + { + return; + } + + + GameMessages::SendDie(vehicle, self->GetObjectID(), LWOOBJID_EMPTY, true, VIOLENT, u"", 0, 0, 0, true, false, 0); + + auto* zoneController = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlObject(); + + auto* racingControlComponent = zoneController->GetComponent<RacingControlComponent>(); + + if (racingControlComponent != nullptr) + { + racingControlComponent->OnRequestDie(player); + } +} + +void RaceMaelstromGeiser::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName == "downTime") + { + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), 4048, u"rebuild_medium", "geiser", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1, 1, true); + + self->AddTimer("buildUpTime", 1); + } + else if (timerName == "buildUpTime") + { + self->SetVar(u"AmFiring", true); + + self->AddTimer("killTime", 1.5f); + } + else if (timerName == "killTime") + { + GameMessages::SendStopFXEffect(self, true, "geiser"); + + self->SetVar(u"AmFiring", false); + + self->AddTimer("downTime", 3.0); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/RaceMaelstromGeiser.h b/dScripts/RaceMaelstromGeiser.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..79cc384c --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/RaceMaelstromGeiser.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class RaceMaelstromGeiser : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + void OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/RaceSmashServer.cpp b/dScripts/RaceSmashServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4fd09f19 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/RaceSmashServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +#include "RaceSmashServer.h" +#include "CharacterComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "PossessableComponent.h" + +void RaceSmashServer::OnDie(Entity *self, Entity *killer) { + // Crate is smashed by the car + auto* possessableComponent = killer->GetComponent<PossessableComponent>(); + if (possessableComponent != nullptr) { + + auto* possessor = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(possessableComponent->GetPossessor()); + if (possessor != nullptr) { + + auto* characterComponent = possessor->GetComponent<CharacterComponent>(); + if (characterComponent != nullptr) { + characterComponent->UpdatePlayerStatistic(RacingSmashablesSmashed); + } + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/RaceSmashServer.h b/dScripts/RaceSmashServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..750bc00a --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/RaceSmashServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class RaceSmashServer : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnDie(Entity *self, Entity *killer) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/RainOfArrows.cpp b/dScripts/RainOfArrows.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d9a7ba42 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/RainOfArrows.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +#include "RainOfArrows.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void RainOfArrows::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + +} + +void RainOfArrows::OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) +{ + auto myPos = self->GetPosition(); + auto myRot = self->GetRotation(); + + EntityInfo info; + info.lot = m_ArrowFXObject; + info.pos = myPos; + info.rot = myRot; + info.spawnerID = self->GetObjectID(); + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(entity); + + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"ChildFX", entity->GetObjectID()); + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"playerID", target->GetObjectID()); + + self->AddTimer("ArrowsIncoming", m_ArrowDelay); + self->AddTimer("PlayArrowSound", m_ArrowDelay - 4); +} + +void RainOfArrows::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + auto* child = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity( + self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"ChildFX") + ); + + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity( + self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"playerID") + ); + + if (timerName == "ArrowsIncoming") + { + if (child == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* skillComponent = child->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (skillComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior( + m_ArrowSkill, + m_ArrowBehavior, + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + true, + false, + player != nullptr ? player->GetObjectID() : LWOOBJID_EMPTY + ); + + self->AddTimer("FireSkill", 0.7f); + } + else if (timerName == "PlayArrowSound") + { + GameMessages::SendPlayNDAudioEmitter(self, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, m_ArrowsGUID); + } + else if (timerName == "FireSkill") + { + if (child != nullptr) + { + child->Smash(); + } + + self->Smash(player != nullptr ? player->GetObjectID() : LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/RainOfArrows.h b/dScripts/RainOfArrows.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5b997251 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/RainOfArrows.h @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class RainOfArrows : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnRebuildComplete(Entity* self, Entity* target) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + +private: + LOT m_ArrowFXObject = 15850; + int32_t m_ArrowSkill = 1482; + int32_t m_ArrowBehavior = 36680; + int32_t m_ArrowDelay = 6; + std::string m_ArrowsGUID = "{532cba3c-54da-446c-986b-128af9647bdb}"; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/RandomSpawnerFin.cpp b/dScripts/RandomSpawnerFin.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..da0b655e --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/RandomSpawnerFin.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +#include "RandomSpawnerFin.h" + +void RandomSpawnerFin::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + zones = { + { //-- ** Load 1 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.pirate, 3, "type1",}, + {mobs.ronin, 3, "type2",}, + {mobs.spider, 2, "type3",}}, + 10 + }, + { //-- ** Load 2 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.admiral, 3, "type1",}, + {mobs.ronin, 2, "type2",}, + {mobs.mech, 2, "type3",}}, + 5 + }, + { //-- ** Load 3 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.horse, 2, "type1",}, + {mobs.admiral, 3, "type2",}, + {mobs.stromb, 5, "type3",}}, + 10 + }, + { //-- ** Load 4 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.horse, 1, "type1",}, + {mobs.gorilla, 1, "type2",}, + {mobs.pirate, 4, "type3",}}, + 2 + }, + { //-- ** Load 5 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.spider, 1, "type1",}, + {mobs.mech, 2, "type2",}, + {mobs.gorilla, 1, "type3",}}, + 1 + }, + { //-- ** Load 6 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.mech, 2, "type1",}, + {mobs.pirate, 4, "type2",}, + {mobs.horse, 1, "type3",}}, + 10 + }, + { //-- ** Load 7 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.stromb, 3, "type1",}, + {mobs.spider, 1, "type2",}, + {mobs.horse, 1, "type3",}}, + 5 + }, + { //-- ** Load 8 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.pirate, 3, "type1",}, + {mobs.admiral, 2, "type2",}, + {mobs.gorilla, 1, "type3",}}, + 2 + }, + { //-- ** Load 9 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.stromb, 3, "type1",}, + {mobs.mech, 2, "type2",}, + {mobs.spider, 1, "type3",}}, + 10 + }, + { //-- ** Load 10 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.admiral, 3, "type1",}, + {mobs.pirate, 3, "type2",}, + {mobs.horse, 1, "type3",}}, + 10 + }, + }; + + sectionMultipliers = { + {"secA", 1}, + {"secB", 1}, + {"secC", 1.2f}, + {"secD", 1.3f}, + {"secE", 1.6f}, + {"secF", 1}, + {"secG", 1}, + {"secH", 1.2f}, + }; + + zoneName = "fin"; + + BaseStartup(self); +} + +void RandomSpawnerFin::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + BaseOnTimerDone(self, timerName); +} diff --git a/dScripts/RandomSpawnerFin.h b/dScripts/RandomSpawnerFin.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..174b90f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/RandomSpawnerFin.h @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "BaseRandomServer.h" + +class RandomSpawnerFin : public CppScripts::Script, BaseRandomServer +{ + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + +private: + struct Mobs + { + static const LOT stromb = 11212; + static const LOT mech = 11213; + static const LOT spider = 11214; + static const LOT pirate = 11215; + static const LOT admiral = 11216; + static const LOT gorilla = 11217; + static const LOT ronin = 11218; + static const LOT horse = 11219; + static const LOT dragon = 112201; + }; + + Mobs mobs; +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/RandomSpawnerPit.cpp b/dScripts/RandomSpawnerPit.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8dfa61b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/RandomSpawnerPit.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +#include "RandomSpawnerPit.h" + +void RandomSpawnerPit::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + zones = { + { //-- ** Load 1 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.admiral, 4, "type1",}, + {mobs.spider, 3, "type2",}}, + 5 + }, + { //-- ** Load 2 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.admiral, 4, "type1",}, + {mobs.pirate, 7, "type2",}}, + 15 + }, + { //-- ** Load 3 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.spider, 4, "type1",}, + {mobs.stromb, 10, "type2",}}, + 15 + }, + { //-- ** Load 4 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.mech, 2, "type1",}, + {mobs.horse, 1, "type2",}}, + 6 + }, + { //-- ** Load 5 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.gorilla, 1, "type1",}, + {mobs.admiral, 4, "type2",}}, + 2 + }, + { //-- ** Load 6 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.pirate, 7, "type1",}, + {mobs.ronin, 6, "type2",}}, + 5 + }, + { //-- ** Load 7 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.spider, 3, "type1",}, + {mobs.ronin, 9, "type2",}}, + 10 + }, + { //-- ** Load 8 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.gorilla, 1, "type1",}, + {mobs.stromb, 8, "type2",}}, + 2 + }, + { //-- ** Load 9 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.mech, 2, "type1",}, + {mobs.admiral, 4, "type2",}}, + 2 + }, + { //-- ** Load 10 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.horse, 2, "type1",}, + {mobs.admiral, 3, "type2",}}, + 1 + }, + { //-- ** Load 11 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.mech, 3, "type1",}, + {mobs.ronin, 5, "type2",}}, + 15 + }, + { //-- ** Load 12 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.mech, 3, "type1",}, + {mobs.pirate, 5, "type2",}}, + 15 + }, + }; + + sectionMultipliers = { + {"secA", 1}, + {"secB", 1.2f}, + {"secC", 1.2f}, + {"secD", 1}, + }; + + zoneName = "pit"; + mobDeathResetNumber = 20; + changeNum = 18; + + BaseStartup(self); +} + +void RandomSpawnerPit::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + BaseOnTimerDone(self, timerName); +} diff --git a/dScripts/RandomSpawnerPit.h b/dScripts/RandomSpawnerPit.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8346ec37 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/RandomSpawnerPit.h @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "BaseRandomServer.h" + +class RandomSpawnerPit : public CppScripts::Script, BaseRandomServer +{ + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + +private: + struct Mobs + { + static const LOT stromb = 11212; + static const LOT mech = 11213; + static const LOT spider = 11214; + static const LOT pirate = 11215; + static const LOT admiral = 11216; + static const LOT gorilla = 11217; + static const LOT ronin = 11218; + static const LOT horse = 11219; + static const LOT dragon = 112200; + }; + + Mobs mobs; +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/RandomSpawnerStr.cpp b/dScripts/RandomSpawnerStr.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fa6ac117 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/RandomSpawnerStr.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +#include "RandomSpawnerStr.h" + +void RandomSpawnerStr::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + zones = { + { //-- ** Load 1 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.stromb, 4, "type1",}, + {mobs.pirate, 3, "type2",}, + {mobs.ronin, 3, "type3",}}, + 45 + }, + { //-- ** Load 2 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.stromb, 3, "type1",}, + {mobs.pirate, 3, "type2",}, + {mobs.mech, 3, "type3",}}, + 20 + }, + { //-- ** Load 3 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.stromb, 4, "type1",}, + {mobs.admiral, 2, "type2",}, + {mobs.spider, 1, "type3",}}, + 10 + }, + { //-- ** Load 4 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.mech, 3, "type1",}, + {mobs.spider, 1, "type2",}, + {mobs.stromb, 4, "type3",}}, + 3 + }, + { //-- ** Load 5 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.horse, 1, "type1",}, + {mobs.ronin, 5, "type2",}, + {mobs.pirate, 2, "type3",}}, + 1 + }, + { //-- ** Load 6 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.gorilla, 1, "type1",}, + {mobs.pirate, 5, "type2",}, + {mobs.admiral, 2, "type3",}}, + 1 + }, + { //-- ** Load 7 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.admiral, 2, "type1",}, + {mobs.stromb, 4, "type2",}, + {mobs.ronin, 2, "type3",}}, + 3 + }, + { //-- ** Load 8 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.admiral, 3, "type1",}, + {mobs.gorilla, 1, "type2",}, + {mobs.horse, 1, "type3",}}, + 1 + }, + { //-- ** Load 9 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.ronin, 3, "type1",}, + {mobs.ronin, 3, "type2",}, + {mobs.ronin, 3, "type3",}}, + 5 + }, + { //-- ** Load 10 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.pirate, 4, "type1",}, + {mobs.pirate, 4, "type2",}, + {mobs.pirate, 4, "type3",}}, + 1 + }, + }; + + sectionMultipliers = { + {"secA", 1}, + {"secB", 1}, + {"secC", 1.2f}, + }; + + zoneName = "str"; + mobDeathResetNumber = 20; + changeNum = 15; + + BaseStartup(self); +} + +void RandomSpawnerStr::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + BaseOnTimerDone(self, timerName); +} diff --git a/dScripts/RandomSpawnerStr.h b/dScripts/RandomSpawnerStr.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a3ee920e --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/RandomSpawnerStr.h @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "BaseRandomServer.h" + +class RandomSpawnerStr : public CppScripts::Script, BaseRandomServer +{ + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + +private: + struct Mobs + { + static const LOT stromb = 11212; + static const LOT mech = 11213; + static const LOT spider = 11214; + static const LOT pirate = 11215; + static const LOT admiral = 11216; + static const LOT gorilla = 11217; + static const LOT ronin = 11218; + static const LOT horse = 11219; + static const LOT dragon = 112200; + }; + + Mobs mobs; +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/RandomSpawnerZip.cpp b/dScripts/RandomSpawnerZip.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..083d4ae7 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/RandomSpawnerZip.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +#include "RandomSpawnerZip.h" + +void RandomSpawnerZip::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + zones = { + { //-- ** Load 1 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.stromb, 3, "type1",}, + {mobs.pirate, 2, "type2",}, + {mobs.admiral, 2, "type3",}, + {mobs.spider, 1, "type4",}}, + 19 + }, + { //-- ** Load 2 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.spider, 1, "type1",}, + {mobs.pirate, 2, "type2",}, + {mobs.pirate, 1, "type3",}, + {mobs.admiral, 1, "type4",}}, + 19 + }, + { //-- ** Load 3 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.mech, 3, "type1",}, + {mobs.stromb, 1, "type2",}, + {mobs.pirate, 1, "type3",}, + {mobs.stromb, 1, "type4",}}, + 10 + }, + { //-- ** Load 4 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.horse, 1, "type1",}, + {mobs.stromb, 2, "type2",}, + {mobs.ronin, 1, "type3",}, + {mobs.pirate, 1, "type4",}}, + 5 + }, + { //-- ** Load 5 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.gorilla, 1, "type1",}, + {mobs.admiral, 1, "type2",}, + {mobs.stromb, 2, "type3",}, + {mobs.pirate, 0, "type4",}}, + 1 + }, + { //-- ** Load 6 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.ronin, 2, "type1",}, + {mobs.admiral, 2, "type2",}, + {mobs.stromb, 2, "type3",}, + {mobs.mech, 1, "type4",}}, + 19 + }, + { //-- ** Load 7 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.spider, 2, "type1",}, + {mobs.stromb, 0, "type2",}, + {mobs.ronin, 0, "type3",}, + {mobs.pirate, 0, "type4",}}, + 1 + }, + { //-- ** Load 8 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.pirate, 4, "type1",}, + {mobs.admiral, 1, "type2",}, + {mobs.ronin, 0, "type3",}, + {mobs.pirate, 0, "type4",}}, + 3 + }, + { //-- ** Load 9 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.spider, 1, "type1",}, + {mobs.mech, 2, "type2",}, + {mobs.stromb, 2, "type3",}, + {mobs.pirate, 0, "type4",}}, + 18 + }, + { //-- ** Load 10 -------------------------- ** + {{mobs.horse, 1, "type1",}, + {mobs.stromb, 0, "type2",}, + {mobs.ronin, 2, "type3",}, + {mobs.pirate, 0, "type4",}}, + 1 + }, + }; + + sectionMultipliers = { + {"secA", 1.2f}, + {"secB", 1.2f}, + }; + + zoneName = "zip"; + mobDeathResetNumber = 20; + changeNum = 9; + + BaseStartup(self); +} + +void RandomSpawnerZip::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + BaseOnTimerDone(self, timerName); +} diff --git a/dScripts/RandomSpawnerZip.h b/dScripts/RandomSpawnerZip.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6c0cf511 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/RandomSpawnerZip.h @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "BaseRandomServer.h" + +class RandomSpawnerZip : public CppScripts::Script, BaseRandomServer +{ + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + +private: + struct Mobs + { + static const LOT stromb = 11212; + static const LOT mech = 11213; + static const LOT spider = 11214; + static const LOT pirate = 11215; + static const LOT admiral = 11216; + static const LOT gorilla = 11217; + static const LOT ronin = 11218; + static const LOT horse = 11219; + static const LOT dragon = 112200; + }; + + Mobs mobs; +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/RemoveRentalGear.cpp b/dScripts/RemoveRentalGear.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..06d964b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/RemoveRentalGear.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +#include "RemoveRentalGear.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" +#include "Item.h" +#include "Character.h" + +/* +-------------------------------------------------------------- +--Removes the rental gear from the player on mission turn in +-- +--created mrb ... 5 / 25 / 11 +--updated abeechler 6 / 27 / 11 ... Add session flag resetting for set equips +--ported Max 21/07/2020 +-------------------------------------------------------------- +--add missionID configData to the object in HF to remove this +--gear what the specified mission is completed +-------------------------------------------------------------- +*/ + +void RemoveRentalGear::OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity* self, Entity* target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) { + if (missionID != defaultMission && missionID != 313) return; + + if (missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE || missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_READY_TO_COMPLETE) { + auto inv = static_cast<InventoryComponent*>(target->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY)); + if (!inv) return; + + //remove the inventory items + for (int item : gearSets) { + auto* id = inv->FindItemByLot(item); + if (id) { + inv->UnEquipItem(id); + inv->RemoveItem(id->GetLot(), id->GetCount()); + } + } + + //reset the equipment flag + auto character = target->GetCharacter(); + if (character) character->SetPlayerFlag(equipFlag, false); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/RemoveRentalGear.h b/dScripts/RemoveRentalGear.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..49ca0860 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/RemoveRentalGear.h @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class RemoveRentalGear : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity* self, Entity* target, int missionID, MissionState missionState); + +private: + int defaultMission = 768; //mission to remove gearSets on completion + std::vector<int> gearSets = { 14359,14321,14353,14315 }; //inventory items to remove + int equipFlag = 126; //Set upon wearing trial faction armor for the first time in a session +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/RockHydrantSmashable.cpp b/dScripts/RockHydrantSmashable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a54f0b9d --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/RockHydrantSmashable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +#include "RockHydrantSmashable.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "SimplePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" + +void RockHydrantSmashable::OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer) { + SimplePhysicsComponent* physics = self->GetComponent<SimplePhysicsComponent>(); + NiPoint3 pos = physics->GetPosition(); + + EntityInfo info; + info.lot = 12293; + info.pos = pos; + info.spawner = nullptr; + info.spawnerID = self->GetSpawnerID(); + info.spawnerNodeID = 0; + + Entity* newEntity = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info, nullptr); + if (newEntity) { + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(newEntity); + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/RockHydrantSmashable.h b/dScripts/RockHydrantSmashable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..12c21fb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/RockHydrantSmashable.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class RockHydrantSmashable : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnDie(Entity* self, Entity* killer); +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/SGCannon.cpp b/dScripts/SGCannon.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..59373b5d --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/SGCannon.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1101 @@ +#include "SGCannon.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "Player.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "ShootingGalleryComponent.h" +#include "PossessorComponent.h" +#include "CharacterComponent.h" +#include "SimplePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "MovementAIComponent.h" +#include "ControllablePhysicsComponent.h" +#include "../dWorldServer/ObjectIDManager.h" + +void SGCannon::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + Game::logger->Log("SGCannon", "OnStartup\n"); + + m_Waves = GetWaves(); + constants = GetConstants(); + + ResetVars(self); + + self->SetVar<bool>(GameStartedVariable, false); + self->SetVar<Vector3>(InitialVelocityVariable, {}); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(ImpactSkillVariale, constants.impactSkillID); + + auto* shootingGalleryComponent = self->GetComponent<ShootingGalleryComponent>(); + if (shootingGalleryComponent != nullptr) { + shootingGalleryComponent->SetStaticParams({ + Vector3 { -327.8609924316406, 256.8999938964844, 1.6482199430465698 }, + Vector3 { -181.4320068359375, 212.39999389648438, 2.5182199478149414 } + }); + + shootingGalleryComponent->SetDynamicParams({ + Vector3 { 0.0, 4.3, 9.0 }, + Vector3 { }, + 129.0, + 800.0, + 30.0, + 0.0, + -1.0, + 58.6 + }); + } + + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(TimeLimitVariable, 30); + self->SetVar<std::vector<LOT>>(ValidActorsVariable, {3109, 3110, 3111, 3112, 3125, 3126}); + self->SetVar<std::vector<LOT>>(ValidEffectsVariable, {3122}); + self->SetVar<std::vector<uint32_t>>(StreakBonusVariable, {1, 2, 5, 10}); + self->SetVar<bool>(SuperChargeActiveVariable, false); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(MatrixVariable, 1); + self->SetVar<bool>(InitVariable, true); + + auto* simplePhysicsComponent = self->GetComponent<SimplePhysicsComponent>(); + + if (simplePhysicsComponent != nullptr) { + simplePhysicsComponent->SetPhysicsMotionState(5); + } +} + +void SGCannon::OnPlayerLoaded(Entity *self, Entity *player) { + Game::logger->Log("SGCannon", "Player loaded\n"); + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(PlayerIDVariable, player->GetObjectID()); + /*GameMessages::SendSetStunned(player->GetObjectID(), PUSH, player->GetSystemAddress(), LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + true, true, true, true, true, true, true);*/ +} + +void SGCannon::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) { + Script::OnFireEventServerSide(self, sender, args, param1, param2, param3); +} + +void SGCannon::OnActivityStateChangeRequest(Entity *self, LWOOBJID senderID, int32_t value1, int32_t value2, + const std::u16string &stringValue) { + Game::logger->Log("SGCannon", "Got activity state change request: %s\n", GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(stringValue).c_str()); + if (stringValue == u"clientready") { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(PlayerIDVariable)); + if (player != nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("SGCannon", "Player is ready\n"); + /*GameMessages::SendSetStunned(player->GetObjectID(), PUSH, player->GetSystemAddress(), LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + true, true, true, true, true, true, true);*/ + + Game::logger->Log("SGCannon", "Sending ActivityEnter\n"); + + GameMessages::SendActivityEnter(self->GetObjectID(), player->GetSystemAddress()); + + auto* shootingGalleryComponent = self->GetComponent<ShootingGalleryComponent>(); + + if (shootingGalleryComponent != nullptr) { + shootingGalleryComponent->SetCurrentPlayerID(player->GetObjectID()); + + Game::logger->Log("SGCannon", "Setting player ID\n"); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(self); + } + else { + Game::logger->Log("SGCannon", "Shooting gallery component is null\n"); + } + + auto* possessorComponent = player->GetComponent<PossessorComponent>(); + + /*if (possessorComponent != nullptr) { + possessorComponent->SetPossessable(self->GetObjectID()); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(player); + }*/ + + auto* characterComponent = player->GetComponent<CharacterComponent>(); + + if (characterComponent != nullptr) { + characterComponent->SetIsRacing(true); + characterComponent->SetVehicleObjectID(self->GetObjectID()); + characterComponent->SetPossessableType(0); + characterComponent->SetCurrentActivity(2); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(player); + } + + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(HideScoreBoardVariable, true); + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(ReSetSuperChargeVariable, true); + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(ShowLoadingUI, true); + + /* + GameMessages::SendTeleport( + player->GetObjectID(), + {-292.6415710449219, 230.20237731933594, -3.9090466499328613}, + {0.7067984342575073, -6.527870573336259e-05, 0.707414984703064, 0.00021762956748716533}, + player->GetSystemAddress(), true + ); + */ + + //GameMessages::SendRequestActivityEnter(self->GetObjectID(), player->GetSystemAddress(), false, player->GetObjectID()); + } + else { + Game::logger->Log("SGCannon", "Player not found\n"); + } + } + else if (value1 == 1200) { + StartGame(self); + } +} + +void SGCannon::OnMessageBoxResponse(Entity *self, Entity *sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string &identifier, + const std::u16string &userData) { + auto * player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(PlayerIDVariable)); + if (player != nullptr) { + if (button == 1 && identifier == u"Shooting_Gallery_Stop") + { + static_cast<Player*>(player)->SendToZone(1300); + + return; + } + + if (identifier == u"Scoreboardinfo") { + GameMessages::SendDisplayMessageBox(player->GetObjectID(), true, + dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlObject()->GetObjectID(), + u"Shooting_Gallery_Retry?", 2, u"Retry?", + u"", player->GetSystemAddress()); + } else { + if ((button == 1 && (identifier == u"Shooting_Gallery_Retry" || identifier == u"RePlay")) + || identifier == u"SG1" || button == 0) { + + if (identifier == u"RePlay") { + static_cast<Player*>(player)->SendToZone(1300); + + return; + } + + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(ClearVariable, true); + StartGame(self); + } else if (button == 1 && identifier == u"Shooting_Gallery_Exit") { + UpdatePlayer(self, player->GetObjectID(), true); + RemovePlayer(player->GetObjectID()); + } + } + } +} + +void SGCannon::OnActivityTimerDone(Entity *self, const std::string &name) { + if (name == SuperChargeTimer && !self->GetVar<bool>(SuperChargePausedVariable)) { + if (self->GetVar<bool>(WaveStatusVariable) || self->GetVar<uint32_t>(CurrentSuperChargedTimeVariable) < 1) { + self->SetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(ChargeCountingVariable, 99); + self->SetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(SuperChargeBarVariable, 0); + ToggleSuperCharge(self, false); + } + } else if (name == SpawnWaveTimer) { + if (self->GetVar<bool>(GameStartedVariable)) { + self->SetVar<bool>(WaveStatusVariable, true); + const auto wave = (int32_t) self->GetVar<uint32_t>(ThisWaveVariable); + + if (wave != 0 && self->GetVar<bool>(SuperChargePausedVariable)) { + StartChargedCannon(self, self->GetVar<uint32_t>(CurrentSuperChargedTimeVariable)); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(CurrentSuperChargedTimeVariable, 0); + } + + TimerToggle(self, true); + + for (const auto& enemyToSpawn : m_Waves.at(self->GetVar<uint32_t>(ThisWaveVariable))) { + SpawnObject(self, enemyToSpawn, true); + } + + Game::logger->Log("SGCannon", "Current wave spawn: %i/%i\n", wave, m_Waves.size()); + + // All waves completed + const auto timeLimit = (float_t) self->GetVar<uint32_t>(TimeLimitVariable); + if (wave >= m_Waves.size()) { + ActivityTimerStart(self, GameOverTimer, timeLimit, timeLimit); + } else { + ActivityTimerStart(self, EndWaveTimer, timeLimit, timeLimit); + } + + const auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(PlayerIDVariable)); + if (player != nullptr) { + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(player->GetObjectID(), -1, u"SG-start", ""); + + GameMessages::SendStartActivityTime(self->GetObjectID(), timeLimit, player->GetSystemAddress()); + Game::logger->Log("SGCannon", "Sending ActivityPause false\n"); + + GameMessages::SendActivityPause(self->GetObjectID(), false, player->GetSystemAddress()); + } + } + } else if (name == EndWaveTimer) { + self->SetVar<bool>(WaveStatusVariable, false); + TimerToggle(self); + RecordPlayerScore(self); + + if (self->GetVar<uint32_t>(ThisWaveVariable) >= 2) { + GameMessages::SendActivityPause(self->GetObjectID(), true); + ActivityTimerStart(self, GameOverTimer, 0.1, 0.1); + return; + } + + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(ThisWaveVariable, self->GetVar<uint32_t>(ThisWaveVariable) + 1); + PlaySceneAnimation(self, u"wave" + GeneralUtils::to_u16string(self->GetVar<uint32_t>(ThisWaveVariable)), true, true, 1.7f); + self->SetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(WaveNumVariable, self->GetVar<uint32_t>(ThisWaveVariable) + 1); + self->SetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(WaveStrVariable, self->GetVar<uint32_t>(TimeLimitVariable)); + + Game::logger->Log("SGCannon", "Current wave: %i/%i\n", self->GetVar<uint32_t>(ThisWaveVariable), m_Waves.size()); + + if (self->GetVar<uint32_t>(ThisWaveVariable) >= m_Waves.size()) { + ActivityTimerStart(self, GameOverTimer, 0.1, 0.1); + } else { + ActivityTimerStart(self, SpawnWaveTimer, constants.inBetweenWavePause, constants.inBetweenWavePause); + } + + Game::logger->Log("SGCannon", "Sending ActivityPause true\n"); + + GameMessages::SendActivityPause(self->GetObjectID(), true); + if (self->GetVar<bool>(SuperChargeActiveVariable) && !self->GetVar<bool>(SuperChargePausedVariable)) { + PauseChargeCannon(self); + } + } else if (name == GameOverTimer) { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(PlayerIDVariable)); + if (player != nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("SGCannon", "Sending ActivityPause true\n"); + + GameMessages::SendActivityPause(self->GetObjectID(), true, player->GetSystemAddress()); + + /*const auto leftoverCannonballs = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("cannonball"); + if (leftoverCannonballs.empty()) { + RecordPlayerScore(self); + + } else { + ActivityTimerStart(self, EndGameBufferTimer, 1, leftoverCannonballs.size()); + }*/ + + ActivityTimerStart(self, EndGameBufferTimer, 1, 1); + + TimerToggle(self); + } + } else if (name.rfind(DoSpawnTimer, 0) == 0) { + if (self->GetVar<bool>(GameStartedVariable)) { + const auto spawnNumber = (uint32_t) std::stoi(name.substr(7)); + const auto& activeSpawns = self->GetVar<std::vector<SGEnemy>>(ActiveSpawnsVariable); + const auto& toSpawn = activeSpawns.at(spawnNumber); + + const auto pathIndex = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<float_t>(0, toSpawn.spawnPaths.size() - 1); + + const auto* path = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->GetPath( + toSpawn.spawnPaths.at(pathIndex) + ); + + auto info = EntityInfo {}; + info.lot = toSpawn.lot; + info.spawnerID = self->GetObjectID(); + info.pos = path->pathWaypoints.at(0).position; + + info.settings = { + new LDFData<SGEnemy>(u"SpawnData", toSpawn), + new LDFData<std::string>(u"custom_script_server", "scripts/ai/ACT/SG_TARGET.lua"), + new LDFData<std::string>(u"custom_script_client", "scripts/client/ai/SG_TARGET_CLIENT.lua"), + new LDFData<std::string>(u"attached_path", path->pathName), + new LDFData<uint32_t>(u"attached_path_start", 0), + new LDFData<std::u16string>(u"groupID", u"SGEnemy") + }; + + Game::logger->Log("SGCannon", "Spawning enemy %i on path %s\n", toSpawn.lot, path->pathName.c_str()); + + auto* enemy = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info, nullptr, self); + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(enemy); + + if (true) { + auto* movementAI = new MovementAIComponent(enemy, {}); + + enemy->AddComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_MOVEMENT_AI, movementAI); + + movementAI->SetSpeed(toSpawn.initialSpeed); + movementAI->SetCurrentSpeed(toSpawn.initialSpeed); + movementAI->SetHaltDistance(0.0f); + + std::vector<NiPoint3> pathWaypoints; + + for (const auto& waypoint : path->pathWaypoints) { + pathWaypoints.push_back(waypoint.position); + } + + if (GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<float_t>(0, 1) < 0.5f) { + std::reverse(pathWaypoints.begin(), pathWaypoints.end()); + } + + movementAI->SetPath(pathWaypoints); + + enemy->AddDieCallback([this, self, enemy, name] () { + RegisterHit(self, enemy, name); + }); + } + + // Save the enemy and tell it to start pathing + if (enemy != nullptr) { + const_cast<std::vector<LWOOBJID>&>(self->GetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(SpawnedObjects)).push_back(enemy->GetObjectID()); + GameMessages::SendPlatformResync(enemy, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + } + } + } else if (name == EndGameBufferTimer) { + RecordPlayerScore(self); + StopGame(self, false); + } +} + +void +SGCannon::OnActivityTimerUpdate(Entity *self, const std::string &name, float_t timeRemaining, float_t elapsedTime) { + ActivityManager::OnActivityTimerUpdate(self, name, timeRemaining, elapsedTime); +} + +void SGCannon::StartGame(Entity *self) { + self->SetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(TimeLimitVariable, self->GetVar<uint32_t>(TimeLimitVariable)); + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(AudioStartIntroVariable, true); + self->SetVar<LOT>(CurrentRewardVariable, LOT_NULL); + + auto rewardObjects = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(constants.rewardModelGroup); + for (auto* reward : rewardObjects) { + reward->OnFireEventServerSide(self, ModelToBuildEvent); + } + + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(PlayerIDVariable)); + if (player != nullptr) { + GetLeaderboardData(self, player->GetObjectID(), GetActivityID(self)); + Game::logger->Log("SGCannon", "Sending ActivityStart\n"); + GameMessages::SendActivityStart(self->GetObjectID(), player->GetSystemAddress()); + + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self->GetObjectID(), -1, u"start", ""); + + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(ClearVariable, true); + DoGameStartup(self); + + if (!self->GetVar<bool>(FirstTimeDoneVariable)) { + TakeActivityCost(self, player->GetObjectID()); + } + + self->SetVar<bool>(FirstTimeDoneVariable, true); + } + + SpawnNewModel(self); +} + +void SGCannon::DoGameStartup(Entity *self) { + ResetVars(self); + self->SetVar<bool>(GameStartedVariable, true); + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(ClearVariable, true); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(ThisWaveVariable, 0); + + if (constants.firstWaveStartTime < 1) { + constants.firstWaveStartTime = 1; + } + + ActivityTimerStart(self, SpawnWaveTimer, constants.firstWaveStartTime, + constants.firstWaveStartTime); +} + +void SGCannon::SpawnNewModel(Entity *self) { + + // Add a new reward to the existing rewards + const auto currentReward = self->GetVar<LOT>(CurrentRewardVariable); + if (currentReward != -1) { + auto rewards = self->GetVar<std::vector<LOT>>(RewardsVariable); + rewards.push_back(currentReward); + self->SetNetworkVar<int32_t>(RewardAddedVariable, currentReward); + } + + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(PlayerIDVariable)); + if (player != nullptr) { + for (auto* rewardModel : EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(constants.rewardModelGroup)) { + uint32_t lootMatrix; + switch (self->GetVar<uint32_t>(MatrixVariable)) { + case 1: + lootMatrix = constants.scoreLootMatrix1; + break; + case 2: + lootMatrix = constants.scoreLootMatrix2; + break; + case 3: + lootMatrix = constants.scoreLootMatrix3; + break; + case 4: + lootMatrix = constants.scoreLootMatrix4; + break; + case 5: + lootMatrix = constants.scoreLootMatrix5; + break; + default: + lootMatrix = 0; + } + + if (lootMatrix != 0) { + std::unordered_map<LOT, int32_t> toDrop = {}; + Loot::CalculateLootMatrix(lootMatrix, player, toDrop); + + for (auto drop : toDrop) { + rewardModel->OnFireEventServerSide(self, ModelToBuildEvent, drop.first); + self->SetVar<LOT>(CurrentRewardVariable, drop.first); + } + } + } + } +} + +void SGCannon::RemovePlayer(LWOOBJID playerID) { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + if (player == nullptr) + return; + + auto* playerObject = dynamic_cast<Player*>(player); + if (playerObject == nullptr) + return; + + auto* character = playerObject->GetCharacter(); + if (character != nullptr) { + playerObject->SendToZone(character->GetLastNonInstanceZoneID()); + } +} + +void SGCannon::StartChargedCannon(Entity *self, uint32_t optionalTime) { + optionalTime = optionalTime == 0 ? constants.chargedTime : optionalTime; + self->SetVar<bool>(SuperChargePausedVariable, false); + ToggleSuperCharge(self, true); + ActivityTimerStart(self, SuperChargeTimer, 1, optionalTime); + + if (!self->GetVar<bool>(WaveStatusVariable)) { + PauseChargeCannon(self); + } +} + +void SGCannon::TimerToggle(Entity *self, bool start) { + if (start) { + self->SetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(CountVariable, self->GetVar<uint32_t>(TimeLimitVariable)); + self->SetVar<bool>(GameStartedVariable, true); + } else { + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(StopVariable, true); + } +} + +void SGCannon::SpawnObject(Entity* self, const SGEnemy& toSpawn, bool spawnNow) { + auto activeSpawns = self->GetVar<std::vector<SGEnemy>>(ActiveSpawnsVariable); + activeSpawns.push_back(toSpawn); + self->SetVar<std::vector<SGEnemy>>(ActiveSpawnsVariable, activeSpawns); + + self->SetVar(SpawnNumberVariable, activeSpawns.size() - 1); + const auto timerName = DoSpawnTimer + std::to_string(activeSpawns.size() - 1); + + if (spawnNow) { + if (toSpawn.minSpawnTime > 0 && toSpawn.maxSpawnTime > 0) { + const auto spawnTime = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<float_t>(toSpawn.minSpawnTime, toSpawn.maxSpawnTime); + + ActivityTimerStart(self, timerName, spawnTime, spawnTime); + } else { + ActivityTimerStart(self, timerName, 1, 1); + } + } else if (toSpawn.respawns) { + const auto spawnTime = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<float_t>(toSpawn.minRespawnTime, toSpawn.maxRespawnTime); + + ActivityTimerStart(self, timerName, spawnTime, spawnTime); + } +} + +void SGCannon::RecordPlayerScore(Entity *self) { + const auto totalScore = self->GetVar<uint32_t>(TotalScoreVariable); + const auto currentWave = self->GetVar<uint32_t>(ThisWaveVariable); + + if (currentWave > 0) { + auto totalWaveScore = 0; + auto playerScores = self->GetVar<std::vector<int32_t>>(PlayerScoresVariable); + + for (const auto& waveScore : playerScores) { + totalWaveScore += waveScore; + } + + if (currentWave >= playerScores.size()) { + playerScores.push_back(totalWaveScore); + } else { + playerScores[currentWave] = totalWaveScore; + } + } +} + +void SGCannon::PlaySceneAnimation(Entity* self, const std::u16string& animationName, bool onCannon, bool onPlayer, float_t priority) { + for (auto* cannon : EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("cannongroup")) { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(cannon, animationName, priority); + } + + if (onCannon) { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, animationName, priority); + } + + if (onPlayer) { + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(PlayerIDVariable)); + if (player != nullptr) { + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(player, animationName, priority); + } + } +} + +void SGCannon::PauseChargeCannon(Entity *self) { + const auto time = std::max((uint32_t) std::ceil(ActivityTimerGetCurrentTime(self, SuperChargeTimer)), (uint32_t) 1); + + self->SetVar<bool>(SuperChargePausedVariable, true); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(CurrentSuperChargedTimeVariable, time); + self->SetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(ChargeCountingVariable, time); + + ActivityTimerStop(self, SuperChargeTimer); +} + +void SGCannon::StopGame(Entity *self, bool cancel) { + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(ReSetSuperChargeVariable, true); + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(HideSuperChargeVariable, true); + + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(PlayerIDVariable)); + if (player == nullptr) + return; + + ToggleSuperCharge(self, false); + + // The player won, store all the score and send rewards + if (!cancel) { + auto percentage = 0; + auto misses = self->GetVar<uint32_t>(MissesVariable); + auto fired = self->GetVar<uint32_t>(ShotsFiredVariable); + + if (fired > 0) { + percentage = misses / fired; + } + + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + if (self->GetVar<uint32_t>(TotalScoreVariable) >= 25000) + { + // For some reason the client thinks this mission is not complete? + auto* mission = missionComponent->GetMission(229); + + if (mission != nullptr && !mission->IsComplete()) + { + mission->Complete(); + } + } + + if (missionComponent != nullptr) { + missionComponent->Progress( + MissionTaskType::MISSION_TASK_TYPE_MINIGAME, + self->GetVar<uint32_t>(TotalScoreVariable), + self->GetObjectID(), + "performact_score" + ); + } + + Loot::GiveActivityLoot(player, self, GetGameID(self), self->GetVar<uint32_t>(TotalScoreVariable)); + + StopActivity(self, player->GetObjectID(), self->GetVar<uint32_t>(TotalScoreVariable), + self->GetVar<uint32_t>(MaxStreakVariable), percentage); + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(AudioFinalWaveDoneVariable, true); + + // Give the player the model rewards they earned + auto* inventory = player->GetComponent<InventoryComponent>(); + if (inventory != nullptr) { + for (const auto rewardLot : self->GetVar<std::vector<LOT>>(RewardsVariable)) { + inventory->AddItem(rewardLot, 1, eInventoryType::MODELS); + } + } + + self->SetNetworkVar<std::u16string>(u"UI_Rewards", + GeneralUtils::to_u16string(self->GetVar<uint32_t>(TotalScoreVariable)) + u"_0_0_0_0_0_0" + ); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(TotalScoreVariable, 0); + + GameMessages::SendRequestActivitySummaryLeaderboardData( + player->GetObjectID(), + self->GetObjectID(), + player->GetSystemAddress(), + GetGameID(self), + 1, + 10, + 0, + false + ); + + // The end menu is not in, just send them back to the main world + //static_cast<Player*>(player)->SendToZone(1300); + } + + GameMessages::SendActivityStop(self->GetObjectID(), false, cancel, player->GetSystemAddress()); + self->SetVar<bool>(GameStartedVariable, false); + ActivityTimerStopAllTimers(self); + + // Destroy all spawners + for (auto* entity : EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("SGEnemy")) { + entity->Kill(); + } + + ResetVars(self); +} + +void SGCannon::RegisterHit(Entity* self, Entity* target, const std::string& timerName) +{ + const auto& spawnInfo = target->GetVar<SGEnemy>(u"SpawnData"); + + if (spawnInfo.respawns) + { + const auto respawnTime = GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<float_t>(spawnInfo.minRespawnTime, spawnInfo.maxRespawnTime); + + ActivityTimerStart(self, timerName, respawnTime, respawnTime); + } + + int score = spawnInfo.score; + + if (score > 0) { + score += score * GetCurrentBonus(self); + + if (!self->GetVar<bool>(SuperChargeActiveVariable)) { + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(u"m_curStreak", self->GetVar<uint32_t>(u"m_curStreak") + 1); + + if (self->GetVar<uint32_t>(u"m_curStreak") > 12) { + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(u"m_curStreak", 12); + } + } + } + else { + if (!self->GetVar<bool>(SuperChargeActiveVariable)) { + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(u"m_curStreak", 0); + } + + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(u"hitFriend", true); + } + + auto lastSuperTotal = self->GetVar<uint32_t>(u"LastSuperTotal"); + + auto scScore = self->GetVar<uint32_t>(TotalScoreVariable) - lastSuperTotal; + + Game::logger->Log("SGCannon", "LastSuperTotal: %i, scScore: %i, constants.chargedPoints: %i\n", + lastSuperTotal, scScore, constants.chargedPoints + ); + + if (!self->GetVar<bool>(SuperChargeActiveVariable) && scScore >= constants.chargedPoints && score >= 0) { + StartChargedCannon(self); + self->SetNetworkVar<float>(u"SuperChargeBar", 100.0f); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(u"LastSuperTotal", self->GetVar<uint32_t>(TotalScoreVariable)); + } + + UpdateStreak(self); + + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientShootingGalleryScore(self->GetObjectID(), UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, + 0.0f, + score, + target->GetObjectID(), + target->GetPosition() + ); + + auto newScore = (int) self->GetVar<uint32_t>(TotalScoreVariable) + score; + + if (newScore < 0) { + newScore = 0; + } + + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(TotalScoreVariable, newScore); + + self->SetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(u"updateScore", newScore); + + self->SetNetworkVar<std::u16string>(u"beatHighScore", GeneralUtils::to_u16string(newScore)); +} + +void SGCannon::UpdateStreak(Entity* self) +{ + const auto streakBonus = GetCurrentBonus(self); + + const auto curStreak = self->GetVar<uint32_t>(u"m_curStreak"); + + const auto marks = curStreak % 3; + + self->SetNetworkVar<uint32_t>(u"cStreak", curStreak); + + if (curStreak >= 0 && curStreak < 13) { + if (marks == 1) { + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(u"Mark1", true); + } + else if (marks == 2) { + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(u"Mark2", true); + } + else if (marks == 0 && curStreak > 0) { + self->SetVar<float_t>(u"StreakBonus", streakBonus); + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(u"ShowStreak", streakBonus + 1); + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(u"Mark3", true); + } + else { + self->SetVar<float_t>(u"StreakBonus", streakBonus); + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(u"UnMarkAll", true); + } + } +} + +float_t SGCannon::GetCurrentBonus(Entity* self) +{ + auto streak = self->GetVar<uint32_t>(u"m_curStreak"); + + if (streak > 12) { + streak = 12; + } + + return streak / 3; +} + +void SGCannon::ToggleSuperCharge(Entity *self, bool enable) { + if (enable && self->GetVar<bool>(SuperChargeActiveVariable)) + return; + + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(PlayerIDVariable)); + + if (player == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("SGCannon", "Player not found in toggle super charge\n"); + return; + } + + auto* inventoryComponent = player->GetComponent<InventoryComponent>(); + + auto equippedItems = inventoryComponent->GetEquippedItems(); + + Game::logger->Log("SGCannon", "Player has %d equipped items\n", equippedItems.size()); + + auto skillID = constants.cannonSkill; + auto coolDown = constants.cannonRefireRate; + + auto* selfInventoryComponent = self->GetComponent<InventoryComponent>(); + + if (inventoryComponent == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("SGCannon", "Inventory component not found\n"); + return; + } + + if (enable) { + Game::logger->Log("SGCannon", "Player is activating super charge\n"); + selfInventoryComponent->UpdateSlot("greeble_r", { ObjectIDManager::GenerateRandomObjectID(), 6505, 1, 0 }); + selfInventoryComponent->UpdateSlot("greeble_l", { ObjectIDManager::GenerateRandomObjectID(), 6506, 1, 0 }); + + // TODO: Equip items + skillID = constants.cannonSuperChargeSkill; + coolDown = 400; + } else { + selfInventoryComponent->UpdateSlot("greeble_r", { ObjectIDManager::GenerateRandomObjectID(), 0, 0, 0 }); + selfInventoryComponent->UpdateSlot("greeble_l", { ObjectIDManager::GenerateRandomObjectID(), 0, 0, 0 }); + + self->SetNetworkVar<float>(u"SuperChargeBar", 0); + + Game::logger->Log("SGCannon", "Player disables super charge\n"); + + // TODO: Unequip items + for (const auto& equipped : equippedItems) { + if (equipped.first == "special_r" || equipped.first == "special_l") { + Game::logger->Log("SGCannon", "Trying to unequip a weapon, %i\n", equipped.second.lot); + + auto* item = inventoryComponent->FindItemById(equipped.second.id); + + if (item != nullptr) { + inventoryComponent->UnEquipItem(item); + } + else { + Game::logger->Log("SGCannon", "Item not found, %i\n", equipped.second.lot); + } + } + } + + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(NumberOfChargesVariable, 0); + } + + const auto& constants = GetConstants(); + + auto* shootingGalleryComponent = self->GetComponent<ShootingGalleryComponent>(); + + if (shootingGalleryComponent == nullptr) { + return; + } + + DynamicShootingGalleryParams properties = shootingGalleryComponent->GetDynamicParams(); + + properties.cannonFOV = 58.6f; + properties.cannonVelocity = 129.0; + properties.cannonRefireRate = 800; + properties.cannonMinDistance = 30; + properties.cannonTimeout = -1; + + shootingGalleryComponent->SetDynamicParams(properties); + + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(self); + EntityManager::Instance()->SerializeEntity(player); + + self->SetNetworkVar<uint64_t>(CannonBallSkillIDVariable, skillID); + self->SetVar<bool>(SuperChargeActiveVariable, enable); +} + +std::vector<std::vector<SGEnemy>> SGCannon::GetWaves() { + return { + // Wave 1 + { + // Ship 1 + { + std::vector<std::string> { "Wave_1_Ship_1", "Wave_1_Ship_3" }, + 6015, 0.0, 2.0, true, 0.0, 2.0, + 2.0, 1500, false, 0.0, 1.0, + 1.0, false, true + }, + + // Ship 2 + { + std::vector<std::string> { "Wave_1_Ship_2", "Wave_1_Ship_4" }, + 6300, 0.0, 2.0, true, 0.0, 2.0, + 2.0, 500, false, 0.0, 1.0, + 1.0, false, true + }, + + // Sub 1 + { + std::vector<std::string> { "Wave_1_Sub_1", "Wave_1_Sub_2" }, + 6016, 0.0, 2.0, true, 0.0, 2.0, + 10.0, 1000, false, 0.0, 1.0, + 1.0, true, true + }, + + // Sub 2 + { + std::vector<std::string> { "Wave_2_Sub_1", "Wave_2_Sub_2" }, + 6016, 0.0, 2.0, true, 0.0, 2.0, + 2.0, 1000, false, 0.0, 1.0, + 1.0, true, true + }, + + // Friendly + { + std::vector<std::string> { "Wave_3_FShip_1", "Wave_3_FShip_2" }, + 2168,0.0,5.0,true, 2.0, 5.0, + 1.0, -1000, false, 0.0, 1.0, + 1.0, false,true + } + }, + + // Wave 2 + { + // Ship 1 + { + std::vector<std::string> { "Wave_1_Ship_1", "Wave_1_Ship_3" }, + 6015, 0.0, 2.0, true, 0.0, 2.0, + 2.0, 1500, false, 0.0, 1.0, + 1.0, false, true + }, + + // Ship 2 + { + std::vector<std::string> { "Wave_1_Ship_2", "Wave_1_Ship_4" }, + 6300, 0.0, 2.0, true, 0.0, 2.0, + 2.0, 500, false, 0.0, 1.0, + 1.0, false, true + }, + + // Ship 3 + { + std::vector<std::string> { "Wave_2_Ship_1" }, + 6300, 0.0, 2.0, true, 0.0, 2.0, + 2.0, 500, false, 0.0, 1.0, + 1.0, false, true + }, + + // Ship 4 + { + std::vector<std::string> { "Wave_2_Ship_2" }, + 6015, 0.0, 2.0, true, 0.0, 2.0, + 2.0, 500, false, 0.0, 1.0, + 1.0, false, true + }, + + // Sub 1 + { + std::vector<std::string> { "Wave_1_Sub_1", "Wave_1_Sub_2" }, + 6016, 0.0, 2.0, true, 0.0, 2.0, + 2.0, 1000, false, 0.0, 1.0, + 1.0, true, true + }, + + // Sub 2 + { + std::vector<std::string> { "Wave_2_Sub_1", "Wave_2_Sub_2" }, + 6016, 0.0, 2.0, true, 0.0, 2.0, + 2.0, 1000, false, 0.0, 1.0, + 1.0, true, true + }, + + // Duck + { + std::vector<std::string> { "Wave_1_Duck_1", "Wave_1_Duck_2" }, + 5946, 5.0, 10.0, true, 5.0, 10.0, + 4.0, 5000, false, 0.0, 1.0, + 1.0, false, true + }, + + // Friendly + { + std::vector<std::string> { "Wave_3_FShip_1", "Wave_3_FShip_2" }, + 2168,0.0,5.0,true, 2.0, 5.0, + 1.0, -1000, false, 0.0, 1.0, + 1.0, false,true + } + }, + + // Wave 3 + { + // Ship 1 + { + std::vector<std::string> { "Wave_1_Ship_1", "Wave_1_Ship_3" }, + 6015, 0.0, 2.0, true, 0.0, 2.0, + 2.0, 1500, false, 0.0, 1.0, + 1.0, false, true + }, + + // Ship 2 + { + std::vector<std::string> { "Wave_1_Ship_2", "Wave_1_Ship_4" }, + 6300, 0.0, 2.0, true, 0.0, 2.0, + 2.0, 500, false, 0.0, 1.0, + 1.0, false, true + }, + + // Ship 3 + { + std::vector<std::string> { "Wave_2_Ship_1", "Wave_2_Ship_2" }, + 6015, 0.0, 2.0, true, 0.0, 2.0, + 2.0, 500, false, 0.0, 1.0, + 1.0, false, true + }, + + // Ship 4 + { + std::vector<std::string> { "Wave_3_Ship_1", "Wave_3_Ship_2" }, + 6300, 0.0, 2.0, true, 0.0, 2.0, + 2.0, 1500, false, 0.0, 1.0, + 1.0, false, true + }, + + // Sub 1 + { + std::vector<std::string> { "Wave_1_Sub_1", "Wave_1_Sub_2" }, + 6016, 0.0, 2.0, true, 0.0, 2.0, + 2.0, 1000, false, 0.0, 1.0, + 1.0, true, true + }, + + // Sub 2 + { + std::vector<std::string> { "Wave_2_Sub_1", "Wave_2_Sub_2" }, + 6016, 0.0, 2.0, true, 0.0, 2.0, + 2.0, 1000, false, 0.0, 1.0, + 1.0, true, true + }, + + // Sub 3 + { + std::vector<std::string> { "Wave_3_Sub_1", "Wave_3_Sub_2" }, + 6016, 0.0, 2.0, true, 0.0, 2.0, + 2.0, 1000, false, 0.0, 1.0, + 1.0, true, true + }, + + // Duck + { + std::vector<std::string> { "Wave_1_Duck_1", "Wave_1_Duck_2" }, + 5946, 5.0, 10.0, true, 5.0, 10.0, + 4.0, 5000, false, 0.0, 1.0, + 1.0, false, true + }, + + // Ness + { + std::vector<std::string> { "Wave_1_Ness_1", "Wave_1_Ness_2", "Wave_2_Ness_1" }, + 2565, 10.0, 15.0, true, 10.0, 15.0, + 2.0, 10000, false, 0.0, 1.0, + 1.0, true, true + }, + + // Friendly 1 + { + std::vector<std::string> { "Wave_3_FShip_1", "Wave_3_FShip_2" }, + 2168,0.0,5.0,true, 2.0, 5.0, + 1.0, -1000, false, 0.0, 1.0, + 1.0, false,true + }, + + // Friendly 2 + { + std::vector<std::string> { "Wave_3_FShip_1", "Wave_3_FShip_2" }, + 2168,0.0,5.0,true, 2.0, 5.0, + 1.0, -1000, false, 0.0, 1.0, + 1.0, false,true + } + } + }; +} + +void SGCannon::ResetVars(Entity *self) { + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(SpawnNumberVariable, 0); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(CurrentSpawnNumberVariable, 0); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(ThisWaveVariable, 0); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(GameScoreVariable, 0); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(GameTimeVariable, 0); + self->SetVar<bool>(GameStartedVariable, false); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(ShotsFiredVariable, 0); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(MaxStreakVariable, 0); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(MissesVariable, 0); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(CurrentStreakVariable, 0); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(CurrentSuperChargedTimeVariable, 0); + self->SetVar<std::vector<uint32_t>>(StreakBonusVariable, {}); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(LastSuperTotalVariable, 0); + self->SetVar<LOT>(CurrentRewardVariable, LOT_NULL); + self->SetVar<std::vector<LOT>>(RewardsVariable, {}); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(TotalScoreVariable, 0); + + const_cast<std::vector<SGEnemy>&>(self->GetVar<std::vector<SGEnemy>>(ActiveSpawnsVariable)).clear(); + self->SetVar<std::vector<SGEnemy>>(ActiveSpawnsVariable, {}); + + const_cast<std::vector<LWOOBJID>&>(self->GetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(SpawnedObjects)).clear(); + self->SetVar<std::vector<LWOOBJID>>(SpawnedObjects, {}); + + if (self->GetVar<bool>(InitVariable)) { + ToggleSuperCharge(self, false); + } + + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(ImpactSkillVariale, constants.impactSkillID); + self->SetVar<std::vector<int32_t>>(PlayerScoresVariable, {}); + ActivityTimerStopAllTimers(self); +} + +SGConstants SGCannon::GetConstants() { + return { + Vector3 { -908.542480, 229.773178, -908.542480 }, + Quaternion { 0.91913521289825, 0, 0.39394217729568, 0 }, + 1864, + 34, + 1822, + Vector3 { 6.652, -2, 1.5 }, + 157, + 129.0, + 30.0, + 800.0, + Vector3 { 0, 4.3, 9 }, + 6297, + 1822, + 249, + 228, + -1, + 58.6, + true, + 2, + 10, + 25000, + "QBRewardGroup", + 1864, + 50000, + 157, + 100000, + 187, + 200000, + 188, + 400000, + 189, + 800000, + 190, + 4.0, + 7.0 + }; +} diff --git a/dScripts/SGCannon.h b/dScripts/SGCannon.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..56db4c81 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/SGCannon.h @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +#pragma once +#include <regex> +#include "ActivityManager.h" + +struct SGEnemy { + std::vector<std::string> spawnPaths {}; + LOT lot; + float_t minSpawnTime; + float_t maxSpawnTime; + bool respawns; + float_t minRespawnTime; + float_t maxRespawnTime; + float_t initialSpeed; + int32_t score; + bool changeSpeedAtWaypoint; + float_t speedChangeChance; + float_t minSpeed; + float_t maxSpeed; + bool isMovingPlatform; + bool despawnOnLastWaypoint; +}; + +struct SGConstants { + Vector3 playerStartPosition; + Quaternion playerStartRotation; + LOT cannonLot; + uint32_t impactSkillID; + LOT projectileLot; + Vector3 playerOffset; + uint32_t rewardModelMatrix; + float_t cannonVelocity; + float_t cannonMinDistance; + float_t cannonRefireRate; + Vector3 cannonBarrelOffset; + LOT cannonSuperchargedProjectileLot; + LOT cannonProjectileLot; + uint32_t cannonSuperChargeSkill; + uint32_t cannonSkill; + int32_t cannonTimeout; + float_t cannonFOV; + bool useLeaderboards; + uint32_t streakModifier; + uint32_t chargedTime; + uint32_t chargedPoints; + std::string rewardModelGroup; + uint32_t activityID; + uint32_t scoreReward1; + uint32_t scoreLootMatrix1; + uint32_t scoreReward2; + uint32_t scoreLootMatrix2; + uint32_t scoreReward3; + uint32_t scoreLootMatrix3; + uint32_t scoreReward4; + uint32_t scoreLootMatrix4; + uint32_t scoreReward5; + uint32_t scoreLootMatrix5; + float_t firstWaveStartTime; + float_t inBetweenWavePause; +}; + +class SGCannon : public ActivityManager { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity *self) override; + void OnPlayerLoaded(Entity *self, Entity *player) override; + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, int32_t param3) override; + void OnActivityStateChangeRequest(Entity* self, LWOOBJID senderID, int32_t value1, + int32_t value2, const std::u16string& stringValue) override; + void OnMessageBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& identifier, + const std::u16string& userData) override; + void OnActivityTimerDone(Entity *self, const std::string &name) override; + void OnActivityTimerUpdate(Entity *self, const std::string &name, float_t timeRemaining, float_t elapsedTime) override; +private: + static std::vector<std::vector<SGEnemy>> GetWaves(); + static SGConstants GetConstants(); + void ResetVars(Entity* self); + void StartGame(Entity* self); + void DoGameStartup(Entity* self); + void SpawnNewModel(Entity* self); + void TimerToggle(Entity* self, bool start = false); + void SpawnObject(Entity* self, const SGEnemy& toSpawn, bool spawnNow = false); + void StartChargedCannon(Entity* self, uint32_t optionalTime = 0); + void ToggleSuperCharge(Entity* self, bool enable); + void RecordPlayerScore(Entity* self); + void PlaySceneAnimation(Entity* self, const std::u16string& animationName, bool onCannon, bool onPlayer, float_t priority); + static void RemovePlayer(LWOOBJID playerID); + void PauseChargeCannon(Entity* self); + void StopGame(Entity* self, bool cancel = false); + void RegisterHit(Entity* self, Entity* target, const std::string& timerName); + void UpdateStreak(Entity* self); + float_t GetCurrentBonus(Entity* self); + + LOT m_CannonLot = 1864; + std::u16string PlayerIDVariable = u"PlayerID"; + std::u16string HideScoreBoardVariable = u"HideScoreBoard"; + std::u16string ReSetSuperChargeVariable = u"ReSetSuperCharge"; + std::u16string ShowLoadingUI = u"showLoadingUI"; + std::u16string SpawnNumberVariable = u"SpawnNum"; + std::u16string CurrentSpawnNumberVariable = u"CurSpawnNum"; + std::u16string ThisWaveVariable = u"ThisWave"; + std::u16string GameScoreVariable = u"GameScore"; + std::u16string GameTimeVariable = u"GameTime"; + std::u16string GameStartedVariable = u"GameStarted"; + std::u16string ShotsFiredVariable = u"ShotsFired"; + std::u16string MaxStreakVariable = u"MaxStreak"; + std::u16string MissesVariable = u"Misses"; + std::u16string CurrentStreakVariable = u"CurrentStreak"; + std::u16string CurrentSuperChargedTimeVariable = u"CurrentSuperChargedTime"; + std::u16string StreakBonusVariable = u"StreakBonus"; + std::u16string LastSuperTotalVariable = u"LastSuperTotal"; + std::u16string CurrentRewardVariable = u"CurrentReward"; + std::u16string RewardsVariable = u"Rewards"; + std::u16string TotalScoreVariable = u"TotalScore"; + std::u16string InitVariable = u"Init"; + std::u16string ImpactSkillVariale = u"ImpactSkill"; + std::u16string PlayerScoresVariable = u"PlayerScores"; + std::u16string InitialVelocityVariable = u"InitialVelocity"; + std::u16string ValidActorsVariable = u"ValidActors"; + std::u16string ValidEffectsVariable = u"ValidEffects"; + std::u16string SuperChargeActiveVariable = u"SuperChargeActive"; + std::u16string MatrixVariable = u"Matrix"; + std::u16string TimeLimitVariable = u"game_timelimit"; + std::u16string AudioStartIntroVariable = u"Audio_Start_Intro"; + std::u16string ClearVariable = u"Clear"; + std::u16string FirstTimeDoneVariable = u"FirstTimeDone"; + std::u16string RewardAddedVariable = u"rewardAdded"; + std::u16string SuperChargePausedVariable = u"Super_Charge_Paused"; + std::u16string WaveStatusVariable = u"WaveStatus"; + std::u16string CountVariable = u"count"; + std::u16string StopVariable = u"Stop"; + std::u16string ActiveSpawnsVariable = u"ActiveSpawns"; + std::u16string SpawnedObjects = u"SpawnedObjects"; + std::u16string WaveNumVariable = u"wave.waveNum"; + std::u16string WaveStrVariable = u"wave.waveStr"; + std::u16string ChargeCountingVariable = u"charge_counting"; + std::u16string SuperChargeBarVariable = u"SuperChargeBar"; + std::u16string NumberOfChargesVariable = u"NumberOfCharges"; + std::u16string CannonBallSkillIDVariable = u"cbskill"; + std::u16string HideSuperChargeVariable = u"HideSuper"; + std::u16string AudioFinalWaveDoneVariable = u"Audio_Final_Wave_Done"; + + std::string SpawnWaveTimer = "SpawnWave"; + std::string EndWaveTimer = "EndWave"; + std::string GameOverTimer = "GameOver"; + std::string DoSpawnTimer = "DoSpawn"; + std::string EndGameBufferTimer = "endGameBuffer"; + std::string SuperChargeTimer = "SuperChargeTimer"; + + std::string ModelToBuildEvent = "modelToBuild"; + + std::regex DoSpawnRegex = std::regex("\\d*"); + SGConstants constants {}; + std::vector<std::vector<SGEnemy>> m_Waves {}; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/SbLupTeleport.cpp b/dScripts/SbLupTeleport.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2ea9c1fc --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/SbLupTeleport.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +#include "SbLupTeleport.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void SbLupTeleport::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetVar(u"currentZone", (int32_t) dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneID().GetMapID()); + self->SetVar(u"choiceZone", m_ChoiceZoneID); + self->SetVar(u"teleportAnim", m_TeleportAnim); + self->SetVar(u"teleportString", m_TeleportString); + self->SetVar(u"spawnPoint", m_SpawnPoint); + + args = {}; + + AMFStringValue* callbackClient = new AMFStringValue(); + callbackClient->SetStringValue(std::to_string(self->GetObjectID())); + args.InsertValue("callbackClient", callbackClient); + + AMFStringValue* strIdentifier = new AMFStringValue(); + strIdentifier->SetStringValue("choiceDoor"); + args.InsertValue("strIdentifier", strIdentifier); + + AMFStringValue* title = new AMFStringValue(); + title->SetStringValue("%[LUP_Starbase3001_Launchpad]"); + args.InsertValue("title", title); + + AMFArrayValue* choiceOptions = new AMFArrayValue(); + + { + AMFArrayValue* nsArgs = new AMFArrayValue(); + + AMFStringValue* image = new AMFStringValue(); + image->SetStringValue("textures/ui/zone_thumnails/Deep_Freeze.dds"); + nsArgs->InsertValue("image", image); + + AMFStringValue* caption = new AMFStringValue(); + caption->SetStringValue("%[ZoneTable_1601_DisplayDescription]"); + nsArgs->InsertValue("caption", caption); + + AMFStringValue* identifier = new AMFStringValue(); + identifier->SetStringValue("zoneID_1601"); + nsArgs->InsertValue("identifier", identifier); + + AMFStringValue* tooltipText = new AMFStringValue(); + tooltipText->SetStringValue("%[ZoneTable_1601_summary]"); + nsArgs->InsertValue("tooltipText", tooltipText); + + choiceOptions->PushBackValue(nsArgs); + } + + { + AMFArrayValue* ntArgs = new AMFArrayValue(); + + AMFStringValue* image = new AMFStringValue(); + image->SetStringValue("textures/ui/zone_thumnails/Robot_City.dds"); + ntArgs->InsertValue("image", image); + + AMFStringValue* caption = new AMFStringValue(); + caption->SetStringValue("%[ZoneTable_1602_DisplayDescription]"); + ntArgs->InsertValue("caption", caption); + + AMFStringValue* identifier = new AMFStringValue(); + identifier->SetStringValue("zoneID_1602"); + ntArgs->InsertValue("identifier", identifier); + + AMFStringValue* tooltipText = new AMFStringValue(); + tooltipText->SetStringValue("%[ZoneTable_1602_summary]"); + ntArgs->InsertValue("tooltipText", tooltipText); + + choiceOptions->PushBackValue(ntArgs); + } + + { + AMFArrayValue* ntArgs = new AMFArrayValue(); + + AMFStringValue* image = new AMFStringValue(); + image->SetStringValue("textures/ui/zone_thumnails/Moon_Base.dds"); + ntArgs->InsertValue("image", image); + + AMFStringValue* caption = new AMFStringValue(); + caption->SetStringValue("%[ZoneTable_1603_DisplayDescription]"); + ntArgs->InsertValue("caption", caption); + + AMFStringValue* identifier = new AMFStringValue(); + identifier->SetStringValue("zoneID_1603"); + ntArgs->InsertValue("identifier", identifier); + + AMFStringValue* tooltipText = new AMFStringValue(); + tooltipText->SetStringValue("%[ZoneTable_1603_summary]"); + ntArgs->InsertValue("tooltipText", tooltipText); + + choiceOptions->PushBackValue(ntArgs); + } + + { + AMFArrayValue* ntArgs = new AMFArrayValue(); + + AMFStringValue* image = new AMFStringValue(); + image->SetStringValue("textures/ui/zone_thumnails/Porto_Bello.dds"); + ntArgs->InsertValue("image", image); + + AMFStringValue* caption = new AMFStringValue(); + caption->SetStringValue("%[ZoneTable_1604_DisplayDescription]"); + ntArgs->InsertValue("caption", caption); + + AMFStringValue* identifier = new AMFStringValue(); + identifier->SetStringValue("zoneID_1604"); + ntArgs->InsertValue("identifier", identifier); + + AMFStringValue* tooltipText = new AMFStringValue(); + tooltipText->SetStringValue("%[ZoneTable_1604_summary]"); + ntArgs->InsertValue("tooltipText", tooltipText); + + choiceOptions->PushBackValue(ntArgs); + } + + args.InsertValue("options", choiceOptions); +} + +void SbLupTeleport::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + auto* player = user; + + //if (CheckChoice(self, player)) + { + GameMessages::SendUIMessageServerToSingleClient(player, player->GetSystemAddress(), "QueueChoiceBox", &args); + } + /*else + { + BaseOnUse(self, player); + }*/ +} + +void SbLupTeleport::OnMessageBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& identifier, const std::u16string& userData) +{ + BaseOnMessageBoxResponse(self, sender, button, identifier, userData); +} + +void SbLupTeleport::OnChoiceBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& buttonIdentifier, const std::u16string& identifier) +{ + BaseChoiceBoxRespond(self, sender, button, buttonIdentifier, identifier); +} + +void SbLupTeleport::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + BaseOnTimerDone(self, timerName); +} + +void SbLupTeleport::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, int32_t param3) +{ + BaseOnFireEventServerSide(self, sender, args, param1, param2, param3); +} diff --git a/dScripts/SbLupTeleport.h b/dScripts/SbLupTeleport.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f6c868d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/SbLupTeleport.h @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "ChooseYourDestinationNsToNt.h" +#include "BaseConsoleTeleportServer.h" +#include "AMFFormat.h" + +class SbLupTeleport : public CppScripts::Script, ChooseYourDestinationNsToNt, BaseConsoleTeleportServer +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; + void OnMessageBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& identifier, const std::u16string& userData) override; + void OnChoiceBoxResponse(Entity* self, Entity* sender, int32_t button, const std::u16string& buttonIdentifier, const std::u16string& identifier) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, int32_t param3) override; + +private: + int32_t m_ChoiceZoneID = 1600; + std::string m_SpawnPoint = "NS_LW"; + std::u16string m_TeleportAnim = u"lup-teleport"; + std::u16string m_TeleportString = u"UI_TRAVEL_TO_LUP_STATION"; + AMFArrayValue args = {}; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/ScriptComponent.cpp b/dScripts/ScriptComponent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6b3304a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ScriptComponent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2018 + */ + +#include "Entity.h" +#include "ScriptComponent.h" +#include "InvalidScript.h" + +ScriptComponent::ScriptComponent(Entity* parent, std::string scriptName, bool serialized, bool client) : Component(parent) { + m_Serialized = serialized; + m_Client = client; + + SetScript(scriptName); +} + +ScriptComponent::~ScriptComponent() { + +} + +void ScriptComponent::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags) { + if (bIsInitialUpdate) { + const auto& networkSettings = m_Parent->GetNetworkSettings(); + auto hasNetworkSettings = !networkSettings.empty(); + outBitStream->Write(hasNetworkSettings); + + if (hasNetworkSettings) { + + // First write the most inner LDF data + RakNet::BitStream ldfData; + ldfData.Write<uint8_t>(0); + ldfData.Write<uint32_t>(networkSettings.size()); + + for (auto* networkSetting : networkSettings) { + networkSetting->WriteToPacket(&ldfData); + } + + // Finally write everything to the stream + outBitStream->Write<uint32_t>(ldfData.GetNumberOfBytesUsed()); + outBitStream->Write(ldfData); + } + } +} + +CppScripts::Script* ScriptComponent::GetScript() { + return m_Script; +} + +void ScriptComponent::SetScript(const std::string& scriptName) { + //we don't need to delete the script because others may be using it :) + /*if (m_Client) { + m_Script = new InvalidScript(); + return; + }*/ + + m_Script = CppScripts::GetScript(m_Parent, scriptName); +} diff --git a/dScripts/ScriptComponent.h b/dScripts/ScriptComponent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c8597ed --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ScriptComponent.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +/* + * Darkflame Universe + * Copyright 2018 + */ + +#ifndef SCRIPTCOMPONENT_H +#define SCRIPTCOMPONENT_H + +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "Component.h" +#include <string> + +class Entity; + +/** + * Handles the loading and execution of server side scripts on entities, scripts were originally written in Lua, + * here they're written in C++ + */ +class ScriptComponent : public Component { +public: + static const uint32_t ComponentType = COMPONENT_TYPE_SCRIPT; + + ScriptComponent(Entity* parent, std::string scriptName, bool serialized, bool client = false); + ~ScriptComponent() override; + + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream* outBitStream, bool bIsInitialUpdate, unsigned int& flags); + + /** + * Returns the script that's attached to this entity + * @return the script that's attached to this entity + */ + CppScripts::Script* GetScript(); + + /** + * Sets whether the entity should be serialized, unused + * @param var whether the entity should be serialized + */ + void SetSerialized(const bool var) { m_Serialized = var; } + + /** + * Sets the script using a path by looking through dScripts for a script that matches + * @param scriptName the name of the script to find + */ + void SetScript(const std::string& scriptName); + +private: + + /** + * The script attached to this entity + */ + CppScripts::Script* m_Script; + + /** + * Whether or not the comp should be serialized, unused + */ + bool m_Serialized; + + /** + * Whether or not this script is a client script + */ + bool m_Client; +}; + +#endif // SCRIPTCOMPONENT_H diff --git a/dScripts/ScriptedPowerupSpawner.cpp b/dScripts/ScriptedPowerupSpawner.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bd85eeef --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ScriptedPowerupSpawner.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +#include "ScriptedPowerupSpawner.h" +#include "RenderComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +void ScriptedPowerupSpawner::OnTemplateStartup(Entity *self) { + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(u"currentCycle", 1); + self->AddTimer("timeToSpawn", self->GetVar<float_t>(u"delayToFirstCycle")); +} + +void ScriptedPowerupSpawner::OnTimerDone(Entity *self, std::string message) { + if (message == "die") { + self->Smash(); + } else if (message == "timeToSpawn") { + + const auto itemLOT = self->GetVar<LOT>(u"lootLOT"); + + // Spawn the required number of powerups + auto* owner = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetSpawnerID()); + if (owner != nullptr) { + auto* renderComponent = self->GetComponent<RenderComponent>(); + for (auto i = 0; i < self->GetVar<uint32_t>(u"numberOfPowerups"); i++) { + if (renderComponent != nullptr) { + renderComponent->PlayEffect(0, u"cast", "N_cast"); + } + + Loot::DropItem(owner, self, itemLOT, 0, 1, true, true); + } + + // Increment the current cycle + if (self->GetVar<uint32_t>(u"currentCycle") < self->GetVar<uint32_t>(u"numCycles")) { + self->AddTimer("timeToSpawn", self->GetVar<float_t>(u"secPerCycle")); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(u"currentCycle", self->GetVar<uint32_t>(u"currentCycle") + 1); + } + + // Kill if this was the last cycle + if (self->GetVar<uint32_t>(u"currentCycle") >= self->GetVar<uint32_t>(u"numCycles")) { + self->AddTimer("die", self->GetVar<float_t>(u"deathDelay")); + } + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/ScriptedPowerupSpawner.h b/dScripts/ScriptedPowerupSpawner.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..597e8673 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ScriptedPowerupSpawner.h @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +/** + * Inherits regular scripts and provides functionality for objects to spawn a set of powerups over time by setting some + * variables. Required variables should be set in the OnStartup and are: + * - numCycles (uint32_t): the number of times to spawn powerups + * - secPerCycle (float_t): the time between each cycle + * - delayToFirstCycle (float_t): initial delay after startup before spawning powerups + * - deathDelay (float_t): delay to wait before smashing after the final cycle has been initiated + * - numberOfPowerups (uint32_t): how many powerups to spawn per cycle + * - lootLOT (LOT): the powerup to spawn on each cycle + */ +class ScriptedPowerupSpawner : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + /** + * Called by the child script after on startup + * \param self the object this script belongs to + */ + static void OnTemplateStartup(Entity* self); + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string message) override; +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/SpawnGryphonServer.cpp b/dScripts/SpawnGryphonServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..93cbbac9 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/SpawnGryphonServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +#include "SpawnGryphonServer.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void SpawnGryphonServer::SetVariables(Entity *self) { + self->SetVar<LOT>(u"petLOT", 12433); + self->SetVar<std::string>(u"petType", "gryphon"); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(u"maxPets", 2); + self->SetVar<std::u16string>(u"spawnAnim", u"spawn"); + self->SetVar<std::u16string>(u"spawnCinematic", u"SentinelPet"); +} + +void SpawnGryphonServer::OnUse(Entity *self, Entity *user) { + auto* missionComponent = user->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + auto* inventoryComponent = user->GetComponent<InventoryComponent>(); + + // Little extra for handling the case of the egg being placed the first time + if (missionComponent != nullptr && inventoryComponent != nullptr + && missionComponent->GetMissionState(1391) == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE) { + inventoryComponent->RemoveItem(12483, inventoryComponent->GetLotCount(12483)); + GameMessages::SendTerminateInteraction(user->GetObjectID(), FROM_INTERACTION, self->GetObjectID()); + return; + } + + SpawnPetBaseServer::OnUse(self, user); +} diff --git a/dScripts/SpawnGryphonServer.h b/dScripts/SpawnGryphonServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8f76e1dc --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/SpawnGryphonServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +#pragma once +#include "SpawnPetBaseServer.h" + +class SpawnGryphonServer : public SpawnPetBaseServer { + void SetVariables(Entity *self) override; + void OnUse(Entity *self, Entity *user) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/SpawnLionServer.cpp b/dScripts/SpawnLionServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5c6b79d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/SpawnLionServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#include "SpawnLionServer.h" + +void SpawnLionServer::SetVariables(Entity *self) { + self->SetVar<LOT>(u"petLOT", 3520); + self->SetVar<std::string>(u"petType", "lion"); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(u"maxPets", 5); + self->SetVar<std::u16string>(u"spawnAnim", u"spawn-lion"); + self->SetVar<std::u16string>(u"spawnCinematic", u"Lion_spawn"); +} diff --git a/dScripts/SpawnLionServer.h b/dScripts/SpawnLionServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b4cd208c --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/SpawnLionServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "SpawnPetBaseServer.h" + +class SpawnLionServer : public SpawnPetBaseServer { + void SetVariables(Entity *self) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/SpawnPetBaseServer.cpp b/dScripts/SpawnPetBaseServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4706da1d --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/SpawnPetBaseServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +#include "SpawnPetBaseServer.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "PetComponent.h" + +void SpawnPetBaseServer::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + SetVariables(self); + self->SetVar<std::string>(u"spawnedPets", ""); +} + +void SpawnPetBaseServer::OnUse(Entity *self, Entity *user) { + auto possibleSpawners = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(self->GetVar<std::string>(u"petType") + "Spawner"); + if (possibleSpawners.empty()) + return; + + if (!CheckNumberOfPets(self, user)) + return; + + auto* spawner = possibleSpawners.at(0); + auto petType = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(self->GetVar<std::string>(u"petType")); + + EntityInfo info {}; + info.pos = spawner->GetPosition(); + info.rot = spawner->GetRotation(); + info.lot = self->GetVar<LOT>(u"petLOT"); + info.spawnerID = self->GetObjectID(); + info.settings = { + new LDFData<LWOOBJID>(u"tamer", user->GetObjectID()), + new LDFData<std::u16string>(u"groupID", petType + (GeneralUtils::to_u16string(user->GetObjectID())) + u";" + petType + u"s"), + new LDFData<std::u16string>(u"spawnAnim", self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"spawnAnim")), + new LDFData<float_t>(u"spawnTimer", 1.0f) + }; + + auto* pet = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(pet); + + self->SetVar<std::string>(u"spawnedPets", self->GetVar<std::string>(u"spawnedPets") + "," + + std::to_string(pet->GetObjectID())); + + auto spawnCinematic = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(u"spawnCinematic"); + if (!spawnCinematic.empty()) { + GameMessages::SendPlayCinematic(user->GetObjectID(), spawnCinematic, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + } + + GameMessages::SendTerminateInteraction(user->GetObjectID(), FROM_INTERACTION, self->GetObjectID()); +} + +bool SpawnPetBaseServer::CheckNumberOfPets(Entity *self, Entity* user) { + auto petIDString = self->GetVar<std::string>(u"spawnedPets"); + auto petIDs = GeneralUtils::SplitString(petIDString, ','); + + // Check all the pets that were tamed in the process or were smashed + std::vector<LWOOBJID> petsToKeep {}; + for (const auto& petID : petIDs) { + if (petID.empty()) + continue; + + const auto* spawnedPet = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(std::stol(petID)); + if (spawnedPet == nullptr) + continue; + + const auto* petComponent = spawnedPet->GetComponent<PetComponent>(); + if (petComponent == nullptr || petComponent->GetOwner() != nullptr) + continue; + + // Each user can only spawn one pet + if (spawnedPet->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"tamer") == user->GetObjectID()) + return false; + + petsToKeep.push_back(spawnedPet->GetObjectID()); + } + + self->SetNetworkVar<bool>(u"TooManyPets", petsToKeep.size() >= self->GetVar<uint32_t>(u"maxPets")); + + std::string newPetIDs; + for (const auto petID : petsToKeep) { + newPetIDs += (std::to_string(petID) + ","); + } + self->SetVar<std::string>(u"spawnedPets", newPetIDs); + + return petsToKeep.size() < self->GetVar<uint32_t>(u"maxPets"); +} diff --git a/dScripts/SpawnPetBaseServer.h b/dScripts/SpawnPetBaseServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..80412b13 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/SpawnPetBaseServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +/** + * Base class that can be used to spawn pets based on interactions, requires the following variables from a child script: + * - petLOT, LOT: lot of the pet to spawn + * - petType, string: name of the type of pet to spawn + * - maxPets, uint32_t: max number of pets to spawn at a time + * - spawnAnim, wstring: animation to play when spawning a pet + * - spawnCinematic, u16string: optional string of a cinematic to play + */ +class SpawnPetBaseServer : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity *self) override; + void OnUse(Entity *self, Entity *user) override; + virtual void SetVariables(Entity* self) {}; +private: + static bool CheckNumberOfPets(Entity* self, Entity* user); +}; diff --git a/dScripts/SpawnSaberCatServer.cpp b/dScripts/SpawnSaberCatServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1d3a5df8 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/SpawnSaberCatServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#include "SpawnSaberCatServer.h" + +void SpawnSaberCatServer::SetVariables(Entity *self) { + self->SetVar<LOT>(u"petLOT", 12432); + self->SetVar<std::string>(u"petType", "sabercat"); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(u"maxPets", 3); + self->SetVar<std::u16string>(u"spawnAnim", u"pq_m_drop-down"); + self->SetVar<std::u16string>(u"spawnCinematic", u"AssemblyPet"); +} diff --git a/dScripts/SpawnSaberCatServer.h b/dScripts/SpawnSaberCatServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6be6ff5b --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/SpawnSaberCatServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "SpawnPetBaseServer.h" + +class SpawnSaberCatServer : public SpawnPetBaseServer { + void SetVariables(Entity *self) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/SpawnShrakeServer.cpp b/dScripts/SpawnShrakeServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..954cbc3f --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/SpawnShrakeServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#include "SpawnShrakeServer.h" + +void SpawnShrakeServer::SetVariables(Entity *self) { + self->SetVar<LOT>(u"petLOT", 12434); + self->SetVar<std::string>(u"petType", "shrake"); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(u"maxPets", 3); + self->SetVar<std::u16string>(u"spawnAnim", u"mf_u_g_TT_spawn-1"); + self->SetVar<std::u16string>(u"spawnCinematic", u"ParadoxPet"); +} diff --git a/dScripts/SpawnShrakeServer.h b/dScripts/SpawnShrakeServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9d7e86bc --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/SpawnShrakeServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "SpawnPetBaseServer.h" + +class SpawnShrakeServer : public SpawnPetBaseServer { + void SetVariables(Entity *self) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/SpawnStegoServer.cpp b/dScripts/SpawnStegoServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ef79d889 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/SpawnStegoServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#include "SpawnStegoServer.h" + +void SpawnStegoServer::SetVariables(Entity *self) { + self->SetVar<LOT>(u"petLOT", 12431); + self->SetVar<std::string>(u"petType", "stego"); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(u"maxPets", 3); + self->SetVar<std::u16string>(u"spawnAnim", u"spawn"); + self->SetVar<std::u16string>(u"spawnCinematic", u"VenturePet"); +} diff --git a/dScripts/SpawnStegoServer.h b/dScripts/SpawnStegoServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d5bbd20b --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/SpawnStegoServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "SpawnPetBaseServer.h" + +class SpawnStegoServer : public SpawnPetBaseServer { + void SetVariables(Entity *self) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/SpecialImaginePowerupSpawner.cpp b/dScripts/SpecialImaginePowerupSpawner.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f19b8d28 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/SpecialImaginePowerupSpawner.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +#include "SpecialImaginePowerupSpawner.h" + +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + + +void SpecialImaginePowerupSpawner::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetProximityRadius(1.5f, "powerupEnter"); + self->SetVar(u"bIsDead", false); +} + +void SpecialImaginePowerupSpawner::OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, const std::string name, const std::string status) +{ + if (name != "powerupEnter" && status != "ENTER") + { + return; + } + + if (entering->GetLOT() != 1) + { + return; + } + + if (self->GetVar<bool>(u"bIsDead")) + { + return; + } + + GameMessages::SendPlayFXEffect(self, -1, u"pickup", "", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 1, 1, true); + + SkillComponent* skillComponent; + if (!self->TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_SKILL, skillComponent)) + { + return; + } + + const auto source = entering->GetObjectID(); + + skillComponent->CalculateBehavior(13, 20, source); + + DestroyableComponent* destroyableComponent; + if (!self->TryGetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_DESTROYABLE, destroyableComponent)) + { + return; + } + + self->SetVar(u"bIsDead", true); + + self->AddCallbackTimer(1.0f, [self]() { + EntityManager::Instance()->ScheduleForKill(self); + }); +} diff --git a/dScripts/SpecialImaginePowerupSpawner.h b/dScripts/SpecialImaginePowerupSpawner.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cfe2c6e --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/SpecialImaginePowerupSpawner.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class SpecialImaginePowerupSpawner final : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/SpiderBossTreasureChestServer.cpp b/dScripts/SpiderBossTreasureChestServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e69de29b diff --git a/dScripts/SpiderBossTreasureChestServer.h b/dScripts/SpiderBossTreasureChestServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..074aec90 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/SpiderBossTreasureChestServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +#pragma once +#include "MinigameTreasureChestServer.h" + +class SpiderBossTreasureChestServer : public MinigameTreasureChestServer { +}; diff --git a/dScripts/SsModularBuildServer.cpp b/dScripts/SsModularBuildServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ff05d0e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/SsModularBuildServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +#include "SsModularBuildServer.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Character.h" + +void SsModularBuildServer::OnModularBuildExit(Entity* self, Entity* player, bool bCompleted, std::vector<LOT> modules) { + int missionNum = 1732; + + if (bCompleted) { + MissionComponent* mission = static_cast<MissionComponent*>(player->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION)); + Mission* rocketMission = mission->GetMission(missionNum); + + if (rocketMission->GetMissionState() == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE) { + mission->ForceProgress(missionNum, 2478, 1); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/SsModularBuildServer.h b/dScripts/SsModularBuildServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c2aead54 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/SsModularBuildServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class SsModularBuildServer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnModularBuildExit(Entity* self, Entity* player, bool bCompleted, std::vector<LOT> modules); +}; diff --git a/dScripts/StinkyFishTarget.cpp b/dScripts/StinkyFishTarget.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57256b6b --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/StinkyFishTarget.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +#include "StinkyFishTarget.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +void StinkyFishTarget::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + auto position = self->GetPosition(); + position.SetY(position.GetY() - 0.5f); + self->SetPosition(position); +} + +void StinkyFishTarget::OnSkillEventFired(Entity *self, Entity *caster, const std::string &message) { + if (message != "stinkfish" || self->GetVar<bool>(u"used")) + return; + + self->SetVar<bool>(u"used", true); + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"player", caster->GetObjectID()); + + EntityInfo entityInfo {}; + entityInfo.pos = self->GetPosition(); + entityInfo.rot = self->GetRotation(); + entityInfo.spawnerID = self->GetObjectID(); + entityInfo.settings = { + new LDFData<bool>(u"no_timed_spawn", true) + }; + + auto* fish = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(entityInfo); + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(fish); + + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"fish", fish->GetObjectID()); + self->AddTimer("smash", 5.0f); +} + +void StinkyFishTarget::OnTimerDone(Entity *self, std::string timerName) { + if (timerName == "smash") { + const auto playerID = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"player"); + auto* fish = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"fish")); + + if (fish != nullptr) { + fish->Smash(playerID); + self->Smash(playerID); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/StinkyFishTarget.h b/dScripts/StinkyFishTarget.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d88ce35e --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/StinkyFishTarget.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class StinkyFishTarget : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnStartup(Entity *self) override; + void OnSkillEventFired(Entity *self, Entity *caster, const std::string &message) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity *self, std::string timerName) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/StoryBoxInteractServer.cpp b/dScripts/StoryBoxInteractServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..12cb6815 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/StoryBoxInteractServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +#include "StoryBoxInteractServer.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "dServer.h" +#include "AMFFormat.h" + +void StoryBoxInteractServer::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) { + if (self->GetVar<bool>(u"hasCustomText")) + { + const auto& customText = self->GetVar<std::string>(u"customText"); + + { + AMFArrayValue args; + + auto* state = new AMFStringValue(); + state->SetStringValue("Story"); + + args.InsertValue("state", state); + + GameMessages::SendUIMessageServerToSingleClient(user, user->GetSystemAddress(), "pushGameState", &args); + + delete state; + } + + user->AddCallbackTimer(0.1f, [user, customText] () { + AMFArrayValue args; + + auto* visiable = new AMFTrueValue(); + auto* text = new AMFStringValue(); + text->SetStringValue(customText); + + args.InsertValue("visible", visiable); + args.InsertValue("text", text); + + GameMessages::SendUIMessageServerToSingleClient(user, user->GetSystemAddress(), "ToggleStoryBox", &args); + + delete visiable; + delete text; + }); + + return; + } + + const auto storyText = self->GetVarAsString(u"storyText"); + + int32_t boxFlag = self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"altFlagID"); + if (boxFlag <= 0) + { + boxFlag = (10000 + Game::server->GetZoneID() +std::stoi(storyText.substr(storyText.length() - 2))); + } + + if (user->GetCharacter()->GetPlayerFlag(boxFlag) == false) { + user->GetCharacter()->SetPlayerFlag(boxFlag, true); + GameMessages::SendFireEventClientSide(self->GetObjectID(), user->GetSystemAddress(), u"achieve", LWOOBJID_EMPTY, 0, -1, LWOOBJID_EMPTY); + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/StoryBoxInteractServer.h b/dScripts/StoryBoxInteractServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..caa6fd92 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/StoryBoxInteractServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class StoryBoxInteractServer : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user); +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/Sunflower.cpp b/dScripts/Sunflower.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ac3134d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/Sunflower.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#include "Sunflower.h" + +void Sunflower::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(u"numCycles", 6); + self->SetVar<float_t>(u"secPerCycle", 5.0f); + self->SetVar<float_t>(u"delayToFirstCycle", 1.5f); + self->SetVar<float_t>(u"deathDelay", 30.0f); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(u"numberOfPowerups", 4); + self->SetVar<LOT>(u"lootLOT", 11910); + + // Initiate the actual script + OnTemplateStartup(self); +} diff --git a/dScripts/Sunflower.h b/dScripts/Sunflower.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f779d31c --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/Sunflower.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "ScriptedPowerupSpawner.h" + +class Sunflower : public ScriptedPowerupSpawner { + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/TokenConsoleServer.cpp b/dScripts/TokenConsoleServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dcefe2f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/TokenConsoleServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +#include "TokenConsoleServer.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" +#include "Item.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "dCommonVars.h" + +//2021-05-03 - max - added script, omitted some parts related to inheritance in lua which we don't need + +void TokenConsoleServer::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) { + auto* inv = static_cast<InventoryComponent*>(user->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_INVENTORY)); + + //make sure the user has the required amount of infected bricks + if (inv && inv->GetLotCount(6194) >= bricksToTake) { + //yeet the bricks + inv->RemoveItem(6194, bricksToTake); + + //play sound + GameMessages::SendPlayNDAudioEmitter(self, user->GetSystemAddress(), "947d0d52-c7f8-4516-8dee-e1593a7fd1d1"); + + //figure out which faction the player belongs to: + auto character = user->GetCharacter(); + if (!character) return; + + if (character->GetPlayerFlag(ePlayerFlags::VENTURE_FACTION)) //venture + inv->AddItem(8321, tokensToGive); + else if (character->GetPlayerFlag(ePlayerFlags::ASSEMBLY_FACTION)) //assembly + inv->AddItem(8318, tokensToGive); + else if (character->GetPlayerFlag(ePlayerFlags::PARADOX_FACTION)) //paradox + inv->AddItem(8320, tokensToGive); + else if (character->GetPlayerFlag(ePlayerFlags::SENTINEL_FACTION)) //sentinel + inv->AddItem(8319, tokensToGive); + } + + GameMessages::SendTerminateInteraction(user->GetObjectID(), eTerminateType::FROM_INTERACTION, self->GetObjectID()); +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/TokenConsoleServer.h b/dScripts/TokenConsoleServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b6bf8010 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/TokenConsoleServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class TokenConsoleServer : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; + +private: + int bricksToTake = 25; + int tokensToGive = 5; +}; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/TouchMissionUpdateServer.cpp b/dScripts/TouchMissionUpdateServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..baa448af --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/TouchMissionUpdateServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +#include "TouchMissionUpdateServer.h" + +#include "Entity.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "MissionComponent.h" + +void TouchMissionUpdateServer::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetProximityRadius(20, "touchCheck"); // Those does not have a collider for some reason? +} + +void TouchMissionUpdateServer::OnCollisionPhantom(Entity* self, Entity* target) +{ + int32_t missionId = self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"TouchCompleteID"); + + if (missionId == 0) + { + return; + } + + auto* missionComponent = static_cast<MissionComponent*>(target->GetComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_MISSION)); + + if (missionComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto* mission = missionComponent->GetMission(missionId); + + if (mission == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + const auto state = mission->GetMissionState(); + + if (state >= MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE || mission->GetCompletions() > 1) + { + return; + } + + for (auto* task : mission->GetTasks()) + { + if (!task->IsComplete()) + { + task->Complete(); + } + } + + mission->CheckCompletion(); +} + +void TouchMissionUpdateServer::OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, const std::string name, const std::string status) +{ + if (name != "touchCheck" || status != "ENTER") + { + return; + } + + OnCollisionPhantom(self, entering); +} diff --git a/dScripts/TouchMissionUpdateServer.h b/dScripts/TouchMissionUpdateServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..85129cd7 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/TouchMissionUpdateServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class TouchMissionUpdateServer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnCollisionPhantom(Entity* self, Entity* target) override; + void OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) override; +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/TreasureChestDragonServer.cpp b/dScripts/TreasureChestDragonServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..582b634e --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/TreasureChestDragonServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +#include "TreasureChestDragonServer.h" +#include "ScriptedActivityComponent.h" +#include "TeamManager.h" +#include "Loot.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +void TreasureChestDragonServer::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + +} + +void TreasureChestDragonServer::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + if (self->GetVar<bool>(u"bUsed")) + { + return; + } + + self->SetVar<bool>(u"bUsed", true); + + auto* scriptedActivityComponent = self->GetComponent<ScriptedActivityComponent>(); + + if (scriptedActivityComponent == nullptr) + { + return; + } + + auto rating = 1; + + auto* team = TeamManager::Instance()->GetTeam(user->GetObjectID()); + + if (team != nullptr) + { + rating = team->members.size(); + + for (const auto member : team->members) + { + auto* memberObject = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(member); + + if (memberObject == nullptr) continue; + + Loot::DropActivityLoot(memberObject, self, scriptedActivityComponent->GetActivityID(), rating); + } + } + else + { + Loot::DropActivityLoot(user, self, scriptedActivityComponent->GetActivityID(), rating); + } + + self->Smash(self->GetObjectID()); +} diff --git a/dScripts/TreasureChestDragonServer.h b/dScripts/TreasureChestDragonServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cd93cfd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/TreasureChestDragonServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class TreasureChestDragonServer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/TriggerAmbush.cpp b/dScripts/TriggerAmbush.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..42b1ea8f --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/TriggerAmbush.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +#include "TriggerAmbush.h" + +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +void TriggerAmbush::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ + self->SetProximityRadius(20, "ambush"); +} + +void TriggerAmbush::OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) +{ + if (name != "ambush" || status != "ENTER" || !entering->IsPlayer()) return; + + Game::logger->Log("TriggerAmbush", "Got ambush collision!\n"); + + if (self->GetVar<bool>(u"triggered")) return; + + self->SetVar(u"triggered", true); + + Game::logger->Log("TriggerAmbush", "Triggering ambush!\n"); + + const auto spawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName("Ambush"); + + for (auto* spawner : spawners) + { + Game::logger->Log("TriggerAmbush", "Triggering ambush on spawner!\n"); + + spawner->Activate(); + } + + self->AddTimer("TriggeredTimer", 45); +} + +void TriggerAmbush::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ + if (timerName != "TriggeredTimer") return; + + self->SetVar(u"triggered", false); + + const auto spawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName("Ambush"); + + for (auto* spawner : spawners) + { + spawner->Reset(); + + spawner->Deactivate(); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/TriggerAmbush.h b/dScripts/TriggerAmbush.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2ca7cd36 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/TriggerAmbush.h @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class TriggerAmbush : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + + void OnProximityUpdate(Entity* self, Entity* entering, std::string name, std::string status) override; + + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/VeBricksampleServer.cpp b/dScripts/VeBricksampleServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..42ccd460 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/VeBricksampleServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +#include "VeBricksampleServer.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void VeBricksampleServer::OnUse(Entity *self, Entity *user) { + auto* missionComponent = user->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + if (missionComponent != nullptr && missionComponent->GetMissionState(1183) == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE) { + const auto loot = self->GetVar<int32_t>(m_LootVariable); + auto* inventoryComponent = user->GetComponent<InventoryComponent>(); + + if (loot && inventoryComponent != nullptr && inventoryComponent->GetLotCount(loot) == 0) { + inventoryComponent->AddItem(loot, 1); + + for (auto* brickEntity : EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup("Bricks")) { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(brickEntity->GetObjectID(), u"Pickedup"); + } + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/VeBricksampleServer.h b/dScripts/VeBricksampleServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c983a962 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/VeBricksampleServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class VeBricksampleServer : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnUse(Entity *self, Entity *user) override; + const std::u16string m_LootVariable = u"Loot"; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/VeEpsilonServer.cpp b/dScripts/VeEpsilonServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b3e24cf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/VeEpsilonServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +#include "VeEpsilonServer.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void VeEpsilonServer::OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity *self, Entity *target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) { + auto* character = target->GetCharacter(); + if (character == nullptr) + return; + + // Resets the player flags that track which consoles they've used + if ((missionID == m_ConsoleMissionID || missionID == m_ConsoleRepeatMissionID) + && (missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_AVAILABLE || missionState == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_AVAILABLE)) { + + for (auto i = 0; i < 10; i++) { + character->SetPlayerFlag(m_ConsoleBaseFlag + i, false); + } + } + + // Notify the client that all objects have updated + self->AddCallbackTimer(3.0f, [this]() { + for (const auto* console : EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(m_ConsoleGroup)) { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(console->GetObjectID(), u""); + } + }); +} diff --git a/dScripts/VeEpsilonServer.h b/dScripts/VeEpsilonServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d89f378f --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/VeEpsilonServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class VeEpsilonServer : public CppScripts::Script { + void OnMissionDialogueOK(Entity *self, Entity *target, int missionID, MissionState missionState) override; + const uint32_t m_ConsoleMissionID = 1220; + const uint32_t m_ConsoleRepeatMissionID = 1225; + const uint32_t m_ConsoleBaseFlag = 1010; + const std::string m_ConsoleGroup = "Consoles"; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/VeMech.cpp b/dScripts/VeMech.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e26b34b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/VeMech.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +#include "VeMech.h" + +void VeMech::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + qbTurretLOT = 8432; +} diff --git a/dScripts/VeMech.h b/dScripts/VeMech.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5fde6610 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/VeMech.h @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +#pragma once +#include "BaseEnemyMech.h" + +class VeMech : public BaseEnemyMech { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity *self) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/VeMissionConsole.cpp b/dScripts/VeMissionConsole.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7519b9ec --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/VeMissionConsole.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +#include "VeMissionConsole.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void VeMissionConsole::OnUse(Entity *self, Entity *user) { + Loot::DropActivityLoot(user, self, 12551); + + auto* inventoryComponent = user->GetComponent<InventoryComponent>(); + if (inventoryComponent != nullptr) { + inventoryComponent->AddItem(12547, 1); // Add the panel required for pickup + } + + // The flag to set is 101<number> + const auto flagNumber = self->GetVar<std::u16string>(m_NumberVariable); + const auto flag = std::stoi("101" + GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(flagNumber)); + + auto* character = user->GetCharacter(); + if (character != nullptr) { + character->SetPlayerFlag(flag, true); + } + + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u""); + GameMessages::SendTerminateInteraction(user->GetObjectID(), FROM_INTERACTION, self->GetObjectID()); +} diff --git a/dScripts/VeMissionConsole.h b/dScripts/VeMissionConsole.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aecabdaa --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/VeMissionConsole.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class VeMissionConsole : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnUse(Entity *self, Entity *user) override; +private: + const std::u16string m_NumberVariable = u"num"; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/WaveBossApe.cpp b/dScripts/WaveBossApe.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c7fdccf2 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/WaveBossApe.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +#include "WaveBossApe.h" +#include "BaseCombatAIComponent.h" + +void WaveBossApe::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + BaseWavesGenericEnemy::OnStartup(self); + + self->SetVar<LOT>(u"QuickbuildAnchorLOT", 12900); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(u"GroundPoundSkill", 725); + self->SetVar<float_t>(u"reviveTime", 12); + self->SetVar<float_t>(u"AnchorDamageDelayTime", 0.5f); + self->SetVar<float_t>(u"spawnQBTime", 5.0f); + + auto* combatAIComponent = self->GetComponent<BaseCombatAIComponent>(); + if (combatAIComponent != nullptr) { + combatAIComponent->SetDisabled(true); + combatAIComponent->SetStunImmune(true); + } + + self->AddToGroup("boss"); + + BaseEnemyApe::OnStartup(self); +} + +void WaveBossApe::OnDie(Entity *self, Entity *killer) { + BaseWavesGenericEnemy::OnDie(self, killer); + BaseEnemyApe::OnDie(self, killer); +} + +void WaveBossApe::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) { + if (args == "startAI") { + auto* combatAIComponent = self->GetComponent<BaseCombatAIComponent>(); + if (combatAIComponent != nullptr) { + combatAIComponent->SetDisabled(false); + combatAIComponent->SetStunImmune(false); + } + } else { + BaseEnemyApe::OnFireEventServerSide(self, sender, args, param1, param2, param3); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/WaveBossApe.h b/dScripts/WaveBossApe.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..321a24b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/WaveBossApe.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#include "BaseWavesGenericEnemy.h" +#include "BaseEnemyApe.h" + +class WaveBossApe : public BaseEnemyApe, public BaseWavesGenericEnemy { + uint32_t GetPoints() override { return 5000; } + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnDie(Entity* self, Entity *killer) override; + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/WaveBossHammerling.cpp b/dScripts/WaveBossHammerling.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cb161e94 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/WaveBossHammerling.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +#include "WaveBossHammerling.h" +#include "BaseCombatAIComponent.h" + +void WaveBossHammerling::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + BaseWavesGenericEnemy::OnStartup(self); + + auto* combatAIComponent = self->GetComponent<BaseCombatAIComponent>(); + if (combatAIComponent != nullptr) { + combatAIComponent->SetDisabled(true); + combatAIComponent->SetStunImmune(true); + } + + self->AddToGroup("boss"); +} + +void WaveBossHammerling::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, + int32_t param2, int32_t param3) { + if (args == "startAI") { + auto* combatAIComponent = self->GetComponent<BaseCombatAIComponent>(); + if (combatAIComponent != nullptr) { + combatAIComponent->SetDisabled(false); + combatAIComponent->SetStunImmune(false); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/WaveBossHammerling.h b/dScripts/WaveBossHammerling.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3ce22252 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/WaveBossHammerling.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "BaseWavesGenericEnemy.h" + +class WaveBossHammerling : public BaseWavesGenericEnemy { + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + uint32_t GetPoints() override { return 1000; } + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/WaveBossHorsemen.cpp b/dScripts/WaveBossHorsemen.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9f71867f --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/WaveBossHorsemen.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +#include "WaveBossHorsemen.h" +#include "BaseCombatAIComponent.h" + +void WaveBossHorsemen::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + BaseWavesGenericEnemy::OnStartup(self); + + auto* combatAIComponent = self->GetComponent<BaseCombatAIComponent>(); + if (combatAIComponent != nullptr) { + combatAIComponent->SetDisabled(true); + combatAIComponent->SetStunImmune(true); + } + + self->AddToGroup("boss"); +} + +void +WaveBossHorsemen::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) { + if (args == "startAI") { + auto* combatAIComponent = self->GetComponent<BaseCombatAIComponent>(); + if (combatAIComponent != nullptr) { + combatAIComponent->SetDisabled(false); + combatAIComponent->SetStunImmune(false); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/WaveBossHorsemen.h b/dScripts/WaveBossHorsemen.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f6160034 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/WaveBossHorsemen.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "BaseWavesGenericEnemy.h" + +class WaveBossHorsemen : public BaseWavesGenericEnemy { + uint32_t GetPoints() override { return 5000; } + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/WaveBossSpiderling.cpp b/dScripts/WaveBossSpiderling.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f168cb7b --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/WaveBossSpiderling.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +#include "WaveBossSpiderling.h" +#include "BaseCombatAIComponent.h" + +void WaveBossSpiderling::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + BaseWavesGenericEnemy::OnStartup(self); + + auto* combatAIComponent = self->GetComponent<BaseCombatAIComponent>(); + if (combatAIComponent != nullptr) { + combatAIComponent->SetDisabled(true); + combatAIComponent->SetStunImmune(true); + } + + self->AddToGroup("boss"); +} + +void WaveBossSpiderling::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, + int32_t param2, int32_t param3) { + if (args == "startAI") { + auto* combatAIComponent = self->GetComponent<BaseCombatAIComponent>(); + if (combatAIComponent != nullptr) { + combatAIComponent->SetDisabled(false); + combatAIComponent->SetStunImmune(false); + } + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/WaveBossSpiderling.h b/dScripts/WaveBossSpiderling.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..23229efc --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/WaveBossSpiderling.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#pragma once +#include "BaseWavesGenericEnemy.h" + +class WaveBossSpiderling : public BaseWavesGenericEnemy { + uint32_t GetPoints() override { return 5000; } + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/WildAmbients.cpp b/dScripts/WildAmbients.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8ad0f04a --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/WildAmbients.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#include "WildAmbients.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" + +void WildAmbients::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + GameMessages::SendPlayAnimation(self, u"interact"); +} diff --git a/dScripts/WildAmbients.h b/dScripts/WildAmbients.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8eb64481 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/WildAmbients.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class WildAmbients : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/WishingWellServer.cpp b/dScripts/WishingWellServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..78181672 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/WishingWellServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +#include "WishingWellServer.h" +#include "Loot.h" +#include "ScriptedActivityComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Game.h" + +void WishingWellServer::OnStartup(Entity* self) +{ +} + +void WishingWellServer::OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) +{ + auto* scriptedActivity = self->GetComponent<ScriptedActivityComponent>(); + + if (!scriptedActivity->TakeCost(user)) + { + return; + } + + const auto audio = self->GetVar<std::string>(u"sound1"); + + if (!audio.empty()) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayNDAudioEmitter(self, user->GetSystemAddress(), audio); + } + + Loot::DropActivityLoot( + user, + self, + static_cast<uint32_t>(scriptedActivity->GetActivityID()), + GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<int32_t>(1, 1000) + ); + + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"StartCooldown", 0, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", user->GetSystemAddress()); + + const auto userID = user->GetObjectID(); + + self->AddCallbackTimer(10, [self, userID] () { + auto* user = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(userID); + + if (user == nullptr) return; + + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"StopCooldown", 0, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", user->GetSystemAddress()); + }); + + GameMessages::SendTerminateInteraction(user->GetObjectID(), eTerminateType::FROM_INTERACTION, self->GetObjectID()); +} + +void WishingWellServer::OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) +{ +} diff --git a/dScripts/WishingWellServer.h b/dScripts/WishingWellServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3660c31e --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/WishingWellServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class WishingWellServer : public CppScripts::Script +{ +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnUse(Entity* self, Entity* user) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; +}; + diff --git a/dScripts/ZoneAgMedProperty.cpp b/dScripts/ZoneAgMedProperty.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7fdca69b --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ZoneAgMedProperty.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +#include "ZoneAgMedProperty.h" + +void ZoneAgMedProperty::SetGameVariables(Entity *self) { + Game::logger->Log("Properties", "Setting variables in instance\n"); + + self->SetVar<std::string>(ClaimMarkerGroup, "ClaimMarker"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GeneratorGroup, "Generator"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GuardGroup, "Guard"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropertyPlaqueGroup, "PropertyPlaque"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropertyVendorGroup, "PropertyVendor"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(SpotsGroup, "Spots"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(MSCloudsGroup, "maelstrom"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(EnemiesGroup, "Enemies"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(FXManagerGroup, "FXObject"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(ImagOrbGroup, "Orb"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GeneratorFXGroup, "GeneratorFX"); + + self->SetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(EnemiesSpawner, { + "StrombieWander", "Strombies", "Mechs", "OtherEnemy" + }); + self->SetVar<std::string>(ClaimMarkerSpawner, "ClaimMarker"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GeneratorSpawner, "Generator"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(DamageFXSpawner, "MaelstromFX"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(FXSpotsSpawner, "MaelstromSpots"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropertyMGSpawner, "PropertyGuard"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(ImageOrbSpawner, "Orb"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GeneratorFXSpawner, "GeneratorFX"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(SmashablesSpawner, "Smashables"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(FXManagerSpawner, "FXObject"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropObjsSpawner, "BankObj"); + self->SetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(AmbientFXSpawner, { "BirdFX", "SunBeam" }); + self->SetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(BehaviorObjsSpawner, {}); + + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(defeatedProperyFlag, 118); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(placedModelFlag, 119); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(guardMissionFlag, 1293); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(brickLinkMissionIDFlag, 1294); + self->SetVar<std::string>(passwordFlag, "s3kratK1ttN"); + self->SetVar<LOT>(generatorIdFlag, 10118); + self->SetVar<LOT>(orbIDFlag, 10226); + self->SetVar<LOT>(behaviorQBID, 10445); +} diff --git a/dScripts/ZoneAgMedProperty.h b/dScripts/ZoneAgMedProperty.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..83b365fd --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ZoneAgMedProperty.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "BasePropertyServer.h" + +class ZoneAgMedProperty : public BasePropertyServer { + void SetGameVariables(Entity *self) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/ZoneAgProperty.cpp b/dScripts/ZoneAgProperty.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ce30af68 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ZoneAgProperty.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,427 @@ +#include "ZoneAgProperty.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "BasePropertyServer.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "LDFFormat.h" +#include "RenderComponent.h" + +void ZoneAgProperty::SetGameVariables(Entity *self) { + self->SetVar<std::string>(GuardGroup, "Guard"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropertyPlaqueGroup, "PropertyPlaque"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropertyVendorGroup, "PropertyVendor"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropertyBorderGroup, "PropertyBorder"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(LandTargetGroup, "Land_Target"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(SpiderScreamGroup, "Spider_Scream"); + self->SetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(ROFTargetsGroup, { "ROF_Targets_00", "ROF_Targets_01", "ROF_Targets_02", "ROF_Targets_03", "ROF_Targets_04" }); + self->SetVar<std::string>(SpiderEggsGroup, "SpiderEggs"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(RocksGroup, "Rocks"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(EnemiesGroup, "SpiderBoss"); + self->SetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(ZoneVolumesGroup, { "Zone1Vol", "Zone2Vol", "Zone3Vol", "Zone4Vol", "Zone5Vol", "Zone6Vol", "Zone7Vol", "Zone8Vol", "AggroVol", "TeleVol" }); + self->SetVar<std::string>(FXManagerGroup, "FXObject"); + + self->SetVar<std::string>(EnemiesSpawner, "SpiderBoss"); + self->SetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(BossSensorSpawner, { "Zone1Vol", "Zone2Vol", "Zone3Vol", "Zone4Vol", "Zone5Vol", "Zone6Vol", "Zone7Vol", "Zone8Vol", "RFS_Targets", "AggroVol", "TeleVol" }); + self->SetVar<std::string>(LandTargetSpawner, "Land_Target"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(SpiderScreamSpawner, "Spider_Scream"); + self->SetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(ROFTargetsSpawner,{ "ROF_Targets_00", "ROF_Targets_01", "ROF_Targets_02", "ROF_Targets_03", "ROF_Targets_04" }); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropertyMGSpawner, "PropertyGuard"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(FXManagerSpawner, "FXObject"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropObjsSpawner, "BankObj"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(SpiderEggsSpawner, "SpiderEggs"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(RocksSpawner, "Rocks"); + self->SetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(AmbientFXSpawner, { "BirdFX", "SunBeam" }); + self->SetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(SpiderRocketSpawner, { "SpiderRocket_Bot", "SpiderRocket_Mid", "SpiderRocket_Top" }); + self->SetVar<std::string>(MailboxSpawner, "Mailbox"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(LauncherSpawner, "Launcher"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(InstancerSpawner, "Instancer"); + + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(defeatedProperyFlag, 71); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(placedModelFlag, 73); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(guardFirstMissionFlag, 891); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(guardMissionFlag, 320); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(brickLinkMissionIDFlag, 951); +} + +void ZoneAgProperty::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + LoadProperty(self); +} + +void ZoneAgProperty::OnPlayerLoaded(Entity* self, Entity* player) { + CheckForOwner(self); + + auto rented = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"PropertyOwner") == LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + self->SetVar<bool>(u"rented", rented); + + if (!rented) { + const auto numberOfPlayers = self->GetVar<int32_t>(u"numberOfPlayers"); + self->SetVar<int32_t>(u"numberOfPlayers", numberOfPlayers + 1); + } + + if (dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->GetZoneID().GetMapID() == 1102) { + GameMessages::SendPlay2DAmbientSound(player, GUIDMaelstrom); + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"maelstromSkyOn", 0, 0, + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", player->GetSystemAddress()); + + self->SetNetworkVar(u"unclaimed", true); + + return; + } + + BasePlayerLoaded(self, player); +} + +void ZoneAgProperty::PropGuardCheck(Entity* self, Entity* player) { + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + if (missionComponent == nullptr) + return; + + const auto state = missionComponent->GetMissionState(self->GetVar<uint32_t>(guardMissionFlag)); + const auto firstState = missionComponent->GetMissionState(self->GetVar<uint32_t>(guardFirstMissionFlag)); + + if (firstState < MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE || (state != MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE && state != MissionState::MISSION_STATE_COMPLETE_READY_TO_COMPLETE)) + ActivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(PropertyMGSpawner)); +} + +void ZoneAgProperty::OnZoneLoadedInfo(Entity* self) { + LoadProperty(self); +} + +void ZoneAgProperty::LoadInstance(Entity* self) { + SetGameVariables(self); + + for (auto* spawner : dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(self->GetVar<std::string>(InstancerSpawner))) { + for (auto* spawnerNode : spawner->m_Info.nodes) { + spawnerNode->config.push_back( + new LDFData<std::string>(u"custom_script_server", + R"(scripts\ai\GENERAL\L_INSTANCE_EXIT_TRANSFER_PLAYER_TO_LAST_NON_INSTANCE.lua)")); + spawnerNode->config.push_back(new LDFData<std::u16string>(u"transferText", u"SPIDER_QUEEN_EXIT_QUESTION")); + } + } + + ActivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(InstancerSpawner)); +} + +void ZoneAgProperty::LoadProperty(Entity* self) { + SetGameVariables(self); + ActivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(LauncherSpawner)); + ActivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(MailboxSpawner)); +} + +void ZoneAgProperty::ProcessGroupObjects(Entity* self, std::string group) { +} + +void ZoneAgProperty::SpawnSpots(Entity* self) { + for (const auto& spot : self->GetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(ROFTargetsSpawner)) { + ActivateSpawner(spot); + } + + ActivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(LandTargetSpawner)); +} + +void ZoneAgProperty::KillSpots(Entity* self) { + for (const auto& spot : self->GetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(ROFTargetsSpawner)) { + DeactivateSpawner(spot); + } + + for (const auto& groupName : self->GetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(ROFTargetsGroup)) { + for (auto* spot : EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(groupName)) { + spot->Kill(); + } + } + + DeactivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(LandTargetSpawner)); + for (auto* landTarget : EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(self->GetVar<std::string>(LandTargetSpawner))) { + landTarget->Kill(); + } +} + +void ZoneAgProperty::SpawnCrashedRocket(Entity* self) { + for (const auto& rocket : self->GetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(SpiderRocketSpawner)) { + ActivateSpawner(rocket); + } +} + +void ZoneAgProperty::KillCrashedRocket(Entity* self) { + for (const auto& rocket : self->GetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(SpiderRocketSpawner)) { + DeactivateSpawner(rocket); + DestroySpawner(rocket); + } +} + +void ZoneAgProperty::StartMaelstrom(Entity* self, Entity* player) +{ + ActivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(EnemiesSpawner)); + for (const auto& sensor : self->GetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(BossSensorSpawner)) { + ActivateSpawner(sensor); + } + + ActivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(FXManagerSpawner)); + ActivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(SpiderScreamSpawner)); + ActivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(SpiderEggsSpawner)); + ActivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(RocksSpawner)); + + SpawnCrashedRocket(self); + + for (const auto& ambient : self->GetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(AmbientFXSpawner)) { + DeactivateSpawner(ambient); + DestroySpawner(ambient); + ResetSpawner(ambient); + } + + StartTornadoFx(self); + + if (player != nullptr) { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"maelstromSkyOn", 0, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + "", player->GetSystemAddress()); + } +} + +uint32_t ZoneAgProperty::RetrieveSpawnerId(Entity* self, const std::string& spawner) { + auto spawnerIDs = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(spawner); + if (spawnerIDs.empty()) + return 0; + + return spawnerIDs[0]->m_Info.spawnerID; +} + +void ZoneAgProperty::OnTimerDone(Entity *self, std::string timerName) { + BaseTimerDone(self, timerName); +} + +void ZoneAgProperty::BaseTimerDone(Entity *self, const std::string &timerName) { + if (timerName == "GuardFlyAway") { + const auto zoneId = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->GetWorldID(); + if (zoneId != 1150) + return; + + const auto entities = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(self->GetVar<std::string>(GuardGroup)); + if (entities.empty()) + return; + + auto* entity = entities[0]; + + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(EntityManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlEntity()->GetObjectID(), u"GuardChat", 0, 0, entity->GetObjectID(), "", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + LoadProperty(self); + + self->AddTimer("KillGuard", 5); + } else if (timerName == "KillGuard") { + KillGuard(self); + } else if (timerName == "tornadoOff") { + for (auto* entity : EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(self->GetVar<std::string>(FXManagerGroup))) { + auto* renderComponent = entity->GetComponent<RenderComponent>(); + if (renderComponent != nullptr) { + renderComponent->StopEffect("TornadoDebris", false); + renderComponent->StopEffect("TornadoVortex", false); + renderComponent->StopEffect("silhouette", false); + } + } + + self->AddTimer("ShowVendor", 1.2f); + self->AddTimer("ShowClearEffects", 2); + } else if (timerName == "ShowClearEffects") { + for (auto* entity : EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(self->GetVar<std::string>(FXManagerGroup))) { + auto* renderComponent = entity->GetComponent<RenderComponent>(); + if (renderComponent != nullptr) { + renderComponent->PlayEffect(-1, u"beamOn", "beam"); + } + } + + self->AddTimer("killSpider", 2); + self->AddTimer("turnSkyOff", 1.5f); + self->AddTimer("killFXObject", 8); + } else if (timerName == "turnSkyOff") { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"SkyOff", 0, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + "", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + } else if (timerName == "killSpider") { + for (auto* entity : EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(self->GetVar<std::string>(EnemiesGroup))) { + entity->Kill(); + } + + for (const auto& sensor : self->GetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(BossSensorSpawner)) { + DeactivateSpawner(sensor); + DestroySpawner(sensor); + } + + DeactivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(SpiderEggsSpawner)); + DestroySpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(SpiderEggsSpawner)); + + DeactivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(RocksSpawner)); + DestroySpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(RocksSpawner)); + + KillSpots(self); + KillCrashedRocket(self); + + DeactivateSpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(SpiderScreamSpawner)); + DestroySpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(SpiderScreamSpawner)); + + for (auto* player : EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByComponent(COMPONENT_TYPE_CHARACTER)) { + GameMessages::SendStop2DAmbientSound(player, true, GUIDMaelstrom); + GameMessages::SendPlay2DAmbientSound(player, GUIDPeaceful); + } + } else if (timerName == "ShowVendor") { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"vendorOn", 0, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + for (const auto& ambient : self->GetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(AmbientFXSpawner)) { + ActivateSpawner(ambient); + } + } else if (timerName == "BoundsVisOn") { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"boundsAnim", 0, 0, + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, "", UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + } else if (timerName == "runPlayerLoadedAgain") { + CheckForOwner(self); + } else if (timerName == "pollTornadoFX") { + StartTornadoFx(self); + } else if (timerName == "killFXObject") { + for (auto* entity : EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(self->GetVar<std::string>(FXManagerGroup))) { + auto* renderComponent = entity->GetComponent<RenderComponent>(); + if (renderComponent != nullptr) { + renderComponent->StopEffect("beam"); + } + } + + DestroySpawner(self->GetVar<std::string>(FXManagerSpawner)); + + self->SetVar<bool>(u"FXObjectGone", true); + } else if (timerName == "ProcessGroupObj") { + // TODO + } +} + +void ZoneAgProperty::OnZonePropertyRented(Entity* self, Entity* player) { + BaseZonePropertyRented(self, player); + + auto* character = player->GetCharacter(); + if (character == nullptr) + return; + + character->SetPlayerFlag(108, true); +} + +void ZoneAgProperty::OnZonePropertyModelPlaced(Entity* self, Entity* player) { + auto* character = player->GetCharacter(); + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + if (!character->GetPlayerFlag(101)) { + BaseZonePropertyModelPlaced(self, player); + character->SetPlayerFlag(101, true); + if (missionComponent->GetMissionState(871) == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE) { + self->SetNetworkVar<std::u16string>(u"Tooltip", u"AnotherModel"); + } + + } else if (!character->GetPlayerFlag(102)) { + character->SetPlayerFlag(102, true); + if (missionComponent->GetMissionState(871) == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE) { + self->SetNetworkVar<std::u16string>(u"Tooltip", u"TwoMoreModels"); + } + + } else if (!character->GetPlayerFlag(103)) { + character->SetPlayerFlag(103, true); + } else if (!character->GetPlayerFlag(104)) { + character->SetPlayerFlag(104, true); + self->SetNetworkVar<std::u16string>(u"Tooltip", u"TwoMoreModelsOff"); + } else if (self->GetVar<std::string>(u"tutorial") == "place_model") { + self->SetVar<std::string>(u"tutorial", ""); + self->SetNetworkVar<std::u16string>(u"Tooltip", u"PutAway"); + } +} + +void ZoneAgProperty::OnZonePropertyModelPickedUp(Entity* self, Entity* player) { + auto* character = player->GetCharacter(); + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + if (!character->GetPlayerFlag(109)) { + character->SetPlayerFlag(109, true); + if (missionComponent->GetMissionState(891) == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE && !character->GetPlayerFlag(110)) { + self->SetNetworkVar<std::u16string>(u"Tooltip", u"Rotate"); + } + } +} + +void ZoneAgProperty::OnZonePropertyModelRemoved(Entity* self, Entity* player) { + Game::logger->Log("OnZonePropertyModelRemoved", "Removed flag updated!\n"); + auto* character = player->GetCharacter(); + character->SetPlayerFlag(111, true); +} + +void ZoneAgProperty::OnZonePropertyModelRemovedWhileEquipped(Entity* self, Entity* player) { + ZoneAgProperty::OnZonePropertyModelRemoved(self, player); +} + +void ZoneAgProperty::OnZonePropertyModelRotated(Entity* self, Entity* player) { + auto* character = player->GetCharacter(); + auto* missionComponent = player->GetComponent<MissionComponent>(); + + if (!character->GetPlayerFlag(110)) { + character->SetPlayerFlag(110, true); + + if (missionComponent->GetMissionState(891) == MissionState::MISSION_STATE_ACTIVE) { + self->SetNetworkVar<std::u16string>(u"Tooltip", u"PlaceModel"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(u"tutorial", "place_model"); + } + } +} + +void ZoneAgProperty::OnZonePropertyModelEquipped(Entity* self) { + self->SetNetworkVar<std::u16string>(u"PlayerAction", u"ModelEquipped"); +} + +void ZoneAgProperty::OnZonePropertyEditBegin(Entity* self) { + self->SetNetworkVar<std::u16string>(u"PlayerAction", u"Enter"); +} + +void ZoneAgProperty::OnZonePropertyEditEnd(Entity* self) { + self->SetNetworkVar<std::u16string>(u"PlayerAction", u"Exit"); +} + +void ZoneAgProperty::OnPlayerExit(Entity* self) { + // TODO: Destroy stuff +} + +void ZoneAgProperty::RemovePlayerRef(Entity* self) { + // TODO: Destroy stuff +} + +void ZoneAgProperty::BaseOnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args) { + if (args == "propertyRented") { + const auto playerId = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"playerID"); + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerId); + if (player == nullptr) + return; + + OnZonePropertyRented(self, player); + } else if (args == "RetrieveZoneData") { + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"SpiderBossID", sender->GetObjectID()); + sender->SetVar<int32_t>(u"SpiderEggNetworkID", RetrieveSpawnerId(self, self->GetVar<std::string>(SpiderEggsSpawner))); + + std::vector<uint32_t> table; + + for (const auto& target : self->GetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(ROFTargetsSpawner)) { + table.push_back(RetrieveSpawnerId(self, target)); + } + + ROFTargetGroupIdTable = table; + + ProcessGroupObjects(self, self->GetVar<std::string>(LandTargetGroup)); + ProcessGroupObjects(self, self->GetVar<std::string>(SpiderScreamGroup)); +// ProcessGroupObjects(self, groups.ZoneVolumes); + } else if (args == "CheckForPropertyOwner") { + sender->SetNetworkVar<std::string>(u"PropertyOwnerID", std::to_string(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"PropertyOwner"))); + } else if (args == "ClearProperty") { + const auto playerId = self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(u"playerID"); + auto* player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerId); + if (player == nullptr) + return; + + player->GetCharacter()->SetPlayerFlag(self->GetVar<uint32_t>(defeatedProperyFlag), true); + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"PlayCinematic", 0, 0, + LWOOBJID_EMPTY,destroyedCinematic, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + self->AddTimer("tornadoOff", 0.5f); + } +} + +void ZoneAgProperty::NotifyDie(Entity *self) { + // TODO +} diff --git a/dScripts/ZoneAgProperty.h b/dScripts/ZoneAgProperty.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3d88215b --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ZoneAgProperty.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "BasePropertyServer.h" + +class ZoneAgProperty : public BasePropertyServer { +public: + void SetGameVariables(Entity *self) override; + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnPlayerLoaded(Entity* self, Entity* player) override; + void OnZoneLoadedInfo(Entity* self); + void OnZonePropertyRented(Entity* self, Entity* player) override; + void OnZonePropertyModelPlaced(Entity* self, Entity* player) override; + void OnZonePropertyModelPickedUp(Entity* self, Entity* player) override; + void OnZonePropertyModelRemoved(Entity* self, Entity* player) override; + void OnZonePropertyModelRemovedWhileEquipped(Entity* self, Entity* player) override; + void OnZonePropertyModelRotated(Entity* self, Entity* player) override; + void OnZonePropertyEditBegin(Entity* self) override; + void OnZonePropertyModelEquipped(Entity* self) override; + void OnZonePropertyEditEnd(Entity* self) override; + void OnPlayerExit(Entity* self); + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) override { BaseOnFireEventServerSide(self, sender, args); } + virtual void BaseOnFireEventServerSide(Entity* self, Entity* sender, std::string args); + void OnTimerDone(Entity* self, std::string timerName) override; + + void BaseTimerDone(Entity *self, const std::string &timerName) override; + + void PropGuardCheck(Entity* self, Entity* player) override; + void LoadInstance(Entity* self); + void LoadProperty(Entity* self); + + void ProcessGroupObjects(Entity* self, std::string group); + + void SpawnSpots(Entity* self) override; + void KillSpots(Entity* self) override; + void StartMaelstrom(Entity* self, Entity* player) override; + void SpawnCrashedRocket(Entity* self); + void KillCrashedRocket(Entity* self); + + uint32_t RetrieveSpawnerId(Entity* self, const std::string& spawner); + + void NotifyDie(Entity* self); + void RemovePlayerRef(Entity* self); +protected: + std::string destroyedCinematic = "DestroyMaelstrom"; + std::vector<uint32_t> ROFTargetGroupIdTable {}; + std::u16string LandTargetGroup = u"LandTargetGroup"; + std::u16string SpiderScreamGroup = u"SpiderScreamGroup"; + std::u16string ROFTargetsGroup = u"ROFTargetsGroup"; + std::u16string SpiderEggsGroup = u"SpiderEggsGroup"; + std::u16string RocksGroup = u"RocksGroup"; + std::u16string ZoneVolumesGroup = u"ZoneVolumesGroup"; + + std::u16string EnemiesSpawner = u"EnemiesSpawner"; + std::u16string BossSensorSpawner = u"BossSensorSpawner"; + std::u16string LandTargetSpawner = u"LandTargetSpawner"; + std::u16string SpiderScreamSpawner = u"SpiderScreamSpawner"; + std::u16string ROFTargetsSpawner = u"ROFTargetsSpawner"; + std::u16string SpiderEggsSpawner = u"SpiderEggsSpawner"; + std::u16string RocksSpawner = u"RocksSpawner"; + std::u16string SpiderRocketSpawner = u"SpiderRocketSpawner"; + std::u16string MailboxSpawner = u"MailboxSpawner"; + std::u16string LauncherSpawner = u"LauncherSpawner"; + std::u16string InstancerSpawner = u"InstancerSpawner"; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/ZoneAgSpiderQueen.cpp b/dScripts/ZoneAgSpiderQueen.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57f93698 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ZoneAgSpiderQueen.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +#include "ZoneAgSpiderQueen.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "ZoneAgProperty.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" + +void ZoneAgSpiderQueen::SetGameVariables(Entity *self) { + ZoneAgProperty::SetGameVariables(self); + + // Disable property flags + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(defeatedProperyFlag, 0); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(placedModelFlag, 0); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(guardFirstMissionFlag, 0); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(guardMissionFlag, 0); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(brickLinkMissionIDFlag, 0); +} + +void ZoneAgSpiderQueen::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + LoadInstance(self); + + SpawnSpots(self); + StartMaelstrom(self, nullptr); +} + +void ZoneAgSpiderQueen::BasePlayerLoaded(Entity *self, Entity *player) { + ActivityManager::UpdatePlayer(self, player->GetObjectID()); + ActivityManager::TakeActivityCost(self, player->GetObjectID()); + + // Make sure the player has full stats when they join + auto* playerDestroyableComponent = player->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + if (playerDestroyableComponent != nullptr) { + playerDestroyableComponent->SetImagination(playerDestroyableComponent->GetMaxImagination()); + playerDestroyableComponent->SetArmor(playerDestroyableComponent->GetMaxArmor()); + playerDestroyableComponent->SetHealth(playerDestroyableComponent->GetMaxHealth()); + } + + self->SetNetworkVar(u"unclaimed", true); + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"maelstromSkyOn", 0, 0, LWOOBJID_EMPTY, + "", player->GetSystemAddress()); +} + +void +ZoneAgSpiderQueen::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) { + if (args == "ClearProperty") { + GameMessages::SendNotifyClientObject(self->GetObjectID(), u"PlayCinematic", 0, 0, + LWOOBJID_EMPTY, destroyedCinematic, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + self->AddTimer("tornadoOff", 0.5f); + } else { + ZoneAgProperty::BaseOnFireEventServerSide(self, sender, args); + } +} + +void ZoneAgSpiderQueen::OnPlayerExit(Entity *self, Entity *player) { + UpdatePlayer(self, player->GetObjectID(), true); +} + +void ZoneAgSpiderQueen::OnTimerDone(Entity *self, std::string timerName) { + + // Disable some stuff from the regular property + if (timerName == "BoundsVisOn" || timerName == "GuardFlyAway" || timerName == "ShowVendor") + return; + + if (timerName == "killSpider") { + auto spawnTargets = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(self->GetVar<std::string>(LandTargetGroup)); + for (auto* spawnTarget : spawnTargets) { + EntityInfo info{}; + + info.spawnerID = spawnTarget->GetObjectID(); + info.pos = spawnTarget->GetPosition(); + info.rot = spawnTarget->GetRotation(); + info.lot = chestObject; + info.settings = { + new LDFData<LWOOBJID>(u"parent_tag", self->GetObjectID()) + }; + + auto* chest = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info); + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(chest); + } + } + + ZoneAgProperty::BaseTimerDone(self, timerName); +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dScripts/ZoneAgSpiderQueen.h b/dScripts/ZoneAgSpiderQueen.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5536f47a --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ZoneAgSpiderQueen.h @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +#pragma once +#include "ActivityManager.h" +#include "ZoneAgProperty.h" + +class ZoneAgSpiderQueen : ZoneAgProperty, ActivityManager { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity* self) override; + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) override; + void OnTimerDone(Entity *self, std::string timerName) override; + void OnPlayerExit(Entity* self, Entity* player) override; + void BasePlayerLoaded(Entity* self, Entity* player) override; + void SetGameVariables(Entity *self) override; +protected: + std::string destroyedCinematic = "DesMaelstromInstance"; + const LOT chestObject = 16318; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/ZoneAgSurvival.cpp b/dScripts/ZoneAgSurvival.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5be11f99 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ZoneAgSurvival.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +#include "ZoneAgSurvival.h" + +Constants ZoneAgSurvival::GetConstants() { + return Constants { + 60, + 2, + 7, + 5, + 10, + 5, + 15, + 10, + 0, + true, + std::vector<uint32_t> {8, 13, 18, 23, 28, 32}, + std::vector<uint32_t> {2, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30} + }; +} + +MobSets ZoneAgSurvival::GetMobSets() { + return MobSets { + std::map<std::string, std::vector<LOT>> { + {"MobA", {6351, 8088, 8089} }, + {"MobB", {6668, 8090, 8091} }, + {"MobC", {6454, 8096, 8097} }, + }, + std::map<std::string, std::vector<std::vector<std::vector<uint32_t>>>> { + { BaseMobSet, { + { {3, 0, 0}, }, + { {2, 1, 0}, }, + { {4, 1, 0}, }, + { {1, 2, 0}, }, + { {0, 1, 1}, }, + { {0, 2, 2}, } + }}, + { RandMobSet, { + { {4, 0, 0}, {4, 0, 0}, {4, 0, 0}, {4, 0, 0}, {3, 1, 0} }, + { {4, 1, 0}, {4, 1, 0}, {4, 1, 0}, {4, 1, 0}, {2, 1, 1} }, + { {1, 2, 0}, {1, 2, 0}, {1, 2, 0}, {1, 2, 0}, {0, 1, 1} }, + { {1, 2, 1}, {1, 2, 1}, {1, 2, 1}, {0, 2, 1}, {0, 2, 2} }, + { {0, 1, 2}, {0, 1, 2}, {0, 1, 2}, {0, 1, 3}, {0, 1, 3} }, + { {0, 2, 3}, {0, 2, 3}, {0, 2, 3}, {0, 2, 3}, {0, 2, 3} }, + }} + } + }; +} + +SpawnerNetworks ZoneAgSurvival::GetSpawnerNetworks() { + return SpawnerNetworks { + SpawnerNetworkCollection { + BaseMobSet, + { + SpawnerNetwork { + std::vector<std::string> { "Base_MobA", "Base_MobB", "Base_MobC" }, + "", + false, + false + }, + } + }, + SpawnerNetworkCollection { + RandMobSet, + { + SpawnerNetwork { + std::vector<std::string> {"MobA_", "MobB_", "MobC_"}, + "01", + false, + false + }, + SpawnerNetwork { + std::vector<std::string> {"MobA_", "MobB_", "MobC_"}, + "02", + false, + false + }, + SpawnerNetwork { + std::vector<std::string> {"MobA_", "MobB_", "MobC_"}, + "03", + true, + false + }, + } + }, + SpawnerNetworkCollection { + "", + { + SpawnerNetwork { + std::vector<std::string> { "Rewards_" }, + "01", + false, + false + }, + } + }, + SpawnerNetworkCollection { + "", + { + SpawnerNetwork { + std::vector<std::string> { "Smash_" }, + "01", + false, + false + }, + } + } + }; +} + +std::map<uint32_t, uint32_t> ZoneAgSurvival::GetMissionsToUpdate() { + return std::map<uint32_t, uint32_t> { + { 479, 60 }, + { 1153, 180 }, + { 1618, 420 }, + { 1628, 420 }, + { 1638, 420 }, + { 1648, 420 }, + { 1412, 120 }, + { 1510, 120 }, + { 1547, 120 }, + { 1584, 120 }, + { 1426, 300 }, + { 1524, 300 }, + { 1561, 300 }, + { 1598, 300 }, + { 1865, 180 } + }; +} diff --git a/dScripts/ZoneAgSurvival.h b/dScripts/ZoneAgSurvival.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3f84c6d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ZoneAgSurvival.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" +#include "BaseSurvivalServer.h" + +class ZoneAgSurvival : public BaseSurvivalServer { + Constants GetConstants() override; + SpawnerNetworks GetSpawnerNetworks() override; + MobSets GetMobSets() override; + std::map<uint32_t, uint32_t> GetMissionsToUpdate() override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/ZoneFvProperty.cpp b/dScripts/ZoneFvProperty.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bc573667 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ZoneFvProperty.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +#include "ZoneFvProperty.h" + +void ZoneFvProperty::SetGameVariables(Entity *self) { + self->SetVar<std::string>(ClaimMarkerGroup, "Platform"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GeneratorGroup, "Generator"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GuardGroup, "Guard"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropertyPlaqueGroup, "PropertyPlaque"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropertyVendorGroup, "PropertyVendor"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(SpotsGroup, "Spots"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(MSCloudsGroup, "Clouds"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(EnemiesGroup, "Enemies"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(FXManagerGroup, "FXManager"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(ImagOrbGroup, "Orb"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GeneratorFXGroup, "GeneratorFX"); + + self->SetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(EnemiesSpawner, + { "RoninWander", "RoninGen", "HorsemenGen" }); + self->SetVar<std::string>(ClaimMarkerSpawner, "Platform"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GeneratorSpawner, "Generator"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(DamageFXSpawner, "Clouds"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(FXSpotsSpawner, "Spots"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropertyMGSpawner, "Guard"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(ImageOrbSpawner, "Orb"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GeneratorFXSpawner, "GeneratorFX"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(SmashablesSpawner, "Smashables"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(FXManagerSpawner, "FXManager"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropObjsSpawner, "BankObj"); + self->SetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(AmbientFXSpawner, { "Ash", "FX", "Fog"}); + self->SetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(BehaviorObjsSpawner, {}); + + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(defeatedProperyFlag, 99); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(placedModelFlag, 107); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(guardMissionFlag, 874); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(brickLinkMissionIDFlag, 950); + self->SetVar<std::string>(passwordFlag, "s3kratK1ttN"); + self->SetVar<LOT>(generatorIdFlag, 11023); + self->SetVar<LOT>(orbIDFlag, 10226); + self->SetVar<LOT>(behaviorQBID, 11011); +} diff --git a/dScripts/ZoneFvProperty.h b/dScripts/ZoneFvProperty.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..44ec9f85 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ZoneFvProperty.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "BasePropertyServer.h" + +class ZoneFvProperty : public BasePropertyServer { + void SetGameVariables(Entity *self) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/ZoneGfProperty.cpp b/dScripts/ZoneGfProperty.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..630e915a --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ZoneGfProperty.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +#include "ZoneGfProperty.h" + +void ZoneGfProperty::SetGameVariables(Entity *self) { + self->SetVar<std::string>(ClaimMarkerGroup, "BehavQB"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GeneratorGroup, "Generator"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GuardGroup, "Guard"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropertyPlaqueGroup, "PropertyPlaque"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropertyVendorGroup, "PropertyVendor"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(SpotsGroup, "Spots"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(MSCloudsGroup, "Clouds"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(EnemiesGroup, "Enemies"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(FXManagerGroup, "FXManager"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(ImagOrbGroup, "Orb"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GeneratorFXGroup, "GeneratorFX"); + + self->SetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(EnemiesSpawner, + { "PiratesWander", "PiratesGen", "AdmiralsWander", "AdmiralsGen" }); + self->SetVar<std::string>(ClaimMarkerSpawner, "BehavPlat"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GeneratorSpawner, "Generator"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(DamageFXSpawner, "Clouds"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(FXSpotsSpawner, "Spots"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropertyMGSpawner, "Guard"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(ImageOrbSpawner, "Orb"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GeneratorFXSpawner, "GeneratorFX"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(SmashablesSpawner, "Smashables"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(FXManagerSpawner, "FXManager"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropObjsSpawner, "BankObj"); + self->SetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(AmbientFXSpawner, { "Birds", "Falls", "Sunbeam" }); + self->SetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(BehaviorObjsSpawner, { "TrappedPlatform", "IceBarrier", "FireBeast" }); + + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(defeatedProperyFlag, 98); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(placedModelFlag, 106); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(guardMissionFlag, 873); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(brickLinkMissionIDFlag, 949); + self->SetVar<std::string>(passwordFlag, "s3kratK1ttN"); + self->SetVar<LOT>(generatorIdFlag, 11109); + self->SetVar<LOT>(orbIDFlag, 10226); + self->SetVar<LOT>(behaviorQBID, 11001); +} diff --git a/dScripts/ZoneGfProperty.h b/dScripts/ZoneGfProperty.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9b3a8a30 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ZoneGfProperty.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "BasePropertyServer.h" + +class ZoneGfProperty : public BasePropertyServer { + void SetGameVariables(Entity *self) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/ZoneNsMedProperty.cpp b/dScripts/ZoneNsMedProperty.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..92675815 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ZoneNsMedProperty.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +#include "ZoneNsMedProperty.h" + +void ZoneNsMedProperty::SetGameVariables(Entity *self) { + self->SetVar<std::string>(ClaimMarkerGroup, "ClaimMarker"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GeneratorGroup, "Generator"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GuardGroup, "Guard"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropertyPlaqueGroup, "PropertyPlaque"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropertyVendorGroup, "PropertyVendor"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(SpotsGroup, "Spots"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(MSCloudsGroup, "maelstrom"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(EnemiesGroup, "Enemies"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(FXManagerGroup, "FXObject"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(ImagOrbGroup, "Orb"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GeneratorFXGroup, "GeneratorFX"); + + self->SetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(EnemiesSpawner, + { "Admirals", "AdmiralsWander", "Mechs", "Ronin", "RoninWander" }); + self->SetVar<std::string>(ClaimMarkerSpawner, "ClaimMarker"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GeneratorSpawner, "Generator"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(DamageFXSpawner, "MaelstromFX"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(FXSpotsSpawner, "MaelstromSpots"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropertyMGSpawner, "PropertyGuard"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(ImageOrbSpawner, "Orb"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GeneratorFXSpawner, "GeneratorFX"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(SmashablesSpawner, "Smashables"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(FXManagerSpawner, "FXObject"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropObjsSpawner, "BankObj"); + self->SetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(AmbientFXSpawner, { "Rockets" }); + self->SetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(BehaviorObjsSpawner, { }); + + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(defeatedProperyFlag, 122); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(placedModelFlag, 123); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(guardMissionFlag, 1322); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(brickLinkMissionIDFlag, 1294); + self->SetVar<std::string>(passwordFlag, "s3kratK1ttN"); + self->SetVar<LOT>(generatorIdFlag, 11031); + self->SetVar<LOT>(orbIDFlag, 10226); + self->SetVar<LOT>(behaviorQBID, 10445); +} diff --git a/dScripts/ZoneNsMedProperty.h b/dScripts/ZoneNsMedProperty.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d25974e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ZoneNsMedProperty.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "BasePropertyServer.h" + +class ZoneNsMedProperty : public BasePropertyServer { + void SetGameVariables(Entity *self) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/ZoneNsProperty.cpp b/dScripts/ZoneNsProperty.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eec62aa5 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ZoneNsProperty.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +#include "ZoneNsProperty.h" + +void ZoneNsProperty::SetGameVariables(Entity *self) { + self->SetVar<std::string>(ClaimMarkerGroup, "Rhino"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GeneratorGroup, "Generator"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GuardGroup, "Guard"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropertyPlaqueGroup, "PropertyPlaque"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropertyVendorGroup, "PropertyVendor"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(SpotsGroup, "Spots"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(MSCloudsGroup, "Clouds"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(EnemiesGroup, "Enemies"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(FXManagerGroup, "FXManager"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(ImagOrbGroup, "Orb"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GeneratorFXGroup, "GeneratorFX"); + + self->SetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(EnemiesSpawner, { + "StrombieWander", "StrombieGen", "PirateWander", "PirateGen", "RoninGen" + }); + self->SetVar<std::string>(ClaimMarkerSpawner, "ClaimMarker"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GeneratorSpawner, "Generator"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(DamageFXSpawner, "MSClouds"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(FXSpotsSpawner, "Spots"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropertyMGSpawner, "Guard"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(ImageOrbSpawner, "Orb"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(GeneratorFXSpawner, "GeneratorFX"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(SmashablesSpawner, "Smashables"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(FXManagerSpawner, "FXManager"); + self->SetVar<std::string>(PropObjsSpawner, "BankObj"); + self->SetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(AmbientFXSpawner, { "Rockets" }); + self->SetVar<std::vector<std::string>>(BehaviorObjsSpawner,{ "Cage", "Platform", "Door" }); + + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(defeatedProperyFlag, 97); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(placedModelFlag, 105); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(guardMissionFlag, 872); + self->SetVar<uint32_t>(brickLinkMissionIDFlag, 948); + self->SetVar<std::string>(passwordFlag, "s3kratK1ttN"); + self->SetVar<LOT>(generatorIdFlag, 11031); + self->SetVar<LOT>(orbIDFlag, 10226); + self->SetVar<LOT>(behaviorQBID, 11009); +} diff --git a/dScripts/ZoneNsProperty.h b/dScripts/ZoneNsProperty.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..353f4d72 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ZoneNsProperty.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +#pragma once +#include "BasePropertyServer.h" + +class ZoneNsProperty : public BasePropertyServer { + void SetGameVariables(Entity *self) override; +}; diff --git a/dScripts/ZoneNsWaves.cpp b/dScripts/ZoneNsWaves.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..23158d1e --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ZoneNsWaves.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,500 @@ +#include "ZoneNsWaves.h" + +WaveConstants ZoneNsWaves::GetConstants() { + return { + 60, + 2, + 6, + 2, + "surprise", + "intro" + }; +} + +std::vector<std::string> ZoneNsWaves::GetSpawnerNames() { + return { + "Base_MobA", + "Base_MobB", + "Base_MobC", + "MobA_01", + "MobB_01", + "MobC_01", + "MobA_02", + "MobB_02", + "MobC_02", + "MobA_03", + "MobB_03", + "MobC_03", + "Reward_01", + "Base_Reward", + "Obstacle_01", + "Boss", + "Ape_Boss", + "Geyser_01", + "Treasure_01", + "Cavalry_Boss", + "Horseman_01", + "Horseman_02", + "Horseman_03", + "Horseman_04" + }; +} + +std::vector<WaveMission> ZoneNsWaves::GetWaveMissions() { + return { + {190, 6, 1242}, + {240, 6, 1226}, + {450, 14, 1243}, + {600, 14, 1227}, + {720, 21, 1244}, + {840, 21, 1228}, + {1080, 28, 1245}, + {1200, 28, 1229}, + }; +} + +std::vector<Wave> ZoneNsWaves::GetWaves() { + return { + // Wave 1 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + { SpawnLOTS::stromling_minifig, 8, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::stromling_minifig, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::stromling_minifig, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::stromling_minifig, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_A) }, + } + }, + + // Wave 2 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + { SpawnLOTS::stromling, 8, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::stromling, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::stromling, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::stromling, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_A) }, + } + }, + + // Wave 3 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + { SpawnLOTS::stromling, 4, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::mech, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::stromling, 3, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::stromling, 3, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::stromling, 3, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_A) }, + }, + }, + + // Wave 4 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + { SpawnLOTS::stromling, 3, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::mech, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::stromling, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::mech, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::stromling, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::mech, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::stromling, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::mech, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_B) }, + } + }, + + // Wave 5 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + { SpawnLOTS::stromling, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::spiderling, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_C) }, + { SpawnLOTS::hammerling_melee, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::mech, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::stromling, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::mech, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::stromling, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::mech, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_B) }, + } + }, + + // Wave 6 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + { SpawnLOTS::hammerling_melee, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::mech, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::spiderling, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_C) }, + { SpawnLOTS::hammerling_melee, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::mech, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::spiderling, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_C) }, + { SpawnLOTS::stromling, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::mech, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::stromling, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::mech, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_B) }, + } + }, + + // Wave 7 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + { SpawnLOTS::stromling_boss, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::Boss) }, + }, + {1885}, + {}, + "Stromling_Boss", + 5.0f + }, + + // Wave 8 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + {SpawnLOTS::mushroom, 6, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::Reward_01) }, + {SpawnLOTS::mushroom, 3, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_Reward) }, + }, {}, {}, "", -1.0f, + 25, + }, + + // Wave 9 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + { SpawnLOTS::pirate, 4, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::pirate, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::pirate, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::admiral, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_B) }, + } + }, + + // Wave 10 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + { SpawnLOTS::pirate, 4, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::mech, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::pirate, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::mech, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::pirate, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::mech, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::pirate, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::admiral, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_B) }, + } + }, + + // Wave 11 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + { SpawnLOTS::pirate, 4, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::spiderling, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_C) }, + { SpawnLOTS::pirate, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::spiderling, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_C) }, + { SpawnLOTS::pirate, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::spiderling, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_C) }, + { SpawnLOTS::pirate, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::spiderling, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_C) }, + } + }, + + // Wave 12 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + { SpawnLOTS::pirate, 4, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::hammerling, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::spiderling, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_C) }, + { SpawnLOTS::mech, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::spiderling, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_C) }, + { SpawnLOTS::pirate, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::admiral, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_C) }, + { SpawnLOTS::pirate, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::admiral, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_C) }, + } + }, + + // Wave 13 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + { SpawnLOTS::pirate, 3, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::admiral, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::pirate, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::admiral, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::pirate, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::admiral, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::pirate, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::admiral, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_B) }, + } + }, + + // Wave 14 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + { SpawnLOTS::pirate, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::admiral, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::mech, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_C) }, + { SpawnLOTS::pirate, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::admiral, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::mech, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_C) }, + { SpawnLOTS::pirate, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::admiral, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::mech, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_C) }, + { SpawnLOTS::pirate, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::admiral, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::mech, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_C) }, + } + }, + + // Wave 15 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + { SpawnLOTS::ape_boss, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::Ape_Boss) }, + + }, + {1886}, + {}, + "Gorilla_Boss", + 5.0f + }, + + // Wave 16 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + {SpawnLOTS::outhouse, 3, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_Reward) }, + {SpawnLOTS::mushroom, 6, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::Reward_01) }, + }, {}, {}, "", -1.0f, + 25, + }, + + // Wave 17 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + { SpawnLOTS::hammerling_melee, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::hammerling_melee, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::hammerling_melee, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::hammerling_melee, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::hammerling_melee, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::hammerling_melee, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::hammerling_melee, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::hammerling_melee, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_B) }, + } + }, + + // Wave 18 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + { SpawnLOTS::hammerling_melee, 4, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::hammerling, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::hammerling_melee, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::hammerling, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::hammerling_melee, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::hammerling, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::hammerling_melee, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::hammerling, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_B) }, + } + }, + + // Wave 19 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + { SpawnLOTS::hammerling, 4, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::sentry, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::hammerling, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::sentry, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::hammerling, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::sentry, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::hammerling, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::sentry, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_B) }, + } + }, + + // Wave 20 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + { SpawnLOTS::ronin, 3, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::sentry, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::spiderling_ve, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_C) }, + { SpawnLOTS::hammerling, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::sentry, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::spiderling_ve, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_C) }, + { SpawnLOTS::hammerling, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::sentry, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::spiderling_ve, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_C) }, + { SpawnLOTS::hammerling, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::sentry, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::spiderling_ve, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_C) }, + } + }, + + // Wave 21 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + { SpawnLOTS::admiral, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::ronin, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::spiderling_ve, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_C) }, + { SpawnLOTS::admiral, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::ronin, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::spiderling_ve, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_C) }, + { SpawnLOTS::admiral, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::ronin, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::spiderling_ve, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_C) }, + { SpawnLOTS::admiral, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::ronin, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::spiderling_ve, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_C) }, + } + }, + + // Wave 22 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + { SpawnLOTS::spiderling_boss, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::Cavalry_Boss) }, + }, + {1887}, + {}, + "Spiderling_Boss", + 5.0f + }, + + // Wave 23 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + { SpawnLOTS::outhouse, 6, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::Reward_01) }, + { SpawnLOTS::outhouse, 3, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_Reward) }, + { SpawnLOTS::maelstrom_chest, 4, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::Obstacle) }, + }, {}, {}, "", -1.0f, + 25, + }, + + // Wave 24 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + { SpawnLOTS::pirate, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::pirate, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::pirate, 3, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::ronin, 3, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::ronin, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_B) }, + } + }, + + // Wave 25 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + { SpawnLOTS::cavalry, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::cavalry, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::admiral_cp, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::admiral_cp, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::admiral_cp, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::spiderling, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::spiderling, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::spiderling, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_A) }, + } + }, + + // Wave 26 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + { SpawnLOTS::ronin, 3, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::ronin, 3, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::spiderling_ve, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::spiderling_ve, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::spiderling_ve, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::admiral_cp, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_C) }, + { SpawnLOTS::admiral_cp, 2, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_C) }, + { SpawnLOTS::admiral_cp, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_C) }, + } + }, + + // Wave 27 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + { SpawnLOTS::ronin, 5, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_A) }, + { SpawnLOTS::ronin, 4, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::interior_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::cavalry, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_C) }, + { SpawnLOTS::cavalry, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_C) }, + { SpawnLOTS::cavalry, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_C) }, + { SpawnLOTS::admiral_cp, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::ag_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::admiral_cp, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::gf_B) }, + { SpawnLOTS::admiral_cp, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::concert_B) }, + } + }, + + // Wave 28 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + { SpawnLOTS::dragon_statue, 12, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::Reward_01) }, + }, {}, {}, "", -1.0f, + 30, + }, + + // Wave 29 + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + { SpawnLOTS::horseman_boss01, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::Horseman_01) }, + { SpawnLOTS::horseman_boss02, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::Horseman_02) }, + { SpawnLOTS::horseman_boss03, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::Horseman_03) }, + { SpawnLOTS::horseman_boss04, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::Horseman_04) }, + }, + {1888}, + {1236, 1237, 1249}, + "Horsemen_Boss", + 5.0f + }, + + // Wave 30 (treasure) + Wave { + std::vector<MobDefinition> { + { SpawnLOTS::treasure_chest, 1, GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName::Treasure_01) }, + }, {}, {}, + "Treasure_Camera", + 5.0f, + (uint32_t) -1, + true, + 5, + }, + }; +} + +std::string ZoneNsWaves::GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName spawnerName) { + switch (spawnerName) { + case interior_A: + return "Base_MobA"; + case interior_B: + return "Base_MobB"; + case interior_C: + return "Base_MobC"; + case gf_A: + return "MobA_01"; + case gf_B: + return "MobB_01"; + case gf_C: + return "MobC_01"; + case concert_A: + return "MobA_02"; + case concert_B: + return "MobB_02"; + case concert_C: + return "MobC_02"; + case ag_A: + return "MobA_03"; + case ag_B: + return "MobB_03"; + case ag_C: + return "MobC_03"; + case Reward_01: + return "Reward_01"; + case interior_Reward: + return "Base_Reward"; + case Obstacle: + return "Obstacle_01"; + case Boss: + return "Boss"; + case Ape_Boss: + return "Ape_Boss"; + case Geyser: + return "Geyser_01"; + case Treasure_01: + return "Treasure_01"; + case Cavalry_Boss: + return "Cavalry_Boss"; + case Horseman_01: + return "Horseman_01"; + case Horseman_02: + return "Horseman_02"; + case Horseman_03: + return "Horseman_03"; + case Horseman_04: + return "Horseman_04"; + default: + return ""; + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/ZoneNsWaves.h b/dScripts/ZoneNsWaves.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c1a63db6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ZoneNsWaves.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +#pragma once +#include "BaseWavesServer.h" + +enum SpawnerName { + interior_A, + interior_B, + interior_C, + gf_A, + gf_B, + gf_C, + concert_A, + concert_B, + concert_C, + ag_A, + ag_B, + ag_C, + Reward_01, + interior_Reward, + Obstacle, + Boss, + Ape_Boss, + Geyser, + Treasure_01, + Cavalry_Boss, + Horseman_01, + Horseman_02, + Horseman_03, + Horseman_04, +}; + +enum SpawnLOTS : LOT { + stromling = 12586, + mech = 12587, + spiderling = 12588, + pirate = 12589, + admiral = 12590, + ape_boss = 12591, + stromling_boss = 12600, + hammerling = 12602, + sentry = 12604, + spiderling_ve = 12605, + spiderling_boss = 12609, + ronin = 12610, + cavalry = 12611, + dragon_boss = 12612, + stromling_minifig = 12586, + mushroom = 12614, + maelstrom_chest = 4894, + outhouse = 12616, + dragon_statue = 12617, + treasure_chest = 12423, + hammerling_melee = 12653, + maelstrom_geyser = 10314, + ronin_statue = 12611, + horseman_boss01 = 11999, + horseman_boss02 = 12467, + horseman_boss03 = 12468, + horseman_boss04 = 12469, + admiral_cp = 13523, +}; + +class ZoneNsWaves : public BaseWavesServer { + WaveConstants GetConstants() override; + std::vector<std::string> GetSpawnerNames() override; + std::vector<WaveMission> GetWaveMissions() override; + std::vector<Wave> GetWaves() override; +private: + static std::string GetSpawnerName(SpawnerName spawnerName); +}; diff --git a/dScripts/ZoneSGServer.cpp b/dScripts/ZoneSGServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8149ec55 --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ZoneSGServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +#include "ZoneSGServer.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +void ZoneSGServer::OnStartup(Entity *self) { + const auto cannons = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesByLOT(1864); + for (const auto& cannon : cannons) + self->SetVar<LWOOBJID>(CannonIDVariable, cannon->GetObjectID()); +} + +void ZoneSGServer::OnActivityStateChangeRequest(Entity *self, const LWOOBJID senderID, const int32_t value1, + const int32_t value2, const std::u16string &stringValue) { + + auto* cannon = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(CannonIDVariable)); + if (cannon != nullptr) { + cannon->OnActivityStateChangeRequest(senderID, value1, value2, stringValue); + } +} + +void ZoneSGServer::OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) { + + auto* cannon = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(self->GetVar<LWOOBJID>(CannonIDVariable)); + if (cannon != nullptr) { + cannon->OnFireEventServerSide(sender, args, param1, param2, param3); + } +} diff --git a/dScripts/ZoneSGServer.h b/dScripts/ZoneSGServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4198157f --- /dev/null +++ b/dScripts/ZoneSGServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#pragma once +#include "CppScripts.h" + +class ZoneSGServer : public CppScripts::Script { +public: + void OnStartup(Entity *self) override; + void OnActivityStateChangeRequest(Entity* self, LWOOBJID senderID, int32_t value1, + int32_t value2, const std::u16string& stringValue) override; + void OnFireEventServerSide(Entity *self, Entity *sender, std::string args, int32_t param1, int32_t param2, + int32_t param3) override; +private: + std::u16string CannonIDVariable = u"CannonID"; +}; diff --git a/dWorldServer/ObjectIDManager.cpp b/dWorldServer/ObjectIDManager.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bf8f770f --- /dev/null +++ b/dWorldServer/ObjectIDManager.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +#include "ObjectIDManager.h" + +// Std +#include <random> + +// Custom Classes +#include "MasterPackets.h" +#include "Database.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "Game.h" + +// Static Variables +ObjectIDManager * ObjectIDManager::m_Address = nullptr; +static std::uniform_int_distribution<int> uni(10000000, INT32_MAX); + +//! Initializes the manager +void ObjectIDManager::Initialize(void) { + //this->currentRequestID = 0; + this->currentObjectID = uint32_t(1152921508165007067); //Initial value for this server's objectIDs +} + +//! Requests a persistent ID +void ObjectIDManager::RequestPersistentID(std::function<void(uint32_t)> callback) { + PersistentIDRequest * request = new PersistentIDRequest(); + request->requestID = ++this->currentRequestID; + request->callback = callback; + + this->requests.push_back(request); + + MasterPackets::SendPersistentIDRequest(Game::server, request->requestID); +} + +//! Handles a persistent ID response +void ObjectIDManager::HandleRequestPersistentIDResponse(uint64_t requestID, uint32_t persistentID) { + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < this->requests.size(); ++i) { + if (this->requests[i]->requestID == requestID) { + + // Call the callback function + this->requests[i]->callback(persistentID); + + // Then delete the request + delete this->requests[i]; + this->requests.erase(this->requests.begin() + i); + return; + } + } +} + +//! Handles cases where we have to get a unique object ID synchronously +uint32_t ObjectIDManager::GenerateRandomObjectID() +{ + std::random_device rd; + + std::mt19937 rng(rd()); + + return uni(rng); +} + + +//! Generates an object ID server-sided (used for regular entities like smashables) +uint32_t ObjectIDManager::GenerateObjectID(void) { + return ++this->currentObjectID; +} diff --git a/dWorldServer/ObjectIDManager.h b/dWorldServer/ObjectIDManager.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7bfc1d27 --- /dev/null +++ b/dWorldServer/ObjectIDManager.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +#pragma once + +// C++ +#include <functional> +#include <vector> +#include <stdint.h> + +/*! + \file ObjectIDManager.hpp + \brief A manager for handling object ID generation + */ + +//! The persistent ID request +struct PersistentIDRequest { + uint64_t requestID; + + std::function<void(uint32_t)> callback; +}; + +//! The Object ID Manager +class ObjectIDManager { +private: + static ObjectIDManager * m_Address; //!< The singleton instance + + std::vector<PersistentIDRequest*> requests; //!< All outstanding persistent ID requests + uint64_t currentRequestID; //!< The current request ID + + uint32_t currentObjectID; //!< The current object ID + +public: + + //! The singleton instance + static ObjectIDManager * Instance() { + if (m_Address == 0) { + m_Address = new ObjectIDManager; + } + + return m_Address; + } + + //! Initializes the manager + void Initialize(void); + + //! Requests a persistent ID + /*! + \param callback The callback function + */ + void RequestPersistentID(std::function<void(uint32_t)> callback); + + + //! Handles a persistent ID response + /*! + \param requestID The request ID + \param persistentID The persistent ID + */ + void HandleRequestPersistentIDResponse(uint64_t requestID, uint32_t persistentID); + + //! Generates an object ID server-sided + /*! + \return A generated object ID + */ + uint32_t GenerateObjectID(void); + + //! Generates a random object ID server-sided + /*! + \return A generated object ID + */ + static uint32_t GenerateRandomObjectID(); + + //! Generates a persistent object ID server-sided + /*! + \return A generated object ID + */ + uint32_t GeneratePersistentObjectID(void); +}; diff --git a/dWorldServer/PerformanceManager.cpp b/dWorldServer/PerformanceManager.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7d459234 --- /dev/null +++ b/dWorldServer/PerformanceManager.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +#include "PerformanceManager.h" + +#include "UserManager.h" + +#define HIGH 16 +#define MEDIUM 33 +#define LOW 66 + +#define SOCIAL { MEDIUM, LOW } +#define BATTLE { HIGH, MEDIUM } +#define BATTLE_INSTANCE { MEDIUM, LOW } +#define RACE { MEDIUM, LOW } +#define PROPERTY { LOW, LOW } + +PerformanceProfile PerformanceManager::m_CurrentProfile = SOCIAL; + +PerformanceProfile PerformanceManager::m_DefaultProfile = SOCIAL; + +PerformanceProfile PerformanceManager::m_InactiveProfile = { LOW, LOW }; + +std::map<LWOMAPID, PerformanceProfile> PerformanceManager::m_Profiles = { + // VE + { 1000, SOCIAL }, + + // AG + { 1100, BATTLE }, + { 1101, BATTLE_INSTANCE }, + { 1102, BATTLE_INSTANCE }, + { 1150, PROPERTY }, + { 1151, PROPERTY }, + + // NS + { 1200, SOCIAL }, + { 1201, SOCIAL }, + { 1203, RACE }, + { 1204, BATTLE_INSTANCE }, + { 1250, PROPERTY }, + { 1251, PROPERTY }, + + // GF + { 1300, BATTLE }, + { 1302, BATTLE_INSTANCE }, + { 1303, BATTLE_INSTANCE }, + { 1350, PROPERTY }, + + // FV + { 1400, BATTLE }, + { 1402, BATTLE_INSTANCE }, + { 1403, RACE }, + { 1450, PROPERTY }, + + // LUP + { 1600, SOCIAL }, + { 1601, SOCIAL }, + { 1602, SOCIAL }, + { 1603, SOCIAL }, + { 1604, SOCIAL }, + + // LEGO Club + { 1700, SOCIAL }, + + // AM + { 1800, BATTLE }, + + // NT + { 1900, SOCIAL }, + + // NJ + { 2000, BATTLE }, + { 2001, BATTLE_INSTANCE }, +}; + + +PerformanceManager::PerformanceManager() +{ +} + +PerformanceManager::~PerformanceManager() +{ +} + +void PerformanceManager::SelectProfile(LWOMAPID mapID) +{ + const auto pair = m_Profiles.find(mapID); + + if (pair == m_Profiles.end()) + { + m_CurrentProfile = m_DefaultProfile; + + return; + } + + m_CurrentProfile = pair->second; +} + +uint32_t PerformanceManager::GetServerFramerate() +{ + if (UserManager::Instance()->GetUserCount() == 0) + { + return m_InactiveProfile.serverFramerate; + } + + return m_CurrentProfile.serverFramerate; +} + +uint32_t PerformanceManager::GetPhysicsFramerate() +{ + if (UserManager::Instance()->GetUserCount() == 0) + { + return m_InactiveProfile.physicsFramerate; + } + + return m_CurrentProfile.physicsFramerate; +} + +uint32_t PerformanceManager::GetPhysicsStepRate() +{ + if (UserManager::Instance()->GetUserCount() == 0) + { + return 10; // Row physics at a really low framerate if the server is empty + } + + return m_CurrentProfile.physicsFramerate / m_CurrentProfile.serverFramerate; +} diff --git a/dWorldServer/PerformanceManager.h b/dWorldServer/PerformanceManager.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2cd53718 --- /dev/null +++ b/dWorldServer/PerformanceManager.h @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +#pragma once + +#include <map> + +#include "dCommonVars.h" + +struct PerformanceProfile +{ + uint32_t serverFramerate; + uint32_t physicsFramerate; +}; + + +class PerformanceManager +{ +public: + ~PerformanceManager(); + + static void SelectProfile(LWOMAPID mapID); + + static uint32_t GetServerFramerate(); + static uint32_t GetPhysicsFramerate(); + static uint32_t GetPhysicsStepRate(); + +private: + PerformanceManager(); + + static PerformanceProfile m_CurrentProfile; + static PerformanceProfile m_DefaultProfile; + static PerformanceProfile m_InactiveProfile; + static std::map<LWOMAPID, PerformanceProfile> m_Profiles; +}; diff --git a/dWorldServer/WorldServer.cpp b/dWorldServer/WorldServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..54633cff --- /dev/null +++ b/dWorldServer/WorldServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1227 @@ +#include <iostream> +#include <string> +#include <ctime> +#include <chrono> +#include <thread> + +#include "MD5.h" + +//DLU Includes: +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "dServer.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "Database.h" +#include "dConfig.h" +#include "dpWorld.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "Metrics.hpp" +#include "PerformanceManager.h" +#include "Diagnostics.h" + +//RakNet includes: +#include "RakNetDefines.h" +#include "RakNetworkFactory.h" +#include "RakString.h" + +//World includes: +#include <csignal> + +#include "AuthPackets.h" +#include "PacketUtils.h" +#include "WorldPackets.h" +#include "UserManager.h" +#include "dMessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "CDClientManager.h" +#include "CDClientDatabase.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "ObjectIDManager.h" +#include "ZoneInstanceManager.h" +#include "dChatFilter.h" +#include "ClientPackets.h" +#include "CharacterComponent.h" + +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "ChatPackets.h" +#include "GameMessageHandler.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "Mail.h" +#include "dLocale.h" +#include "TeamManager.h" +#include "SkillComponent.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include "MasterPackets.h" +#include "Player.h" +#include "PropertyManagementComponent.h" + +#include "ZCompression.h" + +namespace Game { + dLogger* logger; + dServer* server; + dZoneManager* zoneManager; + dpWorld* physicsWorld; + dChatFilter* chatFilter; + dConfig* config; + dLocale* locale; + std::mt19937 randomEngine; + + RakPeerInterface* chatServer; + SystemAddress chatSysAddr; +} + +bool chatDisabled = false; +bool worldShutdownSequenceStarted = false; +bool worldShutdownSequenceComplete = false; +void WorldShutdownSequence(); + +dLogger* SetupLogger(int zoneID, int instanceID); +void HandlePacketChat(Packet* packet); +void HandlePacket(Packet* packet); + +struct tempSessionInfo { + SystemAddress sysAddr; + std::string hash; +}; + +std::map<std::string, tempSessionInfo> m_PendingUsers; +int instanceID = 0; +int g_CloneID = 0; + +int main(int argc, char** argv) { + Diagnostics::SetProcessName("World"); + Diagnostics::SetProcessFileName(argv[0]); + Diagnostics::Initialize(); + + // Triggers the shutdown sequence at application exit + std::atexit(WorldShutdownSequence); + + signal(SIGINT, [](int) + { + WorldShutdownSequence(); + }); + + int zoneID = 1000; + int cloneID = 0; + int maxClients = 8; + int ourPort = 2007; + + //Check our arguments: + for (int i = 0; i < argc; ++i) { + std::string argument(argv[i]); + + if (argument == "-zone") zoneID = atoi(argv[i + 1]); + if (argument == "-instance") instanceID = atoi(argv[i + 1]); + if (argument == "-clone") cloneID = atoi(argv[i + 1]); + if (argument == "-maxclients") maxClients = atoi(argv[i + 1]); + if (argument == "-port") ourPort = atoi(argv[i + 1]); + } + + //Create all the objects we need to run our service: + Game::logger = SetupLogger(zoneID, instanceID); + if (!Game::logger) return 0; + + Game::logger->SetLogToConsole(true); //We want this info to always be logged. + Game::logger->Log("WorldServer", "Starting World server...\n"); + Game::logger->Log("WorldServer", "Version: %i.%i\n", PROJECT_VERSION_MAJOR, PROJECT_VERSION_MINOR); + Game::logger->Log("WorldServer", "Compiled on: %s\n", __TIMESTAMP__); + +#ifndef _DEBUG + Game::logger->SetLogToConsole(false); //By default, turn it back off if not in debug. +#endif + + //Read our config: + dConfig config("worldconfig.ini"); + Game::config = &config; + Game::logger->SetLogToConsole(bool(std::stoi(config.GetValue("log_to_console")))); + if (config.GetValue("disable_chat") == "1") chatDisabled = true; + + // Connect to CDClient + try { + CDClientDatabase::Connect("./res/CDServer.sqlite"); + } catch (CppSQLite3Exception& e) { + Game::logger->Log("WorldServer", "Unable to connect to CDServer SQLite Database\n"); + Game::logger->Log("WorldServer", "Error: %s\n", e.errorMessage()); + Game::logger->Log("WorldServer", "Error Code: %i\n", e.errorCode()); + return -1; + } + + CDClientManager::Instance()->Initialize(); + + //Connect to the MySQL Database + std::string mysql_host = config.GetValue("mysql_host"); + std::string mysql_database = config.GetValue("mysql_database"); + std::string mysql_username = config.GetValue("mysql_username"); + std::string mysql_password = config.GetValue("mysql_password"); + + Diagnostics::SetProduceMemoryDump(config.GetValue("generate_dump") == "1"); + + if (!config.GetValue("dump_folder").empty()) + { + Diagnostics::SetOutDirectory(config.GetValue("dump_folder")); + } + + try { + Database::Connect(mysql_host, mysql_database, mysql_username, mysql_password); + } catch (sql::SQLException& ex) { + Game::logger->Log("WorldServer", "Got an error while connecting to the database: %s\n", ex.what()); + return 0; + } + + //Find out the master's IP: + std::string masterIP = "localhost"; + int masterPort = 1000; + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT ip, port FROM servers WHERE name='master';"); + auto res = stmt->executeQuery(); + while (res->next()) { + masterIP = res->getString(1).c_str(); + masterPort = res->getInt(2); + } + + delete res; + delete stmt; + + ObjectIDManager::Instance()->Initialize(); + UserManager::Instance()->Initialize(); + Game::chatFilter = new dChatFilter("./res/chatplus_en_us", bool(std::stoi(config.GetValue("dont_generate_dcf")))); + + Game::server = new dServer(masterIP, ourPort, instanceID, maxClients, false, true, Game::logger, masterIP, masterPort, ServerType::World, zoneID); + + //Connect to the chat server: + int chatPort = 1501; + if (config.GetValue("chat_server_port") != "") chatPort = std::atoi(config.GetValue("chat_server_port").c_str()); + + auto chatSock = SocketDescriptor(uint16_t(ourPort + 2), 0); + Game::chatServer = RakNetworkFactory::GetRakPeerInterface(); + Game::chatServer->Startup(1, 30, &chatSock, 1); + Game::chatServer->Connect(masterIP.c_str(), chatPort, "3.25 ND1", 8); + + //Set up other things: + Game::randomEngine = std::mt19937(time(0)); + Game::locale = new dLocale(); + + //Run it until server gets a kill message from Master: + auto lastTime = std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::now(); + auto t = std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::now(); + + Packet* packet = nullptr; + int framesSinceLastFlush = 0; + int framesSinceMasterDisconnect = 0; + int framesSinceLastUsersSave = 0; + int framesSinceLastSQLPing = 0; + int framesSinceLastUser = 0; + + const float maxPacketProcessingTime = 1.5f; //0.015f; + const int maxPacketsToProcess = 1024; + + bool ready = false; + int framesSinceMasterStatus = 0; + int framesSinceShutdownSequence = 0; + int currentFramerate = highFrameRate; + int physicsFramerate = highFrameRate; + int physicsStepRate = 0; + int physicsStepCount = 0; + int ghostingStepCount = 0; + auto ghostingLastTime = std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::now(); + + PerformanceManager::SelectProfile(zoneID); + + //Load our level: + if (zoneID != 0) { + dpWorld::Instance().Initialize(zoneID); + Game::physicsWorld = &dpWorld::Instance(); //just in case some old code references it + dZoneManager::Instance()->Initialize(LWOZONEID(zoneID, instanceID, cloneID)); + g_CloneID = cloneID; + } + + while (true) { + Metrics::StartMeasurement(MetricVariable::Frame); + Metrics::StartMeasurement(MetricVariable::GameLoop); + + std::clock_t metricCPUTimeStart = std::clock(); + + const auto currentTime = std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::now(); + float deltaTime = std::chrono::duration<float>(currentTime - lastTime).count(); + lastTime = currentTime; + + const auto occupied = UserManager::Instance()->GetUserCount() != 0; + + if (!ready) + { + currentFramerate = highFrameRate; + } + else + { + currentFramerate = PerformanceManager::GetServerFramerate(); + } + + physicsFramerate = PerformanceManager::GetPhysicsFramerate(); + physicsStepRate = PerformanceManager::GetPhysicsStepRate(); + + //Warning if we ran slow + if (deltaTime > currentFramerate) { + Game::logger->Log("WorldServer", "We're running behind, dT: %f > %f (framerate)\n", deltaTime, currentFramerate); + } + + //Check if we're still connected to master: + if (!Game::server->GetIsConnectedToMaster()) { + framesSinceMasterDisconnect++; + + if (framesSinceMasterDisconnect >= 30) { + worldShutdownSequenceStarted = true; + } + } + else framesSinceMasterDisconnect = 0; + + //In world we'd update our other systems here. + + if (zoneID != 0 && deltaTime > 0.0f) { + Metrics::StartMeasurement(MetricVariable::Physics); + if (physicsStepCount++ >= physicsStepRate) { + dpWorld::Instance().StepWorld(deltaTime); + physicsStepCount = 0; + } + Metrics::EndMeasurement(MetricVariable::Physics); + + Metrics::StartMeasurement(MetricVariable::UpdateEntities); + EntityManager::Instance()->UpdateEntities(deltaTime); + Metrics::EndMeasurement(MetricVariable::UpdateEntities); + + Metrics::StartMeasurement(MetricVariable::Ghosting); + if (std::chrono::duration<float>(currentTime - ghostingLastTime).count() >= 1.0f) { + EntityManager::Instance()->UpdateGhosting(); + ghostingLastTime = currentTime; + } + Metrics::EndMeasurement(MetricVariable::Ghosting); + + Metrics::StartMeasurement(MetricVariable::UpdateSpawners); + dZoneManager::Instance()->Update(deltaTime); + Metrics::EndMeasurement(MetricVariable::UpdateSpawners); + } + + Metrics::StartMeasurement(MetricVariable::PacketHandling); + + //Check for packets here: + packet = Game::server->ReceiveFromMaster(); + if (packet) { //We can get messages not handle-able by the dServer class, so handle them if we returned anything. + HandlePacket(packet); + Game::server->DeallocateMasterPacket(packet); + } + + //Handle our chat packets: + packet = Game::chatServer->Receive(); + if (packet) { + HandlePacketChat(packet); + Game::chatServer->DeallocatePacket(packet); + } + + //Handle world-specific packets: + float timeSpent = 0.0f; + + UserManager::Instance()->DeletePendingRemovals(); + + auto t1 = std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::now(); + for (int curPacket = 0; curPacket < maxPacketsToProcess && timeSpent < maxPacketProcessingTime; curPacket++) { + packet = Game::server->Receive(); + if (packet) { + auto t1 = std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::now(); + HandlePacket(packet); + auto t2 = std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::now(); + + timeSpent += std::chrono::duration_cast<std::chrono::milliseconds>(t2 - t1).count(); + Game::server->DeallocatePacket(packet); + packet = nullptr; + } + else { + break; + } + } + + Metrics::EndMeasurement(MetricVariable::PacketHandling); + + Metrics::StartMeasurement(MetricVariable::UpdateReplica); + + //Update our replica objects: + Game::server->UpdateReplica(); + + Metrics::EndMeasurement(MetricVariable::UpdateReplica); + + //Push our log every 15s: + if (framesSinceLastFlush >= 1000) { + Game::logger->Flush(); + framesSinceLastFlush = 0; + } else framesSinceLastFlush++; + + if (zoneID != 0 && !occupied) + { + framesSinceLastUser++; + + //If we haven't had any players for a while, time out and shut down: + if (framesSinceLastUser == (cloneID != 0 ? 4000 : 40000)) + { + worldShutdownSequenceStarted = true; + } + } + else + { + framesSinceLastUser = 0; + } + + //Save all connected users every 10 minutes: + if (framesSinceLastUsersSave >= 40000 && zoneID != 0) { + UserManager::Instance()->SaveAllActiveCharacters(); + framesSinceLastUsersSave = 0; + + if (PropertyManagementComponent::Instance() != nullptr) { + PropertyManagementComponent::Instance()->Save(); + } + } + else framesSinceLastUsersSave++; + + //Every 10 min we ping our sql server to keep it alive hopefully: + if (framesSinceLastSQLPing >= 40000) { + //Find out the master's IP for absolutely no reason: + std::string masterIP; + int masterPort; + sql::PreparedStatement* stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT ip, port FROM servers WHERE name='master';"); + auto res = stmt->executeQuery(); + while (res->next()) { + masterIP = res->getString(1).c_str(); + masterPort = res->getInt(2); + } + + delete res; + delete stmt; + + framesSinceLastSQLPing = 0; + } + else framesSinceLastSQLPing++; + + Metrics::EndMeasurement(MetricVariable::GameLoop); + + Metrics::StartMeasurement(MetricVariable::Sleep); + + t += std::chrono::milliseconds(currentFramerate); + std::this_thread::sleep_until(t); + + Metrics::EndMeasurement(MetricVariable::Sleep); + + if (!ready && Game::server->GetIsConnectedToMaster()) + { + // Some delay is required here or else we crash the client? + + framesSinceMasterStatus++; + + if (framesSinceMasterStatus >= 200) + { + Game::logger->Log("WorldServer", "Finished loading world, ready up!\n"); + + MasterPackets::SendWorldReady(Game::server, Game::server->GetZoneID(), Game::server->GetInstanceID()); + + ready = true; + } + } + + if (worldShutdownSequenceStarted && !worldShutdownSequenceComplete) + { + if (framesSinceShutdownSequence == 0) { + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, u"Server shutting down...", true); + + for (auto i = 0; i < Game::server->GetReplicaManager()->GetParticipantCount(); ++i) + { + const auto& player = Game::server->GetReplicaManager()->GetParticipantAtIndex(i); + + auto* entity = Player::GetPlayer(player); + + if (entity != nullptr && entity->GetCharacter() != nullptr) + { + auto* skillComponent = entity->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (skillComponent != nullptr) + { + skillComponent->Reset(); + } + + entity->GetCharacter()->SaveXMLToDatabase(); + } + } + + if (PropertyManagementComponent::Instance() != nullptr) { + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, u"Property data saved...", true); + PropertyManagementComponent::Instance()->Save(); + } + + ChatPackets::SendSystemMessage(UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, u"Character data saved...", true); + } + + framesSinceShutdownSequence++; + + if (framesSinceShutdownSequence == 100) + { + while (Game::server->GetReplicaManager()->GetParticipantCount() > 0) + { + const auto& player = Game::server->GetReplicaManager()->GetParticipantAtIndex(0); + + Game::server->Disconnect(player, SERVER_DISCON_KICK); + } + + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, MASTER, MSG_MASTER_SHUTDOWN_RESPONSE); + Game::server->SendToMaster(&bitStream); + } + + if (framesSinceShutdownSequence == 300) + { + break; + } + } + + Metrics::AddMeasurement(MetricVariable::CPUTime, (1e6 * (1000.0 * (std::clock() - metricCPUTimeStart))) / CLOCKS_PER_SEC); + Metrics::EndMeasurement(MetricVariable::Frame); + } + + //Delete our objects here: + if (Game::physicsWorld) Game::physicsWorld = nullptr; + if (Game::zoneManager) delete Game::zoneManager; + + Game::logger->Log("Test", "Quitting\n"); + + Metrics::Clear(); + Database::Destroy(); + delete Game::chatFilter; + delete Game::server; + delete Game::logger; + + worldShutdownSequenceComplete = true; + + exit(0); +} + +dLogger * SetupLogger(int zoneID, int instanceID) { + std::string logPath = "./logs/WorldServer_" + std::to_string(zoneID) + "_" + std::to_string(instanceID) + "_" + std::to_string(time(nullptr)) + ".log"; + bool logToConsole = false; +#ifdef _DEBUG + logToConsole = true; +#endif + + return new dLogger(logPath, logToConsole); +} + +void HandlePacketChat(Packet* packet) { + if (packet->data[0] == ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION || packet->data[0] == ID_CONNECTION_LOST) { + Game::logger->Log("WorldServer", "Lost our connection to chat.\n"); + } + + if (packet->data[0] == ID_CONNECTION_REQUEST_ACCEPTED) { + Game::logger->Log("WorldServer", "Established connection to chat\n"); + Game::chatSysAddr = packet->systemAddress; + } + + if (packet->data[0] == ID_USER_PACKET_ENUM) { + if (packet->data[1] == CHAT_INTERNAL) { + switch (packet->data[3]) { + case MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_ROUTE_TO_PLAYER: { + CINSTREAM; + LWOOBJID playerID; + inStream.Read(playerID); + inStream.Read(playerID); + + auto player = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerID); + if (!player) return; + + auto sysAddr = player->GetSystemAddress(); + + //Write our stream outwards: + CBITSTREAM; + for (int i = 0; i < inStream.GetNumberOfBytesUsed(); i++) { + bitStream.Write(packet->data[i + 16]); //16 bytes == header + playerID to skip + } + + SEND_PACKET; //send routed packet to player + + break; + } + + case MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_ANNOUNCEMENT: { + CINSTREAM; + LWOOBJID header; + inStream.Read(header); + + RakNet::RakString title; + RakNet::RakString msg; + + inStream.Read(title); + inStream.Read(msg); + + //Send to our clients: + AMFArrayValue args; + auto* titleValue = new AMFStringValue(); + titleValue->SetStringValue(title.C_String()); + auto* messageValue = new AMFStringValue(); + messageValue->SetStringValue(msg.C_String()); + + args.InsertValue("title", titleValue); + args.InsertValue("message", messageValue); + + GameMessages::SendUIMessageServerToAllClients("ToggleAnnounce", &args); + + delete titleValue; + delete messageValue; + titleValue = nullptr; + messageValue = nullptr; + + break; + } + + case MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_MUTE_UPDATE: { + CINSTREAM; + LWOOBJID playerId; + time_t expire = 0; + inStream.Read(playerId); + inStream.Read(playerId); + inStream.Read(expire); + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(playerId); + + if (entity != nullptr) + { + entity->GetParentUser()->SetMuteExpire(expire); + + entity->GetCharacter()->SendMuteNotice(); + } + + break; + } + + case MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_TEAM_UPDATE: { + CINSTREAM; + LWOOBJID header; + inStream.Read(header); + + LWOOBJID teamID = 0; + char lootOption = 0; + char memberCount = 0; + std::vector<LWOOBJID> members; + + inStream.Read(teamID); + bool deleteTeam = inStream.ReadBit(); + + if (deleteTeam) + { + TeamManager::Instance()->DeleteTeam(teamID); + + Game::logger->Log("WorldServer", "Deleting team (%llu)\n", teamID); + + break; + } + + inStream.Read(lootOption); + inStream.Read(memberCount); + Game::logger->Log("WorldServer", "Updating team (%llu), (%i), (%i)\n", teamID, lootOption, memberCount); + for (char i = 0; i < memberCount; i++) + { + LWOOBJID member = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + inStream.Read(member); + members.push_back(member); + + Game::logger->Log("WorldServer", "Updating team member (%llu)\n", member); + } + + TeamManager::Instance()->UpdateTeam(teamID, lootOption, members); + + break; + } + + default: + Game::logger->Log("WorldServer", "Received an unknown chat internal: %i\n", int(packet->data[3])); + } + } + } +} + +void HandlePacket(Packet* packet) { + if (packet->data[0] == ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION || packet->data[0] == ID_CONNECTION_LOST) { + auto user = UserManager::Instance()->GetUser(packet->systemAddress); + if (!user) return; + + auto c = user->GetLastUsedChar(); + if (!c) { + UserManager::Instance()->DeleteUser(packet->systemAddress); + return; + } + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(c->GetObjectID()); + + if (!entity) + { + entity = Player::GetPlayer(packet->systemAddress); + } + + if (entity) { + auto* skillComponent = entity->GetComponent<SkillComponent>(); + + if (skillComponent != nullptr) + { + skillComponent->Reset(); + } + + entity->GetCharacter()->SaveXMLToDatabase(); + + Game::logger->Log("WorldServer", "Deleting player %llu\n", entity->GetObjectID()); + + EntityManager::Instance()->DestroyEntity(entity); + + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CHAT_INTERNAL, MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_PLAYER_REMOVED_NOTIFICATION); + bitStream.Write(c->GetObjectID()); + Game::chatServer->Send(&bitStream, SYSTEM_PRIORITY, RELIABLE, 0, Game::chatSysAddr, false); + } + + UserManager::Instance()->DeleteUser(packet->systemAddress); + + if (PropertyManagementComponent::Instance() != nullptr) { + PropertyManagementComponent::Instance()->Save(); + } + + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, MASTER, MSG_MASTER_PLAYER_REMOVED); + bitStream.Write((LWOMAPID)Game::server->GetZoneID()); + bitStream.Write((LWOINSTANCEID)instanceID); + Game::server->SendToMaster(&bitStream); + } + + if (packet->data[0] != ID_USER_PACKET_ENUM) return; + if (packet->data[1] == SERVER) { + if (packet->data[3] == MSG_SERVER_VERSION_CONFIRM) { + AuthPackets::HandleHandshake(Game::server, packet); + } + } + + if (packet->data[1] == MASTER) { + switch (packet->data[3]) { + case MSG_MASTER_REQUEST_PERSISTENT_ID_RESPONSE: { + uint64_t requestID = PacketUtils::ReadPacketU64(8, packet); + uint32_t objectID = PacketUtils::ReadPacketU32(16, packet); + ObjectIDManager::Instance()->HandleRequestPersistentIDResponse(requestID, objectID); + break; + } + + case MSG_MASTER_REQUEST_ZONE_TRANSFER_RESPONSE: { + uint64_t requestID = PacketUtils::ReadPacketU64(8, packet); + ZoneInstanceManager::Instance()->HandleRequestZoneTransferResponse(requestID, packet); + break; + } + + case MSG_MASTER_SESSION_KEY_RESPONSE: { + //Read our session key and to which user it belongs: + RakNet::BitStream inStream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + uint64_t header = inStream.Read(header); + uint32_t sessionKey = 0; + std::string username; + + inStream.Read(sessionKey); + username = PacketUtils::ReadString(12, packet, false); + + //Find them: + auto it = m_PendingUsers.find(username); + if (it == m_PendingUsers.end()) return; + + //Convert our key: + std::string userHash = std::to_string(sessionKey); + userHash = md5(userHash); + + //Verify it: + if (userHash != it->second.hash) { + Game::logger->Log("WorldServer", "SOMEONE IS TRYING TO HACK? SESSION KEY MISMATCH: ours: %s != master: %s\n", userHash.c_str(), it->second.hash.c_str()); + Game::server->Disconnect(it->second.sysAddr, SERVER_DISCON_INVALID_SESSION_KEY); + return; + } + else { + Game::logger->Log("WorldServer", "User %s authenticated with correct key.\n", username.c_str()); + + UserManager::Instance()->DeleteUser(packet->systemAddress); + + //Create our user and send them in: + UserManager::Instance()->CreateUser(it->second.sysAddr, username, userHash); + + auto zone = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone(); + if (zone) { + float x = 0.0f; + float y = 0.0f; + float z = 0.0f; + + if (zone->GetZoneID().GetMapID() == 1100) { + auto pos = zone->GetSpawnPos(); + x = pos.x; + y = pos.y; + z = pos.z; + } + + WorldPackets::SendLoadStaticZone(it->second.sysAddr, x, y, z, zone->GetChecksum()); + } + + if (Game::server->GetZoneID() == 0) { + //Since doing this reroute breaks the client's request, we have to call this manually. + UserManager::Instance()->RequestCharacterList(it->second.sysAddr); + } + + m_PendingUsers.erase(username); + + //Notify master: + { + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, MASTER, MSG_MASTER_PLAYER_ADDED); + bitStream.Write((LWOMAPID)Game::server->GetZoneID()); + bitStream.Write((LWOINSTANCEID)instanceID); + Game::server->SendToMaster(&bitStream); + } + } + + break; + } + case MSG_MASTER_AFFIRM_TRANSFER_REQUEST: { + const uint64_t requestID = PacketUtils::ReadPacketU64(8, packet); + + Game::logger->Log("MasterServer", "Got affirmation request of transfer %llu\n", requestID); + + CBITSTREAM + + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, MASTER, MSG_MASTER_AFFIRM_TRANSFER_RESPONSE); + bitStream.Write(requestID); + Game::server->SendToMaster(&bitStream); + + break; + } + + case MSG_MASTER_SHUTDOWN: { + worldShutdownSequenceStarted = true; + Game::logger->Log("WorldServer", "Got shutdown request\n"); + break; + } + + case MSG_MASTER_NEW_SESSION_ALERT: { + RakNet::BitStream inStream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + uint64_t header = inStream.Read(header); + uint32_t sessionKey = inStream.Read(sessionKey); + RakNet::RakString username; + inStream.Read(username); + + //Find them: + User* user = UserManager::Instance()->GetUser(username.C_String()); + if (!user) { + Game::logger->Log("WorldServer", "Got new session alert for user %s, but they're not logged in.\n", username.C_String()); + return; + } + + //Check the key: + if (sessionKey != std::atoi(user->GetSessionKey().c_str())) { + Game::logger->Log("WorldServer", "Got new session alert for user %s, but the session key is invalid.\n", username.C_String()); + Game::server->Disconnect(user->GetSystemAddress(), SERVER_DISCON_INVALID_SESSION_KEY); + return; + } + break; + } + + default: + Game::logger->Log("WorldServer", "Unknown packet ID from master %i\n", int(packet->data[3])); + } + + return; + } + + if (packet->data[1] != WORLD) return; + + switch (packet->data[3]) { + case MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_VALIDATION: { + std::string username = PacketUtils::ReadString(0x08, packet, true); + std::string sessionKey = PacketUtils::ReadString(74, packet, true); + + //Request the session info from Master: + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, MASTER, MSG_MASTER_REQUEST_SESSION_KEY); + PacketUtils::WriteString(bitStream, username, 64); + Game::server->SendToMaster(&bitStream); + + //Insert info into our pending list + tempSessionInfo info; + info.sysAddr = SystemAddress(packet->systemAddress); + info.hash = sessionKey; + m_PendingUsers.insert(std::make_pair(username, info)); + + break; + } + + case MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_CHARACTER_LIST_REQUEST: { + //We need to delete the entity first, otherwise the char list could delete it while it exists in the world! + if (Game::server->GetZoneID() != 0) { + auto user = UserManager::Instance()->GetUser(packet->systemAddress); + if (!user) return; + EntityManager::Instance()->DestroyEntity(user->GetLastUsedChar()->GetEntity()); + } + + //This loops prevents users who aren't authenticated to double-request the char list, which + //would make the login screen freeze sometimes. + if (m_PendingUsers.size() > 0) { + for (auto it : m_PendingUsers) { + if (it.second.sysAddr == packet->systemAddress) { + return; + } + } + } + + UserManager::Instance()->RequestCharacterList(packet->systemAddress); + break; + } + + case MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_GAME_MSG: { + RakNet::BitStream bitStream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + + uint64_t header; + LWOOBJID objectID; + uint16_t messageID; + + bitStream.Read(header); + bitStream.Read(objectID); + bitStream.Read(messageID); + + RakNet::BitStream dataStream; + bitStream.Read(dataStream, bitStream.GetNumberOfUnreadBits()); + + GameMessageHandler::HandleMessage(&dataStream, packet->systemAddress, objectID, GAME_MSG(messageID)); + break; + } + + case MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_CHARACTER_CREATE_REQUEST: { + UserManager::Instance()->CreateCharacter(packet->systemAddress, packet); + break; + } + + case MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_LOGIN_REQUEST: { + RakNet::BitStream inStream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + uint64_t header = inStream.Read(header); + + LWOOBJID playerID = 0; + inStream.Read(playerID); + playerID = GeneralUtils::ClearBit(playerID, OBJECT_BIT_CHARACTER); + playerID = GeneralUtils::ClearBit(playerID, OBJECT_BIT_PERSISTENT); + + UserManager::Instance()->LoginCharacter(packet->systemAddress, static_cast<uint32_t>(playerID)); + break; + } + + case MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_CHARACTER_DELETE_REQUEST: { + UserManager::Instance()->DeleteCharacter(packet->systemAddress, packet); + UserManager::Instance()->RequestCharacterList(packet->systemAddress); + break; + } + + case MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_CHARACTER_RENAME_REQUEST: { + UserManager::Instance()->RenameCharacter(packet->systemAddress, packet); + break; + } + + case MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_LEVEL_LOAD_COMPLETE: { + Game::logger->Log("WorldServer", "Received level load complete from user.\n"); + User* user = UserManager::Instance()->GetUser(packet->systemAddress); + if (user) { + Character* c = user->GetLastUsedChar(); + if (c != nullptr) { + std::u16string username = GeneralUtils::ASCIIToUTF16(c->GetName()); + WorldPackets::SendCreateCharacter(packet->systemAddress, c->GetObjectID(), c->GetXMLData(), username, c->GetGMLevel()); + WorldPackets::SendServerState(packet->systemAddress); + + Game::server->GetReplicaManager()->AddParticipant(packet->systemAddress); + + EntityInfo info {}; + info.lot = 1; + Entity* player = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info, UserManager::Instance()->GetUser(packet->systemAddress)); + + const auto respawnPoint = player->GetCharacter()->GetRespawnPoint(dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->GetWorldID()); + + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(player, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, true); + + if (respawnPoint != NiPoint3::ZERO) + { + GameMessages::SendPlayerReachedRespawnCheckpoint(player, respawnPoint, NiQuaternion::IDENTITY); + } + + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructAllEntities(packet->systemAddress); + + player->GetComponent<CharacterComponent>()->SetLastRocketConfig(u""); + player->GetCharacter()->SetTargetScene(""); + + // Fix the destroyable component + auto* destroyableComponent = player->GetComponent<DestroyableComponent>(); + + if (destroyableComponent != nullptr) + { + destroyableComponent->FixStats(); + } + + //Tell the player to generate BBB models, if any: + if (g_CloneID != 0) { + const auto& worldId = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->GetZoneID(); + + const auto zoneId = Game::server->GetZoneID(); + const auto cloneId = g_CloneID; + + std::stringstream query; + + query << "SELECT id FROM PropertyTemplate WHERE mapID = " << std::to_string(zoneId) << ";"; + + auto result = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery(query.str()); + + if (result.eof() || result.fieldIsNull(0)) { + Game::logger->Log("WorldServer", "No property templates found for zone %d, not sending BBB\n", zoneId); + goto noBBB; + } + + //Check for BBB models: + auto stmt = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT ugc_id FROM properties_contents WHERE lot=14 AND property_id=?"); + + int templateId = result.getIntField(0); + + result.finalize(); + + auto* propertyLookup = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT * FROM properties WHERE template_id = ? AND clone_id = ?;"); + + propertyLookup->setInt(1, templateId); + propertyLookup->setInt64(2, g_CloneID); + + auto* propertyEntry = propertyLookup->executeQuery(); + uint64_t propertyId = 0; + + if (propertyEntry->next()) { + propertyId = propertyEntry->getUInt64(1); + } + + delete propertyLookup; + + stmt->setUInt64(1, propertyId); + auto res = stmt->executeQuery(); + while (res->next()) { + Game::logger->Log("UGC", "Getting lxfml ugcID: " + std::to_string(res->getUInt(1)) + "\n"); + + //Get lxfml: + auto stmtL = Database::CreatePreppedStmt("SELECT lxfml from ugc where id=?"); + stmtL->setUInt(1, res->getUInt(1)); + + auto lxres = stmtL->executeQuery(); + + while (lxres->next()) { + auto lxfml = lxres->getBlob(1); + + lxfml->seekg(0, std::ios::end); + size_t lxfmlSize = lxfml->tellg(); + lxfml->seekg(0); + + //Send message: + { + LWOOBJID blueprintID = res->getUInt(1); + blueprintID = GeneralUtils::SetBit(blueprintID, OBJECT_BIT_CHARACTER); + blueprintID = GeneralUtils::SetBit(blueprintID, OBJECT_BIT_PERSISTENT); + + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CLIENT, MSG_CLIENT_BLUEPRINT_SAVE_RESPONSE); + bitStream.Write<LWOOBJID>(0); //always zero so that a check on the client passes + bitStream.Write<unsigned int>(0); + bitStream.Write<unsigned int>(1); + bitStream.Write(blueprintID); + + bitStream.Write<uint32_t>(lxfmlSize + 9); + + //Write a fake sd0 header: + bitStream.Write<unsigned char>(0x73); //s + bitStream.Write<unsigned char>(0x64); //d + bitStream.Write<unsigned char>(0x30); //0 + bitStream.Write<unsigned char>(0x01); //1 + bitStream.Write<unsigned char>(0xFF); //end magic + + bitStream.Write<uint32_t>(lxfmlSize); + + for (size_t i = 0; i < lxfmlSize; ++i) + bitStream.Write<uint8_t>(lxfml->get()); + + SystemAddress sysAddr = packet->systemAddress; + SEND_PACKET; + PacketUtils::SavePacket("lxfml packet " + std::to_string(res->getUInt(1)) + ".bin", (char*)bitStream.GetData(), bitStream.GetNumberOfBytesUsed()); + } + } + + delete stmtL; + delete lxres; + } + + delete stmt; + delete res; + } + + noBBB: + + // Tell the client it's done loading: + GameMessages::SendInvalidZoneTransferList(player, packet->systemAddress, u"https://forms.zohopublic.eu/virtualoffice204/form/DLUInGameSurvey/formperma/kpU-IL5v2-Wt41QcB5UFnYjzlLp-j2LEisF8e11PisU", u"", false, false); + GameMessages::SendServerDoneLoadingAllObjects(player, packet->systemAddress); + + //Send the player it's mail count: + //update: this might not be needed so im going to try disabling this here. + //Mail::HandleNotificationRequest(packet->systemAddress, player->GetObjectID()); + + //Notify chat that a player has loaded: + { + const auto& playerName = player->GetCharacter()->GetName(); + //RakNet::RakString playerName(player->GetCharacter()->GetName().c_str()); + + CBITSTREAM; + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CHAT_INTERNAL, MSG_CHAT_INTERNAL_PLAYER_ADDED_NOTIFICATION); + bitStream.Write(player->GetObjectID()); + bitStream.Write<uint16_t>(playerName.size()); + for (size_t i = 0; i < playerName.size(); i++) + { + bitStream.Write(playerName[i]); + } + + //bitStream.Write(playerName); + + auto zone = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->GetZoneID(); + bitStream.Write(zone.GetMapID()); + bitStream.Write(zone.GetInstanceID()); + bitStream.Write(zone.GetCloneID()); + bitStream.Write(player->GetParentUser()->GetMuteExpire()); + + Game::chatServer->Send(&bitStream, SYSTEM_PRIORITY, RELIABLE, 0, Game::chatSysAddr, false); + } + } + else { + Game::logger->Log("WorldMain", "Couldn't find character to log in with for user %s (%i)!\n", user->GetUsername().c_str(), user->GetAccountID()); + Game::server->Disconnect(packet->systemAddress, SERVER_DISCON_CHARACTER_NOT_FOUND); + } + } else { + Game::logger->Log("WorldMain", "Couldn't get user for level load complete!\n"); + } + break; + } + + case MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_POSITION_UPDATE: { + ClientPackets::HandleClientPositionUpdate(packet->systemAddress, packet); + break; + } + + case MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_MAIL: { + RakNet::BitStream bitStream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + LWOOBJID space; + bitStream.Read(space); + Mail::HandleMailStuff(&bitStream, packet->systemAddress, UserManager::Instance()->GetUser(packet->systemAddress)->GetLastUsedChar()->GetEntity()); + break; + } + + case MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_ROUTE_PACKET: { + //Yeet to chat + CINSTREAM; + uint64_t header = 0; + uint32_t size = 0; + inStream.Read(header); + inStream.Read(size); + + if (size > 20000) { + Game::logger->Log("WorldServer", "Tried to route a packet with a read size > 20000, so likely a false packet.\n"); + return; + } + + CBITSTREAM; + + PacketUtils::WriteHeader(bitStream, CHAT, packet->data[14]); + + //We need to insert the player's objectID so the chat server can find who originated this request: + LWOOBJID objectID = 0; + auto user = UserManager::Instance()->GetUser(packet->systemAddress); + if (user) { + objectID = user->GetLastUsedChar()->GetObjectID(); + } + + bitStream.Write(objectID); + + //Now write the rest of the data: + auto data = inStream.GetData(); + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < size; ++i) { + bitStream.Write(data[i+23]); + } + + Game::chatServer->Send(&bitStream, SYSTEM_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED, 0, Game::chatSysAddr, false); + break; + } + + case MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_STRING_CHECK: { + ClientPackets::HandleChatModerationRequest(packet->systemAddress, packet); + break; + } + + case MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_GENERAL_CHAT_MESSAGE: { + if (chatDisabled) { + ChatPackets::SendMessageFail(packet->systemAddress); + } + else { + ClientPackets::HandleChatMessage(packet->systemAddress, packet); + } + + break; + } + + case MSG_WORLD_CLIENT_HANDLE_FUNNESS: { + //This means the client is running slower or faster than it should. + //Could be insane lag, but I'mma just YEET them as it's usually speedhacking. + //This is updated to now count the amount of times we've been caught "speedhacking" to kick with a delay + //This is hopefully going to fix the random disconnects people face sometimes. + if (Game::config->GetValue("disable_anti_speedhack") == "1") { + return; + } + + User* user = UserManager::Instance()->GetUser(packet->systemAddress); + if (user) { + user->UserOutOfSync(); + } + else { + Game::server->Disconnect(packet->systemAddress, SERVER_DISCON_KICK); + } + break; + } + + default: + Game::server->GetLogger()->Log("HandlePacket", "Unknown world packet received: %i\n", int(packet->data[3])); + } +} + +void WorldShutdownSequence() +{ + if (worldShutdownSequenceStarted || worldShutdownSequenceComplete) + { + return; + } + + worldShutdownSequenceStarted = true; + + auto t = std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::now(); + auto ticks = 0; + + printf("Attempting to shutdown world, max 10 seconds...");; + + while (true) + { + if (worldShutdownSequenceStarted) + { + break; + } + + t += std::chrono::milliseconds(highFrameRate); + std::this_thread::sleep_until(t); + + ticks++; + + if (ticks == 600) + { + break; + } + } +} diff --git a/dZoneManager/Level.cpp b/dZoneManager/Level.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0e9318ca --- /dev/null +++ b/dZoneManager/Level.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,353 @@ +#include "Game.h" +#include "Level.h" +#include <fstream> +#include <iostream> +#include <sstream> +#include <string> +#include "BinaryIO.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "Spawner.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" + +Level::Level(Zone* parentZone, const std::string& filepath) { + m_ParentZone = parentZone; + std::ifstream file(filepath, std::ios_base::in | std::ios_base::binary); + if (file) { + //printf("Opened %s\n", filepath.c_str()); + ReadChunks(file); + } + else { + Game::logger->Log("Level", "Failed to load %s\n", filepath.c_str()); + } + + file.close(); +} + +Level::~Level() { + for (std::map<uint32_t, Header>::iterator it = m_ChunkHeaders.begin(); it != m_ChunkHeaders.end(); ++it) { + if (it->second.id == Level::ChunkTypeID::FileInfo) delete it->second.fileInfo; + if (it->second.id == Level::ChunkTypeID::SceneObjectData) delete it->second.sceneObjects; + } +} + +const void Level::PrintAllObjects() { + for (std::map<uint32_t, Header>::iterator it = m_ChunkHeaders.begin(); it != m_ChunkHeaders.end(); ++it) { + if (it->second.id == Level::ChunkTypeID::SceneObjectData) { + it->second.sceneObjects->PrintAllObjects(); + } + } +} + +void Level::ReadChunks(std::ifstream & file) { + const uint32_t CHNK_HEADER = ('C' + ('H' << 8) + ('N' << 16) + ('K' << 24)); + + while (!file.eof()) { + uint32_t initPos = uint32_t(file.tellg()); + uint32_t header = 0; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, header); + if (header == CHNK_HEADER) { //Make sure we're reading a valid CHNK + Header header; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, header.id); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, header.chunkVersion); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, header.chunkType); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, header.size); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, header.startPosition); + + uint32_t target = initPos + header.size; + file.seekg(header.startPosition); + + //We're currently not loading env or particle data + if (header.id == ChunkTypeID::FileInfo) { + ReadFileInfoChunk(file, header); + } + else if (header.id == ChunkTypeID::SceneObjectData) { + ReadSceneObjectDataChunk(file, header); + } + + m_ChunkHeaders.insert(std::make_pair(header.id, header)); + file.seekg(target); + } + else { + if (initPos == std::streamoff(0)) { //Really old chunk version + file.seekg(0); + Header header; + header.id = ChunkTypeID::FileInfo; //I guess? + FileInfoChunk* fileInfo = new FileInfoChunk(); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, header.chunkVersion); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, header.chunkType); + file.ignore(1); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, fileInfo->revision); + + if (header.chunkVersion >= 45) file.ignore(4); + file.ignore(4 * (4 * 3)); + + if (header.chunkVersion >= 31) { + if (header.chunkVersion >= 39) { + file.ignore(12 * 4); + + if (header.chunkVersion >= 40) { + uint32_t s = 0; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, s); + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < s; ++i) { + file.ignore(4); //a uint + file.ignore(4); //two floats + file.ignore(4); + } + } + } + else { + file.ignore(8); + } + + file.ignore(3 * 4); + } + + if (header.chunkVersion >= 36) { + file.ignore(3 * 4); + } + + if (header.chunkVersion < 42) { + file.ignore(3 * 4); + + if (header.chunkVersion >= 33) { + file.ignore(4 * 4); + } + } + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < 6; ++i) { + uint32_t count = 0; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, count); + file.ignore(count); + } + + file.ignore(4); + + uint32_t count = 0; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, count); + file.ignore(count * 12); + + header.fileInfo = fileInfo; + m_ChunkHeaders.insert(std::make_pair(header.id, header)); + + //Now pretend to be a normal file and read Objects chunk: + Header hdr; + hdr.id = ChunkTypeID::SceneObjectData; + ReadSceneObjectDataChunk(file, hdr); + m_ChunkHeaders.insert(std::make_pair(hdr.id, hdr)); + } break; + } + } +} + +void Level::ReadFileInfoChunk(std::ifstream & file, Header & header) { + FileInfoChunk* fi = new FileInfoChunk; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, fi->version); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, fi->revision); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, fi->enviromentChunkStart); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, fi->objectChunkStart); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, fi->particleChunkStart); + header.fileInfo = fi; + + //PATCH FOR AG: (messed up file?) + if (header.fileInfo->revision == 3452816845 && m_ParentZone->GetZoneID().GetMapID() == 1100) header.fileInfo->revision = 26; +} + +void Level::ReadSceneObjectDataChunk(std::ifstream & file, Header & header) { + SceneObjectDataChunk* chunk = new SceneObjectDataChunk; + uint32_t objectsCount = 0; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, objectsCount); + + CDFeatureGatingTable* featureGatingTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable<CDFeatureGatingTable>("FeatureGating"); + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < objectsCount; ++i) { + SceneObject obj; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, obj.id); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, obj.lot); + + /*if (header.fileInfo->version >= 0x26)*/ BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, obj.value1); + /*if (header.fileInfo->version >= 0x20)*/ BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, obj.value2); + + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, obj.position); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, obj.rotation); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, obj.scale); + + //This is a little bit of a bodge, but because the alpha client (HF) doesn't store the + //spawn position / rotation like the later versions do, we need to check the LOT for the spawn pos & set it. + if (obj.lot == LOT_MARKER_PLAYER_START) { + dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->SetSpawnPos(obj.position); + dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZone()->SetSpawnRot(obj.rotation); + } + + std::u16string ldfString = u""; + uint32_t length = 0; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, length); + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < length; ++i) { + uint16_t data; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, data); + ldfString.push_back(data); + } + + std::string sData = GeneralUtils::UTF16ToWTF8(ldfString); + std::stringstream ssData(sData); + std::string token; + char deliminator = '\n'; + + while (std::getline(ssData, token, deliminator)) { + LDFBaseData * ldfData = LDFBaseData::DataFromString(token); + obj.settings.push_back(ldfData); + } + + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, obj.value3); + + // Feature gating + bool gated = false; + for (LDFBaseData* data : obj.settings) { + if (data->GetKey() == u"gatingOnFeature") { + std::string featureGate = data->GetValueAsString(); + + if (!featureGatingTable->FeatureUnlocked(featureGate)) { + gated = true; + + break; + } + } + } + + if (gated) { + for (auto* setting : obj.settings) { + delete setting; + } + + obj.settings.clear(); + + continue; + } + + if (obj.lot == 176) { //Spawner + SpawnerInfo spawnInfo = SpawnerInfo(); + SpawnerNode* node = new SpawnerNode(); + spawnInfo.templateID = obj.lot; + spawnInfo.spawnerID = obj.id; + spawnInfo.templateScale = obj.scale; + node->position = obj.position; + node->rotation = obj.rotation; + node->config = obj.settings; + spawnInfo.nodes.push_back(node); + for (LDFBaseData* data : obj.settings) { + if (data) { + if (data->GetKey() == u"spawntemplate") { + spawnInfo.templateID = std::stoi(data->GetValueAsString()); + } + + if (data->GetKey() == u"spawner_node_id") { + node->nodeID = std::stoi(data->GetValueAsString()); + } + + if (data->GetKey() == u"spawner_name") { + spawnInfo.name = data->GetValueAsString(); + } + + if (data->GetKey() == u"max_to_spawn") { + spawnInfo.maxToSpawn = std::stoi(data->GetValueAsString()); + } + + if (data->GetKey() == u"spawner_active_on_load") { + spawnInfo.activeOnLoad = std::stoi(data->GetValueAsString()); + } + + if (data->GetKey() == u"active_on_load") { + spawnInfo.activeOnLoad = std::stoi(data->GetValueAsString()); + } + + if (data->GetKey() == u"respawn") { + if (data->GetValueType() == eLDFType::LDF_TYPE_FLOAT) // Floats are in seconds + { + spawnInfo.respawnTime = std::stof(data->GetValueAsString()); + } + else if (data->GetValueType() == eLDFType::LDF_TYPE_U32) // Ints are in ms? + { + spawnInfo.respawnTime = std::stoi(data->GetValueAsString()) / 1000; + } + } + if (data->GetKey() == u"spawnsGroupOnSmash") { + spawnInfo.spawnsOnSmash = std::stoi(data->GetValueAsString()); + } + if (data->GetKey() == u"spawnNetNameForSpawnGroupOnSmash") { + spawnInfo.spawnOnSmashGroupName = data->GetValueAsString(); + } + if (data->GetKey() == u"groupID") { // Load object groups + std::string groupStr = data->GetValueAsString(); + spawnInfo.groups = GeneralUtils::SplitString(groupStr, ';'); + spawnInfo.groups.erase(spawnInfo.groups.end() - 1); + } + if (data->GetKey() == u"no_auto_spawn") { + spawnInfo.noAutoSpawn = static_cast<LDFData<bool>*>(data)->GetValue(); + } + if (data->GetKey() == u"no_timed_spawn") { + spawnInfo.noTimedSpawn = static_cast<LDFData<bool>*>(data)->GetValue(); + } + if (data->GetKey() == u"spawnActivator") { + spawnInfo.spawnActivator = static_cast<LDFData<bool>*>(data)->GetValue(); + } + } + } + Spawner* spawner = new Spawner(spawnInfo); + dZoneManager::Instance()->AddSpawner(obj.id, spawner); + } else { //Regular object + EntityInfo info; + info.spawnerID = 0; + info.id = obj.id; + info.lot = obj.lot; + info.pos = obj.position; + info.rot = obj.rotation; + info.settings = obj.settings; + info.scale = obj.scale; + + //Check to see if we shouldn't be loading this: + bool clientOnly = false; + bool serverOnly = false; + std::string featureGate = ""; + for (LDFBaseData* data : obj.settings) { + if (data) { + if (data->GetKey() == u"loadOnClientOnly") { + clientOnly = (bool)std::stoi(data->GetValueAsString()); + break; + } + if (data->GetKey() == u"loadSrvrOnly") { + serverOnly = (bool)std::stoi(data->GetValueAsString()); + break; + } + } + } + + if (!clientOnly) { + + // We should never have more than 1 zone control object + const auto zoneControlObject = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetZoneControlObject(); + if (zoneControlObject != nullptr && info.lot == zoneControlObject->GetLOT()) + goto deleteSettings; + + EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info, nullptr); + } + else + { + deleteSettings: + + for (auto* setting : info.settings) { + delete setting; + setting = nullptr; + } + + info.settings.clear(); + obj.settings.clear(); + } + } + } + + //printf("Loaded %u objects!\n", objectsCount); + header.sceneObjects = chunk; +} diff --git a/dZoneManager/Level.h b/dZoneManager/Level.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..05839759 --- /dev/null +++ b/dZoneManager/Level.h @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +#pragma once +#include "dZMCommon.h" +#include <map> +#include <iostream> +#include "Zone.h" + +class Level { +public: + enum ChunkTypeID : uint16_t { + FileInfo = 1000, + SceneEnviroment = 2000, + SceneObjectData, + SceneParticleData + }; + + enum ChunkTypes { + Enviroment, + Objects, + Particles + }; + + struct FileInfoChunk { + uint32_t version; + uint32_t revision; + uint32_t enviromentChunkStart; + uint32_t objectChunkStart; + uint32_t particleChunkStart; + }; + + struct SceneObjectDataChunk { + std::map<LWOOBJID, SceneObject> objects; + + SceneObject& GetObject(LWOOBJID id) { + for (std::map<LWOOBJID, SceneObject>::iterator it = objects.begin(); it != objects.end(); ++it) { + if (it->first == id) return it->second; + } + } + + const void PrintAllObjects() { + for (std::map<LWOOBJID, SceneObject>::iterator it = objects.begin(); it != objects.end(); ++it) { + std::cout << "\t ID: " << it->first << " LOT: " << it->second.lot << std::endl; + } + } + + uint32_t GetObjectCount() { return objects.size(); } + }; + + struct Header { + uint32_t id; + uint16_t chunkVersion; + ChunkTypeID chunkType; + uint32_t size; + uint32_t startPosition; + FileInfoChunk* fileInfo; + SceneObjectDataChunk* sceneObjects; + LWOSCENEID lwoSceneID; + }; + +public: + Level(Zone* parentZone, const std::string& filepath); + ~Level(); + + const void PrintAllObjects(); + + std::map<uint32_t, Header> m_ChunkHeaders; +private: + Zone* m_ParentZone; + + //private functions: + void ReadChunks(std::ifstream& file); + void ReadFileInfoChunk(std::ifstream& file, Header& header); + void ReadSceneObjectDataChunk(std::ifstream& file, Header& header); +}; diff --git a/dZoneManager/Spawner.cpp b/dZoneManager/Spawner.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3e69d785 --- /dev/null +++ b/dZoneManager/Spawner.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,261 @@ +#include "Spawner.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "Game.h" +#include <sstream> +#include <functional> +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" + +Spawner::Spawner(const SpawnerInfo info) { + m_Info = info; + m_Active = m_Info.activeOnLoad && info.spawnActivator; + m_EntityInfo = EntityInfo(); + m_EntityInfo.spawner = this; + + if (!m_Info.emulated) { + m_EntityInfo.spawnerID = m_Info.spawnerID; + } + else { + m_EntityInfo.spawnerID = m_Info.emulator; + m_Info.isNetwork = false; + } + + m_EntityInfo.lot = m_Info.templateID; + m_EntityInfo.scale = m_Info.templateScale; + + m_Start = m_Info.noTimedSpawn; + + //ssssh... + if (m_EntityInfo.lot == 14718) { //AG - MAELSTROM SAMPLE + m_Info.groups.emplace_back("MaelstromSamples"); + } + + if (m_EntityInfo.lot == 14375) //AG - SPIDER BOSS EGG + { + m_Info.groups.emplace_back("EGG"); + } + + int timerCount = m_Info.amountMaintained; + + if (m_Info.amountMaintained > m_Info.nodes.size()) { + timerCount = m_Info.nodes.size(); + } + + for (int i = 0; i < timerCount; ++i) { + m_WaitTimes.push_back(m_Info.respawnTime); + } + + if (m_Info.spawnOnSmashGroupName != "") + { + std::vector<Entity*> spawnSmashEntities = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntitiesInGroup(m_Info.spawnOnSmashGroupName); + std::vector<Spawner*> spawnSmashSpawners = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersInGroup(m_Info.spawnOnSmashGroupName); + std::vector<Spawner*> spawnSmashSpawnersN = dZoneManager::Instance()->GetSpawnersByName(m_Info.spawnOnSmashGroupName); + for (Entity* ssEntity : spawnSmashEntities) { + m_SpawnSmashFoundGroup = true; + ssEntity->AddDieCallback([=]() { + Spawn(); + }); + } + for (Spawner* ssSpawner : spawnSmashSpawners) { + m_SpawnSmashFoundGroup = true; + ssSpawner->AddSpawnedEntityDieCallback([=]() { + Spawn(); + }); + } + for (Spawner* ssSpawner : spawnSmashSpawnersN) { + m_SpawnSmashFoundGroup = true; + m_SpawnOnSmash = ssSpawner; + ssSpawner->AddSpawnedEntityDieCallback([=]() { + Spawn(); + }); + } + } +} + +Spawner::~Spawner() { + +} + +Entity* Spawner::Spawn() +{ + std::vector<SpawnerNode*> freeNodes; + for (SpawnerNode* node : m_Info.nodes) { + if (node->entities.size() < node->nodeMax) { + freeNodes.push_back(node); + } + } + + return Spawn(freeNodes); +} + +Entity* Spawner::Spawn(std::vector<SpawnerNode*> freeNodes, const bool force) { + if (force || ((m_Entities.size() < m_Info.amountMaintained) && (freeNodes.size() > 0) && (m_AmountSpawned < m_Info.maxToSpawn || m_Info.maxToSpawn == -1))) { + SpawnerNode* spawnNode = freeNodes[GeneralUtils::GenerateRandomNumber<int>(0, freeNodes.size() - 1)]; + ++m_AmountSpawned; + m_EntityInfo.pos = spawnNode->position; + m_EntityInfo.rot = spawnNode->rotation; + m_EntityInfo.settings = spawnNode->config; + m_EntityInfo.id = 0; + m_EntityInfo.spawner = this; + + if (!m_Info.emulated) { + m_EntityInfo.spawnerNodeID = spawnNode->nodeID; + m_EntityInfo.hasSpawnerNodeID = true; + m_EntityInfo.spawnerID = m_Info.spawnerID; + } + + Entity* rezdE = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(m_EntityInfo, nullptr); + + rezdE->GetGroups() = m_Info.groups; + + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(rezdE); + + m_Entities.insert({ rezdE->GetObjectID(), spawnNode }); + spawnNode->entities.push_back(rezdE->GetObjectID()); + if (m_Entities.size() == m_Info.amountMaintained) { + m_NeedsUpdate = false; + } + + for (const auto& cb : m_EntitySpawnedCallbacks) { + cb(rezdE); + } + + return rezdE; + } + + return nullptr; +} + +void Spawner::AddSpawnedEntityDieCallback(std::function<void()> callback) { + m_SpawnedEntityDieCallbacks.push_back(callback); +} + +void Spawner::AddEntitySpawnedCallback(std::function<void(Entity *)> callback) { + m_EntitySpawnedCallbacks.push_back(callback); +} + +void Spawner::Reset() +{ + m_Start = true; + + for (auto* node : m_Info.nodes) + { + for (const auto& spawned : node->entities) + { + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(spawned); + + if (entity == nullptr) continue; + + entity->Kill(); + } + + node->entities.clear(); + } + + m_Entities.clear(); + m_AmountSpawned = 0; + m_NeedsUpdate = true; +} + +void Spawner::SoftReset() { + m_Start = true; + m_AmountSpawned = 0; + m_NeedsUpdate = true; +} + +void Spawner::SetRespawnTime(float time) { + m_Info.respawnTime = time; + + for (size_t i = 0; i < m_WaitTimes.size(); ++i) { + m_WaitTimes[i] = 0; + }; + + m_Start = true; + m_NeedsUpdate = true; +} + +void Spawner::SetNumToMaintain(int32_t value) { + m_Info.amountMaintained = value; +} + +void Spawner::Update(const float deltaTime) { + if (m_Start && m_Active) + { + m_Start = false; + + const auto toSpawn = m_Info.amountMaintained - m_AmountSpawned; + for (auto i = 0; i < toSpawn; ++i) + { + Spawn(); + } + + m_WaitTimes.clear(); + + return; + } + + if (!m_NeedsUpdate) return; + if (!m_Active) return; + //if (m_Info.noTimedSpawn) return; + if (m_Info.spawnsOnSmash) { + if (!m_SpawnSmashFoundGroup) { + + } + return; + } + for (size_t i = 0; i < m_WaitTimes.size(); ++i) { + m_WaitTimes[i] += deltaTime; + if (m_WaitTimes[i] >= m_Info.respawnTime) { + m_WaitTimes.erase(m_WaitTimes.begin() + i); + + Spawn(); + } + } +} + +void Spawner::NotifyOfEntityDeath(const LWOOBJID& objectID) { + for (std::function<void()> cb : m_SpawnedEntityDieCallbacks) { + cb(); + } + + m_NeedsUpdate = true; + //m_RespawnTime = 10.0f; + m_WaitTimes.push_back(0.0f); + SpawnerNode* node; + + auto it = m_Entities.find(objectID); + if (it != m_Entities.end()) node = it->second; + else return; + + if (!node) { + return; + } + + for (size_t i = 0; i < node->entities.size(); ++i) { + if (node->entities[i] && node->entities[i] == objectID) + node->entities.erase(node->entities.begin() + i); + } + + m_Entities.erase(objectID); + + if (m_SpawnOnSmash != nullptr) + { + m_SpawnOnSmash->Reset(); + } +} + +void Spawner::Activate() +{ + m_Active = true; + m_NeedsUpdate = true; + + for (auto& time : m_WaitTimes) + { + time = 0; + } +} + +void Spawner::SetSpawnLot(LOT lot) { + m_EntityInfo.lot = lot; +} diff --git a/dZoneManager/Spawner.h b/dZoneManager/Spawner.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..17e2e126 --- /dev/null +++ b/dZoneManager/Spawner.h @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +#ifndef SPAWNER_H +#define SPAWNER_H + +#include "NiPoint3.h" +#include "NiQuaternion.h" +#include "Entity.h" +#include "dZMCommon.h" +#include <vector> +#include <string> +#include <functional> +#include "LDFFormat.h" + +struct SpawnerNode { + NiPoint3 position = NiPoint3::ZERO; + NiQuaternion rotation = NiQuaternion::IDENTITY; + uint32_t nodeID = 0; + uint32_t nodeMax = 1; + std::vector<LWOOBJID> entities; + std::vector<LDFBaseData*> config; +}; + +struct SpawnerInfo { + LWOOBJID spawnerID = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; + LOT templateID = -1; + std::string name = ""; + float templateScale = 1; + float respawnTime = 0.0f; + int32_t maxToSpawn = -1; + uint32_t amountMaintained = 1; + bool activeOnLoad = true; + std::vector<SpawnerNode*> nodes = {}; + bool isNetwork = false; + bool spawnsOnSmash = false; + std::string spawnOnSmashGroupName = ""; + std::vector<std::string> groups = {}; + bool noAutoSpawn = false; + bool noTimedSpawn = false; + std::string grpNameQBShowBricks = ""; + bool spawnActivator = true; + + bool emulated = false; + LWOOBJID emulator = LWOOBJID_EMPTY; +}; + +class Spawner { +public: + Spawner(SpawnerInfo info); + ~Spawner(); + + Entity* Spawn(); + Entity* Spawn(std::vector<SpawnerNode*> freeNodes, bool force = false); + void Update(float deltaTime); + void NotifyOfEntityDeath(const LWOOBJID& objectID); + void Activate(); + void Deactivate() { m_Active = false; }; + int32_t GetAmountSpawned() { return m_AmountSpawned; }; + std::string GetName() { return m_Info.name; }; + std::vector<std::string> GetGroups() { return m_Info.groups; }; + void AddSpawnedEntityDieCallback(std::function<void()> callback); + void AddEntitySpawnedCallback(std::function<void(Entity*)> callback); + void SetSpawnLot(LOT lot); + void Reset(); + void SoftReset(); + void SetRespawnTime(float time); + void SetNumToMaintain(int32_t value); + bool GetIsSpawnSmashGroup() const { return m_SpawnSmashFoundGroup; }; + + SpawnerInfo m_Info; + bool m_Active = true; +private: + std::vector<std::function<void()>> m_SpawnedEntityDieCallbacks = {}; + std::vector<std::function<void(Entity*)>> m_EntitySpawnedCallbacks = {}; + + + bool m_SpawnSmashFoundGroup = false; + std::vector<float> m_WaitTimes = {}; + bool m_NeedsUpdate = true; + std::map<LWOOBJID, SpawnerNode*> m_Entities = {}; + EntityInfo m_EntityInfo; + int32_t m_AmountSpawned = 0; + bool m_Start = false; + Spawner* m_SpawnOnSmash = nullptr; +}; + +#endif // SPAWNER_H diff --git a/dZoneManager/Zone.cpp b/dZoneManager/Zone.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..68adb943 --- /dev/null +++ b/dZoneManager/Zone.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,571 @@ +#include "Zone.h" +#include "Level.h" +#include <fstream> +#include <sstream> +#include "Game.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "GeneralUtils.h" +#include "BinaryIO.h" + +#include "CDClientManager.h" +#include "CDZoneTableTable.h" +#include "Spawner.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" + +Zone::Zone(const LWOMAPID & mapID, const LWOINSTANCEID & instanceID, const LWOCLONEID & cloneID) : + m_ZoneID(mapID, instanceID, cloneID) +{ + m_NumberOfScenesLoaded = 0; + m_NumberOfObjectsLoaded = 0; + m_NumberOfSceneTransitionsLoaded = 0; + m_CheckSum = 0; + m_WorldID = 0; + m_SceneCount = 0; +} + +Zone::~Zone() { + Game::logger->Log("Zone", "Destroying zone %i\n", m_ZoneID.GetMapID()); + for (std::map<LWOSCENEID, SceneRef>::iterator it = m_Scenes.begin(); it != m_Scenes.end(); ++it) { + if (it->second.level != nullptr) delete it->second.level; + } +} + +void Zone::Initalize() +{ + LoadZoneIntoMemory(); + LoadLevelsIntoMemory(); + m_CheckSum = CalculateChecksum(); +} + +void Zone::LoadZoneIntoMemory() { + m_ZoneFilePath = GetFilePathForZoneID(); + m_ZonePath = m_ZoneFilePath.substr(0, m_ZoneFilePath.rfind('/') + 1); + if (m_ZoneFilePath == "ERR") return; + + std::ifstream file(m_ZoneFilePath, std::ios::binary); + if (file) { + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, m_ZoneFileFormatVersion); + + uint32_t mapRevision = 0; + if (m_ZoneFileFormatVersion >= Zone::ZoneFileFormatVersion::Alpha) BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, mapRevision); + + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, m_WorldID); + if ((uint16_t)m_WorldID != m_ZoneID.GetMapID()) Game::logger->Log("Zone", "WorldID: %i doesn't match MapID %i! Is this intended?\n", m_WorldID, m_ZoneID.GetMapID()); + + AddRevision(LWOSCENEID_INVALID, mapRevision); + + if (m_ZoneFileFormatVersion >= Zone::ZoneFileFormatVersion::Beta) { + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, m_Spawnpoint); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, m_SpawnpointRotation); + } + + if (m_ZoneFileFormatVersion <= Zone::ZoneFileFormatVersion::LateAlpha) { + uint8_t sceneCount; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, sceneCount); + m_SceneCount = sceneCount; + } + else BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, m_SceneCount); + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_SceneCount; ++i) { + LoadScene(file); + } + + //Read generic zone info: + uint8_t stringLength; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, stringLength); + m_ZonePath = BinaryIO::ReadString(file, stringLength); + + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, stringLength); + m_ZoneRawPath = BinaryIO::ReadString(file, stringLength); + + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, stringLength); + m_ZoneName = BinaryIO::ReadString(file, stringLength); + + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, stringLength); + m_ZoneDesc = BinaryIO::ReadString(file, stringLength); + + if (m_ZoneFileFormatVersion >= Zone::ZoneFileFormatVersion::PreAlpha) { + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, m_NumberOfSceneTransitionsLoaded); + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_NumberOfSceneTransitionsLoaded; ++i) { + LoadSceneTransition(file); + } + } + + if (m_ZoneFileFormatVersion >= Zone::ZoneFileFormatVersion::EarlyAlpha) { + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, m_PathDataLength); + uint32_t unknown; + uint32_t pathCount; + + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, unknown); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, pathCount); + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < pathCount; ++i) { + LoadPath(file); + } + + for (Path path : m_Paths) { + if (path.pathType == PathType::Spawner) { + SpawnerInfo info = SpawnerInfo(); + for (PathWaypoint waypoint : path.pathWaypoints) { + SpawnerNode* node = new SpawnerNode(); + node->position = waypoint.position; + node->rotation = waypoint.rotation; + node->nodeID = 0; + node->config = waypoint.config; + + for (LDFBaseData* data : waypoint.config) { + if (data) { + if (data->GetKey() == u"spawner_node_id") { + node->nodeID = std::stoi(data->GetValueAsString()); + } + else if (data->GetKey() == u"spawner_max_per_node") { + node->nodeMax = std::stoi(data->GetValueAsString()); + } + else if (data->GetKey() == u"groupID") { // Load object group + std::string groupStr = data->GetValueAsString(); + info.groups = GeneralUtils::SplitString(groupStr, ';'); + info.groups.erase(info.groups.end() - 1); + } + else if (data->GetKey() == u"grpNameQBShowBricks") { + if (data->GetValueAsString() == "") continue; + /*std::string groupStr = data->GetValueAsString(); + info.groups.push_back(groupStr);*/ + info.grpNameQBShowBricks = data->GetValueAsString(); + } + else if (data->GetKey() == u"spawner_name") + { + info.name = data->GetValueAsString(); + } + } + } + info.nodes.push_back(node); + } + info.templateID = path.spawner.spawnedLOT; + info.spawnerID = path.spawner.spawnerObjID; + info.respawnTime = path.spawner.respawnTime; + info.amountMaintained = path.spawner.amountMaintained; + info.maxToSpawn = path.spawner.maxToSpawn; + info.activeOnLoad = path.spawner.spawnerNetActive; + info.isNetwork = true; + Spawner* spawner = new Spawner(info); + dZoneManager::Instance()->AddSpawner(info.spawnerID, spawner); + } + + } + + + //m_PathData.resize(m_PathDataLength); + //file.read((char*)&m_PathData[0], m_PathDataLength); + } + } + else { + Game::logger->Log("Zone", "Failed to open: %s\n", m_ZoneFilePath.c_str()); + } + m_ZonePath = m_ZoneFilePath.substr(0, m_ZoneFilePath.rfind('/') + 1); + + file.close(); +} + +std::string Zone::GetFilePathForZoneID() { + //We're gonna go ahead and presume we've got the db loaded already: + CDZoneTableTable * zoneTable = CDClientManager::Instance()->GetTable<CDZoneTableTable>("ZoneTable"); + const CDZoneTable* zone = zoneTable->Query(this->GetZoneID().GetMapID()); + if (zone != nullptr) { + std::string toReturn = "./res/maps/" + zone->zoneName; + std::transform(toReturn.begin(), toReturn.end(), toReturn.begin(), ::tolower); + return toReturn; + } + + return std::string("ERR"); +} + +//Based off code from: https://www.liquisearch.com/fletchers_checksum/implementation/optimizations +uint32_t Zone::CalculateChecksum() { + uint32_t sum1 = 0xffff, sum2 = 0xffff; + + for (std::map<LWOSCENEID, uint32_t>::const_iterator it = m_MapRevisions.cbegin(); it != m_MapRevisions.cend(); ++it) { + uint32_t sceneID = it->first.GetSceneID(); + sum2 += sum1 += (sceneID >> 16); + sum2 += sum1 += (sceneID & 0xffff); + + uint32_t layerID = it->first.GetLayerID(); + sum2 += sum1 += (layerID >> 16); + sum2 += sum1 += (layerID & 0xffff); + + uint32_t revision = it->second; + sum2 += sum1 += (revision >> 16); + sum2 += sum1 += (revision & 0xffff); + } + + sum1 = (sum1 & 0xffff) + (sum1 >> 16); + sum2 = (sum2 & 0xffff) + (sum2 >> 16); + + return sum2 << 16 | sum1; +} + +void Zone::LoadLevelsIntoMemory() { + for (std::map<LWOSCENEID, SceneRef>::iterator it = m_Scenes.begin(); it != m_Scenes.end(); ++it) { + if (it->second.level == nullptr) { + it->second.level = new Level(this, m_ZonePath + it->second.filename); + + if (it->second.level->m_ChunkHeaders.size() > 0) { + it->second.level->m_ChunkHeaders.begin()->second.lwoSceneID = it->first; + AddRevision(it->second.level->m_ChunkHeaders.begin()->second.lwoSceneID, it->second.level->m_ChunkHeaders.begin()->second.fileInfo->revision); + } + } + } +} + +void Zone::AddRevision(LWOSCENEID sceneID, uint32_t revision) { + for (std::pair<LWOSCENEID, uint32_t> item : m_MapRevisions) { + if (item.first == sceneID) return; + } + + m_MapRevisions[LWOSCENEID(sceneID)] = revision; +} + +const void Zone::PrintAllGameObjects() { + for (std::pair<LWOSCENEID, SceneRef> scene : m_Scenes) { + Game::logger->Log("Zone", "\nIn sceneID: %i\n\n", scene.first.GetSceneID()); + scene.second.level->PrintAllObjects(); + } +} + +void Zone::LoadScene(std::ifstream & file) { + SceneRef scene; + scene.level = nullptr; + LWOSCENEID lwoSceneID(LWOZONEID_INVALID, 0); + + uint8_t sceneFilenameLength; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, sceneFilenameLength); + scene.filename = BinaryIO::ReadString(file, sceneFilenameLength); + + std::string luTriggersPath = scene.filename.substr(0, scene.filename.size() - 4) + ".lutriggers"; + std::vector<LUTriggers::Trigger*> triggers = LoadLUTriggers(luTriggersPath, scene.id); + + for (LUTriggers::Trigger* trigger : triggers) { + scene.triggers.insert({ trigger->id, trigger }); + } + + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, scene.id); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, scene.sceneType); + lwoSceneID.SetSceneID(scene.id); + + uint8_t sceneNameLength; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, sceneNameLength); + scene.name = BinaryIO::ReadString(file, sceneNameLength); + file.ignore(3); + + /* + if (m_Scenes.find(scene.id) != m_Scenes.end()) { + //Extract the layer id from the filename (bad I know, but it's reliable at least): + std::string layer = scene.filename.substr(scene.filename.rfind('x') + 1); + layer = layer.substr(0, layer.find('_')); + lwoSceneID.SetLayerID(std::atoi(layer.c_str())); + } + */ + + lwoSceneID.SetLayerID(scene.sceneType); + + m_Scenes.insert(std::make_pair(lwoSceneID, scene)); + m_NumberOfScenesLoaded++; +} + +std::vector<LUTriggers::Trigger*> Zone::LoadLUTriggers(std::string triggerFile, LWOSCENEID sceneID) { + std::vector<LUTriggers::Trigger*> lvlTriggers; + std::ifstream file(m_ZonePath + triggerFile); + std::stringstream data; + data << file.rdbuf(); + + if (data.str().size() == 0) return lvlTriggers; + + tinyxml2::XMLDocument* doc = new tinyxml2::XMLDocument(); + if (!doc) return lvlTriggers; + + if (doc->Parse(data.str().c_str(), data.str().size()) == 0) { + //Game::logger->Log("Zone", "Loaded LUTriggers from file %s!\n", triggerFile.c_str()); + } + else { + Game::logger->Log("Zone", "Failed to load LUTriggers from file %s\n", triggerFile.c_str()); + return lvlTriggers; + } + + tinyxml2::XMLElement* triggers = doc->FirstChildElement("triggers"); + if (!triggers) return lvlTriggers; + + auto currentTrigger = triggers->FirstChildElement("trigger"); + while (currentTrigger) { + LUTriggers::Trigger *newTrigger = new LUTriggers::Trigger(); + currentTrigger->QueryAttribute("enabled", &newTrigger->enabled); + currentTrigger->QueryAttribute("id", &newTrigger->id); + + auto currentEvent = currentTrigger->FirstChildElement("event"); + while (currentEvent) { + LUTriggers::Event* newEvent = new LUTriggers::Event(); + newEvent->eventID = currentEvent->Attribute("id"); + auto currentCommand = currentEvent->FirstChildElement("command"); + while (currentCommand) { + LUTriggers::Command* newCommand = new LUTriggers::Command(); + newCommand->id = currentCommand->Attribute("id"); + newCommand->target = currentCommand->Attribute("target"); + if (currentCommand->Attribute("targetName") != NULL) { + newCommand->targetName = currentCommand->Attribute("targetName"); + } + if (currentCommand->Attribute("args") != NULL) { + newCommand->args = currentCommand->Attribute("args"); + } + newEvent->commands.push_back(newCommand); + currentCommand = currentCommand->NextSiblingElement("command"); + } + newTrigger->events.push_back(newEvent); + currentEvent = currentEvent->NextSiblingElement("event"); + } + currentTrigger = currentTrigger->NextSiblingElement("trigger"); + lvlTriggers.push_back(newTrigger); + } + + delete doc; + + return lvlTriggers; +} + +LUTriggers::Trigger* Zone::GetTrigger(uint32_t sceneID, uint32_t triggerID) { + if (m_Scenes.find(sceneID) == m_Scenes.end()) return nullptr; + if (m_Scenes[sceneID].triggers.find(triggerID) == m_Scenes[sceneID].triggers.end()) return nullptr; + + return m_Scenes[sceneID].triggers[triggerID]; +} + +const Path* Zone::GetPath(std::string name) const +{ + for (const auto& path : m_Paths) + { + if (name == path.pathName) + { + return &path; + } + } + + return nullptr; +} + +void Zone::LoadSceneTransition(std::ifstream & file) { + SceneTransition sceneTrans; + if (m_ZoneFileFormatVersion < Zone::ZoneFileFormatVersion::LateAlpha) { + uint8_t length; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, length); + sceneTrans.name = BinaryIO::ReadString(file, length); + } + + //BR�THER MAY I HAVE SOME L��PS? + uint8_t loops = (m_ZoneFileFormatVersion < Zone::ZoneFileFormatVersion::EarlyAlpha || m_ZoneFileFormatVersion >= Zone::ZoneFileFormatVersion::Launch) ? 2 : 5; + + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < loops; ++i) { + sceneTrans.points.push_back(LoadSceneTransitionInfo(file)); + } + + m_SceneTransitions.push_back(sceneTrans); +} + +SceneTransitionInfo Zone::LoadSceneTransitionInfo(std::ifstream & file) { + SceneTransitionInfo info; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, info.sceneID); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, info.position); + return info; +} + +void Zone::LoadPath(std::ifstream & file) { + // Currently only spawner (type 4) paths are supported + Path path = Path(); + + uint32_t unknown1; + uint32_t pathType; + uint32_t pathBehavior; + + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, path.pathVersion); + uint8_t stringLength; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, stringLength); + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < stringLength; ++i) { + uint16_t character; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, character); + path.pathName.push_back(character); + } + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, pathType); + path.pathType = PathType(pathType); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, unknown1); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, pathBehavior); + path.pathType = PathType(pathType); + + if (path.pathType == PathType::MovingPlatform) { + if (path.pathVersion >= 18) { + uint8_t unknown; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, unknown); + } + else if (path.pathVersion >= 13) { + uint8_t count; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, count); + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < count; ++i) { + uint16_t character; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, character); + path.movingPlatform.platformTravelSound.push_back(character); + } + } + } + else if (path.pathType == PathType::Property) { + int32_t unknown; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, unknown); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, path.property.price); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, path.property.rentalTime); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, path.property.associatedZone); + uint8_t count1; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, count1); + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < count1; ++i) { + uint16_t character; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, character); + path.property.displayName.push_back(character); + } + uint32_t count2; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, count2); + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < count2; ++i) { + uint16_t character; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, character); + path.property.displayDesc.push_back(character); + } + int32_t unknown1; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, unknown1); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, path.property.cloneLimit); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, path.property.repMultiplier); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, path.property.rentalTimeUnit); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, path.property.achievementRequired); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, path.property.playerZoneCoords.x); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, path.property.playerZoneCoords.y); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, path.property.playerZoneCoords.z); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, path.property.maxBuildHeight); + } + else if (path.pathType == PathType::Camera) { + uint8_t count; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, count); + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < count; ++i) { + uint16_t character; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, character); + path.camera.nextPath.push_back(character); + } + if (path.pathVersion >= 14) { + uint8_t unknown; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, unknown); + } + } else if (path.pathType == PathType::Spawner) { + //SpawnerPath* path = static_cast<SpawnerPath*>(path); // Convert to a spawner path + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, path.spawner.spawnedLOT); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, path.spawner.respawnTime); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, path.spawner.maxToSpawn); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, path.spawner.amountMaintained); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, path.spawner.spawnerObjID); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, path.spawner.spawnerNetActive); + } + + // Read waypoints + + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, path.waypointCount); + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < path.waypointCount; ++i) { + PathWaypoint waypoint = PathWaypoint(); + + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, waypoint.position.x); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, waypoint.position.y); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, waypoint.position.z); + + + if (path.pathType == PathType::Spawner || path.pathType == PathType::MovingPlatform || path.pathType == PathType::Race) { + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, waypoint.rotation.w); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, waypoint.rotation.x); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, waypoint.rotation.y); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, waypoint.rotation.z); + } + + if (path.pathType == PathType::MovingPlatform) { + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, waypoint.movingPlatform.lockPlayer); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, waypoint.movingPlatform.speed); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, waypoint.movingPlatform.wait); + if (path.pathVersion >= 13) { + uint8_t count1; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, count1); + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < count1; ++i) { + uint16_t character; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, character); + waypoint.movingPlatform.departSound.push_back(character); + } + uint8_t count2; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, count2); + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < count2; ++i) { + uint16_t character; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, character); + waypoint.movingPlatform.arriveSound.push_back(character); + } + } + } + else if (path.pathType == PathType::Camera) { + float unknown; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, unknown); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, unknown); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, unknown); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, unknown); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, waypoint.camera.time); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, unknown); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, waypoint.camera.tension); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, waypoint.camera.continuity); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, waypoint.camera.bias); + } + else if (path.pathType == PathType::Race) { + uint8_t unknown; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, unknown); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, unknown); + float unknown1; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, unknown1); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, unknown1); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, unknown1); + } + else if (path.pathType == PathType::Rail) { + float unknown; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, unknown); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, unknown); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, unknown); + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, unknown); + if (path.pathVersion >= 17) { + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, unknown); + } + } + + // object LDF configs + if (path.pathType == PathType::Movement || path.pathType == PathType::Spawner || path.pathType == PathType::Rail) { + uint32_t count; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, count); + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < count; ++i) { + uint8_t count1; + std::string parameter; + std::string value; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, count1); + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < count1; ++i) { + uint16_t character; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, character); + parameter.push_back(character); + } + uint8_t count2; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, count2); + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < count2; ++i) { + uint16_t character; + BinaryIO::BinaryRead(file, character); + value.push_back(character); + } + LDFBaseData* ldfConfig = LDFBaseData::DataFromString(parameter + "=" + value); + waypoint.config.push_back(ldfConfig); + } + } + + path.pathWaypoints.push_back(waypoint); + } + + + + m_Paths.push_back(path); +} diff --git a/dZoneManager/Zone.h b/dZoneManager/Zone.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0d30415d --- /dev/null +++ b/dZoneManager/Zone.h @@ -0,0 +1,231 @@ +#pragma once +#include "dZMCommon.h" +#include "LDFFormat.h" +#include "../thirdparty/tinyxml2/tinyxml2.h" +#include <string> +#include <vector> +#include <map> + +class Level; + +class LUTriggers { + public: + + struct Command { + std::string id; + std::string target; + std::string targetName; + std::string args; + }; + + struct Event { + std::string eventID; + std::vector<Command*> commands; + }; + + struct Trigger { + uint32_t id; + bool enabled; + std::vector<Event*> events; + }; +}; + +struct SceneRef { + std::string filename; + uint32_t id; + uint32_t sceneType; //0 = general, 1 = audio? + std::string name; + Level* level; + std::map<uint32_t, LUTriggers::Trigger*> triggers; +}; + +struct SceneTransitionInfo { + uint64_t sceneID; //id of the scene being transitioned to. + NiPoint3 position; +}; + +struct SceneTransition { + std::string name; + std::vector<SceneTransitionInfo> points; +}; + +struct MovingPlatformPathWaypoint { + uint8_t lockPlayer; + float speed; + float wait; + std::string departSound; + std::string arriveSound; +}; + +struct CameraPathWaypoint { + float time; + float tension; + float continuity; + float bias; +}; + +struct PathWaypoint { + NiPoint3 position; + NiQuaternion rotation; // not included in all, but it's more convenient here + MovingPlatformPathWaypoint movingPlatform; + CameraPathWaypoint camera; + std::vector<LDFBaseData*> config; +}; + +enum class PathType : uint32_t { + Movement = 0, + MovingPlatform = 1, + Property = 2, + Camera = 3, + Spawner = 4, + Showcase = 5, + Race = 6, + Rail = 7 +}; + +enum class PathBehavior : uint32_t { + Loop = 0, + Bounce = 1, + Once = 2 +}; + +enum class PropertyRentalTimeUnit : int32_t{ + Forever = 0, + Seconds = 1, + Minutes = 2, + Hours = 3, + Days = 4, + Weeks = 5, + Months = 6, + Years = 7 +}; + +enum class PropertyAchievmentRequired : int32_t { + None = 0, + Builder = 1, + Craftsman = 2, + SeniorBuilder = 3, + JourneyMan = 4, + MasterBuilder = 5, + Architect = 6, + SeniorArchitect = 7, + MasterArchitect = 8, + Visionary = 9, + Exemplar = 10 +}; + +struct MovingPlatformPath { + std::string platformTravelSound; +}; + +struct PropertyPath { + int32_t price; + int32_t rentalTime; + uint64_t associatedZone; + std::string displayName; + std::string displayDesc; + int32_t cloneLimit; + float repMultiplier; + PropertyRentalTimeUnit rentalTimeUnit; + PropertyAchievmentRequired achievementRequired; + NiPoint3 playerZoneCoords; + float maxBuildHeight; +}; + +struct CameraPath { + std::string nextPath; +}; + +struct SpawnerPath { + LOT spawnedLOT; + uint32_t respawnTime; + int32_t maxToSpawn; + uint32_t amountMaintained; + LWOOBJID spawnerObjID; + uint8_t spawnerNetActive; +}; + + +struct Path { + uint32_t pathVersion; + PathType pathType; + std::string pathName; + PathBehavior pathBehavior; + uint32_t waypointCount; + std::vector<PathWaypoint> pathWaypoints; + SpawnerPath spawner; + MovingPlatformPath movingPlatform; + PropertyPath property; + CameraPath camera; +}; + +class Zone { +public: + enum class ZoneFileFormatVersion : uint32_t { //Times are guessed. + PreAlpha = 0x20, + EarlyAlpha = 0x23, + Alpha = 0x24, + LateAlpha = 0x25, + Beta = 0x26, + Launch = 0x27, + Auramar = 0x28, + Latest = 0x29 + }; + +public: + Zone(const LWOMAPID& mapID, const LWOINSTANCEID& instanceID, const LWOCLONEID& cloneID); + ~Zone(); + + void Initalize(); + void LoadZoneIntoMemory(); + std::string GetFilePathForZoneID(); + uint32_t CalculateChecksum(); + void LoadLevelsIntoMemory(); + void AddRevision(LWOSCENEID sceneID, uint32_t revision); + const LWOZONEID& GetZoneID() const { return m_ZoneID; } + const uint32_t GetChecksum() const { return m_CheckSum; } + const void PrintAllGameObjects(); + LUTriggers::Trigger* GetTrigger(uint32_t sceneID, uint32_t triggerID); + const Path* GetPath(std::string name) const; + + uint32_t GetWorldID() const { return m_WorldID; } + [[nodiscard]] std::string GetZoneName() const { return m_ZoneName; } + + const NiPoint3& GetSpawnPos() const { return m_Spawnpoint; } + const NiQuaternion& GetSpawnRot() const { return m_SpawnpointRotation; } + + void SetSpawnPos(const NiPoint3& pos) { m_Spawnpoint = pos; } + void SetSpawnRot(const NiQuaternion& rot) { m_SpawnpointRotation = rot; } + +private: + LWOZONEID m_ZoneID; + std::string m_ZoneFilePath; + uint32_t m_NumberOfScenesLoaded; + uint32_t m_NumberOfObjectsLoaded; + uint32_t m_NumberOfSceneTransitionsLoaded; + ZoneFileFormatVersion m_ZoneFileFormatVersion; + uint32_t m_CheckSum; + uint32_t m_WorldID; //should be equal to the MapID + NiPoint3 m_Spawnpoint; + NiQuaternion m_SpawnpointRotation; + uint32_t m_SceneCount; + + std::string m_ZonePath; //Path to the .luz's folder + std::string m_ZoneName; //Name given to the zone by a level designer + std::string m_ZoneDesc; //Description of the zone by a level designer + std::string m_ZoneRawPath; //Path to the .raw file of this zone. + + std::map<LWOSCENEID, SceneRef, mapCompareLwoSceneIDs> m_Scenes; + std::vector<SceneTransition> m_SceneTransitions; + uint32_t m_PathDataLength; + //std::vector<char> m_PathData; //Binary path data + std::vector<Path> m_Paths; + std::map<LWOSCENEID, uint32_t, mapCompareLwoSceneIDs> m_MapRevisions; //rhs is the revision! + + //private ("helper") functions: + void LoadScene(std::ifstream& file); + std::vector<LUTriggers::Trigger*> LoadLUTriggers(std::string triggerFile, LWOSCENEID sceneID); + void LoadSceneTransition(std::ifstream& file); + SceneTransitionInfo LoadSceneTransitionInfo(std::ifstream& file); + void LoadPath(std::ifstream& file); +}; diff --git a/dZoneManager/dZMCommon.h b/dZoneManager/dZMCommon.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6ee23a61 --- /dev/null +++ b/dZoneManager/dZMCommon.h @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +#pragma once +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "NiPoint3.h" +#include "NiQuaternion.h" +#include "LDFFormat.h" +#include <vector> + +struct mapCompareLwoSceneIDs { + bool operator()(const LWOSCENEID& lhs, const LWOSCENEID& rhs) const { return lhs < rhs; } +}; + +struct SceneObject { + LWOOBJID id; + LOT lot; + uint32_t value1; + uint32_t value2; + NiPoint3 position; + NiQuaternion rotation; + float scale = 1.0f; + //std::string settings; + uint32_t value3; + std::vector<LDFBaseData*> settings; +}; + +#define LOT_MARKER_PLAYER_START 1931 +#define LOT_MARKET_CAMERA_TARGET 2182 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/dZoneManager/dZoneManager.cpp b/dZoneManager/dZoneManager.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d2188f4f --- /dev/null +++ b/dZoneManager/dZoneManager.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +#include "Game.h" +#include "dCommonVars.h" +#include "dZoneManager.h" +#include "EntityManager.h" +#include "dLogger.h" +#include "dConfig.h" +#include "InventoryComponent.h" +#include "DestroyableComponent.h" +#include "GameMessages.h" +#include "VanityUtilities.h" +#include <chrono> + +#include "../dWorldServer/ObjectIDManager.h" + +dZoneManager* dZoneManager::m_Address = nullptr; + +void dZoneManager::Initialize(const LWOZONEID& zoneID) { + Game::logger->Log("dZoneManager", "Preparing zone: %i/%i/%i\n", zoneID.GetMapID(), zoneID.GetInstanceID(), zoneID.GetCloneID()); + + int64_t startTime = 0; + int64_t endTime = 0; + + startTime = std::chrono::duration_cast<std::chrono::milliseconds>(std::chrono::steady_clock::now().time_since_epoch()).count(); + + LoadZone(zoneID); + + LOT zoneControlTemplate = 2365; + + std::stringstream query; + auto result = CDClientDatabase::ExecuteQuery("SELECT zoneControlTemplate, ghostdistance_min, ghostdistance FROM ZoneTable WHERE zoneID = " + std::to_string(zoneID.GetMapID())); + + if (!result.eof()) { + zoneControlTemplate = result.getIntField("zoneControlTemplate", 2365); + const auto min = result.getIntField("ghostdistance_min", 100); + const auto max = result.getIntField("ghostdistance", 100); + EntityManager::Instance()->SetGhostDistanceMax(max + min); + EntityManager::Instance()->SetGhostDistanceMin(max); + } + + result.finalize(); + + Game::logger->Log("dZoneManager", "Creating zone control object %i\n", zoneControlTemplate); + + // Create ZoneControl object + EntityInfo info; + info.lot = zoneControlTemplate; + info.id = 70368744177662; + Entity* zoneControl = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(info, nullptr, nullptr, true); + m_ZoneControlObject = zoneControl; + + m_pZone->Initalize(); + + endTime = std::chrono::duration_cast<std::chrono::milliseconds>(std::chrono::steady_clock::now().time_since_epoch()).count(); + + Game::logger->Log("dZoneManager", "Zone prepared in: %llu ms\n", (endTime - startTime)); + + VanityUtilities::SpawnVanity(); +} + +dZoneManager::~dZoneManager() { + if (m_pZone) delete m_pZone; + + for (std::pair<LWOOBJID, Spawner*> p : m_Spawners) { + if (p.second) { + delete p.second; + p.second = nullptr; + } + + m_Spawners.erase(p.first); + } +} + +Zone * dZoneManager::GetZone() { + return m_pZone; +} + +void dZoneManager::LoadZone(const LWOZONEID& zoneID) { + if (m_pZone) delete m_pZone; + + m_ZoneID = zoneID; + m_pZone = new Zone(zoneID.GetMapID(), zoneID.GetInstanceID(), zoneID.GetCloneID()); +} + +void dZoneManager::NotifyZone(const dZoneNotifier & notifier, const LWOOBJID& objectID) { + switch (notifier) { + case dZoneNotifier::SpawnedObjectDestroyed: + break; + case dZoneNotifier::SpawnedChildObjectDestroyed: + break; + case dZoneNotifier::ReloadZone: + Game::logger->Log("dZoneManager", "Forcing reload of zone %i\n", m_ZoneID.GetMapID()); + LoadZone(m_ZoneID); + + m_pZone->Initalize(); + break; + case dZoneNotifier::UserJoined: + break; + case dZoneNotifier::UserMoved: + break; + case dZoneNotifier::PrintAllGameObjects: + m_pZone->PrintAllGameObjects(); + break; + case dZoneNotifier::InvalidNotifier: + Game::logger->Log("dZoneManager", "Got an invalid zone notifier.\n"); + break; + default: + Game::logger->Log("dZoneManager", "Unknown zone notifier: %i\n", int(notifier)); + } +} + +void dZoneManager::AddSpawner(LWOOBJID id, Spawner* spawner) +{ + m_Spawners.insert_or_assign(id, spawner); +} + +LWOZONEID dZoneManager::GetZoneID() const +{ + return m_ZoneID; +} + +void dZoneManager::Update(float deltaTime) { + for (auto spawner : m_Spawners) { + spawner.second->Update(deltaTime); + } +} + +LWOOBJID dZoneManager::MakeSpawner(SpawnerInfo info) +{ + auto objectId = info.spawnerID; + + if (objectId == LWOOBJID_EMPTY) + { + objectId = ObjectIDManager::Instance()->GenerateObjectID(); + + objectId = GeneralUtils::SetBit(objectId, OBJECT_BIT_CLIENT); + + info.spawnerID = objectId; + } + + auto* spawner = new Spawner(info); + + EntityInfo entityInfo{}; + + entityInfo.id = objectId; + entityInfo.lot = 176; + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->CreateEntity(entityInfo, nullptr, nullptr, false, objectId); + + EntityManager::Instance()->ConstructEntity(entity); + + AddSpawner(objectId, spawner); + + return objectId; +} + +Spawner* dZoneManager::GetSpawner(const LWOOBJID id) +{ + const auto& index = m_Spawners.find(id); + + if (index == m_Spawners.end()) { + return nullptr; + } + + return index->second; +} + +void dZoneManager::RemoveSpawner(const LWOOBJID id) +{ + auto* spawner = GetSpawner(id); + + if (spawner == nullptr) { + Game::logger->Log("dZoneManager", "Failed to find spawner (%llu)\n", id); + return; + } + + auto* entity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(id); + + if (entity != nullptr) { + entity->Kill(); + } + else { + + Game::logger->Log("dZoneManager", "Failed to find spawner entity (%llu)\n", id); + } + + for (auto* node : spawner->m_Info.nodes) + { + for (const auto& element : node->entities) + { + auto* nodeEntity = EntityManager::Instance()->GetEntity(element); + + if (nodeEntity == nullptr) continue; + + nodeEntity->Kill(); + } + + node->entities.clear(); + } + + spawner->Deactivate(); + + Game::logger->Log("dZoneManager", "Destroying spawner (%llu)\n", id); + + m_Spawners.erase(id); + + delete spawner; +} + + +std::vector<Spawner*> dZoneManager::GetSpawnersByName(std::string spawnerName) { + std::vector<Spawner*> spawners; + for (const auto& spawner : m_Spawners) { + if (spawner.second->GetName() == spawnerName) { + spawners.push_back(spawner.second); + } + } + + return spawners; +} + +std::vector<Spawner*> dZoneManager::GetSpawnersInGroup(std::string group) { + std::vector<Spawner*> spawnersInGroup; + for (auto spawner : m_Spawners) { + for (std::string entityGroup : spawner.second->m_Info.groups) { + if (entityGroup == group) { + spawnersInGroup.push_back(spawner.second); + } + } + } + + return spawnersInGroup; +} diff --git a/dZoneManager/dZoneManager.h b/dZoneManager/dZoneManager.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f6da56cd --- /dev/null +++ b/dZoneManager/dZoneManager.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +#pragma once +#include "dZMCommon.h" +#include "Zone.h" +#include "Spawner.h" +#include <map> + +class dZoneManager { +public: + enum class dZoneNotifier { + SpawnedObjectDestroyed, + SpawnedChildObjectDestroyed, //Used for when an object (like a stromling) needs to notify the spawner to respawn a new enemy. + ReloadZone, //Forces the server and all connects clients to reload the map + UserJoined, + UserMoved, + PrintAllGameObjects, //Using this is a BAD idea in production + InvalidNotifier + }; + +public: + static dZoneManager* Instance() { + if (!m_Address) { + m_Address = new dZoneManager(); + } + + return m_Address; + } + + void Initialize(const LWOZONEID& zoneID); + ~dZoneManager(); + + Zone* GetZone(); //Gets a pointer to the currently loaded zone. + void LoadZone(const LWOZONEID& zoneID); //Discard the current zone (if any) and loads a new zone. + void NotifyZone(const dZoneNotifier& notifier, const LWOOBJID& objectID); //Notifies the zone of a certain event or command. + void AddSpawner(LWOOBJID id, Spawner* spawner); + LWOZONEID GetZoneID() const; + LWOOBJID MakeSpawner(SpawnerInfo info); + Spawner* GetSpawner(LWOOBJID id); + void RemoveSpawner(LWOOBJID id); + std::vector<Spawner*> GetSpawnersByName(std::string spawnerName); + std::vector<Spawner*> GetSpawnersInGroup(std::string group); + void Update(float deltaTime); + Entity* GetZoneControlObject() { return m_ZoneControlObject; } + +private: + static dZoneManager* m_Address; //Singleton + Zone* m_pZone; + LWOZONEID m_ZoneID; + std::map<LWOOBJID, Spawner*> m_Spawners; + + Entity* m_ZoneControlObject; +}; diff --git a/logo.png b/logo.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6504ed3e Binary files /dev/null and b/logo.png differ diff --git a/migrations/cdserver/0_nt_footrace.sql b/migrations/cdserver/0_nt_footrace.sql new file mode 100644 index 00000000..32330f1d --- /dev/null +++ b/migrations/cdserver/0_nt_footrace.sql @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +-- changes the NT foot race such that it does not share the + +BEGIN TRANSACTION; + +UPDATE ComponentsRegistry SET component_id = 1901 WHERE id = 12916; +INSERT INTO ActivityRewards (objectTemplate, ActivityRewardIndex, activityRating, LootMatrixIndex, CurrencyIndex, ChallengeRating, description) VALUES (1901, 166, -1, 598, 1, 4, 'NT Foot Race'); + +COMMIT; diff --git a/migrations/cdserver/1_fix_overbuild_mission.sql b/migrations/cdserver/1_fix_overbuild_mission.sql new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1a4cd34f --- /dev/null +++ b/migrations/cdserver/1_fix_overbuild_mission.sql @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +-- Fixes the overbuild mission that has the wrong target, therefore not being completable +UPDATE Missions SET target_objectID = 12259 WHERE id = 1177; diff --git a/migrations/cdserver/2_script_component.sql b/migrations/cdserver/2_script_component.sql new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7dc5d216 --- /dev/null +++ b/migrations/cdserver/2_script_component.sql @@ -0,0 +1,363 @@ +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\Hatchlings\L_HATCHLING_PETS.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 334; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AG\L__AG_MONUMENT_RACE_CANCEL.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 379; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AG\L__AG_MONUMENT_RACE_GOAL.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 380; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\PET_DIG_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\PET_DIG_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 452; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_GROWING_FLOWER_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\L_GROWING_FLOWER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 544; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_SUSPEND_LUA_AI.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 675; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_EXPLODING_ASSET.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\client\ai\GF\L_BOMB_CRATE_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 688; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\L_LANDING_TEST.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\L_LANDING_TEST_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 726; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AG\L_NPC_PIRATE_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 729; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AG\L_NPC_COWBOY_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 741; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_BASE_ENEMY_MECH.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 815; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\Survival\L_AG_SURVIVAL_STROMBIE.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Enemy\Waves\L_WAVES_ENEMY_DEATH_SCORE.lua' WHERE id = 846; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_BASE_ENEMY_SPIDERLING.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Enemy\General\L_REGISTER_FOR_UI.lua' WHERE id = 850; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\VE\L_EPSILON_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 854; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\L_BUFF_STATION_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 867; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\Survival\L_AG_SURVIVAL_DARK_SPIDERLING.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Enemy\Waves\L_WAVES_ENEMY_DEATH_SCORE.lua' WHERE id = 878; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_SUSPEND_LUA_AI.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 897; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\Survival\L_AG_SURVIVAL_DARKLING_MECH.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Enemy\Waves\L_WAVES_ENEMY_DEATH_SCORE.lua' WHERE id = 901; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_QB_ENEMY_STUNNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\L_QB_SMASH_EFFECT.lua' WHERE id = 929; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\Test_Zone.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\Test_Zone_Client.lua' WHERE id = 931; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_SUSPEND_LUA_AI.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 938; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_BASE_ENEMY_APE.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Enemy\General\L_REGISTER_FOR_UI.lua' WHERE id = 940; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\GF\L_GF_TORCH.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\client\ai\GF\L_GF_TORCH_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 946; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_BINOCULARS.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\L_BINOCULARS_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 952; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_BINOCULARS.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\L_BINOCULARS_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 975; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\GF\L_MAST_TELEPORT.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\client\ai\GF\L_GF_MAST_TELE_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 978; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_BINOCULARS.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\L_BINOCULARS_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1002; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\map\PR\L_HYDRANT_BROKEN.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1011; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\PET_DIG_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\PET_DIG_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1014; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\PET_DIG_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\PET_DIG_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1016; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_GF_APE_SMASHING_QB.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Enemy\General\L_APE_ANCHOR_QB_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1017; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Minigame\SG\L_AG_SG_CANNON_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\ai\MINIGAME\SG_GF\CLIENT\SG_CANNON_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1019; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_BINOCULARS.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\L_BINOCULARS_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1020; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_BINOCULARS.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\L_BINOCULARS_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1021; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\PET_DIG_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\PET_DIG_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1022; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\test_equipped_to_player_server.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\test_equipped_to_player.lua' WHERE id = 1028; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Pets\L_DAMAGING_PET.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\ai\PETS\PET_SKUNK_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1049; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_STORY_BOX_INTERACT_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\L_STORY_BOX_INTERACT_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1054; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\test_ryan\test_ryan_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\test_ryan\test_ryan_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1057; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\FV\L_FV_MAELSTROM_DRAGON.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Enemy\Generic\L_MAELSTROM_DRAGON_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1072; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\VE\L_VE_MECH.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1075; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Pets\L_PET_FROM_OBJECT_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Pets\L_PET_FROM_DIG_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1084; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_MAIL_BOX_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\client\general\L_MAIL_BOX_INTERACT.lua' WHERE id = 1088; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\FV\L_ENEMY_RONIN_SPAWNER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1093; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\FV\L_ACT_CANDLE.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\client\ai\FV\L_ACT_CANDLE_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1094; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\FV\L_FV_MAELSTROM_CAVALRY.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1096; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\PET_DIG_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\PET_DIG_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1098; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_SUSPEND_LUA_AI.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1110; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\Property\AG_Small\L_ZONE_AG_PROPERTY.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\Property\AG_Small\L_ZONE_AG_PROPERTY_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1136; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\FV\L_NPC_FONG.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\FV\L_NPC_WONG_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1152; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AG\L_NPC_WISP_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\client\ai\AG\L_AG_NPC_WISP_MINIMAP_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1167; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_WISHING_WELL_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\client\ai\L_ACT_WISHING_WELL_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1195; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Pets\L_DAMAGING_PET.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\ai\PETS\PET_SKUNK_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1210; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_IMAG_BACKPACK_HEALS_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\client\ai\FV\L_NPC_BRICK_FURY.lua' WHERE id = 1213; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\FV\L_FV_DRAGON_RONIN.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1231; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NS\L_NS_LEGO_CLUB_DOOR.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\client\ai\NS\L_NS_LEGO_CLUB_DOOR_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1239; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_PROP_PLATFORM.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\L_SET_INTERACT_AND_QB_SMASH_FX.lua' WHERE id = 1247; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_SUSPEND_LUA_AI.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1255; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\AM\L_AM_DARKLING_MECH.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1256; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_SUSPEND_LUA_AI.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1258; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_SUSPEND_LUA_AI.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1259; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\AM\L_AM_DARKLING_APE.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Enemy\General\L_REGISTER_FOR_UI.lua' WHERE id = 1260; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_SUSPEND_LUA_AI.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1261; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_SUSPEND_LUA_AI.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1262; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\AM\L_AM_DARKLING_DRAGON.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Enemy\Generic\L_MAELSTROM_DRAGON_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1263; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_TREASURE_CHEST_DRAGON_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\client\ai\FV\Dragon_Instance\L_TREASURE_CHEST_DRAGON.lua' WHERE id = 1265; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NS\L_NS_LUP_TELEPORT.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\client\ai\NS\L_NS_LUP_TELEPORT_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1276; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Pets\L_DAMAGING_PET.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\ai\PETS\PET_SKUNK_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1288; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NS\Waves\L_ZONE_NS_WAVES.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\NS\Waves\L_ZONE_NS_WAVES_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1302; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_SUSPEND_LUA_AI.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1309; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\AM\L_AM_DARKLING_MECH.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1310; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_SUSPEND_LUA_AI.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1312; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_SUSPEND_LUA_AI.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1313; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\AM\L_AM_DARKLING_APE.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Enemy\General\L_REGISTER_FOR_UI.lua' WHERE id = 1314; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_SUSPEND_LUA_AI.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1315; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\AM\L_AM_NAMED_DARKLING_DRAGON.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Enemy\Generic\L_MAELSTROM_DRAGON_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1316; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\Waves\L_WAVES_BOSS_HORESEMEN_ENEMY_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1317; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1318; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1319; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\AM\L_AM_SKELETON_ENGINEER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1320; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\AM\L_AM_SKELETON_ENGINEER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1321; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1322; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF_STUN_IMMUNITY.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1323; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AM\L_SKELETON_DRAGON_PET_DIG_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\AM\L_SKELETON_DRAGON_PET_DIG_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1328; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_GROWING_FLOWER_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\L_GROWING_FLOWER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1329; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\FV\Racing\FV_RACING_COLUMNS.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1330; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AM\L_BRIDGE.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1331; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AM\L_WANDERING_VENDOR.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1332; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_BINOCULARS.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\L_BINOCULARS_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1335; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AM\L_SKULLKIN_TOWER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1342; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AM\L_SKULLKIN_DRILL.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\AM\L_SKULLKIN_DRILL_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1344; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_POI_MISSION.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1345; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_BASE_ENEMY_SPIDERLING.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Enemy\General\L_REGISTER_FOR_UI.lua' WHERE id = 1347; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_QB_ENEMY_STUNNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\L_QB_SMASH_EFFECT.lua' WHERE id = 1348; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AM\L_SCROLL_READER_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\AM\L_SCROLL_READER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1349; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AM\L_TEAPOT_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\AM\L_TEAPOT_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1350; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_GROWING_FLOWER_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\L_GROWING_FLOWER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1351; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Minigame\General\L_MINIGAME_TREASURE_CHEST_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Minigame\General\L_MINIGAME_TREASURE_CHEST_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1354; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_ACTIVATE_SPAWNER_NETWORK_ON_MISSION_ACCEPT.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1355; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1357; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\Waves\L_WAVES_BOSS_HORESEMEN_ENEMY_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1359; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\Waves\L_WAVES_BOSS_HORESEMEN_ENEMY_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1360; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\Waves\L_WAVES_BOSS_HORESEMEN_ENEMY_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1361; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AM\L_MAELSTROM_GEYSER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1362; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AM\L_SHIELD_GENERATOR_QUICKBUILD.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\AM\L_SHIELD_GENERATOR_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1365; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NT\L_NT_COMBAT_CHALLENGE_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\NT\L_NT_COMBAT_CHALLENGE_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1366; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_EXPLODING_ASSET.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\client\ai\GF\L_BOMB_CRATE_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1368; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_SUSPEND_LUA_AI.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1371; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\VE\L_MISSION_CONSOLE_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\VE\L_MISSION_CONSOLE_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1372; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\L_TURRET.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Enemy\Generic\SPAWNEDTURRET.lua' WHERE id = 1376; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\Survival\L_AG_SURVIVAL_STROMBIE.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1379; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\Survival\L_AG_SURVIVAL_DARKLING_MECH.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1380; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\Survival\L_AG_SURVIVAL_DARK_SPIDERLING.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1381; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\Survival\L_AG_SURVIVAL_STROMBIE.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1382; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\Survival\L_AG_SURVIVAL_DARKLING_MECH.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1383; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\Waves\L_WAVES_BOSS_APE_ENEMY_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Enemy\General\L_REGISTER_FOR_UI.lua' WHERE id = 1384; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\Waves\L_WAVES_BOSS_HAMMERLING_ENEMY_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1385; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\Survival\L_AG_SURVIVAL_STROMBIE.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1386; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\Survival\L_AG_SURVIVAL_DARKLING_MECH.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1387; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\Survival\L_AG_SURVIVAL_DARK_SPIDERLING.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1388; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\Waves\L_WAVES_BOSS_DARK_SPIDERLING_ENEMY_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1389; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\Survival\L_AG_SURVIVAL_DARK_SPIDERLING.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1390; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\FV\L_FV_MAELSTROM_DRAGON.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Enemy\Generic\L_MAELSTROM_DRAGON_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1391; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\Survival\L_AG_SURVIVAL_STROMBIE.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1394; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\Survival\L_AG_SURVIVAL_STROMBIE.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1395; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_SUSPEND_LUA_AI.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1396; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\test_shane\KOTH_zone_script.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1400; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\test_shane\KOTH_volume.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1401; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_GF_APE_SMASHING_QB.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Enemy\General\L_APE_ANCHOR_QB_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1410; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NS\Waves\L_ZONE_NS_WAVES.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\NS\Waves\L_ZONE_NS_WAVES_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1414; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_BASE_INTERACT_DROP_LOOT_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\L_SET_INTERACT_WITH_VAR_CHECK.lua' WHERE id = 1419; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AM\L_RANDOM_SPAWNER_STR.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1420; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AM\L_RANDOM_SPAWNER_ZIP.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1421; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AM\L_RANDOM_SPAWNER_PIT.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1422; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AM\L_RANDOM_SPAWNER_FIN.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1423; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AM\L_SKELETON_SPAWNER_VOLUME.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1425; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AM\L_SKULLKIN_DRILL_STAND.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1427; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\Property\AG_Med\L_ZONE_AG_MED_PROPERTY.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\Property\AG_Med\L_ZONE_AG_MED_PROPERTY_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1429; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_STORY_BOX_INTERACT_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\L_STORY_BOX_INTERACT_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1432; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1433; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\PET_DIG_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\PET_DIG_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1436; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Pets\L_PET_FROM_DIG_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Pets\L_PET_FROM_DIG_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1437; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AM\L_TEMPLE_SKILL_VOLUME.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1438; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AM\L_NJ_FIRST_SPIN_MISSION_UPDATE.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1440; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AM\L_SHIELD_GENERATOR.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1444; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1446; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_SHOCK_PANEL_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\L_SHOCK_PANEL_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1447; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\L_TURRET.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1449; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_TREASURE_CHEST_DRAGON_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\client\ai\FV\Dragon_Instance\L_TREASURE_CHEST_DRAGON.lua' WHERE id = 1450; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_TREASURE_CHEST_DRAGON_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\client\ai\FV\Dragon_Instance\L_TREASURE_CHEST_DRAGON.lua' WHERE id = 1451; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\L_IANTEST.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1452; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\Survival\L_AG_SURVIVAL_DARKLING_MECH.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1459; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_BASE_ENEMY_APE.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Enemy\General\L_REGISTER_FOR_UI.lua' WHERE id = 1460; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\Property\NS_Med\L_ZONE_NS_MED_PROPERTY.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\Property\NS_Med\L_ZONE_NS_MED_PROPERTY_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1463; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_ENEMY_CLEAR_THREAT.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\L_SET_INVISIBLE.lua' WHERE id = 1466; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NT\L_NT_COMBAT_CHALLENGE_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\NT\L_NT_COMBAT_CHALLENGE_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1467; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AM\L_BLUE_X.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\AM\L_BLUE_X_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1469; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NT\L_NT_SLEEPING_GUARD.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\NT\L_NT_SLEEPING_GUARD_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1470; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NT\L_NT_SPEEDY_DELIVERY_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1471; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NT\L_NT_SPEEDY_DELIVERY_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1472; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_IMAG_BACKPACK_HEALS_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\L_IMAG_BACKPACK_HEALS_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1473; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NT\\L_NT_COMBAT_EXPLODING_TARGET.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1474; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_FORCE_VOLUME_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1475; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NT\L_NT_OVERBUILD_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\NT\L_NT_FACTION_SPY_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1476; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\Property\L_PROPERTY_BANK_INTERACT_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\Property\L_PROPERTY_BANK_INTERACT_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1478; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NT\L_NT_PIPE_VISIBILITY_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\NT\L_NT_BEAM_PIPE_VISIBILITY_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1479; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_BANK_INTERACT_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\L_BANK_INTERACT_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1480; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_BANK_INTERACT_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\L_BANK_INTERACT_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1481; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NT\L_NT_PARADOX_PANEL_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\NT\L_NT_PARADOX_PANELS_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1483; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NS\L_NS_LUP_TELEPORT.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\client\ai\NS\L_NS_LUP_TELEPORT_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1484; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NS\L_NS_LEGO_CLUB_DOOR.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\client\ai\NS\L_NS_LEGO_CLUB_DOOR_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1485; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AM\L_AM_CONSOLE_TELEPORT_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\AM\L_AM_CONSOLE_TELEPORT_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1486; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NT\L_SPAWN_SABERCAT_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\L_SPAWN_PET_BASE_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1487; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NT\L_SPAWN_STEGO_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\L_SPAWN_PET_BASE_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1488; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NT\L_SPAWN_SHRAKE_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\L_SPAWN_PET_BASE_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1489; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\PR\L_SPAWN_GRYPHON_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\PR\L_SPAWN_GRYPHON_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1490; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Pets\L_PET_FROM_OBJECT_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Pets\L_PET_FROM_DIG_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1491; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Pets\L_PET_FROM_OBJECT_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Pets\L_PET_FROM_DIG_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1492; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Pets\L_PET_FROM_OBJECT_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Pets\L_PET_FROM_DIG_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1493; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Pets\L_PET_FROM_OBJECT_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Pets\L_PET_FROM_DIG_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1494; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\GF\L_SPAWN_LION_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\L_SPAWN_PET_BASE_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1496; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\test_shane\GATERUSH_Control_Server.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\test_shane\GATERUSH_Control_Client.lua' WHERE id = 1497; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NT\L_BEAM_IMAG_BALLS.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1498; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\L_TowerGridTest.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1499; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_SUSPEND_LUA_AI.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1500; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\test_shane\GATERUSH_Gate_Volume_Server.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\test_shane\GATERUSH_Gate_Volume_Client.lua' WHERE id = 1501; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\L_TowerGridSpawnerTestA.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1502; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\test_shane\GATERUSH_Activator_Server.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\test_shane\GATERUSH_Activator_Client.lua' WHERE id = 1503; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_SUSPEND_LUA_AI.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1504; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\test_kingdoms\L_PROJECTILE_LAUNCHER_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\test_kingdoms\L_PROJECTILE_LAUNCHER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1505; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\L_TowerGridSpawnerTestA.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1506; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\L_TowerGridSpawnerTestB.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1507; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF_STUN_IMMUNITY.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1508; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF_STUN_IMMUNITY.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1509; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF_STUN_IMMUNITY.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1510; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF_STUN_IMMUNITY.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1511; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF_STUN_IMMUNITY.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1512; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF_STUN_IMMUNITY.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1513; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF_STUN_IMMUNITY.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1514; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF_STUN_IMMUNITY.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1515; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1516; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF_STUN_IMMUNITY.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1517; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF_STUN_IMMUNITY.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1518; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NT\L_NT_VENTURE_CANNON_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\NT\L_NT_VENTURE_CANNON_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1519; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1521; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1522; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF_STUN_IMMUNITY.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1523; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF_STUN_IMMUNITY.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1524; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1525; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1526; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NT\L_NT_CONSOLE_TELEPORT_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\NT\L_NT_CONSOLE_TELEPORT_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1527; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NT\L_NT_DIRT_CLOUD_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\NT\L_NT_DIRT_CLOUD_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1528; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NT\L_NT_NAOMI_DIRT_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1531; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_BASE_INTERACT_DROP_LOOT_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\L_SET_INTERACT_WITH_VAR_CHECK.lua' WHERE id = 1534; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_BASE_INTERACT_DROP_LOOT_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\L_SET_INTERACT_WITH_VAR_CHECK.lua' WHERE id = 1535; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_WISHING_WELL_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\client\ai\L_ACT_WISHING_WELL_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1536; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_TOKEN_CONSOLE_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\L_TOKEN_CONSOLE_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1537; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NT\L_NT_HAEL_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\NT\L_NT_FACTION_SPY_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1538; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NT\L_NT_DUKE_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\NT\L_NT_FACTION_SPY_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1539; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NT\L_NT_IMAG_BEAM_BUFFER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1540; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NT\L_NT_VENTURESPEEDPAD_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1541; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\Brandi\FIRE_JET.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1542; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\Brandi\FIRE_JET.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1543; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\njhub\L_LIGHTNING_ORB_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\njhub\L_LIGHTNING_ORB_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1544; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NT\L_NT_IMAGIMETER_VISIBILITY_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\NT\L_NT_IMAGIMETER_VISIBILITY_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1545; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\Brandi\FOLLOW_LIGHTNING.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1546; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\test_thunderdome\thunderdome_control_server.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\test_thunderdome\thunderdome_control_client.lua' WHERE id = 1547; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_PROPERTY_DEVICE.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1548; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\Brandi\ORB_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\Brandi\ORB_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1550; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\test_kingdoms\L_TEST_WALL_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\test_kingdoms\L_TEST_WALL_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1551; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\test_aaronB\L_CASTLE_DEFENSE_TST_2_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\test_aaronB\L_CASTLE_DEFENSE_TST_2_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1553; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1555; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NT\L_NT_DARKITECT_REVEAL_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\NT\L_NT_DARKITECT_REVEAL_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1556; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NT\L_NT_BEAM_IMAGINATION_COLLECTORS.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1557; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\NT\L_NT_BEAM_IMAGINATION_COLLECTORS.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1558; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts/02_server/Map/Property/AG_Small/L_ENEMY_SPIDER_SPAWNER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1559; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_IMAG_HIGH_BLADE_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1560; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_IMAG_BLADE_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1561; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_IMAG_PROJECTILE_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1562; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_IMAG_ELEVATOR_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1563; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\AG\L_BOSS_SPIDER_QUEEN_ENEMY_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Enemy\AG\L_BOSS_SPIDER_QUEEN_ENEMY_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1564; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AG\L_NPC_NJ_ASSISTANT_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\AG\L_NPC_NJ_ASSISTANT_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1566; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1568; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\njhub\L_ENEMY_SKELETON_SPAWNER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1570; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_BASE_ENEMY_SPIDERLING.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Enemy\General\L_REGISTER_FOR_UI.lua' WHERE id = 1571; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AG\L_REMOVE_RENTAL_GEAR.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1573; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Minigame\SG\L_AG_ZONE_SG_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\ai\MINIGAME\SG_GF\L_ZONE_SG_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1574; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\test_shane\GATERUSH_FANCY_Activator_Server.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\test_shane\GATERUSH_FANCY_Activator_Client.lua' WHERE id = 1575; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\test_shane\GATERUSH_FANCY_Control_Server.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\test_shane\GATERUSH_FANCY_Control_Client.lua' WHERE id = 1576; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Equipment\L_BOOTYDIG_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Equipment\L_BOOTYDIG_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1577; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Equipment\L_MAESTROM_EXTRACTICATOR_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Equipment\L_MAELSTROM_EXTRACTICATOR_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1582; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AG\L_AG_MONUMENT_BIRDS.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1584; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AG\L_AG_BUGSPRAYER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1585; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AG\L_AG_CAGED_BRICKS_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\AG\L_AG_CAGED_BRICKS.lua' WHERE id = 1586; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AM\L_SKULLKIN_TOWER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1587; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\njhub\L_RAIN_OF_ARROWS.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1589; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\njhub\L_FALLING_TILE.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\njhub\L_FALLING_TILE_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1592; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\njhub\L_BURNING_TILE.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\njhub\L_BURNING_TILE_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1596; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AG_Spider_Queen\L_ZONE_AG_SPIDER_QUEEN.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\AG_Spider_Queen\L_ZONE_AG_SPIDER_QUEEN_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1600; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\L_STINKY_FISH_TARGET.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1602; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\njhub\L_WU_NPC.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\njhub\L_WU_CHAT.lua' WHERE id = 1603; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\L_QB_ENEMY_STUNNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\L_QB_SMASH_EFFECT.lua' WHERE id = 1604; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1606; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\njhub\L_LIEUTENANT.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Enemy\General\L_REGISTER_FOR_UI.lua' WHERE id = 1607; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF_STUN_IMMUNITY.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Enemy\General\L_REGISTER_FOR_UI.lua' WHERE id = 1608; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\njhub\L_LIEUTENANT.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Enemy\General\L_REGISTER_FOR_UI.lua' WHERE id = 1609; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\njhub\L_LIEUTENANT.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Enemy\General\L_REGISTER_FOR_UI.lua' WHERE id = 1610; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AG\L_NPC_EPSILON_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\AG\L_NPC_EPSILON_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1611; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\test_kingdoms\L_CENTER_OBJECT_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1612; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\njhub\L_IMAGINATION_SHRINE_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\njhub\L_IMAGINATION_SHRINE_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1613; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\PET_DIG_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\PET_DIG_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1614; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_SUSPEND_LUA_AI.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1615; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_SUSPEND_LUA_AI.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1616; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_BASE_ENEMY_SPIDERLING.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Enemy\General\L_REGISTER_FOR_UI.lua' WHERE id = 1617; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\Ninjago\L_RAIL_POST_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\Ninjago\L_RAIL_POST_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1619; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\Ninjago\L_RAIL_ACTIVATORS_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\Ninjago\L_RAIL_ACTIVATORS_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1620; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\Ninjago\L_RAIL_POST_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\Ninjago\L_RAIL_POST_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1621; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\Ninjago\L_RAIL_POST_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\Ninjago\L_RAIL_POST_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1622; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\Ninjago\L_RAIL_POST_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\Ninjago\L_RAIL_POST_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1623; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\Ninjago\L_RAIL_ACTIVATORS_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\Ninjago\L_RAIL_ACTIVATORS_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1624; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\Ninjago\L_ICE_RAIL_ACTIVATOR_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\Ninjago\L_RAIL_ACTIVATORS_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1625; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\Ninjago\L_RAIL_ACTIVATORS_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\Ninjago\L_RAIL_ACTIVATORS_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1626; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\Ninjago\L_RAIL_ACTIVATORS_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\Ninjago\L_RAIL_ACTIVATORS_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1627; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_IMAG_SWITCH_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1628; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_IMAG_AXE_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1629; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_IMAG_LOW_BLADE_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1630; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_IMAG_SPAWN_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1633; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\PET_DIG_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\PET_DIG_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1634; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\PET_DIG_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\PET_DIG_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1635; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\PET_DIG_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\PET_DIG_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1636; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\PET_DIG_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\PET_DIG_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1637; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\PET_DIG_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\PET_DIG_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1638; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\General\PET_DIG_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\General\PET_DIG_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1639; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF_STUN_IMMUNITY.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1640; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\njhub\L_JAY_MISSION_ITEMS.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\njhub\L_NPC_MISSION_SPINJITZU.lua' WHERE id = 1641; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\njhub\L_NYA_MISSION_ITEMS.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1642; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_BASE_ENEMY_SPIDERLING.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Enemy\General\L_REGISTER_FOR_UI.lua' WHERE id = 1643; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\njhub\L_FLAME_JET_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\njhub\L_FLAME_JET_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1644; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_EARTH_LOW_BLADE_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1645; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\test_kingdoms\L_CHOICEBUILD_SCRIPT_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1646; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\njhub\L_COLE_NPC.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\njhub\L_NPC_MISSION_SPINJITZU.lua' WHERE id = 1647; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_EARTH_AXE_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1648; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_EARTH_SWITCH_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1649; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_EARTH_SPAWN_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1650; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_EARTH_ELEVATOR_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1651; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_EARTH_PROJECTILE_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1652; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_EARTH_BLADE_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1653; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_EARTH_HIGH_BLADE_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1654; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_FIRE_LOW_BLADE_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1655; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_FIRE_AXE_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1656; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_FIRE_SWITCH_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1657; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_FIRE_SPAWN_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1658; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_FIRE_ELEVATOR_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1659; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_FIRE_PROJECTILE_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1660; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_FIRE_BLADE_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1661; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_FIRE_HIGH_BLADE_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1662; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_ICE_ELEVATOR_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1663; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_ICE_SPAWN_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1664; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_ICE_SWITCH_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1665; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_ICE_PROJECTILE_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1666; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_ICE_LOW_BLADE_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1667; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_ICE_BLADE_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1668; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_ICE_AXE_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1669; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_ICE_HIGH_BLADE_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1670; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_LIGHTNING_ELEVATOR_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1671; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_LIGHTNING_SPAWN_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1672; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_LIGHTNING_SWITCH_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1673; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_LIGHTNING_PROJECTILE_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1674; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_LIGHTNING_LOW_BLADE_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1675; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_LIGHTNING_BLADE_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1676; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_LIGHTNING_AXE_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1677; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_LIGHTNING_HIGH_BLADE_SPINNER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Objects\NJ\L_NJ_SPINNER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1678; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\njhub\L_CATAPULT_BOUNCER_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\njhub\L_CATAPULT_BOUNCER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1679; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\njhub\L_CATAPULT_BASE_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1680; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\njhub\L_CAVE_PRISON_CAGE.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1685; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_BASE_ENEMY_MECH.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1690; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\njhub\L_ENEMY_SKELETON_SPAWNER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1691; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_SUSPEND_LUA_AI.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1692; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_BASE_ENEMY_SPIDERLING.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Enemy\General\L_REGISTER_FOR_UI.lua' WHERE id = 1694; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\njhub\L_OLD_MAN_NPC.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\njhub\L_HARI_CHAT.lua' WHERE id = 1695; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\njhub\L_SCROLL_CHEST_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\njhub\L_SCROLL_CHEST_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1696; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\njhub\L_SPAWN_EARTH_PET_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\njhub\L_SPAWN_EARTH_PET_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1697; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\njhub\L_EARTH_PET_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\njhub\L_EARTH_PET.lua' WHERE id = 1698; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AG_Spider_Queen\L_SPIDER_BOSS_TREASURE_CHEST_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Minigame\General\L_MINIGAME_TREASURE_CHEST_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1700; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\njhub\boss_instance\L_MONASTERY_BOSS_INSTANCE_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\njhub\boss_instance\L_MONASTERY_BOSS_INSTANCE_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1701; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_SUSPEND_LUA_AI.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1702; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_SUSPEND_LUA_AI.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1703; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_BASE_ENEMY_APE.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Enemy\General\L_REGISTER_FOR_UI.lua' WHERE id = 1704; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_SUSPEND_LUA_AI.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1705; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\FV\L_FV_MAELSTROM_CAVALRY.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1706; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\SS\L_SS_LAUNCHER_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\SS\L_SS_LAUNCHER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1707; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Minigame\General\L_MINIGAME_TREASURE_CHEST_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Minigame\General\L_MINIGAME_TREASURE_CHEST_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1710; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\njhub\L_NPC_MISSION_SPINJITZU_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\njhub\L_NPC_MISSION_SPINJITZU.lua' WHERE id = 1712; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\njhub\L_NPC_MISSION_SPINJITZU_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\njhub\L_NPC_MISSION_SPINJITZU.lua' WHERE id = 1713; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Special\L_PLAYER_MISSION_FIX.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1714; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\L_UPDATE_PLAYER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\client\ai\L_SET_INTERACTABLE.lua' WHERE id = 1716; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AG\L_AG_MONUMENT_LASER_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1717; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AG\L_AG_MONUMENT_LASER_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1718; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\AG\L_AG_MONUMENT_LASER_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1719; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Enemy\General\L_ENEMY_NJ_BUFF_STUN_IMMUNITY.lua', client_script_name = null WHERE id = 1720; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Map\njhub\L_DRAGON_EMBLEM_CHEST_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Map\njhub\L_DRAGON_EMBLEM_CHEST_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1725; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\test_aaronB\L_CASTLE_DEFENSE_CANNON_2_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\TestAndExample\test_aaronB\L_CASTLE_DEFENSE_CANNON_2_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1734; +UPDATE ScriptComponent SET script_name = 'scripts\02_server\Minigame\General\L_GENERIC_MINIGAME_INSTANCER_SERVER.lua', client_script_name = 'scripts\02_client\Minigame\General\L_GENERIC_MINIGAME_INSTANCER_CLIENT.lua' WHERE id = 1736; \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/migrations/dlu/0_initial.sql b/migrations/dlu/0_initial.sql new file mode 100644 index 00000000..178bc229 --- /dev/null +++ b/migrations/dlu/0_initial.sql @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE accounts ( + id INT NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT PRIMARY KEY, + name VARCHAR(35) NOT NULL UNIQUE, + password TEXT NOT NULL, + gm_level INT UNSIGNED NOT NULL DEFAULT 0, + locked BOOLEAN NOT NULL DEFAULT FALSE, + banned BOOLEAN NOT NULL DEFAULT FALSE, + play_key_id INT NOT NULL DEFAULT 0, + created_at TIMESTAMP NOT NULL DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP(), + mute_expire BIGINT UNSIGNED NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 +); + +CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE charinfo ( + id BIGINT NOT NULL PRIMARY KEY, + account_id INT NOT NULL REFERENCES accounts(id), + name VARCHAR(35) NOT NULL, + pending_name VARCHAR(35) NOT NULL, + needs_rename BOOLEAN NOT NULL DEFAULT FALSE, + prop_clone_id BIGINT UNSIGNED AUTO_INCREMENT UNIQUE, + last_login BIGINT UNSIGNED NOT NULL DEFAULT 0, + permission_map BIGINT UNSIGNED NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 +); + +CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE charxml ( + id BIGINT NOT NULL PRIMARY KEY REFERENCES charinfo(id), + xml_data LONGTEXT NOT NULL +); + +CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE command_log ( + id INT NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT PRIMARY KEY, + character_id BIGINT NOT NULL REFERENCES charinfo(id), + command VARCHAR(256) NOT NULL +); + +CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE friends ( + player_id BIGINT NOT NULL REFERENCES charinfo(id), + friend_id BIGINT NOT NULL REFERENCES charinfo(id), + best_friend BOOLEAN NOT NULL DEFAULT FALSE, + + PRIMARY KEY (player_id, friend_id) +); + +CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE leaderboard ( + id INT NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT PRIMARY KEY, + game_id INT UNSIGNED NOT NULL DEFAULT 0, + last_played TIMESTAMP NOT NULL DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP(), + character_id BIGINT NOT NULL REFERENCES charinfo(id), + time BIGINT UNSIGNED NOT NULL, + score BIGINT UNSIGNED NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 +); + +CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE mail ( + id INT NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT PRIMARY KEY, + sender_id INT NOT NULL DEFAULT 0, + sender_name VARCHAR(35) NOT NULL DEFAULT '', + receiver_id BIGINT NOT NULL REFERENCES charinfo(id), + receiver_name VARCHAR(35) NOT NULL, + time_sent BIGINT UNSIGNED NOT NULL, + subject TEXT NOT NULL, + body TEXT NOT NULL, + attachment_id BIGINT NOT NULL DEFAULT 0, + attachment_lot INT NOT NULL DEFAULT 0, + attachment_subkey BIGINT NOT NULL DEFAULT 0, + attachment_count INT NOT NULL DEFAULT 0, + was_read BOOLEAN NOT NULL DEFAULT FALSE +); + +CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE object_id_tracker ( + last_object_id BIGINT UNSIGNED NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 PRIMARY KEY +); + +CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE pet_names ( + id BIGINT NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT PRIMARY KEY, + pet_name TEXT NOT NULL, + approved INT UNSIGNED NOT NULL +); + +CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE play_keys ( + id INT NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT PRIMARY KEY, + key_string CHAR(19) NOT NULL UNIQUE, + key_uses INT NOT NULL DEFAULT 1, + created_at TIMESTAMP NOT NULL DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP(), + active BOOLEAN NOT NULL DEFAULT TRUE +); + +CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE properties ( + id BIGINT NOT NULL PRIMARY KEY, + owner_id BIGINT NOT NULL REFERENCES charinfo(id), + template_id INT UNSIGNED NOT NULL, + clone_id BIGINT UNSIGNED REFERENCES charinfo(prop_clone_id), + name TEXT NOT NULL, + description TEXT NOT NULL, + rent_amount INT NOT NULL, + rent_due BIGINT NOT NULL, + privacy_option INT NOT NULL, + mod_approved BOOLEAN NOT NULL DEFAULT FALSE, + last_updated BIGINT NOT NULL, + time_claimed BIGINT NOT NULL, + rejection_reason TEXT NOT NULL, + reputation BIGINT UNSIGNED NOT NULL, + zone_id INT NOT NULL +); + +CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE ugc ( + id INT NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT PRIMARY KEY, + account_id INT NOT NULL REFERENCES accounts(id), + character_id BIGINT NOT NULL REFERENCES charinfo(id), + is_optimized BOOLEAN NOT NULL DEFAULT FALSE, + lxfml MEDIUMBLOB NOT NULL, + bake_ao BOOLEAN NOT NULL DEFAULT FALSE, + filename TEXT NOT NULL DEFAULT '' +); + +CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE properties_contents ( + id BIGINT NOT NULL PRIMARY KEY, + property_id BIGINT NOT NULL REFERENCES properties(id), + ugc_id INT NULL REFERENCES ugc(id), + lot INT NOT NULL, + x FLOAT NOT NULL, + y FLOAT NOT NULL, + z FLOAT NOT NULL, + rx FLOAT NOT NULL, + ry FLOAT NOT NULL, + rz FLOAT NOT NULL, + rw FLOAT NOT NULL +); + +CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE activity_log ( + id INT NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT PRIMARY KEY, + character_id BIGINT NOT NULL REFERENCES charinfo(id), + activity INT NOT NULL, + time BIGINT UNSIGNED NOT NULL, + map_id INT NOT NULL +); + +CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE bug_reports ( + id INT NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT PRIMARY KEY, + body TEXT NOT NULL, + client_version TEXT NOT NULL, + other_player_id TEXT NOT NULL, + selection TEXT NOT NULL, + submitted TIMESTAMP NOT NULL DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP() +); + +CREATE OR REPLACE TABLE servers ( + id INT NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT PRIMARY KEY, + name TEXT NOT NULL, + ip TEXT NOT NULL, + port INT NOT NULL, + state INT NOT NULL, + version INT NOT NULL DEFAULT 0 +); diff --git a/resources/authconfig.ini b/resources/authconfig.ini new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fd1fc5c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/resources/authconfig.ini @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +# MySQL connection info: +mysql_host= +mysql_database= +mysql_username= +mysql_password= + +# The public facing IP address. Can be 'localhost' for locally hosted servers +external_ip=localhost + +# Port number. The client has the authserver port hardcoded to 1001 +port=1001 + +# Where to put crashlogs +dump_folder= + +# How many clients can be connected to the server at once +max_clients=999 + +# 0 or 1, should log to console +log_to_console=1 + +# 0 or 1, should ignore playkeys +# If 1 everyone with an account will be able to login, regardless of if they have a key or not +dont_use_keys=0 diff --git a/resources/chatconfig.ini b/resources/chatconfig.ini new file mode 100644 index 00000000..28db5988 --- /dev/null +++ b/resources/chatconfig.ini @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# MySQL connection info: +mysql_host= +mysql_database= +mysql_username= +mysql_password= + +# The public facing IP address. Can be 'localhost' for locally hosted servers +external_ip=localhost + +# Port number +port=2005 + +# Where to put crashlogs +dump_folder= + +# How many clients can be connected to the server at once +max_clients=999 + +# 0 or 1, should log to console +log_to_console=1 + +# 0 or 1, should not compile chat hash map to file +dont_generate_dcf=0 diff --git a/resources/masterconfig.ini b/resources/masterconfig.ini new file mode 100644 index 00000000..120a3743 --- /dev/null +++ b/resources/masterconfig.ini @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# MySQL connection info: +mysql_host= +mysql_database= +mysql_username= +mysql_password= + +# The public facing IP address. Can be 'localhost' for locally hosted servers +external_ip=localhost + +# Port number +port=2000 + +# The port number to start world servers on. Will be incremented for each world +world_port_start=3000 + +# Use sudo when launching the auth server. +# Required by default if on Linux as auth runs on port 1001 +use_sudo_auth=1 + +# Use sudo when launching the chat server +use_sudo_chat=0 + +# Use sudo when launching world servers +use_sudo_world=0 + +# Where to put crashlogs +dump_folder= + +# How many clients can be connected to the server at once +max_clients=999 + +# 0 or 1, should log to console +log_to_console=1 + +# 0 or 1, should autostart auth, chat, and char servers +prestart_servers=1 diff --git a/resources/navmeshes.zip b/resources/navmeshes.zip new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e0156bb1 Binary files /dev/null and b/resources/navmeshes.zip differ diff --git a/resources/worldconfig.ini b/resources/worldconfig.ini new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b4f485f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/resources/worldconfig.ini @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +# MySQL connection info: +mysql_host= +mysql_database= +mysql_username= +mysql_password= + +# URL to the code repository for the hosted server +# If you fork this repository and/or make changes to the code, reflect that here to comply with AGPLv3 +source=https://github.com/DarkflameUniverse/DLUv3 + +# Port to the chat server, same as in chatconfig.ini +chat_server_port=2005 + +# Where to put crashlogs +dump_folder= + +# How many clients can be connected to the server at once +max_clients=999 + +# 0 or 1, should log to console +log_to_console=1 + +# 0 or 1, should not compile chat hash map to file +dont_generate_dcf=0 + +# 0 or 1, should disable chat +disable_chat=0 + +# Spatial partitioning settings +# 205/12 is 1-1 with LU's terrain. Make sure to keep this ratio correct! +# so 102/24 would be half the size, which nets better phys times. +# 154/18 is a good middle road +phys_spatial_partitioning=1 +phys_sp_tilesize=102 +phys_sp_tilecount=24 + +# Gameplay settings + +# Extra feature for DLU, gives a character 2 extra backpack spaces when leveling up +disable_extra_backpack=0 + +# Extra feature for DLU, shows vanity in the world like extra NPCs and plaques commemorating the project and its creators +disable_vanity=0 + +# Extra feature for DLU, enables you to race solo +solo_racing=0 + +# Disables the anti-speedhack system. If you get kicked randomly you might want to disable this, as it might just be lag +disable_anti_speedhack=0 diff --git a/thirdparty/SQLite/CppSQLite3.cpp b/thirdparty/SQLite/CppSQLite3.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f816ac42 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/SQLite/CppSQLite3.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1597 @@ +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// CppSQLite3 - A C++ wrapper around the SQLite3 embedded database library. +// +// Copyright (c) 2004..2007 Rob Groves. All Rights Reserved. rob.groves@btinternet.com +// +// Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its +// documentation for any purpose, without fee, and without a written +// agreement, is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice, +// this paragraph and the following two paragraphs appear in all copies, +// modifications, and distributions. +// +// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR DIRECT, +// INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOST +// PROFITS, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS DOCUMENTATION, +// EVEN IF THE AUTHOR HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +// +// THE AUTHOR SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A +// PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE AND ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTATION, IF +// ANY, PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS PROVIDED "AS IS". THE AUTHOR HAS NO OBLIGATION +// TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS. +// +// V3.0 03/08/2004 -Initial Version for sqlite3 +// +// V3.1 16/09/2004 -Implemented getXXXXField using sqlite3 functions +// -Added CppSQLiteDB3::tableExists() +// +// V3.2 01/07/2005 -Fixed execScalar to handle a NULL result +// 12/07/2007 -Added int64 functions to CppSQLite3Query +// -Throw exception from CppSQLite3DB::close() if error +// -Trap above exception in CppSQLite3DB::~CppSQLite3DB() +// -Fix to CppSQLite3DB::compile() as provided by Dave Rollins. +// -sqlite3_prepare replaced with sqlite3_prepare_v2 +// -Added Name based parameter binding to CppSQLite3Statement. +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#include "CppSQLite3.h" +#include <cstdlib> +#include <iostream> + + +// Named constant for passing to CppSQLite3Exception when passing it a string +// that cannot be deleted. +static const bool DONT_DELETE_MSG=false; + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Prototypes for SQLite functions not included in SQLite DLL, but copied below +// from SQLite encode.c +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +int sqlite3_encode_binary(const unsigned char *in, int n, unsigned char *out); +int sqlite3_decode_binary(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out); + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +CppSQLite3Exception::CppSQLite3Exception(const int nErrCode, + char* szErrMess, + bool bDeleteMsg/*=true*/) : + mnErrCode(nErrCode) +{ + mpszErrMess = sqlite3_mprintf("%s[%d]: %s", + errorCodeAsString(nErrCode), + nErrCode, + szErrMess ? szErrMess : ""); + + if (bDeleteMsg && szErrMess) + { + sqlite3_free(szErrMess); + } +} + + +CppSQLite3Exception::CppSQLite3Exception(const CppSQLite3Exception& e) : + mnErrCode(e.mnErrCode) +{ + mpszErrMess = 0; + if (e.mpszErrMess) + { + mpszErrMess = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", e.mpszErrMess); + } +} + + +const char* CppSQLite3Exception::errorCodeAsString(int nErrCode) +{ + switch (nErrCode) + { + case SQLITE_OK : return "SQLITE_OK"; + case SQLITE_ERROR : return "SQLITE_ERROR"; + case SQLITE_INTERNAL : return "SQLITE_INTERNAL"; + case SQLITE_PERM : return "SQLITE_PERM"; + case SQLITE_ABORT : return "SQLITE_ABORT"; + case SQLITE_BUSY : return "SQLITE_BUSY"; + case SQLITE_LOCKED : return "SQLITE_LOCKED"; + case SQLITE_NOMEM : return "SQLITE_NOMEM"; + case SQLITE_READONLY : return "SQLITE_READONLY"; + case SQLITE_INTERRUPT : return "SQLITE_INTERRUPT"; + case SQLITE_IOERR : return "SQLITE_IOERR"; + case SQLITE_CORRUPT : return "SQLITE_CORRUPT"; + case SQLITE_NOTFOUND : return "SQLITE_NOTFOUND"; + case SQLITE_FULL : return "SQLITE_FULL"; + case SQLITE_CANTOPEN : return "SQLITE_CANTOPEN"; + case SQLITE_PROTOCOL : return "SQLITE_PROTOCOL"; + case SQLITE_EMPTY : return "SQLITE_EMPTY"; + case SQLITE_SCHEMA : return "SQLITE_SCHEMA"; + case SQLITE_TOOBIG : return "SQLITE_TOOBIG"; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT : return "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT"; + case SQLITE_MISMATCH : return "SQLITE_MISMATCH"; + case SQLITE_MISUSE : return "SQLITE_MISUSE"; + case SQLITE_NOLFS : return "SQLITE_NOLFS"; + case SQLITE_AUTH : return "SQLITE_AUTH"; + case SQLITE_FORMAT : return "SQLITE_FORMAT"; + case SQLITE_RANGE : return "SQLITE_RANGE"; + case SQLITE_ROW : return "SQLITE_ROW"; + case SQLITE_DONE : return "SQLITE_DONE"; + case CPPSQLITE_ERROR : return "CPPSQLITE_ERROR"; + default: return "UNKNOWN_ERROR"; + } +} + + +CppSQLite3Exception::~CppSQLite3Exception() +{ + if (mpszErrMess) + { + sqlite3_free(mpszErrMess); + mpszErrMess = 0; + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +CppSQLite3Buffer::CppSQLite3Buffer() +{ + mpBuf = 0; +} + + +CppSQLite3Buffer::~CppSQLite3Buffer() +{ + clear(); +} + + +void CppSQLite3Buffer::clear() +{ + if (mpBuf) + { + sqlite3_free(mpBuf); + mpBuf = 0; + } + +} + + +const char* CppSQLite3Buffer::format(const char* szFormat, ...) +{ + clear(); + va_list va; + va_start(va, szFormat); + mpBuf = sqlite3_vmprintf(szFormat, va); + va_end(va); + return mpBuf; +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +CppSQLite3Binary::CppSQLite3Binary() : + mpBuf(0), + mnBinaryLen(0), + mnBufferLen(0), + mnEncodedLen(0), + mbEncoded(false) +{ +} + + +CppSQLite3Binary::~CppSQLite3Binary() +{ + clear(); +} + + +void CppSQLite3Binary::setBinary(const unsigned char* pBuf, int nLen) +{ + mpBuf = allocBuffer(nLen); + memcpy(mpBuf, pBuf, nLen); +} + + +void CppSQLite3Binary::setEncoded(const unsigned char* pBuf) +{ + clear(); + + mnEncodedLen = strlen((const char*)pBuf); + mnBufferLen = mnEncodedLen + 1; // Allow for NULL terminator + + mpBuf = (unsigned char*)malloc(mnBufferLen); + + if (!mpBuf) { + char msg[] = "Cannot allocate memory"; //prevents warning of string conversion to char* + throw CppSQLite3Exception(CPPSQLITE_ERROR, msg, DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } + + memcpy(mpBuf, pBuf, mnBufferLen); + mbEncoded = true; +} + + +const unsigned char* CppSQLite3Binary::getEncoded() +{ + if (!mbEncoded) + { + unsigned char* ptmp = (unsigned char*)malloc(mnBinaryLen); + memcpy(ptmp, mpBuf, mnBinaryLen); + mnEncodedLen = sqlite3_encode_binary(ptmp, mnBinaryLen, mpBuf); + free(ptmp); + mbEncoded = true; + } + + return mpBuf; +} + + +const unsigned char* CppSQLite3Binary::getBinary() +{ + if (mbEncoded) + { + // in/out buffers can be the same + mnBinaryLen = sqlite3_decode_binary(mpBuf, mpBuf); + + if (mnBinaryLen == -1) + { + throw CppSQLite3Exception(CPPSQLITE_ERROR, (char*)"Cannot decode binary", DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } + + mbEncoded = false; + } + + return mpBuf; +} + + +int CppSQLite3Binary::getBinaryLength() +{ + getBinary(); + return mnBinaryLen; +} + + +unsigned char* CppSQLite3Binary::allocBuffer(int nLen) +{ + clear(); + + // Allow extra space for encoded binary as per comments in + // SQLite encode.c See bottom of this file for implementation + // of SQLite functions use 3 instead of 2 just to be sure ;-) + mnBinaryLen = nLen; + mnBufferLen = 3 + (257*nLen)/254; + + mpBuf = (unsigned char*)malloc(mnBufferLen); + + if (!mpBuf) + { + throw CppSQLite3Exception(CPPSQLITE_ERROR, + (char*)"Cannot allocate memory", + DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } + + mbEncoded = false; + + return mpBuf; +} + + +void CppSQLite3Binary::clear() +{ + if (mpBuf) + { + mnBinaryLen = 0; + mnBufferLen = 0; + free(mpBuf); + mpBuf = 0; + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +CppSQLite3Query::CppSQLite3Query() +{ + mpVM = 0; + mbEof = true; + mnCols = 0; + mbOwnVM = false; +} + + +CppSQLite3Query::CppSQLite3Query(const CppSQLite3Query& rQuery) +{ + mpVM = rQuery.mpVM; + // Only one object can own the VM + const_cast<CppSQLite3Query&>(rQuery).mpVM = 0; + mbEof = rQuery.mbEof; + mnCols = rQuery.mnCols; + mbOwnVM = rQuery.mbOwnVM; +} + + +CppSQLite3Query::CppSQLite3Query(sqlite3* pDB, + sqlite3_stmt* pVM, + bool bEof, + bool bOwnVM/*=true*/) +{ + mpDB = pDB; + mpVM = pVM; + mbEof = bEof; + mnCols = sqlite3_column_count(mpVM); + mbOwnVM = bOwnVM; +} + + +CppSQLite3Query::~CppSQLite3Query() +{ + try + { + finalize(); + } + catch (...) + { + } +} + + +CppSQLite3Query& CppSQLite3Query::operator=(const CppSQLite3Query& rQuery) +{ + try + { + finalize(); + } + catch (...) + { + } + mpVM = rQuery.mpVM; + // Only one object can own the VM + const_cast<CppSQLite3Query&>(rQuery).mpVM = 0; + mbEof = rQuery.mbEof; + mnCols = rQuery.mnCols; + mbOwnVM = rQuery.mbOwnVM; + return *this; +} + + +int CppSQLite3Query::numFields() +{ + checkVM(); + return mnCols; +} + + +const char* CppSQLite3Query::fieldValue(int nField) +{ + checkVM(); + + if (nField < 0 || nField > mnCols-1) + { + throw CppSQLite3Exception(CPPSQLITE_ERROR, + (char*)"Invalid field index requested", + DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } + + return (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(mpVM, nField); +} + + +const char* CppSQLite3Query::fieldValue(const char* szField) +{ + int nField = fieldIndex(szField); + return (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(mpVM, nField); +} + + +int CppSQLite3Query::getIntField(int nField, int nNullValue/*=0*/) +{ + if (fieldDataType(nField) == SQLITE_NULL) + { + return nNullValue; + } + else + { + return sqlite3_column_int(mpVM, nField); + } +} + + +int CppSQLite3Query::getIntField(const char* szField, int nNullValue/*=0*/) +{ + int nField = fieldIndex(szField); + return getIntField(nField, nNullValue); +} + + +sqlite_int64 CppSQLite3Query::getInt64Field(int nField, sqlite_int64 nNullValue/*=0*/) +{ + if (fieldDataType(nField) == SQLITE_NULL) + { + return nNullValue; + } + else + { + return sqlite3_column_int64(mpVM, nField); + } +} + + +sqlite_int64 CppSQLite3Query::getInt64Field(const char* szField, sqlite_int64 nNullValue/*=0*/) +{ + int nField = fieldIndex(szField); + return getInt64Field(nField, nNullValue); +} + + +double CppSQLite3Query::getFloatField(int nField, double fNullValue/*=0.0*/) +{ + if (fieldDataType(nField) == SQLITE_NULL) + { + return fNullValue; + } + else + { + return sqlite3_column_double(mpVM, nField); + } +} + + +double CppSQLite3Query::getFloatField(const char* szField, double fNullValue/*=0.0*/) +{ + int nField = fieldIndex(szField); + return getFloatField(nField, fNullValue); +} + + +const char* CppSQLite3Query::getStringField(int nField, const char* szNullValue/*=""*/) +{ + if (fieldDataType(nField) == SQLITE_NULL) + { + return szNullValue; + } + else + { + return (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(mpVM, nField); + } +} + + +const char* CppSQLite3Query::getStringField(const char* szField, const char* szNullValue/*=""*/) +{ + int nField = fieldIndex(szField); + return getStringField(nField, szNullValue); +} + + +const unsigned char* CppSQLite3Query::getBlobField(int nField, int& nLen) +{ + checkVM(); + + if (nField < 0 || nField > mnCols-1) + { + throw CppSQLite3Exception(CPPSQLITE_ERROR, + (char*)"Invalid field index requested", + DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } + + nLen = sqlite3_column_bytes(mpVM, nField); + return (const unsigned char*)sqlite3_column_blob(mpVM, nField); +} + + +const unsigned char* CppSQLite3Query::getBlobField(const char* szField, int& nLen) +{ + int nField = fieldIndex(szField); + return getBlobField(nField, nLen); +} + + +bool CppSQLite3Query::fieldIsNull(int nField) +{ + return (fieldDataType(nField) == SQLITE_NULL); +} + + +bool CppSQLite3Query::fieldIsNull(const char* szField) +{ + int nField = fieldIndex(szField); + return (fieldDataType(nField) == SQLITE_NULL); +} + + +int CppSQLite3Query::fieldIndex(const char* szField) +{ + checkVM(); + + if (szField) + { + for (int nField = 0; nField < mnCols; nField++) + { + const char* szTemp = sqlite3_column_name(mpVM, nField); + + if (strcmp(szField, szTemp) == 0) + { + return nField; + } + } + } + + throw CppSQLite3Exception(CPPSQLITE_ERROR, + (char*)"Invalid field name requested", + DONT_DELETE_MSG); +} + + +const char* CppSQLite3Query::fieldName(int nCol) +{ + checkVM(); + + if (nCol < 0 || nCol > mnCols-1) + { + throw CppSQLite3Exception(CPPSQLITE_ERROR, + (char*)"Invalid field index requested", + DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } + + return sqlite3_column_name(mpVM, nCol); +} + + +const char* CppSQLite3Query::fieldDeclType(int nCol) +{ + checkVM(); + + if (nCol < 0 || nCol > mnCols-1) + { + throw CppSQLite3Exception(CPPSQLITE_ERROR, + (char*)"Invalid field index requested", + DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } + + return sqlite3_column_decltype(mpVM, nCol); +} + + +int CppSQLite3Query::fieldDataType(int nCol) +{ + checkVM(); + + if (nCol < 0 || nCol > mnCols-1) + { + throw CppSQLite3Exception(CPPSQLITE_ERROR, + (char*)"Invalid field index requested", + DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } + + return sqlite3_column_type(mpVM, nCol); +} + + +bool CppSQLite3Query::eof() +{ + checkVM(); + return mbEof; +} + + +void CppSQLite3Query::nextRow() +{ + checkVM(); + + int nRet = sqlite3_step(mpVM); + + if (nRet == SQLITE_DONE) + { + // no rows + mbEof = true; + } + else if (nRet == SQLITE_ROW) + { + // more rows, nothing to do + } + else + { + nRet = sqlite3_finalize(mpVM); + mpVM = 0; + const char* szError = sqlite3_errmsg(mpDB); + throw CppSQLite3Exception(nRet, + (char*)szError, + DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } +} + + +void CppSQLite3Query::finalize() +{ + if (mpVM && mbOwnVM) + { + int nRet = sqlite3_finalize(mpVM); + mpVM = 0; + if (nRet != SQLITE_OK) + { + const char* szError = sqlite3_errmsg(mpDB); + throw CppSQLite3Exception(nRet, (char*)szError, DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } + } +} + + +void CppSQLite3Query::checkVM() +{ + if (mpVM == 0) + { + throw CppSQLite3Exception(CPPSQLITE_ERROR, + (char*)"Null Virtual Machine pointer", + DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +CppSQLite3Table::CppSQLite3Table() +{ + mpaszResults = 0; + mnRows = 0; + mnCols = 0; + mnCurrentRow = 0; +} + + +CppSQLite3Table::CppSQLite3Table(const CppSQLite3Table& rTable) +{ + mpaszResults = rTable.mpaszResults; + // Only one object can own the results + const_cast<CppSQLite3Table&>(rTable).mpaszResults = 0; + mnRows = rTable.mnRows; + mnCols = rTable.mnCols; + mnCurrentRow = rTable.mnCurrentRow; +} + + +CppSQLite3Table::CppSQLite3Table(char** paszResults, int nRows, int nCols) +{ + mpaszResults = paszResults; + mnRows = nRows; + mnCols = nCols; + mnCurrentRow = 0; +} + + +CppSQLite3Table::~CppSQLite3Table() +{ + try + { + finalize(); + } + catch (...) + { + } +} + + +CppSQLite3Table& CppSQLite3Table::operator=(const CppSQLite3Table& rTable) +{ + try + { + finalize(); + } + catch (...) + { + } + mpaszResults = rTable.mpaszResults; + // Only one object can own the results + const_cast<CppSQLite3Table&>(rTable).mpaszResults = 0; + mnRows = rTable.mnRows; + mnCols = rTable.mnCols; + mnCurrentRow = rTable.mnCurrentRow; + return *this; +} + + +void CppSQLite3Table::finalize() +{ + if (mpaszResults) + { + sqlite3_free_table(mpaszResults); + mpaszResults = 0; + } +} + + +int CppSQLite3Table::numFields() +{ + checkResults(); + return mnCols; +} + + +int CppSQLite3Table::numRows() +{ + checkResults(); + return mnRows; +} + + +const char* CppSQLite3Table::fieldValue(int nField) +{ + checkResults(); + + if (nField < 0 || nField > mnCols-1) + { + throw CppSQLite3Exception(CPPSQLITE_ERROR, + (char*)"Invalid field index requested", + DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } + + int nIndex = (mnCurrentRow*mnCols) + mnCols + nField; + return mpaszResults[nIndex]; +} + + +const char* CppSQLite3Table::fieldValue(const char* szField) +{ + checkResults(); + + if (szField) + { + for (int nField = 0; nField < mnCols; nField++) + { + if (strcmp(szField, mpaszResults[nField]) == 0) + { + int nIndex = (mnCurrentRow*mnCols) + mnCols + nField; + return mpaszResults[nIndex]; + } + } + } + + throw CppSQLite3Exception(CPPSQLITE_ERROR, + (char*)"Invalid field name requested", + DONT_DELETE_MSG); +} + + +int CppSQLite3Table::getIntField(int nField, int nNullValue/*=0*/) +{ + if (fieldIsNull(nField)) + { + return nNullValue; + } + else + { + return atoi(fieldValue(nField)); + } +} + + +int CppSQLite3Table::getIntField(const char* szField, int nNullValue/*=0*/) +{ + if (fieldIsNull(szField)) + { + return nNullValue; + } + else + { + return atoi(fieldValue(szField)); + } +} + + +double CppSQLite3Table::getFloatField(int nField, double fNullValue/*=0.0*/) +{ + if (fieldIsNull(nField)) + { + return fNullValue; + } + else + { + return atof(fieldValue(nField)); + } +} + + +double CppSQLite3Table::getFloatField(const char* szField, double fNullValue/*=0.0*/) +{ + if (fieldIsNull(szField)) + { + return fNullValue; + } + else + { + return atof(fieldValue(szField)); + } +} + + +const char* CppSQLite3Table::getStringField(int nField, const char* szNullValue/*=""*/) +{ + if (fieldIsNull(nField)) + { + return szNullValue; + } + else + { + return fieldValue(nField); + } +} + + +const char* CppSQLite3Table::getStringField(const char* szField, const char* szNullValue/*=""*/) +{ + if (fieldIsNull(szField)) + { + return szNullValue; + } + else + { + return fieldValue(szField); + } +} + + +bool CppSQLite3Table::fieldIsNull(int nField) +{ + checkResults(); + return (fieldValue(nField) == 0); +} + + +bool CppSQLite3Table::fieldIsNull(const char* szField) +{ + checkResults(); + return (fieldValue(szField) == 0); +} + + +const char* CppSQLite3Table::fieldName(int nCol) +{ + checkResults(); + + if (nCol < 0 || nCol > mnCols-1) + { + throw CppSQLite3Exception(CPPSQLITE_ERROR, + (char*)"Invalid field index requested", + DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } + + return mpaszResults[nCol]; +} + + +void CppSQLite3Table::setRow(int nRow) +{ + checkResults(); + + if (nRow < 0 || nRow > mnRows-1) + { + throw CppSQLite3Exception(CPPSQLITE_ERROR, + (char*)"Invalid row index requested", + DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } + + mnCurrentRow = nRow; +} + + +void CppSQLite3Table::checkResults() +{ + if (mpaszResults == 0) + { + throw CppSQLite3Exception(CPPSQLITE_ERROR, + (char*)"Null Results pointer", + DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +CppSQLite3Statement::CppSQLite3Statement() +{ + mpDB = 0; + mpVM = 0; +} + + +CppSQLite3Statement::CppSQLite3Statement(const CppSQLite3Statement& rStatement) +{ + mpDB = rStatement.mpDB; + mpVM = rStatement.mpVM; + // Only one object can own VM + const_cast<CppSQLite3Statement&>(rStatement).mpVM = 0; +} + + +CppSQLite3Statement::CppSQLite3Statement(sqlite3* pDB, sqlite3_stmt* pVM) +{ + mpDB = pDB; + mpVM = pVM; +} + + +CppSQLite3Statement::~CppSQLite3Statement() +{ + try + { + finalize(); + } + catch (...) + { + } +} + + +CppSQLite3Statement& CppSQLite3Statement::operator=(const CppSQLite3Statement& rStatement) +{ + mpDB = rStatement.mpDB; + mpVM = rStatement.mpVM; + // Only one object can own VM + const_cast<CppSQLite3Statement&>(rStatement).mpVM = 0; + return *this; +} + + +int CppSQLite3Statement::execDML() +{ + checkDB(); + checkVM(); + + const char* szError=0; + + int nRet = sqlite3_step(mpVM); + + if (nRet == SQLITE_DONE) + { + int nRowsChanged = sqlite3_changes(mpDB); + + nRet = sqlite3_reset(mpVM); + + if (nRet != SQLITE_OK) + { + szError = sqlite3_errmsg(mpDB); + throw CppSQLite3Exception(nRet, (char*)szError, DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } + + return nRowsChanged; + } + else + { + nRet = sqlite3_reset(mpVM); + szError = sqlite3_errmsg(mpDB); + throw CppSQLite3Exception(nRet, (char*)szError, DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } +} + + +CppSQLite3Query CppSQLite3Statement::execQuery() +{ + checkDB(); + checkVM(); + + int nRet = sqlite3_step(mpVM); + + if (nRet == SQLITE_DONE) + { + // no rows + return CppSQLite3Query(mpDB, mpVM, true/*eof*/, false); + } + else if (nRet == SQLITE_ROW) + { + // at least 1 row + return CppSQLite3Query(mpDB, mpVM, false/*eof*/, false); + } + else + { + nRet = sqlite3_reset(mpVM); + const char* szError = sqlite3_errmsg(mpDB); + throw CppSQLite3Exception(nRet, (char*)szError, DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } +} + + +void CppSQLite3Statement::bind(int nParam, const char* szValue) +{ + checkVM(); + int nRes = sqlite3_bind_text(mpVM, nParam, szValue, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + + if (nRes != SQLITE_OK) + { + throw CppSQLite3Exception(nRes, + (char*)"Error binding string param", + DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } +} + + +void CppSQLite3Statement::bind(int nParam, const int nValue) +{ + checkVM(); + int nRes = sqlite3_bind_int(mpVM, nParam, nValue); + + if (nRes != SQLITE_OK) + { + throw CppSQLite3Exception(nRes, + (char*)"Error binding int param", + DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } +} + + +void CppSQLite3Statement::bind(int nParam, const double dValue) +{ + checkVM(); + int nRes = sqlite3_bind_double(mpVM, nParam, dValue); + + if (nRes != SQLITE_OK) + { + throw CppSQLite3Exception(nRes, + (char*)"Error binding double param", + DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } +} + + +void CppSQLite3Statement::bind(int nParam, const unsigned char* blobValue, int nLen) +{ + checkVM(); + int nRes = sqlite3_bind_blob(mpVM, nParam, + (const void*)blobValue, nLen, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + + if (nRes != SQLITE_OK) + { + throw CppSQLite3Exception(nRes, + (char*)"Error binding blob param", + DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } +} + + +void CppSQLite3Statement::bindNull(int nParam) +{ + checkVM(); + int nRes = sqlite3_bind_null(mpVM, nParam); + + if (nRes != SQLITE_OK) + { + throw CppSQLite3Exception(nRes, + (char*)"Error binding NULL param", + DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } +} + + +int CppSQLite3Statement::bindParameterIndex(const char* szParam) +{ + checkVM(); + + int nParam = sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(mpVM, szParam); + +int nn = sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(mpVM); +const char* sz1 = sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(mpVM, 1); +const char* sz2 = sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(mpVM, 2); + + if (!nParam) + { + char buf[128]; + #ifdef _WIN32 + sprintf_s(buf, "Parameter '%s' is not valid for this statement", szParam); + #else + sprintf(buf, "Parameter '%s' is not valid for this statement", szParam); + #endif + throw CppSQLite3Exception(CPPSQLITE_ERROR, buf, DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } + + return nParam; +} + + +void CppSQLite3Statement::bind(const char* szParam, const char* szValue) +{ + int nParam = bindParameterIndex(szParam); + bind(nParam, szValue); +} + + +void CppSQLite3Statement::bind(const char* szParam, const int nValue) +{ + int nParam = bindParameterIndex(szParam); + bind(nParam, nValue); +} + +void CppSQLite3Statement::bind(const char* szParam, const double dwValue) +{ + int nParam = bindParameterIndex(szParam); + bind(nParam, dwValue); +} + +void CppSQLite3Statement::bind(const char* szParam, const unsigned char* blobValue, int nLen) +{ + int nParam = bindParameterIndex(szParam); + bind(nParam, blobValue, nLen); +} + + +void CppSQLite3Statement::bindNull(const char* szParam) +{ + int nParam = bindParameterIndex(szParam); + bindNull(nParam); +} + + +void CppSQLite3Statement::reset() +{ + if (mpVM) + { + int nRet = sqlite3_reset(mpVM); + + if (nRet != SQLITE_OK) + { + const char* szError = sqlite3_errmsg(mpDB); + throw CppSQLite3Exception(nRet, (char*)szError, DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } + } +} + + +void CppSQLite3Statement::finalize() +{ + if (mpVM) + { + int nRet = sqlite3_finalize(mpVM); + mpVM = 0; + + if (nRet != SQLITE_OK) + { + const char* szError = sqlite3_errmsg(mpDB); + throw CppSQLite3Exception(nRet, (char*)szError, DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } + } +} + + +void CppSQLite3Statement::checkDB() +{ + if (mpDB == 0) + { + throw CppSQLite3Exception(CPPSQLITE_ERROR, + (char*)"Database not open", + DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } +} + + +void CppSQLite3Statement::checkVM() +{ + if (mpVM == 0) + { + throw CppSQLite3Exception(CPPSQLITE_ERROR, + (char*)"Null Virtual Machine pointer", + DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } +} + + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +CppSQLite3DB::CppSQLite3DB() +{ + mpDB = 0; + mnBusyTimeoutMs = 60000; // 60 seconds +} + + +CppSQLite3DB::CppSQLite3DB(const CppSQLite3DB& db) +{ + mpDB = db.mpDB; + mnBusyTimeoutMs = 60000; // 60 seconds +} + + +CppSQLite3DB::~CppSQLite3DB() +{ + try + { + close(); + } + catch (...) + { + } +} + + +CppSQLite3DB& CppSQLite3DB::operator=(const CppSQLite3DB& db) +{ + mpDB = db.mpDB; + mnBusyTimeoutMs = 60000; // 60 seconds + return *this; +} + + +void CppSQLite3DB::open(const char* szFile) +{ + int nRet = sqlite3_open(szFile, &mpDB); + + if (nRet != SQLITE_OK) + { + const char* szError = sqlite3_errmsg(mpDB); + throw CppSQLite3Exception(nRet, (char*)szError, DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } + + setBusyTimeout(mnBusyTimeoutMs); +} + + +void CppSQLite3DB::close() +{ + if (mpDB) + { + if (sqlite3_close(mpDB) == SQLITE_OK) + { + mpDB = 0; + } + else + { + throw CppSQLite3Exception(CPPSQLITE_ERROR, + (char*)"Unable to close database", + DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } + } +} + + +CppSQLite3Statement CppSQLite3DB::compileStatement(const char* szSQL) +{ + checkDB(); + + sqlite3_stmt* pVM = compile(szSQL); + return CppSQLite3Statement(mpDB, pVM); +} + + +bool CppSQLite3DB::tableExists(const char* szTable) +{ + char szSQL[256]; + + #ifdef _WIN32 + sprintf_s(szSQL, + "select count(*) from sqlite_master where type='table' and name='%s'", + szTable); + #else + sprintf(szSQL, + "select count(*) from sqlite_master where type='table' and name='%s'", + szTable); + #endif + + int nRet = execScalar(szSQL); + return (nRet > 0); +} + + +int CppSQLite3DB::execDML(const char* szSQL) +{ + checkDB(); + + char* szError=0; + + int nRet = sqlite3_exec(mpDB, szSQL, 0, 0, &szError); + + if (nRet == SQLITE_OK) + { + return sqlite3_changes(mpDB); + } + else + { + throw CppSQLite3Exception(nRet, szError); + } +} + + +CppSQLite3Query CppSQLite3DB::execQuery(const char* szSQL) +{ + checkDB(); + + sqlite3_stmt* pVM = compile(szSQL); + + int nRet = sqlite3_step(pVM); + + if (nRet == SQLITE_DONE) + { + // no rows + return CppSQLite3Query(mpDB, pVM, true/*eof*/); + } + else if (nRet == SQLITE_ROW) + { + // at least 1 row + return CppSQLite3Query(mpDB, pVM, false/*eof*/); + } + else + { + nRet = sqlite3_finalize(pVM); + const char* szError= sqlite3_errmsg(mpDB); + throw CppSQLite3Exception(nRet, (char*)szError, DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } +} + + +int CppSQLite3DB::execScalar(const char* szSQL, int nNullValue/*=0*/) +{ + CppSQLite3Query q = execQuery(szSQL); + + if (q.eof() || q.numFields() < 1) + { + throw CppSQLite3Exception(CPPSQLITE_ERROR, + (char*)"Invalid scalar query", + DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } + + return q.getIntField(0, nNullValue); +} + + +CppSQLite3Table CppSQLite3DB::getTable(const char* szSQL) +{ + checkDB(); + + char* szError=0; + char** paszResults=0; + int nRet; + int nRows(0); + int nCols(0); + + nRet = sqlite3_get_table(mpDB, szSQL, &paszResults, &nRows, &nCols, &szError); + + if (nRet == SQLITE_OK) + { + return CppSQLite3Table(paszResults, nRows, nCols); + } + else + { + throw CppSQLite3Exception(nRet, szError); + } +} + + +sqlite_int64 CppSQLite3DB::lastRowId() +{ + return sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(mpDB); +} + + +void CppSQLite3DB::setBusyTimeout(int nMillisecs) +{ + mnBusyTimeoutMs = nMillisecs; + sqlite3_busy_timeout(mpDB, mnBusyTimeoutMs); +} + + +void CppSQLite3DB::checkDB() +{ + if (!mpDB) + { + throw CppSQLite3Exception(CPPSQLITE_ERROR, + (char*)"Database not open", + DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } +} + + +sqlite3_stmt* CppSQLite3DB::compile(const char* szSQL) +{ + checkDB(); + + const char* szTail=0; + sqlite3_stmt* pVM; + + int nRet = sqlite3_prepare_v2(mpDB, szSQL, -1, &pVM, &szTail); + + if (nRet != SQLITE_OK) + { + const char* szError = sqlite3_errmsg(mpDB); + std::cout << "Error: " << szError << std::endl; + throw CppSQLite3Exception(nRet, + (char*)szError, + DONT_DELETE_MSG); + } + + return pVM; +} + +bool CppSQLite3DB::IsAutoCommitOn() +{ + checkDB(); + return sqlite3_get_autocommit(mpDB) ? true : false; +} + +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// SQLite encode.c reproduced here, containing implementation notes and source +// for sqlite3_encode_binary() and sqlite3_decode_binary() +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* +** 2002 April 25 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains helper routines used to translate binary data into +** a null-terminated string (suitable for use in SQLite) and back again. +** These are convenience routines for use by people who want to store binary +** data in an SQLite database. The code in this file is not used by any other +** part of the SQLite library. +** +** $Id: encode.c,v 1.10 2004/01/14 21:59:23 drh Exp $ +*/ + +/* +** How This Encoder Works +** +** The output is allowed to contain any character except 0x27 (') and +** 0x00. This is accomplished by using an escape character to encode +** 0x27 and 0x00 as a two-byte sequence. The escape character is always +** 0x01. An 0x00 is encoded as the two byte sequence 0x01 0x01. The +** 0x27 character is encoded as the two byte sequence 0x01 0x03. Finally, +** the escape character itself is encoded as the two-character sequence +** 0x01 0x02. +** +** To summarize, the encoder works by using an escape sequences as follows: +** +** 0x00 -> 0x01 0x01 +** 0x01 -> 0x01 0x02 +** 0x27 -> 0x01 0x03 +** +** If that were all the encoder did, it would work, but in certain cases +** it could double the size of the encoded string. For example, to +** encode a string of 100 0x27 characters would require 100 instances of +** the 0x01 0x03 escape sequence resulting in a 200-character output. +** We would prefer to keep the size of the encoded string smaller than +** this. +** +** To minimize the encoding size, we first add a fixed offset value to each +** byte in the sequence. The addition is modulo 256. (That is to say, if +** the sum of the original character value and the offset exceeds 256, then +** the higher order bits are truncated.) The offset is chosen to minimize +** the number of characters in the string that need to be escaped. For +** example, in the case above where the string was composed of 100 0x27 +** characters, the offset might be 0x01. Each of the 0x27 characters would +** then be converted into an 0x28 character which would not need to be +** escaped at all and so the 100 character input string would be converted +** into just 100 characters of output. Actually 101 characters of output - +** we have to record the offset used as the first byte in the sequence so +** that the string can be decoded. Since the offset value is stored as +** part of the output string and the output string is not allowed to contain +** characters 0x00 or 0x27, the offset cannot be 0x00 or 0x27. +** +** Here, then, are the encoding steps: +** +** (1) Choose an offset value and make it the first character of +** output. +** +** (2) Copy each input character into the output buffer, one by +** one, adding the offset value as you copy. +** +** (3) If the value of an input character plus offset is 0x00, replace +** that one character by the two-character sequence 0x01 0x01. +** If the sum is 0x01, replace it with 0x01 0x02. If the sum +** is 0x27, replace it with 0x01 0x03. +** +** (4) Put a 0x00 terminator at the end of the output. +** +** Decoding is obvious: +** +** (5) Copy encoded characters except the first into the decode +** buffer. Set the first encoded character aside for use as +** the offset in step 7 below. +** +** (6) Convert each 0x01 0x01 sequence into a single character 0x00. +** Convert 0x01 0x02 into 0x01. Convert 0x01 0x03 into 0x27. +** +** (7) Subtract the offset value that was the first character of +** the encoded buffer from all characters in the output buffer. +** +** The only tricky part is step (1) - how to compute an offset value to +** minimize the size of the output buffer. This is accomplished by testing +** all offset values and picking the one that results in the fewest number +** of escapes. To do that, we first scan the entire input and count the +** number of occurances of each character value in the input. Suppose +** the number of 0x00 characters is N(0), the number of occurances of 0x01 +** is N(1), and so forth up to the number of occurances of 0xff is N(255). +** An offset of 0 is not allowed so we don't have to test it. The number +** of escapes required for an offset of 1 is N(1)+N(2)+N(40). The number +** of escapes required for an offset of 2 is N(2)+N(3)+N(41). And so forth. +** In this way we find the offset that gives the minimum number of escapes, +** and thus minimizes the length of the output string. +*/ + +/* +** Encode a binary buffer "in" of size n bytes so that it contains +** no instances of characters '\'' or '\000'. The output is +** null-terminated and can be used as a string value in an INSERT +** or UPDATE statement. Use sqlite3_decode_binary() to convert the +** string back into its original binary. +** +** The result is written into a preallocated output buffer "out". +** "out" must be able to hold at least 2 +(257*n)/254 bytes. +** In other words, the output will be expanded by as much as 3 +** bytes for every 254 bytes of input plus 2 bytes of fixed overhead. +** (This is approximately 2 + 1.0118*n or about a 1.2% size increase.) +** +** The return value is the number of characters in the encoded +** string, excluding the "\000" terminator. +*/ +int sqlite3_encode_binary(const unsigned char *in, int n, unsigned char *out){ + int i, j, e, m; + int cnt[256]; + if( n<=0 ){ + out[0] = 'x'; + out[1] = 0; + return 1; + } + memset(cnt, 0, sizeof(cnt)); + for(i=n-1; i>=0; i--){ cnt[in[i]]++; } + m = n; + for(i=1; i<256; i++){ + int sum; + if( i=='\'' ) continue; + sum = cnt[i] + cnt[(i+1)&0xff] + cnt[(i+'\'')&0xff]; + if( sum<m ){ + m = sum; + e = i; + if( m==0 ) break; + } + } + out[0] = e; + j = 1; + for(i=0; i<n; i++){ + int c = (in[i] - e)&0xff; + if( c==0 ){ + out[j++] = 1; + out[j++] = 1; + }else if( c==1 ){ + out[j++] = 1; + out[j++] = 2; + }else if( c=='\'' ){ + out[j++] = 1; + out[j++] = 3; + }else{ + out[j++] = c; + } + } + out[j] = 0; + return j; +} + +/* +** Decode the string "in" into binary data and write it into "out". +** This routine reverses the encoding created by sqlite3_encode_binary(). +** The output will always be a few bytes less than the input. The number +** of bytes of output is returned. If the input is not a well-formed +** encoding, -1 is returned. +** +** The "in" and "out" parameters may point to the same buffer in order +** to decode a string in place. +*/ +int sqlite3_decode_binary(const unsigned char *in, unsigned char *out){ + int i, c, e; + e = *(in++); + i = 0; + while( (c = *(in++))!=0 ){ + if( c==1 ){ + c = *(in++); + if( c==1 ){ + c = 0; + }else if( c==2 ){ + c = 1; + }else if( c==3 ){ + c = '\''; + }else{ + return -1; + } + } + out[i++] = (c + e)&0xff; + } + return i; +} diff --git a/thirdparty/SQLite/CppSQLite3.h b/thirdparty/SQLite/CppSQLite3.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7ae8a8b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/SQLite/CppSQLite3.h @@ -0,0 +1,326 @@ +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// CppSQLite3 - A C++ wrapper around the SQLite3 embedded database library. +// +// Copyright (c) 2004..2007 Rob Groves. All Rights Reserved. rob.groves@btinternet.com +// +// Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its +// documentation for any purpose, without fee, and without a written +// agreement, is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice, +// this paragraph and the following two paragraphs appear in all copies, +// modifications, and distributions. +// +// IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR DIRECT, +// INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOST +// PROFITS, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS DOCUMENTATION, +// EVEN IF THE AUTHOR HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +// +// THE AUTHOR SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A +// PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE AND ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTATION, IF +// ANY, PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS PROVIDED "AS IS". THE AUTHOR HAS NO OBLIGATION +// TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS. +// +// V3.0 03/08/2004 -Initial Version for sqlite3 +// +// V3.1 16/09/2004 -Implemented getXXXXField using sqlite3 functions +// -Added CppSQLiteDB3::tableExists() +// +// V3.2 01/07/2005 -Fixed execScalar to handle a NULL result +// 12/07/2007 -Added CppSQLiteDB::IsAutoCommitOn() +// -Added int64 functions to CppSQLite3Query +// -Added Name based parameter binding to CppSQLite3Statement. +//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#ifndef _CppSQLite3_H_ +#define _CppSQLite3_H_ + +#include "sqlite3.h" +#include <cstdio> +#include <cstring> + +#define CPPSQLITE_ERROR 1000 + +class CppSQLite3Exception +{ +public: + + CppSQLite3Exception(const int nErrCode, + char* szErrMess, + bool bDeleteMsg=true); + + CppSQLite3Exception(const CppSQLite3Exception& e); + + virtual ~CppSQLite3Exception(); + + const int errorCode() { return mnErrCode; } + + const char* errorMessage() { return mpszErrMess; } + + static const char* errorCodeAsString(int nErrCode); + +private: + + int mnErrCode; + char* mpszErrMess; +}; + + +class CppSQLite3Buffer +{ +public: + + CppSQLite3Buffer(); + + ~CppSQLite3Buffer(); + + const char* format(const char* szFormat, ...); + + operator const char*() { return mpBuf; } + + void clear(); + +private: + + char* mpBuf; +}; + + +class CppSQLite3Binary +{ +public: + + CppSQLite3Binary(); + + ~CppSQLite3Binary(); + + void setBinary(const unsigned char* pBuf, int nLen); + void setEncoded(const unsigned char* pBuf); + + const unsigned char* getEncoded(); + const unsigned char* getBinary(); + + int getBinaryLength(); + + unsigned char* allocBuffer(int nLen); + + void clear(); + +private: + + unsigned char* mpBuf; + int mnBinaryLen; + int mnBufferLen; + int mnEncodedLen; + bool mbEncoded; +}; + + +class CppSQLite3Query +{ +public: + + CppSQLite3Query(); + + CppSQLite3Query(const CppSQLite3Query& rQuery); + + CppSQLite3Query(sqlite3* pDB, + sqlite3_stmt* pVM, + bool bEof, + bool bOwnVM=true); + + CppSQLite3Query& operator=(const CppSQLite3Query& rQuery); + + virtual ~CppSQLite3Query(); + + int numFields(); + + int fieldIndex(const char* szField); + const char* fieldName(int nCol); + + const char* fieldDeclType(int nCol); + int fieldDataType(int nCol); + + const char* fieldValue(int nField); + const char* fieldValue(const char* szField); + + int getIntField(int nField, int nNullValue=0); + int getIntField(const char* szField, int nNullValue=0); + + sqlite_int64 getInt64Field(int nField, sqlite_int64 nNullValue=0); + sqlite_int64 getInt64Field(const char* szField, sqlite_int64 nNullValue=0); + + double getFloatField(int nField, double fNullValue=0.0); + double getFloatField(const char* szField, double fNullValue=0.0); + + const char* getStringField(int nField, const char* szNullValue=""); + const char* getStringField(const char* szField, const char* szNullValue=""); + + const unsigned char* getBlobField(int nField, int& nLen); + const unsigned char* getBlobField(const char* szField, int& nLen); + + bool fieldIsNull(int nField); + bool fieldIsNull(const char* szField); + + bool eof(); + + void nextRow(); + + void finalize(); + +private: + + void checkVM(); + + sqlite3* mpDB; + sqlite3_stmt* mpVM; + bool mbEof; + int mnCols; + bool mbOwnVM; +}; + + +class CppSQLite3Table +{ +public: + + CppSQLite3Table(); + + CppSQLite3Table(const CppSQLite3Table& rTable); + + CppSQLite3Table(char** paszResults, int nRows, int nCols); + + virtual ~CppSQLite3Table(); + + CppSQLite3Table& operator=(const CppSQLite3Table& rTable); + + int numFields(); + + int numRows(); + + const char* fieldName(int nCol); + + const char* fieldValue(int nField); + const char* fieldValue(const char* szField); + + int getIntField(int nField, int nNullValue=0); + int getIntField(const char* szField, int nNullValue=0); + + double getFloatField(int nField, double fNullValue=0.0); + double getFloatField(const char* szField, double fNullValue=0.0); + + const char* getStringField(int nField, const char* szNullValue=""); + const char* getStringField(const char* szField, const char* szNullValue=""); + + bool fieldIsNull(int nField); + bool fieldIsNull(const char* szField); + + void setRow(int nRow); + + void finalize(); + +private: + + void checkResults(); + + int mnCols; + int mnRows; + int mnCurrentRow; + char** mpaszResults; +}; + + +class CppSQLite3Statement +{ +public: + + CppSQLite3Statement(); + + CppSQLite3Statement(const CppSQLite3Statement& rStatement); + + CppSQLite3Statement(sqlite3* pDB, sqlite3_stmt* pVM); + + virtual ~CppSQLite3Statement(); + + CppSQLite3Statement& operator=(const CppSQLite3Statement& rStatement); + + int execDML(); + + CppSQLite3Query execQuery(); + + void bind(int nParam, const char* szValue); + void bind(int nParam, const int nValue); + void bind(int nParam, const double dwValue); + void bind(int nParam, const unsigned char* blobValue, int nLen); + void bindNull(int nParam); + + int bindParameterIndex(const char* szParam); + void bind(const char* szParam, const char* szValue); + void bind(const char* szParam, const int nValue); + void bind(const char* szParam, const double dwValue); + void bind(const char* szParam, const unsigned char* blobValue, int nLen); + void bindNull(const char* szParam); + + void reset(); + + void finalize(); + +private: + + void checkDB(); + void checkVM(); + + sqlite3* mpDB; + sqlite3_stmt* mpVM; +}; + + +class CppSQLite3DB +{ +public: + + CppSQLite3DB(); + + virtual ~CppSQLite3DB(); + + void open(const char* szFile); + + void close(); + + bool tableExists(const char* szTable); + + int execDML(const char* szSQL); + + CppSQLite3Query execQuery(const char* szSQL); + + int execScalar(const char* szSQL, int nNullValue=0); + + CppSQLite3Table getTable(const char* szSQL); + + CppSQLite3Statement compileStatement(const char* szSQL); + + sqlite_int64 lastRowId(); + + void interrupt() { sqlite3_interrupt(mpDB); } + + void setBusyTimeout(int nMillisecs); + + static const char* SQLiteVersion() { return SQLITE_VERSION; } + static const char* SQLiteHeaderVersion() { return SQLITE_VERSION; } + static const char* SQLiteLibraryVersion() { return sqlite3_libversion(); } + static int SQLiteLibraryVersionNumber() { return sqlite3_libversion_number(); } + + bool IsAutoCommitOn(); + +private: + + CppSQLite3DB(const CppSQLite3DB& db); + CppSQLite3DB& operator=(const CppSQLite3DB& db); + + sqlite3_stmt* compile(const char* szSQL); + + void checkDB(); + + sqlite3* mpDB; + int mnBusyTimeoutMs; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/SQLite/sqlite3.c b/thirdparty/SQLite/sqlite3.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..786da6bb --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/SQLite/sqlite3.c @@ -0,0 +1,196843 @@ +/****************************************************************************** +** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite +** version 3.13.0. By combining all the individual C code files into this +** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation +** unit. This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be +** possible if the files were compiled separately. Performance improvements +** of 5% or more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single +** translation unit. +** +** This file is all you need to compile SQLite. To use SQLite in other +** programs, you need this file and the "sqlite3.h" header file that defines +** the programming interface to the SQLite library. (If you do not have +** the "sqlite3.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy embedded within +** the text of this file. Search for "Begin file sqlite3.h" to find the start +** of the embedded sqlite3.h header file.) Additional code files may be needed +** if you want a wrapper to interface SQLite with your choice of programming +** language. The code for the "sqlite3" command-line shell is also in a +** separate file. This file contains only code for the core SQLite library. +*/ +#define SQLITE_CORE 1 +#define SQLITE_AMALGAMATION 1 +#ifndef SQLITE_PRIVATE +# define SQLITE_PRIVATE static +#endif +/************** Begin file sqliteInt.h ***************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Internal interface definitions for SQLite. +** +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_ +#define _SQLITEINT_H_ + +/* Special Comments: +** +** Some comments have special meaning to the tools that measure test +** coverage: +** +** NO_TEST - The branches on this line are not +** measured by branch coverage. This is +** used on lines of code that actually +** implement parts of coverage testing. +** +** OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE - This branch is allowed to alway be false +** and the correct answer is still obtained, +** though perhaps more slowly. +** +** OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE - This branch is allowed to alway be true +** and the correct answer is still obtained, +** though perhaps more slowly. +** +** PREVENTS-HARMLESS-OVERREAD - This branch prevents a buffer overread +** that would be harmless and undetectable +** if it did occur. +** +** In all cases, the special comment must be enclosed in the usual +** slash-asterisk...asterisk-slash comment marks, with no spaces between the +** asterisks and the comment text. +*/ + +/* +** Make sure that rand_s() is available on Windows systems with MSVC 2005 +** or higher. +*/ +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1400 +# define _CRT_RAND_S +#endif + +/* +** Include the header file used to customize the compiler options for MSVC. +** This should be done first so that it can successfully prevent spurious +** compiler warnings due to subsequent content in this file and other files +** that are included by this file. +*/ +/************** Include msvc.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Begin file msvc.h ********************************************/ +/* +** 2015 January 12 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains code that is specific to MSVC. +*/ +#ifndef _MSVC_H_ +#define _MSVC_H_ + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) +#pragma warning(disable : 4054) +#pragma warning(disable : 4055) +#pragma warning(disable : 4100) +#pragma warning(disable : 4127) +#pragma warning(disable : 4130) +#pragma warning(disable : 4152) +#pragma warning(disable : 4189) +#pragma warning(disable : 4206) +#pragma warning(disable : 4210) +#pragma warning(disable : 4232) +#pragma warning(disable : 4244) +#pragma warning(disable : 4305) +#pragma warning(disable : 4306) +#pragma warning(disable : 4702) +#pragma warning(disable : 4706) +#endif /* defined(_MSC_VER) */ + +#endif /* _MSVC_H_ */ + +/************** End of msvc.h ************************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ + +/* +** Special setup for VxWorks +*/ +/************** Include vxworks.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***************/ +/************** Begin file vxworks.h *****************************************/ +/* +** 2015-03-02 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains code that is specific to Wind River's VxWorks +*/ +#if defined(__RTP__) || defined(_WRS_KERNEL) +/* This is VxWorks. Set up things specially for that OS +*/ +#include <vxWorks.h> +#include <pthread.h> /* amalgamator: dontcache */ +#define OS_VXWORKS 1 +#define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0 +#define SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX 1 +#define SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION 1 +#define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 +#define HAVE_UTIME 1 +#else +/* This is not VxWorks. */ +#define OS_VXWORKS 0 +#define HAVE_FCHOWN 1 +#define HAVE_READLINK 1 +#define HAVE_LSTAT 1 +#endif /* defined(_WRS_KERNEL) */ + +/************** End of vxworks.h *********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ + +/* +** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on POSIX if the +** underlying operating system supports it. If the OS lacks +** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops. +** +** Ticket #2739: The _LARGEFILE_SOURCE macro must appear before any +** system #includes. Hence, this block of code must be the very first +** code in all source files. +** +** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch +** on the compiler command line. This is necessary if you are compiling +** on a recent machine (ex: Red Hat 7.2) but you want your code to work +** on an older machine (ex: Red Hat 6.0). If you compile on Red Hat 7.2 +** without this option, LFS is enable. But LFS does not exist in the kernel +** in Red Hat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary +** portability you should omit LFS. +** +** The previous paragraph was written in 2005. (This paragraph is written +** on 2008-11-28.) These days, all Linux kernels support large files, so +** you should probably leave LFS enabled. But some embedded platforms might +** lack LFS in which case the SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS macro might still be useful. +** +** Similar is true for Mac OS X. LFS is only supported on Mac OS X 9 and later. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS +# define _LARGE_FILE 1 +# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS +# define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 +# endif +# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +/* What version of GCC is being used. 0 means GCC is not being used */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__*1000000+__GNUC_MINOR__*1000+__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) +#else +# define GCC_VERSION 0 +#endif + +/* Needed for various definitions... */ +#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif + +#if defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(_BSD_SOURCE) +# define _BSD_SOURCE +#endif + +/* +** For MinGW, check to see if we can include the header file containing its +** version information, among other things. Normally, this internal MinGW +** header file would [only] be included automatically by other MinGW header +** files; however, the contained version information is now required by this +** header file to work around binary compatibility issues (see below) and +** this is the only known way to reliably obtain it. This entire #if block +** would be completely unnecessary if there was any other way of detecting +** MinGW via their preprocessor (e.g. if they customized their GCC to define +** some MinGW-specific macros). When compiling for MinGW, either the +** _HAVE_MINGW_H or _HAVE__MINGW_H (note the extra underscore) macro must be +** defined; otherwise, detection of conditions specific to MinGW will be +** disabled. +*/ +#if defined(_HAVE_MINGW_H) +# include "mingw.h" +#elif defined(_HAVE__MINGW_H) +# include "_mingw.h" +#endif + +/* +** For MinGW version 4.x (and higher), check to see if the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T +** define is required to maintain binary compatibility with the MSVC runtime +** library in use (e.g. for Windows XP). +*/ +#if !defined(_USE_32BIT_TIME_T) && !defined(_USE_64BIT_TIME_T) && \ + defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WIN64) && \ + defined(__MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION) && __MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION >= 4 && \ + defined(__MSVCRT__) +# define _USE_32BIT_TIME_T +#endif + +/* The public SQLite interface. The _FILE_OFFSET_BITS macro must appear +** first in QNX. Also, the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T macro must appear first for +** MinGW. +*/ +/************** Include sqlite3.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***************/ +/************** Begin file sqlite3.h *****************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library +** presents to client programs. If a C-function, structure, datatype, +** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is +** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without +** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite. +** +** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as +** "experimental". Experimental interfaces are normally new +** features recently added to SQLite. We do not anticipate changes +** to experimental interfaces but reserve the right to make minor changes +** if experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent. +** +** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived +** from comments in this file. This file is the authoritative source +** on how SQLite interfaces are supposed to operate. +** +** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in". +** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting +** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as +** part of the build process. +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_ +#define _SQLITE3_H_ +#include <stdarg.h> /* Needed for the definition of va_list */ + +/* +** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. +*/ +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* +** Provide the ability to override linkage features of the interface. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN +# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_API +# define SQLITE_API +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_CDECL +# define SQLITE_CDECL +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_STDCALL +# define SQLITE_STDCALL +#endif + +/* +** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those +** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental. New applications +** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are supported for backwards +** compatibility only. Application writers should be aware that +** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases. +** +** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that +** would generate warning messages when they were used. But that +** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports +** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple +** noop macros. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DEPRECATED +#define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL + +/* +** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION +# undef SQLITE_VERSION +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER +# undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers +** +** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION] C preprocessor macro in the sqlite3.h header +** evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version in the +** format "X.Y.Z" where X is the major version number (always 3 for +** SQLite3) and Y is the minor version number and Z is the release number.)^ +** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] C preprocessor macro resolves to an integer +** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z are the same +** numbers used in [SQLITE_VERSION].)^ +** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER for any given release of SQLite will also +** be larger than the release from which it is derived. Either Y will +** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented +** and Z will be reset to zero. +** +** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the +** <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil configuration management +** system</a>. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to +** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite +** within its configuration management system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID +** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1 +** hash of the entire source tree. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()], +** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()], +** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.13.0" +#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3013000 +#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2016-05-18 10:57:30 fc49f556e48970561d7ab6a2f24fdd7d9eb81ff2" + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid +** +** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION], +** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros +** but are associated with the library instead of the header file. ^(Cautious +** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to +** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in +** the header, and thus ensure that the application is +** compiled with matching library and header files. +** +** <blockquote><pre> +** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER ); +** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)==0 ); +** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 ); +** </pre></blockquote>)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of [SQLITE_VERSION] +** macro. ^The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer to the +** to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. The sqlite3_libversion() +** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have +** direct access to string constants within the DLL. ^The +** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to +** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns +** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the +** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro. +** +** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION; +SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_libversion(void); +SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_sourceid(void); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_libversion_number(void); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics +** +** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 +** indicating whether the specified option was defined at +** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the +** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used(). +** +** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating +** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by +** returning the N-th compile time option string. ^If N is out of range, +** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_ +** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by +** sqlite3_compileoption_get(). +** +** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used() +** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the +** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time. +** +** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and +** [sqlite_compileoption_get()] and the [compile_options pragma]. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName); +SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe +** +** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if +** SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to the +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0. +** +** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes +** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe. When the +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, +** the mutexes are omitted. Without the mutexes, it is not safe +** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread. +** +** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty. +** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable +** the mutexes. But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled. +** ^The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled. +** +** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the +** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with +** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro. +** +** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting +** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag. If SQLite is compiled with +** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 or =2 then mutexes are enabled by default but +** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()] +** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD], +** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]. ^(The return value of the +** sqlite3_threadsafe() function shows only the compile-time setting of +** thread safety, not any run-time changes to that setting made by +** sqlite3_config(). In other words, the return value from sqlite3_threadsafe() +** is unchanged by calls to sqlite3_config().)^ +** +** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_threadsafe(void); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle +** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections} +** +** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of +** the opaque structure named "sqlite3". It is useful to think of an sqlite3 +** pointer as an object. The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and +** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()] +** and [sqlite3_close_v2()] are its destructors. There are many other +** interfaces (such as +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and +** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an +** sqlite3 object. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types +** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64 +** +** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types +** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers. +** +** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions. +** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards +** compatibility only. +** +** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values +** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive. ^The +** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values +** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE + typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64; + typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) + typedef __int64 sqlite_int64; + typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64; +#else + typedef long long int sqlite_int64; + typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64; +#endif +typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64; +typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64; + +/* +** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, +** substitute integer for floating-point. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# define double sqlite3_int64 +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors +** for the [sqlite3] object. +** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return [SQLITE_OK] if +** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated +** resources are deallocated. +** +** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared +** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close() +** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY]. +** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements +** and/or unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes +** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the +** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is +** finished. The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with +** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which +** destructors are called is arbitrary. +** +** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements], +** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and +** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated +** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ^If +** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has +** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or +** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns [SQLITE_OK] and the deallocation +** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], +** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed. +** +** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open, +** the transaction is automatically rolled back. +** +** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] and [sqlite3_close_v2(C)] +** must be either a NULL +** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained +** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or +** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed. +** ^Calling sqlite3_close() or sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer +** argument is a harmless no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_close(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3*); + +/* +** The type for a callback function. +** This is legacy and deprecated. It is included for historical +** compatibility and is not documented. +*/ +typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()], +** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL +** without having to use a lot of C code. +** +** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded, +** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument, +** in the context of the [database connection] passed in as its 1st +** argument. ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to +** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row +** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements. ^The 4th argument to +** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each +** callback invocation. ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec() +** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are +** ignored. +** +** ^If an error occurs while evaluating the SQL statements passed into +** sqlite3_exec(), then execution of the current statement stops and +** subsequent statements are skipped. ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() +** is not NULL then any error message is written into memory obtained +** from [sqlite3_malloc()] and passed back through the 5th parameter. +** To avoid memory leaks, the application should invoke [sqlite3_free()] +** on error message strings returned through the 5th parameter of +** sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed. +** ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() is not NULL and no errors +** occur, then sqlite3_exec() sets the pointer in its 5th parameter to +** NULL before returning. +** +** ^If an sqlite3_exec() callback returns non-zero, the sqlite3_exec() +** routine returns SQLITE_ABORT without invoking the callback again and +** without running any subsequent SQL statements. +** +** ^The 2nd argument to the sqlite3_exec() callback function is the +** number of columns in the result. ^The 3rd argument to the sqlite3_exec() +** callback is an array of pointers to strings obtained as if from +** [sqlite3_column_text()], one for each column. ^If an element of a +** result row is NULL then the corresponding string pointer for the +** sqlite3_exec() callback is a NULL pointer. ^The 4th argument to the +** sqlite3_exec() callback is an array of pointers to strings where each +** entry represents the name of corresponding result column as obtained +** from [sqlite3_column_name()]. +** +** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer +** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or +** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database +** is not changed. +** +** Restrictions: +** +** <ul> +** <li> The application must ensure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() +** is a valid and open [database connection]. +** <li> The application must not close the [database connection] specified by +** the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. +** <li> The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into +** the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. +** </ul> +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_exec( + sqlite3*, /* An open database */ + const char *sql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ + int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**), /* Callback function */ + void *, /* 1st argument to callback */ + char **errmsg /* Error msg written here */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Result Codes +** KEYWORDS: {result code definitions} +** +** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown +** here in order to indicate success or failure. +** +** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite. +** +** See also: [extended result code definitions] +*/ +#define SQLITE_OK 0 /* Successful result */ +/* beginning-of-error-codes */ +#define SQLITE_ERROR 1 /* SQL error or missing database */ +#define SQLITE_INTERNAL 2 /* Internal logic error in SQLite */ +#define SQLITE_PERM 3 /* Access permission denied */ +#define SQLITE_ABORT 4 /* Callback routine requested an abort */ +#define SQLITE_BUSY 5 /* The database file is locked */ +#define SQLITE_LOCKED 6 /* A table in the database is locked */ +#define SQLITE_NOMEM 7 /* A malloc() failed */ +#define SQLITE_READONLY 8 /* Attempt to write a readonly database */ +#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT 9 /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/ +#define SQLITE_IOERR 10 /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */ +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT 11 /* The database disk image is malformed */ +#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND 12 /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */ +#define SQLITE_FULL 13 /* Insertion failed because database is full */ +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN 14 /* Unable to open the database file */ +#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL 15 /* Database lock protocol error */ +#define SQLITE_EMPTY 16 /* Database is empty */ +#define SQLITE_SCHEMA 17 /* The database schema changed */ +#define SQLITE_TOOBIG 18 /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */ +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT 19 /* Abort due to constraint violation */ +#define SQLITE_MISMATCH 20 /* Data type mismatch */ +#define SQLITE_MISUSE 21 /* Library used incorrectly */ +#define SQLITE_NOLFS 22 /* Uses OS features not supported on host */ +#define SQLITE_AUTH 23 /* Authorization denied */ +#define SQLITE_FORMAT 24 /* Auxiliary database format error */ +#define SQLITE_RANGE 25 /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */ +#define SQLITE_NOTADB 26 /* File opened that is not a database file */ +#define SQLITE_NOTICE 27 /* Notifications from sqlite3_log() */ +#define SQLITE_WARNING 28 /* Warnings from sqlite3_log() */ +#define SQLITE_ROW 100 /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */ +#define SQLITE_DONE 101 /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */ +/* end-of-error-codes */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes +** KEYWORDS: {extended result code definitions} +** +** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 30 integer +** [result codes]. However, experience has shown that many of +** these result codes are too coarse-grained. They do not provide as +** much information about problems as programmers might like. In an effort to +** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include +** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information +** about errors. These [extended result codes] are enabled or disabled +** on a per database connection basis using the +** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API. Or, the extended code for +** the most recent error can be obtained using +** [sqlite3_extended_errcode()]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_VNODE (SQLITE_IOERR | (27<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_AUTH (SQLITE_IOERR | (28<<8)) +#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_BUSY | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT (SQLITE_BUSY | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED (SQLITE_READONLY | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (5<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (6<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (7<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (8<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (9<<8)) +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(10<<8)) +#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL (SQLITE_NOTICE | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_NOTICE | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX (SQLITE_WARNING | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_AUTH_USER (SQLITE_AUTH | (1<<8)) + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations +** +** These bit values are intended for use in the +** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and +** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method. +*/ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY 0x00000001 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 0x00000002 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 0x00000004 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 0x00000008 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 0x00000010 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY 0x00000020 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI 0x00000040 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY 0x00000080 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB 0x00000100 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 0x00000200 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB 0x00000400 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 0x00000800 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 0x00001000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL 0x00002000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX 0x00008000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX 0x00010000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE 0x00020000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE 0x00040000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ +#define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL 0x00080000 /* VFS only */ + +/* Reserved: 0x00F00000 */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics +** +** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods] +** object returns an integer which is a vector of these +** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage +** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods] +** refers to. +** +** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of +** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values +** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and +** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of +** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means +** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended +** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other +** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that +** information is written to disk in the same order as calls +** to xWrite(). The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that +** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a +** file that were written at the application level might have changed +** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are +** guaranteed to be unchanged. The SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN +** flag indicate that a file cannot be deleted when open. The +** SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the file is on +** read-only media and cannot be changed even by processes with +** elevated privileges. +*/ +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC 0x00000001 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 0x00000002 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K 0x00000004 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K 0x00000008 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K 0x00000010 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K 0x00000020 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K 0x00000040 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K 0x00000080 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K 0x00000100 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND 0x00000200 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL 0x00000400 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 0x00000800 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 0x00001000 +#define SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE 0x00002000 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels +** +** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second +** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods +** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object. +*/ +#define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE 0 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED 1 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED 2 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING 3 +#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE 4 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags +** +** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an +** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of +** these integer values as the second argument. +** +** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the +** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage. Inode +** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag +** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics. +** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means +** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync(). +** +** Do not confuse the SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags +** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL +** settings. The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the +** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms. +** The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags determine how +** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and +** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code. +** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction +** between SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, but among the +** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX +** cares about the difference.) +*/ +#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL 0x00002 +#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 0x00003 +#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY 0x00010 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle +** +** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the +** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer]. Individual OS interface +** implementations will +** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields +** for their own use. The pMethods entry is a pointer to an +** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing +** I/O operations on the open file. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file; +struct sqlite3_file { + const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods; /* Methods for an open file */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object +** +** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an +** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the +** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object. +** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations +** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object. +** +** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method +** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed. The +** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] +** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element +** to NULL. +** +** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or +** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL]. The first choice is the normal fsync(). +** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync. The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY] +** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file +** and not its inode needs to be synced. +** +** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of +** <ul> +** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], +** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], +** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], +** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or +** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]. +** </ul> +** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock. +** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection, +** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED, +** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file. It returns true +** if such a lock exists and false otherwise. +** +** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom +** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the +** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface. The second "op" argument is an +** integer opcode. The third argument is a generic pointer intended to +** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to +** write return values. Potential uses for xFileControl() might be +** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the +** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire +** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks. The SQLite +** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use. +** A [file control opcodes | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available. +** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes +** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts. VFS implementations should +** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not +** recognize. +** +** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the +** device that underlies the file. The sector size is the +** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing +** other bytes in the file. The xDeviceCharacteristics() +** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the +** underlying device: +** +** <ul> +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND] +** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL] +** </ul> +** +** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of +** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values +** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and +** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of +** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means +** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended +** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other +** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that +** information is written to disk in the same order as calls +** to xWrite(). +** +** If xRead() returns SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill +** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros. A VFS that +** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work. However, +** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to +** database corruption. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods; +struct sqlite3_io_methods { + int iVersion; + int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*); + int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); + int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); + int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size); + int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags); + int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize); + int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int); + int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int); + int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut); + int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg); + int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*); + int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*); + /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */ + int (*xShmMap)(sqlite3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**); + int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags); + void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*); + int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag); + /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */ + int (*xFetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, int iAmt, void **pp); + int (*xUnfetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p); + /* Methods above are valid for version 3 */ + /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes +** KEYWORDS: {file control opcodes} {file control opcode} +** +** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method +** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()] +** interface. +** +** <ul> +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging. This +** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of +** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], +** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]) +** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability +** is used during testing and is only available when the SQLITE_TEST +** compile-time option is used. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS +** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the +** current transaction. This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it +** is often close. The underlying VFS might choose to preallocate database +** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database +** file run faster. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS +** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified +** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should +** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use +** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large +** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and +** improve performance on some systems. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer +** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database +** connection. See also [SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER]. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer +** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with the journal file (either +** the [rollback journal] or the [write-ahead log]) for a particular database +** connection. See also [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED]] +** No longer in use. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and +** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a +** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked +** because the user has configured SQLite with +** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place +** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with +** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced +** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated +** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that +** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications +** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may +** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite +** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately +** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal +** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call +** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the +** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic +** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the +** windows [VFS] in order to provide robustness in the presence of +** anti-virus programs. By default, the windows VFS will retry file read, +** file write, and file delete operations up to 10 times, with a delay +** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing +** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry. This +** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay) +** to be adjusted. The values are changed for all database connections +** within the same process. The argument is a pointer to an array of two +** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second +** integer is the delay. If either integer is negative, then the setting +** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written +** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be +** interrogated. The zDbName parameter is ignored. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the +** persistent [WAL | Write Ahead Log] setting. By default, the auxiliary +** write ahead log and shared memory files used for transaction control +** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database +** closes. Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after +** close. Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not +** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want +** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist +** in order for the database to be readable. The fourth parameter to +** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. +** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent +** WAL mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current +** WAL persistence setting. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] opcode is used to set or query the +** persistent "powersafe-overwrite" or "PSOW" setting. The PSOW setting +** determines the [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] bit of the +** xDeviceCharacteristics methods. The fourth parameter to +** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. +** That integer is 0 to disable zero-damage mode or 1 to enable zero-damage +** mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current +** zero-damage mode setting. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening +** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some +** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current +** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of +** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack. The names are of all VFS shims and the +** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from +** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable +** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to. +** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done. As with +** all file-control actions, there is no guarantee that this will actually +** do anything. Callers should initialize the char* variable to a NULL +** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented. This file-control +** is intended for diagnostic use only. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER] opcode finds a pointer to the top-level +** [VFSes] currently in use. ^(The argument X in +** sqlite3_file_control(db,SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER,X) must be +** of type "[sqlite3_vfs] **". This opcodes will set *X +** to a pointer to the top-level VFS.)^ +** ^When there are multiple VFS shims in the stack, this opcode finds the +** upper-most shim only. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]] +** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding +** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument +** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of +** pointers to strings (char**) in which the second element of the array +** is the name of the pragma and the third element is the argument to the +** pragma or NULL if the pragma has no argument. ^The handler for an +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control can optionally make the first element +** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] +** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or +** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal +** [PRAGMA] processing continues. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the +** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op +** prepared statement if result string is NULL, or that returns a copy +** of the result string if the string is non-NULL. +** ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns +** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means +** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the +** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error. ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] +** file control occurs at the beginning of pragma statement analysis and so +** it is able to override built-in [PRAGMA] statements. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]] +** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER] +** file-control may be invoked by SQLite on the database file handle +** shortly after it is opened in order to provide a custom VFS with access +** to the connections busy-handler callback. The argument is of type (void **) +** - an array of two (void *) values. The first (void *) actually points +** to a function of type (int (*)(void *)). In order to invoke the connections +** busy-handler, this function should be invoked with the second (void *) in +** the array as the only argument. If it returns non-zero, then the operation +** should be retried. If it returns zero, the custom VFS should abandon the +** current operation. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME]] +** ^Application can invoke the [SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME] file-control +** to have SQLite generate a +** temporary filename using the same algorithm that is followed to generate +** temporary filenames for TEMP tables and other internal uses. The +** argument should be a char** which will be filled with the filename +** written into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The caller should +** invoke [sqlite3_free()] on the result to avoid a memory leak. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control is used to query or set the +** maximum number of bytes that will be used for memory-mapped I/O. +** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that +** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map. The +** pointer is overwritten with the old value. The limit is not changed if +** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit +** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number. This +** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size]. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE] file control provides advisory information +** to the VFS about what the higher layers of the SQLite stack are doing. +** This file control is used by some VFS activity tracing [shims]. +** The argument is a zero-terminated string. Higher layers in the +** SQLite stack may generate instances of this file control if +** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED] file control interprets its argument as a +** pointer to an integer and it writes a boolean into that integer depending +** on whether or not the file has been renamed, moved, or deleted since it +** was first opened. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE] opcode is used for debugging. This +** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one +** pointed to by the pArg argument. This capability is used during testing +** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK] is a signal to the VFS layer that it might +** be advantageous to block on the next WAL lock if the lock is not immediately +** available. The WAL subsystem issues this signal during rare +** circumstances in order to fix a problem with priority inversion. +** Applications should <em>not</em> use this file-control. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS] opcode is implemented by zipvfs only. All other +** VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for this opcode. +** +** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU]] +** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU] opcode is implemented by the special VFS used by +** the RBU extension only. All other VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for +** this opcode. +** </ul> +*/ +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO 4 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 5 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE 6 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER 7 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED 8 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY 9 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL 10 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE 11 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME 12 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 13 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA 14 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER 15 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME 16 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE 18 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE 19 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED 20 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC 21 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO 22 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE 23 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK 24 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS 25 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU 26 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER 27 +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER 28 + +/* deprecated names */ +#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE +#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE +#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle +** +** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an +** abstract type for a mutex object. The SQLite core never looks +** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex]. It only +** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object. +** +** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()]. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object +** +** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between +** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system. The "vfs" +** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system". See +** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information. +** +** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in +** future versions of SQLite. Additional fields may be appended to this +** object when the iVersion value is increased. Note that the structure +** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transaction between +** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not +** modified. +** +** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file] +** structure used by this VFS. mxPathname is the maximum length of +** a pathname in this VFS. +** +** Registered sqlite3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by +** the pNext pointer. The [sqlite3_vfs_register()] +** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list +** in a thread-safe way. The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface +** searches the list. Neither the application code nor the VFS +** implementation should use the pNext pointer. +** +** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs +** structure that SQLite will ever modify. SQLite will only access +** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex. +** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs +** object once the object has been registered. +** +** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module. The name must +** be unique across all VFS modules. +** +** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]] +** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen +** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained +** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added. +** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will +** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than +** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters. +** ^SQLite further guarantees that +** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is +** called. Because of the previous sentence, +** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the +** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason. +** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen +** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the +** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the +** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]. +** +** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in +** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()]. Or if [sqlite3_open()] +** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least +** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. +** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to +** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set. +** +** ^(SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen() +** call, depending on the object being opened: +** +** <ul> +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL] +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB] +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL] +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB] +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL] +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL] +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL] +** </ul>)^ +** +** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to +** change the way it deals with files. For example, an application +** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make +** the open of a journal file a no-op. Writes to this journal would +** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return +** SQLITE_IOERR. Or the implementation might recognize that a database +** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random +** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly. +** +** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method: +** +** <ul> +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] +** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] +** </ul> +** +** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be +** deleted when it is closed. ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] +** will be set for TEMP databases and their journals, transient +** databases, and subjournals. +** +** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction +** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly +** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open() +** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the +** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always +** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists. +** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened +** for exclusive access. +** +** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite +** to hold the [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third +** argument to xOpen. The xOpen method does not have to +** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in. Note that +** the xOpen method must set the sqlite3_file.pMethods to either +** a valid [sqlite3_io_methods] object or to NULL. xOpen must do +** this even if the open fails. SQLite expects that the sqlite3_file.pMethods +** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success +** or failure of the xOpen call. +** +** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]] +** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS] +** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to +** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ] +** to test whether a file is at least readable. The file can be a +** directory. +** +** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the +** output buffer xFullPathname. The exact size of the output buffer +** is also passed as a parameter to both methods. If the output buffer +** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is +** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor +** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value. +** +** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), xCurrentTime(), and xCurrentTimeInt64() +** interfaces are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are +** included in the VFS structure for completeness. +** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes +** of good-quality randomness into zOut. The return value is +** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained. +** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at +** least the number of microseconds given. ^The xCurrentTime() +** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as +** a floating point value. +** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian +** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in +** a 24-hour day). +** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current +** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or +** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back +** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable. +** +** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces +** are not used by the SQLite core. These optional interfaces are provided +** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding +** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can +** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult +** or impossible to induce. The set of system calls that can be overridden +** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the +** next. Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any +** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change +** from one release to the next. Applications must not attempt to access +** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs; +typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void); +struct sqlite3_vfs { + int iVersion; /* Structure version number (currently 3) */ + int szOsFile; /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */ + int mxPathname; /* Maximum file pathname length */ + sqlite3_vfs *pNext; /* Next registered VFS */ + const char *zName; /* Name of this virtual file system */ + void *pAppData; /* Pointer to application-specific data */ + int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*, + int flags, int *pOutFlags); + int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir); + int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut); + int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut); + void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename); + void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg); + void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void); + void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*); + int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut); + int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds); + int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*); + int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *); + /* + ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_vfs object + ** definition. Those that follow are added in version 2 or later + */ + int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*); + /* + ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object. + ** Those below are for version 3 and greater. + */ + int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr); + sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); + const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); + /* + ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object. + ** New fields may be appended in future versions. The iVersion + ** value will increment whenever this happens. + */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method +** +** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to +** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object. They determine +** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for. +** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method +** simply checks whether the file exists. +** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method +** checks whether the named directory is both readable and writable +** (in other words, if files can be added, removed, and renamed within +** the directory). +** The SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the +** [temp_store_directory pragma], though this could change in a future +** release of SQLite. +** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method +** checks whether the file is readable. The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ constant is +** currently unused, though it might be used in a future release of +** SQLite. +*/ +#define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS 0 +#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1 /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */ +#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ 2 /* Unused */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xShmLock VFS method +** +** These integer constants define the various locking operations +** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlite3_io_methods]. The +** following are the only legal combinations of flags to the +** xShmLock method: +** +** <ul> +** <li> SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED +** <li> SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE +** <li> SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED +** <li> SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE +** </ul> +** +** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as +** was given on the corresponding lock. +** +** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or +** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE. It cannot transition between SHARED +** and EXCLUSIVE. +*/ +#define SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK 1 +#define SQLITE_SHM_LOCK 2 +#define SQLITE_SHM_SHARED 4 +#define SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE 8 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Maximum xShmLock index +** +** The xShmLock method on [sqlite3_io_methods] may use values +** between 0 and this upper bound as its "offset" argument. +** The SQLite core will never attempt to acquire or release a +** lock outside of this range +*/ +#define SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK 8 + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library +** +** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the +** SQLite library. ^The sqlite3_shutdown() routine +** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize(). +** These routines are designed to aid in process initialization and +** shutdown on embedded systems. Workstation applications using +** SQLite normally do not need to invoke either of these routines. +** +** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is +** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of +** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked +** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown(). ^(Only an effective call +** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization. All other calls +** are harmless no-ops.)^ +** +** A call to sqlite3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first +** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize(). ^(Only +** an effective call to sqlite3_shutdown() does any deinitialization. +** All other valid calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.)^ +** +** The sqlite3_initialize() interface is threadsafe, but sqlite3_shutdown() +** is not. The sqlite3_shutdown() interface must only be called from a +** single thread. All open [database connections] must be closed and all +** other SQLite resources must be deallocated prior to invoking +** sqlite3_shutdown(). +** +** Among other things, ^sqlite3_initialize() will invoke +** sqlite3_os_init(). Similarly, ^sqlite3_shutdown() +** will invoke sqlite3_os_end(). +** +** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success. +** ^If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize +** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such +** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK]. +** +** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other +** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to +** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly. For example, [sqlite3_open()] +** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically +** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized +** already. ^However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] +** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize() +** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly +** prior to using any other SQLite interface. For maximum portability, +** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize() +** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface. Future releases +** of SQLite may require this. In other words, the behavior exhibited +** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the +** default behavior in some future release of SQLite. +** +** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific +** initialization of the SQLite library. The sqlite3_os_end() +** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init(). Typical tasks +** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation +** of static resources, initialization of global variables, +** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up +** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()]. +** +** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init() +** or sqlite3_os_end() directly. The application should only invoke +** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown(). The sqlite3_os_init() +** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and +** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown(). Appropriate +** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end() +** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for Unix, Windows, or OS/2. +** When [custom builds | built for other platforms] +** (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time +** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for +** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end(). An application-supplied +** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end() +** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon +** failure. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_initialize(void); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_shutdown(void); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_os_init(void); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_os_end(void); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library +** +** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration +** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of +** the application. The default configuration is recommended for most +** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary. It is +** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs. +** +** <b>The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe. The application +** must ensure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other +** threads while sqlite3_config() is running.</b> +** +** The sqlite3_config() interface +** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using +** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. +** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before +** [sqlite3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE. +** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the +** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()]. +** +** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer +** [configuration option] that determines +** what property of SQLite is to be configured. Subsequent arguments +** vary depending on the [configuration option] +** in the first argument. +** +** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK]. +** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option +** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_CDECL sqlite3_config(int, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration +** changes to a [database connection]. The interface is similar to +** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single +** [database connection] (specified in the first argument). +** +** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...) is the +** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code +** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured. +** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb. +** +** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if +** the call is considered successful. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_CDECL sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines +** +** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite +** and low-level memory allocation routines. +** +** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface. +** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to +** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. +** By creating an instance of this object +** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]) +** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative +** memory allocation subsystem for SQLite to use for all of its +** dynamic memory needs. +** +** Note that SQLite comes with several [built-in memory allocators] +** that are perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications +** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications +** with specialized memory allocation requirements. This object is +** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative +** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in +** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such +** conditions. +** +** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the +** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library. +** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to +** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup. +** +** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation +** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc. The allocated size +** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger. +** +** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of +** a memory allocation given a particular requested size. Most memory +** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple +** of 8. Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2. +** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()] +** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, +** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail. +** +** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. For example, +** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data +** structures. The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by +** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired +** by xInit. The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to +** xInit and xShutdown. +** +** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes +** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. The +** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does +** not need to be threadsafe either. For all other methods, SQLite +** holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which +** it is by default) and so the methods are automatically serialized. +** However, if [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other +** methods must be threadsafe or else make their own arrangements for +** serialization. +** +** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening +** call to xShutdown(). +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods; +struct sqlite3_mem_methods { + void *(*xMalloc)(int); /* Memory allocation function */ + void (*xFree)(void*); /* Free a prior allocation */ + void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int); /* Resize an allocation */ + int (*xSize)(void*); /* Return the size of an allocation */ + int (*xRoundup)(int); /* Round up request size to allocation size */ + int (*xInit)(void*); /* Initialize the memory allocator */ + void (*xShutdown)(void*); /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */ + void *pAppData; /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options +** KEYWORDS: {configuration option} +** +** These constants are the available integer configuration options that +** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface. +** +** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. +** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications +** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that +** the call worked. The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a +** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option +** is invoked. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD</dt> +** <dd>There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the +** [threading mode] to Single-thread. In other words, it disables +** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used +** by a single thread. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default +** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return +** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD +** configuration option.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD</dt> +** <dd>There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the +** [threading mode] to Multi-thread. In other words, it disables +** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. +** The application is responsible for serializing access to +** [database connections] and [prepared statements]. But other mutexes +** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded +** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same +** [database connection] at the same time. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** it is not possible to set the Multi-thread [threading mode] and +** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the +** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED</dt> +** <dd>There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the +** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables +** all mutexes including the recursive +** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. +** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with +** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access +** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the +** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the +** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time. +** ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** it is not possible to set the Serialized [threading mode] and +** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the +** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt> +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a single argument which is +** a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. +** The argument specifies +** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of +** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes +** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure +** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC</dt> +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC option takes a single argument which +** is a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. +** The [sqlite3_mem_methods] +** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^ +** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation +** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or +** tracks memory usage, for example. </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS</dt> +** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS option takes single argument of type int, +** interpreted as a boolean, which enables or disables the collection of +** memory allocation statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are +** disabled, the following SQLite interfaces become non-operational: +** <ul> +** <li> [sqlite3_memory_used()] +** <li> [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] +** <li> [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] +** <li> [sqlite3_status64()] +** </ul>)^ +** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is +** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory +** allocation statistics are disabled by default. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH</dt> +** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH option specifies a static memory buffer +** that SQLite can use for scratch memory. ^(There are three arguments +** to SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH: A pointer an 8-byte +** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be +** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz), +** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N).)^ +** The first argument must be a pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer +** of at least sz*N bytes of memory. +** ^SQLite will not use more than one scratch buffers per thread. +** ^SQLite will never request a scratch buffer that is more than 6 +** times the database page size. +** ^If SQLite needs needs additional +** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then +** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.<p> +** ^When the application provides any amount of scratch memory using +** SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH, SQLite avoids unnecessary large +** [sqlite3_malloc|heap allocations]. +** This can help [Robson proof|prevent memory allocation failures] due to heap +** fragmentation in low-memory embedded systems. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt> +** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE option specifies a memory pool +** that SQLite can use for the database page cache with the default page +** cache implementation. +** This configuration option is a no-op if an application-define page +** cache implementation is loaded using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]. +** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: A pointer to +** 8-byte aligned memory (pMem), the size of each page cache line (sz), +** and the number of cache lines (N). +** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page +** (a power of two between 512 and 65536) plus some extra bytes for each +** page header. ^The number of extra bytes needed by the page header +** can be determined using [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ]. +** ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory, +** for the sz parameter to be larger than necessary. The pMem +** argument must be either a NULL pointer or a pointer to an 8-byte +** aligned block of memory of at least sz*N bytes, otherwise +** subsequent behavior is undefined. +** ^When pMem is not NULL, SQLite will strive to use the memory provided +** to satisfy page cache needs, falling back to [sqlite3_malloc()] if +** a page cache line is larger than sz bytes or if all of the pMem buffer +** is exhausted. +** ^If pMem is NULL and N is non-zero, then each database connection +** does an initial bulk allocation for page cache memory +** from [sqlite3_malloc()] sufficient for N cache lines if N is positive or +** of -1024*N bytes if N is negative, . ^If additional +** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by the initial +** allocation, then SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] separately for each +** additional cache line. </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt> +** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer +** that SQLite will use for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs +** beyond those provided for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. +** ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only available if SQLite is compiled +** with either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] and returns +** [SQLITE_ERROR] if invoked otherwise. +** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: +** An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory, +** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size. +** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts +** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation), +** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]. ^If the +** memory pointer is not NULL then the alternative memory +** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs. +** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte +** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined. +** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values +** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX</dt> +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX option takes a single argument which is a +** pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. +** The argument specifies alternative low-level mutex routines to be used +** in place the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of +** the content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to +** [sqlite3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to +** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will +** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX</dt> +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX option takes a single argument which +** is a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The +** [sqlite3_mutex_methods] +** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.)^ +** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation +** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance +** profiling or testing, for example. ^If SQLite is compiled with +** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then +** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to +** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will +** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt> +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE option takes two arguments that determine +** the default size of lookaside memory on each [database connection]. +** The first argument is the +** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of +** slots allocated to each database connection.)^ ^(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE +** sets the <i>default</i> lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE] +** option to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside +** configuration on individual connections.)^ </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2</dt> +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a single argument which is +** a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. This object specifies +** the interface to a custom page cache implementation.)^ +** ^SQLite makes a copy of the [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2</dt> +** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 option takes a single argument which +** is a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. SQLite copies of +** the current page cache implementation into that object.)^ </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG</dt> +** <dd> The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite +** global [error log]. +** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a +** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), +** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is +** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the +** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op. +** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG is +** passed through as the first parameter to the application-defined logger +** function whenever that function is invoked. ^The second parameter to +** the logger function is a copy of the first parameter to the corresponding +** [sqlite3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an +** [extended result code]. ^The third parameter passed to the logger is +** log message after formatting via [sqlite3_snprintf()]. +** The SQLite logging interface is not reentrant; the logger function +** supplied by the application must not invoke any SQLite interface. +** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger +** function must be threadsafe. </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_URI +** <dd>^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_URI option takes a single argument of type int. +** If non-zero, then URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, +** then URI handling is globally disabled.)^ ^If URI handling is globally +** enabled, all filenames passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], +** [sqlite3_open16()] or +** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless +** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database +** connection is opened. ^If it is globally disabled, filenames are +** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the +** database connection is opened. ^(By default, URI handling is globally +** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the +** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN +** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN option takes a single integer +** argument which is interpreted as a boolean in order to enable or disable +** the use of covering indices for full table scans in the query optimizer. +** ^The default setting is determined +** by the [SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN] compile-time option, or is "on" +** if that compile-time option is omitted. +** The ability to disable the use of covering indices for full table scans +** is because some incorrectly coded legacy applications might malfunction +** when the optimization is enabled. Providing the ability to +** disable the optimization allows the older, buggy application code to work +** without change even with newer versions of SQLite. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]] +** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE +** <dd> These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code. +** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG]] +** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG +** <dd>This option is only available if sqlite is compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG] pre-processor macro defined. The first argument should +** be a pointer to a function of type void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int). +** The second should be of type (void*). The callback is invoked by the library +** in three separate circumstances, identified by the value passed as the +** fourth parameter. If the fourth parameter is 0, then the database connection +** passed as the second argument has just been opened. The third argument +** points to a buffer containing the name of the main database file. If the +** fourth parameter is 1, then the SQL statement that the third parameter +** points to has just been executed. Or, if the fourth parameter is 2, then +** the connection being passed as the second parameter is being closed. The +** third parameter is passed NULL In this case. An example of using this +** configuration option can be seen in the "test_sqllog.c" source file in +** the canonical SQLite source tree.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE]] +** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE +** <dd>^SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit integer (sqlite3_int64) values +** that are the default mmap size limit (the default setting for +** [PRAGMA mmap_size]) and the maximum allowed mmap size limit. +** ^The default setting can be overridden by each database connection using +** either the [PRAGMA mmap_size] command, or by using the +** [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control. ^(The maximum allowed mmap size +** will be silently truncated if necessary so that it does not exceed the +** compile-time maximum mmap size set by the +** [SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE] compile-time option.)^ +** ^If either argument to this option is negative, then that argument is +** changed to its compile-time default. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE]] +** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE +** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE option is only available if SQLite is +** compiled for Windows with the [SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC] pre-processor macro +** defined. ^SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit unsigned integer value +** that specifies the maximum size of the created heap. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ]] +** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ +** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ option takes a single parameter which +** is a pointer to an integer and writes into that integer the number of extra +** bytes per page required for each page in [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. +** The amount of extra space required can change depending on the compiler, +** target platform, and SQLite version. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ]] +** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ +** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ option takes a single parameter which +** is an unsigned integer and sets the "Minimum PMA Size" for the multithreaded +** sorter to that integer. The default minimum PMA Size is set by the +** [SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ] compile-time option. New threads are launched +** to help with sort operations when multithreaded sorting +** is enabled (using the [PRAGMA threads] command) and the amount of content +** to be sorted exceeds the page size times the minimum of the +** [PRAGMA cache_size] setting and this value. +** +** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL]] +** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL +** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL option takes a single parameter which +** becomes the [statement journal] spill-to-disk threshold. +** [Statement journals] are held in memory until their size (in bytes) +** exceeds this threshold, at which point they are written to disk. +** Or if the threshold is -1, statement journals are always held +** exclusively in memory. +** Since many statement journals never become large, setting the spill +** threshold to a value such as 64KiB can greatly reduce the amount of +** I/O required to support statement rollback. +** The default value for this setting is controlled by the +** [SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL] compile-time option. +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD 1 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD 2 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED 3 /* nil */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC 4 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC 5 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH 6 /* void*, int sz, int N */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE 7 /* void*, int sz, int N */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP 8 /* void*, int nByte, int min */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS 9 /* boolean */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX 10 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ +/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* no-op */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* no-op */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG 16 /* xFunc, void* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI 17 /* int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 18 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 19 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20 /* int */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG 21 /* xSqllog, void* */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE 22 /* sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64 */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE 23 /* int nByte */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ 24 /* int *psz */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ 25 /* unsigned int szPma */ +#define SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL 26 /* int nByte */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options +** +** These constants are the available integer configuration options that +** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface. +** +** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. +** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications +** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that +** the call worked. ^The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a +** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option +** is invoked. +** +** <dl> +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt> +** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the +** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection]. +** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a +** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory. +** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb +** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the +** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the +** size of each lookaside buffer slot. ^The third argument is the number of +** slots. The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than +** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments. The buffer +** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary. ^If the second argument to +** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE is not a multiple of 8, it is internally +** rounded down to the next smaller multiple of 8. ^(The lookaside memory +** configuration for a database connection can only be changed when that +** connection is not currently using lookaside memory, or in other words +** when the "current value" returned by +** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero. +** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside +** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns +** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^</dd> +** +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY</dt> +** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of +** [foreign key constraints]. There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement, +** positive to enable FK enforcement or negative to leave FK enforcement +** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether FK enforcement is off or on +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back. </dd> +** +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER</dt> +** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers]. +** There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers, +** positive to enable triggers or negative to leave the setting unchanged. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the trigger setting is not reported back. </dd> +** +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER</dt> +** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable the two-argument +** version of the [fts3_tokenizer()] function which is part of the +** [FTS3] full-text search engine extension. +** There should be two additional arguments. +** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable fts3_tokenizer() or +** positive to enable fts3_tokenizer() or negative to leave the setting +** unchanged. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether fts3_tokenizer is disabled or enabled +** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in +** which case the new setting is not reported back. </dd> +** +** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION</dt> +** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable the [sqlite3_load_extension()] +** interface independently of the [load_extension()] SQL function. +** The [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] API enables or disables both the +** C-API [sqlite3_load_extension()] and the SQL function [load_extension()]. +** There should be two additional arguments. +** When the first argument to this interface is 1, then only the C-API is +** enabled and the SQL function remains disabled. If the first argment to +** this interface is 0, then both the C-API and the SQL function are disabled. +** If the first argument is -1, then no changes are made to state of either the +** C-API or the SQL function. +** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which +** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface +** is disabled or enabled following this call. The second parameter may +** be a NULL pointer, in which case the new setting is not reported back. +** </dd> +** +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE 1001 /* void* int int */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY 1002 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER 1003 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER 1004 /* int int* */ +#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION 1005 /* int int* */ + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the +** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result +** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^Each entry in most SQLite tables (except for [WITHOUT ROWID] tables) +** has a unique 64-bit signed +** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available +** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those +** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If +** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column +** is another alias for the rowid. +** +** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface returns the [rowid] of the +** most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table] +** on database connection D. +** ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not recorded. +** ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables +** have ever occurred on the database connection D, +** then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns zero. +** +** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table] +** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted +** row as long as the trigger or virtual table method is running. +** But once the trigger or virtual table method ends, the value returned +** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger or virtual +** table method began.)^ +** +** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a +** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this +** routine. ^Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK, +** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this +** routine when their insertion fails. ^(When INSERT OR REPLACE +** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail. The +** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused +** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change +** the return value of this interface.)^ +** +** ^For the purposes of this routine, an [INSERT] is considered to +** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back. +** +** This function is accessible to SQL statements via the +** [last_insert_rowid() SQL function]. +** +** If a separate thread performs a new [INSERT] on the same +** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] +** function is running and thus changes the last insert [rowid], +** then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is +** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new +** last insert [rowid]. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^This function returns the number of rows modified, inserted or +** deleted by the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE +** statement on the database connection specified by the only parameter. +** ^Executing any other type of SQL statement does not modify the value +** returned by this function. +** +** ^Only changes made directly by the INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement are +** considered - auxiliary changes caused by [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers], +** [foreign key actions] or [REPLACE] constraint resolution are not counted. +** +** Changes to a view that are intercepted by +** [INSTEAD OF trigger | INSTEAD OF triggers] are not counted. ^The value +** returned by sqlite3_changes() immediately after an INSERT, UPDATE or +** DELETE statement run on a view is always zero. Only changes made to real +** tables are counted. +** +** Things are more complicated if the sqlite3_changes() function is +** executed while a trigger program is running. This may happen if the +** program uses the [changes() SQL function], or if some other callback +** function invokes sqlite3_changes() directly. Essentially: +** +** <ul> +** <li> ^(Before entering a trigger program the value returned by +** sqlite3_changes() function is saved. After the trigger program +** has finished, the original value is restored.)^ +** +** <li> ^(Within a trigger program each INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE +** statement sets the value returned by sqlite3_changes() +** upon completion as normal. Of course, this value will not include +** any changes performed by sub-triggers, as the sqlite3_changes() +** value will be saved and restored after each sub-trigger has run.)^ +** </ul> +** +** ^This means that if the changes() SQL function (or similar) is used +** by the first INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within a trigger, it +** returns the value as set when the calling statement began executing. +** ^If it is used by the second or subsequent such statement within a trigger +** program, the value returned reflects the number of rows modified by the +** previous INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within the same trigger. +** +** See also the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface, the +** [count_changes pragma], and the [changes() SQL function]. +** +** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection +** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned +** is unpredictable and not meaningful. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^This function returns the total number of rows inserted, modified or +** deleted by all [INSERT], [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements completed +** since the database connection was opened, including those executed as +** part of trigger programs. ^Executing any other type of SQL statement +** does not affect the value returned by sqlite3_total_changes(). +** +** ^Changes made as part of [foreign key actions] are included in the +** count, but those made as part of REPLACE constraint resolution are +** not. ^Changes to a view that are intercepted by INSTEAD OF triggers +** are not counted. +** +** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface, the +** [count_changes pragma], and the [total_changes() SQL function]. +** +** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection +** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value +** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and +** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically +** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel" +** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt +** immediately. +** +** ^It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the +** thread that is currently running the database operation. But it +** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that +** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns. +** +** ^If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when +** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity +** to be interrupted and might continue to completion. +** +** ^An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]. +** ^If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE +** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction +** will be rolled back automatically. +** +** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running +** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete. ^Any new SQL statements +** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the +** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been +** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call. ^New SQL statements +** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are +** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt(). +** ^A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running +** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements +** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns. +** +** If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()] +** is running then bad things will likely happen. +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete +** +** These routines are useful during command-line input to determine if the +** currently entered text seems to form a complete SQL statement or +** if additional input is needed before sending the text into +** SQLite for parsing. ^These routines return 1 if the input string +** appears to be a complete SQL statement. ^A statement is judged to be +** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a prefix of a +** well-formed CREATE TRIGGER statement. ^Semicolons that are embedded within +** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not +** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are +** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator. ^Whitespace +** and comments that follow the final semicolon are ignored. +** +** ^These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete. ^If a +** memory allocation fails, then SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. +** +** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus +** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL. +** +** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior +** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked +** automatically by sqlite3_complete16(). If that initialization fails, +** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero +** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete.)^ +** +** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated +** UTF-8 string. +** +** The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated +** UTF-16 string in native byte order. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_complete(const char *sql); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors +** KEYWORDS: {busy-handler callback} {busy handler} +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_busy_handler(D,X,P) routine sets a callback function X +** that might be invoked with argument P whenever +** an attempt is made to access a database table associated with +** [database connection] D when another thread +** or process has the table locked. +** The sqlite3_busy_handler() interface is used to implement +** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] and [PRAGMA busy_timeout]. +** +** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] +** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. ^If the busy callback +** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments. +** +** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which +** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler(). ^The second argument to +** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has +** been invoked previously for the same locking event. ^If the +** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to +** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned +** to the application. +** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt +** is made to access the database and the cycle repeats. +** +** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked +** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy +** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY] +** to the application instead of invoking the +** busy handler. +** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that +** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and +** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying +** to promote to an exclusive lock. The first process cannot proceed +** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot +** proceed because it is blocked by the first. If both processes +** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress. Therefore, +** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this +** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow +** the second process to proceed. +** +** ^The default busy callback is NULL. +** +** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each +** [database connection]. Setting a new busy handler clears any +** previously set handler.)^ ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] +** or evaluating [PRAGMA busy_timeout=N] will change the +** busy handler and thus clear any previously set busy handler. +** +** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the +** database connection that invoked the busy handler. In other words, +** the busy handler is not reentrant. Any such actions +** result in undefined behavior. +** +** A busy handler must not close the database connection +** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps +** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked. ^The handler +** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping +** have accumulated. ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping, +** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return +** [SQLITE_BUSY]. +** +** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero +** turns off all busy handlers. +** +** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular +** [database connection] at any given moment. If another busy handler +** was defined (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling +** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^ +** +** See also: [PRAGMA busy_timeout] +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility. +** Use of this interface is not recommended. +** +** Definition: A <b>result table</b> is memory data structure created by the +** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface. A result table records the +** complete query results from one or more queries. +** +** The table conceptually has a number of rows and columns. But +** these numbers are not part of the result table itself. These +** numbers are obtained separately. Let N be the number of rows +** and M be the number of columns. +** +** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings. +** There are (N+1)*M elements in the array. The first M pointers point +** to zero-terminated strings that contain the names of the columns. +** The remaining entries all point to query results. NULL values result +** in NULL pointers. All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated +** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()]. +** +** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations. +** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()]. +** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()]. +** +** ^(As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result +** is as follows: +** +** <blockquote><pre> +** Name | Age +** ----------------------- +** Alice | 43 +** Bob | 28 +** Cindy | 21 +** </pre></blockquote> +** +** There are two column (M==2) and three rows (N==3). Thus the +** result table has 8 entries. Suppose the result table is stored +** in an array names azResult. Then azResult holds this content: +** +** <blockquote><pre> +** azResult[0] = "Name"; +** azResult[1] = "Age"; +** azResult[2] = "Alice"; +** azResult[3] = "43"; +** azResult[4] = "Bob"; +** azResult[5] = "28"; +** azResult[6] = "Cindy"; +** azResult[7] = "21"; +** </pre></blockquote>)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more +** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8 +** string of its 2nd parameter and returns a result table to the +** pointer given in its 3rd parameter. +** +** After the application has finished with the result from sqlite3_get_table(), +** it must pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to +** release the memory that was malloced. Because of the way the +** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling +** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly. Only +** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely. +** +** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around +** [sqlite3_exec()]. The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access +** to any internal data structures of SQLite. It uses only the public +** interface defined here. As a consequence, errors that occur in the +** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not +** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or +** [sqlite3_errmsg()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_get_table( + sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ + char ***pazResult, /* Results of the query */ + int *pnRow, /* Number of result rows written here */ + int *pnColumn, /* Number of result columns written here */ + char **pzErrmsg /* Error msg written here */ +); +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_free_table(char **result); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions +** +** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions +** from the standard C library. +** These routines understand most of the common K&R formatting options, +** plus some additional non-standard formats, detailed below. +** Note that some of the more obscure formatting options from recent +** C-library standards are omitted from this implementation. +** +** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their +** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. +** The strings returned by these two routines should be +** released by [sqlite3_free()]. ^Both routines return a +** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough +** memory to hold the resulting string. +** +** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from +** the standard C library. The result is written into the +** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by +** the first parameter. Note that the order of the +** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^ This is an +** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking +** backwards compatibility. ^(Note also that sqlite3_snprintf() +** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of +** characters actually written into the buffer.)^ We admit that +** the number of characters written would be a more useful return +** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf() +** now without breaking compatibility. +** +** ^As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf() +** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated. ^The first +** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for +** the zero terminator. So the longest string that can be completely +** written will be n-1 characters. +** +** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf(). +** +** These routines all implement some additional formatting +** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements. +** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply. In addition, there +** is are "%q", "%Q", "%w" and "%z" options. +** +** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated +** string from the argument list. But %q also doubles every '\'' character. +** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^ By doubling each '\'' +** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into +** the string. +** +** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows: +** +** <blockquote><pre> +** char *zText = "It's a happy day!"; +** </pre></blockquote> +** +** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows: +** +** <blockquote><pre> +** char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText); +** sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0); +** sqlite3_free(zSQL); +** </pre></blockquote> +** +** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText +** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows: +** +** <blockquote><pre> +** INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!') +** </pre></blockquote> +** +** This is correct. Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL +** would have looked like this: +** +** <blockquote><pre> +** INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!'); +** </pre></blockquote> +** +** This second example is an SQL syntax error. As a general rule you should +** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal. +** +** ^(The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around +** the outside of the total string. Additionally, if the parameter in the +** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without +** single quotes).)^ So, for example, one could say: +** +** <blockquote><pre> +** char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText); +** sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0); +** sqlite3_free(zSQL); +** </pre></blockquote> +** +** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL +** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer. +** +** ^(The "%w" formatting option is like "%q" except that it expects to +** be contained within double-quotes instead of single quotes, and it +** escapes the double-quote character instead of the single-quote +** character.)^ The "%w" formatting option is intended for safely inserting +** table and column names into a constructed SQL statement. +** +** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the +** addition that after the string has been read and copied into +** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^ +*/ +SQLITE_API char *SQLITE_CDECL sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...); +SQLITE_API char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list); +SQLITE_API char *SQLITE_CDECL sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...); +SQLITE_API char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem +** +** The SQLite core uses these three routines for all of its own +** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence +** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation. The +** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations. +** +** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block +** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter. +** ^If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free +** memory, it returns a NULL pointer. ^If the parameter N to +** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns +** a NULL pointer. +** +** ^The sqlite3_malloc64(N) routine works just like +** sqlite3_malloc(N) except that N is an unsigned 64-bit integer instead +** of a signed 32-bit integer. +** +** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned +** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so +** that it might be reused. ^The sqlite3_free() routine is +** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer. Passing a NULL pointer +** to sqlite3_free() is harmless. After being freed, memory +** should neither be read nor written. Even reading previously freed +** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error. +** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error +** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that +** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc(). +** +** ^The sqlite3_realloc(X,N) interface attempts to resize a +** prior memory allocation X to be at least N bytes. +** ^If the X parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N) +** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling +** sqlite3_malloc(N). +** ^If the N parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N) is zero or +** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling +** sqlite3_free(X). +** ^sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns a pointer to a memory allocation +** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if insufficient memory is available. +** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes +** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned +** by sqlite3_realloc(X,N) and the prior allocation is freed. +** ^If sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns NULL and N is positive, then the +** prior allocation is not freed. +** +** ^The sqlite3_realloc64(X,N) interfaces works the same as +** sqlite3_realloc(X,N) except that N is a 64-bit unsigned integer instead +** of a 32-bit signed integer. +** +** ^If X is a memory allocation previously obtained from sqlite3_malloc(), +** sqlite3_malloc64(), sqlite3_realloc(), or sqlite3_realloc64(), then +** sqlite3_msize(X) returns the size of that memory allocation in bytes. +** ^The value returned by sqlite3_msize(X) might be larger than the number +** of bytes requested when X was allocated. ^If X is a NULL pointer then +** sqlite3_msize(X) returns zero. If X points to something that is not +** the beginning of memory allocation, or if it points to a formerly +** valid memory allocation that has now been freed, then the behavior +** of sqlite3_msize(X) is undefined and possibly harmful. +** +** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc(), sqlite3_realloc(), +** sqlite3_malloc64(), and sqlite3_realloc64() +** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a +** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time +** option is used. +** +** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define +** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in +** implementation of these routines to be omitted. That capability +** is no longer provided. Only built-in memory allocators can be used. +** +** Prior to SQLite version 3.7.10, the Windows OS interface layer called +** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting +** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite +** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows +** installation. Memory allocation errors were detected, but +** they were reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or +** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM]. +** +** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()] +** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior +** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have +** not yet been released. +** +** The application must not read or write any part of +** a block of memory after it has been released using +** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_malloc(int); +SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_malloc64(sqlite3_uint64); +SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_realloc(void*, int); +SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_realloc64(void*, sqlite3_uint64); +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_free(void*); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_uint64 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_msize(void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics +** +** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status +** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()] +** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes +** of memory currently outstanding (malloced but not freed). +** ^The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum +** value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark +** was last reset. ^The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and +** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead +** added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()], +** but not overhead added by the any underlying system library +** routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call. +** +** ^The memory high-water mark is reset to the current value of +** [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to +** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true. ^The value returned +** by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark +** prior to the reset. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_memory_used(void); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator +** +** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to +** select random [ROWID | ROWIDs] when inserting new records into a table that +** already uses the largest possible [ROWID]. The PRNG is also used for +** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions. This interface allows +** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes. +** +** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P. +** ^The P parameter can be a NULL pointer. +** +** ^If this routine has not been previously called or if the previous +** call had N less than one or a NULL pointer for P, then the PRNG is +** seeded using randomness obtained from the xRandomness method of +** the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. +** ^If the previous call to this routine had an N of 1 or more and a +** non-NULL P then the pseudo-randomness is generated +** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness +** method. +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular +** [database connection], supplied in the first argument. +** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled +** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], +** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. ^At various +** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created +** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to +** see if those actions are allowed. ^The authorizer callback should +** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the +** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be +** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be +** rejected with an error. ^If the authorizer callback returns +** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY] +** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered +** the authorizer will fail with an error message. +** +** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation +** requested is ok. ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the +** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that +** access is denied. +** +** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third +** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter +** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies +** the particular action to be authorized. ^The third through sixth parameters +** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional +** details about the action to be authorized. +** +** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_READ] +** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the +** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute +** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have +** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned. The [SQLITE_IGNORE] +** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual +** columns of a table. +** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns +** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the +** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually. +** +** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing] +** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements +** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not +** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database. For +** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary +** SQL queries for evaluation by a database. But the application does +** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the +** database. An authorizer could then be put in place while the +** user-entered SQL is being [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] that +** disallows everything except [SELECT] statements. +** +** Applications that need to process SQL from untrusted sources +** might also consider lowering resource limits using [sqlite3_limit()] +** and limiting database size using the [max_page_count] [PRAGMA] +** in addition to using an authorizer. +** +** ^(Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection +** at a time. Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the +** previous call.)^ ^Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback. +** The authorizer is disabled by default. +** +** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify +** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback. +** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their +** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** +** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the +** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a +** schema change. Hence, the application should ensure that the +** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()]. +** +** ^Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during +** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants. Authorization is not +** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless +** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes +** sqlite3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_set_authorizer( + sqlite3*, + int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), + void *pUserData +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes +** +** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must +** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order +** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted. See the +** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional +** information. +** +** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [conflict resolution mode] +** returned from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DENY 1 /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */ +#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes +** +** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function +** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions. The +** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies +** what action is being authorized. These are the integer action codes that +** the authorizer callback may be passed. +** +** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be +** authorized. The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization +** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these +** codes is used as the second parameter. ^(The 5th parameter to the +** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp", +** etc.) if applicable.)^ ^The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback +** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for +** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from +** top-level SQL code. +*/ +/******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX 1 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE 2 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX 3 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE 4 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER 5 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW 6 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER 7 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW 8 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DELETE 9 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX 10 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE 11 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX 12 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE 13 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER 14 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW 15 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER 16 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW 17 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_INSERT 18 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_PRAGMA 19 /* Pragma Name 1st arg or NULL */ +#define SQLITE_READ 20 /* Table Name Column Name */ +#define SQLITE_SELECT 21 /* NULL NULL */ +#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION 22 /* Operation NULL */ +#define SQLITE_UPDATE 23 /* Table Name Column Name */ +#define SQLITE_ATTACH 24 /* Filename NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DETACH 25 /* Database Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE 26 /* Database Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_REINDEX 27 /* Index Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_ANALYZE 28 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE 29 /* Table Name Module Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE 30 /* Table Name Module Name */ +#define SQLITE_FUNCTION 31 /* NULL Function Name */ +#define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT 32 /* Operation Savepoint Name */ +#define SQLITE_COPY 0 /* No longer used */ +#define SQLITE_RECURSIVE 33 /* NULL NULL */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** These routines register callback functions that can be used for +** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements. +** +** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at +** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()]. +** ^The sqlite3_trace() callback is invoked with a UTF-8 rendering of the +** SQL statement text as the statement first begins executing. +** ^(Additional sqlite3_trace() callbacks might occur +** as each triggered subprogram is entered. The callbacks for triggers +** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^ +** +** The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option can be used to limit +** the length of [bound parameter] expansion in the output of sqlite3_trace(). +** +** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked +** as each SQL statement finishes. ^The profile callback contains +** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time +** of how long that statement took to run. ^The profile callback +** time is in units of nanoseconds, however the current implementation +** is only capable of millisecond resolution so the six least significant +** digits in the time are meaningless. Future versions of SQLite +** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback. The +** sqlite3_profile() function is considered experimental and is +** subject to change in future versions of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, + void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback +** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to +** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for +** database connection D. An example use for this +** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query. +** +** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the +** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the approximate number of +** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive +** invocations of the callback X. ^If N is less than one then the progress +** handler is disabled. +** +** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per +** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the +** old one. ^Setting parameter X to NULL disables the progress handler. +** ^The progress handler is also disabled by setting N to a value less +** than 1. +** +** ^If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is +** interrupted. This feature can be used to implement a +** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box. +** +** The progress handler callback must not do anything that will modify +** the database connection that invoked the progress handler. +** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their +** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3 +** +** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the +** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for +** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte +** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually +** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs. The only exception is that +** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object, +** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3] +** object.)^ ^(If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then +** [SQLITE_OK] is returned. Otherwise an [error code] is returned.)^ ^The +** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain +** an English language description of the error following a failure of any +** of the sqlite3_open() routines. +** +** ^The default encoding will be UTF-8 for databases created using +** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). ^The default encoding for databases +** created using sqlite3_open16() will be UTF-16 in the native byte order. +** +** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources +** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by +** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required. +** +** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open() +** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control +** over the new database connection. ^(The flags parameter to +** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of +** the following three values, optionally combined with the +** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE], +** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^ +** +** <dl> +** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]</dt> +** <dd>The database is opened in read-only mode. If the database does not +** already exist, an error is returned.</dd>)^ +** +** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]</dt> +** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading +** only if the file is write protected by the operating system. In either +** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.</dd>)^ +** +** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]</dt> +** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing, and is created if +** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for +** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().</dd>)^ +** </dl> +** +** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the +** combinations shown above optionally combined with other +** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits] +** then the behavior is undefined. +** +** ^If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection +** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread +** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time. ^If the +** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens +** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was +** previously selected at compile-time or start-time. +** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be +** eligible to use [shared cache mode], regardless of whether or not shared +** cache is enabled using [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()]. ^The +** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not +** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled. +** +** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the +** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that +** the new database connection should use. ^If the fourth parameter is +** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used. +** +** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database +** is created for the connection. ^This in-memory database will vanish when +** the database connection is closed. Future versions of SQLite might +** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character. +** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with +** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as +** "./" to avoid ambiguity. +** +** ^If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary +** on-disk database will be created. ^This private database will be +** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed. +** +** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]] <h3>URI Filenames</h3> +** +** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument +** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI +** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is +** set in the fourth argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has +** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the +** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option. +** As of SQLite version 3.7.7, URI filename interpretation is turned off +** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename +** interpretation by default. See "[URI filenames]" for additional +** information. +** +** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an +** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string +** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an +** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if +** present, is ignored. +** +** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file +** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, +** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin +** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI) +** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. +** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path +** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").)^ +** +** [[core URI query parameters]] +** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted +** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation]. +** SQLite and its built-in [VFSes] interpret the +** following query parameters: +** +** <ul> +** <li> <b>vfs</b>: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of +** a VFS object that provides the operating system interface that should +** be used to access the database file on disk. ^If this option is set to +** an empty string the default VFS object is used. ^Specifying an unknown +** VFS is an error. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is +** present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over +** the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2(). +** +** <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw", +** "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is +** an error)^. +** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only +** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the +** third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to +** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) +** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had +** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both +** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. ^If the mode option is +** set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads +** or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for +** the mode parameter that is less restrictive than that specified by +** the flags passed in the third parameter to sqlite3_open_v2(). +** +** <li> <b>cache</b>: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or +** "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the +** SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to +** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is +** equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit. +** ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in +** a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting +** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag. +** +** <li> <b>psow</b>: ^The psow parameter indicates whether or not the +** [powersafe overwrite] property does or does not apply to the +** storage media on which the database file resides. +** +** <li> <b>nolock</b>: ^The nolock parameter is a boolean query parameter +** which if set disables file locking in rollback journal modes. This +** is useful for accessing a database on a filesystem that does not +** support locking. Caution: Database corruption might result if two +** or more processes write to the same database and any one of those +** processes uses nolock=1. +** +** <li> <b>immutable</b>: ^The immutable parameter is a boolean query +** parameter that indicates that the database file is stored on +** read-only media. ^When immutable is set, SQLite assumes that the +** database file cannot be changed, even by a process with higher +** privilege, and so the database is opened read-only and all locking +** and change detection is disabled. Caution: Setting the immutable +** property on a database file that does in fact change can result +** in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors. +** See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE]. +** +** </ul> +** +** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an +** error. Future versions of SQLite might understand additional query +** parameters. See "[query parameters with special meaning to SQLite]" for +** additional information. +** +** [[URI filename examples]] <h3>URI filename examples</h3> +** +** <table border="1" align=center cellpadding=5> +** <tr><th> URI filenames <th> Results +** <tr><td> file:data.db <td> +** Open the file "data.db" in the current directory. +** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db<br> +** file:///home/fred/data.db <br> +** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td> +** Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db". +** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td> +** An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority. +** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap"> +** file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db +** <td> Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive +** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly +** necessary - space characters can be used literally +** in URI filenames. +** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td> +** Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access. +** Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by +** default, use a private cache. +** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile <td> +** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile" +** that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking. +** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td> +** An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter. +** </table> +** +** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and +** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a +** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits +** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a +** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all +** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the +** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding, +** the results are undefined. +** +** <b>Note to Windows users:</b> The encoding used for the filename argument +** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever +** codepage is currently defined. Filenames containing international +** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into +** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). +** +** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b> The temporary directory must be set +** prior to calling sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). Otherwise, various +** features that require the use of temporary files may fail. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_temp_directory] +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_open( + const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ +); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_open16( + const void *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-16) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ +); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_open_v2( + const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ + int flags, /* Flags */ + const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters +** +** These are utility routines, useful to VFS implementations, that check +** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query +** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter. +** +** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of +** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or +** more of the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] or [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] bits set and +** P is the name of the query parameter, then +** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P +** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a +** query parameter on F. If P is a query parameter of F +** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns +** a pointer to an empty string. +** +** The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine assumes that P is a boolean +** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value +** of P. The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the +** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any +** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The +** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of +** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or +** if the value begins with a numeric zero. If P is not a query +** parameter on F or if the value of P is does not match any of the +** above, then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0). +** +** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a +** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not +** exist. If the value of P is something other than an integer, then +** zero is returned. +** +** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and +** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B. If F is not a NULL pointer and +** is not a database file pathname pointer that SQLite passed into the xOpen +** VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined and probably +** undesirable. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with +** [database connection] D failed, then the sqlite3_errcode(D) interface +** returns the numeric [result code] or [extended result code] for that +** API call. +** If the most recent API call was successful, +** then the return value from sqlite3_errcode() is undefined. +** ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode() +** interface is the same except that it always returns the +** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are +** disabled. +** +** ^The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language +** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively. +** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally. +** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result. +** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by +** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_errstr() interface returns the English-language text +** that describes the [result code], as UTF-8. +** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally +** and must not be freed by the application)^. +** +** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the +** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between +** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces. +** When that happens, the second error will be reported since these +** interfaces always report the most recent result. To avoid +** this, each thread can obtain exclusive use of the [database connection] D +** by invoking [sqlite3_mutex_enter]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) before beginning +** to use D and invoking [sqlite3_mutex_leave]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) after +** all calls to the interfaces listed here are completed. +** +** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface +** was invoked incorrectly by the application. In that case, the +** error code and message may or may not be set. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_errstr(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Object +** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements} +** +** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement that +** has been compiled into binary form and is ready to be evaluated. +** +** Think of each SQL statement as a separate computer program. The +** original SQL text is source code. A prepared statement object +** is the compiled object code. All SQL must be converted into a +** prepared statement before it can be run. +** +** The life-cycle of a prepared statement object usually goes like this: +** +** <ol> +** <li> Create the prepared statement object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()]. +** <li> Bind values to [parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*() +** interfaces. +** <li> Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times. +** <li> Reset the prepared statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back +** to step 2. Do this zero or more times. +** <li> Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()]. +** </ol> +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited +** on a connection by connection basis. The first parameter is the +** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried. The +** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a +** class of constructs to be size limited. The third parameter is the +** new limit for that construct.)^ +** +** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged. +** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a +** [limits | hard upper bound] +** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called +** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_<i>NAME</i>]. +** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".))^ +** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are +** silently truncated to the hard upper bound. +** +** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the +** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit. +** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it, +** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1. +** +** Run-time limits are intended for use in applications that manage +** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled +** by untrusted external sources. An example application might be a +** web browser that has its own databases for storing history and +** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded +** off the Internet. The internal databases can be given the +** large, default limits. Databases managed by external sources can +** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service +** attack. Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] +** interface to further control untrusted SQL. The size of the database +** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the +** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA]. +** +** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories +** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {*limit categories} +** +** These constants define various performance limits +** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()]. +** The synopsis of the meanings of the various limits is shown below. +** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite]. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH</dt> +** <dd>The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.<dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH</dt> +** <dd>The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN</dt> +** <dd>The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the +** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index +** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH</dt> +** <dd>The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT</dt> +** <dd>The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP</dt> +** <dd>The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program +** used to implement an SQL statement. This limit is not currently +** enforced, though that might be added in some future release of +** SQLite.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG</dt> +** <dd>The maximum number of arguments on a function.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED</dt> +** <dd>The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]] +** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH</dt> +** <dd>The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or +** [GLOB] operators.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]] +** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER</dt> +** <dd>The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH</dt> +** <dd>The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS</dt> +** <dd>The maximum number of auxiliary worker threads that a single +** [prepared statement] may start.</dd>)^ +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH 0 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH 1 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN 2 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH 3 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT 4 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP 5 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG 6 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED 7 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 8 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER 9 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH 10 +#define SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS 11 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement +** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler} +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_stmt +** +** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code +** program using one of these routines. +** +** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a +** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or +** [sqlite3_open16()]. The database connection must not have been closed. +** +** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded +** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16. The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2() +** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() +** use UTF-16. +** +** ^If the nByte argument is negative, then zSql is read up to the +** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is positive, then it is the +** number of bytes read from zSql. ^If nByte is zero, then no prepared +** statement is generated. +** If the caller knows that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then +** there is a small performance advantage to passing an nByte parameter that +** is the number of bytes in the input string <i>including</i> +** the nul-terminator. +** +** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte +** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql. These routines only +** compile the first statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to +** what remains uncompiled. +** +** ^*ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be +** executed using [sqlite3_step()]. ^If there is an error, *ppStmt is set +** to NULL. ^If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty +** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL. +** The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled +** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it. +** ppStmt may not be NULL. +** +** ^On success, the sqlite3_prepare() family of routines return [SQLITE_OK]; +** otherwise an [error code] is returned. +** +** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are +** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained +** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged. +** ^In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement +** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the +** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to +** behave differently in three ways: +** +** <ol> +** <li> +** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it +** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL +** statement and try to run it again. As many as [SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY] +** retries will occur before sqlite3_step() gives up and returns an error. +** </li> +** +** <li> +** ^When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed +** [error codes] or [extended error codes]. ^The legacy behavior was that +** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code +** and the application would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()] +** in order to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare +** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately. +** </li> +** +** <li> +** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the +** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement, +** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been +** a schema change, on the first [sqlite3_step()] call following any change +** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. +** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the +** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE] +** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column +** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled. +** </li> +** </ol> +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_prepare( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_prepare_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_prepare16( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_prepare16_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original +** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was +** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if +** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to +** the content of the database file. +** +** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or +** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect. +** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that +** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would +** change the database file through side-effects: +** +** <blockquote><pre> +** SELECT eval('DELETE FROM t1') FROM t2; +** </pre></blockquote> +** +** But because the [SELECT] statement does not change the database file +** directly, sqlite3_stmt_readonly() would still return true.)^ +** +** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK], +** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true, +** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but +** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the +** database. ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause +** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements +** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make +** changes to the content of the database files on disk. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the +** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using +** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has neither run to completion (returned +** [SQLITE_DONE] from [sqlite3_step(S)]) nor +** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)]. ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) +** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a +** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement] +** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable. +** +** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()] +** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database +** connection that are in need of being reset. This can be used, +** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared +** statements that are holding a transaction open. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object +** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value} +** +** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values +** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing +** for the values it stores. ^Values stored in sqlite3_value objects +** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL. +** +** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected". +** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value. Other interfaces +** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value. +** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies +** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value. The +** [sqlite3_value_dup()] interface can be used to construct a new +** protected sqlite3_value from an unprotected sqlite3_value. +** +** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not +** a mutex is held. An internal mutex is held for a protected +** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected +** sqlite3_value object. If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded +** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0) +** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD] +** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected +** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably. However, +** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications +** still make the distinction between protected and unprotected +** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required. +** +** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the +** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected. +** ^The sqlite3_value object returned by +** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected. +** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used with +** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()]. +** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of +** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects. +*/ +typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object +** +** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an +** sqlite3_context object. ^A pointer to an sqlite3_context object +** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions]. +** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this +** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()], +** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()], +** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()], +** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()]. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements +** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name} +** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding} +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants, +** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following +** templates: +** +** <ul> +** <li> ? +** <li> ?NNN +** <li> :VVV +** <li> @VVV +** <li> $VVV +** </ul> +** +** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal, +** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifier.)^ ^The values of these +** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters") +** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here. +** +** ^The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always +** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants. +** +** ^The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set. +** ^The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1. ^When the same named +** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent +** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence. +** ^The index for named parameters can be looked up using the +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired. ^The index +** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN. +** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()] +** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999). +** +** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16() +** or sqlite3_bind_blob() is a NULL pointer then the fourth parameter +** is ignored and the end result is the same as sqlite3_bind_null(). +** +** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the +** number of bytes in the parameter. To be clear: the value is the +** number of <u>bytes</u> in the value, not the number of characters.)^ +** ^If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16() +** is negative, then the length of the string is +** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator. +** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then +** the behavior is undefined. +** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text() +** or sqlite3_bind_text16() or sqlite3_bind_text64() then +** that parameter must be the byte offset +** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL +** terminated. If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than +** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will +** contain embedded NULs. The result of expressions involving strings +** with embedded NULs is undefined. +** +** ^The fifth argument to the BLOB and string binding interfaces +** is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or +** string after SQLite has finished with it. ^The destructor is called +** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to bind API fails. +** ^If the fifth argument is +** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the +** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed. +** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then +** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before +** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns. +** +** ^The sixth argument to sqlite3_bind_text64() must be one of +** [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE] +** to specify the encoding of the text in the third parameter. If +** the sixth argument to sqlite3_bind_text64() is not one of the +** allowed values shown above, or if the text encoding is different +** from the encoding specified by the sixth parameter, then the behavior +** is undefined. +** +** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that +** is filled with zeroes. ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory +** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed. +** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose +** content is later written using +** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines. +** ^A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB. +** +** ^If any of the sqlite3_bind_*() routines are called with a NULL pointer +** for the [prepared statement] or with a prepared statement for which +** [sqlite3_step()] has been called more recently than [sqlite3_reset()], +** then the call will return [SQLITE_MISUSE]. If any sqlite3_bind_() +** routine is passed a [prepared statement] that has been finalized, the +** result is undefined and probably harmful. +** +** ^Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine. +** ^Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL. +** +** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an +** [error code] if anything goes wrong. +** ^[SQLITE_TOOBIG] might be returned if the size of a string or BLOB +** exceeds limits imposed by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]) or +** [SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH]. +** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter +** index is out of range. ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_blob64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_text64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_uint64); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters] +** in a [prepared statement]. SQL parameters are tokens of the +** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as +** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound] +** to the parameters at a later time. +** +** ^(This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost) +** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the +** number of unique parameters. If parameters of the ?NNN form are used, +** there may be gaps in the list.)^ +** +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns +** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P. +** ^(SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA" +** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA" +** respectively. +** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?" +** is included as part of the name.)^ +** ^Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name +** and are referred to as "nameless" or "anonymous parameters". +** +** ^The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0. +** +** ^If the value N is out of range or if the N-th parameter is +** nameless, then NULL is returned. ^The returned string is +** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was +** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or +** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name. ^The +** index value returned is suitable for use as the second +** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()]. ^A zero +** is returned if no matching parameter is found. ^The parameter +** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement +** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset +** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement]. +** ^Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the +** [prepared statement]. ^This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL +** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]). +** +** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column +** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement. ^The sqlite3_column_name() +** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string +** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated +** UTF-16 string. ^The first parameter is the [prepared statement] +** that implements the [SELECT] statement. ^The second parameter is the +** column number. ^The leftmost column is number 0. +** +** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement] +** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically +** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run +** or until the next call to +** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column. +** +** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine +** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a +** NULL pointer is returned. +** +** ^The name of a result column is the value of the "AS" clause for +** that column, if there is an AS clause. If there is no AS clause +** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from +** one release of SQLite to the next. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); +SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and +** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in +** [SELECT] statement. +** ^The name of the database or table or column can be returned as +** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string. ^The _database_ routines return +** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and +** the origin_ routines return the column name. +** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed +** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically +** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run +** or until the same information is requested +** again in a different encoding. +** +** ^The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the +** database, table, and column. +** +** ^The first argument to these interfaces is a [prepared statement]. +** ^These functions return information about the Nth result column returned by +** the statement, where N is the second function argument. +** ^The left-most column is column 0 for these routines. +** +** ^If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or +** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return +** NULL. ^These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error +** occurs. ^Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table, +** or column that query result column was extracted from. +** +** ^As with all other SQLite APIs, those whose names end with "16" return +** UTF-16 encoded strings and the other functions return UTF-8. +** +** ^These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol. +** +** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same +** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are +** undefined. +** +** If two or more threads call one or more +** [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces] +** for the same [prepared statement] and result column +** at the same time then the results are undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement]. +** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the +** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an +** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table +** column is returned.)^ ^If the Nth column of the result set is an +** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned. +** ^The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded. +** +** ^(For example, given the database schema: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT); +** +** and the following statement to be compiled: +** +** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1; +** +** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result +** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).)^ +** +** ^SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing. ^So just because a column +** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the +** data stored in that column is of the declared type. SQLite is +** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static. ^Type +** is associated with individual values, not with the containers +** used to hold those values. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy +** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function +** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement. +** +** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend +** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy +** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()]. The use of the +** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy +** interface will continue to be supported. +** +** ^In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY], +** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE]. +** ^With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or +** [extended result codes] might be returned as well. +** +** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the +** database locks it needs to do its job. ^If the statement is a [COMMIT] +** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the +** statement. If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an +** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before +** continuing. +** +** ^[SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing +** successfully. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual +** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual +** machine back to its initial state. +** +** ^If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW] +** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the +** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions]. +** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data. +** +** ^[SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint +** violation) has occurred. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on +** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()]. +** ^With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example, +** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth) +** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the +** [prepared statement]. ^In the "v2" interface, +** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step(). +** +** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately. +** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has +** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had +** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE]. Or it could +** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or +** more threads at the same moment in time. +** +** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to +** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything +** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of +** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using +** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from +** sqlite3_step(). But after version 3.6.23.1, sqlite3_step() began +** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather +** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE]. This is not considered a compatibility +** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error +** is broken by definition. The [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET] compile-time option +** can be used to restore the legacy behavior. +** +** <b>Goofy Interface Alert:</b> In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step() +** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any +** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE]. You must call +** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the +** specific [error codes] that better describes the error. +** We admit that this is a goofy design. The problem has been fixed +** with the "v2" interface. If you prepare all of your SQL statements +** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead +** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces, +** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly +** by sqlite3_step(). The use of the "v2" interface is recommended. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the +** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P. +** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return +** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of +** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0. +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer. +** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to +** [sqlite3_step](P) returned [SQLITE_DONE]. ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) +** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlite3_step](P) returned +** [SQLITE_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum] +** where it always returns zero since each step of that multi-step +** pragma returns 0 columns of data. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes +** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT +** +** ^(Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes: +** +** <ul> +** <li> 64-bit signed integer +** <li> 64-bit IEEE floating point number +** <li> string +** <li> BLOB +** <li> NULL +** </ul>)^ +** +** These constants are codes for each of those types. +** +** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2 +** for a completely different meaning. Software that links against both +** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not +** SQLITE_TEXT. +*/ +#define SQLITE_INTEGER 1 +#define SQLITE_FLOAT 2 +#define SQLITE_BLOB 4 +#define SQLITE_NULL 5 +#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT +# undef SQLITE_TEXT +#else +# define SQLITE_TEXT 3 +#endif +#define SQLITE3_TEXT 3 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query +** KEYWORDS: {column access functions} +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current +** result row of a query. ^In every case the first argument is a pointer +** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*] +** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants) +** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information +** should be returned. ^The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0. +** ^The number of columns in the result can be determined using +** [sqlite3_column_count()]. +** +** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the +** column index is out of range, the result is undefined. +** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to +** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither +** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently. +** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or +** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned +** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined. +** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] +** are called from a different thread while any of these routines +** are pending, then the results are undefined. +** +** ^The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the +** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type +** of the result column. ^The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER], +** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL]. The value +** returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type +** conversions have occurred as described below. After a type conversion, +** the value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is undefined. Future +** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type() +** following a type conversion. +** +** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes() +** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. +** ^If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts +** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes. +** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses +** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns +** the number of bytes in that string. +** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes() returns zero. +** +** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-16 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes16() +** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. +** ^If the result is a UTF-8 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() converts +** the string to UTF-16 and then returns the number of bytes. +** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes16() uses +** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-16 string and returns +** the number of bytes in that string. +** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero. +** +** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and +** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end +** of the string. ^For clarity: the values returned by +** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of +** bytes in the string, not the number of characters. +** +** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(), +** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated. ^The return +** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer. +** +** <b>Warning:</b> ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an +** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object. In a multithreaded environment, +** an unprotected sqlite3_value object may only be used safely with +** [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()]. +** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by +** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls +** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()], +** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], the behavior is not threadsafe. +** +** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate. ^For +** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result +** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the +** conversion automatically. ^(The following table details the conversions +** that are applied: +** +** <blockquote> +** <table border="1"> +** <tr><th> Internal<br>Type <th> Requested<br>Type <th> Conversion +** +** <tr><td> NULL <td> INTEGER <td> Result is 0 +** <tr><td> NULL <td> FLOAT <td> Result is 0.0 +** <tr><td> NULL <td> TEXT <td> Result is a NULL pointer +** <tr><td> NULL <td> BLOB <td> Result is a NULL pointer +** <tr><td> INTEGER <td> FLOAT <td> Convert from integer to float +** <tr><td> INTEGER <td> TEXT <td> ASCII rendering of the integer +** <tr><td> INTEGER <td> BLOB <td> Same as INTEGER->TEXT +** <tr><td> FLOAT <td> INTEGER <td> [CAST] to INTEGER +** <tr><td> FLOAT <td> TEXT <td> ASCII rendering of the float +** <tr><td> FLOAT <td> BLOB <td> [CAST] to BLOB +** <tr><td> TEXT <td> INTEGER <td> [CAST] to INTEGER +** <tr><td> TEXT <td> FLOAT <td> [CAST] to REAL +** <tr><td> TEXT <td> BLOB <td> No change +** <tr><td> BLOB <td> INTEGER <td> [CAST] to INTEGER +** <tr><td> BLOB <td> FLOAT <td> [CAST] to REAL +** <tr><td> BLOB <td> TEXT <td> Add a zero terminator if needed +** </table> +** </blockquote>)^ +** +** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior +** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or +** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated. +** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur +** in the following cases: +** +** <ul> +** <li> The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() or +** sqlite3_column_text16() is called. A zero-terminator might +** need to be added to the string.</li> +** <li> The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or +** sqlite3_column_text16() is called. The content must be converted +** to UTF-16.</li> +** <li> The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or +** sqlite3_column_text() is called. The content must be converted +** to UTF-8.</li> +** </ul> +** +** ^Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do +** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer +** that the prior pointer references will have been modified. Other kinds +** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they +** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated. +** +** The safest policy is to invoke these routines +** in one of the following ways: +** +** <ul> +** <li>sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li> +** <li>sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li> +** <li>sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()</li> +** </ul> +** +** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(), +** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result +** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or +** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result. Do not mix calls +** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to +** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16() +** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes(). +** +** ^The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as +** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or +** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called. ^The memory space used to hold strings +** and BLOBs is freed automatically. Do <em>not</em> pass the pointers returned +** from [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into +** [sqlite3_free()]. +** +** ^(If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any +** of these routines, a default value is returned. The default value +** is either the integer 0, the floating point number 0.0, or a NULL +** pointer. Subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] will return +** [SQLITE_NOMEM].)^ +*/ +SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API double SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API const unsigned char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement]. +** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors +** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns +** SQLITE_OK. ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then +** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or +** [extended error code]. +** +** ^The sqlite3_finalize(S) routine can be called at any point during +** the life cycle of [prepared statement] S: +** before statement S is ever evaluated, after +** one or more calls to [sqlite3_reset()], or after any call +** to [sqlite3_step()] regardless of whether or not the statement has +** completed execution. +** +** ^Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op. +** +** The application must finalize every [prepared statement] in order to avoid +** resource leaks. It is a grievous error for the application to try to use +** a prepared statement after it has been finalized. Any use of a prepared +** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and +** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement] +** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed. +** ^Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using +** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values. +** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S +** back to the beginning of its program. +** +** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the +** [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], +** or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S, +** then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK]. +** +** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the +** [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then +** [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code]. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values +** of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions +** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines} +** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function} +** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions} +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines") +** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior +** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only differences between +** these routines are the text encoding expected for +** the second parameter (the name of the function being created) +** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for +** the application data pointer. +** +** ^The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL +** function is to be added. ^If an application uses more than one database +** connection then application-defined SQL functions must be added +** to each database connection separately. +** +** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or +** redefined. ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8 +** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator. ^Note that the name +** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes. +** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name +** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned. +** +** ^The third parameter (nArg) +** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or +** aggregate takes. ^If this parameter is -1, then the SQL function or +** aggregate may take any number of arguments between 0 and the limit +** set by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]). If the third +** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is +** undefined. +** +** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what +** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for +** its parameters. The application should set this parameter to +** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes +** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the +** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or +** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8] +** otherwise. ^The same SQL function may be registered multiple times using +** different preferred text encodings, with different implementations for +** each encoding. +** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite +** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion. +** +** ^The fourth parameter may optionally be ORed with [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] +** to signal that the function will always return the same result given +** the same inputs within a single SQL statement. Most SQL functions are +** deterministic. The built-in [random()] SQL function is an example of a +** function that is not deterministic. The SQLite query planner is able to +** perform additional optimizations on deterministic functions, so use +** of the [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] flag is recommended where possible. +** +** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer. The implementation of the +** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^ +** +** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are +** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or +** aggregate. ^A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc +** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal +** parameters. ^An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep +** and xFinal and NULL pointer must be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing +** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function +** callbacks. +** +** ^(If the ninth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() is not NULL, +** then it is destructor for the application data pointer. +** The destructor is invoked when the function is deleted, either by being +** overloaded or when the database connection closes.)^ +** ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to +** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails. +** ^When the destructor callback of the tenth parameter is invoked, it +** is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application data +** pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2(). +** +** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same +** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of +** arguments or differing preferred text encodings. ^SQLite will use +** the implementation that most closely matches the way in which the +** SQL function is used. ^A function implementation with a non-negative +** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with +** a negative nArg. ^A function where the preferred text encoding +** matches the database encoding is a better +** match than a function where the encoding is different. +** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be +** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is +** between UTF8 and UTF16. +** +** ^Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions. +** +** ^An application-defined function is permitted to call other +** SQLite interfaces. However, such calls must not +** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared +** statement in which the function is running. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_create_function( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *pApp, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_create_function16( + sqlite3 *db, + const void *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *pApp, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_create_function_v2( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *pApp, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void(*xDestroy)(void*) +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings +** +** These constant define integer codes that represent the various +** text encodings supported by SQLite. +*/ +#define SQLITE_UTF8 1 /* IMP: R-37514-35566 */ +#define SQLITE_UTF16LE 2 /* IMP: R-03371-37637 */ +#define SQLITE_UTF16BE 3 /* IMP: R-51971-34154 */ +#define SQLITE_UTF16 4 /* Use native byte order */ +#define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* Deprecated */ +#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED 8 /* sqlite3_create_collation only */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Function Flags +** +** These constants may be ORed together with the +** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument +** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or +** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC 0x800 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions +** DEPRECATED +** +** These functions are [deprecated]. In order to maintain +** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue +** to be supported. However, new applications should avoid +** the use of these functions. To encourage programmers to avoid +** these functions, we will not explain what they do. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_global_recover(void); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int), + void*,sqlite3_int64); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Values +** METHOD: sqlite3_value +** +** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses +** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on +** the function or aggregate. +** +** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters +** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] +** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates. +** The 3rd parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to +** [protected sqlite3_value] objects. There is one [sqlite3_value] object for +** each parameter to the SQL function. These routines are used to +** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects. +** +** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects. +** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value] +** object results in undefined behavior. +** +** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions] +** except that these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object +** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number. +** +** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string +** in the native byte-order of the host machine. ^The +** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces +** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively. +** +** ^(The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply +** numeric affinity to the value. This means that an attempt is +** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point. If +** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other +** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number) +** then the conversion is performed. Otherwise no conversion occurs. +** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.)^ +** +** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned +** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or +** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to +** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()], +** or [sqlite3_value_text16()]. +** +** These routines must be called from the same thread as +** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters. +*/ +SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API double SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const unsigned char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Finding The Subtype Of SQL Values +** METHOD: sqlite3_value +** +** The sqlite3_value_subtype(V) function returns the subtype for +** an [application-defined SQL function] argument V. The subtype +** information can be used to pass a limited amount of context from +** one SQL function to another. Use the [sqlite3_result_subtype()] +** routine to set the subtype for the return value of an SQL function. +** +** SQLite makes no use of subtype itself. It merely passes the subtype +** from the result of one [application-defined SQL function] into the +** input of another. +*/ +SQLITE_API unsigned int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_subtype(sqlite3_value*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Copy And Free SQL Values +** METHOD: sqlite3_value +** +** ^The sqlite3_value_dup(V) interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value] +** object D and returns a pointer to that copy. ^The [sqlite3_value] returned +** is a [protected sqlite3_value] object even if the input is not. +** ^The sqlite3_value_dup(V) interface returns NULL if V is NULL or if a +** memory allocation fails. +** +** ^The sqlite3_value_free(V) interface frees an [sqlite3_value] object +** previously obtained from [sqlite3_value_dup()]. ^If V is a NULL pointer +** then sqlite3_value_free(V) is a harmless no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_dup(const sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context +** METHOD: sqlite3_context +** +** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this +** routine to allocate memory for storing their state. +** +** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called +** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite +** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer +** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to +** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function instance, +** the same buffer is returned. Sqlite3_aggregate_context() is normally +** called once for each invocation of the xStep callback and then one +** last time when the xFinal callback is invoked. ^(When no rows match +** an aggregate query, the xStep() callback of the aggregate function +** implementation is never called and xFinal() is called exactly once. +** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the +** first time from within xFinal().)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer +** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory +** allocate error occurs. +** +** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is +** determined by the N parameter on first successful call. Changing the +** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within +** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory +** allocation.)^ Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set +** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no +** pointless memory allocations occur. +** +** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by +** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes. +** +** The first parameter must be a copy of the +** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter +** to the xStep or xFinal callback routine that implements the aggregate +** function. +** +** This routine must be called from the same thread in which +** the aggregate SQL function is running. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions +** METHOD: sqlite3_context +** +** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of +** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter) +** of the [sqlite3_create_function()] +** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally +** registered the application defined function. +** +** This routine must be called from the same thread in which +** the application-defined function is running. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions +** METHOD: sqlite3_context +** +** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of +** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter) +** of the [sqlite3_create_function()] +** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally +** registered the application defined function. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3 *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data +** METHOD: sqlite3_context +** +** These functions may be used by (non-aggregate) SQL functions to +** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to +** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under +** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. An example +** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching +** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as +** metadata associated with the pattern string. +** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same, +** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple +** invocations of the same function. +** +** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata +** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument +** value to the application-defined function. ^If there is no metadata +** associated with the function argument, this sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface +** returns a NULL pointer. +** +** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) interface saves P as metadata for the N-th +** argument of the application-defined function. ^Subsequent +** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) return P from the most recent +** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) call if the metadata is still valid or +** NULL if the metadata has been discarded. +** ^After each call to sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) where X is not NULL, +** SQLite will invoke the destructor function X with parameter P exactly +** once, when the metadata is discarded. +** SQLite is free to discard the metadata at any time, including: <ul> +** <li> when the corresponding function parameter changes, or +** <li> when [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] is called for the +** SQL statement, or +** <li> when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same parameter, or +** <li> during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory +** allocation error occurs. </ul>)^ +** +** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in +** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the +** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns. Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata() +** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the +** function implementation should not make any use of P after +** sqlite3_set_auxdata() has been called. +** +** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for +** function parameters that are compile-time constants, including literal +** values and [parameters] and expressions composed from the same.)^ +** +** These routines must be called from the same thread in which +** the SQL function is running. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N); +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*)); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior +** +** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the +** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()]. ^If the destructor +** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant +** and will never change. It does not need to be destroyed. ^The +** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in +** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of +** the content before returning. +** +** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain +** C++ compilers. +*/ +typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); +#define SQLITE_STATIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0) +#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1) + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function +** METHOD: sqlite3_context +** +** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that +** implement SQL functions and aggregates. See +** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] +** for additional information. +** +** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of +** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements. +** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from +** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed +** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the +** third parameter. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob(C,N) and sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(C,N) +** interfaces set the result of the application-defined function to be +** a BLOB containing all zero bytes and N bytes in size. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from +** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified +** by its 2nd argument. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions +** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception. +** ^SQLite uses the string pointed to by the +** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16() +** as the text of an error message. ^SQLite interprets the error +** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite +** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native +** byte order. ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() +** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error +** message all text up through the first zero character. +** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or +** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many +** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message. +** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() +** routines make a private copy of the error message text before +** they return. Hence, the calling function can deallocate or +** modify the text after they return without harm. +** ^The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code +** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function. ^By default, +** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR. ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error() +** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_error_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an +** error indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_error_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an +** error indicating that a memory allocation failed. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value +** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer +** value given in the 2nd argument. +** ^The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value +** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer +** value given in the 2nd argument. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value +** of the application-defined function to be NULL. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(), +** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces +** set the return value of the application-defined function to be +** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order, +** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively. +** ^The sqlite3_result_text64() interface sets the return value of an +** application-defined function to be a text string in an encoding +** specified by the fifth (and last) parameter, which must be one +** of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE]. +** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from +** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces. +** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter +** through the first zero character. +** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text +** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined +** function result. If the 3rd parameter is non-negative, then it +** must be the byte offset into the string where the NUL terminator would +** appear if the string where NUL terminated. If any NUL characters occur +** in the string at a byte offset that is less than the value of the 3rd +** parameter, then the resulting string will contain embedded NULs and the +** result of expressions operating on strings with embedded NULs is undefined. +** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that +** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has +** finished using that result. +** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to +** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite +** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not +** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content +** when it has finished using that result. +** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces +** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT +** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from +** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns. +** +** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of +** the application-defined function to be a copy of the +** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter. ^The +** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value] +** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or +** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm. +** ^A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an +** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either +** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface. +** +** If these routines are called from within the different thread +** than the one containing the application-defined function that received +** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_blob64(sqlite3_context*,const void*, + sqlite3_uint64,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double); +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int); +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int); +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int); +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int); +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_text64(sqlite3_context*, const char*,sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding); +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_uint64 n); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Setting The Subtype Of An SQL Function +** METHOD: sqlite3_context +** +** The sqlite3_result_subtype(C,T) function causes the subtype of +** the result from the [application-defined SQL function] with +** [sqlite3_context] C to be the value T. Only the lower 8 bits +** of the subtype T are preserved in current versions of SQLite; +** higher order bits are discarded. +** The number of subtype bytes preserved by SQLite might increase +** in future releases of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_subtype(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated +** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument. +** +** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string +** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2() +** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16(). +** ^Collation names that compare equal according to [sqlite3_strnicmp()] are +** considered to be the same name. +** +** ^(The third argument (eTextRep) must be one of the constants: +** <ul> +** <li> [SQLITE_UTF8], +** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16LE], +** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16BE], +** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16], or +** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED]. +** </ul>)^ +** ^The eTextRep argument determines the encoding of strings passed +** to the collating function callback, xCallback. +** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16] and [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep +** force strings to be UTF16 with native byte order. +** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin +** on an even byte address. +** +** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed +** through as the first argument to the collating function callback. +** +** ^The fifth argument, xCallback, is a pointer to the collating function. +** ^Multiple collating functions can be registered using the same name but +** with different eTextRep parameters and SQLite will use whichever +** function requires the least amount of data transformation. +** ^If the xCallback argument is NULL then the collating function is +** deleted. ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted, +** that collation is no longer usable. +** +** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg +** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified +** by the eTextRep argument. The collating function must return an +** integer that is negative, zero, or positive +** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second, +** respectively. A collating function must always return the same answer +** given the same inputs. If two or more collating functions are registered +** to the same collation name (using different eTextRep values) then all +** must give an equivalent answer when invoked with equivalent strings. +** The collating function must obey the following properties for all +** strings A, B, and C: +** +** <ol> +** <li> If A==B then B==A. +** <li> If A==B and B==C then A==C. +** <li> If A<B THEN B>A. +** <li> If A<B and B<C then A<C. +** </ol> +** +** If a collating function fails any of the above constraints and that +** collating function is registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite +** is undefined. +** +** ^The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation() +** with the addition that the xDestroy callback is invoked on pArg when +** the collating function is deleted. +** ^Collating functions are deleted when they are overridden by later +** calls to the collation creation functions or when the +** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()]. +** +** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the +** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails. Applications that invoke +** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should +** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer +** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them. +** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency +** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards +** compatibility. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_create_collation( + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, + void *pArg, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_create_collation_v2( + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, + void *pArg, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), + void(*xDestroy)(void*) +); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_create_collation16( + sqlite3*, + const void *zName, + int eTextRep, + void *pArg, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database +** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the +** [database connection] to be invoked whenever an undefined collation +** sequence is required. +** +** ^If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API, +** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings +** encoded in UTF-8. ^If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used, +** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order. +** ^A call to either function replaces the existing collation-needed callback. +** +** ^(When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy +** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or +** sqlite3_collation_needed16(). The second argument is the database +** connection. The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], +** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation +** sequence function required. The fourth parameter is the name of the +** required collation sequence.)^ +** +** The callback function should register the desired collation using +** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or +** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_collation_needed( + sqlite3*, + void*, + void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) +); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_collation_needed16( + sqlite3*, + void*, + void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) +); + +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC +/* +** Specify the key for an encrypted database. This routine should be +** called right after sqlite3_open(). +** +** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release +** of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_key( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ +); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_key_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */ + const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ +); + +/* +** Change the key on an open database. If the current database is not +** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it. If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the +** database is decrypted. +** +** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release +** of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_rekey( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ +); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_rekey_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */ + const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ +); + +/* +** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless +** activated, none of the SEE routines will work. +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_activate_see( + const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */ +); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD +/* +** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless +** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work. +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_activate_cerod( + const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */ +); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time +** +** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution +** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter. +** +** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with +** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to +** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually +** requested from the operating system is returned. +** +** ^SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep() +** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. If the xSleep() method +** of the default VFS is not implemented correctly, or not implemented at +** all, then the behavior of sqlite3_sleep() may deviate from the description +** in the previous paragraphs. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_sleep(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files +** +** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is +** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files +** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] +** will be placed in that directory.)^ ^If this variable +** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate +** temporary file directory. +** +** Applications are strongly discouraged from using this global variable. +** It is required to set a temporary folder on Windows Runtime (WinRT). +** But for all other platforms, it is highly recommended that applications +** neither read nor write this variable. This global variable is a relic +** that exists for backwards compatibility of legacy applications and should +** be avoided in new projects. +** +** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one +** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable +** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate +** thread. +** It is intended that this variable be set once +** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface +** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged +** thereafter. +** +** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause +** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, +** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory +** using [sqlite3_free]. +** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be +** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] +** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. +** Except when requested by the [temp_store_directory pragma], SQLite +** does not free the memory that sqlite3_temp_directory points to. If +** the application wants that memory to be freed, it must do +** so itself, taking care to only do so after all [database connection] +** objects have been destroyed. +** +** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b> The temporary directory must be set +** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2]. Otherwise, various +** features that require the use of temporary files may fail. Here is an +** example of how to do this using C++ with the Windows Runtime: +** +** <blockquote><pre> +** LPCWSTR zPath = Windows::Storage::ApplicationData::Current-> +**   TemporaryFolder->Path->Data(); +** char zPathBuf[MAX_PATH + 1]; +** memset(zPathBuf, 0, sizeof(zPathBuf)); +** WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zPath, -1, zPathBuf, sizeof(zPathBuf), +**   NULL, NULL); +** sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zPathBuf); +** </pre></blockquote> +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Database Files +** +** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is +** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all database files +** specified with a relative pathname and created or accessed by +** SQLite when using a built-in windows [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] will be assumed +** to be relative to that directory.)^ ^If this variable is a NULL +** pointer, then SQLite assumes that all database files specified +** with a relative pathname are relative to the current directory +** for the process. Only the windows VFS makes use of this global +** variable; it is ignored by the unix VFS. +** +** Changing the value of this variable while a database connection is +** open can result in a corrupt database. +** +** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one +** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable +** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate +** thread. +** It is intended that this variable be set once +** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface +** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged +** thereafter. +** +** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause +** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, +** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string +** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from +** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory +** using [sqlite3_free]. +** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be +** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] +** or else the use of the [data_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode +** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode} +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or +** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode, +** respectively. ^Autocommit mode is on by default. +** ^Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement. +** ^Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK]. +** +** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement +** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR], +** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the +** transaction might be rolled back automatically. The only way to +** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after +** an error is to use this function. +** +** If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database +** connection while this routine is running, then the return value +** is undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle +** to which a [prepared statement] belongs. ^The [database connection] +** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection] +** that was the first argument +** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to +** create the statement in the first place. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3 *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename +** associated with database N of connection D. ^The main database file +** has the name "main". If there is no attached database N on the database +** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then +** a NULL pointer is returned. +** +** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the +** xFullPathname method of the [VFS]. ^In other words, the filename +** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used +** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N +** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not +** the name of a database on connection D. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after +** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb. ^If pStmt is NULL +** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement +** associated with the database connection pDb. ^If no prepared statement +** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL. +** +** The [database connection] pointer D in a call to +** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database +** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback +** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed]. +** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook() +** for the same database connection is overridden. +** ^The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback +** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back]. +** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_rollback_hook() +** for the same database connection is overridden. +** ^The pArg argument is passed through to the callback. +** ^If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero, +** then the commit is converted into a rollback. +** +** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook(D,C,P) and sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,C,P) functions +** return the P argument from the previous call of the same function +** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for +** the first call for each function on D. +** +** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant. +** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify +** the database connection that invoked the callback. Any actions +** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the +** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit +** or rollback hook in the first place. +** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements, +** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify +** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** +** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback. +** +** ^When the commit hook callback routine returns zero, the [COMMIT] +** operation is allowed to continue normally. ^If the commit hook +** returns non-zero, then the [COMMIT] is converted into a [ROLLBACK]. +** ^The rollback hook is invoked on a rollback that results from a commit +** hook returning non-zero, just as it would be with any other rollback. +** +** ^For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been +** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or +** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur. +** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is +** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed. +** +** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*); +SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function +** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument +** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted in +** a [rowid table]. +** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function +** for the same database connection is overridden. +** +** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a +** row is updated, inserted or deleted in a rowid table. +** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument +** to sqlite3_update_hook(). +** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE], +** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback +** to be invoked. +** ^The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the +** database and table name containing the affected row. +** ^The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row. +** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place. +** +** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are +** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^ +** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified. +** +** ^In the current implementation, the update hook +** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an +** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause. ^Nor is the update hook +** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization]. +** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future +** release of SQLite. +** +** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify +** the database connection that invoked the update hook. Any actions +** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the +** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook. +** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their +** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. +** +** ^The sqlite3_update_hook(D,C,P) function +** returns the P argument from the previous call +** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for +** the first call on D. +** +** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()], [sqlite3_rollback_hook()], +** and [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] interfaces. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_update_hook( + sqlite3*, + void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64), + void* +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache +** +** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache +** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections] +** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true +** and disabled if the argument is false.)^ +** +** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process. +** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite, +** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately. +** +** ^(The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent +** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()]. +** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode +** that was in effect at the time they were opened.)^ +** +** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled +** successfully. An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^ +** +** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in +** future releases of SQLite. Applications that care about shared +** cache setting should set it explicitly. +** +** Note: This method is disabled on MacOS X 10.7 and iOS version 5.0 +** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems, +** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via +** [sqlite3_open_v2()] with [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE]. +** +** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a +** 32-bit integer is atomic. +** +** See Also: [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory +** +** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes +** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations +** held by the database library. Memory used to cache database +** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory. +** ^sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed, +** which might be more or less than the amount requested. +** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero +** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_release_memory(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap +** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the +** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is in effect even +** when the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is +** omitted. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size +** +** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the +** soft limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite. +** ^SQLite strives to keep heap memory utilization below the soft heap +** limit by reducing the number of pages held in the page cache +** as heap memory usages approaches the limit. +** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay +** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate +** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit +** is advisory only. +** +** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of +** the soft heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an +** error. ^If the argument N is negative +** then no change is made to the soft heap limit. Hence, the current +** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking +** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument. +** +** ^If the argument N is zero then the soft heap limit is disabled. +** +** ^(The soft heap limit is not enforced in the current implementation +** if one or more of following conditions are true: +** +** <ul> +** <li> The soft heap limit is set to zero. +** <li> Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the +** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and +** the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option. +** <li> An alternative page cache implementation is specified using +** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2],...). +** <li> The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied +** by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than +** from the heap. +** </ul>)^ +** +** Beginning with SQLite version 3.7.3, the soft heap limit is enforced +** regardless of whether or not the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] +** compile-time option is invoked. With [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], +** the soft heap limit is enforced on every memory allocation. Without +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], the soft heap limit is only enforced +** when memory is allocated by the page cache. Testing suggests that because +** the page cache is the predominate memory user in SQLite, most +** applications will achieve adequate soft heap limit enforcement without +** the use of [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. +** +** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the soft heap limit may +** changes in future releases of SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Soft Heap Limit Interface +** DEPRECATED +** +** This is a deprecated version of the [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] +** interface. This routine is provided for historical compatibility +** only. All new applications should use the +** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^(The sqlite3_table_column_metadata(X,D,T,C,....) routine returns +** information about column C of table T in database D +** on [database connection] X.)^ ^The sqlite3_table_column_metadata() +** interface returns SQLITE_OK and fills in the non-NULL pointers in +** the final five arguments with appropriate values if the specified +** column exists. ^The sqlite3_table_column_metadata() interface returns +** SQLITE_ERROR and if the specified column does not exist. +** ^If the column-name parameter to sqlite3_table_column_metadata() is a +** NULL pointer, then this routine simply checks for the existance of the +** table and returns SQLITE_OK if the table exists and SQLITE_ERROR if it +** does not. +** +** ^The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to +** this function. ^(The second parameter is either the name of the database +** (i.e. "main", "temp", or an attached database) containing the specified +** table or NULL.)^ ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched +** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to +** resolve unqualified table references. +** +** ^The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column +** name of the desired column, respectively. +** +** ^Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th +** and subsequent parameters to this function. ^Any of these arguments may be +** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted. +** +** ^(<blockquote> +** <table border="1"> +** <tr><th> Parameter <th> Output<br>Type <th> Description +** +** <tr><td> 5th <td> const char* <td> Data type +** <tr><td> 6th <td> const char* <td> Name of default collation sequence +** <tr><td> 7th <td> int <td> True if column has a NOT NULL constraint +** <tr><td> 8th <td> int <td> True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY +** <tr><td> 9th <td> int <td> True if column is [AUTOINCREMENT] +** </table> +** </blockquote>)^ +** +** ^The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the +** declaration type and collation sequence is valid until the next +** call to any SQLite API function. +** +** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned. +** +** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and the table +** is not a [WITHOUT ROWID] table and an +** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output +** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no +** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the outputs +** for the [rowid] are set as follows: +** +** <pre> +** data type: "INTEGER" +** collation sequence: "BINARY" +** not null: 0 +** primary key: 1 +** auto increment: 0 +** </pre>)^ +** +** ^This function causes all database schemas to be read from disk and +** parsed, if that has not already been done, and returns an error if +** any errors are encountered while loading the schema. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_table_column_metadata( + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ + const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ + const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ + const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ + char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ + char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ + int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ + int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ + int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file. +** +** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an +** [SQLite extension] library contained in the file zFile. If +** the file cannot be loaded directly, attempts are made to load +** with various operating-system specific extensions added. +** So for example, if "samplelib" cannot be loaded, then names like +** "samplelib.so" or "samplelib.dylib" or "samplelib.dll" might +** be tried also. +** +** ^The entry point is zProc. +** ^(zProc may be 0, in which case SQLite will try to come up with an +** entry point name on its own. It first tries "sqlite3_extension_init". +** If that does not work, it constructs a name "sqlite3_X_init" where the +** X is consists of the lower-case equivalent of all ASCII alphabetic +** characters in the filename from the last "/" to the first following +** "." and omitting any initial "lib".)^ +** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns +** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong. +** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the +** [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to +** fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory +** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The calling function +** should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()]. +** +** ^Extension loading must be enabled using +** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] or +** [sqlite3_db_config](db,[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION],1,NULL) +** prior to calling this API, +** otherwise an error will be returned. +** +** <b>Security warning:</b> It is recommended that the +** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION] method be used to enable only this +** interface. The use of the [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] interface +** should be avoided. This will keep the SQL function [load_extension()] +** disabled and prevent SQL injections from giving attackers +** access to extension loading capabilities. +** +** See also the [load_extension() SQL function]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_load_extension( + sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ + const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ + const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Derived from zFile if 0 */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are +** unprepared to deal with [extension loading], and as a means of disabling +** [extension loading] while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API +** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off. +** +** ^Extension loading is off by default. +** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1 +** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn +** it back off again. +** +** ^This interface enables or disables both the C-API +** [sqlite3_load_extension()] and the SQL function [load_extension()]. +** Use [sqlite3_db_config](db,[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION],..) +** to enable or disable only the C-API. +** +** <b>Security warning:</b> It is recommended that extension loading +** be disabled using the [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION] method +** rather than this interface, so the [load_extension()] SQL function +** remains disabled. This will prevent SQL injections from giving attackers +** access to extension loading capabilities. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load Statically Linked Extensions +** +** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for +** each new [database connection] that is created. The idea here is that +** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked [SQLite extension] +** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections. +** +** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes +** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three +** arguments and expects and integer result as if the signature of the +** entry point where as follows: +** +** <blockquote><pre> +**   int xEntryPoint( +**   sqlite3 *db, +**   const char **pzErrMsg, +**   const struct sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk +**   ); +** </pre></blockquote>)^ +** +** If the xEntryPoint routine encounters an error, it should make *pzErrMsg +** point to an appropriate error message (obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]) +** and return an appropriate [error code]. ^SQLite ensures that *pzErrMsg +** is NULL before calling the xEntryPoint(). ^SQLite will invoke +** [sqlite3_free()] on *pzErrMsg after xEntryPoint() returns. ^If any +** xEntryPoint() returns an error, the [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], +** or [sqlite3_open_v2()] call that provoked the xEntryPoint() will fail. +** +** ^Calling sqlite3_auto_extension(X) with an entry point X that is already +** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point +** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()] +** and [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void)); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Cancel Automatic Extension Loading +** +** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the +** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to +** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)]. ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] +** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully +** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization +** routines. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void)); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading +** +** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously +** registered using [sqlite3_auto_extension()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void); + +/* +** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered +** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. +** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. +** +** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the +** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. +*/ + +/* +** Structures used by the virtual table interface +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab; +typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info; +typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor; +typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module} +** +** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", +** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables]. +** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module. +** +** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent +** instance of this structure and passing a pointer to that instance +** to [sqlite3_create_module()] or [sqlite3_create_module_v2()]. +** ^The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different +** module or until the [database connection] closes. The content +** of this structure must not change while it is registered with +** any database connection. +*/ +struct sqlite3_module { + int iVersion; + int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); + int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); + int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*); + int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor); + int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, + int argc, sqlite3_value **argv); + int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int); + int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid); + int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *); + int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName, + void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void **ppArg); + int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew); + /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those + ** below are for version 2 and greater. */ + int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); + int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); + int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info +** +** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used as part +** of the [virtual table] interface to +** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex] +** method of a [virtual table module]. The fields under **Inputs** are the +** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only. xBestIndex inserts its +** results into the **Outputs** fields. +** +** ^(The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form: +** +** <blockquote>column OP expr</blockquote> +** +** where OP is =, <, <=, >, or >=.)^ ^(The particular operator is +** stored in aConstraint[].op using one of the +** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ values].)^ +** ^(The index of the column is stored in +** aConstraint[].iColumn.)^ ^(aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the +** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint +** is usable) and false if it cannot.)^ +** +** ^The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column" +** and makes other simplifications to the WHERE clause in an attempt to +** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible. +** ^The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms that are +** relevant to the particular virtual table being queried. +** +** ^Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[]. +** ^Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause. +** +** The colUsed field indicates which columns of the virtual table may be +** required by the current scan. Virtual table columns are numbered from +** zero in the order in which they appear within the CREATE TABLE statement +** passed to sqlite3_declare_vtab(). For the first 63 columns (columns 0-62), +** the corresponding bit is set within the colUsed mask if the column may be +** required by SQLite. If the table has at least 64 columns and any column +** to the right of the first 63 is required, then bit 63 of colUsed is also +** set. In other words, column iCol may be required if the expression +** (colUsed & ((sqlite3_uint64)1 << (iCol>=63 ? 63 : iCol))) evaluates to +** non-zero. +** +** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information +** about what parameters to pass to xFilter. ^If argvIndex>0 then +** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated +** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv. ^(If aConstraintUsage[].omit +** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the +** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.)^ +** +** ^The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the +** [xFilter] method. +** ^[sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only if +** needToFreeIdxPtr is true. +** +** ^The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in +** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate +** sorting step is required. +** +** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular +** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar +** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) +** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a +** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows. +** +** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that +** will be returned by the strategy. +** +** The xBestIndex method may optionally populate the idxFlags field with a +** mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags. Currently there is only one such flag - +** SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE. If the xBestIndex method sets this flag, SQLite +** assumes that the strategy may visit at most one row. +** +** Additionally, if xBestIndex sets the SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE flag, then +** SQLite also assumes that if a call to the xUpdate() method is made as +** part of the same statement to delete or update a virtual table row and the +** implementation returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then there is no need to rollback +** any database changes. In other words, if the xUpdate() returns +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the database contents must be exactly as they were +** before xUpdate was called. By contrast, if SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE is not +** set and xUpdate returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, any database changes made by +** the xUpdate method are automatically rolled back by SQLite. +** +** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info +** structure for SQLite version 3.8.2. If a virtual table extension is +** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting +** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely +** to included crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should +** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a +** value greater than or equal to 3008002. Similarly, the idxFlags field +** was added for version 3.9.0. It may therefore only be used if +** sqlite3_libversion_number() returns a value greater than or equal to +** 3009000. +*/ +struct sqlite3_index_info { + /* Inputs */ + int nConstraint; /* Number of entries in aConstraint */ + struct sqlite3_index_constraint { + int iColumn; /* Column constrained. -1 for ROWID */ + unsigned char op; /* Constraint operator */ + unsigned char usable; /* True if this constraint is usable */ + int iTermOffset; /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */ + } *aConstraint; /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */ + int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ + struct sqlite3_index_orderby { + int iColumn; /* Column number */ + unsigned char desc; /* True for DESC. False for ASC. */ + } *aOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ + /* Outputs */ + struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage { + int argvIndex; /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */ + unsigned char omit; /* Do not code a test for this constraint */ + } *aConstraintUsage; + int idxNum; /* Number used to identify the index */ + char *idxStr; /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */ + int needToFreeIdxStr; /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */ + int orderByConsumed; /* True if output is already ordered */ + double estimatedCost; /* Estimated cost of using this index */ + /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.8.2 and later */ + sqlite3_int64 estimatedRows; /* Estimated number of rows returned */ + /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.9.0 and later */ + int idxFlags; /* Mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags */ + /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.10.0 and later */ + sqlite3_uint64 colUsed; /* Input: Mask of columns used by statement */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Scan Flags +*/ +#define SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE 1 /* Scan visits at most 1 row */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes +** +** These macros defined the allowed values for the +** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field. Each value represents +** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of +** a query that uses a [virtual table]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 2 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT 4 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE 8 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT 16 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE 32 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LIKE 65 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GLOB 66 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_REGEXP 67 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name. +** ^Module names must be registered before +** creating a new [virtual table] using the module and before using a +** preexisting [virtual table] for the module. +** +** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified +** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the +** second parameter. ^The third parameter is a pointer to +** the implementation of the [virtual table module]. ^The fourth +** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through +** into the [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of the virtual table module +** when a new virtual table is be being created or reinitialized. +** +** ^The sqlite3_create_module_v2() interface has a fifth parameter which +** is a pointer to a destructor for the pClientData. ^SQLite will +** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite +** no longer needs the pClientData pointer. ^The destructor will also +** be invoked if the call to sqlite3_create_module_v2() fails. +** ^The sqlite3_create_module() +** interface is equivalent to sqlite3_create_module_v2() with a NULL +** destructor. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_create_module( + sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ + const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ + void *pClientData /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ +); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_create_module_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ + const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ + void *pClientData, /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ + void(*xDestroy)(void*) /* Module destructor function */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab +** +** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass +** of this object to describe a particular instance +** of the [virtual table]. Each subclass will +** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation. +** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are +** common to all module implementations. +** +** ^Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a +** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg. The method should +** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()] +** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg. ^After the error message +** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically +** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed. +*/ +struct sqlite3_vtab { + const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* The module for this virtual table */ + int nRef; /* Number of open cursors */ + char *zErrMsg; /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */ + /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object +** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor} +** +** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the +** following structure to describe cursors that point into the +** [virtual table] and are used +** to loop through the virtual table. Cursors are created using the +** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed +** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method. Cursors are used +** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods +** of the module. Each module implementation will define +** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs. +** +** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that +** are common to all implementations. +*/ +struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor { + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Virtual table of this cursor */ + /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table +** +** ^The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a +** [virtual table module] call this interface +** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of +** the virtual tables they implement. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions +** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module]. +** But global versions of those functions +** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^ +** +** ^(This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular +** name and number of parameters exists. If no such function exists +** before this API is called, a new function is created.)^ ^The implementation +** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown. So +** the new function is not good for anything by itself. Its only +** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded +** by a [virtual table]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); + +/* +** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up +** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered +** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. +** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. +** +** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the +** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. +*/ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB +** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles} +** +** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which +** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed. +** ^Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()] +** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. +** ^The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces +** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB. +** ^The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob +** +** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located +** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb; +** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by: +** +** <pre> +** SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow; +** </pre>)^ +** +** ^(Parameter zDb is not the filename that contains the database, but +** rather the symbolic name of the database. For attached databases, this is +** the name that appears after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement. +** For the main database file, the database name is "main". For TEMP +** tables, the database name is "temp".)^ +** +** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read +** and write access. ^If the flags parameter is zero, the BLOB is opened for +** read-only access. +** +** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is stored +** in *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and, unless the error +** code is SQLITE_MISUSE, *ppBlob is set to NULL.)^ ^This means that, provided +** the API is not misused, it is always safe to call [sqlite3_blob_close()] +** on *ppBlob after this function it returns. +** +** This function fails with SQLITE_ERROR if any of the following are true: +** <ul> +** <li> ^(Database zDb does not exist)^, +** <li> ^(Table zTable does not exist within database zDb)^, +** <li> ^(Table zTable is a WITHOUT ROWID table)^, +** <li> ^(Column zColumn does not exist)^, +** <li> ^(Row iRow is not present in the table)^, +** <li> ^(The specified column of row iRow contains a value that is not +** a TEXT or BLOB value)^, +** <li> ^(Column zColumn is part of an index, PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE +** constraint and the blob is being opened for read/write access)^, +** <li> ^([foreign key constraints | Foreign key constraints] are enabled, +** column zColumn is part of a [child key] definition and the blob is +** being opened for read/write access)^. +** </ul> +** +** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the +** [database connection] error code and message accessible via +** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. +** +** +** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an +** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects +** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired". +** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column +** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^ +** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for +** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. +** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not +** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB. Such changes will eventually +** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^ +** +** ^Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of +** the opened blob. ^The size of a blob may not be changed by this +** interface. Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a +** blob. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces +** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a +** zero-filled blob to read or write using the incremental-blob interface. +** +** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually +** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_blob_open( + sqlite3*, + const char *zDb, + const char *zTable, + const char *zColumn, + sqlite3_int64 iRow, + int flags, + sqlite3_blob **ppBlob +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row +** METHOD: sqlite3_blob +** +** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points +** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified +** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be +** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open +** remain the same. Moving an existing blob handle to a new row can be +** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one. +** +** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] - +** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in +** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if +** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an +** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted. +** ^All subsequent calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()], [sqlite3_blob_write()] or +** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] on an aborted blob handle immediately return +** SQLITE_ABORT. ^Calling [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] on an aborted blob handle +** always returns zero. +** +** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle +** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob +** +** ^This function closes an open [BLOB handle]. ^(The BLOB handle is closed +** unconditionally. Even if this routine returns an error code, the +** handle is still closed.)^ +** +** ^If the blob handle being closed was opened for read-write access, and if +** the database is in auto-commit mode and there are no other open read-write +** blob handles or active write statements, the current transaction is +** committed. ^If an error occurs while committing the transaction, an error +** code is returned and the transaction rolled back. +** +** Calling this function with an argument that is not a NULL pointer or an +** open blob handle results in undefined behaviour. ^Calling this routine +** with a null pointer (such as would be returned by a failed call to +** [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. ^Otherwise, if this function +** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the +** sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg() functions are set before returning. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB +** METHOD: sqlite3_blob +** +** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the +** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument. ^The +** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing +** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob. +** +** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created +** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not +** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in +** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally +** METHOD: sqlite3_blob +** +** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a +** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z +** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^ +** +** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, +** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. ^If N or iOffset is +** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. +** ^The size of the blob (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) +** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. +** +** ^An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an +** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. +** +** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_read() returns SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ +** +** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created +** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not +** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in +** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally +** METHOD: sqlite3_blob +** +** ^(This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a +** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z +** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^ +** +** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ +** ^Unless SQLITE_MISUSE is returned, this function sets the +** [database connection] error code and message accessible via +** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. +** +** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for +** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero), +** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY]. +** +** This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is +** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API. +** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, +** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. The size of the +** BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) can be determined +** using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ^If N or iOffset are less +** than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. +** +** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an +** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. ^Writes to the BLOB that occurred +** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the +** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might +** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle +** or by other independent statements. +** +** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created +** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not +** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in +** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_blob_read()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects +** +** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object +** that SQLite uses to interact +** with the underlying operating system. Most SQLite builds come with a +** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer. +** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered. +** The following interfaces are provided. +** +** ^The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name. +** ^Names are case sensitive. +** ^Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings. +** ^If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned. +** ^If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned. +** +** ^New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register(). +** ^Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set. +** ^The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury. +** ^To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again +** with the makeDflt flag set. If two different VFSes with the +** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined. If a +** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string, +** then the behavior is undefined. +** +** ^Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface. +** ^(If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as +** the default. The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.)^ +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutexes +** +** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread +** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal +** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is +** permitted to use any of these routines. +** +** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations +** of these mutex routines. An appropriate implementation +** is selected automatically at compile-time. The following +** implementations are available in the SQLite core: +** +** <ul> +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP +** </ul> +** +** The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines +** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in +** a single-threaded application. The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and +** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations are appropriate for use on Unix +** and Windows. +** +** If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor +** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex +** implementation is included with the library. In this case the +** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function +** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_ +** function that calls sqlite3_initialize(). +** +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new +** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() +** routine returns NULL if it is unable to allocate the requested +** mutex. The argument to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() must one of these +** integer constants: +** +** <ul> +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1 +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2 +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1 +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2 +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 +** </ul> +** +** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) +** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create +** a new mutex. ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. +** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction +** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does +** not want to. SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in +** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex +** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem +** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. +** +** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() (anything other +** than SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return +** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. ^Nine static mutexes are +** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite +** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal +** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should +** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or +** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. +** +** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST +** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() +** returns a different mutex on every call. ^For the static +** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has +** the same type number. +** +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously +** allocated dynamic mutex. Attempting to deallocate a static +** mutex results in undefined behavior. +** +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt +** to enter a mutex. ^If another thread is already within the mutex, +** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return +** SQLITE_BUSY. ^The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK] +** upon successful entry. ^(Mutexes created using +** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread. +** In such cases, the +** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread +** can enter.)^ If the same thread tries to enter any mutex other +** than an SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE more than once, the behavior is undefined. +** +** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation +** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try(). On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try() +** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses +** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable +** behavior.)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was +** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior +** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the +** calling thread or is not currently allocated. +** +** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or +** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines +** behave as no-ops. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int); +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object +** +** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines +** used to allocate and use mutexes. +** +** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are +** sufficient, however the application has the option of substituting a custom +** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite +** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the application +** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass +** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option. +** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an +** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex +** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option. +** +** ^The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as +** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function. +** ^The xMutexInit routine is called by SQLite exactly once for each +** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()]. +** +** ^The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as +** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The +** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding +** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially +** those obtained by the xMutexInit method. ^The xMutexEnd() +** interface is invoked exactly once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()]. +** +** ^(The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc, +** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and +** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively): +** +** <ul> +** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] </li> +** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_free()] </li> +** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_enter()] </li> +** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_try()] </li> +** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_leave()] </li> +** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_held()] </li> +** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()] </li> +** </ul>)^ +** +** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated +** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead +** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined +** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results +** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined +** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if +** it is passed a NULL pointer). +** +** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe. It must be harmless to +** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without +** intervening calls to xMutexEnd(). Second and subsequent calls to +** xMutexInit() must be no-ops. +** +** xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()] +** and its associates). Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory +** allocation for a static mutex. ^However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite +** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex. +** +** ^SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is +** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK. +** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself +** prior to returning. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods; +struct sqlite3_mutex_methods { + int (*xMutexInit)(void); + int (*xMutexEnd)(void); + sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int); + void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *); + void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *); + int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *); + void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *); + int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *); + int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *); +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines +** +** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines +** are intended for use inside assert() statements. The SQLite core +** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications +** are advised to follow the lead of the core. The SQLite core only +** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled +** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag. External mutex implementations +** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is +** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined. +** +** These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument +** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread. +** +** The implementation is not required to provide versions of these +** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working +** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always +** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures. +** +** If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then +** the routine should return 1. This seems counter-intuitive since +** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist. But +** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not +** using mutexes. And we do not want the assert() containing the +** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is +** the appropriate thing to do. The sqlite3_mutex_notheld() +** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer. +*/ +#ifndef NDEBUG +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*); +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types +** +** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument +** which is one of these integer constants. +** +** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the +** next. Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be +** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes. +*/ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0 +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1 +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2 +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3 /* sqlite3_malloc() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 4 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN 4 /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 5 /* sqlite3_random() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU 6 /* lru page list */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 7 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM 7 /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1 8 /* For use by application */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2 9 /* For use by application */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 10 /* For use by application */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1 11 /* For use by built-in VFS */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2 12 /* For use by extension VFS */ +#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 13 /* For use by application VFS */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that +** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument +** when the [threading mode] is Serialized. +** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this +** routine returns a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the +** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated +** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The +** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the +** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for +** databases that are added using the [ATTACH] SQL command. +** ^A NULL pointer can be used in place of "main" to refer to the +** main database file. +** ^The third and fourth parameters to this routine +** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of +** the xFileControl method. ^The return value of the xFileControl +** method becomes the return value of this routine. +** +** ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER value for the op parameter causes +** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into +** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter. ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER +** case is a short-circuit path which does not actually invoke the +** underlying sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method. +** +** ^If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any +** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned. ^This error +** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()] +** or [sqlite3_errmsg()]. The underlying xFileControl method might +** also return SQLITE_ERROR. There is no way to distinguish between +** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying +** xFileControl method. +** +** See also: [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface +** +** ^The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal +** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing +** purposes. ^The first parameter is an operation code that determines +** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters. +** +** This interface is not for use by applications. It exists solely +** for verifying the correct operation of the SQLite library. Depending +** on how the SQLite library is compiled, this interface might not exist. +** +** The details of the operation codes, their meanings, the parameters +** they take, and what they do are all subject to change without notice. +** Unlike most of the SQLite API, this function is not guaranteed to +** operate consistently from one release to the next. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_CDECL sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes +** +** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used +** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()]. +** +** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change +** without notice. These values are for testing purposes only. +** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the +** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface. +*/ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST 5 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE 5 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE 6 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET 7 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST 8 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL 9 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS 10 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE 11 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT 12 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS 13 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS 15 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD 16 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 17 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT 18 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT 19 /* NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT 20 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE 21 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER 22 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT 23 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP 24 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER 25 +#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 25 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status +** +** ^These interfaces are used to retrieve runtime status information +** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various +** highwater marks. ^The first argument is an integer code for +** the specific parameter to measure. ^(Recognized integer codes +** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^ +** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent. +** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater. ^If the +** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after +** *pHighwater is written. ^(Some parameters do not record the highest +** value. For those parameters +** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.)^ +** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current +** value. For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^ +** +** ^The sqlite3_status() and sqlite3_status64() routines return +** SQLITE_OK on success and a non-zero [error code] on failure. +** +** If either the current value or the highwater mark is too large to +** be represented by a 32-bit integer, then the values returned by +** sqlite3_status() are undefined. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_status64( + int op, + sqlite3_int64 *pCurrent, + sqlite3_int64 *pHighwater, + int resetFlag +); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters +** KEYWORDS: {status parameters} +** +** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters +** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()]. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED</dt> +** <dd>This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out +** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly. The +** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application +** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library. Scratch memory +** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache +** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in +** this parameter. The amount returned is the sum of the allocation +** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE</dt> +** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request +** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their +** internal equivalents). Only the value returned in the +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT</dt> +** <dd>This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations +** currently checked out.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the +** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. The +** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] +** ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache +** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] +** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The +** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they +** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because +** no space was left in the page cache.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt> +** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request +** handed to [pagecache memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the +** [scratch memory allocator] configured using +** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]. The value returned is in allocations, not +** in bytes. Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation +** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads +** using scratch memory at the same time.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory +** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] +** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The values +** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too +** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the +** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer +** slots were available. +** </dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE</dt> +** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request +** handed to [scratch memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the +** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. +** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt> +** <dd>The *pHighwater parameter records the deepest parser stack. +** The *pCurrent value is undefined. The *pHighwater value is only +** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>)^ +** </dl> +** +** New status parameters may be added from time to time. +*/ +#define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED 0 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED 1 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW 2 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED 3 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW 4 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE 5 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK 6 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE 7 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE 8 +#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT 9 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information +** about a single [database connection]. ^The first argument is the +** database connection object to be interrogated. ^The second argument +** is an integer constant, taken from the set of +** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that +** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of +** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely +** to grow in future releases of SQLite. +** +** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur +** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr. ^If +** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is +** reset back down to the current value. +** +** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a +** non-zero [error code] on failure. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections +** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options} +** +** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as +** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface. +** +** New verbs may be added in future releases of SQLite. Existing verbs +** might be discontinued. Applications should check the return code from +** [sqlite3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked. +** The [sqlite3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code +** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently +** checked out.</dd>)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were +** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful; +** the current value is always zero.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]] +** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have +** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of +** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size. +** Only the high-water value is meaningful; +** the current value is always zero.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]] +** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have +** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside +** memory already being in use. +** Only the high-water value is meaningful; +** the current value is always zero.)^ +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap +** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^ +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0. +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap +** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated +** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ +** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the +** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to +** [shared cache mode] being enabled. +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0. +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap +** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with +** the database connection.)^ +** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT +** is always 0. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have +** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS +** is always 0. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have +** been written to disk. Specifically, the number of pages written to the +** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the +** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of +** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included. +** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect +** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The +** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0. +** </dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS</dt> +** <dd>This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if +** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been +** resolved.)^ ^The highwater mark is always 0. +** </dd> +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED 0 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED 1 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED 2 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED 3 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT 4 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE 5 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL 6 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 7 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 8 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 9 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS 10 +#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 10 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */ + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various +** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number +** of times it has performed specific operations.)^ These counters can +** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared +** statements. For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds +** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate +** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than +** an index. +** +** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from +** a [prepared statement]. The first argument is the prepared statement +** object to be interrogated. The second argument +** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter] +** to be interrogated.)^ +** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned. +** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this +** interface call returns. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements +** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters} +** +** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter +** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface. +** The meanings of the various counters are as follows: +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP</dt> +** <dd>^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in +** a table as part of a full table scan. Large numbers for this counter +** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through +** careful use of indices.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT</dt> +** <dd>^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred. +** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to +** improvement performance through careful use of indices.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX</dt> +** <dd>^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that +** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster. +** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to +** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not +** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP</dt> +** <dd>^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed +** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal +** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be +** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement. +** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647 +** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined. +** </dd> +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP 1 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT 2 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX 3 +#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP 4 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object +** +** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque. It is implemented by +** the pluggable module. The SQLite core has no knowledge of +** its size or internal structure and never deals with the +** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers +** to the object. +** +** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object +** +** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the +** page cache. The page cache will allocate instances of this +** object. Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances +** of this object as parameters or as their return value. +** +** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page; +struct sqlite3_pcache_page { + void *pBuf; /* The content of the page */ + void *pExtra; /* Extra information associated with the page */ +}; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache. +** KEYWORDS: {page cache} +** +** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can +** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an +** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^ +** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by +** SQLite is used for the page cache. +** By implementing a +** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control +** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which +** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to +** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for +** how long. +** +** The alternative page cache mechanism is an +** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications. +** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses. +** +** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an +** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config]. Hence +** the application may discard the parameter after the call to +** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^ +** +** [[the xInit() page cache method]] +** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective +** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^ +** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit() +** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^ +** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures +** required by the custom page cache implementation. +** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the +** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined +** page cache.)^ +** +** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]] +** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. +** It can be used to clean up +** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required. +** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL. +** +** ^SQLite automatically serializes calls to the xInit method, +** so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. ^The +** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does +** not need to be threadsafe either. All other methods must be threadsafe +** in multithreaded applications. +** +** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening +** call to xShutdown(). +** +** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]] +** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance. +** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file, +** though this is not guaranteed. ^The +** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must +** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will always a power of two. ^The +** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage +** associated with each page cache entry. ^The szExtra parameter will +** a number less than 250. SQLite will use the +** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying +** database page on disk. The value passed into szExtra depends +** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled. +** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being +** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or +** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation +** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable; +** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will +** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page. +** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to +** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true. +** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will +** never contain any unpinned pages. +** +** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]] +** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the +** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache +** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using +** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^ As with the bPurgeable +** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this +** value; it is advisory only. +** +** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]] +** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently +** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned. +** +** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]] +** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to +** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer. +** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a +** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a +** single database page. The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be +** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested +** for each entry in the page cache. +** +** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value +** is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered +** to be "pinned". +** +** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache +** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content +** intact. If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the +** cache implementation should use the value of the createFlag +** parameter to help it determined what action to take: +** +** <table border=1 width=85% align=center> +** <tr><th> createFlag <th> Behavior when page is not already in cache +** <tr><td> 0 <td> Do not allocate a new page. Return NULL. +** <tr><td> 1 <td> Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so. +** Otherwise return NULL. +** <tr><td> 2 <td> Make every effort to allocate a new page. Only return +** NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible. +** </table> +** +** ^(SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1. SQLite +** will only use a createFlag of 2 after a prior call with a createFlag of 1 +** failed.)^ In between the to xFetch() calls, SQLite may +** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of +** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache. +** +** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]] +** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page +** as its second argument. If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero, +** then the page must be evicted from the cache. +** ^If the discard parameter is +** zero, then the page may be discarded or retained at the discretion of +** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation +** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time. +** +** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single +** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls +** to xFetch(). +** +** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]] +** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the +** page passed as the second argument. If the cache +** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be +** discarded. ^Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not +** to be pinned. +** +** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all +** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal +** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any +** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that +** they can be safely discarded. +** +** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]] +** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate(). +** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After +** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*] +** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2 +** functions. +** +** [[the xShrink() page cache method]] +** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to +** free up as much of heap memory as possible. The page cache implementation +** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should +** do their best. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2; +struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 { + int iVersion; + void *pArg; + int (*xInit)(void*); + void (*xShutdown)(void*); + sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable); + void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); + int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); + sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); + void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard); + void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, + unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); + void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); + void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); + void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*); +}; + +/* +** This is the obsolete pcache_methods object that has now been replaced +** by sqlite3_pcache_methods2. This object is not used by SQLite. It is +** retained in the header file for backwards compatibility only. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods; +struct sqlite3_pcache_methods { + void *pArg; + int (*xInit)(void*); + void (*xShutdown)(void*); + sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int bPurgeable); + void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); + int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); + void *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); + void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, int discard); + void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); + void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); + void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); +}; + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object +** +** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing +** online backup operation. ^The sqlite3_backup object is created by +** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to +** [sqlite3_backup_finish()]. +** +** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API. +** +** The backup API copies the content of one database into another. +** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or +** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. +** +** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] +** +** ^SQLite holds a write transaction open on the destination database file +** for the duration of the backup operation. +** ^The source database is read-locked only while it is being read; +** it is not locked continuously for the entire backup operation. +** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without +** preventing other database connections from +** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway. +** +** ^(To perform a backup operation: +** <ol> +** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> is called once to initialize the +** backup, +** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer +** the data between the two databases, and finally +** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources +** associated with the backup operation. +** </ol>)^ +** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each +** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init(). +** +** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> +** +** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the +** [database connection] associated with the destination database +** and the database name, respectively. +** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the +** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in +** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database. +** ^The S and M arguments passed to +** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection] +** and database name of the source database, respectively. +** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D) +** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with +** an error. +** +** ^A call to sqlite3_backup_init() will fail, returning NULL, if +** there is already a read or read-write transaction open on the +** destination database. +** +** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is +** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the +** destination [database connection] D. +** ^The error code and message for the failed call to sqlite3_backup_init() +** can be retrieved using the [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and/or +** [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions. +** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an +** [sqlite3_backup] object. +** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and +** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup +** operation. +** +** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> +** +** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between +** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B. +** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there +** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK]. +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages +** from source to destination, then it returns [SQLITE_DONE]. +** ^If an error occurs while running sqlite3_backup_step(B,N), +** then an [error code] is returned. ^As well as [SQLITE_OK] and +** [SQLITE_DONE], a call to sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY], +** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an +** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code. +** +** ^(The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if +** <ol> +** <li> the destination database was opened read-only, or +** <li> the destination database is using write-ahead-log journaling +** and the destination and source page sizes differ, or +** <li> the destination database is an in-memory database and the +** destination and source page sizes differ. +** </ol>)^ +** +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then +** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function] +** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the +** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then +** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to +** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source +** [database connection] +** is being used to write to the source database when sqlite3_backup_step() +** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this +** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If +** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or +** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then +** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These +** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept +** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle +** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources. +** +** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock +** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either +** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete +** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ^Every call to +** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that +** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call. +** ^Because the source database is not locked between calls to +** sqlite3_backup_step(), the source database may be modified mid-way +** through the backup process. ^If the source database is modified by an +** external process or via a database connection other than the one being +** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically +** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source +** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used +** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically +** updated at the same time. +** +** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> +** +** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the +** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application +** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish(). +** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all +** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. +** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any +** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back. +** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid +** and may not be used following a call to sqlite3_backup_finish(). +** +** ^The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no +** sqlite3_backup_step() errors occurred, regardless or whether or not +** sqlite3_backup_step() completed. +** ^If an out-of-memory condition or IO error occurred during any prior +** sqlite3_backup_step() call on the same [sqlite3_backup] object, then +** sqlite3_backup_finish() returns the corresponding [error code]. +** +** ^A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step() +** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of +** sqlite3_backup_finish(). +** +** [[sqlite3_backup_remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]] +** <b>sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()</b> +** +** ^The sqlite3_backup_remaining() routine returns the number of pages still +** to be backed up at the conclusion of the most recent sqlite3_backup_step(). +** ^The sqlite3_backup_pagecount() routine returns the total number of pages +** in the source database at the conclusion of the most recent +** sqlite3_backup_step(). +** ^(The values returned by these functions are only updated by +** sqlite3_backup_step(). If the source database is modified in a way that +** changes the size of the source database or the number of pages remaining, +** those changes are not reflected in the output of sqlite3_backup_pagecount() +** and sqlite3_backup_remaining() until after the next +** sqlite3_backup_step().)^ +** +** <b>Concurrent Usage of Database Handles</b> +** +** ^The source [database connection] may be used by the application for other +** purposes while a backup operation is underway or being initialized. +** ^If SQLite is compiled and configured to support threadsafe database +** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently +** from within other threads. +** +** However, the application must guarantee that the destination +** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after +** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to +** sqlite3_backup_finish(). SQLite does not currently check to see +** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection] +** and so no error code is reported, but the operations may malfunction +** nevertheless. Use of the destination database connection while a +** backup is in progress might also also cause a mutex deadlock. +** +** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must +** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database +** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means +** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being +** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process, +** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init(). +** +** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple +** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step(). +** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() +** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the +** same time as another thread is invoking sqlite3_backup_step() it is +** possible that they return invalid values. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_backup_init( + sqlite3 *pDest, /* Destination database handle */ + const char *zDestName, /* Destination database name */ + sqlite3 *pSource, /* Source database handle */ + const char *zSourceName /* Source database name */ +); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with +** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or +** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See +** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. +** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke +** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it. +** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined. +** +** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature]. +** +** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes +** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. +** +** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a +** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the +** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that +** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an +** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the +** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as +** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked +** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The +** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close] +** call that concludes the blocking connections transaction. +** +** ^(If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application, +** there is a chance that the blocking connection will have already +** concluded its transaction by the time sqlite3_unlock_notify() is invoked. +** If this happens, then the specified callback is invoked immediately, +** from within the call to sqlite3_unlock_notify().)^ +** +** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a +** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds +** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of +** the other connections to use as the blocking connection. +** +** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a +** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the +** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback, +** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is +** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing +** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections +** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked +** connection using [sqlite3_close()]. +** +** The unlock-notify callback is not reentrant. If an application invokes +** any sqlite3_xxx API functions from within an unlock-notify callback, a +** crash or deadlock may be the result. +** +** ^Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlite3_unlock_notify() always +** returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** <b>Callback Invocation Details</b> +** +** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a +** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked. +** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass +** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to +** an unlock-notify callback is a pointer to an array of void* pointers, +** and the second is the number of entries in the array. +** +** When a blocking connections transaction is concluded, there may be +** more than one blocked connection that has registered for an unlock-notify +** callback. ^If two or more such blocked connections have specified the +** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function +** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers +** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array. +** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions +** related to the set of unblocked database connections. +** +** <b>Deadlock Detection</b> +** +** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a +** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further +** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the +** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for +** connection Y's transaction to be concluded, and similarly connection +** Y is waiting on connection X's transaction, then neither connection +** will proceed and the system may remain deadlocked indefinitely. +** +** To avoid this scenario, the sqlite3_unlock_notify() performs deadlock +** detection. ^If a given call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() would put the +** system in a deadlocked state, then SQLITE_LOCKED is returned and no +** unlock-notify callback is registered. The system is said to be in +** a deadlocked state if connection A has registered for an unlock-notify +** callback on the conclusion of connection B's transaction, and connection +** B has itself registered for an unlock-notify callback when connection +** A's transaction is concluded. ^Indirect deadlock is also detected, so +** the system is also considered to be deadlocked if connection B has +** registered for an unlock-notify callback on the conclusion of connection +** C's transaction, where connection C is waiting on connection A. ^Any +** number of levels of indirection are allowed. +** +** <b>The "DROP TABLE" Exception</b> +** +** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost +** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however, +** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement, +** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements +** that belong to the same connection. If there are, SQLITE_LOCKED is +** returned. In this case there is no "blocking connection", so invoking +** sqlite3_unlock_notify() results in the unlock-notify callback being +** invoked immediately. If the application then re-attempts the "DROP TABLE" +** or "DROP INDEX" query, an infinite loop might be the result. +** +** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned +** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the +** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in +** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just +** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^ +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_unlock_notify( + sqlite3 *pBlocked, /* Waiting connection */ + void (*xNotify)(void **apArg, int nArg), /* Callback function to invoke */ + void *pNotifyArg /* Argument to pass to xNotify */ +); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: String Comparison +** +** ^The [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()] APIs allow applications +** and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 +** strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case +** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_stricmp(const char *, const char *); +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: String Globbing +* +** ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] interface returns zero if and only if +** string X matches the [GLOB] pattern P. +** ^The definition of [GLOB] pattern matching used in +** [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] is the same as for the "X GLOB P" operator in the +** SQL dialect understood by SQLite. ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] function +** is case sensitive. +** +** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings +** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_strlike()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: String LIKE Matching +* +** ^The [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] interface returns zero if and only if +** string X matches the [LIKE] pattern P with escape character E. +** ^The definition of [LIKE] pattern matching used in +** [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] is the same as for the "X LIKE P ESCAPE E" +** operator in the SQL dialect understood by SQLite. ^For "X LIKE P" without +** the ESCAPE clause, set the E parameter of [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] to 0. +** ^As with the LIKE operator, the [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] function is case +** insensitive - equivalent upper and lower case ASCII characters match +** one another. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] function matches Unicode characters, though +** only ASCII characters are case folded. +** +** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings +** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()]. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_strglob()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_strlike(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr, unsigned int cEsc); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface +** +** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the [error log] +** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()]. +** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are +** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string. +** +** The sqlite3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as +** virtual tables, collating functions, and SQL functions. While there is +** nothing to prevent an application from calling sqlite3_log(), doing so +** is considered bad form. +** +** The zFormat string must not be NULL. +** +** To avoid deadlocks and other threading problems, the sqlite3_log() routine +** will not use dynamically allocated memory. The log message is stored in +** a fixed-length buffer on the stack. If the log message is longer than +** a few hundred characters, it will be truncated to the length of the +** buffer. +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_CDECL sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that +** is invoked each time data is committed to a database in wal mode. +** +** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and +** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation +** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required. +** +** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked +** is a copy of the third parameter passed to sqlite3_wal_hook() when +** registering the callback. ^The second is a copy of the database handle. +** ^The third parameter is the name of the database that was written to - +** either "main" or the name of an [ATTACH]-ed database. ^The fourth parameter +** is the number of pages currently in the write-ahead log file, +** including those that were just committed. +** +** The callback function should normally return [SQLITE_OK]. ^If an error +** code is returned, that error will propagate back up through the +** SQLite code base to cause the statement that provoked the callback +** to report an error, though the commit will have still occurred. If the +** callback returns [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], or if it returns a value +** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results +** are undefined. +** +** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback +** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any +** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the +** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the +** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will +** overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_wal_hook( + sqlite3*, + int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int), + void* +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around +** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D +** to automatically [checkpoint] +** after committing a transaction if there are N or +** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or +** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic +** checkpoints entirely. +** +** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback +** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()]. ^Likewise, registering a callback +** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism +** configured by this function. +** +** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface +** from SQL. +** +** ^Checkpoints initiated by this mechanism are +** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2|PASSIVE]. +** +** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint +** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT] +** pages. The use of this interface +** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal +** for a particular application. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) is equivalent to +** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2](D,X,[SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE],0,0).)^ +** +** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the +** [write-ahead log] for database X on [database connection] D to be +** transferred into the database file and for the write-ahead log to +** be reset. See the [checkpointing] documentation for addition +** information. +** +** This interface used to be the only way to cause a checkpoint to +** occur. But then the newer and more powerful [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] +** interface was added. This interface is retained for backwards +** compatibility and as a convenience for applications that need to manually +** start a callback but which do not need the full power (and corresponding +** complication) of [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database +** METHOD: sqlite3 +** +** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(D,X,M,L,C) interface runs a checkpoint +** operation on database X of [database connection] D in mode M. Status +** information is written back into integers pointed to by L and C.)^ +** ^(The M parameter must be a valid [checkpoint mode]:)^ +** +** <dl> +** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE<dd> +** ^Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database +** readers or writers to finish, then sync the database file if all frames +** in the log were checkpointed. ^The [busy-handler callback] +** is never invoked in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode. +** ^On the other hand, passive mode might leave the checkpoint unfinished +** if there are concurrent readers or writers. +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL<dd> +** ^This mode blocks (it invokes the +** [sqlite3_busy_handler|busy-handler callback]) until there is no +** database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database +** snapshot. ^It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the +** database file. ^This mode blocks new database writers while it is pending, +** but new database readers are allowed to continue unimpeded. +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd> +** ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL with the addition +** that after checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the +** [busy-handler callback]) +** until all readers are reading from the database file only. ^This ensures +** that the next writer will restart the log file from the beginning. +** ^Like SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, this mode blocks new +** database writer attempts while it is pending, but does not impede readers. +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE<dd> +** ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART with the +** addition that it also truncates the log file to zero bytes just prior +** to a successful return. +** </dl> +** +** ^If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in +** the log file or to -1 if the checkpoint could not run because +** of an error or because the database is not in [WAL mode]. ^If pnCkpt is not +** NULL,then *pnCkpt is set to the total number of checkpointed frames in the +** log file (including any that were already checkpointed before the function +** was called) or to -1 if the checkpoint could not run due to an error or +** because the database is not in WAL mode. ^Note that upon successful +** completion of an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE, the log file will have been +** truncated to zero bytes and so both *pnLog and *pnCkpt will be set to zero. +** +** ^All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. ^If +** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the +** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ^Even if there is a +** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case. +** +** ^The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE modes also obtain the +** exclusive "writer" lock on the database file. ^If the writer lock cannot be +** obtained immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and +** the writer lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock +** is successfully obtained. ^The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for +** database readers as described above. ^If the busy-handler returns 0 before +** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the +** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as +** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible +** without blocking any further. ^SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case. +** +** ^If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the +** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases [attached] to +** [database connection] db. In this case the +** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. ^If +** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the +** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining +** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned at the end. ^If any other +** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned +** and the error code is returned to the caller immediately. ^If no error +** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached +** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned. +** +** ^If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL +** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. ^If +** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any +** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller. +** +** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, +** the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() interface +** sets the error information that is queried by +** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()]. +** +** ^The [PRAGMA wal_checkpoint] command can be used to invoke this interface +** from SQL. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */ + int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */ + int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */ + int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint Mode Values +** KEYWORDS: {checkpoint mode} +** +** These constants define all valid values for the "checkpoint mode" passed +** as the third parameter to the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] interface. +** See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] documentation for details on the +** meaning of each of these checkpoint modes. +*/ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0 /* Do as much as possible w/o blocking */ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL 1 /* Wait for writers, then checkpoint */ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2 /* Like FULL but wait for for readers */ +#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE 3 /* Like RESTART but also truncate WAL */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration +** +** This function may be called by either the [xConnect] or [xCreate] method +** of a [virtual table] implementation to configure +** various facets of the virtual table interface. +** +** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or +** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined. +** +** At present, there is only one option that may be configured using +** this function. (See [SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].) Further options +** may be added in the future. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_CDECL sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options +** +** These macros define the various options to the +** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations +** can use to customize and optimize their behavior. +** +** <dl> +** <dt>SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT +** <dd>Calls of the form +** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported, +** where X is an integer. If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose +** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not +** support constraints. In this configuration (which is the default) if +** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire +** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been +** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual +** ON CONFLICT mode specified. +** +** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees +** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before +** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made. +** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite +** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon +** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. +** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns +** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode +** had been ABORT. +** +** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE +** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the +** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON +** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should +** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and +** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT +** constraint handling. +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy +** +** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method +** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The +** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL], +** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode +** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the +** [virtual table]. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes +** KEYWORDS: {conflict resolution mode} +** +** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to +** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode +** is for the SQL statement being evaluated. +** +** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential +** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that +** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1 +/* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */ +#define SQLITE_FAIL 3 +/* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4 // Also an error code */ +#define SQLITE_REPLACE 5 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Scan Status Opcodes +** KEYWORDS: {scanstatus options} +** +** The following constants can be used for the T parameter to the +** [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(S,X,T,V)] interface. Each constant designates a +** different metric for sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() to return. +** +** When the value returned to V is a string, space to hold that string is +** managed by the prepared statement S and will be automatically freed when +** S is finalized. +** +** <dl> +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP</dt> +** <dd>^The [sqlite3_int64] variable pointed to by the T parameter will be +** set to the total number of times that the X-th loop has run.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT</dt> +** <dd>^The [sqlite3_int64] variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set +** to the total number of rows examined by all iterations of the X-th loop.</dd> +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST</dt> +** <dd>^The "double" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set to the +** query planner's estimate for the average number of rows output from each +** iteration of the X-th loop. If the query planner's estimates was accurate, +** then this value will approximate the quotient NVISIT/NLOOP and the +** product of this value for all prior loops with the same SELECTID will +** be the NLOOP value for the current loop. +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME</dt> +** <dd>^The "const char *" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set +** to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the name of the index or table +** used for the X-th loop. +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN</dt> +** <dd>^The "const char *" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set +** to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the [EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN] +** description for the X-th loop. +** +** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECT</dt> +** <dd>^The "int" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set to the +** "select-id" for the X-th loop. The select-id identifies which query or +** subquery the loop is part of. The main query has a select-id of zero. +** The select-id is the same value as is output in the first column +** of an [EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN] query. +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP 0 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT 1 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST 2 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME 3 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN 4 +#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID 5 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Scan Status +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** This interface returns information about the predicted and measured +** performance for pStmt. Advanced applications can use this +** interface to compare the predicted and the measured performance and +** issue warnings and/or rerun [ANALYZE] if discrepancies are found. +** +** Since this interface is expected to be rarely used, it is only +** available if SQLite is compiled using the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS] +** compile-time option. +** +** The "iScanStatusOp" parameter determines which status information to return. +** The "iScanStatusOp" must be one of the [scanstatus options] or the behavior +** of this interface is undefined. +** ^The requested measurement is written into a variable pointed to by +** the "pOut" parameter. +** Parameter "idx" identifies the specific loop to retrieve statistics for. +** Loops are numbered starting from zero. ^If idx is out of range - less than +** zero or greater than or equal to the total number of loops used to implement +** the statement - a non-zero value is returned and the variable that pOut +** points to is unchanged. +** +** ^Statistics might not be available for all loops in all statements. ^In cases +** where there exist loops with no available statistics, this function behaves +** as if the loop did not exist - it returns non-zero and leave the variable +** that pOut points to unchanged. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset()] +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, /* Prepared statement for which info desired */ + int idx, /* Index of loop to report on */ + int iScanStatusOp, /* Information desired. SQLITE_SCANSTAT_* */ + void *pOut /* Result written here */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Zero Scan-Status Counters +** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt +** +** ^Zero all [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus()] related event counters. +** +** This API is only available if the library is built with pre-processor +** symbol [SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS] defined. +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Flush caches to disk mid-transaction +** +** ^If a write-transaction is open on [database connection] D when the +** [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] interface invoked, any dirty +** pages in the pager-cache that are not currently in use are written out +** to disk. A dirty page may be in use if a database cursor created by an +** active SQL statement is reading from it, or if it is page 1 of a database +** file (page 1 is always "in use"). ^The [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] +** interface flushes caches for all schemas - "main", "temp", and +** any [attached] databases. +** +** ^If this function needs to obtain extra database locks before dirty pages +** can be flushed to disk, it does so. ^If those locks cannot be obtained +** immediately and there is a busy-handler callback configured, it is invoked +** in the usual manner. ^If the required lock still cannot be obtained, then +** the database is skipped and an attempt made to flush any dirty pages +** belonging to the next (if any) database. ^If any databases are skipped +** because locks cannot be obtained, but no other error occurs, this +** function returns SQLITE_BUSY. +** +** ^If any other error occurs while flushing dirty pages to disk (for +** example an IO error or out-of-memory condition), then processing is +** abandoned and an SQLite [error code] is returned to the caller immediately. +** +** ^Otherwise, if no error occurs, [sqlite3_db_cacheflush()] returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** ^This function does not set the database handle error code or message +** returned by the [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] functions. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: The pre-update hook. +** +** ^These interfaces are only available if SQLite is compiled using the +** [SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK] compile-time option. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] interface registers a callback function +** that is invoked prior to each [INSERT], [UPDATE], and [DELETE] operation +** on a [rowid table]. +** ^At most one preupdate hook may be registered at a time on a single +** [database connection]; each call to [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] overrides +** the previous setting. +** ^The preupdate hook is disabled by invoking [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] +** with a NULL pointer as the second parameter. +** ^The third parameter to [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] is passed through as +** the first parameter to callbacks. +** +** ^The preupdate hook only fires for changes to [rowid tables]; the preupdate +** hook is not invoked for changes to [virtual tables] or [WITHOUT ROWID] +** tables. +** +** ^The second parameter to the preupdate callback is a pointer to +** the [database connection] that registered the preupdate hook. +** ^The third parameter to the preupdate callback is one of the constants +** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE], or [SQLITE_UPDATE] to indentify the +** kind of update operation that is about to occur. +** ^(The fourth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the +** database within the database connection that is being modified. This +** will be "main" for the main database or "temp" for TEMP tables or +** the name given after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement for attached +** databases.)^ +** ^The fifth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the +** table that is being modified. +** ^The sixth parameter to the preupdate callback is the initial [rowid] of the +** row being changes for SQLITE_UPDATE and SQLITE_DELETE changes and is +** undefined for SQLITE_INSERT changes. +** ^The seventh parameter to the preupdate callback is the final [rowid] of +** the row being changed for SQLITE_UPDATE and SQLITE_INSERT changes and is +** undefined for SQLITE_DELETE changes. +** +** The [sqlite3_preupdate_old()], [sqlite3_preupdate_new()], +** [sqlite3_preupdate_count()], and [sqlite3_preupdate_depth()] interfaces +** provide additional information about a preupdate event. These routines +** may only be called from within a preupdate callback. Invoking any of +** these routines from outside of a preupdate callback or with a +** [database connection] pointer that is different from the one supplied +** to the preupdate callback results in undefined and probably undesirable +** behavior. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_count(D)] interface returns the number of columns +** in the row that is being inserted, updated, or deleted. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_old(D,N,P)] interface writes into P a pointer to +** a [protected sqlite3_value] that contains the value of the Nth column of +** the table row before it is updated. The N parameter must be between 0 +** and one less than the number of columns or the behavior will be +** undefined. This must only be used within SQLITE_UPDATE and SQLITE_DELETE +** preupdate callbacks; if it is used by an SQLITE_INSERT callback then the +** behavior is undefined. The [sqlite3_value] that P points to +** will be destroyed when the preupdate callback returns. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_new(D,N,P)] interface writes into P a pointer to +** a [protected sqlite3_value] that contains the value of the Nth column of +** the table row after it is updated. The N parameter must be between 0 +** and one less than the number of columns or the behavior will be +** undefined. This must only be used within SQLITE_INSERT and SQLITE_UPDATE +** preupdate callbacks; if it is used by an SQLITE_DELETE callback then the +** behavior is undefined. The [sqlite3_value] that P points to +** will be destroyed when the preupdate callback returns. +** +** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_depth(D)] interface returns 0 if the preupdate +** callback was invoked as a result of a direct insert, update, or delete +** operation; or 1 for inserts, updates, or deletes invoked by top-level +** triggers; or 2 for changes resulting from triggers called by top-level +** triggers; and so forth. +** +** See also: [sqlite3_update_hook()] +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_preupdate_hook( + sqlite3 *db, + void(*xPreUpdate)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of third arg to preupdate_hook() */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + int op, /* SQLITE_UPDATE, DELETE or INSERT */ + char const *zDb, /* Database name */ + char const *zName, /* Table name */ + sqlite3_int64 iKey1, /* Rowid of row about to be deleted/updated */ + sqlite3_int64 iKey2 /* New rowid value (for a rowid UPDATE) */ + ), + void* +); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_preupdate_old(sqlite3 *, int, sqlite3_value **); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_preupdate_count(sqlite3 *); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_preupdate_depth(sqlite3 *); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_preupdate_new(sqlite3 *, int, sqlite3_value **); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Low-level system error code +** +** ^Attempt to return the underlying operating system error code or error +** number that caused the most recent I/O error or failure to open a file. +** The return value is OS-dependent. For example, on unix systems, after +** [sqlite3_open_v2()] returns [SQLITE_CANTOPEN], this interface could be +** called to get back the underlying "errno" that caused the problem, such +** as ENOSPC, EAUTH, EISDIR, and so forth. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_system_errno(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Snapshot +** KEYWORDS: {snapshot} +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** An instance of the snapshot object records the state of a [WAL mode] +** database for some specific point in history. +** +** In [WAL mode], multiple [database connections] that are open on the +** same database file can each be reading a different historical version +** of the database file. When a [database connection] begins a read +** transaction, that connection sees an unchanging copy of the database +** as it existed for the point in time when the transaction first started. +** Subsequent changes to the database from other connections are not seen +** by the reader until a new read transaction is started. +** +** The sqlite3_snapshot object records state information about an historical +** version of the database file so that it is possible to later open a new read +** transaction that sees that historical version of the database rather than +** the most recent version. +** +** The constructor for this object is [sqlite3_snapshot_get()]. The +** [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] method causes a fresh read transaction to refer +** to an historical snapshot (if possible). The destructor for +** sqlite3_snapshot objects is [sqlite3_snapshot_free()]. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_snapshot sqlite3_snapshot; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Record A Database Snapshot +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_get(D,S,P)] interface attempts to make a +** new [sqlite3_snapshot] object that records the current state of +** schema S in database connection D. ^On success, the +** [sqlite3_snapshot_get(D,S,P)] interface writes a pointer to the newly +** created [sqlite3_snapshot] object into *P and returns SQLITE_OK. +** ^If schema S of [database connection] D is not a [WAL mode] database +** that is in a read transaction, then [sqlite3_snapshot_get(D,S,P)] +** leaves the *P value unchanged and returns an appropriate [error code]. +** +** The [sqlite3_snapshot] object returned from a successful call to +** [sqlite3_snapshot_get()] must be freed using [sqlite3_snapshot_free()] +** to avoid a memory leak. +** +** The [sqlite3_snapshot_get()] interface is only available when the +** SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT compile-time option is used. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_snapshot_get( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zSchema, + sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Start a read transaction on an historical snapshot +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] interface starts a +** read transaction for schema S of +** [database connection] D such that the read transaction +** refers to historical [snapshot] P, rather than the most +** recent change to the database. +** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface returns SQLITE_OK on success +** or an appropriate [error code] if it fails. +** +** ^In order to succeed, a call to [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] must be +** the first operation following the [BEGIN] that takes the schema S +** out of [autocommit mode]. +** ^In other words, schema S must not currently be in +** a transaction for [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] to work, but the +** database connection D must be out of [autocommit mode]. +** ^A [snapshot] will fail to open if it has been overwritten by a +** [checkpoint]. +** ^(A call to [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] will fail if the +** database connection D does not know that the database file for +** schema S is in [WAL mode]. A database connection might not know +** that the database file is in [WAL mode] if there has been no prior +** I/O on that database connection, or if the database entered [WAL mode] +** after the most recent I/O on the database connection.)^ +** (Hint: Run "[PRAGMA application_id]" against a newly opened +** database connection in order to make it ready to use snapshots.) +** +** The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface is only available when the +** SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT compile-time option is used. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_snapshot_open( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zSchema, + sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Destroy a snapshot +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_free(P)] interface destroys [sqlite3_snapshot] P. +** The application must eventually free every [sqlite3_snapshot] object +** using this routine to avoid a memory leak. +** +** The [sqlite3_snapshot_free()] interface is only available when the +** SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT compile-time option is used. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_snapshot_free(sqlite3_snapshot*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compare the ages of two snapshot handles. +** EXPERIMENTAL +** +** The sqlite3_snapshot_cmp(P1, P2) interface is used to compare the ages +** of two valid snapshot handles. +** +** If the two snapshot handles are not associated with the same database +** file, the result of the comparison is undefined. +** +** Additionally, the result of the comparison is only valid if both of the +** snapshot handles were obtained by calling sqlite3_snapshot_get() since the +** last time the wal file was deleted. The wal file is deleted when the +** database is changed back to rollback mode or when the number of database +** clients drops to zero. If either snapshot handle was obtained before the +** wal file was last deleted, the value returned by this function +** is undefined. +** +** Otherwise, this API returns a negative value if P1 refers to an older +** snapshot than P2, zero if the two handles refer to the same database +** snapshot, and a positive value if P1 is a newer snapshot than P2. +*/ +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_snapshot_cmp( + sqlite3_snapshot *p1, + sqlite3_snapshot *p2 +); + +/* +** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for +** builds on processors without floating point support. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# undef double +#endif + +#if 0 +} /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */ +#endif +#endif /* _SQLITE3_H_ */ + +/******** Begin file sqlite3rtree.h *********/ +/* +** 2010 August 30 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +*/ + +#ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ +#define _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ + + +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry; +typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info sqlite3_rtree_query_info; + +/* The double-precision datatype used by RTree depends on the +** SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY compile-time option. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + typedef sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_rtree_dbl; +#else + typedef double sqlite3_rtree_dbl; +#endif + +/* +** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an +** R-Tree geometry query as follows: +** +** SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zGeom(... params ...) +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zGeom, + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, sqlite3_rtree_dbl*,int*), + void *pContext +); + + +/* +** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the first +** argument to callbacks registered using rtree_geometry_callback(). +*/ +struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { + void *pContext; /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */ + int nParam; /* Size of array aParam[] */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */ + void *pUser; /* Callback implementation user data */ + void (*xDelUser)(void *); /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */ +}; + +/* +** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be +** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows: +** +** SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...) +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_rtree_query_callback( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zQueryFunc, + int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*), + void *pContext, + void (*xDestructor)(void*) +); + + +/* +** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the +** argument to scored geometry callback registered using +** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(). +** +** Note that the first 5 fields of this structure are identical to +** sqlite3_rtree_geometry. This structure is a subclass of +** sqlite3_rtree_geometry. +*/ +struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info { + void *pContext; /* pContext from when function registered */ + int nParam; /* Number of function parameters */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* value of function parameters */ + void *pUser; /* callback can use this, if desired */ + void (*xDelUser)(void*); /* function to free pUser */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aCoord; /* Coordinates of node or entry to check */ + unsigned int *anQueue; /* Number of pending entries in the queue */ + int nCoord; /* Number of coordinates */ + int iLevel; /* Level of current node or entry */ + int mxLevel; /* The largest iLevel value in the tree */ + sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Rowid for current entry */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl rParentScore; /* Score of parent node */ + int eParentWithin; /* Visibility of parent node */ + int eWithin; /* OUT: Visiblity */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl rScore; /* OUT: Write the score here */ + /* The following fields are only available in 3.8.11 and later */ + sqlite3_value **apSqlParam; /* Original SQL values of parameters */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for sqlite3_rtree_query.eWithin and .eParentWithin. +*/ +#define NOT_WITHIN 0 /* Object completely outside of query region */ +#define PARTLY_WITHIN 1 /* Object partially overlaps query region */ +#define FULLY_WITHIN 2 /* Object fully contained within query region */ + + +#if 0 +} /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ +#endif + +#endif /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */ + +/******** End of sqlite3rtree.h *********/ +/******** Begin file sqlite3session.h *********/ + +#if !defined(__SQLITESESSION_H_) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION) +#define __SQLITESESSION_H_ 1 + +/* +** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. +*/ +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Session Object Handle +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_session sqlite3_session; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Changeset Iterator Handle +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_changeset_iter sqlite3_changeset_iter; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create A New Session Object +** +** Create a new session object attached to database handle db. If successful, +** a pointer to the new object is written to *ppSession and SQLITE_OK is +** returned. If an error occurs, *ppSession is set to NULL and an SQLite +** error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned. +** +** It is possible to create multiple session objects attached to a single +** database handle. +** +** Session objects created using this function should be deleted using the +** [sqlite3session_delete()] function before the database handle that they +** are attached to is itself closed. If the database handle is closed before +** the session object is deleted, then the results of calling any session +** module function, including [sqlite3session_delete()] on the session object +** are undefined. +** +** Because the session module uses the [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] API, it +** is not possible for an application to register a pre-update hook on a +** database handle that has one or more session objects attached. Nor is +** it possible to create a session object attached to a database handle for +** which a pre-update hook is already defined. The results of attempting +** either of these things are undefined. +** +** The session object will be used to create changesets for tables in +** database zDb, where zDb is either "main", or "temp", or the name of an +** attached database. It is not an error if database zDb is not attached +** to the database when the session object is created. +*/ +int sqlite3session_create( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of db (e.g. "main") */ + sqlite3_session **ppSession /* OUT: New session object */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Delete A Session Object +** +** Delete a session object previously allocated using +** [sqlite3session_create()]. Once a session object has been deleted, the +** results of attempting to use pSession with any other session module +** function are undefined. +** +** Session objects must be deleted before the database handle to which they +** are attached is closed. Refer to the documentation for +** [sqlite3session_create()] for details. +*/ +void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable A Session Object +** +** Enable or disable the recording of changes by a session object. When +** enabled, a session object records changes made to the database. When +** disabled - it does not. A newly created session object is enabled. +** Refer to the documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further +** details regarding how enabling and disabling a session object affects +** the eventual changesets. +** +** Passing zero to this function disables the session. Passing a value +** greater than zero enables it. Passing a value less than zero is a +** no-op, and may be used to query the current state of the session. +** +** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if +** the session is disabled, or 1 if it is enabled. +*/ +int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Set Or Clear the Indirect Change Flag +** +** Each change recorded by a session object is marked as either direct or +** indirect. A change is marked as indirect if either: +** +** <ul> +** <li> The session object "indirect" flag is set when the change is +** made, or +** <li> The change is made by an SQL trigger or foreign key action +** instead of directly as a result of a users SQL statement. +** </ul> +** +** If a single row is affected by more than one operation within a session, +** then the change is considered indirect if all operations meet the criteria +** for an indirect change above, or direct otherwise. +** +** This function is used to set, clear or query the session object indirect +** flag. If the second argument passed to this function is zero, then the +** indirect flag is cleared. If it is greater than zero, the indirect flag +** is set. Passing a value less than zero does not modify the current value +** of the indirect flag, and may be used to query the current state of the +** indirect flag for the specified session object. +** +** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if +** it is clear, or 1 if it is set. +*/ +int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Attach A Table To A Session Object +** +** If argument zTab is not NULL, then it is the name of a table to attach +** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes +** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See +** documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further details. +** +** Or, if argument zTab is NULL, then changes are recorded for all tables +** in the database. If additional tables are added to the database (by +** executing "CREATE TABLE" statements) after this call is made, changes for +** the new tables are also recorded. +** +** Changes can only be recorded for tables that have a PRIMARY KEY explicitly +** defined as part of their CREATE TABLE statement. It does not matter if the +** PRIMARY KEY is an "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY" (rowid alias) or not. The PRIMARY +** KEY may consist of a single column, or may be a composite key. +** +** It is not an error if the named table does not exist in the database. Nor +** is it an error if the named table does not have a PRIMARY KEY. However, +** no changes will be recorded in either of these scenarios. +** +** Changes are not recorded for individual rows that have NULL values stored +** in one or more of their PRIMARY KEY columns. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the call completes without error. Or, if an error +** occurs, an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned. +*/ +int sqlite3session_attach( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Set a table filter on a Session Object. +** +** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows +** in tables that are not attached to the Session oject, the filter is called +** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not. +** If xFilter returns 0, changes is not tracked. Note that once a table is +** attached, xFilter will not be called again. +*/ +void sqlite3session_table_filter( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of third arg to _filter_table() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xFilter */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Generate A Changeset From A Session Object +** +** Obtain a changeset containing changes to the tables attached to the +** session object passed as the first argument. If successful, +** set *ppChangeset to point to a buffer containing the changeset +** and *pnChangeset to the size of the changeset in bytes before returning +** SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set both *ppChangeset and *pnChangeset to +** zero and return an SQLite error code. +** +** A changeset consists of zero or more INSERT, UPDATE and/or DELETE changes, +** each representing a change to a single row of an attached table. An INSERT +** change contains the values of each field of a new database row. A DELETE +** contains the original values of each field of a deleted database row. An +** UPDATE change contains the original values of each field of an updated +** database row along with the updated values for each updated non-primary-key +** column. It is not possible for an UPDATE change to represent a change that +** modifies the values of primary key columns. If such a change is made, it +** is represented in a changeset as a DELETE followed by an INSERT. +** +** Changes are not recorded for rows that have NULL values stored in one or +** more of their PRIMARY KEY columns. If such a row is inserted or deleted, +** no corresponding change is present in the changesets returned by this +** function. If an existing row with one or more NULL values stored in +** PRIMARY KEY columns is updated so that all PRIMARY KEY columns are non-NULL, +** only an INSERT is appears in the changeset. Similarly, if an existing row +** with non-NULL PRIMARY KEY values is updated so that one or more of its +** PRIMARY KEY columns are set to NULL, the resulting changeset contains a +** DELETE change only. +** +** The contents of a changeset may be traversed using an iterator created +** using the [sqlite3changeset_start()] API. A changeset may be applied to +** a database with a compatible schema using the [sqlite3changeset_apply()] +** API. +** +** Within a changeset generated by this function, all changes related to a +** single table are grouped together. In other words, when iterating through +** a changeset or when applying a changeset to a database, all changes related +** to a single table are processed before moving on to the next table. Tables +** are sorted in the same order in which they were attached (or auto-attached) +** to the sqlite3_session object. The order in which the changes related to +** a single table are stored is undefined. +** +** Following a successful call to this function, it is the responsibility of +** the caller to eventually free the buffer that *ppChangeset points to using +** [sqlite3_free()]. +** +** <h3>Changeset Generation</h3> +** +** Once a table has been attached to a session object, the session object +** records the primary key values of all new rows inserted into the table. +** It also records the original primary key and other column values of any +** deleted or updated rows. For each unique primary key value, data is only +** recorded once - the first time a row with said primary key is inserted, +** updated or deleted in the lifetime of the session. +** +** There is one exception to the previous paragraph: when a row is inserted, +** updated or deleted, if one or more of its primary key columns contain a +** NULL value, no record of the change is made. +** +** The session object therefore accumulates two types of records - those +** that consist of primary key values only (created when the user inserts +** a new record) and those that consist of the primary key values and the +** original values of other table columns (created when the users deletes +** or updates a record). +** +** When this function is called, the requested changeset is created using +** both the accumulated records and the current contents of the database +** file. Specifically: +** +** <ul> +** <li> For each record generated by an insert, the database is queried +** for a row with a matching primary key. If one is found, an INSERT +** change is added to the changeset. If no such row is found, no change +** is added to the changeset. +** +** <li> For each record generated by an update or delete, the database is +** queried for a row with a matching primary key. If such a row is +** found and one or more of the non-primary key fields have been +** modified from their original values, an UPDATE change is added to +** the changeset. Or, if no such row is found in the table, a DELETE +** change is added to the changeset. If there is a row with a matching +** primary key in the database, but all fields contain their original +** values, no change is added to the changeset. +** </ul> +** +** This means, amongst other things, that if a row is inserted and then later +** deleted while a session object is active, neither the insert nor the delete +** will be present in the changeset. Or if a row is deleted and then later a +** row with the same primary key values inserted while a session object is +** active, the resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change instead of +** a DELETE and an INSERT. +** +** When a session object is disabled (see the [sqlite3session_enable()] API), +** it does not accumulate records when rows are inserted, updated or deleted. +** This may appear to have some counter-intuitive effects if a single row +** is written to more than once during a session. For example, if a row +** is inserted while a session object is enabled, then later deleted while +** the same session object is disabled, no INSERT record will appear in the +** changeset, even though the delete took place while the session was disabled. +** Or, if one field of a row is updated while a session is disabled, and +** another field of the same row is updated while the session is enabled, the +** resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change that updates both fields. +*/ +int sqlite3session_changeset( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ + int *pnChangeset, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppChangeset */ + void **ppChangeset /* OUT: Buffer containing changeset */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Load The Difference Between Tables Into A Session +** +** If it is not already attached to the session object passed as the first +** argument, this function attaches table zTbl in the same manner as the +** [sqlite3session_attach()] function. If zTbl does not exist, or if it +** does not have a primary key, this function is a no-op (but does not return +** an error). +** +** Argument zFromDb must be the name of a database ("main", "temp" etc.) +** attached to the same database handle as the session object that contains +** a table compatible with the table attached to the session by this function. +** A table is considered compatible if it: +** +** <ul> +** <li> Has the same name, +** <li> Has the same set of columns declared in the same order, and +** <li> Has the same PRIMARY KEY definition. +** </ul> +** +** If the tables are not compatible, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned. If the tables +** are compatible but do not have any PRIMARY KEY columns, it is not an error +** but no changes are added to the session object. As with other session +** APIs, tables without PRIMARY KEYs are simply ignored. +** +** This function adds a set of changes to the session object that could be +** used to update the table in database zFrom (call this the "from-table") +** so that its content is the same as the table attached to the session +** object (call this the "to-table"). Specifically: +** +** <ul> +** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in +** the from-table, an INSERT record is added to the session object. +** +** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in +** the from-table, a DELETE record is added to the session object. +** +** <li> For each row (primary key) that exists in both tables, but features +** different in each, an UPDATE record is added to the session. +** </ul> +** +** To clarify, if this function is called and then a changeset constructed +** using [sqlite3session_changeset()], then after applying that changeset to +** database zFrom the contents of the two compatible tables would be +** identical. +** +** It an error if database zFrom does not exist or does not contain the +** required compatible table. +** +** If the operation successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite +** error code. In this case, if argument pzErrMsg is not NULL, *pzErrMsg +** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error +** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to free this buffer using +** sqlite3_free(). +*/ +int sqlite3session_diff( + sqlite3_session *pSession, + const char *zFromDb, + const char *zTbl, + char **pzErrMsg +); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Generate A Patchset From A Session Object +** +** The differences between a patchset and a changeset are that: +** +** <ul> +** <li> DELETE records consist of the primary key fields only. The +** original values of other fields are omitted. +** <li> The original values of any modified fields are omitted from +** UPDATE records. +** </ul> +** +** A patchset blob may be used with up to date versions of all +** sqlite3changeset_xxx API functions except for sqlite3changeset_invert(), +** which returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if it is passed a patchset. Similarly, +** attempting to use a patchset blob with old versions of the +** sqlite3changeset_xxx APIs also provokes an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. +** +** Because the non-primary key "old.*" fields are omitted, no +** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflicts can be detected or reported if a patchset +** is passed to the sqlite3changeset_apply() API. Other conflict types work +** in the same way as for changesets. +** +** Changes within a patchset are ordered in the same way as for changesets +** generated by the sqlite3session_changeset() function (i.e. all changes for +** a single table are grouped together, tables appear in the order in which +** they were attached to the session object). +*/ +int sqlite3session_patchset( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ + int *pnPatchset, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppChangeset */ + void **ppPatchset /* OUT: Buffer containing changeset */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Test if a changeset has recorded any changes. +** +** Return non-zero if no changes to attached tables have been recorded by +** the session object passed as the first argument. Otherwise, if one or +** more changes have been recorded, return zero. +** +** Even if this function returns zero, it is possible that calling +** [sqlite3session_changeset()] on the session handle may still return a +** changeset that contains no changes. This can happen when a row in +** an attached table is modified and then later on the original values +** are restored. However, if this function returns non-zero, then it is +** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a +** changeset containing zero changes. +*/ +int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset +** +** Create an iterator used to iterate through the contents of a changeset. +** If successful, *pp is set to point to the iterator handle and SQLITE_OK +** is returned. Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pp is set to zero and an +** SQLite error code is returned. +** +** The following functions can be used to advance and query a changeset +** iterator created by this function: +** +** <ul> +** <li> [sqlite3changeset_next()] +** <li> [sqlite3changeset_op()] +** <li> [sqlite3changeset_new()] +** <li> [sqlite3changeset_old()] +** </ul> +** +** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually destroy the iterator +** by passing it to [sqlite3changeset_finalize()]. The buffer containing the +** changeset (pChangeset) must remain valid until after the iterator is +** destroyed. +** +** Assuming the changeset blob was created by one of the +** [sqlite3session_changeset()], [sqlite3changeset_concat()] or +** [sqlite3changeset_invert()] functions, all changes within the changeset +** that apply to a single table are grouped together. This means that when +** an application iterates through a changeset using an iterator created by +** this function, all changes that relate to a single table are visted +** consecutively. There is no chance that the iterator will visit a change +** the applies to table X, then one for table Y, and then later on visit +** another change for table X. +*/ +int sqlite3changeset_start( + sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp, /* OUT: New changeset iterator handle */ + int nChangeset, /* Size of changeset blob in bytes */ + void *pChangeset /* Pointer to blob containing changeset */ +); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Advance A Changeset Iterator +** +** This function may only be used with iterators created by function +** [sqlite3changeset_start()]. If it is called on an iterator passed to +** a conflict-handler callback by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], SQLITE_MISUSE +** is returned and the call has no effect. +** +** Immediately after an iterator is created by sqlite3changeset_start(), it +** does not point to any change in the changeset. Assuming the changeset +** is not empty, the first call to this function advances the iterator to +** point to the first change in the changeset. Each subsequent call advances +** the iterator to point to the next change in the changeset (if any). If +** no error occurs and the iterator points to a valid change after a call +** to sqlite3changeset_next() has advanced it, SQLITE_ROW is returned. +** Otherwise, if all changes in the changeset have already been visited, +** SQLITE_DONE is returned. +** +** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Possible error +** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or +** SQLITE_NOMEM. +*/ +int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain The Current Operation From A Changeset Iterator +** +** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator +** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator +** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent +** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned [SQLITE_ROW]. If this +** is not the case, this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE]. +** +** If argument pzTab is not NULL, then *pzTab is set to point to a +** nul-terminated utf-8 encoded string containing the name of the table +** affected by the current change. The buffer remains valid until either +** sqlite3changeset_next() is called on the iterator or until the +** conflict-handler function returns. If pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is +** set to the number of columns in the table affected by the change. If +** pbIncorrect is not NULL, then *pbIndirect is set to true (1) if the change +** is an indirect change, or false (0) otherwise. See the documentation for +** [sqlite3session_indirect()] for a description of direct and indirect +** changes. Finally, if pOp is not NULL, then *pOp is set to one of +** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the +** type of change that the iterator currently points to. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error does occur, an +** SQLite error code is returned. The values of the output variables may not +** be trusted in this case. +*/ +int sqlite3changeset_op( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Iterator object */ + const char **pzTab, /* OUT: Pointer to table name */ + int *pnCol, /* OUT: Number of columns in table */ + int *pOp, /* OUT: SQLITE_INSERT, DELETE or UPDATE */ + int *pbIndirect /* OUT: True for an 'indirect' change */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain The Primary Key Definition Of A Table +** +** For each modified table, a changeset includes the following: +** +** <ul> +** <li> The number of columns in the table, and +** <li> Which of those columns make up the tables PRIMARY KEY. +** </ul> +** +** This function is used to find which columns comprise the PRIMARY KEY of +** the table modified by the change that iterator pIter currently points to. +** If successful, *pabPK is set to point to an array of nCol entries, where +** nCol is the number of columns in the table. Elements of *pabPK are set to +** 0x01 if the corresponding column is part of the tables primary key, or +** 0x00 if it is not. +** +** If argumet pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is set to the number of columns +** in the table. +** +** If this function is called when the iterator does not point to a valid +** entry, SQLITE_MISUSE is returned and the output variables zeroed. Otherwise, +** SQLITE_OK is returned and the output variables populated as described +** above. +*/ +int sqlite3changeset_pk( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Iterator object */ + unsigned char **pabPK, /* OUT: Array of boolean - true for PK cols */ + int *pnCol /* OUT: Number of entries in output array */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain old.* Values From A Changeset Iterator +** +** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator +** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator +** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent +** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. +** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator +** currently points to is either [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE]. Otherwise, +** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL. +** +** Argument iVal must be greater than or equal to 0, and less than the number +** of columns in the table affected by the current change. Otherwise, +** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +** +** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of +** original row values stored as part of the UPDATE or DELETE change and +** returns SQLITE_OK. The name of the function comes from the fact that this +** is similar to the "old.*" columns available to update or delete triggers. +** +** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code +** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +*/ +int sqlite3changeset_old( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int iVal, /* Column number */ + sqlite3_value **ppValue /* OUT: Old value (or NULL pointer) */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain new.* Values From A Changeset Iterator +** +** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator +** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator +** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent +** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. +** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator +** currently points to is either [SQLITE_UPDATE] or [SQLITE_INSERT]. Otherwise, +** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL. +** +** Argument iVal must be greater than or equal to 0, and less than the number +** of columns in the table affected by the current change. Otherwise, +** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +** +** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of +** new row values stored as part of the UPDATE or INSERT change and +** returns SQLITE_OK. If the change is an UPDATE and does not include +** a new value for the requested column, *ppValue is set to NULL and +** SQLITE_OK returned. The name of the function comes from the fact that +** this is similar to the "new.*" columns available to update or delete +** triggers. +** +** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code +** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +*/ +int sqlite3changeset_new( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int iVal, /* Column number */ + sqlite3_value **ppValue /* OUT: New value (or NULL pointer) */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain Conflicting Row Values From A Changeset Iterator +** +** This function should only be used with iterator objects passed to a +** conflict-handler callback by [sqlite3changeset_apply()] with either +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] or [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT]. If this function +** is called on any other iterator, [SQLITE_MISUSE] is returned and *ppValue +** is set to NULL. +** +** Argument iVal must be greater than or equal to 0, and less than the number +** of columns in the table affected by the current change. Otherwise, +** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +** +** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected +** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the +** "conflicting row" associated with the current conflict-handler callback +** and returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code +** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. +*/ +int sqlite3changeset_conflict( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int iVal, /* Column number */ + sqlite3_value **ppValue /* OUT: Value from conflicting row */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine The Number Of Foreign Key Constraint Violations +** +** This function may only be called with an iterator passed to an +** SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY conflict handler callback. In this case +** it sets the output variable to the total number of known foreign key +** violations in the destination database and returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** In all other cases this function returns SQLITE_MISUSE. +*/ +int sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int *pnOut /* OUT: Number of FK violations */ +); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Finalize A Changeset Iterator +** +** This function is used to finalize an iterator allocated with +** [sqlite3changeset_start()]. +** +** This function should only be called on iterators created using the +** [sqlite3changeset_start()] function. If an application calls this +** function with an iterator passed to a conflict-handler by +** [sqlite3changeset_apply()], [SQLITE_MISUSE] is immediately returned and the +** call has no effect. +** +** If an error was encountered within a call to an sqlite3changeset_xxx() +** function (for example an [SQLITE_CORRUPT] in [sqlite3changeset_next()] or an +** [SQLITE_NOMEM] in [sqlite3changeset_new()]) then an error code corresponding +** to that error is returned by this function. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is +** returned. This is to allow the following pattern (pseudo-code): +** +** sqlite3changeset_start(); +** while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3changeset_next() ){ +** // Do something with change. +** } +** rc = sqlite3changeset_finalize(); +** if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ +** // An error has occurred +** } +*/ +int sqlite3changeset_finalize(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Invert A Changeset +** +** This function is used to "invert" a changeset object. Applying an inverted +** changeset to a database reverses the effects of applying the uninverted +** changeset. Specifically: +** +** <ul> +** <li> Each DELETE change is changed to an INSERT, and +** <li> Each INSERT change is changed to a DELETE, and +** <li> For each UPDATE change, the old.* and new.* values are exchanged. +** </ul> +** +** This function does not change the order in which changes appear within +** the changeset. It merely reverses the sense of each individual change. +** +** If successful, a pointer to a buffer containing the inverted changeset +** is stored in *ppOut, the size of the same buffer is stored in *pnOut, and +** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, both *pnOut and *ppOut are +** zeroed and an SQLite error code returned. +** +** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() +** on the *ppOut pointer to free the buffer allocation following a successful +** call to this function. +** +** WARNING/TODO: This function currently assumes that the input is a valid +** changeset. If it is not, the results are undefined. +*/ +int sqlite3changeset_invert( + int nIn, const void *pIn, /* Input changeset */ + int *pnOut, void **ppOut /* OUT: Inverse of input */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Concatenate Two Changeset Objects +** +** This function is used to concatenate two changesets, A and B, into a +** single changeset. The result is a changeset equivalent to applying +** changeset A followed by changeset B. +** +** This function combines the two input changesets using an +** sqlite3_changegroup object. Calling it produces similar results as the +** following code fragment: +** +** sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp; +** rc = sqlite3_changegroup_new(&pGrp); +** if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3changegroup_add(pGrp, nA, pA); +** if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3changegroup_add(pGrp, nB, pB); +** if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ +** rc = sqlite3changegroup_output(pGrp, pnOut, ppOut); +** }else{ +** *ppOut = 0; +** *pnOut = 0; +** } +** +** Refer to the sqlite3_changegroup documentation below for details. +*/ +int sqlite3changeset_concat( + int nA, /* Number of bytes in buffer pA */ + void *pA, /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset A */ + int nB, /* Number of bytes in buffer pB */ + void *pB, /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset B */ + int *pnOut, /* OUT: Number of bytes in output changeset */ + void **ppOut /* OUT: Buffer containing output changeset */ +); + + +/* +** Changegroup handle. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Combine two or more changesets into a single changeset. +** +** An sqlite3_changegroup object is used to combine two or more changesets +** (or patchsets) into a single changeset (or patchset). A single changegroup +** object may combine changesets or patchsets, but not both. The output is +** always in the same format as the input. +** +** If successful, this function returns SQLITE_OK and populates (*pp) with +** a pointer to a new sqlite3_changegroup object before returning. The caller +** should eventually free the returned object using a call to +** sqlite3changegroup_delete(). If an error occurs, an SQLite error code +** (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned and *pp is set to NULL. +** +** The usual usage pattern for an sqlite3_changegroup object is as follows: +** +** <ul> +** <li> It is created using a call to sqlite3changegroup_new(). +** +** <li> Zero or more changesets (or patchsets) are added to the object +** by calling sqlite3changegroup_add(). +** +** <li> The result of combining all input changesets together is obtained +** by the application via a call to sqlite3changegroup_output(). +** +** <li> The object is deleted using a call to sqlite3changegroup_delete(). +** </ul> +** +** Any number of calls to add() and output() may be made between the calls to +** new() and delete(), and in any order. +** +** As well as the regular sqlite3changegroup_add() and +** sqlite3changegroup_output() functions, also available are the streaming +** versions sqlite3changegroup_add_strm() and sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(). +*/ +int sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp); + +/* +** Add all changes within the changeset (or patchset) in buffer pData (size +** nData bytes) to the changegroup. +** +** If the buffer contains a patchset, then all prior calls to this function +** on the same changegroup object must also have specified patchsets. Or, if +** the buffer contains a changeset, so must have the earlier calls to this +** function. Otherwise, SQLITE_ERROR is returned and no changes are added +** to the changegroup. +** +** Rows within the changeset and changegroup are identified by the values in +** their PRIMARY KEY columns. A change in the changeset is considered to +** apply to the same row as a change already present in the changegroup if +** the two rows have the same primary key. +** +** Changes to rows that that do not already appear in the changegroup are +** simply copied into it. Or, if both the new changeset and the changegroup +** contain changes that apply to a single row, the final contents of the +** changegroup depends on the type of each change, as follows: +** +** <table border=1 style="margin-left:8ex;margin-right:8ex"> +** <tr><th style="white-space:pre">Existing Change </th> +** <th style="white-space:pre">New Change </th> +** <th>Output Change +** <tr><td>INSERT <td>INSERT <td> +** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new +** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already +** added to the changegroup. +** <tr><td>INSERT <td>UPDATE <td> +** The INSERT change remains in the changegroup. The values in the +** INSERT change are modified as if the row was inserted by the +** existing change and then updated according to the new change. +** <tr><td>INSERT <td>DELETE <td> +** The existing INSERT is removed from the changegroup. The DELETE is +** not added. +** <tr><td>UPDATE <td>INSERT <td> +** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new +** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already +** added to the changegroup. +** <tr><td>UPDATE <td>UPDATE <td> +** The existing UPDATE remains within the changegroup. It is amended +** so that the accompanying values are as if the row was updated once +** by the existing change and then again by the new change. +** <tr><td>UPDATE <td>DELETE <td> +** The existing UPDATE is replaced by the new DELETE within the +** changegroup. +** <tr><td>DELETE <td>INSERT <td> +** If one or more of the column values in the row inserted by the +** new change differ from those in the row deleted by the existing +** change, the existing DELETE is replaced by an UPDATE within the +** changegroup. Otherwise, if the inserted row is exactly the same +** as the deleted row, the existing DELETE is simply discarded. +** <tr><td>DELETE <td>UPDATE <td> +** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new +** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already +** added to the changegroup. +** <tr><td>DELETE <td>DELETE <td> +** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new +** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already +** added to the changegroup. +** </table> +** +** If the new changeset contains changes to a table that is already present +** in the changegroup, then the number of columns and the position of the +** primary key columns for the table must be consistent. If this is not the +** case, this function fails with SQLITE_SCHEMA. If the input changeset +** appears to be corrupt and the corruption is detected, SQLITE_CORRUPT is +** returned. Or, if an out-of-memory condition occurs during processing, this +** function returns SQLITE_NOMEM. In all cases, if an error occurs the +** final contents of the changegroup is undefined. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. +*/ +int sqlite3changegroup_add(sqlite3_changegroup*, int nData, void *pData); + +/* +** Obtain a buffer containing a changeset (or patchset) representing the +** current contents of the changegroup. If the inputs to the changegroup +** were themselves changesets, the output is a changeset. Or, if the +** inputs were patchsets, the output is also a patchset. +** +** As with the output of the sqlite3session_changeset() and +** sqlite3session_patchset() functions, all changes related to a single +** table are grouped together in the output of this function. Tables appear +** in the same order as for the very first changeset added to the changegroup. +** If the second or subsequent changesets added to the changegroup contain +** changes for tables that do not appear in the first changeset, they are +** appended onto the end of the output changeset, again in the order in +** which they are first encountered. +** +** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the output +** variables (*pnData) and (*ppData) are set to 0. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK +** is returned and the output variables are set to the size of and a +** pointer to the output buffer, respectively. In this case it is the +** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer using a +** call to sqlite3_free(). +*/ +int sqlite3changegroup_output( + sqlite3_changegroup*, + int *pnData, /* OUT: Size of output buffer in bytes */ + void **ppData /* OUT: Pointer to output buffer */ +); + +/* +** Delete a changegroup object. +*/ +void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Apply A Changeset To A Database +** +** Apply a changeset to a database. This function attempts to update the +** "main" database attached to handle db with the changes found in the +** changeset passed via the second and third arguments. +** +** The fourth argument (xFilter) passed to this function is the "filter +** callback". If it is not NULL, then for each table affected by at least one +** change in the changeset, the filter callback is invoked with +** the table name as the second argument, and a copy of the context pointer +** passed as the sixth argument to this function as the first. If the "filter +** callback" returns zero, then no attempt is made to apply any changes to +** the table. Otherwise, if the return value is non-zero or the xFilter +** argument to this function is NULL, all changes related to the table are +** attempted. +** +** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function +** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is +** considered compatible if all of the following are true: +** +** <ul> +** <li> The table has the same name as the name recorded in the +** changeset, and +** <li> The table has the same number of columns as recorded in the +** changeset, and +** <li> The table has primary key columns in the same position as +** recorded in the changeset. +** </ul> +** +** If there is no compatible table, it is not an error, but none of the +** changes associated with the table are applied. A warning message is issued +** via the sqlite3_log() mechanism with the error code SQLITE_SCHEMA. At most +** one such warning is issued for each table in the changeset. +** +** For each change for which there is a compatible table, an attempt is made +** to modify the table contents according to the UPDATE, INSERT or DELETE +** change. If a change cannot be applied cleanly, the conflict handler +** function passed as the fifth argument to sqlite3changeset_apply() may be +** invoked. A description of exactly when the conflict handler is invoked for +** each type of change is below. +** +** Unlike the xFilter argument, xConflict may not be passed NULL. The results +** of passing anything other than a valid function pointer as the xConflict +** argument are undefined. +** +** Each time the conflict handler function is invoked, it must return one +** of [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT], [SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT] or +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE may only be returned +** if the second argument passed to the conflict handler is either +** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If the conflict-handler +** returns an illegal value, any changes already made are rolled back and +** the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. Different +** actions are taken by sqlite3changeset_apply() depending on the value +** returned by each invocation of the conflict-handler function. Refer to +** the documentation for the three +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT|available return values] for details. +** +** <dl> +** <dt>DELETE Changes<dd> +** For each DELETE change, this function checks if the target database +** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the +** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values +** stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in +** the changeset the row is deleted from the target database. +** +** If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of +** the non-primary key fields contains a value different from the original +** row value stored in the changeset, the conflict-handler function is +** invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] as the second argument. +** +** If no row with matching primary key values is found in the database, +** the conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND] +** passed as the second argument. +** +** If the DELETE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT +** (which can only happen if a foreign key constraint is violated), the +** conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT] +** passed as the second argument. This includes the case where the DELETE +** operation is attempted because an earlier call to the conflict handler +** function returned [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. +** +** <dt>INSERT Changes<dd> +** For each INSERT change, an attempt is made to insert the new row into +** the database. +** +** If the attempt to insert the row fails because the database already +** contains a row with the same primary key values, the conflict handler +** function is invoked with the second argument set to +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT]. +** +** If the attempt to insert the row fails because of some other constraint +** violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is +** invoked with the second argument set to [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT]. +** This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because +** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. +** +** <dt>UPDATE Changes<dd> +** For each UPDATE change, this function checks if the target database +** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the +** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values +** stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in +** the changeset the row is updated within the target database. +** +** If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of +** the non-primary key fields contains a value different from an original +** row value stored in the changeset, the conflict-handler function is +** invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] as the second argument. Since +** UPDATE changes only contain values for non-primary key fields that are +** to be modified, only those fields need to match the original values to +** avoid the SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflict-handler callback. +** +** If no row with matching primary key values is found in the database, +** the conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND] +** passed as the second argument. +** +** If the UPDATE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the conflict-handler function is invoked with +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT] passed as the second argument. +** This includes the case where the UPDATE operation is attempted after +** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned +** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. +** </dl> +** +** It is safe to execute SQL statements, including those that write to the +** table that the callback related to, from within the xConflict callback. +** This can be used to further customize the applications conflict +** resolution strategy. +** +** All changes made by this function are enclosed in a savepoint transaction. +** If any other error (aside from a constraint failure when attempting to +** write to the target database) occurs, then the savepoint transaction is +** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an +** SQLite error code returned. +*/ +int sqlite3changeset_apply( + sqlite3 *db, /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */ + int nChangeset, /* Size of changeset in bytes */ + void *pChangeset, /* Changeset blob */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + int(*xConflict)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + int eConflict, /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *p /* Handle describing change and conflict */ + ), + void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xConflict */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Constants Passed To The Conflict Handler +** +** Values that may be passed as the second argument to a conflict-handler. +** +** <dl> +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA<dd> +** The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_DATA as the second argument +** when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the required +** PRIMARY KEY fields is present in the database, but one or more other +** (non primary-key) fields modified by the update do not contain the +** expected "before" values. +** +** The conflicting row, in this case, is the database row with the matching +** primary key. +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND<dd> +** The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_NOTFOUND as the second +** argument when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the +** required PRIMARY KEY fields is not present in the database. +** +** There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the +** sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined. +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT<dd> +** CHANGESET_CONFLICT is passed as the second argument to the conflict +** handler while processing an INSERT change if the operation would result +** in duplicate primary key values. +** +** The conflicting row in this case is the database row with the matching +** primary key. +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY<dd> +** If foreign key handling is enabled, and applying a changeset leaves the +** database in a state containing foreign key violations, the conflict +** handler is invoked with CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY as the second argument +** exactly once before the changeset is committed. If the conflict handler +** returns CHANGESET_OMIT, the changes, including those that caused the +** foreign key constraint violation, are committed. Or, if it returns +** CHANGESET_ABORT, the changeset is rolled back. +** +** No current or conflicting row information is provided. The only function +** it is possible to call on the supplied sqlite3_changeset_iter handle +** is sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts(). +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT<dd> +** If any other constraint violation occurs while applying a change (i.e. +** a UNIQUE, CHECK or NOT NULL constraint), the conflict handler is +** invoked with CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT as the second argument. +** +** There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the +** sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined. +** +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA 1 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND 2 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT 3 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT 4 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY 5 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Constants Returned By The Conflict Handler +** +** A conflict handler callback must return one of the following three values. +** +** <dl> +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT<dd> +** If a conflict handler returns this value no special action is taken. The +** change that caused the conflict is not applied. The session module +** continues to the next change in the changeset. +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE<dd> +** This value may only be returned if the second argument to the conflict +** handler was SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If this +** is not the case, any changes applied so far are rolled back and the +** call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. +** +** If CHANGESET_REPLACE is returned by an SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflict +** handler, then the conflicting row is either updated or deleted, depending +** on the type of change. +** +** If CHANGESET_REPLACE is returned by an SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT conflict +** handler, then the conflicting row is removed from the database and a +** second attempt to apply the change is made. If this second attempt fails, +** the original row is restored to the database before continuing. +** +** <dt>SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT<dd> +** If this value is returned, any changes applied so far are rolled back +** and the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_ABORT. +** </dl> +*/ +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT 0 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE 1 +#define SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT 2 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Streaming Versions of API functions. +** +** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the +** corresponding non-streaming API functions: +** +** <table border=1 style="margin-left:8ex;margin-right:8ex"> +** <tr><th>Streaming function<th>Non-streaming equivalent</th> +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_apply_str<td>[sqlite3changeset_apply] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_concat_str<td>[sqlite3changeset_concat] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_invert_str<td>[sqlite3changeset_invert] +** <tr><td>sqlite3changeset_start_str<td>[sqlite3changeset_start] +** <tr><td>sqlite3session_changeset_str<td>[sqlite3session_changeset] +** <tr><td>sqlite3session_patchset_str<td>[sqlite3session_patchset] +** </table> +** +** Non-streaming functions that accept changesets (or patchsets) as input +** require that the entire changeset be stored in a single buffer in memory. +** Similarly, those that return a changeset or patchset do so by returning +** a pointer to a single large buffer allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). +** Normally this is convenient. However, if an application running in a +** low-memory environment is required to handle very large changesets, the +** large contiguous memory allocations required can become onerous. +** +** In order to avoid this problem, instead of a single large buffer, input +** is passed to a streaming API functions by way of a callback function that +** the sessions module invokes to incrementally request input data as it is +** required. In all cases, a pair of API function parameters such as +** +** <pre> +**   int nChangeset, +**   void *pChangeset, +** </pre> +** +** Is replaced by: +** +** <pre> +**   int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), +**   void *pIn, +** </pre> +** +** Each time the xInput callback is invoked by the sessions module, the first +** argument passed is a copy of the supplied pIn context pointer. The second +** argument, pData, points to a buffer (*pnData) bytes in size. Assuming no +** error occurs the xInput method should copy up to (*pnData) bytes of data +** into the buffer and set (*pnData) to the actual number of bytes copied +** before returning SQLITE_OK. If the input is completely exhausted, (*pnData) +** should be set to zero to indicate this. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite +** error code should be returned. In all cases, if an xInput callback returns +** an error, all processing is abandoned and the streaming API function +** returns a copy of the error code to the caller. +** +** In the case of sqlite3changeset_start_strm(), the xInput callback may be +** invoked by the sessions module at any point during the lifetime of the +** iterator. If such an xInput callback returns an error, the iterator enters +** an error state, whereby all subsequent calls to iterator functions +** immediately fail with the same error code as returned by xInput. +** +** Similarly, streaming API functions that return changesets (or patchsets) +** return them in chunks by way of a callback function instead of via a +** pointer to a single large buffer. In this case, a pair of parameters such +** as: +** +** <pre> +**   int *pnChangeset, +**   void **ppChangeset, +** </pre> +** +** Is replaced by: +** +** <pre> +**   int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), +**   void *pOut +** </pre> +** +** The xOutput callback is invoked zero or more times to return data to +** the application. The first parameter passed to each call is a copy of the +** pOut pointer supplied by the application. The second parameter, pData, +** points to a buffer nData bytes in size containing the chunk of output +** data being returned. If the xOutput callback successfully processes the +** supplied data, it should return SQLITE_OK to indicate success. Otherwise, +** it should return some other SQLite error code. In this case processing +** is immediately abandoned and the streaming API function returns a copy +** of the xOutput error code to the application. +** +** The sessions module never invokes an xOutput callback with the third +** parameter set to a value less than or equal to zero. Other than this, +** no guarantees are made as to the size of the chunks of data returned. +*/ +int sqlite3changeset_apply_strm( + sqlite3 *db, /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */ + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), /* Input function */ + void *pIn, /* First arg for xInput */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + int(*xConflict)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + int eConflict, /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *p /* Handle describing change and conflict */ + ), + void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xConflict */ +); +int sqlite3changeset_concat_strm( + int (*xInputA)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pInA, + int (*xInputB)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pInB, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); +int sqlite3changeset_invert_strm( + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); +int sqlite3changeset_start_strm( + sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp, + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn +); +int sqlite3session_changeset_strm( + sqlite3_session *pSession, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); +int sqlite3session_patchset_strm( + sqlite3_session *pSession, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); +int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn +); +int sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +); + + +/* +** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. +*/ +#if 0 +} +#endif + +#endif /* !defined(__SQLITESESSION_H_) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION) */ + +/******** End of sqlite3session.h *********/ +/******** Begin file fts5.h *********/ +/* +** 2014 May 31 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file, +** FTS5 may be extended with: +** +** * custom tokenizers, and +** * custom auxiliary functions. +*/ + + +#ifndef _FTS5_H +#define _FTS5_H + + +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif + +/************************************************************************* +** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS +** +** Virtual table implementations may overload SQL functions by implementing +** the sqlite3_module.xFindFunction() method. +*/ + +typedef struct Fts5ExtensionApi Fts5ExtensionApi; +typedef struct Fts5Context Fts5Context; +typedef struct Fts5PhraseIter Fts5PhraseIter; + +typedef void (*fts5_extension_function)( + const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi, /* API offered by current FTS version */ + Fts5Context *pFts, /* First arg to pass to pApi functions */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for returning result/error */ + int nVal, /* Number of values in apVal[] array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of trailing arguments */ +); + +struct Fts5PhraseIter { + const unsigned char *a; + const unsigned char *b; +}; + +/* +** EXTENSION API FUNCTIONS +** +** xUserData(pFts): +** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was +** registered with. +** +** xColumnTotalSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken): +** If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken +** to the total number of tokens in the FTS5 table. Or, if iCol is +** non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, return +** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in +** the FTS5 table. +** +** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns +** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g. +** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is +** returned. +** +** xColumnCount(pFts): +** Return the number of columns in the table. +** +** xColumnSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken): +** If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken +** to the total number of tokens in the current row. Or, if iCol is +** non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, set +** *pnToken to the number of tokens in column iCol of the current row. +** +** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns +** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g. +** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is +** returned. +** +** This function may be quite inefficient if used with an FTS5 table +** created with the "columnsize=0" option. +** +** xColumnText: +** This function attempts to retrieve the text of column iCol of the +** current document. If successful, (*pz) is set to point to a buffer +** containing the text in utf-8 encoding, (*pn) is set to the size in bytes +** (not characters) of the buffer and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, +** if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final values +** of (*pz) and (*pn) are undefined. +** +** xPhraseCount: +** Returns the number of phrases in the current query expression. +** +** xPhraseSize: +** Returns the number of tokens in phrase iPhrase of the query. Phrases +** are numbered starting from zero. +** +** xInstCount: +** Set *pnInst to the total number of occurrences of all phrases within +** the query within the current row. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or +** an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. +** +** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created +** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option +** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always returns 0. +** +** xInst: +** Query for the details of phrase match iIdx within the current row. +** Phrase matches are numbered starting from zero, so the iIdx argument +** should be greater than or equal to zero and smaller than the value +** output by xInstCount(). +** +** Usually, output parameter *piPhrase is set to the phrase number, *piCol +** to the column in which it occurs and *piOff the token offset of the +** first token of the phrase. The exception is if the table was created +** with the offsets=0 option specified. In this case *piOff is always +** set to -1. +** +** Returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) +** if an error occurs. +** +** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. +** +** xRowid: +** Returns the rowid of the current row. +** +** xTokenize: +** Tokenize text using the tokenizer belonging to the FTS5 table. +** +** xQueryPhrase(pFts5, iPhrase, pUserData, xCallback): +** This API function is used to query the FTS table for phrase iPhrase +** of the current query. Specifically, a query equivalent to: +** +** ... FROM ftstable WHERE ftstable MATCH $p ORDER BY rowid +** +** with $p set to a phrase equivalent to the phrase iPhrase of the +** current query is executed. Any column filter that applies to +** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each +** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument +** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback +** function may be used to access the properties of each matched row. +** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as +** the third argument to pUserData. +** +** If the callback function returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the +** query is abandoned and the xQueryPhrase function returns immediately. +** If the returned value is SQLITE_DONE, xQueryPhrase returns SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, the error code is propagated upwards. +** +** If the query runs to completion without incident, SQLITE_OK is returned. +** Or, if some error occurs before the query completes or is aborted by +** the callback, an SQLite error code is returned. +** +** +** xSetAuxdata(pFts5, pAux, xDelete) +** +** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension functions +** "auxiliary data". The pointer may then be retrieved by the current or any +** future invocation of the same fts5 extension function made as part of +** of the same MATCH query using the xGetAuxdata() API. +** +** Each extension function is allocated a single auxiliary data slot for +** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked +** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a +** single auxiliary data context. +** +** If there is already an auxiliary data pointer when this function is +** invoked, then it is replaced by the new pointer. If an xDelete callback +** was specified along with the original pointer, it is invoked at this +** point. +** +** The xDelete callback, if one is specified, is also invoked on the +** auxiliary data pointer after the FTS5 query has finished. +** +** If an error (e.g. an OOM condition) occurs within this function, an +** the auxiliary data is set to NULL and an error code returned. If the +** xDelete parameter was not NULL, it is invoked on the auxiliary data +** pointer before returning. +** +** +** xGetAuxdata(pFts5, bClear) +** +** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension +** function. See the xSetAuxdata() method for details. +** +** If the bClear argument is non-zero, then the auxiliary data is cleared +** (set to NULL) before this function returns. In this case the xDelete, +** if any, is not invoked. +** +** +** xRowCount(pFts5, pnRow) +** +** This function is used to retrieve the total number of rows in the table. +** In other words, the same value that would be returned by: +** +** SELECT count(*) FROM ftstable; +** +** xPhraseFirst() +** This function is used, along with type Fts5PhraseIter and the xPhraseNext +** method, to iterate through all instances of a single query phrase within +** the current row. This is the same information as is accessible via the +** xInstCount/xInst APIs. While the xInstCount/xInst APIs are more convenient +** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate +** through instances of phrase iPhrase, use the following code: +** +** Fts5PhraseIter iter; +** int iCol, iOff; +** for(pApi->xPhraseFirst(pFts, iPhrase, &iter, &iCol, &iOff); +** iCol>=0; +** pApi->xPhraseNext(pFts, &iter, &iCol, &iOff) +** ){ +** // An instance of phrase iPhrase at offset iOff of column iCol +** } +** +** The Fts5PhraseIter structure is defined above. Applications should not +** modify this structure directly - it should only be used as shown above +** with the xPhraseFirst() and xPhraseNext() API methods (and by +** xPhraseFirstColumn() and xPhraseNextColumn() as illustrated below). +** +** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created +** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option +** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always iterates +** through an empty set (all calls to xPhraseFirst() set iCol to -1). +** +** xPhraseNext() +** See xPhraseFirst above. +** +** xPhraseFirstColumn() +** This function and xPhraseNextColumn() are similar to the xPhraseFirst() +** and xPhraseNext() APIs described above. The difference is that instead +** of iterating through all instances of a phrase in the current row, these +** APIs are used to iterate through the set of columns in the current row +** that contain one or more instances of a specified phrase. For example: +** +** Fts5PhraseIter iter; +** int iCol; +** for(pApi->xPhraseFirstColumn(pFts, iPhrase, &iter, &iCol); +** iCol>=0; +** pApi->xPhraseNextColumn(pFts, &iter, &iCol) +** ){ +** // Column iCol contains at least one instance of phrase iPhrase +** } +** +** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the +** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either +** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table), +** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to +** xPhraseFirstColumn() set iCol to -1). +** +** The information accessed using this API and its companion +** xPhraseFirstColumn() may also be obtained using xPhraseFirst/xPhraseNext +** (or xInst/xInstCount). The chief advantage of this API is that it is +** significantly more efficient than those alternatives when used with +** "detail=column" tables. +** +** xPhraseNextColumn() +** See xPhraseFirstColumn above. +*/ +struct Fts5ExtensionApi { + int iVersion; /* Currently always set to 3 */ + + void *(*xUserData)(Fts5Context*); + + int (*xColumnCount)(Fts5Context*); + int (*xRowCount)(Fts5Context*, sqlite3_int64 *pnRow); + int (*xColumnTotalSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, sqlite3_int64 *pnToken); + + int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*, + const char *pText, int nText, /* Text to tokenize */ + void *pCtx, /* Context passed to xToken() */ + int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int) /* Callback */ + ); + + int (*xPhraseCount)(Fts5Context*); + int (*xPhraseSize)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase); + + int (*xInstCount)(Fts5Context*, int *pnInst); + int (*xInst)(Fts5Context*, int iIdx, int *piPhrase, int *piCol, int *piOff); + + sqlite3_int64 (*xRowid)(Fts5Context*); + int (*xColumnText)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, const char **pz, int *pn); + int (*xColumnSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, int *pnToken); + + int (*xQueryPhrase)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, void *pUserData, + int(*)(const Fts5ExtensionApi*,Fts5Context*,void*) + ); + int (*xSetAuxdata)(Fts5Context*, void *pAux, void(*xDelete)(void*)); + void *(*xGetAuxdata)(Fts5Context*, int bClear); + + int (*xPhraseFirst)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, Fts5PhraseIter*, int*, int*); + void (*xPhraseNext)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol, int *piOff); + + int (*xPhraseFirstColumn)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, Fts5PhraseIter*, int*); + void (*xPhraseNextColumn)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol); +}; + +/* +** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS +*************************************************************************/ + +/************************************************************************* +** CUSTOM TOKENIZERS +** +** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer +** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the +** following structure. All structure methods must be defined, setting +** any member of the fts5_tokenizer struct to NULL leads to undefined +** behaviour. The structure methods are expected to function as follows: +** +** xCreate: +** This function is used to allocate and inititalize a tokenizer instance. +** A tokenizer instance is required to actually tokenize text. +** +** The first argument passed to this function is a copy of the (void*) +** pointer provided by the application when the fts5_tokenizer object +** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()). +** The second and third arguments are an array of nul-terminated strings +** containing the tokenizer arguments, if any, specified following the +** tokenizer name as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement used +** to create the FTS5 table. +** +** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut) +** should be set to point to the new tokenizer handle and SQLITE_OK +** returned. If an error occurs, some value other than SQLITE_OK should +** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut +** is undefined. +** +** xDelete: +** This function is invoked to delete a tokenizer handle previously +** allocated using xCreate(). Fts5 guarantees that this function will +** be invoked exactly once for each successful call to xCreate(). +** +** xTokenize: +** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated +** by argument pText. pText may or may not be nul-terminated. The first +** argument passed to this function is a pointer to an Fts5Tokenizer object +** returned by an earlier call to xCreate(). +** +** The second argument indicates the reason that FTS5 is requesting +** tokenization of the supplied text. This is always one of the following +** four values: +** +** <ul><li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT</b> - A document is being inserted into +** or removed from the FTS table. The tokenizer is being invoked to +** determine the set of tokens to add to (or delete from) the +** FTS index. +** +** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed +** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize +** a bareword or quoted string specified as part of the query. +** +** <li> <b>(FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY | FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX)</b> - Same as +** FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY, except that the bareword or quoted string is +** followed by a "*" character, indicating that the last token +** returned by the tokenizer will be treated as a token prefix. +** +** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to +** satisfy an fts5_api.xTokenize() request made by an auxiliary +** function. Or an fts5_api.xColumnSize() request made by the same +** on a columnsize=0 database. +** </ul> +** +** For each token in the input string, the supplied callback xToken() must +** be invoked. The first argument to it should be a copy of the pointer +** passed as the second argument to xTokenize(). The third and fourth +** arguments are a pointer to a buffer containing the token text, and the +** size of the token in bytes. The 4th and 5th arguments are the byte offsets +** of the first byte of and first byte immediately following the text from +** which the token is derived within the input. +** +** The second argument passed to the xToken() callback ("tflags") should +** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports +** synonyms. In this case see the discussion below for details. +** +** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the +** order that they occur within the input text. +** +** If an xToken() callback returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, then +** the tokenization should be abandoned and the xTokenize() method should +** immediately return a copy of the xToken() return value. Or, if the +** input buffer is exhausted, xTokenize() should return SQLITE_OK. Finally, +** if an error occurs with the xTokenize() implementation itself, it +** may abandon the tokenization and return any error code other than +** SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_DONE. +** +** SYNONYM SUPPORT +** +** Custom tokenizers may also support synonyms. Consider a case in which a +** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the +** built-in tokenizers, the FTS5 query 'first + place' will match instances +** of "first place" within the document set, but not alternative forms +** such as "1st place". In some applications, it would be better to match +** all instances of "first place" or "1st place" regardless of which form +** the user specified in the MATCH query text. +** +** There are several ways to approach this in FTS5: +** +** <ol><li> By mapping all synonyms to a single token. In this case, the +** In the above example, this means that the tokenizer returns the +** same token for inputs "first" and "1st". Say that token is in +** fact "first", so that when the user inserts the document "I won +** 1st place" entries are added to the index for tokens "i", "won", +** "first" and "place". If the user then queries for '1st + place', +** the tokenizer substitutes "first" for "1st" and the query works +** as expected. +** +** <li> By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index. +** In this case, when tokenizing query text, the tokenizer may +** provide multiple synonyms for a single term within the document. +** FTS5 then queries the index for each synonym individually. For +** example, faced with the query: +** +** <codeblock> +** ... MATCH 'first place'</codeblock> +** +** the tokenizer offers both "1st" and "first" as synonyms for the +** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query +** similar to: +** +** <codeblock> +** ... MATCH '(first OR 1st) place'</codeblock> +** +** except that, for the purposes of auxiliary functions, the query +** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)" +** being treated as a single phrase. +** +** <li> By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index. +** Using this method, when tokenizing document text, the tokenizer +** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a +** document such as "I won first place" is tokenized, entries are +** added to the FTS index for "i", "won", "first", "1st" and +** "place". +** +** This way, even if the tokenizer does not provide synonyms +** when tokenizing query text (it should not - to do would be +** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for +** 'first + place' or '1st + place', as there are entires in the +** FTS index corresponding to both forms of the first token. +** </ol> +** +** Whether it is parsing document or query text, any call to xToken that +** specifies a <i>tflags</i> argument with the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED bit +** is considered to supply a synonym for the previous token. For example, +** when parsing the document "I won first place", a tokenizer that supports +** synonyms would call xToken() 5 times, as follows: +** +** <codeblock> +** xToken(pCtx, 0, "i", 1, 0, 1); +** xToken(pCtx, 0, "won", 3, 2, 5); +** xToken(pCtx, 0, "first", 5, 6, 11); +** xToken(pCtx, FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED, "1st", 3, 6, 11); +** xToken(pCtx, 0, "place", 5, 12, 17); +**</codeblock> +** +** It is an error to specify the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED flag the first time +** xToken() is called. Multiple synonyms may be specified for a single token +** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence. +** There is no limit to the number of synonyms that may be provided for a +** single token. +** +** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add +** extra data to the FTS index or require FTS5 to query for multiple terms, +** so it is efficient in terms of disk space and query speed. However, it +** does not support prefix queries very well. If, as suggested above, the +** token "first" is subsituted for "1st" by the tokenizer, then the query: +** +** <codeblock> +** ... MATCH '1s*'</codeblock> +** +** will not match documents that contain the token "1st" (as the tokenizer +** will probably not map "1s" to any prefix of "first"). +** +** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case, +** because the index contains entries for both "first" and "1st", prefix +** queries such as 'fi*' or '1s*' will match correctly. However, because +** extra entries are added to the FTS index, this method uses more space +** within the database. +** +** Method (2) offers a midpoint between (1) and (3). Using this method, +** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal +** token "1st", but not "first" (assuming the tokenizer is not able to +** provide synonyms for prefixes). However, a non-prefix query like '1st' +** will match against "1st" and "first". This method does not require +** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index. +** On the other hand, it may require more CPU cycles to run MATCH queries, +** as separate queries of the FTS index are required for each synonym. +** +** When using methods (2) or (3), it is important that the tokenizer only +** provide synonyms when tokenizing document text (method (2)) or query +** text (method (3)), not both. Doing so will not cause any errors, but is +** inefficient. +*/ +typedef struct Fts5Tokenizer Fts5Tokenizer; +typedef struct fts5_tokenizer fts5_tokenizer; +struct fts5_tokenizer { + int (*xCreate)(void*, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut); + void (*xDelete)(Fts5Tokenizer*); + int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*, + void *pCtx, + int flags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKENIZE_* flags */ + const char *pText, int nText, + int (*xToken)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of 2nd argument to xTokenize() */ + int tflags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */ + const char *pToken, /* Pointer to buffer containing token */ + int nToken, /* Size of token in bytes */ + int iStart, /* Byte offset of token within input text */ + int iEnd /* Byte offset of end of token within input text */ + ) + ); +}; + +/* Flags that may be passed as the third argument to xTokenize() */ +#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY 0x0001 +#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX 0x0002 +#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT 0x0004 +#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX 0x0008 + +/* Flags that may be passed by the tokenizer implementation back to FTS5 +** as the third argument to the supplied xToken callback. */ +#define FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED 0x0001 /* Same position as prev. token */ + +/* +** END OF CUSTOM TOKENIZERS +*************************************************************************/ + +/************************************************************************* +** FTS5 EXTENSION REGISTRATION API +*/ +typedef struct fts5_api fts5_api; +struct fts5_api { + int iVersion; /* Currently always set to 2 */ + + /* Create a new tokenizer */ + int (*xCreateTokenizer)( + fts5_api *pApi, + const char *zName, + void *pContext, + fts5_tokenizer *pTokenizer, + void (*xDestroy)(void*) + ); + + /* Find an existing tokenizer */ + int (*xFindTokenizer)( + fts5_api *pApi, + const char *zName, + void **ppContext, + fts5_tokenizer *pTokenizer + ); + + /* Create a new auxiliary function */ + int (*xCreateFunction)( + fts5_api *pApi, + const char *zName, + void *pContext, + fts5_extension_function xFunction, + void (*xDestroy)(void*) + ); +}; + +/* +** END OF REGISTRATION API +*************************************************************************/ + +#if 0 +} /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ +#endif + +#endif /* _FTS5_H */ + + +/******** End of fts5.h *********/ + +/************** End of sqlite3.h *********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ + +/* +** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the +** autoconf-based build +*/ +#ifdef _HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H +#include "config.h" +#endif + +/************** Include sqliteLimit.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***********/ +/************** Begin file sqliteLimit.h *************************************/ +/* +** 2007 May 7 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process. +*/ + +/* +** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes. This also +** limits the size of a row in a table or index. +** +** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer +** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000 +#endif + +/* +** This is the maximum number of +** +** * Columns in a table +** * Columns in an index +** * Columns in a view +** * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement +** * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement +** * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement. +** * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement +** +** The hard upper limit here is 32676. Most database people will +** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should +** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table. And if +** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few +** dozen values in any of the other situations described above. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN +# define SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN 2000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes. +** +** It used to be the case that setting this value to zero would +** turn the limit off. That is no longer true. It is not possible +** to turn this limit off. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to +** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might +** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an +** expression. +** +** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced. +** But that is no longer true. The limit is now strictly enforced +** at all times. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement. +** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one +** level of recursion for each term. A stack overflow can result +** if the number of terms is too large. In practice, most SQL +** never has more than 3 or 4 terms. Use a value of 0 to disable +** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT +# define SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program. +** Not currently enforced. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP +# define SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP 25000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG +# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 127 +#endif + +/* +** The suggested maximum number of in-memory pages to use for +** the main database table and for temporary tables. +** +** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-30185-15359 The default suggested cache size is -2000, +** which means the cache size is limited to 2048000 bytes of memory. +** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48205-43578 The default suggested cache size can be +** altered using the SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE compile-time options. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE -2000 +#endif + +/* +** The default number of frames to accumulate in the log file before +** checkpointing the database in WAL mode. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 1000 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum number of attached databases. This must be between 0 +** and 125. The upper bound of 125 is because the attached databases are +** counted using a signed 8-bit integer which has a maximum value of 127 +** and we have to allow 2 extra counts for the "main" and "temp" databases. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED +# define SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED 10 +#endif + + +/* +** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER +# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999 +#endif + +/* Maximum page size. The upper bound on this value is 65536. This a limit +** imposed by the use of 16-bit offsets within each page. +** +** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at +** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates +** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library +** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database +** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite +** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback +** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +#endif +#define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 65536 + + +/* +** The default size of a database page. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 4096 +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +#endif + +/* +** Ordinarily, if no value is explicitly provided, SQLite creates databases +** with page size SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE. However, based on certain +** device characteristics (sector-size and atomic write() support), +** SQLite may choose a larger value. This constant is the maximum value +** SQLite will choose on its own. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 8192 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE +#endif + + +/* +** Maximum number of pages in one database file. +** +** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma. +** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the +** max_page_count macro. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT +# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823 +#endif + +/* +** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB +** operator. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000 +#endif + +/* +** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers. +** +** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself +** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all +** may be executed. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 1000 +#endif + +/************** End of sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ + +/* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */ +#if defined(__BORLANDC__) +#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */ +#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */ +#pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */ +#pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */ +#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */ +#endif + +/* +** Include standard header files as necessary +*/ +#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H +#include <stdint.h> +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H +#include <inttypes.h> +#endif + +/* +** The following macros are used to cast pointers to integers and +** integers to pointers. The way you do this varies from one compiler +** to the next, so we have developed the following set of #if statements +** to generate appropriate macros for a wide range of compilers. +** +** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type. +** Unfortunately, that typedef is not available on all compilers, or +** if it is available, it requires an #include of specific headers +** that vary from one machine to the next. +** +** Ticket #3860: The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on +** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct. But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)). +** So we have to define the macros in different ways depending on the +** compiler. +*/ +#if defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__) /* This case should work for GCC */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) +#elif !defined(__GNUC__) /* Works for compilers other than LLVM */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0)) +#elif defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) /* Use this case if we have ANSI headers */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(intptr_t)(X)) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(intptr_t)(X)) +#else /* Generates a warning - but it always works */ +# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(X)) +# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(X)) +#endif + +/* +** A macro to hint to the compiler that a function should not be +** inlined. +*/ +#if defined(__GNUC__) +# define SQLITE_NOINLINE __attribute__((noinline)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1310 +# define SQLITE_NOINLINE __declspec(noinline) +#else +# define SQLITE_NOINLINE +#endif + +/* +** Make sure that the compiler intrinsics we desire are enabled when +** compiling with an appropriate version of MSVC unless prevented by +** the SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC define. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) +# if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1300 +# if !defined(_WIN32_WCE) +# include <intrin.h> +# pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_ushort) +# pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_ulong) +# pragma intrinsic(_ReadWriteBarrier) +# else +# include <cmnintrin.h> +# endif +# endif +#endif + +/* +** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2. +** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never +** threadsafe. 1 means the library is serialized which is the highest +** level of threadsafety. 2 means the library is multithreaded - multiple +** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same +** database connection at the same time. +** +** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro. +** We support that for legacy. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) +# if defined(THREADSAFE) +# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE +# else +# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 /* IMP: R-07272-22309 */ +# endif +#endif + +/* +** Powersafe overwrite is on by default. But can be turned off using +** the -DSQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE=0 command-line option. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE +# define SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 1 +#endif + +/* +** EVIDENCE-OF: R-25715-37072 Memory allocation statistics are enabled by +** default unless SQLite is compiled with SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS=0 in +** which case memory allocation statistics are disabled by default. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS) +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1 +#endif + +/* +** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to +** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use. +** +** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC // Use normal system malloc() +** SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC // Use Win32 native heap API +** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC // Use a stub allocator that always fails +** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG // Debugging version of system malloc() +** +** On Windows, if the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE macro is defined and the +** assert() macro is enabled, each call into the Win32 native heap subsystem +** will cause HeapValidate to be called. If heap validation should fail, an +** assertion will be triggered. +** +** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as +** the default. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1 +# error "Two or more of the following compile-time configuration options\ + are defined but at most one is allowed:\ + SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG,\ + SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC" +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \ + + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0 +# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1 +#endif + +/* +** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the +** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT) +# define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024 +#endif + +/* +** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable +** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems and fchmod() on OpenBSD. +** But _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X, so omit +** it. +*/ +#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) +# define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600 +#endif + +/* +** NDEBUG and SQLITE_DEBUG are opposites. It should always be true that +** defined(NDEBUG)==!defined(SQLITE_DEBUG). If this is not currently true, +** make it true by defining or undefining NDEBUG. +** +** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and faster by disabling the +** assert() statements in the code. So we want the default action +** to be for NDEBUG to be set and NDEBUG to be undefined only if SQLITE_DEBUG +** is set. Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out +** feature. +*/ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define NDEBUG 1 +#endif +#if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# undef NDEBUG +#endif + +/* +** Enable SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS if SQLITE_DEBUG is turned on. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS 1 +#endif + +/* +** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing. When +** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to +** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to +** get full branch coverage. The testcase() macro is inserted +** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple +** condition/decision coverage is inadequate. For example, testcase() +** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested. For +** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit +** is significant and used at least once. On switch statements +** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase() +** can insure that all cases are evaluated. +** +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int); +# define testcase(X) if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); } +#else +# define testcase(X) +#endif + +/* +** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or +** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments +** within testcase() and assert() macros. +*/ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) +# define TESTONLY(X) X +#else +# define TESTONLY(X) +#endif + +/* +** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization +** to setup for a later assert() statement. We do not want this code to +** appear when assert() is disabled. The following macro is therefore +** used to contain that setup code. The "VVA" acronym stands for +** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation". In other words, the +** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes. +*/ +#ifndef NDEBUG +# define VVA_ONLY(X) X +#else +# define VVA_ONLY(X) +#endif + +/* +** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which +** are intended to always be true or false, respectively. Such +** expressions could be omitted from the code completely. But they +** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience +** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing" +** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first +** hint of unplanned behavior. +** +** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code. +** +** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to +** be true and false so that the unreachable code they specify will +** not be counted as untested code. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_MUTATION_TEST) +# define ALWAYS(X) (1) +# define NEVER(X) (0) +#elif !defined(NDEBUG) +# define ALWAYS(X) ((X)?1:(assert(0),0)) +# define NEVER(X) ((X)?(assert(0),1):0) +#else +# define ALWAYS(X) (X) +# define NEVER(X) (X) +#endif + +/* +** Some malloc failures are only possible if SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is +** defined. We need to defend against those failures when testing with +** SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS, but we don't want the unreachable branches +** during a normal build. The following macro can be used to disable tests +** that are always false except when SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is set. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS) +# define ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(X) (X) +#elif !defined(NDEBUG) +# define ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(X) ((X)?(assert(0),1):0) +#else +# define ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(X) (0) +#endif + +/* +** Declarations used for tracing the operating system interfaces. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_FORCE_OS_TRACE) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) || \ + (defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && SQLITE_OS_WIN) + extern int sqlite3OSTrace; +# define OSTRACE(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X +# define SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE +#else +# define OSTRACE(X) +# undef SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE +#endif + +/* +** Is the sqlite3ErrName() function needed in the build? Currently, +** it is needed by "mutex_w32.c" (when debugging), "os_win.c" (when +** OSTRACE is enabled), and by several "test*.c" files (which are +** compiled using SQLITE_TEST). +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) || \ + (defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && SQLITE_OS_WIN) +# define SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME +#else +# undef SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME +#endif + +/* +** SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS is incompatible with SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN +# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS +#endif + +/* +** Return true (non-zero) if the input is an integer that is too large +** to fit in 32-bits. This macro is used inside of various testcase() +** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support. +*/ +#define IS_BIG_INT(X) (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0) + +/* +** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean +** expression that is usually false. Macro likely() surrounds +** a boolean expression that is usually true. These hints could, +** in theory, be used by the compiler to generate better code, but +** currently they are just comments for human readers. +*/ +#define likely(X) (X) +#define unlikely(X) (X) + +/************** Include hash.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Begin file hash.h ********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation +** used in SQLite. +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_ +#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_ + +/* Forward declarations of structures. */ +typedef struct Hash Hash; +typedef struct HashElem HashElem; + +/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure. +** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client +** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure +** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below. +** However, some of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and +** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make +** this structure opaque. +** +** All elements of the hash table are on a single doubly-linked list. +** Hash.first points to the head of this list. +** +** There are Hash.htsize buckets. Each bucket points to a spot in +** the global doubly-linked list. The contents of the bucket are the +** element pointed to plus the next _ht.count-1 elements in the list. +** +** Hash.htsize and Hash.ht may be zero. In that case lookup is done +** by a linear search of the global list. For small tables, the +** Hash.ht table is never allocated because if there are few elements +** in the table, it is faster to do a linear search than to manage +** the hash table. +*/ +struct Hash { + unsigned int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */ + unsigned int count; /* Number of entries in this table */ + HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */ + struct _ht { /* the hash table */ + int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ + HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */ + } *ht; +}; + +/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following +** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. +** +** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really +** be opaque because it is used by macros. +*/ +struct HashElem { + HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ + void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ + const char *pKey; /* Key associated with this element */ +}; + +/* +** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, void *pData); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); + +/* +** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is +** like this: +** +** Hash h; +** HashElem *p; +** ... +** for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ +** SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p); +** // do something with pData +** } +*/ +#define sqliteHashFirst(H) ((H)->first) +#define sqliteHashNext(E) ((E)->next) +#define sqliteHashData(E) ((E)->data) +/* #define sqliteHashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) // NOT USED */ +/* #define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) // NOT USED */ + +/* +** Number of entries in a hash table +*/ +/* #define sqliteHashCount(H) ((H)->count) // NOT USED */ + +#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */ + +/************** End of hash.h ************************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Include parse.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ +/************** Begin file parse.h *******************************************/ +#define TK_SEMI 1 +#define TK_EXPLAIN 2 +#define TK_QUERY 3 +#define TK_PLAN 4 +#define TK_BEGIN 5 +#define TK_TRANSACTION 6 +#define TK_DEFERRED 7 +#define TK_IMMEDIATE 8 +#define TK_EXCLUSIVE 9 +#define TK_COMMIT 10 +#define TK_END 11 +#define TK_ROLLBACK 12 +#define TK_SAVEPOINT 13 +#define TK_RELEASE 14 +#define TK_TO 15 +#define TK_TABLE 16 +#define TK_CREATE 17 +#define TK_IF 18 +#define TK_NOT 19 +#define TK_EXISTS 20 +#define TK_TEMP 21 +#define TK_LP 22 +#define TK_RP 23 +#define TK_AS 24 +#define TK_WITHOUT 25 +#define TK_COMMA 26 +#define TK_OR 27 +#define TK_AND 28 +#define TK_IS 29 +#define TK_MATCH 30 +#define TK_LIKE_KW 31 +#define TK_BETWEEN 32 +#define TK_IN 33 +#define TK_ISNULL 34 +#define TK_NOTNULL 35 +#define TK_NE 36 +#define TK_EQ 37 +#define TK_GT 38 +#define TK_LE 39 +#define TK_LT 40 +#define TK_GE 41 +#define TK_ESCAPE 42 +#define TK_BITAND 43 +#define TK_BITOR 44 +#define TK_LSHIFT 45 +#define TK_RSHIFT 46 +#define TK_PLUS 47 +#define TK_MINUS 48 +#define TK_STAR 49 +#define TK_SLASH 50 +#define TK_REM 51 +#define TK_CONCAT 52 +#define TK_COLLATE 53 +#define TK_BITNOT 54 +#define TK_ID 55 +#define TK_INDEXED 56 +#define TK_ABORT 57 +#define TK_ACTION 58 +#define TK_AFTER 59 +#define TK_ANALYZE 60 +#define TK_ASC 61 +#define TK_ATTACH 62 +#define TK_BEFORE 63 +#define TK_BY 64 +#define TK_CASCADE 65 +#define TK_CAST 66 +#define TK_COLUMNKW 67 +#define TK_CONFLICT 68 +#define TK_DATABASE 69 +#define TK_DESC 70 +#define TK_DETACH 71 +#define TK_EACH 72 +#define TK_FAIL 73 +#define TK_FOR 74 +#define TK_IGNORE 75 +#define TK_INITIALLY 76 +#define TK_INSTEAD 77 +#define TK_NO 78 +#define TK_KEY 79 +#define TK_OF 80 +#define TK_OFFSET 81 +#define TK_PRAGMA 82 +#define TK_RAISE 83 +#define TK_RECURSIVE 84 +#define TK_REPLACE 85 +#define TK_RESTRICT 86 +#define TK_ROW 87 +#define TK_TRIGGER 88 +#define TK_VACUUM 89 +#define TK_VIEW 90 +#define TK_VIRTUAL 91 +#define TK_WITH 92 +#define TK_REINDEX 93 +#define TK_RENAME 94 +#define TK_CTIME_KW 95 +#define TK_ANY 96 +#define TK_STRING 97 +#define TK_JOIN_KW 98 +#define TK_CONSTRAINT 99 +#define TK_DEFAULT 100 +#define TK_NULL 101 +#define TK_PRIMARY 102 +#define TK_UNIQUE 103 +#define TK_CHECK 104 +#define TK_REFERENCES 105 +#define TK_AUTOINCR 106 +#define TK_ON 107 +#define TK_INSERT 108 +#define TK_DELETE 109 +#define TK_UPDATE 110 +#define TK_SET 111 +#define TK_DEFERRABLE 112 +#define TK_FOREIGN 113 +#define TK_DROP 114 +#define TK_UNION 115 +#define TK_ALL 116 +#define TK_EXCEPT 117 +#define TK_INTERSECT 118 +#define TK_SELECT 119 +#define TK_VALUES 120 +#define TK_DISTINCT 121 +#define TK_DOT 122 +#define TK_FROM 123 +#define TK_JOIN 124 +#define TK_USING 125 +#define TK_ORDER 126 +#define TK_GROUP 127 +#define TK_HAVING 128 +#define TK_LIMIT 129 +#define TK_WHERE 130 +#define TK_INTO 131 +#define TK_INTEGER 132 +#define TK_FLOAT 133 +#define TK_BLOB 134 +#define TK_VARIABLE 135 +#define TK_CASE 136 +#define TK_WHEN 137 +#define TK_THEN 138 +#define TK_ELSE 139 +#define TK_INDEX 140 +#define TK_ALTER 141 +#define TK_ADD 142 +#define TK_TO_TEXT 143 +#define TK_TO_BLOB 144 +#define TK_TO_NUMERIC 145 +#define TK_TO_INT 146 +#define TK_TO_REAL 147 +#define TK_ISNOT 148 +#define TK_END_OF_FILE 149 +#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING 150 +#define TK_FUNCTION 151 +#define TK_COLUMN 152 +#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION 153 +#define TK_AGG_COLUMN 154 +#define TK_UMINUS 155 +#define TK_UPLUS 156 +#define TK_REGISTER 157 +#define TK_ASTERISK 158 +#define TK_SPAN 159 +#define TK_SPACE 160 +#define TK_ILLEGAL 161 + +/* The token codes above must all fit in 8 bits */ +#define TKFLG_MASK 0xff + +/* Flags that can be added to a token code when it is not +** being stored in a u8: */ +#define TKFLG_DONTFOLD 0x100 /* Omit constant folding optimizations */ + +/************** End of parse.h ***********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <assert.h> +#include <stddef.h> + +/* +** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, +** substitute integer for floating-point +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# define double sqlite_int64 +# define float sqlite_int64 +# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64 +# ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL +# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<50) +# endif +# define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1 +# define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1 +# undef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT +# undef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL +# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (1e99) +#endif + +/* +** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0 +** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler +** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB +#define OMIT_TEMPDB 1 +#else +#define OMIT_TEMPDB 0 +#endif + +/* +** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever +** the VDBE-level file format changes. The following macros define the +** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format +** that the library can read. +*/ +#define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4 +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 4 +#endif + +/* +** Determine whether triggers are recursive by default. This can be +** changed at run-time using a pragma. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS 0 +#endif + +/* +** Provide a default value for SQLITE_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified +** on the command-line +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE +# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1 +# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE_xc 1 /* Exclude from ctime.c */ +#endif + +/* +** If no value has been provided for SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS, or if +** SQLITE_TEMP_STORE is set to 3 (never use temporary files), set it +** to zero. +*/ +#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3 || SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 +# undef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS +# define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS 0 +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS +# define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS 8 +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS 0 +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS>SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS +# undef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS +# define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS +#endif + +/* +** The default initial allocation for the pagecache when using separate +** pagecaches for each database connection. A positive number is the +** number of pages. A negative number N translations means that a buffer +** of -1024*N bytes is allocated and used for as many pages as it will hold. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ 100 +#endif + +/* +** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it +** ourselves. +*/ +#ifndef offsetof +#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD)) +#endif + +/* +** Macros to compute minimum and maximum of two numbers. +*/ +#ifndef MIN +# define MIN(A,B) ((A)<(B)?(A):(B)) +#endif +#ifndef MAX +# define MAX(A,B) ((A)>(B)?(A):(B)) +#endif + +/* +** Swap two objects of type TYPE. +*/ +#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;} + +/* +** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC. (Yes, believe it or +** not, there are still machines out there that use EBCDIC.) +*/ +#if 'A' == '\301' +# define SQLITE_EBCDIC 1 +#else +# define SQLITE_ASCII 1 +#endif + +/* +** Integers of known sizes. These typedefs might change for architectures +** where the sizes very. Preprocessor macros are available so that the +** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type. Like this: +** +** cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ... +*/ +#ifndef UINT32_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_UINT32_T +# define UINT32_TYPE uint32_t +# else +# define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int +# endif +#endif +#ifndef UINT16_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_UINT16_T +# define UINT16_TYPE uint16_t +# else +# define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int +# endif +#endif +#ifndef INT16_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_INT16_T +# define INT16_TYPE int16_t +# else +# define INT16_TYPE short int +# endif +#endif +#ifndef UINT8_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_UINT8_T +# define UINT8_TYPE uint8_t +# else +# define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char +# endif +#endif +#ifndef INT8_TYPE +# ifdef HAVE_INT8_T +# define INT8_TYPE int8_t +# else +# define INT8_TYPE signed char +# endif +#endif +#ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE +# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double +#endif +typedef sqlite_int64 i64; /* 8-byte signed integer */ +typedef sqlite_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef UINT32_TYPE u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef UINT16_TYPE u16; /* 2-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef INT16_TYPE i16; /* 2-byte signed integer */ +typedef UINT8_TYPE u8; /* 1-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef INT8_TYPE i8; /* 1-byte signed integer */ + +/* +** SQLITE_MAX_U32 is a u64 constant that is the maximum u64 value +** that can be stored in a u32 without loss of data. The value +** is 0x00000000ffffffff. But because of quirks of some compilers, we +** have to specify the value in the less intuitive manner shown: +*/ +#define SQLITE_MAX_U32 ((((u64)1)<<32)-1) + +/* +** The datatype used to store estimates of the number of rows in a +** table or index. This is an unsigned integer type. For 99.9% of +** the world, a 32-bit integer is sufficient. But a 64-bit integer +** can be used at compile-time if desired. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_64BIT_STATS + typedef u64 tRowcnt; /* 64-bit only if requested at compile-time */ +#else + typedef u32 tRowcnt; /* 32-bit is the default */ +#endif + +/* +** Estimated quantities used for query planning are stored as 16-bit +** logarithms. For quantity X, the value stored is 10*log2(X). This +** gives a possible range of values of approximately 1.0e986 to 1e-986. +** But the allowed values are "grainy". Not every value is representable. +** For example, quantities 16 and 17 are both represented by a LogEst +** of 40. However, since LogEst quantities are suppose to be estimates, +** not exact values, this imprecision is not a problem. +** +** "LogEst" is short for "Logarithmic Estimate". +** +** Examples: +** 1 -> 0 20 -> 43 10000 -> 132 +** 2 -> 10 25 -> 46 25000 -> 146 +** 3 -> 16 100 -> 66 1000000 -> 199 +** 4 -> 20 1000 -> 99 1048576 -> 200 +** 10 -> 33 1024 -> 100 4294967296 -> 320 +** +** The LogEst can be negative to indicate fractional values. +** Examples: +** +** 0.5 -> -10 0.1 -> -33 0.0625 -> -40 +*/ +typedef INT16_TYPE LogEst; + +/* +** Set the SQLITE_PTRSIZE macro to the number of bytes in a pointer +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_PTRSIZE +# if defined(__SIZEOF_POINTER__) +# define SQLITE_PTRSIZE __SIZEOF_POINTER__ +# elif defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86) || \ + defined(_M_ARM) || defined(__arm__) || defined(__x86) +# define SQLITE_PTRSIZE 4 +# else +# define SQLITE_PTRSIZE 8 +# endif +#endif + +/* The uptr type is an unsigned integer large enough to hold a pointer +*/ +#if defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) + typedef uintptr_t uptr; +#elif SQLITE_PTRSIZE==4 + typedef u32 uptr; +#else + typedef u64 uptr; +#endif + +/* +** The SQLITE_WITHIN(P,S,E) macro checks to see if pointer P points to +** something between S (inclusive) and E (exclusive). +** +** In other words, S is a buffer and E is a pointer to the first byte after +** the end of buffer S. This macro returns true if P points to something +** contained within the buffer S. +*/ +#define SQLITE_WITHIN(P,S,E) (((uptr)(P)>=(uptr)(S))&&((uptr)(P)<(uptr)(E))) + + +/* +** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian, +** and whether or not that determination is run-time or compile-time. +** +** For best performance, an attempt is made to guess at the byte-order +** using C-preprocessor macros. If that is unsuccessful, or if +** -DSQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER=1 is set, then byte-order is determined +** at run-time. +*/ +#if (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86) || \ + defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(_M_X64) || \ + defined(_M_AMD64) || defined(_M_ARM) || defined(__x86) || \ + defined(__arm__)) && !defined(SQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER) +# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 1234 +# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN 0 +# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1 +# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE SQLITE_UTF16LE +#endif +#if (defined(sparc) || defined(__ppc__)) \ + && !defined(SQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER) +# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 4321 +# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN 1 +# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 0 +# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE SQLITE_UTF16BE +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_BYTEORDER) +# ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION + const int sqlite3one = 1; +# else + extern const int sqlite3one; +# endif +# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 0 /* 0 means "unknown at compile-time" */ +# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0) +# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1) +# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE) +#endif + +/* +** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers. +** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit +** compilers. +*/ +#define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32)) +#define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64) + +/* +** Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8. This is used +** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures. +*/ +#define ROUND8(x) (((x)+7)&~7) + +/* +** Round down to the nearest multiple of 8 +*/ +#define ROUNDDOWN8(x) ((x)&~7) + +/* +** Assert that the pointer X is aligned to an 8-byte boundary. This +** macro is used only within assert() to verify that the code gets +** all alignment restrictions correct. +** +** Except, if SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC is defined, then the +** underlying malloc() implementation might return us 4-byte aligned +** pointers. In that case, only verify 4-byte alignment. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC +# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&3)==0) +#else +# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&7)==0) +#endif + +/* +** Disable MMAP on platforms where it is known to not work +*/ +#if defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__QNXNTO__) +# undef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE +# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0 +#endif + +/* +** Default maximum size of memory used by memory-mapped I/O in the VFS +*/ +#ifdef __APPLE__ +# include <TargetConditionals.h> +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE +# if defined(__linux__) \ + || defined(_WIN32) \ + || (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)) \ + || defined(__sun) \ + || defined(__FreeBSD__) \ + || defined(__DragonFly__) +# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0x7fff0000 /* 2147418112 */ +# else +# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0 +# endif +# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE_xc 1 /* exclude from ctime.c */ +#endif + +/* +** The default MMAP_SIZE is zero on all platforms. Or, even if a larger +** default MMAP_SIZE is specified at compile-time, make sure that it does +** not exceed the maximum mmap size. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE 0 +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE_xc 1 /* Exclude from ctime.c */ +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE +# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE +#endif + +/* +** Only one of SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 or SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 can be defined. +** Priority is given to SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4. If either are defined, also +** define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 +# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1 +#elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1 +#elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +#endif + +/* +** SELECTTRACE_ENABLED will be either 1 or 0 depending on whether or not +** the Select query generator tracing logic is turned on. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE) +# define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 1 +#else +# define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +/* +** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler +** callback for a given sqlite handle. +** +** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy +** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite +** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler +** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c. +*/ +typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler; +struct BusyHandler { + int (*xFunc)(void *,int); /* The busy callback */ + void *pArg; /* First arg to busy callback */ + int nBusy; /* Incremented with each busy call */ +}; + +/* +** Name of the master database table. The master database table +** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all +** user tables and indices. +*/ +#define MASTER_NAME "sqlite_master" +#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME "sqlite_temp_master" + +/* +** The root-page of the master database table. +*/ +#define MASTER_ROOT 1 + +/* +** The name of the schema table. +*/ +#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x) ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME) + +/* +** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in +** an array. +*/ +#define ArraySize(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))) + +/* +** Determine if the argument is a power of two +*/ +#define IsPowerOfTwo(X) (((X)&((X)-1))==0) + +/* +** The following value as a destructor means to use sqlite3DbFree(). +** The sqlite3DbFree() routine requires two parameters instead of the +** one parameter that destructors normally want. So we have to introduce +** this magic value that the code knows to handle differently. Any +** pointer will work here as long as it is distinct from SQLITE_STATIC +** and SQLITE_TRANSIENT. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3MallocSize) + +/* +** When SQLITE_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does +** not support Writable Static Data (WSD) such as global and static variables. +** All variables must either be on the stack or dynamically allocated from +** the heap. When WSD is unsupported, the variable declarations scattered +** throughout the SQLite code must become constants instead. The SQLITE_WSD +** macro is used for this purpose. And instead of referencing the variable +** directly, we use its constant as a key to lookup the run-time allocated +** buffer that holds real variable. The constant is also the initializer +** for the run-time allocated buffer. +** +** In the usual case where WSD is supported, the SQLITE_WSD and GLOBAL +** macros become no-ops and have zero performance impact. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + #define SQLITE_WSD const + #define GLOBAL(t,v) (*(t*)sqlite3_wsd_find((void*)&(v), sizeof(v))) + #define sqlite3GlobalConfig GLOBAL(struct Sqlite3Config, sqlite3Config) +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J); +SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L); +#else + #define SQLITE_WSD + #define GLOBAL(t,v) v + #define sqlite3GlobalConfig sqlite3Config +#endif + +/* +** The following macros are used to suppress compiler warnings and to +** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately +** left unused within the body of a function. This usually happens when +** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the +** implementation of an SQL aggregate step callback may not use the +** parameter indicating the number of arguments passed to the aggregate, +** if it knows that this is enforced elsewhere. +** +** When a function parameter is not used at all within the body of a function, +** it is generally named "NotUsed" or "NotUsed2" to make things even clearer. +** However, these macros may also be used to suppress warnings related to +** parameters that may or may not be used depending on compilation options. +** For example those parameters only used in assert() statements. In these +** cases the parameters are named as per the usual conventions. +*/ +#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) +#define UNUSED_PARAMETER2(x,y) UNUSED_PARAMETER(x),UNUSED_PARAMETER(y) + +/* +** Forward references to structures +*/ +typedef struct AggInfo AggInfo; +typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext; +typedef struct AutoincInfo AutoincInfo; +typedef struct Bitvec Bitvec; +typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq; +typedef struct Column Column; +typedef struct Db Db; +typedef struct Schema Schema; +typedef struct Expr Expr; +typedef struct ExprList ExprList; +typedef struct ExprSpan ExprSpan; +typedef struct FKey FKey; +typedef struct FuncDestructor FuncDestructor; +typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef; +typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash; +typedef struct IdList IdList; +typedef struct Index Index; +typedef struct IndexSample IndexSample; +typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass; +typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo; +typedef struct Lookaside Lookaside; +typedef struct LookasideSlot LookasideSlot; +typedef struct Module Module; +typedef struct NameContext NameContext; +typedef struct Parse Parse; +typedef struct PreUpdate PreUpdate; +typedef struct PrintfArguments PrintfArguments; +typedef struct RowSet RowSet; +typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint; +typedef struct Select Select; +typedef struct SQLiteThread SQLiteThread; +typedef struct SelectDest SelectDest; +typedef struct SrcList SrcList; +typedef struct StrAccum StrAccum; +typedef struct Table Table; +typedef struct TableLock TableLock; +typedef struct Token Token; +typedef struct TreeView TreeView; +typedef struct Trigger Trigger; +typedef struct TriggerPrg TriggerPrg; +typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep; +typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord; +typedef struct VTable VTable; +typedef struct VtabCtx VtabCtx; +typedef struct Walker Walker; +typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo; +typedef struct With With; + +/* +** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and +** "BusyHandler" typedefs. vdbe.h also requires a few of the opaque +** pointer types (i.e. FuncDef) defined above. +*/ +/************** Include btree.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ +/************** Begin file btree.h *******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file +** subsystem. See comments in the source code for a detailed description +** of what each interface routine does. +*/ +#ifndef _BTREE_H_ +#define _BTREE_H_ + +/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It +** needs to be revisited. +*/ +#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 16 + +/* +** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise +** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1". +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM + #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0 +#endif + +#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE 0 /* Do not do auto-vacuum */ +#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL 1 /* Do full auto-vacuum */ +#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR 2 /* Incremental vacuum */ + +/* +** Forward declarations of structure +*/ +typedef struct Btree Btree; +typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor; +typedef struct BtShared BtShared; + + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* VFS to use with this b-tree */ + const char *zFilename, /* Name of database file to open */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database connection */ + Btree **ppBtree, /* Return open Btree* here */ + int flags, /* Flags */ + int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to VFS open */ +); + +/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the +** following values. +** +** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in +** pager.h. +*/ +#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL 1 /* Do not create or use a rollback journal */ +#define BTREE_MEMORY 2 /* This is an in-memory DB */ +#define BTREE_SINGLE 4 /* The file contains at most 1 b-tree */ +#define BTREE_UNORDERED 8 /* Use of a hash implementation is OK */ + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(Btree*,int); +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree*,sqlite3_int64); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(Btree*,unsigned); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *pBtree); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *pBtree, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *, int, int); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *); + +/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR +** of the flags shown below. +** +** Every SQLite table must have either BTREE_INTKEY or BTREE_BLOBKEY set. +** With BTREE_INTKEY, the table key is a 64-bit integer and arbitrary data +** is stored in the leaves. (BTREE_INTKEY is used for SQL tables.) With +** BTREE_BLOBKEY, the key is an arbitrary BLOB and no content is stored +** anywhere - the key is the content. (BTREE_BLOBKEY is used for SQL +** indices.) +*/ +#define BTREE_INTKEY 1 /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */ +#define BTREE_BLOBKEY 2 /* Table has keys only - no data */ + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int, int); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *pBtree, int idx, u32 *pValue); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p); + +/* +** The second parameter to sqlite3BtreeGetMeta or sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta +** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned +** to constants so that the offset of the corresponding field in an +** SQLite database header may be found using the following formula: +** +** offset = 36 + (idx * 4) +** +** For example, the free-page-count field is located at byte offset 36 of +** the database file header. The incr-vacuum-flag field is located at +** byte offset 64 (== 36+4*7). +** +** The BTREE_DATA_VERSION value is not really a value stored in the header. +** It is a read-only number computed by the pager. But we merge it with +** the header value access routines since its access pattern is the same. +** Call it a "virtual meta value". +*/ +#define BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT 0 +#define BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION 1 +#define BTREE_FILE_FORMAT 2 +#define BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 3 +#define BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE 4 +#define BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING 5 +#define BTREE_USER_VERSION 6 +#define BTREE_INCR_VACUUM 7 +#define BTREE_APPLICATION_ID 8 +#define BTREE_DATA_VERSION 15 /* A virtual meta-value */ + +/* +** Kinds of hints that can be passed into the sqlite3BtreeCursorHint() +** interface. +** +** BTREE_HINT_RANGE (arguments: Expr*, Mem*) +** +** The first argument is an Expr* (which is guaranteed to be constant for +** the lifetime of the cursor) that defines constraints on which rows +** might be fetched with this cursor. The Expr* tree may contain +** TK_REGISTER nodes that refer to values stored in the array of registers +** passed as the second parameter. In other words, if Expr.op==TK_REGISTER +** then the value of the node is the value in Mem[pExpr.iTable]. Any +** TK_COLUMN node in the expression tree refers to the Expr.iColumn-th +** column of the b-tree of the cursor. The Expr tree will not contain +** any function calls nor subqueries nor references to b-trees other than +** the cursor being hinted. +** +** The design of the _RANGE hint is aid b-tree implementations that try +** to prefetch content from remote machines - to provide those +** implementations with limits on what needs to be prefetched and thereby +** reduce network bandwidth. +** +** Note that BTREE_HINT_FLAGS with BTREE_BULKLOAD is the only hint used by +** standard SQLite. The other hints are provided for extentions that use +** the SQLite parser and code generator but substitute their own storage +** engine. +*/ +#define BTREE_HINT_RANGE 0 /* Range constraints on queries */ + +/* +** Values that may be OR'd together to form the argument to the +** BTREE_HINT_FLAGS hint for sqlite3BtreeCursorHint(): +** +** The BTREE_BULKLOAD flag is set on index cursors when the index is going +** to be filled with content that is already in sorted order. +** +** The BTREE_SEEK_EQ flag is set on cursors that will get OP_SeekGE or +** OP_SeekLE opcodes for a range search, but where the range of entries +** selected will all have the same key. In other words, the cursor will +** be used only for equality key searches. +** +*/ +#define BTREE_BULKLOAD 0x00000001 /* Used to full index in sorted order */ +#define BTREE_SEEK_EQ 0x00000002 /* EQ seeks only - no range seeks */ + +/* +** Flags passed as the third argument to sqlite3BtreeCursor(). +** +** For read-only cursors the wrFlag argument is always zero. For read-write +** cursors it may be set to either (BTREE_WRCSR|BTREE_FORDELETE) or just +** (BTREE_WRCSR). If the BTREE_FORDELETE bit is set, then the cursor will +** only be used by SQLite for the following: +** +** * to seek to and then delete specific entries, and/or +** +** * to read values that will be used to create keys that other +** BTREE_FORDELETE cursors will seek to and delete. +** +** The BTREE_FORDELETE flag is an optimization hint. It is not used by +** by this, the native b-tree engine of SQLite, but it is available to +** alternative storage engines that might be substituted in place of this +** b-tree system. For alternative storage engines in which a delete of +** the main table row automatically deletes corresponding index rows, +** the FORDELETE flag hint allows those alternative storage engines to +** skip a lot of work. Namely: FORDELETE cursors may treat all SEEK +** and DELETE operations as no-ops, and any READ operation against a +** FORDELETE cursor may return a null row: 0x01 0x00. +*/ +#define BTREE_WRCSR 0x00000004 /* read-write cursor */ +#define BTREE_FORDELETE 0x00000008 /* Cursor is for seek/delete only */ + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor( + Btree*, /* BTree containing table to open */ + int iTable, /* Index of root page */ + int wrFlag, /* 1 for writing. 0 for read-only */ + struct KeyInfo*, /* First argument to compare function */ + BtCursor *pCursor /* Space to write cursor structure */ +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHintFlags(BtCursor*, unsigned); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHint(BtCursor*, int, ...); +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( + BtCursor*, + UnpackedRecord *pUnKey, + i64 intKey, + int bias, + int *pRes +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(BtCursor*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*, u8 flags); + +/* Allowed flags for the 2nd argument to sqlite3BtreeDelete() */ +#define BTREE_SAVEPOSITION 0x02 /* Leave cursor pointing at NEXT or PREV */ +#define BTREE_AUXDELETE 0x04 /* not the primary delete operation */ + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey, + const void *pData, int nData, + int nZero, int bias, int seekResult); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBt, int iVersion); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(BtCursor*, unsigned int mask); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *pBt); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizeBtree(void); + +#ifndef NDEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*); +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *, i64 *); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*); +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree*, int, int *, int *); +#endif + +/* +** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to +** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures. So make the +** Enter and Leave procedures no-ops. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*); +#else +# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) +# define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X) +# define sqlite3BtreeSharable(X) 0 +# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X) +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*); +#ifndef NDEBUG + /* These routines are used inside assert() statements only. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3*,int,Schema*); +#endif +#else + +# define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X) +# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X) +# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X) + +# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1 +# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1 +# define sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(X,Y,Z) 1 +#endif + + +#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */ + +/************** End of btree.h ***********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Include vdbe.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Begin file vdbe.h ********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE) +** +** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine +** or VDBE. The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a +** simple program to access and modify the underlying database. +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_ +#define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_ +/* #include <stdio.h> */ + +/* +** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe". Only routines +** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides +** of this structure. +*/ +typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe; + +/* +** The names of the following types declared in vdbeInt.h are required +** for the VdbeOp definition. +*/ +typedef struct Mem Mem; +typedef struct SubProgram SubProgram; + +/* +** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode +** and as many as three operands. The instruction is recorded +** as an instance of the following structure: +*/ +struct VdbeOp { + u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */ + signed char p4type; /* One of the P4_xxx constants for p4 */ + u8 notUsed1; + u8 p5; /* Fifth parameter is an unsigned character */ + int p1; /* First operand */ + int p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */ + int p3; /* The third parameter */ + union p4union { /* fourth parameter */ + int i; /* Integer value if p4type==P4_INT32 */ + void *p; /* Generic pointer */ + char *z; /* Pointer to data for string (char array) types */ + i64 *pI64; /* Used when p4type is P4_INT64 */ + double *pReal; /* Used when p4type is P4_REAL */ + FuncDef *pFunc; /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCDEF */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx; /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCCTX */ + CollSeq *pColl; /* Used when p4type is P4_COLLSEQ */ + Mem *pMem; /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */ + VTable *pVtab; /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */ + int *ai; /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */ + SubProgram *pProgram; /* Used when p4type is P4_SUBPROGRAM */ + Table *pTab; /* Used when p4type is P4_TABLE */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS + Expr *pExpr; /* Used when p4type is P4_EXPR */ +#endif + int (*xAdvance)(BtCursor *, int *); + } p4; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS + char *zComment; /* Comment to improve readability */ +#endif +#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE + u32 cnt; /* Number of times this instruction was executed */ + u64 cycles; /* Total time spent executing this instruction */ +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE + int iSrcLine; /* Source-code line that generated this opcode */ +#endif +}; +typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp; + + +/* +** A sub-routine used to implement a trigger program. +*/ +struct SubProgram { + VdbeOp *aOp; /* Array of opcodes for sub-program */ + int nOp; /* Elements in aOp[] */ + int nMem; /* Number of memory cells required */ + int nCsr; /* Number of cursors required */ + int nOnce; /* Number of OP_Once instructions */ + void *token; /* id that may be used to recursive triggers */ + SubProgram *pNext; /* Next sub-program already visited */ +}; + +/* +** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because +** it takes up less space. +*/ +struct VdbeOpList { + u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */ + signed char p1; /* First operand */ + signed char p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */ + signed char p3; /* Third parameter */ +}; +typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; + +/* +** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p4type +*/ +#define P4_NOTUSED 0 /* The P4 parameter is not used */ +#define P4_DYNAMIC (-1) /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqliteMalloc() */ +#define P4_STATIC (-2) /* Pointer to a static string */ +#define P4_COLLSEQ (-4) /* P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */ +#define P4_FUNCDEF (-5) /* P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */ +#define P4_KEYINFO (-6) /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */ +#define P4_EXPR (-7) /* P4 is a pointer to an Expr tree */ +#define P4_MEM (-8) /* P4 is a pointer to a Mem* structure */ +#define P4_TRANSIENT 0 /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */ +#define P4_VTAB (-10) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */ +#define P4_MPRINTF (-11) /* P4 is a string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() */ +#define P4_REAL (-12) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */ +#define P4_INT64 (-13) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */ +#define P4_INT32 (-14) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */ +#define P4_INTARRAY (-15) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */ +#define P4_SUBPROGRAM (-18) /* P4 is a pointer to a SubProgram structure */ +#define P4_ADVANCE (-19) /* P4 is a pointer to BtreeNext() or BtreePrev() */ +#define P4_TABLE (-20) /* P4 is a pointer to a Table structure */ +#define P4_FUNCCTX (-21) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_context object */ + +/* Error message codes for OP_Halt */ +#define P5_ConstraintNotNull 1 +#define P5_ConstraintUnique 2 +#define P5_ConstraintCheck 3 +#define P5_ConstraintFK 4 + +/* +** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the +** number of columns of data returned by the statement. +*/ +#define COLNAME_NAME 0 +#define COLNAME_DECLTYPE 1 +#define COLNAME_DATABASE 2 +#define COLNAME_TABLE 3 +#define COLNAME_COLUMN 4 +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA +# define COLNAME_N 5 /* Number of COLNAME_xxx symbols */ +#else +# ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE +# define COLNAME_N 1 /* Store only the name */ +# else +# define COLNAME_N 2 /* Store the name and decltype */ +# endif +#endif + +/* +** The following macro converts a relative address in the p2 field +** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that +** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() knows that the address is relative. Calling +** the macro again restores the address. +*/ +#define ADDR(X) (-1-(X)) + +/* +** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the "opcodes.h" +** header file that defines a number for each opcode used by the VDBE. +*/ +/************** Include opcodes.h in the middle of vdbe.h ********************/ +/************** Begin file opcodes.h *****************************************/ +/* Automatically generated. Do not edit */ +/* See the tool/mkopcodeh.tcl script for details */ +#define OP_Savepoint 0 +#define OP_AutoCommit 1 +#define OP_Transaction 2 +#define OP_SorterNext 3 +#define OP_PrevIfOpen 4 +#define OP_NextIfOpen 5 +#define OP_Prev 6 +#define OP_Next 7 +#define OP_Checkpoint 8 +#define OP_JournalMode 9 +#define OP_Vacuum 10 +#define OP_VFilter 11 /* synopsis: iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4' */ +#define OP_VUpdate 12 /* synopsis: data=r[P3@P2] */ +#define OP_Goto 13 +#define OP_Gosub 14 +#define OP_InitCoroutine 15 +#define OP_Yield 16 +#define OP_MustBeInt 17 +#define OP_Jump 18 +#define OP_Not 19 /* same as TK_NOT, synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1] */ +#define OP_Once 20 +#define OP_If 21 +#define OP_IfNot 22 +#define OP_SeekLT 23 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_SeekLE 24 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_SeekGE 25 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_SeekGT 26 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_Or 27 /* same as TK_OR, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2]) */ +#define OP_And 28 /* same as TK_AND, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2]) */ +#define OP_NoConflict 29 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_NotFound 30 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_Found 31 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_NotExists 32 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] */ +#define OP_Last 33 +#define OP_IsNull 34 /* same as TK_ISNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]==NULL goto P2 */ +#define OP_NotNull 35 /* same as TK_NOTNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2 */ +#define OP_Ne 36 /* same as TK_NE, synopsis: if r[P1]!=r[P3] goto P2 */ +#define OP_Eq 37 /* same as TK_EQ, synopsis: if r[P1]==r[P3] goto P2 */ +#define OP_Gt 38 /* same as TK_GT, synopsis: if r[P1]>r[P3] goto P2 */ +#define OP_Le 39 /* same as TK_LE, synopsis: if r[P1]<=r[P3] goto P2 */ +#define OP_Lt 40 /* same as TK_LT, synopsis: if r[P1]<r[P3] goto P2 */ +#define OP_Ge 41 /* same as TK_GE, synopsis: if r[P1]>=r[P3] goto P2 */ +#define OP_SorterSort 42 +#define OP_BitAnd 43 /* same as TK_BITAND, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2] */ +#define OP_BitOr 44 /* same as TK_BITOR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2] */ +#define OP_ShiftLeft 45 /* same as TK_LSHIFT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]<<r[P1] */ +#define OP_ShiftRight 46 /* same as TK_RSHIFT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]>>r[P1] */ +#define OP_Add 47 /* same as TK_PLUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2] */ +#define OP_Subtract 48 /* same as TK_MINUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1] */ +#define OP_Multiply 49 /* same as TK_STAR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2] */ +#define OP_Divide 50 /* same as TK_SLASH, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1] */ +#define OP_Remainder 51 /* same as TK_REM, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1] */ +#define OP_Concat 52 /* same as TK_CONCAT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1] */ +#define OP_Sort 53 +#define OP_BitNot 54 /* same as TK_BITNOT, synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1] */ +#define OP_Rewind 55 +#define OP_IdxLE 56 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_IdxGT 57 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_IdxLT 58 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_IdxGE 59 /* synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ +#define OP_RowSetRead 60 /* synopsis: r[P3]=rowset(P1) */ +#define OP_RowSetTest 61 /* synopsis: if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2 */ +#define OP_Program 62 +#define OP_FkIfZero 63 /* synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2 */ +#define OP_IfPos 64 /* synopsis: if r[P1]>0 then r[P1]-=P3, goto P2 */ +#define OP_IfNotZero 65 /* synopsis: if r[P1]!=0 then r[P1]-=P3, goto P2 */ +#define OP_DecrJumpZero 66 /* synopsis: if (--r[P1])==0 goto P2 */ +#define OP_IncrVacuum 67 +#define OP_VNext 68 +#define OP_Init 69 /* synopsis: Start at P2 */ +#define OP_Return 70 +#define OP_EndCoroutine 71 +#define OP_HaltIfNull 72 /* synopsis: if r[P3]=null halt */ +#define OP_Halt 73 +#define OP_Integer 74 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P1 */ +#define OP_Int64 75 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P4 */ +#define OP_String 76 /* synopsis: r[P2]='P4' (len=P1) */ +#define OP_Null 77 /* synopsis: r[P2..P3]=NULL */ +#define OP_SoftNull 78 /* synopsis: r[P1]=NULL */ +#define OP_Blob 79 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P4 (len=P1) */ +#define OP_Variable 80 /* synopsis: r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4) */ +#define OP_Move 81 /* synopsis: r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3] */ +#define OP_Copy 82 /* synopsis: r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1] */ +#define OP_SCopy 83 /* synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1] */ +#define OP_IntCopy 84 /* synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1] */ +#define OP_ResultRow 85 /* synopsis: output=r[P1@P2] */ +#define OP_CollSeq 86 +#define OP_Function0 87 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5]) */ +#define OP_Function 88 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5]) */ +#define OP_AddImm 89 /* synopsis: r[P1]=r[P1]+P2 */ +#define OP_RealAffinity 90 +#define OP_Cast 91 /* synopsis: affinity(r[P1]) */ +#define OP_Permutation 92 +#define OP_Compare 93 /* synopsis: r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3] */ +#define OP_Column 94 /* synopsis: r[P3]=PX */ +#define OP_Affinity 95 /* synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2]) */ +#define OP_MakeRecord 96 /* synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2]) */ +#define OP_String8 97 /* same as TK_STRING, synopsis: r[P2]='P4' */ +#define OP_Count 98 /* synopsis: r[P2]=count() */ +#define OP_ReadCookie 99 +#define OP_SetCookie 100 +#define OP_ReopenIdx 101 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */ +#define OP_OpenRead 102 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */ +#define OP_OpenWrite 103 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */ +#define OP_OpenAutoindex 104 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2 */ +#define OP_OpenEphemeral 105 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2 */ +#define OP_SorterOpen 106 +#define OP_SequenceTest 107 /* synopsis: if( cursor[P1].ctr++ ) pc = P2 */ +#define OP_OpenPseudo 108 /* synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2] */ +#define OP_Close 109 +#define OP_ColumnsUsed 110 +#define OP_Sequence 111 /* synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++ */ +#define OP_NewRowid 112 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ +#define OP_Insert 113 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2] */ +#define OP_InsertInt 114 /* synopsis: intkey=P3 data=r[P2] */ +#define OP_Delete 115 +#define OP_ResetCount 116 +#define OP_SorterCompare 117 /* synopsis: if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 */ +#define OP_SorterData 118 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data */ +#define OP_RowKey 119 /* synopsis: r[P2]=key */ +#define OP_RowData 120 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data */ +#define OP_Rowid 121 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ +#define OP_NullRow 122 +#define OP_SorterInsert 123 +#define OP_IdxInsert 124 /* synopsis: key=r[P2] */ +#define OP_IdxDelete 125 /* synopsis: key=r[P2@P3] */ +#define OP_Seek 126 /* synopsis: Move P3 to P1.rowid */ +#define OP_IdxRowid 127 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ +#define OP_Destroy 128 +#define OP_Clear 129 +#define OP_ResetSorter 130 +#define OP_CreateIndex 131 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 */ +#define OP_CreateTable 132 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 */ +#define OP_Real 133 /* same as TK_FLOAT, synopsis: r[P2]=P4 */ +#define OP_ParseSchema 134 +#define OP_LoadAnalysis 135 +#define OP_DropTable 136 +#define OP_DropIndex 137 +#define OP_DropTrigger 138 +#define OP_IntegrityCk 139 +#define OP_RowSetAdd 140 /* synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2] */ +#define OP_Param 141 +#define OP_FkCounter 142 /* synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2 */ +#define OP_MemMax 143 /* synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2]) */ +#define OP_OffsetLimit 144 /* synopsis: if r[P1]>0 then r[P2]=r[P1]+max(0,r[P3]) else r[P2]=(-1) */ +#define OP_AggStep0 145 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) */ +#define OP_AggStep 146 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) */ +#define OP_AggFinal 147 /* synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2 */ +#define OP_Expire 148 +#define OP_TableLock 149 /* synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3 */ +#define OP_VBegin 150 +#define OP_VCreate 151 +#define OP_VDestroy 152 +#define OP_VOpen 153 +#define OP_VColumn 154 /* synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2) */ +#define OP_VRename 155 +#define OP_Pagecount 156 +#define OP_MaxPgcnt 157 +#define OP_CursorHint 158 +#define OP_Noop 159 +#define OP_Explain 160 + +/* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in +** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c +** are encoded into bitvectors as follows: +*/ +#define OPFLG_JUMP 0x01 /* jump: P2 holds jmp target */ +#define OPFLG_IN1 0x02 /* in1: P1 is an input */ +#define OPFLG_IN2 0x04 /* in2: P2 is an input */ +#define OPFLG_IN3 0x08 /* in3: P3 is an input */ +#define OPFLG_OUT2 0x10 /* out2: P2 is an output */ +#define OPFLG_OUT3 0x20 /* out3: P3 is an output */ +#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\ +/* 0 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01,\ +/* 8 */ 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01,\ +/* 16 */ 0x03, 0x03, 0x01, 0x12, 0x01, 0x03, 0x03, 0x09,\ +/* 24 */ 0x09, 0x09, 0x09, 0x26, 0x26, 0x09, 0x09, 0x09,\ +/* 32 */ 0x09, 0x01, 0x03, 0x03, 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b,\ +/* 40 */ 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x01, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26,\ +/* 48 */ 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x01, 0x12, 0x01,\ +/* 56 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x23, 0x0b, 0x01, 0x01,\ +/* 64 */ 0x03, 0x03, 0x03, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x02,\ +/* 72 */ 0x08, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x10,\ +/* 80 */ 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 88 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 96 */ 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 104 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10,\ +/* 112 */ 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 120 */ 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10,\ +/* 128 */ 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 136 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x06, 0x10, 0x00, 0x04,\ +/* 144 */ 0x1a, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 152 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00,\ +/* 160 */ 0x00,} + +/* The sqlite3P2Values() routine is able to run faster if it knows +** the value of the largest JUMP opcode. The smaller the maximum +** JUMP opcode the better, so the mkopcodeh.tcl script that +** generated this include file strives to group all JUMP opcodes +** together near the beginning of the list. +*/ +#define SQLITE_MX_JUMP_OPCODE 69 /* Maximum JUMP opcode */ + +/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/ + +/* +** Prototypes for the VDBE interface. See comments on the implementation +** for a description of what each of these routines does. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe*,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe*,int,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeGoto(Vdbe*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeLoadString(Vdbe*,int,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(Vdbe*,int,const char*,...); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const char *zP4,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const u8*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(Vdbe*,int); +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(Vdbe *p, int N); +#else +# define sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(A,B) +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp, int iLineno); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe*,int,char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(Vdbe*, u32 addr, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P1); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P2); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P3); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u8 P5); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(Vdbe*, u8 op); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(Parse*, Index*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeReusable(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeClearObject(sqlite3*,Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *, int); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe*, int*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(Vdbe*, int, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe*, int); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(Vdbe*, const char*); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(int, const void *, UnpackedRecord *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(KeyInfo *, char *, int, char **); + +typedef int (*RecordCompare)(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord*); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *, SubProgram *); +#endif + +/* Use SQLITE_ENABLE_COMMENTS to enable generation of extra comments on +** each VDBE opcode. +** +** Use the SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS macro to see some extra no-op +** comments in VDBE programs that show key decision points in the code +** generator. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); +# define VdbeComment(X) sqlite3VdbeComment X +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); +# define VdbeNoopComment(X) sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X +# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS +# define VdbeModuleComment(X) sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X +# else +# define VdbeModuleComment(X) +# endif +#else +# define VdbeComment(X) +# define VdbeNoopComment(X) +# define VdbeModuleComment(X) +#endif + +/* +** The VdbeCoverage macros are used to set a coverage testing point +** for VDBE branch instructions. The coverage testing points are line +** numbers in the sqlite3.c source file. VDBE branch coverage testing +** only works with an amalagmation build. That's ok since a VDBE branch +** coverage build designed for testing the test suite only. No application +** should ever ship with VDBE branch coverage measuring turned on. +** +** VdbeCoverage(v) // Mark the previously coded instruction +** // as a branch +** +** VdbeCoverageIf(v, conditional) // Mark previous if conditional true +** +** VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v) // Previous branch is always taken +** +** VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v) // Previous branch is never taken +** +** Every VDBE branch operation must be tagged with one of the macros above. +** If not, then when "make test" is run with -DSQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE and +** -DSQLITE_DEBUG then an ALWAYS() will fail in the vdbeTakeBranch() +** routine in vdbe.c, alerting the developer to the missed tag. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(Vdbe*,int); +# define VdbeCoverage(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__) +# define VdbeCoverageIf(v,x) if(x)sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__) +# define VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,2); +# define VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,1); +# define VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(x) (__LINE__+x) +#else +# define VdbeCoverage(v) +# define VdbeCoverageIf(v,x) +# define VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v) +# define VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v) +# define VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(x) 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeScanStatus(Vdbe*, int, int, int, LogEst, const char*); +#else +# define sqlite3VdbeScanStatus(a,b,c,d,e) +#endif + +#endif + +/************** End of vdbe.h ************************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Include pager.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ +/************** Begin file pager.h *******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache +** subsystem. The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page +** at a time and provides a journal for rollback. +*/ + +#ifndef _PAGER_H_ +#define _PAGER_H_ + +/* +** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative +** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the +** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit". +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT + #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1 +#endif + +/* +** The type used to represent a page number. The first page in a file +** is called page 1. 0 is used to represent "not a page". +*/ +typedef u32 Pgno; + +/* +** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure. +*/ +typedef struct Pager Pager; + +/* +** Handle type for pages. +*/ +typedef struct PgHdr DbPage; + +/* +** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is +** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is +** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file +** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to +** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c +** for details. +*/ +#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1)) + +/* +** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen(). +** +** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h. +*/ +#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL 0x0001 /* Do not use a rollback journal */ +#define PAGER_MEMORY 0x0002 /* In-memory database */ + +/* +** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode(). +*/ +#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY -1 +#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 0 +#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE 1 + +/* +** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode. +** +** The numeric values encoded here (other than PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY) +** are exposed in the API via the "PRAGMA journal_mode" command and +** therefore cannot be changed without a compatibility break. +*/ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY (-1) /* Query the value of journalmode */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 0 /* Commit by deleting journal file */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 1 /* Commit by zeroing journal header */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 2 /* Journal omitted. */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 3 /* Commit by truncating journal */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory journal file */ +#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 5 /* Use write-ahead logging */ + +/* +** Flags that make up the mask passed to sqlite3PagerGet(). +*/ +#define PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT 0x01 /* Do not load data from disk */ +#define PAGER_GET_READONLY 0x02 /* Read-only page is acceptable */ + +/* +** Flags for sqlite3PagerSetFlags() +** +** Value constraints (enforced via assert()): +** PAGER_FULLFSYNC == SQLITE_FullFSync +** PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC == SQLITE_CkptFullFSync +** PAGER_CACHE_SPILL == SQLITE_CacheSpill +*/ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF 0x01 /* PRAGMA synchronous=OFF */ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_NORMAL 0x02 /* PRAGMA synchronous=NORMAL */ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL 0x03 /* PRAGMA synchronous=FULL */ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA 0x04 /* PRAGMA synchronous=EXTRA */ +#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK 0x07 /* Mask for four values above */ +#define PAGER_FULLFSYNC 0x08 /* PRAGMA fullfsync=ON */ +#define PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC 0x10 /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync=ON */ +#define PAGER_CACHESPILL 0x20 /* PRAGMA cache_spill=ON */ +#define PAGER_FLAGS_MASK 0x38 /* All above except SYNCHRONOUS */ + +/* +** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions +** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for +** a detailed description of each routine. +*/ + +/* Open and close a Pager connection. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( + sqlite3_vfs*, + Pager **ppPager, + const char*, + int, + int, + int, + void(*)(DbPage*) +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*); + +/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int); +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager*,Pager*); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(Pager*,unsigned); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager*); + +/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGet(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag); +SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage*); + +/* Operations on page references. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); + +/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int, int*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager); +# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot); +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager); +#endif + +/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager*); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *); + +/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage*, Pgno, u16); + +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(DbPage *); +#endif + +/* Functions to support testing and debugging. */ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) +SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*); + void disable_simulated_io_errors(void); + void enable_simulated_io_errors(void); +#else +# define disable_simulated_io_errors() +# define enable_simulated_io_errors() +#endif + +#endif /* _PAGER_H_ */ + +/************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Include pcache.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ****************/ +/************** Begin file pcache.h ******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 August 05 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache +** subsystem. +*/ + +#ifndef _PCACHE_H_ + +typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr; +typedef struct PCache PCache; + +/* +** Every page in the cache is controlled by an instance of the following +** structure. +*/ +struct PgHdr { + sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; /* Pcache object page handle */ + void *pData; /* Page data */ + void *pExtra; /* Extra content */ + PgHdr *pDirty; /* Transient list of dirty sorted by pgno */ + Pager *pPager; /* The pager this page is part of */ + Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */ +#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES + u32 pageHash; /* Hash of page content */ +#endif + u16 flags; /* PGHDR flags defined below */ + + /********************************************************************** + ** Elements above are public. All that follows is private to pcache.c + ** and should not be accessed by other modules. + */ + i16 nRef; /* Number of users of this page */ + PCache *pCache; /* Cache that owns this page */ + + PgHdr *pDirtyNext; /* Next element in list of dirty pages */ + PgHdr *pDirtyPrev; /* Previous element in list of dirty pages */ +}; + +/* Bit values for PgHdr.flags */ +#define PGHDR_CLEAN 0x001 /* Page not on the PCache.pDirty list */ +#define PGHDR_DIRTY 0x002 /* Page is on the PCache.pDirty list */ +#define PGHDR_WRITEABLE 0x004 /* Journaled and ready to modify */ +#define PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 0x008 /* Fsync the rollback journal before + ** writing this page to the database */ +#define PGHDR_DONT_WRITE 0x010 /* Do not write content to disk */ +#define PGHDR_MMAP 0x020 /* This is an mmap page object */ + +#define PGHDR_WAL_APPEND 0x040 /* Appended to wal file */ + +/* Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void); + +/* Page cache buffer management: +** These routines implement SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *, int sz, int n); + +/* Create a new pager cache. +** Under memory stress, invoke xStress to try to make pages clean. +** Only clean and unpinned pages can be reclaimed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheOpen( + int szPage, /* Size of every page */ + int szExtra, /* Extra space associated with each page */ + int bPurgeable, /* True if pages are on backing store */ + int (*xStress)(void*, PgHdr*), /* Call to try to make pages clean */ + void *pStress, /* Argument to xStress */ + PCache *pToInit /* Preallocated space for the PCache */ +); + +/* Modify the page-size after the cache has been created. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int); + +/* Return the size in bytes of a PCache object. Used to preallocate +** storage space. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void); + +/* One release per successful fetch. Page is pinned until released. +** Reference counted. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_pcache_page *sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(PCache*, Pgno, sqlite3_pcache_page**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(PCache*, Pgno, sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr*); /* Remove page from cache */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr*); /* Make sure page is marked dirty */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr*); /* Mark a single page as clean */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache*); /* Mark all dirty list pages as clean */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(PCache*); + +/* Change a page number. Used by incr-vacuum. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr*, Pgno); + +/* Remove all pages with pgno>x. Reset the cache if x==0 */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache*, Pgno x); + +/* Get a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache*); + +/* Reset and close the cache object */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache*); + +/* Clear flags from pages of the page cache */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *); + +/* Discard the contents of the cache */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache*); + +/* Return the total number of outstanding page references */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache*); + +/* Increment the reference count of an existing page */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr*); + +/* Return the total number of pages stored in the cache */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*); + +#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This +** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the +** library is built. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)); +#endif + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/* Check invariants on a PgHdr object */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageSanity(PgHdr*); +#endif + +/* Set and get the suggested cache-size for the specified pager-cache. +** +** If no global maximum is configured, then the system attempts to limit +** the total number of pages cached by purgeable pager-caches to the sum +** of the suggested cache-sizes. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int); +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *); +#endif + +/* Set or get the suggested spill-size for the specified pager-cache. +** +** The spill-size is the minimum number of pages in cache before the cache +** will attempt to spill dirty pages by calling xStress. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(PCache *, int); + +/* Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache*); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT +/* Try to return memory used by the pcache module to the main memory heap */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(int*,int*,int*,int*); +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); + +/* Return the header size */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizePcache(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizePcache1(void); + +/* Number of dirty pages as a percentage of the configured cache size */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(PCache*); + +#endif /* _PCACHE_H_ */ + +/************** End of pcache.h **********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Include os.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ********************/ +/************** Begin file os.h **********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 16 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file +** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that +** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems. +** +** This header file is #include-ed by sqliteInt.h and thus ends up +** being included by every source file. +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_ +#define _SQLITE_OS_H_ + +/* +** Attempt to automatically detect the operating system and setup the +** necessary pre-processor macros for it. +*/ +/************** Include os_setup.h in the middle of os.h *********************/ +/************** Begin file os_setup.h ****************************************/ +/* +** 2013 November 25 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains pre-processor directives related to operating system +** detection and/or setup. +*/ +#ifndef _OS_SETUP_H_ +#define _OS_SETUP_H_ + +/* +** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other operating +** system. +** +** After the following block of preprocess macros, all of SQLITE_OS_UNIX, +** SQLITE_OS_WIN, and SQLITE_OS_OTHER will defined to either 1 or 0. One of +** the three will be 1. The other two will be 0. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER) +# if SQLITE_OS_OTHER==1 +# undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 +# undef SQLITE_OS_WIN +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 +# else +# undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER +# endif +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_UNIX) && !defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER) +# define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0 +# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN +# if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || \ + defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 1 +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 +# else +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 1 +# endif +# else +# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 +# endif +#else +# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 +# endif +#endif + +#endif /* _OS_SETUP_H_ */ + +/************** End of os_setup.h ********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in os.h *************************/ + +/* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it +** a no-op +*/ +#ifndef SET_FULLSYNC +# define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y) +#endif + +/* +** The default size of a disk sector +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 4096 +#endif + +/* +** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random +** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the +** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit. +** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the +** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits +** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done +** using -DSQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line. +** +** 2006-10-31: The default prefix used to be "sqlite_". But then +** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it +** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder. +** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a +** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the +** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain. +** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" +** spelled backwards. So the temp files are still identified, but +** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart +** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid +** of the file. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX +# define SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "etilqs_" +#endif + +/* +** The following values may be passed as the second argument to +** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics: +** +** SHARED: Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously. +** RESERVED: A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at +** any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks. +** PENDING: A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at +** any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new +** SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes. +** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks. +** +** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a +** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING +** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to +** sqlite3OsLock(). +*/ +#define NO_LOCK 0 +#define SHARED_LOCK 1 +#define RESERVED_LOCK 2 +#define PENDING_LOCK 3 +#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 4 + +/* +** File Locking Notes: (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix) +** +** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because +** those functions are not available. So we use only LockFile() and +** UnlockFile(). +** +** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes. +** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen +** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at +** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the +** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte. +** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range. +** There can only be one writer. A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking +** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte. +** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from +** the RESERVED_LOCK byte. +** +** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available, +** which means we can use reader/writer locks. When reader/writer locks +** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used +** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME. Hence, the locking scheme +** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers. +** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single +** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers. +** +** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking. +** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which +** a random byte is selected for a shared lock. The pool of bytes for +** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. +** +** The same locking strategy and +** byte ranges are used for Unix. This leaves open the possibility of having +** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file +** and all locking correctly. To do so would require that samba (or whatever +** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between +** windows and unix. I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by +** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility. +** +** Locking in windows is manditory. For this reason, we cannot store +** actual data in the bytes used for locking. The pager never allocates +** the pages involved in locking therefore. SHARED_SIZE is selected so +** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size. +** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks. By default PENDING_BYTE +** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except +** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic +** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite. +** +** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible +** file format. Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice +** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test. +** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the +** 1GB boundary. +** +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD +# define PENDING_BYTE (0x40000000) +#else +# define PENDING_BYTE sqlite3PendingByte +#endif +#define RESERVED_BYTE (PENDING_BYTE+1) +#define SHARED_FIRST (PENDING_BYTE+2) +#define SHARED_SIZE 510 + +/* +** Wrapper around OS specific sqlite3_os_init() function. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void); + +/* +** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int amt, i64 offset); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file*, i64 size); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file*, i64 *pSize); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED 0xca093fa0 +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap(sqlite3_file *,int,int,int,void volatile **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64, int, void **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *, i64, void *); + + +/* +** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, int *pResOut); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, char *); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *, void *, const char *))(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *, void *); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *, sqlite3_int64*); + +/* +** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using +** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *); + +#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */ + +/************** End of os.h **************************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ +/************** Include mutex.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ +/************** Begin file mutex.h *******************************************/ +/* +** 2007 August 28 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains the common header for all mutex implementations. +** The sqliteInt.h header #includes this file so that it is available +** to all source files. We break it out in an effort to keep the code +** better organized. +** +** NOTE: source files should *not* #include this header file directly. +** Source files should #include the sqliteInt.h file and let that file +** include this one indirectly. +*/ + + +/* +** Figure out what version of the code to use. The choices are +** +** SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT No mutex logic. Not even stubs. The +** mutexes implementation cannot be overridden +** at start-time. +** +** SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP For single-threaded applications. No +** mutual exclusion is provided. But this +** implementation can be overridden at +** start-time. +** +** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS For multi-threaded applications on Unix. +** +** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 For multi-threaded applications on Win32. +*/ +#if !SQLITE_THREADSAFE +# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT +#endif +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) +# if SQLITE_OS_UNIX +# define SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS +# elif SQLITE_OS_WIN +# define SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 +# else +# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT +/* +** If this is a no-op implementation, implement everything as macros. +*/ +#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) +#define sqlite3_mutex_free(X) +#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X) +#define sqlite3_mutex_try(X) SQLITE_OK +#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X) +#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X) ((void)(X),1) +#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X) ((void)(X),1) +#define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) +#define sqlite3MutexInit() SQLITE_OK +#define sqlite3MutexEnd() +#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X) +#else +#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X) X +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */ + +/************** End of mutex.h ***********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ + +/* The SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE compile-time option used to set the default +** synchronous setting to EXTRA. It is no longer supported. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE +# warning Use SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS=3 instead of SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS 3 +#endif + +/* +** Default synchronous levels. +** +** Note that (for historcal reasons) the PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_* macros differ +** from the SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS value by 1. +** +** PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS +** OFF 1 0 +** NORMAL 2 1 +** FULL 3 2 +** EXTRA 4 3 +** +** The "PRAGMA synchronous" statement also uses the zero-based numbers. +** In other words, the zero-based numbers are used for all external interfaces +** and the one-based values are used internally. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS (PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL-1) +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS +#endif + +/* +** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance +** of the following structure. There are normally two of these structures +** in the sqlite.aDb[] array. aDb[0] is the main database file and +** aDb[1] is the database file used to hold temporary tables. Additional +** databases may be attached. +*/ +struct Db { + char *zName; /* Name of this database */ + Btree *pBt; /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */ + u8 safety_level; /* How aggressive at syncing data to disk */ + u8 bSyncSet; /* True if "PRAGMA synchronous=N" has been run */ + Schema *pSchema; /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of the following structure stores a database schema. +** +** Most Schema objects are associated with a Btree. The exception is +** the Schema for the TEMP databaes (sqlite3.aDb[1]) which is free-standing. +** In shared cache mode, a single Schema object can be shared by multiple +** Btrees that refer to the same underlying BtShared object. +** +** Schema objects are automatically deallocated when the last Btree that +** references them is destroyed. The TEMP Schema is manually freed by +** sqlite3_close(). +* +** A thread must be holding a mutex on the corresponding Btree in order +** to access Schema content. This implies that the thread must also be +** holding a mutex on the sqlite3 connection pointer that owns the Btree. +** For a TEMP Schema, only the connection mutex is required. +*/ +struct Schema { + int schema_cookie; /* Database schema version number for this file */ + int iGeneration; /* Generation counter. Incremented with each change */ + Hash tblHash; /* All tables indexed by name */ + Hash idxHash; /* All (named) indices indexed by name */ + Hash trigHash; /* All triggers indexed by name */ + Hash fkeyHash; /* All foreign keys by referenced table name */ + Table *pSeqTab; /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */ + u8 file_format; /* Schema format version for this file */ + u8 enc; /* Text encoding used by this database */ + u16 schemaFlags; /* Flags associated with this schema */ + int cache_size; /* Number of pages to use in the cache */ +}; + +/* +** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the +** Db.pSchema->flags field. +*/ +#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&(P))==(P)) +#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&(P))!=0) +#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags|=(P) +#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&=~(P) + +/* +** Allowed values for the DB.pSchema->flags field. +** +** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been +** read into internal hash tables. +** +** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that +** have been filled out. If the schema changes, these column names might +** changes and so the view will need to be reset. +*/ +#define DB_SchemaLoaded 0x0001 /* The schema has been loaded */ +#define DB_UnresetViews 0x0002 /* Some views have defined column names */ +#define DB_Empty 0x0004 /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */ + +/* +** The number of different kinds of things that can be limited +** using the sqlite3_limit() interface. +*/ +#define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS+1) + +/* +** Lookaside malloc is a set of fixed-size buffers that can be used +** to satisfy small transient memory allocation requests for objects +** associated with a particular database connection. The use of +** lookaside malloc provides a significant performance enhancement +** (approx 10%) by avoiding numerous malloc/free requests while parsing +** SQL statements. +** +** The Lookaside structure holds configuration information about the +** lookaside malloc subsystem. Each available memory allocation in +** the lookaside subsystem is stored on a linked list of LookasideSlot +** objects. +** +** Lookaside allocations are only allowed for objects that are associated +** with a particular database connection. Hence, schema information cannot +** be stored in lookaside because in shared cache mode the schema information +** is shared by multiple database connections. Therefore, while parsing +** schema information, the Lookaside.bEnabled flag is cleared so that +** lookaside allocations are not used to construct the schema objects. +*/ +struct Lookaside { + u32 bDisable; /* Only operate the lookaside when zero */ + u16 sz; /* Size of each buffer in bytes */ + u8 bMalloced; /* True if pStart obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */ + int nOut; /* Number of buffers currently checked out */ + int mxOut; /* Highwater mark for nOut */ + int anStat[3]; /* 0: hits. 1: size misses. 2: full misses */ + LookasideSlot *pFree; /* List of available buffers */ + void *pStart; /* First byte of available memory space */ + void *pEnd; /* First byte past end of available space */ +}; +struct LookasideSlot { + LookasideSlot *pNext; /* Next buffer in the list of free buffers */ +}; + +/* +** A hash table for built-in function definitions. (Application-defined +** functions use a regular table table from hash.h.) +** +** Hash each FuncDef structure into one of the FuncDefHash.a[] slots. +** Collisions are on the FuncDef.u.pHash chain. +*/ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_HASH_SZ 23 +struct FuncDefHash { + FuncDef *a[SQLITE_FUNC_HASH_SZ]; /* Hash table for functions */ +}; + +#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION +/* +** Information held in the "sqlite3" database connection object and used +** to manage user authentication. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_userauth sqlite3_userauth; +struct sqlite3_userauth { + u8 authLevel; /* Current authentication level */ + int nAuthPW; /* Size of the zAuthPW in bytes */ + char *zAuthPW; /* Password used to authenticate */ + char *zAuthUser; /* User name used to authenticate */ +}; + +/* Allowed values for sqlite3_userauth.authLevel */ +#define UAUTH_Unknown 0 /* Authentication not yet checked */ +#define UAUTH_Fail 1 /* User authentication failed */ +#define UAUTH_User 2 /* Authenticated as a normal user */ +#define UAUTH_Admin 3 /* Authenticated as an administrator */ + +/* Functions used only by user authorization logic */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3UserAuthTable(const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3UserAuthCheckLogin(sqlite3*,const char*,u8*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UserAuthInit(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CryptFunc(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); + +#endif /* SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION */ + +/* +** typedef for the authorization callback function. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION + typedef int (*sqlite3_xauth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*, + const char*, const char*); +#else + typedef int (*sqlite3_xauth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*, + const char*); +#endif + + +/* +** Each database connection is an instance of the following structure. +*/ +struct sqlite3 { + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS Interface */ + struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* List of active virtual machines */ + CollSeq *pDfltColl; /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */ + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Connection mutex */ + Db *aDb; /* All backends */ + int nDb; /* Number of backends currently in use */ + int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags. See below */ + i64 lastRowid; /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */ + i64 szMmap; /* Default mmap_size setting */ + unsigned int openFlags; /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ + int errCode; /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */ + int errMask; /* & result codes with this before returning */ + int iSysErrno; /* Errno value from last system error */ + u16 dbOptFlags; /* Flags to enable/disable optimizations */ + u8 enc; /* Text encoding */ + u8 autoCommit; /* The auto-commit flag. */ + u8 temp_store; /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */ + u8 mallocFailed; /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */ + u8 bBenignMalloc; /* Do not require OOMs if true */ + u8 dfltLockMode; /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */ + signed char nextAutovac; /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */ + u8 suppressErr; /* Do not issue error messages if true */ + u8 vtabOnConflict; /* Value to return for s3_vtab_on_conflict() */ + u8 isTransactionSavepoint; /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */ + int nextPagesize; /* Pagesize after VACUUM if >0 */ + u32 magic; /* Magic number for detect library misuse */ + int nChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */ + int nTotalChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */ + int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT]; /* Limits */ + int nMaxSorterMmap; /* Maximum size of regions mapped by sorter */ + struct sqlite3InitInfo { /* Information used during initialization */ + int newTnum; /* Rootpage of table being initialized */ + u8 iDb; /* Which db file is being initialized */ + u8 busy; /* TRUE if currently initializing */ + u8 orphanTrigger; /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */ + u8 imposterTable; /* Building an imposter table */ + } init; + int nVdbeActive; /* Number of VDBEs currently running */ + int nVdbeRead; /* Number of active VDBEs that read or write */ + int nVdbeWrite; /* Number of active VDBEs that read and write */ + int nVdbeExec; /* Number of nested calls to VdbeExec() */ + int nVDestroy; /* Number of active OP_VDestroy operations */ + int nExtension; /* Number of loaded extensions */ + void **aExtension; /* Array of shared library handles */ + void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Trace function */ + void *pTraceArg; /* Argument to the trace function */ + void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64); /* Profiling function */ + void *pProfileArg; /* Argument to profile function */ + void *pCommitArg; /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */ + int (*xCommitCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ + void *pRollbackArg; /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */ + void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ + void *pUpdateArg; + void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,sqlite_int64); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK + void *pPreUpdateArg; /* First argument to xPreUpdateCallback */ + void (*xPreUpdateCallback)( /* Registered using sqlite3_preupdate_hook() */ + void*,sqlite3*,int,char const*,char const*,sqlite3_int64,sqlite3_int64 + ); + PreUpdate *pPreUpdate; /* Context for active pre-update callback */ +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + int (*xWalCallback)(void *, sqlite3 *, const char *, int); + void *pWalArg; +#endif + void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*); + void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*); + void *pCollNeededArg; + sqlite3_value *pErr; /* Most recent error message */ + union { + volatile int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */ + double notUsed1; /* Spacer */ + } u1; + Lookaside lookaside; /* Lookaside malloc configuration */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + sqlite3_xauth xAuth; /* Access authorization function */ + void *pAuthArg; /* 1st argument to the access auth function */ +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK + int (*xProgress)(void *); /* The progress callback */ + void *pProgressArg; /* Argument to the progress callback */ + unsigned nProgressOps; /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */ +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + int nVTrans; /* Allocated size of aVTrans */ + Hash aModule; /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */ + VtabCtx *pVtabCtx; /* Context for active vtab connect/create */ + VTable **aVTrans; /* Virtual tables with open transactions */ + VTable *pDisconnect; /* Disconnect these in next sqlite3_prepare() */ +#endif + Hash aFunc; /* Hash table of connection functions */ + Hash aCollSeq; /* All collating sequences */ + BusyHandler busyHandler; /* Busy callback */ + Db aDbStatic[2]; /* Static space for the 2 default backends */ + Savepoint *pSavepoint; /* List of active savepoints */ + int busyTimeout; /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */ + int nSavepoint; /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */ + int nStatement; /* Number of nested statement-transactions */ + i64 nDeferredCons; /* Net deferred constraints this transaction. */ + i64 nDeferredImmCons; /* Net deferred immediate constraints */ + int *pnBytesFreed; /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY + /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER + ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c. + ** + ** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to + ** unlock so that it can proceed. + ** + ** When X.pBlockingConnection==Y, that means that something that X tried + ** tried to do recently failed with an SQLITE_LOCKED error due to locks + ** held by Y. + */ + sqlite3 *pBlockingConnection; /* Connection that caused SQLITE_LOCKED */ + sqlite3 *pUnlockConnection; /* Connection to watch for unlock */ + void *pUnlockArg; /* Argument to xUnlockNotify */ + void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int); /* Unlock notify callback */ + sqlite3 *pNextBlocked; /* Next in list of all blocked connections */ +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION + sqlite3_userauth auth; /* User authentication information */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** A macro to discover the encoding of a database. +*/ +#define SCHEMA_ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc) +#define ENC(db) ((db)->enc) + +/* +** Possible values for the sqlite3.flags. +** +** Value constraints (enforced via assert()): +** SQLITE_FullFSync == PAGER_FULLFSYNC +** SQLITE_CkptFullFSync == PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC +** SQLITE_CacheSpill == PAGER_CACHE_SPILL +*/ +#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace 0x00000001 /* True to trace VDBE execution */ +#define SQLITE_InternChanges 0x00000002 /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */ +#define SQLITE_FullColNames 0x00000004 /* Show full column names on SELECT */ +#define SQLITE_FullFSync 0x00000008 /* Use full fsync on the backend */ +#define SQLITE_CkptFullFSync 0x00000010 /* Use full fsync for checkpoint */ +#define SQLITE_CacheSpill 0x00000020 /* OK to spill pager cache */ +#define SQLITE_ShortColNames 0x00000040 /* Show short columns names */ +#define SQLITE_CountRows 0x00000080 /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */ + /* DELETE, or UPDATE and return */ + /* the count using a callback. */ +#define SQLITE_NullCallback 0x00000100 /* Invoke the callback once if the */ + /* result set is empty */ +#define SQLITE_SqlTrace 0x00000200 /* Debug print SQL as it executes */ +#define SQLITE_VdbeListing 0x00000400 /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */ +#define SQLITE_WriteSchema 0x00000800 /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */ +#define SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace 0x00001000 /* Trace sqlite3VdbeAddOp() calls */ +#define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks 0x00002000 /* Do not enforce check constraints */ +#define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x0004000 /* For shared-cache mode */ +#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt 0x00008000 /* Create new databases in format 1 */ +#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode 0x00010000 /* Ignore schema errors */ +#define SQLITE_ReverseOrder 0x00020000 /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */ +#define SQLITE_RecTriggers 0x00040000 /* Enable recursive triggers */ +#define SQLITE_ForeignKeys 0x00080000 /* Enforce foreign key constraints */ +#define SQLITE_AutoIndex 0x00100000 /* Enable automatic indexes */ +#define SQLITE_PreferBuiltin 0x00200000 /* Preference to built-in funcs */ +#define SQLITE_LoadExtension 0x00400000 /* Enable load_extension */ +#define SQLITE_LoadExtFunc 0x00800000 /* Enable load_extension() SQL func */ +#define SQLITE_EnableTrigger 0x01000000 /* True to enable triggers */ +#define SQLITE_DeferFKs 0x02000000 /* Defer all FK constraints */ +#define SQLITE_QueryOnly 0x04000000 /* Disable database changes */ +#define SQLITE_VdbeEQP 0x08000000 /* Debug EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */ +#define SQLITE_Vacuum 0x10000000 /* Currently in a VACUUM */ +#define SQLITE_CellSizeCk 0x20000000 /* Check btree cell sizes on load */ +#define SQLITE_Fts3Tokenizer 0x40000000 /* Enable fts3_tokenizer(2) */ + + +/* +** Bits of the sqlite3.dbOptFlags field that are used by the +** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) interface to +** selectively disable various optimizations. +*/ +#define SQLITE_QueryFlattener 0x0001 /* Query flattening */ +#define SQLITE_ColumnCache 0x0002 /* Column cache */ +#define SQLITE_GroupByOrder 0x0004 /* GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */ +#define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x0008 /* Constant factoring */ +/* not used 0x0010 // Was: SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt */ +#define SQLITE_DistinctOpt 0x0020 /* DISTINCT using indexes */ +#define SQLITE_CoverIdxScan 0x0040 /* Covering index scans */ +#define SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin 0x0080 /* ORDER BY of joins via index */ +#define SQLITE_SubqCoroutine 0x0100 /* Evaluate subqueries as coroutines */ +#define SQLITE_Transitive 0x0200 /* Transitive constraints */ +#define SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin 0x0400 /* Omit unused tables in joins */ +#define SQLITE_Stat34 0x0800 /* Use STAT3 or STAT4 data */ +#define SQLITE_CursorHints 0x2000 /* Add OP_CursorHint opcodes */ +#define SQLITE_AllOpts 0xffff /* All optimizations */ + +/* +** Macros for testing whether or not optimizations are enabled or disabled. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST +#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask) (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))!=0) +#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask) (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))==0) +#else +#define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask) 0 +#define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask) 1 +#endif + +/* +** Return true if it OK to factor constant expressions into the initialization +** code. The argument is a Parse object for the code generator. +*/ +#define ConstFactorOk(P) ((P)->okConstFactor) + +/* +** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field. +** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other +** than being distinct from one another. +*/ +#define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN 0xa029a697 /* Database is open */ +#define SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED 0x9f3c2d33 /* Database is closed */ +#define SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK 0x4b771290 /* Error and awaiting close */ +#define SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY 0xf03b7906 /* Database currently in use */ +#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR 0xb5357930 /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */ +#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE 0x64cffc7f /* Close with last statement close */ + +/* +** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following +** structure. For global built-in functions (ex: substr(), max(), count()) +** a pointer to this structure is held in the sqlite3BuiltinFunctions object. +** For per-connection application-defined functions, a pointer to this +** structure is held in the db->aHash hash table. +** +** The u.pHash field is used by the global built-ins. The u.pDestructor +** field is used by per-connection app-def functions. +*/ +struct FuncDef { + i8 nArg; /* Number of arguments. -1 means unlimited */ + u16 funcFlags; /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */ + void *pUserData; /* User data parameter */ + FuncDef *pNext; /* Next function with same name */ + void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* func or agg-step */ + void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*); /* Agg finalizer */ + const char *zName; /* SQL name of the function. */ + union { + FuncDef *pHash; /* Next with a different name but the same hash */ + FuncDestructor *pDestructor; /* Reference counted destructor function */ + } u; +}; + +/* +** This structure encapsulates a user-function destructor callback (as +** configured using create_function_v2()) and a reference counter. When +** create_function_v2() is called to create a function with a destructor, +** a single object of this type is allocated. FuncDestructor.nRef is set to +** the number of FuncDef objects created (either 1 or 3, depending on whether +** or not the specified encoding is SQLITE_ANY). The FuncDef.pDestructor +** member of each of the new FuncDef objects is set to point to the allocated +** FuncDestructor. +** +** Thereafter, when one of the FuncDef objects is deleted, the reference +** count on this object is decremented. When it reaches 0, the destructor +** is invoked and the FuncDestructor structure freed. +*/ +struct FuncDestructor { + int nRef; + void (*xDestroy)(void *); + void *pUserData; +}; + +/* +** Possible values for FuncDef.flags. Note that the _LENGTH and _TYPEOF +** values must correspond to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG. And +** SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT must be the same as SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC. There +** are assert() statements in the code to verify this. +** +** Value constraints (enforced via assert()): +** SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX == NC_MinMaxAgg == SF_MinMaxAgg +** SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH == OPFLAG_LENGTHARG +** SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF == OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG +** SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT == SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC from the API +** SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK depends on SQLITE_UTF* macros in the API +*/ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK 0x0003 /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE or UTF16LE */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE 0x0004 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE 0x0008 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM 0x0010 /* Ephemeral. Delete with VDBE */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x0020 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called*/ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH 0x0040 /* Built-in length() function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF 0x0080 /* Built-in typeof() function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT 0x0100 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE 0x0200 /* Built-in coalesce() or ifnull() */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY 0x0400 /* Built-in unlikely() function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT 0x0800 /* Constant inputs give a constant output */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX 0x1000 /* True for min() and max() aggregates */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG 0x2000 /* "Slow Change". Value constant during a + ** single query - might change over time */ + +/* +** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are +** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures. +** +** FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) +** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName +** implemented by C function xFunc that accepts nArg arguments. The +** value passed as iArg is cast to a (void*) and made available +** as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If +** argument bNC is true, then the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL flag is set. +** +** VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) +** Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag. +** +** DFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) +** Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag and +** adds the SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG flag. Used for date & time functions +** and functions like sqlite_version() that can change, but not during +** a single query. +** +** AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal) +** Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by +** the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters +** are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to +** FUNCTION(). +** +** LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, pArg, flags) +** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName +** that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C +** function likeFunc. Argument pArg is cast to a (void *) and made +** available as the function user-data (sqlite3_user_data()). The +** FuncDef.flags variable is set to the value passed as the flags +** parameter. +*/ +#define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, #zName, {0} } +#define VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, #zName, {0} } +#define DFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, #zName, {0} } +#define FUNCTION2(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc, extraFlags) \ + {nArg,SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|extraFlags,\ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, #zName, {0} } +#define STR_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, pArg, bNC, xFunc) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ + pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, #zName, } +#define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|flags, \ + (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, #zName, {0} } +#define AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName, {0}} +#define AGGREGATE2(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal, extraFlags) \ + {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|extraFlags, \ + SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName, {0}} + +/* +** All current savepoints are stored in a linked list starting at +** sqlite3.pSavepoint. The first element in the list is the most recently +** opened savepoint. Savepoints are added to the list by the vdbe +** OP_Savepoint instruction. +*/ +struct Savepoint { + char *zName; /* Savepoint name (nul-terminated) */ + i64 nDeferredCons; /* Number of deferred fk violations */ + i64 nDeferredImmCons; /* Number of deferred imm fk. */ + Savepoint *pNext; /* Parent savepoint (if any) */ +}; + +/* +** The following are used as the second parameter to sqlite3Savepoint(), +** and as the P1 argument to the OP_Savepoint instruction. +*/ +#define SAVEPOINT_BEGIN 0 +#define SAVEPOINT_RELEASE 1 +#define SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK 2 + + +/* +** Each SQLite module (virtual table definition) is defined by an +** instance of the following structure, stored in the sqlite3.aModule +** hash table. +*/ +struct Module { + const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* Callback pointers */ + const char *zName; /* Name passed to create_module() */ + void *pAux; /* pAux passed to create_module() */ + void (*xDestroy)(void *); /* Module destructor function */ + Table *pEpoTab; /* Eponymous table for this module */ +}; + +/* +** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance +** of this structure. +*/ +struct Column { + char *zName; /* Name of this column, \000, then the type */ + Expr *pDflt; /* Default value of this column */ + char *zColl; /* Collating sequence. If NULL, use the default */ + u8 notNull; /* An OE_ code for handling a NOT NULL constraint */ + char affinity; /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */ + u8 szEst; /* Estimated size of value in this column. sizeof(INT)==1 */ + u8 colFlags; /* Boolean properties. See COLFLAG_ defines below */ +}; + +/* Allowed values for Column.colFlags: +*/ +#define COLFLAG_PRIMKEY 0x0001 /* Column is part of the primary key */ +#define COLFLAG_HIDDEN 0x0002 /* A hidden column in a virtual table */ +#define COLFLAG_HASTYPE 0x0004 /* Type name follows column name */ + +/* +** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following +** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and +** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence. +** +** If CollSeq.xCmp is NULL, it means that the +** collating sequence is undefined. Indices built on an undefined +** collating sequence may not be read or written. +*/ +struct CollSeq { + char *zName; /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */ + u8 enc; /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */ + void *pUser; /* First argument to xCmp() */ + int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*); + void (*xDel)(void*); /* Destructor for pUser */ +}; + +/* +** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC. +*/ +#define SQLITE_SO_ASC 0 /* Sort in ascending order */ +#define SQLITE_SO_DESC 1 /* Sort in ascending order */ +#define SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED -1 /* No sort order specified */ + +/* +** Column affinity types. +** +** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and +** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT. But we can save a little space and improve +** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively. +** +** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'A'. That way, +** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and +** used as the P4 operand, they will be more readable. +** +** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing +** for a numeric type is a single comparison. And the BLOB type is first. +*/ +#define SQLITE_AFF_BLOB 'A' +#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT 'B' +#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC 'C' +#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER 'D' +#define SQLITE_AFF_REAL 'E' + +#define sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(X) ((X)>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC) + +/* +** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK values masks off the significant bits of an +** affinity value. +*/ +#define SQLITE_AFF_MASK 0x47 + +/* +** Additional bit values that can be ORed with an affinity without +** changing the affinity. +** +** The SQLITE_NOTNULL flag is a combination of NULLEQ and JUMPIFNULL. +** It causes an assert() to fire if either operand to a comparison +** operator is NULL. It is added to certain comparison operators to +** prove that the operands are always NOT NULL. +*/ +#define SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL 0x10 /* jumps if either operand is NULL */ +#define SQLITE_STOREP2 0x20 /* Store result in reg[P2] rather than jump */ +#define SQLITE_NULLEQ 0x80 /* NULL=NULL */ +#define SQLITE_NOTNULL 0x90 /* Assert that operands are never NULL */ + +/* +** An object of this type is created for each virtual table present in +** the database schema. +** +** If the database schema is shared, then there is one instance of this +** structure for each database connection (sqlite3*) that uses the shared +** schema. This is because each database connection requires its own unique +** instance of the sqlite3_vtab* handle used to access the virtual table +** implementation. sqlite3_vtab* handles can not be shared between +** database connections, even when the rest of the in-memory database +** schema is shared, as the implementation often stores the database +** connection handle passed to it via the xConnect() or xCreate() method +** during initialization internally. This database connection handle may +** then be used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables +** within the database. So that they appear as part of the callers +** transaction, these accesses need to be made via the same database +** connection as that used to execute SQL operations on the virtual table. +** +** All VTable objects that correspond to a single table in a shared +** database schema are initially stored in a linked-list pointed to by +** the Table.pVTable member variable of the corresponding Table object. +** When an sqlite3_prepare() operation is required to access the virtual +** table, it searches the list for the VTable that corresponds to the +** database connection doing the preparing so as to use the correct +** sqlite3_vtab* handle in the compiled query. +** +** When an in-memory Table object is deleted (for example when the +** schema is being reloaded for some reason), the VTable objects are not +** deleted and the sqlite3_vtab* handles are not xDisconnect()ed +** immediately. Instead, they are moved from the Table.pVTable list to +** another linked list headed by the sqlite3.pDisconnect member of the +** corresponding sqlite3 structure. They are then deleted/xDisconnected +** next time a statement is prepared using said sqlite3*. This is done +** to avoid deadlock issues involving multiple sqlite3.mutex mutexes. +** Refer to comments above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an +** explanation as to why it is safe to add an entry to an sqlite3.pDisconnect +** list without holding the corresponding sqlite3.mutex mutex. +** +** The memory for objects of this type is always allocated by +** sqlite3DbMalloc(), using the connection handle stored in VTable.db as +** the first argument. +*/ +struct VTable { + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection associated with this table */ + Module *pMod; /* Pointer to module implementation */ + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Pointer to vtab instance */ + int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */ + u8 bConstraint; /* True if constraints are supported */ + int iSavepoint; /* Depth of the SAVEPOINT stack */ + VTable *pNext; /* Next in linked list (see above) */ +}; + +/* +** The schema for each SQL table and view is represented in memory +** by an instance of the following structure. +*/ +struct Table { + char *zName; /* Name of the table or view */ + Column *aCol; /* Information about each column */ + Index *pIndex; /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */ + Select *pSelect; /* NULL for tables. Points to definition if a view. */ + FKey *pFKey; /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */ + char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ + ExprList *pCheck; /* All CHECK constraints */ + /* ... also used as column name list in a VIEW */ + int tnum; /* Root BTree page for this table */ + i16 iPKey; /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the rowid */ + i16 nCol; /* Number of columns in this table */ + u16 nRef; /* Number of pointers to this Table */ + LogEst nRowLogEst; /* Estimated rows in table - from sqlite_stat1 table */ + LogEst szTabRow; /* Estimated size of each table row in bytes */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT + LogEst costMult; /* Cost multiplier for using this table */ +#endif + u8 tabFlags; /* Mask of TF_* values */ + u8 keyConf; /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE + int addColOffset; /* Offset in CREATE TABLE stmt to add a new column */ +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + int nModuleArg; /* Number of arguments to the module */ + char **azModuleArg; /* 0: module 1: schema 2: vtab name 3...: args */ + VTable *pVTable; /* List of VTable objects. */ +#endif + Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers stored in pSchema */ + Schema *pSchema; /* Schema that contains this table */ + Table *pNextZombie; /* Next on the Parse.pZombieTab list */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for Table.tabFlags. +** +** TF_OOOHidden applies to tables or view that have hidden columns that are +** followed by non-hidden columns. Example: "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE x USING +** vtab1(a HIDDEN, b);". Since "b" is a non-hidden column but "a" is hidden, +** the TF_OOOHidden attribute would apply in this case. Such tables require +** special handling during INSERT processing. +*/ +#define TF_Readonly 0x01 /* Read-only system table */ +#define TF_Ephemeral 0x02 /* An ephemeral table */ +#define TF_HasPrimaryKey 0x04 /* Table has a primary key */ +#define TF_Autoincrement 0x08 /* Integer primary key is autoincrement */ +#define TF_Virtual 0x10 /* Is a virtual table */ +#define TF_WithoutRowid 0x20 /* No rowid. PRIMARY KEY is the key */ +#define TF_NoVisibleRowid 0x40 /* No user-visible "rowid" column */ +#define TF_OOOHidden 0x80 /* Out-of-Order hidden columns */ + + +/* +** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table. This is +** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual +** table support is omitted from the build. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +# define IsVirtual(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0) +#else +# define IsVirtual(X) 0 +#endif + +/* +** Macros to determine if a column is hidden. IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn() +** only works for non-virtual tables (ordinary tables and views) and is +** always false unless SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS is defined. The +** IsHiddenColumn() macro is general purpose. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS) +# define IsHiddenColumn(X) (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0) +# define IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(X) (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0) +#elif !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) +# define IsHiddenColumn(X) (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0) +# define IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(X) 0 +#else +# define IsHiddenColumn(X) 0 +# define IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(X) 0 +#endif + + +/* Does the table have a rowid */ +#define HasRowid(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_WithoutRowid)==0) +#define VisibleRowid(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_NoVisibleRowid)==0) + +/* +** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure. +** +** A foreign key is associated with two tables. The "from" table is +** the table that contains the REFERENCES clause that creates the foreign +** key. The "to" table is the table that is named in the REFERENCES clause. +** Consider this example: +** +** CREATE TABLE ex1( +** a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, +** b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x) +** ); +** +** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2". +** Equivalent names: +** +** from-table == child-table +** to-table == parent-table +** +** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure +** which is attached to the from-table. The to-table need not exist when +** the from-table is created. The existence of the to-table is not checked. +** +** The list of all parents for child Table X is held at X.pFKey. +** +** A list of all children for a table named Z (which might not even exist) +** is held in Schema.fkeyHash with a hash key of Z. +*/ +struct FKey { + Table *pFrom; /* Table containing the REFERENCES clause (aka: Child) */ + FKey *pNextFrom; /* Next FKey with the same in pFrom. Next parent of pFrom */ + char *zTo; /* Name of table that the key points to (aka: Parent) */ + FKey *pNextTo; /* Next with the same zTo. Next child of zTo. */ + FKey *pPrevTo; /* Previous with the same zTo */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in this key */ + /* EV: R-30323-21917 */ + u8 isDeferred; /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */ + u8 aAction[2]; /* ON DELETE and ON UPDATE actions, respectively */ + Trigger *apTrigger[2];/* Triggers for aAction[] actions */ + struct sColMap { /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */ + int iFrom; /* Index of column in pFrom */ + char *zCol; /* Name of column in zTo. If NULL use PRIMARY KEY */ + } aCol[1]; /* One entry for each of nCol columns */ +}; + +/* +** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a constraint +** error. ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation +** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction +** to be rolled back. ABORT processing means the operation in process +** fails and any prior changes from that one operation are backed out, +** but the transaction is not rolled back. FAIL processing means that +** the operation in progress stops and returns an error code. But prior +** changes due to the same operation are not backed out and no rollback +** occurs. IGNORE means that the particular row that caused the constraint +** error is not inserted or updated. Processing continues and no error +** is returned. REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused +** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or +** update can proceed. Processing continues and no error is reported. +** +** RESTRICT, SETNULL, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys. +** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the +** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys. SETNULL means that the foreign +** key is set to NULL. CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the +** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the +** foreign key. +** +** The following symbolic values are used to record which type +** of action to take. +*/ +#define OE_None 0 /* There is no constraint to check */ +#define OE_Rollback 1 /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */ +#define OE_Abort 2 /* Back out changes but do no rollback transaction */ +#define OE_Fail 3 /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */ +#define OE_Ignore 4 /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */ +#define OE_Replace 5 /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */ + +#define OE_Restrict 6 /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */ +#define OE_SetNull 7 /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */ +#define OE_SetDflt 8 /* Set the foreign key value to its default */ +#define OE_Cascade 9 /* Cascade the changes */ + +#define OE_Default 10 /* Do whatever the default action is */ + + +/* +** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first +** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the +** comparison of the two index keys. +** +** Note that aSortOrder[] and aColl[] have nField+1 slots. There +** are nField slots for the columns of an index then one extra slot +** for the rowid at the end. +*/ +struct KeyInfo { + u32 nRef; /* Number of references to this KeyInfo object */ + u8 enc; /* Text encoding - one of the SQLITE_UTF* values */ + u16 nField; /* Number of key columns in the index */ + u16 nXField; /* Number of columns beyond the key columns */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + u8 *aSortOrder; /* Sort order for each column. */ + CollSeq *aColl[1]; /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */ +}; + +/* +** This object holds a record which has been parsed out into individual +** fields, for the purposes of doing a comparison. +** +** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data. +** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store +** the key of an index. A blob encoding of a record is created by +** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassembled by the +** OP_Column opcode. +** +** An instance of this object serves as a "key" for doing a search on +** an index b+tree. The goal of the search is to find the entry that +** is closed to the key described by this object. This object might hold +** just a prefix of the key. The number of fields is given by +** pKeyInfo->nField. +** +** The r1 and r2 fields are the values to return if this key is less than +** or greater than a key in the btree, respectively. These are normally +** -1 and +1 respectively, but might be inverted to +1 and -1 if the b-tree +** is in DESC order. +** +** The key comparison functions actually return default_rc when they find +** an equals comparison. default_rc can be -1, 0, or +1. If there are +** multiple entries in the b-tree with the same key (when only looking +** at the first pKeyInfo->nFields,) then default_rc can be set to -1 to +** cause the search to find the last match, or +1 to cause the search to +** find the first match. +** +** The key comparison functions will set eqSeen to true if they ever +** get and equal results when comparing this structure to a b-tree record. +** When default_rc!=0, the search might end up on the record immediately +** before the first match or immediately after the last match. The +** eqSeen field will indicate whether or not an exact match exists in the +** b-tree. +*/ +struct UnpackedRecord { + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collation and sort-order information */ + Mem *aMem; /* Values */ + u16 nField; /* Number of entries in apMem[] */ + i8 default_rc; /* Comparison result if keys are equal */ + u8 errCode; /* Error detected by xRecordCompare (CORRUPT or NOMEM) */ + i8 r1; /* Value to return if (lhs > rhs) */ + i8 r2; /* Value to return if (rhs < lhs) */ + u8 eqSeen; /* True if an equality comparison has been seen */ +}; + + +/* +** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an +** instance of the following structure. +** +** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described +** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure. For example, suppose +** we have the following table and index: +** +** CREATE TABLE Ex1(c1 int, c2 int, c3 text); +** CREATE INDEX Ex2 ON Ex1(c3,c1); +** +** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are +** three columns in the table. In the Index structure describing +** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed. +** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}. aiColumn[0]==2 because the +** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[]. +** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in +** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0. +** +** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns +** must be unique and what to do if they are not. When Index.onError=OE_None, +** it means this is not a unique index. Otherwise it is a unique index +** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution +** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique +** element. +** +** While parsing a CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement in order to +** generate VDBE code (as opposed to parsing one read from an sqlite_master +** table as part of parsing an existing database schema), transient instances +** of this structure may be created. In this case the Index.tnum variable is +** used to store the address of a VDBE instruction, not a database page +** number (it cannot - the database page is not allocated until the VDBE +** program is executed). See convertToWithoutRowidTable() for details. +*/ +struct Index { + char *zName; /* Name of this index */ + i16 *aiColumn; /* Which columns are used by this index. 1st is 0 */ + LogEst *aiRowLogEst; /* From ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */ + Table *pTable; /* The SQL table being indexed */ + char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ + Index *pNext; /* The next index associated with the same table */ + Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing this index */ + u8 *aSortOrder; /* for each column: True==DESC, False==ASC */ + const char **azColl; /* Array of collation sequence names for index */ + Expr *pPartIdxWhere; /* WHERE clause for partial indices */ + ExprList *aColExpr; /* Column expressions */ + int tnum; /* DB Page containing root of this index */ + LogEst szIdxRow; /* Estimated average row size in bytes */ + u16 nKeyCol; /* Number of columns forming the key */ + u16 nColumn; /* Number of columns stored in the index */ + u8 onError; /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ + unsigned idxType:2; /* 1==UNIQUE, 2==PRIMARY KEY, 0==CREATE INDEX */ + unsigned bUnordered:1; /* Use this index for == or IN queries only */ + unsigned uniqNotNull:1; /* True if UNIQUE and NOT NULL for all columns */ + unsigned isResized:1; /* True if resizeIndexObject() has been called */ + unsigned isCovering:1; /* True if this is a covering index */ + unsigned noSkipScan:1; /* Do not try to use skip-scan if true */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + int nSample; /* Number of elements in aSample[] */ + int nSampleCol; /* Size of IndexSample.anEq[] and so on */ + tRowcnt *aAvgEq; /* Average nEq values for keys not in aSample */ + IndexSample *aSample; /* Samples of the left-most key */ + tRowcnt *aiRowEst; /* Non-logarithmic stat1 data for this index */ + tRowcnt nRowEst0; /* Non-logarithmic number of rows in the index */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for Index.idxType +*/ +#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF 0 /* Created using CREATE INDEX */ +#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE 1 /* Implements a UNIQUE constraint */ +#define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY 2 /* Is the PRIMARY KEY for the table */ + +/* Return true if index X is a PRIMARY KEY index */ +#define IsPrimaryKeyIndex(X) ((X)->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY) + +/* Return true if index X is a UNIQUE index */ +#define IsUniqueIndex(X) ((X)->onError!=OE_None) + +/* The Index.aiColumn[] values are normally positive integer. But +** there are some negative values that have special meaning: +*/ +#define XN_ROWID (-1) /* Indexed column is the rowid */ +#define XN_EXPR (-2) /* Indexed column is an expression */ + +/* +** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat3 table is represented in memory +** using a structure of this type. See documentation at the top of the +** analyze.c source file for additional information. +*/ +struct IndexSample { + void *p; /* Pointer to sampled record */ + int n; /* Size of record in bytes */ + tRowcnt *anEq; /* Est. number of rows where the key equals this sample */ + tRowcnt *anLt; /* Est. number of rows where key is less than this sample */ + tRowcnt *anDLt; /* Est. number of distinct keys less than this sample */ +}; + +/* +** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of +** this structure. Tokens are also used as part of an expression. +** +** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and +** may contain random values. Do not make any assumptions about Token.dyn +** and Token.n when Token.z==0. +*/ +struct Token { + const char *z; /* Text of the token. Not NULL-terminated! */ + unsigned int n; /* Number of characters in this token */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of this structure contains information needed to generate +** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions. +** +** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a +** pointer to this structure. The Expr.iColumn field is the index in +** AggInfo.aCol[] or AggInfo.aFunc[] of information needed to generate +** code for that node. +** +** AggInfo.pGroupBy and AggInfo.aFunc.pExpr point to fields within the +** original Select structure that describes the SELECT statement. These +** fields do not need to be freed when deallocating the AggInfo structure. +*/ +struct AggInfo { + u8 directMode; /* Direct rendering mode means take data directly + ** from source tables rather than from accumulators */ + u8 useSortingIdx; /* In direct mode, reference the sorting index rather + ** than the source table */ + int sortingIdx; /* Cursor number of the sorting index */ + int sortingIdxPTab; /* Cursor number of pseudo-table */ + int nSortingColumn; /* Number of columns in the sorting index */ + int mnReg, mxReg; /* Range of registers allocated for aCol and aFunc */ + ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The group by clause */ + struct AggInfo_col { /* For each column used in source tables */ + Table *pTab; /* Source table */ + int iTable; /* Cursor number of the source table */ + int iColumn; /* Column number within the source table */ + int iSorterColumn; /* Column number in the sorting index */ + int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */ + Expr *pExpr; /* The original expression */ + } *aCol; + int nColumn; /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */ + int nAccumulator; /* Number of columns that show through to the output. + ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to + ** aggregate functions */ + struct AggInfo_func { /* For each aggregate function */ + Expr *pExpr; /* Expression encoding the function */ + FuncDef *pFunc; /* The aggregate function implementation */ + int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */ + int iDistinct; /* Ephemeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */ + } *aFunc; + int nFunc; /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */ +}; + +/* +** The datatype ynVar is a signed integer, either 16-bit or 32-bit. +** Usually it is 16-bits. But if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER is greater +** than 32767 we have to make it 32-bit. 16-bit is preferred because +** it uses less memory in the Expr object, which is a big memory user +** in systems with lots of prepared statements. And few applications +** need more than about 10 or 20 variables. But some extreme users want +** to have prepared statements with over 32767 variables, and for them +** the option is available (at compile-time). +*/ +#if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<=32767 +typedef i16 ynVar; +#else +typedef int ynVar; +#endif + +/* +** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance +** of this structure. +** +** Expr.op is the opcode. The integer parser token codes are reused +** as opcodes here. For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer +** code representing the ">=" operator. This same integer code is reused +** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression +** tree. +** +** If the expression is an SQL literal (TK_INTEGER, TK_FLOAT, TK_BLOB, +** or TK_STRING), then Expr.token contains the text of the SQL literal. If +** the expression is a variable (TK_VARIABLE), then Expr.token contains the +** variable name. Finally, if the expression is an SQL function (TK_FUNCTION), +** then Expr.token contains the name of the function. +** +** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are the left and right subexpressions of a +** binary operator. Either or both may be NULL. +** +** Expr.x.pList is a list of arguments if the expression is an SQL function, +** a CASE expression or an IN expression of the form "<lhs> IN (<y>, <z>...)". +** Expr.x.pSelect is used if the expression is a sub-select or an expression of +** the form "<lhs> IN (SELECT ...)". If the EP_xIsSelect bit is set in the +** Expr.flags mask, then Expr.x.pSelect is valid. Otherwise, Expr.x.pList is +** valid. +** +** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table. +** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is +** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and +** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column. If the +** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the +** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that +** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed. +** +** If the expression is an unbound variable marker (a question mark +** character '?' in the original SQL) then the Expr.iTable holds the index +** number for that variable. +** +** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer +** register number containing the result of the subquery. If the +** subquery gives a constant result, then iTable is -1. If the subquery +** gives a different answer at different times during statement processing +** then iTable is the address of a subroutine that computes the subquery. +** +** If the Expr is of type OP_Column, and the table it is selecting from +** is a disk table or the "old.*" pseudo-table, then pTab points to the +** corresponding table definition. +** +** ALLOCATION NOTES: +** +** Expr objects can use a lot of memory space in database schema. To +** help reduce memory requirements, sometimes an Expr object will be +** truncated. And to reduce the number of memory allocations, sometimes +** two or more Expr objects will be stored in a single memory allocation, +** together with Expr.zToken strings. +** +** If the EP_Reduced and EP_TokenOnly flags are set when +** an Expr object is truncated. When EP_Reduced is set, then all +** the child Expr objects in the Expr.pLeft and Expr.pRight subtrees +** are contained within the same memory allocation. Note, however, that +** the subtrees in Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect are always separately +** allocated, regardless of whether or not EP_Reduced is set. +*/ +struct Expr { + u8 op; /* Operation performed by this node */ + char affinity; /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */ + u32 flags; /* Various flags. EP_* See below */ + union { + char *zToken; /* Token value. Zero terminated and dequoted */ + int iValue; /* Non-negative integer value if EP_IntValue */ + } u; + + /* If the EP_TokenOnly flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no + ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to + ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. + *********************************************************************/ + + Expr *pLeft; /* Left subnode */ + Expr *pRight; /* Right subnode */ + union { + ExprList *pList; /* op = IN, EXISTS, SELECT, CASE, FUNCTION, BETWEEN */ + Select *pSelect; /* EP_xIsSelect and op = IN, EXISTS, SELECT */ + } x; + + /* If the EP_Reduced flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no + ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to + ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. + *********************************************************************/ + +#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 + int nHeight; /* Height of the tree headed by this node */ +#endif + int iTable; /* TK_COLUMN: cursor number of table holding column + ** TK_REGISTER: register number + ** TK_TRIGGER: 1 -> new, 0 -> old + ** EP_Unlikely: 134217728 times likelihood */ + ynVar iColumn; /* TK_COLUMN: column index. -1 for rowid. + ** TK_VARIABLE: variable number (always >= 1). */ + i16 iAgg; /* Which entry in pAggInfo->aCol[] or ->aFunc[] */ + i16 iRightJoinTable; /* If EP_FromJoin, the right table of the join */ + u8 op2; /* TK_REGISTER: original value of Expr.op + ** TK_COLUMN: the value of p5 for OP_Column + ** TK_AGG_FUNCTION: nesting depth */ + AggInfo *pAggInfo; /* Used by TK_AGG_COLUMN and TK_AGG_FUNCTION */ + Table *pTab; /* Table for TK_COLUMN expressions. */ +}; + +/* +** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags field. +*/ +#define EP_FromJoin 0x000001 /* Originates in ON/USING clause of outer join */ +#define EP_Agg 0x000002 /* Contains one or more aggregate functions */ +#define EP_Resolved 0x000004 /* IDs have been resolved to COLUMNs */ +#define EP_Error 0x000008 /* Expression contains one or more errors */ +#define EP_Distinct 0x000010 /* Aggregate function with DISTINCT keyword */ +#define EP_VarSelect 0x000020 /* pSelect is correlated, not constant */ +#define EP_DblQuoted 0x000040 /* token.z was originally in "..." */ +#define EP_InfixFunc 0x000080 /* True for an infix function: LIKE, GLOB, etc */ +#define EP_Collate 0x000100 /* Tree contains a TK_COLLATE operator */ +#define EP_Generic 0x000200 /* Ignore COLLATE or affinity on this tree */ +#define EP_IntValue 0x000400 /* Integer value contained in u.iValue */ +#define EP_xIsSelect 0x000800 /* x.pSelect is valid (otherwise x.pList is) */ +#define EP_Skip 0x001000 /* COLLATE, AS, or UNLIKELY */ +#define EP_Reduced 0x002000 /* Expr struct EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE bytes only */ +#define EP_TokenOnly 0x004000 /* Expr struct EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE bytes only */ +#define EP_Static 0x008000 /* Held in memory not obtained from malloc() */ +#define EP_MemToken 0x010000 /* Need to sqlite3DbFree() Expr.zToken */ +#define EP_NoReduce 0x020000 /* Cannot EXPRDUP_REDUCE this Expr */ +#define EP_Unlikely 0x040000 /* unlikely() or likelihood() function */ +#define EP_ConstFunc 0x080000 /* A SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT or _SLOCHNG function */ +#define EP_CanBeNull 0x100000 /* Can be null despite NOT NULL constraint */ +#define EP_Subquery 0x200000 /* Tree contains a TK_SELECT operator */ +#define EP_Alias 0x400000 /* Is an alias for a result set column */ + +/* +** Combinations of two or more EP_* flags +*/ +#define EP_Propagate (EP_Collate|EP_Subquery) /* Propagate these bits up tree */ + +/* +** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the +** Expr.flags field. +*/ +#define ExprHasProperty(E,P) (((E)->flags&(P))!=0) +#define ExprHasAllProperty(E,P) (((E)->flags&(P))==(P)) +#define ExprSetProperty(E,P) (E)->flags|=(P) +#define ExprClearProperty(E,P) (E)->flags&=~(P) + +/* The ExprSetVVAProperty() macro is used for Verification, Validation, +** and Accreditation only. It works like ExprSetProperty() during VVA +** processes but is a no-op for delivery. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +# define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P) (E)->flags|=(P) +#else +# define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P) +#endif + +/* +** Macros to determine the number of bytes required by a normal Expr +** struct, an Expr struct with the EP_Reduced flag set in Expr.flags +** and an Expr struct with the EP_TokenOnly flag set. +*/ +#define EXPR_FULLSIZE sizeof(Expr) /* Full size */ +#define EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE offsetof(Expr,iTable) /* Common features */ +#define EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE offsetof(Expr,pLeft) /* Fewer features */ + +/* +** Flags passed to the sqlite3ExprDup() function. See the header comment +** above sqlite3ExprDup() for details. +*/ +#define EXPRDUP_REDUCE 0x0001 /* Used reduced-size Expr nodes */ + +/* +** A list of expressions. Each expression may optionally have a +** name. An expr/name combination can be used in several ways, such +** as the list of "expr AS ID" fields following a "SELECT" or in the +** list of "ID = expr" items in an UPDATE. A list of expressions can +** also be used as the argument to a function, in which case the a.zName +** field is not used. +** +** By default the Expr.zSpan field holds a human-readable description of +** the expression that is used in the generation of error messages and +** column labels. In this case, Expr.zSpan is typically the text of a +** column expression as it exists in a SELECT statement. However, if +** the bSpanIsTab flag is set, then zSpan is overloaded to mean the name +** of the result column in the form: DATABASE.TABLE.COLUMN. This later +** form is used for name resolution with nested FROM clauses. +*/ +struct ExprList { + int nExpr; /* Number of expressions on the list */ + struct ExprList_item { /* For each expression in the list */ + Expr *pExpr; /* The list of expressions */ + char *zName; /* Token associated with this expression */ + char *zSpan; /* Original text of the expression */ + u8 sortOrder; /* 1 for DESC or 0 for ASC */ + unsigned done :1; /* A flag to indicate when processing is finished */ + unsigned bSpanIsTab :1; /* zSpan holds DB.TABLE.COLUMN */ + unsigned reusable :1; /* Constant expression is reusable */ + union { + struct { + u16 iOrderByCol; /* For ORDER BY, column number in result set */ + u16 iAlias; /* Index into Parse.aAlias[] for zName */ + } x; + int iConstExprReg; /* Register in which Expr value is cached */ + } u; + } *a; /* Alloc a power of two greater or equal to nExpr */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of this structure is used by the parser to record both +** the parse tree for an expression and the span of input text for an +** expression. +*/ +struct ExprSpan { + Expr *pExpr; /* The expression parse tree */ + const char *zStart; /* First character of input text */ + const char *zEnd; /* One character past the end of input text */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of this structure can hold a simple list of identifiers, +** such as the list "a,b,c" in the following statements: +** +** INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) VALUES ...; +** CREATE INDEX idx ON t(a,b,c); +** CREATE TRIGGER trig BEFORE UPDATE ON t(a,b,c) ...; +** +** The IdList.a.idx field is used when the IdList represents the list of +** column names after a table name in an INSERT statement. In the statement +** +** INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) ... +** +** If "a" is the k-th column of table "t", then IdList.a[0].idx==k. +*/ +struct IdList { + struct IdList_item { + char *zName; /* Name of the identifier */ + int idx; /* Index in some Table.aCol[] of a column named zName */ + } *a; + int nId; /* Number of identifiers on the list */ +}; + +/* +** The bitmask datatype defined below is used for various optimizations. +** +** Changing this from a 64-bit to a 32-bit type limits the number of +** tables in a join to 32 instead of 64. But it also reduces the size +** of the library by 738 bytes on ix86. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_BITMASK_TYPE + typedef SQLITE_BITMASK_TYPE Bitmask; +#else + typedef u64 Bitmask; +#endif + +/* +** The number of bits in a Bitmask. "BMS" means "BitMask Size". +*/ +#define BMS ((int)(sizeof(Bitmask)*8)) + +/* +** A bit in a Bitmask +*/ +#define MASKBIT(n) (((Bitmask)1)<<(n)) +#define MASKBIT32(n) (((unsigned int)1)<<(n)) +#define ALLBITS ((Bitmask)-1) + +/* +** The following structure describes the FROM clause of a SELECT statement. +** Each table or subquery in the FROM clause is a separate element of +** the SrcList.a[] array. +** +** With the addition of multiple database support, the following structure +** can also be used to describe a particular table such as the table that +** is modified by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement. In standard SQL, +** such a table must be a simple name: ID. But in SQLite, the table can +** now be identified by a database name, a dot, then the table name: ID.ID. +** +** The jointype starts out showing the join type between the current table +** and the next table on the list. The parser builds the list this way. +** But sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType() later shifts the jointypes so that each +** jointype expresses the join between the table and the previous table. +** +** In the colUsed field, the high-order bit (bit 63) is set if the table +** contains more than 63 columns and the 64-th or later column is used. +*/ +struct SrcList { + int nSrc; /* Number of tables or subqueries in the FROM clause */ + u32 nAlloc; /* Number of entries allocated in a[] below */ + struct SrcList_item { + Schema *pSchema; /* Schema to which this item is fixed */ + char *zDatabase; /* Name of database holding this table */ + char *zName; /* Name of the table */ + char *zAlias; /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase. zName is the "A" */ + Table *pTab; /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */ + Select *pSelect; /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */ + int addrFillSub; /* Address of subroutine to manifest a subquery */ + int regReturn; /* Register holding return address of addrFillSub */ + int regResult; /* Registers holding results of a co-routine */ + struct { + u8 jointype; /* Type of join between this able and the previous */ + unsigned notIndexed :1; /* True if there is a NOT INDEXED clause */ + unsigned isIndexedBy :1; /* True if there is an INDEXED BY clause */ + unsigned isTabFunc :1; /* True if table-valued-function syntax */ + unsigned isCorrelated :1; /* True if sub-query is correlated */ + unsigned viaCoroutine :1; /* Implemented as a co-routine */ + unsigned isRecursive :1; /* True for recursive reference in WITH */ + } fg; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + u8 iSelectId; /* If pSelect!=0, the id of the sub-select in EQP */ +#endif + int iCursor; /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */ + Expr *pOn; /* The ON clause of a join */ + IdList *pUsing; /* The USING clause of a join */ + Bitmask colUsed; /* Bit N (1<<N) set if column N of pTab is used */ + union { + char *zIndexedBy; /* Identifier from "INDEXED BY <zIndex>" clause */ + ExprList *pFuncArg; /* Arguments to table-valued-function */ + } u1; + Index *pIBIndex; /* Index structure corresponding to u1.zIndexedBy */ + } a[1]; /* One entry for each identifier on the list */ +}; + +/* +** Permitted values of the SrcList.a.jointype field +*/ +#define JT_INNER 0x0001 /* Any kind of inner or cross join */ +#define JT_CROSS 0x0002 /* Explicit use of the CROSS keyword */ +#define JT_NATURAL 0x0004 /* True for a "natural" join */ +#define JT_LEFT 0x0008 /* Left outer join */ +#define JT_RIGHT 0x0010 /* Right outer join */ +#define JT_OUTER 0x0020 /* The "OUTER" keyword is present */ +#define JT_ERROR 0x0040 /* unknown or unsupported join type */ + + +/* +** Flags appropriate for the wctrlFlags parameter of sqlite3WhereBegin() +** and the WhereInfo.wctrlFlags member. +** +** Value constraints (enforced via assert()): +** WHERE_USE_LIMIT == SF_FixedLimit +*/ +#define WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL 0x0000 /* No-op */ +#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN 0x0001 /* ORDER BY processing for min() func */ +#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX 0x0002 /* ORDER BY processing for max() func */ +#define WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED 0x0004 /* Want to do one-pass UPDATE/DELETE */ +#define WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK 0x0008 /* Ok to return a row more than once */ +#define WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE 0x0010 /* Table cursors are already open */ +#define WHERE_FORCE_TABLE 0x0020 /* Do not use an index-only search */ +#define WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY 0x0040 /* Only code the 1st table in pTabList */ +#define WHERE_NO_AUTOINDEX 0x0080 /* Disallow automatic indexes */ +#define WHERE_GROUPBY 0x0100 /* pOrderBy is really a GROUP BY */ +#define WHERE_DISTINCTBY 0x0200 /* pOrderby is really a DISTINCT clause */ +#define WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT 0x0400 /* All output needs to be distinct */ +#define WHERE_SORTBYGROUP 0x0800 /* Support sqlite3WhereIsSorted() */ +#define WHERE_REOPEN_IDX 0x1000 /* Try to use OP_ReopenIdx */ +#define WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW 0x2000 /* ONEPASS is ok with multiple rows */ +#define WHERE_USE_LIMIT 0x4000 /* There is a constant LIMIT clause */ +#define WHERE_SEEK_TABLE 0x8000 /* Do not defer seeks on main table */ + +/* Allowed return values from sqlite3WhereIsDistinct() +*/ +#define WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP 0 /* DISTINCT keyword not used */ +#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE 1 /* No duplicates */ +#define WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED 2 /* All duplicates are adjacent */ +#define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED 3 /* Duplicates are scattered */ + +/* +** A NameContext defines a context in which to resolve table and column +** names. The context consists of a list of tables (the pSrcList) field and +** a list of named expression (pEList). The named expression list may +** be NULL. The pSrc corresponds to the FROM clause of a SELECT or +** to the table being operated on by INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE. The +** pEList corresponds to the result set of a SELECT and is NULL for +** other statements. +** +** NameContexts can be nested. When resolving names, the inner-most +** context is searched first. If no match is found, the next outer +** context is checked. If there is still no match, the next context +** is checked. This process continues until either a match is found +** or all contexts are check. When a match is found, the nRef member of +** the context containing the match is incremented. +** +** Each subquery gets a new NameContext. The pNext field points to the +** NameContext in the parent query. Thus the process of scanning the +** NameContext list corresponds to searching through successively outer +** subqueries looking for a match. +*/ +struct NameContext { + Parse *pParse; /* The parser */ + SrcList *pSrcList; /* One or more tables used to resolve names */ + ExprList *pEList; /* Optional list of result-set columns */ + AggInfo *pAggInfo; /* Information about aggregates at this level */ + NameContext *pNext; /* Next outer name context. NULL for outermost */ + int nRef; /* Number of names resolved by this context */ + int nErr; /* Number of errors encountered while resolving names */ + u16 ncFlags; /* Zero or more NC_* flags defined below */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for the NameContext, ncFlags field. +** +** Value constraints (all checked via assert()): +** NC_HasAgg == SF_HasAgg +** NC_MinMaxAgg == SF_MinMaxAgg == SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX +** +*/ +#define NC_AllowAgg 0x0001 /* Aggregate functions are allowed here */ +#define NC_PartIdx 0x0002 /* True if resolving a partial index WHERE */ +#define NC_IsCheck 0x0004 /* True if resolving names in a CHECK constraint */ +#define NC_InAggFunc 0x0008 /* True if analyzing arguments to an agg func */ +#define NC_HasAgg 0x0010 /* One or more aggregate functions seen */ +#define NC_IdxExpr 0x0020 /* True if resolving columns of CREATE INDEX */ +#define NC_VarSelect 0x0040 /* A correlated subquery has been seen */ +#define NC_MinMaxAgg 0x1000 /* min/max aggregates seen. See note above */ + +/* +** An instance of the following structure contains all information +** needed to generate code for a single SELECT statement. +** +** nLimit is set to -1 if there is no LIMIT clause. nOffset is set to 0. +** If there is a LIMIT clause, the parser sets nLimit to the value of the +** limit and nOffset to the value of the offset (or 0 if there is not +** offset). But later on, nLimit and nOffset become the memory locations +** in the VDBE that record the limit and offset counters. +** +** addrOpenEphm[] entries contain the address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcodes. +** These addresses must be stored so that we can go back and fill in +** the P4_KEYINFO and P2 parameters later. Neither the KeyInfo nor +** the number of columns in P2 can be computed at the same time +** as the OP_OpenEphm instruction is coded because not +** enough information about the compound query is known at that point. +** The KeyInfo for addrOpenTran[0] and [1] contains collating sequences +** for the result set. The KeyInfo for addrOpenEphm[2] contains collating +** sequences for the ORDER BY clause. +*/ +struct Select { + ExprList *pEList; /* The fields of the result */ + u8 op; /* One of: TK_UNION TK_ALL TK_INTERSECT TK_EXCEPT */ + LogEst nSelectRow; /* Estimated number of result rows */ + u32 selFlags; /* Various SF_* values */ + int iLimit, iOffset; /* Memory registers holding LIMIT & OFFSET counters */ +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED + char zSelName[12]; /* Symbolic name of this SELECT use for debugging */ +#endif + int addrOpenEphm[2]; /* OP_OpenEphem opcodes related to this select */ + SrcList *pSrc; /* The FROM clause */ + Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */ + ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause */ + Expr *pHaving; /* The HAVING clause */ + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ + Select *pPrior; /* Prior select in a compound select statement */ + Select *pNext; /* Next select to the left in a compound */ + Expr *pLimit; /* LIMIT expression. NULL means not used. */ + Expr *pOffset; /* OFFSET expression. NULL means not used. */ + With *pWith; /* WITH clause attached to this select. Or NULL. */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for Select.selFlags. The "SF" prefix stands for +** "Select Flag". +** +** Value constraints (all checked via assert()) +** SF_HasAgg == NC_HasAgg +** SF_MinMaxAgg == NC_MinMaxAgg == SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX +** SF_FixedLimit == WHERE_USE_LIMIT +*/ +#define SF_Distinct 0x00001 /* Output should be DISTINCT */ +#define SF_All 0x00002 /* Includes the ALL keyword */ +#define SF_Resolved 0x00004 /* Identifiers have been resolved */ +#define SF_Aggregate 0x00008 /* Contains agg functions or a GROUP BY */ +#define SF_HasAgg 0x00010 /* Contains aggregate functions */ +#define SF_UsesEphemeral 0x00020 /* Uses the OpenEphemeral opcode */ +#define SF_Expanded 0x00040 /* sqlite3SelectExpand() called on this */ +#define SF_HasTypeInfo 0x00080 /* FROM subqueries have Table metadata */ +#define SF_Compound 0x00100 /* Part of a compound query */ +#define SF_Values 0x00200 /* Synthesized from VALUES clause */ +#define SF_MultiValue 0x00400 /* Single VALUES term with multiple rows */ +#define SF_NestedFrom 0x00800 /* Part of a parenthesized FROM clause */ +#define SF_MinMaxAgg 0x01000 /* Aggregate containing min() or max() */ +#define SF_Recursive 0x02000 /* The recursive part of a recursive CTE */ +#define SF_FixedLimit 0x04000 /* nSelectRow set by a constant LIMIT */ +#define SF_MaybeConvert 0x08000 /* Need convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */ +#define SF_Converted 0x10000 /* By convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */ +#define SF_IncludeHidden 0x20000 /* Include hidden columns in output */ + + +/* +** The results of a SELECT can be distributed in several ways, as defined +** by one of the following macros. The "SRT" prefix means "SELECT Result +** Type". +** +** SRT_Union Store results as a key in a temporary index +** identified by pDest->iSDParm. +** +** SRT_Except Remove results from the temporary index pDest->iSDParm. +** +** SRT_Exists Store a 1 in memory cell pDest->iSDParm if the result +** set is not empty. +** +** SRT_Discard Throw the results away. This is used by SELECT +** statements within triggers whose only purpose is +** the side-effects of functions. +** +** All of the above are free to ignore their ORDER BY clause. Those that +** follow must honor the ORDER BY clause. +** +** SRT_Output Generate a row of output (using the OP_ResultRow +** opcode) for each row in the result set. +** +** SRT_Mem Only valid if the result is a single column. +** Store the first column of the first result row +** in register pDest->iSDParm then abandon the rest +** of the query. This destination implies "LIMIT 1". +** +** SRT_Set The result must be a single column. Store each +** row of result as the key in table pDest->iSDParm. +** Apply the affinity pDest->affSdst before storing +** results. Used to implement "IN (SELECT ...)". +** +** SRT_EphemTab Create an temporary table pDest->iSDParm and store +** the result there. The cursor is left open after +** returning. This is like SRT_Table except that +** this destination uses OP_OpenEphemeral to create +** the table first. +** +** SRT_Coroutine Generate a co-routine that returns a new row of +** results each time it is invoked. The entry point +** of the co-routine is stored in register pDest->iSDParm +** and the result row is stored in pDest->nDest registers +** starting with pDest->iSdst. +** +** SRT_Table Store results in temporary table pDest->iSDParm. +** SRT_Fifo This is like SRT_EphemTab except that the table +** is assumed to already be open. SRT_Fifo has +** the additional property of being able to ignore +** the ORDER BY clause. +** +** SRT_DistFifo Store results in a temporary table pDest->iSDParm. +** But also use temporary table pDest->iSDParm+1 as +** a record of all prior results and ignore any duplicate +** rows. Name means: "Distinct Fifo". +** +** SRT_Queue Store results in priority queue pDest->iSDParm (really +** an index). Append a sequence number so that all entries +** are distinct. +** +** SRT_DistQueue Store results in priority queue pDest->iSDParm only if +** the same record has never been stored before. The +** index at pDest->iSDParm+1 hold all prior stores. +*/ +#define SRT_Union 1 /* Store result as keys in an index */ +#define SRT_Except 2 /* Remove result from a UNION index */ +#define SRT_Exists 3 /* Store 1 if the result is not empty */ +#define SRT_Discard 4 /* Do not save the results anywhere */ +#define SRT_Fifo 5 /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */ +#define SRT_DistFifo 6 /* Like SRT_Fifo, but unique results only */ +#define SRT_Queue 7 /* Store result in an queue */ +#define SRT_DistQueue 8 /* Like SRT_Queue, but unique results only */ + +/* The ORDER BY clause is ignored for all of the above */ +#define IgnorableOrderby(X) ((X->eDest)<=SRT_DistQueue) + +#define SRT_Output 9 /* Output each row of result */ +#define SRT_Mem 10 /* Store result in a memory cell */ +#define SRT_Set 11 /* Store results as keys in an index */ +#define SRT_EphemTab 12 /* Create transient tab and store like SRT_Table */ +#define SRT_Coroutine 13 /* Generate a single row of result */ +#define SRT_Table 14 /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */ + +/* +** An instance of this object describes where to put of the results of +** a SELECT statement. +*/ +struct SelectDest { + u8 eDest; /* How to dispose of the results. On of SRT_* above. */ + char affSdst; /* Affinity used when eDest==SRT_Set */ + int iSDParm; /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */ + int iSdst; /* Base register where results are written */ + int nSdst; /* Number of registers allocated */ + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* Key columns for SRT_Queue and SRT_DistQueue */ +}; + +/* +** During code generation of statements that do inserts into AUTOINCREMENT +** tables, the following information is attached to the Table.u.autoInc.p +** pointer of each autoincrement table to record some side information that +** the code generator needs. We have to keep per-table autoincrement +** information in case inserts are done within triggers. Triggers do not +** normally coordinate their activities, but we do need to coordinate the +** loading and saving of autoincrement information. +*/ +struct AutoincInfo { + AutoincInfo *pNext; /* Next info block in a list of them all */ + Table *pTab; /* Table this info block refers to */ + int iDb; /* Index in sqlite3.aDb[] of database holding pTab */ + int regCtr; /* Memory register holding the rowid counter */ +}; + +/* +** Size of the column cache +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_N_COLCACHE +# define SQLITE_N_COLCACHE 10 +#endif + +/* +** At least one instance of the following structure is created for each +** trigger that may be fired while parsing an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE +** statement. All such objects are stored in the linked list headed at +** Parse.pTriggerPrg and deleted once statement compilation has been +** completed. +** +** A Vdbe sub-program that implements the body and WHEN clause of trigger +** TriggerPrg.pTrigger, assuming a default ON CONFLICT clause of +** TriggerPrg.orconf, is stored in the TriggerPrg.pProgram variable. +** The Parse.pTriggerPrg list never contains two entries with the same +** values for both pTrigger and orconf. +** +** The TriggerPrg.aColmask[0] variable is set to a mask of old.* columns +** accessed (or set to 0 for triggers fired as a result of INSERT +** statements). Similarly, the TriggerPrg.aColmask[1] variable is set to +** a mask of new.* columns used by the program. +*/ +struct TriggerPrg { + Trigger *pTrigger; /* Trigger this program was coded from */ + TriggerPrg *pNext; /* Next entry in Parse.pTriggerPrg list */ + SubProgram *pProgram; /* Program implementing pTrigger/orconf */ + int orconf; /* Default ON CONFLICT policy */ + u32 aColmask[2]; /* Masks of old.*, new.* columns accessed */ +}; + +/* +** The yDbMask datatype for the bitmask of all attached databases. +*/ +#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30 + typedef unsigned char yDbMask[(SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+9)/8]; +# define DbMaskTest(M,I) (((M)[(I)/8]&(1<<((I)&7)))!=0) +# define DbMaskZero(M) memset((M),0,sizeof(M)) +# define DbMaskSet(M,I) (M)[(I)/8]|=(1<<((I)&7)) +# define DbMaskAllZero(M) sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(M) +# define DbMaskNonZero(M) (sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(M)==0) +#else + typedef unsigned int yDbMask; +# define DbMaskTest(M,I) (((M)&(((yDbMask)1)<<(I)))!=0) +# define DbMaskZero(M) (M)=0 +# define DbMaskSet(M,I) (M)|=(((yDbMask)1)<<(I)) +# define DbMaskAllZero(M) (M)==0 +# define DbMaskNonZero(M) (M)!=0 +#endif + +/* +** An SQL parser context. A copy of this structure is passed through +** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to +** carry around information that is global to the entire parse. +** +** The structure is divided into two parts. When the parser and code +** generate call themselves recursively, the first part of the structure +** is constant but the second part is reset at the beginning and end of +** each recursion. +** +** The nTableLock and aTableLock variables are only used if the shared-cache +** feature is enabled (if sqlite3Tsd()->useSharedData is true). They are +** used to store the set of table-locks required by the statement being +** compiled. Function sqlite3TableLock() is used to add entries to the +** list. +*/ +struct Parse { + sqlite3 *db; /* The main database structure */ + char *zErrMsg; /* An error message */ + Vdbe *pVdbe; /* An engine for executing database bytecode */ + int rc; /* Return code from execution */ + u8 colNamesSet; /* TRUE after OP_ColumnName has been issued to pVdbe */ + u8 checkSchema; /* Causes schema cookie check after an error */ + u8 nested; /* Number of nested calls to the parser/code generator */ + u8 nTempReg; /* Number of temporary registers in aTempReg[] */ + u8 isMultiWrite; /* True if statement may modify/insert multiple rows */ + u8 mayAbort; /* True if statement may throw an ABORT exception */ + u8 hasCompound; /* Need to invoke convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */ + u8 okConstFactor; /* OK to factor out constants */ + u8 disableLookaside; /* Number of times lookaside has been disabled */ + u8 nColCache; /* Number of entries in aColCache[] */ + int aTempReg[8]; /* Holding area for temporary registers */ + int nRangeReg; /* Size of the temporary register block */ + int iRangeReg; /* First register in temporary register block */ + int nErr; /* Number of errors seen */ + int nTab; /* Number of previously allocated VDBE cursors */ + int nMem; /* Number of memory cells used so far */ + int nSet; /* Number of sets used so far */ + int nOnce; /* Number of OP_Once instructions so far */ + int nOpAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for Vdbe.aOp[] */ + int szOpAlloc; /* Bytes of memory space allocated for Vdbe.aOp[] */ + int iFixedOp; /* Never back out opcodes iFixedOp-1 or earlier */ + int ckBase; /* Base register of data during check constraints */ + int iSelfTab; /* Table of an index whose exprs are being coded */ + int iCacheLevel; /* ColCache valid when aColCache[].iLevel<=iCacheLevel */ + int iCacheCnt; /* Counter used to generate aColCache[].lru values */ + int nLabel; /* Number of labels used */ + int *aLabel; /* Space to hold the labels */ + struct yColCache { + int iTable; /* Table cursor number */ + i16 iColumn; /* Table column number */ + u8 tempReg; /* iReg is a temp register that needs to be freed */ + int iLevel; /* Nesting level */ + int iReg; /* Reg with value of this column. 0 means none. */ + int lru; /* Least recently used entry has the smallest value */ + } aColCache[SQLITE_N_COLCACHE]; /* One for each column cache entry */ + ExprList *pConstExpr;/* Constant expressions */ + Token constraintName;/* Name of the constraint currently being parsed */ + yDbMask writeMask; /* Start a write transaction on these databases */ + yDbMask cookieMask; /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */ + int cookieValue[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2]; /* Values of cookies to verify */ + int regRowid; /* Register holding rowid of CREATE TABLE entry */ + int regRoot; /* Register holding root page number for new objects */ + int nMaxArg; /* Max args passed to user function by sub-program */ +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED + int nSelect; /* Number of SELECT statements seen */ + int nSelectIndent; /* How far to indent SELECTTRACE() output */ +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + int nTableLock; /* Number of locks in aTableLock */ + TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */ +#endif + AutoincInfo *pAinc; /* Information about AUTOINCREMENT counters */ + + /* Information used while coding trigger programs. */ + Parse *pToplevel; /* Parse structure for main program (or NULL) */ + Table *pTriggerTab; /* Table triggers are being coded for */ + int addrCrTab; /* Address of OP_CreateTable opcode on CREATE TABLE */ + u32 nQueryLoop; /* Est number of iterations of a query (10*log2(N)) */ + u32 oldmask; /* Mask of old.* columns referenced */ + u32 newmask; /* Mask of new.* columns referenced */ + u8 eTriggerOp; /* TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT or TK_DELETE */ + u8 eOrconf; /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */ + u8 disableTriggers; /* True to disable triggers */ + + /************************************************************************ + ** Above is constant between recursions. Below is reset before and after + ** each recursion. The boundary between these two regions is determined + ** using offsetof(Parse,nVar) so the nVar field must be the first field + ** in the recursive region. + ************************************************************************/ + + ynVar nVar; /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */ + int nzVar; /* Number of available slots in azVar[] */ + u8 iPkSortOrder; /* ASC or DESC for INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ + u8 explain; /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + u8 declareVtab; /* True if inside sqlite3_declare_vtab() */ + int nVtabLock; /* Number of virtual tables to lock */ +#endif + int nAlias; /* Number of aliased result set columns */ + int nHeight; /* Expression tree height of current sub-select */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + int iSelectId; /* ID of current select for EXPLAIN output */ + int iNextSelectId; /* Next available select ID for EXPLAIN output */ +#endif + char **azVar; /* Pointers to names of parameters */ + Vdbe *pReprepare; /* VM being reprepared (sqlite3Reprepare()) */ + const char *zTail; /* All SQL text past the last semicolon parsed */ + Table *pNewTable; /* A table being constructed by CREATE TABLE */ + Trigger *pNewTrigger; /* Trigger under construct by a CREATE TRIGGER */ + const char *zAuthContext; /* The 6th parameter to db->xAuth callbacks */ + Token sNameToken; /* Token with unqualified schema object name */ + Token sLastToken; /* The last token parsed */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + Token sArg; /* Complete text of a module argument */ + Table **apVtabLock; /* Pointer to virtual tables needing locking */ +#endif + Table *pZombieTab; /* List of Table objects to delete after code gen */ + TriggerPrg *pTriggerPrg; /* Linked list of coded triggers */ + With *pWith; /* Current WITH clause, or NULL */ + With *pWithToFree; /* Free this WITH object at the end of the parse */ +}; + +/* +** Return true if currently inside an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB 0 +#else + #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB (pParse->declareVtab) +#endif + +/* +** An instance of the following structure can be declared on a stack and used +** to save the Parse.zAuthContext value so that it can be restored later. +*/ +struct AuthContext { + const char *zAuthContext; /* Put saved Parse.zAuthContext here */ + Parse *pParse; /* The Parse structure */ +}; + +/* +** Bitfield flags for P5 value in various opcodes. +** +** Value constraints (enforced via assert()): +** OPFLAG_LENGTHARG == SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH +** OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG == SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF +** OPFLAG_BULKCSR == BTREE_BULKLOAD +** OPFLAG_SEEKEQ == BTREE_SEEK_EQ +** OPFLAG_FORDELETE == BTREE_FORDELETE +** OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION == BTREE_SAVEPOSITION +** OPFLAG_AUXDELETE == BTREE_AUXDELETE +*/ +#define OPFLAG_NCHANGE 0x01 /* OP_Insert: Set to update db->nChange */ + /* Also used in P2 (not P5) of OP_Delete */ +#define OPFLAG_EPHEM 0x01 /* OP_Column: Ephemeral output is ok */ +#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID 0x02 /* Set to update db->lastRowid */ +#define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE 0x04 /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */ +#define OPFLAG_APPEND 0x08 /* This is likely to be an append */ +#define OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT 0x10 /* Try to avoid a seek in BtreeInsert() */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK +#define OPFLAG_ISNOOP 0x40 /* OP_Delete does pre-update-hook only */ +#endif +#define OPFLAG_LENGTHARG 0x40 /* OP_Column only used for length() */ +#define OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG 0x80 /* OP_Column only used for typeof() */ +#define OPFLAG_BULKCSR 0x01 /* OP_Open** used to open bulk cursor */ +#define OPFLAG_SEEKEQ 0x02 /* OP_Open** cursor uses EQ seek only */ +#define OPFLAG_FORDELETE 0x08 /* OP_Open should use BTREE_FORDELETE */ +#define OPFLAG_P2ISREG 0x10 /* P2 to OP_Open** is a register number */ +#define OPFLAG_PERMUTE 0x01 /* OP_Compare: use the permutation */ +#define OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION 0x02 /* OP_Delete: keep cursor position */ +#define OPFLAG_AUXDELETE 0x04 /* OP_Delete: index in a DELETE op */ + +/* + * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of + * struct Trigger. + * + * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways. + * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the + * database). This allows Trigger structures to be retrieved by name. + * 2. All triggers associated with a single table form a linked list, using the + * pNext member of struct Trigger. A pointer to the first element of the + * linked list is stored as the "pTrigger" member of the associated + * struct Table. + * + * The "step_list" member points to the first element of a linked list + * containing the SQL statements specified as the trigger program. + */ +struct Trigger { + char *zName; /* The name of the trigger */ + char *table; /* The table or view to which the trigger applies */ + u8 op; /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT */ + u8 tr_tm; /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */ + Expr *pWhen; /* The WHEN clause of the expression (may be NULL) */ + IdList *pColumns; /* If this is an UPDATE OF <column-list> trigger, + the <column-list> is stored here */ + Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing the trigger */ + Schema *pTabSchema; /* Schema containing the table */ + TriggerStep *step_list; /* Link list of trigger program steps */ + Trigger *pNext; /* Next trigger associated with the table */ +}; + +/* +** A trigger is either a BEFORE or an AFTER trigger. The following constants +** determine which. +** +** If there are multiple triggers, you might of some BEFORE and some AFTER. +** In that cases, the constants below can be ORed together. +*/ +#define TRIGGER_BEFORE 1 +#define TRIGGER_AFTER 2 + +/* + * An instance of struct TriggerStep is used to store a single SQL statement + * that is a part of a trigger-program. + * + * Instances of struct TriggerStep are stored in a singly linked list (linked + * using the "pNext" member) referenced by the "step_list" member of the + * associated struct Trigger instance. The first element of the linked list is + * the first step of the trigger-program. + * + * The "op" member indicates whether this is a "DELETE", "INSERT", "UPDATE" or + * "SELECT" statement. The meanings of the other members is determined by the + * value of "op" as follows: + * + * (op == TK_INSERT) + * orconf -> stores the ON CONFLICT algorithm + * pSelect -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... statement, then + * this stores a pointer to the SELECT statement. Otherwise NULL. + * zTarget -> Dequoted name of the table to insert into. + * pExprList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... VALUES ... statement, then + * this stores values to be inserted. Otherwise NULL. + * pIdList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... (<column-names>) VALUES ... + * statement, then this stores the column-names to be + * inserted into. + * + * (op == TK_DELETE) + * zTarget -> Dequoted name of the table to delete from. + * pWhere -> The WHERE clause of the DELETE statement if one is specified. + * Otherwise NULL. + * + * (op == TK_UPDATE) + * zTarget -> Dequoted name of the table to update. + * pWhere -> The WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement if one is specified. + * Otherwise NULL. + * pExprList -> A list of the columns to update and the expressions to update + * them to. See sqlite3Update() documentation of "pChanges" + * argument. + * + */ +struct TriggerStep { + u8 op; /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_SELECT */ + u8 orconf; /* OE_Rollback etc. */ + Trigger *pTrig; /* The trigger that this step is a part of */ + Select *pSelect; /* SELECT statement or RHS of INSERT INTO SELECT ... */ + char *zTarget; /* Target table for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT */ + Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause for DELETE or UPDATE steps */ + ExprList *pExprList; /* SET clause for UPDATE. */ + IdList *pIdList; /* Column names for INSERT */ + TriggerStep *pNext; /* Next in the link-list */ + TriggerStep *pLast; /* Last element in link-list. Valid for 1st elem only */ +}; + +/* +** The following structure contains information used by the sqliteFix... +** routines as they walk the parse tree to make database references +** explicit. +*/ +typedef struct DbFixer DbFixer; +struct DbFixer { + Parse *pParse; /* The parsing context. Error messages written here */ + Schema *pSchema; /* Fix items to this schema */ + int bVarOnly; /* Check for variable references only */ + const char *zDb; /* Make sure all objects are contained in this database */ + const char *zType; /* Type of the container - used for error messages */ + const Token *pName; /* Name of the container - used for error messages */ +}; + +/* +** An objected used to accumulate the text of a string where we +** do not necessarily know how big the string will be in the end. +*/ +struct StrAccum { + sqlite3 *db; /* Optional database for lookaside. Can be NULL */ + char *zBase; /* A base allocation. Not from malloc. */ + char *zText; /* The string collected so far */ + u32 nChar; /* Length of the string so far */ + u32 nAlloc; /* Amount of space allocated in zText */ + u32 mxAlloc; /* Maximum allowed allocation. 0 for no malloc usage */ + u8 accError; /* STRACCUM_NOMEM or STRACCUM_TOOBIG */ + u8 printfFlags; /* SQLITE_PRINTF flags below */ +}; +#define STRACCUM_NOMEM 1 +#define STRACCUM_TOOBIG 2 +#define SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL 0x01 /* Internal-use-only converters allowed */ +#define SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC 0x02 /* SQL function arguments to VXPrintf */ +#define SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED 0x04 /* True if xText is allocated space */ + +#define isMalloced(X) (((X)->printfFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED)!=0) + + +/* +** A pointer to this structure is used to communicate information +** from sqlite3Init and OP_ParseSchema into the sqlite3InitCallback. +*/ +typedef struct { + sqlite3 *db; /* The database being initialized */ + char **pzErrMsg; /* Error message stored here */ + int iDb; /* 0 for main database. 1 for TEMP, 2.. for ATTACHed */ + int rc; /* Result code stored here */ +} InitData; + +/* +** Structure containing global configuration data for the SQLite library. +** +** This structure also contains some state information. +*/ +struct Sqlite3Config { + int bMemstat; /* True to enable memory status */ + int bCoreMutex; /* True to enable core mutexing */ + int bFullMutex; /* True to enable full mutexing */ + int bOpenUri; /* True to interpret filenames as URIs */ + int bUseCis; /* Use covering indices for full-scans */ + int mxStrlen; /* Maximum string length */ + int neverCorrupt; /* Database is always well-formed */ + int szLookaside; /* Default lookaside buffer size */ + int nLookaside; /* Default lookaside buffer count */ + int nStmtSpill; /* Stmt-journal spill-to-disk threshold */ + sqlite3_mem_methods m; /* Low-level memory allocation interface */ + sqlite3_mutex_methods mutex; /* Low-level mutex interface */ + sqlite3_pcache_methods2 pcache2; /* Low-level page-cache interface */ + void *pHeap; /* Heap storage space */ + int nHeap; /* Size of pHeap[] */ + int mnReq, mxReq; /* Min and max heap requests sizes */ + sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* mmap() space per open file */ + sqlite3_int64 mxMmap; /* Maximum value for szMmap */ + void *pScratch; /* Scratch memory */ + int szScratch; /* Size of each scratch buffer */ + int nScratch; /* Number of scratch buffers */ + void *pPage; /* Page cache memory */ + int szPage; /* Size of each page in pPage[] */ + int nPage; /* Number of pages in pPage[] */ + int mxParserStack; /* maximum depth of the parser stack */ + int sharedCacheEnabled; /* true if shared-cache mode enabled */ + u32 szPma; /* Maximum Sorter PMA size */ + /* The above might be initialized to non-zero. The following need to always + ** initially be zero, however. */ + int isInit; /* True after initialization has finished */ + int inProgress; /* True while initialization in progress */ + int isMutexInit; /* True after mutexes are initialized */ + int isMallocInit; /* True after malloc is initialized */ + int isPCacheInit; /* True after malloc is initialized */ + int nRefInitMutex; /* Number of users of pInitMutex */ + sqlite3_mutex *pInitMutex; /* Mutex used by sqlite3_initialize() */ + void (*xLog)(void*,int,const char*); /* Function for logging */ + void *pLogArg; /* First argument to xLog() */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG + void(*xSqllog)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int); + void *pSqllogArg; +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE + /* The following callback (if not NULL) is invoked on every VDBE branch + ** operation. Set the callback using SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE. + */ + void (*xVdbeBranch)(void*,int iSrcLine,u8 eThis,u8 eMx); /* Callback */ + void *pVdbeBranchArg; /* 1st argument */ +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST + int (*xTestCallback)(int); /* Invoked by sqlite3FaultSim() */ +#endif + int bLocaltimeFault; /* True to fail localtime() calls */ +}; + +/* +** This macro is used inside of assert() statements to indicate that +** the assert is only valid on a well-formed database. Instead of: +** +** assert( X ); +** +** One writes: +** +** assert( X || CORRUPT_DB ); +** +** CORRUPT_DB is true during normal operation. CORRUPT_DB does not indicate +** that the database is definitely corrupt, only that it might be corrupt. +** For most test cases, CORRUPT_DB is set to false using a special +** sqlite3_test_control(). This enables assert() statements to prove +** things that are always true for well-formed databases. +*/ +#define CORRUPT_DB (sqlite3Config.neverCorrupt==0) + +/* +** Context pointer passed down through the tree-walk. +*/ +struct Walker { + Parse *pParse; /* Parser context. */ + int (*xExprCallback)(Walker*, Expr*); /* Callback for expressions */ + int (*xSelectCallback)(Walker*,Select*); /* Callback for SELECTs */ + void (*xSelectCallback2)(Walker*,Select*);/* Second callback for SELECTs */ + int walkerDepth; /* Number of subqueries */ + u8 eCode; /* A small processing code */ + union { /* Extra data for callback */ + NameContext *pNC; /* Naming context */ + int n; /* A counter */ + int iCur; /* A cursor number */ + SrcList *pSrcList; /* FROM clause */ + struct SrcCount *pSrcCount; /* Counting column references */ + struct CCurHint *pCCurHint; /* Used by codeCursorHint() */ + int *aiCol; /* array of column indexes */ + } u; +}; + +/* Forward declarations */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker*, ExprList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker*, Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker*, Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker*, Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprWalkNoop(Walker*, Expr*); + +/* +** Return code from the parse-tree walking primitives and their +** callbacks. +*/ +#define WRC_Continue 0 /* Continue down into children */ +#define WRC_Prune 1 /* Omit children but continue walking siblings */ +#define WRC_Abort 2 /* Abandon the tree walk */ + +/* +** An instance of this structure represents a set of one or more CTEs +** (common table expressions) created by a single WITH clause. +*/ +struct With { + int nCte; /* Number of CTEs in the WITH clause */ + With *pOuter; /* Containing WITH clause, or NULL */ + struct Cte { /* For each CTE in the WITH clause.... */ + char *zName; /* Name of this CTE */ + ExprList *pCols; /* List of explicit column names, or NULL */ + Select *pSelect; /* The definition of this CTE */ + const char *zCteErr; /* Error message for circular references */ + } a[1]; +}; + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** An instance of the TreeView object is used for printing the content of +** data structures on sqlite3DebugPrintf() using a tree-like view. +*/ +struct TreeView { + int iLevel; /* Which level of the tree we are on */ + u8 bLine[100]; /* Draw vertical in column i if bLine[i] is true */ +}; +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + +/* +** Assuming zIn points to the first byte of a UTF-8 character, +** advance zIn to point to the first byte of the next UTF-8 character. +*/ +#define SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zIn) { \ + if( (*(zIn++))>=0xc0 ){ \ + while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ zIn++; } \ + } \ +} + +/* +** The SQLITE_*_BKPT macros are substitutes for the error codes with +** the same name but without the _BKPT suffix. These macros invoke +** routines that report the line-number on which the error originated +** using sqlite3_log(). The routines also provide a convenient place +** to set a debugger breakpoint. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int); +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT sqlite3CorruptError(__LINE__) +#define SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT sqlite3MisuseError(__LINE__) +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT sqlite3CantopenError(__LINE__) +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3NomemError(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IoerrnomemError(int); +# define SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT sqlite3NomemError(__LINE__) +# define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT sqlite3IoerrnomemError(__LINE__) +#else +# define SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT SQLITE_NOMEM +# define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM +#endif + +/* +** FTS3 and FTS4 both require virtual table support +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) +# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 +# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 +#endif + +/* +** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3. It is enabled using the +** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro. But to avoid confusion we also call +** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alias for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 1 +#endif + +/* +** The ctype.h header is needed for non-ASCII systems. It is also +** needed by FTS3 when FTS3 is included in the amalgamation. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_ASCII) || \ + (defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION)) +# include <ctype.h> +#endif + +/* +** The following macros mimic the standard library functions toupper(), +** isspace(), isalnum(), isdigit() and isxdigit(), respectively. The +** sqlite versions only work for ASCII characters, regardless of locale. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII +# define sqlite3Toupper(x) ((x)&~(sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x20)) +# define sqlite3Isspace(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x01) +# define sqlite3Isalnum(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x06) +# define sqlite3Isalpha(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x02) +# define sqlite3Isdigit(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x04) +# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x08) +# define sqlite3Tolower(x) (sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)(x)]) +# define sqlite3Isquote(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x80) +#else +# define sqlite3Toupper(x) toupper((unsigned char)(x)) +# define sqlite3Isspace(x) isspace((unsigned char)(x)) +# define sqlite3Isalnum(x) isalnum((unsigned char)(x)) +# define sqlite3Isalpha(x) isalpha((unsigned char)(x)) +# define sqlite3Isdigit(x) isdigit((unsigned char)(x)) +# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x) isxdigit((unsigned char)(x)) +# define sqlite3Tolower(x) tolower((unsigned char)(x)) +# define sqlite3Isquote(x) ((x)=='"'||(x)=='\''||(x)=='['||(x)=='`') +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsIdChar(u8); +#endif + +/* +** Internal function prototypes +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrICmp(const char*,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3ColumnType(Column*,char*); +#define sqlite3StrNICmp sqlite3_strnicmp + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(u64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(u64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3*, u64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3*, u64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(sqlite3*, u64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3*,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3*,const char*, u64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void*, u64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *, void *, u64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *, void *, u64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3*, void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3*, void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(void (*)(void), void (*)(void)); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void); + +/* +** On systems with ample stack space and that support alloca(), make +** use of alloca() to obtain space for large automatic objects. By default, +** obtain space from malloc(). +** +** The alloca() routine never returns NULL. This will cause code paths +** that deal with sqlite3StackAlloc() failures to be unreachable. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA +# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N) alloca(N) +# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N) memset(alloca(N), 0, N) +# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P) +#else +# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N) sqlite3DbMallocRaw(D,N) +# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N) sqlite3DbMallocZero(D,N) +# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P) sqlite3DbFree(D,P) +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 +SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 +SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void); +#endif + + +#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void); +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemoryBarrier(void); +#else +# define sqlite3MemoryBarrier() +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StatusValue(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusUp(int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusDown(int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusHighwater(int, int); + +/* Access to mutexes used by sqlite3_status() */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3Pcache1Mutex(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MallocMutex(void); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double); +#else +# define sqlite3IsNaN(X) 0 +#endif + +/* +** An instance of the following structure holds information about SQL +** functions arguments that are the parameters to the printf() function. +*/ +struct PrintfArguments { + int nArg; /* Total number of arguments */ + int nUsed; /* Number of arguments used so far */ + sqlite3_value **apArg; /* The argument values */ +}; + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(StrAccum*, const char*, va_list); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum*, const char*, ...); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, ...); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, va_list); +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char*, ...); +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char*); +#endif + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewExpr(TreeView*, const Expr*, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewExprList(TreeView*, const ExprList*, u8, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewSelect(TreeView*, const Select*, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewWith(TreeView*, const With*, u8); +#endif + + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **, sqlite3*, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Dequote(char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TokenInit(Token*,char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse*, const char*, char **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse*,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(Parse*); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3NoTempsInRange(Parse*,int,int); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc(sqlite3*,int,const Token*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr(sqlite3*,int,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(sqlite3*,Expr*,Expr*,Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr(Parse*, int, Expr*, Expr*, const Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PExprAddSelect(Parse*, Expr*, Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3*,Expr*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse*,ExprList*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(Parse*,ExprList*,Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(ExprList*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName(Parse*,ExprList*,Token*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(Parse*,ExprList*,ExprSpan*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3*, ExprList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3ExprListFlags(const ExprList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3*, char**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void*, int, char**, char**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetOneSchema(sqlite3*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(sqlite3*,Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(Parse*,ExprList*,i16*,Column**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(Parse*,Table*,Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE i16 sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(Index*, i16); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,int,int,int,int); +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(Table*, Column*); +#else +# define sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(T,C) /* no-op */ +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token*,Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(Parse*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,ExprSpan*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,u8,Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri(const char*,const char*,unsigned int*, + sqlite3_vfs**,char**,char **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Btree *sqlite3DbNameToBtree(sqlite3*,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeOnce(Parse *); + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST +# define sqlite3FaultSim(X) SQLITE_OK +#else +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FaultSim(int); +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec*, u32); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(Bitvec*, u32); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec*, u32); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec*, u32, void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec*); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int,int*); +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3*, void*, unsigned int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet*, i64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet*, int iBatch, i64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet*, i64*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,ExprList*,Select*,int,int); + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*); +#else +# define sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(A,B) 0 +#endif + +#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30 +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(yDbMask); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse*, Table*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3*, Table*); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse); +#else +# define sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(X) +# define sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(X) +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert(Parse*, SrcList*, Select*, IdList*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(sqlite3*,void*,int,int*,int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3*, IdList*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(sqlite3*, SrcList*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(sqlite3*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*, + Token*, Select*, Expr*, IdList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *, SrcList *, Token *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListFuncArgs(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *, struct SrcList_item *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse*, SrcList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3*, IdList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3*, SrcList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(sqlite3*,i16,int,char**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex(Parse*,Token*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,int,Token*, + Expr*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse*, SrcList*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, SelectDest*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(Parse*,ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*, + Expr*,ExprList*,u32,Expr*,Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3*, Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int); +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,Expr*,Expr*,char*); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,ExprList*,u16,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(WhereInfo*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(WhereInfo*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsSorted(WhereInfo*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(WhereInfo*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(WhereInfo*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(WhereInfo*, int*); +#define ONEPASS_OFF 0 /* Use of ONEPASS not allowed */ +#define ONEPASS_SINGLE 1 /* ONEPASS valid for a single row update */ +#define ONEPASS_MULTI 2 /* ONEPASS is valid for multiple rows */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeLoadIndexColumn(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnToReg(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(Vdbe*, Table*, int, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse*, int, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse*, int, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse*, Expr*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(Parse*, Expr*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(Parse*, Expr*, int, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse*, Expr*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse*, Expr*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse*, Expr*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, u8); +#define SQLITE_ECEL_DUP 0x01 /* Deep, not shallow copies */ +#define SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR 0x02 /* Factor out constant terms */ +#define SQLITE_ECEL_REF 0x04 /* Use ExprList.u.x.iOrderByCol */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse*, Expr*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse*, Expr*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(Parse*, Expr*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse*,int isView,const char*, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem(Parse*,int isView,struct SrcList_item *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3*,int,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3*,int,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr*, Expr*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList*, ExprList*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(Expr*, Expr*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr*, SrcList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse*, const char *zDb); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse*, int, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(Expr*,int); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprContainsSubquery(Expr*); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr*, char); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( + Parse*,Table*,Trigger*,int,int,int,i16,u8,u8,u8,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int, int*,Index*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(Parse*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int*,int,int,int,int, + u8,u8,int,int*,int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*,Table*,int,int,int,int*,int,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, u8, int, u8*, int*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint(Parse*, int, int, char*, i8, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UniqueConstraint(Parse*, int, Index*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowidConstraint(Parse*, int, Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3*,Expr*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3*,ExprList*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3*,SrcList*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3*,IdList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3*,Select*,int); +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectSetName(Select*,const char*); +#else +# define sqlite3SelectSetName(A,B) +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs(FuncDef*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,u8,u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterPerConnectionBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse*, int); + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int); +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*, + Expr*,int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse *, Table*, int, ExprList*, int *pMask); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *, Table *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, Trigger *, int, ExprList*, int, Table *, + int, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(Parse *, Trigger *, Table *, int, int, int); + void sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3*, TriggerStep*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3*,Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(sqlite3*,Token*, IdList*, + Select*,u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(sqlite3*,Token*,ExprList*, Expr*, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(sqlite3*,Token*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3*, Trigger*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(Parse*,Trigger*,ExprList*,int,int,Table*,int); +# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel ? (p)->pToplevel : (p)) +# define sqlite3IsToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel==0) +#else +# define sqlite3TriggersExist(B,C,D,E,F) 0 +# define sqlite3DeleteTrigger(A,B) +# define sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(A,B) +# define sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(A,B,C) +# define sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I) +# define sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(A,B,C,D,E,F) +# define sqlite3TriggerList(X, Y) 0 +# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) p +# define sqlite3IsToplevel(p) 1 +# define sqlite3TriggerColmask(A,B,C,D,E,F,G) 0 +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(Parse*, ExprList*, Token*, ExprList*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse*, int); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,Schema*,SrcList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthCheck(Parse*,int, const char*, const char*, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush(Parse*, AuthContext*, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthReadCol(Parse*, const char *, const char *, int); +#else +# define sqlite3AuthRead(a,b,c,d) +# define sqlite3AuthCheck(a,b,c,d,e) SQLITE_OK +# define sqlite3AuthContextPush(a,b,c) +# define sqlite3AuthContextPop(a) ((void)(a)) +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse*, Expr*, Expr*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FixInit(DbFixer*, Parse*, int, const char*, const Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList(DbFixer*, SrcList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect(DbFixer*, Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*, int, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read(const u8**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEst(u64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst,LogEst); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(double); +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS) || \ + defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4) || \ + defined(SQLITE_EXPLAIN_ESTIMATED_ROWS) +SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst); +#endif + +/* +** Routines to read and write variable-length integers. These used to +** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c +** file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char*, u64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v); + +/* +** The common case is for a varint to be a single byte. They following +** macros handle the common case without a procedure call, but then call +** the procedure for larger varints. +*/ +#define getVarint32(A,B) \ + (u8)((*(A)<(u8)0x80)?((B)=(u32)*(A)),1:sqlite3GetVarint32((A),(u32 *)&(B))) +#define putVarint32(A,B) \ + (u8)(((u32)(B)<(u32)0x80)?(*(A)=(unsigned char)(B)),1:\ + sqlite3PutVarint((A),(B))) +#define getVarint sqlite3GetVarint +#define putVarint sqlite3PutVarint + + +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(sqlite3*, Index*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe*, Table*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*, int, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(const char*, i64*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SystemError(sqlite3*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **); + +#if defined(SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME) +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrName(int); +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse); +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char*zName); +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(Parse *pParse, Expr*, const Token*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse*,Expr*,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *, const char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64*,i64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64*,i64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64*,i64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char*, char*); +#else +# define sqlite3FileSuffix3(X,Y) +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z,u8); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8, + void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *, const void*, int, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3 *, Expr *, u8, u8, sqlite3_value **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(sqlite3_value *, u8, u8); +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[]; +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3StrBINARY[]; +SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[]; +SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[]; +SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[]; +SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config; +SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDefHash sqlite3BuiltinFunctions; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte; +#endif +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3*, int, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse*, const char*, ...); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *, Expr *, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectWrongNumTermsError(Parse *pParse, Select *p); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MatchSpanName(const char*, const char*, const char*, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(NameContext*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(NameContext*, ExprList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(Parse*,Table*,int,Expr*,ExprList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(Parse*, Select*, ExprList*, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *, Table *, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *, Token *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *, SrcList *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(Parse*, u8, CollSeq *, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char*, u8*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *, const char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3*,Index*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *, Btree *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(sqlite3*,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(KeyInfo*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoRef(KeyInfo*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(Parse*, Index*); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(KeyInfo*); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *, + void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*)(sqlite3_context*), + FuncDestructor *pDestructor +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OomFault(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OomClear(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3 *db, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum*, sqlite3*, char*, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum*,const char*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(StrAccum*,const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AppendChar(StrAccum*,int,char); +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest*,int,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *, SrcList *, int, int); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *, Pgno, const u8 *); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AnalyzeFunctions(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(Parse*,Index*,UnpackedRecord**,Expr*,u8,int,int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4ValueFromExpr(Parse*, Expr*, u8, sqlite3_value**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(UnpackedRecord*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4Column(sqlite3*, const void*, int, int, sqlite3_value**); +#endif + +/* +** The interface to the LEMON-generated parser +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(u64)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(void*, int, Token, Parse*); +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void*); +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3*); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3*); +#else +# define sqlite3CloseExtensions(X) +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock(Parse *, int, int, u8, const char *); +#else + #define sqlite3TableLock(v,w,x,y,z) +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char*); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +# define sqlite3VtabClear(Y) +# define sqlite3VtabSync(X,Y) SQLITE_OK +# define sqlite3VtabRollback(X) +# define sqlite3VtabCommit(X) +# define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) 0 +# define sqlite3VtabLock(X) +# define sqlite3VtabUnlock(X) +# define sqlite3VtabUnlockList(X) +# define sqlite3VtabSavepoint(X, Y, Z) SQLITE_OK +# define sqlite3GetVTable(X,Y) ((VTable*)0) +#else +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(Vdbe*, sqlite3_vtab*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3*, Table*); +# define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ((db)->nVTrans>0 && (db)->aVTrans==0) +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabEponymousTableInit(Parse*,Module*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(sqlite3*,Module*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse*,Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse*, Token*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3*, int, const char *, char **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse*, Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3*, int, const char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *, VTable *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(sqlite3 *,FuncDef*, int nArg, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(sqlite3_context*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe*, const char*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *, sqlite3_stmt *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserReset(Parse*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(Parse*, ExprList*, const char*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, Expr *, Expr *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3*, int, int, int*, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int); +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE +SQLITE_PRIVATE With *sqlite3WithAdd(Parse*,With*,Token*,ExprList*,Select*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithDelete(sqlite3*,With*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithPush(Parse*, With*, u8); +#else +#define sqlite3WithPush(x,y,z) +#define sqlite3WithDelete(x,y) +#endif + +/* Declarations for functions in fkey.c. All of these are replaced by +** no-op macros if OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is defined. In this case no foreign +** key functionality is available. If OMIT_TRIGGER is defined but +** OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is not, only some of the functions are no-oped. In +** this case foreign keys are parsed, but no other functionality is +** provided (enforcement of FK constraints requires the triggers sub-system). +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse*, SrcList *, Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkActions(Parse*, Table*, ExprList*, int, int*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired(Parse*, Table*, int*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask(Parse*, Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *); +#else + #define sqlite3FkActions(a,b,c,d,e,f) + #define sqlite3FkCheck(a,b,c,d,e,f) + #define sqlite3FkDropTable(a,b,c) + #define sqlite3FkOldmask(a,b) 0 + #define sqlite3FkRequired(a,b,c,d) 0 +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *, Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkLocateIndex(Parse*,Table*,FKey*,Index**,int**); +#else + #define sqlite3FkDelete(a,b) + #define sqlite3FkLocateIndex(a,b,c,d,e) +#endif + + +/* +** Available fault injectors. Should be numbered beginning with 0. +*/ +#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC 0 +#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_COUNT 1 + +/* +** The interface to the code in fault.c used for identifying "benign" +** malloc failures. This is only present if SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST +** is not defined. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void); +#else + #define sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc() + #define sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() +#endif + +/* +** Allowed return values from sqlite3FindInIndex() +*/ +#define IN_INDEX_ROWID 1 /* Search the rowid of the table */ +#define IN_INDEX_EPH 2 /* Search an ephemeral b-tree */ +#define IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC 3 /* Existing index ASCENDING */ +#define IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC 4 /* Existing index DESCENDING */ +#define IN_INDEX_NOOP 5 /* No table available. Use comparisons */ +/* +** Allowed flags for the 3rd parameter to sqlite3FindInIndex(). +*/ +#define IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK 0x0001 /* OK to return IN_INDEX_NOOP */ +#define IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP 0x0002 /* IN operator used for membership test */ +#define IN_INDEX_LOOP 0x0004 /* IN operator used as a loop */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *, Expr *, u32, int*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file *, int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *); +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(sqlite3_file *p); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(Parse *pParse, Expr *p); +#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse*, int); +#else + #define sqlite3SelectExprHeight(x) 0 + #define sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(x,y) +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(u8*, u32); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *, sqlite3 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db); +#else + #define sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(x,y) + #define sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(x) + #define sqlite3ConnectionClosed(x) +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE*, char *); +#endif + +/* +** If the SQLITE_ENABLE IOTRACE exists then the global variable +** sqlite3IoTrace is a pointer to a printf-like routine used to +** print I/O tracing messages. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE +# define IOTRACE(A) if( sqlite3IoTrace ){ sqlite3IoTrace A; } +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN void (SQLITE_CDECL *sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*,...); +#else +# define IOTRACE(A) +# define sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(X) +#endif + +/* +** These routines are available for the mem2.c debugging memory allocator +** only. They are used to verify that different "types" of memory +** allocations are properly tracked by the system. +** +** sqlite3MemdebugSetType() sets the "type" of an allocation to one of +** the MEMTYPE_* macros defined below. The type must be a bitmask with +** a single bit set. +** +** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() returns true if any of the bits in its second +** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType(). +** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() is intended for use inside assert() statements. +** +** sqlite3MemdebugNoType() returns true if none of the bits in its second +** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType(). +** +** Perhaps the most important point is the difference between MEMTYPE_HEAP +** and MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE. If an allocation is MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE, that means +** it might have been allocated by lookaside, except the allocation was +** too large or lookaside was already full. It is important to verify +** that allocations that might have been satisfied by lookaside are not +** passed back to non-lookaside free() routines. Asserts such as the +** example above are placed on the non-lookaside free() routines to verify +** this constraint. +** +** All of this is no-op for a production build. It only comes into +** play when the SQLITE_MEMDEBUG compile-time option is used. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void*,u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void*,u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void*,u8); +#else +# define sqlite3MemdebugSetType(X,Y) /* no-op */ +# define sqlite3MemdebugHasType(X,Y) 1 +# define sqlite3MemdebugNoType(X,Y) 1 +#endif +#define MEMTYPE_HEAP 0x01 /* General heap allocations */ +#define MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE 0x02 /* Heap that might have been lookaside */ +#define MEMTYPE_SCRATCH 0x04 /* Scratch allocations */ +#define MEMTYPE_PCACHE 0x08 /* Page cache allocations */ + +/* +** Threading interface +*/ +#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadCreate(SQLiteThread**,void*(*)(void*),void*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadJoin(SQLiteThread*, void**); +#endif + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbstatRegister(sqlite3*); +#endif + +#endif /* _SQLITEINT_H_ */ + +/************** End of sqliteInt.h *******************************************/ +/************** Begin file global.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 June 13 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains definitions of global variables and constants. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding +** lower-case character. +** +** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters. We do not +** handle case conversions for the UTF character set since the tables +** involved are nearly as big or bigger than SQLite itself. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = { +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII + 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, + 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, + 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, + 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103, + 104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121, + 122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107, + 108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125, + 126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, + 144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161, + 162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179, + 180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197, + 198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215, + 216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233, + 234,235,236,237,238,239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251, + 252,253,254,255 +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC + 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, /* 0x */ + 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, /* 1x */ + 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, /* 2x */ + 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, /* 3x */ + 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, /* 4x */ + 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, /* 5x */ + 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111, /* 6x */ + 112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,126,127, /* 7x */ + 128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, /* 8x */ + 144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159, /* 9x */ + 160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,140,141,142,175, /* Ax */ + 176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191, /* Bx */ + 192,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,202,203,204,205,206,207, /* Cx */ + 208,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,218,219,220,221,222,223, /* Dx */ + 224,225,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,234,235,236,237,238,239, /* Ex */ + 240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,252,253,254,255, /* Fx */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** The following 256 byte lookup table is used to support SQLites built-in +** equivalents to the following standard library functions: +** +** isspace() 0x01 +** isalpha() 0x02 +** isdigit() 0x04 +** isalnum() 0x06 +** isxdigit() 0x08 +** toupper() 0x20 +** SQLite identifier character 0x40 +** Quote character 0x80 +** +** Bit 0x20 is set if the mapped character requires translation to upper +** case. i.e. if the character is a lower-case ASCII character. +** If x is a lower-case ASCII character, then its upper-case equivalent +** is (x - 0x20). Therefore toupper() can be implemented as: +** +** (x & ~(map[x]&0x20)) +** +** Standard function tolower() is implemented using the sqlite3UpperToLower[] +** array. tolower() is used more often than toupper() by SQLite. +** +** Bit 0x40 is set if the character non-alphanumeric and can be used in an +** SQLite identifier. Identifiers are alphanumerics, "_", "$", and any +** non-ASCII UTF character. Hence the test for whether or not a character is +** part of an identifier is 0x46. +** +** SQLite's versions are identical to the standard versions assuming a +** locale of "C". They are implemented as macros in sqliteInt.h. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII +SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[256] = { + 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 00..07 ........ */ + 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, /* 08..0f ........ */ + 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 10..17 ........ */ + 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 18..1f ........ */ + 0x01, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, /* 20..27 !"#$%&' */ + 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 28..2f ()*+,-./ */ + 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, /* 30..37 01234567 */ + 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 38..3f 89:;<=>? */ + + 0x00, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x02, /* 40..47 @ABCDEFG */ + 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, /* 48..4f HIJKLMNO */ + 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, /* 50..57 PQRSTUVW */ + 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, /* 58..5f XYZ[\]^_ */ + 0x80, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x22, /* 60..67 `abcdefg */ + 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, /* 68..6f hijklmno */ + 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, /* 70..77 pqrstuvw */ + 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 78..7f xyz{|}~. */ + + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 80..87 ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 88..8f ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 90..97 ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 98..9f ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* a0..a7 ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* a8..af ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* b0..b7 ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* b8..bf ........ */ + + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* c0..c7 ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* c8..cf ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* d0..d7 ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* d8..df ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* e0..e7 ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* e8..ef ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* f0..f7 ........ */ + 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40 /* f8..ff ........ */ +}; +#endif + +/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-02982-34736 In order to maintain full backwards +** compatibility for legacy applications, the URI filename capability is +** disabled by default. +** +** EVIDENCE-OF: R-38799-08373 URI filenames can be enabled or disabled +** using the SQLITE_USE_URI=1 or SQLITE_USE_URI=0 compile-time options. +** +** EVIDENCE-OF: R-43642-56306 By default, URI handling is globally +** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the +** SQLITE_USE_URI symbol defined. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_USE_URI +# define SQLITE_USE_URI 0 +#endif + +/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-38720-18127 The default setting is determined by the +** SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN compile-time option, or is "on" if +** that compile-time option is omitted. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN +# define SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 1 +#endif + +/* The minimum PMA size is set to this value multiplied by the database +** page size in bytes. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ +# define SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ 250 +#endif + +/* Statement journals spill to disk when their size exceeds the following +** threashold (in bytes). 0 means that statement journals are created and +** written to disk immediately (the default behavior for SQLite versions +** before 3.12.0). -1 means always keep the entire statement journal in +** memory. (The statement journal is also always held entirely in memory +** if journal_mode=MEMORY or if temp_store=MEMORY, regardless of this +** setting.) +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL +# define SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL (64*1024) +#endif + +/* +** The following singleton contains the global configuration for +** the SQLite library. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config = { + SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS, /* bMemstat */ + 1, /* bCoreMutex */ + SQLITE_THREADSAFE==1, /* bFullMutex */ + SQLITE_USE_URI, /* bOpenUri */ + SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN, /* bUseCis */ + 0x7ffffffe, /* mxStrlen */ + 0, /* neverCorrupt */ + 128, /* szLookaside */ + 500, /* nLookaside */ + SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL, /* nStmtSpill */ + {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* m */ + {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* mutex */ + {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},/* pcache2 */ + (void*)0, /* pHeap */ + 0, /* nHeap */ + 0, 0, /* mnHeap, mxHeap */ + SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE, /* szMmap */ + SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE, /* mxMmap */ + (void*)0, /* pScratch */ + 0, /* szScratch */ + 0, /* nScratch */ + (void*)0, /* pPage */ + 0, /* szPage */ + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ, /* nPage */ + 0, /* mxParserStack */ + 0, /* sharedCacheEnabled */ + SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ, /* szPma */ + /* All the rest should always be initialized to zero */ + 0, /* isInit */ + 0, /* inProgress */ + 0, /* isMutexInit */ + 0, /* isMallocInit */ + 0, /* isPCacheInit */ + 0, /* nRefInitMutex */ + 0, /* pInitMutex */ + 0, /* xLog */ + 0, /* pLogArg */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG + 0, /* xSqllog */ + 0, /* pSqllogArg */ +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE + 0, /* xVdbeBranch */ + 0, /* pVbeBranchArg */ +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST + 0, /* xTestCallback */ +#endif + 0 /* bLocaltimeFault */ +}; + +/* +** Hash table for global functions - functions common to all +** database connections. After initialization, this table is +** read-only. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDefHash sqlite3BuiltinFunctions; + +/* +** Constant tokens for values 0 and 1. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[] = { + { "0", 1 }, + { "1", 1 } +}; + + +/* +** The value of the "pending" byte must be 0x40000000 (1 byte past the +** 1-gibabyte boundary) in a compatible database. SQLite never uses +** the database page that contains the pending byte. It never attempts +** to read or write that page. The pending byte page is set assign +** for use by the VFS layers as space for managing file locks. +** +** During testing, it is often desirable to move the pending byte to +** a different position in the file. This allows code that has to +** deal with the pending byte to run on files that are much smaller +** than 1 GiB. The sqlite3_test_control() interface can be used to +** move the pending byte. +** +** IMPORTANT: Changing the pending byte to any value other than +** 0x40000000 results in an incompatible database file format! +** Changing the pending byte during operation will result in undefined +** and incorrect behavior. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte = 0x40000000; +#endif + +/* #include "opcodes.h" */ +/* +** Properties of opcodes. The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is +** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation. Data is obtained +** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in +** the vdbe.c file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER; + +/* +** Name of the default collating sequence +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3StrBINARY[] = "BINARY"; + +/************** End of global.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file ctime.c *******************************************/ +/* +** 2010 February 23 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file implements routines used to report what compile-time options +** SQLite was built with. +*/ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS + +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* +** An array of names of all compile-time options. This array should +** be sorted A-Z. +** +** This array looks large, but in a typical installation actually uses +** only a handful of compile-time options, so most times this array is usually +** rather short and uses little memory space. +*/ +static const char * const azCompileOpt[] = { + +/* These macros are provided to "stringify" the value of the define +** for those options in which the value is meaningful. */ +#define CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt) #opt +#define CTIMEOPT_VAL(opt) CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt) + +#if SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID + "32BIT_ROWID", +#endif +#if SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC + "4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC", +#endif +#if SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE + "CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES + "CHECK_PAGES", +#endif +#if SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST + "COVERAGE_TEST", +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEBUG + "DEBUG", +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE + "DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE), +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE) && !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE_xc) + "DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE), +#endif +#if SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC + "DISABLE_DIRSYNC", +#endif +#if SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS + "DISABLE_LFS", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES + "ENABLE_8_3_NAMES", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + "ENABLE_API_ARMOR", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE + "ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD + "ENABLE_CEROD", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA + "ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB + "ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT + "ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 + "ENABLE_FTS1", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 + "ENABLE_FTS2", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 + "ENABLE_FTS3", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS + "ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 + "ENABLE_FTS4", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5 + "ENABLE_FTS5", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU + "ENABLE_ICU", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE + "ENABLE_IOTRACE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1 + "ENABLE_JSON1", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION + "ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + "ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE), +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT + "ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 + "ENABLE_MEMSYS3", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 + "ENABLE_MEMSYS5", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK + "ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE + "ENABLE_RTREE", +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4) + "ENABLE_STAT4", +#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) + "ENABLE_STAT3", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY + "ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT + "ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT", +#endif +#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + "HAS_CODEC", +#endif +#if HAVE_ISNAN || SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN + "HAVE_ISNAN", +#endif +#if SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX + "HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX", +#endif +#if SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS + "IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS", +#endif +#if SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS + "IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE + "INT64_TYPE", +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS + "LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS", +#endif +#if SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE + "LOCK_TRACE", +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE) && !defined(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE_xc) + "MAX_MMAP_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE), +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY + "MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY), +#endif +#if SQLITE_MEMDEBUG + "MEMDEBUG", +#endif +#if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT + "MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT", +#endif +#if SQLITE_NO_SYNC + "NO_SYNC", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE + "OMIT_ALTERTABLE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE + "OMIT_ANALYZE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH + "OMIT_ATTACH", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + "OMIT_AUTHORIZATION", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + "OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + "OMIT_AUTOINIT", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX + "OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET + "OMIT_AUTORESET", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + "OMIT_AUTOVACUUM", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION + "OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL + "OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT + "OMIT_BTREECOUNT", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST + "OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_CAST + "OMIT_CAST", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + "OMIT_CHECK", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE + "OMIT_COMPLETE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT + "OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_CTE + "OMIT_CTE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS + "OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE + "OMIT_DECLTYPE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + "OMIT_DEPRECATED", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO + "OMIT_DISKIO", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + "OMIT_EXPLAIN", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS + "OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + "OMIT_FLOATING_POINT", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + "OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE + "OMIT_GET_TABLE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB + "OMIT_INCRBLOB", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK + "OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION + "OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION + "OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME + "OMIT_LOCALTIME", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE + "OMIT_LOOKASIDE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB + "OMIT_MEMORYDB", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION + "OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS + "OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA + "OMIT_PRAGMA", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK + "OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE + "OMIT_QUICKBALANCE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX + "OMIT_REINDEX", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS + "OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS + "OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + "OMIT_SHARED_CACHE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + "OMIT_SUBQUERY", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE + "OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB + "OMIT_TEMPDB", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + "OMIT_TRACE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + "OMIT_TRIGGER", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION + "OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + "OMIT_UTF16", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM + "OMIT_VACUUM", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + "OMIT_VIEW", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + "OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + "OMIT_WAL", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + "OMIT_WSD", +#endif +#if SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT + "OMIT_XFER_OPT", +#endif +#if SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE + "PERFORMANCE_TRACE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG + "PROXY_DEBUG", +#endif +#if SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + "RTREE_INT_ONLY", +#endif +#if SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE + "SECURE_DELETE", +#endif +#if SQLITE_SMALL_STACK + "SMALL_STACK", +#endif +#if SQLITE_SOUNDEX + "SOUNDEX", +#endif +#if SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC + "SYSTEM_MALLOC", +#endif +#if SQLITE_TCL + "TCL", +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE) && !defined(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE_xc) + "TEMP_STORE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE), +#endif +#if SQLITE_TEST + "TEST", +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) + "THREADSAFE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_THREADSAFE), +#endif +#if SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA + "USE_ALLOCA", +#endif +#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION + "USER_AUTHENTICATION", +#endif +#if SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC + "WIN32_MALLOC", +#endif +#if SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC + "ZERO_MALLOC" +#endif +}; + +/* +** Given the name of a compile-time option, return true if that option +** was used and false if not. +** +** The name can optionally begin with "SQLITE_" but the "SQLITE_" prefix +** is not required for a match. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName){ + int i, n; + +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( zOptName==0 ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, "SQLITE_", 7)==0 ) zOptName += 7; + n = sqlite3Strlen30(zOptName); + + /* Since ArraySize(azCompileOpt) is normally in single digits, a + ** linear search is adequate. No need for a binary search. */ + for(i=0; i<ArraySize(azCompileOpt); i++){ + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, azCompileOpt[i], n)==0 + && sqlite3IsIdChar((unsigned char)azCompileOpt[i][n])==0 + ){ + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Return the N-th compile-time option string. If N is out of range, +** return a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N){ + if( N>=0 && N<ArraySize(azCompileOpt) ){ + return azCompileOpt[N]; + } + return 0; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ + +/************** End of ctime.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file status.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 June 18 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This module implements the sqlite3_status() interface and related +** functionality. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/************** Include vdbeInt.h in the middle of status.c ******************/ +/************** Begin file vdbeInt.h *****************************************/ +/* +** 2003 September 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This is the header file for information that is private to the +** VDBE. This information used to all be at the top of the single +** source code file "vdbe.c". When that file became too big (over +** 6000 lines long) it was split up into several smaller files and +** this header information was factored out. +*/ +#ifndef _VDBEINT_H_ +#define _VDBEINT_H_ + +/* +** The maximum number of times that a statement will try to reparse +** itself before giving up and returning SQLITE_SCHEMA. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY +# define SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY 50 +#endif + +/* +** VDBE_DISPLAY_P4 is true or false depending on whether or not the +** "explain" P4 display logic is enabled. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) \ + || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define VDBE_DISPLAY_P4 1 +#else +# define VDBE_DISPLAY_P4 0 +#endif + +/* +** SQL is translated into a sequence of instructions to be +** executed by a virtual machine. Each instruction is an instance +** of the following structure. +*/ +typedef struct VdbeOp Op; + +/* +** Boolean values +*/ +typedef unsigned Bool; + +/* Opaque type used by code in vdbesort.c */ +typedef struct VdbeSorter VdbeSorter; + +/* Opaque type used by the explainer */ +typedef struct Explain Explain; + +/* Elements of the linked list at Vdbe.pAuxData */ +typedef struct AuxData AuxData; + +/* Types of VDBE cursors */ +#define CURTYPE_BTREE 0 +#define CURTYPE_SORTER 1 +#define CURTYPE_VTAB 2 +#define CURTYPE_PSEUDO 3 + +/* +** A VdbeCursor is an superclass (a wrapper) for various cursor objects: +** +** * A b-tree cursor +** - In the main database or in an ephemeral database +** - On either an index or a table +** * A sorter +** * A virtual table +** * A one-row "pseudotable" stored in a single register +*/ +typedef struct VdbeCursor VdbeCursor; +struct VdbeCursor { + u8 eCurType; /* One of the CURTYPE_* values above */ + i8 iDb; /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */ + u8 nullRow; /* True if pointing to a row with no data */ + u8 deferredMoveto; /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */ + u8 isTable; /* True for rowid tables. False for indexes */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + u8 seekOp; /* Most recent seek operation on this cursor */ + u8 wrFlag; /* The wrFlag argument to sqlite3BtreeCursor() */ +#endif + Bool isEphemeral:1; /* True for an ephemeral table */ + Bool useRandomRowid:1;/* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */ + Bool isOrdered:1; /* True if the table is not BTREE_UNORDERED */ + Pgno pgnoRoot; /* Root page of the open btree cursor */ + i16 nField; /* Number of fields in the header */ + u16 nHdrParsed; /* Number of header fields parsed so far */ + union { + BtCursor *pCursor; /* CURTYPE_BTREE. Btree cursor */ + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVCur; /* CURTYPE_VTAB. Vtab cursor */ + int pseudoTableReg; /* CURTYPE_PSEUDO. Reg holding content. */ + VdbeSorter *pSorter; /* CURTYPE_SORTER. Sorter object */ + } uc; + Btree *pBt; /* Separate file holding temporary table */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */ + int seekResult; /* Result of previous sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */ + i64 seqCount; /* Sequence counter */ + i64 movetoTarget; /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */ + VdbeCursor *pAltCursor; /* Associated index cursor from which to read */ + int *aAltMap; /* Mapping from table to index column numbers */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK + u64 maskUsed; /* Mask of columns used by this cursor */ +#endif + + /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the + ** cursor is currently pointing to. Only valid if cacheStatus matches + ** Vdbe.cacheCtr. Vdbe.cacheCtr will never take on the value of + ** CACHE_STALE and so setting cacheStatus=CACHE_STALE guarantees that + ** the cache is out of date. + ** + ** aRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might + ** be NULL. + */ + u32 cacheStatus; /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */ + u32 payloadSize; /* Total number of bytes in the record */ + u32 szRow; /* Byte available in aRow */ + u32 iHdrOffset; /* Offset to next unparsed byte of the header */ + const u8 *aRow; /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */ + u32 *aOffset; /* Pointer to aType[nField] */ + u32 aType[1]; /* Type values for all entries in the record */ + /* 2*nField extra array elements allocated for aType[], beyond the one + ** static element declared in the structure. nField total array slots for + ** aType[] and nField+1 array slots for aOffset[] */ +}; + +/* +** When a sub-program is executed (OP_Program), a structure of this type +** is allocated to store the current value of the program counter, as +** well as the current memory cell array and various other frame specific +** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished, +** these values are copied back to the Vdbe from the VdbeFrame structure, +** restoring the state of the VM to as it was before the sub-program +** began executing. +** +** The memory for a VdbeFrame object is allocated and managed by a memory +** cell in the parent (calling) frame. When the memory cell is deleted or +** overwritten, the VdbeFrame object is not freed immediately. Instead, it +** is linked into the Vdbe.pDelFrame list. The contents of the Vdbe.pDelFrame +** list is deleted when the VM is reset in VdbeHalt(). The reason for doing +** this instead of deleting the VdbeFrame immediately is to avoid recursive +** calls to sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() when the memory cells belonging to the +** child frame are released. +** +** The currently executing frame is stored in Vdbe.pFrame. Vdbe.pFrame is +** set to NULL if the currently executing frame is the main program. +*/ +typedef struct VdbeFrame VdbeFrame; +struct VdbeFrame { + Vdbe *v; /* VM this frame belongs to */ + VdbeFrame *pParent; /* Parent of this frame, or NULL if parent is main */ + Op *aOp; /* Program instructions for parent frame */ + i64 *anExec; /* Event counters from parent frame */ + Mem *aMem; /* Array of memory cells for parent frame */ + u8 *aOnceFlag; /* Array of OP_Once flags for parent frame */ + VdbeCursor **apCsr; /* Array of Vdbe cursors for parent frame */ + void *token; /* Copy of SubProgram.token */ + i64 lastRowid; /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */ + AuxData *pAuxData; /* Linked list of auxdata allocations */ + int nCursor; /* Number of entries in apCsr */ + int pc; /* Program Counter in parent (calling) frame */ + int nOp; /* Size of aOp array */ + int nMem; /* Number of entries in aMem */ + int nOnceFlag; /* Number of entries in aOnceFlag */ + int nChildMem; /* Number of memory cells for child frame */ + int nChildCsr; /* Number of cursors for child frame */ + int nChange; /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChange) */ + int nDbChange; /* Value of db->nChange */ +}; + +#define VdbeFrameMem(p) ((Mem *)&((u8 *)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))]) + +/* +** A value for VdbeCursor.cacheValid that means the cache is always invalid. +*/ +#define CACHE_STALE 0 + +/* +** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem +** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string, +** integer etc.) of the same value. +*/ +struct Mem { + union MemValue { + double r; /* Real value used when MEM_Real is set in flags */ + i64 i; /* Integer value used when MEM_Int is set in flags */ + int nZero; /* Used when bit MEM_Zero is set in flags */ + FuncDef *pDef; /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */ + RowSet *pRowSet; /* Used only when flags==MEM_RowSet */ + VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Used when flags==MEM_Frame */ + } u; + u16 flags; /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */ + u8 enc; /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE */ + u8 eSubtype; /* Subtype for this value */ + int n; /* Number of characters in string value, excluding '\0' */ + char *z; /* String or BLOB value */ + /* ShallowCopy only needs to copy the information above */ + char *zMalloc; /* Space to hold MEM_Str or MEM_Blob if szMalloc>0 */ + int szMalloc; /* Size of the zMalloc allocation */ + u32 uTemp; /* Transient storage for serial_type in OP_MakeRecord */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database connection */ + void (*xDel)(void*);/* Destructor for Mem.z - only valid if MEM_Dyn */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + Mem *pScopyFrom; /* This Mem is a shallow copy of pScopyFrom */ + void *pFiller; /* So that sizeof(Mem) is a multiple of 8 */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** Size of struct Mem not including the Mem.zMalloc member or anything that +** follows. +*/ +#define MEMCELLSIZE offsetof(Mem,zMalloc) + +/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK +** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct. +** +** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value. +** No other flags may be set in this case. +** +** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation. +** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main +** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also +** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real +** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag. +*/ +#define MEM_Null 0x0001 /* Value is NULL */ +#define MEM_Str 0x0002 /* Value is a string */ +#define MEM_Int 0x0004 /* Value is an integer */ +#define MEM_Real 0x0008 /* Value is a real number */ +#define MEM_Blob 0x0010 /* Value is a BLOB */ +#define MEM_AffMask 0x001f /* Mask of affinity bits */ +#define MEM_RowSet 0x0020 /* Value is a RowSet object */ +#define MEM_Frame 0x0040 /* Value is a VdbeFrame object */ +#define MEM_Undefined 0x0080 /* Value is undefined */ +#define MEM_Cleared 0x0100 /* NULL set by OP_Null, not from data */ +#define MEM_TypeMask 0x81ff /* Mask of type bits */ + + +/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of +** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management +** policy for Mem.z. The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the +** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated +*/ +#define MEM_Term 0x0200 /* String rep is nul terminated */ +#define MEM_Dyn 0x0400 /* Need to call Mem.xDel() on Mem.z */ +#define MEM_Static 0x0800 /* Mem.z points to a static string */ +#define MEM_Ephem 0x1000 /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */ +#define MEM_Agg 0x2000 /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */ +#define MEM_Zero 0x4000 /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */ +#define MEM_Subtype 0x8000 /* Mem.eSubtype is valid */ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB + #undef MEM_Zero + #define MEM_Zero 0x0000 +#endif + +/* Return TRUE if Mem X contains dynamically allocated content - anything +** that needs to be deallocated to avoid a leak. +*/ +#define VdbeMemDynamic(X) \ + (((X)->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame))!=0) + +/* +** Clear any existing type flags from a Mem and replace them with f +*/ +#define MemSetTypeFlag(p, f) \ + ((p)->flags = ((p)->flags&~(MEM_TypeMask|MEM_Zero))|f) + +/* +** Return true if a memory cell is not marked as invalid. This macro +** is for use inside assert() statements only. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +#define memIsValid(M) ((M)->flags & MEM_Undefined)==0 +#endif + +/* +** Each auxiliary data pointer stored by a user defined function +** implementation calling sqlite3_set_auxdata() is stored in an instance +** of this structure. All such structures associated with a single VM +** are stored in a linked list headed at Vdbe.pAuxData. All are destroyed +** when the VM is halted (if not before). +*/ +struct AuxData { + int iOp; /* Instruction number of OP_Function opcode */ + int iArg; /* Index of function argument. */ + void *pAux; /* Aux data pointer */ + void (*xDelete)(void *); /* Destructor for the aux data */ + AuxData *pNext; /* Next element in list */ +}; + +/* +** The "context" argument for an installable function. A pointer to an +** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used +** implement the SQL functions. +** +** There is a typedef for this structure in sqlite.h. So all routines, +** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure. +** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this +** structure are known. +** +** This structure is defined inside of vdbeInt.h because it uses substructures +** (Mem) which are only defined there. +*/ +struct sqlite3_context { + Mem *pOut; /* The return value is stored here */ + FuncDef *pFunc; /* Pointer to function information */ + Mem *pMem; /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */ + Vdbe *pVdbe; /* The VM that owns this context */ + int iOp; /* Instruction number of OP_Function */ + int isError; /* Error code returned by the function. */ + u8 skipFlag; /* Skip accumulator loading if true */ + u8 fErrorOrAux; /* isError!=0 or pVdbe->pAuxData modified */ + u8 argc; /* Number of arguments */ + sqlite3_value *argv[1]; /* Argument set */ +}; + +/* +** An Explain object accumulates indented output which is helpful +** in describing recursive data structures. +*/ +struct Explain { + Vdbe *pVdbe; /* Attach the explanation to this Vdbe */ + StrAccum str; /* The string being accumulated */ + int nIndent; /* Number of elements in aIndent */ + u16 aIndent[100]; /* Levels of indentation */ + char zBase[100]; /* Initial space */ +}; + +/* A bitfield type for use inside of structures. Always follow with :N where +** N is the number of bits. +*/ +typedef unsigned bft; /* Bit Field Type */ + +typedef struct ScanStatus ScanStatus; +struct ScanStatus { + int addrExplain; /* OP_Explain for loop */ + int addrLoop; /* Address of "loops" counter */ + int addrVisit; /* Address of "rows visited" counter */ + int iSelectID; /* The "Select-ID" for this loop */ + LogEst nEst; /* Estimated output rows per loop */ + char *zName; /* Name of table or index */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of the virtual machine. This structure contains the complete +** state of the virtual machine. +** +** The "sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by sqlite3_prepare() +** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure. +*/ +struct Vdbe { + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection that owns this statement */ + Op *aOp; /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */ + Mem *aMem; /* The memory locations */ + Mem **apArg; /* Arguments to currently executing user function */ + Mem *aColName; /* Column names to return */ + Mem *pResultSet; /* Pointer to an array of results */ + Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context used to create this Vdbe */ + int nMem; /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */ + int nOp; /* Number of instructions in the program */ + int nCursor; /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */ + u32 magic; /* Magic number for sanity checking */ + char *zErrMsg; /* Error message written here */ + Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext; /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */ + VdbeCursor **apCsr; /* One element of this array for each open cursor */ + Mem *aVar; /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */ + char **azVar; /* Name of variables */ + ynVar nVar; /* Number of entries in aVar[] */ + ynVar nzVar; /* Number of entries in azVar[] */ + u32 cacheCtr; /* VdbeCursor row cache generation counter */ + int pc; /* The program counter */ + int rc; /* Value to return */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + int rcApp; /* errcode set by sqlite3_result_error_code() */ +#endif + u16 nResColumn; /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */ + u8 errorAction; /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */ + bft expired:1; /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */ + bft doingRerun:1; /* True if rerunning after an auto-reprepare */ + u8 minWriteFileFormat; /* Minimum file format for writable database files */ + bft explain:2; /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */ + bft changeCntOn:1; /* True to update the change-counter */ + bft runOnlyOnce:1; /* Automatically expire on reset */ + bft usesStmtJournal:1; /* True if uses a statement journal */ + bft readOnly:1; /* True for statements that do not write */ + bft bIsReader:1; /* True for statements that read */ + bft isPrepareV2:1; /* True if prepared with prepare_v2() */ + int nChange; /* Number of db changes made since last reset */ + yDbMask btreeMask; /* Bitmask of db->aDb[] entries referenced */ + yDbMask lockMask; /* Subset of btreeMask that requires a lock */ + int iStatement; /* Statement number (or 0 if has not opened stmt) */ + u32 aCounter[5]; /* Counters used by sqlite3_stmt_status() */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + i64 startTime; /* Time when query started - used for profiling */ +#endif + i64 iCurrentTime; /* Value of julianday('now') for this statement */ + i64 nFkConstraint; /* Number of imm. FK constraints this VM */ + i64 nStmtDefCons; /* Number of def. constraints when stmt started */ + i64 nStmtDefImmCons; /* Number of def. imm constraints when stmt started */ + char *zSql; /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */ + void *pFree; /* Free this when deleting the vdbe */ + VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Parent frame */ + VdbeFrame *pDelFrame; /* List of frame objects to free on VM reset */ + int nFrame; /* Number of frames in pFrame list */ + u32 expmask; /* Binding to these vars invalidates VM */ + SubProgram *pProgram; /* Linked list of all sub-programs used by VM */ + int nOnceFlag; /* Size of array aOnceFlag[] */ + u8 *aOnceFlag; /* Flags for OP_Once */ + AuxData *pAuxData; /* Linked list of auxdata allocations */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS + i64 *anExec; /* Number of times each op has been executed */ + int nScan; /* Entries in aScan[] */ + ScanStatus *aScan; /* Scan definitions for sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic +*/ +#define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT 0x26bceaa5 /* Building a VDBE program */ +#define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN 0xbdf20da3 /* VDBE is ready to execute */ +#define VDBE_MAGIC_HALT 0x519c2973 /* VDBE has completed execution */ +#define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD 0xb606c3c8 /* The VDBE has been deallocated */ + +/* +** Structure used to store the context required by the +** sqlite3_preupdate_*() API functions. +*/ +struct PreUpdate { + Vdbe *v; + VdbeCursor *pCsr; /* Cursor to read old values from */ + int op; /* One of SQLITE_INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE */ + u8 *aRecord; /* old.* database record */ + KeyInfo keyinfo; + UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked; /* Unpacked version of aRecord[] */ + UnpackedRecord *pNewUnpacked; /* Unpacked version of new.* record */ + int iNewReg; /* Register for new.* values */ + i64 iKey1; /* First key value passed to hook */ + i64 iKey2; /* Second key value passed to hook */ + int iPKey; /* If not negative index of IPK column */ + Mem *aNew; /* Array of new.* values */ +}; + +/* +** Function prototypes +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeError(Vdbe*, const char *, ...); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, VdbeCursor*); +void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor**, int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore(VdbeCursor*); +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, Op*); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3VdbeOneByteSerialTypeLen(u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*, int, u32*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, Mem*, u32); +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(sqlite3*, AuxData**, int, int); + +int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(sqlite3*,VdbeCursor*,UnpackedRecord*,int*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3*, BtCursor*, i64*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem*, Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*)); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64); +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# define sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64 +#else +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemInit(Mem*,sqlite3*,u16); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, u8, u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemCast(Mem*,u8,u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,u32,u32,int,Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(Mem *pMem, int n); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePreUpdateHook(Vdbe*,VdbeCursor*,int,const char*,Table*,i64,int); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(sqlite3 *, int, VdbeCursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(sqlite3 *, VdbeSorter *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *, const VdbeCursor *, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(const VdbeCursor *, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *, int, int *); + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe*); +#else +# define sqlite3VdbeEnter(X) +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe*); +#else +# define sqlite3VdbeLeave(X) +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe*,Mem*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(Mem*); +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *, int); +#else +# define sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p,i) 0 +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf); +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *); + #define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0) +#else + #define sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(x) SQLITE_OK + #define ExpandBlob(P) SQLITE_OK +#endif + +#endif /* !defined(_VDBEINT_H_) */ + +/************** End of vdbeInt.h *********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in status.c *********************/ + +/* +** Variables in which to record status information. +*/ +#if SQLITE_PTRSIZE>4 +typedef sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StatValueType; +#else +typedef u32 sqlite3StatValueType; +#endif +typedef struct sqlite3StatType sqlite3StatType; +static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3StatType { + sqlite3StatValueType nowValue[10]; /* Current value */ + sqlite3StatValueType mxValue[10]; /* Maximum value */ +} sqlite3Stat = { {0,}, {0,} }; + +/* +** Elements of sqlite3Stat[] are protected by either the memory allocator +** mutex, or by the pcache1 mutex. The following array determines which. +*/ +static const char statMutex[] = { + 0, /* SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED */ + 1, /* SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED */ + 1, /* SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW */ + 0, /* SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED */ + 0, /* SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW */ + 0, /* SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE */ + 0, /* SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK */ + 1, /* SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE */ + 0, /* SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE */ + 0, /* SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT */ +}; + + +/* The "wsdStat" macro will resolve to the status information +** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, +** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common +** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly +** to the "sqlite3Stat" state vector declared above. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD +# define wsdStatInit sqlite3StatType *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3StatType,sqlite3Stat) +# define wsdStat x[0] +#else +# define wsdStatInit +# define wsdStat sqlite3Stat +#endif + +/* +** Return the current value of a status parameter. The caller must +** be holding the appropriate mutex. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StatusValue(int op){ + wsdStatInit; + assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) ); + assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(statMutex) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(statMutex[op] ? sqlite3Pcache1Mutex() + : sqlite3MallocMutex()) ); + return wsdStat.nowValue[op]; +} + +/* +** Add N to the value of a status record. The caller must hold the +** appropriate mutex. (Locking is checked by assert()). +** +** The StatusUp() routine can accept positive or negative values for N. +** The value of N is added to the current status value and the high-water +** mark is adjusted if necessary. +** +** The StatusDown() routine lowers the current value by N. The highwater +** mark is unchanged. N must be non-negative for StatusDown(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusUp(int op, int N){ + wsdStatInit; + assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) ); + assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(statMutex) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(statMutex[op] ? sqlite3Pcache1Mutex() + : sqlite3MallocMutex()) ); + wsdStat.nowValue[op] += N; + if( wsdStat.nowValue[op]>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){ + wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op]; + } +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusDown(int op, int N){ + wsdStatInit; + assert( N>=0 ); + assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(statMutex) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(statMutex[op] ? sqlite3Pcache1Mutex() + : sqlite3MallocMutex()) ); + assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) ); + wsdStat.nowValue[op] -= N; +} + +/* +** Adjust the highwater mark if necessary. +** The caller must hold the appropriate mutex. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusHighwater(int op, int X){ + sqlite3StatValueType newValue; + wsdStatInit; + assert( X>=0 ); + newValue = (sqlite3StatValueType)X; + assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) ); + assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(statMutex) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(statMutex[op] ? sqlite3Pcache1Mutex() + : sqlite3MallocMutex()) ); + assert( op==SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE + || op==SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE + || op==SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE + || op==SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK ); + if( newValue>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){ + wsdStat.mxValue[op] = newValue; + } +} + +/* +** Query status information. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_status64( + int op, + sqlite3_int64 *pCurrent, + sqlite3_int64 *pHighwater, + int resetFlag +){ + sqlite3_mutex *pMutex; + wsdStatInit; + if( op<0 || op>=ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( pCurrent==0 || pHighwater==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + pMutex = statMutex[op] ? sqlite3Pcache1Mutex() : sqlite3MallocMutex(); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMutex); + *pCurrent = wsdStat.nowValue[op]; + *pHighwater = wsdStat.mxValue[op]; + if( resetFlag ){ + wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op]; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMutex); + (void)pMutex; /* Prevent warning when SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 */ + return SQLITE_OK; +} +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag){ + sqlite3_int64 iCur, iHwtr; + int rc; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( pCurrent==0 || pHighwater==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + rc = sqlite3_status64(op, &iCur, &iHwtr, resetFlag); + if( rc==0 ){ + *pCurrent = (int)iCur; + *pHighwater = (int)iHwtr; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Query status information for a single database connection +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_db_status( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection whose status is desired */ + int op, /* Status verb */ + int *pCurrent, /* Write current value here */ + int *pHighwater, /* Write high-water mark here */ + int resetFlag /* Reset high-water mark if true */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || pCurrent==0|| pHighwater==0 ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + switch( op ){ + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED: { + *pCurrent = db->lookaside.nOut; + *pHighwater = db->lookaside.mxOut; + if( resetFlag ){ + db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut; + } + break; + } + + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT: + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE: + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL: { + testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT ); + testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE ); + testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL ); + assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)>=0 ); + assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)<3 ); + *pCurrent = 0; + *pHighwater = db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]; + if( resetFlag ){ + db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT] = 0; + } + break; + } + + /* + ** Return an approximation for the amount of memory currently used + ** by all pagers associated with the given database connection. The + ** highwater mark is meaningless and is returned as zero. + */ + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED: { + int totalUsed = 0; + int i; + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); + totalUsed += sqlite3PagerMemUsed(pPager); + } + } + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + *pCurrent = totalUsed; + *pHighwater = 0; + break; + } + + /* + ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used + ** to store the schema for all databases (main, temp, and any ATTACHed + ** databases. *pHighwater is set to zero. + */ + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED: { + int i; /* Used to iterate through schemas */ + int nByte = 0; /* Used to accumulate return value */ + + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte; + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema; + if( ALWAYS(pSchema!=0) ){ + HashElem *p; + + nByte += sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(sizeof(HashElem)) * ( + pSchema->tblHash.count + + pSchema->trigHash.count + + pSchema->idxHash.count + + pSchema->fkeyHash.count + ); + nByte += sqlite3_msize(pSchema->tblHash.ht); + nByte += sqlite3_msize(pSchema->trigHash.ht); + nByte += sqlite3_msize(pSchema->idxHash.ht); + nByte += sqlite3_msize(pSchema->fkeyHash.ht); + + for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(p)); + } + for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, (Table *)sqliteHashData(p)); + } + } + } + db->pnBytesFreed = 0; + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + + *pHighwater = 0; + *pCurrent = nByte; + break; + } + + /* + ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used + ** to store all prepared statements. + ** *pHighwater is set to zero. + */ + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED: { + struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* Used to iterate through VMs */ + int nByte = 0; /* Used to accumulate return value */ + + db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte; + for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe=pVdbe->pNext){ + sqlite3VdbeClearObject(db, pVdbe); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pVdbe); + } + db->pnBytesFreed = 0; + + *pHighwater = 0; /* IMP: R-64479-57858 */ + *pCurrent = nByte; + + break; + } + + /* + ** Set *pCurrent to the total cache hits or misses encountered by all + ** pagers the database handle is connected to. *pHighwater is always set + ** to zero. + */ + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT: + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS: + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE:{ + int i; + int nRet = 0; + assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1 ); + assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2 ); + + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){ + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[i].pBt); + sqlite3PagerCacheStat(pPager, op, resetFlag, &nRet); + } + } + *pHighwater = 0; /* IMP: R-42420-56072 */ + /* IMP: R-54100-20147 */ + /* IMP: R-29431-39229 */ + *pCurrent = nRet; + break; + } + + /* Set *pCurrent to non-zero if there are unresolved deferred foreign + ** key constraints. Set *pCurrent to zero if all foreign key constraints + ** have been satisfied. The *pHighwater is always set to zero. + */ + case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS: { + *pHighwater = 0; /* IMP: R-11967-56545 */ + *pCurrent = db->nDeferredImmCons>0 || db->nDeferredCons>0; + break; + } + + default: { + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/************** End of status.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file date.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2003 October 31 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time +** functions for SQLite. +** +** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function +** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file. +** All other code has file scope. +** +** SQLite processes all times and dates as julian day numbers. The +** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon +** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian +** calendar system. +** +** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5 +** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5 +** +** This implementation requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number +** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can +** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider +** range of dates. +** +** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times, +** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar. Historians usually +** use the julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some +** dates afterwards, depending on locale. Beware of this difference. +** +** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions +** in the following text: +** +** Jean Meeus +** Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998 +** ISBM 0-943396-61-1 +** Willmann-Bell, Inc +** Richmond, Virginia (USA) +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* #include <stdlib.h> */ +/* #include <assert.h> */ +#include <time.h> + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS + +/* +** The MSVC CRT on Windows CE may not have a localtime() function. +** So declare a substitute. The substitute function itself is +** defined in "os_win.c". +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME) && defined(_WIN32_WCE) && \ + (!defined(SQLITE_MSVC_LOCALTIME_API) || !SQLITE_MSVC_LOCALTIME_API) +struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *); +#endif + +/* +** A structure for holding a single date and time. +*/ +typedef struct DateTime DateTime; +struct DateTime { + sqlite3_int64 iJD; /* The julian day number times 86400000 */ + int Y, M, D; /* Year, month, and day */ + int h, m; /* Hour and minutes */ + int tz; /* Timezone offset in minutes */ + double s; /* Seconds */ + char validYMD; /* True (1) if Y,M,D are valid */ + char validHMS; /* True (1) if h,m,s are valid */ + char validJD; /* True (1) if iJD is valid */ + char validTZ; /* True (1) if tz is valid */ + char tzSet; /* Timezone was set explicitly */ +}; + + +/* +** Convert zDate into one or more integers according to the conversion +** specifier zFormat. +** +** zFormat[] contains 4 characters for each integer converted, except for +** the last integer which is specified by three characters. The meaning +** of a four-character format specifiers ABCD is: +** +** A: number of digits to convert. Always "2" or "4". +** B: minimum value. Always "0" or "1". +** C: maximum value, decoded as: +** a: 12 +** b: 14 +** c: 24 +** d: 31 +** e: 59 +** f: 9999 +** D: the separator character, or \000 to indicate this is the +** last number to convert. +** +** Example: To translate an ISO-8601 date YYYY-MM-DD, the format would +** be "40f-21a-20c". The "40f-" indicates the 4-digit year followed by "-". +** The "21a-" indicates the 2-digit month followed by "-". The "20c" indicates +** the 2-digit day which is the last integer in the set. +** +** The function returns the number of successful conversions. +*/ +static int getDigits(const char *zDate, const char *zFormat, ...){ + /* The aMx[] array translates the 3rd character of each format + ** spec into a max size: a b c d e f */ + static const u16 aMx[] = { 12, 14, 24, 31, 59, 9999 }; + va_list ap; + int cnt = 0; + char nextC; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + do{ + char N = zFormat[0] - '0'; + char min = zFormat[1] - '0'; + int val = 0; + u16 max; + + assert( zFormat[2]>='a' && zFormat[2]<='f' ); + max = aMx[zFormat[2] - 'a']; + nextC = zFormat[3]; + val = 0; + while( N-- ){ + if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){ + goto end_getDigits; + } + val = val*10 + *zDate - '0'; + zDate++; + } + if( val<(int)min || val>(int)max || (nextC!=0 && nextC!=*zDate) ){ + goto end_getDigits; + } + *va_arg(ap,int*) = val; + zDate++; + cnt++; + zFormat += 4; + }while( nextC ); +end_getDigits: + va_end(ap); + return cnt; +} + +/* +** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time. +** The extension is of the form: +** +** (+/-)HH:MM +** +** Or the "zulu" notation: +** +** Z +** +** If the parse is successful, write the number of minutes +** of change in p->tz and return 0. If a parser error occurs, +** return non-zero. +** +** A missing specifier is not considered an error. +*/ +static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ + int sgn = 0; + int nHr, nMn; + int c; + while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; } + p->tz = 0; + c = *zDate; + if( c=='-' ){ + sgn = -1; + }else if( c=='+' ){ + sgn = +1; + }else if( c=='Z' || c=='z' ){ + zDate++; + goto zulu_time; + }else{ + return c!=0; + } + zDate++; + if( getDigits(zDate, "20b:20e", &nHr, &nMn)!=2 ){ + return 1; + } + zDate += 5; + p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60); +zulu_time: + while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; } + p->tzSet = 1; + return *zDate!=0; +} + +/* +** Parse times of the form HH:MM or HH:MM:SS or HH:MM:SS.FFFF. +** The HH, MM, and SS must each be exactly 2 digits. The +** fractional seconds FFFF can be one or more digits. +** +** Return 1 if there is a parsing error and 0 on success. +*/ +static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ + int h, m, s; + double ms = 0.0; + if( getDigits(zDate, "20c:20e", &h, &m)!=2 ){ + return 1; + } + zDate += 5; + if( *zDate==':' ){ + zDate++; + if( getDigits(zDate, "20e", &s)!=1 ){ + return 1; + } + zDate += 2; + if( *zDate=='.' && sqlite3Isdigit(zDate[1]) ){ + double rScale = 1.0; + zDate++; + while( sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){ + ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0'; + rScale *= 10.0; + zDate++; + } + ms /= rScale; + } + }else{ + s = 0; + } + p->validJD = 0; + p->validHMS = 1; + p->h = h; + p->m = m; + p->s = s + ms; + if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1; + p->validTZ = (p->tz!=0)?1:0; + return 0; +} + +/* +** Convert from YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS to julian day. We always assume +** that the YYYY-MM-DD is according to the Gregorian calendar. +** +** Reference: Meeus page 61 +*/ +static void computeJD(DateTime *p){ + int Y, M, D, A, B, X1, X2; + + if( p->validJD ) return; + if( p->validYMD ){ + Y = p->Y; + M = p->M; + D = p->D; + }else{ + Y = 2000; /* If no YMD specified, assume 2000-Jan-01 */ + M = 1; + D = 1; + } + if( M<=2 ){ + Y--; + M += 12; + } + A = Y/100; + B = 2 - A + (A/4); + X1 = 36525*(Y+4716)/100; + X2 = 306001*(M+1)/10000; + p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)((X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5 ) * 86400000); + p->validJD = 1; + if( p->validHMS ){ + p->iJD += p->h*3600000 + p->m*60000 + (sqlite3_int64)(p->s*1000); + if( p->validTZ ){ + p->iJD -= p->tz*60000; + p->validYMD = 0; + p->validHMS = 0; + p->validTZ = 0; + } + } +} + +/* +** Parse dates of the form +** +** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF +** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS +** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM +** YYYY-MM-DD +** +** Write the result into the DateTime structure and return 0 +** on success and 1 if the input string is not a well-formed +** date. +*/ +static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ + int Y, M, D, neg; + + if( zDate[0]=='-' ){ + zDate++; + neg = 1; + }else{ + neg = 0; + } + if( getDigits(zDate, "40f-21a-21d", &Y, &M, &D)!=3 ){ + return 1; + } + zDate += 10; + while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; } + if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){ + /* We got the time */ + }else if( *zDate==0 ){ + p->validHMS = 0; + }else{ + return 1; + } + p->validJD = 0; + p->validYMD = 1; + p->Y = neg ? -Y : Y; + p->M = M; + p->D = D; + if( p->validTZ ){ + computeJD(p); + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Set the time to the current time reported by the VFS. +** +** Return the number of errors. +*/ +static int setDateTimeToCurrent(sqlite3_context *context, DateTime *p){ + p->iJD = sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(context); + if( p->iJD>0 ){ + p->validJD = 1; + return 0; + }else{ + return 1; + } +} + +/* +** Attempt to parse the given string into a julian day number. Return +** the number of errors. +** +** The following are acceptable forms for the input string: +** +** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF +/-HH:MM +** DDDD.DD +** now +** +** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional. The fractional +** seconds extension (the ".FFF") is optional. The seconds portion +** (":SS.FFF") is option. The year and date can be omitted as long +** as there is a time string. The time string can be omitted as long +** as there is a year and date. +*/ +static int parseDateOrTime( + sqlite3_context *context, + const char *zDate, + DateTime *p +){ + double r; + if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){ + return 0; + }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){ + return 0; + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){ + return setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p); + }else if( sqlite3AtoF(zDate, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zDate), SQLITE_UTF8) ){ + p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5); + p->validJD = 1; + return 0; + } + return 1; +} + +/* +** Compute the Year, Month, and Day from the julian day number. +*/ +static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){ + int Z, A, B, C, D, E, X1; + if( p->validYMD ) return; + if( !p->validJD ){ + p->Y = 2000; + p->M = 1; + p->D = 1; + }else{ + Z = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000)/86400000); + A = (int)((Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25); + A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4); + B = A + 1524; + C = (int)((B - 122.1)/365.25); + D = (36525*(C&32767))/100; + E = (int)((B-D)/30.6001); + X1 = (int)(30.6001*E); + p->D = B - D - X1; + p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13; + p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715; + } + p->validYMD = 1; +} + +/* +** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number. +*/ +static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){ + int s; + if( p->validHMS ) return; + computeJD(p); + s = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000) % 86400000); + p->s = s/1000.0; + s = (int)p->s; + p->s -= s; + p->h = s/3600; + s -= p->h*3600; + p->m = s/60; + p->s += s - p->m*60; + p->validHMS = 1; +} + +/* +** Compute both YMD and HMS +*/ +static void computeYMD_HMS(DateTime *p){ + computeYMD(p); + computeHMS(p); +} + +/* +** Clear the YMD and HMS and the TZ +*/ +static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){ + p->validYMD = 0; + p->validHMS = 0; + p->validTZ = 0; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME +/* +** On recent Windows platforms, the localtime_s() function is available +** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to +** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the +** order of the parameters is reversed. +** +** See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/a442x3ye(VS.80).aspx. +** +** If the user has not indicated to use localtime_r() or localtime_s() +** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides +** localtime_s(). +*/ +#if !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S \ + && defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_CRT_INSECURE_DEPRECATE) +#undef HAVE_LOCALTIME_S +#define HAVE_LOCALTIME_S 1 +#endif + +/* +** The following routine implements the rough equivalent of localtime_r() +** using whatever operating-system specific localtime facility that +** is available. This routine returns 0 on success and +** non-zero on any kind of error. +** +** If the sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault variable is true then this +** routine will always fail. +** +** EVIDENCE-OF: R-62172-00036 In this implementation, the standard C +** library function localtime_r() is used to assist in the calculation of +** local time. +*/ +static int osLocaltime(time_t *t, struct tm *pTm){ + int rc; +#if !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S + struct tm *pX; +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + pX = localtime(t); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) pX = 0; +#endif + if( pX ) *pTm = *pX; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + rc = pX==0; +#else +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) return 1; +#endif +#if HAVE_LOCALTIME_R + rc = localtime_r(t, pTm)==0; +#else + rc = localtime_s(pTm, t); +#endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R */ +#endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R || HAVE_LOCALTIME_S */ + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */ + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME +/* +** Compute the difference (in milliseconds) between localtime and UTC +** (a.k.a. GMT) for the time value p where p is in UTC. If no error occurs, +** return this value and set *pRc to SQLITE_OK. +** +** Or, if an error does occur, set *pRc to SQLITE_ERROR. The returned value +** is undefined in this case. +*/ +static sqlite3_int64 localtimeOffset( + DateTime *p, /* Date at which to calculate offset */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Write error here if one occurs */ + int *pRc /* OUT: Error code. SQLITE_OK or ERROR */ +){ + DateTime x, y; + time_t t; + struct tm sLocal; + + /* Initialize the contents of sLocal to avoid a compiler warning. */ + memset(&sLocal, 0, sizeof(sLocal)); + + x = *p; + computeYMD_HMS(&x); + if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55269-29598 The localtime_r() C function normally only + ** works for years between 1970 and 2037. For dates outside this range, + ** SQLite attempts to map the year into an equivalent year within this + ** range, do the calculation, then map the year back. + */ + x.Y = 2000; + x.M = 1; + x.D = 1; + x.h = 0; + x.m = 0; + x.s = 0.0; + } else { + int s = (int)(x.s + 0.5); + x.s = s; + } + x.tz = 0; + x.validJD = 0; + computeJD(&x); + t = (time_t)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000); + if( osLocaltime(&t, &sLocal) ){ + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "local time unavailable", -1); + *pRc = SQLITE_ERROR; + return 0; + } + y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900; + y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1; + y.D = sLocal.tm_mday; + y.h = sLocal.tm_hour; + y.m = sLocal.tm_min; + y.s = sLocal.tm_sec; + y.validYMD = 1; + y.validHMS = 1; + y.validJD = 0; + y.validTZ = 0; + computeJD(&y); + *pRc = SQLITE_OK; + return y.iJD - x.iJD; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */ + +/* +** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp. The modifiers are +** as follows: +** +** NNN days +** NNN hours +** NNN minutes +** NNN.NNNN seconds +** NNN months +** NNN years +** start of month +** start of year +** start of week +** start of day +** weekday N +** unixepoch +** localtime +** utc +** +** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error. If the error +** is in a system call (i.e. localtime()), then an error message is written +** to context pCtx. If the error is an unrecognized modifier, no error is +** written to pCtx. +*/ +static int parseModifier(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *zMod, DateTime *p){ + int rc = 1; + int n; + double r; + char *z, zBuf[30]; + z = zBuf; + for(n=0; n<ArraySize(zBuf)-1 && zMod[n]; n++){ + z[n] = (char)sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zMod[n]]; + } + z[n] = 0; + switch( z[0] ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME + case 'l': { + /* localtime + ** + ** Assuming the current time value is UTC (a.k.a. GMT), shift it to + ** show local time. + */ + if( strcmp(z, "localtime")==0 ){ + computeJD(p); + p->iJD += localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc); + clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); + } + break; + } +#endif + case 'u': { + /* + ** unixepoch + ** + ** Treat the current value of p->iJD as the number of + ** seconds since 1970. Convert to a real julian day number. + */ + if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){ + p->iJD = (p->iJD + 43200)/86400 + 21086676*(i64)10000000; + clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); + rc = 0; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME + else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){ + if( p->tzSet==0 ){ + sqlite3_int64 c1; + computeJD(p); + c1 = localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->iJD -= c1; + clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); + p->iJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc); + } + p->tzSet = 1; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } +#endif + break; + } + case 'w': { + /* + ** weekday N + ** + ** Move the date to the same time on the next occurrence of + ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth. If the + ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op. + */ + if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0 + && sqlite3AtoF(&z[8], &r, sqlite3Strlen30(&z[8]), SQLITE_UTF8) + && (n=(int)r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){ + sqlite3_int64 Z; + computeYMD_HMS(p); + p->validTZ = 0; + p->validJD = 0; + computeJD(p); + Z = ((p->iJD + 129600000)/86400000) % 7; + if( Z>n ) Z -= 7; + p->iJD += (n - Z)*86400000; + clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); + rc = 0; + } + break; + } + case 's': { + /* + ** start of TTTTT + ** + ** Move the date backwards to the beginning of the current day, + ** or month or year. + */ + if( strncmp(z, "start of ", 9)!=0 ) break; + z += 9; + computeYMD(p); + p->validHMS = 1; + p->h = p->m = 0; + p->s = 0.0; + p->validTZ = 0; + p->validJD = 0; + if( strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){ + p->D = 1; + rc = 0; + }else if( strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){ + computeYMD(p); + p->M = 1; + p->D = 1; + rc = 0; + }else if( strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){ + rc = 0; + } + break; + } + case '+': + case '-': + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': { + double rRounder; + for(n=1; z[n] && z[n]!=':' && !sqlite3Isspace(z[n]); n++){} + if( !sqlite3AtoF(z, &r, n, SQLITE_UTF8) ){ + rc = 1; + break; + } + if( z[n]==':' ){ + /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the + ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds + ** to the time. The ".FFF" may be omitted. The ":SS.FFF" may be + ** omitted. + */ + const char *z2 = z; + DateTime tx; + sqlite3_int64 day; + if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z2) ) z2++; + memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx)); + if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break; + computeJD(&tx); + tx.iJD -= 43200000; + day = tx.iJD/86400000; + tx.iJD -= day*86400000; + if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.iJD = -tx.iJD; + computeJD(p); + clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); + p->iJD += tx.iJD; + rc = 0; + break; + } + z += n; + while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++; + n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); + if( n>10 || n<3 ) break; + if( z[n-1]=='s' ){ z[n-1] = 0; n--; } + computeJD(p); + rc = 0; + rRounder = r<0 ? -0.5 : +0.5; + if( n==3 && strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){ + p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + rRounder); + }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"hour")==0 ){ + p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/24.0) + rRounder); + }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"minute")==0 ){ + p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0)) + rRounder); + }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"second")==0 ){ + p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0*60.0)) + rRounder); + }else if( n==5 && strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){ + int x, y; + computeYMD_HMS(p); + p->M += (int)r; + x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12; + p->Y += x; + p->M -= x*12; + p->validJD = 0; + computeJD(p); + y = (int)r; + if( y!=r ){ + p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*30.0*86400000.0 + rRounder); + } + }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){ + int y = (int)r; + computeYMD_HMS(p); + p->Y += y; + p->validJD = 0; + computeJD(p); + if( y!=r ){ + p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*365.0*86400000.0 + rRounder); + } + }else{ + rc = 1; + } + clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); + break; + } + default: { + break; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Process time function arguments. argv[0] is a date-time stamp. +** argv[1] and following are modifiers. Parse them all and write +** the resulting time into the DateTime structure p. Return 0 +** on success and 1 if there are any errors. +** +** If there are zero parameters (if even argv[0] is undefined) +** then assume a default value of "now" for argv[0]. +*/ +static int isDate( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv, + DateTime *p +){ + int i; + const unsigned char *z; + int eType; + memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); + if( argc==0 ){ + return setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p); + } + if( (eType = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]))==SQLITE_FLOAT + || eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(sqlite3_value_double(argv[0])*86400000.0 + 0.5); + p->validJD = 1; + }else{ + z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( !z || parseDateOrTime(context, (char*)z, p) ){ + return 1; + } + } + for(i=1; i<argc; i++){ + z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]); + if( z==0 || parseModifier(context, (char*)z, p) ) return 1; + } + return 0; +} + + +/* +** The following routines implement the various date and time functions +** of SQLite. +*/ + +/* +** julianday( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...) +** +** Return the julian day number of the date specified in the arguments +*/ +static void juliandayFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + DateTime x; + if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){ + computeJD(&x); + sqlite3_result_double(context, x.iJD/86400000.0); + } +} + +/* +** datetime( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...) +** +** Return YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS +*/ +static void datetimeFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + DateTime x; + if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){ + char zBuf[100]; + computeYMD_HMS(&x); + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d", + x.Y, x.M, x.D, x.h, x.m, (int)(x.s)); + sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } +} + +/* +** time( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...) +** +** Return HH:MM:SS +*/ +static void timeFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + DateTime x; + if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){ + char zBuf[100]; + computeHMS(&x); + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%02d:%02d:%02d", x.h, x.m, (int)x.s); + sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } +} + +/* +** date( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...) +** +** Return YYYY-MM-DD +*/ +static void dateFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + DateTime x; + if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){ + char zBuf[100]; + computeYMD(&x); + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d", x.Y, x.M, x.D); + sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } +} + +/* +** strftime( FORMAT, TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...) +** +** Return a string described by FORMAT. Conversions as follows: +** +** %d day of month +** %f ** fractional seconds SS.SSS +** %H hour 00-24 +** %j day of year 000-366 +** %J ** julian day number +** %m month 01-12 +** %M minute 00-59 +** %s seconds since 1970-01-01 +** %S seconds 00-59 +** %w day of week 0-6 sunday==0 +** %W week of year 00-53 +** %Y year 0000-9999 +** %% % +*/ +static void strftimeFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + DateTime x; + u64 n; + size_t i,j; + char *z; + sqlite3 *db; + const char *zFmt; + char zBuf[100]; + if( argc==0 ) return; + zFmt = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( zFmt==0 || isDate(context, argc-1, argv+1, &x) ) return; + db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + for(i=0, n=1; zFmt[i]; i++, n++){ + if( zFmt[i]=='%' ){ + switch( zFmt[i+1] ){ + case 'd': + case 'H': + case 'm': + case 'M': + case 'S': + case 'W': + n++; + /* fall thru */ + case 'w': + case '%': + break; + case 'f': + n += 8; + break; + case 'j': + n += 3; + break; + case 'Y': + n += 8; + break; + case 's': + case 'J': + n += 50; + break; + default: + return; /* ERROR. return a NULL */ + } + i++; + } + } + testcase( n==sizeof(zBuf)-1 ); + testcase( n==sizeof(zBuf) ); + testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 ); + testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); + if( n<sizeof(zBuf) ){ + z = zBuf; + }else if( n>(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + return; + }else{ + z = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, (int)n); + if( z==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + return; + } + } + computeJD(&x); + computeYMD_HMS(&x); + for(i=j=0; zFmt[i]; i++){ + if( zFmt[i]!='%' ){ + z[j++] = zFmt[i]; + }else{ + i++; + switch( zFmt[i] ){ + case 'd': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.D); j+=2; break; + case 'f': { + double s = x.s; + if( s>59.999 ) s = 59.999; + sqlite3_snprintf(7, &z[j],"%06.3f", s); + j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); + break; + } + case 'H': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.h); j+=2; break; + case 'W': /* Fall thru */ + case 'j': { + int nDay; /* Number of days since 1st day of year */ + DateTime y = x; + y.validJD = 0; + y.M = 1; + y.D = 1; + computeJD(&y); + nDay = (int)((x.iJD-y.iJD+43200000)/86400000); + if( zFmt[i]=='W' ){ + int wd; /* 0=Monday, 1=Tuesday, ... 6=Sunday */ + wd = (int)(((x.iJD+43200000)/86400000)%7); + sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",(nDay+7-wd)/7); + j += 2; + }else{ + sqlite3_snprintf(4, &z[j],"%03d",nDay+1); + j += 3; + } + break; + } + case 'J': { + sqlite3_snprintf(20, &z[j],"%.16g",x.iJD/86400000.0); + j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); + break; + } + case 'm': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break; + case 'M': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break; + case 's': { + sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%lld", + (i64)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000)); + j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); + break; + } + case 'S': sqlite3_snprintf(3,&z[j],"%02d",(int)x.s); j+=2; break; + case 'w': { + z[j++] = (char)(((x.iJD+129600000)/86400000) % 7) + '0'; + break; + } + case 'Y': { + sqlite3_snprintf(5,&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); + break; + } + default: z[j++] = '%'; break; + } + } + } + z[j] = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, + z==zBuf ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : SQLITE_DYNAMIC); +} + +/* +** current_time() +** +** This function returns the same value as time('now'). +*/ +static void ctimeFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + timeFunc(context, 0, 0); +} + +/* +** current_date() +** +** This function returns the same value as date('now'). +*/ +static void cdateFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + dateFunc(context, 0, 0); +} + +/* +** current_timestamp() +** +** This function returns the same value as datetime('now'). +*/ +static void ctimestampFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + datetimeFunc(context, 0, 0); +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS) */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS +/* +** If the library is compiled to omit the full-scale date and time +** handling (to get a smaller binary), the following minimal version +** of the functions current_time(), current_date() and current_timestamp() +** are included instead. This is to support column declarations that +** include "DEFAULT CURRENT_TIME" etc. +** +** This function uses the C-library functions time(), gmtime() +** and strftime(). The format string to pass to strftime() is supplied +** as the user-data for the function. +*/ +static void currentTimeFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + time_t t; + char *zFormat = (char *)sqlite3_user_data(context); + sqlite3 *db; + sqlite3_int64 iT; + struct tm *pTm; + struct tm sNow; + char zBuf[20]; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv); + + iT = sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(context); + if( iT<=0 ) return; + t = iT/1000 - 10000*(sqlite3_int64)21086676; +#if HAVE_GMTIME_R + pTm = gmtime_r(&t, &sNow); +#else + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); + pTm = gmtime(&t); + if( pTm ) memcpy(&sNow, pTm, sizeof(sNow)); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); +#endif + if( pTm ){ + strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, &sNow); + sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } +} +#endif + +/* +** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL +** functions. This should be the only routine in this file with +** external linkage. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void){ + static FuncDef aDateTimeFuncs[] = { +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS + DFUNCTION(julianday, -1, 0, 0, juliandayFunc ), + DFUNCTION(date, -1, 0, 0, dateFunc ), + DFUNCTION(time, -1, 0, 0, timeFunc ), + DFUNCTION(datetime, -1, 0, 0, datetimeFunc ), + DFUNCTION(strftime, -1, 0, 0, strftimeFunc ), + DFUNCTION(current_time, 0, 0, 0, ctimeFunc ), + DFUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, 0, 0, ctimestampFunc), + DFUNCTION(current_date, 0, 0, 0, cdateFunc ), +#else + STR_FUNCTION(current_time, 0, "%H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc), + STR_FUNCTION(current_date, 0, "%Y-%m-%d", 0, currentTimeFunc), + STR_FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc), +#endif + }; + sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs(aDateTimeFuncs, ArraySize(aDateTimeFuncs)); +} + +/************** End of date.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file os.c **********************************************/ +/* +** 2005 November 29 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains OS interface code that is common to all +** architectures. +*/ +#define _SQLITE_OS_C_ 1 +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +#undef _SQLITE_OS_C_ + +/* +** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block +** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This +** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0; /* Total number of I/O Errors */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0; /* Number of non-benign errors */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0; /* Count down to first I/O error */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0; /* True if I/O errors persist */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0; /* True if errors are benign */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0; +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) */ + +/* +** When testing, also keep a count of the number of open files. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0; +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) */ + +/* +** The default SQLite sqlite3_vfs implementations do not allocate +** memory (actually, os_unix.c allocates a small amount of memory +** from within OsOpen()), but some third-party implementations may. +** So we test the effects of a malloc() failing and the sqlite3OsXXX() +** function returning SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM using the DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST macro. +** +** The following functions are instrumented for malloc() failure +** testing: +** +** sqlite3OsRead() +** sqlite3OsWrite() +** sqlite3OsSync() +** sqlite3OsFileSize() +** sqlite3OsLock() +** sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() +** sqlite3OsFileControl() +** sqlite3OsShmMap() +** sqlite3OsOpen() +** sqlite3OsDelete() +** sqlite3OsAccess() +** sqlite3OsFullPathname() +** +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memdebug_vfs_oom_test = 1; + #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(x) \ + if (sqlite3_memdebug_vfs_oom_test && (!x || !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(x))) { \ + void *pTstAlloc = sqlite3Malloc(10); \ + if (!pTstAlloc) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; \ + sqlite3_free(pTstAlloc); \ + } +#else + #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(x) +#endif + +/* +** The following routines are convenience wrappers around methods +** of the sqlite3_file object. This is mostly just syntactic sugar. All +** of this would be completely automatic if SQLite were coded using +** C++ instead of plain old C. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file *pId){ + if( pId->pMethods ){ + pId->pMethods->xClose(pId); + pId->pMethods = 0; + } +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file *id, void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); + return id->pMethods->xRead(id, pBuf, amt, offset); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file *id, const void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); + return id->pMethods->xWrite(id, pBuf, amt, offset); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 size){ + return id->pMethods->xTruncate(id, size); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); + return id->pMethods->xSync(id, flags); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); + return id->pMethods->xFileSize(id, pSize); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); + return id->pMethods->xLock(id, lockType); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){ + return id->pMethods->xUnlock(id, lockType); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); + return id->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(id, pResOut); +} + +/* +** Use sqlite3OsFileControl() when we are doing something that might fail +** and we need to know about the failures. Use sqlite3OsFileControlHint() +** when simply tossing information over the wall to the VFS and we do not +** really care if the VFS receives and understands the information since it +** is only a hint and can be safely ignored. The sqlite3OsFileControlHint() +** routine has no return value since the return value would be meaningless. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + if( op!=SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO ){ + /* Faults are not injected into COMMIT_PHASETWO because, assuming SQLite + ** is using a regular VFS, it is called after the corresponding + ** transaction has been committed. Injecting a fault at this point + ** confuses the test scripts - the COMMIT comand returns SQLITE_NOMEM + ** but the transaction is committed anyway. + ** + ** The core must call OsFileControl() though, not OsFileControlHint(), + ** as if a custom VFS (e.g. zipvfs) returns an error here, it probably + ** means the commit really has failed and an error should be returned + ** to the user. */ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); + } +#endif + return id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ + (void)id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg); +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ + int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*) = id->pMethods->xSectorSize; + return (xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ + return id->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(id); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int offset, int n, int flags){ + return id->pMethods->xShmLock(id, offset, n, flags); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id){ + id->pMethods->xShmBarrier(id); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int deleteFlag){ + return id->pMethods->xShmUnmap(id, deleteFlag); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap( + sqlite3_file *id, /* Database file handle */ + int iPage, + int pgsz, + int bExtend, /* True to extend file if necessary */ + void volatile **pp /* OUT: Pointer to mapping */ +){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); + return id->pMethods->xShmMap(id, iPage, pgsz, bExtend, pp); +} + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 +/* The real implementation of xFetch and xUnfetch */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, int iAmt, void **pp){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); + return id->pMethods->xFetch(id, iOff, iAmt, pp); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, void *p){ + return id->pMethods->xUnfetch(id, iOff, p); +} +#else +/* No-op stubs to use when memory-mapped I/O is disabled */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, int iAmt, void **pp){ + *pp = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, void *p){ + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif + +/* +** The next group of routines are convenience wrappers around the +** VFS methods. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zPath, + sqlite3_file *pFile, + int flags, + int *pFlagsOut +){ + int rc; + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); + /* 0x87f7f is a mask of SQLITE_OPEN_ flags that are valid to be passed + ** down into the VFS layer. Some SQLITE_OPEN_ flags (for example, + ** SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE) are blocked before + ** reaching the VFS. */ + rc = pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags & 0x87f7f, pFlagsOut); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods==0 ); + return rc; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); + assert( dirSync==0 || dirSync==1 ); + return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zPath, + int flags, + int *pResOut +){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); + return pVfs->xAccess(pVfs, zPath, flags, pResOut); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zPath, + int nPathOut, + char *zPathOut +){ + DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); + zPathOut[0] = 0; + return pVfs->xFullPathname(pVfs, zPath, nPathOut, zPathOut); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){ + return pVfs->xDlOpen(pVfs, zPath); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ + pVfs->xDlError(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHdle, const char *zSym))(void){ + return pVfs->xDlSym(pVfs, pHdle, zSym); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){ + pVfs->xDlClose(pVfs, pHandle); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ + return pVfs->xRandomness(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){ + return pVfs->xSleep(pVfs, nMicro); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ + return pVfs->xGetLastError ? pVfs->xGetLastError(pVfs, 0, 0) : 0; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *pTimeOut){ + int rc; + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-49045-42493 SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() + ** method to get the current date and time if that method is available + ** (if iVersion is 2 or greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and + ** will fall back to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is + ** unavailable. + */ + if( pVfs->iVersion>=2 && pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64 ){ + rc = pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, pTimeOut); + }else{ + double r; + rc = pVfs->xCurrentTime(pVfs, &r); + *pTimeOut = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0); + } + return rc; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zFile, + sqlite3_file **ppFile, + int flags, + int *pOutFlags +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_file *pFile; + pFile = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile); + if( pFile ){ + rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zFile, pFile, flags, pOutFlags); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(pFile); + }else{ + *ppFile = pFile; + } + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + return rc; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *pFile){ + assert( pFile ); + sqlite3OsClose(pFile); + sqlite3_free(pFile); +} + +/* +** This function is a wrapper around the OS specific implementation of +** sqlite3_os_init(). The purpose of the wrapper is to provide the +** ability to simulate a malloc failure, so that the handling of an +** error in sqlite3_os_init() by the upper layers can be tested. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void){ + void *p = sqlite3_malloc(10); + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + sqlite3_free(p); + return sqlite3_os_init(); +} + +/* +** The list of all registered VFS implementations. +*/ +static sqlite3_vfs * SQLITE_WSD vfsList = 0; +#define vfsList GLOBAL(sqlite3_vfs *, vfsList) + +/* +** Locate a VFS by name. If no name is given, simply return the +** first VFS on the list. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfs){ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = 0; +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + int rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ) return 0; +#endif +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + for(pVfs = vfsList; pVfs; pVfs=pVfs->pNext){ + if( zVfs==0 ) break; + if( strcmp(zVfs, pVfs->zName)==0 ) break; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + return pVfs; +} + +/* +** Unlink a VFS from the linked list +*/ +static void vfsUnlink(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) ); + if( pVfs==0 ){ + /* No-op */ + }else if( vfsList==pVfs ){ + vfsList = pVfs->pNext; + }else if( vfsList ){ + sqlite3_vfs *p = vfsList; + while( p->pNext && p->pNext!=pVfs ){ + p = p->pNext; + } + if( p->pNext==pVfs ){ + p->pNext = pVfs->pNext; + } + } +} + +/* +** Register a VFS with the system. It is harmless to register the same +** VFS multiple times. The new VFS becomes the default if makeDflt is +** true. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int makeDflt){ + MUTEX_LOGIC(sqlite3_mutex *mutex;) +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + int rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ) return rc; +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( pVfs==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + + MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + vfsUnlink(pVfs); + if( makeDflt || vfsList==0 ){ + pVfs->pNext = vfsList; + vfsList = pVfs; + }else{ + pVfs->pNext = vfsList->pNext; + vfsList->pNext = pVfs; + } + assert(vfsList); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Unregister a VFS so that it is no longer accessible. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + vfsUnlink(pVfs); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/************** End of os.c **************************************************/ +/************** Begin file fault.c *******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 Jan 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign" +** malloc failures (when the xMalloc() or xRealloc() method of the +** sqlite3_mem_methods structure fails to allocate a block of memory +** and returns 0). +** +** Most malloc failures are non-benign. After they occur, SQLite +** abandons the current operation and returns an error code (usually +** SQLITE_NOMEM) to the user. However, sometimes a fault is not necessarily +** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this +** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The +** hash table will continue to function normally. So a malloc failure +** during a hash table resize is a benign fault. +*/ + +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST + +/* +** Global variables. +*/ +typedef struct BenignMallocHooks BenignMallocHooks; +static SQLITE_WSD struct BenignMallocHooks { + void (*xBenignBegin)(void); + void (*xBenignEnd)(void); +} sqlite3Hooks = { 0, 0 }; + +/* The "wsdHooks" macro will resolve to the appropriate BenignMallocHooks +** structure. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, +** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common +** case where writable static data is supported, wsdHooks can refer directly +** to the "sqlite3Hooks" state vector declared above. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD +# define wsdHooksInit \ + BenignMallocHooks *x = &GLOBAL(BenignMallocHooks,sqlite3Hooks) +# define wsdHooks x[0] +#else +# define wsdHooksInit +# define wsdHooks sqlite3Hooks +#endif + + +/* +** Register hooks to call when sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc() and +** sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() are called, respectively. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks( + void (*xBenignBegin)(void), + void (*xBenignEnd)(void) +){ + wsdHooksInit; + wsdHooks.xBenignBegin = xBenignBegin; + wsdHooks.xBenignEnd = xBenignEnd; +} + +/* +** This (sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()) is called by SQLite code to indicate that +** subsequent malloc failures are benign. A call to sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() +** indicates that subsequent malloc failures are non-benign. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void){ + wsdHooksInit; + if( wsdHooks.xBenignBegin ){ + wsdHooks.xBenignBegin(); + } +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void){ + wsdHooksInit; + if( wsdHooks.xBenignEnd ){ + wsdHooks.xBenignEnd(); + } +} + +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */ + +/************** End of fault.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file mem0.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2008 October 28 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains a no-op memory allocation drivers for use when +** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC is defined. The allocation drivers implemented +** here always fail. SQLite will not operate with these drivers. These +** are merely placeholders. Real drivers must be substituted using +** sqlite3_config() before SQLite will operate. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* +** This version of the memory allocator is the default. It is +** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time +** macros. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC + +/* +** No-op versions of all memory allocation routines +*/ +static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ return 0; } +static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ return; } +static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ return 0; } +static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){ return 0; } +static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ return n; } +static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ return SQLITE_OK; } +static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ return; } + +/* +** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage. +** +** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in +** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ + static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = { + sqlite3MemMalloc, + sqlite3MemFree, + sqlite3MemRealloc, + sqlite3MemSize, + sqlite3MemRoundup, + sqlite3MemInit, + sqlite3MemShutdown, + 0 + }; + sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods); +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC */ + +/************** End of mem0.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file mem1.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2007 August 14 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when +** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface +** to obtain the memory it needs. +** +** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation +** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object. The content of +** this file is only used if SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC is defined. The +** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC macro is defined automatically if neither the +** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG nor the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC macros are defined. The +** default configuration is to use memory allocation routines in this +** file. +** +** C-preprocessor macro summary: +** +** HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE The configure script sets this symbol if +** the malloc_usable_size() interface exists +** on the target platform. Or, this symbol +** can be set manually, if desired. +** If an equivalent interface exists by +** a different name, using a separate -D +** option to rename it. +** +** SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC Some older macs lack support for the zone +** memory allocator. Set this symbol to enable +** building on older macs. +** +** SQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE Set this symbol to disable the use of +** _msize() on windows systems. This might +** be necessary when compiling for Delphi, +** for example. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* +** This version of the memory allocator is the default. It is +** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time +** macros. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC +#if defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC) + +/* +** Use the zone allocator available on apple products unless the +** SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC symbol is defined. +*/ +#include <sys/sysctl.h> +#include <malloc/malloc.h> +#include <libkern/OSAtomic.h> +static malloc_zone_t* _sqliteZone_; +#define SQLITE_MALLOC(x) malloc_zone_malloc(_sqliteZone_, (x)) +#define SQLITE_FREE(x) malloc_zone_free(_sqliteZone_, (x)); +#define SQLITE_REALLOC(x,y) malloc_zone_realloc(_sqliteZone_, (x), (y)) +#define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(x) \ + (_sqliteZone_ ? _sqliteZone_->size(_sqliteZone_,x) : malloc_size(x)) + +#else /* if not __APPLE__ */ + +/* +** Use standard C library malloc and free on non-Apple systems. +** Also used by Apple systems if SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC is defined. +*/ +#define SQLITE_MALLOC(x) malloc(x) +#define SQLITE_FREE(x) free(x) +#define SQLITE_REALLOC(x,y) realloc((x),(y)) + +/* +** The malloc.h header file is needed for malloc_usable_size() function +** on some systems (e.g. Linux). +*/ +#if HAVE_MALLOC_H && HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE +# define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H 1 +# define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE 1 +/* +** The MSVCRT has malloc_usable_size(), but it is called _msize(). The +** use of _msize() is automatic, but can be disabled by compiling with +** -DSQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE. Using the _msize() function also requires +** the malloc.h header file. +*/ +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE) +# define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H +# define SQLITE_USE_MSIZE +#endif + +/* +** Include the malloc.h header file, if necessary. Also set define macro +** SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE to the appropriate function name, which is _msize() +** for MSVC and malloc_usable_size() for most other systems (e.g. Linux). +** The memory size function can always be overridden manually by defining +** the macro SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE to the desired function name. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H) +# include <malloc.h> +# if defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE) +# if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE) +# define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(x) malloc_usable_size(x) +# endif +# elif defined(SQLITE_USE_MSIZE) +# if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE) +# define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE _msize +# endif +# endif +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H) */ + +#endif /* __APPLE__ or not __APPLE__ */ + +/* +** Like malloc(), but remember the size of the allocation +** so that we can find it later using sqlite3MemSize(). +** +** For this low-level routine, we are guaranteed that nByte>0 because +** cases of nByte<=0 will be intercepted and dealt with by higher level +** routines. +*/ +static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ +#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE + void *p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte ); + if( p==0 ){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte); + } + return p; +#else + sqlite3_int64 *p; + assert( nByte>0 ); + nByte = ROUND8(nByte); + p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte+8 ); + if( p ){ + p[0] = nByte; + p++; + }else{ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte); + } + return (void *)p; +#endif +} + +/* +** Like free() but works for allocations obtained from sqlite3MemMalloc() +** or sqlite3MemRealloc(). +** +** For this low-level routine, we already know that pPrior!=0 since +** cases where pPrior==0 will have been intecepted and dealt with +** by higher-level routines. +*/ +static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ +#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE + SQLITE_FREE(pPrior); +#else + sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior; + assert( pPrior!=0 ); + p--; + SQLITE_FREE(p); +#endif +} + +/* +** Report the allocated size of a prior return from xMalloc() +** or xRealloc(). +*/ +static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){ +#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE + assert( pPrior!=0 ); + return (int)SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(pPrior); +#else + sqlite3_int64 *p; + assert( pPrior!=0 ); + p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior; + p--; + return (int)p[0]; +#endif +} + +/* +** Like realloc(). Resize an allocation previously obtained from +** sqlite3MemMalloc(). +** +** For this low-level interface, we know that pPrior!=0. Cases where +** pPrior==0 while have been intercepted by higher-level routine and +** redirected to xMalloc. Similarly, we know that nByte>0 because +** cases where nByte<=0 will have been intercepted by higher-level +** routines and redirected to xFree. +*/ +static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ +#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE + void *p = SQLITE_REALLOC(pPrior, nByte); + if( p==0 ){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, + "failed memory resize %u to %u bytes", + SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(pPrior), nByte); + } + return p; +#else + sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior; + assert( pPrior!=0 && nByte>0 ); + assert( nByte==ROUND8(nByte) ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */ + p--; + p = SQLITE_REALLOC(p, nByte+8 ); + if( p ){ + p[0] = nByte; + p++; + }else{ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, + "failed memory resize %u to %u bytes", + sqlite3MemSize(pPrior), nByte); + } + return (void*)p; +#endif +} + +/* +** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. +*/ +static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ + return ROUND8(n); +} + +/* +** Initialize this module. +*/ +static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ +#if defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC) + int cpuCount; + size_t len; + if( _sqliteZone_ ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + len = sizeof(cpuCount); + /* One usually wants to use hw.acctivecpu for MT decisions, but not here */ + sysctlbyname("hw.ncpu", &cpuCount, &len, NULL, 0); + if( cpuCount>1 ){ + /* defer MT decisions to system malloc */ + _sqliteZone_ = malloc_default_zone(); + }else{ + /* only 1 core, use our own zone to contention over global locks, + ** e.g. we have our own dedicated locks */ + bool success; + malloc_zone_t* newzone = malloc_create_zone(4096, 0); + malloc_set_zone_name(newzone, "Sqlite_Heap"); + do{ + success = OSAtomicCompareAndSwapPtrBarrier(NULL, newzone, + (void * volatile *)&_sqliteZone_); + }while(!_sqliteZone_); + if( !success ){ + /* somebody registered a zone first */ + malloc_destroy_zone(newzone); + } + } +#endif + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Deinitialize this module. +*/ +static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + return; +} + +/* +** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage. +** +** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in +** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ + static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = { + sqlite3MemMalloc, + sqlite3MemFree, + sqlite3MemRealloc, + sqlite3MemSize, + sqlite3MemRoundup, + sqlite3MemInit, + sqlite3MemShutdown, + 0 + }; + sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods); +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC */ + +/************** End of mem1.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file mem2.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2007 August 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when +** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface +** to obtain the memory it needs while adding lots of additional debugging +** information to each allocation in order to help detect and fix memory +** leaks and memory usage errors. +** +** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation +** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* +** This version of the memory allocator is used only if the +** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG macro is defined +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG + +/* +** The backtrace functionality is only available with GLIBC +*/ +#ifdef __GLIBC__ + extern int backtrace(void**,int); + extern void backtrace_symbols_fd(void*const*,int,int); +#else +# define backtrace(A,B) 1 +# define backtrace_symbols_fd(A,B,C) +#endif +/* #include <stdio.h> */ + +/* +** Each memory allocation looks like this: +** +** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +** | Title | backtrace pointers | MemBlockHdr | allocation | EndGuard | +** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ +** +** The application code sees only a pointer to the allocation. We have +** to back up from the allocation pointer to find the MemBlockHdr. The +** MemBlockHdr tells us the size of the allocation and the number of +** backtrace pointers. There is also a guard word at the end of the +** MemBlockHdr. +*/ +struct MemBlockHdr { + i64 iSize; /* Size of this allocation */ + struct MemBlockHdr *pNext, *pPrev; /* Linked list of all unfreed memory */ + char nBacktrace; /* Number of backtraces on this alloc */ + char nBacktraceSlots; /* Available backtrace slots */ + u8 nTitle; /* Bytes of title; includes '\0' */ + u8 eType; /* Allocation type code */ + int iForeGuard; /* Guard word for sanity */ +}; + +/* +** Guard words +*/ +#define FOREGUARD 0x80F5E153 +#define REARGUARD 0xE4676B53 + +/* +** Number of malloc size increments to track. +*/ +#define NCSIZE 1000 + +/* +** All of the static variables used by this module are collected +** into a single structure named "mem". This is to keep the +** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution +** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation. +*/ +static struct { + + /* + ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem. + */ + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; + + /* + ** Head and tail of a linked list of all outstanding allocations + */ + struct MemBlockHdr *pFirst; + struct MemBlockHdr *pLast; + + /* + ** The number of levels of backtrace to save in new allocations. + */ + int nBacktrace; + void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **); + + /* + ** Title text to insert in front of each block + */ + int nTitle; /* Bytes of zTitle to save. Includes '\0' and padding */ + char zTitle[100]; /* The title text */ + + /* + ** sqlite3MallocDisallow() increments the following counter. + ** sqlite3MallocAllow() decrements it. + */ + int disallow; /* Do not allow memory allocation */ + + /* + ** Gather statistics on the sizes of memory allocations. + ** nAlloc[i] is the number of allocation attempts of i*8 + ** bytes. i==NCSIZE is the number of allocation attempts for + ** sizes more than NCSIZE*8 bytes. + */ + int nAlloc[NCSIZE]; /* Total number of allocations */ + int nCurrent[NCSIZE]; /* Current number of allocations */ + int mxCurrent[NCSIZE]; /* Highwater mark for nCurrent */ + +} mem; + + +/* +** Adjust memory usage statistics +*/ +static void adjustStats(int iSize, int increment){ + int i = ROUND8(iSize)/8; + if( i>NCSIZE-1 ){ + i = NCSIZE - 1; + } + if( increment>0 ){ + mem.nAlloc[i]++; + mem.nCurrent[i]++; + if( mem.nCurrent[i]>mem.mxCurrent[i] ){ + mem.mxCurrent[i] = mem.nCurrent[i]; + } + }else{ + mem.nCurrent[i]--; + assert( mem.nCurrent[i]>=0 ); + } +} + +/* +** Given an allocation, find the MemBlockHdr for that allocation. +** +** This routine checks the guards at either end of the allocation and +** if they are incorrect it asserts. +*/ +static struct MemBlockHdr *sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(void *pAllocation){ + struct MemBlockHdr *p; + int *pInt; + u8 *pU8; + int nReserve; + + p = (struct MemBlockHdr*)pAllocation; + p--; + assert( p->iForeGuard==(int)FOREGUARD ); + nReserve = ROUND8(p->iSize); + pInt = (int*)pAllocation; + pU8 = (u8*)pAllocation; + assert( pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)]==(int)REARGUARD ); + /* This checks any of the "extra" bytes allocated due + ** to rounding up to an 8 byte boundary to ensure + ** they haven't been overwritten. + */ + while( nReserve-- > p->iSize ) assert( pU8[nReserve]==0x65 ); + return p; +} + +/* +** Return the number of bytes currently allocated at address p. +*/ +static int sqlite3MemSize(void *p){ + struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; + if( !p ){ + return 0; + } + pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); + return (int)pHdr->iSize; +} + +/* +** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem. +*/ +static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + assert( (sizeof(struct MemBlockHdr)&7) == 0 ); + if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ + /* If memory status is enabled, then the malloc.c wrapper will already + ** hold the STATIC_MEM mutex when the routines here are invoked. */ + mem.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem. +*/ +static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + mem.mutex = 0; +} + +/* +** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. +*/ +static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ + return ROUND8(n); +} + +/* +** Fill a buffer with pseudo-random bytes. This is used to preset +** the content of a new memory allocation to unpredictable values and +** to clear the content of a freed allocation to unpredictable values. +*/ +static void randomFill(char *pBuf, int nByte){ + unsigned int x, y, r; + x = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pBuf); + y = nByte | 1; + while( nByte >= 4 ){ + x = (x>>1) ^ (-(int)(x&1) & 0xd0000001); + y = y*1103515245 + 12345; + r = x ^ y; + *(int*)pBuf = r; + pBuf += 4; + nByte -= 4; + } + while( nByte-- > 0 ){ + x = (x>>1) ^ (-(int)(x&1) & 0xd0000001); + y = y*1103515245 + 12345; + r = x ^ y; + *(pBuf++) = r & 0xff; + } +} + +/* +** Allocate nByte bytes of memory. +*/ +static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ + struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; + void **pBt; + char *z; + int *pInt; + void *p = 0; + int totalSize; + int nReserve; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); + assert( mem.disallow==0 ); + nReserve = ROUND8(nByte); + totalSize = nReserve + sizeof(*pHdr) + sizeof(int) + + mem.nBacktrace*sizeof(void*) + mem.nTitle; + p = malloc(totalSize); + if( p ){ + z = p; + pBt = (void**)&z[mem.nTitle]; + pHdr = (struct MemBlockHdr*)&pBt[mem.nBacktrace]; + pHdr->pNext = 0; + pHdr->pPrev = mem.pLast; + if( mem.pLast ){ + mem.pLast->pNext = pHdr; + }else{ + mem.pFirst = pHdr; + } + mem.pLast = pHdr; + pHdr->iForeGuard = FOREGUARD; + pHdr->eType = MEMTYPE_HEAP; + pHdr->nBacktraceSlots = mem.nBacktrace; + pHdr->nTitle = mem.nTitle; + if( mem.nBacktrace ){ + void *aAddr[40]; + pHdr->nBacktrace = backtrace(aAddr, mem.nBacktrace+1)-1; + memcpy(pBt, &aAddr[1], pHdr->nBacktrace*sizeof(void*)); + assert(pBt[0]); + if( mem.xBacktrace ){ + mem.xBacktrace(nByte, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &aAddr[1]); + } + }else{ + pHdr->nBacktrace = 0; + } + if( mem.nTitle ){ + memcpy(z, mem.zTitle, mem.nTitle); + } + pHdr->iSize = nByte; + adjustStats(nByte, +1); + pInt = (int*)&pHdr[1]; + pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)] = REARGUARD; + randomFill((char*)pInt, nByte); + memset(((char*)pInt)+nByte, 0x65, nReserve-nByte); + p = (void*)pInt; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); + return p; +} + +/* +** Free memory. +*/ +static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ + struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; + void **pBt; + char *z; + assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 + || mem.mutex!=0 ); + pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior); + pBt = (void**)pHdr; + pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); + if( pHdr->pPrev ){ + assert( pHdr->pPrev->pNext==pHdr ); + pHdr->pPrev->pNext = pHdr->pNext; + }else{ + assert( mem.pFirst==pHdr ); + mem.pFirst = pHdr->pNext; + } + if( pHdr->pNext ){ + assert( pHdr->pNext->pPrev==pHdr ); + pHdr->pNext->pPrev = pHdr->pPrev; + }else{ + assert( mem.pLast==pHdr ); + mem.pLast = pHdr->pPrev; + } + z = (char*)pBt; + z -= pHdr->nTitle; + adjustStats((int)pHdr->iSize, -1); + randomFill(z, sizeof(void*)*pHdr->nBacktraceSlots + sizeof(*pHdr) + + (int)pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle); + free(z); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); +} + +/* +** Change the size of an existing memory allocation. +** +** For this debugging implementation, we *always* make a copy of the +** allocation into a new place in memory. In this way, if the +** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is +** much more likely to break and we are much more liking to find +** the error. +*/ +static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ + struct MemBlockHdr *pOldHdr; + void *pNew; + assert( mem.disallow==0 ); + assert( (nByte & 7)==0 ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */ + pOldHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior); + pNew = sqlite3MemMalloc(nByte); + if( pNew ){ + memcpy(pNew, pPrior, (int)(nByte<pOldHdr->iSize ? nByte : pOldHdr->iSize)); + if( nByte>pOldHdr->iSize ){ + randomFill(&((char*)pNew)[pOldHdr->iSize], nByte - (int)pOldHdr->iSize); + } + sqlite3MemFree(pPrior); + } + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in +** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ + static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = { + sqlite3MemMalloc, + sqlite3MemFree, + sqlite3MemRealloc, + sqlite3MemSize, + sqlite3MemRoundup, + sqlite3MemInit, + sqlite3MemShutdown, + 0 + }; + sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods); +} + +/* +** Set the "type" of an allocation. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void *p, u8 eType){ + if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){ + struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; + pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); + assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); + pHdr->eType = eType; + } +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the mask of type in eType matches the type of the +** allocation p. Also return true if p==NULL. +** +** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to +** verify the type of an allocation. For example: +** +** assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void *p, u8 eType){ + int rc = 1; + if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){ + struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; + pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); + assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); /* Allocation is valid */ + if( (pHdr->eType&eType)==0 ){ + rc = 0; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the mask of type in eType matches no bits of the type of the +** allocation p. Also return true if p==NULL. +** +** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to +** verify the type of an allocation. For example: +** +** assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) ); +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void *p, u8 eType){ + int rc = 1; + if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){ + struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; + pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); + assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); /* Allocation is valid */ + if( (pHdr->eType&eType)!=0 ){ + rc = 0; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Set the number of backtrace levels kept for each allocation. +** A value of zero turns off backtracing. The number is always rounded +** up to a multiple of 2. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugBacktrace(int depth){ + if( depth<0 ){ depth = 0; } + if( depth>20 ){ depth = 20; } + depth = (depth+1)&0xfe; + mem.nBacktrace = depth; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugBacktraceCallback(void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **)){ + mem.xBacktrace = xBacktrace; +} + +/* +** Set the title string for subsequent allocations. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSettitle(const char *zTitle){ + unsigned int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zTitle) + 1; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); + if( n>=sizeof(mem.zTitle) ) n = sizeof(mem.zTitle)-1; + memcpy(mem.zTitle, zTitle, n); + mem.zTitle[n] = 0; + mem.nTitle = ROUND8(n); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSync(){ + struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; + for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){ + void **pBt = (void**)pHdr; + pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots; + mem.xBacktrace((int)pHdr->iSize, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &pBt[1]); + } +} + +/* +** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory +** allocations into that log. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){ + FILE *out; + struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; + void **pBt; + int i; + out = fopen(zFilename, "w"); + if( out==0 ){ + fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n", + zFilename); + return; + } + for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){ + char *z = (char*)pHdr; + z -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots*sizeof(void*) + pHdr->nTitle; + fprintf(out, "**** %lld bytes at %p from %s ****\n", + pHdr->iSize, &pHdr[1], pHdr->nTitle ? z : "???"); + if( pHdr->nBacktrace ){ + fflush(out); + pBt = (void**)pHdr; + pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots; + backtrace_symbols_fd(pBt, pHdr->nBacktrace, fileno(out)); + fprintf(out, "\n"); + } + } + fprintf(out, "COUNTS:\n"); + for(i=0; i<NCSIZE-1; i++){ + if( mem.nAlloc[i] ){ + fprintf(out, " %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n", + i*8, mem.nAlloc[i], mem.nCurrent[i], mem.mxCurrent[i]); + } + } + if( mem.nAlloc[NCSIZE-1] ){ + fprintf(out, " %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n", + NCSIZE*8-8, mem.nAlloc[NCSIZE-1], + mem.nCurrent[NCSIZE-1], mem.mxCurrent[NCSIZE-1]); + } + fclose(out); +} + +/* +** Return the number of times sqlite3MemMalloc() has been called. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugMallocCount(){ + int i; + int nTotal = 0; + for(i=0; i<NCSIZE; i++){ + nTotal += mem.nAlloc[i]; + } + return nTotal; +} + + +#endif /* SQLITE_MEMDEBUG */ + +/************** End of mem2.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file mem3.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2007 October 14 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory +** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. +** +** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all +** use of malloc(). The SQLite user supplies a block of memory +** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations +** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() +** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called, +** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot +** be changed. +** +** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included +** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 is defined. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* +** This version of the memory allocator is only built into the library +** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 is defined. Defining this symbol does not +** mean that the library will use a memory-pool by default, just that +** it is available. The mempool allocator is activated by calling +** sqlite3_config(). +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 + +/* +** Maximum size (in Mem3Blocks) of a "small" chunk. +*/ +#define MX_SMALL 10 + + +/* +** Number of freelist hash slots +*/ +#define N_HASH 61 + +/* +** A memory allocation (also called a "chunk") consists of two or +** more blocks where each block is 8 bytes. The first 8 bytes are +** a header that is not returned to the user. +** +** A chunk is two or more blocks that is either checked out or +** free. The first block has format u.hdr. u.hdr.size4x is 4 times the +** size of the allocation in blocks if the allocation is free. +** The u.hdr.size4x&1 bit is true if the chunk is checked out and +** false if the chunk is on the freelist. The u.hdr.size4x&2 bit +** is true if the previous chunk is checked out and false if the +** previous chunk is free. The u.hdr.prevSize field is the size of +** the previous chunk in blocks if the previous chunk is on the +** freelist. If the previous chunk is checked out, then +** u.hdr.prevSize can be part of the data for that chunk and should +** not be read or written. +** +** We often identify a chunk by its index in mem3.aPool[]. When +** this is done, the chunk index refers to the second block of +** the chunk. In this way, the first chunk has an index of 1. +** A chunk index of 0 means "no such chunk" and is the equivalent +** of a NULL pointer. +** +** The second block of free chunks is of the form u.list. The +** two fields form a double-linked list of chunks of related sizes. +** Pointers to the head of the list are stored in mem3.aiSmall[] +** for smaller chunks and mem3.aiHash[] for larger chunks. +** +** The second block of a chunk is user data if the chunk is checked +** out. If a chunk is checked out, the user data may extend into +** the u.hdr.prevSize value of the following chunk. +*/ +typedef struct Mem3Block Mem3Block; +struct Mem3Block { + union { + struct { + u32 prevSize; /* Size of previous chunk in Mem3Block elements */ + u32 size4x; /* 4x the size of current chunk in Mem3Block elements */ + } hdr; + struct { + u32 next; /* Index in mem3.aPool[] of next free chunk */ + u32 prev; /* Index in mem3.aPool[] of previous free chunk */ + } list; + } u; +}; + +/* +** All of the static variables used by this module are collected +** into a single structure named "mem3". This is to keep the +** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution +** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation. +*/ +static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem3Global { + /* + ** Memory available for allocation. nPool is the size of the array + ** (in Mem3Blocks) pointed to by aPool less 2. + */ + u32 nPool; + Mem3Block *aPool; + + /* + ** True if we are evaluating an out-of-memory callback. + */ + int alarmBusy; + + /* + ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem. + */ + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; + + /* + ** The minimum amount of free space that we have seen. + */ + u32 mnMaster; + + /* + ** iMaster is the index of the master chunk. Most new allocations + ** occur off of this chunk. szMaster is the size (in Mem3Blocks) + ** of the current master. iMaster is 0 if there is not master chunk. + ** The master chunk is not in either the aiHash[] or aiSmall[]. + */ + u32 iMaster; + u32 szMaster; + + /* + ** Array of lists of free blocks according to the block size + ** for smaller chunks, or a hash on the block size for larger + ** chunks. + */ + u32 aiSmall[MX_SMALL-1]; /* For sizes 2 through MX_SMALL, inclusive */ + u32 aiHash[N_HASH]; /* For sizes MX_SMALL+1 and larger */ +} mem3 = { 97535575 }; + +#define mem3 GLOBAL(struct Mem3Global, mem3) + +/* +** Unlink the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] from list it is currently +** on. *pRoot is the list that i is a member of. +*/ +static void memsys3UnlinkFromList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){ + u32 next = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next; + u32 prev = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); + if( prev==0 ){ + *pRoot = next; + }else{ + mem3.aPool[prev].u.list.next = next; + } + if( next ){ + mem3.aPool[next].u.list.prev = prev; + } + mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next = 0; + mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0; +} + +/* +** Unlink the chunk at index i from +** whatever list is currently a member of. +*/ +static void memsys3Unlink(u32 i){ + u32 size, hash; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); + assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 ); + assert( i>=1 ); + size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; + assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize ); + assert( size>=2 ); + if( size <= MX_SMALL ){ + memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]); + }else{ + hash = size % N_HASH; + memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]); + } +} + +/* +** Link the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] so that is on the list rooted +** at *pRoot. +*/ +static void memsys3LinkIntoList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); + mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next = *pRoot; + mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0; + if( *pRoot ){ + mem3.aPool[*pRoot].u.list.prev = i; + } + *pRoot = i; +} + +/* +** Link the chunk at index i into either the appropriate +** small chunk list, or into the large chunk hash table. +*/ +static void memsys3Link(u32 i){ + u32 size, hash; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); + assert( i>=1 ); + assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 ); + size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; + assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize ); + assert( size>=2 ); + if( size <= MX_SMALL ){ + memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]); + }else{ + hash = size % N_HASH; + memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]); + } +} + +/* +** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex +** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if +** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true. +*/ +static void memsys3Enter(void){ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 && mem3.mutex==0 ){ + mem3.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex); +} +static void memsys3Leave(void){ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex); +} + +/* +** Called when we are unable to satisfy an allocation of nBytes. +*/ +static void memsys3OutOfMemory(int nByte){ + if( !mem3.alarmBusy ){ + mem3.alarmBusy = 1; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex); + sqlite3_release_memory(nByte); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex); + mem3.alarmBusy = 0; + } +} + + +/* +** Chunk i is a free chunk that has been unlinked. Adjust its +** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the +** user portion of the chunk. +*/ +static void *memsys3Checkout(u32 i, u32 nBlock){ + u32 x; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); + assert( i>=1 ); + assert( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock ); + assert( mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize==nBlock ); + x = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x; + mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 | 1 | (x&2); + mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock; + mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2; + return &mem3.aPool[i]; +} + +/* +** Carve a piece off of the end of the mem3.iMaster free chunk. +** Return a pointer to the new allocation. Or, if the master chunk +** is not large enough, return 0. +*/ +static void *memsys3FromMaster(u32 nBlock){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); + assert( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ); + if( nBlock>=mem3.szMaster-1 ){ + /* Use the entire master */ + void *p = memsys3Checkout(mem3.iMaster, mem3.szMaster); + mem3.iMaster = 0; + mem3.szMaster = 0; + mem3.mnMaster = 0; + return p; + }else{ + /* Split the master block. Return the tail. */ + u32 newi, x; + newi = mem3.iMaster + mem3.szMaster - nBlock; + assert( newi > mem3.iMaster+1 ); + mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock; + mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2; + mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 + 1; + mem3.szMaster -= nBlock; + mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster; + x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; + mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x; + if( mem3.szMaster < mem3.mnMaster ){ + mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster; + } + return (void*)&mem3.aPool[newi]; + } +} + +/* +** *pRoot is the head of a list of free chunks of the same size +** or same size hash. In other words, *pRoot is an entry in either +** mem3.aiSmall[] or mem3.aiHash[]. +** +** This routine examines all entries on the given list and tries +** to coalesce each entries with adjacent free chunks. +** +** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem3.iMaster, it replaces +** the current mem3.iMaster with the new larger chunk. In order for +** this mem3.iMaster replacement to work, the master chunk must be +** linked into the hash tables. That is not the normal state of +** affairs, of course. The calling routine must link the master +** chunk before invoking this routine, then must unlink the (possibly +** changed) master chunk once this routine has finished. +*/ +static void memsys3Merge(u32 *pRoot){ + u32 iNext, prev, size, i, x; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); + for(i=*pRoot; i>0; i=iNext){ + iNext = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next; + size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x; + assert( (size&1)==0 ); + if( (size&2)==0 ){ + memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, pRoot); + assert( i > mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize ); + prev = i - mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize; + if( prev==iNext ){ + iNext = mem3.aPool[prev].u.list.next; + } + memsys3Unlink(prev); + size = i + size/4 - prev; + x = mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; + mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x = size*4 | x; + mem3.aPool[prev+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size; + memsys3Link(prev); + i = prev; + }else{ + size /= 4; + } + if( size>mem3.szMaster ){ + mem3.iMaster = i; + mem3.szMaster = size; + } + } +} + +/* +** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size. +** Return NULL if unable. +** +** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are +** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe". +*/ +static void *memsys3MallocUnsafe(int nByte){ + u32 i; + u32 nBlock; + u32 toFree; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); + assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 ); + if( nByte<=12 ){ + nBlock = 2; + }else{ + nBlock = (nByte + 11)/8; + } + assert( nBlock>=2 ); + + /* STEP 1: + ** Look for an entry of the correct size in either the small + ** chunk table or in the large chunk hash table. This is + ** successful most of the time (about 9 times out of 10). + */ + if( nBlock <= MX_SMALL ){ + i = mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2]; + if( i>0 ){ + memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2]); + return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock); + } + }else{ + int hash = nBlock % N_HASH; + for(i=mem3.aiHash[hash]; i>0; i=mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next){ + if( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock ){ + memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]); + return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock); + } + } + } + + /* STEP 2: + ** Try to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off of the end + ** of the master chunk. This step usually works if step 1 fails. + */ + if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){ + return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock); + } + + + /* STEP 3: + ** Loop through the entire memory pool. Coalesce adjacent free + ** chunks. Recompute the master chunk as the largest free chunk. + ** Then try again to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off + ** of the end of the master chunk. This step happens very + ** rarely (we hope!) + */ + for(toFree=nBlock*16; toFree<(mem3.nPool*16); toFree *= 2){ + memsys3OutOfMemory(toFree); + if( mem3.iMaster ){ + memsys3Link(mem3.iMaster); + mem3.iMaster = 0; + mem3.szMaster = 0; + } + for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){ + memsys3Merge(&mem3.aiHash[i]); + } + for(i=0; i<MX_SMALL-1; i++){ + memsys3Merge(&mem3.aiSmall[i]); + } + if( mem3.szMaster ){ + memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster); + if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){ + return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock); + } + } + } + + /* If none of the above worked, then we fail. */ + return 0; +} + +/* +** Free an outstanding memory allocation. +** +** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are +** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe". +*/ +static void memsys3FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){ + Mem3Block *p = (Mem3Block*)pOld; + int i; + u32 size, x; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); + assert( p>mem3.aPool && p<&mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool] ); + i = p - mem3.aPool; + assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==1 ); + size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; + assert( i+size<=mem3.nPool+1 ); + mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~1; + mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size; + mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~2; + memsys3Link(i); + + /* Try to expand the master using the newly freed chunk */ + if( mem3.iMaster ){ + while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)==0 ){ + size = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize; + mem3.iMaster -= size; + mem3.szMaster += size; + memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster); + x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; + mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x; + mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster; + } + x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; + while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==0 ){ + memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster); + mem3.szMaster += mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; + mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x; + mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster; + } + } +} + +/* +** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes. The +** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead. This only +** works for chunks that are currently checked out. +*/ +static int memsys3Size(void *p){ + Mem3Block *pBlock; + assert( p!=0 ); + pBlock = (Mem3Block*)p; + assert( (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)!=0 ); + return (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&~3)*2 - 4; +} + +/* +** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. +*/ +static int memsys3Roundup(int n){ + if( n<=12 ){ + return 12; + }else{ + return ((n+11)&~7) - 4; + } +} + +/* +** Allocate nBytes of memory. +*/ +static void *memsys3Malloc(int nBytes){ + sqlite3_int64 *p; + assert( nBytes>0 ); /* malloc.c filters out 0 byte requests */ + memsys3Enter(); + p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes); + memsys3Leave(); + return (void*)p; +} + +/* +** Free memory. +*/ +static void memsys3Free(void *pPrior){ + assert( pPrior ); + memsys3Enter(); + memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior); + memsys3Leave(); +} + +/* +** Change the size of an existing memory allocation +*/ +static void *memsys3Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){ + int nOld; + void *p; + if( pPrior==0 ){ + return sqlite3_malloc(nBytes); + } + if( nBytes<=0 ){ + sqlite3_free(pPrior); + return 0; + } + nOld = memsys3Size(pPrior); + if( nBytes<=nOld && nBytes>=nOld-128 ){ + return pPrior; + } + memsys3Enter(); + p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes); + if( p ){ + if( nOld<nBytes ){ + memcpy(p, pPrior, nOld); + }else{ + memcpy(p, pPrior, nBytes); + } + memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior); + } + memsys3Leave(); + return p; +} + +/* +** Initialize this module. +*/ +static int memsys3Init(void *NotUsed){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + /* Store a pointer to the memory block in global structure mem3. */ + assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 ); + mem3.aPool = (Mem3Block *)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap; + mem3.nPool = (sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap / sizeof(Mem3Block)) - 2; + + /* Initialize the master block. */ + mem3.szMaster = mem3.nPool; + mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster; + mem3.iMaster = 1; + mem3.aPool[0].u.hdr.size4x = (mem3.szMaster<<2) + 2; + mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.nPool; + mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool].u.hdr.size4x = 1; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Deinitialize this module. +*/ +static void memsys3Shutdown(void *NotUsed){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + mem3.mutex = 0; + return; +} + + + +/* +** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory +** allocations into that log. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char *zFilename){ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + FILE *out; + u32 i, j; + u32 size; + if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){ + out = stdout; + }else{ + out = fopen(zFilename, "w"); + if( out==0 ){ + fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n", + zFilename); + return; + } + } + memsys3Enter(); + fprintf(out, "CHUNKS:\n"); + for(i=1; i<=mem3.nPool; i+=size/4){ + size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x; + if( size/4<=1 ){ + fprintf(out, "%p size error\n", &mem3.aPool[i]); + assert( 0 ); + break; + } + if( (size&1)==0 && mem3.aPool[i+size/4-1].u.hdr.prevSize!=size/4 ){ + fprintf(out, "%p tail size does not match\n", &mem3.aPool[i]); + assert( 0 ); + break; + } + if( ((mem3.aPool[i+size/4-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)>>1)!=(size&1) ){ + fprintf(out, "%p tail checkout bit is incorrect\n", &mem3.aPool[i]); + assert( 0 ); + break; + } + if( size&1 ){ + fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes checked out\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8); + }else{ + fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes free%s\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8, + i==mem3.iMaster ? " **master**" : ""); + } + } + for(i=0; i<MX_SMALL-1; i++){ + if( mem3.aiSmall[i]==0 ) continue; + fprintf(out, "small(%2d):", i); + for(j = mem3.aiSmall[i]; j>0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){ + fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j], + (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8); + } + fprintf(out, "\n"); + } + for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){ + if( mem3.aiHash[i]==0 ) continue; + fprintf(out, "hash(%2d):", i); + for(j = mem3.aiHash[i]; j>0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){ + fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j], + (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8); + } + fprintf(out, "\n"); + } + fprintf(out, "master=%d\n", mem3.iMaster); + fprintf(out, "nowUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.szMaster*8); + fprintf(out, "mxUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.mnMaster*8); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex); + if( out==stdout ){ + fflush(stdout); + }else{ + fclose(out); + } +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(zFilename); +#endif +} + +/* +** This routine is the only routine in this file with external +** linkage. +** +** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in +** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The +** arguments specify the block of memory to manage. +** +** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore +** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void){ + static const sqlite3_mem_methods mempoolMethods = { + memsys3Malloc, + memsys3Free, + memsys3Realloc, + memsys3Size, + memsys3Roundup, + memsys3Init, + memsys3Shutdown, + 0 + }; + return &mempoolMethods; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 */ + +/************** End of mem3.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file mem5.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2007 October 14 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory +** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. +** +** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all +** use of malloc(). The application gives SQLite a block of memory +** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations +** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() +** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called, +** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot +** be changed. +** +** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included +** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined. +** +** This memory allocator uses the following algorithm: +** +** 1. All memory allocation sizes are rounded up to a power of 2. +** +** 2. If two adjacent free blocks are the halves of a larger block, +** then the two blocks are coalesced into the single larger block. +** +** 3. New memory is allocated from the first available free block. +** +** This algorithm is described in: J. M. Robson. "Bounds for Some Functions +** Concerning Dynamic Storage Allocation". Journal of the Association for +** Computing Machinery, Volume 21, Number 8, July 1974, pages 491-499. +** +** Let n be the size of the largest allocation divided by the minimum +** allocation size (after rounding all sizes up to a power of 2.) Let M +** be the maximum amount of memory ever outstanding at one time. Let +** N be the total amount of memory available for allocation. Robson +** proved that this memory allocator will never breakdown due to +** fragmentation as long as the following constraint holds: +** +** N >= M*(1 + log2(n)/2) - n + 1 +** +** The sqlite3_status() logic tracks the maximum values of n and M so +** that an application can, at any time, verify this constraint. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* +** This version of the memory allocator is used only when +** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 + +/* +** A minimum allocation is an instance of the following structure. +** Larger allocations are an array of these structures where the +** size of the array is a power of 2. +** +** The size of this object must be a power of two. That fact is +** verified in memsys5Init(). +*/ +typedef struct Mem5Link Mem5Link; +struct Mem5Link { + int next; /* Index of next free chunk */ + int prev; /* Index of previous free chunk */ +}; + +/* +** Maximum size of any allocation is ((1<<LOGMAX)*mem5.szAtom). Since +** mem5.szAtom is always at least 8 and 32-bit integers are used, +** it is not actually possible to reach this limit. +*/ +#define LOGMAX 30 + +/* +** Masks used for mem5.aCtrl[] elements. +*/ +#define CTRL_LOGSIZE 0x1f /* Log2 Size of this block */ +#define CTRL_FREE 0x20 /* True if not checked out */ + +/* +** All of the static variables used by this module are collected +** into a single structure named "mem5". This is to keep the +** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution +** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation. +*/ +static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem5Global { + /* + ** Memory available for allocation + */ + int szAtom; /* Smallest possible allocation in bytes */ + int nBlock; /* Number of szAtom sized blocks in zPool */ + u8 *zPool; /* Memory available to be allocated */ + + /* + ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem. + */ + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) + /* + ** Performance statistics + */ + u64 nAlloc; /* Total number of calls to malloc */ + u64 totalAlloc; /* Total of all malloc calls - includes internal frag */ + u64 totalExcess; /* Total internal fragmentation */ + u32 currentOut; /* Current checkout, including internal fragmentation */ + u32 currentCount; /* Current number of distinct checkouts */ + u32 maxOut; /* Maximum instantaneous currentOut */ + u32 maxCount; /* Maximum instantaneous currentCount */ + u32 maxRequest; /* Largest allocation (exclusive of internal frag) */ +#endif + + /* + ** Lists of free blocks. aiFreelist[0] is a list of free blocks of + ** size mem5.szAtom. aiFreelist[1] holds blocks of size szAtom*2. + ** aiFreelist[2] holds free blocks of size szAtom*4. And so forth. + */ + int aiFreelist[LOGMAX+1]; + + /* + ** Space for tracking which blocks are checked out and the size + ** of each block. One byte per block. + */ + u8 *aCtrl; + +} mem5; + +/* +** Access the static variable through a macro for SQLITE_OMIT_WSD. +*/ +#define mem5 GLOBAL(struct Mem5Global, mem5) + +/* +** Assuming mem5.zPool is divided up into an array of Mem5Link +** structures, return a pointer to the idx-th such link. +*/ +#define MEM5LINK(idx) ((Mem5Link *)(&mem5.zPool[(idx)*mem5.szAtom])) + +/* +** Unlink the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] from list it is currently +** on. It should be found on mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize]. +*/ +static void memsys5Unlink(int i, int iLogsize){ + int next, prev; + assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock ); + assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX ); + assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize ); + + next = MEM5LINK(i)->next; + prev = MEM5LINK(i)->prev; + if( prev<0 ){ + mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = next; + }else{ + MEM5LINK(prev)->next = next; + } + if( next>=0 ){ + MEM5LINK(next)->prev = prev; + } +} + +/* +** Link the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] so that is on the iLogsize +** free list. +*/ +static void memsys5Link(int i, int iLogsize){ + int x; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem5.mutex) ); + assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock ); + assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX ); + assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize ); + + x = MEM5LINK(i)->next = mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize]; + MEM5LINK(i)->prev = -1; + if( x>=0 ){ + assert( x<mem5.nBlock ); + MEM5LINK(x)->prev = i; + } + mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = i; +} + +/* +** Obtain or release the mutex needed to access global data structures. +*/ +static void memsys5Enter(void){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem5.mutex); +} +static void memsys5Leave(void){ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem5.mutex); +} + +/* +** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes. +** This only works for chunks that are currently checked out. +*/ +static int memsys5Size(void *p){ + int iSize, i; + assert( p!=0 ); + i = (int)(((u8 *)p-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom); + assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock ); + iSize = mem5.szAtom * (1 << (mem5.aCtrl[i]&CTRL_LOGSIZE)); + return iSize; +} + +/* +** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size. +** Return NULL if unable. Return NULL if nBytes==0. +** +** The caller guarantees that nByte is positive. +** +** The caller has obtained a mutex prior to invoking this +** routine so there is never any chance that two or more +** threads can be in this routine at the same time. +*/ +static void *memsys5MallocUnsafe(int nByte){ + int i; /* Index of a mem5.aPool[] slot */ + int iBin; /* Index into mem5.aiFreelist[] */ + int iFullSz; /* Size of allocation rounded up to power of 2 */ + int iLogsize; /* Log2 of iFullSz/POW2_MIN */ + + /* nByte must be a positive */ + assert( nByte>0 ); + + /* No more than 1GiB per allocation */ + if( nByte > 0x40000000 ) return 0; + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) + /* Keep track of the maximum allocation request. Even unfulfilled + ** requests are counted */ + if( (u32)nByte>mem5.maxRequest ){ + mem5.maxRequest = nByte; + } +#endif + + + /* Round nByte up to the next valid power of two */ + for(iFullSz=mem5.szAtom,iLogsize=0; iFullSz<nByte; iFullSz*=2,iLogsize++){} + + /* Make sure mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] contains at least one free + ** block. If not, then split a block of the next larger power of + ** two in order to create a new free block of size iLogsize. + */ + for(iBin=iLogsize; iBin<=LOGMAX && mem5.aiFreelist[iBin]<0; iBin++){} + if( iBin>LOGMAX ){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes", nByte); + return 0; + } + i = mem5.aiFreelist[iBin]; + memsys5Unlink(i, iBin); + while( iBin>iLogsize ){ + int newSize; + + iBin--; + newSize = 1 << iBin; + mem5.aCtrl[i+newSize] = CTRL_FREE | iBin; + memsys5Link(i+newSize, iBin); + } + mem5.aCtrl[i] = iLogsize; + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) + /* Update allocator performance statistics. */ + mem5.nAlloc++; + mem5.totalAlloc += iFullSz; + mem5.totalExcess += iFullSz - nByte; + mem5.currentCount++; + mem5.currentOut += iFullSz; + if( mem5.maxCount<mem5.currentCount ) mem5.maxCount = mem5.currentCount; + if( mem5.maxOut<mem5.currentOut ) mem5.maxOut = mem5.currentOut; +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* Make sure the allocated memory does not assume that it is set to zero + ** or retains a value from a previous allocation */ + memset(&mem5.zPool[i*mem5.szAtom], 0xAA, iFullSz); +#endif + + /* Return a pointer to the allocated memory. */ + return (void*)&mem5.zPool[i*mem5.szAtom]; +} + +/* +** Free an outstanding memory allocation. +*/ +static void memsys5FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){ + u32 size, iLogsize; + int iBlock; + + /* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in + ** the array of mem5.szAtom byte blocks pointed to by mem5.zPool. + */ + iBlock = (int)(((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom); + + /* Check that the pointer pOld points to a valid, non-free block. */ + assert( iBlock>=0 && iBlock<mem5.nBlock ); + assert( ((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)%mem5.szAtom==0 ); + assert( (mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_FREE)==0 ); + + iLogsize = mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_LOGSIZE; + size = 1<<iLogsize; + assert( iBlock+size-1<(u32)mem5.nBlock ); + + mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] |= CTRL_FREE; + mem5.aCtrl[iBlock+size-1] |= CTRL_FREE; + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) + assert( mem5.currentCount>0 ); + assert( mem5.currentOut>=(size*mem5.szAtom) ); + mem5.currentCount--; + mem5.currentOut -= size*mem5.szAtom; + assert( mem5.currentOut>0 || mem5.currentCount==0 ); + assert( mem5.currentCount>0 || mem5.currentOut==0 ); +#endif + + mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize; + while( ALWAYS(iLogsize<LOGMAX) ){ + int iBuddy; + if( (iBlock>>iLogsize) & 1 ){ + iBuddy = iBlock - size; + assert( iBuddy>=0 ); + }else{ + iBuddy = iBlock + size; + if( iBuddy>=mem5.nBlock ) break; + } + if( mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy]!=(CTRL_FREE | iLogsize) ) break; + memsys5Unlink(iBuddy, iLogsize); + iLogsize++; + if( iBuddy<iBlock ){ + mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize; + mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = 0; + iBlock = iBuddy; + }else{ + mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize; + mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy] = 0; + } + size *= 2; + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* Overwrite freed memory with the 0x55 bit pattern to verify that it is + ** not used after being freed */ + memset(&mem5.zPool[iBlock*mem5.szAtom], 0x55, size); +#endif + + memsys5Link(iBlock, iLogsize); +} + +/* +** Allocate nBytes of memory. +*/ +static void *memsys5Malloc(int nBytes){ + sqlite3_int64 *p = 0; + if( nBytes>0 ){ + memsys5Enter(); + p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes); + memsys5Leave(); + } + return (void*)p; +} + +/* +** Free memory. +** +** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from +** being called with pPrior==0. +*/ +static void memsys5Free(void *pPrior){ + assert( pPrior!=0 ); + memsys5Enter(); + memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior); + memsys5Leave(); +} + +/* +** Change the size of an existing memory allocation. +** +** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from +** being called with pPrior==0. +** +** nBytes is always a value obtained from a prior call to +** memsys5Round(). Hence nBytes is always a non-negative power +** of two. If nBytes==0 that means that an oversize allocation +** (an allocation larger than 0x40000000) was requested and this +** routine should return 0 without freeing pPrior. +*/ +static void *memsys5Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){ + int nOld; + void *p; + assert( pPrior!=0 ); + assert( (nBytes&(nBytes-1))==0 ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */ + assert( nBytes>=0 ); + if( nBytes==0 ){ + return 0; + } + nOld = memsys5Size(pPrior); + if( nBytes<=nOld ){ + return pPrior; + } + p = memsys5Malloc(nBytes); + if( p ){ + memcpy(p, pPrior, nOld); + memsys5Free(pPrior); + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. If +** the allocation is too large to be handled by this allocation system, +** return 0. +** +** All allocations must be a power of two and must be expressed by a +** 32-bit signed integer. Hence the largest allocation is 0x40000000 +** or 1073741824 bytes. +*/ +static int memsys5Roundup(int n){ + int iFullSz; + if( n > 0x40000000 ) return 0; + for(iFullSz=mem5.szAtom; iFullSz<n; iFullSz *= 2); + return iFullSz; +} + +/* +** Return the ceiling of the logarithm base 2 of iValue. +** +** Examples: memsys5Log(1) -> 0 +** memsys5Log(2) -> 1 +** memsys5Log(4) -> 2 +** memsys5Log(5) -> 3 +** memsys5Log(8) -> 3 +** memsys5Log(9) -> 4 +*/ +static int memsys5Log(int iValue){ + int iLog; + for(iLog=0; (iLog<(int)((sizeof(int)*8)-1)) && (1<<iLog)<iValue; iLog++); + return iLog; +} + +/* +** Initialize the memory allocator. +** +** This routine is not threadsafe. The caller must be holding a mutex +** to prevent multiple threads from entering at the same time. +*/ +static int memsys5Init(void *NotUsed){ + int ii; /* Loop counter */ + int nByte; /* Number of bytes of memory available to this allocator */ + u8 *zByte; /* Memory usable by this allocator */ + int nMinLog; /* Log base 2 of minimum allocation size in bytes */ + int iOffset; /* An offset into mem5.aCtrl[] */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + + /* For the purposes of this routine, disable the mutex */ + mem5.mutex = 0; + + /* The size of a Mem5Link object must be a power of two. Verify that + ** this is case. + */ + assert( (sizeof(Mem5Link)&(sizeof(Mem5Link)-1))==0 ); + + nByte = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap; + zByte = (u8*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap; + assert( zByte!=0 ); /* sqlite3_config() does not allow otherwise */ + + /* boundaries on sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq are enforced in sqlite3_config() */ + nMinLog = memsys5Log(sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq); + mem5.szAtom = (1<<nMinLog); + while( (int)sizeof(Mem5Link)>mem5.szAtom ){ + mem5.szAtom = mem5.szAtom << 1; + } + + mem5.nBlock = (nByte / (mem5.szAtom+sizeof(u8))); + mem5.zPool = zByte; + mem5.aCtrl = (u8 *)&mem5.zPool[mem5.nBlock*mem5.szAtom]; + + for(ii=0; ii<=LOGMAX; ii++){ + mem5.aiFreelist[ii] = -1; + } + + iOffset = 0; + for(ii=LOGMAX; ii>=0; ii--){ + int nAlloc = (1<<ii); + if( (iOffset+nAlloc)<=mem5.nBlock ){ + mem5.aCtrl[iOffset] = ii | CTRL_FREE; + memsys5Link(iOffset, ii); + iOffset += nAlloc; + } + assert((iOffset+nAlloc)>mem5.nBlock); + } + + /* If a mutex is required for normal operation, allocate one */ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 ){ + mem5.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Deinitialize this module. +*/ +static void memsys5Shutdown(void *NotUsed){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + mem5.mutex = 0; + return; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +/* +** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory +** allocations into that log. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){ + FILE *out; + int i, j, n; + int nMinLog; + + if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){ + out = stdout; + }else{ + out = fopen(zFilename, "w"); + if( out==0 ){ + fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n", + zFilename); + return; + } + } + memsys5Enter(); + nMinLog = memsys5Log(mem5.szAtom); + for(i=0; i<=LOGMAX && i+nMinLog<32; i++){ + for(n=0, j=mem5.aiFreelist[i]; j>=0; j = MEM5LINK(j)->next, n++){} + fprintf(out, "freelist items of size %d: %d\n", mem5.szAtom << i, n); + } + fprintf(out, "mem5.nAlloc = %llu\n", mem5.nAlloc); + fprintf(out, "mem5.totalAlloc = %llu\n", mem5.totalAlloc); + fprintf(out, "mem5.totalExcess = %llu\n", mem5.totalExcess); + fprintf(out, "mem5.currentOut = %u\n", mem5.currentOut); + fprintf(out, "mem5.currentCount = %u\n", mem5.currentCount); + fprintf(out, "mem5.maxOut = %u\n", mem5.maxOut); + fprintf(out, "mem5.maxCount = %u\n", mem5.maxCount); + fprintf(out, "mem5.maxRequest = %u\n", mem5.maxRequest); + memsys5Leave(); + if( out==stdout ){ + fflush(stdout); + }else{ + fclose(out); + } +} +#endif + +/* +** This routine is the only routine in this file with external +** linkage. It returns a pointer to a static sqlite3_mem_methods +** struct populated with the memsys5 methods. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void){ + static const sqlite3_mem_methods memsys5Methods = { + memsys5Malloc, + memsys5Free, + memsys5Realloc, + memsys5Size, + memsys5Roundup, + memsys5Init, + memsys5Shutdown, + 0 + }; + return &memsys5Methods; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 */ + +/************** End of mem5.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file mutex.c *******************************************/ +/* +** 2007 August 14 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes. +** +** This file contains code that is common across all mutex implementations. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) +/* +** For debugging purposes, record when the mutex subsystem is initialized +** and uninitialized so that we can assert() if there is an attempt to +** allocate a mutex while the system is uninitialized. +*/ +static SQLITE_WSD int mutexIsInit = 0; +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */ + + +#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT +/* +** Initialize the mutex system. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){ + /* If the xMutexAlloc method has not been set, then the user did not + ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to + ** sqlite3_initialize() being called. This block copies pointers to + ** the default implementation into the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure. + */ + sqlite3_mutex_methods const *pFrom; + sqlite3_mutex_methods *pTo = &sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex; + + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ + pFrom = sqlite3DefaultMutex(); + }else{ + pFrom = sqlite3NoopMutex(); + } + pTo->xMutexInit = pFrom->xMutexInit; + pTo->xMutexEnd = pFrom->xMutexEnd; + pTo->xMutexFree = pFrom->xMutexFree; + pTo->xMutexEnter = pFrom->xMutexEnter; + pTo->xMutexTry = pFrom->xMutexTry; + pTo->xMutexLeave = pFrom->xMutexLeave; + pTo->xMutexHeld = pFrom->xMutexHeld; + pTo->xMutexNotheld = pFrom->xMutexNotheld; + sqlite3MemoryBarrier(); + pTo->xMutexAlloc = pFrom->xMutexAlloc; + } + assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit ); + rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit(); + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 1; +#endif + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Shutdown the mutex system. This call frees resources allocated by +** sqlite3MutexInit(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd ){ + rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd(); + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 0; +#endif + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Retrieve a pointer to a static mutex or allocate a new dynamic one. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + if( id<=SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE && sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; + if( id>SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE && sqlite3MutexInit() ) return 0; +#endif + assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ); + return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id); +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int id){ + if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ + return 0; + } + assert( GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) ); + assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ); + return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id); +} + +/* +** Free a dynamic mutex. +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + if( p ){ + assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexFree ); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexFree(p); + } +} + +/* +** Obtain the mutex p. If some other thread already has the mutex, block +** until it can be obtained. +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + if( p ){ + assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnter ); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnter(p); + } +} + +/* +** Obtain the mutex p. If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if another +** thread holds the mutex and it cannot be obtained, return SQLITE_BUSY. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p ){ + assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexTry ); + return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexTry(p); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was previously +** entered by the same thread. The behavior is undefined if the mutex +** is not currently entered. If a NULL pointer is passed as an argument +** this function is a no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + if( p ){ + assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexLeave ); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexLeave(p); + } +} + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are +** intended for use inside assert() statements. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + assert( p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexHeld ); + return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexHeld(p); +} +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + assert( p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexNotheld ); + return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexNotheld(p); +} +#endif + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */ + +/************** End of mutex.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file mutex_noop.c **************************************/ +/* +** 2008 October 07 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes. +** +** This implementation in this file does not provide any mutual +** exclusion and is thus suitable for use only in applications +** that use SQLite in a single thread. The routines defined +** here are place-holders. Applications can substitute working +** mutex routines at start-time using the +** +** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX,...) +** +** interface. +** +** If compiled with SQLITE_DEBUG, then additional logic is inserted +** that does error checking on mutexes to make sure they are being +** called correctly. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT + +#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Stub routines for all mutex methods. +** +** This routines provide no mutual exclusion or error checking. +*/ +static int noopMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } +static int noopMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } +static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); + return (sqlite3_mutex*)8; +} +static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; } +static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; } +static int noopMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} +static void noopMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; } + +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){ + static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { + noopMutexInit, + noopMutexEnd, + noopMutexAlloc, + noopMutexFree, + noopMutexEnter, + noopMutexTry, + noopMutexLeave, + + 0, + 0, + }; + + return &sMutex; +} +#endif /* !SQLITE_DEBUG */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** In this implementation, error checking is provided for testing +** and debugging purposes. The mutexes still do not provide any +** mutual exclusion. +*/ + +/* +** The mutex object +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_debug_mutex { + int id; /* The mutex type */ + int cnt; /* Number of entries without a matching leave */ +} sqlite3_debug_mutex; + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are +** intended for use inside assert() statements. +*/ +static int debugMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ + sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; + return p==0 || p->cnt>0; +} +static int debugMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ + sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; + return p==0 || p->cnt==0; +} + +/* +** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. +*/ +static int debugMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } +static int debugMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new +** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL +** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. +*/ +static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){ + static sqlite3_debug_mutex aStatic[SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 - 1]; + sqlite3_debug_mutex *pNew = 0; + switch( id ){ + case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: + case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { + pNew = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*pNew)); + if( pNew ){ + pNew->id = id; + pNew->cnt = 0; + } + break; + } + default: { +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( id-2<0 || id-2>=ArraySize(aStatic) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + pNew = &aStatic[id-2]; + pNew->id = id; + break; + } + } + return (sqlite3_mutex*)pNew; +} + +/* +** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex. +*/ +static void debugMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ + sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; + assert( p->cnt==0 ); + if( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ){ + sqlite3_free(p); + }else{ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + } +} + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt +** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, +** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return +** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK +** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can +** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, +** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread +** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex +** more than once, the behavior is undefined. +*/ +static void debugMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ + sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) ); + p->cnt++; +} +static int debugMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ + sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) ); + p->cnt++; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was +** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior +** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or +** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. +*/ +static void debugMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ + sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; + assert( debugMutexHeld(pX) ); + p->cnt--; + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) ); +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){ + static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { + debugMutexInit, + debugMutexEnd, + debugMutexAlloc, + debugMutexFree, + debugMutexEnter, + debugMutexTry, + debugMutexLeave, + + debugMutexHeld, + debugMutexNotheld + }; + + return &sMutex; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + +/* +** If compiled with SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP, then the no-op mutex implementation +** is used regardless of the run-time threadsafety setting. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ + return sqlite3NoopMutex(); +} +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) */ +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */ + +/************** End of mutex_noop.c ******************************************/ +/************** Begin file mutex_unix.c **************************************/ +/* +** 2007 August 28 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for pthreads +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* +** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling threadsafe +** under unix with pthreads. +** +** Note that this implementation requires a version of pthreads that +** supports recursive mutexes. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS + +#include <pthread.h> + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex.id, sqlite3_mutex.nRef, and sqlite3_mutex.owner fields +** are necessary under two condidtions: (1) Debug builds and (2) using +** home-grown mutexes. Encapsulate these conditions into a single #define. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX) +# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 1 +#else +# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 0 +#endif + +/* +** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure. +*/ +struct sqlite3_mutex { + pthread_mutex_t mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */ +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR) + int id; /* Mutex type */ +#endif +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF + volatile int nRef; /* Number of entrances */ + volatile pthread_t owner; /* Thread that is within this mutex */ + int trace; /* True to trace changes */ +#endif +}; +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF +#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER {PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,0,0,(pthread_t)0,0} +#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR) +#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 } +#else +#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER } +#endif + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are +** intended for use only inside assert() statements. On some platforms, +** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to +** deliver incorrect results. In particular, if pthread_equal() is +** not an atomic operation, then these routines might delivery +** incorrect results. On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a +** comparison of two integers and is therefore atomic. But we are +** told that HPUX is not such a platform. If so, then these routines +** will not always work correctly on HPUX. +** +** On those platforms where pthread_equal() is not atomic, SQLite +** should be compiled without -DSQLITE_DEBUG and with -DNDEBUG to +** make sure no assert() statements are evaluated and hence these +** routines are never called. +*/ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +static int pthreadMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + return (p->nRef!=0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())); +} +static int pthreadMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + return p->nRef==0 || pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())==0; +} +#endif + +/* +** Try to provide a memory barrier operation, needed for initialization +** and also for the implementation of xShmBarrier in the VFS in cases +** where SQLite is compiled without mutexes. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemoryBarrier(void){ +#if defined(SQLITE_MEMORY_BARRIER) + SQLITE_MEMORY_BARRIER; +#elif defined(__GNUC__) && GCC_VERSION>=4001000 + __sync_synchronize(); +#endif +} + +/* +** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. +*/ +static int pthreadMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } +static int pthreadMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new +** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL +** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. SQLite +** will unwind its stack and return an error. The argument +** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: +** +** <ul> +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1 +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2 +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1 +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2 +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 +** </ul> +** +** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create +** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. +** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction +** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does +** not want to. But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in +** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex +** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem +** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. +** +** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return +** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Six static mutexes are +** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite +** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal +** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should +** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or +** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. +** +** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST +** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() +** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static +** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has +** the same type number. +*/ +static sqlite3_mutex *pthreadMutexAlloc(int iType){ + static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = { + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER + }; + sqlite3_mutex *p; + switch( iType ){ + case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { + p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); + if( p ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX + /* If recursive mutexes are not available, we will have to + ** build our own. See below. */ + pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0); +#else + /* Use a recursive mutex if it is available */ + pthread_mutexattr_t recursiveAttr; + pthread_mutexattr_init(&recursiveAttr); + pthread_mutexattr_settype(&recursiveAttr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); + pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, &recursiveAttr); + pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&recursiveAttr); +#endif + } + break; + } + case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: { + p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); + if( p ){ + pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0); + } + break; + } + default: { +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( iType-2<0 || iType-2>=ArraySize(staticMutexes) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + p = &staticMutexes[iType-2]; + break; + } + } +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR) + if( p ) p->id = iType; +#endif + return p; +} + + +/* +** This routine deallocates a previously +** allocated mutex. SQLite is careful to deallocate every +** mutex that it allocates. +*/ +static void pthreadMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + assert( p->nRef==0 ); +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ) +#endif + { + pthread_mutex_destroy(&p->mutex); + sqlite3_free(p); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + else{ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } +#endif +} + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt +** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, +** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return +** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK +** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can +** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, +** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread +** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex +** more than once, the behavior is undefined. +*/ +static void pthreadMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) ); + +#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX + /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow + ** our own. This implementation assumes that pthread_equal() + ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self + ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values + ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place. + ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that + ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same + ** address at the same time. If either of these two conditions + ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result. + */ + { + pthread_t self = pthread_self(); + if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){ + p->nRef++; + }else{ + pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex); + assert( p->nRef==0 ); + p->owner = self; + p->nRef = 1; + } + } +#else + /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available. + */ + pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex); +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF + assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 ); + p->owner = pthread_self(); + p->nRef++; +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( p->trace ){ + printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); + } +#endif +} +static int pthreadMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + int rc; + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) ); + +#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX + /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow + ** our own. This implementation assumes that pthread_equal() + ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self + ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values + ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place. + ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that + ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same + ** address at the same time. If either of these two conditions + ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result. + */ + { + pthread_t self = pthread_self(); + if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){ + p->nRef++; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){ + assert( p->nRef==0 ); + p->owner = self; + p->nRef = 1; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + } + } +#else + /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available. + */ + if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){ +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF + p->owner = pthread_self(); + p->nRef++; +#endif + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){ + printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); + } +#endif + return rc; +} + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was +** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior +** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or +** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. +*/ +static void pthreadMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + assert( pthreadMutexHeld(p) ); +#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF + p->nRef--; + if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0; +#endif + assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); + +#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX + if( p->nRef==0 ){ + pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex); + } +#else + pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( p->trace ){ + printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); + } +#endif +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ + static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { + pthreadMutexInit, + pthreadMutexEnd, + pthreadMutexAlloc, + pthreadMutexFree, + pthreadMutexEnter, + pthreadMutexTry, + pthreadMutexLeave, +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + pthreadMutexHeld, + pthreadMutexNotheld +#else + 0, + 0 +#endif + }; + + return &sMutex; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS */ + +/************** End of mutex_unix.c ******************************************/ +/************** Begin file mutex_w32.c ***************************************/ +/* +** 2007 August 14 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for Win32. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN +/* +** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files +*/ +/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of mutex_w32.c *************/ +/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/ +/* +** 2004 May 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to +** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those +** files. +** +** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a +** general purpose header file. +*/ +#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_ +#define _OS_COMMON_H_ + +/* +** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG +** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the +** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time. +*/ +#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG +# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead." +#endif + +/* +** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works +** on i486 hardware. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE + +/* +** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing +** high-performance timing routines. +*/ +/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/ +/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 May 27 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance" +** counters for x86 class CPUs. +*/ +#ifndef _HWTIME_H_ +#define _HWTIME_H_ + +/* +** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors. +** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the +** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res +** profiling. +*/ +#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \ + (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)) + + #if defined(__GNUC__) + + __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + unsigned int lo, hi; + __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi)); + return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo; + } + + #elif defined(_MSC_VER) + + __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + __asm { + rdtsc + ret ; return value at EDX:EAX + } + } + + #endif + +#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)) + + __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + unsigned long val; + __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); + return val; + } + +#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) + + __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + unsigned long long retval; + unsigned long junk; + __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\ + 1: mftbu %1\n\ + mftb %L0\n\ + mftbu %0\n\ + cmpw %0,%1\n\ + bne 1b" + : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk)); + return retval; + } + +#else + + #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform. + + /* + ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform, + ** you can remove the above #error and use the following + ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many + ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at + ** least compile and run. + */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); } + +#endif + +#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */ + +/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/ + +static sqlite_uint64 g_start; +static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed; +#define TIMER_START g_start=sqlite3Hwtime() +#define TIMER_END g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start +#define TIMER_ELAPSED g_elapsed +#else +#define TIMER_START +#define TIMER_END +#define TIMER_ELAPSED ((sqlite_uint64)0) +#endif + +/* +** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block +** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This +** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit; +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_persist; +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_benign; +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_diskfull_pending; +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_diskfull; +#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X) +#define SimulateIOError(CODE) \ + if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \ + || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ) \ + { local_ioerr(); CODE; } +static void local_ioerr(){ + IOTRACE(("IOERR\n")); + sqlite3_io_error_hit++; + if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++; +} +#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \ + if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \ + if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \ + local_ioerr(); \ + sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \ + sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \ + CODE; \ + }else{ \ + sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \ + } \ + } +#else +#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) +#define SimulateIOError(A) +#define SimulateDiskfullError(A) +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) */ + +/* +** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_open_file_count; +#define OpenCounter(X) sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X) +#else +#define OpenCounter(X) +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) */ + +#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */ + +/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in mutex_w32.c ******************/ + +/* +** Include the header file for the Windows VFS. +*/ +/************** Include os_win.h in the middle of mutex_w32.c ****************/ +/************** Begin file os_win.h ******************************************/ +/* +** 2013 November 25 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains code that is specific to Windows. +*/ +#ifndef _OS_WIN_H_ +#define _OS_WIN_H_ + +/* +** Include the primary Windows SDK header file. +*/ +#include "windows.h" + +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +# include <sys/cygwin.h> +# include <errno.h> /* amalgamator: dontcache */ +#endif + +/* +** Determine if we are dealing with Windows NT. +** +** We ought to be able to determine if we are compiling for Windows 9x or +** Windows NT using the _WIN32_WINNT macro as follows: +** +** #if defined(_WIN32_WINNT) +** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1 +** #else +** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 0 +** #endif +** +** However, Visual Studio 2005 does not set _WIN32_WINNT by default, as +** it ought to, so the above test does not work. We'll just assume that +** everything is Windows NT unless the programmer explicitly says otherwise +** by setting SQLITE_OS_WINNT to 0. +*/ +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINNT) +# define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1 +#endif + +/* +** Determine if we are dealing with Windows CE - which has a much reduced +** API. +*/ +#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) +# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 1 +#else +# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 0 +#endif + +/* +** Determine if we are dealing with WinRT, which provides only a subset of +** the full Win32 API. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINRT) +# define SQLITE_OS_WINRT 0 +#endif + +/* +** For WinCE, some API function parameters do not appear to be declared as +** volatile. +*/ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE +# define SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE +#else +# define SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE volatile +#endif + +/* +** For some Windows sub-platforms, the _beginthreadex() / _endthreadex() +** functions are not available (e.g. those not using MSVC, Cygwin, etc). +*/ +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && \ + SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 && !defined(__CYGWIN__) +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN_THREADS 1 +#else +# define SQLITE_OS_WIN_THREADS 0 +#endif + +#endif /* _OS_WIN_H_ */ + +/************** End of os_win.h **********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in mutex_w32.c ******************/ +#endif + +/* +** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling multithreaded +** on a Win32 system. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 + +/* +** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure. +*/ +struct sqlite3_mutex { + CRITICAL_SECTION mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */ + int id; /* Mutex type */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + volatile int nRef; /* Number of enterances */ + volatile DWORD owner; /* Thread holding this mutex */ + volatile int trace; /* True to trace changes */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** These are the initializer values used when declaring a "static" mutex +** on Win32. It should be noted that all mutexes require initialization +** on the Win32 platform. +*/ +#define SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0 } + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, \ + 0L, (DWORD)0, 0 } +#else +#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are +** intended for use only inside assert() statements. +*/ +static int winMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + return p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId(); +} + +static int winMutexNotheld2(sqlite3_mutex *p, DWORD tid){ + return p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=tid; +} + +static int winMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); + return winMutexNotheld2(p, tid); +} +#endif + +/* +** Try to provide a memory barrier operation, needed for initialization +** and also for the xShmBarrier method of the VFS in cases when SQLite is +** compiled without mutexes (SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemoryBarrier(void){ +#if defined(SQLITE_MEMORY_BARRIER) + SQLITE_MEMORY_BARRIER; +#elif defined(__GNUC__) + __sync_synchronize(); +#elif !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) && \ + defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1300 + _ReadWriteBarrier(); +#elif defined(MemoryBarrier) + MemoryBarrier(); +#endif +} + +/* +** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. +*/ +static sqlite3_mutex winMutex_staticMutexes[] = { + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, + SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER +}; + +static int winMutex_isInit = 0; +static int winMutex_isNt = -1; /* <0 means "need to query" */ + +/* As the winMutexInit() and winMutexEnd() functions are called as part +** of the sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown() processing, the +** "interlocked" magic used here is probably not strictly necessary. +*/ +static LONG SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE winMutex_lock = 0; + +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_win32_is_nt(void); /* os_win.c */ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds); /* os_win.c */ + +static int winMutexInit(void){ + /* The first to increment to 1 does actual initialization */ + if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 1, 0)==0 ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes); i++){ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex, 0, 0); +#else + InitializeCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex); +#endif + } + winMutex_isInit = 1; + }else{ + /* Another thread is (in the process of) initializing the static + ** mutexes */ + while( !winMutex_isInit ){ + sqlite3_win32_sleep(1); + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static int winMutexEnd(void){ + /* The first to decrement to 0 does actual shutdown + ** (which should be the last to shutdown.) */ + if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 0, 1)==1 ){ + if( winMutex_isInit==1 ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes); i++){ + DeleteCriticalSection(&winMutex_staticMutexes[i].mutex); + } + winMutex_isInit = 0; + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new +** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL +** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. SQLite +** will unwind its stack and return an error. The argument +** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: +** +** <ul> +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1 +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2 +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1 +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2 +** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 +** </ul> +** +** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create +** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE +** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. +** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction +** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does +** not want to. But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in +** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex +** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem +** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. +** +** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return +** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Six static mutexes are +** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite +** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal +** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should +** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or +** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. +** +** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST +** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() +** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static +** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has +** the same type number. +*/ +static sqlite3_mutex *winMutexAlloc(int iType){ + sqlite3_mutex *p; + + switch( iType ){ + case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: + case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { + p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); + if( p ){ + p->id = iType; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MUTEX_TRACE_DYNAMIC + p->trace = 1; +#endif +#endif +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&p->mutex, 0, 0); +#else + InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex); +#endif + } + break; + } + default: { +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( iType-2<0 || iType-2>=ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + p = &winMutex_staticMutexes[iType-2]; + p->id = iType; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MUTEX_TRACE_STATIC + p->trace = 1; +#endif +#endif + break; + } + } + return p; +} + + +/* +** This routine deallocates a previously +** allocated mutex. SQLite is careful to deallocate every +** mutex that it allocates. +*/ +static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ + assert( p ); + assert( p->nRef==0 && p->owner==0 ); + if( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ){ + DeleteCriticalSection(&p->mutex); + sqlite3_free(p); + }else{ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + } +} + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt +** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, +** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return +** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK +** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can +** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, +** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread +** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex +** more than once, the behavior is undefined. +*/ +static void winMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) + DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + assert( p ); + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) ); +#else + assert( p ); +#endif + assert( winMutex_isInit==1 ); + EnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 ); + p->owner = tid; + p->nRef++; + if( p->trace ){ + OSTRACE(("ENTER-MUTEX tid=%lu, mutex=%p (%d), nRef=%d\n", + tid, p, p->trace, p->nRef)); + } +#endif +} + +static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) + DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); +#endif + int rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + assert( p ); + assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) ); + /* + ** The sqlite3_mutex_try() routine is very rarely used, and when it + ** is used it is merely an optimization. So it is OK for it to always + ** fail. + ** + ** The TryEnterCriticalSection() interface is only available on WinNT. + ** And some windows compilers complain if you try to use it without + ** first doing some #defines that prevent SQLite from building on Win98. + ** For that reason, we will omit this optimization for now. See + ** ticket #2685. + */ +#if defined(_WIN32_WINNT) && _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0400 + assert( winMutex_isInit==1 ); + assert( winMutex_isNt>=-1 && winMutex_isNt<=1 ); + if( winMutex_isNt<0 ){ + winMutex_isNt = sqlite3_win32_is_nt(); + } + assert( winMutex_isNt==0 || winMutex_isNt==1 ); + if( winMutex_isNt && TryEnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex) ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + p->owner = tid; + p->nRef++; +#endif + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( p->trace ){ + OSTRACE(("TRY-MUTEX tid=%lu, mutex=%p (%d), owner=%lu, nRef=%d, rc=%s\n", + tid, p, p->trace, p->owner, p->nRef, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + } +#endif + return rc; +} + +/* +** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was +** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior +** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or +** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. +*/ +static void winMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) + DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); +#endif + assert( p ); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + assert( p->nRef>0 ); + assert( p->owner==tid ); + p->nRef--; + if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0; + assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); +#endif + assert( winMutex_isInit==1 ); + LeaveCriticalSection(&p->mutex); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( p->trace ){ + OSTRACE(("LEAVE-MUTEX tid=%lu, mutex=%p (%d), nRef=%d\n", + tid, p, p->trace, p->nRef)); + } +#endif +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ + static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { + winMutexInit, + winMutexEnd, + winMutexAlloc, + winMutexFree, + winMutexEnter, + winMutexTry, + winMutexLeave, +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + winMutexHeld, + winMutexNotheld +#else + 0, + 0 +#endif + }; + return &sMutex; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 */ + +/************** End of mutex_w32.c *******************************************/ +/************** Begin file malloc.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* #include <stdarg.h> */ + +/* +** Attempt to release up to n bytes of non-essential memory currently +** held by SQLite. An example of non-essential memory is memory used to +** cache database pages that are not currently in use. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_release_memory(int n){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT + return sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(n); +#else + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-34391-24921 The sqlite3_release_memory() routine + ** is a no-op returning zero if SQLite is not compiled with + ** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT. */ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(n); + return 0; +#endif +} + +/* +** An instance of the following object records the location of +** each unused scratch buffer. +*/ +typedef struct ScratchFreeslot { + struct ScratchFreeslot *pNext; /* Next unused scratch buffer */ +} ScratchFreeslot; + +/* +** State information local to the memory allocation subsystem. +*/ +static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem0Global { + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to serialize access */ + sqlite3_int64 alarmThreshold; /* The soft heap limit */ + + /* + ** Pointers to the end of sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch memory + ** (so that a range test can be used to determine if an allocation + ** being freed came from pScratch) and a pointer to the list of + ** unused scratch allocations. + */ + void *pScratchEnd; + ScratchFreeslot *pScratchFree; + u32 nScratchFree; + + /* + ** True if heap is nearly "full" where "full" is defined by the + ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() setting. + */ + int nearlyFull; +} mem0 = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; + +#define mem0 GLOBAL(struct Mem0Global, mem0) + +/* +** Return the memory allocator mutex. sqlite3_status() needs it. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MallocMutex(void){ + return mem0.mutex; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +/* +** Deprecated external interface. It used to set an alarm callback +** that was invoked when memory usage grew too large. Now it is a +** no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_memory_alarm( + void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N), + void *pArg, + sqlite3_int64 iThreshold +){ + (void)xCallback; + (void)pArg; + (void)iThreshold; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif + +/* +** Set the soft heap-size limit for the library. Passing a zero or +** negative value indicates no limit. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 n){ + sqlite3_int64 priorLimit; + sqlite3_int64 excess; + sqlite3_int64 nUsed; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + int rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ) return -1; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); + priorLimit = mem0.alarmThreshold; + if( n<0 ){ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + return priorLimit; + } + mem0.alarmThreshold = n; + nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED); + mem0.nearlyFull = (n>0 && n<=nUsed); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + excess = sqlite3_memory_used() - n; + if( excess>0 ) sqlite3_release_memory((int)(excess & 0x7fffffff)); + return priorLimit; +} +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int n){ + if( n<0 ) n = 0; + sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(n); +} + +/* +** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void){ + int rc; + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ){ + sqlite3MemSetDefault(); + } + memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0)); + mem0.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=100 + && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch>0 ){ + int i, n, sz; + ScratchFreeslot *pSlot; + sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = sz; + pSlot = (ScratchFreeslot*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch; + n = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch; + mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot; + mem0.nScratchFree = n; + for(i=0; i<n-1; i++){ + pSlot->pNext = (ScratchFreeslot*)(sz+(char*)pSlot); + pSlot = pSlot->pNext; + } + pSlot->pNext = 0; + mem0.pScratchEnd = (void*)&pSlot[1]; + }else{ + mem0.pScratchEnd = 0; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = 0; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = 0; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = 0; + } + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage<512 + || sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage<=0 ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = 0; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = 0; + } + rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0)); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return true if the heap is currently under memory pressure - in other +** words if the amount of heap used is close to the limit set by +** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void){ + return mem0.nearlyFull; +} + +/* +** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void){ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData); + } + memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0)); +} + +/* +** Return the amount of memory currently checked out. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_memory_used(void){ + sqlite3_int64 res, mx; + sqlite3_status64(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &res, &mx, 0); + return res; +} + +/* +** Return the maximum amount of memory that has ever been +** checked out since either the beginning of this process +** or since the most recent reset. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag){ + sqlite3_int64 res, mx; + sqlite3_status64(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &res, &mx, resetFlag); + return mx; +} + +/* +** Trigger the alarm +*/ +static void sqlite3MallocAlarm(int nByte){ + if( mem0.alarmThreshold<=0 ) return; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + sqlite3_release_memory(nByte); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); +} + +/* +** Do a memory allocation with statistics and alarms. Assume the +** lock is already held. +*/ +static int mallocWithAlarm(int n, void **pp){ + int nFull; + void *p; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem0.mutex) ); + nFull = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(n); + sqlite3StatusHighwater(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, n); + if( mem0.alarmThreshold>0 ){ + sqlite3_int64 nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED); + if( nUsed >= mem0.alarmThreshold - nFull ){ + mem0.nearlyFull = 1; + sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull); + }else{ + mem0.nearlyFull = 0; + } + } + p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT + if( p==0 && mem0.alarmThreshold>0 ){ + sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull); + p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull); + } +#endif + if( p ){ + nFull = sqlite3MallocSize(p); + sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nFull); + sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, 1); + } + *pp = p; + return nFull; +} + +/* +** Allocate memory. This routine is like sqlite3_malloc() except that it +** assumes the memory subsystem has already been initialized. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(u64 n){ + void *p; + if( n==0 || n>=0x7fffff00 ){ + /* A memory allocation of a number of bytes which is near the maximum + ** signed integer value might cause an integer overflow inside of the + ** xMalloc(). Hence we limit the maximum size to 0x7fffff00, giving + ** 255 bytes of overhead. SQLite itself will never use anything near + ** this amount. The only way to reach the limit is with sqlite3_malloc() */ + p = 0; + }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); + mallocWithAlarm((int)n, &p); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + }else{ + p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc((int)n); + } + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) ); /* IMP: R-11148-40995 */ + return p; +} + +/* +** This version of the memory allocation is for use by the application. +** First make sure the memory subsystem is initialized, then do the +** allocation. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_malloc(int n){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; +#endif + return n<=0 ? 0 : sqlite3Malloc(n); +} +SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_malloc64(sqlite3_uint64 n){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; +#endif + return sqlite3Malloc(n); +} + +/* +** Each thread may only have a single outstanding allocation from +** xScratchMalloc(). We verify this constraint in the single-threaded +** case by setting scratchAllocOut to 1 when an allocation +** is outstanding clearing it when the allocation is freed. +*/ +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG) +static int scratchAllocOut = 0; +#endif + + +/* +** Allocate memory that is to be used and released right away. +** This routine is similar to alloca() in that it is not intended +** for situations where the memory might be held long-term. This +** routine is intended to get memory to old large transient data +** structures that would not normally fit on the stack of an +** embedded processor. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int n){ + void *p; + assert( n>0 ); + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); + sqlite3StatusHighwater(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n); + if( mem0.nScratchFree && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=n ){ + p = mem0.pScratchFree; + mem0.pScratchFree = mem0.pScratchFree->pNext; + mem0.nScratchFree--; + sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + }else{ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + p = sqlite3Malloc(n); + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat && p ){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); + sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, sqlite3MallocSize(p)); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + } + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH); + } + assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(mem0.mutex) ); + + +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG) + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-12970-05880 SQLite will not use more than one scratch + ** buffers per thread. + ** + ** This can only be checked in single-threaded mode. + */ + assert( scratchAllocOut==0 ); + if( p ) scratchAllocOut++; +#endif + + return p; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void *p){ + if( p ){ + +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG) + /* Verify that no more than two scratch allocation per thread + ** is outstanding at one time. (This is only checked in the + ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case + ** would be much more complicated.) */ + assert( scratchAllocOut>=1 && scratchAllocOut<=2 ); + scratchAllocOut--; +#endif + + if( SQLITE_WITHIN(p, sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch, mem0.pScratchEnd) ){ + /* Release memory from the SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH allocation */ + ScratchFreeslot *pSlot; + pSlot = (ScratchFreeslot*)p; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); + pSlot->pNext = mem0.pScratchFree; + mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot; + mem0.nScratchFree++; + assert( mem0.nScratchFree <= (u32)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch ); + sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + }else{ + /* Release memory back to the heap */ + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) ); + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ + int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); + sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, iSize); + sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, iSize); + sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, 1); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + }else{ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); + } + } + } +} + +/* +** TRUE if p is a lookaside memory allocation from db +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE +static int isLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ + return SQLITE_WITHIN(p, db->lookaside.pStart, db->lookaside.pEnd); +} +#else +#define isLookaside(A,B) 0 +#endif + +/* +** Return the size of a memory allocation previously obtained from +** sqlite3Malloc() or sqlite3_malloc(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){ + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ + assert( p!=0 ); + if( db==0 || !isLookaside(db,p) ){ +#if SQLITE_DEBUG + if( db==0 ){ + assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + }else{ + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, (MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~(MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) ); + } +#endif + return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p); + }else{ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + return db->lookaside.sz; + } +} +SQLITE_API sqlite3_uint64 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_msize(void *p){ + assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + return p ? sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p) : 0; +} + +/* +** Free memory previously obtained from sqlite3Malloc(). +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_free(void *p){ + if( p==0 ) return; /* IMP: R-49053-54554 */ + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); + sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, sqlite3MallocSize(p)); + sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, 1); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + }else{ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); + } +} + +/* +** Add the size of memory allocation "p" to the count in +** *db->pnBytesFreed. +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE void measureAllocationSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ + *db->pnBytesFreed += sqlite3DbMallocSize(db,p); +} + +/* +** Free memory that might be associated with a particular database +** connection. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ + assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + if( p==0 ) return; + if( db ){ + if( db->pnBytesFreed ){ + measureAllocationSize(db, p); + return; + } + if( isLookaside(db, p) ){ + LookasideSlot *pBuf = (LookasideSlot*)p; +#if SQLITE_DEBUG + /* Trash all content in the buffer being freed */ + memset(p, 0xaa, db->lookaside.sz); +#endif + pBuf->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree; + db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf; + db->lookaside.nOut--; + return; + } + } + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, (MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~(MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) ); + assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) ); + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); + sqlite3_free(p); +} + +/* +** Change the size of an existing memory allocation +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, u64 nBytes){ + int nOld, nNew, nDiff; + void *pNew; + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(pOld, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(pOld, (u8)~MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + if( pOld==0 ){ + return sqlite3Malloc(nBytes); /* IMP: R-04300-56712 */ + } + if( nBytes==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(pOld); /* IMP: R-26507-47431 */ + return 0; + } + if( nBytes>=0x7fffff00 ){ + /* The 0x7ffff00 limit term is explained in comments on sqlite3Malloc() */ + return 0; + } + nOld = sqlite3MallocSize(pOld); + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46199-30249 SQLite guarantees that the second + ** argument to xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to + ** xRoundup. */ + nNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup((int)nBytes); + if( nOld==nNew ){ + pNew = pOld; + }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); + sqlite3StatusHighwater(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, (int)nBytes); + nDiff = nNew - nOld; + if( sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED) >= + mem0.alarmThreshold-nDiff ){ + sqlite3MallocAlarm(nDiff); + } + pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew); + if( pNew==0 && mem0.alarmThreshold>0 ){ + sqlite3MallocAlarm((int)nBytes); + pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew); + } + if( pNew ){ + nNew = sqlite3MallocSize(pNew); + sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nNew-nOld); + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); + }else{ + pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew); + } + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pNew) ); /* IMP: R-11148-40995 */ + return pNew; +} + +/* +** The public interface to sqlite3Realloc. Make sure that the memory +** subsystem is initialized prior to invoking sqliteRealloc. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_realloc(void *pOld, int n){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; +#endif + if( n<0 ) n = 0; /* IMP: R-26507-47431 */ + return sqlite3Realloc(pOld, n); +} +SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_realloc64(void *pOld, sqlite3_uint64 n){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; +#endif + return sqlite3Realloc(pOld, n); +} + + +/* +** Allocate and zero memory. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(u64 n){ + void *p = sqlite3Malloc(n); + if( p ){ + memset(p, 0, (size_t)n); + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Allocate and zero memory. If the allocation fails, make +** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3 *db, u64 n){ + void *p; + testcase( db==0 ); + p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n); + if( p ) memset(p, 0, (size_t)n); + return p; +} + + +/* Finish the work of sqlite3DbMallocRawNN for the unusual and +** slower case when the allocation cannot be fulfilled using lookaside. +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE void *dbMallocRawFinish(sqlite3 *db, u64 n){ + void *p; + assert( db!=0 ); + p = sqlite3Malloc(n); + if( !p ) sqlite3OomFault(db); + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, + (db->lookaside.bDisable==0) ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP); + return p; +} + +/* +** Allocate memory, either lookaside (if possible) or heap. +** If the allocation fails, set the mallocFailed flag in +** the connection pointer. +** +** If db!=0 and db->mallocFailed is true (indicating a prior malloc +** failure on the same database connection) then always return 0. +** Hence for a particular database connection, once malloc starts +** failing, it fails consistently until mallocFailed is reset. +** This is an important assumption. There are many places in the +** code that do things like this: +** +** int *a = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 100); +** int *b = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 200); +** if( b ) a[10] = 9; +** +** In other words, if a subsequent malloc (ex: "b") worked, it is assumed +** that all prior mallocs (ex: "a") worked too. +** +** The sqlite3MallocRawNN() variant guarantees that the "db" parameter is +** not a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, u64 n){ + void *p; + if( db ) return sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n); + p = sqlite3Malloc(n); + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); + return p; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(sqlite3 *db, u64 n){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE + LookasideSlot *pBuf; + assert( db!=0 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + assert( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ); + if( db->lookaside.bDisable==0 ){ + assert( db->mallocFailed==0 ); + if( n>db->lookaside.sz ){ + db->lookaside.anStat[1]++; + }else if( (pBuf = db->lookaside.pFree)==0 ){ + db->lookaside.anStat[2]++; + }else{ + db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf->pNext; + db->lookaside.nOut++; + db->lookaside.anStat[0]++; + if( db->lookaside.nOut>db->lookaside.mxOut ){ + db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut; + } + return (void*)pBuf; + } + }else if( db->mallocFailed ){ + return 0; + } +#else + assert( db!=0 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + assert( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + return 0; + } +#endif + return dbMallocRawFinish(db, n); +} + +/* Forward declaration */ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE void *dbReallocFinish(sqlite3 *db, void *p, u64 n); + +/* +** Resize the block of memory pointed to by p to n bytes. If the +** resize fails, set the mallocFailed flag in the connection object. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *db, void *p, u64 n){ + assert( db!=0 ); + if( p==0 ) return sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + if( isLookaside(db,p) && n<=db->lookaside.sz ) return p; + return dbReallocFinish(db, p, n); +} +static SQLITE_NOINLINE void *dbReallocFinish(sqlite3 *db, void *p, u64 n){ + void *pNew = 0; + assert( db!=0 ); + assert( p!=0 ); + if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ + if( isLookaside(db, p) ){ + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n); + if( pNew ){ + memcpy(pNew, p, db->lookaside.sz); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + } + }else{ + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, (MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) ); + assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~(MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) ); + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); + pNew = sqlite3_realloc64(p, n); + if( !pNew ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + } + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(pNew, + (db->lookaside.bDisable==0 ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP)); + } + } + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Attempt to reallocate p. If the reallocation fails, then free p +** and set the mallocFailed flag in the database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p, u64 n){ + void *pNew; + pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, p, n); + if( !pNew ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + } + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These +** functions call sqlite3MallocRaw() directly instead of sqliteMalloc(). This +** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are +** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the +** ThreadData structure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){ + char *zNew; + size_t n; + if( z==0 ){ + return 0; + } + n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) + 1; + assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n ); + zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n); + if( zNew ){ + memcpy(zNew, z, n); + } + return zNew; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, u64 n){ + char *zNew; + assert( db!=0 ); + if( z==0 ){ + return 0; + } + assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n ); + zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n+1); + if( zNew ){ + memcpy(zNew, z, (size_t)n); + zNew[n] = 0; + } + return zNew; +} + +/* +** Free any prior content in *pz and replace it with a copy of zNew. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, sqlite3 *db, const char *zNew){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, *pz); + *pz = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zNew); +} + +/* +** Call this routine to record the fact that an OOM (out-of-memory) error +** has happened. This routine will set db->mallocFailed, and also +** temporarily disable the lookaside memory allocator and interrupt +** any running VDBEs. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OomFault(sqlite3 *db){ + if( db->mallocFailed==0 && db->bBenignMalloc==0 ){ + db->mallocFailed = 1; + if( db->nVdbeExec>0 ){ + db->u1.isInterrupted = 1; + } + db->lookaside.bDisable++; + } +} + +/* +** This routine reactivates the memory allocator and clears the +** db->mallocFailed flag as necessary. +** +** The memory allocator is not restarted if there are running +** VDBEs. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OomClear(sqlite3 *db){ + if( db->mallocFailed && db->nVdbeExec==0 ){ + db->mallocFailed = 0; + db->u1.isInterrupted = 0; + assert( db->lookaside.bDisable>0 ); + db->lookaside.bDisable--; + } +} + +/* +** Take actions at the end of an API call to indicate an OOM error +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE int apiOomError(sqlite3 *db){ + sqlite3OomClear(db); + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM); + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; +} + +/* +** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. +** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3_malloc or +** sqlite3_realloc. +** +** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this +** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occurred since the previous +** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead. +** +** If an OOM as occurred, then the connection error-code (the value +** returned by sqlite3_errcode()) is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){ + /* If the db handle must hold the connection handle mutex here. + ** Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed + ** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error(). + */ + assert( db!=0 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + if( db->mallocFailed || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ + return apiOomError(db); + } + return rc & db->errMask; +} + +/************** End of malloc.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file printf.c ******************************************/ +/* +** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's. It is in +** the public domain. +** +************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains code for a set of "printf"-like routines. These +** routines format strings much like the printf() from the standard C +** library, though the implementation here has enhancements to support +** SQLite. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* +** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the +** following enumeration. +*/ +#define etRADIX 0 /* Integer types. %d, %x, %o, and so forth */ +#define etFLOAT 1 /* Floating point. %f */ +#define etEXP 2 /* Exponentional notation. %e and %E */ +#define etGENERIC 3 /* Floating or exponential, depending on exponent. %g */ +#define etSIZE 4 /* Return number of characters processed so far. %n */ +#define etSTRING 5 /* Strings. %s */ +#define etDYNSTRING 6 /* Dynamically allocated strings. %z */ +#define etPERCENT 7 /* Percent symbol. %% */ +#define etCHARX 8 /* Characters. %c */ +/* The rest are extensions, not normally found in printf() */ +#define etSQLESCAPE 9 /* Strings with '\'' doubled. %q */ +#define etSQLESCAPE2 10 /* Strings with '\'' doubled and enclosed in '', + NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL. %Q */ +#define etTOKEN 11 /* a pointer to a Token structure */ +#define etSRCLIST 12 /* a pointer to a SrcList */ +#define etPOINTER 13 /* The %p conversion */ +#define etSQLESCAPE3 14 /* %w -> Strings with '\"' doubled */ +#define etORDINAL 15 /* %r -> 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, etc. English only */ + +#define etINVALID 16 /* Any unrecognized conversion type */ + + +/* +** An "etByte" is an 8-bit unsigned value. +*/ +typedef unsigned char etByte; + +/* +** Each builtin conversion character (ex: the 'd' in "%d") is described +** by an instance of the following structure +*/ +typedef struct et_info { /* Information about each format field */ + char fmttype; /* The format field code letter */ + etByte base; /* The base for radix conversion */ + etByte flags; /* One or more of FLAG_ constants below */ + etByte type; /* Conversion paradigm */ + etByte charset; /* Offset into aDigits[] of the digits string */ + etByte prefix; /* Offset into aPrefix[] of the prefix string */ +} et_info; + +/* +** Allowed values for et_info.flags +*/ +#define FLAG_SIGNED 1 /* True if the value to convert is signed */ +#define FLAG_INTERN 2 /* True if for internal use only */ +#define FLAG_STRING 4 /* Allow infinity precision */ + + +/* +** The following table is searched linearly, so it is good to put the +** most frequently used conversion types first. +*/ +static const char aDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF0123456789abcdef"; +static const char aPrefix[] = "-x0\000X0"; +static const et_info fmtinfo[] = { + { 'd', 10, 1, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, + { 's', 0, 4, etSTRING, 0, 0 }, + { 'g', 0, 1, etGENERIC, 30, 0 }, + { 'z', 0, 4, etDYNSTRING, 0, 0 }, + { 'q', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE, 0, 0 }, + { 'Q', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE2, 0, 0 }, + { 'w', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE3, 0, 0 }, + { 'c', 0, 0, etCHARX, 0, 0 }, + { 'o', 8, 0, etRADIX, 0, 2 }, + { 'u', 10, 0, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, + { 'x', 16, 0, etRADIX, 16, 1 }, + { 'X', 16, 0, etRADIX, 0, 4 }, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + { 'f', 0, 1, etFLOAT, 0, 0 }, + { 'e', 0, 1, etEXP, 30, 0 }, + { 'E', 0, 1, etEXP, 14, 0 }, + { 'G', 0, 1, etGENERIC, 14, 0 }, +#endif + { 'i', 10, 1, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, + { 'n', 0, 0, etSIZE, 0, 0 }, + { '%', 0, 0, etPERCENT, 0, 0 }, + { 'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER, 0, 1 }, + +/* All the rest have the FLAG_INTERN bit set and are thus for internal +** use only */ + { 'T', 0, 2, etTOKEN, 0, 0 }, + { 'S', 0, 2, etSRCLIST, 0, 0 }, + { 'r', 10, 3, etORDINAL, 0, 0 }, +}; + +/* +** If SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT is defined, then none of the floating point +** conversions will work. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +/* +** "*val" is a double such that 0.1 <= *val < 10.0 +** Return the ascii code for the leading digit of *val, then +** multiply "*val" by 10.0 to renormalize. +** +** Example: +** input: *val = 3.14159 +** output: *val = 1.4159 function return = '3' +** +** The counter *cnt is incremented each time. After counter exceeds +** 16 (the number of significant digits in a 64-bit float) '0' is +** always returned. +*/ +static char et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){ + int digit; + LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d; + if( (*cnt)<=0 ) return '0'; + (*cnt)--; + digit = (int)*val; + d = digit; + digit += '0'; + *val = (*val - d)*10.0; + return (char)digit; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */ + +/* +** Set the StrAccum object to an error mode. +*/ +static void setStrAccumError(StrAccum *p, u8 eError){ + assert( eError==STRACCUM_NOMEM || eError==STRACCUM_TOOBIG ); + p->accError = eError; + p->nAlloc = 0; +} + +/* +** Extra argument values from a PrintfArguments object +*/ +static sqlite3_int64 getIntArg(PrintfArguments *p){ + if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0; + return sqlite3_value_int64(p->apArg[p->nUsed++]); +} +static double getDoubleArg(PrintfArguments *p){ + if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0.0; + return sqlite3_value_double(p->apArg[p->nUsed++]); +} +static char *getTextArg(PrintfArguments *p){ + if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0; + return (char*)sqlite3_value_text(p->apArg[p->nUsed++]); +} + + +/* +** On machines with a small stack size, you can redefine the +** SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE to be something smaller, if desired. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE +# define SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 70 +#endif +#define etBUFSIZE SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE /* Size of the output buffer */ + +/* +** Render a string given by "fmt" into the StrAccum object. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf( + StrAccum *pAccum, /* Accumulate results here */ + const char *fmt, /* Format string */ + va_list ap /* arguments */ +){ + int c; /* Next character in the format string */ + char *bufpt; /* Pointer to the conversion buffer */ + int precision; /* Precision of the current field */ + int length; /* Length of the field */ + int idx; /* A general purpose loop counter */ + int width; /* Width of the current field */ + etByte flag_leftjustify; /* True if "-" flag is present */ + etByte flag_plussign; /* True if "+" flag is present */ + etByte flag_blanksign; /* True if " " flag is present */ + etByte flag_alternateform; /* True if "#" flag is present */ + etByte flag_altform2; /* True if "!" flag is present */ + etByte flag_zeropad; /* True if field width constant starts with zero */ + etByte flag_long; /* True if "l" flag is present */ + etByte flag_longlong; /* True if the "ll" flag is present */ + etByte done; /* Loop termination flag */ + etByte xtype = etINVALID; /* Conversion paradigm */ + u8 bArgList; /* True for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */ + u8 useIntern; /* Ok to use internal conversions (ex: %T) */ + char prefix; /* Prefix character. "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */ + sqlite_uint64 longvalue; /* Value for integer types */ + LONGDOUBLE_TYPE realvalue; /* Value for real types */ + const et_info *infop; /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */ + char *zOut; /* Rendering buffer */ + int nOut; /* Size of the rendering buffer */ + char *zExtra = 0; /* Malloced memory used by some conversion */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + int exp, e2; /* exponent of real numbers */ + int nsd; /* Number of significant digits returned */ + double rounder; /* Used for rounding floating point values */ + etByte flag_dp; /* True if decimal point should be shown */ + etByte flag_rtz; /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */ +#endif + PrintfArguments *pArgList = 0; /* Arguments for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */ + char buf[etBUFSIZE]; /* Conversion buffer */ + + bufpt = 0; + if( pAccum->printfFlags ){ + if( (bArgList = (pAccum->printfFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC))!=0 ){ + pArgList = va_arg(ap, PrintfArguments*); + } + useIntern = pAccum->printfFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL; + }else{ + bArgList = useIntern = 0; + } + for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){ + if( c!='%' ){ + bufpt = (char *)fmt; +#if HAVE_STRCHRNUL + fmt = strchrnul(fmt, '%'); +#else + do{ fmt++; }while( *fmt && *fmt != '%' ); +#endif + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, (int)(fmt - bufpt)); + if( *fmt==0 ) break; + } + if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){ + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, "%", 1); + break; + } + /* Find out what flags are present */ + flag_leftjustify = flag_plussign = flag_blanksign = + flag_alternateform = flag_altform2 = flag_zeropad = 0; + done = 0; + do{ + switch( c ){ + case '-': flag_leftjustify = 1; break; + case '+': flag_plussign = 1; break; + case ' ': flag_blanksign = 1; break; + case '#': flag_alternateform = 1; break; + case '!': flag_altform2 = 1; break; + case '0': flag_zeropad = 1; break; + default: done = 1; break; + } + }while( !done && (c=(*++fmt))!=0 ); + /* Get the field width */ + if( c=='*' ){ + if( bArgList ){ + width = (int)getIntArg(pArgList); + }else{ + width = va_arg(ap,int); + } + if( width<0 ){ + flag_leftjustify = 1; + width = width >= -2147483647 ? -width : 0; + } + c = *++fmt; + }else{ + unsigned wx = 0; + while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){ + wx = wx*10 + c - '0'; + c = *++fmt; + } + testcase( wx>0x7fffffff ); + width = wx & 0x7fffffff; + } + assert( width>=0 ); +#ifdef SQLITE_PRINTF_PRECISION_LIMIT + if( width>SQLITE_PRINTF_PRECISION_LIMIT ){ + width = SQLITE_PRINTF_PRECISION_LIMIT; + } +#endif + + /* Get the precision */ + if( c=='.' ){ + c = *++fmt; + if( c=='*' ){ + if( bArgList ){ + precision = (int)getIntArg(pArgList); + }else{ + precision = va_arg(ap,int); + } + c = *++fmt; + if( precision<0 ){ + precision = precision >= -2147483647 ? -precision : -1; + } + }else{ + unsigned px = 0; + while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){ + px = px*10 + c - '0'; + c = *++fmt; + } + testcase( px>0x7fffffff ); + precision = px & 0x7fffffff; + } + }else{ + precision = -1; + } + assert( precision>=(-1) ); +#ifdef SQLITE_PRINTF_PRECISION_LIMIT + if( precision>SQLITE_PRINTF_PRECISION_LIMIT ){ + precision = SQLITE_PRINTF_PRECISION_LIMIT; + } +#endif + + + /* Get the conversion type modifier */ + if( c=='l' ){ + flag_long = 1; + c = *++fmt; + if( c=='l' ){ + flag_longlong = 1; + c = *++fmt; + }else{ + flag_longlong = 0; + } + }else{ + flag_long = flag_longlong = 0; + } + /* Fetch the info entry for the field */ + infop = &fmtinfo[0]; + xtype = etINVALID; + for(idx=0; idx<ArraySize(fmtinfo); idx++){ + if( c==fmtinfo[idx].fmttype ){ + infop = &fmtinfo[idx]; + if( useIntern || (infop->flags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){ + xtype = infop->type; + }else{ + return; + } + break; + } + } + + /* + ** At this point, variables are initialized as follows: + ** + ** flag_alternateform TRUE if a '#' is present. + ** flag_altform2 TRUE if a '!' is present. + ** flag_plussign TRUE if a '+' is present. + ** flag_leftjustify TRUE if a '-' is present or if the + ** field width was negative. + ** flag_zeropad TRUE if the width began with 0. + ** flag_long TRUE if the letter 'l' (ell) prefixed + ** the conversion character. + ** flag_longlong TRUE if the letter 'll' (ell ell) prefixed + ** the conversion character. + ** flag_blanksign TRUE if a ' ' is present. + ** width The specified field width. This is + ** always non-negative. Zero is the default. + ** precision The specified precision. The default + ** is -1. + ** xtype The class of the conversion. + ** infop Pointer to the appropriate info struct. + */ + switch( xtype ){ + case etPOINTER: + flag_longlong = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64); + flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int); + /* Fall through into the next case */ + case etORDINAL: + case etRADIX: + if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){ + i64 v; + if( bArgList ){ + v = getIntArg(pArgList); + }else if( flag_longlong ){ + v = va_arg(ap,i64); + }else if( flag_long ){ + v = va_arg(ap,long int); + }else{ + v = va_arg(ap,int); + } + if( v<0 ){ + if( v==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ + longvalue = ((u64)1)<<63; + }else{ + longvalue = -v; + } + prefix = '-'; + }else{ + longvalue = v; + if( flag_plussign ) prefix = '+'; + else if( flag_blanksign ) prefix = ' '; + else prefix = 0; + } + }else{ + if( bArgList ){ + longvalue = (u64)getIntArg(pArgList); + }else if( flag_longlong ){ + longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64); + }else if( flag_long ){ + longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int); + }else{ + longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int); + } + prefix = 0; + } + if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0; + if( flag_zeropad && precision<width-(prefix!=0) ){ + precision = width-(prefix!=0); + } + if( precision<etBUFSIZE-10 ){ + nOut = etBUFSIZE; + zOut = buf; + }else{ + nOut = precision + 10; + zOut = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( nOut ); + if( zOut==0 ){ + setStrAccumError(pAccum, STRACCUM_NOMEM); + return; + } + } + bufpt = &zOut[nOut-1]; + if( xtype==etORDINAL ){ + static const char zOrd[] = "thstndrd"; + int x = (int)(longvalue % 10); + if( x>=4 || (longvalue/10)%10==1 ){ + x = 0; + } + *(--bufpt) = zOrd[x*2+1]; + *(--bufpt) = zOrd[x*2]; + } + { + const char *cset = &aDigits[infop->charset]; + u8 base = infop->base; + do{ /* Convert to ascii */ + *(--bufpt) = cset[longvalue%base]; + longvalue = longvalue/base; + }while( longvalue>0 ); + } + length = (int)(&zOut[nOut-1]-bufpt); + for(idx=precision-length; idx>0; idx--){ + *(--bufpt) = '0'; /* Zero pad */ + } + if( prefix ) *(--bufpt) = prefix; /* Add sign */ + if( flag_alternateform && infop->prefix ){ /* Add "0" or "0x" */ + const char *pre; + char x; + pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix]; + for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x; + } + length = (int)(&zOut[nOut-1]-bufpt); + break; + case etFLOAT: + case etEXP: + case etGENERIC: + if( bArgList ){ + realvalue = getDoubleArg(pArgList); + }else{ + realvalue = va_arg(ap,double); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + length = 0; +#else + if( precision<0 ) precision = 6; /* Set default precision */ + if( realvalue<0.0 ){ + realvalue = -realvalue; + prefix = '-'; + }else{ + if( flag_plussign ) prefix = '+'; + else if( flag_blanksign ) prefix = ' '; + else prefix = 0; + } + if( xtype==etGENERIC && precision>0 ) precision--; + testcase( precision>0xfff ); + for(idx=precision&0xfff, rounder=0.5; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1){} + if( xtype==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder; + /* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */ + exp = 0; + if( sqlite3IsNaN((double)realvalue) ){ + bufpt = "NaN"; + length = 3; + break; + } + if( realvalue>0.0 ){ + LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0; + while( realvalue>=1e100*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e100;exp+=100;} + while( realvalue>=1e10*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e10; exp+=10; } + while( realvalue>=10.0*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 10.0; exp++; } + realvalue /= scale; + while( realvalue<1e-8 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; } + while( realvalue<1.0 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; } + if( exp>350 ){ + bufpt = buf; + buf[0] = prefix; + memcpy(buf+(prefix!=0),"Inf",4); + length = 3+(prefix!=0); + break; + } + } + bufpt = buf; + /* + ** If the field type is etGENERIC, then convert to either etEXP + ** or etFLOAT, as appropriate. + */ + if( xtype!=etFLOAT ){ + realvalue += rounder; + if( realvalue>=10.0 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; } + } + if( xtype==etGENERIC ){ + flag_rtz = !flag_alternateform; + if( exp<-4 || exp>precision ){ + xtype = etEXP; + }else{ + precision = precision - exp; + xtype = etFLOAT; + } + }else{ + flag_rtz = flag_altform2; + } + if( xtype==etEXP ){ + e2 = 0; + }else{ + e2 = exp; + } + if( MAX(e2,0)+(i64)precision+(i64)width > etBUFSIZE - 15 ){ + bufpt = zExtra + = sqlite3Malloc( MAX(e2,0)+(i64)precision+(i64)width+15 ); + if( bufpt==0 ){ + setStrAccumError(pAccum, STRACCUM_NOMEM); + return; + } + } + zOut = bufpt; + nsd = 16 + flag_altform2*10; + flag_dp = (precision>0 ?1:0) | flag_alternateform | flag_altform2; + /* The sign in front of the number */ + if( prefix ){ + *(bufpt++) = prefix; + } + /* Digits prior to the decimal point */ + if( e2<0 ){ + *(bufpt++) = '0'; + }else{ + for(; e2>=0; e2--){ + *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd); + } + } + /* The decimal point */ + if( flag_dp ){ + *(bufpt++) = '.'; + } + /* "0" digits after the decimal point but before the first + ** significant digit of the number */ + for(e2++; e2<0; precision--, e2++){ + assert( precision>0 ); + *(bufpt++) = '0'; + } + /* Significant digits after the decimal point */ + while( (precision--)>0 ){ + *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd); + } + /* Remove trailing zeros and the "." if no digits follow the "." */ + if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){ + while( bufpt[-1]=='0' ) *(--bufpt) = 0; + assert( bufpt>zOut ); + if( bufpt[-1]=='.' ){ + if( flag_altform2 ){ + *(bufpt++) = '0'; + }else{ + *(--bufpt) = 0; + } + } + } + /* Add the "eNNN" suffix */ + if( xtype==etEXP ){ + *(bufpt++) = aDigits[infop->charset]; + if( exp<0 ){ + *(bufpt++) = '-'; exp = -exp; + }else{ + *(bufpt++) = '+'; + } + if( exp>=100 ){ + *(bufpt++) = (char)((exp/100)+'0'); /* 100's digit */ + exp %= 100; + } + *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp/10+'0'); /* 10's digit */ + *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp%10+'0'); /* 1's digit */ + } + *bufpt = 0; + + /* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it. + ** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with + ** integer conversions. */ + length = (int)(bufpt-zOut); + bufpt = zOut; + + /* Special case: Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is + ** set and we are not left justified */ + if( flag_zeropad && !flag_leftjustify && length < width){ + int i; + int nPad = width - length; + for(i=width; i>=nPad; i--){ + bufpt[i] = bufpt[i-nPad]; + } + i = prefix!=0; + while( nPad-- ) bufpt[i++] = '0'; + length = width; + } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) */ + break; + case etSIZE: + if( !bArgList ){ + *(va_arg(ap,int*)) = pAccum->nChar; + } + length = width = 0; + break; + case etPERCENT: + buf[0] = '%'; + bufpt = buf; + length = 1; + break; + case etCHARX: + if( bArgList ){ + bufpt = getTextArg(pArgList); + c = bufpt ? bufpt[0] : 0; + }else{ + c = va_arg(ap,int); + } + if( precision>1 ){ + width -= precision-1; + if( width>1 && !flag_leftjustify ){ + sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width-1, ' '); + width = 0; + } + sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, precision-1, c); + } + length = 1; + buf[0] = c; + bufpt = buf; + break; + case etSTRING: + case etDYNSTRING: + if( bArgList ){ + bufpt = getTextArg(pArgList); + xtype = etSTRING; + }else{ + bufpt = va_arg(ap,char*); + } + if( bufpt==0 ){ + bufpt = ""; + }else if( xtype==etDYNSTRING ){ + zExtra = bufpt; + } + if( precision>=0 ){ + for(length=0; length<precision && bufpt[length]; length++){} + }else{ + length = sqlite3Strlen30(bufpt); + } + break; + case etSQLESCAPE: /* Escape ' characters */ + case etSQLESCAPE2: /* Escape ' and enclose in '...' */ + case etSQLESCAPE3: { /* Escape " characters */ + int i, j, k, n, isnull; + int needQuote; + char ch; + char q = ((xtype==etSQLESCAPE3)?'"':'\''); /* Quote character */ + char *escarg; + + if( bArgList ){ + escarg = getTextArg(pArgList); + }else{ + escarg = va_arg(ap,char*); + } + isnull = escarg==0; + if( isnull ) escarg = (xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ? "NULL" : "(NULL)"); + k = precision; + for(i=n=0; k!=0 && (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++, k--){ + if( ch==q ) n++; + } + needQuote = !isnull && xtype==etSQLESCAPE2; + n += i + 3; + if( n>etBUFSIZE ){ + bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( n ); + if( bufpt==0 ){ + setStrAccumError(pAccum, STRACCUM_NOMEM); + return; + } + }else{ + bufpt = buf; + } + j = 0; + if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q; + k = i; + for(i=0; i<k; i++){ + bufpt[j++] = ch = escarg[i]; + if( ch==q ) bufpt[j++] = ch; + } + if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q; + bufpt[j] = 0; + length = j; + /* The precision in %q and %Q means how many input characters to + ** consume, not the length of the output... + ** if( precision>=0 && precision<length ) length = precision; */ + break; + } + case etTOKEN: { + Token *pToken = va_arg(ap, Token*); + assert( bArgList==0 ); + if( pToken && pToken->n ){ + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, (const char*)pToken->z, pToken->n); + } + length = width = 0; + break; + } + case etSRCLIST: { + SrcList *pSrc = va_arg(ap, SrcList*); + int k = va_arg(ap, int); + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[k]; + assert( bArgList==0 ); + assert( k>=0 && k<pSrc->nSrc ); + if( pItem->zDatabase ){ + sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(pAccum, pItem->zDatabase); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, ".", 1); + } + sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(pAccum, pItem->zName); + length = width = 0; + break; + } + default: { + assert( xtype==etINVALID ); + return; + } + }/* End switch over the format type */ + /* + ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is + ** "length" characters long. The field width is "width". Do + ** the output. + */ + width -= length; + if( width>0 && !flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width, ' '); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, length); + if( width>0 && flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width, ' '); + + if( zExtra ){ + sqlite3DbFree(pAccum->db, zExtra); + zExtra = 0; + } + }/* End for loop over the format string */ +} /* End of function */ + +/* +** Enlarge the memory allocation on a StrAccum object so that it is +** able to accept at least N more bytes of text. +** +** Return the number of bytes of text that StrAccum is able to accept +** after the attempted enlargement. The value returned might be zero. +*/ +static int sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(StrAccum *p, int N){ + char *zNew; + assert( p->nChar+(i64)N >= p->nAlloc ); /* Only called if really needed */ + if( p->accError ){ + testcase(p->accError==STRACCUM_TOOBIG); + testcase(p->accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM); + return 0; + } + if( p->mxAlloc==0 ){ + N = p->nAlloc - p->nChar - 1; + setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_TOOBIG); + return N; + }else{ + char *zOld = isMalloced(p) ? p->zText : 0; + i64 szNew = p->nChar; + assert( (p->zText==0 || p->zText==p->zBase)==!isMalloced(p) ); + szNew += N + 1; + if( szNew+p->nChar<=p->mxAlloc ){ + /* Force exponential buffer size growth as long as it does not overflow, + ** to avoid having to call this routine too often */ + szNew += p->nChar; + } + if( szNew > p->mxAlloc ){ + sqlite3StrAccumReset(p); + setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_TOOBIG); + return 0; + }else{ + p->nAlloc = (int)szNew; + } + if( p->db ){ + zNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, zOld, p->nAlloc); + }else{ + zNew = sqlite3_realloc64(zOld, p->nAlloc); + } + if( zNew ){ + assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 ); + if( !isMalloced(p) && p->nChar>0 ) memcpy(zNew, p->zText, p->nChar); + p->zText = zNew; + p->nAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, zNew); + p->printfFlags |= SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED; + }else{ + sqlite3StrAccumReset(p); + setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_NOMEM); + return 0; + } + } + return N; +} + +/* +** Append N copies of character c to the given string buffer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AppendChar(StrAccum *p, int N, char c){ + testcase( p->nChar + (i64)N > 0x7fffffff ); + if( p->nChar+(i64)N >= p->nAlloc && (N = sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(p, N))<=0 ){ + return; + } + assert( (p->zText==p->zBase)==!isMalloced(p) ); + while( (N--)>0 ) p->zText[p->nChar++] = c; +} + +/* +** The StrAccum "p" is not large enough to accept N new bytes of z[]. +** So enlarge if first, then do the append. +** +** This is a helper routine to sqlite3StrAccumAppend() that does special-case +** work (enlarging the buffer) using tail recursion, so that the +** sqlite3StrAccumAppend() routine can use fast calling semantics. +*/ +static void SQLITE_NOINLINE enlargeAndAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){ + N = sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(p, N); + if( N>0 ){ + memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N); + p->nChar += N; + } + assert( (p->zText==0 || p->zText==p->zBase)==!isMalloced(p) ); +} + +/* +** Append N bytes of text from z to the StrAccum object. Increase the +** size of the memory allocation for StrAccum if necessary. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){ + assert( z!=0 || N==0 ); + assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 || p->accError ); + assert( N>=0 ); + assert( p->accError==0 || p->nAlloc==0 ); + if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ){ + enlargeAndAppend(p,z,N); + }else{ + assert( p->zText ); + p->nChar += N; + memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar-N], z, N); + } +} + +/* +** Append the complete text of zero-terminated string z[] to the p string. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(StrAccum *p, const char *z){ + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(p, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z)); +} + + +/* +** Finish off a string by making sure it is zero-terminated. +** Return a pointer to the resulting string. Return a NULL +** pointer if any kind of error was encountered. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum *p){ + if( p->zText ){ + assert( (p->zText==p->zBase)==!isMalloced(p) ); + p->zText[p->nChar] = 0; + if( p->mxAlloc>0 && !isMalloced(p) ){ + p->zText = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nChar+1 ); + if( p->zText ){ + memcpy(p->zText, p->zBase, p->nChar+1); + p->printfFlags |= SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED; + }else{ + setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_NOMEM); + } + } + } + return p->zText; +} + +/* +** Reset an StrAccum string. Reclaim all malloced memory. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum *p){ + assert( (p->zText==0 || p->zText==p->zBase)==!isMalloced(p) ); + if( isMalloced(p) ){ + sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zText); + p->printfFlags &= ~SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED; + } + p->zText = 0; +} + +/* +** Initialize a string accumulator. +** +** p: The accumulator to be initialized. +** db: Pointer to a database connection. May be NULL. Lookaside +** memory is used if not NULL. db->mallocFailed is set appropriately +** when not NULL. +** zBase: An initial buffer. May be NULL in which case the initial buffer +** is malloced. +** n: Size of zBase in bytes. If total space requirements never exceed +** n then no memory allocations ever occur. +** mx: Maximum number of bytes to accumulate. If mx==0 then no memory +** allocations will ever occur. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum *p, sqlite3 *db, char *zBase, int n, int mx){ + p->zText = p->zBase = zBase; + p->db = db; + p->nChar = 0; + p->nAlloc = n; + p->mxAlloc = mx; + p->accError = 0; + p->printfFlags = 0; +} + +/* +** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). Use the internal +** %-conversion extensions. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ + char *z; + char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE]; + StrAccum acc; + assert( db!=0 ); + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, db, zBase, sizeof(zBase), + db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]); + acc.printfFlags = SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL; + sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, zFormat, ap); + z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); + if( acc.accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + } + return z; +} + +/* +** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). Use the internal +** %-conversion extensions. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + char *z; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + return z; +} + +/* +** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). Omit the internal +** %-conversion extensions. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ + char *z; + char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE]; + StrAccum acc; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( zFormat==0 ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; +#endif + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBase, sizeof(zBase), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); + sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, zFormat, ap); + z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); + return z; +} + +/* +** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc()(). Omit the internal +** %-conversion extensions. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *SQLITE_CDECL sqlite3_mprintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + char *z; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; +#endif + va_start(ap, zFormat); + z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + return z; +} + +/* +** sqlite3_snprintf() works like snprintf() except that it ignores the +** current locale settings. This is important for SQLite because we +** are not able to use a "," as the decimal point in place of "." as +** specified by some locales. +** +** Oops: The first two arguments of sqlite3_snprintf() are backwards +** from the snprintf() standard. Unfortunately, it is too late to change +** this without breaking compatibility, so we just have to live with the +** mistake. +** +** sqlite3_vsnprintf() is the varargs version. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_vsnprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ + StrAccum acc; + if( n<=0 ) return zBuf; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( zBuf==0 || zFormat==0 ) { + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + if( zBuf ) zBuf[0] = 0; + return zBuf; + } +#endif + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, n, 0); + sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, zFormat, ap); + return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); +} +SQLITE_API char *SQLITE_CDECL sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){ + char *z; + va_list ap; + va_start(ap,zFormat); + z = sqlite3_vsnprintf(n, zBuf, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + return z; +} + +/* +** This is the routine that actually formats the sqlite3_log() message. +** We house it in a separate routine from sqlite3_log() to avoid using +** stack space on small-stack systems when logging is disabled. +** +** sqlite3_log() must render into a static buffer. It cannot dynamically +** allocate memory because it might be called while the memory allocator +** mutex is held. +** +** sqlite3VXPrintf() might ask for *temporary* memory allocations for +** certain format characters (%q) or for very large precisions or widths. +** Care must be taken that any sqlite3_log() calls that occur while the +** memory mutex is held do not use these mechanisms. +*/ +static void renderLogMsg(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ + StrAccum acc; /* String accumulator */ + char zMsg[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE*3]; /* Complete log message */ + + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zMsg, sizeof(zMsg), 0); + sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, zFormat, ap); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg, iErrCode, + sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc)); +} + +/* +** Format and write a message to the log if logging is enabled. +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_CDECL sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; /* Vararg list */ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog ){ + va_start(ap, zFormat); + renderLogMsg(iErrCode, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + } +} + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE) +/* +** A version of printf() that understands %lld. Used for debugging. +** The printf() built into some versions of windows does not understand %lld +** and segfaults if you give it a long long int. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + StrAccum acc; + char zBuf[500]; + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0); + va_start(ap,zFormat); + sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); + fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf); + fflush(stdout); +} +#endif + + +/* +** variable-argument wrapper around sqlite3VXPrintf(). The bFlags argument +** can contain the bit SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL enable internal formats. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + va_start(ap,zFormat); + sqlite3VXPrintf(p, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); +} + +/************** End of printf.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file treeview.c ****************************************/ +/* +** 2015-06-08 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains C code to implement the TreeView debugging routines. +** These routines print a parse tree to standard output for debugging and +** analysis. +** +** The interfaces in this file is only available when compiling +** with SQLITE_DEBUG. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + +/* +** Add a new subitem to the tree. The moreToFollow flag indicates that this +** is not the last item in the tree. +*/ +static TreeView *sqlite3TreeViewPush(TreeView *p, u8 moreToFollow){ + if( p==0 ){ + p = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*p) ); + if( p==0 ) return 0; + memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); + }else{ + p->iLevel++; + } + assert( moreToFollow==0 || moreToFollow==1 ); + if( p->iLevel<sizeof(p->bLine) ) p->bLine[p->iLevel] = moreToFollow; + return p; +} + +/* +** Finished with one layer of the tree +*/ +static void sqlite3TreeViewPop(TreeView *p){ + if( p==0 ) return; + p->iLevel--; + if( p->iLevel<0 ) sqlite3_free(p); +} + +/* +** Generate a single line of output for the tree, with a prefix that contains +** all the appropriate tree lines +*/ +static void sqlite3TreeViewLine(TreeView *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + int i; + StrAccum acc; + char zBuf[500]; + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0); + if( p ){ + for(i=0; i<p->iLevel && i<sizeof(p->bLine)-1; i++){ + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&acc, p->bLine[i] ? "| " : " ", 4); + } + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&acc, p->bLine[i] ? "|-- " : "'-- ", 4); + } + va_start(ap, zFormat); + sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + if( zBuf[acc.nChar-1]!='\n' ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&acc, "\n", 1); + sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); + fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf); + fflush(stdout); +} + +/* +** Shorthand for starting a new tree item that consists of a single label +*/ +static void sqlite3TreeViewItem(TreeView *p, const char *zLabel,u8 moreFollows){ + p = sqlite3TreeViewPush(p, moreFollows); + sqlite3TreeViewLine(p, "%s", zLabel); +} + +/* +** Generate a human-readable description of a WITH clause. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewWith(TreeView *pView, const With *pWith, u8 moreToFollow){ + int i; + if( pWith==0 ) return; + if( pWith->nCte==0 ) return; + if( pWith->pOuter ){ + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "WITH (0x%p, pOuter=0x%p)",pWith,pWith->pOuter); + }else{ + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "WITH (0x%p)", pWith); + } + if( pWith->nCte>0 ){ + pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, 1); + for(i=0; i<pWith->nCte; i++){ + StrAccum x; + char zLine[1000]; + const struct Cte *pCte = &pWith->a[i]; + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&x, 0, zLine, sizeof(zLine), 0); + sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "%s", pCte->zName); + if( pCte->pCols && pCte->pCols->nExpr>0 ){ + char cSep = '('; + int j; + for(j=0; j<pCte->pCols->nExpr; j++){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "%c%s", cSep, pCte->pCols->a[j].zName); + cSep = ','; + } + sqlite3XPrintf(&x, ")"); + } + sqlite3XPrintf(&x, " AS"); + sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&x); + sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, zLine, i<pWith->nCte-1); + sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pCte->pSelect, 0); + sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); + } + sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); + } +} + + +/* +** Generate a human-readable description of a the Select object. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewSelect(TreeView *pView, const Select *p, u8 moreToFollow){ + int n = 0; + int cnt = 0; + pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow); + if( p->pWith ){ + sqlite3TreeViewWith(pView, p->pWith, 1); + cnt = 1; + sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, 1); + } + do{ + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "SELECT%s%s (0x%p) selFlags=0x%x nSelectRow=%d", + ((p->selFlags & SF_Distinct) ? " DISTINCT" : ""), + ((p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate) ? " agg_flag" : ""), p, p->selFlags, + (int)p->nSelectRow + ); + if( cnt++ ) sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); + if( p->pPrior ){ + n = 1000; + }else{ + n = 0; + if( p->pSrc && p->pSrc->nSrc ) n++; + if( p->pWhere ) n++; + if( p->pGroupBy ) n++; + if( p->pHaving ) n++; + if( p->pOrderBy ) n++; + if( p->pLimit ) n++; + if( p->pOffset ) n++; + } + sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, p->pEList, (n--)>0, "result-set"); + if( p->pSrc && p->pSrc->nSrc ){ + int i; + pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, (n--)>0); + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "FROM"); + for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i]; + StrAccum x; + char zLine[100]; + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&x, 0, zLine, sizeof(zLine), 0); + sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "{%d,*}", pItem->iCursor); + if( pItem->zDatabase ){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&x, " %s.%s", pItem->zDatabase, pItem->zName); + }else if( pItem->zName ){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&x, " %s", pItem->zName); + } + if( pItem->pTab ){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&x, " tabname=%Q", pItem->pTab->zName); + } + if( pItem->zAlias ){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&x, " (AS %s)", pItem->zAlias); + } + if( pItem->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT ){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&x, " LEFT-JOIN"); + } + sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&x); + sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, zLine, i<p->pSrc->nSrc-1); + if( pItem->pSelect ){ + sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pItem->pSelect, 0); + } + if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc ){ + sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, pItem->u1.pFuncArg, 0, "func-args:"); + } + sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); + } + sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); + } + if( p->pWhere ){ + sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, "WHERE", (n--)>0); + sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, p->pWhere, 0); + sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); + } + if( p->pGroupBy ){ + sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, p->pGroupBy, (n--)>0, "GROUPBY"); + } + if( p->pHaving ){ + sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, "HAVING", (n--)>0); + sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, p->pHaving, 0); + sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); + } + if( p->pOrderBy ){ + sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, p->pOrderBy, (n--)>0, "ORDERBY"); + } + if( p->pLimit ){ + sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, "LIMIT", (n--)>0); + sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, p->pLimit, 0); + sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); + } + if( p->pOffset ){ + sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, "OFFSET", (n--)>0); + sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, p->pOffset, 0); + sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); + } + if( p->pPrior ){ + const char *zOp = "UNION"; + switch( p->op ){ + case TK_ALL: zOp = "UNION ALL"; break; + case TK_INTERSECT: zOp = "INTERSECT"; break; + case TK_EXCEPT: zOp = "EXCEPT"; break; + } + sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, zOp, 1); + } + p = p->pPrior; + }while( p!=0 ); + sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); +} + +/* +** Generate a human-readable explanation of an expression tree. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewExpr(TreeView *pView, const Expr *pExpr, u8 moreToFollow){ + const char *zBinOp = 0; /* Binary operator */ + const char *zUniOp = 0; /* Unary operator */ + char zFlgs[30]; + pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow); + if( pExpr==0 ){ + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "nil"); + sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); + return; + } + if( pExpr->flags ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zFlgs),zFlgs," flags=0x%x",pExpr->flags); + }else{ + zFlgs[0] = 0; + } + switch( pExpr->op ){ + case TK_AGG_COLUMN: { + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "AGG{%d:%d}%s", + pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn, zFlgs); + break; + } + case TK_COLUMN: { + if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){ + /* This only happens when coding check constraints */ + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "COLUMN(%d)%s", pExpr->iColumn, zFlgs); + }else{ + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "{%d:%d}%s", + pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn, zFlgs); + } + break; + } + case TK_INTEGER: { + if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){ + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%d", pExpr->u.iValue); + }else{ + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s", pExpr->u.zToken); + } + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + case TK_FLOAT: { + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken); + break; + } +#endif + case TK_STRING: { + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"%Q", pExpr->u.zToken); + break; + } + case TK_NULL: { + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"NULL"); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL + case TK_BLOB: { + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken); + break; + } +#endif + case TK_VARIABLE: { + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"VARIABLE(%s,%d)", + pExpr->u.zToken, pExpr->iColumn); + break; + } + case TK_REGISTER: { + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"REGISTER(%d)", pExpr->iTable); + break; + } + case TK_ID: { + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"ID \"%w\"", pExpr->u.zToken); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST + case TK_CAST: { + /* Expressions of the form: CAST(pLeft AS token) */ + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"CAST %Q", pExpr->u.zToken); + sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 0); + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */ + case TK_LT: zBinOp = "LT"; break; + case TK_LE: zBinOp = "LE"; break; + case TK_GT: zBinOp = "GT"; break; + case TK_GE: zBinOp = "GE"; break; + case TK_NE: zBinOp = "NE"; break; + case TK_EQ: zBinOp = "EQ"; break; + case TK_IS: zBinOp = "IS"; break; + case TK_ISNOT: zBinOp = "ISNOT"; break; + case TK_AND: zBinOp = "AND"; break; + case TK_OR: zBinOp = "OR"; break; + case TK_PLUS: zBinOp = "ADD"; break; + case TK_STAR: zBinOp = "MUL"; break; + case TK_MINUS: zBinOp = "SUB"; break; + case TK_REM: zBinOp = "REM"; break; + case TK_BITAND: zBinOp = "BITAND"; break; + case TK_BITOR: zBinOp = "BITOR"; break; + case TK_SLASH: zBinOp = "DIV"; break; + case TK_LSHIFT: zBinOp = "LSHIFT"; break; + case TK_RSHIFT: zBinOp = "RSHIFT"; break; + case TK_CONCAT: zBinOp = "CONCAT"; break; + case TK_DOT: zBinOp = "DOT"; break; + + case TK_UMINUS: zUniOp = "UMINUS"; break; + case TK_UPLUS: zUniOp = "UPLUS"; break; + case TK_BITNOT: zUniOp = "BITNOT"; break; + case TK_NOT: zUniOp = "NOT"; break; + case TK_ISNULL: zUniOp = "ISNULL"; break; + case TK_NOTNULL: zUniOp = "NOTNULL"; break; + + case TK_SPAN: { + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "SPAN %Q", pExpr->u.zToken); + sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 0); + break; + } + + case TK_COLLATE: { + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "COLLATE %Q", pExpr->u.zToken); + sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 0); + break; + } + + case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: + case TK_FUNCTION: { + ExprList *pFarg; /* List of function arguments */ + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){ + pFarg = 0; + }else{ + pFarg = pExpr->x.pList; + } + if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ){ + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "AGG_FUNCTION%d %Q", + pExpr->op2, pExpr->u.zToken); + }else{ + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "FUNCTION %Q", pExpr->u.zToken); + } + if( pFarg ){ + sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, pFarg, 0, 0); + } + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case TK_EXISTS: { + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "EXISTS-expr"); + sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pExpr->x.pSelect, 0); + break; + } + case TK_SELECT: { + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "SELECT-expr"); + sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pExpr->x.pSelect, 0); + break; + } + case TK_IN: { + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "IN"); + sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 1); + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pExpr->x.pSelect, 0); + }else{ + sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, pExpr->x.pList, 0, 0); + } + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ + + /* + ** x BETWEEN y AND z + ** + ** This is equivalent to + ** + ** x>=y AND x<=z + ** + ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft. + ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr. + ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr. + */ + case TK_BETWEEN: { + Expr *pX = pExpr->pLeft; + Expr *pY = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; + Expr *pZ = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "BETWEEN"); + sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pX, 1); + sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pY, 1); + sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pZ, 0); + break; + } + case TK_TRIGGER: { + /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference + ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to + ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the + ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn + ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to + ** read the rowid field. + */ + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s(%d)", + pExpr->iTable ? "NEW" : "OLD", pExpr->iColumn); + break; + } + case TK_CASE: { + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "CASE"); + sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 1); + sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, pExpr->x.pList, 0, 0); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + case TK_RAISE: { + const char *zType = "unk"; + switch( pExpr->affinity ){ + case OE_Rollback: zType = "rollback"; break; + case OE_Abort: zType = "abort"; break; + case OE_Fail: zType = "fail"; break; + case OE_Ignore: zType = "ignore"; break; + } + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "RAISE %s(%Q)", zType, pExpr->u.zToken); + break; + } +#endif + default: { + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "op=%d", pExpr->op); + break; + } + } + if( zBinOp ){ + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s%s", zBinOp, zFlgs); + sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 1); + sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pRight, 0); + }else if( zUniOp ){ + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s%s", zUniOp, zFlgs); + sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 0); + } + sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); +} + +/* +** Generate a human-readable explanation of an expression list. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewExprList( + TreeView *pView, + const ExprList *pList, + u8 moreToFollow, + const char *zLabel +){ + int i; + pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow); + if( zLabel==0 || zLabel[0]==0 ) zLabel = "LIST"; + if( pList==0 ){ + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s (empty)", zLabel); + }else{ + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s", zLabel); + for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){ + int j = pList->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol; + if( j ){ + sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, 0); + sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "iOrderByCol=%d", j); + } + sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pList->a[i].pExpr, i<pList->nExpr-1); + if( j ) sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); + } + } + sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + +/************** End of treeview.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file random.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code to implement a pseudo-random number +** generator (PRNG) for SQLite. +** +** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order +** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + + +/* All threads share a single random number generator. +** This structure is the current state of the generator. +*/ +static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType { + unsigned char isInit; /* True if initialized */ + unsigned char i, j; /* State variables */ + unsigned char s[256]; /* State variables */ +} sqlite3Prng; + +/* +** Return N random bytes. +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *pBuf){ + unsigned char t; + unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf; + + /* The "wsdPrng" macro will resolve to the pseudo-random number generator + ** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, + ** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common + ** case where writable static data is supported, wsdPrng can refer directly + ** to the "sqlite3Prng" state vector declared above. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + struct sqlite3PrngType *p = &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng); +# define wsdPrng p[0] +#else +# define wsdPrng sqlite3Prng +#endif + +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return; +#endif + +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG); +#endif + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + if( N<=0 || pBuf==0 ){ + wsdPrng.isInit = 0; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + return; + } + + /* Initialize the state of the random number generator once, + ** the first time this routine is called. The seed value does + ** not need to contain a lot of randomness since we are not + ** trying to do secure encryption or anything like that... + ** + ** Nothing in this file or anywhere else in SQLite does any kind of + ** encryption. The RC4 algorithm is being used as a PRNG (pseudo-random + ** number generator) not as an encryption device. + */ + if( !wsdPrng.isInit ){ + int i; + char k[256]; + wsdPrng.j = 0; + wsdPrng.i = 0; + sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs_find(0), 256, k); + for(i=0; i<256; i++){ + wsdPrng.s[i] = (u8)i; + } + for(i=0; i<256; i++){ + wsdPrng.j += wsdPrng.s[i] + k[i]; + t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j]; + wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = wsdPrng.s[i]; + wsdPrng.s[i] = t; + } + wsdPrng.isInit = 1; + } + + assert( N>0 ); + do{ + wsdPrng.i++; + t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i]; + wsdPrng.j += t; + wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i] = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j]; + wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = t; + t += wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i]; + *(zBuf++) = wsdPrng.s[t]; + }while( --N ); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST +/* +** For testing purposes, we sometimes want to preserve the state of +** PRNG and restore the PRNG to its saved state at a later time, or +** to reset the PRNG to its initial state. These routines accomplish +** those tasks. +** +** The sqlite3_test_control() interface calls these routines to +** control the PRNG. +*/ +static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType sqlite3SavedPrng; +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void){ + memcpy( + &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng), + &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng), + sizeof(sqlite3Prng) + ); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void){ + memcpy( + &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng), + &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng), + sizeof(sqlite3Prng) + ); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */ + +/************** End of random.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file threads.c *****************************************/ +/* +** 2012 July 21 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file presents a simple cross-platform threading interface for +** use internally by SQLite. +** +** A "thread" can be created using sqlite3ThreadCreate(). This thread +** runs independently of its creator until it is joined using +** sqlite3ThreadJoin(), at which point it terminates. +** +** Threads do not have to be real. It could be that the work of the +** "thread" is done by the main thread at either the sqlite3ThreadCreate() +** or sqlite3ThreadJoin() call. This is, in fact, what happens in +** single threaded systems. Nothing in SQLite requires multiple threads. +** This interface exists so that applications that want to take advantage +** of multiple cores can do so, while also allowing applications to stay +** single-threaded if desired. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN +/* # include "os_win.h" */ +#endif + +#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 + +/********************************* Unix Pthreads ****************************/ +#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX && defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 + +#define SQLITE_THREADS_IMPLEMENTED 1 /* Prevent the single-thread code below */ +/* #include <pthread.h> */ + +/* A running thread */ +struct SQLiteThread { + pthread_t tid; /* Thread ID */ + int done; /* Set to true when thread finishes */ + void *pOut; /* Result returned by the thread */ + void *(*xTask)(void*); /* The thread routine */ + void *pIn; /* Argument to the thread */ +}; + +/* Create a new thread */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadCreate( + SQLiteThread **ppThread, /* OUT: Write the thread object here */ + void *(*xTask)(void*), /* Routine to run in a separate thread */ + void *pIn /* Argument passed into xTask() */ +){ + SQLiteThread *p; + int rc; + + assert( ppThread!=0 ); + assert( xTask!=0 ); + /* This routine is never used in single-threaded mode */ + assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex!=0 ); + + *ppThread = 0; + p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*p)); + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); + p->xTask = xTask; + p->pIn = pIn; + /* If the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL callback is registered to a + ** function that returns SQLITE_ERROR when passed the argument 200, that + ** forces worker threads to run sequentially and deterministically + ** for testing purposes. */ + if( sqlite3FaultSim(200) ){ + rc = 1; + }else{ + rc = pthread_create(&p->tid, 0, xTask, pIn); + } + if( rc ){ + p->done = 1; + p->pOut = xTask(pIn); + } + *ppThread = p; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* Get the results of the thread */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadJoin(SQLiteThread *p, void **ppOut){ + int rc; + + assert( ppOut!=0 ); + if( NEVER(p==0) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + if( p->done ){ + *ppOut = p->pOut; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + rc = pthread_join(p->tid, ppOut) ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_OK; + } + sqlite3_free(p); + return rc; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX && defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS) */ +/******************************** End Unix Pthreads *************************/ + + +/********************************* Win32 Threads ****************************/ +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN_THREADS + +#define SQLITE_THREADS_IMPLEMENTED 1 /* Prevent the single-thread code below */ +#include <process.h> + +/* A running thread */ +struct SQLiteThread { + void *tid; /* The thread handle */ + unsigned id; /* The thread identifier */ + void *(*xTask)(void*); /* The routine to run as a thread */ + void *pIn; /* Argument to xTask */ + void *pResult; /* Result of xTask */ +}; + +/* Thread procedure Win32 compatibility shim */ +static unsigned __stdcall sqlite3ThreadProc( + void *pArg /* IN: Pointer to the SQLiteThread structure */ +){ + SQLiteThread *p = (SQLiteThread *)pArg; + + assert( p!=0 ); +#if 0 + /* + ** This assert appears to trigger spuriously on certain + ** versions of Windows, possibly due to _beginthreadex() + ** and/or CreateThread() not fully setting their thread + ** ID parameter before starting the thread. + */ + assert( p->id==GetCurrentThreadId() ); +#endif + assert( p->xTask!=0 ); + p->pResult = p->xTask(p->pIn); + + _endthreadex(0); + return 0; /* NOT REACHED */ +} + +/* Create a new thread */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadCreate( + SQLiteThread **ppThread, /* OUT: Write the thread object here */ + void *(*xTask)(void*), /* Routine to run in a separate thread */ + void *pIn /* Argument passed into xTask() */ +){ + SQLiteThread *p; + + assert( ppThread!=0 ); + assert( xTask!=0 ); + *ppThread = 0; + p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*p)); + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + /* If the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL callback is registered to a + ** function that returns SQLITE_ERROR when passed the argument 200, that + ** forces worker threads to run sequentially and deterministically + ** (via the sqlite3FaultSim() term of the conditional) for testing + ** purposes. */ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 || sqlite3FaultSim(200) ){ + memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); + }else{ + p->xTask = xTask; + p->pIn = pIn; + p->tid = (void*)_beginthreadex(0, 0, sqlite3ThreadProc, p, 0, &p->id); + if( p->tid==0 ){ + memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); + } + } + if( p->xTask==0 ){ + p->id = GetCurrentThreadId(); + p->pResult = xTask(pIn); + } + *ppThread = p; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE DWORD sqlite3Win32Wait(HANDLE hObject); /* os_win.c */ + +/* Get the results of the thread */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadJoin(SQLiteThread *p, void **ppOut){ + DWORD rc; + BOOL bRc; + + assert( ppOut!=0 ); + if( NEVER(p==0) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + if( p->xTask==0 ){ + /* assert( p->id==GetCurrentThreadId() ); */ + rc = WAIT_OBJECT_0; + assert( p->tid==0 ); + }else{ + assert( p->id!=0 && p->id!=GetCurrentThreadId() ); + rc = sqlite3Win32Wait((HANDLE)p->tid); + assert( rc!=WAIT_IO_COMPLETION ); + bRc = CloseHandle((HANDLE)p->tid); + assert( bRc ); + } + if( rc==WAIT_OBJECT_0 ) *ppOut = p->pResult; + sqlite3_free(p); + return (rc==WAIT_OBJECT_0) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_ERROR; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN_THREADS */ +/******************************** End Win32 Threads *************************/ + + +/********************************* Single-Threaded **************************/ +#ifndef SQLITE_THREADS_IMPLEMENTED +/* +** This implementation does not actually create a new thread. It does the +** work of the thread in the main thread, when either the thread is created +** or when it is joined +*/ + +/* A running thread */ +struct SQLiteThread { + void *(*xTask)(void*); /* The routine to run as a thread */ + void *pIn; /* Argument to xTask */ + void *pResult; /* Result of xTask */ +}; + +/* Create a new thread */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadCreate( + SQLiteThread **ppThread, /* OUT: Write the thread object here */ + void *(*xTask)(void*), /* Routine to run in a separate thread */ + void *pIn /* Argument passed into xTask() */ +){ + SQLiteThread *p; + + assert( ppThread!=0 ); + assert( xTask!=0 ); + *ppThread = 0; + p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*p)); + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + if( (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p)/17)&1 ){ + p->xTask = xTask; + p->pIn = pIn; + }else{ + p->xTask = 0; + p->pResult = xTask(pIn); + } + *ppThread = p; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* Get the results of the thread */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadJoin(SQLiteThread *p, void **ppOut){ + + assert( ppOut!=0 ); + if( NEVER(p==0) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + if( p->xTask ){ + *ppOut = p->xTask(p->pIn); + }else{ + *ppOut = p->pResult; + } + sqlite3_free(p); + +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) + { + void *pTstAlloc = sqlite3Malloc(10); + if (!pTstAlloc) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + sqlite3_free(pTstAlloc); + } +#endif + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_THREADS_IMPLEMENTED) */ +/****************************** End Single-Threaded *************************/ +#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 */ + +/************** End of threads.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file utf.c *********************************************/ +/* +** 2004 April 13 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, +** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE. +** +** Notes on UTF-8: +** +** Byte-0 Byte-1 Byte-2 Byte-3 Value +** 0xxxxxxx 00000000 00000000 0xxxxxxx +** 110yyyyy 10xxxxxx 00000000 00000yyy yyxxxxxx +** 1110zzzz 10yyyyyy 10xxxxxx 00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx +** 11110uuu 10uuzzzz 10yyyyyy 10xxxxxx 000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx +** +** +** Notes on UTF-16: (with wwww+1==uuuuu) +** +** Word-0 Word-1 Value +** 110110ww wwzzzzyy 110111yy yyxxxxxx 000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx +** zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx 00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx +** +** +** BOM or Byte Order Mark: +** 0xff 0xfe little-endian utf-16 follows +** 0xfe 0xff big-endian utf-16 follows +** +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* #include <assert.h> */ +/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION) && SQLITE_BYTEORDER==0 +/* +** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and +** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1; +#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION && SQLITE_BYTEORDER==0 */ + +/* +** This lookup table is used to help decode the first byte of +** a multi-byte UTF8 character. +*/ +static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = { + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, + 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17, + 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, +}; + + +#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) { \ + if( c<0x00080 ){ \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF); \ + } \ + else if( c<0x00800 ){ \ + *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ + } \ + else if( c<0x10000 ){ \ + *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ + }else{ \ + *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ + } \ +} + +#define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) { \ + if( c<=0xFFFF ){ \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF); \ + }else{ \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0)); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03)); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03)); \ + } \ +} + +#define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) { \ + if( c<=0xFFFF ){ \ + *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ + }else{ \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03)); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0)); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03)); \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ + } \ +} + +#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, TERM, c){ \ + c = (*zIn++); \ + c += ((*zIn++)<<8); \ + if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){ \ + int c2 = (*zIn++); \ + c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8); \ + c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); \ + } \ +} + +#define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, TERM, c){ \ + c = ((*zIn++)<<8); \ + c += (*zIn++); \ + if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){ \ + int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8); \ + c2 += (*zIn++); \ + c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); \ + } \ +} + +/* +** Translate a single UTF-8 character. Return the unicode value. +** +** During translation, assume that the byte that zTerm points +** is a 0x00. +** +** Write a pointer to the next unread byte back into *pzNext. +** +** Notes On Invalid UTF-8: +** +** * This routine never allows a 7-bit character (0x00 through 0x7f) to +** be encoded as a multi-byte character. Any multi-byte character that +** attempts to encode a value between 0x00 and 0x7f is rendered as 0xfffd. +** +** * This routine never allows a UTF16 surrogate value to be encoded. +** If a multi-byte character attempts to encode a value between +** 0xd800 and 0xe000 then it is rendered as 0xfffd. +** +** * Bytes in the range of 0x80 through 0xbf which occur as the first +** byte of a character are interpreted as single-byte characters +** and rendered as themselves even though they are technically +** invalid characters. +** +** * This routine accepts over-length UTF8 encodings +** for unicode values 0x80 and greater. It does not change over-length +** encodings to 0xfffd as some systems recommend. +*/ +#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c) \ + c = *(zIn++); \ + if( c>=0xc0 ){ \ + c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; \ + while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ \ + c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++)); \ + } \ + if( c<0x80 \ + || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800 \ + || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } \ + } +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read( + const unsigned char **pz /* Pointer to string from which to read char */ +){ + unsigned int c; + + /* Same as READ_UTF8() above but without the zTerm parameter. + ** For this routine, we assume the UTF8 string is always zero-terminated. + */ + c = *((*pz)++); + if( c>=0xc0 ){ + c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; + while( (*(*pz) & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ + c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *((*pz)++)); + } + if( c<0x80 + || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800 + || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } + } + return c; +} + + + + +/* +** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is +** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(). +*/ +/* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to +** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired +** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){ + int len; /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */ + unsigned char *zOut; /* Output buffer */ + unsigned char *zIn; /* Input iterator */ + unsigned char *zTerm; /* End of input */ + unsigned char *z; /* Output iterator */ + unsigned int c; + + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Str ); + assert( pMem->enc!=desiredEnc ); + assert( pMem->enc!=0 ); + assert( pMem->n>=0 ); + +#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) + { + char zBuf[100]; + sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf); + fprintf(stderr, "INPUT: %s\n", zBuf); + } +#endif + + /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then + ** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled + ** differently from the others. + */ + if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && desiredEnc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ + u8 temp; + int rc; + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + zIn = (u8*)pMem->z; + zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n&~1]; + while( zIn<zTerm ){ + temp = *zIn; + *zIn = *(zIn+1); + zIn++; + *zIn++ = temp; + } + pMem->enc = desiredEnc; + goto translate_out; + } + + /* Set len to the maximum number of bytes required in the output buffer. */ + if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ + /* When converting from UTF-16, the maximum growth results from + ** translating a 2-byte character to a 4-byte UTF-8 character. + ** A single byte is required for the output string + ** nul-terminator. + */ + pMem->n &= ~1; + len = pMem->n * 2 + 1; + }else{ + /* When converting from UTF-8 to UTF-16 the maximum growth is caused + ** when a 1-byte UTF-8 character is translated into a 2-byte UTF-16 + ** character. Two bytes are required in the output buffer for the + ** nul-terminator. + */ + len = pMem->n * 2 + 2; + } + + /* Set zIn to point at the start of the input buffer and zTerm to point 1 + ** byte past the end. + ** + ** Variable zOut is set to point at the output buffer, space obtained + ** from sqlite3_malloc(). + */ + zIn = (u8*)pMem->z; + zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n]; + zOut = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, len); + if( !zOut ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + z = zOut; + + if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ + if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){ + /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Little-endian */ + while( zIn<zTerm ){ + READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c); + WRITE_UTF16LE(z, c); + } + }else{ + assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Big-endian */ + while( zIn<zTerm ){ + READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c); + WRITE_UTF16BE(z, c); + } + } + pMem->n = (int)(z - zOut); + *z++ = 0; + }else{ + assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 ); + if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){ + /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */ + while( zIn<zTerm ){ + READ_UTF16LE(zIn, zIn<zTerm, c); + WRITE_UTF8(z, c); + } + }else{ + /* UTF-16 Big-endian -> UTF-8 */ + while( zIn<zTerm ){ + READ_UTF16BE(zIn, zIn<zTerm, c); + WRITE_UTF8(z, c); + } + } + pMem->n = (int)(z - zOut); + } + *z = 0; + assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len ); + + c = pMem->flags; + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); + pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term|(c&(MEM_AffMask|MEM_Subtype)); + pMem->enc = desiredEnc; + pMem->z = (char*)zOut; + pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z; + pMem->szMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->z); + +translate_out: +#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) + { + char zBuf[100]; + sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf); + fprintf(stderr, "OUTPUT: %s\n", zBuf); + } +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the +** UTF-16 string stored in *pMem. If one is present, it is removed and +** the encoding of the Mem adjusted. This routine does not do any +** byte-swapping, it just sets Mem.enc appropriately. +** +** The allocation (static, dynamic etc.) and encoding of the Mem may be +** changed by this function. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + u8 bom = 0; + + assert( pMem->n>=0 ); + if( pMem->n>1 ){ + u8 b1 = *(u8 *)pMem->z; + u8 b2 = *(((u8 *)pMem->z) + 1); + if( b1==0xFE && b2==0xFF ){ + bom = SQLITE_UTF16BE; + } + if( b1==0xFF && b2==0xFE ){ + bom = SQLITE_UTF16LE; + } + } + + if( bom ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pMem->n -= 2; + memmove(pMem->z, &pMem->z[2], pMem->n); + pMem->z[pMem->n] = '\0'; + pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = '\0'; + pMem->flags |= MEM_Term; + pMem->enc = bom; + } + } + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +/* +** pZ is a UTF-8 encoded unicode string. If nByte is less than zero, +** return the number of unicode characters in pZ up to (but not including) +** the first 0x00 byte. If nByte is not less than zero, return the +** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to +** the first 0x00, whichever comes first). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *zIn, int nByte){ + int r = 0; + const u8 *z = (const u8*)zIn; + const u8 *zTerm; + if( nByte>=0 ){ + zTerm = &z[nByte]; + }else{ + zTerm = (const u8*)(-1); + } + assert( z<=zTerm ); + while( *z!=0 && z<zTerm ){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); + r++; + } + return r; +} + +/* This test function is not currently used by the automated test-suite. +** Hence it is only available in debug builds. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/* +** Translate UTF-8 to UTF-8. +** +** This has the effect of making sure that the string is well-formed +** UTF-8. Miscoded characters are removed. +** +** The translation is done in-place and aborted if the output +** overruns the input. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char *zIn){ + unsigned char *zOut = zIn; + unsigned char *zStart = zIn; + u32 c; + + while( zIn[0] && zOut<=zIn ){ + c = sqlite3Utf8Read((const u8**)&zIn); + if( c!=0xfffd ){ + WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c); + } + } + *zOut = 0; + return (int)(zOut - zStart); +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** Convert a UTF-16 string in the native encoding into a UTF-8 string. +** Memory to hold the UTF-8 string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc and must +** be freed by the calling function. +** +** NULL is returned if there is an allocation error. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *db, const void *z, int nByte, u8 enc){ + Mem m; + memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m)); + m.db = db; + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&m, z, nByte, enc, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&m, SQLITE_UTF8); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m); + m.z = 0; + } + assert( (m.flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); + assert( (m.flags & MEM_Str)!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); + assert( m.z || db->mallocFailed ); + return m.z; +} + +/* +** zIn is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string at least nChar characters long. +** Return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters +** in pZ. nChar must be non-negative. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){ + int c; + unsigned char const *z = zIn; + int n = 0; + + if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE ){ + while( n<nChar ){ + READ_UTF16BE(z, 1, c); + n++; + } + }else{ + while( n<nChar ){ + READ_UTF16LE(z, 1, c); + n++; + } + } + return (int)(z-(unsigned char const *)zIn); +} + +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) +/* +** This routine is called from the TCL test function "translate_selftest". +** It checks that the primitives for serializing and deserializing +** characters in each encoding are inverses of each other. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UtfSelfTest(void){ + unsigned int i, t; + unsigned char zBuf[20]; + unsigned char *z; + int n; + unsigned int c; + + for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){ + z = zBuf; + WRITE_UTF8(z, i); + n = (int)(z-zBuf); + assert( n>0 && n<=4 ); + z[0] = 0; + z = zBuf; + c = sqlite3Utf8Read((const u8**)&z); + t = i; + if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xDFFF ) t = 0xFFFD; + if( (i&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ) t = 0xFFFD; + assert( c==t ); + assert( (z-zBuf)==n ); + } + for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){ + if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue; + z = zBuf; + WRITE_UTF16LE(z, i); + n = (int)(z-zBuf); + assert( n>0 && n<=4 ); + z[0] = 0; + z = zBuf; + READ_UTF16LE(z, 1, c); + assert( c==i ); + assert( (z-zBuf)==n ); + } + for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){ + if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue; + z = zBuf; + WRITE_UTF16BE(z, i); + n = (int)(z-zBuf); + assert( n>0 && n<=4 ); + z[0] = 0; + z = zBuf; + READ_UTF16BE(z, 1, c); + assert( c==i ); + assert( (z-zBuf)==n ); + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */ +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +/************** End of utf.c *************************************************/ +/************** Begin file util.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Utility functions used throughout sqlite. +** +** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing +** strings, and stuff like that. +** +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* #include <stdarg.h> */ +#if HAVE_ISNAN || SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN +# include <math.h> +#endif + +/* +** Routine needed to support the testcase() macro. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int x){ + static unsigned dummy = 0; + dummy += (unsigned)x; +} +#endif + +/* +** Give a callback to the test harness that can be used to simulate faults +** in places where it is difficult or expensive to do so purely by means +** of inputs. +** +** The intent of the integer argument is to let the fault simulator know +** which of multiple sqlite3FaultSim() calls has been hit. +** +** Return whatever integer value the test callback returns, or return +** SQLITE_OK if no test callback is installed. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FaultSim(int iTest){ + int (*xCallback)(int) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.xTestCallback; + return xCallback ? xCallback(iTest) : SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +/* +** Return true if the floating point value is Not a Number (NaN). +** +** Use the math library isnan() function if compiled with SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN. +** Otherwise, we have our own implementation that works on most systems. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double x){ + int rc; /* The value return */ +#if !SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN && !HAVE_ISNAN + /* + ** Systems that support the isnan() library function should probably + ** make use of it by compiling with -DSQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN. But we have + ** found that many systems do not have a working isnan() function so + ** this implementation is provided as an alternative. + ** + ** This NaN test sometimes fails if compiled on GCC with -ffast-math. + ** On the other hand, the use of -ffast-math comes with the following + ** warning: + ** + ** This option [-ffast-math] should never be turned on by any + ** -O option since it can result in incorrect output for programs + ** which depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO + ** rules/specifications for math functions. + ** + ** Under MSVC, this NaN test may fail if compiled with a floating- + ** point precision mode other than /fp:precise. From the MSDN + ** documentation: + ** + ** The compiler [with /fp:precise] will properly handle comparisons + ** involving NaN. For example, x != x evaluates to true if x is NaN + ** ... + */ +#ifdef __FAST_MATH__ +# error SQLite will not work correctly with the -ffast-math option of GCC. +#endif + volatile double y = x; + volatile double z = y; + rc = (y!=z); +#else /* if HAVE_ISNAN */ + rc = isnan(x); +#endif /* HAVE_ISNAN */ + testcase( rc ); + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */ + +/* +** Compute a string length that is limited to what can be stored in +** lower 30 bits of a 32-bit signed integer. +** +** The value returned will never be negative. Nor will it ever be greater +** than the actual length of the string. For very long strings (greater +** than 1GiB) the value returned might be less than the true string length. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char *z){ + if( z==0 ) return 0; + return 0x3fffffff & (int)strlen(z); +} + +/* +** Return the declared type of a column. Or return zDflt if the column +** has no declared type. +** +** The column type is an extra string stored after the zero-terminator on +** the column name if and only if the COLFLAG_HASTYPE flag is set. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3ColumnType(Column *pCol, char *zDflt){ + if( (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_HASTYPE)==0 ) return zDflt; + return pCol->zName + strlen(pCol->zName) + 1; +} + +/* +** Helper function for sqlite3Error() - called rarely. Broken out into +** a separate routine to avoid unnecessary register saves on entry to +** sqlite3Error(). +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE void sqlite3ErrorFinish(sqlite3 *db, int err_code){ + if( db->pErr ) sqlite3ValueSetNull(db->pErr); + sqlite3SystemError(db, err_code); +} + +/* +** Set the current error code to err_code and clear any prior error message. +** Also set iSysErrno (by calling sqlite3System) if the err_code indicates +** that would be appropriate. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code){ + assert( db!=0 ); + db->errCode = err_code; + if( err_code || db->pErr ) sqlite3ErrorFinish(db, err_code); +} + +/* +** Load the sqlite3.iSysErrno field if that is an appropriate thing +** to do based on the SQLite error code in rc. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SystemError(sqlite3 *db, int rc){ + if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) return; + rc &= 0xff; + if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN || rc==SQLITE_IOERR ){ + db->iSysErrno = sqlite3OsGetLastError(db->pVfs); + } +} + +/* +** Set the most recent error code and error string for the sqlite +** handle "db". The error code is set to "err_code". +** +** If it is not NULL, string zFormat specifies the format of the +** error string in the style of the printf functions: The following +** format characters are allowed: +** +** %s Insert a string +** %z A string that should be freed after use +** %d Insert an integer +** %T Insert a token +** %S Insert the first element of a SrcList +** +** zFormat and any string tokens that follow it are assumed to be +** encoded in UTF-8. +** +** To clear the most recent error for sqlite handle "db", sqlite3Error +** should be called with err_code set to SQLITE_OK and zFormat set +** to NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat, ...){ + assert( db!=0 ); + db->errCode = err_code; + sqlite3SystemError(db, err_code); + if( zFormat==0 ){ + sqlite3Error(db, err_code); + }else if( db->pErr || (db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db))!=0 ){ + char *z; + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + } +} + +/* +** Add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and increment pParse->nErr. +** The following formatting characters are allowed: +** +** %s Insert a string +** %z A string that should be freed after use +** %d Insert an integer +** %T Insert a token +** %S Insert the first element of a SrcList +** +** This function should be used to report any error that occurs while +** compiling an SQL statement (i.e. within sqlite3_prepare()). The +** last thing the sqlite3_prepare() function does is copy the error +** stored by this function into the database handle using sqlite3Error(). +** Functions sqlite3Error() or sqlite3ErrorWithMsg() should be used +** during statement execution (sqlite3_step() etc.). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){ + char *zMsg; + va_list ap; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + zMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + if( db->suppressErr ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zMsg); + }else{ + pParse->nErr++; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->zErrMsg); + pParse->zErrMsg = zMsg; + pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } +} + +/* +** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing +** the quote characters. The conversion is done in-place. If the +** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine +** is a no-op. +** +** The input string must be zero-terminated. A new zero-terminator +** is added to the dequoted string. +** +** The return value is -1 if no dequoting occurs or the length of the +** dequoted string, exclusive of the zero terminator, if dequoting does +** occur. +** +** 2002-Feb-14: This routine is extended to remove MS-Access style +** brackets from around identifiers. For example: "[a-b-c]" becomes +** "a-b-c". +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Dequote(char *z){ + char quote; + int i, j; + if( z==0 ) return; + quote = z[0]; + if( !sqlite3Isquote(quote) ) return; + if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']'; + for(i=1, j=0;; i++){ + assert( z[i] ); + if( z[i]==quote ){ + if( z[i+1]==quote ){ + z[j++] = quote; + i++; + }else{ + break; + } + }else{ + z[j++] = z[i]; + } + } + z[j] = 0; +} + +/* +** Generate a Token object from a string +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TokenInit(Token *p, char *z){ + p->z = z; + p->n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); +} + +/* Convenient short-hand */ +#define UpperToLower sqlite3UpperToLower + +/* +** Some systems have stricmp(). Others have strcasecmp(). Because +** there is no consistency, we will define our own. +** +** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-30243-02494 The sqlite3_stricmp() and +** sqlite3_strnicmp() APIs allow applications and extensions to compare +** the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 strings in a +** case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case +** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_stricmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){ + if( zLeft==0 ){ + return zRight ? -1 : 0; + }else if( zRight==0 ){ + return 1; + } + return sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, zRight); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){ + unsigned char *a, *b; + int c; + a = (unsigned char *)zLeft; + b = (unsigned char *)zRight; + for(;;){ + c = (int)UpperToLower[*a] - (int)UpperToLower[*b]; + if( c || *a==0 ) break; + a++; + b++; + } + return c; +} +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight, int N){ + register unsigned char *a, *b; + if( zLeft==0 ){ + return zRight ? -1 : 0; + }else if( zRight==0 ){ + return 1; + } + a = (unsigned char *)zLeft; + b = (unsigned char *)zRight; + while( N-- > 0 && *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; } + return N<0 ? 0 : UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b]; +} + +/* +** The string z[] is an text representation of a real number. +** Convert this string to a double and write it into *pResult. +** +** The string z[] is length bytes in length (bytes, not characters) and +** uses the encoding enc. The string is not necessarily zero-terminated. +** +** Return TRUE if the result is a valid real number (or integer) and FALSE +** if the string is empty or contains extraneous text. Valid numbers +** are in one of these formats: +** +** [+-]digits[E[+-]digits] +** [+-]digits.[digits][E[+-]digits] +** [+-].digits[E[+-]digits] +** +** Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored for the purpose of determining +** validity. +** +** If some prefix of the input string is a valid number, this routine +** returns FALSE but it still converts the prefix and writes the result +** into *pResult. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult, int length, u8 enc){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + int incr; + const char *zEnd = z + length; + /* sign * significand * (10 ^ (esign * exponent)) */ + int sign = 1; /* sign of significand */ + i64 s = 0; /* significand */ + int d = 0; /* adjust exponent for shifting decimal point */ + int esign = 1; /* sign of exponent */ + int e = 0; /* exponent */ + int eValid = 1; /* True exponent is either not used or is well-formed */ + double result; + int nDigits = 0; + int nonNum = 0; /* True if input contains UTF16 with high byte non-zero */ + + assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + *pResult = 0.0; /* Default return value, in case of an error */ + + if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ + incr = 1; + }else{ + int i; + incr = 2; + assert( SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); + for(i=3-enc; i<length && z[i]==0; i+=2){} + nonNum = i<length; + zEnd = &z[i^1]; + z += (enc&1); + } + + /* skip leading spaces */ + while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z+=incr; + if( z>=zEnd ) return 0; + + /* get sign of significand */ + if( *z=='-' ){ + sign = -1; + z+=incr; + }else if( *z=='+' ){ + z+=incr; + } + + /* copy max significant digits to significand */ + while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) && s<((LARGEST_INT64-9)/10) ){ + s = s*10 + (*z - '0'); + z+=incr, nDigits++; + } + + /* skip non-significant significand digits + ** (increase exponent by d to shift decimal left) */ + while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) z+=incr, nDigits++, d++; + if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc; + + /* if decimal point is present */ + if( *z=='.' ){ + z+=incr; + /* copy digits from after decimal to significand + ** (decrease exponent by d to shift decimal right) */ + while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ + if( s<((LARGEST_INT64-9)/10) ){ + s = s*10 + (*z - '0'); + d--; + } + z+=incr, nDigits++; + } + } + if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc; + + /* if exponent is present */ + if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){ + z+=incr; + eValid = 0; + + /* This branch is needed to avoid a (harmless) buffer overread. The + ** special comment alerts the mutation tester that the correct answer + ** is obtained even if the branch is omitted */ + if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc; /*PREVENTS-HARMLESS-OVERREAD*/ + + /* get sign of exponent */ + if( *z=='-' ){ + esign = -1; + z+=incr; + }else if( *z=='+' ){ + z+=incr; + } + /* copy digits to exponent */ + while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ + e = e<10000 ? (e*10 + (*z - '0')) : 10000; + z+=incr; + eValid = 1; + } + } + + /* skip trailing spaces */ + while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z+=incr; + +do_atof_calc: + /* adjust exponent by d, and update sign */ + e = (e*esign) + d; + if( e<0 ) { + esign = -1; + e *= -1; + } else { + esign = 1; + } + + if( s==0 ) { + /* In the IEEE 754 standard, zero is signed. */ + result = sign<0 ? -(double)0 : (double)0; + } else { + /* Attempt to reduce exponent. + ** + ** Branches that are not required for the correct answer but which only + ** help to obtain the correct answer faster are marked with special + ** comments, as a hint to the mutation tester. + */ + while( e>0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/ + if( esign>0 ){ + if( s>=(LARGEST_INT64/10) ) break; /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ + s *= 10; + }else{ + if( s%10!=0 ) break; /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ + s /= 10; + } + e--; + } + + /* adjust the sign of significand */ + s = sign<0 ? -s : s; + + if( e==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/ + result = (double)s; + }else{ + LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0; + /* attempt to handle extremely small/large numbers better */ + if( e>307 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/ + if( e<342 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/ + while( e%308 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; } + if( esign<0 ){ + result = s / scale; + result /= 1.0e+308; + }else{ + result = s * scale; + result *= 1.0e+308; + } + }else{ assert( e>=342 ); + if( esign<0 ){ + result = 0.0*s; + }else{ + result = 1e308*1e308*s; /* Infinity */ + } + } + }else{ + /* 1.0e+22 is the largest power of 10 than can be + ** represented exactly. */ + while( e%22 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; } + while( e>0 ) { scale *= 1.0e+22; e -= 22; } + if( esign<0 ){ + result = s / scale; + }else{ + result = s * scale; + } + } + } + } + + /* store the result */ + *pResult = result; + + /* return true if number and no extra non-whitespace chracters after */ + return z==zEnd && nDigits>0 && eValid && nonNum==0; +#else + return !sqlite3Atoi64(z, pResult, length, enc); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */ +} + +/* +** Compare the 19-character string zNum against the text representation +** value 2^63: 9223372036854775808. Return negative, zero, or positive +** if zNum is less than, equal to, or greater than the string. +** Note that zNum must contain exactly 19 characters. +** +** Unlike memcmp() this routine is guaranteed to return the difference +** in the values of the last digit if the only difference is in the +** last digit. So, for example, +** +** compare2pow63("9223372036854775800", 1) +** +** will return -8. +*/ +static int compare2pow63(const char *zNum, int incr){ + int c = 0; + int i; + /* 012345678901234567 */ + const char *pow63 = "922337203685477580"; + for(i=0; c==0 && i<18; i++){ + c = (zNum[i*incr]-pow63[i])*10; + } + if( c==0 ){ + c = zNum[18*incr] - '8'; + testcase( c==(-1) ); + testcase( c==0 ); + testcase( c==(+1) ); + } + return c; +} + +/* +** Convert zNum to a 64-bit signed integer. zNum must be decimal. This +** routine does *not* accept hexadecimal notation. +** +** If the zNum value is representable as a 64-bit twos-complement +** integer, then write that value into *pNum and return 0. +** +** If zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808, return 2. This special +** case is broken out because while 9223372036854775808 cannot be a +** signed 64-bit integer, its negative -9223372036854775808 can be. +** +** If zNum is too big for a 64-bit integer and is not +** 9223372036854775808 or if zNum contains any non-numeric text, +** then return 1. +** +** length is the number of bytes in the string (bytes, not characters). +** The string is not necessarily zero-terminated. The encoding is +** given by enc. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum, int length, u8 enc){ + int incr; + u64 u = 0; + int neg = 0; /* assume positive */ + int i; + int c = 0; + int nonNum = 0; /* True if input contains UTF16 with high byte non-zero */ + const char *zStart; + const char *zEnd = zNum + length; + assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ + incr = 1; + }else{ + incr = 2; + assert( SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); + for(i=3-enc; i<length && zNum[i]==0; i+=2){} + nonNum = i<length; + zEnd = &zNum[i^1]; + zNum += (enc&1); + } + while( zNum<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*zNum) ) zNum+=incr; + if( zNum<zEnd ){ + if( *zNum=='-' ){ + neg = 1; + zNum+=incr; + }else if( *zNum=='+' ){ + zNum+=incr; + } + } + zStart = zNum; + while( zNum<zEnd && zNum[0]=='0' ){ zNum+=incr; } /* Skip leading zeros. */ + for(i=0; &zNum[i]<zEnd && (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i+=incr){ + u = u*10 + c - '0'; + } + if( u>LARGEST_INT64 ){ + *pNum = neg ? SMALLEST_INT64 : LARGEST_INT64; + }else if( neg ){ + *pNum = -(i64)u; + }else{ + *pNum = (i64)u; + } + testcase( i==18 ); + testcase( i==19 ); + testcase( i==20 ); + if( &zNum[i]<zEnd /* Extra bytes at the end */ + || (i==0 && zStart==zNum) /* No digits */ + || i>19*incr /* Too many digits */ + || nonNum /* UTF16 with high-order bytes non-zero */ + ){ + /* zNum is empty or contains non-numeric text or is longer + ** than 19 digits (thus guaranteeing that it is too large) */ + return 1; + }else if( i<19*incr ){ + /* Less than 19 digits, so we know that it fits in 64 bits */ + assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 ); + return 0; + }else{ + /* zNum is a 19-digit numbers. Compare it against 9223372036854775808. */ + c = compare2pow63(zNum, incr); + if( c<0 ){ + /* zNum is less than 9223372036854775808 so it fits */ + assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 ); + return 0; + }else if( c>0 ){ + /* zNum is greater than 9223372036854775808 so it overflows */ + return 1; + }else{ + /* zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808. Fits if negative. The + ** special case 2 overflow if positive */ + assert( u-1==LARGEST_INT64 ); + return neg ? 0 : 2; + } + } +} + +/* +** Transform a UTF-8 integer literal, in either decimal or hexadecimal, +** into a 64-bit signed integer. This routine accepts hexadecimal literals, +** whereas sqlite3Atoi64() does not. +** +** Returns: +** +** 0 Successful transformation. Fits in a 64-bit signed integer. +** 1 Integer too large for a 64-bit signed integer or is malformed +** 2 Special case of 9223372036854775808 +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(const char *z, i64 *pOut){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER + if( z[0]=='0' + && (z[1]=='x' || z[1]=='X') + ){ + u64 u = 0; + int i, k; + for(i=2; z[i]=='0'; i++){} + for(k=i; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[k]); k++){ + u = u*16 + sqlite3HexToInt(z[k]); + } + memcpy(pOut, &u, 8); + return (z[k]==0 && k-i<=16) ? 0 : 1; + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER */ + { + return sqlite3Atoi64(z, pOut, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8); + } +} + +/* +** If zNum represents an integer that will fit in 32-bits, then set +** *pValue to that integer and return true. Otherwise return false. +** +** This routine accepts both decimal and hexadecimal notation for integers. +** +** Any non-numeric characters that following zNum are ignored. +** This is different from sqlite3Atoi64() which requires the +** input number to be zero-terminated. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *zNum, int *pValue){ + sqlite_int64 v = 0; + int i, c; + int neg = 0; + if( zNum[0]=='-' ){ + neg = 1; + zNum++; + }else if( zNum[0]=='+' ){ + zNum++; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER + else if( zNum[0]=='0' + && (zNum[1]=='x' || zNum[1]=='X') + && sqlite3Isxdigit(zNum[2]) + ){ + u32 u = 0; + zNum += 2; + while( zNum[0]=='0' ) zNum++; + for(i=0; sqlite3Isxdigit(zNum[i]) && i<8; i++){ + u = u*16 + sqlite3HexToInt(zNum[i]); + } + if( (u&0x80000000)==0 && sqlite3Isxdigit(zNum[i])==0 ){ + memcpy(pValue, &u, 4); + return 1; + }else{ + return 0; + } + } +#endif + while( zNum[0]=='0' ) zNum++; + for(i=0; i<11 && (c = zNum[i] - '0')>=0 && c<=9; i++){ + v = v*10 + c; + } + + /* The longest decimal representation of a 32 bit integer is 10 digits: + ** + ** 1234567890 + ** 2^31 -> 2147483648 + */ + testcase( i==10 ); + if( i>10 ){ + return 0; + } + testcase( v-neg==2147483647 ); + if( v-neg>2147483647 ){ + return 0; + } + if( neg ){ + v = -v; + } + *pValue = (int)v; + return 1; +} + +/* +** Return a 32-bit integer value extracted from a string. If the +** string is not an integer, just return 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char *z){ + int x = 0; + if( z ) sqlite3GetInt32(z, &x); + return x; +} + +/* +** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows: +** +** KEY: +** A = 0xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit +** B = 1xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit +** C = xxxxxxxx 8 bits of data +** +** 7 bits - A +** 14 bits - BA +** 21 bits - BBA +** 28 bits - BBBA +** 35 bits - BBBBA +** 42 bits - BBBBBA +** 49 bits - BBBBBBA +** 56 bits - BBBBBBBA +** 64 bits - BBBBBBBBC +*/ + +/* +** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0]. +** The length of data write will be between 1 and 9 bytes. The number +** of bytes written is returned. +** +** A variable-length integer consists of the lower 7 bits of each byte +** for all bytes that have the 8th bit set and one byte with the 8th +** bit clear. Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full +** 8 bits and is the last byte. +*/ +static int SQLITE_NOINLINE putVarint64(unsigned char *p, u64 v){ + int i, j, n; + u8 buf[10]; + if( v & (((u64)0xff000000)<<32) ){ + p[8] = (u8)v; + v >>= 8; + for(i=7; i>=0; i--){ + p[i] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80); + v >>= 7; + } + return 9; + } + n = 0; + do{ + buf[n++] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80); + v >>= 7; + }while( v!=0 ); + buf[0] &= 0x7f; + assert( n<=9 ); + for(i=0, j=n-1; j>=0; j--, i++){ + p[i] = buf[j]; + } + return n; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){ + if( v<=0x7f ){ + p[0] = v&0x7f; + return 1; + } + if( v<=0x3fff ){ + p[0] = ((v>>7)&0x7f)|0x80; + p[1] = v&0x7f; + return 2; + } + return putVarint64(p,v); +} + +/* +** Bitmasks used by sqlite3GetVarint(). These precomputed constants +** are defined here rather than simply putting the constant expressions +** inline in order to work around bugs in the RVT compiler. +** +** SLOT_2_0 A mask for (0x7f<<14) | 0x7f +** +** SLOT_4_2_0 A mask for (0x7f<<28) | SLOT_2_0 +*/ +#define SLOT_2_0 0x001fc07f +#define SLOT_4_2_0 0xf01fc07f + + +/* +** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. +** Return the number of bytes read. The value is stored in *v. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){ + u32 a,b,s; + + a = *p; + /* a: p0 (unmasked) */ + if (!(a&0x80)) + { + *v = a; + return 1; + } + + p++; + b = *p; + /* b: p1 (unmasked) */ + if (!(b&0x80)) + { + a &= 0x7f; + a = a<<7; + a |= b; + *v = a; + return 2; + } + + /* Verify that constants are precomputed correctly */ + assert( SLOT_2_0 == ((0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) ); + assert( SLOT_4_2_0 == ((0xfU<<28) | (0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) ); + + p++; + a = a<<14; + a |= *p; + /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */ + if (!(a&0x80)) + { + a &= SLOT_2_0; + b &= 0x7f; + b = b<<7; + a |= b; + *v = a; + return 3; + } + + /* CSE1 from below */ + a &= SLOT_2_0; + p++; + b = b<<14; + b |= *p; + /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */ + if (!(b&0x80)) + { + b &= SLOT_2_0; + /* moved CSE1 up */ + /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ + a = a<<7; + a |= b; + *v = a; + return 4; + } + + /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */ + /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */ + /* 1:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */ + /* moved CSE1 up */ + /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ + b &= SLOT_2_0; + s = a; + /* s: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */ + + p++; + a = a<<14; + a |= *p; + /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */ + if (!(a&0x80)) + { + /* we can skip these cause they were (effectively) done above + ** while calculating s */ + /* a &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ + /* b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ + b = b<<7; + a |= b; + s = s>>18; + *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; + return 5; + } + + /* 2:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */ + s = s<<7; + s |= b; + /* s: p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */ + + p++; + b = b<<14; + b |= *p; + /* b: p1<<28 | p3<<14 | p5 (unmasked) */ + if (!(b&0x80)) + { + /* we can skip this cause it was (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */ + /* b &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ + a &= SLOT_2_0; + a = a<<7; + a |= b; + s = s>>18; + *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; + return 6; + } + + p++; + a = a<<14; + a |= *p; + /* a: p2<<28 | p4<<14 | p6 (unmasked) */ + if (!(a&0x80)) + { + a &= SLOT_4_2_0; + b &= SLOT_2_0; + b = b<<7; + a |= b; + s = s>>11; + *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; + return 7; + } + + /* CSE2 from below */ + a &= SLOT_2_0; + p++; + b = b<<14; + b |= *p; + /* b: p3<<28 | p5<<14 | p7 (unmasked) */ + if (!(b&0x80)) + { + b &= SLOT_4_2_0; + /* moved CSE2 up */ + /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ + a = a<<7; + a |= b; + s = s>>4; + *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; + return 8; + } + + p++; + a = a<<15; + a |= *p; + /* a: p4<<29 | p6<<15 | p8 (unmasked) */ + + /* moved CSE2 up */ + /* a &= (0x7f<<29)|(0x7f<<15)|(0xff); */ + b &= SLOT_2_0; + b = b<<8; + a |= b; + + s = s<<4; + b = p[-4]; + b &= 0x7f; + b = b>>3; + s |= b; + + *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; + + return 9; +} + +/* +** Read a 32-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. +** Return the number of bytes read. The value is stored in *v. +** +** If the varint stored in p[0] is larger than can fit in a 32-bit unsigned +** integer, then set *v to 0xffffffff. +** +** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the +** single-byte case. All code should use the MACRO version as +** this function assumes the single-byte case has already been handled. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){ + u32 a,b; + + /* The 1-byte case. Overwhelmingly the most common. Handled inline + ** by the getVarin32() macro */ + a = *p; + /* a: p0 (unmasked) */ +#ifndef getVarint32 + if (!(a&0x80)) + { + /* Values between 0 and 127 */ + *v = a; + return 1; + } +#endif + + /* The 2-byte case */ + p++; + b = *p; + /* b: p1 (unmasked) */ + if (!(b&0x80)) + { + /* Values between 128 and 16383 */ + a &= 0x7f; + a = a<<7; + *v = a | b; + return 2; + } + + /* The 3-byte case */ + p++; + a = a<<14; + a |= *p; + /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */ + if (!(a&0x80)) + { + /* Values between 16384 and 2097151 */ + a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); + b &= 0x7f; + b = b<<7; + *v = a | b; + return 3; + } + + /* A 32-bit varint is used to store size information in btrees. + ** Objects are rarely larger than 2MiB limit of a 3-byte varint. + ** A 3-byte varint is sufficient, for example, to record the size + ** of a 1048569-byte BLOB or string. + ** + ** We only unroll the first 1-, 2-, and 3- byte cases. The very + ** rare larger cases can be handled by the slower 64-bit varint + ** routine. + */ +#if 1 + { + u64 v64; + u8 n; + + p -= 2; + n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64); + assert( n>3 && n<=9 ); + if( (v64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)!=v64 ){ + *v = 0xffffffff; + }else{ + *v = (u32)v64; + } + return n; + } + +#else + /* For following code (kept for historical record only) shows an + ** unrolling for the 3- and 4-byte varint cases. This code is + ** slightly faster, but it is also larger and much harder to test. + */ + p++; + b = b<<14; + b |= *p; + /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */ + if (!(b&0x80)) + { + /* Values between 2097152 and 268435455 */ + b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); + a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); + a = a<<7; + *v = a | b; + return 4; + } + + p++; + a = a<<14; + a |= *p; + /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */ + if (!(a&0x80)) + { + /* Values between 268435456 and 34359738367 */ + a &= SLOT_4_2_0; + b &= SLOT_4_2_0; + b = b<<7; + *v = a | b; + return 5; + } + + /* We can only reach this point when reading a corrupt database + ** file. In that case we are not in any hurry. Use the (relatively + ** slow) general-purpose sqlite3GetVarint() routine to extract the + ** value. */ + { + u64 v64; + u8 n; + + p -= 4; + n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64); + assert( n>5 && n<=9 ); + *v = (u32)v64; + return n; + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Return the number of bytes that will be needed to store the given +** 64-bit integer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v){ + int i; + for(i=1; (v >>= 7)!=0; i++){ assert( i<10 ); } + return i; +} + + +/* +** Read or write a four-byte big-endian integer value. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8 *p){ +#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321 + u32 x; + memcpy(&x,p,4); + return x; +#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) \ + && defined(__GNUC__) && GCC_VERSION>=4003000 + u32 x; + memcpy(&x,p,4); + return __builtin_bswap32(x); +#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) \ + && defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1300 + u32 x; + memcpy(&x,p,4); + return _byteswap_ulong(x); +#else + testcase( p[0]&0x80 ); + return ((unsigned)p[0]<<24) | (p[1]<<16) | (p[2]<<8) | p[3]; +#endif +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){ +#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321 + memcpy(p,&v,4); +#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) \ + && defined(__GNUC__) && GCC_VERSION>=4003000 + u32 x = __builtin_bswap32(v); + memcpy(p,&x,4); +#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) \ + && defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1300 + u32 x = _byteswap_ulong(v); + memcpy(p,&x,4); +#else + p[0] = (u8)(v>>24); + p[1] = (u8)(v>>16); + p[2] = (u8)(v>>8); + p[3] = (u8)v; +#endif +} + + + +/* +** Translate a single byte of Hex into an integer. +** This routine only works if h really is a valid hexadecimal +** character: 0..9a..fA..F +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h){ + assert( (h>='0' && h<='9') || (h>='a' && h<='f') || (h>='A' && h<='F') ); +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII + h += 9*(1&(h>>6)); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC + h += 9*(1&~(h>>4)); +#endif + return (u8)(h & 0xf); +} + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) +/* +** Convert a BLOB literal of the form "x'hhhhhh'" into its binary +** value. Return a pointer to its binary value. Space to hold the +** binary value has been obtained from malloc and must be freed by +** the calling routine. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){ + char *zBlob; + int i; + + zBlob = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n/2 + 1); + n--; + if( zBlob ){ + for(i=0; i<n; i+=2){ + zBlob[i/2] = (sqlite3HexToInt(z[i])<<4) | sqlite3HexToInt(z[i+1]); + } + zBlob[i/2] = 0; + } + return zBlob; +} +#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL || SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */ + +/* +** Log an error that is an API call on a connection pointer that should +** not have been used. The "type" of connection pointer is given as the +** argument. The zType is a word like "NULL" or "closed" or "invalid". +*/ +static void logBadConnection(const char *zType){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, + "API call with %s database connection pointer", + zType + ); +} + +/* +** Check to make sure we have a valid db pointer. This test is not +** foolproof but it does provide some measure of protection against +** misuse of the interface such as passing in db pointers that are +** NULL or which have been previously closed. If this routine returns +** 1 it means that the db pointer is valid and 0 if it should not be +** dereferenced for any reason. The calling function should invoke +** SQLITE_MISUSE immediately. +** +** sqlite3SafetyCheckOk() requires that the db pointer be valid for +** use. sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk() allows a db pointer that failed to +** open properly and is not fit for general use but which can be +** used as an argument to sqlite3_errmsg() or sqlite3_close(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3 *db){ + u32 magic; + if( db==0 ){ + logBadConnection("NULL"); + return 0; + } + magic = db->magic; + if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN ){ + if( sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + logBadConnection("unopened"); + } + return 0; + }else{ + return 1; + } +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3 *db){ + u32 magic; + magic = db->magic; + if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK && + magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN && + magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + logBadConnection("invalid"); + return 0; + }else{ + return 1; + } +} + +/* +** Attempt to add, substract, or multiply the 64-bit signed value iB against +** the other 64-bit signed integer at *pA and store the result in *pA. +** Return 0 on success. Or if the operation would have resulted in an +** overflow, leave *pA unchanged and return 1. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){ + i64 iA = *pA; + testcase( iA==0 ); testcase( iA==1 ); + testcase( iB==-1 ); testcase( iB==0 ); + if( iB>=0 ){ + testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB ); + testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB - 1 ); + if( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA < iB ) return 1; + }else{ + testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 1 ); + testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 2 ); + if( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) > iB + 1 ) return 1; + } + *pA += iB; + return 0; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){ + testcase( iB==SMALLEST_INT64+1 ); + if( iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ + testcase( (*pA)==(-1) ); testcase( (*pA)==0 ); + if( (*pA)>=0 ) return 1; + *pA -= iB; + return 0; + }else{ + return sqlite3AddInt64(pA, -iB); + } +} +#define TWOPOWER32 (((i64)1)<<32) +#define TWOPOWER31 (((i64)1)<<31) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){ + i64 iA = *pA; + i64 iA1, iA0, iB1, iB0, r; + + iA1 = iA/TWOPOWER32; + iA0 = iA % TWOPOWER32; + iB1 = iB/TWOPOWER32; + iB0 = iB % TWOPOWER32; + if( iA1==0 ){ + if( iB1==0 ){ + *pA *= iB; + return 0; + } + r = iA0*iB1; + }else if( iB1==0 ){ + r = iA1*iB0; + }else{ + /* If both iA1 and iB1 are non-zero, overflow will result */ + return 1; + } + testcase( r==(-TWOPOWER31)-1 ); + testcase( r==(-TWOPOWER31) ); + testcase( r==TWOPOWER31 ); + testcase( r==TWOPOWER31-1 ); + if( r<(-TWOPOWER31) || r>=TWOPOWER31 ) return 1; + r *= TWOPOWER32; + if( sqlite3AddInt64(&r, iA0*iB0) ) return 1; + *pA = r; + return 0; +} + +/* +** Compute the absolute value of a 32-bit signed integer, of possible. Or +** if the integer has a value of -2147483648, return +2147483647 +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int x){ + if( x>=0 ) return x; + if( x==(int)0x80000000 ) return 0x7fffffff; + return -x; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES +/* +** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set at compile-time and if the database +** filename in zBaseFilename is a URI with the "8_3_names=1" parameter and +** if filename in z[] has a suffix (a.k.a. "extension") that is longer than +** three characters, then shorten the suffix on z[] to be the last three +** characters of the original suffix. +** +** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set to 2 at compile-time, then always +** do the suffix shortening regardless of URI parameter. +** +** Examples: +** +** test.db-journal => test.nal +** test.db-wal => test.wal +** test.db-shm => test.shm +** test.db-mj7f3319fa => test.9fa +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char *zBaseFilename, char *z){ +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES<2 + if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zBaseFilename, "8_3_names", 0) ) +#endif + { + int i, sz; + sz = sqlite3Strlen30(z); + for(i=sz-1; i>0 && z[i]!='/' && z[i]!='.'; i--){} + if( z[i]=='.' && ALWAYS(sz>i+4) ) memmove(&z[i+1], &z[sz-3], 4); + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Find (an approximate) sum of two LogEst values. This computation is +** not a simple "+" operator because LogEst is stored as a logarithmic +** value. +** +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst a, LogEst b){ + static const unsigned char x[] = { + 10, 10, /* 0,1 */ + 9, 9, /* 2,3 */ + 8, 8, /* 4,5 */ + 7, 7, 7, /* 6,7,8 */ + 6, 6, 6, /* 9,10,11 */ + 5, 5, 5, /* 12-14 */ + 4, 4, 4, 4, /* 15-18 */ + 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, /* 19-24 */ + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* 25-31 */ + }; + if( a>=b ){ + if( a>b+49 ) return a; + if( a>b+31 ) return a+1; + return a+x[a-b]; + }else{ + if( b>a+49 ) return b; + if( b>a+31 ) return b+1; + return b+x[b-a]; + } +} + +/* +** Convert an integer into a LogEst. In other words, compute an +** approximation for 10*log2(x). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEst(u64 x){ + static LogEst a[] = { 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 }; + LogEst y = 40; + if( x<8 ){ + if( x<2 ) return 0; + while( x<8 ){ y -= 10; x <<= 1; } + }else{ + while( x>255 ){ y += 40; x >>= 4; } /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/ + while( x>15 ){ y += 10; x >>= 1; } + } + return a[x&7] + y - 10; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* +** Convert a double into a LogEst +** In other words, compute an approximation for 10*log2(x). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(double x){ + u64 a; + LogEst e; + assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(a)==8 ); + if( x<=1 ) return 0; + if( x<=2000000000 ) return sqlite3LogEst((u64)x); + memcpy(&a, &x, 8); + e = (a>>52) - 1022; + return e*10; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS) || \ + defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4) || \ + defined(SQLITE_EXPLAIN_ESTIMATED_ROWS) +/* +** Convert a LogEst into an integer. +** +** Note that this routine is only used when one or more of various +** non-standard compile-time options is enabled. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst x){ + u64 n; + n = x%10; + x /= 10; + if( n>=5 ) n -= 2; + else if( n>=1 ) n -= 1; +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS) || \ + defined(SQLITE_EXPLAIN_ESTIMATED_ROWS) + if( x>60 ) return (u64)LARGEST_INT64; +#else + /* If only SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 is on, then the largest input + ** possible to this routine is 310, resulting in a maximum x of 31 */ + assert( x<=60 ); +#endif + return x>=3 ? (n+8)<<(x-3) : (n+8)>>(3-x); +} +#endif /* defined SCANSTAT or STAT4 or ESTIMATED_ROWS */ + +/************** End of util.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file hash.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables +** used in SQLite. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* #include <assert.h> */ + +/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the +** fields of the Hash structure. +** +** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew){ + assert( pNew!=0 ); + pNew->first = 0; + pNew->count = 0; + pNew->htsize = 0; + pNew->ht = 0; +} + +/* Remove all entries from a hash table. Reclaim all memory. +** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table +** to the empty state. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash *pH){ + HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */ + + assert( pH!=0 ); + elem = pH->first; + pH->first = 0; + sqlite3_free(pH->ht); + pH->ht = 0; + pH->htsize = 0; + while( elem ){ + HashElem *next_elem = elem->next; + sqlite3_free(elem); + elem = next_elem; + } + pH->count = 0; +} + +/* +** The hashing function. +*/ +static unsigned int strHash(const char *z){ + unsigned int h = 0; + unsigned char c; + while( (c = (unsigned char)*z++)!=0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/ + h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[c]; + } + return h; +} + + +/* Link pNew element into the hash table pH. If pEntry!=0 then also +** insert pNew into the pEntry hash bucket. +*/ +static void insertElement( + Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */ + struct _ht *pEntry, /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */ + HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */ +){ + HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */ + if( pEntry ){ + pHead = pEntry->count ? pEntry->chain : 0; + pEntry->count++; + pEntry->chain = pNew; + }else{ + pHead = 0; + } + if( pHead ){ + pNew->next = pHead; + pNew->prev = pHead->prev; + if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; } + else { pH->first = pNew; } + pHead->prev = pNew; + }else{ + pNew->next = pH->first; + if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; } + pNew->prev = 0; + pH->first = pNew; + } +} + + +/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets. +** +** The hash table might fail to resize if sqlite3_malloc() fails or +** if the new size is the same as the prior size. +** Return TRUE if the resize occurs and false if not. +*/ +static int rehash(Hash *pH, unsigned int new_size){ + struct _ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */ + HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */ + +#if SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT>0 + if( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht)>SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT ){ + new_size = SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT/sizeof(struct _ht); + } + if( new_size==pH->htsize ) return 0; +#endif + + /* The inability to allocates space for a larger hash table is + ** a performance hit but it is not a fatal error. So mark the + ** allocation as a benign. Use sqlite3Malloc()/memset(0) instead of + ** sqlite3MallocZero() to make the allocation, as sqlite3MallocZero() + ** only zeroes the requested number of bytes whereas this module will + ** use the actual amount of space allocated for the hash table (which + ** may be larger than the requested amount). + */ + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + new_ht = (struct _ht *)sqlite3Malloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) ); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + + if( new_ht==0 ) return 0; + sqlite3_free(pH->ht); + pH->ht = new_ht; + pH->htsize = new_size = sqlite3MallocSize(new_ht)/sizeof(struct _ht); + memset(new_ht, 0, new_size*sizeof(struct _ht)); + for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){ + unsigned int h = strHash(elem->pKey) % new_size; + next_elem = elem->next; + insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem); + } + return 1; +} + +/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an +** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key is +** also computed and returned in the *pH parameter. +*/ +static HashElem *findElementWithHash( + const Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */ + const char *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */ + unsigned int *pHash /* Write the hash value here */ +){ + HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ + int count; /* Number of elements left to test */ + unsigned int h; /* The computed hash */ + + if( pH->ht ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/ + struct _ht *pEntry; + h = strHash(pKey) % pH->htsize; + pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; + elem = pEntry->chain; + count = pEntry->count; + }else{ + h = 0; + elem = pH->first; + count = pH->count; + } + *pHash = h; + while( count-- ){ + assert( elem!=0 ); + if( sqlite3StrICmp(elem->pKey,pKey)==0 ){ + return elem; + } + elem = elem->next; + } + return 0; +} + +/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that +** element and a hash on the element's key. +*/ +static void removeElementGivenHash( + Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */ + HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */ + unsigned int h /* Hash value for the element */ +){ + struct _ht *pEntry; + if( elem->prev ){ + elem->prev->next = elem->next; + }else{ + pH->first = elem->next; + } + if( elem->next ){ + elem->next->prev = elem->prev; + } + if( pH->ht ){ + pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; + if( pEntry->chain==elem ){ + pEntry->chain = elem->next; + } + pEntry->count--; + assert( pEntry->count>=0 ); + } + sqlite3_free( elem ); + pH->count--; + if( pH->count==0 ){ + assert( pH->first==0 ); + assert( pH->count==0 ); + sqlite3HashClear(pH); + } +} + +/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key +** that matches pKey. Return the data for this element if it is +** found, or NULL if there is no match. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const char *pKey){ + HashElem *elem; /* The element that matches key */ + unsigned int h; /* A hash on key */ + + assert( pH!=0 ); + assert( pKey!=0 ); + elem = findElementWithHash(pH, pKey, &h); + return elem ? elem->data : 0; +} + +/* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey +** and the data is "data". +** +** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new +** element is created and NULL is returned. +** +** If another element already exists with the same key, then the +** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned. +** The key is not copied in this instance. If a malloc fails, then +** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged. +** +** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the +** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const char *pKey, void *data){ + unsigned int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */ + HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ + HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */ + + assert( pH!=0 ); + assert( pKey!=0 ); + elem = findElementWithHash(pH,pKey,&h); + if( elem ){ + void *old_data = elem->data; + if( data==0 ){ + removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h); + }else{ + elem->data = data; + elem->pKey = pKey; + } + return old_data; + } + if( data==0 ) return 0; + new_elem = (HashElem*)sqlite3Malloc( sizeof(HashElem) ); + if( new_elem==0 ) return data; + new_elem->pKey = pKey; + new_elem->data = data; + pH->count++; + if( pH->count>=10 && pH->count > 2*pH->htsize ){ + if( rehash(pH, pH->count*2) ){ + assert( pH->htsize>0 ); + h = strHash(pKey) % pH->htsize; + } + } + insertElement(pH, pH->ht ? &pH->ht[h] : 0, new_elem); + return 0; +} + +/************** End of hash.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file opcodes.c *****************************************/ +/* Automatically generated. Do not edit */ +/* See the tool/mkopcodec.tcl script for details. */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) \ + || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) \ + || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define OpHelp(X) "\0" X +#else +# define OpHelp(X) +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){ + static const char *const azName[] = { + /* 0 */ "Savepoint" OpHelp(""), + /* 1 */ "AutoCommit" OpHelp(""), + /* 2 */ "Transaction" OpHelp(""), + /* 3 */ "SorterNext" OpHelp(""), + /* 4 */ "PrevIfOpen" OpHelp(""), + /* 5 */ "NextIfOpen" OpHelp(""), + /* 6 */ "Prev" OpHelp(""), + /* 7 */ "Next" OpHelp(""), + /* 8 */ "Checkpoint" OpHelp(""), + /* 9 */ "JournalMode" OpHelp(""), + /* 10 */ "Vacuum" OpHelp(""), + /* 11 */ "VFilter" OpHelp("iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4'"), + /* 12 */ "VUpdate" OpHelp("data=r[P3@P2]"), + /* 13 */ "Goto" OpHelp(""), + /* 14 */ "Gosub" OpHelp(""), + /* 15 */ "InitCoroutine" OpHelp(""), + /* 16 */ "Yield" OpHelp(""), + /* 17 */ "MustBeInt" OpHelp(""), + /* 18 */ "Jump" OpHelp(""), + /* 19 */ "Not" OpHelp("r[P2]= !r[P1]"), + /* 20 */ "Once" OpHelp(""), + /* 21 */ "If" OpHelp(""), + /* 22 */ "IfNot" OpHelp(""), + /* 23 */ "SeekLT" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), + /* 24 */ "SeekLE" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), + /* 25 */ "SeekGE" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), + /* 26 */ "SeekGT" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), + /* 27 */ "Or" OpHelp("r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2])"), + /* 28 */ "And" OpHelp("r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2])"), + /* 29 */ "NoConflict" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), + /* 30 */ "NotFound" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), + /* 31 */ "Found" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), + /* 32 */ "NotExists" OpHelp("intkey=r[P3]"), + /* 33 */ "Last" OpHelp(""), + /* 34 */ "IsNull" OpHelp("if r[P1]==NULL goto P2"), + /* 35 */ "NotNull" OpHelp("if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2"), + /* 36 */ "Ne" OpHelp("if r[P1]!=r[P3] goto P2"), + /* 37 */ "Eq" OpHelp("if r[P1]==r[P3] goto P2"), + /* 38 */ "Gt" OpHelp("if r[P1]>r[P3] goto P2"), + /* 39 */ "Le" OpHelp("if r[P1]<=r[P3] goto P2"), + /* 40 */ "Lt" OpHelp("if r[P1]<r[P3] goto P2"), + /* 41 */ "Ge" OpHelp("if r[P1]>=r[P3] goto P2"), + /* 42 */ "SorterSort" OpHelp(""), + /* 43 */ "BitAnd" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2]"), + /* 44 */ "BitOr" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2]"), + /* 45 */ "ShiftLeft" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]<<r[P1]"), + /* 46 */ "ShiftRight" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]>>r[P1]"), + /* 47 */ "Add" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2]"), + /* 48 */ "Subtract" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1]"), + /* 49 */ "Multiply" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2]"), + /* 50 */ "Divide" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1]"), + /* 51 */ "Remainder" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1]"), + /* 52 */ "Concat" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1]"), + /* 53 */ "Sort" OpHelp(""), + /* 54 */ "BitNot" OpHelp("r[P1]= ~r[P1]"), + /* 55 */ "Rewind" OpHelp(""), + /* 56 */ "IdxLE" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), + /* 57 */ "IdxGT" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), + /* 58 */ "IdxLT" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), + /* 59 */ "IdxGE" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), + /* 60 */ "RowSetRead" OpHelp("r[P3]=rowset(P1)"), + /* 61 */ "RowSetTest" OpHelp("if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2"), + /* 62 */ "Program" OpHelp(""), + /* 63 */ "FkIfZero" OpHelp("if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2"), + /* 64 */ "IfPos" OpHelp("if r[P1]>0 then r[P1]-=P3, goto P2"), + /* 65 */ "IfNotZero" OpHelp("if r[P1]!=0 then r[P1]-=P3, goto P2"), + /* 66 */ "DecrJumpZero" OpHelp("if (--r[P1])==0 goto P2"), + /* 67 */ "IncrVacuum" OpHelp(""), + /* 68 */ "VNext" OpHelp(""), + /* 69 */ "Init" OpHelp("Start at P2"), + /* 70 */ "Return" OpHelp(""), + /* 71 */ "EndCoroutine" OpHelp(""), + /* 72 */ "HaltIfNull" OpHelp("if r[P3]=null halt"), + /* 73 */ "Halt" OpHelp(""), + /* 74 */ "Integer" OpHelp("r[P2]=P1"), + /* 75 */ "Int64" OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"), + /* 76 */ "String" OpHelp("r[P2]='P4' (len=P1)"), + /* 77 */ "Null" OpHelp("r[P2..P3]=NULL"), + /* 78 */ "SoftNull" OpHelp("r[P1]=NULL"), + /* 79 */ "Blob" OpHelp("r[P2]=P4 (len=P1)"), + /* 80 */ "Variable" OpHelp("r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4)"), + /* 81 */ "Move" OpHelp("r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3]"), + /* 82 */ "Copy" OpHelp("r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1]"), + /* 83 */ "SCopy" OpHelp("r[P2]=r[P1]"), + /* 84 */ "IntCopy" OpHelp("r[P2]=r[P1]"), + /* 85 */ "ResultRow" OpHelp("output=r[P1@P2]"), + /* 86 */ "CollSeq" OpHelp(""), + /* 87 */ "Function0" OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])"), + /* 88 */ "Function" OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])"), + /* 89 */ "AddImm" OpHelp("r[P1]=r[P1]+P2"), + /* 90 */ "RealAffinity" OpHelp(""), + /* 91 */ "Cast" OpHelp("affinity(r[P1])"), + /* 92 */ "Permutation" OpHelp(""), + /* 93 */ "Compare" OpHelp("r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3]"), + /* 94 */ "Column" OpHelp("r[P3]=PX"), + /* 95 */ "Affinity" OpHelp("affinity(r[P1@P2])"), + /* 96 */ "MakeRecord" OpHelp("r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])"), + /* 97 */ "String8" OpHelp("r[P2]='P4'"), + /* 98 */ "Count" OpHelp("r[P2]=count()"), + /* 99 */ "ReadCookie" OpHelp(""), + /* 100 */ "SetCookie" OpHelp(""), + /* 101 */ "ReopenIdx" OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"), + /* 102 */ "OpenRead" OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"), + /* 103 */ "OpenWrite" OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"), + /* 104 */ "OpenAutoindex" OpHelp("nColumn=P2"), + /* 105 */ "OpenEphemeral" OpHelp("nColumn=P2"), + /* 106 */ "SorterOpen" OpHelp(""), + /* 107 */ "SequenceTest" OpHelp("if( cursor[P1].ctr++ ) pc = P2"), + /* 108 */ "OpenPseudo" OpHelp("P3 columns in r[P2]"), + /* 109 */ "Close" OpHelp(""), + /* 110 */ "ColumnsUsed" OpHelp(""), + /* 111 */ "Sequence" OpHelp("r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++"), + /* 112 */ "NewRowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"), + /* 113 */ "Insert" OpHelp("intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]"), + /* 114 */ "InsertInt" OpHelp("intkey=P3 data=r[P2]"), + /* 115 */ "Delete" OpHelp(""), + /* 116 */ "ResetCount" OpHelp(""), + /* 117 */ "SorterCompare" OpHelp("if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2"), + /* 118 */ "SorterData" OpHelp("r[P2]=data"), + /* 119 */ "RowKey" OpHelp("r[P2]=key"), + /* 120 */ "RowData" OpHelp("r[P2]=data"), + /* 121 */ "Rowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"), + /* 122 */ "NullRow" OpHelp(""), + /* 123 */ "SorterInsert" OpHelp(""), + /* 124 */ "IdxInsert" OpHelp("key=r[P2]"), + /* 125 */ "IdxDelete" OpHelp("key=r[P2@P3]"), + /* 126 */ "Seek" OpHelp("Move P3 to P1.rowid"), + /* 127 */ "IdxRowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"), + /* 128 */ "Destroy" OpHelp(""), + /* 129 */ "Clear" OpHelp(""), + /* 130 */ "ResetSorter" OpHelp(""), + /* 131 */ "CreateIndex" OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1"), + /* 132 */ "CreateTable" OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1"), + /* 133 */ "Real" OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"), + /* 134 */ "ParseSchema" OpHelp(""), + /* 135 */ "LoadAnalysis" OpHelp(""), + /* 136 */ "DropTable" OpHelp(""), + /* 137 */ "DropIndex" OpHelp(""), + /* 138 */ "DropTrigger" OpHelp(""), + /* 139 */ "IntegrityCk" OpHelp(""), + /* 140 */ "RowSetAdd" OpHelp("rowset(P1)=r[P2]"), + /* 141 */ "Param" OpHelp(""), + /* 142 */ "FkCounter" OpHelp("fkctr[P1]+=P2"), + /* 143 */ "MemMax" OpHelp("r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])"), + /* 144 */ "OffsetLimit" OpHelp("if r[P1]>0 then r[P2]=r[P1]+max(0,r[P3]) else r[P2]=(-1)"), + /* 145 */ "AggStep0" OpHelp("accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])"), + /* 146 */ "AggStep" OpHelp("accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])"), + /* 147 */ "AggFinal" OpHelp("accum=r[P1] N=P2"), + /* 148 */ "Expire" OpHelp(""), + /* 149 */ "TableLock" OpHelp("iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3"), + /* 150 */ "VBegin" OpHelp(""), + /* 151 */ "VCreate" OpHelp(""), + /* 152 */ "VDestroy" OpHelp(""), + /* 153 */ "VOpen" OpHelp(""), + /* 154 */ "VColumn" OpHelp("r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)"), + /* 155 */ "VRename" OpHelp(""), + /* 156 */ "Pagecount" OpHelp(""), + /* 157 */ "MaxPgcnt" OpHelp(""), + /* 158 */ "CursorHint" OpHelp(""), + /* 159 */ "Noop" OpHelp(""), + /* 160 */ "Explain" OpHelp(""), + }; + return azName[i]; +} +#endif + +/************** End of opcodes.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file os_unix.c *****************************************/ +/* +** 2004 May 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains the VFS implementation for unix-like operating systems +** include Linux, MacOSX, *BSD, QNX, VxWorks, AIX, HPUX, and others. +** +** There are actually several different VFS implementations in this file. +** The differences are in the way that file locking is done. The default +** implementation uses Posix Advisory Locks. Alternative implementations +** use flock(), dot-files, various proprietary locking schemas, or simply +** skip locking all together. +** +** This source file is organized into divisions where the logic for various +** subfunctions is contained within the appropriate division. PLEASE +** KEEP THE STRUCTURE OF THIS FILE INTACT. New code should be placed +** in the correct division and should be clearly labeled. +** +** The layout of divisions is as follows: +** +** * General-purpose declarations and utility functions. +** * Unique file ID logic used by VxWorks. +** * Various locking primitive implementations (all except proxy locking): +** + for Posix Advisory Locks +** + for no-op locks +** + for dot-file locks +** + for flock() locking +** + for named semaphore locks (VxWorks only) +** + for AFP filesystem locks (MacOSX only) +** * sqlite3_file methods not associated with locking. +** * Definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects for all locking +** methods plus "finder" functions for each locking method. +** * sqlite3_vfs method implementations. +** * Locking primitives for the proxy uber-locking-method. (MacOSX only) +** * Definitions of sqlite3_vfs objects for all locking methods +** plus implementations of sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end(). +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX /* This file is used on unix only */ + +/* +** There are various methods for file locking used for concurrency +** control: +** +** 1. POSIX locking (the default), +** 2. No locking, +** 3. Dot-file locking, +** 4. flock() locking, +** 5. AFP locking (OSX only), +** 6. Named POSIX semaphores (VXWorks only), +** 7. proxy locking. (OSX only) +** +** Styles 4, 5, and 7 are only available of SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +** is defined to 1. The SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE also enables automatic +** selection of the appropriate locking style based on the filesystem +** where the database is located. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE) +# if defined(__APPLE__) +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1 +# else +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* Use pread() and pwrite() if they are available */ +#if defined(__APPLE__) +# define HAVE_PREAD 1 +# define HAVE_PWRITE 1 +#endif +#if defined(HAVE_PREAD64) && defined(HAVE_PWRITE64) +# undef USE_PREAD +# define USE_PREAD64 1 +#elif defined(HAVE_PREAD) && defined(HAVE_PWRITE) +# undef USE_PREAD64 +# define USE_PREAD 1 +#endif + +/* +** standard include files. +*/ +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <unistd.h> +/* #include <time.h> */ +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <errno.h> +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 +# include <sys/mman.h> +#endif + +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +# include <sys/ioctl.h> +# include <sys/file.h> +# include <sys/param.h> +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ + +#if defined(__APPLE__) && ((__MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 1050) || \ + (__IPHONE_OS_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 2000)) +# if (!defined(TARGET_OS_EMBEDDED) || (TARGET_OS_EMBEDDED==0)) \ + && (!defined(TARGET_IPHONE_SIMULATOR) || (TARGET_IPHONE_SIMULATOR==0)) +# define HAVE_GETHOSTUUID 1 +# else +# warning "gethostuuid() is disabled." +# endif +#endif + + +#if OS_VXWORKS +/* # include <sys/ioctl.h> */ +# include <semaphore.h> +# include <limits.h> +#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ + +#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +# include <sys/mount.h> +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_UTIME +# include <utime.h> +#endif + +/* +** Allowed values of unixFile.fsFlags +*/ +#define SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS 0x1 + +/* +** If we are to be thread-safe, include the pthreads header and define +** the SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro. +*/ +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE +/* # include <pthread.h> */ +# define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1 +#endif + +/* +** Default permissions when creating a new file +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS 0644 +#endif + +/* +** Default permissions when creating auto proxy dir +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS 0755 +#endif + +/* +** Maximum supported path-length. +*/ +#define MAX_PATHNAME 512 + +/* +** Maximum supported symbolic links +*/ +#define SQLITE_MAX_SYMLINKS 100 + +/* Always cast the getpid() return type for compatibility with +** kernel modules in VxWorks. */ +#define osGetpid(X) (pid_t)getpid() + +/* +** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not +** a normal expected return code of SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_OK +*/ +#define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x) ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY)) + +/* Forward references */ +typedef struct unixShm unixShm; /* Connection shared memory */ +typedef struct unixShmNode unixShmNode; /* Shared memory instance */ +typedef struct unixInodeInfo unixInodeInfo; /* An i-node */ +typedef struct UnixUnusedFd UnixUnusedFd; /* An unused file descriptor */ + +/* +** Sometimes, after a file handle is closed by SQLite, the file descriptor +** cannot be closed immediately. In these cases, instances of the following +** structure are used to store the file descriptor while waiting for an +** opportunity to either close or reuse it. +*/ +struct UnixUnusedFd { + int fd; /* File descriptor to close */ + int flags; /* Flags this file descriptor was opened with */ + UnixUnusedFd *pNext; /* Next unused file descriptor on same file */ +}; + +/* +** The unixFile structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific to the unix +** VFS implementations. +*/ +typedef struct unixFile unixFile; +struct unixFile { + sqlite3_io_methods const *pMethod; /* Always the first entry */ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS that created this unixFile */ + unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* Info about locks on this inode */ + int h; /* The file descriptor */ + unsigned char eFileLock; /* The type of lock held on this fd */ + unsigned short int ctrlFlags; /* Behavioral bits. UNIXFILE_* flags */ + int lastErrno; /* The unix errno from last I/O error */ + void *lockingContext; /* Locking style specific state */ + UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; /* Pre-allocated UnixUnusedFd */ + const char *zPath; /* Name of the file */ + unixShm *pShm; /* Shared memory segment information */ + int szChunk; /* Configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */ +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + int nFetchOut; /* Number of outstanding xFetch refs */ + sqlite3_int64 mmapSize; /* Usable size of mapping at pMapRegion */ + sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeActual; /* Actual size of mapping at pMapRegion */ + sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeMax; /* Configured FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE value */ + void *pMapRegion; /* Memory mapped region */ +#endif +#ifdef __QNXNTO__ + int sectorSize; /* Device sector size */ + int deviceCharacteristics; /* Precomputed device characteristics */ +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + int openFlags; /* The flags specified at open() */ +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || defined(__APPLE__) + unsigned fsFlags; /* cached details from statfs() */ +#endif +#if OS_VXWORKS + struct vxworksFileId *pId; /* Unique file ID */ +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* The next group of variables are used to track whether or not the + ** transaction counter in bytes 24-27 of database files are updated + ** whenever any part of the database changes. An assertion fault will + ** occur if a file is updated without also updating the transaction + ** counter. This test is made to avoid new problems similar to the + ** one described by ticket #3584. + */ + unsigned char transCntrChng; /* True if the transaction counter changed */ + unsigned char dbUpdate; /* True if any part of database file changed */ + unsigned char inNormalWrite; /* True if in a normal write operation */ + +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that + ** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c. + */ + char aPadding[32]; +#endif +}; + +/* This variable holds the process id (pid) from when the xRandomness() +** method was called. If xOpen() is called from a different process id, +** indicating that a fork() has occurred, the PRNG will be reset. +*/ +static pid_t randomnessPid = 0; + +/* +** Allowed values for the unixFile.ctrlFlags bitmask: +*/ +#define UNIXFILE_EXCL 0x01 /* Connections from one process only */ +#define UNIXFILE_RDONLY 0x02 /* Connection is read only */ +#define UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL 0x04 /* Persistent WAL mode */ +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC +# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC 0x08 /* Directory sync needed */ +#else +# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC 0x00 +#endif +#define UNIXFILE_PSOW 0x10 /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */ +#define UNIXFILE_DELETE 0x20 /* Delete on close */ +#define UNIXFILE_URI 0x40 /* Filename might have query parameters */ +#define UNIXFILE_NOLOCK 0x80 /* Do no file locking */ + +/* +** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files +*/ +/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_unix.c ***************/ +/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/ +/* +** 2004 May 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to +** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those +** files. +** +** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a +** general purpose header file. +*/ +#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_ +#define _OS_COMMON_H_ + +/* +** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG +** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the +** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time. +*/ +#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG +# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead." +#endif + +/* +** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works +** on i486 hardware. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE + +/* +** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing +** high-performance timing routines. +*/ +/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/ +/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 May 27 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance" +** counters for x86 class CPUs. +*/ +#ifndef _HWTIME_H_ +#define _HWTIME_H_ + +/* +** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors. +** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the +** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res +** profiling. +*/ +#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \ + (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)) + + #if defined(__GNUC__) + + __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + unsigned int lo, hi; + __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi)); + return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo; + } + + #elif defined(_MSC_VER) + + __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + __asm { + rdtsc + ret ; return value at EDX:EAX + } + } + + #endif + +#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)) + + __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + unsigned long val; + __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); + return val; + } + +#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) + + __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + unsigned long long retval; + unsigned long junk; + __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\ + 1: mftbu %1\n\ + mftb %L0\n\ + mftbu %0\n\ + cmpw %0,%1\n\ + bne 1b" + : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk)); + return retval; + } + +#else + + #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform. + + /* + ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform, + ** you can remove the above #error and use the following + ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many + ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at + ** least compile and run. + */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); } + +#endif + +#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */ + +/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/ + +static sqlite_uint64 g_start; +static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed; +#define TIMER_START g_start=sqlite3Hwtime() +#define TIMER_END g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start +#define TIMER_ELAPSED g_elapsed +#else +#define TIMER_START +#define TIMER_END +#define TIMER_ELAPSED ((sqlite_uint64)0) +#endif + +/* +** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block +** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This +** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit; +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_persist; +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_benign; +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_diskfull_pending; +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_diskfull; +#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X) +#define SimulateIOError(CODE) \ + if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \ + || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ) \ + { local_ioerr(); CODE; } +static void local_ioerr(){ + IOTRACE(("IOERR\n")); + sqlite3_io_error_hit++; + if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++; +} +#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \ + if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \ + if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \ + local_ioerr(); \ + sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \ + sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \ + CODE; \ + }else{ \ + sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \ + } \ + } +#else +#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) +#define SimulateIOError(A) +#define SimulateDiskfullError(A) +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) */ + +/* +** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_open_file_count; +#define OpenCounter(X) sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X) +#else +#define OpenCounter(X) +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) */ + +#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */ + +/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in os_unix.c ********************/ + +/* +** Define various macros that are missing from some systems. +*/ +#ifndef O_LARGEFILE +# define O_LARGEFILE 0 +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS +# undef O_LARGEFILE +# define O_LARGEFILE 0 +#endif +#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW +# define O_NOFOLLOW 0 +#endif +#ifndef O_BINARY +# define O_BINARY 0 +#endif + +/* +** The threadid macro resolves to the thread-id or to 0. Used for +** testing and debugging only. +*/ +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE +#define threadid pthread_self() +#else +#define threadid 0 +#endif + +/* +** HAVE_MREMAP defaults to true on Linux and false everywhere else. +*/ +#if !defined(HAVE_MREMAP) +# if defined(__linux__) && defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define HAVE_MREMAP 1 +# else +# define HAVE_MREMAP 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* +** Explicitly call the 64-bit version of lseek() on Android. Otherwise, lseek() +** is the 32-bit version, even if _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 is defined. +*/ +#ifdef __ANDROID__ +# define lseek lseek64 +#endif + +/* +** Different Unix systems declare open() in different ways. Same use +** open(const char*,int,mode_t). Others use open(const char*,int,...). +** The difference is important when using a pointer to the function. +** +** The safest way to deal with the problem is to always use this wrapper +** which always has the same well-defined interface. +*/ +static int posixOpen(const char *zFile, int flags, int mode){ + return open(zFile, flags, mode); +} + +/* Forward reference */ +static int openDirectory(const char*, int*); +static int unixGetpagesize(void); + +/* +** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that +** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during +** testing and sandboxing. The following array holds the names and pointers +** to all overrideable system calls. +*/ +static struct unix_syscall { + const char *zName; /* Name of the system call */ + sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */ + sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */ +} aSyscall[] = { + { "open", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posixOpen, 0 }, +#define osOpen ((int(*)(const char*,int,int))aSyscall[0].pCurrent) + + { "close", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)close, 0 }, +#define osClose ((int(*)(int))aSyscall[1].pCurrent) + + { "access", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)access, 0 }, +#define osAccess ((int(*)(const char*,int))aSyscall[2].pCurrent) + + { "getcwd", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)getcwd, 0 }, +#define osGetcwd ((char*(*)(char*,size_t))aSyscall[3].pCurrent) + + { "stat", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)stat, 0 }, +#define osStat ((int(*)(const char*,struct stat*))aSyscall[4].pCurrent) + +/* +** The DJGPP compiler environment looks mostly like Unix, but it +** lacks the fcntl() system call. So redefine fcntl() to be something +** that always succeeds. This means that locking does not occur under +** DJGPP. But it is DOS - what did you expect? +*/ +#ifdef __DJGPP__ + { "fstat", 0, 0 }, +#define osFstat(a,b,c) 0 +#else + { "fstat", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fstat, 0 }, +#define osFstat ((int(*)(int,struct stat*))aSyscall[5].pCurrent) +#endif + + { "ftruncate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ftruncate, 0 }, +#define osFtruncate ((int(*)(int,off_t))aSyscall[6].pCurrent) + + { "fcntl", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fcntl, 0 }, +#define osFcntl ((int(*)(int,int,...))aSyscall[7].pCurrent) + + { "read", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)read, 0 }, +#define osRead ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t))aSyscall[8].pCurrent) + +#if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + { "pread", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread, 0 }, +#else + { "pread", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, +#endif +#define osPread ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[9].pCurrent) + +#if defined(USE_PREAD64) + { "pread64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread64, 0 }, +#else + { "pread64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, +#endif +#define osPread64 ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off64_t))aSyscall[10].pCurrent) + + { "write", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)write, 0 }, +#define osWrite ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t))aSyscall[11].pCurrent) + +#if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + { "pwrite", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite, 0 }, +#else + { "pwrite", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, +#endif +#define osPwrite ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\ + aSyscall[12].pCurrent) + +#if defined(USE_PREAD64) + { "pwrite64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite64, 0 }, +#else + { "pwrite64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, +#endif +#define osPwrite64 ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off64_t))\ + aSyscall[13].pCurrent) + + { "fchmod", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fchmod, 0 }, +#define osFchmod ((int(*)(int,mode_t))aSyscall[14].pCurrent) + +#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE + { "fallocate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posix_fallocate, 0 }, +#else + { "fallocate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, +#endif +#define osFallocate ((int(*)(int,off_t,off_t))aSyscall[15].pCurrent) + + { "unlink", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)unlink, 0 }, +#define osUnlink ((int(*)(const char*))aSyscall[16].pCurrent) + + { "openDirectory", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)openDirectory, 0 }, +#define osOpenDirectory ((int(*)(const char*,int*))aSyscall[17].pCurrent) + + { "mkdir", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mkdir, 0 }, +#define osMkdir ((int(*)(const char*,mode_t))aSyscall[18].pCurrent) + + { "rmdir", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)rmdir, 0 }, +#define osRmdir ((int(*)(const char*))aSyscall[19].pCurrent) + +#if defined(HAVE_FCHOWN) + { "fchown", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fchown, 0 }, +#else + { "fchown", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, +#endif +#define osFchown ((int(*)(int,uid_t,gid_t))aSyscall[20].pCurrent) + + { "geteuid", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)geteuid, 0 }, +#define osGeteuid ((uid_t(*)(void))aSyscall[21].pCurrent) + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + { "mmap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mmap, 0 }, +#else + { "mmap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, +#endif +#define osMmap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t,int,int,int,off_t))aSyscall[22].pCurrent) + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + { "munmap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)munmap, 0 }, +#else + { "munmap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, +#endif +#define osMunmap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t))aSyscall[23].pCurrent) + +#if HAVE_MREMAP && (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0) + { "mremap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mremap, 0 }, +#else + { "mremap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, +#endif +#define osMremap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t,size_t,int,...))aSyscall[24].pCurrent) + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + { "getpagesize", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)unixGetpagesize, 0 }, +#else + { "getpagesize", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, +#endif +#define osGetpagesize ((int(*)(void))aSyscall[25].pCurrent) + +#if defined(HAVE_READLINK) + { "readlink", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)readlink, 0 }, +#else + { "readlink", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, +#endif +#define osReadlink ((ssize_t(*)(const char*,char*,size_t))aSyscall[26].pCurrent) + +#if defined(HAVE_LSTAT) + { "lstat", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)lstat, 0 }, +#else + { "lstat", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, +#endif +#define osLstat ((int(*)(const char*,struct stat*))aSyscall[27].pCurrent) + +}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */ + + +/* +** On some systems, calls to fchown() will trigger a message in a security +** log if they come from non-root processes. So avoid calling fchown() if +** we are not running as root. +*/ +static int robustFchown(int fd, uid_t uid, gid_t gid){ +#if defined(HAVE_FCHOWN) + return osGeteuid() ? 0 : osFchown(fd,uid,gid); +#else + return 0; +#endif +} + +/* +** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the +** "unix" VFSes. Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the +** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable +** system call named zName. +*/ +static int unixSetSystemCall( + sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed, /* The VFS pointer. Not used */ + const char *zName, /* Name of system call to override */ + sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc /* Pointer to new system call value */ +){ + unsigned int i; + int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed); + if( zName==0 ){ + /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default + ** settings and return NULL + */ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){ + if( aSyscall[i].pDefault ){ + aSyscall[i].pCurrent = aSyscall[i].pDefault; + } + } + }else{ + /* If zName is specified, operate on only the one system call + ** specified. + */ + for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){ + if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ){ + if( aSyscall[i].pDefault==0 ){ + aSyscall[i].pDefault = aSyscall[i].pCurrent; + } + rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pNewFunc==0 ) pNewFunc = aSyscall[i].pDefault; + aSyscall[i].pCurrent = pNewFunc; + break; + } + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the value of a system call. Return NULL if zName is not a +** recognized system call name. NULL is also returned if the system call +** is currently undefined. +*/ +static sqlite3_syscall_ptr unixGetSystemCall( + sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed, + const char *zName +){ + unsigned int i; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed); + for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){ + if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) return aSyscall[i].pCurrent; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Return the name of the first system call after zName. If zName==NULL +** then return the name of the first system call. Return NULL if zName +** is the last system call or if zName is not the name of a valid +** system call. +*/ +static const char *unixNextSystemCall(sqlite3_vfs *p, const char *zName){ + int i = -1; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); + if( zName ){ + for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aSyscall)-1; i++){ + if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) break; + } + } + for(i++; i<ArraySize(aSyscall); i++){ + if( aSyscall[i].pCurrent!=0 ) return aSyscall[i].zName; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Do not accept any file descriptor less than this value, in order to avoid +** opening database file using file descriptors that are commonly used for +** standard input, output, and error. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR +# define SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR 3 +#endif + +/* +** Invoke open(). Do so multiple times, until it either succeeds or +** fails for some reason other than EINTR. +** +** If the file creation mode "m" is 0 then set it to the default for +** SQLite. The default is SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS (normally +** 0644) as modified by the system umask. If m is not 0, then +** make the file creation mode be exactly m ignoring the umask. +** +** The m parameter will be non-zero only when creating -wal, -journal, +** and -shm files. We want those files to have *exactly* the same +** permissions as their original database, unadulterated by the umask. +** In that way, if a database file is -rw-rw-rw or -rw-rw-r-, and a +** transaction crashes and leaves behind hot journals, then any +** process that is able to write to the database will also be able to +** recover the hot journals. +*/ +static int robust_open(const char *z, int f, mode_t m){ + int fd; + mode_t m2 = m ? m : SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS; + while(1){ +#if defined(O_CLOEXEC) + fd = osOpen(z,f|O_CLOEXEC,m2); +#else + fd = osOpen(z,f,m2); +#endif + if( fd<0 ){ + if( errno==EINTR ) continue; + break; + } + if( fd>=SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR ) break; + osClose(fd); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, + "attempt to open \"%s\" as file descriptor %d", z, fd); + fd = -1; + if( osOpen("/dev/null", f, m)<0 ) break; + } + if( fd>=0 ){ + if( m!=0 ){ + struct stat statbuf; + if( osFstat(fd, &statbuf)==0 + && statbuf.st_size==0 + && (statbuf.st_mode&0777)!=m + ){ + osFchmod(fd, m); + } + } +#if defined(FD_CLOEXEC) && (!defined(O_CLOEXEC) || O_CLOEXEC==0) + osFcntl(fd, F_SETFD, osFcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC); +#endif + } + return fd; +} + +/* +** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The +** global mutex is used to protect the unixInodeInfo and +** vxworksFileId objects used by this file, all of which may be +** shared by multiple threads. +** +** Function unixMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex +** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() +** statements. e.g. +** +** unixEnterMutex() +** assert( unixMutexHeld() ); +** unixEnterLeave() +*/ +static void unixEnterMutex(void){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1)); +} +static void unixLeaveMutex(void){ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1)); +} +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +static int unixMutexHeld(void) { + return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1)); +} +#endif + + +#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE +/* +** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging +** binaries. This returns the string representation of the supplied +** integer lock-type. +*/ +static const char *azFileLock(int eFileLock){ + switch( eFileLock ){ + case NO_LOCK: return "NONE"; + case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED"; + case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED"; + case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING"; + case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE"; + } + return "ERROR"; +} +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE +/* +** Print out information about all locking operations. +** +** This routine is used for troubleshooting locks on multithreaded +** platforms. Enable by compiling with the -DSQLITE_LOCK_TRACE +** command-line option on the compiler. This code is normally +** turned off. +*/ +static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){ + char *zOpName, *zType; + int s; + int savedErrno; + if( op==F_GETLK ){ + zOpName = "GETLK"; + }else if( op==F_SETLK ){ + zOpName = "SETLK"; + }else{ + s = osFcntl(fd, op, p); + sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl unknown %d %d %d\n", fd, op, s); + return s; + } + if( p->l_type==F_RDLCK ){ + zType = "RDLCK"; + }else if( p->l_type==F_WRLCK ){ + zType = "WRLCK"; + }else if( p->l_type==F_UNLCK ){ + zType = "UNLCK"; + }else{ + assert( 0 ); + } + assert( p->l_whence==SEEK_SET ); + s = osFcntl(fd, op, p); + savedErrno = errno; + sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl %d %d %s %s %d %d %d %d\n", + threadid, fd, zOpName, zType, (int)p->l_start, (int)p->l_len, + (int)p->l_pid, s); + if( s==(-1) && op==F_SETLK && (p->l_type==F_RDLCK || p->l_type==F_WRLCK) ){ + struct flock l2; + l2 = *p; + osFcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2); + if( l2.l_type==F_RDLCK ){ + zType = "RDLCK"; + }else if( l2.l_type==F_WRLCK ){ + zType = "WRLCK"; + }else if( l2.l_type==F_UNLCK ){ + zType = "UNLCK"; + }else{ + assert( 0 ); + } + sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl-failure-reason: %s %d %d %d\n", + zType, (int)l2.l_start, (int)l2.l_len, (int)l2.l_pid); + } + errno = savedErrno; + return s; +} +#undef osFcntl +#define osFcntl lockTrace +#endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */ + +/* +** Retry ftruncate() calls that fail due to EINTR +** +** All calls to ftruncate() within this file should be made through +** this wrapper. On the Android platform, bypassing the logic below +** could lead to a corrupt database. +*/ +static int robust_ftruncate(int h, sqlite3_int64 sz){ + int rc; +#ifdef __ANDROID__ + /* On Android, ftruncate() always uses 32-bit offsets, even if + ** _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 is defined. This means it is unsafe to attempt to + ** truncate a file to any size larger than 2GiB. Silently ignore any + ** such attempts. */ + if( sz>(sqlite3_int64)0x7FFFFFFF ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else +#endif + do{ rc = osFtruncate(h,sz); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something +** useful to the clients of the sqlite3 functions. Specifically, it is +** intended to translate a variety of "try again" errors into SQLITE_BUSY +** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into +** SQLITE_IOERR +** +** Errors during initialization of locks, or file system support for locks, +** should handle ENOLCK, ENOTSUP, EOPNOTSUPP separately. +*/ +static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) { + assert( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) || + (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) || + (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK) || + (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK) ); + switch (posixError) { + case EACCES: + case EAGAIN: + case ETIMEDOUT: + case EBUSY: + case EINTR: + case ENOLCK: + /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support + * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */ + return SQLITE_BUSY; + + case EPERM: + return SQLITE_PERM; + + default: + return sqliteIOErr; + } +} + + +/****************************************************************************** +****************** Begin Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks *************** +** +** On most versions of unix, we can get a unique ID for a file by concatenating +** the device number and the inode number. But this does not work on VxWorks. +** On VxWorks, a unique file id must be based on the canonical filename. +** +** A pointer to an instance of the following structure can be used as a +** unique file ID in VxWorks. Each instance of this structure contains +** a copy of the canonical filename. There is also a reference count. +** The structure is reclaimed when the number of pointers to it drops to +** zero. +** +** There are never very many files open at one time and lookups are not +** a performance-critical path, so it is sufficient to put these +** structures on a linked list. +*/ +struct vxworksFileId { + struct vxworksFileId *pNext; /* Next in a list of them all */ + int nRef; /* Number of references to this one */ + int nName; /* Length of the zCanonicalName[] string */ + char *zCanonicalName; /* Canonical filename */ +}; + +#if OS_VXWORKS +/* +** All unique filenames are held on a linked list headed by this +** variable: +*/ +static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFileList = 0; + +/* +** Simplify a filename into its canonical form +** by making the following changes: +** +** * removing any trailing and duplicate / +** * convert /./ into just / +** * convert /A/../ where A is any simple name into just / +** +** Changes are made in-place. Return the new name length. +** +** The original filename is in z[0..n-1]. Return the number of +** characters in the simplified name. +*/ +static int vxworksSimplifyName(char *z, int n){ + int i, j; + while( n>1 && z[n-1]=='/' ){ n--; } + for(i=j=0; i<n; i++){ + if( z[i]=='/' ){ + if( z[i+1]=='/' ) continue; + if( z[i+1]=='.' && i+2<n && z[i+2]=='/' ){ + i += 1; + continue; + } + if( z[i+1]=='.' && i+3<n && z[i+2]=='.' && z[i+3]=='/' ){ + while( j>0 && z[j-1]!='/' ){ j--; } + if( j>0 ){ j--; } + i += 2; + continue; + } + } + z[j++] = z[i]; + } + z[j] = 0; + return j; +} + +/* +** Find a unique file ID for the given absolute pathname. Return +** a pointer to the vxworksFileId object. This pointer is the unique +** file ID. +** +** The nRef field of the vxworksFileId object is incremented before +** the object is returned. A new vxworksFileId object is created +** and added to the global list if necessary. +** +** If a memory allocation error occurs, return NULL. +*/ +static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFindFileId(const char *zAbsoluteName){ + struct vxworksFileId *pNew; /* search key and new file ID */ + struct vxworksFileId *pCandidate; /* For looping over existing file IDs */ + int n; /* Length of zAbsoluteName string */ + + assert( zAbsoluteName[0]=='/' ); + n = (int)strlen(zAbsoluteName); + pNew = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*pNew) + (n+1) ); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + pNew->zCanonicalName = (char*)&pNew[1]; + memcpy(pNew->zCanonicalName, zAbsoluteName, n+1); + n = vxworksSimplifyName(pNew->zCanonicalName, n); + + /* Search for an existing entry that matching the canonical name. + ** If found, increment the reference count and return a pointer to + ** the existing file ID. + */ + unixEnterMutex(); + for(pCandidate=vxworksFileList; pCandidate; pCandidate=pCandidate->pNext){ + if( pCandidate->nName==n + && memcmp(pCandidate->zCanonicalName, pNew->zCanonicalName, n)==0 + ){ + sqlite3_free(pNew); + pCandidate->nRef++; + unixLeaveMutex(); + return pCandidate; + } + } + + /* No match was found. We will make a new file ID */ + pNew->nRef = 1; + pNew->nName = n; + pNew->pNext = vxworksFileList; + vxworksFileList = pNew; + unixLeaveMutex(); + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Decrement the reference count on a vxworksFileId object. Free +** the object when the reference count reaches zero. +*/ +static void vxworksReleaseFileId(struct vxworksFileId *pId){ + unixEnterMutex(); + assert( pId->nRef>0 ); + pId->nRef--; + if( pId->nRef==0 ){ + struct vxworksFileId **pp; + for(pp=&vxworksFileList; *pp && *pp!=pId; pp = &((*pp)->pNext)){} + assert( *pp==pId ); + *pp = pId->pNext; + sqlite3_free(pId); + } + unixLeaveMutex(); +} +#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ +/*************** End of Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks **************** +******************************************************************************/ + + +/****************************************************************************** +*************************** Posix Advisory Locking **************************** +** +** POSIX advisory locks are broken by design. ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996) +** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process +** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set +** by the same process. It does not explicitly say so, but this implies +** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different +** file descriptor. Consider this test case: +** +** int fd1 = open("./file1", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644); +** int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644); +** +** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because +** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set +** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock +** on fd2, it works. I would have expected the second lock to +** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1. +** But not so. Since both locks came from the same process, the +** second overrides the first, even though they were on different +** file descriptors opened on different file names. +** +** This means that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access +** among competing threads of the same process. POSIX locks will work fine +** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not +** threads within the same process. +** +** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally +** on its own. Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the +** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the +** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in) +** and check for locks already existing on that inode. When locks are +** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the +** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same +** inode. +** +** (Aside: The use of inode numbers as unique IDs does not work on VxWorks. +** For VxWorks, we have to use the alternative unique ID system based on +** canonical filename and implemented in the previous division.) +** +** The sqlite3_file structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file +** descriptor. It is now a structure that holds the integer file +** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal +** locks on the corresponding inode. There is one locking structure +** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both unixFile structures +** point to the same locking structure. The locking structure keeps +** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt" +** field that tells us its internal lock status. cnt==0 means the +** file is unlocked. cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock. +** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file. +** +** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking +** structure. The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a +** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between +** a locked and an unlocked state. +** +** But wait: there are yet more problems with POSIX advisory locks. +** +** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks, +** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are +** released. To work around this problem, each unixInodeInfo object +** maintains a count of the number of pending locks on tha inode. +** When an attempt is made to close an unixFile, if there are +** other unixFile open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call +** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear. +** The unixInodeInfo structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to +** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock +** clears. +** +** Yet another problem: LinuxThreads do not play well with posix locks. +** +** Many older versions of linux use the LinuxThreads library which is +** not posix compliant. Under LinuxThreads, a lock created by thread +** A cannot be modified or overridden by a different thread B. +** Only thread A can modify the lock. Locking behavior is correct +** if the appliation uses the newer Native Posix Thread Library (NPTL) +** on linux - with NPTL a lock created by thread A can override locks +** in thread B. But there is no way to know at compile-time which +** threading library is being used. So there is no way to know at +** compile-time whether or not thread A can override locks on thread B. +** One has to do a run-time check to discover the behavior of the +** current process. +** +** SQLite used to support LinuxThreads. But support for LinuxThreads +** was dropped beginning with version 3.7.0. SQLite will still work with +** LinuxThreads provided that (1) there is no more than one connection +** per database file in the same process and (2) database connections +** do not move across threads. +*/ + +/* +** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used +** to locate a particular unixInodeInfo object. +*/ +struct unixFileId { + dev_t dev; /* Device number */ +#if OS_VXWORKS + struct vxworksFileId *pId; /* Unique file ID for vxworks. */ +#else + ino_t ino; /* Inode number */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open +** inode. Or, on LinuxThreads, there is one of these structures for +** each inode opened by each thread. +** +** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each unixFile +** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this +** object keeps a count of the number of unixFile pointing to it. +*/ +struct unixInodeInfo { + struct unixFileId fileId; /* The lookup key */ + int nShared; /* Number of SHARED locks held */ + unsigned char eFileLock; /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */ + unsigned char bProcessLock; /* An exclusive process lock is held */ + int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */ + unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* Shared memory associated with this inode */ + int nLock; /* Number of outstanding file locks */ + UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; /* Unused file descriptors to close */ + unixInodeInfo *pNext; /* List of all unixInodeInfo objects */ + unixInodeInfo *pPrev; /* .... doubly linked */ +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + unsigned long long sharedByte; /* for AFP simulated shared lock */ +#endif +#if OS_VXWORKS + sem_t *pSem; /* Named POSIX semaphore */ + char aSemName[MAX_PATHNAME+2]; /* Name of that semaphore */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** A lists of all unixInodeInfo objects. +*/ +static unixInodeInfo *inodeList = 0; + +/* +** +** This function - unixLogErrorAtLine(), is only ever called via the macro +** unixLogError(). +** +** It is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function and errno has been +** set. It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of +** errno and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from strerror() or +** strerror_r(). +** +** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that +** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). +** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that +** failed (e.g. "unlink", "open") and the associated file-system path, +** if any. +*/ +#define unixLogError(a,b,c) unixLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,__LINE__) +static int unixLogErrorAtLine( + int errcode, /* SQLite error code */ + const char *zFunc, /* Name of OS function that failed */ + const char *zPath, /* File path associated with error */ + int iLine /* Source line number where error occurred */ +){ + char *zErr; /* Message from strerror() or equivalent */ + int iErrno = errno; /* Saved syscall error number */ + + /* If this is not a threadsafe build (SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0), then use + ** the strerror() function to obtain the human-readable error message + ** equivalent to errno. Otherwise, use strerror_r(). + */ +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(HAVE_STRERROR_R) + char aErr[80]; + memset(aErr, 0, sizeof(aErr)); + zErr = aErr; + + /* If STRERROR_R_CHAR_P (set by autoconf scripts) or __USE_GNU is defined, + ** assume that the system provides the GNU version of strerror_r() that + ** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the error message. That pointer + ** may point to aErr[], or it may point to some static storage somewhere. + ** Otherwise, assume that the system provides the POSIX version of + ** strerror_r(), which always writes an error message into aErr[]. + ** + ** If the code incorrectly assumes that it is the POSIX version that is + ** available, the error message will often be an empty string. Not a + ** huge problem. Incorrectly concluding that the GNU version is available + ** could lead to a segfault though. + */ +#if defined(STRERROR_R_CHAR_P) || defined(__USE_GNU) + zErr = +# endif + strerror_r(iErrno, aErr, sizeof(aErr)-1); + +#elif SQLITE_THREADSAFE + /* This is a threadsafe build, but strerror_r() is not available. */ + zErr = ""; +#else + /* Non-threadsafe build, use strerror(). */ + zErr = strerror(iErrno); +#endif + + if( zPath==0 ) zPath = ""; + sqlite3_log(errcode, + "os_unix.c:%d: (%d) %s(%s) - %s", + iLine, iErrno, zFunc, zPath, zErr + ); + + return errcode; +} + +/* +** Close a file descriptor. +** +** We assume that close() almost always works, since it is only in a +** very sick application or on a very sick platform that it might fail. +** If it does fail, simply leak the file descriptor, but do log the +** error. +** +** Note that it is not safe to retry close() after EINTR since the +** file descriptor might have already been reused by another thread. +** So we don't even try to recover from an EINTR. Just log the error +** and move on. +*/ +static void robust_close(unixFile *pFile, int h, int lineno){ + if( osClose(h) ){ + unixLogErrorAtLine(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, "close", + pFile ? pFile->zPath : 0, lineno); + } +} + +/* +** Set the pFile->lastErrno. Do this in a subroutine as that provides +** a convenient place to set a breakpoint. +*/ +static void storeLastErrno(unixFile *pFile, int error){ + pFile->lastErrno = error; +} + +/* +** Close all file descriptors accumuated in the unixInodeInfo->pUnused list. +*/ +static void closePendingFds(unixFile *pFile){ + unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; + UnixUnusedFd *p; + UnixUnusedFd *pNext; + for(p=pInode->pUnused; p; p=pNext){ + pNext = p->pNext; + robust_close(pFile, p->fd, __LINE__); + sqlite3_free(p); + } + pInode->pUnused = 0; +} + +/* +** Release a unixInodeInfo structure previously allocated by findInodeInfo(). +** +** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held +** when this function is called. +*/ +static void releaseInodeInfo(unixFile *pFile){ + unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; + assert( unixMutexHeld() ); + if( ALWAYS(pInode) ){ + pInode->nRef--; + if( pInode->nRef==0 ){ + assert( pInode->pShmNode==0 ); + closePendingFds(pFile); + if( pInode->pPrev ){ + assert( pInode->pPrev->pNext==pInode ); + pInode->pPrev->pNext = pInode->pNext; + }else{ + assert( inodeList==pInode ); + inodeList = pInode->pNext; + } + if( pInode->pNext ){ + assert( pInode->pNext->pPrev==pInode ); + pInode->pNext->pPrev = pInode->pPrev; + } + sqlite3_free(pInode); + } + } +} + +/* +** Given a file descriptor, locate the unixInodeInfo object that +** describes that file descriptor. Create a new one if necessary. The +** return value might be uninitialized if an error occurs. +** +** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held +** when this function is called. +** +** Return an appropriate error code. +*/ +static int findInodeInfo( + unixFile *pFile, /* Unix file with file desc used in the key */ + unixInodeInfo **ppInode /* Return the unixInodeInfo object here */ +){ + int rc; /* System call return code */ + int fd; /* The file descriptor for pFile */ + struct unixFileId fileId; /* Lookup key for the unixInodeInfo */ + struct stat statbuf; /* Low-level file information */ + unixInodeInfo *pInode = 0; /* Candidate unixInodeInfo object */ + + assert( unixMutexHeld() ); + + /* Get low-level information about the file that we can used to + ** create a unique name for the file. + */ + fd = pFile->h; + rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf); + if( rc!=0 ){ + storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); +#if defined(EOVERFLOW) && defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS) + if( pFile->lastErrno==EOVERFLOW ) return SQLITE_NOLFS; +#endif + return SQLITE_IOERR; + } + +#ifdef __APPLE__ + /* On OS X on an msdos filesystem, the inode number is reported + ** incorrectly for zero-size files. See ticket #3260. To work + ** around this problem (we consider it a bug in OS X, not SQLite) + ** we always increase the file size to 1 by writing a single byte + ** prior to accessing the inode number. The one byte written is + ** an ASCII 'S' character which also happens to be the first byte + ** in the header of every SQLite database. In this way, if there + ** is a race condition such that another thread has already populated + ** the first page of the database, no damage is done. + */ + if( statbuf.st_size==0 && (pFile->fsFlags & SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS)!=0 ){ + do{ rc = osWrite(fd, "S", 1); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); + if( rc!=1 ){ + storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); + return SQLITE_IOERR; + } + rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf); + if( rc!=0 ){ + storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); + return SQLITE_IOERR; + } + } +#endif + + memset(&fileId, 0, sizeof(fileId)); + fileId.dev = statbuf.st_dev; +#if OS_VXWORKS + fileId.pId = pFile->pId; +#else + fileId.ino = statbuf.st_ino; +#endif + pInode = inodeList; + while( pInode && memcmp(&fileId, &pInode->fileId, sizeof(fileId)) ){ + pInode = pInode->pNext; + } + if( pInode==0 ){ + pInode = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*pInode) ); + if( pInode==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + memset(pInode, 0, sizeof(*pInode)); + memcpy(&pInode->fileId, &fileId, sizeof(fileId)); + pInode->nRef = 1; + pInode->pNext = inodeList; + pInode->pPrev = 0; + if( inodeList ) inodeList->pPrev = pInode; + inodeList = pInode; + }else{ + pInode->nRef++; + } + *ppInode = pInode; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if pFile has been renamed or unlinked since it was first opened. +*/ +static int fileHasMoved(unixFile *pFile){ +#if OS_VXWORKS + return pFile->pInode!=0 && pFile->pId!=pFile->pInode->fileId.pId; +#else + struct stat buf; + return pFile->pInode!=0 && + (osStat(pFile->zPath, &buf)!=0 || buf.st_ino!=pFile->pInode->fileId.ino); +#endif +} + + +/* +** Check a unixFile that is a database. Verify the following: +** +** (1) There is exactly one hard link on the file +** (2) The file is not a symbolic link +** (3) The file has not been renamed or unlinked +** +** Issue sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING,...) messages if anything is not right. +*/ +static void verifyDbFile(unixFile *pFile){ + struct stat buf; + int rc; + + /* These verifications occurs for the main database only */ + if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK ) return; + + rc = osFstat(pFile->h, &buf); + if( rc!=0 ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "cannot fstat db file %s", pFile->zPath); + return; + } + if( buf.st_nlink==0 ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "file unlinked while open: %s", pFile->zPath); + return; + } + if( buf.st_nlink>1 ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "multiple links to file: %s", pFile->zPath); + return; + } + if( fileHasMoved(pFile) ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "file renamed while open: %s", pFile->zPath); + return; + } +} + + +/* +** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified +** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut +** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value +** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. +*/ +static int unixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int reserved = 0; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); + + assert( pFile ); + assert( pFile->eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); + unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */ + + /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ + if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ + reserved = 1; + } + + /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. + */ +#ifndef __DJGPP__ + if( !reserved && !pFile->pInode->bProcessLock ){ + struct flock lock; + lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE; + lock.l_len = 1; + lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; + if( osFcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock) ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; + storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); + } else if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){ + reserved = 1; + } + } +#endif + + unixLeaveMutex(); + OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (unix)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); + + *pResOut = reserved; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Attempt to set a system-lock on the file pFile. The lock is +** described by pLock. +** +** If the pFile was opened read/write from unix-excl, then the only lock +** ever obtained is an exclusive lock, and it is obtained exactly once +** the first time any lock is attempted. All subsequent system locking +** operations become no-ops. Locking operations still happen internally, +** in order to coordinate access between separate database connections +** within this process, but all of that is handled in memory and the +** operating system does not participate. +** +** This function is a pass-through to fcntl(F_SETLK) if pFile is using +** any VFS other than "unix-excl" or if pFile is opened on "unix-excl" +** and is read-only. +** +** Zero is returned if the call completes successfully, or -1 if a call +** to fcntl() fails. In this case, errno is set appropriately (by fcntl()). +*/ +static int unixFileLock(unixFile *pFile, struct flock *pLock){ + int rc; + unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; + assert( unixMutexHeld() ); + assert( pInode!=0 ); + if( (pFile->ctrlFlags & (UNIXFILE_EXCL|UNIXFILE_RDONLY))==UNIXFILE_EXCL ){ + if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){ + struct flock lock; + assert( pInode->nLock==0 ); + lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; + lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; + lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; + rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock); + if( rc<0 ) return rc; + pInode->bProcessLock = 1; + pInode->nLock++; + }else{ + rc = 0; + } + }else{ + rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, pLock); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one +** of the following: +** +** (1) SHARED_LOCK +** (2) RESERVED_LOCK +** (3) PENDING_LOCK +** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK +** +** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states +** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later +** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but +** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed +** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: +** +** UNLOCKED -> SHARED +** SHARED -> RESERVED +** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE +** +** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() +** routine to lower a locking level. +*/ +static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ + /* The following describes the implementation of the various locks and + ** lock transitions in terms of the POSIX advisory shared and exclusive + ** lock primitives (called read-locks and write-locks below, to avoid + ** confusion with SQLite lock names). The algorithms are complicated + ** slightly in order to be compatible with Windows95 systems simultaneously + ** accessing the same database file, in case that is ever required. + ** + ** Symbols defined in os.h indentify the 'pending byte' and the 'reserved + ** byte', each single bytes at well known offsets, and the 'shared byte + ** range', a range of 510 bytes at a well known offset. + ** + ** To obtain a SHARED lock, a read-lock is obtained on the 'pending + ** byte'. If this is successful, 'shared byte range' is read-locked + ** and the lock on the 'pending byte' released. (Legacy note: When + ** SQLite was first developed, Windows95 systems were still very common, + ** and Widnows95 lacks a shared-lock capability. So on Windows95, a + ** single randomly selected by from the 'shared byte range' is locked. + ** Windows95 is now pretty much extinct, but this work-around for the + ** lack of shared-locks on Windows95 lives on, for backwards + ** compatibility.) + ** + ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock. + ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the + ** 'reserved byte'. + ** + ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a + ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock + ** on the 'pending byte'. This ensures that no new SHARED locks can be + ** obtained, but existing SHARED locks are allowed to persist. A process + ** does not have to obtain a RESERVED lock on the way to a PENDING lock. + ** This property is used by the algorithm for rolling back a journal file + ** after a crash. + ** + ** An EXCLUSIVE lock, obtained after a PENDING lock is held, is + ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte + ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes + ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the + ** database. + */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + unixInodeInfo *pInode; + struct flock lock; + int tErrno = 0; + + assert( pFile ); + OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h, + azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock), + azFileLock(pFile->pInode->eFileLock), pFile->pInode->nShared, + osGetpid(0))); + + /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the + ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as + ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. + */ + if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){ + OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s ok (already held) (unix)\n", pFile->h, + azFileLock(eFileLock))); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct. + ** (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock. + ** (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock. + ** (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested. + */ + assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); + assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); + assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); + + /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads + */ + unixEnterMutex(); + pInode = pFile->pInode; + + /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile* + ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY. + */ + if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && + (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK)) + ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + goto end_lock; + } + + /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already + ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and + ** return SQLITE_OK. + */ + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && + (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){ + assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); + assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 ); + assert( pInode->nShared>0 ); + pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; + pInode->nShared++; + pInode->nLock++; + goto end_lock; + } + + + /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before + ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will + ** be released. + */ + lock.l_len = 1L; + lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK + || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK) + ){ + lock.l_type = (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK?F_RDLCK:F_WRLCK); + lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE; + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){ + tErrno = errno; + rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); + if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ + storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); + } + goto end_lock; + } + } + + + /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make + ** operating system calls for the specified lock. + */ + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){ + assert( pInode->nShared==0 ); + assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 ); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + + /* Now get the read-lock */ + lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; + lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){ + tErrno = errno; + rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); + } + + /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */ + lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE; + lock.l_len = 1L; + lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* This could happen with a network mount */ + tErrno = errno; + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; + } + + if( rc ){ + if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ + storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); + } + goto end_lock; + }else{ + pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; + pInode->nLock++; + pInode->nShared = 1; + } + }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){ + /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this + ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + }else{ + /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock. It is + ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file + ** already. + */ + assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock ); + lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; + + assert( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + if( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK ){ + lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE; + lock.l_len = 1L; + }else{ + lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; + lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; + } + + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){ + tErrno = errno; + rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); + if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ + storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); + } + } + } + + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* Set up the transaction-counter change checking flags when + ** transitioning from a SHARED to a RESERVED lock. The change + ** from SHARED to RESERVED marks the beginning of a normal + ** write operation (not a hot journal rollback). + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK + && pFile->eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK + && eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK + ){ + pFile->transCntrChng = 0; + pFile->dbUpdate = 0; + pFile->inNormalWrite = 1; + } +#endif + + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; + pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock; + }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ + pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; + pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; + } + +end_lock: + unixLeaveMutex(); + OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), + rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Add the file descriptor used by file handle pFile to the corresponding +** pUnused list. +*/ +static void setPendingFd(unixFile *pFile){ + unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; + UnixUnusedFd *p = pFile->pUnused; + p->pNext = pInode->pUnused; + pInode->pUnused = p; + pFile->h = -1; + pFile->pUnused = 0; +} + +/* +** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock +** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. +** +** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below +** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. +** +** If handleNFSUnlock is true, then on downgrading an EXCLUSIVE_LOCK to SHARED +** the byte range is divided into 2 parts and the first part is unlocked then +** set to a read lock, then the other part is simply unlocked. This works +** around a bug in BSD NFS lockd (also seen on MacOSX 10.3+) that fails to +** remove the write lock on a region when a read lock is set. +*/ +static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){ + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + unixInodeInfo *pInode; + struct flock lock; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( pFile ); + OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, + pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared, + osGetpid(0))); + + assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); + if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + unixEnterMutex(); + pInode = pFile->pInode; + assert( pInode->nShared!=0 ); + if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ + assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock ); + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start + ** reading the database file again, make sure that the + ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database + ** file changed. If the transaction counter is not updated, + ** other connections to the same file might not realize that + ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their + ** cache. The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption. + */ + pFile->inNormalWrite = 0; +#endif + + /* downgrading to a shared lock on NFS involves clearing the write lock + ** before establishing the readlock - to avoid a race condition we downgrade + ** the lock in 2 blocks, so that part of the range will be covered by a + ** write lock until the rest is covered by a read lock: + ** 1: [WWWWW] + ** 2: [....W] + ** 3: [RRRRW] + ** 4: [RRRR.] + */ + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){ +#if !defined(__APPLE__) || !SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + (void)handleNFSUnlock; + assert( handleNFSUnlock==0 ); +#endif +#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + if( handleNFSUnlock ){ + int tErrno; /* Error code from system call errors */ + off_t divSize = SHARED_SIZE - 1; + + lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; + lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; + lock.l_len = divSize; + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){ + tErrno = errno; + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; + storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); + goto end_unlock; + } + lock.l_type = F_RDLCK; + lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; + lock.l_len = divSize; + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){ + tErrno = errno; + rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK); + if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ + storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); + } + goto end_unlock; + } + lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; + lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST+divSize; + lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE-divSize; + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){ + tErrno = errno; + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; + storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); + goto end_unlock; + } + }else +#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ + { + lock.l_type = F_RDLCK; + lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; + lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){ + /* In theory, the call to unixFileLock() cannot fail because another + ** process is holding an incompatible lock. If it does, this + ** indicates that the other process is not following the locking + ** protocol. If this happens, return SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK. Returning + ** SQLITE_BUSY would confuse the upper layer (in practice it causes + ** an assert to fail). */ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK; + storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); + goto end_unlock; + } + } + } + lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; + lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE; + lock.l_len = 2L; assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE ); + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){ + pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; + storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); + goto end_unlock; + } + } + if( eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){ + /* Decrement the shared lock counter. Release the lock using an + ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released + ** the lock. + */ + pInode->nShared--; + if( pInode->nShared==0 ){ + lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; + lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L; + if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){ + pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; + storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); + pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; + pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; + } + } + + /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file. When the + ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close + ** was deferred because of outstanding locks. + */ + pInode->nLock--; + assert( pInode->nLock>=0 ); + if( pInode->nLock==0 ){ + closePendingFds(pFile); + } + } + +end_unlock: + unixLeaveMutex(); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock +** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. +** +** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below +** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. +*/ +static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || ((unixFile *)id)->nFetchOut==0 ); +#endif + return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 0); +} + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 +static int unixMapfile(unixFile *pFd, i64 nByte); +static void unixUnmapfile(unixFile *pFd); +#endif + +/* +** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation +** common to all locking schemes. It closes the directory and file +** handles, if they are valid, and sets all fields of the unixFile +** structure to 0. +** +** It is *not* necessary to hold the mutex when this routine is called, +** even on VxWorks. A mutex will be acquired on VxWorks by the +** vxworksReleaseFileId() routine. +*/ +static int closeUnixFile(sqlite3_file *id){ + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + unixUnmapfile(pFile); +#endif + if( pFile->h>=0 ){ + robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__); + pFile->h = -1; + } +#if OS_VXWORKS + if( pFile->pId ){ + if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DELETE ){ + osUnlink(pFile->pId->zCanonicalName); + } + vxworksReleaseFileId(pFile->pId); + pFile->pId = 0; + } +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_UNLINK_AFTER_CLOSE + if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DELETE ){ + osUnlink(pFile->zPath); + sqlite3_free(*(char**)&pFile->zPath); + pFile->zPath = 0; + } +#endif + OSTRACE(("CLOSE %-3d\n", pFile->h)); + OpenCounter(-1); + sqlite3_free(pFile->pUnused); + memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Close a file. +*/ +static int unixClose(sqlite3_file *id){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id; + verifyDbFile(pFile); + unixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); + unixEnterMutex(); + + /* unixFile.pInode is always valid here. Otherwise, a different close + ** routine (e.g. nolockClose()) would be called instead. + */ + assert( pFile->pInode->nLock>0 || pFile->pInode->bProcessLock==0 ); + if( ALWAYS(pFile->pInode) && pFile->pInode->nLock ){ + /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just + ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file + ** descriptor to pInode->pUnused list. It will be automatically closed + ** when the last lock is cleared. + */ + setPendingFd(pFile); + } + releaseInodeInfo(pFile); + rc = closeUnixFile(id); + unixLeaveMutex(); + return rc; +} + +/************** End of the posix advisory lock implementation ***************** +******************************************************************************/ + +/****************************************************************************** +****************************** No-op Locking ********************************** +** +** Of the various locking implementations available, this is by far the +** simplest: locking is ignored. No attempt is made to lock the database +** file for reading or writing. +** +** This locking mode is appropriate for use on read-only databases +** (ex: databases that are burned into CD-ROM, for example.) It can +** also be used if the application employs some external mechanism to +** prevent simultaneous access of the same database by two or more +** database connections. But there is a serious risk of database +** corruption if this locking mode is used in situations where multiple +** database connections are accessing the same database file at the same +** time and one or more of those connections are writing. +*/ + +static int nolockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int *pResOut){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + *pResOut = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +static int nolockLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + return SQLITE_OK; +} +static int nolockUnlock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Close the file. +*/ +static int nolockClose(sqlite3_file *id) { + return closeUnixFile(id); +} + +/******************* End of the no-op lock implementation ********************* +******************************************************************************/ + +/****************************************************************************** +************************* Begin dot-file Locking ****************************** +** +** The dotfile locking implementation uses the existence of separate lock +** files (really a directory) to control access to the database. This works +** on just about every filesystem imaginable. But there are serious downsides: +** +** (1) There is zero concurrency. A single reader blocks all other +** connections from reading or writing the database. +** +** (2) An application crash or power loss can leave stale lock files +** sitting around that need to be cleared manually. +** +** Nevertheless, a dotlock is an appropriate locking mode for use if no +** other locking strategy is available. +** +** Dotfile locking works by creating a subdirectory in the same directory as +** the database and with the same name but with a ".lock" extension added. +** The existence of a lock directory implies an EXCLUSIVE lock. All other +** lock types (SHARED, RESERVED, PENDING) are mapped into EXCLUSIVE. +*/ + +/* +** The file suffix added to the data base filename in order to create the +** lock directory. +*/ +#define DOTLOCK_SUFFIX ".lock" + +/* +** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified +** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut +** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value +** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. +** +** In dotfile locking, either a lock exists or it does not. So in this +** variation of CheckReservedLock(), *pResOut is set to true if any lock +** is held on the file and false if the file is unlocked. +*/ +static int dotlockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int reserved = 0; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); + + assert( pFile ); + reserved = osAccess((const char*)pFile->lockingContext, 0)==0; + OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); + *pResOut = reserved; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one +** of the following: +** +** (1) SHARED_LOCK +** (2) RESERVED_LOCK +** (3) PENDING_LOCK +** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK +** +** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states +** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later +** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but +** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed +** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: +** +** UNLOCKED -> SHARED +** SHARED -> RESERVED +** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE +** +** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() +** routine to lower a locking level. +** +** With dotfile locking, we really only support state (4): EXCLUSIVE. +** But we track the other locking levels internally. +*/ +static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + + /* If we have any lock, then the lock file already exists. All we have + ** to do is adjust our internal record of the lock level. + */ + if( pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK ){ + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; + /* Always update the timestamp on the old file */ +#ifdef HAVE_UTIME + utime(zLockFile, NULL); +#else + utimes(zLockFile, NULL); +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* grab an exclusive lock */ + rc = osMkdir(zLockFile, 0777); + if( rc<0 ){ + /* failed to open/create the lock directory */ + int tErrno = errno; + if( EEXIST == tErrno ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + } else { + rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); + if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ + storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); + } + } + return rc; + } + + /* got it, set the type and return ok */ + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock +** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. +** +** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below +** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. +** +** When the locking level reaches NO_LOCK, delete the lock file. +*/ +static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext; + int rc; + + assert( pFile ); + OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, + pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0))); + assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); + + /* no-op if possible */ + if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* To downgrade to shared, simply update our internal notion of the + ** lock state. No need to mess with the file on disk. + */ + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){ + pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* To fully unlock the database, delete the lock file */ + assert( eFileLock==NO_LOCK ); + rc = osRmdir(zLockFile); + if( rc<0 ){ + int tErrno = errno; + if( tErrno==ENOENT ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; + storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); + } + return rc; + } + pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Close a file. Make sure the lock has been released before closing. +*/ +static int dotlockClose(sqlite3_file *id) { + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + assert( id!=0 ); + dotlockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); + sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext); + return closeUnixFile(id); +} +/****************** End of the dot-file lock implementation ******************* +******************************************************************************/ + +/****************************************************************************** +************************** Begin flock Locking ******************************** +** +** Use the flock() system call to do file locking. +** +** flock() locking is like dot-file locking in that the various +** fine-grain locking levels supported by SQLite are collapsed into +** a single exclusive lock. In other words, SHARED, RESERVED, and +** PENDING locks are the same thing as an EXCLUSIVE lock. SQLite +** still works when you do this, but concurrency is reduced since +** only a single process can be reading the database at a time. +** +** Omit this section if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE is turned off +*/ +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + +/* +** Retry flock() calls that fail with EINTR +*/ +#ifdef EINTR +static int robust_flock(int fd, int op){ + int rc; + do{ rc = flock(fd,op); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); + return rc; +} +#else +# define robust_flock(a,b) flock(a,b) +#endif + + +/* +** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified +** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut +** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value +** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. +*/ +static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int reserved = 0; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); + + assert( pFile ); + + /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ + if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ + reserved = 1; + } + + /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */ + if( !reserved ){ + /* attempt to get the lock */ + int lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB); + if( !lrc ){ + /* got the lock, unlock it */ + lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN); + if ( lrc ) { + int tErrno = errno; + /* unlock failed with an error */ + lrc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; + storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); + rc = lrc; + } + } else { + int tErrno = errno; + reserved = 1; + /* someone else might have it reserved */ + lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); + if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){ + storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); + rc = lrc; + } + } + } + OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (flock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); + +#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS + if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + reserved=1; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */ + *pResOut = reserved; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one +** of the following: +** +** (1) SHARED_LOCK +** (2) RESERVED_LOCK +** (3) PENDING_LOCK +** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK +** +** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states +** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later +** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but +** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed +** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: +** +** UNLOCKED -> SHARED +** SHARED -> RESERVED +** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE +** +** flock() only really support EXCLUSIVE locks. We track intermediate +** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or +** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from +** access the file. +** +** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() +** routine to lower a locking level. +*/ +static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + + assert( pFile ); + + /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. + ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */ + if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) { + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* grab an exclusive lock */ + + if (robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) { + int tErrno = errno; + /* didn't get, must be busy */ + rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); + if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ + storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); + } + } else { + /* got it, set the type and return ok */ + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; + } + OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), + rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); +#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS + if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */ + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock +** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. +** +** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below +** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. +*/ +static int flockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + + assert( pFile ); + OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (flock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, + pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0))); + assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); + + /* no-op if possible */ + if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */ + if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) { + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* no, really, unlock. */ + if( robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN) ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS + return SQLITE_OK; +#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */ + return SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; + }else{ + pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; + return SQLITE_OK; + } +} + +/* +** Close a file. +*/ +static int flockClose(sqlite3_file *id) { + assert( id!=0 ); + flockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); + return closeUnixFile(id); +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORK */ + +/******************* End of the flock lock implementation ********************* +******************************************************************************/ + +/****************************************************************************** +************************ Begin Named Semaphore Locking ************************ +** +** Named semaphore locking is only supported on VxWorks. +** +** Semaphore locking is like dot-lock and flock in that it really only +** supports EXCLUSIVE locking. Only a single process can read or write +** the database file at a time. This reduces potential concurrency, but +** makes the lock implementation much easier. +*/ +#if OS_VXWORKS + +/* +** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified +** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut +** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value +** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. +*/ +static int semXCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int reserved = 0; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); + + assert( pFile ); + + /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ + if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ + reserved = 1; + } + + /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */ + if( !reserved ){ + sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem; + + if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){ + int tErrno = errno; + if( EAGAIN != tErrno ){ + rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK); + storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); + } else { + /* someone else has the lock when we are in NO_LOCK */ + reserved = (pFile->eFileLock < SHARED_LOCK); + } + }else{ + /* we could have it if we want it */ + sem_post(pSem); + } + } + OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (sem)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); + + *pResOut = reserved; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one +** of the following: +** +** (1) SHARED_LOCK +** (2) RESERVED_LOCK +** (3) PENDING_LOCK +** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK +** +** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states +** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later +** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but +** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed +** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: +** +** UNLOCKED -> SHARED +** SHARED -> RESERVED +** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE +** +** Semaphore locks only really support EXCLUSIVE locks. We track intermediate +** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or +** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from +** access the file. +** +** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() +** routine to lower a locking level. +*/ +static int semXLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. + ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */ + if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) { + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + goto sem_end_lock; + } + + /* lock semaphore now but bail out when already locked. */ + if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + goto sem_end_lock; + } + + /* got it, set the type and return ok */ + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; + + sem_end_lock: + return rc; +} + +/* +** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock +** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. +** +** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below +** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. +*/ +static int semXUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem; + + assert( pFile ); + assert( pSem ); + OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (sem)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, + pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0))); + assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); + + /* no-op if possible */ + if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */ + if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) { + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* no, really unlock. */ + if ( sem_post(pSem)==-1 ) { + int rc, tErrno = errno; + rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); + if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ + storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); + } + return rc; + } + pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* + ** Close a file. + */ +static int semXClose(sqlite3_file *id) { + if( id ){ + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + semXUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); + assert( pFile ); + unixEnterMutex(); + releaseInodeInfo(pFile); + unixLeaveMutex(); + closeUnixFile(id); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ +/* +** Named semaphore locking is only available on VxWorks. +** +*************** End of the named semaphore lock implementation **************** +******************************************************************************/ + + +/****************************************************************************** +*************************** Begin AFP Locking ********************************* +** +** AFP is the Apple Filing Protocol. AFP is a network filesystem found +** on Apple Macintosh computers - both OS9 and OSX. +** +** Third-party implementations of AFP are available. But this code here +** only works on OSX. +*/ + +#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +/* +** The afpLockingContext structure contains all afp lock specific state +*/ +typedef struct afpLockingContext afpLockingContext; +struct afpLockingContext { + int reserved; + const char *dbPath; /* Name of the open file */ +}; + +struct ByteRangeLockPB2 +{ + unsigned long long offset; /* offset to first byte to lock */ + unsigned long long length; /* nbr of bytes to lock */ + unsigned long long retRangeStart; /* nbr of 1st byte locked if successful */ + unsigned char unLockFlag; /* 1 = unlock, 0 = lock */ + unsigned char startEndFlag; /* 1=rel to end of fork, 0=rel to start */ + int fd; /* file desc to assoc this lock with */ +}; + +#define afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2) + +/* +** This is a utility for setting or clearing a bit-range lock on an +** AFP filesystem. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success, SQLITE_BUSY on failure. +*/ +static int afpSetLock( + const char *path, /* Name of the file to be locked or unlocked */ + unixFile *pFile, /* Open file descriptor on path */ + unsigned long long offset, /* First byte to be locked */ + unsigned long long length, /* Number of bytes to lock */ + int setLockFlag /* True to set lock. False to clear lock */ +){ + struct ByteRangeLockPB2 pb; + int err; + + pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1; + pb.startEndFlag = 0; + pb.offset = offset; + pb.length = length; + pb.fd = pFile->h; + + OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n", + (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), pFile->h, (pb.fd==-1?"[testval-1]":""), + offset, length)); + err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0); + if ( err==-1 ) { + int rc; + int tErrno = errno; + OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n", + path, tErrno, strerror(tErrno))); +#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; +#else + rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, + setLockFlag ? SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK : SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); +#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS */ + if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ + storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); + } + return rc; + } else { + return SQLITE_OK; + } +} + +/* +** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified +** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut +** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value +** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. +*/ +static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int reserved = 0; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + afpLockingContext *context; + + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); + + assert( pFile ); + context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; + if( context->reserved ){ + *pResOut = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */ + + /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ + if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ + reserved = 1; + } + + /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. + */ + if( !reserved ){ + /* lock the RESERVED byte */ + int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1); + if( SQLITE_OK==lrc ){ + /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore + ** the original state */ + lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0); + } else { + /* if we failed to get the lock then someone else must have it */ + reserved = 1; + } + if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){ + rc=lrc; + } + } + + unixLeaveMutex(); + OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (afp)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); + + *pResOut = reserved; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one +** of the following: +** +** (1) SHARED_LOCK +** (2) RESERVED_LOCK +** (3) PENDING_LOCK +** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK +** +** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states +** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later +** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but +** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed +** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: +** +** UNLOCKED -> SHARED +** SHARED -> RESERVED +** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE +** +** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() +** routine to lower a locking level. +*/ +static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; + afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; + + assert( pFile ); + OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h, + azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock), + azFileLock(pInode->eFileLock), pInode->nShared , osGetpid(0))); + + /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the + ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as + ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. + */ + if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){ + OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s ok (already held) (afp)\n", pFile->h, + azFileLock(eFileLock))); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct + ** (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock. + ** (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock. + ** (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested. + */ + assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); + assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); + assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); + + /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads + */ + unixEnterMutex(); + pInode = pFile->pInode; + + /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile* + ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY. + */ + if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && + (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK)) + ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + goto afp_end_lock; + } + + /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already + ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and + ** return SQLITE_OK. + */ + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && + (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){ + assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); + assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 ); + assert( pInode->nShared>0 ); + pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; + pInode->nShared++; + pInode->nLock++; + goto afp_end_lock; + } + + /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before + ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will + ** be released. + */ + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK + || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK) + ){ + int failed; + failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1); + if (failed) { + rc = failed; + goto afp_end_lock; + } + } + + /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make + ** operating system calls for the specified lock. + */ + if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){ + int lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno = 0; + long lk, mask; + + assert( pInode->nShared==0 ); + assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 ); + + mask = (sizeof(long)==8) ? LARGEST_INT64 : 0x7fffffff; + /* Now get the read-lock SHARED_LOCK */ + /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */ + lk = random(); + pInode->sharedByte = (lk & mask)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1); + lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, + SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1); + if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ){ + lrc1Errno = pFile->lastErrno; + } + /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */ + lrc2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0); + + if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ) { + storeLastErrno(pFile, lrc1Errno); + rc = lrc1; + goto afp_end_lock; + } else if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc2) ){ + rc = lrc2; + goto afp_end_lock; + } else if( lrc1 != SQLITE_OK ) { + rc = lrc1; + } else { + pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; + pInode->nLock++; + pInode->nShared = 1; + } + }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){ + /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this + ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + }else{ + /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock. It is + ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file + ** already. + */ + int failed = 0; + assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock ); + if (eFileLock >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock < RESERVED_LOCK) { + /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */ + failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1); + if( !failed ){ + context->reserved = 1; + } + } + if (!failed && eFileLock == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) { + /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */ + + /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range. we'll need to + ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the afpUnlock + */ + if( !(failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST + + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 0)) ){ + int failed2 = SQLITE_OK; + /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */ + failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, + SHARED_SIZE, 1); + if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, + SHARED_FIRST + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1)) ){ + /* Can't reestablish the shared lock. Sqlite can't deal, this is + ** a critical I/O error + */ + rc = ((failed & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 : + SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; + goto afp_end_lock; + } + }else{ + rc = failed; + } + } + if( failed ){ + rc = failed; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; + pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock; + }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ + pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; + pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; + } + +afp_end_lock: + unixLeaveMutex(); + OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), + rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock +** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. +** +** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below +** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. +*/ +static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + unixInodeInfo *pInode; + afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; + int skipShared = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + int h = pFile->h; +#endif + + assert( pFile ); + OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, + pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared, + osGetpid(0))); + + assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); + if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + unixEnterMutex(); + pInode = pFile->pInode; + assert( pInode->nShared!=0 ); + if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ + assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock ); + SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); + SimulateIOError( h=(-1) ) + SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start + ** reading the database file again, make sure that the + ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database + ** file changed. If the transaction counter is not updated, + ** other connections to the same file might not realize that + ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their + ** cache. The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption. + */ + assert( pFile->inNormalWrite==0 + || pFile->dbUpdate==0 + || pFile->transCntrChng==1 ); + pFile->inNormalWrite = 0; +#endif + + if( pFile->eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ + rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1) ){ + /* only re-establish the shared lock if necessary */ + int sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte; + rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 1); + } else { + skipShared = 1; + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK ){ + rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=RESERVED_LOCK && context->reserved ){ + rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0); + if( !rc ){ + context->reserved = 0; + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1)){ + pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){ + + /* Decrement the shared lock counter. Release the lock using an + ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released + ** the lock. + */ + unsigned long long sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte; + pInode->nShared--; + if( pInode->nShared==0 ){ + SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); + SimulateIOError( h=(-1) ) + SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); + if( !skipShared ){ + rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 0); + } + if( !rc ){ + pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; + pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pInode->nLock--; + assert( pInode->nLock>=0 ); + if( pInode->nLock==0 ){ + closePendingFds(pFile); + } + } + } + + unixLeaveMutex(); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context +*/ +static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) { + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + assert( id!=0 ); + afpUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); + unixEnterMutex(); + if( pFile->pInode && pFile->pInode->nLock ){ + /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just + ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file + ** descriptor to pInode->aPending. It will be automatically closed when + ** the last lock is cleared. + */ + setPendingFd(pFile); + } + releaseInodeInfo(pFile); + sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext); + rc = closeUnixFile(id); + unixLeaveMutex(); + return rc; +} + +#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ +/* +** The code above is the AFP lock implementation. The code is specific +** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms. No alternative +** is available. If you don't compile for a mac, then the "unix-afp" +** VFS is not available. +** +********************* End of the AFP lock implementation ********************** +******************************************************************************/ + +/****************************************************************************** +*************************** Begin NFS Locking ********************************/ + +#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +/* + ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock + ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. + ** + ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below + ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. + */ +static int nfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ + return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 1); +} + +#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ +/* +** The code above is the NFS lock implementation. The code is specific +** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms. No alternative +** is available. +** +********************* End of the NFS lock implementation ********************** +******************************************************************************/ + +/****************************************************************************** +**************** Non-locking sqlite3_file methods ***************************** +** +** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the +** sqlite3_file object other than the locking methods. The locking +** methods were defined in divisions above (one locking method per +** division). Those methods that are common to all locking modes +** are gather together into this division. +*/ + +/* +** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt +** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read. +** +** NB: If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also +** be necessary to define _XOPEN_SOURCE to be 500. This varies from +** one system to another. Since SQLite does not define USE_PREAD +** in any form by default, we will not attempt to define _XOPEN_SOURCE. +** See tickets #2741 and #2681. +** +** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed read the lastErrno value +** is set before returning. +*/ +static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){ + int got; + int prior = 0; +#if (!defined(USE_PREAD) && !defined(USE_PREAD64)) + i64 newOffset; +#endif + TIMER_START; + assert( cnt==(cnt&0x1ffff) ); + assert( id->h>2 ); + do{ +#if defined(USE_PREAD) + got = osPread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); + SimulateIOError( got = -1 ); +#elif defined(USE_PREAD64) + got = osPread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); + SimulateIOError( got = -1 ); +#else + newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET); + SimulateIOError( newOffset = -1 ); + if( newOffset<0 ){ + storeLastErrno((unixFile*)id, errno); + return -1; + } + got = osRead(id->h, pBuf, cnt); +#endif + if( got==cnt ) break; + if( got<0 ){ + if( errno==EINTR ){ got = 1; continue; } + prior = 0; + storeLastErrno((unixFile*)id, errno); + break; + }else if( got>0 ){ + cnt -= got; + offset += got; + prior += got; + pBuf = (void*)(got + (char*)pBuf); + } + }while( got>0 ); + TIMER_END; + OSTRACE(("READ %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", + id->h, got+prior, offset-prior, TIMER_ELAPSED)); + return got+prior; +} + +/* +** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all +** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes +** wrong. +*/ +static int unixRead( + sqlite3_file *id, + void *pBuf, + int amt, + sqlite3_int64 offset +){ + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id; + int got; + assert( id ); + assert( offset>=0 ); + assert( amt>0 ); + + /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp + ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */ +#if 0 + assert( pFile->pUnused==0 + || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512 + || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE + ); +#endif + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + /* Deal with as much of this read request as possible by transfering + ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy(). */ + if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){ + if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){ + memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], amt); + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + int nCopy = pFile->mmapSize - offset; + memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], nCopy); + pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy]; + amt -= nCopy; + offset += nCopy; + } + } +#endif + + got = seekAndRead(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt); + if( got==amt ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + }else if( got<0 ){ + /* lastErrno set by seekAndRead */ + return SQLITE_IOERR_READ; + }else{ + storeLastErrno(pFile, 0); /* not a system error */ + /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */ + memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got); + return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; + } +} + +/* +** Attempt to seek the file-descriptor passed as the first argument to +** absolute offset iOff, then attempt to write nBuf bytes of data from +** pBuf to it. If an error occurs, return -1 and set *piErrno. Otherwise, +** return the actual number of bytes written (which may be less than +** nBuf). +*/ +static int seekAndWriteFd( + int fd, /* File descriptor to write to */ + i64 iOff, /* File offset to begin writing at */ + const void *pBuf, /* Copy data from this buffer to the file */ + int nBuf, /* Size of buffer pBuf in bytes */ + int *piErrno /* OUT: Error number if error occurs */ +){ + int rc = 0; /* Value returned by system call */ + + assert( nBuf==(nBuf&0x1ffff) ); + assert( fd>2 ); + assert( piErrno!=0 ); + nBuf &= 0x1ffff; + TIMER_START; + +#if defined(USE_PREAD) + do{ rc = (int)osPwrite(fd, pBuf, nBuf, iOff); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); +#elif defined(USE_PREAD64) + do{ rc = (int)osPwrite64(fd, pBuf, nBuf, iOff);}while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR); +#else + do{ + i64 iSeek = lseek(fd, iOff, SEEK_SET); + SimulateIOError( iSeek = -1 ); + if( iSeek<0 ){ + rc = -1; + break; + } + rc = osWrite(fd, pBuf, nBuf); + }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); +#endif + + TIMER_END; + OSTRACE(("WRITE %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", fd, rc, iOff, TIMER_ELAPSED)); + + if( rc<0 ) *piErrno = errno; + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf. +** Return the number of bytes actually read. Update the offset. +** +** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed write the lastErrno value +** is set before returning. +*/ +static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, i64 offset, const void *pBuf, int cnt){ + return seekAndWriteFd(id->h, offset, pBuf, cnt, &id->lastErrno); +} + + +/* +** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success +** or some other error code on failure. +*/ +static int unixWrite( + sqlite3_file *id, + const void *pBuf, + int amt, + sqlite3_int64 offset +){ + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + int wrote = 0; + assert( id ); + assert( amt>0 ); + + /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp + ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */ +#if 0 + assert( pFile->pUnused==0 + || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512 + || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE + ); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to + ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a + ** normal database file) then record the fact that the database + ** has changed. If the transaction counter is modified, record that + ** fact too. + */ + if( pFile->inNormalWrite ){ + pFile->dbUpdate = 1; /* The database has been modified */ + if( offset<=24 && offset+amt>=27 ){ + int rc; + char oldCntr[4]; + SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); + rc = seekAndRead(pFile, 24, oldCntr, 4); + SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); + if( rc!=4 || memcmp(oldCntr, &((char*)pBuf)[24-offset], 4)!=0 ){ + pFile->transCntrChng = 1; /* The transaction counter has changed */ + } + } + } +#endif + +#if defined(SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE) && SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + /* Deal with as much of this write request as possible by transfering + ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy(). */ + if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){ + if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){ + memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, amt); + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + int nCopy = pFile->mmapSize - offset; + memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, nCopy); + pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy]; + amt -= nCopy; + offset += nCopy; + } + } +#endif + + while( (wrote = seekAndWrite(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt))<amt && wrote>0 ){ + amt -= wrote; + offset += wrote; + pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote]; + } + SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 )); + SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 )); + + if( amt>wrote ){ + if( wrote<0 && pFile->lastErrno!=ENOSPC ){ + /* lastErrno set by seekAndWrite */ + return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE; + }else{ + storeLastErrno(pFile, 0); /* not a system error */ + return SQLITE_FULL; + } + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +/* +** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test +** that syncs and fullsyncs are occurring at the right times. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0; +#endif + +/* +** We do not trust systems to provide a working fdatasync(). Some do. +** Others do no. To be safe, we will stick with the (slightly slower) +** fsync(). If you know that your system does support fdatasync() correctly, +** then simply compile with -Dfdatasync=fdatasync or -DHAVE_FDATASYNC +*/ +#if !defined(fdatasync) && !HAVE_FDATASYNC +# define fdatasync fsync +#endif + +/* +** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not +** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined. F_FULLFSYNC is currently +** only available on Mac OS X. But that could change. +*/ +#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC +# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 1 +#else +# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 0 +#endif + + +/* +** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many +** unix systems. The following procedure is an attempt to make +** it work better. +** +** The SQLITE_NO_SYNC macro disables all fsync()s. This is useful +** for testing when we want to run through the test suite quickly. +** You are strongly advised *not* to deploy with SQLITE_NO_SYNC +** enabled, however, since with SQLITE_NO_SYNC enabled, an OS crash +** or power failure will likely corrupt the database file. +** +** SQLite sets the dataOnly flag if the size of the file is unchanged. +** The idea behind dataOnly is that it should only write the file content +** to disk, not the inode. We only set dataOnly if the file size is +** unchanged since the file size is part of the inode. However, +** Ted Ts'o tells us that fdatasync() will also write the inode if the +** file size has changed. The only real difference between fdatasync() +** and fsync(), Ted tells us, is that fdatasync() will not flush the +** inode if the mtime or owner or other inode attributes have changed. +** We only care about the file size, not the other file attributes, so +** as far as SQLite is concerned, an fdatasync() is always adequate. +** So, we always use fdatasync() if it is available, regardless of +** the value of the dataOnly flag. +*/ +static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){ + int rc; + + /* The following "ifdef/elif/else/" block has the same structure as + ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering + ** up the real code with the UNUSED_PARAMETER() macros. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC + UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly); +#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC + UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly); +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly); +#endif + + /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and + ** FULLSYNC. This is used during testing to verify that this procedure + ** gets called with the correct arguments. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + if( fullSync ) sqlite3_fullsync_count++; + sqlite3_sync_count++; +#endif + + /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a + ** no-op. But go ahead and call fstat() to validate the file + ** descriptor as we need a method to provoke a failure during + ** coverate testing. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC + { + struct stat buf; + rc = osFstat(fd, &buf); + } +#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC + if( fullSync ){ + rc = osFcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0); + }else{ + rc = 1; + } + /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync(). + ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local + ** file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC + ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync + ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call. + ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid + ** the fcntl call every time sync is called. + */ + if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd); + +#elif defined(__APPLE__) + /* fdatasync() on HFS+ doesn't yet flush the file size if it changed correctly + ** so currently we default to the macro that redefines fdatasync to fsync + */ + rc = fsync(fd); +#else + rc = fdatasync(fd); +#if OS_VXWORKS + if( rc==-1 && errno==ENOTSUP ){ + rc = fsync(fd); + } +#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ +#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC */ + + if( OS_VXWORKS && rc!= -1 ){ + rc = 0; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Open a file descriptor to the directory containing file zFilename. +** If successful, *pFd is set to the opened file descriptor and +** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM +** or SQLITE_CANTOPEN is returned and *pFd is set to an undefined +** value. +** +** The directory file descriptor is used for only one thing - to +** fsync() a directory to make sure file creation and deletion events +** are flushed to disk. Such fsyncs are not needed on newer +** journaling filesystems, but are required on older filesystems. +** +** This routine can be overridden using the xSetSysCall interface. +** The ability to override this routine was added in support of the +** chromium sandbox. Opening a directory is a security risk (we are +** told) so making it overrideable allows the chromium sandbox to +** replace this routine with a harmless no-op. To make this routine +** a no-op, replace it with a stub that returns SQLITE_OK but leaves +** *pFd set to a negative number. +** +** If SQLITE_OK is returned, the caller is responsible for closing +** the file descriptor *pFd using close(). +*/ +static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){ + int ii; + int fd = -1; + char zDirname[MAX_PATHNAME+1]; + + sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zDirname, "%s", zFilename); + for(ii=(int)strlen(zDirname); ii>0 && zDirname[ii]!='/'; ii--); + if( ii>0 ){ + zDirname[ii] = '\0'; + }else{ + if( zDirname[0]!='/' ) zDirname[0] = '.'; + zDirname[1] = 0; + } + fd = robust_open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0); + if( fd>=0 ){ + OSTRACE(("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname)); + } + *pFd = fd; + if( fd>=0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + return unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "openDirectory", zDirname); +} + +/* +** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk. +** +** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file +** size, access time, etc) are synced. If dataOnly!=0 then only the +** file data is synced. +** +** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file +** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file. +** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory +** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot. The next +** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because +** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction +** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption. +*/ +static int unixSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ + int rc; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + + int isDataOnly = (flags&SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY); + int isFullsync = (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; + + /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */ + assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL + || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL + ); + + /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This + ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems. + */ + SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL ); + + assert( pFile ); + OSTRACE(("SYNC %-3d\n", pFile->h)); + rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly); + SimulateIOError( rc=1 ); + if( rc ){ + storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); + return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, "full_fsync", pFile->zPath); + } + + /* Also fsync the directory containing the file if the DIRSYNC flag + ** is set. This is a one-time occurrence. Many systems (examples: AIX) + ** are unable to fsync a directory, so ignore errors on the fsync. + */ + if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC ){ + int dirfd; + OSTRACE(("DIRSYNC %s (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->zPath, + HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync)); + rc = osOpenDirectory(pFile->zPath, &dirfd); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + full_fsync(dirfd, 0, 0); + robust_close(pFile, dirfd, __LINE__); + }else{ + assert( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Truncate an open file to a specified size +*/ +static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){ + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id; + int rc; + assert( pFile ); + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE ); + + /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the + ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the + ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested + ** size). + */ + if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){ + nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk; + } + + rc = robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nByte); + if( rc ){ + storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); + return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath); + }else{ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to + ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a + ** normal database file) and we truncate the file to zero length, + ** that effectively updates the change counter. This might happen + ** when restoring a database using the backup API from a zero-length + ** source. + */ + if( pFile->inNormalWrite && nByte==0 ){ + pFile->transCntrChng = 1; + } +#endif + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + /* If the file was just truncated to a size smaller than the currently + ** mapped region, reduce the effective mapping size as well. SQLite will + ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on. + */ + if( nByte<pFile->mmapSize ){ + pFile->mmapSize = nByte; + } +#endif + + return SQLITE_OK; + } +} + +/* +** Determine the current size of a file in bytes +*/ +static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){ + int rc; + struct stat buf; + assert( id ); + rc = osFstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf); + SimulateIOError( rc=1 ); + if( rc!=0 ){ + storeLastErrno((unixFile*)id, errno); + return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; + } + *pSize = buf.st_size; + + /* When opening a zero-size database, the findInodeInfo() procedure + ** writes a single byte into that file in order to work around a bug + ** in the OS-X msdos filesystem. In order to avoid problems with upper + ** layers, we need to report this file size as zero even though it is + ** really 1. Ticket #3260. + */ + if( *pSize==1 ) *pSize = 0; + + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) +/* +** Handler for proxy-locking file-control verbs. Defined below in the +** proxying locking division. +*/ +static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); +#endif + +/* +** This function is called to handle the SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT +** file-control operation. Enlarge the database to nBytes in size +** (rounded up to the next chunk-size). If the database is already +** nBytes or larger, this routine is a no-op. +*/ +static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){ + if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){ + i64 nSize; /* Required file size */ + struct stat buf; /* Used to hold return values of fstat() */ + + if( osFstat(pFile->h, &buf) ){ + return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; + } + + nSize = ((nByte+pFile->szChunk-1) / pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk; + if( nSize>(i64)buf.st_size ){ + +#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE + /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate() + ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success, + ** or an error number on failure". See the manpage for details. */ + int err; + do{ + err = osFallocate(pFile->h, buf.st_size, nSize-buf.st_size); + }while( err==EINTR ); + if( err ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE; +#else + /* If the OS does not have posix_fallocate(), fake it. Write a + ** single byte to the last byte in each block that falls entirely + ** within the extended region. Then, if required, a single byte + ** at offset (nSize-1), to set the size of the file correctly. + ** This is a similar technique to that used by glibc on systems + ** that do not have a real fallocate() call. + */ + int nBlk = buf.st_blksize; /* File-system block size */ + int nWrite = 0; /* Number of bytes written by seekAndWrite */ + i64 iWrite; /* Next offset to write to */ + + iWrite = (buf.st_size/nBlk)*nBlk + nBlk - 1; + assert( iWrite>=buf.st_size ); + assert( ((iWrite+1)%nBlk)==0 ); + for(/*no-op*/; iWrite<nSize+nBlk-1; iWrite+=nBlk ){ + if( iWrite>=nSize ) iWrite = nSize - 1; + nWrite = seekAndWrite(pFile, iWrite, "", 1); + if( nWrite!=1 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE; + } +#endif + } + } + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + if( pFile->mmapSizeMax>0 && nByte>pFile->mmapSize ){ + int rc; + if( pFile->szChunk<=0 ){ + if( robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nByte) ){ + storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); + return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath); + } + } + + rc = unixMapfile(pFile, nByte); + return rc; + } +#endif + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** If *pArg is initially negative then this is a query. Set *pArg to +** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set. +** +** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags. +*/ +static void unixModeBit(unixFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){ + if( *pArg<0 ){ + *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0; + }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){ + pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask; + }else{ + pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask; + } +} + +/* Forward declaration */ +static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf); + +/* +** Information and control of an open file handle. +*/ +static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + switch( op ){ + case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: { + *(int*)pArg = pFile->eFileLock; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO: { + *(int*)pArg = pFile->lastErrno; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: { + pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: { + int rc; + SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); + rc = fcntlSizeHint(pFile, *(i64 *)pArg); + SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); + return rc; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: { + unixModeBit(pFile, UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL, (int*)pArg); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE: { + unixModeBit(pFile, UNIXFILE_PSOW, (int*)pArg); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME: { + *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", pFile->pVfs->zName); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME: { + char *zTFile = sqlite3_malloc64( pFile->pVfs->mxPathname ); + if( zTFile ){ + unixGetTempname(pFile->pVfs->mxPathname, zTFile); + *(char**)pArg = zTFile; + } + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED: { + *(int*)pArg = fileHasMoved(pFile); + return SQLITE_OK; + } +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + case SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE: { + i64 newLimit = *(i64*)pArg; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( newLimit>sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap ){ + newLimit = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap; + } + *(i64*)pArg = pFile->mmapSizeMax; + if( newLimit>=0 && newLimit!=pFile->mmapSizeMax && pFile->nFetchOut==0 ){ + pFile->mmapSizeMax = newLimit; + if( pFile->mmapSize>0 ){ + unixUnmapfile(pFile); + rc = unixMapfile(pFile, -1); + } + } + return rc; + } +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* The pager calls this method to signal that it has done + ** a rollback and that the database is therefore unchanged and + ** it hence it is OK for the transaction change counter to be + ** unchanged. + */ + case SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED: { + ((unixFile*)id)->dbUpdate = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) + case SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE: + case SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: { + return proxyFileControl(id,op,pArg); + } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) */ + } + return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; +} + +/* +** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for +** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be +** larger for some devices. +** +** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that +** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e. +** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the +** same for both. +*/ +#ifndef __QNXNTO__ +static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *NotUsed){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; +} +#endif + +/* +** The following version of unixSectorSize() is optimized for QNX. +*/ +#ifdef __QNXNTO__ +#include <sys/dcmd_blk.h> +#include <sys/statvfs.h> +static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + if( pFile->sectorSize == 0 ){ + struct statvfs fsInfo; + + /* Set defaults for non-supported filesystems */ + pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; + pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0; + if( fstatvfs(pFile->h, &fsInfo) == -1 ) { + return pFile->sectorSize; + } + + if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "tmp") ) { + pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize; + pFile->deviceCharacteristics = + SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K | /* All ram filesystem writes are atomic */ + SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND | /* growing the file does not occur until + ** the write succeeds */ + SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind + ** so it is ordered */ + 0; + }else if( strstr(fsInfo.f_basetype, "etfs") ){ + pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize; + pFile->deviceCharacteristics = + /* etfs cluster size writes are atomic */ + (pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) | + SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND | /* growing the file does not occur until + ** the write succeeds */ + SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind + ** so it is ordered */ + 0; + }else if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "qnx6") ){ + pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize; + pFile->deviceCharacteristics = + SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC | /* All filesystem writes are atomic */ + SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND | /* growing the file does not occur until + ** the write succeeds */ + SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind + ** so it is ordered */ + 0; + }else if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "qnx4") ){ + pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize; + pFile->deviceCharacteristics = + /* full bitset of atomics from max sector size and smaller */ + ((pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) << 1) - 2 | + SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind + ** so it is ordered */ + 0; + }else if( strstr(fsInfo.f_basetype, "dos") ){ + pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize; + pFile->deviceCharacteristics = + /* full bitset of atomics from max sector size and smaller */ + ((pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) << 1) - 2 | + SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind + ** so it is ordered */ + 0; + }else{ + pFile->deviceCharacteristics = + SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 | /* blocks are atomic */ + SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND | /* growing the file does not occur until + ** the write succeeds */ + 0; + } + } + /* Last chance verification. If the sector size isn't a multiple of 512 + ** then it isn't valid.*/ + if( pFile->sectorSize % 512 != 0 ){ + pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0; + pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; + } + return pFile->sectorSize; +} +#endif /* __QNXNTO__ */ + +/* +** Return the device characteristics for the file. +** +** This VFS is set up to return SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE by default. +** However, that choice is controversial since technically the underlying +** file system does not always provide powersafe overwrites. (In other +** words, after a power-loss event, parts of the file that were never +** written might end up being altered.) However, non-PSOW behavior is very, +** very rare. And asserting PSOW makes a large reduction in the amount +** of required I/O for journaling, since a lot of padding is eliminated. +** Hence, while POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is on by default, there is a file-control +** available to turn it off and URI query parameter available to turn it off. +*/ +static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ + unixFile *p = (unixFile*)id; + int rc = 0; +#ifdef __QNXNTO__ + if( p->sectorSize==0 ) unixSectorSize(id); + rc = p->deviceCharacteristics; +#endif + if( p->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_PSOW ){ + rc |= SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE; + } + return rc; +} + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + +/* +** Return the system page size. +** +** This function should not be called directly by other code in this file. +** Instead, it should be called via macro osGetpagesize(). +*/ +static int unixGetpagesize(void){ +#if OS_VXWORKS + return 1024; +#elif defined(_BSD_SOURCE) + return getpagesize(); +#else + return (int)sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE); +#endif +} + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + +/* +** Object used to represent an shared memory buffer. +** +** When multiple threads all reference the same wal-index, each thread +** has its own unixShm object, but they all point to a single instance +** of this unixShmNode object. In other words, each wal-index is opened +** only once per process. +** +** Each unixShmNode object is connected to a single unixInodeInfo object. +** We could coalesce this object into unixInodeInfo, but that would mean +** every open file that does not use shared memory (in other words, most +** open files) would have to carry around this extra information. So +** the unixInodeInfo object contains a pointer to this unixShmNode object +** and the unixShmNode object is created only when needed. +** +** unixMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying +** this object or while reading or writing the following fields: +** +** nRef +** +** The following fields are read-only after the object is created: +** +** fid +** zFilename +** +** Either unixShmNode.mutex must be held or unixShmNode.nRef==0 and +** unixMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field +** in this structure. +*/ +struct unixShmNode { + unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* unixInodeInfo that owns this SHM node */ + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to access this object */ + char *zFilename; /* Name of the mmapped file */ + int h; /* Open file descriptor */ + int szRegion; /* Size of shared-memory regions */ + u16 nRegion; /* Size of array apRegion */ + u8 isReadonly; /* True if read-only */ + char **apRegion; /* Array of mapped shared-memory regions */ + int nRef; /* Number of unixShm objects pointing to this */ + unixShm *pFirst; /* All unixShm objects pointing to this */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + u8 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */ + u8 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */ + u8 nextShmId; /* Next available unixShm.id value */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an +** open shared memory connection. +** +** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and +** are read-only thereafter: +** +** unixShm.pFile +** unixShm.id +** +** All other fields are read/write. The unixShm.pFile->mutex must be held +** while accessing any read/write fields. +*/ +struct unixShm { + unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying unixShmNode object */ + unixShm *pNext; /* Next unixShm with the same unixShmNode */ + u8 hasMutex; /* True if holding the unixShmNode mutex */ + u8 id; /* Id of this connection within its unixShmNode */ + u16 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */ + u16 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */ +}; + +/* +** Constants used for locking +*/ +#define UNIX_SHM_BASE ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4) /* first lock byte */ +#define UNIX_SHM_DMS (UNIX_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK) /* deadman switch */ + +/* +** Apply posix advisory locks for all bytes from ofst through ofst+n-1. +** +** Locks block if the mask is exactly UNIX_SHM_C and are non-blocking +** otherwise. +*/ +static int unixShmSystemLock( + unixFile *pFile, /* Open connection to the WAL file */ + int lockType, /* F_UNLCK, F_RDLCK, or F_WRLCK */ + int ofst, /* First byte of the locking range */ + int n /* Number of bytes to lock */ +){ + unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */ + struct flock f; /* The posix advisory locking structure */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code form fcntl() */ + + /* Access to the unixShmNode object is serialized by the caller */ + pShmNode = pFile->pInode->pShmNode; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pShmNode->mutex) || pShmNode->nRef==0 ); + + /* Shared locks never span more than one byte */ + assert( n==1 || lockType!=F_RDLCK ); + + /* Locks are within range */ + assert( n>=1 && n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK ); + + if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){ + /* Initialize the locking parameters */ + memset(&f, 0, sizeof(f)); + f.l_type = lockType; + f.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + f.l_start = ofst; + f.l_len = n; + + rc = osFcntl(pShmNode->h, F_SETLK, &f); + rc = (rc!=(-1)) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_BUSY; + } + + /* Update the global lock state and do debug tracing */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + { u16 mask; + OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK ")); + mask = ofst>31 ? 0xffff : (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<<ofst); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( lockType==F_UNLCK ){ + OSTRACE(("unlock %d ok", ofst)); + pShmNode->exclMask &= ~mask; + pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask; + }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){ + OSTRACE(("read-lock %d ok", ofst)); + pShmNode->exclMask &= ~mask; + pShmNode->sharedMask |= mask; + }else{ + assert( lockType==F_WRLCK ); + OSTRACE(("write-lock %d ok", ofst)); + pShmNode->exclMask |= mask; + pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask; + } + }else{ + if( lockType==F_UNLCK ){ + OSTRACE(("unlock %d failed", ofst)); + }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){ + OSTRACE(("read-lock failed")); + }else{ + assert( lockType==F_WRLCK ); + OSTRACE(("write-lock %d failed", ofst)); + } + } + OSTRACE((" - afterwards %03x,%03x\n", + pShmNode->sharedMask, pShmNode->exclMask)); + } +#endif + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the minimum number of 32KB shm regions that should be mapped at +** a time, assuming that each mapping must be an integer multiple of the +** current system page-size. +** +** Usually, this is 1. The exception seems to be systems that are configured +** to use 64KB pages - in this case each mapping must cover at least two +** shm regions. +*/ +static int unixShmRegionPerMap(void){ + int shmsz = 32*1024; /* SHM region size */ + int pgsz = osGetpagesize(); /* System page size */ + assert( ((pgsz-1)&pgsz)==0 ); /* Page size must be a power of 2 */ + if( pgsz<shmsz ) return 1; + return pgsz/shmsz; +} + +/* +** Purge the unixShmNodeList list of all entries with unixShmNode.nRef==0. +** +** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called +** by VFS shared-memory methods. +*/ +static void unixShmPurge(unixFile *pFd){ + unixShmNode *p = pFd->pInode->pShmNode; + assert( unixMutexHeld() ); + if( p && ALWAYS(p->nRef==0) ){ + int nShmPerMap = unixShmRegionPerMap(); + int i; + assert( p->pInode==pFd->pInode ); + sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex); + for(i=0; i<p->nRegion; i+=nShmPerMap){ + if( p->h>=0 ){ + osMunmap(p->apRegion[i], p->szRegion); + }else{ + sqlite3_free(p->apRegion[i]); + } + } + sqlite3_free(p->apRegion); + if( p->h>=0 ){ + robust_close(pFd, p->h, __LINE__); + p->h = -1; + } + p->pInode->pShmNode = 0; + sqlite3_free(p); + } +} + +/* +** Open a shared-memory area associated with open database file pDbFd. +** This particular implementation uses mmapped files. +** +** The file used to implement shared-memory is in the same directory +** as the open database file and has the same name as the open database +** file with the "-shm" suffix added. For example, if the database file +** is "/home/user1/config.db" then the file that is created and mmapped +** for shared memory will be called "/home/user1/config.db-shm". +** +** Another approach to is to use files in /dev/shm or /dev/tmp or an +** some other tmpfs mount. But if a file in a different directory +** from the database file is used, then differing access permissions +** or a chroot() might cause two different processes on the same +** database to end up using different files for shared memory - +** meaning that their memory would not really be shared - resulting +** in database corruption. Nevertheless, this tmpfs file usage +** can be enabled at compile-time using -DSQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY="/dev/shm" +** or the equivalent. The use of the SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time +** option results in an incompatible build of SQLite; builds of SQLite +** that with differing SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY settings attempt to use the +** same database file at the same time, database corruption will likely +** result. The SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time option is considered +** "unsupported" and may go away in a future SQLite release. +** +** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that +** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then +** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared. +** +** If the original database file (pDbFd) is using the "unix-excl" VFS +** that means that an exclusive lock is held on the database file and +** that no other processes are able to read or write the database. In +** that case, we do not really need shared memory. No shared memory +** file is created. The shared memory will be simulated with heap memory. +*/ +static int unixOpenSharedMemory(unixFile *pDbFd){ + struct unixShm *p = 0; /* The connection to be opened */ + struct unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying mmapped file */ + int rc; /* Result code */ + unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* The inode of fd */ + char *zShmFilename; /* Name of the file used for SHM */ + int nShmFilename; /* Size of the SHM filename in bytes */ + + /* Allocate space for the new unixShm object. */ + p = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*p) ); + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); + assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 ); + + /* Check to see if a unixShmNode object already exists. Reuse an existing + ** one if present. Create a new one if necessary. + */ + unixEnterMutex(); + pInode = pDbFd->pInode; + pShmNode = pInode->pShmNode; + if( pShmNode==0 ){ + struct stat sStat; /* fstat() info for database file */ +#ifndef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY + const char *zBasePath = pDbFd->zPath; +#endif + + /* Call fstat() to figure out the permissions on the database file. If + ** a new *-shm file is created, an attempt will be made to create it + ** with the same permissions. + */ + if( osFstat(pDbFd->h, &sStat) ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; + goto shm_open_err; + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY + nShmFilename = sizeof(SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY) + 31; +#else + nShmFilename = 6 + (int)strlen(zBasePath); +#endif + pShmNode = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nShmFilename ); + if( pShmNode==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + goto shm_open_err; + } + memset(pShmNode, 0, sizeof(*pShmNode)+nShmFilename); + zShmFilename = pShmNode->zFilename = (char*)&pShmNode[1]; +#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY + sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, + SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY "/sqlite-shm-%x-%x", + (u32)sStat.st_ino, (u32)sStat.st_dev); +#else + sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, "%s-shm", zBasePath); + sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, zShmFilename); +#endif + pShmNode->h = -1; + pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode = pShmNode; + pShmNode->pInode = pDbFd->pInode; + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ + pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); + if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + goto shm_open_err; + } + } + + if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){ + int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT; + if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(pDbFd->zPath, "readonly_shm", 0) ){ + openFlags = O_RDONLY; + pShmNode->isReadonly = 1; + } + pShmNode->h = robust_open(zShmFilename, openFlags, (sStat.st_mode&0777)); + if( pShmNode->h<0 ){ + rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zShmFilename); + goto shm_open_err; + } + + /* If this process is running as root, make sure that the SHM file + ** is owned by the same user that owns the original database. Otherwise, + ** the original owner will not be able to connect. + */ + robustFchown(pShmNode->h, sStat.st_uid, sStat.st_gid); + + /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch. + ** If not, truncate the file to zero length. + */ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_WRLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( robust_ftruncate(pShmNode->h, 0) ){ + rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, "ftruncate", zShmFilename); + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_RDLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1); + } + if( rc ) goto shm_open_err; + } + } + + /* Make the new connection a child of the unixShmNode */ + p->pShmNode = pShmNode; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++; +#endif + pShmNode->nRef++; + pDbFd->pShm = p; + unixLeaveMutex(); + + /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under + ** the cover of the unixEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the + ** new (struct unixShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is + ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting + ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex + ** mutex. + */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); + p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst; + pShmNode->pFirst = p; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; + + /* Jump here on any error */ +shm_open_err: + unixShmPurge(pDbFd); /* This call frees pShmNode if required */ + sqlite3_free(p); + unixLeaveMutex(); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the +** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions +** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion +** bytes in size. +** +** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL. +** +** Otherwise, if the bExtend parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory +** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a +** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If +** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet +** been allocated, it is allocated by this function. +** +** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by +** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes +** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped +** memory and SQLITE_OK returned. +*/ +static int unixShmMap( + sqlite3_file *fd, /* Handle open on database file */ + int iRegion, /* Region to retrieve */ + int szRegion, /* Size of regions */ + int bExtend, /* True to extend file if necessary */ + void volatile **pp /* OUT: Mapped memory */ +){ + unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd; + unixShm *p; + unixShmNode *pShmNode; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nShmPerMap = unixShmRegionPerMap(); + int nReqRegion; + + /* If the shared-memory file has not yet been opened, open it now. */ + if( pDbFd->pShm==0 ){ + rc = unixOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + + p = pDbFd->pShm; + pShmNode = p->pShmNode; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); + assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 ); + assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode ); + assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 ); + assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 ); + + /* Minimum number of regions required to be mapped. */ + nReqRegion = ((iRegion+nShmPerMap) / nShmPerMap) * nShmPerMap; + + if( pShmNode->nRegion<nReqRegion ){ + char **apNew; /* New apRegion[] array */ + int nByte = nReqRegion*szRegion; /* Minimum required file size */ + struct stat sStat; /* Used by fstat() */ + + pShmNode->szRegion = szRegion; + + if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){ + /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space. + ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is + ** large enough to contain the requested region). + */ + if( osFstat(pShmNode->h, &sStat) ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE; + goto shmpage_out; + } + + if( sStat.st_size<nByte ){ + /* The requested memory region does not exist. If bExtend is set to + ** false, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. + */ + if( !bExtend ){ + goto shmpage_out; + } + + /* Alternatively, if bExtend is true, extend the file. Do this by + ** writing a single byte to the end of each (OS) page being + ** allocated or extended. Technically, we need only write to the + ** last page in order to extend the file. But writing to all new + ** pages forces the OS to allocate them immediately, which reduces + ** the chances of SIGBUS while accessing the mapped region later on. + */ + else{ + static const int pgsz = 4096; + int iPg; + + /* Write to the last byte of each newly allocated or extended page */ + assert( (nByte % pgsz)==0 ); + for(iPg=(sStat.st_size/pgsz); iPg<(nByte/pgsz); iPg++){ + int x = 0; + if( seekAndWriteFd(pShmNode->h, iPg*pgsz + pgsz-1, "", 1, &x)!=1 ){ + const char *zFile = pShmNode->zFilename; + rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, "write", zFile); + goto shmpage_out; + } + } + } + } + } + + /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */ + apNew = (char **)sqlite3_realloc( + pShmNode->apRegion, nReqRegion*sizeof(char *) + ); + if( !apNew ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; + goto shmpage_out; + } + pShmNode->apRegion = apNew; + while( pShmNode->nRegion<nReqRegion ){ + int nMap = szRegion*nShmPerMap; + int i; + void *pMem; + if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){ + pMem = osMmap(0, nMap, + pShmNode->isReadonly ? PROT_READ : PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, + MAP_SHARED, pShmNode->h, szRegion*(i64)pShmNode->nRegion + ); + if( pMem==MAP_FAILED ){ + rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, "mmap", pShmNode->zFilename); + goto shmpage_out; + } + }else{ + pMem = sqlite3_malloc64(szRegion); + if( pMem==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + goto shmpage_out; + } + memset(pMem, 0, szRegion); + } + + for(i=0; i<nShmPerMap; i++){ + pShmNode->apRegion[pShmNode->nRegion+i] = &((char*)pMem)[szRegion*i]; + } + pShmNode->nRegion += nShmPerMap; + } + } + +shmpage_out: + if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){ + *pp = pShmNode->apRegion[iRegion]; + }else{ + *pp = 0; + } + if( pShmNode->isReadonly && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment. +** +** Note that the relationship between SHAREd and EXCLUSIVE locks is a little +** different here than in posix. In xShmLock(), one can go from unlocked +** to shared and back or from unlocked to exclusive and back. But one may +** not go from shared to exclusive or from exclusive to shared. +*/ +static int unixShmLock( + sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database file holding the shared memory */ + int ofst, /* First lock to acquire or release */ + int n, /* Number of locks to acquire or release */ + int flags /* What to do with the lock */ +){ + unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd; /* Connection holding shared memory */ + unixShm *p = pDbFd->pShm; /* The shared memory being locked */ + unixShm *pX; /* For looping over all siblings */ + unixShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode; /* The underlying file iNode */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ + u16 mask; /* Mask of locks to take or release */ + + assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode ); + assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode ); + assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK ); + assert( n>=1 ); + assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) + || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) + || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) + || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) ); + assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 ); + assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 ); + assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 ); + + mask = (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<<ofst); + assert( n>1 || mask==(1<<ofst) ); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); + if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){ + u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */ + + /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */ + for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ + if( pX==p ) continue; + assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 ); + allMask |= pX->sharedMask; + } + + /* Unlock the system-level locks */ + if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){ + rc = unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_UNLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Undo the local locks */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->exclMask &= ~mask; + p->sharedMask &= ~mask; + } + }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){ + u16 allShared = 0; /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */ + + /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections. + ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return + ** SQLITE_BUSY. + */ + for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ + if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + break; + } + allShared |= pX->sharedMask; + } + + /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){ + rc = unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_RDLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + /* Get the local shared locks */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->sharedMask |= mask; + } + }else{ + /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this + ** lock. If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away. + */ + for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ + if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + break; + } + } + + /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful + ** also mark the local connection as being locked. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_WRLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 ); + p->exclMask |= mask; + } + } + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); + OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK shmid-%d, pid-%d got %03x,%03x\n", + p->id, osGetpid(0), p->sharedMask, p->exclMask)); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory. +** +** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before +** any load or store begun after the barrier. +*/ +static void unixShmBarrier( + sqlite3_file *fd /* Database file holding the shared memory */ +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd); + sqlite3MemoryBarrier(); /* compiler-defined memory barrier */ + unixEnterMutex(); /* Also mutex, for redundancy */ + unixLeaveMutex(); +} + +/* +** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying +** storage if deleteFlag is true. +** +** If there is no shared memory associated with the connection then this +** routine is a harmless no-op. +*/ +static int unixShmUnmap( + sqlite3_file *fd, /* The underlying database file */ + int deleteFlag /* Delete shared-memory if true */ +){ + unixShm *p; /* The connection to be closed */ + unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying shared-memory file */ + unixShm **pp; /* For looping over sibling connections */ + unixFile *pDbFd; /* The underlying database file */ + + pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd; + p = pDbFd->pShm; + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + pShmNode = p->pShmNode; + + assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode ); + assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode ); + + /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated + ** with pShmNode */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); + for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){} + *pp = p->pNext; + + /* Free the connection p */ + sqlite3_free(p); + pDbFd->pShm = 0; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); + + /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying + ** shared-memory file, too */ + unixEnterMutex(); + assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 ); + pShmNode->nRef--; + if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){ + if( deleteFlag && pShmNode->h>=0 ){ + osUnlink(pShmNode->zFilename); + } + unixShmPurge(pDbFd); + } + unixLeaveMutex(); + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +#else +# define unixShmMap 0 +# define unixShmLock 0 +# define unixShmBarrier 0 +# define unixShmUnmap 0 +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 +/* +** If it is currently memory mapped, unmap file pFd. +*/ +static void unixUnmapfile(unixFile *pFd){ + assert( pFd->nFetchOut==0 ); + if( pFd->pMapRegion ){ + osMunmap(pFd->pMapRegion, pFd->mmapSizeActual); + pFd->pMapRegion = 0; + pFd->mmapSize = 0; + pFd->mmapSizeActual = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Attempt to set the size of the memory mapping maintained by file +** descriptor pFd to nNew bytes. Any existing mapping is discarded. +** +** If successful, this function sets the following variables: +** +** unixFile.pMapRegion +** unixFile.mmapSize +** unixFile.mmapSizeActual +** +** If unsuccessful, an error message is logged via sqlite3_log() and +** the three variables above are zeroed. In this case SQLite should +** continue accessing the database using the xRead() and xWrite() +** methods. +*/ +static void unixRemapfile( + unixFile *pFd, /* File descriptor object */ + i64 nNew /* Required mapping size */ +){ + const char *zErr = "mmap"; + int h = pFd->h; /* File descriptor open on db file */ + u8 *pOrig = (u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion; /* Pointer to current file mapping */ + i64 nOrig = pFd->mmapSizeActual; /* Size of pOrig region in bytes */ + u8 *pNew = 0; /* Location of new mapping */ + int flags = PROT_READ; /* Flags to pass to mmap() */ + + assert( pFd->nFetchOut==0 ); + assert( nNew>pFd->mmapSize ); + assert( nNew<=pFd->mmapSizeMax ); + assert( nNew>0 ); + assert( pFd->mmapSizeActual>=pFd->mmapSize ); + assert( MAP_FAILED!=0 ); + +#ifdef SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE + if( (pFd->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_RDONLY)==0 ) flags |= PROT_WRITE; +#endif + + if( pOrig ){ +#if HAVE_MREMAP + i64 nReuse = pFd->mmapSize; +#else + const int szSyspage = osGetpagesize(); + i64 nReuse = (pFd->mmapSize & ~(szSyspage-1)); +#endif + u8 *pReq = &pOrig[nReuse]; + + /* Unmap any pages of the existing mapping that cannot be reused. */ + if( nReuse!=nOrig ){ + osMunmap(pReq, nOrig-nReuse); + } + +#if HAVE_MREMAP + pNew = osMremap(pOrig, nReuse, nNew, MREMAP_MAYMOVE); + zErr = "mremap"; +#else + pNew = osMmap(pReq, nNew-nReuse, flags, MAP_SHARED, h, nReuse); + if( pNew!=MAP_FAILED ){ + if( pNew!=pReq ){ + osMunmap(pNew, nNew - nReuse); + pNew = 0; + }else{ + pNew = pOrig; + } + } +#endif + + /* The attempt to extend the existing mapping failed. Free it. */ + if( pNew==MAP_FAILED || pNew==0 ){ + osMunmap(pOrig, nReuse); + } + } + + /* If pNew is still NULL, try to create an entirely new mapping. */ + if( pNew==0 ){ + pNew = osMmap(0, nNew, flags, MAP_SHARED, h, 0); + } + + if( pNew==MAP_FAILED ){ + pNew = 0; + nNew = 0; + unixLogError(SQLITE_OK, zErr, pFd->zPath); + + /* If the mmap() above failed, assume that all subsequent mmap() calls + ** will probably fail too. Fall back to using xRead/xWrite exclusively + ** in this case. */ + pFd->mmapSizeMax = 0; + } + pFd->pMapRegion = (void *)pNew; + pFd->mmapSize = pFd->mmapSizeActual = nNew; +} + +/* +** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file +** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if +** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still +** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op. +** +** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of +** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the +** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the +** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured +** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_LIMIT, whichever is smaller. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not +** recreated as a result of outstanding references) or an SQLite error +** code otherwise. +*/ +static int unixMapfile(unixFile *pFd, i64 nMap){ + assert( nMap>=0 || pFd->nFetchOut==0 ); + assert( nMap>0 || (pFd->mmapSize==0 && pFd->pMapRegion==0) ); + if( pFd->nFetchOut>0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + + if( nMap<0 ){ + struct stat statbuf; /* Low-level file information */ + if( osFstat(pFd->h, &statbuf) ){ + return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; + } + nMap = statbuf.st_size; + } + if( nMap>pFd->mmapSizeMax ){ + nMap = pFd->mmapSizeMax; + } + + assert( nMap>0 || (pFd->mmapSize==0 && pFd->pMapRegion==0) ); + if( nMap!=pFd->mmapSize ){ + unixRemapfile(pFd, nMap); + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ + +/* +** If possible, return a pointer to a mapping of file fd starting at offset +** iOff. The mapping must be valid for at least nAmt bytes. +** +** If such a pointer can be obtained, store it in *pp and return SQLITE_OK. +** Or, if one cannot but no error occurs, set *pp to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. +** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final +** value of *pp is undefined in this case. +** +** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually +** release the reference by calling unixUnfetch(). +*/ +static int unixFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){ +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + unixFile *pFd = (unixFile *)fd; /* The underlying database file */ +#endif + *pp = 0; + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + if( pFd->mmapSizeMax>0 ){ + if( pFd->pMapRegion==0 ){ + int rc = unixMapfile(pFd, -1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + if( pFd->mmapSize >= iOff+nAmt ){ + *pp = &((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff]; + pFd->nFetchOut++; + } + } +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a +** reference obtained by an earlier call to unixFetch(). The second +** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding +** argument that was passed to the unixFetch() invocation. +** +** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called +** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping +** may now be invalid and should be unmapped. +*/ +static int unixUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){ +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + unixFile *pFd = (unixFile *)fd; /* The underlying database file */ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOff); + + /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding + ** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference), + ** then there must be at least one outstanding. */ + assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) ); + + /* If p!=0, it must match the iOff value. */ + assert( p==0 || p==&((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff] ); + + if( p ){ + pFd->nFetchOut--; + }else{ + unixUnmapfile(pFd); + } + + assert( pFd->nFetchOut>=0 ); +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOff); +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods. +** +********************** End sqlite3_file Methods ******************************* +******************************************************************************/ + +/* +** This division contains definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects that +** implement various file locking strategies. It also contains definitions +** of "finder" functions. A finder-function is used to locate the appropriate +** sqlite3_io_methods object for a particular database file. The pAppData +** field of the sqlite3_vfs VFS objects are initialized to be pointers to +** the correct finder-function for that VFS. +** +** Most finder functions return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods +** object. The only interesting finder-function is autolockIoFinder, which +** looks at the filesystem type and tries to guess the best locking +** strategy from that. +** +** For finder-function F, two objects are created: +** +** (1) The real finder-function named "FImpt()". +** +** (2) A constant pointer to this function named just "F". +** +** +** A pointer to the F pointer is used as the pAppData value for VFS +** objects. We have to do this instead of letting pAppData point +** directly at the finder-function since C90 rules prevent a void* +** from be cast into a function pointer. +** +** +** Each instance of this macro generates two objects: +** +** * A constant sqlite3_io_methods object call METHOD that has locking +** methods CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKRESLOCK. +** +** * An I/O method finder function called FINDER that returns a pointer +** to the METHOD object in the previous bullet. +*/ +#define IOMETHODS(FINDER,METHOD,VERSION,CLOSE,LOCK,UNLOCK,CKLOCK,SHMMAP) \ +static const sqlite3_io_methods METHOD = { \ + VERSION, /* iVersion */ \ + CLOSE, /* xClose */ \ + unixRead, /* xRead */ \ + unixWrite, /* xWrite */ \ + unixTruncate, /* xTruncate */ \ + unixSync, /* xSync */ \ + unixFileSize, /* xFileSize */ \ + LOCK, /* xLock */ \ + UNLOCK, /* xUnlock */ \ + CKLOCK, /* xCheckReservedLock */ \ + unixFileControl, /* xFileControl */ \ + unixSectorSize, /* xSectorSize */ \ + unixDeviceCharacteristics, /* xDeviceCapabilities */ \ + SHMMAP, /* xShmMap */ \ + unixShmLock, /* xShmLock */ \ + unixShmBarrier, /* xShmBarrier */ \ + unixShmUnmap, /* xShmUnmap */ \ + unixFetch, /* xFetch */ \ + unixUnfetch, /* xUnfetch */ \ +}; \ +static const sqlite3_io_methods *FINDER##Impl(const char *z, unixFile *p){ \ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(z); UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); \ + return &METHOD; \ +} \ +static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const FINDER)(const char*,unixFile *p) \ + = FINDER##Impl; + +/* +** Here are all of the sqlite3_io_methods objects for each of the +** locking strategies. Functions that return pointers to these methods +** are also created. +*/ +IOMETHODS( + posixIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ + posixIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ + 3, /* shared memory and mmap are enabled */ + unixClose, /* xClose method */ + unixLock, /* xLock method */ + unixUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ + unixCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */ + unixShmMap /* xShmMap method */ +) +IOMETHODS( + nolockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ + nolockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ + 3, /* shared memory is disabled */ + nolockClose, /* xClose method */ + nolockLock, /* xLock method */ + nolockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ + nolockCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */ + 0 /* xShmMap method */ +) +IOMETHODS( + dotlockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ + dotlockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ + 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ + dotlockClose, /* xClose method */ + dotlockLock, /* xLock method */ + dotlockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ + dotlockCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */ + 0 /* xShmMap method */ +) + +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +IOMETHODS( + flockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ + flockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ + 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ + flockClose, /* xClose method */ + flockLock, /* xLock method */ + flockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ + flockCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */ + 0 /* xShmMap method */ +) +#endif + +#if OS_VXWORKS +IOMETHODS( + semIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ + semIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ + 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ + semXClose, /* xClose method */ + semXLock, /* xLock method */ + semXUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ + semXCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */ + 0 /* xShmMap method */ +) +#endif + +#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +IOMETHODS( + afpIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ + afpIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ + 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ + afpClose, /* xClose method */ + afpLock, /* xLock method */ + afpUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ + afpCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */ + 0 /* xShmMap method */ +) +#endif + +/* +** The proxy locking method is a "super-method" in the sense that it +** opens secondary file descriptors for the conch and lock files and +** it uses proxy, dot-file, AFP, and flock() locking methods on those +** secondary files. For this reason, the division that implements +** proxy locking is located much further down in the file. But we need +** to go ahead and define the sqlite3_io_methods and finder function +** for proxy locking here. So we forward declare the I/O methods. +*/ +#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file*); +static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file*, int); +static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int); +static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file*, int*); +IOMETHODS( + proxyIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ + proxyIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ + 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ + proxyClose, /* xClose method */ + proxyLock, /* xLock method */ + proxyUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ + proxyCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */ + 0 /* xShmMap method */ +) +#endif + +/* nfs lockd on OSX 10.3+ doesn't clear write locks when a read lock is set */ +#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +IOMETHODS( + nfsIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ + nfsIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ + 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ + unixClose, /* xClose method */ + unixLock, /* xLock method */ + nfsUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ + unixCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */ + 0 /* xShmMap method */ +) +#endif + +#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +/* +** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy +** for the database file "filePath". It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods +** object that implements that strategy. +** +** This is for MacOSX only. +*/ +static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl( + const char *filePath, /* name of the database file */ + unixFile *pNew /* open file object for the database file */ +){ + static const struct Mapping { + const char *zFilesystem; /* Filesystem type name */ + const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods; /* Appropriate locking method */ + } aMap[] = { + { "hfs", &posixIoMethods }, + { "ufs", &posixIoMethods }, + { "afpfs", &afpIoMethods }, + { "smbfs", &afpIoMethods }, + { "webdav", &nolockIoMethods }, + { 0, 0 } + }; + int i; + struct statfs fsInfo; + struct flock lockInfo; + + if( !filePath ){ + /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file + ** that does not need to be locked. */ + return &nolockIoMethods; + } + if( statfs(filePath, &fsInfo) != -1 ){ + if( fsInfo.f_flags & MNT_RDONLY ){ + return &nolockIoMethods; + } + for(i=0; aMap[i].zFilesystem; i++){ + if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, aMap[i].zFilesystem)==0 ){ + return aMap[i].pMethods; + } + } + } + + /* Default case. Handles, amongst others, "nfs". + ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds, + ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks. + */ + lockInfo.l_len = 1; + lockInfo.l_start = 0; + lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK; + if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) { + if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "nfs")==0 ){ + return &nfsIoMethods; + } else { + return &posixIoMethods; + } + }else{ + return &dotlockIoMethods; + } +} +static const sqlite3_io_methods + *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl; + +#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ + +#if OS_VXWORKS +/* +** This "finder" function for VxWorks checks to see if posix advisory +** locking works. If it does, then that is what is used. If it does not +** work, then fallback to named semaphore locking. +*/ +static const sqlite3_io_methods *vxworksIoFinderImpl( + const char *filePath, /* name of the database file */ + unixFile *pNew /* the open file object */ +){ + struct flock lockInfo; + + if( !filePath ){ + /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file + ** that does not need to be locked. */ + return &nolockIoMethods; + } + + /* Test if fcntl() is supported and use POSIX style locks. + ** Otherwise fall back to the named semaphore method. + */ + lockInfo.l_len = 1; + lockInfo.l_start = 0; + lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK; + if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) { + return &posixIoMethods; + }else{ + return &semIoMethods; + } +} +static const sqlite3_io_methods + *(*const vxworksIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = vxworksIoFinderImpl; + +#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ + +/* +** An abstract type for a pointer to an IO method finder function: +*/ +typedef const sqlite3_io_methods *(*finder_type)(const char*,unixFile*); + + +/**************************************************************************** +**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods **************************** +** +** This division contains the implementation of methods on the +** sqlite3_vfs object. +*/ + +/* +** Initialize the contents of the unixFile structure pointed to by pId. +*/ +static int fillInUnixFile( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ + int h, /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */ + sqlite3_file *pId, /* Write to the unixFile structure here */ + const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file being opened */ + int ctrlFlags /* Zero or more UNIXFILE_* values */ +){ + const sqlite3_io_methods *pLockingStyle; + unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( pNew->pInode==NULL ); + + /* Usually the path zFilename should not be a relative pathname. The + ** exception is when opening the proxy "conch" file in builds that + ** include the special Apple locking styles. + */ +#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' + || pVfs->pAppData==(void*)&autolockIoFinder ); +#else + assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' ); +#endif + + /* No locking occurs in temporary files */ + assert( zFilename!=0 || (ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK)!=0 ); + + OSTRACE(("OPEN %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename)); + pNew->h = h; + pNew->pVfs = pVfs; + pNew->zPath = zFilename; + pNew->ctrlFlags = (u8)ctrlFlags; +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + pNew->mmapSizeMax = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap; +#endif + if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(((ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_URI) ? zFilename : 0), + "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) ){ + pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_PSOW; + } + if( strcmp(pVfs->zName,"unix-excl")==0 ){ + pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_EXCL; + } + +#if OS_VXWORKS + pNew->pId = vxworksFindFileId(zFilename); + if( pNew->pId==0 ){ + ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK; + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } +#endif + + if( ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK ){ + pLockingStyle = &nolockIoMethods; + }else{ + pLockingStyle = (**(finder_type*)pVfs->pAppData)(zFilename, pNew); +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + /* Cache zFilename in the locking context (AFP and dotlock override) for + ** proxyLock activation is possible (remote proxy is based on db name) + ** zFilename remains valid until file is closed, to support */ + pNew->lockingContext = (void*)zFilename; +#endif + } + + if( pLockingStyle == &posixIoMethods +#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + || pLockingStyle == &nfsIoMethods +#endif + ){ + unixEnterMutex(); + rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + /* If an error occurred in findInodeInfo(), close the file descriptor + ** immediately, before releasing the mutex. findInodeInfo() may fail + ** in two scenarios: + ** + ** (a) A call to fstat() failed. + ** (b) A malloc failed. + ** + ** Scenario (b) may only occur if the process is holding no other + ** file descriptors open on the same file. If there were other file + ** descriptors on this file, then no malloc would be required by + ** findInodeInfo(). If this is the case, it is quite safe to close + ** handle h - as it is guaranteed that no posix locks will be released + ** by doing so. + ** + ** If scenario (a) caused the error then things are not so safe. The + ** implicit assumption here is that if fstat() fails, things are in + ** such bad shape that dropping a lock or two doesn't matter much. + */ + robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); + h = -1; + } + unixLeaveMutex(); + } + +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) + else if( pLockingStyle == &afpIoMethods ){ + /* AFP locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in + ** the afpLockingContext. + */ + afpLockingContext *pCtx; + pNew->lockingContext = pCtx = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*pCtx) ); + if( pCtx==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + }else{ + /* NB: zFilename exists and remains valid until the file is closed + ** according to requirement F11141. So we do not need to make a + ** copy of the filename. */ + pCtx->dbPath = zFilename; + pCtx->reserved = 0; + srandomdev(); + unixEnterMutex(); + rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(pNew->lockingContext); + robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); + h = -1; + } + unixLeaveMutex(); + } + } +#endif + + else if( pLockingStyle == &dotlockIoMethods ){ + /* Dotfile locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in + ** the dotlockLockingContext + */ + char *zLockFile; + int nFilename; + assert( zFilename!=0 ); + nFilename = (int)strlen(zFilename) + 6; + zLockFile = (char *)sqlite3_malloc64(nFilename); + if( zLockFile==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + }else{ + sqlite3_snprintf(nFilename, zLockFile, "%s" DOTLOCK_SUFFIX, zFilename); + } + pNew->lockingContext = zLockFile; + } + +#if OS_VXWORKS + else if( pLockingStyle == &semIoMethods ){ + /* Named semaphore locking uses the file path so it needs to be + ** included in the semLockingContext + */ + unixEnterMutex(); + rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode); + if( (rc==SQLITE_OK) && (pNew->pInode->pSem==NULL) ){ + char *zSemName = pNew->pInode->aSemName; + int n; + sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zSemName, "/%s.sem", + pNew->pId->zCanonicalName); + for( n=1; zSemName[n]; n++ ) + if( zSemName[n]=='/' ) zSemName[n] = '_'; + pNew->pInode->pSem = sem_open(zSemName, O_CREAT, 0666, 1); + if( pNew->pInode->pSem == SEM_FAILED ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + pNew->pInode->aSemName[0] = '\0'; + } + } + unixLeaveMutex(); + } +#endif + + storeLastErrno(pNew, 0); +#if OS_VXWORKS + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); + h = -1; + osUnlink(zFilename); + pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE; + } +#endif + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); + }else{ + pNew->pMethod = pLockingStyle; + OpenCounter(+1); + verifyDbFile(pNew); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the name of a directory in which to put temporary files. +** If no suitable temporary file directory can be found, return NULL. +*/ +static const char *unixTempFileDir(void){ + static const char *azDirs[] = { + 0, + 0, + "/var/tmp", + "/usr/tmp", + "/tmp", + "." + }; + unsigned int i = 0; + struct stat buf; + const char *zDir = sqlite3_temp_directory; + + if( !azDirs[0] ) azDirs[0] = getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR"); + if( !azDirs[1] ) azDirs[1] = getenv("TMPDIR"); + while(1){ + if( zDir!=0 + && osStat(zDir, &buf)==0 + && S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode) + && osAccess(zDir, 03)==0 + ){ + return zDir; + } + if( i>=sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]) ) break; + zDir = azDirs[i++]; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Create a temporary file name in zBuf. zBuf must be allocated +** by the calling process and must be big enough to hold at least +** pVfs->mxPathname bytes. +*/ +static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){ + const char *zDir; + int iLimit = 0; + + /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just + ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this + ** function failing. + */ + zBuf[0] = 0; + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR ); + + zDir = unixTempFileDir(); + if( zDir==0 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH; + do{ + u64 r; + sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(r), &r); + assert( nBuf>2 ); + zBuf[nBuf-2] = 0; + sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "%s/"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX"%llx%c", + zDir, r, 0); + if( zBuf[nBuf-2]!=0 || (iLimit++)>10 ) return SQLITE_ERROR; + }while( osAccess(zBuf,0)==0 ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) +/* +** Routine to transform a unixFile into a proxy-locking unixFile. +** Implementation in the proxy-lock division, but used by unixOpen() +** if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING is defined. +*/ +static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile*, const char*); +#endif + +/* +** Search for an unused file descriptor that was opened on the database +** file (not a journal or master-journal file) identified by pathname +** zPath with SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags matching those passed as the second +** argument to this function. +** +** Such a file descriptor may exist if a database connection was closed +** but the associated file descriptor could not be closed because some +** other file descriptor open on the same file is holding a file-lock. +** Refer to comments in the unixClose() function and the lengthy comment +** describing "Posix Advisory Locking" at the start of this file for +** further details. Also, ticket #4018. +** +** If a suitable file descriptor is found, then it is returned. If no +** such file descriptor is located, -1 is returned. +*/ +static UnixUnusedFd *findReusableFd(const char *zPath, int flags){ + UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = 0; + + /* Do not search for an unused file descriptor on vxworks. Not because + ** vxworks would not benefit from the change (it might, we're not sure), + ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better + ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure + ** feature. */ +#if !OS_VXWORKS + struct stat sStat; /* Results of stat() call */ + + /* A stat() call may fail for various reasons. If this happens, it is + ** almost certain that an open() call on the same path will also fail. + ** For this reason, if an error occurs in the stat() call here, it is + ** ignored and -1 is returned. The caller will try to open a new file + ** descriptor on the same path, fail, and return an error to SQLite. + ** + ** Even if a subsequent open() call does succeed, the consequences of + ** not searching for a reusable file descriptor are not dire. */ + if( 0==osStat(zPath, &sStat) ){ + unixInodeInfo *pInode; + + unixEnterMutex(); + pInode = inodeList; + while( pInode && (pInode->fileId.dev!=sStat.st_dev + || pInode->fileId.ino!=sStat.st_ino) ){ + pInode = pInode->pNext; + } + if( pInode ){ + UnixUnusedFd **pp; + for(pp=&pInode->pUnused; *pp && (*pp)->flags!=flags; pp=&((*pp)->pNext)); + pUnused = *pp; + if( pUnused ){ + *pp = pUnused->pNext; + } + } + unixLeaveMutex(); + } +#endif /* if !OS_VXWORKS */ + return pUnused; +} + +/* +** This function is called by unixOpen() to determine the unix permissions +** to create new files with. If no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK is returned +** and a value suitable for passing as the third argument to open(2) is +** written to *pMode. If an IO error occurs, an SQLite error code is +** returned and the value of *pMode is not modified. +** +** In most cases, this routine sets *pMode to 0, which will become +** an indication to robust_open() to create the file using +** SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS adjusted by the umask. +** But if the file being opened is a WAL or regular journal file, then +** this function queries the file-system for the permissions on the +** corresponding database file and sets *pMode to this value. Whenever +** possible, WAL and journal files are created using the same permissions +** as the associated database file. +** +** If the SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES option is enabled, then the +** original filename is unavailable. But 8_3_NAMES is only used for +** FAT filesystems and permissions do not matter there, so just use +** the default permissions. +*/ +static int findCreateFileMode( + const char *zPath, /* Path of file (possibly) being created */ + int flags, /* Flags passed as 4th argument to xOpen() */ + mode_t *pMode, /* OUT: Permissions to open file with */ + uid_t *pUid, /* OUT: uid to set on the file */ + gid_t *pGid /* OUT: gid to set on the file */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + *pMode = 0; + *pUid = 0; + *pGid = 0; + if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_WAL|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ){ + char zDb[MAX_PATHNAME+1]; /* Database file path */ + int nDb; /* Number of valid bytes in zDb */ + struct stat sStat; /* Output of stat() on database file */ + + /* zPath is a path to a WAL or journal file. The following block derives + ** the path to the associated database file from zPath. This block handles + ** the following naming conventions: + ** + ** "<path to db>-journal" + ** "<path to db>-wal" + ** "<path to db>-journalNN" + ** "<path to db>-walNN" + ** + ** where NN is a decimal number. The NN naming schemes are + ** used by the test_multiplex.c module. + */ + nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath) - 1; + while( zPath[nDb]!='-' ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES + /* In the normal case (8+3 filenames disabled) the journal filename + ** is guaranteed to contain a '-' character. */ + assert( nDb>0 ); + assert( sqlite3Isalnum(zPath[nDb]) ); +#else + /* If 8+3 names are possible, then the journal file might not contain + ** a '-' character. So check for that case and return early. */ + if( nDb==0 || zPath[nDb]=='.' ) return SQLITE_OK; +#endif + nDb--; + } + memcpy(zDb, zPath, nDb); + zDb[nDb] = '\0'; + + if( 0==osStat(zDb, &sStat) ){ + *pMode = sStat.st_mode & 0777; + *pUid = sStat.st_uid; + *pGid = sStat.st_gid; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; + } + }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){ + *pMode = 0600; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Open the file zPath. +** +** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this +** one: +** +** sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(); +** sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(); +** sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(); +** +** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags: +** +** ReadWrite() -> (READWRITE | CREATE) +** ReadOnly() -> (READONLY) +** OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE) +** +** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If +** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the +** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new +** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for +** OpenExclusive(). +*/ +static int unixOpen( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The VFS for which this is the xOpen method */ + const char *zPath, /* Pathname of file to be opened */ + sqlite3_file *pFile, /* The file descriptor to be filled in */ + int flags, /* Input flags to control the opening */ + int *pOutFlags /* Output flags returned to SQLite core */ +){ + unixFile *p = (unixFile *)pFile; + int fd = -1; /* File descriptor returned by open() */ + int openFlags = 0; /* Flags to pass to open() */ + int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00; /* Type of file to open */ + int noLock; /* True to omit locking primitives */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Function Return Code */ + int ctrlFlags = 0; /* UNIXFILE_* flags */ + + int isExclusive = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE); + int isDelete = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE); + int isCreate = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); + int isReadonly = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); + int isReadWrite = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE); +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + int isAutoProxy = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY); +#endif +#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + struct statfs fsInfo; +#endif + + /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open + ** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync() + ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d. + */ + int syncDir = (isCreate && ( + eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL + )); + + /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open + ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in. + */ + char zTmpname[MAX_PATHNAME+2]; + const char *zName = zPath; + + /* Check the following statements are true: + ** + ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and + ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and + ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set. + ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set. + */ + assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly)); + assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite); + assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate); + assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate); + + /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never + ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */ + assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ); + assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); + assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL ); + assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); + + /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */ + assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL + ); + + /* Detect a pid change and reset the PRNG. There is a race condition + ** here such that two or more threads all trying to open databases at + ** the same instant might all reset the PRNG. But multiple resets + ** are harmless. + */ + if( randomnessPid!=osGetpid(0) ){ + randomnessPid = osGetpid(0); + sqlite3_randomness(0,0); + } + + memset(p, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); + + if( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){ + UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; + pUnused = findReusableFd(zName, flags); + if( pUnused ){ + fd = pUnused->fd; + }else{ + pUnused = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(*pUnused)); + if( !pUnused ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + } + p->pUnused = pUnused; + + /* Database filenames are double-zero terminated if they are not + ** URIs with parameters. Hence, they can always be passed into + ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */ + assert( (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || zName[strlen(zName)+1]==0 ); + + }else if( !zName ){ + /* If zName is NULL, the upper layer is requesting a temp file. */ + assert(isDelete && !syncDir); + rc = unixGetTempname(pVfs->mxPathname, zTmpname); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + zName = zTmpname; + + /* Generated temporary filenames are always double-zero terminated + ** for use by sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */ + assert( zName[strlen(zName)+1]==0 ); + } + + /* Determine the value of the flags parameter passed to POSIX function + ** open(). These must be calculated even if open() is not called, as + ** they may be stored as part of the file handle and used by the + ** 'conch file' locking functions later on. */ + if( isReadonly ) openFlags |= O_RDONLY; + if( isReadWrite ) openFlags |= O_RDWR; + if( isCreate ) openFlags |= O_CREAT; + if( isExclusive ) openFlags |= (O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW); + openFlags |= (O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY); + + if( fd<0 ){ + mode_t openMode; /* Permissions to create file with */ + uid_t uid; /* Userid for the file */ + gid_t gid; /* Groupid for the file */ + rc = findCreateFileMode(zName, flags, &openMode, &uid, &gid); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( !p->pUnused ); + assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); + return rc; + } + fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode); + OSTRACE(("OPENX %-3d %s 0%o\n", fd, zName, openFlags)); + assert( !isExclusive || (openFlags & O_CREAT)!=0 ); + if( fd<0 && errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite ){ + /* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */ + flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); + openFlags &= ~(O_RDWR|O_CREAT); + flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; + openFlags |= O_RDONLY; + isReadonly = 1; + fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode); + } + if( fd<0 ){ + rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zName); + goto open_finished; + } + + /* If this process is running as root and if creating a new rollback + ** journal or WAL file, set the ownership of the journal or WAL to be + ** the same as the original database. + */ + if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_WAL|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ){ + robustFchown(fd, uid, gid); + } + } + assert( fd>=0 ); + if( pOutFlags ){ + *pOutFlags = flags; + } + + if( p->pUnused ){ + p->pUnused->fd = fd; + p->pUnused->flags = flags; + } + + if( isDelete ){ +#if OS_VXWORKS + zPath = zName; +#elif defined(SQLITE_UNLINK_AFTER_CLOSE) + zPath = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zName); + if( zPath==0 ){ + robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__); + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } +#else + osUnlink(zName); +#endif + } +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + else{ + p->openFlags = openFlags; + } +#endif + +#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + if( fstatfs(fd, &fsInfo) == -1 ){ + storeLastErrno(p, errno); + robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__); + return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; + } + if (0 == strncmp("msdos", fsInfo.f_fstypename, 5)) { + ((unixFile*)pFile)->fsFlags |= SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS; + } + if (0 == strncmp("exfat", fsInfo.f_fstypename, 5)) { + ((unixFile*)pFile)->fsFlags |= SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS; + } +#endif + + /* Set up appropriate ctrlFlags */ + if( isDelete ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE; + if( isReadonly ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_RDONLY; + noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB; + if( noLock ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK; + if( syncDir ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC; + if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_URI; + +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +#if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING + isAutoProxy = 1; +#endif + if( isAutoProxy && (zPath!=NULL) && (!noLock) && pVfs->xOpen ){ + char *envforce = getenv("SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING"); + int useProxy = 0; + + /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means + ** never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only. */ + if( envforce!=NULL ){ + useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0; + }else{ + useProxy = !(fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_LOCAL); + } + if( useProxy ){ + rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:"); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile + ** and clear all the structure's references. Specifically, + ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op + */ + unixClose(pFile); + return rc; + } + } + goto open_finished; + } + } +#endif + + rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags); + +open_finished: + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(p->pUnused); + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Delete the file at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true, fsync() +** the directory after deleting the file. +*/ +static int unixDelete( + sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, /* VFS containing this as the xDelete method */ + const char *zPath, /* Name of file to be deleted */ + int dirSync /* If true, fsync() directory after deleting file */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE); + if( osUnlink(zPath)==(-1) ){ + if( errno==ENOENT +#if OS_VXWORKS + || osAccess(zPath,0)!=0 +#endif + ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; + }else{ + rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, "unlink", zPath); + } + return rc; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC + if( (dirSync & 1)!=0 ){ + int fd; + rc = osOpenDirectory(zPath, &fd); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( full_fsync(fd,0,0) ){ + rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC, "fsync", zPath); + } + robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__); + }else{ + assert( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } +#endif + return rc; +} + +/* +** Test the existence of or access permissions of file zPath. The +** test performed depends on the value of flags: +** +** SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: Return 1 if the file exists +** SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: Return 1 if the file is read and writable. +** SQLITE_ACCESS_READONLY: Return 1 if the file is readable. +** +** Otherwise return 0. +*/ +static int unixAccess( + sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, /* The VFS containing this xAccess method */ + const char *zPath, /* Path of the file to examine */ + int flags, /* What do we want to learn about the zPath file? */ + int *pResOut /* Write result boolean here */ +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; ); + assert( pResOut!=0 ); + + /* The spec says there are three possible values for flags. But only + ** two of them are actually used */ + assert( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS || flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE ); + + if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS ){ + struct stat buf; + *pResOut = (0==osStat(zPath, &buf) && buf.st_size>0); + }else{ + *pResOut = osAccess(zPath, W_OK|R_OK)==0; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** +*/ +static int mkFullPathname( + const char *zPath, /* Input path */ + char *zOut, /* Output buffer */ + int nOut /* Allocated size of buffer zOut */ +){ + int nPath = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath); + int iOff = 0; + if( zPath[0]!='/' ){ + if( osGetcwd(zOut, nOut-2)==0 ){ + return unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "getcwd", zPath); + } + iOff = sqlite3Strlen30(zOut); + zOut[iOff++] = '/'; + } + if( (iOff+nPath+1)>nOut ){ + /* SQLite assumes that xFullPathname() nul-terminates the output buffer + ** even if it returns an error. */ + zOut[iOff] = '\0'; + return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; + } + sqlite3_snprintf(nOut-iOff, &zOut[iOff], "%s", zPath); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path +** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by +** zPath. +** +** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes +** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to +** this buffer before returning. +*/ +static int unixFullPathname( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ + const char *zPath, /* Possibly relative input path */ + int nOut, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */ + char *zOut /* Output buffer */ +){ +#if !defined(HAVE_READLINK) || !defined(HAVE_LSTAT) + return mkFullPathname(zPath, zOut, nOut); +#else + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nByte; + int nLink = 1; /* Number of symbolic links followed so far */ + const char *zIn = zPath; /* Input path for each iteration of loop */ + char *zDel = 0; + + assert( pVfs->mxPathname==MAX_PATHNAME ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); + + /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just + ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this + ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the + ** current working directory has been unlinked. + */ + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); + + do { + + /* Call stat() on path zIn. Set bLink to true if the path is a symbolic + ** link, or false otherwise. */ + int bLink = 0; + struct stat buf; + if( osLstat(zIn, &buf)!=0 ){ + if( errno!=ENOENT ){ + rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "lstat", zIn); + } + }else{ + bLink = S_ISLNK(buf.st_mode); + } + + if( bLink ){ + if( zDel==0 ){ + zDel = sqlite3_malloc(nOut); + if( zDel==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + }else if( ++nLink>SQLITE_MAX_SYMLINKS ){ + rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + nByte = osReadlink(zIn, zDel, nOut-1); + if( nByte<0 ){ + rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "readlink", zIn); + }else{ + if( zDel[0]!='/' ){ + int n; + for(n = sqlite3Strlen30(zIn); n>0 && zIn[n-1]!='/'; n--); + if( nByte+n+1>nOut ){ + rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; + }else{ + memmove(&zDel[n], zDel, nByte+1); + memcpy(zDel, zIn, n); + nByte += n; + } + } + zDel[nByte] = '\0'; + } + } + + zIn = zDel; + } + + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zIn!=zOut || zIn[0]=='/' ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zIn!=zOut ){ + rc = mkFullPathname(zIn, zOut, nOut); + } + if( bLink==0 ) break; + zIn = zOut; + }while( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + + sqlite3_free(zDel); + return rc; +#endif /* HAVE_READLINK && HAVE_LSTAT */ +} + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +/* +** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points +** within the shared library, and closing the shared library. +*/ +#include <dlfcn.h> +static void *unixDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, const char *zFilename){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + return dlopen(zFilename, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL); +} + +/* +** SQLite calls this function immediately after a call to unixDlSym() or +** unixDlOpen() fails (returns a null pointer). If a more detailed error +** message is available, it is written to zBufOut. If no error message +** is available, zBufOut is left unmodified and SQLite uses a default +** error message. +*/ +static void unixDlError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){ + const char *zErr; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + unixEnterMutex(); + zErr = dlerror(); + if( zErr ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBufOut, "%s", zErr); + } + unixLeaveMutex(); +} +static void (*unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *p, const char*zSym))(void){ + /* + ** GCC with -pedantic-errors says that C90 does not allow a void* to be + ** cast into a pointer to a function. And yet the library dlsym() routine + ** returns a void* which is really a pointer to a function. So how do we + ** use dlsym() with -pedantic-errors? + ** + ** Variable x below is defined to be a pointer to a function taking + ** parameters void* and const char* and returning a pointer to a function. + ** We initialize x by assigning it a pointer to the dlsym() function. + ** (That assignment requires a cast.) Then we call the function that + ** x points to. + ** + ** This work-around is unlikely to work correctly on any system where + ** you really cannot cast a function pointer into void*. But then, on the + ** other hand, dlsym() will not work on such a system either, so we have + ** not really lost anything. + */ + void (*(*x)(void*,const char*))(void); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + x = (void(*(*)(void*,const char*))(void))dlsym; + return (*x)(p, zSym); +} +static void unixDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *pHandle){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + dlclose(pHandle); +} +#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */ + #define unixDlOpen 0 + #define unixDlError 0 + #define unixDlSym 0 + #define unixDlClose 0 +#endif + +/* +** Write nBuf bytes of random data to the supplied buffer zBuf. +*/ +static int unixRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + assert((size_t)nBuf>=(sizeof(time_t)+sizeof(int))); + + /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting + ** errors. The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would + ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the + ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry + ** some users. Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize + ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness + ** in the random seed. + ** + ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do. That means + ** that we always use the same random number sequence. This makes the + ** tests repeatable. + */ + memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf); + randomnessPid = osGetpid(0); +#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_RANDOMNESS) + { + int fd, got; + fd = robust_open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY, 0); + if( fd<0 ){ + time_t t; + time(&t); + memcpy(zBuf, &t, sizeof(t)); + memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(t)], &randomnessPid, sizeof(randomnessPid)); + assert( sizeof(t)+sizeof(randomnessPid)<=(size_t)nBuf ); + nBuf = sizeof(t) + sizeof(randomnessPid); + }else{ + do{ got = osRead(fd, zBuf, nBuf); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR ); + robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__); + } + } +#endif + return nBuf; +} + + +/* +** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. +** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep. +** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually +** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which +** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less +** than the argument. +*/ +static int unixSleep(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int microseconds){ +#if OS_VXWORKS + struct timespec sp; + + sp.tv_sec = microseconds / 1000000; + sp.tv_nsec = (microseconds % 1000000) * 1000; + nanosleep(&sp, NULL); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + return microseconds; +#elif defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP + usleep(microseconds); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + return microseconds; +#else + int seconds = (microseconds+999999)/1000000; + sleep(seconds); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + return seconds*1000000; +#endif +} + +/* +** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as +** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of +** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0; /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */ +#endif + +/* +** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write into *piNow +** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000. In +** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian +** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the +** proleptic Gregorian calendar. +** +** On success, return SQLITE_OK. Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date +** cannot be found. +*/ +static int unixCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){ + static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; +#if defined(NO_GETTOD) + time_t t; + time(&t); + *piNow = ((sqlite3_int64)t)*1000 + unixEpoch; +#elif OS_VXWORKS + struct timespec sNow; + clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &sNow); + *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_nsec/1000000; +#else + struct timeval sNow; + (void)gettimeofday(&sNow, 0); /* Cannot fail given valid arguments */ + *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_usec/1000; +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + if( sqlite3_current_time ){ + *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch; + } +#endif + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + return rc; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +/* +** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the +** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and +** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. +*/ +static int unixCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, double *prNow){ + sqlite3_int64 i = 0; + int rc; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + rc = unixCurrentTimeInt64(0, &i); + *prNow = i/86400000.0; + return rc; +} +#else +# define unixCurrentTime 0 +#endif + +/* +** The xGetLastError() method is designed to return a better +** low-level error message when operating-system problems come up +** during SQLite operation. Only the integer return code is currently +** used. +*/ +static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed2); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed3); + return errno; +} + + +/* +************************ End of sqlite3_vfs methods *************************** +******************************************************************************/ + +/****************************************************************************** +************************** Begin Proxy Locking ******************************** +** +** Proxy locking is a "uber-locking-method" in this sense: It uses the +** other locking methods on secondary lock files. Proxy locking is a +** meta-layer over top of the primitive locking implemented above. For +** this reason, the division that implements of proxy locking is deferred +** until late in the file (here) after all of the other I/O methods have +** been defined - so that the primitive locking methods are available +** as services to help with the implementation of proxy locking. +** +**** +** +** The default locking schemes in SQLite use byte-range locks on the +** database file to coordinate safe, concurrent access by multiple readers +** and writers [http://sqlite.org/lockingv3.html]. The five file locking +** states (UNLOCKED, PENDING, SHARED, RESERVED, EXCLUSIVE) are implemented +** as POSIX read & write locks over fixed set of locations (via fsctl), +** on AFP and SMB only exclusive byte-range locks are available via fsctl +** with _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2) to track the same 5 states. +** To simulate a F_RDLCK on the shared range, on AFP a randomly selected +** address in the shared range is taken for a SHARED lock, the entire +** shared range is taken for an EXCLUSIVE lock): +** +** PENDING_BYTE 0x40000000 +** RESERVED_BYTE 0x40000001 +** SHARED_RANGE 0x40000002 -> 0x40000200 +** +** This works well on the local file system, but shows a nearly 100x +** slowdown in read performance on AFP because the AFP client disables +** the read cache when byte-range locks are present. Enabling the read +** cache exposes a cache coherency problem that is present on all OS X +** supported network file systems. NFS and AFP both observe the +** close-to-open semantics for ensuring cache coherency +** [http://nfs.sourceforge.net/#faq_a8], which does not effectively +** address the requirements for concurrent database access by multiple +** readers and writers +** [http://www.nabble.com/SQLite-on-NFS-cache-coherency-td15655701.html]. +** +** To address the performance and cache coherency issues, proxy file locking +** changes the way database access is controlled by limiting access to a +** single host at a time and moving file locks off of the database file +** and onto a proxy file on the local file system. +** +** +** Using proxy locks +** ----------------- +** +** C APIs +** +** sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, +** <proxy_path> | ":auto:"); +** sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, +** &<proxy_path>); +** +** +** SQL pragmas +** +** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file=<proxy_path> | :auto: +** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file +** +** Specifying ":auto:" means that if there is a conch file with a matching +** host ID in it, the proxy path in the conch file will be used, otherwise +** a proxy path based on the user's temp dir +** (via confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR,...)) will be used and the +** actual proxy file name is generated from the name and path of the +** database file. For example: +** +** For database path "/Users/me/foo.db" +** The lock path will be "<tmpdir>/sqliteplocks/_Users_me_foo.db:auto:") +** +** Once a lock proxy is configured for a database connection, it can not +** be removed, however it may be switched to a different proxy path via +** the above APIs (assuming the conch file is not being held by another +** connection or process). +** +** +** How proxy locking works +** ----------------------- +** +** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files: +** +** * conch file to limit access to the database file to a single host +** at a time +** +** * proxy file to act as a proxy for the advisory locks normally +** taken on the database +** +** The conch file - to use a proxy file, sqlite must first "hold the conch" +** by taking an sqlite-style shared lock on the conch file, reading the +** contents and comparing the host's unique host ID (see below) and lock +** proxy path against the values stored in the conch. The conch file is +** stored in the same directory as the database file and the file name +** is patterned after the database file name as ".<databasename>-conch". +** If the conch file does not exist, or its contents do not match the +** host ID and/or proxy path, then the lock is escalated to an exclusive +** lock and the conch file contents is updated with the host ID and proxy +** path and the lock is downgraded to a shared lock again. If the conch +** is held by another process (with a shared lock), the exclusive lock +** will fail and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. +** +** The proxy file - a single-byte file used for all advisory file locks +** normally taken on the database file. This allows for safe sharing +** of the database file for multiple readers and writers on the same +** host (the conch ensures that they all use the same local lock file). +** +** Requesting the lock proxy does not immediately take the conch, it is +** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made. +** This matches the semantics of the traditional locking behavior, where +** opening a connection to a database file does not take a lock on it. +** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until +** the connection to the database is closed. +** +** The proxy file and the lock file are never deleted so they only need +** to be created the first time they are used. +** +** Configuration options +** --------------------- +** +** SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING +** +** Database files accessed on non-local file systems are +** automatically configured for proxy locking, lock files are +** named automatically using the same logic as +** PRAGMA lock_proxy_file=":auto:" +** +** SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG +** +** Enables the logging of error messages during host id file +** retrieval and creation +** +** LOCKPROXYDIR +** +** Overrides the default directory used for lock proxy files that +** are named automatically via the ":auto:" setting +** +** SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS +** +** Permissions to use when creating a directory for storing the +** lock proxy files, only used when LOCKPROXYDIR is not set. +** +** +** As mentioned above, when compiled with SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING, +** setting the environment variable SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING to 1 will +** force proxy locking to be used for every database file opened, and 0 +** will force automatic proxy locking to be disabled for all database +** files (explicitly calling the SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE pragma or +** sqlite_file_control API is not affected by SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING). +*/ + +/* +** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX +*/ +#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + +/* +** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote +** and local proxy files in it +*/ +typedef struct proxyLockingContext proxyLockingContext; +struct proxyLockingContext { + unixFile *conchFile; /* Open conch file */ + char *conchFilePath; /* Name of the conch file */ + unixFile *lockProxy; /* Open proxy lock file */ + char *lockProxyPath; /* Name of the proxy lock file */ + char *dbPath; /* Name of the open file */ + int conchHeld; /* 1 if the conch is held, -1 if lockless */ + int nFails; /* Number of conch taking failures */ + void *oldLockingContext; /* Original lockingcontext to restore on close */ + sqlite3_io_methods const *pOldMethod; /* Original I/O methods for close */ +}; + +/* +** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath, +** which must point to valid, writable memory large enough for a maxLen length +** file path. +*/ +static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){ + int len; + int dbLen; + int i; + +#ifdef LOCKPROXYDIR + len = strlcpy(lPath, LOCKPROXYDIR, maxLen); +#else +# ifdef _CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR + { + if( !confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR, lPath, maxLen) ){ + OSTRACE(("GETLOCKPATH failed %s errno=%d pid=%d\n", + lPath, errno, osGetpid(0))); + return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; + } + len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen); + } +# else + len = strlcpy(lPath, "/tmp/", maxLen); +# endif +#endif + + if( lPath[len-1]!='/' ){ + len = strlcat(lPath, "/", maxLen); + } + + /* transform the db path to a unique cache name */ + dbLen = (int)strlen(dbPath); + for( i=0; i<dbLen && (i+len+7)<(int)maxLen; i++){ + char c = dbPath[i]; + lPath[i+len] = (c=='/')?'_':c; + } + lPath[i+len]='\0'; + strlcat(lPath, ":auto:", maxLen); + OSTRACE(("GETLOCKPATH proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", lPath, osGetpid(0))); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* + ** Creates the lock file and any missing directories in lockPath + */ +static int proxyCreateLockPath(const char *lockPath){ + int i, len; + char buf[MAXPATHLEN]; + int start = 0; + + assert(lockPath!=NULL); + /* try to create all the intermediate directories */ + len = (int)strlen(lockPath); + buf[0] = lockPath[0]; + for( i=1; i<len; i++ ){ + if( lockPath[i] == '/' && (i - start > 0) ){ + /* only mkdir if leaf dir != "." or "/" or ".." */ + if( i-start>2 || (i-start==1 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start] != '/') + || (i-start==2 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start+1] != '.') ){ + buf[i]='\0'; + if( osMkdir(buf, SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS) ){ + int err=errno; + if( err!=EEXIST ) { + OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH FAILED creating %s, " + "'%s' proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", + buf, strerror(err), lockPath, osGetpid(0))); + return err; + } + } + } + start=i+1; + } + buf[i] = lockPath[i]; + } + OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n",lockPath,osGetpid(0))); + return 0; +} + +/* +** Create a new VFS file descriptor (stored in memory obtained from +** sqlite3_malloc) and open the file named "path" in the file descriptor. +** +** The caller is responsible not only for closing the file descriptor +** but also for freeing the memory associated with the file descriptor. +*/ +static int proxyCreateUnixFile( + const char *path, /* path for the new unixFile */ + unixFile **ppFile, /* unixFile created and returned by ref */ + int islockfile /* if non zero missing dirs will be created */ +) { + int fd = -1; + unixFile *pNew; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT; + sqlite3_vfs dummyVfs; + int terrno = 0; + UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = NULL; + + /* 1. first try to open/create the file + ** 2. if that fails, and this is a lock file (not-conch), try creating + ** the parent directories and then try again. + ** 3. if that fails, try to open the file read-only + ** otherwise return BUSY (if lock file) or CANTOPEN for the conch file + */ + pUnused = findReusableFd(path, openFlags); + if( pUnused ){ + fd = pUnused->fd; + }else{ + pUnused = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(*pUnused)); + if( !pUnused ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + } + if( fd<0 ){ + fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0); + terrno = errno; + if( fd<0 && errno==ENOENT && islockfile ){ + if( proxyCreateLockPath(path) == SQLITE_OK ){ + fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0); + } + } + } + if( fd<0 ){ + openFlags = O_RDONLY; + fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0); + terrno = errno; + } + if( fd<0 ){ + if( islockfile ){ + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + switch (terrno) { + case EACCES: + return SQLITE_PERM; + case EIO: + return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; /* even though it is the conch */ + default: + return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; + } + } + + pNew = (unixFile *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(*pNew)); + if( pNew==NULL ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + goto end_create_proxy; + } + memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); + pNew->openFlags = openFlags; + memset(&dummyVfs, 0, sizeof(dummyVfs)); + dummyVfs.pAppData = (void*)&autolockIoFinder; + dummyVfs.zName = "dummy"; + pUnused->fd = fd; + pUnused->flags = openFlags; + pNew->pUnused = pUnused; + + rc = fillInUnixFile(&dummyVfs, fd, (sqlite3_file*)pNew, path, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + *ppFile = pNew; + return SQLITE_OK; + } +end_create_proxy: + robust_close(pNew, fd, __LINE__); + sqlite3_free(pNew); + sqlite3_free(pUnused); + return rc; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +/* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_hostid_num = 0; +#endif + +#define PROXY_HOSTIDLEN 16 /* conch file host id length */ + +#ifdef HAVE_GETHOSTUUID +/* Not always defined in the headers as it ought to be */ +extern int gethostuuid(uuid_t id, const struct timespec *wait); +#endif + +/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN +** bytes of writable memory. +*/ +static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){ + assert(PROXY_HOSTIDLEN == sizeof(uuid_t)); + memset(pHostID, 0, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN); +#ifdef HAVE_GETHOSTUUID + { + struct timespec timeout = {1, 0}; /* 1 sec timeout */ + if( gethostuuid(pHostID, &timeout) ){ + int err = errno; + if( pError ){ + *pError = err; + } + return SQLITE_IOERR; + } + } +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pError); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + /* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */ + if( sqlite3_hostid_num != 0){ + pHostID[0] = (char)(pHostID[0] + (char)(sqlite3_hostid_num & 0xFF)); + } +#endif + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* The conch file contains the header, host id and lock file path + */ +#define PROXY_CONCHVERSION 2 /* 1-byte header, 16-byte host id, path */ +#define PROXY_HEADERLEN 1 /* conch file header length */ +#define PROXY_PATHINDEX (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) +#define PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN+MAXPATHLEN) + +/* +** Takes an open conch file, copies the contents to a new path and then moves +** it back. The newly created file's file descriptor is assigned to the +** conch file structure and finally the original conch file descriptor is +** closed. Returns zero if successful. +*/ +static int proxyBreakConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID){ + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; + unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; + char tPath[MAXPATHLEN]; + char buf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; + char *cPath = pCtx->conchFilePath; + size_t readLen = 0; + size_t pathLen = 0; + char errmsg[64] = ""; + int fd = -1; + int rc = -1; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(myHostID); + + /* create a new path by replace the trailing '-conch' with '-break' */ + pathLen = strlcpy(tPath, cPath, MAXPATHLEN); + if( pathLen>MAXPATHLEN || pathLen<6 || + (strlcpy(&tPath[pathLen-5], "break", 6) != 5) ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"path error (len %d)",(int)pathLen); + goto end_breaklock; + } + /* read the conch content */ + readLen = osPread(conchFile->h, buf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0); + if( readLen<PROXY_PATHINDEX ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"read error (len %d)",(int)readLen); + goto end_breaklock; + } + /* write it out to the temporary break file */ + fd = robust_open(tPath, (O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL), 0); + if( fd<0 ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "create failed (%d)", errno); + goto end_breaklock; + } + if( osPwrite(fd, buf, readLen, 0) != (ssize_t)readLen ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "write failed (%d)", errno); + goto end_breaklock; + } + if( rename(tPath, cPath) ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "rename failed (%d)", errno); + goto end_breaklock; + } + rc = 0; + fprintf(stderr, "broke stale lock on %s\n", cPath); + robust_close(pFile, conchFile->h, __LINE__); + conchFile->h = fd; + conchFile->openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT; + +end_breaklock: + if( rc ){ + if( fd>=0 ){ + osUnlink(tPath); + robust_close(pFile, fd, __LINE__); + } + fprintf(stderr, "failed to break stale lock on %s, %s\n", cPath, errmsg); + } + return rc; +} + +/* Take the requested lock on the conch file and break a stale lock if the +** host id matches. +*/ +static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){ + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; + unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nTries = 0; + struct timespec conchModTime; + + memset(&conchModTime, 0, sizeof(conchModTime)); + do { + rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType); + nTries ++; + if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + /* If the lock failed (busy): + * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again. + * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait + * 10 sec and try again + * 3rd try: break the lock unless the mod time has changed. + */ + struct stat buf; + if( osFstat(conchFile->h, &buf) ){ + storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); + return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; + } + + if( nTries==1 ){ + conchModTime = buf.st_mtimespec; + usleep(500000); /* wait 0.5 sec and try the lock again*/ + continue; + } + + assert( nTries>1 ); + if( conchModTime.tv_sec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_sec || + conchModTime.tv_nsec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_nsec ){ + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + + if( nTries==2 ){ + char tBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; + int len = osPread(conchFile->h, tBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0); + if( len<0 ){ + storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); + return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; + } + if( len>PROXY_PATHINDEX && tBuf[0]==(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION){ + /* don't break the lock if the host id doesn't match */ + if( 0!=memcmp(&tBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) ){ + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + }else{ + /* don't break the lock on short read or a version mismatch */ + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + usleep(10000000); /* wait 10 sec and try the lock again */ + continue; + } + + assert( nTries==3 ); + if( 0==proxyBreakConchLock(pFile, myHostID) ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( lockType==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ + rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK); + } + if( !rc ){ + rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType); + } + } + } + } while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && nTries<3 ); + + return rc; +} + +/* Takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if +** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match. A NULL +** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the +** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically +** and written to the conch file. +*/ +static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; + + if( pCtx->conchHeld!=0 ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; + uuid_t myHostID; + int pError = 0; + char readBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; + char lockPath[MAXPATHLEN]; + char *tempLockPath = NULL; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int createConch = 0; + int hostIdMatch = 0; + int readLen = 0; + int tryOldLockPath = 0; + int forceNewLockPath = 0; + + OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h, + (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), + osGetpid(0))); + + rc = proxyGetHostID(myHostID, &pError); + if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ){ + storeLastErrno(pFile, pError); + goto end_takeconch; + } + rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, SHARED_LOCK); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto end_takeconch; + } + /* read the existing conch file */ + readLen = seekAndRead((unixFile*)conchFile, 0, readBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN); + if( readLen<0 ){ + /* I/O error: lastErrno set by seekAndRead */ + storeLastErrno(pFile, conchFile->lastErrno); + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ; + goto end_takeconch; + }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) || + readBuf[0]!=(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION ){ + /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new + ** conch file. + */ + createConch = 1; + } + /* if the host id matches and the lock path already exists in the conch + ** we'll try to use the path there, if we can't open that path, we'll + ** retry with a new auto-generated path + */ + do { /* in case we need to try again for an :auto: named lock file */ + + if( !createConch && !forceNewLockPath ){ + hostIdMatch = !memcmp(&readBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, + PROXY_HOSTIDLEN); + /* if the conch has data compare the contents */ + if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ + /* for auto-named local lock file, just check the host ID and we'll + ** use the local lock file path that's already in there + */ + if( hostIdMatch ){ + size_t pathLen = (readLen - PROXY_PATHINDEX); + + if( pathLen>=MAXPATHLEN ){ + pathLen=MAXPATHLEN-1; + } + memcpy(lockPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pathLen); + lockPath[pathLen] = 0; + tempLockPath = lockPath; + tryOldLockPath = 1; + /* create a copy of the lock path if the conch is taken */ + goto end_takeconch; + } + }else if( hostIdMatch + && !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX], + readLen-PROXY_PATHINDEX) + ){ + /* conch host and lock path match */ + goto end_takeconch; + } + } + + /* if the conch isn't writable and doesn't match, we can't take it */ + if( (conchFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + goto end_takeconch; + } + + /* either the conch didn't match or we need to create a new one */ + if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ + proxyGetLockPath(pCtx->dbPath, lockPath, MAXPATHLEN); + tempLockPath = lockPath; + /* create a copy of the lock path _only_ if the conch is taken */ + } + + /* update conch with host and path (this will fail if other process + ** has a shared lock already), if the host id matches, use the big + ** stick. + */ + futimes(conchFile->h, NULL); + if( hostIdMatch && !createConch ){ + if( conchFile->pInode && conchFile->pInode->nShared>1 ){ + /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this + ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + } else { + rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); + } + }else{ + rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + char writeBuffer[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; + int writeSize = 0; + + writeBuffer[0] = (char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION; + memcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN); + if( pCtx->lockProxyPath!=NULL ){ + strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pCtx->lockProxyPath, + MAXPATHLEN); + }else{ + strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], tempLockPath, MAXPATHLEN); + } + writeSize = PROXY_PATHINDEX + strlen(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX]); + robust_ftruncate(conchFile->h, writeSize); + rc = unixWrite((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, writeBuffer, writeSize, 0); + full_fsync(conchFile->h,0,0); + /* If we created a new conch file (not just updated the contents of a + ** valid conch file), try to match the permissions of the database + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && createConch ){ + struct stat buf; + int err = osFstat(pFile->h, &buf); + if( err==0 ){ + mode_t cmode = buf.st_mode&(S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP | + S_IROTH|S_IWOTH); + /* try to match the database file R/W permissions, ignore failure */ +#ifndef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG + osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode); +#else + do{ + rc = osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode); + }while( rc==(-1) && errno==EINTR ); + if( rc!=0 ){ + int code = errno; + fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o FAILED with %d %s\n", + cmode, code, strerror(code)); + } else { + fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o SUCCEDED\n",cmode); + } + }else{ + int code = errno; + fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n", + err, code, strerror(code)); +#endif + } + } + } + conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK); + + end_takeconch: + OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h)); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->openFlags ){ + int fd; + if( pFile->h>=0 ){ + robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__); + } + pFile->h = -1; + fd = robust_open(pCtx->dbPath, pFile->openFlags, 0); + OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: OPEN %d\n", fd)); + if( fd>=0 ){ + pFile->h = fd; + }else{ + rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; /* SQLITE_BUSY? proxyTakeConch called + during locking */ + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pCtx->lockProxy ){ + char *path = tempLockPath ? tempLockPath : pCtx->lockProxyPath; + rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(path, &pCtx->lockProxy, 1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && tryOldLockPath ){ + /* we couldn't create the proxy lock file with the old lock file path + ** so try again via auto-naming + */ + forceNewLockPath = 1; + tryOldLockPath = 0; + continue; /* go back to the do {} while start point, try again */ + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* Need to make a copy of path if we extracted the value + ** from the conch file or the path was allocated on the stack + */ + if( tempLockPath ){ + pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, tempLockPath); + if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pCtx->conchHeld = 1; + + if( pCtx->lockProxy->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){ + afpLockingContext *afpCtx; + afpCtx = (afpLockingContext *)pCtx->lockProxy->lockingContext; + afpCtx->dbPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath; + } + } else { + conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK); + } + OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h, + rc==SQLITE_OK?"ok":"failed")); + return rc; + } while (1); /* in case we need to retry the :auto: lock file - + ** we should never get here except via the 'continue' call. */ + } +} + +/* +** If pFile holds a lock on a conch file, then release that lock. +*/ +static int proxyReleaseConch(unixFile *pFile){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Subroutine return code */ + proxyLockingContext *pCtx; /* The locking context for the proxy lock */ + unixFile *conchFile; /* Name of the conch file */ + + pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; + conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; + OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h, + (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), + osGetpid(0))); + if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ + rc = conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK); + } + pCtx->conchHeld = 0; + OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h, + (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"))); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Given the name of a database file, compute the name of its conch file. +** Store the conch filename in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc64(). +** Make *pConchPath point to the new name. Return SQLITE_OK on success +** or SQLITE_NOMEM if unable to obtain memory. +** +** The caller is responsible for ensuring that the allocated memory +** space is eventually freed. +** +** *pConchPath is set to NULL if a memory allocation error occurs. +*/ +static int proxyCreateConchPathname(char *dbPath, char **pConchPath){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int len = (int)strlen(dbPath); /* Length of database filename - dbPath */ + char *conchPath; /* buffer in which to construct conch name */ + + /* Allocate space for the conch filename and initialize the name to + ** the name of the original database file. */ + *pConchPath = conchPath = (char *)sqlite3_malloc64(len + 8); + if( conchPath==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + memcpy(conchPath, dbPath, len+1); + + /* now insert a "." before the last / character */ + for( i=(len-1); i>=0; i-- ){ + if( conchPath[i]=='/' ){ + i++; + break; + } + } + conchPath[i]='.'; + while ( i<len ){ + conchPath[i+1]=dbPath[i]; + i++; + } + + /* append the "-conch" suffix to the file */ + memcpy(&conchPath[i+1], "-conch", 7); + assert( (int)strlen(conchPath) == len+7 ); + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +/* Takes a fully configured proxy locking-style unix file and switches +** the local lock file path +*/ +static int switchLockProxyPath(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext; + char *oldPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){ + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + + /* nothing to do if the path is NULL, :auto: or matches the existing path */ + if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") || + (oldPath && !strncmp(oldPath, path, MAXPATHLEN)) ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy; + pCtx->lockProxy=NULL; + pCtx->conchHeld = 0; + if( lockProxy!=NULL ){ + rc=lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)lockProxy); + if( rc ) return rc; + sqlite3_free(lockProxy); + } + sqlite3_free(oldPath); + pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, path); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** pFile is a file that has been opened by a prior xOpen call. dbPath +** is a string buffer at least MAXPATHLEN+1 characters in size. +** +** This routine find the filename associated with pFile and writes it +** int dbPath. +*/ +static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){ +#if defined(__APPLE__) + if( pFile->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){ + /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field + ** of the struct */ + assert( (int)strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN ); + strlcpy(dbPath, ((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->dbPath, + MAXPATHLEN); + } else +#endif + if( pFile->pMethod == &dotlockIoMethods ){ + /* dot lock style uses the locking context to store the dot lock + ** file path */ + int len = strlen((char *)pFile->lockingContext) - strlen(DOTLOCK_SUFFIX); + memcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, len + 1); + }else{ + /* all other styles use the locking context to store the db file path */ + assert( strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN ); + strlcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, MAXPATHLEN); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking +** will be performed on the local proxy lock file. The following fields +** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and +** the unix structure properly cleaned up at close time: +** ->lockingContext +** ->pMethod +*/ +static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { + proxyLockingContext *pCtx; + char dbPath[MAXPATHLEN+1]; /* Name of the database file */ + char *lockPath=NULL; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){ + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(pFile, dbPath); + if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ){ + lockPath=NULL; + }else{ + lockPath=(char *)path; + } + + OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY %d for %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h, + (lockPath ? lockPath : ":auto:"), osGetpid(0))); + + pCtx = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*pCtx) ); + if( pCtx==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + memset(pCtx, 0, sizeof(*pCtx)); + + rc = proxyCreateConchPathname(dbPath, &pCtx->conchFilePath); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(pCtx->conchFilePath, &pCtx->conchFile, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN && ((pFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0) ){ + /* if (a) the open flags are not O_RDWR, (b) the conch isn't there, and + ** (c) the file system is read-only, then enable no-locking access. + ** Ugh, since O_RDONLY==0x0000 we test for !O_RDWR since unixOpen asserts + ** that openFlags will have only one of O_RDONLY or O_RDWR. + */ + struct statfs fsInfo; + struct stat conchInfo; + int goLockless = 0; + + if( osStat(pCtx->conchFilePath, &conchInfo) == -1 ) { + int err = errno; + if( (err==ENOENT) && (statfs(dbPath, &fsInfo) != -1) ){ + goLockless = (fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_RDONLY) == MNT_RDONLY; + } + } + if( goLockless ){ + pCtx->conchHeld = -1; /* read only FS/ lockless */ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && lockPath ){ + pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, lockPath); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pCtx->dbPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, dbPath); + if( pCtx->dbPath==NULL ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned, + ** switch the locking context and pMethod then return. + */ + pCtx->oldLockingContext = pFile->lockingContext; + pFile->lockingContext = pCtx; + pCtx->pOldMethod = pFile->pMethod; + pFile->pMethod = &proxyIoMethods; + }else{ + if( pCtx->conchFile ){ + pCtx->conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)pCtx->conchFile); + sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFile); + } + sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath); + sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); + sqlite3_free(pCtx); + } + OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY %d %s\n", pFile->h, + (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"))); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** This routine handles sqlite3_file_control() calls that are specific +** to proxy locking. +*/ +static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ + switch( op ){ + case SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: { + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + if( pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods ){ + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext; + proxyTakeConch(pFile); + if( pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ + *(const char **)pArg = pCtx->lockProxyPath; + }else{ + *(const char **)pArg = ":auto: (not held)"; + } + } else { + *(const char **)pArg = NULL; + } + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE: { + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int isProxyStyle = (pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods); + if( pArg==NULL || (const char *)pArg==0 ){ + if( isProxyStyle ){ + /* turn off proxy locking - not supported. If support is added for + ** switching proxy locking mode off then it will need to fail if + ** the journal mode is WAL mode. + */ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR /*SQLITE_PROTOCOL? SQLITE_MISUSE?*/; + }else{ + /* turn off proxy locking - already off - NOOP */ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + }else{ + const char *proxyPath = (const char *)pArg; + if( isProxyStyle ){ + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = + (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext; + if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:") + || (pCtx->lockProxyPath && + !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, proxyPath, MAXPATHLEN)) + ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + rc = switchLockProxyPath(pFile, proxyPath); + } + }else{ + /* turn on proxy file locking */ + rc = proxyTransformUnixFile(pFile, proxyPath); + } + } + return rc; + } + default: { + assert( 0 ); /* The call assures that only valid opcodes are sent */ + } + } + /*NOTREACHED*/ + return SQLITE_ERROR; +} + +/* +** Within this division (the proxying locking implementation) the procedures +** above this point are all utilities. The lock-related methods of the +** proxy-locking sqlite3_io_method object follow. +*/ + + +/* +** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified +** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut +** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value +** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. +*/ +static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; + if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ + unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy; + return proxy->pMethod->xCheckReservedLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, pResOut); + }else{ /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */ + pResOut=0; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one +** of the following: +** +** (1) SHARED_LOCK +** (2) RESERVED_LOCK +** (3) PENDING_LOCK +** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK +** +** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states +** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later +** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but +** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed +** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: +** +** UNLOCKED -> SHARED +** SHARED -> RESERVED +** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE +** +** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() +** routine to lower a locking level. +*/ +static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; + if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ + unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy; + rc = proxy->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock); + pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock; + }else{ + /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */ + } + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock +** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. +** +** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below +** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. +*/ +static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; + if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ + unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy; + rc = proxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock); + pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock; + }else{ + /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */ + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Close a file that uses proxy locks. +*/ +static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) { + if( ALWAYS(id) ){ + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; + unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy; + unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( lockProxy ){ + rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy, NO_LOCK); + if( rc ) return rc; + rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy); + if( rc ) return rc; + sqlite3_free(lockProxy); + pCtx->lockProxy = 0; + } + if( conchFile ){ + if( pCtx->conchHeld ){ + rc = proxyReleaseConch(pFile); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + rc = conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)conchFile); + if( rc ) return rc; + sqlite3_free(conchFile); + } + sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath); + sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); + sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->dbPath); + /* restore the original locking context and pMethod then close it */ + pFile->lockingContext = pCtx->oldLockingContext; + pFile->pMethod = pCtx->pOldMethod; + sqlite3_free(pCtx); + return pFile->pMethod->xClose(id); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + + +#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ +/* +** The proxy locking style is intended for use with AFP filesystems. +** And since AFP is only supported on MacOSX, the proxy locking is also +** restricted to MacOSX. +** +** +******************* End of the proxy lock implementation ********************** +******************************************************************************/ + +/* +** Initialize the operating system interface. +** +** This routine registers all VFS implementations for unix-like operating +** systems. This routine, and the sqlite3_os_end() routine that follows, +** should be the only routines in this file that are visible from other +** files. +** +** This routine is called once during SQLite initialization and by a +** single thread. The memory allocation and mutex subsystems have not +** necessarily been initialized when this routine is called, and so they +** should not be used. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_os_init(void){ + /* + ** The following macro defines an initializer for an sqlite3_vfs object. + ** The name of the VFS is NAME. The pAppData is a pointer to a pointer + ** to the "finder" function. (pAppData is a pointer to a pointer because + ** silly C90 rules prohibit a void* from being cast to a function pointer + ** and so we have to go through the intermediate pointer to avoid problems + ** when compiling with -pedantic-errors on GCC.) + ** + ** The FINDER parameter to this macro is the name of the pointer to the + ** finder-function. The finder-function returns a pointer to the + ** sqlite_io_methods object that implements the desired locking + ** behaviors. See the division above that contains the IOMETHODS + ** macro for addition information on finder-functions. + ** + ** Most finders simply return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods + ** object. But the "autolockIoFinder" available on MacOSX does a little + ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the + ** database file and tries to choose an locking method appropriate for + ** that filesystem time. + */ + #define UNIXVFS(VFSNAME, FINDER) { \ + 3, /* iVersion */ \ + sizeof(unixFile), /* szOsFile */ \ + MAX_PATHNAME, /* mxPathname */ \ + 0, /* pNext */ \ + VFSNAME, /* zName */ \ + (void*)&FINDER, /* pAppData */ \ + unixOpen, /* xOpen */ \ + unixDelete, /* xDelete */ \ + unixAccess, /* xAccess */ \ + unixFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ \ + unixDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ \ + unixDlError, /* xDlError */ \ + unixDlSym, /* xDlSym */ \ + unixDlClose, /* xDlClose */ \ + unixRandomness, /* xRandomness */ \ + unixSleep, /* xSleep */ \ + unixCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ \ + unixGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */ \ + unixCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */ \ + unixSetSystemCall, /* xSetSystemCall */ \ + unixGetSystemCall, /* xGetSystemCall */ \ + unixNextSystemCall, /* xNextSystemCall */ \ + } + + /* + ** All default VFSes for unix are contained in the following array. + ** + ** Note that the sqlite3_vfs.pNext field of the VFS object is modified + ** by the SQLite core when the VFS is registered. So the following + ** array cannot be const. + */ + static sqlite3_vfs aVfs[] = { +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) + UNIXVFS("unix", autolockIoFinder ), +#elif OS_VXWORKS + UNIXVFS("unix", vxworksIoFinder ), +#else + UNIXVFS("unix", posixIoFinder ), +#endif + UNIXVFS("unix-none", nolockIoFinder ), + UNIXVFS("unix-dotfile", dotlockIoFinder ), + UNIXVFS("unix-excl", posixIoFinder ), +#if OS_VXWORKS + UNIXVFS("unix-namedsem", semIoFinder ), +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || OS_VXWORKS + UNIXVFS("unix-posix", posixIoFinder ), +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + UNIXVFS("unix-flock", flockIoFinder ), +#endif +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) + UNIXVFS("unix-afp", afpIoFinder ), + UNIXVFS("unix-nfs", nfsIoFinder ), + UNIXVFS("unix-proxy", proxyIoFinder ), +#endif + }; + unsigned int i; /* Loop counter */ + + /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed + ** correctly. See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */ + assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==28 ); + + /* Register all VFSes defined in the aVfs[] array */ + for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){ + sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Shutdown the operating system interface. +** +** Some operating systems might need to do some cleanup in this routine, +** to release dynamically allocated objects. But not on unix. +** This routine is a no-op for unix. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_os_end(void){ + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */ + +/************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file os_win.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2004 May 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains code that is specific to Windows. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN /* This file is used for Windows only */ + +/* +** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files +*/ +/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_win.c ****************/ +/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/ +/* +** 2004 May 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to +** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those +** files. +** +** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a +** general purpose header file. +*/ +#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_ +#define _OS_COMMON_H_ + +/* +** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG +** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the +** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time. +*/ +#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG +# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead." +#endif + +/* +** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works +** on i486 hardware. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE + +/* +** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing +** high-performance timing routines. +*/ +/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/ +/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 May 27 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance" +** counters for x86 class CPUs. +*/ +#ifndef _HWTIME_H_ +#define _HWTIME_H_ + +/* +** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors. +** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the +** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res +** profiling. +*/ +#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \ + (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)) + + #if defined(__GNUC__) + + __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + unsigned int lo, hi; + __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi)); + return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo; + } + + #elif defined(_MSC_VER) + + __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + __asm { + rdtsc + ret ; return value at EDX:EAX + } + } + + #endif + +#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)) + + __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + unsigned long val; + __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); + return val; + } + +#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) + + __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + unsigned long long retval; + unsigned long junk; + __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\ + 1: mftbu %1\n\ + mftb %L0\n\ + mftbu %0\n\ + cmpw %0,%1\n\ + bne 1b" + : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk)); + return retval; + } + +#else + + #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform. + + /* + ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform, + ** you can remove the above #error and use the following + ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many + ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at + ** least compile and run. + */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); } + +#endif + +#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */ + +/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/ + +static sqlite_uint64 g_start; +static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed; +#define TIMER_START g_start=sqlite3Hwtime() +#define TIMER_END g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start +#define TIMER_ELAPSED g_elapsed +#else +#define TIMER_START +#define TIMER_END +#define TIMER_ELAPSED ((sqlite_uint64)0) +#endif + +/* +** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block +** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This +** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit; +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_persist; +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_benign; +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_diskfull_pending; +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_diskfull; +#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X) +#define SimulateIOError(CODE) \ + if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \ + || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ) \ + { local_ioerr(); CODE; } +static void local_ioerr(){ + IOTRACE(("IOERR\n")); + sqlite3_io_error_hit++; + if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++; +} +#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \ + if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \ + if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \ + local_ioerr(); \ + sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \ + sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \ + CODE; \ + }else{ \ + sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \ + } \ + } +#else +#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) +#define SimulateIOError(A) +#define SimulateDiskfullError(A) +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) */ + +/* +** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_open_file_count; +#define OpenCounter(X) sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X) +#else +#define OpenCounter(X) +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) */ + +#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */ + +/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in os_win.c *********************/ + +/* +** Include the header file for the Windows VFS. +*/ +/* #include "os_win.h" */ + +/* +** Compiling and using WAL mode requires several APIs that are only +** available in Windows platforms based on the NT kernel. +*/ +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINNT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) +# error "WAL mode requires support from the Windows NT kernel, compile\ + with SQLITE_OMIT_WAL." +#endif + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINNT && SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 +# error "Memory mapped files require support from the Windows NT kernel,\ + compile with SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE=0." +#endif + +/* +** Are most of the Win32 ANSI APIs available (i.e. with certain exceptions +** based on the sub-platform)? +*/ +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_ANSI) +# define SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI +#endif + +/* +** Are most of the Win32 Unicode APIs available (i.e. with certain exceptions +** based on the sub-platform)? +*/ +#if (SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINNT || SQLITE_OS_WINRT) && \ + !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_WIDE) +# define SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE +#endif + +/* +** Make sure at least one set of Win32 APIs is available. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) +# error "At least one of SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI and SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE\ + must be defined." +#endif + +/* +** Define the required Windows SDK version constants if they are not +** already available. +*/ +#ifndef NTDDI_WIN8 +# define NTDDI_WIN8 0x06020000 +#endif + +#ifndef NTDDI_WINBLUE +# define NTDDI_WINBLUE 0x06030000 +#endif + +#ifndef NTDDI_WINTHRESHOLD +# define NTDDI_WINTHRESHOLD 0x06040000 +#endif + +/* +** Check to see if the GetVersionEx[AW] functions are deprecated on the +** target system. GetVersionEx was first deprecated in Win8.1. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX +# if defined(NTDDI_VERSION) && NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINBLUE +# define SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX 0 /* GetVersionEx() is deprecated */ +# else +# define SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX 1 /* GetVersionEx() is current */ +# endif +#endif + +/* +** Check to see if the CreateFileMappingA function is supported on the +** target system. It is unavailable when using "mincore.lib" on Win10. +** When compiling for Windows 10, always assume "mincore.lib" is in use. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_CREATEFILEMAPPINGA +# if defined(NTDDI_VERSION) && NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINTHRESHOLD +# define SQLITE_WIN32_CREATEFILEMAPPINGA 0 +# else +# define SQLITE_WIN32_CREATEFILEMAPPINGA 1 +# endif +#endif + +/* +** This constant should already be defined (in the "WinDef.h" SDK file). +*/ +#ifndef MAX_PATH +# define MAX_PATH (260) +#endif + +/* +** Maximum pathname length (in chars) for Win32. This should normally be +** MAX_PATH. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS +# define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS (MAX_PATH) +#endif + +/* +** This constant should already be defined (in the "WinNT.h" SDK file). +*/ +#ifndef UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS +# define UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS (32767) +#endif + +/* +** Maximum pathname length (in chars) for WinNT. This should normally be +** UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS +# define SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS (UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS) +#endif + +/* +** Maximum pathname length (in bytes) for Win32. The MAX_PATH macro is in +** characters, so we allocate 4 bytes per character assuming worst-case of +** 4-bytes-per-character for UTF8. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES +# define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES (SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS*4) +#endif + +/* +** Maximum pathname length (in bytes) for WinNT. This should normally be +** UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS * sizeof(WCHAR). +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES +# define SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES \ + (sizeof(WCHAR) * SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS) +#endif + +/* +** Maximum error message length (in chars) for WinRT. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS +# define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS (1024) +#endif + +/* +** Returns non-zero if the character should be treated as a directory +** separator. +*/ +#ifndef winIsDirSep +# define winIsDirSep(a) (((a) == '/') || ((a) == '\\')) +#endif + +/* +** This macro is used when a local variable is set to a value that is +** [sometimes] not used by the code (e.g. via conditional compilation). +*/ +#ifndef UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE +# define UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(x) (void)(x) +#endif + +/* +** Returns the character that should be used as the directory separator. +*/ +#ifndef winGetDirSep +# define winGetDirSep() '\\' +#endif + +/* +** Do we need to manually define the Win32 file mapping APIs for use with WAL +** mode or memory mapped files (e.g. these APIs are available in the Windows +** CE SDK; however, they are not present in the header file)? +*/ +#if SQLITE_WIN32_FILEMAPPING_API && \ + (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0) +/* +** Two of the file mapping APIs are different under WinRT. Figure out which +** set we need. +*/ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT +WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingFromApp(HANDLE, \ + LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, ULONG, ULONG64, LPCWSTR); + +WINBASEAPI LPVOID WINAPI MapViewOfFileFromApp(HANDLE, ULONG, ULONG64, SIZE_T); +#else +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) +WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingA(HANDLE, LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \ + DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, LPCSTR); +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) */ + +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) +WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingW(HANDLE, LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \ + DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, LPCWSTR); +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) */ + +WINBASEAPI LPVOID WINAPI MapViewOfFile(HANDLE, DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, SIZE_T); +#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINRT */ + +/* +** These file mapping APIs are common to both Win32 and WinRT. +*/ + +WINBASEAPI BOOL WINAPI FlushViewOfFile(LPCVOID, SIZE_T); +WINBASEAPI BOOL WINAPI UnmapViewOfFile(LPCVOID); +#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_FILEMAPPING_API */ + +/* +** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition. +*/ +#ifndef INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES +# define INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ((DWORD)-1) +#endif + +#ifndef FILE_FLAG_MASK +# define FILE_FLAG_MASK (0xFF3C0000) +#endif + +#ifndef FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK +# define FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK (0x0003FFF7) +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +/* Forward references to structures used for WAL */ +typedef struct winShm winShm; /* A connection to shared-memory */ +typedef struct winShmNode winShmNode; /* A region of shared-memory */ +#endif + +/* +** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it +** with some code of our own. +*/ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE +typedef struct winceLock { + int nReaders; /* Number of reader locks obtained */ + BOOL bPending; /* Indicates a pending lock has been obtained */ + BOOL bReserved; /* Indicates a reserved lock has been obtained */ + BOOL bExclusive; /* Indicates an exclusive lock has been obtained */ +} winceLock; +#endif + +/* +** The winFile structure is a subclass of sqlite3_file* specific to the win32 +** portability layer. +*/ +typedef struct winFile winFile; +struct winFile { + const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /*** Must be first ***/ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS used to open this file */ + HANDLE h; /* Handle for accessing the file */ + u8 locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */ + short sharedLockByte; /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */ + u8 ctrlFlags; /* Flags. See WINFILE_* below */ + DWORD lastErrno; /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + winShm *pShm; /* Instance of shared memory on this file */ +#endif + const char *zPath; /* Full pathname of this file */ + int szChunk; /* Chunk size configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + LPWSTR zDeleteOnClose; /* Name of file to delete when closing */ + HANDLE hMutex; /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */ + HANDLE hShared; /* Shared memory segment used for locking */ + winceLock local; /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */ + winceLock *shared; /* Global shared lock memory for the file */ +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + int nFetchOut; /* Number of outstanding xFetch references */ + HANDLE hMap; /* Handle for accessing memory mapping */ + void *pMapRegion; /* Area memory mapped */ + sqlite3_int64 mmapSize; /* Usable size of mapped region */ + sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeActual; /* Actual size of mapped region */ + sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeMax; /* Configured FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE value */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for winFile.ctrlFlags +*/ +#define WINFILE_RDONLY 0x02 /* Connection is read only */ +#define WINFILE_PERSIST_WAL 0x04 /* Persistent WAL mode */ +#define WINFILE_PSOW 0x10 /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */ + +/* + * The size of the buffer used by sqlite3_win32_write_debug(). + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE +# define SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE ((int)(4096-sizeof(DWORD))) +#endif + +/* + * The value used with sqlite3_win32_set_directory() to specify that + * the data directory should be changed. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE +# define SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE (1) +#endif + +/* + * The value used with sqlite3_win32_set_directory() to specify that + * the temporary directory should be changed. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE +# define SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE (2) +#endif + +/* + * If compiled with SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC on Windows, we will use the + * various Win32 API heap functions instead of our own. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC + +/* + * If this is non-zero, an isolated heap will be created by the native Win32 + * allocator subsystem; otherwise, the default process heap will be used. This + * setting has no effect when compiling for WinRT. By default, this is enabled + * and an isolated heap will be created to store all allocated data. + * + ****************************************************************************** + * WARNING: It is important to note that when this setting is non-zero and the + * winMemShutdown function is called (e.g. by the sqlite3_shutdown + * function), all data that was allocated using the isolated heap will + * be freed immediately and any attempt to access any of that freed + * data will almost certainly result in an immediate access violation. + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE +# define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE (TRUE) +#endif + +/* + * This is cache size used in the calculation of the initial size of the + * Win32-specific heap. It cannot be negative. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_CACHE_SIZE +# if SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE>=0 +# define SQLITE_WIN32_CACHE_SIZE (SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE) +# else +# define SQLITE_WIN32_CACHE_SIZE (-(SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE)) +# endif +#endif + +/* + * The initial size of the Win32-specific heap. This value may be zero. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE +# define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE ((SQLITE_WIN32_CACHE_SIZE) * \ + (SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE) + 4194304) +#endif + +/* + * The maximum size of the Win32-specific heap. This value may be zero. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE +# define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE (0) +#endif + +/* + * The extra flags to use in calls to the Win32 heap APIs. This value may be + * zero for the default behavior. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS +# define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS (0) +#endif + + +/* +** The winMemData structure stores information required by the Win32-specific +** sqlite3_mem_methods implementation. +*/ +typedef struct winMemData winMemData; +struct winMemData { +#ifndef NDEBUG + u32 magic1; /* Magic number to detect structure corruption. */ +#endif + HANDLE hHeap; /* The handle to our heap. */ + BOOL bOwned; /* Do we own the heap (i.e. destroy it on shutdown)? */ +#ifndef NDEBUG + u32 magic2; /* Magic number to detect structure corruption. */ +#endif +}; + +#ifndef NDEBUG +#define WINMEM_MAGIC1 0x42b2830b +#define WINMEM_MAGIC2 0xbd4d7cf4 +#endif + +static struct winMemData win_mem_data = { +#ifndef NDEBUG + WINMEM_MAGIC1, +#endif + NULL, FALSE +#ifndef NDEBUG + ,WINMEM_MAGIC2 +#endif +}; + +#ifndef NDEBUG +#define winMemAssertMagic1() assert( win_mem_data.magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 ) +#define winMemAssertMagic2() assert( win_mem_data.magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 ) +#define winMemAssertMagic() winMemAssertMagic1(); winMemAssertMagic2(); +#else +#define winMemAssertMagic() +#endif + +#define winMemGetDataPtr() &win_mem_data +#define winMemGetHeap() win_mem_data.hHeap +#define winMemGetOwned() win_mem_data.bOwned + +static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes); +static void winMemFree(void *pPrior); +static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes); +static int winMemSize(void *p); +static int winMemRoundup(int n); +static int winMemInit(void *pAppData); +static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void); +#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */ + +/* +** The following variable is (normally) set once and never changes +** thereafter. It records whether the operating system is Win9x +** or WinNT. +** +** 0: Operating system unknown. +** 1: Operating system is Win9x. +** 2: Operating system is WinNT. +** +** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture +** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API LONG SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE sqlite3_os_type = 0; +#else +static LONG SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE sqlite3_os_type = 0; +#endif + +#ifndef SYSCALL +# define SYSCALL sqlite3_syscall_ptr +#endif + +/* +** This function is not available on Windows CE or WinRT. + */ + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT +# define osAreFileApisANSI() 1 +#endif + +/* +** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that +** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during +** testing and sandboxing. The following array holds the names and pointers +** to all overrideable system calls. +*/ +static struct win_syscall { + const char *zName; /* Name of the system call */ + sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */ + sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */ +} aSyscall[] = { +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "AreFileApisANSI", (SYSCALL)AreFileApisANSI, 0 }, +#else + { "AreFileApisANSI", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#ifndef osAreFileApisANSI +#define osAreFileApisANSI ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[0].pCurrent) +#endif + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + { "CharLowerW", (SYSCALL)CharLowerW, 0 }, +#else + { "CharLowerW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osCharLowerW ((LPWSTR(WINAPI*)(LPWSTR))aSyscall[1].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + { "CharUpperW", (SYSCALL)CharUpperW, 0 }, +#else + { "CharUpperW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osCharUpperW ((LPWSTR(WINAPI*)(LPWSTR))aSyscall[2].pCurrent) + + { "CloseHandle", (SYSCALL)CloseHandle, 0 }, + +#define osCloseHandle ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[3].pCurrent) + +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) + { "CreateFileA", (SYSCALL)CreateFileA, 0 }, +#else + { "CreateFileA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osCreateFileA ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,DWORD,DWORD, \ + LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,DWORD,DWORD,HANDLE))aSyscall[4].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + { "CreateFileW", (SYSCALL)CreateFileW, 0 }, +#else + { "CreateFileW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osCreateFileW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,DWORD, \ + LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,DWORD,DWORD,HANDLE))aSyscall[5].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && \ + (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0) && \ + SQLITE_WIN32_CREATEFILEMAPPINGA + { "CreateFileMappingA", (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingA, 0 }, +#else + { "CreateFileMappingA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osCreateFileMappingA ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \ + DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,LPCSTR))aSyscall[6].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \ + (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0)) + { "CreateFileMappingW", (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingW, 0 }, +#else + { "CreateFileMappingW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osCreateFileMappingW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \ + DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[7].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + { "CreateMutexW", (SYSCALL)CreateMutexW, 0 }, +#else + { "CreateMutexW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osCreateMutexW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,BOOL, \ + LPCWSTR))aSyscall[8].pCurrent) + +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) + { "DeleteFileA", (SYSCALL)DeleteFileA, 0 }, +#else + { "DeleteFileA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osDeleteFileA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[9].pCurrent) + +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + { "DeleteFileW", (SYSCALL)DeleteFileW, 0 }, +#else + { "DeleteFileW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osDeleteFileW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[10].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + { "FileTimeToLocalFileTime", (SYSCALL)FileTimeToLocalFileTime, 0 }, +#else + { "FileTimeToLocalFileTime", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osFileTimeToLocalFileTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST FILETIME*, \ + LPFILETIME))aSyscall[11].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + { "FileTimeToSystemTime", (SYSCALL)FileTimeToSystemTime, 0 }, +#else + { "FileTimeToSystemTime", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osFileTimeToSystemTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST FILETIME*, \ + LPSYSTEMTIME))aSyscall[12].pCurrent) + + { "FlushFileBuffers", (SYSCALL)FlushFileBuffers, 0 }, + +#define osFlushFileBuffers ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[13].pCurrent) + +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) + { "FormatMessageA", (SYSCALL)FormatMessageA, 0 }, +#else + { "FormatMessageA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osFormatMessageA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPCVOID,DWORD,DWORD,LPSTR, \ + DWORD,va_list*))aSyscall[14].pCurrent) + +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + { "FormatMessageW", (SYSCALL)FormatMessageW, 0 }, +#else + { "FormatMessageW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osFormatMessageW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPCVOID,DWORD,DWORD,LPWSTR, \ + DWORD,va_list*))aSyscall[15].pCurrent) + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) + { "FreeLibrary", (SYSCALL)FreeLibrary, 0 }, +#else + { "FreeLibrary", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osFreeLibrary ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HMODULE))aSyscall[16].pCurrent) + + { "GetCurrentProcessId", (SYSCALL)GetCurrentProcessId, 0 }, + +#define osGetCurrentProcessId ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[17].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) + { "GetDiskFreeSpaceA", (SYSCALL)GetDiskFreeSpaceA, 0 }, +#else + { "GetDiskFreeSpaceA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetDiskFreeSpaceA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,LPDWORD,LPDWORD,LPDWORD, \ + LPDWORD))aSyscall[18].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + { "GetDiskFreeSpaceW", (SYSCALL)GetDiskFreeSpaceW, 0 }, +#else + { "GetDiskFreeSpaceW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetDiskFreeSpaceW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,LPDWORD,LPDWORD,LPDWORD, \ + LPDWORD))aSyscall[19].pCurrent) + +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) + { "GetFileAttributesA", (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesA, 0 }, +#else + { "GetFileAttributesA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetFileAttributesA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[20].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + { "GetFileAttributesW", (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesW, 0 }, +#else + { "GetFileAttributesW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetFileAttributesW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[21].pCurrent) + +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + { "GetFileAttributesExW", (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesExW, 0 }, +#else + { "GetFileAttributesExW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetFileAttributesExW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,GET_FILEEX_INFO_LEVELS, \ + LPVOID))aSyscall[22].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "GetFileSize", (SYSCALL)GetFileSize, 0 }, +#else + { "GetFileSize", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetFileSize ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPDWORD))aSyscall[23].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) + { "GetFullPathNameA", (SYSCALL)GetFullPathNameA, 0 }, +#else + { "GetFullPathNameA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetFullPathNameA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,DWORD,LPSTR, \ + LPSTR*))aSyscall[24].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + { "GetFullPathNameW", (SYSCALL)GetFullPathNameW, 0 }, +#else + { "GetFullPathNameW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetFullPathNameW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,LPWSTR, \ + LPWSTR*))aSyscall[25].pCurrent) + + { "GetLastError", (SYSCALL)GetLastError, 0 }, + +#define osGetLastError ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[26].pCurrent) + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + /* The GetProcAddressA() routine is only available on Windows CE. */ + { "GetProcAddressA", (SYSCALL)GetProcAddressA, 0 }, +#else + /* All other Windows platforms expect GetProcAddress() to take + ** an ANSI string regardless of the _UNICODE setting */ + { "GetProcAddressA", (SYSCALL)GetProcAddress, 0 }, +#endif +#else + { "GetProcAddressA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetProcAddressA ((FARPROC(WINAPI*)(HMODULE, \ + LPCSTR))aSyscall[27].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "GetSystemInfo", (SYSCALL)GetSystemInfo, 0 }, +#else + { "GetSystemInfo", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetSystemInfo ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPSYSTEM_INFO))aSyscall[28].pCurrent) + + { "GetSystemTime", (SYSCALL)GetSystemTime, 0 }, + +#define osGetSystemTime ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPSYSTEMTIME))aSyscall[29].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE + { "GetSystemTimeAsFileTime", (SYSCALL)GetSystemTimeAsFileTime, 0 }, +#else + { "GetSystemTimeAsFileTime", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetSystemTimeAsFileTime ((VOID(WINAPI*)( \ + LPFILETIME))aSyscall[30].pCurrent) + +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) + { "GetTempPathA", (SYSCALL)GetTempPathA, 0 }, +#else + { "GetTempPathA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetTempPathA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPSTR))aSyscall[31].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + { "GetTempPathW", (SYSCALL)GetTempPathW, 0 }, +#else + { "GetTempPathW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetTempPathW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPWSTR))aSyscall[32].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "GetTickCount", (SYSCALL)GetTickCount, 0 }, +#else + { "GetTickCount", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetTickCount ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[33].pCurrent) + +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX + { "GetVersionExA", (SYSCALL)GetVersionExA, 0 }, +#else + { "GetVersionExA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetVersionExA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \ + LPOSVERSIONINFOA))aSyscall[34].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \ + SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX + { "GetVersionExW", (SYSCALL)GetVersionExW, 0 }, +#else + { "GetVersionExW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetVersionExW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \ + LPOSVERSIONINFOW))aSyscall[35].pCurrent) + + { "HeapAlloc", (SYSCALL)HeapAlloc, 0 }, + +#define osHeapAlloc ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \ + SIZE_T))aSyscall[36].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "HeapCreate", (SYSCALL)HeapCreate, 0 }, +#else + { "HeapCreate", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osHeapCreate ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(DWORD,SIZE_T, \ + SIZE_T))aSyscall[37].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "HeapDestroy", (SYSCALL)HeapDestroy, 0 }, +#else + { "HeapDestroy", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osHeapDestroy ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[38].pCurrent) + + { "HeapFree", (SYSCALL)HeapFree, 0 }, + +#define osHeapFree ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,LPVOID))aSyscall[39].pCurrent) + + { "HeapReAlloc", (SYSCALL)HeapReAlloc, 0 }, + +#define osHeapReAlloc ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,LPVOID, \ + SIZE_T))aSyscall[40].pCurrent) + + { "HeapSize", (SYSCALL)HeapSize, 0 }, + +#define osHeapSize ((SIZE_T(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \ + LPCVOID))aSyscall[41].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "HeapValidate", (SYSCALL)HeapValidate, 0 }, +#else + { "HeapValidate", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osHeapValidate ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \ + LPCVOID))aSyscall[42].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "HeapCompact", (SYSCALL)HeapCompact, 0 }, +#else + { "HeapCompact", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osHeapCompact ((UINT(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD))aSyscall[43].pCurrent) + +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) + { "LoadLibraryA", (SYSCALL)LoadLibraryA, 0 }, +#else + { "LoadLibraryA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osLoadLibraryA ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[44].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \ + !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) + { "LoadLibraryW", (SYSCALL)LoadLibraryW, 0 }, +#else + { "LoadLibraryW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osLoadLibraryW ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[45].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "LocalFree", (SYSCALL)LocalFree, 0 }, +#else + { "LocalFree", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osLocalFree ((HLOCAL(WINAPI*)(HLOCAL))aSyscall[46].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "LockFile", (SYSCALL)LockFile, 0 }, +#else + { "LockFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#ifndef osLockFile +#define osLockFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ + DWORD))aSyscall[47].pCurrent) +#endif + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE + { "LockFileEx", (SYSCALL)LockFileEx, 0 }, +#else + { "LockFileEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#ifndef osLockFileEx +#define osLockFileEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ + LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[48].pCurrent) +#endif + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && \ + (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0)) + { "MapViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)MapViewOfFile, 0 }, +#else + { "MapViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osMapViewOfFile ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ + SIZE_T))aSyscall[49].pCurrent) + + { "MultiByteToWideChar", (SYSCALL)MultiByteToWideChar, 0 }, + +#define osMultiByteToWideChar ((int(WINAPI*)(UINT,DWORD,LPCSTR,int,LPWSTR, \ + int))aSyscall[50].pCurrent) + + { "QueryPerformanceCounter", (SYSCALL)QueryPerformanceCounter, 0 }, + +#define osQueryPerformanceCounter ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \ + LARGE_INTEGER*))aSyscall[51].pCurrent) + + { "ReadFile", (SYSCALL)ReadFile, 0 }, + +#define osReadFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPVOID,DWORD,LPDWORD, \ + LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[52].pCurrent) + + { "SetEndOfFile", (SYSCALL)SetEndOfFile, 0 }, + +#define osSetEndOfFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[53].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "SetFilePointer", (SYSCALL)SetFilePointer, 0 }, +#else + { "SetFilePointer", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osSetFilePointer ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LONG,PLONG, \ + DWORD))aSyscall[54].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "Sleep", (SYSCALL)Sleep, 0 }, +#else + { "Sleep", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osSleep ((VOID(WINAPI*)(DWORD))aSyscall[55].pCurrent) + + { "SystemTimeToFileTime", (SYSCALL)SystemTimeToFileTime, 0 }, + +#define osSystemTimeToFileTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST SYSTEMTIME*, \ + LPFILETIME))aSyscall[56].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "UnlockFile", (SYSCALL)UnlockFile, 0 }, +#else + { "UnlockFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#ifndef osUnlockFile +#define osUnlockFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ + DWORD))aSyscall[57].pCurrent) +#endif + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE + { "UnlockFileEx", (SYSCALL)UnlockFileEx, 0 }, +#else + { "UnlockFileEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osUnlockFileEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ + LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[58].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + { "UnmapViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)UnmapViewOfFile, 0 }, +#else + { "UnmapViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osUnmapViewOfFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCVOID))aSyscall[59].pCurrent) + + { "WideCharToMultiByte", (SYSCALL)WideCharToMultiByte, 0 }, + +#define osWideCharToMultiByte ((int(WINAPI*)(UINT,DWORD,LPCWSTR,int,LPSTR,int, \ + LPCSTR,LPBOOL))aSyscall[60].pCurrent) + + { "WriteFile", (SYSCALL)WriteFile, 0 }, + +#define osWriteFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPCVOID,DWORD,LPDWORD, \ + LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[61].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "CreateEventExW", (SYSCALL)CreateEventExW, 0 }, +#else + { "CreateEventExW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osCreateEventExW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,LPCWSTR, \ + DWORD,DWORD))aSyscall[62].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "WaitForSingleObject", (SYSCALL)WaitForSingleObject, 0 }, +#else + { "WaitForSingleObject", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osWaitForSingleObject ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \ + DWORD))aSyscall[63].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE + { "WaitForSingleObjectEx", (SYSCALL)WaitForSingleObjectEx, 0 }, +#else + { "WaitForSingleObjectEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osWaitForSingleObjectEx ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \ + BOOL))aSyscall[64].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "SetFilePointerEx", (SYSCALL)SetFilePointerEx, 0 }, +#else + { "SetFilePointerEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osSetFilePointerEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LARGE_INTEGER, \ + PLARGE_INTEGER,DWORD))aSyscall[65].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "GetFileInformationByHandleEx", (SYSCALL)GetFileInformationByHandleEx, 0 }, +#else + { "GetFileInformationByHandleEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetFileInformationByHandleEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \ + FILE_INFO_BY_HANDLE_CLASS,LPVOID,DWORD))aSyscall[66].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0) + { "MapViewOfFileFromApp", (SYSCALL)MapViewOfFileFromApp, 0 }, +#else + { "MapViewOfFileFromApp", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osMapViewOfFileFromApp ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,ULONG,ULONG64, \ + SIZE_T))aSyscall[67].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "CreateFile2", (SYSCALL)CreateFile2, 0 }, +#else + { "CreateFile2", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osCreateFile2 ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ + LPCREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS))aSyscall[68].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) + { "LoadPackagedLibrary", (SYSCALL)LoadPackagedLibrary, 0 }, +#else + { "LoadPackagedLibrary", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osLoadPackagedLibrary ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR, \ + DWORD))aSyscall[69].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "GetTickCount64", (SYSCALL)GetTickCount64, 0 }, +#else + { "GetTickCount64", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetTickCount64 ((ULONGLONG(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[70].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { "GetNativeSystemInfo", (SYSCALL)GetNativeSystemInfo, 0 }, +#else + { "GetNativeSystemInfo", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osGetNativeSystemInfo ((VOID(WINAPI*)( \ + LPSYSTEM_INFO))aSyscall[71].pCurrent) + +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) + { "OutputDebugStringA", (SYSCALL)OutputDebugStringA, 0 }, +#else + { "OutputDebugStringA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osOutputDebugStringA ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[72].pCurrent) + +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + { "OutputDebugStringW", (SYSCALL)OutputDebugStringW, 0 }, +#else + { "OutputDebugStringW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osOutputDebugStringW ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[73].pCurrent) + + { "GetProcessHeap", (SYSCALL)GetProcessHeap, 0 }, + +#define osGetProcessHeap ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[74].pCurrent) + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0) + { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingFromApp, 0 }, +#else + { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osCreateFileMappingFromApp ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \ + LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,ULONG,ULONG64,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[75].pCurrent) + +/* +** NOTE: On some sub-platforms, the InterlockedCompareExchange "function" +** is really just a macro that uses a compiler intrinsic (e.g. x64). +** So do not try to make this is into a redefinable interface. +*/ +#if defined(InterlockedCompareExchange) + { "InterlockedCompareExchange", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, + +#define osInterlockedCompareExchange InterlockedCompareExchange +#else + { "InterlockedCompareExchange", (SYSCALL)InterlockedCompareExchange, 0 }, + +#define osInterlockedCompareExchange ((LONG(WINAPI*)(LONG \ + SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE*, LONG,LONG))aSyscall[76].pCurrent) +#endif /* defined(InterlockedCompareExchange) */ + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_USE_UUID + { "UuidCreate", (SYSCALL)UuidCreate, 0 }, +#else + { "UuidCreate", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osUuidCreate ((RPC_STATUS(RPC_ENTRY*)(UUID*))aSyscall[77].pCurrent) + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_USE_UUID + { "UuidCreateSequential", (SYSCALL)UuidCreateSequential, 0 }, +#else + { "UuidCreateSequential", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osUuidCreateSequential \ + ((RPC_STATUS(RPC_ENTRY*)(UUID*))aSyscall[78].pCurrent) + +#if !defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) && SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + { "FlushViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)FlushViewOfFile, 0 }, +#else + { "FlushViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, +#endif + +#define osFlushViewOfFile \ + ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCVOID,SIZE_T))aSyscall[79].pCurrent) + +}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */ + +/* +** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the +** "win32" VFSes. Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the +** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable +** system call named zName. +*/ +static int winSetSystemCall( + sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed, /* The VFS pointer. Not used */ + const char *zName, /* Name of system call to override */ + sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc /* Pointer to new system call value */ +){ + unsigned int i; + int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed); + if( zName==0 ){ + /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default + ** settings and return NULL + */ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){ + if( aSyscall[i].pDefault ){ + aSyscall[i].pCurrent = aSyscall[i].pDefault; + } + } + }else{ + /* If zName is specified, operate on only the one system call + ** specified. + */ + for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){ + if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ){ + if( aSyscall[i].pDefault==0 ){ + aSyscall[i].pDefault = aSyscall[i].pCurrent; + } + rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pNewFunc==0 ) pNewFunc = aSyscall[i].pDefault; + aSyscall[i].pCurrent = pNewFunc; + break; + } + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the value of a system call. Return NULL if zName is not a +** recognized system call name. NULL is also returned if the system call +** is currently undefined. +*/ +static sqlite3_syscall_ptr winGetSystemCall( + sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed, + const char *zName +){ + unsigned int i; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed); + for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){ + if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) return aSyscall[i].pCurrent; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Return the name of the first system call after zName. If zName==NULL +** then return the name of the first system call. Return NULL if zName +** is the last system call or if zName is not the name of a valid +** system call. +*/ +static const char *winNextSystemCall(sqlite3_vfs *p, const char *zName){ + int i = -1; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); + if( zName ){ + for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aSyscall)-1; i++){ + if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) break; + } + } + for(i++; i<ArraySize(aSyscall); i++){ + if( aSyscall[i].pCurrent!=0 ) return aSyscall[i].zName; + } + return 0; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC +/* +** If a Win32 native heap has been configured, this function will attempt to +** compact it. Upon success, SQLITE_OK will be returned. Upon failure, one +** of SQLITE_NOMEM, SQLITE_ERROR, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND will be returned. The +** "pnLargest" argument, if non-zero, will be used to return the size of the +** largest committed free block in the heap, in bytes. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_win32_compact_heap(LPUINT pnLargest){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + UINT nLargest = 0; + HANDLE hHeap; + + winMemAssertMagic(); + hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); + assert( hHeap!=0 ); + assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) + assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) ); +#endif +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + if( (nLargest=osHeapCompact(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS))==0 ){ + DWORD lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + if( lastErrno==NO_ERROR ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapCompact (no space), heap=%p", + (void*)hHeap); + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + }else{ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_ERROR, "failed to HeapCompact (%lu), heap=%p", + osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + } +#else + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTFOUND, "failed to HeapCompact, heap=%p", + (void*)hHeap); + rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND; +#endif + if( pnLargest ) *pnLargest = nLargest; + return rc; +} + +/* +** If a Win32 native heap has been configured, this function will attempt to +** destroy and recreate it. If the Win32 native heap is not isolated and/or +** the sqlite3_memory_used() function does not return zero, SQLITE_BUSY will +** be returned and no changes will be made to the Win32 native heap. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_win32_reset_heap(){ + int rc; + MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; ) /* The main static mutex */ + MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMem; ) /* The memsys static mutex */ + MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) + MUTEX_LOGIC( pMem = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); ) + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMem); + winMemAssertMagic(); + if( winMemGetHeap()!=NULL && winMemGetOwned() && sqlite3_memory_used()==0 ){ + /* + ** At this point, there should be no outstanding memory allocations on + ** the heap. Also, since both the master and memsys locks are currently + ** being held by us, no other function (i.e. from another thread) should + ** be able to even access the heap. Attempt to destroy and recreate our + ** isolated Win32 native heap now. + */ + assert( winMemGetHeap()!=NULL ); + assert( winMemGetOwned() ); + assert( sqlite3_memory_used()==0 ); + winMemShutdown(winMemGetDataPtr()); + assert( winMemGetHeap()==NULL ); + assert( !winMemGetOwned() ); + assert( sqlite3_memory_used()==0 ); + rc = winMemInit(winMemGetDataPtr()); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || winMemGetHeap()!=NULL ); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || winMemGetOwned() ); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3_memory_used()==0 ); + }else{ + /* + ** The Win32 native heap cannot be modified because it may be in use. + */ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMem); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */ + +/* +** This function outputs the specified (ANSI) string to the Win32 debugger +** (if available). +*/ + +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_win32_write_debug(const char *zBuf, int nBuf){ + char zDbgBuf[SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE]; + int nMin = MIN(nBuf, (SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE - 1)); /* may be negative. */ + if( nMin<-1 ) nMin = -1; /* all negative values become -1. */ + assert( nMin==-1 || nMin==0 || nMin<SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE ); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !zBuf ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return; + } +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) + if( nMin>0 ){ + memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE); + memcpy(zDbgBuf, zBuf, nMin); + osOutputDebugStringA(zDbgBuf); + }else{ + osOutputDebugStringA(zBuf); + } +#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE); + if ( osMultiByteToWideChar( + osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP, 0, zBuf, + nMin, (LPWSTR)zDbgBuf, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE/sizeof(WCHAR))<=0 ){ + return; + } + osOutputDebugStringW((LPCWSTR)zDbgBuf); +#else + if( nMin>0 ){ + memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE); + memcpy(zDbgBuf, zBuf, nMin); + fprintf(stderr, "%s", zDbgBuf); + }else{ + fprintf(stderr, "%s", zBuf); + } +#endif +} + +/* +** The following routine suspends the current thread for at least ms +** milliseconds. This is equivalent to the Win32 Sleep() interface. +*/ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT +static HANDLE sleepObj = NULL; +#endif + +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds){ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + if ( sleepObj==NULL ){ + sleepObj = osCreateEventExW(NULL, NULL, CREATE_EVENT_MANUAL_RESET, + SYNCHRONIZE); + } + assert( sleepObj!=NULL ); + osWaitForSingleObjectEx(sleepObj, milliseconds, FALSE); +#else + osSleep(milliseconds); +#endif +} + +#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 && !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && \ + SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 +SQLITE_PRIVATE DWORD sqlite3Win32Wait(HANDLE hObject){ + DWORD rc; + while( (rc = osWaitForSingleObjectEx(hObject, INFINITE, + TRUE))==WAIT_IO_COMPLETION ){} + return rc; +} +#endif + +/* +** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP, +** or WinCE. Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME. +** +** Here is an interesting observation: Win95, Win98, and WinME lack +** the LockFileEx() API. But we can still statically link against that +** API as long as we don't call it when running Win95/98/ME. A call to +** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or +** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call +** the LockFileEx() API. +*/ + +#if !SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX +# define osIsNT() (1) +#elif SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT || !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) +# define osIsNT() (1) +#elif !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) +# define osIsNT() (0) +#else +# define osIsNT() ((sqlite3_os_type==2) || sqlite3_win32_is_nt()) +#endif + +/* +** This function determines if the machine is running a version of Windows +** based on the NT kernel. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_win32_is_nt(void){ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + /* + ** NOTE: The WinRT sub-platform is always assumed to be based on the NT + ** kernel. + */ + return 1; +#elif SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX + if( osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, 0, 0)==0 ){ +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) + OSVERSIONINFOA sInfo; + sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo); + osGetVersionExA(&sInfo); + osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, + (sInfo.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) ? 2 : 1, 0); +#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + OSVERSIONINFOW sInfo; + sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo); + osGetVersionExW(&sInfo); + osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, + (sInfo.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) ? 2 : 1, 0); +#endif + } + return osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, 2, 2)==2; +#elif SQLITE_TEST + return osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, 2, 2)==2; +#else + /* + ** NOTE: All sub-platforms where the GetVersionEx[AW] functions are + ** deprecated are always assumed to be based on the NT kernel. + */ + return 1; +#endif +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC +/* +** Allocate nBytes of memory. +*/ +static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes){ + HANDLE hHeap; + void *p; + + winMemAssertMagic(); + hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); + assert( hHeap!=0 ); + assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) + assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) ); +#endif + assert( nBytes>=0 ); + p = osHeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes); + if( !p ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapAlloc %u bytes (%lu), heap=%p", + nBytes, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap); + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Free memory. +*/ +static void winMemFree(void *pPrior){ + HANDLE hHeap; + + winMemAssertMagic(); + hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); + assert( hHeap!=0 ); + assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) + assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ); +#endif + if( !pPrior ) return; /* Passing NULL to HeapFree is undefined. */ + if( !osHeapFree(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapFree block %p (%lu), heap=%p", + pPrior, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap); + } +} + +/* +** Change the size of an existing memory allocation +*/ +static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){ + HANDLE hHeap; + void *p; + + winMemAssertMagic(); + hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); + assert( hHeap!=0 ); + assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) + assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ); +#endif + assert( nBytes>=0 ); + if( !pPrior ){ + p = osHeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes); + }else{ + p = osHeapReAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior, (SIZE_T)nBytes); + } + if( !p ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to %s %u bytes (%lu), heap=%p", + pPrior ? "HeapReAlloc" : "HeapAlloc", nBytes, osGetLastError(), + (void*)hHeap); + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes. +*/ +static int winMemSize(void *p){ + HANDLE hHeap; + SIZE_T n; + + winMemAssertMagic(); + hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); + assert( hHeap!=0 ); + assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) + assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, p) ); +#endif + if( !p ) return 0; + n = osHeapSize(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, p); + if( n==(SIZE_T)-1 ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapSize block %p (%lu), heap=%p", + p, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap); + return 0; + } + return (int)n; +} + +/* +** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. +*/ +static int winMemRoundup(int n){ + return n; +} + +/* +** Initialize this module. +*/ +static int winMemInit(void *pAppData){ + winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData; + + if( !pWinMemData ) return SQLITE_ERROR; + assert( pWinMemData->magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 ); + assert( pWinMemData->magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 ); + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE + if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){ + DWORD dwInitialSize = SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE; + DWORD dwMaximumSize = (DWORD)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap; + if( dwMaximumSize==0 ){ + dwMaximumSize = SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE; + }else if( dwInitialSize>dwMaximumSize ){ + dwInitialSize = dwMaximumSize; + } + pWinMemData->hHeap = osHeapCreate(SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, + dwInitialSize, dwMaximumSize); + if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, + "failed to HeapCreate (%lu), flags=%u, initSize=%lu, maxSize=%lu", + osGetLastError(), SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, dwInitialSize, + dwMaximumSize); + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + pWinMemData->bOwned = TRUE; + assert( pWinMemData->bOwned ); + } +#else + pWinMemData->hHeap = osGetProcessHeap(); + if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, + "failed to GetProcessHeap (%lu)", osGetLastError()); + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + pWinMemData->bOwned = FALSE; + assert( !pWinMemData->bOwned ); +#endif + assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=0 ); + assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) + assert( osHeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) ); +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Deinitialize this module. +*/ +static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData){ + winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData; + + if( !pWinMemData ) return; + assert( pWinMemData->magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 ); + assert( pWinMemData->magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 ); + + if( pWinMemData->hHeap ){ + assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) + assert( osHeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) ); +#endif + if( pWinMemData->bOwned ){ + if( !osHeapDestroy(pWinMemData->hHeap) ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapDestroy (%lu), heap=%p", + osGetLastError(), (void*)pWinMemData->hHeap); + } + pWinMemData->bOwned = FALSE; + } + pWinMemData->hHeap = NULL; + } +} + +/* +** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in +** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The +** arguments specify the block of memory to manage. +** +** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore +** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void){ + static const sqlite3_mem_methods winMemMethods = { + winMemMalloc, + winMemFree, + winMemRealloc, + winMemSize, + winMemRoundup, + winMemInit, + winMemShutdown, + &win_mem_data + }; + return &winMemMethods; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ + sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, sqlite3MemGetWin32()); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */ + +/* +** Convert a UTF-8 string to Microsoft Unicode. +** +** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +*/ +static LPWSTR winUtf8ToUnicode(const char *zText){ + int nChar; + LPWSTR zWideText; + + nChar = osMultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zText, -1, NULL, 0); + if( nChar==0 ){ + return 0; + } + zWideText = sqlite3MallocZero( nChar*sizeof(WCHAR) ); + if( zWideText==0 ){ + return 0; + } + nChar = osMultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zText, -1, zWideText, + nChar); + if( nChar==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zWideText); + zWideText = 0; + } + return zWideText; +} + +/* +** Convert a Microsoft Unicode string to UTF-8. +** +** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +*/ +static char *winUnicodeToUtf8(LPCWSTR zWideText){ + int nByte; + char *zText; + + nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideText, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0); + if( nByte == 0 ){ + return 0; + } + zText = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte ); + if( zText==0 ){ + return 0; + } + nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideText, -1, zText, nByte, + 0, 0); + if( nByte == 0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zText); + zText = 0; + } + return zText; +} + +/* +** Convert an ANSI string to Microsoft Unicode, using the ANSI or OEM +** code page. +** +** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +*/ +static LPWSTR winMbcsToUnicode(const char *zText, int useAnsi){ + int nByte; + LPWSTR zMbcsText; + int codepage = useAnsi ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP; + + nByte = osMultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zText, -1, NULL, + 0)*sizeof(WCHAR); + if( nByte==0 ){ + return 0; + } + zMbcsText = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(WCHAR) ); + if( zMbcsText==0 ){ + return 0; + } + nByte = osMultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zText, -1, zMbcsText, + nByte); + if( nByte==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zMbcsText); + zMbcsText = 0; + } + return zMbcsText; +} + +/* +** Convert a Microsoft Unicode string to a multi-byte character string, +** using the ANSI or OEM code page. +** +** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +*/ +static char *winUnicodeToMbcs(LPCWSTR zWideText, int useAnsi){ + int nByte; + char *zText; + int codepage = useAnsi ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP; + + nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideText, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0); + if( nByte == 0 ){ + return 0; + } + zText = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte ); + if( zText==0 ){ + return 0; + } + nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideText, -1, zText, + nByte, 0, 0); + if( nByte == 0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zText); + zText = 0; + } + return zText; +} + +/* +** Convert a multi-byte character string to UTF-8. +** +** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +*/ +static char *winMbcsToUtf8(const char *zText, int useAnsi){ + char *zTextUtf8; + LPWSTR zTmpWide; + + zTmpWide = winMbcsToUnicode(zText, useAnsi); + if( zTmpWide==0 ){ + return 0; + } + zTextUtf8 = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTmpWide); + sqlite3_free(zTmpWide); + return zTextUtf8; +} + +/* +** Convert a UTF-8 string to a multi-byte character string. +** +** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +*/ +static char *winUtf8ToMbcs(const char *zText, int useAnsi){ + char *zTextMbcs; + LPWSTR zTmpWide; + + zTmpWide = winUtf8ToUnicode(zText); + if( zTmpWide==0 ){ + return 0; + } + zTextMbcs = winUnicodeToMbcs(zTmpWide, useAnsi); + sqlite3_free(zTmpWide); + return zTextMbcs; +} + +/* +** This is a public wrapper for the winUtf8ToUnicode() function. +*/ +SQLITE_API LPWSTR SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_unicode(const char *zText){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !zText ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; +#endif + return winUtf8ToUnicode(zText); +} + +/* +** This is a public wrapper for the winUnicodeToUtf8() function. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_win32_unicode_to_utf8(LPCWSTR zWideText){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !zWideText ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; +#endif + return winUnicodeToUtf8(zWideText); +} + +/* +** This is a public wrapper for the winMbcsToUtf8() function. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(const char *zText){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !zText ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; +#endif + return winMbcsToUtf8(zText, osAreFileApisANSI()); +} + +/* +** This is a public wrapper for the winMbcsToUtf8() function. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8_v2(const char *zText, int useAnsi){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !zText ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; +#endif + return winMbcsToUtf8(zText, useAnsi); +} + +/* +** This is a public wrapper for the winUtf8ToMbcs() function. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(const char *zText){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !zText ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; +#endif + return winUtf8ToMbcs(zText, osAreFileApisANSI()); +} + +/* +** This is a public wrapper for the winUtf8ToMbcs() function. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs_v2(const char *zText, int useAnsi){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !zText ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; +#endif + return winUtf8ToMbcs(zText, useAnsi); +} + +/* +** This function sets the data directory or the temporary directory based on +** the provided arguments. The type argument must be 1 in order to set the +** data directory or 2 in order to set the temporary directory. The zValue +** argument is the name of the directory to use. The return value will be +** SQLITE_OK if successful. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_win32_set_directory(DWORD type, LPCWSTR zValue){ + char **ppDirectory = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + int rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ) return rc; +#endif + if( type==SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE ){ + ppDirectory = &sqlite3_data_directory; + }else if( type==SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE ){ + ppDirectory = &sqlite3_temp_directory; + } + assert( !ppDirectory || type==SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE + || type==SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE + ); + assert( !ppDirectory || sqlite3MemdebugHasType(*ppDirectory, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); + if( ppDirectory ){ + char *zValueUtf8 = 0; + if( zValue && zValue[0] ){ + zValueUtf8 = winUnicodeToUtf8(zValue); + if ( zValueUtf8==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + } + sqlite3_free(*ppDirectory); + *ppDirectory = zValueUtf8; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + return SQLITE_ERROR; +} + +/* +** The return value of winGetLastErrorMsg +** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero +** otherwise (if the message was truncated). +*/ +static int winGetLastErrorMsg(DWORD lastErrno, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ + /* FormatMessage returns 0 on failure. Otherwise it + ** returns the number of TCHARs written to the output + ** buffer, excluding the terminating null char. + */ + DWORD dwLen = 0; + char *zOut = 0; + + if( osIsNT() ){ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + WCHAR zTempWide[SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS+1]; + dwLen = osFormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | + FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, + NULL, + lastErrno, + 0, + zTempWide, + SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS, + 0); +#else + LPWSTR zTempWide = NULL; + dwLen = osFormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | + FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | + FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, + NULL, + lastErrno, + 0, + (LPWSTR) &zTempWide, + 0, + 0); +#endif + if( dwLen > 0 ){ + /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */ + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + zOut = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTempWide); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */ + osLocalFree(zTempWide); +#endif + } + } +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI + else{ + char *zTemp = NULL; + dwLen = osFormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | + FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | + FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, + NULL, + lastErrno, + 0, + (LPSTR) &zTemp, + 0, + 0); + if( dwLen > 0 ){ + /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */ + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + zOut = winMbcsToUtf8(zTemp, osAreFileApisANSI()); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */ + osLocalFree(zTemp); + } + } +#endif + if( 0 == dwLen ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%lx (%lu)", lastErrno, lastErrno); + }else{ + /* copy a maximum of nBuf chars to output buffer */ + sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "%s", zOut); + /* free the UTF8 buffer */ + sqlite3_free(zOut); + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** +** This function - winLogErrorAtLine() - is only ever called via the macro +** winLogError(). +** +** This routine is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function. +** It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of +** error code and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from +** FormatMessage. +** +** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that +** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). +** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that +** failed and the associated file-system path, if any. +*/ +#define winLogError(a,b,c,d) winLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,d,__LINE__) +static int winLogErrorAtLine( + int errcode, /* SQLite error code */ + DWORD lastErrno, /* Win32 last error */ + const char *zFunc, /* Name of OS function that failed */ + const char *zPath, /* File path associated with error */ + int iLine /* Source line number where error occurred */ +){ + char zMsg[500]; /* Human readable error text */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + + zMsg[0] = 0; + winGetLastErrorMsg(lastErrno, sizeof(zMsg), zMsg); + assert( errcode!=SQLITE_OK ); + if( zPath==0 ) zPath = ""; + for(i=0; zMsg[i] && zMsg[i]!='\r' && zMsg[i]!='\n'; i++){} + zMsg[i] = 0; + sqlite3_log(errcode, + "os_win.c:%d: (%lu) %s(%s) - %s", + iLine, lastErrno, zFunc, zPath, zMsg + ); + + return errcode; +} + +/* +** The number of times that a ReadFile(), WriteFile(), and DeleteFile() +** will be retried following a locking error - probably caused by +** antivirus software. Also the initial delay before the first retry. +** The delay increases linearly with each retry. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY +# define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY 10 +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY +# define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY 25 +#endif +static int winIoerrRetry = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY; +static int winIoerrRetryDelay = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY; + +/* +** The "winIoerrCanRetry1" macro is used to determine if a particular I/O +** error code obtained via GetLastError() is eligible to be retried. It +** must accept the error code DWORD as its only argument and should return +** non-zero if the error code is transient in nature and the operation +** responsible for generating the original error might succeed upon being +** retried. The argument to this macro should be a variable. +** +** Additionally, a macro named "winIoerrCanRetry2" may be defined. If it +** is defined, it will be consulted only when the macro "winIoerrCanRetry1" +** returns zero. The "winIoerrCanRetry2" macro is completely optional and +** may be used to include additional error codes in the set that should +** result in the failing I/O operation being retried by the caller. If +** defined, the "winIoerrCanRetry2" macro must exhibit external semantics +** identical to those of the "winIoerrCanRetry1" macro. +*/ +#if !defined(winIoerrCanRetry1) +#define winIoerrCanRetry1(a) (((a)==ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED) || \ + ((a)==ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION) || \ + ((a)==ERROR_LOCK_VIOLATION) || \ + ((a)==ERROR_DEV_NOT_EXIST) || \ + ((a)==ERROR_NETNAME_DELETED) || \ + ((a)==ERROR_SEM_TIMEOUT) || \ + ((a)==ERROR_NETWORK_UNREACHABLE)) +#endif + +/* +** If a ReadFile() or WriteFile() error occurs, invoke this routine +** to see if it should be retried. Return TRUE to retry. Return FALSE +** to give up with an error. +*/ +static int winRetryIoerr(int *pnRetry, DWORD *pError){ + DWORD e = osGetLastError(); + if( *pnRetry>=winIoerrRetry ){ + if( pError ){ + *pError = e; + } + return 0; + } + if( winIoerrCanRetry1(e) ){ + sqlite3_win32_sleep(winIoerrRetryDelay*(1+*pnRetry)); + ++*pnRetry; + return 1; + } +#if defined(winIoerrCanRetry2) + else if( winIoerrCanRetry2(e) ){ + sqlite3_win32_sleep(winIoerrRetryDelay*(1+*pnRetry)); + ++*pnRetry; + return 1; + } +#endif + if( pError ){ + *pError = e; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Log a I/O error retry episode. +*/ +static void winLogIoerr(int nRetry, int lineno){ + if( nRetry ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE, + "delayed %dms for lock/sharing conflict at line %d", + winIoerrRetryDelay*nRetry*(nRetry+1)/2, lineno + ); + } +} + +/* +** This #if does not rely on the SQLITE_OS_WINCE define because the +** corresponding section in "date.c" cannot use it. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME) && defined(_WIN32_WCE) && \ + (!defined(SQLITE_MSVC_LOCALTIME_API) || !SQLITE_MSVC_LOCALTIME_API) +/* +** The MSVC CRT on Windows CE may not have a localtime() function. +** So define a substitute. +*/ +/* # include <time.h> */ +struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t) +{ + static struct tm y; + FILETIME uTm, lTm; + SYSTEMTIME pTm; + sqlite3_int64 t64; + t64 = *t; + t64 = (t64 + 11644473600)*10000000; + uTm.dwLowDateTime = (DWORD)(t64 & 0xFFFFFFFF); + uTm.dwHighDateTime= (DWORD)(t64 >> 32); + osFileTimeToLocalFileTime(&uTm,&lTm); + osFileTimeToSystemTime(&lTm,&pTm); + y.tm_year = pTm.wYear - 1900; + y.tm_mon = pTm.wMonth - 1; + y.tm_wday = pTm.wDayOfWeek; + y.tm_mday = pTm.wDay; + y.tm_hour = pTm.wHour; + y.tm_min = pTm.wMinute; + y.tm_sec = pTm.wSecond; + return &y; +} +#endif + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE +/************************************************************************* +** This section contains code for WinCE only. +*/ +#define HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(a) (winFile*)&((char*)a)[-(int)offsetof(winFile,h)] + +/* +** Acquire a lock on the handle h +*/ +static void winceMutexAcquire(HANDLE h){ + DWORD dwErr; + do { + dwErr = osWaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE); + } while (dwErr != WAIT_OBJECT_0 && dwErr != WAIT_ABANDONED); +} +/* +** Release a lock acquired by winceMutexAcquire() +*/ +#define winceMutexRelease(h) ReleaseMutex(h) + +/* +** Create the mutex and shared memory used for locking in the file +** descriptor pFile +*/ +static int winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){ + LPWSTR zTok; + LPWSTR zName; + DWORD lastErrno; + BOOL bLogged = FALSE; + BOOL bInit = TRUE; + + zName = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename); + if( zName==0 ){ + /* out of memory */ + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + + /* Initialize the local lockdata */ + memset(&pFile->local, 0, sizeof(pFile->local)); + + /* Replace the backslashes from the filename and lowercase it + ** to derive a mutex name. */ + zTok = osCharLowerW(zName); + for (;*zTok;zTok++){ + if (*zTok == '\\') *zTok = '_'; + } + + /* Create/open the named mutex */ + pFile->hMutex = osCreateMutexW(NULL, FALSE, zName); + if (!pFile->hMutex){ + pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + sqlite3_free(zName); + return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno, + "winceCreateLock1", zFilename); + } + + /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */ + winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); + + /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are + ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name + ** and using that as the shared filemapping name. + */ + osCharUpperW(zName); + pFile->hShared = osCreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL, + PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock), + zName); + + /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it + ** must be zero-initialized */ + lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + if (lastErrno == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){ + bInit = FALSE; + } + + sqlite3_free(zName); + + /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */ + if( pFile->hShared ){ + pFile->shared = (winceLock*)osMapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared, + FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock)); + /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */ + if( !pFile->shared ){ + pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno, + "winceCreateLock2", zFilename); + bLogged = TRUE; + osCloseHandle(pFile->hShared); + pFile->hShared = NULL; + } + } + + /* If shared memory could not be created, then close the mutex and fail */ + if( pFile->hShared==NULL ){ + if( !bLogged ){ + pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; + winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno, + "winceCreateLock3", zFilename); + bLogged = TRUE; + } + winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); + osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex); + pFile->hMutex = NULL; + return SQLITE_IOERR; + } + + /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */ + if( bInit ){ + memset(pFile->shared, 0, sizeof(winceLock)); + } + + winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Destroy the part of winFile that deals with wince locks +*/ +static void winceDestroyLock(winFile *pFile){ + if (pFile->hMutex){ + /* Acquire the mutex */ + winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); + + /* The following blocks should probably assert in debug mode, but they + are to cleanup in case any locks remained open */ + if (pFile->local.nReaders){ + pFile->shared->nReaders --; + } + if (pFile->local.bReserved){ + pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE; + } + if (pFile->local.bPending){ + pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE; + } + if (pFile->local.bExclusive){ + pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE; + } + + /* De-reference and close our copy of the shared memory handle */ + osUnmapViewOfFile(pFile->shared); + osCloseHandle(pFile->hShared); + + /* Done with the mutex */ + winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); + osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex); + pFile->hMutex = NULL; + } +} + +/* +** An implementation of the LockFile() API of Windows for CE +*/ +static BOOL winceLockFile( + LPHANDLE phFile, + DWORD dwFileOffsetLow, + DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh, + DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow, + DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh +){ + winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile); + BOOL bReturn = FALSE; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh); + + if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE; + winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); + + /* Wanting an exclusive lock? */ + if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST + && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE){ + if (pFile->shared->nReaders == 0 && pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){ + pFile->shared->bExclusive = TRUE; + pFile->local.bExclusive = TRUE; + bReturn = TRUE; + } + } + + /* Want a read-only lock? */ + else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST && + nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ + if (pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){ + pFile->local.nReaders ++; + if (pFile->local.nReaders == 1){ + pFile->shared->nReaders ++; + } + bReturn = TRUE; + } + } + + /* Want a pending lock? */ + else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE + && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ + /* If no pending lock has been acquired, then acquire it */ + if (pFile->shared->bPending == 0) { + pFile->shared->bPending = TRUE; + pFile->local.bPending = TRUE; + bReturn = TRUE; + } + } + + /* Want a reserved lock? */ + else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE + && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ + if (pFile->shared->bReserved == 0) { + pFile->shared->bReserved = TRUE; + pFile->local.bReserved = TRUE; + bReturn = TRUE; + } + } + + winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); + return bReturn; +} + +/* +** An implementation of the UnlockFile API of Windows for CE +*/ +static BOOL winceUnlockFile( + LPHANDLE phFile, + DWORD dwFileOffsetLow, + DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh, + DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow, + DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh +){ + winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile); + BOOL bReturn = FALSE; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh); + + if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE; + winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); + + /* Releasing a reader lock or an exclusive lock */ + if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST){ + /* Did we have an exclusive lock? */ + if (pFile->local.bExclusive){ + assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE); + pFile->local.bExclusive = FALSE; + pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE; + bReturn = TRUE; + } + + /* Did we just have a reader lock? */ + else if (pFile->local.nReaders){ + assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE + || nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1); + pFile->local.nReaders --; + if (pFile->local.nReaders == 0) + { + pFile->shared->nReaders --; + } + bReturn = TRUE; + } + } + + /* Releasing a pending lock */ + else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE + && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){ + if (pFile->local.bPending){ + pFile->local.bPending = FALSE; + pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE; + bReturn = TRUE; + } + } + /* Releasing a reserved lock */ + else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE + && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){ + if (pFile->local.bReserved) { + pFile->local.bReserved = FALSE; + pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE; + bReturn = TRUE; + } + } + + winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); + return bReturn; +} +/* +** End of the special code for wince +*****************************************************************************/ +#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */ + +/* +** Lock a file region. +*/ +static BOOL winLockFile( + LPHANDLE phFile, + DWORD flags, + DWORD offsetLow, + DWORD offsetHigh, + DWORD numBytesLow, + DWORD numBytesHigh +){ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + /* + ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32 + ** API LockFile. + */ + return winceLockFile(phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, + numBytesLow, numBytesHigh); +#else + if( osIsNT() ){ + OVERLAPPED ovlp; + memset(&ovlp, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED)); + ovlp.Offset = offsetLow; + ovlp.OffsetHigh = offsetHigh; + return osLockFileEx(*phFile, flags, 0, numBytesLow, numBytesHigh, &ovlp); + }else{ + return osLockFile(*phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, numBytesLow, + numBytesHigh); + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Unlock a file region. + */ +static BOOL winUnlockFile( + LPHANDLE phFile, + DWORD offsetLow, + DWORD offsetHigh, + DWORD numBytesLow, + DWORD numBytesHigh +){ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + /* + ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32 + ** API UnlockFile. + */ + return winceUnlockFile(phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, + numBytesLow, numBytesHigh); +#else + if( osIsNT() ){ + OVERLAPPED ovlp; + memset(&ovlp, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED)); + ovlp.Offset = offsetLow; + ovlp.OffsetHigh = offsetHigh; + return osUnlockFileEx(*phFile, 0, numBytesLow, numBytesHigh, &ovlp); + }else{ + return osUnlockFile(*phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, numBytesLow, + numBytesHigh); + } +#endif +} + +/***************************************************************************** +** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified +** by the sqlite3_io_methods object. +******************************************************************************/ + +/* +** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition. +*/ +#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER +# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1) +#endif + +/* +** Move the current position of the file handle passed as the first +** argument to offset iOffset within the file. If successful, return 0. +** Otherwise, set pFile->lastErrno and return non-zero. +*/ +static int winSeekFile(winFile *pFile, sqlite3_int64 iOffset){ +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT + LONG upperBits; /* Most sig. 32 bits of new offset */ + LONG lowerBits; /* Least sig. 32 bits of new offset */ + DWORD dwRet; /* Value returned by SetFilePointer() */ + DWORD lastErrno; /* Value returned by GetLastError() */ + + OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, offset=%lld\n", pFile->h, iOffset)); + + upperBits = (LONG)((iOffset>>32) & 0x7fffffff); + lowerBits = (LONG)(iOffset & 0xffffffff); + + /* API oddity: If successful, SetFilePointer() returns a dword + ** containing the lower 32-bits of the new file-offset. Or, if it fails, + ** it returns INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER. However according to MSDN, + ** INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER may also be a valid new offset. So to determine + ** whether an error has actually occurred, it is also necessary to call + ** GetLastError(). + */ + dwRet = osSetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN); + + if( (dwRet==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER + && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=NO_ERROR)) ){ + pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; + winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK, pFile->lastErrno, + "winSeekFile", pFile->zPath); + OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK\n", pFile->h)); + return 1; + } + + OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); + return 0; +#else + /* + ** Same as above, except that this implementation works for WinRT. + */ + + LARGE_INTEGER x; /* The new offset */ + BOOL bRet; /* Value returned by SetFilePointerEx() */ + + x.QuadPart = iOffset; + bRet = osSetFilePointerEx(pFile->h, x, 0, FILE_BEGIN); + + if(!bRet){ + pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK, pFile->lastErrno, + "winSeekFile", pFile->zPath); + OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK\n", pFile->h)); + return 1; + } + + OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); + return 0; +#endif +} + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 +/* Forward references to VFS helper methods used for memory mapped files */ +static int winMapfile(winFile*, sqlite3_int64); +static int winUnmapfile(winFile*); +#endif + +/* +** Close a file. +** +** It is reported that an attempt to close a handle might sometimes +** fail. This is a very unreasonable result, but Windows is notorious +** for being unreasonable so I do not doubt that it might happen. If +** the close fails, we pause for 100 milliseconds and try again. As +** many as MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT attempts to close the handle are made before +** giving up and returning an error. +*/ +#define MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT 3 +static int winClose(sqlite3_file *id){ + int rc, cnt = 0; + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; + + assert( id!=0 ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + assert( pFile->pShm==0 ); +#endif + assert( pFile->h!=NULL && pFile->h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); + OSTRACE(("CLOSE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + winUnmapfile(pFile); +#endif + + do{ + rc = osCloseHandle(pFile->h); + /* SimulateIOError( rc=0; cnt=MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT; ); */ + }while( rc==0 && ++cnt < MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT && (sqlite3_win32_sleep(100), 1) ); +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE +#define WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3 + winceDestroyLock(pFile); + if( pFile->zDeleteOnClose ){ + int cnt = 0; + while( + osDeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)==0 + && osGetFileAttributesW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)!=0xffffffff + && cnt++ < WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS + ){ + sqlite3_win32_sleep(100); /* Wait a little before trying again */ + } + sqlite3_free(pFile->zDeleteOnClose); + } +#endif + if( rc ){ + pFile->h = NULL; + } + OpenCounter(-1); + OSTRACE(("CLOSE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=%s\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h, rc ? "ok" : "failed")); + return rc ? SQLITE_OK + : winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, osGetLastError(), + "winClose", pFile->zPath); +} + +/* +** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all +** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes +** wrong. +*/ +static int winRead( + sqlite3_file *id, /* File to read from */ + void *pBuf, /* Write content into this buffer */ + int amt, /* Number of bytes to read */ + sqlite3_int64 offset /* Begin reading at this offset */ +){ +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED) + OVERLAPPED overlapped; /* The offset for ReadFile. */ +#endif + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* file handle */ + DWORD nRead; /* Number of bytes actually read from file */ + int nRetry = 0; /* Number of retrys */ + + assert( id!=0 ); + assert( amt>0 ); + assert( offset>=0 ); + SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ); + OSTRACE(("READ pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, buffer=%p, amount=%d, " + "offset=%lld, lock=%d\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, + pFile->h, pBuf, amt, offset, pFile->locktype)); + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + /* Deal with as much of this read request as possible by transfering + ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy(). */ + if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){ + if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){ + memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], amt); + OSTRACE(("READ-MMAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + int nCopy = (int)(pFile->mmapSize - offset); + memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], nCopy); + pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy]; + amt -= nCopy; + offset += nCopy; + } + } +#endif + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED) + if( winSeekFile(pFile, offset) ){ + OSTRACE(("READ pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_FULL\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_FULL; + } + while( !osReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, 0) ){ +#else + memset(&overlapped, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED)); + overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff); + overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff); + while( !osReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, &overlapped) && + osGetLastError()!=ERROR_HANDLE_EOF ){ +#endif + DWORD lastErrno; + if( winRetryIoerr(&nRetry, &lastErrno) ) continue; + pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; + OSTRACE(("READ pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_READ\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); + return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_READ, pFile->lastErrno, + "winRead", pFile->zPath); + } + winLogIoerr(nRetry, __LINE__); + if( nRead<(DWORD)amt ){ + /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */ + memset(&((char*)pBuf)[nRead], 0, amt-nRead); + OSTRACE(("READ pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; + } + + OSTRACE(("READ pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success +** or some other error code on failure. +*/ +static int winWrite( + sqlite3_file *id, /* File to write into */ + const void *pBuf, /* The bytes to be written */ + int amt, /* Number of bytes to write */ + sqlite3_int64 offset /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */ +){ + int rc = 0; /* True if error has occurred, else false */ + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* File handle */ + int nRetry = 0; /* Number of retries */ + + assert( amt>0 ); + assert( pFile ); + SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE); + SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL); + + OSTRACE(("WRITE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, buffer=%p, amount=%d, " + "offset=%lld, lock=%d\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, + pFile->h, pBuf, amt, offset, pFile->locktype)); + +#if defined(SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE) && SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + /* Deal with as much of this write request as possible by transfering + ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy(). */ + if( offset<pFile->mmapSize ){ + if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){ + memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, amt); + OSTRACE(("WRITE-MMAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + int nCopy = (int)(pFile->mmapSize - offset); + memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, nCopy); + pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy]; + amt -= nCopy; + offset += nCopy; + } + } +#endif + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED) + rc = winSeekFile(pFile, offset); + if( rc==0 ){ +#else + { +#endif +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED) + OVERLAPPED overlapped; /* The offset for WriteFile. */ +#endif + u8 *aRem = (u8 *)pBuf; /* Data yet to be written */ + int nRem = amt; /* Number of bytes yet to be written */ + DWORD nWrite; /* Bytes written by each WriteFile() call */ + DWORD lastErrno = NO_ERROR; /* Value returned by GetLastError() */ + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED) + memset(&overlapped, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED)); + overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff); + overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff); +#endif + + while( nRem>0 ){ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED) + if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, 0) ){ +#else + if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, &overlapped) ){ +#endif + if( winRetryIoerr(&nRetry, &lastErrno) ) continue; + break; + } + assert( nWrite==0 || nWrite<=(DWORD)nRem ); + if( nWrite==0 || nWrite>(DWORD)nRem ){ + lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + break; + } +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED) + offset += nWrite; + overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff); + overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff); +#endif + aRem += nWrite; + nRem -= nWrite; + } + if( nRem>0 ){ + pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; + rc = 1; + } + } + + if( rc ){ + if( ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_HANDLE_DISK_FULL ) + || ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_DISK_FULL )){ + OSTRACE(("WRITE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_FULL\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); + return winLogError(SQLITE_FULL, pFile->lastErrno, + "winWrite1", pFile->zPath); + } + OSTRACE(("WRITE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); + return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE, pFile->lastErrno, + "winWrite2", pFile->zPath); + }else{ + winLogIoerr(nRetry, __LINE__); + } + OSTRACE(("WRITE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Truncate an open file to a specified size +*/ +static int winTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 nByte){ + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* File handle object */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code for this function */ + DWORD lastErrno; + + assert( pFile ); + SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE); + OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, size=%lld, lock=%d\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h, nByte, pFile->locktype)); + + /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the + ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the + ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested + ** size). + */ + if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){ + nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk; + } + + /* SetEndOfFile() returns non-zero when successful, or zero when it fails. */ + if( winSeekFile(pFile, nByte) ){ + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, pFile->lastErrno, + "winTruncate1", pFile->zPath); + }else if( 0==osSetEndOfFile(pFile->h) && + ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=ERROR_USER_MAPPED_FILE) ){ + pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, pFile->lastErrno, + "winTruncate2", pFile->zPath); + } + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + /* If the file was truncated to a size smaller than the currently + ** mapped region, reduce the effective mapping size as well. SQLite will + ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on. + */ + if( pFile->pMapRegion && nByte<pFile->mmapSize ){ + pFile->mmapSize = nByte; + } +#endif + + OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=%s\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return rc; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +/* +** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test +** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0; +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0; +#endif + +/* +** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk. +*/ +static int winSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ +#ifndef SQLITE_NO_SYNC + /* + ** Used only when SQLITE_NO_SYNC is not defined. + */ + BOOL rc; +#endif +#if !defined(NDEBUG) || !defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) || \ + defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE) + /* + ** Used when SQLITE_NO_SYNC is not defined and by the assert() and/or + ** OSTRACE() macros. + */ + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); +#endif + + assert( pFile ); + /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */ + assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL + || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL + ); + + /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This + ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems. + */ + SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL ); + + OSTRACE(("SYNC pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, flags=%x, lock=%d\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h, flags, + pFile->locktype)); + +#ifndef SQLITE_TEST + UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags); +#else + if( (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ){ + sqlite3_fullsync_count++; + } + sqlite3_sync_count++; +#endif + + /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a + ** no-op + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC + OSTRACE(("SYNC-NOP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; +#else +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + if( pFile->pMapRegion ){ + if( osFlushViewOfFile(pFile->pMapRegion, 0) ){ + OSTRACE(("SYNC-MMAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pMapRegion=%p, " + "rc=SQLITE_OK\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), + pFile, pFile->pMapRegion)); + }else{ + pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + OSTRACE(("SYNC-MMAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pMapRegion=%p, " + "rc=SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), + pFile, pFile->pMapRegion)); + return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFile->lastErrno, + "winSync1", pFile->zPath); + } + } +#endif + rc = osFlushFileBuffers(pFile->h); + SimulateIOError( rc=FALSE ); + if( rc ){ + OSTRACE(("SYNC pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + OSTRACE(("SYNC pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); + return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, pFile->lastErrno, + "winSync2", pFile->zPath); + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Determine the current size of a file in bytes +*/ +static int winFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize){ + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( id!=0 ); + assert( pSize!=0 ); + SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT); + OSTRACE(("SIZE file=%p, pSize=%p\n", pFile->h, pSize)); + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { + FILE_STANDARD_INFO info; + if( osGetFileInformationByHandleEx(pFile->h, FileStandardInfo, + &info, sizeof(info)) ){ + *pSize = info.EndOfFile.QuadPart; + }else{ + pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT, pFile->lastErrno, + "winFileSize", pFile->zPath); + } + } +#else + { + DWORD upperBits; + DWORD lowerBits; + DWORD lastErrno; + + lowerBits = osGetFileSize(pFile->h, &upperBits); + *pSize = (((sqlite3_int64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits; + if( (lowerBits == INVALID_FILE_SIZE) + && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=NO_ERROR) ){ + pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT, pFile->lastErrno, + "winFileSize", pFile->zPath); + } + } +#endif + OSTRACE(("SIZE file=%p, pSize=%p, *pSize=%lld, rc=%s\n", + pFile->h, pSize, *pSize, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return rc; +} + +/* +** LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY is undefined on some Windows systems. +*/ +#ifndef LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY +# define LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY 1 +#endif + +#ifndef LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK +# define LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 2 +#endif + +/* +** Historically, SQLite has used both the LockFile and LockFileEx functions. +** When the LockFile function was used, it was always expected to fail +** immediately if the lock could not be obtained. Also, it always expected to +** obtain an exclusive lock. These flags are used with the LockFileEx function +** and reflect those expectations; therefore, they should not be changed. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS +# define SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS (LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY | \ + LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) +#endif + +/* +** Currently, SQLite never calls the LockFileEx function without wanting the +** call to fail immediately if the lock cannot be obtained. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS +# define SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS (LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY) +#endif + +/* +** Acquire a reader lock. +** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this +** is Win9x or WinNT. +*/ +static int winGetReadLock(winFile *pFile){ + int res; + OSTRACE(("READ-LOCK file=%p, lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype)); + if( osIsNT() ){ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + /* + ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32 + ** API LockFileEx. + */ + res = winceLockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, 1, 0); +#else + res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS, SHARED_FIRST, 0, + SHARED_SIZE, 0); +#endif + } +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI + else{ + int lk; + sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk); + pFile->sharedLockByte = (short)((lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1)); + res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, + SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0); + } +#endif + if( res == 0 ){ + pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + /* No need to log a failure to lock */ + } + OSTRACE(("READ-LOCK file=%p, result=%d\n", pFile->h, res)); + return res; +} + +/* +** Undo a readlock +*/ +static int winUnlockReadLock(winFile *pFile){ + int res; + DWORD lastErrno; + OSTRACE(("READ-UNLOCK file=%p, lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype)); + if( osIsNT() ){ + res = winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI + else{ + res = winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0); + } +#endif + if( res==0 && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=ERROR_NOT_LOCKED) ){ + pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; + winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, pFile->lastErrno, + "winUnlockReadLock", pFile->zPath); + } + OSTRACE(("READ-UNLOCK file=%p, result=%d\n", pFile->h, res)); + return res; +} + +/* +** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one +** of the following: +** +** (1) SHARED_LOCK +** (2) RESERVED_LOCK +** (3) PENDING_LOCK +** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK +** +** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states +** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later +** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but +** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed +** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: +** +** UNLOCKED -> SHARED +** SHARED -> RESERVED +** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE +** +** This routine will only increase a lock. The winUnlock() routine +** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0. +** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time. You +** must go straight to locking level 0. +*/ +static int winLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from subroutines */ + int res = 1; /* Result of a Windows lock call */ + int newLocktype; /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */ + int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */ + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; + DWORD lastErrno = NO_ERROR; + + assert( id!=0 ); + OSTRACE(("LOCK file=%p, oldLock=%d(%d), newLock=%d\n", + pFile->h, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte, locktype)); + + /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the + ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as + ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. + */ + if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){ + OSTRACE(("LOCK-HELD file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Do not allow any kind of write-lock on a read-only database + */ + if( (pFile->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_RDONLY)!=0 && locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ + return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; + } + + /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct + */ + assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); + assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK ); + assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); + + /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or + ** a SHARED lock. If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of + ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary. + */ + newLocktype = pFile->locktype; + if( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK + || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype<=RESERVED_LOCK) + ){ + int cnt = 3; + while( cnt-->0 && (res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, + PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){ + /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock. This is needed to work + ** around problems caused by indexing and/or anti-virus software on + ** Windows systems. + ** If you are using this code as a model for alternative VFSes, do not + ** copy this retry logic. It is a hack intended for Windows only. + */ + lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + OSTRACE(("LOCK-PENDING-FAIL file=%p, count=%d, result=%d\n", + pFile->h, cnt, res)); + if( lastErrno==ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE ){ + pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; + OSTRACE(("LOCK-FAIL file=%p, count=%d, rc=%s\n", + pFile->h, cnt, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return rc; + } + if( cnt ) sqlite3_win32_sleep(1); + } + gotPendingLock = res; + if( !res ){ + lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + } + } + + /* Acquire a shared lock + */ + if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){ + assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK ); + res = winGetReadLock(pFile); + if( res ){ + newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK; + }else{ + lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + } + } + + /* Acquire a RESERVED lock + */ + if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){ + assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); + res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); + if( res ){ + newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK; + }else{ + lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + } + } + + /* Acquire a PENDING lock + */ + if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){ + newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK; + gotPendingLock = 0; + } + + /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock + */ + if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){ + assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK ); + res = winUnlockReadLock(pFile); + res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, SHARED_FIRST, 0, + SHARED_SIZE, 0); + if( res ){ + newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; + }else{ + lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + winGetReadLock(pFile); + } + } + + /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then + ** release it now. + */ + if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ + winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); + } + + /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then + ** return the appropriate result code. + */ + if( res ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + OSTRACE(("LOCK-FAIL file=%p, wanted=%d, got=%d\n", + pFile->h, locktype, newLocktype)); + } + pFile->locktype = (u8)newLocktype; + OSTRACE(("LOCK file=%p, lock=%d, rc=%s\n", + pFile->h, pFile->locktype, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified +** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return +** non-zero, otherwise zero. +*/ +static int winCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ + int res; + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; + + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); + OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, pResOut=%p\n", pFile->h, pResOut)); + + assert( id!=0 ); + if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ + res = 1; + OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, result=%d (local)\n", pFile->h, res)); + }else{ + res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS,RESERVED_BYTE,0,1,0); + if( res ){ + winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); + } + res = !res; + OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, result=%d (remote)\n", pFile->h, res)); + } + *pResOut = res; + OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, pResOut=%p, *pResOut=%d, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", + pFile->h, pResOut, *pResOut)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype. locktype +** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. +** +** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below +** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. +** +** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument +** is NO_LOCK. If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine +** might return SQLITE_IOERR; +*/ +static int winUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ + int type; + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( pFile!=0 ); + assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); + OSTRACE(("UNLOCK file=%p, oldLock=%d(%d), newLock=%d\n", + pFile->h, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte, locktype)); + type = pFile->locktype; + if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ + winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); + if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !winGetReadLock(pFile) ){ + /* This should never happen. We should always be able to + ** reacquire the read lock */ + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, osGetLastError(), + "winUnlock", pFile->zPath); + } + } + if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ + winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); + } + if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){ + winUnlockReadLock(pFile); + } + if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){ + winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); + } + pFile->locktype = (u8)locktype; + OSTRACE(("UNLOCK file=%p, lock=%d, rc=%s\n", + pFile->h, pFile->locktype, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return rc; +} + +/* +** If *pArg is initially negative then this is a query. Set *pArg to +** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set. +** +** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags. +*/ +static void winModeBit(winFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){ + if( *pArg<0 ){ + *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0; + }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){ + pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask; + }else{ + pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask; + } +} + +/* Forward references to VFS helper methods used for temporary files */ +static int winGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *, char **); +static int winIsDir(const void *); +static BOOL winIsDriveLetterAndColon(const char *); + +/* +** Control and query of the open file handle. +*/ +static int winFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; + OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, op=%d, pArg=%p\n", pFile->h, op, pArg)); + switch( op ){ + case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: { + *(int*)pArg = pFile->locktype; + OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO: { + *(int*)pArg = (int)pFile->lastErrno; + OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: { + pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg; + OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: { + if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){ + sqlite3_int64 oldSz; + int rc = winFileSize(id, &oldSz); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_int64 newSz = *(sqlite3_int64*)pArg; + if( newSz>oldSz ){ + SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); + rc = winTruncate(id, newSz); + SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); + } + } + OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return rc; + } + OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: { + winModeBit(pFile, WINFILE_PERSIST_WAL, (int*)pArg); + OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE: { + winModeBit(pFile, WINFILE_PSOW, (int*)pArg); + OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME: { + *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", pFile->pVfs->zName); + OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY: { + int *a = (int*)pArg; + if( a[0]>0 ){ + winIoerrRetry = a[0]; + }else{ + a[0] = winIoerrRetry; + } + if( a[1]>0 ){ + winIoerrRetryDelay = a[1]; + }else{ + a[1] = winIoerrRetryDelay; + } + OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; + } +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE: { + LPHANDLE phFile = (LPHANDLE)pArg; + HANDLE hOldFile = pFile->h; + pFile->h = *phFile; + *phFile = hOldFile; + OSTRACE(("FCNTL oldFile=%p, newFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", + hOldFile, pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_OK; + } +#endif + case SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME: { + char *zTFile = 0; + int rc = winGetTempname(pFile->pVfs, &zTFile); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + *(char**)pArg = zTFile; + } + OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return rc; + } +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + case SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE: { + i64 newLimit = *(i64*)pArg; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( newLimit>sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap ){ + newLimit = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap; + } + *(i64*)pArg = pFile->mmapSizeMax; + if( newLimit>=0 && newLimit!=pFile->mmapSizeMax && pFile->nFetchOut==0 ){ + pFile->mmapSizeMax = newLimit; + if( pFile->mmapSize>0 ){ + winUnmapfile(pFile); + rc = winMapfile(pFile, -1); + } + } + OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return rc; + } +#endif + } + OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_NOTFOUND\n", pFile->h)); + return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; +} + +/* +** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for +** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be +** larger for some devices. +** +** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that +** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e. +** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the +** same for both. +*/ +static int winSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ + (void)id; + return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; +} + +/* +** Return a vector of device characteristics. +*/ +static int winDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ + winFile *p = (winFile*)id; + return SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN | + ((p->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_PSOW)?SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE:0); +} + +/* +** Windows will only let you create file view mappings +** on allocation size granularity boundaries. +** During sqlite3_os_init() we do a GetSystemInfo() +** to get the granularity size. +*/ +static SYSTEM_INFO winSysInfo; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + +/* +** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The +** global mutex is used to protect the winLockInfo objects used by +** this file, all of which may be shared by multiple threads. +** +** Function winShmMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex +** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() +** statements. e.g. +** +** winShmEnterMutex() +** assert( winShmMutexHeld() ); +** winShmLeaveMutex() +*/ +static void winShmEnterMutex(void){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1)); +} +static void winShmLeaveMutex(void){ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1)); +} +#ifndef NDEBUG +static int winShmMutexHeld(void) { + return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1)); +} +#endif + +/* +** Object used to represent a single file opened and mmapped to provide +** shared memory. When multiple threads all reference the same +** log-summary, each thread has its own winFile object, but they all +** point to a single instance of this object. In other words, each +** log-summary is opened only once per process. +** +** winShmMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying +** this object or while reading or writing the following fields: +** +** nRef +** pNext +** +** The following fields are read-only after the object is created: +** +** fid +** zFilename +** +** Either winShmNode.mutex must be held or winShmNode.nRef==0 and +** winShmMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field +** in this structure. +** +*/ +struct winShmNode { + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to access this object */ + char *zFilename; /* Name of the file */ + winFile hFile; /* File handle from winOpen */ + + int szRegion; /* Size of shared-memory regions */ + int nRegion; /* Size of array apRegion */ + struct ShmRegion { + HANDLE hMap; /* File handle from CreateFileMapping */ + void *pMap; + } *aRegion; + DWORD lastErrno; /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */ + + int nRef; /* Number of winShm objects pointing to this */ + winShm *pFirst; /* All winShm objects pointing to this */ + winShmNode *pNext; /* Next in list of all winShmNode objects */ +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE) + u8 nextShmId; /* Next available winShm.id value */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** A global array of all winShmNode objects. +** +** The winShmMutexHeld() must be true while reading or writing this list. +*/ +static winShmNode *winShmNodeList = 0; + +/* +** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an +** open shared memory connection. +** +** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and +** are read-only thereafter: +** +** winShm.pShmNode +** winShm.id +** +** All other fields are read/write. The winShm.pShmNode->mutex must be held +** while accessing any read/write fields. +*/ +struct winShm { + winShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying winShmNode object */ + winShm *pNext; /* Next winShm with the same winShmNode */ + u8 hasMutex; /* True if holding the winShmNode mutex */ + u16 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */ + u16 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */ +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE) + u8 id; /* Id of this connection with its winShmNode */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** Constants used for locking +*/ +#define WIN_SHM_BASE ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4) /* first lock byte */ +#define WIN_SHM_DMS (WIN_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK) /* deadman switch */ + +/* +** Apply advisory locks for all n bytes beginning at ofst. +*/ +#define _SHM_UNLCK 1 +#define _SHM_RDLCK 2 +#define _SHM_WRLCK 3 +static int winShmSystemLock( + winShmNode *pFile, /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */ + int lockType, /* _SHM_UNLCK, _SHM_RDLCK, or _SHM_WRLCK */ + int ofst, /* Offset to first byte to be locked/unlocked */ + int nByte /* Number of bytes to lock or unlock */ +){ + int rc = 0; /* Result code form Lock/UnlockFileEx() */ + + /* Access to the winShmNode object is serialized by the caller */ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pFile->mutex) || pFile->nRef==0 ); + + OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK file=%p, lock=%d, offset=%d, size=%d\n", + pFile->hFile.h, lockType, ofst, nByte)); + + /* Release/Acquire the system-level lock */ + if( lockType==_SHM_UNLCK ){ + rc = winUnlockFile(&pFile->hFile.h, ofst, 0, nByte, 0); + }else{ + /* Initialize the locking parameters */ + DWORD dwFlags = LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY; + if( lockType == _SHM_WRLCK ) dwFlags |= LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; + rc = winLockFile(&pFile->hFile.h, dwFlags, ofst, 0, nByte, 0); + } + + if( rc!= 0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + } + + OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK file=%p, func=%s, errno=%lu, rc=%s\n", + pFile->hFile.h, (lockType == _SHM_UNLCK) ? "winUnlockFile" : + "winLockFile", pFile->lastErrno, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + + return rc; +} + +/* Forward references to VFS methods */ +static int winOpen(sqlite3_vfs*,const char*,sqlite3_file*,int,int*); +static int winDelete(sqlite3_vfs *,const char*,int); + +/* +** Purge the winShmNodeList list of all entries with winShmNode.nRef==0. +** +** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called +** by VFS shared-memory methods. +*/ +static void winShmPurge(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int deleteFlag){ + winShmNode **pp; + winShmNode *p; + assert( winShmMutexHeld() ); + OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE pid=%lu, deleteFlag=%d\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), deleteFlag)); + pp = &winShmNodeList; + while( (p = *pp)!=0 ){ + if( p->nRef==0 ){ + int i; + if( p->mutex ){ sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex); } + for(i=0; i<p->nRegion; i++){ + BOOL bRc = osUnmapViewOfFile(p->aRegion[i].pMap); + OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE-UNMAP pid=%lu, region=%d, rc=%s\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), i, bRc ? "ok" : "failed")); + UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(bRc); + bRc = osCloseHandle(p->aRegion[i].hMap); + OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE-CLOSE pid=%lu, region=%d, rc=%s\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), i, bRc ? "ok" : "failed")); + UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(bRc); + } + if( p->hFile.h!=NULL && p->hFile.h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){ + SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); + winClose((sqlite3_file *)&p->hFile); + SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); + } + if( deleteFlag ){ + SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + winDelete(pVfs, p->zFilename, 0); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); + } + *pp = p->pNext; + sqlite3_free(p->aRegion); + sqlite3_free(p); + }else{ + pp = &p->pNext; + } + } +} + +/* +** Open the shared-memory area associated with database file pDbFd. +** +** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that +** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then +** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared. +*/ +static int winOpenSharedMemory(winFile *pDbFd){ + struct winShm *p; /* The connection to be opened */ + struct winShmNode *pShmNode = 0; /* The underlying mmapped file */ + int rc; /* Result code */ + struct winShmNode *pNew; /* Newly allocated winShmNode */ + int nName; /* Size of zName in bytes */ + + assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 ); /* Not previously opened */ + + /* Allocate space for the new sqlite3_shm object. Also speculatively + ** allocate space for a new winShmNode and filename. + */ + p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; + nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDbFd->zPath); + pNew = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nName + 17 ); + if( pNew==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(p); + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + pNew->zFilename = (char*)&pNew[1]; + sqlite3_snprintf(nName+15, pNew->zFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath); + sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, pNew->zFilename); + + /* Look to see if there is an existing winShmNode that can be used. + ** If no matching winShmNode currently exists, create a new one. + */ + winShmEnterMutex(); + for(pShmNode = winShmNodeList; pShmNode; pShmNode=pShmNode->pNext){ + /* TBD need to come up with better match here. Perhaps + ** use FILE_ID_BOTH_DIR_INFO Structure. + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pShmNode->zFilename, pNew->zFilename)==0 ) break; + } + if( pShmNode ){ + sqlite3_free(pNew); + }else{ + pShmNode = pNew; + pNew = 0; + ((winFile*)(&pShmNode->hFile))->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; + pShmNode->pNext = winShmNodeList; + winShmNodeList = pShmNode; + + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ + pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); + if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; + goto shm_open_err; + } + } + + rc = winOpen(pDbFd->pVfs, + pShmNode->zFilename, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */ + (sqlite3_file*)&pShmNode->hFile, /* File handle here */ + SQLITE_OPEN_WAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, + 0); + if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ + goto shm_open_err; + } + + /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch. + ** If not, truncate the file to zero length. + */ + if( winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, osGetLastError(), + "winOpenShm", pDbFd->zPath); + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1); + rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1); + } + if( rc ) goto shm_open_err; + } + + /* Make the new connection a child of the winShmNode */ + p->pShmNode = pShmNode; +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE) + p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++; +#endif + pShmNode->nRef++; + pDbFd->pShm = p; + winShmLeaveMutex(); + + /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under + ** the cover of the winShmEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the + ** new (struct winShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is + ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting + ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex + ** mutex. + */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); + p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst; + pShmNode->pFirst = p; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; + + /* Jump here on any error */ +shm_open_err: + winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1); + winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, 0); /* This call frees pShmNode if required */ + sqlite3_free(p); + sqlite3_free(pNew); + winShmLeaveMutex(); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying +** storage if deleteFlag is true. +*/ +static int winShmUnmap( + sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database holding shared memory */ + int deleteFlag /* Delete after closing if true */ +){ + winFile *pDbFd; /* Database holding shared-memory */ + winShm *p; /* The connection to be closed */ + winShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying shared-memory file */ + winShm **pp; /* For looping over sibling connections */ + + pDbFd = (winFile*)fd; + p = pDbFd->pShm; + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + pShmNode = p->pShmNode; + + /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated + ** with pShmNode */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); + for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){} + *pp = p->pNext; + + /* Free the connection p */ + sqlite3_free(p); + pDbFd->pShm = 0; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); + + /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying + ** shared-memory file, too */ + winShmEnterMutex(); + assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 ); + pShmNode->nRef--; + if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){ + winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, deleteFlag); + } + winShmLeaveMutex(); + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment. +*/ +static int winShmLock( + sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database file holding the shared memory */ + int ofst, /* First lock to acquire or release */ + int n, /* Number of locks to acquire or release */ + int flags /* What to do with the lock */ +){ + winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd; /* Connection holding shared memory */ + winShm *p = pDbFd->pShm; /* The shared memory being locked */ + winShm *pX; /* For looping over all siblings */ + winShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ + u16 mask; /* Mask of locks to take or release */ + + assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK ); + assert( n>=1 ); + assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) + || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) + || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) + || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) ); + assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 ); + + mask = (u16)((1U<<(ofst+n)) - (1U<<ofst)); + assert( n>1 || mask==(1<<ofst) ); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); + if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){ + u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */ + + /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */ + for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ + if( pX==p ) continue; + assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 ); + allMask |= pX->sharedMask; + } + + /* Unlock the system-level locks */ + if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){ + rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Undo the local locks */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->exclMask &= ~mask; + p->sharedMask &= ~mask; + } + }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){ + u16 allShared = 0; /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */ + + /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections. + ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return + ** SQLITE_BUSY. + */ + for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ + if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + break; + } + allShared |= pX->sharedMask; + } + + /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){ + rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + /* Get the local shared locks */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->sharedMask |= mask; + } + }else{ + /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this + ** lock. If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away. + */ + for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ + if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + break; + } + } + + /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful + ** also mark the local connection as being locked. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 ); + p->exclMask |= mask; + } + } + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); + OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK pid=%lu, id=%d, sharedMask=%03x, exclMask=%03x, rc=%s\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), p->id, p->sharedMask, p->exclMask, + sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory. +** +** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before +** any load or store begun after the barrier. +*/ +static void winShmBarrier( + sqlite3_file *fd /* Database holding the shared memory */ +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd); + sqlite3MemoryBarrier(); /* compiler-defined memory barrier */ + winShmEnterMutex(); /* Also mutex, for redundancy */ + winShmLeaveMutex(); +} + +/* +** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the +** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions +** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion +** bytes in size. +** +** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL. +** +** Otherwise, if the isWrite parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory +** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a +** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If +** isWrite is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet +** been allocated, it is allocated by this function. +** +** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by +** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes +** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped +** memory and SQLITE_OK returned. +*/ +static int winShmMap( + sqlite3_file *fd, /* Handle open on database file */ + int iRegion, /* Region to retrieve */ + int szRegion, /* Size of regions */ + int isWrite, /* True to extend file if necessary */ + void volatile **pp /* OUT: Mapped memory */ +){ + winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd; + winShm *pShm = pDbFd->pShm; + winShmNode *pShmNode; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( !pShm ){ + rc = winOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + pShm = pDbFd->pShm; + } + pShmNode = pShm->pShmNode; + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); + assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 ); + + if( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){ + struct ShmRegion *apNew; /* New aRegion[] array */ + int nByte = (iRegion+1)*szRegion; /* Minimum required file size */ + sqlite3_int64 sz; /* Current size of wal-index file */ + + pShmNode->szRegion = szRegion; + + /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space. + ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is + ** large enough to contain the requested region). + */ + rc = winFileSize((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, &sz); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, osGetLastError(), + "winShmMap1", pDbFd->zPath); + goto shmpage_out; + } + + if( sz<nByte ){ + /* The requested memory region does not exist. If isWrite is set to + ** zero, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. + ** + ** Alternatively, if isWrite is non-zero, use ftruncate() to allocate + ** the requested memory region. + */ + if( !isWrite ) goto shmpage_out; + rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, nByte); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, osGetLastError(), + "winShmMap2", pDbFd->zPath); + goto shmpage_out; + } + } + + /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */ + apNew = (struct ShmRegion *)sqlite3_realloc64( + pShmNode->aRegion, (iRegion+1)*sizeof(apNew[0]) + ); + if( !apNew ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; + goto shmpage_out; + } + pShmNode->aRegion = apNew; + + while( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){ + HANDLE hMap = NULL; /* file-mapping handle */ + void *pMap = 0; /* Mapped memory region */ + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + hMap = osCreateFileMappingFromApp(pShmNode->hFile.h, + NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, nByte, NULL + ); +#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + hMap = osCreateFileMappingW(pShmNode->hFile.h, + NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL + ); +#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && SQLITE_WIN32_CREATEFILEMAPPINGA + hMap = osCreateFileMappingA(pShmNode->hFile.h, + NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL + ); +#endif + OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP-CREATE pid=%lu, region=%d, size=%d, rc=%s\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, nByte, + hMap ? "ok" : "failed")); + if( hMap ){ + int iOffset = pShmNode->nRegion*szRegion; + int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity; +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + pMap = osMapViewOfFileFromApp(hMap, FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ, + iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift + ); +#else + pMap = osMapViewOfFile(hMap, FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ, + 0, iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift + ); +#endif + OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP-MAP pid=%lu, region=%d, offset=%d, size=%d, rc=%s\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, iOffset, + szRegion, pMap ? "ok" : "failed")); + } + if( !pMap ){ + pShmNode->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, pShmNode->lastErrno, + "winShmMap3", pDbFd->zPath); + if( hMap ) osCloseHandle(hMap); + goto shmpage_out; + } + + pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].pMap = pMap; + pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].hMap = hMap; + pShmNode->nRegion++; + } + } + +shmpage_out: + if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){ + int iOffset = iRegion*szRegion; + int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity; + char *p = (char *)pShmNode->aRegion[iRegion].pMap; + *pp = (void *)&p[iOffsetShift]; + }else{ + *pp = 0; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); + return rc; +} + +#else +# define winShmMap 0 +# define winShmLock 0 +# define winShmBarrier 0 +# define winShmUnmap 0 +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ + +/* +** Cleans up the mapped region of the specified file, if any. +*/ +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 +static int winUnmapfile(winFile *pFile){ + assert( pFile!=0 ); + OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, hMap=%p, pMapRegion=%p, " + "mmapSize=%lld, mmapSizeActual=%lld, mmapSizeMax=%lld\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->hMap, pFile->pMapRegion, + pFile->mmapSize, pFile->mmapSizeActual, pFile->mmapSizeMax)); + if( pFile->pMapRegion ){ + if( !osUnmapViewOfFile(pFile->pMapRegion) ){ + pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pMapRegion=%p, " + "rc=SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, + pFile->pMapRegion)); + return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFile->lastErrno, + "winUnmapfile1", pFile->zPath); + } + pFile->pMapRegion = 0; + pFile->mmapSize = 0; + pFile->mmapSizeActual = 0; + } + if( pFile->hMap!=NULL ){ + if( !osCloseHandle(pFile->hMap) ){ + pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, hMap=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->hMap)); + return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFile->lastErrno, + "winUnmapfile2", pFile->zPath); + } + pFile->hMap = NULL; + } + OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file +** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if +** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still +** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op. +** +** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of +** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the +** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the +** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured +** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, whichever is smaller. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not +** recreated as a result of outstanding references) or an SQLite error +** code otherwise. +*/ +static int winMapfile(winFile *pFd, sqlite3_int64 nByte){ + sqlite3_int64 nMap = nByte; + int rc; + + assert( nMap>=0 || pFd->nFetchOut==0 ); + OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, size=%lld\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, nByte)); + + if( pFd->nFetchOut>0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + + if( nMap<0 ){ + rc = winFileSize((sqlite3_file*)pFd, &nMap); + if( rc ){ + OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd)); + return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; + } + } + if( nMap>pFd->mmapSizeMax ){ + nMap = pFd->mmapSizeMax; + } + nMap &= ~(sqlite3_int64)(winSysInfo.dwPageSize - 1); + + if( nMap==0 && pFd->mmapSize>0 ){ + winUnmapfile(pFd); + } + if( nMap!=pFd->mmapSize ){ + void *pNew = 0; + DWORD protect = PAGE_READONLY; + DWORD flags = FILE_MAP_READ; + + winUnmapfile(pFd); +#ifdef SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE + if( (pFd->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_RDONLY)==0 ){ + protect = PAGE_READWRITE; + flags |= FILE_MAP_WRITE; + } +#endif +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingFromApp(pFd->h, NULL, protect, nMap, NULL); +#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingW(pFd->h, NULL, protect, + (DWORD)((nMap>>32) & 0xffffffff), + (DWORD)(nMap & 0xffffffff), NULL); +#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && SQLITE_WIN32_CREATEFILEMAPPINGA + pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingA(pFd->h, NULL, protect, + (DWORD)((nMap>>32) & 0xffffffff), + (DWORD)(nMap & 0xffffffff), NULL); +#endif + if( pFd->hMap==NULL ){ + pFd->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFd->lastErrno, + "winMapfile1", pFd->zPath); + /* Log the error, but continue normal operation using xRead/xWrite */ + OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE-CREATE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + assert( (nMap % winSysInfo.dwPageSize)==0 ); + assert( sizeof(SIZE_T)==sizeof(sqlite3_int64) || nMap<=0xffffffff ); +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + pNew = osMapViewOfFileFromApp(pFd->hMap, flags, 0, (SIZE_T)nMap); +#else + pNew = osMapViewOfFile(pFd->hMap, flags, 0, 0, (SIZE_T)nMap); +#endif + if( pNew==NULL ){ + osCloseHandle(pFd->hMap); + pFd->hMap = NULL; + pFd->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFd->lastErrno, + "winMapfile2", pFd->zPath); + /* Log the error, but continue normal operation using xRead/xWrite */ + OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE-MAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + pFd->pMapRegion = pNew; + pFd->mmapSize = nMap; + pFd->mmapSizeActual = nMap; + } + + OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ + +/* +** If possible, return a pointer to a mapping of file fd starting at offset +** iOff. The mapping must be valid for at least nAmt bytes. +** +** If such a pointer can be obtained, store it in *pp and return SQLITE_OK. +** Or, if one cannot but no error occurs, set *pp to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. +** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final +** value of *pp is undefined in this case. +** +** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually +** release the reference by calling winUnfetch(). +*/ +static int winFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){ +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + winFile *pFd = (winFile*)fd; /* The underlying database file */ +#endif + *pp = 0; + + OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, offset=%lld, amount=%d, pp=%p\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd, iOff, nAmt, pp)); + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + if( pFd->mmapSizeMax>0 ){ + if( pFd->pMapRegion==0 ){ + int rc = winMapfile(pFd, -1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return rc; + } + } + if( pFd->mmapSize >= iOff+nAmt ){ + *pp = &((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff]; + pFd->nFetchOut++; + } + } +#endif + + OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pp=%p, *pp=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd, pp, *pp)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a +** reference obtained by an earlier call to winFetch(). The second +** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding +** argument that was passed to the winFetch() invocation. +** +** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called +** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping +** may now be invalid and should be unmapped. +*/ +static int winUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){ +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + winFile *pFd = (winFile*)fd; /* The underlying database file */ + + /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding + ** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference), + ** then there must be at least one outstanding. */ + assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) ); + + /* If p!=0, it must match the iOff value. */ + assert( p==0 || p==&((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff] ); + + OSTRACE(("UNFETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, offset=%lld, p=%p\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, iOff, p)); + + if( p ){ + pFd->nFetchOut--; + }else{ + /* FIXME: If Windows truly always prevents truncating or deleting a + ** file while a mapping is held, then the following winUnmapfile() call + ** is unnecessary can be omitted - potentially improving + ** performance. */ + winUnmapfile(pFd); + } + + assert( pFd->nFetchOut>=0 ); +#endif + + OSTRACE(("UNFETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", + osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods. +** +********************** End sqlite3_file Methods ******************************* +******************************************************************************/ + +/* +** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an +** sqlite3_file for win32. +*/ +static const sqlite3_io_methods winIoMethod = { + 3, /* iVersion */ + winClose, /* xClose */ + winRead, /* xRead */ + winWrite, /* xWrite */ + winTruncate, /* xTruncate */ + winSync, /* xSync */ + winFileSize, /* xFileSize */ + winLock, /* xLock */ + winUnlock, /* xUnlock */ + winCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock */ + winFileControl, /* xFileControl */ + winSectorSize, /* xSectorSize */ + winDeviceCharacteristics, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ + winShmMap, /* xShmMap */ + winShmLock, /* xShmLock */ + winShmBarrier, /* xShmBarrier */ + winShmUnmap, /* xShmUnmap */ + winFetch, /* xFetch */ + winUnfetch /* xUnfetch */ +}; + +/**************************************************************************** +**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods **************************** +** +** This division contains the implementation of methods on the +** sqlite3_vfs object. +*/ + +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) +/* +** Convert a filename from whatever the underlying operating system +** supports for filenames into UTF-8. Space to hold the result is +** obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling function. +*/ +static char *winConvertToUtf8Filename(const void *zFilename){ + char *zConverted = 0; + if( osIsNT() ){ + zConverted = winUnicodeToUtf8(zFilename); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI + else{ + zConverted = winMbcsToUtf8(zFilename, osAreFileApisANSI()); + } +#endif + /* caller will handle out of memory */ + return zConverted; +} +#endif + +/* +** Convert a UTF-8 filename into whatever form the underlying +** operating system wants filenames in. Space to hold the result +** is obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling +** function. +*/ +static void *winConvertFromUtf8Filename(const char *zFilename){ + void *zConverted = 0; + if( osIsNT() ){ + zConverted = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI + else{ + zConverted = winUtf8ToMbcs(zFilename, osAreFileApisANSI()); + } +#endif + /* caller will handle out of memory */ + return zConverted; +} + +/* +** This function returns non-zero if the specified UTF-8 string buffer +** ends with a directory separator character or one was successfully +** added to it. +*/ +static int winMakeEndInDirSep(int nBuf, char *zBuf){ + if( zBuf ){ + int nLen = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf); + if( nLen>0 ){ + if( winIsDirSep(zBuf[nLen-1]) ){ + return 1; + }else if( nLen+1<nBuf ){ + zBuf[nLen] = winGetDirSep(); + zBuf[nLen+1] = '\0'; + return 1; + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Create a temporary file name and store the resulting pointer into pzBuf. +** The pointer returned in pzBuf must be freed via sqlite3_free(). +*/ +static int winGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, char **pzBuf){ + static char zChars[] = + "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" + "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" + "0123456789"; + size_t i, j; + int nPre = sqlite3Strlen30(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX); + int nMax, nBuf, nDir, nLen; + char *zBuf; + + /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just + ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this + ** function failing. + */ + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR ); + + /* Allocate a temporary buffer to store the fully qualified file + ** name for the temporary file. If this fails, we cannot continue. + */ + nMax = pVfs->mxPathname; nBuf = nMax + 2; + zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero( nBuf ); + if( !zBuf ){ + OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n")); + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + + /* Figure out the effective temporary directory. First, check if one + ** has been explicitly set by the application; otherwise, use the one + ** configured by the operating system. + */ + nDir = nMax - (nPre + 15); + assert( nDir>0 ); + if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){ + int nDirLen = sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_temp_directory); + if( nDirLen>0 ){ + if( !winIsDirSep(sqlite3_temp_directory[nDirLen-1]) ){ + nDirLen++; + } + if( nDirLen>nDir ){ + sqlite3_free(zBuf); + OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n")); + return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname1", 0); + } + sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory); + } + } +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) + else{ + static const char *azDirs[] = { + 0, /* getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR") */ + 0, /* getenv("TMPDIR") */ + 0, /* getenv("TMP") */ + 0, /* getenv("TEMP") */ + 0, /* getenv("USERPROFILE") */ + "/var/tmp", + "/usr/tmp", + "/tmp", + ".", + 0 /* List terminator */ + }; + unsigned int i; + const char *zDir = 0; + + if( !azDirs[0] ) azDirs[0] = getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR"); + if( !azDirs[1] ) azDirs[1] = getenv("TMPDIR"); + if( !azDirs[2] ) azDirs[2] = getenv("TMP"); + if( !azDirs[3] ) azDirs[3] = getenv("TEMP"); + if( !azDirs[4] ) azDirs[4] = getenv("USERPROFILE"); + for(i=0; i<sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]); zDir=azDirs[i++]){ + void *zConverted; + if( zDir==0 ) continue; + /* If the path starts with a drive letter followed by the colon + ** character, assume it is already a native Win32 path; otherwise, + ** it must be converted to a native Win32 path via the Cygwin API + ** prior to using it. + */ + if( winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zDir) ){ + zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zDir); + if( !zConverted ){ + sqlite3_free(zBuf); + OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n")); + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + if( winIsDir(zConverted) ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", zDir); + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + break; + } + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + }else{ + zConverted = sqlite3MallocZero( nMax+1 ); + if( !zConverted ){ + sqlite3_free(zBuf); + OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n")); + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + if( cygwin_conv_path( + osIsNT() ? CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W : CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A, zDir, + zConverted, nMax+1)<0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + sqlite3_free(zBuf); + OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH\n")); + return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH, (DWORD)errno, + "winGetTempname2", zDir); + } + if( winIsDir(zConverted) ){ + /* At this point, we know the candidate directory exists and should + ** be used. However, we may need to convert the string containing + ** its name into UTF-8 (i.e. if it is UTF-16 right now). + */ + char *zUtf8 = winConvertToUtf8Filename(zConverted); + if( !zUtf8 ){ + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + sqlite3_free(zBuf); + OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n")); + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", zUtf8); + sqlite3_free(zUtf8); + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + break; + } + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + } + } + } +#elif !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(__CYGWIN__) + else if( osIsNT() ){ + char *zMulti; + LPWSTR zWidePath = sqlite3MallocZero( nMax*sizeof(WCHAR) ); + if( !zWidePath ){ + sqlite3_free(zBuf); + OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n")); + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + if( osGetTempPathW(nMax, zWidePath)==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zWidePath); + sqlite3_free(zBuf); + OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH\n")); + return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH, osGetLastError(), + "winGetTempname2", 0); + } + zMulti = winUnicodeToUtf8(zWidePath); + if( zMulti ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", zMulti); + sqlite3_free(zMulti); + sqlite3_free(zWidePath); + }else{ + sqlite3_free(zWidePath); + sqlite3_free(zBuf); + OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n")); + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + } +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI + else{ + char *zUtf8; + char *zMbcsPath = sqlite3MallocZero( nMax ); + if( !zMbcsPath ){ + sqlite3_free(zBuf); + OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n")); + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + if( osGetTempPathA(nMax, zMbcsPath)==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zBuf); + OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH\n")); + return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH, osGetLastError(), + "winGetTempname3", 0); + } + zUtf8 = winMbcsToUtf8(zMbcsPath, osAreFileApisANSI()); + if( zUtf8 ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", zUtf8); + sqlite3_free(zUtf8); + }else{ + sqlite3_free(zBuf); + OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n")); + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI */ +#endif /* !SQLITE_OS_WINRT */ + + /* + ** Check to make sure the temporary directory ends with an appropriate + ** separator. If it does not and there is not enough space left to add + ** one, fail. + */ + if( !winMakeEndInDirSep(nDir+1, zBuf) ){ + sqlite3_free(zBuf); + OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n")); + return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname4", 0); + } + + /* + ** Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file + ** name in the following format: + ** + ** "<temporary_directory>/etilqs_XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX\0\0" + ** + ** If not, return SQLITE_ERROR. The number 17 is used here in order to + ** account for the space used by the 15 character random suffix and the + ** two trailing NUL characters. The final directory separator character + ** has already added if it was not already present. + */ + nLen = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf); + if( (nLen + nPre + 17) > nBuf ){ + sqlite3_free(zBuf); + OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n")); + return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname5", 0); + } + + sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-16-nLen, zBuf+nLen, SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX); + + j = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf); + sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]); + for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){ + zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ]; + } + zBuf[j] = 0; + zBuf[j+1] = 0; + *pzBuf = zBuf; + + OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME name=%s, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", zBuf)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the named file is really a directory. Return false if +** it is something other than a directory, or if there is any kind of memory +** allocation failure. +*/ +static int winIsDir(const void *zConverted){ + DWORD attr; + int rc = 0; + DWORD lastErrno; + + if( osIsNT() ){ + int cnt = 0; + WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData; + memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData)); + while( !(rc = osGetFileAttributesExW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, + GetFileExInfoStandard, + &sAttrData)) && winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){} + if( !rc ){ + return 0; /* Invalid name? */ + } + attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes; +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 + }else{ + attr = osGetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted); +#endif + } + return (attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) && (attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY); +} + +/* +** Open a file. +*/ +static int winOpen( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Used to get maximum path name length */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */ + sqlite3_file *id, /* Write the SQLite file handle here */ + int flags, /* Open mode flags */ + int *pOutFlags /* Status return flags */ +){ + HANDLE h; + DWORD lastErrno = 0; + DWORD dwDesiredAccess; + DWORD dwShareMode; + DWORD dwCreationDisposition; + DWORD dwFlagsAndAttributes = 0; +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + int isTemp = 0; +#endif + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; + void *zConverted; /* Filename in OS encoding */ + const char *zUtf8Name = zName; /* Filename in UTF-8 encoding */ + int cnt = 0; + + /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open + ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in. + */ + char *zTmpname = 0; /* For temporary filename, if necessary. */ + + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Function Return Code */ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) || SQLITE_OS_WINCE + int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00; /* Type of file to open */ +#endif + + int isExclusive = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE); + int isDelete = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE); + int isCreate = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); + int isReadonly = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); + int isReadWrite = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE); + +#ifndef NDEBUG + int isOpenJournal = (isCreate && ( + eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL + )); +#endif + + OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, pFile=%p, flags=%x, pOutFlags=%p\n", + zUtf8Name, id, flags, pOutFlags)); + + /* Check the following statements are true: + ** + ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and + ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and + ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set. + ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set. + */ + assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly)); + assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite); + assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate); + assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate); + + /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never + ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */ + assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ); + assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); + assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL ); + assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); + + /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */ + assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL + || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL + ); + + assert( pFile!=0 ); + memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(winFile)); + pFile->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + if( !zUtf8Name && !sqlite3_temp_directory ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_ERROR, + "sqlite3_temp_directory variable should be set for WinRT"); + } +#endif + + /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a + ** temporary file name to use + */ + if( !zUtf8Name ){ + assert( isDelete && !isOpenJournal ); + rc = winGetTempname(pVfs, &zTmpname); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=%s", zUtf8Name, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return rc; + } + zUtf8Name = zTmpname; + } + + /* Database filenames are double-zero terminated if they are not + ** URIs with parameters. Hence, they can always be passed into + ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(). + */ + assert( (eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) || (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || + zUtf8Name[sqlite3Strlen30(zUtf8Name)+1]==0 ); + + /* Convert the filename to the system encoding. */ + zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zUtf8Name); + if( zConverted==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zTmpname); + OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM", zUtf8Name)); + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + + if( winIsDir(zConverted) ){ + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + sqlite3_free(zTmpname); + OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR", zUtf8Name)); + return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR; + } + + if( isReadWrite ){ + dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE; + }else{ + dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ; + } + + /* SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE is used to make sure that a new file is + ** created. SQLite doesn't use it to indicate "exclusive access" + ** as it is usually understood. + */ + if( isExclusive ){ + /* Creates a new file, only if it does not already exist. */ + /* If the file exists, it fails. */ + dwCreationDisposition = CREATE_NEW; + }else if( isCreate ){ + /* Open existing file, or create if it doesn't exist */ + dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_ALWAYS; + }else{ + /* Opens a file, only if it exists. */ + dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING; + } + + dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE; + + if( isDelete ){ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN; + isTemp = 1; +#else + dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY + | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN + | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE; +#endif + }else{ + dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL; + } + /* Reports from the internet are that performance is always + ** better if FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS is used. Ticket #2699. */ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + dwFlagsAndAttributes |= FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS; +#endif + + if( osIsNT() ){ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + CREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS extendedParameters; + extendedParameters.dwSize = sizeof(CREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS); + extendedParameters.dwFileAttributes = + dwFlagsAndAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK; + extendedParameters.dwFileFlags = dwFlagsAndAttributes & FILE_FLAG_MASK; + extendedParameters.dwSecurityQosFlags = SECURITY_ANONYMOUS; + extendedParameters.lpSecurityAttributes = NULL; + extendedParameters.hTemplateFile = NULL; + while( (h = osCreateFile2((LPCWSTR)zConverted, + dwDesiredAccess, + dwShareMode, + dwCreationDisposition, + &extendedParameters))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE && + winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){ + /* Noop */ + } +#else + while( (h = osCreateFileW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, + dwDesiredAccess, + dwShareMode, NULL, + dwCreationDisposition, + dwFlagsAndAttributes, + NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE && + winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){ + /* Noop */ + } +#endif + } +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI + else{ + while( (h = osCreateFileA((LPCSTR)zConverted, + dwDesiredAccess, + dwShareMode, NULL, + dwCreationDisposition, + dwFlagsAndAttributes, + NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE && + winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){ + /* Noop */ + } + } +#endif + winLogIoerr(cnt, __LINE__); + + OSTRACE(("OPEN file=%p, name=%s, access=%lx, rc=%s\n", h, zUtf8Name, + dwDesiredAccess, (h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) ? "failed" : "ok")); + + if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){ + pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; + winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, pFile->lastErrno, "winOpen", zUtf8Name); + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + sqlite3_free(zTmpname); + if( isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){ + return winOpen(pVfs, zName, id, + ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) & + ~(SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE)), + pOutFlags); + }else{ + return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; + } + } + + if( pOutFlags ){ + if( isReadWrite ){ + *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE; + }else{ + *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; + } + } + + OSTRACE(("OPEN file=%p, name=%s, access=%lx, pOutFlags=%p, *pOutFlags=%d, " + "rc=%s\n", h, zUtf8Name, dwDesiredAccess, pOutFlags, pOutFlags ? + *pOutFlags : 0, (h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) ? "failed" : "ok")); + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + if( isReadWrite && eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB + && (rc = winceCreateLock(zName, pFile))!=SQLITE_OK + ){ + osCloseHandle(h); + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + sqlite3_free(zTmpname); + OSTRACE(("OPEN-CE-LOCK name=%s, rc=%s\n", zName, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return rc; + } + if( isTemp ){ + pFile->zDeleteOnClose = zConverted; + }else +#endif + { + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + } + + sqlite3_free(zTmpname); + pFile->pMethod = &winIoMethod; + pFile->pVfs = pVfs; + pFile->h = h; + if( isReadonly ){ + pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_RDONLY; + } + if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) ){ + pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_PSOW; + } + pFile->lastErrno = NO_ERROR; + pFile->zPath = zName; +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + pFile->hMap = NULL; + pFile->pMapRegion = 0; + pFile->mmapSize = 0; + pFile->mmapSizeActual = 0; + pFile->mmapSizeMax = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap; +#endif + + OpenCounter(+1); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Delete the named file. +** +** Note that Windows does not allow a file to be deleted if some other +** process has it open. Sometimes a virus scanner or indexing program +** will open a journal file shortly after it is created in order to do +** whatever it does. While this other process is holding the +** file open, we will be unable to delete it. To work around this +** problem, we delay 100 milliseconds and try to delete again. Up +** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving +** up and returning an error. +*/ +static int winDelete( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on win32 */ + const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to delete */ + int syncDir /* Not used on win32 */ +){ + int cnt = 0; + int rc; + DWORD attr; + DWORD lastErrno = 0; + void *zConverted; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(syncDir); + + SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE); + OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, syncDir=%d\n", zFilename, syncDir)); + + zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename); + if( zConverted==0 ){ + OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n", zFilename)); + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + if( osIsNT() ){ + do { +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData; + memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData)); + if ( osGetFileAttributesExW(zConverted, GetFileExInfoStandard, + &sAttrData) ){ + attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes; + }else{ + lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND + || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */ + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + break; + } +#else + attr = osGetFileAttributesW(zConverted); +#endif + if ( attr==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ){ + lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND + || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */ + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + break; + } + if ( attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* Files only. */ + break; + } + if ( osDeleteFileW(zConverted) ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Deleted OK. */ + break; + } + if ( !winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* No more retries. */ + break; + } + } while(1); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI + else{ + do { + attr = osGetFileAttributesA(zConverted); + if ( attr==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ){ + lastErrno = osGetLastError(); + if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND + || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */ + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + break; + } + if ( attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* Files only. */ + break; + } + if ( osDeleteFileA(zConverted) ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Deleted OK. */ + break; + } + if ( !winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* No more retries. */ + break; + } + } while(1); + } +#endif + if( rc && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ){ + rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, lastErrno, "winDelete", zFilename); + }else{ + winLogIoerr(cnt, __LINE__); + } + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, rc=%s\n", zFilename, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Check the existence and status of a file. +*/ +static int winAccess( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on win32 */ + const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to check */ + int flags, /* Type of test to make on this file */ + int *pResOut /* OUT: Result */ +){ + DWORD attr; + int rc = 0; + DWORD lastErrno = 0; + void *zConverted; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); + + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; ); + OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, flags=%x, pResOut=%p\n", + zFilename, flags, pResOut)); + + zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename); + if( zConverted==0 ){ + OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n", zFilename)); + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + if( osIsNT() ){ + int cnt = 0; + WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData; + memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData)); + while( !(rc = osGetFileAttributesExW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, + GetFileExInfoStandard, + &sAttrData)) && winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){} + if( rc ){ + /* For an SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS query, treat a zero-length file + ** as if it does not exist. + */ + if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS + && sAttrData.nFileSizeHigh==0 + && sAttrData.nFileSizeLow==0 ){ + attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES; + }else{ + attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes; + } + }else{ + winLogIoerr(cnt, __LINE__); + if( lastErrno!=ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND && lastErrno!=ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){ + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS, lastErrno, "winAccess", + zFilename); + }else{ + attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES; + } + } + } +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI + else{ + attr = osGetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted); + } +#endif + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + switch( flags ){ + case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ: + case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: + rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES; + break; + case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: + rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES && + (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)==0; + break; + default: + assert(!"Invalid flags argument"); + } + *pResOut = rc; + OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, pResOut=%p, *pResOut=%d, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", + zFilename, pResOut, *pResOut)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Returns non-zero if the specified path name starts with a drive letter +** followed by a colon character. +*/ +static BOOL winIsDriveLetterAndColon( + const char *zPathname +){ + return ( sqlite3Isalpha(zPathname[0]) && zPathname[1]==':' ); +} + +/* +** Returns non-zero if the specified path name should be used verbatim. If +** non-zero is returned from this function, the calling function must simply +** use the provided path name verbatim -OR- resolve it into a full path name +** using the GetFullPathName Win32 API function (if available). +*/ +static BOOL winIsVerbatimPathname( + const char *zPathname +){ + /* + ** If the path name starts with a forward slash or a backslash, it is either + ** a legal UNC name, a volume relative path, or an absolute path name in the + ** "Unix" format on Windows. There is no easy way to differentiate between + ** the final two cases; therefore, we return the safer return value of TRUE + ** so that callers of this function will simply use it verbatim. + */ + if ( winIsDirSep(zPathname[0]) ){ + return TRUE; + } + + /* + ** If the path name starts with a letter and a colon it is either a volume + ** relative path or an absolute path. Callers of this function must not + ** attempt to treat it as a relative path name (i.e. they should simply use + ** it verbatim). + */ + if ( winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zPathname) ){ + return TRUE; + } + + /* + ** If we get to this point, the path name should almost certainly be a purely + ** relative one (i.e. not a UNC name, not absolute, and not volume relative). + */ + return FALSE; +} + +/* +** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. Write the full +** pathname into zOut[]. zOut[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname +** bytes in size. +*/ +static int winFullPathname( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ + const char *zRelative, /* Possibly relative input path */ + int nFull, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */ + char *zFull /* Output buffer */ +){ + +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull); + assert( nFull>=pVfs->mxPathname ); + if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){ + /* + ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data + ** directory has been set. Therefore, use it as the basis + ** for converting the relative path name to an absolute + ** one by prepending the data directory and a slash. + */ + char *zOut = sqlite3MallocZero( pVfs->mxPathname+1 ); + if( !zOut ){ + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + if( cygwin_conv_path( + (osIsNT() ? CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W : CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A) | + CCP_RELATIVE, zRelative, zOut, pVfs->mxPathname+1)<0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zOut); + return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH, (DWORD)errno, + "winFullPathname1", zRelative); + }else{ + char *zUtf8 = winConvertToUtf8Filename(zOut); + if( !zUtf8 ){ + sqlite3_free(zOut); + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s", + sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zUtf8); + sqlite3_free(zUtf8); + sqlite3_free(zOut); + } + }else{ + char *zOut = sqlite3MallocZero( pVfs->mxPathname+1 ); + if( !zOut ){ + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + if( cygwin_conv_path( + (osIsNT() ? CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W : CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A), + zRelative, zOut, pVfs->mxPathname+1)<0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zOut); + return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH, (DWORD)errno, + "winFullPathname2", zRelative); + }else{ + char *zUtf8 = winConvertToUtf8Filename(zOut); + if( !zUtf8 ){ + sqlite3_free(zOut); + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zUtf8); + sqlite3_free(zUtf8); + sqlite3_free(zOut); + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +#endif + +#if (SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); + /* WinCE has no concept of a relative pathname, or so I am told. */ + /* WinRT has no way to convert a relative path to an absolute one. */ + if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){ + /* + ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data + ** directory has been set. Therefore, use it as the basis + ** for converting the relative path name to an absolute + ** one by prepending the data directory and a backslash. + */ + sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s", + sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zRelative); + }else{ + sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zRelative); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +#endif + +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(__CYGWIN__) + DWORD nByte; + void *zConverted; + char *zOut; + + /* If this path name begins with "/X:", where "X" is any alphabetic + ** character, discard the initial "/" from the pathname. + */ + if( zRelative[0]=='/' && winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zRelative+1) ){ + zRelative++; + } + + /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just + ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this + ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the + ** current working directory has been unlinked. + */ + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); + if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){ + /* + ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data + ** directory has been set. Therefore, use it as the basis + ** for converting the relative path name to an absolute + ** one by prepending the data directory and a backslash. + */ + sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s", + sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zRelative); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zRelative); + if( zConverted==0 ){ + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + if( osIsNT() ){ + LPWSTR zTemp; + nByte = osGetFullPathNameW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, 0, 0, 0); + if( nByte==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(), + "winFullPathname1", zRelative); + } + nByte += 3; + zTemp = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) ); + if( zTemp==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + nByte = osGetFullPathNameW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0); + if( nByte==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + sqlite3_free(zTemp); + return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(), + "winFullPathname2", zRelative); + } + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + zOut = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTemp); + sqlite3_free(zTemp); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI + else{ + char *zTemp; + nByte = osGetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0); + if( nByte==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(), + "winFullPathname3", zRelative); + } + nByte += 3; + zTemp = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) ); + if( zTemp==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + nByte = osGetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0); + if( nByte==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + sqlite3_free(zTemp); + return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(), + "winFullPathname4", zRelative); + } + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + zOut = winMbcsToUtf8(zTemp, osAreFileApisANSI()); + sqlite3_free(zTemp); + } +#endif + if( zOut ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zOut); + sqlite3_free(zOut); + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; + } +#endif +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +/* +** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points +** within the shared library, and closing the shared library. +*/ +static void *winDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){ + HANDLE h; +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) + int nFull = pVfs->mxPathname+1; + char *zFull = sqlite3MallocZero( nFull ); + void *zConverted = 0; + if( zFull==0 ){ + OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)0)); + return 0; + } + if( winFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nFull, zFull)!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(zFull); + OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)0)); + return 0; + } + zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFull); + sqlite3_free(zFull); +#else + void *zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); +#endif + if( zConverted==0 ){ + OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)0)); + return 0; + } + if( osIsNT() ){ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + h = osLoadPackagedLibrary((LPCWSTR)zConverted, 0); +#else + h = osLoadLibraryW((LPCWSTR)zConverted); +#endif + } +#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI + else{ + h = osLoadLibraryA((char*)zConverted); + } +#endif + OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)h)); + sqlite3_free(zConverted); + return (void*)h; +} +static void winDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); + winGetLastErrorMsg(osGetLastError(), nBuf, zBufOut); +} +static void (*winDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,void *pH,const char *zSym))(void){ + FARPROC proc; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); + proc = osGetProcAddressA((HANDLE)pH, zSym); + OSTRACE(("DLSYM handle=%p, symbol=%s, address=%p\n", + (void*)pH, zSym, (void*)proc)); + return (void(*)(void))proc; +} +static void winDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); + osFreeLibrary((HANDLE)pHandle); + OSTRACE(("DLCLOSE handle=%p\n", (void*)pHandle)); +} +#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */ + #define winDlOpen 0 + #define winDlError 0 + #define winDlSym 0 + #define winDlClose 0 +#endif + +/* State information for the randomness gatherer. */ +typedef struct EntropyGatherer EntropyGatherer; +struct EntropyGatherer { + unsigned char *a; /* Gather entropy into this buffer */ + int na; /* Size of a[] in bytes */ + int i; /* XOR next input into a[i] */ + int nXor; /* Number of XOR operations done */ +}; + +#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_RANDOMNESS) +/* Mix sz bytes of entropy into p. */ +static void xorMemory(EntropyGatherer *p, unsigned char *x, int sz){ + int j, k; + for(j=0, k=p->i; j<sz; j++){ + p->a[k++] ^= x[j]; + if( k>=p->na ) k = 0; + } + p->i = k; + p->nXor += sz; +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_RANDOMNESS) */ + +/* +** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf. +*/ +static int winRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_OMIT_RANDOMNESS) + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); + memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf); + return nBuf; +#else + EntropyGatherer e; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); + memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf); +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1400 && !SQLITE_OS_WINCE + rand_s((unsigned int*)zBuf); /* rand_s() is not available with MinGW */ +#endif /* defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1400 */ + e.a = (unsigned char*)zBuf; + e.na = nBuf; + e.nXor = 0; + e.i = 0; + { + SYSTEMTIME x; + osGetSystemTime(&x); + xorMemory(&e, (unsigned char*)&x, sizeof(SYSTEMTIME)); + } + { + DWORD pid = osGetCurrentProcessId(); + xorMemory(&e, (unsigned char*)&pid, sizeof(DWORD)); + } +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + { + ULONGLONG cnt = osGetTickCount64(); + xorMemory(&e, (unsigned char*)&cnt, sizeof(ULONGLONG)); + } +#else + { + DWORD cnt = osGetTickCount(); + xorMemory(&e, (unsigned char*)&cnt, sizeof(DWORD)); + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINRT */ + { + LARGE_INTEGER i; + osQueryPerformanceCounter(&i); + xorMemory(&e, (unsigned char*)&i, sizeof(LARGE_INTEGER)); + } +#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_USE_UUID + { + UUID id; + memset(&id, 0, sizeof(UUID)); + osUuidCreate(&id); + xorMemory(&e, (unsigned char*)&id, sizeof(UUID)); + memset(&id, 0, sizeof(UUID)); + osUuidCreateSequential(&id); + xorMemory(&e, (unsigned char*)&id, sizeof(UUID)); + } +#endif /* !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_USE_UUID */ + return e.nXor>nBuf ? nBuf : e.nXor; +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_OMIT_RANDOMNESS) */ +} + + +/* +** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. +*/ +static int winSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec){ + sqlite3_win32_sleep((microsec+999)/1000); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); + return ((microsec+999)/1000)*1000; +} + +/* +** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as +** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of +** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0; /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */ +#endif + +/* +** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write into *piNow +** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000. In +** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian +** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the +** proleptic Gregorian calendar. +** +** On success, return SQLITE_OK. Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date +** cannot be found. +*/ +static int winCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){ + /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of + 100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5). + */ + FILETIME ft; + static const sqlite3_int64 winFiletimeEpoch = 23058135*(sqlite3_int64)8640000; +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000; +#endif + /* 2^32 - to avoid use of LL and warnings in gcc */ + static const sqlite3_int64 max32BitValue = + (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + + (sqlite3_int64)294967296; + +#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE + SYSTEMTIME time; + osGetSystemTime(&time); + /* if SystemTimeToFileTime() fails, it returns zero. */ + if (!osSystemTimeToFileTime(&time,&ft)){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } +#else + osGetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft ); +#endif + + *piNow = winFiletimeEpoch + + ((((sqlite3_int64)ft.dwHighDateTime)*max32BitValue) + + (sqlite3_int64)ft.dwLowDateTime)/(sqlite3_int64)10000; + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + if( sqlite3_current_time ){ + *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch; + } +#endif + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the +** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and +** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. +*/ +static int winCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){ + int rc; + sqlite3_int64 i; + rc = winCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, &i); + if( !rc ){ + *prNow = i/86400000.0; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** The idea is that this function works like a combination of +** GetLastError() and FormatMessage() on Windows (or errno and +** strerror_r() on Unix). After an error is returned by an OS +** function, SQLite calls this function with zBuf pointing to +** a buffer of nBuf bytes. The OS layer should populate the +** buffer with a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded error message +** describing the last IO error to have occurred within the calling +** thread. +** +** If the error message is too large for the supplied buffer, +** it should be truncated. The return value of xGetLastError +** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero +** otherwise (if the message was truncated). If non-zero is returned, +** then it is not necessary to include the nul-terminator character +** in the output buffer. +** +** Not supplying an error message will have no adverse effect +** on SQLite. It is fine to have an implementation that never +** returns an error message: +** +** int xGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ +** assert(zBuf[0]=='\0'); +** return 0; +** } +** +** However if an error message is supplied, it will be incorporated +** by sqlite into the error message available to the user using +** sqlite3_errmsg(), possibly making IO errors easier to debug. +*/ +static int winGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ + DWORD e = osGetLastError(); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); + if( nBuf>0 ) winGetLastErrorMsg(e, nBuf, zBuf); + return e; +} + +/* +** Initialize and deinitialize the operating system interface. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_os_init(void){ + static sqlite3_vfs winVfs = { + 3, /* iVersion */ + sizeof(winFile), /* szOsFile */ + SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES, /* mxPathname */ + 0, /* pNext */ + "win32", /* zName */ + 0, /* pAppData */ + winOpen, /* xOpen */ + winDelete, /* xDelete */ + winAccess, /* xAccess */ + winFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ + winDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ + winDlError, /* xDlError */ + winDlSym, /* xDlSym */ + winDlClose, /* xDlClose */ + winRandomness, /* xRandomness */ + winSleep, /* xSleep */ + winCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ + winGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */ + winCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */ + winSetSystemCall, /* xSetSystemCall */ + winGetSystemCall, /* xGetSystemCall */ + winNextSystemCall, /* xNextSystemCall */ + }; +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + static sqlite3_vfs winLongPathVfs = { + 3, /* iVersion */ + sizeof(winFile), /* szOsFile */ + SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES, /* mxPathname */ + 0, /* pNext */ + "win32-longpath", /* zName */ + 0, /* pAppData */ + winOpen, /* xOpen */ + winDelete, /* xDelete */ + winAccess, /* xAccess */ + winFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ + winDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ + winDlError, /* xDlError */ + winDlSym, /* xDlSym */ + winDlClose, /* xDlClose */ + winRandomness, /* xRandomness */ + winSleep, /* xSleep */ + winCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ + winGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */ + winCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */ + winSetSystemCall, /* xSetSystemCall */ + winGetSystemCall, /* xGetSystemCall */ + winNextSystemCall, /* xNextSystemCall */ + }; +#endif + + /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed + ** correctly. See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */ + assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==80 ); + + /* get memory map allocation granularity */ + memset(&winSysInfo, 0, sizeof(SYSTEM_INFO)); +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + osGetNativeSystemInfo(&winSysInfo); +#else + osGetSystemInfo(&winSysInfo); +#endif + assert( winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity>0 ); + assert( winSysInfo.dwPageSize>0 ); + + sqlite3_vfs_register(&winVfs, 1); + +#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) + sqlite3_vfs_register(&winLongPathVfs, 0); +#endif + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_os_end(void){ +#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT + if( sleepObj!=NULL ){ + osCloseHandle(sleepObj); + sleepObj = NULL; + } +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN */ + +/************** End of os_win.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file bitvec.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 February 16 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file implements an object that represents a fixed-length +** bitmap. Bits are numbered starting with 1. +** +** A bitmap is used to record which pages of a database file have been +** journalled during a transaction, or which pages have the "dont-write" +** property. Usually only a few pages are meet either condition. +** So the bitmap is usually sparse and has low cardinality. +** But sometimes (for example when during a DROP of a large table) most +** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled. In those cases, +** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality. The algorithm needs +** to handle both cases well. +** +** The size of the bitmap is fixed when the object is created. +** +** All bits are clear when the bitmap is created. Individual bits +** may be set or cleared one at a time. +** +** Test operations are about 100 times more common that set operations. +** Clear operations are exceedingly rare. There are usually between +** 5 and 500 set operations per Bitvec object, though the number of sets can +** sometimes grow into tens of thousands or larger. The size of the +** Bitvec object is the number of pages in the database file at the +** start of a transaction, and is thus usually less than a few thousand, +** but can be as large as 2 billion for a really big database. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* Size of the Bitvec structure in bytes. */ +#define BITVEC_SZ 512 + +/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how +** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */ +#define BITVEC_USIZE \ + (((BITVEC_SZ-(3*sizeof(u32)))/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*)) + +/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation. +** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE. +** Setting this to the "natural word" size of your CPU may improve +** performance. */ +#define BITVEC_TELEM u8 +/* Size, in bits, of the bitmap element. */ +#define BITVEC_SZELEM 8 +/* Number of elements in a bitmap array. */ +#define BITVEC_NELEM (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(BITVEC_TELEM)) +/* Number of bits in the bitmap array. */ +#define BITVEC_NBIT (BITVEC_NELEM*BITVEC_SZELEM) + +/* Number of u32 values in hash table. */ +#define BITVEC_NINT (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(u32)) +/* Maximum number of entries in hash table before +** sub-dividing and re-hashing. */ +#define BITVEC_MXHASH (BITVEC_NINT/2) +/* Hashing function for the aHash representation. +** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier +** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided +** no fewer collisions than the no-op *1. */ +#define BITVEC_HASH(X) (((X)*1)%BITVEC_NINT) + +#define BITVEC_NPTR (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(Bitvec *)) + + +/* +** A bitmap is an instance of the following structure. +** +** This bitmap records the existence of zero or more bits +** with values between 1 and iSize, inclusive. +** +** There are three possible representations of the bitmap. +** If iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT, then Bitvec.u.aBitmap[] is a straight +** bitmap. The least significant bit is bit 1. +** +** If iSize>BITVEC_NBIT and iDivisor==0 then Bitvec.u.aHash[] is +** a hash table that will hold up to BITVEC_MXHASH distinct values. +** +** Otherwise, the value i is redirected into one of BITVEC_NPTR +** sub-bitmaps pointed to by Bitvec.u.apSub[]. Each subbitmap +** handles up to iDivisor separate values of i. apSub[0] holds +** values between 1 and iDivisor. apSub[1] holds values between +** iDivisor+1 and 2*iDivisor. apSub[N] holds values between +** N*iDivisor+1 and (N+1)*iDivisor. Each subbitmap is normalized +** to hold deal with values between 1 and iDivisor. +*/ +struct Bitvec { + u32 iSize; /* Maximum bit index. Max iSize is 4,294,967,296. */ + u32 nSet; /* Number of bits that are set - only valid for aHash + ** element. Max is BITVEC_NINT. For BITVEC_SZ of 512, + ** this would be 125. */ + u32 iDivisor; /* Number of bits handled by each apSub[] entry. */ + /* Should >=0 for apSub element. */ + /* Max iDivisor is max(u32) / BITVEC_NPTR + 1. */ + /* For a BITVEC_SZ of 512, this would be 34,359,739. */ + union { + BITVEC_TELEM aBitmap[BITVEC_NELEM]; /* Bitmap representation */ + u32 aHash[BITVEC_NINT]; /* Hash table representation */ + Bitvec *apSub[BITVEC_NPTR]; /* Recursive representation */ + } u; +}; + +/* +** Create a new bitmap object able to handle bits between 0 and iSize, +** inclusive. Return a pointer to the new object. Return NULL if +** malloc fails. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32 iSize){ + Bitvec *p; + assert( sizeof(*p)==BITVEC_SZ ); + p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); + if( p ){ + p->iSize = iSize; + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Check to see if the i-th bit is set. Return true or false. +** If p is NULL (if the bitmap has not been created) or if +** i is out of range, then return false. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(Bitvec *p, u32 i){ + assert( p!=0 ); + i--; + if( i>=p->iSize ) return 0; + while( p->iDivisor ){ + u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor; + i = i%p->iDivisor; + p = p->u.apSub[bin]; + if (!p) { + return 0; + } + } + if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){ + return (p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] & (1<<(i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1))))!=0; + } else{ + u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(i++); + while( p->u.aHash[h] ){ + if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return 1; + h = (h+1) % BITVEC_NINT; + } + return 0; + } +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec *p, u32 i){ + return p!=0 && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p,i); +} + +/* +** Set the i-th bit. Return 0 on success and an error code if +** anything goes wrong. +** +** This routine might cause sub-bitmaps to be allocated. Failing +** to get the memory needed to hold the sub-bitmap is the only +** that can go wrong with an insert, assuming p and i are valid. +** +** The calling function must ensure that p is a valid Bitvec object +** and that the value for "i" is within range of the Bitvec object. +** Otherwise the behavior is undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec *p, u32 i){ + u32 h; + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + assert( i>0 ); + assert( i<=p->iSize ); + i--; + while((p->iSize > BITVEC_NBIT) && p->iDivisor) { + u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor; + i = i%p->iDivisor; + if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ){ + p->u.apSub[bin] = sqlite3BitvecCreate( p->iDivisor ); + if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + p = p->u.apSub[bin]; + } + if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){ + p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] |= 1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1)); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + h = BITVEC_HASH(i++); + /* if there wasn't a hash collision, and this doesn't */ + /* completely fill the hash, then just add it without */ + /* worring about sub-dividing and re-hashing. */ + if( !p->u.aHash[h] ){ + if (p->nSet<(BITVEC_NINT-1)) { + goto bitvec_set_end; + } else { + goto bitvec_set_rehash; + } + } + /* there was a collision, check to see if it's already */ + /* in hash, if not, try to find a spot for it */ + do { + if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return SQLITE_OK; + h++; + if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0; + } while( p->u.aHash[h] ); + /* we didn't find it in the hash. h points to the first */ + /* available free spot. check to see if this is going to */ + /* make our hash too "full". */ +bitvec_set_rehash: + if( p->nSet>=BITVEC_MXHASH ){ + unsigned int j; + int rc; + u32 *aiValues = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(0, sizeof(p->u.aHash)); + if( aiValues==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + }else{ + memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash)); + memset(p->u.apSub, 0, sizeof(p->u.apSub)); + p->iDivisor = (p->iSize + BITVEC_NPTR - 1)/BITVEC_NPTR; + rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(p, i); + for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){ + if( aiValues[j] ) rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p, aiValues[j]); + } + sqlite3StackFree(0, aiValues); + return rc; + } + } +bitvec_set_end: + p->nSet++; + p->u.aHash[h] = i; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Clear the i-th bit. +** +** pBuf must be a pointer to at least BITVEC_SZ bytes of temporary storage +** that BitvecClear can use to rebuilt its hash table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec *p, u32 i, void *pBuf){ + if( p==0 ) return; + assert( i>0 ); + i--; + while( p->iDivisor ){ + u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor; + i = i%p->iDivisor; + p = p->u.apSub[bin]; + if (!p) { + return; + } + } + if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){ + p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] &= ~(1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1))); + }else{ + unsigned int j; + u32 *aiValues = pBuf; + memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash)); + memset(p->u.aHash, 0, sizeof(p->u.aHash)); + p->nSet = 0; + for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){ + if( aiValues[j] && aiValues[j]!=(i+1) ){ + u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(aiValues[j]-1); + p->nSet++; + while( p->u.aHash[h] ){ + h++; + if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0; + } + p->u.aHash[h] = aiValues[j]; + } + } + } +} + +/* +** Destroy a bitmap object. Reclaim all memory used. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec *p){ + if( p==0 ) return; + if( p->iDivisor ){ + unsigned int i; + for(i=0; i<BITVEC_NPTR; i++){ + sqlite3BitvecDestroy(p->u.apSub[i]); + } + } + sqlite3_free(p); +} + +/* +** Return the value of the iSize parameter specified when Bitvec *p +** was created. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec *p){ + return p->iSize; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST +/* +** Let V[] be an array of unsigned characters sufficient to hold +** up to N bits. Let I be an integer between 0 and N. 0<=I<N. +** Then the following macros can be used to set, clear, or test +** individual bits within V. +*/ +#define SETBIT(V,I) V[I>>3] |= (1<<(I&7)) +#define CLEARBIT(V,I) V[I>>3] &= ~(1<<(I&7)) +#define TESTBIT(V,I) (V[I>>3]&(1<<(I&7)))!=0 + +/* +** This routine runs an extensive test of the Bitvec code. +** +** The input is an array of integers that acts as a program +** to test the Bitvec. The integers are opcodes followed +** by 0, 1, or 3 operands, depending on the opcode. Another +** opcode follows immediately after the last operand. +** +** There are 6 opcodes numbered from 0 through 5. 0 is the +** "halt" opcode and causes the test to end. +** +** 0 Halt and return the number of errors +** 1 N S X Set N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X +** 2 N S X Clear N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X +** 3 N Set N randomly chosen bits +** 4 N Clear N randomly chosen bits +** 5 N S X Set N bits from S increment X in array only, not in bitvec +** +** The opcodes 1 through 4 perform set and clear operations are performed +** on both a Bitvec object and on a linear array of bits obtained from malloc. +** Opcode 5 works on the linear array only, not on the Bitvec. +** Opcode 5 is used to deliberately induce a fault in order to +** confirm that error detection works. +** +** At the conclusion of the test the linear array is compared +** against the Bitvec object. If there are any differences, +** an error is returned. If they are the same, zero is returned. +** +** If a memory allocation error occurs, return -1. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int sz, int *aOp){ + Bitvec *pBitvec = 0; + unsigned char *pV = 0; + int rc = -1; + int i, nx, pc, op; + void *pTmpSpace; + + /* Allocate the Bitvec to be tested and a linear array of + ** bits to act as the reference */ + pBitvec = sqlite3BitvecCreate( sz ); + pV = sqlite3MallocZero( (sz+7)/8 + 1 ); + pTmpSpace = sqlite3_malloc64(BITVEC_SZ); + if( pBitvec==0 || pV==0 || pTmpSpace==0 ) goto bitvec_end; + + /* NULL pBitvec tests */ + sqlite3BitvecSet(0, 1); + sqlite3BitvecClear(0, 1, pTmpSpace); + + /* Run the program */ + pc = 0; + while( (op = aOp[pc])!=0 ){ + switch( op ){ + case 1: + case 2: + case 5: { + nx = 4; + i = aOp[pc+2] - 1; + aOp[pc+2] += aOp[pc+3]; + break; + } + case 3: + case 4: + default: { + nx = 2; + sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(i), &i); + break; + } + } + if( (--aOp[pc+1]) > 0 ) nx = 0; + pc += nx; + i = (i & 0x7fffffff)%sz; + if( (op & 1)!=0 ){ + SETBIT(pV, (i+1)); + if( op!=5 ){ + if( sqlite3BitvecSet(pBitvec, i+1) ) goto bitvec_end; + } + }else{ + CLEARBIT(pV, (i+1)); + sqlite3BitvecClear(pBitvec, i+1, pTmpSpace); + } + } + + /* Test to make sure the linear array exactly matches the + ** Bitvec object. Start with the assumption that they do + ** match (rc==0). Change rc to non-zero if a discrepancy + ** is found. + */ + rc = sqlite3BitvecTest(0,0) + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, sz+1) + + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, 0) + + (sqlite3BitvecSize(pBitvec) - sz); + for(i=1; i<=sz; i++){ + if( (TESTBIT(pV,i))!=sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec,i) ){ + rc = i; + break; + } + } + + /* Free allocated structure */ +bitvec_end: + sqlite3_free(pTmpSpace); + sqlite3_free(pV); + sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBitvec); + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */ + +/************** End of bitvec.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file pcache.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 August 05 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file implements that page cache. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* +** A complete page cache is an instance of this structure. Every +** entry in the cache holds a single page of the database file. The +** btree layer only operates on the cached copy of the database pages. +** +** A page cache entry is "clean" if it exactly matches what is currently +** on disk. A page is "dirty" if it has been modified and needs to be +** persisted to disk. +** +** pDirty, pDirtyTail, pSynced: +** All dirty pages are linked into the doubly linked list using +** PgHdr.pDirtyNext and pDirtyPrev. The list is maintained in LRU order +** such that p was added to the list more recently than p->pDirtyNext. +** PCache.pDirty points to the first (newest) element in the list and +** pDirtyTail to the last (oldest). +** +** The PCache.pSynced variable is used to optimize searching for a dirty +** page to eject from the cache mid-transaction. It is better to eject +** a page that does not require a journal sync than one that does. +** Therefore, pSynced is maintained to that it *almost* always points +** to either the oldest page in the pDirty/pDirtyTail list that has a +** clear PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag or to a page that is older than this one +** (so that the right page to eject can be found by following pDirtyPrev +** pointers). +*/ +struct PCache { + PgHdr *pDirty, *pDirtyTail; /* List of dirty pages in LRU order */ + PgHdr *pSynced; /* Last synced page in dirty page list */ + int nRefSum; /* Sum of ref counts over all pages */ + int szCache; /* Configured cache size */ + int szSpill; /* Size before spilling occurs */ + int szPage; /* Size of every page in this cache */ + int szExtra; /* Size of extra space for each page */ + u8 bPurgeable; /* True if pages are on backing store */ + u8 eCreate; /* eCreate value for for xFetch() */ + int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*); /* Call to try make a page clean */ + void *pStress; /* Argument to xStress */ + sqlite3_pcache *pCache; /* Pluggable cache module */ +}; + +/********************************** Test and Debug Logic **********************/ +/* +** Debug tracing macros. Enable by by changing the "0" to "1" and +** recompiling. +** +** When sqlite3PcacheTrace is 1, single line trace messages are issued. +** When sqlite3PcacheTrace is 2, a dump of the pcache showing all cache entries +** is displayed for many operations, resulting in a lot of output. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && 0 + int sqlite3PcacheTrace = 2; /* 0: off 1: simple 2: cache dumps */ + int sqlite3PcacheMxDump = 9999; /* Max cache entries for pcacheDump() */ +# define pcacheTrace(X) if(sqlite3PcacheTrace){sqlite3DebugPrintf X;} + void pcacheDump(PCache *pCache){ + int N; + int i, j; + sqlite3_pcache_page *pLower; + PgHdr *pPg; + unsigned char *a; + + if( sqlite3PcacheTrace<2 ) return; + if( pCache->pCache==0 ) return; + N = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pCache); + if( N>sqlite3PcacheMxDump ) N = sqlite3PcacheMxDump; + for(i=1; i<=N; i++){ + pLower = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, i, 0); + if( pLower==0 ) continue; + pPg = (PgHdr*)pLower->pExtra; + printf("%3d: nRef %2d flgs %02x data ", i, pPg->nRef, pPg->flags); + a = (unsigned char *)pLower->pBuf; + for(j=0; j<12; j++) printf("%02x", a[j]); + printf("\n"); + if( pPg->pPage==0 ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, pLower, 0); + } + } + } + #else +# define pcacheTrace(X) +# define pcacheDump(X) +#endif + +/* +** Check invariants on a PgHdr entry. Return true if everything is OK. +** Return false if any invariant is violated. +** +** This routine is for use inside of assert() statements only. For +** example: +** +** assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(pPg) ); +*/ +#if SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageSanity(PgHdr *pPg){ + PCache *pCache; + assert( pPg!=0 ); + assert( pPg->pgno>0 ); /* Page number is 1 or more */ + pCache = pPg->pCache; + assert( pCache!=0 ); /* Every page has an associated PCache */ + if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_CLEAN ){ + assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 );/* Cannot be both CLEAN and DIRTY */ + assert( pCache->pDirty!=pPg ); /* CLEAN pages not on dirty list */ + assert( pCache->pDirtyTail!=pPg ); + } + /* WRITEABLE pages must also be DIRTY */ + if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE ){ + assert( pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY ); /* WRITEABLE implies DIRTY */ + } + /* NEED_SYNC can be set independently of WRITEABLE. This can happen, + ** for example, when using the sqlite3PagerDontWrite() optimization: + ** (1) Page X is journalled, and gets WRITEABLE and NEED_SEEK. + ** (2) Page X moved to freelist, WRITEABLE is cleared + ** (3) Page X reused, WRITEABLE is set again + ** If NEED_SYNC had been cleared in step 2, then it would not be reset + ** in step 3, and page might be written into the database without first + ** syncing the rollback journal, which might cause corruption on a power + ** loss. + ** + ** Another example is when the database page size is smaller than the + ** disk sector size. When any page of a sector is journalled, all pages + ** in that sector are marked NEED_SYNC even if they are still CLEAN, just + ** in case they are later modified, since all pages in the same sector + ** must be journalled and synced before any of those pages can be safely + ** written. + */ + return 1; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + + +/********************************** Linked List Management ********************/ + +/* Allowed values for second argument to pcacheManageDirtyList() */ +#define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE 1 /* Remove pPage from dirty list */ +#define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD 2 /* Add pPage to the dirty list */ +#define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT 3 /* Move pPage to the front of the list */ + +/* +** Manage pPage's participation on the dirty list. Bits of the addRemove +** argument determines what operation to do. The 0x01 bit means first +** remove pPage from the dirty list. The 0x02 means add pPage back to +** the dirty list. Doing both moves pPage to the front of the dirty list. +*/ +static void pcacheManageDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage, u8 addRemove){ + PCache *p = pPage->pCache; + + pcacheTrace(("%p.DIRTYLIST.%s %d\n", p, + addRemove==1 ? "REMOVE" : addRemove==2 ? "ADD" : "FRONT", + pPage->pgno)); + if( addRemove & PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE ){ + assert( pPage->pDirtyNext || pPage==p->pDirtyTail ); + assert( pPage->pDirtyPrev || pPage==p->pDirty ); + + /* Update the PCache1.pSynced variable if necessary. */ + if( p->pSynced==pPage ){ + p->pSynced = pPage->pDirtyPrev; + } + + if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){ + pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage->pDirtyPrev; + }else{ + assert( pPage==p->pDirtyTail ); + p->pDirtyTail = pPage->pDirtyPrev; + } + if( pPage->pDirtyPrev ){ + pPage->pDirtyPrev->pDirtyNext = pPage->pDirtyNext; + }else{ + /* If there are now no dirty pages in the cache, set eCreate to 2. + ** This is an optimization that allows sqlite3PcacheFetch() to skip + ** searching for a dirty page to eject from the cache when it might + ** otherwise have to. */ + assert( pPage==p->pDirty ); + p->pDirty = pPage->pDirtyNext; + assert( p->bPurgeable || p->eCreate==2 ); + if( p->pDirty==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/ + assert( p->bPurgeable==0 || p->eCreate==1 ); + p->eCreate = 2; + } + } + pPage->pDirtyNext = 0; + pPage->pDirtyPrev = 0; + } + if( addRemove & PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD ){ + assert( pPage->pDirtyNext==0 && pPage->pDirtyPrev==0 && p->pDirty!=pPage ); + + pPage->pDirtyNext = p->pDirty; + if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){ + assert( pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev==0 ); + pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage; + }else{ + p->pDirtyTail = pPage; + if( p->bPurgeable ){ + assert( p->eCreate==2 ); + p->eCreate = 1; + } + } + p->pDirty = pPage; + + /* If pSynced is NULL and this page has a clear NEED_SYNC flag, set + ** pSynced to point to it. Checking the NEED_SYNC flag is an + ** optimization, as if pSynced points to a page with the NEED_SYNC + ** flag set sqlite3PcacheFetchStress() searches through all newer + ** entries of the dirty-list for a page with NEED_SYNC clear anyway. */ + if( !p->pSynced + && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ + ){ + p->pSynced = pPage; + } + } + pcacheDump(p); +} + +/* +** Wrapper around the pluggable caches xUnpin method. If the cache is +** being used for an in-memory database, this function is a no-op. +*/ +static void pcacheUnpin(PgHdr *p){ + if( p->pCache->bPurgeable ){ + pcacheTrace(("%p.UNPIN %d\n", p->pCache, p->pgno)); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(p->pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 0); + pcacheDump(p->pCache); + } +} + +/* +** Compute the number of pages of cache requested. p->szCache is the +** cache size requested by the "PRAGMA cache_size" statement. +*/ +static int numberOfCachePages(PCache *p){ + if( p->szCache>=0 ){ + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-42059-47211 If the argument N is positive then the + ** suggested cache size is set to N. */ + return p->szCache; + }else{ + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-61436-13639 If the argument N is negative, then + ** the number of cache pages is adjusted to use approximately abs(N*1024) + ** bytes of memory. */ + return (int)((-1024*(i64)p->szCache)/(p->szPage+p->szExtra)); + } +} + +/*************************************************** General Interfaces ****** +** +** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these +** functions are threadsafe. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void){ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit==0 ){ + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26801-64137 If the xInit() method is NULL, then the + ** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined + ** page cache. */ + sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(); + } + return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.pArg); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void){ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShutdown ){ + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26000-56589 The xShutdown() method may be NULL. */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.pArg); + } +} + +/* +** Return the size in bytes of a PCache object. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void){ return sizeof(PCache); } + +/* +** Create a new PCache object. Storage space to hold the object +** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer. +** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by +** calling sqlite3PcacheSize(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheOpen( + int szPage, /* Size of every page */ + int szExtra, /* Extra space associated with each page */ + int bPurgeable, /* True if pages are on backing store */ + int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*),/* Call to try to make pages clean */ + void *pStress, /* Argument to xStress */ + PCache *p /* Preallocated space for the PCache */ +){ + memset(p, 0, sizeof(PCache)); + p->szPage = 1; + p->szExtra = szExtra; + p->bPurgeable = bPurgeable; + p->eCreate = 2; + p->xStress = xStress; + p->pStress = pStress; + p->szCache = 100; + p->szSpill = 1; + pcacheTrace(("%p.OPEN szPage %d bPurgeable %d\n",p,szPage,bPurgeable)); + return sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(p, szPage); +} + +/* +** Change the page size for PCache object. The caller must ensure that there +** are no outstanding page references when this function is called. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *pCache, int szPage){ + assert( pCache->nRefSum==0 && pCache->pDirty==0 ); + if( pCache->szPage ){ + sqlite3_pcache *pNew; + pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCreate( + szPage, pCache->szExtra + ROUND8(sizeof(PgHdr)), + pCache->bPurgeable + ); + if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(pNew, numberOfCachePages(pCache)); + if( pCache->pCache ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache); + } + pCache->pCache = pNew; + pCache->szPage = szPage; + pcacheTrace(("%p.PAGESIZE %d\n",pCache,szPage)); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Try to obtain a page from the cache. +** +** This routine returns a pointer to an sqlite3_pcache_page object if +** such an object is already in cache, or if a new one is created. +** This routine returns a NULL pointer if the object was not in cache +** and could not be created. +** +** The createFlags should be 0 to check for existing pages and should +** be 3 (not 1, but 3) to try to create a new page. +** +** If the createFlag is 0, then NULL is always returned if the page +** is not already in the cache. If createFlag is 1, then a new page +** is created only if that can be done without spilling dirty pages +** and without exceeding the cache size limit. +** +** The caller needs to invoke sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish() to properly +** initialize the sqlite3_pcache_page object and convert it into a +** PgHdr object. The sqlite3PcacheFetch() and sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish() +** routines are split this way for performance reasons. When separated +** they can both (usually) operate without having to push values to +** the stack on entry and pop them back off on exit, which saves a +** lot of pushing and popping. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_pcache_page *sqlite3PcacheFetch( + PCache *pCache, /* Obtain the page from this cache */ + Pgno pgno, /* Page number to obtain */ + int createFlag /* If true, create page if it does not exist already */ +){ + int eCreate; + sqlite3_pcache_page *pRes; + + assert( pCache!=0 ); + assert( pCache->pCache!=0 ); + assert( createFlag==3 || createFlag==0 ); + assert( pgno>0 ); + assert( pCache->eCreate==((pCache->bPurgeable && pCache->pDirty) ? 1 : 2) ); + + /* eCreate defines what to do if the page does not exist. + ** 0 Do not allocate a new page. (createFlag==0) + ** 1 Allocate a new page if doing so is inexpensive. + ** (createFlag==1 AND bPurgeable AND pDirty) + ** 2 Allocate a new page even it doing so is difficult. + ** (createFlag==1 AND !(bPurgeable AND pDirty) + */ + eCreate = createFlag & pCache->eCreate; + assert( eCreate==0 || eCreate==1 || eCreate==2 ); + assert( createFlag==0 || pCache->eCreate==eCreate ); + assert( createFlag==0 || eCreate==1+(!pCache->bPurgeable||!pCache->pDirty) ); + pRes = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, eCreate); + pcacheTrace(("%p.FETCH %d%s (result: %p)\n",pCache,pgno, + createFlag?" create":"",pRes)); + return pRes; +} + +/* +** If the sqlite3PcacheFetch() routine is unable to allocate a new +** page because no clean pages are available for reuse and the cache +** size limit has been reached, then this routine can be invoked to +** try harder to allocate a page. This routine might invoke the stress +** callback to spill dirty pages to the journal. It will then try to +** allocate the new page and will only fail to allocate a new page on +** an OOM error. +** +** This routine should be invoked only after sqlite3PcacheFetch() fails. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetchStress( + PCache *pCache, /* Obtain the page from this cache */ + Pgno pgno, /* Page number to obtain */ + sqlite3_pcache_page **ppPage /* Write result here */ +){ + PgHdr *pPg; + if( pCache->eCreate==2 ) return 0; + + if( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pCache)>pCache->szSpill ){ + /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a + ** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC + ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other + ** unreferenced dirty page. + ** + ** If the LRU page in the dirty list that has a clear PGHDR_NEED_SYNC + ** flag is currently referenced, then the following may leave pSynced + ** set incorrectly (pointing to other than the LRU page with NEED_SYNC + ** cleared). This is Ok, as pSynced is just an optimization. */ + for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; + pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); + pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev + ); + pCache->pSynced = pPg; + if( !pPg ){ + for(pPg=pCache->pDirtyTail; pPg && pPg->nRef; pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev); + } + if( pPg ){ + int rc; +#ifdef SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, + "spill page %d making room for %d - cache used: %d/%d", + pPg->pgno, pgno, + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xPagecount(pCache->pCache), + numberOfCachePages(pCache)); +#endif + pcacheTrace(("%p.SPILL %d\n",pCache,pPg->pgno)); + rc = pCache->xStress(pCache->pStress, pPg); + pcacheDump(pCache); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ + return rc; + } + } + } + *ppPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, 2); + return *ppPage==0 ? SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT : SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This is a helper routine for sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish() +** +** In the uncommon case where the page being fetched has not been +** initialized, this routine is invoked to do the initialization. +** This routine is broken out into a separate function since it +** requires extra stack manipulation that can be avoided in the common +** case. +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr *pcacheFetchFinishWithInit( + PCache *pCache, /* Obtain the page from this cache */ + Pgno pgno, /* Page number obtained */ + sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage /* Page obtained by prior PcacheFetch() call */ +){ + PgHdr *pPgHdr; + assert( pPage!=0 ); + pPgHdr = (PgHdr*)pPage->pExtra; + assert( pPgHdr->pPage==0 ); + memset(pPgHdr, 0, sizeof(PgHdr)); + pPgHdr->pPage = pPage; + pPgHdr->pData = pPage->pBuf; + pPgHdr->pExtra = (void *)&pPgHdr[1]; + memset(pPgHdr->pExtra, 0, pCache->szExtra); + pPgHdr->pCache = pCache; + pPgHdr->pgno = pgno; + pPgHdr->flags = PGHDR_CLEAN; + return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pCache,pgno,pPage); +} + +/* +** This routine converts the sqlite3_pcache_page object returned by +** sqlite3PcacheFetch() into an initialized PgHdr object. This routine +** must be called after sqlite3PcacheFetch() in order to get a usable +** result. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish( + PCache *pCache, /* Obtain the page from this cache */ + Pgno pgno, /* Page number obtained */ + sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage /* Page obtained by prior PcacheFetch() call */ +){ + PgHdr *pPgHdr; + + assert( pPage!=0 ); + pPgHdr = (PgHdr *)pPage->pExtra; + + if( !pPgHdr->pPage ){ + return pcacheFetchFinishWithInit(pCache, pgno, pPage); + } + pCache->nRefSum++; + pPgHdr->nRef++; + assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(pPgHdr) ); + return pPgHdr; +} + +/* +** Decrement the reference count on a page. If the page is clean and the +** reference count drops to 0, then it is made eligible for recycling. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void SQLITE_NOINLINE sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr *p){ + assert( p->nRef>0 ); + p->pCache->nRefSum--; + if( (--p->nRef)==0 ){ + if( p->flags&PGHDR_CLEAN ){ + pcacheUnpin(p); + }else if( p->pDirtyPrev!=0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ + /* Move the page to the head of the dirty list. If p->pDirtyPrev==0, + ** then page p is already at the head of the dirty list and the + ** following call would be a no-op. Hence the OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE + ** tag above. */ + pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT); + } + } +} + +/* +** Increase the reference count of a supplied page by 1. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr *p){ + assert(p->nRef>0); + assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(p) ); + p->nRef++; + p->pCache->nRefSum++; +} + +/* +** Drop a page from the cache. There must be exactly one reference to the +** page. This function deletes that reference, so after it returns the +** page pointed to by p is invalid. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr *p){ + assert( p->nRef==1 ); + assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(p) ); + if( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ){ + pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE); + } + p->pCache->nRefSum--; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(p->pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 1); +} + +/* +** Make sure the page is marked as dirty. If it isn't dirty already, +** make it so. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr *p){ + assert( p->nRef>0 ); + assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(p) ); + if( p->flags & (PGHDR_CLEAN|PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ + p->flags &= ~PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; + if( p->flags & PGHDR_CLEAN ){ + p->flags ^= (PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_CLEAN); + pcacheTrace(("%p.DIRTY %d\n",p->pCache,p->pgno)); + assert( (p->flags & (PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_CLEAN))==PGHDR_DIRTY ); + pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD); + } + assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(p) ); + } +} + +/* +** Make sure the page is marked as clean. If it isn't clean already, +** make it so. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr *p){ + assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(p) ); + if( ALWAYS((p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0) ){ + assert( (p->flags & PGHDR_CLEAN)==0 ); + pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE); + p->flags &= ~(PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_NEED_SYNC|PGHDR_WRITEABLE); + p->flags |= PGHDR_CLEAN; + pcacheTrace(("%p.CLEAN %d\n",p->pCache,p->pgno)); + assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(p) ); + if( p->nRef==0 ){ + pcacheUnpin(p); + } + } +} + +/* +** Make every page in the cache clean. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache *pCache){ + PgHdr *p; + pcacheTrace(("%p.CLEAN-ALL\n",pCache)); + while( (p = pCache->pDirty)!=0 ){ + sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p); + } +} + +/* +** Clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC and PGHDR_WRITEABLE flag from all dirty pages. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(PCache *pCache){ + PgHdr *p; + pcacheTrace(("%p.CLEAR-WRITEABLE\n",pCache)); + for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){ + p->flags &= ~(PGHDR_NEED_SYNC|PGHDR_WRITEABLE); + } + pCache->pSynced = pCache->pDirtyTail; +} + +/* +** Clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag from all dirty pages. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *pCache){ + PgHdr *p; + for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){ + p->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; + } + pCache->pSynced = pCache->pDirtyTail; +} + +/* +** Change the page number of page p to newPgno. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){ + PCache *pCache = p->pCache; + assert( p->nRef>0 ); + assert( newPgno>0 ); + assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(p) ); + pcacheTrace(("%p.MOVE %d -> %d\n",pCache,p->pgno,newPgno)); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xRekey(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, p->pgno,newPgno); + p->pgno = newPgno; + if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){ + pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT); + } +} + +/* +** Drop every cache entry whose page number is greater than "pgno". The +** caller must ensure that there are no outstanding references to any pages +** other than page 1 with a page number greater than pgno. +** +** If there is a reference to page 1 and the pgno parameter passed to this +** function is 0, then the data area associated with page 1 is zeroed, but +** the page object is not dropped. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache *pCache, Pgno pgno){ + if( pCache->pCache ){ + PgHdr *p; + PgHdr *pNext; + pcacheTrace(("%p.TRUNCATE %d\n",pCache,pgno)); + for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=pNext){ + pNext = p->pDirtyNext; + /* This routine never gets call with a positive pgno except right + ** after sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(). So if there are dirty pages, + ** it must be that pgno==0. + */ + assert( p->pgno>0 ); + if( p->pgno>pgno ){ + assert( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); + sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p); + } + } + if( pgno==0 && pCache->nRefSum ){ + sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage1; + pPage1 = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache,1,0); + if( ALWAYS(pPage1) ){ /* Page 1 is always available in cache, because + ** pCache->nRefSum>0 */ + memset(pPage1->pBuf, 0, pCache->szPage); + pgno = 1; + } + } + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xTruncate(pCache->pCache, pgno+1); + } +} + +/* +** Close a cache. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache *pCache){ + assert( pCache->pCache!=0 ); + pcacheTrace(("%p.CLOSE\n",pCache)); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache); +} + +/* +** Discard the contents of the cache. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache *pCache){ + sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pCache, 0); +} + +/* +** Merge two lists of pages connected by pDirty and in pgno order. +** Do not both fixing the pDirtyPrev pointers. +*/ +static PgHdr *pcacheMergeDirtyList(PgHdr *pA, PgHdr *pB){ + PgHdr result, *pTail; + pTail = &result; + while( pA && pB ){ + if( pA->pgno<pB->pgno ){ + pTail->pDirty = pA; + pTail = pA; + pA = pA->pDirty; + }else{ + pTail->pDirty = pB; + pTail = pB; + pB = pB->pDirty; + } + } + if( pA ){ + pTail->pDirty = pA; + }else if( pB ){ + pTail->pDirty = pB; + }else{ + pTail->pDirty = 0; + } + return result.pDirty; +} + +/* +** Sort the list of pages in accending order by pgno. Pages are +** connected by pDirty pointers. The pDirtyPrev pointers are +** corrupted by this sort. +** +** Since there cannot be more than 2^31 distinct pages in a database, +** there cannot be more than 31 buckets required by the merge sorter. +** One extra bucket is added to catch overflow in case something +** ever changes to make the previous sentence incorrect. +*/ +#define N_SORT_BUCKET 32 +static PgHdr *pcacheSortDirtyList(PgHdr *pIn){ + PgHdr *a[N_SORT_BUCKET], *p; + int i; + memset(a, 0, sizeof(a)); + while( pIn ){ + p = pIn; + pIn = p->pDirty; + p->pDirty = 0; + for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<N_SORT_BUCKET-1); i++){ + if( a[i]==0 ){ + a[i] = p; + break; + }else{ + p = pcacheMergeDirtyList(a[i], p); + a[i] = 0; + } + } + if( NEVER(i==N_SORT_BUCKET-1) ){ + /* To get here, there need to be 2^(N_SORT_BUCKET) elements in + ** the input list. But that is impossible. + */ + a[i] = pcacheMergeDirtyList(a[i], p); + } + } + p = a[0]; + for(i=1; i<N_SORT_BUCKET; i++){ + p = pcacheMergeDirtyList(p, a[i]); + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Return a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache *pCache){ + PgHdr *p; + for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){ + p->pDirty = p->pDirtyNext; + } + return pcacheSortDirtyList(pCache->pDirty); +} + +/* +** Return the total number of references to all pages held by the cache. +** +** This is not the total number of pages referenced, but the sum of the +** reference count for all pages. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache *pCache){ + return pCache->nRefSum; +} + +/* +** Return the number of references to the page supplied as an argument. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr *p){ + return p->nRef; +} + +/* +** Return the total number of pages in the cache. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache *pCache){ + assert( pCache->pCache!=0 ); + return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xPagecount(pCache->pCache); +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +/* +** Get the suggested cache-size value. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *pCache){ + return numberOfCachePages(pCache); +} +#endif + +/* +** Set the suggested cache-size value. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *pCache, int mxPage){ + assert( pCache->pCache!=0 ); + pCache->szCache = mxPage; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(pCache->pCache, + numberOfCachePages(pCache)); +} + +/* +** Set the suggested cache-spill value. Make no changes if if the +** argument is zero. Return the effective cache-spill size, which will +** be the larger of the szSpill and szCache. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(PCache *p, int mxPage){ + int res; + assert( p->pCache!=0 ); + if( mxPage ){ + if( mxPage<0 ){ + mxPage = (int)((-1024*(i64)mxPage)/(p->szPage+p->szExtra)); + } + p->szSpill = mxPage; + } + res = numberOfCachePages(p); + if( res<p->szSpill ) res = p->szSpill; + return res; +} + +/* +** Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache *pCache){ + assert( pCache->pCache!=0 ); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShrink(pCache->pCache); +} + +/* +** Return the size of the header added by this middleware layer +** in the page-cache hierarchy. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizePcache(void){ return ROUND8(sizeof(PgHdr)); } + +/* +** Return the number of dirty pages currently in the cache, as a percentage +** of the configured cache size. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(PCache *pCache){ + PgHdr *pDirty; + int nDirty = 0; + int nCache = numberOfCachePages(pCache); + for(pDirty=pCache->pDirty; pDirty; pDirty=pDirty->pDirtyNext) nDirty++; + return nCache ? (int)(((i64)nDirty * 100) / nCache) : 0; +} + +#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/* +** For all dirty pages currently in the cache, invoke the specified +** callback. This is only used if the SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES macro is +** defined. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)){ + PgHdr *pDirty; + for(pDirty=pCache->pDirty; pDirty; pDirty=pDirty->pDirtyNext){ + xIter(pDirty); + } +} +#endif + +/************** End of pcache.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file pcache1.c *****************************************/ +/* +** 2008 November 05 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file implements the default page cache implementation (the +** sqlite3_pcache interface). It also contains part of the implementation +** of the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE and sqlite3_release_memory() features. +** If the default page cache implementation is overridden, then neither of +** these two features are available. +** +** A Page cache line looks like this: +** +** ------------------------------------------------------------- +** | database page content | PgHdr1 | MemPage | PgHdr | +** ------------------------------------------------------------- +** +** The database page content is up front (so that buffer overreads tend to +** flow harmlessly into the PgHdr1, MemPage, and PgHdr extensions). MemPage +** is the extension added by the btree.c module containing information such +** as the database page number and how that database page is used. PgHdr +** is added by the pcache.c layer and contains information used to keep track +** of which pages are "dirty". PgHdr1 is an extension added by this +** module (pcache1.c). The PgHdr1 header is a subclass of sqlite3_pcache_page. +** PgHdr1 contains information needed to look up a page by its page number. +** The superclass sqlite3_pcache_page.pBuf points to the start of the +** database page content and sqlite3_pcache_page.pExtra points to PgHdr. +** +** The size of the extension (MemPage+PgHdr+PgHdr1) can be determined at +** runtime using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ, &size). The +** sizes of the extensions sum to 272 bytes on x64 for 3.8.10, but this +** size can vary according to architecture, compile-time options, and +** SQLite library version number. +** +** If SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER is defined, then the extension is obtained +** using a separate memory allocation from the database page content. This +** seeks to overcome the "clownshoe" problem (also called "internal +** fragmentation" in academic literature) of allocating a few bytes more +** than a power of two with the memory allocator rounding up to the next +** power of two, and leaving the rounded-up space unused. +** +** This module tracks pointers to PgHdr1 objects. Only pcache.c communicates +** with this module. Information is passed back and forth as PgHdr1 pointers. +** +** The pcache.c and pager.c modules deal pointers to PgHdr objects. +** The btree.c module deals with pointers to MemPage objects. +** +** SOURCE OF PAGE CACHE MEMORY: +** +** Memory for a page might come from any of three sources: +** +** (1) The general-purpose memory allocator - sqlite3Malloc() +** (2) Global page-cache memory provided using sqlite3_config() with +** SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE. +** (3) PCache-local bulk allocation. +** +** The third case is a chunk of heap memory (defaulting to 100 pages worth) +** that is allocated when the page cache is created. The size of the local +** bulk allocation can be adjusted using +** +** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, (void*)0, 0, N). +** +** If N is positive, then N pages worth of memory are allocated using a single +** sqlite3Malloc() call and that memory is used for the first N pages allocated. +** Or if N is negative, then -1024*N bytes of memory are allocated and used +** for as many pages as can be accomodated. +** +** Only one of (2) or (3) can be used. Once the memory available to (2) or +** (3) is exhausted, subsequent allocations fail over to the general-purpose +** memory allocator (1). +** +** Earlier versions of SQLite used only methods (1) and (2). But experiments +** show that method (3) with N==100 provides about a 5% performance boost for +** common workloads. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +typedef struct PCache1 PCache1; +typedef struct PgHdr1 PgHdr1; +typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot; +typedef struct PGroup PGroup; + +/* +** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following +** structure. Unless SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER is defined, a buffer of +** PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated directly before this structure +** in memory. +*/ +struct PgHdr1 { + sqlite3_pcache_page page; /* Base class. Must be first. pBuf & pExtra */ + unsigned int iKey; /* Key value (page number) */ + u8 isPinned; /* Page in use, not on the LRU list */ + u8 isBulkLocal; /* This page from bulk local storage */ + u8 isAnchor; /* This is the PGroup.lru element */ + PgHdr1 *pNext; /* Next in hash table chain */ + PCache1 *pCache; /* Cache that currently owns this page */ + PgHdr1 *pLruNext; /* Next in LRU list of unpinned pages */ + PgHdr1 *pLruPrev; /* Previous in LRU list of unpinned pages */ +}; + +/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup. A PGroup is a set +** of one or more PCaches that are able to recycle each other's unpinned +** pages when they are under memory pressure. A PGroup is an instance of +** the following object. +** +** This page cache implementation works in one of two modes: +** +** (1) Every PCache is the sole member of its own PGroup. There is +** one PGroup per PCache. +** +** (2) There is a single global PGroup that all PCaches are a member +** of. +** +** Mode 1 uses more memory (since PCache instances are not able to rob +** unused pages from other PCaches) but it also operates without a mutex, +** and is therefore often faster. Mode 2 requires a mutex in order to be +** threadsafe, but recycles pages more efficiently. +** +** For mode (1), PGroup.mutex is NULL. For mode (2) there is only a single +** PGroup which is the pcache1.grp global variable and its mutex is +** SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU. +*/ +struct PGroup { + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* MUTEX_STATIC_LRU or NULL */ + unsigned int nMaxPage; /* Sum of nMax for purgeable caches */ + unsigned int nMinPage; /* Sum of nMin for purgeable caches */ + unsigned int mxPinned; /* nMaxpage + 10 - nMinPage */ + unsigned int nCurrentPage; /* Number of purgeable pages allocated */ + PgHdr1 lru; /* The beginning and end of the LRU list */ +}; + +/* Each page cache is an instance of the following object. Every +** open database file (including each in-memory database and each +** temporary or transient database) has a single page cache which +** is an instance of this object. +** +** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as +** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles. +*/ +struct PCache1 { + /* Cache configuration parameters. Page size (szPage) and the purgeable + ** flag (bPurgeable) are set when the cache is created. nMax may be + ** modified at any time by a call to the pcache1Cachesize() method. + ** The PGroup mutex must be held when accessing nMax. + */ + PGroup *pGroup; /* PGroup this cache belongs to */ + int szPage; /* Size of database content section */ + int szExtra; /* sizeof(MemPage)+sizeof(PgHdr) */ + int szAlloc; /* Total size of one pcache line */ + int bPurgeable; /* True if cache is purgeable */ + unsigned int nMin; /* Minimum number of pages reserved */ + unsigned int nMax; /* Configured "cache_size" value */ + unsigned int n90pct; /* nMax*9/10 */ + unsigned int iMaxKey; /* Largest key seen since xTruncate() */ + + /* Hash table of all pages. The following variables may only be accessed + ** when the accessor is holding the PGroup mutex. + */ + unsigned int nRecyclable; /* Number of pages in the LRU list */ + unsigned int nPage; /* Total number of pages in apHash */ + unsigned int nHash; /* Number of slots in apHash[] */ + PgHdr1 **apHash; /* Hash table for fast lookup by key */ + PgHdr1 *pFree; /* List of unused pcache-local pages */ + void *pBulk; /* Bulk memory used by pcache-local */ +}; + +/* +** Free slots in the allocator used to divide up the global page cache +** buffer provided using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE mechanism. +*/ +struct PgFreeslot { + PgFreeslot *pNext; /* Next free slot */ +}; + +/* +** Global data used by this cache. +*/ +static SQLITE_WSD struct PCacheGlobal { + PGroup grp; /* The global PGroup for mode (2) */ + + /* Variables related to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE settings. The + ** szSlot, nSlot, pStart, pEnd, nReserve, and isInit values are all + ** fixed at sqlite3_initialize() time and do not require mutex protection. + ** The nFreeSlot and pFree values do require mutex protection. + */ + int isInit; /* True if initialized */ + int separateCache; /* Use a new PGroup for each PCache */ + int nInitPage; /* Initial bulk allocation size */ + int szSlot; /* Size of each free slot */ + int nSlot; /* The number of pcache slots */ + int nReserve; /* Try to keep nFreeSlot above this */ + void *pStart, *pEnd; /* Bounds of global page cache memory */ + /* Above requires no mutex. Use mutex below for variable that follow. */ + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex for accessing the following: */ + PgFreeslot *pFree; /* Free page blocks */ + int nFreeSlot; /* Number of unused pcache slots */ + /* The following value requires a mutex to change. We skip the mutex on + ** reading because (1) most platforms read a 32-bit integer atomically and + ** (2) even if an incorrect value is read, no great harm is done since this + ** is really just an optimization. */ + int bUnderPressure; /* True if low on PAGECACHE memory */ +} pcache1_g; + +/* +** All code in this file should access the global structure above via the +** alias "pcache1". This ensures that the WSD emulation is used when +** compiling for systems that do not support real WSD. +*/ +#define pcache1 (GLOBAL(struct PCacheGlobal, pcache1_g)) + +/* +** Macros to enter and leave the PCache LRU mutex. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) || SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 +# define pcache1EnterMutex(X) assert((X)->mutex==0) +# define pcache1LeaveMutex(X) assert((X)->mutex==0) +# define PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX 0 +#else +# define pcache1EnterMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_enter((X)->mutex) +# define pcache1LeaveMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_leave((X)->mutex) +# define PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX 1 +#endif + +/******************************************************************************/ +/******** Page Allocation/SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE Related Functions **************/ + + +/* +** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is +** supplied to use for the page-cache by passing the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE +** verb to sqlite3_config(). Parameter pBuf points to an allocation large +** enough to contain 'n' buffers of 'sz' bytes each. +** +** This routine is called from sqlite3_initialize() and so it is guaranteed +** to be serialized already. There is no need for further mutexing. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *pBuf, int sz, int n){ + if( pcache1.isInit ){ + PgFreeslot *p; + if( pBuf==0 ) sz = n = 0; + sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz); + pcache1.szSlot = sz; + pcache1.nSlot = pcache1.nFreeSlot = n; + pcache1.nReserve = n>90 ? 10 : (n/10 + 1); + pcache1.pStart = pBuf; + pcache1.pFree = 0; + pcache1.bUnderPressure = 0; + while( n-- ){ + p = (PgFreeslot*)pBuf; + p->pNext = pcache1.pFree; + pcache1.pFree = p; + pBuf = (void*)&((char*)pBuf)[sz]; + } + pcache1.pEnd = pBuf; + } +} + +/* +** Try to initialize the pCache->pFree and pCache->pBulk fields. Return +** true if pCache->pFree ends up containing one or more free pages. +*/ +static int pcache1InitBulk(PCache1 *pCache){ + i64 szBulk; + char *zBulk; + if( pcache1.nInitPage==0 ) return 0; + /* Do not bother with a bulk allocation if the cache size very small */ + if( pCache->nMax<3 ) return 0; + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + if( pcache1.nInitPage>0 ){ + szBulk = pCache->szAlloc * (i64)pcache1.nInitPage; + }else{ + szBulk = -1024 * (i64)pcache1.nInitPage; + } + if( szBulk > pCache->szAlloc*(i64)pCache->nMax ){ + szBulk = pCache->szAlloc*pCache->nMax; + } + zBulk = pCache->pBulk = sqlite3Malloc( szBulk ); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + if( zBulk ){ + int nBulk = sqlite3MallocSize(zBulk)/pCache->szAlloc; + int i; + for(i=0; i<nBulk; i++){ + PgHdr1 *pX = (PgHdr1*)&zBulk[pCache->szPage]; + pX->page.pBuf = zBulk; + pX->page.pExtra = &pX[1]; + pX->isBulkLocal = 1; + pX->isAnchor = 0; + pX->pNext = pCache->pFree; + pCache->pFree = pX; + zBulk += pCache->szAlloc; + } + } + return pCache->pFree!=0; +} + +/* +** Malloc function used within this file to allocate space from the buffer +** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no +** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls +** back to sqlite3Malloc(). +** +** Multiple threads can run this routine at the same time. Global variables +** in pcache1 need to be protected via mutex. +*/ +static void *pcache1Alloc(int nByte){ + void *p = 0; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) ); + if( nByte<=pcache1.szSlot ){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex); + p = (PgHdr1 *)pcache1.pFree; + if( p ){ + pcache1.pFree = pcache1.pFree->pNext; + pcache1.nFreeSlot--; + pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot<pcache1.nReserve; + assert( pcache1.nFreeSlot>=0 ); + sqlite3StatusHighwater(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, nByte); + sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1); + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex); + } + if( p==0 ){ + /* Memory is not available in the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE pool. Get + ** it from sqlite3Malloc instead. + */ + p = sqlite3Malloc(nByte); +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW_STATS + if( p ){ + int sz = sqlite3MallocSize(p); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex); + sqlite3StatusHighwater(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, nByte); + sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, sz); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex); + } +#endif + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE); + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Free an allocated buffer obtained from pcache1Alloc(). +*/ +static void pcache1Free(void *p){ + if( p==0 ) return; + if( SQLITE_WITHIN(p, pcache1.pStart, pcache1.pEnd) ){ + PgFreeslot *pSlot; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex); + sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1); + pSlot = (PgFreeslot*)p; + pSlot->pNext = pcache1.pFree; + pcache1.pFree = pSlot; + pcache1.nFreeSlot++; + pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot<pcache1.nReserve; + assert( pcache1.nFreeSlot<=pcache1.nSlot ); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex); + }else{ + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE) ); + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW_STATS + { + int nFreed = 0; + nFreed = sqlite3MallocSize(p); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex); + sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, nFreed); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex); + } +#endif + sqlite3_free(p); + } +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT +/* +** Return the size of a pcache allocation +*/ +static int pcache1MemSize(void *p){ + if( p>=pcache1.pStart && p<pcache1.pEnd ){ + return pcache1.szSlot; + }else{ + int iSize; + assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE) ); + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); + iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p); + sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE); + return iSize; + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */ + +/* +** Allocate a new page object initially associated with cache pCache. +*/ +static PgHdr1 *pcache1AllocPage(PCache1 *pCache, int benignMalloc){ + PgHdr1 *p = 0; + void *pPg; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) ); + if( pCache->pFree || (pCache->nPage==0 && pcache1InitBulk(pCache)) ){ + p = pCache->pFree; + pCache->pFree = p->pNext; + p->pNext = 0; + }else{ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT + /* The group mutex must be released before pcache1Alloc() is called. This + ** is because it might call sqlite3_release_memory(), which assumes that + ** this mutex is not held. */ + assert( pcache1.separateCache==0 ); + assert( pCache->pGroup==&pcache1.grp ); + pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); +#endif + if( benignMalloc ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); } +#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER + pPg = pcache1Alloc(pCache->szPage); + p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szExtra); + if( !pPg || !p ){ + pcache1Free(pPg); + sqlite3_free(p); + pPg = 0; + } +#else + pPg = pcache1Alloc(pCache->szAlloc); + p = (PgHdr1 *)&((u8 *)pPg)[pCache->szPage]; +#endif + if( benignMalloc ){ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT + pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); +#endif + if( pPg==0 ) return 0; + p->page.pBuf = pPg; + p->page.pExtra = &p[1]; + p->isBulkLocal = 0; + p->isAnchor = 0; + } + if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ + pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage++; + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Free a page object allocated by pcache1AllocPage(). +*/ +static void pcache1FreePage(PgHdr1 *p){ + PCache1 *pCache; + assert( p!=0 ); + pCache = p->pCache; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pCache->pGroup->mutex) ); + if( p->isBulkLocal ){ + p->pNext = pCache->pFree; + pCache->pFree = p; + }else{ + pcache1Free(p->page.pBuf); +#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER + sqlite3_free(p); +#endif + } + if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ + pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage--; + } +} + +/* +** Malloc function used by SQLite to obtain space from the buffer configured +** using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no such buffer +** exists, this function falls back to sqlite3Malloc(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int sz){ + return pcache1Alloc(sz); +} + +/* +** Free an allocated buffer obtained from sqlite3PageMalloc(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void *p){ + pcache1Free(p); +} + + +/* +** Return true if it desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache +** entry. +** +** If memory was allocated specifically to the page cache using +** SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE but that memory has all been used, then +** it is desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache entry because +** presumably SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE was suppose to be sufficient +** for all page cache needs and we should not need to spill the +** allocation onto the heap. +** +** Or, the heap is used for all page cache memory but the heap is +** under memory pressure, then again it is desirable to avoid +** allocating a new page cache entry in order to avoid stressing +** the heap even further. +*/ +static int pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(PCache1 *pCache){ + if( pcache1.nSlot && (pCache->szPage+pCache->szExtra)<=pcache1.szSlot ){ + return pcache1.bUnderPressure; + }else{ + return sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(); + } +} + +/******************************************************************************/ +/******** General Implementation Functions ************************************/ + +/* +** This function is used to resize the hash table used by the cache passed +** as the first argument. +** +** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called. +*/ +static void pcache1ResizeHash(PCache1 *p){ + PgHdr1 **apNew; + unsigned int nNew; + unsigned int i; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pGroup->mutex) ); + + nNew = p->nHash*2; + if( nNew<256 ){ + nNew = 256; + } + + pcache1LeaveMutex(p->pGroup); + if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); } + apNew = (PgHdr1 **)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr1 *)*nNew); + if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); } + pcache1EnterMutex(p->pGroup); + if( apNew ){ + for(i=0; i<p->nHash; i++){ + PgHdr1 *pPage; + PgHdr1 *pNext = p->apHash[i]; + while( (pPage = pNext)!=0 ){ + unsigned int h = pPage->iKey % nNew; + pNext = pPage->pNext; + pPage->pNext = apNew[h]; + apNew[h] = pPage; + } + } + sqlite3_free(p->apHash); + p->apHash = apNew; + p->nHash = nNew; + } +} + +/* +** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the +** PGroup LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the PGroup +** LRU list, then this function is a no-op. +** +** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called. +*/ +static PgHdr1 *pcache1PinPage(PgHdr1 *pPage){ + PCache1 *pCache; + + assert( pPage!=0 ); + assert( pPage->isPinned==0 ); + pCache = pPage->pCache; + assert( pPage->pLruNext ); + assert( pPage->pLruPrev ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) ); + pPage->pLruPrev->pLruNext = pPage->pLruNext; + pPage->pLruNext->pLruPrev = pPage->pLruPrev; + pPage->pLruNext = 0; + pPage->pLruPrev = 0; + pPage->isPinned = 1; + assert( pPage->isAnchor==0 ); + assert( pCache->pGroup->lru.isAnchor==1 ); + pCache->nRecyclable--; + return pPage; +} + + +/* +** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table +** (PCache1.apHash structure) that it is currently stored in. +** Also free the page if freePage is true. +** +** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called. +*/ +static void pcache1RemoveFromHash(PgHdr1 *pPage, int freeFlag){ + unsigned int h; + PCache1 *pCache = pPage->pCache; + PgHdr1 **pp; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) ); + h = pPage->iKey % pCache->nHash; + for(pp=&pCache->apHash[h]; (*pp)!=pPage; pp=&(*pp)->pNext); + *pp = (*pp)->pNext; + + pCache->nPage--; + if( freeFlag ) pcache1FreePage(pPage); +} + +/* +** If there are currently more than nMaxPage pages allocated, try +** to recycle pages to reduce the number allocated to nMaxPage. +*/ +static void pcache1EnforceMaxPage(PCache1 *pCache){ + PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; + PgHdr1 *p; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) ); + while( pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage + && (p=pGroup->lru.pLruPrev)->isAnchor==0 + ){ + assert( p->pCache->pGroup==pGroup ); + assert( p->isPinned==0 ); + pcache1PinPage(p); + pcache1RemoveFromHash(p, 1); + } + if( pCache->nPage==0 && pCache->pBulk ){ + sqlite3_free(pCache->pBulk); + pCache->pBulk = pCache->pFree = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value) +** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this +** criteria are unpinned before they are discarded. +** +** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called. +*/ +static void pcache1TruncateUnsafe( + PCache1 *pCache, /* The cache to truncate */ + unsigned int iLimit /* Drop pages with this pgno or larger */ +){ + TESTONLY( unsigned int nPage = 0; ) /* To assert pCache->nPage is correct */ + unsigned int h; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) ); + for(h=0; h<pCache->nHash; h++){ + PgHdr1 **pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; + PgHdr1 *pPage; + while( (pPage = *pp)!=0 ){ + if( pPage->iKey>=iLimit ){ + pCache->nPage--; + *pp = pPage->pNext; + if( !pPage->isPinned ) pcache1PinPage(pPage); + pcache1FreePage(pPage); + }else{ + pp = &pPage->pNext; + TESTONLY( nPage++; ) + } + } + } + assert( pCache->nPage==nPage ); +} + +/******************************************************************************/ +/******** sqlite3_pcache Methods **********************************************/ + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xInit method. +*/ +static int pcache1Init(void *NotUsed){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + assert( pcache1.isInit==0 ); + memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1)); + + + /* + ** The pcache1.separateCache variable is true if each PCache has its own + ** private PGroup (mode-1). pcache1.separateCache is false if the single + ** PGroup in pcache1.grp is used for all page caches (mode-2). + ** + ** * Always use a unified cache (mode-2) if ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT + ** + ** * Use a unified cache in single-threaded applications that have + ** configured a start-time buffer for use as page-cache memory using + ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, pBuf, sz, N) with non-NULL + ** pBuf argument. + ** + ** * Otherwise use separate caches (mode-1) + */ +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) + pcache1.separateCache = 0; +#elif SQLITE_THREADSAFE + pcache1.separateCache = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0 + || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex>0; +#else + pcache1.separateCache = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0; +#endif + +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ + pcache1.grp.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU); + pcache1.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM); + } +#endif + if( pcache1.separateCache + && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage!=0 + && sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0 + ){ + pcache1.nInitPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage; + }else{ + pcache1.nInitPage = 0; + } + pcache1.grp.mxPinned = 10; + pcache1.isInit = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShutdown method. +** Note that the static mutex allocated in xInit does +** not need to be freed. +*/ +static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + assert( pcache1.isInit!=0 ); + memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1)); +} + +/* forward declaration */ +static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p); + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCreate method. +** +** Allocate a new cache. +*/ +static sqlite3_pcache *pcache1Create(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable){ + PCache1 *pCache; /* The newly created page cache */ + PGroup *pGroup; /* The group the new page cache will belong to */ + int sz; /* Bytes of memory required to allocate the new cache */ + + assert( (szPage & (szPage-1))==0 && szPage>=512 && szPage<=65536 ); + assert( szExtra < 300 ); + + sz = sizeof(PCache1) + sizeof(PGroup)*pcache1.separateCache; + pCache = (PCache1 *)sqlite3MallocZero(sz); + if( pCache ){ + if( pcache1.separateCache ){ + pGroup = (PGroup*)&pCache[1]; + pGroup->mxPinned = 10; + }else{ + pGroup = &pcache1.grp; + } + if( pGroup->lru.isAnchor==0 ){ + pGroup->lru.isAnchor = 1; + pGroup->lru.pLruPrev = pGroup->lru.pLruNext = &pGroup->lru; + } + pCache->pGroup = pGroup; + pCache->szPage = szPage; + pCache->szExtra = szExtra; + pCache->szAlloc = szPage + szExtra + ROUND8(sizeof(PgHdr1)); + pCache->bPurgeable = (bPurgeable ? 1 : 0); + pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); + pcache1ResizeHash(pCache); + if( bPurgeable ){ + pCache->nMin = 10; + pGroup->nMinPage += pCache->nMin; + pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage; + } + pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); + if( pCache->nHash==0 ){ + pcache1Destroy((sqlite3_pcache*)pCache); + pCache = 0; + } + } + return (sqlite3_pcache *)pCache; +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method. +** +** Configure the cache_size limit for a cache. +*/ +static void pcache1Cachesize(sqlite3_pcache *p, int nMax){ + PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; + if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ + PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; + pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); + pGroup->nMaxPage += (nMax - pCache->nMax); + pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage; + pCache->nMax = nMax; + pCache->n90pct = pCache->nMax*9/10; + pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pCache); + pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShrink method. +** +** Free up as much memory as possible. +*/ +static void pcache1Shrink(sqlite3_pcache *p){ + PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p; + if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ + PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; + int savedMaxPage; + pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); + savedMaxPage = pGroup->nMaxPage; + pGroup->nMaxPage = 0; + pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pCache); + pGroup->nMaxPage = savedMaxPage; + pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method. +*/ +static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){ + int n; + PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p; + pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); + n = pCache->nPage; + pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); + return n; +} + + +/* +** Implement steps 3, 4, and 5 of the pcache1Fetch() algorithm described +** in the header of the pcache1Fetch() procedure. +** +** This steps are broken out into a separate procedure because they are +** usually not needed, and by avoiding the stack initialization required +** for these steps, the main pcache1Fetch() procedure can run faster. +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2( + PCache1 *pCache, + unsigned int iKey, + int createFlag +){ + unsigned int nPinned; + PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; + PgHdr1 *pPage = 0; + + /* Step 3: Abort if createFlag is 1 but the cache is nearly full */ + assert( pCache->nPage >= pCache->nRecyclable ); + nPinned = pCache->nPage - pCache->nRecyclable; + assert( pGroup->mxPinned == pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage ); + assert( pCache->n90pct == pCache->nMax*9/10 ); + if( createFlag==1 && ( + nPinned>=pGroup->mxPinned + || nPinned>=pCache->n90pct + || (pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache) && pCache->nRecyclable<nPinned) + )){ + return 0; + } + + if( pCache->nPage>=pCache->nHash ) pcache1ResizeHash(pCache); + assert( pCache->nHash>0 && pCache->apHash ); + + /* Step 4. Try to recycle a page. */ + if( pCache->bPurgeable + && !pGroup->lru.pLruPrev->isAnchor + && ((pCache->nPage+1>=pCache->nMax) || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache)) + ){ + PCache1 *pOther; + pPage = pGroup->lru.pLruPrev; + assert( pPage->isPinned==0 ); + pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage, 0); + pcache1PinPage(pPage); + pOther = pPage->pCache; + if( pOther->szAlloc != pCache->szAlloc ){ + pcache1FreePage(pPage); + pPage = 0; + }else{ + pGroup->nCurrentPage -= (pOther->bPurgeable - pCache->bPurgeable); + } + } + + /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found, + ** attempt to allocate a new one. + */ + if( !pPage ){ + pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache, createFlag==1); + } + + if( pPage ){ + unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash; + pCache->nPage++; + pPage->iKey = iKey; + pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h]; + pPage->pCache = pCache; + pPage->pLruPrev = 0; + pPage->pLruNext = 0; + pPage->isPinned = 1; + *(void **)pPage->page.pExtra = 0; + pCache->apHash[h] = pPage; + if( iKey>pCache->iMaxKey ){ + pCache->iMaxKey = iKey; + } + } + return pPage; +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method. +** +** Fetch a page by key value. +** +** Whether or not a new page may be allocated by this function depends on +** the value of the createFlag argument. 0 means do not allocate a new +** page. 1 means allocate a new page if space is easily available. 2 +** means to try really hard to allocate a new page. +** +** For a non-purgeable cache (a cache used as the storage for an in-memory +** database) there is really no difference between createFlag 1 and 2. So +** the calling function (pcache.c) will never have a createFlag of 1 on +** a non-purgeable cache. +** +** There are three different approaches to obtaining space for a page, +** depending on the value of parameter createFlag (which may be 0, 1 or 2). +** +** 1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a +** copy of the requested page. If one is found, it is returned. +** +** 2. If createFlag==0 and the page is not already in the cache, NULL is +** returned. +** +** 3. If createFlag is 1, and the page is not already in the cache, then +** return NULL (do not allocate a new page) if any of the following +** conditions are true: +** +** (a) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than +** PCache1.nMax, or +** +** (b) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than +** the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of +** nMin for all other purgeable caches, or +** +** 4. If none of the first three conditions apply and the cache is marked +** as purgeable, and if one of the following is true: +** +** (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already +** PCache1.nMax, or +** +** (b) The number of pages allocated for all purgeable caches is +** already equal to or greater than the sum of nMax for all +** purgeable caches, +** +** (c) The system is under memory pressure and wants to avoid +** unnecessary pages cache entry allocations +** +** then attempt to recycle a page from the LRU list. If it is the right +** size, return the recycled buffer. Otherwise, free the buffer and +** proceed to step 5. +** +** 5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer. +** +** There are two versions of this routine. pcache1FetchWithMutex() is +** the general case. pcache1FetchNoMutex() is a faster implementation for +** the common case where pGroup->mutex is NULL. The pcache1Fetch() wrapper +** invokes the appropriate routine. +*/ +static PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchNoMutex( + sqlite3_pcache *p, + unsigned int iKey, + int createFlag +){ + PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; + PgHdr1 *pPage = 0; + + /* Step 1: Search the hash table for an existing entry. */ + pPage = pCache->apHash[iKey % pCache->nHash]; + while( pPage && pPage->iKey!=iKey ){ pPage = pPage->pNext; } + + /* Step 2: If the page was found in the hash table, then return it. + ** If the page was not in the hash table and createFlag is 0, abort. + ** Otherwise (page not in hash and createFlag!=0) continue with + ** subsequent steps to try to create the page. */ + if( pPage ){ + if( !pPage->isPinned ){ + return pcache1PinPage(pPage); + }else{ + return pPage; + } + }else if( createFlag ){ + /* Steps 3, 4, and 5 implemented by this subroutine */ + return pcache1FetchStage2(pCache, iKey, createFlag); + }else{ + return 0; + } +} +#if PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX +static PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchWithMutex( + sqlite3_pcache *p, + unsigned int iKey, + int createFlag +){ + PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; + PgHdr1 *pPage; + + pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); + pPage = pcache1FetchNoMutex(p, iKey, createFlag); + assert( pPage==0 || pCache->iMaxKey>=iKey ); + pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); + return pPage; +} +#endif +static sqlite3_pcache_page *pcache1Fetch( + sqlite3_pcache *p, + unsigned int iKey, + int createFlag +){ +#if PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) + PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; +#endif + + assert( offsetof(PgHdr1,page)==0 ); + assert( pCache->bPurgeable || createFlag!=1 ); + assert( pCache->bPurgeable || pCache->nMin==0 ); + assert( pCache->bPurgeable==0 || pCache->nMin==10 ); + assert( pCache->nMin==0 || pCache->bPurgeable ); + assert( pCache->nHash>0 ); +#if PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX + if( pCache->pGroup->mutex ){ + return (sqlite3_pcache_page*)pcache1FetchWithMutex(p, iKey, createFlag); + }else +#endif + { + return (sqlite3_pcache_page*)pcache1FetchNoMutex(p, iKey, createFlag); + } +} + + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xUnpin method. +** +** Mark a page as unpinned (eligible for asynchronous recycling). +*/ +static void pcache1Unpin( + sqlite3_pcache *p, + sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg, + int reuseUnlikely +){ + PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; + PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg; + PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; + + assert( pPage->pCache==pCache ); + pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); + + /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already + ** part of the PGroup LRU list. + */ + assert( pPage->pLruPrev==0 && pPage->pLruNext==0 ); + assert( pPage->isPinned==1 ); + + if( reuseUnlikely || pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage ){ + pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage, 1); + }else{ + /* Add the page to the PGroup LRU list. */ + PgHdr1 **ppFirst = &pGroup->lru.pLruNext; + pPage->pLruPrev = &pGroup->lru; + (pPage->pLruNext = *ppFirst)->pLruPrev = pPage; + *ppFirst = pPage; + pCache->nRecyclable++; + pPage->isPinned = 0; + } + + pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method. +*/ +static void pcache1Rekey( + sqlite3_pcache *p, + sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg, + unsigned int iOld, + unsigned int iNew +){ + PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; + PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg; + PgHdr1 **pp; + unsigned int h; + assert( pPage->iKey==iOld ); + assert( pPage->pCache==pCache ); + + pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); + + h = iOld%pCache->nHash; + pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; + while( (*pp)!=pPage ){ + pp = &(*pp)->pNext; + } + *pp = pPage->pNext; + + h = iNew%pCache->nHash; + pPage->iKey = iNew; + pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h]; + pCache->apHash[h] = pPage; + if( iNew>pCache->iMaxKey ){ + pCache->iMaxKey = iNew; + } + + pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method. +** +** Discard all unpinned pages in the cache with a page number equal to +** or greater than parameter iLimit. Any pinned pages with a page number +** equal to or greater than iLimit are implicitly unpinned. +*/ +static void pcache1Truncate(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iLimit){ + PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; + pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); + if( iLimit<=pCache->iMaxKey ){ + pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, iLimit); + pCache->iMaxKey = iLimit-1; + } + pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method. +** +** Destroy a cache allocated using pcache1Create(). +*/ +static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p){ + PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; + PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; + assert( pCache->bPurgeable || (pCache->nMax==0 && pCache->nMin==0) ); + pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); + pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, 0); + assert( pGroup->nMaxPage >= pCache->nMax ); + pGroup->nMaxPage -= pCache->nMax; + assert( pGroup->nMinPage >= pCache->nMin ); + pGroup->nMinPage -= pCache->nMin; + pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage; + pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pCache); + pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); + sqlite3_free(pCache->pBulk); + sqlite3_free(pCache->apHash); + sqlite3_free(pCache); +} + +/* +** This function is called during initialization (sqlite3_initialize()) to +** install the default pluggable cache module, assuming the user has not +** already provided an alternative. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void){ + static const sqlite3_pcache_methods2 defaultMethods = { + 1, /* iVersion */ + 0, /* pArg */ + pcache1Init, /* xInit */ + pcache1Shutdown, /* xShutdown */ + pcache1Create, /* xCreate */ + pcache1Cachesize, /* xCachesize */ + pcache1Pagecount, /* xPagecount */ + pcache1Fetch, /* xFetch */ + pcache1Unpin, /* xUnpin */ + pcache1Rekey, /* xRekey */ + pcache1Truncate, /* xTruncate */ + pcache1Destroy, /* xDestroy */ + pcache1Shrink /* xShrink */ + }; + sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2, &defaultMethods); +} + +/* +** Return the size of the header on each page of this PCACHE implementation. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizePcache1(void){ return ROUND8(sizeof(PgHdr1)); } + +/* +** Return the global mutex used by this PCACHE implementation. The +** sqlite3_status() routine needs access to this mutex. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3Pcache1Mutex(void){ + return pcache1.mutex; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT +/* +** This function is called to free superfluous dynamically allocated memory +** held by the pager system. Memory in use by any SQLite pager allocated +** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed. +** +** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has +** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number +** of bytes of memory released. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int nReq){ + int nFree = 0; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.mutex) ); + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage==0 ){ + PgHdr1 *p; + pcache1EnterMutex(&pcache1.grp); + while( (nReq<0 || nFree<nReq) + && (p=pcache1.grp.lru.pLruPrev)!=0 + && p->isAnchor==0 + ){ + nFree += pcache1MemSize(p->page.pBuf); +#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER + nFree += sqlite3MemSize(p); +#endif + assert( p->isPinned==0 ); + pcache1PinPage(p); + pcache1RemoveFromHash(p, 1); + } + pcache1LeaveMutex(&pcache1.grp); + } + return nFree; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +/* +** This function is used by test procedures to inspect the internal state +** of the global cache. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats( + int *pnCurrent, /* OUT: Total number of pages cached */ + int *pnMax, /* OUT: Global maximum cache size */ + int *pnMin, /* OUT: Sum of PCache1.nMin for purgeable caches */ + int *pnRecyclable /* OUT: Total number of pages available for recycling */ +){ + PgHdr1 *p; + int nRecyclable = 0; + for(p=pcache1.grp.lru.pLruNext; p && !p->isAnchor; p=p->pLruNext){ + assert( p->isPinned==0 ); + nRecyclable++; + } + *pnCurrent = pcache1.grp.nCurrentPage; + *pnMax = (int)pcache1.grp.nMaxPage; + *pnMin = (int)pcache1.grp.nMinPage; + *pnRecyclable = nRecyclable; +} +#endif + +/************** End of pcache1.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file rowset.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 December 3 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This module implements an object we call a "RowSet". +** +** The RowSet object is a collection of rowids. Rowids +** are inserted into the RowSet in an arbitrary order. Inserts +** can be intermixed with tests to see if a given rowid has been +** previously inserted into the RowSet. +** +** After all inserts are finished, it is possible to extract the +** elements of the RowSet in sorted order. Once this extraction +** process has started, no new elements may be inserted. +** +** Hence, the primitive operations for a RowSet are: +** +** CREATE +** INSERT +** TEST +** SMALLEST +** DESTROY +** +** The CREATE and DESTROY primitives are the constructor and destructor, +** obviously. The INSERT primitive adds a new element to the RowSet. +** TEST checks to see if an element is already in the RowSet. SMALLEST +** extracts the least value from the RowSet. +** +** The INSERT primitive might allocate additional memory. Memory is +** allocated in chunks so most INSERTs do no allocation. There is an +** upper bound on the size of allocated memory. No memory is freed +** until DESTROY. +** +** The TEST primitive includes a "batch" number. The TEST primitive +** will only see elements that were inserted before the last change +** in the batch number. In other words, if an INSERT occurs between +** two TESTs where the TESTs have the same batch nubmer, then the +** value added by the INSERT will not be visible to the second TEST. +** The initial batch number is zero, so if the very first TEST contains +** a non-zero batch number, it will see all prior INSERTs. +** +** No INSERTs may occurs after a SMALLEST. An assertion will fail if +** that is attempted. +** +** The cost of an INSERT is roughly constant. (Sometimes new memory +** has to be allocated on an INSERT.) The cost of a TEST with a new +** batch number is O(NlogN) where N is the number of elements in the RowSet. +** The cost of a TEST using the same batch number is O(logN). The cost +** of the first SMALLEST is O(NlogN). Second and subsequent SMALLEST +** primitives are constant time. The cost of DESTROY is O(N). +** +** TEST and SMALLEST may not be used by the same RowSet. This used to +** be possible, but the feature was not used, so it was removed in order +** to simplify the code. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + + +/* +** Target size for allocation chunks. +*/ +#define ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE 1024 + +/* +** The number of rowset entries per allocation chunk. +*/ +#define ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK \ + ((ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE-8)/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry)) + +/* +** Each entry in a RowSet is an instance of the following object. +** +** This same object is reused to store a linked list of trees of RowSetEntry +** objects. In that alternative use, pRight points to the next entry +** in the list, pLeft points to the tree, and v is unused. The +** RowSet.pForest value points to the head of this forest list. +*/ +struct RowSetEntry { + i64 v; /* ROWID value for this entry */ + struct RowSetEntry *pRight; /* Right subtree (larger entries) or list */ + struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree (smaller entries) */ +}; + +/* +** RowSetEntry objects are allocated in large chunks (instances of the +** following structure) to reduce memory allocation overhead. The +** chunks are kept on a linked list so that they can be deallocated +** when the RowSet is destroyed. +*/ +struct RowSetChunk { + struct RowSetChunk *pNextChunk; /* Next chunk on list of them all */ + struct RowSetEntry aEntry[ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK]; /* Allocated entries */ +}; + +/* +** A RowSet in an instance of the following structure. +** +** A typedef of this structure if found in sqliteInt.h. +*/ +struct RowSet { + struct RowSetChunk *pChunk; /* List of all chunk allocations */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + struct RowSetEntry *pEntry; /* List of entries using pRight */ + struct RowSetEntry *pLast; /* Last entry on the pEntry list */ + struct RowSetEntry *pFresh; /* Source of new entry objects */ + struct RowSetEntry *pForest; /* List of binary trees of entries */ + u16 nFresh; /* Number of objects on pFresh */ + u16 rsFlags; /* Various flags */ + int iBatch; /* Current insert batch */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for RowSet.rsFlags +*/ +#define ROWSET_SORTED 0x01 /* True if RowSet.pEntry is sorted */ +#define ROWSET_NEXT 0x02 /* True if sqlite3RowSetNext() has been called */ + +/* +** Turn bulk memory into a RowSet object. N bytes of memory +** are available at pSpace. The db pointer is used as a memory context +** for any subsequent allocations that need to occur. +** Return a pointer to the new RowSet object. +** +** It must be the case that N is sufficient to make a Rowset. If not +** an assertion fault occurs. +** +** If N is larger than the minimum, use the surplus as an initial +** allocation of entries available to be filled. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3 *db, void *pSpace, unsigned int N){ + RowSet *p; + assert( N >= ROUND8(sizeof(*p)) ); + p = pSpace; + p->pChunk = 0; + p->db = db; + p->pEntry = 0; + p->pLast = 0; + p->pForest = 0; + p->pFresh = (struct RowSetEntry*)(ROUND8(sizeof(*p)) + (char*)p); + p->nFresh = (u16)((N - ROUND8(sizeof(*p)))/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry)); + p->rsFlags = ROWSET_SORTED; + p->iBatch = 0; + return p; +} + +/* +** Deallocate all chunks from a RowSet. This frees all memory that +** the RowSet has allocated over its lifetime. This routine is +** the destructor for the RowSet. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet *p){ + struct RowSetChunk *pChunk, *pNextChunk; + for(pChunk=p->pChunk; pChunk; pChunk = pNextChunk){ + pNextChunk = pChunk->pNextChunk; + sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pChunk); + } + p->pChunk = 0; + p->nFresh = 0; + p->pEntry = 0; + p->pLast = 0; + p->pForest = 0; + p->rsFlags = ROWSET_SORTED; +} + +/* +** Allocate a new RowSetEntry object that is associated with the +** given RowSet. Return a pointer to the new and completely uninitialized +** objected. +** +** In an OOM situation, the RowSet.db->mallocFailed flag is set and this +** routine returns NULL. +*/ +static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryAlloc(RowSet *p){ + assert( p!=0 ); + if( p->nFresh==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ + /* We could allocate a fresh RowSetEntry each time one is needed, but it + ** is more efficient to pull a preallocated entry from the pool */ + struct RowSetChunk *pNew; + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(p->db, sizeof(*pNew)); + if( pNew==0 ){ + return 0; + } + pNew->pNextChunk = p->pChunk; + p->pChunk = pNew; + p->pFresh = pNew->aEntry; + p->nFresh = ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK; + } + p->nFresh--; + return p->pFresh++; +} + +/* +** Insert a new value into a RowSet. +** +** The mallocFailed flag of the database connection is set if a +** memory allocation fails. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet *p, i64 rowid){ + struct RowSetEntry *pEntry; /* The new entry */ + struct RowSetEntry *pLast; /* The last prior entry */ + + /* This routine is never called after sqlite3RowSetNext() */ + assert( p!=0 && (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 ); + + pEntry = rowSetEntryAlloc(p); + if( pEntry==0 ) return; + pEntry->v = rowid; + pEntry->pRight = 0; + pLast = p->pLast; + if( pLast ){ + if( rowid<=pLast->v ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ + /* Avoid unnecessary sorts by preserving the ROWSET_SORTED flags + ** where possible */ + p->rsFlags &= ~ROWSET_SORTED; + } + pLast->pRight = pEntry; + }else{ + p->pEntry = pEntry; + } + p->pLast = pEntry; +} + +/* +** Merge two lists of RowSetEntry objects. Remove duplicates. +** +** The input lists are connected via pRight pointers and are +** assumed to each already be in sorted order. +*/ +static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryMerge( + struct RowSetEntry *pA, /* First sorted list to be merged */ + struct RowSetEntry *pB /* Second sorted list to be merged */ +){ + struct RowSetEntry head; + struct RowSetEntry *pTail; + + pTail = &head; + while( pA && pB ){ + assert( pA->pRight==0 || pA->v<=pA->pRight->v ); + assert( pB->pRight==0 || pB->v<=pB->pRight->v ); + if( pA->v<pB->v ){ + pTail->pRight = pA; + pA = pA->pRight; + pTail = pTail->pRight; + }else if( pB->v<pA->v ){ + pTail->pRight = pB; + pB = pB->pRight; + pTail = pTail->pRight; + }else{ + pA = pA->pRight; + } + } + if( pA ){ + assert( pA->pRight==0 || pA->v<=pA->pRight->v ); + pTail->pRight = pA; + }else{ + assert( pB==0 || pB->pRight==0 || pB->v<=pB->pRight->v ); + pTail->pRight = pB; + } + return head.pRight; +} + +/* +** Sort all elements on the list of RowSetEntry objects into order of +** increasing v. +*/ +static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntrySort(struct RowSetEntry *pIn){ + unsigned int i; + struct RowSetEntry *pNext, *aBucket[40]; + + memset(aBucket, 0, sizeof(aBucket)); + while( pIn ){ + pNext = pIn->pRight; + pIn->pRight = 0; + for(i=0; aBucket[i]; i++){ + pIn = rowSetEntryMerge(aBucket[i], pIn); + aBucket[i] = 0; + } + aBucket[i] = pIn; + pIn = pNext; + } + pIn = 0; + for(i=0; i<sizeof(aBucket)/sizeof(aBucket[0]); i++){ + pIn = rowSetEntryMerge(pIn, aBucket[i]); + } + return pIn; +} + + +/* +** The input, pIn, is a binary tree (or subtree) of RowSetEntry objects. +** Convert this tree into a linked list connected by the pRight pointers +** and return pointers to the first and last elements of the new list. +*/ +static void rowSetTreeToList( + struct RowSetEntry *pIn, /* Root of the input tree */ + struct RowSetEntry **ppFirst, /* Write head of the output list here */ + struct RowSetEntry **ppLast /* Write tail of the output list here */ +){ + assert( pIn!=0 ); + if( pIn->pLeft ){ + struct RowSetEntry *p; + rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pLeft, ppFirst, &p); + p->pRight = pIn; + }else{ + *ppFirst = pIn; + } + if( pIn->pRight ){ + rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pRight, &pIn->pRight, ppLast); + }else{ + *ppLast = pIn; + } + assert( (*ppLast)->pRight==0 ); +} + + +/* +** Convert a sorted list of elements (connected by pRight) into a binary +** tree with depth of iDepth. A depth of 1 means the tree contains a single +** node taken from the head of *ppList. A depth of 2 means a tree with +** three nodes. And so forth. +** +** Use as many entries from the input list as required and update the +** *ppList to point to the unused elements of the list. If the input +** list contains too few elements, then construct an incomplete tree +** and leave *ppList set to NULL. +** +** Return a pointer to the root of the constructed binary tree. +*/ +static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetNDeepTree( + struct RowSetEntry **ppList, + int iDepth +){ + struct RowSetEntry *p; /* Root of the new tree */ + struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree */ + if( *ppList==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/ + /* Prevent unnecessary deep recursion when we run out of entries */ + return 0; + } + if( iDepth>1 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/ + /* This branch causes a *balanced* tree to be generated. A valid tree + ** is still generated without this branch, but the tree is wildly + ** unbalanced and inefficient. */ + pLeft = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1); + p = *ppList; + if( p==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ + /* It is safe to always return here, but the resulting tree + ** would be unbalanced */ + return pLeft; + } + p->pLeft = pLeft; + *ppList = p->pRight; + p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1); + }else{ + p = *ppList; + *ppList = p->pRight; + p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0; + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Convert a sorted list of elements into a binary tree. Make the tree +** as deep as it needs to be in order to contain the entire list. +*/ +static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetListToTree(struct RowSetEntry *pList){ + int iDepth; /* Depth of the tree so far */ + struct RowSetEntry *p; /* Current tree root */ + struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree */ + + assert( pList!=0 ); + p = pList; + pList = p->pRight; + p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0; + for(iDepth=1; pList; iDepth++){ + pLeft = p; + p = pList; + pList = p->pRight; + p->pLeft = pLeft; + p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(&pList, iDepth); + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Extract the smallest element from the RowSet. +** Write the element into *pRowid. Return 1 on success. Return +** 0 if the RowSet is already empty. +** +** After this routine has been called, the sqlite3RowSetInsert() +** routine may not be called again. +** +** This routine may not be called after sqlite3RowSetTest() has +** been used. Older versions of RowSet allowed that, but as the +** capability was not used by the code generator, it was removed +** for code economy. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet *p, i64 *pRowid){ + assert( p!=0 ); + assert( p->pForest==0 ); /* Cannot be used with sqlite3RowSetText() */ + + /* Merge the forest into a single sorted list on first call */ + if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ + if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ + p->pEntry = rowSetEntrySort(p->pEntry); + } + p->rsFlags |= ROWSET_SORTED|ROWSET_NEXT; + } + + /* Return the next entry on the list */ + if( p->pEntry ){ + *pRowid = p->pEntry->v; + p->pEntry = p->pEntry->pRight; + if( p->pEntry==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/ + /* Free memory immediately, rather than waiting on sqlite3_finalize() */ + sqlite3RowSetClear(p); + } + return 1; + }else{ + return 0; + } +} + +/* +** Check to see if element iRowid was inserted into the rowset as +** part of any insert batch prior to iBatch. Return 1 or 0. +** +** If this is the first test of a new batch and if there exist entries +** on pRowSet->pEntry, then sort those entries into the forest at +** pRowSet->pForest so that they can be tested. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, int iBatch, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){ + struct RowSetEntry *p, *pTree; + + /* This routine is never called after sqlite3RowSetNext() */ + assert( pRowSet!=0 && (pRowSet->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 ); + + /* Sort entries into the forest on the first test of a new batch. + ** To save unnecessary work, only do this when the batch number changes. + */ + if( iBatch!=pRowSet->iBatch ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ + p = pRowSet->pEntry; + if( p ){ + struct RowSetEntry **ppPrevTree = &pRowSet->pForest; + if( (pRowSet->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ + /* Only sort the current set of entiries if they need it */ + p = rowSetEntrySort(p); + } + for(pTree = pRowSet->pForest; pTree; pTree=pTree->pRight){ + ppPrevTree = &pTree->pRight; + if( pTree->pLeft==0 ){ + pTree->pLeft = rowSetListToTree(p); + break; + }else{ + struct RowSetEntry *pAux, *pTail; + rowSetTreeToList(pTree->pLeft, &pAux, &pTail); + pTree->pLeft = 0; + p = rowSetEntryMerge(pAux, p); + } + } + if( pTree==0 ){ + *ppPrevTree = pTree = rowSetEntryAlloc(pRowSet); + if( pTree ){ + pTree->v = 0; + pTree->pRight = 0; + pTree->pLeft = rowSetListToTree(p); + } + } + pRowSet->pEntry = 0; + pRowSet->pLast = 0; + pRowSet->rsFlags |= ROWSET_SORTED; + } + pRowSet->iBatch = iBatch; + } + + /* Test to see if the iRowid value appears anywhere in the forest. + ** Return 1 if it does and 0 if not. + */ + for(pTree = pRowSet->pForest; pTree; pTree=pTree->pRight){ + p = pTree->pLeft; + while( p ){ + if( p->v<iRowid ){ + p = p->pRight; + }else if( p->v>iRowid ){ + p = p->pLeft; + }else{ + return 1; + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +/************** End of rowset.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file pager.c *******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". +** +** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements +** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that +** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file +** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database +** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while +** another is writing. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/************** Include wal.h in the middle of pager.c ***********************/ +/************** Begin file wal.h *********************************************/ +/* +** 2010 February 1 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface to the write-ahead logging +** system. Refer to the comments below and the header comment attached to +** the implementation of each function in log.c for further details. +*/ + +#ifndef _WAL_H_ +#define _WAL_H_ + +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* Additional values that can be added to the sync_flags argument of +** sqlite3WalFrames(): +*/ +#define WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS 0x20 /* Sync at the end of each transaction */ +#define SQLITE_SYNC_MASK 0x13 /* Mask off the SQLITE_SYNC_* values */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +# define sqlite3WalOpen(x,y,z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalLimit(x,y) +# define sqlite3WalClose(w,x,y,z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(y,z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(z) +# define sqlite3WalDbsize(y) 0 +# define sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(y) 0 +# define sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(x) 0 +# define sqlite3WalUndo(x,y,z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalSavepoint(y,z) +# define sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(y,z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalFrames(u,v,w,x,y,z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalCheckpoint(r,s,t,u,v,w,x,y,z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalCallback(z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(y,z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalHeapMemory(z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalFramesize(z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalFindFrame(x,y,z) 0 +# define sqlite3WalFile(x) 0 +#else + +#define WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA 4 + +/* Connection to a write-ahead log (WAL) file. +** There is one object of this type for each pager. +*/ +typedef struct Wal Wal; + +/* Open and close a connection to a write-ahead log. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_file*, const char *, int, i64, Wal**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(Wal *pWal, int sync_flags, int, u8 *); + +/* Set the limiting size of a WAL file. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal*, i64); + +/* Used by readers to open (lock) and close (unlock) a snapshot. A +** snapshot is like a read-transaction. It is the state of the database +** at an instant in time. sqlite3WalOpenSnapshot gets a read lock and +** preserves the current state even if the other threads or processes +** write to or checkpoint the WAL. sqlite3WalCloseSnapshot() closes the +** transaction and releases the lock. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal); + +/* Read a page from the write-ahead log, if it is present. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFindFrame(Wal *, Pgno, u32 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalReadFrame(Wal *, u32, int, u8 *); + +/* If the WAL is not empty, return the size of the database. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal); + +/* Obtain or release the WRITER lock. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal); + +/* Undo any frames written (but not committed) to the log */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx); + +/* Return an integer that records the current (uncommitted) write +** position in the WAL */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData); + +/* Move the write position of the WAL back to iFrame. Called in +** response to a ROLLBACK TO command. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData); + +/* Write a frame or frames to the log. */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(Wal *pWal, int, PgHdr *, Pgno, int, int); + +/* Copy pages from the log to the database file */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint( + Wal *pWal, /* Write-ahead log connection */ + int eMode, /* One of PASSIVE, FULL and RESTART */ + int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ + void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ + int sync_flags, /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */ + int nBuf, /* Size of buffer nBuf */ + u8 *zBuf, /* Temporary buffer to use */ + int *pnLog, /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */ + int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */ +); + +/* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the +** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since +** sqlite3WalCallback() was called. If no commits have occurred since +** the last call, then return 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal); + +/* Tell the wal layer that an EXCLUSIVE lock has been obtained (or released) +** by the pager layer on the database file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op); + +/* Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using +** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the +** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(Wal *pWal, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(Wal *pWal, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS +/* If the WAL file is not empty, return the number of bytes of content +** stored in each frame (i.e. the db page-size when the WAL was created). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFramesize(Wal *pWal); +#endif + +/* Return the sqlite3_file object for the WAL file */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3WalFile(Wal *pWal); + +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ +#endif /* _WAL_H_ */ + +/************** End of wal.h *************************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in pager.c **********************/ + + +/******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************ +** +** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback +** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL, +** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF. +** +** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced +** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF. +** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS +** is called successfully on the file containing the page. +** +** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if +** one or more of the following are true about the page: +** +** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of +** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and +** synced. +** +** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction. +** +** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in +** the database file at the start of the transaction. +** +** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the +** following are true: +** +** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable. +** +** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire +** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence +** number consists of a single page change. +** +** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches +** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written +** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current +** transaction. +** +** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size +** in length and are aligned on a page boundary. +** +** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and +** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the +** first 100 bytes of the database file. +** +** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal +** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed. +** +** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file +** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted. +** +** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time) +** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to +** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf +** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence +** of the database. +** +** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set, +** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the +** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically +** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction. +** +** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS +** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at +** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate +** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will +** invoke it.) +** +** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range +** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing +** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same +** database to flush their caches. +** +** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less +** than one billion transactions. +** +** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion +** of every transaction. +** +** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to +** the database file. +** +** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any +** content out of the database file. +** +******************************************************************************/ + +/* +** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off +*/ +#if 0 +int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ +#define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf +#define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; } +#else +#define PAGERTRACE(X) +#endif + +/* +** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above +** to print out file-descriptors. +** +** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The +** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file +** struct as its argument. +*/ +#define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd)) +#define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd) + +/* +** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A +** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following +** state diagram. +** +** OPEN <------+------+ +** | | | +** V | | +** +---------> READER-------+ | +** | | | +** | V | +** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR +** | | ^ +** | V | +** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->| +** | | | +** | V | +** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->| +** | | | +** | V | +** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+ +** +** +** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each: +** +** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock] +** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock] +** +** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin] +** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal] +** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal] +** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne] +** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction] +** +** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error] +** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock] +** +** +** OPEN: +** +** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this +** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is +** unknown. The database may not be read or written. +** +** * No read or write transaction is active. +** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file. +** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted. +** +** READER: +** +** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in +** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently +** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is +** open. The database size is known in this state. +** +** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when +** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state +** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection +** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in +** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way +** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN +** is via the ERROR state (see below). +** +** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot). +** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file. +** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read +** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables +** may not be trusted at this point. +** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open. +** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that +** there is no hot-journal in the file-system. +** +** WRITER_LOCKED: +** +** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction +** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks +** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual +** modifications to the cache or database have taken place. +** +** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with +** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when +** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened +** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while +** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database +** file. +** +** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file. +** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt +** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. +** +** * A write transaction is active. +** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater +** lock is held on the database file. +** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction +** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully +** called). +** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid. +** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified. +** * The journal file may or may not be open. +** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal. +** +** WRITER_CACHEMOD: +** +** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is +** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file +** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the +** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified. +** +** * A write transaction is active. +** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file. +** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written +** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk. +** * The contents of the page cache have been modified. +** +** WRITER_DBMOD: +** +** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state +** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections +** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file, +** just the log file). +** +** * A write transaction is active. +** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. +** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written +** and synced to disk. +** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly +** written to disk). +** +** WRITER_FINISHED: +** +** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state. +** +** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD +** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the +** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply +** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is +** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper +** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction. +** +** * A write transaction is active. +** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. +** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished. +** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to +** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need +** to rollback the transaction. +** +** ERROR: +** +** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including +** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it +** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, +** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system. +** +** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers +** cannot. +** +** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, +** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state. +** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state +** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might +** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if +** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database +** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state +** instead of READER following such an error. +** +** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager +** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all +** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to +** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the +** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything +** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed) +** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning +** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered +** from the error. +** +** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if: +** +** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in +** function sqlite3PagerRollback(). +** +** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file +** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(). +** +** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or +** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up +** memory. +** +** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree +** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition +** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above. +** +** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only +** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error +** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not +** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a +** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent +** state. +** +** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK. +** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the +** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state). +** * The pager is not an in-memory pager. +** +** +** Notes: +** +** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the +** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one +** of the first four states. +** +** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN +** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has +** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are +** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state". +** +** * See also: assert_pager_state(). +*/ +#define PAGER_OPEN 0 +#define PAGER_READER 1 +#define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2 +#define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3 +#define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4 +#define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5 +#define PAGER_ERROR 6 + +/* +** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the +** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on +** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. +** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by +** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers. +** +** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY +** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not +** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and +** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated +** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the +** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set +** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held +** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value. +** +** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may +** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than +** required, but nothing really goes wrong. +** +** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves +** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file +** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED +** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock() +** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this +** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part +** of hot-journal detection. +** +** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED +** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may +** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but +** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens +** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active +** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database +** without rolling it back. +** +** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the +** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It +** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call +** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition +** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK +** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE +** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function +** PagerSharedLock() for more detail. +** +** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in +** PAGER_OPEN state. +*/ +#define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1) + +/* +** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC +# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \ + if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; } +# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \ + if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \ + if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; } +#else +# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */ +# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D +#endif + +/* +** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method +** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead. +** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on +** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit. +*/ +#define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000 + + +/* +** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active +** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures +** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and +** resized using sqlite3Realloc(). +** +** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is +** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while +** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset +** immediately following the last journal record written into the main +** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint +** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()). +*/ +typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint; +struct PagerSavepoint { + i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */ + i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */ + Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */ + Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */ + Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag. See further description below. +*/ +#define SPILLFLAG_OFF 0x01 /* Never spill cache. Set via pragma */ +#define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK 0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */ +#define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC 0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */ + +/* +** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of +** some of the more important member variables follows: +** +** eState +** +** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state +** diagram above for a description of the pager state. +** +** eLock +** +** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file - +** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. +** +** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any +** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such +** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager +** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever +** need (and no reason to release them). +** +** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to +** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for +** details. +** +** changeCountDone +** +** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter +** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is +** not updated more often than necessary. +** +** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which +** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file. +** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is +** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed, +** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of +** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction. +** +** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection +** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction +** committed. +** +** setMaster +** +** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may +** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the +** journal file before it is synced to disk. +** +** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects +** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is +** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode. +** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is +** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If +** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized +** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were +** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode. +** +** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized +** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the +** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any +** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file. +** +** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either +** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the +** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag +** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state). +** +** doNotSpill +** +** This variables control the behavior of cache-spills (calls made by +** the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data +** to the file-system in order to free up memory). +** +** When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set, +** writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether. +** The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that +** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module +** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written +** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF +** case is a user preference. +** +** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from +** pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. +** This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size +** is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync +** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. +** +** subjInMemory +** +** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal +** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory +** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files. +** +** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new +** write-transaction is opened. +** +** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize +** +** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file. +** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for +** OPEN and ERROR). +** +** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be +** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset +** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file +** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in +** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2). +** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered +** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads +** to dbSize==1). +** +** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than +** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly. +** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), +** dbSize is updated. +** +** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states +** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize +** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback, +** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before +** being modified. +** +** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of +** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the +** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made +** to write or truncate the database file on disk. +** +** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress +** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, +** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates +** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), +** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize() +** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required. +** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case +** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be +** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case, +** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger. +** +** dbHintSize +** +** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to +** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. +** +** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a +** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and +** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called, +** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the +** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for +** details. +** +** errCode +** +** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It +** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode +** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX +** sub-codes. +*/ +struct Pager { + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */ + u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ + u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */ + u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ + u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ + u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ + u8 extraSync; /* sync directory after journal delete */ + u8 ckptSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */ + u8 walSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */ + u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */ + u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */ + u8 noLock; /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */ + u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ + u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ + + /************************************************************************** + ** The following block contains those class members that change during + ** routine operation. Class members not in this block are either fixed + ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a + ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode, + ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe + ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the + ** "configuration" of the pager. + */ + u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */ + u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */ + u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ + u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */ + u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */ + u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */ + u8 bUseFetch; /* True to use xFetch() */ + u8 hasHeldSharedLock; /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */ + Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */ + Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */ + Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */ + Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */ + int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ + int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */ + u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ + u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */ + Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */ + sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */ + sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */ + sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */ + i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */ + i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ + sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */ + PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */ + int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */ + u32 iDataVersion; /* Changes whenever database content changes */ + char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ + + int nMmapOut; /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */ + sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* Desired maximum mmap size */ + PgHdr *pMmapFreelist; /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */ + /* + ** End of the routinely-changing class members + ***************************************************************************/ + + u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ + i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */ + u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ + u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ + int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ + Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ + i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */ + char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ + char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ + int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */ + void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ + int aStat[3]; /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + int nRead; /* Database pages read */ +#endif + void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */ + void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */ + void (*xCodecFree)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */ + void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */ +#endif + char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ + PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */ + char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains +** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS +** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status(). +*/ +#define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0 +#define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1 +#define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2 + +/* +** The following global variables hold counters used for +** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in +** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */ +# define PAGER_INCR(v) v++ +#else +# define PAGER_INCR(v) +#endif + + + +/* +** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data +** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check. +** +** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity +** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being +** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal +** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made +** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional +** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the +** journal and ignore it. +** +** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists +** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both +** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page. +** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the +** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important, +** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely +** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the +** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might +** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which +** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk. +*/ +static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { + 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7, +}; + +/* +** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by +** the following macro. +*/ +#define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) + +/* +** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same +** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize(). +*/ +#define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) + +/* +** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database. +** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set, +** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize +** out code that would never execute. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB +# define MEMDB 0 +#else +# define MEMDB pPager->memDb +#endif + +/* +** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch +** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O. +*/ +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 +# define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch) +#else +# define USEFETCH(x) 0 +#endif + +/* +** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1). +*/ +#define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647 + +/* +** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*). +** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is. +** +** This is so that expressions can be written as: +** +** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ... +** +** instead of +** +** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ... +*/ +#define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0) + +/* +** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual +** rollback journal. Otherwise false. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){ + return (pPager->pWal!=0); +} +#else +# define pagerUseWal(x) 0 +# define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0 +# define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0 +# define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK +# define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK +#endif + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** Usage: +** +** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); +** +** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in +** the internal state of the Pager object. +*/ +static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ + Pager *pPager = p; + + /* State must be valid. */ + assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN + || p->eState==PAGER_READER + || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED + || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD + || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD + || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED + || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR + ); + + /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves + ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates + ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set. + */ + assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); + + /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". + ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open. + */ + assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal ); + assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) ); + + /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since + ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter + ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing + ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may + ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It + ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR + ** state. + */ + if( MEMDB ){ + assert( !isOpen(p->fd) ); + assert( p->noSync ); + assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY + ); + assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); + assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 ); + } + + /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held + ** on the file. + */ + assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); + assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); + + switch( p->eState ){ + case PAGER_OPEN: + assert( !MEMDB ); + assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile ); + break; + + case PAGER_READER: + assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); + assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); + break; + + case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED: + assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); + assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); + if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); + } + assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize ); + assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); + assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); + assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); + break; + + case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD: + assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); + assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); + if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the + ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during + ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off + ** to journal_mode=wal. + */ + assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); + assert( isOpen(p->jfd) + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + ); + } + assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); + assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); + break; + + case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD: + assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + assert( isOpen(p->jfd) + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + ); + assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize ); + break; + + case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED: + assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + assert( isOpen(p->jfd) + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + ); + break; + + case PAGER_ERROR: + /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if + ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped + ** back to OPEN state. + */ + assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); + assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile ); + break; + } + + return 1; +} +#endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer +** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This +** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative +** to "print *pPager" in gdb: +** +** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager) +*/ +static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){ + static char zRet[1024]; + + sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet, + "Filename: %s\n" + "State: %s errCode=%d\n" + "Lock: %s\n" + "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n" + "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n" + "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n" + "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n" + "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n" + , p->zFilename + , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" : + p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" : + p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" : + p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" : + p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" : + p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" : + p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?" + , (int)p->errCode + , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" : + p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" : + p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" : + p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" : + p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?" + , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal" + , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" : + p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" : + p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" : + p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" : + p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" : + p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?" + , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal + , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr + , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize + ); + + return zRet; +} +#endif + +/* +** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal. +** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one +** or more open savepoints for which: +** +** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and +** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in +** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint. +*/ +static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){ + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; + PagerSavepoint *p; + Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; + int i; + for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){ + p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i]; + if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){ + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Return true if the page is already in the journal file. +*/ +static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){ + return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); +} +#endif + +/* +** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer +** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an +** error code is something goes wrong. +** +** All values are stored on disk as big-endian. +*/ +static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){ + unsigned char ac[4]; + int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order. +*/ +#define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) + + +/* +** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK +** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. +*/ +static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ + char ac[4]; + put32bits(ac, val); + return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset); +} + +/* +** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK +** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock() +** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock. +** +** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is +** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of +** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this. +*/ +static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock ); + assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK ); + assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); + if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ + assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock ); + rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock); + if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ + pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; + } + IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK, +** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the +** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. +** +** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is +** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. +** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation +** of this. +*/ +static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ + rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){ + pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; + IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization +** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if: +** +** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that +** a database page may be written atomically, and +** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal +** to the page size. +** +** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is +** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory +** database. +** +** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used, +** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it +** contains rollback data for exactly one page. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE +static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){ + assert( !MEMDB ); + if( !pPager->tempFile ){ + int dc; /* Device characteristics */ + int nSector; /* Sector size */ + int szPage; /* Page size */ + + assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); + dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); + nSector = pPager->sectorSize; + szPage = pPager->pageSize; + + assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); + assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); + if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){ + return 0; + } + } + + return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); +} +#else +# define jrnlBufferSize(x) 0 +#endif + +/* +** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking +** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing +** and debugging only. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES +/* +** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage. +*/ +static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){ + u32 hash = 0; + int i; + for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){ + hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i]; + } + return hash; +} +static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ + return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData); +} +static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ + pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage); +} + +/* +** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES +** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks +** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash. +*/ +#define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) +static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; + assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); + assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); +} + +#else +#define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 +#define pager_pagehash(X) 0 +#define pager_set_pagehash(X) +#define CHECK_PAGE(x) +#endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */ + +/* +** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. +** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the +** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied +** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format +** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file. +** +** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by +** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is +** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal +** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a +** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name +** were present in the journal. +** +** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal +** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A +** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master +** journal file name. +** +** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present +** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. +** +** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite +** error code is returned. +*/ +static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */ + i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */ + u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */ + u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ + unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ + zMaster[0] = '\0'; + + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ)) + || szJ<16 + || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len)) + || len>=nMaster + || len==0 + || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum)) + || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8)) + || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) + || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len)) + ){ + return rc; + } + + /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */ + for(u=0; u<len; u++){ + cksum -= zMaster[u]; + } + if( cksum ){ + /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors + ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means + ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul) + ** master-journal filename. + */ + len = 0; + } + zMaster[len] = '\0'; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately +** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector +** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes. +** +** i.e for a sector size of 512: +** +** Pager.journalOff Return value +** --------------------------------------- +** 0 0 +** 512 512 +** 100 512 +** 2000 2048 +** +*/ +static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ + i64 offset = 0; + i64 c = pPager->journalOff; + if( c ){ + offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); + } + assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 ); + assert( offset>=c ); + assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); + return offset; +} + +/* +** The journal file must be open when this function is called. +** +** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to +** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0). +** +** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is +** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise, +** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, +** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately +** after writing or truncating it. +** +** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and +** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the +** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the +** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does +** not need to be synced following this operation. +** +** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code. +** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK. +*/ +static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); + assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ); + if( pPager->journalOff ){ + const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */ + + IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager)) + if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); + }else{ + static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0}; + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags); + } + + /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock + ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for + ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more + ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need + ** to sync the file following this operation. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){ + i64 sz; + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){ + rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit); + } + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal +** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the +** current location. +** +** The format for the journal header is as follows: +** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format. +** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on. +** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash. +** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. +** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. +** - 4 bytes: Database page size. +** +** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space. +*/ +static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */ + u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */ + u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */ + int ii; /* Loop counter */ + + assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ + + if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ + nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); + } + + /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created + ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the + ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now. + */ + for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ + if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){ + pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff; + } + } + + pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); + + /* + ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this + ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. + ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, + ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number + ** of records (see syncJournal()). + ** + ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When + ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the + ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption + ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal + ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios + ** where this risk can be ignored: + ** + ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a + ** power failure in this case anyway. + ** + ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees + ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file. + */ + assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync ); + if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) + || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) + ){ + memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); + put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); + }else{ + memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4); + } + + /* The random check-hash initializer */ + sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); + put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); + /* The initial database size */ + put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize); + /* The assumed sector size for this process */ + put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize); + + /* The page size */ + put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize); + + /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything + ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing + ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to + ** take the performance hit. + */ + memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0, + nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20)); + + /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the + ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the + ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next + ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file + ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS). + ** + ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can + ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file, + ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of + ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what + ** is done. + ** + ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the + ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize + ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required + ** to populate the entire journal header sector. + */ + for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){ + IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader)) + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff); + assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); + pPager->journalOff += nHeader; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file +** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal +** file. The current location in the journal file is given by +** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for +** a description of the journal header format. +** +** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of +** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the +** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit +** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned +** in this case. +** +** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is +** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes +** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned. +*/ +static int readJournalHdr( + Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ + int isHot, + i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */ + u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */ + u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ + i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */ + + assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ + + /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the + ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this + ** point, return SQLITE_DONE. + */ + pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); + if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){ + return SQLITE_DONE; + } + iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; + + /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match + ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return + ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, + ** proceed. + */ + if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){ + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff); + if( rc ){ + return rc; + } + if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){ + return SQLITE_DONE; + } + } + + /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec + ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start + ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong. + */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec)) + || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit)) + || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize)) + ){ + return rc; + } + + if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ + u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */ + u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */ + + /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize)) + || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize)) + ){ + return rc; + } + + /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the + ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize + ** variable is already set to the correct page size. + */ + if( iPageSize==0 ){ + iPageSize = pPager->pageSize; + } + + /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields + ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power + ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their + ** respective compile time maximum limits. + */ + if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32 + || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE + || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 + ){ + /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is + ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have + ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading + ** the journal file here. + */ + return SQLITE_DONE; + } + + /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. + ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within + ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested. + */ + rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + + /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by + ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was + ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine + ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value + ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine. + */ + pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize; + } + + pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager +** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last +** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the +** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before +** anything is written. The format is: +** +** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO. +** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8. +** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator). +** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum. +** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. +** +** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master +** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. +** +** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), +** this call is a no-op. +*/ +static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */ + i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */ + i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */ + u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */ + + assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); + assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + + if( !zMaster + || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY + || !isOpen(pPager->jfd) + ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + pPager->setMaster = 1; + assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); + + /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */ + for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){ + cksum += zMaster[nMaster]; + } + + /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing + ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to + ** the journal has already been synced. + */ + if( pPager->fullSync ){ + pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); + } + iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; + + /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If + ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller. + */ + if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)))) + || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4))) + || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster))) + || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum))) + || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, + iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8))) + ){ + return rc; + } + pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20); + + /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical + ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name + ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is + ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file + ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine + ** whether or not the journal is hot. + ** + ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal + ** file to the required size. + */ + if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize)) + && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff + ){ + rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache. +*/ +static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ + pPager->iDataVersion++; + sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); + sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache); +} + +/* +** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){ + assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN ); + return pPager->iDataVersion; +} + +/* +** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both +** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal +** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode. +*/ +static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){ + int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */ + for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ + sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); + } + if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){ + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd); + } + sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint); + pPager->aSavepoint = 0; + pPager->nSavepoint = 0; + pPager->nSubRec = 0; +} + +/* +** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint +** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful +** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs. +*/ +static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ + int ii; /* Loop counter */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ + + for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ + PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii]; + if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){ + rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno); + testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not +** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN +** state. +** +** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is +** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does +** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is +** closed (if it is open). +** +** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the +** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to +** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode +** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated +** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction +** is opened (by this or by any other connection). +*/ +static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ + + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER + || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN + || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR + ); + + sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); + pPager->pInJournal = 0; + releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); + + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); + sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); + pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; + }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ + int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */ + int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0; + + /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then + ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise + ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file + ** out from under us. + */ + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); + if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN) + || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5) + ){ + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); + } + + /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database + ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment + ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this + ** is necessary. + */ + rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){ + pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK; + } + + /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here + ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error + ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below. + */ + assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); + pPager->changeCountDone = 0; + pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; + } + + /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be + ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager, + ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both + ** normal and exclusive-locking mode. + */ + assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); + if( pPager->errCode ){ + if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){ + pager_reset(pPager); + pPager->changeCountDone = 0; + pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; + }else{ + pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER); + } + if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); + pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; + } + + pPager->journalOff = 0; + pPager->journalHdr = 0; + pPager->setMaster = 0; +} + +/* +** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires +** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred. +** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second +** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The +** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. +** +** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the +** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code +** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state, +** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode. +** +** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache +** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding +** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when +** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need +** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if +** it were a hot-journal). +*/ +static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ + int rc2 = rc & 0xff; + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); + assert( + pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || + pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || + (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR + ); + if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){ + pPager->errCode = rc; + pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; + } + return rc; +} + +static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage); + +/* +** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1) +** or rolled back (bCommit==0). +** +** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk. +** +** Rules: +** +** * For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk. This is necessary +** for transactions to be durable. +** +** * Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing +** file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and +** when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total +** cache size. +*/ +static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){ + if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1; + if( !bCommit ) return 0; + if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0; + return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25); +} + +/* +** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by +** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called +** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening +** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a +** database transaction. +** +** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called +** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less +** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op. +** +** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released. +** +** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal +** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a +** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this +** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized +** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and +** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows: +** +** journalMode==MEMORY +** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an +** in-memory journal. +** +** journalMode==TRUNCATE +** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size. +** +** journalMode==PERSIST +** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates +** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal +** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back. +** +** journalMode==DELETE +** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete(). +** +** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing +** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is +** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under +** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead. +** +** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state. +** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is +** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during +** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the +** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the +** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still +** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the +** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related +** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is +** returned. +*/ +static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */ + int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */ + + /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction + ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there + ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is + ** held under two circumstances: + ** + ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with + ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. + ** + ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE + ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a + ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER + ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed. + */ + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); + if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); + assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 ); + if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ + assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + + /* Finalize the journal file. */ + if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){ + /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */ + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); + }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){ + if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){ + /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away. + ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and + ** cause the last transaction to roll back. See + ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773 + */ + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); + } + } + pPager->journalOff = 0; + }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST + || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) + ){ + rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile); + pPager->journalOff = 0; + }else{ + /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if + ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal + ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to + ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. + */ + int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile; + assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 ); + assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE + || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY + || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + ); + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); + if( bDelete ){ + rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync); + } + } + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES + sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash); + if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){ + PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1); + if( p ){ + p->pageHash = 0; + sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p); + } + } +#endif + + sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); + pPager->pInJournal = 0; + pPager->nRec = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){ + sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); + }else{ + sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache); + } + sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize); + } + + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in + ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE + ** lock held on the database file. + */ + rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); + assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){ + /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal + ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image. + ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction + ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the + ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum + ** required size. */ + assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ + rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + if( !pPager->exclusiveMode + && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0)) + ){ + rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); + pPager->changeCountDone = 0; + } + pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; + pPager->setMaster = 0; + + return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); +} + +/* +** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the +** database file. +** +** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt +** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The +** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock +** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this +** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next +** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) +** will roll it back. +** +** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or +** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause +** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the +** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. +*/ +static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ + if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){ + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); + pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); + } + } + pager_unlock(pPager); +} + +/* +** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes +** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the +** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit. +** +** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the +** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte +** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200). +** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. +** +** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an +** incompatible journal file format. +** +** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely +** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. +** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be +** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, +** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. +*/ +static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ + u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */ + int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */ + while( i>0 ){ + cksum += aData[i]; + i -= 200; + } + return cksum; +} + +/* +** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back +** to the codec. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC +static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){ + if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){ + pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize, + (int)pPager->nReserve); + } +} +#else +# define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */ +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC +/* +** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination +** pager as it is in the source. This comes up when a VACUUM changes the +** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){ + if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){ + pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve; + pagerReportSize(pDest); + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or +** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page. +** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset +** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal. +** +** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does +** not. +** +** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file +** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is +** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned. +** +** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already +** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back +** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback. +** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set +** prior to returning. +** +** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file +** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs +** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing +** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data +** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be +** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in +** two circumstances: +** +** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or +** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file +** and the checksum field does not match the record content. +** +** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback. +** +** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically +** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails, +** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. +*/ +static int pager_playback_one_page( + Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */ + i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */ + Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */ + int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */ + int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */ +){ + int rc; + PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ + Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */ + u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ + char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */ + sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */ + int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */ + + assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */ + assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */ + assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */ + assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */ + + aData = pPager->pTmpSpace; + assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */ + assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) ); + + /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction + ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is + ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager + ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback + ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal. + */ + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD + || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) + ); + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl ); + + /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal + ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs. + */ + jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd; + rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4; + + /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally + ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written, + ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to + ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it. + */ + if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ + assert( !isSavepnt ); + return SQLITE_DONE; + } + if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( isMainJrnl ){ + rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum); + if( rc ) return rc; + if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){ + return SQLITE_DONE; + } + } + + /* If this page has already been played back before during the current + ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again. + */ + if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting + */ + if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){ + pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20]; + pagerReportSize(pPager); + } + + /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this + ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, + ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. + ** + ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode + ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may + ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs + ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache + ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not + ** assert()able. + ** + ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the + ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked + ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for + ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty + ** if the pager is in OPEN state. + ** + ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is + ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. + ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement + ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a + ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know + ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback + ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the + ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can + ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be + ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be + ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced + ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else + ** the page is marked as needSync==0. + ** + ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it + ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist. + ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened. + */ + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + pPg = 0; + }else{ + pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); + } + assert( pPg || !MEMDB ); + assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile ); + PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n", + PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData), + (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal") + )); + if( isMainJrnl ){ + isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr); + }else{ + isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); + } + if( isOpen(pPager->fd) + && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) + && isSynced + ){ + i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; + testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ); + assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); + if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ + pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; + } + if( pPager->pBackup ){ + CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); + sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); + CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData); + } + }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){ + /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to + ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential + ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it + ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be + ** current. + ** + ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite + ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen + ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then + ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage(). + ** + ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing + ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty + ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as + ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written. + */ + assert( isSavepnt ); + assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 ); + pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1); + assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 ); + pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); + } + if( pPg ){ + /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except + ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the + ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result + ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to + ** sqlite3PagerRollback(). + */ + void *pData; + pData = pPg->pData; + memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize); + pPager->xReiniter(pPg); + /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here. But + ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache + ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so + ** has been removed. */ + pager_set_pagehash(pPg); + + /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. + ** Do this before any decoding. */ + if( pgno==1 ){ + memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); + } + + /* Decode the page just read from disk */ + CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); + sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal +** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back. +** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file, +** and does so if it is. +** +** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not +** available for use within this function. +** +** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names +** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 +** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a +** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal +** file for a transaction involving two databases might be: +** +** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00" +** +** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child +** journals have been rolled back. +** +** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into +** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For +** each child journal, it checks if: +** +** * if the child journal exists, and if so +** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal +** file zMaster +** +** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria +** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if +** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from +** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete(). +** +** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This +** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation +** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors +** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. +** +** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load +** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be +** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page +** size. +*/ +static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; + int rc; /* Return code */ + sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */ + sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */ + char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */ + i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */ + char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */ + char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */ + int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */ + + /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors. + ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading. + */ + pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); + pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile); + if( !pMaster ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + }else{ + const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL); + rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; + + /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from + ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain + ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master + ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals. + */ + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; + nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; + zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1); + if( !zMasterJournal ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + goto delmaster_out; + } + zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1]; + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; + zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0; + + zJournal = zMasterJournal; + while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){ + int exists; + rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto delmaster_out; + } + if( exists ){ + /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists. + ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If + ** so, return without deleting the master journal file. + */ + int c; + int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL); + rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto delmaster_out; + } + + rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr); + sqlite3OsClose(pJournal); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto delmaster_out; + } + + c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0; + if( c ){ + /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */ + goto delmaster_out; + } + } + zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1); + } + + sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); + rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); + +delmaster_out: + sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal); + if( pMaster ){ + sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); + assert( !isOpen(pJournal) ); + sqlite3_free(pMaster); + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** This function is used to change the actual size of the database +** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction, +** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal). +** +** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either +** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size +** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). +** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS +** xTruncate() method to truncate it. +** +** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than +** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if +** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it +** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to +** the end of the new file instead. +** +** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying +** the database file, return the error code to the caller. +*/ +static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); + assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER ); + + if( isOpen(pPager->fd) + && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) + ){ + i64 currentSize, newSize; + int szPage = pPager->pageSize; + assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */ + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize); + newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){ + if( currentSize>newSize ){ + rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize); + }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){ + char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace; + memset(pTmp, 0, szPage); + testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize ); + testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize ); + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pPager->dbFileSize = nPage; + } + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The +** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ + int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile); + if( iRet<32 ){ + iRet = 512; + }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){ + assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 ); + iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE; + } + return iRet; +} + +/* +** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given +** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method +** of the open database file. The sector size will be used +** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and +** master journal pointers within created journal files. +** +** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes. +** +** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is +** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if +** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it +** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. +** +** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set +** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of +** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that +** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in +** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero +** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector +** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format, +** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512. +*/ +static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ + assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); + + if( pPager->tempFile + || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & + SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0 + ){ + /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file + ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize() + ** call will segfault. */ + pPager->sectorSize = 512; + }else{ + pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd); + } +} + +/* +** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to +** the state it was in before we started making changes. +** +** The journal file format is as follows: +** +** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. +** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records +** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the +** number of page records from the journal size. +** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the +** sanity checksum. +** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the +** database to during a rollback. +** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header +** is this many bytes in size. +** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size. +** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size. +** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows: +** + 4 byte page number. +** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data. +** + 4 byte checksum +** +** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above. +** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item. +** +** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of +** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the +** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power +** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the +** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but +** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case, +** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For +** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header. +** +** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed +** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the +** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption +** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be +** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. +** +** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed +** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled +** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file +** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had +** been encountered. +** +** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted +** and an error code is returned. +** +** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal +** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is +** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE. +** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling +** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is +** needed. +*/ +static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; + i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */ + u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */ + u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ + Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ + int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ + int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */ + char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */ + int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */ + int nPlayback = 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */ + + /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if + ** the journal is empty. + */ + assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto end_playback; + } + + /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present. + ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not + ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be + ** played back. + ** + ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that + ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that + ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c, + ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value + ** for pageSize. + */ + zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; + rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){ + rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); + } + zMaster = 0; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){ + goto end_playback; + } + pPager->journalOff = 0; + needPagerReset = isHot; + + /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or + ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error + ** occurs. + */ + while( 1 ){ + /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are + ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or + ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it. + ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. + */ + rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + goto end_playback; + } + + /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process + ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal + ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute + ** the value of nRec based on this assumption. + */ + if( nRec==0xffffffff ){ + assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); + nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); + } + + /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this + ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means + ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been + ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining + ** size of the file. + ** + ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565. + ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next + ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But + ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in + ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional + ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages + ** should be computed based on the journal file size. + */ + if( nRec==0 && !isHot && + pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ + nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); + } + + /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the + ** database file back to its original size. + */ + if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ + rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto end_playback; + } + pPager->dbSize = mxPg; + } + + /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the + ** database file and/or page cache. + */ + for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){ + if( needPagerReset ){ + pager_reset(pPager); + needPagerReset = 0; + } + rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + nPlayback++; + }else{ + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + pPager->journalOff = szJ; + break; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ + /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and + ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was + ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that + ** case, the database should have never been written in the + ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + goto end_playback; + }else{ + /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error + ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state + ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next + ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database. + */ + goto end_playback; + } + } + } + } + /*NOTREACHED*/ + assert( 0 ); + +end_playback: + /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original + ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the + ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the + ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){ + sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0); + } +#endif + + /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or + ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but + ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter + ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive + ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not + ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency + ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just + ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now. + */ + pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; + rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK + && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) + ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){ + /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success, + ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. + */ + rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + } + if( isHot && nPlayback ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s", + nPlayback, pPager->zJournal); + } + + /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling + ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size + ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process. + */ + setSectorSize(pPager); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into +** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database +** file before this function is called. +** +** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to +** the value read from the database file. +** +** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller. +** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. +*/ +static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){ + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */ + Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; /* Page number to read */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */ + + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB ); + assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + if( iFrame ){ + /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */ + rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData); + }else +#endif + { + i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset); + if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + if( pgno==1 ){ + if( rc ){ + /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something + ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy + ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be + ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39 + ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling + ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice. + ** + ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes + ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of + ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so + ** we should still be ok. + */ + memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); + }else{ + u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24]; + memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); + } + } + CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); + + PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); + PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); + IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); + PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", + PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg))); + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in +** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96. +** +** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter() +** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually +** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable. +*/ +static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){ + u32 change_counter; + + /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ + change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1; + put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter); + + /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in + ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number + ** is valid. */ + put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter); + put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +/* +** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been +** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back. +** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument +** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure. +** +** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references, +** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding +** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the +** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, +** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. +*/ +static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx; + PgHdr *pPg; + + assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg); + if( pPg ){ + if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){ + sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); + }else{ + u32 iFrame = 0; + rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pPager->xReiniter(pPg); + } + sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); + } + } + + /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are + ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the + ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as + ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one + ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore + ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction, + ** the backups must be restarted. + */ + sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database. +*/ +static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */ + + /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already + ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the + ** following: + ** + ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or + ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0). + */ + pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; + rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager); + pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); + while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; + rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno); + pList = pNext; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging +** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty), +** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have +** changed. +** +** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number. +** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page. +*/ +static int pagerWalFrames( + Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ + PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */ + Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ + int isCommit /* True if this is a commit */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int nList; /* Number of pages in pList */ + PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */ + + assert( pPager->pWal ); + assert( pList ); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */ + for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){ + assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno ); + } +#endif + + assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit ); + if( isCommit ){ + /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing + ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file. + ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty + ** list here. */ + PgHdr **ppNext = &pList; + nList = 0; + for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){ + if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){ + ppNext = &p->pDirty; + nList++; + } + } + assert( pList ); + }else{ + nList = 1; + } + pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList; + + if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); + rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, + pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){ + for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ + sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData); + } + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES + pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); + for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ + pager_set_pagehash(p); + } +#endif + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Begin a read transaction on the WAL. +** +** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially +** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves +** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by +** other writers or checkpointers. +*/ +static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */ + + assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); + + /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous + ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we + ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called, + ** the duplicate call is harmless. + */ + sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); + + rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){ + pager_reset(pPager); + if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); + } + + return rc; +} +#endif + +/* +** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN +** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file +** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize). +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database +** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps +** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified. +*/ +static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){ + Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */ + + /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize() + ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or + ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not + ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or + ** contains no valid committed transactions. + */ + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); + assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); + assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); + assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); + nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal); + + /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the + ** WAL sub-system, determine the page counte based on the size of + ** the database file. If the size of the database file is not an + ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result. + */ + if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){ + i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */ + int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize); + } + + /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the + ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so + ** that the file can be read. + */ + if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){ + pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage; + } + + *pnPage = nPage; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +/* +** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager +** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does +** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty. +** +** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager +** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and +** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to +** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code. +** +** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this +** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete +** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition +** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some +** other connection. +*/ +static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); + assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); + + if( !pPager->tempFile ){ + int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */ + Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */ + + rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + if( nPage==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + isWal = 0; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3OsAccess( + pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal + ); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( isWal ){ + testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); + rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0); + }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ + pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE; + } + } + } + return rc; +} +#endif + +/* +** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback +** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when +** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction +** savepoint. +** +** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is +** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages, +** performed in the order specified: +** +** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte +** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to +** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal +** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero. +** +** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played +** back starting from the journal header immediately following +** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file. +** +** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting +** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of +** the journal file. +** +** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the +** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the +** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only +** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal. +** +** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main +** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case. +** +** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable +** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint +** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value +** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped. +*/ +static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ + i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */ + i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */ + + assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); + + /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */ + if( pSavepoint ){ + pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig); + if( !pDone ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + } + + /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint + ** being reverted was opened. + */ + pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize; + pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; + + if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + return pagerRollbackWal(pPager); + } + + /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback + ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in + ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything + ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us. + */ + szJ = pPager->journalOff; + assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 ); + + /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at + ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header. + ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number + ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those + ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they + ** are played back. + */ + if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ; + pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset; + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){ + rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); + } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); + }else{ + pPager->journalOff = 0; + } + + /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at + ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end + ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and + ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone. + */ + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){ + u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ + u32 nJRec = 0; /* Number of Journal Records */ + u32 dummy; + rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); + + /* + ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff" + ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the + ** pager_playback() function for additional information. + */ + if( nJRec==0 + && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff + ){ + nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); + } + for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){ + rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); + } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); + } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ ); + + /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were + ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone) + ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped. + */ + if( pSavepoint ){ + u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ + i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); + + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData); + } + for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){ + assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) ); + rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1); + } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); + } + + sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pPager->journalOff = szJ; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed +** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ + sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); +} + +/* +** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed +** before attempting to spill pages to journal. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ + return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); +} + +/* +** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap. +*/ +static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){ +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; + if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ + sqlite3_int64 sz; + sz = pPager->szMmap; + pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0); + sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz); + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){ + pPager->szMmap = szMmap; + pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); +} + +/* +** Free as much memory as possible from the pager. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){ + sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache); +} + +/* +** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter. +** +** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness +** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by +** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals. +** There are four levels: +** +** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default +** for temporary and transient files. +** +** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the +** database. This is normally adequate protection, but +** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely, +** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal +** in a state which would cause damage to the database +** when it is rolled back. +** +** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the +** database (with some additional information - the nRec field +** of the journal header - being written in between the two +** syncs). If we assume that writing a +** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides +** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the +** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. +** +** EXTRA This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory +** that contains the rollback journal after the rollback +** journal is unlinked. +** +** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues +** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced +** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced +** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL +** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for +** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL +** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the +** syncs associated with NORMAL. There is no difference between FULL +** and EXTRA for WAL mode. +** +** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The +** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync +** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an +** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL +** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the +** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when +** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms. +** +** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, +** and FULL=3. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags( + Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */ + unsigned pgFlags /* Various flags */ +){ + unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK; + if( pPager->tempFile ){ + pPager->noSync = 1; + pPager->fullSync = 0; + pPager->extraSync = 0; + }else{ + pPager->noSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0; + pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0; + pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0; + } + if( pPager->noSync ){ + pPager->syncFlags = 0; + pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0; + }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){ + pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; + pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; + }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){ + pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; + pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; + }else{ + pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; + pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; + } + pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags; + if( pPager->fullSync ){ + pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; + } + if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){ + pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF; + }else{ + pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF; + } +} +#endif + +/* +** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library +** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for +** testing and analysis only. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; +#endif + +/* +** Open a temporary file. +** +** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success +** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically +** delete the temporary file when it is closed. +** +** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified +** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following: +** +** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE +** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE +** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE +** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE +*/ +static int pagerOpentemp( + Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */ + sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */ + int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */ +#endif + + vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | + SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; + rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Set the busy handler function. +** +** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns +** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock, +** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE +** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from +** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE +** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary: +** +** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler +** -------------------------------------------------------- +** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes +** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No +** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No +** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes +** +** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is +** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is +** returned to the caller of the pager API function. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler( + Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ + int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */ + void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */ +){ + pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler; + pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg; + + if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ + void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler; + assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler ); + assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg ); + sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap); + } +} + +/* +** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size +** is passed in *pPageSize. +** +** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it +** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. +** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL). +** +** Otherwise, if all of the following are true: +** +** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power +** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and +** +** * there are no outstanding page references, and +** +** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is +** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages. +** +** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize. +** +** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() +** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt +** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. +** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned. +** +** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated +** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this +** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, +** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this + ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state + ** of the Pager object is internally consistent. + ** + ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in + ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that + ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function + ** is a no-op for that case anyhow. + */ + + u32 pageSize = *pPageSize; + assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); + if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) + && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 + && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize + ){ + char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */ + i64 nByte = 0; + + if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize); + if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pager_reset(pPager); + rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); + pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; + pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize); + pPager->pageSize = pageSize; + }else{ + sqlite3PageFree(pNew); + } + } + + *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve; + assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 ); + pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve; + pagerReportSize(pPager); + pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally +** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the +** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally +** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback +** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as +** no rollbacks are happening. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){ + return pPager->pTmpSpace; +} + +/* +** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. +** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the +** maximum page count below the current size of the database. +** +** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ + if( mxPage>0 ){ + pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; + } + assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */ + assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */ + return pPager->mxPgno; +} + +/* +** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated +** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated +** errors in places where we do not care about errors. +** +** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops +** and generate no code. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; +static int saved_cnt; +void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){ + saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending; + sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1; +} +void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ + sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt; +} +#else +# define disable_simulated_io_errors() +# define enable_simulated_io_errors() +#endif + +/* +** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory +** that pDest points to. +** +** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or +** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is +** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this +** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or +** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes. +** +** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered, +** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the +** output buffer undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + memset(pDest, 0, N); + assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); + + /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating + ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition + ** to WAL mode yet. + */ + assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + + if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ + IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on +** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database. +** +** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then +** this is considered a 1 page file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); + assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ); + *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize; +} + + +/* +** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If +** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op +** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately). +** +** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke +** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat +** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to +** obtain the lock succeeds. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain +** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state +** variable to locktype before returning. +*/ +static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + + /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is + ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler + ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above + ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(). + */ + assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype) + || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK) + || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) + ); + + do { + rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype); + }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the +** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache: +** +** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the +** current database image, in pages, OR +** +** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not +** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal +** (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()). +** +** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the +** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress() +** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to +** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after +** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current +** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either +** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and +** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the +** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that +** this circumstance cannot arise. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){ + assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); + assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize ); +} +static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){ + sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb); +} +#else +# define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) +#endif + +/* +** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This +** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It +** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the +** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed. +** +** This function is only called right before committing a transaction. +** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be +** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and +** then continue writing to the database. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ + assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage ); + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); + pPager->dbSize = nPage; + + /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to + ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are, + ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint + ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled + ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only + ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the + ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), + ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call + ** is no longer correct. */ +} + + +/* +** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It +** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the +** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows +** that the entire journal file has been synced. +** +** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures +** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that +** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal +** content as this process. +** +** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, +** an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( !pPager->noSync ){ + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. +** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch(). +** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference +** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set +** *ppPage to zero. +** +** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released +** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage(). +*/ +static int pagerAcquireMapPage( + Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ + Pgno pgno, /* Page number */ + void *pData, /* xFetch()'d data for this page */ + PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */ +){ + PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */ + + if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){ + *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist; + pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty; + p->pDirty = 0; + memset(p->pExtra, 0, pPager->nExtra); + }else{ + *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra); + if( p==0 ){ + sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData); + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1]; + p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP; + p->nRef = 1; + p->pPager = pPager; + } + + assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] ); + assert( p->pPage==0 ); + assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP ); + assert( p->pPager==pPager ); + assert( p->nRef==1 ); + + p->pgno = pgno; + p->pData = pData; + pPager->nMmapOut++; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an +** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage(). +*/ +static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){ + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; + pPager->nMmapOut--; + pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist; + pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg; + + assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ); + sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData); +} + +/* +** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list. +*/ +static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){ + PgHdr *p; + PgHdr *pNext; + for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){ + pNext = p->pDirty; + sqlite3_free(p); + } +} + + +/* +** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. +** +** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that +** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated +** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated +** with this page cache after this function returns will likely +** result in a coredump. +** +** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt +** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback +** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned +** to the caller. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){ + u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace; + + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + disable_simulated_io_errors(); + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager); + /* pPager->errCode = 0; */ + pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp); + pPager->pWal = 0; +#endif + pager_reset(pPager); + if( MEMDB ){ + pager_unlock(pPager); + }else{ + /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback. + ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal + ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs + ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt. + ** + ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager + ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the + ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it + ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal + ** rollback before accessing the database file. + */ + if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ + pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager)); + } + pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); + } + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + enable_simulated_io_errors(); + PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); + IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); + sqlite3PageFree(pTmp); + sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache); + +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); +#endif + + assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal ); + assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ); + + sqlite3_free(pPager); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) +/* +** Return the page number for page pPg. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){ + return pPg->pgno; +} +#endif + +/* +** Increment the reference count for page pPg. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ + sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg); +} + +/* +** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have +** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the +** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback. +** +** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op. +** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the +** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows: +** +** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need +** be taken. +** +** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property, +** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header +** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have +** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync +** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated. +** +** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then +** journal file is synced. +** +** Or, in pseudo-code: +** +** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){ +** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){ +** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>); +** <update nRec field> +** } +** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>); +** } +** +** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every +** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO +** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller. +*/ +static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD + ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + + rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + if( !pPager->noSync ){ + assert( !pPager->tempFile ); + if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ + const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); + assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); + + if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ + /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection + ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal + ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger + ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal + ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the + ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure + ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes + ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its + ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the + ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all + ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old, + ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption. + ** + ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain + ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00 + ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized. + ** + ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this + ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used + ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of + ** the potential journal header. + */ + i64 iNextHdrOffset; + u8 aMagic[8]; + u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4]; + + memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); + put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec); + + iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager); + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){ + static const u8 zerobyte = 0; + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ + return rc; + } + + /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in + ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that + ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark + ** it as a candidate for rollback. + ** + ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the + ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible + ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field + ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written + ** and never needs to be updated. + */ + if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ + PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); + IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr)); + rc = sqlite3OsWrite( + pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ + PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); + IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| + (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + + pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; + if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ + pPager->nRec = 0; + rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + }else{ + pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; + } + } + + /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just + ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on + ** all pages. + */ + sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); + pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD; + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected +** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the +** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may +** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is +** a no-op. +** +** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function +** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock +** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained, +** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file. +** +** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file +** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is +** written out. +** +** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened, +** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing +** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria: +** +** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or +** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page. +** +** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize +** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached +** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in +** the database file. +** +** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error +** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot +** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned. +*/ +static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + + /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */ + assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); + assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 ); + + /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It + ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch + ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files. + */ + if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ + assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK ); + rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags); + } + + /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final + ** file size will be. + */ + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK + && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize + && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize) + ){ + sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize; + sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile); + pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; + } + + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ + Pgno pgno = pList->pgno; + + /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater + ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to + ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write + ** any such pages to the file. + ** + ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag + ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()). + */ + if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ + i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */ + char *pData; /* Data to write */ + + assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); + if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); + + /* Encode the database */ + CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData); + + /* Write out the page data. */ + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); + + /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match + ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this + ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. + */ + if( pgno==1 ){ + memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); + } + if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ + pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; + } + pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; + + /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */ + sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData); + + PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", + PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList))); + IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); + PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count); + }else{ + PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno)); + } + pager_set_pagehash(pList); + pList = pList->pDirty; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this +** function is a no-op. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An +** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() +** fails. +*/ +static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ + const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE + | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE + | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; + int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; + if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){ + nStmtSpill = -1; + } + rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. +** +** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs +** for all open savepoints before returning. +** +** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO +** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or +** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint +** bitvec. +*/ +static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; + if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ + + /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */ + assert( pPager->useJournal ); + assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) ); + assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 ); + assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) + || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) + || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize + ); + rc = openSubJournal(pPager); + + /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open), + ** write the journal record into the file. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + void *pData = pPg->pData; + i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); + char *pData2; + + CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2); + PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); + rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); + } + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pPager->nSubRec++; + assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ); + rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); + } + return rc; +} +static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){ + if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ + return subjournalPage(pPg); + }else{ + return SQLITE_OK; + } +} + +/* +** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some +** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object +** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory +** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is +** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page +** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first +** argument. +** +** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents +** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the +** journal file. +** +** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and +** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the +** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be +** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK +** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called. +*/ +static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ + Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); + assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); + + /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of + ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs + ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple + ** pages belonging to the same sector. + ** + ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling + ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required. This is set during + ** a rollback or by user request, respectively. + ** + ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could + ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it + ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3 + ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to + ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER() + ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes. + */ + if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK; + testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK ); + testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF ); + testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC ); + if( pPager->doNotSpill + && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0 + || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0) + ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + pPg->pDirty = 0; + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */ + rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0); + } + }else{ + + /* Sync the journal file if required. */ + if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD + ){ + rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1); + } + + /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); + rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg); + } + } + + /* Mark the page as clean. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); + sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); + } + + return pager_error(pPager, rc); +} + +/* +** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = pPager->errCode; + if( !MEMDB ){ + PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ + PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; + if( pList->nRef==0 ){ + rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList); + } + pList = pNext; + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it +** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it +** to sqlite3PagerClose(). +** +** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open. +** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created +** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted +** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then +** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. +** This can be used to implement an in-memory database. +** +** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated +** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user +** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. +** +** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the +** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination +** of the PAGER_* flags. +** +** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter +** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. +** +** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened +** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to +** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL +** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM +** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or +** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */ + Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */ + const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */ + int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */ + int flags, /* flags controlling this file */ + int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ + void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */ +){ + u8 *pPtr; + Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */ + int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */ + int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */ + int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */ + char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */ + int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */ + int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */ + int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */ + u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */ + const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */ + int nUri = 0; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */ + + /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle + ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). */ + journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); + + /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */ + *ppPager = 0; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB + if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){ + memDb = 1; + if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ + zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename); + if( zPathname==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); + zFilename = 0; + } + } +#endif + + /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed + ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file, + ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0. + */ + if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ + const char *z; + nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; + zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2); + if( zPathname==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */ + rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); + nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); + z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1]; + while( *z ){ + z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; + z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; + } + nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri); + assert( nUri>=0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){ + /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by + ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname + ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened, + ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even + ** check for a hot-journal before reading. + */ + rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); + return rc; + } + } + + /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the + ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal + ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows: + ** + ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes) + ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes) + ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes) + ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) + ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) + ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes) + ** Journal file name (nPathname+8+1 bytes) + */ + pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero( + ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */ + ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */ + ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */ + journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */ + nPathname + 1 + nUri + /* zFilename */ + nPathname + 8 + 2 /* zJournal */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + + nPathname + 4 + 2 /* zWal */ +#endif + ); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) ); + if( !pPtr ){ + sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + pPager = (Pager*)(pPtr); + pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager))); + pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize)); + pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile)); + pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); + pPager->zFilename = (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) ); + + /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */ + if( zPathname ){ + assert( nPathname>0 ); + pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri); + memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname); + if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri); + memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname); + memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2); + sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1]; + memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname); + memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1); + sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal); +#endif + sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); + } + pPager->pVfs = pVfs; + pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags; + + /* Open the pager file. + */ + if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ + int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */ + rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout); + assert( !memDb ); + readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); + + /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access, + ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the + ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of: + ** + ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, + ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize() + ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); + if( !readOnly ){ + setSectorSize(pPager); + assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE); + if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){ + if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){ + szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; + }else{ + szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize; + } + } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE + { + int ii; + assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); + assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); + assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536); + for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){ + if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){ + szPageDflt = ii; + } + } + } +#endif + } + pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0); + if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0 + || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){ + vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; + goto act_like_temp_file; + } + } + }else{ + /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately. + ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually + ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite(). + ** + ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory + ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to + ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal. + ** + ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable. + */ +act_like_temp_file: + tempFile = 1; + pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; /* Pretend we already have a lock */ + pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */ + pPager->noLock = 1; /* Do no locking */ + readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); + } + + /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of + ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( pPager->memDb==0 ); + rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + } + + /* Initialize the PCache object. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( nExtra<1000 ); + nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra); + rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb, + !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache); + } + + /* If an error occurred above, free the Pager structure and close the file. + */ + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); + sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); + sqlite3_free(pPager); + return rc; + } + + PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename)); + IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename)) + + pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal; + /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ + /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ + /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ + /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ + /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ + /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ + pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; + /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ + /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ + pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile; + assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL + || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); + assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); + pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; + pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; + pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb; + pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly; + assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile ); + pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile; + if( pPager->noSync ){ + assert( pPager->fullSync==0 ); + assert( pPager->extraSync==0 ); + assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 ); + assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 ); + assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 ); + }else{ + pPager->fullSync = 1; + pPager->extraSync = 0; + pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; + pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; + pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; + } + /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ + /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ + /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ + pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra; + pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT; + assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile ); + setSectorSize(pPager); + if( !useJournal ){ + pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF; + }else if( memDb ){ + pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY; + } + /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */ + /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */ + pPager->xReiniter = xReinit; + /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */ + /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */ + + *ppPager = pPager; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +/* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from +** under the pager. Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought +** to be on disk. Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error +** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing. +*/ +static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){ + int bHasMoved = 0; + int rc; + + if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK; + if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] ); + rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ + /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file + ** has not been moved. That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to + ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){ + rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED; + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to +** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in +** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that +** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal +** file exists if the following criteria are met: +** +** * The journal file exists in the file system, and +** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and +** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and +** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00. +** +** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file +** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior +** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is +** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK +** is returned. +** +** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename +** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file +** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this +** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback() +** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and +** will not roll it back. +** +** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and +** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is +** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying +** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error +** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined. +*/ +static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ + sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */ + int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd); + + assert( pPager->useJournal ); + assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); + + assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) & + SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN + )); + + *pExists = 0; + if( !jrnlOpen ){ + rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){ + int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ + + /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the + ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() + ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before + ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that + ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when + ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will + ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883. + */ + rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){ + Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */ + + assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); + rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the + ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where + ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial + ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back. + ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted. However, take care + ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to + ** journal_mode=PERSIST. + */ + if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){ + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); + if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); + } + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + }else{ + /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved + ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is + ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file. + ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, + ** it can be ignored. + */ + if( !jrnlOpen ){ + int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; + rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u8 first = 0; + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + if( !jrnlOpen ){ + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); + } + *pExists = (first!=0); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ + /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if + ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or + ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in + ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot. + ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the + ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal + ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to + ** worry so much with race conditions. + */ + *pExists = 1; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + } + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file. +** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function +** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when +** this function is called, it is a no-op. +** +** The following operations are also performed by this function. +** +** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held +** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a +** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining +** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal, +** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal +** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking +** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and +** discarded if they are found to be invalid. +** +** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently +** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state, +** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding +** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal +** file. +** +** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error +** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or +** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + + /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no + ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either + ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in + ** exclusive access mode. */ + assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); + assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); + + if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){ + int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */ + + assert( !MEMDB ); + assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + + rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ); + goto failed; + } + + /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the + ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. + */ + if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){ + rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto failed; + } + if( bHotJournal ){ + if( pPager->readOnly ){ + rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK; + goto failed; + } + + /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is + ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the + ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the + ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the + ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the + ** hot-journal back. + ** + ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any + ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to + ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock + ** on the database file. + ** + ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is + ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns. + */ + rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto failed; + } + + /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the + ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because + ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open + ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access + ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist + ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems). + ** + ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some + ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before + ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it + ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this + ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. + */ + if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ + sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; + int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */ + rc = sqlite3OsAccess( + pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){ + int fout = 0; + int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; + assert( !pPager->tempFile ); + rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ + rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); + } + } + } + + /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write + ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before + ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with + ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing + ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal + ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync + ** the journal before playing it back. + */ + if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile); + pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; + } + }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ + pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open + ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The + ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock + ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be + ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for + ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). + ** + ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to + ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition + ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file, + ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very + ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling + ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible + ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page + ** references. + */ + pager_error(pPager, rc); + goto failed; + } + + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); + assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK) + || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK) + ); + } + + if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){ + /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to + ** see if the database has been modified. If the database has changed, + ** flush the cache. The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from + ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a + ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up. + ** + ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning + ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are + ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The + ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when + ** a codec is in use. + ** + ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be + ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that + ** it can be neglected. + */ + Pgno nPage = 0; + char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; + + rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); + if( rc ) goto failed; + + if( nPage>0 ){ + IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ + goto failed; + } + }else{ + memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers)); + } + + if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){ + pager_reset(pPager); + + /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes + ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back + ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock. + ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears + ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this + ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */ + if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){ + sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); + } + } + } + + /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL + ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op. + */ + rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); +#endif + } + + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager); + } + + if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize); + } + + failed: + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( !MEMDB ); + pager_unlock(pPager); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); + }else{ + pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; + pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active +** transaction and unlock the pager. +** +** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in +** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is +** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op. +*/ +static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ + if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){ + pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); + } +} + +/* +** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page +** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is +** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned. +** +** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. +** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data +** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may +** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing +** object with no outstanding references. +** +** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the +** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is +** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra +** data is left as it was when the page object was last used. +** +** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a +** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the +** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no +** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the +** page is initialized to all zeros. +** +** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents +** of the page. This occurs in two scenarios: +** +** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and +** +** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load +** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read +** from the savepoint journal. +** +** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of +** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding +** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the +** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open +** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any +** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents +** will not be journaled. This saves IO. +** +** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases, +** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL. +** +** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt +** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already +** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup() +** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it +** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary. +** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks +** or journal files. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGet( + Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ + Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ + DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ + int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + PgHdr *pPg = 0; + u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */ + const int noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT); + + /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except + ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY + ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a + ** temporary or in-memory database. */ + const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1 && USEFETCH(pPager) + && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY)) +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + && pPager->xCodec==0 +#endif + ); + + /* Optimization note: Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here + ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1" + ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the + ** common case where pgno is large. */ + if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + assert( noContent==0 || bMmapOk==0 ); + + assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); + + /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately. + ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */ + if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pPager->errCode; + }else{ + if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; + } + + if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){ + void *pData = 0; + + rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, + (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData + ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){ + if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){ + pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); + } + if( pPg==0 ){ + rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg); + }else{ + sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData); + } + if( pPg ){ + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + *ppPage = pPg; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto pager_acquire_err; + } + } + + { + sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase; + pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3); + if( pBase==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; + if( pBase==0 ){ + pPg = *ppPage = 0; + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + goto pager_acquire_err; + } + } + pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase); + assert( pPg!=0 ); + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the + ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called. + ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler. */ + pPg = 0; + goto pager_acquire_err; + } + assert( pPg==(*ppPage) ); + assert( pPg->pgno==pgno ); + assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 ); + + if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){ + /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of + ** the page. Return without further ado. */ + assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); + pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++; + return SQLITE_OK; + + }else{ + /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to + ** be initialized. */ + + pPg->pPager = pPager; + + /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page + ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */ + if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto pager_acquire_err; + } + + assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB ); + if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){ + if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){ + rc = SQLITE_FULL; + goto pager_acquire_err; + } + if( noContent ){ + /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign. + ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a + ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure + ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set + ** a bit in a bit vector. + */ + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ + TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno); + testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + } + TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno); + testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + } + memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); + IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); + }else{ + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && bMmapOk==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; + } + assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); + pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++; + rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto pager_acquire_err; + } + } + pager_set_pagehash(pPg); + } + + return SQLITE_OK; + +pager_acquire_err: + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + if( pPg ){ + sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); + } + pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); + + *ppPage = 0; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do +** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, +** or 0 if the page is not in cache. +** +** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine +** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read +** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine +** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error +** has ever happened. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ + sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; + assert( pPager!=0 ); + assert( pgno!=0 ); + assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 ); + pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0); + assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ); + if( pPage==0 ) return 0; + return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage); +} + +/* +** Release a page reference. +** +** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the +** page is added to the LRU list. When all references to all pages +** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is +** removed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){ + Pager *pPager; + assert( pPg!=0 ); + pPager = pPg->pPager; + if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){ + pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg); + }else{ + sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); + } + pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ + if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); +} + +/* +** This function is called at the start of every write transaction. +** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database +** file when this routine is called. +** +** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header +** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal +** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being +** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used +** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back. +** +** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode), +** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the +** already open file. +** +** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the +** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return +** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or +** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails. +*/ +static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */ + + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); + + /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on + ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in + ** an error state. */ + if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; + + if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ + pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); + if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + + /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ + if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ + if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ + sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd); + }else{ + int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE; + int nSpill; + + if( pPager->tempFile ){ + flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL); + nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; + }else{ + flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; + nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager); + } + + /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when + ** it was originally opened. */ + rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3JournalOpen ( + pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill + ); + } + } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); + } + + + /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open + ** the sub-journal if necessary. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */ + pPager->nRec = 0; + pPager->journalOff = 0; + pPager->setMaster = 0; + pPager->journalHdr = 0; + rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); + pPager->pInJournal = 0; + }else{ + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); + pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a +** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op. +** +** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED +** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least +** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking +** functions need be called. +** +** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened +** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This +** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when +** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a +** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required +** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, +** or using a temporary file otherwise. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode; + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR ); + pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory; + + if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){ + assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); + + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an + ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now. + */ + if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){ + rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1); + } + + /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to + ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller. + ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already + ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it. + */ + rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); + }else{ + /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter + ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The + ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE + ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock. + */ + rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){ + rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state. + ** + ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD + ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED. + ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint + ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database + ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in + ** WAL mode. + */ + pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED; + pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; + pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize; + pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize; + pPager->journalOff = 0; + } + + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + } + + PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal. +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){ + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; + int rc; + u32 cksum; + char *pData2; + i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff; + + /* We should never write to the journal file the page that + ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies + ** that we do not. */ + assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); + + assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff ); + CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2); + cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); + + /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the + ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page. + ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in + ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored + ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so, + ** then corruption may follow. + */ + pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; + + rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, + pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); + PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); + PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", + PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, + ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); + + pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize; + pPager->nRec++; + assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 ); + rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); + testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the +** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into +** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the +** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs +** of any open savepoints as appropriate. +*/ +static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already + ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point. + ** It is never called in the ERROR state. + */ + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD + ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + assert( pPager->errCode==0 ); + assert( pPager->readOnly==0 ); + CHECK_PAGE(pPg); + + /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already + ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the + ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case. + ** + ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. + ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then + ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state + ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache. + */ + if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ + rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + + /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */ + sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); + + /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about + ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off + ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC. + */ + assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); + if( pPager->pInJournal!=0 + && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0 + ){ + assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); + if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ + rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + }else{ + if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){ + pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; + } + PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", + PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, + ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0))); + } + } + + /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list + ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal. Wait until now, + ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the + ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified. + */ + pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE; + + /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, + ** then write the page into the statement journal. + */ + if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){ + rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); + } + + /* Update the database size and return. */ + if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){ + pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size +** is larger than the page size. SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that +** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware. Hence, all bytes of +** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of +** a write. +** +** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which +** case pages can be individually written. This routine only runs in the +** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size. +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ + Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ + int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ + int ii; /* Loop counter */ + int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */ + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */ + Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); + + /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow + ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by + ** this function. + */ + assert( !MEMDB ); + assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 ); + pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; + + /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are + ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier + ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on. + */ + pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; + + nPageCount = pPager->dbSize; + if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ + nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; + }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ + nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1; + }else{ + nPage = nPagePerSector; + } + assert(nPage>0); + assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno); + assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno); + + for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ + Pgno pg = pg1+ii; + PgHdr *pPage; + if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){ + if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pager_write(pPage); + if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ + needSync = 1; + } + sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); + } + } + }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){ + if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ + needSync = 1; + } + sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); + } + } + + /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages + ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because + ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the + ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them + ** before any of them can be written out to the database file. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){ + assert( !MEMDB ); + for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){ + PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii); + if( pPage ){ + pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; + sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); + } + } + } + + assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 ); + pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before +** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value +** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless +** this routine returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this +** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages +** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages +** must have been written to the journal file before returning. +** +** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned +** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; + assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + if( pPager->errCode ){ + return pPager->errCode; + }else if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){ + if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); + return SQLITE_OK; + }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){ + assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); + return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg); + }else{ + return pager_write(pPg); + } +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed +** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok +** to change the content of the page. +*/ +#ifndef NDEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ + return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE; +} +#endif + +/* +** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to +** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though +** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when +** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its +** content no longer matters. +** +** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data +** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so +** that it does not get written to disk. +** +** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large +** DELETE operations. +** +** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may +** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if +** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need +** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the +** current transaction is rolled back. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; + if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){ + PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager))); + IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) + pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; + pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE; + testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ); + pager_set_pagehash(pPg); + } +} + +/* +** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file +** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at +** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at +** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96. +** +** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false. +** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once. +** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an +** unconditional update of the change counters. +** +** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling +** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the +** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current +** transaction is committed. +** +** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled +** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case, +** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly +** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the +** sqlite3OsWrite() function. +*/ +static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD + ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + + /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the + ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect + ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter + ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero. + ** + ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not + ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of + ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the + ** "if( isDirect )" condition. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE +# define DIRECT_MODE 0 + assert( isDirectMode==0 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode); +#else +# define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode +#endif + + if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){ + PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */ + + assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) ); + + /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */ + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0); + assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); + + /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not + ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in + ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet() + ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK. + */ + if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* Actually do the update of the change counter */ + pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr); + + /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */ + if( DIRECT_MODE ){ + const void *zBuf; + assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 ); + CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); + pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the + ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be + ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match). */ + const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24]; + memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); + pPager->changeCountDone = 1; + } + }else{ + pPager->changeCountDone = 1; + } + } + + /* Release the page reference. */ + sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases +** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set. +** +** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this +** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ + void *pArg = (void*)zMaster; + rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ + assert( !MEMDB ); + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in +** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. +** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on +** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one. +** +** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is +** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned. +** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is +** returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = pPager->errCode; + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED + ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name +** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual +** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master +** journal (a single database transaction). +** +** This routine ensures that: +** +** * The database file change-counter is updated, +** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used), +** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, +** * the database file is truncated (if required), and +** * the database file synced. +** +** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize +** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or +** delete the master journal file if specified). +** +** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value +** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. +** +** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself +** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to +** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the +** journal file in this case. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( + Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ + const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */ + int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD + || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR + ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + + /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */ + if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; + + /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */ + if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR; + + PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", + pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize)); + + /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */ + if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK; + + assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile ); + assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); + if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){ + /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this + ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any + ** backup in progress needs to be restarted. */ + sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); + }else{ + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); + PgHdr *pPageOne = 0; + if( pList==0 ){ + /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag. + ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */ + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0); + pList = pPageOne; + pList->pDirty = 0; + } + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ + rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1); + } + sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); + } + }else{ + /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it + ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization + ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the + ** runtime criteria to use the operation: + ** + ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for + ** blocks of size page-size, and + ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and + ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. + ** + ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the + ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change + ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but + ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() + ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call + ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect + ** mode. + ** + ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, + ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter + ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be + ** created for this transaction. + */ + #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE + PgHdr *pPg; + assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) + || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + ); + if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) + && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) + && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize + && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) + ){ + /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The + ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 + ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 + ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write + ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. + */ + rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); + } + } + #else + rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); + #endif + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; + + /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master + ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, + ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op. + */ + rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; + + /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database. + ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not + ** create the journal file or perform any real IO. + ** + ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the + ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the + ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive + ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is + ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant + ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. + */ + rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; + + rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); + goto commit_phase_one_exit; + } + sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); + + /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use + ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database + ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the + ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the + ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file + ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */ + if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){ + Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); + rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; + } + + /* Finally, sync the database file. */ + if( !noSync ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster); + } + IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) + } + } + +commit_phase_one_exit: + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED; + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** When this function is called, the database file has been completely +** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and +** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system +** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually +** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back. +** +** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, +** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used +** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is +** irrevocably committed. +** +** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager +** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + + /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred. + ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get + ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */ + if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; + + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED + || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD) + ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + + /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during + ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is + ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op. + ** + ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal + ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as + ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made + ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal + ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need + ** to drop any locks either. + */ + if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED + && pPager->exclusiveMode + && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST + ){ + assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff ); + pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); + pPager->iDataVersion++; + rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1); + return pager_error(pPager, rc); +} + +/* +** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the +** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed. +** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR +** state if an error occurs. +** +** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called, +** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case. +** +** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions: +** +** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and +** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction +** was opened, and +** +** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot +** rollback at any point in the future. +** +** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the +** rollback is successful. +** +** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the +** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to +** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or +** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); + + /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If + ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not + ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller. + */ + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode; + if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK; + + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + int rc2; + rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1); + rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ + int eState = pPager->eState; + rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); + if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ + /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error + ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted. + ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT. + */ + pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; + pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; + return rc; + } + }else{ + rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); + } + + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT + || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR + || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN + ); + + /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager + ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent. + */ + return pager_error(pPager, rc); +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE +** if the database is (in theory) writable. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){ + return pPager->readOnly; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ + return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); +} +#endif + +/* +** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently +** used by the pager and its associated cache. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){ + int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr) + + 5*sizeof(void*); + return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache) + + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager) + + pPager->pageSize; +} + +/* +** Return the number of references to the specified page. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){ + return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage); +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +/* +** This routine is used for testing and analysis only. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ + static int a[11]; + a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); + a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache); + a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache); + a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize; + a[4] = pPager->eState; + a[5] = pPager->errCode; + a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]; + a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]; + a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */ + a[9] = pPager->nRead; + a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]; + return a; +} +#endif + +/* +** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or +** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the +** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the +** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before +** returning. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){ + + assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT + || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS + || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE + ); + + assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ); + assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE ); + assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 ); + + *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]; + if( reset ){ + pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){ + return pPager->tempFile; +} + +/* +** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are +** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints +** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already +** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op. +** +** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error +** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is +** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */ + int ii; /* Iterator variable */ + PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */ + + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ); + + /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM + ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a + ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below. + */ + aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc( + pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint + ); + if( !aNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint)); + pPager->aSavepoint = aNew; + + /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */ + for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){ + aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize; + if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){ + aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff; + }else{ + aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); + } + aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec; + aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); + if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ + sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData); + } + pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1; + } + assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint ); + assertTruncateConstraint(pPager); + return rc; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + + if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){ + return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint); + }else{ + return SQLITE_OK; + } +} + + +/* +** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint. +** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently +** created savepoint. +** +** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. +** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with +** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes +** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created. +** +** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter +** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint +** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate +** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than +** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op. +** +** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current +** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling +** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate +** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the +** contents of the database to its original state. +** +** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint +** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE), +** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed. +** +** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails, +** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a +** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ + int rc = pPager->errCode; /* Return code */ + + assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); + assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){ + int ii; /* Iterator variable */ + int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */ + + /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this + ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated + ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation. + */ + nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1); + for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ + sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); + } + pPager->nSavepoint = nNew; + + /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate + ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */ + if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ + if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ + /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */ + if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){ + rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + } + pPager->nSubRec = 0; + } + } + /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint. + ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has + ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to + ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped. + */ + else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ + PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1]; + rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint); + assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE); + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the full pathname of the database file. +** +** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if +** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when +** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy +** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to +** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can +** participate in shared-cache. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){ + return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename; +} + +/* +** Return the VFS structure for the pager. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){ + return pPager->pVfs; +} + +/* +** Return the file handle for the database file associated +** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has +** not yet been opened. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){ + return pPager->fd; +} + +/* +** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists). +** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){ +#if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + return pPager->jfd; +#else + return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd; +#endif +} + +/* +** Return the full pathname of the journal file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ + return pPager->zJournal; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC +/* +** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( + Pager *pPager, + void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int), + void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int), + void (*xCodecFree)(void*), + void *pCodec +){ + if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); + pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec; + pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng; + pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree; + pPager->pCodec = pCodec; + pagerReportSize(pPager); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){ + return pPager->pCodec; +} + +/* +** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content +** into the log file. +** +** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted +** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){ + void *aData = 0; + CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData); + return aData; +} + +/* +** Return the current pager state +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){ + return pPager->eState; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM +/* +** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. +** +** There must be no references to the page previously located at +** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be +** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already +** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine. +** +** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any +** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes +** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller. +** +** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be +** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction +** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement +** transaction is active). +** +** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being +** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction +** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page +** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction. +** +** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error +** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){ + PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */ + Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */ + + assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD + || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD + ); + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + + /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal + ** the page we are moving from. + */ + assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB ); + if( pPager->tempFile ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + + /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest + ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the + ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario: + ** + ** BEGIN; + ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory> + ** SAVEPOINT one; + ** <Move page X to location Y> + ** ROLLBACK TO one; + ** + ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not + ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one" + ** statement were is processed. + ** + ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into + ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function + ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM. + */ + if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0 + && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg)) + ){ + return rc; + } + + PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", + PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno)); + IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) + + /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can + ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno. + ** + ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that + ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno + ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it. + */ + if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){ + needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; + assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || + pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); + assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); + } + + /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it + ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for + ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained + ** for the page moved there. + */ + pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; + pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); + assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 ); + if( pPgOld ){ + pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); + if( pPager->tempFile ){ + /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might + ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */ + sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1); + }else{ + sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld); + } + } + + origPgno = pPg->pgno; + sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno); + sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); + + /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues + ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld + ** as the original page since it has already been allocated. + */ + if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){ + sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno); + sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld); + } + + if( needSyncPgno ){ + /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be + ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. + ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the + ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by + ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC + ** flag. + ** + ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due + ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[] + ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in + ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before + ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in + ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem. + */ + PgHdr *pPgHdr; + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ + assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 ); + sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace); + } + return rc; + } + pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; + sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr); + sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr); + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif + +/* +** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page +** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's +** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to +** the value passed as the third parameter. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){ + assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew ); + pPg->flags = flags; + sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew); +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ + assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb ); + return pPg->pData; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space +** allocated along with the specified page. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ + return pPg->pExtra; +} + +/* +** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one +** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or +** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then +** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. +** +** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or +** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated) +** locking-mode. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ + assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY + || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL + || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); + assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); + assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); + assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ); + if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){ + pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode; + } + return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; +} + +/* +** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of: +** +** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE +** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE +** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST +** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF +** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY +** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL +** +** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed. +** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons: +** +** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF +** or _MEMORY. +** +** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode. +** +** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ + u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger + ** only. We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */ + print_pager_state(pPager); +#endif + + + /* The eMode parameter is always valid */ + assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE + || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE + || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST + || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); + + /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and + ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed + ** to WAL mode. + */ + assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); + + /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to + ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF + */ + if( MEMDB ){ + assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ); + if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ + eMode = eOld; + } + } + + if( eMode!=eOld ){ + + /* Change the journal mode. */ + assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); + pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode; + + /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal + ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, + ** delete the journal file. + */ + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 ); + assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 ); + + assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode ); + if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){ + + /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is + ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file + ** here is an optimization only. + ** + ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the + ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted + ** while it is in use by some other client. + */ + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); + if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ + sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); + }else{ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int state = pPager->eState; + assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER ); + if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager); + } + if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){ + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){ + pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); + }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ + pager_unlock(pPager); + } + assert( state==pPager->eState ); + } + }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); + } + } + + /* Return the new journal mode */ + return (int)pPager->journalMode; +} + +/* +** Return the current journal mode. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ + return (int)pPager->journalMode; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the +** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database +** is unmodified. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0; + if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0; + return 1; +} + +/* +** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files. +** +** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced. +** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){ + if( iLimit>=-1 ){ + pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit; + sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit); + } + return pPager->journalSizeLimit; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module +** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module +** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and +** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){ + return &pPager->pBackup; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM +/* +** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){ + assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile ); + if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager); +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +/* +** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint", +** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() +** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions. +** +** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pPager->pWal ){ + rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode, + (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler), + pPager->pBusyHandlerArg, + pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace, + pnLog, pnCkpt + ); + } + return rc; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){ + return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal); +} + +/* +** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the +** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){ + const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods; + if( pPager->noLock ) return 0; + return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap); +} + +/* +** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock +** is obtained instead, immediately release it. +*/ +static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + + assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the + ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */ + pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in +** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE +** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index +** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory. +*/ +static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 ); + assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + + /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use + ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory + ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL + ** file, to make sure this is safe. + */ + if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){ + rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); + } + + /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, + ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs, + pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode, + pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal + ); + } + pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); + + return rc; +} + + +/* +** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call +** this function. +** +** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database +** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file +** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful, +** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does +** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is +** not modified in either case. +** +** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if +** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK +** without doing anything. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal( + Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ + int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + + assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen ); + assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen ); + assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 ); + assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) ); + + if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){ + if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; + + /* Close any rollback journal previously open */ + sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); + + rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL; + pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; + } + }else{ + *pbOpen = 1; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior +** to switching from WAL to rollback mode. +** +** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an +** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an +** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed. +** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); + + /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system, + ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to + ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen. + */ + if( !pPager->pWal ){ + int logexists = 0; + rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3OsAccess( + pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists + ); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){ + rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); + } + } + + /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on + ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){ + rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, + pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace); + pPager->pWal = 0; + pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); + if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); + } + } + return rc; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT +/* +** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot +** currently open. Otherwise, return an error. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){ + int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + if( pPager->pWal ){ + rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a +** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it +** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pPager->pWal ){ + sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */ +#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS +/* +** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If +** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more +** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the +** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file +** is empty, return 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ + assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); + return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal); +} +#endif + + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ + +/************** End of pager.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file wal.c *********************************************/ +/* +** 2010 February 1 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains the implementation of a write-ahead log (WAL) used in +** "journal_mode=WAL" mode. +** +** WRITE-AHEAD LOG (WAL) FILE FORMAT +** +** A WAL file consists of a header followed by zero or more "frames". +** Each frame records the revised content of a single page from the +** database file. All changes to the database are recorded by writing +** frames into the WAL. Transactions commit when a frame is written that +** contains a commit marker. A single WAL can and usually does record +** multiple transactions. Periodically, the content of the WAL is +** transferred back into the database file in an operation called a +** "checkpoint". +** +** A single WAL file can be used multiple times. In other words, the +** WAL can fill up with frames and then be checkpointed and then new +** frames can overwrite the old ones. A WAL always grows from beginning +** toward the end. Checksums and counters attached to each frame are +** used to determine which frames within the WAL are valid and which +** are leftovers from prior checkpoints. +** +** The WAL header is 32 bytes in size and consists of the following eight +** big-endian 32-bit unsigned integer values: +** +** 0: Magic number. 0x377f0682 or 0x377f0683 +** 4: File format version. Currently 3007000 +** 8: Database page size. Example: 1024 +** 12: Checkpoint sequence number +** 16: Salt-1, random integer incremented with each checkpoint +** 20: Salt-2, a different random integer changing with each ckpt +** 24: Checksum-1 (first part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header). +** 28: Checksum-2 (second part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header). +** +** Immediately following the wal-header are zero or more frames. Each +** frame consists of a 24-byte frame-header followed by a <page-size> bytes +** of page data. The frame-header is six big-endian 32-bit unsigned +** integer values, as follows: +** +** 0: Page number. +** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages +** after the commit. For all other records, zero. +** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the header) +** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the header) +** 16: Checksum-1. +** 20: Checksum-2. +** +** A frame is considered valid if and only if the following conditions are +** true: +** +** (1) The salt-1 and salt-2 values in the frame-header match +** salt values in the wal-header +** +** (2) The checksum values in the final 8 bytes of the frame-header +** exactly match the checksum computed consecutively on the +** WAL header and the first 8 bytes and the content of all frames +** up to and including the current frame. +** +** The checksum is computed using 32-bit big-endian integers if the +** magic number in the first 4 bytes of the WAL is 0x377f0683 and it +** is computed using little-endian if the magic number is 0x377f0682. +** The checksum values are always stored in the frame header in a +** big-endian format regardless of which byte order is used to compute +** the checksum. The checksum is computed by interpreting the input as +** an even number of unsigned 32-bit integers: x[0] through x[N]. The +** algorithm used for the checksum is as follows: +** +** for i from 0 to n-1 step 2: +** s0 += x[i] + s1; +** s1 += x[i+1] + s0; +** endfor +** +** Note that s0 and s1 are both weighted checksums using fibonacci weights +** in reverse order (the largest fibonacci weight occurs on the first element +** of the sequence being summed.) The s1 value spans all 32-bit +** terms of the sequence whereas s0 omits the final term. +** +** On a checkpoint, the WAL is first VFS.xSync-ed, then valid content of the +** WAL is transferred into the database, then the database is VFS.xSync-ed. +** The VFS.xSync operations serve as write barriers - all writes launched +** before the xSync must complete before any write that launches after the +** xSync begins. +** +** After each checkpoint, the salt-1 value is incremented and the salt-2 +** value is randomized. This prevents old and new frames in the WAL from +** being considered valid at the same time and being checkpointing together +** following a crash. +** +** READER ALGORITHM +** +** To read a page from the database (call it page number P), a reader +** first checks the WAL to see if it contains page P. If so, then the +** last valid instance of page P that is a followed by a commit frame +** or is a commit frame itself becomes the value read. If the WAL +** contains no copies of page P that are valid and which are a commit +** frame or are followed by a commit frame, then page P is read from +** the database file. +** +** To start a read transaction, the reader records the index of the last +** valid frame in the WAL. The reader uses this recorded "mxFrame" value +** for all subsequent read operations. New transactions can be appended +** to the WAL, but as long as the reader uses its original mxFrame value +** and ignores the newly appended content, it will see a consistent snapshot +** of the database from a single point in time. This technique allows +** multiple concurrent readers to view different versions of the database +** content simultaneously. +** +** The reader algorithm in the previous paragraphs works correctly, but +** because frames for page P can appear anywhere within the WAL, the +** reader has to scan the entire WAL looking for page P frames. If the +** WAL is large (multiple megabytes is typical) that scan can be slow, +** and read performance suffers. To overcome this problem, a separate +** data structure called the wal-index is maintained to expedite the +** search for frames of a particular page. +** +** WAL-INDEX FORMAT +** +** Conceptually, the wal-index is shared memory, though VFS implementations +** might choose to implement the wal-index using a mmapped file. Because +** the wal-index is shared memory, SQLite does not support journal_mode=WAL +** on a network filesystem. All users of the database must be able to +** share memory. +** +** The wal-index is transient. After a crash, the wal-index can (and should +** be) reconstructed from the original WAL file. In fact, the VFS is required +** to either truncate or zero the header of the wal-index when the last +** connection to it closes. Because the wal-index is transient, it can +** use an architecture-specific format; it does not have to be cross-platform. +** Hence, unlike the database and WAL file formats which store all values +** as big endian, the wal-index can store multi-byte values in the native +** byte order of the host computer. +** +** The purpose of the wal-index is to answer this question quickly: Given +** a page number P and a maximum frame index M, return the index of the +** last frame in the wal before frame M for page P in the WAL, or return +** NULL if there are no frames for page P in the WAL prior to M. +** +** The wal-index consists of a header region, followed by an one or +** more index blocks. +** +** The wal-index header contains the total number of frames within the WAL +** in the mxFrame field. +** +** Each index block except for the first contains information on +** HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames. The first index block contains information on +** HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE frames. The values of HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE and +** HASHTABLE_NPAGE are selected so that together the wal-index header and +** first index block are the same size as all other index blocks in the +** wal-index. +** +** Each index block contains two sections, a page-mapping that contains the +** database page number associated with each wal frame, and a hash-table +** that allows readers to query an index block for a specific page number. +** The page-mapping is an array of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE +** for the first index block) 32-bit page numbers. The first entry in the +** first index-block contains the database page number corresponding to the +** first frame in the WAL file. The first entry in the second index block +** in the WAL file corresponds to the (HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1)th frame in +** the log, and so on. +** +** The last index block in a wal-index usually contains less than the full +** complement of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) page-numbers, +** depending on the contents of the WAL file. This does not change the +** allocated size of the page-mapping array - the page-mapping array merely +** contains unused entries. +** +** Even without using the hash table, the last frame for page P +** can be found by scanning the page-mapping sections of each index block +** starting with the last index block and moving toward the first, and +** within each index block, starting at the end and moving toward the +** beginning. The first entry that equals P corresponds to the frame +** holding the content for that page. +** +** The hash table consists of HASHTABLE_NSLOT 16-bit unsigned integers. +** HASHTABLE_NSLOT = 2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE, and there is one entry in the +** hash table for each page number in the mapping section, so the hash +** table is never more than half full. The expected number of collisions +** prior to finding a match is 1. Each entry of the hash table is an +** 1-based index of an entry in the mapping section of the same +** index block. Let K be the 1-based index of the largest entry in +** the mapping section. (For index blocks other than the last, K will +** always be exactly HASHTABLE_NPAGE (4096) and for the last index block +** K will be (mxFrame%HASHTABLE_NPAGE).) Unused slots of the hash table +** contain a value of 0. +** +** To look for page P in the hash table, first compute a hash iKey on +** P as follows: +** +** iKey = (P * 383) % HASHTABLE_NSLOT +** +** Then start scanning entries of the hash table, starting with iKey +** (wrapping around to the beginning when the end of the hash table is +** reached) until an unused hash slot is found. Let the first unused slot +** be at index iUnused. (iUnused might be less than iKey if there was +** wrap-around.) Because the hash table is never more than half full, +** the search is guaranteed to eventually hit an unused entry. Let +** iMax be the value between iKey and iUnused, closest to iUnused, +** where aHash[iMax]==P. If there is no iMax entry (if there exists +** no hash slot such that aHash[i]==p) then page P is not in the +** current index block. Otherwise the iMax-th mapping entry of the +** current index block corresponds to the last entry that references +** page P. +** +** A hash search begins with the last index block and moves toward the +** first index block, looking for entries corresponding to page P. On +** average, only two or three slots in each index block need to be +** examined in order to either find the last entry for page P, or to +** establish that no such entry exists in the block. Each index block +** holds over 4000 entries. So two or three index blocks are sufficient +** to cover a typical 10 megabyte WAL file, assuming 1K pages. 8 or 10 +** comparisons (on average) suffice to either locate a frame in the +** WAL or to establish that the frame does not exist in the WAL. This +** is much faster than scanning the entire 10MB WAL. +** +** Note that entries are added in order of increasing K. Hence, one +** reader might be using some value K0 and a second reader that started +** at a later time (after additional transactions were added to the WAL +** and to the wal-index) might be using a different value K1, where K1>K0. +** Both readers can use the same hash table and mapping section to get +** the correct result. There may be entries in the hash table with +** K>K0 but to the first reader, those entries will appear to be unused +** slots in the hash table and so the first reader will get an answer as +** if no values greater than K0 had ever been inserted into the hash table +** in the first place - which is what reader one wants. Meanwhile, the +** second reader using K1 will see additional values that were inserted +** later, which is exactly what reader two wants. +** +** When a rollback occurs, the value of K is decreased. Hash table entries +** that correspond to frames greater than the new K value are removed +** from the hash table at this point. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + +/* #include "wal.h" */ + +/* +** Trace output macros +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalTrace = 0; +# define WALTRACE(X) if(sqlite3WalTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf X +#else +# define WALTRACE(X) +#endif + +/* +** The maximum (and only) versions of the wal and wal-index formats +** that may be interpreted by this version of SQLite. +** +** If a client begins recovering a WAL file and finds that (a) the checksum +** values in the wal-header are correct and (b) the version field is not +** WAL_MAX_VERSION, recovery fails and SQLite returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN. +** +** Similarly, if a client successfully reads a wal-index header (i.e. the +** checksum test is successful) and finds that the version field is not +** WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION, then no read-transaction is opened and SQLite +** returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN. +*/ +#define WAL_MAX_VERSION 3007000 +#define WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION 3007000 + +/* +** Indices of various locking bytes. WAL_NREADER is the number +** of available reader locks and should be at least 3. The default +** is SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK==8 and WAL_NREADER==5. +*/ +#define WAL_WRITE_LOCK 0 +#define WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE 1 +#define WAL_CKPT_LOCK 1 +#define WAL_RECOVER_LOCK 2 +#define WAL_READ_LOCK(I) (3+(I)) +#define WAL_NREADER (SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK-3) + + +/* Object declarations */ +typedef struct WalIndexHdr WalIndexHdr; +typedef struct WalIterator WalIterator; +typedef struct WalCkptInfo WalCkptInfo; + + +/* +** The following object holds a copy of the wal-index header content. +** +** The actual header in the wal-index consists of two copies of this +** object followed by one instance of the WalCkptInfo object. +** For all versions of SQLite through 3.10.0 and probably beyond, +** the locking bytes (WalCkptInfo.aLock) start at offset 120 and +** the total header size is 136 bytes. +** +** The szPage value can be any power of 2 between 512 and 32768, inclusive. +** Or it can be 1 to represent a 65536-byte page. The latter case was +** added in 3.7.1 when support for 64K pages was added. +*/ +struct WalIndexHdr { + u32 iVersion; /* Wal-index version */ + u32 unused; /* Unused (padding) field */ + u32 iChange; /* Counter incremented each transaction */ + u8 isInit; /* 1 when initialized */ + u8 bigEndCksum; /* True if checksums in WAL are big-endian */ + u16 szPage; /* Database page size in bytes. 1==64K */ + u32 mxFrame; /* Index of last valid frame in the WAL */ + u32 nPage; /* Size of database in pages */ + u32 aFrameCksum[2]; /* Checksum of last frame in log */ + u32 aSalt[2]; /* Two salt values copied from WAL header */ + u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum over all prior fields */ +}; + +/* +** A copy of the following object occurs in the wal-index immediately +** following the second copy of the WalIndexHdr. This object stores +** information used by checkpoint. +** +** nBackfill is the number of frames in the WAL that have been written +** back into the database. (We call the act of moving content from WAL to +** database "backfilling".) The nBackfill number is never greater than +** WalIndexHdr.mxFrame. nBackfill can only be increased by threads +** holding the WAL_CKPT_LOCK lock (which includes a recovery thread). +** However, a WAL_WRITE_LOCK thread can move the value of nBackfill from +** mxFrame back to zero when the WAL is reset. +** +** nBackfillAttempted is the largest value of nBackfill that a checkpoint +** has attempted to achieve. Normally nBackfill==nBackfillAtempted, however +** the nBackfillAttempted is set before any backfilling is done and the +** nBackfill is only set after all backfilling completes. So if a checkpoint +** crashes, nBackfillAttempted might be larger than nBackfill. The +** WalIndexHdr.mxFrame must never be less than nBackfillAttempted. +** +** The aLock[] field is a set of bytes used for locking. These bytes should +** never be read or written. +** +** There is one entry in aReadMark[] for each reader lock. If a reader +** holds read-lock K, then the value in aReadMark[K] is no greater than +** the mxFrame for that reader. The value READMARK_NOT_USED (0xffffffff) +** for any aReadMark[] means that entry is unused. aReadMark[0] is +** a special case; its value is never used and it exists as a place-holder +** to avoid having to offset aReadMark[] indexs by one. Readers holding +** WAL_READ_LOCK(0) always ignore the entire WAL and read all content +** directly from the database. +** +** The value of aReadMark[K] may only be changed by a thread that +** is holding an exclusive lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K). Thus, the value of +** aReadMark[K] cannot changed while there is a reader is using that mark +** since the reader will be holding a shared lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K). +** +** The checkpointer may only transfer frames from WAL to database where +** the frame numbers are less than or equal to every aReadMark[] that is +** in use (that is, every aReadMark[j] for which there is a corresponding +** WAL_READ_LOCK(j)). New readers (usually) pick the aReadMark[] with the +** largest value and will increase an unused aReadMark[] to mxFrame if there +** is not already an aReadMark[] equal to mxFrame. The exception to the +** previous sentence is when nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that everything +** in the WAL has been backfilled into the database) then new readers +** will choose aReadMark[0] which has value 0 and hence such reader will +** get all their all content directly from the database file and ignore +** the WAL. +** +** Writers normally append new frames to the end of the WAL. However, +** if nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that all WAL content has been +** written back into the database) and if no readers are using the WAL +** (in other words, if there are no WAL_READ_LOCK(i) where i>0) then +** the writer will first "reset" the WAL back to the beginning and start +** writing new content beginning at frame 1. +** +** We assume that 32-bit loads are atomic and so no locks are needed in +** order to read from any aReadMark[] entries. +*/ +struct WalCkptInfo { + u32 nBackfill; /* Number of WAL frames backfilled into DB */ + u32 aReadMark[WAL_NREADER]; /* Reader marks */ + u8 aLock[SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK]; /* Reserved space for locks */ + u32 nBackfillAttempted; /* WAL frames perhaps written, or maybe not */ + u32 notUsed0; /* Available for future enhancements */ +}; +#define READMARK_NOT_USED 0xffffffff + + +/* A block of WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED bytes beginning at +** WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET is reserved for locks. Since some systems +** only support mandatory file-locks, we do not read or write data +** from the region of the file on which locks are applied. +*/ +#define WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET (sizeof(WalIndexHdr)*2+offsetof(WalCkptInfo,aLock)) +#define WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE (sizeof(WalIndexHdr)*2+sizeof(WalCkptInfo)) + +/* Size of header before each frame in wal */ +#define WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE 24 + +/* Size of write ahead log header, including checksum. */ +/* #define WAL_HDRSIZE 24 */ +#define WAL_HDRSIZE 32 + +/* WAL magic value. Either this value, or the same value with the least +** significant bit also set (WAL_MAGIC | 0x00000001) is stored in 32-bit +** big-endian format in the first 4 bytes of a WAL file. +** +** If the LSB is set, then the checksums for each frame within the WAL +** file are calculated by treating all data as an array of 32-bit +** big-endian words. Otherwise, they are calculated by interpreting +** all data as 32-bit little-endian words. +*/ +#define WAL_MAGIC 0x377f0682 + +/* +** Return the offset of frame iFrame in the write-ahead log file, +** assuming a database page size of szPage bytes. The offset returned +** is to the start of the write-ahead log frame-header. +*/ +#define walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) ( \ + WAL_HDRSIZE + ((iFrame)-1)*(i64)((szPage)+WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE) \ +) + +/* +** An open write-ahead log file is represented by an instance of the +** following object. +*/ +struct Wal { + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS used to create pDbFd */ + sqlite3_file *pDbFd; /* File handle for the database file */ + sqlite3_file *pWalFd; /* File handle for WAL file */ + u32 iCallback; /* Value to pass to log callback (or 0) */ + i64 mxWalSize; /* Truncate WAL to this size upon reset */ + int nWiData; /* Size of array apWiData */ + int szFirstBlock; /* Size of first block written to WAL file */ + volatile u32 **apWiData; /* Pointer to wal-index content in memory */ + u32 szPage; /* Database page size */ + i16 readLock; /* Which read lock is being held. -1 for none */ + u8 syncFlags; /* Flags to use to sync header writes */ + u8 exclusiveMode; /* Non-zero if connection is in exclusive mode */ + u8 writeLock; /* True if in a write transaction */ + u8 ckptLock; /* True if holding a checkpoint lock */ + u8 readOnly; /* WAL_RDWR, WAL_RDONLY, or WAL_SHM_RDONLY */ + u8 truncateOnCommit; /* True to truncate WAL file on commit */ + u8 syncHeader; /* Fsync the WAL header if true */ + u8 padToSectorBoundary; /* Pad transactions out to the next sector */ + WalIndexHdr hdr; /* Wal-index header for current transaction */ + u32 minFrame; /* Ignore wal frames before this one */ + u32 iReCksum; /* On commit, recalculate checksums from here */ + const char *zWalName; /* Name of WAL file */ + u32 nCkpt; /* Checkpoint sequence counter in the wal-header */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + u8 lockError; /* True if a locking error has occurred */ +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT + WalIndexHdr *pSnapshot; /* Start transaction here if not NULL */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** Candidate values for Wal.exclusiveMode. +*/ +#define WAL_NORMAL_MODE 0 +#define WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE 1 +#define WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE 2 + +/* +** Possible values for WAL.readOnly +*/ +#define WAL_RDWR 0 /* Normal read/write connection */ +#define WAL_RDONLY 1 /* The WAL file is readonly */ +#define WAL_SHM_RDONLY 2 /* The SHM file is readonly */ + +/* +** Each page of the wal-index mapping contains a hash-table made up of +** an array of HASHTABLE_NSLOT elements of the following type. +*/ +typedef u16 ht_slot; + +/* +** This structure is used to implement an iterator that loops through +** all frames in the WAL in database page order. Where two or more frames +** correspond to the same database page, the iterator visits only the +** frame most recently written to the WAL (in other words, the frame with +** the largest index). +** +** The internals of this structure are only accessed by: +** +** walIteratorInit() - Create a new iterator, +** walIteratorNext() - Step an iterator, +** walIteratorFree() - Free an iterator. +** +** This functionality is used by the checkpoint code (see walCheckpoint()). +*/ +struct WalIterator { + int iPrior; /* Last result returned from the iterator */ + int nSegment; /* Number of entries in aSegment[] */ + struct WalSegment { + int iNext; /* Next slot in aIndex[] not yet returned */ + ht_slot *aIndex; /* i0, i1, i2... such that aPgno[iN] ascend */ + u32 *aPgno; /* Array of page numbers. */ + int nEntry; /* Nr. of entries in aPgno[] and aIndex[] */ + int iZero; /* Frame number associated with aPgno[0] */ + } aSegment[1]; /* One for every 32KB page in the wal-index */ +}; + +/* +** Define the parameters of the hash tables in the wal-index file. There +** is a hash-table following every HASHTABLE_NPAGE page numbers in the +** wal-index. +** +** Changing any of these constants will alter the wal-index format and +** create incompatibilities. +*/ +#define HASHTABLE_NPAGE 4096 /* Must be power of 2 */ +#define HASHTABLE_HASH_1 383 /* Should be prime */ +#define HASHTABLE_NSLOT (HASHTABLE_NPAGE*2) /* Must be a power of 2 */ + +/* +** The block of page numbers associated with the first hash-table in a +** wal-index is smaller than usual. This is so that there is a complete +** hash-table on each aligned 32KB page of the wal-index. +*/ +#define HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE (HASHTABLE_NPAGE - (WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32))) + +/* The wal-index is divided into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes each. */ +#define WALINDEX_PGSZ ( \ + sizeof(ht_slot)*HASHTABLE_NSLOT + HASHTABLE_NPAGE*sizeof(u32) \ +) + +/* +** Obtain a pointer to the iPage'th page of the wal-index. The wal-index +** is broken into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes. Wal-index pages are +** numbered from zero. +** +** If this call is successful, *ppPage is set to point to the wal-index +** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error (an OOM or VFS error) occurs, +** then an SQLite error code is returned and *ppPage is set to 0. +*/ +static int walIndexPage(Wal *pWal, int iPage, volatile u32 **ppPage){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + /* Enlarge the pWal->apWiData[] array if required */ + if( pWal->nWiData<=iPage ){ + int nByte = sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1); + volatile u32 **apNew; + apNew = (volatile u32 **)sqlite3_realloc64((void *)pWal->apWiData, nByte); + if( !apNew ){ + *ppPage = 0; + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + memset((void*)&apNew[pWal->nWiData], 0, + sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1-pWal->nWiData)); + pWal->apWiData = apNew; + pWal->nWiData = iPage+1; + } + + /* Request a pointer to the required page from the VFS */ + if( pWal->apWiData[iPage]==0 ){ + if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){ + pWal->apWiData[iPage] = (u32 volatile *)sqlite3MallocZero(WALINDEX_PGSZ); + if( !pWal->apWiData[iPage] ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3OsShmMap(pWal->pDbFd, iPage, WALINDEX_PGSZ, + pWal->writeLock, (void volatile **)&pWal->apWiData[iPage] + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_READONLY ){ + pWal->readOnly |= WAL_SHM_RDONLY; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + } + + *ppPage = pWal->apWiData[iPage]; + assert( iPage==0 || *ppPage || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the WalCkptInfo structure in the wal-index. +*/ +static volatile WalCkptInfo *walCkptInfo(Wal *pWal){ + assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] ); + return (volatile WalCkptInfo*)&(pWal->apWiData[0][sizeof(WalIndexHdr)/2]); +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the WalIndexHdr structure in the wal-index. +*/ +static volatile WalIndexHdr *walIndexHdr(Wal *pWal){ + assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] ); + return (volatile WalIndexHdr*)pWal->apWiData[0]; +} + +/* +** The argument to this macro must be of type u32. On a little-endian +** architecture, it returns the u32 value that results from interpreting +** the 4 bytes as a big-endian value. On a big-endian architecture, it +** returns the value that would be produced by interpreting the 4 bytes +** of the input value as a little-endian integer. +*/ +#define BYTESWAP32(x) ( \ + (((x)&0x000000FF)<<24) + (((x)&0x0000FF00)<<8) \ + + (((x)&0x00FF0000)>>8) + (((x)&0xFF000000)>>24) \ +) + +/* +** Generate or extend an 8 byte checksum based on the data in +** array aByte[] and the initial values of aIn[0] and aIn[1] (or +** initial values of 0 and 0 if aIn==NULL). +** +** The checksum is written back into aOut[] before returning. +** +** nByte must be a positive multiple of 8. +*/ +static void walChecksumBytes( + int nativeCksum, /* True for native byte-order, false for non-native */ + u8 *a, /* Content to be checksummed */ + int nByte, /* Bytes of content in a[]. Must be a multiple of 8. */ + const u32 *aIn, /* Initial checksum value input */ + u32 *aOut /* OUT: Final checksum value output */ +){ + u32 s1, s2; + u32 *aData = (u32 *)a; + u32 *aEnd = (u32 *)&a[nByte]; + + if( aIn ){ + s1 = aIn[0]; + s2 = aIn[1]; + }else{ + s1 = s2 = 0; + } + + assert( nByte>=8 ); + assert( (nByte&0x00000007)==0 ); + + if( nativeCksum ){ + do { + s1 += *aData++ + s2; + s2 += *aData++ + s1; + }while( aData<aEnd ); + }else{ + do { + s1 += BYTESWAP32(aData[0]) + s2; + s2 += BYTESWAP32(aData[1]) + s1; + aData += 2; + }while( aData<aEnd ); + } + + aOut[0] = s1; + aOut[1] = s2; +} + +static void walShmBarrier(Wal *pWal){ + if( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){ + sqlite3OsShmBarrier(pWal->pDbFd); + } +} + +/* +** Write the header information in pWal->hdr into the wal-index. +** +** The checksum on pWal->hdr is updated before it is written. +*/ +static void walIndexWriteHdr(Wal *pWal){ + volatile WalIndexHdr *aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal); + const int nCksum = offsetof(WalIndexHdr, aCksum); + + assert( pWal->writeLock ); + pWal->hdr.isInit = 1; + pWal->hdr.iVersion = WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION; + walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&pWal->hdr, nCksum, 0, pWal->hdr.aCksum); + memcpy((void*)&aHdr[1], (const void*)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); + walShmBarrier(pWal); + memcpy((void*)&aHdr[0], (const void*)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); +} + +/* +** This function encodes a single frame header and writes it to a buffer +** supplied by the caller. A frame-header is made up of a series of +** 4-byte big-endian integers, as follows: +** +** 0: Page number. +** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages +** after the commit. For all other records, zero. +** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the wal-header) +** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the wal-header) +** 16: Checksum-1. +** 20: Checksum-2. +*/ +static void walEncodeFrame( + Wal *pWal, /* The write-ahead log */ + u32 iPage, /* Database page number for frame */ + u32 nTruncate, /* New db size (or 0 for non-commit frames) */ + u8 *aData, /* Pointer to page data */ + u8 *aFrame /* OUT: Write encoded frame here */ +){ + int nativeCksum; /* True for native byte-order checksums */ + u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum; + assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 ); + sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[0], iPage); + sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[4], nTruncate); + if( pWal->iReCksum==0 ){ + memcpy(&aFrame[8], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8); + + nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN); + walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum); + walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum); + + sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[16], aCksum[0]); + sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[20], aCksum[1]); + }else{ + memset(&aFrame[8], 0, 16); + } +} + +/* +** Check to see if the frame with header in aFrame[] and content +** in aData[] is valid. If it is a valid frame, fill *piPage and +** *pnTruncate and return true. Return if the frame is not valid. +*/ +static int walDecodeFrame( + Wal *pWal, /* The write-ahead log */ + u32 *piPage, /* OUT: Database page number for frame */ + u32 *pnTruncate, /* OUT: New db size (or 0 if not commit) */ + u8 *aData, /* Pointer to page data (for checksum) */ + u8 *aFrame /* Frame data */ +){ + int nativeCksum; /* True for native byte-order checksums */ + u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum; + u32 pgno; /* Page number of the frame */ + assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 ); + + /* A frame is only valid if the salt values in the frame-header + ** match the salt values in the wal-header. + */ + if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aFrame[8], 8)!=0 ){ + return 0; + } + + /* A frame is only valid if the page number is creater than zero. + */ + pgno = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[0]); + if( pgno==0 ){ + return 0; + } + + /* A frame is only valid if a checksum of the WAL header, + ** all prior frams, the first 16 bytes of this frame-header, + ** and the frame-data matches the checksum in the last 8 + ** bytes of this frame-header. + */ + nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN); + walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum); + walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum); + if( aCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[16]) + || aCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[20]) + ){ + /* Checksum failed. */ + return 0; + } + + /* If we reach this point, the frame is valid. Return the page number + ** and the new database size. + */ + *piPage = pgno; + *pnTruncate = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[4]); + return 1; +} + + +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/* +** Names of locks. This routine is used to provide debugging output and is not +** a part of an ordinary build. +*/ +static const char *walLockName(int lockIdx){ + if( lockIdx==WAL_WRITE_LOCK ){ + return "WRITE-LOCK"; + }else if( lockIdx==WAL_CKPT_LOCK ){ + return "CKPT-LOCK"; + }else if( lockIdx==WAL_RECOVER_LOCK ){ + return "RECOVER-LOCK"; + }else{ + static char zName[15]; + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zName), zName, "READ-LOCK[%d]", + lockIdx-WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); + return zName; + } +} +#endif /*defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */ + + +/* +** Set or release locks on the WAL. Locks are either shared or exclusive. +** A lock cannot be moved directly between shared and exclusive - it must go +** through the unlocked state first. +** +** In locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE, all of these routines become no-ops. +*/ +static int walLockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){ + int rc; + if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK; + rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1, + SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED); + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire SHARED-%s %s\n", pWal, + walLockName(lockIdx), rc ? "failed" : "ok")); + VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); ) + return rc; +} +static void walUnlockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){ + if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return; + (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1, + SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED); + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release SHARED-%s\n", pWal, walLockName(lockIdx))); +} +static int walLockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){ + int rc; + if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK; + rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n, + SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE); + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d %s\n", pWal, + walLockName(lockIdx), n, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); + VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); ) + return rc; +} +static void walUnlockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){ + if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return; + (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n, + SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE); + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d\n", pWal, + walLockName(lockIdx), n)); +} + +/* +** Compute a hash on a page number. The resulting hash value must land +** between 0 and (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1). The walHashNext() function advances +** the hash to the next value in the event of a collision. +*/ +static int walHash(u32 iPage){ + assert( iPage>0 ); + assert( (HASHTABLE_NSLOT & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1))==0 ); + return (iPage*HASHTABLE_HASH_1) & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1); +} +static int walNextHash(int iPriorHash){ + return (iPriorHash+1)&(HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1); +} + +/* +** Return pointers to the hash table and page number array stored on +** page iHash of the wal-index. The wal-index is broken into 32KB pages +** numbered starting from 0. +** +** Set output variable *paHash to point to the start of the hash table +** in the wal-index file. Set *piZero to one less than the frame +** number of the first frame indexed by this hash table. If a +** slot in the hash table is set to N, it refers to frame number +** (*piZero+N) in the log. +** +** Finally, set *paPgno so that *paPgno[1] is the page number of the +** first frame indexed by the hash table, frame (*piZero+1). +*/ +static int walHashGet( + Wal *pWal, /* WAL handle */ + int iHash, /* Find the iHash'th table */ + volatile ht_slot **paHash, /* OUT: Pointer to hash index */ + volatile u32 **paPgno, /* OUT: Pointer to page number array */ + u32 *piZero /* OUT: Frame associated with *paPgno[0] */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + volatile u32 *aPgno; + + rc = walIndexPage(pWal, iHash, &aPgno); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || iHash>0 ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u32 iZero; + volatile ht_slot *aHash; + + aHash = (volatile ht_slot *)&aPgno[HASHTABLE_NPAGE]; + if( iHash==0 ){ + aPgno = &aPgno[WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32)]; + iZero = 0; + }else{ + iZero = HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE + (iHash-1)*HASHTABLE_NPAGE; + } + + *paPgno = &aPgno[-1]; + *paHash = aHash; + *piZero = iZero; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the number of the wal-index page that contains the hash-table +** and page-number array that contain entries corresponding to WAL frame +** iFrame. The wal-index is broken up into 32KB pages. Wal-index pages +** are numbered starting from 0. +*/ +static int walFramePage(u32 iFrame){ + int iHash = (iFrame+HASHTABLE_NPAGE-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1) / HASHTABLE_NPAGE; + assert( (iHash==0 || iFrame>HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) + && (iHash>=1 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) + && (iHash<=1 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE)) + && (iHash>=2 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE) + && (iHash<=2 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE)) + ); + return iHash; +} + +/* +** Return the page number associated with frame iFrame in this WAL. +*/ +static u32 walFramePgno(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame){ + int iHash = walFramePage(iFrame); + if( iHash==0 ){ + return pWal->apWiData[0][WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32) + iFrame - 1]; + } + return pWal->apWiData[iHash][(iFrame-1-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)%HASHTABLE_NPAGE]; +} + +/* +** Remove entries from the hash table that point to WAL slots greater +** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. +** +** This function is called whenever pWal->hdr.mxFrame is decreased due +** to a rollback or savepoint. +** +** At most only the hash table containing pWal->hdr.mxFrame needs to be +** updated. Any later hash tables will be automatically cleared when +** pWal->hdr.mxFrame advances to the point where those hash tables are +** actually needed. +*/ +static void walCleanupHash(Wal *pWal){ + volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0; /* Pointer to hash table to clear */ + volatile u32 *aPgno = 0; /* Page number array for hash table */ + u32 iZero = 0; /* frame == (aHash[x]+iZero) */ + int iLimit = 0; /* Zero values greater than this */ + int nByte; /* Number of bytes to zero in aPgno[] */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through aHash[] */ + + assert( pWal->writeLock ); + testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1 ); + testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE ); + testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1 ); + + if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0 ) return; + + /* Obtain pointers to the hash-table and page-number array containing + ** the entry that corresponds to frame pWal->hdr.mxFrame. It is guaranteed + ** that the page said hash-table and array reside on is already mapped. + */ + assert( pWal->nWiData>walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame) ); + assert( pWal->apWiData[walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame)] ); + walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero); + + /* Zero all hash-table entries that correspond to frame numbers greater + ** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. + */ + iLimit = pWal->hdr.mxFrame - iZero; + assert( iLimit>0 ); + for(i=0; i<HASHTABLE_NSLOT; i++){ + if( aHash[i]>iLimit ){ + aHash[i] = 0; + } + } + + /* Zero the entries in the aPgno array that correspond to frames with + ** frame numbers greater than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. + */ + nByte = (int)((char *)aHash - (char *)&aPgno[iLimit+1]); + memset((void *)&aPgno[iLimit+1], 0, nByte); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT + /* Verify that the every entry in the mapping region is still reachable + ** via the hash table even after the cleanup. + */ + if( iLimit ){ + int j; /* Loop counter */ + int iKey; /* Hash key */ + for(j=1; j<=iLimit; j++){ + for(iKey=walHash(aPgno[j]); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ + if( aHash[iKey]==j ) break; + } + assert( aHash[iKey]==j ); + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */ +} + + +/* +** Set an entry in the wal-index that will map database page number +** pPage into WAL frame iFrame. +*/ +static int walIndexAppend(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame, u32 iPage){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + u32 iZero = 0; /* One less than frame number of aPgno[1] */ + volatile u32 *aPgno = 0; /* Page number array */ + volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0; /* Hash table */ + + rc = walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(iFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero); + + /* Assuming the wal-index file was successfully mapped, populate the + ** page number array and hash table entry. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int iKey; /* Hash table key */ + int idx; /* Value to write to hash-table slot */ + int nCollide; /* Number of hash collisions */ + + idx = iFrame - iZero; + assert( idx <= HASHTABLE_NSLOT/2 + 1 ); + + /* If this is the first entry to be added to this hash-table, zero the + ** entire hash table and aPgno[] array before proceeding. + */ + if( idx==1 ){ + int nByte = (int)((u8 *)&aHash[HASHTABLE_NSLOT] - (u8 *)&aPgno[1]); + memset((void*)&aPgno[1], 0, nByte); + } + + /* If the entry in aPgno[] is already set, then the previous writer + ** must have exited unexpectedly in the middle of a transaction (after + ** writing one or more dirty pages to the WAL to free up memory). + ** Remove the remnants of that writers uncommitted transaction from + ** the hash-table before writing any new entries. + */ + if( aPgno[idx] ){ + walCleanupHash(pWal); + assert( !aPgno[idx] ); + } + + /* Write the aPgno[] array entry and the hash-table slot. */ + nCollide = idx; + for(iKey=walHash(iPage); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ + if( (nCollide--)==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + aPgno[idx] = iPage; + aHash[iKey] = (ht_slot)idx; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT + /* Verify that the number of entries in the hash table exactly equals + ** the number of entries in the mapping region. + */ + { + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int nEntry = 0; /* Number of entries in the hash table */ + for(i=0; i<HASHTABLE_NSLOT; i++){ if( aHash[i] ) nEntry++; } + assert( nEntry==idx ); + } + + /* Verify that the every entry in the mapping region is reachable + ** via the hash table. This turns out to be a really, really expensive + ** thing to check, so only do this occasionally - not on every + ** iteration. + */ + if( (idx&0x3ff)==0 ){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + for(i=1; i<=idx; i++){ + for(iKey=walHash(aPgno[i]); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ + if( aHash[iKey]==i ) break; + } + assert( aHash[iKey]==i ); + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */ + } + + + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Recover the wal-index by reading the write-ahead log file. +** +** This routine first tries to establish an exclusive lock on the +** wal-index to prevent other threads/processes from doing anything +** with the WAL or wal-index while recovery is running. The +** WAL_RECOVER_LOCK is also held so that other threads will know +** that this thread is running recovery. If unable to establish +** the necessary locks, this routine returns SQLITE_BUSY. +*/ +static int walIndexRecover(Wal *pWal){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + i64 nSize; /* Size of log file */ + u32 aFrameCksum[2] = {0, 0}; + int iLock; /* Lock offset to lock for checkpoint */ + int nLock; /* Number of locks to hold */ + + /* Obtain an exclusive lock on all byte in the locking range not already + ** locked by the caller. The caller is guaranteed to have locked the + ** WAL_WRITE_LOCK byte, and may have also locked the WAL_CKPT_LOCK byte. + ** If successful, the same bytes that are locked here are unlocked before + ** this function returns. + */ + assert( pWal->ckptLock==1 || pWal->ckptLock==0 ); + assert( WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE==WAL_WRITE_LOCK+1 ); + assert( WAL_CKPT_LOCK==WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE ); + assert( pWal->writeLock ); + iLock = WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE + pWal->ckptLock; + nLock = SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK - iLock; + rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock); + if( rc ){ + return rc; + } + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery begin...\n", pWal)); + + memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); + + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &nSize); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto recovery_error; + } + + if( nSize>WAL_HDRSIZE ){ + u8 aBuf[WAL_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to load WAL header into */ + u8 *aFrame = 0; /* Malloc'd buffer to load entire frame */ + int szFrame; /* Number of bytes in buffer aFrame[] */ + u8 *aData; /* Pointer to data part of aFrame buffer */ + int iFrame; /* Index of last frame read */ + i64 iOffset; /* Next offset to read from log file */ + int szPage; /* Page size according to the log */ + u32 magic; /* Magic value read from WAL header */ + u32 version; /* Magic value read from WAL header */ + int isValid; /* True if this frame is valid */ + + /* Read in the WAL header. */ + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto recovery_error; + } + + /* If the database page size is not a power of two, or is greater than + ** SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, conclude that the WAL file contains no valid + ** data. Similarly, if the 'magic' value is invalid, ignore the whole + ** WAL file. + */ + magic = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[0]); + szPage = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[8]); + if( (magic&0xFFFFFFFE)!=WAL_MAGIC + || szPage&(szPage-1) + || szPage>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE + || szPage<512 + ){ + goto finished; + } + pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = (u8)(magic&0x00000001); + pWal->szPage = szPage; + pWal->nCkpt = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[12]); + memcpy(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aBuf[16], 8); + + /* Verify that the WAL header checksum is correct */ + walChecksumBytes(pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN, + aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum + ); + if( pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[24]) + || pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[28]) + ){ + goto finished; + } + + /* Verify that the version number on the WAL format is one that + ** are able to understand */ + version = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[4]); + if( version!=WAL_MAX_VERSION ){ + rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; + goto finished; + } + + /* Malloc a buffer to read frames into. */ + szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; + aFrame = (u8 *)sqlite3_malloc64(szFrame); + if( !aFrame ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + goto recovery_error; + } + aData = &aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE]; + + /* Read all frames from the log file. */ + iFrame = 0; + for(iOffset=WAL_HDRSIZE; (iOffset+szFrame)<=nSize; iOffset+=szFrame){ + u32 pgno; /* Database page number for frame */ + u32 nTruncate; /* dbsize field from frame header */ + + /* Read and decode the next log frame. */ + iFrame++; + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, szFrame, iOffset); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + isValid = walDecodeFrame(pWal, &pgno, &nTruncate, aData, aFrame); + if( !isValid ) break; + rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pgno); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + + /* If nTruncate is non-zero, this is a commit record. */ + if( nTruncate ){ + pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame; + pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate; + pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16)); + testcase( szPage<=32768 ); + testcase( szPage>=65536 ); + aFrameCksum[0] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]; + aFrameCksum[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]; + } + } + + sqlite3_free(aFrame); + } + +finished: + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; + int i; + pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aFrameCksum[0]; + pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aFrameCksum[1]; + walIndexWriteHdr(pWal); + + /* Reset the checkpoint-header. This is safe because this thread is + ** currently holding locks that exclude all other readers, writers and + ** checkpointers. + */ + pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); + pInfo->nBackfill = 0; + pInfo->nBackfillAttempted = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; + pInfo->aReadMark[0] = 0; + for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++) pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED; + if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) pInfo->aReadMark[1] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; + + /* If more than one frame was recovered from the log file, report an + ** event via sqlite3_log(). This is to help with identifying performance + ** problems caused by applications routinely shutting down without + ** checkpointing the log file. + */ + if( pWal->hdr.nPage ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL, + "recovered %d frames from WAL file %s", + pWal->hdr.mxFrame, pWal->zWalName + ); + } + } + +recovery_error: + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Close an open wal-index. +*/ +static void walIndexClose(Wal *pWal, int isDelete){ + if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<pWal->nWiData; i++){ + sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData[i]); + pWal->apWiData[i] = 0; + } + }else{ + sqlite3OsShmUnmap(pWal->pDbFd, isDelete); + } +} + +/* +** Open a connection to the WAL file zWalName. The database file must +** already be opened on connection pDbFd. The buffer that zWalName points +** to must remain valid for the lifetime of the returned Wal* handle. +** +** A SHARED lock should be held on the database file when this function +** is called. The purpose of this SHARED lock is to prevent any other +** client from unlinking the WAL or wal-index file. If another process +** were to do this just after this client opened one of these files, the +** system would be badly broken. +** +** If the log file is successfully opened, SQLITE_OK is returned and +** *ppWal is set to point to a new WAL handle. If an error occurs, +** an SQLite error code is returned and *ppWal is left unmodified. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* vfs module to open wal and wal-index */ + sqlite3_file *pDbFd, /* The open database file */ + const char *zWalName, /* Name of the WAL file */ + int bNoShm, /* True to run in heap-memory mode */ + i64 mxWalSize, /* Truncate WAL to this size on reset */ + Wal **ppWal /* OUT: Allocated Wal handle */ +){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + Wal *pRet; /* Object to allocate and return */ + int flags; /* Flags passed to OsOpen() */ + + assert( zWalName && zWalName[0] ); + assert( pDbFd ); + + /* In the amalgamation, the os_unix.c and os_win.c source files come before + ** this source file. Verify that the #defines of the locking byte offsets + ** in os_unix.c and os_win.c agree with the WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET value. + ** For that matter, if the lock offset ever changes from its initial design + ** value of 120, we need to know that so there is an assert() to check it. + */ + assert( 120==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET ); + assert( 136==WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE ); +#ifdef WIN_SHM_BASE + assert( WIN_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET ); +#endif +#ifdef UNIX_SHM_BASE + assert( UNIX_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET ); +#endif + + + /* Allocate an instance of struct Wal to return. */ + *ppWal = 0; + pRet = (Wal*)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Wal) + pVfs->szOsFile); + if( !pRet ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + + pRet->pVfs = pVfs; + pRet->pWalFd = (sqlite3_file *)&pRet[1]; + pRet->pDbFd = pDbFd; + pRet->readLock = -1; + pRet->mxWalSize = mxWalSize; + pRet->zWalName = zWalName; + pRet->syncHeader = 1; + pRet->padToSectorBoundary = 1; + pRet->exclusiveMode = (bNoShm ? WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE: WAL_NORMAL_MODE); + + /* Open file handle on the write-ahead log file. */ + flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_WAL); + rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zWalName, pRet->pWalFd, flags, &flags); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && flags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ + pRet->readOnly = WAL_RDONLY; + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + walIndexClose(pRet, 0); + sqlite3OsClose(pRet->pWalFd); + sqlite3_free(pRet); + }else{ + int iDC = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pDbFd); + if( iDC & SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL ){ pRet->syncHeader = 0; } + if( iDC & SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE ){ + pRet->padToSectorBoundary = 0; + } + *ppWal = pRet; + WALTRACE(("WAL%d: opened\n", pRet)); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Change the size to which the WAL file is trucated on each reset. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal *pWal, i64 iLimit){ + if( pWal ) pWal->mxWalSize = iLimit; +} + +/* +** Find the smallest page number out of all pages held in the WAL that +** has not been returned by any prior invocation of this method on the +** same WalIterator object. Write into *piFrame the frame index where +** that page was last written into the WAL. Write into *piPage the page +** number. +** +** Return 0 on success. If there are no pages in the WAL with a page +** number larger than *piPage, then return 1. +*/ +static int walIteratorNext( + WalIterator *p, /* Iterator */ + u32 *piPage, /* OUT: The page number of the next page */ + u32 *piFrame /* OUT: Wal frame index of next page */ +){ + u32 iMin; /* Result pgno must be greater than iMin */ + u32 iRet = 0xFFFFFFFF; /* 0xffffffff is never a valid page number */ + int i; /* For looping through segments */ + + iMin = p->iPrior; + assert( iMin<0xffffffff ); + for(i=p->nSegment-1; i>=0; i--){ + struct WalSegment *pSegment = &p->aSegment[i]; + while( pSegment->iNext<pSegment->nEntry ){ + u32 iPg = pSegment->aPgno[pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext]]; + if( iPg>iMin ){ + if( iPg<iRet ){ + iRet = iPg; + *piFrame = pSegment->iZero + pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext]; + } + break; + } + pSegment->iNext++; + } + } + + *piPage = p->iPrior = iRet; + return (iRet==0xFFFFFFFF); +} + +/* +** This function merges two sorted lists into a single sorted list. +** +** aLeft[] and aRight[] are arrays of indices. The sort key is +** aContent[aLeft[]] and aContent[aRight[]]. Upon entry, the following +** is guaranteed for all J<K: +** +** aContent[aLeft[J]] < aContent[aLeft[K]] +** aContent[aRight[J]] < aContent[aRight[K]] +** +** This routine overwrites aRight[] with a new (probably longer) sequence +** of indices such that the aRight[] contains every index that appears in +** either aLeft[] or the old aRight[] and such that the second condition +** above is still met. +** +** The aContent[aLeft[X]] values will be unique for all X. And the +** aContent[aRight[X]] values will be unique too. But there might be +** one or more combinations of X and Y such that +** +** aLeft[X]!=aRight[Y] && aContent[aLeft[X]] == aContent[aRight[Y]] +** +** When that happens, omit the aLeft[X] and use the aRight[Y] index. +*/ +static void walMerge( + const u32 *aContent, /* Pages in wal - keys for the sort */ + ht_slot *aLeft, /* IN: Left hand input list */ + int nLeft, /* IN: Elements in array *paLeft */ + ht_slot **paRight, /* IN/OUT: Right hand input list */ + int *pnRight, /* IN/OUT: Elements in *paRight */ + ht_slot *aTmp /* Temporary buffer */ +){ + int iLeft = 0; /* Current index in aLeft */ + int iRight = 0; /* Current index in aRight */ + int iOut = 0; /* Current index in output buffer */ + int nRight = *pnRight; + ht_slot *aRight = *paRight; + + assert( nLeft>0 && nRight>0 ); + while( iRight<nRight || iLeft<nLeft ){ + ht_slot logpage; + Pgno dbpage; + + if( (iLeft<nLeft) + && (iRight>=nRight || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]<aContent[aRight[iRight]]) + ){ + logpage = aLeft[iLeft++]; + }else{ + logpage = aRight[iRight++]; + } + dbpage = aContent[logpage]; + + aTmp[iOut++] = logpage; + if( iLeft<nLeft && aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]==dbpage ) iLeft++; + + assert( iLeft>=nLeft || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]>dbpage ); + assert( iRight>=nRight || aContent[aRight[iRight]]>dbpage ); + } + + *paRight = aLeft; + *pnRight = iOut; + memcpy(aLeft, aTmp, sizeof(aTmp[0])*iOut); +} + +/* +** Sort the elements in list aList using aContent[] as the sort key. +** Remove elements with duplicate keys, preferring to keep the +** larger aList[] values. +** +** The aList[] entries are indices into aContent[]. The values in +** aList[] are to be sorted so that for all J<K: +** +** aContent[aList[J]] < aContent[aList[K]] +** +** For any X and Y such that +** +** aContent[aList[X]] == aContent[aList[Y]] +** +** Keep the larger of the two values aList[X] and aList[Y] and discard +** the smaller. +*/ +static void walMergesort( + const u32 *aContent, /* Pages in wal */ + ht_slot *aBuffer, /* Buffer of at least *pnList items to use */ + ht_slot *aList, /* IN/OUT: List to sort */ + int *pnList /* IN/OUT: Number of elements in aList[] */ +){ + struct Sublist { + int nList; /* Number of elements in aList */ + ht_slot *aList; /* Pointer to sub-list content */ + }; + + const int nList = *pnList; /* Size of input list */ + int nMerge = 0; /* Number of elements in list aMerge */ + ht_slot *aMerge = 0; /* List to be merged */ + int iList; /* Index into input list */ + u32 iSub = 0; /* Index into aSub array */ + struct Sublist aSub[13]; /* Array of sub-lists */ + + memset(aSub, 0, sizeof(aSub)); + assert( nList<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE && nList>0 ); + assert( HASHTABLE_NPAGE==(1<<(ArraySize(aSub)-1)) ); + + for(iList=0; iList<nList; iList++){ + nMerge = 1; + aMerge = &aList[iList]; + for(iSub=0; iList & (1<<iSub); iSub++){ + struct Sublist *p; + assert( iSub<ArraySize(aSub) ); + p = &aSub[iSub]; + assert( p->aList && p->nList<=(1<<iSub) ); + assert( p->aList==&aList[iList&~((2<<iSub)-1)] ); + walMerge(aContent, p->aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer); + } + aSub[iSub].aList = aMerge; + aSub[iSub].nList = nMerge; + } + + for(iSub++; iSub<ArraySize(aSub); iSub++){ + if( nList & (1<<iSub) ){ + struct Sublist *p; + assert( iSub<ArraySize(aSub) ); + p = &aSub[iSub]; + assert( p->nList<=(1<<iSub) ); + assert( p->aList==&aList[nList&~((2<<iSub)-1)] ); + walMerge(aContent, p->aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer); + } + } + assert( aMerge==aList ); + *pnList = nMerge; + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + { + int i; + for(i=1; i<*pnList; i++){ + assert( aContent[aList[i]] > aContent[aList[i-1]] ); + } + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Free an iterator allocated by walIteratorInit(). +*/ +static void walIteratorFree(WalIterator *p){ + sqlite3_free(p); +} + +/* +** Construct a WalInterator object that can be used to loop over all +** pages in the WAL in ascending order. The caller must hold the checkpoint +** lock. +** +** On success, make *pp point to the newly allocated WalInterator object +** return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an error code. If this routine +** returns an error, the value of *pp is undefined. +** +** The calling routine should invoke walIteratorFree() to destroy the +** WalIterator object when it has finished with it. +*/ +static int walIteratorInit(Wal *pWal, WalIterator **pp){ + WalIterator *p; /* Return value */ + int nSegment; /* Number of segments to merge */ + u32 iLast; /* Last frame in log */ + int nByte; /* Number of bytes to allocate */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + ht_slot *aTmp; /* Temp space used by merge-sort */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + + /* This routine only runs while holding the checkpoint lock. And + ** it only runs if there is actually content in the log (mxFrame>0). + */ + assert( pWal->ckptLock && pWal->hdr.mxFrame>0 ); + iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; + + /* Allocate space for the WalIterator object. */ + nSegment = walFramePage(iLast) + 1; + nByte = sizeof(WalIterator) + + (nSegment-1)*sizeof(struct WalSegment) + + iLast*sizeof(ht_slot); + p = (WalIterator *)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte); + if( !p ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + memset(p, 0, nByte); + p->nSegment = nSegment; + + /* Allocate temporary space used by the merge-sort routine. This block + ** of memory will be freed before this function returns. + */ + aTmp = (ht_slot *)sqlite3_malloc64( + sizeof(ht_slot) * (iLast>HASHTABLE_NPAGE?HASHTABLE_NPAGE:iLast) + ); + if( !aTmp ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nSegment; i++){ + volatile ht_slot *aHash; + u32 iZero; + volatile u32 *aPgno; + + rc = walHashGet(pWal, i, &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int j; /* Counter variable */ + int nEntry; /* Number of entries in this segment */ + ht_slot *aIndex; /* Sorted index for this segment */ + + aPgno++; + if( (i+1)==nSegment ){ + nEntry = (int)(iLast - iZero); + }else{ + nEntry = (int)((u32*)aHash - (u32*)aPgno); + } + aIndex = &((ht_slot *)&p->aSegment[p->nSegment])[iZero]; + iZero++; + + for(j=0; j<nEntry; j++){ + aIndex[j] = (ht_slot)j; + } + walMergesort((u32 *)aPgno, aTmp, aIndex, &nEntry); + p->aSegment[i].iZero = iZero; + p->aSegment[i].nEntry = nEntry; + p->aSegment[i].aIndex = aIndex; + p->aSegment[i].aPgno = (u32 *)aPgno; + } + } + sqlite3_free(aTmp); + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + walIteratorFree(p); + } + *pp = p; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Attempt to obtain the exclusive WAL lock defined by parameters lockIdx and +** n. If the attempt fails and parameter xBusy is not NULL, then it is a +** busy-handler function. Invoke it and retry the lock until either the +** lock is successfully obtained or the busy-handler returns 0. +*/ +static int walBusyLock( + Wal *pWal, /* WAL connection */ + int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ + void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ + int lockIdx, /* Offset of first byte to lock */ + int n /* Number of bytes to lock */ +){ + int rc; + do { + rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, lockIdx, n); + }while( xBusy && rc==SQLITE_BUSY && xBusy(pBusyArg) ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** The cache of the wal-index header must be valid to call this function. +** Return the page-size in bytes used by the database. +*/ +static int walPagesize(Wal *pWal){ + return (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16); +} + +/* +** The following is guaranteed when this function is called: +** +** a) the WRITER lock is held, +** b) the entire log file has been checkpointed, and +** c) any existing readers are reading exclusively from the database +** file - there are no readers that may attempt to read a frame from +** the log file. +** +** This function updates the shared-memory structures so that the next +** client to write to the database (which may be this one) does so by +** writing frames into the start of the log file. +** +** The value of parameter salt1 is used as the aSalt[1] value in the +** new wal-index header. It should be passed a pseudo-random value (i.e. +** one obtained from sqlite3_randomness()). +*/ +static void walRestartHdr(Wal *pWal, u32 salt1){ + volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); + int i; /* Loop counter */ + u32 *aSalt = pWal->hdr.aSalt; /* Big-endian salt values */ + pWal->nCkpt++; + pWal->hdr.mxFrame = 0; + sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0], 1 + sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0])); + memcpy(&pWal->hdr.aSalt[1], &salt1, 4); + walIndexWriteHdr(pWal); + pInfo->nBackfill = 0; + pInfo->nBackfillAttempted = 0; + pInfo->aReadMark[1] = 0; + for(i=2; i<WAL_NREADER; i++) pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED; + assert( pInfo->aReadMark[0]==0 ); +} + +/* +** Copy as much content as we can from the WAL back into the database file +** in response to an sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() request or the equivalent. +** +** The amount of information copies from WAL to database might be limited +** by active readers. This routine will never overwrite a database page +** that a concurrent reader might be using. +** +** All I/O barrier operations (a.k.a fsyncs) occur in this routine when +** SQLite is in WAL-mode in synchronous=NORMAL. That means that if +** checkpoints are always run by a background thread or background +** process, foreground threads will never block on a lengthy fsync call. +** +** Fsync is called on the WAL before writing content out of the WAL and +** into the database. This ensures that if the new content is persistent +** in the WAL and can be recovered following a power-loss or hard reset. +** +** Fsync is also called on the database file if (and only if) the entire +** WAL content is copied into the database file. This second fsync makes +** it safe to delete the WAL since the new content will persist in the +** database file. +** +** This routine uses and updates the nBackfill field of the wal-index header. +** This is the only routine that will increase the value of nBackfill. +** (A WAL reset or recovery will revert nBackfill to zero, but not increase +** its value.) +** +** The caller must be holding sufficient locks to ensure that no other +** checkpoint is running (in any other thread or process) at the same +** time. +*/ +static int walCheckpoint( + Wal *pWal, /* Wal connection */ + int eMode, /* One of PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */ + int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ + void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ + int sync_flags, /* Flags for OsSync() (or 0) */ + u8 *zBuf /* Temporary buffer to use */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int szPage; /* Database page-size */ + WalIterator *pIter = 0; /* Wal iterator context */ + u32 iDbpage = 0; /* Next database page to write */ + u32 iFrame = 0; /* Wal frame containing data for iDbpage */ + u32 mxSafeFrame; /* Max frame that can be backfilled */ + u32 mxPage; /* Max database page to write */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; /* The checkpoint status information */ + + szPage = walPagesize(pWal); + testcase( szPage<=32768 ); + testcase( szPage>=65536 ); + pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); + if( pInfo->nBackfill<pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){ + + /* Allocate the iterator */ + rc = walIteratorInit(pWal, &pIter); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + assert( pIter ); + + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-62920-47450 The busy-handler callback is never invoked + ** in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode. */ + assert( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE || xBusy==0 ); + + /* Compute in mxSafeFrame the index of the last frame of the WAL that is + ** safe to write into the database. Frames beyond mxSafeFrame might + ** overwrite database pages that are in use by active readers and thus + ** cannot be backfilled from the WAL. + */ + mxSafeFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; + mxPage = pWal->hdr.nPage; + for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){ + /* Thread-sanitizer reports that the following is an unsafe read, + ** as some other thread may be in the process of updating the value + ** of the aReadMark[] slot. The assumption here is that if that is + ** happening, the other client may only be increasing the value, + ** not decreasing it. So assuming either that either the "old" or + ** "new" version of the value is read, and not some arbitrary value + ** that would never be written by a real client, things are still + ** safe. */ + u32 y = pInfo->aReadMark[i]; + if( mxSafeFrame>y ){ + assert( y<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); + rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pInfo->aReadMark[i] = (i==1 ? mxSafeFrame : READMARK_NOT_USED); + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + mxSafeFrame = y; + xBusy = 0; + }else{ + goto walcheckpoint_out; + } + } + } + + if( pInfo->nBackfill<mxSafeFrame + && (rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(0),1))==SQLITE_OK + ){ + i64 nSize; /* Current size of database file */ + u32 nBackfill = pInfo->nBackfill; + + pInfo->nBackfillAttempted = mxSafeFrame; + + /* Sync the WAL to disk */ + if( sync_flags ){ + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags); + } + + /* If the database may grow as a result of this checkpoint, hint + ** about the eventual size of the db file to the VFS layer. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + i64 nReq = ((i64)mxPage * szPage); + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pDbFd, &nSize); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nSize<nReq ){ + sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &nReq); + } + } + + + /* Iterate through the contents of the WAL, copying data to the db file */ + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==walIteratorNext(pIter, &iDbpage, &iFrame) ){ + i64 iOffset; + assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)==iDbpage ); + if( iFrame<=nBackfill || iFrame>mxSafeFrame || iDbpage>mxPage ){ + continue; + } + iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; + /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL file */ + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + iOffset = (iDbpage-1)*(i64)szPage; + testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pDbFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + } + + /* If work was actually accomplished... */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( mxSafeFrame==walIndexHdr(pWal)->mxFrame ){ + i64 szDb = pWal->hdr.nPage*(i64)szPage; + testcase( IS_BIG_INT(szDb) ); + rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pDbFd, szDb); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sync_flags ){ + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pDbFd, sync_flags); + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pInfo->nBackfill = mxSafeFrame; + } + } + + /* Release the reader lock held while backfilling */ + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0), 1); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + /* Reset the return code so as not to report a checkpoint failure + ** just because there are active readers. */ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + /* If this is an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART or TRUNCATE operation, and the + ** entire wal file has been copied into the database file, then block + ** until all readers have finished using the wal file. This ensures that + ** the next process to write to the database restarts the wal file. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){ + assert( pWal->writeLock ); + if( pInfo->nBackfill<pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + }else if( eMode>=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ){ + u32 salt1; + sqlite3_randomness(4, &salt1); + assert( pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); + rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE ){ + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-44699-57140 This mode works the same way as + ** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART with the addition that it also + ** truncates the log file to zero bytes just prior to a + ** successful return. + ** + ** In theory, it might be safe to do this without updating the + ** wal-index header in shared memory, as all subsequent reader or + ** writer clients should see that the entire log file has been + ** checkpointed and behave accordingly. This seems unsafe though, + ** as it would leave the system in a state where the contents of + ** the wal-index header do not match the contents of the + ** file-system. To avoid this, update the wal-index header to + ** indicate that the log file contains zero valid frames. */ + walRestartHdr(pWal, salt1); + rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pWalFd, 0); + } + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); + } + } + } + + walcheckpoint_out: + walIteratorFree(pIter); + return rc; +} + +/* +** If the WAL file is currently larger than nMax bytes in size, truncate +** it to exactly nMax bytes. If an error occurs while doing so, ignore it. +*/ +static void walLimitSize(Wal *pWal, i64 nMax){ + i64 sz; + int rx; + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + rx = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &sz); + if( rx==SQLITE_OK && (sz > nMax ) ){ + rx = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pWalFd, nMax); + } + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + if( rx ){ + sqlite3_log(rx, "cannot limit WAL size: %s", pWal->zWalName); + } +} + +/* +** Close a connection to a log file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose( + Wal *pWal, /* Wal to close */ + int sync_flags, /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */ + int nBuf, + u8 *zBuf /* Buffer of at least nBuf bytes */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pWal ){ + int isDelete = 0; /* True to unlink wal and wal-index files */ + + /* If an EXCLUSIVE lock can be obtained on the database file (using the + ** ordinary, rollback-mode locking methods, this guarantees that the + ** connection associated with this log file is the only connection to + ** the database. In this case checkpoint the database and unlink both + ** the wal and wal-index files. + ** + ** The EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. + */ + rc = sqlite3OsLock(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_NORMAL_MODE ){ + pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE; + } + rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint( + pWal, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0, sync_flags, nBuf, zBuf, 0, 0 + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int bPersist = -1; + sqlite3OsFileControlHint( + pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL, &bPersist + ); + if( bPersist!=1 ){ + /* Try to delete the WAL file if the checkpoint completed and + ** fsyned (rc==SQLITE_OK) and if we are not in persistent-wal + ** mode (!bPersist) */ + isDelete = 1; + }else if( pWal->mxWalSize>=0 ){ + /* Try to truncate the WAL file to zero bytes if the checkpoint + ** completed and fsynced (rc==SQLITE_OK) and we are in persistent + ** WAL mode (bPersist) and if the PRAGMA journal_size_limit is a + ** non-negative value (pWal->mxWalSize>=0). Note that we truncate + ** to zero bytes as truncating to the journal_size_limit might + ** leave a corrupt WAL file on disk. */ + walLimitSize(pWal, 0); + } + } + } + + walIndexClose(pWal, isDelete); + sqlite3OsClose(pWal->pWalFd); + if( isDelete ){ + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + sqlite3OsDelete(pWal->pVfs, pWal->zWalName, 0); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + } + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: closed\n", pWal)); + sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData); + sqlite3_free(pWal); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Try to read the wal-index header. Return 0 on success and 1 if +** there is a problem. +** +** The wal-index is in shared memory. Another thread or process might +** be writing the header at the same time this procedure is trying to +** read it, which might result in inconsistency. A dirty read is detected +** by verifying that both copies of the header are the same and also by +** a checksum on the header. +** +** If and only if the read is consistent and the header is different from +** pWal->hdr, then pWal->hdr is updated to the content of the new header +** and *pChanged is set to 1. +** +** If the checksum cannot be verified return non-zero. If the header +** is read successfully and the checksum verified, return zero. +*/ +static int walIndexTryHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ + u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum on the header content */ + WalIndexHdr h1, h2; /* Two copies of the header content */ + WalIndexHdr volatile *aHdr; /* Header in shared memory */ + + /* The first page of the wal-index must be mapped at this point. */ + assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] ); + + /* Read the header. This might happen concurrently with a write to the + ** same area of shared memory on a different CPU in a SMP, + ** meaning it is possible that an inconsistent snapshot is read + ** from the file. If this happens, return non-zero. + ** + ** There are two copies of the header at the beginning of the wal-index. + ** When reading, read [0] first then [1]. Writes are in the reverse order. + ** Memory barriers are used to prevent the compiler or the hardware from + ** reordering the reads and writes. + */ + aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal); + memcpy(&h1, (void *)&aHdr[0], sizeof(h1)); + walShmBarrier(pWal); + memcpy(&h2, (void *)&aHdr[1], sizeof(h2)); + + if( memcmp(&h1, &h2, sizeof(h1))!=0 ){ + return 1; /* Dirty read */ + } + if( h1.isInit==0 ){ + return 1; /* Malformed header - probably all zeros */ + } + walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&h1, sizeof(h1)-sizeof(h1.aCksum), 0, aCksum); + if( aCksum[0]!=h1.aCksum[0] || aCksum[1]!=h1.aCksum[1] ){ + return 1; /* Checksum does not match */ + } + + if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){ + *pChanged = 1; + memcpy(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); + pWal->szPage = (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16); + testcase( pWal->szPage<=32768 ); + testcase( pWal->szPage>=65536 ); + } + + /* The header was successfully read. Return zero. */ + return 0; +} + +/* +** Read the wal-index header from the wal-index and into pWal->hdr. +** If the wal-header appears to be corrupt, try to reconstruct the +** wal-index from the WAL before returning. +** +** Set *pChanged to 1 if the wal-index header value in pWal->hdr is +** changed by this operation. If pWal->hdr is unchanged, set *pChanged +** to 0. +** +** If the wal-index header is successfully read, return SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int badHdr; /* True if a header read failed */ + volatile u32 *page0; /* Chunk of wal-index containing header */ + + /* Ensure that page 0 of the wal-index (the page that contains the + ** wal-index header) is mapped. Return early if an error occurs here. + */ + assert( pChanged ); + rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + }; + assert( page0 || pWal->writeLock==0 ); + + /* If the first page of the wal-index has been mapped, try to read the + ** wal-index header immediately, without holding any lock. This usually + ** works, but may fail if the wal-index header is corrupt or currently + ** being modified by another thread or process. + */ + badHdr = (page0 ? walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged) : 1); + + /* If the first attempt failed, it might have been due to a race + ** with a writer. So get a WRITE lock and try again. + */ + assert( badHdr==0 || pWal->writeLock==0 ); + if( badHdr ){ + if( pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY ){ + if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK)) ){ + walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK); + rc = SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY; + } + }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1)) ){ + pWal->writeLock = 1; + if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0)) ){ + badHdr = walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged); + if( badHdr ){ + /* If the wal-index header is still malformed even while holding + ** a WRITE lock, it can only mean that the header is corrupted and + ** needs to be reconstructed. So run recovery to do exactly that. + */ + rc = walIndexRecover(pWal); + *pChanged = 1; + } + } + pWal->writeLock = 0; + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); + } + } + + /* If the header is read successfully, check the version number to make + ** sure the wal-index was not constructed with some future format that + ** this version of SQLite cannot understand. + */ + if( badHdr==0 && pWal->hdr.iVersion!=WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION ){ + rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This is the value that walTryBeginRead returns when it needs to +** be retried. +*/ +#define WAL_RETRY (-1) + +/* +** Attempt to start a read transaction. This might fail due to a race or +** other transient condition. When that happens, it returns WAL_RETRY to +** indicate to the caller that it is safe to retry immediately. +** +** On success return SQLITE_OK. On a permanent failure (such an +** I/O error or an SQLITE_BUSY because another process is running +** recovery) return a positive error code. +** +** The useWal parameter is true to force the use of the WAL and disable +** the case where the WAL is bypassed because it has been completely +** checkpointed. If useWal==0 then this routine calls walIndexReadHdr() +** to make a copy of the wal-index header into pWal->hdr. If the +** wal-index header has changed, *pChanged is set to 1 (as an indication +** to the caller that the local paget cache is obsolete and needs to be +** flushed.) When useWal==1, the wal-index header is assumed to already +** be loaded and the pChanged parameter is unused. +** +** The caller must set the cnt parameter to the number of prior calls to +** this routine during the current read attempt that returned WAL_RETRY. +** This routine will start taking more aggressive measures to clear the +** race conditions after multiple WAL_RETRY returns, and after an excessive +** number of errors will ultimately return SQLITE_PROTOCOL. The +** SQLITE_PROTOCOL return indicates that some other process has gone rogue +** and is not honoring the locking protocol. There is a vanishingly small +** chance that SQLITE_PROTOCOL could be returned because of a run of really +** bad luck when there is lots of contention for the wal-index, but that +** possibility is so small that it can be safely neglected, we believe. +** +** On success, this routine obtains a read lock on +** WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock). The pWal->readLock integer is +** in the range 0 <= pWal->readLock < WAL_NREADER. If pWal->readLock==(-1) +** that means the Wal does not hold any read lock. The reader must not +** access any database page that is modified by a WAL frame up to and +** including frame number aReadMark[pWal->readLock]. The reader will +** use WAL frames up to and including pWal->hdr.mxFrame if pWal->readLock>0 +** Or if pWal->readLock==0, then the reader will ignore the WAL +** completely and get all content directly from the database file. +** If the useWal parameter is 1 then the WAL will never be ignored and +** this routine will always set pWal->readLock>0 on success. +** When the read transaction is completed, the caller must release the +** lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock) and set pWal->readLock to -1. +** +** This routine uses the nBackfill and aReadMark[] fields of the header +** to select a particular WAL_READ_LOCK() that strives to let the +** checkpoint process do as much work as possible. This routine might +** update values of the aReadMark[] array in the header, but if it does +** so it takes care to hold an exclusive lock on the corresponding +** WAL_READ_LOCK() while changing values. +*/ +static int walTryBeginRead(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged, int useWal, int cnt){ + volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; /* Checkpoint information in wal-index */ + u32 mxReadMark; /* Largest aReadMark[] value */ + int mxI; /* Index of largest aReadMark[] value */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + u32 mxFrame; /* Wal frame to lock to */ + + assert( pWal->readLock<0 ); /* Not currently locked */ + + /* Take steps to avoid spinning forever if there is a protocol error. + ** + ** Circumstances that cause a RETRY should only last for the briefest + ** instances of time. No I/O or other system calls are done while the + ** locks are held, so the locks should not be held for very long. But + ** if we are unlucky, another process that is holding a lock might get + ** paged out or take a page-fault that is time-consuming to resolve, + ** during the few nanoseconds that it is holding the lock. In that case, + ** it might take longer than normal for the lock to free. + ** + ** After 5 RETRYs, we begin calling sqlite3OsSleep(). The first few + ** calls to sqlite3OsSleep() have a delay of 1 microsecond. Really this + ** is more of a scheduler yield than an actual delay. But on the 10th + ** an subsequent retries, the delays start becoming longer and longer, + ** so that on the 100th (and last) RETRY we delay for 323 milliseconds. + ** The total delay time before giving up is less than 10 seconds. + */ + if( cnt>5 ){ + int nDelay = 1; /* Pause time in microseconds */ + if( cnt>100 ){ + VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = 1; ) + return SQLITE_PROTOCOL; + } + if( cnt>=10 ) nDelay = (cnt-9)*(cnt-9)*39; + sqlite3OsSleep(pWal->pVfs, nDelay); + } + + if( !useWal ){ + rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, pChanged); + if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + /* If there is not a recovery running in another thread or process + ** then convert BUSY errors to WAL_RETRY. If recovery is known to + ** be running, convert BUSY to BUSY_RECOVERY. There is a race here + ** which might cause WAL_RETRY to be returned even if BUSY_RECOVERY + ** would be technically correct. But the race is benign since with + ** WAL_RETRY this routine will be called again and will probably be + ** right on the second iteration. + */ + if( pWal->apWiData[0]==0 ){ + /* This branch is taken when the xShmMap() method returns SQLITE_BUSY. + ** We assume this is a transient condition, so return WAL_RETRY. The + ** xShmMap() implementation used by the default unix and win32 VFS + ** modules may return SQLITE_BUSY due to a race condition in the + ** code that determines whether or not the shared-memory region + ** must be zeroed before the requested page is returned. + */ + rc = WAL_RETRY; + }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK)) ){ + walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK); + rc = WAL_RETRY; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY; + } + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + } + + pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); + if( !useWal && pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT + && (pWal->pSnapshot==0 || pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0 + || 0==memcmp(&pWal->hdr, pWal->pSnapshot, sizeof(WalIndexHdr))) +#endif + ){ + /* The WAL has been completely backfilled (or it is empty). + ** and can be safely ignored. + */ + rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); + walShmBarrier(pWal); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){ + /* It is not safe to allow the reader to continue here if frames + ** may have been appended to the log before READ_LOCK(0) was obtained. + ** When holding READ_LOCK(0), the reader ignores the entire log file, + ** which implies that the database file contains a trustworthy + ** snapshot. Since holding READ_LOCK(0) prevents a checkpoint from + ** happening, this is usually correct. + ** + ** However, if frames have been appended to the log (or if the log + ** is wrapped and written for that matter) before the READ_LOCK(0) + ** is obtained, that is not necessarily true. A checkpointer may + ** have started to backfill the appended frames but crashed before + ** it finished. Leaving a corrupt image in the database file. + */ + walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); + return WAL_RETRY; + } + pWal->readLock = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ + return rc; + } + } + + /* If we get this far, it means that the reader will want to use + ** the WAL to get at content from recent commits. The job now is + ** to select one of the aReadMark[] entries that is closest to + ** but not exceeding pWal->hdr.mxFrame and lock that entry. + */ + mxReadMark = 0; + mxI = 0; + mxFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT + if( pWal->pSnapshot && pWal->pSnapshot->mxFrame<mxFrame ){ + mxFrame = pWal->pSnapshot->mxFrame; + } +#endif + for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){ + u32 thisMark = pInfo->aReadMark[i]; + if( mxReadMark<=thisMark && thisMark<=mxFrame ){ + assert( thisMark!=READMARK_NOT_USED ); + mxReadMark = thisMark; + mxI = i; + } + } + if( (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)==0 + && (mxReadMark<mxFrame || mxI==0) + ){ + for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){ + rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + mxReadMark = pInfo->aReadMark[i] = mxFrame; + mxI = i; + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); + break; + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ + return rc; + } + } + } + if( mxI==0 ){ + assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)!=0 ); + return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK; + } + + rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI)); + if( rc ){ + return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : rc; + } + /* Now that the read-lock has been obtained, check that neither the + ** value in the aReadMark[] array or the contents of the wal-index + ** header have changed. + ** + ** It is necessary to check that the wal-index header did not change + ** between the time it was read and when the shared-lock was obtained + ** on WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI) was obtained to account for the possibility + ** that the log file may have been wrapped by a writer, or that frames + ** that occur later in the log than pWal->hdr.mxFrame may have been + ** copied into the database by a checkpointer. If either of these things + ** happened, then reading the database with the current value of + ** pWal->hdr.mxFrame risks reading a corrupted snapshot. So, retry + ** instead. + ** + ** Before checking that the live wal-index header has not changed + ** since it was read, set Wal.minFrame to the first frame in the wal + ** file that has not yet been checkpointed. This client will not need + ** to read any frames earlier than minFrame from the wal file - they + ** can be safely read directly from the database file. + ** + ** Because a ShmBarrier() call is made between taking the copy of + ** nBackfill and checking that the wal-header in shared-memory still + ** matches the one cached in pWal->hdr, it is guaranteed that the + ** checkpointer that set nBackfill was not working with a wal-index + ** header newer than that cached in pWal->hdr. If it were, that could + ** cause a problem. The checkpointer could omit to checkpoint + ** a version of page X that lies before pWal->minFrame (call that version + ** A) on the basis that there is a newer version (version B) of the same + ** page later in the wal file. But if version B happens to like past + ** frame pWal->hdr.mxFrame - then the client would incorrectly assume + ** that it can read version A from the database file. However, since + ** we can guarantee that the checkpointer that set nBackfill could not + ** see any pages past pWal->hdr.mxFrame, this problem does not come up. + */ + pWal->minFrame = pInfo->nBackfill+1; + walShmBarrier(pWal); + if( pInfo->aReadMark[mxI]!=mxReadMark + || memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) + ){ + walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI)); + return WAL_RETRY; + }else{ + assert( mxReadMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); + pWal->readLock = (i16)mxI; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Begin a read transaction on the database. +** +** This routine used to be called sqlite3OpenSnapshot() and with good reason: +** it takes a snapshot of the state of the WAL and wal-index for the current +** instant in time. The current thread will continue to use this snapshot. +** Other threads might append new content to the WAL and wal-index but +** that extra content is ignored by the current thread. +** +** If the database contents have changes since the previous read +** transaction, then *pChanged is set to 1 before returning. The +** Pager layer will use this to know that is cache is stale and +** needs to be flushed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int cnt = 0; /* Number of TryBeginRead attempts */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT + int bChanged = 0; + WalIndexHdr *pSnapshot = pWal->pSnapshot; + if( pSnapshot && memcmp(pSnapshot, &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){ + bChanged = 1; + } +#endif + + do{ + rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, pChanged, 0, ++cnt); + }while( rc==WAL_RETRY ); + testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY ); + testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ); + testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL ); + testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pSnapshot && memcmp(pSnapshot, &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){ + /* At this point the client has a lock on an aReadMark[] slot holding + ** a value equal to or smaller than pSnapshot->mxFrame, but pWal->hdr + ** is populated with the wal-index header corresponding to the head + ** of the wal file. Verify that pSnapshot is still valid before + ** continuing. Reasons why pSnapshot might no longer be valid: + ** + ** (1) The WAL file has been reset since the snapshot was taken. + ** In this case, the salt will have changed. + ** + ** (2) A checkpoint as been attempted that wrote frames past + ** pSnapshot->mxFrame into the database file. Note that the + ** checkpoint need not have completed for this to cause problems. + */ + volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); + + assert( pWal->readLock>0 || pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0 ); + assert( pInfo->aReadMark[pWal->readLock]<=pSnapshot->mxFrame ); + + /* It is possible that there is a checkpointer thread running + ** concurrent with this code. If this is the case, it may be that the + ** checkpointer has already determined that it will checkpoint + ** snapshot X, where X is later in the wal file than pSnapshot, but + ** has not yet set the pInfo->nBackfillAttempted variable to indicate + ** its intent. To avoid the race condition this leads to, ensure that + ** there is no checkpointer process by taking a shared CKPT lock + ** before checking pInfo->nBackfillAttempted. */ + rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* Check that the wal file has not been wrapped. Assuming that it has + ** not, also check that no checkpointer has attempted to checkpoint any + ** frames beyond pSnapshot->mxFrame. If either of these conditions are + ** true, return SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT. Otherwise, overwrite pWal->hdr + ** with *pSnapshot and set *pChanged as appropriate for opening the + ** snapshot. */ + if( !memcmp(pSnapshot->aSalt, pWal->hdr.aSalt, sizeof(pWal->hdr.aSalt)) + && pSnapshot->mxFrame>=pInfo->nBackfillAttempted + ){ + assert( pWal->readLock>0 ); + memcpy(&pWal->hdr, pSnapshot, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); + *pChanged = bChanged; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT; + } + + /* Release the shared CKPT lock obtained above. */ + walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK); + } + + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pWal); + } + } + } +#endif + return rc; +} + +/* +** Finish with a read transaction. All this does is release the +** read-lock. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal){ + sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal); + if( pWal->readLock>=0 ){ + walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock)); + pWal->readLock = -1; + } +} + +/* +** Search the wal file for page pgno. If found, set *piRead to the frame that +** contains the page. Otherwise, if pgno is not in the wal file, set *piRead +** to zero. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error code if an error occurs. If an +** error does occur, the final value of *piRead is undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFindFrame( + Wal *pWal, /* WAL handle */ + Pgno pgno, /* Database page number to read data for */ + u32 *piRead /* OUT: Frame number (or zero) */ +){ + u32 iRead = 0; /* If !=0, WAL frame to return data from */ + u32 iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; /* Last page in WAL for this reader */ + int iHash; /* Used to loop through N hash tables */ + int iMinHash; + + /* This routine is only be called from within a read transaction. */ + assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError ); + + /* If the "last page" field of the wal-index header snapshot is 0, then + ** no data will be read from the wal under any circumstances. Return early + ** in this case as an optimization. Likewise, if pWal->readLock==0, + ** then the WAL is ignored by the reader so return early, as if the + ** WAL were empty. + */ + if( iLast==0 || pWal->readLock==0 ){ + *piRead = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Search the hash table or tables for an entry matching page number + ** pgno. Each iteration of the following for() loop searches one + ** hash table (each hash table indexes up to HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames). + ** + ** This code might run concurrently to the code in walIndexAppend() + ** that adds entries to the wal-index (and possibly to this hash + ** table). This means the value just read from the hash + ** slot (aHash[iKey]) may have been added before or after the + ** current read transaction was opened. Values added after the + ** read transaction was opened may have been written incorrectly - + ** i.e. these slots may contain garbage data. However, we assume + ** that any slots written before the current read transaction was + ** opened remain unmodified. + ** + ** For the reasons above, the if(...) condition featured in the inner + ** loop of the following block is more stringent that would be required + ** if we had exclusive access to the hash-table: + ** + ** (aPgno[iFrame]==pgno): + ** This condition filters out normal hash-table collisions. + ** + ** (iFrame<=iLast): + ** This condition filters out entries that were added to the hash + ** table after the current read-transaction had started. + */ + iMinHash = walFramePage(pWal->minFrame); + for(iHash=walFramePage(iLast); iHash>=iMinHash && iRead==0; iHash--){ + volatile ht_slot *aHash; /* Pointer to hash table */ + volatile u32 *aPgno; /* Pointer to array of page numbers */ + u32 iZero; /* Frame number corresponding to aPgno[0] */ + int iKey; /* Hash slot index */ + int nCollide; /* Number of hash collisions remaining */ + int rc; /* Error code */ + + rc = walHashGet(pWal, iHash, &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + nCollide = HASHTABLE_NSLOT; + for(iKey=walHash(pgno); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ + u32 iFrame = aHash[iKey] + iZero; + if( iFrame<=iLast && iFrame>=pWal->minFrame && aPgno[aHash[iKey]]==pgno ){ + assert( iFrame>iRead || CORRUPT_DB ); + iRead = iFrame; + } + if( (nCollide--)==0 ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + } + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT + /* If expensive assert() statements are available, do a linear search + ** of the wal-index file content. Make sure the results agree with the + ** result obtained using the hash indexes above. */ + { + u32 iRead2 = 0; + u32 iTest; + assert( pWal->minFrame>0 ); + for(iTest=iLast; iTest>=pWal->minFrame; iTest--){ + if( walFramePgno(pWal, iTest)==pgno ){ + iRead2 = iTest; + break; + } + } + assert( iRead==iRead2 ); + } +#endif + + *piRead = iRead; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Read the contents of frame iRead from the wal file into buffer pOut +** (which is nOut bytes in size). Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an +** error code otherwise. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalReadFrame( + Wal *pWal, /* WAL handle */ + u32 iRead, /* Frame to read */ + int nOut, /* Size of buffer pOut in bytes */ + u8 *pOut /* Buffer to write page data to */ +){ + int sz; + i64 iOffset; + sz = pWal->hdr.szPage; + sz = (sz&0xfe00) + ((sz&0x0001)<<16); + testcase( sz<=32768 ); + testcase( sz>=65536 ); + iOffset = walFrameOffset(iRead, sz) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; + /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL */ + return sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, pOut, (nOut>sz ? sz : nOut), iOffset); +} + +/* +** Return the size of the database in pages (or zero, if unknown). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal){ + if( pWal && ALWAYS(pWal->readLock>=0) ){ + return pWal->hdr.nPage; + } + return 0; +} + + +/* +** This function starts a write transaction on the WAL. +** +** A read transaction must have already been started by a prior call +** to sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(). +** +** If another thread or process has written into the database since +** the read transaction was started, then it is not possible for this +** thread to write as doing so would cause a fork. So this routine +** returns SQLITE_BUSY in that case and no write transaction is started. +** +** There can only be a single writer active at a time. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){ + int rc; + + /* Cannot start a write transaction without first holding a read + ** transaction. */ + assert( pWal->readLock>=0 ); + assert( pWal->writeLock==0 && pWal->iReCksum==0 ); + + if( pWal->readOnly ){ + return SQLITE_READONLY; + } + + /* Only one writer allowed at a time. Get the write lock. Return + ** SQLITE_BUSY if unable. + */ + rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); + if( rc ){ + return rc; + } + pWal->writeLock = 1; + + /* If another connection has written to the database file since the + ** time the read transaction on this connection was started, then + ** the write is disallowed. + */ + if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){ + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); + pWal->writeLock = 0; + rc = SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** End a write transaction. The commit has already been done. This +** routine merely releases the lock. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){ + if( pWal->writeLock ){ + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); + pWal->writeLock = 0; + pWal->iReCksum = 0; + pWal->truncateOnCommit = 0; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** If any data has been written (but not committed) to the log file, this +** function moves the write-pointer back to the start of the transaction. +** +** Additionally, the callback function is invoked for each frame written +** to the WAL since the start of the transaction. If the callback returns +** other than SQLITE_OK, it is not invoked again and the error code is +** returned to the caller. +** +** Otherwise, if the callback function does not return an error, this +** function returns SQLITE_OK. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( ALWAYS(pWal->writeLock) ){ + Pgno iMax = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; + Pgno iFrame; + + /* Restore the clients cache of the wal-index header to the state it + ** was in before the client began writing to the database. + */ + memcpy(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); + + for(iFrame=pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1; + ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) && iFrame<=iMax; + iFrame++ + ){ + /* This call cannot fail. Unless the page for which the page number + ** is passed as the second argument is (a) in the cache and + ** (b) has an outstanding reference, then xUndo is either a no-op + ** (if (a) is false) or simply expels the page from the cache (if (b) + ** is false). + ** + ** If the upper layer is doing a rollback, it is guaranteed that there + ** are no outstanding references to any page other than page 1. And + ** page 1 is never written to the log until the transaction is + ** committed. As a result, the call to xUndo may not fail. + */ + assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)!=1 ); + rc = xUndo(pUndoCtx, walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)); + } + if( iMax!=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) walCleanupHash(pWal); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Argument aWalData must point to an array of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 +** values. This function populates the array with values required to +** "rollback" the write position of the WAL handle back to the current +** point in the event of a savepoint rollback (via WalSavepointUndo()). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){ + assert( pWal->writeLock ); + aWalData[0] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; + aWalData[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]; + aWalData[2] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]; + aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt; +} + +/* +** Move the write position of the WAL back to the point identified by +** the values in the aWalData[] array. aWalData must point to an array +** of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 values that has been previously populated +** by a call to WalSavepoint(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( pWal->writeLock ); + assert( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt || aWalData[0]<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); + + if( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt ){ + /* This savepoint was opened immediately after the write-transaction + ** was started. Right after that, the writer decided to wrap around + ** to the start of the log. Update the savepoint values to match. + */ + aWalData[0] = 0; + aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt; + } + + if( aWalData[0]<pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){ + pWal->hdr.mxFrame = aWalData[0]; + pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aWalData[1]; + pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aWalData[2]; + walCleanupHash(pWal); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called just before writing a set of frames to the log +** file (see sqlite3WalFrames()). It checks to see if, instead of appending +** to the current log file, it is possible to overwrite the start of the +** existing log file with the new frames (i.e. "reset" the log). If so, +** it sets pWal->hdr.mxFrame to 0. Otherwise, pWal->hdr.mxFrame is left +** unchanged. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error is encountered (regardless of whether +** or not pWal->hdr.mxFrame is modified). An SQLite error code is returned +** if an error occurs. +*/ +static int walRestartLog(Wal *pWal){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int cnt; + + if( pWal->readLock==0 ){ + volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); + assert( pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); + if( pInfo->nBackfill>0 ){ + u32 salt1; + sqlite3_randomness(4, &salt1); + rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* If all readers are using WAL_READ_LOCK(0) (in other words if no + ** readers are currently using the WAL), then the transactions + ** frames will overwrite the start of the existing log. Update the + ** wal-index header to reflect this. + ** + ** In theory it would be Ok to update the cache of the header only + ** at this point. But updating the actual wal-index header is also + ** safe and means there is no special case for sqlite3WalUndo() + ** to handle if this transaction is rolled back. */ + walRestartHdr(pWal, salt1); + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ + return rc; + } + } + walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); + pWal->readLock = -1; + cnt = 0; + do{ + int notUsed; + rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, ¬Used, 1, ++cnt); + }while( rc==WAL_RETRY ); + assert( (rc&0xff)!=SQLITE_BUSY ); /* BUSY not possible when useWal==1 */ + testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ); + testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL ); + testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Information about the current state of the WAL file and where +** the next fsync should occur - passed from sqlite3WalFrames() into +** walWriteToLog(). +*/ +typedef struct WalWriter { + Wal *pWal; /* The complete WAL information */ + sqlite3_file *pFd; /* The WAL file to which we write */ + sqlite3_int64 iSyncPoint; /* Fsync at this offset */ + int syncFlags; /* Flags for the fsync */ + int szPage; /* Size of one page */ +} WalWriter; + +/* +** Write iAmt bytes of content into the WAL file beginning at iOffset. +** Do a sync when crossing the p->iSyncPoint boundary. +** +** In other words, if iSyncPoint is in between iOffset and iOffset+iAmt, +** first write the part before iSyncPoint, then sync, then write the +** rest. +*/ +static int walWriteToLog( + WalWriter *p, /* WAL to write to */ + void *pContent, /* Content to be written */ + int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */ + sqlite3_int64 iOffset /* Start writing at this offset */ +){ + int rc; + if( iOffset<p->iSyncPoint && iOffset+iAmt>=p->iSyncPoint ){ + int iFirstAmt = (int)(p->iSyncPoint - iOffset); + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, pContent, iFirstAmt, iOffset); + if( rc ) return rc; + iOffset += iFirstAmt; + iAmt -= iFirstAmt; + pContent = (void*)(iFirstAmt + (char*)pContent); + assert( p->syncFlags & (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL|SQLITE_SYNC_FULL) ); + rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pFd, p->syncFlags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK); + if( iAmt==0 || rc ) return rc; + } + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, pContent, iAmt, iOffset); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Write out a single frame of the WAL +*/ +static int walWriteOneFrame( + WalWriter *p, /* Where to write the frame */ + PgHdr *pPage, /* The page of the frame to be written */ + int nTruncate, /* The commit flag. Usually 0. >0 for commit */ + sqlite3_int64 iOffset /* Byte offset at which to write */ +){ + int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ + void *pData; /* Data actually written */ + u8 aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to assemble frame-header in */ +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) + if( (pData = sqlite3PagerCodec(pPage))==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; +#else + pData = pPage->pData; +#endif + walEncodeFrame(p->pWal, pPage->pgno, nTruncate, pData, aFrame); + rc = walWriteToLog(p, aFrame, sizeof(aFrame), iOffset); + if( rc ) return rc; + /* Write the page data */ + rc = walWriteToLog(p, pData, p->szPage, iOffset+sizeof(aFrame)); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called as part of committing a transaction within which +** one or more frames have been overwritten. It updates the checksums for +** all frames written to the wal file by the current transaction starting +** with the earliest to have been overwritten. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. +*/ +static int walRewriteChecksums(Wal *pWal, u32 iLast){ + const int szPage = pWal->szPage;/* Database page size */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + u8 *aBuf; /* Buffer to load data from wal file into */ + u8 aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to assemble frame-headers in */ + u32 iRead; /* Next frame to read from wal file */ + i64 iCksumOff; + + aBuf = sqlite3_malloc(szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE); + if( aBuf==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + + /* Find the checksum values to use as input for the recalculating the + ** first checksum. If the first frame is frame 1 (implying that the current + ** transaction restarted the wal file), these values must be read from the + ** wal-file header. Otherwise, read them from the frame header of the + ** previous frame. */ + assert( pWal->iReCksum>0 ); + if( pWal->iReCksum==1 ){ + iCksumOff = 24; + }else{ + iCksumOff = walFrameOffset(pWal->iReCksum-1, szPage) + 16; + } + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aBuf, sizeof(u32)*2, iCksumOff); + pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = sqlite3Get4byte(aBuf); + pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[sizeof(u32)]); + + iRead = pWal->iReCksum; + pWal->iReCksum = 0; + for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && iRead<=iLast; iRead++){ + i64 iOff = walFrameOffset(iRead, szPage); + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aBuf, szPage+WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE, iOff); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u32 iPgno, nDbSize; + iPgno = sqlite3Get4byte(aBuf); + nDbSize = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[4]); + + walEncodeFrame(pWal, iPgno, nDbSize, &aBuf[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE], aFrame); + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, sizeof(aFrame), iOff); + } + } + + sqlite3_free(aBuf); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Write a set of frames to the log. The caller must hold the write-lock +** on the log file (obtained using sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction()). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames( + Wal *pWal, /* Wal handle to write to */ + int szPage, /* Database page-size in bytes */ + PgHdr *pList, /* List of dirty pages to write */ + Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ + int isCommit, /* True if this is a commit */ + int sync_flags /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */ +){ + int rc; /* Used to catch return codes */ + u32 iFrame; /* Next frame address */ + PgHdr *p; /* Iterator to run through pList with. */ + PgHdr *pLast = 0; /* Last frame in list */ + int nExtra = 0; /* Number of extra copies of last page */ + int szFrame; /* The size of a single frame */ + i64 iOffset; /* Next byte to write in WAL file */ + WalWriter w; /* The writer */ + u32 iFirst = 0; /* First frame that may be overwritten */ + WalIndexHdr *pLive; /* Pointer to shared header */ + + assert( pList ); + assert( pWal->writeLock ); + + /* If this frame set completes a transaction, then nTruncate>0. If + ** nTruncate==0 then this frame set does not complete the transaction. */ + assert( (isCommit!=0)==(nTruncate!=0) ); + +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) + { int cnt; for(cnt=0, p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty, cnt++){} + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write begin. %d frames. mxFrame=%d. %s\n", + pWal, cnt, pWal->hdr.mxFrame, isCommit ? "Commit" : "Spill")); + } +#endif + + pLive = (WalIndexHdr*)walIndexHdr(pWal); + if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, (void *)pLive, sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){ + iFirst = pLive->mxFrame+1; + } + + /* See if it is possible to write these frames into the start of the + ** log file, instead of appending to it at pWal->hdr.mxFrame. + */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = walRestartLog(pWal)) ){ + return rc; + } + + /* If this is the first frame written into the log, write the WAL + ** header to the start of the WAL file. See comments at the top of + ** this source file for a description of the WAL header format. + */ + iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; + if( iFrame==0 ){ + u8 aWalHdr[WAL_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to assemble wal-header in */ + u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum for wal-header */ + + sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[0], (WAL_MAGIC | SQLITE_BIGENDIAN)); + sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[4], WAL_MAX_VERSION); + sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[8], szPage); + sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[12], pWal->nCkpt); + if( pWal->nCkpt==0 ) sqlite3_randomness(8, pWal->hdr.aSalt); + memcpy(&aWalHdr[16], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8); + walChecksumBytes(1, aWalHdr, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, aCksum); + sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[24], aCksum[0]); + sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[28], aCksum[1]); + + pWal->szPage = szPage; + pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = SQLITE_BIGENDIAN; + pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aCksum[0]; + pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aCksum[1]; + pWal->truncateOnCommit = 1; + + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, aWalHdr, sizeof(aWalHdr), 0); + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: wal-header write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + /* Sync the header (unless SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL is true or unless + ** all syncing is turned off by PRAGMA synchronous=OFF). Otherwise + ** an out-of-order write following a WAL restart could result in + ** database corruption. See the ticket: + ** + ** http://localhost:591/sqlite/info/ff5be73dee + */ + if( pWal->syncHeader && sync_flags ){ + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + } + assert( (int)pWal->szPage==szPage ); + + /* Setup information needed to write frames into the WAL */ + w.pWal = pWal; + w.pFd = pWal->pWalFd; + w.iSyncPoint = 0; + w.syncFlags = sync_flags; + w.szPage = szPage; + iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame+1, szPage); + szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; + + /* Write all frames into the log file exactly once */ + for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ + int nDbSize; /* 0 normally. Positive == commit flag */ + + /* Check if this page has already been written into the wal file by + ** the current transaction. If so, overwrite the existing frame and + ** set Wal.writeLock to WAL_WRITELOCK_RECKSUM - indicating that + ** checksums must be recomputed when the transaction is committed. */ + if( iFirst && (p->pDirty || isCommit==0) ){ + u32 iWrite = 0; + VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3WalFindFrame(pWal, p->pgno, &iWrite); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || iWrite==0 ); + if( iWrite>=iFirst ){ + i64 iOff = walFrameOffset(iWrite, szPage) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; + void *pData; + if( pWal->iReCksum==0 || iWrite<pWal->iReCksum ){ + pWal->iReCksum = iWrite; + } +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) + if( (pData = sqlite3PagerCodec(p))==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; +#else + pData = p->pData; +#endif + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, pData, szPage, iOff); + if( rc ) return rc; + p->flags &= ~PGHDR_WAL_APPEND; + continue; + } + } + + iFrame++; + assert( iOffset==walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) ); + nDbSize = (isCommit && p->pDirty==0) ? nTruncate : 0; + rc = walWriteOneFrame(&w, p, nDbSize, iOffset); + if( rc ) return rc; + pLast = p; + iOffset += szFrame; + p->flags |= PGHDR_WAL_APPEND; + } + + /* Recalculate checksums within the wal file if required. */ + if( isCommit && pWal->iReCksum ){ + rc = walRewriteChecksums(pWal, iFrame); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + + /* If this is the end of a transaction, then we might need to pad + ** the transaction and/or sync the WAL file. + ** + ** Padding and syncing only occur if this set of frames complete a + ** transaction and if PRAGMA synchronous=FULL. If synchronous==NORMAL + ** or synchronous==OFF, then no padding or syncing are needed. + ** + ** If SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is defined, then padding is not + ** needed and only the sync is done. If padding is needed, then the + ** final frame is repeated (with its commit mark) until the next sector + ** boundary is crossed. Only the part of the WAL prior to the last + ** sector boundary is synced; the part of the last frame that extends + ** past the sector boundary is written after the sync. + */ + if( isCommit && (sync_flags & WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS)!=0 ){ + if( pWal->padToSectorBoundary ){ + int sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pWal->pWalFd); + w.iSyncPoint = ((iOffset+sectorSize-1)/sectorSize)*sectorSize; + while( iOffset<w.iSyncPoint ){ + rc = walWriteOneFrame(&w, pLast, nTruncate, iOffset); + if( rc ) return rc; + iOffset += szFrame; + nExtra++; + } + }else{ + rc = sqlite3OsSync(w.pFd, sync_flags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK); + } + } + + /* If this frame set completes the first transaction in the WAL and + ** if PRAGMA journal_size_limit is set, then truncate the WAL to the + ** journal size limit, if possible. + */ + if( isCommit && pWal->truncateOnCommit && pWal->mxWalSize>=0 ){ + i64 sz = pWal->mxWalSize; + if( walFrameOffset(iFrame+nExtra+1, szPage)>pWal->mxWalSize ){ + sz = walFrameOffset(iFrame+nExtra+1, szPage); + } + walLimitSize(pWal, sz); + pWal->truncateOnCommit = 0; + } + + /* Append data to the wal-index. It is not necessary to lock the + ** wal-index to do this as the SQLITE_SHM_WRITE lock held on the wal-index + ** guarantees that there are no other writers, and no data that may + ** be in use by existing readers is being overwritten. + */ + iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; + for(p=pList; p && rc==SQLITE_OK; p=p->pDirty){ + if( (p->flags & PGHDR_WAL_APPEND)==0 ) continue; + iFrame++; + rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, p->pgno); + } + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && nExtra>0 ){ + iFrame++; + nExtra--; + rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pLast->pgno); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* Update the private copy of the header. */ + pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16)); + testcase( szPage<=32768 ); + testcase( szPage>=65536 ); + pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame; + if( isCommit ){ + pWal->hdr.iChange++; + pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate; + } + /* If this is a commit, update the wal-index header too. */ + if( isCommit ){ + walIndexWriteHdr(pWal); + pWal->iCallback = iFrame; + } + } + + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine is called to implement sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() and +** related interfaces. +** +** Obtain a CHECKPOINT lock and then backfill as much information as +** we can from WAL into the database. +** +** If parameter xBusy is not NULL, it is a pointer to a busy-handler +** callback. In this case this function runs a blocking checkpoint. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint( + Wal *pWal, /* Wal connection */ + int eMode, /* PASSIVE, FULL, RESTART, or TRUNCATE */ + int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ + void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ + int sync_flags, /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */ + int nBuf, /* Size of temporary buffer */ + u8 *zBuf, /* Temporary buffer to use */ + int *pnLog, /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */ + int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int isChanged = 0; /* True if a new wal-index header is loaded */ + int eMode2 = eMode; /* Mode to pass to walCheckpoint() */ + int (*xBusy2)(void*) = xBusy; /* Busy handler for eMode2 */ + + assert( pWal->ckptLock==0 ); + assert( pWal->writeLock==0 ); + + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-62920-47450 The busy-handler callback is never invoked + ** in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode. */ + assert( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE || xBusy==0 ); + + if( pWal->readOnly ) return SQLITE_READONLY; + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint begins\n", pWal)); + + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-62028-47212 All calls obtain an exclusive + ** "checkpoint" lock on the database file. */ + rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1); + if( rc ){ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-10421-19736 If any other process is running a + ** checkpoint operation at the same time, the lock cannot be obtained and + ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned. + ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-53820-33897 Even if there is a busy-handler configured, + ** it will not be invoked in this case. + */ + testcase( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ); + testcase( xBusy!=0 ); + return rc; + } + pWal->ckptLock = 1; + + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-59782-36818 The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and + ** TRUNCATE modes also obtain the exclusive "writer" lock on the database + ** file. + ** + ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-60642-04082 If the writer lock cannot be obtained + ** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the + ** writer lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the + ** lock is successfully obtained. + */ + if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){ + rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pWal->writeLock = 1; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + eMode2 = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE; + xBusy2 = 0; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + /* Read the wal-index header. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, &isChanged); + if( isChanged && pWal->pDbFd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ + sqlite3OsUnfetch(pWal->pDbFd, 0, 0); + } + } + + /* Copy data from the log to the database file. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + + if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame && walPagesize(pWal)!=nBuf ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + }else{ + rc = walCheckpoint(pWal, eMode2, xBusy2, pBusyArg, sync_flags, zBuf); + } + + /* If no error occurred, set the output variables. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + if( pnLog ) *pnLog = (int)pWal->hdr.mxFrame; + if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = (int)(walCkptInfo(pWal)->nBackfill); + } + } + + if( isChanged ){ + /* If a new wal-index header was loaded before the checkpoint was + ** performed, then the pager-cache associated with pWal is now + ** out of date. So zero the cached wal-index header to ensure that + ** next time the pager opens a snapshot on this database it knows that + ** the cache needs to be reset. + */ + memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); + } + + /* Release the locks. */ + sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal); + walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1); + pWal->ckptLock = 0; + WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); + return (rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=eMode2 ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc); +} + +/* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the +** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since +** sqlite3WalCallback() was called. If no commits have occurred since +** the last call, then return 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal){ + u32 ret = 0; + if( pWal ){ + ret = pWal->iCallback; + pWal->iCallback = 0; + } + return (int)ret; +} + +/* +** This function is called to change the WAL subsystem into or out +** of locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. +** +** If op is zero, then attempt to change from locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE +** into locking_mode=NORMAL. This means that we must acquire a lock +** on the pWal->readLock byte. If the WAL is already in locking_mode=NORMAL +** or if the acquisition of the lock fails, then return 0. If the +** transition out of exclusive-mode is successful, return 1. This +** operation must occur while the pager is still holding the exclusive +** lock on the main database file. +** +** If op is one, then change from locking_mode=NORMAL into +** locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. This means that the pWal->readLock must +** be released. Return 1 if the transition is made and 0 if the +** WAL is already in exclusive-locking mode - meaning that this +** routine is a no-op. The pager must already hold the exclusive lock +** on the main database file before invoking this operation. +** +** If op is negative, then do a dry-run of the op==1 case but do +** not actually change anything. The pager uses this to see if it +** should acquire the database exclusive lock prior to invoking +** the op==1 case. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op){ + int rc; + assert( pWal->writeLock==0 ); + assert( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE || op==-1 ); + + /* pWal->readLock is usually set, but might be -1 if there was a + ** prior error while attempting to acquire are read-lock. This cannot + ** happen if the connection is actually in exclusive mode (as no xShmLock + ** locks are taken in this case). Nor should the pager attempt to + ** upgrade to exclusive-mode following such an error. + */ + assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError ); + assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || (op<=0 && pWal->exclusiveMode==0) ); + + if( op==0 ){ + if( pWal->exclusiveMode ){ + pWal->exclusiveMode = 0; + if( walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock))!=SQLITE_OK ){ + pWal->exclusiveMode = 1; + } + rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0; + }else{ + /* Already in locking_mode=NORMAL */ + rc = 0; + } + }else if( op>0 ){ + assert( pWal->exclusiveMode==0 ); + assert( pWal->readLock>=0 ); + walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock)); + pWal->exclusiveMode = 1; + rc = 1; + }else{ + rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using +** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the +** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal){ + return (pWal && pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ); +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT +/* Create a snapshot object. The content of a snapshot is opaque to +** every other subsystem, so the WAL module can put whatever it needs +** in the object. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(Wal *pWal, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + WalIndexHdr *pRet; + + assert( pWal->readLock>=0 && pWal->writeLock==0 ); + + pRet = (WalIndexHdr*)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); + if( pRet==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + }else{ + memcpy(pRet, &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); + *ppSnapshot = (sqlite3_snapshot*)pRet; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* Try to open on pSnapshot when the next read-transaction starts +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(Wal *pWal, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){ + pWal->pSnapshot = (WalIndexHdr*)pSnapshot; +} + +/* +** Return a +ve value if snapshot p1 is newer than p2. A -ve value if +** p1 is older than p2 and zero if p1 and p2 are the same snapshot. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_snapshot_cmp(sqlite3_snapshot *p1, sqlite3_snapshot *p2){ + WalIndexHdr *pHdr1 = (WalIndexHdr*)p1; + WalIndexHdr *pHdr2 = (WalIndexHdr*)p2; + + /* aSalt[0] is a copy of the value stored in the wal file header. It + ** is incremented each time the wal file is restarted. */ + if( pHdr1->aSalt[0]<pHdr2->aSalt[0] ) return -1; + if( pHdr1->aSalt[0]>pHdr2->aSalt[0] ) return +1; + if( pHdr1->mxFrame<pHdr2->mxFrame ) return -1; + if( pHdr1->mxFrame>pHdr2->mxFrame ) return +1; + return 0; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS +/* +** If the argument is not NULL, it points to a Wal object that holds a +** read-lock. This function returns the database page-size if it is known, +** or zero if it is not (or if pWal is NULL). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFramesize(Wal *pWal){ + assert( pWal==0 || pWal->readLock>=0 ); + return (pWal ? pWal->szPage : 0); +} +#endif + +/* Return the sqlite3_file object for the WAL file +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3WalFile(Wal *pWal){ + return pWal->pWalFd; +} + +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ + +/************** End of wal.c *************************************************/ +/************** Begin file btmutex.c *****************************************/ +/* +** 2007 August 27 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects. +** This code really belongs in btree.c. But btree.c is getting too +** big and we want to break it down some. This packaged seemed like +** a good breakout. +*/ +/************** Include btreeInt.h in the middle of btmutex.c ****************/ +/************** Begin file btreeInt.h ****************************************/ +/* +** 2004 April 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file implements an external (disk-based) database using BTrees. +** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to +** +** Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3: +** "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley +** Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts. +** +** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database +** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages. +** +** ---------------------------------------------------------------- +** | Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N-1) | Ptr(N) | +** ---------------------------------------------------------------- +** +** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less +** than Key(0). All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have +** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1). All of the keys +** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1). And +** so forth. +** +** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the +** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree. +** +** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate +** BTrees. Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page. The +** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload". A +** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database +** page. If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus +** bytes are stored on overflow pages. The payload for an entry +** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell". Each +** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other +** information such as the size of key and data. +** +** FORMAT DETAILS +** +** The file is divided into pages. The first page is called page 1, +** the second is page 2, and so forth. A page number of zero indicates +** "no such page". The page size can be any power of 2 between 512 and 65536. +** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page, an overflow +** page, or a pointer-map page. +** +** The first page is always a btree page. The first 100 bytes of the first +** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file. +** The format of the file header is as follows: +** +** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION +** 0 16 Header string: "SQLite format 3\000" +** 16 2 Page size in bytes. (1 means 65536) +** 18 1 File format write version +** 19 1 File format read version +** 20 1 Bytes of unused space at the end of each page +** 21 1 Max embedded payload fraction (must be 64) +** 22 1 Min embedded payload fraction (must be 32) +** 23 1 Min leaf payload fraction (must be 32) +** 24 4 File change counter +** 28 4 Reserved for future use +** 32 4 First freelist page +** 36 4 Number of freelist pages in the file +** 40 60 15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers +** +** 40 4 Schema cookie +** 44 4 File format of schema layer +** 48 4 Size of page cache +** 52 4 Largest root-page (auto/incr_vacuum) +** 56 4 1=UTF-8 2=UTF16le 3=UTF16be +** 60 4 User version +** 64 4 Incremental vacuum mode +** 68 4 Application-ID +** 72 20 unused +** 92 4 The version-valid-for number +** 96 4 SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER +** +** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first). +** +** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed +** This counter allows other processes to know when the file has changed +** and thus when they need to flush their cache. +** +** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable +** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard +** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables. A value of 255 means 100%. The default +** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit +** on one page. Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64. +** +** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra +** payload is spilled to overflow pages. Once an overflow page is allocated, +** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting +** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction. +** +** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction +** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree. The maximum +** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it +** not specified in the header. +** +** Each btree pages is divided into three sections: The header, the +** cell pointer array, and the cell content area. Page 1 also has a 100-byte +** file header that occurs before the page header. +** +** |----------------| +** | file header | 100 bytes. Page 1 only. +** |----------------| +** | page header | 8 bytes for leaves. 12 bytes for interior nodes +** |----------------| +** | cell pointer | | 2 bytes per cell. Sorted order. +** | array | | Grows downward +** | | v +** |----------------| +** | unallocated | +** | space | +** |----------------| ^ Grows upwards +** | cell content | | Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks. +** | area | | and free space fragments. +** |----------------| +** +** The page headers looks like this: +** +** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION +** 0 1 Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf +** 1 2 byte offset to the first freeblock +** 3 2 number of cells on this page +** 5 2 first byte of the cell content area +** 7 1 number of fragmented free bytes +** 8 4 Right child (the Ptr(N) value). Omitted on leaves. +** +** The flags define the format of this btree page. The leaf flag means that +** this page has no children. The zerodata flag means that this page carries +** only keys and no data. The intkey flag means that the key is an integer +** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in +** the payload area. +** +** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header. +** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are +** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell +** content area. The cell pointers occur in sorted order. The system strives +** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can +** be easily added without having to defragment the page. +** +** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the +** beginning of the page. +** +** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of +** freeblocks. Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size. The byte offset +** to the first freeblock is given in the header. Freeblocks occur in +** increasing order. Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size, +** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot +** exist on the freeblock chain. A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called +** a fragment. The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded. +** in the page header at offset 7. +** +** SIZE DESCRIPTION +** 2 Byte offset of the next freeblock +** 2 Bytes in this freeblock +** +** Cells are of variable length. Cells are stored in the cell content area at +** the end of the page. Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array +** that immediately follows the page header. Cells is not necessarily +** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order. +** +** Cell content makes use of variable length integers. A variable +** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each +** byte are used. The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and +** the first byte with bit 8 clear. The most significant byte of the integer +** appears first. A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long. +** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data. This +** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes. +** +** 0x00 becomes 0x00000000 +** 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f +** 0x81 0x00 becomes 0x00000080 +** 0x82 0x00 becomes 0x00000100 +** 0x80 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f +** 0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78 becomes 0x12345678 +** 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01 becomes 0x10204081 +** +** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of +** bytes of key and data in a btree cell. +** +** The content of a cell looks like this: +** +** SIZE DESCRIPTION +** 4 Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set. +** var Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set. +** var Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set. +** * Payload +** 4 First page of the overflow chain. Omitted if no overflow +** +** Overflow pages form a linked list. Each page except the last is completely +** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes). The last page can have as little +** as 1 byte of data. +** +** SIZE DESCRIPTION +** 4 Page number of next overflow page +** * Data +** +** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages. The +** file header points to the first in a linked list of trunk page. Each trunk +** page points to multiple leaf pages. The content of a leaf page is +** unspecified. A trunk page looks like this: +** +** SIZE DESCRIPTION +** 4 Page number of next trunk page +** 4 Number of leaf pointers on this page +** * zero or more pages numbers of leaves +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + + +/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page +** size give above. +*/ +#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ((int)(pBt->pageSize-8)) + +/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database. This +** assumes a minimum cell size of 6 bytes (4 bytes for the cell itself +** plus 2 bytes for the index to the cell in the page header). Such +** small cells will be rare, but they are possible. +*/ +#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/6) + +/* Forward declarations */ +typedef struct MemPage MemPage; +typedef struct BtLock BtLock; +typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo; + +/* +** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every +** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database. +** +** You can change this value at compile-time by specifying a +** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line. The +** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so +** the string itself should be 15 characters long. If you change +** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read +** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools +** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_FILE_HEADER /* 123456789 123456 */ +# define SQLITE_FILE_HEADER "SQLite format 3" +#endif + +/* +** Page type flags. An ORed combination of these flags appear as the +** first byte of on-disk image of every BTree page. +*/ +#define PTF_INTKEY 0x01 +#define PTF_ZERODATA 0x02 +#define PTF_LEAFDATA 0x04 +#define PTF_LEAF 0x08 + +/* +** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following +** structure is appended and initialized to zero. This structure stores +** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page. +** +** The pParent field points back to the parent page. This allows us to +** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root. Care must be taken to +** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced. +** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore. +** +** Access to all fields of this structure is controlled by the mutex +** stored in MemPage.pBt->mutex. +*/ +struct MemPage { + u8 isInit; /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */ + u8 nOverflow; /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */ + u8 intKey; /* True if table b-trees. False for index b-trees */ + u8 intKeyLeaf; /* True if the leaf of an intKey table */ + u8 leaf; /* True if a leaf page */ + u8 hdrOffset; /* 100 for page 1. 0 otherwise */ + u8 childPtrSize; /* 0 if leaf==1. 4 if leaf==0 */ + u8 max1bytePayload; /* min(maxLocal,127) */ + u8 bBusy; /* Prevent endless loops on corrupt database files */ + u16 maxLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.maxLocal or BtShared.maxLeaf */ + u16 minLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.minLocal or BtShared.minLeaf */ + u16 cellOffset; /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */ + u16 nFree; /* Number of free bytes on the page */ + u16 nCell; /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */ + u16 maskPage; /* Mask for page offset */ + u16 aiOvfl[5]; /* Insert the i-th overflow cell before the aiOvfl-th + ** non-overflow cell */ + u8 *apOvfl[5]; /* Pointers to the body of overflow cells */ + BtShared *pBt; /* Pointer to BtShared that this page is part of */ + u8 *aData; /* Pointer to disk image of the page data */ + u8 *aDataEnd; /* One byte past the end of usable data */ + u8 *aCellIdx; /* The cell index area */ + u8 *aDataOfst; /* Same as aData for leaves. aData+4 for interior */ + DbPage *pDbPage; /* Pager page handle */ + u16 (*xCellSize)(MemPage*,u8*); /* cellSizePtr method */ + void (*xParseCell)(MemPage*,u8*,CellInfo*); /* btreeParseCell method */ + Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */ +}; + +/* +** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended +** to the end. EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold +** that extra information. +*/ +#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage) + +/* +** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock. +** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor +** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed +** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when +** a btree handle is closed. +*/ +struct BtLock { + Btree *pBtree; /* Btree handle holding this lock */ + Pgno iTable; /* Root page of table */ + u8 eLock; /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */ + BtLock *pNext; /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */ +}; + +/* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */ +#define READ_LOCK 1 +#define WRITE_LOCK 2 + +/* A Btree handle +** +** A database connection contains a pointer to an instance of +** this object for every database file that it has open. This structure +** is opaque to the database connection. The database connection cannot +** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to +** this structure. +** +** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be +** shared between multiple connections. In that case, each connection +** has it own instance of this object. But each instance of this object +** points to the same BtShared object. The database cache and the +** schema associated with the database file are all contained within +** the BtShared object. +** +** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex. +** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors +** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those +** cursors have to go through this Btree to find their BtShared and +** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex. +*/ +struct Btree { + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection holding this btree */ + BtShared *pBt; /* Sharable content of this btree */ + u8 inTrans; /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */ + u8 sharable; /* True if we can share pBt with another db */ + u8 locked; /* True if db currently has pBt locked */ + u8 hasIncrblobCur; /* True if there are one or more Incrblob cursors */ + int wantToLock; /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */ + int nBackup; /* Number of backup operations reading this btree */ + u32 iDataVersion; /* Combines with pBt->pPager->iDataVersion */ + Btree *pNext; /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same db */ + Btree *pPrev; /* Back pointer of the same list */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + BtLock lock; /* Object used to lock page 1 */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values. +** +** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users +** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction, +** but any number may have active read transactions. +*/ +#define TRANS_NONE 0 +#define TRANS_READ 1 +#define TRANS_WRITE 2 + +/* +** An instance of this object represents a single database file. +** +** A single database file can be in use at the same time by two +** or more database connections. When two or more connections are +** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own +** private Btree object for the file and each of those Btrees points +** to this one BtShared object. BtShared.nRef is the number of +** connections currently sharing this database file. +** +** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex +** mutex, except for nRef and pNext which are accessed under the +** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER mutex. The pPager field +** may not be modified once it is initially set as long as nRef>0. +** The pSchema field may be set once under BtShared.mutex and +** thereafter is unchanged as long as nRef>0. +** +** isPending: +** +** If a BtShared client fails to obtain a write-lock on a database +** table (because there exists one or more read-locks on the table), +** the shared-cache enters 'pending-lock' state and isPending is +** set to true. +** +** The shared-cache leaves the 'pending lock' state when either of +** the following occur: +** +** 1) The current writer (BtShared.pWriter) concludes its transaction, OR +** 2) The number of locks held by other connections drops to zero. +** +** while in the 'pending-lock' state, no connection may start a new +** transaction. +** +** This feature is included to help prevent writer-starvation. +*/ +struct BtShared { + Pager *pPager; /* The page cache */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection currently using this Btree */ + BtCursor *pCursor; /* A list of all open cursors */ + MemPage *pPage1; /* First page of the database */ + u8 openFlags; /* Flags to sqlite3BtreeOpen() */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + u8 autoVacuum; /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */ + u8 incrVacuum; /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */ + u8 bDoTruncate; /* True to truncate db on commit */ +#endif + u8 inTransaction; /* Transaction state */ + u8 max1bytePayload; /* Maximum first byte of cell for a 1-byte payload */ +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + u8 optimalReserve; /* Desired amount of reserved space per page */ +#endif + u16 btsFlags; /* Boolean parameters. See BTS_* macros below */ + u16 maxLocal; /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */ + u16 minLocal; /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */ + u16 maxLeaf; /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */ + u16 minLeaf; /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */ + u32 pageSize; /* Total number of bytes on a page */ + u32 usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on each page */ + int nTransaction; /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */ + u32 nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ + void *pSchema; /* Pointer to space allocated by sqlite3BtreeSchema() */ + void (*xFreeSchema)(void*); /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */ + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Non-recursive mutex required to access this object */ + Bitvec *pHasContent; /* Set of pages moved to free-list this transaction */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + int nRef; /* Number of references to this structure */ + BtShared *pNext; /* Next on a list of sharable BtShared structs */ + BtLock *pLock; /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */ + Btree *pWriter; /* Btree with currently open write transaction */ +#endif + u8 *pTmpSpace; /* Temp space sufficient to hold a single cell */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values for BtShared.btsFlags +*/ +#define BTS_READ_ONLY 0x0001 /* Underlying file is readonly */ +#define BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED 0x0002 /* Page size can no longer be changed */ +#define BTS_SECURE_DELETE 0x0004 /* PRAGMA secure_delete is enabled */ +#define BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY 0x0008 /* Database was empty at trans start */ +#define BTS_NO_WAL 0x0010 /* Do not open write-ahead-log files */ +#define BTS_EXCLUSIVE 0x0020 /* pWriter has an exclusive lock */ +#define BTS_PENDING 0x0040 /* Waiting for read-locks to clear */ + +/* +** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information +** about a cell. The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure +** based on information extract from the raw disk page. +*/ +struct CellInfo { + i64 nKey; /* The key for INTKEY tables, or nPayload otherwise */ + u8 *pPayload; /* Pointer to the start of payload */ + u32 nPayload; /* Bytes of payload */ + u16 nLocal; /* Amount of payload held locally, not on overflow */ + u16 nSize; /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */ +}; + +/* +** Maximum depth of an SQLite B-Tree structure. Any B-Tree deeper than +** this will be declared corrupt. This value is calculated based on a +** maximum database size of 2^31 pages a minimum fanout of 2 for a +** root-node and 3 for all other internal nodes. +** +** If a tree that appears to be taller than this is encountered, it is +** assumed that the database is corrupt. +*/ +#define BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH 20 + +/* +** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry within a particular +** b-tree within a database file. +** +** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in +** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry. +** +** A single database file can be shared by two more database connections, +** but cursors cannot be shared. Each cursor is associated with a +** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db. +** +** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex +** found at self->pBt->mutex. +** +** skipNext meaning: +** eState==SKIPNEXT && skipNext>0: Next sqlite3BtreeNext() is no-op. +** eState==SKIPNEXT && skipNext<0: Next sqlite3BtreePrevious() is no-op. +** eState==FAULT: Cursor fault with skipNext as error code. +*/ +struct BtCursor { + Btree *pBtree; /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */ + BtShared *pBt; /* The BtShared this cursor points to */ + BtCursor *pNext; /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */ + Pgno *aOverflow; /* Cache of overflow page locations */ + CellInfo info; /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */ + i64 nKey; /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */ + void *pKey; /* Saved key that was cursor last known position */ + Pgno pgnoRoot; /* The root page of this tree */ + int nOvflAlloc; /* Allocated size of aOverflow[] array */ + int skipNext; /* Prev() is noop if negative. Next() is noop if positive. + ** Error code if eState==CURSOR_FAULT */ + u8 curFlags; /* zero or more BTCF_* flags defined below */ + u8 curPagerFlags; /* Flags to send to sqlite3PagerGet() */ + u8 eState; /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */ + u8 hints; /* As configured by CursorSetHints() */ + /* All fields above are zeroed when the cursor is allocated. See + ** sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(). Fields that follow must be manually + ** initialized. */ + i8 iPage; /* Index of current page in apPage */ + u8 curIntKey; /* Value of apPage[0]->intKey */ + struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Argument passed to comparison function */ + void *padding1; /* Make object size a multiple of 16 */ + u16 aiIdx[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Current index in apPage[i] */ + MemPage *apPage[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Pages from root to current page */ +}; + +/* +** Legal values for BtCursor.curFlags +*/ +#define BTCF_WriteFlag 0x01 /* True if a write cursor */ +#define BTCF_ValidNKey 0x02 /* True if info.nKey is valid */ +#define BTCF_ValidOvfl 0x04 /* True if aOverflow is valid */ +#define BTCF_AtLast 0x08 /* Cursor is pointing ot the last entry */ +#define BTCF_Incrblob 0x10 /* True if an incremental I/O handle */ +#define BTCF_Multiple 0x20 /* Maybe another cursor on the same btree */ + +/* +** Potential values for BtCursor.eState. +** +** CURSOR_INVALID: +** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example) +** because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been +** called. +** +** CURSOR_VALID: +** Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called. +** +** CURSOR_SKIPNEXT: +** Cursor is valid except that the Cursor.skipNext field is non-zero +** indicating that the next sqlite3BtreeNext() or sqlite3BtreePrevious() +** operation should be a no-op. +** +** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK: +** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been +** modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved +** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in +** this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to +** seek the cursor to the saved position. +** +** CURSOR_FAULT: +** An unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred +** on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this +** cursor. The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state. +** Do nothing else with this cursor. Any attempt to use the cursor +** should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skipNext +*/ +#define CURSOR_INVALID 0 +#define CURSOR_VALID 1 +#define CURSOR_SKIPNEXT 2 +#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK 3 +#define CURSOR_FAULT 4 + +/* +** The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used. +*/ +# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pBt) + +/* +** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a +** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable +** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the +** page number to look up in the pointer map. +** +** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map +** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns +** the offset of the requested map entry. +** +** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page, +** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be +** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements +** this test. +*/ +#define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno) +#define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pgptrmap, pgno) (5*(pgno-pgptrmap-1)) +#define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno)) + +/* +** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for +** each child page in the database file. The parent page is the page that +** contains a pointer to the child. Every page in the database contains +** 0 or 1 parent pages. (In this context 'database page' refers +** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.) Each pointer map +** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number. +** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types. +** +** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one +** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum. When a page +** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the +** new location. The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly. +** +** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not +** used in this case. +** +** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number +** is not used in this case. +** +** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of +** overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that +** contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page. +** +** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of +** overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous +** page in the overflow page list. +** +** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number +** identifies the parent page in the btree. +*/ +#define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1 +#define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2 +#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3 +#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4 +#define PTRMAP_BTREE 5 + +/* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables +** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent. +*/ +#define btreeIntegrity(p) \ + assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \ + assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans ); + + +/* +** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine +** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used +** within an expression that is an argument to another macro +** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation. +** So, this macro is defined instead. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM +#define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum) +#else +#define ISAUTOVACUUM 0 +#endif + + +/* +** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines +** in order to keep track of some global state information. +** +** The aRef[] array is allocated so that there is 1 bit for each page in +** the database. As the integrity-check proceeds, for each page used in +** the database the corresponding bit is set. This allows integrity-check to +** detect pages that are used twice and orphaned pages (both of which +** indicate corruption). +*/ +typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk; +struct IntegrityCk { + BtShared *pBt; /* The tree being checked out */ + Pager *pPager; /* The associated pager. Also accessible by pBt->pPager */ + u8 *aPgRef; /* 1 bit per page in the db (see above) */ + Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ + int mxErr; /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */ + int nErr; /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */ + int mallocFailed; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */ + const char *zPfx; /* Error message prefix */ + int v1, v2; /* Values for up to two %d fields in zPfx */ + StrAccum errMsg; /* Accumulate the error message text here */ + u32 *heap; /* Min-heap used for analyzing cell coverage */ +}; + +/* +** Routines to read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values. +*/ +#define get2byte(x) ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1]) +#define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (u8)((v)>>8), (p)[1] = (u8)(v)) +#define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte +#define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte + +/* +** get2byteAligned(), unlike get2byte(), requires that its argument point to a +** two-byte aligned address. get2bytea() is only used for accessing the +** cell addresses in a btree header. +*/ +#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321 +# define get2byteAligned(x) (*(u16*)(x)) +#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) \ + && GCC_VERSION>=4008000 +# define get2byteAligned(x) __builtin_bswap16(*(u16*)(x)) +#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) \ + && defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1300 +# define get2byteAligned(x) _byteswap_ushort(*(u16*)(x)) +#else +# define get2byteAligned(x) ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1]) +#endif + +/************** End of btreeInt.h ********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in btmutex.c ********************/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + +/* +** Obtain the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p. Also, +** set BtShared.db to the database handle associated with p and the +** p->locked boolean to true. +*/ +static void lockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){ + assert( p->locked==0 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p->pBt->mutex) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex); + p->pBt->db = p->db; + p->locked = 1; +} + +/* +** Release the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p and +** clear the p->locked boolean. +*/ +static void SQLITE_NOINLINE unlockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + assert( p->locked==1 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + assert( p->db==pBt->db ); + + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pBt->mutex); + p->locked = 0; +} + +/* Forward reference */ +static void SQLITE_NOINLINE btreeLockCarefully(Btree *p); + +/* +** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object. +** +** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required +** and this routine is a no-op. The underlying mutex is non-recursive. +** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior +** of this interface is recursive. +** +** To avoid deadlocks, multiple Btrees are locked in the same order +** by all database connections. The p->pNext is a list of other +** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree +** which need to be locked after p. If we cannot get a lock on +** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait +** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the +** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){ + /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree. The list of Btrees + ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by + ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to + ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */ + assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt ); + assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBt<p->pBt ); + assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db ); + assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->db==p->db ); + assert( p->sharable || (p->pNext==0 && p->pPrev==0) ); + + /* Check for locking consistency */ + assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 ); + assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 ); + + /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + + /* Unless the database is sharable and unlocked, then BtShared.db + ** should already be set correctly. */ + assert( (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db ); + + if( !p->sharable ) return; + p->wantToLock++; + if( p->locked ) return; + btreeLockCarefully(p); +} + +/* This is a helper function for sqlite3BtreeLock(). By moving +** complex, but seldom used logic, out of sqlite3BtreeLock() and +** into this routine, we avoid unnecessary stack pointer changes +** and thus help the sqlite3BtreeLock() routine to run much faster +** in the common case. +*/ +static void SQLITE_NOINLINE btreeLockCarefully(Btree *p){ + Btree *pLater; + + /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we + ** want without having to go through the ascending lock + ** procedure that follows. Just be sure not to block. + */ + if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->pBt->db = p->db; + p->locked = 1; + return; + } + + /* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger + ** BtShared address. Then acquire our lock. Then reacquire + ** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending + ** order. + */ + for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){ + assert( pLater->sharable ); + assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt ); + assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 ); + if( pLater->locked ){ + unlockBtreeMutex(pLater); + } + } + lockBtreeMutex(p); + for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){ + if( pLater->wantToLock ){ + lockBtreeMutex(pLater); + } + } +} + + +/* +** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + if( p->sharable ){ + assert( p->wantToLock>0 ); + p->wantToLock--; + if( p->wantToLock==0 ){ + unlockBtreeMutex(p); + } + } +} + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree, or if the +** B-Tree is not marked as sharable. +** +** This routine is used only from within assert() statements. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){ + assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->wantToLock>0 ); + assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->db==p->pBt->db ); + assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) ); + assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + + return (p->sharable==0 || p->locked); +} +#endif + + +/* +** Enter the mutex on every Btree associated with a database +** connection. This is needed (for example) prior to parsing +** a statement since we will be comparing table and column names +** against all schemas and we do not want those schemas being +** reset out from under us. +** +** There is a corresponding leave-all procedures. +** +** Enter the mutexes in accending order by BtShared pointer address +** to avoid the possibility of deadlock when two threads with +** two or more btrees in common both try to lock all their btrees +** at the same instant. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + Btree *p; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + p = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( p ) sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + } +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + Btree *p; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + p = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( p ) sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + } +} + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** Return true if the current thread holds the database connection +** mutex and all required BtShared mutexes. +** +** This routine is used inside assert() statements only. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ){ + return 0; + } + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + Btree *p; + p = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( p && p->sharable && + (p->wantToLock==0 || !sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)) ){ + return 0; + } + } + return 1; +} +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** Return true if the correct mutexes are held for accessing the +** db->aDb[iDb].pSchema structure. The mutexes required for schema +** access are: +** +** (1) The mutex on db +** (2) if iDb!=1, then the mutex on db->aDb[iDb].pBt. +** +** If pSchema is not NULL, then iDb is computed from pSchema and +** db using sqlite3SchemaToIndex(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, Schema *pSchema){ + Btree *p; + assert( db!=0 ); + if( pSchema ) iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb ); + if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ) return 0; + if( iDb==1 ) return 1; + p = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; + assert( p!=0 ); + return p->sharable==0 || p->locked==1; +} +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + +#else /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 above. SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 below */ +/* +** The following are special cases for mutex enter routines for use +** in single threaded applications that use shared cache. Except for +** these two routines, all mutex operations are no-ops in that case and +** are null #defines in btree.h. +** +** If shared cache is disabled, then all btree mutex routines, including +** the ones below, are no-ops and are null #defines in btree.h. +*/ + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){ + p->pBt->db = p->db; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( p ){ + p->pBt->db = p->db; + } + } +} +#endif /* if SQLITE_THREADSAFE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB +/* +** Enter a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that Btree. +** +** These entry points are used by incremental I/O only. Enter() is required +** any time OMIT_SHARED_CACHE is not defined, regardless of whether or not +** the build is threadsafe. Leave() is only required by threadsafe builds. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree); +} +# if SQLITE_THREADSAFE +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree); +} +# endif +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ + +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ + +/************** End of btmutex.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file btree.c *******************************************/ +/* +** 2004 April 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file implements an external (disk-based) database using BTrees. +** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information. +** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation. +*/ +/* #include "btreeInt.h" */ + +/* +** The header string that appears at the beginning of every +** SQLite database. +*/ +static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLITE_FILE_HEADER; + +/* +** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE +** macro. +*/ +#if 0 +int sqlite3BtreeTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ +# define TRACE(X) if(sqlite3BtreeTrace){printf X;fflush(stdout);} +#else +# define TRACE(X) +#endif + +/* +** Extract a 2-byte big-endian integer from an array of unsigned bytes. +** But if the value is zero, make it 65536. +** +** This routine is used to extract the "offset to cell content area" value +** from the header of a btree page. If the page size is 65536 and the page +** is empty, the offset should be 65536, but the 2-byte value stores zero. +** This routine makes the necessary adjustment to 65536. +*/ +#define get2byteNotZero(X) (((((int)get2byte(X))-1)&0xffff)+1) + +/* +** Values passed as the 5th argument to allocateBtreePage() +*/ +#define BTALLOC_ANY 0 /* Allocate any page */ +#define BTALLOC_EXACT 1 /* Allocate exact page if possible */ +#define BTALLOC_LE 2 /* Allocate any page <= the parameter */ + +/* +** Macro IfNotOmitAV(x) returns (x) if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM is not +** defined, or 0 if it is. For example: +** +** bIncrVacuum = IfNotOmitAV(pBtShared->incrVacuum); +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM +#define IfNotOmitAV(expr) (expr) +#else +#define IfNotOmitAV(expr) 0 +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +/* +** A list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation +** in shared cache. This variable has file scope during normal builds, +** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for +** test builds. +** +** Access to this variable is protected by SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0; +#else +static BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0; +#endif +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +/* +** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features. +** +** This routine has no effect on existing database connections. +** The shared cache setting effects only future calls to +** sqlite3_open(), sqlite3_open16(), or sqlite3_open_v2(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled = enable; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif + + + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + /* + ** The functions querySharedCacheTableLock(), setSharedCacheTableLock(), + ** and clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks() + ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store + ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the + ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user + ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary. + ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops. + */ + #define querySharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK + #define setSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK + #define clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a) + #define downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a) + #define hasSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c,d) 1 + #define hasReadConflicts(a, b) 0 +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +**** This function is only used as part of an assert() statement. *** +** +** Check to see if pBtree holds the required locks to read or write to the +** table with root page iRoot. Return 1 if it does and 0 if not. +** +** For example, when writing to a table with root-page iRoot via +** Btree connection pBtree: +** +** assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pBtree, iRoot, 0, WRITE_LOCK) ); +** +** When writing to an index that resides in a sharable database, the +** caller should have first obtained a lock specifying the root page of +** the corresponding table. This makes things a bit more complicated, +** as this module treats each table as a separate structure. To determine +** the table corresponding to the index being written, this +** function has to search through the database schema. +** +** Instead of a lock on the table/index rooted at page iRoot, the caller may +** hold a write-lock on the schema table (root page 1). This is also +** acceptable. +*/ +static int hasSharedCacheTableLock( + Btree *pBtree, /* Handle that must hold lock */ + Pgno iRoot, /* Root page of b-tree */ + int isIndex, /* True if iRoot is the root of an index b-tree */ + int eLockType /* Required lock type (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) */ +){ + Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)pBtree->pBt->pSchema; + Pgno iTab = 0; + BtLock *pLock; + + /* If this database is not shareable, or if the client is reading + ** and has the read-uncommitted flag set, then no lock is required. + ** Return true immediately. + */ + if( (pBtree->sharable==0) + || (eLockType==READ_LOCK && (pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)) + ){ + return 1; + } + + /* If the client is reading or writing an index and the schema is + ** not loaded, then it is too difficult to actually check to see if + ** the correct locks are held. So do not bother - just return true. + ** This case does not come up very often anyhow. + */ + if( isIndex && (!pSchema || (pSchema->schemaFlags&DB_SchemaLoaded)==0) ){ + return 1; + } + + /* Figure out the root-page that the lock should be held on. For table + ** b-trees, this is just the root page of the b-tree being read or + ** written. For index b-trees, it is the root page of the associated + ** table. */ + if( isIndex ){ + HashElem *p; + for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ + Index *pIdx = (Index *)sqliteHashData(p); + if( pIdx->tnum==(int)iRoot ){ + if( iTab ){ + /* Two or more indexes share the same root page. There must + ** be imposter tables. So just return true. The assert is not + ** useful in that case. */ + return 1; + } + iTab = pIdx->pTable->tnum; + } + } + }else{ + iTab = iRoot; + } + + /* Search for the required lock. Either a write-lock on root-page iTab, a + ** write-lock on the schema table, or (if the client is reading) a + ** read-lock on iTab will suffice. Return 1 if any of these are found. */ + for(pLock=pBtree->pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){ + if( pLock->pBtree==pBtree + && (pLock->iTable==iTab || (pLock->eLock==WRITE_LOCK && pLock->iTable==1)) + && pLock->eLock>=eLockType + ){ + return 1; + } + } + + /* Failed to find the required lock. */ + return 0; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +**** This function may be used as part of assert() statements only. **** +** +** Return true if it would be illegal for pBtree to write into the +** table or index rooted at iRoot because other shared connections are +** simultaneously reading that same table or index. +** +** It is illegal for pBtree to write if some other Btree object that +** shares the same BtShared object is currently reading or writing +** the iRoot table. Except, if the other Btree object has the +** read-uncommitted flag set, then it is OK for the other object to +** have a read cursor. +** +** For example, before writing to any part of the table or index +** rooted at page iRoot, one should call: +** +** assert( !hasReadConflicts(pBtree, iRoot) ); +*/ +static int hasReadConflicts(Btree *pBtree, Pgno iRoot){ + BtCursor *p; + for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ + if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot + && p->pBtree!=pBtree + && 0==(p->pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) + ){ + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} +#endif /* #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */ + +/* +** Query to see if Btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock +** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return +** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling +** setSharedCacheTableLock()), or SQLITE_LOCKED if not. +*/ +static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + BtLock *pIter; + + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); + assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); + assert( p->db!=0 ); + assert( !(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)||eLock==WRITE_LOCK||iTab==1 ); + + /* If requesting a write-lock, then the Btree must have an open write + ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there + ** must be an open write transaction on the file itself. + */ + assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || (p==pBt->pWriter && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE) ); + assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); + + /* This routine is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */ + if( !p->sharable ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* If some other connection is holding an exclusive lock, the + ** requested lock may not be obtained. + */ + if( pBt->pWriter!=p && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 ){ + sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pWriter->db); + return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; + } + + for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ + /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...) + ** statement is a simplification of: + ** + ** (eLock==WRITE_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK) + ** + ** since we know that if eLock==WRITE_LOCK, then no other connection + ** may hold a WRITE_LOCK on any table in this file (since there can + ** only be a single writer). + */ + assert( pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); + assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->pBtree==p || pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK); + if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && pIter->eLock!=eLock ){ + sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pIter->pBtree->db); + if( eLock==WRITE_LOCK ){ + assert( p==pBt->pWriter ); + pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PENDING; + } + return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +/* +** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used +** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or +** WRITE_LOCK. +** +** This function assumes the following: +** +** (a) The specified Btree object p is connected to a sharable +** database (one with the BtShared.sharable flag set), and +** +** (b) No other Btree objects hold a lock that conflicts +** with the requested lock (i.e. querySharedCacheTableLock() has +** already been called and returned SQLITE_OK). +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_NOMEM +** is returned if a malloc attempt fails. +*/ +static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + BtLock *pLock = 0; + BtLock *pIter; + + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); + assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); + assert( p->db!=0 ); + + /* A connection with the read-uncommitted flag set will never try to + ** obtain a read-lock using this function. The only read-lock obtained + ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlite_master + ** table, and that lock is obtained in BtreeBeginTrans(). */ + assert( 0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); + + /* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it + ** has been determined that no other b-tree holds a conflicting lock. */ + assert( p->sharable ); + assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) ); + + /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */ + for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ + if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){ + pLock = pIter; + break; + } + } + + /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p + ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list. + */ + if( !pLock ){ + pLock = (BtLock *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(BtLock)); + if( !pLock ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + pLock->iTable = iTable; + pLock->pBtree = p; + pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock; + pBt->pLock = pLock; + } + + /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock + ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held + ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock. + */ + assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK ); + if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){ + pLock->eLock = eLock; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +/* +** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to +** the setSharedCacheTableLock() procedure) held by Btree object p. +** +** This function assumes that Btree p has an open read or write +** transaction. If it does not, then the BTS_PENDING flag +** may be incorrectly cleared. +*/ +static void clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + BtLock **ppIter = &pBt->pLock; + + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); + assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter ); + assert( p->inTrans>0 ); + + while( *ppIter ){ + BtLock *pLock = *ppIter; + assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_EXCLUSIVE)==0 || pBt->pWriter==pLock->pBtree ); + assert( pLock->pBtree->inTrans>=pLock->eLock ); + if( pLock->pBtree==p ){ + *ppIter = pLock->pNext; + assert( pLock->iTable!=1 || pLock==&p->lock ); + if( pLock->iTable!=1 ){ + sqlite3_free(pLock); + } + }else{ + ppIter = &pLock->pNext; + } + } + + assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PENDING)==0 || pBt->pWriter ); + if( pBt->pWriter==p ){ + pBt->pWriter = 0; + pBt->btsFlags &= ~(BTS_EXCLUSIVE|BTS_PENDING); + }else if( pBt->nTransaction==2 ){ + /* This function is called when Btree p is concluding its + ** transaction. If there currently exists a writer, and p is not + ** that writer, then the number of locks held by connections other + ** than the writer must be about to drop to zero. In this case + ** set the BTS_PENDING flag to 0. + ** + ** If there is not currently a writer, then BTS_PENDING must + ** be zero already. So this next line is harmless in that case. + */ + pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_PENDING; + } +} + +/* +** This function changes all write-locks held by Btree p into read-locks. +*/ +static void downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + if( pBt->pWriter==p ){ + BtLock *pLock; + pBt->pWriter = 0; + pBt->btsFlags &= ~(BTS_EXCLUSIVE|BTS_PENDING); + for(pLock=pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){ + assert( pLock->eLock==READ_LOCK || pLock->pBtree==p ); + pLock->eLock = READ_LOCK; + } + } +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ + +static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage); /* Forward reference */ + +/* +***** This routine is used inside of assert() only **** +** +** Verify that the cursor holds the mutex on its BtShared +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){ + return sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex); +} +static int cursorOwnsBtShared(BtCursor *p){ + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(p) ); + return (p->pBtree->db==p->pBt->db); +} +#endif + +/* +** Invalidate the overflow cache of the cursor passed as the first argument. +** on the shared btree structure pBt. +*/ +#define invalidateOverflowCache(pCur) (pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_ValidOvfl) + +/* +** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened +** on the shared btree structure pBt. +*/ +static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){ + BtCursor *p; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ + invalidateOverflowCache(p); + } +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB +/* +** This function is called before modifying the contents of a table +** to invalidate any incrblob cursors that are open on the +** row or one of the rows being modified. +** +** If argument isClearTable is true, then the entire contents of the +** table is about to be deleted. In this case invalidate all incrblob +** cursors open on any row within the table with root-page pgnoRoot. +** +** Otherwise, if argument isClearTable is false, then the row with +** rowid iRow is being replaced or deleted. In this case invalidate +** only those incrblob cursors open on that specific row. +*/ +static void invalidateIncrblobCursors( + Btree *pBtree, /* The database file to check */ + i64 iRow, /* The rowid that might be changing */ + int isClearTable /* True if all rows are being deleted */ +){ + BtCursor *p; + if( pBtree->hasIncrblobCur==0 ) return; + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBtree) ); + pBtree->hasIncrblobCur = 0; + for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ + if( (p->curFlags & BTCF_Incrblob)!=0 ){ + pBtree->hasIncrblobCur = 1; + if( isClearTable || p->info.nKey==iRow ){ + p->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + } + } + } +} + +#else + /* Stub function when INCRBLOB is omitted */ + #define invalidateIncrblobCursors(x,y,z) +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ + +/* +** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called +** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf +** page. +** +** The BtShared.pHasContent bitvec exists to work around an obscure +** bug caused by the interaction of two useful IO optimizations surrounding +** free-list leaf pages: +** +** 1) When all data is deleted from a page and the page becomes +** a free-list leaf page, the page is not written to the database +** (as free-list leaf pages contain no meaningful data). Sometimes +** such a page is not even journalled (as it will not be modified, +** why bother journalling it?). +** +** 2) When a free-list leaf page is reused, its content is not read +** from the database or written to the journal file (why should it +** be, if it is not at all meaningful?). +** +** By themselves, these optimizations work fine and provide a handy +** performance boost to bulk delete or insert operations. However, if +** a page is moved to the free-list and then reused within the same +** transaction, a problem comes up. If the page is not journalled when +** it is moved to the free-list and it is also not journalled when it +** is extracted from the free-list and reused, then the original data +** may be lost. In the event of a rollback, it may not be possible +** to restore the database to its original configuration. +** +** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is +** moved to become a free-list leaf page, the corresponding bit is +** set in the bitvec. Whenever a leaf page is extracted from the free-list, +** optimization 2 above is omitted if the corresponding bit is already +** set in BtShared.pHasContent. The contents of the bitvec are cleared +** at the end of every transaction. +*/ +static int btreeSetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( !pBt->pHasContent ){ + assert( pgno<=pBt->nPage ); + pBt->pHasContent = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pBt->nPage); + if( !pBt->pHasContent ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pgno<=sqlite3BitvecSize(pBt->pHasContent) ){ + rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pBt->pHasContent, pgno); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Query the BtShared.pHasContent vector. +** +** This function is called when a free-list leaf page is removed from the +** free-list for reuse. It returns false if it is safe to retrieve the +** page from the pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. True otherwise. +*/ +static int btreeGetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ + Bitvec *p = pBt->pHasContent; + return (p && (pgno>sqlite3BitvecSize(p) || sqlite3BitvecTest(p, pgno))); +} + +/* +** Clear (destroy) the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This should be +** invoked at the conclusion of each write-transaction. +*/ +static void btreeClearHasContent(BtShared *pBt){ + sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBt->pHasContent); + pBt->pHasContent = 0; +} + +/* +** Release all of the apPage[] pages for a cursor. +*/ +static void btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(BtCursor *pCur){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){ + releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]); + pCur->apPage[i] = 0; + } + pCur->iPage = -1; +} + +/* +** The cursor passed as the only argument must point to a valid entry +** when this function is called (i.e. have eState==CURSOR_VALID). This +** function saves the current cursor key in variables pCur->nKey and +** pCur->pKey. SQLITE_OK is returned if successful or an SQLite error +** code otherwise. +** +** If the cursor is open on an intkey table, then the integer key +** (the rowid) is stored in pCur->nKey and pCur->pKey is left set to +** NULL. If the cursor is open on a non-intkey table, then pCur->pKey is +** set to point to a malloced buffer pCur->nKey bytes in size containing +** the key. +*/ +static int saveCursorKey(BtCursor *pCur){ + int rc; + assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState ); + assert( 0==pCur->pKey ); + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + + rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &pCur->nKey); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* KeySize() cannot fail */ + + /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize() + ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is + ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey + ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key + ** data. */ + if( 0==pCur->curIntKey ){ + void *pKey = sqlite3Malloc( pCur->nKey ); + if( pKey ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)pCur->nKey, pKey); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pCur->pKey = pKey; + }else{ + sqlite3_free(pKey); + } + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + } + assert( !pCur->curIntKey || !pCur->pKey ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey +** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK. +** +** The caller must ensure that the cursor is valid (has eState==CURSOR_VALID) +** prior to calling this routine. +*/ +static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ + int rc; + + assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState || CURSOR_SKIPNEXT==pCur->eState ); + assert( 0==pCur->pKey ); + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + + if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT ){ + pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; + }else{ + pCur->skipNext = 0; + } + + rc = saveCursorKey(pCur); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(pCur); + pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK; + } + + pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl|BTCF_AtLast); + return rc; +} + +/* Forward reference */ +static int SQLITE_NOINLINE saveCursorsOnList(BtCursor*,Pgno,BtCursor*); + +/* +** Save the positions of all cursors (except pExcept) that are open on +** the table with root-page iRoot. "Saving the cursor position" means that +** the location in the btree is remembered in such a way that it can be +** moved back to the same spot after the btree has been modified. This +** routine is called just before cursor pExcept is used to modify the +** table, for example in BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert(). +** +** If there are two or more cursors on the same btree, then all such +** cursors should have their BTCF_Multiple flag set. The btreeCursor() +** routine enforces that rule. This routine only needs to be called in +** the uncommon case when pExpect has the BTCF_Multiple flag set. +** +** If pExpect!=NULL and if no other cursors are found on the same root-page, +** then the BTCF_Multiple flag on pExpect is cleared, to avoid another +** pointless call to this routine. +** +** Implementation note: This routine merely checks to see if any cursors +** need to be saved. It calls out to saveCursorsOnList() in the (unusual) +** event that cursors are in need to being saved. +*/ +static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){ + BtCursor *p; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt ); + for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ + if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) ) break; + } + if( p ) return saveCursorsOnList(p, iRoot, pExcept); + if( pExcept ) pExcept->curFlags &= ~BTCF_Multiple; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* This helper routine to saveAllCursors does the actual work of saving +** the cursors if and when a cursor is found that actually requires saving. +** The common case is that no cursors need to be saved, so this routine is +** broken out from its caller to avoid unnecessary stack pointer movement. +*/ +static int SQLITE_NOINLINE saveCursorsOnList( + BtCursor *p, /* The first cursor that needs saving */ + Pgno iRoot, /* Only save cursor with this iRoot. Save all if zero */ + BtCursor *pExcept /* Do not save this cursor */ +){ + do{ + if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) ){ + if( p->eState==CURSOR_VALID || p->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT ){ + int rc = saveCursorPosition(p); + if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ + return rc; + } + }else{ + testcase( p->iPage>0 ); + btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(p); + } + } + p = p->pNext; + }while( p ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Clear the current cursor position. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey); + pCur->pKey = 0; + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; +} + +/* +** In this version of BtreeMoveto, pKey is a packed index record +** such as is generated by the OP_MakeRecord opcode. Unpack the +** record and then call BtreeMovetoUnpacked() to do the work. +*/ +static int btreeMoveto( + BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor open on the btree to be searched */ + const void *pKey, /* Packed key if the btree is an index */ + i64 nKey, /* Integer key for tables. Size of pKey for indices */ + int bias, /* Bias search to the high end */ + int *pRes /* Write search results here */ +){ + int rc; /* Status code */ + UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey; /* Unpacked index key */ + char aSpace[200]; /* Temp space for pIdxKey - to avoid a malloc */ + char *pFree = 0; + + if( pKey ){ + assert( nKey==(i64)(int)nKey ); + pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord( + pCur->pKeyInfo, aSpace, sizeof(aSpace), &pFree + ); + if( pIdxKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCur->pKeyInfo, (int)nKey, pKey, pIdxKey); + if( pIdxKey->nField==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(pCur->pKeyInfo->db, pFree); + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + }else{ + pIdxKey = 0; + } + rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, pIdxKey, nKey, bias, pRes); + if( pFree ){ + sqlite3DbFree(pCur->pKeyInfo->db, pFree); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible) +** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the +** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be +** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each +** saveCursorPosition(). +*/ +static int btreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ + int rc; + int skipNext; + assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); + assert( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); + if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ + return pCur->skipNext; + } + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, 0, &skipNext); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey); + pCur->pKey = 0; + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ); + pCur->skipNext |= skipNext; + if( pCur->skipNext && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){ + pCur->eState = CURSOR_SKIPNEXT; + } + } + return rc; +} + +#define restoreCursorPosition(p) \ + (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \ + btreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \ + SQLITE_OK) + +/* +** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position where +** it was last placed, or has been invalidated for any other reason. +** Cursors can move when the row they are pointing at is deleted out +** from under them, for example. Cursor might also move if a btree +** is rebalanced. +** +** Calling this routine with a NULL cursor pointer returns false. +** +** Use the separate sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore() routine to restore a cursor +** back to where it ought to be if this routine returns true. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur){ + return pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID; +} + +/* +** This routine restores a cursor back to its original position after it +** has been moved by some outside activity (such as a btree rebalance or +** a row having been deleted out from under the cursor). +** +** On success, the *pDifferentRow parameter is false if the cursor is left +** pointing at exactly the same row. *pDifferntRow is the row the cursor +** was pointing to has been deleted, forcing the cursor to point to some +** nearby row. +** +** This routine should only be called for a cursor that just returned +** TRUE from sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(BtCursor *pCur, int *pDifferentRow){ + int rc; + + assert( pCur!=0 ); + assert( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ); + rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); + if( rc ){ + *pDifferentRow = 1; + return rc; + } + if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ + *pDifferentRow = 1; + }else{ + assert( pCur->skipNext==0 ); + *pDifferentRow = 0; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS +/* +** Provide hints to the cursor. The particular hint given (and the type +** and number of the varargs parameters) is determined by the eHintType +** parameter. See the definitions of the BTREE_HINT_* macros for details. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHint(BtCursor *pCur, int eHintType, ...){ + /* Used only by system that substitute their own storage engine */ +} +#endif + +/* +** Provide flag hints to the cursor. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHintFlags(BtCursor *pCur, unsigned x){ + assert( x==BTREE_SEEK_EQ || x==BTREE_BULKLOAD || x==0 ); + pCur->hints = x; +} + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM +/* +** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page +** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the +** input page number. +** +** Return 0 (not a valid page) for pgno==1 since there is +** no pointer map associated with page 1. The integrity_check logic +** requires that ptrmapPageno(*,1)!=1. +*/ +static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ + int nPagesPerMapPage; + Pgno iPtrMap, ret; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + if( pgno<2 ) return 0; + nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1; + iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage; + ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2; + if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ + ret++; + } + return ret; +} + +/* +** Write an entry into the pointer map. +** +** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key' +** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'. +** +** If *pRC is initially non-zero (non-SQLITE_OK) then this routine is +** a no-op. If an error occurs, the appropriate error code is written +** into *pRC. +*/ +static void ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent, int *pRC){ + DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */ + u8 *pPtrmap; /* The pointer map data */ + Pgno iPtrmap; /* The pointer map page number */ + int offset; /* Offset in pointer map page */ + int rc; /* Return code from subfunctions */ + + if( *pRC ) return; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */ + assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) ); + + assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); + if( key==0 ){ + *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + return; + } + iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key); + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pRC = rc; + return; + } + offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key); + if( offset<0 ){ + *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto ptrmap_exit; + } + assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 ); + pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); + + if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){ + TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent)); + *pRC= rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pPtrmap[offset] = eType; + put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent); + } + } + +ptrmap_exit: + sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); +} + +/* +** Read an entry from the pointer map. +** +** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing +** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively. +** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK. +*/ +static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){ + DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */ + int iPtrmap; /* Pointer map page index */ + u8 *pPtrmap; /* Pointer map page data */ + int offset; /* Offset of entry in pointer map */ + int rc; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + + iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key); + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage, 0); + if( rc!=0 ){ + return rc; + } + pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); + + offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key); + if( offset<0 ){ + sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 ); + assert( pEType!=0 ); + *pEType = pPtrmap[offset]; + if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]); + + sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); + if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#else /* if defined SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ + #define ptrmapPut(w,x,y,z,rc) + #define ptrmapGet(w,x,y,z) SQLITE_OK + #define ptrmapPutOvflPtr(x, y, rc) +#endif + +/* +** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on +** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer +** to the cell content. +** +** findCellPastPtr() does the same except it skips past the initial +** 4-byte child pointer found on interior pages, if there is one. +** +** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells. +*/ +#define findCell(P,I) \ + ((P)->aData + ((P)->maskPage & get2byteAligned(&(P)->aCellIdx[2*(I)]))) +#define findCellPastPtr(P,I) \ + ((P)->aDataOfst + ((P)->maskPage & get2byteAligned(&(P)->aCellIdx[2*(I)]))) + + +/* +** This is common tail processing for btreeParseCellPtr() and +** btreeParseCellPtrIndex() for the case when the cell does not fit entirely +** on a single B-tree page. Make necessary adjustments to the CellInfo +** structure. +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE void btreeParseCellAdjustSizeForOverflow( + MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ + u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */ + CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ +){ + /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have + ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto + ** overflow pages. The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused + ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage + ** in between minLocal and maxLocal. + ** + ** Warning: changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any + ** way will result in an incompatible file format. + */ + int minLocal; /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */ + int maxLocal; /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */ + int surplus; /* Overflow payload available for local storage */ + + minLocal = pPage->minLocal; + maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal; + surplus = minLocal + (pInfo->nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize-4); + testcase( surplus==maxLocal ); + testcase( surplus==maxLocal+1 ); + if( surplus <= maxLocal ){ + pInfo->nLocal = (u16)surplus; + }else{ + pInfo->nLocal = (u16)minLocal; + } + pInfo->nSize = (u16)(&pInfo->pPayload[pInfo->nLocal] - pCell) + 4; +} + +/* +** The following routines are implementations of the MemPage.xParseCell() +** method. +** +** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure. +** +** btreeParseCellPtr() => table btree leaf nodes +** btreeParseCellNoPayload() => table btree internal nodes +** btreeParseCellPtrIndex() => index btree nodes +** +** There is also a wrapper function btreeParseCell() that works for +** all MemPage types and that references the cell by index rather than +** by pointer. +*/ +static void btreeParseCellPtrNoPayload( + MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ + u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */ + CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ +){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + assert( pPage->leaf==0 ); + assert( pPage->childPtrSize==4 ); +#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPage); +#endif + pInfo->nSize = 4 + getVarint(&pCell[4], (u64*)&pInfo->nKey); + pInfo->nPayload = 0; + pInfo->nLocal = 0; + pInfo->pPayload = 0; + return; +} +static void btreeParseCellPtr( + MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ + u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */ + CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ +){ + u8 *pIter; /* For scanning through pCell */ + u32 nPayload; /* Number of bytes of cell payload */ + u64 iKey; /* Extracted Key value */ + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 ); + assert( pPage->intKeyLeaf ); + assert( pPage->childPtrSize==0 ); + pIter = pCell; + + /* The next block of code is equivalent to: + ** + ** pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nPayload); + ** + ** The code is inlined to avoid a function call. + */ + nPayload = *pIter; + if( nPayload>=0x80 ){ + u8 *pEnd = &pIter[8]; + nPayload &= 0x7f; + do{ + nPayload = (nPayload<<7) | (*++pIter & 0x7f); + }while( (*pIter)>=0x80 && pIter<pEnd ); + } + pIter++; + + /* The next block of code is equivalent to: + ** + ** pIter += getVarint(pIter, (u64*)&pInfo->nKey); + ** + ** The code is inlined to avoid a function call. + */ + iKey = *pIter; + if( iKey>=0x80 ){ + u8 *pEnd = &pIter[7]; + iKey &= 0x7f; + while(1){ + iKey = (iKey<<7) | (*++pIter & 0x7f); + if( (*pIter)<0x80 ) break; + if( pIter>=pEnd ){ + iKey = (iKey<<8) | *++pIter; + break; + } + } + } + pIter++; + + pInfo->nKey = *(i64*)&iKey; + pInfo->nPayload = nPayload; + pInfo->pPayload = pIter; + testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal ); + testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); + if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){ + /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits + ** on the local page. No overflow is required. + */ + pInfo->nSize = nPayload + (u16)(pIter - pCell); + if( pInfo->nSize<4 ) pInfo->nSize = 4; + pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload; + }else{ + btreeParseCellAdjustSizeForOverflow(pPage, pCell, pInfo); + } +} +static void btreeParseCellPtrIndex( + MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ + u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */ + CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ +){ + u8 *pIter; /* For scanning through pCell */ + u32 nPayload; /* Number of bytes of cell payload */ + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 ); + assert( pPage->intKeyLeaf==0 ); + pIter = pCell + pPage->childPtrSize; + nPayload = *pIter; + if( nPayload>=0x80 ){ + u8 *pEnd = &pIter[8]; + nPayload &= 0x7f; + do{ + nPayload = (nPayload<<7) | (*++pIter & 0x7f); + }while( *(pIter)>=0x80 && pIter<pEnd ); + } + pIter++; + pInfo->nKey = nPayload; + pInfo->nPayload = nPayload; + pInfo->pPayload = pIter; + testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal ); + testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); + if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){ + /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits + ** on the local page. No overflow is required. + */ + pInfo->nSize = nPayload + (u16)(pIter - pCell); + if( pInfo->nSize<4 ) pInfo->nSize = 4; + pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload; + }else{ + btreeParseCellAdjustSizeForOverflow(pPage, pCell, pInfo); + } +} +static void btreeParseCell( + MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ + int iCell, /* The cell index. First cell is 0 */ + CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ +){ + pPage->xParseCell(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell), pInfo); +} + +/* +** The following routines are implementations of the MemPage.xCellSize +** method. +** +** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell +** data area of the btree-page. The return number includes the cell +** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or +** the space used by the cell pointer. +** +** cellSizePtrNoPayload() => table internal nodes +** cellSizePtr() => all index nodes & table leaf nodes +*/ +static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){ + u8 *pIter = pCell + pPage->childPtrSize; /* For looping over bytes of pCell */ + u8 *pEnd; /* End mark for a varint */ + u32 nSize; /* Size value to return */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* The value returned by this function should always be the same as + ** the (CellInfo.nSize) value found by doing a full parse of the + ** cell. If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an assert() at the bottom of + ** this function verifies that this invariant is not violated. */ + CellInfo debuginfo; + pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &debuginfo); +#endif + + nSize = *pIter; + if( nSize>=0x80 ){ + pEnd = &pIter[8]; + nSize &= 0x7f; + do{ + nSize = (nSize<<7) | (*++pIter & 0x7f); + }while( *(pIter)>=0x80 && pIter<pEnd ); + } + pIter++; + if( pPage->intKey ){ + /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length + ** integer. The following block moves pIter to point at the first byte + ** past the end of the key value. */ + pEnd = &pIter[9]; + while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pIter<pEnd ); + } + testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal ); + testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); + if( nSize<=pPage->maxLocal ){ + nSize += (u32)(pIter - pCell); + if( nSize<4 ) nSize = 4; + }else{ + int minLocal = pPage->minLocal; + nSize = minLocal + (nSize - minLocal) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4); + testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal ); + testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); + if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){ + nSize = minLocal; + } + nSize += 4 + (u16)(pIter - pCell); + } + assert( nSize==debuginfo.nSize || CORRUPT_DB ); + return (u16)nSize; +} +static u16 cellSizePtrNoPayload(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){ + u8 *pIter = pCell + 4; /* For looping over bytes of pCell */ + u8 *pEnd; /* End mark for a varint */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* The value returned by this function should always be the same as + ** the (CellInfo.nSize) value found by doing a full parse of the + ** cell. If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an assert() at the bottom of + ** this function verifies that this invariant is not violated. */ + CellInfo debuginfo; + pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &debuginfo); +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPage); +#endif + + assert( pPage->childPtrSize==4 ); + pEnd = pIter + 9; + while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pIter<pEnd ); + assert( debuginfo.nSize==(u16)(pIter - pCell) || CORRUPT_DB ); + return (u16)(pIter - pCell); +} + + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* This variation on cellSizePtr() is used inside of assert() statements +** only. */ +static u16 cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ + return pPage->xCellSize(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell)); +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM +/* +** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer +** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map +** for the overflow page. +*/ +static void ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell, int *pRC){ + CellInfo info; + if( *pRC ) return; + assert( pCell!=0 ); + pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &info); + if( info.nLocal<info.nPayload ){ + Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.nSize-4]); + ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno, pRC); + } +} +#endif + + +/* +** Defragment the page given. All Cells are moved to the +** end of the page and all free space is collected into one +** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell +** pointer array and the cell content area. +** +** EVIDENCE-OF: R-44582-60138 SQLite may from time to time reorganize a +** b-tree page so that there are no freeblocks or fragment bytes, all +** unused bytes are contained in the unallocated space region, and all +** cells are packed tightly at the end of the page. +*/ +static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int pc; /* Address of the i-th cell */ + int hdr; /* Offset to the page header */ + int size; /* Size of a cell */ + int usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on a page */ + int cellOffset; /* Offset to the cell pointer array */ + int cbrk; /* Offset to the cell content area */ + int nCell; /* Number of cells on the page */ + unsigned char *data; /* The page data */ + unsigned char *temp; /* Temp area for cell content */ + unsigned char *src; /* Source of content */ + int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell index */ + int iCellLast; /* Last possible cell index */ + + + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); + assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE ); + assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + temp = 0; + src = data = pPage->aData; + hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset; + nCell = pPage->nCell; + assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) ); + usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize; + cbrk = usableSize; + iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*nCell; + iCellLast = usableSize - 4; + for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){ + u8 *pAddr; /* The i-th cell pointer */ + pAddr = &data[cellOffset + i*2]; + pc = get2byte(pAddr); + testcase( pc==iCellFirst ); + testcase( pc==iCellLast ); + /* These conditions have already been verified in btreeInitPage() + ** if PRAGMA cell_size_check=ON. + */ + if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + assert( pc>=iCellFirst && pc<=iCellLast ); + size = pPage->xCellSize(pPage, &src[pc]); + cbrk -= size; + if( cbrk<iCellFirst || pc+size>usableSize ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + assert( cbrk+size<=usableSize && cbrk>=iCellFirst ); + testcase( cbrk+size==usableSize ); + testcase( pc+size==usableSize ); + put2byte(pAddr, cbrk); + if( temp==0 ){ + int x; + if( cbrk==pc ) continue; + temp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPage->pBt->pPager); + x = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); + memcpy(&temp[x], &data[x], (cbrk+size) - x); + src = temp; + } + memcpy(&data[cbrk], &src[pc], size); + } + assert( cbrk>=iCellFirst ); + put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cbrk); + data[hdr+1] = 0; + data[hdr+2] = 0; + data[hdr+7] = 0; + memset(&data[iCellFirst], 0, cbrk-iCellFirst); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + if( cbrk-iCellFirst!=pPage->nFree ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Search the free-list on page pPg for space to store a cell nByte bytes in +** size. If one can be found, return a pointer to the space and remove it +** from the free-list. +** +** If no suitable space can be found on the free-list, return NULL. +** +** This function may detect corruption within pPg. If corruption is +** detected then *pRc is set to SQLITE_CORRUPT and NULL is returned. +** +** Slots on the free list that are between 1 and 3 bytes larger than nByte +** will be ignored if adding the extra space to the fragmentation count +** causes the fragmentation count to exceed 60. +*/ +static u8 *pageFindSlot(MemPage *pPg, int nByte, int *pRc){ + const int hdr = pPg->hdrOffset; + u8 * const aData = pPg->aData; + int iAddr = hdr + 1; + int pc = get2byte(&aData[iAddr]); + int x; + int usableSize = pPg->pBt->usableSize; + + assert( pc>0 ); + do{ + int size; /* Size of the free slot */ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-06866-39125 Freeblocks are always connected in order of + ** increasing offset. */ + if( pc>usableSize-4 || pc<iAddr+4 ){ + *pRc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + return 0; + } + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-22710-53328 The third and fourth bytes of each + ** freeblock form a big-endian integer which is the size of the freeblock + ** in bytes, including the 4-byte header. */ + size = get2byte(&aData[pc+2]); + if( (x = size - nByte)>=0 ){ + testcase( x==4 ); + testcase( x==3 ); + if( pc < pPg->cellOffset+2*pPg->nCell || size+pc > usableSize ){ + *pRc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + return 0; + }else if( x<4 ){ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-11498-58022 In a well-formed b-tree page, the total + ** number of bytes in fragments may not exceed 60. */ + if( aData[hdr+7]>57 ) return 0; + + /* Remove the slot from the free-list. Update the number of + ** fragmented bytes within the page. */ + memcpy(&aData[iAddr], &aData[pc], 2); + aData[hdr+7] += (u8)x; + }else{ + /* The slot remains on the free-list. Reduce its size to account + ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */ + put2byte(&aData[pc+2], x); + } + return &aData[pc + x]; + } + iAddr = pc; + pc = get2byte(&aData[pc]); + }while( pc ); + + return 0; +} + +/* +** Allocate nByte bytes of space from within the B-Tree page passed +** as the first argument. Write into *pIdx the index into pPage->aData[] +** of the first byte of allocated space. Return either SQLITE_OK or +** an error code (usually SQLITE_CORRUPT). +** +** The caller guarantees that there is sufficient space to make the +** allocation. This routine might need to defragment in order to bring +** all the space together, however. This routine will avoid using +** the first two bytes past the cell pointer area since presumably this +** allocation is being made in order to insert a new cell, so we will +** also end up needing a new cell pointer. +*/ +static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte, int *pIdx){ + const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */ + u8 * const data = pPage->aData; /* Local cache of pPage->aData */ + int top; /* First byte of cell content area */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Integer return code */ + int gap; /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */ + + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + assert( pPage->pBt ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + assert( nByte>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ + assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte ); + assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); + assert( nByte < (int)(pPage->pBt->usableSize-8) ); + + assert( pPage->cellOffset == hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf ); + gap = pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell; + assert( gap<=65536 ); + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-29356-02391 If the database uses a 65536-byte page size + ** and the reserved space is zero (the usual value for reserved space) + ** then the cell content offset of an empty page wants to be 65536. + ** However, that integer is too large to be stored in a 2-byte unsigned + ** integer, so a value of 0 is used in its place. */ + top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); + assert( top<=(int)pPage->pBt->usableSize ); /* Prevent by getAndInitPage() */ + if( gap>top ){ + if( top==0 && pPage->pBt->usableSize==65536 ){ + top = 65536; + }else{ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + } + + /* If there is enough space between gap and top for one more cell pointer + ** array entry offset, and if the freelist is not empty, then search the + ** freelist looking for a free slot big enough to satisfy the request. + */ + testcase( gap+2==top ); + testcase( gap+1==top ); + testcase( gap==top ); + if( (data[hdr+2] || data[hdr+1]) && gap+2<=top ){ + u8 *pSpace = pageFindSlot(pPage, nByte, &rc); + if( pSpace ){ + assert( pSpace>=data && (pSpace - data)<65536 ); + *pIdx = (int)(pSpace - data); + return SQLITE_OK; + }else if( rc ){ + return rc; + } + } + + /* The request could not be fulfilled using a freelist slot. Check + ** to see if defragmentation is necessary. + */ + testcase( gap+2+nByte==top ); + if( gap+2+nByte>top ){ + assert( pPage->nCell>0 || CORRUPT_DB ); + rc = defragmentPage(pPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); + assert( gap+nByte<=top ); + } + + + /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array + ** and the cell content area. The btreeInitPage() call has already + ** validated the freelist. Given that the freelist is valid, there + ** is no way that the allocation can extend off the end of the page. + ** The assert() below verifies the previous sentence. + */ + top -= nByte; + put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top); + assert( top+nByte <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize ); + *pIdx = top; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist. +** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aData[iStart] +** and the size of the block is iSize bytes. +** +** Adjacent freeblocks are coalesced. +** +** Note that even though the freeblock list was checked by btreeInitPage(), +** that routine will not detect overlap between cells or freeblocks. Nor +** does it detect cells or freeblocks that encrouch into the reserved bytes +** at the end of the page. So do additional corruption checks inside this +** routine and return SQLITE_CORRUPT if any problems are found. +*/ +static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, u16 iStart, u16 iSize){ + u16 iPtr; /* Address of ptr to next freeblock */ + u16 iFreeBlk; /* Address of the next freeblock */ + u8 hdr; /* Page header size. 0 or 100 */ + u8 nFrag = 0; /* Reduction in fragmentation */ + u16 iOrigSize = iSize; /* Original value of iSize */ + u32 iLast = pPage->pBt->usableSize-4; /* Largest possible freeblock offset */ + u32 iEnd = iStart + iSize; /* First byte past the iStart buffer */ + unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; /* Page content */ + + assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + assert( CORRUPT_DB || iStart>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+pPage->childPtrSize ); + assert( CORRUPT_DB || iEnd <= pPage->pBt->usableSize ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + assert( iSize>=4 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ + assert( iStart<=iLast ); + + /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the secure_delete + ** option is enabled */ + if( pPage->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){ + memset(&data[iStart], 0, iSize); + } + + /* The list of freeblocks must be in ascending order. Find the + ** spot on the list where iStart should be inserted. + */ + hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + iPtr = hdr + 1; + if( data[iPtr+1]==0 && data[iPtr]==0 ){ + iFreeBlk = 0; /* Shortcut for the case when the freelist is empty */ + }else{ + while( (iFreeBlk = get2byte(&data[iPtr]))>0 && iFreeBlk<iStart ){ + if( iFreeBlk<iPtr+4 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + iPtr = iFreeBlk; + } + if( iFreeBlk>iLast ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + assert( iFreeBlk>iPtr || iFreeBlk==0 ); + + /* At this point: + ** iFreeBlk: First freeblock after iStart, or zero if none + ** iPtr: The address of a pointer to iFreeBlk + ** + ** Check to see if iFreeBlk should be coalesced onto the end of iStart. + */ + if( iFreeBlk && iEnd+3>=iFreeBlk ){ + nFrag = iFreeBlk - iEnd; + if( iEnd>iFreeBlk ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + iEnd = iFreeBlk + get2byte(&data[iFreeBlk+2]); + if( iEnd > pPage->pBt->usableSize ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + iSize = iEnd - iStart; + iFreeBlk = get2byte(&data[iFreeBlk]); + } + + /* If iPtr is another freeblock (that is, if iPtr is not the freelist + ** pointer in the page header) then check to see if iStart should be + ** coalesced onto the end of iPtr. + */ + if( iPtr>hdr+1 ){ + int iPtrEnd = iPtr + get2byte(&data[iPtr+2]); + if( iPtrEnd+3>=iStart ){ + if( iPtrEnd>iStart ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + nFrag += iStart - iPtrEnd; + iSize = iEnd - iPtr; + iStart = iPtr; + } + } + if( nFrag>data[hdr+7] ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + data[hdr+7] -= nFrag; + } + if( iStart==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) ){ + /* The new freeblock is at the beginning of the cell content area, + ** so just extend the cell content area rather than create another + ** freelist entry */ + if( iPtr!=hdr+1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + put2byte(&data[hdr+1], iFreeBlk); + put2byte(&data[hdr+5], iEnd); + }else{ + /* Insert the new freeblock into the freelist */ + put2byte(&data[iPtr], iStart); + put2byte(&data[iStart], iFreeBlk); + put2byte(&data[iStart+2], iSize); + } + pPage->nFree += iOrigSize; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page +** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly. +** +** Only the following combinations are supported. Anything different +** indicates a corrupt database files: +** +** PTF_ZERODATA +** PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF +** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY +** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAF +*/ +static int decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){ + BtShared *pBt; /* A copy of pPage->pBt */ + + assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + pPage->leaf = (u8)(flagByte>>3); assert( PTF_LEAF == 1<<3 ); + flagByte &= ~PTF_LEAF; + pPage->childPtrSize = 4-4*pPage->leaf; + pPage->xCellSize = cellSizePtr; + pBt = pPage->pBt; + if( flagByte==(PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY) ){ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-07291-35328 A value of 5 (0x05) means the page is an + ** interior table b-tree page. */ + assert( (PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_INTKEY)==5 ); + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-26900-09176 A value of 13 (0x0d) means the page is a + ** leaf table b-tree page. */ + assert( (PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF)==13 ); + pPage->intKey = 1; + if( pPage->leaf ){ + pPage->intKeyLeaf = 1; + pPage->xParseCell = btreeParseCellPtr; + }else{ + pPage->intKeyLeaf = 0; + pPage->xCellSize = cellSizePtrNoPayload; + pPage->xParseCell = btreeParseCellPtrNoPayload; + } + pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf; + pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf; + }else if( flagByte==PTF_ZERODATA ){ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-43316-37308 A value of 2 (0x02) means the page is an + ** interior index b-tree page. */ + assert( (PTF_ZERODATA)==2 ); + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-59615-42828 A value of 10 (0x0a) means the page is a + ** leaf index b-tree page. */ + assert( (PTF_ZERODATA|PTF_LEAF)==10 ); + pPage->intKey = 0; + pPage->intKeyLeaf = 0; + pPage->xParseCell = btreeParseCellPtrIndex; + pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal; + pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal; + }else{ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-47608-56469 Any other value for the b-tree page type is + ** an error. */ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + pPage->max1bytePayload = pBt->max1bytePayload; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If we see that the page does +** not contain a well-formed database page, then return +** SQLITE_CORRUPT. Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not +** guarantee that the page is well-formed. It only shows that +** we failed to detect any corruption. +*/ +static int btreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage){ + + assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); + assert( pPage->pBt->db!=0 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) ); + assert( pPage == sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) ); + assert( pPage->aData == sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) ); + + if( !pPage->isInit ){ + u16 pc; /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */ + u8 hdr; /* Offset to beginning of page header */ + u8 *data; /* Equal to pPage->aData */ + BtShared *pBt; /* The main btree structure */ + int usableSize; /* Amount of usable space on each page */ + u16 cellOffset; /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */ + int nFree; /* Number of unused bytes on the page */ + int top; /* First byte of the cell content area */ + int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell or freeblock offset */ + int iCellLast; /* Last possible cell or freeblock offset */ + + pBt = pPage->pBt; + + hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + data = pPage->aData; + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-28594-02890 The one-byte flag at offset 0 indicating + ** the b-tree page type. */ + if( decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 ); + pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1); + pPage->nOverflow = 0; + usableSize = pBt->usableSize; + pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 8 + pPage->childPtrSize; + pPage->aDataEnd = &data[usableSize]; + pPage->aCellIdx = &data[cellOffset]; + pPage->aDataOfst = &data[pPage->childPtrSize]; + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-58015-48175 The two-byte integer at offset 5 designates + ** the start of the cell content area. A zero value for this integer is + ** interpreted as 65536. */ + top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-37002-32774 The two-byte integer at offset 3 gives the + ** number of cells on the page. */ + pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]); + if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){ + /* To many cells for a single page. The page must be corrupt */ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + testcase( pPage->nCell==MX_CELL(pBt) ); + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-24089-57979 If a page contains no cells (which is only + ** possible for a root page of a table that contains no rows) then the + ** offset to the cell content area will equal the page size minus the + ** bytes of reserved space. */ + assert( pPage->nCell>0 || top==usableSize || CORRUPT_DB ); + + /* A malformed database page might cause us to read past the end + ** of page when parsing a cell. + ** + ** The following block of code checks early to see if a cell extends + ** past the end of a page boundary and causes SQLITE_CORRUPT to be + ** returned if it does. + */ + iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell; + iCellLast = usableSize - 4; + if( pBt->db->flags & SQLITE_CellSizeCk ){ + int i; /* Index into the cell pointer array */ + int sz; /* Size of a cell */ + + if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast--; + for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){ + pc = get2byteAligned(&data[cellOffset+i*2]); + testcase( pc==iCellFirst ); + testcase( pc==iCellLast ); + if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + sz = pPage->xCellSize(pPage, &data[pc]); + testcase( pc+sz==usableSize ); + if( pc+sz>usableSize ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + } + if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast++; + } + + /* Compute the total free space on the page + ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-23588-34450 The two-byte integer at offset 1 gives the + ** start of the first freeblock on the page, or is zero if there are no + ** freeblocks. */ + pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); + nFree = data[hdr+7] + top; /* Init nFree to non-freeblock free space */ + while( pc>0 ){ + u16 next, size; + if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55530-52930 In a well-formed b-tree page, there will + ** always be at least one cell before the first freeblock. + ** + ** Or, the freeblock is off the end of the page + */ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + next = get2byte(&data[pc]); + size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]); + if( (next>0 && next<=pc+size+3) || pc+size>usableSize ){ + /* Free blocks must be in ascending order. And the last byte of + ** the free-block must lie on the database page. */ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + nFree = nFree + size; + pc = next; + } + + /* At this point, nFree contains the sum of the offset to the start + ** of the cell-content area plus the number of free bytes within + ** the cell-content area. If this is greater than the usable-size + ** of the page, then the page must be corrupted. This check also + ** serves to verify that the offset to the start of the cell-content + ** area, according to the page header, lies within the page. + */ + if( nFree>usableSize ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + pPage->nFree = (u16)(nFree - iCellFirst); + pPage->isInit = 1; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding +** no entries. +*/ +static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){ + unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; + BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; + u8 hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + u16 first; + + assert( sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno ); + assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage ); + assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) == data ); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){ + memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr); + } + data[hdr] = (char)flags; + first = hdr + ((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0 ? 12 : 8); + memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4); + data[hdr+7] = 0; + put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize); + pPage->nFree = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - first); + decodeFlags(pPage, flags); + pPage->cellOffset = first; + pPage->aDataEnd = &data[pBt->usableSize]; + pPage->aCellIdx = &data[first]; + pPage->aDataOfst = &data[pPage->childPtrSize]; + pPage->nOverflow = 0; + assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 ); + pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1); + pPage->nCell = 0; + pPage->isInit = 1; +} + + +/* +** Convert a DbPage obtained from the pager into a MemPage used by +** the btree layer. +*/ +static MemPage *btreePageFromDbPage(DbPage *pDbPage, Pgno pgno, BtShared *pBt){ + MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage); + if( pgno!=pPage->pgno ){ + pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); + pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage; + pPage->pBt = pBt; + pPage->pgno = pgno; + pPage->hdrOffset = pgno==1 ? 100 : 0; + } + assert( pPage->aData==sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage) ); + return pPage; +} + +/* +** Get a page from the pager. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and +** MemPage.aData elements if needed. See also: btreeGetUnusedPage(). +** +** If the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT flag is set, it means that we do not care +** about the content of the page at this time. So do not go to the disk +** to fetch the content. Just fill in the content with zeros for now. +** If in the future we call sqlite3PagerWrite() on this page, that +** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk +** read should occur at that point. +*/ +static int btreeGetPage( + BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */ + Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to fetch */ + MemPage **ppPage, /* Return the page in this parameter */ + int flags /* PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT or PAGER_GET_READONLY */ +){ + int rc; + DbPage *pDbPage; + + assert( flags==0 || flags==PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT || flags==PAGER_GET_READONLY ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, flags); + if( rc ) return rc; + *ppPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Retrieve a page from the pager cache. If the requested page is not +** already in the pager cache return NULL. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and +** MemPage.aData elements if needed. +*/ +static MemPage *btreePageLookup(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ + DbPage *pDbPage; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno); + if( pDbPage ){ + return btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt); + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Return the size of the database file in pages. If there is any kind of +** error, return ((unsigned int)-1). +*/ +static Pgno btreePagecount(BtShared *pBt){ + return pBt->nPage; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree *p){ + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); + assert( ((p->pBt->nPage)&0x8000000)==0 ); + return btreePagecount(p->pBt); +} + +/* +** Get a page from the pager and initialize it. +** +** If pCur!=0 then the page is being fetched as part of a moveToChild() +** call. Do additional sanity checking on the page in this case. +** And if the fetch fails, this routine must decrement pCur->iPage. +** +** The page is fetched as read-write unless pCur is not NULL and is +** a read-only cursor. +** +** If an error occurs, then *ppPage is undefined. It +** may remain unchanged, or it may be set to an invalid value. +*/ +static int getAndInitPage( + BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */ + Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to get */ + MemPage **ppPage, /* Write the page pointer here */ + BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor to receive the page, or NULL */ + int bReadOnly /* True for a read-only page */ +){ + int rc; + DbPage *pDbPage; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert( pCur==0 || ppPage==&pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); + assert( pCur==0 || bReadOnly==pCur->curPagerFlags ); + assert( pCur==0 || pCur->iPage>0 ); + + if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto getAndInitPage_error; + } + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, bReadOnly); + if( rc ){ + goto getAndInitPage_error; + } + *ppPage = (MemPage*)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage); + if( (*ppPage)->isInit==0 ){ + btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt); + rc = btreeInitPage(*ppPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(*ppPage); + goto getAndInitPage_error; + } + } + assert( (*ppPage)->pgno==pgno ); + assert( (*ppPage)->aData==sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage) ); + + /* If obtaining a child page for a cursor, we must verify that the page is + ** compatible with the root page. */ + if( pCur && ((*ppPage)->nCell<1 || (*ppPage)->intKey!=pCur->curIntKey) ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + releasePage(*ppPage); + goto getAndInitPage_error; + } + return SQLITE_OK; + +getAndInitPage_error: + if( pCur ) pCur->iPage--; + testcase( pgno==0 ); + assert( pgno!=0 || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Release a MemPage. This should be called once for each prior +** call to btreeGetPage. +*/ +static void releasePageNotNull(MemPage *pPage){ + assert( pPage->aData ); + assert( pPage->pBt ); + assert( pPage->pDbPage!=0 ); + assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage ); + assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->aData ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage->pDbPage); +} +static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){ + if( pPage ) releasePageNotNull(pPage); +} + +/* +** Get an unused page. +** +** This works just like btreeGetPage() with the addition: +** +** * If the page is already in use for some other purpose, immediately +** release it and return an SQLITE_CURRUPT error. +** * Make sure the isInit flag is clear +*/ +static int btreeGetUnusedPage( + BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */ + Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to fetch */ + MemPage **ppPage, /* Return the page in this parameter */ + int flags /* PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT or PAGER_GET_READONLY */ +){ + int rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, flags); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount((*ppPage)->pDbPage)>1 ){ + releasePage(*ppPage); + *ppPage = 0; + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + (*ppPage)->isInit = 0; + }else{ + *ppPage = 0; + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache +** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of +** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called. +** +** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the +** page to agree with the restored data. +*/ +static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData){ + MemPage *pPage; + pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData); + assert( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>0 ); + if( pPage->isInit ){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + pPage->isInit = 0; + if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>1 ){ + /* pPage might not be a btree page; it might be an overflow page + ** or ptrmap page or a free page. In those cases, the following + ** call to btreeInitPage() will likely return SQLITE_CORRUPT. + ** But no harm is done by this. And it is very important that + ** btreeInitPage() be called on every btree page so we make + ** the call for every page that comes in for re-initing. */ + btreeInitPage(pPage); + } + } +} + +/* +** Invoke the busy handler for a btree. +*/ +static int btreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg){ + BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg; + assert( pBt->db ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->db->mutex) ); + return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler); +} + +/* +** Open a database file. +** +** zFilename is the name of the database file. If zFilename is NULL +** then an ephemeral database is created. The ephemeral database might +** be exclusively in memory, or it might use a disk-based memory cache. +** Either way, the ephemeral database will be automatically deleted +** when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called. +** +** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created +** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed. +** +** The "flags" parameter is a bitmask that might contain bits like +** BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and/or BTREE_MEMORY. +** +** If the database is already opened in the same database connection +** and we are in shared cache mode, then the open will fail with an +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT error. We cannot allow two or more BtShared +** objects in the same database connection since doing so will lead +** to problems with locking. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* VFS to use for this b-tree */ + const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database handle */ + Btree **ppBtree, /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */ + int flags, /* Options */ + int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ +){ + BtShared *pBt = 0; /* Shared part of btree structure */ + Btree *p; /* Handle to return */ + sqlite3_mutex *mutexOpen = 0; /* Prevents a race condition. Ticket #3537 */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code from this function */ + u8 nReserve; /* Byte of unused space on each page */ + unsigned char zDbHeader[100]; /* Database header content */ + + /* True if opening an ephemeral, temporary database */ + const int isTempDb = zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0; + + /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or + ** false for a file-based database. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB + const int isMemdb = 0; +#else + const int isMemdb = (zFilename && strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:")==0) + || (isTempDb && sqlite3TempInMemory(db)) + || (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0; +#endif + + assert( db!=0 ); + assert( pVfs!=0 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + assert( (flags&0xff)==flags ); /* flags fit in 8 bits */ + + /* Only a BTREE_SINGLE database can be BTREE_UNORDERED */ + assert( (flags & BTREE_UNORDERED)==0 || (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)!=0 ); + + /* A BTREE_SINGLE database is always a temporary and/or ephemeral */ + assert( (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || isTempDb ); + + if( isMemdb ){ + flags |= BTREE_MEMORY; + } + if( (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 && (isMemdb || isTempDb) ){ + vfsFlags = (vfsFlags & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB; + } + p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree)); + if( !p ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; + p->db = db; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + p->lock.pBtree = p; + p->lock.iTable = 1; +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) + /* + ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an + ** existing BtShared object that we can share with + */ + if( isTempDb==0 && (isMemdb==0 || (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_URI)!=0) ){ + if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE ){ + int nFilename = sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1; + int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; + char *zFullPathname = sqlite3Malloc(MAX(nFullPathname,nFilename)); + MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; ) + + p->sharable = 1; + if( !zFullPathname ){ + sqlite3_free(p); + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + if( isMemdb ){ + memcpy(zFullPathname, zFilename, nFilename); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, + nFullPathname, zFullPathname); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3_free(zFullPathname); + sqlite3_free(p); + return rc; + } + } +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + mutexOpen = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexOpen); + mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared); +#endif + for(pBt=GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){ + assert( pBt->nRef>0 ); + if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager, 0)) + && sqlite3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){ + int iDb; + for(iDb=db->nDb-1; iDb>=0; iDb--){ + Btree *pExisting = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; + if( pExisting && pExisting->pBt==pBt ){ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen); + sqlite3_free(zFullPathname); + sqlite3_free(p); + return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; + } + } + p->pBt = pBt; + pBt->nRef++; + break; + } + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); + sqlite3_free(zFullPathname); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + else{ + /* In debug mode, we mark all persistent databases as sharable + ** even when they are not. This exercises the locking code and + ** gives more opportunity for asserts(sqlite3_mutex_held()) + ** statements to find locking problems. + */ + p->sharable = 1; + } +#endif + } +#endif + if( pBt==0 ){ + /* + ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are + ** the right size. This is to guard against size changes that result + ** when compiling on a different architecture. + */ + assert( sizeof(i64)==8 ); + assert( sizeof(u64)==8 ); + assert( sizeof(u32)==4 ); + assert( sizeof(u16)==2 ); + assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 ); + + pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) ); + if( pBt==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + goto btree_open_out; + } + rc = sqlite3PagerOpen(pVfs, &pBt->pPager, zFilename, + EXTRA_SIZE, flags, vfsFlags, pageReinit); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(pBt->pPager, db->szMmap); + rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto btree_open_out; + } + pBt->openFlags = (u8)flags; + pBt->db = db; + sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt); + p->pBt = pBt; + + pBt->pCursor = 0; + pBt->pPage1 = 0; + if( sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager) ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY; +#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE + pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE; +#endif + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-51873-39618 The page size for a database file is + ** determined by the 2-byte integer located at an offset of 16 bytes from + ** the beginning of the database file. */ + pBt->pageSize = (zDbHeader[16]<<8) | (zDbHeader[17]<<16); + if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE + || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){ + pBt->pageSize = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then + ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if + ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if + ** SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a + ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal. + */ + if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){ + pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0); + pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0); + } +#endif + nReserve = 0; + }else{ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-37497-42412 The size of the reserved region is + ** determined by the one-byte unsigned integer found at an offset of 20 + ** into the database file header. */ + nReserve = zDbHeader[20]; + pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0); + pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0); +#endif + } + rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve); + if( rc ) goto btree_open_out; + pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve; + assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) + /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds. + */ + if( p->sharable ){ + MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; ) + pBt->nRef = 1; + MUTEX_LOGIC( mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);) + if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ + pBt->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); + if( pBt->mutex==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + goto btree_open_out; + } + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared); + pBt->pNext = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); + GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); + } +#endif + } + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) + /* If the new Btree uses a sharable pBtShared, then link the new + ** Btree into the list of all sharable Btrees for the same connection. + ** The list is kept in ascending order by pBt address. + */ + if( p->sharable ){ + int i; + Btree *pSib; + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + if( (pSib = db->aDb[i].pBt)!=0 && pSib->sharable ){ + while( pSib->pPrev ){ pSib = pSib->pPrev; } + if( (uptr)p->pBt<(uptr)pSib->pBt ){ + p->pNext = pSib; + p->pPrev = 0; + pSib->pPrev = p; + }else{ + while( pSib->pNext && (uptr)pSib->pNext->pBt<(uptr)p->pBt ){ + pSib = pSib->pNext; + } + p->pNext = pSib->pNext; + p->pPrev = pSib; + if( p->pNext ){ + p->pNext->pPrev = p; + } + pSib->pNext = p; + } + break; + } + } + } +#endif + *ppBtree = p; + +btree_open_out: + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){ + sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager); + } + sqlite3_free(pBt); + sqlite3_free(p); + *ppBtree = 0; + }else{ + /* If the B-Tree was successfully opened, set the pager-cache size to the + ** default value. Except, when opening on an existing shared pager-cache, + ** do not change the pager-cache size. + */ + if( sqlite3BtreeSchema(p, 0, 0)==0 ){ + sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(p->pBt->pPager, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE); + } + } + if( mutexOpen ){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mutexOpen) ); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Decrement the BtShared.nRef counter. When it reaches zero, +** remove the BtShared structure from the sharing list. Return +** true if the BtShared.nRef counter reaches zero and return +** false if it is still positive. +*/ +static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; ) + BtShared *pList; + int removed = 0; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) ); + MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); + pBt->nRef--; + if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){ + if( GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList)==pBt ){ + GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt->pNext; + }else{ + pList = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); + while( ALWAYS(pList) && pList->pNext!=pBt ){ + pList=pList->pNext; + } + if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ + pList->pNext = pBt->pNext; + } + } + if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){ + sqlite3_mutex_free(pBt->mutex); + } + removed = 1; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); + return removed; +#else + return 1; +#endif +} + +/* +** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of +** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes with a 4-byte prefix for a left-child +** pointer. +*/ +static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){ + if( !pBt->pTmpSpace ){ + pBt->pTmpSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize ); + + /* One of the uses of pBt->pTmpSpace is to format cells before + ** inserting them into a leaf page (function fillInCell()). If + ** a cell is less than 4 bytes in size, it is rounded up to 4 bytes + ** by the various routines that manipulate binary cells. Which + ** can mean that fillInCell() only initializes the first 2 or 3 + ** bytes of pTmpSpace, but that the first 4 bytes are copied from + ** it into a database page. This is not actually a problem, but it + ** does cause a valgrind error when the 1 or 2 bytes of unitialized + ** data is passed to system call write(). So to avoid this error, + ** zero the first 4 bytes of temp space here. + ** + ** Also: Provide four bytes of initialized space before the + ** beginning of pTmpSpace as an area available to prepend the + ** left-child pointer to the beginning of a cell. + */ + if( pBt->pTmpSpace ){ + memset(pBt->pTmpSpace, 0, 8); + pBt->pTmpSpace += 4; + } + } +} + +/* +** Free the pBt->pTmpSpace allocation +*/ +static void freeTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){ + if( pBt->pTmpSpace ){ + pBt->pTmpSpace -= 4; + sqlite3PageFree(pBt->pTmpSpace); + pBt->pTmpSpace = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + BtCursor *pCur; + + /* Close all cursors opened via this handle. */ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + pCur = pBt->pCursor; + while( pCur ){ + BtCursor *pTmp = pCur; + pCur = pCur->pNext; + if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){ + sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp); + } + } + + /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure. + ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by + ** this handle. + */ + sqlite3BtreeRollback(p, SQLITE_OK, 0); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + + /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree + ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans + ** up the shared-btree. + */ + assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 ); + if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){ + /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access + ** it without having to hold the mutex. + ** + ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object. + */ + assert( !pBt->pCursor ); + sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager); + if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){ + pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema); + } + sqlite3DbFree(0, pBt->pSchema); + freeTempSpace(pBt); + sqlite3_free(pBt); + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + assert( p->wantToLock==0 ); + assert( p->locked==0 ); + if( p->pPrev ) p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext; + if( p->pNext ) p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev; +#endif + + sqlite3_free(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Change the "soft" limit on the number of pages in the cache. +** Unused and unmodified pages will be recycled when the number of +** pages in the cache exceeds this soft limit. But the size of the +** cache is allowed to grow larger than this limit if it contains +** dirty pages or pages still in active use. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Change the "spill" limit on the number of pages in the cache. +** If the number of pages exceeds this limit during a write transaction, +** the pager might attempt to "spill" pages to the journal early in +** order to free up memory. +** +** The value returned is the current spill size. If zero is passed +** as an argument, no changes are made to the spill size setting, so +** using mxPage of 0 is a way to query the current spill size. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + int res; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + res = sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(pBt->pPager, mxPage); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return res; +} + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 +/* +** Change the limit on the amount of the database file that may be +** memory mapped. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree *p, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(pBt->pPager, szMmap); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ + +/* +** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease +** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power +** failures. Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and +** there is a high probability of damage) Level 2 is the default. There +** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage. Level 3 reduces the +** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags( + Btree *p, /* The btree to set the safety level on */ + unsigned pgFlags /* Various PAGER_* flags */ +){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + sqlite3PagerSetFlags(pBt->pPager, pgFlags); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif + +/* +** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page. +** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY +** without changing anything. +** +** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536. If the page +** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not +** changed. +** +** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region +** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE, +** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur +** at the beginning of a page. +** +** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved +** bytes per page is left unchanged. +** +** If the iFix!=0 then the BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED flag is set so that the page size +** and autovacuum mode can no longer be changed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve, int iFix){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + assert( nReserve>=-1 && nReserve<=255 ); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); +#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + if( nReserve>pBt->optimalReserve ) pBt->optimalReserve = (u8)nReserve; +#endif + if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED ){ + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return SQLITE_READONLY; + } + if( nReserve<0 ){ + nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize; + } + assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<=255 ); + if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE && + ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){ + assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); + assert( !pBt->pCursor ); + pBt->pageSize = (u32)pageSize; + freeTempSpace(pBt); + } + rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve); + pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - (u16)nReserve; + if( iFix ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED; + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the currently defined page size +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){ + return p->pBt->pageSize; +} + +/* +** This function is similar to sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(), except that it +** may only be called if it is guaranteed that the b-tree mutex is already +** held. +** +** This is useful in one special case in the backup API code where it is +** known that the shared b-tree mutex is held, but the mutex on the +** database handle that owns *p is not. In this case if sqlite3BtreeEnter() +** were to be called, it might collide with some other operation on the +** database handle that owns *p, causing undefined behavior. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p){ + int n; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) ); + n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize; + return n; +} + +/* +** Return the number of bytes of space at the end of every page that +** are intentually left unused. This is the "reserved" space that is +** sometimes used by extensions. +** +** If SQLITE_HAS_MUTEX is defined then the number returned is the +** greater of the current reserved space and the maximum requested +** reserve space. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(Btree *p){ + int n; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + n = sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p); +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + if( n<p->pBt->optimalReserve ) n = p->pBt->optimalReserve; +#endif + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return n; +} + + +/* +** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive. +** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative. +** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){ + int n; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + n = sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return n; +} + +/* +** Set the BTS_SECURE_DELETE flag if newFlag is 0 or 1. If newFlag is -1, +** then make no changes. Always return the value of the BTS_SECURE_DELETE +** setting after the change. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree *p, int newFlag){ + int b; + if( p==0 ) return 0; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + if( newFlag>=0 ){ + p->pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_SECURE_DELETE; + if( newFlag ) p->pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE; + } + b = (p->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE)!=0; + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return b; +} + +/* +** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum' +** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it +** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is +** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + return SQLITE_READONLY; +#else + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + u8 av = (u8)autoVacuum; + + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED)!=0 && (av ?1:0)!=pBt->autoVacuum ){ + rc = SQLITE_READONLY; + }else{ + pBt->autoVacuum = av ?1:0; + pBt->incrVacuum = av==2 ?1:0; + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +#endif +} + +/* +** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is +** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE; +#else + int rc; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + rc = ( + (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE: + (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL: + BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR + ); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +#endif +} + + +/* +** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file. This will +** also acquire a readlock on that file. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. If the file is not a +** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned. +** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked. SQLITE_NOMEM +** is returned if we run out of memory. +*/ +static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){ + int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ + MemPage *pPage1; /* Page 1 of the database file */ + int nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ + int nPageFile = 0; /* Number of pages in the database file */ + int nPageHeader; /* Number of pages in the database according to hdr */ + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert( pBt->pPage1==0 ); + rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pBt->pPager); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is + ** a valid database file. + */ + nPage = nPageHeader = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData); + sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPageFile); + if( nPage==0 || memcmp(24+(u8*)pPage1->aData, 92+(u8*)pPage1->aData,4)!=0 ){ + nPage = nPageFile; + } + if( nPage>0 ){ + u32 pageSize; + u32 usableSize; + u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData; + rc = SQLITE_NOTADB; + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-43737-39999 Every valid SQLite database file begins + ** with the following 16 bytes (in hex): 53 51 4c 69 74 65 20 66 6f 72 6d + ** 61 74 20 33 00. */ + if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){ + goto page1_init_failed; + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + if( page1[18]>1 ){ + pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY; + } + if( page1[19]>1 ){ + goto page1_init_failed; + } +#else + if( page1[18]>2 ){ + pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY; + } + if( page1[19]>2 ){ + goto page1_init_failed; + } + + /* If the write version is set to 2, this database should be accessed + ** in WAL mode. If the log is not already open, open it now. Then + ** return SQLITE_OK and return without populating BtShared.pPage1. + ** The caller detects this and calls this function again. This is + ** required as the version of page 1 currently in the page1 buffer + ** may not be the latest version - there may be a newer one in the log + ** file. + */ + if( page1[19]==2 && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_NO_WAL)==0 ){ + int isOpen = 0; + rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pBt->pPager, &isOpen); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto page1_init_failed; + }else{ +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS!=SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS + sqlite3 *db; + Db *pDb; + if( (db=pBt->db)!=0 && (pDb=db->aDb)!=0 ){ + while( pDb->pBt==0 || pDb->pBt->pBt!=pBt ){ pDb++; } + if( pDb->bSyncSet==0 + && pDb->safety_level==SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS+1 + ){ + pDb->safety_level = SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS+1; + sqlite3PagerSetFlags(pBt->pPager, + pDb->safety_level | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK)); + } + } +#endif + if( isOpen==0 ){ + releasePage(pPage1); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + rc = SQLITE_NOTADB; + } +#endif + + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-15465-20813 The maximum and minimum embedded payload + ** fractions and the leaf payload fraction values must be 64, 32, and 32. + ** + ** The original design allowed these amounts to vary, but as of + ** version 3.6.0, we require them to be fixed. + */ + if( memcmp(&page1[21], "\100\040\040",3)!=0 ){ + goto page1_init_failed; + } + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-51873-39618 The page size for a database file is + ** determined by the 2-byte integer located at an offset of 16 bytes from + ** the beginning of the database file. */ + pageSize = (page1[16]<<8) | (page1[17]<<16); + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-25008-21688 The size of a page is a power of two + ** between 512 and 65536 inclusive. */ + if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0 + || pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE + || pageSize<=256 + ){ + goto page1_init_failed; + } + assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-59310-51205 The "reserved space" size in the 1-byte + ** integer at offset 20 is the number of bytes of space at the end of + ** each page to reserve for extensions. + ** + ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-37497-42412 The size of the reserved region is + ** determined by the one-byte unsigned integer found at an offset of 20 + ** into the database file header. */ + usableSize = pageSize - page1[20]; + if( (u32)pageSize!=pBt->pageSize ){ + /* After reading the first page of the database assuming a page size + ** of BtShared.pageSize, we have discovered that the page-size is + ** actually pageSize. Unlock the database, leave pBt->pPage1 at + ** zero and return SQLITE_OK. The caller will call this function + ** again with the correct page-size. + */ + releasePage(pPage1); + pBt->usableSize = usableSize; + pBt->pageSize = pageSize; + freeTempSpace(pBt); + rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, + pageSize-usableSize); + return rc; + } + if( (pBt->db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 && nPage>nPageFile ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto page1_init_failed; + } + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-28312-64704 However, the usable size is not allowed to + ** be less than 480. In other words, if the page size is 512, then the + ** reserved space size cannot exceed 32. */ + if( usableSize<480 ){ + goto page1_init_failed; + } + pBt->pageSize = pageSize; + pBt->usableSize = usableSize; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0); + pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0); +#endif + } + + /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for + ** a cell. Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout + ** cells can will fit on one page. We assume a 10-byte page header. + ** Besides the payload, the cell must store: + ** 2-byte pointer to the cell + ** 4-byte child pointer + ** 9-byte nKey value + ** 4-byte nData value + ** 4-byte overflow page pointer + ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte pointer, a header which is as much as + ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow + ** page pointer. + */ + pBt->maxLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*64/255 - 23); + pBt->minLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23); + pBt->maxLeaf = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - 35); + pBt->minLeaf = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23); + if( pBt->maxLocal>127 ){ + pBt->max1bytePayload = 127; + }else{ + pBt->max1bytePayload = (u8)pBt->maxLocal; + } + assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); + pBt->pPage1 = pPage1; + pBt->nPage = nPage; + return SQLITE_OK; + +page1_init_failed: + releasePage(pPage1); + pBt->pPage1 = 0; + return rc; +} + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** Return the number of cursors open on pBt. This is for use +** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not +** defined. +** +** Only write cursors are counted if wrOnly is true. If wrOnly is +** false then all cursors are counted. +** +** For the purposes of this routine, a cursor is any cursor that +** is capable of reading or writing to the database. Cursors that +** have been tripped into the CURSOR_FAULT state are not counted. +*/ +static int countValidCursors(BtShared *pBt, int wrOnly){ + BtCursor *pCur; + int r = 0; + for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){ + if( (wrOnly==0 || (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0) + && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++; + } + return r; +} +#endif + +/* +** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle +** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then +** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which +** has the effect of releasing the read lock. +** +** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op. +*/ +static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert( countValidCursors(pBt,0)==0 || pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE ); + if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){ + MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; + assert( pPage1->aData ); + assert( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)==1 ); + pBt->pPage1 = 0; + releasePageNotNull(pPage1); + } +} + +/* +** If pBt points to an empty file then convert that empty file +** into a new empty database by initializing the first page of +** the database. +*/ +static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){ + MemPage *pP1; + unsigned char *data; + int rc; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + if( pBt->nPage>0 ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + pP1 = pBt->pPage1; + assert( pP1!=0 ); + data = pP1->aData; + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader)); + assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 ); + data[16] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>8)&0xff); + data[17] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>16)&0xff); + data[18] = 1; + data[19] = 1; + assert( pBt->usableSize<=pBt->pageSize && pBt->usableSize+255>=pBt->pageSize); + data[20] = (u8)(pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize); + data[21] = 64; + data[22] = 32; + data[23] = 32; + memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24); + zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA ); + pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 ); + assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 ); + put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum); + put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum); +#endif + pBt->nPage = 1; + data[31] = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Initialize the first page of the database file (creating a database +** consisting of a single page and no schema objects). Return SQLITE_OK +** if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p){ + int rc; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + p->pBt->nPage = 0; + rc = newDatabase(p->pBt); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction +** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read- +** transaction. If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive +** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed +** to access the database. A preexisting transaction may not be +** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the +** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction. +** +** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any +** changes to the database. None of the following routines +** will work unless a transaction is started first: +** +** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() +** sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex() +** sqlite3BtreeClearTable() +** sqlite3BtreeDropTable() +** sqlite3BtreeInsert() +** sqlite3BtreeDelete() +** sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() +** +** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention +** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler +** if there is one. But if there was previously a read-lock, do not +** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY. SQLITE_BUSY is +** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock. +** +** Suppose there are two processes A and B. A has a read lock and B has +** a reserved lock. B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because +** of A's read lock. A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B. +** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be +** no progress. By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback +** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B +** proceed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + btreeIntegrity(p); + + /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it + ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction + ** is requested, this is a no-op. + */ + if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){ + goto trans_begun; + } + assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE || IfNotOmitAV(pBt->bDoTruncate)==0 ); + + /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */ + if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0 && wrflag ){ + rc = SQLITE_READONLY; + goto trans_begun; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + { + sqlite3 *pBlock = 0; + /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction + ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is + ** requested, return SQLITE_LOCKED. + */ + if( (wrflag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE) + || (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PENDING)!=0 + ){ + pBlock = pBt->pWriter->db; + }else if( wrflag>1 ){ + BtLock *pIter; + for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ + if( pIter->pBtree!=p ){ + pBlock = pIter->pBtree->db; + break; + } + } + } + if( pBlock ){ + sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBlock); + rc = SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; + goto trans_begun; + } + } +#endif + + /* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on + ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock + ** on page 1, the transaction cannot be opened. */ + rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK); + if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ) goto trans_begun; + + pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY; + if( pBt->nPage==0 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY; + do { + /* Call lockBtree() until either pBt->pPage1 is populated or + ** lockBtree() returns something other than SQLITE_OK. lockBtree() + ** may return SQLITE_OK but leave pBt->pPage1 set to 0 if after + ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database + ** file is not pBt->pageSize. In this case lockBtree() will update + ** pBt->pageSize to the page-size of the file on disk. + */ + while( pBt->pPage1==0 && SQLITE_OK==(rc = lockBtree(pBt)) ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){ + if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_READONLY; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPager,wrflag>1,sqlite3TempInMemory(p->db)); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = newDatabase(pBt); + } + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); + } + }while( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && + btreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt) ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){ + pBt->nTransaction++; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + if( p->sharable ){ + assert( p->lock.pBtree==p && p->lock.iTable==1 ); + p->lock.eLock = READ_LOCK; + p->lock.pNext = pBt->pLock; + pBt->pLock = &p->lock; + } +#endif + } + p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ); + if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){ + pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans; + } + if( wrflag ){ + MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + assert( !pBt->pWriter ); + pBt->pWriter = p; + pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_EXCLUSIVE; + if( wrflag>1 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_EXCLUSIVE; +#endif + + /* If the db-size header field is incorrect (as it may be if an old + ** client has been writing the database file), update it now. Doing + ** this sooner rather than later means the database size can safely + ** re-read the database size from page 1 if a savepoint or transaction + ** rollback occurs within the transaction. + */ + if( pBt->nPage!=get4byte(&pPage1->aData[28]) ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + put4byte(&pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage); + } + } + } + } + + +trans_begun: + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){ + /* This call makes sure that the pager has the correct number of + ** open savepoints. If the second parameter is greater than 0 and + ** the sub-journal is not already open, then it will be opened here. + */ + rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, p->db->nSavepoint); + } + + btreeIntegrity(p); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + +/* +** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if +** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer +** map entries for the overflow pages as well. +*/ +static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){ + int i; /* Counter variable */ + int nCell; /* Number of cells in page pPage */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; + u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit; + Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + rc = btreeInitPage(pPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto set_child_ptrmaps_out; + } + nCell = pPage->nCell; + + for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){ + u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i); + + ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, &rc); + + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell); + ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc); + } + } + + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); + ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc); + } + +set_child_ptrmaps_out: + pPage->isInit = isInitOrig; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Somewhere on pPage is a pointer to page iFrom. Modify this pointer so +** that it points to iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to +** be modified, as follows: +** +** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child +** page of pPage. +** +** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow +** page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage. +** +** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next +** overflow page in the list. +*/ +static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){ + /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case. */ + if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo); + }else{ + u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit; + int i; + int nCell; + int rc; + + rc = btreeInitPage(pPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + nCell = pPage->nCell; + + for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){ + u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i); + if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ){ + CellInfo info; + pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &info); + if( info.nLocal<info.nPayload + && pCell+info.nSize-1<=pPage->aData+pPage->maskPage + && iFrom==get4byte(pCell+info.nSize-4) + ){ + put4byte(pCell+info.nSize-4, iTo); + break; + } + }else{ + if( get4byte(pCell)==iFrom ){ + put4byte(pCell, iTo); + break; + } + } + } + + if( i==nCell ){ + if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE || + get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo); + } + + pPage->isInit = isInitOrig; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +/* +** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the +** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid. +** +** The isCommit flag indicates that there is no need to remember that +** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno +** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to that +** page. +*/ +static int relocatePage( + BtShared *pBt, /* Btree */ + MemPage *pDbPage, /* Open page to move */ + u8 eType, /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */ + Pgno iPtrPage, /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */ + Pgno iFreePage, /* The location to move pDbPage to */ + int isCommit /* isCommit flag passed to sqlite3PagerMovepage */ +){ + MemPage *pPtrPage; /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */ + Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno; + Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; + int rc; + + assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 || + eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt ); + + /* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */ + TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n", + iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType)); + rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage; + + /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells + ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these + ** pages need to be changed. + ** + ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a + ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then + ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page. + */ + if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ + rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + }else{ + Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData); + if( nextOvfl!=0 ){ + ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage, &rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + } + } + + /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so + ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for + ** iPtrPage. + */ + if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPtrPage->pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(pPtrPage); + return rc; + } + rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType); + releasePage(pPtrPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage, &rc); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */ +static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8); + +/* +** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful, return +** SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no point in +** calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. Or, if an error +** occurs, return some other error code. +** +** More specifically, this function attempts to re-organize the database so +** that the last page of the file currently in use is no longer in use. +** +** Parameter nFin is the number of pages that this database would contain +** were this function called until it returns SQLITE_DONE. +** +** If the bCommit parameter is non-zero, this function assumes that the +** caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until it returns SQLITE_DONE +** or an error. bCommit is passed true for an auto-vacuum-on-commit +** operation, or false for an incremental vacuum. +*/ +static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg, int bCommit){ + Pgno nFreeList; /* Number of pages still on the free-list */ + int rc; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert( iLastPg>nFin ); + + if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ + u8 eType; + Pgno iPtrPage; + + nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); + if( nFreeList==0 ){ + return SQLITE_DONE; + } + + rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + + if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ + if( bCommit==0 ){ + /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required + ** if bCommit is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be + ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't + ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries. + */ + Pgno iFreePg; + MemPage *pFreePg; + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, BTALLOC_EXACT); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + assert( iFreePg==iLastPg ); + releasePage(pFreePg); + } + } else { + Pgno iFreePg; /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */ + MemPage *pLastPg; + u8 eMode = BTALLOC_ANY; /* Mode parameter for allocateBtreePage() */ + Pgno iNear = 0; /* nearby parameter for allocateBtreePage() */ + + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + /* If bCommit is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg + ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list. + ** + ** On the other hand, if bCommit is greater than zero, then keep + ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages + ** of the file is found. + */ + if( bCommit==0 ){ + eMode = BTALLOC_LE; + iNear = nFin; + } + do { + MemPage *pFreePg; + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iNear, eMode); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(pLastPg); + return rc; + } + releasePage(pFreePg); + }while( bCommit && iFreePg>nFin ); + assert( iFreePg<iLastPg ); + + rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg, bCommit); + releasePage(pLastPg); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + } + } + + if( bCommit==0 ){ + do { + iLastPg--; + }while( iLastPg==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) || PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) ); + pBt->bDoTruncate = 1; + pBt->nPage = iLastPg; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** The database opened by the first argument is an auto-vacuum database +** nOrig pages in size containing nFree free pages. Return the expected +** size of the database in pages following an auto-vacuum operation. +*/ +static Pgno finalDbSize(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nOrig, Pgno nFree){ + int nEntry; /* Number of entries on one ptrmap page */ + Pgno nPtrmap; /* Number of PtrMap pages to be freed */ + Pgno nFin; /* Return value */ + + nEntry = pBt->usableSize/5; + nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+nEntry)/nEntry; + nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap; + if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFin<PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ + nFin--; + } + while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nFin) || nFin==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ + nFin--; + } + + return nFin; +} + +/* +** A write-transaction must be opened before calling this function. +** It performs a single unit of work towards an incremental vacuum. +** +** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run, +** SQLITE_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occurred, +** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){ + int rc; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); + if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){ + rc = SQLITE_DONE; + }else{ + Pgno nOrig = btreePagecount(pBt); + Pgno nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); + Pgno nFin = finalDbSize(pBt, nOrig, nFree); + + if( nOrig<nFin ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + }else if( nFree>0 ){ + rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); + rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, nOrig, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); + put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage); + } + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_DONE; + } + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine is called prior to sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction +** is committed for an auto-vacuum database. +** +** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages +** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process. +** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc +** pages are in use. +*/ +static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; + VVA_ONLY( int nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager); ) + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); + assert(pBt->autoVacuum); + if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){ + Pgno nFin; /* Number of pages in database after autovacuuming */ + Pgno nFree; /* Number of pages on the freelist initially */ + Pgno iFree; /* The next page to be freed */ + Pgno nOrig; /* Database size before freeing */ + + nOrig = btreePagecount(pBt); + if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) || nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ + /* It is not possible to create a database for which the final page + ** is either a pointer-map page or the pending-byte page. If one + ** is encountered, this indicates corruption. + */ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + + nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); + nFin = finalDbSize(pBt, nOrig, nFree); + if( nFin>nOrig ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + if( nFin<nOrig ){ + rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0); + } + for(iFree=nOrig; iFree>nFin && rc==SQLITE_OK; iFree--){ + rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, iFree, 1); + } + if( (rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_OK) && nFree>0 ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); + put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0); + put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0); + put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], nFin); + pBt->bDoTruncate = 1; + pBt->nPage = nFin; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); + } + } + + assert( nRef>=sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) ); + return rc; +} + +#else /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ +# define setChildPtrmaps(x) SQLITE_OK +#endif + +/* +** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit. This routine +** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist) +** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs +** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back +** the journal. Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to +** the disk. After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the +** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide. +** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the +** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not +** committed. See sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() for the second phase of the +** commit process. +** +** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt. +** +** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to +** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the +** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file +** (single database transaction). +** +** When this is called, the master journal should already have been +** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk. +** +** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit +** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; + } + } + if( pBt->bDoTruncate ){ + sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, pBt->nPage); + } +#endif + rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, 0); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called from both BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() and BtreeRollback() +** at the conclusion of a transaction. +*/ +static void btreeEndTransaction(Btree *p){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + sqlite3 *db = p->db; + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + pBt->bDoTruncate = 0; +#endif + if( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && db->nVdbeRead>1 ){ + /* If there are other active statements that belong to this database + ** handle, downgrade to a read-only transaction. The other statements + ** may still be reading from the database. */ + downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p); + p->inTrans = TRANS_READ; + }else{ + /* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the + ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count + ** reaches 0, set the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused() + ** call below will unlock the pager. */ + if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){ + clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p); + pBt->nTransaction--; + if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){ + pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE; + } + } + + /* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock the + ** pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction. */ + p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; + unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); + } + + btreeIntegrity(p); +} + +/* +** Commit the transaction currently in progress. +** +** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit. The +** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() routine does the first phase and should +** be invoked prior to calling this routine. The sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() +** routine did all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the +** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter. All this +** routine has to do is delete or truncate or zero the header in the +** the rollback journal (which causes the transaction to commit) and +** drop locks. +** +** Normally, if an error occurs while the pager layer is attempting to +** finalize the underlying journal file, this function returns an error and +** the upper layer will attempt a rollback. However, if the second argument +** is non-zero then this b-tree transaction is part of a multi-file +** transaction. In this case, the transaction has already been committed +** (by deleting a master journal file) and the caller will ignore this +** functions return code. So, even if an error occurs in the pager layer, +** reset the b-tree objects internal state to indicate that the write +** transaction has been closed. This is quite safe, as the pager will have +** transitioned to the error state. +** +** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there +** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p, int bCleanup){ + + if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ) return SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + btreeIntegrity(p); + + /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees + ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ. + */ + if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ + int rc; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); + assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 ); + rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && bCleanup==0 ){ + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; + } + p->iDataVersion--; /* Compensate for pPager->iDataVersion++; */ + pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ; + btreeClearHasContent(pBt); + } + + btreeEndTransaction(p); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Do both phases of a commit. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){ + int rc; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p, 0); + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error +** code to errCode for every cursor on any BtShared that pBtree +** references. Or if the writeOnly flag is set to 1, then only +** trip write cursors and leave read cursors unchanged. +** +** Every cursor is a candidate to be tripped, including cursors +** that belong to other database connections that happen to be +** sharing the cache with pBtree. +** +** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs. If the writeOnly +** flag is true, then only write-cursors need be tripped - read-only +** cursors save their current positions so that they may continue +** following the rollback. Or, if writeOnly is false, all cursors are +** tripped. In general, writeOnly is false if the transaction being +** rolled back modified the database schema. In this case b-tree root +** pages may be moved or deleted from the database altogether, making +** it unsafe for read cursors to continue. +** +** If the writeOnly flag is true and an error is encountered while +** saving the current position of a read-only cursor, all cursors, +** including all read-cursors are tripped. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or if an error occurs while +** saving a cursor position, an SQLite error code. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode, int writeOnly){ + BtCursor *p; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( (writeOnly==0 || writeOnly==1) && BTCF_WriteFlag==1 ); + if( pBtree ){ + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); + for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ + int i; + if( writeOnly && (p->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ){ + if( p->eState==CURSOR_VALID || p->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT ){ + rc = saveCursorPosition(p); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + (void)sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(pBtree, rc, 0); + break; + } + } + }else{ + sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(p); + p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT; + p->skipNext = errCode; + } + for(i=0; i<=p->iPage; i++){ + releasePage(p->apPage[i]); + p->apPage[i] = 0; + } + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Rollback the transaction in progress. +** +** If tripCode is not SQLITE_OK then cursors will be invalidated (tripped). +** Only write cursors are tripped if writeOnly is true but all cursors are +** tripped if writeOnly is false. Any attempt to use +** a tripped cursor will result in an error. +** +** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there +** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p, int tripCode, int writeOnly){ + int rc; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + MemPage *pPage1; + + assert( writeOnly==1 || writeOnly==0 ); + assert( tripCode==SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK || tripCode==SQLITE_OK ); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + if( tripCode==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = tripCode = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0); + if( rc ) writeOnly = 0; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + if( tripCode ){ + int rc2 = sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, tripCode, writeOnly); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || (writeOnly==0 && rc2==SQLITE_OK) ); + if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + } + btreeIntegrity(p); + + if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ + int rc2; + + assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction ); + rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager); + if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; + } + + /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value. So + ** call btreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make + ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */ + if( btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nPage = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData); + testcase( nPage==0 ); + if( nPage==0 ) sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage); + testcase( pBt->nPage!=nPage ); + pBt->nPage = nPage; + releasePage(pPage1); + } + assert( countValidCursors(pBt, 1)==0 ); + pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ; + btreeClearHasContent(pBt); + } + + btreeEndTransaction(p); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can be rolled +** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction +** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically +** if the main transaction commits or rolls back. +** +** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements +** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block. If a constraint +** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement +** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction. +** +** A statement sub-transaction is implemented as an anonymous savepoint. The +** value passed as the second parameter is the total number of savepoints, +** including the new anonymous savepoint, open on the B-Tree. i.e. if there +** are no active savepoints and no other statement-transactions open, +** iStatement is 1. This anonymous savepoint can be released or rolled back +** using the sqlite3BtreeSavepoint() function. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p, int iStatement){ + int rc; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); + assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 ); + assert( iStatement>0 ); + assert( iStatement>p->db->nSavepoint ); + assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); + /* At the pager level, a statement transaction is a savepoint with + ** an index greater than all savepoints created explicitly using + ** SQL statements. It is illegal to open, release or rollback any + ** such savepoints while the statement transaction savepoint is active. + */ + rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, iStatement); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} + +/* +** The second argument to this function, op, is always SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK +** or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. This function either releases or rolls back the +** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value +** of op. +** +** Normally, iSavepoint is greater than or equal to zero. However, if op is +** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the +** contents of the entire transaction are rolled back. This is different +** from a normal transaction rollback, as no locks are released and the +** transaction remains open. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); + assert( iSavepoint>=0 || (iSavepoint==-1 && op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK) ); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, op, iSavepoint); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( iSavepoint<0 && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY)!=0 ){ + pBt->nPage = 0; + } + rc = newDatabase(pBt); + pBt->nPage = get4byte(28 + pBt->pPage1->aData); + + /* The database size was written into the offset 28 of the header + ** when the transaction started, so we know that the value at offset + ** 28 is nonzero. */ + assert( pBt->nPage>0 ); + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page +** iTable. If a read-only cursor is requested, it is assumed that +** the caller already has at least a read-only transaction open +** on the database already. If a write-cursor is requested, then +** the caller is assumed to have an open write transaction. +** +** If the BTREE_WRCSR bit of wrFlag is clear, then the cursor can only +** be used for reading. If the BTREE_WRCSR bit is set, then the cursor +** can be used for reading or for writing if other conditions for writing +** are also met. These are the conditions that must be met in order +** for writing to be allowed: +** +** 1: The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag containing BTREE_WRCSR +** +** 2: Other database connections that share the same pager cache +** but which are not in the READ_UNCOMMITTED state may not have +** cursors open with wrFlag==0 on the same table. Otherwise +** the changes made by this write cursor would be visible to +** the read cursors in the other database connection. +** +** 3: The database must be writable (not on read-only media) +** +** 4: There must be an active transaction. +** +** The BTREE_FORDELETE bit of wrFlag may optionally be set if BTREE_WRCSR +** is set. If FORDELETE is set, that is a hint to the implementation that +** this cursor will only be used to seek to and delete entries of an index +** as part of a larger DELETE statement. The FORDELETE hint is not used by +** this implementation. But in a hypothetical alternative storage engine +** in which index entries are automatically deleted when corresponding table +** rows are deleted, the FORDELETE flag is a hint that all SEEK and DELETE +** operations on this cursor can be no-ops and all READ operations can +** return a null row (2-bytes: 0x01 0x00). +** +** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the +** root page of a b-tree. If it is not, then the cursor acquired +** will not work correctly. +** +** It is assumed that the sqlite3BtreeCursorZero() has been called +** on pCur to initialize the memory space prior to invoking this routine. +*/ +static int btreeCursor( + Btree *p, /* The btree */ + int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ + int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */ + struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to comparison function */ + BtCursor *pCur /* Space for new cursor */ +){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; /* Shared b-tree handle */ + BtCursor *pX; /* Looping over other all cursors */ + + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); + assert( wrFlag==0 + || wrFlag==BTREE_WRCSR + || wrFlag==(BTREE_WRCSR|BTREE_FORDELETE) + ); + + /* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable + ** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks, + ** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with + ** this lock. */ + assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, pKeyInfo!=0, (wrFlag?2:1)) ); + assert( wrFlag==0 || !hasReadConflicts(p, iTable) ); + + /* Assert that the caller has opened the required transaction. */ + assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE ); + assert( wrFlag==0 || p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); + assert( pBt->pPage1 && pBt->pPage1->aData ); + assert( wrFlag==0 || (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 ); + + if( wrFlag ){ + allocateTempSpace(pBt); + if( pBt->pTmpSpace==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + if( iTable==1 && btreePagecount(pBt)==0 ){ + assert( wrFlag==0 ); + iTable = 0; + } + + /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor + ** variables and link the cursor into the BtShared list. */ + pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable; + pCur->iPage = -1; + pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; + pCur->pBtree = p; + pCur->pBt = pBt; + pCur->curFlags = wrFlag ? BTCF_WriteFlag : 0; + pCur->curPagerFlags = wrFlag ? 0 : PAGER_GET_READONLY; + /* If there are two or more cursors on the same btree, then all such + ** cursors *must* have the BTCF_Multiple flag set. */ + for(pX=pBt->pCursor; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ + if( pX->pgnoRoot==(Pgno)iTable ){ + pX->curFlags |= BTCF_Multiple; + pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_Multiple; + } + } + pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor; + pBt->pCursor = pCur; + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor( + Btree *p, /* The btree */ + int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ + int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */ + struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to xCompare() */ + BtCursor *pCur /* Write new cursor here */ +){ + int rc; + if( iTable<1 ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + }else{ + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the size of a BtCursor object in bytes. +** +** This interfaces is needed so that users of cursors can preallocate +** sufficient storage to hold a cursor. The BtCursor object is opaque +** to users so they cannot do the sizeof() themselves - they must call +** this routine. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void){ + return ROUND8(sizeof(BtCursor)); +} + +/* +** Initialize memory that will be converted into a BtCursor object. +** +** The simple approach here would be to memset() the entire object +** to zero. But it turns out that the apPage[] and aiIdx[] arrays +** do not need to be zeroed and they are large, so we can save a lot +** of run-time by skipping the initialization of those elements. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor *p){ + memset(p, 0, offsetof(BtCursor, iPage)); +} + +/* +** Close a cursor. The read lock on the database file is released +** when the last cursor is closed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ + Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree; + if( pBtree ){ + int i; + BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); + sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur); + assert( pBt->pCursor!=0 ); + if( pBt->pCursor==pCur ){ + pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext; + }else{ + BtCursor *pPrev = pBt->pCursor; + do{ + if( pPrev->pNext==pCur ){ + pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext; + break; + } + pPrev = pPrev->pNext; + }while( ALWAYS(pPrev) ); + } + for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){ + releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]); + } + unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); + sqlite3_free(pCur->aOverflow); + /* sqlite3_free(pCur); */ + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid +** BtCursor.info structure. If it is not already valid, call +** btreeParseCell() to fill it in. +** +** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell. +** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to btreeParseCell(). +*/ +#ifndef NDEBUG + static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){ + CellInfo info; + int iPage = pCur->iPage; + memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info)); + btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage], pCur->aiIdx[iPage], &info); + assert( CORRUPT_DB || memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 ); + } +#else + #define assertCellInfo(x) +#endif +static SQLITE_NOINLINE void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){ + if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ + int iPage = pCur->iPage; + pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidNKey; + btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info); + }else{ + assertCellInfo(pCur); + } +} + +#ifndef NDEBUG /* The next routine used only within assert() statements */ +/* +** Return true if the given BtCursor is valid. A valid cursor is one +** that is currently pointing to a row in a (non-empty) table. +** This is a verification routine is used only within assert() statements. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor *pCur){ + return pCur && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID; +} +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + +/* +** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of +** the key for the current entry. If the cursor is not pointing +** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0. +** +** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key +** itself, not the number of bytes in the key. +** +** The caller must position the cursor prior to invoking this routine. +** +** This routine cannot fail. It always returns SQLITE_OK. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){ + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + getCellInfo(pCur); + *pSize = pCur->info.nKey; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the +** cursor currently points to. +** +** The caller must guarantee that the cursor is pointing to a non-NULL +** valid entry. In other words, the calling procedure must guarantee +** that the cursor has Cursor.eState==CURSOR_VALID. +** +** Failure is not possible. This function always returns SQLITE_OK. +** It might just as well be a procedure (returning void) but we continue +** to return an integer result code for historical reasons. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){ + assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + assert( pCur->iPage>=0 ); + assert( pCur->iPage<BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH ); + assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->intKeyLeaf==1 ); + getCellInfo(pCur); + *pSize = pCur->info.nPayload; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter +** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the +** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum +** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so. +** +** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise: +** +** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is +** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked +** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero. +** +** If ppPage is not NULL, and a reference to the MemPage object corresponding +** to page number pOvfl was obtained, then *ppPage is set to point to that +** reference. It is the responsibility of the caller to call releasePage() +** on *ppPage to free the reference. In no reference was obtained (because +** the pointer-map was used to obtain the value for *pPgnoNext), then +** *ppPage is set to zero. +*/ +static int getOverflowPage( + BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */ + Pgno ovfl, /* Current overflow page number */ + MemPage **ppPage, /* OUT: MemPage handle (may be NULL) */ + Pgno *pPgnoNext /* OUT: Next overflow page number */ +){ + Pgno next = 0; + MemPage *pPage = 0; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert(pPgnoNext); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the + ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in + ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns + ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page + ** number ovfl to determine the next page number. + */ + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + Pgno pgno; + Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1; + u8 eType; + + while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ + iGuess++; + } + + if( iGuess<=btreePagecount(pBt) ){ + rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){ + next = iGuess; + rc = SQLITE_DONE; + } + } + } +#endif + + assert( next==0 || rc==SQLITE_DONE ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, (ppPage==0) ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPage==0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + next = get4byte(pPage->aData); + } + } + + *pPgnoNext = next; + if( ppPage ){ + *ppPage = pPage; + }else{ + releasePage(pPage); + } + return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc); +} + +/* +** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer. +** +** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage. +** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied +** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true, +** then sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes +** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code. +*/ +static int copyPayload( + void *pPayload, /* Pointer to page data */ + void *pBuf, /* Pointer to buffer */ + int nByte, /* Number of bytes to copy */ + int eOp, /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */ + DbPage *pDbPage /* Page containing pPayload */ +){ + if( eOp ){ + /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */ + int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte); + }else{ + /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */ + memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information +** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. The eOp +** argument is interpreted as follows: +** +** 0: The operation is a read. Populate the overflow cache. +** 1: The operation is a write. Populate the overflow cache. +** 2: The operation is a read. Do not populate the overflow cache. +** +** A total of "amt" bytes are read or written beginning at "offset". +** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf. +** +** The content being read or written might appear on the main page +** or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages. +** +** If the current cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages and the +** eOp argument is not 2, this function may allocate space for and lazily +** populates the overflow page-list cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). +** Subsequent calls use this cache to make seeking to the supplied offset +** more efficient. +** +** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be +** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if +** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum +** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache. +** +** * An incremental vacuum, +** * A commit in auto_vacuum="full" mode, +** * Creating a table (may require moving an overflow page). +*/ +static int accessPayload( + BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ + u32 offset, /* Begin reading this far into payload */ + u32 amt, /* Read this many bytes */ + unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ + int eOp /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */ +){ + unsigned char *aPayload; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int iIdx = 0; + MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; /* Btree page of current entry */ + BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; /* Btree this cursor belongs to */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ + unsigned char * const pBufStart = pBuf; + int bEnd; /* True if reading to end of data */ +#endif + + assert( pPage ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell ); + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( eOp!=2 || offset==0 ); /* Always start from beginning for eOp==2 */ + + getCellInfo(pCur); + aPayload = pCur->info.pPayload; +#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ + bEnd = offset+amt==pCur->info.nPayload; +#endif + assert( offset+amt <= pCur->info.nPayload ); + + assert( aPayload > pPage->aData ); + if( (uptr)(aPayload - pPage->aData) > (pBt->usableSize - pCur->info.nLocal) ){ + /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error. The + ** conditional above is really: + ** &aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal] > &pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize] + ** but is recast into its current form to avoid integer overflow problems + */ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + + /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */ + if( offset<pCur->info.nLocal ){ + int a = amt; + if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){ + a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset; + } + rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, (eOp & 0x01), pPage->pDbPage); + offset = 0; + pBuf += a; + amt -= a; + }else{ + offset -= pCur->info.nLocal; + } + + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){ + const u32 ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; /* Bytes content per ovfl page */ + Pgno nextPage; + + nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]); + + /* If the BtCursor.aOverflow[] has not been allocated, allocate it now. + ** Except, do not allocate aOverflow[] for eOp==2. + ** + ** The aOverflow[] array is sized at one entry for each overflow page + ** in the overflow chain. The page number of the first overflow page is + ** stored in aOverflow[0], etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array + ** means "not yet known" (the cache is lazily populated). + */ + if( eOp!=2 && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)==0 ){ + int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize; + if( nOvfl>pCur->nOvflAlloc ){ + Pgno *aNew = (Pgno*)sqlite3Realloc( + pCur->aOverflow, nOvfl*2*sizeof(Pgno) + ); + if( aNew==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + }else{ + pCur->nOvflAlloc = nOvfl*2; + pCur->aOverflow = aNew; + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memset(pCur->aOverflow, 0, nOvfl*sizeof(Pgno)); + pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidOvfl; + } + } + + /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the + ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip + ** directly to it. + */ + if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)!=0 + && pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize] + ){ + iIdx = (offset/ovflSize); + nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]; + offset = (offset%ovflSize); + } + + for( ; rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 && nextPage; iIdx++){ + + /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */ + if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)!=0 ){ + assert( pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==0 + || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage + || CORRUPT_DB ); + pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage; + } + + if( offset>=ovflSize ){ + /* The only reason to read this page is to obtain the page + ** number for the next page in the overflow chain. The page + ** data is not required. So first try to lookup the overflow + ** page-list cache, if any, then fall back to the getOverflowPage() + ** function. + ** + ** Note that the aOverflow[] array must be allocated because eOp!=2 + ** here. If eOp==2, then offset==0 and this branch is never taken. + */ + assert( eOp!=2 ); + assert( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl ); + assert( pCur->pBtree->db==pBt->db ); + if( pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){ + nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1]; + }else{ + rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage); + } + offset -= ovflSize; + }else{ + /* Need to read this page properly. It contains some of the + ** range of data that is being read (eOp==0) or written (eOp!=0). + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ + sqlite3_file *fd; +#endif + int a = amt; + if( a + offset > ovflSize ){ + a = ovflSize - offset; + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ + /* If all the following are true: + ** + ** 1) this is a read operation, and + ** 2) data is required from the start of this overflow page, and + ** 3) the database is file-backed, and + ** 4) there is no open write-transaction, and + ** 5) the database is not a WAL database, + ** 6) all data from the page is being read. + ** 7) at least 4 bytes have already been read into the output buffer + ** + ** then data can be read directly from the database file into the + ** output buffer, bypassing the page-cache altogether. This speeds + ** up loading large records that span many overflow pages. + */ + if( (eOp&0x01)==0 /* (1) */ + && offset==0 /* (2) */ + && (bEnd || a==ovflSize) /* (6) */ + && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_READ /* (4) */ + && (fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pBt->pPager))->pMethods /* (3) */ + && pBt->pPage1->aData[19]==0x01 /* (5) */ + && &pBuf[-4]>=pBufStart /* (7) */ + ){ + u8 aSave[4]; + u8 *aWrite = &pBuf[-4]; + assert( aWrite>=pBufStart ); /* hence (7) */ + memcpy(aSave, aWrite, 4); + rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, aWrite, a+4, (i64)pBt->pageSize*(nextPage-1)); + nextPage = get4byte(aWrite); + memcpy(aWrite, aSave, 4); + }else +#endif + + { + DbPage *pDbPage; + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage, + ((eOp&0x01)==0 ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0) + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + aPayload = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); + nextPage = get4byte(aPayload); + rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, (eOp&0x01), pDbPage); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); + offset = 0; + } + } + amt -= a; + pBuf += a; + } + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur. Exactly +** "amt" bytes will be transferred into pBuf[]. The transfer +** begins at "offset". +** +** The caller must ensure that pCur is pointing to a valid row +** in the table. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes +** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than +** the available payload. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){ + assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); + assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); + return accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0); +} + +/* +** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur. Exactly +** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer +** begins at "offset". +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes +** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than +** the available payload. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){ + int rc; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB + if ( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ + return SQLITE_ABORT; + } +#endif + + assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); + rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); + assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); + rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the +** pCur cursor is pointing to. The pointer is to the beginning of +** the key if index btrees (pPage->intKey==0) and is the data for +** table btrees (pPage->intKey==1). The number of bytes of available +** key/data is written into *pAmt. If *pAmt==0, then the value +** returned will not be a valid pointer. +** +** This routine is an optimization. It is common for the entire key +** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow +** pages. When that is so, this routine can be used to access the +** key and data without making a copy. If the key and/or data spills +** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassemble +** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer. +** +** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached +** page of the database. The data might change or move the next time +** any btree routine is called. +*/ +static const void *fetchPayload( + BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ + u32 *pAmt /* Write the number of available bytes here */ +){ + u32 amt; + assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); + assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); + assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); + assert( pCur->info.nSize>0 ); + assert( pCur->info.pPayload>pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->aData || CORRUPT_DB ); + assert( pCur->info.pPayload<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->aDataEnd ||CORRUPT_DB); + amt = (int)(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->aDataEnd - pCur->info.pPayload); + if( pCur->info.nLocal<amt ) amt = pCur->info.nLocal; + *pAmt = amt; + return (void*)pCur->info.pPayload; +} + + +/* +** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as +** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local +** b-tree page. Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt. +** +** The pointer returned is ephemeral. The key/data may move +** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine, +** including calls from other threads against the same cache. +** Hence, a mutex on the BtShared should be held prior to calling +** this routine. +** +** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data +** in the common case where no overflow pages are used. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pAmt){ + return fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pAmt){ + return fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt); +} + + +/* +** Move the cursor down to a new child page. The newPgno argument is the +** page number of the child page to move to. +** +** This function returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if the page-header flags field of +** the new child page does not match the flags field of the parent (i.e. +** if an intkey page appears to be the parent of a non-intkey page, or +** vice-versa). +*/ +static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){ + BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; + + assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + assert( pCur->iPage<BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH ); + assert( pCur->iPage>=0 ); + if( pCur->iPage>=(BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1) ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl); + pCur->iPage++; + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = 0; + return getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage], + pCur, pCur->curPagerFlags); +} + +#if SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function +** asserts that page number iChild is the left-child if the iIdx'th +** cell in page pParent. Or, if iIdx is equal to the total number of +** cells in pParent, that page number iChild is the right-child of +** the page. +*/ +static void assertParentIndex(MemPage *pParent, int iIdx, Pgno iChild){ + if( CORRUPT_DB ) return; /* The conditions tested below might not be true + ** in a corrupt database */ + assert( iIdx<=pParent->nCell ); + if( iIdx==pParent->nCell ){ + assert( get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==iChild ); + }else{ + assert( get4byte(findCell(pParent, iIdx))==iChild ); + } +} +#else +# define assertParentIndex(x,y,z) +#endif + +/* +** Move the cursor up to the parent page. +** +** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer +** to the page we are coming from. If we are coming from the +** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than +** the largest cell index. +*/ +static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){ + assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + assert( pCur->iPage>0 ); + assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); + assertParentIndex( + pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1], + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1], + pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->pgno + ); + testcase( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1] > pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1]->nCell ); + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl); + releasePageNotNull(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]); +} + +/* +** Move the cursor to point to the root page of its b-tree structure. +** +** If the table has a virtual root page, then the cursor is moved to point +** to the virtual root page instead of the actual root page. A table has a +** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a +** single child page. This can only happen with the table rooted at page 1. +** +** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to +** CURSOR_INVALID. Otherwise, the cursor is set to point to the first +** cell located on the root (or virtual root) page and the cursor state +** is set to CURSOR_VALID. +** +** If this function returns successfully, it may be assumed that the +** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected +** kind of b-tree page (i.e. if when opening the cursor the caller did not +** specify a KeyInfo structure the flags byte is set to 0x05 or 0x0D, +** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo +** structure the flags byte is set to 0x02 or 0x0A, indicating an index +** b-tree). +*/ +static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){ + MemPage *pRoot; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); + assert( CURSOR_INVALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); + assert( CURSOR_VALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); + assert( CURSOR_FAULT > CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); + if( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){ + if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ + assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK ); + return pCur->skipNext; + } + sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur); + } + + if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){ + while( pCur->iPage ){ + assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]!=0 ); + releasePageNotNull(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]); + } + }else if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){ + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + assert( pCur->iPage==(-1) ); + rc = getAndInitPage(pCur->pBtree->pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->apPage[0], + 0, pCur->curPagerFlags); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + return rc; + } + pCur->iPage = 0; + pCur->curIntKey = pCur->apPage[0]->intKey; + } + pRoot = pCur->apPage[0]; + assert( pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot ); + + /* If pCur->pKeyInfo is not NULL, then the caller that opened this cursor + ** expected to open it on an index b-tree. Otherwise, if pKeyInfo is + ** NULL, the caller expects a table b-tree. If this is not the case, + ** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. + ** + ** Earlier versions of SQLite assumed that this test could not fail + ** if the root page was already loaded when this function was called (i.e. + ** if pCur->iPage>=0). But this is not so if the database is corrupted + ** in such a way that page pRoot is linked into a second b-tree table + ** (or the freelist). */ + assert( pRoot->intKey==1 || pRoot->intKey==0 ); + if( pRoot->isInit==0 || (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)!=pRoot->intKey ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + + pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0; + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl); + + if( pRoot->nCell>0 ){ + pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; + }else if( !pRoot->leaf ){ + Pgno subpage; + if( pRoot->pgno!=1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]); + pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; + rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage); + }else{ + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the +** entry to which it is currently pointing. +** +** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first +** in ascending order. +*/ +static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){ + Pgno pgno; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + MemPage *pPage; + + assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){ + assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell ); + pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage])); + rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the +** page to which it is currently pointing. Notice the difference +** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost(). moveToLeftmost() +** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost() +** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*. +** +** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last +** key in ascending order. +*/ +static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){ + Pgno pgno; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + MemPage *pPage = 0; + + assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + while( !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){ + pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell; + rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell-1; + assert( pCur->info.nSize==0 ); + assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidNKey)==0 ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK +** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something +** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ + int rc; + + assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); + rc = moveToRoot(pCur); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ + assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); + *pRes = 1; + }else{ + assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 ); + *pRes = 0; + rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK +** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something +** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ + int rc; + + assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); + + /* If the cursor already points to the last entry, this is a no-op. */ + if( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_AtLast)!=0 ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point + ** to the last entry in the b-tree. */ + int ii; + for(ii=0; ii<pCur->iPage; ii++){ + assert( pCur->aiIdx[ii]==pCur->apPage[ii]->nCell ); + } + assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell-1 ); + assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->leaf ); +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + rc = moveToRoot(pCur); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ + assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); + *pRes = 1; + }else{ + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + *pRes = 0; + rc = moveToRightmost(pCur); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_AtLast; + }else{ + pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_AtLast; + } + + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key +** specified by pIdxKey or intKey. Return a success code. +** +** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used. pIdxKey +** must be NULL. For index tables, pIdxKey is used and intKey +** is ignored. +** +** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always +** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it +** were present. The cursor might point to an entry that comes +** before or after the key. +** +** An integer is written into *pRes which is the result of +** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is +** pointing. The meaning of the integer written into +** *pRes is as follows: +** +** *pRes<0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that +** is smaller than intKey/pIdxKey or if the table is empty +** and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing. +** +** *pRes==0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that +** exactly matches intKey/pIdxKey. +** +** *pRes>0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that +** is larger than intKey/pIdxKey. +** +** For index tables, the pIdxKey->eqSeen field is set to 1 if there +** exists an entry in the table that exactly matches pIdxKey. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( + BtCursor *pCur, /* The cursor to be moved */ + UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey, /* Unpacked index key */ + i64 intKey, /* The table key */ + int biasRight, /* If true, bias the search to the high end */ + int *pRes /* Write search results here */ +){ + int rc; + RecordCompare xRecordCompare; + + assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); + assert( pRes ); + assert( (pIdxKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) ); + + /* If the cursor is already positioned at the point we are trying + ** to move to, then just return without doing any work */ + if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0 + && pCur->curIntKey + ){ + if( pCur->info.nKey==intKey ){ + *pRes = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_AtLast)!=0 && pCur->info.nKey<intKey ){ + *pRes = -1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + if( pIdxKey ){ + xRecordCompare = sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(pIdxKey); + pIdxKey->errCode = 0; + assert( pIdxKey->default_rc==1 + || pIdxKey->default_rc==0 + || pIdxKey->default_rc==-1 + ); + }else{ + xRecordCompare = 0; /* All keys are integers */ + } + + rc = moveToRoot(pCur); + if( rc ){ + return rc; + } + assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); + assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->isInit ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 ); + if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ + *pRes = -1; + assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey==pCur->curIntKey ); + assert( pCur->curIntKey || pIdxKey ); + for(;;){ + int lwr, upr, idx, c; + Pgno chldPg; + MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to current cell in pPage */ + + /* pPage->nCell must be greater than zero. If this is the root-page + ** the cursor would have been INVALID above and this for(;;) loop + ** not run. If this is not the root-page, then the moveToChild() routine + ** would have already detected db corruption. Similarly, pPage must + ** be the right kind (index or table) of b-tree page. Otherwise + ** a moveToChild() or moveToRoot() call would have detected corruption. */ + assert( pPage->nCell>0 ); + assert( pPage->intKey==(pIdxKey==0) ); + lwr = 0; + upr = pPage->nCell-1; + assert( biasRight==0 || biasRight==1 ); + idx = upr>>(1-biasRight); /* idx = biasRight ? upr : (lwr+upr)/2; */ + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx; + if( xRecordCompare==0 ){ + for(;;){ + i64 nCellKey; + pCell = findCellPastPtr(pPage, idx); + if( pPage->intKeyLeaf ){ + while( 0x80 <= *(pCell++) ){ + if( pCell>=pPage->aDataEnd ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + } + getVarint(pCell, (u64*)&nCellKey); + if( nCellKey<intKey ){ + lwr = idx+1; + if( lwr>upr ){ c = -1; break; } + }else if( nCellKey>intKey ){ + upr = idx-1; + if( lwr>upr ){ c = +1; break; } + }else{ + assert( nCellKey==intKey ); + pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidNKey; + pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey; + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx; + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + lwr = idx; + goto moveto_next_layer; + }else{ + *pRes = 0; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + goto moveto_finish; + } + } + assert( lwr+upr>=0 ); + idx = (lwr+upr)>>1; /* idx = (lwr+upr)/2; */ + } + }else{ + for(;;){ + int nCell; /* Size of the pCell cell in bytes */ + pCell = findCellPastPtr(pPage, idx); + + /* The maximum supported page-size is 65536 bytes. This means that + ** the maximum number of record bytes stored on an index B-Tree + ** page is less than 16384 bytes and may be stored as a 2-byte + ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing + ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is + ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first + ** 2 bytes of the cell. + */ + nCell = pCell[0]; + if( nCell<=pPage->max1bytePayload ){ + /* This branch runs if the record-size field of the cell is a + ** single byte varint and the record fits entirely on the main + ** b-tree page. */ + testcase( pCell+nCell+1==pPage->aDataEnd ); + c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey); + }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80) + && (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal + ){ + /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record + ** fits entirely on the main b-tree page. */ + testcase( pCell+nCell+2==pPage->aDataEnd ); + c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey); + }else{ + /* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In + ** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated + ** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the + ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. + ** + ** If the record is corrupt, the xRecordCompare routine may read + ** up to two varints past the end of the buffer. An extra 18 + ** bytes of padding is allocated at the end of the buffer in + ** case this happens. */ + void *pCellKey; + u8 * const pCellBody = pCell - pPage->childPtrSize; + pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCellBody, &pCur->info); + nCell = (int)pCur->info.nKey; + testcase( nCell<0 ); /* True if key size is 2^32 or more */ + testcase( nCell==0 ); /* Invalid key size: 0x80 0x80 0x00 */ + testcase( nCell==1 ); /* Invalid key size: 0x80 0x80 0x01 */ + testcase( nCell==2 ); /* Minimum legal index key size */ + if( nCell<2 ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto moveto_finish; + } + pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( nCell+18 ); + if( pCellKey==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + goto moveto_finish; + } + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx; + rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 2); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3_free(pCellKey); + goto moveto_finish; + } + c = xRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey); + sqlite3_free(pCellKey); + } + assert( + (pIdxKey->errCode!=SQLITE_CORRUPT || c==0) + && (pIdxKey->errCode!=SQLITE_NOMEM || pCur->pBtree->db->mallocFailed) + ); + if( c<0 ){ + lwr = idx+1; + }else if( c>0 ){ + upr = idx-1; + }else{ + assert( c==0 ); + *pRes = 0; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx; + if( pIdxKey->errCode ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; + goto moveto_finish; + } + if( lwr>upr ) break; + assert( lwr+upr>=0 ); + idx = (lwr+upr)>>1; /* idx = (lwr+upr)/2 */ + } + } + assert( lwr==upr+1 || (pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf) ); + assert( pPage->isInit ); + if( pPage->leaf ){ + assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx; + *pRes = c; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + goto moveto_finish; + } +moveto_next_layer: + if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){ + chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); + }else{ + chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr)); + } + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)lwr; + rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg); + if( rc ) break; + } +moveto_finish: + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table. +** +** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves +** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past +** the first entry. TRUE is also returned if the table is empty. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){ + /* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries + ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code + ** as well as the boolean result value. + */ + return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState); +} + +/* +** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database. If +** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor +** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before +** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1. +** +** The main entry point is sqlite3BtreeNext(). That routine is optimized +** for the common case of merely incrementing the cell counter BtCursor.aiIdx +** to the next cell on the current page. The (slower) btreeNext() helper +** routine is called when it is necessary to move to a different page or +** to restore the cursor. +** +** The calling function will set *pRes to 0 or 1. The initial *pRes value +** will be 1 if the cursor being stepped corresponds to an SQL index and +** if this routine could have been skipped if that SQL index had been +** a unique index. Otherwise the caller will have set *pRes to zero. +** Zero is the common case. The btree implementation is free to use the +** initial *pRes value as a hint to improve performance, but the current +** SQLite btree implementation does not. (Note that the comdb2 btree +** implementation does use this hint, however.) +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE int btreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ + int rc; + int idx; + MemPage *pPage; + + assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); + assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ); + assert( *pRes==0 ); + if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ + assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)==0 ); + rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ + *pRes = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( pCur->skipNext ){ + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT ); + pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; + if( pCur->skipNext>0 ){ + pCur->skipNext = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + pCur->skipNext = 0; + } + } + + pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; + assert( pPage->isInit ); + + /* If the database file is corrupt, it is possible for the value of idx + ** to be invalid here. This can only occur if a second cursor modifies + ** the page while cursor pCur is holding a reference to it. Which can + ** only happen if the database is corrupt in such a way as to link the + ** page into more than one b-tree structure. */ + testcase( idx>pPage->nCell ); + + if( idx>=pPage->nCell ){ + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])); + if( rc ) return rc; + return moveToLeftmost(pCur); + } + do{ + if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ + *pRes = 1; + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + moveToParent(pCur); + pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + }while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pPage->nCell ); + if( pPage->intKey ){ + return sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes); + }else{ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + if( pPage->leaf ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + return moveToLeftmost(pCur); + } +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ + MemPage *pPage; + assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); + assert( pRes!=0 ); + assert( *pRes==0 || *pRes==1 ); + assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ); + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl); + *pRes = 0; + if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ) return btreeNext(pCur, pRes); + pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + if( (++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage])>=pPage->nCell ){ + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--; + return btreeNext(pCur, pRes); + } + if( pPage->leaf ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + return moveToLeftmost(pCur); + } +} + +/* +** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database. If +** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor +** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before +** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1. +** +** The main entry point is sqlite3BtreePrevious(). That routine is optimized +** for the common case of merely decrementing the cell counter BtCursor.aiIdx +** to the previous cell on the current page. The (slower) btreePrevious() +** helper routine is called when it is necessary to move to a different page +** or to restore the cursor. +** +** The calling function will set *pRes to 0 or 1. The initial *pRes value +** will be 1 if the cursor being stepped corresponds to an SQL index and +** if this routine could have been skipped if that SQL index had been +** a unique index. Otherwise the caller will have set *pRes to zero. +** Zero is the common case. The btree implementation is free to use the +** initial *pRes value as a hint to improve performance, but the current +** SQLite btree implementation does not. (Note that the comdb2 btree +** implementation does use this hint, however.) +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE int btreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ + int rc; + MemPage *pPage; + + assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); + assert( pRes!=0 ); + assert( *pRes==0 ); + assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ); + assert( (pCur->curFlags & (BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidOvfl|BTCF_ValidNKey))==0 ); + assert( pCur->info.nSize==0 ); + if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ + rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ + *pRes = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( pCur->skipNext ){ + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT ); + pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; + if( pCur->skipNext<0 ){ + pCur->skipNext = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + pCur->skipNext = 0; + } + } + + pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + assert( pPage->isInit ); + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; + rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, idx))); + if( rc ) return rc; + rc = moveToRightmost(pCur); + }else{ + while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0 ){ + if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + *pRes = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + moveToParent(pCur); + } + assert( pCur->info.nSize==0 ); + assert( (pCur->curFlags & (BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl))==0 ); + + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--; + pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + return rc; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ + assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); + assert( pRes!=0 ); + assert( *pRes==0 || *pRes==1 ); + assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ); + *pRes = 0; + pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidOvfl|BTCF_ValidNKey); + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID + || pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0 + || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->leaf==0 + ){ + return btreePrevious(pCur, pRes); + } + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Allocate a new page from the database file. +** +** The new page is marked as dirty. (In other words, sqlite3PagerWrite() +** has already been called on the new page.) The new page has also +** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling +** sqlite3PagerUnref() on the new page when it is done. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. Any other return value indicates +** an error. *ppPage is set to NULL in the event of an error. +** +** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then an effort is made to +** locate a page close to the page number "nearby". This can be used in an +** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file, +** which in turn can make database access faster. +** +** If the eMode parameter is BTALLOC_EXACT and the nearby page exists +** anywhere on the free-list, then it is guaranteed to be returned. If +** eMode is BTALLOC_LT then the page returned will be less than or equal +** to nearby if any such page exists. If eMode is BTALLOC_ANY then there +** are no restrictions on which page is returned. +*/ +static int allocateBtreePage( + BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */ + MemPage **ppPage, /* Store pointer to the allocated page here */ + Pgno *pPgno, /* Store the page number here */ + Pgno nearby, /* Search for a page near this one */ + u8 eMode /* BTALLOC_EXACT, BTALLOC_LT, or BTALLOC_ANY */ +){ + MemPage *pPage1; + int rc; + u32 n; /* Number of pages on the freelist */ + u32 k; /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */ + MemPage *pTrunk = 0; + MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0; + Pgno mxPage; /* Total size of the database file */ + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert( eMode==BTALLOC_ANY || (nearby>0 && IfNotOmitAV(pBt->autoVacuum)) ); + pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; + mxPage = btreePagecount(pBt); + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-05119-02637 The 4-byte big-endian integer at offset 36 + ** stores stores the total number of pages on the freelist. */ + n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]); + testcase( n==mxPage-1 ); + if( n>=mxPage ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + if( n>0 ){ + /* There are pages on the freelist. Reuse one of those pages. */ + Pgno iTrunk; + u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */ + u32 nSearch = 0; /* Count of the number of search attempts */ + + /* If eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT and a query of the pointer-map + ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then + ** the entire-list will be searched for that page. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT ){ + if( nearby<=mxPage ){ + u8 eType; + assert( nearby>0 ); + assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); + rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, nearby, &eType, 0); + if( rc ) return rc; + if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ + searchList = 1; + } + } + }else if( eMode==BTALLOC_LE ){ + searchList = 1; + } +#endif + + /* Decrement the free-list count by 1. Set iTrunk to the index of the + ** first free-list trunk page. iPrevTrunk is initially 1. + */ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1); + + /* The code within this loop is run only once if the 'searchList' variable + ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the + ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located (eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT) + ** or until a page less than 'nearby' is located (eMode==BTALLOC_LT) + */ + do { + pPrevTrunk = pTrunk; + if( pPrevTrunk ){ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-01506-11053 The first integer on a freelist trunk page + ** is the page number of the next freelist trunk page in the list or + ** zero if this is the last freelist trunk page. */ + iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]); + }else{ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-59841-13798 The 4-byte big-endian integer at offset 32 + ** stores the page number of the first page of the freelist, or zero if + ** the freelist is empty. */ + iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]); + } + testcase( iTrunk==mxPage ); + if( iTrunk>mxPage || nSearch++ > n ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + }else{ + rc = btreeGetUnusedPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0); + } + if( rc ){ + pTrunk = 0; + goto end_allocate_page; + } + assert( pTrunk!=0 ); + assert( pTrunk->aData!=0 ); + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-13523-04394 The second integer on a freelist trunk page + ** is the number of leaf page pointers to follow. */ + k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); + if( k==0 && !searchList ){ + /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. + ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly + ** allocated page */ + assert( pPrevTrunk==0 ); + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); + if( rc ){ + goto end_allocate_page; + } + *pPgno = iTrunk; + memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); + *ppPage = pTrunk; + pTrunk = 0; + TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1)); + }else if( k>(u32)(pBt->usableSize/4 - 2) ){ + /* Value of k is out of range. Database corruption */ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto end_allocate_page; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + }else if( searchList + && (nearby==iTrunk || (iTrunk<nearby && eMode==BTALLOC_LE)) + ){ + /* The list is being searched and this trunk page is the page + ** to allocate, regardless of whether it has leaves. + */ + *pPgno = iTrunk; + *ppPage = pTrunk; + searchList = 0; + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); + if( rc ){ + goto end_allocate_page; + } + if( k==0 ){ + if( !pPrevTrunk ){ + memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto end_allocate_page; + } + memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); + } + }else{ + /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains + ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk + ** page in this case. + */ + MemPage *pNewTrunk; + Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]); + if( iNewTrunk>mxPage ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto end_allocate_page; + } + testcase( iNewTrunk==mxPage ); + rc = btreeGetUnusedPage(pBt, iNewTrunk, &pNewTrunk, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto end_allocate_page; + } + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNewTrunk->pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(pNewTrunk); + goto end_allocate_page; + } + memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); + put4byte(&pNewTrunk->aData[4], k-1); + memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4); + releasePage(pNewTrunk); + if( !pPrevTrunk ){ + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage1->pDbPage) ); + put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage); + if( rc ){ + goto end_allocate_page; + } + put4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], iNewTrunk); + } + } + pTrunk = 0; + TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1)); +#endif + }else if( k>0 ){ + /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */ + u32 closest; + Pgno iPage; + unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData; + if( nearby>0 ){ + u32 i; + closest = 0; + if( eMode==BTALLOC_LE ){ + for(i=0; i<k; i++){ + iPage = get4byte(&aData[8+i*4]); + if( iPage<=nearby ){ + closest = i; + break; + } + } + }else{ + int dist; + dist = sqlite3AbsInt32(get4byte(&aData[8]) - nearby); + for(i=1; i<k; i++){ + int d2 = sqlite3AbsInt32(get4byte(&aData[8+i*4]) - nearby); + if( d2<dist ){ + closest = i; + dist = d2; + } + } + } + }else{ + closest = 0; + } + + iPage = get4byte(&aData[8+closest*4]); + testcase( iPage==mxPage ); + if( iPage>mxPage ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto end_allocate_page; + } + testcase( iPage==mxPage ); + if( !searchList + || (iPage==nearby || (iPage<nearby && eMode==BTALLOC_LE)) + ){ + int noContent; + *pPgno = iPage; + TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d was leaf %d of %d on trunk %d" + ": %d more free pages\n", + *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1)); + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); + if( rc ) goto end_allocate_page; + if( closest<k-1 ){ + memcpy(&aData[8+closest*4], &aData[4+k*4], 4); + } + put4byte(&aData[4], k-1); + noContent = !btreeGetHasContent(pBt, *pPgno)? PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT : 0; + rc = btreeGetUnusedPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, noContent); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(*ppPage); + *ppPage = 0; + } + } + searchList = 0; + } + } + releasePage(pPrevTrunk); + pPrevTrunk = 0; + }while( searchList ); + }else{ + /* There are no pages on the freelist, so append a new page to the + ** database image. + ** + ** Normally, new pages allocated by this block can be requested from the + ** pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. This prevents the pager + ** from trying to read the pages content from disk. However, if the + ** current transaction has already run one or more incremental-vacuum + ** steps, then the page we are about to allocate may contain content + ** that is required in the event of a rollback. In this case, do + ** not set the no-content flag. This causes the pager to load and journal + ** the current page content before overwriting it. + ** + ** Note that the pager will not actually attempt to load or journal + ** content for any page that really does lie past the end of the database + ** file on disk. So the effects of disabling the no-content optimization + ** here are confined to those pages that lie between the end of the + ** database image and the end of the database file. + */ + int bNoContent = (0==IfNotOmitAV(pBt->bDoTruncate))? PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT:0; + + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + pBt->nPage++; + if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ) pBt->nPage++; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pBt->nPage) ){ + /* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages + ** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page + ** becomes a new pointer-map page, the second is used by the caller. + */ + MemPage *pPg = 0; + TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file (pointer-map page)\n", pBt->nPage)); + assert( pBt->nPage!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); + rc = btreeGetUnusedPage(pBt, pBt->nPage, &pPg, bNoContent); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage); + releasePage(pPg); + } + if( rc ) return rc; + pBt->nPage++; + if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ pBt->nPage++; } + } +#endif + put4byte(28 + (u8*)pBt->pPage1->aData, pBt->nPage); + *pPgno = pBt->nPage; + + assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); + rc = btreeGetUnusedPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, bNoContent); + if( rc ) return rc; + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(*ppPage); + *ppPage = 0; + } + TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno)); + } + + assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); + +end_allocate_page: + releasePage(pTrunk); + releasePage(pPrevTrunk); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3PagerPageRefcount((*ppPage)->pDbPage)<=1 ); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (*ppPage)->isInit==0 ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list. +** It is assumed that the page is not already a part of the free-list. +** +** The value passed as the second argument to this function is optional. +** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object +** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value. +** Otherwise, it may pass NULL. +** +** If a pointer to a MemPage object is passed as the second argument, +** its reference count is not altered by this function. +*/ +static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){ + MemPage *pTrunk = 0; /* Free-list trunk page */ + Pgno iTrunk = 0; /* Page number of free-list trunk page */ + MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; /* Local reference to page 1 */ + MemPage *pPage; /* Page being freed. May be NULL. */ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + int nFree; /* Initial number of pages on free-list */ + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert( CORRUPT_DB || iPage>1 ); + assert( !pMemPage || pMemPage->pgno==iPage ); + + if( iPage<2 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + if( pMemPage ){ + pPage = pMemPage; + sqlite3PagerRef(pPage->pDbPage); + }else{ + pPage = btreePageLookup(pBt, iPage); + } + + /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); + if( rc ) goto freepage_out; + nFree = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]); + put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], nFree+1); + + if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){ + /* If the secure_delete option is enabled, then + ** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros. + */ + if( (!pPage && ((rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0) ) + || ((rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))!=0) + ){ + goto freepage_out; + } + memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize); + } + + /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, write an entry in the pointer-map + ** to indicate that the page is free. + */ + if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ + ptrmapPut(pBt, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, &rc); + if( rc ) goto freepage_out; + } + + /* Now manipulate the actual database free-list structure. There are two + ** possibilities. If the free-list is currently empty, or if the first + ** trunk page in the free-list is full, then this page will become a + ** new free-list trunk page. Otherwise, it will become a leaf of the + ** first trunk page in the current free-list. This block tests if it + ** is possible to add the page as a new free-list leaf. + */ + if( nFree!=0 ){ + u32 nLeaf; /* Initial number of leaf cells on trunk page */ + + iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]); + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto freepage_out; + } + + nLeaf = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); + assert( pBt->usableSize>32 ); + if( nLeaf > (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 2 ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto freepage_out; + } + if( nLeaf < (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){ + /* In this case there is room on the trunk page to insert the page + ** being freed as a new leaf. + ** + ** Note that the trunk page is not really full until it contains + ** usableSize/4 - 2 entries, not usableSize/4 - 8 entries as we have + ** coded. But due to a coding error in versions of SQLite prior to + ** 3.6.0, databases with freelist trunk pages holding more than + ** usableSize/4 - 8 entries will be reported as corrupt. In order + ** to maintain backwards compatibility with older versions of SQLite, + ** we will continue to restrict the number of entries to usableSize/4 - 8 + ** for now. At some point in the future (once everyone has upgraded + ** to 3.6.0 or later) we should consider fixing the conditional above + ** to read "usableSize/4-2" instead of "usableSize/4-8". + ** + ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-19920-11576 However, newer versions of SQLite still + ** avoid using the last six entries in the freelist trunk page array in + ** order that database files created by newer versions of SQLite can be + ** read by older versions of SQLite. + */ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], nLeaf+1); + put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+nLeaf*4], iPage); + if( pPage && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE)==0 ){ + sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage); + } + rc = btreeSetHasContent(pBt, iPage); + } + TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno)); + goto freepage_out; + } + } + + /* If control flows to this point, then it was not possible to add the + ** the page being freed as a leaf page of the first trunk in the free-list. + ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the + ** first trunk in the free-list is full. Either way, the page being freed + ** will become the new first trunk page in the free-list. + */ + if( pPage==0 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0)) ){ + goto freepage_out; + } + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto freepage_out; + } + put4byte(pPage->aData, iTrunk); + put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0); + put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iPage); + TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n", pPage->pgno, iTrunk)); + +freepage_out: + if( pPage ){ + pPage->isInit = 0; + } + releasePage(pPage); + releasePage(pTrunk); + return rc; +} +static void freePage(MemPage *pPage, int *pRC){ + if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){ + *pRC = freePage2(pPage->pBt, pPage, pPage->pgno); + } +} + +/* +** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell. Write the +** local Cell size (the number of bytes on the original page, omitting +** overflow) into *pnSize. +*/ +static int clearCell( + MemPage *pPage, /* The page that contains the Cell */ + unsigned char *pCell, /* First byte of the Cell */ + u16 *pnSize /* Write the size of the Cell here */ +){ + BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; + CellInfo info; + Pgno ovflPgno; + int rc; + int nOvfl; + u32 ovflPageSize; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &info); + *pnSize = info.nSize; + if( info.nLocal==info.nPayload ){ + return SQLITE_OK; /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */ + } + if( pCell+info.nSize-1 > pPage->aData+pPage->maskPage ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; /* Cell extends past end of page */ + } + ovflPgno = get4byte(pCell + info.nSize - 4); + assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 ); + ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; + nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize; + assert( nOvfl>0 || + (CORRUPT_DB && (info.nPayload + ovflPageSize)<ovflPageSize) + ); + while( nOvfl-- ){ + Pgno iNext = 0; + MemPage *pOvfl = 0; + if( ovflPgno<2 || ovflPgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ + /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an + ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the + ** file the database must be corrupt. */ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + if( nOvfl ){ + rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, &iNext); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + + if( ( pOvfl || ((pOvfl = btreePageLookup(pBt, ovflPgno))!=0) ) + && sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pOvfl->pDbPage)!=1 + ){ + /* There is no reason any cursor should have an outstanding reference + ** to an overflow page belonging to a cell that is being deleted/updated. + ** So if there exists more than one reference to this page, then it + ** must not really be an overflow page and the database must be corrupt. + ** It is helpful to detect this before calling freePage2(), as + ** freePage2() may zero the page contents if secure-delete mode is + ** enabled. If this 'overflow' page happens to be a page that the + ** caller is iterating through or using in some other way, this + ** can be problematic. + */ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + }else{ + rc = freePage2(pBt, pOvfl, ovflPgno); + } + + if( pOvfl ){ + sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage); + } + if( rc ) return rc; + ovflPgno = iNext; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage +** and write that byte sequence into pCell[]. Overflow pages are +** allocated and filled in as necessary. The calling procedure +** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated +** for pCell[]. +** +** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData +** area. pCell might point to some temporary storage. The cell will +** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData +** later. +*/ +static int fillInCell( + MemPage *pPage, /* The page that contains the cell */ + unsigned char *pCell, /* Complete text of the cell */ + const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key */ + const void *pData,int nData, /* The data */ + int nZero, /* Extra zero bytes to append to pData */ + int *pnSize /* Write cell size here */ +){ + int nPayload; + const u8 *pSrc; + int nSrc, n, rc; + int spaceLeft; + MemPage *pOvfl = 0; + MemPage *pToRelease = 0; + unsigned char *pPrior; + unsigned char *pPayload; + BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; + Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0; + int nHeader; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + + /* pPage is not necessarily writeable since pCell might be auxiliary + ** buffer space that is separate from the pPage buffer area */ + assert( pCell<pPage->aData || pCell>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] + || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + + /* Fill in the header. */ + nHeader = pPage->childPtrSize; + nPayload = nData + nZero; + if( pPage->intKeyLeaf ){ + nHeader += putVarint32(&pCell[nHeader], nPayload); + }else{ + assert( nData==0 ); + assert( nZero==0 ); + } + nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey); + + /* Fill in the payload size */ + if( pPage->intKey ){ + pSrc = pData; + nSrc = nData; + nData = 0; + }else{ + assert( nKey<=0x7fffffff && pKey!=0 ); + nPayload = (int)nKey; + pSrc = pKey; + nSrc = (int)nKey; + } + if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){ + n = nHeader + nPayload; + testcase( n==3 ); + testcase( n==4 ); + if( n<4 ) n = 4; + *pnSize = n; + spaceLeft = nPayload; + pPrior = pCell; + }else{ + int mn = pPage->minLocal; + n = mn + (nPayload - mn) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4); + testcase( n==pPage->maxLocal ); + testcase( n==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); + if( n > pPage->maxLocal ) n = mn; + spaceLeft = n; + *pnSize = n + nHeader + 4; + pPrior = &pCell[nHeader+n]; + } + pPayload = &pCell[nHeader]; + + /* At this point variables should be set as follows: + ** + ** nPayload Total payload size in bytes + ** pPayload Begin writing payload here + ** spaceLeft Space available at pPayload. If nPayload>spaceLeft, + ** that means content must spill into overflow pages. + ** *pnSize Size of the local cell (not counting overflow pages) + ** pPrior Where to write the pgno of the first overflow page + ** + ** Use a call to btreeParseCellPtr() to verify that the values above + ** were computed correctly. + */ +#if SQLITE_DEBUG + { + CellInfo info; + pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &info); + assert( nHeader==(int)(info.pPayload - pCell) ); + assert( info.nKey==nKey ); + assert( *pnSize == info.nSize ); + assert( spaceLeft == info.nLocal ); + } +#endif + + /* Write the payload into the local Cell and any extra into overflow pages */ + while( nPayload>0 ){ + if( spaceLeft==0 ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */ + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + do{ + pgnoOvfl++; + } while( + PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) + ); + } +#endif + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, 0); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent + ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map + ** for that page now. + ** + ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry + ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot, + ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell() + ** may misinterpret the uninitialized values and delete the + ** wrong pages from the database. + */ + if( pBt->autoVacuum && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u8 eType = (pgnoPtrmap?PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2:PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1); + ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoOvfl, eType, pgnoPtrmap, &rc); + if( rc ){ + releasePage(pOvfl); + } + } +#endif + if( rc ){ + releasePage(pToRelease); + return rc; + } + + /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPrior points into the data area + ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */ + assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) ); + + /* If pPrior is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage + ** is still writeable */ + assert( pPrior<pPage->aData || pPrior>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] + || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + + put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl); + releasePage(pToRelease); + pToRelease = pOvfl; + pPrior = pOvfl->aData; + put4byte(pPrior, 0); + pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4]; + spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4; + } + n = nPayload; + if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft; + + /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPayload points into the data area + ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */ + assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) ); + + /* If pPayload is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage + ** is still writeable */ + assert( pPayload<pPage->aData || pPayload>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] + || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + + if( nSrc>0 ){ + if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc; + assert( pSrc ); + memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n); + }else{ + memset(pPayload, 0, n); + } + nPayload -= n; + pPayload += n; + pSrc += n; + nSrc -= n; + spaceLeft -= n; + if( nSrc==0 ){ + nSrc = nData; + pSrc = pData; + } + } + releasePage(pToRelease); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Remove the i-th cell from pPage. This routine effects pPage only. +** The cell content is not freed or deallocated. It is assumed that +** the cell content has been copied someplace else. This routine just +** removes the reference to the cell from pPage. +** +** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell. +*/ +static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz, int *pRC){ + u32 pc; /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */ + u8 *data; /* pPage->aData */ + u8 *ptr; /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */ + int rc; /* The return code */ + int hdr; /* Beginning of the header. 0 most pages. 100 page 1 */ + + if( *pRC ) return; + + assert( idx>=0 && idx<pPage->nCell ); + assert( CORRUPT_DB || sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) ); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + data = pPage->aData; + ptr = &pPage->aCellIdx[2*idx]; + pc = get2byte(ptr); + hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + testcase( pc==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) ); + testcase( pc+sz==pPage->pBt->usableSize ); + if( pc < (u32)get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) || pc+sz > pPage->pBt->usableSize ){ + *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + return; + } + rc = freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz); + if( rc ){ + *pRC = rc; + return; + } + pPage->nCell--; + if( pPage->nCell==0 ){ + memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4); + data[hdr+7] = 0; + put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pPage->pBt->usableSize); + pPage->nFree = pPage->pBt->usableSize - pPage->hdrOffset + - pPage->childPtrSize - 8; + }else{ + memmove(ptr, ptr+2, 2*(pPage->nCell - idx)); + put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell); + pPage->nFree += 2; + } +} + +/* +** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i". pCell points to the +** content of the cell. +** +** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there. If it +** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if +** pTemp is not null. Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry +** in pPage->apOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either +** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. +** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that +** pPage->nOverflow is incremented. +*/ +static void insertCell( + MemPage *pPage, /* Page into which we are copying */ + int i, /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */ + u8 *pCell, /* Content of the new cell */ + int sz, /* Bytes of content in pCell */ + u8 *pTemp, /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */ + Pgno iChild, /* If non-zero, replace first 4 bytes with this value */ + int *pRC /* Read and write return code from here */ +){ + int idx = 0; /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */ + int j; /* Loop counter */ + u8 *data; /* The content of the whole page */ + u8 *pIns; /* The point in pPage->aCellIdx[] where no cell inserted */ + + if( *pRC ) return; + + assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow ); + assert( MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921 ); + assert( pPage->nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) || CORRUPT_DB ); + assert( pPage->nOverflow<=ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl) ); + assert( ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl)==ArraySize(pPage->aiOvfl) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + /* The cell should normally be sized correctly. However, when moving a + ** malformed cell from a leaf page to an interior page, if the cell size + ** wanted to be less than 4 but got rounded up to 4 on the leaf, then size + ** might be less than 8 (leaf-size + pointer) on the interior node. Hence + ** the term after the || in the following assert(). */ + assert( sz==pPage->xCellSize(pPage, pCell) || (sz==8 && iChild>0) ); + if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){ + if( pTemp ){ + memcpy(pTemp, pCell, sz); + pCell = pTemp; + } + if( iChild ){ + put4byte(pCell, iChild); + } + j = pPage->nOverflow++; + assert( j<(int)(sizeof(pPage->apOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->apOvfl[0])) ); + pPage->apOvfl[j] = pCell; + pPage->aiOvfl[j] = (u16)i; + + /* When multiple overflows occur, they are always sequential and in + ** sorted order. This invariants arise because multiple overflows can + ** only occur when inserting divider cells into the parent page during + ** balancing, and the dividers are adjacent and sorted. + */ + assert( j==0 || pPage->aiOvfl[j-1]<(u16)i ); /* Overflows in sorted order */ + assert( j==0 || i==pPage->aiOvfl[j-1]+1 ); /* Overflows are sequential */ + }else{ + int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pRC = rc; + return; + } + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + data = pPage->aData; + assert( &data[pPage->cellOffset]==pPage->aCellIdx ); + rc = allocateSpace(pPage, sz, &idx); + if( rc ){ *pRC = rc; return; } + /* The allocateSpace() routine guarantees the following properties + ** if it returns successfully */ + assert( idx >= 0 ); + assert( idx >= pPage->cellOffset+2*pPage->nCell+2 || CORRUPT_DB ); + assert( idx+sz <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize ); + pPage->nFree -= (u16)(2 + sz); + memcpy(&data[idx], pCell, sz); + if( iChild ){ + put4byte(&data[idx], iChild); + } + pIns = pPage->aCellIdx + i*2; + memmove(pIns+2, pIns, 2*(pPage->nCell - i)); + put2byte(pIns, idx); + pPage->nCell++; + /* increment the cell count */ + if( (++data[pPage->hdrOffset+4])==0 ) data[pPage->hdrOffset+3]++; + assert( get2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3])==pPage->nCell ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){ + /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write + ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map. + */ + ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, pRC); + } +#endif + } +} + +/* +** A CellArray object contains a cache of pointers and sizes for a +** consecutive sequence of cells that might be held multiple pages. +*/ +typedef struct CellArray CellArray; +struct CellArray { + int nCell; /* Number of cells in apCell[] */ + MemPage *pRef; /* Reference page */ + u8 **apCell; /* All cells begin balanced */ + u16 *szCell; /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */ +}; + +/* +** Make sure the cell sizes at idx, idx+1, ..., idx+N-1 have been +** computed. +*/ +static void populateCellCache(CellArray *p, int idx, int N){ + assert( idx>=0 && idx+N<=p->nCell ); + while( N>0 ){ + assert( p->apCell[idx]!=0 ); + if( p->szCell[idx]==0 ){ + p->szCell[idx] = p->pRef->xCellSize(p->pRef, p->apCell[idx]); + }else{ + assert( CORRUPT_DB || + p->szCell[idx]==p->pRef->xCellSize(p->pRef, p->apCell[idx]) ); + } + idx++; + N--; + } +} + +/* +** Return the size of the Nth element of the cell array +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE u16 computeCellSize(CellArray *p, int N){ + assert( N>=0 && N<p->nCell ); + assert( p->szCell[N]==0 ); + p->szCell[N] = p->pRef->xCellSize(p->pRef, p->apCell[N]); + return p->szCell[N]; +} +static u16 cachedCellSize(CellArray *p, int N){ + assert( N>=0 && N<p->nCell ); + if( p->szCell[N] ) return p->szCell[N]; + return computeCellSize(p, N); +} + +/* +** Array apCell[] contains pointers to nCell b-tree page cells. The +** szCell[] array contains the size in bytes of each cell. This function +** replaces the current contents of page pPg with the contents of the cell +** array. +** +** Some of the cells in apCell[] may currently be stored in pPg. This +** function works around problems caused by this by making a copy of any +** such cells before overwriting the page data. +** +** The MemPage.nFree field is invalidated by this function. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to set it correctly. +*/ +static int rebuildPage( + MemPage *pPg, /* Edit this page */ + int nCell, /* Final number of cells on page */ + u8 **apCell, /* Array of cells */ + u16 *szCell /* Array of cell sizes */ +){ + const int hdr = pPg->hdrOffset; /* Offset of header on pPg */ + u8 * const aData = pPg->aData; /* Pointer to data for pPg */ + const int usableSize = pPg->pBt->usableSize; + u8 * const pEnd = &aData[usableSize]; + int i; + u8 *pCellptr = pPg->aCellIdx; + u8 *pTmp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPg->pBt->pPager); + u8 *pData; + + i = get2byte(&aData[hdr+5]); + memcpy(&pTmp[i], &aData[i], usableSize - i); + + pData = pEnd; + for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){ + u8 *pCell = apCell[i]; + if( SQLITE_WITHIN(pCell,aData,pEnd) ){ + pCell = &pTmp[pCell - aData]; + } + pData -= szCell[i]; + put2byte(pCellptr, (pData - aData)); + pCellptr += 2; + if( pData < pCellptr ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + memcpy(pData, pCell, szCell[i]); + assert( szCell[i]==pPg->xCellSize(pPg, pCell) || CORRUPT_DB ); + testcase( szCell[i]!=pPg->xCellSize(pPg,pCell) ); + } + + /* The pPg->nFree field is now set incorrectly. The caller will fix it. */ + pPg->nCell = nCell; + pPg->nOverflow = 0; + + put2byte(&aData[hdr+1], 0); + put2byte(&aData[hdr+3], pPg->nCell); + put2byte(&aData[hdr+5], pData - aData); + aData[hdr+7] = 0x00; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Array apCell[] contains nCell pointers to b-tree cells. Array szCell +** contains the size in bytes of each such cell. This function attempts to +** add the cells stored in the array to page pPg. If it cannot (because +** the page needs to be defragmented before the cells will fit), non-zero +** is returned. Otherwise, if the cells are added successfully, zero is +** returned. +** +** Argument pCellptr points to the first entry in the cell-pointer array +** (part of page pPg) to populate. After cell apCell[0] is written to the +** page body, a 16-bit offset is written to pCellptr. And so on, for each +** cell in the array. It is the responsibility of the caller to ensure +** that it is safe to overwrite this part of the cell-pointer array. +** +** When this function is called, *ppData points to the start of the +** content area on page pPg. If the size of the content area is extended, +** *ppData is updated to point to the new start of the content area +** before returning. +** +** Finally, argument pBegin points to the byte immediately following the +** end of the space required by this page for the cell-pointer area (for +** all cells - not just those inserted by the current call). If the content +** area must be extended to before this point in order to accomodate all +** cells in apCell[], then the cells do not fit and non-zero is returned. +*/ +static int pageInsertArray( + MemPage *pPg, /* Page to add cells to */ + u8 *pBegin, /* End of cell-pointer array */ + u8 **ppData, /* IN/OUT: Page content -area pointer */ + u8 *pCellptr, /* Pointer to cell-pointer area */ + int iFirst, /* Index of first cell to add */ + int nCell, /* Number of cells to add to pPg */ + CellArray *pCArray /* Array of cells */ +){ + int i; + u8 *aData = pPg->aData; + u8 *pData = *ppData; + int iEnd = iFirst + nCell; + assert( CORRUPT_DB || pPg->hdrOffset==0 ); /* Never called on page 1 */ + for(i=iFirst; i<iEnd; i++){ + int sz, rc; + u8 *pSlot; + sz = cachedCellSize(pCArray, i); + if( (aData[1]==0 && aData[2]==0) || (pSlot = pageFindSlot(pPg,sz,&rc))==0 ){ + if( (pData - pBegin)<sz ) return 1; + pData -= sz; + pSlot = pData; + } + /* pSlot and pCArray->apCell[i] will never overlap on a well-formed + ** database. But they might for a corrupt database. Hence use memmove() + ** since memcpy() sends SIGABORT with overlapping buffers on OpenBSD */ + assert( (pSlot+sz)<=pCArray->apCell[i] + || pSlot>=(pCArray->apCell[i]+sz) + || CORRUPT_DB ); + memmove(pSlot, pCArray->apCell[i], sz); + put2byte(pCellptr, (pSlot - aData)); + pCellptr += 2; + } + *ppData = pData; + return 0; +} + +/* +** Array apCell[] contains nCell pointers to b-tree cells. Array szCell +** contains the size in bytes of each such cell. This function adds the +** space associated with each cell in the array that is currently stored +** within the body of pPg to the pPg free-list. The cell-pointers and other +** fields of the page are not updated. +** +** This function returns the total number of cells added to the free-list. +*/ +static int pageFreeArray( + MemPage *pPg, /* Page to edit */ + int iFirst, /* First cell to delete */ + int nCell, /* Cells to delete */ + CellArray *pCArray /* Array of cells */ +){ + u8 * const aData = pPg->aData; + u8 * const pEnd = &aData[pPg->pBt->usableSize]; + u8 * const pStart = &aData[pPg->hdrOffset + 8 + pPg->childPtrSize]; + int nRet = 0; + int i; + int iEnd = iFirst + nCell; + u8 *pFree = 0; + int szFree = 0; + + for(i=iFirst; i<iEnd; i++){ + u8 *pCell = pCArray->apCell[i]; + if( SQLITE_WITHIN(pCell, pStart, pEnd) ){ + int sz; + /* No need to use cachedCellSize() here. The sizes of all cells that + ** are to be freed have already been computing while deciding which + ** cells need freeing */ + sz = pCArray->szCell[i]; assert( sz>0 ); + if( pFree!=(pCell + sz) ){ + if( pFree ){ + assert( pFree>aData && (pFree - aData)<65536 ); + freeSpace(pPg, (u16)(pFree - aData), szFree); + } + pFree = pCell; + szFree = sz; + if( pFree+sz>pEnd ) return 0; + }else{ + pFree = pCell; + szFree += sz; + } + nRet++; + } + } + if( pFree ){ + assert( pFree>aData && (pFree - aData)<65536 ); + freeSpace(pPg, (u16)(pFree - aData), szFree); + } + return nRet; +} + +/* +** apCell[] and szCell[] contains pointers to and sizes of all cells in the +** pages being balanced. The current page, pPg, has pPg->nCell cells starting +** with apCell[iOld]. After balancing, this page should hold nNew cells +** starting at apCell[iNew]. +** +** This routine makes the necessary adjustments to pPg so that it contains +** the correct cells after being balanced. +** +** The pPg->nFree field is invalid when this function returns. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to set it correctly. +*/ +static int editPage( + MemPage *pPg, /* Edit this page */ + int iOld, /* Index of first cell currently on page */ + int iNew, /* Index of new first cell on page */ + int nNew, /* Final number of cells on page */ + CellArray *pCArray /* Array of cells and sizes */ +){ + u8 * const aData = pPg->aData; + const int hdr = pPg->hdrOffset; + u8 *pBegin = &pPg->aCellIdx[nNew * 2]; + int nCell = pPg->nCell; /* Cells stored on pPg */ + u8 *pData; + u8 *pCellptr; + int i; + int iOldEnd = iOld + pPg->nCell + pPg->nOverflow; + int iNewEnd = iNew + nNew; + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + u8 *pTmp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPg->pBt->pPager); + memcpy(pTmp, aData, pPg->pBt->usableSize); +#endif + + /* Remove cells from the start and end of the page */ + if( iOld<iNew ){ + int nShift = pageFreeArray(pPg, iOld, iNew-iOld, pCArray); + memmove(pPg->aCellIdx, &pPg->aCellIdx[nShift*2], nCell*2); + nCell -= nShift; + } + if( iNewEnd < iOldEnd ){ + nCell -= pageFreeArray(pPg, iNewEnd, iOldEnd - iNewEnd, pCArray); + } + + pData = &aData[get2byteNotZero(&aData[hdr+5])]; + if( pData<pBegin ) goto editpage_fail; + + /* Add cells to the start of the page */ + if( iNew<iOld ){ + int nAdd = MIN(nNew,iOld-iNew); + assert( (iOld-iNew)<nNew || nCell==0 || CORRUPT_DB ); + pCellptr = pPg->aCellIdx; + memmove(&pCellptr[nAdd*2], pCellptr, nCell*2); + if( pageInsertArray( + pPg, pBegin, &pData, pCellptr, + iNew, nAdd, pCArray + ) ) goto editpage_fail; + nCell += nAdd; + } + + /* Add any overflow cells */ + for(i=0; i<pPg->nOverflow; i++){ + int iCell = (iOld + pPg->aiOvfl[i]) - iNew; + if( iCell>=0 && iCell<nNew ){ + pCellptr = &pPg->aCellIdx[iCell * 2]; + memmove(&pCellptr[2], pCellptr, (nCell - iCell) * 2); + nCell++; + if( pageInsertArray( + pPg, pBegin, &pData, pCellptr, + iCell+iNew, 1, pCArray + ) ) goto editpage_fail; + } + } + + /* Append cells to the end of the page */ + pCellptr = &pPg->aCellIdx[nCell*2]; + if( pageInsertArray( + pPg, pBegin, &pData, pCellptr, + iNew+nCell, nNew-nCell, pCArray + ) ) goto editpage_fail; + + pPg->nCell = nNew; + pPg->nOverflow = 0; + + put2byte(&aData[hdr+3], pPg->nCell); + put2byte(&aData[hdr+5], pData - aData); + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + for(i=0; i<nNew && !CORRUPT_DB; i++){ + u8 *pCell = pCArray->apCell[i+iNew]; + int iOff = get2byteAligned(&pPg->aCellIdx[i*2]); + if( SQLITE_WITHIN(pCell, aData, &aData[pPg->pBt->usableSize]) ){ + pCell = &pTmp[pCell - aData]; + } + assert( 0==memcmp(pCell, &aData[iOff], + pCArray->pRef->xCellSize(pCArray->pRef, pCArray->apCell[i+iNew])) ); + } +#endif + + return SQLITE_OK; + editpage_fail: + /* Unable to edit this page. Rebuild it from scratch instead. */ + populateCellCache(pCArray, iNew, nNew); + return rebuildPage(pPg, nNew, &pCArray->apCell[iNew], &pCArray->szCell[iNew]); +} + +/* +** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved +** in a balancing operation. NN is the number of neighbors on either side +** of the page that participate in the balancing operation. NB is the +** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and +** NN neighbors on either side. +** +** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course). Increasing NN above 1 +** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance +** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance. +** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall. +*/ +#define NN 1 /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */ +#define NB (NN*2+1) /* Total pages involved in the balance */ + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE +/* +** This version of balance() handles the common special case where +** a new entry is being inserted on the extreme right-end of the +** tree, in other words, when the new entry will become the largest +** entry in the tree. +** +** Instead of trying to balance the 3 right-most leaf pages, just add +** a new page to the right-hand side and put the one new entry in +** that page. This leaves the right side of the tree somewhat +** unbalanced. But odds are that we will be inserting new entries +** at the end soon afterwards so the nearly empty page will quickly +** fill up. On average. +** +** pPage is the leaf page which is the right-most page in the tree. +** pParent is its parent. pPage must have a single overflow entry +** which is also the right-most entry on the page. +** +** The pSpace buffer is used to store a temporary copy of the divider +** cell that will be inserted into pParent. Such a cell consists of a 4 +** byte page number followed by a variable length integer. In other +** words, at most 13 bytes. Hence the pSpace buffer must be at +** least 13 bytes in size. +*/ +static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){ + BtShared *const pBt = pPage->pBt; /* B-Tree Database */ + MemPage *pNew; /* Newly allocated page */ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + Pgno pgnoNew; /* Page number of pNew */ + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); + assert( pPage->nOverflow==1 ); + + /* This error condition is now caught prior to reaching this function */ + if( NEVER(pPage->nCell==0) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + + /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of + ** pPage. Make the parent page writable, so that the new divider cell + ** may be inserted. If both these operations are successful, proceed. + */ + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + + u8 *pOut = &pSpace[4]; + u8 *pCell = pPage->apOvfl[0]; + u16 szCell = pPage->xCellSize(pPage, pCell); + u8 *pStop; + + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pNew->pDbPage) ); + assert( pPage->aData[0]==(PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF) ); + zeroPage(pNew, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF); + rc = rebuildPage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell); + if( NEVER(rc) ) return rc; + pNew->nFree = pBt->usableSize - pNew->cellOffset - 2 - szCell; + + /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map + ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the + ** cell on the page to an overflow page. If either of these + ** operations fails, the return code is set, but the contents + ** of the parent page are still manipulated by thh code below. + ** That is Ok, at this point the parent page is guaranteed to + ** be marked as dirty. Returning an error code will cause a + ** rollback, undoing any changes made to the parent page. + */ + if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ + ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc); + if( szCell>pNew->minLocal ){ + ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pCell, &rc); + } + } + + /* Create a divider cell to insert into pParent. The divider cell + ** consists of a 4-byte page number (the page number of pPage) and + ** a variable length key value (which must be the same value as the + ** largest key on pPage). + ** + ** To find the largest key value on pPage, first find the right-most + ** cell on pPage. The first two fields of this cell are the + ** record-length (a variable length integer at most 32-bits in size) + ** and the key value (a variable length integer, may have any value). + ** The first of the while(...) loops below skips over the record-length + ** field. The second while(...) loop copies the key value from the + ** cell on pPage into the pSpace buffer. + */ + pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1); + pStop = &pCell[9]; + while( (*(pCell++)&0x80) && pCell<pStop ); + pStop = &pCell[9]; + while( ((*(pOut++) = *(pCell++))&0x80) && pCell<pStop ); + + /* Insert the new divider cell into pParent. */ + insertCell(pParent, pParent->nCell, pSpace, (int)(pOut-pSpace), + 0, pPage->pgno, &rc); + + /* Set the right-child pointer of pParent to point to the new page. */ + put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew); + + /* Release the reference to the new page. */ + releasePage(pNew); + } + + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */ + +#if 0 +/* +** This function does not contribute anything to the operation of SQLite. +** it is sometimes activated temporarily while debugging code responsible +** for setting pointer-map entries. +*/ +static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){ + int i, j; + for(i=0; i<nPage; i++){ + Pgno n; + u8 e; + MemPage *pPage = apPage[i]; + BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; + assert( pPage->isInit ); + + for(j=0; j<pPage->nCell; j++){ + CellInfo info; + u8 *z; + + z = findCell(pPage, j); + pPage->xParseCell(pPage, z, &info); + if( info.nLocal<info.nPayload ){ + Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&z[info.nSize-4]); + ptrmapGet(pBt, ovfl, &e, &n); + assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ); + } + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + Pgno child = get4byte(z); + ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n); + assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE ); + } + } + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + Pgno child = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); + ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n); + assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE ); + } + } + return 1; +} +#endif + +/* +** This function is used to copy the contents of the b-tree node stored +** on page pFrom to page pTo. If page pFrom was not a leaf page, then +** the pointer-map entries for each child page are updated so that the +** parent page stored in the pointer map is page pTo. If pFrom contained +** any cells with overflow page pointers, then the corresponding pointer +** map entries are also updated so that the parent page is page pTo. +** +** If pFrom is currently carrying any overflow cells (entries in the +** MemPage.apOvfl[] array), they are not copied to pTo. +** +** Before returning, page pTo is reinitialized using btreeInitPage(). +** +** The performance of this function is not critical. It is only used by +** the balance_shallower() and balance_deeper() procedures, neither of +** which are called often under normal circumstances. +*/ +static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){ + if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){ + BtShared * const pBt = pFrom->pBt; + u8 * const aFrom = pFrom->aData; + u8 * const aTo = pTo->aData; + int const iFromHdr = pFrom->hdrOffset; + int const iToHdr = ((pTo->pgno==1) ? 100 : 0); + int rc; + int iData; + + + assert( pFrom->isInit ); + assert( pFrom->nFree>=iToHdr ); + assert( get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]) <= (int)pBt->usableSize ); + + /* Copy the b-tree node content from page pFrom to page pTo. */ + iData = get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]); + memcpy(&aTo[iData], &aFrom[iData], pBt->usableSize-iData); + memcpy(&aTo[iToHdr], &aFrom[iFromHdr], pFrom->cellOffset + 2*pFrom->nCell); + + /* Reinitialize page pTo so that the contents of the MemPage structure + ** match the new data. The initialization of pTo can actually fail under + ** fairly obscure circumstances, even though it is a copy of initialized + ** page pFrom. + */ + pTo->isInit = 0; + rc = btreeInitPage(pTo); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pRC = rc; + return; + } + + /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer-map entries + ** for any b-tree or overflow pages that pTo now contains the pointers to. + */ + if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ + *pRC = setChildPtrmaps(pTo); + } + } +} + +/* +** This routine redistributes cells on the iParentIdx'th child of pParent +** (hereafter "the page") and up to 2 siblings so that all pages have about the +** same amount of free space. Usually a single sibling on either side of the +** page are used in the balancing, though both siblings might come from one +** side if the page is the first or last child of its parent. If the page +** has fewer than 2 siblings (something which can only happen if the page +** is a root page or a child of a root page) then all available siblings +** participate in the balancing. +** +** The number of siblings of the page might be increased or decreased by +** one or two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. +** +** Note that when this routine is called, some of the cells on the page +** might not actually be stored in MemPage.aData[]. This can happen +** if the page is overfull. This routine ensures that all cells allocated +** to the page and its siblings fit into MemPage.aData[] before returning. +** +** In the course of balancing the page and its siblings, cells may be +** inserted into or removed from the parent page (pParent). Doing so +** may cause the parent page to become overfull or underfull. If this +** happens, it is the responsibility of the caller to invoke the correct +** balancing routine to fix this problem (see the balance() routine). +** +** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database +** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should +** be rolled back. +** +** The third argument to this function, aOvflSpace, is a pointer to a +** buffer big enough to hold one page. If while inserting cells into the parent +** page (pParent) the parent page becomes overfull, this buffer is +** used to store the parent's overflow cells. Because this function inserts +** a maximum of four divider cells into the parent page, and the maximum +** size of a cell stored within an internal node is always less than 1/4 +** of the page-size, the aOvflSpace[] buffer is guaranteed to be large +** enough for all overflow cells. +** +** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns +** SQLITE_NOMEM. +*/ +static int balance_nonroot( + MemPage *pParent, /* Parent page of siblings being balanced */ + int iParentIdx, /* Index of "the page" in pParent */ + u8 *aOvflSpace, /* page-size bytes of space for parent ovfl */ + int isRoot, /* True if pParent is a root-page */ + int bBulk /* True if this call is part of a bulk load */ +){ + BtShared *pBt; /* The whole database */ + int nMaxCells = 0; /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */ + int nNew = 0; /* Number of pages in apNew[] */ + int nOld; /* Number of pages in apOld[] */ + int i, j, k; /* Loop counters */ + int nxDiv; /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* The return code */ + u16 leafCorrection; /* 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if not */ + int leafData; /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */ + int usableSpace; /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */ + int pageFlags; /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */ + int iSpace1 = 0; /* First unused byte of aSpace1[] */ + int iOvflSpace = 0; /* First unused byte of aOvflSpace[] */ + int szScratch; /* Size of scratch memory requested */ + MemPage *apOld[NB]; /* pPage and up to two siblings */ + MemPage *apNew[NB+2]; /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */ + u8 *pRight; /* Location in parent of right-sibling pointer */ + u8 *apDiv[NB-1]; /* Divider cells in pParent */ + int cntNew[NB+2]; /* Index in b.paCell[] of cell after i-th page */ + int cntOld[NB+2]; /* Old index in b.apCell[] */ + int szNew[NB+2]; /* Combined size of cells placed on i-th page */ + u8 *aSpace1; /* Space for copies of dividers cells */ + Pgno pgno; /* Temp var to store a page number in */ + u8 abDone[NB+2]; /* True after i'th new page is populated */ + Pgno aPgno[NB+2]; /* Page numbers of new pages before shuffling */ + Pgno aPgOrder[NB+2]; /* Copy of aPgno[] used for sorting pages */ + u16 aPgFlags[NB+2]; /* flags field of new pages before shuffling */ + CellArray b; /* Parsed information on cells being balanced */ + + memset(abDone, 0, sizeof(abDone)); + b.nCell = 0; + b.apCell = 0; + pBt = pParent->pBt; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); + +#if 0 + TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno)); +#endif + + /* At this point pParent may have at most one overflow cell. And if + ** this overflow cell is present, it must be the cell with + ** index iParentIdx. This scenario comes about when this function + ** is called (indirectly) from sqlite3BtreeDelete(). + */ + assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->nOverflow==1 ); + assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->aiOvfl[0]==iParentIdx ); + + if( !aOvflSpace ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + + /* Find the sibling pages to balance. Also locate the cells in pParent + ** that divide the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on + ** either side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however, + ** if there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent + ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken. + ** + ** This loop also drops the divider cells from the parent page. This + ** way, the remainder of the function does not have to deal with any + ** overflow cells in the parent page, since if any existed they will + ** have already been removed. + */ + i = pParent->nOverflow + pParent->nCell; + if( i<2 ){ + nxDiv = 0; + }else{ + assert( bBulk==0 || bBulk==1 ); + if( iParentIdx==0 ){ + nxDiv = 0; + }else if( iParentIdx==i ){ + nxDiv = i-2+bBulk; + }else{ + nxDiv = iParentIdx-1; + } + i = 2-bBulk; + } + nOld = i+1; + if( (i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow)==pParent->nCell ){ + pRight = &pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8]; + }else{ + pRight = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow); + } + pgno = get4byte(pRight); + while( 1 ){ + rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &apOld[i], 0, 0); + if( rc ){ + memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*)); + goto balance_cleanup; + } + nMaxCells += 1+apOld[i]->nCell+apOld[i]->nOverflow; + if( (i--)==0 ) break; + + if( i+nxDiv==pParent->aiOvfl[0] && pParent->nOverflow ){ + apDiv[i] = pParent->apOvfl[0]; + pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]); + szNew[i] = pParent->xCellSize(pParent, apDiv[i]); + pParent->nOverflow = 0; + }else{ + apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow); + pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]); + szNew[i] = pParent->xCellSize(pParent, apDiv[i]); + + /* Drop the cell from the parent page. apDiv[i] still points to + ** the cell within the parent, even though it has been dropped. + ** This is safe because dropping a cell only overwrites the first + ** four bytes of it, and this function does not need the first + ** four bytes of the divider cell. So the pointer is safe to use + ** later on. + ** + ** But not if we are in secure-delete mode. In secure-delete mode, + ** the dropCell() routine will overwrite the entire cell with zeroes. + ** In this case, temporarily copy the cell into the aOvflSpace[] + ** buffer. It will be copied out again as soon as the aSpace[] buffer + ** is allocated. */ + if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){ + int iOff; + + iOff = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(apDiv[i]) - SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pParent->aData); + if( (iOff+szNew[i])>(int)pBt->usableSize ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*)); + goto balance_cleanup; + }else{ + memcpy(&aOvflSpace[iOff], apDiv[i], szNew[i]); + apDiv[i] = &aOvflSpace[apDiv[i]-pParent->aData]; + } + } + dropCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow, szNew[i], &rc); + } + } + + /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 4 in order to preserve 8-byte + ** alignment */ + nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 3)&~3; + + /* + ** Allocate space for memory structures + */ + szScratch = + nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*) /* b.apCell */ + + nMaxCells*sizeof(u16) /* b.szCell */ + + pBt->pageSize; /* aSpace1 */ + + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-28375-38319 SQLite will never request a scratch buffer + ** that is more than 6 times the database page size. */ + assert( szScratch<=6*(int)pBt->pageSize ); + b.apCell = sqlite3ScratchMalloc( szScratch ); + if( b.apCell==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + goto balance_cleanup; + } + b.szCell = (u16*)&b.apCell[nMaxCells]; + aSpace1 = (u8*)&b.szCell[nMaxCells]; + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(aSpace1) ); + + /* + ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells + ** into the local b.apCell[] array. Make copies of the divider cells + ** into space obtained from aSpace1[]. The divider cells have already + ** been removed from pParent. + ** + ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the + ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied + ** into aSpace1[]. In this way, all cells in b.apCell[] are without + ** child pointers. If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in + ** b.apCell[] include child pointers. Either way, all cells in b.apCell[] + ** are alike. + ** + ** leafCorrection: 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if pPage is not a leaf. + ** leafData: 1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys. + */ + b.pRef = apOld[0]; + leafCorrection = b.pRef->leaf*4; + leafData = b.pRef->intKeyLeaf; + for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){ + MemPage *pOld = apOld[i]; + int limit = pOld->nCell; + u8 *aData = pOld->aData; + u16 maskPage = pOld->maskPage; + u8 *piCell = aData + pOld->cellOffset; + u8 *piEnd; + + /* Verify that all sibling pages are of the same "type" (table-leaf, + ** table-interior, index-leaf, or index-interior). + */ + if( pOld->aData[0]!=apOld[0]->aData[0] ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto balance_cleanup; + } + + /* Load b.apCell[] with pointers to all cells in pOld. If pOld + ** constains overflow cells, include them in the b.apCell[] array + ** in the correct spot. + ** + ** Note that when there are multiple overflow cells, it is always the + ** case that they are sequential and adjacent. This invariant arises + ** because multiple overflows can only occurs when inserting divider + ** cells into a parent on a prior balance, and divider cells are always + ** adjacent and are inserted in order. There is an assert() tagged + ** with "NOTE 1" in the overflow cell insertion loop to prove this + ** invariant. + ** + ** This must be done in advance. Once the balance starts, the cell + ** offset section of the btree page will be overwritten and we will no + ** long be able to find the cells if a pointer to each cell is not saved + ** first. + */ + memset(&b.szCell[b.nCell], 0, sizeof(b.szCell[0])*(limit+pOld->nOverflow)); + if( pOld->nOverflow>0 ){ + limit = pOld->aiOvfl[0]; + for(j=0; j<limit; j++){ + b.apCell[b.nCell] = aData + (maskPage & get2byteAligned(piCell)); + piCell += 2; + b.nCell++; + } + for(k=0; k<pOld->nOverflow; k++){ + assert( k==0 || pOld->aiOvfl[k-1]+1==pOld->aiOvfl[k] );/* NOTE 1 */ + b.apCell[b.nCell] = pOld->apOvfl[k]; + b.nCell++; + } + } + piEnd = aData + pOld->cellOffset + 2*pOld->nCell; + while( piCell<piEnd ){ + assert( b.nCell<nMaxCells ); + b.apCell[b.nCell] = aData + (maskPage & get2byteAligned(piCell)); + piCell += 2; + b.nCell++; + } + + cntOld[i] = b.nCell; + if( i<nOld-1 && !leafData){ + u16 sz = (u16)szNew[i]; + u8 *pTemp; + assert( b.nCell<nMaxCells ); + b.szCell[b.nCell] = sz; + pTemp = &aSpace1[iSpace1]; + iSpace1 += sz; + assert( sz<=pBt->maxLocal+23 ); + assert( iSpace1 <= (int)pBt->pageSize ); + memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz); + b.apCell[b.nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection; + assert( leafCorrection==0 || leafCorrection==4 ); + b.szCell[b.nCell] = b.szCell[b.nCell] - leafCorrection; + if( !pOld->leaf ){ + assert( leafCorrection==0 ); + assert( pOld->hdrOffset==0 ); + /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left + ** pointer of the divider cell */ + memcpy(b.apCell[b.nCell], &pOld->aData[8], 4); + }else{ + assert( leafCorrection==4 ); + while( b.szCell[b.nCell]<4 ){ + /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. If a smaller cell + ** does exist, pad it with 0x00 bytes. */ + assert( b.szCell[b.nCell]==3 || CORRUPT_DB ); + assert( b.apCell[b.nCell]==&aSpace1[iSpace1-3] || CORRUPT_DB ); + aSpace1[iSpace1++] = 0x00; + b.szCell[b.nCell]++; + } + } + b.nCell++; + } + } + + /* + ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all b.nCell cells. + ** Store this number in "k". Also compute szNew[] which is the total + ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index + ** in b.apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1. + ** cntNew[k] should equal b.nCell. + ** + ** Values computed by this block: + ** + ** k: The total number of sibling pages + ** szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page. + ** cntNew[i]: Index in b.apCell[] and b.szCell[] for the first cell to + ** the right of the i-th sibling page. + ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling. + ** + */ + usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection; + for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){ + MemPage *p = apOld[i]; + szNew[i] = usableSpace - p->nFree; + if( szNew[i]<0 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; } + for(j=0; j<p->nOverflow; j++){ + szNew[i] += 2 + p->xCellSize(p, p->apOvfl[j]); + } + cntNew[i] = cntOld[i]; + } + k = nOld; + for(i=0; i<k; i++){ + int sz; + while( szNew[i]>usableSpace ){ + if( i+1>=k ){ + k = i+2; + if( k>NB+2 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; } + szNew[k-1] = 0; + cntNew[k-1] = b.nCell; + } + sz = 2 + cachedCellSize(&b, cntNew[i]-1); + szNew[i] -= sz; + if( !leafData ){ + if( cntNew[i]<b.nCell ){ + sz = 2 + cachedCellSize(&b, cntNew[i]); + }else{ + sz = 0; + } + } + szNew[i+1] += sz; + cntNew[i]--; + } + while( cntNew[i]<b.nCell ){ + sz = 2 + cachedCellSize(&b, cntNew[i]); + if( szNew[i]+sz>usableSpace ) break; + szNew[i] += sz; + cntNew[i]++; + if( !leafData ){ + if( cntNew[i]<b.nCell ){ + sz = 2 + cachedCellSize(&b, cntNew[i]); + }else{ + sz = 0; + } + } + szNew[i+1] -= sz; + } + if( cntNew[i]>=b.nCell ){ + k = i+1; + }else if( cntNew[i] <= (i>0 ? cntNew[i-1] : 0) ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto balance_cleanup; + } + } + + /* + ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings + ** on the left side (siblings with smaller keys). The left siblings are + ** always nearly full, while the right-most sibling might be nearly empty. + ** The next block of code attempts to adjust the packing of siblings to + ** get a better balance. + ** + ** This adjustment is more than an optimization. The packing above might + ** be so out of balance as to be illegal. For example, the right-most + ** sibling might be completely empty. This adjustment is not optional. + */ + for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){ + int szRight = szNew[i]; /* Size of sibling on the right */ + int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */ + int r; /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */ + int d; /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */ + + r = cntNew[i-1] - 1; + d = r + 1 - leafData; + (void)cachedCellSize(&b, d); + do{ + assert( d<nMaxCells ); + assert( r<nMaxCells ); + (void)cachedCellSize(&b, r); + if( szRight!=0 + && (bBulk || szRight+b.szCell[d]+2 > szLeft-(b.szCell[r]+2)) ){ + break; + } + szRight += b.szCell[d] + 2; + szLeft -= b.szCell[r] + 2; + cntNew[i-1] = r; + r--; + d--; + }while( r>=0 ); + szNew[i] = szRight; + szNew[i-1] = szLeft; + if( cntNew[i-1] <= (i>1 ? cntNew[i-2] : 0) ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto balance_cleanup; + } + } + + /* Sanity check: For a non-corrupt database file one of the follwing + ** must be true: + ** (1) We found one or more cells (cntNew[0])>0), or + ** (2) pPage is a virtual root page. A virtual root page is when + ** the real root page is page 1 and we are the only child of + ** that page. + */ + assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) || CORRUPT_DB); + TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d(nc=%d) %d(nc=%d) %d(nc=%d)\n", + apOld[0]->pgno, apOld[0]->nCell, + nOld>=2 ? apOld[1]->pgno : 0, nOld>=2 ? apOld[1]->nCell : 0, + nOld>=3 ? apOld[2]->pgno : 0, nOld>=3 ? apOld[2]->nCell : 0 + )); + + /* + ** Allocate k new pages. Reuse old pages where possible. + */ + pageFlags = apOld[0]->aData[0]; + for(i=0; i<k; i++){ + MemPage *pNew; + if( i<nOld ){ + pNew = apNew[i] = apOld[i]; + apOld[i] = 0; + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNew->pDbPage); + nNew++; + if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; + }else{ + assert( i>0 ); + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgno, (bBulk ? 1 : pgno), 0); + if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; + zeroPage(pNew, pageFlags); + apNew[i] = pNew; + nNew++; + cntOld[i] = b.nCell; + + /* Set the pointer-map entry for the new sibling page. */ + if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ + ptrmapPut(pBt, pNew->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto balance_cleanup; + } + } + } + } + + /* + ** Reassign page numbers so that the new pages are in ascending order. + ** This helps to keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan + ** of the table is closer to a linear scan through the file. That in turn + ** helps the operating system to deliver pages from the disk more rapidly. + ** + ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since n is never more + ** than (NB+2) (a small constant), that should not be a problem. + ** + ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database about 25% faster + ** for large insertions and deletions. + */ + for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){ + aPgOrder[i] = aPgno[i] = apNew[i]->pgno; + aPgFlags[i] = apNew[i]->pDbPage->flags; + for(j=0; j<i; j++){ + if( aPgno[j]==aPgno[i] ){ + /* This branch is taken if the set of sibling pages somehow contains + ** duplicate entries. This can happen if the database is corrupt. + ** It would be simpler to detect this as part of the loop below, but + ** we do the detection here in order to avoid populating the pager + ** cache with two separate objects associated with the same + ** page number. */ + assert( CORRUPT_DB ); + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto balance_cleanup; + } + } + } + for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){ + int iBest = 0; /* aPgno[] index of page number to use */ + for(j=1; j<nNew; j++){ + if( aPgOrder[j]<aPgOrder[iBest] ) iBest = j; + } + pgno = aPgOrder[iBest]; + aPgOrder[iBest] = 0xffffffff; + if( iBest!=i ){ + if( iBest>i ){ + sqlite3PagerRekey(apNew[iBest]->pDbPage, pBt->nPage+iBest+1, 0); + } + sqlite3PagerRekey(apNew[i]->pDbPage, pgno, aPgFlags[iBest]); + apNew[i]->pgno = pgno; + } + } + + TRACE(("BALANCE: new: %d(%d nc=%d) %d(%d nc=%d) %d(%d nc=%d) " + "%d(%d nc=%d) %d(%d nc=%d)\n", + apNew[0]->pgno, szNew[0], cntNew[0], + nNew>=2 ? apNew[1]->pgno : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0, + nNew>=2 ? cntNew[1] - cntNew[0] - !leafData : 0, + nNew>=3 ? apNew[2]->pgno : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0, + nNew>=3 ? cntNew[2] - cntNew[1] - !leafData : 0, + nNew>=4 ? apNew[3]->pgno : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0, + nNew>=4 ? cntNew[3] - cntNew[2] - !leafData : 0, + nNew>=5 ? apNew[4]->pgno : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0, + nNew>=5 ? cntNew[4] - cntNew[3] - !leafData : 0 + )); + + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); + put4byte(pRight, apNew[nNew-1]->pgno); + + /* If the sibling pages are not leaves, ensure that the right-child pointer + ** of the right-most new sibling page is set to the value that was + ** originally in the same field of the right-most old sibling page. */ + if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 && nOld!=nNew ){ + MemPage *pOld = (nNew>nOld ? apNew : apOld)[nOld-1]; + memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], &pOld->aData[8], 4); + } + + /* Make any required updates to pointer map entries associated with + ** cells stored on sibling pages following the balance operation. Pointer + ** map entries associated with divider cells are set by the insertCell() + ** routine. The associated pointer map entries are: + ** + ** a) if the cell contains a reference to an overflow chain, the + ** entry associated with the first page in the overflow chain, and + ** + ** b) if the sibling pages are not leaves, the child page associated + ** with the cell. + ** + ** If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer map entry + ** associated with the right-child of each sibling may also need to be + ** updated. This happens below, after the sibling pages have been + ** populated, not here. + */ + if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ + MemPage *pNew = apNew[0]; + u8 *aOld = pNew->aData; + int cntOldNext = pNew->nCell + pNew->nOverflow; + int usableSize = pBt->usableSize; + int iNew = 0; + int iOld = 0; + + for(i=0; i<b.nCell; i++){ + u8 *pCell = b.apCell[i]; + if( i==cntOldNext ){ + MemPage *pOld = (++iOld)<nNew ? apNew[iOld] : apOld[iOld]; + cntOldNext += pOld->nCell + pOld->nOverflow + !leafData; + aOld = pOld->aData; + } + if( i==cntNew[iNew] ){ + pNew = apNew[++iNew]; + if( !leafData ) continue; + } + + /* Cell pCell is destined for new sibling page pNew. Originally, it + ** was either part of sibling page iOld (possibly an overflow cell), + ** or else the divider cell to the left of sibling page iOld. So, + ** if sibling page iOld had the same page number as pNew, and if + ** pCell really was a part of sibling page iOld (not a divider or + ** overflow cell), we can skip updating the pointer map entries. */ + if( iOld>=nNew + || pNew->pgno!=aPgno[iOld] + || !SQLITE_WITHIN(pCell,aOld,&aOld[usableSize]) + ){ + if( !leafCorrection ){ + ptrmapPut(pBt, get4byte(pCell), PTRMAP_BTREE, pNew->pgno, &rc); + } + if( cachedCellSize(&b,i)>pNew->minLocal ){ + ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pCell, &rc); + } + if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; + } + } + } + + /* Insert new divider cells into pParent. */ + for(i=0; i<nNew-1; i++){ + u8 *pCell; + u8 *pTemp; + int sz; + MemPage *pNew = apNew[i]; + j = cntNew[i]; + + assert( j<nMaxCells ); + assert( b.apCell[j]!=0 ); + pCell = b.apCell[j]; + sz = b.szCell[j] + leafCorrection; + pTemp = &aOvflSpace[iOvflSpace]; + if( !pNew->leaf ){ + memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4); + }else if( leafData ){ + /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, + ** then there is no divider cell in b.apCell[]. Instead, the divider + ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of + ** the sibling-page assembled above only. + */ + CellInfo info; + j--; + pNew->xParseCell(pNew, b.apCell[j], &info); + pCell = pTemp; + sz = 4 + putVarint(&pCell[4], info.nKey); + pTemp = 0; + }else{ + pCell -= 4; + /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was + ** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4 + ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this + ** (see btreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of + ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to + ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now. + ** + ** This can only happen for b-trees used to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" + ** and WITHOUT ROWID tables with exactly one column which is the + ** primary key. + */ + if( b.szCell[j]==4 ){ + assert(leafCorrection==4); + sz = pParent->xCellSize(pParent, pCell); + } + } + iOvflSpace += sz; + assert( sz<=pBt->maxLocal+23 ); + assert( iOvflSpace <= (int)pBt->pageSize ); + insertCell(pParent, nxDiv+i, pCell, sz, pTemp, pNew->pgno, &rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup; + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); + } + + /* Now update the actual sibling pages. The order in which they are updated + ** is important, as this code needs to avoid disrupting any page from which + ** cells may still to be read. In practice, this means: + ** + ** (1) If cells are moving left (from apNew[iPg] to apNew[iPg-1]) + ** then it is not safe to update page apNew[iPg] until after + ** the left-hand sibling apNew[iPg-1] has been updated. + ** + ** (2) If cells are moving right (from apNew[iPg] to apNew[iPg+1]) + ** then it is not safe to update page apNew[iPg] until after + ** the right-hand sibling apNew[iPg+1] has been updated. + ** + ** If neither of the above apply, the page is safe to update. + ** + ** The iPg value in the following loop starts at nNew-1 goes down + ** to 0, then back up to nNew-1 again, thus making two passes over + ** the pages. On the initial downward pass, only condition (1) above + ** needs to be tested because (2) will always be true from the previous + ** step. On the upward pass, both conditions are always true, so the + ** upwards pass simply processes pages that were missed on the downward + ** pass. + */ + for(i=1-nNew; i<nNew; i++){ + int iPg = i<0 ? -i : i; + assert( iPg>=0 && iPg<nNew ); + if( abDone[iPg] ) continue; /* Skip pages already processed */ + if( i>=0 /* On the upwards pass, or... */ + || cntOld[iPg-1]>=cntNew[iPg-1] /* Condition (1) is true */ + ){ + int iNew; + int iOld; + int nNewCell; + + /* Verify condition (1): If cells are moving left, update iPg + ** only after iPg-1 has already been updated. */ + assert( iPg==0 || cntOld[iPg-1]>=cntNew[iPg-1] || abDone[iPg-1] ); + + /* Verify condition (2): If cells are moving right, update iPg + ** only after iPg+1 has already been updated. */ + assert( cntNew[iPg]>=cntOld[iPg] || abDone[iPg+1] ); + + if( iPg==0 ){ + iNew = iOld = 0; + nNewCell = cntNew[0]; + }else{ + iOld = iPg<nOld ? (cntOld[iPg-1] + !leafData) : b.nCell; + iNew = cntNew[iPg-1] + !leafData; + nNewCell = cntNew[iPg] - iNew; + } + + rc = editPage(apNew[iPg], iOld, iNew, nNewCell, &b); + if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; + abDone[iPg]++; + apNew[iPg]->nFree = usableSpace-szNew[iPg]; + assert( apNew[iPg]->nOverflow==0 ); + assert( apNew[iPg]->nCell==nNewCell ); + } + } + + /* All pages have been processed exactly once */ + assert( memcmp(abDone, "\01\01\01\01\01", nNew)==0 ); + + assert( nOld>0 ); + assert( nNew>0 ); + + if( isRoot && pParent->nCell==0 && pParent->hdrOffset<=apNew[0]->nFree ){ + /* The root page of the b-tree now contains no cells. The only sibling + ** page is the right-child of the parent. Copy the contents of the + ** child page into the parent, decreasing the overall height of the + ** b-tree structure by one. This is described as the "balance-shallower" + ** sub-algorithm in some documentation. + ** + ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent() + ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages + ** for which the pointer is stored within the content being copied. + ** + ** It is critical that the child page be defragmented before being + ** copied into the parent, because if the parent is page 1 then it will + ** by smaller than the child due to the database header, and so all the + ** free space needs to be up front. + */ + assert( nNew==1 || CORRUPT_DB ); + rc = defragmentPage(apNew[0]); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + assert( apNew[0]->nFree == + (get2byte(&apNew[0]->aData[5])-apNew[0]->cellOffset-apNew[0]->nCell*2) + || rc!=SQLITE_OK + ); + copyNodeContent(apNew[0], pParent, &rc); + freePage(apNew[0], &rc); + }else if( ISAUTOVACUUM && !leafCorrection ){ + /* Fix the pointer map entries associated with the right-child of each + ** sibling page. All other pointer map entries have already been taken + ** care of. */ + for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){ + u32 key = get4byte(&apNew[i]->aData[8]); + ptrmapPut(pBt, key, PTRMAP_BTREE, apNew[i]->pgno, &rc); + } + } + + assert( pParent->isInit ); + TRACE(("BALANCE: finished: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n", + nOld, nNew, b.nCell)); + + /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages. + */ + for(i=nNew; i<nOld; i++){ + freePage(apOld[i], &rc); + } + +#if 0 + if( ISAUTOVACUUM && rc==SQLITE_OK && apNew[0]->isInit ){ + /* The ptrmapCheckPages() contains assert() statements that verify that + ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while + ** debugging. This is usually disabled because a corrupt database may + ** cause an assert() statement to fail. */ + ptrmapCheckPages(apNew, nNew); + ptrmapCheckPages(&pParent, 1); + } +#endif + + /* + ** Cleanup before returning. + */ +balance_cleanup: + sqlite3ScratchFree(b.apCell); + for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){ + releasePage(apOld[i]); + } + for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){ + releasePage(apNew[i]); + } + + return rc; +} + + +/* +** This function is called when the root page of a b-tree structure is +** overfull (has one or more overflow pages). +** +** A new child page is allocated and the contents of the current root +** page, including overflow cells, are copied into the child. The root +** page is then overwritten to make it an empty page with the right-child +** pointer pointing to the new page. +** +** Before returning, all pointer-map entries corresponding to pages +** that the new child-page now contains pointers to are updated. The +** entry corresponding to the new right-child pointer of the root +** page is also updated. +** +** If successful, *ppChild is set to contain a reference to the child +** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case the caller is required +** to call releasePage() on *ppChild exactly once. If an error occurs, +** an error code is returned and *ppChild is set to 0. +*/ +static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pRoot, MemPage **ppChild){ + int rc; /* Return value from subprocedures */ + MemPage *pChild = 0; /* Pointer to a new child page */ + Pgno pgnoChild = 0; /* Page number of the new child page */ + BtShared *pBt = pRoot->pBt; /* The BTree */ + + assert( pRoot->nOverflow>0 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + + /* Make pRoot, the root page of the b-tree, writable. Allocate a new + ** page that will become the new right-child of pPage. Copy the contents + ** of the node stored on pRoot into the new child page. + */ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt,&pChild,&pgnoChild,pRoot->pgno,0); + copyNodeContent(pRoot, pChild, &rc); + if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ + ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoChild, PTRMAP_BTREE, pRoot->pgno, &rc); + } + } + if( rc ){ + *ppChild = 0; + releasePage(pChild); + return rc; + } + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pChild->pDbPage) ); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) ); + assert( pChild->nCell==pRoot->nCell ); + + TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pRoot->pgno, pChild->pgno)); + + /* Copy the overflow cells from pRoot to pChild */ + memcpy(pChild->aiOvfl, pRoot->aiOvfl, + pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->aiOvfl[0])); + memcpy(pChild->apOvfl, pRoot->apOvfl, + pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->apOvfl[0])); + pChild->nOverflow = pRoot->nOverflow; + + /* Zero the contents of pRoot. Then install pChild as the right-child. */ + zeroPage(pRoot, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF); + put4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild); + + *ppChild = pChild; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** The page that pCur currently points to has just been modified in +** some way. This function figures out if this modification means the +** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing +** routine. Balancing routines are: +** +** balance_quick() +** balance_deeper() +** balance_nonroot() +*/ +static int balance(BtCursor *pCur){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + const int nMin = pCur->pBt->usableSize * 2 / 3; + u8 aBalanceQuickSpace[13]; + u8 *pFree = 0; + + VVA_ONLY( int balance_quick_called = 0 ); + VVA_ONLY( int balance_deeper_called = 0 ); + + do { + int iPage = pCur->iPage; + MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[iPage]; + + if( iPage==0 ){ + if( pPage->nOverflow ){ + /* The root page of the b-tree is overfull. In this case call the + ** balance_deeper() function to create a new child for the root-page + ** and copy the current contents of the root-page to it. The + ** next iteration of the do-loop will balance the child page. + */ + assert( balance_deeper_called==0 ); + VVA_ONLY( balance_deeper_called++ ); + rc = balance_deeper(pPage, &pCur->apPage[1]); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pCur->iPage = 1; + pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0; + pCur->aiIdx[1] = 0; + assert( pCur->apPage[1]->nOverflow ); + } + }else{ + break; + } + }else if( pPage->nOverflow==0 && pPage->nFree<=nMin ){ + break; + }else{ + MemPage * const pParent = pCur->apPage[iPage-1]; + int const iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iPage-1]; + + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE + if( pPage->intKeyLeaf + && pPage->nOverflow==1 + && pPage->aiOvfl[0]==pPage->nCell + && pParent->pgno!=1 + && pParent->nCell==iIdx + ){ + /* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which + ** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell + ** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this + ** happens, the next iteration of the do-loop will balance pParent + ** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this + ** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[] + ** buffer. + ** + ** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a + ** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this + ** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse + ** of the aBalanceQuickSpace[] might sneak in. + */ + assert( balance_quick_called==0 ); + VVA_ONLY( balance_quick_called++ ); + rc = balance_quick(pParent, pPage, aBalanceQuickSpace); + }else +#endif + { + /* In this case, call balance_nonroot() to redistribute cells + ** between pPage and up to 2 of its sibling pages. This involves + ** modifying the contents of pParent, which may cause pParent to + ** become overfull or underfull. The next iteration of the do-loop + ** will balance the parent page to correct this. + ** + ** If the parent page becomes overfull, the overflow cell or cells + ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below. + ** A subsequent iteration of the do-loop will deal with this by + ** calling balance_nonroot() (balance_deeper() may be called first, + ** but it doesn't deal with overflow cells - just moves them to a + ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot() + ** has completed, it is safe to release the pSpace buffer used by + ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been + ** copied either into the body of a database page or into the new + ** pSpace buffer passed to the latter call to balance_nonroot(). + */ + u8 *pSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc(pCur->pBt->pageSize); + rc = balance_nonroot(pParent, iIdx, pSpace, iPage==1, + pCur->hints&BTREE_BULKLOAD); + if( pFree ){ + /* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used + ** by a previous call to balance_nonroot(). Its contents are + ** now stored either on real database pages or within the + ** new pSpace buffer, so it may be safely freed here. */ + sqlite3PageFree(pFree); + } + + /* The pSpace buffer will be freed after the next call to + ** balance_nonroot(), or just before this function returns, whichever + ** comes first. */ + pFree = pSpace; + } + } + + pPage->nOverflow = 0; + + /* The next iteration of the do-loop balances the parent page. */ + releasePage(pPage); + pCur->iPage--; + assert( pCur->iPage>=0 ); + } + }while( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + + if( pFree ){ + sqlite3PageFree(pFree); + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Insert a new record into the BTree. The key is given by (pKey,nKey) +** and the data is given by (pData,nData). The cursor is used only to +** define what table the record should be inserted into. The cursor +** is left pointing at a random location. +** +** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used. pKey is +** ignored. For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored. +** +** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to +** MovetoUnpacked() to seek cursor pCur to (pKey, nKey) has already +** been performed. seekResult is the search result returned (a negative +** number if pCur points at an entry that is smaller than (pKey, nKey), or +** a positive value if pCur points at an entry that is larger than +** (pKey, nKey)). +** +** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then the caller guarantees that +** cursor pCur is pointing at the existing copy of a row that is to be +** overwritten. If the seekResult parameter is 0, then cursor pCur may +** point to any entry or to no entry at all and so this function has to seek +** the cursor before the new key can be inserted. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert( + BtCursor *pCur, /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */ + const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key of the new record */ + const void *pData, int nData, /* The data of the new record */ + int nZero, /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */ + int appendBias, /* True if this is likely an append */ + int seekResult /* Result of prior MovetoUnpacked() call */ +){ + int rc; + int loc = seekResult; /* -1: before desired location +1: after */ + int szNew = 0; + int idx; + MemPage *pPage; + Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + unsigned char *oldCell; + unsigned char *newCell = 0; + + if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ + assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK ); + return pCur->skipNext; + } + + assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); + assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0 + && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE + && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 ); + assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) ); + + /* Assert that the caller has been consistent. If this cursor was opened + ** expecting an index b-tree, then the caller should be inserting blob + ** keys with no associated data. If the cursor was opened expecting an + ** intkey table, the caller should be inserting integer keys with a + ** blob of associated data. */ + assert( (pKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) ); + + /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table. + ** + ** In some cases, the call to btreeMoveto() below is a no-op. For + ** example, when inserting data into a table with auto-generated integer + ** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlite3BtreeLast() to figure out the + ** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the + ** data into the intkey B-Tree. In this case btreeMoveto() recognizes + ** that the cursor is already where it needs to be and returns without + ** doing any work. To avoid thwarting these optimizations, it is important + ** not to clear the cursor here. + */ + if( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_Multiple ){ + rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + + if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){ + assert( pKey==0 ); + /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob + ** cursors open on the row being replaced */ + invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, nKey, 0); + + /* If the cursor is currently on the last row and we are appending a + ** new row onto the end, set the "loc" to avoid an unnecessary + ** btreeMoveto() call */ + if( (pCur->curFlags&BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0 && nKey>0 + && pCur->info.nKey==nKey-1 ){ + loc = -1; + }else if( loc==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, 0, nKey, appendBias, &loc); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + }else if( loc==0 ){ + rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || (pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID && loc) ); + + pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 ); + assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ); + + TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n", + pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno, + loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry")); + assert( pPage->isInit ); + newCell = pBt->pTmpSpace; + assert( newCell!=0 ); + rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, nZero, &szNew); + if( rc ) goto end_insert; + assert( szNew==pPage->xCellSize(pPage, newCell) ); + assert( szNew <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); + idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; + if( loc==0 ){ + u16 szOld; + assert( idx<pPage->nCell ); + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); + if( rc ){ + goto end_insert; + } + oldCell = findCell(pPage, idx); + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4); + } + rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell, &szOld); + dropCell(pPage, idx, szOld, &rc); + if( rc ) goto end_insert; + }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){ + assert( pPage->leaf ); + idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; + }else{ + assert( pPage->leaf ); + } + insertCell(pPage, idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0, &rc); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPage->nCell>0 || pPage->nOverflow>0 ); + + /* If no error has occurred and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance() + ** to redistribute the cells within the tree. Since balance() may move + ** the cursor, zero the BtCursor.info.nSize and BTCF_ValidNKey + ** variables. + ** + ** Previous versions of SQLite called moveToRoot() to move the cursor + ** back to the root page as balance() used to invalidate the contents + ** of BtCursor.apPage[] and BtCursor.aiIdx[]. Instead of doing that, + ** set the cursor state to "invalid". This makes common insert operations + ** slightly faster. + ** + ** There is a subtle but important optimization here too. When inserting + ** multiple records into an intkey b-tree using a single cursor (as can + ** happen while processing an "INSERT INTO ... SELECT" statement), it + ** is advantageous to leave the cursor pointing to the last entry in + ** the b-tree if possible. If the cursor is left pointing to the last + ** entry in the table, and the next row inserted has an integer key + ** larger than the largest existing key, it is possible to insert the + ** row without seeking the cursor. This can be a big performance boost. + */ + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nOverflow ){ + pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey); + rc = balance(pCur); + + /* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance() + ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise. + ** Also, set the cursor state to invalid. This stops saveCursorPosition() + ** from trying to save the current position of the cursor. */ + pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow = 0; + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + } + assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow==0 ); + +end_insert: + return rc; +} + +/* +** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to. +** +** If the BTREE_SAVEPOSITION bit of the flags parameter is zero, then +** the cursor is left pointing at an arbitrary location after the delete. +** But if that bit is set, then the cursor is left in a state such that +** the next call to BtreeNext() or BtreePrev() moves it to the same row +** as it would have been on if the call to BtreeDelete() had been omitted. +** +** The BTREE_AUXDELETE bit of flags indicates that is one of several deletes +** associated with a single table entry and its indexes. Only one of those +** deletes is considered the "primary" delete. The primary delete occurs +** on a cursor that is not a BTREE_FORDELETE cursor. All but one delete +** operation on non-FORDELETE cursors is tagged with the AUXDELETE flag. +** The BTREE_AUXDELETE bit is a hint that is not used by this implementation, +** but which might be used by alternative storage engines. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur, u8 flags){ + Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + int rc; /* Return code */ + MemPage *pPage; /* Page to delete cell from */ + unsigned char *pCell; /* Pointer to cell to delete */ + int iCellIdx; /* Index of cell to delete */ + int iCellDepth; /* Depth of node containing pCell */ + u16 szCell; /* Size of the cell being deleted */ + int bSkipnext = 0; /* Leaf cursor in SKIPNEXT state */ + u8 bPreserve = flags & BTREE_SAVEPOSITION; /* Keep cursor valid */ + + assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); + assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); + assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 ); + assert( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag ); + assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) ); + assert( !hasReadConflicts(p, pCur->pgnoRoot) ); + assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + assert( (flags & ~(BTREE_SAVEPOSITION | BTREE_AUXDELETE))==0 ); + + iCellDepth = pCur->iPage; + iCellIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iCellDepth]; + pPage = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth]; + pCell = findCell(pPage, iCellIdx); + + /* If the bPreserve flag is set to true, then the cursor position must + ** be preserved following this delete operation. If the current delete + ** will cause a b-tree rebalance, then this is done by saving the cursor + ** key and leaving the cursor in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state before + ** returning. + ** + ** Or, if the current delete will not cause a rebalance, then the cursor + ** will be left in CURSOR_SKIPNEXT state pointing to the entry immediately + ** before or after the deleted entry. In this case set bSkipnext to true. */ + if( bPreserve ){ + if( !pPage->leaf + || (pPage->nFree+cellSizePtr(pPage,pCell)+2)>(int)(pBt->usableSize*2/3) + ){ + /* A b-tree rebalance will be required after deleting this entry. + ** Save the cursor key. */ + rc = saveCursorKey(pCur); + if( rc ) return rc; + }else{ + bSkipnext = 1; + } + } + + /* If the page containing the entry to delete is not a leaf page, move + ** the cursor to the largest entry in the tree that is smaller than + ** the entry being deleted. This cell will replace the cell being deleted + ** from the internal node. The 'previous' entry is used for this instead + ** of the 'next' entry, as the previous entry is always a part of the + ** sub-tree headed by the child page of the cell being deleted. This makes + ** balancing the tree following the delete operation easier. */ + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + int notUsed = 0; + rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, ¬Used); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + + /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table before + ** making any modifications. */ + if( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_Multiple ){ + rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + + /* If this is a delete operation to remove a row from a table b-tree, + ** invalidate any incrblob cursors open on the row being deleted. */ + if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){ + invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->info.nKey, 0); + } + + /* Make the page containing the entry to be deleted writable. Then free any + ** overflow pages associated with the entry and finally remove the cell + ** itself from within the page. */ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell, &szCell); + dropCell(pPage, iCellIdx, szCell, &rc); + if( rc ) return rc; + + /* If the cell deleted was not located on a leaf page, then the cursor + ** is currently pointing to the largest entry in the sub-tree headed + ** by the child-page of the cell that was just deleted from an internal + ** node. The cell from the leaf node needs to be moved to the internal + ** node to replace the deleted cell. */ + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + MemPage *pLeaf = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + int nCell; + Pgno n = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth+1]->pgno; + unsigned char *pTmp; + + pCell = findCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1); + if( pCell<&pLeaf->aData[4] ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + nCell = pLeaf->xCellSize(pLeaf, pCell); + assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) >= nCell ); + pTmp = pBt->pTmpSpace; + assert( pTmp!=0 ); + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLeaf->pDbPage); + insertCell(pPage, iCellIdx, pCell-4, nCell+4, pTmp, n, &rc); + dropCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1, nCell, &rc); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + + /* Balance the tree. If the entry deleted was located on a leaf page, + ** then the cursor still points to that page. In this case the first + ** call to balance() repairs the tree, and the if(...) condition is + ** never true. + ** + ** Otherwise, if the entry deleted was on an internal node page, then + ** pCur is pointing to the leaf page from which a cell was removed to + ** replace the cell deleted from the internal node. This is slightly + ** tricky as the leaf node may be underfull, and the internal node may + ** be either under or overfull. In this case run the balancing algorithm + ** on the leaf node first. If the balance proceeds far enough up the + ** tree that we can be sure that any problem in the internal node has + ** been corrected, so be it. Otherwise, after balancing the leaf node, + ** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as + ** well. */ + rc = balance(pCur); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){ + while( pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){ + releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]); + } + rc = balance(pCur); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( bSkipnext ){ + assert( bPreserve && (pCur->iPage==iCellDepth || CORRUPT_DB) ); + assert( pPage==pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] || CORRUPT_DB ); + assert( (pPage->nCell>0 || CORRUPT_DB) && iCellIdx<=pPage->nCell ); + pCur->eState = CURSOR_SKIPNEXT; + if( iCellIdx>=pPage->nCell ){ + pCur->skipNext = -1; + pCur->aiIdx[iCellDepth] = pPage->nCell-1; + }else{ + pCur->skipNext = 1; + } + }else{ + rc = moveToRoot(pCur); + if( bPreserve ){ + pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK; + } + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Create a new BTree table. Write into *piTable the page +** number for the root page of the new table. +** +** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter. Only the +** following values of flags are currently in use. Other values for +** flags might not work: +** +** BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA Used for SQL tables with rowid keys +** BTREE_ZERODATA Used for SQL indices +*/ +static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int createTabFlags){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + MemPage *pRoot; + Pgno pgnoRoot; + int rc; + int ptfFlags; /* Page-type flage for the root page of new table */ + + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); + assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); + assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 ); + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0); + if( rc ){ + return rc; + } +#else + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + Pgno pgnoMove; /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */ + MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */ + + /* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database + ** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns + ** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches + ** held by open cursors. + */ + invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); + + /* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the + ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page + ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1). + */ + sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &pgnoRoot); + pgnoRoot++; + + /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the + ** PENDING_BYTE page. + */ + while( pgnoRoot==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgnoRoot) || + pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ + pgnoRoot++; + } + assert( pgnoRoot>=3 || CORRUPT_DB ); + testcase( pgnoRoot<3 ); + + /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will + ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens + ** to reside at pgnoRoot). + */ + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pPageMove, &pgnoMove, pgnoRoot, BTALLOC_EXACT); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){ + /* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of + ** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were + ** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated + ** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove + ** is already journaled. + */ + u8 eType = 0; + Pgno iPtrPage = 0; + + /* Save the positions of any open cursors. This is required in + ** case they are holding a reference to an xFetch reference + ** corresponding to page pgnoRoot. */ + rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0); + releasePage(pPageMove); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + /* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */ + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgnoRoot, &eType, &iPtrPage); + if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE || eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(pRoot); + return rc; + } + assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); + assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ); + rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove, 0); + releasePage(pRoot); + + /* Obtain the page at pgnoRoot */ + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(pRoot); + return rc; + } + }else{ + pRoot = pPageMove; + } + + /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */ + ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, &rc); + if( rc ){ + releasePage(pRoot); + return rc; + } + + /* When the new root page was allocated, page 1 was made writable in + ** order either to increase the database filesize, or to decrement the + ** freelist count. Hence, the sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() call cannot fail. + */ + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage) ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, pgnoRoot); + if( NEVER(rc) ){ + releasePage(pRoot); + return rc; + } + + }else{ + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0); + if( rc ) return rc; + } +#endif + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) ); + if( createTabFlags & BTREE_INTKEY ){ + ptfFlags = PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_LEAF; + }else{ + ptfFlags = PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF; + } + zeroPage(pRoot, ptfFlags); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage); + assert( (pBt->openFlags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || pgnoRoot==2 ); + *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){ + int rc; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Erase the given database page and all its children. Return +** the page to the freelist. +*/ +static int clearDatabasePage( + BtShared *pBt, /* The BTree that contains the table */ + Pgno pgno, /* Page number to clear */ + int freePageFlag, /* Deallocate page if true */ + int *pnChange /* Add number of Cells freed to this counter */ +){ + MemPage *pPage; + int rc; + unsigned char *pCell; + int i; + int hdr; + u16 szCell; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); + if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage, 0, 0); + if( rc ) return rc; + if( pPage->bBusy ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto cleardatabasepage_out; + } + pPage->bBusy = 1; + hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){ + pCell = findCell(pPage, i); + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), 1, pnChange); + if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; + } + rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell, &szCell); + if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; + } + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[hdr+8]), 1, pnChange); + if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; + }else if( pnChange ){ + assert( pPage->intKey || CORRUPT_DB ); + testcase( !pPage->intKey ); + *pnChange += pPage->nCell; + } + if( freePageFlag ){ + freePage(pPage, &rc); + }else if( (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))==0 ){ + zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[hdr] | PTF_LEAF); + } + +cleardatabasepage_out: + pPage->bBusy = 0; + releasePage(pPage); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Delete all information from a single table in the database. iTable is +** the page number of the root of the table. After this routine returns, +** the root page is empty, but still exists. +** +** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open +** read cursors on the table. Open write cursors are moved to the +** root of the table. +** +** If pnChange is not NULL, then table iTable must be an intkey table. The +** integer value pointed to by pnChange is incremented by the number of +** entries in the table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *pnChange){ + int rc; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); + + rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0); + + if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + /* Invalidate all incrblob cursors open on table iTable (assuming iTable + ** is the root of a table b-tree - if it is not, the following call is + ** a no-op). */ + invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, 0, 1); + rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, pnChange); + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Delete all information from the single table that pCur is open on. +** +** This routine only work for pCur on an ephemeral table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ + return sqlite3BtreeClearTable(pCur->pBtree, pCur->pgnoRoot, 0); +} + +/* +** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to +** the freelist. Except, the root of the principle table (the one on +** page 1) is never added to the freelist. +** +** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open +** cursors on the table. +** +** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last +** root page in the database file, then the last root page +** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by +** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page +** is added to the freelist instead of iTable. In this say, all +** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which +** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right. *piMoved is set to the +** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before +** the move. If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0. +** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of +** meta[3] is updated by this procedure. +*/ +static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, int *piMoved){ + int rc; + MemPage *pPage = 0; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); + assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); + + /* It is illegal to drop a table if any cursors are open on the + ** database. This is because in auto-vacuum mode the backend may + ** need to move another root-page to fill a gap left by the deleted + ** root page. If an open cursor was using this page a problem would + ** occur. + ** + ** This error is caught long before control reaches this point. + */ + if( NEVER(pBt->pCursor) ){ + sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pCursor->pBtree->db); + return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; + } + + /* + ** It is illegal to drop the sqlite_master table on page 1. But again, + ** this error is caught long before reaching this point. + */ + if( NEVER(iTable<2) ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage, 0); + if( rc ) return rc; + rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable, 0); + if( rc ){ + releasePage(pPage); + return rc; + } + + *piMoved = 0; + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + freePage(pPage, &rc); + releasePage(pPage); +#else + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + Pgno maxRootPgno; + sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &maxRootPgno); + + if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){ + /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page + ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list. + */ + freePage(pPage, &rc); + releasePage(pPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + }else{ + /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page + ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the + ** gap left by the deleted root-page. + */ + MemPage *pMove; + releasePage(pPage); + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + rc = relocatePage(pBt, pMove, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, iTable, 0); + releasePage(pMove); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + pMove = 0; + rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0); + freePage(pMove, &rc); + releasePage(pMove); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + *piMoved = maxRootPgno; + } + + /* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This + ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to + ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the + ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE. + */ + maxRootPgno--; + while( maxRootPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) + || PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, maxRootPgno) ){ + maxRootPgno--; + } + assert( maxRootPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); + + rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, maxRootPgno); + }else{ + freePage(pPage, &rc); + releasePage(pPage); + } +#endif + return rc; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){ + int rc; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** This function may only be called if the b-tree connection already +** has a read or write transaction open on the database. +** +** Read the meta-information out of a database file. Meta[0] +** is the number of free pages currently in the database. Meta[1] +** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers. Meta[0] +** is read-only, the others are read/write. +** +** The schema layer numbers meta values differently. At the schema +** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of +** free pages is not visible. So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1]. +** +** This routine treats Meta[BTREE_DATA_VERSION] as a special case. Instead +** of reading the value out of the header, it instead loads the "DataVersion" +** from the pager. The BTREE_DATA_VERSION value is not actually stored in the +** database file. It is a number computed by the pager. But its access +** pattern is the same as header meta values, and so it is convenient to +** read it from this routine. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE ); + assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK) ); + assert( pBt->pPage1 ); + assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 ); + + if( idx==BTREE_DATA_VERSION ){ + *pMeta = sqlite3PagerDataVersion(pBt->pPager) + p->iDataVersion; + }else{ + *pMeta = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36 + idx*4]); + } + + /* If auto-vacuum is disabled in this build and this is an auto-vacuum + ** database, mark the database as read-only. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( idx==BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE && *pMeta>0 ){ + pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY; + } +#endif + + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); +} + +/* +** Write meta-information back into the database. Meta[0] is +** read-only and may not be written. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + unsigned char *pP1; + int rc; + assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 ); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); + assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 ); + pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData; + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( idx==BTREE_INCR_VACUUM ){ + assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 ); + assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 ); + pBt->incrVacuum = (u8)iMeta; + } +#endif + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT +/* +** The first argument, pCur, is a cursor opened on some b-tree. Count the +** number of entries in the b-tree and write the result to *pnEntry. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed. +** Otherwise, if an error is encountered (i.e. an IO error or database +** corruption) an SQLite error code is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){ + i64 nEntry = 0; /* Value to return in *pnEntry */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + + if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){ + *pnEntry = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + rc = moveToRoot(pCur); + + /* Unless an error occurs, the following loop runs one iteration for each + ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages). + */ + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int iIdx; /* Index of child node in parent */ + MemPage *pPage; /* Current page of the b-tree */ + + /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then + ** this page contains countable entries. Increment the entry counter + ** accordingly. + */ + pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + if( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ){ + nEntry += pPage->nCell; + } + + /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it + ** points to the first interior cell that it points to the parent of + ** the next page in the tree that has not yet been visited. The + ** pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] value is set to the index of the parent cell + ** of the page, or to the number of cells in the page if the next page + ** to visit is the right-child of its parent. + ** + ** If all pages in the tree have been visited, return SQLITE_OK to the + ** caller. + */ + if( pPage->leaf ){ + do { + if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ + /* All pages of the b-tree have been visited. Return successfully. */ + *pnEntry = nEntry; + return moveToRoot(pCur); + } + moveToParent(pCur); + }while ( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); + + pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]++; + pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; + } + + /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently + ** points at. This is the right-child if (iIdx==pPage->nCell). + */ + iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; + if( iIdx==pPage->nCell ){ + rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])); + }else{ + rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, iIdx))); + } + } + + /* An error has occurred. Return an error code. */ + return rc; +} +#endif + +/* +** Return the pager associated with a BTree. This routine is used for +** testing and debugging only. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *p){ + return p->pBt->pPager; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK +/* +** Append a message to the error message string. +*/ +static void checkAppendMsg( + IntegrityCk *pCheck, + const char *zFormat, + ... +){ + va_list ap; + if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return; + pCheck->mxErr--; + pCheck->nErr++; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + if( pCheck->errMsg.nChar ){ + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, "\n", 1); + } + if( pCheck->zPfx ){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&pCheck->errMsg, pCheck->zPfx, pCheck->v1, pCheck->v2); + } + sqlite3VXPrintf(&pCheck->errMsg, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + if( pCheck->errMsg.accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){ + pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK + +/* +** Return non-zero if the bit in the IntegrityCk.aPgRef[] array that +** corresponds to page iPg is already set. +*/ +static int getPageReferenced(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPg){ + assert( iPg<=pCheck->nPage && sizeof(pCheck->aPgRef[0])==1 ); + return (pCheck->aPgRef[iPg/8] & (1 << (iPg & 0x07))); +} + +/* +** Set the bit in the IntegrityCk.aPgRef[] array that corresponds to page iPg. +*/ +static void setPageReferenced(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPg){ + assert( iPg<=pCheck->nPage && sizeof(pCheck->aPgRef[0])==1 ); + pCheck->aPgRef[iPg/8] |= (1 << (iPg & 0x07)); +} + + +/* +** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage. If this is the second +** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg. +** Return 1 if there are 2 or more references to the page and 0 if +** if this is the first reference to the page. +** +** Also check that the page number is in bounds. +*/ +static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPage){ + if( iPage==0 ) return 1; + if( iPage>pCheck->nPage ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "invalid page number %d", iPage); + return 1; + } + if( getPageReferenced(pCheck, iPage) ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage); + return 1; + } + setPageReferenced(pCheck, iPage); + return 0; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM +/* +** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to +** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message +** to pCheck. +*/ +static void checkPtrmap( + IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity check context */ + Pgno iChild, /* Child page number */ + u8 eType, /* Expected pointer map type */ + Pgno iParent /* Expected pointer map parent page number */ +){ + int rc; + u8 ePtrmapType; + Pgno iPtrmapParent; + + rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild); + return; + } + + if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, + "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", + iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent); + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list. +** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N. +*/ +static void checkList( + IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity checking context */ + int isFreeList, /* True for a freelist. False for overflow page list */ + int iPage, /* Page number for first page in the list */ + int N /* Expected number of pages in the list */ +){ + int i; + int expected = N; + int iFirst = iPage; + while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){ + DbPage *pOvflPage; + unsigned char *pOvflData; + if( iPage<1 ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, + "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d", + N+1, expected, iFirst); + break; + } + if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage) ) break; + if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage, 0) ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "failed to get page %d", iPage); + break; + } + pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage); + if( isFreeList ){ + int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){ + checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0); + } +#endif + if( n>(int)pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-2 ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, + "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage); + N--; + }else{ + for(i=0; i<n; i++){ + Pgno iFreePage = get4byte(&pOvflData[8+i*4]); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){ + checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0); + } +#endif + checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage); + } + N -= n; + } + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + else{ + /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last + ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for + ** the following page matches iPage. + */ + if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){ + i = get4byte(pOvflData); + checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage); + } + } +#endif + iPage = get4byte(pOvflData); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvflPage); + + if( isFreeList && N<(iPage!=0) ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "free-page count in header is too small"); + } + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ + +/* +** An implementation of a min-heap. +** +** aHeap[0] is the number of elements on the heap. aHeap[1] is the +** root element. The daughter nodes of aHeap[N] are aHeap[N*2] +** and aHeap[N*2+1]. +** +** The heap property is this: Every node is less than or equal to both +** of its daughter nodes. A consequence of the heap property is that the +** root node aHeap[1] is always the minimum value currently in the heap. +** +** The btreeHeapInsert() routine inserts an unsigned 32-bit number onto +** the heap, preserving the heap property. The btreeHeapPull() routine +** removes the root element from the heap (the minimum value in the heap) +** and then moves other nodes around as necessary to preserve the heap +** property. +** +** This heap is used for cell overlap and coverage testing. Each u32 +** entry represents the span of a cell or freeblock on a btree page. +** The upper 16 bits are the index of the first byte of a range and the +** lower 16 bits are the index of the last byte of that range. +*/ +static void btreeHeapInsert(u32 *aHeap, u32 x){ + u32 j, i = ++aHeap[0]; + aHeap[i] = x; + while( (j = i/2)>0 && aHeap[j]>aHeap[i] ){ + x = aHeap[j]; + aHeap[j] = aHeap[i]; + aHeap[i] = x; + i = j; + } +} +static int btreeHeapPull(u32 *aHeap, u32 *pOut){ + u32 j, i, x; + if( (x = aHeap[0])==0 ) return 0; + *pOut = aHeap[1]; + aHeap[1] = aHeap[x]; + aHeap[x] = 0xffffffff; + aHeap[0]--; + i = 1; + while( (j = i*2)<=aHeap[0] ){ + if( aHeap[j]>aHeap[j+1] ) j++; + if( aHeap[i]<aHeap[j] ) break; + x = aHeap[i]; + aHeap[i] = aHeap[j]; + aHeap[j] = x; + i = j; + } + return 1; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK +/* +** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree. Return +** the tree depth. Root pages return 0. Parents of root pages +** return 1, and so forth. +** +** These checks are done: +** +** 1. Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap +** but combine to completely cover the page. +** 2. Make sure integer cell keys are in order. +** 3. Check the integrity of overflow pages. +** 4. Recursively call checkTreePage on all children. +** 5. Verify that the depth of all children is the same. +*/ +static int checkTreePage( + IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Context for the sanity check */ + int iPage, /* Page number of the page to check */ + i64 *piMinKey, /* Write minimum integer primary key here */ + i64 maxKey /* Error if integer primary key greater than this */ +){ + MemPage *pPage = 0; /* The page being analyzed */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int rc; /* Result code from subroutine call */ + int depth = -1, d2; /* Depth of a subtree */ + int pgno; /* Page number */ + int nFrag; /* Number of fragmented bytes on the page */ + int hdr; /* Offset to the page header */ + int cellStart; /* Offset to the start of the cell pointer array */ + int nCell; /* Number of cells */ + int doCoverageCheck = 1; /* True if cell coverage checking should be done */ + int keyCanBeEqual = 1; /* True if IPK can be equal to maxKey + ** False if IPK must be strictly less than maxKey */ + u8 *data; /* Page content */ + u8 *pCell; /* Cell content */ + u8 *pCellIdx; /* Next element of the cell pointer array */ + BtShared *pBt; /* The BtShared object that owns pPage */ + u32 pc; /* Address of a cell */ + u32 usableSize; /* Usable size of the page */ + u32 contentOffset; /* Offset to the start of the cell content area */ + u32 *heap = 0; /* Min-heap used for checking cell coverage */ + u32 x, prev = 0; /* Next and previous entry on the min-heap */ + const char *saved_zPfx = pCheck->zPfx; + int saved_v1 = pCheck->v1; + int saved_v2 = pCheck->v2; + u8 savedIsInit = 0; + + /* Check that the page exists + */ + pBt = pCheck->pBt; + usableSize = pBt->usableSize; + if( iPage==0 ) return 0; + if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage) ) return 0; + pCheck->zPfx = "Page %d: "; + pCheck->v1 = iPage; + if( (rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, + "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc); + goto end_of_check; + } + + /* Clear MemPage.isInit to make sure the corruption detection code in + ** btreeInitPage() is executed. */ + savedIsInit = pPage->isInit; + pPage->isInit = 0; + if( (rc = btreeInitPage(pPage))!=0 ){ + assert( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ); /* The only possible error from InitPage */ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, + "btreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc); + goto end_of_check; + } + data = pPage->aData; + hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + + /* Set up for cell analysis */ + pCheck->zPfx = "On tree page %d cell %d: "; + contentOffset = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); + assert( contentOffset<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ + + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-37002-32774 The two-byte integer at offset 3 gives the + ** number of cells on the page. */ + nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]); + assert( pPage->nCell==nCell ); + + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-23882-45353 The cell pointer array of a b-tree page + ** immediately follows the b-tree page header. */ + cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf; + assert( pPage->aCellIdx==&data[cellStart] ); + pCellIdx = &data[cellStart + 2*(nCell-1)]; + + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + /* Analyze the right-child page of internal pages */ + pgno = get4byte(&data[hdr+8]); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + pCheck->zPfx = "On page %d at right child: "; + checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage); + } +#endif + depth = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, &maxKey, maxKey); + keyCanBeEqual = 0; + }else{ + /* For leaf pages, the coverage check will occur in the same loop + ** as the other cell checks, so initialize the heap. */ + heap = pCheck->heap; + heap[0] = 0; + } + + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-02776-14802 The cell pointer array consists of K 2-byte + ** integer offsets to the cell contents. */ + for(i=nCell-1; i>=0 && pCheck->mxErr; i--){ + CellInfo info; + + /* Check cell size */ + pCheck->v2 = i; + assert( pCellIdx==&data[cellStart + i*2] ); + pc = get2byteAligned(pCellIdx); + pCellIdx -= 2; + if( pc<contentOffset || pc>usableSize-4 ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Offset %d out of range %d..%d", + pc, contentOffset, usableSize-4); + doCoverageCheck = 0; + continue; + } + pCell = &data[pc]; + pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &info); + if( pc+info.nSize>usableSize ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Extends off end of page"); + doCoverageCheck = 0; + continue; + } + + /* Check for integer primary key out of range */ + if( pPage->intKey ){ + if( keyCanBeEqual ? (info.nKey > maxKey) : (info.nKey >= maxKey) ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Rowid %lld out of order", info.nKey); + } + maxKey = info.nKey; + } + + /* Check the content overflow list */ + if( info.nPayload>info.nLocal ){ + int nPage; /* Number of pages on the overflow chain */ + Pgno pgnoOvfl; /* First page of the overflow chain */ + assert( pc + info.nSize - 4 <= usableSize ); + nPage = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4); + pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.nSize - 4]); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage); + } +#endif + checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage); + } + + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + /* Check sanity of left child page for internal pages */ + pgno = get4byte(pCell); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage); + } +#endif + d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, &maxKey, maxKey); + keyCanBeEqual = 0; + if( d2!=depth ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Child page depth differs"); + depth = d2; + } + }else{ + /* Populate the coverage-checking heap for leaf pages */ + btreeHeapInsert(heap, (pc<<16)|(pc+info.nSize-1)); + } + } + *piMinKey = maxKey; + + /* Check for complete coverage of the page + */ + pCheck->zPfx = 0; + if( doCoverageCheck && pCheck->mxErr>0 ){ + /* For leaf pages, the min-heap has already been initialized and the + ** cells have already been inserted. But for internal pages, that has + ** not yet been done, so do it now */ + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + heap = pCheck->heap; + heap[0] = 0; + for(i=nCell-1; i>=0; i--){ + u32 size; + pc = get2byteAligned(&data[cellStart+i*2]); + size = pPage->xCellSize(pPage, &data[pc]); + btreeHeapInsert(heap, (pc<<16)|(pc+size-1)); + } + } + /* Add the freeblocks to the min-heap + ** + ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-20690-50594 The second field of the b-tree page header + ** is the offset of the first freeblock, or zero if there are no + ** freeblocks on the page. + */ + i = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); + while( i>0 ){ + int size, j; + assert( (u32)i<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ + size = get2byte(&data[i+2]); + assert( (u32)(i+size)<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ + btreeHeapInsert(heap, (((u32)i)<<16)|(i+size-1)); + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-58208-19414 The first 2 bytes of a freeblock are a + ** big-endian integer which is the offset in the b-tree page of the next + ** freeblock in the chain, or zero if the freeblock is the last on the + ** chain. */ + j = get2byte(&data[i]); + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-06866-39125 Freeblocks are always connected in order of + ** increasing offset. */ + assert( j==0 || j>i+size ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ + assert( (u32)j<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ + i = j; + } + /* Analyze the min-heap looking for overlap between cells and/or + ** freeblocks, and counting the number of untracked bytes in nFrag. + ** + ** Each min-heap entry is of the form: (start_address<<16)|end_address. + ** There is an implied first entry the covers the page header, the cell + ** pointer index, and the gap between the cell pointer index and the start + ** of cell content. + ** + ** The loop below pulls entries from the min-heap in order and compares + ** the start_address against the previous end_address. If there is an + ** overlap, that means bytes are used multiple times. If there is a gap, + ** that gap is added to the fragmentation count. + */ + nFrag = 0; + prev = contentOffset - 1; /* Implied first min-heap entry */ + while( btreeHeapPull(heap,&x) ){ + if( (prev&0xffff)>=(x>>16) ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, + "Multiple uses for byte %u of page %d", x>>16, iPage); + break; + }else{ + nFrag += (x>>16) - (prev&0xffff) - 1; + prev = x; + } + } + nFrag += usableSize - (prev&0xffff) - 1; + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-43263-13491 The total number of bytes in all fragments + ** is stored in the fifth field of the b-tree page header. + ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-07161-27322 The one-byte integer at offset 7 gives the + ** number of fragmented free bytes within the cell content area. + */ + if( heap[0]==0 && nFrag!=data[hdr+7] ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, + "Fragmentation of %d bytes reported as %d on page %d", + nFrag, data[hdr+7], iPage); + } + } + +end_of_check: + if( !doCoverageCheck ) pPage->isInit = savedIsInit; + releasePage(pPage); + pCheck->zPfx = saved_zPfx; + pCheck->v1 = saved_v1; + pCheck->v2 = saved_v2; + return depth+1; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK +/* +** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file. aRoot[] is +** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of +** a table. nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot. +** +** A read-only or read-write transaction must be opened before calling +** this function. +** +** Write the number of error seen in *pnErr. Except for some memory +** allocation errors, an error message held in memory obtained from +** malloc is returned if *pnErr is non-zero. If *pnErr==0 then NULL is +** returned. If a memory allocation error occurs, NULL is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck( + Btree *p, /* The btree to be checked */ + int *aRoot, /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */ + int nRoot, /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */ + int mxErr, /* Stop reporting errors after this many */ + int *pnErr /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */ +){ + Pgno i; + IntegrityCk sCheck; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + int savedDbFlags = pBt->db->flags; + char zErr[100]; + VVA_ONLY( int nRef ); + + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE ); + VVA_ONLY( nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager) ); + assert( nRef>=0 ); + sCheck.pBt = pBt; + sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager; + sCheck.nPage = btreePagecount(sCheck.pBt); + sCheck.mxErr = mxErr; + sCheck.nErr = 0; + sCheck.mallocFailed = 0; + sCheck.zPfx = 0; + sCheck.v1 = 0; + sCheck.v2 = 0; + sCheck.aPgRef = 0; + sCheck.heap = 0; + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&sCheck.errMsg, 0, zErr, sizeof(zErr), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); + sCheck.errMsg.printfFlags = SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL; + if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){ + goto integrity_ck_cleanup; + } + + sCheck.aPgRef = sqlite3MallocZero((sCheck.nPage / 8)+ 1); + if( !sCheck.aPgRef ){ + sCheck.mallocFailed = 1; + goto integrity_ck_cleanup; + } + sCheck.heap = (u32*)sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize ); + if( sCheck.heap==0 ){ + sCheck.mallocFailed = 1; + goto integrity_ck_cleanup; + } + + i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt); + if( i<=sCheck.nPage ) setPageReferenced(&sCheck, i); + + /* Check the integrity of the freelist + */ + sCheck.zPfx = "Main freelist: "; + checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]), + get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36])); + sCheck.zPfx = 0; + + /* Check all the tables. + */ + testcase( pBt->db->flags & SQLITE_CellSizeCk ); + pBt->db->flags &= ~SQLITE_CellSizeCk; + for(i=0; (int)i<nRoot && sCheck.mxErr; i++){ + i64 notUsed; + if( aRoot[i]==0 ) continue; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pBt->autoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){ + checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0); + } +#endif + checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], ¬Used, LARGEST_INT64); + } + pBt->db->flags = savedDbFlags; + + /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced + */ + for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 ){ + checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Page %d is never used", i); + } +#else + /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain + ** references to pointer-map pages. + */ + if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 && + (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){ + checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Page %d is never used", i); + } + if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)!=0 && + (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){ + checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i); + } +#endif + } + + /* Clean up and report errors. + */ +integrity_ck_cleanup: + sqlite3PageFree(sCheck.heap); + sqlite3_free(sCheck.aPgRef); + if( sCheck.mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg); + sCheck.nErr++; + } + *pnErr = sCheck.nErr; + if( sCheck.nErr==0 ) sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg); + /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages. */ + assert( nRef==sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager) ); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&sCheck.errMsg); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ + +/* +** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file. Return +** an empty string if the database is in-memory or a TEMP database. +** +** The pager filename is invariant as long as the pager is +** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *p){ + assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); + return sqlite3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager, 1); +} + +/* +** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return +** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file +** has been created or not. +** +** The pager journal filename is invariant as long as the pager is +** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){ + assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); + return sqlite3PagerJournalname(p->pBt->pPager); +} + +/* +** Return non-zero if a transaction is active. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){ + assert( p==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE)); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +/* +** Run a checkpoint on the Btree passed as the first argument. +** +** Return SQLITE_LOCKED if this or any other connection has an open +** transaction on the shared-cache the argument Btree is connected to. +** +** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree *p, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p ){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE ){ + rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(pBt->pPager, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt); + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + } + return rc; +} +#endif + +/* +** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){ + assert( p ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + return p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree *p){ + assert( p ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + return p->nBackup!=0; +} + +/* +** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with +** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for its own +** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with +** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues. +** +** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory +** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent +** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob +** of memory returned. +** +** If the nBytes parameter is 0 and the blob of memory has not yet been +** allocated, a null pointer is returned. If the blob has already been +** allocated, it is returned as normal. +** +** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the +** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the +** blob of allocated memory. The xFree function should not call sqlite3_free() +** on the memory, the btree layer does that. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void *)){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + if( !pBt->pSchema && nBytes ){ + pBt->pSchema = sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, nBytes); + pBt->xFreeSchema = xFree; + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return pBt->pSchema; +} + +/* +** Return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared +** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the +** sqlite_master table. Otherwise SQLITE_OK. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){ + int rc; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE ); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + return rc; +} + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +/* +** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab. The +** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock +** if it is false. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ); + if( p->sharable ){ + u8 lockType = READ_LOCK + isWriteLock; + assert( READ_LOCK+1==WRITE_LOCK ); + assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 ); + + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); + rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = setSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType); + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); + } + return rc; +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB +/* +** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an +** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry. +** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry. +** +** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to +** change the length of the data stored. If this function is called with +** parameters that attempt to write past the end of the existing data, +** no modifications are made and SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *z){ + int rc; + assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCsr) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCsr->pBtree->db->mutex) ); + assert( pCsr->curFlags & BTCF_Incrblob ); + + rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCsr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + assert( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); + if( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ + return SQLITE_ABORT; + } + + /* Save the positions of all other cursors open on this table. This is + ** required in case any of them are holding references to an xFetch + ** version of the b-tree page modified by the accessPayload call below. + ** + ** Note that pCsr must be open on a INTKEY table and saveCursorPosition() + ** and hence saveAllCursors() cannot fail on a BTREE_INTKEY table, hence + ** saveAllCursors can only return SQLITE_OK. + */ + VVA_ONLY(rc =) saveAllCursors(pCsr->pBt, pCsr->pgnoRoot, pCsr); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + + /* Check some assumptions: + ** (a) the cursor is open for writing, + ** (b) there is a read/write transaction open, + ** (c) the connection holds a write-lock on the table (if required), + ** (d) there are no conflicting read-locks, and + ** (e) the cursor points at a valid row of an intKey table. + */ + if( (pCsr->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ){ + return SQLITE_READONLY; + } + assert( (pCsr->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 + && pCsr->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); + assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, 0, 2) ); + assert( !hasReadConflicts(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot) ); + assert( pCsr->apPage[pCsr->iPage]->intKey ); + + return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 1); +} + +/* +** Mark this cursor as an incremental blob cursor. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ + pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_Incrblob; + pCur->pBtree->hasIncrblobCur = 1; +} +#endif + +/* +** Set both the "read version" (single byte at byte offset 18) and +** "write version" (single byte at byte offset 19) fields in the database +** header to iVersion. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBtree, int iVersion){ + BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt; + int rc; /* Return code */ + + assert( iVersion==1 || iVersion==2 ); + + /* If setting the version fields to 1, do not automatically open the + ** WAL connection, even if the version fields are currently set to 2. + */ + pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_NO_WAL; + if( iVersion==1 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_NO_WAL; + + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u8 *aData = pBt->pPage1->aData; + if( aData[18]!=(u8)iVersion || aData[19]!=(u8)iVersion ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 2); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + aData[18] = (u8)iVersion; + aData[19] = (u8)iVersion; + } + } + } + } + + pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_NO_WAL; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return true if the cursor has a hint specified. This routine is +** only used from within assert() statements +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(BtCursor *pCsr, unsigned int mask){ + return (pCsr->hints & mask)!=0; +} + +/* +** Return true if the given Btree is read-only. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *p){ + return (p->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0; +} + +/* +** Return the size of the header added to each page by this module. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizeBtree(void){ return ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage)); } + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) +/* +** Return true if the Btree passed as the only argument is sharable. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree *p){ + return p->sharable; +} +#endif + +/************** End of btree.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file backup.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2009 January 28 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_backup_XXX() +** API functions and the related features. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* #include "btreeInt.h" */ + +/* +** Structure allocated for each backup operation. +*/ +struct sqlite3_backup { + sqlite3* pDestDb; /* Destination database handle */ + Btree *pDest; /* Destination b-tree file */ + u32 iDestSchema; /* Original schema cookie in destination */ + int bDestLocked; /* True once a write-transaction is open on pDest */ + + Pgno iNext; /* Page number of the next source page to copy */ + sqlite3* pSrcDb; /* Source database handle */ + Btree *pSrc; /* Source b-tree file */ + + int rc; /* Backup process error code */ + + /* These two variables are set by every call to backup_step(). They are + ** read by calls to backup_remaining() and backup_pagecount(). + */ + Pgno nRemaining; /* Number of pages left to copy */ + Pgno nPagecount; /* Total number of pages to copy */ + + int isAttached; /* True once backup has been registered with pager */ + sqlite3_backup *pNext; /* Next backup associated with source pager */ +}; + +/* +** THREAD SAFETY NOTES: +** +** Once it has been created using backup_init(), a single sqlite3_backup +** structure may be accessed via two groups of thread-safe entry points: +** +** * Via the sqlite3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and +** backup_finish(). Both these functions obtain the source database +** handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared +** structure, in that order. +** +** * Via the BackupUpdate() and BackupRestart() functions, which are +** invoked by the pager layer to report various state changes in +** the page cache associated with the source database. The mutex +** associated with the source database BtShared structure will always +** be held when either of these functions are invoked. +** +** The other sqlite3_backup_XXX() API functions, backup_remaining() and +** backup_pagecount() are not thread-safe functions. If they are called +** while some other thread is calling backup_step() or backup_finish(), +** the values returned may be invalid. There is no way for a call to +** BackupUpdate() or BackupRestart() to interfere with backup_remaining() +** or backup_pagecount(). +** +** Depending on the SQLite configuration, the database handles and/or +** the Btree objects may have their own mutexes that require locking. +** Non-sharable Btrees (in-memory databases for example), do not have +** associated mutexes. +*/ + +/* +** Return a pointer corresponding to database zDb (i.e. "main", "temp") +** in connection handle pDb. If such a database cannot be found, return +** a NULL pointer and write an error message to pErrorDb. +** +** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this +** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an +** error message to pErrorDb. +*/ +static Btree *findBtree(sqlite3 *pErrorDb, sqlite3 *pDb, const char *zDb){ + int i = sqlite3FindDbName(pDb, zDb); + + if( i==1 ){ + Parse *pParse; + int rc = 0; + pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(pErrorDb, sizeof(*pParse)); + if( pParse==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(pErrorDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, "out of memory"); + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + }else{ + pParse->db = pDb; + if( sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){ + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(pErrorDb, pParse->rc, "%s", pParse->zErrMsg); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + sqlite3DbFree(pErrorDb, pParse->zErrMsg); + sqlite3ParserReset(pParse); + sqlite3StackFree(pErrorDb, pParse); + } + if( rc ){ + return 0; + } + } + + if( i<0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(pErrorDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database %s", zDb); + return 0; + } + + return pDb->aDb[i].pBt; +} + +/* +** Attempt to set the page size of the destination to match the page size +** of the source. +*/ +static int setDestPgsz(sqlite3_backup *p){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(p->pDest,sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc),-1,0); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Check that there is no open read-transaction on the b-tree passed as the +** second argument. If there is not, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if there +** is an open read-transaction, return SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error +** message in database handle db. +*/ +static int checkReadTransaction(sqlite3 *db, Btree *p){ + if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(p) ){ + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "destination database is in use"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Create an sqlite3_backup process to copy the contents of zSrcDb from +** connection handle pSrcDb to zDestDb in pDestDb. If successful, return +** a pointer to the new sqlite3_backup object. +** +** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code and error message +** stored in database handle pDestDb. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_backup_init( + sqlite3* pDestDb, /* Database to write to */ + const char *zDestDb, /* Name of database within pDestDb */ + sqlite3* pSrcDb, /* Database connection to read from */ + const char *zSrcDb /* Name of database within pSrcDb */ +){ + sqlite3_backup *p; /* Value to return */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(pSrcDb)||!sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(pDestDb) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + + /* Lock the source database handle. The destination database + ** handle is not locked in this routine, but it is locked in + ** sqlite3_backup_step(). The user is required to ensure that no + ** other thread accesses the destination handle for the duration + ** of the backup operation. Any attempt to use the destination + ** database connection while a backup is in progress may cause + ** a malfunction or a deadlock. + */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDestDb->mutex); + + if( pSrcDb==pDestDb ){ + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg( + pDestDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "source and destination must be distinct" + ); + p = 0; + }else { + /* Allocate space for a new sqlite3_backup object... + ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a + ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to + ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */ + p = (sqlite3_backup *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(sqlite3_backup)); + if( !p ){ + sqlite3Error(pDestDb, SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); + } + } + + /* If the allocation succeeded, populate the new object. */ + if( p ){ + p->pSrc = findBtree(pDestDb, pSrcDb, zSrcDb); + p->pDest = findBtree(pDestDb, pDestDb, zDestDb); + p->pDestDb = pDestDb; + p->pSrcDb = pSrcDb; + p->iNext = 1; + p->isAttached = 0; + + if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest + || setDestPgsz(p)==SQLITE_NOMEM + || checkReadTransaction(pDestDb, p->pDest)!=SQLITE_OK + ){ + /* One (or both) of the named databases did not exist or an OOM + ** error was hit. Or there is a transaction open on the destination + ** database. The error has already been written into the pDestDb + ** handle. All that is left to do here is free the sqlite3_backup + ** structure. */ + sqlite3_free(p); + p = 0; + } + } + if( p ){ + p->pSrc->nBackup++; + } + + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDestDb->mutex); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pSrcDb->mutex); + return p; +} + +/* +** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is +** considered fatal if encountered during a backup operation. All errors +** are considered fatal except for SQLITE_BUSY and SQLITE_LOCKED. +*/ +static int isFatalError(int rc){ + return (rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && ALWAYS(rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED)); +} + +/* +** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for +** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the +** destination database. +*/ +static int backupOnePage( + sqlite3_backup *p, /* Backup handle */ + Pgno iSrcPg, /* Source database page to backup */ + const u8 *zSrcData, /* Source database page data */ + int bUpdate /* True for an update, false otherwise */ +){ + Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest); + const int nSrcPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc); + int nDestPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest); + const int nCopy = MIN(nSrcPgsz, nDestPgsz); + const i64 iEnd = (i64)iSrcPg*(i64)nSrcPgsz; +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + /* Use BtreeGetReserveNoMutex() for the source b-tree, as although it is + ** guaranteed that the shared-mutex is held by this thread, handle + ** p->pSrc may not actually be the owner. */ + int nSrcReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p->pSrc); + int nDestReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(p->pDest); +#endif + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + i64 iOff; + + assert( sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p->pSrc)>=0 ); + assert( p->bDestLocked ); + assert( !isFatalError(p->rc) ); + assert( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ); + assert( zSrcData ); + + /* Catch the case where the destination is an in-memory database and the + ** page sizes of the source and destination differ. + */ + if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(pDestPager) ){ + rc = SQLITE_READONLY; + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + /* Backup is not possible if the page size of the destination is changing + ** and a codec is in use. + */ + if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerGetCodec(pDestPager)!=0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_READONLY; + } + + /* Backup is not possible if the number of bytes of reserve space differ + ** between source and destination. If there is a difference, try to + ** fix the destination to agree with the source. If that is not possible, + ** then the backup cannot proceed. + */ + if( nSrcReserve!=nDestReserve ){ + u32 newPgsz = nSrcPgsz; + rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pDestPager, &newPgsz, nSrcReserve); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && newPgsz!=nSrcPgsz ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY; + } +#endif + + /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source + ** page. For each iteration, variable iOff is set to the byte offset + ** of the destination page. + */ + for(iOff=iEnd-(i64)nSrcPgsz; rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; iOff+=nDestPgsz){ + DbPage *pDestPg = 0; + Pgno iDest = (Pgno)(iOff/nDestPgsz)+1; + if( iDest==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ) continue; + if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iDest, &pDestPg, 0)) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDestPg)) + ){ + const u8 *zIn = &zSrcData[iOff%nSrcPgsz]; + u8 *zDestData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDestPg); + u8 *zOut = &zDestData[iOff%nDestPgsz]; + + /* Copy the data from the source page into the destination page. + ** Then clear the Btree layer MemPage.isInit flag. Both this module + ** and the pager code use this trick (clearing the first byte + ** of the page 'extra' space to invalidate the Btree layers + ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked + ** "MUST BE FIRST" for this purpose. + */ + memcpy(zOut, zIn, nCopy); + ((u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDestPg))[0] = 0; + if( iOff==0 && bUpdate==0 ){ + sqlite3Put4byte(&zOut[28], sqlite3BtreeLastPage(p->pSrc)); + } + } + sqlite3PagerUnref(pDestPg); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** If pFile is currently larger than iSize bytes, then truncate it to +** exactly iSize bytes. If pFile is not larger than iSize bytes, then +** this function is a no-op. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, or an SQLite error +** code if an error occurs. +*/ +static int backupTruncateFile(sqlite3_file *pFile, i64 iSize){ + i64 iCurrent; + int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pFile, &iCurrent); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent>iSize ){ + rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pFile, iSize); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Register this backup object with the associated source pager for +** callbacks when pages are changed or the cache invalidated. +*/ +static void attachBackupObject(sqlite3_backup *p){ + sqlite3_backup **pp; + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p->pSrc) ); + pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc)); + p->pNext = *pp; + *pp = p; + p->isAttached = 1; +} + +/* +** Copy nPage pages from the source b-tree to the destination. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ + int rc; + int destMode; /* Destination journal mode */ + int pgszSrc = 0; /* Source page size */ + int pgszDest = 0; /* Destination page size */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc); + if( p->pDestDb ){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex); + } + + rc = p->rc; + if( !isFatalError(rc) ){ + Pager * const pSrcPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc); /* Source pager */ + Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest); /* Dest pager */ + int ii; /* Iterator variable */ + int nSrcPage = -1; /* Size of source db in pages */ + int bCloseTrans = 0; /* True if src db requires unlocking */ + + /* If the source pager is currently in a write-transaction, return + ** SQLITE_BUSY immediately. + */ + if( p->pDestDb && p->pSrc->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Lock the destination database, if it is not locked already. */ + if( SQLITE_OK==rc && p->bDestLocked==0 + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pDest, 2)) + ){ + p->bDestLocked = 1; + sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p->pDest, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, &p->iDestSchema); + } + + /* If there is no open read-transaction on the source database, open + ** one now. If a transaction is opened here, then it will be closed + ** before this function exits. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(p->pSrc) ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pSrc, 0); + bCloseTrans = 1; + } + + /* Do not allow backup if the destination database is in WAL mode + ** and the page sizes are different between source and destination */ + pgszSrc = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc); + pgszDest = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest); + destMode = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest)); + if( SQLITE_OK==rc && destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL && pgszSrc!=pgszDest ){ + rc = SQLITE_READONLY; + } + + /* Now that there is a read-lock on the source database, query the + ** source pager for the number of pages in the database. + */ + nSrcPage = (int)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(p->pSrc); + assert( nSrcPage>=0 ); + for(ii=0; (nPage<0 || ii<nPage) && p->iNext<=(Pgno)nSrcPage && !rc; ii++){ + const Pgno iSrcPg = p->iNext; /* Source page number */ + if( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ){ + DbPage *pSrcPg; /* Source page object */ + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg,PAGER_GET_READONLY); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = backupOnePage(p, iSrcPg, sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg), 0); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg); + } + } + p->iNext++; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->nPagecount = nSrcPage; + p->nRemaining = nSrcPage+1-p->iNext; + if( p->iNext>(Pgno)nSrcPage ){ + rc = SQLITE_DONE; + }else if( !p->isAttached ){ + attachBackupObject(p); + } + } + + /* Update the schema version field in the destination database. This + ** is to make sure that the schema-version really does change in + ** the case where the source and destination databases have the + ** same schema version. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + if( nSrcPage==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeNewDb(p->pDest); + nSrcPage = 1; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p->pDest,1,p->iDestSchema+1); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( p->pDestDb ){ + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(p->pDestDb); + } + if( destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(p->pDest, 2); + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nDestTruncate; + /* Set nDestTruncate to the final number of pages in the destination + ** database. The complication here is that the destination page + ** size may be different to the source page size. + ** + ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size, + ** round up. In this case the call to sqlite3OsTruncate() below will + ** fix the size of the file. However it is important to call + ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the + ** destination file that lie beyond the nDestTruncate page mark are + ** journalled by PagerCommitPhaseOne() before they are destroyed + ** by the file truncation. + */ + assert( pgszSrc==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc) ); + assert( pgszDest==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest) ); + if( pgszSrc<pgszDest ){ + int ratio = pgszDest/pgszSrc; + nDestTruncate = (nSrcPage+ratio-1)/ratio; + if( nDestTruncate==(int)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ){ + nDestTruncate--; + } + }else{ + nDestTruncate = nSrcPage * (pgszSrc/pgszDest); + } + assert( nDestTruncate>0 ); + + if( pgszSrc<pgszDest ){ + /* If the source page-size is smaller than the destination page-size, + ** two extra things may need to happen: + ** + ** * The destination may need to be truncated, and + ** + ** * Data stored on the pages immediately following the + ** pending-byte page in the source database may need to be + ** copied into the destination database. + */ + const i64 iSize = (i64)pgszSrc * (i64)nSrcPage; + sqlite3_file * const pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pDestPager); + Pgno iPg; + int nDstPage; + i64 iOff; + i64 iEnd; + + assert( pFile ); + assert( nDestTruncate==0 + || (i64)nDestTruncate*(i64)pgszDest >= iSize || ( + nDestTruncate==(int)(PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt)-1) + && iSize>=PENDING_BYTE && iSize<=PENDING_BYTE+pgszDest + )); + + /* This block ensures that all data required to recreate the original + ** database has been stored in the journal for pDestPager and the + ** journal synced to disk. So at this point we may safely modify + ** the database file in any way, knowing that if a power failure + ** occurs, the original database will be reconstructed from the + ** journal file. */ + sqlite3PagerPagecount(pDestPager, &nDstPage); + for(iPg=nDestTruncate; rc==SQLITE_OK && iPg<=(Pgno)nDstPage; iPg++){ + if( iPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ){ + DbPage *pPg; + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iPg, &pPg, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg); + } + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 1); + } + + /* Write the extra pages and truncate the database file as required */ + iEnd = MIN(PENDING_BYTE + pgszDest, iSize); + for( + iOff=PENDING_BYTE+pgszSrc; + rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; + iOff+=pgszSrc + ){ + PgHdr *pSrcPg = 0; + const Pgno iSrcPg = (Pgno)((iOff/pgszSrc)+1); + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u8 *zData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg); + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pFile, zData, pgszSrc, iOff); + } + sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = backupTruncateFile(pFile, iSize); + } + + /* Sync the database file to disk. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pDestPager, 0); + } + }else{ + sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pDestPager, nDestTruncate); + rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 0); + } + + /* Finish committing the transaction to the destination database. */ + if( SQLITE_OK==rc + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pDest, 0)) + ){ + rc = SQLITE_DONE; + } + } + } + + /* If bCloseTrans is true, then this function opened a read transaction + ** on the source database. Close the read transaction here. There is + ** no need to check the return values of the btree methods here, as + ** "committing" a read-only transaction cannot fail. + */ + if( bCloseTrans ){ + TESTONLY( int rc2 ); + TESTONLY( rc2 = ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p->pSrc, 0); + TESTONLY( rc2 |= ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pSrc, 0); + assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + p->rc = rc; + } + if( p->pDestDb ){ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex); + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pSrcDb->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Release all resources associated with an sqlite3_backup* handle. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p){ + sqlite3_backup **pp; /* Ptr to head of pagers backup list */ + sqlite3 *pSrcDb; /* Source database connection */ + int rc; /* Value to return */ + + /* Enter the mutexes */ + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + pSrcDb = p->pSrcDb; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc); + if( p->pDestDb ){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex); + } + + /* Detach this backup from the source pager. */ + if( p->pDestDb ){ + p->pSrc->nBackup--; + } + if( p->isAttached ){ + pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc)); + while( *pp!=p ){ + pp = &(*pp)->pNext; + } + *pp = p->pNext; + } + + /* If a transaction is still open on the Btree, roll it back. */ + sqlite3BtreeRollback(p->pDest, SQLITE_OK, 0); + + /* Set the error code of the destination database handle. */ + rc = (p->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : p->rc; + if( p->pDestDb ){ + sqlite3Error(p->pDestDb, rc); + + /* Exit the mutexes and free the backup context structure. */ + sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(p->pDestDb); + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc); + if( p->pDestDb ){ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a + ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to + ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */ + sqlite3_free(p); + } + sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(pSrcDb); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the number of pages still to be backed up as of the most recent +** call to sqlite3_backup_step(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( p==0 ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + return p->nRemaining; +} + +/* +** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most +** recent call to sqlite3_backup_step(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( p==0 ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + return p->nPagecount; +} + +/* +** This function is called after the contents of page iPage of the +** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been +** copied into the destination database, then the data written to the +** destination is now invalidated. The destination copy of iPage needs +** to be updated with the new data before the backup operation is +** complete. +** +** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object +** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is +** called. +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE void backupUpdate( + sqlite3_backup *p, + Pgno iPage, + const u8 *aData +){ + assert( p!=0 ); + do{ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) ); + if( !isFatalError(p->rc) && iPage<p->iNext ){ + /* The backup process p has already copied page iPage. But now it + ** has been modified by a transaction on the source pager. Copy + ** the new data into the backup. + */ + int rc; + assert( p->pDestDb ); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex); + rc = backupOnePage(p, iPage, aData, 1); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = rc; + } + } + }while( (p = p->pNext)!=0 ); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *pBackup, Pgno iPage, const u8 *aData){ + if( pBackup ) backupUpdate(pBackup, iPage, aData); +} + +/* +** Restart the backup process. This is called when the pager layer +** detects that the database has been modified by an external database +** connection. In this case there is no way of knowing which of the +** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still +** valid and which are not, so the entire process needs to be restarted. +** +** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object +** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is +** called. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *pBackup){ + sqlite3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */ + for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) ); + p->iNext = 1; + } +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM +/* +** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo. A transaction +** must be active for both files. +** +** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything +** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the +** transaction is committed before returning. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){ + int rc; + sqlite3_file *pFd; /* File descriptor for database pTo */ + sqlite3_backup b; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pTo); + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pFrom); + + assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTo) ); + pFd = sqlite3PagerFile(sqlite3BtreePager(pTo)); + if( pFd->pMethods ){ + i64 nByte = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pFrom)*(i64)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pFrom); + rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE, &nByte); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( rc ) goto copy_finished; + } + + /* Set up an sqlite3_backup object. sqlite3_backup.pDestDb must be set + ** to 0. This is used by the implementations of sqlite3_backup_step() + ** and sqlite3_backup_finish() to detect that they are being called + ** from this function, not directly by the user. + */ + memset(&b, 0, sizeof(b)); + b.pSrcDb = pFrom->db; + b.pSrc = pFrom; + b.pDest = pTo; + b.iNext = 1; + +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(sqlite3BtreePager(pTo), sqlite3BtreePager(pFrom)); +#endif + + /* 0x7FFFFFFF is the hard limit for the number of pages in a database + ** file. By passing this as the number of pages to copy to + ** sqlite3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes + ** within a single call (unless an error occurs). The assert() statement + ** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLITE_DONE + ** or an error code. + */ + sqlite3_backup_step(&b, 0x7FFFFFFF); + assert( b.rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + rc = sqlite3_backup_finish(&b); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pTo->pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED; + }else{ + sqlite3PagerClearCache(sqlite3BtreePager(b.pDest)); + } + + assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTo)==0 ); +copy_finished: + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pFrom); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pTo); + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */ + +/************** End of backup.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file vdbemem.c *****************************************/ +/* +** 2004 May 26 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains code use to manipulate "Mem" structure. A "Mem" +** stores a single value in the VDBE. Mem is an opaque structure visible +** only within the VDBE. Interface routines refer to a Mem using the +** name sqlite_value +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Check invariants on a Mem object. +** +** This routine is intended for use inside of assert() statements, like +** this: assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pMem) ); +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(Mem *p){ + /* If MEM_Dyn is set then Mem.xDel!=0. + ** Mem.xDel is might not be initialized if MEM_Dyn is clear. + */ + assert( (p->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 || p->xDel!=0 ); + + /* MEM_Dyn may only be set if Mem.szMalloc==0. In this way we + ** ensure that if Mem.szMalloc>0 then it is safe to do + ** Mem.z = Mem.zMalloc without having to check Mem.flags&MEM_Dyn. + ** That saves a few cycles in inner loops. */ + assert( (p->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 || p->szMalloc==0 ); + + /* Cannot be both MEM_Int and MEM_Real at the same time */ + assert( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))!=(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ); + + /* The szMalloc field holds the correct memory allocation size */ + assert( p->szMalloc==0 + || p->szMalloc==sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db,p->zMalloc) ); + + /* If p holds a string or blob, the Mem.z must point to exactly + ** one of the following: + ** + ** (1) Memory in Mem.zMalloc and managed by the Mem object + ** (2) Memory to be freed using Mem.xDel + ** (3) An ephemeral string or blob + ** (4) A static string or blob + */ + if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && p->n>0 ){ + assert( + ((p->szMalloc>0 && p->z==p->zMalloc)? 1 : 0) + + ((p->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 ? 1 : 0) + + ((p->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 ? 1 : 0) + + ((p->flags&MEM_Static)!=0 ? 1 : 0) == 1 + ); + } + return 1; +} +#endif + + +/* +** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine +** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is +** 'desiredEnc', one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE. +** +** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string +** representation is already stored using the requested encoding, then this +** routine is a no-op. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the conversion is successful (or not required). +** SQLITE_NOMEM may be returned if a malloc() fails during conversion +** between formats. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *pMem, int desiredEnc){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + int rc; +#endif + assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE + || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + if( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) || pMem->enc==desiredEnc ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + return SQLITE_ERROR; +#else + + /* MemTranslate() may return SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_NOMEM. If NOMEM is returned, + ** then the encoding of the value may not have changed. + */ + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(pMem, (u8)desiredEnc); + assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM); + assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || pMem->enc!=desiredEnc); + assert(rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || pMem->enc==desiredEnc); + return rc; +#endif +} + +/* +** Make sure pMem->z points to a writable allocation of at least +** min(n,32) bytes. +** +** If the bPreserve argument is true, then copy of the content of +** pMem->z into the new allocation. pMem must be either a string or +** blob if bPreserve is true. If bPreserve is false, any prior content +** in pMem->z is discarded. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int bPreserve){ + assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pMem) ); + assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + testcase( pMem->db==0 ); + + /* If the bPreserve flag is set to true, then the memory cell must already + ** contain a valid string or blob value. */ + assert( bPreserve==0 || pMem->flags&(MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ); + testcase( bPreserve && pMem->z==0 ); + + assert( pMem->szMalloc==0 + || pMem->szMalloc==sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc) ); + if( pMem->szMalloc<n ){ + if( n<32 ) n = 32; + if( bPreserve && pMem->szMalloc>0 && pMem->z==pMem->zMalloc ){ + pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pMem->db, pMem->z, n); + bPreserve = 0; + }else{ + if( pMem->szMalloc>0 ) sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc); + pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, n); + } + if( pMem->zMalloc==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem); + pMem->z = 0; + pMem->szMalloc = 0; + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + }else{ + pMem->szMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc); + } + } + + if( bPreserve && pMem->z && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){ + memcpy(pMem->zMalloc, pMem->z, pMem->n); + } + if( (pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 ){ + assert( pMem->xDel!=0 && pMem->xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC ); + pMem->xDel((void *)(pMem->z)); + } + + pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc; + pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Change the pMem->zMalloc allocation to be at least szNew bytes. +** If pMem->zMalloc already meets or exceeds the requested size, this +** routine is a no-op. +** +** Any prior string or blob content in the pMem object may be discarded. +** The pMem->xDel destructor is called, if it exists. Though MEM_Str +** and MEM_Blob values may be discarded, MEM_Int, MEM_Real, and MEM_Null +** values are preserved. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code (probably SQLITE_NOMEM) +** if unable to complete the resizing. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(Mem *pMem, int szNew){ + assert( szNew>0 ); + assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 || pMem->szMalloc==0 ); + if( pMem->szMalloc<szNew ){ + return sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, szNew, 0); + } + assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 ); + pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc; + pMem->flags &= (MEM_Null|MEM_Int|MEM_Real); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Change pMem so that its MEM_Str or MEM_Blob value is stored in +** MEM.zMalloc, where it can be safely written. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){ + int f; + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + ExpandBlob(pMem); + f = pMem->flags; + if( (f&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && (pMem->szMalloc==0 || pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc) ){ + if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n + 2, 1) ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0; + pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0; + pMem->flags |= MEM_Term; + } + pMem->flags &= ~MEM_Ephem; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + pMem->pScopyFrom = 0; +#endif + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** If the given Mem* has a zero-filled tail, turn it into an ordinary +** blob stored in dynamically allocated space. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *pMem){ + if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){ + int nByte; + assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Blob ); + assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + + /* Set nByte to the number of bytes required to store the expanded blob. */ + nByte = pMem->n + pMem->u.nZero; + if( nByte<=0 ){ + nByte = 1; + } + if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 1) ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + + memset(&pMem->z[pMem->n], 0, pMem->u.nZero); + pMem->n += pMem->u.nZero; + pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Zero|MEM_Term); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif + +/* +** It is already known that pMem contains an unterminated string. +** Add the zero terminator. +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE int vdbeMemAddTerminator(Mem *pMem){ + if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n+2, 1) ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0; + pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0; + pMem->flags |= MEM_Term; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem *pMem){ + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + testcase( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Term|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Term|MEM_Str) ); + testcase( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Term|MEM_Str))==0 ); + if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Term|MEM_Str))!=MEM_Str ){ + return SQLITE_OK; /* Nothing to do */ + }else{ + return vdbeMemAddTerminator(pMem); + } +} + +/* +** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem. Numbers +** are converted using sqlite3_snprintf(). Converting a BLOB to a string +** is a no-op. +** +** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are invalidated if +** bForce is true but are retained if bForce is false. +** +** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is +** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via +** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree +** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the +** user and the latter is an internal programming error. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, u8 enc, u8 bForce){ + int fg = pMem->flags; + const int nByte = 32; + + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) ); + assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) ); + assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ); + assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); + + + if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, nByte) ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + + /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_snprintf() to produce the UTF-8 + ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding + ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation. + ** + ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16. + */ + if( fg & MEM_Int ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%lld", pMem->u.i); + }else{ + assert( fg & MEM_Real ); + sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%!.15g", pMem->u.r); + } + pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z); + pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + pMem->flags |= MEM_Str|MEM_Term; + if( bForce ) pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real); + sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Memory cell pMem contains the context of an aggregate function. +** This routine calls the finalize method for that function. The +** result of the aggregate is stored back into pMem. +** +** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the finalizer reports an error. SQLITE_OK +** otherwise. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem *pMem, FuncDef *pFunc){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( ALWAYS(pFunc && pFunc->xFinalize) ){ + sqlite3_context ctx; + Mem t; + assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 || pFunc==pMem->u.pDef ); + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx)); + memset(&t, 0, sizeof(t)); + t.flags = MEM_Null; + t.db = pMem->db; + ctx.pOut = &t; + ctx.pMem = pMem; + ctx.pFunc = pFunc; + pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */ + assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 ); + if( pMem->szMalloc>0 ) sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc); + memcpy(pMem, &t, sizeof(t)); + rc = ctx.isError; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** If the memory cell contains a value that must be freed by +** invoking the external callback in Mem.xDel, then this routine +** will free that value. It also sets Mem.flags to MEM_Null. +** +** This is a helper routine for sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull() and +** for sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(). Use those other routines as the +** entry point for releasing Mem resources. +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(Mem *p){ + assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); + assert( VdbeMemDynamic(p) ); + if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef); + assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ); + testcase( p->flags & MEM_Dyn ); + } + if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn ){ + assert( (p->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + assert( p->xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC && p->xDel!=0 ); + p->xDel((void *)p->z); + }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){ + sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet); + }else if( p->flags&MEM_Frame ){ + VdbeFrame *pFrame = p->u.pFrame; + pFrame->pParent = pFrame->v->pDelFrame; + pFrame->v->pDelFrame = pFrame; + } + p->flags = MEM_Null; +} + +/* +** Release memory held by the Mem p, both external memory cleared +** by p->xDel and memory in p->zMalloc. +** +** This is a helper routine invoked by sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() in +** the unusual case where there really is memory in p that needs +** to be freed. +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeMemClear(Mem *p){ + if( VdbeMemDynamic(p) ){ + vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(p); + } + if( p->szMalloc ){ + sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zMalloc); + p->szMalloc = 0; + } + p->z = 0; +} + +/* +** Release any memory resources held by the Mem. Both the memory that is +** free by Mem.xDel and the Mem.zMalloc allocation are freed. +** +** Use this routine prior to clean up prior to abandoning a Mem, or to +** reset a Mem back to its minimum memory utilization. +** +** Use sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull() to release just the Mem.xDel space +** prior to inserting new content into the Mem. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){ + assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p) ); + if( VdbeMemDynamic(p) || p->szMalloc ){ + vdbeMemClear(p); + } +} + +/* +** Convert a 64-bit IEEE double into a 64-bit signed integer. +** If the double is out of range of a 64-bit signed integer then +** return the closest available 64-bit signed integer. +*/ +static i64 doubleToInt64(double r){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + /* When floating-point is omitted, double and int64 are the same thing */ + return r; +#else + /* + ** Many compilers we encounter do not define constants for the + ** minimum and maximum 64-bit integers, or they define them + ** inconsistently. And many do not understand the "LL" notation. + ** So we define our own static constants here using nothing + ** larger than a 32-bit integer constant. + */ + static const i64 maxInt = LARGEST_INT64; + static const i64 minInt = SMALLEST_INT64; + + if( r<=(double)minInt ){ + return minInt; + }else if( r>=(double)maxInt ){ + return maxInt; + }else{ + return (i64)r; + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Return some kind of integer value which is the best we can do +** at representing the value that *pMem describes as an integer. +** If pMem is an integer, then the value is exact. If pMem is +** a floating-point then the value returned is the integer part. +** If pMem is a string or blob, then we make an attempt to convert +** it into an integer and return that. If pMem represents an +** an SQL-NULL value, return 0. +** +** If pMem represents a string value, its encoding might be changed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){ + int flags; + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); + flags = pMem->flags; + if( flags & MEM_Int ){ + return pMem->u.i; + }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){ + return doubleToInt64(pMem->u.r); + }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ + i64 value = 0; + assert( pMem->z || pMem->n==0 ); + sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &value, pMem->n, pMem->enc); + return value; + }else{ + return 0; + } +} + +/* +** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a +** double. If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its +** value. If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double. +** If it is a NULL, return 0.0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){ + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); + if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){ + return pMem->u.r; + }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){ + return (double)pMem->u.i; + }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ + /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ + double val = (double)0; + sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &val, pMem->n, pMem->enc); + return val; + }else{ + /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ + return (double)0; + } +} + +/* +** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real. Try to also make it a +** MEM_Int if we can. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){ + i64 ix; + assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ); + assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); + + ix = doubleToInt64(pMem->u.r); + + /* Only mark the value as an integer if + ** + ** (1) the round-trip conversion real->int->real is a no-op, and + ** (2) The integer is neither the largest nor the smallest + ** possible integer (ticket #3922) + ** + ** The second and third terms in the following conditional enforces + ** the second condition under the assumption that addition overflow causes + ** values to wrap around. + */ + if( pMem->u.r==ix && ix>SMALLEST_INT64 && ix<LARGEST_INT64 ){ + pMem->u.i = ix; + MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int); + } +} + +/* +** Convert pMem to type integer. Invalidate any prior representations. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){ + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); + + pMem->u.i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pMem); + MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real. +** Invalidate any prior representations. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){ + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); + + pMem->u.r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem); + MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Convert pMem so that it has types MEM_Real or MEM_Int or both. +** Invalidate any prior representations. +** +** Every effort is made to force the conversion, even if the input +** is a string that does not look completely like a number. Convert +** as much of the string as we can and ignore the rest. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem *pMem){ + if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))==0 ){ + assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))!=0 ); + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc) ){ + MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int); + }else{ + pMem->u.r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem); + MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real); + sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pMem); + } + } + assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))!=0 ); + pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Cast the datatype of the value in pMem according to the affinity +** "aff". Casting is different from applying affinity in that a cast +** is forced. In other words, the value is converted into the desired +** affinity even if that results in loss of data. This routine is +** used (for example) to implement the SQL "cast()" operator. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemCast(Mem *pMem, u8 aff, u8 encoding){ + if( pMem->flags & MEM_Null ) return; + switch( aff ){ + case SQLITE_AFF_BLOB: { /* Really a cast to BLOB */ + if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){ + sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pMem, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding); + assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Str || pMem->db->mallocFailed ); + MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Blob); + }else{ + pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_TypeMask&~MEM_Blob); + } + break; + } + case SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC: { + sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pMem); + break; + } + case SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER: { + sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem); + break; + } + case SQLITE_AFF_REAL: { + sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pMem); + break; + } + default: { + assert( aff==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); + assert( MEM_Str==(MEM_Blob>>3) ); + pMem->flags |= (pMem->flags&MEM_Blob)>>3; + sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pMem, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding); + assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Str || pMem->db->mallocFailed ); + pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero); + break; + } + } +} + +/* +** Initialize bulk memory to be a consistent Mem object. +** +** The minimum amount of initialization feasible is performed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemInit(Mem *pMem, sqlite3 *db, u16 flags){ + assert( (flags & ~MEM_TypeMask)==0 ); + pMem->flags = flags; + pMem->db = db; + pMem->szMalloc = 0; +} + + +/* +** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL. +** +** This routine calls the Mem.xDel destructor to dispose of values that +** require the destructor. But it preserves the Mem.zMalloc memory allocation. +** To free all resources, use sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(), which both calls this +** routine to invoke the destructor and deallocates Mem.zMalloc. +** +** Use this routine to reset the Mem prior to insert a new value. +** +** Use sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() to complete erase the Mem prior to abandoning it. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){ + if( VdbeMemDynamic(pMem) ){ + vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(pMem); + }else{ + pMem->flags = MEM_Null; + } +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value *p){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull((Mem*)p); +} + +/* +** Delete any previous value and set the value to be a BLOB of length +** n containing all zeros. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem *pMem, int n){ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); + pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero; + pMem->n = 0; + if( n<0 ) n = 0; + pMem->u.nZero = n; + pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + pMem->z = 0; +} + +/* +** The pMem is known to contain content that needs to be destroyed prior +** to a value change. So invoke the destructor, then set the value to +** a 64-bit integer. +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeReleaseAndSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem); + pMem->u.i = val; + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; +} + +/* +** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val, +** manifest type INTEGER. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){ + if( VdbeMemDynamic(pMem) ){ + vdbeReleaseAndSetInt64(pMem, val); + }else{ + pMem->u.i = val; + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + } +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +/* +** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val, +** manifest type REAL. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem *pMem, double val){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem); + if( !sqlite3IsNaN(val) ){ + pMem->u.r = val; + pMem->flags = MEM_Real; + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Delete any previous value and set the value of pMem to be an +** empty boolean index. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem *pMem){ + sqlite3 *db = pMem->db; + assert( db!=0 ); + assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); + pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, 64); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + pMem->flags = MEM_Null; + pMem->szMalloc = 0; + }else{ + assert( pMem->zMalloc ); + pMem->szMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pMem->zMalloc); + pMem->u.pRowSet = sqlite3RowSetInit(db, pMem->zMalloc, pMem->szMalloc); + assert( pMem->u.pRowSet!=0 ); + pMem->flags = MEM_RowSet; + } +} + +/* +** Return true if the Mem object contains a TEXT or BLOB that is +** too large - whose size exceeds SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem *p){ + assert( p->db!=0 ); + if( p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ + int n = p->n; + if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){ + n += p->u.nZero; + } + return n>p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; + } + return 0; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** This routine prepares a memory cell for modification by breaking +** its link to a shallow copy and by marking any current shallow +** copies of this cell as invalid. +** +** This is used for testing and debugging only - to make sure shallow +** copies are not misused. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe *pVdbe, Mem *pMem){ + int i; + Mem *pX; + for(i=0, pX=pVdbe->aMem; i<pVdbe->nMem; i++, pX++){ + if( pX->pScopyFrom==pMem ){ + pX->flags |= MEM_Undefined; + pX->pScopyFrom = 0; + } + } + pMem->pScopyFrom = 0; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + + +/* +** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo. Prior contents of +** pTo are freed. The pFrom->z field is not duplicated. If +** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z +** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static). +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeClrCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int eType){ + vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(pTo); + assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pTo) ); + sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTo, pFrom, eType); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){ + assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + assert( pTo->db==pFrom->db ); + if( VdbeMemDynamic(pTo) ){ vdbeClrCopy(pTo,pFrom,srcType); return; } + memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE); + if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Static)==0 ){ + pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem); + assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static ); + pTo->flags |= srcType; + } +} + +/* +** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo. Prior contents of pTo are +** freed before the copy is made. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + if( VdbeMemDynamic(pTo) ) vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(pTo); + memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE); + pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn; + if( pTo->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ + if( 0==(pFrom->flags&MEM_Static) ){ + pTo->flags |= MEM_Ephem; + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo); + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Transfer the contents of pFrom to pTo. Any existing value in pTo is +** freed. If pFrom contains ephemeral data, a copy is made. +** +** pFrom contains an SQL NULL when this routine returns. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem *pTo, Mem *pFrom){ + assert( pFrom->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pFrom->db->mutex) ); + assert( pTo->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pTo->db->mutex) ); + assert( pFrom->db==0 || pTo->db==0 || pFrom->db==pTo->db ); + + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo); + memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(Mem)); + pFrom->flags = MEM_Null; + pFrom->szMalloc = 0; +} + +/* +** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB. +** +** The memory management strategy depends on the value of the xDel +** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the +** string is copied into a (possibly existing) buffer managed by the +** Mem structure. Otherwise, any existing buffer is freed and the +** pointer copied. +** +** If the string is too large (if it exceeds the SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH +** size limit) then no memory allocation occurs. If the string can be +** stored without allocating memory, then it is. If a memory allocation +** is required to store the string, then value of pMem is unchanged. In +** either case, SQLITE_TOOBIG is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr( + Mem *pMem, /* Memory cell to set to string value */ + const char *z, /* String pointer */ + int n, /* Bytes in string, or negative */ + u8 enc, /* Encoding of z. 0 for BLOBs */ + void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */ +){ + int nByte = n; /* New value for pMem->n */ + int iLimit; /* Maximum allowed string or blob size */ + u16 flags = 0; /* New value for pMem->flags */ + + assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); + assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + + /* If z is a NULL pointer, set pMem to contain an SQL NULL. */ + if( !z ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + if( pMem->db ){ + iLimit = pMem->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; + }else{ + iLimit = SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH; + } + flags = (enc==0?MEM_Blob:MEM_Str); + if( nByte<0 ){ + assert( enc!=0 ); + if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ + nByte = sqlite3Strlen30(z); + if( nByte>iLimit ) nByte = iLimit+1; + }else{ + for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && (z[nByte] | z[nByte+1]); nByte+=2){} + } + flags |= MEM_Term; + } + + /* The following block sets the new values of Mem.z and Mem.xDel. It + ** also sets a flag in local variable "flags" to indicate the memory + ** management (one of MEM_Dyn or MEM_Static). + */ + if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){ + int nAlloc = nByte; + if( flags&MEM_Term ){ + nAlloc += (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2); + } + if( nByte>iLimit ){ + return SQLITE_TOOBIG; + } + testcase( nAlloc==0 ); + testcase( nAlloc==31 ); + testcase( nAlloc==32 ); + if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, MAX(nAlloc,32)) ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + memcpy(pMem->z, z, nAlloc); + }else if( xDel==SQLITE_DYNAMIC ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); + pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z = (char *)z; + pMem->szMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); + pMem->z = (char *)z; + pMem->xDel = xDel; + flags |= ((xDel==SQLITE_STATIC)?MEM_Static:MEM_Dyn); + } + + pMem->n = nByte; + pMem->flags = flags; + pMem->enc = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_UTF8 : enc); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(pMem) ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } +#endif + + if( nByte>iLimit ){ + return SQLITE_TOOBIG; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Move data out of a btree key or data field and into a Mem structure. +** The data or key is taken from the entry that pCur is currently pointing +** to. offset and amt determine what portion of the data or key to retrieve. +** key is true to get the key or false to get data. The result is written +** into the pMem element. +** +** The pMem object must have been initialized. This routine will use +** pMem->zMalloc to hold the content from the btree, if possible. New +** pMem->zMalloc space will be allocated if necessary. The calling routine +** is responsible for making sure that the pMem object is eventually +** destroyed. +** +** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable +** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state. +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE int vdbeMemFromBtreeResize( + BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */ + u32 offset, /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */ + u32 amt, /* Number of bytes to return. */ + int key, /* If true, retrieve from the btree key, not data. */ + Mem *pMem /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */ +){ + int rc; + pMem->flags = MEM_Null; + if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, amt+2)) ){ + if( key ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pMem->z[amt] = 0; + pMem->z[amt+1] = 0; + pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Term; + pMem->n = (int)amt; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); + } + } + return rc; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree( + BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */ + u32 offset, /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */ + u32 amt, /* Number of bytes to return. */ + int key, /* If true, retrieve from the btree key, not data. */ + Mem *pMem /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */ +){ + char *zData; /* Data from the btree layer */ + u32 available = 0; /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + + assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); + assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pMem) ); + + /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert() + ** that both the BtShared and database handle mutexes are held. */ + assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + if( key ){ + zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCur, &available); + }else{ + zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCur, &available); + } + assert( zData!=0 ); + + if( offset+amt<=available ){ + pMem->z = &zData[offset]; + pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem; + pMem->n = (int)amt; + }else{ + rc = vdbeMemFromBtreeResize(pCur, offset, amt, key, pMem); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** The pVal argument is known to be a value other than NULL. +** Convert it into a string with encoding enc and return a pointer +** to a zero-terminated version of that string. +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE const void *valueToText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){ + assert( pVal!=0 ); + assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) ); + assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ); + assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Null))==0 ); + if( pVal->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){ + pVal->flags |= MEM_Str; + if( pVal->flags & MEM_Zero ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pVal); + } + if( pVal->enc != (enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED); + } + if( (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)!=0 && 1==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ){ + assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))!=0 ); + if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pVal)!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return 0; + } + } + sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal); /* IMP: R-31275-44060 */ + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc, 0); + assert( 0==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ); + } + assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->db==0 + || pVal->db->mallocFailed ); + if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){ + return pVal->z; + }else{ + return 0; + } +} + +/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the +** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlite3_value_text(), +** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second +** parameter, which must be one of SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE or +** SQLITE_UTF8. +** +** (2006-02-16:) The enc value can be or-ed with SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED. +** If that is the case, then the result must be aligned on an even byte +** boundary. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){ + if( !pVal ) return 0; + assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) ); + assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ); + assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + if( (pVal->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Term))==(MEM_Str|MEM_Term) && pVal->enc==enc ){ + return pVal->z; + } + if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){ + return 0; + } + return valueToText(pVal, enc); +} + +/* +** Create a new sqlite3_value object. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *db){ + Mem *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*p)); + if( p ){ + p->flags = MEM_Null; + p->db = db; + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Context object passed by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() through to +** valueNew(). See comments above valueNew() for details. +*/ +struct ValueNewStat4Ctx { + Parse *pParse; + Index *pIdx; + UnpackedRecord **ppRec; + int iVal; +}; + +/* +** Allocate and return a pointer to a new sqlite3_value object. If +** the second argument to this function is NULL, the object is allocated +** by calling sqlite3ValueNew(). +** +** Otherwise, if the second argument is non-zero, then this function is +** being called indirectly by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(). If it has not +** already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord structure that +** that function will return to its caller here. Then return a pointer to +** an sqlite3_value within the UnpackedRecord.a[] array. +*/ +static sqlite3_value *valueNew(sqlite3 *db, struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *p){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + if( p ){ + UnpackedRecord *pRec = p->ppRec[0]; + + if( pRec==0 ){ + Index *pIdx = p->pIdx; /* Index being probed */ + int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ + int i; /* Counter variable */ + int nCol = pIdx->nColumn; /* Number of index columns including rowid */ + + nByte = sizeof(Mem) * nCol + ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)); + pRec = (UnpackedRecord*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); + if( pRec ){ + pRec->pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(p->pParse, pIdx); + if( pRec->pKeyInfo ){ + assert( pRec->pKeyInfo->nField+pRec->pKeyInfo->nXField==nCol ); + assert( pRec->pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) ); + pRec->aMem = (Mem *)((u8*)pRec + ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord))); + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ + pRec->aMem[i].flags = MEM_Null; + pRec->aMem[i].db = db; + } + }else{ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pRec); + pRec = 0; + } + } + if( pRec==0 ) return 0; + p->ppRec[0] = pRec; + } + + pRec->nField = p->iVal+1; + return &pRec->aMem[p->iVal]; + } +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4) */ + return sqlite3ValueNew(db); +} + +/* +** The expression object indicated by the second argument is guaranteed +** to be a scalar SQL function. If +** +** * all function arguments are SQL literals, +** * one of the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT or _SLOCHNG function flags is set, and +** * the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL function flag is not set, +** +** then this routine attempts to invoke the SQL function. Assuming no +** error occurs, output parameter (*ppVal) is set to point to a value +** object containing the result before returning SQLITE_OK. +** +** Affinity aff is applied to the result of the function before returning. +** If the result is a text value, the sqlite3_value object uses encoding +** enc. +** +** If the conditions above are not met, this function returns SQLITE_OK +** and sets (*ppVal) to NULL. Or, if an error occurs, (*ppVal) is set to +** NULL and an SQLite error code returned. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +static int valueFromFunction( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ + Expr *p, /* The expression to evaluate */ + u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */ + u8 aff, /* Affinity to use */ + sqlite3_value **ppVal, /* Write the new value here */ + struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *pCtx /* Second argument for valueNew() */ +){ + sqlite3_context ctx; /* Context object for function invocation */ + sqlite3_value **apVal = 0; /* Function arguments */ + int nVal = 0; /* Size of apVal[] array */ + FuncDef *pFunc = 0; /* Function definition */ + sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; /* New value */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + ExprList *pList = 0; /* Function arguments */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + + assert( pCtx!=0 ); + assert( (p->flags & EP_TokenOnly)==0 ); + pList = p->x.pList; + if( pList ) nVal = pList->nExpr; + pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(db, p->u.zToken, nVal, enc, 0); + assert( pFunc ); + if( (pFunc->funcFlags & (SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG))==0 + || (pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL) + ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + if( pList ){ + apVal = (sqlite3_value**)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(apVal[0]) * nVal); + if( apVal==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + goto value_from_function_out; + } + for(i=0; i<nVal; i++){ + rc = sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, enc, aff, &apVal[i]); + if( apVal[i]==0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto value_from_function_out; + } + } + + pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx); + if( pVal==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + goto value_from_function_out; + } + + assert( pCtx->pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx)); + ctx.pOut = pVal; + ctx.pFunc = pFunc; + pFunc->xSFunc(&ctx, nVal, apVal); + if( ctx.isError ){ + rc = ctx.isError; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pCtx->pParse, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pVal)); + }else{ + sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, aff, SQLITE_UTF8); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pVal) ){ + rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; + pCtx->pParse->nErr++; + } + } + pCtx->pParse->rc = rc; + + value_from_function_out: + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + pVal = 0; + } + if( apVal ){ + for(i=0; i<nVal; i++){ + sqlite3ValueFree(apVal[i]); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, apVal); + } + + *ppVal = pVal; + return rc; +} +#else +# define valueFromFunction(a,b,c,d,e,f) SQLITE_OK +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4) */ + +/* +** Extract a value from the supplied expression in the manner described +** above sqlite3ValueFromExpr(). Allocate the sqlite3_value object +** using valueNew(). +** +** If pCtx is NULL and an error occurs after the sqlite3_value object +** has been allocated, it is freed before returning. Or, if pCtx is not +** NULL, it is assumed that the caller will free any allocated object +** in all cases. +*/ +static int valueFromExpr( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to evaluate */ + u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */ + u8 affinity, /* Affinity to use */ + sqlite3_value **ppVal, /* Write the new value here */ + struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *pCtx /* Second argument for valueNew() */ +){ + int op; + char *zVal = 0; + sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; + int negInt = 1; + const char *zNeg = ""; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( !pExpr ){ + *ppVal = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + while( (op = pExpr->op)==TK_UPLUS || op==TK_SPAN ) pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; + if( NEVER(op==TK_REGISTER) ) op = pExpr->op2; + + /* Compressed expressions only appear when parsing the DEFAULT clause + ** on a table column definition, and hence only when pCtx==0. This + ** check ensures that an EP_TokenOnly expression is never passed down + ** into valueFromFunction(). */ + assert( (pExpr->flags & EP_TokenOnly)==0 || pCtx==0 ); + + if( op==TK_CAST ){ + u8 aff = sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken,0); + rc = valueFromExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, enc, aff, ppVal, pCtx); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + if( *ppVal ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemCast(*ppVal, aff, SQLITE_UTF8); + sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(*ppVal, affinity, SQLITE_UTF8); + } + return rc; + } + + /* Handle negative integers in a single step. This is needed in the + ** case when the value is -9223372036854775808. + */ + if( op==TK_UMINUS + && (pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER || pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT) ){ + pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; + op = pExpr->op; + negInt = -1; + zNeg = "-"; + } + + if( op==TK_STRING || op==TK_FLOAT || op==TK_INTEGER ){ + pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx); + if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem; + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pVal, (i64)pExpr->u.iValue*negInt); + }else{ + zVal = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", zNeg, pExpr->u.zToken); + if( zVal==0 ) goto no_mem; + sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zVal, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + } + if( (op==TK_INTEGER || op==TK_FLOAT ) && affinity==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ){ + sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, SQLITE_UTF8); + }else{ + sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, SQLITE_UTF8); + } + if( pVal->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ) pVal->flags &= ~MEM_Str; + if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc); + } + }else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) { + /* This branch happens for multiple negative signs. Ex: -(-5) */ + if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal) + && pVal!=0 + ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pVal); + if( pVal->flags & MEM_Real ){ + pVal->u.r = -pVal->u.r; + }else if( pVal->u.i==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ + pVal->u.r = -(double)SMALLEST_INT64; + MemSetTypeFlag(pVal, MEM_Real); + }else{ + pVal->u.i = -pVal->u.i; + } + sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, enc); + } + }else if( op==TK_NULL ){ + pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx); + if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL + else if( op==TK_BLOB ){ + int nVal; + assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' ); + assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' ); + pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx); + if( !pVal ) goto no_mem; + zVal = &pExpr->u.zToken[2]; + nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal)-1; + assert( zVal[nVal]=='\'' ); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVal, sqlite3HexToBlob(db, zVal, nVal), nVal/2, + 0, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + else if( op==TK_FUNCTION && pCtx!=0 ){ + rc = valueFromFunction(db, pExpr, enc, affinity, &pVal, pCtx); + } +#endif + + *ppVal = pVal; + return rc; + +no_mem: + sqlite3OomFault(db); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zVal); + assert( *ppVal==0 ); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + if( pCtx==0 ) sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); +#else + assert( pCtx==0 ); sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); +#endif + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; +} + +/* +** Create a new sqlite3_value object, containing the value of pExpr. +** +** This only works for very simple expressions that consist of one constant +** token (i.e. "5", "5.1", "'a string'"). If the expression can +** be converted directly into a value, then the value is allocated and +** a pointer written to *ppVal. The caller is responsible for deallocating +** the value by passing it to sqlite3ValueFree() later on. If the expression +** cannot be converted to a value, then *ppVal is set to NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to evaluate */ + u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */ + u8 affinity, /* Affinity to use */ + sqlite3_value **ppVal /* Write the new value here */ +){ + return valueFromExpr(db, pExpr, enc, affinity, ppVal, 0); +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +/* +** The implementation of the sqlite_record() function. This function accepts +** a single argument of any type. The return value is a formatted database +** record (a blob) containing the argument value. +** +** This is used to convert the value stored in the 'sample' column of the +** sqlite_stat3 table to the record format SQLite uses internally. +*/ +static void recordFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const int file_format = 1; + u32 iSerial; /* Serial type */ + int nSerial; /* Bytes of space for iSerial as varint */ + u32 nVal; /* Bytes of space required for argv[0] */ + int nRet; + sqlite3 *db; + u8 *aRet; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc ); + iSerial = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(argv[0], file_format, &nVal); + nSerial = sqlite3VarintLen(iSerial); + db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + + nRet = 1 + nSerial + nVal; + aRet = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, nRet); + if( aRet==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + }else{ + aRet[0] = nSerial+1; + putVarint32(&aRet[1], iSerial); + sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&aRet[1+nSerial], argv[0], iSerial); + sqlite3_result_blob(context, aRet, nRet, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3DbFree(db, aRet); + } +} + +/* +** Register built-in functions used to help read ANALYZE data. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AnalyzeFunctions(void){ + static FuncDef aAnalyzeTableFuncs[] = { + FUNCTION(sqlite_record, 1, 0, 0, recordFunc), + }; + sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs(aAnalyzeTableFuncs, ArraySize(aAnalyzeTableFuncs)); +} + +/* +** Attempt to extract a value from pExpr and use it to construct *ppVal. +** +** If pAlloc is not NULL, then an UnpackedRecord object is created for +** pAlloc if one does not exist and the new value is added to the +** UnpackedRecord object. +** +** A value is extracted in the following cases: +** +** * (pExpr==0). In this case the value is assumed to be an SQL NULL, +** +** * The expression is a bound variable, and this is a reprepare, or +** +** * The expression is a literal value. +** +** On success, *ppVal is made to point to the extracted value. The caller +** is responsible for ensuring that the value is eventually freed. +*/ +static int stat4ValueFromExpr( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to extract a value from */ + u8 affinity, /* Affinity to use */ + struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *pAlloc,/* How to allocate space. Or NULL */ + sqlite3_value **ppVal /* OUT: New value object (or NULL) */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + /* Skip over any TK_COLLATE nodes */ + pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr); + + if( !pExpr ){ + pVal = valueNew(db, pAlloc); + if( pVal ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull((Mem*)pVal); + } + }else if( pExpr->op==TK_VARIABLE + || NEVER(pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->op2==TK_VARIABLE) + ){ + Vdbe *v; + int iBindVar = pExpr->iColumn; + sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iBindVar); + if( (v = pParse->pReprepare)!=0 ){ + pVal = valueNew(db, pAlloc); + if( pVal ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemCopy((Mem*)pVal, &v->aVar[iBindVar-1]); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, ENC(db)); + } + pVal->db = pParse->db; + } + } + }else{ + rc = valueFromExpr(db, pExpr, ENC(db), affinity, &pVal, pAlloc); + } + + assert( pVal==0 || pVal->db==db ); + *ppVal = pVal; + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is used to allocate and populate UnpackedRecord +** structures intended to be compared against sample index keys stored +** in the sqlite_stat4 table. +** +** A single call to this function attempts to populates field iVal (leftmost +** is 0 etc.) of the unpacked record with a value extracted from expression +** pExpr. Extraction of values is possible if: +** +** * (pExpr==0). In this case the value is assumed to be an SQL NULL, +** +** * The expression is a bound variable, and this is a reprepare, or +** +** * The sqlite3ValueFromExpr() function is able to extract a value +** from the expression (i.e. the expression is a literal value). +** +** If a value can be extracted, the affinity passed as the 5th argument +** is applied to it before it is copied into the UnpackedRecord. Output +** parameter *pbOk is set to true if a value is extracted, or false +** otherwise. +** +** When this function is called, *ppRec must either point to an object +** allocated by an earlier call to this function, or must be NULL. If it +** is NULL and a value can be successfully extracted, a new UnpackedRecord +** is allocated (and *ppRec set to point to it) before returning. +** +** Unless an error is encountered, SQLITE_OK is returned. It is not an +** error if a value cannot be extracted from pExpr. If an error does +** occur, an SQLite error code is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Index *pIdx, /* Index being probed */ + UnpackedRecord **ppRec, /* IN/OUT: Probe record */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to extract a value from */ + u8 affinity, /* Affinity to use */ + int iVal, /* Array element to populate */ + int *pbOk /* OUT: True if value was extracted */ +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; + struct ValueNewStat4Ctx alloc; + + alloc.pParse = pParse; + alloc.pIdx = pIdx; + alloc.ppRec = ppRec; + alloc.iVal = iVal; + + rc = stat4ValueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, affinity, &alloc, &pVal); + assert( pVal==0 || pVal->db==pParse->db ); + *pbOk = (pVal!=0); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Attempt to extract a value from expression pExpr using the methods +** as described for sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() above. +** +** If successful, set *ppVal to point to a new value object and return +** SQLITE_OK. If no value can be extracted, but no other error occurs +** (e.g. OOM), return SQLITE_OK and set *ppVal to NULL. Or, if an error +** does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final value of *ppVal +** is undefined in this case. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4ValueFromExpr( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to extract a value from */ + u8 affinity, /* Affinity to use */ + sqlite3_value **ppVal /* OUT: New value object (or NULL) */ +){ + return stat4ValueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, affinity, 0, ppVal); +} + +/* +** Extract the iCol-th column from the nRec-byte record in pRec. Write +** the column value into *ppVal. If *ppVal is initially NULL then a new +** sqlite3_value object is allocated. +** +** If *ppVal is initially NULL then the caller is responsible for +** ensuring that the value written into *ppVal is eventually freed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4Column( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const void *pRec, /* Pointer to buffer containing record */ + int nRec, /* Size of buffer pRec in bytes */ + int iCol, /* Column to extract */ + sqlite3_value **ppVal /* OUT: Extracted value */ +){ + u32 t; /* a column type code */ + int nHdr; /* Size of the header in the record */ + int iHdr; /* Next unread header byte */ + int iField; /* Next unread data byte */ + int szField; /* Size of the current data field */ + int i; /* Column index */ + u8 *a = (u8*)pRec; /* Typecast byte array */ + Mem *pMem = *ppVal; /* Write result into this Mem object */ + + assert( iCol>0 ); + iHdr = getVarint32(a, nHdr); + if( nHdr>nRec || iHdr>=nHdr ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + iField = nHdr; + for(i=0; i<=iCol; i++){ + iHdr += getVarint32(&a[iHdr], t); + testcase( iHdr==nHdr ); + testcase( iHdr==nHdr+1 ); + if( iHdr>nHdr ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + szField = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t); + iField += szField; + } + testcase( iField==nRec ); + testcase( iField==nRec+1 ); + if( iField>nRec ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + if( pMem==0 ){ + pMem = *ppVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db); + if( pMem==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&a[iField-szField], t, pMem); + pMem->enc = ENC(db); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Unless it is NULL, the argument must be an UnpackedRecord object returned +** by an earlier call to sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(). This call deletes +** the object. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(UnpackedRecord *pRec){ + if( pRec ){ + int i; + int nCol = pRec->pKeyInfo->nField+pRec->pKeyInfo->nXField; + Mem *aMem = pRec->aMem; + sqlite3 *db = aMem[0].db; + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&aMem[i]); + } + sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pRec->pKeyInfo); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pRec); + } +} +#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 */ + +/* +** Change the string value of an sqlite3_value object +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr( + sqlite3_value *v, /* Value to be set */ + int n, /* Length of string z */ + const void *z, /* Text of the new string */ + u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */ + void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor for the string */ +){ + if( v ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr((Mem *)v, z, n, enc, xDel); +} + +/* +** Free an sqlite3_value object +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value *v){ + if( !v ) return; + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease((Mem *)v); + sqlite3DbFree(((Mem*)v)->db, v); +} + +/* +** The sqlite3ValueBytes() routine returns the number of bytes in the +** sqlite3_value object assuming that it uses the encoding "enc". +** The valueBytes() routine is a helper function. +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE int valueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){ + return valueToText(pVal, enc)!=0 ? pVal->n : 0; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){ + Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal; + assert( (p->flags & MEM_Null)==0 || (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 ); + if( (p->flags & MEM_Str)!=0 && pVal->enc==enc ){ + return p->n; + } + if( (p->flags & MEM_Blob)!=0 ){ + if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){ + return p->n + p->u.nZero; + }else{ + return p->n; + } + } + if( p->flags & MEM_Null ) return 0; + return valueBytes(pVal, enc); +} + +/************** End of vdbemem.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file vdbeaux.c *****************************************/ +/* +** 2003 September 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating +** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.) +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */ + +/* +** Create a new virtual database engine. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Vdbe *p; + p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Vdbe) ); + if( p==0 ) return 0; + p->db = db; + if( db->pVdbe ){ + db->pVdbe->pPrev = p; + } + p->pNext = db->pVdbe; + p->pPrev = 0; + db->pVdbe = p; + p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT; + p->pParse = pParse; + assert( pParse->aLabel==0 ); + assert( pParse->nLabel==0 ); + assert( pParse->nOpAlloc==0 ); + assert( pParse->szOpAlloc==0 ); + return p; +} + +/* +** Change the error string stored in Vdbe.zErrMsg +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeError(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zErrMsg); + va_start(ap, zFormat); + p->zErrMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); +} + +/* +** Remember the SQL string for a prepared statement. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe *p, const char *z, int n, int isPrepareV2){ + assert( isPrepareV2==1 || isPrepareV2==0 ); + if( p==0 ) return; +#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG) + if( !isPrepareV2 ) return; +#endif + assert( p->zSql==0 ); + p->zSql = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, z, n); + p->isPrepareV2 = (u8)isPrepareV2; +} + +/* +** Return the SQL associated with a prepared statement +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + return p ? p->zSql : 0; +} + +/* +** Swap all content between two VDBE structures. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe *pA, Vdbe *pB){ + Vdbe tmp, *pTmp; + char *zTmp; + assert( pA->db==pB->db ); + tmp = *pA; + *pA = *pB; + *pB = tmp; + pTmp = pA->pNext; + pA->pNext = pB->pNext; + pB->pNext = pTmp; + pTmp = pA->pPrev; + pA->pPrev = pB->pPrev; + pB->pPrev = pTmp; + zTmp = pA->zSql; + pA->zSql = pB->zSql; + pB->zSql = zTmp; + pB->isPrepareV2 = pA->isPrepareV2; +} + +/* +** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least nOp elements larger +** than its current size. nOp is guaranteed to be less than or equal +** to 1024/sizeof(Op). +** +** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array, return +** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Parse.nOpAlloc remain +** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be +** correctly deallocated along with the rest of the Vdbe). +*/ +static int growOpArray(Vdbe *v, int nOp){ + VdbeOp *pNew; + Parse *p = v->pParse; + + /* The SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS compile-time option is designed to force + ** more frequent reallocs and hence provide more opportunities for + ** simulated OOM faults. SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is generally used + ** during testing only. With SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS grow the op array + ** by the minimum* amount required until the size reaches 512. Normal + ** operation (without SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS) is to double the current + ** size of the op array or add 1KB of space, whichever is smaller. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS + int nNew = (p->nOpAlloc>=512 ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : p->nOpAlloc+nOp); +#else + int nNew = (p->nOpAlloc ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : (int)(1024/sizeof(Op))); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nOp); +#endif + + assert( nOp<=(1024/sizeof(Op)) ); + assert( nNew>=(p->nOpAlloc+nOp) ); + pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, v->aOp, nNew*sizeof(Op)); + if( pNew ){ + p->szOpAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, pNew); + p->nOpAlloc = p->szOpAlloc/sizeof(Op); + v->aOp = pNew; + } + return (pNew ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* This routine is just a convenient place to set a breakpoint that will +** fire after each opcode is inserted and displayed using +** "PRAGMA vdbe_addoptrace=on". +*/ +static void test_addop_breakpoint(void){ + static int n = 0; + n++; +} +#endif + +/* +** Add a new instruction to the list of instructions current in the +** VDBE. Return the address of the new instruction. +** +** Parameters: +** +** p Pointer to the VDBE +** +** op The opcode for this instruction +** +** p1, p2, p3 Operands +** +** Use the sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel() function to fix an address and +** the sqlite3VdbeChangeP4() function to change the value of the P4 +** operand. +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE int growOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, int p3){ + assert( p->pParse->nOpAlloc<=p->nOp ); + if( growOpArray(p, 1) ) return 1; + assert( p->pParse->nOpAlloc>p->nOp ); + return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, int p3){ + int i; + VdbeOp *pOp; + + i = p->nOp; + assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); + assert( op>=0 && op<0xff ); + if( p->pParse->nOpAlloc<=i ){ + return growOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3); + } + p->nOp++; + pOp = &p->aOp[i]; + pOp->opcode = (u8)op; + pOp->p5 = 0; + pOp->p1 = p1; + pOp->p2 = p2; + pOp->p3 = p3; + pOp->p4.p = 0; + pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS + pOp->zComment = 0; +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){ + int jj, kk; + Parse *pParse = p->pParse; + for(jj=kk=0; jj<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; jj++){ + struct yColCache *x = pParse->aColCache + jj; + if( x->iLevel>pParse->iCacheLevel || x->iReg==0 ) continue; + printf(" r[%d]={%d:%d}", x->iReg, x->iTable, x->iColumn); + kk++; + } + if( kk ) printf("\n"); + sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i, &p->aOp[i]); + test_addop_breakpoint(); + } +#endif +#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE + pOp->cycles = 0; + pOp->cnt = 0; +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE + pOp->iSrcLine = 0; +#endif + return i; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe *p, int op){ + return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, 0, 0, 0); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1){ + return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, 0, 0); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2){ + return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, 0); +} + +/* Generate code for an unconditional jump to instruction iDest +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeGoto(Vdbe *p, int iDest){ + return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, OP_Goto, 0, iDest, 0); +} + +/* Generate code to cause the string zStr to be loaded into +** register iDest +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeLoadString(Vdbe *p, int iDest, const char *zStr){ + return sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(p, OP_String8, 0, iDest, 0, zStr, 0); +} + +/* +** Generate code that initializes multiple registers to string or integer +** constants. The registers begin with iDest and increase consecutively. +** One register is initialized for each characgter in zTypes[]. For each +** "s" character in zTypes[], the register is a string if the argument is +** not NULL, or OP_Null if the value is a null pointer. For each "i" character +** in zTypes[], the register is initialized to an integer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(Vdbe *p, int iDest, const char *zTypes, ...){ + va_list ap; + int i; + char c; + va_start(ap, zTypes); + for(i=0; (c = zTypes[i])!=0; i++){ + if( c=='s' ){ + const char *z = va_arg(ap, const char*); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(p, z==0 ? OP_Null : OP_String8, 0, iDest++, 0, z, 0); + }else{ + assert( c=='i' ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(p, OP_Integer, va_arg(ap, int), iDest++); + } + } + va_end(ap); +} + +/* +** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as a pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4( + Vdbe *p, /* Add the opcode to this VM */ + int op, /* The new opcode */ + int p1, /* The P1 operand */ + int p2, /* The P2 operand */ + int p3, /* The P3 operand */ + const char *zP4, /* The P4 operand */ + int p4type /* P4 operand type */ +){ + int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zP4, p4type); + return addr; +} + +/* +** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value with a P4_INT64 or +** P4_REAL type. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8( + Vdbe *p, /* Add the opcode to this VM */ + int op, /* The new opcode */ + int p1, /* The P1 operand */ + int p2, /* The P2 operand */ + int p3, /* The P3 operand */ + const u8 *zP4, /* The P4 operand */ + int p4type /* P4 operand type */ +){ + char *p4copy = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(sqlite3VdbeDb(p), 8); + if( p4copy ) memcpy(p4copy, zP4, 8); + return sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(p, op, p1, p2, p3, p4copy, p4type); +} + +/* +** Add an OP_ParseSchema opcode. This routine is broken out from +** sqlite3VdbeAddOp4() since it needs to also needs to mark all btrees +** as having been used. +** +** The zWhere string must have been obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +** This routine will take ownership of the allocated memory. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe *p, int iDb, char *zWhere){ + int j; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(p, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC); + for(j=0; j<p->db->nDb; j++) sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(p, j); +} + +/* +** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as an integer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int( + Vdbe *p, /* Add the opcode to this VM */ + int op, /* The new opcode */ + int p1, /* The P1 operand */ + int p2, /* The P2 operand */ + int p3, /* The P3 operand */ + int p4 /* The P4 operand as an integer */ +){ + int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(p4), P4_INT32); + return addr; +} + +/* Insert the end of a co-routine +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(Vdbe *v, int regYield){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, regYield); + + /* Clear the temporary register cache, thereby ensuring that each + ** co-routine has its own independent set of registers, because co-routines + ** might expect their registers to be preserved across an OP_Yield, and + ** that could cause problems if two or more co-routines are using the same + ** temporary register. + */ + v->pParse->nTempReg = 0; + v->pParse->nRangeReg = 0; +} + +/* +** Create a new symbolic label for an instruction that has yet to be +** coded. The symbolic label is really just a negative number. The +** label can be used as the P2 value of an operation. Later, when +** the label is resolved to a specific address, the VDBE will scan +** through its operation list and change all values of P2 which match +** the label into the resolved address. +** +** The VDBE knows that a P2 value is a label because labels are +** always negative and P2 values are suppose to be non-negative. +** Hence, a negative P2 value is a label that has yet to be resolved. +** +** Zero is returned if a malloc() fails. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe *v){ + Parse *p = v->pParse; + int i = p->nLabel++; + assert( v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); + if( (i & (i-1))==0 ){ + p->aLabel = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(p->db, p->aLabel, + (i*2+1)*sizeof(p->aLabel[0])); + } + if( p->aLabel ){ + p->aLabel[i] = -1; + } + return ADDR(i); +} + +/* +** Resolve label "x" to be the address of the next instruction to +** be inserted. The parameter "x" must have been obtained from +** a prior call to sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe *v, int x){ + Parse *p = v->pParse; + int j = ADDR(x); + assert( v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); + assert( j<p->nLabel ); + assert( j>=0 ); + if( p->aLabel ){ + p->aLabel[j] = v->nOp; + } + p->iFixedOp = v->nOp - 1; +} + +/* +** Mark the VDBE as one that can only be run one time. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe *p){ + p->runOnlyOnce = 1; +} + +/* +** Mark the VDBE as one that can only be run multiple times. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeReusable(Vdbe *p){ + p->runOnlyOnce = 0; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* sqlite3AssertMayAbort() logic */ + +/* +** The following type and function are used to iterate through all opcodes +** in a Vdbe main program and each of the sub-programs (triggers) it may +** invoke directly or indirectly. It should be used as follows: +** +** Op *pOp; +** VdbeOpIter sIter; +** +** memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter)); +** sIter.v = v; // v is of type Vdbe* +** while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter)) ){ +** // Do something with pOp +** } +** sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub); +** +*/ +typedef struct VdbeOpIter VdbeOpIter; +struct VdbeOpIter { + Vdbe *v; /* Vdbe to iterate through the opcodes of */ + SubProgram **apSub; /* Array of subprograms */ + int nSub; /* Number of entries in apSub */ + int iAddr; /* Address of next instruction to return */ + int iSub; /* 0 = main program, 1 = first sub-program etc. */ +}; +static Op *opIterNext(VdbeOpIter *p){ + Vdbe *v = p->v; + Op *pRet = 0; + Op *aOp; + int nOp; + + if( p->iSub<=p->nSub ){ + + if( p->iSub==0 ){ + aOp = v->aOp; + nOp = v->nOp; + }else{ + aOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->aOp; + nOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->nOp; + } + assert( p->iAddr<nOp ); + + pRet = &aOp[p->iAddr]; + p->iAddr++; + if( p->iAddr==nOp ){ + p->iSub++; + p->iAddr = 0; + } + + if( pRet->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){ + int nByte = (p->nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*); + int j; + for(j=0; j<p->nSub; j++){ + if( p->apSub[j]==pRet->p4.pProgram ) break; + } + if( j==p->nSub ){ + p->apSub = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(v->db, p->apSub, nByte); + if( !p->apSub ){ + pRet = 0; + }else{ + p->apSub[p->nSub++] = pRet->p4.pProgram; + } + } + } + } + + return pRet; +} + +/* +** Check if the program stored in the VM associated with pParse may +** throw an ABORT exception (causing the statement, but not entire transaction +** to be rolled back). This condition is true if the main program or any +** sub-programs contains any of the following: +** +** * OP_Halt with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort. +** * OP_HaltIfNull with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort. +** * OP_Destroy +** * OP_VUpdate +** * OP_VRename +** * OP_FkCounter with P2==0 (immediate foreign key constraint) +** * OP_CreateTable and OP_InitCoroutine (for CREATE TABLE AS SELECT ...) +** +** Then check that the value of Parse.mayAbort is true if an +** ABORT may be thrown, or false otherwise. Return true if it does +** match, or false otherwise. This function is intended to be used as +** part of an assert statement in the compiler. Similar to: +** +** assert( sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(pParse->pVdbe, pParse->mayAbort) ); +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *v, int mayAbort){ + int hasAbort = 0; + int hasFkCounter = 0; + int hasCreateTable = 0; + int hasInitCoroutine = 0; + Op *pOp; + VdbeOpIter sIter; + memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter)); + sIter.v = v; + + while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter))!=0 ){ + int opcode = pOp->opcode; + if( opcode==OP_Destroy || opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename + || ((opcode==OP_Halt || opcode==OP_HaltIfNull) + && ((pOp->p1&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p2==OE_Abort)) + ){ + hasAbort = 1; + break; + } + if( opcode==OP_CreateTable ) hasCreateTable = 1; + if( opcode==OP_InitCoroutine ) hasInitCoroutine = 1; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + if( opcode==OP_FkCounter && pOp->p1==0 && pOp->p2==1 ){ + hasFkCounter = 1; + } +#endif + } + sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub); + + /* Return true if hasAbort==mayAbort. Or if a malloc failure occurred. + ** If malloc failed, then the while() loop above may not have iterated + ** through all opcodes and hasAbort may be set incorrectly. Return + ** true for this case to prevent the assert() in the callers frame + ** from failing. */ + return ( v->db->mallocFailed || hasAbort==mayAbort || hasFkCounter + || (hasCreateTable && hasInitCoroutine) ); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG - the sqlite3AssertMayAbort() function */ + +/* +** This routine is called after all opcodes have been inserted. It loops +** through all the opcodes and fixes up some details. +** +** (1) For each jump instruction with a negative P2 value (a label) +** resolve the P2 value to an actual address. +** +** (2) Compute the maximum number of arguments used by any SQL function +** and store that value in *pMaxFuncArgs. +** +** (3) Update the Vdbe.readOnly and Vdbe.bIsReader flags to accurately +** indicate what the prepared statement actually does. +** +** (4) Initialize the p4.xAdvance pointer on opcodes that use it. +** +** (5) Reclaim the memory allocated for storing labels. +** +** This routine will only function correctly if the mkopcodeh.tcl generator +** script numbers the opcodes correctly. Changes to this routine must be +** coordinated with changes to mkopcodeh.tcl. +*/ +static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){ + int nMaxArgs = *pMaxFuncArgs; + Op *pOp; + Parse *pParse = p->pParse; + int *aLabel = pParse->aLabel; + p->readOnly = 1; + p->bIsReader = 0; + pOp = &p->aOp[p->nOp-1]; + while(1){ + + /* Only JUMP opcodes and the short list of special opcodes in the switch + ** below need to be considered. The mkopcodeh.tcl generator script groups + ** all these opcodes together near the front of the opcode list. Skip + ** any opcode that does not need processing by virtual of the fact that + ** it is larger than SQLITE_MX_JUMP_OPCODE, as a performance optimization. + */ + if( pOp->opcode<=SQLITE_MX_JUMP_OPCODE ){ + /* NOTE: Be sure to update mkopcodeh.tcl when adding or removing + ** cases from this switch! */ + switch( pOp->opcode ){ + case OP_Transaction: { + if( pOp->p2!=0 ) p->readOnly = 0; + /* fall thru */ + } + case OP_AutoCommit: + case OP_Savepoint: { + p->bIsReader = 1; + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + case OP_Checkpoint: +#endif + case OP_Vacuum: + case OP_JournalMode: { + p->readOnly = 0; + p->bIsReader = 1; + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + case OP_VUpdate: { + if( pOp->p2>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p2; + break; + } + case OP_VFilter: { + int n; + assert( (pOp - p->aOp) >= 3 ); + assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Integer ); + n = pOp[-1].p1; + if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n; + break; + } +#endif + case OP_Next: + case OP_NextIfOpen: + case OP_SorterNext: { + pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreeNext; + pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE; + break; + } + case OP_Prev: + case OP_PrevIfOpen: { + pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreePrevious; + pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE; + break; + } + } + if( (sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOp->opcode] & OPFLG_JUMP)!=0 && pOp->p2<0 ){ + assert( ADDR(pOp->p2)<pParse->nLabel ); + pOp->p2 = aLabel[ADDR(pOp->p2)]; + } + } + if( pOp==p->aOp ) break; + pOp--; + } + sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pParse->aLabel); + pParse->aLabel = 0; + pParse->nLabel = 0; + *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs; + assert( p->bIsReader!=0 || DbMaskAllZero(p->btreeMask) ); +} + +/* +** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){ + assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); + return p->nOp; +} + +/* +** Verify that at least N opcode slots are available in p without +** having to malloc for more space (except when compiled using +** SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS). This interface is used during testing +** to verify that certain calls to sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() can never +** fail due to a OOM fault and hence that the return value from +** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() will always be non-NULL. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS) +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(Vdbe *p, int N){ + assert( p->nOp + N <= p->pParse->nOpAlloc ); +} +#endif + +/* +** This function returns a pointer to the array of opcodes associated with +** the Vdbe passed as the first argument. It is the callers responsibility +** to arrange for the returned array to be eventually freed using the +** vdbeFreeOpArray() function. +** +** Before returning, *pnOp is set to the number of entries in the returned +** array. Also, *pnMaxArg is set to the larger of its current value and +** the number of entries in the Vdbe.apArg[] array required to execute the +** returned program. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int *pnOp, int *pnMaxArg){ + VdbeOp *aOp = p->aOp; + assert( aOp && !p->db->mallocFailed ); + + /* Check that sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree() was not called on this VM */ + assert( DbMaskAllZero(p->btreeMask) ); + + resolveP2Values(p, pnMaxArg); + *pnOp = p->nOp; + p->aOp = 0; + return aOp; +} + +/* +** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack. Return a +** pointer to the first operation inserted. +** +** Non-zero P2 arguments to jump instructions are automatically adjusted +** so that the jump target is relative to the first operation inserted. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeAddOpList( + Vdbe *p, /* Add opcodes to the prepared statement */ + int nOp, /* Number of opcodes to add */ + VdbeOpList const *aOp, /* The opcodes to be added */ + int iLineno /* Source-file line number of first opcode */ +){ + int i; + VdbeOp *pOut, *pFirst; + assert( nOp>0 ); + assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); + if( p->nOp + nOp > p->pParse->nOpAlloc && growOpArray(p, nOp) ){ + return 0; + } + pFirst = pOut = &p->aOp[p->nOp]; + for(i=0; i<nOp; i++, aOp++, pOut++){ + pOut->opcode = aOp->opcode; + pOut->p1 = aOp->p1; + pOut->p2 = aOp->p2; + assert( aOp->p2>=0 ); + if( (sqlite3OpcodeProperty[aOp->opcode] & OPFLG_JUMP)!=0 && aOp->p2>0 ){ + pOut->p2 += p->nOp; + } + pOut->p3 = aOp->p3; + pOut->p4type = P4_NOTUSED; + pOut->p4.p = 0; + pOut->p5 = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS + pOut->zComment = 0; +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE + pOut->iSrcLine = iLineno+i; +#else + (void)iLineno; +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){ + sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i+p->nOp, &p->aOp[i+p->nOp]); + } +#endif + } + p->nOp += nOp; + return pFirst; +} + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS) +/* +** Add an entry to the array of counters managed by sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeScanStatus( + Vdbe *p, /* VM to add scanstatus() to */ + int addrExplain, /* Address of OP_Explain (or 0) */ + int addrLoop, /* Address of loop counter */ + int addrVisit, /* Address of rows visited counter */ + LogEst nEst, /* Estimated number of output rows */ + const char *zName /* Name of table or index being scanned */ +){ + int nByte = (p->nScan+1) * sizeof(ScanStatus); + ScanStatus *aNew; + aNew = (ScanStatus*)sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, p->aScan, nByte); + if( aNew ){ + ScanStatus *pNew = &aNew[p->nScan++]; + pNew->addrExplain = addrExplain; + pNew->addrLoop = addrLoop; + pNew->addrVisit = addrVisit; + pNew->nEst = nEst; + pNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(p->db, zName); + p->aScan = aNew; + } +} +#endif + + +/* +** Change the value of the opcode, or P1, P2, P3, or P5 operands +** for a specific instruction. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, u8 iNewOpcode){ + sqlite3VdbeGetOp(p,addr)->opcode = iNewOpcode; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){ + sqlite3VdbeGetOp(p,addr)->p1 = val; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){ + sqlite3VdbeGetOp(p,addr)->p2 = val; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){ + sqlite3VdbeGetOp(p,addr)->p3 = val; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe *p, u8 p5){ + if( !p->db->mallocFailed ) p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p5 = p5; +} + +/* +** Change the P2 operand of instruction addr so that it points to +** the address of the next instruction to be coded. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe *p, int addr){ + p->pParse->iFixedOp = p->nOp - 1; + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(p, addr, p->nOp); +} + + +/* +** If the input FuncDef structure is ephemeral, then free it. If +** the FuncDef is not ephermal, then do nothing. +*/ +static void freeEphemeralFunction(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *pDef){ + if( ALWAYS(pDef) && (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM)!=0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pDef); + } +} + +static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *, Op *, int); + +/* +** Delete a P4 value if necessary. +*/ +static void freeP4(sqlite3 *db, int p4type, void *p4){ + assert( db ); + switch( p4type ){ + case P4_FUNCCTX: { + freeEphemeralFunction(db, ((sqlite3_context*)p4)->pFunc); + /* Fall through into the next case */ + } + case P4_REAL: + case P4_INT64: + case P4_DYNAMIC: + case P4_INTARRAY: { + sqlite3DbFree(db, p4); + break; + } + case P4_KEYINFO: { + if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3KeyInfoUnref((KeyInfo*)p4); + break; + } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS + case P4_EXPR: { + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, (Expr*)p4); + break; + } +#endif + case P4_MPRINTF: { + if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3_free(p4); + break; + } + case P4_FUNCDEF: { + freeEphemeralFunction(db, (FuncDef*)p4); + break; + } + case P4_MEM: { + if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ + sqlite3ValueFree((sqlite3_value*)p4); + }else{ + Mem *p = (Mem*)p4; + if( p->szMalloc ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + } + break; + } + case P4_VTAB : { + if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3VtabUnlock((VTable *)p4); + break; + } + } +} + +/* +** Free the space allocated for aOp and any p4 values allocated for the +** opcodes contained within. If aOp is not NULL it is assumed to contain +** nOp entries. +*/ +static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *db, Op *aOp, int nOp){ + if( aOp ){ + Op *pOp; + for(pOp=aOp; pOp<&aOp[nOp]; pOp++){ + if( pOp->p4type ) freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS + sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->zComment); +#endif + } + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, aOp); +} + +/* +** Link the SubProgram object passed as the second argument into the linked +** list at Vdbe.pSubProgram. This list is used to delete all sub-program +** objects when the VM is no longer required. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *pVdbe, SubProgram *p){ + p->pNext = pVdbe->pProgram; + pVdbe->pProgram = p; +} + +/* +** Change the opcode at addr into OP_Noop +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe *p, int addr){ + VdbeOp *pOp; + if( p->db->mallocFailed ) return 0; + assert( addr>=0 && addr<p->nOp ); + pOp = &p->aOp[addr]; + freeP4(p->db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p); + pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED; + pOp->p4.z = 0; + pOp->opcode = OP_Noop; + return 1; +} + +/* +** If the last opcode is "op" and it is not a jump destination, +** then remove it. Return true if and only if an opcode was removed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(Vdbe *p, u8 op){ + if( (p->nOp-1)>(p->pParse->iFixedOp) && p->aOp[p->nOp-1].opcode==op ){ + return sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(p, p->nOp-1); + }else{ + return 0; + } +} + +/* +** Change the value of the P4 operand for a specific instruction. +** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a +** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a +** few minor changes to the program. +** +** If n>=0 then the P4 operand is dynamic, meaning that a copy of +** the string is made into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP4 up to and including the +** first null byte. If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP4. +** +** Other values of n (P4_STATIC, P4_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP4 points +** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of +** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer. +** +** If addr<0 then change P4 on the most recently inserted instruction. +*/ +static void SQLITE_NOINLINE vdbeChangeP4Full( + Vdbe *p, + Op *pOp, + const char *zP4, + int n +){ + if( pOp->p4type ){ + freeP4(p->db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p); + pOp->p4type = 0; + pOp->p4.p = 0; + } + if( n<0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, (int)(pOp - p->aOp), zP4, n); + }else{ + if( n==0 ) n = sqlite3Strlen30(zP4); + pOp->p4.z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, zP4, n); + pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC; + } +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP4, int n){ + Op *pOp; + sqlite3 *db; + assert( p!=0 ); + db = p->db; + assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); + assert( p->aOp!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + if( n!=P4_VTAB ) freeP4(db, n, (void*)*(char**)&zP4); + return; + } + assert( p->nOp>0 ); + assert( addr<p->nOp ); + if( addr<0 ){ + addr = p->nOp - 1; + } + pOp = &p->aOp[addr]; + if( n>=0 || pOp->p4type ){ + vdbeChangeP4Full(p, pOp, zP4, n); + return; + } + if( n==P4_INT32 ){ + /* Note: this cast is safe, because the origin data point was an int + ** that was cast to a (const char *). */ + pOp->p4.i = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(zP4); + pOp->p4type = P4_INT32; + }else if( zP4!=0 ){ + assert( n<0 ); + pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4; + pOp->p4type = (signed char)n; + if( n==P4_VTAB ) sqlite3VtabLock((VTable*)zP4); + } +} + +/* +** Set the P4 on the most recently added opcode to the KeyInfo for the +** index given. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + assert( v!=0 ); + assert( pIdx!=0 ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pIdx), + P4_KEYINFO); +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS +/* +** Change the comment on the most recently coded instruction. Or +** insert a No-op and add the comment to that new instruction. This +** makes the code easier to read during debugging. None of this happens +** in a production build. +*/ +static void vdbeVComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ + assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 ); + assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed ); + if( p->nOp ){ + assert( p->aOp ); + sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment); + p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap); + } +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + if( p ){ + va_start(ap, zFormat); + vdbeVComment(p, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + } +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + if( p ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(p, OP_Noop); + va_start(ap, zFormat); + vdbeVComment(p, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + } +} +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE +/* +** Set the value if the iSrcLine field for the previously coded instruction. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(Vdbe *v, int iLine){ + sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v,-1)->iSrcLine = iLine; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE */ + +/* +** Return the opcode for a given address. If the address is -1, then +** return the most recently inserted opcode. +** +** If a memory allocation error has occurred prior to the calling of this +** routine, then a pointer to a dummy VdbeOp will be returned. That opcode +** is readable but not writable, though it is cast to a writable value. +** The return of a dummy opcode allows the call to continue functioning +** after an OOM fault without having to check to see if the return from +** this routine is a valid pointer. But because the dummy.opcode is 0, +** dummy will never be written to. This is verified by code inspection and +** by running with Valgrind. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){ + /* C89 specifies that the constant "dummy" will be initialized to all + ** zeros, which is correct. MSVC generates a warning, nevertheless. */ + static VdbeOp dummy; /* Ignore the MSVC warning about no initializer */ + assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); + if( addr<0 ){ + addr = p->nOp - 1; + } + assert( (addr>=0 && addr<p->nOp) || p->db->mallocFailed ); + if( p->db->mallocFailed ){ + return (VdbeOp*)&dummy; + }else{ + return &p->aOp[addr]; + } +} + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) +/* +** Return an integer value for one of the parameters to the opcode pOp +** determined by character c. +*/ +static int translateP(char c, const Op *pOp){ + if( c=='1' ) return pOp->p1; + if( c=='2' ) return pOp->p2; + if( c=='3' ) return pOp->p3; + if( c=='4' ) return pOp->p4.i; + return pOp->p5; +} + +/* +** Compute a string for the "comment" field of a VDBE opcode listing. +** +** The Synopsis: field in comments in the vdbe.c source file gets converted +** to an extra string that is appended to the sqlite3OpcodeName(). In the +** absence of other comments, this synopsis becomes the comment on the opcode. +** Some translation occurs: +** +** "PX" -> "r[X]" +** "PX@PY" -> "r[X..X+Y-1]" or "r[x]" if y is 0 or 1 +** "PX@PY+1" -> "r[X..X+Y]" or "r[x]" if y is 0 +** "PY..PY" -> "r[X..Y]" or "r[x]" if y<=x +*/ +static int displayComment( + const Op *pOp, /* The opcode to be commented */ + const char *zP4, /* Previously obtained value for P4 */ + char *zTemp, /* Write result here */ + int nTemp /* Space available in zTemp[] */ +){ + const char *zOpName; + const char *zSynopsis; + int nOpName; + int ii, jj; + zOpName = sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode); + nOpName = sqlite3Strlen30(zOpName); + if( zOpName[nOpName+1] ){ + int seenCom = 0; + char c; + zSynopsis = zOpName += nOpName + 1; + for(ii=jj=0; jj<nTemp-1 && (c = zSynopsis[ii])!=0; ii++){ + if( c=='P' ){ + c = zSynopsis[++ii]; + if( c=='4' ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "%s", zP4); + }else if( c=='X' ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "%s", pOp->zComment); + seenCom = 1; + }else{ + int v1 = translateP(c, pOp); + int v2; + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "%d", v1); + if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1, "@P", 2)==0 ){ + ii += 3; + jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj); + v2 = translateP(zSynopsis[ii], pOp); + if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1,"+1",2)==0 ){ + ii += 2; + v2++; + } + if( v2>1 ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "..%d", v1+v2-1); + } + }else if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1, "..P3", 4)==0 && pOp->p3==0 ){ + ii += 4; + } + } + jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj); + }else{ + zTemp[jj++] = c; + } + } + if( !seenCom && jj<nTemp-5 && pOp->zComment ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "; %s", pOp->zComment); + jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj); + } + if( jj<nTemp ) zTemp[jj] = 0; + }else if( pOp->zComment ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s", pOp->zComment); + jj = sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp); + }else{ + zTemp[0] = 0; + jj = 0; + } + return jj; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + +#if VDBE_DISPLAY_P4 && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS) +/* +** Translate the P4.pExpr value for an OP_CursorHint opcode into text +** that can be displayed in the P4 column of EXPLAIN output. +*/ +static void displayP4Expr(StrAccum *p, Expr *pExpr){ + const char *zOp = 0; + switch( pExpr->op ){ + case TK_STRING: + sqlite3XPrintf(p, "%Q", pExpr->u.zToken); + break; + case TK_INTEGER: + sqlite3XPrintf(p, "%d", pExpr->u.iValue); + break; + case TK_NULL: + sqlite3XPrintf(p, "NULL"); + break; + case TK_REGISTER: { + sqlite3XPrintf(p, "r[%d]", pExpr->iTable); + break; + } + case TK_COLUMN: { + if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){ + sqlite3XPrintf(p, "rowid"); + }else{ + sqlite3XPrintf(p, "c%d", (int)pExpr->iColumn); + } + break; + } + case TK_LT: zOp = "LT"; break; + case TK_LE: zOp = "LE"; break; + case TK_GT: zOp = "GT"; break; + case TK_GE: zOp = "GE"; break; + case TK_NE: zOp = "NE"; break; + case TK_EQ: zOp = "EQ"; break; + case TK_IS: zOp = "IS"; break; + case TK_ISNOT: zOp = "ISNOT"; break; + case TK_AND: zOp = "AND"; break; + case TK_OR: zOp = "OR"; break; + case TK_PLUS: zOp = "ADD"; break; + case TK_STAR: zOp = "MUL"; break; + case TK_MINUS: zOp = "SUB"; break; + case TK_REM: zOp = "REM"; break; + case TK_BITAND: zOp = "BITAND"; break; + case TK_BITOR: zOp = "BITOR"; break; + case TK_SLASH: zOp = "DIV"; break; + case TK_LSHIFT: zOp = "LSHIFT"; break; + case TK_RSHIFT: zOp = "RSHIFT"; break; + case TK_CONCAT: zOp = "CONCAT"; break; + case TK_UMINUS: zOp = "MINUS"; break; + case TK_UPLUS: zOp = "PLUS"; break; + case TK_BITNOT: zOp = "BITNOT"; break; + case TK_NOT: zOp = "NOT"; break; + case TK_ISNULL: zOp = "ISNULL"; break; + case TK_NOTNULL: zOp = "NOTNULL"; break; + + default: + sqlite3XPrintf(p, "%s", "expr"); + break; + } + + if( zOp ){ + sqlite3XPrintf(p, "%s(", zOp); + displayP4Expr(p, pExpr->pLeft); + if( pExpr->pRight ){ + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(p, ",", 1); + displayP4Expr(p, pExpr->pRight); + } + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(p, ")", 1); + } +} +#endif /* VDBE_DISPLAY_P4 && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS) */ + + +#if VDBE_DISPLAY_P4 +/* +** Compute a string that describes the P4 parameter for an opcode. +** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space. +*/ +static char *displayP4(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){ + char *zP4 = zTemp; + StrAccum x; + assert( nTemp>=20 ); + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&x, 0, zTemp, nTemp, 0); + switch( pOp->p4type ){ + case P4_KEYINFO: { + int j; + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; + assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 ); + sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "k(%d", pKeyInfo->nField); + for(j=0; j<pKeyInfo->nField; j++){ + CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j]; + const char *zColl = pColl ? pColl->zName : ""; + if( strcmp(zColl, "BINARY")==0 ) zColl = "B"; + sqlite3XPrintf(&x, ",%s%s", pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ? "-" : "", zColl); + } + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&x, ")", 1); + break; + } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS + case P4_EXPR: { + displayP4Expr(&x, pOp->p4.pExpr); + break; + } +#endif + case P4_COLLSEQ: { + CollSeq *pColl = pOp->p4.pColl; + sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "(%.20s)", pColl->zName); + break; + } + case P4_FUNCDEF: { + FuncDef *pDef = pOp->p4.pFunc; + sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "%s(%d)", pDef->zName, pDef->nArg); + break; + } +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + case P4_FUNCCTX: { + FuncDef *pDef = pOp->p4.pCtx->pFunc; + sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "%s(%d)", pDef->zName, pDef->nArg); + break; + } +#endif + case P4_INT64: { + sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "%lld", *pOp->p4.pI64); + break; + } + case P4_INT32: { + sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "%d", pOp->p4.i); + break; + } + case P4_REAL: { + sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "%.16g", *pOp->p4.pReal); + break; + } + case P4_MEM: { + Mem *pMem = pOp->p4.pMem; + if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ){ + zP4 = pMem->z; + }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "%lld", pMem->u.i); + }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "%.16g", pMem->u.r); + }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Null ){ + zP4 = "NULL"; + }else{ + assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Blob ); + zP4 = "(blob)"; + } + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + case P4_VTAB: { + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; + sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "vtab:%p", pVtab); + break; + } +#endif + case P4_INTARRAY: { + int i; + int *ai = pOp->p4.ai; + int n = ai[0]; /* The first element of an INTARRAY is always the + ** count of the number of elements to follow */ + for(i=1; i<n; i++){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&x, ",%d", ai[i]); + } + zTemp[0] = '['; + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&x, "]", 1); + break; + } + case P4_SUBPROGRAM: { + sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "program"); + break; + } + case P4_ADVANCE: { + zTemp[0] = 0; + break; + } + case P4_TABLE: { + sqlite3XPrintf(&x, "%s", pOp->p4.pTab->zName); + break; + } + default: { + zP4 = pOp->p4.z; + if( zP4==0 ){ + zP4 = zTemp; + zTemp[0] = 0; + } + } + } + sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&x); + assert( zP4!=0 ); + return zP4; +} +#endif /* VDBE_DISPLAY_P4 */ + +/* +** Declare to the Vdbe that the BTree object at db->aDb[i] is used. +** +** The prepared statements need to know in advance the complete set of +** attached databases that will be use. A mask of these databases +** is maintained in p->btreeMask. The p->lockMask value is the subset of +** p->btreeMask of databases that will require a lock. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){ + assert( i>=0 && i<p->db->nDb && i<(int)sizeof(yDbMask)*8 ); + assert( i<(int)sizeof(p->btreeMask)*8 ); + DbMaskSet(p->btreeMask, i); + if( i!=1 && sqlite3BtreeSharable(p->db->aDb[i].pBt) ){ + DbMaskSet(p->lockMask, i); + } +} + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) +/* +** If SQLite is compiled to support shared-cache mode and to be threadsafe, +** this routine obtains the mutex associated with each BtShared structure +** that may be accessed by the VM passed as an argument. In doing so it also +** sets the BtShared.db member of each of the BtShared structures, ensuring +** that the correct busy-handler callback is invoked if required. +** +** If SQLite is not threadsafe but does support shared-cache mode, then +** sqlite3BtreeEnter() is invoked to set the BtShared.db variables +** of all of BtShared structures accessible via the database handle +** associated with the VM. +** +** If SQLite is not threadsafe and does not support shared-cache mode, this +** function is a no-op. +** +** The p->btreeMask field is a bitmask of all btrees that the prepared +** statement p will ever use. Let N be the number of bits in p->btreeMask +** corresponding to btrees that use shared cache. Then the runtime of +** this routine is N*N. But as N is rarely more than 1, this should not +** be a problem. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe *p){ + int i; + sqlite3 *db; + Db *aDb; + int nDb; + if( DbMaskAllZero(p->lockMask) ) return; /* The common case */ + db = p->db; + aDb = db->aDb; + nDb = db->nDb; + for(i=0; i<nDb; i++){ + if( i!=1 && DbMaskTest(p->lockMask,i) && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){ + sqlite3BtreeEnter(aDb[i].pBt); + } + } +} +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 +/* +** Unlock all of the btrees previously locked by a call to sqlite3VdbeEnter(). +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeLeave(Vdbe *p){ + int i; + sqlite3 *db; + Db *aDb; + int nDb; + db = p->db; + aDb = db->aDb; + nDb = db->nDb; + for(i=0; i<nDb; i++){ + if( i!=1 && DbMaskTest(p->lockMask,i) && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){ + sqlite3BtreeLeave(aDb[i].pBt); + } + } +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe *p){ + if( DbMaskAllZero(p->lockMask) ) return; /* The common case */ + vdbeLeave(p); +} +#endif + +#if defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/* +** Print a single opcode. This routine is used for debugging only. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, Op *pOp){ + char *zP4; + char zPtr[50]; + char zCom[100]; + static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %4d %-13s %.2X %s\n"; + if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout; + zP4 = displayP4(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr)); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS + displayComment(pOp, zP4, zCom, sizeof(zCom)); +#else + zCom[0] = 0; +#endif + /* NB: The sqlite3OpcodeName() function is implemented by code created + ** by the mkopcodeh.awk and mkopcodec.awk scripts which extract the + ** information from the vdbe.c source text */ + fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc, + sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3, zP4, pOp->p5, + zCom + ); + fflush(pOut); +} +#endif + +/* +** Release an array of N Mem elements +*/ +static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){ + if( p && N ){ + Mem *pEnd = &p[N]; + sqlite3 *db = p->db; + if( db->pnBytesFreed ){ + do{ + if( p->szMalloc ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc); + }while( (++p)<pEnd ); + return; + } + do{ + assert( (&p[1])==pEnd || p[0].db==p[1].db ); + assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p) ); + + /* This block is really an inlined version of sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() + ** that takes advantage of the fact that the memory cell value is + ** being set to NULL after releasing any dynamic resources. + ** + ** The justification for duplicating code is that according to + ** callgrind, this causes a certain test case to hit the CPU 4.7 + ** percent less (x86 linux, gcc version 4.1.2, -O6) than if + ** sqlite3MemRelease() were called from here. With -O2, this jumps + ** to 6.6 percent. The test case is inserting 1000 rows into a table + ** with no indexes using a single prepared INSERT statement, bind() + ** and reset(). Inserts are grouped into a transaction. + */ + testcase( p->flags & MEM_Agg ); + testcase( p->flags & MEM_Dyn ); + testcase( p->flags & MEM_Frame ); + testcase( p->flags & MEM_RowSet ); + if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Frame|MEM_RowSet) ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p); + }else if( p->szMalloc ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc); + p->szMalloc = 0; + } + + p->flags = MEM_Undefined; + }while( (++p)<pEnd ); + } +} + +/* +** Delete a VdbeFrame object and its contents. VdbeFrame objects are +** allocated by the OP_Program opcode in sqlite3VdbeExec(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame *p){ + int i; + Mem *aMem = VdbeFrameMem(p); + VdbeCursor **apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nChildMem]; + for(i=0; i<p->nChildCsr; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p->v, apCsr[i]); + } + releaseMemArray(aMem, p->nChildMem); + sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(p->v->db, &p->pAuxData, -1, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(p->v->db, p); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN +/* +** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine. +** +** The interface is the same as sqlite3VdbeExec(). But instead of +** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction. +** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN". +** +** When p->explain==1, each instruction is listed. When +** p->explain==2, only OP_Explain instructions are listed and these +** are shown in a different format. p->explain==2 is used to implement +** EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN. +** +** When p->explain==1, first the main program is listed, then each of +** the trigger subprograms are listed one by one. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList( + Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */ +){ + int nRow; /* Stop when row count reaches this */ + int nSub = 0; /* Number of sub-vdbes seen so far */ + SubProgram **apSub = 0; /* Array of sub-vdbes */ + Mem *pSub = 0; /* Memory cell hold array of subprogs */ + sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database connection */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[1]; /* First Mem of result set */ + + assert( p->explain ); + assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ); + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + + /* Even though this opcode does not use dynamic strings for + ** the result, result columns may become dynamic if the user calls + ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding. + */ + releaseMemArray(pMem, 8); + p->pResultSet = 0; + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT ){ + /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or + ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed. */ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + /* When the number of output rows reaches nRow, that means the + ** listing has finished and sqlite3_step() should return SQLITE_DONE. + ** nRow is the sum of the number of rows in the main program, plus + ** the sum of the number of rows in all trigger subprograms encountered + ** so far. The nRow value will increase as new trigger subprograms are + ** encountered, but p->pc will eventually catch up to nRow. + */ + nRow = p->nOp; + if( p->explain==1 ){ + /* The first 8 memory cells are used for the result set. So we will + ** commandeer the 9th cell to use as storage for an array of pointers + ** to trigger subprograms. The VDBE is guaranteed to have at least 9 + ** cells. */ + assert( p->nMem>9 ); + pSub = &p->aMem[9]; + if( pSub->flags&MEM_Blob ){ + /* On the first call to sqlite3_step(), pSub will hold a NULL. It is + ** initialized to a BLOB by the P4_SUBPROGRAM processing logic below */ + nSub = pSub->n/sizeof(Vdbe*); + apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z; + } + for(i=0; i<nSub; i++){ + nRow += apSub[i]->nOp; + } + } + + do{ + i = p->pc++; + }while( i<nRow && p->explain==2 && p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_Explain ); + if( i>=nRow ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_OK; + rc = SQLITE_DONE; + }else if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3VdbeError(p, sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc)); + }else{ + char *zP4; + Op *pOp; + if( i<p->nOp ){ + /* The output line number is small enough that we are still in the + ** main program. */ + pOp = &p->aOp[i]; + }else{ + /* We are currently listing subprograms. Figure out which one and + ** pick up the appropriate opcode. */ + int j; + i -= p->nOp; + for(j=0; i>=apSub[j]->nOp; j++){ + i -= apSub[j]->nOp; + } + pOp = &apSub[j]->aOp[i]; + } + if( p->explain==1 ){ + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + pMem->u.i = i; /* Program counter */ + pMem++; + + pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term; + pMem->z = (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode); /* Opcode */ + assert( pMem->z!=0 ); + pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z); + pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + pMem++; + + /* When an OP_Program opcode is encounter (the only opcode that has + ** a P4_SUBPROGRAM argument), expand the size of the array of subprograms + ** kept in p->aMem[9].z to hold the new program - assuming this subprogram + ** has not already been seen. + */ + if( pOp->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){ + int nByte = (nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*); + int j; + for(j=0; j<nSub; j++){ + if( apSub[j]==pOp->p4.pProgram ) break; + } + if( j==nSub && SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pSub, nByte, nSub!=0) ){ + apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z; + apSub[nSub++] = pOp->p4.pProgram; + pSub->flags |= MEM_Blob; + pSub->n = nSub*sizeof(SubProgram*); + } + } + } + + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + pMem->u.i = pOp->p1; /* P1 */ + pMem++; + + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + pMem->u.i = pOp->p2; /* P2 */ + pMem++; + + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + pMem->u.i = pOp->p3; /* P3 */ + pMem++; + + if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 100) ){ /* P4 */ + assert( p->db->mallocFailed ); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term; + zP4 = displayP4(pOp, pMem->z, pMem->szMalloc); + if( zP4!=pMem->z ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, zP4, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); + }else{ + assert( pMem->z!=0 ); + pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z); + pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + } + pMem++; + + if( p->explain==1 ){ + if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 4) ){ + assert( p->db->mallocFailed ); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term; + pMem->n = 2; + sqlite3_snprintf(3, pMem->z, "%.2x", pOp->p5); /* P5 */ + pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + pMem++; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS + if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 500) ){ + assert( p->db->mallocFailed ); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term; + pMem->n = displayComment(pOp, zP4, pMem->z, 500); + pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; +#else + pMem->flags = MEM_Null; /* Comment */ +#endif + } + + p->nResColumn = 8 - 4*(p->explain-1); + p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1]; + p->rc = SQLITE_OK; + rc = SQLITE_ROW; + } + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Print the SQL that was used to generate a VDBE program. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe *p){ + const char *z = 0; + if( p->zSql ){ + z = p->zSql; + }else if( p->nOp>=1 ){ + const VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[0]; + if( pOp->opcode==OP_Init && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){ + z = pOp->p4.z; + while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++; + } + } + if( z ) printf("SQL: [%s]\n", z); +} +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE) +/* +** Print an IOTRACE message showing SQL content. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe *p){ + int nOp = p->nOp; + VdbeOp *pOp; + if( sqlite3IoTrace==0 ) return; + if( nOp<1 ) return; + pOp = &p->aOp[0]; + if( pOp->opcode==OP_Init && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){ + int i, j; + char z[1000]; + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "%s", pOp->p4.z); + for(i=0; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){} + for(j=0; z[i]; i++){ + if( sqlite3Isspace(z[i]) ){ + if( z[i-1]!=' ' ){ + z[j++] = ' '; + } + }else{ + z[j++] = z[i]; + } + } + z[j] = 0; + sqlite3IoTrace("SQL %s\n", z); + } +} +#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE && SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE */ + +/* An instance of this object describes bulk memory available for use +** by subcomponents of a prepared statement. Space is allocated out +** of a ReusableSpace object by the allocSpace() routine below. +*/ +struct ReusableSpace { + u8 *pSpace; /* Available memory */ + int nFree; /* Bytes of available memory */ + int nNeeded; /* Total bytes that could not be allocated */ +}; + +/* Try to allocate nByte bytes of 8-byte aligned bulk memory for pBuf +** from the ReusableSpace object. Return a pointer to the allocated +** memory on success. If insufficient memory is available in the +** ReusableSpace object, increase the ReusableSpace.nNeeded +** value by the amount needed and return NULL. +** +** If pBuf is not initially NULL, that means that the memory has already +** been allocated by a prior call to this routine, so just return a copy +** of pBuf and leave ReusableSpace unchanged. +** +** This allocator is employed to repurpose unused slots at the end of the +** opcode array of prepared state for other memory needs of the prepared +** statement. +*/ +static void *allocSpace( + struct ReusableSpace *p, /* Bulk memory available for allocation */ + void *pBuf, /* Pointer to a prior allocation */ + int nByte /* Bytes of memory needed */ +){ + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p->pSpace) ); + if( pBuf==0 ){ + nByte = ROUND8(nByte); + if( nByte <= p->nFree ){ + p->nFree -= nByte; + pBuf = &p->pSpace[p->nFree]; + }else{ + p->nNeeded += nByte; + } + } + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pBuf) ); + return pBuf; +} + +/* +** Rewind the VDBE back to the beginning in preparation for +** running it. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe *p){ +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) + int i; +#endif + assert( p!=0 ); + assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); + + /* There should be at least one opcode. + */ + assert( p->nOp>0 ); + + /* Set the magic to VDBE_MAGIC_RUN sooner rather than later. */ + p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN; + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + for(i=0; i<p->nMem; i++){ + assert( p->aMem[i].db==p->db ); + } +#endif + p->pc = -1; + p->rc = SQLITE_OK; + p->errorAction = OE_Abort; + p->nChange = 0; + p->cacheCtr = 1; + p->minWriteFileFormat = 255; + p->iStatement = 0; + p->nFkConstraint = 0; +#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE + for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){ + p->aOp[i].cnt = 0; + p->aOp[i].cycles = 0; + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Prepare a virtual machine for execution for the first time after +** creating the virtual machine. This involves things such +** as allocating registers and initializing the program counter. +** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more +** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec(). +** +** This function may be called exactly once on each virtual machine. +** After this routine is called the VM has been "packaged" and is ready +** to run. After this routine is called, further calls to +** sqlite3VdbeAddOp() functions are prohibited. This routine disconnects +** the Vdbe from the Parse object that helped generate it so that the +** the Vdbe becomes an independent entity and the Parse object can be +** destroyed. +** +** Use the sqlite3VdbeRewind() procedure to restore a virtual machine back +** to its initial state after it has been run. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady( + Vdbe *p, /* The VDBE */ + Parse *pParse /* Parsing context */ +){ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + int nVar; /* Number of parameters */ + int nMem; /* Number of VM memory registers */ + int nCursor; /* Number of cursors required */ + int nArg; /* Number of arguments in subprograms */ + int nOnce; /* Number of OP_Once instructions */ + int n; /* Loop counter */ + struct ReusableSpace x; /* Reusable bulk memory */ + + assert( p!=0 ); + assert( p->nOp>0 ); + assert( pParse!=0 ); + assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); + assert( pParse==p->pParse ); + db = p->db; + assert( db->mallocFailed==0 ); + nVar = pParse->nVar; + nMem = pParse->nMem; + nCursor = pParse->nTab; + nArg = pParse->nMaxArg; + nOnce = pParse->nOnce; + if( nOnce==0 ) nOnce = 1; /* Ensure at least one byte in p->aOnceFlag[] */ + + /* Each cursor uses a memory cell. The first cursor (cursor 0) can + ** use aMem[0] which is not otherwise used by the VDBE program. Allocate + ** space at the end of aMem[] for cursors 1 and greater. + ** See also: allocateCursor(). + */ + nMem += nCursor; + if( nCursor==0 && nMem>0 ) nMem++; /* Space for aMem[0] even if not used */ + + /* Figure out how much reusable memory is available at the end of the + ** opcode array. This extra memory will be reallocated for other elements + ** of the prepared statement. + */ + n = ROUND8(sizeof(Op)*p->nOp); /* Bytes of opcode memory used */ + x.pSpace = &((u8*)p->aOp)[n]; /* Unused opcode memory */ + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(x.pSpace) ); + x.nFree = ROUNDDOWN8(pParse->szOpAlloc - n); /* Bytes of unused memory */ + assert( x.nFree>=0 ); + if( x.nFree>0 ){ + memset(x.pSpace, 0, x.nFree); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(&x.pSpace[x.nFree]) ); + } + + resolveP2Values(p, &nArg); + p->usesStmtJournal = (u8)(pParse->isMultiWrite && pParse->mayAbort); + if( pParse->explain && nMem<10 ){ + nMem = 10; + } + p->expired = 0; + + /* Memory for registers, parameters, cursor, etc, is allocated in one or two + ** passes. On the first pass, we try to reuse unused memory at the + ** end of the opcode array. If we are unable to satisfy all memory + ** requirements by reusing the opcode array tail, then the second + ** pass will fill in the remainder using a fresh memory allocation. + ** + ** This two-pass approach that reuses as much memory as possible from + ** the leftover memory at the end of the opcode array. This can significantly + ** reduce the amount of memory held by a prepared statement. + */ + do { + x.nNeeded = 0; + p->aMem = allocSpace(&x, p->aMem, nMem*sizeof(Mem)); + p->aVar = allocSpace(&x, p->aVar, nVar*sizeof(Mem)); + p->apArg = allocSpace(&x, p->apArg, nArg*sizeof(Mem*)); + p->apCsr = allocSpace(&x, p->apCsr, nCursor*sizeof(VdbeCursor*)); + p->aOnceFlag = allocSpace(&x, p->aOnceFlag, nOnce); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS + p->anExec = allocSpace(&x, p->anExec, p->nOp*sizeof(i64)); +#endif + if( x.nNeeded==0 ) break; + x.pSpace = p->pFree = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, x.nNeeded); + x.nFree = x.nNeeded; + }while( !db->mallocFailed ); + + p->nCursor = nCursor; + p->nOnceFlag = nOnce; + if( p->aVar ){ + p->nVar = (ynVar)nVar; + for(n=0; n<nVar; n++){ + p->aVar[n].flags = MEM_Null; + p->aVar[n].db = db; + } + } + p->nzVar = pParse->nzVar; + p->azVar = pParse->azVar; + pParse->nzVar = 0; + pParse->azVar = 0; + if( p->aMem ){ + p->nMem = nMem; + for(n=0; n<nMem; n++){ + p->aMem[n].flags = MEM_Undefined; + p->aMem[n].db = db; + } + } + p->explain = pParse->explain; + sqlite3VdbeRewind(p); +} + +/* +** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor +** happens to hold. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, VdbeCursor *pCx){ + if( pCx==0 ){ + return; + } + assert( pCx->pBt==0 || pCx->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); + switch( pCx->eCurType ){ + case CURTYPE_SORTER: { + sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(p->db, pCx); + break; + } + case CURTYPE_BTREE: { + if( pCx->pBt ){ + sqlite3BtreeClose(pCx->pBt); + /* The pCx->pCursor will be close automatically, if it exists, by + ** the call above. */ + }else{ + assert( pCx->uc.pCursor!=0 ); + sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->uc.pCursor); + } + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + case CURTYPE_VTAB: { + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVCur = pCx->uc.pVCur; + const sqlite3_module *pModule = pVCur->pVtab->pModule; + assert( pVCur->pVtab->nRef>0 ); + pVCur->pVtab->nRef--; + pModule->xClose(pVCur); + break; + } +#endif + } +} + +/* +** Close all cursors in the current frame. +*/ +static void closeCursorsInFrame(Vdbe *p){ + if( p->apCsr ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++){ + VdbeCursor *pC = p->apCsr[i]; + if( pC ){ + sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, pC); + p->apCsr[i] = 0; + } + } + } +} + +/* +** Copy the values stored in the VdbeFrame structure to its Vdbe. This +** is used, for example, when a trigger sub-program is halted to restore +** control to the main program. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *pFrame){ + Vdbe *v = pFrame->v; + closeCursorsInFrame(v); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS + v->anExec = pFrame->anExec; +#endif + v->aOnceFlag = pFrame->aOnceFlag; + v->nOnceFlag = pFrame->nOnceFlag; + v->aOp = pFrame->aOp; + v->nOp = pFrame->nOp; + v->aMem = pFrame->aMem; + v->nMem = pFrame->nMem; + v->apCsr = pFrame->apCsr; + v->nCursor = pFrame->nCursor; + v->db->lastRowid = pFrame->lastRowid; + v->nChange = pFrame->nChange; + v->db->nChange = pFrame->nDbChange; + sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(v->db, &v->pAuxData, -1, 0); + v->pAuxData = pFrame->pAuxData; + pFrame->pAuxData = 0; + return pFrame->pc; +} + +/* +** Close all cursors. +** +** Also release any dynamic memory held by the VM in the Vdbe.aMem memory +** cell array. This is necessary as the memory cell array may contain +** pointers to VdbeFrame objects, which may in turn contain pointers to +** open cursors. +*/ +static void closeAllCursors(Vdbe *p){ + if( p->pFrame ){ + VdbeFrame *pFrame; + for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent); + sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame); + p->pFrame = 0; + p->nFrame = 0; + } + assert( p->nFrame==0 ); + closeCursorsInFrame(p); + if( p->aMem ){ + releaseMemArray(p->aMem, p->nMem); + } + while( p->pDelFrame ){ + VdbeFrame *pDel = p->pDelFrame; + p->pDelFrame = pDel->pParent; + sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(pDel); + } + + /* Delete any auxdata allocations made by the VM */ + if( p->pAuxData ) sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(p->db, &p->pAuxData, -1, 0); + assert( p->pAuxData==0 ); +} + +/* +** Clean up the VM after a single run. +*/ +static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){ + sqlite3 *db = p->db; + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and + ** Vdbe.aMem[] arrays have already been cleaned up. */ + int i; + if( p->apCsr ) for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++) assert( p->apCsr[i]==0 ); + if( p->aMem ){ + for(i=0; i<p->nMem; i++) assert( p->aMem[i].flags==MEM_Undefined ); + } +#endif + + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); + p->zErrMsg = 0; + p->pResultSet = 0; +} + +/* +** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL +** statement. This is now set at compile time, rather than during +** execution of the vdbe program so that sqlite3_column_count() can +** be called on an SQL statement before sqlite3_step(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe *p, int nResColumn){ + Mem *pColName; + int n; + sqlite3 *db = p->db; + + releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName); + n = nResColumn*COLNAME_N; + p->nResColumn = (u16)nResColumn; + p->aColName = pColName = (Mem*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Mem)*n ); + if( p->aColName==0 ) return; + while( n-- > 0 ){ + pColName->flags = MEM_Null; + pColName->db = p->db; + pColName++; + } +} + +/* +** Set the name of the idx'th column to be returned by the SQL statement. +** zName must be a pointer to a nul terminated string. +** +** This call must be made after a call to sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(). +** +** The final parameter, xDel, must be one of SQLITE_DYNAMIC, SQLITE_STATIC +** or SQLITE_TRANSIENT. If it is SQLITE_DYNAMIC, then the buffer pointed +** to by zName will be freed by sqlite3DbFree() when the vdbe is destroyed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName( + Vdbe *p, /* Vdbe being configured */ + int idx, /* Index of column zName applies to */ + int var, /* One of the COLNAME_* constants */ + const char *zName, /* Pointer to buffer containing name */ + void (*xDel)(void*) /* Memory management strategy for zName */ +){ + int rc; + Mem *pColName; + assert( idx<p->nResColumn ); + assert( var<COLNAME_N ); + if( p->db->mallocFailed ){ + assert( !zName || xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC ); + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + assert( p->aColName!=0 ); + pColName = &(p->aColName[idx+var*p->nResColumn]); + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel); + assert( rc!=0 || !zName || (pColName->flags&MEM_Term)!=0 ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle +** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a +** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine +** takes care of the master journal trickery. +*/ +static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ + int i; + int nTrans = 0; /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction + ** that are candidates for a two-phase commit using a + ** master-journal */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int needXcommit = 0; + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + /* With this option, sqlite3VtabSync() is defined to be simply + ** SQLITE_OK so p is not used. + */ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); +#endif + + /* Before doing anything else, call the xSync() callback for any + ** virtual module tables written in this transaction. This has to + ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is + ** required, as an xSync() callback may add an attached database + ** to the transaction. + */ + rc = sqlite3VtabSync(db, p); + + /* This loop determines (a) if the commit hook should be invoked and + ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not + ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than + ** one database file has an open write transaction, a master journal + ** file is required for an atomic commit. + */ + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ + /* Whether or not a database might need a master journal depends upon + ** its journal mode (among other things). This matrix determines which + ** journal modes use a master journal and which do not */ + static const u8 aMJNeeded[] = { + /* DELETE */ 1, + /* PERSIST */ 1, + /* OFF */ 0, + /* TRUNCATE */ 1, + /* MEMORY */ 0, + /* WAL */ 0 + }; + Pager *pPager; /* Pager associated with pBt */ + needXcommit = 1; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt); + pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); + if( db->aDb[i].safety_level!=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF + && aMJNeeded[sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(pPager)] + ){ + assert( i!=1 ); + nTrans++; + } + rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt); + } + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + /* If there are any write-transactions at all, invoke the commit hook */ + if( needXcommit && db->xCommitCallback ){ + rc = db->xCommitCallback(db->pCommitArg); + if( rc ){ + return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK; + } + } + + /* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the + ** TEMP database) has a transaction active. There is no need for the + ** master-journal. + ** + ** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length + ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file. In + ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the + ** simple case then too. + */ + if( 0==sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt)) + || nTrans<=1 + ){ + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, 0); + } + } + + /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1. + ** If one of the BtreeCommitPhaseOne() calls fails, this indicates an + ** IO error while deleting or truncating a journal file. It is unlikely, + ** but could happen. In this case abandon processing and return the error. + */ + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 0); + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3VtabCommit(db); + } + } + + /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active. + ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is + ** committed atomically. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO + else{ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs; + char *zMaster = 0; /* File-name for the master journal */ + char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt); + sqlite3_file *pMaster = 0; + i64 offset = 0; + int res; + int retryCount = 0; + int nMainFile; + + /* Select a master journal file name */ + nMainFile = sqlite3Strlen30(zMainFile); + zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s-mjXXXXXX9XXz", zMainFile); + if( zMaster==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + do { + u32 iRandom; + if( retryCount ){ + if( retryCount>100 ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ delete: %s", zMaster); + sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); + break; + }else if( retryCount==1 ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ collide: %s", zMaster); + } + } + retryCount++; + sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(iRandom), &iRandom); + sqlite3_snprintf(13, &zMaster[nMainFile], "-mj%06X9%02X", + (iRandom>>8)&0xffffff, iRandom&0xff); + /* The antipenultimate character of the master journal name must + ** be "9" to avoid name collisions when using 8+3 filenames. */ + assert( zMaster[sqlite3Strlen30(zMaster)-3]=='9' ); + sqlite3FileSuffix3(zMainFile, zMaster); + rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); + }while( rc==SQLITE_OK && res ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* Open the master journal. */ + rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zMaster, &pMaster, + SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE| + SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL, 0 + ); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); + return rc; + } + + /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new + ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close + ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files + ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll + ** back independently if a failure occurs. + */ + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ + char const *zFile = sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(pBt); + if( zFile==0 ){ + continue; /* Ignore TEMP and :memory: databases */ + } + assert( zFile[0]!=0 ); + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pMaster, zFile, sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1, offset); + offset += sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); + sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); + return rc; + } + } + } + + /* Sync the master journal file. If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL device + ** flag is set this is not required. + */ + if( 0==(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pMaster)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) + && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsSync(pMaster, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL)) + ){ + sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); + sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); + return rc; + } + + /* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call + ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If + ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file. + ** + ** If the error occurs during the first call to + ** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(), then there is a chance that the + ** master journal file will be orphaned. But we cannot delete it, + ** in case the master journal file name was written into the journal + ** file before the failure occurred. + */ + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zMaster); + } + } + sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); + return rc; + } + + /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After + ** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual + ** transaction files are deleted. + */ + rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 1); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); + zMaster = 0; + if( rc ){ + return rc; + } + + /* All files and directories have already been synced, so the following + ** calls to sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() are only closing files and + ** deleting or truncating journals. If something goes wrong while + ** this is happening we don't really care. The integrity of the + ** transaction is already guaranteed, but some stray 'cold' journals + ** may be lying around. Returning an error code won't help matters. + */ + disable_simulated_io_errors(); + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 1); + } + } + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + enable_simulated_io_errors(); + + sqlite3VtabCommit(db); + } +#endif + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine checks that the sqlite3.nVdbeActive count variable +** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are +** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match. +** This is an internal self-check only - it is not an essential processing +** step. +** +** This is a no-op if NDEBUG is defined. +*/ +#ifndef NDEBUG +static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){ + Vdbe *p; + int cnt = 0; + int nWrite = 0; + int nRead = 0; + p = db->pVdbe; + while( p ){ + if( sqlite3_stmt_busy((sqlite3_stmt*)p) ){ + cnt++; + if( p->readOnly==0 ) nWrite++; + if( p->bIsReader ) nRead++; + } + p = p->pNext; + } + assert( cnt==db->nVdbeActive ); + assert( nWrite==db->nVdbeWrite ); + assert( nRead==db->nVdbeRead ); +} +#else +#define checkActiveVdbeCnt(x) +#endif + +/* +** If the Vdbe passed as the first argument opened a statement-transaction, +** close it now. Argument eOp must be either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or +** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then the statement +** transaction is rolled back. If eOp is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the +** statement transaction is committed. +** +** If an IO error occurs, an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned. +** Otherwise SQLITE_OK. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){ + sqlite3 *const db = p->db; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + /* If p->iStatement is greater than zero, then this Vdbe opened a + ** statement transaction that should be closed here. The only exception + ** is that an IO error may have occurred, causing an emergency rollback. + ** In this case (db->nStatement==0), and there is nothing to do. + */ + if( db->nStatement && p->iStatement ){ + int i; + const int iSavepoint = p->iStatement-1; + + assert( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK || eOp==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE); + assert( db->nStatement>0 ); + assert( p->iStatement==(db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint) ); + + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ + rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint); + } + if( rc2==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; + } + } + } + db->nStatement--; + p->iStatement = 0; + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ + rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint); + } + } + + /* If the statement transaction is being rolled back, also restore the + ** database handles deferred constraint counter to the value it had when + ** the statement transaction was opened. */ + if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ + db->nDeferredCons = p->nStmtDefCons; + db->nDeferredImmCons = p->nStmtDefImmCons; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called when a transaction opened by the database +** handle associated with the VM passed as an argument is about to be +** committed. If there are outstanding deferred foreign key constraint +** violations, return SQLITE_ERROR. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. +** +** If there are outstanding FK violations and this function returns +** SQLITE_ERROR, set the result of the VM to SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY +** and write an error message to it. Then return SQLITE_ERROR. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *p, int deferred){ + sqlite3 *db = p->db; + if( (deferred && (db->nDeferredCons+db->nDeferredImmCons)>0) + || (!deferred && p->nFkConstraint>0) + ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY; + p->errorAction = OE_Abort; + sqlite3VdbeError(p, "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif + +/* +** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt. If the VDBE +** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those +** changes. If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback. +** +** This routine is the only way to move the state of a VM from +** SQLITE_MAGIC_RUN to SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT. It is harmless to +** call this on a VM that is in the SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT state. +** +** Return an error code. If the commit could not complete because of +** lock contention, return SQLITE_BUSY. If SQLITE_BUSY is returned, it +** means the close did not happen and needs to be repeated. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){ + int rc; /* Used to store transient return codes */ + sqlite3 *db = p->db; + + /* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or + ** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the + ** execution of this virtual machine. + ** + ** If any of the following errors occur: + ** + ** SQLITE_NOMEM + ** SQLITE_IOERR + ** SQLITE_FULL + ** SQLITE_INTERRUPT + ** + ** Then the internal cache might have been left in an inconsistent + ** state. We need to rollback the statement transaction, if there is + ** one, or the complete transaction if there is no statement transaction. + */ + + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + if( p->aOnceFlag ) memset(p->aOnceFlag, 0, p->nOnceFlag); + closeAllCursors(p); + if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + checkActiveVdbeCnt(db); + + /* No commit or rollback needed if the program never started or if the + ** SQL statement does not read or write a database file. */ + if( p->pc>=0 && p->bIsReader ){ + int mrc; /* Primary error code from p->rc */ + int eStatementOp = 0; + int isSpecialError; /* Set to true if a 'special' error */ + + /* Lock all btrees used by the statement */ + sqlite3VdbeEnter(p); + + /* Check for one of the special errors */ + mrc = p->rc & 0xff; + isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR + || mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL; + if( isSpecialError ){ + /* If the query was read-only and the error code is SQLITE_INTERRUPT, + ** no rollback is necessary. Otherwise, at least a savepoint + ** transaction must be rolled back to restore the database to a + ** consistent state. + ** + ** Even if the statement is read-only, it is important to perform + ** a statement or transaction rollback operation. If the error + ** occurred while writing to the journal, sub-journal or database + ** file as part of an effort to free up cache space (see function + ** pagerStress() in pager.c), the rollback is required to restore + ** the pager to a consistent state. + */ + if( !p->readOnly || mrc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){ + if( (mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_FULL) && p->usesStmtJournal ){ + eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK; + }else{ + /* We are forced to roll back the active transaction. Before doing + ** so, abort any other statements this handle currently has active. + */ + sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK); + sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); + db->autoCommit = 1; + p->nChange = 0; + } + } + } + + /* Check for immediate foreign key violations. */ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0); + } + + /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active writer + ** VM, then we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction. + ** + ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled + ** above has occurred. + */ + if( !sqlite3VtabInSync(db) + && db->autoCommit + && db->nVdbeWrite==(p->readOnly==0) + ){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( NEVER(p->readOnly) ){ + sqlite3VdbeLeave(p); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY; + }else{ + /* The auto-commit flag is true, the vdbe program was successful + ** or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint and there are no deferred foreign + ** key constraints to hold up the transaction. This means a commit + ** is required. */ + rc = vdbeCommit(db, p); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && p->readOnly ){ + sqlite3VdbeLeave(p); + return SQLITE_BUSY; + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = rc; + sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK); + p->nChange = 0; + }else{ + db->nDeferredCons = 0; + db->nDeferredImmCons = 0; + db->flags &= ~SQLITE_DeferFKs; + sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db); + } + }else{ + sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK); + p->nChange = 0; + } + db->nStatement = 0; + }else if( eStatementOp==0 ){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){ + eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_RELEASE; + }else if( p->errorAction==OE_Abort ){ + eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK; + }else{ + sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK); + sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); + db->autoCommit = 1; + p->nChange = 0; + } + } + + /* If eStatementOp is non-zero, then a statement transaction needs to + ** be committed or rolled back. Call sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement() to + ** do so. If this operation returns an error, and the current statement + ** error code is SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then promote the + ** current statement error code. + */ + if( eStatementOp ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, eStatementOp); + if( rc ){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){ + p->rc = rc; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); + p->zErrMsg = 0; + } + sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK); + sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); + db->autoCommit = 1; + p->nChange = 0; + } + } + + /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and no statement transaction + ** has been rolled back, update the database connection change-counter. + */ + if( p->changeCntOn ){ + if( eStatementOp!=SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, 0); + } + p->nChange = 0; + } + + /* Release the locks */ + sqlite3VdbeLeave(p); + } + + /* We have successfully halted and closed the VM. Record this fact. */ + if( p->pc>=0 ){ + db->nVdbeActive--; + if( !p->readOnly ) db->nVdbeWrite--; + if( p->bIsReader ) db->nVdbeRead--; + assert( db->nVdbeActive>=db->nVdbeRead ); + assert( db->nVdbeRead>=db->nVdbeWrite ); + assert( db->nVdbeWrite>=0 ); + } + p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_HALT; + checkActiveVdbeCnt(db); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + + /* If the auto-commit flag is set to true, then any locks that were held + ** by connection db have now been released. Call sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked() + ** to invoke any required unlock-notify callbacks. + */ + if( db->autoCommit ){ + sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db); + } + + assert( db->nVdbeActive>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || db->nStatement==0 ); + return (p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? SQLITE_BUSY : SQLITE_OK); +} + + +/* +** Each VDBE holds the result of the most recent sqlite3_step() call +** in p->rc. This routine sets that result back to SQLITE_OK. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe *p){ + p->rc = SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Copy the error code and error message belonging to the VDBE passed +** as the first argument to its database handle (so that they will be +** returned by calls to sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg()). +** +** This function does not clear the VDBE error code or message, just +** copies them to the database handle. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p){ + sqlite3 *db = p->db; + int rc = p->rc; + if( p->zErrMsg ){ + db->bBenignMalloc++; + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + if( db->pErr==0 ) db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db); + sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + db->bBenignMalloc--; + db->errCode = rc; + }else{ + sqlite3Error(db, rc); + } + return rc; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG +/* +** If an SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG hook is registered and the VM has been run, +** invoke it. +*/ +static void vdbeInvokeSqllog(Vdbe *v){ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog && v->rc==SQLITE_OK && v->zSql && v->pc>=0 ){ + char *zExpanded = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(v, v->zSql); + assert( v->db->init.busy==0 ); + if( zExpanded ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog( + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg, v->db, zExpanded, 1 + ); + sqlite3DbFree(v->db, zExpanded); + } + } +} +#else +# define vdbeInvokeSqllog(x) +#endif + +/* +** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet. +** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg. Return the result code. +** +** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed +** again. +** +** To look at it another way, this routine resets the state of the +** virtual machine from VDBE_MAGIC_RUN or VDBE_MAGIC_HALT back to +** VDBE_MAGIC_INIT. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){ + sqlite3 *db; + db = p->db; + + /* If the VM did not run to completion or if it encountered an + ** error, then it might not have been halted properly. So halt + ** it now. + */ + sqlite3VdbeHalt(p); + + /* If the VDBE has be run even partially, then transfer the error code + ** and error message from the VDBE into the main database structure. But + ** if the VDBE has just been set to run but has not actually executed any + ** instructions yet, leave the main database error information unchanged. + */ + if( p->pc>=0 ){ + vdbeInvokeSqllog(p); + sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); + p->zErrMsg = 0; + if( p->runOnlyOnce ) p->expired = 1; + }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){ + /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call + ** to sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since sqlite3_step() was + ** called), set the database error in this case as well. + */ + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, p->rc, p->zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, p->zErrMsg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); + p->zErrMsg = 0; + } + + /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE + */ + Cleanup(p); + + /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run. + */ +#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE + { + FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a"); + if( out ){ + int i; + fprintf(out, "---- "); + for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){ + fprintf(out, "%02x", p->aOp[i].opcode); + } + fprintf(out, "\n"); + if( p->zSql ){ + char c, pc = 0; + fprintf(out, "-- "); + for(i=0; (c = p->zSql[i])!=0; i++){ + if( pc=='\n' ) fprintf(out, "-- "); + putc(c, out); + pc = c; + } + if( pc!='\n' ) fprintf(out, "\n"); + } + for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){ + char zHdr[100]; + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zHdr), zHdr, "%6u %12llu %8llu ", + p->aOp[i].cnt, + p->aOp[i].cycles, + p->aOp[i].cnt>0 ? p->aOp[i].cycles/p->aOp[i].cnt : 0 + ); + fprintf(out, "%s", zHdr); + sqlite3VdbePrintOp(out, i, &p->aOp[i]); + } + fclose(out); + } + } +#endif + p->iCurrentTime = 0; + p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT; + return p->rc & db->errMask; +} + +/* +** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution. Return an integer which is +** the result code. Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(p); + assert( (rc & p->db->errMask)==rc ); + } + sqlite3VdbeDelete(p); + return rc; +} + +/* +** If parameter iOp is less than zero, then invoke the destructor for +** all auxiliary data pointers currently cached by the VM passed as +** the first argument. +** +** Or, if iOp is greater than or equal to zero, then the destructor is +** only invoked for those auxiliary data pointers created by the user +** function invoked by the OP_Function opcode at instruction iOp of +** VM pVdbe, and only then if: +** +** * the associated function parameter is the 32nd or later (counting +** from left to right), or +** +** * the corresponding bit in argument mask is clear (where the first +** function parameter corresponds to bit 0 etc.). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(sqlite3 *db, AuxData **pp, int iOp, int mask){ + while( *pp ){ + AuxData *pAux = *pp; + if( (iOp<0) + || (pAux->iOp==iOp && (pAux->iArg>31 || !(mask & MASKBIT32(pAux->iArg)))) + ){ + testcase( pAux->iArg==31 ); + if( pAux->xDelete ){ + pAux->xDelete(pAux->pAux); + } + *pp = pAux->pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pAux); + }else{ + pp= &pAux->pNext; + } + } +} + +/* +** Free all memory associated with the Vdbe passed as the second argument, +** except for object itself, which is preserved. +** +** The difference between this function and sqlite3VdbeDelete() is that +** VdbeDelete() also unlinks the Vdbe from the list of VMs associated with +** the database connection and frees the object itself. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeClearObject(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ + SubProgram *pSub, *pNext; + int i; + assert( p->db==0 || p->db==db ); + releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar); + releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N); + for(pSub=p->pProgram; pSub; pSub=pNext){ + pNext = pSub->pNext; + vdbeFreeOpArray(db, pSub->aOp, pSub->nOp); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSub); + } + for(i=p->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azVar[i]); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azVar); + vdbeFreeOpArray(db, p->aOp, p->nOp); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zSql); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pFree); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS + for(i=0; i<p->nScan; i++){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aScan[i].zName); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aScan); +#endif +} + +/* +** Delete an entire VDBE. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){ + sqlite3 *db; + + if( NEVER(p==0) ) return; + db = p->db; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + sqlite3VdbeClearObject(db, p); + if( p->pPrev ){ + p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext; + }else{ + assert( db->pVdbe==p ); + db->pVdbe = p->pNext; + } + if( p->pNext ){ + p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev; + } + p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD; + p->db = 0; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); +} + +/* +** The cursor "p" has a pending seek operation that has not yet been +** carried out. Seek the cursor now. If an error occurs, return +** the appropriate error code. +*/ +static int SQLITE_NOINLINE handleDeferredMoveto(VdbeCursor *p){ + int res, rc; +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + extern int sqlite3_search_count; +#endif + assert( p->deferredMoveto ); + assert( p->isTable ); + assert( p->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(p->uc.pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res); + if( rc ) return rc; + if( res!=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_search_count++; +#endif + p->deferredMoveto = 0; + p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Something has moved cursor "p" out of place. Maybe the row it was +** pointed to was deleted out from under it. Or maybe the btree was +** rebalanced. Whatever the cause, try to restore "p" to the place it +** is supposed to be pointing. If the row was deleted out from under the +** cursor, set the cursor to point to a NULL row. +*/ +static int SQLITE_NOINLINE handleMovedCursor(VdbeCursor *p){ + int isDifferentRow, rc; + assert( p->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); + assert( p->uc.pCursor!=0 ); + assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->uc.pCursor) ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(p->uc.pCursor, &isDifferentRow); + p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + if( isDifferentRow ) p->nullRow = 1; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Check to ensure that the cursor is valid. Restore the cursor +** if need be. Return any I/O error from the restore operation. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore(VdbeCursor *p){ + assert( p->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); + if( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->uc.pCursor) ){ + return handleMovedCursor(p); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Make sure the cursor p is ready to read or write the row to which it +** was last positioned. Return an error code if an OOM fault or I/O error +** prevents us from positioning the cursor to its correct position. +** +** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that +** MoveTo now. If no move is pending, check to see if the row has been +** deleted out from under the cursor and if it has, mark the row as +** a NULL row. +** +** If the cursor is already pointing to the correct row and that row has +** not been deleted out from under the cursor, then this routine is a no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor **pp, int *piCol){ + VdbeCursor *p = *pp; + if( p->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ){ + if( p->deferredMoveto ){ + int iMap; + if( p->aAltMap && (iMap = p->aAltMap[1+*piCol])>0 ){ + *pp = p->pAltCursor; + *piCol = iMap - 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + return handleDeferredMoveto(p); + } + if( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->uc.pCursor) ){ + return handleMovedCursor(p); + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** The following functions: +** +** sqlite3VdbeSerialType() +** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen() +** sqlite3VdbeSerialLen() +** sqlite3VdbeSerialPut() +** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() +** +** encapsulate the code that serializes values for storage in SQLite +** data and index records. Each serialized value consists of a +** 'serial-type' and a blob of data. The serial type is an 8-byte unsigned +** integer, stored as a varint. +** +** In an SQLite index record, the serial type is stored directly before +** the blob of data that it corresponds to. In a table record, all serial +** types are stored at the start of the record, and the blobs of data at +** the end. Hence these functions allow the caller to handle the +** serial-type and data blob separately. +** +** The following table describes the various storage classes for data: +** +** serial type bytes of data type +** -------------- --------------- --------------- +** 0 0 NULL +** 1 1 signed integer +** 2 2 signed integer +** 3 3 signed integer +** 4 4 signed integer +** 5 6 signed integer +** 6 8 signed integer +** 7 8 IEEE float +** 8 0 Integer constant 0 +** 9 0 Integer constant 1 +** 10,11 reserved for expansion +** N>=12 and even (N-12)/2 BLOB +** N>=13 and odd (N-13)/2 text +** +** The 8 and 9 types were added in 3.3.0, file format 4. Prior versions +** of SQLite will not understand those serial types. +*/ + +/* +** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format, u32 *pLen){ + int flags = pMem->flags; + u32 n; + + assert( pLen!=0 ); + if( flags&MEM_Null ){ + *pLen = 0; + return 0; + } + if( flags&MEM_Int ){ + /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */ +# define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00008000)<<32)-1) + i64 i = pMem->u.i; + u64 u; + if( i<0 ){ + u = ~i; + }else{ + u = i; + } + if( u<=127 ){ + if( (i&1)==i && file_format>=4 ){ + *pLen = 0; + return 8+(u32)u; + }else{ + *pLen = 1; + return 1; + } + } + if( u<=32767 ){ *pLen = 2; return 2; } + if( u<=8388607 ){ *pLen = 3; return 3; } + if( u<=2147483647 ){ *pLen = 4; return 4; } + if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ){ *pLen = 6; return 5; } + *pLen = 8; + return 6; + } + if( flags&MEM_Real ){ + *pLen = 8; + return 7; + } + assert( pMem->db->mallocFailed || flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ); + assert( pMem->n>=0 ); + n = (u32)pMem->n; + if( flags & MEM_Zero ){ + n += pMem->u.nZero; + } + *pLen = n; + return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0)); +} + +/* +** The sizes for serial types less than 128 +*/ +static const u8 sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[] = { + /* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 */ +/* 0 */ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, +/* 10 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 3, +/* 20 */ 4, 4, 5, 5, 6, 6, 7, 7, 8, 8, +/* 30 */ 9, 9, 10, 10, 11, 11, 12, 12, 13, 13, +/* 40 */ 14, 14, 15, 15, 16, 16, 17, 17, 18, 18, +/* 50 */ 19, 19, 20, 20, 21, 21, 22, 22, 23, 23, +/* 60 */ 24, 24, 25, 25, 26, 26, 27, 27, 28, 28, +/* 70 */ 29, 29, 30, 30, 31, 31, 32, 32, 33, 33, +/* 80 */ 34, 34, 35, 35, 36, 36, 37, 37, 38, 38, +/* 90 */ 39, 39, 40, 40, 41, 41, 42, 42, 43, 43, +/* 100 */ 44, 44, 45, 45, 46, 46, 47, 47, 48, 48, +/* 110 */ 49, 49, 50, 50, 51, 51, 52, 52, 53, 53, +/* 120 */ 54, 54, 55, 55, 56, 56, 57, 57 +}; + +/* +** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){ + if( serial_type>=128 ){ + return (serial_type-12)/2; + }else{ + assert( serial_type<12 + || sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type]==(serial_type - 12)/2 ); + return sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type]; + } +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3VdbeOneByteSerialTypeLen(u8 serial_type){ + assert( serial_type<128 ); + return sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type]; +} + +/* +** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating +** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the +** upper 4 bytes. Return the result. +** +** For most architectures, this is a no-op. +** +** (later): It is reported to me that the mixed-endian problem +** on ARM7 is an issue with GCC, not with the ARM7 chip. It seems +** that early versions of GCC stored the two words of a 64-bit +** float in the wrong order. And that error has been propagated +** ever since. The blame is not necessarily with GCC, though. +** GCC might have just copying the problem from a prior compiler. +** I am also told that newer versions of GCC that follow a different +** ABI get the byte order right. +** +** Developers using SQLite on an ARM7 should compile and run their +** application using -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 at least once. With DEBUG +** enabled, some asserts below will ensure that the byte order of +** floating point values is correct. +** +** (2007-08-30) Frank van Vugt has studied this problem closely +** and has send his findings to the SQLite developers. Frank +** writes that some Linux kernels offer floating point hardware +** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full +** 48-bits as required by the IEEE standard. (This is the +** CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE option.) On such systems, floating point +** byte swapping becomes very complicated. To avoid problems, +** the necessary byte swapping is carried out using a 64-bit integer +** rather than a 64-bit float. Frank assures us that the code here +** works for him. We, the developers, have no way to independently +** verify this, but Frank seems to know what he is talking about +** so we trust him. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT +static u64 floatSwap(u64 in){ + union { + u64 r; + u32 i[2]; + } u; + u32 t; + + u.r = in; + t = u.i[0]; + u.i[0] = u.i[1]; + u.i[1] = t; + return u.r; +} +# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X) X = floatSwap(X) +#else +# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X) +#endif + +/* +** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into +** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space. +** Return the number of bytes written. +** +** nBuf is the amount of space left in buf[]. The caller is responsible +** for allocating enough space to buf[] to hold the entire field, exclusive +** of the pMem->u.nZero bytes for a MEM_Zero value. +** +** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[]. The number +** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only +** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[]. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, Mem *pMem, u32 serial_type){ + u32 len; + + /* Integer and Real */ + if( serial_type<=7 && serial_type>0 ){ + u64 v; + u32 i; + if( serial_type==7 ){ + assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->u.r) ); + memcpy(&v, &pMem->u.r, sizeof(v)); + swapMixedEndianFloat(v); + }else{ + v = pMem->u.i; + } + len = i = sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type]; + assert( i>0 ); + do{ + buf[--i] = (u8)(v&0xFF); + v >>= 8; + }while( i ); + return len; + } + + /* String or blob */ + if( serial_type>=12 ){ + assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.nZero:0) + == (int)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) ); + len = pMem->n; + if( len>0 ) memcpy(buf, pMem->z, len); + return len; + } + + /* NULL or constants 0 or 1 */ + return 0; +} + +/* Input "x" is a sequence of unsigned characters that represent a +** big-endian integer. Return the equivalent native integer +*/ +#define ONE_BYTE_INT(x) ((i8)(x)[0]) +#define TWO_BYTE_INT(x) (256*(i8)((x)[0])|(x)[1]) +#define THREE_BYTE_INT(x) (65536*(i8)((x)[0])|((x)[1]<<8)|(x)[2]) +#define FOUR_BYTE_UINT(x) (((u32)(x)[0]<<24)|((x)[1]<<16)|((x)[2]<<8)|(x)[3]) +#define FOUR_BYTE_INT(x) (16777216*(i8)((x)[0])|((x)[1]<<16)|((x)[2]<<8)|(x)[3]) + +/* +** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type +** and store the result in pMem. Return the number of bytes read. +** +** This function is implemented as two separate routines for performance. +** The few cases that require local variables are broken out into a separate +** routine so that in most cases the overhead of moving the stack pointer +** is avoided. +*/ +static u32 SQLITE_NOINLINE serialGet( + const unsigned char *buf, /* Buffer to deserialize from */ + u32 serial_type, /* Serial type to deserialize */ + Mem *pMem /* Memory cell to write value into */ +){ + u64 x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf); + u32 y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf+4); + x = (x<<32) + y; + if( serial_type==6 ){ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-29851-52272 Value is a big-endian 64-bit + ** twos-complement integer. */ + pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x; + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); + }else{ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-57343-49114 Value is a big-endian IEEE 754-2008 64-bit + ** floating point number. */ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) + /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same + ** byte order. Or, that if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is + ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed + ** endian. + */ + static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32; + static const double r1 = 1.0; + u64 t2 = t1; + swapMixedEndianFloat(t2); + assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 ); +#endif + assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->u.r)==8 ); + swapMixedEndianFloat(x); + memcpy(&pMem->u.r, &x, sizeof(x)); + pMem->flags = sqlite3IsNaN(pMem->u.r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real; + } + return 8; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet( + const unsigned char *buf, /* Buffer to deserialize from */ + u32 serial_type, /* Serial type to deserialize */ + Mem *pMem /* Memory cell to write value into */ +){ + switch( serial_type ){ + case 10: /* Reserved for future use */ + case 11: /* Reserved for future use */ + case 0: { /* Null */ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-24078-09375 Value is a NULL. */ + pMem->flags = MEM_Null; + break; + } + case 1: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-44885-25196 Value is an 8-bit twos-complement + ** integer. */ + pMem->u.i = ONE_BYTE_INT(buf); + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); + return 1; + } + case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-49794-35026 Value is a big-endian 16-bit + ** twos-complement integer. */ + pMem->u.i = TWO_BYTE_INT(buf); + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); + return 2; + } + case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-37839-54301 Value is a big-endian 24-bit + ** twos-complement integer. */ + pMem->u.i = THREE_BYTE_INT(buf); + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); + return 3; + } + case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-01849-26079 Value is a big-endian 32-bit + ** twos-complement integer. */ + pMem->u.i = FOUR_BYTE_INT(buf); +#ifdef __HP_cc + /* Work around a sign-extension bug in the HP compiler for HP/UX */ + if( buf[0]&0x80 ) pMem->u.i |= 0xffffffff80000000LL; +#endif + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); + return 4; + } + case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-50385-09674 Value is a big-endian 48-bit + ** twos-complement integer. */ + pMem->u.i = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(buf); + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); + return 6; + } + case 6: /* 8-byte signed integer */ + case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */ + /* These use local variables, so do them in a separate routine + ** to avoid having to move the frame pointer in the common case */ + return serialGet(buf,serial_type,pMem); + } + case 8: /* Integer 0 */ + case 9: { /* Integer 1 */ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-12976-22893 Value is the integer 0. */ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-18143-12121 Value is the integer 1. */ + pMem->u.i = serial_type-8; + pMem->flags = MEM_Int; + return 0; + } + default: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-14606-31564 Value is a BLOB that is (N-12)/2 bytes in + ** length. + ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-28401-00140 Value is a string in the text encoding and + ** (N-13)/2 bytes in length. */ + static const u16 aFlag[] = { MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem, MEM_Str|MEM_Ephem }; + pMem->z = (char *)buf; + pMem->n = (serial_type-12)/2; + pMem->flags = aFlag[serial_type&1]; + return pMem->n; + } + } + return 0; +} +/* +** This routine is used to allocate sufficient space for an UnpackedRecord +** structure large enough to be used with sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack() if +** the first argument is a pointer to KeyInfo structure pKeyInfo. +** +** The space is either allocated using sqlite3DbMallocRaw() or from within +** the unaligned buffer passed via the second and third arguments (presumably +** stack space). If the former, then *ppFree is set to a pointer that should +** be eventually freed by the caller using sqlite3DbFree(). Or, if the +** allocation comes from the pSpace/szSpace buffer, *ppFree is set to NULL +** before returning. +** +** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord( + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* Description of the record */ + char *pSpace, /* Unaligned space available */ + int szSpace, /* Size of pSpace[] in bytes */ + char **ppFree /* OUT: Caller should free this pointer */ +){ + UnpackedRecord *p; /* Unpacked record to return */ + int nOff; /* Increment pSpace by nOff to align it */ + int nByte; /* Number of bytes required for *p */ + + /* We want to shift the pointer pSpace up such that it is 8-byte aligned. + ** Thus, we need to calculate a value, nOff, between 0 and 7, to shift + ** it by. If pSpace is already 8-byte aligned, nOff should be zero. + */ + nOff = (8 - (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pSpace) & 7)) & 7; + nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*(pKeyInfo->nField+1); + if( nByte>szSpace+nOff ){ + p = (UnpackedRecord *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pKeyInfo->db, nByte); + *ppFree = (char *)p; + if( !p ) return 0; + }else{ + p = (UnpackedRecord*)&pSpace[nOff]; + *ppFree = 0; + } + + p->aMem = (Mem*)&((char*)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord))]; + assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 ); + p->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; + p->nField = pKeyInfo->nField + 1; + return p; +} + +/* +** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], populate the +** UnpackedRecord structure indicated by the fourth argument with the +** contents of the decoded record. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack( + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* Information about the record format */ + int nKey, /* Size of the binary record */ + const void *pKey, /* The binary record */ + UnpackedRecord *p /* Populate this structure before returning. */ +){ + const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey; + int d; + u32 idx; /* Offset in aKey[] to read from */ + u16 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ + u32 szHdr; + Mem *pMem = p->aMem; + + p->default_rc = 0; + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); + idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr); + d = szHdr; + u = 0; + while( idx<szHdr && d<=nKey ){ + u32 serial_type; + + idx += getVarint32(&aKey[idx], serial_type); + pMem->enc = pKeyInfo->enc; + pMem->db = pKeyInfo->db; + /* pMem->flags = 0; // sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() will set this for us */ + pMem->szMalloc = 0; + pMem->z = 0; + d += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey[d], serial_type, pMem); + pMem++; + if( (++u)>=p->nField ) break; + } + assert( u<=pKeyInfo->nField + 1 ); + p->nField = u; +} + +#if SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** This function compares two index or table record keys in the same way +** as the sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() routine. Unlike VdbeRecordCompare(), +** this function deserializes and compares values using the +** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() and sqlite3MemCompare() functions. It is used +** in assert() statements to ensure that the optimized code in +** sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() returns results with these two primitives. +** +** Return true if the result of comparison is equivalent to desiredResult. +** Return false if there is a disagreement. +*/ +static int vdbeRecordCompareDebug( + int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */ + const UnpackedRecord *pPKey2, /* Right key */ + int desiredResult /* Correct answer */ +){ + u32 d1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */ + u32 idx1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next header element */ + u32 szHdr1; /* Number of bytes in header */ + int i = 0; + int rc = 0; + const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1; + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; + Mem mem1; + + pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo; + if( pKeyInfo->db==0 ) return 1; + mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc; + mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db; + /* mem1.flags = 0; // Will be initialized by sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() */ + VVA_ONLY( mem1.szMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */ + + /* Compilers may complain that mem1.u.i is potentially uninitialized. + ** We could initialize it, as shown here, to silence those complaints. + ** But in fact, mem1.u.i will never actually be used uninitialized, and doing + ** the unnecessary initialization has a measurable negative performance + ** impact, since this routine is a very high runner. And so, we choose + ** to ignore the compiler warnings and leave this variable uninitialized. + */ + /* mem1.u.i = 0; // not needed, here to silence compiler warning */ + + idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1); + if( szHdr1>98307 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT; + d1 = szHdr1; + assert( pKeyInfo->nField+pKeyInfo->nXField>=pPKey2->nField || CORRUPT_DB ); + assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 ); + assert( pKeyInfo->nField>0 ); + assert( idx1<=szHdr1 || CORRUPT_DB ); + do{ + u32 serial_type1; + + /* Read the serial types for the next element in each key. */ + idx1 += getVarint32( aKey1+idx1, serial_type1 ); + + /* Verify that there is enough key space remaining to avoid + ** a buffer overread. The "d1+serial_type1+2" subexpression will + ** always be greater than or equal to the amount of required key space. + ** Use that approximation to avoid the more expensive call to + ** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen() in the common case. + */ + if( d1+serial_type1+2>(u32)nKey1 + && d1+sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>(u32)nKey1 + ){ + break; + } + + /* Extract the values to be compared. + */ + d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1); + + /* Do the comparison + */ + rc = sqlite3MemCompare(&mem1, &pPKey2->aMem[i], pKeyInfo->aColl[i]); + if( rc!=0 ){ + assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 ); /* See comment below */ + if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){ + rc = -rc; /* Invert the result for DESC sort order. */ + } + goto debugCompareEnd; + } + i++; + }while( idx1<szHdr1 && i<pPKey2->nField ); + + /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1. Prove this using + ** the following assert(). If the assert() fails, it indicates a + ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1). + */ + assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 ); + + /* rc==0 here means that one of the keys ran out of fields and + ** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the default_rc + ** value. */ + rc = pPKey2->default_rc; + +debugCompareEnd: + if( desiredResult==0 && rc==0 ) return 1; + if( desiredResult<0 && rc<0 ) return 1; + if( desiredResult>0 && rc>0 ) return 1; + if( CORRUPT_DB ) return 1; + if( pKeyInfo->db->mallocFailed ) return 1; + return 0; +} +#endif + +#if SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Count the number of fields (a.k.a. columns) in the record given by +** pKey,nKey. The verify that this count is less than or equal to the +** limit given by pKeyInfo->nField + pKeyInfo->nXField. +** +** If this constraint is not satisfied, it means that the high-speed +** vdbeRecordCompareInt() and vdbeRecordCompareString() routines will +** not work correctly. If this assert() ever fires, it probably means +** that the KeyInfo.nField or KeyInfo.nXField values were computed +** incorrectly. +*/ +static void vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits( + int nKey, const void *pKey, /* The record to verify */ + const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo /* Compare size with this KeyInfo */ +){ + int nField = 0; + u32 szHdr; + u32 idx; + u32 notUsed; + const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char*)pKey; + + if( CORRUPT_DB ) return; + idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr); + assert( nKey>=0 ); + assert( szHdr<=(u32)nKey ); + while( idx<szHdr ){ + idx += getVarint32(aKey+idx, notUsed); + nField++; + } + assert( nField <= pKeyInfo->nField+pKeyInfo->nXField ); +} +#else +# define vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits(A,B,C) +#endif + +/* +** Both *pMem1 and *pMem2 contain string values. Compare the two values +** using the collation sequence pColl. As usual, return a negative , zero +** or positive value if *pMem1 is less than, equal to or greater than +** *pMem2, respectively. Similar in spirit to "rc = (*pMem1) - (*pMem2);". +*/ +static int vdbeCompareMemString( + const Mem *pMem1, + const Mem *pMem2, + const CollSeq *pColl, + u8 *prcErr /* If an OOM occurs, set to SQLITE_NOMEM */ +){ + if( pMem1->enc==pColl->enc ){ + /* The strings are already in the correct encoding. Call the + ** comparison function directly */ + return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z); + }else{ + int rc; + const void *v1, *v2; + int n1, n2; + Mem c1; + Mem c2; + sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&c1, pMem1->db, MEM_Null); + sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&c2, pMem1->db, MEM_Null); + sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c1, pMem1, MEM_Ephem); + sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c2, pMem2, MEM_Ephem); + v1 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c1, pColl->enc); + n1 = v1==0 ? 0 : c1.n; + v2 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c2, pColl->enc); + n2 = v2==0 ? 0 : c2.n; + rc = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, n1, v1, n2, v2); + if( (v1==0 || v2==0) && prcErr ) *prcErr = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c1); + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c2); + return rc; + } +} + +/* +** Compare two blobs. Return negative, zero, or positive if the first +** is less than, equal to, or greater than the second, respectively. +** If one blob is a prefix of the other, then the shorter is the lessor. +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3BlobCompare(const Mem *pB1, const Mem *pB2){ + int c = memcmp(pB1->z, pB2->z, pB1->n>pB2->n ? pB2->n : pB1->n); + if( c ) return c; + return pB1->n - pB2->n; +} + +/* +** Do a comparison between a 64-bit signed integer and a 64-bit floating-point +** number. Return negative, zero, or positive if the first (i64) is less than, +** equal to, or greater than the second (double). +*/ +static int sqlite3IntFloatCompare(i64 i, double r){ + if( sizeof(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE)>8 ){ + LONGDOUBLE_TYPE x = (LONGDOUBLE_TYPE)i; + if( x<r ) return -1; + if( x>r ) return +1; + return 0; + }else{ + i64 y; + double s; + if( r<-9223372036854775808.0 ) return +1; + if( r>9223372036854775807.0 ) return -1; + y = (i64)r; + if( i<y ) return -1; + if( i>y ){ + if( y==SMALLEST_INT64 && r>0.0 ) return -1; + return +1; + } + s = (double)i; + if( s<r ) return -1; + if( s>r ) return +1; + return 0; + } +} + +/* +** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning +** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater +** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers +** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating +** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp(). +** +** Two NULL values are considered equal by this function. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const CollSeq *pColl){ + int f1, f2; + int combined_flags; + + f1 = pMem1->flags; + f2 = pMem2->flags; + combined_flags = f1|f2; + assert( (combined_flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); + + /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values + ** are NULL, return 0. + */ + if( combined_flags&MEM_Null ){ + return (f2&MEM_Null) - (f1&MEM_Null); + } + + /* At least one of the two values is a number + */ + if( combined_flags&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){ + if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)!=0 ){ + if( pMem1->u.i < pMem2->u.i ) return -1; + if( pMem1->u.i > pMem2->u.i ) return +1; + return 0; + } + if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Real)!=0 ){ + if( pMem1->u.r < pMem2->u.r ) return -1; + if( pMem1->u.r > pMem2->u.r ) return +1; + return 0; + } + if( (f1&MEM_Int)!=0 ){ + if( (f2&MEM_Real)!=0 ){ + return sqlite3IntFloatCompare(pMem1->u.i, pMem2->u.r); + }else{ + return -1; + } + } + if( (f1&MEM_Real)!=0 ){ + if( (f2&MEM_Int)!=0 ){ + return -sqlite3IntFloatCompare(pMem2->u.i, pMem1->u.r); + }else{ + return -1; + } + } + return +1; + } + + /* If one value is a string and the other is a blob, the string is less. + ** If both are strings, compare using the collating functions. + */ + if( combined_flags&MEM_Str ){ + if( (f1 & MEM_Str)==0 ){ + return 1; + } + if( (f2 & MEM_Str)==0 ){ + return -1; + } + + assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc || pMem1->db->mallocFailed ); + assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || + pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + + /* The collation sequence must be defined at this point, even if + ** the user deletes the collation sequence after the vdbe program is + ** compiled (this was not always the case). + */ + assert( !pColl || pColl->xCmp ); + + if( pColl ){ + return vdbeCompareMemString(pMem1, pMem2, pColl, 0); + } + /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through + ** to the blob case and use memcmp(). */ + } + + /* Both values must be blobs. Compare using memcmp(). */ + return sqlite3BlobCompare(pMem1, pMem2); +} + + +/* +** The first argument passed to this function is a serial-type that +** corresponds to an integer - all values between 1 and 9 inclusive +** except 7. The second points to a buffer containing an integer value +** serialized according to serial_type. This function deserializes +** and returns the value. +*/ +static i64 vdbeRecordDecodeInt(u32 serial_type, const u8 *aKey){ + u32 y; + assert( CORRUPT_DB || (serial_type>=1 && serial_type<=9 && serial_type!=7) ); + switch( serial_type ){ + case 0: + case 1: + testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); + return ONE_BYTE_INT(aKey); + case 2: + testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); + return TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey); + case 3: + testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); + return THREE_BYTE_INT(aKey); + case 4: { + testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); + y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey); + return (i64)*(int*)&y; + } + case 5: { + testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); + return FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey); + } + case 6: { + u64 x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey); + testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); + x = (x<<32) | FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+4); + return (i64)*(i64*)&x; + } + } + + return (serial_type - 8); +} + +/* +** This function compares the two table rows or index records +** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2. It returns a negative, zero +** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or +** greater than key2. The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob +** created by the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE. The pPKey2 +** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from +** sqlite3VdbeParseRecord. +** +** If argument bSkip is non-zero, it is assumed that the caller has already +** determined that the first fields of the keys are equal. +** +** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields. If all +** fields that appear in both keys are equal, then pPKey2->default_rc is +** returned. +** +** If database corruption is discovered, set pPKey2->errCode to +** SQLITE_CORRUPT and return 0. If an OOM error is encountered, +** pPKey2->errCode is set to SQLITE_NOMEM and, if it is not NULL, the +** malloc-failed flag set on database handle (pPKey2->pKeyInfo->db). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip( + int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */ + UnpackedRecord *pPKey2, /* Right key */ + int bSkip /* If true, skip the first field */ +){ + u32 d1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */ + int i; /* Index of next field to compare */ + u32 szHdr1; /* Size of record header in bytes */ + u32 idx1; /* Offset of first type in header */ + int rc = 0; /* Return value */ + Mem *pRhs = pPKey2->aMem; /* Next field of pPKey2 to compare */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo; + const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1; + Mem mem1; + + /* If bSkip is true, then the caller has already determined that the first + ** two elements in the keys are equal. Fix the various stack variables so + ** that this routine begins comparing at the second field. */ + if( bSkip ){ + u32 s1; + idx1 = 1 + getVarint32(&aKey1[1], s1); + szHdr1 = aKey1[0]; + d1 = szHdr1 + sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(s1); + i = 1; + pRhs++; + }else{ + idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1); + d1 = szHdr1; + if( d1>(unsigned)nKey1 ){ + pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + return 0; /* Corruption */ + } + i = 0; + } + + VVA_ONLY( mem1.szMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */ + assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nField+pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nXField>=pPKey2->nField + || CORRUPT_DB ); + assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 ); + assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nField>0 ); + assert( idx1<=szHdr1 || CORRUPT_DB ); + do{ + u32 serial_type; + + /* RHS is an integer */ + if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Int ){ + serial_type = aKey1[idx1]; + testcase( serial_type==12 ); + if( serial_type>=10 ){ + rc = +1; + }else if( serial_type==0 ){ + rc = -1; + }else if( serial_type==7 ){ + sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type, &mem1); + rc = -sqlite3IntFloatCompare(pRhs->u.i, mem1.u.r); + }else{ + i64 lhs = vdbeRecordDecodeInt(serial_type, &aKey1[d1]); + i64 rhs = pRhs->u.i; + if( lhs<rhs ){ + rc = -1; + }else if( lhs>rhs ){ + rc = +1; + } + } + } + + /* RHS is real */ + else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Real ){ + serial_type = aKey1[idx1]; + if( serial_type>=10 ){ + /* Serial types 12 or greater are strings and blobs (greater than + ** numbers). Types 10 and 11 are currently "reserved for future + ** use", so it doesn't really matter what the results of comparing + ** them to numberic values are. */ + rc = +1; + }else if( serial_type==0 ){ + rc = -1; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type, &mem1); + if( serial_type==7 ){ + if( mem1.u.r<pRhs->u.r ){ + rc = -1; + }else if( mem1.u.r>pRhs->u.r ){ + rc = +1; + } + }else{ + rc = sqlite3IntFloatCompare(mem1.u.i, pRhs->u.r); + } + } + } + + /* RHS is a string */ + else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Str ){ + getVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type); + testcase( serial_type==12 ); + if( serial_type<12 ){ + rc = -1; + }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){ + rc = +1; + }else{ + mem1.n = (serial_type - 12) / 2; + testcase( (d1+mem1.n)==(unsigned)nKey1 ); + testcase( (d1+mem1.n+1)==(unsigned)nKey1 ); + if( (d1+mem1.n) > (unsigned)nKey1 ){ + pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + return 0; /* Corruption */ + }else if( pKeyInfo->aColl[i] ){ + mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc; + mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db; + mem1.flags = MEM_Str; + mem1.z = (char*)&aKey1[d1]; + rc = vdbeCompareMemString( + &mem1, pRhs, pKeyInfo->aColl[i], &pPKey2->errCode + ); + }else{ + int nCmp = MIN(mem1.n, pRhs->n); + rc = memcmp(&aKey1[d1], pRhs->z, nCmp); + if( rc==0 ) rc = mem1.n - pRhs->n; + } + } + } + + /* RHS is a blob */ + else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Blob ){ + getVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type); + testcase( serial_type==12 ); + if( serial_type<12 || (serial_type & 0x01) ){ + rc = -1; + }else{ + int nStr = (serial_type - 12) / 2; + testcase( (d1+nStr)==(unsigned)nKey1 ); + testcase( (d1+nStr+1)==(unsigned)nKey1 ); + if( (d1+nStr) > (unsigned)nKey1 ){ + pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + return 0; /* Corruption */ + }else{ + int nCmp = MIN(nStr, pRhs->n); + rc = memcmp(&aKey1[d1], pRhs->z, nCmp); + if( rc==0 ) rc = nStr - pRhs->n; + } + } + } + + /* RHS is null */ + else{ + serial_type = aKey1[idx1]; + rc = (serial_type!=0); + } + + if( rc!=0 ){ + if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){ + rc = -rc; + } + assert( vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, rc) ); + assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 ); /* See comment below */ + return rc; + } + + i++; + pRhs++; + d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type); + idx1 += sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type); + }while( idx1<(unsigned)szHdr1 && i<pPKey2->nField && d1<=(unsigned)nKey1 ); + + /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1. Prove this using + ** the following assert(). If the assert() fails, it indicates a + ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1). */ + assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 ); + + /* rc==0 here means that one or both of the keys ran out of fields and + ** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the default_rc + ** value. */ + assert( CORRUPT_DB + || vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, pPKey2->default_rc) + || pKeyInfo->db->mallocFailed + ); + pPKey2->eqSeen = 1; + return pPKey2->default_rc; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare( + int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */ + UnpackedRecord *pPKey2 /* Right key */ +){ + return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 0); +} + + +/* +** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() +** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is an integer, and (b) the +** size-of-header varint at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single +** byte (i.e. is less than 128). +** +** To avoid concerns about buffer overreads, this routine is only used +** on schemas where the maximum valid header size is 63 bytes or less. +*/ +static int vdbeRecordCompareInt( + int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */ + UnpackedRecord *pPKey2 /* Right key */ +){ + const u8 *aKey = &((const u8*)pKey1)[*(const u8*)pKey1 & 0x3F]; + int serial_type = ((const u8*)pKey1)[1]; + int res; + u32 y; + u64 x; + i64 v = pPKey2->aMem[0].u.i; + i64 lhs; + + vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2->pKeyInfo); + assert( (*(u8*)pKey1)<=0x3F || CORRUPT_DB ); + switch( serial_type ){ + case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */ + lhs = ONE_BYTE_INT(aKey); + testcase( lhs<0 ); + break; + } + case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */ + lhs = TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey); + testcase( lhs<0 ); + break; + } + case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */ + lhs = THREE_BYTE_INT(aKey); + testcase( lhs<0 ); + break; + } + case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */ + y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey); + lhs = (i64)*(int*)&y; + testcase( lhs<0 ); + break; + } + case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */ + lhs = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey); + testcase( lhs<0 ); + break; + } + case 6: { /* 8-byte signed integer */ + x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey); + x = (x<<32) | FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+4); + lhs = *(i64*)&x; + testcase( lhs<0 ); + break; + } + case 8: + lhs = 0; + break; + case 9: + lhs = 1; + break; + + /* This case could be removed without changing the results of running + ** this code. Including it causes gcc to generate a faster switch + ** statement (since the range of switch targets now starts at zero and + ** is contiguous) but does not cause any duplicate code to be generated + ** (as gcc is clever enough to combine the two like cases). Other + ** compilers might be similar. */ + case 0: case 7: + return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2); + + default: + return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2); + } + + if( v>lhs ){ + res = pPKey2->r1; + }else if( v<lhs ){ + res = pPKey2->r2; + }else if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){ + /* The first fields of the two keys are equal. Compare the trailing + ** fields. */ + res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1); + }else{ + /* The first fields of the two keys are equal and there are no trailing + ** fields. Return pPKey2->default_rc in this case. */ + res = pPKey2->default_rc; + pPKey2->eqSeen = 1; + } + + assert( vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, res) ); + return res; +} + +/* +** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() +** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is a string, that (b) the first field +** uses the collation sequence BINARY and (c) that the size-of-header varint +** at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single byte. +*/ +static int vdbeRecordCompareString( + int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */ + UnpackedRecord *pPKey2 /* Right key */ +){ + const u8 *aKey1 = (const u8*)pKey1; + int serial_type; + int res; + + assert( pPKey2->aMem[0].flags & MEM_Str ); + vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2->pKeyInfo); + getVarint32(&aKey1[1], serial_type); + if( serial_type<12 ){ + res = pPKey2->r1; /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a number or a null */ + }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){ + res = pPKey2->r2; /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a blob */ + }else{ + int nCmp; + int nStr; + int szHdr = aKey1[0]; + + nStr = (serial_type-12) / 2; + if( (szHdr + nStr) > nKey1 ){ + pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + return 0; /* Corruption */ + } + nCmp = MIN( pPKey2->aMem[0].n, nStr ); + res = memcmp(&aKey1[szHdr], pPKey2->aMem[0].z, nCmp); + + if( res==0 ){ + res = nStr - pPKey2->aMem[0].n; + if( res==0 ){ + if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){ + res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1); + }else{ + res = pPKey2->default_rc; + pPKey2->eqSeen = 1; + } + }else if( res>0 ){ + res = pPKey2->r2; + }else{ + res = pPKey2->r1; + } + }else if( res>0 ){ + res = pPKey2->r2; + }else{ + res = pPKey2->r1; + } + } + + assert( vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, res) + || CORRUPT_DB + || pPKey2->pKeyInfo->db->mallocFailed + ); + return res; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to an sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() compatible function +** suitable for comparing serialized records to the unpacked record passed +** as the only argument. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord *p){ + /* varintRecordCompareInt() and varintRecordCompareString() both assume + ** that the size-of-header varint that occurs at the start of each record + ** fits in a single byte (i.e. is 127 or less). varintRecordCompareInt() + ** also assumes that it is safe to overread a buffer by at least the + ** maximum possible legal header size plus 8 bytes. Because there is + ** guaranteed to be at least 74 (but not 136) bytes of padding following each + ** buffer passed to varintRecordCompareInt() this makes it convenient to + ** limit the size of the header to 64 bytes in cases where the first field + ** is an integer. + ** + ** The easiest way to enforce this limit is to consider only records with + ** 13 fields or less. If the first field is an integer, the maximum legal + ** header size is (12*5 + 1 + 1) bytes. */ + if( (p->pKeyInfo->nField + p->pKeyInfo->nXField)<=13 ){ + int flags = p->aMem[0].flags; + if( p->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[0] ){ + p->r1 = 1; + p->r2 = -1; + }else{ + p->r1 = -1; + p->r2 = 1; + } + if( (flags & MEM_Int) ){ + return vdbeRecordCompareInt; + } + testcase( flags & MEM_Real ); + testcase( flags & MEM_Null ); + testcase( flags & MEM_Blob ); + if( (flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Null|MEM_Blob))==0 && p->pKeyInfo->aColl[0]==0 ){ + assert( flags & MEM_Str ); + return vdbeRecordCompareString; + } + } + + return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare; +} + +/* +** pCur points at an index entry created using the OP_MakeRecord opcode. +** Read the rowid (the last field in the record) and store it in *rowid. +** Return SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code otherwise. +** +** pCur might be pointing to text obtained from a corrupt database file. +** So the content cannot be trusted. Do appropriate checks on the content. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){ + i64 nCellKey = 0; + int rc; + u32 szHdr; /* Size of the header */ + u32 typeRowid; /* Serial type of the rowid */ + u32 lenRowid; /* Size of the rowid */ + Mem m, v; + + /* Get the size of the index entry. Only indices entries of less + ** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption. + ** Any corruption is detected in sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), though, so + ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits + */ + assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); + VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */ + assert( (nCellKey & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)nCellKey ); + + /* Read in the complete content of the index entry */ + sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&m, db, 0); + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (u32)nCellKey, 1, &m); + if( rc ){ + return rc; + } + + /* The index entry must begin with a header size */ + (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr); + testcase( szHdr==3 ); + testcase( szHdr==m.n ); + if( unlikely(szHdr<3 || (int)szHdr>m.n) ){ + goto idx_rowid_corruption; + } + + /* The last field of the index should be an integer - the ROWID. + ** Verify that the last entry really is an integer. */ + (void)getVarint32((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], typeRowid); + testcase( typeRowid==1 ); + testcase( typeRowid==2 ); + testcase( typeRowid==3 ); + testcase( typeRowid==4 ); + testcase( typeRowid==5 ); + testcase( typeRowid==6 ); + testcase( typeRowid==8 ); + testcase( typeRowid==9 ); + if( unlikely(typeRowid<1 || typeRowid>9 || typeRowid==7) ){ + goto idx_rowid_corruption; + } + lenRowid = sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[typeRowid]; + testcase( (u32)m.n==szHdr+lenRowid ); + if( unlikely((u32)m.n<szHdr+lenRowid) ){ + goto idx_rowid_corruption; + } + + /* Fetch the integer off the end of the index record */ + sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)&m.z[m.n-lenRowid], typeRowid, &v); + *rowid = v.u.i; + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m); + return SQLITE_OK; + + /* Jump here if database corruption is detected after m has been + ** allocated. Free the m object and return SQLITE_CORRUPT. */ +idx_rowid_corruption: + testcase( m.szMalloc!=0 ); + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m); + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; +} + +/* +** Compare the key of the index entry that cursor pC is pointing to against +** the key string in pUnpacked. Write into *pRes a number +** that is negative, zero, or positive if pC is less than, equal to, +** or greater than pUnpacked. Return SQLITE_OK on success. +** +** pUnpacked is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it +** omits the rowid at the end. The rowid at the end of the index entry +** is ignored as well. Hence, this routine only compares the prefixes +** of the keys prior to the final rowid, not the entire key. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + VdbeCursor *pC, /* The cursor to compare against */ + UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked, /* Unpacked version of key */ + int *res /* Write the comparison result here */ +){ + i64 nCellKey = 0; + int rc; + BtCursor *pCur; + Mem m; + + assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); + pCur = pC->uc.pCursor; + assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); + VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */ + /* nCellKey will always be between 0 and 0xffffffff because of the way + ** that btreeParseCellPtr() and sqlite3GetVarint32() are implemented */ + if( nCellKey<=0 || nCellKey>0x7fffffff ){ + *res = 0; + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&m, db, 0); + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (u32)nCellKey, 1, &m); + if( rc ){ + return rc; + } + *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(m.n, m.z, pUnpacked); + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to +** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + db->nChange = nChange; + db->nTotalChange += nChange; +} + +/* +** Set a flag in the vdbe to update the change counter when it is finalised +** or reset. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe *v){ + v->changeCntOn = 1; +} + +/* +** Mark every prepared statement associated with a database connection +** as expired. +** +** An expired statement means that recompilation of the statement is +** recommend. Statements expire when things happen that make their +** programs obsolete. Removing user-defined functions or collating +** sequences, or changing an authorization function are the types of +** things that make prepared statements obsolete. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3 *db){ + Vdbe *p; + for(p = db->pVdbe; p; p=p->pNext){ + p->expired = 1; + } +} + +/* +** Return the database associated with the Vdbe. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe *v){ + return v->db; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to an sqlite3_value structure containing the value bound +** parameter iVar of VM v. Except, if the value is an SQL NULL, return +** 0 instead. Unless it is NULL, apply affinity aff (one of the SQLITE_AFF_* +** constants) to the value before returning it. +** +** The returned value must be freed by the caller using sqlite3ValueFree(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(Vdbe *v, int iVar, u8 aff){ + assert( iVar>0 ); + if( v ){ + Mem *pMem = &v->aVar[iVar-1]; + if( 0==(pMem->flags & MEM_Null) ){ + sqlite3_value *pRet = sqlite3ValueNew(v->db); + if( pRet ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemCopy((Mem *)pRet, pMem); + sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pRet, aff, SQLITE_UTF8); + } + return pRet; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Configure SQL variable iVar so that binding a new value to it signals +** to sqlite3_reoptimize() that re-preparing the statement may result +** in a better query plan. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe *v, int iVar){ + assert( iVar>0 ); + if( iVar>32 ){ + v->expmask = 0xffffffff; + }else{ + v->expmask |= ((u32)1 << (iVar-1)); + } +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* +** Transfer error message text from an sqlite3_vtab.zErrMsg (text stored +** in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc) into a Vdbe.zErrMsg (text stored +** in memory obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(Vdbe *p, sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + if( pVtab->zErrMsg ){ + sqlite3 *db = p->db; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); + p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pVtab->zErrMsg); + sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg); + pVtab->zErrMsg = 0; + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK + +/* +** If the second argument is not NULL, release any allocations associated +** with the memory cells in the p->aMem[] array. Also free the UnpackedRecord +** structure itself, using sqlite3DbFree(). +** +** This function is used to free UnpackedRecord structures allocated by +** the vdbeUnpackRecord() function found in vdbeapi.c. +*/ +static void vdbeFreeUnpacked(sqlite3 *db, UnpackedRecord *p){ + if( p ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<p->nField; i++){ + Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[i]; + if( pMem->zMalloc ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK +/* +** Invoke the pre-update hook. If this is an UPDATE or DELETE pre-update call, +** then cursor passed as the second argument should point to the row about +** to be update or deleted. If the application calls sqlite3_preupdate_old(), +** the required value will be read from the row the cursor points to. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePreUpdateHook( + Vdbe *v, /* Vdbe pre-update hook is invoked by */ + VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Cursor to grab old.* values from */ + int op, /* SQLITE_INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE */ + const char *zDb, /* Database name */ + Table *pTab, /* Modified table */ + i64 iKey1, /* Initial key value */ + int iReg /* Register for new.* record */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = v->db; + i64 iKey2; + PreUpdate preupdate; + const char *zTbl = pTab->zName; + static const u8 fakeSortOrder = 0; + + assert( db->pPreUpdate==0 ); + memset(&preupdate, 0, sizeof(PreUpdate)); + if( op==SQLITE_UPDATE ){ + iKey2 = v->aMem[iReg].u.i; + }else{ + iKey2 = iKey1; + } + + assert( pCsr->nField==pTab->nCol + || (pCsr->nField==pTab->nCol+1 && op==SQLITE_DELETE && iReg==-1) + ); + + preupdate.v = v; + preupdate.pCsr = pCsr; + preupdate.op = op; + preupdate.iNewReg = iReg; + preupdate.keyinfo.db = db; + preupdate.keyinfo.enc = ENC(db); + preupdate.keyinfo.nField = pTab->nCol; + preupdate.keyinfo.aSortOrder = (u8*)&fakeSortOrder; + preupdate.iKey1 = iKey1; + preupdate.iKey2 = iKey2; + preupdate.iPKey = pTab->iPKey; + + db->pPreUpdate = &preupdate; + db->xPreUpdateCallback(db->pPreUpdateArg, db, op, zDb, zTbl, iKey1, iKey2); + db->pPreUpdate = 0; + sqlite3DbFree(db, preupdate.aRecord); + vdbeFreeUnpacked(db, preupdate.pUnpacked); + vdbeFreeUnpacked(db, preupdate.pNewUnpacked); + if( preupdate.aNew ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<pCsr->nField; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&preupdate.aNew[i]); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, preupdate.aNew); + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */ + +/************** End of vdbeaux.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file vdbeapi.c *****************************************/ +/* +** 2004 May 26 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the +** VDBE. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +/* +** Return TRUE (non-zero) of the statement supplied as an argument needs +** to be recompiled. A statement needs to be recompiled whenever the +** execution environment changes in a way that would alter the program +** that sqlite3_prepare() generates. For example, if new functions or +** collating sequences are registered or if an authorizer function is +** added or changed. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; + return p==0 || p->expired; +} +#endif + +/* +** Check on a Vdbe to make sure it has not been finalized. Log +** an error and return true if it has been finalized (or is otherwise +** invalid). Return false if it is ok. +*/ +static int vdbeSafety(Vdbe *p){ + if( p->db==0 ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with finalized prepared statement"); + return 1; + }else{ + return 0; + } +} +static int vdbeSafetyNotNull(Vdbe *p){ + if( p==0 ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with NULL prepared statement"); + return 1; + }else{ + return vdbeSafety(p); + } +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE +/* +** Invoke the profile callback. This routine is only called if we already +** know that the profile callback is defined and needs to be invoked. +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE void invokeProfileCallback(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ + sqlite3_int64 iNow; + assert( p->startTime>0 ); + assert( db->xProfile!=0 ); + assert( db->init.busy==0 ); + assert( p->zSql!=0 ); + sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &iNow); + db->xProfile(db->pProfileArg, p->zSql, (iNow - p->startTime)*1000000); + p->startTime = 0; +} +/* +** The checkProfileCallback(DB,P) macro checks to see if a profile callback +** is needed, and it invokes the callback if it is needed. +*/ +# define checkProfileCallback(DB,P) \ + if( ((P)->startTime)>0 ){ invokeProfileCallback(DB,P); } +#else +# define checkProfileCallback(DB,P) /*no-op*/ +#endif + +/* +** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by +** the sqlite3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an SQLITE_ +** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual +** machine. +** +** This routine sets the error code and string returned by +** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + int rc; + if( pStmt==0 ){ + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-57228-12904 Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL + ** pointer is a harmless no-op. */ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; + sqlite3 *db = v->db; + if( vdbeSafety(v) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + checkProfileCallback(db, v); + rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(db); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it +** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from +** the prior execution is returned. +** +** This routine sets the error code and string returned by +** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + int rc; + if( pStmt==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; + sqlite3 *db = v->db; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + checkProfileCallback(db, v); + rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(v); + sqlite3VdbeRewind(v); + assert( (rc & (db->errMask))==rc ); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Set all the parameters in the compiled SQL statement to NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + int i; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db->mutex; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + for(i=0; i<p->nVar; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&p->aVar[i]); + p->aVar[i].flags = MEM_Null; + } + if( p->isPrepareV2 && p->expmask ){ + p->expired = 1; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + return rc; +} + + +/**************************** sqlite3_value_ ******************************* +** The following routines extract information from a Mem or sqlite3_value +** structure. +*/ +SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal; + if( p->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){ + if( sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(p)!=SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( p->flags==MEM_Null && p->z==0 ); + return 0; + } + p->flags |= MEM_Blob; + return p->n ? p->z : 0; + }else{ + return sqlite3_value_text(pVal); + } +} +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); +} +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); +} +SQLITE_API double SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + return sqlite3VdbeRealValue((Mem*)pVal); +} +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + return (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal); +} +SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal); +} +SQLITE_API unsigned int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_subtype(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal; + return ((pMem->flags & MEM_Subtype) ? pMem->eSubtype : 0); +} +SQLITE_API const unsigned char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + return (const unsigned char *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value* pVal){ + return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); +} +SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16BE); +} +SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16LE); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-12793-43283 Every value in SQLite has one of five +** fundamental datatypes: 64-bit signed integer 64-bit IEEE floating +** point number string BLOB NULL +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value* pVal){ + static const u8 aType[] = { + SQLITE_BLOB, /* 0x00 */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x01 */ + SQLITE_TEXT, /* 0x02 */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x03 */ + SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x04 */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x05 */ + SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x06 */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x07 */ + SQLITE_FLOAT, /* 0x08 */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x09 */ + SQLITE_FLOAT, /* 0x0a */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x0b */ + SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x0c */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x0d */ + SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x0e */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x0f */ + SQLITE_BLOB, /* 0x10 */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x11 */ + SQLITE_TEXT, /* 0x12 */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x13 */ + SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x14 */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x15 */ + SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x16 */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x17 */ + SQLITE_FLOAT, /* 0x18 */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x19 */ + SQLITE_FLOAT, /* 0x1a */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x1b */ + SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x1c */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x1d */ + SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x1e */ + SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x1f */ + }; + return aType[pVal->flags&MEM_AffMask]; +} + +/* Make a copy of an sqlite3_value object +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_dup(const sqlite3_value *pOrig){ + sqlite3_value *pNew; + if( pOrig==0 ) return 0; + pNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pNew) ); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew)); + memcpy(pNew, pOrig, MEMCELLSIZE); + pNew->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn; + pNew->db = 0; + if( pNew->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ + pNew->flags &= ~(MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn); + pNew->flags |= MEM_Ephem; + if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pNew)!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3ValueFree(pNew); + pNew = 0; + } + } + return pNew; +} + +/* Destroy an sqlite3_value object previously obtained from +** sqlite3_value_dup(). +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value *pOld){ + sqlite3ValueFree(pOld); +} + + +/**************************** sqlite3_result_ ******************************* +** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify +** the function result. +** +** The setStrOrError() function calls sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr() to store the +** result as a string or blob but if the string or blob is too large, it +** then sets the error code to SQLITE_TOOBIG +** +** The invokeValueDestructor(P,X) routine invokes destructor function X() +** on value P is not going to be used and need to be destroyed. +*/ +static void setResultStrOrError( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Function context */ + const char *z, /* String pointer */ + int n, /* Bytes in string, or negative */ + u8 enc, /* Encoding of z. 0 for BLOBs */ + void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */ +){ + if( sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, z, n, enc, xDel)==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(pCtx); + } +} +static int invokeValueDestructor( + const void *p, /* Value to destroy */ + void (*xDel)(void*), /* The destructor */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx /* Set a SQLITE_TOOBIG error if no NULL */ +){ + assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC ); + if( xDel==0 ){ + /* noop */ + }else if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){ + /* noop */ + }else{ + xDel((void*)p); + } + if( pCtx ) sqlite3_result_error_toobig(pCtx); + return SQLITE_TOOBIG; +} +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_blob( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const void *z, + int n, + void (*xDel)(void *) +){ + assert( n>=0 ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); + setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, 0, xDel); +} +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_blob64( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const void *z, + sqlite3_uint64 n, + void (*xDel)(void *) +){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); + assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC ); + if( n>0x7fffffff ){ + (void)invokeValueDestructor(z, xDel, pCtx); + }else{ + setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, (int)n, 0, xDel); + } +} +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(pCtx->pOut, rVal); +} +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); + pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR; + pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1; + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); + pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR; + pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1; + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); +} +#endif +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pCtx->pOut, (i64)iVal); +} +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pCtx->pOut, iVal); +} +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pCtx->pOut); +} +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_subtype(sqlite3_context *pCtx, unsigned int eSubtype){ + Mem *pOut = pCtx->pOut; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pOut->db->mutex) ); + pOut->eSubtype = eSubtype & 0xff; + pOut->flags |= MEM_Subtype; +} +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_text( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const char *z, + int n, + void (*xDel)(void *) +){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); + setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel); +} +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_text64( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const char *z, + sqlite3_uint64 n, + void (*xDel)(void *), + unsigned char enc +){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); + assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC ); + if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ) enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; + if( n>0x7fffffff ){ + (void)invokeValueDestructor(z, xDel, pCtx); + }else{ + setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, (int)n, enc, xDel); + } +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_text16( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const void *z, + int n, + void (*xDel)(void *) +){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); + setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel); +} +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_text16be( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const void *z, + int n, + void (*xDel)(void *) +){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); + setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel); +} +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_text16le( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const void *z, + int n, + void (*xDel)(void *) +){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); + setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16LE, xDel); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context *pCtx, sqlite3_value *pValue){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); + sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pCtx->pOut, pValue); +} +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(pCtx->pOut, n); +} +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, u64 n){ + Mem *pOut = pCtx->pOut; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pOut->db->mutex) ); + if( n>(u64)pOut->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + return SQLITE_TOOBIG; + } + sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(pCtx->pOut, (int)n); + return SQLITE_OK; +} +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){ + pCtx->isError = errCode; + pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( pCtx->pVdbe ) pCtx->pVdbe->rcApp = errCode; +#endif + if( pCtx->pOut->flags & MEM_Null ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1, + SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); + } +} + +/* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); + pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG; + pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1; + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, "string or blob too big", -1, + SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); +} + +/* An SQLITE_NOMEM error. */ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pCtx->pOut); + pCtx->isError = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1; + sqlite3OomFault(pCtx->pOut->db); +} + +/* +** This function is called after a transaction has been committed. It +** invokes callbacks registered with sqlite3_wal_hook() as required. +*/ +static int doWalCallbacks(sqlite3 *db){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + int i; + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + int nEntry; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt); + nEntry = sqlite3PagerWalCallback(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt); + if( db->xWalCallback && nEntry>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = db->xWalCallback(db->pWalArg, db, db->aDb[i].zName, nEntry); + } + } + } +#endif + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the +** statement is completely executed or an error occurs. +** +** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlite_step() +** API. The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a +** schema change has occurred. That detail is handled by the +** outer sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure. +*/ +static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){ + sqlite3 *db; + int rc; + + assert(p); + if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){ + /* We used to require that sqlite3_reset() be called before retrying + ** sqlite3_step() after any error or after SQLITE_DONE. But beginning + ** with version 3.7.0, we changed this so that sqlite3_reset() would + ** be called automatically instead of throwing the SQLITE_MISUSE error. + ** This "automatic-reset" change is not technically an incompatibility, + ** since any application that receives an SQLITE_MISUSE is broken by + ** definition. + ** + ** Nevertheless, some published applications that were originally written + ** for version 3.6.23 or earlier do in fact depend on SQLITE_MISUSE + ** returns, and those were broken by the automatic-reset change. As a + ** a work-around, the SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET compile-time restores the + ** legacy behavior of returning SQLITE_MISUSE for cases where the + ** previous sqlite3_step() returned something other than a SQLITE_LOCKED + ** or SQLITE_BUSY error. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET + if( (rc = p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED ){ + sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p); + }else{ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } +#else + sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p); +#endif + } + + /* Check that malloc() has not failed. If it has, return early. */ + db = p->db; + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + + if( p->pc<=0 && p->expired ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto end_of_step; + } + if( p->pc<0 ){ + /* If there are no other statements currently running, then + ** reset the interrupt flag. This prevents a call to sqlite3_interrupt + ** from interrupting a statement that has not yet started. + */ + if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){ + db->u1.isInterrupted = 0; + } + + assert( db->nVdbeWrite>0 || db->autoCommit==0 + || (db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0) + ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + if( db->xProfile && !db->init.busy && p->zSql ){ + sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &p->startTime); + }else{ + assert( p->startTime==0 ); + } +#endif + + db->nVdbeActive++; + if( p->readOnly==0 ) db->nVdbeWrite++; + if( p->bIsReader ) db->nVdbeRead++; + p->pc = 0; + } +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + p->rcApp = SQLITE_OK; +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + if( p->explain ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeList(p); + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ + { + db->nVdbeExec++; + rc = sqlite3VdbeExec(p); + db->nVdbeExec--; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + /* If the statement completed successfully, invoke the profile callback */ + if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) checkProfileCallback(db, p); +#endif + + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + p->rc = doWalCallbacks(db); + if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + } + + db->errCode = rc; + if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc) ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } +end_of_step: + /* At this point local variable rc holds the value that should be + ** returned if this statement was compiled using the legacy + ** sqlite3_prepare() interface. According to the docs, this can only + ** be one of the values in the first assert() below. Variable p->rc + ** contains the value that would be returned if sqlite3_finalize() + ** were called on statement p. + */ + assert( rc==SQLITE_ROW || rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_ERROR + || (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_MISUSE + ); + assert( (p->rc!=SQLITE_ROW && p->rc!=SQLITE_DONE) || p->rc==p->rcApp ); + if( p->isPrepareV2 && rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){ + /* If this statement was prepared using sqlite3_prepare_v2(), and an + ** error has occurred, then return the error code in p->rc to the + ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value. + */ + rc = sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p); + } + return (rc&db->errMask); +} + +/* +** This is the top-level implementation of sqlite3_step(). Call +** sqlite3Step() to do most of the work. If a schema error occurs, +** call sqlite3Reprepare() and try again. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result from sqlite3Step() */ + int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Result from sqlite3Reprepare() */ + Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; /* the prepared statement */ + int cnt = 0; /* Counter to prevent infinite loop of reprepares */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + + if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(v) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + db = v->db; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + v->doingRerun = 0; + while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA + && cnt++ < SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY ){ + int savedPc = v->pc; + rc2 = rc = sqlite3Reprepare(v); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK) break; + sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( savedPc>=0 ) v->doingRerun = 1; + assert( v->expired==0 ); + } + if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){ + /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement. + ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded + ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message + ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement + ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is + ** finalized or reset the parser error message is available via + ** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errcode(). + */ + const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); + sqlite3DbFree(db, v->zErrMsg); + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + v->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr); + v->rc = rc2; + } else { + v->zErrMsg = 0; + v->rc = rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + } + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a +** pointer to it. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context *p){ + assert( p && p->pFunc ); + return p->pFunc->pUserData; +} + +/* +** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a +** pointer to it. +** +** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46798-50301 The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface +** returns a copy of the pointer to the database connection (the 1st +** parameter) of the sqlite3_create_function() and +** sqlite3_create_function16() routines that originally registered the +** application defined function. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3 *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context *p){ + assert( p && p->pOut ); + return p->pOut->db; +} + +/* +** Return the current time for a statement. If the current time +** is requested more than once within the same run of a single prepared +** statement, the exact same time is returned for each invocation regardless +** of the amount of time that elapses between invocations. In other words, +** the time returned is always the time of the first call. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(sqlite3_context *p){ + int rc; +#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + sqlite3_int64 *piTime = &p->pVdbe->iCurrentTime; + assert( p->pVdbe!=0 ); +#else + sqlite3_int64 iTime = 0; + sqlite3_int64 *piTime = p->pVdbe!=0 ? &p->pVdbe->iCurrentTime : &iTime; +#endif + if( *piTime==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(p->pOut->db->pVfs, piTime); + if( rc ) *piTime = 0; + } + return *piTime; +} + +/* +** The following is the implementation of an SQL function that always +** fails with an error message stating that the function is used in the +** wrong context. The sqlite3_overload_function() API might construct +** SQL function that use this routine so that the functions will exist +** for name resolution but are actually overloaded by the xFindFunction +** method of virtual tables. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction( + sqlite3_context *context, /* The function calling context */ + int NotUsed, /* Number of arguments to the function */ + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 /* Value of each argument */ +){ + const char *zName = context->pFunc->zName; + char *zErr; + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + zErr = sqlite3_mprintf( + "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName); + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); +} + +/* +** Create a new aggregate context for p and return a pointer to +** its pMem->z element. +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE void *createAggContext(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){ + Mem *pMem = p->pMem; + assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ); + if( nByte<=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem); + pMem->z = 0; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, nByte); + pMem->flags = MEM_Agg; + pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc; + if( pMem->z ){ + memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte); + } + } + return (void*)pMem->z; +} + +/* +** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function. A new +** context is allocated on the first call. Subsequent calls return the +** same context that was returned on prior calls. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){ + assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xFinalize ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pOut->db->mutex) ); + testcase( nByte<0 ); + if( (p->pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ){ + return createAggContext(p, nByte); + }else{ + return (void*)p->pMem->z; + } +} + +/* +** Return the auxiliary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to +** the user-function defined by pCtx. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){ + AuxData *pAuxData; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + if( pCtx->pVdbe==0 ) return 0; +#else + assert( pCtx->pVdbe!=0 ); +#endif + for(pAuxData=pCtx->pVdbe->pAuxData; pAuxData; pAuxData=pAuxData->pNext){ + if( pAuxData->iOp==pCtx->iOp && pAuxData->iArg==iArg ) break; + } + + return (pAuxData ? pAuxData->pAux : 0); +} + +/* +** Set the auxiliary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th +** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is +** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set. +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_set_auxdata( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + int iArg, + void *pAux, + void (*xDelete)(void*) +){ + AuxData *pAuxData; + Vdbe *pVdbe = pCtx->pVdbe; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); + if( iArg<0 ) goto failed; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + if( pVdbe==0 ) goto failed; +#else + assert( pVdbe!=0 ); +#endif + + for(pAuxData=pVdbe->pAuxData; pAuxData; pAuxData=pAuxData->pNext){ + if( pAuxData->iOp==pCtx->iOp && pAuxData->iArg==iArg ) break; + } + if( pAuxData==0 ){ + pAuxData = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pVdbe->db, sizeof(AuxData)); + if( !pAuxData ) goto failed; + pAuxData->iOp = pCtx->iOp; + pAuxData->iArg = iArg; + pAuxData->pNext = pVdbe->pAuxData; + pVdbe->pAuxData = pAuxData; + if( pCtx->fErrorOrAux==0 ){ + pCtx->isError = 0; + pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1; + } + }else if( pAuxData->xDelete ){ + pAuxData->xDelete(pAuxData->pAux); + } + + pAuxData->pAux = pAux; + pAuxData->xDelete = xDelete; + return; + +failed: + if( xDelete ){ + xDelete(pAux); + } +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +/* +** Return the number of times the Step function of an aggregate has been +** called. +** +** This function is deprecated. Do not use it for new code. It is +** provide only to avoid breaking legacy code. New aggregate function +** implementations should keep their own counts within their aggregate +** context. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context *p){ + assert( p && p->pMem && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xFinalize ); + return p->pMem->n; +} +#endif + +/* +** Return the number of columns in the result set for the statement pStmt. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + return pVm ? pVm->nResColumn : 0; +} + +/* +** Return the number of values available from the current row of the +** currently executing statement pStmt. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + if( pVm==0 || pVm->pResultSet==0 ) return 0; + return pVm->nResColumn; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to static memory containing an SQL NULL value. +*/ +static const Mem *columnNullValue(void){ + /* Even though the Mem structure contains an element + ** of type i64, on certain architectures (x86) with certain compiler + ** switches (-Os), gcc may align this Mem object on a 4-byte boundary + ** instead of an 8-byte one. This all works fine, except that when + ** running with SQLITE_DEBUG defined the SQLite code sometimes assert()s + ** that a Mem structure is located on an 8-byte boundary. To prevent + ** these assert()s from failing, when building with SQLITE_DEBUG defined + ** using gcc, we force nullMem to be 8-byte aligned using the magical + ** __attribute__((aligned(8))) macro. */ + static const Mem nullMem +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(__GNUC__) + __attribute__((aligned(8))) +#endif + = { + /* .u = */ {0}, + /* .flags = */ (u16)MEM_Null, + /* .enc = */ (u8)0, + /* .eSubtype = */ (u8)0, + /* .n = */ (int)0, + /* .z = */ (char*)0, + /* .zMalloc = */ (char*)0, + /* .szMalloc = */ (int)0, + /* .uTemp = */ (u32)0, + /* .db = */ (sqlite3*)0, + /* .xDel = */ (void(*)(void*))0, +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* .pScopyFrom = */ (Mem*)0, + /* .pFiller = */ (void*)0, +#endif + }; + return &nullMem; +} + +/* +** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid. If +** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column. +** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value +** of NULL. +*/ +static Mem *columnMem(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + Vdbe *pVm; + Mem *pOut; + + pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + if( pVm && pVm->pResultSet!=0 && i<pVm->nResColumn && i>=0 ){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex); + pOut = &pVm->pResultSet[i]; + }else{ + if( pVm && ALWAYS(pVm->db) ){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex); + sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE); + } + pOut = (Mem*)columnNullValue(); + } + return pOut; +} + +/* +** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a +** column value (i.e. a value returned by evaluating an SQL expression in the +** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If +** malloc() has failed, the threads mallocFailed flag is cleared and the result +** code of statement pStmt set to SQLITE_NOMEM. +** +** Specifically, this is called from within: +** +** sqlite3_column_int() +** sqlite3_column_int64() +** sqlite3_column_text() +** sqlite3_column_text16() +** sqlite3_column_real() +** sqlite3_column_bytes() +** sqlite3_column_bytes16() +** sqiite3_column_blob() +*/ +static void columnMallocFailure(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt) +{ + /* If malloc() failed during an encoding conversion within an + ** sqlite3_column_XXX API, then set the return code of the statement to + ** SQLITE_NOMEM. The next call to _step() (if any) will return SQLITE_ERROR + ** and _finalize() will return NOMEM. + */ + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + if( p ){ + p->rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + } +} + +/**************************** sqlite3_column_ ******************************* +** The following routines are used to access elements of the current row +** in the result set. +*/ +SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + const void *val; + val = sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); + /* Even though there is no encoding conversion, value_blob() might + ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob() + ** expression. + */ + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return val; +} +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + int val = sqlite3_value_bytes( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return val; +} +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + int val = sqlite3_value_bytes16( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return val; +} +SQLITE_API double SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + double val = sqlite3_value_double( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return val; +} +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + int val = sqlite3_value_int( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return val; +} +SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + sqlite_int64 val = sqlite3_value_int64( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return val; +} +SQLITE_API const unsigned char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + const unsigned char *val = sqlite3_value_text( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return val; +} +SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + Mem *pOut = columnMem(pStmt, i); + if( pOut->flags&MEM_Static ){ + pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Static; + pOut->flags |= MEM_Ephem; + } + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return (sqlite3_value *)pOut; +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + const void *val = sqlite3_value_text16( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return val; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + int iType = sqlite3_value_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); + columnMallocFailure(pStmt); + return iType; +} + +/* +** Convert the N-th element of pStmt->pColName[] into a string using +** xFunc() then return that string. If N is out of range, return 0. +** +** There are up to 5 names for each column. useType determines which +** name is returned. Here are the names: +** +** 0 The column name as it should be displayed for output +** 1 The datatype name for the column +** 2 The name of the database that the column derives from +** 3 The name of the table that the column derives from +** 4 The name of the table column that the result column derives from +** +** If the result is not a simple column reference (if it is an expression +** or a constant) then useTypes 2, 3, and 4 return NULL. +*/ +static const void *columnName( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int N, + const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*), + int useType +){ + const void *ret; + Vdbe *p; + int n; + sqlite3 *db; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( pStmt==0 ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + ret = 0; + p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + db = p->db; + assert( db!=0 ); + n = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); + if( N<n && N>=0 ){ + N += useType*n; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + assert( db->mallocFailed==0 ); + ret = xFunc(&p->aColName[N]); + /* A malloc may have failed inside of the xFunc() call. If this + ** is the case, clear the mallocFailed flag and return NULL. + */ + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3OomClear(db); + ret = 0; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + } + return ret; +} + +/* +** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL +** statement pStmt. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_NAME); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_NAME); +} +#endif + +/* +** Constraint: If you have ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA then you must +** not define OMIT_DECLTYPE. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA) +# error "Must not define both SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE \ + and SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA" +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE +/* +** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column +** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DECLTYPE); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DECLTYPE); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA +/* +** Return the name of the database from which a result column derives. +** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or +** anything else which is not an unambiguous reference to a database column. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DATABASE); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DATABASE); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +/* +** Return the name of the table from which a result column derives. +** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or +** anything else which is not an unambiguous reference to a database column. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_TABLE); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_TABLE); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +/* +** Return the name of the table column from which a result column derives. +** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or +** anything else which is not an unambiguous reference to a database column. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_COLUMN); +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ + return columnName( + pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_COLUMN); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA */ + + +/******************************* sqlite3_bind_ *************************** +** +** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement. +*/ +/* +** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the +** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is +** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK. +** +** A successful evaluation of this routine acquires the mutex on p. +** the mutex is released if any kind of error occurs. +** +** The error code stored in database p->db is overwritten with the return +** value in any case. +*/ +static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){ + Mem *pVar; + if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(p) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex); + if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){ + sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, + "bind on a busy prepared statement: [%s]", p->zSql); + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){ + sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + return SQLITE_RANGE; + } + i--; + pVar = &p->aVar[i]; + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar); + pVar->flags = MEM_Null; + sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK); + + /* If the bit corresponding to this variable in Vdbe.expmask is set, then + ** binding a new value to this variable invalidates the current query plan. + ** + ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48440-37595 If the specific value bound to host + ** parameter in the WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan + ** for a statement, then the statement will be automatically recompiled, + ** as if there had been a schema change, on the first sqlite3_step() call + ** following any change to the bindings of that parameter. + */ + if( p->isPrepareV2 && + ((i<32 && p->expmask & ((u32)1 << i)) || p->expmask==0xffffffff) + ){ + p->expired = 1; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Bind a text or BLOB value. +*/ +static int bindText( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, /* The statement to bind against */ + int i, /* Index of the parameter to bind */ + const void *zData, /* Pointer to the data to be bound */ + int nData, /* Number of bytes of data to be bound */ + void (*xDel)(void*), /* Destructor for the data */ + u8 encoding /* Encoding for the data */ +){ + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + Mem *pVar; + int rc; + + rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( zData!=0 ){ + pVar = &p->aVar[i-1]; + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, ENC(p->db)); + } + sqlite3Error(p->db, rc); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc); + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + }else if( xDel!=SQLITE_STATIC && xDel!=SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){ + xDel((void*)zData); + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_blob( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int i, + const void *zData, + int nData, + void (*xDel)(void*) +){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( nData<0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0); +} +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_blob64( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int i, + const void *zData, + sqlite3_uint64 nData, + void (*xDel)(void*) +){ + assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC ); + if( nData>0x7fffffff ){ + return invokeValueDestructor(zData, xDel, 0); + }else{ + return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, (int)nData, xDel, 0); + } +} +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, double rValue){ + int rc; + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&p->aVar[i-1], rValue); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + } + return rc; +} +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt *p, int i, int iValue){ + return sqlite3_bind_int64(p, i, (i64)iValue); +} +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite_int64 iValue){ + int rc; + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aVar[i-1], iValue); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + } + return rc; +} +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + int rc; + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; + rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + } + return rc; +} +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_text( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int i, + const char *zData, + int nData, + void (*xDel)(void*) +){ + return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8); +} +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_text64( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int i, + const char *zData, + sqlite3_uint64 nData, + void (*xDel)(void*), + unsigned char enc +){ + assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC ); + if( nData>0x7fffffff ){ + return invokeValueDestructor(zData, xDel, 0); + }else{ + if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ) enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; + return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, (int)nData, xDel, enc); + } +} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_text16( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int i, + const void *zData, + int nData, + void (*xDel)(void*) +){ + return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const sqlite3_value *pValue){ + int rc; + switch( sqlite3_value_type((sqlite3_value*)pValue) ){ + case SQLITE_INTEGER: { + rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, i, pValue->u.i); + break; + } + case SQLITE_FLOAT: { + rc = sqlite3_bind_double(pStmt, i, pValue->u.r); + break; + } + case SQLITE_BLOB: { + if( pValue->flags & MEM_Zero ){ + rc = sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(pStmt, i, pValue->u.nZero); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, i, pValue->z, pValue->n,SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } + break; + } + case SQLITE_TEXT: { + rc = bindText(pStmt,i, pValue->z, pValue->n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT, + pValue->enc); + break; + } + default: { + rc = sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, i); + break; + } + } + return rc; +} +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, int n){ + int rc; + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&p->aVar[i-1], n); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + } + return rc; +} +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite3_uint64 n){ + int rc; + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex); + if( n>(u64)p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; + }else{ + assert( (n & 0x7FFFFFFF)==n ); + rc = sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(pStmt, i, n); + } + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to. +** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; + return p ? p->nVar : 0; +} + +/* +** Return the name of a wildcard parameter. Return NULL if the index +** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed. +** +** The result is always UTF-8. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; + if( p==0 || i<1 || i>p->nzVar ){ + return 0; + } + return p->azVar[i-1]; +} + +/* +** Given a wildcard parameter name, return the index of the variable +** with that name. If there is no variable with the given name, +** return 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe *p, const char *zName, int nName){ + int i; + if( p==0 ){ + return 0; + } + if( zName ){ + for(i=0; i<p->nzVar; i++){ + const char *z = p->azVar[i]; + if( z && strncmp(z,zName,nName)==0 && z[nName]==0 ){ + return i+1; + } + } + } + return 0; +} +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, const char *zName){ + return sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex((Vdbe*)pStmt, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName)); +} + +/* +** Transfer all bindings from the first statement over to the second. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){ + Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt; + Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt; + int i; + assert( pTo->db==pFrom->db ); + assert( pTo->nVar==pFrom->nVar ); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pTo->db->mutex); + for(i=0; i<pFrom->nVar; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pTo->aVar[i], &pFrom->aVar[i]); + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pTo->db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +/* +** Deprecated external interface. Internal/core SQLite code +** should call sqlite3TransferBindings. +** +** It is misuse to call this routine with statements from different +** database connections. But as this is a deprecated interface, we +** will not bother to check for that condition. +** +** If the two statements contain a different number of bindings, then +** an SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Nothing else can go wrong, so otherwise +** SQLITE_OK is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){ + Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt; + Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt; + if( pFrom->nVar!=pTo->nVar ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + if( pTo->isPrepareV2 && pTo->expmask ){ + pTo->expired = 1; + } + if( pFrom->isPrepareV2 && pFrom->expmask ){ + pFrom->expired = 1; + } + return sqlite3TransferBindings(pFromStmt, pToStmt); +} +#endif + +/* +** Return the sqlite3* database handle to which the prepared statement given +** in the argument belongs. This is the same database handle that was +** the first argument to the sqlite3_prepare() that was used to create +** the statement in the first place. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3 *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db : 0; +} + +/* +** Return true if the prepared statement is guaranteed to not modify the +** database. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->readOnly : 1; +} + +/* +** Return true if the prepared statement is in need of being reset. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; + return v!=0 && v->pc>=0 && v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the next prepared statement after pStmt associated +** with database connection pDb. If pStmt is NULL, return the first +** prepared statement for the database connection. Return NULL if there +** are no more. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + sqlite3_stmt *pNext; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(pDb) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDb->mutex); + if( pStmt==0 ){ + pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)pDb->pVdbe; + }else{ + pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)((Vdbe*)pStmt)->pNext; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDb->mutex); + return pNext; +} + +/* +** Return the value of a status counter for a prepared statement +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int op, int resetFlag){ + Vdbe *pVdbe = (Vdbe*)pStmt; + u32 v; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !pStmt ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + v = pVdbe->aCounter[op]; + if( resetFlag ) pVdbe->aCounter[op] = 0; + return (int)v; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK +/* +** Allocate and populate an UnpackedRecord structure based on the serialized +** record in nKey/pKey. Return a pointer to the new UnpackedRecord structure +** if successful, or a NULL pointer if an OOM error is encountered. +*/ +static UnpackedRecord *vdbeUnpackRecord( + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, + int nKey, + const void *pKey +){ + char *dummy; /* Dummy argument for AllocUnpackedRecord() */ + UnpackedRecord *pRet; /* Return value */ + + pRet = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(pKeyInfo, 0, 0, &dummy); + if( pRet ){ + memset(pRet->aMem, 0, sizeof(Mem)*(pKeyInfo->nField+1)); + sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pKeyInfo, nKey, pKey, pRet); + } + return pRet; +} + +/* +** This function is called from within a pre-update callback to retrieve +** a field of the row currently being updated or deleted. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_preupdate_old(sqlite3 *db, int iIdx, sqlite3_value **ppValue){ + PreUpdate *p = db->pPreUpdate; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + /* Test that this call is being made from within an SQLITE_DELETE or + ** SQLITE_UPDATE pre-update callback, and that iIdx is within range. */ + if( !p || p->op==SQLITE_INSERT ){ + rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + goto preupdate_old_out; + } + if( iIdx>=p->pCsr->nField || iIdx<0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_RANGE; + goto preupdate_old_out; + } + + /* If the old.* record has not yet been loaded into memory, do so now. */ + if( p->pUnpacked==0 ){ + u32 nRec; + u8 *aRec; + + rc = sqlite3BtreeDataSize(p->pCsr->uc.pCursor, &nRec); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto preupdate_old_out; + aRec = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nRec); + if( !aRec ) goto preupdate_old_out; + rc = sqlite3BtreeData(p->pCsr->uc.pCursor, 0, nRec, aRec); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->pUnpacked = vdbeUnpackRecord(&p->keyinfo, nRec, aRec); + if( !p->pUnpacked ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, aRec); + goto preupdate_old_out; + } + p->aRecord = aRec; + } + + if( iIdx>=p->pUnpacked->nField ){ + *ppValue = (sqlite3_value *)columnNullValue(); + }else{ + *ppValue = &p->pUnpacked->aMem[iIdx]; + if( iIdx==p->iPKey ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(*ppValue, p->iKey1); + } + } + + preupdate_old_out: + sqlite3Error(db, rc); + return sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK +/* +** This function is called from within a pre-update callback to retrieve +** the number of columns in the row being updated, deleted or inserted. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_preupdate_count(sqlite3 *db){ + PreUpdate *p = db->pPreUpdate; + return (p ? p->keyinfo.nField : 0); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK +/* +** This function is designed to be called from within a pre-update callback +** only. It returns zero if the change that caused the callback was made +** immediately by a user SQL statement. Or, if the change was made by a +** trigger program, it returns the number of trigger programs currently +** on the stack (1 for a top-level trigger, 2 for a trigger fired by a +** top-level trigger etc.). +** +** For the purposes of the previous paragraph, a foreign key CASCADE, SET NULL +** or SET DEFAULT action is considered a trigger. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_preupdate_depth(sqlite3 *db){ + PreUpdate *p = db->pPreUpdate; + return (p ? p->v->nFrame : 0); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK +/* +** This function is called from within a pre-update callback to retrieve +** a field of the row currently being updated or inserted. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_preupdate_new(sqlite3 *db, int iIdx, sqlite3_value **ppValue){ + PreUpdate *p = db->pPreUpdate; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Mem *pMem; + + if( !p || p->op==SQLITE_DELETE ){ + rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + goto preupdate_new_out; + } + if( iIdx>=p->pCsr->nField || iIdx<0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_RANGE; + goto preupdate_new_out; + } + + if( p->op==SQLITE_INSERT ){ + /* For an INSERT, memory cell p->iNewReg contains the serialized record + ** that is being inserted. Deserialize it. */ + UnpackedRecord *pUnpack = p->pNewUnpacked; + if( !pUnpack ){ + Mem *pData = &p->v->aMem[p->iNewReg]; + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pData); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto preupdate_new_out; + pUnpack = vdbeUnpackRecord(&p->keyinfo, pData->n, pData->z); + if( !pUnpack ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto preupdate_new_out; + } + p->pNewUnpacked = pUnpack; + } + if( iIdx>=pUnpack->nField ){ + pMem = (sqlite3_value *)columnNullValue(); + }else{ + pMem = &pUnpack->aMem[iIdx]; + if( iIdx==p->iPKey ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, p->iKey2); + } + } + }else{ + /* For an UPDATE, memory cell (p->iNewReg+1+iIdx) contains the required + ** value. Make a copy of the cell contents and return a pointer to it. + ** It is not safe to return a pointer to the memory cell itself as the + ** caller may modify the value text encoding. + */ + assert( p->op==SQLITE_UPDATE ); + if( !p->aNew ){ + p->aNew = (Mem *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Mem) * p->pCsr->nField); + if( !p->aNew ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto preupdate_new_out; + } + } + assert( iIdx>=0 && iIdx<p->pCsr->nField ); + pMem = &p->aNew[iIdx]; + if( pMem->flags==0 ){ + if( iIdx==p->iPKey ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, p->iKey2); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pMem, &p->v->aMem[p->iNewReg+1+iIdx]); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto preupdate_new_out; + } + } + } + *ppValue = pMem; + + preupdate_new_out: + sqlite3Error(db, rc); + return sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS +/* +** Return status data for a single loop within query pStmt. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, /* Prepared statement being queried */ + int idx, /* Index of loop to report on */ + int iScanStatusOp, /* Which metric to return */ + void *pOut /* OUT: Write the answer here */ +){ + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; + ScanStatus *pScan; + if( idx<0 || idx>=p->nScan ) return 1; + pScan = &p->aScan[idx]; + switch( iScanStatusOp ){ + case SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP: { + *(sqlite3_int64*)pOut = p->anExec[pScan->addrLoop]; + break; + } + case SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT: { + *(sqlite3_int64*)pOut = p->anExec[pScan->addrVisit]; + break; + } + case SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST: { + double r = 1.0; + LogEst x = pScan->nEst; + while( x<100 ){ + x += 10; + r *= 0.5; + } + *(double*)pOut = r*sqlite3LogEstToInt(x); + break; + } + case SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME: { + *(const char**)pOut = pScan->zName; + break; + } + case SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN: { + if( pScan->addrExplain ){ + *(const char**)pOut = p->aOp[ pScan->addrExplain ].p4.z; + }else{ + *(const char**)pOut = 0; + } + break; + } + case SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID: { + if( pScan->addrExplain ){ + *(int*)pOut = p->aOp[ pScan->addrExplain ].p1; + }else{ + *(int*)pOut = -1; + } + break; + } + default: { + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Zero all counters associated with the sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() data. +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; + memset(p->anExec, 0, p->nOp * sizeof(i64)); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS */ + +/************** End of vdbeapi.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file vdbetrace.c ***************************************/ +/* +** 2009 November 25 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains code used to insert the values of host parameters +** (aka "wildcards") into the SQL text output by sqlite3_trace(). +** +** The Vdbe parse-tree explainer is also found here. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + +/* +** zSql is a zero-terminated string of UTF-8 SQL text. Return the number of +** bytes in this text up to but excluding the first character in +** a host parameter. If the text contains no host parameters, return +** the total number of bytes in the text. +*/ +static int findNextHostParameter(const char *zSql, int *pnToken){ + int tokenType; + int nTotal = 0; + int n; + + *pnToken = 0; + while( zSql[0] ){ + n = sqlite3GetToken((u8*)zSql, &tokenType); + assert( n>0 && tokenType!=TK_ILLEGAL ); + if( tokenType==TK_VARIABLE ){ + *pnToken = n; + break; + } + nTotal += n; + zSql += n; + } + return nTotal; +} + +/* +** This function returns a pointer to a nul-terminated string in memory +** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). If sqlite3.nVdbeExec is 1, then the +** string contains a copy of zRawSql but with host parameters expanded to +** their current bindings. Or, if sqlite3.nVdbeExec is greater than 1, +** then the returned string holds a copy of zRawSql with "-- " prepended +** to each line of text. +** +** If the SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT macro is defined to an integer, then +** then long strings and blobs are truncated to that many bytes. This +** can be used to prevent unreasonably large trace strings when dealing +** with large (multi-megabyte) strings and blobs. +** +** The calling function is responsible for making sure the memory returned +** is eventually freed. +** +** ALGORITHM: Scan the input string looking for host parameters in any of +** these forms: ?, ?N, $A, @A, :A. Take care to avoid text within +** string literals, quoted identifier names, and comments. For text forms, +** the host parameter index is found by scanning the prepared +** statement for the corresponding OP_Variable opcode. Once the host +** parameter index is known, locate the value in p->aVar[]. Then render +** the value as a literal in place of the host parameter name. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql( + Vdbe *p, /* The prepared statement being evaluated */ + const char *zRawSql /* Raw text of the SQL statement */ +){ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + int idx = 0; /* Index of a host parameter */ + int nextIndex = 1; /* Index of next ? host parameter */ + int n; /* Length of a token prefix */ + int nToken; /* Length of the parameter token */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + Mem *pVar; /* Value of a host parameter */ + StrAccum out; /* Accumulate the output here */ + char zBase[100]; /* Initial working space */ + + db = p->db; + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&out, db, zBase, sizeof(zBase), + db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]); + if( db->nVdbeExec>1 ){ + while( *zRawSql ){ + const char *zStart = zRawSql; + while( *(zRawSql++)!='\n' && *zRawSql ); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "-- ", 3); + assert( (zRawSql - zStart) > 0 ); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zStart, (int)(zRawSql-zStart)); + } + }else if( p->nVar==0 ){ + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zRawSql, sqlite3Strlen30(zRawSql)); + }else{ + while( zRawSql[0] ){ + n = findNextHostParameter(zRawSql, &nToken); + assert( n>0 ); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zRawSql, n); + zRawSql += n; + assert( zRawSql[0] || nToken==0 ); + if( nToken==0 ) break; + if( zRawSql[0]=='?' ){ + if( nToken>1 ){ + assert( sqlite3Isdigit(zRawSql[1]) ); + sqlite3GetInt32(&zRawSql[1], &idx); + }else{ + idx = nextIndex; + } + }else{ + assert( zRawSql[0]==':' || zRawSql[0]=='$' || + zRawSql[0]=='@' || zRawSql[0]=='#' ); + testcase( zRawSql[0]==':' ); + testcase( zRawSql[0]=='$' ); + testcase( zRawSql[0]=='@' ); + testcase( zRawSql[0]=='#' ); + idx = sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(p, zRawSql, nToken); + assert( idx>0 ); + } + zRawSql += nToken; + nextIndex = idx + 1; + assert( idx>0 && idx<=p->nVar ); + pVar = &p->aVar[idx-1]; + if( pVar->flags & MEM_Null ){ + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "NULL", 4); + }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Int ){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "%lld", pVar->u.i); + }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Real ){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "%!.15g", pVar->u.r); + }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Str ){ + int nOut; /* Number of bytes of the string text to include in output */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + u8 enc = ENC(db); + Mem utf8; + if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ + memset(&utf8, 0, sizeof(utf8)); + utf8.db = db; + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&utf8, pVar->z, pVar->n, enc, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&utf8, SQLITE_UTF8); + pVar = &utf8; + } +#endif + nOut = pVar->n; +#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT + if( nOut>SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT ){ + nOut = SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT; + while( nOut<pVar->n && (pVar->z[nOut]&0xc0)==0x80 ){ nOut++; } + } +#endif + sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "'%.*q'", nOut, pVar->z); +#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT + if( nOut<pVar->n ){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "/*+%d bytes*/", pVar->n-nOut); + } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&utf8); +#endif + }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Zero ){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "zeroblob(%d)", pVar->u.nZero); + }else{ + int nOut; /* Number of bytes of the blob to include in output */ + assert( pVar->flags & MEM_Blob ); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "x'", 2); + nOut = pVar->n; +#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT + if( nOut>SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT ) nOut = SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT; +#endif + for(i=0; i<nOut; i++){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "%02x", pVar->z[i]&0xff); + } + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "'", 1); +#ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT + if( nOut<pVar->n ){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "/*+%d bytes*/", pVar->n-nOut); + } +#endif + } + } + } + return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&out); +} + +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ + +/************** End of vdbetrace.c *******************************************/ +/************** Begin file vdbe.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** The code in this file implements the function that runs the +** bytecode of a prepared statement. +** +** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML +** documentation, headers files, or other derived files. The formatting +** of the code in this file is, therefore, important. See other comments +** in this file for details. If in doubt, do not deviate from existing +** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */ + +/* +** Invoke this macro on memory cells just prior to changing the +** value of the cell. This macro verifies that shallow copies are +** not misused. A shallow copy of a string or blob just copies a +** pointer to the string or blob, not the content. If the original +** is changed while the copy is still in use, the string or blob might +** be changed out from under the copy. This macro verifies that nothing +** like that ever happens. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +# define memAboutToChange(P,M) sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(P,M) +#else +# define memAboutToChange(P,M) +#endif + +/* +** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor +** moves, either by the OP_SeekXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes. The test +** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are +** working correctly. This variable has no function other than to +** help verify the correct operation of the library. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_search_count = 0; +#endif + +/* +** When this global variable is positive, it gets decremented once before +** each instruction in the VDBE. When it reaches zero, the u1.isInterrupted +** field of the sqlite3 structure is set in order to simulate an interrupt. +** +** This facility is used for testing purposes only. It does not function +** in an ordinary build. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_interrupt_count = 0; +#endif + +/* +** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Sort opcode +** is executed. The test procedures use this information to make sure that +** sorting is occurring or not occurring at appropriate times. This variable +** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the +** library. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sort_count = 0; +#endif + +/* +** The next global variable records the size of the largest MEM_Blob +** or MEM_Str that has been used by a VDBE opcode. The test procedures +** use this information to make sure that the zero-blob functionality +** is working correctly. This variable has no function other than to +** help verify the correct operation of the library. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_max_blobsize = 0; +static void updateMaxBlobsize(Mem *p){ + if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 && p->n>sqlite3_max_blobsize ){ + sqlite3_max_blobsize = p->n; + } +} +#endif + +/* +** This macro evaluates to true if either the update hook or the preupdate +** hook are enabled for database connect DB. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK +# define HAS_UPDATE_HOOK(DB) ((DB)->xPreUpdateCallback||(DB)->xUpdateCallback) +#else +# define HAS_UPDATE_HOOK(DB) ((DB)->xUpdateCallback) +#endif + +/* +** The next global variable is incremented each time the OP_Found opcode +** is executed. This is used to test whether or not the foreign key +** operation implemented using OP_FkIsZero is working. This variable +** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the +** library. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_found_count = 0; +#endif + +/* +** Test a register to see if it exceeds the current maximum blob size. +** If it does, record the new maximum blob size. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST) +# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P) updateMaxBlobsize(P) +#else +# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P) +#endif + +/* +** Invoke the VDBE coverage callback, if that callback is defined. This +** feature is used for test suite validation only and does not appear an +** production builds. +** +** M is an integer, 2 or 3, that indices how many different ways the +** branch can go. It is usually 2. "I" is the direction the branch +** goes. 0 means falls through. 1 means branch is taken. 2 means the +** second alternative branch is taken. +** +** iSrcLine is the source code line (from the __LINE__ macro) that +** generated the VDBE instruction. This instrumentation assumes that all +** source code is in a single file (the amalgamation). Special values 1 +** and 2 for the iSrcLine parameter mean that this particular branch is +** always taken or never taken, respectively. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE) +# define VdbeBranchTaken(I,M) +#else +# define VdbeBranchTaken(I,M) vdbeTakeBranch(pOp->iSrcLine,I,M) + static void vdbeTakeBranch(int iSrcLine, u8 I, u8 M){ + if( iSrcLine<=2 && ALWAYS(iSrcLine>0) ){ + M = iSrcLine; + /* Assert the truth of VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken() and + ** VdbeCoverageNeverTaken() */ + assert( (M & I)==I ); + }else{ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch==0 ) return; /*NO_TEST*/ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pVdbeBranchArg, + iSrcLine,I,M); + } + } +#endif + +/* +** Convert the given register into a string if it isn't one +** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails. +*/ +#define Stringify(P, enc) \ + if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc,0)) \ + { goto no_mem; } + +/* +** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains +** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity +** is responsible for deallocating that string. Because the register +** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the register +** knowing it. +** +** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated +** string that the register itself controls. In other words, it +** converts an MEM_Ephem string into a string with P.z==P.zMalloc. +*/ +#define Deephemeralize(P) \ + if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \ + && sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;} + +/* Return true if the cursor was opened using the OP_OpenSorter opcode. */ +#define isSorter(x) ((x)->eCurType==CURTYPE_SORTER) + +/* +** Allocate VdbeCursor number iCur. Return a pointer to it. Return NULL +** if we run out of memory. +*/ +static VdbeCursor *allocateCursor( + Vdbe *p, /* The virtual machine */ + int iCur, /* Index of the new VdbeCursor */ + int nField, /* Number of fields in the table or index */ + int iDb, /* Database the cursor belongs to, or -1 */ + u8 eCurType /* Type of the new cursor */ +){ + /* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory + ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a + ** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a + ** VdbeCursor structure for the following reasons: + ** + ** * Sometimes cursor numbers are used for a couple of different + ** purposes in a vdbe program. The different uses might require + ** different sized allocations. Memory cells provide growable + ** allocations. + ** + ** * When using ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT, memory cell buffers can + ** be freed lazily via the sqlite3_release_memory() API. This + ** minimizes the number of malloc calls made by the system. + ** + ** The memory cell for cursor 0 is aMem[0]. The rest are allocated from + ** the top of the register space. Cursor 1 is at Mem[p->nMem-1]. + ** Cursor 2 is at Mem[p->nMem-2]. And so forth. + */ + Mem *pMem = iCur>0 ? &p->aMem[p->nMem-iCur] : p->aMem; + + int nByte; + VdbeCursor *pCx = 0; + nByte = + ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor)) + 2*sizeof(u32)*nField + + (eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE?sqlite3BtreeCursorSize():0); + + assert( iCur>=0 && iCur<p->nCursor ); + if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ + sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[iCur]); + p->apCsr[iCur] = 0; + } + if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, nByte) ){ + p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = (VdbeCursor*)pMem->z; + memset(pCx, 0, sizeof(VdbeCursor)); + pCx->eCurType = eCurType; + pCx->iDb = iDb; + pCx->nField = nField; + pCx->aOffset = &pCx->aType[nField]; + if( eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ){ + pCx->uc.pCursor = (BtCursor*) + &pMem->z[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor))+2*sizeof(u32)*nField]; + sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(pCx->uc.pCursor); + } + } + return pCx; +} + +/* +** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can +** do so without loss of information. In other words, if the string +** looks like a number, convert it into a number. If it does not +** look like a number, leave it alone. +** +** If the bTryForInt flag is true, then extra effort is made to give +** an integer representation. Strings that look like floating point +** values but which have no fractional component (example: '48.00') +** will have a MEM_Int representation when bTryForInt is true. +** +** If bTryForInt is false, then if the input string contains a decimal +** point or exponential notation, the result is only MEM_Real, even +** if there is an exact integer representation of the quantity. +*/ +static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec, int bTryForInt){ + double rValue; + i64 iValue; + u8 enc = pRec->enc; + assert( (pRec->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==MEM_Str ); + if( sqlite3AtoF(pRec->z, &rValue, pRec->n, enc)==0 ) return; + if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &iValue, pRec->n, enc) ){ + pRec->u.i = iValue; + pRec->flags |= MEM_Int; + }else{ + pRec->u.r = rValue; + pRec->flags |= MEM_Real; + if( bTryForInt ) sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec); + } +} + +/* +** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter: +** +** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER: +** SQLITE_AFF_REAL: +** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC: +** Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a +** floating-point representation if an integer representation +** is not possible. Note that the integer representation is +** always preferred, even if the affinity is REAL, because +** an integer representation is more space efficient on disk. +** +** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT: +** Convert pRec to a text representation. +** +** SQLITE_AFF_BLOB: +** No-op. pRec is unchanged. +*/ +static void applyAffinity( + Mem *pRec, /* The value to apply affinity to */ + char affinity, /* The affinity to be applied */ + u8 enc /* Use this text encoding */ +){ + if( affinity>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ + assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL + || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); + if( (pRec->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ + if( (pRec->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){ + if( pRec->flags & MEM_Str ) applyNumericAffinity(pRec,1); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec); + } + } + }else if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){ + /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real + ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string + ** representation. It would be harmless to repeat the conversion if + ** there is already a string rep, but it is pointless to waste those + ** CPU cycles. */ + if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ + if( (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc, 1); + } + } + pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int); + } +} + +/* +** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column +** into a numeric representation. Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever +** is appropriate. But only do the conversion if it is possible without +** loss of information and return the revised type of the argument. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value *pVal){ + int eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal); + if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT ){ + Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal; + applyNumericAffinity(pMem, 0); + eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal); + } + return eType; +} + +/* +** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*, +** not the internal Mem* type. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity( + sqlite3_value *pVal, + u8 affinity, + u8 enc +){ + applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc); +} + +/* +** pMem currently only holds a string type (or maybe a BLOB that we can +** interpret as a string if we want to). Compute its corresponding +** numeric type, if has one. Set the pMem->u.r and pMem->u.i fields +** accordingly. +*/ +static u16 SQLITE_NOINLINE computeNumericType(Mem *pMem){ + assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 ); + assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 ); + if( sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &pMem->u.r, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==0 ){ + return 0; + } + if( sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==SQLITE_OK ){ + return MEM_Int; + } + return MEM_Real; +} + +/* +** Return the numeric type for pMem, either MEM_Int or MEM_Real or both or +** none. +** +** Unlike applyNumericAffinity(), this routine does not modify pMem->flags. +** But it does set pMem->u.r and pMem->u.i appropriately. +*/ +static u16 numericType(Mem *pMem){ + if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){ + return pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real); + } + if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ + return computeNumericType(pMem); + } + return 0; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem +** into buffer zBuf, length nBuf. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf){ + char *zCsr = zBuf; + int f = pMem->flags; + + static const char *const encnames[] = {"(X)", "(8)", "(16LE)", "(16BE)"}; + + if( f&MEM_Blob ){ + int i; + char c; + if( f & MEM_Dyn ){ + c = 'z'; + assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); + }else if( f & MEM_Static ){ + c = 't'; + assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); + }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){ + c = 'e'; + assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 ); + }else{ + c = 's'; + } + + sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%c", c); + zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); + sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%d[", pMem->n); + zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); + for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){ + sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%02X", ((int)pMem->z[i] & 0xFF)); + zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); + } + for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){ + char z = pMem->z[i]; + if( z<32 || z>126 ) *zCsr++ = '.'; + else *zCsr++ = z; + } + + sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "]%s", encnames[pMem->enc]); + zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); + if( f & MEM_Zero ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr,"+%dz",pMem->u.nZero); + zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); + } + *zCsr = '\0'; + }else if( f & MEM_Str ){ + int j, k; + zBuf[0] = ' '; + if( f & MEM_Dyn ){ + zBuf[1] = 'z'; + assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); + }else if( f & MEM_Static ){ + zBuf[1] = 't'; + assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); + }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){ + zBuf[1] = 'e'; + assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 ); + }else{ + zBuf[1] = 's'; + } + k = 2; + sqlite3_snprintf(100, &zBuf[k], "%d", pMem->n); + k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]); + zBuf[k++] = '['; + for(j=0; j<15 && j<pMem->n; j++){ + u8 c = pMem->z[j]; + if( c>=0x20 && c<0x7f ){ + zBuf[k++] = c; + }else{ + zBuf[k++] = '.'; + } + } + zBuf[k++] = ']'; + sqlite3_snprintf(100,&zBuf[k], encnames[pMem->enc]); + k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]); + zBuf[k++] = 0; + } +} +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Print the value of a register for tracing purposes: +*/ +static void memTracePrint(Mem *p){ + if( p->flags & MEM_Undefined ){ + printf(" undefined"); + }else if( p->flags & MEM_Null ){ + printf(" NULL"); + }else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){ + printf(" si:%lld", p->u.i); + }else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){ + printf(" i:%lld", p->u.i); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + }else if( p->flags & MEM_Real ){ + printf(" r:%g", p->u.r); +#endif + }else if( p->flags & MEM_RowSet ){ + printf(" (rowset)"); + }else{ + char zBuf[200]; + sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(p, zBuf); + printf(" %s", zBuf); + } + if( p->flags & MEM_Subtype ) printf(" subtype=0x%02x", p->eSubtype); +} +static void registerTrace(int iReg, Mem *p){ + printf("REG[%d] = ", iReg); + memTracePrint(p); + printf("\n"); +} +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +# define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) if(db->flags&SQLITE_VdbeTrace)registerTrace(R,M) +#else +# define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) +#endif + + +#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE + +/* +** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing +** high-performance timing routines. +*/ +/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of vdbe.c *********************/ +/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 May 27 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance" +** counters for x86 class CPUs. +*/ +#ifndef _HWTIME_H_ +#define _HWTIME_H_ + +/* +** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors. +** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the +** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res +** profiling. +*/ +#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \ + (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)) + + #if defined(__GNUC__) + + __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + unsigned int lo, hi; + __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi)); + return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo; + } + + #elif defined(_MSC_VER) + + __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + __asm { + rdtsc + ret ; return value at EDX:EAX + } + } + + #endif + +#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)) + + __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + unsigned long val; + __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); + return val; + } + +#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) + + __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ + unsigned long long retval; + unsigned long junk; + __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\ + 1: mftbu %1\n\ + mftb %L0\n\ + mftbu %0\n\ + cmpw %0,%1\n\ + bne 1b" + : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk)); + return retval; + } + +#else + + #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform. + + /* + ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform, + ** you can remove the above #error and use the following + ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many + ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at + ** least compile and run. + */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); } + +#endif + +#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */ + +/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.c ***********************/ + +#endif + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** This function is only called from within an assert() expression. It +** checks that the sqlite3.nTransaction variable is correctly set to +** the number of non-transaction savepoints currently in the +** linked list starting at sqlite3.pSavepoint. +** +** Usage: +** +** assert( checkSavepointCount(db) ); +*/ +static int checkSavepointCount(sqlite3 *db){ + int n = 0; + Savepoint *p; + for(p=db->pSavepoint; p; p=p->pNext) n++; + assert( n==(db->nSavepoint + db->isTransactionSavepoint) ); + return 1; +} +#endif + +/* +** Return the register of pOp->p2 after first preparing it to be +** overwritten with an integer value. +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE Mem *out2PrereleaseWithClear(Mem *pOut){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); + pOut->flags = MEM_Int; + return pOut; +} +static Mem *out2Prerelease(Vdbe *p, VdbeOp *pOp){ + Mem *pOut; + assert( pOp->p2>0 ); + assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); + pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2]; + memAboutToChange(p, pOut); + if( VdbeMemDynamic(pOut) ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ + return out2PrereleaseWithClear(pOut); + }else{ + pOut->flags = MEM_Int; + return pOut; + } +} + + +/* +** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can. +** This is the core of sqlite3_step(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( + Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */ +){ + Op *aOp = p->aOp; /* Copy of p->aOp */ + Op *pOp = aOp; /* Current operation */ +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) + Op *pOrigOp; /* Value of pOp at the top of the loop */ +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + int nExtraDelete = 0; /* Verifies FORDELETE and AUXDELETE flags */ +#endif + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Value to return */ + sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database */ + u8 resetSchemaOnFault = 0; /* Reset schema after an error if positive */ + u8 encoding = ENC(db); /* The database encoding */ + int iCompare = 0; /* Result of last OP_Compare operation */ + unsigned nVmStep = 0; /* Number of virtual machine steps */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK + unsigned nProgressLimit = 0;/* Invoke xProgress() when nVmStep reaches this */ +#endif + Mem *aMem = p->aMem; /* Copy of p->aMem */ + Mem *pIn1 = 0; /* 1st input operand */ + Mem *pIn2 = 0; /* 2nd input operand */ + Mem *pIn3 = 0; /* 3rd input operand */ + Mem *pOut = 0; /* Output operand */ + int *aPermute = 0; /* Permutation of columns for OP_Compare */ + i64 lastRowid = db->lastRowid; /* Saved value of the last insert ROWID */ +#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE + u64 start; /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */ +#endif + /*** INSERT STACK UNION HERE ***/ + + assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ); /* sqlite3_step() verifies this */ + sqlite3VdbeEnter(p); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or + ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed. */ + goto no_mem; + } + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY ); + assert( p->bIsReader || p->readOnly!=0 ); + p->rc = SQLITE_OK; + p->iCurrentTime = 0; + assert( p->explain==0 ); + p->pResultSet = 0; + db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; + if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt; + sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(p); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK + if( db->xProgress ){ + u32 iPrior = p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]; + assert( 0 < db->nProgressOps ); + nProgressLimit = db->nProgressOps - (iPrior % db->nProgressOps); + } +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + if( p->pc==0 + && (p->db->flags & (SQLITE_VdbeListing|SQLITE_VdbeEQP|SQLITE_VdbeTrace))!=0 + ){ + int i; + int once = 1; + sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p); + if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeListing ){ + printf("VDBE Program Listing:\n"); + for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){ + sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, i, &aOp[i]); + } + } + if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeEQP ){ + for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){ + if( aOp[i].opcode==OP_Explain ){ + if( once ) printf("VDBE Query Plan:\n"); + printf("%s\n", aOp[i].p4.z); + once = 0; + } + } + } + if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace ) printf("VDBE Trace:\n"); + } + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); +#endif + for(pOp=&aOp[p->pc]; 1; pOp++){ + /* Errors are detected by individual opcodes, with an immediate + ** jumps to abort_due_to_error. */ + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + + assert( pOp>=aOp && pOp<&aOp[p->nOp]); +#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE + start = sqlite3Hwtime(); +#endif + nVmStep++; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS + if( p->anExec ) p->anExec[(int)(pOp-aOp)]++; +#endif + + /* Only allow tracing if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace ){ + sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, (int)(pOp - aOp), pOp); + } +#endif + + + /* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt. This only happens + ** if we have a special test build. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + if( sqlite3_interrupt_count>0 ){ + sqlite3_interrupt_count--; + if( sqlite3_interrupt_count==0 ){ + sqlite3_interrupt(db); + } + } +#endif + + /* Sanity checking on other operands */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + { + u8 opProperty = sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOp->opcode]; + if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){ + assert( pOp->p1>0 ); + assert( pOp->p1<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); + assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p1]) ); + assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p1]) ); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, &aMem[pOp->p1]); + } + if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){ + assert( pOp->p2>0 ); + assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); + assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p2]) ); + assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p2]) ); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, &aMem[pOp->p2]); + } + if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){ + assert( pOp->p3>0 ); + assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); + assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) ); + assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p3]) ); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, &aMem[pOp->p3]); + } + if( (opProperty & OPFLG_OUT2)!=0 ){ + assert( pOp->p2>0 ); + assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); + memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p2]); + } + if( (opProperty & OPFLG_OUT3)!=0 ){ + assert( pOp->p3>0 ); + assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); + memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]); + } + } +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) + pOrigOp = pOp; +#endif + + switch( pOp->opcode ){ + +/***************************************************************************** +** What follows is a massive switch statement where each case implements a +** separate instruction in the virtual machine. If we follow the usual +** indentation conventions, each case should be indented by 6 spaces. But +** that is a lot of wasted space on the left margin. So the code within +** the switch statement will break with convention and be flush-left. Another +** big comment (similar to this one) will mark the point in the code where +** we transition back to normal indentation. +** +** The formatting of each case is important. The makefile for SQLite +** generates two C files "opcodes.h" and "opcodes.c" by scanning this +** file looking for lines that begin with "case OP_". The opcodes.h files +** will be filled with #defines that give unique integer values to each +** opcode and the opcodes.c file is filled with an array of strings where +** each string is the symbolic name for the corresponding opcode. If the +** case statement is followed by a comment of the form "/# same as ... #/" +** that comment is used to determine the particular value of the opcode. +** +** Other keywords in the comment that follows each case are used to +** construct the OPFLG_INITIALIZER value that initializes opcodeProperty[]. +** Keywords include: in1, in2, in3, out2, out3. See +** the mkopcodeh.awk script for additional information. +** +** Documentation about VDBE opcodes is generated by scanning this file +** for lines of that contain "Opcode:". That line and all subsequent +** comment lines are used in the generation of the opcode.html documentation +** file. +** +** SUMMARY: +** +** Formatting is important to scripts that scan this file. +** Do not deviate from the formatting style currently in use. +** +*****************************************************************************/ + +/* Opcode: Goto * P2 * * * +** +** An unconditional jump to address P2. +** The next instruction executed will be +** the one at index P2 from the beginning of +** the program. +** +** The P1 parameter is not actually used by this opcode. However, it +** is sometimes set to 1 instead of 0 as a hint to the command-line shell +** that this Goto is the bottom of a loop and that the lines from P2 down +** to the current line should be indented for EXPLAIN output. +*/ +case OP_Goto: { /* jump */ +jump_to_p2_and_check_for_interrupt: + pOp = &aOp[pOp->p2 - 1]; + + /* Opcodes that are used as the bottom of a loop (OP_Next, OP_Prev, + ** OP_VNext, OP_RowSetNext, or OP_SorterNext) all jump here upon + ** completion. Check to see if sqlite3_interrupt() has been called + ** or if the progress callback needs to be invoked. + ** + ** This code uses unstructured "goto" statements and does not look clean. + ** But that is not due to sloppy coding habits. The code is written this + ** way for performance, to avoid having to run the interrupt and progress + ** checks on every opcode. This helps sqlite3_step() to run about 1.5% + ** faster according to "valgrind --tool=cachegrind" */ +check_for_interrupt: + if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK + /* Call the progress callback if it is configured and the required number + ** of VDBE ops have been executed (either since this invocation of + ** sqlite3VdbeExec() or since last time the progress callback was called). + ** If the progress callback returns non-zero, exit the virtual machine with + ** a return code SQLITE_ABORT. + */ + if( db->xProgress!=0 && nVmStep>=nProgressLimit ){ + assert( db->nProgressOps!=0 ); + nProgressLimit = nVmStep + db->nProgressOps - (nVmStep%db->nProgressOps); + if( db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg) ){ + rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + } +#endif + + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Gosub P1 P2 * * * +** +** Write the current address onto register P1 +** and then jump to address P2. +*/ +case OP_Gosub: { /* jump */ + assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pIn1)==0 ); + memAboutToChange(p, pIn1); + pIn1->flags = MEM_Int; + pIn1->u.i = (int)(pOp-aOp); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1); + + /* Most jump operations do a goto to this spot in order to update + ** the pOp pointer. */ +jump_to_p2: + pOp = &aOp[pOp->p2 - 1]; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Return P1 * * * * +** +** Jump to the next instruction after the address in register P1. After +** the jump, register P1 becomes undefined. +*/ +case OP_Return: { /* in1 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int ); + pOp = &aOp[pIn1->u.i]; + pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: InitCoroutine P1 P2 P3 * * +** +** Set up register P1 so that it will Yield to the coroutine +** located at address P3. +** +** If P2!=0 then the coroutine implementation immediately follows +** this opcode. So jump over the coroutine implementation to +** address P2. +** +** See also: EndCoroutine +*/ +case OP_InitCoroutine: { /* jump */ + assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); + assert( pOp->p2>=0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp ); + assert( pOp->p3>=0 && pOp->p3<p->nOp ); + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pOut) ); + pOut->u.i = pOp->p3 - 1; + pOut->flags = MEM_Int; + if( pOp->p2 ) goto jump_to_p2; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: EndCoroutine P1 * * * * +** +** The instruction at the address in register P1 is a Yield. +** Jump to the P2 parameter of that Yield. +** After the jump, register P1 becomes undefined. +** +** See also: InitCoroutine +*/ +case OP_EndCoroutine: { /* in1 */ + VdbeOp *pCaller; + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int ); + assert( pIn1->u.i>=0 && pIn1->u.i<p->nOp ); + pCaller = &aOp[pIn1->u.i]; + assert( pCaller->opcode==OP_Yield ); + assert( pCaller->p2>=0 && pCaller->p2<p->nOp ); + pOp = &aOp[pCaller->p2 - 1]; + pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Yield P1 P2 * * * +** +** Swap the program counter with the value in register P1. This +** has the effect of yielding to a coroutine. +** +** If the coroutine that is launched by this instruction ends with +** Yield or Return then continue to the next instruction. But if +** the coroutine launched by this instruction ends with +** EndCoroutine, then jump to P2 rather than continuing with the +** next instruction. +** +** See also: InitCoroutine +*/ +case OP_Yield: { /* in1, jump */ + int pcDest; + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pIn1)==0 ); + pIn1->flags = MEM_Int; + pcDest = (int)pIn1->u.i; + pIn1->u.i = (int)(pOp - aOp); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1); + pOp = &aOp[pcDest]; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: HaltIfNull P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: if r[P3]=null halt +** +** Check the value in register P3. If it is NULL then Halt using +** parameter P1, P2, and P4 as if this were a Halt instruction. If the +** value in register P3 is not NULL, then this routine is a no-op. +** The P5 parameter should be 1. +*/ +case OP_HaltIfNull: { /* in3 */ + pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ) break; + /* Fall through into OP_Halt */ +} + +/* Opcode: Halt P1 P2 * P4 P5 +** +** Exit immediately. All open cursors, etc are closed +** automatically. +** +** P1 is the result code returned by sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_reset(), +** or sqlite3_finalize(). For a normal halt, this should be SQLITE_OK (0). +** For errors, it can be some other value. If P1!=0 then P2 will determine +** whether or not to rollback the current transaction. Do not rollback +** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback. If P2==OE_Abort, +** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the +** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction. +** +** If P4 is not null then it is an error message string. +** +** P5 is a value between 0 and 4, inclusive, that modifies the P4 string. +** +** 0: (no change) +** 1: NOT NULL contraint failed: P4 +** 2: UNIQUE constraint failed: P4 +** 3: CHECK constraint failed: P4 +** 4: FOREIGN KEY constraint failed: P4 +** +** If P5 is not zero and P4 is NULL, then everything after the ":" is +** omitted. +** +** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of +** every program. So a jump past the last instruction of the program +** is the same as executing Halt. +*/ +case OP_Halt: { + VdbeFrame *pFrame; + int pcx; + + pcx = (int)(pOp - aOp); + if( pOp->p1==SQLITE_OK && p->pFrame ){ + /* Halt the sub-program. Return control to the parent frame. */ + pFrame = p->pFrame; + p->pFrame = pFrame->pParent; + p->nFrame--; + sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange); + pcx = sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame); + lastRowid = db->lastRowid; + if( pOp->p2==OE_Ignore ){ + /* Instruction pcx is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program + ** currently being halted. If the p2 instruction of this OP_Halt + ** instruction is set to OE_Ignore, then the sub-program is throwing + ** an IGNORE exception. In this case jump to the address specified + ** as the p2 of the calling OP_Program. */ + pcx = p->aOp[pcx].p2-1; + } + aOp = p->aOp; + aMem = p->aMem; + pOp = &aOp[pcx]; + break; + } + p->rc = pOp->p1; + p->errorAction = (u8)pOp->p2; + p->pc = pcx; + assert( pOp->p5>=0 && pOp->p5<=4 ); + if( p->rc ){ + if( pOp->p5 ){ + static const char * const azType[] = { "NOT NULL", "UNIQUE", "CHECK", + "FOREIGN KEY" }; + testcase( pOp->p5==1 ); + testcase( pOp->p5==2 ); + testcase( pOp->p5==3 ); + testcase( pOp->p5==4 ); + sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s constraint failed", azType[pOp->p5-1]); + if( pOp->p4.z ){ + p->zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%z: %s", p->zErrMsg, pOp->p4.z); + } + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", pOp->p4.z); + } + sqlite3_log(pOp->p1, "abort at %d in [%s]: %s", pcx, p->zSql, p->zErrMsg); + } + rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p); + assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_ERROR ); + if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + }else{ + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || db->nDeferredCons>0 || db->nDeferredImmCons>0 ); + rc = p->rc ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE; + } + goto vdbe_return; +} + +/* Opcode: Integer P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=P1 +** +** The 32-bit integer value P1 is written into register P2. +*/ +case OP_Integer: { /* out2 */ + pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); + pOut->u.i = pOp->p1; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Int64 * P2 * P4 * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4 +** +** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit integer value. +** Write that value into register P2. +*/ +case OP_Int64: { /* out2 */ + pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); + assert( pOp->p4.pI64!=0 ); + pOut->u.i = *pOp->p4.pI64; + break; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +/* Opcode: Real * P2 * P4 * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4 +** +** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit floating point value. +** Write that value into register P2. +*/ +case OP_Real: { /* same as TK_FLOAT, out2 */ + pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); + pOut->flags = MEM_Real; + assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(*pOp->p4.pReal) ); + pOut->u.r = *pOp->p4.pReal; + break; +} +#endif + +/* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 * +** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4' +** +** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed +** into a String opcode before it is executed for the first time. During +** this transformation, the length of string P4 is computed and stored +** as the P1 parameter. +*/ +case OP_String8: { /* same as TK_STRING, out2 */ + assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 ); + pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); + pOp->opcode = OP_String; + pOp->p1 = sqlite3Strlen30(pOp->p4.z); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + if( encoding!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ); + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding) ) goto no_mem; + assert( pOut->szMalloc>0 && pOut->zMalloc==pOut->z ); + assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pOut)==0 ); + pOut->szMalloc = 0; + pOut->flags |= MEM_Static; + if( pOp->p4type==P4_DYNAMIC ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->p4.z); + } + pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC; + pOp->p4.z = pOut->z; + pOp->p1 = pOut->n; + } + testcase( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ); +#endif + if( pOp->p1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + goto too_big; + } + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + /* Fall through to the next case, OP_String */ +} + +/* Opcode: String P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4' (len=P1) +** +** The string value P4 of length P1 (bytes) is stored in register P2. +** +** If P3 is not zero and the content of register P3 is equal to P5, then +** the datatype of the register P2 is converted to BLOB. The content is +** the same sequence of bytes, it is merely interpreted as a BLOB instead +** of a string, as if it had been CAST. In other words: +** +** if( P3!=0 and reg[P3]==P5 ) reg[P2] := CAST(reg[P2] as BLOB) +*/ +case OP_String: { /* out2 */ + assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 ); + pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); + pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term; + pOut->z = pOp->p4.z; + pOut->n = pOp->p1; + pOut->enc = encoding; + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); +#ifndef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS + if( pOp->p3>0 ){ + assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); + pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int ); + if( pIn3->u.i==pOp->p5 ) pOut->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Static|MEM_Term; + } +#endif + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Null P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P2..P3]=NULL +** +** Write a NULL into registers P2. If P3 greater than P2, then also write +** NULL into register P3 and every register in between P2 and P3. If P3 +** is less than P2 (typically P3 is zero) then only register P2 is +** set to NULL. +** +** If the P1 value is non-zero, then also set the MEM_Cleared flag so that +** NULL values will not compare equal even if SQLITE_NULLEQ is set on +** OP_Ne or OP_Eq. +*/ +case OP_Null: { /* out2 */ + int cnt; + u16 nullFlag; + pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); + cnt = pOp->p3-pOp->p2; + assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); + pOut->flags = nullFlag = pOp->p1 ? (MEM_Null|MEM_Cleared) : MEM_Null; + while( cnt>0 ){ + pOut++; + memAboutToChange(p, pOut); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); + pOut->flags = nullFlag; + cnt--; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: SoftNull P1 * * * * +** Synopsis: r[P1]=NULL +** +** Set register P1 to have the value NULL as seen by the OP_MakeRecord +** instruction, but do not free any string or blob memory associated with +** the register, so that if the value was a string or blob that was +** previously copied using OP_SCopy, the copies will continue to be valid. +*/ +case OP_SoftNull: { + assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + pOut->flags = (pOut->flags|MEM_Null)&~MEM_Undefined; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Blob P1 P2 * P4 * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4 (len=P1) +** +** P4 points to a blob of data P1 bytes long. Store this +** blob in register P2. +*/ +case OP_Blob: { /* out2 */ + assert( pOp->p1 <= SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ); + pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, pOp->p1, 0, 0); + pOut->enc = encoding; + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Variable P1 P2 * P4 * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4) +** +** Transfer the values of bound parameter P1 into register P2 +** +** If the parameter is named, then its name appears in P4. +** The P4 value is used by sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(). +*/ +case OP_Variable: { /* out2 */ + Mem *pVar; /* Value being transferred */ + + assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar ); + assert( pOp->p4.z==0 || pOp->p4.z==p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] ); + pVar = &p->aVar[pOp->p1 - 1]; + if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pVar) ){ + goto too_big; + } + pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); + sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pVar, MEM_Static); + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Move P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3] +** +** Move the P3 values in register P1..P1+P3-1 over into +** registers P2..P2+P3-1. Registers P1..P1+P3-1 are +** left holding a NULL. It is an error for register ranges +** P1..P1+P3-1 and P2..P2+P3-1 to overlap. It is an error +** for P3 to be less than 1. +*/ +case OP_Move: { + int n; /* Number of registers left to copy */ + int p1; /* Register to copy from */ + int p2; /* Register to copy to */ + + n = pOp->p3; + p1 = pOp->p1; + p2 = pOp->p2; + assert( n>0 && p1>0 && p2>0 ); + assert( p1+n<=p2 || p2+n<=p1 ); + + pIn1 = &aMem[p1]; + pOut = &aMem[p2]; + do{ + assert( pOut<=&aMem[(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)] ); + assert( pIn1<=&aMem[(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)] ); + assert( memIsValid(pIn1) ); + memAboutToChange(p, pOut); + sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, pIn1); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( pOut->pScopyFrom>=&aMem[p1] && pOut->pScopyFrom<pOut ){ + pOut->pScopyFrom += pOp->p2 - p1; + } +#endif + Deephemeralize(pOut); + REGISTER_TRACE(p2++, pOut); + pIn1++; + pOut++; + }while( --n ); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Copy P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1] +** +** Make a copy of registers P1..P1+P3 into registers P2..P2+P3. +** +** This instruction makes a deep copy of the value. A duplicate +** is made of any string or blob constant. See also OP_SCopy. +*/ +case OP_Copy: { + int n; + + n = pOp->p3; + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + assert( pOut!=pIn1 ); + while( 1 ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem); + Deephemeralize(pOut); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + pOut->pScopyFrom = 0; +#endif + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+pOp->p3-n, pOut); + if( (n--)==0 ) break; + pOut++; + pIn1++; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: SCopy P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1] +** +** Make a shallow copy of register P1 into register P2. +** +** This instruction makes a shallow copy of the value. If the value +** is a string or blob, then the copy is only a pointer to the +** original and hence if the original changes so will the copy. +** Worse, if the original is deallocated, the copy becomes invalid. +** Thus the program must guarantee that the original will not change +** during the lifetime of the copy. Use OP_Copy to make a complete +** copy. +*/ +case OP_SCopy: { /* out2 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + assert( pOut!=pIn1 ); + sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( pOut->pScopyFrom==0 ) pOut->pScopyFrom = pIn1; +#endif + break; +} + +/* Opcode: IntCopy P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1] +** +** Transfer the integer value held in register P1 into register P2. +** +** This is an optimized version of SCopy that works only for integer +** values. +*/ +case OP_IntCopy: { /* out2 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, pIn1->u.i); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: ResultRow P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: output=r[P1@P2] +** +** The registers P1 through P1+P2-1 contain a single row of +** results. This opcode causes the sqlite3_step() call to terminate +** with an SQLITE_ROW return code and it sets up the sqlite3_stmt +** structure to provide access to the r(P1)..r(P1+P2-1) values as +** the result row. +*/ +case OP_ResultRow: { + Mem *pMem; + int i; + assert( p->nResColumn==pOp->p2 ); + assert( pOp->p1>0 ); + assert( pOp->p1+pOp->p2<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1 ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK + /* Run the progress counter just before returning. + */ + if( db->xProgress!=0 + && nVmStep>=nProgressLimit + && db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg)!=0 + ){ + rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; + goto abort_due_to_error; + } +#endif + + /* If this statement has violated immediate foreign key constraints, do + ** not return the number of rows modified. And do not RELEASE the statement + ** transaction. It needs to be rolled back. */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0)) ){ + assert( db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows ); + assert( p->usesStmtJournal ); + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + + /* If the SQLITE_CountRows flag is set in sqlite3.flags mask, then + ** DML statements invoke this opcode to return the number of rows + ** modified to the user. This is the only way that a VM that + ** opens a statement transaction may invoke this opcode. + ** + ** In case this is such a statement, close any statement transaction + ** opened by this VM before returning control to the user. This is to + ** ensure that statement-transactions are always nested, not overlapping. + ** If the open statement-transaction is not closed here, then the user + ** may step another VM that opens its own statement transaction. This + ** may lead to overlapping statement transactions. + ** + ** The statement transaction is never a top-level transaction. Hence + ** the RELEASE call below can never fail. + */ + assert( p->iStatement==0 || db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows ); + rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + + /* Invalidate all ephemeral cursor row caches */ + p->cacheCtr = (p->cacheCtr + 2)|1; + + /* Make sure the results of the current row are \000 terminated + ** and have an assigned type. The results are de-ephemeralized as + ** a side effect. + */ + pMem = p->pResultSet = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + for(i=0; i<pOp->p2; i++){ + assert( memIsValid(&pMem[i]) ); + Deephemeralize(&pMem[i]); + assert( (pMem[i].flags & MEM_Ephem)==0 + || (pMem[i].flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 ); + sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(&pMem[i]); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1+i, &pMem[i]); + } + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem; + + /* Return SQLITE_ROW + */ + p->pc = (int)(pOp - aOp) + 1; + rc = SQLITE_ROW; + goto vdbe_return; +} + +/* Opcode: Concat P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1] +** +** Add the text in register P1 onto the end of the text in +** register P2 and store the result in register P3. +** If either the P1 or P2 text are NULL then store NULL in P3. +** +** P3 = P2 || P1 +** +** It is illegal for P1 and P3 to be the same register. Sometimes, +** if P3 is the same register as P2, the implementation is able +** to avoid a memcpy(). +*/ +case OP_Concat: { /* same as TK_CONCAT, in1, in2, out3 */ + i64 nByte; + + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + assert( pIn1!=pOut ); + if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); + break; + } + if( ExpandBlob(pIn1) || ExpandBlob(pIn2) ) goto no_mem; + Stringify(pIn1, encoding); + Stringify(pIn2, encoding); + nByte = pIn1->n + pIn2->n; + if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + goto too_big; + } + if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)nByte+2, pOut==pIn2) ){ + goto no_mem; + } + MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Str); + if( pOut!=pIn2 ){ + memcpy(pOut->z, pIn2->z, pIn2->n); + } + memcpy(&pOut->z[pIn2->n], pIn1->z, pIn1->n); + pOut->z[nByte]=0; + pOut->z[nByte+1] = 0; + pOut->flags |= MEM_Term; + pOut->n = (int)nByte; + pOut->enc = encoding; + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Add P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2] +** +** Add the value in register P1 to the value in register P2 +** and store the result in register P3. +** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. +*/ +/* Opcode: Multiply P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2] +** +** +** Multiply the value in register P1 by the value in register P2 +** and store the result in register P3. +** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. +*/ +/* Opcode: Subtract P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1] +** +** Subtract the value in register P1 from the value in register P2 +** and store the result in register P3. +** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. +*/ +/* Opcode: Divide P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1] +** +** Divide the value in register P1 by the value in register P2 +** and store the result in register P3 (P3=P2/P1). If the value in +** register P1 is zero, then the result is NULL. If either input is +** NULL, the result is NULL. +*/ +/* Opcode: Remainder P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1] +** +** Compute the remainder after integer register P2 is divided by +** register P1 and store the result in register P3. +** If the value in register P1 is zero the result is NULL. +** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL. +*/ +case OP_Add: /* same as TK_PLUS, in1, in2, out3 */ +case OP_Subtract: /* same as TK_MINUS, in1, in2, out3 */ +case OP_Multiply: /* same as TK_STAR, in1, in2, out3 */ +case OP_Divide: /* same as TK_SLASH, in1, in2, out3 */ +case OP_Remainder: { /* same as TK_REM, in1, in2, out3 */ + char bIntint; /* Started out as two integer operands */ + u16 flags; /* Combined MEM_* flags from both inputs */ + u16 type1; /* Numeric type of left operand */ + u16 type2; /* Numeric type of right operand */ + i64 iA; /* Integer value of left operand */ + i64 iB; /* Integer value of right operand */ + double rA; /* Real value of left operand */ + double rB; /* Real value of right operand */ + + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + type1 = numericType(pIn1); + pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + type2 = numericType(pIn2); + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + flags = pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags; + if( (flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; + if( (type1 & type2 & MEM_Int)!=0 ){ + iA = pIn1->u.i; + iB = pIn2->u.i; + bIntint = 1; + switch( pOp->opcode ){ + case OP_Add: if( sqlite3AddInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math; break; + case OP_Subtract: if( sqlite3SubInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math; break; + case OP_Multiply: if( sqlite3MulInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math; break; + case OP_Divide: { + if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; + if( iA==-1 && iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ) goto fp_math; + iB /= iA; + break; + } + default: { + if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; + if( iA==-1 ) iA = 1; + iB %= iA; + break; + } + } + pOut->u.i = iB; + MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); + }else{ + bIntint = 0; +fp_math: + rA = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1); + rB = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn2); + switch( pOp->opcode ){ + case OP_Add: rB += rA; break; + case OP_Subtract: rB -= rA; break; + case OP_Multiply: rB *= rA; break; + case OP_Divide: { + /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ + if( rA==(double)0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; + rB /= rA; + break; + } + default: { + iA = (i64)rA; + iB = (i64)rB; + if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; + if( iA==-1 ) iA = 1; + rB = (double)(iB % iA); + break; + } + } +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + pOut->u.i = rB; + MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); +#else + if( sqlite3IsNaN(rB) ){ + goto arithmetic_result_is_null; + } + pOut->u.r = rB; + MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Real); + if( ((type1|type2)&MEM_Real)==0 && !bIntint ){ + sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pOut); + } +#endif + } + break; + +arithmetic_result_is_null: + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: CollSeq P1 * * P4 +** +** P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq struct. If the next call to a user function +** or aggregate calls sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(), this collation sequence will +** be returned. This is used by the built-in min(), max() and nullif() +** functions. +** +** If P1 is not zero, then it is a register that a subsequent min() or +** max() aggregate will set to 1 if the current row is not the minimum or +** maximum. The P1 register is initialized to 0 by this instruction. +** +** The interface used by the implementation of the aforementioned functions +** to retrieve the collation sequence set by this opcode is not available +** publicly. Only built-in functions have access to this feature. +*/ +case OP_CollSeq: { + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ ); + if( pOp->p1 ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p1], 0); + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Function0 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5]) +** +** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef object that +** defines the function) with P5 arguments taken from register P2 and +** successors. The result of the function is stored in register P3. +** Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs. +** +** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the +** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first +** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine +** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the +** sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next +** invocation of this opcode. +** +** See also: Function, AggStep, AggFinal +*/ +/* Opcode: Function P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5]) +** +** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_context object that +** contains a pointer to the function to be run) with P5 arguments taken +** from register P2 and successors. The result of the function is stored +** in register P3. Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs. +** +** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the +** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first +** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine +** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the +** sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next +** invocation of this opcode. +** +** SQL functions are initially coded as OP_Function0 with P4 pointing +** to a FuncDef object. But on first evaluation, the P4 operand is +** automatically converted into an sqlite3_context object and the operation +** changed to this OP_Function opcode. In this way, the initialization of +** the sqlite3_context object occurs only once, rather than once for each +** evaluation of the function. +** +** See also: Function0, AggStep, AggFinal +*/ +case OP_Function0: { + int n; + sqlite3_context *pCtx; + + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF ); + n = pOp->p5; + assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); + assert( n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+n<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1) ); + assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+n ); + pCtx = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(*pCtx) + (n-1)*sizeof(sqlite3_value*)); + if( pCtx==0 ) goto no_mem; + pCtx->pOut = 0; + pCtx->pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc; + pCtx->iOp = (int)(pOp - aOp); + pCtx->pVdbe = p; + pCtx->argc = n; + pOp->p4type = P4_FUNCCTX; + pOp->p4.pCtx = pCtx; + pOp->opcode = OP_Function; + /* Fall through into OP_Function */ +} +case OP_Function: { + int i; + sqlite3_context *pCtx; + + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCCTX ); + pCtx = pOp->p4.pCtx; + + /* If this function is inside of a trigger, the register array in aMem[] + ** might change from one evaluation to the next. The next block of code + ** checks to see if the register array has changed, and if so it + ** reinitializes the relavant parts of the sqlite3_context object */ + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + if( pCtx->pOut != pOut ){ + pCtx->pOut = pOut; + for(i=pCtx->argc-1; i>=0; i--) pCtx->argv[i] = &aMem[pOp->p2+i]; + } + + memAboutToChange(p, pCtx->pOut); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + for(i=0; i<pCtx->argc; i++){ + assert( memIsValid(pCtx->argv[i]) ); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+i, pCtx->argv[i]); + } +#endif + MemSetTypeFlag(pCtx->pOut, MEM_Null); + pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 0; + db->lastRowid = lastRowid; + (*pCtx->pFunc->xSFunc)(pCtx, pCtx->argc, pCtx->argv);/* IMP: R-24505-23230 */ + lastRowid = db->lastRowid; /* Remember rowid changes made by xSFunc */ + + /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */ + if( pCtx->fErrorOrAux ){ + if( pCtx->isError ){ + sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pCtx->pOut)); + rc = pCtx->isError; + } + sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(db, &p->pAuxData, pCtx->iOp, pOp->p1); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + } + + /* Copy the result of the function into register P3 */ + if( pOut->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pCtx->pOut, encoding); + if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pCtx->pOut) ) goto too_big; + } + + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pCtx->pOut); + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pCtx->pOut); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: BitAnd P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2] +** +** Take the bit-wise AND of the values in register P1 and P2 and +** store the result in register P3. +** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. +*/ +/* Opcode: BitOr P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2] +** +** Take the bit-wise OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and +** store the result in register P3. +** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. +*/ +/* Opcode: ShiftLeft P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]<<r[P1] +** +** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the left by the +** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1. +** Store the result in register P3. +** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. +*/ +/* Opcode: ShiftRight P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]>>r[P1] +** +** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the right by the +** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1. +** Store the result in register P3. +** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. +*/ +case OP_BitAnd: /* same as TK_BITAND, in1, in2, out3 */ +case OP_BitOr: /* same as TK_BITOR, in1, in2, out3 */ +case OP_ShiftLeft: /* same as TK_LSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */ +case OP_ShiftRight: { /* same as TK_RSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */ + i64 iA; + u64 uA; + i64 iB; + u8 op; + + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); + break; + } + iA = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2); + iB = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1); + op = pOp->opcode; + if( op==OP_BitAnd ){ + iA &= iB; + }else if( op==OP_BitOr ){ + iA |= iB; + }else if( iB!=0 ){ + assert( op==OP_ShiftRight || op==OP_ShiftLeft ); + + /* If shifting by a negative amount, shift in the other direction */ + if( iB<0 ){ + assert( OP_ShiftRight==OP_ShiftLeft+1 ); + op = 2*OP_ShiftLeft + 1 - op; + iB = iB>(-64) ? -iB : 64; + } + + if( iB>=64 ){ + iA = (iA>=0 || op==OP_ShiftLeft) ? 0 : -1; + }else{ + memcpy(&uA, &iA, sizeof(uA)); + if( op==OP_ShiftLeft ){ + uA <<= iB; + }else{ + uA >>= iB; + /* Sign-extend on a right shift of a negative number */ + if( iA<0 ) uA |= ((((u64)0xffffffff)<<32)|0xffffffff) << (64-iB); + } + memcpy(&iA, &uA, sizeof(iA)); + } + } + pOut->u.i = iA; + MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: AddImm P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P1]=r[P1]+P2 +** +** Add the constant P2 to the value in register P1. +** The result is always an integer. +** +** To force any register to be an integer, just add 0. +*/ +case OP_AddImm: { /* in1 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + memAboutToChange(p, pIn1); + sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1); + pIn1->u.i += pOp->p2; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 * * * +** +** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer. If the value +** in P1 is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer +** without data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0 +** raise an SQLITE_MISMATCH exception. +*/ +case OP_MustBeInt: { /* jump, in1 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){ + applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding); + VdbeBranchTaken((pIn1->flags&MEM_Int)==0, 2); + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){ + if( pOp->p2==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH; + goto abort_due_to_error; + }else{ + goto jump_to_p2; + } + } + } + MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Int); + break; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +/* Opcode: RealAffinity P1 * * * * +** +** If register P1 holds an integer convert it to a real value. +** +** This opcode is used when extracting information from a column that +** has REAL affinity. Such column values may still be stored as +** integers, for space efficiency, but after extraction we want them +** to have only a real value. +*/ +case OP_RealAffinity: { /* in1 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1); + } + break; +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST +/* Opcode: Cast P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: affinity(r[P1]) +** +** Force the value in register P1 to be the type defined by P2. +** +** <ul> +** <li value="97"> TEXT +** <li value="98"> BLOB +** <li value="99"> NUMERIC +** <li value="100"> INTEGER +** <li value="101"> REAL +** </ul> +** +** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL. +*/ +case OP_Cast: { /* in1 */ + assert( pOp->p2>=SQLITE_AFF_BLOB && pOp->p2<=SQLITE_AFF_REAL ); + testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); + testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ); + testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); + testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ); + testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ); + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + memAboutToChange(p, pIn1); + rc = ExpandBlob(pIn1); + sqlite3VdbeMemCast(pIn1, pOp->p2, encoding); + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + break; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */ + +/* Opcode: Lt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: if r[P1]<r[P3] goto P2 +** +** Compare the values in register P1 and P3. If reg(P3)<reg(P1) then +** jump to address P2. +** +** If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit of P5 is set and either reg(P1) or +** reg(P3) is NULL then take the jump. If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL +** bit is clear then fall through if either operand is NULL. +** +** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK portion of P5 must be an affinity character - +** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made +** to coerce both inputs according to this affinity before the +** comparison is made. If the SQLITE_AFF_MASK is 0x00, then numeric +** affinity is used. Note that the affinity conversions are stored +** back into the input registers P1 and P3. So this opcode can cause +** persistent changes to registers P1 and P3. +** +** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL, +** the values are compared. If both values are blobs then memcmp() is +** used to determine the results of the comparison. If both values +** are text, then the appropriate collating function specified in +** P4 is used to do the comparison. If P4 is not specified then +** memcmp() is used to compare text string. If both values are +** numeric, then a numeric comparison is used. If the two values +** are of different types, then numbers are considered less than +** strings and strings are considered less than blobs. +** +** If the SQLITE_STOREP2 bit of P5 is set, then do not jump. Instead, +** store a boolean result (either 0, or 1, or NULL) in register P2. +** +** If the SQLITE_NULLEQ bit is set in P5, then NULL values are considered +** equal to one another, provided that they do not have their MEM_Cleared +** bit set. +*/ +/* Opcode: Ne P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: if r[P1]!=r[P3] goto P2 +** +** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if +** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are not equal. See the Lt opcode for +** additional information. +** +** If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set in P5 then the result of comparison is always either +** true or false and is never NULL. If both operands are NULL then the result +** of comparison is false. If either operand is NULL then the result is true. +** If neither operand is NULL the result is the same as it would be if +** the SQLITE_NULLEQ flag were omitted from P5. +*/ +/* Opcode: Eq P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: if r[P1]==r[P3] goto P2 +** +** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if +** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are equal. +** See the Lt opcode for additional information. +** +** If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set in P5 then the result of comparison is always either +** true or false and is never NULL. If both operands are NULL then the result +** of comparison is true. If either operand is NULL then the result is false. +** If neither operand is NULL the result is the same as it would be if +** the SQLITE_NULLEQ flag were omitted from P5. +*/ +/* Opcode: Le P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: if r[P1]<=r[P3] goto P2 +** +** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if +** the content of register P3 is less than or equal to the content of +** register P1. See the Lt opcode for additional information. +*/ +/* Opcode: Gt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: if r[P1]>r[P3] goto P2 +** +** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if +** the content of register P3 is greater than the content of +** register P1. See the Lt opcode for additional information. +*/ +/* Opcode: Ge P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: if r[P1]>=r[P3] goto P2 +** +** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if +** the content of register P3 is greater than or equal to the content of +** register P1. See the Lt opcode for additional information. +*/ +case OP_Eq: /* same as TK_EQ, jump, in1, in3 */ +case OP_Ne: /* same as TK_NE, jump, in1, in3 */ +case OP_Lt: /* same as TK_LT, jump, in1, in3 */ +case OP_Le: /* same as TK_LE, jump, in1, in3 */ +case OP_Gt: /* same as TK_GT, jump, in1, in3 */ +case OP_Ge: { /* same as TK_GE, jump, in1, in3 */ + int res; /* Result of the comparison of pIn1 against pIn3 */ + char affinity; /* Affinity to use for comparison */ + u16 flags1; /* Copy of initial value of pIn1->flags */ + u16 flags3; /* Copy of initial value of pIn3->flags */ + + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + flags1 = pIn1->flags; + flags3 = pIn3->flags; + if( (flags1 | flags3)&MEM_Null ){ + /* One or both operands are NULL */ + if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ ){ + /* If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set (which will only happen if the operator is + ** OP_Eq or OP_Ne) then take the jump or not depending on whether + ** or not both operands are null. + */ + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Eq || pOp->opcode==OP_Ne ); + assert( (flags1 & MEM_Cleared)==0 ); + assert( (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL)==0 ); + if( (flags1&MEM_Null)!=0 + && (flags3&MEM_Null)!=0 + && (flags3&MEM_Cleared)==0 + ){ + res = 0; /* Results are equal */ + }else{ + res = 1; /* Results are not equal */ + } + }else{ + /* SQLITE_NULLEQ is clear and at least one operand is NULL, + ** then the result is always NULL. + ** The jump is taken if the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit is set. + */ + if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){ + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + memAboutToChange(p, pOut); + MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut); + }else{ + VdbeBranchTaken(2,3); + if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL ){ + goto jump_to_p2; + } + } + break; + } + }else{ + /* Neither operand is NULL. Do a comparison. */ + affinity = pOp->p5 & SQLITE_AFF_MASK; + if( affinity>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ + if( (flags1 | flags3)&MEM_Str ){ + if( (flags1 & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Str))==MEM_Str ){ + applyNumericAffinity(pIn1,0); + } + if( (flags3 & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Str))==MEM_Str ){ + applyNumericAffinity(pIn3,0); + } + } + }else if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){ + if( (flags1 & MEM_Str)==0 && (flags1 & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))!=0 ){ + testcase( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ); + testcase( pIn1->flags & MEM_Real ); + sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pIn1, encoding, 1); + testcase( (flags1&MEM_Dyn) != (pIn1->flags&MEM_Dyn) ); + flags1 = (pIn1->flags & ~MEM_TypeMask) | (flags1 & MEM_TypeMask); + } + if( (flags3 & MEM_Str)==0 && (flags3 & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))!=0 ){ + testcase( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int ); + testcase( pIn3->flags & MEM_Real ); + sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pIn3, encoding, 1); + testcase( (flags3&MEM_Dyn) != (pIn3->flags&MEM_Dyn) ); + flags3 = (pIn3->flags & ~MEM_TypeMask) | (flags3 & MEM_TypeMask); + } + } + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ || pOp->p4.pColl==0 ); + if( flags1 & MEM_Zero ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pIn1); + flags1 &= ~MEM_Zero; + } + if( flags3 & MEM_Zero ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pIn3); + flags3 &= ~MEM_Zero; + } + res = sqlite3MemCompare(pIn3, pIn1, pOp->p4.pColl); + } + switch( pOp->opcode ){ + case OP_Eq: res = res==0; break; + case OP_Ne: res = res!=0; break; + case OP_Lt: res = res<0; break; + case OP_Le: res = res<=0; break; + case OP_Gt: res = res>0; break; + default: res = res>=0; break; + } + + /* Undo any changes made by applyAffinity() to the input registers. */ + assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Dyn) == (flags1 & MEM_Dyn) ); + pIn1->flags = flags1; + assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Dyn) == (flags3 & MEM_Dyn) ); + pIn3->flags = flags3; + + if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){ + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + memAboutToChange(p, pOut); + MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); + pOut->u.i = res; + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut); + }else{ + VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0, (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ)?2:3); + if( res ){ + goto jump_to_p2; + } + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Permutation * * * P4 * +** +** Set the permutation used by the OP_Compare operator to be the array +** of integers in P4. +** +** The permutation is only valid until the next OP_Compare that has +** the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set in P5. Typically the OP_Permutation should +** occur immediately prior to the OP_Compare. +** +** The first integer in the P4 integer array is the length of the array +** and does not become part of the permutation. +*/ +case OP_Permutation: { + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INTARRAY ); + assert( pOp->p4.ai ); + aPermute = pOp->p4.ai + 1; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Compare P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3] +** +** Compare two vectors of registers in reg(P1)..reg(P1+P3-1) (call this +** vector "A") and in reg(P2)..reg(P2+P3-1) ("B"). Save the result of +** the comparison for use by the next OP_Jump instruct. +** +** If P5 has the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set, then the order of comparison is +** determined by the most recent OP_Permutation operator. If the +** OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit is clear, then register are compared in sequential +** order. +** +** P4 is a KeyInfo structure that defines collating sequences and sort +** orders for the comparison. The permutation applies to registers +** only. The KeyInfo elements are used sequentially. +** +** The comparison is a sort comparison, so NULLs compare equal, +** NULLs are less than numbers, numbers are less than strings, +** and strings are less than blobs. +*/ +case OP_Compare: { + int n; + int i; + int p1; + int p2; + const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; + int idx; + CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to use on this term */ + int bRev; /* True for DESCENDING sort order */ + + if( (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_PERMUTE)==0 ) aPermute = 0; + n = pOp->p3; + pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; + assert( n>0 ); + assert( pKeyInfo!=0 ); + p1 = pOp->p1; + p2 = pOp->p2; +#if SQLITE_DEBUG + if( aPermute ){ + int k, mx = 0; + for(k=0; k<n; k++) if( aPermute[k]>mx ) mx = aPermute[k]; + assert( p1>0 && p1+mx<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1 ); + assert( p2>0 && p2+mx<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1 ); + }else{ + assert( p1>0 && p1+n<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1 ); + assert( p2>0 && p2+n<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1 ); + } +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + for(i=0; i<n; i++){ + idx = aPermute ? aPermute[i] : i; + assert( memIsValid(&aMem[p1+idx]) ); + assert( memIsValid(&aMem[p2+idx]) ); + REGISTER_TRACE(p1+idx, &aMem[p1+idx]); + REGISTER_TRACE(p2+idx, &aMem[p2+idx]); + assert( i<pKeyInfo->nField ); + pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[i]; + bRev = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i]; + iCompare = sqlite3MemCompare(&aMem[p1+idx], &aMem[p2+idx], pColl); + if( iCompare ){ + if( bRev ) iCompare = -iCompare; + break; + } + } + aPermute = 0; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Jump P1 P2 P3 * * +** +** Jump to the instruction at address P1, P2, or P3 depending on whether +** in the most recent OP_Compare instruction the P1 vector was less than +** equal to, or greater than the P2 vector, respectively. +*/ +case OP_Jump: { /* jump */ + if( iCompare<0 ){ + VdbeBranchTaken(0,3); pOp = &aOp[pOp->p1 - 1]; + }else if( iCompare==0 ){ + VdbeBranchTaken(1,3); pOp = &aOp[pOp->p2 - 1]; + }else{ + VdbeBranchTaken(2,3); pOp = &aOp[pOp->p3 - 1]; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: And P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2]) +** +** Take the logical AND of the values in registers P1 and P2 and +** write the result into register P3. +** +** If either P1 or P2 is 0 (false) then the result is 0 even if +** the other input is NULL. A NULL and true or two NULLs give +** a NULL output. +*/ +/* Opcode: Or P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2]) +** +** Take the logical OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and +** store the answer in register P3. +** +** If either P1 or P2 is nonzero (true) then the result is 1 (true) +** even if the other input is NULL. A NULL and false or two NULLs +** give a NULL output. +*/ +case OP_And: /* same as TK_AND, in1, in2, out3 */ +case OP_Or: { /* same as TK_OR, in1, in2, out3 */ + int v1; /* Left operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */ + int v2; /* Right operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */ + + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){ + v1 = 2; + }else{ + v1 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0; + } + pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + if( pIn2->flags & MEM_Null ){ + v2 = 2; + }else{ + v2 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2)!=0; + } + if( pOp->opcode==OP_And ){ + static const unsigned char and_logic[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 0, 2, 2 }; + v1 = and_logic[v1*3+v2]; + }else{ + static const unsigned char or_logic[] = { 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2 }; + v1 = or_logic[v1*3+v2]; + } + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + if( v1==2 ){ + MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null); + }else{ + pOut->u.i = v1; + MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Not P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1] +** +** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value. Store the +** boolean complement in register P2. If the value in register P1 is +** NULL, then a NULL is stored in P2. +*/ +case OP_Not: { /* same as TK_NOT, in1, out2 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){ + pOut->flags = MEM_Int; + pOut->u.i = !sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1); + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: BitNot P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P1]= ~r[P1] +** +** Interpret the content of register P1 as an integer. Store the +** ones-complement of the P1 value into register P2. If P1 holds +** a NULL then store a NULL in P2. +*/ +case OP_BitNot: { /* same as TK_BITNOT, in1, out2 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){ + pOut->flags = MEM_Int; + pOut->u.i = ~sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1); + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Once P1 P2 * * * +** +** Check the "once" flag number P1. If it is set, jump to instruction P2. +** Otherwise, set the flag and fall through to the next instruction. +** In other words, this opcode causes all following opcodes up through P2 +** (but not including P2) to run just once and to be skipped on subsequent +** times through the loop. +** +** All "once" flags are initially cleared whenever a prepared statement +** first begins to run. +*/ +case OP_Once: { /* jump */ + assert( pOp->p1<p->nOnceFlag ); + VdbeBranchTaken(p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1]!=0, 2); + if( p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] ){ + goto jump_to_p2; + }else{ + p->aOnceFlag[pOp->p1] = 1; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * * +** +** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true. The value +** is considered true if it is numeric and non-zero. If the value +** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if and only if P3 is non-zero. +*/ +/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 P3 * * +** +** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False. The value +** is considered false if it has a numeric value of zero. If the value +** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if and only if P3 is non-zero. +*/ +case OP_If: /* jump, in1 */ +case OP_IfNot: { /* jump, in1 */ + int c; + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){ + c = pOp->p3; + }else{ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + c = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0; +#else + c = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1)!=0.0; +#endif + if( pOp->opcode==OP_IfNot ) c = !c; + } + VdbeBranchTaken(c!=0, 2); + if( c ){ + goto jump_to_p2; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: if r[P1]==NULL goto P2 +** +** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is NULL. +*/ +case OP_IsNull: { /* same as TK_ISNULL, jump, in1 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + VdbeBranchTaken( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0, 2); + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ){ + goto jump_to_p2; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2 +** +** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL. +*/ +case OP_NotNull: { /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + VdbeBranchTaken( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0, 2); + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){ + goto jump_to_p2; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Column P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: r[P3]=PX +** +** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using +** the MakeRecord instruction. (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional +** information about the format of the data.) Extract the P2-th column +** from this record. If there are less that (P2+1) +** values in the record, extract a NULL. +** +** The value extracted is stored in register P3. +** +** If the column contains fewer than P2 fields, then extract a NULL. Or, +** if the P4 argument is a P4_MEM use the value of the P4 argument as +** the result. +** +** If the OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE bit is set on P5 and P1 is a pseudo-table cursor, +** then the cache of the cursor is reset prior to extracting the column. +** The first OP_Column against a pseudo-table after the value of the content +** register has changed should have this bit set. +** +** If the OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG bits are set on P5 when +** the result is guaranteed to only be used as the argument of a length() +** or typeof() function, respectively. The loading of large blobs can be +** skipped for length() and all content loading can be skipped for typeof(). +*/ +case OP_Column: { + i64 payloadSize64; /* Number of bytes in the record */ + int p2; /* column number to retrieve */ + VdbeCursor *pC; /* The VDBE cursor */ + BtCursor *pCrsr; /* The BTree cursor */ + u32 *aOffset; /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */ + int len; /* The length of the serialized data for the column */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + Mem *pDest; /* Where to write the extracted value */ + Mem sMem; /* For storing the record being decoded */ + const u8 *zData; /* Part of the record being decoded */ + const u8 *zHdr; /* Next unparsed byte of the header */ + const u8 *zEndHdr; /* Pointer to first byte after the header */ + u32 offset; /* Offset into the data */ + u64 offset64; /* 64-bit offset */ + u32 avail; /* Number of bytes of available data */ + u32 t; /* A type code from the record header */ + Mem *pReg; /* PseudoTable input register */ + + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + p2 = pOp->p2; + + /* If the cursor cache is stale, bring it up-to-date */ + rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(&pC, &p2); + + assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); + pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + memAboutToChange(p, pDest); + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( p2<pC->nField ); + aOffset = pC->aOffset; + assert( pC->eCurType!=CURTYPE_VTAB ); + assert( pC->eCurType!=CURTYPE_PSEUDO || pC->nullRow ); + assert( pC->eCurType!=CURTYPE_SORTER ); + pCrsr = pC->uc.pCursor; + + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + if( pC->cacheStatus!=p->cacheCtr ){ + if( pC->nullRow ){ + if( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_PSEUDO ){ + assert( pC->uc.pseudoTableReg>0 ); + pReg = &aMem[pC->uc.pseudoTableReg]; + assert( pReg->flags & MEM_Blob ); + assert( memIsValid(pReg) ); + pC->payloadSize = pC->szRow = avail = pReg->n; + pC->aRow = (u8*)pReg->z; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest); + goto op_column_out; + } + }else{ + assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); + assert( pCrsr ); + if( pC->isTable==0 ){ + assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) ); + VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &payloadSize64); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */ + /* sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr() uses getVarint32() to extract the + ** payload size, so it is impossible for payloadSize64 to be + ** larger than 32 bits. */ + assert( (payloadSize64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)payloadSize64 ); + pC->aRow = sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCrsr, &avail); + pC->payloadSize = (u32)payloadSize64; + }else{ + assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) ); + VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &pC->payloadSize); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* DataSize() cannot fail */ + pC->aRow = sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCrsr, &avail); + } + assert( avail<=65536 ); /* Maximum page size is 64KiB */ + if( pC->payloadSize <= (u32)avail ){ + pC->szRow = pC->payloadSize; + }else if( pC->payloadSize > (u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + goto too_big; + }else{ + pC->szRow = avail; + } + } + pC->cacheStatus = p->cacheCtr; + pC->iHdrOffset = getVarint32(pC->aRow, offset); + pC->nHdrParsed = 0; + aOffset[0] = offset; + + + if( avail<offset ){ + /* pC->aRow does not have to hold the entire row, but it does at least + ** need to cover the header of the record. If pC->aRow does not contain + ** the complete header, then set it to zero, forcing the header to be + ** dynamically allocated. */ + pC->aRow = 0; + pC->szRow = 0; + + /* Make sure a corrupt database has not given us an oversize header. + ** Do this now to avoid an oversize memory allocation. + ** + ** Type entries can be between 1 and 5 bytes each. But 4 and 5 byte + ** types use so much data space that there can only be 4096 and 32 of + ** them, respectively. So the maximum header length results from a + ** 3-byte type for each of the maximum of 32768 columns plus three + ** extra bytes for the header length itself. 32768*3 + 3 = 98307. + */ + if( offset > 98307 || offset > pC->payloadSize ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + } + + /* The following goto is an optimization. It can be omitted and + ** everything will still work. But OP_Column is measurably faster + ** by skipping the subsequent conditional, which is always true. + */ + assert( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 ); /* Conditional skipped */ + goto op_column_read_header; + } + + /* Make sure at least the first p2+1 entries of the header have been + ** parsed and valid information is in aOffset[] and pC->aType[]. + */ + if( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 ){ + /* If there is more header available for parsing in the record, try + ** to extract additional fields up through the p2+1-th field + */ + op_column_read_header: + if( pC->iHdrOffset<aOffset[0] ){ + /* Make sure zData points to enough of the record to cover the header. */ + if( pC->aRow==0 ){ + memset(&sMem, 0, sizeof(sMem)); + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, 0, aOffset[0], !pC->isTable, &sMem); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; + zData = (u8*)sMem.z; + }else{ + zData = pC->aRow; + } + + /* Fill in pC->aType[i] and aOffset[i] values through the p2-th field. */ + i = pC->nHdrParsed; + offset64 = aOffset[i]; + zHdr = zData + pC->iHdrOffset; + zEndHdr = zData + aOffset[0]; + assert( i<=p2 && zHdr<zEndHdr ); + do{ + if( (t = zHdr[0])<0x80 ){ + zHdr++; + offset64 += sqlite3VdbeOneByteSerialTypeLen(t); + }else{ + zHdr += sqlite3GetVarint32(zHdr, &t); + offset64 += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t); + } + pC->aType[i++] = t; + aOffset[i] = (u32)(offset64 & 0xffffffff); + }while( i<=p2 && zHdr<zEndHdr ); + pC->nHdrParsed = i; + pC->iHdrOffset = (u32)(zHdr - zData); + + /* The record is corrupt if any of the following are true: + ** (1) the bytes of the header extend past the declared header size + ** (2) the entire header was used but not all data was used + ** (3) the end of the data extends beyond the end of the record. + */ + if( (zHdr>=zEndHdr && (zHdr>zEndHdr || offset64!=pC->payloadSize)) + || (offset64 > pC->payloadSize) + ){ + if( pC->aRow==0 ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&sMem); + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + if( pC->aRow==0 ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&sMem); + + }else{ + t = 0; + } + + /* If after trying to extract new entries from the header, nHdrParsed is + ** still not up to p2, that means that the record has fewer than p2 + ** columns. So the result will be either the default value or a NULL. + */ + if( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 ){ + if( pOp->p4type==P4_MEM ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pDest, pOp->p4.pMem, MEM_Static); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest); + } + goto op_column_out; + } + }else{ + t = pC->aType[p2]; + } + + /* Extract the content for the p2+1-th column. Control can only + ** reach this point if aOffset[p2], aOffset[p2+1], and pC->aType[p2] are + ** all valid. + */ + assert( p2<pC->nHdrParsed ); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pDest) ); + if( VdbeMemDynamic(pDest) ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest); + assert( t==pC->aType[p2] ); + pDest->enc = encoding; + if( pC->szRow>=aOffset[p2+1] ){ + /* This is the common case where the desired content fits on the original + ** page - where the content is not on an overflow page */ + zData = pC->aRow + aOffset[p2]; + if( t<12 ){ + sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(zData, t, pDest); + }else{ + /* If the column value is a string, we need a persistent value, not + ** a MEM_Ephem value. This branch is a fast short-cut that is equivalent + ** to calling sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() and sqlite3VdbeDeephemeralize(). + */ + static const u16 aFlag[] = { MEM_Blob, MEM_Str|MEM_Term }; + pDest->n = len = (t-12)/2; + if( pDest->szMalloc < len+2 ){ + pDest->flags = MEM_Null; + if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pDest, len+2, 0) ) goto no_mem; + }else{ + pDest->z = pDest->zMalloc; + } + memcpy(pDest->z, zData, len); + pDest->z[len] = 0; + pDest->z[len+1] = 0; + pDest->flags = aFlag[t&1]; + } + }else{ + /* This branch happens only when content is on overflow pages */ + if( ((pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG))!=0 + && ((t>=12 && (t&1)==0) || (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG)!=0)) + || (len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t))==0 + ){ + /* Content is irrelevant for + ** 1. the typeof() function, + ** 2. the length(X) function if X is a blob, and + ** 3. if the content length is zero. + ** So we might as well use bogus content rather than reading + ** content from disk. */ + static u8 aZero[8]; /* This is the bogus content */ + sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(aZero, t, pDest); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, aOffset[p2], len, !pC->isTable, + pDest); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; + sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((const u8*)pDest->z, t, pDest); + pDest->flags &= ~MEM_Ephem; + } + } + +op_column_out: + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Affinity P1 P2 * P4 * +** Synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2]) +** +** Apply affinities to a range of P2 registers starting with P1. +** +** P4 is a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the +** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth +** memory cell in the range. +*/ +case OP_Affinity: { + const char *zAffinity; /* The affinity to be applied */ + char cAff; /* A single character of affinity */ + + zAffinity = pOp->p4.z; + assert( zAffinity!=0 ); + assert( zAffinity[pOp->p2]==0 ); + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + while( (cAff = *(zAffinity++))!=0 ){ + assert( pIn1 <= &p->aMem[(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)] ); + assert( memIsValid(pIn1) ); + applyAffinity(pIn1, cAff, encoding); + pIn1++; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: MakeRecord P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2]) +** +** Convert P2 registers beginning with P1 into the [record format] +** use as a data record in a database table or as a key +** in an index. The OP_Column opcode can decode the record later. +** +** P4 may be a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the +** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth +** field of the index key. +** +** The mapping from character to affinity is given by the SQLITE_AFF_ +** macros defined in sqliteInt.h. +** +** If P4 is NULL then all index fields have the affinity BLOB. +*/ +case OP_MakeRecord: { + u8 *zNewRecord; /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */ + Mem *pRec; /* The new record */ + u64 nData; /* Number of bytes of data space */ + int nHdr; /* Number of bytes of header space */ + i64 nByte; /* Data space required for this record */ + i64 nZero; /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */ + int nVarint; /* Number of bytes in a varint */ + u32 serial_type; /* Type field */ + Mem *pData0; /* First field to be combined into the record */ + Mem *pLast; /* Last field of the record */ + int nField; /* Number of fields in the record */ + char *zAffinity; /* The affinity string for the record */ + int file_format; /* File format to use for encoding */ + int i; /* Space used in zNewRecord[] header */ + int j; /* Space used in zNewRecord[] content */ + u32 len; /* Length of a field */ + + /* Assuming the record contains N fields, the record format looks + ** like this: + ** + ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 | + ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ + ** + ** Data(0) is taken from register P1. Data(1) comes from register P1+1 + ** and so forth. + ** + ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the + ** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The + ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning + ** of the record to data0. + */ + nData = 0; /* Number of bytes of data space */ + nHdr = 0; /* Number of bytes of header space */ + nZero = 0; /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */ + nField = pOp->p1; + zAffinity = pOp->p4.z; + assert( nField>0 && pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+nField<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1 ); + pData0 = &aMem[nField]; + nField = pOp->p2; + pLast = &pData0[nField-1]; + file_format = p->minWriteFileFormat; + + /* Identify the output register */ + assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p1 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p1+pOp->p2 ); + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + memAboutToChange(p, pOut); + + /* Apply the requested affinity to all inputs + */ + assert( pData0<=pLast ); + if( zAffinity ){ + pRec = pData0; + do{ + applyAffinity(pRec++, *(zAffinity++), encoding); + assert( zAffinity[0]==0 || pRec<=pLast ); + }while( zAffinity[0] ); + } + + /* Loop through the elements that will make up the record to figure + ** out how much space is required for the new record. + */ + pRec = pLast; + do{ + assert( memIsValid(pRec) ); + pRec->uTemp = serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format, &len); + if( pRec->flags & MEM_Zero ){ + if( nData ){ + if( sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pRec) ) goto no_mem; + }else{ + nZero += pRec->u.nZero; + len -= pRec->u.nZero; + } + } + nData += len; + testcase( serial_type==127 ); + testcase( serial_type==128 ); + nHdr += serial_type<=127 ? 1 : sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type); + if( pRec==pData0 ) break; + pRec--; + }while(1); + + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-22564-11647 The header begins with a single varint + ** which determines the total number of bytes in the header. The varint + ** value is the size of the header in bytes including the size varint + ** itself. */ + testcase( nHdr==126 ); + testcase( nHdr==127 ); + if( nHdr<=126 ){ + /* The common case */ + nHdr += 1; + }else{ + /* Rare case of a really large header */ + nVarint = sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr); + nHdr += nVarint; + if( nVarint<sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr) ) nHdr++; + } + nByte = nHdr+nData; + if( nByte+nZero>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + goto too_big; + } + + /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store + ** the new record. The output register (pOp->p3) is not allowed to + ** be one of the input registers (because the following call to + ** sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize() could clobber the value before it is used). + */ + if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pOut, (int)nByte) ){ + goto no_mem; + } + zNewRecord = (u8 *)pOut->z; + + /* Write the record */ + i = putVarint32(zNewRecord, nHdr); + j = nHdr; + assert( pData0<=pLast ); + pRec = pData0; + do{ + serial_type = pRec->uTemp; + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-06529-47362 Following the size varint are one or more + ** additional varints, one per column. */ + i += putVarint32(&zNewRecord[i], serial_type); /* serial type */ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-64536-51728 The values for each column in the record + ** immediately follow the header. */ + j += sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&zNewRecord[j], pRec, serial_type); /* content */ + }while( (++pRec)<=pLast ); + assert( i==nHdr ); + assert( j==nByte ); + + assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); + pOut->n = (int)nByte; + pOut->flags = MEM_Blob; + if( nZero ){ + pOut->u.nZero = nZero; + pOut->flags |= MEM_Zero; + } + pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; /* In case the blob is ever converted to text */ + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut); + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Count P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=count() +** +** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index +** opened by cursor P1 in register P2 +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT +case OP_Count: { /* out2 */ + i64 nEntry; + BtCursor *pCrsr; + + assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); + pCrsr = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->uc.pCursor; + assert( pCrsr ); + nEntry = 0; /* Not needed. Only used to silence a warning. */ + rc = sqlite3BtreeCount(pCrsr, &nEntry); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); + pOut->u.i = nEntry; + break; +} +#endif + +/* Opcode: Savepoint P1 * * P4 * +** +** Open, release or rollback the savepoint named by parameter P4, depending +** on the value of P1. To open a new savepoint, P1==0. To release (commit) an +** existing savepoint, P1==1, or to rollback an existing savepoint P1==2. +*/ +case OP_Savepoint: { + int p1; /* Value of P1 operand */ + char *zName; /* Name of savepoint */ + int nName; + Savepoint *pNew; + Savepoint *pSavepoint; + Savepoint *pTmp; + int iSavepoint; + int ii; + + p1 = pOp->p1; + zName = pOp->p4.z; + + /* Assert that the p1 parameter is valid. Also that if there is no open + ** transaction, then there cannot be any savepoints. + */ + assert( db->pSavepoint==0 || db->autoCommit==0 ); + assert( p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN||p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); + assert( db->pSavepoint || db->isTransactionSavepoint==0 ); + assert( checkSavepointCount(db) ); + assert( p->bIsReader ); + + if( p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ){ + if( db->nVdbeWrite>0 ){ + /* A new savepoint cannot be created if there are active write + ** statements (i.e. open read/write incremental blob handles). + */ + sqlite3VdbeError(p, "cannot open savepoint - SQL statements in progress"); + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + }else{ + nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + /* This call is Ok even if this savepoint is actually a transaction + ** savepoint (and therefore should not prompt xSavepoint()) callbacks. + ** If this is a transaction savepoint being opened, it is guaranteed + ** that the db->aVTrans[] array is empty. */ + assert( db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVTrans==0 ); + rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, + db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; +#endif + + /* Create a new savepoint structure. */ + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(Savepoint)+nName+1); + if( pNew ){ + pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1]; + memcpy(pNew->zName, zName, nName+1); + + /* If there is no open transaction, then mark this as a special + ** "transaction savepoint". */ + if( db->autoCommit ){ + db->autoCommit = 0; + db->isTransactionSavepoint = 1; + }else{ + db->nSavepoint++; + } + + /* Link the new savepoint into the database handle's list. */ + pNew->pNext = db->pSavepoint; + db->pSavepoint = pNew; + pNew->nDeferredCons = db->nDeferredCons; + pNew->nDeferredImmCons = db->nDeferredImmCons; + } + } + }else{ + iSavepoint = 0; + + /* Find the named savepoint. If there is no such savepoint, then an + ** an error is returned to the user. */ + for( + pSavepoint = db->pSavepoint; + pSavepoint && sqlite3StrICmp(pSavepoint->zName, zName); + pSavepoint = pSavepoint->pNext + ){ + iSavepoint++; + } + if( !pSavepoint ){ + sqlite3VdbeError(p, "no such savepoint: %s", zName); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else if( db->nVdbeWrite>0 && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ + /* It is not possible to release (commit) a savepoint if there are + ** active write statements. + */ + sqlite3VdbeError(p, "cannot release savepoint - " + "SQL statements in progress"); + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + }else{ + + /* Determine whether or not this is a transaction savepoint. If so, + ** and this is a RELEASE command, then the current transaction + ** is committed. + */ + int isTransaction = pSavepoint->pNext==0 && db->isTransactionSavepoint; + if( isTransaction && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ + if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto vdbe_return; + } + db->autoCommit = 1; + if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + p->pc = (int)(pOp - aOp); + db->autoCommit = 0; + p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + goto vdbe_return; + } + db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0; + rc = p->rc; + }else{ + int isSchemaChange; + iSavepoint = db->nSavepoint - iSavepoint - 1; + if( p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ + isSchemaChange = (db->flags & SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0; + for(ii=0; ii<db->nDb; ii++){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(db->aDb[ii].pBt, + SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK, + isSchemaChange==0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; + } + }else{ + isSchemaChange = 0; + } + for(ii=0; ii<db->nDb; ii++){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(db->aDb[ii].pBt, p1, iSavepoint); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + } + if( isSchemaChange ){ + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); + db->flags = (db->flags | SQLITE_InternChanges); + } + } + + /* Regardless of whether this is a RELEASE or ROLLBACK, destroy all + ** savepoints nested inside of the savepoint being operated on. */ + while( db->pSavepoint!=pSavepoint ){ + pTmp = db->pSavepoint; + db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp); + db->nSavepoint--; + } + + /* If it is a RELEASE, then destroy the savepoint being operated on + ** too. If it is a ROLLBACK TO, then set the number of deferred + ** constraint violations present in the database to the value stored + ** when the savepoint was created. */ + if( p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ + assert( pSavepoint==db->pSavepoint ); + db->pSavepoint = pSavepoint->pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSavepoint); + if( !isTransaction ){ + db->nSavepoint--; + } + }else{ + db->nDeferredCons = pSavepoint->nDeferredCons; + db->nDeferredImmCons = pSavepoint->nDeferredImmCons; + } + + if( !isTransaction || p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ + rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, p1, iSavepoint); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; + } + } + } + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + + break; +} + +/* Opcode: AutoCommit P1 P2 * * * +** +** Set the database auto-commit flag to P1 (1 or 0). If P2 is true, roll +** back any currently active btree transactions. If there are any active +** VMs (apart from this one), then a ROLLBACK fails. A COMMIT fails if +** there are active writing VMs or active VMs that use shared cache. +** +** This instruction causes the VM to halt. +*/ +case OP_AutoCommit: { + int desiredAutoCommit; + int iRollback; + + desiredAutoCommit = pOp->p1; + iRollback = pOp->p2; + assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 || desiredAutoCommit==0 ); + assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 || iRollback==0 ); + assert( db->nVdbeActive>0 ); /* At least this one VM is active */ + assert( p->bIsReader ); + + if( desiredAutoCommit!=db->autoCommit ){ + if( iRollback ){ + assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 ); + sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK); + db->autoCommit = 1; + }else if( desiredAutoCommit && db->nVdbeWrite>0 ){ + /* If this instruction implements a COMMIT and other VMs are writing + ** return an error indicating that the other VMs must complete first. + */ + sqlite3VdbeError(p, "cannot commit transaction - " + "SQL statements in progress"); + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + goto abort_due_to_error; + }else if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto vdbe_return; + }else{ + db->autoCommit = (u8)desiredAutoCommit; + } + if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + p->pc = (int)(pOp - aOp); + db->autoCommit = (u8)(1-desiredAutoCommit); + p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + goto vdbe_return; + } + assert( db->nStatement==0 ); + sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = SQLITE_DONE; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + goto vdbe_return; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeError(p, + (!desiredAutoCommit)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":( + (iRollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active": + "cannot commit - no transaction is active")); + + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Transaction P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** +** Begin a transaction on database P1 if a transaction is not already +** active. +** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started, or if a +** read-transaction is already active, it is upgraded to a write-transaction. +** If P2 is zero, then a read-transaction is started. +** +** P1 is the index of the database file on which the transaction is +** started. Index 0 is the main database file and index 1 is the +** file used for temporary tables. Indices of 2 or more are used for +** attached databases. +** +** If a write-transaction is started and the Vdbe.usesStmtJournal flag is +** true (this flag is set if the Vdbe may modify more than one row and may +** throw an ABORT exception), a statement transaction may also be opened. +** More specifically, a statement transaction is opened iff the database +** connection is currently not in autocommit mode, or if there are other +** active statements. A statement transaction allows the changes made by this +** VDBE to be rolled back after an error without having to roll back the +** entire transaction. If no error is encountered, the statement transaction +** will automatically commit when the VDBE halts. +** +** If P5!=0 then this opcode also checks the schema cookie against P3 +** and the schema generation counter against P4. +** The cookie changes its value whenever the database schema changes. +** This operation is used to detect when that the cookie has changed +** and that the current process needs to reread the schema. If the schema +** cookie in P3 differs from the schema cookie in the database header or +** if the schema generation counter in P4 differs from the current +** generation counter, then an SQLITE_SCHEMA error is raised and execution +** halts. The sqlite3_step() wrapper function might then reprepare the +** statement and rerun it from the beginning. +*/ +case OP_Transaction: { + Btree *pBt; + int iMeta; + int iGen; + + assert( p->bIsReader ); + assert( p->readOnly==0 || pOp->p2==0 ); + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb ); + assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) ); + if( pOp->p2 && (db->flags & SQLITE_QueryOnly)!=0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_READONLY; + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; + + if( pBt ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, pOp->p2); + testcase( rc==SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT ); + testcase( rc==SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY ); + if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + p->pc = (int)(pOp - aOp); + p->rc = rc; + goto vdbe_return; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + + if( pOp->p2 && p->usesStmtJournal + && (db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVdbeRead>1) + ){ + assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ); + if( p->iStatement==0 ){ + assert( db->nStatement>=0 && db->nSavepoint>=0 ); + db->nStatement++; + p->iStatement = db->nSavepoint + db->nStatement; + } + + rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, p->iStatement-1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(pBt, p->iStatement); + } + + /* Store the current value of the database handles deferred constraint + ** counter. If the statement transaction needs to be rolled back, + ** the value of this counter needs to be restored too. */ + p->nStmtDefCons = db->nDeferredCons; + p->nStmtDefImmCons = db->nDeferredImmCons; + } + + /* Gather the schema version number for checking: + ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-32195-19465 The schema version is used by SQLite + ** each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache of the + ** schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of the + ** database against which the compiled query is actually executed. + */ + sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&iMeta); + iGen = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->iGeneration; + }else{ + iGen = iMeta = 0; + } + assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); + if( pOp->p5 && (iMeta!=pOp->p3 || iGen!=pOp->p4.i) ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); + p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "database schema has changed"); + /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie + ** stored with the in-memory representation of the schema, do + ** not reload the schema from the database file. + ** + ** If virtual-tables are in use, this is not just an optimization. + ** Often, v-tables store their data in other SQLite tables, which + ** are queried from within xNext() and other v-table methods using + ** prepared queries. If such a query is out-of-date, we do not want to + ** discard the database schema, as the user code implementing the + ** v-table would have to be ready for the sqlite3_vtab structure itself + ** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within + ** a v-table method. + */ + if( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->schema_cookie!=iMeta ){ + sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, pOp->p1); + } + p->expired = 1; + rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; + } + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 P3 * * +** +** Read cookie number P3 from database P1 and write it into register P2. +** P3==1 is the schema version. P3==2 is the database format. +** P3==3 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth. P1==0 is +** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store +** temporary tables. +** +** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction +** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before +** executing this instruction. +*/ +case OP_ReadCookie: { /* out2 */ + int iMeta; + int iDb; + int iCookie; + + assert( p->bIsReader ); + iDb = pOp->p1; + iCookie = pOp->p3; + assert( pOp->p3<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META ); + assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb ); + assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 ); + assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, iDb) ); + + sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, iCookie, (u32 *)&iMeta); + pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); + pOut->u.i = iMeta; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * * +** +** Write the integer value P3 into cookie number P2 of database P1. +** P2==1 is the schema version. P2==2 is the database format. +** P2==3 is the recommended pager cache +** size, and so forth. P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the +** database file used to store temporary tables. +** +** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode. +*/ +case OP_SetCookie: { + Db *pDb; + assert( pOp->p2<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META ); + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb ); + assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) ); + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); + pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1]; + assert( pDb->pBt!=0 ); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, pOp->p1, 0) ); + /* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */ + rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pDb->pBt, pOp->p2, pOp->p3); + if( pOp->p2==BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION ){ + /* When the schema cookie changes, record the new cookie internally */ + pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = pOp->p3; + db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; + }else if( pOp->p2==BTREE_FILE_FORMAT ){ + /* Record changes in the file format */ + pDb->pSchema->file_format = pOp->p3; + } + if( pOp->p1==1 ){ + /* Invalidate all prepared statements whenever the TEMP database + ** schema is changed. Ticket #1644 */ + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + p->expired = 0; + } + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: OpenRead P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 +** +** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is +** P2 in a database file. The database file is determined by P3. +** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for +** temporary tables, and P3>1 means used the corresponding attached +** database. Give the new cursor an identifier of P1. The P1 +** values need not be contiguous but all P1 values should be small integers. +** It is an error for P1 to be negative. +** +** If P5!=0 then use the content of register P2 as the root page, not +** the value of P2 itself. +** +** There will be a read lock on the database whenever there is an +** open cursor. If the database was unlocked prior to this instruction +** then a read lock is acquired as part of this instruction. A read +** lock allows other processes to read the database but prohibits +** any other process from modifying the database. The read lock is +** released when all cursors are closed. If this instruction attempts +** to get a read lock but fails, the script terminates with an +** SQLITE_BUSY error code. +** +** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to +** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo +** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating +** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer +** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table. +** +** See also: OpenWrite, ReopenIdx +*/ +/* Opcode: ReopenIdx P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 +** +** The ReopenIdx opcode works exactly like ReadOpen except that it first +** checks to see if the cursor on P1 is already open with a root page +** number of P2 and if it is this opcode becomes a no-op. In other words, +** if the cursor is already open, do not reopen it. +** +** The ReopenIdx opcode may only be used with P5==0 and with P4 being +** a P4_KEYINFO object. Furthermore, the P3 value must be the same as +** every other ReopenIdx or OpenRead for the same cursor number. +** +** See the OpenRead opcode documentation for additional information. +*/ +/* Opcode: OpenWrite P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 +** +** Open a read/write cursor named P1 on the table or index whose root +** page is P2. Or if P5!=0 use the content of register P2 to find the +** root page. +** +** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to +** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo +** structure, then said structure defines the content and collating +** sequence of the index being opened. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer +** value, it is set to the number of columns in the table, or to the +** largest index of any column of the table that is actually used. +** +** This instruction works just like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor +** in read/write mode. For a given table, there can be one or more read-only +** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both. +** +** See also OpenRead. +*/ +case OP_ReopenIdx: { + int nField; + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; + int p2; + int iDb; + int wrFlag; + Btree *pX; + VdbeCursor *pCur; + Db *pDb; + + assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==OPFLAG_SEEKEQ ); + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ); + pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + if( pCur && pCur->pgnoRoot==(u32)pOp->p2 ){ + assert( pCur->iDb==pOp->p3 ); /* Guaranteed by the code generator */ + goto open_cursor_set_hints; + } + /* If the cursor is not currently open or is open on a different + ** index, then fall through into OP_OpenRead to force a reopen */ +case OP_OpenRead: +case OP_OpenWrite: + + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite || pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==OPFLAG_SEEKEQ ); + assert( p->bIsReader ); + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenRead || pOp->opcode==OP_ReopenIdx + || p->readOnly==0 ); + + if( p->expired ){ + rc = SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK; + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + + nField = 0; + pKeyInfo = 0; + p2 = pOp->p2; + iDb = pOp->p3; + assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb ); + assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, iDb) ); + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + pX = pDb->pBt; + assert( pX!=0 ); + if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite ){ + assert( OPFLAG_FORDELETE==BTREE_FORDELETE ); + wrFlag = BTREE_WRCSR | (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_FORDELETE); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + if( pDb->pSchema->file_format < p->minWriteFileFormat ){ + p->minWriteFileFormat = pDb->pSchema->file_format; + } + }else{ + wrFlag = 0; + } + if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_P2ISREG ){ + assert( p2>0 ); + assert( p2<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); + pIn2 = &aMem[p2]; + assert( memIsValid(pIn2) ); + assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); + sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2); + p2 = (int)pIn2->u.i; + /* The p2 value always comes from a prior OP_CreateTable opcode and + ** that opcode will always set the p2 value to 2 or more or else fail. + ** If there were a failure, the prepared statement would have halted + ** before reaching this instruction. */ + assert( p2>=2 ); + } + if( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ){ + pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; + assert( pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) ); + assert( pKeyInfo->db==db ); + nField = pKeyInfo->nField+pKeyInfo->nXField; + }else if( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ){ + nField = pOp->p4.i; + } + assert( pOp->p1>=0 ); + assert( nField>=0 ); + testcase( nField==0 ); /* Table with INTEGER PRIMARY KEY and nothing else */ + pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, nField, iDb, CURTYPE_BTREE); + if( pCur==0 ) goto no_mem; + pCur->nullRow = 1; + pCur->isOrdered = 1; + pCur->pgnoRoot = p2; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + pCur->wrFlag = wrFlag; +#endif + rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pX, p2, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur->uc.pCursor); + pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; + /* Set the VdbeCursor.isTable variable. Previous versions of + ** SQLite used to check if the root-page flags were sane at this point + ** and report database corruption if they were not, but this check has + ** since moved into the btree layer. */ + pCur->isTable = pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO; + +open_cursor_set_hints: + assert( OPFLAG_BULKCSR==BTREE_BULKLOAD ); + assert( OPFLAG_SEEKEQ==BTREE_SEEK_EQ ); + testcase( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_BULKCSR ); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS + testcase( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_SEEKEQ ); +#endif + sqlite3BtreeCursorHintFlags(pCur->uc.pCursor, + (pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_BULKCSR|OPFLAG_SEEKEQ))); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 * P4 P5 +** Synopsis: nColumn=P2 +** +** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table. +** The cursor is always opened read/write even if +** the main database is read-only. The ephemeral +** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed. +** +** P2 is the number of columns in the ephemeral table. +** The cursor points to a BTree table if P4==0 and to a BTree index +** if P4 is not 0. If P4 is not NULL, it points to a KeyInfo structure +** that defines the format of keys in the index. +** +** The P5 parameter can be a mask of the BTREE_* flags defined +** in btree.h. These flags control aspects of the operation of +** the btree. The BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and BTREE_SINGLE flags are +** added automatically. +*/ +/* Opcode: OpenAutoindex P1 P2 * P4 * +** Synopsis: nColumn=P2 +** +** This opcode works the same as OP_OpenEphemeral. It has a +** different name to distinguish its use. Tables created using +** by this opcode will be used for automatically created transient +** indices in joins. +*/ +case OP_OpenAutoindex: +case OP_OpenEphemeral: { + VdbeCursor *pCx; + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; + + static const int vfsFlags = + SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | + SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | + SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | + SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | + SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB; + assert( pOp->p1>=0 ); + assert( pOp->p2>=0 ); + pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, CURTYPE_BTREE); + if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem; + pCx->nullRow = 1; + pCx->isEphemeral = 1; + rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pCx->pBt, + BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL | BTREE_SINGLE | pOp->p5, vfsFlags); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pCx->pBt, 1); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* If a transient index is required, create it by calling + ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_BLOBKEY flag before + ** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the + ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an BLOB_INTKEY table). + */ + if( (pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo)!=0 ){ + int pgno; + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_BLOBKEY | pOp->p5); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 ); + assert( pKeyInfo->db==db ); + assert( pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) ); + pCx->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; + rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, pgno, BTREE_WRCSR, + pKeyInfo, pCx->uc.pCursor); + } + pCx->isTable = 0; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, BTREE_WRCSR, + 0, pCx->uc.pCursor); + pCx->isTable = 1; + } + } + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + pCx->isOrdered = (pOp->p5!=BTREE_UNORDERED); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: SorterOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** +** This opcode works like OP_OpenEphemeral except that it opens +** a transient index that is specifically designed to sort large +** tables using an external merge-sort algorithm. +** +** If argument P3 is non-zero, then it indicates that the sorter may +** assume that a stable sort considering the first P3 fields of each +** key is sufficient to produce the required results. +*/ +case OP_SorterOpen: { + VdbeCursor *pCx; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 ); + assert( pOp->p2>=0 ); + pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, CURTYPE_SORTER); + if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem; + pCx->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; + assert( pCx->pKeyInfo->db==db ); + assert( pCx->pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) ); + rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(db, pOp->p3, pCx); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: SequenceTest P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: if( cursor[P1].ctr++ ) pc = P2 +** +** P1 is a sorter cursor. If the sequence counter is currently zero, jump +** to P2. Regardless of whether or not the jump is taken, increment the +** the sequence value. +*/ +case OP_SequenceTest: { + VdbeCursor *pC; + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( isSorter(pC) ); + if( (pC->seqCount++)==0 ){ + goto jump_to_p2; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2] +** +** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single +** row of data. The content of that one row is the content of memory +** register P2. In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the +** MEM_Blob content contained in register P2. +** +** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is used to hold a single +** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into +** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode. The OP_Column opcode +** is the only cursor opcode that works with a pseudo-table. +** +** P3 is the number of fields in the records that will be stored by +** the pseudo-table. +*/ +case OP_OpenPseudo: { + VdbeCursor *pCx; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 ); + assert( pOp->p3>=0 ); + pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p3, -1, CURTYPE_PSEUDO); + if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem; + pCx->nullRow = 1; + pCx->uc.pseudoTableReg = pOp->p2; + pCx->isTable = 1; + assert( pOp->p5==0 ); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Close P1 * * * * +** +** Close a cursor previously opened as P1. If P1 is not +** currently open, this instruction is a no-op. +*/ +case OP_Close: { + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); + sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[pOp->p1]); + p->apCsr[pOp->p1] = 0; + break; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK +/* Opcode: ColumnsUsed P1 * * P4 * +** +** This opcode (which only exists if SQLite was compiled with +** SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK) identifies which columns of the +** table or index for cursor P1 are used. P4 is a 64-bit integer +** (P4_INT64) in which the first 63 bits are one for each of the +** first 63 columns of the table or index that are actually used +** by the cursor. The high-order bit is set if any column after +** the 64th is used. +*/ +case OP_ColumnsUsed: { + VdbeCursor *pC; + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); + pC->maskUsed = *(u64*)pOp->p4.pI64; + break; +} +#endif + +/* Opcode: SeekGE P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] +** +** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), +** use the value in register P3 as the key. If cursor P1 refers +** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers +** that are used as an unpacked index key. +** +** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that +** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records +** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. +** +** If the cursor P1 was opened using the OPFLAG_SEEKEQ flag, then this +** opcode will always land on a record that equally equals the key, or +** else jump immediately to P2. When the cursor is OPFLAG_SEEKEQ, this +** opcode must be followed by an IdxLE opcode with the same arguments. +** The IdxLE opcode will be skipped if this opcode succeeds, but the +** IdxLE opcode will be used on subsequent loop iterations. +** +** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order, +** from the beginning toward the end. In other words, the cursor is +** configured to use Next, not Prev. +** +** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGt, SeekLe +*/ +/* Opcode: SeekGT P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] +** +** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), +** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers +** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers +** that are used as an unpacked index key. +** +** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that +** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than +** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. +** +** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order, +** from the beginning toward the end. In other words, the cursor is +** configured to use Next, not Prev. +** +** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGe, SeekLe +*/ +/* Opcode: SeekLT P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] +** +** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), +** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers +** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers +** that are used as an unpacked index key. +** +** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that +** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than +** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. +** +** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order, +** from the end toward the beginning. In other words, the cursor is +** configured to use Prev, not Next. +** +** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLe +*/ +/* Opcode: SeekLE P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] +** +** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), +** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers +** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers +** that are used as an unpacked index key. +** +** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that +** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records +** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. +** +** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order, +** from the end toward the beginning. In other words, the cursor is +** configured to use Prev, not Next. +** +** If the cursor P1 was opened using the OPFLAG_SEEKEQ flag, then this +** opcode will always land on a record that equally equals the key, or +** else jump immediately to P2. When the cursor is OPFLAG_SEEKEQ, this +** opcode must be followed by an IdxGE opcode with the same arguments. +** The IdxGE opcode will be skipped if this opcode succeeds, but the +** IdxGE opcode will be used on subsequent loop iterations. +** +** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt +*/ +case OP_SeekLT: /* jump, in3 */ +case OP_SeekLE: /* jump, in3 */ +case OP_SeekGE: /* jump, in3 */ +case OP_SeekGT: { /* jump, in3 */ + int res; /* Comparison result */ + int oc; /* Opcode */ + VdbeCursor *pC; /* The cursor to seek */ + UnpackedRecord r; /* The key to seek for */ + int nField; /* Number of columns or fields in the key */ + i64 iKey; /* The rowid we are to seek to */ + int eqOnly; /* Only interested in == results */ + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); + assert( pOp->p2!=0 ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); + assert( OP_SeekLE == OP_SeekLT+1 ); + assert( OP_SeekGE == OP_SeekLT+2 ); + assert( OP_SeekGT == OP_SeekLT+3 ); + assert( pC->isOrdered ); + assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 ); + oc = pOp->opcode; + eqOnly = 0; + pC->nullRow = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + pC->seekOp = pOp->opcode; +#endif + + if( pC->isTable ){ + /* The BTREE_SEEK_EQ flag is only set on index cursors */ + assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(pC->uc.pCursor, BTREE_SEEK_EQ)==0 ); + + /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string, + ** blob, or NULL. But it needs to be an integer before we can do + ** the seek, so convert it. */ + pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + if( (pIn3->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Str))==MEM_Str ){ + applyNumericAffinity(pIn3, 0); + } + iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3); + + /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without + ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */ + if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){ + if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){ + /* If the P3 value cannot be converted into any kind of a number, + ** then the seek is not possible, so jump to P2 */ + VdbeBranchTaken(1,2); goto jump_to_p2; + break; + } + + /* If the approximation iKey is larger than the actual real search + ** term, substitute >= for > and < for <=. e.g. if the search term + ** is 4.9 and the integer approximation 5: + ** + ** (x > 4.9) -> (x >= 5) + ** (x <= 4.9) -> (x < 5) + */ + if( pIn3->u.r<(double)iKey ){ + assert( OP_SeekGE==(OP_SeekGT-1) ); + assert( OP_SeekLT==(OP_SeekLE-1) ); + assert( (OP_SeekLE & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGT & 0x0001) ); + if( (oc & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGT & 0x0001) ) oc--; + } + + /* If the approximation iKey is smaller than the actual real search + ** term, substitute <= for < and > for >=. */ + else if( pIn3->u.r>(double)iKey ){ + assert( OP_SeekLE==(OP_SeekLT+1) ); + assert( OP_SeekGT==(OP_SeekGE+1) ); + assert( (OP_SeekLT & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGE & 0x0001) ); + if( (oc & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekLT & 0x0001) ) oc++; + } + } + rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->uc.pCursor, 0, (u64)iKey, 0, &res); + pC->movetoTarget = iKey; /* Used by OP_Delete */ + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + }else{ + /* For a cursor with the BTREE_SEEK_EQ hint, only the OP_SeekGE and + ** OP_SeekLE opcodes are allowed, and these must be immediately followed + ** by an OP_IdxGT or OP_IdxLT opcode, respectively, with the same key. + */ + if( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(pC->uc.pCursor, BTREE_SEEK_EQ) ){ + eqOnly = 1; + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_SeekGE || pOp->opcode==OP_SeekLE ); + assert( pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxLT || pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxGT ); + assert( pOp[1].p1==pOp[0].p1 ); + assert( pOp[1].p2==pOp[0].p2 ); + assert( pOp[1].p3==pOp[0].p3 ); + assert( pOp[1].p4.i==pOp[0].p4.i ); + } + + nField = pOp->p4.i; + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); + assert( nField>0 ); + r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo; + r.nField = (u16)nField; + + /* The next line of code computes as follows, only faster: + ** if( oc==OP_SeekGT || oc==OP_SeekLE ){ + ** r.default_rc = -1; + ** }else{ + ** r.default_rc = +1; + ** } + */ + r.default_rc = ((1 & (oc - OP_SeekLT)) ? -1 : +1); + assert( oc!=OP_SeekGT || r.default_rc==-1 ); + assert( oc!=OP_SeekLE || r.default_rc==-1 ); + assert( oc!=OP_SeekGE || r.default_rc==+1 ); + assert( oc!=OP_SeekLT || r.default_rc==+1 ); + + r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + { int i; for(i=0; i<r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[i]) ); } +#endif + ExpandBlob(r.aMem); + r.eqSeen = 0; + rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->uc.pCursor, &r, 0, 0, &res); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + if( eqOnly && r.eqSeen==0 ){ + assert( res!=0 ); + goto seek_not_found; + } + } + pC->deferredMoveto = 0; + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_search_count++; +#endif + if( oc>=OP_SeekGE ){ assert( oc==OP_SeekGE || oc==OP_SeekGT ); + if( res<0 || (res==0 && oc==OP_SeekGT) ){ + res = 0; + rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pC->uc.pCursor, &res); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; + }else{ + res = 0; + } + }else{ + assert( oc==OP_SeekLT || oc==OP_SeekLE ); + if( res>0 || (res==0 && oc==OP_SeekLT) ){ + res = 0; + rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pC->uc.pCursor, &res); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; + }else{ + /* res might be negative because the table is empty. Check to + ** see if this is the case. + */ + res = sqlite3BtreeEof(pC->uc.pCursor); + } + } +seek_not_found: + assert( pOp->p2>0 ); + VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); + if( res ){ + goto jump_to_p2; + }else if( eqOnly ){ + assert( pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxLT || pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxGT ); + pOp++; /* Skip the OP_IdxLt or OP_IdxGT that follows */ + } + break; +} + + +/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] +** +** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If +** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked +** record. +** +** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4 +** is a prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2 and +** P1 is left pointing at the matching entry. +** +** This operation leaves the cursor in a state where it can be +** advanced in the forward direction. The Next instruction will work, +** but not the Prev instruction. +** +** See also: NotFound, NoConflict, NotExists. SeekGe +*/ +/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] +** +** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If +** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked +** record. +** +** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4 +** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2. If P1 +** does contain an entry whose prefix matches the P3/P4 record then control +** falls through to the next instruction and P1 is left pointing at the +** matching entry. +** +** This operation leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be +** advanced in either direction. In other words, the Next and Prev +** opcodes do not work after this operation. +** +** See also: Found, NotExists, NoConflict +*/ +/* Opcode: NoConflict P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] +** +** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If +** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked +** record. +** +** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4 +** contains any NULL value, jump immediately to P2. If all terms of the +** record are not-NULL then a check is done to determine if any row in the +** P1 index btree has a matching key prefix. If there are no matches, jump +** immediately to P2. If there is a match, fall through and leave the P1 +** cursor pointing to the matching row. +** +** This opcode is similar to OP_NotFound with the exceptions that the +** branch is always taken if any part of the search key input is NULL. +** +** This operation leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be +** advanced in either direction. In other words, the Next and Prev +** opcodes do not work after this operation. +** +** See also: NotFound, Found, NotExists +*/ +case OP_NoConflict: /* jump, in3 */ +case OP_NotFound: /* jump, in3 */ +case OP_Found: { /* jump, in3 */ + int alreadyExists; + int takeJump; + int ii; + VdbeCursor *pC; + int res; + char *pFree; + UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey; + UnpackedRecord r; + char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*4 + 7]; + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + if( pOp->opcode!=OP_NoConflict ) sqlite3_found_count++; +#endif + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + pC->seekOp = pOp->opcode; +#endif + pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); + assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 ); + assert( pC->isTable==0 ); + pFree = 0; + if( pOp->p4.i>0 ){ + r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo; + r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i; + r.aMem = pIn3; + for(ii=0; ii<r.nField; ii++){ + assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[ii]) ); + ExpandBlob(&r.aMem[ii]); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( ii ) REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3+ii, &r.aMem[ii]); +#endif + } + pIdxKey = &r; + }else{ + pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord( + pC->pKeyInfo, aTempRec, sizeof(aTempRec), &pFree + ); + if( pIdxKey==0 ) goto no_mem; + assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Blob ); + ExpandBlob(pIn3); + sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pC->pKeyInfo, pIn3->n, pIn3->z, pIdxKey); + } + pIdxKey->default_rc = 0; + takeJump = 0; + if( pOp->opcode==OP_NoConflict ){ + /* For the OP_NoConflict opcode, take the jump if any of the + ** input fields are NULL, since any key with a NULL will not + ** conflict */ + for(ii=0; ii<pIdxKey->nField; ii++){ + if( pIdxKey->aMem[ii].flags & MEM_Null ){ + takeJump = 1; + break; + } + } + } + rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->uc.pCursor, pIdxKey, 0, 0, &res); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pFree); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + pC->seekResult = res; + alreadyExists = (res==0); + pC->nullRow = 1-alreadyExists; + pC->deferredMoveto = 0; + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){ + VdbeBranchTaken(alreadyExists!=0,2); + if( alreadyExists ) goto jump_to_p2; + }else{ + VdbeBranchTaken(takeJump||alreadyExists==0,2); + if( takeJump || !alreadyExists ) goto jump_to_p2; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: intkey=r[P3] +** +** P1 is the index of a cursor open on an SQL table btree (with integer +** keys). P3 is an integer rowid. If P1 does not contain a record with +** rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2. Or, if P2 is 0, raise an +** SQLITE_CORRUPT error. If P1 does contain a record with rowid P3 then +** leave the cursor pointing at that record and fall through to the next +** instruction. +** +** The OP_NotFound opcode performs the same operation on index btrees +** (with arbitrary multi-value keys). +** +** This opcode leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be advanced +** in either direction. In other words, the Next and Prev opcodes will +** not work following this opcode. +** +** See also: Found, NotFound, NoConflict +*/ +case OP_NotExists: { /* jump, in3 */ + VdbeCursor *pC; + BtCursor *pCrsr; + int res; + u64 iKey; + + pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int ); + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + pC->seekOp = 0; +#endif + assert( pC->isTable ); + assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); + pCrsr = pC->uc.pCursor; + assert( pCrsr!=0 ); + res = 0; + iKey = pIn3->u.i; + rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, 0, iKey, 0, &res); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || res==0 ); + pC->movetoTarget = iKey; /* Used by OP_Delete */ + pC->nullRow = 0; + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + pC->deferredMoveto = 0; + VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); + pC->seekResult = res; + if( res!=0 ){ + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + if( pOp->p2==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + }else{ + goto jump_to_p2; + } + } + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Sequence P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++ +** +** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1. +** Write the sequence number into register P2. +** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this +** instruction. +*/ +case OP_Sequence: { /* out2 */ + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); + assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]!=0 ); + assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->eCurType!=CURTYPE_VTAB ); + pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); + pOut->u.i = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->seqCount++; + break; +} + + +/* Opcode: NewRowid P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid +** +** Get a new integer record number (a.k.a "rowid") used as the key to a table. +** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database +** table that cursor P1 points to. The new record number is written +** written to register P2. +** +** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds +** the largest previously generated record number. No new record numbers are +** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum, +** an SQLITE_FULL error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the ' +** generated record number. This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the +** AUTOINCREMENT feature. +*/ +case OP_NewRowid: { /* out2 */ + i64 v; /* The new rowid */ + VdbeCursor *pC; /* Cursor of table to get the new rowid */ + int res; /* Result of an sqlite3BtreeLast() */ + int cnt; /* Counter to limit the number of searches */ + Mem *pMem; /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */ + VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Root frame of VDBE */ + + v = 0; + res = 0; + pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); + assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 ); + { + /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same + ** thing) is obtained in a two-step algorithm. + ** + ** First we attempt to find the largest existing rowid and add one + ** to that. But if the largest existing rowid is already the maximum + ** positive integer, we have to fall through to the second + ** probabilistic algorithm + ** + ** The second algorithm is to select a rowid at random and see if + ** it already exists in the table. If it does not exist, we have + ** succeeded. If the random rowid does exist, we select a new one + ** and try again, up to 100 times. + */ + assert( pC->isTable ); + +#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID +# define MAX_ROWID 0x7fffffff +#else + /* Some compilers complain about constants of the form 0x7fffffffffffffff. + ** Others complain about 0x7ffffffffffffffffLL. The following macro seems + ** to provide the constant while making all compilers happy. + */ +# define MAX_ROWID (i64)( (((u64)0x7fffffff)<<32) | (u64)0xffffffff ) +#endif + + if( !pC->useRandomRowid ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pC->uc.pCursor, &res); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + if( res ){ + v = 1; /* IMP: R-61914-48074 */ + }else{ + assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pC->uc.pCursor) ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->uc.pCursor, &v); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* Cannot fail following BtreeLast() */ + if( v>=MAX_ROWID ){ + pC->useRandomRowid = 1; + }else{ + v++; /* IMP: R-29538-34987 */ + } + } + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + if( pOp->p3 ){ + /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */ + assert( pOp->p3>0 ); + if( p->pFrame ){ + for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent); + /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */ + assert( pOp->p3<=pFrame->nMem ); + pMem = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p3]; + }else{ + /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */ + assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); + pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + memAboutToChange(p, pMem); + } + assert( memIsValid(pMem) ); + + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pMem); + sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem); + assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); /* mem(P3) holds an integer */ + if( pMem->u.i==MAX_ROWID || pC->useRandomRowid ){ + rc = SQLITE_FULL; /* IMP: R-12275-61338 */ + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + if( v<pMem->u.i+1 ){ + v = pMem->u.i + 1; + } + pMem->u.i = v; + } +#endif + if( pC->useRandomRowid ){ + /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-07677-41881 If the largest ROWID is equal to the + ** largest possible integer (9223372036854775807) then the database + ** engine starts picking positive candidate ROWIDs at random until + ** it finds one that is not previously used. */ + assert( pOp->p3==0 ); /* We cannot be in random rowid mode if this is + ** an AUTOINCREMENT table. */ + cnt = 0; + do{ + sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(v), &v); + v &= (MAX_ROWID>>1); v++; /* Ensure that v is greater than zero */ + }while( ((rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->uc.pCursor, 0, (u64)v, + 0, &res))==SQLITE_OK) + && (res==0) + && (++cnt<100)); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + if( res==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_FULL; /* IMP: R-38219-53002 */ + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + assert( v>0 ); /* EV: R-40812-03570 */ + } + pC->deferredMoveto = 0; + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + } + pOut->u.i = v; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Insert P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2] +** +** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1. A new entry is +** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing +** entry is overwritten. The data is the value MEM_Blob stored in register +** number P2. The key is stored in register P3. The key must +** be a MEM_Int. +** +** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P5 is set, then the row change count is +** incremented (otherwise not). If the OPFLAG_LASTROWID flag of P5 is set, +** then rowid is stored for subsequent return by the +** sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() function (otherwise it is unmodified). +** +** If the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag of P5 is set and if the result of +** the last seek operation (OP_NotExists) was a success, then this +** operation will not attempt to find the appropriate row before doing +** the insert but will instead overwrite the row that the cursor is +** currently pointing to. Presumably, the prior OP_NotExists opcode +** has already positioned the cursor correctly. This is an optimization +** that boosts performance by avoiding redundant seeks. +** +** If the OPFLAG_ISUPDATE flag is set, then this opcode is part of an +** UPDATE operation. Otherwise (if the flag is clear) then this opcode +** is part of an INSERT operation. The difference is only important to +** the update hook. +** +** Parameter P4 may point to a Table structure, or may be NULL. If it is +** not NULL, then the update-hook (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked +** following a successful insert. +** +** (WARNING/TODO: If P1 is a pseudo-cursor and P2 is dynamically +** allocated, then ownership of P2 is transferred to the pseudo-cursor +** and register P2 becomes ephemeral. If the cursor is changed, the +** value of register P2 will then change. Make sure this does not +** cause any problems.) +** +** This instruction only works on tables. The equivalent instruction +** for indices is OP_IdxInsert. +*/ +/* Opcode: InsertInt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: intkey=P3 data=r[P2] +** +** This works exactly like OP_Insert except that the key is the +** integer value P3, not the value of the integer stored in register P3. +*/ +case OP_Insert: +case OP_InsertInt: { + Mem *pData; /* MEM cell holding data for the record to be inserted */ + Mem *pKey; /* MEM cell holding key for the record */ + i64 iKey; /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */ + VdbeCursor *pC; /* Cursor to table into which insert is written */ + int nZero; /* Number of zero-bytes to append */ + int seekResult; /* Result of prior seek or 0 if no USESEEKRESULT flag */ + const char *zDb; /* database name - used by the update hook */ + Table *pTab; /* Table structure - used by update and pre-update hooks */ + int op; /* Opcode for update hook: SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_INSERT */ + + op = 0; + pData = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); + assert( memIsValid(pData) ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); + assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 ); + assert( pC->isTable ); + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_TABLE || pOp->p4type>=P4_STATIC ); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pData); + + if( pOp->opcode==OP_Insert ){ + pKey = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + assert( pKey->flags & MEM_Int ); + assert( memIsValid(pKey) ); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pKey); + iKey = pKey->u.i; + }else{ + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_InsertInt ); + iKey = pOp->p3; + } + + if( pOp->p4type==P4_TABLE && HAS_UPDATE_HOOK(db) ){ + assert( pC->isTable ); + assert( pC->iDb>=0 ); + zDb = db->aDb[pC->iDb].zName; + pTab = pOp->p4.pTab; + assert( HasRowid(pTab) ); + op = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_INSERT); + }else{ + pTab = 0; /* Not needed. Silence a comiler warning. */ + zDb = 0; /* Not needed. Silence a compiler warning. */ + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK + /* Invoke the pre-update hook, if any */ + if( db->xPreUpdateCallback + && pOp->p4type==P4_TABLE + && !(pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) + ){ + sqlite3VdbePreUpdateHook(p, pC, SQLITE_INSERT, zDb, pTab, iKey, pOp->p2); + } +#endif + + if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++; + if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = lastRowid = iKey; + if( pData->flags & MEM_Null ){ + pData->z = 0; + pData->n = 0; + }else{ + assert( pData->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ); + } + seekResult = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0); + if( pData->flags & MEM_Zero ){ + nZero = pData->u.nZero; + }else{ + nZero = 0; + } + rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->uc.pCursor, 0, iKey, + pData->z, pData->n, nZero, + (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_APPEND)!=0, seekResult + ); + pC->deferredMoveto = 0; + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + + /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */ + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + if( db->xUpdateCallback && op ){ + db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, op, zDb, pTab->zName, iKey); + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** +** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing. +** +** If the OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION bit of the P5 parameter is set, then +** the cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous +** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then +** the next Next instruction will be a no-op. As a result, in this case +** it is ok to delete a record from within a Next loop. If +** OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION bit of P5 is clear, then the cursor will be +** left in an undefined state. +** +** If the OPFLAG_AUXDELETE bit is set on P5, that indicates that this +** delete one of several associated with deleting a table row and all its +** associated index entries. Exactly one of those deletes is the "primary" +** delete. The others are all on OPFLAG_FORDELETE cursors or else are +** marked with the AUXDELETE flag. +** +** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 (NB: P2 not P5) is set, then the row +** change count is incremented (otherwise not). +** +** P1 must not be pseudo-table. It has to be a real table with +** multiple rows. +** +** If P4 is not NULL then it points to a Table struture. In this case either +** the update or pre-update hook, or both, may be invoked. The P1 cursor must +** have been positioned using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode in +** this case. Specifically, if one is configured, the pre-update hook is +** invoked if P4 is not NULL. The update-hook is invoked if one is configured, +** P4 is not NULL, and the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag is set in P2. +** +** If the OPFLAG_ISUPDATE flag is set in P2, then P3 contains the address +** of the memory cell that contains the value that the rowid of the row will +** be set to by the update. +*/ +case OP_Delete: { + VdbeCursor *pC; + const char *zDb; + Table *pTab; + int opflags; + + opflags = pOp->p2; + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); + assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 ); + assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( pOp->p4type==P4_TABLE && HasRowid(pOp->p4.pTab) && pOp->p5==0 ){ + /* If p5 is zero, the seek operation that positioned the cursor prior to + ** OP_Delete will have also set the pC->movetoTarget field to the rowid of + ** the row that is being deleted */ + i64 iKey = 0; + sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->uc.pCursor, &iKey); + assert( pC->movetoTarget==iKey ); + } +#endif + + /* If the update-hook or pre-update-hook will be invoked, set zDb to + ** the name of the db to pass as to it. Also set local pTab to a copy + ** of p4.pTab. Finally, if p5 is true, indicating that this cursor was + ** last moved with OP_Next or OP_Prev, not Seek or NotFound, set + ** VdbeCursor.movetoTarget to the current rowid. */ + if( pOp->p4type==P4_TABLE && HAS_UPDATE_HOOK(db) ){ + assert( pC->iDb>=0 ); + assert( pOp->p4.pTab!=0 ); + zDb = db->aDb[pC->iDb].zName; + pTab = pOp->p4.pTab; + if( (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION)!=0 && pC->isTable ){ + sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->uc.pCursor, &pC->movetoTarget); + } + }else{ + zDb = 0; /* Not needed. Silence a compiler warning. */ + pTab = 0; /* Not needed. Silence a compiler warning. */ + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK + /* Invoke the pre-update-hook if required. */ + if( db->xPreUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.pTab && HasRowid(pTab) ){ + assert( !(opflags & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) || (aMem[pOp->p3].flags & MEM_Int) ); + sqlite3VdbePreUpdateHook(p, pC, + (opflags & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_DELETE, + zDb, pTab, pC->movetoTarget, + pOp->p3 + ); + } + if( opflags & OPFLAG_ISNOOP ) break; +#endif + + /* Only flags that can be set are SAVEPOISTION and AUXDELETE */ + assert( (pOp->p5 & ~(OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION|OPFLAG_AUXDELETE))==0 ); + assert( OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION==BTREE_SAVEPOSITION ); + assert( OPFLAG_AUXDELETE==BTREE_AUXDELETE ); + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( p->pFrame==0 ){ + if( pC->isEphemeral==0 + && (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_AUXDELETE)==0 + && (pC->wrFlag & OPFLAG_FORDELETE)==0 + ){ + nExtraDelete++; + } + if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ){ + nExtraDelete--; + } + } +#endif + + rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pC->uc.pCursor, pOp->p5); + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + + /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */ + if( opflags & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ){ + p->nChange++; + if( db->xUpdateCallback && HasRowid(pTab) ){ + db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, SQLITE_DELETE, zDb, pTab->zName, + pC->movetoTarget); + assert( pC->iDb>=0 ); + } + } + + break; +} +/* Opcode: ResetCount * * * * * +** +** The value of the change counter is copied to the database handle +** change counter (returned by subsequent calls to sqlite3_changes()). +** Then the VMs internal change counter resets to 0. +** This is used by trigger programs. +*/ +case OP_ResetCount: { + sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange); + p->nChange = 0; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: SorterCompare P1 P2 P3 P4 +** Synopsis: if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 +** +** P1 is a sorter cursor. This instruction compares a prefix of the +** record blob in register P3 against a prefix of the entry that +** the sorter cursor currently points to. Only the first P4 fields +** of r[P3] and the sorter record are compared. +** +** If either P3 or the sorter contains a NULL in one of their significant +** fields (not counting the P4 fields at the end which are ignored) then +** the comparison is assumed to be equal. +** +** Fall through to next instruction if the two records compare equal to +** each other. Jump to P2 if they are different. +*/ +case OP_SorterCompare: { + VdbeCursor *pC; + int res; + int nKeyCol; + + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( isSorter(pC) ); + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); + pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + nKeyCol = pOp->p4.i; + res = 0; + rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(pC, pIn3, nKeyCol, &res); + VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + if( res ) goto jump_to_p2; + break; +}; + +/* Opcode: SorterData P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=data +** +** Write into register P2 the current sorter data for sorter cursor P1. +** Then clear the column header cache on cursor P3. +** +** This opcode is normally use to move a record out of the sorter and into +** a register that is the source for a pseudo-table cursor created using +** OpenPseudo. That pseudo-table cursor is the one that is identified by +** parameter P3. Clearing the P3 column cache as part of this opcode saves +** us from having to issue a separate NullRow instruction to clear that cache. +*/ +case OP_SorterData: { + VdbeCursor *pC; + + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( isSorter(pC) ); + rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(pC, pOut); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (pOut->flags & MEM_Blob) ); + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + p->apCsr[pOp->p3]->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=data +** +** Write into register P2 the complete row data for cursor P1. +** There is no interpretation of the data. +** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as +** it is found in the database file. +** +** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row) +** of a real table, not a pseudo-table. +*/ +/* Opcode: RowKey P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=key +** +** Write into register P2 the complete row key for cursor P1. +** There is no interpretation of the data. +** The key is copied onto the P2 register exactly as +** it is found in the database file. +** +** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row) +** of a real table, not a pseudo-table. +*/ +case OP_RowKey: +case OP_RowData: { + VdbeCursor *pC; + BtCursor *pCrsr; + u32 n; + i64 n64; + + pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + memAboutToChange(p, pOut); + + /* Note that RowKey and RowData are really exactly the same instruction */ + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); + assert( isSorter(pC)==0 ); + assert( pC->isTable || pOp->opcode!=OP_RowData ); + assert( pC->isTable==0 || pOp->opcode==OP_RowData ); + assert( pC->nullRow==0 ); + assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 ); + pCrsr = pC->uc.pCursor; + + /* The OP_RowKey and OP_RowData opcodes always follow OP_NotExists or + ** OP_Rewind/Op_Next with no intervening instructions that might invalidate + ** the cursor. If this where not the case, on of the following assert()s + ** would fail. Should this ever change (because of changes in the code + ** generator) then the fix would be to insert a call to + ** sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(). + */ + assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); + assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) ); +#if 0 /* Not required due to the previous to assert() statements */ + rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; +#endif + + if( pC->isTable==0 ){ + assert( !pC->isTable ); + VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &n64); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* True because of CursorMoveto() call above */ + if( n64>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + goto too_big; + } + n = (u32)n64; + }else{ + VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &n); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* DataSize() cannot fail */ + if( n>(u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + goto too_big; + } + } + testcase( n==0 ); + if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pOut, MAX(n,32)) ){ + goto no_mem; + } + pOut->n = n; + MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob); + if( pC->isTable==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut->z); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut->z); + } + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; /* In case the blob is ever cast to text */ + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Rowid P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid +** +** Store in register P2 an integer which is the key of the table entry that +** P1 is currently point to. +** +** P1 can be either an ordinary table or a virtual table. There used to +** be a separate OP_VRowid opcode for use with virtual tables, but this +** one opcode now works for both table types. +*/ +case OP_Rowid: { /* out2 */ + VdbeCursor *pC; + i64 v; + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; + const sqlite3_module *pModule; + + pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->eCurType!=CURTYPE_PSEUDO || pC->nullRow ); + if( pC->nullRow ){ + pOut->flags = MEM_Null; + break; + }else if( pC->deferredMoveto ){ + v = pC->movetoTarget; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + }else if( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_VTAB ){ + assert( pC->uc.pVCur!=0 ); + pVtab = pC->uc.pVCur->pVtab; + pModule = pVtab->pModule; + assert( pModule->xRowid ); + rc = pModule->xRowid(pC->uc.pVCur, &v); + sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + }else{ + assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); + assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 ); + rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore(pC); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + if( pC->nullRow ){ + pOut->flags = MEM_Null; + break; + } + rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->uc.pCursor, &v); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* Always so because of CursorRestore() above */ + } + pOut->u.i = v; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * * * * +** +** Move the cursor P1 to a null row. Any OP_Column operations +** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always +** write a NULL. +*/ +case OP_NullRow: { + VdbeCursor *pC; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + pC->nullRow = 1; + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + if( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ){ + assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 ); + sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pC->uc.pCursor); + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 P3 * * +** +** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Prev instruction for P1 +** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index. +** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2. +** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through +** to the following instruction. +** +** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order, +** from the end toward the beginning. In other words, the cursor is +** configured to use Prev, not Next. +*/ +case OP_Last: { /* jump */ + VdbeCursor *pC; + BtCursor *pCrsr; + int res; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); + pCrsr = pC->uc.pCursor; + res = 0; + assert( pCrsr!=0 ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pCrsr, &res); + pC->nullRow = (u8)res; + pC->deferredMoveto = 0; + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + pC->seekResult = pOp->p3; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + pC->seekOp = OP_Last; +#endif + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + if( pOp->p2>0 ){ + VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); + if( res ) goto jump_to_p2; + } + break; +} + + +/* Opcode: Sort P1 P2 * * * +** +** This opcode does exactly the same thing as OP_Rewind except that +** it increments an undocumented global variable used for testing. +** +** Sorting is accomplished by writing records into a sorting index, +** then rewinding that index and playing it back from beginning to +** end. We use the OP_Sort opcode instead of OP_Rewind to do the +** rewinding so that the global variable will be incremented and +** regression tests can determine whether or not the optimizer is +** correctly optimizing out sorts. +*/ +case OP_SorterSort: /* jump */ +case OP_Sort: { /* jump */ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_sort_count++; + sqlite3_search_count--; +#endif + p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]++; + /* Fall through into OP_Rewind */ +} +/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * * +** +** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 +** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index. +** If the table or index is empty, jump immediately to P2. +** If the table or index is not empty, fall through to the following +** instruction. +** +** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order, +** from the beginning toward the end. In other words, the cursor is +** configured to use Next, not Prev. +*/ +case OP_Rewind: { /* jump */ + VdbeCursor *pC; + BtCursor *pCrsr; + int res; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( isSorter(pC)==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterSort) ); + res = 1; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + pC->seekOp = OP_Rewind; +#endif + if( isSorter(pC) ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(pC, &res); + }else{ + assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); + pCrsr = pC->uc.pCursor; + assert( pCrsr ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCrsr, &res); + pC->deferredMoveto = 0; + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + } + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + pC->nullRow = (u8)res; + assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp ); + VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); + if( res ) goto jump_to_p2; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** +** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its +** table or index. If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through +** to the following instruction. But if the cursor advance was successful, +** jump immediately to P2. +** +** The Next opcode is only valid following an SeekGT, SeekGE, or +** OP_Rewind opcode used to position the cursor. Next is not allowed +** to follow SeekLT, SeekLE, or OP_Last. +** +** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table. P1 must have +** been opened prior to this opcode or the program will segfault. +** +** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that +** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been +** omitted if that index had been unique. P3 is usually 0. P3 is +** always either 0 or 1. +** +** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to +** sqlite3BtreeNext(). +** +** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter +** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented. +** +** See also: Prev, NextIfOpen +*/ +/* Opcode: NextIfOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** +** This opcode works just like Next except that if cursor P1 is not +** open it behaves a no-op. +*/ +/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** +** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its +** table or index. If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through +** to the following instruction. But if the cursor backup was successful, +** jump immediately to P2. +** +** +** The Prev opcode is only valid following an SeekLT, SeekLE, or +** OP_Last opcode used to position the cursor. Prev is not allowed +** to follow SeekGT, SeekGE, or OP_Rewind. +** +** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table. If P1 is +** not open then the behavior is undefined. +** +** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that +** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been +** omitted if that index had been unique. P3 is usually 0. P3 is +** always either 0 or 1. +** +** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to +** sqlite3BtreePrevious(). +** +** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter +** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented. +*/ +/* Opcode: PrevIfOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** +** This opcode works just like Prev except that if cursor P1 is not +** open it behaves a no-op. +*/ +case OP_SorterNext: { /* jump */ + VdbeCursor *pC; + int res; + + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( isSorter(pC) ); + res = 0; + rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(db, pC, &res); + goto next_tail; +case OP_PrevIfOpen: /* jump */ +case OP_NextIfOpen: /* jump */ + if( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]==0 ) break; + /* Fall through */ +case OP_Prev: /* jump */ +case OP_Next: /* jump */ + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); + assert( pOp->p5<ArraySize(p->aCounter) ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + res = pOp->p3; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); + assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); + assert( res==0 || (res==1 && pC->isTable==0) ); + testcase( res==1 ); + assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Next || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext ); + assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Prev || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious ); + assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_NextIfOpen || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext ); + assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_PrevIfOpen || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious); + + /* The Next opcode is only used after SeekGT, SeekGE, and Rewind. + ** The Prev opcode is only used after SeekLT, SeekLE, and Last. */ + assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Next || pOp->opcode!=OP_NextIfOpen + || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekGT || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekGE + || pC->seekOp==OP_Rewind || pC->seekOp==OP_Found); + assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Prev || pOp->opcode!=OP_PrevIfOpen + || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekLT || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekLE + || pC->seekOp==OP_Last ); + + rc = pOp->p4.xAdvance(pC->uc.pCursor, &res); +next_tail: + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + VdbeBranchTaken(res==0,2); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + if( res==0 ){ + pC->nullRow = 0; + p->aCounter[pOp->p5]++; +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_search_count++; +#endif + goto jump_to_p2_and_check_for_interrupt; + }else{ + pC->nullRow = 1; + } + goto check_for_interrupt; +} + +/* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3 * P5 +** Synopsis: key=r[P2] +** +** Register P2 holds an SQL index key made using the +** MakeRecord instructions. This opcode writes that key +** into the index P1. Data for the entry is nil. +** +** P3 is a flag that provides a hint to the b-tree layer that this +** insert is likely to be an append. +** +** If P5 has the OPFLAG_NCHANGE bit set, then the change counter is +** incremented by this instruction. If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE bit is clear, +** then the change counter is unchanged. +** +** If P5 has the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT bit set, then the cursor must have +** just done a seek to the spot where the new entry is to be inserted. +** This flag avoids doing an extra seek. +** +** This instruction only works for indices. The equivalent instruction +** for tables is OP_Insert. +*/ +case OP_SorterInsert: /* in2 */ +case OP_IdxInsert: { /* in2 */ + VdbeCursor *pC; + int nKey; + const char *zKey; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( isSorter(pC)==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterInsert) ); + pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob ); + if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++; + assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE || pOp->opcode==OP_SorterInsert ); + assert( pC->isTable==0 ); + rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + if( pOp->opcode==OP_SorterInsert ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(pC, pIn2); + }else{ + nKey = pIn2->n; + zKey = pIn2->z; + rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->uc.pCursor, zKey, nKey, "", 0, 0, pOp->p3, + ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0) + ); + assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + } + if( rc) goto abort_due_to_error; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: key=r[P2@P3] +** +** The content of P3 registers starting at register P2 form +** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the +** index opened by cursor P1. +*/ +case OP_IdxDelete: { + VdbeCursor *pC; + BtCursor *pCrsr; + int res; + UnpackedRecord r; + + assert( pOp->p3>0 ); + assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1 ); + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); + pCrsr = pC->uc.pCursor; + assert( pCrsr!=0 ); + assert( pOp->p5==0 ); + r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo; + r.nField = (u16)pOp->p3; + r.default_rc = 0; + r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, &r, 0, 0, &res); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + if( res==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pCrsr, BTREE_AUXDELETE); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + } + assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); + pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Seek P1 * P3 P4 * +** Synopsis: Move P3 to P1.rowid +** +** P1 is an open index cursor and P3 is a cursor on the corresponding +** table. This opcode does a deferred seek of the P3 table cursor +** to the row that corresponds to the current row of P1. +** +** This is a deferred seek. Nothing actually happens until +** the cursor is used to read a record. That way, if no reads +** occur, no unnecessary I/O happens. +** +** P4 may be an array of integers (type P4_INTARRAY) containing +** one entry for each column in the P3 table. If array entry a(i) +** is non-zero, then reading column a(i)-1 from cursor P3 is +** equivalent to performing the deferred seek and then reading column i +** from P1. This information is stored in P3 and used to redirect +** reads against P3 over to P1, thus possibly avoiding the need to +** seek and read cursor P3. +*/ +/* Opcode: IdxRowid P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid +** +** Write into register P2 an integer which is the last entry in the record at +** the end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1. This integer should be +** the rowid of the table entry to which this index entry points. +** +** See also: Rowid, MakeRecord. +*/ +case OP_Seek: +case OP_IdxRowid: { /* out2 */ + VdbeCursor *pC; /* The P1 index cursor */ + VdbeCursor *pTabCur; /* The P2 table cursor (OP_Seek only) */ + i64 rowid; /* Rowid that P1 current points to */ + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); + assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 ); + assert( pC->isTable==0 ); + assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); + assert( !pC->nullRow || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxRowid ); + + /* The IdxRowid and Seek opcodes are combined because of the commonality + ** of sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore() and sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(). */ + rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore(pC); + + /* sqlite3VbeCursorRestore() can only fail if the record has been deleted + ** out from under the cursor. That will never happens for an IdxRowid + ** or Seek opcode */ + if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error; + + if( !pC->nullRow ){ + rowid = 0; /* Not needed. Only used to silence a warning. */ + rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(db, pC->uc.pCursor, &rowid); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + if( pOp->opcode==OP_Seek ){ + assert( pOp->p3>=0 && pOp->p3<p->nCursor ); + pTabCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p3]; + assert( pTabCur!=0 ); + assert( pTabCur->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); + assert( pTabCur->uc.pCursor!=0 ); + assert( pTabCur->isTable ); + pTabCur->nullRow = 0; + pTabCur->movetoTarget = rowid; + pTabCur->deferredMoveto = 1; + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INTARRAY || pOp->p4.ai==0 ); + pTabCur->aAltMap = pOp->p4.ai; + pTabCur->pAltCursor = pC; + }else{ + pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); + pOut->u.i = rowid; + pOut->flags = MEM_Int; + } + }else{ + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxRowid ); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&aMem[pOp->p2]); + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] +** +** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index +** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY. Compare this key value against the index +** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID +** fields at the end. +** +** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the key value +** then jump to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. +*/ +/* Opcode: IdxGT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] +** +** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index +** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY. Compare this key value against the index +** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID +** fields at the end. +** +** If the P1 index entry is greater than the key value +** then jump to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. +*/ +/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] +** +** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index +** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID. Compare this key value against +** the index that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or +** ROWID on the P1 index. +** +** If the P1 index entry is less than the key value then jump to P2. +** Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. +*/ +/* Opcode: IdxLE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] +** +** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index +** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID. Compare this key value against +** the index that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or +** ROWID on the P1 index. +** +** If the P1 index entry is less than or equal to the key value then jump +** to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. +*/ +case OP_IdxLE: /* jump */ +case OP_IdxGT: /* jump */ +case OP_IdxLT: /* jump */ +case OP_IdxGE: { /* jump */ + VdbeCursor *pC; + int res; + UnpackedRecord r; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + assert( pC->isOrdered ); + assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); + assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0); + assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); + assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==1 ); + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); + r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo; + r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i; + if( pOp->opcode<OP_IdxLT ){ + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGT ); + r.default_rc = -1; + }else{ + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT ); + r.default_rc = 0; + } + r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + { int i; for(i=0; i<r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&r.aMem[i]) ); } +#endif + res = 0; /* Not needed. Only used to silence a warning. */ + rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(db, pC, &r, &res); + assert( (OP_IdxLE&1)==(OP_IdxLT&1) && (OP_IdxGE&1)==(OP_IdxGT&1) ); + if( (pOp->opcode&1)==(OP_IdxLT&1) ){ + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT ); + res = -res; + }else{ + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGT ); + res++; + } + VdbeBranchTaken(res>0,2); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + if( res>0 ) goto jump_to_p2; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Destroy P1 P2 P3 * * +** +** Delete an entire database table or index whose root page in the database +** file is given by P1. +** +** The table being destroyed is in the main database file if P3==0. If +** P3==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file +** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE. +** +** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled then it is possible that another root page +** might be moved into the newly deleted root page in order to keep all +** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database. The former +** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred - +** is stored in register P2. If no page +** movement was required (because the table being dropped was already +** the last one in the database) then a zero is stored in register P2. +** If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero is stored in register P2. +** +** See also: Clear +*/ +case OP_Destroy: { /* out2 */ + int iMoved; + int iDb; + + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); + assert( pOp->p1>1 ); + pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); + pOut->flags = MEM_Null; + if( db->nVdbeRead > db->nVDestroy+1 ){ + rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; + p->errorAction = OE_Abort; + goto abort_due_to_error; + }else{ + iDb = pOp->p3; + assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, iDb) ); + iMoved = 0; /* Not needed. Only to silence a warning. */ + rc = sqlite3BtreeDropTable(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, pOp->p1, &iMoved); + pOut->flags = MEM_Int; + pOut->u.i = iMoved; + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( iMoved!=0 ){ + sqlite3RootPageMoved(db, iDb, iMoved, pOp->p1); + /* All OP_Destroy operations occur on the same btree */ + assert( resetSchemaOnFault==0 || resetSchemaOnFault==iDb+1 ); + resetSchemaOnFault = iDb+1; + } +#endif + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Clear P1 P2 P3 +** +** Delete all contents of the database table or index whose root page +** in the database file is given by P1. But, unlike Destroy, do not +** remove the table or index from the database file. +** +** The table being clear is in the main database file if P2==0. If +** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file +** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE. +** +** If the P3 value is non-zero, then the table referred to must be an +** intkey table (an SQL table, not an index). In this case the row change +** count is incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. +** If P3 is greater than zero, then the value stored in register P3 is +** also incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. +** +** See also: Destroy +*/ +case OP_Clear: { + int nChange; + + nChange = 0; + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); + assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p2) ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable( + db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1, (pOp->p3 ? &nChange : 0) + ); + if( pOp->p3 ){ + p->nChange += nChange; + if( pOp->p3>0 ){ + assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) ); + memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]); + aMem[pOp->p3].u.i += nChange; + } + } + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: ResetSorter P1 * * * * +** +** Delete all contents from the ephemeral table or sorter +** that is open on cursor P1. +** +** This opcode only works for cursors used for sorting and +** opened with OP_OpenEphemeral or OP_SorterOpen. +*/ +case OP_ResetSorter: { + VdbeCursor *pC; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pC!=0 ); + if( isSorter(pC) ){ + sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(db, pC->uc.pSorter); + }else{ + assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); + assert( pC->isEphemeral ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(pC->uc.pCursor); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: CreateTable P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 +** +** Allocate a new table in the main database file if P1==0 or in the +** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if +** P1>1. Write the root page number of the new table into +** register P2 +** +** The difference between a table and an index is this: A table must +** have a 4-byte integer key and can have arbitrary data. An index +** has an arbitrary key but no data. +** +** See also: CreateIndex +*/ +/* Opcode: CreateIndex P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 +** +** Allocate a new index in the main database file if P1==0 or in the +** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if +** P1>1. Write the root page number of the new table into +** register P2. +** +** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information. +*/ +case OP_CreateIndex: /* out2 */ +case OP_CreateTable: { /* out2 */ + int pgno; + int flags; + Db *pDb; + + pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); + pgno = 0; + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb ); + assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) ); + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); + pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1]; + assert( pDb->pBt!=0 ); + if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){ + /* flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */ + flags = BTREE_INTKEY; + }else{ + flags = BTREE_BLOBKEY; + } + rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pDb->pBt, &pgno, flags); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + pOut->u.i = pgno; + break; +} + +/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 * * P4 * +** +** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1 +** that match the WHERE clause P4. +** +** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine, +** then runs the new virtual machine. It is thus a re-entrant opcode. +*/ +case OP_ParseSchema: { + int iDb; + const char *zMaster; + char *zSql; + InitData initData; + + /* Any prepared statement that invokes this opcode will hold mutexes + ** on every btree. This is a prerequisite for invoking + ** sqlite3InitCallback(). + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + for(iDb=0; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){ + assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) ); + } +#endif + + iDb = pOp->p1; + assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb ); + assert( DbHasProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) ); + /* Used to be a conditional */ { + zMaster = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); + initData.db = db; + initData.iDb = pOp->p1; + initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg; + zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s ORDER BY rowid", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMaster, pOp->p4.z); + if( zSql==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + }else{ + assert( db->init.busy==0 ); + db->init.busy = 1; + initData.rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc; + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); + db->init.busy = 0; + } + } + if( rc ){ + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + goto no_mem; + } + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + break; +} + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) +/* Opcode: LoadAnalysis P1 * * * * +** +** Read the sqlite_stat1 table for database P1 and load the content +** of that table into the internal index hash table. This will cause +** the analysis to be used when preparing all subsequent queries. +*/ +case OP_LoadAnalysis: { + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb ); + rc = sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, pOp->p1); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + break; +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) */ + +/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * * P4 * +** +** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe +** the table named P4 in database P1. This is called after a table +** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep +** the internal representation of the +** schema consistent with what is on disk. +*/ +case OP_DropTable: { + sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * * P4 * +** +** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe +** the index named P4 in database P1. This is called after an index +** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) +** in order to keep the internal representation of the +** schema consistent with what is on disk. +*/ +case OP_DropIndex: { + sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * * P4 * +** +** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe +** the trigger named P4 in database P1. This is called after a trigger +** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep +** the internal representation of the +** schema consistent with what is on disk. +*/ +case OP_DropTrigger: { + sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z); + break; +} + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK +/* Opcode: IntegrityCk P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** +** Do an analysis of the currently open database. Store in +** register P1 the text of an error message describing any problems. +** If no problems are found, store a NULL in register P1. +** +** The register P3 contains the maximum number of allowed errors. +** At most reg(P3) errors will be reported. +** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are +** seen. Reg(P1) is updated with the number of errors remaining. +** +** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integers +** stored in P4_INTARRAY argument. +** +** If P5 is not zero, the check is done on the auxiliary database +** file, not the main database file. +** +** This opcode is used to implement the integrity_check pragma. +*/ +case OP_IntegrityCk: { + int nRoot; /* Number of tables to check. (Number of root pages.) */ + int *aRoot; /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */ + int nErr; /* Number of errors reported */ + char *z; /* Text of the error report */ + Mem *pnErr; /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */ + + assert( p->bIsReader ); + nRoot = pOp->p2; + aRoot = pOp->p4.ai; + assert( nRoot>0 ); + assert( aRoot[nRoot]==0 ); + assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); + pnErr = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + assert( (pnErr->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); + assert( (pnErr->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 ); + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( pOp->p5<db->nDb ); + assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p5) ); + z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p5].pBt, aRoot, nRoot, + (int)pnErr->u.i, &nErr); + pnErr->u.i -= nErr; + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1); + if( nErr==0 ){ + assert( z==0 ); + }else if( z==0 ){ + goto no_mem; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pIn1, z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free); + } + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pIn1, encoding); + break; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ + +/* Opcode: RowSetAdd P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2] +** +** Insert the integer value held by register P2 into a boolean index +** held in register P1. +** +** An assertion fails if P2 is not an integer. +*/ +case OP_RowSetAdd: { /* in1, in2 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1); + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem; + } + sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn2->u.i); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: RowSetRead P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=rowset(P1) +** +** Extract the smallest value from boolean index P1 and put that value into +** register P3. Or, if boolean index P1 is initially empty, leave P3 +** unchanged and jump to instruction P2. +*/ +case OP_RowSetRead: { /* jump, in1, out3 */ + i64 val; + + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 + || sqlite3RowSetNext(pIn1->u.pRowSet, &val)==0 + ){ + /* The boolean index is empty */ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1); + VdbeBranchTaken(1,2); + goto jump_to_p2_and_check_for_interrupt; + }else{ + /* A value was pulled from the index */ + VdbeBranchTaken(0,2); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p3], val); + } + goto check_for_interrupt; +} + +/* Opcode: RowSetTest P1 P2 P3 P4 +** Synopsis: if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2 +** +** Register P3 is assumed to hold a 64-bit integer value. If register P1 +** contains a RowSet object and that RowSet object contains +** the value held in P3, jump to register P2. Otherwise, insert the +** integer in P3 into the RowSet and continue on to the +** next opcode. +** +** The RowSet object is optimized for the case where successive sets +** of integers, where each set contains no duplicates. Each set +** of values is identified by a unique P4 value. The first set +** must have P4==0, the final set P4=-1. P4 must be either -1 or +** non-negative. For non-negative values of P4 only the lower 4 +** bits are significant. +** +** This allows optimizations: (a) when P4==0 there is no need to test +** the rowset object for P3, as it is guaranteed not to contain it, +** (b) when P4==-1 there is no need to insert the value, as it will +** never be tested for, and (c) when a value that is part of set X is +** inserted, there is no need to search to see if the same value was +** previously inserted as part of set X (only if it was previously +** inserted as part of some other set). +*/ +case OP_RowSetTest: { /* jump, in1, in3 */ + int iSet; + int exists; + + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + iSet = pOp->p4.i; + assert( pIn3->flags&MEM_Int ); + + /* If there is anything other than a rowset object in memory cell P1, + ** delete it now and initialize P1 with an empty rowset + */ + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1); + if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem; + } + + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); + assert( iSet==-1 || iSet>=0 ); + if( iSet ){ + exists = sqlite3RowSetTest(pIn1->u.pRowSet, iSet, pIn3->u.i); + VdbeBranchTaken(exists!=0,2); + if( exists ) goto jump_to_p2; + } + if( iSet>=0 ){ + sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn3->u.i); + } + break; +} + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + +/* Opcode: Program P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** +** Execute the trigger program passed as P4 (type P4_SUBPROGRAM). +** +** P1 contains the address of the memory cell that contains the first memory +** cell in an array of values used as arguments to the sub-program. P2 +** contains the address to jump to if the sub-program throws an IGNORE +** exception using the RAISE() function. Register P3 contains the address +** of a memory cell in this (the parent) VM that is used to allocate the +** memory required by the sub-vdbe at runtime. +** +** P4 is a pointer to the VM containing the trigger program. +** +** If P5 is non-zero, then recursive program invocation is enabled. +*/ +case OP_Program: { /* jump */ + int nMem; /* Number of memory registers for sub-program */ + int nByte; /* Bytes of runtime space required for sub-program */ + Mem *pRt; /* Register to allocate runtime space */ + Mem *pMem; /* Used to iterate through memory cells */ + Mem *pEnd; /* Last memory cell in new array */ + VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* New vdbe frame to execute in */ + SubProgram *pProgram; /* Sub-program to execute */ + void *t; /* Token identifying trigger */ + + pProgram = pOp->p4.pProgram; + pRt = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + assert( pProgram->nOp>0 ); + + /* If the p5 flag is clear, then recursive invocation of triggers is + ** disabled for backwards compatibility (p5 is set if this sub-program + ** is really a trigger, not a foreign key action, and the flag set + ** and cleared by the "PRAGMA recursive_triggers" command is clear). + ** + ** It is recursive invocation of triggers, at the SQL level, that is + ** disabled. In some cases a single trigger may generate more than one + ** SubProgram (if the trigger may be executed with more than one different + ** ON CONFLICT algorithm). SubProgram structures associated with a + ** single trigger all have the same value for the SubProgram.token + ** variable. */ + if( pOp->p5 ){ + t = pProgram->token; + for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame && pFrame->token!=t; pFrame=pFrame->pParent); + if( pFrame ) break; + } + + if( p->nFrame>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH] ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3VdbeError(p, "too many levels of trigger recursion"); + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + + /* Register pRt is used to store the memory required to save the state + ** of the current program, and the memory required at runtime to execute + ** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then pRt + ** is already allocated. Otherwise, it must be initialized. */ + if( (pRt->flags&MEM_Frame)==0 ){ + /* SubProgram.nMem is set to the number of memory cells used by the + ** program stored in SubProgram.aOp. As well as these, one memory + ** cell is required for each cursor used by the program. Set local + ** variable nMem (and later, VdbeFrame.nChildMem) to this value. + */ + nMem = pProgram->nMem + pProgram->nCsr; + assert( nMem>0 ); + if( pProgram->nCsr==0 ) nMem++; + nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame)) + + nMem * sizeof(Mem) + + pProgram->nCsr * sizeof(VdbeCursor *) + + pProgram->nOnce * sizeof(u8); + pFrame = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); + if( !pFrame ){ + goto no_mem; + } + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRt); + pRt->flags = MEM_Frame; + pRt->u.pFrame = pFrame; + + pFrame->v = p; + pFrame->nChildMem = nMem; + pFrame->nChildCsr = pProgram->nCsr; + pFrame->pc = (int)(pOp - aOp); + pFrame->aMem = p->aMem; + pFrame->nMem = p->nMem; + pFrame->apCsr = p->apCsr; + pFrame->nCursor = p->nCursor; + pFrame->aOp = p->aOp; + pFrame->nOp = p->nOp; + pFrame->token = pProgram->token; + pFrame->aOnceFlag = p->aOnceFlag; + pFrame->nOnceFlag = p->nOnceFlag; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS + pFrame->anExec = p->anExec; +#endif + + pEnd = &VdbeFrameMem(pFrame)[pFrame->nChildMem]; + for(pMem=VdbeFrameMem(pFrame); pMem!=pEnd; pMem++){ + pMem->flags = MEM_Undefined; + pMem->db = db; + } + }else{ + pFrame = pRt->u.pFrame; + assert( pProgram->nMem+pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildMem + || (pProgram->nCsr==0 && pProgram->nMem+1==pFrame->nChildMem) ); + assert( pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildCsr ); + assert( (int)(pOp - aOp)==pFrame->pc ); + } + + p->nFrame++; + pFrame->pParent = p->pFrame; + pFrame->lastRowid = lastRowid; + pFrame->nChange = p->nChange; + pFrame->nDbChange = p->db->nChange; + assert( pFrame->pAuxData==0 ); + pFrame->pAuxData = p->pAuxData; + p->pAuxData = 0; + p->nChange = 0; + p->pFrame = pFrame; + p->aMem = aMem = VdbeFrameMem(pFrame); + p->nMem = pFrame->nChildMem; + p->nCursor = (u16)pFrame->nChildCsr; + p->apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nMem]; + p->aOp = aOp = pProgram->aOp; + p->nOp = pProgram->nOp; + p->aOnceFlag = (u8 *)&p->apCsr[p->nCursor]; + p->nOnceFlag = pProgram->nOnce; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS + p->anExec = 0; +#endif + pOp = &aOp[-1]; + memset(p->aOnceFlag, 0, p->nOnceFlag); + + break; +} + +/* Opcode: Param P1 P2 * * * +** +** This opcode is only ever present in sub-programs called via the +** OP_Program instruction. Copy a value currently stored in a memory +** cell of the calling (parent) frame to cell P2 in the current frames +** address space. This is used by trigger programs to access the new.* +** and old.* values. +** +** The address of the cell in the parent frame is determined by adding +** the value of the P1 argument to the value of the P1 argument to the +** calling OP_Program instruction. +*/ +case OP_Param: { /* out2 */ + VdbeFrame *pFrame; + Mem *pIn; + pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); + pFrame = p->pFrame; + pIn = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + pFrame->aOp[pFrame->pc].p1]; + sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn, MEM_Ephem); + break; +} + +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY +/* Opcode: FkCounter P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2 +** +** Increment a "constraint counter" by P2 (P2 may be negative or positive). +** If P1 is non-zero, the database constraint counter is incremented +** (deferred foreign key constraints). Otherwise, if P1 is zero, the +** statement counter is incremented (immediate foreign key constraints). +*/ +case OP_FkCounter: { + if( db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs ){ + db->nDeferredImmCons += pOp->p2; + }else if( pOp->p1 ){ + db->nDeferredCons += pOp->p2; + }else{ + p->nFkConstraint += pOp->p2; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: FkIfZero P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2 +** +** This opcode tests if a foreign key constraint-counter is currently zero. +** If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next +** instruction. +** +** If P1 is non-zero, then the jump is taken if the database constraint-counter +** is zero (the one that counts deferred constraint violations). If P1 is +** zero, the jump is taken if the statement constraint-counter is zero +** (immediate foreign key constraint violations). +*/ +case OP_FkIfZero: { /* jump */ + if( pOp->p1 ){ + VdbeBranchTaken(db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0, 2); + if( db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0 ) goto jump_to_p2; + }else{ + VdbeBranchTaken(p->nFkConstraint==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0, 2); + if( p->nFkConstraint==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0 ) goto jump_to_p2; + } + break; +} +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT +/* Opcode: MemMax P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2]) +** +** P1 is a register in the root frame of this VM (the root frame is +** different from the current frame if this instruction is being executed +** within a sub-program). Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of +** its current value and the value in register P2. +** +** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially +** an integer. +*/ +case OP_MemMax: { /* in2 */ + VdbeFrame *pFrame; + if( p->pFrame ){ + for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent); + pIn1 = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1]; + }else{ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + } + assert( memIsValid(pIn1) ); + sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1); + pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; + sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2); + if( pIn1->u.i<pIn2->u.i){ + pIn1->u.i = pIn2->u.i; + } + break; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */ + +/* Opcode: IfPos P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: if r[P1]>0 then r[P1]-=P3, goto P2 +** +** Register P1 must contain an integer. +** If the value of register P1 is 1 or greater, subtract P3 from the +** value in P1 and jump to P2. +** +** If the initial value of register P1 is less than 1, then the +** value is unchanged and control passes through to the next instruction. +*/ +case OP_IfPos: { /* jump, in1 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int ); + VdbeBranchTaken( pIn1->u.i>0, 2); + if( pIn1->u.i>0 ){ + pIn1->u.i -= pOp->p3; + goto jump_to_p2; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: OffsetLimit P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: if r[P1]>0 then r[P2]=r[P1]+max(0,r[P3]) else r[P2]=(-1) +** +** This opcode performs a commonly used computation associated with +** LIMIT and OFFSET process. r[P1] holds the limit counter. r[P3] +** holds the offset counter. The opcode computes the combined value +** of the LIMIT and OFFSET and stores that value in r[P2]. The r[P2] +** value computed is the total number of rows that will need to be +** visited in order to complete the query. +** +** If r[P3] is zero or negative, that means there is no OFFSET +** and r[P2] is set to be the value of the LIMIT, r[P1]. +** +** if r[P1] is zero or negative, that means there is no LIMIT +** and r[P2] is set to -1. +** +** Otherwise, r[P2] is set to the sum of r[P1] and r[P3]. +*/ +case OP_OffsetLimit: { /* in1, out2, in3 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); + assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ); + assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int ); + pOut->u.i = pIn1->u.i<=0 ? -1 : pIn1->u.i+(pIn3->u.i>0?pIn3->u.i:0); + break; +} + +/* Opcode: IfNotZero P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: if r[P1]!=0 then r[P1]-=P3, goto P2 +** +** Register P1 must contain an integer. If the content of register P1 is +** initially nonzero, then subtract P3 from the value in register P1 and +** jump to P2. If register P1 is initially zero, leave it unchanged +** and fall through. +*/ +case OP_IfNotZero: { /* jump, in1 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int ); + VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i<0, 2); + if( pIn1->u.i ){ + pIn1->u.i -= pOp->p3; + goto jump_to_p2; + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: DecrJumpZero P1 P2 * * * +** Synopsis: if (--r[P1])==0 goto P2 +** +** Register P1 must hold an integer. Decrement the value in register P1 +** then jump to P2 if the new value is exactly zero. +*/ +case OP_DecrJumpZero: { /* jump, in1 */ + pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int ); + pIn1->u.i--; + VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i==0, 2); + if( pIn1->u.i==0 ) goto jump_to_p2; + break; +} + + +/* Opcode: AggStep0 * P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) +** +** Execute the step function for an aggregate. The +** function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef +** structure that specifies the function. Register P3 is the +** accumulator. +** +** The P5 arguments are taken from register P2 and its +** successors. +*/ +/* Opcode: AggStep * P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) +** +** Execute the step function for an aggregate. The +** function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_context +** object that is used to run the function. Register P3 is +** as the accumulator. +** +** The P5 arguments are taken from register P2 and its +** successors. +** +** This opcode is initially coded as OP_AggStep0. On first evaluation, +** the FuncDef stored in P4 is converted into an sqlite3_context and +** the opcode is changed. In this way, the initialization of the +** sqlite3_context only happens once, instead of on each call to the +** step function. +*/ +case OP_AggStep0: { + int n; + sqlite3_context *pCtx; + + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF ); + n = pOp->p5; + assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); + assert( n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+n<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1) ); + assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+n ); + pCtx = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(*pCtx) + (n-1)*sizeof(sqlite3_value*)); + if( pCtx==0 ) goto no_mem; + pCtx->pMem = 0; + pCtx->pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc; + pCtx->iOp = (int)(pOp - aOp); + pCtx->pVdbe = p; + pCtx->argc = n; + pOp->p4type = P4_FUNCCTX; + pOp->p4.pCtx = pCtx; + pOp->opcode = OP_AggStep; + /* Fall through into OP_AggStep */ +} +case OP_AggStep: { + int i; + sqlite3_context *pCtx; + Mem *pMem; + Mem t; + + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCCTX ); + pCtx = pOp->p4.pCtx; + pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + + /* If this function is inside of a trigger, the register array in aMem[] + ** might change from one evaluation to the next. The next block of code + ** checks to see if the register array has changed, and if so it + ** reinitializes the relavant parts of the sqlite3_context object */ + if( pCtx->pMem != pMem ){ + pCtx->pMem = pMem; + for(i=pCtx->argc-1; i>=0; i--) pCtx->argv[i] = &aMem[pOp->p2+i]; + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + for(i=0; i<pCtx->argc; i++){ + assert( memIsValid(pCtx->argv[i]) ); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+i, pCtx->argv[i]); + } +#endif + + pMem->n++; + sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&t, db, MEM_Null); + pCtx->pOut = &t; + pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 0; + pCtx->skipFlag = 0; + (pCtx->pFunc->xSFunc)(pCtx,pCtx->argc,pCtx->argv); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */ + if( pCtx->fErrorOrAux ){ + if( pCtx->isError ){ + sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&t)); + rc = pCtx->isError; + } + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&t); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + }else{ + assert( t.flags==MEM_Null ); + } + if( pCtx->skipFlag ){ + assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq ); + i = pOp[-1].p1; + if( i ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[i], 1); + } + break; +} + +/* Opcode: AggFinal P1 P2 * P4 * +** Synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2 +** +** Execute the finalizer function for an aggregate. P1 is +** the memory location that is the accumulator for the aggregate. +** +** P2 is the number of arguments that the step function takes and +** P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef for this function. The P2 +** argument is not used by this opcode. It is only there to disambiguate +** functions that can take varying numbers of arguments. The +** P4 argument is only needed for the degenerate case where +** the step function was not previously called. +*/ +case OP_AggFinal: { + Mem *pMem; + assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); + pMem = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( (pMem->flags & ~(MEM_Null|MEM_Agg))==0 ); + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(pMem, pOp->p4.pFunc); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pMem)); + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, encoding); + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pMem); + if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pMem) ){ + goto too_big; + } + break; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +/* Opcode: Checkpoint P1 P2 P3 * * +** +** Checkpoint database P1. This is a no-op if P1 is not currently in +** WAL mode. Parameter P2 is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL, +** RESTART, or TRUNCATE. Write 1 or 0 into mem[P3] if the checkpoint returns +** SQLITE_BUSY or not, respectively. Write the number of pages in the +** WAL after the checkpoint into mem[P3+1] and the number of pages +** in the WAL that have been checkpointed after the checkpoint +** completes into mem[P3+2]. However on an error, mem[P3+1] and +** mem[P3+2] are initialized to -1. +*/ +case OP_Checkpoint: { + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int aRes[3]; /* Results */ + Mem *pMem; /* Write results here */ + + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); + aRes[0] = 0; + aRes[1] = aRes[2] = -1; + assert( pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE + || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL + || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART + || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE + ); + rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, &aRes[1], &aRes[2]); + if( rc ){ + if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ) goto abort_due_to_error; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + aRes[0] = 1; + } + for(i=0, pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; i<3; i++, pMem++){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, (i64)aRes[i]); + } + break; +}; +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA +/* Opcode: JournalMode P1 P2 P3 * * +** +** Change the journal mode of database P1 to P3. P3 must be one of the +** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX values. If changing between the various rollback +** modes (delete, truncate, persist, off and memory), this is a simple +** operation. No IO is required. +** +** If changing into or out of WAL mode the procedure is more complicated. +** +** Write a string containing the final journal-mode to register P2. +*/ +case OP_JournalMode: { /* out2 */ + Btree *pBt; /* Btree to change journal mode of */ + Pager *pPager; /* Pager associated with pBt */ + int eNew; /* New journal mode */ + int eOld; /* The old journal mode */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + const char *zFilename; /* Name of database file for pPager */ +#endif + + pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); + eNew = pOp->p3; + assert( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE + || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE + || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST + || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF + || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY + || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY + ); + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb ); + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); + + pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; + pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); + eOld = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(pPager); + if( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY ) eNew = eOld; + if( !sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(pPager) ) eNew = eOld; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + zFilename = sqlite3PagerFilename(pPager, 1); + + /* Do not allow a transition to journal_mode=WAL for a database + ** in temporary storage or if the VFS does not support shared memory + */ + if( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL + && (sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)==0 /* Temp file */ + || !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager)) /* No shared-memory support */ + ){ + eNew = eOld; + } + + if( (eNew!=eOld) + && (eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) + ){ + if( !db->autoCommit || db->nVdbeRead>1 ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3VdbeError(p, + "cannot change %s wal mode from within a transaction", + (eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "into" : "out of") + ); + goto abort_due_to_error; + }else{ + + if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ + /* If leaving WAL mode, close the log file. If successful, the call + ** to PagerCloseWal() checkpoints and deletes the write-ahead-log + ** file. An EXCLUSIVE lock may still be held on the database file + ** after a successful return. + */ + rc = sqlite3PagerCloseWal(pPager); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, eNew); + } + }else if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ + /* Cannot transition directly from MEMORY to WAL. Use mode OFF + ** as an intermediate */ + sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF); + } + + /* Open a transaction on the database file. Regardless of the journal + ** mode, this transaction always uses a rollback journal. + */ + assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt)==0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(pBt, (eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? 2 : 1)); + } + } + } +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ + + if( rc ) eNew = eOld; + eNew = sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, eNew); + + pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term; + pOut->z = (char *)sqlite3JournalModename(eNew); + pOut->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pOut->z); + pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + break; +}; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH) +/* Opcode: Vacuum * * * * * +** +** Vacuum the entire database. This opcode will cause other virtual +** machines to be created and run. It may not be called from within +** a transaction. +*/ +case OP_Vacuum: { + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); + rc = sqlite3RunVacuum(&p->zErrMsg, db); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + break; +} +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM) +/* Opcode: IncrVacuum P1 P2 * * * +** +** Perform a single step of the incremental vacuum procedure on +** the P1 database. If the vacuum has finished, jump to instruction +** P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next instruction. +*/ +case OP_IncrVacuum: { /* jump */ + Btree *pBt; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb ); + assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) ); + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); + pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; + rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(pBt); + VdbeBranchTaken(rc==SQLITE_DONE,2); + if( rc ){ + if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) goto abort_due_to_error; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + goto jump_to_p2; + } + break; +} +#endif + +/* Opcode: Expire P1 * * * * +** +** Cause precompiled statements to expire. When an expired statement +** is executed using sqlite3_step() it will either automatically +** reprepare itself (if it was originally created using sqlite3_prepare_v2()) +** or it will fail with SQLITE_SCHEMA. +** +** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero, +** then only the currently executing statement is expired. +*/ +case OP_Expire: { + if( !pOp->p1 ){ + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + }else{ + p->expired = 1; + } + break; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +/* Opcode: TableLock P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** Synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3 +** +** Obtain a lock on a particular table. This instruction is only used when +** the shared-cache feature is enabled. +** +** P1 is the index of the database in sqlite3.aDb[] of the database +** on which the lock is acquired. A readlock is obtained if P3==0 or +** a write lock if P3==1. +** +** P2 contains the root-page of the table to lock. +** +** P4 contains a pointer to the name of the table being locked. This is only +** used to generate an error message if the lock cannot be obtained. +*/ +case OP_TableLock: { + u8 isWriteLock = (u8)pOp->p3; + if( isWriteLock || 0==(db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) ){ + int p1 = pOp->p1; + assert( p1>=0 && p1<db->nDb ); + assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, p1) ); + assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeLockTable(db->aDb[p1].pBt, pOp->p2, isWriteLock); + if( rc ){ + if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_LOCKED ){ + const char *z = pOp->p4.z; + sqlite3VdbeError(p, "database table is locked: %s", z); + } + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + } + break; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Opcode: VBegin * * * P4 * +** +** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. If so, call the +** xBegin method for that table. +** +** Also, whether or not P4 is set, check that this is not being called from +** within a callback to a virtual table xSync() method. If it is, the error +** code will be set to SQLITE_LOCKED. +*/ +case OP_VBegin: { + VTable *pVTab; + pVTab = pOp->p4.pVtab; + rc = sqlite3VtabBegin(db, pVTab); + if( pVTab ) sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVTab->pVtab); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + break; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Opcode: VCreate P1 P2 * * * +** +** P2 is a register that holds the name of a virtual table in database +** P1. Call the xCreate method for that table. +*/ +case OP_VCreate: { + Mem sMem; /* For storing the record being decoded */ + const char *zTab; /* Name of the virtual table */ + + memset(&sMem, 0, sizeof(sMem)); + sMem.db = db; + /* Because P2 is always a static string, it is impossible for the + ** sqlite3VdbeMemCopy() to fail */ + assert( (aMem[pOp->p2].flags & MEM_Str)!=0 ); + assert( (aMem[pOp->p2].flags & MEM_Static)!=0 ); + rc = sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&sMem, &aMem[pOp->p2]); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + zTab = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(&sMem); + assert( zTab || db->mallocFailed ); + if( zTab ){ + rc = sqlite3VtabCallCreate(db, pOp->p1, zTab, &p->zErrMsg); + } + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&sMem); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + break; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Opcode: VDestroy P1 * * P4 * +** +** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xDestroy method +** of that table. +*/ +case OP_VDestroy: { + db->nVDestroy++; + rc = sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z); + db->nVDestroy--; + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + break; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Opcode: VOpen P1 * * P4 * +** +** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure. +** P1 is a cursor number. This opcode opens a cursor to the virtual +** table and stores that cursor in P1. +*/ +case OP_VOpen: { + VdbeCursor *pCur; + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVCur; + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; + const sqlite3_module *pModule; + + assert( p->bIsReader ); + pCur = 0; + pVCur = 0; + pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; + if( pVtab==0 || NEVER(pVtab->pModule==0) ){ + rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + pModule = pVtab->pModule; + rc = pModule->xOpen(pVtab, &pVCur); + sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + + /* Initialize sqlite3_vtab_cursor base class */ + pVCur->pVtab = pVtab; + + /* Initialize vdbe cursor object */ + pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, 0, -1, CURTYPE_VTAB); + if( pCur ){ + pCur->uc.pVCur = pVCur; + pVtab->nRef++; + }else{ + assert( db->mallocFailed ); + pModule->xClose(pVCur); + goto no_mem; + } + break; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Opcode: VFilter P1 P2 P3 P4 * +** Synopsis: iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4' +** +** P1 is a cursor opened using VOpen. P2 is an address to jump to if +** the filtered result set is empty. +** +** P4 is either NULL or a string that was generated by the xBestIndex +** method of the module. The interpretation of the P4 string is left +** to the module implementation. +** +** This opcode invokes the xFilter method on the virtual table specified +** by P1. The integer query plan parameter to xFilter is stored in register +** P3. Register P3+1 stores the argc parameter to be passed to the +** xFilter method. Registers P3+2..P3+1+argc are the argc +** additional parameters which are passed to +** xFilter as argv. Register P3+2 becomes argv[0] when passed to xFilter. +** +** A jump is made to P2 if the result set after filtering would be empty. +*/ +case OP_VFilter: { /* jump */ + int nArg; + int iQuery; + const sqlite3_module *pModule; + Mem *pQuery; + Mem *pArgc; + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVCur; + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; + VdbeCursor *pCur; + int res; + int i; + Mem **apArg; + + pQuery = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + pArgc = &pQuery[1]; + pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( memIsValid(pQuery) ); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pQuery); + assert( pCur->eCurType==CURTYPE_VTAB ); + pVCur = pCur->uc.pVCur; + pVtab = pVCur->pVtab; + pModule = pVtab->pModule; + + /* Grab the index number and argc parameters */ + assert( (pQuery->flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && pArgc->flags==MEM_Int ); + nArg = (int)pArgc->u.i; + iQuery = (int)pQuery->u.i; + + /* Invoke the xFilter method */ + res = 0; + apArg = p->apArg; + for(i = 0; i<nArg; i++){ + apArg[i] = &pArgc[i+1]; + } + rc = pModule->xFilter(pVCur, iQuery, pOp->p4.z, nArg, apArg); + sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + res = pModule->xEof(pVCur); + pCur->nullRow = 0; + VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); + if( res ) goto jump_to_p2; + break; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * * +** Synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2) +** +** Store the value of the P2-th column of +** the row of the virtual-table that the +** P1 cursor is pointing to into register P3. +*/ +case OP_VColumn: { + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; + const sqlite3_module *pModule; + Mem *pDest; + sqlite3_context sContext; + + VdbeCursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pCur->eCurType==CURTYPE_VTAB ); + assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); + pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + memAboutToChange(p, pDest); + if( pCur->nullRow ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest); + break; + } + pVtab = pCur->uc.pVCur->pVtab; + pModule = pVtab->pModule; + assert( pModule->xColumn ); + memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext)); + sContext.pOut = pDest; + MemSetTypeFlag(pDest, MEM_Null); + rc = pModule->xColumn(pCur->uc.pVCur, &sContext, pOp->p2); + sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); + if( sContext.isError ){ + rc = sContext.isError; + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pDest, encoding); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest); + UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest); + + if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pDest) ){ + goto too_big; + } + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + break; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Opcode: VNext P1 P2 * * * +** +** Advance virtual table P1 to the next row in its result set and +** jump to instruction P2. Or, if the virtual table has reached +** the end of its result set, then fall through to the next instruction. +*/ +case OP_VNext: { /* jump */ + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; + const sqlite3_module *pModule; + int res; + VdbeCursor *pCur; + + res = 0; + pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + assert( pCur->eCurType==CURTYPE_VTAB ); + if( pCur->nullRow ){ + break; + } + pVtab = pCur->uc.pVCur->pVtab; + pModule = pVtab->pModule; + assert( pModule->xNext ); + + /* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the + ** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during + ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that + ** data is available) and the error code returned when xColumn or + ** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor. + */ + rc = pModule->xNext(pCur->uc.pVCur); + sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + res = pModule->xEof(pCur->uc.pVCur); + VdbeBranchTaken(!res,2); + if( !res ){ + /* If there is data, jump to P2 */ + goto jump_to_p2_and_check_for_interrupt; + } + goto check_for_interrupt; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Opcode: VRename P1 * * P4 * +** +** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure. +** This opcode invokes the corresponding xRename method. The value +** in register P1 is passed as the zName argument to the xRename method. +*/ +case OP_VRename: { + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; + Mem *pName; + + pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; + pName = &aMem[pOp->p1]; + assert( pVtab->pModule->xRename ); + assert( memIsValid(pName) ); + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); + REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pName); + assert( pName->flags & MEM_Str ); + testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ); + testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ); + rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pName, SQLITE_UTF8); + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + rc = pVtab->pModule->xRename(pVtab, pName->z); + sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); + p->expired = 0; + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + break; +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Opcode: VUpdate P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 +** Synopsis: data=r[P3@P2] +** +** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure. +** This opcode invokes the corresponding xUpdate method. P2 values +** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate +** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the +** p2th element of the argv array passed to xUpdate. +** +** The xUpdate method will do a DELETE or an INSERT or both. +** The argv[0] element (which corresponds to memory cell P3) +** is the rowid of a row to delete. If argv[0] is NULL then no +** deletion occurs. The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new +** row. This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new +** rowid for itself. The subsequent elements in the array are +** the values of columns in the new row. +** +** If P2==1 then no insert is performed. argv[0] is the rowid of +** a row to delete. +** +** P1 is a boolean flag. If it is set to true and the xUpdate call +** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() +** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted. +** +** P5 is the error actions (OE_Replace, OE_Fail, OE_Ignore, etc) to +** apply in the case of a constraint failure on an insert or update. +*/ +case OP_VUpdate: { + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; + const sqlite3_module *pModule; + int nArg; + int i; + sqlite_int64 rowid; + Mem **apArg; + Mem *pX; + + assert( pOp->p2==1 || pOp->p5==OE_Fail || pOp->p5==OE_Rollback + || pOp->p5==OE_Abort || pOp->p5==OE_Ignore || pOp->p5==OE_Replace + ); + assert( p->readOnly==0 ); + pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; + if( pVtab==0 || NEVER(pVtab->pModule==0) ){ + rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; + goto abort_due_to_error; + } + pModule = pVtab->pModule; + nArg = pOp->p2; + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB ); + if( ALWAYS(pModule->xUpdate) ){ + u8 vtabOnConflict = db->vtabOnConflict; + apArg = p->apArg; + pX = &aMem[pOp->p3]; + for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){ + assert( memIsValid(pX) ); + memAboutToChange(p, pX); + apArg[i] = pX; + pX++; + } + db->vtabOnConflict = pOp->p5; + rc = pModule->xUpdate(pVtab, nArg, apArg, &rowid); + db->vtabOnConflict = vtabOnConflict; + sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pOp->p1 ){ + assert( nArg>1 && apArg[0] && (apArg[0]->flags&MEM_Null) ); + db->lastRowid = lastRowid = rowid; + } + if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p4.pVtab->bConstraint ){ + if( pOp->p5==OE_Ignore ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + p->errorAction = ((pOp->p5==OE_Replace) ? OE_Abort : pOp->p5); + } + }else{ + p->nChange++; + } + if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; + } + break; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +/* Opcode: Pagecount P1 P2 * * * +** +** Write the current number of pages in database P1 to memory cell P2. +*/ +case OP_Pagecount: { /* out2 */ + pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); + pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt); + break; +} +#endif + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +/* Opcode: MaxPgcnt P1 P2 P3 * * +** +** Try to set the maximum page count for database P1 to the value in P3. +** Do not let the maximum page count fall below the current page count and +** do not change the maximum page count value if P3==0. +** +** Store the maximum page count after the change in register P2. +*/ +case OP_MaxPgcnt: { /* out2 */ + unsigned int newMax; + Btree *pBt; + + pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); + pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; + newMax = 0; + if( pOp->p3 ){ + newMax = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pBt); + if( newMax < (unsigned)pOp->p3 ) newMax = (unsigned)pOp->p3; + } + pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax); + break; +} +#endif + + +/* Opcode: Init * P2 * P4 * +** Synopsis: Start at P2 +** +** Programs contain a single instance of this opcode as the very first +** opcode. +** +** If tracing is enabled (by the sqlite3_trace()) interface, then +** the UTF-8 string contained in P4 is emitted on the trace callback. +** Or if P4 is blank, use the string returned by sqlite3_sql(). +** +** If P2 is not zero, jump to instruction P2. +*/ +case OP_Init: { /* jump */ + char *zTrace; + char *z; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + if( db->xTrace + && !p->doingRerun + && (zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0 + ){ + z = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(p, zTrace); + db->xTrace(db->pTraceArg, z); + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE + zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql); + if( zTrace ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + if( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, i)==0 ) continue; + sqlite3_file_control(db, db->aDb[i].zName, SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE, zTrace); + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0 + && (zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0 + ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", zTrace); + } +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ + if( pOp->p2 ) goto jump_to_p2; + break; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS +/* Opcode: CursorHint P1 * * P4 * +** +** Provide a hint to cursor P1 that it only needs to return rows that +** satisfy the Expr in P4. TK_REGISTER terms in the P4 expression refer +** to values currently held in registers. TK_COLUMN terms in the P4 +** expression refer to columns in the b-tree to which cursor P1 is pointing. +*/ +case OP_CursorHint: { + VdbeCursor *pC; + + assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor ); + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_EXPR ); + pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; + if( pC ){ + assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); + sqlite3BtreeCursorHint(pC->uc.pCursor, BTREE_HINT_RANGE, + pOp->p4.pExpr, aMem); + } + break; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS */ + +/* Opcode: Noop * * * * * +** +** Do nothing. This instruction is often useful as a jump +** destination. +*/ +/* +** The magic Explain opcode are only inserted when explain==2 (which +** is to say when the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN syntax is used.) +** This opcode records information from the optimizer. It is the +** the same as a no-op. This opcodesnever appears in a real VM program. +*/ +default: { /* This is really OP_Noop and OP_Explain */ + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Noop || pOp->opcode==OP_Explain ); + break; +} + +/***************************************************************************** +** The cases of the switch statement above this line should all be indented +** by 6 spaces. But the left-most 6 spaces have been removed to improve the +** readability. From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are +** restored. +*****************************************************************************/ + } + +#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE + { + u64 endTime = sqlite3Hwtime(); + if( endTime>start ) pOrigOp->cycles += endTime - start; + pOrigOp->cnt++; + } +#endif + + /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality + ** of the program. It is only here for testing and debugging. + ** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through + ** the evaluator loop. So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined. + */ +#ifndef NDEBUG + assert( pOp>=&aOp[-1] && pOp<&aOp[p->nOp-1] ); + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace ){ + u8 opProperty = sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOrigOp->opcode]; + if( rc!=0 ) printf("rc=%d\n",rc); + if( opProperty & (OPFLG_OUT2) ){ + registerTrace(pOrigOp->p2, &aMem[pOrigOp->p2]); + } + if( opProperty & OPFLG_OUT3 ){ + registerTrace(pOrigOp->p3, &aMem[pOrigOp->p3]); + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + } /* The end of the for(;;) loop the loops through opcodes */ + + /* If we reach this point, it means that execution is finished with + ** an error of some kind. + */ +abort_due_to_error: + if( db->mallocFailed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + assert( rc ); + if( p->zErrMsg==0 && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); + } + p->rc = rc; + sqlite3SystemError(db, rc); + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + sqlite3_log(rc, "statement aborts at %d: [%s] %s", + (int)(pOp - aOp), p->zSql, p->zErrMsg); + sqlite3VdbeHalt(p); + if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) sqlite3OomFault(db); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + if( resetSchemaOnFault>0 ){ + sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, resetSchemaOnFault-1); + } + + /* This is the only way out of this procedure. We have to + ** release the mutexes on btrees that were acquired at the + ** top. */ +vdbe_return: + db->lastRowid = lastRowid; + testcase( nVmStep>0 ); + p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP] += (int)nVmStep; + sqlite3VdbeLeave(p); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nExtraDelete==0 + || sqlite3_strlike("DELETE%",p->zSql,0)!=0 + ); + return rc; + + /* Jump to here if a string or blob larger than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH + ** is encountered. + */ +too_big: + sqlite3VdbeError(p, "string or blob too big"); + rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; + goto abort_due_to_error; + + /* Jump to here if a malloc() fails. + */ +no_mem: + sqlite3OomFault(db); + sqlite3VdbeError(p, "out of memory"); + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + goto abort_due_to_error; + + /* Jump to here if the sqlite3_interrupt() API sets the interrupt + ** flag. + */ +abort_due_to_interrupt: + assert( db->u1.isInterrupted ); + rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT : SQLITE_INTERRUPT; + p->rc = rc; + sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); + goto abort_due_to_error; +} + + +/************** End of vdbe.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file vdbeblob.c ****************************************/ +/* +** 2007 May 1 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains code used to implement incremental BLOB I/O. +*/ + +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB + +/* +** Valid sqlite3_blob* handles point to Incrblob structures. +*/ +typedef struct Incrblob Incrblob; +struct Incrblob { + int flags; /* Copy of "flags" passed to sqlite3_blob_open() */ + int nByte; /* Size of open blob, in bytes */ + int iOffset; /* Byte offset of blob in cursor data */ + int iCol; /* Table column this handle is open on */ + BtCursor *pCsr; /* Cursor pointing at blob row */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement holding cursor open */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database */ + char *zDb; /* Database name */ + Table *pTab; /* Table object */ +}; + + +/* +** This function is used by both blob_open() and blob_reopen(). It seeks +** the b-tree cursor associated with blob handle p to point to row iRow. +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and subsequent calls to +** sqlite3_blob_read() or sqlite3_blob_write() access the specified row. +** +** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not +** contain a value of type TEXT or BLOB in the column nominated when the +** blob handle was opened, then an error code is returned and *pzErr may +** be set to point to a buffer containing an error message. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to free the error message buffer using +** sqlite3DbFree(). +** +** If an error does occur, then the b-tree cursor is closed. All subsequent +** calls to sqlite3_blob_read(), blob_write() or blob_reopen() will +** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT. +*/ +static int blobSeekToRow(Incrblob *p, sqlite3_int64 iRow, char **pzErr){ + int rc; /* Error code */ + char *zErr = 0; /* Error message */ + Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)p->pStmt; + + /* Set the value of the SQL statements only variable to integer iRow. + ** This is done directly instead of using sqlite3_bind_int64() to avoid + ** triggering asserts related to mutexes. + */ + assert( v->aVar[0].flags&MEM_Int ); + v->aVar[0].u.i = iRow; + + rc = sqlite3_step(p->pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + VdbeCursor *pC = v->apCsr[0]; + u32 type = pC->aType[p->iCol]; + if( type<12 ){ + zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "cannot open value of type %s", + type==0?"null": type==7?"real": "integer" + ); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt); + p->pStmt = 0; + }else{ + p->iOffset = pC->aType[p->iCol + pC->nField]; + p->nByte = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(type); + p->pCsr = pC->uc.pCursor; + sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(p->pCsr); + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else if( p->pStmt ){ + rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt); + p->pStmt = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "no such rowid: %lld", iRow); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "%s", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db)); + } + } + + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 ); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); + + *pzErr = zErr; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Open a blob handle. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_blob_open( + sqlite3* db, /* The database connection */ + const char *zDb, /* The attached database containing the blob */ + const char *zTable, /* The table containing the blob */ + const char *zColumn, /* The column containing the blob */ + sqlite_int64 iRow, /* The row containing the glob */ + int flags, /* True -> read/write access, false -> read-only */ + sqlite3_blob **ppBlob /* Handle for accessing the blob returned here */ +){ + int nAttempt = 0; + int iCol; /* Index of zColumn in row-record */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + char *zErr = 0; + Table *pTab; + Parse *pParse = 0; + Incrblob *pBlob = 0; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( ppBlob==0 ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } +#endif + *ppBlob = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zTable==0 ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } +#endif + flags = !!flags; /* flags = (flags ? 1 : 0); */ + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + + pBlob = (Incrblob *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Incrblob)); + if( !pBlob ) goto blob_open_out; + pParse = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, sizeof(*pParse)); + if( !pParse ) goto blob_open_out; + + do { + memset(pParse, 0, sizeof(Parse)); + pParse->db = db; + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + zErr = 0; + + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zTable, zDb); + if( pTab && IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + pTab = 0; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open virtual table: %s", zTable); + } + if( pTab && !HasRowid(pTab) ){ + pTab = 0; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open table without rowid: %s", zTable); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + if( pTab && pTab->pSelect ){ + pTab = 0; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot open view: %s", zTable); + } +#endif + if( !pTab ){ + if( pParse->zErrMsg ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + zErr = pParse->zErrMsg; + pParse->zErrMsg = 0; + } + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + goto blob_open_out; + } + pBlob->pTab = pTab; + pBlob->zDb = db->aDb[sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema)].zName; + + /* Now search pTab for the exact column. */ + for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++) { + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[iCol].zName, zColumn)==0 ){ + break; + } + } + if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such column: \"%s\"", zColumn); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + goto blob_open_out; + } + + /* If the value is being opened for writing, check that the + ** column is not indexed, and that it is not part of a foreign key. + ** It is against the rules to open a column to which either of these + ** descriptions applies for writing. */ + if( flags ){ + const char *zFault = 0; + Index *pIdx; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ + /* Check that the column is not part of an FK child key definition. It + ** is not necessary to check if it is part of a parent key, as parent + ** key columns must be indexed. The check below will pick up this + ** case. */ + FKey *pFKey; + for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ + int j; + for(j=0; j<pFKey->nCol; j++){ + if( pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom==iCol ){ + zFault = "foreign key"; + } + } + } + } +#endif + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + int j; + for(j=0; j<pIdx->nKeyCol; j++){ + /* FIXME: Be smarter about indexes that use expressions */ + if( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==iCol || pIdx->aiColumn[j]==XN_EXPR ){ + zFault = "indexed"; + } + } + } + if( zFault ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot open %s column for writing", zFault); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + goto blob_open_out; + } + } + + pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse); + assert( pBlob->pStmt || db->mallocFailed ); + if( pBlob->pStmt ){ + + /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified + ** db/table/row entry. The reason for using a vdbe program instead + ** of writing code to use the b-tree layer directly is that the + ** vdbe program will take advantage of the various transaction, + ** locking and error handling infrastructure built into the vdbe. + ** + ** After seeking the cursor, the vdbe executes an OP_ResultRow. + ** Code external to the Vdbe then "borrows" the b-tree cursor and + ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and + ** blob_bytes() functions. + ** + ** The sqlite3_blob_close() function finalizes the vdbe program, + ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the + ** transaction. + */ + static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); + static const VdbeOpList openBlob[] = { + {OP_TableLock, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0: Acquire a read or write lock */ + {OP_OpenRead, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1: Open a cursor */ + {OP_Variable, 1, 1, 0}, /* 2: Move ?1 into reg[1] */ + {OP_NotExists, 0, 7, 1}, /* 3: Seek the cursor */ + {OP_Column, 0, 0, 1}, /* 4 */ + {OP_ResultRow, 1, 0, 0}, /* 5 */ + {OP_Goto, 0, 2, 0}, /* 6 */ + {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0}, /* 7 */ + {OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0}, /* 8 */ + }; + Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt; + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + VdbeOp *aOp; + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, flags, + pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie, + pTab->pSchema->iGeneration); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); + aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(openBlob), openBlob, iLn); + + /* Make sure a mutex is held on the table to be accessed */ + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + + if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ + assert( aOp!=0 ); + /* Configure the OP_TableLock instruction */ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + aOp[0].opcode = OP_Noop; +#else + aOp[0].p1 = iDb; + aOp[0].p2 = pTab->tnum; + aOp[0].p3 = flags; + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); + } + if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ +#endif + + /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2 + ** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum. */ + if( flags ) aOp[1].opcode = OP_OpenWrite; + aOp[1].p2 = pTab->tnum; + aOp[1].p3 = iDb; + + /* Configure the number of columns. Configure the cursor to + ** think that the table has one more column than it really + ** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will + ** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means + ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type + ** and offset cache without causing any IO. + */ + aOp[1].p4type = P4_INT32; + aOp[1].p4.i = pTab->nCol+1; + aOp[4].p2 = pTab->nCol; + + pParse->nVar = 1; + pParse->nMem = 1; + pParse->nTab = 1; + sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse); + } + } + + pBlob->flags = flags; + pBlob->iCol = iCol; + pBlob->db = db; + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto blob_open_out; + } + sqlite3_bind_int64(pBlob->pStmt, 1, iRow); + rc = blobSeekToRow(pBlob, iRow, &zErr); + } while( (++nAttempt)<SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY && rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ); + +blob_open_out: + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->mallocFailed==0 ){ + *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob; + }else{ + if( pBlob && pBlob->pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pBlob); + } + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + sqlite3ParserReset(pParse); + sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Close a blob handle that was previously created using +** sqlite3_blob_open(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){ + Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; + int rc; + sqlite3 *db; + + if( p ){ + db = p->db; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Perform a read or write operation on a blob +*/ +static int blobReadWrite( + sqlite3_blob *pBlob, + void *z, + int n, + int iOffset, + int (*xCall)(BtCursor*, u32, u32, void*) +){ + int rc; + Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; + Vdbe *v; + sqlite3 *db; + + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + db = p->db; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + v = (Vdbe*)p->pStmt; + + if( n<0 || iOffset<0 || ((sqlite3_int64)iOffset+n)>p->nByte ){ + /* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else if( v==0 ){ + /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has + ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case. + */ + rc = SQLITE_ABORT; + }else{ + /* Call either BtreeData() or BtreePutData(). If SQLITE_ABORT is + ** returned, clean-up the statement handle. + */ + assert( db == v->db ); + sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(p->pCsr); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK + if( xCall==sqlite3BtreePutData && db->xPreUpdateCallback ){ + /* If a pre-update hook is registered and this is a write cursor, + ** invoke it here. + ** + ** TODO: The preupdate-hook is passed SQLITE_DELETE, even though this + ** operation should really be an SQLITE_UPDATE. This is probably + ** incorrect, but is convenient because at this point the new.* values + ** are not easily obtainable. And for the sessions module, an + ** SQLITE_UPDATE where the PK columns do not change is handled in the + ** same way as an SQLITE_DELETE (the SQLITE_DELETE code is actually + ** slightly more efficient). Since you cannot write to a PK column + ** using the incremental-blob API, this works. For the sessions module + ** anyhow. + */ + sqlite3_int64 iKey; + sqlite3BtreeKeySize(p->pCsr, &iKey); + sqlite3VdbePreUpdateHook( + v, v->apCsr[0], SQLITE_DELETE, p->zDb, p->pTab, iKey, -1 + ); + } +#endif + + rc = xCall(p->pCsr, iOffset+p->iOffset, n, z); + sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(p->pCsr); + if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ){ + sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v); + p->pStmt = 0; + }else{ + v->rc = rc; + } + } + sqlite3Error(db, rc); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Read data from a blob handle. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, void *z, int n, int iOffset){ + return blobReadWrite(pBlob, z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreeData); +} + +/* +** Write data to a blob handle. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, const void *z, int n, int iOffset){ + return blobReadWrite(pBlob, (void *)z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreePutData); +} + +/* +** Query a blob handle for the size of the data. +** +** The Incrblob.nByte field is fixed for the lifetime of the Incrblob +** so no mutex is required for access. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){ + Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; + return (p && p->pStmt) ? p->nByte : 0; +} + +/* +** Move an existing blob handle to point to a different row of the same +** database table. +** +** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not +** contain a blob or text value, then an error code is returned and the +** database handle error code and message set. If this happens, then all +** subsequent calls to sqlite3_blob_xxx() functions (except blob_close()) +** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){ + int rc; + Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; + sqlite3 *db; + + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + db = p->db; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + + if( p->pStmt==0 ){ + /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has + ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case. + */ + rc = SQLITE_ABORT; + }else{ + char *zErr; + rc = blobSeekToRow(p, iRow, &zErr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA ); + } + + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || p->pStmt==0 ); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ + +/************** End of vdbeblob.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file vdbesort.c ****************************************/ +/* +** 2011-07-09 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code for the VdbeSorter object, used in concert with +** a VdbeCursor to sort large numbers of keys for CREATE INDEX statements +** or by SELECT statements with ORDER BY clauses that cannot be satisfied +** using indexes and without LIMIT clauses. +** +** The VdbeSorter object implements a multi-threaded external merge sort +** algorithm that is efficient even if the number of elements being sorted +** exceeds the available memory. +** +** Here is the (internal, non-API) interface between this module and the +** rest of the SQLite system: +** +** sqlite3VdbeSorterInit() Create a new VdbeSorter object. +** +** sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite() Add a single new row to the VdbeSorter +** object. The row is a binary blob in the +** OP_MakeRecord format that contains both +** the ORDER BY key columns and result columns +** in the case of a SELECT w/ ORDER BY, or +** the complete record for an index entry +** in the case of a CREATE INDEX. +** +** sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind() Sort all content previously added. +** Position the read cursor on the +** first sorted element. +** +** sqlite3VdbeSorterNext() Advance the read cursor to the next sorted +** element. +** +** sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey() Return the complete binary blob for the +** row currently under the read cursor. +** +** sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare() Compare the binary blob for the row +** currently under the read cursor against +** another binary blob X and report if +** X is strictly less than the read cursor. +** Used to enforce uniqueness in a +** CREATE UNIQUE INDEX statement. +** +** sqlite3VdbeSorterClose() Close the VdbeSorter object and reclaim +** all resources. +** +** sqlite3VdbeSorterReset() Refurbish the VdbeSorter for reuse. This +** is like Close() followed by Init() only +** much faster. +** +** The interfaces above must be called in a particular order. Write() can +** only occur in between Init()/Reset() and Rewind(). Next(), Rowkey(), and +** Compare() can only occur in between Rewind() and Close()/Reset(). i.e. +** +** Init() +** for each record: Write() +** Rewind() +** Rowkey()/Compare() +** Next() +** Close() +** +** Algorithm: +** +** Records passed to the sorter via calls to Write() are initially held +** unsorted in main memory. Assuming the amount of memory used never exceeds +** a threshold, when Rewind() is called the set of records is sorted using +** an in-memory merge sort. In this case, no temporary files are required +** and subsequent calls to Rowkey(), Next() and Compare() read records +** directly from main memory. +** +** If the amount of space used to store records in main memory exceeds the +** threshold, then the set of records currently in memory are sorted and +** written to a temporary file in "Packed Memory Array" (PMA) format. +** A PMA created at this point is known as a "level-0 PMA". Higher levels +** of PMAs may be created by merging existing PMAs together - for example +** merging two or more level-0 PMAs together creates a level-1 PMA. +** +** The threshold for the amount of main memory to use before flushing +** records to a PMA is roughly the same as the limit configured for the +** page-cache of the main database. Specifically, the threshold is set to +** the value returned by "PRAGMA main.page_size" multipled by +** that returned by "PRAGMA main.cache_size", in bytes. +** +** If the sorter is running in single-threaded mode, then all PMAs generated +** are appended to a single temporary file. Or, if the sorter is running in +** multi-threaded mode then up to (N+1) temporary files may be opened, where +** N is the configured number of worker threads. In this case, instead of +** sorting the records and writing the PMA to a temporary file itself, the +** calling thread usually launches a worker thread to do so. Except, if +** there are already N worker threads running, the main thread does the work +** itself. +** +** The sorter is running in multi-threaded mode if (a) the library was built +** with pre-processor symbol SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS set to a value greater +** than zero, and (b) worker threads have been enabled at runtime by calling +** "PRAGMA threads=N" with some value of N greater than 0. +** +** When Rewind() is called, any data remaining in memory is flushed to a +** final PMA. So at this point the data is stored in some number of sorted +** PMAs within temporary files on disk. +** +** If there are fewer than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs in total and the +** sorter is running in single-threaded mode, then these PMAs are merged +** incrementally as keys are retreived from the sorter by the VDBE. The +** MergeEngine object, described in further detail below, performs this +** merge. +** +** Or, if running in multi-threaded mode, then a background thread is +** launched to merge the existing PMAs. Once the background thread has +** merged T bytes of data into a single sorted PMA, the main thread +** begins reading keys from that PMA while the background thread proceeds +** with merging the next T bytes of data. And so on. +** +** Parameter T is set to half the value of the memory threshold used +** by Write() above to determine when to create a new PMA. +** +** If there are more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs in total when +** Rewind() is called, then a hierarchy of incremental-merges is used. +** First, T bytes of data from the first SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs on +** disk are merged together. Then T bytes of data from the second set, and +** so on, such that no operation ever merges more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT +** PMAs at a time. This done is to improve locality. +** +** If running in multi-threaded mode and there are more than +** SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs on disk when Rewind() is called, then more +** than one background thread may be created. Specifically, there may be +** one background thread for each temporary file on disk, and one background +** thread to merge the output of each of the others to a single PMA for +** the main thread to read from. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */ + +/* +** If SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS is defined, this module outputs various +** messages to stderr that may be helpful in understanding the performance +** characteristics of the sorter in multi-threaded mode. +*/ +#if 0 +# define SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS 1 +#endif + +/* +** Hard-coded maximum amount of data to accumulate in memory before flushing +** to a level 0 PMA. The purpose of this limit is to prevent various integer +** overflows. 512MiB. +*/ +#define SQLITE_MAX_PMASZ (1<<29) + +/* +** Private objects used by the sorter +*/ +typedef struct MergeEngine MergeEngine; /* Merge PMAs together */ +typedef struct PmaReader PmaReader; /* Incrementally read one PMA */ +typedef struct PmaWriter PmaWriter; /* Incrementally write one PMA */ +typedef struct SorterRecord SorterRecord; /* A record being sorted */ +typedef struct SortSubtask SortSubtask; /* A sub-task in the sort process */ +typedef struct SorterFile SorterFile; /* Temporary file object wrapper */ +typedef struct SorterList SorterList; /* In-memory list of records */ +typedef struct IncrMerger IncrMerger; /* Read & merge multiple PMAs */ + +/* +** A container for a temp file handle and the current amount of data +** stored in the file. +*/ +struct SorterFile { + sqlite3_file *pFd; /* File handle */ + i64 iEof; /* Bytes of data stored in pFd */ +}; + +/* +** An in-memory list of objects to be sorted. +** +** If aMemory==0 then each object is allocated separately and the objects +** are connected using SorterRecord.u.pNext. If aMemory!=0 then all objects +** are stored in the aMemory[] bulk memory, one right after the other, and +** are connected using SorterRecord.u.iNext. +*/ +struct SorterList { + SorterRecord *pList; /* Linked list of records */ + u8 *aMemory; /* If non-NULL, bulk memory to hold pList */ + int szPMA; /* Size of pList as PMA in bytes */ +}; + +/* +** The MergeEngine object is used to combine two or more smaller PMAs into +** one big PMA using a merge operation. Separate PMAs all need to be +** combined into one big PMA in order to be able to step through the sorted +** records in order. +** +** The aReadr[] array contains a PmaReader object for each of the PMAs being +** merged. An aReadr[] object either points to a valid key or else is at EOF. +** ("EOF" means "End Of File". When aReadr[] is at EOF there is no more data.) +** For the purposes of the paragraphs below, we assume that the array is +** actually N elements in size, where N is the smallest power of 2 greater +** to or equal to the number of PMAs being merged. The extra aReadr[] elements +** are treated as if they are empty (always at EOF). +** +** The aTree[] array is also N elements in size. The value of N is stored in +** the MergeEngine.nTree variable. +** +** The final (N/2) elements of aTree[] contain the results of comparing +** pairs of PMA keys together. Element i contains the result of +** comparing aReadr[2*i-N] and aReadr[2*i-N+1]. Whichever key is smaller, the +** aTree element is set to the index of it. +** +** For the purposes of this comparison, EOF is considered greater than any +** other key value. If the keys are equal (only possible with two EOF +** values), it doesn't matter which index is stored. +** +** The (N/4) elements of aTree[] that precede the final (N/2) described +** above contains the index of the smallest of each block of 4 PmaReaders +** And so on. So that aTree[1] contains the index of the PmaReader that +** currently points to the smallest key value. aTree[0] is unused. +** +** Example: +** +** aReadr[0] -> Banana +** aReadr[1] -> Feijoa +** aReadr[2] -> Elderberry +** aReadr[3] -> Currant +** aReadr[4] -> Grapefruit +** aReadr[5] -> Apple +** aReadr[6] -> Durian +** aReadr[7] -> EOF +** +** aTree[] = { X, 5 0, 5 0, 3, 5, 6 } +** +** The current element is "Apple" (the value of the key indicated by +** PmaReader 5). When the Next() operation is invoked, PmaReader 5 will +** be advanced to the next key in its segment. Say the next key is +** "Eggplant": +** +** aReadr[5] -> Eggplant +** +** The contents of aTree[] are updated first by comparing the new PmaReader +** 5 key to the current key of PmaReader 4 (still "Grapefruit"). The PmaReader +** 5 value is still smaller, so aTree[6] is set to 5. And so on up the tree. +** The value of PmaReader 6 - "Durian" - is now smaller than that of PmaReader +** 5, so aTree[3] is set to 6. Key 0 is smaller than key 6 (Banana<Durian), +** so the value written into element 1 of the array is 0. As follows: +** +** aTree[] = { X, 0 0, 6 0, 3, 5, 6 } +** +** In other words, each time we advance to the next sorter element, log2(N) +** key comparison operations are required, where N is the number of segments +** being merged (rounded up to the next power of 2). +*/ +struct MergeEngine { + int nTree; /* Used size of aTree/aReadr (power of 2) */ + SortSubtask *pTask; /* Used by this thread only */ + int *aTree; /* Current state of incremental merge */ + PmaReader *aReadr; /* Array of PmaReaders to merge data from */ +}; + +/* +** This object represents a single thread of control in a sort operation. +** Exactly VdbeSorter.nTask instances of this object are allocated +** as part of each VdbeSorter object. Instances are never allocated any +** other way. VdbeSorter.nTask is set to the number of worker threads allowed +** (see SQLITE_CONFIG_WORKER_THREADS) plus one (the main thread). Thus for +** single-threaded operation, there is exactly one instance of this object +** and for multi-threaded operation there are two or more instances. +** +** Essentially, this structure contains all those fields of the VdbeSorter +** structure for which each thread requires a separate instance. For example, +** each thread requries its own UnpackedRecord object to unpack records in +** as part of comparison operations. +** +** Before a background thread is launched, variable bDone is set to 0. Then, +** right before it exits, the thread itself sets bDone to 1. This is used for +** two purposes: +** +** 1. When flushing the contents of memory to a level-0 PMA on disk, to +** attempt to select a SortSubtask for which there is not already an +** active background thread (since doing so causes the main thread +** to block until it finishes). +** +** 2. If SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS is defined, to determine if a call +** to sqlite3ThreadJoin() is likely to block. Cases that are likely to +** block provoke debugging output. +** +** In both cases, the effects of the main thread seeing (bDone==0) even +** after the thread has finished are not dire. So we don't worry about +** memory barriers and such here. +*/ +typedef int (*SorterCompare)(SortSubtask*,int*,const void*,int,const void*,int); +struct SortSubtask { + SQLiteThread *pThread; /* Background thread, if any */ + int bDone; /* Set if thread is finished but not joined */ + VdbeSorter *pSorter; /* Sorter that owns this sub-task */ + UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked; /* Space to unpack a record */ + SorterList list; /* List for thread to write to a PMA */ + int nPMA; /* Number of PMAs currently in file */ + SorterCompare xCompare; /* Compare function to use */ + SorterFile file; /* Temp file for level-0 PMAs */ + SorterFile file2; /* Space for other PMAs */ +}; + + +/* +** Main sorter structure. A single instance of this is allocated for each +** sorter cursor created by the VDBE. +** +** mxKeysize: +** As records are added to the sorter by calls to sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(), +** this variable is updated so as to be set to the size on disk of the +** largest record in the sorter. +*/ +struct VdbeSorter { + int mnPmaSize; /* Minimum PMA size, in bytes */ + int mxPmaSize; /* Maximum PMA size, in bytes. 0==no limit */ + int mxKeysize; /* Largest serialized key seen so far */ + int pgsz; /* Main database page size */ + PmaReader *pReader; /* Readr data from here after Rewind() */ + MergeEngine *pMerger; /* Or here, if bUseThreads==0 */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* How to compare records */ + UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked; /* Used by VdbeSorterCompare() */ + SorterList list; /* List of in-memory records */ + int iMemory; /* Offset of free space in list.aMemory */ + int nMemory; /* Size of list.aMemory allocation in bytes */ + u8 bUsePMA; /* True if one or more PMAs created */ + u8 bUseThreads; /* True to use background threads */ + u8 iPrev; /* Previous thread used to flush PMA */ + u8 nTask; /* Size of aTask[] array */ + u8 typeMask; + SortSubtask aTask[1]; /* One or more subtasks */ +}; + +#define SORTER_TYPE_INTEGER 0x01 +#define SORTER_TYPE_TEXT 0x02 + +/* +** An instance of the following object is used to read records out of a +** PMA, in sorted order. The next key to be read is cached in nKey/aKey. +** aKey might point into aMap or into aBuffer. If neither of those locations +** contain a contiguous representation of the key, then aAlloc is allocated +** and the key is copied into aAlloc and aKey is made to poitn to aAlloc. +** +** pFd==0 at EOF. +*/ +struct PmaReader { + i64 iReadOff; /* Current read offset */ + i64 iEof; /* 1 byte past EOF for this PmaReader */ + int nAlloc; /* Bytes of space at aAlloc */ + int nKey; /* Number of bytes in key */ + sqlite3_file *pFd; /* File handle we are reading from */ + u8 *aAlloc; /* Space for aKey if aBuffer and pMap wont work */ + u8 *aKey; /* Pointer to current key */ + u8 *aBuffer; /* Current read buffer */ + int nBuffer; /* Size of read buffer in bytes */ + u8 *aMap; /* Pointer to mapping of entire file */ + IncrMerger *pIncr; /* Incremental merger */ +}; + +/* +** Normally, a PmaReader object iterates through an existing PMA stored +** within a temp file. However, if the PmaReader.pIncr variable points to +** an object of the following type, it may be used to iterate/merge through +** multiple PMAs simultaneously. +** +** There are two types of IncrMerger object - single (bUseThread==0) and +** multi-threaded (bUseThread==1). +** +** A multi-threaded IncrMerger object uses two temporary files - aFile[0] +** and aFile[1]. Neither file is allowed to grow to more than mxSz bytes in +** size. When the IncrMerger is initialized, it reads enough data from +** pMerger to populate aFile[0]. It then sets variables within the +** corresponding PmaReader object to read from that file and kicks off +** a background thread to populate aFile[1] with the next mxSz bytes of +** sorted record data from pMerger. +** +** When the PmaReader reaches the end of aFile[0], it blocks until the +** background thread has finished populating aFile[1]. It then exchanges +** the contents of the aFile[0] and aFile[1] variables within this structure, +** sets the PmaReader fields to read from the new aFile[0] and kicks off +** another background thread to populate the new aFile[1]. And so on, until +** the contents of pMerger are exhausted. +** +** A single-threaded IncrMerger does not open any temporary files of its +** own. Instead, it has exclusive access to mxSz bytes of space beginning +** at offset iStartOff of file pTask->file2. And instead of using a +** background thread to prepare data for the PmaReader, with a single +** threaded IncrMerger the allocate part of pTask->file2 is "refilled" with +** keys from pMerger by the calling thread whenever the PmaReader runs out +** of data. +*/ +struct IncrMerger { + SortSubtask *pTask; /* Task that owns this merger */ + MergeEngine *pMerger; /* Merge engine thread reads data from */ + i64 iStartOff; /* Offset to start writing file at */ + int mxSz; /* Maximum bytes of data to store */ + int bEof; /* Set to true when merge is finished */ + int bUseThread; /* True to use a bg thread for this object */ + SorterFile aFile[2]; /* aFile[0] for reading, [1] for writing */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of this object is used for writing a PMA. +** +** The PMA is written one record at a time. Each record is of an arbitrary +** size. But I/O is more efficient if it occurs in page-sized blocks where +** each block is aligned on a page boundary. This object caches writes to +** the PMA so that aligned, page-size blocks are written. +*/ +struct PmaWriter { + int eFWErr; /* Non-zero if in an error state */ + u8 *aBuffer; /* Pointer to write buffer */ + int nBuffer; /* Size of write buffer in bytes */ + int iBufStart; /* First byte of buffer to write */ + int iBufEnd; /* Last byte of buffer to write */ + i64 iWriteOff; /* Offset of start of buffer in file */ + sqlite3_file *pFd; /* File handle to write to */ +}; + +/* +** This object is the header on a single record while that record is being +** held in memory and prior to being written out as part of a PMA. +** +** How the linked list is connected depends on how memory is being managed +** by this module. If using a separate allocation for each in-memory record +** (VdbeSorter.list.aMemory==0), then the list is always connected using the +** SorterRecord.u.pNext pointers. +** +** Or, if using the single large allocation method (VdbeSorter.list.aMemory!=0), +** then while records are being accumulated the list is linked using the +** SorterRecord.u.iNext offset. This is because the aMemory[] array may +** be sqlite3Realloc()ed while records are being accumulated. Once the VM +** has finished passing records to the sorter, or when the in-memory buffer +** is full, the list is sorted. As part of the sorting process, it is +** converted to use the SorterRecord.u.pNext pointers. See function +** vdbeSorterSort() for details. +*/ +struct SorterRecord { + int nVal; /* Size of the record in bytes */ + union { + SorterRecord *pNext; /* Pointer to next record in list */ + int iNext; /* Offset within aMemory of next record */ + } u; + /* The data for the record immediately follows this header */ +}; + +/* Return a pointer to the buffer containing the record data for SorterRecord +** object p. Should be used as if: +** +** void *SRVAL(SorterRecord *p) { return (void*)&p[1]; } +*/ +#define SRVAL(p) ((void*)((SorterRecord*)(p) + 1)) + + +/* Maximum number of PMAs that a single MergeEngine can merge */ +#define SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT 16 + +static int vdbeIncrSwap(IncrMerger*); +static void vdbeIncrFree(IncrMerger *); + +/* +** Free all memory belonging to the PmaReader object passed as the +** argument. All structure fields are set to zero before returning. +*/ +static void vdbePmaReaderClear(PmaReader *pReadr){ + sqlite3_free(pReadr->aAlloc); + sqlite3_free(pReadr->aBuffer); + if( pReadr->aMap ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pReadr->pFd, 0, pReadr->aMap); + vdbeIncrFree(pReadr->pIncr); + memset(pReadr, 0, sizeof(PmaReader)); +} + +/* +** Read the next nByte bytes of data from the PMA p. +** If successful, set *ppOut to point to a buffer containing the data +** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs, return an SQLite +** error code. +** +** The buffer returned in *ppOut is only valid until the +** next call to this function. +*/ +static int vdbePmaReadBlob( + PmaReader *p, /* PmaReader from which to take the blob */ + int nByte, /* Bytes of data to read */ + u8 **ppOut /* OUT: Pointer to buffer containing data */ +){ + int iBuf; /* Offset within buffer to read from */ + int nAvail; /* Bytes of data available in buffer */ + + if( p->aMap ){ + *ppOut = &p->aMap[p->iReadOff]; + p->iReadOff += nByte; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + assert( p->aBuffer ); + + /* If there is no more data to be read from the buffer, read the next + ** p->nBuffer bytes of data from the file into it. Or, if there are less + ** than p->nBuffer bytes remaining in the PMA, read all remaining data. */ + iBuf = p->iReadOff % p->nBuffer; + if( iBuf==0 ){ + int nRead; /* Bytes to read from disk */ + int rc; /* sqlite3OsRead() return code */ + + /* Determine how many bytes of data to read. */ + if( (p->iEof - p->iReadOff) > (i64)p->nBuffer ){ + nRead = p->nBuffer; + }else{ + nRead = (int)(p->iEof - p->iReadOff); + } + assert( nRead>0 ); + + /* Readr data from the file. Return early if an error occurs. */ + rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pFd, p->aBuffer, nRead, p->iReadOff); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + nAvail = p->nBuffer - iBuf; + + if( nByte<=nAvail ){ + /* The requested data is available in the in-memory buffer. In this + ** case there is no need to make a copy of the data, just return a + ** pointer into the buffer to the caller. */ + *ppOut = &p->aBuffer[iBuf]; + p->iReadOff += nByte; + }else{ + /* The requested data is not all available in the in-memory buffer. + ** In this case, allocate space at p->aAlloc[] to copy the requested + ** range into. Then return a copy of pointer p->aAlloc to the caller. */ + int nRem; /* Bytes remaining to copy */ + + /* Extend the p->aAlloc[] allocation if required. */ + if( p->nAlloc<nByte ){ + u8 *aNew; + int nNew = MAX(128, p->nAlloc*2); + while( nByte>nNew ) nNew = nNew*2; + aNew = sqlite3Realloc(p->aAlloc, nNew); + if( !aNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + p->nAlloc = nNew; + p->aAlloc = aNew; + } + + /* Copy as much data as is available in the buffer into the start of + ** p->aAlloc[]. */ + memcpy(p->aAlloc, &p->aBuffer[iBuf], nAvail); + p->iReadOff += nAvail; + nRem = nByte - nAvail; + + /* The following loop copies up to p->nBuffer bytes per iteration into + ** the p->aAlloc[] buffer. */ + while( nRem>0 ){ + int rc; /* vdbePmaReadBlob() return code */ + int nCopy; /* Number of bytes to copy */ + u8 *aNext; /* Pointer to buffer to copy data from */ + + nCopy = nRem; + if( nRem>p->nBuffer ) nCopy = p->nBuffer; + rc = vdbePmaReadBlob(p, nCopy, &aNext); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + assert( aNext!=p->aAlloc ); + memcpy(&p->aAlloc[nByte - nRem], aNext, nCopy); + nRem -= nCopy; + } + + *ppOut = p->aAlloc; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Read a varint from the stream of data accessed by p. Set *pnOut to +** the value read. +*/ +static int vdbePmaReadVarint(PmaReader *p, u64 *pnOut){ + int iBuf; + + if( p->aMap ){ + p->iReadOff += sqlite3GetVarint(&p->aMap[p->iReadOff], pnOut); + }else{ + iBuf = p->iReadOff % p->nBuffer; + if( iBuf && (p->nBuffer-iBuf)>=9 ){ + p->iReadOff += sqlite3GetVarint(&p->aBuffer[iBuf], pnOut); + }else{ + u8 aVarint[16], *a; + int i = 0, rc; + do{ + rc = vdbePmaReadBlob(p, 1, &a); + if( rc ) return rc; + aVarint[(i++)&0xf] = a[0]; + }while( (a[0]&0x80)!=0 ); + sqlite3GetVarint(aVarint, pnOut); + } + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Attempt to memory map file pFile. If successful, set *pp to point to the +** new mapping and return SQLITE_OK. If the mapping is not attempted +** (because the file is too large or the VFS layer is configured not to use +** mmap), return SQLITE_OK and set *pp to NULL. +** +** Or, if an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. The final value of +** *pp is undefined in this case. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterMapFile(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterFile *pFile, u8 **pp){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pFile->iEof<=(i64)(pTask->pSorter->db->nMaxSorterMmap) ){ + sqlite3_file *pFd = pFile->pFd; + if( pFd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ + rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pFd, 0, (int)pFile->iEof, (void**)pp); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Attach PmaReader pReadr to file pFile (if it is not already attached to +** that file) and seek it to offset iOff within the file. Return SQLITE_OK +** if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs. +*/ +static int vdbePmaReaderSeek( + SortSubtask *pTask, /* Task context */ + PmaReader *pReadr, /* Reader whose cursor is to be moved */ + SorterFile *pFile, /* Sorter file to read from */ + i64 iOff /* Offset in pFile */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( pReadr->pIncr==0 || pReadr->pIncr->bEof==0 ); + + if( sqlite3FaultSim(201) ) return SQLITE_IOERR_READ; + if( pReadr->aMap ){ + sqlite3OsUnfetch(pReadr->pFd, 0, pReadr->aMap); + pReadr->aMap = 0; + } + pReadr->iReadOff = iOff; + pReadr->iEof = pFile->iEof; + pReadr->pFd = pFile->pFd; + + rc = vdbeSorterMapFile(pTask, pFile, &pReadr->aMap); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pReadr->aMap==0 ){ + int pgsz = pTask->pSorter->pgsz; + int iBuf = pReadr->iReadOff % pgsz; + if( pReadr->aBuffer==0 ){ + pReadr->aBuffer = (u8*)sqlite3Malloc(pgsz); + if( pReadr->aBuffer==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + pReadr->nBuffer = pgsz; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iBuf ){ + int nRead = pgsz - iBuf; + if( (pReadr->iReadOff + nRead) > pReadr->iEof ){ + nRead = (int)(pReadr->iEof - pReadr->iReadOff); + } + rc = sqlite3OsRead( + pReadr->pFd, &pReadr->aBuffer[iBuf], nRead, pReadr->iReadOff + ); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Advance PmaReader pReadr to the next key in its PMA. Return SQLITE_OK if +** no error occurs, or an SQLite error code if one does. +*/ +static int vdbePmaReaderNext(PmaReader *pReadr){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + u64 nRec = 0; /* Size of record in bytes */ + + + if( pReadr->iReadOff>=pReadr->iEof ){ + IncrMerger *pIncr = pReadr->pIncr; + int bEof = 1; + if( pIncr ){ + rc = vdbeIncrSwap(pIncr); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pIncr->bEof==0 ){ + rc = vdbePmaReaderSeek( + pIncr->pTask, pReadr, &pIncr->aFile[0], pIncr->iStartOff + ); + bEof = 0; + } + } + + if( bEof ){ + /* This is an EOF condition */ + vdbePmaReaderClear(pReadr); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + return rc; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = vdbePmaReadVarint(pReadr, &nRec); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pReadr->nKey = (int)nRec; + rc = vdbePmaReadBlob(pReadr, (int)nRec, &pReadr->aKey); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Initialize PmaReader pReadr to scan through the PMA stored in file pFile +** starting at offset iStart and ending at offset iEof-1. This function +** leaves the PmaReader pointing to the first key in the PMA (or EOF if the +** PMA is empty). +** +** If the pnByte parameter is NULL, then it is assumed that the file +** contains a single PMA, and that that PMA omits the initial length varint. +*/ +static int vdbePmaReaderInit( + SortSubtask *pTask, /* Task context */ + SorterFile *pFile, /* Sorter file to read from */ + i64 iStart, /* Start offset in pFile */ + PmaReader *pReadr, /* PmaReader to populate */ + i64 *pnByte /* IN/OUT: Increment this value by PMA size */ +){ + int rc; + + assert( pFile->iEof>iStart ); + assert( pReadr->aAlloc==0 && pReadr->nAlloc==0 ); + assert( pReadr->aBuffer==0 ); + assert( pReadr->aMap==0 ); + + rc = vdbePmaReaderSeek(pTask, pReadr, pFile, iStart); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u64 nByte = 0; /* Size of PMA in bytes */ + rc = vdbePmaReadVarint(pReadr, &nByte); + pReadr->iEof = pReadr->iReadOff + nByte; + *pnByte += nByte; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(pReadr); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** A version of vdbeSorterCompare() that assumes that it has already been +** determined that the first field of key1 is equal to the first field of +** key2. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterCompareTail( + SortSubtask *pTask, /* Subtask context (for pKeyInfo) */ + int *pbKey2Cached, /* True if pTask->pUnpacked is pKey2 */ + const void *pKey1, int nKey1, /* Left side of comparison */ + const void *pKey2, int nKey2 /* Right side of comparison */ +){ + UnpackedRecord *r2 = pTask->pUnpacked; + if( *pbKey2Cached==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo, nKey2, pKey2, r2); + *pbKey2Cached = 1; + } + return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, r2, 1); +} + +/* +** Compare key1 (buffer pKey1, size nKey1 bytes) with key2 (buffer pKey2, +** size nKey2 bytes). Use (pTask->pKeyInfo) for the collation sequences +** used by the comparison. Return the result of the comparison. +** +** If IN/OUT parameter *pbKey2Cached is true when this function is called, +** it is assumed that (pTask->pUnpacked) contains the unpacked version +** of key2. If it is false, (pTask->pUnpacked) is populated with the unpacked +** version of key2 and *pbKey2Cached set to true before returning. +** +** If an OOM error is encountered, (pTask->pUnpacked->error_rc) is set +** to SQLITE_NOMEM. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterCompare( + SortSubtask *pTask, /* Subtask context (for pKeyInfo) */ + int *pbKey2Cached, /* True if pTask->pUnpacked is pKey2 */ + const void *pKey1, int nKey1, /* Left side of comparison */ + const void *pKey2, int nKey2 /* Right side of comparison */ +){ + UnpackedRecord *r2 = pTask->pUnpacked; + if( !*pbKey2Cached ){ + sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo, nKey2, pKey2, r2); + *pbKey2Cached = 1; + } + return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, r2); +} + +/* +** A specially optimized version of vdbeSorterCompare() that assumes that +** the first field of each key is a TEXT value and that the collation +** sequence to compare them with is BINARY. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterCompareText( + SortSubtask *pTask, /* Subtask context (for pKeyInfo) */ + int *pbKey2Cached, /* True if pTask->pUnpacked is pKey2 */ + const void *pKey1, int nKey1, /* Left side of comparison */ + const void *pKey2, int nKey2 /* Right side of comparison */ +){ + const u8 * const p1 = (const u8 * const)pKey1; + const u8 * const p2 = (const u8 * const)pKey2; + const u8 * const v1 = &p1[ p1[0] ]; /* Pointer to value 1 */ + const u8 * const v2 = &p2[ p2[0] ]; /* Pointer to value 2 */ + + int n1; + int n2; + int res; + + getVarint32(&p1[1], n1); n1 = (n1 - 13) / 2; + getVarint32(&p2[1], n2); n2 = (n2 - 13) / 2; + res = memcmp(v1, v2, MIN(n1, n2)); + if( res==0 ){ + res = n1 - n2; + } + + if( res==0 ){ + if( pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo->nField>1 ){ + res = vdbeSorterCompareTail( + pTask, pbKey2Cached, pKey1, nKey1, pKey2, nKey2 + ); + } + }else{ + if( pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[0] ){ + res = res * -1; + } + } + + return res; +} + +/* +** A specially optimized version of vdbeSorterCompare() that assumes that +** the first field of each key is an INTEGER value. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterCompareInt( + SortSubtask *pTask, /* Subtask context (for pKeyInfo) */ + int *pbKey2Cached, /* True if pTask->pUnpacked is pKey2 */ + const void *pKey1, int nKey1, /* Left side of comparison */ + const void *pKey2, int nKey2 /* Right side of comparison */ +){ + const u8 * const p1 = (const u8 * const)pKey1; + const u8 * const p2 = (const u8 * const)pKey2; + const int s1 = p1[1]; /* Left hand serial type */ + const int s2 = p2[1]; /* Right hand serial type */ + const u8 * const v1 = &p1[ p1[0] ]; /* Pointer to value 1 */ + const u8 * const v2 = &p2[ p2[0] ]; /* Pointer to value 2 */ + int res; /* Return value */ + + assert( (s1>0 && s1<7) || s1==8 || s1==9 ); + assert( (s2>0 && s2<7) || s2==8 || s2==9 ); + + if( s1>7 && s2>7 ){ + res = s1 - s2; + }else{ + if( s1==s2 ){ + if( (*v1 ^ *v2) & 0x80 ){ + /* The two values have different signs */ + res = (*v1 & 0x80) ? -1 : +1; + }else{ + /* The two values have the same sign. Compare using memcmp(). */ + static const u8 aLen[] = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 }; + int i; + res = 0; + for(i=0; i<aLen[s1]; i++){ + if( (res = v1[i] - v2[i]) ) break; + } + } + }else{ + if( s2>7 ){ + res = +1; + }else if( s1>7 ){ + res = -1; + }else{ + res = s1 - s2; + } + assert( res!=0 ); + + if( res>0 ){ + if( *v1 & 0x80 ) res = -1; + }else{ + if( *v2 & 0x80 ) res = +1; + } + } + } + + if( res==0 ){ + if( pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo->nField>1 ){ + res = vdbeSorterCompareTail( + pTask, pbKey2Cached, pKey1, nKey1, pKey2, nKey2 + ); + } + }else if( pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[0] ){ + res = res * -1; + } + + return res; +} + +/* +** Initialize the temporary index cursor just opened as a sorter cursor. +** +** Usually, the sorter module uses the value of (pCsr->pKeyInfo->nField) +** to determine the number of fields that should be compared from the +** records being sorted. However, if the value passed as argument nField +** is non-zero and the sorter is able to guarantee a stable sort, nField +** is used instead. This is used when sorting records for a CREATE INDEX +** statement. In this case, keys are always delivered to the sorter in +** order of the primary key, which happens to be make up the final part +** of the records being sorted. So if the sort is stable, there is never +** any reason to compare PK fields and they can be ignored for a small +** performance boost. +** +** The sorter can guarantee a stable sort when running in single-threaded +** mode, but not in multi-threaded mode. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection (for malloc()) */ + int nField, /* Number of key fields in each record */ + VdbeCursor *pCsr /* Cursor that holds the new sorter */ +){ + int pgsz; /* Page size of main database */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through aTask[] */ + VdbeSorter *pSorter; /* The new sorter */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Copy of pCsr->pKeyInfo with db==0 */ + int szKeyInfo; /* Size of pCsr->pKeyInfo in bytes */ + int sz; /* Size of pSorter in bytes */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; +#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS==0 +# define nWorker 0 +#else + int nWorker; +#endif + + /* Initialize the upper limit on the number of worker threads */ +#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 + if( sqlite3TempInMemory(db) || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){ + nWorker = 0; + }else{ + nWorker = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS]; + } +#endif + + /* Do not allow the total number of threads (main thread + all workers) + ** to exceed the maximum merge count */ +#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT + if( nWorker>=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){ + nWorker = SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT-1; + } +#endif + + assert( pCsr->pKeyInfo && pCsr->pBt==0 ); + assert( pCsr->eCurType==CURTYPE_SORTER ); + szKeyInfo = sizeof(KeyInfo) + (pCsr->pKeyInfo->nField-1)*sizeof(CollSeq*); + sz = sizeof(VdbeSorter) + nWorker * sizeof(SortSubtask); + + pSorter = (VdbeSorter*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sz + szKeyInfo); + pCsr->uc.pSorter = pSorter; + if( pSorter==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + }else{ + pSorter->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)((u8*)pSorter + sz); + memcpy(pKeyInfo, pCsr->pKeyInfo, szKeyInfo); + pKeyInfo->db = 0; + if( nField && nWorker==0 ){ + pKeyInfo->nXField += (pKeyInfo->nField - nField); + pKeyInfo->nField = nField; + } + pSorter->pgsz = pgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt); + pSorter->nTask = nWorker + 1; + pSorter->iPrev = (u8)(nWorker - 1); + pSorter->bUseThreads = (pSorter->nTask>1); + pSorter->db = db; + for(i=0; i<pSorter->nTask; i++){ + SortSubtask *pTask = &pSorter->aTask[i]; + pTask->pSorter = pSorter; + } + + if( !sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){ + i64 mxCache; /* Cache size in bytes*/ + u32 szPma = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPma; + pSorter->mnPmaSize = szPma * pgsz; + + mxCache = db->aDb[0].pSchema->cache_size; + if( mxCache<0 ){ + /* A negative cache-size value C indicates that the cache is abs(C) + ** KiB in size. */ + mxCache = mxCache * -1024; + }else{ + mxCache = mxCache * pgsz; + } + mxCache = MIN(mxCache, SQLITE_MAX_PMASZ); + pSorter->mxPmaSize = MAX(pSorter->mnPmaSize, (int)mxCache); + + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-26747-61719 When the application provides any amount of + ** scratch memory using SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH, SQLite avoids unnecessary + ** large heap allocations. + */ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch==0 ){ + assert( pSorter->iMemory==0 ); + pSorter->nMemory = pgsz; + pSorter->list.aMemory = (u8*)sqlite3Malloc(pgsz); + if( !pSorter->list.aMemory ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + } + + if( (pKeyInfo->nField+pKeyInfo->nXField)<13 + && (pKeyInfo->aColl[0]==0 || pKeyInfo->aColl[0]==db->pDfltColl) + ){ + pSorter->typeMask = SORTER_TYPE_INTEGER | SORTER_TYPE_TEXT; + } + } + + return rc; +} +#undef nWorker /* Defined at the top of this function */ + +/* +** Free the list of sorted records starting at pRecord. +*/ +static void vdbeSorterRecordFree(sqlite3 *db, SorterRecord *pRecord){ + SorterRecord *p; + SorterRecord *pNext; + for(p=pRecord; p; p=pNext){ + pNext = p->u.pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + } +} + +/* +** Free all resources owned by the object indicated by argument pTask. All +** fields of *pTask are zeroed before returning. +*/ +static void vdbeSortSubtaskCleanup(sqlite3 *db, SortSubtask *pTask){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTask->pUnpacked); +#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 + /* pTask->list.aMemory can only be non-zero if it was handed memory + ** from the main thread. That only occurs SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 */ + if( pTask->list.aMemory ){ + sqlite3_free(pTask->list.aMemory); + }else +#endif + { + assert( pTask->list.aMemory==0 ); + vdbeSorterRecordFree(0, pTask->list.pList); + } + if( pTask->file.pFd ){ + sqlite3OsCloseFree(pTask->file.pFd); + } + if( pTask->file2.pFd ){ + sqlite3OsCloseFree(pTask->file2.pFd); + } + memset(pTask, 0, sizeof(SortSubtask)); +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS +static void vdbeSorterWorkDebug(SortSubtask *pTask, const char *zEvent){ + i64 t; + int iTask = (pTask - pTask->pSorter->aTask); + sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(pTask->pSorter->db->pVfs, &t); + fprintf(stderr, "%lld:%d %s\n", t, iTask, zEvent); +} +static void vdbeSorterRewindDebug(const char *zEvent){ + i64 t; + sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs_find(0), &t); + fprintf(stderr, "%lld:X %s\n", t, zEvent); +} +static void vdbeSorterPopulateDebug( + SortSubtask *pTask, + const char *zEvent +){ + i64 t; + int iTask = (pTask - pTask->pSorter->aTask); + sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(pTask->pSorter->db->pVfs, &t); + fprintf(stderr, "%lld:bg%d %s\n", t, iTask, zEvent); +} +static void vdbeSorterBlockDebug( + SortSubtask *pTask, + int bBlocked, + const char *zEvent +){ + if( bBlocked ){ + i64 t; + sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(pTask->pSorter->db->pVfs, &t); + fprintf(stderr, "%lld:main %s\n", t, zEvent); + } +} +#else +# define vdbeSorterWorkDebug(x,y) +# define vdbeSorterRewindDebug(y) +# define vdbeSorterPopulateDebug(x,y) +# define vdbeSorterBlockDebug(x,y,z) +#endif + +#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 +/* +** Join thread pTask->thread. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterJoinThread(SortSubtask *pTask){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pTask->pThread ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS + int bDone = pTask->bDone; +#endif + void *pRet = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(SQLITE_ERROR); + vdbeSorterBlockDebug(pTask, !bDone, "enter"); + (void)sqlite3ThreadJoin(pTask->pThread, &pRet); + vdbeSorterBlockDebug(pTask, !bDone, "exit"); + rc = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pRet); + assert( pTask->bDone==1 ); + pTask->bDone = 0; + pTask->pThread = 0; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Launch a background thread to run xTask(pIn). +*/ +static int vdbeSorterCreateThread( + SortSubtask *pTask, /* Thread will use this task object */ + void *(*xTask)(void*), /* Routine to run in a separate thread */ + void *pIn /* Argument passed into xTask() */ +){ + assert( pTask->pThread==0 && pTask->bDone==0 ); + return sqlite3ThreadCreate(&pTask->pThread, xTask, pIn); +} + +/* +** Join all outstanding threads launched by SorterWrite() to create +** level-0 PMAs. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterJoinAll(VdbeSorter *pSorter, int rcin){ + int rc = rcin; + int i; + + /* This function is always called by the main user thread. + ** + ** If this function is being called after SorterRewind() has been called, + ** it is possible that thread pSorter->aTask[pSorter->nTask-1].pThread + ** is currently attempt to join one of the other threads. To avoid a race + ** condition where this thread also attempts to join the same object, join + ** thread pSorter->aTask[pSorter->nTask-1].pThread first. */ + for(i=pSorter->nTask-1; i>=0; i--){ + SortSubtask *pTask = &pSorter->aTask[i]; + int rc2 = vdbeSorterJoinThread(pTask); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + } + return rc; +} +#else +# define vdbeSorterJoinAll(x,rcin) (rcin) +# define vdbeSorterJoinThread(pTask) SQLITE_OK +#endif + +/* +** Allocate a new MergeEngine object capable of handling up to +** nReader PmaReader inputs. +** +** nReader is automatically rounded up to the next power of two. +** nReader may not exceed SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT even after rounding up. +*/ +static MergeEngine *vdbeMergeEngineNew(int nReader){ + int N = 2; /* Smallest power of two >= nReader */ + int nByte; /* Total bytes of space to allocate */ + MergeEngine *pNew; /* Pointer to allocated object to return */ + + assert( nReader<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ); + + while( N<nReader ) N += N; + nByte = sizeof(MergeEngine) + N * (sizeof(int) + sizeof(PmaReader)); + + pNew = sqlite3FaultSim(100) ? 0 : (MergeEngine*)sqlite3MallocZero(nByte); + if( pNew ){ + pNew->nTree = N; + pNew->pTask = 0; + pNew->aReadr = (PmaReader*)&pNew[1]; + pNew->aTree = (int*)&pNew->aReadr[N]; + } + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Free the MergeEngine object passed as the only argument. +*/ +static void vdbeMergeEngineFree(MergeEngine *pMerger){ + int i; + if( pMerger ){ + for(i=0; i<pMerger->nTree; i++){ + vdbePmaReaderClear(&pMerger->aReadr[i]); + } + } + sqlite3_free(pMerger); +} + +/* +** Free all resources associated with the IncrMerger object indicated by +** the first argument. +*/ +static void vdbeIncrFree(IncrMerger *pIncr){ + if( pIncr ){ +#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 + if( pIncr->bUseThread ){ + vdbeSorterJoinThread(pIncr->pTask); + if( pIncr->aFile[0].pFd ) sqlite3OsCloseFree(pIncr->aFile[0].pFd); + if( pIncr->aFile[1].pFd ) sqlite3OsCloseFree(pIncr->aFile[1].pFd); + } +#endif + vdbeMergeEngineFree(pIncr->pMerger); + sqlite3_free(pIncr); + } +} + +/* +** Reset a sorting cursor back to its original empty state. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(sqlite3 *db, VdbeSorter *pSorter){ + int i; + (void)vdbeSorterJoinAll(pSorter, SQLITE_OK); + assert( pSorter->bUseThreads || pSorter->pReader==0 ); +#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 + if( pSorter->pReader ){ + vdbePmaReaderClear(pSorter->pReader); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->pReader); + pSorter->pReader = 0; + } +#endif + vdbeMergeEngineFree(pSorter->pMerger); + pSorter->pMerger = 0; + for(i=0; i<pSorter->nTask; i++){ + SortSubtask *pTask = &pSorter->aTask[i]; + vdbeSortSubtaskCleanup(db, pTask); + pTask->pSorter = pSorter; + } + if( pSorter->list.aMemory==0 ){ + vdbeSorterRecordFree(0, pSorter->list.pList); + } + pSorter->list.pList = 0; + pSorter->list.szPMA = 0; + pSorter->bUsePMA = 0; + pSorter->iMemory = 0; + pSorter->mxKeysize = 0; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->pUnpacked); + pSorter->pUnpacked = 0; +} + +/* +** Free any cursor components allocated by sqlite3VdbeSorterXXX routines. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){ + VdbeSorter *pSorter; + assert( pCsr->eCurType==CURTYPE_SORTER ); + pSorter = pCsr->uc.pSorter; + if( pSorter ){ + sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(db, pSorter); + sqlite3_free(pSorter->list.aMemory); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter); + pCsr->uc.pSorter = 0; + } +} + +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 +/* +** The first argument is a file-handle open on a temporary file. The file +** is guaranteed to be nByte bytes or smaller in size. This function +** attempts to extend the file to nByte bytes in size and to ensure that +** the VFS has memory mapped it. +** +** Whether or not the file does end up memory mapped of course depends on +** the specific VFS implementation. +*/ +static void vdbeSorterExtendFile(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_file *pFd, i64 nByte){ + if( nByte<=(i64)(db->nMaxSorterMmap) && pFd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ + void *p = 0; + int chunksize = 4*1024; + sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE, &chunksize); + sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &nByte); + sqlite3OsFetch(pFd, 0, (int)nByte, &p); + sqlite3OsUnfetch(pFd, 0, p); + } +} +#else +# define vdbeSorterExtendFile(x,y,z) +#endif + +/* +** Allocate space for a file-handle and open a temporary file. If successful, +** set *ppFd to point to the malloc'd file-handle and return SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, set *ppFd to 0 and return an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterOpenTempFile( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle doing sort */ + i64 nExtend, /* Attempt to extend file to this size */ + sqlite3_file **ppFd +){ + int rc; + if( sqlite3FaultSim(202) ) return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; + rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(db->pVfs, 0, ppFd, + SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | + SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE, &rc + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + i64 max = SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE; + sqlite3OsFileControlHint(*ppFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, (void*)&max); + if( nExtend>0 ){ + vdbeSorterExtendFile(db, *ppFd, nExtend); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** If it has not already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord +** structure at pTask->pUnpacked. Return SQLITE_OK if successful (or +** if no allocation was required), or SQLITE_NOMEM otherwise. +*/ +static int vdbeSortAllocUnpacked(SortSubtask *pTask){ + if( pTask->pUnpacked==0 ){ + char *pFree; + pTask->pUnpacked = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord( + pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo, 0, 0, &pFree + ); + assert( pTask->pUnpacked==(UnpackedRecord*)pFree ); + if( pFree==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + pTask->pUnpacked->nField = pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo->nField; + pTask->pUnpacked->errCode = 0; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +/* +** Merge the two sorted lists p1 and p2 into a single list. +** Set *ppOut to the head of the new list. +*/ +static void vdbeSorterMerge( + SortSubtask *pTask, /* Calling thread context */ + SorterRecord *p1, /* First list to merge */ + SorterRecord *p2, /* Second list to merge */ + SorterRecord **ppOut /* OUT: Head of merged list */ +){ + SorterRecord *pFinal = 0; + SorterRecord **pp = &pFinal; + int bCached = 0; + + while( p1 && p2 ){ + int res; + res = pTask->xCompare( + pTask, &bCached, SRVAL(p1), p1->nVal, SRVAL(p2), p2->nVal + ); + + if( res<=0 ){ + *pp = p1; + pp = &p1->u.pNext; + p1 = p1->u.pNext; + }else{ + *pp = p2; + pp = &p2->u.pNext; + p2 = p2->u.pNext; + bCached = 0; + } + } + *pp = p1 ? p1 : p2; + *ppOut = pFinal; +} + +/* +** Return the SorterCompare function to compare values collected by the +** sorter object passed as the only argument. +*/ +static SorterCompare vdbeSorterGetCompare(VdbeSorter *p){ + if( p->typeMask==SORTER_TYPE_INTEGER ){ + return vdbeSorterCompareInt; + }else if( p->typeMask==SORTER_TYPE_TEXT ){ + return vdbeSorterCompareText; + } + return vdbeSorterCompare; +} + +/* +** Sort the linked list of records headed at pTask->pList. Return +** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if +** an error occurs. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterSort(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterList *pList){ + int i; + SorterRecord **aSlot; + SorterRecord *p; + int rc; + + rc = vdbeSortAllocUnpacked(pTask); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + p = pList->pList; + pTask->xCompare = vdbeSorterGetCompare(pTask->pSorter); + + aSlot = (SorterRecord **)sqlite3MallocZero(64 * sizeof(SorterRecord *)); + if( !aSlot ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + + while( p ){ + SorterRecord *pNext; + if( pList->aMemory ){ + if( (u8*)p==pList->aMemory ){ + pNext = 0; + }else{ + assert( p->u.iNext<sqlite3MallocSize(pList->aMemory) ); + pNext = (SorterRecord*)&pList->aMemory[p->u.iNext]; + } + }else{ + pNext = p->u.pNext; + } + + p->u.pNext = 0; + for(i=0; aSlot[i]; i++){ + vdbeSorterMerge(pTask, p, aSlot[i], &p); + aSlot[i] = 0; + } + aSlot[i] = p; + p = pNext; + } + + p = 0; + for(i=0; i<64; i++){ + vdbeSorterMerge(pTask, p, aSlot[i], &p); + } + pList->pList = p; + + sqlite3_free(aSlot); + assert( pTask->pUnpacked->errCode==SQLITE_OK + || pTask->pUnpacked->errCode==SQLITE_NOMEM + ); + return pTask->pUnpacked->errCode; +} + +/* +** Initialize a PMA-writer object. +*/ +static void vdbePmaWriterInit( + sqlite3_file *pFd, /* File handle to write to */ + PmaWriter *p, /* Object to populate */ + int nBuf, /* Buffer size */ + i64 iStart /* Offset of pFd to begin writing at */ +){ + memset(p, 0, sizeof(PmaWriter)); + p->aBuffer = (u8*)sqlite3Malloc(nBuf); + if( !p->aBuffer ){ + p->eFWErr = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + }else{ + p->iBufEnd = p->iBufStart = (iStart % nBuf); + p->iWriteOff = iStart - p->iBufStart; + p->nBuffer = nBuf; + p->pFd = pFd; + } +} + +/* +** Write nData bytes of data to the PMA. Return SQLITE_OK +** if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs. +*/ +static void vdbePmaWriteBlob(PmaWriter *p, u8 *pData, int nData){ + int nRem = nData; + while( nRem>0 && p->eFWErr==0 ){ + int nCopy = nRem; + if( nCopy>(p->nBuffer - p->iBufEnd) ){ + nCopy = p->nBuffer - p->iBufEnd; + } + + memcpy(&p->aBuffer[p->iBufEnd], &pData[nData-nRem], nCopy); + p->iBufEnd += nCopy; + if( p->iBufEnd==p->nBuffer ){ + p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, + &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart, + p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart + ); + p->iBufStart = p->iBufEnd = 0; + p->iWriteOff += p->nBuffer; + } + assert( p->iBufEnd<p->nBuffer ); + + nRem -= nCopy; + } +} + +/* +** Flush any buffered data to disk and clean up the PMA-writer object. +** The results of using the PMA-writer after this call are undefined. +** Return SQLITE_OK if flushing the buffered data succeeds or is not +** required. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code. +** +** Before returning, set *piEof to the offset immediately following the +** last byte written to the file. +*/ +static int vdbePmaWriterFinish(PmaWriter *p, i64 *piEof){ + int rc; + if( p->eFWErr==0 && ALWAYS(p->aBuffer) && p->iBufEnd>p->iBufStart ){ + p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, + &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart, + p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart + ); + } + *piEof = (p->iWriteOff + p->iBufEnd); + sqlite3_free(p->aBuffer); + rc = p->eFWErr; + memset(p, 0, sizeof(PmaWriter)); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Write value iVal encoded as a varint to the PMA. Return +** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs. +*/ +static void vdbePmaWriteVarint(PmaWriter *p, u64 iVal){ + int nByte; + u8 aByte[10]; + nByte = sqlite3PutVarint(aByte, iVal); + vdbePmaWriteBlob(p, aByte, nByte); +} + +/* +** Write the current contents of in-memory linked-list pList to a level-0 +** PMA in the temp file belonging to sub-task pTask. Return SQLITE_OK if +** successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. +** +** The format of a PMA is: +** +** * A varint. This varint contains the total number of bytes of content +** in the PMA (not including the varint itself). +** +** * One or more records packed end-to-end in order of ascending keys. +** Each record consists of a varint followed by a blob of data (the +** key). The varint is the number of bytes in the blob of data. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterListToPMA(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterList *pList){ + sqlite3 *db = pTask->pSorter->db; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + PmaWriter writer; /* Object used to write to the file */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* Set iSz to the expected size of file pTask->file after writing the PMA. + ** This is used by an assert() statement at the end of this function. */ + i64 iSz = pList->szPMA + sqlite3VarintLen(pList->szPMA) + pTask->file.iEof; +#endif + + vdbeSorterWorkDebug(pTask, "enter"); + memset(&writer, 0, sizeof(PmaWriter)); + assert( pList->szPMA>0 ); + + /* If the first temporary PMA file has not been opened, open it now. */ + if( pTask->file.pFd==0 ){ + rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, 0, &pTask->file.pFd); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pTask->file.pFd ); + assert( pTask->file.iEof==0 ); + assert( pTask->nPMA==0 ); + } + + /* Try to get the file to memory map */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + vdbeSorterExtendFile(db, pTask->file.pFd, pTask->file.iEof+pList->szPMA+9); + } + + /* Sort the list */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = vdbeSorterSort(pTask, pList); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + SorterRecord *p; + SorterRecord *pNext = 0; + + vdbePmaWriterInit(pTask->file.pFd, &writer, pTask->pSorter->pgsz, + pTask->file.iEof); + pTask->nPMA++; + vdbePmaWriteVarint(&writer, pList->szPMA); + for(p=pList->pList; p; p=pNext){ + pNext = p->u.pNext; + vdbePmaWriteVarint(&writer, p->nVal); + vdbePmaWriteBlob(&writer, SRVAL(p), p->nVal); + if( pList->aMemory==0 ) sqlite3_free(p); + } + pList->pList = p; + rc = vdbePmaWriterFinish(&writer, &pTask->file.iEof); + } + + vdbeSorterWorkDebug(pTask, "exit"); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pList->pList==0 ); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pTask->file.iEof==iSz ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Advance the MergeEngine to its next entry. +** Set *pbEof to true there is no next entry because +** the MergeEngine has reached the end of all its inputs. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or an error code if an error occurs. +*/ +static int vdbeMergeEngineStep( + MergeEngine *pMerger, /* The merge engine to advance to the next row */ + int *pbEof /* Set TRUE at EOF. Set false for more content */ +){ + int rc; + int iPrev = pMerger->aTree[1];/* Index of PmaReader to advance */ + SortSubtask *pTask = pMerger->pTask; + + /* Advance the current PmaReader */ + rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(&pMerger->aReadr[iPrev]); + + /* Update contents of aTree[] */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; /* Index of aTree[] to recalculate */ + PmaReader *pReadr1; /* First PmaReader to compare */ + PmaReader *pReadr2; /* Second PmaReader to compare */ + int bCached = 0; + + /* Find the first two PmaReaders to compare. The one that was just + ** advanced (iPrev) and the one next to it in the array. */ + pReadr1 = &pMerger->aReadr[(iPrev & 0xFFFE)]; + pReadr2 = &pMerger->aReadr[(iPrev | 0x0001)]; + + for(i=(pMerger->nTree+iPrev)/2; i>0; i=i/2){ + /* Compare pReadr1 and pReadr2. Store the result in variable iRes. */ + int iRes; + if( pReadr1->pFd==0 ){ + iRes = +1; + }else if( pReadr2->pFd==0 ){ + iRes = -1; + }else{ + iRes = pTask->xCompare(pTask, &bCached, + pReadr1->aKey, pReadr1->nKey, pReadr2->aKey, pReadr2->nKey + ); + } + + /* If pReadr1 contained the smaller value, set aTree[i] to its index. + ** Then set pReadr2 to the next PmaReader to compare to pReadr1. In this + ** case there is no cache of pReadr2 in pTask->pUnpacked, so set + ** pKey2 to point to the record belonging to pReadr2. + ** + ** Alternatively, if pReadr2 contains the smaller of the two values, + ** set aTree[i] to its index and update pReadr1. If vdbeSorterCompare() + ** was actually called above, then pTask->pUnpacked now contains + ** a value equivalent to pReadr2. So set pKey2 to NULL to prevent + ** vdbeSorterCompare() from decoding pReadr2 again. + ** + ** If the two values were equal, then the value from the oldest + ** PMA should be considered smaller. The VdbeSorter.aReadr[] array + ** is sorted from oldest to newest, so pReadr1 contains older values + ** than pReadr2 iff (pReadr1<pReadr2). */ + if( iRes<0 || (iRes==0 && pReadr1<pReadr2) ){ + pMerger->aTree[i] = (int)(pReadr1 - pMerger->aReadr); + pReadr2 = &pMerger->aReadr[ pMerger->aTree[i ^ 0x0001] ]; + bCached = 0; + }else{ + if( pReadr1->pFd ) bCached = 0; + pMerger->aTree[i] = (int)(pReadr2 - pMerger->aReadr); + pReadr1 = &pMerger->aReadr[ pMerger->aTree[i ^ 0x0001] ]; + } + } + *pbEof = (pMerger->aReadr[pMerger->aTree[1]].pFd==0); + } + + return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? pTask->pUnpacked->errCode : rc); +} + +#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 +/* +** The main routine for background threads that write level-0 PMAs. +*/ +static void *vdbeSorterFlushThread(void *pCtx){ + SortSubtask *pTask = (SortSubtask*)pCtx; + int rc; /* Return code */ + assert( pTask->bDone==0 ); + rc = vdbeSorterListToPMA(pTask, &pTask->list); + pTask->bDone = 1; + return SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(rc); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 */ + +/* +** Flush the current contents of VdbeSorter.list to a new PMA, possibly +** using a background thread. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterFlushPMA(VdbeSorter *pSorter){ +#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS==0 + pSorter->bUsePMA = 1; + return vdbeSorterListToPMA(&pSorter->aTask[0], &pSorter->list); +#else + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int i; + SortSubtask *pTask = 0; /* Thread context used to create new PMA */ + int nWorker = (pSorter->nTask-1); + + /* Set the flag to indicate that at least one PMA has been written. + ** Or will be, anyhow. */ + pSorter->bUsePMA = 1; + + /* Select a sub-task to sort and flush the current list of in-memory + ** records to disk. If the sorter is running in multi-threaded mode, + ** round-robin between the first (pSorter->nTask-1) tasks. Except, if + ** the background thread from a sub-tasks previous turn is still running, + ** skip it. If the first (pSorter->nTask-1) sub-tasks are all still busy, + ** fall back to using the final sub-task. The first (pSorter->nTask-1) + ** sub-tasks are prefered as they use background threads - the final + ** sub-task uses the main thread. */ + for(i=0; i<nWorker; i++){ + int iTest = (pSorter->iPrev + i + 1) % nWorker; + pTask = &pSorter->aTask[iTest]; + if( pTask->bDone ){ + rc = vdbeSorterJoinThread(pTask); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pTask->pThread==0 ) break; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( i==nWorker ){ + /* Use the foreground thread for this operation */ + rc = vdbeSorterListToPMA(&pSorter->aTask[nWorker], &pSorter->list); + }else{ + /* Launch a background thread for this operation */ + u8 *aMem = pTask->list.aMemory; + void *pCtx = (void*)pTask; + + assert( pTask->pThread==0 && pTask->bDone==0 ); + assert( pTask->list.pList==0 ); + assert( pTask->list.aMemory==0 || pSorter->list.aMemory!=0 ); + + pSorter->iPrev = (u8)(pTask - pSorter->aTask); + pTask->list = pSorter->list; + pSorter->list.pList = 0; + pSorter->list.szPMA = 0; + if( aMem ){ + pSorter->list.aMemory = aMem; + pSorter->nMemory = sqlite3MallocSize(aMem); + }else if( pSorter->list.aMemory ){ + pSorter->list.aMemory = sqlite3Malloc(pSorter->nMemory); + if( !pSorter->list.aMemory ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + + rc = vdbeSorterCreateThread(pTask, vdbeSorterFlushThread, pCtx); + } + } + + return rc; +#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS!=0 */ +} + +/* +** Add a record to the sorter. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite( + const VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Sorter cursor */ + Mem *pVal /* Memory cell containing record */ +){ + VdbeSorter *pSorter; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + SorterRecord *pNew; /* New list element */ + int bFlush; /* True to flush contents of memory to PMA */ + int nReq; /* Bytes of memory required */ + int nPMA; /* Bytes of PMA space required */ + int t; /* serial type of first record field */ + + assert( pCsr->eCurType==CURTYPE_SORTER ); + pSorter = pCsr->uc.pSorter; + getVarint32((const u8*)&pVal->z[1], t); + if( t>0 && t<10 && t!=7 ){ + pSorter->typeMask &= SORTER_TYPE_INTEGER; + }else if( t>10 && (t & 0x01) ){ + pSorter->typeMask &= SORTER_TYPE_TEXT; + }else{ + pSorter->typeMask = 0; + } + + assert( pSorter ); + + /* Figure out whether or not the current contents of memory should be + ** flushed to a PMA before continuing. If so, do so. + ** + ** If using the single large allocation mode (pSorter->aMemory!=0), then + ** flush the contents of memory to a new PMA if (a) at least one value is + ** already in memory and (b) the new value will not fit in memory. + ** + ** Or, if using separate allocations for each record, flush the contents + ** of memory to a PMA if either of the following are true: + ** + ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater + ** than (page-size * cache-size), or + ** + ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater + ** than (page-size * 10) and sqlite3HeapNearlyFull() returns true. + */ + nReq = pVal->n + sizeof(SorterRecord); + nPMA = pVal->n + sqlite3VarintLen(pVal->n); + if( pSorter->mxPmaSize ){ + if( pSorter->list.aMemory ){ + bFlush = pSorter->iMemory && (pSorter->iMemory+nReq) > pSorter->mxPmaSize; + }else{ + bFlush = ( + (pSorter->list.szPMA > pSorter->mxPmaSize) + || (pSorter->list.szPMA > pSorter->mnPmaSize && sqlite3HeapNearlyFull()) + ); + } + if( bFlush ){ + rc = vdbeSorterFlushPMA(pSorter); + pSorter->list.szPMA = 0; + pSorter->iMemory = 0; + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->list.pList==0 ); + } + } + + pSorter->list.szPMA += nPMA; + if( nPMA>pSorter->mxKeysize ){ + pSorter->mxKeysize = nPMA; + } + + if( pSorter->list.aMemory ){ + int nMin = pSorter->iMemory + nReq; + + if( nMin>pSorter->nMemory ){ + u8 *aNew; + int iListOff = (u8*)pSorter->list.pList - pSorter->list.aMemory; + int nNew = pSorter->nMemory * 2; + while( nNew < nMin ) nNew = nNew*2; + if( nNew > pSorter->mxPmaSize ) nNew = pSorter->mxPmaSize; + if( nNew < nMin ) nNew = nMin; + + aNew = sqlite3Realloc(pSorter->list.aMemory, nNew); + if( !aNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + pSorter->list.pList = (SorterRecord*)&aNew[iListOff]; + pSorter->list.aMemory = aNew; + pSorter->nMemory = nNew; + } + + pNew = (SorterRecord*)&pSorter->list.aMemory[pSorter->iMemory]; + pSorter->iMemory += ROUND8(nReq); + if( pSorter->list.pList ){ + pNew->u.iNext = (int)((u8*)(pSorter->list.pList) - pSorter->list.aMemory); + } + }else{ + pNew = (SorterRecord *)sqlite3Malloc(nReq); + if( pNew==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + pNew->u.pNext = pSorter->list.pList; + } + + memcpy(SRVAL(pNew), pVal->z, pVal->n); + pNew->nVal = pVal->n; + pSorter->list.pList = pNew; + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Read keys from pIncr->pMerger and populate pIncr->aFile[1]. The format +** of the data stored in aFile[1] is the same as that used by regular PMAs, +** except that the number-of-bytes varint is omitted from the start. +*/ +static int vdbeIncrPopulate(IncrMerger *pIncr){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int rc2; + i64 iStart = pIncr->iStartOff; + SorterFile *pOut = &pIncr->aFile[1]; + SortSubtask *pTask = pIncr->pTask; + MergeEngine *pMerger = pIncr->pMerger; + PmaWriter writer; + assert( pIncr->bEof==0 ); + + vdbeSorterPopulateDebug(pTask, "enter"); + + vdbePmaWriterInit(pOut->pFd, &writer, pTask->pSorter->pgsz, iStart); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int dummy; + PmaReader *pReader = &pMerger->aReadr[ pMerger->aTree[1] ]; + int nKey = pReader->nKey; + i64 iEof = writer.iWriteOff + writer.iBufEnd; + + /* Check if the output file is full or if the input has been exhausted. + ** In either case exit the loop. */ + if( pReader->pFd==0 ) break; + if( (iEof + nKey + sqlite3VarintLen(nKey))>(iStart + pIncr->mxSz) ) break; + + /* Write the next key to the output. */ + vdbePmaWriteVarint(&writer, nKey); + vdbePmaWriteBlob(&writer, pReader->aKey, nKey); + assert( pIncr->pMerger->pTask==pTask ); + rc = vdbeMergeEngineStep(pIncr->pMerger, &dummy); + } + + rc2 = vdbePmaWriterFinish(&writer, &pOut->iEof); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + vdbeSorterPopulateDebug(pTask, "exit"); + return rc; +} + +#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 +/* +** The main routine for background threads that populate aFile[1] of +** multi-threaded IncrMerger objects. +*/ +static void *vdbeIncrPopulateThread(void *pCtx){ + IncrMerger *pIncr = (IncrMerger*)pCtx; + void *pRet = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR( vdbeIncrPopulate(pIncr) ); + pIncr->pTask->bDone = 1; + return pRet; +} + +/* +** Launch a background thread to populate aFile[1] of pIncr. +*/ +static int vdbeIncrBgPopulate(IncrMerger *pIncr){ + void *p = (void*)pIncr; + assert( pIncr->bUseThread ); + return vdbeSorterCreateThread(pIncr->pTask, vdbeIncrPopulateThread, p); +} +#endif + +/* +** This function is called when the PmaReader corresponding to pIncr has +** finished reading the contents of aFile[0]. Its purpose is to "refill" +** aFile[0] such that the PmaReader should start rereading it from the +** beginning. +** +** For single-threaded objects, this is accomplished by literally reading +** keys from pIncr->pMerger and repopulating aFile[0]. +** +** For multi-threaded objects, all that is required is to wait until the +** background thread is finished (if it is not already) and then swap +** aFile[0] and aFile[1] in place. If the contents of pMerger have not +** been exhausted, this function also launches a new background thread +** to populate the new aFile[1]. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, or an SQLite error code otherwise. +*/ +static int vdbeIncrSwap(IncrMerger *pIncr){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + +#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 + if( pIncr->bUseThread ){ + rc = vdbeSorterJoinThread(pIncr->pTask); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + SorterFile f0 = pIncr->aFile[0]; + pIncr->aFile[0] = pIncr->aFile[1]; + pIncr->aFile[1] = f0; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pIncr->aFile[0].iEof==pIncr->iStartOff ){ + pIncr->bEof = 1; + }else{ + rc = vdbeIncrBgPopulate(pIncr); + } + } + }else +#endif + { + rc = vdbeIncrPopulate(pIncr); + pIncr->aFile[0] = pIncr->aFile[1]; + if( pIncr->aFile[0].iEof==pIncr->iStartOff ){ + pIncr->bEof = 1; + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Allocate and return a new IncrMerger object to read data from pMerger. +** +** If an OOM condition is encountered, return NULL. In this case free the +** pMerger argument before returning. +*/ +static int vdbeIncrMergerNew( + SortSubtask *pTask, /* The thread that will be using the new IncrMerger */ + MergeEngine *pMerger, /* The MergeEngine that the IncrMerger will control */ + IncrMerger **ppOut /* Write the new IncrMerger here */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + IncrMerger *pIncr = *ppOut = (IncrMerger*) + (sqlite3FaultSim(100) ? 0 : sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(*pIncr))); + if( pIncr ){ + pIncr->pMerger = pMerger; + pIncr->pTask = pTask; + pIncr->mxSz = MAX(pTask->pSorter->mxKeysize+9,pTask->pSorter->mxPmaSize/2); + pTask->file2.iEof += pIncr->mxSz; + }else{ + vdbeMergeEngineFree(pMerger); + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + return rc; +} + +#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 +/* +** Set the "use-threads" flag on object pIncr. +*/ +static void vdbeIncrMergerSetThreads(IncrMerger *pIncr){ + pIncr->bUseThread = 1; + pIncr->pTask->file2.iEof -= pIncr->mxSz; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 */ + + + +/* +** Recompute pMerger->aTree[iOut] by comparing the next keys on the +** two PmaReaders that feed that entry. Neither of the PmaReaders +** are advanced. This routine merely does the comparison. +*/ +static void vdbeMergeEngineCompare( + MergeEngine *pMerger, /* Merge engine containing PmaReaders to compare */ + int iOut /* Store the result in pMerger->aTree[iOut] */ +){ + int i1; + int i2; + int iRes; + PmaReader *p1; + PmaReader *p2; + + assert( iOut<pMerger->nTree && iOut>0 ); + + if( iOut>=(pMerger->nTree/2) ){ + i1 = (iOut - pMerger->nTree/2) * 2; + i2 = i1 + 1; + }else{ + i1 = pMerger->aTree[iOut*2]; + i2 = pMerger->aTree[iOut*2+1]; + } + + p1 = &pMerger->aReadr[i1]; + p2 = &pMerger->aReadr[i2]; + + if( p1->pFd==0 ){ + iRes = i2; + }else if( p2->pFd==0 ){ + iRes = i1; + }else{ + SortSubtask *pTask = pMerger->pTask; + int bCached = 0; + int res; + assert( pTask->pUnpacked!=0 ); /* from vdbeSortSubtaskMain() */ + res = pTask->xCompare( + pTask, &bCached, p1->aKey, p1->nKey, p2->aKey, p2->nKey + ); + if( res<=0 ){ + iRes = i1; + }else{ + iRes = i2; + } + } + + pMerger->aTree[iOut] = iRes; +} + +/* +** Allowed values for the eMode parameter to vdbeMergeEngineInit() +** and vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(). +** +** Only INCRINIT_NORMAL is valid in single-threaded builds (when +** SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS==0). The other values are only used +** when there exists one or more separate worker threads. +*/ +#define INCRINIT_NORMAL 0 +#define INCRINIT_TASK 1 +#define INCRINIT_ROOT 2 + +/* +** Forward reference required as the vdbeIncrMergeInit() and +** vdbePmaReaderIncrInit() routines are called mutually recursively when +** building a merge tree. +*/ +static int vdbePmaReaderIncrInit(PmaReader *pReadr, int eMode); + +/* +** Initialize the MergeEngine object passed as the second argument. Once this +** function returns, the first key of merged data may be read from the +** MergeEngine object in the usual fashion. +** +** If argument eMode is INCRINIT_ROOT, then it is assumed that any IncrMerge +** objects attached to the PmaReader objects that the merger reads from have +** already been populated, but that they have not yet populated aFile[0] and +** set the PmaReader objects up to read from it. In this case all that is +** required is to call vdbePmaReaderNext() on each PmaReader to point it at +** its first key. +** +** Otherwise, if eMode is any value other than INCRINIT_ROOT, then use +** vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() to initialize each PmaReader that feeds data +** to pMerger. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. +*/ +static int vdbeMergeEngineInit( + SortSubtask *pTask, /* Thread that will run pMerger */ + MergeEngine *pMerger, /* MergeEngine to initialize */ + int eMode /* One of the INCRINIT_XXX constants */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int i; /* For looping over PmaReader objects */ + int nTree = pMerger->nTree; + + /* eMode is always INCRINIT_NORMAL in single-threaded mode */ + assert( SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 || eMode==INCRINIT_NORMAL ); + + /* Verify that the MergeEngine is assigned to a single thread */ + assert( pMerger->pTask==0 ); + pMerger->pTask = pTask; + + for(i=0; i<nTree; i++){ + if( SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 && eMode==INCRINIT_ROOT ){ + /* PmaReaders should be normally initialized in order, as if they are + ** reading from the same temp file this makes for more linear file IO. + ** However, in the INCRINIT_ROOT case, if PmaReader aReadr[nTask-1] is + ** in use it will block the vdbePmaReaderNext() call while it uses + ** the main thread to fill its buffer. So calling PmaReaderNext() + ** on this PmaReader before any of the multi-threaded PmaReaders takes + ** better advantage of multi-processor hardware. */ + rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(&pMerger->aReadr[nTree-i-1]); + }else{ + rc = vdbePmaReaderIncrInit(&pMerger->aReadr[i], INCRINIT_NORMAL); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + + for(i=pMerger->nTree-1; i>0; i--){ + vdbeMergeEngineCompare(pMerger, i); + } + return pTask->pUnpacked->errCode; +} + +/* +** The PmaReader passed as the first argument is guaranteed to be an +** incremental-reader (pReadr->pIncr!=0). This function serves to open +** and/or initialize the temp file related fields of the IncrMerge +** object at (pReadr->pIncr). +** +** If argument eMode is set to INCRINIT_NORMAL, then all PmaReaders +** in the sub-tree headed by pReadr are also initialized. Data is then +** loaded into the buffers belonging to pReadr and it is set to point to +** the first key in its range. +** +** If argument eMode is set to INCRINIT_TASK, then pReadr is guaranteed +** to be a multi-threaded PmaReader and this function is being called in a +** background thread. In this case all PmaReaders in the sub-tree are +** initialized as for INCRINIT_NORMAL and the aFile[1] buffer belonging to +** pReadr is populated. However, pReadr itself is not set up to point +** to its first key. A call to vdbePmaReaderNext() is still required to do +** that. +** +** The reason this function does not call vdbePmaReaderNext() immediately +** in the INCRINIT_TASK case is that vdbePmaReaderNext() assumes that it has +** to block on thread (pTask->thread) before accessing aFile[1]. But, since +** this entire function is being run by thread (pTask->thread), that will +** lead to the current background thread attempting to join itself. +** +** Finally, if argument eMode is set to INCRINIT_ROOT, it may be assumed +** that pReadr->pIncr is a multi-threaded IncrMerge objects, and that all +** child-trees have already been initialized using IncrInit(INCRINIT_TASK). +** In this case vdbePmaReaderNext() is called on all child PmaReaders and +** the current PmaReader set to point to the first key in its range. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. +*/ +static int vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(PmaReader *pReadr, int eMode){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + IncrMerger *pIncr = pReadr->pIncr; + SortSubtask *pTask = pIncr->pTask; + sqlite3 *db = pTask->pSorter->db; + + /* eMode is always INCRINIT_NORMAL in single-threaded mode */ + assert( SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 || eMode==INCRINIT_NORMAL ); + + rc = vdbeMergeEngineInit(pTask, pIncr->pMerger, eMode); + + /* Set up the required files for pIncr. A multi-theaded IncrMerge object + ** requires two temp files to itself, whereas a single-threaded object + ** only requires a region of pTask->file2. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int mxSz = pIncr->mxSz; +#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 + if( pIncr->bUseThread ){ + rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, mxSz, &pIncr->aFile[0].pFd); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, mxSz, &pIncr->aFile[1].pFd); + } + }else +#endif + /*if( !pIncr->bUseThread )*/{ + if( pTask->file2.pFd==0 ){ + assert( pTask->file2.iEof>0 ); + rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, pTask->file2.iEof, &pTask->file2.pFd); + pTask->file2.iEof = 0; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pIncr->aFile[1].pFd = pTask->file2.pFd; + pIncr->iStartOff = pTask->file2.iEof; + pTask->file2.iEof += mxSz; + } + } + } + +#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pIncr->bUseThread ){ + /* Use the current thread to populate aFile[1], even though this + ** PmaReader is multi-threaded. If this is an INCRINIT_TASK object, + ** then this function is already running in background thread + ** pIncr->pTask->thread. + ** + ** If this is the INCRINIT_ROOT object, then it is running in the + ** main VDBE thread. But that is Ok, as that thread cannot return + ** control to the VDBE or proceed with anything useful until the + ** first results are ready from this merger object anyway. + */ + assert( eMode==INCRINIT_ROOT || eMode==INCRINIT_TASK ); + rc = vdbeIncrPopulate(pIncr); + } +#endif + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS==0 || eMode!=INCRINIT_TASK) ){ + rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(pReadr); + } + + return rc; +} + +#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 +/* +** The main routine for vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() operations run in +** background threads. +*/ +static void *vdbePmaReaderBgIncrInit(void *pCtx){ + PmaReader *pReader = (PmaReader*)pCtx; + void *pRet = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR( + vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(pReader,INCRINIT_TASK) + ); + pReader->pIncr->pTask->bDone = 1; + return pRet; +} +#endif + +/* +** If the PmaReader passed as the first argument is not an incremental-reader +** (if pReadr->pIncr==0), then this function is a no-op. Otherwise, it invokes +** the vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() function with the parameters passed to +** this routine to initialize the incremental merge. +** +** If the IncrMerger object is multi-threaded (IncrMerger.bUseThread==1), +** then a background thread is launched to call vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(). +** Or, if the IncrMerger is single threaded, the same function is called +** using the current thread. +*/ +static int vdbePmaReaderIncrInit(PmaReader *pReadr, int eMode){ + IncrMerger *pIncr = pReadr->pIncr; /* Incremental merger */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + if( pIncr ){ +#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 + assert( pIncr->bUseThread==0 || eMode==INCRINIT_TASK ); + if( pIncr->bUseThread ){ + void *pCtx = (void*)pReadr; + rc = vdbeSorterCreateThread(pIncr->pTask, vdbePmaReaderBgIncrInit, pCtx); + }else +#endif + { + rc = vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(pReadr, eMode); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Allocate a new MergeEngine object to merge the contents of nPMA level-0 +** PMAs from pTask->file. If no error occurs, set *ppOut to point to +** the new object and return SQLITE_OK. Or, if an error does occur, set *ppOut +** to NULL and return an SQLite error code. +** +** When this function is called, *piOffset is set to the offset of the +** first PMA to read from pTask->file. Assuming no error occurs, it is +** set to the offset immediately following the last byte of the last +** PMA before returning. If an error does occur, then the final value of +** *piOffset is undefined. +*/ +static int vdbeMergeEngineLevel0( + SortSubtask *pTask, /* Sorter task to read from */ + int nPMA, /* Number of PMAs to read */ + i64 *piOffset, /* IN/OUT: Readr offset in pTask->file */ + MergeEngine **ppOut /* OUT: New merge-engine */ +){ + MergeEngine *pNew; /* Merge engine to return */ + i64 iOff = *piOffset; + int i; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + *ppOut = pNew = vdbeMergeEngineNew(nPMA); + if( pNew==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + + for(i=0; i<nPMA && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ + i64 nDummy = 0; + PmaReader *pReadr = &pNew->aReadr[i]; + rc = vdbePmaReaderInit(pTask, &pTask->file, iOff, pReadr, &nDummy); + iOff = pReadr->iEof; + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + vdbeMergeEngineFree(pNew); + *ppOut = 0; + } + *piOffset = iOff; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the depth of a tree comprising nPMA PMAs, assuming a fanout of +** SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT. The returned value does not include leaf nodes. +** +** i.e. +** +** nPMA<=16 -> TreeDepth() == 0 +** nPMA<=256 -> TreeDepth() == 1 +** nPMA<=65536 -> TreeDepth() == 2 +*/ +static int vdbeSorterTreeDepth(int nPMA){ + int nDepth = 0; + i64 nDiv = SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT; + while( nDiv < (i64)nPMA ){ + nDiv = nDiv * SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT; + nDepth++; + } + return nDepth; +} + +/* +** pRoot is the root of an incremental merge-tree with depth nDepth (according +** to vdbeSorterTreeDepth()). pLeaf is the iSeq'th leaf to be added to the +** tree, counting from zero. This function adds pLeaf to the tree. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, an SQLite error +** code is returned and pLeaf is freed. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterAddToTree( + SortSubtask *pTask, /* Task context */ + int nDepth, /* Depth of tree according to TreeDepth() */ + int iSeq, /* Sequence number of leaf within tree */ + MergeEngine *pRoot, /* Root of tree */ + MergeEngine *pLeaf /* Leaf to add to tree */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nDiv = 1; + int i; + MergeEngine *p = pRoot; + IncrMerger *pIncr; + + rc = vdbeIncrMergerNew(pTask, pLeaf, &pIncr); + + for(i=1; i<nDepth; i++){ + nDiv = nDiv * SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT; + } + + for(i=1; i<nDepth && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ + int iIter = (iSeq / nDiv) % SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT; + PmaReader *pReadr = &p->aReadr[iIter]; + + if( pReadr->pIncr==0 ){ + MergeEngine *pNew = vdbeMergeEngineNew(SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT); + if( pNew==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + }else{ + rc = vdbeIncrMergerNew(pTask, pNew, &pReadr->pIncr); + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p = pReadr->pIncr->pMerger; + nDiv = nDiv / SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->aReadr[iSeq % SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT].pIncr = pIncr; + }else{ + vdbeIncrFree(pIncr); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called as part of a SorterRewind() operation on a sorter +** that has already written two or more level-0 PMAs to one or more temp +** files. It builds a tree of MergeEngine/IncrMerger/PmaReader objects that +** can be used to incrementally merge all PMAs on disk. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppOut set to point to the +** MergeEngine object at the root of the tree before returning. Or, if an +** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final value +** of *ppOut is undefined. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterMergeTreeBuild( + VdbeSorter *pSorter, /* The VDBE cursor that implements the sort */ + MergeEngine **ppOut /* Write the MergeEngine here */ +){ + MergeEngine *pMain = 0; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int iTask; + +#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 + /* If the sorter uses more than one task, then create the top-level + ** MergeEngine here. This MergeEngine will read data from exactly + ** one PmaReader per sub-task. */ + assert( pSorter->bUseThreads || pSorter->nTask==1 ); + if( pSorter->nTask>1 ){ + pMain = vdbeMergeEngineNew(pSorter->nTask); + if( pMain==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } +#endif + + for(iTask=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iTask<pSorter->nTask; iTask++){ + SortSubtask *pTask = &pSorter->aTask[iTask]; + assert( pTask->nPMA>0 || SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 ); + if( SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS==0 || pTask->nPMA ){ + MergeEngine *pRoot = 0; /* Root node of tree for this task */ + int nDepth = vdbeSorterTreeDepth(pTask->nPMA); + i64 iReadOff = 0; + + if( pTask->nPMA<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){ + rc = vdbeMergeEngineLevel0(pTask, pTask->nPMA, &iReadOff, &pRoot); + }else{ + int i; + int iSeq = 0; + pRoot = vdbeMergeEngineNew(SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT); + if( pRoot==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + for(i=0; i<pTask->nPMA && rc==SQLITE_OK; i += SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT){ + MergeEngine *pMerger = 0; /* New level-0 PMA merger */ + int nReader; /* Number of level-0 PMAs to merge */ + + nReader = MIN(pTask->nPMA - i, SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT); + rc = vdbeMergeEngineLevel0(pTask, nReader, &iReadOff, &pMerger); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = vdbeSorterAddToTree(pTask, nDepth, iSeq++, pRoot, pMerger); + } + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ +#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 + if( pMain!=0 ){ + rc = vdbeIncrMergerNew(pTask, pRoot, &pMain->aReadr[iTask].pIncr); + }else +#endif + { + assert( pMain==0 ); + pMain = pRoot; + } + }else{ + vdbeMergeEngineFree(pRoot); + } + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + vdbeMergeEngineFree(pMain); + pMain = 0; + } + *ppOut = pMain; + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called as part of an sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind() operation +** on a sorter that has written two or more PMAs to temporary files. It sets +** up either VdbeSorter.pMerger (for single threaded sorters) or pReader +** (for multi-threaded sorters) so that it can be used to iterate through +** all records stored in the sorter. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. +*/ +static int vdbeSorterSetupMerge(VdbeSorter *pSorter){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + SortSubtask *pTask0 = &pSorter->aTask[0]; + MergeEngine *pMain = 0; +#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS + sqlite3 *db = pTask0->pSorter->db; + int i; + SorterCompare xCompare = vdbeSorterGetCompare(pSorter); + for(i=0; i<pSorter->nTask; i++){ + pSorter->aTask[i].xCompare = xCompare; + } +#endif + + rc = vdbeSorterMergeTreeBuild(pSorter, &pMain); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ +#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS + assert( pSorter->bUseThreads==0 || pSorter->nTask>1 ); + if( pSorter->bUseThreads ){ + int iTask; + PmaReader *pReadr = 0; + SortSubtask *pLast = &pSorter->aTask[pSorter->nTask-1]; + rc = vdbeSortAllocUnpacked(pLast); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pReadr = (PmaReader*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(PmaReader)); + pSorter->pReader = pReadr; + if( pReadr==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = vdbeIncrMergerNew(pLast, pMain, &pReadr->pIncr); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + vdbeIncrMergerSetThreads(pReadr->pIncr); + for(iTask=0; iTask<(pSorter->nTask-1); iTask++){ + IncrMerger *pIncr; + if( (pIncr = pMain->aReadr[iTask].pIncr) ){ + vdbeIncrMergerSetThreads(pIncr); + assert( pIncr->pTask!=pLast ); + } + } + for(iTask=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iTask<pSorter->nTask; iTask++){ + /* Check that: + ** + ** a) The incremental merge object is configured to use the + ** right task, and + ** b) If it is using task (nTask-1), it is configured to run + ** in single-threaded mode. This is important, as the + ** root merge (INCRINIT_ROOT) will be using the same task + ** object. + */ + PmaReader *p = &pMain->aReadr[iTask]; + assert( p->pIncr==0 || ( + (p->pIncr->pTask==&pSorter->aTask[iTask]) /* a */ + && (iTask!=pSorter->nTask-1 || p->pIncr->bUseThread==0) /* b */ + )); + rc = vdbePmaReaderIncrInit(p, INCRINIT_TASK); + } + } + pMain = 0; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(pReadr, INCRINIT_ROOT); + } + }else +#endif + { + rc = vdbeMergeEngineInit(pTask0, pMain, INCRINIT_NORMAL); + pSorter->pMerger = pMain; + pMain = 0; + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + vdbeMergeEngineFree(pMain); + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Once the sorter has been populated by calls to sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite, +** this function is called to prepare for iterating through the records +** in sorted order. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){ + VdbeSorter *pSorter; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + + assert( pCsr->eCurType==CURTYPE_SORTER ); + pSorter = pCsr->uc.pSorter; + assert( pSorter ); + + /* If no data has been written to disk, then do not do so now. Instead, + ** sort the VdbeSorter.pRecord list. The vdbe layer will read data directly + ** from the in-memory list. */ + if( pSorter->bUsePMA==0 ){ + if( pSorter->list.pList ){ + *pbEof = 0; + rc = vdbeSorterSort(&pSorter->aTask[0], &pSorter->list); + }else{ + *pbEof = 1; + } + return rc; + } + + /* Write the current in-memory list to a PMA. When the VdbeSorterWrite() + ** function flushes the contents of memory to disk, it immediately always + ** creates a new list consisting of a single key immediately afterwards. + ** So the list is never empty at this point. */ + assert( pSorter->list.pList ); + rc = vdbeSorterFlushPMA(pSorter); + + /* Join all threads */ + rc = vdbeSorterJoinAll(pSorter, rc); + + vdbeSorterRewindDebug("rewind"); + + /* Assuming no errors have occurred, set up a merger structure to + ** incrementally read and merge all remaining PMAs. */ + assert( pSorter->pReader==0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = vdbeSorterSetupMerge(pSorter); + *pbEof = 0; + } + + vdbeSorterRewindDebug("rewinddone"); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Advance to the next element in the sorter. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *db, const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){ + VdbeSorter *pSorter; + int rc; /* Return code */ + + assert( pCsr->eCurType==CURTYPE_SORTER ); + pSorter = pCsr->uc.pSorter; + assert( pSorter->bUsePMA || (pSorter->pReader==0 && pSorter->pMerger==0) ); + if( pSorter->bUsePMA ){ + assert( pSorter->pReader==0 || pSorter->pMerger==0 ); + assert( pSorter->bUseThreads==0 || pSorter->pReader ); + assert( pSorter->bUseThreads==1 || pSorter->pMerger ); +#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 + if( pSorter->bUseThreads ){ + rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(pSorter->pReader); + *pbEof = (pSorter->pReader->pFd==0); + }else +#endif + /*if( !pSorter->bUseThreads )*/ { + assert( pSorter->pMerger!=0 ); + assert( pSorter->pMerger->pTask==(&pSorter->aTask[0]) ); + rc = vdbeMergeEngineStep(pSorter->pMerger, pbEof); + } + }else{ + SorterRecord *pFree = pSorter->list.pList; + pSorter->list.pList = pFree->u.pNext; + pFree->u.pNext = 0; + if( pSorter->list.aMemory==0 ) vdbeSorterRecordFree(db, pFree); + *pbEof = !pSorter->list.pList; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to a buffer owned by the sorter that contains the +** current key. +*/ +static void *vdbeSorterRowkey( + const VdbeSorter *pSorter, /* Sorter object */ + int *pnKey /* OUT: Size of current key in bytes */ +){ + void *pKey; + if( pSorter->bUsePMA ){ + PmaReader *pReader; +#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 + if( pSorter->bUseThreads ){ + pReader = pSorter->pReader; + }else +#endif + /*if( !pSorter->bUseThreads )*/{ + pReader = &pSorter->pMerger->aReadr[pSorter->pMerger->aTree[1]]; + } + *pnKey = pReader->nKey; + pKey = pReader->aKey; + }else{ + *pnKey = pSorter->list.pList->nVal; + pKey = SRVAL(pSorter->list.pList); + } + return pKey; +} + +/* +** Copy the current sorter key into the memory cell pOut. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(const VdbeCursor *pCsr, Mem *pOut){ + VdbeSorter *pSorter; + void *pKey; int nKey; /* Sorter key to copy into pOut */ + + assert( pCsr->eCurType==CURTYPE_SORTER ); + pSorter = pCsr->uc.pSorter; + pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey); + if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pOut, nKey) ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + pOut->n = nKey; + MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob); + memcpy(pOut->z, pKey, nKey); + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Compare the key in memory cell pVal with the key that the sorter cursor +** passed as the first argument currently points to. For the purposes of +** the comparison, ignore the rowid field at the end of each record. +** +** If the sorter cursor key contains any NULL values, consider it to be +** less than pVal. Even if pVal also contains NULL values. +** +** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM). +** Otherwise, set *pRes to a negative, zero or positive value if the +** key in pVal is smaller than, equal to or larger than the current sorter +** key. +** +** This routine forms the core of the OP_SorterCompare opcode, which in +** turn is used to verify uniqueness when constructing a UNIQUE INDEX. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare( + const VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Sorter cursor */ + Mem *pVal, /* Value to compare to current sorter key */ + int nKeyCol, /* Compare this many columns */ + int *pRes /* OUT: Result of comparison */ +){ + VdbeSorter *pSorter; + UnpackedRecord *r2; + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; + int i; + void *pKey; int nKey; /* Sorter key to compare pVal with */ + + assert( pCsr->eCurType==CURTYPE_SORTER ); + pSorter = pCsr->uc.pSorter; + r2 = pSorter->pUnpacked; + pKeyInfo = pCsr->pKeyInfo; + if( r2==0 ){ + char *p; + r2 = pSorter->pUnpacked = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(pKeyInfo,0,0,&p); + assert( pSorter->pUnpacked==(UnpackedRecord*)p ); + if( r2==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + r2->nField = nKeyCol; + } + assert( r2->nField==nKeyCol ); + + pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey); + sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pKeyInfo, nKey, pKey, r2); + for(i=0; i<nKeyCol; i++){ + if( r2->aMem[i].flags & MEM_Null ){ + *pRes = -1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + *pRes = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(pVal->n, pVal->z, r2); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/************** End of vdbesort.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file memjournal.c **************************************/ +/* +** 2008 October 7 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains code use to implement an in-memory rollback journal. +** The in-memory rollback journal is used to journal transactions for +** ":memory:" databases and when the journal_mode=MEMORY pragma is used. +** +** Update: The in-memory journal is also used to temporarily cache +** smaller journals that are not critical for power-loss recovery. +** For example, statement journals that are not too big will be held +** entirely in memory, thus reducing the number of file I/O calls, and +** more importantly, reducing temporary file creation events. If these +** journals become too large for memory, they are spilled to disk. But +** in the common case, they are usually small and no file I/O needs to +** occur. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* Forward references to internal structures */ +typedef struct MemJournal MemJournal; +typedef struct FilePoint FilePoint; +typedef struct FileChunk FileChunk; + +/* +** The rollback journal is composed of a linked list of these structures. +** +** The zChunk array is always at least 8 bytes in size - usually much more. +** Its actual size is stored in the MemJournal.nChunkSize variable. +*/ +struct FileChunk { + FileChunk *pNext; /* Next chunk in the journal */ + u8 zChunk[8]; /* Content of this chunk */ +}; + +/* +** By default, allocate this many bytes of memory for each FileChunk object. +*/ +#define MEMJOURNAL_DFLT_FILECHUNKSIZE 1024 + +/* +** For chunk size nChunkSize, return the number of bytes that should +** be allocated for each FileChunk structure. +*/ +#define fileChunkSize(nChunkSize) (sizeof(FileChunk) + ((nChunkSize)-8)) + +/* +** An instance of this object serves as a cursor into the rollback journal. +** The cursor can be either for reading or writing. +*/ +struct FilePoint { + sqlite3_int64 iOffset; /* Offset from the beginning of the file */ + FileChunk *pChunk; /* Specific chunk into which cursor points */ +}; + +/* +** This structure is a subclass of sqlite3_file. Each open memory-journal +** is an instance of this class. +*/ +struct MemJournal { + const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* Parent class. MUST BE FIRST */ + int nChunkSize; /* In-memory chunk-size */ + + int nSpill; /* Bytes of data before flushing */ + int nSize; /* Bytes of data currently in memory */ + FileChunk *pFirst; /* Head of in-memory chunk-list */ + FilePoint endpoint; /* Pointer to the end of the file */ + FilePoint readpoint; /* Pointer to the end of the last xRead() */ + + int flags; /* xOpen flags */ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The "real" underlying VFS */ + const char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ +}; + +/* +** Read data from the in-memory journal file. This is the implementation +** of the sqlite3_vfs.xRead method. +*/ +static int memjrnlRead( + sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file from which to read */ + void *zBuf, /* Put the results here */ + int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to read */ + sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin reading at this offset */ +){ + MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; + u8 *zOut = zBuf; + int nRead = iAmt; + int iChunkOffset; + FileChunk *pChunk; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE + if( (iAmt+iOfst)>p->endpoint.iOffset ){ + return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; + } +#endif + + assert( (iAmt+iOfst)<=p->endpoint.iOffset ); + assert( p->readpoint.iOffset==0 || p->readpoint.pChunk!=0 ); + if( p->readpoint.iOffset!=iOfst || iOfst==0 ){ + sqlite3_int64 iOff = 0; + for(pChunk=p->pFirst; + ALWAYS(pChunk) && (iOff+p->nChunkSize)<=iOfst; + pChunk=pChunk->pNext + ){ + iOff += p->nChunkSize; + } + }else{ + pChunk = p->readpoint.pChunk; + assert( pChunk!=0 ); + } + + iChunkOffset = (int)(iOfst%p->nChunkSize); + do { + int iSpace = p->nChunkSize - iChunkOffset; + int nCopy = MIN(nRead, (p->nChunkSize - iChunkOffset)); + memcpy(zOut, (u8*)pChunk->zChunk + iChunkOffset, nCopy); + zOut += nCopy; + nRead -= iSpace; + iChunkOffset = 0; + } while( nRead>=0 && (pChunk=pChunk->pNext)!=0 && nRead>0 ); + p->readpoint.iOffset = pChunk ? iOfst+iAmt : 0; + p->readpoint.pChunk = pChunk; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Free the list of FileChunk structures headed at MemJournal.pFirst. +*/ +static void memjrnlFreeChunks(MemJournal *p){ + FileChunk *pIter; + FileChunk *pNext; + for(pIter=p->pFirst; pIter; pIter=pNext){ + pNext = pIter->pNext; + sqlite3_free(pIter); + } + p->pFirst = 0; +} + +/* +** Flush the contents of memory to a real file on disk. +*/ +static int memjrnlCreateFile(MemJournal *p){ + int rc; + sqlite3_file *pReal = (sqlite3_file*)p; + MemJournal copy = *p; + + memset(p, 0, sizeof(MemJournal)); + rc = sqlite3OsOpen(copy.pVfs, copy.zJournal, pReal, copy.flags, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nChunk = copy.nChunkSize; + i64 iOff = 0; + FileChunk *pIter; + for(pIter=copy.pFirst; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ + if( iOff + nChunk > copy.endpoint.iOffset ){ + nChunk = copy.endpoint.iOffset - iOff; + } + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pReal, (u8*)pIter->zChunk, nChunk, iOff); + if( rc ) break; + iOff += nChunk; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* No error has occurred. Free the in-memory buffers. */ + memjrnlFreeChunks(©); + } + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + /* If an error occurred while creating or writing to the file, restore + ** the original before returning. This way, SQLite uses the in-memory + ** journal data to roll back changes made to the internal page-cache + ** before this function was called. */ + sqlite3OsClose(pReal); + *p = copy; + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Write data to the file. +*/ +static int memjrnlWrite( + sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file into which to write */ + const void *zBuf, /* Take data to be written from here */ + int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */ + sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */ +){ + MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; + int nWrite = iAmt; + u8 *zWrite = (u8 *)zBuf; + + /* If the file should be created now, create it and write the new data + ** into the file on disk. */ + if( p->nSpill>0 && (iAmt+iOfst)>p->nSpill ){ + int rc = memjrnlCreateFile(p); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pJfd, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst); + } + return rc; + } + + /* If the contents of this write should be stored in memory */ + else{ + /* An in-memory journal file should only ever be appended to. Random + ** access writes are not required. The only exception to this is when + ** the in-memory journal is being used by a connection using the + ** atomic-write optimization. In this case the first 28 bytes of the + ** journal file may be written as part of committing the transaction. */ + assert( iOfst==p->endpoint.iOffset || iOfst==0 ); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE + if( iOfst==0 && p->pFirst ){ + assert( p->nChunkSize>iAmt ); + memcpy((u8*)p->pFirst->zChunk, zBuf, iAmt); + }else +#else + assert( iOfst>0 || p->pFirst==0 ); +#endif + { + while( nWrite>0 ){ + FileChunk *pChunk = p->endpoint.pChunk; + int iChunkOffset = (int)(p->endpoint.iOffset%p->nChunkSize); + int iSpace = MIN(nWrite, p->nChunkSize - iChunkOffset); + + if( iChunkOffset==0 ){ + /* New chunk is required to extend the file. */ + FileChunk *pNew = sqlite3_malloc(fileChunkSize(p->nChunkSize)); + if( !pNew ){ + return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + pNew->pNext = 0; + if( pChunk ){ + assert( p->pFirst ); + pChunk->pNext = pNew; + }else{ + assert( !p->pFirst ); + p->pFirst = pNew; + } + p->endpoint.pChunk = pNew; + } + + memcpy((u8*)p->endpoint.pChunk->zChunk + iChunkOffset, zWrite, iSpace); + zWrite += iSpace; + nWrite -= iSpace; + p->endpoint.iOffset += iSpace; + } + p->nSize = iAmt + iOfst; + } + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Truncate the file. +** +** If the journal file is already on disk, truncate it there. Or, if it +** is still in main memory but is being truncated to zero bytes in size, +** ignore +*/ +static int memjrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){ + MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; + if( ALWAYS(size==0) ){ + memjrnlFreeChunks(p); + p->nSize = 0; + p->endpoint.pChunk = 0; + p->endpoint.iOffset = 0; + p->readpoint.pChunk = 0; + p->readpoint.iOffset = 0; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Close the file. +*/ +static int memjrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ + MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; + memjrnlFreeChunks(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Sync the file. +** +** If the real file has been created, call its xSync method. Otherwise, +** syncing an in-memory journal is a no-op. +*/ +static int memjrnlSync(sqlite3_file *pJfd, int flags){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(pJfd, flags); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Query the size of the file in bytes. +*/ +static int memjrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){ + MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; + *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->endpoint.iOffset; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Table of methods for MemJournal sqlite3_file object. +*/ +static const struct sqlite3_io_methods MemJournalMethods = { + 1, /* iVersion */ + memjrnlClose, /* xClose */ + memjrnlRead, /* xRead */ + memjrnlWrite, /* xWrite */ + memjrnlTruncate, /* xTruncate */ + memjrnlSync, /* xSync */ + memjrnlFileSize, /* xFileSize */ + 0, /* xLock */ + 0, /* xUnlock */ + 0, /* xCheckReservedLock */ + 0, /* xFileControl */ + 0, /* xSectorSize */ + 0, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ + 0, /* xShmMap */ + 0, /* xShmLock */ + 0, /* xShmBarrier */ + 0, /* xShmUnmap */ + 0, /* xFetch */ + 0 /* xUnfetch */ +}; + +/* +** Open a journal file. +** +** The behaviour of the journal file depends on the value of parameter +** nSpill. If nSpill is 0, then the journal file is always create and +** accessed using the underlying VFS. If nSpill is less than zero, then +** all content is always stored in main-memory. Finally, if nSpill is a +** positive value, then the journal file is initially created in-memory +** but may be flushed to disk later on. In this case the journal file is +** flushed to disk either when it grows larger than nSpill bytes in size, +** or when sqlite3JournalCreate() is called. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The VFS to use for actual file I/O */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the journal file */ + sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* Preallocated, blank file handle */ + int flags, /* Opening flags */ + int nSpill /* Bytes buffered before opening the file */ +){ + MemJournal *p = (MemJournal*)pJfd; + + /* Zero the file-handle object. If nSpill was passed zero, initialize + ** it using the sqlite3OsOpen() function of the underlying VFS. In this + ** case none of the code in this module is executed as a result of calls + ** made on the journal file-handle. */ + memset(p, 0, sizeof(MemJournal)); + if( nSpill==0 ){ + return sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zName, pJfd, flags, 0); + } + + if( nSpill>0 ){ + p->nChunkSize = nSpill; + }else{ + p->nChunkSize = 8 + MEMJOURNAL_DFLT_FILECHUNKSIZE - sizeof(FileChunk); + assert( MEMJOURNAL_DFLT_FILECHUNKSIZE==fileChunkSize(p->nChunkSize) ); + } + + p->pMethod = (const sqlite3_io_methods*)&MemJournalMethods; + p->nSpill = nSpill; + p->flags = flags; + p->zJournal = zName; + p->pVfs = pVfs; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Open an in-memory journal file. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ + sqlite3JournalOpen(0, 0, pJfd, 0, -1); +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE +/* +** If the argument p points to a MemJournal structure that is not an +** in-memory-only journal file (i.e. is one that was opened with a +ve +** nSpill parameter), and the underlying file has not yet been created, +** create it now. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p->pMethods==&MemJournalMethods && ((MemJournal*)p)->nSpill>0 ){ + rc = memjrnlCreateFile((MemJournal*)p); + } + return rc; +} +#endif + +/* +** The file-handle passed as the only argument is open on a journal file. +** Return true if this "journal file" is currently stored in heap memory, +** or false otherwise. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(sqlite3_file *p){ + return p->pMethods==&MemJournalMethods; +} + +/* +** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs +** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ + return MAX(pVfs->szOsFile, (int)sizeof(MemJournal)); +} + +/************** End of memjournal.c ******************************************/ +/************** Begin file walker.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 August 16 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree for +** an SQL statement. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* #include <stdlib.h> */ +/* #include <string.h> */ + + +/* +** Walk an expression tree. Invoke the callback once for each node +** of the expression, while descending. (In other words, the callback +** is invoked before visiting children.) +** +** The return value from the callback should be one of the WRC_* +** constants to specify how to proceed with the walk. +** +** WRC_Continue Continue descending down the tree. +** +** WRC_Prune Do not descend into child nodes. But allow +** the walk to continue with sibling nodes. +** +** WRC_Abort Do no more callbacks. Unwind the stack and +** return the top-level walk call. +** +** The return value from this routine is WRC_Abort to abandon the tree walk +** and WRC_Continue to continue. +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE int walkExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + int rc; + testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ); + testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Reduced) ); + rc = pWalker->xExprCallback(pWalker, pExpr); + if( rc==WRC_Continue + && !ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_TokenOnly) ){ + if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pLeft) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pRight) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return WRC_Abort; + }else{ + if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pExpr->x.pList) ) return WRC_Abort; + } + } + return rc & WRC_Abort; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + return pExpr ? walkExpr(pWalker,pExpr) : WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in list p or until +** an abort request is seen. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker *pWalker, ExprList *p){ + int i; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + if( p ){ + for(i=p->nExpr, pItem=p->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ + if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pItem->pExpr) ) return WRC_Abort; + } + } + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** Walk all expressions associated with SELECT statement p. Do +** not invoke the SELECT callback on p, but do (of course) invoke +** any expr callbacks and SELECT callbacks that come from subqueries. +** Return WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pEList) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pWhere) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pGroupBy) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pOrderBy) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pLimit) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pOffset) ) return WRC_Abort; + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** Walk the parse trees associated with all subqueries in the +** FROM clause of SELECT statement p. Do not invoke the select +** callback on p, but do invoke it on each FROM clause subquery +** and on any subqueries further down in the tree. Return +** WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue; +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + SrcList *pSrc; + int i; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + + pSrc = p->pSrc; + if( ALWAYS(pSrc) ){ + for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ + if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pItem->pSelect) ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc + && sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pItem->u1.pFuncArg) + ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + } + } + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in Select statement p. +** Invoke sqlite3WalkSelect() for subqueries in the FROM clause and +** on the compound select chain, p->pPrior. +** +** If it is not NULL, the xSelectCallback() callback is invoked before +** the walk of the expressions and FROM clause. The xSelectCallback2() +** method, if it is not NULL, is invoked following the walk of the +** expressions and FROM clause. +** +** Return WRC_Continue under normal conditions. Return WRC_Abort if +** there is an abort request. +** +** If the Walker does not have an xSelectCallback() then this routine +** is a no-op returning WRC_Continue. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + int rc; + if( p==0 || (pWalker->xSelectCallback==0 && pWalker->xSelectCallback2==0) ){ + return WRC_Continue; + } + rc = WRC_Continue; + pWalker->walkerDepth++; + while( p ){ + if( pWalker->xSelectCallback ){ + rc = pWalker->xSelectCallback(pWalker, p); + if( rc ) break; + } + if( sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(pWalker, p) + || sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(pWalker, p) + ){ + pWalker->walkerDepth--; + return WRC_Abort; + } + if( pWalker->xSelectCallback2 ){ + pWalker->xSelectCallback2(pWalker, p); + } + p = p->pPrior; + } + pWalker->walkerDepth--; + return rc & WRC_Abort; +} + +/************** End of walker.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file resolve.c *****************************************/ +/* +** 2008 August 18 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree and +** resolve all identifiers by associating them with a particular +** table and column. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* #include <stdlib.h> */ +/* #include <string.h> */ + +/* +** Walk the expression tree pExpr and increase the aggregate function +** depth (the Expr.op2 field) by N on every TK_AGG_FUNCTION node. +** This needs to occur when copying a TK_AGG_FUNCTION node from an +** outer query into an inner subquery. +** +** incrAggFunctionDepth(pExpr,n) is the main routine. incrAggDepth(..) +** is a helper function - a callback for the tree walker. +*/ +static int incrAggDepth(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) pExpr->op2 += pWalker->u.n; + return WRC_Continue; +} +static void incrAggFunctionDepth(Expr *pExpr, int N){ + if( N>0 ){ + Walker w; + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.xExprCallback = incrAggDepth; + w.u.n = N; + sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); + } +} + +/* +** Turn the pExpr expression into an alias for the iCol-th column of the +** result set in pEList. +** +** If the reference is followed by a COLLATE operator, then make sure +** the COLLATE operator is preserved. For example: +** +** SELECT a+b, c+d FROM t1 ORDER BY 1 COLLATE nocase; +** +** Should be transformed into: +** +** SELECT a+b, c+d FROM t1 ORDER BY (a+b) COLLATE nocase; +** +** The nSubquery parameter specifies how many levels of subquery the +** alias is removed from the original expression. The usual value is +** zero but it might be more if the alias is contained within a subquery +** of the original expression. The Expr.op2 field of TK_AGG_FUNCTION +** structures must be increased by the nSubquery amount. +*/ +static void resolveAlias( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pEList, /* A result set */ + int iCol, /* A column in the result set. 0..pEList->nExpr-1 */ + Expr *pExpr, /* Transform this into an alias to the result set */ + const char *zType, /* "GROUP" or "ORDER" or "" */ + int nSubquery /* Number of subqueries that the label is moving */ +){ + Expr *pOrig; /* The iCol-th column of the result set */ + Expr *pDup; /* Copy of pOrig */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + + assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pEList->nExpr ); + pOrig = pEList->a[iCol].pExpr; + assert( pOrig!=0 ); + db = pParse->db; + pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0); + if( pDup==0 ) return; + if( zType[0]!='G' ) incrAggFunctionDepth(pDup, nSubquery); + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ){ + pDup = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pDup, pExpr->u.zToken); + } + ExprSetProperty(pDup, EP_Alias); + + /* Before calling sqlite3ExprDelete(), set the EP_Static flag. This + ** prevents ExprDelete() from deleting the Expr structure itself, + ** allowing it to be repopulated by the memcpy() on the following line. + ** The pExpr->u.zToken might point into memory that will be freed by the + ** sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup) on the last line of this block, so be sure to + ** make a copy of the token before doing the sqlite3DbFree(). + */ + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Static); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); + memcpy(pExpr, pDup, sizeof(*pExpr)); + if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) && pExpr->u.zToken!=0 ){ + assert( (pExpr->flags & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 ); + pExpr->u.zToken = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pExpr->u.zToken); + pExpr->flags |= EP_MemToken; + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup); +} + + +/* +** Return TRUE if the name zCol occurs anywhere in the USING clause. +** +** Return FALSE if the USING clause is NULL or if it does not contain +** zCol. +*/ +static int nameInUsingClause(IdList *pUsing, const char *zCol){ + if( pUsing ){ + int k; + for(k=0; k<pUsing->nId; k++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pUsing->a[k].zName, zCol)==0 ) return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Subqueries stores the original database, table and column names for their +** result sets in ExprList.a[].zSpan, in the form "DATABASE.TABLE.COLUMN". +** Check to see if the zSpan given to this routine matches the zDb, zTab, +** and zCol. If any of zDb, zTab, and zCol are NULL then those fields will +** match anything. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MatchSpanName( + const char *zSpan, + const char *zCol, + const char *zTab, + const char *zDb +){ + int n; + for(n=0; ALWAYS(zSpan[n]) && zSpan[n]!='.'; n++){} + if( zDb && (sqlite3StrNICmp(zSpan, zDb, n)!=0 || zDb[n]!=0) ){ + return 0; + } + zSpan += n+1; + for(n=0; ALWAYS(zSpan[n]) && zSpan[n]!='.'; n++){} + if( zTab && (sqlite3StrNICmp(zSpan, zTab, n)!=0 || zTab[n]!=0) ){ + return 0; + } + zSpan += n+1; + if( zCol && sqlite3StrICmp(zSpan, zCol)!=0 ){ + return 0; + } + return 1; +} + +/* +** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up +** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr +** expression node refer back to that source column. The following changes +** are made to pExpr: +** +** pExpr->iDb Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database X +** (even if X is implied). +** pExpr->iTable Set to the cursor number for the table obtained +** from pSrcList. +** pExpr->pTab Points to the Table structure of X.Y (even if +** X and/or Y are implied.) +** pExpr->iColumn Set to the column number within the table. +** pExpr->op Set to TK_COLUMN. +** pExpr->pLeft Any expression this points to is deleted +** pExpr->pRight Any expression this points to is deleted. +** +** The zDb variable is the name of the database (the "X"). This value may be +** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z. Any available database +** can be used. The zTable variable is the name of the table (the "Y"). This +** value can be NULL if zDb is also NULL. If zTable is NULL it +** means that the form of the name is Z and that columns from any table +** can be used. +** +** If the name cannot be resolved unambiguously, leave an error message +** in pParse and return WRC_Abort. Return WRC_Prune on success. +*/ +static int lookupName( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of the database containing table, or NULL */ + const char *zTab, /* Name of table containing column, or NULL */ + const char *zCol, /* Name of the column. */ + NameContext *pNC, /* The name context used to resolve the name */ + Expr *pExpr /* Make this EXPR node point to the selected column */ +){ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + int cnt = 0; /* Number of matching column names */ + int cntTab = 0; /* Number of matching table names */ + int nSubquery = 0; /* How many levels of subquery */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* Use for looping over pSrcList items */ + struct SrcList_item *pMatch = 0; /* The matching pSrcList item */ + NameContext *pTopNC = pNC; /* First namecontext in the list */ + Schema *pSchema = 0; /* Schema of the expression */ + int isTrigger = 0; /* True if resolved to a trigger column */ + Table *pTab = 0; /* Table hold the row */ + Column *pCol; /* A column of pTab */ + + assert( pNC ); /* the name context cannot be NULL. */ + assert( zCol ); /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); + + /* Initialize the node to no-match */ + pExpr->iTable = -1; + pExpr->pTab = 0; + ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce); + + /* Translate the schema name in zDb into a pointer to the corresponding + ** schema. If not found, pSchema will remain NULL and nothing will match + ** resulting in an appropriate error message toward the end of this routine + */ + if( zDb ){ + testcase( pNC->ncFlags & NC_PartIdx ); + testcase( pNC->ncFlags & NC_IsCheck ); + if( (pNC->ncFlags & (NC_PartIdx|NC_IsCheck))!=0 ){ + /* Silently ignore database qualifiers inside CHECK constraints and + ** partial indices. Do not raise errors because that might break + ** legacy and because it does not hurt anything to just ignore the + ** database name. */ + zDb = 0; + }else{ + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + assert( db->aDb[i].zName ); + if( sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[i].zName,zDb)==0 ){ + pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema; + break; + } + } + } + } + + /* Start at the inner-most context and move outward until a match is found */ + while( pNC && cnt==0 ){ + ExprList *pEList; + SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; + + if( pSrcList ){ + for(i=0, pItem=pSrcList->a; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){ + pTab = pItem->pTab; + assert( pTab!=0 && pTab->zName!=0 ); + assert( pTab->nCol>0 ); + if( pItem->pSelect && (pItem->pSelect->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)!=0 ){ + int hit = 0; + pEList = pItem->pSelect->pEList; + for(j=0; j<pEList->nExpr; j++){ + if( sqlite3MatchSpanName(pEList->a[j].zSpan, zCol, zTab, zDb) ){ + cnt++; + cntTab = 2; + pMatch = pItem; + pExpr->iColumn = j; + hit = 1; + } + } + if( hit || zTab==0 ) continue; + } + if( zDb && pTab->pSchema!=pSchema ){ + continue; + } + if( zTab ){ + const char *zTabName = pItem->zAlias ? pItem->zAlias : pTab->zName; + assert( zTabName!=0 ); + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ){ + continue; + } + } + if( 0==(cntTab++) ){ + pMatch = pItem; + } + for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pCol++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){ + /* If there has been exactly one prior match and this match + ** is for the right-hand table of a NATURAL JOIN or is in a + ** USING clause, then skip this match. + */ + if( cnt==1 ){ + if( pItem->fg.jointype & JT_NATURAL ) continue; + if( nameInUsingClause(pItem->pUsing, zCol) ) continue; + } + cnt++; + pMatch = pItem; + /* Substitute the rowid (column -1) for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ + pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : (i16)j; + break; + } + } + } + if( pMatch ){ + pExpr->iTable = pMatch->iCursor; + pExpr->pTab = pMatch->pTab; + /* RIGHT JOIN not (yet) supported */ + assert( (pMatch->fg.jointype & JT_RIGHT)==0 ); + if( (pMatch->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){ + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_CanBeNull); + } + pSchema = pExpr->pTab->pSchema; + } + } /* if( pSrcList ) */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe + ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference + */ + if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cntTab==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab!=0 ){ + int op = pParse->eTriggerOp; + assert( op==TK_DELETE || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT ); + if( op!=TK_DELETE && sqlite3StrICmp("new",zTab) == 0 ){ + pExpr->iTable = 1; + pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab; + }else if( op!=TK_INSERT && sqlite3StrICmp("old",zTab)==0 ){ + pExpr->iTable = 0; + pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab; + }else{ + pTab = 0; + } + + if( pTab ){ + int iCol; + pSchema = pTab->pSchema; + cntTab++; + for(iCol=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++, pCol++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){ + if( iCol==pTab->iPKey ){ + iCol = -1; + } + break; + } + } + if( iCol>=pTab->nCol && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) && VisibleRowid(pTab) ){ + /* IMP: R-51414-32910 */ + iCol = -1; + } + if( iCol<pTab->nCol ){ + cnt++; + if( iCol<0 ){ + pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + }else if( pExpr->iTable==0 ){ + testcase( iCol==31 ); + testcase( iCol==32 ); + pParse->oldmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<<iCol)); + }else{ + testcase( iCol==31 ); + testcase( iCol==32 ); + pParse->newmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<<iCol)); + } + pExpr->iColumn = (i16)iCol; + pExpr->pTab = pTab; + isTrigger = 1; + } + } + } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ + + /* + ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID + */ + if( cnt==0 + && cntTab==1 + && pMatch + && (pNC->ncFlags & NC_IdxExpr)==0 + && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) + && VisibleRowid(pMatch->pTab) + ){ + cnt = 1; + pExpr->iColumn = -1; + pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + } + + /* + ** If the input is of the form Z (not Y.Z or X.Y.Z) then the name Z + ** might refer to an result-set alias. This happens, for example, when + ** we are resolving names in the WHERE clause of the following command: + ** + ** SELECT a+b AS x FROM table WHERE x<10; + ** + ** In cases like this, replace pExpr with a copy of the expression that + ** forms the result set entry ("a+b" in the example) and return immediately. + ** Note that the expression in the result set should have already been + ** resolved by the time the WHERE clause is resolved. + ** + ** The ability to use an output result-set column in the WHERE, GROUP BY, + ** or HAVING clauses, or as part of a larger expression in the ORDER BY + ** clause is not standard SQL. This is a (goofy) SQLite extension, that + ** is supported for backwards compatibility only. Hence, we issue a warning + ** on sqlite3_log() whenever the capability is used. + */ + if( (pEList = pNC->pEList)!=0 + && zTab==0 + && cnt==0 + ){ + for(j=0; j<pEList->nExpr; j++){ + char *zAs = pEList->a[j].zName; + if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){ + Expr *pOrig; + assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 ); + assert( pExpr->x.pList==0 ); + assert( pExpr->x.pSelect==0 ); + pOrig = pEList->a[j].pExpr; + if( (pNC->ncFlags&NC_AllowAgg)==0 && ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_Agg) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aliased aggregate %s", zAs); + return WRC_Abort; + } + resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, j, pExpr, "", nSubquery); + cnt = 1; + pMatch = 0; + assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 ); + goto lookupname_end; + } + } + } + + /* Advance to the next name context. The loop will exit when either + ** we have a match (cnt>0) or when we run out of name contexts. + */ + if( cnt==0 ){ + pNC = pNC->pNext; + nSubquery++; + } + } + + /* + ** If X and Y are NULL (in other words if only the column name Z is + ** supplied) and the value of Z is enclosed in double-quotes, then + ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names. In that + ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to + ** pExpr. + ** + ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef + ** fields are not changed in any context. + */ + if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_DblQuoted) ){ + pExpr->op = TK_STRING; + pExpr->pTab = 0; + return WRC_Prune; + } + + /* + ** cnt==0 means there was not match. cnt>1 means there were two or + ** more matches. Either way, we have an error. + */ + if( cnt!=1 ){ + const char *zErr; + zErr = cnt==0 ? "no such column" : "ambiguous column name"; + if( zDb ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s.%s", zErr, zDb, zTab, zCol); + }else if( zTab ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zErr, zTab, zCol); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zErr, zCol); + } + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + pTopNC->nErr++; + } + + /* If a column from a table in pSrcList is referenced, then record + ** this fact in the pSrcList.a[].colUsed bitmask. Column 0 causes + ** bit 0 to be set. Column 1 sets bit 1. And so forth. If the + ** column number is greater than the number of bits in the bitmask + ** then set the high-order bit of the bitmask. + */ + if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pMatch!=0 ){ + int n = pExpr->iColumn; + testcase( n==BMS-1 ); + if( n>=BMS ){ + n = BMS-1; + } + assert( pMatch->iCursor==pExpr->iTable ); + pMatch->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<n; + } + + /* Clean up and return + */ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pLeft); + pExpr->pLeft = 0; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pRight); + pExpr->pRight = 0; + pExpr->op = (isTrigger ? TK_TRIGGER : TK_COLUMN); +lookupname_end: + if( cnt==1 ){ + assert( pNC!=0 ); + if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Alias) ){ + sqlite3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pSchema, pNC->pSrcList); + } + /* Increment the nRef value on all name contexts from TopNC up to + ** the point where the name matched. */ + for(;;){ + assert( pTopNC!=0 ); + pTopNC->nRef++; + if( pTopNC==pNC ) break; + pTopNC = pTopNC->pNext; + } + return WRC_Prune; + } else { + return WRC_Abort; + } +} + +/* +** Allocate and return a pointer to an expression to load the column iCol +** from datasource iSrc in SrcList pSrc. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pSrc, int iSrc, int iCol){ + Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0); + if( p ){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[iSrc]; + p->pTab = pItem->pTab; + p->iTable = pItem->iCursor; + if( p->pTab->iPKey==iCol ){ + p->iColumn = -1; + }else{ + p->iColumn = (ynVar)iCol; + testcase( iCol==BMS ); + testcase( iCol==BMS-1 ); + pItem->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<(iCol>=BMS ? BMS-1 : iCol); + } + ExprSetProperty(p, EP_Resolved); + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Report an error that an expression is not valid for some set of +** pNC->ncFlags values determined by validMask. +*/ +static void notValid( + Parse *pParse, /* Leave error message here */ + NameContext *pNC, /* The name context */ + const char *zMsg, /* Type of error */ + int validMask /* Set of contexts for which prohibited */ +){ + assert( (validMask&~(NC_IsCheck|NC_PartIdx|NC_IdxExpr))==0 ); + if( (pNC->ncFlags & validMask)!=0 ){ + const char *zIn = "partial index WHERE clauses"; + if( pNC->ncFlags & NC_IdxExpr ) zIn = "index expressions"; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + else if( pNC->ncFlags & NC_IsCheck ) zIn = "CHECK constraints"; +#endif + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s prohibited in %s", zMsg, zIn); + } +} + +/* +** Expression p should encode a floating point value between 1.0 and 0.0. +** Return 1024 times this value. Or return -1 if p is not a floating point +** value between 1.0 and 0.0. +*/ +static int exprProbability(Expr *p){ + double r = -1.0; + if( p->op!=TK_FLOAT ) return -1; + sqlite3AtoF(p->u.zToken, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken), SQLITE_UTF8); + assert( r>=0.0 ); + if( r>1.0 ) return -1; + return (int)(r*134217728.0); +} + +/* +** This routine is callback for sqlite3WalkExpr(). +** +** Resolve symbolic names into TK_COLUMN operators for the current +** node in the expression tree. Return 0 to continue the search down +** the tree or 2 to abort the tree walk. +** +** This routine also does error checking and name resolution for +** function names. The operator for aggregate functions is changed +** to TK_AGG_FUNCTION. +*/ +static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + NameContext *pNC; + Parse *pParse; + + pNC = pWalker->u.pNC; + assert( pNC!=0 ); + pParse = pNC->pParse; + assert( pParse==pWalker->pParse ); + + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved) ) return WRC_Prune; + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved); +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( pNC->pSrcList && pNC->pSrcList->nAlloc>0 ){ + SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; + int i; + for(i=0; i<pNC->pSrcList->nSrc; i++){ + assert( pSrcList->a[i].iCursor>=0 && pSrcList->a[i].iCursor<pParse->nTab); + } + } +#endif + switch( pExpr->op ){ + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) + /* The special operator TK_ROW means use the rowid for the first + ** column in the FROM clause. This is used by the LIMIT and ORDER BY + ** clause processing on UPDATE and DELETE statements. + */ + case TK_ROW: { + SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + assert( pSrcList && pSrcList->nSrc==1 ); + pItem = pSrcList->a; + pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN; + pExpr->pTab = pItem->pTab; + pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor; + pExpr->iColumn = -1; + pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + break; + } +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) + && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */ + + /* A lone identifier is the name of a column. + */ + case TK_ID: { + return lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, pNC, pExpr); + } + + /* A table name and column name: ID.ID + ** Or a database, table and column: ID.ID.ID + */ + case TK_DOT: { + const char *zColumn; + const char *zTable; + const char *zDb; + Expr *pRight; + + /* if( pSrcList==0 ) break; */ + notValid(pParse, pNC, "the \".\" operator", NC_IdxExpr); + /*notValid(pParse, pNC, "the \".\" operator", NC_PartIdx|NC_IsCheck, 1);*/ + pRight = pExpr->pRight; + if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){ + zDb = 0; + zTable = pExpr->pLeft->u.zToken; + zColumn = pRight->u.zToken; + }else{ + assert( pRight->op==TK_DOT ); + zDb = pExpr->pLeft->u.zToken; + zTable = pRight->pLeft->u.zToken; + zColumn = pRight->pRight->u.zToken; + } + return lookupName(pParse, zDb, zTable, zColumn, pNC, pExpr); + } + + /* Resolve function names + */ + case TK_FUNCTION: { + ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; /* The argument list */ + int n = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; /* Number of arguments */ + int no_such_func = 0; /* True if no such function exists */ + int wrong_num_args = 0; /* True if wrong number of arguments */ + int is_agg = 0; /* True if is an aggregate function */ + int auth; /* Authorization to use the function */ + int nId; /* Number of characters in function name */ + const char *zId; /* The function name. */ + FuncDef *pDef; /* Information about the function */ + u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db); /* The database encoding */ + + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + notValid(pParse, pNC, "functions", NC_PartIdx); + zId = pExpr->u.zToken; + nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId); + pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, n, enc, 0); + if( pDef==0 ){ + pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, -2, enc, 0); + if( pDef==0 ){ + no_such_func = 1; + }else{ + wrong_num_args = 1; + } + }else{ + is_agg = pDef->xFinalize!=0; + if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY ){ + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Unlikely|EP_Skip); + if( n==2 ){ + pExpr->iTable = exprProbability(pList->a[1].pExpr); + if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "second argument to likelihood() must be a " + "constant between 0.0 and 1.0"); + pNC->nErr++; + } + }else{ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-61304-29449 The unlikely(X) function is + ** equivalent to likelihood(X, 0.0625). + ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-01283-11636 The unlikely(X) function is + ** short-hand for likelihood(X,0.0625). + ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-36850-34127 The likely(X) function is short-hand + ** for likelihood(X,0.9375). + ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-53436-40973 The likely(X) function is equivalent + ** to likelihood(X,0.9375). */ + /* TUNING: unlikely() probability is 0.0625. likely() is 0.9375 */ + pExpr->iTable = pDef->zName[0]=='u' ? 8388608 : 125829120; + } + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + auth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_FUNCTION, 0, pDef->zName, 0); + if( auth!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( auth==SQLITE_DENY ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized to use function: %s", + pDef->zName); + pNC->nErr++; + } + pExpr->op = TK_NULL; + return WRC_Prune; + } +#endif + if( pDef->funcFlags & (SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG) ){ + /* For the purposes of the EP_ConstFunc flag, date and time + ** functions and other functions that change slowly are considered + ** constant because they are constant for the duration of one query */ + ExprSetProperty(pExpr,EP_ConstFunc); + } + if( (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT)==0 ){ + /* Date/time functions that use 'now', and other functions like + ** sqlite_version() that might change over time cannot be used + ** in an index. */ + notValid(pParse, pNC, "non-deterministic functions", NC_IdxExpr); + } + } + if( is_agg && (pNC->ncFlags & NC_AllowAgg)==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId,zId); + pNC->nErr++; + is_agg = 0; + }else if( no_such_func && pParse->db->init.busy==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId); + pNC->nErr++; + }else if( wrong_num_args ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"wrong number of arguments to function %.*s()", + nId, zId); + pNC->nErr++; + } + if( is_agg ) pNC->ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowAgg; + sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pList); + if( is_agg ){ + NameContext *pNC2 = pNC; + pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION; + pExpr->op2 = 0; + while( pNC2 && !sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(pExpr, pNC2->pSrcList) ){ + pExpr->op2++; + pNC2 = pNC2->pNext; + } + assert( pDef!=0 ); + if( pNC2 ){ + assert( SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX==NC_MinMaxAgg ); + testcase( (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX)!=0 ); + pNC2->ncFlags |= NC_HasAgg | (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX); + + } + pNC->ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg; + } + /* FIX ME: Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return + ** type of the function + */ + return WRC_Prune; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case TK_SELECT: + case TK_EXISTS: testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); +#endif + case TK_IN: { + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IN ); + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + int nRef = pNC->nRef; + notValid(pParse, pNC, "subqueries", NC_IsCheck|NC_PartIdx|NC_IdxExpr); + sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect); + assert( pNC->nRef>=nRef ); + if( nRef!=pNC->nRef ){ + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect); + pNC->ncFlags |= NC_VarSelect; + } + } + break; + } + case TK_VARIABLE: { + notValid(pParse, pNC, "parameters", NC_IsCheck|NC_PartIdx|NC_IdxExpr); + break; + } + } + return (pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** pEList is a list of expressions which are really the result set of the +** a SELECT statement. pE is a term in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause. +** This routine checks to see if pE is a simple identifier which corresponds +** to the AS-name of one of the terms of the expression list. If it is, +** this routine return an integer between 1 and N where N is the number of +** elements in pEList, corresponding to the matching entry. If there is +** no match, or if pE is not a simple identifier, then this routine +** return 0. +** +** pEList has been resolved. pE has not. +*/ +static int resolveAsName( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context for error messages */ + ExprList *pEList, /* List of expressions to scan */ + Expr *pE /* Expression we are trying to match */ +){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse); + + if( pE->op==TK_ID ){ + char *zCol = pE->u.zToken; + for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){ + char *zAs = pEList->a[i].zName; + if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){ + return i+1; + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** pE is a pointer to an expression which is a single term in the +** ORDER BY of a compound SELECT. The expression has not been +** name resolved. +** +** At the point this routine is called, we already know that the +** ORDER BY term is not an integer index into the result set. That +** case is handled by the calling routine. +** +** Attempt to match pE against result set columns in the left-most +** SELECT statement. Return the index i of the matching column, +** as an indication to the caller that it should sort by the i-th column. +** The left-most column is 1. In other words, the value returned is the +** same integer value that would be used in the SQL statement to indicate +** the column. +** +** If there is no match, return 0. Return -1 if an error occurs. +*/ +static int resolveOrderByTermToExprList( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context for error messages */ + Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement with the ORDER BY clause */ + Expr *pE /* The specific ORDER BY term */ +){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + ExprList *pEList; /* The columns of the result set */ + NameContext nc; /* Name context for resolving pE */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + int rc; /* Return code from subprocedures */ + u8 savedSuppErr; /* Saved value of db->suppressErr */ + + assert( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &i)==0 ); + pEList = pSelect->pEList; + + /* Resolve all names in the ORDER BY term expression + */ + memset(&nc, 0, sizeof(nc)); + nc.pParse = pParse; + nc.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc; + nc.pEList = pEList; + nc.ncFlags = NC_AllowAgg; + nc.nErr = 0; + db = pParse->db; + savedSuppErr = db->suppressErr; + db->suppressErr = 1; + rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&nc, pE); + db->suppressErr = savedSuppErr; + if( rc ) return 0; + + /* Try to match the ORDER BY expression against an expression + ** in the result set. Return an 1-based index of the matching + ** result-set entry. + */ + for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){ + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pEList->a[i].pExpr, pE, -1)<2 ){ + return i+1; + } + } + + /* If no match, return 0. */ + return 0; +} + +/* +** Generate an ORDER BY or GROUP BY term out-of-range error. +*/ +static void resolveOutOfRangeError( + Parse *pParse, /* The error context into which to write the error */ + const char *zType, /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */ + int i, /* The index (1-based) of the term out of range */ + int mx /* Largest permissible value of i */ +){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "%r %s BY term out of range - should be " + "between 1 and %d", i, zType, mx); +} + +/* +** Analyze the ORDER BY clause in a compound SELECT statement. Modify +** each term of the ORDER BY clause is a constant integer between 1 +** and N where N is the number of columns in the compound SELECT. +** +** ORDER BY terms that are already an integer between 1 and N are +** unmodified. ORDER BY terms that are integers outside the range of +** 1 through N generate an error. ORDER BY terms that are expressions +** are matched against result set expressions of compound SELECT +** beginning with the left-most SELECT and working toward the right. +** At the first match, the ORDER BY expression is transformed into +** the integer column number. +** +** Return the number of errors seen. +*/ +static int resolveCompoundOrderBy( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context. Leave error messages here */ + Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement containing the ORDER BY */ +){ + int i; + ExprList *pOrderBy; + ExprList *pEList; + sqlite3 *db; + int moreToDo = 1; + + pOrderBy = pSelect->pOrderBy; + if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0; + db = pParse->db; +#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN + if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in ORDER BY clause"); + return 1; + } +#endif + for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){ + pOrderBy->a[i].done = 0; + } + pSelect->pNext = 0; + while( pSelect->pPrior ){ + pSelect->pPrior->pNext = pSelect; + pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; + } + while( pSelect && moreToDo ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + moreToDo = 0; + pEList = pSelect->pEList; + assert( pEList!=0 ); + for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){ + int iCol = -1; + Expr *pE, *pDup; + if( pItem->done ) continue; + pE = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pItem->pExpr); + if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){ + if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){ + resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, "ORDER", i+1, pEList->nExpr); + return 1; + } + }else{ + iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pEList, pE); + if( iCol==0 ){ + pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pE, 0); + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + assert(pDup); + iCol = resolveOrderByTermToExprList(pParse, pSelect, pDup); + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup); + } + } + if( iCol>0 ){ + /* Convert the ORDER BY term into an integer column number iCol, + ** taking care to preserve the COLLATE clause if it exists */ + Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0); + if( pNew==0 ) return 1; + pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue; + pNew->u.iValue = iCol; + if( pItem->pExpr==pE ){ + pItem->pExpr = pNew; + }else{ + Expr *pParent = pItem->pExpr; + assert( pParent->op==TK_COLLATE ); + while( pParent->pLeft->op==TK_COLLATE ) pParent = pParent->pLeft; + assert( pParent->pLeft==pE ); + pParent->pLeft = pNew; + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pE); + pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol; + pItem->done = 1; + }else{ + moreToDo = 1; + } + } + pSelect = pSelect->pNext; + } + for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){ + if( pOrderBy->a[i].done==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%r ORDER BY term does not match any " + "column in the result set", i+1); + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Check every term in the ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause pOrderBy of +** the SELECT statement pSelect. If any term is reference to a +** result set expression (as determined by the ExprList.a.u.x.iOrderByCol +** field) then convert that term into a copy of the corresponding result set +** column. +** +** If any errors are detected, add an error message to pParse and +** return non-zero. Return zero if no errors are seen. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context. Leave error messages here */ + Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement containing the clause */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to be processed */ + const char *zType /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */ +){ + int i; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + ExprList *pEList; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + + if( pOrderBy==0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0; +#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN + if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in %s BY clause", zType); + return 1; + } +#endif + pEList = pSelect->pEList; + assert( pEList!=0 ); /* sqlite3SelectNew() guarantees this */ + for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){ + if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol ){ + if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol>pEList->nExpr ){ + resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, pEList->nExpr); + return 1; + } + resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol-1, pItem->pExpr, + zType,0); + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in SELECT statement pSelect. +** The Name context of the SELECT statement is pNC. zType is either +** "ORDER" or "GROUP" depending on which type of clause pOrderBy is. +** +** This routine resolves each term of the clause into an expression. +** If the order-by term is an integer I between 1 and N (where N is the +** number of columns in the result set of the SELECT) then the expression +** in the resolution is a copy of the I-th result-set expression. If +** the order-by term is an identifier that corresponds to the AS-name of +** a result-set expression, then the term resolves to a copy of the +** result-set expression. Otherwise, the expression is resolved in +** the usual way - using sqlite3ResolveExprNames(). +** +** This routine returns the number of errors. If errors occur, then +** an appropriate error message might be left in pParse. (OOM errors +** excepted.) +*/ +static int resolveOrderGroupBy( + NameContext *pNC, /* The name context of the SELECT statement */ + Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement holding pOrderBy */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to resolve */ + const char *zType /* Either "ORDER" or "GROUP", as appropriate */ +){ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + int iCol; /* Column number */ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */ + Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ + int nResult; /* Number of terms in the result set */ + + if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0; + nResult = pSelect->pEList->nExpr; + pParse = pNC->pParse; + for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){ + Expr *pE = pItem->pExpr; + Expr *pE2 = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pE); + if( zType[0]!='G' ){ + iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pSelect->pEList, pE2); + if( iCol>0 ){ + /* If an AS-name match is found, mark this ORDER BY column as being + ** a copy of the iCol-th result-set column. The subsequent call to + ** sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the expression to a + ** copy of the iCol-th result-set expression. */ + pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol; + continue; + } + } + if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iCol) ){ + /* The ORDER BY term is an integer constant. Again, set the column + ** number so that sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the + ** order-by term to a copy of the result-set expression */ + if( iCol<1 || iCol>0xffff ){ + resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, nResult); + return 1; + } + pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol; + continue; + } + + /* Otherwise, treat the ORDER BY term as an ordinary expression */ + pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = 0; + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pNC, pE) ){ + return 1; + } + for(j=0; j<pSelect->pEList->nExpr; j++){ + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pE, pSelect->pEList->a[j].pExpr, -1)==0 ){ + pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = j+1; + } + } + } + return sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pSelect, pOrderBy, zType); +} + +/* +** Resolve names in the SELECT statement p and all of its descendants. +*/ +static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + NameContext *pOuterNC; /* Context that contains this SELECT */ + NameContext sNC; /* Name context of this SELECT */ + int isCompound; /* True if p is a compound select */ + int nCompound; /* Number of compound terms processed so far */ + Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause */ + Select *pLeftmost; /* Left-most of SELECT of a compound */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + + + assert( p!=0 ); + if( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ){ + return WRC_Prune; + } + pOuterNC = pWalker->u.pNC; + pParse = pWalker->pParse; + db = pParse->db; + + /* Normally sqlite3SelectExpand() will be called first and will have + ** already expanded this SELECT. However, if this is a subquery within + ** an expression, sqlite3ResolveExprNames() will be called without a + ** prior call to sqlite3SelectExpand(). When that happens, let + ** sqlite3SelectPrep() do all of the processing for this SELECT. + ** sqlite3SelectPrep() will invoke both sqlite3SelectExpand() and + ** this routine in the correct order. + */ + if( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)==0 ){ + sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, pOuterNC); + return (pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Prune; + } + + isCompound = p->pPrior!=0; + nCompound = 0; + pLeftmost = p; + while( p ){ + assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ); + assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Resolved)==0 ); + p->selFlags |= SF_Resolved; + + /* Resolve the expressions in the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. These + ** are not allowed to refer to any names, so pass an empty NameContext. + */ + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pLimit) || + sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pOffset) ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + + /* If the SF_Converted flags is set, then this Select object was + ** was created by the convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() function. + ** In this case the ORDER BY clause (p->pOrderBy) should be resolved + ** as if it were part of the sub-query, not the parent. This block + ** moves the pOrderBy down to the sub-query. It will be moved back + ** after the names have been resolved. */ + if( p->selFlags & SF_Converted ){ + Select *pSub = p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect; + assert( p->pSrc->nSrc==1 && p->pOrderBy ); + assert( pSub->pPrior && pSub->pOrderBy==0 ); + pSub->pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + p->pOrderBy = 0; + } + + /* Recursively resolve names in all subqueries + */ + for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i]; + if( pItem->pSelect ){ + NameContext *pNC; /* Used to iterate name contexts */ + int nRef = 0; /* Refcount for pOuterNC and outer contexts */ + const char *zSavedContext = pParse->zAuthContext; + + /* Count the total number of references to pOuterNC and all of its + ** parent contexts. After resolving references to expressions in + ** pItem->pSelect, check if this value has changed. If so, then + ** SELECT statement pItem->pSelect must be correlated. Set the + ** pItem->fg.isCorrelated flag if this is the case. */ + for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef += pNC->nRef; + + if( pItem->zName ) pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName; + sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, pItem->pSelect, pOuterNC); + pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedContext; + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return WRC_Abort; + + for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef -= pNC->nRef; + assert( pItem->fg.isCorrelated==0 && nRef<=0 ); + pItem->fg.isCorrelated = (nRef!=0); + } + } + + /* Set up the local name-context to pass to sqlite3ResolveExprNames() to + ** resolve the result-set expression list. + */ + sNC.ncFlags = NC_AllowAgg; + sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc; + sNC.pNext = pOuterNC; + + /* Resolve names in the result set. */ + if( sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, p->pEList) ) return WRC_Abort; + + /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY + ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions. + */ + assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 ); + pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; + if( pGroupBy || (sNC.ncFlags & NC_HasAgg)!=0 ){ + assert( NC_MinMaxAgg==SF_MinMaxAgg ); + p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate | (sNC.ncFlags&NC_MinMaxAgg); + }else{ + sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowAgg; + } + + /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause. + */ + if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING"); + return WRC_Abort; + } + + /* Add the output column list to the name-context before parsing the + ** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that + ** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by + ** aliases in the result set. + ** + ** Minor point: If this is the case, then the expression will be + ** re-evaluated for each reference to it. + */ + sNC.pEList = p->pEList; + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pWhere) ) return WRC_Abort; + + /* Resolve names in table-valued-function arguments */ + for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i]; + if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc + && sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pItem->u1.pFuncArg) + ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + } + + /* The ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses may not refer to terms in + ** outer queries + */ + sNC.pNext = 0; + sNC.ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg; + + /* If this is a converted compound query, move the ORDER BY clause from + ** the sub-query back to the parent query. At this point each term + ** within the ORDER BY clause has been transformed to an integer value. + ** These integers will be replaced by copies of the corresponding result + ** set expressions by the call to resolveOrderGroupBy() below. */ + if( p->selFlags & SF_Converted ){ + Select *pSub = p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect; + p->pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy; + pSub->pOrderBy = 0; + } + + /* Process the ORDER BY clause for singleton SELECT statements. + ** The ORDER BY clause for compounds SELECT statements is handled + ** below, after all of the result-sets for all of the elements of + ** the compound have been resolved. + ** + ** If there is an ORDER BY clause on a term of a compound-select other + ** than the right-most term, then that is a syntax error. But the error + ** is not detected until much later, and so we need to go ahead and + ** resolve those symbols on the incorrect ORDER BY for consistency. + */ + if( isCompound<=nCompound /* Defer right-most ORDER BY of a compound */ + && resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER") + ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + + /* Resolve the GROUP BY clause. At the same time, make sure + ** the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions. + */ + if( pGroupBy ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + + if( resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, pGroupBy, "GROUP") || db->mallocFailed ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + for(i=0, pItem=pGroupBy->a; i<pGroupBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){ + if( ExprHasProperty(pItem->pExpr, EP_Agg) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "aggregate functions are not allowed in " + "the GROUP BY clause"); + return WRC_Abort; + } + } + } + + /* If this is part of a compound SELECT, check that it has the right + ** number of expressions in the select list. */ + if( p->pNext && p->pEList->nExpr!=p->pNext->pEList->nExpr ){ + sqlite3SelectWrongNumTermsError(pParse, p->pNext); + return WRC_Abort; + } + + /* Advance to the next term of the compound + */ + p = p->pPrior; + nCompound++; + } + + /* Resolve the ORDER BY on a compound SELECT after all terms of + ** the compound have been resolved. + */ + if( isCompound && resolveCompoundOrderBy(pParse, pLeftmost) ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + + return WRC_Prune; +} + +/* +** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to +** table columns and result-set columns. At the same time, do error +** checking on function usage and set a flag if any aggregate functions +** are seen. +** +** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the +** form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z where +** +** X: The name of a database. Ex: "main" or "temp" or +** the symbolic name assigned to an ATTACH-ed database. +** +** Y: The name of a table in a FROM clause. Or in a trigger +** one of the special names "old" or "new". +** +** Z: The name of a column in table Y. +** +** The node at the root of the subtree is modified as follows: +** +** Expr.op Changed to TK_COLUMN +** Expr.pTab Points to the Table object for X.Y +** Expr.iColumn The column index in X.Y. -1 for the rowid. +** Expr.iTable The VDBE cursor number for X.Y +** +** +** To resolve result-set references, look for expression nodes of the +** form Z (with no X and Y prefix) where the Z matches the right-hand +** size of an AS clause in the result-set of a SELECT. The Z expression +** is replaced by a copy of the left-hand side of the result-set expression. +** Table-name and function resolution occurs on the substituted expression +** tree. For example, in: +** +** SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY x; +** +** The "x" term of the order by is replaced by "a+b" to render: +** +** SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY a+b; +** +** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is +** defined and that the correct number of arguments are specified. +** If the function is an aggregate function, then the NC_HasAgg flag is +** set and the opcode is changed from TK_FUNCTION to TK_AGG_FUNCTION. +** If an expression contains aggregate functions then the EP_Agg +** property on the expression is set. +** +** An error message is left in pParse if anything is amiss. The number +** if errors is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames( + NameContext *pNC, /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */ + Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be analyzed. */ +){ + u16 savedHasAgg; + Walker w; + + if( pExpr==0 ) return 0; +#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 + { + Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse; + if( sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, pExpr->nHeight+pNC->pParse->nHeight) ){ + return 1; + } + pParse->nHeight += pExpr->nHeight; + } +#endif + savedHasAgg = pNC->ncFlags & (NC_HasAgg|NC_MinMaxAgg); + pNC->ncFlags &= ~(NC_HasAgg|NC_MinMaxAgg); + w.pParse = pNC->pParse; + w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep; + w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep; + w.xSelectCallback2 = 0; + w.walkerDepth = 0; + w.eCode = 0; + w.u.pNC = pNC; + sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); +#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 + pNC->pParse->nHeight -= pExpr->nHeight; +#endif + if( pNC->nErr>0 || w.pParse->nErr>0 ){ + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Error); + } + if( pNC->ncFlags & NC_HasAgg ){ + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Agg); + } + pNC->ncFlags |= savedHasAgg; + return ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Error); +} + +/* +** Resolve all names for all expression in an expression list. This is +** just like sqlite3ResolveExprNames() except that it works for an expression +** list rather than a single expression. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprListNames( + NameContext *pNC, /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */ + ExprList *pList /* The expression list to be analyzed. */ +){ + int i; + if( pList ){ + for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){ + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pNC, pList->a[i].pExpr) ) return WRC_Abort; + } + } + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** Resolve all names in all expressions of a SELECT and in all +** decendents of the SELECT, including compounds off of p->pPrior, +** subqueries in expressions, and subqueries used as FROM clause +** terms. +** +** See sqlite3ResolveExprNames() for a description of the kinds of +** transformations that occur. +** +** All SELECT statements should have been expanded using +** sqlite3SelectExpand() prior to invoking this routine. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ + NameContext *pOuterNC /* Name context for parent SELECT statement */ +){ + Walker w; + + assert( p!=0 ); + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep; + w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep; + w.pParse = pParse; + w.u.pNC = pOuterNC; + sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, p); +} + +/* +** Resolve names in expressions that can only reference a single table: +** +** * CHECK constraints +** * WHERE clauses on partial indices +** +** The Expr.iTable value for Expr.op==TK_COLUMN nodes of the expression +** is set to -1 and the Expr.iColumn value is set to the column number. +** +** Any errors cause an error message to be set in pParse. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelfReference( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Table *pTab, /* The table being referenced */ + int type, /* NC_IsCheck or NC_PartIdx or NC_IdxExpr */ + Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to resolve. May be NULL. */ + ExprList *pList /* Expression list to resolve. May be NUL. */ +){ + SrcList sSrc; /* Fake SrcList for pParse->pNewTable */ + NameContext sNC; /* Name context for pParse->pNewTable */ + + assert( type==NC_IsCheck || type==NC_PartIdx || type==NC_IdxExpr ); + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + memset(&sSrc, 0, sizeof(sSrc)); + sSrc.nSrc = 1; + sSrc.a[0].zName = pTab->zName; + sSrc.a[0].pTab = pTab; + sSrc.a[0].iCursor = -1; + sNC.pParse = pParse; + sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc; + sNC.ncFlags = type; + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pExpr) ) return; + if( pList ) sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pList); +} + +/************** End of resolve.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file expr.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and +** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* +** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any. +** +** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias, +** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the +** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned, +** indicating no affinity for the expression. +** +** i.e. the WHERE clause expressions in the following statements all +** have an affinity: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(a); +** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a; +** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b; +** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1); +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){ + int op; + pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr); + if( pExpr->flags & EP_Generic ) return 0; + op = pExpr->op; + if( op==TK_SELECT ){ + assert( pExpr->flags&EP_xIsSelect ); + return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST + if( op==TK_CAST ){ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + return sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0); + } +#endif + if( (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER) + && pExpr->pTab!=0 + ){ + /* op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally + ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */ + int j = pExpr->iColumn; + if( j<0 ) return SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + assert( pExpr->pTab && j<pExpr->pTab->nCol ); + return pExpr->pTab->aCol[j].affinity; + } + return pExpr->affinity; +} + +/* +** Set the collating sequence for expression pExpr to be the collating +** sequence named by pToken. Return a pointer to a new Expr node that +** implements the COLLATE operator. +** +** If a memory allocation error occurs, that fact is recorded in pParse->db +** and the pExpr parameter is returned unchanged. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* Add the "COLLATE" clause to this expression */ + const Token *pCollName, /* Name of collating sequence */ + int dequote /* True to dequote pCollName */ +){ + if( pCollName->n>0 ){ + Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_COLLATE, pCollName, dequote); + if( pNew ){ + pNew->pLeft = pExpr; + pNew->flags |= EP_Collate|EP_Skip; + pExpr = pNew; + } + } + return pExpr; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, const char *zC){ + Token s; + assert( zC!=0 ); + sqlite3TokenInit(&s, (char*)zC); + return sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, pExpr, &s, 0); +} + +/* +** Skip over any TK_COLLATE operators and any unlikely() +** or likelihood() function at the root of an expression. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr *pExpr){ + while( pExpr && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Skip) ){ + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Unlikely) ){ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + assert( pExpr->x.pList->nExpr>0 ); + assert( pExpr->op==TK_FUNCTION ); + pExpr = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; + }else{ + assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ); + pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; + } + } + return pExpr; +} + +/* +** Return the collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If +** there is no defined collating sequence, return NULL. +** +** The collating sequence might be determined by a COLLATE operator +** or by the presence of a column with a defined collating sequence. +** COLLATE operators take first precedence. Left operands take +** precedence over right operands. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + CollSeq *pColl = 0; + Expr *p = pExpr; + while( p ){ + int op = p->op; + if( p->flags & EP_Generic ) break; + if( op==TK_CAST || op==TK_UPLUS ){ + p = p->pLeft; + continue; + } + if( op==TK_COLLATE || (op==TK_REGISTER && p->op2==TK_COLLATE) ){ + pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, ENC(db), 0, p->u.zToken); + break; + } + if( (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN + || op==TK_REGISTER || op==TK_TRIGGER) + && p->pTab!=0 + ){ + /* op==TK_REGISTER && p->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally + ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */ + int j = p->iColumn; + if( j>=0 ){ + const char *zColl = p->pTab->aCol[j].zColl; + pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0); + } + break; + } + if( p->flags & EP_Collate ){ + if( p->pLeft && (p->pLeft->flags & EP_Collate)!=0 ){ + p = p->pLeft; + }else{ + Expr *pNext = p->pRight; + /* The Expr.x union is never used at the same time as Expr.pRight */ + assert( p->x.pList==0 || p->pRight==0 ); + /* p->flags holds EP_Collate and p->pLeft->flags does not. And + ** p->x.pSelect cannot. So if p->x.pLeft exists, it must hold at + ** least one EP_Collate. Thus the following two ALWAYS. */ + if( p->x.pList!=0 && ALWAYS(!ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect)) ){ + int i; + for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<p->x.pList->nExpr); i++){ + if( ExprHasProperty(p->x.pList->a[i].pExpr, EP_Collate) ){ + pNext = p->x.pList->a[i].pExpr; + break; + } + } + } + p = pNext; + } + }else{ + break; + } + } + if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ + pColl = 0; + } + return pColl; +} + +/* +** pExpr is an operand of a comparison operator. aff2 is the +** type affinity of the other operand. This routine returns the +** type affinity that should be used for the comparison operator. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){ + char aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr); + if( aff1 && aff2 ){ + /* Both sides of the comparison are columns. If one has numeric + ** affinity, use that. Otherwise use no affinity. + */ + if( sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff1) || sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff2) ){ + return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; + }else{ + return SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; + } + }else if( !aff1 && !aff2 ){ + /* Neither side of the comparison is a column. Compare the + ** results directly. + */ + return SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; + }else{ + /* One side is a column, the other is not. Use the columns affinity. */ + assert( aff1==0 || aff2==0 ); + return (aff1 + aff2); + } +} + +/* +** pExpr is a comparison operator. Return the type affinity that should +** be applied to both operands prior to doing the comparison. +*/ +static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){ + char aff; + assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IN || pExpr->op==TK_LT || + pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_GE || pExpr->op==TK_LE || + pExpr->op==TK_NE || pExpr->op==TK_IS || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT ); + assert( pExpr->pLeft ); + aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft); + if( pExpr->pRight ){ + aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pRight, aff); + }else if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff); + }else if( !aff ){ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; + } + return aff; +} + +/* +** pExpr is a comparison expression, eg. '=', '<', IN(...) etc. +** idx_affinity is the affinity of an indexed column. Return true +** if the index with affinity idx_affinity may be used to implement +** the comparison in pExpr. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){ + char aff = comparisonAffinity(pExpr); + switch( aff ){ + case SQLITE_AFF_BLOB: + return 1; + case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT: + return idx_affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; + default: + return sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(idx_affinity); + } +} + +/* +** Return the P5 value that should be used for a binary comparison +** opcode (OP_Eq, OP_Ge etc.) used to compare pExpr1 and pExpr2. +*/ +static u8 binaryCompareP5(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){ + u8 aff = (char)sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr2); + aff = (u8)sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff) | (u8)jumpIfNull; + return aff; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the collation sequence that should be used by +** a binary comparison operator comparing pLeft and pRight. +** +** If the left hand expression has a collating sequence type, then it is +** used. Otherwise the collation sequence for the right hand expression +** is used, or the default (BINARY) if neither expression has a collating +** type. +** +** Argument pRight (but not pLeft) may be a null pointer. In this case, +** it is not considered. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq( + Parse *pParse, + Expr *pLeft, + Expr *pRight +){ + CollSeq *pColl; + assert( pLeft ); + if( pLeft->flags & EP_Collate ){ + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft); + }else if( pRight && (pRight->flags & EP_Collate)!=0 ){ + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight); + }else{ + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft); + if( !pColl ){ + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight); + } + } + return pColl; +} + +/* +** Generate code for a comparison operator. +*/ +static int codeCompare( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing (and code generating) context */ + Expr *pLeft, /* The left operand */ + Expr *pRight, /* The right operand */ + int opcode, /* The comparison opcode */ + int in1, int in2, /* Register holding operands */ + int dest, /* Jump here if true. */ + int jumpIfNull /* If true, jump if either operand is NULL */ +){ + int p5; + int addr; + CollSeq *p4; + + p4 = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLeft, pRight); + p5 = binaryCompareP5(pLeft, pRight, jumpIfNull); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pParse->pVdbe, opcode, in2, dest, in1, + (void*)p4, P4_COLLSEQ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(pParse->pVdbe, (u8)p5); + return addr; +} + +#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 +/* +** Check that argument nHeight is less than or equal to the maximum +** expression depth allowed. If it is not, leave an error message in +** pParse. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse *pParse, int nHeight){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int mxHeight = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]; + if( nHeight>mxHeight ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "Expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", mxHeight + ); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + return rc; +} + +/* The following three functions, heightOfExpr(), heightOfExprList() +** and heightOfSelect(), are used to determine the maximum height +** of any expression tree referenced by the structure passed as the +** first argument. +** +** If this maximum height is greater than the current value pointed +** to by pnHeight, the second parameter, then set *pnHeight to that +** value. +*/ +static void heightOfExpr(Expr *p, int *pnHeight){ + if( p ){ + if( p->nHeight>*pnHeight ){ + *pnHeight = p->nHeight; + } + } +} +static void heightOfExprList(ExprList *p, int *pnHeight){ + if( p ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<p->nExpr; i++){ + heightOfExpr(p->a[i].pExpr, pnHeight); + } + } +} +static void heightOfSelect(Select *p, int *pnHeight){ + if( p ){ + heightOfExpr(p->pWhere, pnHeight); + heightOfExpr(p->pHaving, pnHeight); + heightOfExpr(p->pLimit, pnHeight); + heightOfExpr(p->pOffset, pnHeight); + heightOfExprList(p->pEList, pnHeight); + heightOfExprList(p->pGroupBy, pnHeight); + heightOfExprList(p->pOrderBy, pnHeight); + heightOfSelect(p->pPrior, pnHeight); + } +} + +/* +** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an +** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or +** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression +** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other +** referenced Expr plus one. +** +** Also propagate EP_Propagate flags up from Expr.x.pList to Expr.flags, +** if appropriate. +*/ +static void exprSetHeight(Expr *p){ + int nHeight = 0; + heightOfExpr(p->pLeft, &nHeight); + heightOfExpr(p->pRight, &nHeight); + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + heightOfSelect(p->x.pSelect, &nHeight); + }else if( p->x.pList ){ + heightOfExprList(p->x.pList, &nHeight); + p->flags |= EP_Propagate & sqlite3ExprListFlags(p->x.pList); + } + p->nHeight = nHeight + 1; +} + +/* +** Set the Expr.nHeight variable using the exprSetHeight() function. If +** the height is greater than the maximum allowed expression depth, +** leave an error in pParse. +** +** Also propagate all EP_Propagate flags from the Expr.x.pList into +** Expr.flags. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){ + if( pParse->nErr ) return; + exprSetHeight(p); + sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight); +} + +/* +** Return the maximum height of any expression tree referenced +** by the select statement passed as an argument. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *p){ + int nHeight = 0; + heightOfSelect(p, &nHeight); + return nHeight; +} +#else /* ABOVE: Height enforcement enabled. BELOW: Height enforcement off */ +/* +** Propagate all EP_Propagate flags from the Expr.x.pList into +** Expr.flags. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){ + if( p && p->x.pList && !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + p->flags |= EP_Propagate & sqlite3ExprListFlags(p->x.pList); + } +} +#define exprSetHeight(y) +#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 */ + +/* +** This routine is the core allocator for Expr nodes. +** +** Construct a new expression node and return a pointer to it. Memory +** for this node and for the pToken argument is a single allocation +** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). The calling function +** is responsible for making sure the node eventually gets freed. +** +** If dequote is true, then the token (if it exists) is dequoted. +** If dequote is false, no dequoting is performed. The deQuote +** parameter is ignored if pToken is NULL or if the token does not +** appear to be quoted. If the quotes were of the form "..." (double-quotes) +** then the EP_DblQuoted flag is set on the expression node. +** +** Special case: If op==TK_INTEGER and pToken points to a string that +** can be translated into a 32-bit integer, then the token is not +** stored in u.zToken. Instead, the integer values is written +** into u.iValue and the EP_IntValue flag is set. No extra storage +** is allocated to hold the integer text and the dequote flag is ignored. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc( + sqlite3 *db, /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */ + int op, /* Expression opcode */ + const Token *pToken, /* Token argument. Might be NULL */ + int dequote /* True to dequote */ +){ + Expr *pNew; + int nExtra = 0; + int iValue = 0; + + assert( db!=0 ); + if( pToken ){ + if( op!=TK_INTEGER || pToken->z==0 + || sqlite3GetInt32(pToken->z, &iValue)==0 ){ + nExtra = pToken->n+1; + assert( iValue>=0 ); + } + } + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(Expr)+nExtra); + if( pNew ){ + memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(Expr)); + pNew->op = (u8)op; + pNew->iAgg = -1; + if( pToken ){ + if( nExtra==0 ){ + pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue; + pNew->u.iValue = iValue; + }else{ + pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&pNew[1]; + assert( pToken->z!=0 || pToken->n==0 ); + if( pToken->n ) memcpy(pNew->u.zToken, pToken->z, pToken->n); + pNew->u.zToken[pToken->n] = 0; + if( dequote && sqlite3Isquote(pNew->u.zToken[0]) ){ + if( pNew->u.zToken[0]=='"' ) pNew->flags |= EP_DblQuoted; + sqlite3Dequote(pNew->u.zToken); + } + } + } +#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 + pNew->nHeight = 1; +#endif + } + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Allocate a new expression node from a zero-terminated token that has +** already been dequoted. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr( + sqlite3 *db, /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */ + int op, /* Expression opcode */ + const char *zToken /* Token argument. Might be NULL */ +){ + Token x; + x.z = zToken; + x.n = zToken ? sqlite3Strlen30(zToken) : 0; + return sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, op, &x, 0); +} + +/* +** Attach subtrees pLeft and pRight to the Expr node pRoot. +** +** If pRoot==NULL that means that a memory allocation error has occurred. +** In that case, delete the subtrees pLeft and pRight. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees( + sqlite3 *db, + Expr *pRoot, + Expr *pLeft, + Expr *pRight +){ + if( pRoot==0 ){ + assert( db->mallocFailed ); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight); + }else{ + if( pRight ){ + pRoot->pRight = pRight; + pRoot->flags |= EP_Propagate & pRight->flags; + } + if( pLeft ){ + pRoot->pLeft = pLeft; + pRoot->flags |= EP_Propagate & pLeft->flags; + } + exprSetHeight(pRoot); + } +} + +/* +** Allocate an Expr node which joins as many as two subtrees. +** +** One or both of the subtrees can be NULL. Return a pointer to the new +** Expr node. Or, if an OOM error occurs, set pParse->db->mallocFailed, +** free the subtrees and return NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int op, /* Expression opcode */ + Expr *pLeft, /* Left operand */ + Expr *pRight, /* Right operand */ + const Token *pToken /* Argument token */ +){ + Expr *p; + if( op==TK_AND && pParse->nErr==0 ){ + /* Take advantage of short-circuit false optimization for AND */ + p = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, pLeft, pRight); + }else{ + p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, op & TKFLG_MASK, pToken, 1); + sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(pParse->db, p, pLeft, pRight); + } + if( p ) { + sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight); + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Add pSelect to the Expr.x.pSelect field. Or, if pExpr is NULL (due +** do a memory allocation failure) then delete the pSelect object. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PExprAddSelect(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, Select *pSelect){ + if( pExpr ){ + pExpr->x.pSelect = pSelect; + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect|EP_Subquery); + sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, pExpr); + }else{ + assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pSelect); + } +} + + +/* +** If the expression is always either TRUE or FALSE (respectively), +** then return 1. If one cannot determine the truth value of the +** expression at compile-time return 0. +** +** This is an optimization. If is OK to return 0 here even if +** the expression really is always false or false (a false negative). +** But it is a bug to return 1 if the expression might have different +** boolean values in different circumstances (a false positive.) +** +** Note that if the expression is part of conditional for a +** LEFT JOIN, then we cannot determine at compile-time whether or not +** is it true or false, so always return 0. +*/ +static int exprAlwaysTrue(Expr *p){ + int v = 0; + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ) return 0; + if( !sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p, &v) ) return 0; + return v!=0; +} +static int exprAlwaysFalse(Expr *p){ + int v = 0; + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ) return 0; + if( !sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p, &v) ) return 0; + return v==0; +} + +/* +** Join two expressions using an AND operator. If either expression is +** NULL, then just return the other expression. +** +** If one side or the other of the AND is known to be false, then instead +** of returning an AND expression, just return a constant expression with +** a value of false. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){ + if( pLeft==0 ){ + return pRight; + }else if( pRight==0 ){ + return pLeft; + }else if( exprAlwaysFalse(pLeft) || exprAlwaysFalse(pRight) ){ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight); + return sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_INTEGER, &sqlite3IntTokens[0], 0); + }else{ + Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_AND, 0, 0); + sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(db, pNew, pLeft, pRight); + return pNew; + } +} + +/* +** Construct a new expression node for a function with multiple +** arguments. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList, Token *pToken){ + Expr *pNew; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + assert( pToken ); + pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_FUNCTION, pToken, 1); + if( pNew==0 ){ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); /* Avoid memory leak when malloc fails */ + return 0; + } + pNew->x.pList = pList; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) ); + sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, pNew); + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard +** in the original SQL statement. +** +** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential +** variable number. +** +** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn". We make +** sure "nnn" is not too be to avoid a denial of service attack when +** the SQL statement comes from an external source. +** +** Wildcards of the form ":aaa", "@aaa", or "$aaa" are assigned the same number +** as the previous instance of the same wildcard. Or if this is the first +** instance of the wildcard, the next sequential variable number is +** assigned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + const char *z; + + if( pExpr==0 ) return; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue|EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) ); + z = pExpr->u.zToken; + assert( z!=0 ); + assert( z[0]!=0 ); + if( z[1]==0 ){ + /* Wildcard of the form "?". Assign the next variable number */ + assert( z[0]=='?' ); + pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar); + }else{ + ynVar x = 0; + u32 n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); + if( z[0]=='?' ){ + /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn". Convert "nnn" to an integer and + ** use it as the variable number */ + i64 i; + int bOk = 0==sqlite3Atoi64(&z[1], &i, n-1, SQLITE_UTF8); + pExpr->iColumn = x = (ynVar)i; + testcase( i==0 ); + testcase( i==1 ); + testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]-1 ); + testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ); + if( bOk==0 || i<1 || i>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d", + db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]); + x = 0; + } + if( i>pParse->nVar ){ + pParse->nVar = (int)i; + } + }else{ + /* Wildcards like ":aaa", "$aaa" or "@aaa". Reuse the same variable + ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name + ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number + */ + ynVar i; + for(i=0; i<pParse->nzVar; i++){ + if( pParse->azVar[i] && strcmp(pParse->azVar[i],z)==0 ){ + pExpr->iColumn = x = (ynVar)i+1; + break; + } + } + if( x==0 ) x = pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar); + } + if( x>0 ){ + if( x>pParse->nzVar ){ + char **a; + a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pParse->azVar, x*sizeof(a[0])); + if( a==0 ){ + assert( db->mallocFailed ); /* Error reported through mallocFailed */ + return; + } + pParse->azVar = a; + memset(&a[pParse->nzVar], 0, (x-pParse->nzVar)*sizeof(a[0])); + pParse->nzVar = x; + } + if( z[0]!='?' || pParse->azVar[x-1]==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[x-1]); + pParse->azVar[x-1] = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n); + } + } + } + if( !pParse->nErr && pParse->nVar>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many SQL variables"); + } +} + +/* +** Recursively delete an expression tree. +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE void sqlite3ExprDeleteNN(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){ + assert( p!=0 ); + /* Sanity check: Assert that the IntValue is non-negative if it exists */ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) || p->u.iValue>=0 ); + if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){ + /* The Expr.x union is never used at the same time as Expr.pRight */ + assert( p->x.pList==0 || p->pRight==0 ); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLeft); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pRight); + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_MemToken) ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.zToken); + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->x.pSelect); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->x.pList); + } + } + if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Static) ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + } +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){ + if( p ) sqlite3ExprDeleteNN(db, p); +} + +/* +** Return the number of bytes allocated for the expression structure +** passed as the first argument. This is always one of EXPR_FULLSIZE, +** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE. +*/ +static int exprStructSize(Expr *p){ + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ) return EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE; + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced) ) return EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE; + return EXPR_FULLSIZE; +} + +/* +** The dupedExpr*Size() routines each return the number of bytes required +** to store a copy of an expression or expression tree. They differ in +** how much of the tree is measured. +** +** dupedExprStructSize() Size of only the Expr structure +** dupedExprNodeSize() Size of Expr + space for token +** dupedExprSize() Expr + token + subtree components +** +*************************************************************************** +** +** The dupedExprStructSize() function returns two values OR-ed together: +** (1) the space required for a copy of the Expr structure only and +** (2) the EP_xxx flags that indicate what the structure size should be. +** The return values is always one of: +** +** EXPR_FULLSIZE +** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE | EP_Reduced +** EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly +** +** The size of the structure can be found by masking the return value +** of this routine with 0xfff. The flags can be found by masking the +** return value with EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly. +** +** Note that with flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE, this routines works on full-size +** (unreduced) Expr objects as they or originally constructed by the parser. +** During expression analysis, extra information is computed and moved into +** later parts of teh Expr object and that extra information might get chopped +** off if the expression is reduced. Note also that it does not work to +** make an EXPRDUP_REDUCE copy of a reduced expression. It is only legal +** to reduce a pristine expression tree from the parser. The implementation +** of dupedExprStructSize() contain multiple assert() statements that attempt +** to enforce this constraint. +*/ +static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){ + int nSize; + assert( flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE || flags==0 ); /* Only one flag value allowed */ + assert( EXPR_FULLSIZE<=0xfff ); + assert( (0xfff & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 ); + if( 0==flags ){ + nSize = EXPR_FULLSIZE; + }else{ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_MemToken) ); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_NoReduce) ); + if( p->pLeft || p->x.pList ){ + nSize = EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE | EP_Reduced; + }else{ + assert( p->pRight==0 ); + nSize = EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly; + } + } + return nSize; +} + +/* +** This function returns the space in bytes required to store the copy +** of the Expr structure and a copy of the Expr.u.zToken string (if that +** string is defined.) +*/ +static int dupedExprNodeSize(Expr *p, int flags){ + int nByte = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags) & 0xfff; + if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){ + nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken)+1; + } + return ROUND8(nByte); +} + +/* +** Return the number of bytes required to create a duplicate of the +** expression passed as the first argument. The second argument is a +** mask containing EXPRDUP_XXX flags. +** +** The value returned includes space to create a copy of the Expr struct +** itself and the buffer referred to by Expr.u.zToken, if any. +** +** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the return value includes +** space to duplicate all Expr nodes in the tree formed by Expr.pLeft +** and Expr.pRight variables (but not for any structures pointed to or +** descended from the Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect variables). +*/ +static int dupedExprSize(Expr *p, int flags){ + int nByte = 0; + if( p ){ + nByte = dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags); + if( flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE ){ + nByte += dupedExprSize(p->pLeft, flags) + dupedExprSize(p->pRight, flags); + } + } + return nByte; +} + +/* +** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer +** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough +** to store the copy of expression p, the copies of p->u.zToken +** (if applicable), and the copies of the p->pLeft and p->pRight expressions, +** if any. Before returning, *pzBuffer is set to the first byte past the +** portion of the buffer copied into by this function. +*/ +static Expr *exprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int dupFlags, u8 **pzBuffer){ + Expr *pNew; /* Value to return */ + u8 *zAlloc; /* Memory space from which to build Expr object */ + u32 staticFlag; /* EP_Static if space not obtained from malloc */ + + assert( db!=0 ); + assert( p ); + assert( dupFlags==0 || dupFlags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE ); + assert( pzBuffer==0 || dupFlags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE ); + + /* Figure out where to write the new Expr structure. */ + if( pzBuffer ){ + zAlloc = *pzBuffer; + staticFlag = EP_Static; + }else{ + zAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, dupedExprSize(p, dupFlags)); + staticFlag = 0; + } + pNew = (Expr *)zAlloc; + + if( pNew ){ + /* Set nNewSize to the size allocated for the structure pointed to + ** by pNew. This is either EXPR_FULLSIZE, EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or + ** EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE. nToken is set to the number of bytes consumed + ** by the copy of the p->u.zToken string (if any). + */ + const unsigned nStructSize = dupedExprStructSize(p, dupFlags); + const int nNewSize = nStructSize & 0xfff; + int nToken; + if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){ + nToken = sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken) + 1; + }else{ + nToken = 0; + } + if( dupFlags ){ + assert( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced)==0 ); + memcpy(zAlloc, p, nNewSize); + }else{ + u32 nSize = (u32)exprStructSize(p); + memcpy(zAlloc, p, nSize); + if( nSize<EXPR_FULLSIZE ){ + memset(&zAlloc[nSize], 0, EXPR_FULLSIZE-nSize); + } + } + + /* Set the EP_Reduced, EP_TokenOnly, and EP_Static flags appropriately. */ + pNew->flags &= ~(EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly|EP_Static|EP_MemToken); + pNew->flags |= nStructSize & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly); + pNew->flags |= staticFlag; + + /* Copy the p->u.zToken string, if any. */ + if( nToken ){ + char *zToken = pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&zAlloc[nNewSize]; + memcpy(zToken, p->u.zToken, nToken); + } + + if( 0==((p->flags|pNew->flags) & EP_TokenOnly) ){ + /* Fill in the pNew->x.pSelect or pNew->x.pList member. */ + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + pNew->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->x.pSelect, dupFlags); + }else{ + pNew->x.pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->x.pList, dupFlags); + } + } + + /* Fill in pNew->pLeft and pNew->pRight. */ + if( ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) ){ + zAlloc += dupedExprNodeSize(p, dupFlags); + if( ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced) ){ + pNew->pLeft = p->pLeft ? + exprDup(db, p->pLeft, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc) : 0; + pNew->pRight = p->pRight ? + exprDup(db, p->pRight, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc) : 0; + } + if( pzBuffer ){ + *pzBuffer = zAlloc; + } + }else{ + if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){ + pNew->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLeft, 0); + pNew->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pRight, 0); + } + } + } + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Create and return a deep copy of the object passed as the second +** argument. If an OOM condition is encountered, NULL is returned +** and the db->mallocFailed flag set. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE +static With *withDup(sqlite3 *db, With *p){ + With *pRet = 0; + if( p ){ + int nByte = sizeof(*p) + sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nCte-1); + pRet = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); + if( pRet ){ + int i; + pRet->nCte = p->nCte; + for(i=0; i<p->nCte; i++){ + pRet->a[i].pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->a[i].pSelect, 0); + pRet->a[i].pCols = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->a[i].pCols, 0); + pRet->a[i].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, p->a[i].zName); + } + } + } + return pRet; +} +#else +# define withDup(x,y) 0 +#endif + +/* +** The following group of routines make deep copies of expressions, +** expression lists, ID lists, and select statements. The copies can +** be deleted (by being passed to their respective ...Delete() routines) +** without effecting the originals. +** +** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(), +** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded +** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines. +** +** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated. +** +** The flags parameter contains a combination of the EXPRDUP_XXX flags. +** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the structure returned is a +** truncated version of the usual Expr structure that will be stored as +** part of the in-memory representation of the database schema. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags){ + assert( flags==0 || flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE ); + return p ? exprDup(db, p, flags, 0) : 0; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *p, int flags){ + ExprList *pNew; + struct ExprList_item *pItem, *pOldItem; + int i; + assert( db!=0 ); + if( p==0 ) return 0; + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + pNew->nExpr = i = p->nExpr; + if( (flags & EXPRDUP_REDUCE)==0 ) for(i=1; i<p->nExpr; i+=i){} + pNew->a = pItem = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, i*sizeof(p->a[0]) ); + if( pItem==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew); + return 0; + } + pOldItem = p->a; + for(i=0; i<p->nExpr; i++, pItem++, pOldItem++){ + Expr *pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr; + pItem->pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldExpr, flags); + pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); + pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zSpan); + pItem->sortOrder = pOldItem->sortOrder; + pItem->done = 0; + pItem->bSpanIsTab = pOldItem->bSpanIsTab; + pItem->u = pOldItem->u; + } + return pNew; +} + +/* +** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from +** the build, then none of the following routines, except for +** sqlite3SelectDup(), can be called. sqlite3SelectDup() is sometimes +** called with a NULL argument. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) \ + || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *p, int flags){ + SrcList *pNew; + int i; + int nByte; + assert( db!=0 ); + if( p==0 ) return 0; + nByte = sizeof(*p) + (p->nSrc>0 ? sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nSrc-1) : 0); + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, nByte ); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + pNew->nSrc = pNew->nAlloc = p->nSrc; + for(i=0; i<p->nSrc; i++){ + struct SrcList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i]; + struct SrcList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i]; + Table *pTab; + pNewItem->pSchema = pOldItem->pSchema; + pNewItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zDatabase); + pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); + pNewItem->zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zAlias); + pNewItem->fg = pOldItem->fg; + pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor; + pNewItem->addrFillSub = pOldItem->addrFillSub; + pNewItem->regReturn = pOldItem->regReturn; + if( pNewItem->fg.isIndexedBy ){ + pNewItem->u1.zIndexedBy = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->u1.zIndexedBy); + } + pNewItem->pIBIndex = pOldItem->pIBIndex; + if( pNewItem->fg.isTabFunc ){ + pNewItem->u1.pFuncArg = + sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pOldItem->u1.pFuncArg, flags); + } + pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab; + if( pTab ){ + pTab->nRef++; + } + pNewItem->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pOldItem->pSelect, flags); + pNewItem->pOn = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldItem->pOn, flags); + pNewItem->pUsing = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pOldItem->pUsing); + pNewItem->colUsed = pOldItem->colUsed; + } + return pNew; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3 *db, IdList *p){ + IdList *pNew; + int i; + assert( db!=0 ); + if( p==0 ) return 0; + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + pNew->nId = p->nId; + pNew->a = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, p->nId*sizeof(p->a[0]) ); + if( pNew->a==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew); + return 0; + } + /* Note that because the size of the allocation for p->a[] is not + ** necessarily a power of two, sqlite3IdListAppend() may not be called + ** on the duplicate created by this function. */ + for(i=0; i<p->nId; i++){ + struct IdList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i]; + struct IdList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i]; + pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); + pNewItem->idx = pOldItem->idx; + } + return pNew; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){ + Select *pNew, *pPrior; + assert( db!=0 ); + if( p==0 ) return 0; + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(*p) ); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + pNew->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, flags); + pNew->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, p->pSrc, flags); + pNew->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhere, flags); + pNew->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pGroupBy, flags); + pNew->pHaving = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pHaving, flags); + pNew->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pOrderBy, flags); + pNew->op = p->op; + pNew->pPrior = pPrior = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->pPrior, flags); + if( pPrior ) pPrior->pNext = pNew; + pNew->pNext = 0; + pNew->pLimit = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLimit, flags); + pNew->pOffset = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pOffset, flags); + pNew->iLimit = 0; + pNew->iOffset = 0; + pNew->selFlags = p->selFlags & ~SF_UsesEphemeral; + pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1; + pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1; + pNew->nSelectRow = p->nSelectRow; + pNew->pWith = withDup(db, p->pWith); + sqlite3SelectSetName(pNew, p->zSelName); + return pNew; +} +#else +SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){ + assert( p==0 ); + return 0; +} +#endif + + +/* +** Add a new element to the end of an expression list. If pList is +** initially NULL, then create a new expression list. +** +** If a memory allocation error occurs, the entire list is freed and +** NULL is returned. If non-NULL is returned, then it is guaranteed +** that the new entry was successfully appended. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pList, /* List to which to append. Might be NULL */ + Expr *pExpr /* Expression to be appended. Might be NULL */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + assert( db!=0 ); + if( pList==0 ){ + pList = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(ExprList) ); + if( pList==0 ){ + goto no_mem; + } + pList->nExpr = 0; + pList->a = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(pList->a[0])); + if( pList->a==0 ) goto no_mem; + }else if( (pList->nExpr & (pList->nExpr-1))==0 ){ + struct ExprList_item *a; + assert( pList->nExpr>0 ); + a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList->a, pList->nExpr*2*sizeof(pList->a[0])); + if( a==0 ){ + goto no_mem; + } + pList->a = a; + } + assert( pList->a!=0 ); + if( 1 ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr++]; + memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(*pItem)); + pItem->pExpr = pExpr; + } + return pList; + +no_mem: + /* Avoid leaking memory if malloc has failed. */ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); + return 0; +} + +/* +** Set the sort order for the last element on the given ExprList. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(ExprList *p, int iSortOrder){ + if( p==0 ) return; + assert( SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED<0 && SQLITE_SO_ASC>=0 && SQLITE_SO_DESC>0 ); + assert( p->nExpr>0 ); + if( iSortOrder<0 ){ + assert( p->a[p->nExpr-1].sortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC ); + return; + } + p->a[p->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)iSortOrder; +} + +/* +** Set the ExprList.a[].zName element of the most recently added item +** on the expression list. +** +** pList might be NULL following an OOM error. But pName should never be +** NULL. If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag +** is set. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pList, /* List to which to add the span. */ + Token *pName, /* Name to be added */ + int dequote /* True to cause the name to be dequoted */ +){ + assert( pList!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed!=0 ); + if( pList ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + assert( pList->nExpr>0 ); + pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1]; + assert( pItem->zName==0 ); + pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(pParse->db, pName->z, pName->n); + if( dequote ) sqlite3Dequote(pItem->zName); + } +} + +/* +** Set the ExprList.a[].zSpan element of the most recently added item +** on the expression list. +** +** pList might be NULL following an OOM error. But pSpan should never be +** NULL. If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag +** is set. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pList, /* List to which to add the span. */ + ExprSpan *pSpan /* The span to be added */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + assert( pList!=0 || db->mallocFailed!=0 ); + if( pList ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1]; + assert( pList->nExpr>0 ); + assert( db->mallocFailed || pItem->pExpr==pSpan->pExpr ); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan); + pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart, + (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart)); + } +} + +/* +** If the expression list pEList contains more than iLimit elements, +** leave an error message in pParse. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength( + Parse *pParse, + ExprList *pEList, + const char *zObject +){ + int mx = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]; + testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx ); + testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx+1 ); + if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>mx ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in %s", zObject); + } +} + +/* +** Delete an entire expression list. +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE void exprListDeleteNN(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *pList){ + int i; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + assert( pList->a!=0 || pList->nExpr==0 ); + for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pExpr); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pList); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *pList){ + if( pList ) exprListDeleteNN(db, pList); +} + +/* +** Return the bitwise-OR of all Expr.flags fields in the given +** ExprList. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3ExprListFlags(const ExprList *pList){ + int i; + u32 m = 0; + if( pList ){ + for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){ + Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr; + assert( pExpr!=0 ); + m |= pExpr->flags; + } + } + return m; +} + +/* +** These routines are Walker callbacks used to check expressions to +** see if they are "constant" for some definition of constant. The +** Walker.eCode value determines the type of "constant" we are looking +** for. +** +** These callback routines are used to implement the following: +** +** sqlite3ExprIsConstant() pWalker->eCode==1 +** sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin() pWalker->eCode==2 +** sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant() pWalker->eCode==3 +** sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction() pWalker->eCode==4 or 5 +** +** In all cases, the callbacks set Walker.eCode=0 and abort if the expression +** is found to not be a constant. +** +** The sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction() is used for evaluating expressions +** in a CREATE TABLE statement. The Walker.eCode value is 5 when parsing +** an existing schema and 4 when processing a new statement. A bound +** parameter raises an error for new statements, but is silently converted +** to NULL for existing schemas. This allows sqlite_master tables that +** contain a bound parameter because they were generated by older versions +** of SQLite to be parsed by newer versions of SQLite without raising a +** malformed schema error. +*/ +static int exprNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + + /* If pWalker->eCode is 2 then any term of the expression that comes from + ** the ON or USING clauses of a left join disqualifies the expression + ** from being considered constant. */ + if( pWalker->eCode==2 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ + pWalker->eCode = 0; + return WRC_Abort; + } + + switch( pExpr->op ){ + /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant + ** and either pWalker->eCode==4 or 5 or the function has the + ** SQLITE_FUNC_CONST flag. */ + case TK_FUNCTION: + if( pWalker->eCode>=4 || ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_ConstFunc) ){ + return WRC_Continue; + }else{ + pWalker->eCode = 0; + return WRC_Abort; + } + case TK_ID: + case TK_COLUMN: + case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: + case TK_AGG_COLUMN: + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ID ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ); + if( pWalker->eCode==3 && pExpr->iTable==pWalker->u.iCur ){ + return WRC_Continue; + }else{ + pWalker->eCode = 0; + return WRC_Abort; + } + case TK_VARIABLE: + if( pWalker->eCode==5 ){ + /* Silently convert bound parameters that appear inside of CREATE + ** statements into a NULL when parsing the CREATE statement text out + ** of the sqlite_master table */ + pExpr->op = TK_NULL; + }else if( pWalker->eCode==4 ){ + /* A bound parameter in a CREATE statement that originates from + ** sqlite3_prepare() causes an error */ + pWalker->eCode = 0; + return WRC_Abort; + } + /* Fall through */ + default: + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */ + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); /* selectNodeIsConstant will disallow */ + return WRC_Continue; + } +} +static int selectNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Select *NotUsed){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + pWalker->eCode = 0; + return WRC_Abort; +} +static int exprIsConst(Expr *p, int initFlag, int iCur){ + Walker w; + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.eCode = initFlag; + w.xExprCallback = exprNodeIsConstant; + w.xSelectCallback = selectNodeIsConstant; + w.u.iCur = iCur; + sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p); + return w.eCode; +} + +/* +** Walk an expression tree. Return non-zero if the expression is constant +** and 0 if it involves variables or function calls. +** +** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc") +** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is +** a constant. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){ + return exprIsConst(p, 1, 0); +} + +/* +** Walk an expression tree. Return non-zero if the expression is constant +** that does no originate from the ON or USING clauses of a join. +** Return 0 if it involves variables or function calls or terms from +** an ON or USING clause. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){ + return exprIsConst(p, 2, 0); +} + +/* +** Walk an expression tree. Return non-zero if the expression is constant +** for any single row of the table with cursor iCur. In other words, the +** expression must not refer to any non-deterministic function nor any +** table other than iCur. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(Expr *p, int iCur){ + return exprIsConst(p, 3, iCur); +} + +/* +** Walk an expression tree. Return non-zero if the expression is constant +** or a function call with constant arguments. Return and 0 if there +** are any variables. +** +** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc") +** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is +** a constant. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr *p, u8 isInit){ + assert( isInit==0 || isInit==1 ); + return exprIsConst(p, 4+isInit, 0); +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS +/* +** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression contains a +** subquery of some kind. Return 0 if there are no subqueries. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprContainsSubquery(Expr *p){ + Walker w; + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.eCode = 1; + w.xExprCallback = sqlite3ExprWalkNoop; + w.xSelectCallback = selectNodeIsConstant; + sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p); + return w.eCode==0; +} +#endif + +/* +** If the expression p codes a constant integer that is small enough +** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer +** in *pValue. If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big +** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){ + int rc = 0; + + /* If an expression is an integer literal that fits in a signed 32-bit + ** integer, then the EP_IntValue flag will have already been set */ + assert( p->op!=TK_INTEGER || (p->flags & EP_IntValue)!=0 + || sqlite3GetInt32(p->u.zToken, &rc)==0 ); + + if( p->flags & EP_IntValue ){ + *pValue = p->u.iValue; + return 1; + } + switch( p->op ){ + case TK_UPLUS: { + rc = sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue); + break; + } + case TK_UMINUS: { + int v; + if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, &v) ){ + assert( v!=(-2147483647-1) ); + *pValue = -v; + rc = 1; + } + break; + } + default: break; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return FALSE if there is no chance that the expression can be NULL. +** +** If the expression might be NULL or if the expression is too complex +** to tell return TRUE. +** +** This routine is used as an optimization, to skip OP_IsNull opcodes +** when we know that a value cannot be NULL. Hence, a false positive +** (returning TRUE when in fact the expression can never be NULL) might +** be a small performance hit but is otherwise harmless. On the other +** hand, a false negative (returning FALSE when the result could be NULL) +** will likely result in an incorrect answer. So when in doubt, return +** TRUE. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr *p){ + u8 op; + while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; } + op = p->op; + if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2; + switch( op ){ + case TK_INTEGER: + case TK_STRING: + case TK_FLOAT: + case TK_BLOB: + return 0; + case TK_COLUMN: + assert( p->pTab!=0 ); + return ExprHasProperty(p, EP_CanBeNull) || + (p->iColumn>=0 && p->pTab->aCol[p->iColumn].notNull==0); + default: + return 1; + } +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the given expression is a constant which would be +** unchanged by OP_Affinity with the affinity given in the second +** argument. +** +** This routine is used to determine if the OP_Affinity operation +** can be omitted. When in doubt return FALSE. A false negative +** is harmless. A false positive, however, can result in the wrong +** answer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr *p, char aff){ + u8 op; + if( aff==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ) return 1; + while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; } + op = p->op; + if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2; + switch( op ){ + case TK_INTEGER: { + return aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; + } + case TK_FLOAT: { + return aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; + } + case TK_STRING: { + return aff==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; + } + case TK_BLOB: { + return 1; + } + case TK_COLUMN: { + assert( p->iTable>=0 ); /* p cannot be part of a CHECK constraint */ + return p->iColumn<0 + && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC); + } + default: { + return 0; + } + } +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "_ROWID_")==0 ) return 1; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "ROWID")==0 ) return 1; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "OID")==0 ) return 1; + return 0; +} + +/* +** pX is the RHS of an IN operator. If pX is a SELECT statement +** that can be simplified to a direct table access, then return +** a pointer to the SELECT statement. If pX is not a SELECT statement, +** or if the SELECT statement needs to be manifested into a transient +** table, then return NULL. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY +static Select *isCandidateForInOpt(Expr *pX){ + Select *p; + SrcList *pSrc; + ExprList *pEList; + Expr *pRes; + Table *pTab; + if( !ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ) return 0; /* Not a subquery */ + if( ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_VarSelect) ) return 0; /* Correlated subq */ + p = pX->x.pSelect; + if( p->pPrior ) return 0; /* Not a compound SELECT */ + if( p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate) ){ + testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct ); + testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate ); + return 0; /* No DISTINCT keyword and no aggregate functions */ + } + assert( p->pGroupBy==0 ); /* Has no GROUP BY clause */ + if( p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Has no LIMIT clause */ + assert( p->pOffset==0 ); /* No LIMIT means no OFFSET */ + if( p->pWhere ) return 0; /* Has no WHERE clause */ + pSrc = p->pSrc; + assert( pSrc!=0 ); + if( pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0; /* Single term in FROM clause */ + if( pSrc->a[0].pSelect ) return 0; /* FROM is not a subquery or view */ + pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab; + assert( pTab!=0 ); + assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* FROM clause is not a view */ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; /* FROM clause not a virtual table */ + pEList = p->pEList; + if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0; /* One column in the result set */ + pRes = pEList->a[0].pExpr; + if( pRes->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0; /* Result is a column */ + assert( pRes->iTable==pSrc->a[0].iCursor ); /* Not a correlated subquery */ + return p; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ + +/* +** Code an OP_Once instruction and allocate space for its flag. Return the +** address of the new instruction. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeOnce(Parse *pParse){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Virtual machine being coded */ + return sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Once, pParse->nOnce++); +} + +/* +** Generate code that checks the left-most column of index table iCur to see if +** it contains any NULL entries. Cause the register at regHasNull to be set +** to a non-NULL value if iCur contains no NULLs. Cause register regHasNull +** to be set to NULL if iCur contains one or more NULL values. +*/ +static void sqlite3SetHasNullFlag(Vdbe *v, int iCur, int regHasNull){ + int addr1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regHasNull); + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iCur); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, 0, regHasNull); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG); + VdbeComment((v, "first_entry_in(%d)", iCur)); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); +} + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY +/* +** The argument is an IN operator with a list (not a subquery) on the +** right-hand side. Return TRUE if that list is constant. +*/ +static int sqlite3InRhsIsConstant(Expr *pIn){ + Expr *pLHS; + int res; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pIn, EP_xIsSelect) ); + pLHS = pIn->pLeft; + pIn->pLeft = 0; + res = sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pIn); + pIn->pLeft = pLHS; + return res; +} +#endif + +/* +** This function is used by the implementation of the IN (...) operator. +** The pX parameter is the expression on the RHS of the IN operator, which +** might be either a list of expressions or a subquery. +** +** The job of this routine is to find or create a b-tree object that can +** be used either to test for membership in the RHS set or to iterate through +** all members of the RHS set, skipping duplicates. +** +** A cursor is opened on the b-tree object that is the RHS of the IN operator +** and pX->iTable is set to the index of that cursor. +** +** The returned value of this function indicates the b-tree type, as follows: +** +** IN_INDEX_ROWID - The cursor was opened on a database table. +** IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC - The cursor was opened on an ascending index. +** IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC - The cursor was opened on a descending index. +** IN_INDEX_EPH - The cursor was opened on a specially created and +** populated epheremal table. +** IN_INDEX_NOOP - No cursor was allocated. The IN operator must be +** implemented as a sequence of comparisons. +** +** An existing b-tree might be used if the RHS expression pX is a simple +** subquery such as: +** +** SELECT <column> FROM <table> +** +** If the RHS of the IN operator is a list or a more complex subquery, then +** an ephemeral table might need to be generated from the RHS and then +** pX->iTable made to point to the ephemeral table instead of an +** existing table. +** +** The inFlags parameter must contain exactly one of the bits +** IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP or IN_INDEX_LOOP. If inFlags contains +** IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP, then the generated table will be used for a +** fast membership test. When the IN_INDEX_LOOP bit is set, the +** IN index will be used to loop over all values of the RHS of the +** IN operator. +** +** When IN_INDEX_LOOP is used (and the b-tree will be used to iterate +** through the set members) then the b-tree must not contain duplicates. +** An epheremal table must be used unless the selected <column> is guaranteed +** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or it +** has a UNIQUE constraint or UNIQUE index. +** +** When IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP is used (and the b-tree will be used +** for fast set membership tests) then an epheremal table must +** be used unless <column> is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or an index can +** be found with <column> as its left-most column. +** +** If the IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK and IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP are both set and +** if the RHS of the IN operator is a list (not a subquery) then this +** routine might decide that creating an ephemeral b-tree for membership +** testing is too expensive and return IN_INDEX_NOOP. In that case, the +** calling routine should implement the IN operator using a sequence +** of Eq or Ne comparison operations. +** +** When the b-tree is being used for membership tests, the calling function +** might need to know whether or not the RHS side of the IN operator +** contains a NULL. If prRhsHasNull is not a NULL pointer and +** if there is any chance that the (...) might contain a NULL value at +** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written +** to *prRhsHasNull. If there is no chance that the (...) contains a +** NULL value, then *prRhsHasNull is left unchanged. +** +** If a register is allocated and its location stored in *prRhsHasNull, then +** the value in that register will be NULL if the b-tree contains one or more +** NULL values, and it will be some non-NULL value if the b-tree contains no +** NULL values. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *pParse, Expr *pX, u32 inFlags, int *prRhsHasNull){ + Select *p; /* SELECT to the right of IN operator */ + int eType = 0; /* Type of RHS table. IN_INDEX_* */ + int iTab = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor of the RHS table */ + int mustBeUnique; /* True if RHS must be unique */ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Virtual machine being coded */ + + assert( pX->op==TK_IN ); + mustBeUnique = (inFlags & IN_INDEX_LOOP)!=0; + + /* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to + ** satisfy the query. This is preferable to generating a new + ** ephemeral table. + */ + if( pParse->nErr==0 && (p = isCandidateForInOpt(pX))!=0 ){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + Table *pTab; /* Table <table>. */ + Expr *pExpr; /* Expression <column> */ + i16 iCol; /* Index of column <column> */ + i16 iDb; /* Database idx for pTab */ + + assert( p->pEList!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ + assert( p->pEList->a[0].pExpr!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ + assert( p->pSrc!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ + pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab; + pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr; + iCol = (i16)pExpr->iColumn; + + /* Code an OP_Transaction and OP_TableLock for <table>. */ + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); + + /* This function is only called from two places. In both cases the vdbe + ** has already been allocated. So assume sqlite3GetVdbe() is always + ** successful here. + */ + assert(v); + if( iCol<0 ){ + int iAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); + VdbeCoverage(v); + + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); + eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID; + + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr); + }else{ + Index *pIdx; /* Iterator variable */ + + /* The collation sequence used by the comparison. If an index is to + ** be used in place of a temp-table, it must be ordered according + ** to this collation sequence. */ + CollSeq *pReq = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pExpr); + + /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform the + ** comparison is the same as the affinity of the column. If + ** it is not, it is not possible to use any index. + */ + int affinity_ok = sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity); + + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx && eType==0 && affinity_ok; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( (pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol) + && sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pIdx->azColl[0], 0)==pReq + && (!mustBeUnique || (pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx))) + ){ + int iAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iTab, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); + assert( IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC == IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC+1 ); + eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC + pIdx->aSortOrder[0]; + + if( prRhsHasNull && !pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull ){ + *prRhsHasNull = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3SetHasNullFlag(v, iTab, *prRhsHasNull); + } + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr); + } + } + } + } + + /* If no preexisting index is available for the IN clause + ** and IN_INDEX_NOOP is an allowed reply + ** and the RHS of the IN operator is a list, not a subquery + ** and the RHS is not contant or has two or fewer terms, + ** then it is not worth creating an ephemeral table to evaluate + ** the IN operator so return IN_INDEX_NOOP. + */ + if( eType==0 + && (inFlags & IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK) + && !ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) + && (!sqlite3InRhsIsConstant(pX) || pX->x.pList->nExpr<=2) + ){ + eType = IN_INDEX_NOOP; + } + + + if( eType==0 ){ + /* Could not find an existing table or index to use as the RHS b-tree. + ** We will have to generate an ephemeral table to do the job. + */ + u32 savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; + int rMayHaveNull = 0; + eType = IN_INDEX_EPH; + if( inFlags & IN_INDEX_LOOP ){ + pParse->nQueryLoop = 0; + if( pX->pLeft->iColumn<0 && !ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID; + } + }else if( prRhsHasNull ){ + *prRhsHasNull = rMayHaveNull = ++pParse->nMem; + } + sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX, rMayHaveNull, eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID); + pParse->nQueryLoop = savedNQueryLoop; + }else{ + pX->iTable = iTab; + } + return eType; +} +#endif + +/* +** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as a subquery expression, EXISTS, +** or IN operators. Examples: +** +** (SELECT a FROM b) -- subquery +** EXISTS (SELECT a FROM b) -- EXISTS subquery +** x IN (4,5,11) -- IN operator with list on right-hand side +** x IN (SELECT a FROM b) -- IN operator with subquery on the right +** +** The pExpr parameter describes the expression that contains the IN +** operator or subquery. +** +** If parameter isRowid is non-zero, then expression pExpr is guaranteed +** to be of the form "<rowid> IN (?, ?, ?)", where <rowid> is a reference +** to some integer key column of a table B-Tree. In this case, use an +** intkey B-Tree to store the set of IN(...) values instead of the usual +** (slower) variable length keys B-Tree. +** +** If rMayHaveNull is non-zero, that means that the operation is an IN +** (not a SELECT or EXISTS) and that the RHS might contains NULLs. +** All this routine does is initialize the register given by rMayHaveNull +** to NULL. Calling routines will take care of changing this register +** value to non-NULL if the RHS is NULL-free. +** +** For a SELECT or EXISTS operator, return the register that holds the +** result. For IN operators or if an error occurs, the return value is 0. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The IN, SELECT, or EXISTS operator */ + int rHasNullFlag, /* Register that records whether NULLs exist in RHS */ + int isRowid /* If true, LHS of IN operator is a rowid */ +){ + int jmpIfDynamic = -1; /* One-time test address */ + int rReg = 0; /* Register storing resulting */ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( NEVER(v==0) ) return 0; + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + + /* This code must be run in its entirety every time it is encountered + ** if any of the following is true: + ** + ** * The right-hand side is a correlated subquery + ** * The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables + ** * We are inside a trigger + ** + ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once + ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations. + */ + if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) ){ + jmpIfDynamic = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + if( pParse->explain==2 ){ + char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "EXECUTE %s%s SUBQUERY %d", + jmpIfDynamic>=0?"":"CORRELATED ", + pExpr->op==TK_IN?"LIST":"SCALAR", + pParse->iNextSelectId + ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); + } +#endif + + switch( pExpr->op ){ + case TK_IN: { + char affinity; /* Affinity of the LHS of the IN */ + int addr; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */ + Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; /* the LHS of the IN operator */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0; /* Key information */ + + affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft); + + /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN(<exprlist>)' + ** expression it is handled the same way. An ephemeral table is + ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results + ** from the SELECT or the <exprlist>. + ** + ** If the 'x' expression is a column value, or the SELECT... + ** statement returns a column value, then the affinity of that + ** column is used to build the index keys. If both 'x' and the + ** SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity is used + ** if either column has NUMERIC or INTEGER affinity. If neither + ** 'x' nor the SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity + ** is used. + */ + pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++; + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pExpr->iTable, !isRowid); + pKeyInfo = isRowid ? 0 : sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, 1, 1); + + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + /* Case 1: expr IN (SELECT ...) + ** + ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary + ** table allocated and opened above. + */ + Select *pSelect = pExpr->x.pSelect; + SelectDest dest; + ExprList *pEList; + + assert( !isRowid ); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, pExpr->iTable); + dest.affSdst = (u8)affinity; + assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable ); + pSelect->iLimit = 0; + testcase( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct ); + testcase( pKeyInfo==0 ); /* Caused by OOM in sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc() */ + if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest) ){ + sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyInfo); + return 0; + } + pEList = pSelect->pEList; + assert( pKeyInfo!=0 ); /* OOM will cause exit after sqlite3Select() */ + assert( pEList!=0 ); + assert( pEList->nExpr>0 ); + assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) ); + pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, + pEList->a[0].pExpr); + }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList!=0) ){ + /* Case 2: expr IN (exprlist) + ** + ** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and + ** store it in the temporary table. If <expr> is a column, then use + ** that columns affinity when building index keys. If <expr> is not + ** a column, use numeric affinity. + */ + int i; + ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + int r1, r2, r3; + + if( !affinity ){ + affinity = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; + } + if( pKeyInfo ){ + assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) ); + pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); + } + + /* Loop through each expression in <exprlist>. */ + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + if( isRowid ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, r2); + for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ + Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr; + int iValToIns; + + /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to + ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure + ** this code only executes once. Because for a non-constant + ** expression we need to rerun this code each time. + */ + if( jmpIfDynamic>=0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, jmpIfDynamic); + jmpIfDynamic = -1; + } + + /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */ + if( isRowid && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iValToIns) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InsertInt, pExpr->iTable, r2, iValToIns); + }else{ + r3 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pE2, r1); + if( isRowid ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r3, + sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pExpr->iTable, r2, r3); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, r3, 1, r2, &affinity, 1); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r3, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, r2); + } + } + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); + } + if( pKeyInfo ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (void *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + } + break; + } + + case TK_EXISTS: + case TK_SELECT: + default: { + /* If this has to be a scalar SELECT. Generate code to put the + ** value of this select in a memory cell and record the number + ** of the memory cell in iColumn. If this is an EXISTS, write + ** an integer 0 (not exists) or 1 (exists) into a memory cell + ** and record that memory cell in iColumn. + */ + Select *pSel; /* SELECT statement to encode */ + SelectDest dest; /* How to deal with SELECt result */ + + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); + assert( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS || pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); + + assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + pSel = pExpr->x.pSelect; + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, 0, ++pParse->nMem); + if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){ + dest.eDest = SRT_Mem; + dest.iSdst = dest.iSDParm; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, dest.iSDParm); + VdbeComment((v, "Init subquery result")); + }else{ + dest.eDest = SRT_Exists; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, dest.iSDParm); + VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result")); + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pSel->pLimit); + pSel->pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, + &sqlite3IntTokens[1]); + pSel->iLimit = 0; + pSel->selFlags &= ~SF_MultiValue; + if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest) ){ + return 0; + } + rReg = dest.iSDParm; + ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce); + break; + } + } + + if( rHasNullFlag ){ + sqlite3SetHasNullFlag(v, pExpr->iTable, rHasNullFlag); + } + + if( jmpIfDynamic>=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmpIfDynamic); + } + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + + return rReg; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY +/* +** Generate code for an IN expression. +** +** x IN (SELECT ...) +** x IN (value, value, ...) +** +** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar expression. The right-hand side (RHS) +** is an array of zero or more values. The expression is true if the LHS is +** contained within the RHS. The value of the expression is unknown (NULL) +** if the LHS is NULL or if the LHS is not contained within the RHS and the +** RHS contains one or more NULL values. +** +** This routine generates code that jumps to destIfFalse if the LHS is not +** contained within the RHS. If due to NULLs we cannot determine if the LHS +** is contained in the RHS then jump to destIfNull. If the LHS is contained +** within the RHS then fall through. +*/ +static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The IN expression */ + int destIfFalse, /* Jump here if LHS is not contained in the RHS */ + int destIfNull /* Jump here if the results are unknown due to NULLs */ +){ + int rRhsHasNull = 0; /* Register that is true if RHS contains NULL values */ + char affinity; /* Comparison affinity to use */ + int eType; /* Type of the RHS */ + int r1; /* Temporary use register */ + Vdbe *v; /* Statement under construction */ + + /* Compute the RHS. After this step, the table with cursor + ** pExpr->iTable will contains the values that make up the RHS. + */ + v = pParse->pVdbe; + assert( v!=0 ); /* OOM detected prior to this routine */ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "begin IN expr")); + eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pExpr, + IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP | IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK, + destIfFalse==destIfNull ? 0 : &rRhsHasNull); + + /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results + ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for + ** P4 of OP_MakeRecord. + */ + affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr); + + /* Code the LHS, the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)". + */ + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, r1); + + /* If sqlite3FindInIndex() did not find or create an index that is + ** suitable for evaluating the IN operator, then evaluate using a + ** sequence of comparisons. + */ + if( eType==IN_INDEX_NOOP ){ + ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; + CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); + int labelOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + int r2, regToFree; + int regCkNull = 0; + int ii; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + if( destIfNull!=destIfFalse ){ + regCkNull = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_BitAnd, r1, r1, regCkNull); + } + for(ii=0; ii<pList->nExpr; ii++){ + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pList->a[ii].pExpr, ®ToFree); + if( regCkNull && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pList->a[ii].pExpr) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_BitAnd, regCkNull, r2, regCkNull); + } + if( ii<pList->nExpr-1 || destIfNull!=destIfFalse ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Eq, r1, labelOk, r2, + (void*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, ii<pList->nExpr-1); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, ii==pList->nExpr-1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, affinity); + }else{ + assert( destIfNull==destIfFalse ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, r1, destIfFalse, r2, + (void*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, affinity | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regToFree); + } + if( regCkNull ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regCkNull, destIfNull); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, destIfFalse); + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelOk); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regCkNull); + }else{ + + /* If the LHS is NULL, then the result is either false or NULL depending + ** on whether the RHS is empty or not, respectively. + */ + if( sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pExpr->pLeft) ){ + if( destIfNull==destIfFalse ){ + /* Shortcut for the common case where the false and NULL outcomes are + ** the same. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, destIfNull); VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + int addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, r1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, destIfNull); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + } + } + + if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){ + /* In this case, the RHS is the ROWID of table b-tree + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r1, destIfFalse); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + /* In this case, the RHS is an index b-tree. + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, r1, 1, 0, &affinity, 1); + + /* If the set membership test fails, then the result of the + ** "x IN (...)" expression must be either 0 or NULL. If the set + ** contains no NULL values, then the result is 0. If the set + ** contains one or more NULL values, then the result of the + ** expression is also NULL. + */ + assert( destIfFalse!=destIfNull || rRhsHasNull==0 ); + if( rRhsHasNull==0 ){ + /* This branch runs if it is known at compile time that the RHS + ** cannot contain NULL values. This happens as the result + ** of a "NOT NULL" constraint in the database schema. + ** + ** Also run this branch if NULL is equivalent to FALSE + ** for this particular IN operator. + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1, 1); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + /* In this branch, the RHS of the IN might contain a NULL and + ** the presence of a NULL on the RHS makes a difference in the + ** outcome. + */ + int addr1; + + /* First check to see if the LHS is contained in the RHS. If so, + ** then the answer is TRUE the presence of NULLs in the RHS does + ** not matter. If the LHS is not contained in the RHS, then the + ** answer is NULL if the RHS contains NULLs and the answer is + ** FALSE if the RHS is NULL-free. + */ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, r1, 1); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, rRhsHasNull, destIfNull); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, destIfFalse); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + } + } + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + VdbeComment((v, "end IN expr")); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +/* +** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point +** value described by z[0..n-1] into register iMem. +** +** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated. But the +** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look +** like the continuation of the number. +*/ +static void codeReal(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int negateFlag, int iMem){ + if( ALWAYS(z!=0) ){ + double value; + sqlite3AtoF(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8); + assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(value) ); /* The new AtoF never returns NaN */ + if( negateFlag ) value = -value; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_Real, 0, iMem, 0, (u8*)&value, P4_REAL); + } +} +#endif + + +/* +** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by +** text z[0..n-1] into register iMem. +** +** Expr.u.zToken is always UTF8 and zero-terminated. +*/ +static void codeInteger(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int negFlag, int iMem){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){ + int i = pExpr->u.iValue; + assert( i>=0 ); + if( negFlag ) i = -i; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem); + }else{ + int c; + i64 value; + const char *z = pExpr->u.zToken; + assert( z!=0 ); + c = sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(z, &value); + if( c==0 || (c==2 && negFlag) ){ + if( negFlag ){ value = c==2 ? SMALLEST_INT64 : -value; } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_Int64, 0, iMem, 0, (u8*)&value, P4_INT64); + }else{ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "oversized integer: %s%s", negFlag ? "-" : "", z); +#else +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER + if( sqlite3_strnicmp(z,"0x",2)==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "hex literal too big: %s", z); + }else +#endif + { + codeReal(v, z, negFlag, iMem); + } +#endif + } + } +} + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/* +** Verify the consistency of the column cache +*/ +static int cacheIsValid(Parse *pParse){ + int i, n; + for(i=n=0; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++){ + if( pParse->aColCache[i].iReg>0 ) n++; + } + return n==pParse->nColCache; +} +#endif + +/* +** Clear a cache entry. +*/ +static void cacheEntryClear(Parse *pParse, struct yColCache *p){ + if( p->tempReg ){ + if( pParse->nTempReg<ArraySize(pParse->aTempReg) ){ + pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = p->iReg; + } + p->tempReg = 0; + } + p->iReg = 0; + pParse->nColCache--; + assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed || cacheIsValid(pParse) ); +} + + +/* +** Record in the column cache that a particular column from a +** particular table is stored in a particular register. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse *pParse, int iTab, int iCol, int iReg){ + int i; + int minLru; + int idxLru; + struct yColCache *p; + + /* Unless an error has occurred, register numbers are always positive. */ + assert( iReg>0 || pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + assert( iCol>=-1 && iCol<32768 ); /* Finite column numbers */ + + /* The SQLITE_ColumnCache flag disables the column cache. This is used + ** for testing only - to verify that SQLite always gets the same answer + ** with and without the column cache. + */ + if( OptimizationDisabled(pParse->db, SQLITE_ColumnCache) ) return; + + /* First replace any existing entry. + ** + ** Actually, the way the column cache is currently used, we are guaranteed + ** that the object will never already be in cache. Verify this guarantee. + */ +#ifndef NDEBUG + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){ + assert( p->iReg==0 || p->iTable!=iTab || p->iColumn!=iCol ); + } +#endif + + /* Find an empty slot and replace it */ + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){ + if( p->iReg==0 ){ + p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; + p->iTable = iTab; + p->iColumn = iCol; + p->iReg = iReg; + p->tempReg = 0; + p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++; + pParse->nColCache++; + assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed || cacheIsValid(pParse) ); + return; + } + } + + /* Replace the last recently used */ + minLru = 0x7fffffff; + idxLru = -1; + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){ + if( p->lru<minLru ){ + idxLru = i; + minLru = p->lru; + } + } + if( ALWAYS(idxLru>=0) ){ + p = &pParse->aColCache[idxLru]; + p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; + p->iTable = iTab; + p->iColumn = iCol; + p->iReg = iReg; + p->tempReg = 0; + p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++; + assert( cacheIsValid(pParse) ); + return; + } +} + +/* +** Indicate that registers between iReg..iReg+nReg-1 are being overwritten. +** Purge the range of registers from the column cache. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){ + struct yColCache *p; + if( iReg<=0 || pParse->nColCache==0 ) return; + p = &pParse->aColCache[SQLITE_N_COLCACHE-1]; + while(1){ + if( p->iReg >= iReg && p->iReg < iReg+nReg ) cacheEntryClear(pParse, p); + if( p==pParse->aColCache ) break; + p--; + } +} + +/* +** Remember the current column cache context. Any new entries added +** added to the column cache after this call are removed when the +** corresponding pop occurs. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse *pParse){ + pParse->iCacheLevel++; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){ + printf("PUSH to %d\n", pParse->iCacheLevel); + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Remove from the column cache any entries that were added since the +** the previous sqlite3ExprCachePush operation. In other words, restore +** the cache to the state it was in prior the most recent Push. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse *pParse){ + int i; + struct yColCache *p; + assert( pParse->iCacheLevel>=1 ); + pParse->iCacheLevel--; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){ + printf("POP to %d\n", pParse->iCacheLevel); + } +#endif + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){ + if( p->iReg && p->iLevel>pParse->iCacheLevel ){ + cacheEntryClear(pParse, p); + } + } +} + +/* +** When a cached column is reused, make sure that its register is +** no longer available as a temp register. ticket #3879: that same +** register might be in the cache in multiple places, so be sure to +** get them all. +*/ +static void sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(Parse *pParse, int iReg){ + int i; + struct yColCache *p; + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){ + if( p->iReg==iReg ){ + p->tempReg = 0; + } + } +} + +/* Generate code that will load into register regOut a value that is +** appropriate for the iIdxCol-th column of index pIdx. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeLoadIndexColumn( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + Index *pIdx, /* The index whose column is to be loaded */ + int iTabCur, /* Cursor pointing to a table row */ + int iIdxCol, /* The column of the index to be loaded */ + int regOut /* Store the index column value in this register */ +){ + i16 iTabCol = pIdx->aiColumn[iIdxCol]; + if( iTabCol==XN_EXPR ){ + assert( pIdx->aColExpr ); + assert( pIdx->aColExpr->nExpr>iIdxCol ); + pParse->iSelfTab = iTabCur; + sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(pParse, pIdx->aColExpr->a[iIdxCol].pExpr, regOut); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(pParse->pVdbe, pIdx->pTable, iTabCur, + iTabCol, regOut); + } +} + +/* +** Generate code to extract the value of the iCol-th column of a table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable( + Vdbe *v, /* The VDBE under construction */ + Table *pTab, /* The table containing the value */ + int iTabCur, /* The table cursor. Or the PK cursor for WITHOUT ROWID */ + int iCol, /* Index of the column to extract */ + int regOut /* Extract the value into this register */ +){ + if( iCol<0 || iCol==pTab->iPKey ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTabCur, regOut); + }else{ + int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column; + int x = iCol; + if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){ + x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab), iCol); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iTabCur, x, regOut); + } + if( iCol>=0 ){ + sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iCol, regOut); + } +} + +/* +** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from +** table pTab and store the column value in a register. +** +** An effort is made to store the column value in register iReg. This +** is not garanteeed for GetColumn() - the result can be stored in +** any register. But the result is guaranteed to land in register iReg +** for GetColumnToReg(). +** +** There must be an open cursor to pTab in iTable when this routine +** is called. If iColumn<0 then code is generated that extracts the rowid. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Table *pTab, /* Description of the table we are reading from */ + int iColumn, /* Index of the table column */ + int iTable, /* The cursor pointing to the table */ + int iReg, /* Store results here */ + u8 p5 /* P5 value for OP_Column + FLAGS */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + struct yColCache *p; + + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){ + if( p->iReg>0 && p->iTable==iTable && p->iColumn==iColumn ){ + p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++; + sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(pParse, p->iReg); + return p->iReg; + } + } + assert( v!=0 ); + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTable, iColumn, iReg); + if( p5 ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iTable, iColumn, iReg); + } + return iReg; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnToReg( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Table *pTab, /* Description of the table we are reading from */ + int iColumn, /* Index of the table column */ + int iTable, /* The cursor pointing to the table */ + int iReg /* Store results here */ +){ + int r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, iColumn, iTable, iReg, 0); + if( r1!=iReg ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, r1, iReg); +} + + +/* +** Clear all column cache entries. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse *pParse){ + int i; + struct yColCache *p; + +#if SQLITE_DEBUG + if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){ + printf("CLEAR\n"); + } +#endif + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){ + if( p->iReg ){ + cacheEntryClear(pParse, p); + } + } +} + +/* +** Record the fact that an affinity change has occurred on iCount +** registers starting with iStart. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse *pParse, int iStart, int iCount){ + sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iStart, iCount); +} + +/* +** Generate code to move content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1 +** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1. Keep the column cache up-to-date. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){ + assert( iFrom>=iTo+nReg || iFrom+nReg<=iTo ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Move, iFrom, iTo, nReg); + sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iFrom, nReg); +} + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) +/* +** Return true if any register in the range iFrom..iTo (inclusive) +** is used as part of the column cache. +** +** This routine is used within assert() and testcase() macros only +** and does not appear in a normal build. +*/ +static int usedAsColumnCache(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo){ + int i; + struct yColCache *p; + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){ + int r = p->iReg; + if( r>=iFrom && r<=iTo ) return 1; /*NO_TEST*/ + } + return 0; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG || SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST */ + + +/* +** Convert an expression node to a TK_REGISTER +*/ +static void exprToRegister(Expr *p, int iReg){ + p->op2 = p->op; + p->op = TK_REGISTER; + p->iTable = iReg; + ExprClearProperty(p, EP_Skip); +} + +/* +** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given +** expression. Attempt to store the results in register "target". +** Return the register where results are stored. +** +** With this routine, there is no guarantee that results will +** be stored in target. The result might be stored in some other +** register if it is convenient to do so. The calling function +** must check the return code and move the results to the desired +** register. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The VM under construction */ + int op; /* The opcode being coded */ + int inReg = target; /* Results stored in register inReg */ + int regFree1 = 0; /* If non-zero free this temporary register */ + int regFree2 = 0; /* If non-zero free this temporary register */ + int r1, r2, r3, r4; /* Various register numbers */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + Expr tempX; /* Temporary expression node */ + + assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem ); + if( v==0 ){ + assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + return 0; + } + + if( pExpr==0 ){ + op = TK_NULL; + }else{ + op = pExpr->op; + } + switch( op ){ + case TK_AGG_COLUMN: { + AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; + struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg]; + if( !pAggInfo->directMode ){ + assert( pCol->iMem>0 ); + inReg = pCol->iMem; + break; + }else if( pAggInfo->useSortingIdx ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdxPTab, + pCol->iSorterColumn, target); + break; + } + /* Otherwise, fall thru into the TK_COLUMN case */ + } + case TK_COLUMN: { + int iTab = pExpr->iTable; + if( iTab<0 ){ + if( pParse->ckBase>0 ){ + /* Generating CHECK constraints or inserting into partial index */ + inReg = pExpr->iColumn + pParse->ckBase; + break; + }else{ + /* Coding an expression that is part of an index where column names + ** in the index refer to the table to which the index belongs */ + iTab = pParse->iSelfTab; + } + } + inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pExpr->pTab, + pExpr->iColumn, iTab, target, + pExpr->op2); + break; + } + case TK_INTEGER: { + codeInteger(pParse, pExpr, 0, target); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + case TK_FLOAT: { + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + codeReal(v, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, target); + break; + } +#endif + case TK_STRING: { + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, target, pExpr->u.zToken); + break; + } + case TK_NULL: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL + case TK_BLOB: { + int n; + const char *z; + char *zBlob; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' ); + assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' ); + z = &pExpr->u.zToken[2]; + n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) - 1; + assert( z[n]=='\'' ); + zBlob = sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), z, n); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, n/2, target, 0, zBlob, P4_DYNAMIC); + break; + } +#endif + case TK_VARIABLE: { + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + assert( pExpr->u.zToken!=0 ); + assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]!=0 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iColumn, target); + if( pExpr->u.zToken[1]!=0 ){ + assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='?' + || strcmp(pExpr->u.zToken, pParse->azVar[pExpr->iColumn-1])==0 ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pParse->azVar[pExpr->iColumn-1], P4_STATIC); + } + break; + } + case TK_REGISTER: { + inReg = pExpr->iTable; + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST + case TK_CAST: { + /* Expressions of the form: CAST(pLeft AS token) */ + inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target); + if( inReg!=target ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, inReg, target); + inReg = target; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Cast, target, + sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0)); + testcase( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, inReg, inReg) ); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, inReg, 1); + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */ + case TK_LT: + case TK_LE: + case TK_GT: + case TK_GE: + case TK_NE: + case TK_EQ: { + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); + codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, + r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2); + assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt); + assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le); + assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt); + assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge); + assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Eq); + assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ne); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_IS: + case TK_ISNOT: { + testcase( op==TK_IS ); + testcase( op==TK_ISNOT ); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); + op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE; + codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, + r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2 | SQLITE_NULLEQ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_EQ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NE); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_AND: + case TK_OR: + case TK_PLUS: + case TK_STAR: + case TK_MINUS: + case TK_REM: + case TK_BITAND: + case TK_BITOR: + case TK_SLASH: + case TK_LSHIFT: + case TK_RSHIFT: + case TK_CONCAT: { + assert( TK_AND==OP_And ); testcase( op==TK_AND ); + assert( TK_OR==OP_Or ); testcase( op==TK_OR ); + assert( TK_PLUS==OP_Add ); testcase( op==TK_PLUS ); + assert( TK_MINUS==OP_Subtract ); testcase( op==TK_MINUS ); + assert( TK_REM==OP_Remainder ); testcase( op==TK_REM ); + assert( TK_BITAND==OP_BitAnd ); testcase( op==TK_BITAND ); + assert( TK_BITOR==OP_BitOr ); testcase( op==TK_BITOR ); + assert( TK_SLASH==OP_Divide ); testcase( op==TK_SLASH ); + assert( TK_LSHIFT==OP_ShiftLeft ); testcase( op==TK_LSHIFT ); + assert( TK_RSHIFT==OP_ShiftRight ); testcase( op==TK_RSHIFT ); + assert( TK_CONCAT==OP_Concat ); testcase( op==TK_CONCAT ); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, r2, r1, target); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_UMINUS: { + Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + assert( pLeft ); + if( pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){ + codeInteger(pParse, pLeft, 1, target); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + }else if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + codeReal(v, pLeft->u.zToken, 1, target); +#endif + }else{ + tempX.op = TK_INTEGER; + tempX.flags = EP_IntValue|EP_TokenOnly; + tempX.u.iValue = 0; + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &tempX, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Subtract, r2, r1, target); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + } + inReg = target; + break; + } + case TK_BITNOT: + case TK_NOT: { + assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot ); testcase( op==TK_BITNOT ); + assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not ); testcase( op==TK_NOT ); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + inReg = target; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, inReg); + break; + } + case TK_ISNULL: + case TK_NOTNULL: { + int addr; + assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull ); testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); + assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, op, r1); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, target); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + break; + } + case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: { + AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; + if( pInfo==0 ){ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate: %s()", pExpr->u.zToken); + }else{ + inReg = pInfo->aFunc[pExpr->iAgg].iMem; + } + break; + } + case TK_FUNCTION: { + ExprList *pFarg; /* List of function arguments */ + int nFarg; /* Number of function arguments */ + FuncDef *pDef; /* The function definition object */ + const char *zId; /* The function name */ + u32 constMask = 0; /* Mask of function arguments that are constant */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + u8 enc = ENC(db); /* The text encoding used by this database */ + CollSeq *pColl = 0; /* A collating sequence */ + + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){ + pFarg = 0; + }else{ + pFarg = pExpr->x.pList; + } + nFarg = pFarg ? pFarg->nExpr : 0; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + zId = pExpr->u.zToken; + pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zId, nFarg, enc, 0); + if( pDef==0 || pDef->xFinalize!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown function: %s()", zId); + break; + } + + /* Attempt a direct implementation of the built-in COALESCE() and + ** IFNULL() functions. This avoids unnecessary evaluation of + ** arguments past the first non-NULL argument. + */ + if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE ){ + int endCoalesce = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + assert( nFarg>=2 ); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target); + for(i=1; i<nFarg; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, target, endCoalesce); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, target, 1); + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr, target); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endCoalesce); + break; + } + + /* The UNLIKELY() function is a no-op. The result is the value + ** of the first argument. + */ + if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY ){ + assert( nFarg>=1 ); + inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target); + break; + } + + for(i=0; i<nFarg; i++){ + if( i<32 && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pFarg->a[i].pExpr) ){ + testcase( i==31 ); + constMask |= MASKBIT32(i); + } + if( (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)!=0 && !pColl ){ + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr); + } + } + if( pFarg ){ + if( constMask ){ + r1 = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nFarg; + }else{ + r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nFarg); + } + + /* For length() and typeof() functions with a column argument, + ** set the P5 parameter to the OP_Column opcode to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG + ** or OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG respectively, to avoid unnecessary data + ** loading. + */ + if( (pDef->funcFlags & (SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH|SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF))!=0 ){ + u8 exprOp; + assert( nFarg==1 ); + assert( pFarg->a[0].pExpr!=0 ); + exprOp = pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op; + if( exprOp==TK_COLUMN || exprOp==TK_AGG_COLUMN ){ + assert( SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH==OPFLAG_LENGTHARG ); + assert( SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF==OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG ); + testcase( pDef->funcFlags & OPFLAG_LENGTHARG ); + pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op2 = + pDef->funcFlags & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG); + } + } + + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */ + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pFarg, r1, 0, + SQLITE_ECEL_DUP|SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */ + }else{ + r1 = 0; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + /* Possibly overload the function if the first argument is + ** a virtual table column. + ** + ** For infix functions (LIKE, GLOB, REGEXP, and MATCH) use the + ** second argument, not the first, as the argument to test to + ** see if it is a column in a virtual table. This is done because + ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to + ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the + ** function. The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to + ** "glob(B,A). We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test + ** for function overloading. But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)". + */ + if( nFarg>=2 && (pExpr->flags & EP_InfixFunc) ){ + pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[1].pExpr); + }else if( nFarg>0 ){ + pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[0].pExpr); + } +#endif + if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ + if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function0, constMask, r1, target, + (char*)pDef, P4_FUNCDEF); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nFarg); + if( nFarg && constMask==0 ){ + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nFarg); + } + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case TK_EXISTS: + case TK_SELECT: { + testcase( op==TK_EXISTS ); + testcase( op==TK_SELECT ); + inReg = sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr, 0, 0); + break; + } + case TK_IN: { + int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); + sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, 0); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull); + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ + + + /* + ** x BETWEEN y AND z + ** + ** This is equivalent to + ** + ** x>=y AND x<=z + ** + ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft. + ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr. + ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr. + */ + case TK_BETWEEN: { + Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + struct ExprList_item *pLItem = pExpr->x.pList->a; + Expr *pRight = pLItem->pExpr; + + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pLeft, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, ®Free2); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + r3 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + r4 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge, + r1, r2, r3, SQLITE_STOREP2); VdbeCoverage(v); + pLItem++; + pRight = pLItem->pExpr; + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, ®Free2); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, r1, r2, r4, SQLITE_STOREP2); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_And, r3, r4, target); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r3); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r4); + break; + } + case TK_SPAN: + case TK_COLLATE: + case TK_UPLUS: { + inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target); + break; + } + + case TK_TRIGGER: { + /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference + ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to + ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the + ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn + ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to + ** read the rowid field. + ** + ** The expression is implemented using an OP_Param opcode. The p1 + ** parameter is set to 0 for an old.rowid reference, or to (i+1) + ** to reference another column of the old.* pseudo-table, where + ** i is the index of the column. For a new.rowid reference, p1 is + ** set to (n+1), where n is the number of columns in each pseudo-table. + ** For a reference to any other column in the new.* pseudo-table, p1 + ** is set to (n+2+i), where n and i are as defined previously. For + ** example, if the table on which triggers are being fired is + ** declared as: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b); + ** + ** Then p1 is interpreted as follows: + ** + ** p1==0 -> old.rowid p1==3 -> new.rowid + ** p1==1 -> old.a p1==4 -> new.a + ** p1==2 -> old.b p1==5 -> new.b + */ + Table *pTab = pExpr->pTab; + int p1 = pExpr->iTable * (pTab->nCol+1) + 1 + pExpr->iColumn; + + assert( pExpr->iTable==0 || pExpr->iTable==1 ); + assert( pExpr->iColumn>=-1 && pExpr->iColumn<pTab->nCol ); + assert( pTab->iPKey<0 || pExpr->iColumn!=pTab->iPKey ); + assert( p1>=0 && p1<(pTab->nCol*2+2) ); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Param, p1, target); + VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s -> $%d", + (pExpr->iTable ? "new" : "old"), + (pExpr->iColumn<0 ? "rowid" : pExpr->pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName), + target + )); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + /* If the column has REAL affinity, it may currently be stored as an + ** integer. Use OP_RealAffinity to make sure it is really real. + ** + ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-60985-57662 SQLite will convert the value back to + ** floating point when extracting it from the record. */ + if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 + && pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL + ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, target); + } +#endif + break; + } + + + /* + ** Form A: + ** CASE x WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END + ** + ** Form B: + ** CASE WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END + ** + ** Form A is can be transformed into the equivalent form B as follows: + ** CASE WHEN x=e1 THEN r1 WHEN x=e2 THEN r2 ... + ** WHEN x=eN THEN rN ELSE y END + ** + ** X (if it exists) is in pExpr->pLeft. + ** Y is in the last element of pExpr->x.pList if pExpr->x.pList->nExpr is + ** odd. The Y is also optional. If the number of elements in x.pList + ** is even, then Y is omitted and the "otherwise" result is NULL. + ** Ei is in pExpr->pList->a[i*2] and Ri is pExpr->pList->a[i*2+1]. + ** + ** The result of the expression is the Ri for the first matching Ei, + ** or if there is no matching Ei, the ELSE term Y, or if there is + ** no ELSE term, NULL. + */ + default: assert( op==TK_CASE ); { + int endLabel; /* GOTO label for end of CASE stmt */ + int nextCase; /* GOTO label for next WHEN clause */ + int nExpr; /* 2x number of WHEN terms */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + ExprList *pEList; /* List of WHEN terms */ + struct ExprList_item *aListelem; /* Array of WHEN terms */ + Expr opCompare; /* The X==Ei expression */ + Expr *pX; /* The X expression */ + Expr *pTest = 0; /* X==Ei (form A) or just Ei (form B) */ + VVA_ONLY( int iCacheLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel; ) + + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) && pExpr->x.pList ); + assert(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr > 0); + pEList = pExpr->x.pList; + aListelem = pEList->a; + nExpr = pEList->nExpr; + endLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + if( (pX = pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){ + tempX = *pX; + testcase( pX->op==TK_COLUMN ); + exprToRegister(&tempX, sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX, ®Free1)); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + opCompare.op = TK_EQ; + opCompare.pLeft = &tempX; + pTest = &opCompare; + /* Ticket b351d95f9cd5ef17e9d9dbae18f5ca8611190001: + ** The value in regFree1 might get SCopy-ed into the file result. + ** So make sure that the regFree1 register is not reused for other + ** purposes and possibly overwritten. */ + regFree1 = 0; + } + for(i=0; i<nExpr-1; i=i+2){ + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + if( pX ){ + assert( pTest!=0 ); + opCompare.pRight = aListelem[i].pExpr; + }else{ + pTest = aListelem[i].pExpr; + } + nextCase = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + testcase( pTest->op==TK_COLUMN ); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTest, nextCase, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr, target); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, endLabel); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, nextCase); + } + if( (nExpr&1)!=0 ){ + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEList->a[nExpr-1].pExpr, target); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); + } + assert( db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr>0 + || pParse->iCacheLevel==iCacheLevel ); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endLabel); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + case TK_RAISE: { + assert( pExpr->affinity==OE_Rollback + || pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort + || pExpr->affinity==OE_Fail + || pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore + ); + if( !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program"); + return 0; + } + if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort ){ + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + } + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4( + v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Ignore, 0, pExpr->u.zToken,0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER, + pExpr->affinity, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, 0); + } + + break; + } +#endif + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); + return inReg; +} + +/* +** Factor out the code of the given expression to initialization time. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to code when the VDBE initializes */ + int regDest, /* Store the value in this register */ + u8 reusable /* True if this expression is reusable */ +){ + ExprList *p; + assert( ConstFactorOk(pParse) ); + p = pParse->pConstExpr; + pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pExpr, 0); + p = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, p, pExpr); + if( p ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nExpr-1]; + pItem->u.iConstExprReg = regDest; + pItem->reusable = reusable; + } + pParse->pConstExpr = p; +} + +/* +** Generate code to evaluate an expression and store the results +** into a register. Return the register number where the results +** are stored. +** +** If the register is a temporary register that can be deallocated, +** then write its number into *pReg. If the result register is not +** a temporary, then set *pReg to zero. +** +** If pExpr is a constant, then this routine might generate this +** code to fill the register in the initialization section of the +** VDBE program, in order to factor it out of the evaluation loop. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int *pReg){ + int r2; + pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr); + if( ConstFactorOk(pParse) + && pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER + && sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr) + ){ + ExprList *p = pParse->pConstExpr; + int i; + *pReg = 0; + if( p ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + for(pItem=p->a, i=p->nExpr; i>0; pItem++, i--){ + if( pItem->reusable && sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr,pExpr,-1)==0 ){ + return pItem->u.iConstExprReg; + } + } + } + r2 = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, r2, 1); + }else{ + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1); + if( r2==r1 ){ + *pReg = r1; + }else{ + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + *pReg = 0; + } + } + return r2; +} + +/* +** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the +** results in register target. The results are guaranteed to appear +** in register target. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ + int inReg; + + assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem ); + if( pExpr && pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Copy, pExpr->iTable, target); + }else{ + inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target); + assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + if( inReg!=target && pParse->pVdbe ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, inReg, target); + } + } +} + +/* +** Make a transient copy of expression pExpr and then code it using +** sqlite3ExprCode(). This routine works just like sqlite3ExprCode() +** except that the input expression is guaranteed to be unchanged. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0); + if( !db->mallocFailed ) sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); +} + +/* +** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the +** results in register target. The results are guaranteed to appear +** in register target. If the expression is constant, then this routine +** might choose to code the expression at initialization time. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ + if( pParse->okConstFactor && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target, 0); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target); + } +} + +/* +** Generate code that evaluates the given expression and puts the result +** in register target. +** +** Also make a copy of the expression results into another "cache" register +** and modify the expression so that the next time it is evaluated, +** the result is a copy of the cache register. +** +** This routine is used for expressions that are used multiple +** times. They are evaluated once and the results of the expression +** are reused. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int iMem; + + assert( target>0 ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER ); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target); + iMem = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, target, iMem); + exprToRegister(pExpr, iMem); +} + +/* +** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given +** expression list into a sequence of registers beginning at target. +** +** Return the number of elements evaluated. +** +** The SQLITE_ECEL_DUP flag prevents the arguments from being +** filled using OP_SCopy. OP_Copy must be used instead. +** +** The SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR argument allows constant arguments to be +** factored out into initialization code. +** +** The SQLITE_ECEL_REF flag means that expressions in the list with +** ExprList.a[].u.x.iOrderByCol>0 have already been evaluated and stored +** in registers at srcReg, and so the value can be copied from there. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pList, /* The expression list to be coded */ + int target, /* Where to write results */ + int srcReg, /* Source registers if SQLITE_ECEL_REF */ + u8 flags /* SQLITE_ECEL_* flags */ +){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + int i, j, n; + u8 copyOp = (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_DUP) ? OP_Copy : OP_SCopy; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + assert( pList!=0 ); + assert( target>0 ); + assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 ); /* Never gets this far otherwise */ + n = pList->nExpr; + if( !ConstFactorOk(pParse) ) flags &= ~SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR; + for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<n; i++, pItem++){ + Expr *pExpr = pItem->pExpr; + if( (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_REF)!=0 && (j = pList->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol)>0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, copyOp, j+srcReg-1, target+i); + }else if( (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR)!=0 && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target+i, 0); + }else{ + int inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target+i); + if( inReg!=target+i ){ + VdbeOp *pOp; + if( copyOp==OP_Copy + && (pOp=sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1))->opcode==OP_Copy + && pOp->p1+pOp->p3+1==inReg + && pOp->p2+pOp->p3+1==target+i + ){ + pOp->p3++; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, copyOp, inReg, target+i); + } + } + } + } + return n; +} + +/* +** Generate code for a BETWEEN operator. +** +** x BETWEEN y AND z +** +** The above is equivalent to +** +** x>=y AND x<=z +** +** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression +** elimination of x. +*/ +static void exprCodeBetween( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The BETWEEN expression */ + int dest, /* Jump here if the jump is taken */ + int jumpIfTrue, /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is true */ + int jumpIfNull /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is NULL */ +){ + Expr exprAnd; /* The AND operator in x>=y AND x<=z */ + Expr compLeft; /* The x>=y term */ + Expr compRight; /* The x<=z term */ + Expr exprX; /* The x subexpression */ + int regFree1 = 0; /* Temporary use register */ + + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + exprX = *pExpr->pLeft; + exprAnd.op = TK_AND; + exprAnd.pLeft = &compLeft; + exprAnd.pRight = &compRight; + compLeft.op = TK_GE; + compLeft.pLeft = &exprX; + compLeft.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; + compRight.op = TK_LE; + compRight.pLeft = &exprX; + compRight.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; + exprToRegister(&exprX, sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &exprX, ®Free1)); + if( jumpIfTrue ){ + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull); + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); + + /* Ensure adequate test coverage */ + testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 ); + testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 ); + testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 ); + testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 ); + testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 ); + testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 ); + testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 ); + testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 ); +} + +/* +** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made +** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution +** continues straight thru if the expression is false. +** +** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then +** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL. +** +** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ) +** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding +** operation. Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in +** the make process cause these values to align. Assert()s in the code +** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int op = 0; + int regFree1 = 0; + int regFree2 = 0; + int r1, r2; + + assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 ); + if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existence of VDBE checked by caller */ + if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return; /* No way this can happen */ + op = pExpr->op; + switch( op ){ + case TK_AND: { + int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2,jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + break; + } + case TK_OR: { + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + break; + } + case TK_NOT: { + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); + break; + } + case TK_IS: + case TK_ISNOT: + testcase( op==TK_IS ); + testcase( op==TK_ISNOT ); + op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE; + jumpIfNull = SQLITE_NULLEQ; + /* Fall thru */ + case TK_LT: + case TK_LE: + case TK_GT: + case TK_GE: + case TK_NE: + case TK_EQ: { + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); + codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, + r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull); + assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt); + assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le); + assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt); + assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge); + assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Eq && jumpIfNull==SQLITE_NULLEQ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Eq && jumpIfNull!=SQLITE_NULLEQ); + assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Ne && jumpIfNull==SQLITE_NULLEQ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Ne && jumpIfNull!=SQLITE_NULLEQ); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_ISNULL: + case TK_NOTNULL: { + assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull ); testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); + assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_BETWEEN: { + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 1, jumpIfNull); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case TK_IN: { + int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + int destIfNull = jumpIfNull ? dest : destIfFalse; + sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, dest); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse); + break; + } +#endif + default: { + if( exprAlwaysTrue(pExpr) ){ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, dest); + }else if( exprAlwaysFalse(pExpr) ){ + /* No-op */ + }else{ + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_If, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + } + break; + } + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); +} + +/* +** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made +** to the label "dest" if the expression is false but execution +** continues straight thru if the expression is true. +** +** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false) then +** jump if jumpIfNull is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL or fall through if jumpIfNull +** is 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int op = 0; + int regFree1 = 0; + int regFree2 = 0; + int r1, r2; + + assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 ); + if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existence of VDBE checked by caller */ + if( pExpr==0 ) return; + + /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows: + ** + ** pExpr->op op + ** --------- ---------- + ** TK_ISNULL OP_NotNull + ** TK_NOTNULL OP_IsNull + ** TK_NE OP_Eq + ** TK_EQ OP_Ne + ** TK_GT OP_Le + ** TK_LE OP_Gt + ** TK_GE OP_Lt + ** TK_LT OP_Ge + ** + ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused. + ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we + ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression. + ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct. + */ + op = ((pExpr->op+(TK_ISNULL&1))^1)-(TK_ISNULL&1); + + /* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants + */ + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_ISNULL || op==OP_NotNull ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NOTNULL || op==OP_IsNull ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NE || op==OP_Eq ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ || op==OP_Ne ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_Ge ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt ); + + switch( pExpr->op ){ + case TK_AND: { + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + break; + } + case TK_OR: { + int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + break; + } + case TK_NOT: { + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); + break; + } + case TK_IS: + case TK_ISNOT: + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IS ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT ); + op = (pExpr->op==TK_IS) ? TK_NE : TK_EQ; + jumpIfNull = SQLITE_NULLEQ; + /* Fall thru */ + case TK_LT: + case TK_LE: + case TK_GT: + case TK_GE: + case TK_NE: + case TK_EQ: { + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); + codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, + r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull); + assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt); + assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le); + assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt); + assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge); + assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Eq && jumpIfNull!=SQLITE_NULLEQ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Eq && jumpIfNull==SQLITE_NULLEQ); + assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Ne && jumpIfNull!=SQLITE_NULLEQ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Ne && jumpIfNull==SQLITE_NULLEQ); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( regFree2==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_ISNULL: + case TK_NOTNULL: { + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest); + testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL); + testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + break; + } + case TK_BETWEEN: { + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 0, jumpIfNull); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case TK_IN: { + if( jumpIfNull ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, dest); + }else{ + int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, destIfNull); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull); + } + break; + } +#endif + default: { + if( exprAlwaysFalse(pExpr) ){ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, dest); + }else if( exprAlwaysTrue(pExpr) ){ + /* no-op */ + }else{ + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNot, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + testcase( regFree1==0 ); + testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); + } + break; + } + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); +} + +/* +** Like sqlite3ExprIfFalse() except that a copy is made of pExpr before +** code generation, and that copy is deleted after code generation. This +** ensures that the original pExpr is unchanged. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest,int jumpIfNull){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Expr *pCopy = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0); + if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pCopy, dest, jumpIfNull); + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCopy); +} + + +/* +** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees. Return 0 if the two +** expressions are completely identical. Return 1 if they differ only +** by a COLLATE operator at the top level. Return 2 if there are differences +** other than the top-level COLLATE operator. +** +** If any subelement of pB has Expr.iTable==(-1) then it is allowed +** to compare equal to an equivalent element in pA with Expr.iTable==iTab. +** +** The pA side might be using TK_REGISTER. If that is the case and pB is +** not using TK_REGISTER but is otherwise equivalent, then still return 0. +** +** Sometimes this routine will return 2 even if the two expressions +** really are equivalent. If we cannot prove that the expressions are +** identical, we return 2 just to be safe. So if this routine +** returns 2, then you do not really know for certain if the two +** expressions are the same. But if you get a 0 or 1 return, then you +** can be sure the expressions are the same. In the places where +** this routine is used, it does not hurt to get an extra 2 - that +** just might result in some slightly slower code. But returning +** an incorrect 0 or 1 could lead to a malfunction. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB, int iTab){ + u32 combinedFlags; + if( pA==0 || pB==0 ){ + return pB==pA ? 0 : 2; + } + combinedFlags = pA->flags | pB->flags; + if( combinedFlags & EP_IntValue ){ + if( (pA->flags&pB->flags&EP_IntValue)!=0 && pA->u.iValue==pB->u.iValue ){ + return 0; + } + return 2; + } + if( pA->op!=pB->op ){ + if( pA->op==TK_COLLATE && sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB, iTab)<2 ){ + return 1; + } + if( pB->op==TK_COLLATE && sqlite3ExprCompare(pA, pB->pLeft, iTab)<2 ){ + return 1; + } + return 2; + } + if( pA->op!=TK_COLUMN && pA->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN && pA->u.zToken ){ + if( pA->op==TK_FUNCTION ){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pA->u.zToken,pB->u.zToken)!=0 ) return 2; + }else if( strcmp(pA->u.zToken,pB->u.zToken)!=0 ){ + return pA->op==TK_COLLATE ? 1 : 2; + } + } + if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 2; + if( ALWAYS((combinedFlags & EP_TokenOnly)==0) ){ + if( combinedFlags & EP_xIsSelect ) return 2; + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft, iTab) ) return 2; + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight, iTab) ) return 2; + if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pA->x.pList, pB->x.pList, iTab) ) return 2; + if( ALWAYS((combinedFlags & EP_Reduced)==0) && pA->op!=TK_STRING ){ + if( pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 2; + if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable + && (pA->iTable!=iTab || NEVER(pB->iTable>=0)) ) return 2; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Compare two ExprList objects. Return 0 if they are identical and +** non-zero if they differ in any way. +** +** If any subelement of pB has Expr.iTable==(-1) then it is allowed +** to compare equal to an equivalent element in pA with Expr.iTable==iTab. +** +** This routine might return non-zero for equivalent ExprLists. The +** only consequence will be disabled optimizations. But this routine +** must never return 0 if the two ExprList objects are different, or +** a malfunction will result. +** +** Two NULL pointers are considered to be the same. But a NULL pointer +** always differs from a non-NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList *pA, ExprList *pB, int iTab){ + int i; + if( pA==0 && pB==0 ) return 0; + if( pA==0 || pB==0 ) return 1; + if( pA->nExpr!=pB->nExpr ) return 1; + for(i=0; i<pA->nExpr; i++){ + Expr *pExprA = pA->a[i].pExpr; + Expr *pExprB = pB->a[i].pExpr; + if( pA->a[i].sortOrder!=pB->a[i].sortOrder ) return 1; + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pExprA, pExprB, iTab) ) return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Return true if we can prove the pE2 will always be true if pE1 is +** true. Return false if we cannot complete the proof or if pE2 might +** be false. Examples: +** +** pE1: x==5 pE2: x==5 Result: true +** pE1: x>0 pE2: x==5 Result: false +** pE1: x=21 pE2: x=21 OR y=43 Result: true +** pE1: x!=123 pE2: x IS NOT NULL Result: true +** pE1: x!=?1 pE2: x IS NOT NULL Result: true +** pE1: x IS NULL pE2: x IS NOT NULL Result: false +** pE1: x IS ?2 pE2: x IS NOT NULL Reuslt: false +** +** When comparing TK_COLUMN nodes between pE1 and pE2, if pE2 has +** Expr.iTable<0 then assume a table number given by iTab. +** +** When in doubt, return false. Returning true might give a performance +** improvement. Returning false might cause a performance reduction, but +** it will always give the correct answer and is hence always safe. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(Expr *pE1, Expr *pE2, int iTab){ + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pE1, pE2, iTab)==0 ){ + return 1; + } + if( pE2->op==TK_OR + && (sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pE1, pE2->pLeft, iTab) + || sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pE1, pE2->pRight, iTab) ) + ){ + return 1; + } + if( pE2->op==TK_NOTNULL + && sqlite3ExprCompare(pE1->pLeft, pE2->pLeft, iTab)==0 + && (pE1->op!=TK_ISNULL && pE1->op!=TK_IS) + ){ + return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** An instance of the following structure is used by the tree walker +** to count references to table columns in the arguments of an +** aggregate function, in order to implement the +** sqlite3FunctionThisSrc() routine. +*/ +struct SrcCount { + SrcList *pSrc; /* One particular FROM clause in a nested query */ + int nThis; /* Number of references to columns in pSrcList */ + int nOther; /* Number of references to columns in other FROM clauses */ +}; + +/* +** Count the number of references to columns. +*/ +static int exprSrcCount(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + /* The NEVER() on the second term is because sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc() + ** is always called before sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() and so the + ** TK_COLUMNs have not yet been converted into TK_AGG_COLUMN. If + ** sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc() is used differently in the future, the + ** NEVER() will need to be removed. */ + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || NEVER(pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) ){ + int i; + struct SrcCount *p = pWalker->u.pSrcCount; + SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc; + int nSrc = pSrc ? pSrc->nSrc : 0; + for(i=0; i<nSrc; i++){ + if( pExpr->iTable==pSrc->a[i].iCursor ) break; + } + if( i<nSrc ){ + p->nThis++; + }else{ + p->nOther++; + } + } + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** Determine if any of the arguments to the pExpr Function reference +** pSrcList. Return true if they do. Also return true if the function +** has no arguments or has only constant arguments. Return false if pExpr +** references columns but not columns of tables found in pSrcList. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr *pExpr, SrcList *pSrcList){ + Walker w; + struct SrcCount cnt; + assert( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ); + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.xExprCallback = exprSrcCount; + w.u.pSrcCount = &cnt; + cnt.pSrc = pSrcList; + cnt.nThis = 0; + cnt.nOther = 0; + sqlite3WalkExprList(&w, pExpr->x.pList); + return cnt.nThis>0 || cnt.nOther==0; +} + +/* +** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array. Return the index of +** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails. +*/ +static int addAggInfoColumn(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ + int i; + pInfo->aCol = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( + db, + pInfo->aCol, + sizeof(pInfo->aCol[0]), + &pInfo->nColumn, + &i + ); + return i; +} + +/* +** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array. Return the index of +** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails. +*/ +static int addAggInfoFunc(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ + int i; + pInfo->aFunc = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( + db, + pInfo->aFunc, + sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]), + &pInfo->nFunc, + &i + ); + return i; +} + +/* +** This is the xExprCallback for a tree walker. It is used to +** implement sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(). See sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates +** for additional information. +*/ +static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + int i; + NameContext *pNC = pWalker->u.pNC; + Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse; + SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; + AggInfo *pAggInfo = pNC->pAggInfo; + + switch( pExpr->op ){ + case TK_AGG_COLUMN: + case TK_COLUMN: { + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); + /* Check to see if the column is in one of the tables in the FROM + ** clause of the aggregate query */ + if( ALWAYS(pSrcList!=0) ){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrcList->a; + for(i=0; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){ + struct AggInfo_col *pCol; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); + if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){ + /* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table + ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query. + ** + ** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there + ** is not an entry there already. + */ + int k; + pCol = pAggInfo->aCol; + for(k=0; k<pAggInfo->nColumn; k++, pCol++){ + if( pCol->iTable==pExpr->iTable && + pCol->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){ + break; + } + } + if( (k>=pAggInfo->nColumn) + && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0 + ){ + pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k]; + pCol->pTab = pExpr->pTab; + pCol->iTable = pExpr->iTable; + pCol->iColumn = pExpr->iColumn; + pCol->iMem = ++pParse->nMem; + pCol->iSorterColumn = -1; + pCol->pExpr = pExpr; + if( pAggInfo->pGroupBy ){ + int j, n; + ExprList *pGB = pAggInfo->pGroupBy; + struct ExprList_item *pTerm = pGB->a; + n = pGB->nExpr; + for(j=0; j<n; j++, pTerm++){ + Expr *pE = pTerm->pExpr; + if( pE->op==TK_COLUMN && pE->iTable==pExpr->iTable && + pE->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){ + pCol->iSorterColumn = j; + break; + } + } + } + if( pCol->iSorterColumn<0 ){ + pCol->iSorterColumn = pAggInfo->nSortingColumn++; + } + } + /* There is now an entry for pExpr in pAggInfo->aCol[] (either + ** because it was there before or because we just created it). + ** Convert the pExpr to be a TK_AGG_COLUMN referring to that + ** pAggInfo->aCol[] entry. + */ + ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce); + pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo; + pExpr->op = TK_AGG_COLUMN; + pExpr->iAgg = (i16)k; + break; + } /* endif pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor */ + } /* end loop over pSrcList */ + } + return WRC_Prune; + } + case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: { + if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_InAggFunc)==0 + && pWalker->walkerDepth==pExpr->op2 + ){ + /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate + ** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure + */ + struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc; + for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pItem++){ + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr, pExpr, -1)==0 ){ + break; + } + } + if( i>=pAggInfo->nFunc ){ + /* pExpr is original. Make a new entry in pAggInfo->aFunc[] + */ + u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db); + i = addAggInfoFunc(pParse->db, pAggInfo); + if( i>=0 ){ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + pItem = &pAggInfo->aFunc[i]; + pItem->pExpr = pExpr; + pItem->iMem = ++pParse->nMem; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + pItem->pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, + pExpr->u.zToken, + pExpr->x.pList ? pExpr->x.pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0); + if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){ + pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++; + }else{ + pItem->iDistinct = -1; + } + } + } + /* Make pExpr point to the appropriate pAggInfo->aFunc[] entry + */ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); + ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce); + pExpr->iAgg = (i16)i; + pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo; + return WRC_Prune; + }else{ + return WRC_Continue; + } + } + } + return WRC_Continue; +} +static int analyzeAggregatesInSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pWalker); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pSelect); + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** Analyze the pExpr expression looking for aggregate functions and +** for variables that need to be added to AggInfo object that pNC->pAggInfo +** points to. Additional entries are made on the AggInfo object as +** necessary. +** +** This routine should only be called after the expression has been +** analyzed by sqlite3ResolveExprNames(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){ + Walker w; + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.xExprCallback = analyzeAggregate; + w.xSelectCallback = analyzeAggregatesInSelect; + w.u.pNC = pNC; + assert( pNC->pSrcList!=0 ); + sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); +} + +/* +** Call sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() for every expression in an +** expression list. Return the number of errors. +** +** If an error is found, the analysis is cut short. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext *pNC, ExprList *pList){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + int i; + if( pList ){ + for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){ + sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pNC, pItem->pExpr); + } + } +} + +/* +** Allocate a single new register for use to hold some intermediate result. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse *pParse){ + if( pParse->nTempReg==0 ){ + return ++pParse->nMem; + } + return pParse->aTempReg[--pParse->nTempReg]; +} + +/* +** Deallocate a register, making available for reuse for some other +** purpose. +** +** If a register is currently being used by the column cache, then +** the deallocation is deferred until the column cache line that uses +** the register becomes stale. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse *pParse, int iReg){ + if( iReg && pParse->nTempReg<ArraySize(pParse->aTempReg) ){ + int i; + struct yColCache *p; + for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){ + if( p->iReg==iReg ){ + p->tempReg = 1; + return; + } + } + pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = iReg; + } +} + +/* +** Allocate or deallocate a block of nReg consecutive registers +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse *pParse, int nReg){ + int i, n; + i = pParse->iRangeReg; + n = pParse->nRangeReg; + if( nReg<=n ){ + assert( !usedAsColumnCache(pParse, i, i+n-1) ); + pParse->iRangeReg += nReg; + pParse->nRangeReg -= nReg; + }else{ + i = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nReg; + } + return i; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){ + sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iReg, nReg); + if( nReg>pParse->nRangeReg ){ + pParse->nRangeReg = nReg; + pParse->iRangeReg = iReg; + } +} + +/* +** Mark all temporary registers as being unavailable for reuse. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(Parse *pParse){ + pParse->nTempReg = 0; + pParse->nRangeReg = 0; +} + +/* +** Validate that no temporary register falls within the range of +** iFirst..iLast, inclusive. This routine is only call from within assert() +** statements. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3NoTempsInRange(Parse *pParse, int iFirst, int iLast){ + int i; + if( pParse->nRangeReg>0 + && pParse->iRangeReg+pParse->nRangeReg<iLast + && pParse->iRangeReg>=iFirst + ){ + return 0; + } + for(i=0; i<pParse->nTempReg; i++){ + if( pParse->aTempReg[i]>=iFirst && pParse->aTempReg[i]<=iLast ){ + return 0; + } + } + return 1; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + +/************** End of expr.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file alter.c *******************************************/ +/* +** 2005 February 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code +** that implements the ALTER TABLE command. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* +** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the +** ALTER TABLE logic from the build. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE + + +/* +** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the +** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TABLE or +** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in +** the CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement is replaced with the third +** argument and the result returned. Examples: +** +** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c)', 'def') +** -> 'CREATE TABLE def(a, b, c)' +** +** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE INDEX i ON abc(a)', 'def') +** -> 'CREATE INDEX i ON def(a, b, c)' +*/ +static void renameTableFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + + int token; + Token tname; + unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql; + int len = 0; + char *zRet; + + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + + /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE + ** statement is that the table name is the first non-space token that + ** is immediately followed by a TK_LP or TK_USING token. + */ + if( zSql ){ + do { + if( !*zCsr ){ + /* Ran out of input before finding an opening bracket. Return NULL. */ + return; + } + + /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */ + tname.z = (char*)zCsr; + tname.n = len; + + /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token', + ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop). + */ + do { + zCsr += len; + len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token); + } while( token==TK_SPACE ); + assert( len>0 ); + } while( token!=TK_LP && token!=TK_USING ); + + zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", (int)(((u8*)tname.z) - zSql), + zSql, zTableName, tname.z+tname.n); + sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + } +} + +/* +** This C function implements an SQL user function that is used by SQL code +** generated by the ALTER TABLE ... RENAME command to modify the definition +** of any foreign key constraints that use the table being renamed as the +** parent table. It is passed three arguments: +** +** 1) The complete text of the CREATE TABLE statement being modified, +** 2) The old name of the table being renamed, and +** 3) The new name of the table being renamed. +** +** It returns the new CREATE TABLE statement. For example: +** +** sqlite_rename_parent('CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t2)', 't2', 't3') +** -> 'CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t3)' +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY +static void renameParentFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + char *zOutput = 0; + char *zResult; + unsigned char const *zInput = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + unsigned char const *zOld = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + unsigned char const *zNew = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); + + unsigned const char *z; /* Pointer to token */ + int n; /* Length of token z */ + int token; /* Type of token */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + if( zInput==0 || zOld==0 ) return; + for(z=zInput; *z; z=z+n){ + n = sqlite3GetToken(z, &token); + if( token==TK_REFERENCES ){ + char *zParent; + do { + z += n; + n = sqlite3GetToken(z, &token); + }while( token==TK_SPACE ); + + if( token==TK_ILLEGAL ) break; + zParent = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (const char *)z, n); + if( zParent==0 ) break; + sqlite3Dequote(zParent); + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp((const char *)zOld, zParent) ){ + char *zOut = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%.*s\"%w\"", + (zOutput?zOutput:""), (int)(z-zInput), zInput, (const char *)zNew + ); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput); + zOutput = zOut; + zInput = &z[n]; + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, zParent); + } + } + + zResult = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", (zOutput?zOutput:""), zInput), + sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zOutput); +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER +/* This function is used by SQL generated to implement the +** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER +** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE +** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result +** returned. This is analagous to renameTableFunc() above, except for CREATE +** TRIGGER, not CREATE INDEX and CREATE TABLE. +*/ +static void renameTriggerFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + + int token; + Token tname; + int dist = 3; + unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql; + int len = 0; + char *zRet; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + + /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER + ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediately + ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediately followed by one + ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR. + */ + if( zSql ){ + do { + + if( !*zCsr ){ + /* Ran out of input before finding the table name. Return NULL. */ + return; + } + + /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */ + tname.z = (char*)zCsr; + tname.n = len; + + /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token', + ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop). + */ + do { + zCsr += len; + len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token); + }while( token==TK_SPACE ); + assert( len>0 ); + + /* Variable 'dist' stores the number of tokens read since the most + ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN + ** token is read and 'dist' equals 2, the condition stated above + ** to be met. + ** + ** Note that ON cannot be a database, table or column name, so + ** there is no need to worry about syntax like + ** "CREATE TRIGGER ... ON ON.ON BEGIN ..." etc. + */ + dist++; + if( token==TK_DOT || token==TK_ON ){ + dist = 0; + } + } while( dist!=2 || (token!=TK_WHEN && token!=TK_FOR && token!=TK_BEGIN) ); + + /* Variable tname now contains the token that is the old table-name + ** in the CREATE TRIGGER statement. + */ + zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", (int)(((u8*)tname.z) - zSql), + zSql, zTableName, tname.z+tname.n); + sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + } +} +#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ + +/* +** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void){ + static FuncDef aAlterTableFuncs[] = { + FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_table, 2, 0, 0, renameTableFunc), +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_trigger, 2, 0, 0, renameTriggerFunc), +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_parent, 3, 0, 0, renameParentFunc), +#endif + }; + sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs(aAlterTableFuncs, ArraySize(aAlterTableFuncs)); +} + +/* +** This function is used to create the text of expressions of the form: +** +** name=<constant1> OR name=<constant2> OR ... +** +** If argument zWhere is NULL, then a pointer string containing the text +** "name=<constant>" is returned, where <constant> is the quoted version +** of the string passed as argument zConstant. The returned buffer is +** allocated using sqlite3DbMalloc(). It is the responsibility of the +** caller to ensure that it is eventually freed. +** +** If argument zWhere is not NULL, then the string returned is +** "<where> OR name=<constant>", where <where> is the contents of zWhere. +** In this case zWhere is passed to sqlite3DbFree() before returning. +** +*/ +static char *whereOrName(sqlite3 *db, char *zWhere, char *zConstant){ + char *zNew; + if( !zWhere ){ + zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name=%Q", zConstant); + }else{ + zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s OR name=%Q", zWhere, zConstant); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere); + } + return zNew; +} + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) +/* +** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all +** tables that have foreign key constraints that refer to table pTab (i.e. +** constraints for which pTab is the parent table) from the sqlite_master +** table. +*/ +static char *whereForeignKeys(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + FKey *p; + char *zWhere = 0; + for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ + zWhere = whereOrName(pParse->db, zWhere, p->pFrom->zName); + } + return zWhere; +} +#endif + +/* +** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all +** temporary triggers on table pTab from the sqlite_temp_master table. If +** table pTab has no temporary triggers, or is itself stored in the +** temporary database, NULL is returned. +*/ +static char *whereTempTriggers(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + Trigger *pTrig; + char *zWhere = 0; + const Schema *pTempSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; /* Temp db schema */ + + /* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is + ** returned, loop through the tables list of triggers. For each trigger + ** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE + ** expression being built up in zWhere. + */ + if( pTab->pSchema!=pTempSchema ){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){ + if( pTrig->pSchema==pTempSchema ){ + zWhere = whereOrName(db, zWhere, pTrig->zName); + } + } + } + if( zWhere ){ + char *zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "type='trigger' AND (%s)", zWhere); + sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zWhere); + zWhere = zNew; + } + return zWhere; +} + +/* +** Generate code to drop and reload the internal representation of table +** pTab from the database, including triggers and temporary triggers. +** Argument zName is the name of the table in the database schema at +** the time the generated code is executed. This can be different from +** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an +** "ALTER TABLE RENAME TO" statement. +*/ +static void reloadTableSchema(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, const char *zName){ + Vdbe *v; + char *zWhere; + int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + Trigger *pTrig; +#endif + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + /* Drop any table triggers from the internal schema. */ + for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){ + int iTrigDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema); + assert( iTrigDb==iDb || iTrigDb==1 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iTrigDb, 0, 0, pTrig->zName, 0); + } +#endif + + /* Drop the table and index from the internal schema. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); + + /* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */ + zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "tbl_name=%Q", zName); + if( !zWhere ) return; + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp + ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined. + */ + if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, 1, zWhere); + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Parameter zName is the name of a table that is about to be altered +** (either with ALTER TABLE ... RENAME TO or ALTER TABLE ... ADD COLUMN). +** If the table is a system table, this function leaves an error message +** in pParse->zErr (system tables may not be altered) and returns non-zero. +** +** Or, if zName is not a system table, zero is returned. +*/ +static int isSystemTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ + if( sqlite3Strlen30(zName)>6 && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", zName); + return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" +** command. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context. */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* The table to rename. */ + Token *pName /* The new table name. */ +){ + int iDb; /* Database that contains the table */ + char *zDb; /* Name of database iDb */ + Table *pTab; /* Table being renamed */ + char *zName = 0; /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + int nTabName; /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */ + const char *zTabName; /* Original name of the table */ + Vdbe *v; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + char *zWhere = 0; /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */ +#endif + VTable *pVTab = 0; /* Non-zero if this is a v-tab with an xRename() */ + int savedDbFlags; /* Saved value of db->flags */ + + savedDbFlags = db->flags; + if( NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ) goto exit_rename_table; + assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 ); + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); + + pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pSrc->a[0]); + if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin; + + /* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */ + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); + if( !zName ) goto exit_rename_table; + + /* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist + ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error. + */ + if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName); + goto exit_rename_table; + } + + /* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name + ** that the table is being renamed to. + */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){ + goto exit_rename_table; + } + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ goto + exit_rename_table; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + if( pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s may not be altered", pTab->zName); + goto exit_rename_table; + } +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + /* Invoke the authorization callback. */ + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){ + goto exit_rename_table; + } +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto exit_rename_table; + } + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + pVTab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); + if( pVTab->pVtab->pModule->xRename==0 ){ + pVTab = 0; + } + } +#endif + + /* Begin a transaction for database iDb. + ** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the + ** schema). Open a statement transaction if the table is a virtual + ** table. + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ){ + goto exit_rename_table; + } + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pVTab!=0, iDb); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + + /* If this is a virtual table, invoke the xRename() function if + ** one is defined. The xRename() callback will modify the names + ** of any resources used by the v-table implementation (including other + ** SQLite tables) that are identified by the name of the virtual table. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( pVTab ){ + int i = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, i, zName); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VRename, i, 0, 0,(const char*)pVTab, P4_VTAB); + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + } +#endif + + /* figure out how many UTF-8 characters are in zName */ + zTabName = pTab->zName; + nTabName = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zTabName, -1); + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ + /* If foreign-key support is enabled, rewrite the CREATE TABLE + ** statements corresponding to all child tables of foreign key constraints + ** for which the renamed table is the parent table. */ + if( (zWhere=whereForeignKeys(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " + "sql = sqlite_rename_parent(sql, %Q, %Q) " + "WHERE %s;", zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zTabName, zName, zWhere); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere); + } + } +#endif + + /* Modify the sqlite_master table to use the new table name. */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE %Q.%s SET " +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + "sql = sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q), " +#else + "sql = CASE " + "WHEN type = 'trigger' THEN sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q)" + "ELSE sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q) END, " +#endif + "tbl_name = %Q, " + "name = CASE " + "WHEN type='table' THEN %Q " + "WHEN name LIKE 'sqlite_autoindex%%' AND type='index' THEN " + "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18) " + "ELSE name END " + "WHERE tbl_name=%Q COLLATE nocase AND " + "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", + zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, zName, zName, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + zName, +#endif + zName, nTabName, zTabName + ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update + ** it with the new table name. + */ + if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE \"%w\".sqlite_sequence set name = %Q WHERE name = %Q", + zDb, zName, pTab->zName); + } +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + /* If there are TEMP triggers on this table, modify the sqlite_temp_master + ** table. Don't do this if the table being ALTERed is itself located in + ** the temp database. + */ + if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET " + "sql = sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q), " + "tbl_name = %Q " + "WHERE %s;", zName, zName, zWhere); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere); + } +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ + FKey *p; + for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ + Table *pFrom = p->pFrom; + if( pFrom!=pTab ){ + reloadTableSchema(pParse, p->pFrom, pFrom->zName); + } + } + } +#endif + + /* Drop and reload the internal table schema. */ + reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, zName); + +exit_rename_table: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + db->flags = savedDbFlags; +} + +/* +** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement +** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new +** column definition. +** +** The Table structure pParse->pNewTable was extended to include +** the new column during parsing. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){ + Table *pNew; /* Copy of pParse->pNewTable */ + Table *pTab; /* Table being altered */ + int iDb; /* Database number */ + const char *zDb; /* Database name */ + const char *zTab; /* Table name */ + char *zCol; /* Null-terminated column definition */ + Column *pCol; /* The new column */ + Expr *pDflt; /* Default value for the new column */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection; */ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The prepared statement under construction */ + + db = pParse->db; + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; + assert( v!=0 ); + pNew = pParse->pNewTable; + assert( pNew ); + + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pSchema); + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + zTab = &pNew->zName[16]; /* Skip the "sqlite_altertab_" prefix on the name */ + pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1]; + pDflt = pCol->pDflt; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, zDb); + assert( pTab ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + /* Invoke the authorization callback. */ + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){ + return; + } +#endif + + /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a + ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking + ** for an SQL NULL default below. + */ + assert( pDflt==0 || pDflt->op==TK_SPAN ); + if( pDflt && pDflt->pLeft->op==TK_NULL ){ + pDflt = 0; + } + + /* Check that the new column is not specified as PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE. + ** If there is a NOT NULL constraint, then the default value for the + ** column must not be NULL. + */ + if( pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a PRIMARY KEY column"); + return; + } + if( pNew->pIndex ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column"); + return; + } + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && pNew->pFKey && pDflt ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "Cannot add a REFERENCES column with non-NULL default value"); + return; + } + if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL"); + return; + } + + /* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlite3ValueFromExpr() + ** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.) + */ + if( pDflt ){ + sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; + int rc; + rc = sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pDflt, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_BLOB, &pVal); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( db->mallocFailed == 1 ); + return; + } + if( !pVal ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column with non-constant default"); + return; + } + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + } + + /* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */ + zCol = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n); + if( zCol ){ + char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1]; + int savedDbFlags = db->flags; + while( zEnd>zCol && (*zEnd==';' || sqlite3Isspace(*zEnd)) ){ + *zEnd-- = '\0'; + } + db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin; + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " + "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) " + "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", + zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1, + zTab + ); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol); + db->flags = savedDbFlags; + } + + /* If the default value of the new column is NULL, then the file + ** format to 2. If the default value of the new column is not NULL, + ** the file format be 3. Back when this feature was first added + ** in 2006, we went to the trouble to upgrade the file format to the + ** minimum support values. But 10-years on, we can assume that all + ** extent versions of SQLite support file-format 4, so we always and + ** unconditionally upgrade to 4. + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, + SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT); + + /* Reload the schema of the modified table. */ + reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, pTab->zName); +} + +/* +** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in +** an "ALTER TABLE <table-name> ADD" statement is parsed. Argument +** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered. +** +** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure +** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point +** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition +** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to +** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c +** after parsing is finished. +** +** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete +** coding the "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ + Table *pNew; + Table *pTab; + Vdbe *v; + int iDb; + int i; + int nAlloc; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + /* Look up the table being altered. */ + assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_begin_add_column; + pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pSrc->a[0]); + if( !pTab ) goto exit_begin_add_column; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered"); + goto exit_begin_add_column; + } +#endif + + /* Make sure this is not an attempt to ALTER a view. */ + if( pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view"); + goto exit_begin_add_column; + } + if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){ + goto exit_begin_add_column; + } + + assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 ); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + + /* Put a copy of the Table struct in Parse.pNewTable for the + ** sqlite3AddColumn() function and friends to modify. But modify + ** the name by adding an "sqlite_altertab_" prefix. By adding this + ** prefix, we insure that the name will not collide with an existing + ** table because user table are not allowed to have the "sqlite_" + ** prefix on their name. + */ + pNew = (Table*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); + if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column; + pParse->pNewTable = pNew; + pNew->nRef = 1; + pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol; + assert( pNew->nCol>0 ); + nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8; + assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 ); + pNew->aCol = (Column*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Column)*nAlloc); + pNew->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_altertab_%s", pTab->zName); + if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){ + assert( db->mallocFailed ); + goto exit_begin_add_column; + } + memcpy(pNew->aCol, pTab->aCol, sizeof(Column)*pNew->nCol); + for(i=0; i<pNew->nCol; i++){ + Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i]; + pCol->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCol->zName); + pCol->zColl = 0; + pCol->pDflt = 0; + } + pNew->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset; + pNew->nRef = 1; + + /* Begin a transaction and increment the schema cookie. */ + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( !v ) goto exit_begin_add_column; + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + +exit_begin_add_column: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); + return; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */ + +/************** End of alter.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file analyze.c *****************************************/ +/* +** 2005-07-08 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command. +** +** The ANALYZE command gather statistics about the content of tables +** and indices. These statistics are made available to the query planner +** to help it make better decisions about how to perform queries. +** +** The following system tables are or have been supported: +** +** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl, idx, stat); +** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat2(tbl, idx, sampleno, sample); +** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat3(tbl, idx, nEq, nLt, nDLt, sample); +** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat4(tbl, idx, nEq, nLt, nDLt, sample); +** +** Additional tables might be added in future releases of SQLite. +** The sqlite_stat2 table is not created or used unless the SQLite version +** is between 3.6.18 and 3.7.8, inclusive, and unless SQLite is compiled +** with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2. The sqlite_stat2 table is deprecated. +** The sqlite_stat2 table is superseded by sqlite_stat3, which is only +** created and used by SQLite versions 3.7.9 and later and with +** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 defined. The functionality of sqlite_stat3 +** is a superset of sqlite_stat2. The sqlite_stat4 is an enhanced +** version of sqlite_stat3 and is only available when compiled with +** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 and in SQLite versions 3.8.1 and later. It is +** not possible to enable both STAT3 and STAT4 at the same time. If they +** are both enabled, then STAT4 takes precedence. +** +** For most applications, sqlite_stat1 provides all the statistics required +** for the query planner to make good choices. +** +** Format of sqlite_stat1: +** +** There is normally one row per index, with the index identified by the +** name in the idx column. The tbl column is the name of the table to +** which the index belongs. In each such row, the stat column will be +** a string consisting of a list of integers. The first integer in this +** list is the number of rows in the index. (This is the same as the +** number of rows in the table, except for partial indices.) The second +** integer is the average number of rows in the index that have the same +** value in the first column of the index. The third integer is the average +** number of rows in the index that have the same value for the first two +** columns. The N-th integer (for N>1) is the average number of rows in +** the index which have the same value for the first N-1 columns. For +** a K-column index, there will be K+1 integers in the stat column. If +** the index is unique, then the last integer will be 1. +** +** The list of integers in the stat column can optionally be followed +** by the keyword "unordered". The "unordered" keyword, if it is present, +** must be separated from the last integer by a single space. If the +** "unordered" keyword is present, then the query planner assumes that +** the index is unordered and will not use the index for a range query. +** +** If the sqlite_stat1.idx column is NULL, then the sqlite_stat1.stat +** column contains a single integer which is the (estimated) number of +** rows in the table identified by sqlite_stat1.tbl. +** +** Format of sqlite_stat2: +** +** The sqlite_stat2 is only created and is only used if SQLite is compiled +** with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 and if the SQLite version number is between +** 3.6.18 and 3.7.8. The "stat2" table contains additional information +** about the distribution of keys within an index. The index is identified by +** the "idx" column and the "tbl" column is the name of the table to which +** the index belongs. There are usually 10 rows in the sqlite_stat2 +** table for each index. +** +** The sqlite_stat2 entries for an index that have sampleno between 0 and 9 +** inclusive are samples of the left-most key value in the index taken at +** evenly spaced points along the index. Let the number of samples be S +** (10 in the standard build) and let C be the number of rows in the index. +** Then the sampled rows are given by: +** +** rownumber = (i*C*2 + C)/(S*2) +** +** For i between 0 and S-1. Conceptually, the index space is divided into +** S uniform buckets and the samples are the middle row from each bucket. +** +** The format for sqlite_stat2 is recorded here for legacy reference. This +** version of SQLite does not support sqlite_stat2. It neither reads nor +** writes the sqlite_stat2 table. This version of SQLite only supports +** sqlite_stat3. +** +** Format for sqlite_stat3: +** +** The sqlite_stat3 format is a subset of sqlite_stat4. Hence, the +** sqlite_stat4 format will be described first. Further information +** about sqlite_stat3 follows the sqlite_stat4 description. +** +** Format for sqlite_stat4: +** +** As with sqlite_stat2, the sqlite_stat4 table contains histogram data +** to aid the query planner in choosing good indices based on the values +** that indexed columns are compared against in the WHERE clauses of +** queries. +** +** The sqlite_stat4 table contains multiple entries for each index. +** The idx column names the index and the tbl column is the table of the +** index. If the idx and tbl columns are the same, then the sample is +** of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. The sample column is a blob which is the +** binary encoding of a key from the index. The nEq column is a +** list of integers. The first integer is the approximate number +** of entries in the index whose left-most column exactly matches +** the left-most column of the sample. The second integer in nEq +** is the approximate number of entries in the index where the +** first two columns match the first two columns of the sample. +** And so forth. nLt is another list of integers that show the approximate +** number of entries that are strictly less than the sample. The first +** integer in nLt contains the number of entries in the index where the +** left-most column is less than the left-most column of the sample. +** The K-th integer in the nLt entry is the number of index entries +** where the first K columns are less than the first K columns of the +** sample. The nDLt column is like nLt except that it contains the +** number of distinct entries in the index that are less than the +** sample. +** +** There can be an arbitrary number of sqlite_stat4 entries per index. +** The ANALYZE command will typically generate sqlite_stat4 tables +** that contain between 10 and 40 samples which are distributed across +** the key space, though not uniformly, and which include samples with +** large nEq values. +** +** Format for sqlite_stat3 redux: +** +** The sqlite_stat3 table is like sqlite_stat4 except that it only +** looks at the left-most column of the index. The sqlite_stat3.sample +** column contains the actual value of the left-most column instead +** of a blob encoding of the complete index key as is found in +** sqlite_stat4.sample. The nEq, nLt, and nDLt entries of sqlite_stat3 +** all contain just a single integer which is the same as the first +** integer in the equivalent columns in sqlite_stat4. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4) +# define IsStat4 1 +# define IsStat3 0 +#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) +# define IsStat4 0 +# define IsStat3 1 +#else +# define IsStat4 0 +# define IsStat3 0 +# undef SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES +# define SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES 1 +#endif +#define IsStat34 (IsStat3+IsStat4) /* 1 for STAT3 or STAT4. 0 otherwise */ + +/* +** This routine generates code that opens the sqlite_statN tables. +** The sqlite_stat1 table is always relevant. sqlite_stat2 is now +** obsolete. sqlite_stat3 and sqlite_stat4 are only opened when +** appropriate compile-time options are provided. +** +** If the sqlite_statN tables do not previously exist, it is created. +** +** Argument zWhere may be a pointer to a buffer containing a table name, +** or it may be a NULL pointer. If it is not NULL, then all entries in +** the sqlite_statN tables associated with the named table are deleted. +** If zWhere==0, then code is generated to delete all stat table entries. +*/ +static void openStatTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int iDb, /* The database we are looking in */ + int iStatCur, /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */ + const char *zWhere, /* Delete entries for this table or index */ + const char *zWhereType /* Either "tbl" or "idx" */ +){ + static const struct { + const char *zName; + const char *zCols; + } aTable[] = { + { "sqlite_stat1", "tbl,idx,stat" }, +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4) + { "sqlite_stat4", "tbl,idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample" }, + { "sqlite_stat3", 0 }, +#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) + { "sqlite_stat3", "tbl,idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample" }, + { "sqlite_stat4", 0 }, +#else + { "sqlite_stat3", 0 }, + { "sqlite_stat4", 0 }, +#endif + }; + int i; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Db *pDb; + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + int aRoot[ArraySize(aTable)]; + u8 aCreateTbl[ArraySize(aTable)]; + + if( v==0 ) return; + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + assert( sqlite3VdbeDb(v)==db ); + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + + /* Create new statistic tables if they do not exist, or clear them + ** if they do already exist. + */ + for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aTable); i++){ + const char *zTab = aTable[i].zName; + Table *pStat; + if( (pStat = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, pDb->zName))==0 ){ + if( aTable[i].zCols ){ + /* The sqlite_statN table does not exist. Create it. Note that a + ** side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave the rootpage + ** of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is important + ** because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.%s(%s)", pDb->zName, zTab, aTable[i].zCols + ); + aRoot[i] = pParse->regRoot; + aCreateTbl[i] = OPFLAG_P2ISREG; + } + }else{ + /* The table already exists. If zWhere is not NULL, delete all entries + ** associated with the table zWhere. If zWhere is NULL, delete the + ** entire contents of the table. */ + aRoot[i] = pStat->tnum; + aCreateTbl[i] = 0; + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, aRoot[i], 1, zTab); + if( zWhere ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q", + pDb->zName, zTab, zWhereType, zWhere + ); + }else{ + /* The sqlite_stat[134] table already exists. Delete all rows. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, aRoot[i], iDb); + } + } + } + + /* Open the sqlite_stat[134] tables for writing. */ + for(i=0; aTable[i].zCols; i++){ + assert( i<ArraySize(aTable) ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, iStatCur+i, aRoot[i], iDb, 3); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, aCreateTbl[i]); + VdbeComment((v, aTable[i].zName)); + } +} + +/* +** Recommended number of samples for sqlite_stat4 +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES +# define SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES 24 +#endif + +/* +** Three SQL functions - stat_init(), stat_push(), and stat_get() - +** share an instance of the following structure to hold their state +** information. +*/ +typedef struct Stat4Accum Stat4Accum; +typedef struct Stat4Sample Stat4Sample; +struct Stat4Sample { + tRowcnt *anEq; /* sqlite_stat4.nEq */ + tRowcnt *anDLt; /* sqlite_stat4.nDLt */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + tRowcnt *anLt; /* sqlite_stat4.nLt */ + union { + i64 iRowid; /* Rowid in main table of the key */ + u8 *aRowid; /* Key for WITHOUT ROWID tables */ + } u; + u32 nRowid; /* Sizeof aRowid[] */ + u8 isPSample; /* True if a periodic sample */ + int iCol; /* If !isPSample, the reason for inclusion */ + u32 iHash; /* Tiebreaker hash */ +#endif +}; +struct Stat4Accum { + tRowcnt nRow; /* Number of rows in the entire table */ + tRowcnt nPSample; /* How often to do a periodic sample */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in index + pk/rowid */ + int nKeyCol; /* Number of index columns w/o the pk/rowid */ + int mxSample; /* Maximum number of samples to accumulate */ + Stat4Sample current; /* Current row as a Stat4Sample */ + u32 iPrn; /* Pseudo-random number used for sampling */ + Stat4Sample *aBest; /* Array of nCol best samples */ + int iMin; /* Index in a[] of entry with minimum score */ + int nSample; /* Current number of samples */ + int iGet; /* Index of current sample accessed by stat_get() */ + Stat4Sample *a; /* Array of mxSample Stat4Sample objects */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection, for malloc() */ +}; + +/* Reclaim memory used by a Stat4Sample +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +static void sampleClear(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p){ + assert( db!=0 ); + if( p->nRowid ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid); + p->nRowid = 0; + } +} +#endif + +/* Initialize the BLOB value of a ROWID +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +static void sampleSetRowid(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p, int n, const u8 *pData){ + assert( db!=0 ); + if( p->nRowid ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid); + p->u.aRowid = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n); + if( p->u.aRowid ){ + p->nRowid = n; + memcpy(p->u.aRowid, pData, n); + }else{ + p->nRowid = 0; + } +} +#endif + +/* Initialize the INTEGER value of a ROWID. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +static void sampleSetRowidInt64(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p, i64 iRowid){ + assert( db!=0 ); + if( p->nRowid ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid); + p->nRowid = 0; + p->u.iRowid = iRowid; +} +#endif + + +/* +** Copy the contents of object (*pFrom) into (*pTo). +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +static void sampleCopy(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pTo, Stat4Sample *pFrom){ + pTo->isPSample = pFrom->isPSample; + pTo->iCol = pFrom->iCol; + pTo->iHash = pFrom->iHash; + memcpy(pTo->anEq, pFrom->anEq, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol); + memcpy(pTo->anLt, pFrom->anLt, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol); + memcpy(pTo->anDLt, pFrom->anDLt, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol); + if( pFrom->nRowid ){ + sampleSetRowid(p->db, pTo, pFrom->nRowid, pFrom->u.aRowid); + }else{ + sampleSetRowidInt64(p->db, pTo, pFrom->u.iRowid); + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Reclaim all memory of a Stat4Accum structure. +*/ +static void stat4Destructor(void *pOld){ + Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)pOld; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + int i; + for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->aBest+i); + for(i=0; i<p->mxSample; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->a+i); + sampleClear(p->db, &p->current); +#endif + sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the stat_init(N,K,C) SQL function. The three parameters +** are: +** N: The number of columns in the index including the rowid/pk (note 1) +** K: The number of columns in the index excluding the rowid/pk. +** C: The number of rows in the index (note 2) +** +** Note 1: In the special case of the covering index that implements a +** WITHOUT ROWID table, N is the number of PRIMARY KEY columns, not the +** total number of columns in the table. +** +** Note 2: C is only used for STAT3 and STAT4. +** +** For indexes on ordinary rowid tables, N==K+1. But for indexes on +** WITHOUT ROWID tables, N=K+P where P is the number of columns in the +** PRIMARY KEY of the table. The covering index that implements the +** original WITHOUT ROWID table as N==K as a special case. +** +** This routine allocates the Stat4Accum object in heap memory. The return +** value is a pointer to the Stat4Accum object. The datatype of the +** return value is BLOB, but it is really just a pointer to the Stat4Accum +** object. +*/ +static void statInit( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + Stat4Accum *p; + int nCol; /* Number of columns in index being sampled */ + int nKeyCol; /* Number of key columns */ + int nColUp; /* nCol rounded up for alignment */ + int n; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + int mxSample = SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES; +#endif + + /* Decode the three function arguments */ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + nCol = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]); + assert( nCol>0 ); + nColUp = sizeof(tRowcnt)<8 ? (nCol+1)&~1 : nCol; + nKeyCol = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); + assert( nKeyCol<=nCol ); + assert( nKeyCol>0 ); + + /* Allocate the space required for the Stat4Accum object */ + n = sizeof(*p) + + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anEq */ + + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anDLt */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anLt */ + + sizeof(Stat4Sample)*(nCol+mxSample) /* Stat4Accum.aBest[], a[] */ + + sizeof(tRowcnt)*3*nColUp*(nCol+mxSample) +#endif + ; + db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, n); + if( p==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + return; + } + + p->db = db; + p->nRow = 0; + p->nCol = nCol; + p->nKeyCol = nKeyCol; + p->current.anDLt = (tRowcnt*)&p[1]; + p->current.anEq = &p->current.anDLt[nColUp]; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + { + u8 *pSpace; /* Allocated space not yet assigned */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through p->aSample[] */ + + p->iGet = -1; + p->mxSample = mxSample; + p->nPSample = (tRowcnt)(sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2])/(mxSample/3+1) + 1); + p->current.anLt = &p->current.anEq[nColUp]; + p->iPrn = 0x689e962d*(u32)nCol ^ 0xd0944565*(u32)sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]); + + /* Set up the Stat4Accum.a[] and aBest[] arrays */ + p->a = (struct Stat4Sample*)&p->current.anLt[nColUp]; + p->aBest = &p->a[mxSample]; + pSpace = (u8*)(&p->a[mxSample+nCol]); + for(i=0; i<(mxSample+nCol); i++){ + p->a[i].anEq = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp); + p->a[i].anLt = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp); + p->a[i].anDLt = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp); + } + assert( (pSpace - (u8*)p)==n ); + + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ + p->aBest[i].iCol = i; + } + } +#endif + + /* Return a pointer to the allocated object to the caller. Note that + ** only the pointer (the 2nd parameter) matters. The size of the object + ** (given by the 3rd parameter) is never used and can be any positive + ** value. */ + sqlite3_result_blob(context, p, sizeof(*p), stat4Destructor); +} +static const FuncDef statInitFuncdef = { + 2+IsStat34, /* nArg */ + SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ + 0, /* pUserData */ + 0, /* pNext */ + statInit, /* xSFunc */ + 0, /* xFinalize */ + "stat_init", /* zName */ + {0} +}; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 +/* +** pNew and pOld are both candidate non-periodic samples selected for +** the same column (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol). Ignoring this column and +** considering only any trailing columns and the sample hash value, this +** function returns true if sample pNew is to be preferred over pOld. +** In other words, if we assume that the cardinalities of the selected +** column for pNew and pOld are equal, is pNew to be preferred over pOld. +** +** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of +** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol+1] onwards are valid. +*/ +static int sampleIsBetterPost( + Stat4Accum *pAccum, + Stat4Sample *pNew, + Stat4Sample *pOld +){ + int nCol = pAccum->nCol; + int i; + assert( pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol ); + for(i=pNew->iCol+1; i<nCol; i++){ + if( pNew->anEq[i]>pOld->anEq[i] ) return 1; + if( pNew->anEq[i]<pOld->anEq[i] ) return 0; + } + if( pNew->iHash>pOld->iHash ) return 1; + return 0; +} +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +/* +** Return true if pNew is to be preferred over pOld. +** +** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of +** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol] onwards are valid. +*/ +static int sampleIsBetter( + Stat4Accum *pAccum, + Stat4Sample *pNew, + Stat4Sample *pOld +){ + tRowcnt nEqNew = pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol]; + tRowcnt nEqOld = pOld->anEq[pOld->iCol]; + + assert( pOld->isPSample==0 && pNew->isPSample==0 ); + assert( IsStat4 || (pNew->iCol==0 && pOld->iCol==0) ); + + if( (nEqNew>nEqOld) ) return 1; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + if( nEqNew==nEqOld ){ + if( pNew->iCol<pOld->iCol ) return 1; + return (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol && sampleIsBetterPost(pAccum, pNew, pOld)); + } + return 0; +#else + return (nEqNew==nEqOld && pNew->iHash>pOld->iHash); +#endif +} + +/* +** Copy the contents of sample *pNew into the p->a[] array. If necessary, +** remove the least desirable sample from p->a[] to make room. +*/ +static void sampleInsert(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pNew, int nEqZero){ + Stat4Sample *pSample = 0; + int i; + + assert( IsStat4 || nEqZero==0 ); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + if( pNew->isPSample==0 ){ + Stat4Sample *pUpgrade = 0; + assert( pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol]>0 ); + + /* This sample is being added because the prefix that ends in column + ** iCol occurs many times in the table. However, if we have already + ** added a sample that shares this prefix, there is no need to add + ** this one. Instead, upgrade the priority of the highest priority + ** existing sample that shares this prefix. */ + for(i=p->nSample-1; i>=0; i--){ + Stat4Sample *pOld = &p->a[i]; + if( pOld->anEq[pNew->iCol]==0 ){ + if( pOld->isPSample ) return; + assert( pOld->iCol>pNew->iCol ); + assert( sampleIsBetter(p, pNew, pOld) ); + if( pUpgrade==0 || sampleIsBetter(p, pOld, pUpgrade) ){ + pUpgrade = pOld; + } + } + } + if( pUpgrade ){ + pUpgrade->iCol = pNew->iCol; + pUpgrade->anEq[pUpgrade->iCol] = pNew->anEq[pUpgrade->iCol]; + goto find_new_min; + } + } +#endif + + /* If necessary, remove sample iMin to make room for the new sample. */ + if( p->nSample>=p->mxSample ){ + Stat4Sample *pMin = &p->a[p->iMin]; + tRowcnt *anEq = pMin->anEq; + tRowcnt *anLt = pMin->anLt; + tRowcnt *anDLt = pMin->anDLt; + sampleClear(p->db, pMin); + memmove(pMin, &pMin[1], sizeof(p->a[0])*(p->nSample-p->iMin-1)); + pSample = &p->a[p->nSample-1]; + pSample->nRowid = 0; + pSample->anEq = anEq; + pSample->anDLt = anDLt; + pSample->anLt = anLt; + p->nSample = p->mxSample-1; + } + + /* The "rows less-than" for the rowid column must be greater than that + ** for the last sample in the p->a[] array. Otherwise, the samples would + ** be out of order. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + assert( p->nSample==0 + || pNew->anLt[p->nCol-1] > p->a[p->nSample-1].anLt[p->nCol-1] ); +#endif + + /* Insert the new sample */ + pSample = &p->a[p->nSample]; + sampleCopy(p, pSample, pNew); + p->nSample++; + + /* Zero the first nEqZero entries in the anEq[] array. */ + memset(pSample->anEq, 0, sizeof(tRowcnt)*nEqZero); + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + find_new_min: +#endif + if( p->nSample>=p->mxSample ){ + int iMin = -1; + for(i=0; i<p->mxSample; i++){ + if( p->a[i].isPSample ) continue; + if( iMin<0 || sampleIsBetter(p, &p->a[iMin], &p->a[i]) ){ + iMin = i; + } + } + assert( iMin>=0 ); + p->iMin = iMin; + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ + +/* +** Field iChng of the index being scanned has changed. So at this point +** p->current contains a sample that reflects the previous row of the +** index. The value of anEq[iChng] and subsequent anEq[] elements are +** correct at this point. +*/ +static void samplePushPrevious(Stat4Accum *p, int iChng){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + int i; + + /* Check if any samples from the aBest[] array should be pushed + ** into IndexSample.a[] at this point. */ + for(i=(p->nCol-2); i>=iChng; i--){ + Stat4Sample *pBest = &p->aBest[i]; + pBest->anEq[i] = p->current.anEq[i]; + if( p->nSample<p->mxSample || sampleIsBetter(p, pBest, &p->a[p->iMin]) ){ + sampleInsert(p, pBest, i); + } + } + + /* Update the anEq[] fields of any samples already collected. */ + for(i=p->nSample-1; i>=0; i--){ + int j; + for(j=iChng; j<p->nCol; j++){ + if( p->a[i].anEq[j]==0 ) p->a[i].anEq[j] = p->current.anEq[j]; + } + } +#endif + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4) + if( iChng==0 ){ + tRowcnt nLt = p->current.anLt[0]; + tRowcnt nEq = p->current.anEq[0]; + + /* Check if this is to be a periodic sample. If so, add it. */ + if( (nLt/p->nPSample)!=(nLt+nEq)/p->nPSample ){ + p->current.isPSample = 1; + sampleInsert(p, &p->current, 0); + p->current.isPSample = 0; + }else + + /* Or if it is a non-periodic sample. Add it in this case too. */ + if( p->nSample<p->mxSample + || sampleIsBetter(p, &p->current, &p->a[p->iMin]) + ){ + sampleInsert(p, &p->current, 0); + } + } +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + UNUSED_PARAMETER( p ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER( iChng ); +#endif +} + +/* +** Implementation of the stat_push SQL function: stat_push(P,C,R) +** Arguments: +** +** P Pointer to the Stat4Accum object created by stat_init() +** C Index of left-most column to differ from previous row +** R Rowid for the current row. Might be a key record for +** WITHOUT ROWID tables. +** +** This SQL function always returns NULL. It's purpose it to accumulate +** statistical data and/or samples in the Stat4Accum object about the +** index being analyzed. The stat_get() SQL function will later be used to +** extract relevant information for constructing the sqlite_statN tables. +** +** The R parameter is only used for STAT3 and STAT4 +*/ +static void statPush( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int i; + + /* The three function arguments */ + Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + int iChng = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); + + UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER( context ); + assert( p->nCol>0 ); + assert( iChng<p->nCol ); + + if( p->nRow==0 ){ + /* This is the first call to this function. Do initialization. */ + for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) p->current.anEq[i] = 1; + }else{ + /* Second and subsequent calls get processed here */ + samplePushPrevious(p, iChng); + + /* Update anDLt[], anLt[] and anEq[] to reflect the values that apply + ** to the current row of the index. */ + for(i=0; i<iChng; i++){ + p->current.anEq[i]++; + } + for(i=iChng; i<p->nCol; i++){ + p->current.anDLt[i]++; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + p->current.anLt[i] += p->current.anEq[i]; +#endif + p->current.anEq[i] = 1; + } + } + p->nRow++; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + sampleSetRowidInt64(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2])); + }else{ + sampleSetRowid(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]), + sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2])); + } + p->current.iHash = p->iPrn = p->iPrn*1103515245 + 12345; +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 + { + tRowcnt nLt = p->current.anLt[p->nCol-1]; + + /* Check if this is to be a periodic sample. If so, add it. */ + if( (nLt/p->nPSample)!=(nLt+1)/p->nPSample ){ + p->current.isPSample = 1; + p->current.iCol = 0; + sampleInsert(p, &p->current, p->nCol-1); + p->current.isPSample = 0; + } + + /* Update the aBest[] array. */ + for(i=0; i<(p->nCol-1); i++){ + p->current.iCol = i; + if( i>=iChng || sampleIsBetterPost(p, &p->current, &p->aBest[i]) ){ + sampleCopy(p, &p->aBest[i], &p->current); + } + } + } +#endif +} +static const FuncDef statPushFuncdef = { + 2+IsStat34, /* nArg */ + SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ + 0, /* pUserData */ + 0, /* pNext */ + statPush, /* xSFunc */ + 0, /* xFinalize */ + "stat_push", /* zName */ + {0} +}; + +#define STAT_GET_STAT1 0 /* "stat" column of stat1 table */ +#define STAT_GET_ROWID 1 /* "rowid" column of stat[34] entry */ +#define STAT_GET_NEQ 2 /* "neq" column of stat[34] entry */ +#define STAT_GET_NLT 3 /* "nlt" column of stat[34] entry */ +#define STAT_GET_NDLT 4 /* "ndlt" column of stat[34] entry */ + +/* +** Implementation of the stat_get(P,J) SQL function. This routine is +** used to query statistical information that has been gathered into +** the Stat4Accum object by prior calls to stat_push(). The P parameter +** has type BLOB but it is really just a pointer to the Stat4Accum object. +** The content to returned is determined by the parameter J +** which is one of the STAT_GET_xxxx values defined above. +** +** If neither STAT3 nor STAT4 are enabled, then J is always +** STAT_GET_STAT1 and is hence omitted and this routine becomes +** a one-parameter function, stat_get(P), that always returns the +** stat1 table entry information. +*/ +static void statGet( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + /* STAT3 and STAT4 have a parameter on this routine. */ + int eCall = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); + assert( argc==2 ); + assert( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 || eCall==STAT_GET_NEQ + || eCall==STAT_GET_ROWID || eCall==STAT_GET_NLT + || eCall==STAT_GET_NDLT + ); + if( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 ) +#else + assert( argc==1 ); +#endif + { + /* Return the value to store in the "stat" column of the sqlite_stat1 + ** table for this index. + ** + ** The value is a string composed of a list of integers describing + ** the index. The first integer in the list is the total number of + ** entries in the index. There is one additional integer in the list + ** for each indexed column. This additional integer is an estimate of + ** the number of rows matched by a stabbing query on the index using + ** a key with the corresponding number of fields. In other words, + ** if the index is on columns (a,b) and the sqlite_stat1 value is + ** "100 10 2", then SQLite estimates that: + ** + ** * the index contains 100 rows, + ** * "WHERE a=?" matches 10 rows, and + ** * "WHERE a=? AND b=?" matches 2 rows. + ** + ** If D is the count of distinct values and K is the total number of + ** rows, then each estimate is computed as: + ** + ** I = (K+D-1)/D + */ + char *z; + int i; + + char *zRet = sqlite3MallocZero( (p->nKeyCol+1)*25 ); + if( zRet==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + return; + } + + sqlite3_snprintf(24, zRet, "%llu", (u64)p->nRow); + z = zRet + sqlite3Strlen30(zRet); + for(i=0; i<p->nKeyCol; i++){ + u64 nDistinct = p->current.anDLt[i] + 1; + u64 iVal = (p->nRow + nDistinct - 1) / nDistinct; + sqlite3_snprintf(24, z, " %llu", iVal); + z += sqlite3Strlen30(z); + assert( p->current.anEq[i] ); + } + assert( z[0]=='\0' && z>zRet ); + + sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3_free); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + else if( eCall==STAT_GET_ROWID ){ + if( p->iGet<0 ){ + samplePushPrevious(p, 0); + p->iGet = 0; + } + if( p->iGet<p->nSample ){ + Stat4Sample *pS = p->a + p->iGet; + if( pS->nRowid==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_int64(context, pS->u.iRowid); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_blob(context, pS->u.aRowid, pS->nRowid, + SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } + } + }else{ + tRowcnt *aCnt = 0; + + assert( p->iGet<p->nSample ); + switch( eCall ){ + case STAT_GET_NEQ: aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anEq; break; + case STAT_GET_NLT: aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anLt; break; + default: { + aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anDLt; + p->iGet++; + break; + } + } + + if( IsStat3 ){ + sqlite3_result_int64(context, (i64)aCnt[0]); + }else{ + char *zRet = sqlite3MallocZero(p->nCol * 25); + if( zRet==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + }else{ + int i; + char *z = zRet; + for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){ + sqlite3_snprintf(24, z, "%llu ", (u64)aCnt[i]); + z += sqlite3Strlen30(z); + } + assert( z[0]=='\0' && z>zRet ); + z[-1] = '\0'; + sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3_free); + } + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG + UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc ); +#endif +} +static const FuncDef statGetFuncdef = { + 1+IsStat34, /* nArg */ + SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ + 0, /* pUserData */ + 0, /* pNext */ + statGet, /* xSFunc */ + 0, /* xFinalize */ + "stat_get", /* zName */ + {0} +}; + +static void callStatGet(Vdbe *v, int regStat4, int iParam, int regOut){ + assert( regOut!=regStat4 && regOut!=regStat4+1 ); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iParam, regStat4+1); +#elif SQLITE_DEBUG + assert( iParam==STAT_GET_STAT1 ); +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER( iParam ); +#endif + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function0, 0, regStat4, regOut, + (char*)&statGetFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1 + IsStat34); +} + +/* +** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with +** a single table. +*/ +static void analyzeOneTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */ + Index *pOnlyIdx, /* If not NULL, only analyze this one index */ + int iStatCur, /* Index of VdbeCursor that writes the sqlite_stat1 table */ + int iMem, /* Available memory locations begin here */ + int iTab /* Next available cursor */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + Index *pIdx; /* An index to being analyzed */ + int iIdxCur; /* Cursor open on index being analyzed */ + int iTabCur; /* Table cursor */ + Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine being built up */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int jZeroRows = -1; /* Jump from here if number of rows is zero */ + int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ + u8 needTableCnt = 1; /* True to count the table */ + int regNewRowid = iMem++; /* Rowid for the inserted record */ + int regStat4 = iMem++; /* Register to hold Stat4Accum object */ + int regChng = iMem++; /* Index of changed index field */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + int regRowid = iMem++; /* Rowid argument passed to stat_push() */ +#endif + int regTemp = iMem++; /* Temporary use register */ + int regTabname = iMem++; /* Register containing table name */ + int regIdxname = iMem++; /* Register containing index name */ + int regStat1 = iMem++; /* Value for the stat column of sqlite_stat1 */ + int regPrev = iMem; /* MUST BE LAST (see below) */ + + pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, iMem); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 || NEVER(pTab==0) ){ + return; + } + if( pTab->tnum==0 ){ + /* Do not gather statistics on views or virtual tables */ + return; + } + if( sqlite3_strlike("sqlite_%", pTab->zName, 0)==0 ){ + /* Do not gather statistics on system tables */ + return; + } + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 ); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0, + db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){ + return; + } +#endif + + /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. + ** Open a read-only cursor on the table. Also allocate a cursor number + ** to use for scanning indexes (iIdxCur). No index cursor is opened at + ** this time though. */ + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); + iTabCur = iTab++; + iIdxCur = iTab++; + pParse->nTab = MAX(pParse->nTab, iTab); + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTabCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, regTabname, pTab->zName); + + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in pIdx. "N" */ + int addrRewind; /* Address of "OP_Rewind iIdxCur" */ + int addrNextRow; /* Address of "next_row:" */ + const char *zIdxName; /* Name of the index */ + int nColTest; /* Number of columns to test for changes */ + + if( pOnlyIdx && pOnlyIdx!=pIdx ) continue; + if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) needTableCnt = 0; + if( !HasRowid(pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){ + nCol = pIdx->nKeyCol; + zIdxName = pTab->zName; + nColTest = nCol - 1; + }else{ + nCol = pIdx->nColumn; + zIdxName = pIdx->zName; + nColTest = pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol-1 : nCol-1; + } + + /* Populate the register containing the index name. */ + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, regIdxname, zIdxName); + VdbeComment((v, "Analysis for %s.%s", pTab->zName, zIdxName)); + + /* + ** Pseudo-code for loop that calls stat_push(): + ** + ** Rewind csr + ** if eof(csr) goto end_of_scan; + ** regChng = 0 + ** goto chng_addr_0; + ** + ** next_row: + ** regChng = 0 + ** if( idx(0) != regPrev(0) ) goto chng_addr_0 + ** regChng = 1 + ** if( idx(1) != regPrev(1) ) goto chng_addr_1 + ** ... + ** regChng = N + ** goto chng_addr_N + ** + ** chng_addr_0: + ** regPrev(0) = idx(0) + ** chng_addr_1: + ** regPrev(1) = idx(1) + ** ... + ** + ** endDistinctTest: + ** regRowid = idx(rowid) + ** stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid) + ** Next csr + ** if !eof(csr) goto next_row; + ** + ** end_of_scan: + */ + + /* Make sure there are enough memory cells allocated to accommodate + ** the regPrev array and a trailing rowid (the rowid slot is required + ** when building a record to insert into the sample column of + ** the sqlite_stat4 table. */ + pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regPrev+nColTest); + + /* Open a read-only cursor on the index being analyzed. */ + assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema) ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); + + /* Invoke the stat_init() function. The arguments are: + ** + ** (1) the number of columns in the index including the rowid + ** (or for a WITHOUT ROWID table, the number of PK columns), + ** (2) the number of columns in the key without the rowid/pk + ** (3) the number of rows in the index, + ** + ** + ** The third argument is only used for STAT3 and STAT4 + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regStat4+3); +#endif + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nCol, regStat4+1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->nKeyCol, regStat4+2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function0, 0, regStat4+1, regStat4, + (char*)&statInitFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2+IsStat34); + + /* Implementation of the following: + ** + ** Rewind csr + ** if eof(csr) goto end_of_scan; + ** regChng = 0 + ** goto next_push_0; + ** + */ + addrRewind = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regChng); + addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + + if( nColTest>0 ){ + int endDistinctTest = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + int *aGotoChng; /* Array of jump instruction addresses */ + aGotoChng = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int)*nColTest); + if( aGotoChng==0 ) continue; + + /* + ** next_row: + ** regChng = 0 + ** if( idx(0) != regPrev(0) ) goto chng_addr_0 + ** regChng = 1 + ** if( idx(1) != regPrev(1) ) goto chng_addr_1 + ** ... + ** regChng = N + ** goto endDistinctTest + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); + addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + if( nColTest==1 && pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ){ + /* For a single-column UNIQUE index, once we have found a non-NULL + ** row, we know that all the rest will be distinct, so skip + ** subsequent distinctness tests. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, regPrev, endDistinctTest); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + for(i=0; i<nColTest; i++){ + char *pColl = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pIdx->azColl[i]); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, regChng); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regTemp); + aGotoChng[i] = + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, regTemp, 0, regPrev+i, pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nColTest, regChng); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, endDistinctTest); + + + /* + ** chng_addr_0: + ** regPrev(0) = idx(0) + ** chng_addr_1: + ** regPrev(1) = idx(1) + ** ... + */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrNextRow-1); + for(i=0; i<nColTest; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, aGotoChng[i]); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regPrev+i); + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endDistinctTest); + sqlite3DbFree(db, aGotoChng); + } + + /* + ** chng_addr_N: + ** regRowid = idx(rowid) // STAT34 only + ** stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid) // 3rd parameter STAT34 only + ** Next csr + ** if !eof(csr) goto next_row; + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + assert( regRowid==(regStat4+2) ); + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, regRowid); + }else{ + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable); + int j, k, regKey; + regKey = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pPk->nKeyCol); + for(j=0; j<pPk->nKeyCol; j++){ + k = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[j]); + assert( k>=0 && k<pTab->nCol ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, k, regKey+j); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[j]].zName)); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol, regRowid); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol); + } +#endif + assert( regChng==(regStat4+1) ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function0, 1, regStat4, regTemp, + (char*)&statPushFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2+IsStat34); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, addrNextRow); VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Add the entry to the stat1 table. */ + callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_STAT1, regStat1); + assert( "BBB"[0]==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "BBB", 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + + /* Add the entries to the stat3 or stat4 table. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + { + int regEq = regStat1; + int regLt = regStat1+1; + int regDLt = regStat1+2; + int regSample = regStat1+3; + int regCol = regStat1+4; + int regSampleRowid = regCol + nCol; + int addrNext; + int addrIsNull; + u8 seekOp = HasRowid(pTab) ? OP_NotExists : OP_NotFound; + + pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regCol+nCol); + + addrNext = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_ROWID, regSampleRowid); + addrIsNull = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, regSampleRowid); + VdbeCoverage(v); + callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NEQ, regEq); + callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NLT, regLt); + callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NDLT, regDLt); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, seekOp, iTabCur, addrNext, regSampleRowid, 0); + /* We know that the regSampleRowid row exists because it was read by + ** the previous loop. Thus the not-found jump of seekOp will never + ** be taken */ + VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 + sqlite3ExprCodeLoadIndexColumn(pParse, pIdx, iTabCur, 0, regSample); +#else + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ + sqlite3ExprCodeLoadIndexColumn(pParse, pIdx, iTabCur, i, regCol+i); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regCol, nCol, regSample); +#endif + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 6, regTemp); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur+1, regNewRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur+1, regTemp, regNewRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 1, addrNext); /* P1==1 for end-of-loop */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIsNull); + } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ + + /* End of analysis */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrRewind); + } + + + /* Create a single sqlite_stat1 entry containing NULL as the index + ** name and the row count as the content. + */ + if( pOnlyIdx==0 && needTableCnt ){ + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iTabCur, regStat1); + jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regStat1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIdxname); + assert( "BBB"[0]==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "BBB", 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows); + } +} + + +/* +** Generate code that will cause the most recent index analysis to +** be loaded into internal hash tables where is can be used. +*/ +static void loadAnalysis(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_LoadAnalysis, iDb); + } +} + +/* +** Generate code that will do an analysis of an entire database +*/ +static void analyzeDatabase(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; /* Schema of database iDb */ + HashElem *k; + int iStatCur; + int iMem; + int iTab; + + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + iStatCur = pParse->nTab; + pParse->nTab += 3; + openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0, 0); + iMem = pParse->nMem+1; + iTab = pParse->nTab; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ + Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); + analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, 0, iStatCur, iMem, iTab); + } + loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb); +} + +/* +** Generate code that will do an analysis of a single table in +** a database. If pOnlyIdx is not NULL then it is a single index +** in pTab that should be analyzed. +*/ +static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, Index *pOnlyIdx){ + int iDb; + int iStatCur; + + assert( pTab!=0 ); + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + iStatCur = pParse->nTab; + pParse->nTab += 3; + if( pOnlyIdx ){ + openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pOnlyIdx->zName, "idx"); + }else{ + openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName, "tbl"); + } + analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, pOnlyIdx, iStatCur,pParse->nMem+1,pParse->nTab); + loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb); +} + +/* +** Generate code for the ANALYZE command. The parser calls this routine +** when it recognizes an ANALYZE command. +** +** ANALYZE -- 1 +** ANALYZE <database> -- 2 +** ANALYZE ?<database>.?<tablename> -- 3 +** +** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be analyzed. +** Form 2 analyzes all indices the single database named. +** Form 3 analyzes all indices associated with the named table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; + int i; + char *z, *zDb; + Table *pTab; + Index *pIdx; + Token *pTableName; + Vdbe *v; + + /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message + ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + return; + } + + assert( pName2!=0 || pName1==0 ); + if( pName1==0 ){ + /* Form 1: Analyze everything */ + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + if( i==1 ) continue; /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */ + analyzeDatabase(pParse, i); + } + }else if( pName2->n==0 ){ + /* Form 2: Analyze the database or table named */ + iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1); + if( iDb>=0 ){ + analyzeDatabase(pParse, iDb); + }else{ + z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName1); + if( z ){ + if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, 0))!=0 ){ + analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx); + }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, 0))!=0 ){ + analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + } + } + }else{ + /* Form 3: Analyze the fully qualified table name */ + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pTableName); + if( iDb>=0 ){ + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableName); + if( z ){ + if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb))!=0 ){ + analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx); + }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb))!=0 ){ + analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + } + } + } + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Expire); +} + +/* +** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the +** callback routine. +*/ +typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo; +struct analysisInfo { + sqlite3 *db; + const char *zDatabase; +}; + +/* +** The first argument points to a nul-terminated string containing a +** list of space separated integers. Read the first nOut of these into +** the array aOut[]. +*/ +static void decodeIntArray( + char *zIntArray, /* String containing int array to decode */ + int nOut, /* Number of slots in aOut[] */ + tRowcnt *aOut, /* Store integers here */ + LogEst *aLog, /* Or, if aOut==0, here */ + Index *pIndex /* Handle extra flags for this index, if not NULL */ +){ + char *z = zIntArray; + int c; + int i; + tRowcnt v; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + if( z==0 ) z = ""; +#else + assert( z!=0 ); +#endif + for(i=0; *z && i<nOut; i++){ + v = 0; + while( (c=z[0])>='0' && c<='9' ){ + v = v*10 + c - '0'; + z++; + } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + if( aOut ) aOut[i] = v; + if( aLog ) aLog[i] = sqlite3LogEst(v); +#else + assert( aOut==0 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(aOut); + assert( aLog!=0 ); + aLog[i] = sqlite3LogEst(v); +#endif + if( *z==' ' ) z++; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + assert( pIndex!=0 ); { +#else + if( pIndex ){ +#endif + pIndex->bUnordered = 0; + pIndex->noSkipScan = 0; + while( z[0] ){ + if( sqlite3_strglob("unordered*", z)==0 ){ + pIndex->bUnordered = 1; + }else if( sqlite3_strglob("sz=[0-9]*", z)==0 ){ + pIndex->szIdxRow = sqlite3LogEst(sqlite3Atoi(z+3)); + }else if( sqlite3_strglob("noskipscan*", z)==0 ){ + pIndex->noSkipScan = 1; + } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT + else if( sqlite3_strglob("costmult=[0-9]*",z)==0 ){ + pIndex->pTable->costMult = sqlite3LogEst(sqlite3Atoi(z+9)); + } +#endif + while( z[0]!=0 && z[0]!=' ' ) z++; + while( z[0]==' ' ) z++; + } + } +} + +/* +** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the +** sqlite_stat1 table. +** +** argv[0] = name of the table +** argv[1] = name of the index (might be NULL) +** argv[2] = results of analysis - on integer for each column +** +** Entries for which argv[1]==NULL simply record the number of rows in +** the table. +*/ +static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){ + analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData; + Index *pIndex; + Table *pTable; + const char *z; + + assert( argc==3 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc); + + if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[2]==0 ){ + return 0; + } + pTable = sqlite3FindTable(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase); + if( pTable==0 ){ + return 0; + } + if( argv[1]==0 ){ + pIndex = 0; + }else if( sqlite3_stricmp(argv[0],argv[1])==0 ){ + pIndex = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTable); + }else{ + pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[1], pInfo->zDatabase); + } + z = argv[2]; + + if( pIndex ){ + tRowcnt *aiRowEst = 0; + int nCol = pIndex->nKeyCol+1; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + /* Index.aiRowEst may already be set here if there are duplicate + ** sqlite_stat1 entries for this index. In that case just clobber + ** the old data with the new instead of allocating a new array. */ + if( pIndex->aiRowEst==0 ){ + pIndex->aiRowEst = (tRowcnt*)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(tRowcnt) * nCol); + if( pIndex->aiRowEst==0 ) sqlite3OomFault(pInfo->db); + } + aiRowEst = pIndex->aiRowEst; +#endif + pIndex->bUnordered = 0; + decodeIntArray((char*)z, nCol, aiRowEst, pIndex->aiRowLogEst, pIndex); + if( pIndex->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) pTable->nRowLogEst = pIndex->aiRowLogEst[0]; + }else{ + Index fakeIdx; + fakeIdx.szIdxRow = pTable->szTabRow; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT + fakeIdx.pTable = pTable; +#endif + decodeIntArray((char*)z, 1, 0, &pTable->nRowLogEst, &fakeIdx); + pTable->szTabRow = fakeIdx.szIdxRow; + } + + return 0; +} + +/* +** If the Index.aSample variable is not NULL, delete the aSample[] array +** and its contents. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + if( pIdx->aSample ){ + int j; + for(j=0; j<pIdx->nSample; j++){ + IndexSample *p = &pIdx->aSample[j]; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->p); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx->aSample); + } + if( db && db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ + pIdx->nSample = 0; + pIdx->aSample = 0; + } +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pIdx); +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +/* +** Populate the pIdx->aAvgEq[] array based on the samples currently +** stored in pIdx->aSample[]. +*/ +static void initAvgEq(Index *pIdx){ + if( pIdx ){ + IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample; + IndexSample *pFinal = &aSample[pIdx->nSample-1]; + int iCol; + int nCol = 1; + if( pIdx->nSampleCol>1 ){ + /* If this is stat4 data, then calculate aAvgEq[] values for all + ** sample columns except the last. The last is always set to 1, as + ** once the trailing PK fields are considered all index keys are + ** unique. */ + nCol = pIdx->nSampleCol-1; + pIdx->aAvgEq[nCol] = 1; + } + for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){ + int nSample = pIdx->nSample; + int i; /* Used to iterate through samples */ + tRowcnt sumEq = 0; /* Sum of the nEq values */ + tRowcnt avgEq = 0; + tRowcnt nRow; /* Number of rows in index */ + i64 nSum100 = 0; /* Number of terms contributing to sumEq */ + i64 nDist100; /* Number of distinct values in index */ + + if( !pIdx->aiRowEst || iCol>=pIdx->nKeyCol || pIdx->aiRowEst[iCol+1]==0 ){ + nRow = pFinal->anLt[iCol]; + nDist100 = (i64)100 * pFinal->anDLt[iCol]; + nSample--; + }else{ + nRow = pIdx->aiRowEst[0]; + nDist100 = ((i64)100 * pIdx->aiRowEst[0]) / pIdx->aiRowEst[iCol+1]; + } + pIdx->nRowEst0 = nRow; + + /* Set nSum to the number of distinct (iCol+1) field prefixes that + ** occur in the stat4 table for this index. Set sumEq to the sum of + ** the nEq values for column iCol for the same set (adding the value + ** only once where there exist duplicate prefixes). */ + for(i=0; i<nSample; i++){ + if( i==(pIdx->nSample-1) + || aSample[i].anDLt[iCol]!=aSample[i+1].anDLt[iCol] + ){ + sumEq += aSample[i].anEq[iCol]; + nSum100 += 100; + } + } + + if( nDist100>nSum100 ){ + avgEq = ((i64)100 * (nRow - sumEq))/(nDist100 - nSum100); + } + if( avgEq==0 ) avgEq = 1; + pIdx->aAvgEq[iCol] = avgEq; + } + } +} + +/* +** Look up an index by name. Or, if the name of a WITHOUT ROWID table +** is supplied instead, find the PRIMARY KEY index for that table. +*/ +static Index *findIndexOrPrimaryKey( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zName, + const char *zDb +){ + Index *pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb); + if( pIdx==0 ){ + Table *pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb); + if( pTab && !HasRowid(pTab) ) pIdx = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + } + return pIdx; +} + +/* +** Load the content from either the sqlite_stat4 or sqlite_stat3 table +** into the relevant Index.aSample[] arrays. +** +** Arguments zSql1 and zSql2 must point to SQL statements that return +** data equivalent to the following (statements are different for stat3, +** see the caller of this function for details): +** +** zSql1: SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx +** zSql2: SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 +** +** where %Q is replaced with the database name before the SQL is executed. +*/ +static int loadStatTbl( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + int bStat3, /* Assume single column records only */ + const char *zSql1, /* SQL statement 1 (see above) */ + const char *zSql2, /* SQL statement 2 (see above) */ + const char *zDb /* Database name (e.g. "main") */ +){ + int rc; /* Result codes from subroutines */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* An SQL statement being run */ + char *zSql; /* Text of the SQL statement */ + Index *pPrevIdx = 0; /* Previous index in the loop */ + IndexSample *pSample; /* A slot in pIdx->aSample[] */ + + assert( db->lookaside.bDisable ); + zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zSql1, zDb); + if( !zSql ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); + if( rc ) return rc; + + while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + int nIdxCol = 1; /* Number of columns in stat4 records */ + + char *zIndex; /* Index name */ + Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to the index object */ + int nSample; /* Number of samples */ + int nByte; /* Bytes of space required */ + int i; /* Bytes of space required */ + tRowcnt *pSpace; + + zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0); + if( zIndex==0 ) continue; + nSample = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1); + pIdx = findIndexOrPrimaryKey(db, zIndex, zDb); + assert( pIdx==0 || bStat3 || pIdx->nSample==0 ); + /* Index.nSample is non-zero at this point if data has already been + ** loaded from the stat4 table. In this case ignore stat3 data. */ + if( pIdx==0 || pIdx->nSample ) continue; + if( bStat3==0 ){ + assert( !HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) || pIdx->nColumn==pIdx->nKeyCol+1 ); + if( !HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){ + nIdxCol = pIdx->nKeyCol; + }else{ + nIdxCol = pIdx->nColumn; + } + } + pIdx->nSampleCol = nIdxCol; + nByte = sizeof(IndexSample) * nSample; + nByte += sizeof(tRowcnt) * nIdxCol * 3 * nSample; + nByte += nIdxCol * sizeof(tRowcnt); /* Space for Index.aAvgEq[] */ + + pIdx->aSample = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); + if( pIdx->aSample==0 ){ + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + pSpace = (tRowcnt*)&pIdx->aSample[nSample]; + pIdx->aAvgEq = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol; + for(i=0; i<nSample; i++){ + pIdx->aSample[i].anEq = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol; + pIdx->aSample[i].anLt = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol; + pIdx->aSample[i].anDLt = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol; + } + assert( ((u8*)pSpace)-nByte==(u8*)(pIdx->aSample) ); + } + rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + if( rc ) return rc; + + zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zSql2, zDb); + if( !zSql ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); + if( rc ) return rc; + + while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + char *zIndex; /* Index name */ + Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to the index object */ + int nCol = 1; /* Number of columns in index */ + + zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0); + if( zIndex==0 ) continue; + pIdx = findIndexOrPrimaryKey(db, zIndex, zDb); + if( pIdx==0 ) continue; + /* This next condition is true if data has already been loaded from + ** the sqlite_stat4 table. In this case ignore stat3 data. */ + nCol = pIdx->nSampleCol; + if( bStat3 && nCol>1 ) continue; + if( pIdx!=pPrevIdx ){ + initAvgEq(pPrevIdx); + pPrevIdx = pIdx; + } + pSample = &pIdx->aSample[pIdx->nSample]; + decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,1),nCol,pSample->anEq,0,0); + decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,2),nCol,pSample->anLt,0,0); + decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,3),nCol,pSample->anDLt,0,0); + + /* Take a copy of the sample. Add two 0x00 bytes the end of the buffer. + ** This is in case the sample record is corrupted. In that case, the + ** sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() may read up to two varints past the + ** end of the allocated buffer before it realizes it is dealing with + ** a corrupt record. Adding the two 0x00 bytes prevents this from causing + ** a buffer overread. */ + pSample->n = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4); + pSample->p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, pSample->n + 2); + if( pSample->p==0 ){ + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + memcpy(pSample->p, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4), pSample->n); + pIdx->nSample++; + } + rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) initAvgEq(pPrevIdx); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Load content from the sqlite_stat4 and sqlite_stat3 tables into +** the Index.aSample[] arrays of all indices. +*/ +static int loadStat4(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result codes from subroutines */ + + assert( db->lookaside.bDisable ); + if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat4", zDb) ){ + rc = loadStatTbl(db, 0, + "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx", + "SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4", + zDb + ); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat3", zDb) ){ + rc = loadStatTbl(db, 1, + "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3 GROUP BY idx", + "SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sqlite_record(sample) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3", + zDb + ); + } + + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ + +/* +** Load the content of the sqlite_stat1 and sqlite_stat3/4 tables. The +** contents of sqlite_stat1 are used to populate the Index.aiRowEst[] +** arrays. The contents of sqlite_stat3/4 are used to populate the +** Index.aSample[] arrays. +** +** If the sqlite_stat1 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR +** is returned. In this case, even if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3/4 was defined +** during compilation and the sqlite_stat3/4 table is present, no data is +** read from it. +** +** If SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3/4 was defined during compilation and the +** sqlite_stat4 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR is +** returned. However, in this case, data is read from the sqlite_stat1 +** table (if it is present) before returning. +** +** If an OOM error occurs, this function always sets db->mallocFailed. +** This means if the caller does not care about other errors, the return +** code may be ignored. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ + analysisInfo sInfo; + HashElem *i; + char *zSql; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb ); + assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 ); + + /* Clear any prior statistics */ + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i); + pIdx->aiRowLogEst[0] = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, pIdx); + pIdx->aSample = 0; +#endif + } + + /* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */ + sInfo.db = db; + sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)!=0 ){ + zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + "SELECT tbl,idx,stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase); + if( zSql==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); + } + } + + /* Set appropriate defaults on all indexes not in the sqlite_stat1 table */ + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i); + if( pIdx->aiRowLogEst[0]==0 ) sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx); + } + + /* Load the statistics from the sqlite_stat4 table. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat34) ){ + db->lookaside.bDisable++; + rc = loadStat4(db, sInfo.zDatabase); + db->lookaside.bDisable--; + } + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i); + sqlite3_free(pIdx->aiRowEst); + pIdx->aiRowEst = 0; + } +#endif + + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + } + return rc; +} + + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */ + +/************** End of analyze.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file attach.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2003 April 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH +/* +** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This +** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple +** identifiers are treated as strings, not possible column names or aliases. +** +** i.e. if the parser sees: +** +** ATTACH DATABASE abc AS def +** +** it treats the two expressions as literal strings 'abc' and 'def' instead of +** looking for columns of the same name. +** +** This only applies to the root node of pExpr, so the statement: +** +** ATTACH DATABASE abc||def AS 'db2' +** +** will fail because neither abc or def can be resolved. +*/ +static int resolveAttachExpr(NameContext *pName, Expr *pExpr) +{ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pExpr ){ + if( pExpr->op!=TK_ID ){ + rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pName, pExpr); + }else{ + pExpr->op = TK_STRING; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The +** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement: +** +** ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z +** +** SELECT sqlite_attach(x, y, z) +** +** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the +** third argument. +*/ +static void attachFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int i; + int rc = 0; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + const char *zName; + const char *zFile; + char *zPath = 0; + char *zErr = 0; + unsigned int flags; + Db *aNew; + char *zErrDyn = 0; + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + + zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + if( zFile==0 ) zFile = ""; + if( zName==0 ) zName = ""; + + /* Check for the following errors: + ** + ** * Too many attached databases, + ** * Transaction currently open + ** * Specified database name already being used. + */ + if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){ + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d", + db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED] + ); + goto attach_error; + } + if( !db->autoCommit ){ + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot ATTACH database within transaction"); + goto attach_error; + } + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + char *z = db->aDb[i].zName; + assert( z && zName ); + if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){ + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database %s is already in use", zName); + goto attach_error; + } + } + + /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialize the schema + ** hash tables. + */ + if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){ + aNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 ); + if( aNew==0 ) return; + memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2); + }else{ + aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) ); + if( aNew==0 ) return; + } + db->aDb = aNew; + aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb]; + memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew)); + + /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use + ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may + ** or may not be initialized. + */ + flags = db->openFlags; + rc = sqlite3ParseUri(db->pVfs->zName, zFile, &flags, &pVfs, &zPath, &zErr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) sqlite3OomFault(db); + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + return; + } + assert( pVfs ); + flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB; + rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(pVfs, zPath, db, &aNew->pBt, 0, flags); + sqlite3_free( zPath ); + db->nDb++; + if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database is already attached"); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Pager *pPager; + aNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, aNew->pBt); + if( !aNew->pSchema ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + }else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){ + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + sqlite3BtreeEnter(aNew->pBt); + pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(aNew->pBt); + sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, db->dfltLockMode); + sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(aNew->pBt, + sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[0].pBt,-1) ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS + sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(aNew->pBt, + PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK)); +#endif + sqlite3BtreeLeave(aNew->pBt); + } + aNew->safety_level = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS+1; + aNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && aNew->zName==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + + +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, const void*, int); + extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*); + int nKey; + char *zKey; + int t = sqlite3_value_type(argv[2]); + switch( t ){ + case SQLITE_INTEGER: + case SQLITE_FLOAT: + zErrDyn = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "Invalid key value"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + break; + + case SQLITE_TEXT: + case SQLITE_BLOB: + nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); + zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]); + rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); + break; + + case SQLITE_NULL: + /* No key specified. Use the key from the main database */ + sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey); + if( nKey>0 || sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(db->aDb[0].pBt)>0 ){ + rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); + } + break; + } + } +#endif + + /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database. + ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and + ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the way + ** we found it. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn); + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u8 newAuth = 0; + rc = sqlite3UserAuthCheckLogin(db, zName, &newAuth); + if( newAuth<db->auth.authLevel ){ + rc = SQLITE_AUTH_USER; + } + } +#endif + if( rc ){ + int iDb = db->nDb - 1; + assert( iDb>=2 ); + if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){ + sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt); + db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0; + db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0; + } + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); + db->nDb = iDb; + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn); + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "out of memory"); + }else if( zErrDyn==0 ){ + zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unable to open database: %s", zFile); + } + goto attach_error; + } + + return; + +attach_error: + /* Return an error if we get here */ + if( zErrDyn ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrDyn, -1); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn); + } + if( rc ) sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc); +} + +/* +** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an DETACH statement. The +** three arguments to the function come directly from a detach statement: +** +** DETACH DATABASE x +** +** SELECT sqlite_detach(x) +*/ +static void detachFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const char *zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + int i; + Db *pDb = 0; + char zErr[128]; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + + if( zName==0 ) zName = ""; + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + pDb = &db->aDb[i]; + if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName)==0 ) break; + } + + if( i>=db->nDb ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "no such database: %s", zName); + goto detach_error; + } + if( i<2 ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "cannot detach database %s", zName); + goto detach_error; + } + if( !db->autoCommit ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, + "cannot DETACH database within transaction"); + goto detach_error; + } + if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) || sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pDb->pBt) ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName); + goto detach_error; + } + + sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); + pDb->pBt = 0; + pDb->pSchema = 0; + sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db); + return; + +detach_error: + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); +} + +/* +** This procedure generates VDBE code for a single invocation of either the +** sqlite_detach() or sqlite_attach() SQL user functions. +*/ +static void codeAttach( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + int type, /* Either SQLITE_ATTACH or SQLITE_DETACH */ + FuncDef const *pFunc,/* FuncDef wrapper for detachFunc() or attachFunc() */ + Expr *pAuthArg, /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */ + Expr *pFilename, /* Name of database file */ + Expr *pDbname, /* Name of the database to use internally */ + Expr *pKey /* Database key for encryption extension */ +){ + int rc; + NameContext sName; + Vdbe *v; + sqlite3* db = pParse->db; + int regArgs; + + memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext)); + sName.pParse = pParse; + + if( + SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) || + SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) || + SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey)) + ){ + goto attach_end; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + if( pAuthArg ){ + char *zAuthArg; + if( pAuthArg->op==TK_STRING ){ + zAuthArg = pAuthArg->u.zToken; + }else{ + zAuthArg = 0; + } + rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0); + if(rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto attach_end; + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */ + + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + regArgs = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, 4); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename, regArgs); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname, regArgs+1); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pKey, regArgs+2); + + assert( v || db->mallocFailed ); + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function0, 0, regArgs+3-pFunc->nArg, regArgs+3, + (char *)pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); + assert( pFunc->nArg==-1 || (pFunc->nArg&0xff)==pFunc->nArg ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)(pFunc->nArg)); + + /* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this + ** statement only). For DETACH, set it to false (expire all existing + ** statements). + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH)); + } + +attach_end: + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pFilename); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDbname); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pKey); +} + +/* +** Called by the parser to compile a DETACH statement. +** +** DETACH pDbname +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){ + static const FuncDef detach_func = { + 1, /* nArg */ + SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ + 0, /* pUserData */ + 0, /* pNext */ + detachFunc, /* xSFunc */ + 0, /* xFinalize */ + "sqlite_detach", /* zName */ + {0} + }; + codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, &detach_func, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname); +} + +/* +** Called by the parser to compile an ATTACH statement. +** +** ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){ + static const FuncDef attach_func = { + 3, /* nArg */ + SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ + 0, /* pUserData */ + 0, /* pNext */ + attachFunc, /* xSFunc */ + 0, /* xFinalize */ + "sqlite_attach", /* zName */ + {0} + }; + codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, &attach_func, p, p, pDbname, pKey); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */ + +/* +** Initialize a DbFixer structure. This routine must be called prior +** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FixInit( + DbFixer *pFix, /* The fixer to be initialized */ + Parse *pParse, /* Error messages will be written here */ + int iDb, /* This is the database that must be used */ + const char *zType, /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */ + const Token *pName /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */ +){ + sqlite3 *db; + + db = pParse->db; + assert( db->nDb>iDb ); + pFix->pParse = pParse; + pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + pFix->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + pFix->zType = zType; + pFix->pName = pName; + pFix->bVarOnly = (iDb==1); +} + +/* +** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign +** a specific database to all table references where the database name +** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement. The pFix structure +** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit(). +** +** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or +** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database. +** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are +** allowed to refer to anything.) If a reference is explicitly made +** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to +** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero. If everything +** checks out, these routines return 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList( + DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ + SrcList *pList /* The Source list to check and modify */ +){ + int i; + const char *zDb; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + + if( NEVER(pList==0) ) return 0; + zDb = pFix->zDb; + for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){ + if( pFix->bVarOnly==0 ){ + if( pItem->zDatabase && sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase, zDb) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse, + "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s", + pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase); + return 1; + } + sqlite3DbFree(pFix->pParse->db, pItem->zDatabase); + pItem->zDatabase = 0; + pItem->pSchema = pFix->pSchema; + } +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1; + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1; +#endif + } + return 0; +} +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect( + DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ + Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */ +){ + while( pSelect ){ + if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pGroupBy) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pOrderBy) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pLimit) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pOffset) ){ + return 1; + } + pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; + } + return 0; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr( + DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ + Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be fixed to one database */ +){ + while( pExpr ){ + if( pExpr->op==TK_VARIABLE ){ + if( pFix->pParse->db->init.busy ){ + pExpr->op = TK_NULL; + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse, "%s cannot use variables", pFix->zType); + return 1; + } + } + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ) break; + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return 1; + }else{ + if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->x.pList) ) return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){ + return 1; + } + pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; + } + return 0; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList( + DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ + ExprList *pList /* The expression to be fixed to one database */ +){ + int i; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + if( pList==0 ) return 0; + for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){ + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){ + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep( + DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ + TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */ +){ + while( pStep ){ + if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){ + return 1; + } + pStep = pStep->pNext; + } + return 0; +} +#endif + +/************** End of attach.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file auth.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2003 January 11 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer() +** API. This facility is an optional feature of the library. Embedded +** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling +** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1 +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* +** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single +** macro. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + +/* +** Set or clear the access authorization function. +** +** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation +** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on +** various fields of the database. The first argument to the auth function +** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine. The second argument +** to the auth function is one of these constants: +** +** SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX +** SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE +** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX +** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE +** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER +** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW +** SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER +** SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW +** SQLITE_DELETE +** SQLITE_DROP_INDEX +** SQLITE_DROP_TABLE +** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX +** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE +** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER +** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW +** SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER +** SQLITE_DROP_VIEW +** SQLITE_INSERT +** SQLITE_PRAGMA +** SQLITE_READ +** SQLITE_SELECT +** SQLITE_TRANSACTION +** SQLITE_UPDATE +** +** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of +** the table and the column that are being accessed. The auth function +** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE. If +** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed. SQLITE_DENY +** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call +** will return with an error. SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement +** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL +** and attempts to write the column will be ignored. +** +** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook. The default +** setting of the auth function is NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_set_authorizer( + sqlite3 *db, + int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), + void *pArg +){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->xAuth = (sqlite3_xauth)xAuth; + db->pAuthArg = pArg; + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the +** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value. +*/ +static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "authorizer malfunction"); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; +} + +/* +** Invoke the authorization callback for permission to read column zCol from +** table zTab in database zDb. This function assumes that an authorization +** callback has been registered (i.e. that sqlite3.xAuth is not NULL). +** +** If SQLITE_IGNORE is returned and pExpr is not NULL, then pExpr is changed +** to an SQL NULL expression. Otherwise, if pExpr is NULL, then SQLITE_IGNORE +** is treated as SQLITE_DENY. In this case an error is left in pParse. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthReadCol( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + const char *zTab, /* Table name */ + const char *zCol, /* Column name */ + int iDb /* Index of containing database. */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; /* Name of attached database */ + int rc; /* Auth callback return code */ + + rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, zTab,zCol,zDb,pParse->zAuthContext +#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION + ,db->auth.zAuthUser +#endif + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ + if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited",zDb,zTab,zCol); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited", zTab, zCol); + } + pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH; + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE && rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression. The table referred to +** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger. +** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column. +** +** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN +** instruction into a TK_NULL. If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY, +** then generate an error. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthRead( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to check authorization on */ + Schema *pSchema, /* The schema of the expression */ + SrcList *pTabList /* All table that pExpr might refer to */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Table *pTab = 0; /* The table being read */ + const char *zCol; /* Name of the column of the table */ + int iSrc; /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */ + int iDb; /* The index of the database the expression refers to */ + int iCol; /* Index of column in table */ + + if( db->xAuth==0 ) return; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSchema); + if( iDb<0 ){ + /* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other + ** temporary table. */ + return; + } + + assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER ); + if( pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER ){ + pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab; + }else{ + assert( pTabList ); + for(iSrc=0; ALWAYS(iSrc<pTabList->nSrc); iSrc++){ + if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ){ + pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab; + break; + } + } + } + iCol = pExpr->iColumn; + if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return; + + if( iCol>=0 ){ + assert( iCol<pTab->nCol ); + zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; + }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){ + assert( pTab->iPKey<pTab->nCol ); + zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName; + }else{ + zCol = "ROWID"; + } + assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb ); + if( SQLITE_IGNORE==sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTab->zName, zCol, iDb) ){ + pExpr->op = TK_NULL; + } +} + +/* +** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given. Return +** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY. If SQLITE_DENY +** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are +** modified appropriately. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthCheck( + Parse *pParse, + int code, + const char *zArg1, + const char *zArg2, + const char *zArg3 +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int rc; + + /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising + ** or if the parser is being invoked from within sqlite3_declare_vtab. + */ + if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + if( db->xAuth==0 ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext +#ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION + ,db->auth.zAuthUser +#endif + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized"); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH; + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){ + rc = SQLITE_DENY; + sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Push an authorization context. After this routine is called, the +** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until +** popped. Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush( + Parse *pParse, + AuthContext *pContext, + const char *zContext +){ + assert( pParse ); + pContext->pParse = pParse; + pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; + pParse->zAuthContext = zContext; +} + +/* +** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed +** by sqlite3AuthContextPush +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){ + if( pContext->pParse ){ + pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext; + pContext->pParse = 0; + } +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */ + +/************** End of auth.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file build.c *******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that are called by the SQLite parser +** when syntax rules are reduced. The routines in this file handle the +** following kinds of SQL syntax: +** +** CREATE TABLE +** DROP TABLE +** CREATE INDEX +** DROP INDEX +** creating ID lists +** BEGIN TRANSACTION +** COMMIT +** ROLLBACK +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +/* +** The TableLock structure is only used by the sqlite3TableLock() and +** codeTableLocks() functions. +*/ +struct TableLock { + int iDb; /* The database containing the table to be locked */ + int iTab; /* The root page of the table to be locked */ + u8 isWriteLock; /* True for write lock. False for a read lock */ + const char *zName; /* Name of the table */ +}; + +/* +** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time. +** +** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb. +** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock. +** +** This routine just records the fact that the lock is desired. The +** code to make the lock occur is generated by a later call to +** codeTableLocks() which occurs during sqlite3FinishCoding(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int iDb, /* Index of the database containing the table to lock */ + int iTab, /* Root page number of the table to be locked */ + u8 isWriteLock, /* True for a write lock */ + const char *zName /* Name of the table to be locked */ +){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + int i; + int nBytes; + TableLock *p; + assert( iDb>=0 ); + + for(i=0; i<pToplevel->nTableLock; i++){ + p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[i]; + if( p->iDb==iDb && p->iTab==iTab ){ + p->isWriteLock = (p->isWriteLock || isWriteLock); + return; + } + } + + nBytes = sizeof(TableLock) * (pToplevel->nTableLock+1); + pToplevel->aTableLock = + sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pToplevel->db, pToplevel->aTableLock, nBytes); + if( pToplevel->aTableLock ){ + p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[pToplevel->nTableLock++]; + p->iDb = iDb; + p->iTab = iTab; + p->isWriteLock = isWriteLock; + p->zName = zName; + }else{ + pToplevel->nTableLock = 0; + sqlite3OomFault(pToplevel->db); + } +} + +/* +** Code an OP_TableLock instruction for each table locked by the +** statement (configured by calls to sqlite3TableLock()). +*/ +static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){ + int i; + Vdbe *pVdbe; + + pVdbe = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( pVdbe!=0 ); /* sqlite3GetVdbe cannot fail: VDBE already allocated */ + + for(i=0; i<pParse->nTableLock; i++){ + TableLock *p = &pParse->aTableLock[i]; + int p1 = p->iDb; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pVdbe, OP_TableLock, p1, p->iTab, p->isWriteLock, + p->zName, P4_STATIC); + } +} +#else + #define codeTableLocks(x) +#endif + +/* +** Return TRUE if the given yDbMask object is empty - if it contains no +** 1 bits. This routine is used by the DbMaskAllZero() and DbMaskNotZero() +** macros when SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED is greater than 30. +*/ +#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30 +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(yDbMask m){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<sizeof(yDbMask); i++) if( m[i] ) return 0; + return 1; +} +#endif + +/* +** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been +** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been +** prepared. This routine puts the finishing touches on the +** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next +** parse. +** +** Note that if an error occurred, it might be the case that +** no VDBE code was generated. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3 *db; + Vdbe *v; + + assert( pParse->pToplevel==0 ); + db = pParse->db; + if( pParse->nested ) return; + if( db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){ + if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ) pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + return; + } + + /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the + ** vdbe program + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite + || sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(v, pParse->mayAbort)); + if( v ){ + while( sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(v, OP_Close) ){} + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); + +#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION + if( pParse->nTableLock>0 && db->init.busy==0 ){ + sqlite3UserAuthInit(db); + if( db->auth.authLevel<UAUTH_User ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH_USER; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "user not authenticated"); + return; + } + } +#endif + + /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open. + ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.) Bits are + ** set for each database that is used. Generate code to start a + ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie + ** on each used database. + */ + if( db->mallocFailed==0 + && (DbMaskNonZero(pParse->cookieMask) || pParse->pConstExpr) + ){ + int iDb, i; + assert( sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, 0)->opcode==OP_Init ); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, 0); + for(iDb=0; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){ + if( DbMaskTest(pParse->cookieMask, iDb)==0 ) continue; + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, + OP_Transaction, /* Opcode */ + iDb, /* P1 */ + DbMaskTest(pParse->writeMask,iDb), /* P2 */ + pParse->cookieValue[iDb], /* P3 */ + db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->iGeneration /* P4 */ + ); + if( db->init.busy==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); + VdbeComment((v, + "usesStmtJournal=%d", pParse->mayAbort && pParse->isMultiWrite)); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + for(i=0; i<pParse->nVtabLock; i++){ + char *vtab = (char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pParse->apVtabLock[i]); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0, 0, vtab, P4_VTAB); + } + pParse->nVtabLock = 0; +#endif + + /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened, + ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the + ** shared-cache feature is enabled. + */ + codeTableLocks(pParse); + + /* Initialize any AUTOINCREMENT data structures required. + */ + sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(pParse); + + /* Code constant expressions that where factored out of inner loops */ + if( pParse->pConstExpr ){ + ExprList *pEL = pParse->pConstExpr; + pParse->okConstFactor = 0; + for(i=0; i<pEL->nExpr; i++){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEL->a[i].pExpr, pEL->a[i].u.iConstExprReg); + } + } + + /* Finally, jump back to the beginning of the executable code. */ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, 1); + } + } + + + /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution + */ + if( v && pParse->nErr==0 && !db->mallocFailed ){ + assert( pParse->iCacheLevel==0 ); /* Disables and re-enables match */ + /* A minimum of one cursor is required if autoincrement is used + * See ticket [a696379c1f08866] */ + if( pParse->pAinc!=0 && pParse->nTab==0 ) pParse->nTab = 1; + sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE; + }else{ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + /* We are done with this Parse object. There is no need to de-initialize it */ +#if 0 + pParse->colNamesSet = 0; + pParse->nTab = 0; + pParse->nMem = 0; + pParse->nSet = 0; + pParse->nVar = 0; + DbMaskZero(pParse->cookieMask); +#endif +} + +/* +** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate +** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context +** currently under construction. When the parser is run recursively +** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization +** and finalization steps are omitted because those are handling by the +** outermost parser. +** +** Not everything is nestable. This facility is designed to permit +** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against SQLITE_MASTER. Use +** care if you decide to try to use this routine for some other purposes. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + char *zSql; + char *zErrMsg = 0; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; +# define SAVE_SZ (sizeof(Parse) - offsetof(Parse,nVar)) + char saveBuf[SAVE_SZ]; + + if( pParse->nErr ) return; + assert( pParse->nested<10 ); /* Nesting should only be of limited depth */ + va_start(ap, zFormat); + zSql = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + if( zSql==0 ){ + return; /* A malloc must have failed */ + } + pParse->nested++; + memcpy(saveBuf, &pParse->nVar, SAVE_SZ); + memset(&pParse->nVar, 0, SAVE_SZ); + sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); + memcpy(&pParse->nVar, saveBuf, SAVE_SZ); + pParse->nested--; +} + +#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION +/* +** Return TRUE if zTable is the name of the system table that stores the +** list of users and their access credentials. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3UserAuthTable(const char *zTable){ + return sqlite3_stricmp(zTable, "sqlite_user")==0; +} +#endif + +/* +** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database +** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the +** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. +** +** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the +** first matching table is returned. (No checking for duplicate table +** names is done.) The search order is TEMP first, then MAIN, then any +** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command. +** +** See also sqlite3LocateTable(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){ + Table *p = 0; + int i; + + /* All mutexes are required for schema access. Make sure we hold them. */ + assert( zDatabase!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); +#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION + /* Only the admin user is allowed to know that the sqlite_user table + ** exists */ + if( db->auth.authLevel<UAUTH_Admin && sqlite3UserAuthTable(zName)!=0 ){ + return 0; + } +#endif + for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){ + int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ + if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); + p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName); + if( p ) break; + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database +** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the +** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. Also leave an +** error message in pParse->zErrMsg. +** +** The difference between this routine and sqlite3FindTable() is that this +** routine leaves an error message in pParse->zErrMsg where +** sqlite3FindTable() does not. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable( + Parse *pParse, /* context in which to report errors */ + int isView, /* True if looking for a VIEW rather than a TABLE */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the table we are looking for */ + const char *zDbase /* Name of the database. Might be NULL */ +){ + Table *p; + + /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message + ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + return 0; + } + + p = sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, zDbase); + if( p==0 ){ + const char *zMsg = isView ? "no such view" : "no such table"; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( sqlite3FindDbName(pParse->db, zDbase)<1 ){ + /* If zName is the not the name of a table in the schema created using + ** CREATE, then check to see if it is the name of an virtual table that + ** can be an eponymous virtual table. */ + Module *pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&pParse->db->aModule, zName); + if( pMod && sqlite3VtabEponymousTableInit(pParse, pMod) ){ + return pMod->pEpoTab; + } + } +#endif + if( zDbase ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zMsg, zDbase, zName); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zMsg, zName); + } + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + } + + return p; +} + +/* +** Locate the table identified by *p. +** +** This is a wrapper around sqlite3LocateTable(). The difference between +** sqlite3LocateTable() and this function is that this function restricts +** the search to schema (p->pSchema) if it is not NULL. p->pSchema may be +** non-NULL if it is part of a view or trigger program definition. See +** sqlite3FixSrcList() for details. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem( + Parse *pParse, + int isView, + struct SrcList_item *p +){ + const char *zDb; + assert( p->pSchema==0 || p->zDatabase==0 ); + if( p->pSchema ){ + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, p->pSchema); + zDb = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName; + }else{ + zDb = p->zDatabase; + } + return sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, isView, p->zName, zDb); +} + +/* +** Locate the in-memory structure that describes +** a particular index given the name of that index +** and the name of the database that contains the index. +** Return NULL if not found. +** +** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the +** table and the first matching index is returned. (No checking +** for duplicate index names is done.) The search order is +** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added +** using the ATTACH command. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){ + Index *p = 0; + int i; + /* All mutexes are required for schema access. Make sure we hold them. */ + assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){ + int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ + Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema; + assert( pSchema ); + if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); + p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName); + if( p ) break; + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Reclaim the memory used by an index +*/ +static void freeIndex(sqlite3 *db, Index *p){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE + sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, p); +#endif + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pPartIdxWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->aColExpr); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zColAff); + if( p->isResized ) sqlite3DbFree(db, (void *)p->azColl); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + sqlite3_free(p->aiRowEst); +#endif + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); +} + +/* +** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb, +** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from +** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated +** with the index. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){ + Index *pIndex; + Hash *pHash; + + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash; + pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, 0); + if( ALWAYS(pIndex) ){ + if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){ + pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext; + }else{ + Index *p; + /* Justification of ALWAYS(); The index must be on the list of + ** indices. */ + p = pIndex->pTable->pIndex; + while( ALWAYS(p) && p->pNext!=pIndex ){ p = p->pNext; } + if( ALWAYS(p && p->pNext==pIndex) ){ + p->pNext = pIndex->pNext; + } + } + freeIndex(db, pIndex); + } + db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; +} + +/* +** Look through the list of open database files in db->aDb[] and if +** any have been closed, remove them from the list. Reallocate the +** db->aDb[] structure to a smaller size, if possible. +** +** Entry 0 (the "main" database) and entry 1 (the "temp" database) +** are never candidates for being collapsed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(sqlite3 *db){ + int i, j; + for(i=j=2; i<db->nDb; i++){ + struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; + if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pDb->zName); + pDb->zName = 0; + continue; + } + if( j<i ){ + db->aDb[j] = db->aDb[i]; + } + j++; + } + db->nDb = j; + if( db->nDb<=2 && db->aDb!=db->aDbStatic ){ + memcpy(db->aDbStatic, db->aDb, 2*sizeof(db->aDb[0])); + sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb); + db->aDb = db->aDbStatic; + } +} + +/* +** Reset the schema for the database at index iDb. Also reset the +** TEMP schema. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetOneSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ + Db *pDb; + assert( iDb<db->nDb ); + + /* Case 1: Reset the single schema identified by iDb */ + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 ); + sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema); + + /* If any database other than TEMP is reset, then also reset TEMP + ** since TEMP might be holding triggers that reference tables in the + ** other database. + */ + if( iDb!=1 ){ + pDb = &db->aDb[1]; + assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 ); + sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema); + } + return; +} + +/* +** Erase all schema information from all attached databases (including +** "main" and "temp") for a single database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; + if( pDb->pSchema ){ + sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema); + } + } + db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges; + sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db); +} + +/* +** This routine is called when a commit occurs. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){ + db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges; +} + +/* +** Delete memory allocated for the column names of a table or view (the +** Table.aCol[] array). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){ + int i; + Column *pCol; + assert( pTable!=0 ); + if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){ + for(i=0; i<pTable->nCol; i++, pCol++){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zName); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zColl); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->aCol); + } +} + +/* +** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given +** Table. No changes are made to disk by this routine. +** +** This routine just deletes the data structure. It does not unlink +** the table data structure from the hash table. But it does destroy +** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with +** the table. +** +** The db parameter is optional. It is needed if the Table object +** contains lookaside memory. (Table objects in the schema do not use +** lookaside memory, but some ephemeral Table objects do.) Or the +** db parameter can be used with db->pnBytesFreed to measure the memory +** used by the Table object. +*/ +static void SQLITE_NOINLINE deleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){ + Index *pIndex, *pNext; + TESTONLY( int nLookaside; ) /* Used to verify lookaside not used for schema */ + + /* Record the number of outstanding lookaside allocations in schema Tables + ** prior to doing any free() operations. Since schema Tables do not use + ** lookaside, this number should not change. */ + TESTONLY( nLookaside = (db && (pTable->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0) ? + db->lookaside.nOut : 0 ); + + /* Delete all indices associated with this table. */ + for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){ + pNext = pIndex->pNext; + assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema ); + if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ + char *zName = pIndex->zName; + TESTONLY ( Index *pOld = ) sqlite3HashInsert( + &pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, zName, 0 + ); + assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) ); + assert( pOld==pIndex || pOld==0 ); + } + freeIndex(db, pIndex); + } + + /* Delete any foreign keys attached to this table. */ + sqlite3FkDelete(db, pTable); + + /* Delete the Table structure itself. + */ + sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(db, pTable); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zColAff); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTable->pSelect); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTable->pCheck); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + sqlite3VtabClear(db, pTable); +#endif + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable); + + /* Verify that no lookaside memory was used by schema tables */ + assert( nLookaside==0 || nLookaside==db->lookaside.nOut ); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){ + /* Do not delete the table until the reference count reaches zero. */ + if( !pTable ) return; + if( ((!db || db->pnBytesFreed==0) && (--pTable->nRef)>0) ) return; + deleteTable(db, pTable); +} + + +/* +** Unlink the given table from the hash tables and the delete the +** table structure with all its indices and foreign keys. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTabName){ + Table *p; + Db *pDb; + + assert( db!=0 ); + assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb ); + assert( zTabName ); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + testcase( zTabName[0]==0 ); /* Zero-length table names are allowed */ + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName, 0); + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p); + db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; +} + +/* +** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that +** token. Space to hold the returned string +** is obtained from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling +** function. +** +** Any quotation marks (ex: "name", 'name', [name], or `name`) that +** surround the body of the token are removed. +** +** Tokens are often just pointers into the original SQL text and so +** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent. The returned string +** is \000 terminated and is persistent. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ + char *zName; + if( pName ){ + zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pName->z, pName->n); + sqlite3Dequote(zName); + }else{ + zName = 0; + } + return zName; +} + +/* +** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for +** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *p, int iDb){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); + sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, MASTER_ROOT, 1, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb)); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT, iDb, 5); + if( p->nTab==0 ){ + p->nTab = 1; + } +} + +/* +** Parameter zName points to a nul-terminated buffer containing the name +** of a database ("main", "temp" or the name of an attached db). This +** function returns the index of the named database in db->aDb[], or +** -1 if the named db cannot be found. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){ + int i = -1; /* Database number */ + if( zName ){ + Db *pDb; + for(i=(db->nDb-1), pDb=&db->aDb[i]; i>=0; i--, pDb--){ + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName) ) break; + } + } + return i; +} + +/* +** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or +** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the +** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db +** does not exist. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ + int i; /* Database number */ + char *zName; /* Name we are searching for */ + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); + i = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + return i; +} + +/* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens +** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example: +** +** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...); +** +** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if +** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.: +** +** CREATE TABLE yyy(...); +** +** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "". +** +** This routine sets the *ppUnqual pointer to point at the token (pName1 or +** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The index of the +** database "xxx" is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Token *pName1, /* The "xxx" in the name "xxx.yyy" or "xxx" */ + Token *pName2, /* The "yyy" in the name "xxx.yyy" */ + Token **pUnqual /* Write the unqualified object name here */ +){ + int iDb; /* Database holding the object */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + assert( pName2!=0 ); + if( pName2->n>0 ){ + if( db->init.busy ) { + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "corrupt database"); + return -1; + } + *pUnqual = pName2; + iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1); + if( iDb<0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown database %T", pName1); + return -1; + } + }else{ + assert( db->init.iDb==0 || db->init.busy ); + iDb = db->init.iDb; + *pUnqual = pName1; + } + return iDb; +} + +/* +** This routine is used to check if the UTF-8 string zName is a legal +** unqualified name for a new schema object (table, index, view or +** trigger). All names are legal except those that begin with the string +** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace +** is reserved for internal use. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ + if( !pParse->db->init.busy && pParse->nested==0 + && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0 + && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Return the PRIMARY KEY index of a table +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table *pTab){ + Index *p; + for(p=pTab->pIndex; p && !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(p); p=p->pNext){} + return p; +} + +/* +** Return the column of index pIdx that corresponds to table +** column iCol. Return -1 if not found. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE i16 sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(Index *pIdx, i16 iCol){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){ + if( iCol==pIdx->aiColumn[i] ) return i; + } + return -1; +} + +/* +** Begin constructing a new table representation in memory. This is +** the first of several action routines that get called in response +** to a CREATE TABLE statement. In particular, this routine is called +** after seeing tokens "CREATE" and "TABLE" and the table name. The isTemp +** flag is true if the table should be stored in the auxiliary database +** file instead of in the main database file. This is normally the case +** when the "TEMP" or "TEMPORARY" keyword occurs in between +** CREATE and TABLE. +** +** The new table record is initialized and put in pParse->pNewTable. +** As more of the CREATE TABLE statement is parsed, additional action +** routines will be called to add more information to this record. +** At the end of the CREATE TABLE statement, the sqlite3EndTable() routine +** is called to complete the construction of the new table record. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + Token *pName1, /* First part of the name of the table or view */ + Token *pName2, /* Second part of the name of the table or view */ + int isTemp, /* True if this is a TEMP table */ + int isView, /* True if this is a VIEW */ + int isVirtual, /* True if this is a VIRTUAL table */ + int noErr /* Do nothing if table already exists */ +){ + Table *pTable; + char *zName = 0; /* The name of the new table */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Vdbe *v; + int iDb; /* Database number to create the table in */ + Token *pName; /* Unqualified name of the table to create */ + + if( db->init.busy && db->init.newTnum==1 ){ + /* Special case: Parsing the sqlite_master or sqlite_temp_master schema */ + iDb = db->init.iDb; + zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb)); + pName = pName1; + }else{ + /* The common case */ + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); + if( iDb<0 ) return; + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && pName2->n>0 && iDb!=1 ){ + /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified. Unless + ** the database name is "temp" anyway. */ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified"); + return; + } + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ) iDb = 1; + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); + } + pParse->sNameToken = *pName; + if( zName==0 ) return; + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ + goto begin_table_error; + } + if( db->init.iDb==1 ) isTemp = 1; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + assert( isTemp==0 || isTemp==1 ); + assert( isView==0 || isView==1 ); + { + static const u8 aCode[] = { + SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE, + SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE, + SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW, + SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW + }; + char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){ + goto begin_table_error; + } + if( !isVirtual && sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, (int)aCode[isTemp+2*isView], + zName, 0, zDb) ){ + goto begin_table_error; + } + } +#endif + + /* Make sure the new table name does not collide with an existing + ** index or table name in the same database. Issue an error message if + ** it does. The exception is if the statement being parsed was passed + ** to an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. In that case only the column names + ** and types will be used, so there is no need to test for namespace + ** collisions. + */ + if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ + char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + goto begin_table_error; + } + pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb); + if( pTable ){ + if( !noErr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName); + }else{ + assert( !db->init.busy || CORRUPT_DB ); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + } + goto begin_table_error; + } + if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb)!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName); + goto begin_table_error; + } + } + + pTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); + if( pTable==0 ){ + assert( db->mallocFailed ); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + pParse->nErr++; + goto begin_table_error; + } + pTable->zName = zName; + pTable->iPKey = -1; + pTable->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + pTable->nRef = 1; + pTable->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) ); + assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); + pParse->pNewTable = pTable; + + /* If this is the magic sqlite_sequence table used by autoincrement, + ** then record a pointer to this table in the main database structure + ** so that INSERT can find the table easily. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + if( !pParse->nested && strcmp(zName, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){ + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pTable->pSchema->pSeqTab = pTable; + } +#endif + + /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into + ** the SQLITE_MASTER table. Note in particular that we must go ahead + ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now. Before any + ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed. Those keywords will cause + ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the + ** indices. Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated + ** now. + */ + if( !db->init.busy && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){ + int addr1; + int fileFormat; + int reg1, reg2, reg3; + /* nullRow[] is an OP_Record encoding of a row containing 5 NULLs */ + static const char nullRow[] = { 6, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( isVirtual ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin); + } +#endif + + /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set, + ** set them now. + */ + reg1 = pParse->regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; + reg2 = pParse->regRoot = ++pParse->nMem; + reg3 = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, reg3, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT); + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, reg3); VdbeCoverage(v); + fileFormat = (db->flags & SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt)!=0 ? + 1 : SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, fileFormat); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, ENC(db)); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + + /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlite_master table. + ** The record created does not contain anything yet. It will be replaced + ** by the real entry in code generated at sqlite3EndTable(). + ** + ** The rowid for the new entry is left in register pParse->regRowid. + ** The root page number of the new table is left in reg pParse->regRoot. + ** The rowid and root page number values are needed by the code that + ** sqlite3EndTable will generate. + */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) + if( isView || isVirtual ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, reg2); + }else +#endif + { + pParse->addrCrTab = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateTable, iDb, reg2); + } + sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, reg1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, 6, reg3, 0, nullRow, P4_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, reg3, reg1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close); + } + + /* Normal (non-error) return. */ + return; + + /* If an error occurs, we jump here */ +begin_table_error: + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + return; +} + +/* Set properties of a table column based on the (magical) +** name of the column. +*/ +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(Table *pTab, Column *pCol){ + if( sqlite3_strnicmp(pCol->zName, "__hidden__", 10)==0 ){ + pCol->colFlags |= COLFLAG_HIDDEN; + }else if( pTab && pCol!=pTab->aCol && (pCol[-1].colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN) ){ + pTab->tabFlags |= TF_OOOHidden; + } +} +#endif + + +/* +** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed. +** +** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration +** in a CREATE TABLE statement. sqlite3StartTable() gets called +** first to get things going. Then this routine is called for each +** column. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName, Token *pType){ + Table *p; + int i; + char *z; + char *zType; + Column *pCol; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; +#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN + if( p->nCol+1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns on %s", p->zName); + return; + } +#endif + z = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, pName->n + pType->n + 2); + if( z==0 ) return; + memcpy(z, pName->z, pName->n); + z[pName->n] = 0; + sqlite3Dequote(z); + for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){ + if( sqlite3_stricmp(z, p->aCol[i].zName)==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z); + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + return; + } + } + if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){ + Column *aNew; + aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db,p->aCol,(p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0])); + if( aNew==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + return; + } + p->aCol = aNew; + } + pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol]; + memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0])); + pCol->zName = z; + sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(p, pCol); + + if( pType->n==0 ){ + /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity + ** 'BLOB'. */ + pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; + pCol->szEst = 1; + }else{ + zType = z + sqlite3Strlen30(z) + 1; + memcpy(zType, pType->z, pType->n); + zType[pType->n] = 0; + sqlite3Dequote(zType); + pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(zType, &pCol->szEst); + pCol->colFlags |= COLFLAG_HASTYPE; + } + p->nCol++; + pParse->constraintName.n = 0; +} + +/* +** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of +** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. A "NOT NULL" constraint has +** been seen on a column. This routine sets the notNull flag on +** the column currently under construction. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){ + Table *p; + p = pParse->pNewTable; + if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return; + p->aCol[p->nCol-1].notNull = (u8)onError; +} + +/* +** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the +** associated affinity type. +** +** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the +** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is +** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains +** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of +** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT', +** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned. +** +** Substring | Affinity +** -------------------------------- +** 'INT' | SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER +** 'CHAR' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT +** 'CLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT +** 'TEXT' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT +** 'BLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_BLOB +** 'REAL' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL +** 'FLOA' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL +** 'DOUB' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL +** +** If none of the substrings in the above table are found, +** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char *zIn, u8 *pszEst){ + u32 h = 0; + char aff = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; + const char *zChar = 0; + + assert( zIn!=0 ); + while( zIn[0] ){ + h = (h<<8) + sqlite3UpperToLower[(*zIn)&0xff]; + zIn++; + if( h==(('c'<<24)+('h'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'r') ){ /* CHAR */ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; + zChar = zIn; + }else if( h==(('c'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') ){ /* CLOB */ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; + }else if( h==(('t'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('x'<<8)+'t') ){ /* TEXT */ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; + }else if( h==(('b'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') /* BLOB */ + && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC || aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL) ){ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; + if( zIn[0]=='(' ) zChar = zIn; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + }else if( h==(('r'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'l') /* REAL */ + && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; + }else if( h==(('f'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'a') /* FLOA */ + && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; + }else if( h==(('d'<<24)+('o'<<16)+('u'<<8)+'b') /* DOUB */ + && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; +#endif + }else if( (h&0x00FFFFFF)==(('i'<<16)+('n'<<8)+'t') ){ /* INT */ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + break; + } + } + + /* If pszEst is not NULL, store an estimate of the field size. The + ** estimate is scaled so that the size of an integer is 1. */ + if( pszEst ){ + *pszEst = 1; /* default size is approx 4 bytes */ + if( aff<SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ + if( zChar ){ + while( zChar[0] ){ + if( sqlite3Isdigit(zChar[0]) ){ + int v = 0; + sqlite3GetInt32(zChar, &v); + v = v/4 + 1; + if( v>255 ) v = 255; + *pszEst = v; /* BLOB(k), VARCHAR(k), CHAR(k) -> r=(k/4+1) */ + break; + } + zChar++; + } + }else{ + *pszEst = 5; /* BLOB, TEXT, CLOB -> r=5 (approx 20 bytes)*/ + } + } + } + return aff; +} + +/* +** The expression is the default value for the most recently added column +** of the table currently under construction. +** +** Default value expressions must be constant. Raise an exception if this +** is not the case. +** +** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of +** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, ExprSpan *pSpan){ + Table *p; + Column *pCol; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + p = pParse->pNewTable; + if( p!=0 ){ + pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]); + if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pSpan->pExpr, db->init.busy) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant", + pCol->zName); + }else{ + /* A copy of pExpr is used instead of the original, as pExpr contains + ** tokens that point to volatile memory. The 'span' of the expression + ** is required by pragma table_info. + */ + Expr x; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt); + memset(&x, 0, sizeof(x)); + x.op = TK_SPAN; + x.u.zToken = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pSpan->zStart, + (int)(pSpan->zEnd - pSpan->zStart)); + x.pLeft = pSpan->pExpr; + x.flags = EP_Skip; + pCol->pDflt = sqlite3ExprDup(db, &x, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + sqlite3DbFree(db, x.u.zToken); + } + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pSpan->pExpr); +} + +/* +** Backwards Compatibility Hack: +** +** Historical versions of SQLite accepted strings as column names in +** indexes and PRIMARY KEY constraints and in UNIQUE constraints. Example: +** +** CREATE TABLE xyz(a,b,c,d,e,PRIMARY KEY('a'),UNIQUE('b','c' COLLATE trim) +** CREATE INDEX abc ON xyz('c','d' DESC,'e' COLLATE nocase DESC); +** +** This is goofy. But to preserve backwards compatibility we continue to +** accept it. This routine does the necessary conversion. It converts +** the expression given in its argument from a TK_STRING into a TK_ID +** if the expression is just a TK_STRING with an optional COLLATE clause. +** If the epxression is anything other than TK_STRING, the expression is +** unchanged. +*/ +static void sqlite3StringToId(Expr *p){ + if( p->op==TK_STRING ){ + p->op = TK_ID; + }else if( p->op==TK_COLLATE && p->pLeft->op==TK_STRING ){ + p->pLeft->op = TK_ID; + } +} + +/* +** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table. pList is a list of names +** of columns that form the primary key. If pList is NULL, then the +** most recently added column of the table is the primary key. +** +** A table can have at most one primary key. If the table already has +** a primary key (and this is the second primary key) then create an +** error. +** +** If the PRIMARY KEY is on a single column whose datatype is INTEGER, +** then we will try to use that column as the rowid. Set the Table.iPKey +** field of the table under construction to be the index of the +** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column. Table.iPKey is set to -1 if there is +** no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. +** +** If the key is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then create a unique +** index for the key. No index is created for INTEGER PRIMARY KEYs. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pList, /* List of field names to be indexed */ + int onError, /* What to do with a uniqueness conflict */ + int autoInc, /* True if the AUTOINCREMENT keyword is present */ + int sortOrder /* SQLITE_SO_ASC or SQLITE_SO_DESC */ +){ + Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; + Column *pCol = 0; + int iCol = -1, i; + int nTerm; + if( pTab==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto primary_key_exit; + if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName); + goto primary_key_exit; + } + pTab->tabFlags |= TF_HasPrimaryKey; + if( pList==0 ){ + iCol = pTab->nCol - 1; + pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; + pCol->colFlags |= COLFLAG_PRIMKEY; + nTerm = 1; + }else{ + nTerm = pList->nExpr; + for(i=0; i<nTerm; i++){ + Expr *pCExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[i].pExpr); + assert( pCExpr!=0 ); + sqlite3StringToId(pCExpr); + if( pCExpr->op==TK_ID ){ + const char *zCName = pCExpr->u.zToken; + for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zCName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){ + pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; + pCol->colFlags |= COLFLAG_PRIMKEY; + break; + } + } + } + } + } + if( nTerm==1 + && pCol + && sqlite3StrICmp(sqlite3ColumnType(pCol,""), "INTEGER")==0 + && sortOrder!=SQLITE_SO_DESC + ){ + pTab->iPKey = iCol; + pTab->keyConf = (u8)onError; + assert( autoInc==0 || autoInc==1 ); + pTab->tabFlags |= autoInc*TF_Autoincrement; + if( pList ) pParse->iPkSortOrder = pList->a[0].sortOrder; + }else if( autoInc ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "AUTOINCREMENT is only allowed on an " + "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"); +#endif + }else{ + Index *p; + p = sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0, + 0, sortOrder, 0); + if( p ){ + p->idxType = SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY; + } + pList = 0; + } + +primary_key_exit: + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList); + return; +} + +/* +** Add a new CHECK constraint to the table currently under construction. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Expr *pCheckExpr /* The check expression */ +){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( pTab && !IN_DECLARE_VTAB + && !sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(db->aDb[db->init.iDb].pBt) + ){ + pTab->pCheck = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pTab->pCheck, pCheckExpr); + if( pParse->constraintName.n ){ + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pTab->pCheck, &pParse->constraintName, 1); + } + }else +#endif + { + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pCheckExpr); + } +} + +/* +** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column +** to the CollSeq given. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){ + Table *p; + int i; + char *zColl; /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */ + sqlite3 *db; + + if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; + i = p->nCol-1; + db = pParse->db; + zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken); + if( !zColl ) return; + + if( sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){ + Index *pIdx; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aCol[i].zColl); + p->aCol[i].zColl = zColl; + + /* If the column is declared as "<name> PRIMARY KEY COLLATE <type>", + ** then an index may have been created on this column before the + ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case. + */ + for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + assert( pIdx->nKeyCol==1 ); + if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==i ){ + pIdx->azColl[0] = p->aCol[i].zColl; + } + } + }else{ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); + } +} + +/* +** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text +** encoding identified by the string zName, length nName. +** +** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available +** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to +** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence, +** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is +** returned instead. +** +** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or +** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into +** pParse. +** +** This routine is a wrapper around sqlite3FindCollSeq(). This routine +** invokes the collation factory if the named collation cannot be found +** and generates an error message. +** +** See also: sqlite3FindCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq() +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + u8 enc = ENC(db); + u8 initbusy = db->init.busy; + CollSeq *pColl; + + pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, initbusy); + if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){ + pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, enc, pColl, zName); + } + + return pColl; +} + + +/* +** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie. +** +** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the +** database changes. After each schema change, the cookie value +** changes. When a process first reads the schema it records the +** cookie. Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database, +** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed +** since it was last read. +** +** This plan is not completely bullet-proof. It is possible for +** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be +** set back to prior value. But schema changes are infrequent +** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only +** 1 chance in 2^32. So we're safe enough. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, + db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie+1); +} + +/* +** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given +** identifier. The number returned includes any quotes used +** but does not include the null terminator. +** +** The estimate is conservative. It might be larger that what is +** really needed. +*/ +static int identLength(const char *z){ + int n; + for(n=0; *z; n++, z++){ + if( *z=='"' ){ n++; } + } + return n + 2; +} + +/* +** The first parameter is a pointer to an output buffer. The second +** parameter is a pointer to an integer that contains the offset at +** which to write into the output buffer. This function copies the +** nul-terminated string pointed to by the third parameter, zSignedIdent, +** to the specified offset in the buffer and updates *pIdx to refer +** to the first byte after the last byte written before returning. +** +** If the string zSignedIdent consists entirely of alpha-numeric +** characters, does not begin with a digit and is not an SQL keyword, +** then it is copied to the output buffer exactly as it is. Otherwise, +** it is quoted using double-quotes. +*/ +static void identPut(char *z, int *pIdx, char *zSignedIdent){ + unsigned char *zIdent = (unsigned char*)zSignedIdent; + int i, j, needQuote; + i = *pIdx; + + for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){ + if( !sqlite3Isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break; + } + needQuote = sqlite3Isdigit(zIdent[0]) + || sqlite3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID + || zIdent[j]!=0 + || j==0; + + if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"'; + for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){ + z[i++] = zIdent[j]; + if( zIdent[j]=='"' ) z[i++] = '"'; + } + if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"'; + z[i] = 0; + *pIdx = i; +} + +/* +** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement appropriate for the given +** table. Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained +** from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function. +*/ +static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ + int i, k, n; + char *zStmt; + char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd; + Column *pCol; + n = 0; + for(pCol = p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){ + n += identLength(pCol->zName) + 5; + } + n += identLength(p->zName); + if( n<50 ){ + zSep = ""; + zSep2 = ","; + zEnd = ")"; + }else{ + zSep = "\n "; + zSep2 = ",\n "; + zEnd = "\n)"; + } + n += 35 + 6*p->nCol; + zStmt = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, n); + if( zStmt==0 ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + return 0; + } + sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt, "CREATE TABLE "); + k = sqlite3Strlen30(zStmt); + identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName); + zStmt[k++] = '('; + for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){ + static const char * const azType[] = { + /* SQLITE_AFF_BLOB */ "", + /* SQLITE_AFF_TEXT */ " TEXT", + /* SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC */ " NUM", + /* SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER */ " INT", + /* SQLITE_AFF_REAL */ " REAL" + }; + int len; + const char *zType; + + sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep); + k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zStmt[k]); + zSep = zSep2; + identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName); + assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_BLOB >= 0 ); + assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_BLOB < ArraySize(azType) ); + testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ); + testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); + testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); + testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ); + testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ); + + zType = azType[pCol->affinity - SQLITE_AFF_BLOB]; + len = sqlite3Strlen30(zType); + assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB + || pCol->affinity==sqlite3AffinityType(zType, 0) ); + memcpy(&zStmt[k], zType, len); + k += len; + assert( k<=n ); + } + sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", zEnd); + return zStmt; +} + +/* +** Resize an Index object to hold N columns total. Return SQLITE_OK +** on success and SQLITE_NOMEM on an OOM error. +*/ +static int resizeIndexObject(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx, int N){ + char *zExtra; + int nByte; + if( pIdx->nColumn>=N ) return SQLITE_OK; + assert( pIdx->isResized==0 ); + nByte = (sizeof(char*) + sizeof(i16) + 1)*N; + zExtra = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); + if( zExtra==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->azColl, sizeof(char*)*pIdx->nColumn); + pIdx->azColl = (const char**)zExtra; + zExtra += sizeof(char*)*N; + memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->aiColumn, sizeof(i16)*pIdx->nColumn); + pIdx->aiColumn = (i16*)zExtra; + zExtra += sizeof(i16)*N; + memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->aSortOrder, pIdx->nColumn); + pIdx->aSortOrder = (u8*)zExtra; + pIdx->nColumn = N; + pIdx->isResized = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Estimate the total row width for a table. +*/ +static void estimateTableWidth(Table *pTab){ + unsigned wTable = 0; + const Column *pTabCol; + int i; + for(i=pTab->nCol, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; i>0; i--, pTabCol++){ + wTable += pTabCol->szEst; + } + if( pTab->iPKey<0 ) wTable++; + pTab->szTabRow = sqlite3LogEst(wTable*4); +} + +/* +** Estimate the average size of a row for an index. +*/ +static void estimateIndexWidth(Index *pIdx){ + unsigned wIndex = 0; + int i; + const Column *aCol = pIdx->pTable->aCol; + for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){ + i16 x = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; + assert( x<pIdx->pTable->nCol ); + wIndex += x<0 ? 1 : aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[i]].szEst; + } + pIdx->szIdxRow = sqlite3LogEst(wIndex*4); +} + +/* Return true if value x is found any of the first nCol entries of aiCol[] +*/ +static int hasColumn(const i16 *aiCol, int nCol, int x){ + while( nCol-- > 0 ) if( x==*(aiCol++) ) return 1; + return 0; +} + +/* +** This routine runs at the end of parsing a CREATE TABLE statement that +** has a WITHOUT ROWID clause. The job of this routine is to convert both +** internal schema data structures and the generated VDBE code so that they +** are appropriate for a WITHOUT ROWID table instead of a rowid table. +** Changes include: +** +** (1) Convert the OP_CreateTable into an OP_CreateIndex. There is +** no rowid btree for a WITHOUT ROWID. Instead, the canonical +** data storage is a covering index btree. +** (2) Bypass the creation of the sqlite_master table entry +** for the PRIMARY KEY as the primary key index is now +** identified by the sqlite_master table entry of the table itself. +** (3) Set the Index.tnum of the PRIMARY KEY Index object in the +** schema to the rootpage from the main table. +** (4) Set all columns of the PRIMARY KEY schema object to be NOT NULL. +** (5) Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY Index object +** so that the PRIMARY KEY is a covering index. The surplus +** columns are part of KeyInfo.nXField and are not used for +** sorting or lookup or uniqueness checks. +** (6) Replace the rowid tail on all automatically generated UNIQUE +** indices with the PRIMARY KEY columns. +*/ +static void convertToWithoutRowidTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + Index *pIdx; + Index *pPk; + int nPk; + int i, j; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + + /* Convert the OP_CreateTable opcode that would normally create the + ** root-page for the table into an OP_CreateIndex opcode. The index + ** created will become the PRIMARY KEY index. + */ + if( pParse->addrCrTab ){ + assert( v ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(v, pParse->addrCrTab, OP_CreateIndex); + } + + /* Locate the PRIMARY KEY index. Or, if this table was originally + ** an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY table, create a new PRIMARY KEY index. + */ + if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){ + ExprList *pList; + Token ipkToken; + sqlite3TokenInit(&ipkToken, pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, + sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &ipkToken, 0)); + if( pList==0 ) return; + pList->a[0].sortOrder = pParse->iPkSortOrder; + assert( pParse->pNewTable==pTab ); + pPk = sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, pTab->keyConf, 0, 0, 0, 0); + if( pPk==0 ) return; + pPk->idxType = SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY; + pTab->iPKey = -1; + }else{ + pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + + /* Bypass the creation of the PRIMARY KEY btree and the sqlite_master + ** table entry. This is only required if currently generating VDBE + ** code for a CREATE TABLE (not when parsing one as part of reading + ** a database schema). */ + if( v ){ + assert( db->init.busy==0 ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(v, pPk->tnum, OP_Goto); + } + + /* + ** Remove all redundant columns from the PRIMARY KEY. For example, change + ** "PRIMARY KEY(a,b,a,b,c,b,c,d)" into just "PRIMARY KEY(a,b,c,d)". Later + ** code assumes the PRIMARY KEY contains no repeated columns. + */ + for(i=j=1; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){ + if( hasColumn(pPk->aiColumn, j, pPk->aiColumn[i]) ){ + pPk->nColumn--; + }else{ + pPk->aiColumn[j++] = pPk->aiColumn[i]; + } + } + pPk->nKeyCol = j; + } + pPk->isCovering = 1; + assert( pPk!=0 ); + nPk = pPk->nKeyCol; + + /* Make sure every column of the PRIMARY KEY is NOT NULL. (Except, + ** do not enforce this for imposter tables.) */ + if( !db->init.imposterTable ){ + for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){ + pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[i]].notNull = OE_Abort; + } + pPk->uniqNotNull = 1; + } + + /* The root page of the PRIMARY KEY is the table root page */ + pPk->tnum = pTab->tnum; + + /* Update the in-memory representation of all UNIQUE indices by converting + ** the final rowid column into one or more columns of the PRIMARY KEY. + */ + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + int n; + if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ) continue; + for(i=n=0; i<nPk; i++){ + if( !hasColumn(pIdx->aiColumn, pIdx->nKeyCol, pPk->aiColumn[i]) ) n++; + } + if( n==0 ){ + /* This index is a superset of the primary key */ + pIdx->nColumn = pIdx->nKeyCol; + continue; + } + if( resizeIndexObject(db, pIdx, pIdx->nKeyCol+n) ) return; + for(i=0, j=pIdx->nKeyCol; i<nPk; i++){ + if( !hasColumn(pIdx->aiColumn, pIdx->nKeyCol, pPk->aiColumn[i]) ){ + pIdx->aiColumn[j] = pPk->aiColumn[i]; + pIdx->azColl[j] = pPk->azColl[i]; + j++; + } + } + assert( pIdx->nColumn>=pIdx->nKeyCol+n ); + assert( pIdx->nColumn>=j ); + } + + /* Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY index + */ + if( nPk<pTab->nCol ){ + if( resizeIndexObject(db, pPk, pTab->nCol) ) return; + for(i=0, j=nPk; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ + if( !hasColumn(pPk->aiColumn, j, i) ){ + assert( j<pPk->nColumn ); + pPk->aiColumn[j] = i; + pPk->azColl[j] = sqlite3StrBINARY; + j++; + } + } + assert( pPk->nColumn==j ); + assert( pTab->nCol==j ); + }else{ + pPk->nColumn = pTab->nCol; + } +} + +/* +** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates +** a CREATE TABLE statement. +** +** The table structure that other action routines have been building +** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have +** occurred. +** +** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless +** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1. When db->init.busy==1 +** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just +** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has +** recently changed, so the entry for this table already exists in +** the sqlite_master table. We do not want to create it again. +** +** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine +** was called to create a table generated from a +** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement. The column names of +** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Token *pCons, /* The ',' token after the last column defn. */ + Token *pEnd, /* The ')' before options in the CREATE TABLE */ + u8 tabOpts, /* Extra table options. Usually 0. */ + Select *pSelect /* Select from a "CREATE ... AS SELECT" */ +){ + Table *p; /* The new table */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + int iDb; /* Database in which the table lives */ + Index *pIdx; /* An implied index of the table */ + + if( pEnd==0 && pSelect==0 ){ + return; + } + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + p = pParse->pNewTable; + if( p==0 ) return; + + assert( !db->init.busy || !pSelect ); + + /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the + ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk. + ** So do not write to the disk again. Extract the root page number + ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field. (The page number + ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.) + ** + ** If the root page number is 1, that means this is the sqlite_master + ** table itself. So mark it read-only. + */ + if( db->init.busy ){ + p->tnum = db->init.newTnum; + if( p->tnum==1 ) p->tabFlags |= TF_Readonly; + } + + /* Special processing for WITHOUT ROWID Tables */ + if( tabOpts & TF_WithoutRowid ){ + if( (p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "AUTOINCREMENT not allowed on WITHOUT ROWID tables"); + return; + } + if( (p->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey)==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "PRIMARY KEY missing on table %s", p->zName); + }else{ + p->tabFlags |= TF_WithoutRowid | TF_NoVisibleRowid; + convertToWithoutRowidTable(pParse, p); + } + } + + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + /* Resolve names in all CHECK constraint expressions. + */ + if( p->pCheck ){ + sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(pParse, p, NC_IsCheck, 0, p->pCheck); + } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */ + + /* Estimate the average row size for the table and for all implied indices */ + estimateTableWidth(p); + for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + estimateIndexWidth(pIdx); + } + + /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table + ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database. + ** + ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary + ** file instead of into the main database file. + */ + if( !db->init.busy ){ + int n; + Vdbe *v; + char *zType; /* "view" or "table" */ + char *zType2; /* "VIEW" or "TABLE" */ + char *zStmt; /* Text of the CREATE TABLE or CREATE VIEW statement */ + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 0); + + /* + ** Initialize zType for the new view or table. + */ + if( p->pSelect==0 ){ + /* A regular table */ + zType = "table"; + zType2 = "TABLE"; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + }else{ + /* A view */ + zType = "view"; + zType2 = "VIEW"; +#endif + } + + /* If this is a CREATE TABLE xx AS SELECT ..., execute the SELECT + ** statement to populate the new table. The root-page number for the + ** new table is in register pParse->regRoot. + ** + ** Once the SELECT has been coded by sqlite3Select(), it is in a + ** suitable state to query for the column names and types to be used + ** by the new table. + ** + ** A shared-cache write-lock is not required to write to the new table, + ** as a schema-lock must have already been obtained to create it. Since + ** a schema-lock excludes all other database users, the write-lock would + ** be redundant. + */ + if( pSelect ){ + SelectDest dest; /* Where the SELECT should store results */ + int regYield; /* Register holding co-routine entry-point */ + int addrTop; /* Top of the co-routine */ + int regRec; /* A record to be insert into the new table */ + int regRowid; /* Rowid of the next row to insert */ + int addrInsLoop; /* Top of the loop for inserting rows */ + Table *pSelTab; /* A table that describes the SELECT results */ + + regYield = ++pParse->nMem; + regRec = ++pParse->nMem; + regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; + assert(pParse->nTab==1); + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, pParse->regRoot, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_P2ISREG); + pParse->nTab = 2; + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, addrTop); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, regYield); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); + sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(v, regYield); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop - 1); + if( pParse->nErr ) return; + pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSelect); + if( pSelTab==0 ) return; + assert( p->aCol==0 ); + p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol; + p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol; + pSelTab->nCol = 0; + pSelTab->aCol = 0; + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab); + addrInsLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, dest.iSdst, dest.nSdst, regRec); + sqlite3TableAffinity(v, p, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 1, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 1, regRec, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrInsLoop); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsLoop); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 1); + } + + /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE statement */ + if( pSelect ){ + zStmt = createTableStmt(db, p); + }else{ + Token *pEnd2 = tabOpts ? &pParse->sLastToken : pEnd; + n = (int)(pEnd2->z - pParse->sNameToken.z); + if( pEnd2->z[0]!=';' ) n += pEnd2->n; + zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + "CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z + ); + } + + /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the + ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all + ** the information we've collected. + */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE %Q.%s " + "SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#%d, sql=%Q " + "WHERE rowid=#%d", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), + zType, + p->zName, + p->zName, + pParse->regRoot, + zStmt, + pParse->regRowid + ); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + /* Check to see if we need to create an sqlite_sequence table for + ** keeping track of autoincrement keys. + */ + if( p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ + Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + if( pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab==0 ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_sequence(name,seq)", + pDb->zName + ); + } + } +#endif + + /* Reparse everything to update our internal data structures */ + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, + sqlite3MPrintf(db, "tbl_name='%q' AND type!='trigger'", p->zName)); + } + + + /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database. + */ + if( db->init.busy ){ + Table *pOld; + Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName, p); + if( pOld ){ + assert( p==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + return; + } + pParse->pNewTable = 0; + db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE + if( !p->pSelect ){ + const char *zName = (const char *)pParse->sNameToken.z; + int nName; + assert( !pSelect && pCons && pEnd ); + if( pCons->z==0 ){ + pCons = pEnd; + } + nName = (int)((const char *)pCons->z - zName); + p->addColOffset = 13 + sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zName, nName); + } +#endif + } +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +/* +** The parser calls this routine in order to create a new VIEW +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + Token *pBegin, /* The CREATE token that begins the statement */ + Token *pName1, /* The token that holds the name of the view */ + Token *pName2, /* The token that holds the name of the view */ + ExprList *pCNames, /* Optional list of view column names */ + Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that will become the new view */ + int isTemp, /* TRUE for a TEMPORARY view */ + int noErr /* Suppress error messages if VIEW already exists */ +){ + Table *p; + int n; + const char *z; + Token sEnd; + DbFixer sFix; + Token *pName = 0; + int iDb; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + if( pParse->nVar>0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parameters are not allowed in views"); + goto create_view_fail; + } + sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1, 0, noErr); + p = pParse->pNewTable; + if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ) goto create_view_fail; + sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema); + sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "view", pName); + if( sqlite3FixSelect(&sFix, pSelect) ) goto create_view_fail; + + /* Make a copy of the entire SELECT statement that defines the view. + ** This will force all the Expr.token.z values to be dynamically + ** allocated rather than point to the input string - which means that + ** they will persist after the current sqlite3_exec() call returns. + */ + p->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + p->pCheck = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pCNames, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto create_view_fail; + + /* Locate the end of the CREATE VIEW statement. Make sEnd point to + ** the end. + */ + sEnd = pParse->sLastToken; + assert( sEnd.z[0]!=0 ); + if( sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){ + sEnd.z += sEnd.n; + } + sEnd.n = 0; + n = (int)(sEnd.z - pBegin->z); + assert( n>0 ); + z = pBegin->z; + while( sqlite3Isspace(z[n-1]) ){ n--; } + sEnd.z = &z[n-1]; + sEnd.n = 1; + + /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLITE_MASTER table */ + sqlite3EndTable(pParse, 0, &sEnd, 0, 0); + +create_view_fail: + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pCNames); + return; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) +/* +** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW. Fill in the names of +** the columns of the view in the pTable structure. Return the number +** of errors. If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){ + Table *pSelTab; /* A fake table from which we get the result set */ + Select *pSel; /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */ + int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */ + int n; /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection for malloc errors */ + sqlite3_xauth xAuth; /* Saved xAuth pointer */ + + assert( pTable ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( sqlite3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable) ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + if( IsVirtual(pTable) ) return 0; +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + /* A positive nCol means the columns names for this view are + ** already known. + */ + if( pTable->nCol>0 ) return 0; + + /* A negative nCol is a special marker meaning that we are currently + ** trying to compute the column names. If we enter this routine with + ** a negative nCol, it means two or more views form a loop, like this: + ** + ** CREATE VIEW one AS SELECT * FROM two; + ** CREATE VIEW two AS SELECT * FROM one; + ** + ** Actually, the error above is now caught prior to reaching this point. + ** But the following test is still important as it does come up + ** in the following: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE main.ex1(a); + ** CREATE TEMP VIEW ex1 AS SELECT a FROM ex1; + ** SELECT * FROM temp.ex1; + */ + if( pTable->nCol<0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName); + return 1; + } + assert( pTable->nCol>=0 ); + + /* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names. + ** Note that the call to sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any + ** "*" elements in the results set of the view and will assign cursors + ** to the elements of the FROM clause. But we do not want these changes + ** to be permanent. So the computation is done on a copy of the SELECT + ** statement that defines the view. + */ + assert( pTable->pSelect ); + pSel = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTable->pSelect, 0); + if( pSel ){ + n = pParse->nTab; + sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pSel->pSrc); + pTable->nCol = -1; + db->lookaside.bDisable++; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + xAuth = db->xAuth; + db->xAuth = 0; + pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel); + db->xAuth = xAuth; +#else + pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel); +#endif + pParse->nTab = n; + if( pTable->pCheck ){ + /* CREATE VIEW name(arglist) AS ... + ** The names of the columns in the table are taken from + ** arglist which is stored in pTable->pCheck. The pCheck field + ** normally holds CHECK constraints on an ordinary table, but for + ** a VIEW it holds the list of column names. + */ + sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pTable->pCheck, + &pTable->nCol, &pTable->aCol); + if( db->mallocFailed==0 + && pParse->nErr==0 + && pTable->nCol==pSel->pEList->nExpr + ){ + sqlite3SelectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTable, pSel); + } + }else if( pSelTab ){ + /* CREATE VIEW name AS... without an argument list. Construct + ** the column names from the SELECT statement that defines the view. + */ + assert( pTable->aCol==0 ); + pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol; + pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol; + pSelTab->nCol = 0; + pSelTab->aCol = 0; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTable->pSchema) ); + }else{ + pTable->nCol = 0; + nErr++; + } + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel); + db->lookaside.bDisable--; + } else { + nErr++; + } + pTable->pSchema->schemaFlags |= DB_UnresetViews; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ + return nErr; +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +/* +** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx. +*/ +static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){ + HashElem *i; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, idx, 0) ); + if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return; + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].pSchema->tblHash); i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i); + if( pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(db, pTab); + pTab->aCol = 0; + pTab->nCol = 0; + } + } + DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews); +} +#else +# define sqliteViewResetAll(A,B) +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ + +/* +** This function is called by the VDBE to adjust the internal schema +** used by SQLite when the btree layer moves a table root page. The +** root-page of a table or index in database iDb has changed from iFrom +** to iTo. +** +** Ticket #1728: The symbol table might still contain information +** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted. +** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might +** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is +** being moved. So we cannot stop searching after the first match +** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices +** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved. +** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with +** rootpage==iFrom have been converted to have a rootpage of iTo +** in order to be certain that we got the right one. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int iFrom, int iTo){ + HashElem *pElem; + Hash *pHash; + Db *pDb; + + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + pHash = &pDb->pSchema->tblHash; + for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem); + if( pTab->tnum==iFrom ){ + pTab->tnum = iTo; + } + } + pHash = &pDb->pSchema->idxHash; + for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ + Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(pElem); + if( pIdx->tnum==iFrom ){ + pIdx->tnum = iTo; + } + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Write code to erase the table with root-page iTable from database iDb. +** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema +** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst +** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). +*/ +static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + assert( iTable>1 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Destroy, iTable, r1, iDb); + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + /* OP_Destroy stores an in integer r1. If this integer + ** is non-zero, then it is the root page number of a table moved to + ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_master table to + ** reflect this. + ** + ** The "#NNN" in the SQL is a special constant that means whatever value + ** is in register NNN. See grammar rules associated with the TK_REGISTER + ** token for additional information. + */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #%d AND rootpage=#%d", + pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), iTable, r1, r1); +#endif + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); +} + +/* +** Write VDBE code to erase table pTab and all associated indices on disk. +** Code to update the sqlite_master tables and internal schema definitions +** in case a root-page belonging to another table is moved by the btree layer +** is also added (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). +*/ +static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + Index *pIdx; + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + destroyRootPage(pParse, pTab->tnum, iDb); + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + destroyRootPage(pParse, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + } +#else + /* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the + ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically + ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages + ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the + ** following were coded: + ** + ** OP_Destroy 4 0 + ** ... + ** OP_Destroy 5 0 + ** + ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the + ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the + ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit + ** a free-list page. + */ + int iTab = pTab->tnum; + int iDestroyed = 0; + + while( 1 ){ + Index *pIdx; + int iLargest = 0; + + if( iDestroyed==0 || iTab<iDestroyed ){ + iLargest = iTab; + } + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + int iIdx = pIdx->tnum; + assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); + if( (iDestroyed==0 || (iIdx<iDestroyed)) && iIdx>iLargest ){ + iLargest = iIdx; + } + } + if( iLargest==0 ){ + return; + }else{ + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<pParse->db->nDb ); + destroyRootPage(pParse, iLargest, iDb); + iDestroyed = iLargest; + } + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Remove entries from the sqlite_statN tables (for N in (1,2,3)) +** after a DROP INDEX or DROP TABLE command. +*/ +static void sqlite3ClearStatTables( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + int iDb, /* The database number */ + const char *zType, /* "idx" or "tbl" */ + const char *zName /* Name of index or table */ +){ + int i; + const char *zDbName = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName; + for(i=1; i<=4; i++){ + char zTab[24]; + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zTab),zTab,"sqlite_stat%d",i); + if( sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zTab, zDbName) ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q", + zDbName, zTab, zType, zName + ); + } + } +} + +/* +** Generate code to drop a table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int iDb, int isView){ + Vdbe *v; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Trigger *pTrigger; + Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin); + } +#endif + + /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code + ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or + ** sqlite_temp_master if required. + */ + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); + while( pTrigger ){ + assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema || + pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ); + sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger); + pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + /* Remove any entries of the sqlite_sequence table associated with + ** the table being dropped. This is done before the table is dropped + ** at the btree level, in case the sqlite_sequence table needs to + ** move as a result of the drop (can happen in auto-vacuum mode). + */ + if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_sequence WHERE name=%Q", + pDb->zName, pTab->zName + ); + } +#endif + + /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the + ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes + ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being + ** dropped. Triggers are handled separately because a trigger can be + ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another + ** database. + */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'", + pDb->zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTab->zName); + if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + destroyTable(pParse, pTab); + } + + /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify + ** the schema cookie. + */ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VDestroy, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb); +} + +/* +** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement. +** pName is the name of the table to be dropped. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, int noErr){ + Table *pTab; + Vdbe *v; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; + + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto exit_drop_table; + } + assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); + assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto exit_drop_table; + if( noErr ) db->suppressErr++; + pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, isView, &pName->a[0]); + if( noErr ) db->suppressErr--; + + if( pTab==0 ){ + if( noErr ) sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase); + goto exit_drop_table; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb ); + + /* If pTab is a virtual table, call ViewGetColumnNames() to ensure + ** it is initialized. + */ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) && sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto exit_drop_table; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + int code; + const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); + const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + const char *zArg2 = 0; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb)){ + goto exit_drop_table; + } + if( isView ){ + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ + code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW; + }else{ + code = SQLITE_DROP_VIEW; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + code = SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE; + zArg2 = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pMod->zName; +#endif + }else{ + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ + code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE; + }else{ + code = SQLITE_DROP_TABLE; + } + } + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTab->zName, zArg2, zDb) ){ + goto exit_drop_table; + } + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ + goto exit_drop_table; + } + } +#endif + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 + && sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_stat", 11)!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName); + goto exit_drop_table; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + /* Ensure DROP TABLE is not used on a view, and DROP VIEW is not used + ** on a table. + */ + if( isView && pTab->pSelect==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP TABLE to delete table %s", pTab->zName); + goto exit_drop_table; + } + if( !isView && pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP VIEW to delete view %s", pTab->zName); + goto exit_drop_table; + } +#endif + + /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table + ** on disk. + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); + sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "tbl", pTab->zName); + sqlite3FkDropTable(pParse, pName, pTab); + sqlite3CodeDropTable(pParse, pTab, iDb, isView); + } + +exit_drop_table: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); +} + +/* +** This routine is called to create a new foreign key on the table +** currently under construction. pFromCol determines which columns +** in the current table point to the foreign key. If pFromCol==0 then +** connect the key to the last column inserted. pTo is the name of +** the table referred to (a.k.a the "parent" table). pToCol is a list +** of tables in the parent pTo table. flags contains all +** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified +** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses. +** +** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently +** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field. +** +** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing. A subsequent call +** to sqlite3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pFromCol, /* Columns in this table that point to other table */ + Token *pTo, /* Name of the other table */ + ExprList *pToCol, /* Columns in the other table */ + int flags /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + FKey *pFKey = 0; + FKey *pNextTo; + Table *p = pParse->pNewTable; + int nByte; + int i; + int nCol; + char *z; + + assert( pTo!=0 ); + if( p==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto fk_end; + if( pFromCol==0 ){ + int iCol = p->nCol-1; + if( NEVER(iCol<0) ) goto fk_end; + if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=1 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key on %s" + " should reference only one column of table %T", + p->aCol[iCol].zName, pTo); + goto fk_end; + } + nCol = 1; + }else if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=pFromCol->nExpr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of " + "columns in the referenced table"); + goto fk_end; + }else{ + nCol = pFromCol->nExpr; + } + nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1; + if( pToCol ){ + for(i=0; i<pToCol->nExpr; i++){ + nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1; + } + } + pFKey = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte ); + if( pFKey==0 ){ + goto fk_end; + } + pFKey->pFrom = p; + pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey; + z = (char*)&pFKey->aCol[nCol]; + pFKey->zTo = z; + memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n); + z[pTo->n] = 0; + sqlite3Dequote(z); + z += pTo->n+1; + pFKey->nCol = nCol; + if( pFromCol==0 ){ + pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1; + }else{ + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ + int j; + for(j=0; j<p->nCol; j++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->aCol[j].zName, pFromCol->a[i].zName)==0 ){ + pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom = j; + break; + } + } + if( j>=p->nCol ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", + pFromCol->a[i].zName); + goto fk_end; + } + } + } + if( pToCol ){ + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ + int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName); + pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z; + memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n); + z[n] = 0; + z += n+1; + } + } + pFKey->isDeferred = 0; + pFKey->aAction[0] = (u8)(flags & 0xff); /* ON DELETE action */ + pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff); /* ON UPDATE action */ + + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) ); + pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash, + pFKey->zTo, (void *)pFKey + ); + if( pNextTo==pFKey ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + goto fk_end; + } + if( pNextTo ){ + assert( pNextTo->pPrevTo==0 ); + pFKey->pNextTo = pNextTo; + pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey; + } + + /* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step. + */ + p->pFKey = pFKey; + pFKey = 0; + +fk_end: + sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey); +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pFromCol); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pToCol); +} + +/* +** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED +** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition. The isDeferred +** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE. +** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted +** accordingly. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse *pParse, int isDeferred){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + Table *pTab; + FKey *pFKey; + if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return; + assert( isDeferred==0 || isDeferred==1 ); /* EV: R-30323-21917 */ + pFKey->isDeferred = (u8)isDeferred; +#endif +} + +/* +** Generate code that will erase and refill index *pIdx. This is +** used to initialize a newly created index or to recompute the +** content of an index in response to a REINDEX command. +** +** if memRootPage is not negative, it means that the index is newly +** created. The register specified by memRootPage contains the +** root page number of the index. If memRootPage is negative, then +** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and +** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum. +*/ +static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){ + Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; /* The table that is indexed */ + int iTab = pParse->nTab++; /* Btree cursor used for pTab */ + int iIdx = pParse->nTab++; /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */ + int iSorter; /* Cursor opened by OpenSorter (if in use) */ + int addr1; /* Address of top of loop */ + int addr2; /* Address to jump to for next iteration */ + int tnum; /* Root page of index */ + int iPartIdxLabel; /* Jump to this label to skip a row */ + Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ + KeyInfo *pKey; /* KeyInfo for index */ + int regRecord; /* Register holding assembled index record */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0, + db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){ + return; + } +#endif + + /* Require a write-lock on the table to perform this operation */ + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName); + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) return; + if( memRootPage>=0 ){ + tnum = memRootPage; + }else{ + tnum = pIndex->tnum; + } + pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pIndex); + assert( pKey!=0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ); + + /* Open the sorter cursor if we are to use one. */ + iSorter = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, iSorter, 0, pIndex->nKeyCol, (char*) + sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKey), P4_KEYINFO); + + /* Open the table. Loop through all rows of the table, inserting index + ** records into the sorter. */ + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + + sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse,pIndex,iTab,regRecord,0,&iPartIdxLabel,0,0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, iSorter, regRecord); + sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, iPartIdxLabel); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + if( memRootPage<0 ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, + (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR|((memRootPage>=0)?OPFLAG_P2ISREG:0)); + + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iSorter, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + if( IsUniqueIndex(pIndex) ){ + int j2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 3; + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, j2); + addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_SorterCompare, iSorter, j2, regRecord, + pIndex->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, OE_Abort, pIndex); + }else{ + addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterData, iSorter, regRecord, iIdx); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Last, iIdx, 0, -1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord, 0); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iSorter, addr2); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdx); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iSorter); +} + +/* +** Allocate heap space to hold an Index object with nCol columns. +** +** Increase the allocation size to provide an extra nExtra bytes +** of 8-byte aligned space after the Index object and return a +** pointer to this extra space in *ppExtra. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3AllocateIndexObject( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + i16 nCol, /* Total number of columns in the index */ + int nExtra, /* Number of bytes of extra space to alloc */ + char **ppExtra /* Pointer to the "extra" space */ +){ + Index *p; /* Allocated index object */ + int nByte; /* Bytes of space for Index object + arrays */ + + nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(Index)) + /* Index structure */ + ROUND8(sizeof(char*)*nCol) + /* Index.azColl */ + ROUND8(sizeof(LogEst)*(nCol+1) + /* Index.aiRowLogEst */ + sizeof(i16)*nCol + /* Index.aiColumn */ + sizeof(u8)*nCol); /* Index.aSortOrder */ + p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte + nExtra); + if( p ){ + char *pExtra = ((char*)p)+ROUND8(sizeof(Index)); + p->azColl = (const char**)pExtra; pExtra += ROUND8(sizeof(char*)*nCol); + p->aiRowLogEst = (LogEst*)pExtra; pExtra += sizeof(LogEst)*(nCol+1); + p->aiColumn = (i16*)pExtra; pExtra += sizeof(i16)*nCol; + p->aSortOrder = (u8*)pExtra; + p->nColumn = nCol; + p->nKeyCol = nCol - 1; + *ppExtra = ((char*)p) + nByte; + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Create a new index for an SQL table. pName1.pName2 is the name of the index +** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed. Both will +** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a +** UNIQUE constraint. If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable +** as the table to be indexed. pParse->pNewTable is a table that is +** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement. +** +** pList is a list of columns to be indexed. pList will be NULL if this +** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added +** to the table currently under construction. +** +** If the index is created successfully, return a pointer to the new Index +** structure. This is used by sqlite3AddPrimaryKey() to mark the index +** as the tables primary key (Index.idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY) +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3CreateIndex( + Parse *pParse, /* All information about this parse */ + Token *pName1, /* First part of index name. May be NULL */ + Token *pName2, /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */ + SrcList *pTblName, /* Table to index. Use pParse->pNewTable if 0 */ + ExprList *pList, /* A list of columns to be indexed */ + int onError, /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ + Token *pStart, /* The CREATE token that begins this statement */ + Expr *pPIWhere, /* WHERE clause for partial indices */ + int sortOrder, /* Sort order of primary key when pList==NULL */ + int ifNotExist /* Omit error if index already exists */ +){ + Index *pRet = 0; /* Pointer to return */ + Table *pTab = 0; /* Table to be indexed */ + Index *pIndex = 0; /* The index to be created */ + char *zName = 0; /* Name of the index */ + int nName; /* Number of characters in zName */ + int i, j; + DbFixer sFix; /* For assigning database names to pTable */ + int sortOrderMask; /* 1 to honor DESC in index. 0 to ignore. */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Db *pDb; /* The specific table containing the indexed database */ + int iDb; /* Index of the database that is being written */ + Token *pName = 0; /* Unqualified name of the index to create */ + struct ExprList_item *pListItem; /* For looping over pList */ + int nExtra = 0; /* Space allocated for zExtra[] */ + int nExtraCol; /* Number of extra columns needed */ + char *zExtra = 0; /* Extra space after the Index object */ + Index *pPk = 0; /* PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables */ + + if( db->mallocFailed || IN_DECLARE_VTAB || pParse->nErr>0 ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + + /* + ** Find the table that is to be indexed. Return early if not found. + */ + if( pTblName!=0 ){ + + /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database + ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db + ** before looking up the table. + */ + assert( pName1 && pName2 ); + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); + if( iDb<0 ) goto exit_create_index; + assert( pName && pName->z ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB + /* If the index name was unqualified, check if the table + ** is a temp table. If so, set the database to 1. Do not do this + ** if initialising a database schema. + */ + if( !db->init.busy ){ + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTblName); + if( pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ + iDb = 1; + } + } +#endif + + sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "index", pName); + if( sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTblName) ){ + /* Because the parser constructs pTblName from a single identifier, + ** sqlite3FixSrcList can never fail. */ + assert(0); + } + pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pTblName->a[0]); + assert( db->mallocFailed==0 || pTab==0 ); + if( pTab==0 ) goto exit_create_index; + if( iDb==1 && db->aDb[iDb].pSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "cannot create a TEMP index on non-TEMP table \"%s\"", + pTab->zName); + goto exit_create_index; + } + if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + }else{ + assert( pName==0 ); + assert( pStart==0 ); + pTab = pParse->pNewTable; + if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + } + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + + assert( pTab!=0 ); + assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 + && db->init.busy==0 +#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION + && sqlite3UserAuthTable(pTab->zName)==0 +#endif + && sqlite3StrNICmp(&pTab->zName[7],"altertab_",9)!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName); + goto exit_create_index; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + if( pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed"); + goto exit_create_index; + } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be indexed"); + goto exit_create_index; + } +#endif + + /* + ** Find the name of the index. Make sure there is not already another + ** index or table with the same name. + ** + ** Exception: If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the + ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and + ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or + ** index, then we will continue to process this index. + ** + ** If pName==0 it means that we are + ** dealing with a primary key or UNIQUE constraint. We have to invent our + ** own name. + */ + if( pName ){ + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); + if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index; + assert( pName->z!=0 ); + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + if( !db->init.busy ){ + if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, 0)!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already a table named %s", zName); + goto exit_create_index; + } + } + if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, pDb->zName)!=0 ){ + if( !ifNotExist ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName); + }else{ + assert( !db->init.busy ); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + } + goto exit_create_index; + } + }else{ + int n; + Index *pLoop; + for(pLoop=pTab->pIndex, n=1; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext, n++){} + zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_autoindex_%s_%d", pTab->zName, n); + if( zName==0 ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + } + + /* Check for authorization to create an index. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + const char *zDb = pDb->zName; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), 0, zDb) ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + i = SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX; + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ) i = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, i, zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + } +#endif + + /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary + ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction. + ** So create a fake list to simulate this. + */ + if( pList==0 ){ + Token prevCol; + sqlite3TokenInit(&prevCol, pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1].zName); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, + sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &prevCol, 0)); + if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index; + assert( pList->nExpr==1 ); + sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(pList, sortOrder); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, pList, "index"); + } + + /* Figure out how many bytes of space are required to store explicitly + ** specified collation sequence names. + */ + for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){ + Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr; + assert( pExpr!=0 ); + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ){ + nExtra += (1 + sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken)); + } + } + + /* + ** Allocate the index structure. + */ + nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + nExtraCol = pPk ? pPk->nKeyCol : 1; + pIndex = sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(db, pList->nExpr + nExtraCol, + nName + nExtra + 1, &zExtra); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pIndex->aiRowLogEst) ); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pIndex->azColl) ); + pIndex->zName = zExtra; + zExtra += nName + 1; + memcpy(pIndex->zName, zName, nName+1); + pIndex->pTable = pTab; + pIndex->onError = (u8)onError; + pIndex->uniqNotNull = onError!=OE_None; + pIndex->idxType = pName ? SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF : SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE; + pIndex->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + pIndex->nKeyCol = pList->nExpr; + if( pPIWhere ){ + sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(pParse, pTab, NC_PartIdx, pPIWhere, 0); + pIndex->pPartIdxWhere = pPIWhere; + pPIWhere = 0; + } + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + + /* Check to see if we should honor DESC requests on index columns + */ + if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>=4 ){ + sortOrderMask = -1; /* Honor DESC */ + }else{ + sortOrderMask = 0; /* Ignore DESC */ + } + + /* Analyze the list of expressions that form the terms of the index and + ** report any errors. In the common case where the expression is exactly + ** a table column, store that column in aiColumn[]. For general expressions, + ** populate pIndex->aColExpr and store XN_EXPR (-2) in aiColumn[]. + ** + ** TODO: Issue a warning if two or more columns of the index are identical. + ** TODO: Issue a warning if the table primary key is used as part of the + ** index key. + */ + for(i=0, pListItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pListItem++){ + Expr *pCExpr; /* The i-th index expression */ + int requestedSortOrder; /* ASC or DESC on the i-th expression */ + const char *zColl; /* Collation sequence name */ + + sqlite3StringToId(pListItem->pExpr); + sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(pParse, pTab, NC_IdxExpr, pListItem->pExpr, 0); + if( pParse->nErr ) goto exit_create_index; + pCExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pListItem->pExpr); + if( pCExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ){ + if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "expressions prohibited in PRIMARY KEY and " + "UNIQUE constraints"); + goto exit_create_index; + } + if( pIndex->aColExpr==0 ){ + ExprList *pCopy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pList, 0); + pIndex->aColExpr = pCopy; + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + assert( pCopy!=0 ); + pListItem = &pCopy->a[i]; + } + } + j = XN_EXPR; + pIndex->aiColumn[i] = XN_EXPR; + pIndex->uniqNotNull = 0; + }else{ + j = pCExpr->iColumn; + assert( j<=0x7fff ); + if( j<0 ){ + j = pTab->iPKey; + }else if( pTab->aCol[j].notNull==0 ){ + pIndex->uniqNotNull = 0; + } + pIndex->aiColumn[i] = (i16)j; + } + zColl = 0; + if( pListItem->pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ){ + int nColl; + zColl = pListItem->pExpr->u.zToken; + nColl = sqlite3Strlen30(zColl) + 1; + assert( nExtra>=nColl ); + memcpy(zExtra, zColl, nColl); + zColl = zExtra; + zExtra += nColl; + nExtra -= nColl; + }else if( j>=0 ){ + zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl; + } + if( !zColl ) zColl = sqlite3StrBINARY; + if( !db->init.busy && !sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + pIndex->azColl[i] = zColl; + requestedSortOrder = pListItem->sortOrder & sortOrderMask; + pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = (u8)requestedSortOrder; + } + + /* Append the table key to the end of the index. For WITHOUT ROWID + ** tables (when pPk!=0) this will be the declared PRIMARY KEY. For + ** normal tables (when pPk==0) this will be the rowid. + */ + if( pPk ){ + for(j=0; j<pPk->nKeyCol; j++){ + int x = pPk->aiColumn[j]; + assert( x>=0 ); + if( hasColumn(pIndex->aiColumn, pIndex->nKeyCol, x) ){ + pIndex->nColumn--; + }else{ + pIndex->aiColumn[i] = x; + pIndex->azColl[i] = pPk->azColl[j]; + pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = pPk->aSortOrder[j]; + i++; + } + } + assert( i==pIndex->nColumn ); + }else{ + pIndex->aiColumn[i] = XN_ROWID; + pIndex->azColl[i] = sqlite3StrBINARY; + } + sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIndex); + if( pParse->pNewTable==0 ) estimateIndexWidth(pIndex); + + /* If this index contains every column of its table, then mark + ** it as a covering index */ + assert( HasRowid(pTab) + || pTab->iPKey<0 || sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIndex, pTab->iPKey)>=0 ); + if( pTblName!=0 && pIndex->nColumn>=pTab->nCol ){ + pIndex->isCovering = 1; + for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){ + if( j==pTab->iPKey ) continue; + if( sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIndex,j)>=0 ) continue; + pIndex->isCovering = 0; + break; + } + } + + if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){ + /* This routine has been called to create an automatic index as a + ** result of a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause on a column definition, or + ** a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause following the column definitions. + ** i.e. one of: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE t(x PRIMARY KEY, y); + ** CREATE TABLE t(x, y, UNIQUE(x, y)); + ** + ** Either way, check to see if the table already has such an index. If + ** so, don't bother creating this one. This only applies to + ** automatically created indices. Users can do as they wish with + ** explicit indices. + ** + ** Two UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraints are considered equivalent + ** (and thus suppressing the second one) even if they have different + ** sort orders. + ** + ** If there are different collating sequences or if the columns of + ** the constraint occur in different orders, then the constraints are + ** considered distinct and both result in separate indices. + */ + Index *pIdx; + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + int k; + assert( IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ); + assert( pIdx->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF ); + assert( IsUniqueIndex(pIndex) ); + + if( pIdx->nKeyCol!=pIndex->nKeyCol ) continue; + for(k=0; k<pIdx->nKeyCol; k++){ + const char *z1; + const char *z2; + assert( pIdx->aiColumn[k]>=0 ); + if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break; + z1 = pIdx->azColl[k]; + z2 = pIndex->azColl[k]; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2) ) break; + } + if( k==pIdx->nKeyCol ){ + if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){ + /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous + ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement. + ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this + ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit + ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the + ** explicitly specified behavior for the index. + */ + if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0); + } + if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){ + pIdx->onError = pIndex->onError; + } + } + pRet = pIdx; + goto exit_create_index; + } + } + } + + /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other + ** in-memory database structures. + */ + assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); + if( db->init.busy ){ + Index *p; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) ); + p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, + pIndex->zName, pIndex); + if( p ){ + assert( p==pIndex ); /* Malloc must have failed */ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + goto exit_create_index; + } + db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; + if( pTblName!=0 ){ + pIndex->tnum = db->init.newTnum; + } + } + + /* If this is the initial CREATE INDEX statement (or CREATE TABLE if the + ** index is an implied index for a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint) then + ** emit code to allocate the index rootpage on disk and make an entry for + ** the index in the sqlite_master table and populate the index with + ** content. But, do not do this if we are simply reading the sqlite_master + ** table to parse the schema, or if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index + ** of a WITHOUT ROWID table. + ** + ** If pTblName==0 it means this index is generated as an implied PRIMARY KEY + ** or UNIQUE index in a CREATE TABLE statement. Since the table + ** has just been created, it contains no data and the index initialization + ** step can be skipped. + */ + else if( HasRowid(pTab) || pTblName!=0 ){ + Vdbe *v; + char *zStmt; + int iMem = ++pParse->nMem; + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) goto exit_create_index; + + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); + + /* Create the rootpage for the index using CreateIndex. But before + ** doing so, code a Noop instruction and store its address in + ** Index.tnum. This is required in case this index is actually a + ** PRIMARY KEY and the table is actually a WITHOUT ROWID table. In + ** that case the convertToWithoutRowidTable() routine will replace + ** the Noop with a Goto to jump over the VDBE code generated below. */ + pIndex->tnum = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Noop); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateIndex, iDb, iMem); + + /* Gather the complete text of the CREATE INDEX statement into + ** the zStmt variable + */ + if( pStart ){ + int n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z - pName->z) + pParse->sLastToken.n; + if( pName->z[n-1]==';' ) n--; + /* A named index with an explicit CREATE INDEX statement */ + zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE%s INDEX %.*s", + onError==OE_None ? "" : " UNIQUE", n, pName->z); + }else{ + /* An automatic index created by a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint */ + /* zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(""); */ + zStmt = 0; + } + + /* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index + */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#%d,%Q);", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), + pIndex->zName, + pTab->zName, + iMem, + zStmt + ); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt); + + /* Fill the index with data and reparse the schema. Code an OP_Expire + ** to invalidate all pre-compiled statements. + */ + if( pTblName ){ + sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, + sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='index'", pIndex->zName)); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, 0); + } + + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIndex->tnum); + } + + /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make + ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled + ** OE_Ignore. This is necessary for the correct constraint check + ** processing (in sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks()) as part of + ** UPDATE and INSERT statements. + */ + if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){ + if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0 + || pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Replace){ + pIndex->pNext = pTab->pIndex; + pTab->pIndex = pIndex; + }else{ + Index *pOther = pTab->pIndex; + while( pOther->pNext && pOther->pNext->onError!=OE_Replace ){ + pOther = pOther->pNext; + } + pIndex->pNext = pOther->pNext; + pOther->pNext = pIndex; + } + pRet = pIndex; + pIndex = 0; + } + + /* Clean up before exiting */ +exit_create_index: + if( pIndex ) freeIndex(db, pIndex); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pPIWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTblName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + return pRet; +} + +/* +** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information +** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command. +** +** aiRowEst[0] is supposed to contain the number of elements in the index. +** Since we do not know, guess 1 million. aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the +** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the +** first column of the index. aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number +** of rows that match any particular combination of the first 2 columns +** of the index. And so forth. It must always be the case that +* +** aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1] +** aiRowEst[N]>=1 +** +** Apart from that, we have little to go on besides intuition as to +** how aiRowEst[] should be initialized. The numbers generated here +** are based on typical values found in actual indices. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){ + /* 10, 9, 8, 7, 6 */ + LogEst aVal[] = { 33, 32, 30, 28, 26 }; + LogEst *a = pIdx->aiRowLogEst; + int nCopy = MIN(ArraySize(aVal), pIdx->nKeyCol); + int i; + + /* Set the first entry (number of rows in the index) to the estimated + ** number of rows in the table. Or 10, if the estimated number of rows + ** in the table is less than that. */ + a[0] = pIdx->pTable->nRowLogEst; + if( a[0]<33 ) a[0] = 33; assert( 33==sqlite3LogEst(10) ); + + /* Estimate that a[1] is 10, a[2] is 9, a[3] is 8, a[4] is 7, a[5] is + ** 6 and each subsequent value (if any) is 5. */ + memcpy(&a[1], aVal, nCopy*sizeof(LogEst)); + for(i=nCopy+1; i<=pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){ + a[i] = 23; assert( 23==sqlite3LogEst(5) ); + } + + assert( 0==sqlite3LogEst(1) ); + if( IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ) a[pIdx->nKeyCol] = 0; +} + +/* +** This routine will drop an existing named index. This routine +** implements the DROP INDEX statement. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){ + Index *pIndex; + Vdbe *v; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; + + assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); /* Never called with prior errors */ + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto exit_drop_index; + } + assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + goto exit_drop_index; + } + pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase); + if( pIndex==0 ){ + if( !ifExists ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0); + }else{ + sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase); + } + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + goto exit_drop_index; + } + if( pIndex->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE " + "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0); + goto exit_drop_index; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + int code = SQLITE_DROP_INDEX; + Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; + const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){ + goto exit_drop_index; + } + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){ + goto exit_drop_index; + } + } +#endif + + /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q AND type='index'", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pIndex->zName + ); + sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "idx", pIndex->zName); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0); + } + +exit_drop_index: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); +} + +/* +** pArray is a pointer to an array of objects. Each object in the +** array is szEntry bytes in size. This routine uses sqlite3DbRealloc() +** to extend the array so that there is space for a new object at the end. +** +** When this function is called, *pnEntry contains the current size of +** the array (in entries - so the allocation is ((*pnEntry) * szEntry) bytes +** in total). +** +** If the realloc() is successful (i.e. if no OOM condition occurs), the +** space allocated for the new object is zeroed, *pnEntry updated to +** reflect the new size of the array and a pointer to the new allocation +** returned. *pIdx is set to the index of the new array entry in this case. +** +** Otherwise, if the realloc() fails, *pIdx is set to -1, *pnEntry remains +** unchanged and a copy of pArray returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate( + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */ + void *pArray, /* Array of objects. Might be reallocated */ + int szEntry, /* Size of each object in the array */ + int *pnEntry, /* Number of objects currently in use */ + int *pIdx /* Write the index of a new slot here */ +){ + char *z; + int n = *pnEntry; + if( (n & (n-1))==0 ){ + int sz = (n==0) ? 1 : 2*n; + void *pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pArray, sz*szEntry); + if( pNew==0 ){ + *pIdx = -1; + return pArray; + } + pArray = pNew; + } + z = (char*)pArray; + memset(&z[n * szEntry], 0, szEntry); + *pIdx = n; + ++*pnEntry; + return pArray; +} + +/* +** Append a new element to the given IdList. Create a new IdList if +** need be. +** +** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList, Token *pToken){ + int i; + if( pList==0 ){ + pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(IdList) ); + if( pList==0 ) return 0; + } + pList->a = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( + db, + pList->a, + sizeof(pList->a[0]), + &pList->nId, + &i + ); + if( i<0 ){ + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pList); + return 0; + } + pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken); + return pList; +} + +/* +** Delete an IdList. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList){ + int i; + if( pList==0 ) return; + for(i=0; i<pList->nId; i++){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a[i].zName); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pList); +} + +/* +** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId. Return -1 +** if not found. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){ + int i; + if( pList==0 ) return -1; + for(i=0; i<pList->nId; i++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i; + } + return -1; +} + +/* +** Expand the space allocated for the given SrcList object by +** creating nExtra new slots beginning at iStart. iStart is zero based. +** New slots are zeroed. +** +** For example, suppose a SrcList initially contains two entries: A,B. +** To append 3 new entries onto the end, do this: +** +** sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrclist, 3, 2); +** +** After the call above it would contain: A, B, nil, nil, nil. +** If the iStart argument had been 1 instead of 2, then the result +** would have been: A, nil, nil, nil, B. To prepend the new slots, +** the iStart value would be 0. The result then would +** be: nil, nil, nil, A, B. +** +** If a memory allocation fails the SrcList is unchanged. The +** db->mallocFailed flag will be set to true. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection to notify of OOM errors */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* The SrcList to be enlarged */ + int nExtra, /* Number of new slots to add to pSrc->a[] */ + int iStart /* Index in pSrc->a[] of first new slot */ +){ + int i; + + /* Sanity checking on calling parameters */ + assert( iStart>=0 ); + assert( nExtra>=1 ); + assert( pSrc!=0 ); + assert( iStart<=pSrc->nSrc ); + + /* Allocate additional space if needed */ + if( (u32)pSrc->nSrc+nExtra>pSrc->nAlloc ){ + SrcList *pNew; + int nAlloc = pSrc->nSrc+nExtra; + int nGot; + pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pSrc, + sizeof(*pSrc) + (nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pSrc->a[0]) ); + if( pNew==0 ){ + assert( db->mallocFailed ); + return pSrc; + } + pSrc = pNew; + nGot = (sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pNew) - sizeof(*pSrc))/sizeof(pSrc->a[0])+1; + pSrc->nAlloc = nGot; + } + + /* Move existing slots that come after the newly inserted slots + ** out of the way */ + for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i>=iStart; i--){ + pSrc->a[i+nExtra] = pSrc->a[i]; + } + pSrc->nSrc += nExtra; + + /* Zero the newly allocated slots */ + memset(&pSrc->a[iStart], 0, sizeof(pSrc->a[0])*nExtra); + for(i=iStart; i<iStart+nExtra; i++){ + pSrc->a[i].iCursor = -1; + } + + /* Return a pointer to the enlarged SrcList */ + return pSrc; +} + + +/* +** Append a new table name to the given SrcList. Create a new SrcList if +** need be. A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pTable is NULL. +** +** A SrcList is returned, or NULL if there is an OOM error. The returned +** SrcList might be the same as the SrcList that was input or it might be +** a new one. If an OOM error does occurs, then the prior value of pList +** that is input to this routine is automatically freed. +** +** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional +** database name prefix. Like this: "database.table". The pDatabase +** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name. +** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might +** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase. +** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable, +** or with NULL if no database is specified. +** +** In other words, if call like this: +** +** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,0); +** +** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified. If called +** like this: +** +** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,C); +** +** Then C is the table name and B is the database name. If C is defined +** then so is B. In other words, we never have a case where: +** +** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,0,C); +** +** Both pTable and pDatabase are assumed to be quoted. They are dequoted +** before being added to the SrcList. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend( + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */ + SrcList *pList, /* Append to this SrcList. NULL creates a new SrcList */ + Token *pTable, /* Table to append */ + Token *pDatabase /* Database of the table */ +){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + assert( pDatabase==0 || pTable!=0 ); /* Cannot have C without B */ + assert( db!=0 ); + if( pList==0 ){ + pList = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(SrcList) ); + if( pList==0 ) return 0; + pList->nAlloc = 1; + pList->nSrc = 0; + } + pList = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pList, 1, pList->nSrc); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pList); + return 0; + } + pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc-1]; + if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){ + pDatabase = 0; + } + if( pDatabase ){ + Token *pTemp = pDatabase; + pDatabase = pTable; + pTable = pTemp; + } + pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTable); + pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDatabase); + return pList; +} + +/* +** Assign VdbeCursor index numbers to all tables in a SrcList +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){ + int i; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + assert(pList || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + if( pList ){ + for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){ + if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) break; + pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; + if( pItem->pSelect ){ + sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pItem->pSelect->pSrc); + } + } + } +} + +/* +** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pList){ + int i; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + if( pList==0 ) return; + for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zDatabase); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zAlias); + if( pItem->fg.isIndexedBy ) sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->u1.zIndexedBy); + if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc ) sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pItem->u1.pFuncArg); + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pItem->pTab); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pItem->pSelect); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pOn); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pItem->pUsing); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pList); +} + +/* +** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the +** end of a growing FROM clause. The "p" parameter is the part of +** the FROM clause that has already been constructed. "p" is NULL +** if this is the first term of the FROM clause. pTable and pDatabase +** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term. +** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the +** usual case. If the term has an alias, then pAlias points to the +** alias token. If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the +** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes. The pTable and +** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries. The pOn and pUsing +** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses. +** +** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new +** term added. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + SrcList *p, /* The left part of the FROM clause already seen */ + Token *pTable, /* Name of the table to add to the FROM clause */ + Token *pDatabase, /* Name of the database containing pTable */ + Token *pAlias, /* The right-hand side of the AS subexpression */ + Select *pSubquery, /* A subquery used in place of a table name */ + Expr *pOn, /* The ON clause of a join */ + IdList *pUsing /* The USING clause of a join */ +){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( !p && (pOn || pUsing) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a JOIN clause is required before %s", + (pOn ? "ON" : "USING") + ); + goto append_from_error; + } + p = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, p, pTable, pDatabase); + if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nSrc==0) ){ + goto append_from_error; + } + pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; + assert( pAlias!=0 ); + if( pAlias->n ){ + pItem->zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pAlias); + } + pItem->pSelect = pSubquery; + pItem->pOn = pOn; + pItem->pUsing = pUsing; + return p; + + append_from_error: + assert( p==0 ); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pOn); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pUsing); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSubquery); + return 0; +} + +/* +** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added +** element of the source-list passed as the second argument. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, Token *pIndexedBy){ + assert( pIndexedBy!=0 ); + if( p && ALWAYS(p->nSrc>0) ){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; + assert( pItem->fg.notIndexed==0 ); + assert( pItem->fg.isIndexedBy==0 ); + assert( pItem->fg.isTabFunc==0 ); + if( pIndexedBy->n==1 && !pIndexedBy->z ){ + /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y + ** construct "indexed_opt" for details. */ + pItem->fg.notIndexed = 1; + }else{ + pItem->u1.zIndexedBy = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pIndexedBy); + pItem->fg.isIndexedBy = (pItem->u1.zIndexedBy!=0); + } + } +} + +/* +** Add the list of function arguments to the SrcList entry for a +** table-valued-function. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListFuncArgs(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, ExprList *pList){ + if( p ){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; + assert( pItem->fg.notIndexed==0 ); + assert( pItem->fg.isIndexedBy==0 ); + assert( pItem->fg.isTabFunc==0 ); + pItem->u1.pFuncArg = pList; + pItem->fg.isTabFunc = 1; + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList); + } +} + +/* +** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator +** is initially attached to the left operand. But the code generator +** expects the join operator to be on the right operand. This routine +** Shifts all join operators from left to right for an entire FROM +** clause. +** +** Example: Suppose the join is like this: +** +** A natural cross join B +** +** The operator is "natural cross join". The A and B operands are stored +** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively. The parser initially stores the +** operator with A. This routine shifts that operator over to B. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){ + if( p ){ + int i; + for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){ + p->a[i].fg.jointype = p->a[i-1].fg.jointype; + } + p->a[0].fg.jointype = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Generate VDBE code for a BEGIN statement. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){ + sqlite3 *db; + Vdbe *v; + int i; + + assert( pParse!=0 ); + db = pParse->db; + assert( db!=0 ); + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ){ + return; + } + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( !v ) return; + if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){ + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1); + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, i); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_AutoCommit); +} + +/* +** Generate VDBE code for a COMMIT statement. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse *pParse){ + Vdbe *v; + + assert( pParse!=0 ); + assert( pParse->db!=0 ); + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "COMMIT", 0, 0) ){ + return; + } + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1); + } +} + +/* +** Generate VDBE code for a ROLLBACK statement. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse *pParse){ + Vdbe *v; + + assert( pParse!=0 ); + assert( pParse->db!=0 ); + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0) ){ + return; + } + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 1); + } +} + +/* +** This function is called by the parser when it parses a command to create, +** release or rollback an SQL savepoint. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pName){ + char *zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName); + if( zName ){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + static const char * const az[] = { "BEGIN", "RELEASE", "ROLLBACK" }; + assert( !SAVEPOINT_BEGIN && SAVEPOINT_RELEASE==1 && SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK==2 ); +#endif + if( !v || sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SAVEPOINT, az[op], zName, 0) ){ + sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zName); + return; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Savepoint, op, 0, 0, zName, P4_DYNAMIC); + } +} + +/* +** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use. Return +** the number of errors. Leave any error messages in the pParse structure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){ + int rc; + Btree *pBt; + static const int flags = + SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | + SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | + SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | + SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | + SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB; + + rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pBt, 0, flags); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database " + "file for storing temporary tables"); + pParse->rc = rc; + return 1; + } + db->aDb[1].pBt = pBt; + assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema ); + if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Record the fact that the schema cookie will need to be verified +** for database iDb. The code to actually verify the schema cookie +** will occur at the end of the top-level VDBE and will be generated +** later, by sqlite3FinishCoding(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + sqlite3 *db = pToplevel->db; + + assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb ); + assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 ); + assert( iDb<SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2 ); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + if( DbMaskTest(pToplevel->cookieMask, iDb)==0 ){ + DbMaskSet(pToplevel->cookieMask, iDb); + pToplevel->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie; + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ + sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pToplevel); + } + } +} + +/* +** If argument zDb is NULL, then call sqlite3CodeVerifySchema() for each +** attached database. Otherwise, invoke it for the database named zDb only. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int i; + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; + if( pDb->pBt && (!zDb || 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, pDb->zName)) ){ + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i); + } + } +} + +/* +** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that +** might change the database. +** +** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within +** a transaction. If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint +** is set if the setStatement parameter is true. A checkpoint should +** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of +** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to +** rollback the whole transaction. For operations where all constraints +** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never +** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + DbMaskSet(pToplevel->writeMask, iDb); + pToplevel->isMultiWrite |= setStatement; +} + +/* +** Indicate that the statement currently under construction might write +** more than one entry (example: deleting one row then inserting another, +** inserting multiple rows in a table, or inserting a row and index entries.) +** If an abort occurs after some of these writes have completed, then it will +** be necessary to undo the completed writes. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse *pParse){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + pToplevel->isMultiWrite = 1; +} + +/* +** The code generator calls this routine if is discovers that it is +** possible to abort a statement prior to completion. In order to +** perform this abort without corrupting the database, we need to make +** sure that the statement is protected by a statement transaction. +** +** Technically, we only need to set the mayAbort flag if the +** isMultiWrite flag was previously set. There is a time dependency +** such that the abort must occur after the multiwrite. This makes +** some statements involving the REPLACE conflict resolution algorithm +** go a little faster. But taking advantage of this time dependency +** makes it more difficult to prove that the code is correct (in +** particular, it prevents us from writing an effective +** implementation of sqlite3AssertMayAbort()) and so we have chosen +** to take the safe route and skip the optimization. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse *pParse){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + pToplevel->mayAbort = 1; +} + +/* +** Code an OP_Halt that causes the vdbe to return an SQLITE_CONSTRAINT +** error. The onError parameter determines which (if any) of the statement +** and/or current transaction is rolled back. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int errCode, /* extended error code */ + int onError, /* Constraint type */ + char *p4, /* Error message */ + i8 p4type, /* P4_STATIC or P4_TRANSIENT */ + u8 p5Errmsg /* P5_ErrMsg type */ +){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( (errCode&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ); + if( onError==OE_Abort ){ + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, errCode, onError, 0, p4, p4type); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5Errmsg); +} + +/* +** Code an OP_Halt due to UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint violation. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UniqueConstraint( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int onError, /* Constraint type */ + Index *pIdx /* The index that triggers the constraint */ +){ + char *zErr; + int j; + StrAccum errMsg; + Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; + + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&errMsg, pParse->db, 0, 0, 200); + if( pIdx->aColExpr ){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&errMsg, "index '%q'", pIdx->zName); + }else{ + for(j=0; j<pIdx->nKeyCol; j++){ + char *zCol; + assert( pIdx->aiColumn[j]>=0 ); + zCol = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName; + if( j ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&errMsg, ", ", 2); + sqlite3XPrintf(&errMsg, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, zCol); + } + } + zErr = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&errMsg); + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, + IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY + : SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE, + onError, zErr, P4_DYNAMIC, P5_ConstraintUnique); +} + + +/* +** Code an OP_Halt due to non-unique rowid. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowidConstraint( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int onError, /* Conflict resolution algorithm */ + Table *pTab /* The table with the non-unique rowid */ +){ + char *zMsg; + int rc; + if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){ + zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, + pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName); + rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY; + }else{ + zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.rowid", pTab->zName); + rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID; + } + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, rc, onError, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC, + P5_ConstraintUnique); +} + +/* +** Check to see if pIndex uses the collating sequence pColl. Return +** true if it does and false if it does not. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX +static int collationMatch(const char *zColl, Index *pIndex){ + int i; + assert( zColl!=0 ); + for(i=0; i<pIndex->nColumn; i++){ + const char *z = pIndex->azColl[i]; + assert( z!=0 || pIndex->aiColumn[i]<0 ); + if( pIndex->aiColumn[i]>=0 && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, zColl) ){ + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} +#endif + +/* +** Recompute all indices of pTab that use the collating sequence pColl. +** If pColl==0 then recompute all indices of pTab. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX +static void reindexTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, char const *zColl){ + Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ + + for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){ + if( zColl==0 || collationMatch(zColl, pIndex) ){ + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); + } + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Recompute all indices of all tables in all databases where the +** indices use the collating sequence pColl. If pColl==0 then recompute +** all indices everywhere. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX +static void reindexDatabases(Parse *pParse, char const *zColl){ + Db *pDb; /* A single database */ + int iDb; /* The database index number */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + HashElem *k; /* For looping over tables in pDb */ + Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ + + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); /* Needed for schema access */ + for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++, pDb++){ + assert( pDb!=0 ); + for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ + pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); + reindexTable(pParse, pTab, zColl); + } + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Generate code for the REINDEX command. +** +** REINDEX -- 1 +** REINDEX <collation> -- 2 +** REINDEX ?<database>.?<tablename> -- 3 +** REINDEX ?<database>.?<indexname> -- 4 +** +** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be rebuilt. +** Form 2 rebuilds all indices in all databases that use the named +** collating function. Forms 3 and 4 rebuild the named index or all +** indices associated with the named table. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ + CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to be reindexed, or NULL */ + char *z; /* Name of a table or index */ + const char *zDb; /* Name of the database */ + Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ + Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ + int iDb; /* The database index number */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + Token *pObjName; /* Name of the table or index to be reindexed */ + + /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message + ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + return; + } + + if( pName1==0 ){ + reindexDatabases(pParse, 0); + return; + }else if( NEVER(pName2==0) || pName2->z==0 ){ + char *zColl; + assert( pName1->z ); + zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName1); + if( !zColl ) return; + pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0); + if( pColl ){ + reindexDatabases(pParse, zColl); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); + return; + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); + } + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pObjName); + if( iDb<0 ) return; + z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pObjName); + if( z==0 ) return; + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, z, zDb); + if( pTab ){ + reindexTable(pParse, pTab, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + return; + } + pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb); + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + if( pIndex ){ + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); + return; + } + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to identify the object to be reindexed"); +} +#endif + +/* +** Return a KeyInfo structure that is appropriate for the given Index. +** +** The KeyInfo structure for an index is cached in the Index object. +** So there might be multiple references to the returned pointer. The +** caller should not try to modify the KeyInfo object. +** +** The caller should invoke sqlite3KeyInfoUnref() on the returned object +** when it has finished using it. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){ + int i; + int nCol = pIdx->nColumn; + int nKey = pIdx->nKeyCol; + KeyInfo *pKey; + if( pParse->nErr ) return 0; + if( pIdx->uniqNotNull ){ + pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nKey, nCol-nKey); + }else{ + pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nCol, 0); + } + if( pKey ){ + assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKey) ); + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ + const char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[i]; + pKey->aColl[i] = zColl==sqlite3StrBINARY ? 0 : + sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl); + pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i]; + } + if( pParse->nErr ){ + sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKey); + pKey = 0; + } + } + return pKey; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE +/* +** This routine is invoked once per CTE by the parser while parsing a +** WITH clause. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE With *sqlite3WithAdd( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + With *pWith, /* Existing WITH clause, or NULL */ + Token *pName, /* Name of the common-table */ + ExprList *pArglist, /* Optional column name list for the table */ + Select *pQuery /* Query used to initialize the table */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + With *pNew; + char *zName; + + /* Check that the CTE name is unique within this WITH clause. If + ** not, store an error in the Parse structure. */ + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName); + if( zName && pWith ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<pWith->nCte; i++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, pWith->a[i].zName)==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate WITH table name: %s", zName); + } + } + } + + if( pWith ){ + int nByte = sizeof(*pWith) + (sizeof(pWith->a[1]) * pWith->nCte); + pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pWith, nByte); + }else{ + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pWith)); + } + assert( (pNew!=0 && zName!=0) || db->mallocFailed ); + + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pArglist); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pQuery); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + pNew = pWith; + }else{ + pNew->a[pNew->nCte].pSelect = pQuery; + pNew->a[pNew->nCte].pCols = pArglist; + pNew->a[pNew->nCte].zName = zName; + pNew->a[pNew->nCte].zCteErr = 0; + pNew->nCte++; + } + + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Free the contents of the With object passed as the second argument. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithDelete(sqlite3 *db, With *pWith){ + if( pWith ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<pWith->nCte; i++){ + struct Cte *pCte = &pWith->a[i]; + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pCte->pCols); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pCte->pSelect); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pCte->zName); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pWith); + } +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CTE) */ + +/************** End of build.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file callback.c ****************************************/ +/* +** 2005 May 23 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables +** of user defined functions and collation sequences. +*/ + +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* +** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence +** in the encoding enc of name zName, length nName. +*/ +static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, int enc, const char *zName){ + assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 ); + if( db->xCollNeeded ){ + char *zExternal = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); + if( !zExternal ) return; + db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, enc, zExternal); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zExternal); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){ + char const *zExternal; + sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3ValueNew(db); + sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); + zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); + if( zExternal ){ + db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal); + } + sqlite3ValueFree(pTmp); + } +#endif +} + +/* +** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a +** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions +** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one +** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if +** possible. +*/ +static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){ + CollSeq *pColl2; + char *z = pColl->zName; + int i; + static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 }; + for(i=0; i<3; i++){ + pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, 0); + if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){ + memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq)); + pColl->xDel = 0; /* Do not copy the destructor */ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + return SQLITE_ERROR; +} + +/* +** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback +** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the +** requested collation sequence is not available in the desired encoding. +** +** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding +** collation sequence with name zName, length nName. +** +** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database +** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation +** sequence can be found. If no collation is found, leave an error message. +** +** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3FindCollSeq() +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + u8 enc, /* The desired encoding for the collating sequence */ + CollSeq *pColl, /* Collating sequence with native encoding, or NULL */ + const char *zName /* Collating sequence name */ +){ + CollSeq *p; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + p = pColl; + if( !p ){ + p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0); + } + if( !p || !p->xCmp ){ + /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered. + ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one. + */ + callCollNeeded(db, enc, zName); + p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0); + } + if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){ + p = 0; + } + assert( !p || p->xCmp ); + if( p==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName); + } + return p; +} + +/* +** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to +** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when +** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences +** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc. +** +** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to +** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, +** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different +** from the main database is substituted, if one is available. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){ + if( pColl ){ + const char *zName = pColl->zName; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, ENC(db), pColl, zName); + if( !p ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + assert( p==pColl ); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + + +/* +** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry +** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is +** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL. +** +** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an +** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence +** preferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be. +** +** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of +** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in +** each collation sequence structure. +*/ +static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the collating sequence */ + int create /* Create a new entry if true */ +){ + CollSeq *pColl; + pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName); + + if( 0==pColl && create ){ + int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1); + if( pColl ){ + CollSeq *pDel = 0; + pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; + pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; + pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE; + pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; + pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE; + memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName); + pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0; + pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, pColl); + + /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will + ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added + ** to the hash table). + */ + assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl ); + if( pDel!=0 ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel); + pColl = 0; + } + } + } + return pColl; +} + +/* +** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long. +** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName +** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'. +** +** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a +** new entry. Otherwise return NULL. +** +** A separate function sqlite3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around +** this routine. sqlite3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory +** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence +** cannot be found. +** +** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq() +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq( + sqlite3 *db, + u8 enc, + const char *zName, + int create +){ + CollSeq *pColl; + if( zName ){ + pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, create); + }else{ + pColl = db->pDfltColl; + } + assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); + assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1; + return pColl; +} + +/* During the search for the best function definition, this procedure +** is called to test how well the function passed as the first argument +** matches the request for a function with nArg arguments in a system +** that uses encoding enc. The value returned indicates how well the +** request is matched. A higher value indicates a better match. +** +** If nArg is -1 that means to only return a match (non-zero) if p->nArg +** is also -1. In other words, we are searching for a function that +** takes a variable number of arguments. +** +** If nArg is -2 that means that we are searching for any function +** regardless of the number of arguments it uses, so return a positive +** match score for any +** +** The returned value is always between 0 and 6, as follows: +** +** 0: Not a match. +** 1: UTF8/16 conversion required and function takes any number of arguments. +** 2: UTF16 byte order change required and function takes any number of args. +** 3: encoding matches and function takes any number of arguments +** 4: UTF8/16 conversion required - argument count matches exactly +** 5: UTF16 byte order conversion required - argument count matches exactly +** 6: Perfect match: encoding and argument count match exactly. +** +** If nArg==(-2) then any function with a non-null xSFunc is +** a perfect match and any function with xSFunc NULL is +** a non-match. +*/ +#define FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH 6 /* The score for a perfect match */ +static int matchQuality( + FuncDef *p, /* The function we are evaluating for match quality */ + int nArg, /* Desired number of arguments. (-1)==any */ + u8 enc /* Desired text encoding */ +){ + int match; + + /* nArg of -2 is a special case */ + if( nArg==(-2) ) return (p->xSFunc==0) ? 0 : FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH; + + /* Wrong number of arguments means "no match" */ + if( p->nArg!=nArg && p->nArg>=0 ) return 0; + + /* Give a better score to a function with a specific number of arguments + ** than to function that accepts any number of arguments. */ + if( p->nArg==nArg ){ + match = 4; + }else{ + match = 1; + } + + /* Bonus points if the text encoding matches */ + if( enc==(p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK) ){ + match += 2; /* Exact encoding match */ + }else if( (enc & p->funcFlags & 2)!=0 ){ + match += 1; /* Both are UTF16, but with different byte orders */ + } + + return match; +} + +/* +** Search a FuncDefHash for a function with the given name. Return +** a pointer to the matching FuncDef if found, or 0 if there is no match. +*/ +static FuncDef *functionSearch( + int h, /* Hash of the name */ + const char *zFunc /* Name of function */ +){ + FuncDef *p; + for(p=sqlite3BuiltinFunctions.a[h]; p; p=p->u.pHash){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->zName, zFunc)==0 ){ + return p; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Insert a new FuncDef into a FuncDefHash hash table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs( + FuncDef *aDef, /* List of global functions to be inserted */ + int nDef /* Length of the apDef[] list */ +){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<nDef; i++){ + FuncDef *pOther; + const char *zName = aDef[i].zName; + int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + int h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]] + nName) % SQLITE_FUNC_HASH_SZ; + pOther = functionSearch(h, zName); + if( pOther ){ + assert( pOther!=&aDef[i] && pOther->pNext!=&aDef[i] ); + aDef[i].pNext = pOther->pNext; + pOther->pNext = &aDef[i]; + }else{ + aDef[i].pNext = 0; + aDef[i].u.pHash = sqlite3BuiltinFunctions.a[h]; + sqlite3BuiltinFunctions.a[h] = &aDef[i]; + } + } +} + + + +/* +** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag +** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8. Return a +** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return +** NULL if the function does not exist. +** +** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef +** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a +** no matching function previously existed. +** +** If nArg is -2, then the first valid function found is returned. A +** function is valid if xSFunc is non-zero. The nArg==(-2) +** case is used to see if zName is a valid function name for some number +** of arguments. If nArg is -2, then createFlag must be 0. +** +** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and +** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not +** match that requested. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction( + sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the function. zero-terminated */ + int nArg, /* Number of arguments. -1 means any number */ + u8 enc, /* Preferred text encoding */ + u8 createFlag /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */ +){ + FuncDef *p; /* Iterator variable */ + FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */ + int bestScore = 0; /* Score of best match */ + int h; /* Hash value */ + int nName; /* Length of the name */ + + assert( nArg>=(-2) ); + assert( nArg>=(-1) || createFlag==0 ); + nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + + /* First search for a match amongst the application-defined functions. + */ + p = (FuncDef*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aFunc, zName); + while( p ){ + int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc); + if( score>bestScore ){ + pBest = p; + bestScore = score; + } + p = p->pNext; + } + + /* If no match is found, search the built-in functions. + ** + ** If the SQLITE_PreferBuiltin flag is set, then search the built-in + ** functions even if a prior app-defined function was found. And give + ** priority to built-in functions. + ** + ** Except, if createFlag is true, that means that we are trying to + ** install a new function. Whatever FuncDef structure is returned it will + ** have fields overwritten with new information appropriate for the + ** new function. But the FuncDefs for built-in functions are read-only. + ** So we must not search for built-ins when creating a new function. + */ + if( !createFlag && (pBest==0 || (db->flags & SQLITE_PreferBuiltin)!=0) ){ + bestScore = 0; + h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]] + nName) % SQLITE_FUNC_HASH_SZ; + p = functionSearch(h, zName); + while( p ){ + int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc); + if( score>bestScore ){ + pBest = p; + bestScore = score; + } + p = p->pNext; + } + } + + /* If the createFlag parameter is true and the search did not reveal an + ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a + ** new entry to the hash table and return it. + */ + if( createFlag && bestScore<FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH && + (pBest = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pBest)+nName+1))!=0 ){ + FuncDef *pOther; + pBest->zName = (const char*)&pBest[1]; + pBest->nArg = (u16)nArg; + pBest->funcFlags = enc; + memcpy((char*)&pBest[1], zName, nName+1); + pOther = (FuncDef*)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aFunc, pBest->zName, pBest); + if( pOther==pBest ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pBest); + sqlite3OomFault(db); + return 0; + }else{ + pBest->pNext = pOther; + } + } + + if( pBest && (pBest->xSFunc || createFlag) ){ + return pBest; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points +** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the +** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsidiary resources (i.e. the contents +** of the schema hash tables). +** +** The Schema.cache_size variable is not cleared. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *p){ + Hash temp1; + Hash temp2; + HashElem *pElem; + Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p; + + temp1 = pSchema->tblHash; + temp2 = pSchema->trigHash; + sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash); + sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash); + for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(0, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem)); + } + sqlite3HashClear(&temp2); + sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash); + for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem); + sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pTab); + } + sqlite3HashClear(&temp1); + sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->fkeyHash); + pSchema->pSeqTab = 0; + if( pSchema->schemaFlags & DB_SchemaLoaded ){ + pSchema->iGeneration++; + pSchema->schemaFlags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded; + } +} + +/* +** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree. Create +** a new one if necessary. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *db, Btree *pBt){ + Schema * p; + if( pBt ){ + p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt, sizeof(Schema), sqlite3SchemaClear); + }else{ + p = (Schema *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, sizeof(Schema)); + } + if( !p ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + }else if ( 0==p->file_format ){ + sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash); + sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash); + sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash); + sqlite3HashInit(&p->fkeyHash); + p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + } + return p; +} + +/************** End of callback.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file delete.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser +** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* +** While a SrcList can in general represent multiple tables and subqueries +** (as in the FROM clause of a SELECT statement) in this case it contains +** the name of a single table, as one might find in an INSERT, DELETE, +** or UPDATE statement. Look up that table in the symbol table and +** return a pointer. Set an error message and return NULL if the table +** name is not found or if any other error occurs. +** +** The following fields are initialized appropriate in pSrc: +** +** pSrc->a[0].pTab Pointer to the Table object +** pSrc->a[0].pIndex Pointer to the INDEXED BY index, if there is one +** +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a; + Table *pTab; + assert( pItem && pSrc->nSrc==1 ); + pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pItem); + sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->db, pItem->pTab); + pItem->pTab = pTab; + if( pTab ){ + pTab->nRef++; + } + if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pItem) ){ + pTab = 0; + } + return pTab; +} + +/* +** Check to make sure the given table is writable. If it is not +** writable, generate an error message and return 1. If it is +** writable return 0; +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){ + /* A table is not writable under the following circumstances: + ** + ** 1) It is a virtual table and no implementation of the xUpdate method + ** has been provided, or + ** 2) It is a system table (i.e. sqlite_master), this call is not + ** part of a nested parse and writable_schema pragma has not + ** been specified. + ** + ** In either case leave an error message in pParse and return non-zero. + */ + if( ( IsVirtual(pTab) + && sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0 ) + || ( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Readonly)!=0 + && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0 + && pParse->nested==0 ) + ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName); + return 1; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName); + return 1; + } +#endif + return 0; +} + + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) +/* +** Evaluate a view and store its result in an ephemeral table. The +** pWhere argument is an optional WHERE clause that restricts the +** set of rows in the view that are to be added to the ephemeral table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Table *pView, /* View definition */ + Expr *pWhere, /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */ + int iCur /* Cursor number for ephemeral table */ +){ + SelectDest dest; + Select *pSel; + SrcList *pFrom; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pView->pSchema); + pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0); + pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); + if( pFrom ){ + assert( pFrom->nSrc==1 ); + pFrom->a[0].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pView->zName); + pFrom->a[0].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName); + assert( pFrom->a[0].pOn==0 ); + assert( pFrom->a[0].pUsing==0 ); + } + pSel = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, + SF_IncludeHidden, 0, 0); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel); +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) +/* +** Generate an expression tree to implement the WHERE, ORDER BY, +** and LIMIT/OFFSET portion of DELETE and UPDATE statements. +** +** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 ORDER BY a LIMIT 1; +** \__________________________/ +** pLimitWhere (pInClause) +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */ + Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause. May be null */ + Expr *pLimit, /* The LIMIT clause. May be null */ + Expr *pOffset, /* The OFFSET clause. May be null */ + char *zStmtType /* Either DELETE or UPDATE. For err msgs. */ +){ + Expr *pWhereRowid = NULL; /* WHERE rowid .. */ + Expr *pInClause = NULL; /* WHERE rowid IN ( select ) */ + Expr *pSelectRowid = NULL; /* SELECT rowid ... */ + ExprList *pEList = NULL; /* Expression list contaning only pSelectRowid */ + SrcList *pSelectSrc = NULL; /* SELECT rowid FROM x ... (dup of pSrc) */ + Select *pSelect = NULL; /* Complete SELECT tree */ + + /* Check that there isn't an ORDER BY without a LIMIT clause. + */ + if( pOrderBy && (pLimit == 0) ) { + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ORDER BY without LIMIT on %s", zStmtType); + goto limit_where_cleanup; + } + + /* We only need to generate a select expression if there + ** is a limit/offset term to enforce. + */ + if( pLimit == 0 ) { + /* if pLimit is null, pOffset will always be null as well. */ + assert( pOffset == 0 ); + return pWhere; + } + + /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset + ** term for the DELETE or UPDATE statement. For example: + ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1 + ** becomes: + ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN ( + ** SELECT rowid FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1 + ** ); + */ + + pSelectRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0); + if( pSelectRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup; + pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pSelectRowid); + if( pEList == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup; + + /* duplicate the FROM clause as it is needed by both the DELETE/UPDATE tree + ** and the SELECT subtree. */ + pSelectSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(pParse->db, pSrc, 0); + if( pSelectSrc == 0 ) { + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pEList); + goto limit_where_cleanup; + } + + /* generate the SELECT expression tree. */ + pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,pEList,pSelectSrc,pWhere,0,0, + pOrderBy,0,pLimit,pOffset); + if( pSelect == 0 ) return 0; + + /* now generate the new WHERE rowid IN clause for the DELETE/UDPATE */ + pWhereRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0); + pInClause = pWhereRowid ? sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pWhereRowid, 0, 0) : 0; + sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, pInClause, pSelect); + return pInClause; + +limit_where_cleanup: + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pOrderBy); + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pLimit); + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pOffset); + return 0; +} +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) */ + /* && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */ + +/* +** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement. +** +** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL; +** \________/ \________________/ +** pTabList pWhere +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* The table from which we should delete things */ + Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ +){ + Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */ + Table *pTab; /* The table from which records will be deleted */ + const char *zDb; /* Name of database holding pTab */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ + Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ + int iTabCur; /* Cursor number for the table */ + int iDataCur = 0; /* VDBE cursor for the canonical data source */ + int iIdxCur = 0; /* Cursor number of the first index */ + int nIdx; /* Number of indices */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Main database structure */ + AuthContext sContext; /* Authorization context */ + NameContext sNC; /* Name context to resolve expressions in */ + int iDb; /* Database number */ + int memCnt = -1; /* Memory cell used for change counting */ + int rcauth; /* Value returned by authorization callback */ + int eOnePass; /* ONEPASS_OFF or _SINGLE or _MULTI */ + int aiCurOnePass[2]; /* The write cursors opened by WHERE_ONEPASS */ + u8 *aToOpen = 0; /* Open cursor iTabCur+j if aToOpen[j] is true */ + Index *pPk; /* The PRIMARY KEY index on the table */ + int iPk = 0; /* First of nPk registers holding PRIMARY KEY value */ + i16 nPk = 1; /* Number of columns in the PRIMARY KEY */ + int iKey; /* Memory cell holding key of row to be deleted */ + i16 nKey; /* Number of memory cells in the row key */ + int iEphCur = 0; /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */ + int iRowSet = 0; /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */ + int addrBypass = 0; /* Address of jump over the delete logic */ + int addrLoop = 0; /* Top of the delete loop */ + int addrEphOpen = 0; /* Instruction to open the Ephemeral table */ + int bComplex; /* True if there are triggers or FKs or + ** subqueries in the WHERE clause */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + int isView; /* True if attempting to delete from a view */ + Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of table triggers, if required */ +#endif + + memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext)); + db = pParse->db; + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); + + /* Locate the table which we want to delete. This table has to be + ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we + ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect + ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter. + */ + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); + if( pTab==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; + + /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being + ** deleted from is a view + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); + isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; + bComplex = pTrigger || sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0); +#else +# define pTrigger 0 +# define isView 0 +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +# undef isView +# define isView 0 +#endif + + /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. + */ + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + + if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, (pTrigger?1:0)) ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDb<db->nDb ); + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb); + assert( rcauth==SQLITE_OK || rcauth==SQLITE_DENY || rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE ); + if( rcauth==SQLITE_DENY ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + assert(!isView || pTrigger); + + /* Assign cursor numbers to the table and all its indices. + */ + assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); + iTabCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++; + for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){ + pParse->nTab++; + } + + /* Start the view context + */ + if( isView ){ + sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName); + } + + /* Begin generating code. + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); + + /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into + ** an ephemeral table. + */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + if( isView ){ + sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iTabCur); + iDataCur = iIdxCur = iTabCur; + } +#endif + + /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause. + */ + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + + /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if + ** we are counting rows. + */ + if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ + memCnt = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memCnt); + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION + /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything. + ** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Prior to version 3.6.5, + ** this optimization caused the row change count (the value returned by + ** API function sqlite3_count_changes) to be set incorrectly. */ + if( rcauth==SQLITE_OK + && pWhere==0 + && !bComplex + && !IsVirtual(pTab) +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK + && db->xPreUpdateCallback==0 +#endif + ){ + assert( !isView ); + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName); + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb, memCnt, + pTab->zName, P4_STATIC); + } + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + } + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION */ + { + u16 wcf = WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED|WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK|WHERE_SEEK_TABLE; + if( sNC.ncFlags & NC_VarSelect ) bComplex = 1; + wcf |= (bComplex ? 0 : WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW); + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + /* For a rowid table, initialize the RowSet to an empty set */ + pPk = 0; + nPk = 1; + iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet); + }else{ + /* For a WITHOUT ROWID table, create an ephemeral table used to + ** hold all primary keys for rows to be deleted. */ + pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + assert( pPk!=0 ); + nPk = pPk->nKeyCol; + iPk = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nPk; + iEphCur = pParse->nTab++; + addrEphOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEphCur, nPk); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk); + } + + /* Construct a query to find the rowid or primary key for every row + ** to be deleted, based on the WHERE clause. Set variable eOnePass + ** to indicate the strategy used to implement this delete: + ** + ** ONEPASS_OFF: Two-pass approach - use a FIFO for rowids/PK values. + ** ONEPASS_SINGLE: One-pass approach - at most one row deleted. + ** ONEPASS_MULTI: One-pass approach - any number of rows may be deleted. + */ + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, wcf, iTabCur+1); + if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; + eOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass); + assert( IsVirtual(pTab)==0 || eOnePass!=ONEPASS_MULTI ); + assert( IsVirtual(pTab) || bComplex || eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ); + + /* Keep track of the number of rows to be deleted */ + if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1); + } + + /* Extract the rowid or primary key for the current row */ + if( pPk ){ + for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){ + assert( pPk->aiColumn[i]>=0 ); + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur, + pPk->aiColumn[i], iPk+i); + } + iKey = iPk; + }else{ + iKey = pParse->nMem + 1; + iKey = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iTabCur, iKey, 0); + if( iKey>pParse->nMem ) pParse->nMem = iKey; + } + + if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ + /* For ONEPASS, no need to store the rowid/primary-key. There is only + ** one, so just keep it in its register(s) and fall through to the + ** delete code. */ + nKey = nPk; /* OP_Found will use an unpacked key */ + aToOpen = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, nIdx+2); + if( aToOpen==0 ){ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1); + aToOpen[nIdx+1] = 0; + if( aiCurOnePass[0]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[0]-iTabCur] = 0; + if( aiCurOnePass[1]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[1]-iTabCur] = 0; + if( addrEphOpen ) sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrEphOpen); + }else{ + if( pPk ){ + /* Add the PK key for this row to the temporary table */ + iKey = ++pParse->nMem; + nKey = 0; /* Zero tells OP_Found to use a composite key */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, iPk, nPk, iKey, + sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(pParse->db, pPk), nPk); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iEphCur, iKey); + }else{ + /* Add the rowid of the row to be deleted to the RowSet */ + nKey = 1; /* OP_Seek always uses a single rowid */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, iRowSet, iKey); + } + } + + /* If this DELETE cannot use the ONEPASS strategy, this is the + ** end of the WHERE loop */ + if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ + addrBypass = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + }else{ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + } + + /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are + ** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the + ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF + ** triggers. + */ + if( !isView ){ + int iAddrOnce = 0; + if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ){ + iAddrOnce = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + testcase( IsVirtual(pTab) ); + sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, OPFLAG_FORDELETE, + iTabCur, aToOpen, &iDataCur, &iIdxCur); + assert( pPk || IsVirtual(pTab) || iDataCur==iTabCur ); + assert( pPk || IsVirtual(pTab) || iIdxCur==iDataCur+1 ); + if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddrOnce); + } + + /* Set up a loop over the rowids/primary-keys that were found in the + ** where-clause loop above. + */ + if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ + assert( nKey==nPk ); /* OP_Found will use an unpacked key */ + if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && aToOpen[iDataCur-iTabCur] ){ + assert( pPk!=0 || pTab->pSelect!=0 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, addrBypass, iKey, nKey); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + }else if( pPk ){ + addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iEphCur); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iEphCur, iKey); + assert( nKey==0 ); /* OP_Found will use a composite key */ + }else{ + addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, iRowSet, 0, iKey); + VdbeCoverage(v); + assert( nKey==1 ); + } + + /* Delete the row */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); + sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, iKey, pVTab, P4_VTAB); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OE_Abort); + assert( eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF || eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE ); + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE && sqlite3IsToplevel(pParse) ){ + pParse->isMultiWrite = 0; + } + }else +#endif + { + int count = (pParse->nested==0); /* True to count changes */ + int iIdxNoSeek = -1; + if( bComplex==0 && aiCurOnePass[1]!=iDataCur ){ + iIdxNoSeek = aiCurOnePass[1]; + } + sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur, + iKey, nKey, count, OE_Default, eOnePass, iIdxNoSeek); + } + + /* End of the loop over all rowids/primary-keys. */ + if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBypass); + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + }else if( pPk ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iEphCur, addrLoop+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrLoop); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrLoop); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrLoop); + } + + /* Close the cursors open on the table and its indexes. */ + if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + if( !pPk ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iDataCur); + for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur + i); + } + } + } /* End non-truncate path */ + + /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the + ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into + ** autoincrement tables. + */ + if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ + sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); + } + + /* Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is + ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not + ** invoke the callback function. + */ + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, memCnt, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", SQLITE_STATIC); + } + +delete_from_cleanup: + sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext); + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + sqlite3DbFree(db, aToOpen); + return; +} +/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise +** they may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file +** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ +#ifdef isView + #undef isView +#endif +#ifdef pTrigger + #undef pTrigger +#endif + +/* +** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a +** single table to be deleted. Both the original table entry and +** all indices are removed. +** +** Preconditions: +** +** 1. iDataCur is an open cursor on the btree that is the canonical data +** store for the table. (This will be either the table itself, +** in the case of a rowid table, or the PRIMARY KEY index in the case +** of a WITHOUT ROWID table.) +** +** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as +** cursor number iIdxCur+i for the i-th index. +** +** 3. The primary key for the row to be deleted must be stored in a +** sequence of nPk memory cells starting at iPk. If nPk==0 that means +** that a search record formed from OP_MakeRecord is contained in the +** single memory location iPk. +** +** eMode: +** Parameter eMode may be passed either ONEPASS_OFF (0), ONEPASS_SINGLE, or +** ONEPASS_MULTI. If eMode is not ONEPASS_OFF, then the cursor +** iDataCur already points to the row to delete. If eMode is ONEPASS_OFF +** then this function must seek iDataCur to the entry identified by iPk +** and nPk before reading from it. +** +** If eMode is ONEPASS_MULTI, then this call is being made as part +** of a ONEPASS delete that affects multiple rows. In this case, if +** iIdxNoSeek is a valid cursor number (>=0), then its position should +** be preserved following the delete operation. Or, if iIdxNoSeek is not +** a valid cursor number, the position of iDataCur should be preserved +** instead. +** +** iIdxNoSeek: +** If iIdxNoSeek is a valid cursor number (>=0), then it identifies an +** index cursor (from within array of cursors starting at iIdxCur) that +** already points to the index entry to be deleted. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ + Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers to (potentially) fire */ + int iDataCur, /* Cursor from which column data is extracted */ + int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */ + int iPk, /* First memory cell containing the PRIMARY KEY */ + i16 nPk, /* Number of PRIMARY KEY memory cells */ + u8 count, /* If non-zero, increment the row change counter */ + u8 onconf, /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for triggers */ + u8 eMode, /* ONEPASS_OFF, _SINGLE, or _MULTI. See above */ + int iIdxNoSeek /* Cursor number of cursor that does not need seeking */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Vdbe */ + int iOld = 0; /* First register in OLD.* array */ + int iLabel; /* Label resolved to end of generated code */ + u8 opSeek; /* Seek opcode */ + + /* Vdbe is guaranteed to have been allocated by this stage. */ + assert( v ); + VdbeModuleComment((v, "BEGIN: GenRowDel(%d,%d,%d,%d)", + iDataCur, iIdxCur, iPk, (int)nPk)); + + /* Seek cursor iCur to the row to delete. If this row no longer exists + ** (this can happen if a trigger program has already deleted it), do + ** not attempt to delete it or fire any DELETE triggers. */ + iLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + opSeek = HasRowid(pTab) ? OP_NotExists : OP_NotFound; + if( eMode==ONEPASS_OFF ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opSeek, iDataCur, iLabel, iPk, nPk); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotExists); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotFound); + } + + /* If there are any triggers to fire, allocate a range of registers to + ** use for the old.* references in the triggers. */ + if( sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) || pTrigger ){ + u32 mask; /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */ + int iCol; /* Iterator used while populating OLD.* */ + int addrStart; /* Start of BEFORE trigger programs */ + + /* TODO: Could use temporary registers here. Also could attempt to + ** avoid copying the contents of the rowid register. */ + mask = sqlite3TriggerColmask( + pParse, pTrigger, 0, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onconf + ); + mask |= sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab); + iOld = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += (1 + pTab->nCol); + + /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table register array. These values will be + ** used by any BEFORE and AFTER triggers that exist. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, iPk, iOld); + for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){ + testcase( mask!=0xffffffff && iCol==31 ); + testcase( mask!=0xffffffff && iCol==32 ); + if( mask==0xffffffff || (iCol<=31 && (mask & MASKBIT32(iCol))!=0) ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, iCol, iOld+iCol+1); + } + } + + /* Invoke BEFORE DELETE trigger programs. */ + addrStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, + TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel + ); + + /* If any BEFORE triggers were coded, then seek the cursor to the + ** row to be deleted again. It may be that the BEFORE triggers moved + ** the cursor or of already deleted the row that the cursor was + ** pointing to. + */ + if( addrStart<sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opSeek, iDataCur, iLabel, iPk, nPk); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotExists); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotFound); + } + + /* Do FK processing. This call checks that any FK constraints that + ** refer to this table (i.e. constraints attached to other tables) + ** are not violated by deleting this row. */ + sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, iOld, 0, 0, 0); + } + + /* Delete the index and table entries. Skip this step if pTab is really + ** a view (in which case the only effect of the DELETE statement is to + ** fire the INSTEAD OF triggers). + ** + ** If variable 'count' is non-zero, then this OP_Delete instruction should + ** invoke the update-hook. The pre-update-hook, on the other hand should + ** be invoked unless table pTab is a system table. The difference is that + ** the update-hook is not invoked for rows removed by REPLACE, but the + ** pre-update-hook is. + */ + if( pTab->pSelect==0 ){ + u8 p5 = 0; + sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur,0,iIdxNoSeek); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0)); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pTab, P4_TABLE); + if( eMode!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_AUXDELETE); + } + if( iIdxNoSeek>=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, iIdxNoSeek); + } + if( eMode==ONEPASS_MULTI ) p5 |= OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION; + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5); + } + + /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to + ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key + ** to the row just deleted. */ + sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, 0, iOld, 0, 0); + + /* Invoke AFTER DELETE trigger programs. */ + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, + TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel + ); + + /* Jump here if the row had already been deleted before any BEFORE + ** trigger programs were invoked. Or if a trigger program throws a + ** RAISE(IGNORE) exception. */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLabel); + VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenRowDel()")); +} + +/* +** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all +** index entries associated with a single row of a single table, pTab +** +** Preconditions: +** +** 1. A read/write cursor "iDataCur" must be open on the canonical storage +** btree for the table pTab. (This will be either the table itself +** for rowid tables or to the primary key index for WITHOUT ROWID +** tables.) +** +** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as +** cursor number iIdxCur+i for the i-th index. (The pTab->pIndex +** index is the 0-th index.) +** +** 3. The "iDataCur" cursor must be already be positioned on the row +** that is to be deleted. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ + int iDataCur, /* Cursor of table holding data. */ + int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */ + int *aRegIdx, /* Only delete if aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]>0 */ + int iIdxNoSeek /* Do not delete from this cursor */ +){ + int i; /* Index loop counter */ + int r1 = -1; /* Register holding an index key */ + int iPartIdxLabel; /* Jump destination for skipping partial index entries */ + Index *pIdx; /* Current index */ + Index *pPrior = 0; /* Prior index */ + Vdbe *v; /* The prepared statement under construction */ + Index *pPk; /* PRIMARY KEY index, or NULL for rowid tables */ + + v = pParse->pVdbe; + pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + assert( iIdxCur+i!=iDataCur || pPk==pIdx ); + if( aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue; + if( pIdx==pPk ) continue; + if( iIdxCur+i==iIdxNoSeek ) continue; + VdbeModuleComment((v, "GenRowIdxDel for %s", pIdx->zName)); + r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, 0, 1, + &iPartIdxLabel, pPrior, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iIdxCur+i, r1, + pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol : pIdx->nColumn); + sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, iPartIdxLabel); + pPrior = pIdx; + } +} + +/* +** Generate code that will assemble an index key and stores it in register +** regOut. The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab. +** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to +** the entry that needs indexing. If pTab is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then +** iCur must be the cursor of the PRIMARY KEY index. +** +** Return a register number which is the first in a block of +** registers that holds the elements of the index key. The +** block of registers has already been deallocated by the time +** this routine returns. +** +** If *piPartIdxLabel is not NULL, fill it in with a label and jump +** to that label if pIdx is a partial index that should be skipped. +** The label should be resolved using sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(). +** A partial index should be skipped if its WHERE clause evaluates +** to false or null. If pIdx is not a partial index, *piPartIdxLabel +** will be set to zero which is an empty label that is ignored by +** sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(). +** +** The pPrior and regPrior parameters are used to implement a cache to +** avoid unnecessary register loads. If pPrior is not NULL, then it is +** a pointer to a different index for which an index key has just been +** computed into register regPrior. If the current pIdx index is generating +** its key into the same sequence of registers and if pPrior and pIdx share +** a column in common, then the register corresponding to that column already +** holds the correct value and the loading of that register is skipped. +** This optimization is helpful when doing a DELETE or an INTEGRITY_CHECK +** on a table with multiple indices, and especially with the ROWID or +** PRIMARY KEY columns of the index. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Index *pIdx, /* The index for which to generate a key */ + int iDataCur, /* Cursor number from which to take column data */ + int regOut, /* Put the new key into this register if not 0 */ + int prefixOnly, /* Compute only a unique prefix of the key */ + int *piPartIdxLabel, /* OUT: Jump to this label to skip partial index */ + Index *pPrior, /* Previously generated index key */ + int regPrior /* Register holding previous generated key */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int j; + int regBase; + int nCol; + + if( piPartIdxLabel ){ + if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){ + *piPartIdxLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + pParse->iSelfTab = iDataCur; + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, *piPartIdxLabel, + SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + }else{ + *piPartIdxLabel = 0; + } + } + nCol = (prefixOnly && pIdx->uniqNotNull) ? pIdx->nKeyCol : pIdx->nColumn; + regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); + if( pPrior && (regBase!=regPrior || pPrior->pPartIdxWhere) ) pPrior = 0; + for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){ + if( pPrior + && pPrior->aiColumn[j]==pIdx->aiColumn[j] + && pPrior->aiColumn[j]!=XN_EXPR + ){ + /* This column was already computed by the previous index */ + continue; + } + sqlite3ExprCodeLoadIndexColumn(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, j, regBase+j); + /* If the column affinity is REAL but the number is an integer, then it + ** might be stored in the table as an integer (using a compact + ** representation) then converted to REAL by an OP_RealAffinity opcode. + ** But we are getting ready to store this value back into an index, where + ** it should be converted by to INTEGER again. So omit the OP_RealAffinity + ** opcode if it is present */ + sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(v, OP_RealAffinity); + } + if( regOut ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regOut); + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol); + return regBase; +} + +/* +** If a prior call to sqlite3GenerateIndexKey() generated a jump-over label +** because it was a partial index, then this routine should be called to +** resolve that label. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(Parse *pParse, int iLabel){ + if( iLabel ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(pParse->pVdbe, iLabel); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + } +} + +/************** End of delete.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file func.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2002 February 23 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the C-language implementations for many of the SQL +** functions of SQLite. (Some function, and in particular the date and +** time functions, are implemented separately.) +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* #include <stdlib.h> */ +/* #include <assert.h> */ +/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */ + +/* +** Return the collating function associated with a function. +*/ +static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){ + VdbeOp *pOp; + assert( context->pVdbe!=0 ); + pOp = &context->pVdbe->aOp[context->iOp-1]; + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_CollSeq ); + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ ); + return pOp->p4.pColl; +} + +/* +** Indicate that the accumulator load should be skipped on this +** iteration of the aggregate loop. +*/ +static void sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(sqlite3_context *context){ + context->skipFlag = 1; +} + +/* +** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions +*/ +static void minmaxFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int i; + int mask; /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */ + int iBest; + CollSeq *pColl; + + assert( argc>1 ); + mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1; + pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); + assert( pColl ); + assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 ); + iBest = 0; + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; + for(i=1; i<argc; i++){ + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[i])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; + if( (sqlite3MemCompare(argv[iBest], argv[i], pColl)^mask)>=0 ){ + testcase( mask==0 ); + iBest = i; + } + } + sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]); +} + +/* +** Return the type of the argument. +*/ +static void typeofFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const char *z = 0; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ + case SQLITE_INTEGER: z = "integer"; break; + case SQLITE_TEXT: z = "text"; break; + case SQLITE_FLOAT: z = "real"; break; + case SQLITE_BLOB: z = "blob"; break; + default: z = "null"; break; + } + sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); +} + + +/* +** Implementation of the length() function +*/ +static void lengthFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int len; + + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ + case SQLITE_BLOB: + case SQLITE_INTEGER: + case SQLITE_FLOAT: { + sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])); + break; + } + case SQLITE_TEXT: { + const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( z==0 ) return; + len = 0; + while( *z ){ + len++; + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); + } + sqlite3_result_int(context, len); + break; + } + default: { + sqlite3_result_null(context); + break; + } + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the abs() function. +** +** IMP: R-23979-26855 The abs(X) function returns the absolute value of +** the numeric argument X. +*/ +static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ + case SQLITE_INTEGER: { + i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); + if( iVal<0 ){ + if( iVal==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ + /* IMP: R-31676-45509 If X is the integer -9223372036854775808 + ** then abs(X) throws an integer overflow error since there is no + ** equivalent positive 64-bit two complement value. */ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "integer overflow", -1); + return; + } + iVal = -iVal; + } + sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal); + break; + } + case SQLITE_NULL: { + /* IMP: R-37434-19929 Abs(X) returns NULL if X is NULL. */ + sqlite3_result_null(context); + break; + } + default: { + /* Because sqlite3_value_double() returns 0.0 if the argument is not + ** something that can be converted into a number, we have: + ** IMP: R-01992-00519 Abs(X) returns 0.0 if X is a string or blob + ** that cannot be converted to a numeric value. + */ + double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); + if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal; + sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal); + break; + } + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the instr() function. +** +** instr(haystack,needle) finds the first occurrence of needle +** in haystack and returns the number of previous characters plus 1, +** or 0 if needle does not occur within haystack. +** +** If both haystack and needle are BLOBs, then the result is one more than +** the number of bytes in haystack prior to the first occurrence of needle, +** or 0 if needle never occurs in haystack. +*/ +static void instrFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *zHaystack; + const unsigned char *zNeedle; + int nHaystack; + int nNeedle; + int typeHaystack, typeNeedle; + int N = 1; + int isText; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + typeHaystack = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]); + typeNeedle = sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]); + if( typeHaystack==SQLITE_NULL || typeNeedle==SQLITE_NULL ) return; + nHaystack = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + nNeedle = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + if( typeHaystack==SQLITE_BLOB && typeNeedle==SQLITE_BLOB ){ + zHaystack = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + zNeedle = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]); + isText = 0; + }else{ + zHaystack = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + zNeedle = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + isText = 1; + } + while( nNeedle<=nHaystack && memcmp(zHaystack, zNeedle, nNeedle)!=0 ){ + N++; + do{ + nHaystack--; + zHaystack++; + }while( isText && (zHaystack[0]&0xc0)==0x80 ); + } + if( nNeedle>nHaystack ) N = 0; + sqlite3_result_int(context, N); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the printf() function. +*/ +static void printfFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + PrintfArguments x; + StrAccum str; + const char *zFormat; + int n; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + + if( argc>=1 && (zFormat = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){ + x.nArg = argc-1; + x.nUsed = 0; + x.apArg = argv+1; + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&str, db, 0, 0, db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]); + str.printfFlags = SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC; + sqlite3XPrintf(&str, zFormat, &x); + n = str.nChar; + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&str), n, + SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the substr() function. +** +** substr(x,p1,p2) returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1. +** p1 is 1-indexed. So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character +** of x. If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters. +** If x is a blob, then we count bytes. +** +** If p1 is negative, then we begin abs(p1) from the end of x[]. +** +** If p2 is negative, return the p2 characters preceding p1. +*/ +static void substrFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *z; + const unsigned char *z2; + int len; + int p0type; + i64 p1, p2; + int negP2 = 0; + + assert( argc==3 || argc==2 ); + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL + || (argc==3 && sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_NULL) + ){ + return; + } + p0type = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]); + p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); + if( p0type==SQLITE_BLOB ){ + len = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + z = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + if( z==0 ) return; + assert( len==sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]) ); + }else{ + z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( z==0 ) return; + len = 0; + if( p1<0 ){ + for(z2=z; *z2; len++){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2); + } + } + } +#ifdef SQLITE_SUBSTR_COMPATIBILITY + /* If SUBSTR_COMPATIBILITY is defined then substr(X,0,N) work the same as + ** as substr(X,1,N) - it returns the first N characters of X. This + ** is essentially a back-out of the bug-fix in check-in [5fc125d362df4b8] + ** from 2009-02-02 for compatibility of applications that exploited the + ** old buggy behavior. */ + if( p1==0 ) p1 = 1; /* <rdar://problem/6778339> */ +#endif + if( argc==3 ){ + p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]); + if( p2<0 ){ + p2 = -p2; + negP2 = 1; + } + }else{ + p2 = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; + } + if( p1<0 ){ + p1 += len; + if( p1<0 ){ + p2 += p1; + if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0; + p1 = 0; + } + }else if( p1>0 ){ + p1--; + }else if( p2>0 ){ + p2--; + } + if( negP2 ){ + p1 -= p2; + if( p1<0 ){ + p2 += p1; + p1 = 0; + } + } + assert( p1>=0 && p2>=0 ); + if( p0type!=SQLITE_BLOB ){ + while( *z && p1 ){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); + p1--; + } + for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2); + } + sqlite3_result_text64(context, (char*)z, z2-z, SQLITE_TRANSIENT, + SQLITE_UTF8); + }else{ + if( p1+p2>len ){ + p2 = len-p1; + if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0; + } + sqlite3_result_blob64(context, (char*)&z[p1], (u64)p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the round() function +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + int n = 0; + double r; + char *zBuf; + assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); + if( argc==2 ){ + if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return; + n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); + if( n>30 ) n = 30; + if( n<0 ) n = 0; + } + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; + r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); + /* If Y==0 and X will fit in a 64-bit int, + ** handle the rounding directly, + ** otherwise use printf. + */ + if( n==0 && r>=0 && r<LARGEST_INT64-1 ){ + r = (double)((sqlite_int64)(r+0.5)); + }else if( n==0 && r<0 && (-r)<LARGEST_INT64-1 ){ + r = -(double)((sqlite_int64)((-r)+0.5)); + }else{ + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%.*f",n,r); + if( zBuf==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + return; + } + sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf), SQLITE_UTF8); + sqlite3_free(zBuf); + } + sqlite3_result_double(context, r); +} +#endif + +/* +** Allocate nByte bytes of space using sqlite3Malloc(). If the +** allocation fails, call sqlite3_result_error_nomem() to notify +** the database handle that malloc() has failed and return NULL. +** If nByte is larger than the maximum string or blob length, then +** raise an SQLITE_TOOBIG exception and return NULL. +*/ +static void *contextMalloc(sqlite3_context *context, i64 nByte){ + char *z; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + assert( nByte>0 ); + testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); + testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 ); + if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + z = 0; + }else{ + z = sqlite3Malloc(nByte); + if( !z ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + } + } + return z; +} + +/* +** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions. +*/ +static void upperFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + char *z1; + const char *z2; + int i, n; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */ + assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); + if( z2 ){ + z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1); + if( z1 ){ + for(i=0; i<n; i++){ + z1[i] = (char)sqlite3Toupper(z2[i]); + } + sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, n, sqlite3_free); + } + } +} +static void lowerFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + char *z1; + const char *z2; + int i, n; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */ + assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); + if( z2 ){ + z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1); + if( z1 ){ + for(i=0; i<n; i++){ + z1[i] = sqlite3Tolower(z2[i]); + } + sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, n, sqlite3_free); + } + } +} + +/* +** Some functions like COALESCE() and IFNULL() and UNLIKELY() are implemented +** as VDBE code so that unused argument values do not have to be computed. +** However, we still need some kind of function implementation for this +** routines in the function table. The noopFunc macro provides this. +** noopFunc will never be called so it doesn't matter what the implementation +** is. We might as well use the "version()" function as a substitute. +*/ +#define noopFunc versionFunc /* Substitute function - never called */ + +/* +** Implementation of random(). Return a random integer. +*/ +static void randomFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 +){ + sqlite_int64 r; + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(r), &r); + if( r<0 ){ + /* We need to prevent a random number of 0x8000000000000000 + ** (or -9223372036854775808) since when you do abs() of that + ** number of you get the same value back again. To do this + ** in a way that is testable, mask the sign bit off of negative + ** values, resulting in a positive value. Then take the + ** 2s complement of that positive value. The end result can + ** therefore be no less than -9223372036854775807. + */ + r = -(r & LARGEST_INT64); + } + sqlite3_result_int64(context, r); +} + +/* +** Implementation of randomblob(N). Return a random blob +** that is N bytes long. +*/ +static void randomBlob( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int n; + unsigned char *p; + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]); + if( n<1 ){ + n = 1; + } + p = contextMalloc(context, n); + if( p ){ + sqlite3_randomness(n, p); + sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)p, n, sqlite3_free); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the last_insert_rowid() SQL function. The return +** value is the same as the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() API function. +*/ +static void last_insert_rowid( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 +){ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + /* IMP: R-51513-12026 The last_insert_rowid() SQL function is a + ** wrapper around the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() C/C++ interface + ** function. */ + sqlite3_result_int64(context, sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db)); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the changes() SQL function. +** +** IMP: R-62073-11209 The changes() SQL function is a wrapper +** around the sqlite3_changes() C/C++ function and hence follows the same +** rules for counting changes. +*/ +static void changes( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 +){ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_changes(db)); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the total_changes() SQL function. The return value is +** the same as the sqlite3_total_changes() API function. +*/ +static void total_changes( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 +){ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + /* IMP: R-52756-41993 This function is a wrapper around the + ** sqlite3_total_changes() C/C++ interface. */ + sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_total_changes(db)); +} + +/* +** A structure defining how to do GLOB-style comparisons. +*/ +struct compareInfo { + u8 matchAll; /* "*" or "%" */ + u8 matchOne; /* "?" or "_" */ + u8 matchSet; /* "[" or 0 */ + u8 noCase; /* true to ignore case differences */ +}; + +/* +** For LIKE and GLOB matching on EBCDIC machines, assume that every +** character is exactly one byte in size. Also, provde the Utf8Read() +** macro for fast reading of the next character in the common case where +** the next character is ASCII. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_EBCDIC) +# define sqlite3Utf8Read(A) (*((*A)++)) +# define Utf8Read(A) (*(A++)) +#else +# define Utf8Read(A) (A[0]<0x80?*(A++):sqlite3Utf8Read(&A)) +#endif + +static const struct compareInfo globInfo = { '*', '?', '[', 0 }; +/* The correct SQL-92 behavior is for the LIKE operator to ignore +** case. Thus 'a' LIKE 'A' would be true. */ +static const struct compareInfo likeInfoNorm = { '%', '_', 0, 1 }; +/* If SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE is defined, then the LIKE operator +** is case sensitive causing 'a' LIKE 'A' to be false */ +static const struct compareInfo likeInfoAlt = { '%', '_', 0, 0 }; + +/* +** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string can +** potentially be a "glob" or "like" expression. Return true (1) if they +** are the same and false (0) if they are different. +** +** Globbing rules: +** +** '*' Matches any sequence of zero or more characters. +** +** '?' Matches exactly one character. +** +** [...] Matches one character from the enclosed list of +** characters. +** +** [^...] Matches one character not in the enclosed list. +** +** With the [...] and [^...] matching, a ']' character can be included +** in the list by making it the first character after '[' or '^'. A +** range of characters can be specified using '-'. Example: +** "[a-z]" matches any single lower-case letter. To match a '-', make +** it the last character in the list. +** +** Like matching rules: +** +** '%' Matches any sequence of zero or more characters +** +*** '_' Matches any one character +** +** Ec Where E is the "esc" character and c is any other +** character, including '%', '_', and esc, match exactly c. +** +** The comments within this routine usually assume glob matching. +** +** This routine is usually quick, but can be N**2 in the worst case. +*/ +static int patternCompare( + const u8 *zPattern, /* The glob pattern */ + const u8 *zString, /* The string to compare against the glob */ + const struct compareInfo *pInfo, /* Information about how to do the compare */ + u32 matchOther /* The escape char (LIKE) or '[' (GLOB) */ +){ + u32 c, c2; /* Next pattern and input string chars */ + u32 matchOne = pInfo->matchOne; /* "?" or "_" */ + u32 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll; /* "*" or "%" */ + u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; /* True if uppercase==lowercase */ + const u8 *zEscaped = 0; /* One past the last escaped input char */ + + while( (c = Utf8Read(zPattern))!=0 ){ + if( c==matchAll ){ /* Match "*" */ + /* Skip over multiple "*" characters in the pattern. If there + ** are also "?" characters, skip those as well, but consume a + ** single character of the input string for each "?" skipped */ + while( (c=Utf8Read(zPattern)) == matchAll || c == matchOne ){ + if( c==matchOne && sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString)==0 ){ + return 0; + } + } + if( c==0 ){ + return 1; /* "*" at the end of the pattern matches */ + }else if( c==matchOther ){ + if( pInfo->matchSet==0 ){ + c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); + if( c==0 ) return 0; + }else{ + /* "[...]" immediately follows the "*". We have to do a slow + ** recursive search in this case, but it is an unusual case. */ + assert( matchOther<0x80 ); /* '[' is a single-byte character */ + while( *zString + && patternCompare(&zPattern[-1],zString,pInfo,matchOther)==0 ){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString); + } + return *zString!=0; + } + } + + /* At this point variable c contains the first character of the + ** pattern string past the "*". Search in the input string for the + ** first matching character and recursively contine the match from + ** that point. + ** + ** For a case-insensitive search, set variable cx to be the same as + ** c but in the other case and search the input string for either + ** c or cx. + */ + if( c<=0x80 ){ + u32 cx; + if( noCase ){ + cx = sqlite3Toupper(c); + c = sqlite3Tolower(c); + }else{ + cx = c; + } + while( (c2 = *(zString++))!=0 ){ + if( c2!=c && c2!=cx ) continue; + if( patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,matchOther) ) return 1; + } + }else{ + while( (c2 = Utf8Read(zString))!=0 ){ + if( c2!=c ) continue; + if( patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,matchOther) ) return 1; + } + } + return 0; + } + if( c==matchOther ){ + if( pInfo->matchSet==0 ){ + c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); + if( c==0 ) return 0; + zEscaped = zPattern; + }else{ + u32 prior_c = 0; + int seen = 0; + int invert = 0; + c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString); + if( c==0 ) return 0; + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); + if( c2=='^' ){ + invert = 1; + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); + } + if( c2==']' ){ + if( c==']' ) seen = 1; + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); + } + while( c2 && c2!=']' ){ + if( c2=='-' && zPattern[0]!=']' && zPattern[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){ + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); + if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1; + prior_c = 0; + }else{ + if( c==c2 ){ + seen = 1; + } + prior_c = c2; + } + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); + } + if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ){ + return 0; + } + continue; + } + } + c2 = Utf8Read(zString); + if( c==c2 ) continue; + if( noCase && c<0x80 && c2<0x80 && sqlite3Tolower(c)==sqlite3Tolower(c2) ){ + continue; + } + if( c==matchOne && zPattern!=zEscaped && c2!=0 ) continue; + return 0; + } + return *zString==0; +} + +/* +** The sqlite3_strglob() interface. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlobPattern, const char *zString){ + return patternCompare((u8*)zGlobPattern, (u8*)zString, &globInfo, '[')==0; +} + +/* +** The sqlite3_strlike() interface. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_strlike(const char *zPattern, const char *zStr, unsigned int esc){ + return patternCompare((u8*)zPattern, (u8*)zStr, &likeInfoNorm, esc)==0; +} + +/* +** Count the number of times that the LIKE operator (or GLOB which is +** just a variation of LIKE) gets called. This is used for testing +** only. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_like_count = 0; +#endif + + +/* +** Implementation of the like() SQL function. This function implements +** the build-in LIKE operator. The first argument to the function is the +** pattern and the second argument is the string. So, the SQL statements: +** +** A LIKE B +** +** is implemented as like(B,A). +** +** This same function (with a different compareInfo structure) computes +** the GLOB operator. +*/ +static void likeFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *zA, *zB; + u32 escape; + int nPat; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlite3_user_data(context); + +#ifdef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_BLOB + || sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_BLOB + ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_like_count++; +#endif + sqlite3_result_int(context, 0); + return; + } +#endif + zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + + /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems + ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare(). + */ + nPat = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ); + testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]+1 ); + if( nPat > db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1); + return; + } + assert( zB==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* Encoding did not change */ + + if( argc==3 ){ + /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character. + ** Otherwise, return an error. + */ + const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); + if( zEsc==0 ) return; + if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, + "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1); + return; + } + escape = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zEsc); + }else{ + escape = pInfo->matchSet; + } + if( zA && zB ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_like_count++; +#endif + sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zB, zA, pInfo, escape)); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function. The result is the first +** argument if the arguments are different. The result is NULL if the +** arguments are equal to each other. +*/ +static void nullifFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){ + sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite_version() function. The result is the version +** of the SQLite library that is running. +*/ +static void versionFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + /* IMP: R-48699-48617 This function is an SQL wrapper around the + ** sqlite3_libversion() C-interface. */ + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_libversion(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite_source_id() function. The result is a string +** that identifies the particular version of the source code used to build +** SQLite. +*/ +static void sourceidFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + /* IMP: R-24470-31136 This function is an SQL wrapper around the + ** sqlite3_sourceid() C interface. */ + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_sourceid(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite_log() function. This is a wrapper around +** sqlite3_log(). The return value is NULL. The function exists purely for +** its side-effects. +*/ +static void errlogFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(context); + sqlite3_log(sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]), "%s", sqlite3_value_text(argv[1])); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_used() function. +** The result is an integer that identifies if the compiler option +** was used to build SQLite. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS +static void compileoptionusedFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const char *zOptName; + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + /* IMP: R-39564-36305 The sqlite_compileoption_used() SQL + ** function is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_used() C/C++ + ** function. + */ + if( (zOptName = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){ + sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_compileoption_used(zOptName)); + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ + +/* +** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_get() function. +** The result is a string that identifies the compiler options +** used to build SQLite. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS +static void compileoptiongetFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int n; + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + /* IMP: R-04922-24076 The sqlite_compileoption_get() SQL function + ** is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_get() C/C++ function. + */ + n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]); + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_compileoption_get(n), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ + +/* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex +** digits. */ +static const char hexdigits[] = { + '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', + '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' +}; + +/* +** Implementation of the QUOTE() function. This function takes a single +** argument. If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as +** the argument. If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string +** "NULL". Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with +** single-quote escapes. +*/ +static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ + case SQLITE_FLOAT: { + double r1, r2; + char zBuf[50]; + r1 = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%!.15g", r1); + sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r2, 20, SQLITE_UTF8); + if( r1!=r2 ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%!.20e", r1); + } + sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + break; + } + case SQLITE_INTEGER: { + sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); + break; + } + case SQLITE_BLOB: { + char *zText = 0; + char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + assert( zBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ + zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4); + if( zText ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<nBlob; i++){ + zText[(i*2)+2] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i]>>4)&0x0F]; + zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F]; + } + zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\''; + zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0'; + zText[0] = 'X'; + zText[1] = '\''; + sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3_free(zText); + } + break; + } + case SQLITE_TEXT: { + int i,j; + u64 n; + const unsigned char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + char *z; + + if( zArg==0 ) return; + for(i=0, n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; } + z = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)i)+((i64)n)+3); + if( z ){ + z[0] = '\''; + for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){ + z[j++] = zArg[i]; + if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){ + z[j++] = '\''; + } + } + z[j++] = '\''; + z[j] = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, sqlite3_free); + } + break; + } + default: { + assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ); + sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); + break; + } + } +} + +/* +** The unicode() function. Return the integer unicode code-point value +** for the first character of the input string. +*/ +static void unicodeFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + (void)argc; + if( z && z[0] ) sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3Utf8Read(&z)); +} + +/* +** The char() function takes zero or more arguments, each of which is +** an integer. It constructs a string where each character of the string +** is the unicode character for the corresponding integer argument. +*/ +static void charFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + unsigned char *z, *zOut; + int i; + zOut = z = sqlite3_malloc64( argc*4+1 ); + if( z==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + return; + } + for(i=0; i<argc; i++){ + sqlite3_int64 x; + unsigned c; + x = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[i]); + if( x<0 || x>0x10ffff ) x = 0xfffd; + c = (unsigned)(x & 0x1fffff); + if( c<0x00080 ){ + *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF); + }else if( c<0x00800 ){ + *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F); + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); + }else if( c<0x10000 ){ + *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F); + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); + }else{ + *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07); + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F); + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); + } \ + } + sqlite3_result_text64(context, (char*)z, zOut-z, sqlite3_free, SQLITE_UTF8); +} + +/* +** The hex() function. Interpret the argument as a blob. Return +** a hexadecimal rendering as text. +*/ +static void hexFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int i, n; + const unsigned char *pBlob; + char *zHex, *z; + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + pBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + assert( pBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ + z = zHex = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)*2 + 1); + if( zHex ){ + for(i=0; i<n; i++, pBlob++){ + unsigned char c = *pBlob; + *(z++) = hexdigits[(c>>4)&0xf]; + *(z++) = hexdigits[c&0xf]; + } + *z = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, zHex, n*2, sqlite3_free); + } +} + +/* +** The zeroblob(N) function returns a zero-filled blob of size N bytes. +*/ +static void zeroblobFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + i64 n; + int rc; + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + n = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); + if( n<0 ) n = 0; + rc = sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(context, n); /* IMP: R-00293-64994 */ + if( rc ){ + sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc); + } +} + +/* +** The replace() function. Three arguments are all strings: call +** them A, B, and C. The result is also a string which is derived +** from A by replacing every occurrence of B with C. The match +** must be exact. Collating sequences are not used. +*/ +static void replaceFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *zStr; /* The input string A */ + const unsigned char *zPattern; /* The pattern string B */ + const unsigned char *zRep; /* The replacement string C */ + unsigned char *zOut; /* The output */ + int nStr; /* Size of zStr */ + int nPattern; /* Size of zPattern */ + int nRep; /* Size of zRep */ + i64 nOut; /* Maximum size of zOut */ + int loopLimit; /* Last zStr[] that might match zPattern[] */ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + + assert( argc==3 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + zStr = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( zStr==0 ) return; + nStr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + assert( zStr==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ + zPattern = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + if( zPattern==0 ){ + assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL + || sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->mallocFailed ); + return; + } + if( zPattern[0]==0 ){ + assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])!=SQLITE_NULL ); + sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); + return; + } + nPattern = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + assert( zPattern==sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]) ); /* No encoding change */ + zRep = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); + if( zRep==0 ) return; + nRep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); + assert( zRep==sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]) ); + nOut = nStr + 1; + assert( nOut<SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ); + zOut = contextMalloc(context, (i64)nOut); + if( zOut==0 ){ + return; + } + loopLimit = nStr - nPattern; + for(i=j=0; i<=loopLimit; i++){ + if( zStr[i]!=zPattern[0] || memcmp(&zStr[i], zPattern, nPattern) ){ + zOut[j++] = zStr[i]; + }else{ + u8 *zOld; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + nOut += nRep - nPattern; + testcase( nOut-1==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); + testcase( nOut-2==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); + if( nOut-1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + sqlite3_free(zOut); + return; + } + zOld = zOut; + zOut = sqlite3_realloc64(zOut, (int)nOut); + if( zOut==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + sqlite3_free(zOld); + return; + } + memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep); + j += nRep; + i += nPattern-1; + } + } + assert( j+nStr-i+1==nOut ); + memcpy(&zOut[j], &zStr[i], nStr-i); + j += nStr - i; + assert( j<=nOut ); + zOut[j] = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zOut, j, sqlite3_free); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the TRIM(), LTRIM(), and RTRIM() functions. +** The userdata is 0x1 for left trim, 0x2 for right trim, 0x3 for both. +*/ +static void trimFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *zIn; /* Input string */ + const unsigned char *zCharSet; /* Set of characters to trim */ + int nIn; /* Number of bytes in input */ + int flags; /* 1: trimleft 2: trimright 3: trim */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + unsigned char *aLen = 0; /* Length of each character in zCharSet */ + unsigned char **azChar = 0; /* Individual characters in zCharSet */ + int nChar; /* Number of characters in zCharSet */ + + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){ + return; + } + zIn = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( zIn==0 ) return; + nIn = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + assert( zIn==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); + if( argc==1 ){ + static const unsigned char lenOne[] = { 1 }; + static unsigned char * const azOne[] = { (u8*)" " }; + nChar = 1; + aLen = (u8*)lenOne; + azChar = (unsigned char **)azOne; + zCharSet = 0; + }else if( (zCharSet = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]))==0 ){ + return; + }else{ + const unsigned char *z; + for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); + } + if( nChar>0 ){ + azChar = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)nChar)*(sizeof(char*)+1)); + if( azChar==0 ){ + return; + } + aLen = (unsigned char*)&azChar[nChar]; + for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ + azChar[nChar] = (unsigned char *)z; + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); + aLen[nChar] = (u8)(z - azChar[nChar]); + } + } + } + if( nChar>0 ){ + flags = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(sqlite3_user_data(context)); + if( flags & 1 ){ + while( nIn>0 ){ + int len = 0; + for(i=0; i<nChar; i++){ + len = aLen[i]; + if( len<=nIn && memcmp(zIn, azChar[i], len)==0 ) break; + } + if( i>=nChar ) break; + zIn += len; + nIn -= len; + } + } + if( flags & 2 ){ + while( nIn>0 ){ + int len = 0; + for(i=0; i<nChar; i++){ + len = aLen[i]; + if( len<=nIn && memcmp(&zIn[nIn-len],azChar[i],len)==0 ) break; + } + if( i>=nChar ) break; + nIn -= len; + } + } + if( zCharSet ){ + sqlite3_free(azChar); + } + } + sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zIn, nIn, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); +} + + +/* IMP: R-25361-16150 This function is omitted from SQLite by default. It +** is only available if the SQLITE_SOUNDEX compile-time option is used +** when SQLite is built. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX +/* +** Compute the soundex encoding of a word. +** +** IMP: R-59782-00072 The soundex(X) function returns a string that is the +** soundex encoding of the string X. +*/ +static void soundexFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + char zResult[8]; + const u8 *zIn; + int i, j; + static const unsigned char iCode[] = { + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, + 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, + 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + }; + assert( argc==1 ); + zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( zIn==0 ) zIn = (u8*)""; + for(i=0; zIn[i] && !sqlite3Isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){} + if( zIn[i] ){ + u8 prevcode = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; + zResult[0] = sqlite3Toupper(zIn[i]); + for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){ + int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; + if( code>0 ){ + if( code!=prevcode ){ + prevcode = code; + zResult[j++] = code + '0'; + } + }else{ + prevcode = 0; + } + } + while( j<4 ){ + zResult[j++] = '0'; + } + zResult[j] = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + }else{ + /* IMP: R-64894-50321 The string "?000" is returned if the argument + ** is NULL or contains no ASCII alphabetic characters. */ + sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_SOUNDEX */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +/* +** A function that loads a shared-library extension then returns NULL. +*/ +static void loadExt(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + const char *zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + const char *zProc; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + char *zErrMsg = 0; + + /* Disallow the load_extension() SQL function unless the SQLITE_LoadExtFunc + ** flag is set. See the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() API. + */ + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtFunc)==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "not authorized", -1); + return; + } + + if( argc==2 ){ + zProc = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + }else{ + zProc = 0; + } + if( zFile && sqlite3_load_extension(db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg) ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrMsg, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); + } +} +#endif + + +/* +** An instance of the following structure holds the context of a +** sum() or avg() aggregate computation. +*/ +typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx; +struct SumCtx { + double rSum; /* Floating point sum */ + i64 iSum; /* Integer sum */ + i64 cnt; /* Number of elements summed */ + u8 overflow; /* True if integer overflow seen */ + u8 approx; /* True if non-integer value was input to the sum */ +}; + +/* +** Routines used to compute the sum, average, and total. +** +** The SUM() function follows the (broken) SQL standard which means +** that it returns NULL if it sums over no inputs. TOTAL returns +** 0.0 in that case. In addition, TOTAL always returns a float where +** SUM might return an integer if it never encounters a floating point +** value. TOTAL never fails, but SUM might through an exception if +** it overflows an integer. +*/ +static void sumStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + SumCtx *p; + int type; + assert( argc==1 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); + type = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(argv[0]); + if( p && type!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + p->cnt++; + if( type==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + i64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); + p->rSum += v; + if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 && sqlite3AddInt64(&p->iSum, v) ){ + p->overflow = 1; + } + }else{ + p->rSum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); + p->approx = 1; + } + } +} +static void sumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + SumCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ + if( p->overflow ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context,"integer overflow",-1); + }else if( p->approx ){ + sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->iSum); + } + } +} +static void avgFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + SumCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ + sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum/(double)p->cnt); + } +} +static void totalFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + SumCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ + sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : (double)0); +} + +/* +** The following structure keeps track of state information for the +** count() aggregate function. +*/ +typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx; +struct CountCtx { + i64 n; +}; + +/* +** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function. +*/ +static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + CountCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); + if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){ + p->n++; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + /* The sqlite3_aggregate_count() function is deprecated. But just to make + ** sure it still operates correctly, verify that its count agrees with our + ** internal count when using count(*) and when the total count can be + ** expressed as a 32-bit integer. */ + assert( argc==1 || p==0 || p->n>0x7fffffff + || p->n==sqlite3_aggregate_count(context) ); +#endif +} +static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + CountCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + sqlite3_result_int64(context, p ? p->n : 0); +} + +/* +** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions. +*/ +static void minmaxStep( + sqlite3_context *context, + int NotUsed, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + Mem *pArg = (Mem *)argv[0]; + Mem *pBest; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + + pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest)); + if( !pBest ) return; + + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){ + if( pBest->flags ) sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(context); + }else if( pBest->flags ){ + int max; + int cmp; + CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); + /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates, + ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the + ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the + ** sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it + ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlite3* database pointer. + ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max() + ** aggregate, or 0 for min(). + */ + max = sqlite3_user_data(context)!=0; + cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl); + if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); + }else{ + sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(context); + } + }else{ + pBest->db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); + } +} +static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + sqlite3_value *pRes; + pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + if( pRes ){ + if( pRes->flags ){ + sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes); + } + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes); + } +} + +/* +** group_concat(EXPR, ?SEPARATOR?) +*/ +static void groupConcatStep( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const char *zVal; + StrAccum *pAccum; + const char *zSep; + int nVal, nSep; + assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; + pAccum = (StrAccum*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pAccum)); + + if( pAccum ){ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + int firstTerm = pAccum->mxAlloc==0; + pAccum->mxAlloc = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; + if( !firstTerm ){ + if( argc==2 ){ + zSep = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + nSep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + }else{ + zSep = ","; + nSep = 1; + } + if( nSep ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSep, nSep); + } + zVal = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + if( zVal ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zVal, nVal); + } +} +static void groupConcatFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + StrAccum *pAccum; + pAccum = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + if( pAccum ){ + if( pAccum->accError==STRACCUM_TOOBIG ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + }else if( pAccum->accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1, + sqlite3_free); + } + } +} + +/* +** This routine does per-connection function registration. Most +** of the built-in functions above are part of the global function set. +** This routine only deals with those that are not global. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterPerConnectionBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){ + int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2); + assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK ); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + } +} + +/* +** Set the LIKEOPT flag on the 2-argument function with the given name. +*/ +static void setLikeOptFlag(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, u8 flagVal){ + FuncDef *pDef; + pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); + if( ALWAYS(pDef) ){ + pDef->funcFlags |= flagVal; + } +} + +/* +** Register the built-in LIKE and GLOB functions. The caseSensitive +** parameter determines whether or not the LIKE operator is case +** sensitive. GLOB is always case sensitive. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3 *db, int caseSensitive){ + struct compareInfo *pInfo; + if( caseSensitive ){ + pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoAlt; + }else{ + pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoNorm; + } + sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, + (struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0); + setLikeOptFlag(db, "glob", SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE); + setLikeOptFlag(db, "like", + caseSensitive ? (SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE) : SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE); +} + +/* +** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function. If +** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function +** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and +** return TRUE. If the function is not a LIKE-style function then +** return FALSE. +** +** *pIsNocase is set to true if uppercase and lowercase are equivalent for +** the function (default for LIKE). If the function makes the distinction +** between uppercase and lowercase (as does GLOB) then *pIsNocase is set to +** false. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocase, char *aWc){ + FuncDef *pDef; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION + || !pExpr->x.pList + || pExpr->x.pList->nExpr!=2 + ){ + return 0; + } + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, pExpr->u.zToken, 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); + if( NEVER(pDef==0) || (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){ + return 0; + } + + /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are + ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure. The + ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption + */ + memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3); + assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll ); + assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne ); + assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet ); + *pIsNocase = (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0; + return 1; +} + +/* +** All of the FuncDef structures in the aBuiltinFunc[] array above +** to the global function hash table. This occurs at start-time (as +** a consequence of calling sqlite3_initialize()). +** +** After this routine runs +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(void){ + /* + ** The following array holds FuncDef structures for all of the functions + ** defined in this file. + ** + ** The array cannot be constant since changes are made to the + ** FuncDef.pHash elements at start-time. The elements of this array + ** are read-only after initialization is complete. + ** + ** For peak efficiency, put the most frequently used function last. + */ + static FuncDef aBuiltinFunc[] = { +#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX + FUNCTION(soundex, 1, 0, 0, soundexFunc ), +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION + VFUNCTION(load_extension, 1, 0, 0, loadExt ), + VFUNCTION(load_extension, 2, 0, 0, loadExt ), +#endif +#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION + FUNCTION(sqlite_crypt, 2, 0, 0, sqlite3CryptFunc ), +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS + DFUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_used,1, 0, 0, compileoptionusedFunc ), + DFUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_get, 1, 0, 0, compileoptiongetFunc ), +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ + FUNCTION2(unlikely, 1, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY), + FUNCTION2(likelihood, 2, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY), + FUNCTION2(likely, 1, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY), + FUNCTION(ltrim, 1, 1, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(ltrim, 2, 1, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(rtrim, 1, 2, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(rtrim, 2, 2, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(trim, 1, 3, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(trim, 2, 3, 0, trimFunc ), + FUNCTION(min, -1, 0, 1, minmaxFunc ), + FUNCTION(min, 0, 0, 1, 0 ), + AGGREGATE2(min, 1, 0, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize, + SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX ), + FUNCTION(max, -1, 1, 1, minmaxFunc ), + FUNCTION(max, 0, 1, 1, 0 ), + AGGREGATE2(max, 1, 1, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize, + SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX ), + FUNCTION2(typeof, 1, 0, 0, typeofFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF), + FUNCTION2(length, 1, 0, 0, lengthFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH), + FUNCTION(instr, 2, 0, 0, instrFunc ), + FUNCTION(printf, -1, 0, 0, printfFunc ), + FUNCTION(unicode, 1, 0, 0, unicodeFunc ), + FUNCTION(char, -1, 0, 0, charFunc ), + FUNCTION(abs, 1, 0, 0, absFunc ), +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + FUNCTION(round, 1, 0, 0, roundFunc ), + FUNCTION(round, 2, 0, 0, roundFunc ), +#endif + FUNCTION(upper, 1, 0, 0, upperFunc ), + FUNCTION(lower, 1, 0, 0, lowerFunc ), + FUNCTION(hex, 1, 0, 0, hexFunc ), + FUNCTION2(ifnull, 2, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE), + VFUNCTION(random, 0, 0, 0, randomFunc ), + VFUNCTION(randomblob, 1, 0, 0, randomBlob ), + FUNCTION(nullif, 2, 0, 1, nullifFunc ), + DFUNCTION(sqlite_version, 0, 0, 0, versionFunc ), + DFUNCTION(sqlite_source_id, 0, 0, 0, sourceidFunc ), + FUNCTION(sqlite_log, 2, 0, 0, errlogFunc ), + FUNCTION(quote, 1, 0, 0, quoteFunc ), + VFUNCTION(last_insert_rowid, 0, 0, 0, last_insert_rowid), + VFUNCTION(changes, 0, 0, 0, changes ), + VFUNCTION(total_changes, 0, 0, 0, total_changes ), + FUNCTION(replace, 3, 0, 0, replaceFunc ), + FUNCTION(zeroblob, 1, 0, 0, zeroblobFunc ), + FUNCTION(substr, 2, 0, 0, substrFunc ), + FUNCTION(substr, 3, 0, 0, substrFunc ), + AGGREGATE(sum, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, sumFinalize ), + AGGREGATE(total, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, totalFinalize ), + AGGREGATE(avg, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, avgFinalize ), + AGGREGATE2(count, 0, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize, + SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT ), + AGGREGATE(count, 1, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize ), + AGGREGATE(group_concat, 1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize), + AGGREGATE(group_concat, 2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize), + + LIKEFUNC(glob, 2, &globInfo, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), + #ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE + LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), + LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), + #else + LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE), + LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE), + #endif + FUNCTION(coalesce, 1, 0, 0, 0 ), + FUNCTION(coalesce, 0, 0, 0, 0 ), + FUNCTION2(coalesce, -1, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE), + }; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE + sqlite3AlterFunctions(); +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4) + sqlite3AnalyzeFunctions(); +#endif + sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(); + sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs(aBuiltinFunc, ArraySize(aBuiltinFunc)); + +#if 0 /* Enable to print out how the built-in functions are hashed */ + { + int i; + FuncDef *p; + for(i=0; i<SQLITE_FUNC_HASH_SZ; i++){ + printf("FUNC-HASH %02d:", i); + for(p=sqlite3BuiltinFunctions.a[i]; p; p=p->u.pHash){ + int n = sqlite3Strlen30(p->zName); + int h = p->zName[0] + n; + printf(" %s(%d)", p->zName, h); + } + printf("\n"); + } + } +#endif +} + +/************** End of func.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file fkey.c ********************************************/ +/* +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used by the compiler to add foreign key +** support to compiled SQL statements. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + +/* +** Deferred and Immediate FKs +** -------------------------- +** +** Foreign keys in SQLite come in two flavours: deferred and immediate. +** If an immediate foreign key constraint is violated, +** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY is returned and the current +** statement transaction rolled back. If a +** deferred foreign key constraint is violated, no action is taken +** immediately. However if the application attempts to commit the +** transaction before fixing the constraint violation, the attempt fails. +** +** Deferred constraints are implemented using a simple counter associated +** with the database handle. The counter is set to zero each time a +** database transaction is opened. Each time a statement is executed +** that causes a foreign key violation, the counter is incremented. Each +** time a statement is executed that removes an existing violation from +** the database, the counter is decremented. When the transaction is +** committed, the commit fails if the current value of the counter is +** greater than zero. This scheme has two big drawbacks: +** +** * When a commit fails due to a deferred foreign key constraint, +** there is no way to tell which foreign constraint is not satisfied, +** or which row it is not satisfied for. +** +** * If the database contains foreign key violations when the +** transaction is opened, this may cause the mechanism to malfunction. +** +** Despite these problems, this approach is adopted as it seems simpler +** than the alternatives. +** +** INSERT operations: +** +** I.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, search +** the parent table for a match. If none is found increment the +** constraint counter. +** +** I.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, +** search the child table for rows that correspond to the new +** row in the parent table. Decrement the counter for each row +** found (as the constraint is now satisfied). +** +** DELETE operations: +** +** D.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, +** search the parent table for a row that corresponds to the +** deleted row in the child table. If such a row is not found, +** decrement the counter. +** +** D.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, search +** the child table for rows that correspond to the deleted row +** in the parent table. For each found increment the counter. +** +** UPDATE operations: +** +** An UPDATE command requires that all 4 steps above are taken, but only +** for FK constraints for which the affected columns are actually +** modified (values must be compared at runtime). +** +** Note that I.1 and D.1 are very similar operations, as are I.2 and D.2. +** This simplifies the implementation a bit. +** +** For the purposes of immediate FK constraints, the OR REPLACE conflict +** resolution is considered to delete rows before the new row is inserted. +** If a delete caused by OR REPLACE violates an FK constraint, an exception +** is thrown, even if the FK constraint would be satisfied after the new +** row is inserted. +** +** Immediate constraints are usually handled similarly. The only difference +** is that the counter used is stored as part of each individual statement +** object (struct Vdbe). If, after the statement has run, its immediate +** constraint counter is greater than zero, +** it returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY +** and the statement transaction is rolled back. An exception is an INSERT +** statement that inserts a single row only (no triggers). In this case, +** instead of using a counter, an exception is thrown immediately if the +** INSERT violates a foreign key constraint. This is necessary as such +** an INSERT does not open a statement transaction. +** +** TODO: How should dropping a table be handled? How should renaming a +** table be handled? +** +** +** Query API Notes +** --------------- +** +** Before coding an UPDATE or DELETE row operation, the code-generator +** for those two operations needs to know whether or not the operation +** requires any FK processing and, if so, which columns of the original +** row are required by the FK processing VDBE code (i.e. if FKs were +** implemented using triggers, which of the old.* columns would be +** accessed). No information is required by the code-generator before +** coding an INSERT operation. The functions used by the UPDATE/DELETE +** generation code to query for this information are: +** +** sqlite3FkRequired() - Test to see if FK processing is required. +** sqlite3FkOldmask() - Query for the set of required old.* columns. +** +** +** Externally accessible module functions +** -------------------------------------- +** +** sqlite3FkCheck() - Check for foreign key violations. +** sqlite3FkActions() - Code triggers for ON UPDATE/ON DELETE actions. +** sqlite3FkDelete() - Delete an FKey structure. +*/ + +/* +** VDBE Calling Convention +** ----------------------- +** +** Example: +** +** For the following INSERT statement: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, c); +** INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 2, 3.1); +** +** Register (x): 2 (type integer) +** Register (x+1): 1 (type integer) +** Register (x+2): NULL (type NULL) +** Register (x+3): 3.1 (type real) +*/ + +/* +** A foreign key constraint requires that the key columns in the parent +** table are collectively subject to a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint. +** Given that pParent is the parent table for foreign key constraint pFKey, +** search the schema for a unique index on the parent key columns. +** +** If successful, zero is returned. If the parent key is an INTEGER PRIMARY +** KEY column, then output variable *ppIdx is set to NULL. Otherwise, *ppIdx +** is set to point to the unique index. +** +** If the parent key consists of a single column (the foreign key constraint +** is not a composite foreign key), output variable *paiCol is set to NULL. +** Otherwise, it is set to point to an allocated array of size N, where +** N is the number of columns in the parent key. The first element of the +** array is the index of the child table column that is mapped by the FK +** constraint to the parent table column stored in the left-most column +** of index *ppIdx. The second element of the array is the index of the +** child table column that corresponds to the second left-most column of +** *ppIdx, and so on. +** +** If the required index cannot be found, either because: +** +** 1) The named parent key columns do not exist, or +** +** 2) The named parent key columns do exist, but are not subject to a +** UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint, or +** +** 3) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the +** foreign key definition, and the parent table does not have a +** PRIMARY KEY, or +** +** 4) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the +** foreign key definition, and the PRIMARY KEY of the parent table +** consists of a different number of columns to the child key in +** the child table. +** +** then non-zero is returned, and a "foreign key mismatch" error loaded +** into pParse. If an OOM error occurs, non-zero is returned and the +** pParse->db->mallocFailed flag is set. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkLocateIndex( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context to store any error in */ + Table *pParent, /* Parent table of FK constraint pFKey */ + FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key to find index for */ + Index **ppIdx, /* OUT: Unique index on parent table */ + int **paiCol /* OUT: Map of index columns in pFKey */ +){ + Index *pIdx = 0; /* Value to return via *ppIdx */ + int *aiCol = 0; /* Value to return via *paiCol */ + int nCol = pFKey->nCol; /* Number of columns in parent key */ + char *zKey = pFKey->aCol[0].zCol; /* Name of left-most parent key column */ + + /* The caller is responsible for zeroing output parameters. */ + assert( ppIdx && *ppIdx==0 ); + assert( !paiCol || *paiCol==0 ); + assert( pParse ); + + /* If this is a non-composite (single column) foreign key, check if it + ** maps to the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. If so, leave *ppIdx + ** and *paiCol set to zero and return early. + ** + ** Otherwise, for a composite foreign key (more than one column), allocate + ** space for the aiCol array (returned via output parameter *paiCol). + ** Non-composite foreign keys do not require the aiCol array. + */ + if( nCol==1 ){ + /* The FK maps to the IPK if any of the following are true: + ** + ** 1) There is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and the FK is implicitly + ** mapped to the primary key of table pParent, or + ** 2) The FK is explicitly mapped to a column declared as INTEGER + ** PRIMARY KEY. + */ + if( pParent->iPKey>=0 ){ + if( !zKey ) return 0; + if( !sqlite3StrICmp(pParent->aCol[pParent->iPKey].zName, zKey) ) return 0; + } + }else if( paiCol ){ + assert( nCol>1 ); + aiCol = (int *)sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(pParse->db, nCol*sizeof(int)); + if( !aiCol ) return 1; + *paiCol = aiCol; + } + + for(pIdx=pParent->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( pIdx->nKeyCol==nCol && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ){ + /* pIdx is a UNIQUE index (or a PRIMARY KEY) and has the right number + ** of columns. If each indexed column corresponds to a foreign key + ** column of pFKey, then this index is a winner. */ + + if( zKey==0 ){ + /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to + ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be + ** identified by the test. */ + if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){ + if( aiCol ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++) aiCol[i] = pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom; + } + break; + } + }else{ + /* If zKey is non-NULL, then this foreign key was declared to + ** map to an explicit list of columns in table pParent. Check if this + ** index matches those columns. Also, check that the index uses + ** the default collation sequences for each column. */ + int i, j; + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ + i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; /* Index of column in parent tbl */ + const char *zDfltColl; /* Def. collation for column */ + char *zIdxCol; /* Name of indexed column */ + + if( iCol<0 ) break; /* No foreign keys against expression indexes */ + + /* If the index uses a collation sequence that is different from + ** the default collation sequence for the column, this index is + ** unusable. Bail out early in this case. */ + zDfltColl = pParent->aCol[iCol].zColl; + if( !zDfltColl ) zDfltColl = sqlite3StrBINARY; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->azColl[i], zDfltColl) ) break; + + zIdxCol = pParent->aCol[iCol].zName; + for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pFKey->aCol[j].zCol, zIdxCol)==0 ){ + if( aiCol ) aiCol[i] = pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom; + break; + } + } + if( j==nCol ) break; + } + if( i==nCol ) break; /* pIdx is usable */ + } + } + } + + if( !pIdx ){ + if( !pParse->disableTriggers ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "foreign key mismatch - \"%w\" referencing \"%w\"", + pFKey->pFrom->zName, pFKey->zTo); + } + sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, aiCol); + return 1; + } + + *ppIdx = pIdx; + return 0; +} + +/* +** This function is called when a row is inserted into or deleted from the +** child table of foreign key constraint pFKey. If an SQL UPDATE is executed +** on the child table of pFKey, this function is invoked twice for each row +** affected - once to "delete" the old row, and then again to "insert" the +** new row. +** +** Each time it is called, this function generates VDBE code to locate the +** row in the parent table that corresponds to the row being inserted into +** or deleted from the child table. If the parent row can be found, no +** special action is taken. Otherwise, if the parent row can *not* be +** found in the parent table: +** +** Operation | FK type | Action taken +** -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +** INSERT immediate Increment the "immediate constraint counter". +** +** DELETE immediate Decrement the "immediate constraint counter". +** +** INSERT deferred Increment the "deferred constraint counter". +** +** DELETE deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter". +** +** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file +** (fkey.c) as "I.1" and "D.1". +*/ +static void fkLookupParent( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + int iDb, /* Index of database housing pTab */ + Table *pTab, /* Parent table of FK pFKey */ + Index *pIdx, /* Unique index on parent key columns in pTab */ + FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key constraint */ + int *aiCol, /* Map from parent key columns to child table columns */ + int regData, /* Address of array containing child table row */ + int nIncr, /* Increment constraint counter by this */ + int isIgnore /* If true, pretend pTab contains all NULL values */ +){ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Vdbe to add code to */ + int iCur = pParse->nTab - 1; /* Cursor number to use */ + int iOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* jump here if parent key found */ + + /* If nIncr is less than zero, then check at runtime if there are any + ** outstanding constraints to resolve. If there are not, there is no need + ** to check if deleting this row resolves any outstanding violations. + ** + ** Check if any of the key columns in the child table row are NULL. If + ** any are, then the constraint is considered satisfied. No need to + ** search for a matching row in the parent table. */ + if( nIncr<0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, iOk); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){ + int iReg = aiCol[i] + regData + 1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iOk); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + if( isIgnore==0 ){ + if( pIdx==0 ){ + /* If pIdx is NULL, then the parent key is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY + ** column of the parent table (table pTab). */ + int iMustBeInt; /* Address of MustBeInt instruction */ + int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + + /* Invoke MustBeInt to coerce the child key value to an integer (i.e. + ** apply the affinity of the parent key). If this fails, then there + ** is no matching parent key. Before using MustBeInt, make a copy of + ** the value. Otherwise, the value inserted into the child key column + ** will have INTEGER affinity applied to it, which may not be correct. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, aiCol[0]+1+regData, regTemp); + iMustBeInt = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regTemp, 0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about + ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation), + ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not + ** increment the constraint-counter. */ + if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regData, iOk, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); + } + + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, iOk); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iMustBeInt); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTemp); + }else{ + int nCol = pFKey->nCol; + int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); + int regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, aiCol[i]+1+regData, regTemp+i); + } + + /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about + ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation), + ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not + ** increment the constraint-counter. + ** + ** If any of the parent-key values are NULL, then the row cannot match + ** itself. So set JUMPIFNULL to make sure we do the OP_Found if any + ** of the parent-key values are NULL (at this point it is known that + ** none of the child key values are). + */ + if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){ + int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nCol + 1; + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ + int iChild = aiCol[i]+1+regData; + int iParent = pIdx->aiColumn[i]+1+regData; + assert( pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 ); + assert( aiCol[i]!=pTab->iPKey ); + if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]==pTab->iPKey ){ + /* The parent key is a composite key that includes the IPK column */ + iParent = regData; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, iChild, iJump, iParent); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + } + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, iOk); + } + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTemp, nCol, regRec, + sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(pParse->db,pIdx), nCol); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iCur, iOk, regRec, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regTemp, nCol); + } + } + + if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) + && !pParse->pToplevel + && !pParse->isMultiWrite + ){ + /* Special case: If this is an INSERT statement that will insert exactly + ** one row into the table, raise a constraint immediately instead of + ** incrementing a counter. This is necessary as the VM code is being + ** generated for will not open a statement transaction. */ + assert( nIncr==1 ); + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY, + OE_Abort, 0, P4_STATIC, P5_ConstraintFK); + }else{ + if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){ + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr); + } + + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iOk); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur); +} + + +/* +** Return an Expr object that refers to a memory register corresponding +** to column iCol of table pTab. +** +** regBase is the first of an array of register that contains the data +** for pTab. regBase itself holds the rowid. regBase+1 holds the first +** column. regBase+2 holds the second column, and so forth. +*/ +static Expr *exprTableRegister( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Table *pTab, /* The table whose content is at r[regBase]... */ + int regBase, /* Contents of table pTab */ + i16 iCol /* Which column of pTab is desired */ +){ + Expr *pExpr; + Column *pCol; + const char *zColl; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0); + if( pExpr ){ + if( iCol>=0 && iCol!=pTab->iPKey ){ + pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; + pExpr->iTable = regBase + iCol + 1; + pExpr->affinity = pCol->affinity; + zColl = pCol->zColl; + if( zColl==0 ) zColl = db->pDfltColl->zName; + pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pExpr, zColl); + }else{ + pExpr->iTable = regBase; + pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + } + } + return pExpr; +} + +/* +** Return an Expr object that refers to column iCol of table pTab which +** has cursor iCur. +*/ +static Expr *exprTableColumn( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ + Table *pTab, /* The table whose column is desired */ + int iCursor, /* The open cursor on the table */ + i16 iCol /* The column that is wanted */ +){ + Expr *pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_COLUMN, 0); + if( pExpr ){ + pExpr->pTab = pTab; + pExpr->iTable = iCursor; + pExpr->iColumn = iCol; + } + return pExpr; +} + +/* +** This function is called to generate code executed when a row is deleted +** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is +** deferred, when a row is inserted into the same table. When generating +** code for an SQL UPDATE operation, this function may be called twice - +** once to "delete" the old row and once to "insert" the new row. +** +** Parameter nIncr is passed -1 when inserting a row (as this may decrease +** the number of FK violations in the db) or +1 when deleting one (as this +** may increase the number of FK constraint problems). +** +** The code generated by this function scans through the rows in the child +** table that correspond to the parent table row being deleted or inserted. +** For each child row found, one of the following actions is taken: +** +** Operation | FK type | Action taken +** -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +** DELETE immediate Increment the "immediate constraint counter". +** Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT, +** throw a "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed" exception. +** +** INSERT immediate Decrement the "immediate constraint counter". +** +** DELETE deferred Increment the "deferred constraint counter". +** Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT, +** throw a "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed" exception. +** +** INSERT deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter". +** +** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file +** (fkey.c) as "I.2" and "D.2". +*/ +static void fkScanChildren( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* The child table to be scanned */ + Table *pTab, /* The parent table */ + Index *pIdx, /* Index on parent covering the foreign key */ + FKey *pFKey, /* The foreign key linking pSrc to pTab */ + int *aiCol, /* Map from pIdx cols to child table cols */ + int regData, /* Parent row data starts here */ + int nIncr /* Amount to increment deferred counter by */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + Expr *pWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause to scan with */ + NameContext sNameContext; /* Context used to resolve WHERE clause */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Context used by sqlite3WhereXXX() */ + int iFkIfZero = 0; /* Address of OP_FkIfZero */ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + + assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->pTable==pTab ); + assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->nKeyCol==pFKey->nCol ); + assert( pIdx!=0 || pFKey->nCol==1 ); + assert( pIdx!=0 || HasRowid(pTab) ); + + if( nIncr<0 ){ + iFkIfZero = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, 0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* Create an Expr object representing an SQL expression like: + ** + ** <parent-key1> = <child-key1> AND <parent-key2> = <child-key2> ... + ** + ** The collation sequence used for the comparison should be that of + ** the parent key columns. The affinity of the parent key column should + ** be applied to each child key value before the comparison takes place. + */ + for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){ + Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */ + Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */ + Expr *pEq; /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */ + i16 iCol; /* Index of column in child table */ + const char *zCol; /* Name of column in child table */ + + iCol = pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : -1; + pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, iCol); + iCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; + assert( iCol>=0 ); + zCol = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iCol].zName; + pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zCol); + pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight, 0); + pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq); + } + + /* If the child table is the same as the parent table, then add terms + ** to the WHERE clause that prevent this entry from being scanned. + ** The added WHERE clause terms are like this: + ** + ** $current_rowid!=rowid + ** NOT( $current_a==a AND $current_b==b AND ... ) + ** + ** The first form is used for rowid tables. The second form is used + ** for WITHOUT ROWID tables. In the second form, the primary key is + ** (a,b,...) + */ + if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr>0 ){ + Expr *pNe; /* Expression (pLeft != pRight) */ + Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */ + Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */ + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, -1); + pRight = exprTableColumn(db, pTab, pSrc->a[0].iCursor, -1); + pNe = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NE, pLeft, pRight, 0); + }else{ + Expr *pEq, *pAll = 0; + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + assert( pIdx!=0 ); + for(i=0; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){ + i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; + assert( iCol>=0 ); + pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, iCol); + pRight = exprTableColumn(db, pTab, pSrc->a[0].iCursor, iCol); + pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight, 0); + pAll = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pAll, pEq); + } + pNe = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pAll, 0, 0); + } + pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pNe); + } + + /* Resolve the references in the WHERE clause. */ + memset(&sNameContext, 0, sizeof(NameContext)); + sNameContext.pSrcList = pSrc; + sNameContext.pParse = pParse; + sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNameContext, pWhere); + + /* Create VDBE to loop through the entries in pSrc that match the WHERE + ** clause. For each row found, increment either the deferred or immediate + ** foreign key constraint counter. */ + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr); + if( pWInfo ){ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + } + + /* Clean up the WHERE clause constructed above. */ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + if( iFkIfZero ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iFkIfZero); + } +} + +/* +** This function returns a linked list of FKey objects (connected by +** FKey.pNextTo) holding all children of table pTab. For example, +** given the following schema: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY); +** CREATE TABLE t2(b REFERENCES t1(a); +** +** Calling this function with table "t1" as an argument returns a pointer +** to the FKey structure representing the foreign key constraint on table +** "t2". Calling this function with "t2" as the argument would return a +** NULL pointer (as there are no FK constraints for which t2 is the parent +** table). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *pTab){ + return (FKey *)sqlite3HashFind(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, pTab->zName); +} + +/* +** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the +** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure +** and all of its sub-components. +** +** The Trigger structure or any of its sub-components may be allocated from +** the lookaside buffer belonging to database handle dbMem. +*/ +static void fkTriggerDelete(sqlite3 *dbMem, Trigger *p){ + if( p ){ + TriggerStep *pStep = p->step_list; + sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, pStep->pWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(dbMem, pStep->pExprList); + sqlite3SelectDelete(dbMem, pStep->pSelect); + sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, p->pWhen); + sqlite3DbFree(dbMem, p); + } +} + +/* +** This function is called to generate code that runs when table pTab is +** being dropped from the database. The SrcList passed as the second argument +** to this function contains a single entry guaranteed to resolve to +** table pTab. +** +** Normally, no code is required. However, if either +** +** (a) The table is the parent table of a FK constraint, or +** (b) The table is the child table of a deferred FK constraint and it is +** determined at runtime that there are outstanding deferred FK +** constraint violations in the database, +** +** then the equivalent of "DELETE FROM <tbl>" is executed before dropping +** the table from the database. Triggers are disabled while running this +** DELETE, but foreign key actions are not. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, Table *pTab){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && !IsVirtual(pTab) && !pTab->pSelect ){ + int iSkip = 0; + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + + assert( v ); /* VDBE has already been allocated */ + if( sqlite3FkReferences(pTab)==0 ){ + /* Search for a deferred foreign key constraint for which this table + ** is the child table. If one cannot be found, return without + ** generating any VDBE code. If one can be found, then jump over + ** the entire DELETE if there are no outstanding deferred constraints + ** when this statement is run. */ + FKey *p; + for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ + if( p->isDeferred || (db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) ) break; + } + if( !p ) return; + iSkip = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 1, iSkip); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + pParse->disableTriggers = 1; + sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pName, 0), 0); + pParse->disableTriggers = 0; + + /* If the DELETE has generated immediate foreign key constraint + ** violations, halt the VDBE and return an error at this point, before + ** any modifications to the schema are made. This is because statement + ** transactions are not able to rollback schema changes. + ** + ** If the SQLITE_DeferFKs flag is set, then this is not required, as + ** the statement transaction will not be rolled back even if FK + ** constraints are violated. + */ + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs)==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY, + OE_Abort, 0, P4_STATIC, P5_ConstraintFK); + } + + if( iSkip ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iSkip); + } + } +} + + +/* +** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key +** for which pTab is the child table. An UPDATE statement against pTab +** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is +** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array +** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element +** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement +** the bChngRowid argument is non-zero. +** +** This function returns true if any of the columns that are part of the +** child key for FK constraint *p are modified. +*/ +static int fkChildIsModified( + Table *pTab, /* Table being updated */ + FKey *p, /* Foreign key for which pTab is the child */ + int *aChange, /* Array indicating modified columns */ + int bChngRowid /* True if rowid is modified by this update */ +){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){ + int iChildKey = p->aCol[i].iFrom; + if( aChange[iChildKey]>=0 ) return 1; + if( iChildKey==pTab->iPKey && bChngRowid ) return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key +** for which pTab is the parent table. An UPDATE statement against pTab +** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is +** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array +** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element +** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement +** the bChngRowid argument is non-zero. +** +** This function returns true if any of the columns that are part of the +** parent key for FK constraint *p are modified. +*/ +static int fkParentIsModified( + Table *pTab, + FKey *p, + int *aChange, + int bChngRowid +){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){ + char *zKey = p->aCol[i].zCol; + int iKey; + for(iKey=0; iKey<pTab->nCol; iKey++){ + if( aChange[iKey]>=0 || (iKey==pTab->iPKey && bChngRowid) ){ + Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[iKey]; + if( zKey ){ + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zKey) ) return 1; + }else if( pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY ){ + return 1; + } + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Return true if the parser passed as the first argument is being +** used to code a trigger that is really a "SET NULL" action belonging +** to trigger pFKey. +*/ +static int isSetNullAction(Parse *pParse, FKey *pFKey){ + Parse *pTop = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + if( pTop->pTriggerPrg ){ + Trigger *p = pTop->pTriggerPrg->pTrigger; + if( (p==pFKey->apTrigger[0] && pFKey->aAction[0]==OE_SetNull) + || (p==pFKey->apTrigger[1] && pFKey->aAction[1]==OE_SetNull) + ){ + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** This function is called when inserting, deleting or updating a row of +** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint +** processing for the operation. +** +** For a DELETE operation, parameter regOld is passed the index of the +** first register in an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the +** rowid of the row being deleted, followed by each of the column values +** of the row being deleted, from left to right. Parameter regNew is passed +** zero in this case. +** +** For an INSERT operation, regOld is passed zero and regNew is passed the +** first register of an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the new +** row data. +** +** For an UPDATE operation, this function is called twice. Once before +** the original record is deleted from the table using the calling convention +** described for DELETE. Then again after the original record is deleted +** but before the new record is inserted using the INSERT convention. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* Row is being deleted from this table */ + int regOld, /* Previous row data is stored here */ + int regNew, /* New row data is stored here */ + int *aChange, /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */ + int bChngRowid /* True if rowid is UPDATEd */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + FKey *pFKey; /* Used to iterate through FKs */ + int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ + const char *zDb; /* Name of database containing pTab */ + int isIgnoreErrors = pParse->disableTriggers; + + /* Exactly one of regOld and regNew should be non-zero. */ + assert( (regOld==0)!=(regNew==0) ); + + /* If foreign-keys are disabled, this function is a no-op. */ + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys)==0 ) return; + + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + + /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints for which pTab is the + ** child table (the table that the foreign key definition is part of). */ + for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ + Table *pTo; /* Parent table of foreign key pFKey */ + Index *pIdx = 0; /* Index on key columns in pTo */ + int *aiFree = 0; + int *aiCol; + int iCol; + int i; + int bIgnore = 0; + + if( aChange + && sqlite3_stricmp(pTab->zName, pFKey->zTo)!=0 + && fkChildIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0 + ){ + continue; + } + + /* Find the parent table of this foreign key. Also find a unique index + ** on the parent key columns in the parent table. If either of these + ** schema items cannot be located, set an error in pParse and return + ** early. */ + if( pParse->disableTriggers ){ + pTo = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFKey->zTo, zDb); + }else{ + pTo = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pFKey->zTo, zDb); + } + if( !pTo || sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTo, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiFree) ){ + assert( isIgnoreErrors==0 || (regOld!=0 && regNew==0) ); + if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return; + if( pTo==0 ){ + /* If isIgnoreErrors is true, then a table is being dropped. In this + ** case SQLite runs a "DELETE FROM xxx" on the table being dropped + ** before actually dropping it in order to check FK constraints. + ** If the parent table of an FK constraint on the current table is + ** missing, behave as if it is empty. i.e. decrement the relevant + ** FK counter for each row of the current table with non-NULL keys. + */ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + pFKey->nCol + 1; + for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){ + int iReg = pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom + regOld + 1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iJump); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, -1); + } + continue; + } + assert( pFKey->nCol==1 || (aiFree && pIdx) ); + + if( aiFree ){ + aiCol = aiFree; + }else{ + iCol = pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; + aiCol = &iCol; + } + for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){ + if( aiCol[i]==pTab->iPKey ){ + aiCol[i] = -1; + } + assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the + ** authorization callback returns SQLITE_IGNORE, behave as if any + ** values read from the parent table are NULL. */ + if( db->xAuth ){ + int rcauth; + char *zCol = pTo->aCol[pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : pTo->iPKey].zName; + rcauth = sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTo->zName, zCol, iDb); + bIgnore = (rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE); + } +#endif + } + + /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate + ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns + ** in the parent table. */ + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTo->tnum, 0, pTo->zName); + pParse->nTab++; + + if( regOld!=0 ){ + /* A row is being removed from the child table. Search for the parent. + ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an + ** outstanding foreign key constraint violation. */ + fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, -1, bIgnore); + } + if( regNew!=0 && !isSetNullAction(pParse, pFKey) ){ + /* A row is being added to the child table. If a parent row cannot + ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint. + ** + ** If this operation is being performed as part of a trigger program + ** that is actually a "SET NULL" action belonging to this very + ** foreign key, then omit this scan altogether. As all child key + ** values are guaranteed to be NULL, it is not possible for adding + ** this row to cause an FK violation. */ + fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, +1, bIgnore); + } + + sqlite3DbFree(db, aiFree); + } + + /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints that refer to this table. + ** (the "child" constraints) */ + for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){ + Index *pIdx = 0; /* Foreign key index for pFKey */ + SrcList *pSrc; + int *aiCol = 0; + + if( aChange && fkParentIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0 ){ + continue; + } + + if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) + && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite + ){ + assert( regOld==0 && regNew!=0 ); + /* Inserting a single row into a parent table cannot cause (or fix) + ** an immediate foreign key violation. So do nothing in this case. */ + continue; + } + + if( sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ){ + if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return; + continue; + } + assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 ); + + /* Create a SrcList structure containing the child table. We need the + ** child table as a SrcList for sqlite3WhereBegin() */ + pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); + if( pSrc ){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a; + pItem->pTab = pFKey->pFrom; + pItem->zName = pFKey->pFrom->zName; + pItem->pTab->nRef++; + pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; + + if( regNew!=0 ){ + fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, -1); + } + if( regOld!=0 ){ + int eAction = pFKey->aAction[aChange!=0]; + fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, 1); + /* If this is a deferred FK constraint, or a CASCADE or SET NULL + ** action applies, then any foreign key violations caused by + ** removing the parent key will be rectified by the action trigger. + ** So do not set the "may-abort" flag in this case. + ** + ** Note 1: If the FK is declared "ON UPDATE CASCADE", then the + ** may-abort flag will eventually be set on this statement anyway + ** (when this function is called as part of processing the UPDATE + ** within the action trigger). + ** + ** Note 2: At first glance it may seem like SQLite could simply omit + ** all OP_FkCounter related scans when either CASCADE or SET NULL + ** applies. The trouble starts if the CASCADE or SET NULL action + ** trigger causes other triggers or action rules attached to the + ** child table to fire. In these cases the fk constraint counters + ** might be set incorrectly if any OP_FkCounter related scans are + ** omitted. */ + if( !pFKey->isDeferred && eAction!=OE_Cascade && eAction!=OE_SetNull ){ + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + } + } + pItem->zName = 0; + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol); + } +} + +#define COLUMN_MASK(x) (((x)>31) ? 0xffffffff : ((u32)1<<(x))) + +/* +** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a +** row contained in table pTab. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab /* Table being modified */ +){ + u32 mask = 0; + if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ + FKey *p; + int i; + for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ + for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(p->aCol[i].iFrom); + } + for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ + Index *pIdx = 0; + sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, p, &pIdx, 0); + if( pIdx ){ + for(i=0; i<pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){ + assert( pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 ); + mask |= COLUMN_MASK(pIdx->aiColumn[i]); + } + } + } + } + return mask; +} + + +/* +** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a +** row contained in table pTab. If the operation is a DELETE, then +** parameter aChange is passed a NULL value. For an UPDATE, aChange points +** to an array of size N, where N is the number of columns in table pTab. +** If the i'th column is not modified by the UPDATE, then the corresponding +** entry in the aChange[] array is set to -1. If the column is modified, +** the value is 0 or greater. Parameter chngRowid is set to true if the +** UPDATE statement modifies the rowid fields of the table. +** +** If any foreign key processing will be required, this function returns +** true. If there is no foreign key related processing, this function +** returns false. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table being modified */ + int *aChange, /* Non-NULL for UPDATE operations */ + int chngRowid /* True for UPDATE that affects rowid */ +){ + if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ + if( !aChange ){ + /* A DELETE operation. Foreign key processing is required if the + ** table in question is either the child or parent table for any + ** foreign key constraint. */ + return (sqlite3FkReferences(pTab) || pTab->pFKey); + }else{ + /* This is an UPDATE. Foreign key processing is only required if the + ** operation modifies one or more child or parent key columns. */ + FKey *p; + + /* Check if any child key columns are being modified. */ + for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ + if( fkChildIsModified(pTab, p, aChange, chngRowid) ) return 1; + } + + /* Check if any parent key columns are being modified. */ + for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ + if( fkParentIsModified(pTab, p, aChange, chngRowid) ) return 1; + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** This function is called when an UPDATE or DELETE operation is being +** compiled on table pTab, which is the parent table of foreign-key pFKey. +** If the current operation is an UPDATE, then the pChanges parameter is +** passed a pointer to the list of columns being modified. If it is a +** DELETE, pChanges is passed a NULL pointer. +** +** It returns a pointer to a Trigger structure containing a trigger +** equivalent to the ON UPDATE or ON DELETE action specified by pFKey. +** If the action is "NO ACTION" or "RESTRICT", then a NULL pointer is +** returned (these actions require no special handling by the triggers +** sub-system, code for them is created by fkScanChildren()). +** +** For example, if pFKey is the foreign key and pTab is table "p" in +** the following schema: +** +** CREATE TABLE p(pk PRIMARY KEY); +** CREATE TABLE c(ck REFERENCES p ON DELETE CASCADE); +** +** then the returned trigger structure is equivalent to: +** +** CREATE TRIGGER ... DELETE ON p BEGIN +** DELETE FROM c WHERE ck = old.pk; +** END; +** +** The returned pointer is cached as part of the foreign key object. It +** is eventually freed along with the rest of the foreign key object by +** sqlite3FkDelete(). +*/ +static Trigger *fkActionTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table being updated or deleted from */ + FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key to get action for */ + ExprList *pChanges /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + int action; /* One of OE_None, OE_Cascade etc. */ + Trigger *pTrigger; /* Trigger definition to return */ + int iAction = (pChanges!=0); /* 1 for UPDATE, 0 for DELETE */ + + action = pFKey->aAction[iAction]; + if( action==OE_Restrict && (db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) ){ + return 0; + } + pTrigger = pFKey->apTrigger[iAction]; + + if( action!=OE_None && !pTrigger ){ + char const *zFrom; /* Name of child table */ + int nFrom; /* Length in bytes of zFrom */ + Index *pIdx = 0; /* Parent key index for this FK */ + int *aiCol = 0; /* child table cols -> parent key cols */ + TriggerStep *pStep = 0; /* First (only) step of trigger program */ + Expr *pWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause of trigger step */ + ExprList *pList = 0; /* Changes list if ON UPDATE CASCADE */ + Select *pSelect = 0; /* If RESTRICT, "SELECT RAISE(...)" */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + Expr *pWhen = 0; /* WHEN clause for the trigger */ + + if( sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ) return 0; + assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 ); + + for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){ + Token tOld = { "old", 3 }; /* Literal "old" token */ + Token tNew = { "new", 3 }; /* Literal "new" token */ + Token tFromCol; /* Name of column in child table */ + Token tToCol; /* Name of column in parent table */ + int iFromCol; /* Idx of column in child table */ + Expr *pEq; /* tFromCol = OLD.tToCol */ + + iFromCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; + assert( iFromCol>=0 ); + assert( pIdx!=0 || (pTab->iPKey>=0 && pTab->iPKey<pTab->nCol) ); + assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 ); + sqlite3TokenInit(&tToCol, + pTab->aCol[pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : pTab->iPKey].zName); + sqlite3TokenInit(&tFromCol, pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].zName); + + /* Create the expression "OLD.zToCol = zFromCol". It is important + ** that the "OLD.zToCol" term is on the LHS of the = operator, so + ** that the affinity and collation sequence associated with the + ** parent table are used for the comparison. */ + pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, + sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tOld, 0), + sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0) + , 0), + sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tFromCol, 0) + , 0); + pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq); + + /* For ON UPDATE, construct the next term of the WHEN clause. + ** The final WHEN clause will be like this: + ** + ** WHEN NOT(old.col1 IS new.col1 AND ... AND old.colN IS new.colN) + */ + if( pChanges ){ + pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IS, + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, + sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tOld, 0), + sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0), + 0), + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, + sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tNew, 0), + sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0), + 0), + 0); + pWhen = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhen, pEq); + } + + if( action!=OE_Restrict && (action!=OE_Cascade || pChanges) ){ + Expr *pNew; + if( action==OE_Cascade ){ + pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, + sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tNew, 0), + sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0) + , 0); + }else if( action==OE_SetDflt ){ + Expr *pDflt = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].pDflt; + if( pDflt ){ + pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pDflt, 0); + }else{ + pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0); + } + }else{ + pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0); + } + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, pNew); + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pList, &tFromCol, 0); + } + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol); + + zFrom = pFKey->pFrom->zName; + nFrom = sqlite3Strlen30(zFrom); + + if( action==OE_Restrict ){ + Token tFrom; + Expr *pRaise; + + tFrom.z = zFrom; + tFrom.n = nFrom; + pRaise = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_RAISE, "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed"); + if( pRaise ){ + pRaise->affinity = OE_Abort; + } + pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, + sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pRaise), + sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, &tFrom, 0), + pWhere, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 + ); + pWhere = 0; + } + + /* Disable lookaside memory allocation */ + db->lookaside.bDisable++; + + pTrigger = (Trigger *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, + sizeof(Trigger) + /* struct Trigger */ + sizeof(TriggerStep) + /* Single step in trigger program */ + nFrom + 1 /* Space for pStep->zTarget */ + ); + if( pTrigger ){ + pStep = pTrigger->step_list = (TriggerStep *)&pTrigger[1]; + pStep->zTarget = (char *)&pStep[1]; + memcpy((char *)pStep->zTarget, zFrom, nFrom); + + pStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + if( pWhen ){ + pWhen = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pWhen, 0, 0); + pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + } + } + + /* Re-enable the lookaside buffer, if it was disabled earlier. */ + db->lookaside.bDisable--; + + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + if( db->mallocFailed==1 ){ + fkTriggerDelete(db, pTrigger); + return 0; + } + assert( pStep!=0 ); + + switch( action ){ + case OE_Restrict: + pStep->op = TK_SELECT; + break; + case OE_Cascade: + if( !pChanges ){ + pStep->op = TK_DELETE; + break; + } + default: + pStep->op = TK_UPDATE; + } + pStep->pTrig = pTrigger; + pTrigger->pSchema = pTab->pSchema; + pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema; + pFKey->apTrigger[iAction] = pTrigger; + pTrigger->op = (pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE); + } + + return pTrigger; +} + +/* +** This function is called when deleting or updating a row to implement +** any required CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT actions. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkActions( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table being updated or deleted from */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */ + int regOld, /* Address of array containing old row */ + int *aChange, /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */ + int bChngRowid /* True if rowid is UPDATEd */ +){ + /* If foreign-key support is enabled, iterate through all FKs that + ** refer to table pTab. If there is an action associated with the FK + ** for this operation (either update or delete), invoke the associated + ** trigger sub-program. */ + if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ + FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */ + for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){ + if( aChange==0 || fkParentIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid) ){ + Trigger *pAct = fkActionTrigger(pParse, pTab, pFKey, pChanges); + if( pAct ){ + sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, pAct, pTab, regOld, OE_Abort, 0); + } + } + } + } +} + +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ + +/* +** Free all memory associated with foreign key definitions attached to +** table pTab. Remove the deleted foreign keys from the Schema.fkeyHash +** hash table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){ + FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */ + FKey *pNext; /* Copy of pFKey->pNextFrom */ + + assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTab->pSchema) ); + for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNext){ + + /* Remove the FK from the fkeyHash hash table. */ + if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ + if( pFKey->pPrevTo ){ + pFKey->pPrevTo->pNextTo = pFKey->pNextTo; + }else{ + void *p = (void *)pFKey->pNextTo; + const char *z = (p ? pFKey->pNextTo->zTo : pFKey->zTo); + sqlite3HashInsert(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, z, p); + } + if( pFKey->pNextTo ){ + pFKey->pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey->pPrevTo; + } + } + + /* EV: R-30323-21917 Each foreign key constraint in SQLite is + ** classified as either immediate or deferred. + */ + assert( pFKey->isDeferred==0 || pFKey->isDeferred==1 ); + + /* Delete any triggers created to implement actions for this FK. */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[0]); + fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[1]); +#endif + + pNext = pFKey->pNextFrom; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey); + } +} +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */ + +/************** End of fkey.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file insert.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser +** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* +** Generate code that will +** +** (1) acquire a lock for table pTab then +** (2) open pTab as cursor iCur. +** +** If pTab is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then it is the PRIMARY KEY index +** for that table that is actually opened. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ + int iCur, /* The cursor number of the table */ + int iDb, /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */ + Table *pTab, /* The table to be opened */ + int opcode /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ +){ + Vdbe *v; + assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) ); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead ); + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, + (opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName); + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb, pTab->nCol); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); + }else{ + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + assert( pPk!=0 ); + assert( pPk->tnum==pTab->tnum ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, opcode, iCur, pPk->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); + } +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the column affinity string associated with index +** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in +** the table, according to the affinity of the column: +** +** Character Column affinity +** ------------------------------ +** 'A' BLOB +** 'B' TEXT +** 'C' NUMERIC +** 'D' INTEGER +** 'F' REAL +** +** An extra 'D' is appended to the end of the string to cover the +** rowid that appears as the last column in every index. +** +** Memory for the buffer containing the column index affinity string +** is managed along with the rest of the Index structure. It will be +** released when sqlite3DeleteIndex() is called. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx){ + if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ + /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is + ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as + ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use. + ** + ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by + ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned + ** up. + */ + int n; + Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; + pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pIdx->nColumn+1); + if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + return 0; + } + for(n=0; n<pIdx->nColumn; n++){ + i16 x = pIdx->aiColumn[n]; + if( x>=0 ){ + pIdx->zColAff[n] = pTab->aCol[x].affinity; + }else if( x==XN_ROWID ){ + pIdx->zColAff[n] = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + }else{ + char aff; + assert( x==XN_EXPR ); + assert( pIdx->aColExpr!=0 ); + aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pIdx->aColExpr->a[n].pExpr); + if( aff==0 ) aff = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; + pIdx->zColAff[n] = aff; + } + } + pIdx->zColAff[n] = 0; + } + + return pIdx->zColAff; +} + +/* +** Compute the affinity string for table pTab, if it has not already been +** computed. As an optimization, omit trailing SQLITE_AFF_BLOB affinities. +** +** If the affinity exists (if it is no entirely SQLITE_AFF_BLOB values) and +** if iReg>0 then code an OP_Affinity opcode that will set the affinities +** for register iReg and following. Or if affinities exists and iReg==0, +** then just set the P4 operand of the previous opcode (which should be +** an OP_MakeRecord) to the affinity string. +** +** A column affinity string has one character per column: +** +** Character Column affinity +** ------------------------------ +** 'A' BLOB +** 'B' TEXT +** 'C' NUMERIC +** 'D' INTEGER +** 'E' REAL +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int iReg){ + int i; + char *zColAff = pTab->zColAff; + if( zColAff==0 ){ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v); + zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pTab->nCol+1); + if( !zColAff ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + return; + } + + for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ + zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity; + } + do{ + zColAff[i--] = 0; + }while( i>=0 && zColAff[i]==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ); + pTab->zColAff = zColAff; + } + i = sqlite3Strlen30(zColAff); + if( i ){ + if( iReg ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, iReg, i, 0, zColAff, i); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zColAff, i); + } + } +} + +/* +** Return non-zero if the table pTab in database iDb or any of its indices +** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program. This is used to see if +** a statement of the form "INSERT INTO <iDb, pTab> SELECT ..." can +** run without using a temporary table for the results of the SELECT. +*/ +static int readsTable(Parse *p, int iDb, Table *pTab){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); + int i; + int iEnd = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + VTable *pVTab = IsVirtual(pTab) ? sqlite3GetVTable(p->db, pTab) : 0; +#endif + + for(i=1; i<iEnd; i++){ + VdbeOp *pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, i); + assert( pOp!=0 ); + if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenRead && pOp->p3==iDb ){ + Index *pIndex; + int tnum = pOp->p2; + if( tnum==pTab->tnum ){ + return 1; + } + for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){ + if( tnum==pIndex->tnum ){ + return 1; + } + } + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( pOp->opcode==OP_VOpen && pOp->p4.pVtab==pVTab ){ + assert( pOp->p4.pVtab!=0 ); + assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB ); + return 1; + } +#endif + } + return 0; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT +/* +** Locate or create an AutoincInfo structure associated with table pTab +** which is in database iDb. Return the register number for the register +** that holds the maximum rowid. +** +** There is at most one AutoincInfo structure per table even if the +** same table is autoincremented multiple times due to inserts within +** triggers. A new AutoincInfo structure is created if this is the +** first use of table pTab. On 2nd and subsequent uses, the original +** AutoincInfo structure is used. +** +** Three memory locations are allocated: +** +** (1) Register to hold the name of the pTab table. +** (2) Register to hold the maximum ROWID of pTab. +** (3) Register to hold the rowid in sqlite_sequence of pTab +** +** The 2nd register is the one that is returned. That is all the +** insert routine needs to know about. +*/ +static int autoIncBegin( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int iDb, /* Index of the database holding pTab */ + Table *pTab /* The table we are writing to */ +){ + int memId = 0; /* Register holding maximum rowid */ + if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + AutoincInfo *pInfo; + + pInfo = pToplevel->pAinc; + while( pInfo && pInfo->pTab!=pTab ){ pInfo = pInfo->pNext; } + if( pInfo==0 ){ + pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(pParse->db, sizeof(*pInfo)); + if( pInfo==0 ) return 0; + pInfo->pNext = pToplevel->pAinc; + pToplevel->pAinc = pInfo; + pInfo->pTab = pTab; + pInfo->iDb = iDb; + pToplevel->nMem++; /* Register to hold name of table */ + pInfo->regCtr = ++pToplevel->nMem; /* Max rowid register */ + pToplevel->nMem++; /* Rowid in sqlite_sequence */ + } + memId = pInfo->regCtr; + } + return memId; +} + +/* +** This routine generates code that will initialize all of the +** register used by the autoincrement tracker. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse){ + AutoincInfo *p; /* Information about an AUTOINCREMENT */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + Db *pDb; /* Database only autoinc table */ + int memId; /* Register holding max rowid */ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* VDBE under construction */ + + /* This routine is never called during trigger-generation. It is + ** only called from the top-level */ + assert( pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ); + assert( sqlite3IsToplevel(pParse) ); + + assert( v ); /* We failed long ago if this is not so */ + for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){ + static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); + static const VdbeOpList autoInc[] = { + /* 0 */ {OP_Null, 0, 0, 0}, + /* 1 */ {OP_Rewind, 0, 9, 0}, + /* 2 */ {OP_Column, 0, 0, 0}, + /* 3 */ {OP_Ne, 0, 7, 0}, + /* 4 */ {OP_Rowid, 0, 0, 0}, + /* 5 */ {OP_Column, 0, 1, 0}, + /* 6 */ {OP_Goto, 0, 9, 0}, + /* 7 */ {OP_Next, 0, 2, 0}, + /* 8 */ {OP_Integer, 0, 0, 0}, + /* 9 */ {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0} + }; + VdbeOp *aOp; + pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb]; + memId = p->regCtr; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) ); + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead); + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, memId-1, p->pTab->zName); + aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(autoInc), autoInc, iLn); + if( aOp==0 ) break; + aOp[0].p2 = memId; + aOp[0].p3 = memId+1; + aOp[2].p3 = memId; + aOp[3].p1 = memId-1; + aOp[3].p3 = memId; + aOp[3].p5 = SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL; + aOp[4].p2 = memId+1; + aOp[5].p3 = memId; + aOp[8].p2 = memId; + } +} + +/* +** Update the maximum rowid for an autoincrement calculation. +** +** This routine should be called when the regRowid register holds a +** new rowid that is about to be inserted. If that new rowid is +** larger than the maximum rowid in the memId memory cell, then the +** memory cell is updated. +*/ +static void autoIncStep(Parse *pParse, int memId, int regRowid){ + if( memId>0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_MemMax, memId, regRowid); + } +} + +/* +** This routine generates the code needed to write autoincrement +** maximum rowid values back into the sqlite_sequence register. +** Every statement that might do an INSERT into an autoincrement +** table (either directly or through triggers) needs to call this +** routine just before the "exit" code. +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE void autoIncrementEnd(Parse *pParse){ + AutoincInfo *p; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + assert( v ); + for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){ + static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); + static const VdbeOpList autoIncEnd[] = { + /* 0 */ {OP_NotNull, 0, 2, 0}, + /* 1 */ {OP_NewRowid, 0, 0, 0}, + /* 2 */ {OP_MakeRecord, 0, 2, 0}, + /* 3 */ {OP_Insert, 0, 0, 0}, + /* 4 */ {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0} + }; + VdbeOp *aOp; + Db *pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb]; + int iRec; + int memId = p->regCtr; + + iRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) ); + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite); + aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(autoIncEnd), autoIncEnd, iLn); + if( aOp==0 ) break; + aOp[0].p1 = memId+1; + aOp[1].p2 = memId+1; + aOp[2].p1 = memId-1; + aOp[2].p3 = iRec; + aOp[3].p2 = iRec; + aOp[3].p3 = memId+1; + aOp[3].p5 = OPFLAG_APPEND; + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iRec); + } +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse){ + if( pParse->pAinc ) autoIncrementEnd(pParse); +} +#else +/* +** If SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT is defined, then the three routines +** above are all no-ops +*/ +# define autoIncBegin(A,B,C) (0) +# define autoIncStep(A,B,C) +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */ + + +/* Forward declaration */ +static int xferOptimization( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ + Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ + int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ + int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ +); + +/* +** This routine is called to handle SQL of the following forms: +** +** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST),(EXPRLIST),... +** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select +** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) default values +** +** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional. If omitted, +** then a list of all (non-hidden) columns for the table is substituted. +** The IDLIST appears in the pColumn parameter. pColumn is NULL if IDLIST +** is omitted. +** +** For the pSelect parameter holds the values to be inserted for the +** first two forms shown above. A VALUES clause is really just short-hand +** for a SELECT statement that omits the FROM clause and everything else +** that follows. If the pSelect parameter is NULL, that means that the +** DEFAULT VALUES form of the INSERT statement is intended. +** +** The code generated follows one of four templates. For a simple +** insert with data coming from a single-row VALUES clause, the code executes +** once straight down through. Pseudo-code follows (we call this +** the "1st template"): +** +** open write cursor to <table> and its indices +** put VALUES clause expressions into registers +** write the resulting record into <table> +** cleanup +** +** The three remaining templates assume the statement is of the form +** +** INSERT INTO <table> SELECT ... +** +** If the SELECT clause is of the restricted form "SELECT * FROM <table2>" - +** in other words if the SELECT pulls all columns from a single table +** and there is no WHERE or LIMIT or GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses, and +** if <table2> and <table1> are distinct tables but have identical +** schemas, including all the same indices, then a special optimization +** is invoked that copies raw records from <table2> over to <table1>. +** See the xferOptimization() function for the implementation of this +** template. This is the 2nd template. +** +** open a write cursor to <table> +** open read cursor on <table2> +** transfer all records in <table2> over to <table> +** close cursors +** foreach index on <table> +** open a write cursor on the <table> index +** open a read cursor on the corresponding <table2> index +** transfer all records from the read to the write cursors +** close cursors +** end foreach +** +** The 3rd template is for when the second template does not apply +** and the SELECT clause does not read from <table> at any time. +** The generated code follows this template: +** +** X <- A +** goto B +** A: setup for the SELECT +** loop over the rows in the SELECT +** load values into registers R..R+n +** yield X +** end loop +** cleanup after the SELECT +** end-coroutine X +** B: open write cursor to <table> and its indices +** C: yield X, at EOF goto D +** insert the select result into <table> from R..R+n +** goto C +** D: cleanup +** +** The 4th template is used if the insert statement takes its +** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table +** that is also read as part of the SELECT. In the third form, +** we have to use an intermediate table to store the results of +** the select. The template is like this: +** +** X <- A +** goto B +** A: setup for the SELECT +** loop over the tables in the SELECT +** load value into register R..R+n +** yield X +** end loop +** cleanup after the SELECT +** end co-routine R +** B: open temp table +** L: yield X, at EOF goto M +** insert row from R..R+n into temp table +** goto L +** M: open write cursor to <table> and its indices +** rewind temp table +** C: loop over rows of intermediate table +** transfer values form intermediate table into <table> +** end loop +** D: cleanup +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* Name of table into which we are inserting */ + Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ + IdList *pColumn, /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */ + int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */ +){ + sqlite3 *db; /* The main database structure */ + Table *pTab; /* The table to insert into. aka TABLE */ + char *zTab; /* Name of the table into which we are inserting */ + const char *zDb; /* Name of the database holding this table */ + int i, j, idx; /* Loop counters */ + Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ + Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ + int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the data */ + int nHidden = 0; /* Number of hidden columns if TABLE is virtual */ + int iDataCur = 0; /* VDBE cursor that is the main data repository */ + int iIdxCur = 0; /* First index cursor */ + int ipkColumn = -1; /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ + int endOfLoop; /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */ + int srcTab = 0; /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */ + int addrInsTop = 0; /* Jump to label "D" */ + int addrCont = 0; /* Top of insert loop. Label "C" in templates 3 and 4 */ + SelectDest dest; /* Destination for SELECT on rhs of INSERT */ + int iDb; /* Index of database holding TABLE */ + Db *pDb; /* The database containing table being inserted into */ + u8 useTempTable = 0; /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */ + u8 appendFlag = 0; /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */ + u8 withoutRowid; /* 0 for normal table. 1 for WITHOUT ROWID table */ + u8 bIdListInOrder; /* True if IDLIST is in table order */ + ExprList *pList = 0; /* List of VALUES() to be inserted */ + + /* Register allocations */ + int regFromSelect = 0;/* Base register for data coming from SELECT */ + int regAutoinc = 0; /* Register holding the AUTOINCREMENT counter */ + int regRowCount = 0; /* Memory cell used for the row counter */ + int regIns; /* Block of regs holding rowid+data being inserted */ + int regRowid; /* registers holding insert rowid */ + int regData; /* register holding first column to insert */ + int *aRegIdx = 0; /* One register allocated to each index */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + int isView; /* True if attempting to insert into a view */ + Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */ + int tmask; /* Mask of trigger times */ +#endif + + db = pParse->db; + memset(&dest, 0, sizeof(dest)); + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + + /* If the Select object is really just a simple VALUES() list with a + ** single row (the common case) then keep that one row of values + ** and discard the other (unused) parts of the pSelect object + */ + if( pSelect && (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Values)!=0 && pSelect->pPrior==0 ){ + pList = pSelect->pEList; + pSelect->pEList = 0; + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + pSelect = 0; + } + + /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information. + */ + assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); + zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName; + if( NEVER(zTab==0) ) goto insert_cleanup; + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); + if( pTab==0 ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDb<db->nDb ); + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + zDb = pDb->zName; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + withoutRowid = !HasRowid(pTab); + + /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being + ** inserted into is a view + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_INSERT, 0, &tmask); + isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; +#else +# define pTrigger 0 +# define tmask 0 +# define isView 0 +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +# undef isView +# define isView 0 +#endif + assert( (pTrigger && tmask) || (pTrigger==0 && tmask==0) ); + + /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. + ** ViewGetColumnNames() is a no-op if pTab is not a view. + */ + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + + /* Cannot insert into a read-only table. + */ + if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + + /* Allocate a VDBE + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup; + if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || pTrigger, iDb); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT + /* If the statement is of the form + ** + ** INSERT INTO <table1> SELECT * FROM <table2>; + ** + ** Then special optimizations can be applied that make the transfer + ** very fast and which reduce fragmentation of indices. + ** + ** This is the 2nd template. + */ + if( pColumn==0 && xferOptimization(pParse, pTab, pSelect, onError, iDb) ){ + assert( !pTrigger ); + assert( pList==0 ); + goto insert_end; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ + + /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the + ** sqlite_sequence table and store it in memory cell regAutoinc. + */ + regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDb, pTab); + + /* Allocate registers for holding the rowid of the new row, + ** the content of the new row, and the assembled row record. + */ + regRowid = regIns = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1; + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + regRowid++; + pParse->nMem++; + } + regData = regRowid+1; + + /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure + ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and + ** remember the column indices. + ** + ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column + ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the ipkColumn variable + ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column. ipkColumn is + ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as + ** is appears in the original table. (The index of the INTEGER + ** PRIMARY KEY in the original table is pTab->iPKey.) + */ + bIdListInOrder = (pTab->tabFlags & TF_OOOHidden)==0; + if( pColumn ){ + for(i=0; i<pColumn->nId; i++){ + pColumn->a[i].idx = -1; + } + for(i=0; i<pColumn->nId; i++){ + for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){ + pColumn->a[i].idx = j; + if( i!=j ) bIdListInOrder = 0; + if( j==pTab->iPKey ){ + ipkColumn = i; assert( !withoutRowid ); + } + break; + } + } + if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ + if( sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) && !withoutRowid ){ + ipkColumn = i; + bIdListInOrder = 0; + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s", + pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName); + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + goto insert_cleanup; + } + } + } + } + + /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied. If the data + ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then generate a co-routine that + ** produces a single row of the SELECT on each invocation. The + ** co-routine is the common header to the 3rd and 4th templates. + */ + if( pSelect ){ + /* Data is coming from a SELECT or from a multi-row VALUES clause. + ** Generate a co-routine to run the SELECT. */ + int regYield; /* Register holding co-routine entry-point */ + int addrTop; /* Top of the co-routine */ + int rc; /* Result code */ + + regYield = ++pParse->nMem; + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, addrTop); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, regYield); + dest.iSdst = bIdListInOrder ? regData : 0; + dest.nSdst = pTab->nCol; + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); + regFromSelect = dest.iSdst; + if( rc || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ) goto insert_cleanup; + sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(v, regYield); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop - 1); /* label B: */ + assert( pSelect->pEList ); + nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr; + + /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement + ** should be written into a temporary table (template 4). Set to + ** FALSE if each output row of the SELECT can be written directly into + ** the destination table (template 3). + ** + ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one + ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement. Also use a + ** temp table in the case of row triggers. + */ + if( pTrigger || readsTable(pParse, iDb, pTab) ){ + useTempTable = 1; + } + + if( useTempTable ){ + /* Invoke the coroutine to extract information from the SELECT + ** and add it to a transient table srcTab. The code generated + ** here is from the 4th template: + ** + ** B: open temp table + ** L: yield X, goto M at EOF + ** insert row from R..R+n into temp table + ** goto L + ** M: ... + */ + int regRec; /* Register to hold packed record */ + int regTempRowid; /* Register to hold temp table ROWID */ + int addrL; /* Label "L" */ + + srcTab = pParse->nTab++; + regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + regTempRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, srcTab, nColumn); + addrL = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regFromSelect, nColumn, regRec); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, regTempRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, regRec, regTempRowid); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrL); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrL); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTempRowid); + } + }else{ + /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a + ** single-row VALUES clause + */ + NameContext sNC; + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + srcTab = -1; + assert( useTempTable==0 ); + if( pList ){ + nColumn = pList->nExpr; + if( sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pList) ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + }else{ + nColumn = 0; + } + } + + /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary + ** key, the set the ipkColumn variable to the integer primary key + ** column index in the original table definition. + */ + if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){ + ipkColumn = pTab->iPKey; + } + + /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number + ** of columns to be inserted into the table. + */ + for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ + nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0); + } + if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied", + pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol-nHidden, nColumn); + goto insert_cleanup; + } + if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId); + goto insert_cleanup; + } + + /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted + */ + if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ + regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount); + } + + /* If this is not a view, open the table and and all indices */ + if( !isView ){ + int nIdx; + nIdx = sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, 0, -1, 0, + &iDataCur, &iIdxCur); + aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int)*(nIdx+1)); + if( aRegIdx==0 ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + for(i=0; i<nIdx; i++){ + aRegIdx[i] = ++pParse->nMem; + } + } + + /* This is the top of the main insertion loop */ + if( useTempTable ){ + /* This block codes the top of loop only. The complete loop is the + ** following pseudocode (template 4): + ** + ** rewind temp table, if empty goto D + ** C: loop over rows of intermediate table + ** transfer values form intermediate table into <table> + ** end loop + ** D: ... + */ + addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab); VdbeCoverage(v); + addrCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + }else if( pSelect ){ + /* This block codes the top of loop only. The complete loop is the + ** following pseudocode (template 3): + ** + ** C: yield X, at EOF goto D + ** insert the select result into <table> from R..R+n + ** goto C + ** D: ... + */ + addrInsTop = addrCont = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any + */ + endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + if( tmask & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){ + int regCols = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pTab->nCol+1); + + /* build the NEW.* reference row. Note that if there is an INTEGER + ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be + ** translated into a unique ID for the row. But on a BEFORE trigger, + ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has + ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1 + */ + if( ipkColumn<0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols); + }else{ + int addr1; + assert( !withoutRowid ); + if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, ipkColumn, regCols); + }else{ + assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[ipkColumn].pExpr, regCols); + } + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regCols); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regCols); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible, + ** this block would have to account for hidden column. + */ + assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) ); + + /* Create the new column data + */ + for(i=j=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ + if( pColumn ){ + for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){ + if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; + } + } + if( (!useTempTable && !pList) || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) + || (pColumn==0 && IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i])) ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regCols+i+1); + }else if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, regCols+i+1); + }else{ + assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ + sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i+1); + } + if( pColumn==0 && !IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ) j++; + } + + /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger, + ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record. + ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the + ** table column affinities. + */ + if( !isView ){ + sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regCols+1); + } + + /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */ + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, + pTab, regCols-pTab->nCol-1, onError, endOfLoop); + + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol+1); + } + + /* Compute the content of the next row to insert into a range of + ** registers beginning at regIns. + */ + if( !isView ){ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + /* The row that the VUpdate opcode will delete: none */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIns); + } + if( ipkColumn>=0 ){ + if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, ipkColumn, regRowid); + }else if( pSelect ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regFromSelect+ipkColumn, regRowid); + }else{ + VdbeOp *pOp; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[ipkColumn].pExpr, regRowid); + pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1); + if( ALWAYS(pOp) && pOp->opcode==OP_Null && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + appendFlag = 1; + pOp->opcode = OP_NewRowid; + pOp->p1 = iDataCur; + pOp->p2 = regRowid; + pOp->p3 = regAutoinc; + } + } + /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRowid + ** to generate a unique primary key value. + */ + if( !appendFlag ){ + int addr1; + if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regRowid); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, iDataCur, regRowid, regAutoinc); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + }else{ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRowid, addr1+2); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRowid); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) || withoutRowid ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowid); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, iDataCur, regRowid, regAutoinc); + appendFlag = 1; + } + autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid); + + /* Compute data for all columns of the new entry, beginning + ** with the first column. + */ + nHidden = 0; + for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ + int iRegStore = regRowid+1+i; + if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ + /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL. + ** Whenever this column is read, the rowid will be substituted + ** in its place. Hence, fill this column with a NULL to avoid + ** taking up data space with information that will never be used. + ** As there may be shallow copies of this value, make it a soft-NULL */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SoftNull, iRegStore); + continue; + } + if( pColumn==0 ){ + if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ){ + j = -1; + nHidden++; + }else{ + j = i - nHidden; + } + }else{ + for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){ + if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; + } + } + if( j<0 || nColumn==0 || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, iRegStore); + }else if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, iRegStore); + }else if( pSelect ){ + if( regFromSelect!=regData ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+j, iRegStore); + } + }else{ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, iRegStore); + } + } + + /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and + ** do the insertion. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); + sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2, regIns, pVTab, P4_VTAB); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError); + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + }else +#endif + { + int isReplace; /* Set to true if constraints may cause a replace */ + sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, aRegIdx, iDataCur, iIdxCur, + regIns, 0, ipkColumn>=0, onError, endOfLoop, &isReplace, 0 + ); + sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regIns, 0, 0); + sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, + regIns, aRegIdx, 0, appendFlag, isReplace==0); + } + } + + /* Update the count of rows that are inserted + */ + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1); + } + + if( pTrigger ){ + /* Code AFTER triggers */ + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, + pTab, regData-2-pTab->nCol, onError, endOfLoop); + } + + /* The bottom of the main insertion loop, if the data source + ** is a SELECT statement. + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop); + if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, srcTab, addrCont); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, srcTab); + }else if( pSelect ){ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrCont); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop); + } + + if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && !isView ){ + /* Close all tables opened */ + if( iDataCur<iIdxCur ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iDataCur); + for(idx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, idx+iIdxCur); + } + } + +insert_end: + /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the + ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into + ** autoincrement tables. + */ + if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ + sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); + } + + /* + ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is + ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not + ** invoke the callback function. + */ + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", SQLITE_STATIC); + } + +insert_cleanup: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn); + sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx); +} + +/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise +** they may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file +** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ +#ifdef isView + #undef isView +#endif +#ifdef pTrigger + #undef pTrigger +#endif +#ifdef tmask + #undef tmask +#endif + +/* +** Meanings of bits in of pWalker->eCode for checkConstraintUnchanged() +*/ +#define CKCNSTRNT_COLUMN 0x01 /* CHECK constraint uses a changing column */ +#define CKCNSTRNT_ROWID 0x02 /* CHECK constraint references the ROWID */ + +/* This is the Walker callback from checkConstraintUnchanged(). Set +** bit 0x01 of pWalker->eCode if +** pWalker->eCode to 0 if this expression node references any of the +** columns that are being modifed by an UPDATE statement. +*/ +static int checkConstraintExprNode(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ){ + assert( pExpr->iColumn>=0 || pExpr->iColumn==-1 ); + if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 ){ + if( pWalker->u.aiCol[pExpr->iColumn]>=0 ){ + pWalker->eCode |= CKCNSTRNT_COLUMN; + } + }else{ + pWalker->eCode |= CKCNSTRNT_ROWID; + } + } + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** pExpr is a CHECK constraint on a row that is being UPDATE-ed. The +** only columns that are modified by the UPDATE are those for which +** aiChng[i]>=0, and also the ROWID is modified if chngRowid is true. +** +** Return true if CHECK constraint pExpr does not use any of the +** changing columns (or the rowid if it is changing). In other words, +** return true if this CHECK constraint can be skipped when validating +** the new row in the UPDATE statement. +*/ +static int checkConstraintUnchanged(Expr *pExpr, int *aiChng, int chngRowid){ + Walker w; + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.eCode = 0; + w.xExprCallback = checkConstraintExprNode; + w.u.aiCol = aiChng; + sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); + if( !chngRowid ){ + testcase( (w.eCode & CKCNSTRNT_ROWID)!=0 ); + w.eCode &= ~CKCNSTRNT_ROWID; + } + testcase( w.eCode==0 ); + testcase( w.eCode==CKCNSTRNT_COLUMN ); + testcase( w.eCode==CKCNSTRNT_ROWID ); + testcase( w.eCode==(CKCNSTRNT_ROWID|CKCNSTRNT_COLUMN) ); + return !w.eCode; +} + +/* +** Generate code to do constraint checks prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE +** on table pTab. +** +** The regNewData parameter is the first register in a range that contains +** the data to be inserted or the data after the update. There will be +** pTab->nCol+1 registers in this range. The first register (the one +** that regNewData points to) will contain the new rowid, or NULL in the +** case of a WITHOUT ROWID table. The second register in the range will +** contain the content of the first table column. The third register will +** contain the content of the second table column. And so forth. +** +** The regOldData parameter is similar to regNewData except that it contains +** the data prior to an UPDATE rather than afterwards. regOldData is zero +** for an INSERT. This routine can distinguish between UPDATE and INSERT by +** checking regOldData for zero. +** +** For an UPDATE, the pkChng boolean is true if the true primary key (the +** rowid for a normal table or the PRIMARY KEY for a WITHOUT ROWID table) +** might be modified by the UPDATE. If pkChng is false, then the key of +** the iDataCur content table is guaranteed to be unchanged by the UPDATE. +** +** For an INSERT, the pkChng boolean indicates whether or not the rowid +** was explicitly specified as part of the INSERT statement. If pkChng +** is zero, it means that the either rowid is computed automatically or +** that the table is a WITHOUT ROWID table and has no rowid. On an INSERT, +** pkChng will only be true if the INSERT statement provides an integer +** value for either the rowid column or its INTEGER PRIMARY KEY alias. +** +** The code generated by this routine will store new index entries into +** registers identified by aRegIdx[]. No index entry is created for +** indices where aRegIdx[i]==0. The order of indices in aRegIdx[] is +** the same as the order of indices on the linked list of indices +** at pTab->pIndex. +** +** The caller must have already opened writeable cursors on the main +** table and all applicable indices (that is to say, all indices for which +** aRegIdx[] is not zero). iDataCur is the cursor for the main table when +** inserting or updating a rowid table, or the cursor for the PRIMARY KEY +** index when operating on a WITHOUT ROWID table. iIdxCur is the cursor +** for the first index in the pTab->pIndex list. Cursors for other indices +** are at iIdxCur+N for the N-th element of the pTab->pIndex list. +** +** This routine also generates code to check constraints. NOT NULL, +** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked. If a constraint fails, +** then the appropriate action is performed. There are five possible +** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE. +** +** Constraint type Action What Happens +** --------------- ---------- ---------------------------------------- +** any ROLLBACK The current transaction is rolled back and +** sqlite3_step() returns immediately with a +** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. +** +** any ABORT Back out changes from the current command +** only (do not do a complete rollback) then +** cause sqlite3_step() to return immediately +** with SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. +** +** any FAIL Sqlite3_step() returns immediately with a +** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. The +** transaction is not rolled back and any +** changes to prior rows are retained. +** +** any IGNORE The attempt in insert or update the current +** row is skipped, without throwing an error. +** Processing continues with the next row. +** (There is an immediate jump to ignoreDest.) +** +** NOT NULL REPLACE The NULL value is replace by the default +** value for that column. If the default value +** is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT. +** +** UNIQUE REPLACE The other row that conflicts with the row +** being inserted is removed. +** +** CHECK REPLACE Illegal. The results in an exception. +** +** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter. +** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter +** is used. Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value +** for the constraint is used. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Table *pTab, /* The table being inserted or updated */ + int *aRegIdx, /* Use register aRegIdx[i] for index i. 0 for unused */ + int iDataCur, /* Canonical data cursor (main table or PK index) */ + int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */ + int regNewData, /* First register in a range holding values to insert */ + int regOldData, /* Previous content. 0 for INSERTs */ + u8 pkChng, /* Non-zero if the rowid or PRIMARY KEY changed */ + u8 overrideError, /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */ + int ignoreDest, /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */ + int *pbMayReplace, /* OUT: Set to true if constraint may cause a replace */ + int *aiChng /* column i is unchanged if aiChng[i]<0 */ +){ + Vdbe *v; /* VDBE under constrution */ + Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to one of the indices */ + Index *pPk = 0; /* The PRIMARY KEY index */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + int i; /* loop counter */ + int ix; /* Index loop counter */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns */ + int onError; /* Conflict resolution strategy */ + int addr1; /* Address of jump instruction */ + int seenReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE is used to resolve INT PK conflict */ + int nPkField; /* Number of fields in PRIMARY KEY. 1 for ROWID tables */ + int ipkTop = 0; /* Top of the rowid change constraint check */ + int ipkBottom = 0; /* Bottom of the rowid change constraint check */ + u8 isUpdate; /* True if this is an UPDATE operation */ + u8 bAffinityDone = 0; /* True if the OP_Affinity operation has been run */ + int regRowid = -1; /* Register holding ROWID value */ + + isUpdate = regOldData!=0; + db = pParse->db; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); + assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ + nCol = pTab->nCol; + + /* pPk is the PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables and NULL for + ** normal rowid tables. nPkField is the number of key fields in the + ** pPk index or 1 for a rowid table. In other words, nPkField is the + ** number of fields in the true primary key of the table. */ + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + pPk = 0; + nPkField = 1; + }else{ + pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + nPkField = pPk->nKeyCol; + } + + /* Record that this module has started */ + VdbeModuleComment((v, "BEGIN: GenCnstCks(%d,%d,%d,%d,%d)", + iDataCur, iIdxCur, regNewData, regOldData, pkChng)); + + /* Test all NOT NULL constraints. + */ + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ + if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ + continue; /* ROWID is never NULL */ + } + if( aiChng && aiChng[i]<0 ){ + /* Don't bother checking for NOT NULL on columns that do not change */ + continue; + } + onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull; + if( onError==OE_None ) continue; /* This column is allowed to be NULL */ + if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ + onError = overrideError; + }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ + onError = OE_Abort; + } + if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].pDflt==0 ){ + onError = OE_Abort; + } + assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail + || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ); + switch( onError ){ + case OE_Abort: + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + /* Fall through */ + case OE_Rollback: + case OE_Fail: { + char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, + pTab->aCol[i].zName); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_HaltIfNull, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL, onError, + regNewData+1+i, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, P5_ConstraintNotNull); + VdbeCoverage(v); + break; + } + case OE_Ignore: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regNewData+1+i, ignoreDest); + VdbeCoverage(v); + break; + } + default: { + assert( onError==OE_Replace ); + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regNewData+1+i); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regNewData+1+i); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + break; + } + } + } + + /* Test all CHECK constraints + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + if( pTab->pCheck && (db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){ + ExprList *pCheck = pTab->pCheck; + pParse->ckBase = regNewData+1; + onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort; + for(i=0; i<pCheck->nExpr; i++){ + int allOk; + Expr *pExpr = pCheck->a[i].pExpr; + if( aiChng && checkConstraintUnchanged(pExpr, aiChng, pkChng) ) continue; + allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr, allOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + if( onError==OE_Ignore ){ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, ignoreDest); + }else{ + char *zName = pCheck->a[i].zName; + if( zName==0 ) zName = pTab->zName; + if( onError==OE_Replace ) onError = OE_Abort; /* IMP: R-15569-63625 */ + sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK, + onError, zName, P4_TRANSIENT, + P5_ConstraintCheck); + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk); + } + } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */ + + /* If rowid is changing, make sure the new rowid does not previously + ** exist in the table. + */ + if( pkChng && pPk==0 ){ + int addrRowidOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + + /* Figure out what action to take in case of a rowid collision */ + onError = pTab->keyConf; + if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ + onError = overrideError; + }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ + onError = OE_Abort; + } + + if( isUpdate ){ + /* pkChng!=0 does not mean that the rowid has change, only that + ** it might have changed. Skip the conflict logic below if the rowid + ** is unchanged. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regNewData, addrRowidOk, regOldData); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* If the response to a rowid conflict is REPLACE but the response + ** to some other UNIQUE constraint is FAIL or IGNORE, then we need + ** to defer the running of the rowid conflict checking until after + ** the UNIQUE constraints have run. + */ + if( onError==OE_Replace && overrideError!=OE_Replace ){ + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( pIdx->onError==OE_Ignore || pIdx->onError==OE_Fail ){ + ipkTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); + break; + } + } + } + + /* Check to see if the new rowid already exists in the table. Skip + ** the following conflict logic if it does not. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, addrRowidOk, regNewData); + VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Generate code that deals with a rowid collision */ + switch( onError ){ + default: { + onError = OE_Abort; + /* Fall thru into the next case */ + } + case OE_Rollback: + case OE_Abort: + case OE_Fail: { + sqlite3RowidConstraint(pParse, onError, pTab); + break; + } + case OE_Replace: { + /* If there are DELETE triggers on this table and the + ** recursive-triggers flag is set, call GenerateRowDelete() to + ** remove the conflicting row from the table. This will fire + ** the triggers and remove both the table and index b-tree entries. + ** + ** Otherwise, if there are no triggers or the recursive-triggers + ** flag is not set, but the table has one or more indexes, call + ** GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes the index b-tree entries + ** only. The table b-tree entry will be replaced by the new entry + ** when it is inserted. + ** + ** If either GenerateRowDelete() or GenerateRowIndexDelete() is called, + ** also invoke MultiWrite() to indicate that this VDBE may require + ** statement rollback (if the statement is aborted after the delete + ** takes place). Earlier versions called sqlite3MultiWrite() regardless, + ** but being more selective here allows statements like: + ** + ** REPLACE INTO t(rowid) VALUES($newrowid) + ** + ** to run without a statement journal if there are no indexes on the + ** table. + */ + Trigger *pTrigger = 0; + if( db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){ + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); + } + if( pTrigger || sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) ){ + sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); + sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur, + regNewData, 1, 0, OE_Replace, 1, -1); + }else{ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + /* This OP_Delete opcode fires the pre-update-hook only. It does + ** not modify the b-tree. It is more efficient to let the coming + ** OP_Insert replace the existing entry than it is to delete the + ** existing entry and then insert a new one. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, OPFLAG_ISNOOP); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pTab, P4_TABLE); + } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */ + if( pTab->pIndex ){ + sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); + sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur,0,-1); + } + } + seenReplace = 1; + break; + } + case OE_Ignore: { + /*assert( seenReplace==0 );*/ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, ignoreDest); + break; + } + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrRowidOk); + if( ipkTop ){ + ipkBottom = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, ipkTop); + } + } + + /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE + ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist. + ** Compute the revised record entries for indices as we go. + ** + ** This loop also handles the case of the PRIMARY KEY index for a + ** WITHOUT ROWID table. + */ + for(ix=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, ix++){ + int regIdx; /* Range of registers hold conent for pIdx */ + int regR; /* Range of registers holding conflicting PK */ + int iThisCur; /* Cursor for this UNIQUE index */ + int addrUniqueOk; /* Jump here if the UNIQUE constraint is satisfied */ + + if( aRegIdx[ix]==0 ) continue; /* Skip indices that do not change */ + if( bAffinityDone==0 ){ + sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNewData+1); + bAffinityDone = 1; + } + iThisCur = iIdxCur+ix; + addrUniqueOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + + /* Skip partial indices for which the WHERE clause is not true */ + if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, aRegIdx[ix]); + pParse->ckBase = regNewData+1; + sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, addrUniqueOk, + SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + pParse->ckBase = 0; + } + + /* Create a record for this index entry as it should appear after + ** the insert or update. Store that record in the aRegIdx[ix] register + */ + regIdx = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIdx->nColumn); + for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){ + int iField = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; + int x; + if( iField==XN_EXPR ){ + pParse->ckBase = regNewData+1; + sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(pParse, pIdx->aColExpr->a[i].pExpr, regIdx+i); + pParse->ckBase = 0; + VdbeComment((v, "%s column %d", pIdx->zName, i)); + }else{ + if( iField==XN_ROWID || iField==pTab->iPKey ){ + if( regRowid==regIdx+i ) continue; /* ROWID already in regIdx+i */ + x = regNewData; + regRowid = pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ? -1 : regIdx+i; + }else{ + x = iField + regNewData + 1; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, iField<0 ? OP_IntCopy : OP_SCopy, x, regIdx+i); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", iField<0 ? "rowid" : pTab->aCol[iField].zName)); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn, aRegIdx[ix]); + VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pIdx->zName)); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn); + + /* In an UPDATE operation, if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index + ** of a WITHOUT ROWID table and there has been no change the + ** primary key, then no collision is possible. The collision detection + ** logic below can all be skipped. */ + if( isUpdate && pPk==pIdx && pkChng==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk); + continue; + } + + /* Find out what action to take in case there is a uniqueness conflict */ + onError = pIdx->onError; + if( onError==OE_None ){ + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk); + continue; /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */ + } + if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ + onError = overrideError; + }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ + onError = OE_Abort; + } + + /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NoConflict, iThisCur, addrUniqueOk, + regIdx, pIdx->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Generate code to handle collisions */ + regR = (pIdx==pPk) ? regIdx : sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPkField); + if( isUpdate || onError==OE_Replace ){ + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iThisCur, regR); + /* Conflict only if the rowid of the existing index entry + ** is different from old-rowid */ + if( isUpdate ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regR, addrUniqueOk, regOldData); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + }else{ + int x; + /* Extract the PRIMARY KEY from the end of the index entry and + ** store it in registers regR..regR+nPk-1 */ + if( pIdx!=pPk ){ + for(i=0; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){ + assert( pPk->aiColumn[i]>=0 ); + x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[i]); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iThisCur, x, regR+i); + VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, + pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[i]].zName)); + } + } + if( isUpdate ){ + /* If currently processing the PRIMARY KEY of a WITHOUT ROWID + ** table, only conflict if the new PRIMARY KEY values are actually + ** different from the old. + ** + ** For a UNIQUE index, only conflict if the PRIMARY KEY values + ** of the matched index row are different from the original PRIMARY + ** KEY values of this row before the update. */ + int addrJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+pPk->nKeyCol; + int op = OP_Ne; + int regCmp = (IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? regIdx : regR); + + for(i=0; i<pPk->nKeyCol; i++){ + char *p4 = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pPk->azColl[i]); + x = pPk->aiColumn[i]; + assert( x>=0 ); + if( i==(pPk->nKeyCol-1) ){ + addrJump = addrUniqueOk; + op = OP_Eq; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, + regOldData+1+x, addrJump, regCmp+i, p4, P4_COLLSEQ + ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Eq); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Ne); + } + } + } + } + + /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */ + assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail + || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ); + switch( onError ){ + case OE_Rollback: + case OE_Abort: + case OE_Fail: { + sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, onError, pIdx); + break; + } + case OE_Ignore: { + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, ignoreDest); + break; + } + default: { + Trigger *pTrigger = 0; + assert( onError==OE_Replace ); + sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); + if( db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){ + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); + } + sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur, + regR, nPkField, 0, OE_Replace, + (pIdx==pPk ? ONEPASS_SINGLE : ONEPASS_OFF), -1); + seenReplace = 1; + break; + } + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn); + if( regR!=regIdx ) sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regR, nPkField); + } + if( ipkTop ){ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, ipkTop+1); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, ipkBottom); + } + + *pbMayReplace = seenReplace; + VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenCnstCks(%d)", seenReplace)); +} + +/* +** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation +** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks. +** A consecutive range of registers starting at regNewData contains the +** rowid and the content to be inserted. +** +** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six +** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */ + int iDataCur, /* Cursor of the canonical data source */ + int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */ + int regNewData, /* Range of content */ + int *aRegIdx, /* Register used by each index. 0 for unused indices */ + int isUpdate, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */ + int appendBias, /* True if this is likely to be an append */ + int useSeekResult /* True to set the USESEEKRESULT flag on OP_[Idx]Insert */ +){ + Vdbe *v; /* Prepared statements under construction */ + Index *pIdx; /* An index being inserted or updated */ + u8 pik_flags; /* flag values passed to the btree insert */ + int regData; /* Content registers (after the rowid) */ + int regRec; /* Register holding assembled record for the table */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + u8 bAffinityDone = 0; /* True if OP_Affinity has been run already */ + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); + assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ + for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ + if( aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue; + bAffinityDone = 1; + if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, aRegIdx[i], sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdxCur+i, aRegIdx[i]); + pik_flags = 0; + if( useSeekResult ) pik_flags = OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT; + if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && !HasRowid(pTab) ){ + assert( pParse->nested==0 ); + pik_flags |= OPFLAG_NCHANGE; + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags); + } + if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) return; + regData = regNewData + 1; + regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regData, pTab->nCol, regRec); + if( !bAffinityDone ) sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, 0); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regData, pTab->nCol); + if( pParse->nested ){ + pik_flags = 0; + }else{ + pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE; + pik_flags |= (isUpdate?OPFLAG_ISUPDATE:OPFLAG_LASTROWID); + } + if( appendBias ){ + pik_flags |= OPFLAG_APPEND; + } + if( useSeekResult ){ + pik_flags |= OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDataCur, regRec, regNewData); + if( !pParse->nested ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pTab, P4_TABLE); + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags); +} + +/* +** Allocate cursors for the pTab table and all its indices and generate +** code to open and initialized those cursors. +** +** The cursor for the object that contains the complete data (normally +** the table itself, but the PRIMARY KEY index in the case of a WITHOUT +** ROWID table) is returned in *piDataCur. The first index cursor is +** returned in *piIdxCur. The number of indices is returned. +** +** Use iBase as the first cursor (either the *piDataCur for rowid tables +** or the first index for WITHOUT ROWID tables) if it is non-negative. +** If iBase is negative, then allocate the next available cursor. +** +** For a rowid table, *piDataCur will be exactly one less than *piIdxCur. +** For a WITHOUT ROWID table, *piDataCur will be somewhere in the range +** of *piIdxCurs, depending on where the PRIMARY KEY index appears on the +** pTab->pIndex list. +** +** If pTab is a virtual table, then this routine is a no-op and the +** *piDataCur and *piIdxCur values are left uninitialized. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table to be opened */ + int op, /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ + u8 p5, /* P5 value for OP_Open* opcodes (except on WITHOUT ROWID) */ + int iBase, /* Use this for the table cursor, if there is one */ + u8 *aToOpen, /* If not NULL: boolean for each table and index */ + int *piDataCur, /* Write the database source cursor number here */ + int *piIdxCur /* Write the first index cursor number here */ +){ + int i; + int iDb; + int iDataCur; + Index *pIdx; + Vdbe *v; + + assert( op==OP_OpenRead || op==OP_OpenWrite ); + assert( op==OP_OpenWrite || p5==0 ); + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + /* This routine is a no-op for virtual tables. Leave the output + ** variables *piDataCur and *piIdxCur uninitialized so that valgrind + ** can detect if they are used by mistake in the caller. */ + return 0; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); + if( iBase<0 ) iBase = pParse->nTab; + iDataCur = iBase++; + if( piDataCur ) *piDataCur = iDataCur; + if( HasRowid(pTab) && (aToOpen==0 || aToOpen[0]) ){ + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDataCur, iDb, pTab, op); + }else{ + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, op==OP_OpenWrite, pTab->zName); + } + if( piIdxCur ) *piIdxCur = iBase; + for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ + int iIdxCur = iBase++; + assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); + if( aToOpen==0 || aToOpen[i+1] ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); + } + if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && !HasRowid(pTab) ){ + if( piDataCur ) *piDataCur = iIdxCur; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5); + } + } + if( iBase>pParse->nTab ) pParse->nTab = iBase; + return i; +} + + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +/* +** The following global variable is incremented whenever the +** transfer optimization is used. This is used for testing +** purposes only - to make sure the transfer optimization really +** is happening when it is supposed to. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_xferopt_count; +#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */ + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT +/* +** Check to see if index pSrc is compatible as a source of data +** for index pDest in an insert transfer optimization. The rules +** for a compatible index: +** +** * The index is over the same set of columns +** * The same DESC and ASC markings occurs on all columns +** * The same onError processing (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) +** * The same collating sequence on each column +** * The index has the exact same WHERE clause +*/ +static int xferCompatibleIndex(Index *pDest, Index *pSrc){ + int i; + assert( pDest && pSrc ); + assert( pDest->pTable!=pSrc->pTable ); + if( pDest->nKeyCol!=pSrc->nKeyCol ){ + return 0; /* Different number of columns */ + } + if( pDest->onError!=pSrc->onError ){ + return 0; /* Different conflict resolution strategies */ + } + for(i=0; i<pSrc->nKeyCol; i++){ + if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]!=pDest->aiColumn[i] ){ + return 0; /* Different columns indexed */ + } + if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]==XN_EXPR ){ + assert( pSrc->aColExpr!=0 && pDest->aColExpr!=0 ); + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pSrc->aColExpr->a[i].pExpr, + pDest->aColExpr->a[i].pExpr, -1)!=0 ){ + return 0; /* Different expressions in the index */ + } + } + if( pSrc->aSortOrder[i]!=pDest->aSortOrder[i] ){ + return 0; /* Different sort orders */ + } + if( sqlite3_stricmp(pSrc->azColl[i],pDest->azColl[i])!=0 ){ + return 0; /* Different collating sequences */ + } + } + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pSrc->pPartIdxWhere, pDest->pPartIdxWhere, -1) ){ + return 0; /* Different WHERE clauses */ + } + + /* If no test above fails then the indices must be compatible */ + return 1; +} + +/* +** Attempt the transfer optimization on INSERTs of the form +** +** INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2; +** +** The xfer optimization transfers raw records from tab2 over to tab1. +** Columns are not decoded and reassembled, which greatly improves +** performance. Raw index records are transferred in the same way. +** +** The xfer optimization is only attempted if tab1 and tab2 are compatible. +** There are lots of rules for determining compatibility - see comments +** embedded in the code for details. +** +** This routine returns TRUE if the optimization is guaranteed to be used. +** Sometimes the xfer optimization will only work if the destination table +** is empty - a factor that can only be determined at run-time. In that +** case, this routine generates code for the xfer optimization but also +** does a test to see if the destination table is empty and jumps over the +** xfer optimization code if the test fails. In that case, this routine +** returns FALSE so that the caller will know to go ahead and generate +** an unoptimized transfer. This routine also returns FALSE if there +** is no chance that the xfer optimization can be applied. +** +** This optimization is particularly useful at making VACUUM run faster. +*/ +static int xferOptimization( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ + Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ + int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ + int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + ExprList *pEList; /* The result set of the SELECT */ + Table *pSrc; /* The table in the FROM clause of SELECT */ + Index *pSrcIdx, *pDestIdx; /* Source and destination indices */ + struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* An element of pSelect->pSrc */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int iDbSrc; /* The database of pSrc */ + int iSrc, iDest; /* Cursors from source and destination */ + int addr1, addr2; /* Loop addresses */ + int emptyDestTest = 0; /* Address of test for empty pDest */ + int emptySrcTest = 0; /* Address of test for empty pSrc */ + Vdbe *v; /* The VDBE we are building */ + int regAutoinc; /* Memory register used by AUTOINC */ + int destHasUniqueIdx = 0; /* True if pDest has a UNIQUE index */ + int regData, regRowid; /* Registers holding data and rowid */ + + if( pSelect==0 ){ + return 0; /* Must be of the form INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... */ + } + if( pParse->pWith || pSelect->pWith ){ + /* Do not attempt to process this query if there are an WITH clauses + ** attached to it. Proceeding may generate a false "no such table: xxx" + ** error if pSelect reads from a CTE named "xxx". */ + return 0; + } + if( sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pDest) ){ + return 0; /* tab1 must not have triggers */ + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( pDest->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){ + return 0; /* tab1 must not be a virtual table */ + } +#endif + if( onError==OE_Default ){ + if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ) onError = pDest->keyConf; + if( onError==OE_Default ) onError = OE_Abort; + } + assert(pSelect->pSrc); /* allocated even if there is no FROM clause */ + if( pSelect->pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){ + return 0; /* FROM clause must have exactly one term */ + } + if( pSelect->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){ + return 0; /* FROM clause cannot contain a subquery */ + } + if( pSelect->pWhere ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not have a WHERE clause */ + } + if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not have an ORDER BY clause */ + } + /* Do not need to test for a HAVING clause. If HAVING is present but + ** there is no ORDER BY, we will get an error. */ + if( pSelect->pGroupBy ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not have a GROUP BY clause */ + } + if( pSelect->pLimit ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not have a LIMIT clause */ + } + assert( pSelect->pOffset==0 ); /* Must be so if pLimit==0 */ + if( pSelect->pPrior ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not be a compound query */ + } + if( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not be DISTINCT */ + } + pEList = pSelect->pEList; + assert( pEList!=0 ); + if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ){ + return 0; /* The result set must have exactly one column */ + } + assert( pEList->a[0].pExpr ); + if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_ASTERISK ){ + return 0; /* The result set must be the special operator "*" */ + } + + /* At this point we have established that the statement is of the + ** correct syntactic form to participate in this optimization. Now + ** we have to check the semantics. + */ + pItem = pSelect->pSrc->a; + pSrc = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pItem); + if( pSrc==0 ){ + return 0; /* FROM clause does not contain a real table */ + } + if( pSrc==pDest ){ + return 0; /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */ + } + if( HasRowid(pDest)!=HasRowid(pSrc) ){ + return 0; /* source and destination must both be WITHOUT ROWID or not */ + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( pSrc->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){ + return 0; /* tab2 must not be a virtual table */ + } +#endif + if( pSrc->pSelect ){ + return 0; /* tab2 may not be a view */ + } + if( pDest->nCol!=pSrc->nCol ){ + return 0; /* Number of columns must be the same in tab1 and tab2 */ + } + if( pDest->iPKey!=pSrc->iPKey ){ + return 0; /* Both tables must have the same INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ + } + for(i=0; i<pDest->nCol; i++){ + Column *pDestCol = &pDest->aCol[i]; + Column *pSrcCol = &pSrc->aCol[i]; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_Vacuum)==0 + && (pDestCol->colFlags | pSrcCol->colFlags) & COLFLAG_HIDDEN + ){ + return 0; /* Neither table may have __hidden__ columns */ + } +#endif + if( pDestCol->affinity!=pSrcCol->affinity ){ + return 0; /* Affinity must be the same on all columns */ + } + if( sqlite3_stricmp(pDestCol->zColl, pSrcCol->zColl)!=0 ){ + return 0; /* Collating sequence must be the same on all columns */ + } + if( pDestCol->notNull && !pSrcCol->notNull ){ + return 0; /* tab2 must be NOT NULL if tab1 is */ + } + /* Default values for second and subsequent columns need to match. */ + if( i>0 ){ + assert( pDestCol->pDflt==0 || pDestCol->pDflt->op==TK_SPAN ); + assert( pSrcCol->pDflt==0 || pSrcCol->pDflt->op==TK_SPAN ); + if( (pDestCol->pDflt==0)!=(pSrcCol->pDflt==0) + || (pDestCol->pDflt && strcmp(pDestCol->pDflt->u.zToken, + pSrcCol->pDflt->u.zToken)!=0) + ){ + return 0; /* Default values must be the same for all columns */ + } + } + } + for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ + if( IsUniqueIndex(pDestIdx) ){ + destHasUniqueIdx = 1; + } + for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ + if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; + } + if( pSrcIdx==0 ){ + return 0; /* pDestIdx has no corresponding index in pSrc */ + } + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + if( pDest->pCheck && sqlite3ExprListCompare(pSrc->pCheck,pDest->pCheck,-1) ){ + return 0; /* Tables have different CHECK constraints. Ticket #2252 */ + } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + /* Disallow the transfer optimization if the destination table constains + ** any foreign key constraints. This is more restrictive than necessary. + ** But the main beneficiary of the transfer optimization is the VACUUM + ** command, and the VACUUM command disables foreign key constraints. So + ** the extra complication to make this rule less restrictive is probably + ** not worth the effort. Ticket [6284df89debdfa61db8073e062908af0c9b6118e] + */ + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_ForeignKeys)!=0 && pDest->pFKey!=0 ){ + return 0; + } +#endif + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){ + return 0; /* xfer opt does not play well with PRAGMA count_changes */ + } + + /* If we get this far, it means that the xfer optimization is at + ** least a possibility, though it might only work if the destination + ** table (tab1) is initially empty. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_xferopt_count++; +#endif + iDbSrc = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pSrc->pSchema); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDbSrc); + iSrc = pParse->nTab++; + iDest = pParse->nTab++; + regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDbDest, pDest); + regData = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDest, iDbDest, pDest, OP_OpenWrite); + assert( HasRowid(pDest) || destHasUniqueIdx ); + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_Vacuum)==0 && ( + (pDest->iPKey<0 && pDest->pIndex!=0) /* (1) */ + || destHasUniqueIdx /* (2) */ + || (onError!=OE_Abort && onError!=OE_Rollback) /* (3) */ + )){ + /* In some circumstances, we are able to run the xfer optimization + ** only if the destination table is initially empty. Unless the + ** SQLITE_Vacuum flag is set, this block generates code to make + ** that determination. If SQLITE_Vacuum is set, then the destination + ** table is always empty. + ** + ** Conditions under which the destination must be empty: + ** + ** (1) There is no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY but there are indices. + ** (If the destination is not initially empty, the rowid fields + ** of index entries might need to change.) + ** + ** (2) The destination has a unique index. (The xfer optimization + ** is unable to test uniqueness.) + ** + ** (3) onError is something other than OE_Abort and OE_Rollback. + */ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDest, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + emptyDestTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + } + if( HasRowid(pSrc) ){ + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iSrc, iDbSrc, pSrc, OP_OpenRead); + emptySrcTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ){ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid); + addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDest, 0, regRowid); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3RowidConstraint(pParse, onError, pDest); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); + autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid); + }else if( pDest->pIndex==0 ){ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, regRowid); + }else{ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid); + assert( (pDest->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)==0 ); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Insert, iDest, regData, regRowid, + (char*)pDest, P4_TABLE); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); + }else{ + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDbDest, pDest->tnum, 1, pDest->zName); + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDbSrc, pSrc->tnum, 0, pSrc->zName); + } + for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ + u8 idxInsFlags = 0; + for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; ALWAYS(pSrcIdx); pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ + if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; + } + assert( pSrcIdx ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, iDbSrc); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pSrcIdx); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pSrcIdx->zName)); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, iDbDest); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pDestIdx); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pDestIdx->zName)); + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iSrc, regData); + if( db->flags & SQLITE_Vacuum ){ + /* This INSERT command is part of a VACUUM operation, which guarantees + ** that the destination table is empty. If all indexed columns use + ** collation sequence BINARY, then it can also be assumed that the + ** index will be populated by inserting keys in strictly sorted + ** order. In this case, instead of seeking within the b-tree as part + ** of every OP_IdxInsert opcode, an OP_Last is added before the + ** OP_IdxInsert to seek to the point within the b-tree where each key + ** should be inserted. This is faster. + ** + ** If any of the indexed columns use a collation sequence other than + ** BINARY, this optimization is disabled. This is because the user + ** might change the definition of a collation sequence and then run + ** a VACUUM command. In that case keys may not be written in strictly + ** sorted order. */ + for(i=0; i<pSrcIdx->nColumn; i++){ + const char *zColl = pSrcIdx->azColl[i]; + assert( sqlite3_stricmp(sqlite3StrBINARY, zColl)!=0 + || sqlite3StrBINARY==zColl ); + if( sqlite3_stricmp(sqlite3StrBINARY, zColl) ) break; + } + if( i==pSrcIdx->nColumn ){ + idxInsFlags = OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Last, iDest, 0, -1); + } + } + if( !HasRowid(pSrc) && pDestIdx->idxType==2 ){ + idxInsFlags |= OPFLAG_NCHANGE; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, regData, 1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, idxInsFlags); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); + } + if( emptySrcTest ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptySrcTest); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regData); + if( emptyDestTest ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, 0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptyDestTest); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); + return 0; + }else{ + return 1; + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ + +/************** End of insert.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file legacy.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file +** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in +** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be +** accessed by users of the library. +*/ + +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* +** Execute SQL code. Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure +** codes. Also write an error message into memory obtained from +** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message. +** +** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result +** the xCallback() function is called. pArg becomes the first +** argument to xCallback(). If xCallback=NULL then no callback +** is invoked, even for queries. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_exec( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */ + const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */ + sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */ + void *pArg, /* First argument to xCallback() */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + const char *zLeftover; /* Tail of unprocessed SQL */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* The current SQL statement */ + char **azCols = 0; /* Names of result columns */ + int callbackIsInit; /* True if callback data is initialized */ + + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + if( zSql==0 ) zSql = ""; + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSql[0] ){ + int nCol; + char **azVals = 0; + + pStmt = 0; + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + continue; + } + if( !pStmt ){ + /* this happens for a comment or white-space */ + zSql = zLeftover; + continue; + } + + callbackIsInit = 0; + nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); + + while( 1 ){ + int i; + rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); + + /* Invoke the callback function if required */ + if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || + (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !callbackIsInit + && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){ + if( !callbackIsInit ){ + azCols = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 2*nCol*sizeof(const char*) + 1); + if( azCols==0 ){ + goto exec_out; + } + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ + azCols[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i); + /* sqlite3VdbeSetColName() installs column names as UTF8 + ** strings so there is no way for sqlite3_column_name() to fail. */ + assert( azCols[i]!=0 ); + } + callbackIsInit = 1; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + azVals = &azCols[nCol]; + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ + azVals[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, i); + if( !azVals[i] && sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i)!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + goto exec_out; + } + } + } + if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-38229-40159 If the callback function to + ** sqlite3_exec() returns non-zero, then sqlite3_exec() will + ** return SQLITE_ABORT. */ + rc = SQLITE_ABORT; + sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt); + pStmt = 0; + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ABORT); + goto exec_out; + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){ + rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt); + pStmt = 0; + zSql = zLeftover; + while( sqlite3Isspace(zSql[0]) ) zSql++; + break; + } + } + + sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols); + azCols = 0; + } + +exec_out: + if( pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt); + sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols); + + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pzErrMsg ){ + int nErrMsg = 1 + sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3Malloc(nErrMsg); + if( *pzErrMsg ){ + memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM); + } + }else if( pzErrMsg ){ + *pzErrMsg = 0; + } + + assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc ); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/************** End of legacy.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file loadext.c *****************************************/ +/* +** 2006 June 7 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into +** the SQLite library. +*/ + +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE + #define SQLITE_CORE 1 /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */ +#endif +/************** Include sqlite3ext.h in the middle of loadext.c **************/ +/************** Begin file sqlite3ext.h **************************************/ +/* +** 2006 June 7 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by +** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into +** an SQLite instance. Shared libraries that intend to be loaded +** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of +** sqlite3.h. +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITE3EXT_H_ +#define _SQLITE3EXT_H_ +/* #include "sqlite3.h" */ + +typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; + +/* +** The following structure holds pointers to all of the SQLite API +** routines. +** +** WARNING: In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new +** interfaces to the end of this structure only. If you insert new +** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different +** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each other's shared +** libraries! +*/ +struct sqlite3_api_routines { + void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlite3_context*,int nBytes); + int (*aggregate_count)(sqlite3_context*); + int (*bind_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*)); + int (*bind_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,double); + int (*bind_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); + int (*bind_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,sqlite_int64); + int (*bind_null)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + int (*bind_parameter_count)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*bind_parameter_index)(sqlite3_stmt*,const char*zName); + const char * (*bind_parameter_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + int (*bind_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int n,void(*)(void*)); + int (*bind_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + int (*bind_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const sqlite3_value*); + int (*busy_handler)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*); + int (*busy_timeout)(sqlite3*,int ms); + int (*changes)(sqlite3*); + int (*close)(sqlite3*); + int (*collation_needed)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*, + int eTextRep,const char*)); + int (*collation_needed16)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*, + int eTextRep,const void*)); + const void * (*column_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_bytes)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_bytes16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + const char * (*column_database_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_database_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const char * (*column_decltype)(sqlite3_stmt*,int i); + const void * (*column_decltype16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + double (*column_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + sqlite_int64 (*column_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + const char * (*column_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const char * (*column_origin_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_origin_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const char * (*column_table_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_table_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const unsigned char * (*column_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + const void * (*column_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_type)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + sqlite3_value* (*column_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + void * (*commit_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*),void*); + int (*complete)(const char*sql); + int (*complete16)(const void*sql); + int (*create_collation)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*, + int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); + int (*create_collation16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,void*, + int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); + int (*create_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); + int (*create_function16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); + int (*create_module)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*); + int (*data_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + sqlite3 * (*db_handle)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*declare_vtab)(sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*enable_shared_cache)(int); + int (*errcode)(sqlite3*db); + const char * (*errmsg)(sqlite3*); + const void * (*errmsg16)(sqlite3*); + int (*exec)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3_callback,void*,char**); + int (*expired)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*finalize)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + void (*free)(void*); + void (*free_table)(char**result); + int (*get_autocommit)(sqlite3*); + void * (*get_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int); + int (*get_table)(sqlite3*,const char*,char***,int*,int*,char**); + int (*global_recover)(void); + void (*interruptx)(sqlite3*); + sqlite_int64 (*last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*); + const char * (*libversion)(void); + int (*libversion_number)(void); + void *(*malloc)(int); + char * (*mprintf)(const char*,...); + int (*open)(const char*,sqlite3**); + int (*open16)(const void*,sqlite3**); + int (*prepare)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); + int (*prepare16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); + void * (*profile)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),void*); + void (*progress_handler)(sqlite3*,int,int(*)(void*),void*); + void *(*realloc)(void*,int); + int (*reset)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + void (*result_blob)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_double)(sqlite3_context*,double); + void (*result_error)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int); + void (*result_error16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int); + void (*result_int)(sqlite3_context*,int); + void (*result_int64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite_int64); + void (*result_null)(sqlite3_context*); + void (*result_text)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_text16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_text16be)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_text16le)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_value)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_value*); + void * (*rollback_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*),void*); + int (*set_authorizer)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*, + const char*,const char*),void*); + void (*set_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*)); + char * (*snprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...); + int (*step)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*table_column_metadata)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*, + char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*); + void (*thread_cleanup)(void); + int (*total_changes)(sqlite3*); + void * (*trace)(sqlite3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*); + int (*transfer_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*,sqlite3_stmt*); + void * (*update_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*, + sqlite_int64),void*); + void * (*user_data)(sqlite3_context*); + const void * (*value_blob)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_bytes)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_bytes16)(sqlite3_value*); + double (*value_double)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_int)(sqlite3_value*); + sqlite_int64 (*value_int64)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_numeric_type)(sqlite3_value*); + const unsigned char * (*value_text)(sqlite3_value*); + const void * (*value_text16)(sqlite3_value*); + const void * (*value_text16be)(sqlite3_value*); + const void * (*value_text16le)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_type)(sqlite3_value*); + char *(*vmprintf)(const char*,va_list); + /* Added ??? */ + int (*overload_function)(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); + /* Added by 3.3.13 */ + int (*prepare_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); + int (*prepare16_v2)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); + int (*clear_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*); + /* Added by 3.4.1 */ + int (*create_module_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*, + void (*xDestroy)(void *)); + /* Added by 3.5.0 */ + int (*bind_zeroblob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); + int (*blob_bytes)(sqlite3_blob*); + int (*blob_close)(sqlite3_blob*); + int (*blob_open)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64, + int,sqlite3_blob**); + int (*blob_read)(sqlite3_blob*,void*,int,int); + int (*blob_write)(sqlite3_blob*,const void*,int,int); + int (*create_collation_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*, + int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), + void(*)(void*)); + int (*file_control)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*); + sqlite3_int64 (*memory_highwater)(int); + sqlite3_int64 (*memory_used)(void); + sqlite3_mutex *(*mutex_alloc)(int); + void (*mutex_enter)(sqlite3_mutex*); + void (*mutex_free)(sqlite3_mutex*); + void (*mutex_leave)(sqlite3_mutex*); + int (*mutex_try)(sqlite3_mutex*); + int (*open_v2)(const char*,sqlite3**,int,const char*); + int (*release_memory)(int); + void (*result_error_nomem)(sqlite3_context*); + void (*result_error_toobig)(sqlite3_context*); + int (*sleep)(int); + void (*soft_heap_limit)(int); + sqlite3_vfs *(*vfs_find)(const char*); + int (*vfs_register)(sqlite3_vfs*,int); + int (*vfs_unregister)(sqlite3_vfs*); + int (*xthreadsafe)(void); + void (*result_zeroblob)(sqlite3_context*,int); + void (*result_error_code)(sqlite3_context*,int); + int (*test_control)(int, ...); + void (*randomness)(int,void*); + sqlite3 *(*context_db_handle)(sqlite3_context*); + int (*extended_result_codes)(sqlite3*,int); + int (*limit)(sqlite3*,int,int); + sqlite3_stmt *(*next_stmt)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_stmt*); + const char *(*sql)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*status)(int,int*,int*,int); + int (*backup_finish)(sqlite3_backup*); + sqlite3_backup *(*backup_init)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*backup_pagecount)(sqlite3_backup*); + int (*backup_remaining)(sqlite3_backup*); + int (*backup_step)(sqlite3_backup*,int); + const char *(*compileoption_get)(int); + int (*compileoption_used)(const char*); + int (*create_function_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void(*xDestroy)(void*)); + int (*db_config)(sqlite3*,int,...); + sqlite3_mutex *(*db_mutex)(sqlite3*); + int (*db_status)(sqlite3*,int,int*,int*,int); + int (*extended_errcode)(sqlite3*); + void (*log)(int,const char*,...); + sqlite3_int64 (*soft_heap_limit64)(sqlite3_int64); + const char *(*sourceid)(void); + int (*stmt_status)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); + int (*strnicmp)(const char*,const char*,int); + int (*unlock_notify)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void**,int),void*); + int (*wal_autocheckpoint)(sqlite3*,int); + int (*wal_checkpoint)(sqlite3*,const char*); + void *(*wal_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int),void*); + int (*blob_reopen)(sqlite3_blob*,sqlite3_int64); + int (*vtab_config)(sqlite3*,int op,...); + int (*vtab_on_conflict)(sqlite3*); + /* Version 3.7.16 and later */ + int (*close_v2)(sqlite3*); + const char *(*db_filename)(sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*db_readonly)(sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*db_release_memory)(sqlite3*); + const char *(*errstr)(int); + int (*stmt_busy)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*stmt_readonly)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*stricmp)(const char*,const char*); + int (*uri_boolean)(const char*,const char*,int); + sqlite3_int64 (*uri_int64)(const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64); + const char *(*uri_parameter)(const char*,const char*); + char *(*vsnprintf)(int,char*,const char*,va_list); + int (*wal_checkpoint_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int*,int*); + /* Version 3.8.7 and later */ + int (*auto_extension)(void(*)(void)); + int (*bind_blob64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*)); + int (*bind_text64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*),unsigned char); + int (*cancel_auto_extension)(void(*)(void)); + int (*load_extension)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,char**); + void *(*malloc64)(sqlite3_uint64); + sqlite3_uint64 (*msize)(void*); + void *(*realloc64)(void*,sqlite3_uint64); + void (*reset_auto_extension)(void); + void (*result_blob64)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_text64)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64, + void(*)(void*), unsigned char); + int (*strglob)(const char*,const char*); + /* Version 3.8.11 and later */ + sqlite3_value *(*value_dup)(const sqlite3_value*); + void (*value_free)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*result_zeroblob64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_uint64); + int (*bind_zeroblob64)(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_uint64); + /* Version 3.9.0 and later */ + unsigned int (*value_subtype)(sqlite3_value*); + void (*result_subtype)(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int); + /* Version 3.10.0 and later */ + int (*status64)(int,sqlite3_int64*,sqlite3_int64*,int); + int (*strlike)(const char*,const char*,unsigned int); + int (*db_cacheflush)(sqlite3*); + /* Version 3.12.0 and later */ + int (*system_errno)(sqlite3*); +}; + +/* +** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are +** redirected through the global sqlite3_api structure. +** +** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file +** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that +** it can get access to the sqlite3_api_routines structure +** definition. But the main library does not want to redefine +** the API. So the redefinition macros are only valid if the +** SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) +#define sqlite3_aggregate_context sqlite3_api->aggregate_context +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +#define sqlite3_aggregate_count sqlite3_api->aggregate_count +#endif +#define sqlite3_bind_blob sqlite3_api->bind_blob +#define sqlite3_bind_double sqlite3_api->bind_double +#define sqlite3_bind_int sqlite3_api->bind_int +#define sqlite3_bind_int64 sqlite3_api->bind_int64 +#define sqlite3_bind_null sqlite3_api->bind_null +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_count +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_index +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_name +#define sqlite3_bind_text sqlite3_api->bind_text +#define sqlite3_bind_text16 sqlite3_api->bind_text16 +#define sqlite3_bind_value sqlite3_api->bind_value +#define sqlite3_busy_handler sqlite3_api->busy_handler +#define sqlite3_busy_timeout sqlite3_api->busy_timeout +#define sqlite3_changes sqlite3_api->changes +#define sqlite3_close sqlite3_api->close +#define sqlite3_collation_needed sqlite3_api->collation_needed +#define sqlite3_collation_needed16 sqlite3_api->collation_needed16 +#define sqlite3_column_blob sqlite3_api->column_blob +#define sqlite3_column_bytes sqlite3_api->column_bytes +#define sqlite3_column_bytes16 sqlite3_api->column_bytes16 +#define sqlite3_column_count sqlite3_api->column_count +#define sqlite3_column_database_name sqlite3_api->column_database_name +#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 sqlite3_api->column_database_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_decltype sqlite3_api->column_decltype +#define sqlite3_column_decltype16 sqlite3_api->column_decltype16 +#define sqlite3_column_double sqlite3_api->column_double +#define sqlite3_column_int sqlite3_api->column_int +#define sqlite3_column_int64 sqlite3_api->column_int64 +#define sqlite3_column_name sqlite3_api->column_name +#define sqlite3_column_name16 sqlite3_api->column_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_origin_name sqlite3_api->column_origin_name +#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 sqlite3_api->column_origin_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_table_name sqlite3_api->column_table_name +#define sqlite3_column_table_name16 sqlite3_api->column_table_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_text sqlite3_api->column_text +#define sqlite3_column_text16 sqlite3_api->column_text16 +#define sqlite3_column_type sqlite3_api->column_type +#define sqlite3_column_value sqlite3_api->column_value +#define sqlite3_commit_hook sqlite3_api->commit_hook +#define sqlite3_complete sqlite3_api->complete +#define sqlite3_complete16 sqlite3_api->complete16 +#define sqlite3_create_collation sqlite3_api->create_collation +#define sqlite3_create_collation16 sqlite3_api->create_collation16 +#define sqlite3_create_function sqlite3_api->create_function +#define sqlite3_create_function16 sqlite3_api->create_function16 +#define sqlite3_create_module sqlite3_api->create_module +#define sqlite3_create_module_v2 sqlite3_api->create_module_v2 +#define sqlite3_data_count sqlite3_api->data_count +#define sqlite3_db_handle sqlite3_api->db_handle +#define sqlite3_declare_vtab sqlite3_api->declare_vtab +#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache sqlite3_api->enable_shared_cache +#define sqlite3_errcode sqlite3_api->errcode +#define sqlite3_errmsg sqlite3_api->errmsg +#define sqlite3_errmsg16 sqlite3_api->errmsg16 +#define sqlite3_exec sqlite3_api->exec +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +#define sqlite3_expired sqlite3_api->expired +#endif +#define sqlite3_finalize sqlite3_api->finalize +#define sqlite3_free sqlite3_api->free +#define sqlite3_free_table sqlite3_api->free_table +#define sqlite3_get_autocommit sqlite3_api->get_autocommit +#define sqlite3_get_auxdata sqlite3_api->get_auxdata +#define sqlite3_get_table sqlite3_api->get_table +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +#define sqlite3_global_recover sqlite3_api->global_recover +#endif +#define sqlite3_interrupt sqlite3_api->interruptx +#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid +#define sqlite3_libversion sqlite3_api->libversion +#define sqlite3_libversion_number sqlite3_api->libversion_number +#define sqlite3_malloc sqlite3_api->malloc +#define sqlite3_mprintf sqlite3_api->mprintf +#define sqlite3_open sqlite3_api->open +#define sqlite3_open16 sqlite3_api->open16 +#define sqlite3_prepare sqlite3_api->prepare +#define sqlite3_prepare16 sqlite3_api->prepare16 +#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2 +#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2 +#define sqlite3_profile sqlite3_api->profile +#define sqlite3_progress_handler sqlite3_api->progress_handler +#define sqlite3_realloc sqlite3_api->realloc +#define sqlite3_reset sqlite3_api->reset +#define sqlite3_result_blob sqlite3_api->result_blob +#define sqlite3_result_double sqlite3_api->result_double +#define sqlite3_result_error sqlite3_api->result_error +#define sqlite3_result_error16 sqlite3_api->result_error16 +#define sqlite3_result_int sqlite3_api->result_int +#define sqlite3_result_int64 sqlite3_api->result_int64 +#define sqlite3_result_null sqlite3_api->result_null +#define sqlite3_result_text sqlite3_api->result_text +#define sqlite3_result_text16 sqlite3_api->result_text16 +#define sqlite3_result_text16be sqlite3_api->result_text16be +#define sqlite3_result_text16le sqlite3_api->result_text16le +#define sqlite3_result_value sqlite3_api->result_value +#define sqlite3_rollback_hook sqlite3_api->rollback_hook +#define sqlite3_set_authorizer sqlite3_api->set_authorizer +#define sqlite3_set_auxdata sqlite3_api->set_auxdata +#define sqlite3_snprintf sqlite3_api->snprintf +#define sqlite3_step sqlite3_api->step +#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata sqlite3_api->table_column_metadata +#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup +#define sqlite3_total_changes sqlite3_api->total_changes +#define sqlite3_trace sqlite3_api->trace +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings +#endif +#define sqlite3_update_hook sqlite3_api->update_hook +#define sqlite3_user_data sqlite3_api->user_data +#define sqlite3_value_blob sqlite3_api->value_blob +#define sqlite3_value_bytes sqlite3_api->value_bytes +#define sqlite3_value_bytes16 sqlite3_api->value_bytes16 +#define sqlite3_value_double sqlite3_api->value_double +#define sqlite3_value_int sqlite3_api->value_int +#define sqlite3_value_int64 sqlite3_api->value_int64 +#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type sqlite3_api->value_numeric_type +#define sqlite3_value_text sqlite3_api->value_text +#define sqlite3_value_text16 sqlite3_api->value_text16 +#define sqlite3_value_text16be sqlite3_api->value_text16be +#define sqlite3_value_text16le sqlite3_api->value_text16le +#define sqlite3_value_type sqlite3_api->value_type +#define sqlite3_vmprintf sqlite3_api->vmprintf +#define sqlite3_vsnprintf sqlite3_api->vsnprintf +#define sqlite3_overload_function sqlite3_api->overload_function +#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2 +#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2 +#define sqlite3_clear_bindings sqlite3_api->clear_bindings +#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob +#define sqlite3_blob_bytes sqlite3_api->blob_bytes +#define sqlite3_blob_close sqlite3_api->blob_close +#define sqlite3_blob_open sqlite3_api->blob_open +#define sqlite3_blob_read sqlite3_api->blob_read +#define sqlite3_blob_write sqlite3_api->blob_write +#define sqlite3_create_collation_v2 sqlite3_api->create_collation_v2 +#define sqlite3_file_control sqlite3_api->file_control +#define sqlite3_memory_highwater sqlite3_api->memory_highwater +#define sqlite3_memory_used sqlite3_api->memory_used +#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc sqlite3_api->mutex_alloc +#define sqlite3_mutex_enter sqlite3_api->mutex_enter +#define sqlite3_mutex_free sqlite3_api->mutex_free +#define sqlite3_mutex_leave sqlite3_api->mutex_leave +#define sqlite3_mutex_try sqlite3_api->mutex_try +#define sqlite3_open_v2 sqlite3_api->open_v2 +#define sqlite3_release_memory sqlite3_api->release_memory +#define sqlite3_result_error_nomem sqlite3_api->result_error_nomem +#define sqlite3_result_error_toobig sqlite3_api->result_error_toobig +#define sqlite3_sleep sqlite3_api->sleep +#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit +#define sqlite3_vfs_find sqlite3_api->vfs_find +#define sqlite3_vfs_register sqlite3_api->vfs_register +#define sqlite3_vfs_unregister sqlite3_api->vfs_unregister +#define sqlite3_threadsafe sqlite3_api->xthreadsafe +#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob +#define sqlite3_result_error_code sqlite3_api->result_error_code +#define sqlite3_test_control sqlite3_api->test_control +#define sqlite3_randomness sqlite3_api->randomness +#define sqlite3_context_db_handle sqlite3_api->context_db_handle +#define sqlite3_extended_result_codes sqlite3_api->extended_result_codes +#define sqlite3_limit sqlite3_api->limit +#define sqlite3_next_stmt sqlite3_api->next_stmt +#define sqlite3_sql sqlite3_api->sql +#define sqlite3_status sqlite3_api->status +#define sqlite3_backup_finish sqlite3_api->backup_finish +#define sqlite3_backup_init sqlite3_api->backup_init +#define sqlite3_backup_pagecount sqlite3_api->backup_pagecount +#define sqlite3_backup_remaining sqlite3_api->backup_remaining +#define sqlite3_backup_step sqlite3_api->backup_step +#define sqlite3_compileoption_get sqlite3_api->compileoption_get +#define sqlite3_compileoption_used sqlite3_api->compileoption_used +#define sqlite3_create_function_v2 sqlite3_api->create_function_v2 +#define sqlite3_db_config sqlite3_api->db_config +#define sqlite3_db_mutex sqlite3_api->db_mutex +#define sqlite3_db_status sqlite3_api->db_status +#define sqlite3_extended_errcode sqlite3_api->extended_errcode +#define sqlite3_log sqlite3_api->log +#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64 sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit64 +#define sqlite3_sourceid sqlite3_api->sourceid +#define sqlite3_stmt_status sqlite3_api->stmt_status +#define sqlite3_strnicmp sqlite3_api->strnicmp +#define sqlite3_unlock_notify sqlite3_api->unlock_notify +#define sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint sqlite3_api->wal_autocheckpoint +#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint +#define sqlite3_wal_hook sqlite3_api->wal_hook +#define sqlite3_blob_reopen sqlite3_api->blob_reopen +#define sqlite3_vtab_config sqlite3_api->vtab_config +#define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict sqlite3_api->vtab_on_conflict +/* Version 3.7.16 and later */ +#define sqlite3_close_v2 sqlite3_api->close_v2 +#define sqlite3_db_filename sqlite3_api->db_filename +#define sqlite3_db_readonly sqlite3_api->db_readonly +#define sqlite3_db_release_memory sqlite3_api->db_release_memory +#define sqlite3_errstr sqlite3_api->errstr +#define sqlite3_stmt_busy sqlite3_api->stmt_busy +#define sqlite3_stmt_readonly sqlite3_api->stmt_readonly +#define sqlite3_stricmp sqlite3_api->stricmp +#define sqlite3_uri_boolean sqlite3_api->uri_boolean +#define sqlite3_uri_int64 sqlite3_api->uri_int64 +#define sqlite3_uri_parameter sqlite3_api->uri_parameter +#define sqlite3_uri_vsnprintf sqlite3_api->vsnprintf +#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2 sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint_v2 +/* Version 3.8.7 and later */ +#define sqlite3_auto_extension sqlite3_api->auto_extension +#define sqlite3_bind_blob64 sqlite3_api->bind_blob64 +#define sqlite3_bind_text64 sqlite3_api->bind_text64 +#define sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension sqlite3_api->cancel_auto_extension +#define sqlite3_load_extension sqlite3_api->load_extension +#define sqlite3_malloc64 sqlite3_api->malloc64 +#define sqlite3_msize sqlite3_api->msize +#define sqlite3_realloc64 sqlite3_api->realloc64 +#define sqlite3_reset_auto_extension sqlite3_api->reset_auto_extension +#define sqlite3_result_blob64 sqlite3_api->result_blob64 +#define sqlite3_result_text64 sqlite3_api->result_text64 +#define sqlite3_strglob sqlite3_api->strglob +/* Version 3.8.11 and later */ +#define sqlite3_value_dup sqlite3_api->value_dup +#define sqlite3_value_free sqlite3_api->value_free +#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob64 sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob64 +#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64 sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob64 +/* Version 3.9.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_value_subtype sqlite3_api->value_subtype +#define sqlite3_result_subtype sqlite3_api->result_subtype +/* Version 3.10.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_status64 sqlite3_api->status64 +#define sqlite3_strlike sqlite3_api->strlike +#define sqlite3_db_cacheflush sqlite3_api->db_cacheflush +/* Version 3.12.0 and later */ +#define sqlite3_system_errno sqlite3_api->system_errno +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) + /* This case when the file really is being compiled as a loadable + ** extension */ +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api=0; +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) sqlite3_api=v; +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 \ + extern const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api; +#else + /* This case when the file is being statically linked into the + ** application */ +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 /*no-op*/ +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) (void)v; /* unused parameter */ +# define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 /*no-op*/ +#endif + +#endif /* _SQLITE3EXT_H_ */ + +/************** End of sqlite3ext.h ******************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in loadext.c ********************/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* #include <string.h> */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION + +/* +** Some API routines are omitted when various features are +** excluded from a build of SQLite. Substitute a NULL pointer +** for any missing APIs. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA +# define sqlite3_column_database_name 0 +# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_table_name 0 +# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_origin_name 0 +# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION +# define sqlite3_set_authorizer 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +# define sqlite3_bind_text16 0 +# define sqlite3_collation_needed16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_decltype16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_text16 0 +# define sqlite3_complete16 0 +# define sqlite3_create_collation16 0 +# define sqlite3_create_function16 0 +# define sqlite3_errmsg16 0 +# define sqlite3_open16 0 +# define sqlite3_prepare16 0 +# define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 0 +# define sqlite3_result_error16 0 +# define sqlite3_result_text16 0 +# define sqlite3_result_text16be 0 +# define sqlite3_result_text16le 0 +# define sqlite3_value_text16 0 +# define sqlite3_value_text16be 0 +# define sqlite3_value_text16le 0 +# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE +# define sqlite3_complete 0 +# define sqlite3_complete16 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE +# define sqlite3_column_decltype16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_decltype 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK +# define sqlite3_progress_handler 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +# define sqlite3_create_module 0 +# define sqlite3_create_module_v2 0 +# define sqlite3_declare_vtab 0 +# define sqlite3_vtab_config 0 +# define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +# define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE +# define sqlite3_profile 0 +# define sqlite3_trace 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE +# define sqlite3_free_table 0 +# define sqlite3_get_table 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB +#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_bytes 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_close 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_open 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_read 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_write 0 +#define sqlite3_blob_reopen 0 +#endif + +/* +** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines. +** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are +** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite +** library. +** +** When adding new APIs, add them to the bottom of this structure +** in order to preserve backwards compatibility. +** +** Extensions that use newer APIs should first call the +** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure that the API they +** intend to use is supported by the library. Extensions should +** also check to make sure that the pointer to the function is +** not NULL before calling it. +*/ +static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { + sqlite3_aggregate_context, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + sqlite3_aggregate_count, +#else + 0, +#endif + sqlite3_bind_blob, + sqlite3_bind_double, + sqlite3_bind_int, + sqlite3_bind_int64, + sqlite3_bind_null, + sqlite3_bind_parameter_count, + sqlite3_bind_parameter_index, + sqlite3_bind_parameter_name, + sqlite3_bind_text, + sqlite3_bind_text16, + sqlite3_bind_value, + sqlite3_busy_handler, + sqlite3_busy_timeout, + sqlite3_changes, + sqlite3_close, + sqlite3_collation_needed, + sqlite3_collation_needed16, + sqlite3_column_blob, + sqlite3_column_bytes, + sqlite3_column_bytes16, + sqlite3_column_count, + sqlite3_column_database_name, + sqlite3_column_database_name16, + sqlite3_column_decltype, + sqlite3_column_decltype16, + sqlite3_column_double, + sqlite3_column_int, + sqlite3_column_int64, + sqlite3_column_name, + sqlite3_column_name16, + sqlite3_column_origin_name, + sqlite3_column_origin_name16, + sqlite3_column_table_name, + sqlite3_column_table_name16, + sqlite3_column_text, + sqlite3_column_text16, + sqlite3_column_type, + sqlite3_column_value, + sqlite3_commit_hook, + sqlite3_complete, + sqlite3_complete16, + sqlite3_create_collation, + sqlite3_create_collation16, + sqlite3_create_function, + sqlite3_create_function16, + sqlite3_create_module, + sqlite3_data_count, + sqlite3_db_handle, + sqlite3_declare_vtab, + sqlite3_enable_shared_cache, + sqlite3_errcode, + sqlite3_errmsg, + sqlite3_errmsg16, + sqlite3_exec, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + sqlite3_expired, +#else + 0, +#endif + sqlite3_finalize, + sqlite3_free, + sqlite3_free_table, + sqlite3_get_autocommit, + sqlite3_get_auxdata, + sqlite3_get_table, + 0, /* Was sqlite3_global_recover(), but that function is deprecated */ + sqlite3_interrupt, + sqlite3_last_insert_rowid, + sqlite3_libversion, + sqlite3_libversion_number, + sqlite3_malloc, + sqlite3_mprintf, + sqlite3_open, + sqlite3_open16, + sqlite3_prepare, + sqlite3_prepare16, + sqlite3_profile, + sqlite3_progress_handler, + sqlite3_realloc, + sqlite3_reset, + sqlite3_result_blob, + sqlite3_result_double, + sqlite3_result_error, + sqlite3_result_error16, + sqlite3_result_int, + sqlite3_result_int64, + sqlite3_result_null, + sqlite3_result_text, + sqlite3_result_text16, + sqlite3_result_text16be, + sqlite3_result_text16le, + sqlite3_result_value, + sqlite3_rollback_hook, + sqlite3_set_authorizer, + sqlite3_set_auxdata, + sqlite3_snprintf, + sqlite3_step, + sqlite3_table_column_metadata, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + sqlite3_thread_cleanup, +#else + 0, +#endif + sqlite3_total_changes, + sqlite3_trace, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + sqlite3_transfer_bindings, +#else + 0, +#endif + sqlite3_update_hook, + sqlite3_user_data, + sqlite3_value_blob, + sqlite3_value_bytes, + sqlite3_value_bytes16, + sqlite3_value_double, + sqlite3_value_int, + sqlite3_value_int64, + sqlite3_value_numeric_type, + sqlite3_value_text, + sqlite3_value_text16, + sqlite3_value_text16be, + sqlite3_value_text16le, + sqlite3_value_type, + sqlite3_vmprintf, + /* + ** The original API set ends here. All extensions can call any + ** of the APIs above provided that the pointer is not NULL. But + ** before calling APIs that follow, extension should check the + ** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure they are dealing with + ** a library that is new enough to support that API. + ************************************************************************* + */ + sqlite3_overload_function, + + /* + ** Added after 3.3.13 + */ + sqlite3_prepare_v2, + sqlite3_prepare16_v2, + sqlite3_clear_bindings, + + /* + ** Added for 3.4.1 + */ + sqlite3_create_module_v2, + + /* + ** Added for 3.5.0 + */ + sqlite3_bind_zeroblob, + sqlite3_blob_bytes, + sqlite3_blob_close, + sqlite3_blob_open, + sqlite3_blob_read, + sqlite3_blob_write, + sqlite3_create_collation_v2, + sqlite3_file_control, + sqlite3_memory_highwater, + sqlite3_memory_used, +#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, +#else + sqlite3_mutex_alloc, + sqlite3_mutex_enter, + sqlite3_mutex_free, + sqlite3_mutex_leave, + sqlite3_mutex_try, +#endif + sqlite3_open_v2, + sqlite3_release_memory, + sqlite3_result_error_nomem, + sqlite3_result_error_toobig, + sqlite3_sleep, + sqlite3_soft_heap_limit, + sqlite3_vfs_find, + sqlite3_vfs_register, + sqlite3_vfs_unregister, + + /* + ** Added for 3.5.8 + */ + sqlite3_threadsafe, + sqlite3_result_zeroblob, + sqlite3_result_error_code, + sqlite3_test_control, + sqlite3_randomness, + sqlite3_context_db_handle, + + /* + ** Added for 3.6.0 + */ + sqlite3_extended_result_codes, + sqlite3_limit, + sqlite3_next_stmt, + sqlite3_sql, + sqlite3_status, + + /* + ** Added for 3.7.4 + */ + sqlite3_backup_finish, + sqlite3_backup_init, + sqlite3_backup_pagecount, + sqlite3_backup_remaining, + sqlite3_backup_step, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS + sqlite3_compileoption_get, + sqlite3_compileoption_used, +#else + 0, + 0, +#endif + sqlite3_create_function_v2, + sqlite3_db_config, + sqlite3_db_mutex, + sqlite3_db_status, + sqlite3_extended_errcode, + sqlite3_log, + sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64, + sqlite3_sourceid, + sqlite3_stmt_status, + sqlite3_strnicmp, +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY + sqlite3_unlock_notify, +#else + 0, +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint, + sqlite3_wal_checkpoint, + sqlite3_wal_hook, +#else + 0, + 0, + 0, +#endif + sqlite3_blob_reopen, + sqlite3_vtab_config, + sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict, + sqlite3_close_v2, + sqlite3_db_filename, + sqlite3_db_readonly, + sqlite3_db_release_memory, + sqlite3_errstr, + sqlite3_stmt_busy, + sqlite3_stmt_readonly, + sqlite3_stricmp, + sqlite3_uri_boolean, + sqlite3_uri_int64, + sqlite3_uri_parameter, + sqlite3_vsnprintf, + sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2, + /* Version 3.8.7 and later */ + sqlite3_auto_extension, + sqlite3_bind_blob64, + sqlite3_bind_text64, + sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension, + sqlite3_load_extension, + sqlite3_malloc64, + sqlite3_msize, + sqlite3_realloc64, + sqlite3_reset_auto_extension, + sqlite3_result_blob64, + sqlite3_result_text64, + sqlite3_strglob, + /* Version 3.8.11 and later */ + (sqlite3_value*(*)(const sqlite3_value*))sqlite3_value_dup, + sqlite3_value_free, + sqlite3_result_zeroblob64, + sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64, + /* Version 3.9.0 and later */ + sqlite3_value_subtype, + sqlite3_result_subtype, + /* Version 3.10.0 and later */ + sqlite3_status64, + sqlite3_strlike, + sqlite3_db_cacheflush, + /* Version 3.12.0 and later */ + sqlite3_system_errno +}; + +/* +** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file +** zFile. The entry point is zProc. zProc may be 0 in which case a +** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used. Use +** of the default name is recommended. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong. +** +** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with +** error message text. The calling function should free this memory +** by calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ). +*/ +static int sqlite3LoadExtension( + sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ + const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ + const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ +){ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs; + void *handle; + int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*); + char *zErrmsg = 0; + const char *zEntry; + char *zAltEntry = 0; + void **aHandle; + u64 nMsg = 300 + sqlite3Strlen30(zFile); + int ii; + + /* Shared library endings to try if zFile cannot be loaded as written */ + static const char *azEndings[] = { +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN + "dll" +#elif defined(__APPLE__) + "dylib" +#else + "so" +#endif + }; + + + if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0; + + /* Ticket #1863. To avoid a creating security problems for older + ** applications that relink against newer versions of SQLite, the + ** ability to run load_extension is turned off by default. One + ** must call either sqlite3_enable_load_extension(db) or + ** sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION, 1, 0) + ** to turn on extension loading. + */ + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtension)==0 ){ + if( pzErrMsg ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("not authorized"); + } + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + zEntry = zProc ? zProc : "sqlite3_extension_init"; + + handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zFile); +#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX || SQLITE_OS_WIN + for(ii=0; ii<ArraySize(azEndings) && handle==0; ii++){ + char *zAltFile = sqlite3_mprintf("%s.%s", zFile, azEndings[ii]); + if( zAltFile==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zAltFile); + sqlite3_free(zAltFile); + } +#endif + if( handle==0 ){ + if( pzErrMsg ){ + *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc64(nMsg); + if( zErrmsg ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg, + "unable to open shared library [%s]", zFile); + sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg); + } + } + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*)) + sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zEntry); + + /* If no entry point was specified and the default legacy + ** entry point name "sqlite3_extension_init" was not found, then + ** construct an entry point name "sqlite3_X_init" where the X is + ** replaced by the lowercase value of every ASCII alphabetic + ** character in the filename after the last "/" upto the first ".", + ** and eliding the first three characters if they are "lib". + ** Examples: + ** + ** /usr/local/lib/libExample5.4.3.so ==> sqlite3_example_init + ** C:/lib/mathfuncs.dll ==> sqlite3_mathfuncs_init + */ + if( xInit==0 && zProc==0 ){ + int iFile, iEntry, c; + int ncFile = sqlite3Strlen30(zFile); + zAltEntry = sqlite3_malloc64(ncFile+30); + if( zAltEntry==0 ){ + sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + memcpy(zAltEntry, "sqlite3_", 8); + for(iFile=ncFile-1; iFile>=0 && zFile[iFile]!='/'; iFile--){} + iFile++; + if( sqlite3_strnicmp(zFile+iFile, "lib", 3)==0 ) iFile += 3; + for(iEntry=8; (c = zFile[iFile])!=0 && c!='.'; iFile++){ + if( sqlite3Isalpha(c) ){ + zAltEntry[iEntry++] = (char)sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned)c]; + } + } + memcpy(zAltEntry+iEntry, "_init", 6); + zEntry = zAltEntry; + xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*)) + sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zEntry); + } + if( xInit==0 ){ + if( pzErrMsg ){ + nMsg += sqlite3Strlen30(zEntry); + *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc64(nMsg); + if( zErrmsg ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg, + "no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]", zEntry, zFile); + sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg); + } + } + sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); + sqlite3_free(zAltEntry); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + sqlite3_free(zAltEntry); + if( xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){ + if( pzErrMsg ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("error during initialization: %s", zErrmsg); + } + sqlite3_free(zErrmsg); + sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + /* Append the new shared library handle to the db->aExtension array. */ + aHandle = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(handle)*(db->nExtension+1)); + if( aHandle==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + if( db->nExtension>0 ){ + memcpy(aHandle, db->aExtension, sizeof(handle)*db->nExtension); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension); + db->aExtension = aHandle; + + db->aExtension[db->nExtension++] = handle; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_load_extension( + sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ + const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ + const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + rc = sqlite3LoadExtension(db, zFile, zProc, pzErrMsg); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Call this routine when the database connection is closing in order +** to clean up loaded extensions +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + for(i=0; i<db->nExtension; i++){ + sqlite3OsDlClose(db->pVfs, db->aExtension[i]); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension); +} + +/* +** Enable or disable extension loading. Extension loading is disabled by +** default so as not to open security holes in older applications. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( onoff ){ + db->flags |= SQLITE_LoadExtension|SQLITE_LoadExtFunc; + }else{ + db->flags &= ~(SQLITE_LoadExtension|SQLITE_LoadExtFunc); + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ + +/* +** The auto-extension code added regardless of whether or not extension +** loading is supported. We need a dummy sqlite3Apis pointer for that +** code if regular extension loading is not available. This is that +** dummy pointer. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { 0 }; +#endif + + +/* +** The following object holds the list of automatically loaded +** extensions. +** +** This list is shared across threads. The SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER +** mutex must be held while accessing this list. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3AutoExtList sqlite3AutoExtList; +static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3AutoExtList { + u32 nExt; /* Number of entries in aExt[] */ + void (**aExt)(void); /* Pointers to the extension init functions */ +} sqlite3Autoext = { 0, 0 }; + +/* The "wsdAutoext" macro will resolve to the autoextension +** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, +** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common +** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly +** to the "sqlite3Autoext" state vector declared above. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD +# define wsdAutoextInit \ + sqlite3AutoExtList *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3AutoExtList,sqlite3Autoext) +# define wsdAutoext x[0] +#else +# define wsdAutoextInit +# define wsdAutoext sqlite3Autoext +#endif + + +/* +** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically +** loaded by every new database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xInit)(void)){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ){ + return rc; + }else +#endif + { + u32 i; +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); +#endif + wsdAutoextInit; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + for(i=0; i<wsdAutoext.nExt; i++){ + if( wsdAutoext.aExt[i]==xInit ) break; + } + if( i==wsdAutoext.nExt ){ + u64 nByte = (wsdAutoext.nExt+1)*sizeof(wsdAutoext.aExt[0]); + void (**aNew)(void); + aNew = sqlite3_realloc64(wsdAutoext.aExt, nByte); + if( aNew==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + }else{ + wsdAutoext.aExt = aNew; + wsdAutoext.aExt[wsdAutoext.nExt] = xInit; + wsdAutoext.nExt++; + } + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + assert( (rc&0xff)==rc ); + return rc; + } +} + +/* +** Cancel a prior call to sqlite3_auto_extension. Remove xInit from the +** set of routines that is invoked for each new database connection, if it +** is currently on the list. If xInit is not on the list, then this +** routine is a no-op. +** +** Return 1 if xInit was found on the list and removed. Return 0 if xInit +** was not on the list. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void (*xInit)(void)){ +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); +#endif + int i; + int n = 0; + wsdAutoextInit; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + for(i=(int)wsdAutoext.nExt-1; i>=0; i--){ + if( wsdAutoext.aExt[i]==xInit ){ + wsdAutoext.nExt--; + wsdAutoext.aExt[i] = wsdAutoext.aExt[wsdAutoext.nExt]; + n++; + break; + } + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + return n; +} + +/* +** Reset the automatic extension loading mechanism. +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + if( sqlite3_initialize()==SQLITE_OK ) +#endif + { +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); +#endif + wsdAutoextInit; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + sqlite3_free(wsdAutoext.aExt); + wsdAutoext.aExt = 0; + wsdAutoext.nExt = 0; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + } +} + +/* +** Load all automatic extensions. +** +** If anything goes wrong, set an error in the database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ + u32 i; + int go = 1; + int rc; + int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*); + + wsdAutoextInit; + if( wsdAutoext.nExt==0 ){ + /* Common case: early out without every having to acquire a mutex */ + return; + } + for(i=0; go; i++){ + char *zErrmsg; +#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE + sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); + if( i>=wsdAutoext.nExt ){ + xInit = 0; + go = 0; + }else{ + xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*)) + wsdAutoext.aExt[i]; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); + zErrmsg = 0; + if( xInit && (rc = xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis))!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, + "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg); + go = 0; + } + sqlite3_free(zErrmsg); + } +} + +/************** End of loadext.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file pragma.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2003 April 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE) +# if defined(__APPLE__) +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1 +# else +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 +# endif +#endif + +/*************************************************************************** +** The "pragma.h" include file is an automatically generated file that +** that includes the PragType_XXXX macro definitions and the aPragmaName[] +** object. This ensures that the aPragmaName[] table is arranged in +** lexicographical order to facility a binary search of the pragma name. +** Do not edit pragma.h directly. Edit and rerun the script in at +** ../tool/mkpragmatab.tcl. */ +/************** Include pragma.h in the middle of pragma.c *******************/ +/************** Begin file pragma.h ******************************************/ +/* DO NOT EDIT! +** This file is automatically generated by the script at +** ../tool/mkpragmatab.tcl. To update the set of pragmas, edit +** that script and rerun it. +*/ +#define PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE 0 +#define PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM 1 +#define PragTyp_FLAG 2 +#define PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT 3 +#define PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE 4 +#define PragTyp_CACHE_SPILL 5 +#define PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE 6 +#define PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST 7 +#define PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS 8 +#define PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY 9 +#define PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST 10 +#define PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 11 +#define PragTyp_ENCODING 12 +#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK 13 +#define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST 14 +#define PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM 15 +#define PragTyp_INDEX_INFO 16 +#define PragTyp_INDEX_LIST 17 +#define PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK 18 +#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE 19 +#define PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT 20 +#define PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE 21 +#define PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE 22 +#define PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT 23 +#define PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE 24 +#define PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE 25 +#define PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE 26 +#define PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY 27 +#define PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT 28 +#define PragTyp_STATS 29 +#define PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS 30 +#define PragTyp_TABLE_INFO 31 +#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE 32 +#define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY 33 +#define PragTyp_THREADS 34 +#define PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 35 +#define PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT 36 +#define PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS 37 +#define PragTyp_HEXKEY 38 +#define PragTyp_KEY 39 +#define PragTyp_REKEY 40 +#define PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS 41 +#define PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE 42 +#define PragFlag_NeedSchema 0x01 +#define PragFlag_ReadOnly 0x02 +static const struct sPragmaNames { + const char *const zName; /* Name of pragma */ + u8 ePragTyp; /* PragTyp_XXX value */ + u8 mPragFlag; /* Zero or more PragFlag_XXX values */ + u32 iArg; /* Extra argument */ +} aPragmaNames[] = { +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD) + { /* zName: */ "activate_extensions", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "application_id", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ BTREE_APPLICATION_ID }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM) + { /* zName: */ "auto_vacuum", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX) + { /* zName: */ "automatic_index", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_AutoIndex }, +#endif +#endif + { /* zName: */ "busy_timeout", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "cache_size", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "cache_spill", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_CACHE_SPILL, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif + { /* zName: */ "case_sensitive_like", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "cell_size_check", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_CellSizeCk }, +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "checkpoint_fullfsync", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_CkptFullFSync }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "collation_list", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS) + { /* zName: */ "compile_options", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "count_changes", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_CountRows }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && SQLITE_OS_WIN + { /* zName: */ "data_store_directory", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "data_version", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_ReadOnly, + /* iArg: */ BTREE_DATA_VERSION }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "database_list", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED) + { /* zName: */ "default_cache_size", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + { /* zName: */ "defer_foreign_keys", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_DeferFKs }, +#endif +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "empty_result_callbacks", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_NullCallback }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16) + { /* zName: */ "encoding", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_ENCODING, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + { /* zName: */ "foreign_key_check", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) + { /* zName: */ "foreign_key_list", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + { /* zName: */ "foreign_keys", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ForeignKeys }, +#endif +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "freelist_count", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_ReadOnly, + /* iArg: */ BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "full_column_names", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_FullColNames }, + { /* zName: */ "fullfsync", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_FullFSync }, +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) + { /* zName: */ "hexkey", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEXKEY, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "hexrekey", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEXKEY, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) + { /* zName: */ "ignore_check_constraints", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_IgnoreChecks }, +#endif +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM) + { /* zName: */ "incremental_vacuum", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "index_info", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INDEX_INFO, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "index_list", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INDEX_LIST, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "index_xinfo", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INDEX_INFO, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 1 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK) + { /* zName: */ "integrity_check", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "journal_mode", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "journal_size_limit", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) + { /* zName: */ "key", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_KEY, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "legacy_file_format", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + { /* zName: */ "lock_proxy_file", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) + { /* zName: */ "lock_status", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "locking_mode", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "max_page_count", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "mmap_size", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "page_count", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "page_size", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER_TRACE) + { /* zName: */ "parser_trace", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "query_only", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_QueryOnly }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK) + { /* zName: */ "quick_check", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "read_uncommitted", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ReadUncommitted }, + { /* zName: */ "recursive_triggers", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_RecTriggers }, +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) + { /* zName: */ "rekey", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_REKEY, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "reverse_unordered_selects", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ReverseOrder }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "schema_version", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "secure_delete", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "short_column_names", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ShortColNames }, +#endif + { /* zName: */ "shrink_memory", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "soft_heap_limit", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) + { /* zName: */ "sql_trace", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_SqlTrace }, +#endif +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "stats", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_STATS, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "synchronous", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "table_info", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_TABLE_INFO, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "temp_store", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_TEMP_STORE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "temp_store_directory", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif + { /* zName: */ "threads", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_THREADS, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "user_version", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ BTREE_USER_VERSION }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) + { /* zName: */ "vdbe_addoptrace", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace }, + { /* zName: */ "vdbe_debug", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_SqlTrace|SQLITE_VdbeListing|SQLITE_VdbeTrace }, + { /* zName: */ "vdbe_eqp", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_VdbeEQP }, + { /* zName: */ "vdbe_listing", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_VdbeListing }, + { /* zName: */ "vdbe_trace", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_VdbeTrace }, +#endif +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) + { /* zName: */ "wal_autocheckpoint", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, + { /* zName: */ "wal_checkpoint", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT, + /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema, + /* iArg: */ 0 }, +#endif +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) + { /* zName: */ "writable_schema", + /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, + /* ePragFlag: */ 0, + /* iArg: */ SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_RecoveryMode }, +#endif +}; +/* Number of pragmas: 60 on by default, 73 total. */ + +/************** End of pragma.h **********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in pragma.c *********************/ + +/* +** Interpret the given string as a safety level. Return 0 for OFF, +** 1 for ON or NORMAL, 2 for FULL, and 3 for EXTRA. Return 1 for an empty or +** unrecognized string argument. The FULL and EXTRA option is disallowed +** if the omitFull parameter it 1. +** +** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that +** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(). The is done +** to support legacy SQL code. The safety level used to be boolean +** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON. +*/ +static u8 getSafetyLevel(const char *z, int omitFull, u8 dflt){ + /* 123456789 123456789 123 */ + static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruextrafull"; + static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 15, 20}; + static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 5, 4}; + static const u8 iValue[] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 3, 2}; + /* on no off false yes true extra full */ + int i, n; + if( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ + return (u8)sqlite3Atoi(z); + } + n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); + for(i=0; i<ArraySize(iLength); i++){ + if( iLength[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[iOffset[i]],z,n)==0 + && (!omitFull || iValue[i]<=1) + ){ + return iValue[i]; + } + } + return dflt; +} + +/* +** Interpret the given string as a boolean value. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z, u8 dflt){ + return getSafetyLevel(z,1,dflt)!=0; +} + +/* The sqlite3GetBoolean() function is used by other modules but the +** remainder of this file is specific to PRAGMA processing. So omit +** the rest of the file if PRAGMAs are omitted from the build. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA) + +/* +** Interpret the given string as a locking mode value. +*/ +static int getLockingMode(const char *z){ + if( z ){ + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "exclusive") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE; + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "normal") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL; + } + return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM +/* +** Interpret the given string as an auto-vacuum mode value. +** +** The following strings, "none", "full" and "incremental" are +** acceptable, as are their numeric equivalents: 0, 1 and 2 respectively. +*/ +static int getAutoVacuum(const char *z){ + int i; + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "none") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE; + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "full") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL; + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "incremental") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR; + i = sqlite3Atoi(z); + return (u8)((i>=0&&i<=2)?i:0); +} +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +/* +** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file +** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database +** and 0 to use the compile-time default. +*/ +static int getTempStore(const char *z){ + if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){ + return z[0] - '0'; + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){ + return 1; + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){ + return 2; + }else{ + return 0; + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +/* +** Invalidate temp storage, either when the temp storage is changed +** from default, or when 'file' and the temp_store_directory has changed +*/ +static int invalidateTempStorage(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){ + if( !db->autoCommit || sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed " + "from within a transaction"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt); + db->aDb[1].pBt = 0; + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +/* +** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema +** as needing reloading. This must be done when using the SQLITE_TEMP_STORE +** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas. +*/ +static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){ + int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType); + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLITE_OK; + if( invalidateTempStorage( pParse ) != SQLITE_OK ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + db->temp_store = (u8)ts; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + +/* +** Set the names of the first N columns to the values in azCol[] +*/ +static void setAllColumnNames( + Vdbe *v, /* The query under construction */ + int N, /* Number of columns */ + const char **azCol /* Names of columns */ +){ + int i; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, N); + for(i=0; i<N; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, azCol[i], SQLITE_STATIC); + } +} +static void setOneColumnName(Vdbe *v, const char *z){ + setAllColumnNames(v, 1, &z); +} + +/* +** Generate code to return a single integer value. +*/ +static void returnSingleInt(Vdbe *v, const char *zLabel, i64 value){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_Int64, 0, 1, 0, (const u8*)&value, P4_INT64); + setOneColumnName(v, zLabel); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); +} + +/* +** Generate code to return a single text value. +*/ +static void returnSingleText( + Vdbe *v, /* Prepared statement under construction */ + const char *zLabel, /* Name of the result column */ + const char *zValue /* Value to be returned */ +){ + if( zValue ){ + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 1, (const char*)zValue); + setOneColumnName(v, zLabel); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); + } +} + + +/* +** Set the safety_level and pager flags for pager iDb. Or if iDb<0 +** set these values for all pagers. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +static void setAllPagerFlags(sqlite3 *db){ + if( db->autoCommit ){ + Db *pDb = db->aDb; + int n = db->nDb; + assert( SQLITE_FullFSync==PAGER_FULLFSYNC ); + assert( SQLITE_CkptFullFSync==PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ); + assert( SQLITE_CacheSpill==PAGER_CACHESPILL ); + assert( (PAGER_FULLFSYNC | PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC | PAGER_CACHESPILL) + == PAGER_FLAGS_MASK ); + assert( (pDb->safety_level & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK)==pDb->safety_level ); + while( (n--) > 0 ){ + if( pDb->pBt ){ + sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(pDb->pBt, + pDb->safety_level | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK) ); + } + pDb++; + } + } +} +#else +# define setAllPagerFlags(X) /* no-op */ +#endif + + +/* +** Return a human-readable name for a constraint resolution action. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY +static const char *actionName(u8 action){ + const char *zName; + switch( action ){ + case OE_SetNull: zName = "SET NULL"; break; + case OE_SetDflt: zName = "SET DEFAULT"; break; + case OE_Cascade: zName = "CASCADE"; break; + case OE_Restrict: zName = "RESTRICT"; break; + default: zName = "NO ACTION"; + assert( action==OE_None ); break; + } + return zName; +} +#endif + + +/* +** Parameter eMode must be one of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX constants +** defined in pager.h. This function returns the associated lowercase +** journal-mode name. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int eMode){ + static char * const azModeName[] = { + "delete", "persist", "off", "truncate", "memory" +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + , "wal" +#endif + }; + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE==0 ); + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST==1 ); + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF==2 ); + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE==3 ); + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY==4 ); + assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL==5 ); + assert( eMode>=0 && eMode<=ArraySize(azModeName) ); + + if( eMode==ArraySize(azModeName) ) return 0; + return azModeName[eMode]; +} + +/* +** Process a pragma statement. +** +** Pragmas are of this form: +** +** PRAGMA [schema.]id [= value] +** +** The identifier might also be a string. The value is a string, and +** identifier, or a number. If minusFlag is true, then the value is +** a number that was preceded by a minus sign. +** +** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name +** and pId2 is the id. If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the +** id and pId2 is any empty string. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( + Parse *pParse, + Token *pId1, /* First part of [schema.]id field */ + Token *pId2, /* Second part of [schema.]id field, or NULL */ + Token *pValue, /* Token for <value>, or NULL */ + int minusFlag /* True if a '-' sign preceded <value> */ +){ + char *zLeft = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <id> */ + char *zRight = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <value>, or NULL */ + const char *zDb = 0; /* The database name */ + Token *pId; /* Pointer to <id> token */ + char *aFcntl[4]; /* Argument to SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA */ + int iDb; /* Database index for <database> */ + int lwr, upr, mid = 0; /* Binary search bounds */ + int rc; /* return value form SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + Db *pDb; /* The specific database being pragmaed */ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Prepared statement */ + const struct sPragmaNames *pPragma; + + if( v==0 ) return; + sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(v); + pParse->nMem = 2; + + /* Interpret the [schema.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the + ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */ + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId); + if( iDb<0 ) return; + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + + /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the + ** pragma, make sure it is open. + */ + if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){ + return; + } + + zLeft = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pId); + if( !zLeft ) return; + if( minusFlag ){ + zRight = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-%T", pValue); + }else{ + zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pValue); + } + + assert( pId2 ); + zDb = pId2->n>0 ? pDb->zName : 0; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){ + goto pragma_out; + } + + /* Send an SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA file-control to the underlying VFS + ** connection. If it returns SQLITE_OK, then assume that the VFS + ** handled the pragma and generate a no-op prepared statement. + ** + ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-12238-55120 Whenever a PRAGMA statement is parsed, + ** an SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA file control is sent to the open sqlite3_file + ** object corresponding to the database file to which the pragma + ** statement refers. + ** + ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-29875-31678 The argument to the SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA + ** file control is an array of pointers to strings (char**) in which the + ** second element of the array is the name of the pragma and the third + ** element is the argument to the pragma or NULL if the pragma has no + ** argument. + */ + aFcntl[0] = 0; + aFcntl[1] = zLeft; + aFcntl[2] = zRight; + aFcntl[3] = 0; + db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; + rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA, (void*)aFcntl); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + returnSingleText(v, "result", aFcntl[0]); + sqlite3_free(aFcntl[0]); + goto pragma_out; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ + if( aFcntl[0] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", aFcntl[0]); + sqlite3_free(aFcntl[0]); + } + pParse->nErr++; + pParse->rc = rc; + goto pragma_out; + } + + /* Locate the pragma in the lookup table */ + lwr = 0; + upr = ArraySize(aPragmaNames)-1; + while( lwr<=upr ){ + mid = (lwr+upr)/2; + rc = sqlite3_stricmp(zLeft, aPragmaNames[mid].zName); + if( rc==0 ) break; + if( rc<0 ){ + upr = mid - 1; + }else{ + lwr = mid + 1; + } + } + if( lwr>upr ) goto pragma_out; + pPragma = &aPragmaNames[mid]; + + /* Make sure the database schema is loaded if the pragma requires that */ + if( (pPragma->mPragFlag & PragFlag_NeedSchema)!=0 ){ + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + } + + /* Jump to the appropriate pragma handler */ + switch( pPragma->ePragTyp ){ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED) + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]default_cache_size + ** PRAGMA [schema.]default_cache_size=N + ** + ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the + ** page cache size. The value returned is the maximum number of + ** pages in the page cache. The second form sets both the current + ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value + ** stored in the database file. + ** + ** Older versions of SQLite would set the default cache size to a + ** negative number to indicate synchronous=OFF. These days, synchronous + ** is always on by default regardless of the sign of the default cache + ** size. But continue to take the absolute value of the default cache + ** size of historical compatibility. + */ + case PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE: { + static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); + static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = { + { OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE}, /* 1 */ + { OP_IfPos, 1, 8, 0}, + { OP_Integer, 0, 2, 0}, + { OP_Subtract, 1, 2, 1}, + { OP_IfPos, 1, 8, 0}, + { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 6 */ + { OP_Noop, 0, 0, 0}, + { OP_ResultRow, 1, 1, 0}, + }; + VdbeOp *aOp; + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + if( !zRight ){ + setOneColumnName(v, "cache_size"); + pParse->nMem += 2; + sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize)); + aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize, iLn); + if( ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(aOp==0) ) break; + aOp[0].p1 = iDb; + aOp[1].p1 = iDb; + aOp[6].p1 = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; + }else{ + int size = sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, size); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; + sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); + } + break; + } +#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS && !SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]page_size + ** PRAGMA [schema.]page_size=N + ** + ** The first form reports the current setting for the + ** database page size in bytes. The second form sets the + ** database page size value. The value can only be set if + ** the database has not yet been created. + */ + case PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE: { + Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; + assert( pBt!=0 ); + if( !zRight ){ + int size = ALWAYS(pBt) ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0; + returnSingleInt(v, "page_size", size); + }else{ + /* Malloc may fail when setting the page-size, as there is an internal + ** buffer that the pager module resizes using sqlite3_realloc(). + */ + db->nextPagesize = sqlite3Atoi(zRight); + if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize,-1,0) ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + } + } + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]secure_delete + ** PRAGMA [schema.]secure_delete=ON/OFF + ** + ** The first form reports the current setting for the + ** secure_delete flag. The second form changes the secure_delete + ** flag setting and reports thenew value. + */ + case PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE: { + Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; + int b = -1; + assert( pBt!=0 ); + if( zRight ){ + b = sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0); + } + if( pId2->n==0 && b>=0 ){ + int ii; + for(ii=0; ii<db->nDb; ii++){ + sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[ii].pBt, b); + } + } + b = sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(pBt, b); + returnSingleInt(v, "secure_delete", b); + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]max_page_count + ** PRAGMA [schema.]max_page_count=N + ** + ** The first form reports the current setting for the + ** maximum number of pages in the database file. The + ** second form attempts to change this setting. Both + ** forms return the current setting. + ** + ** The absolute value of N is used. This is undocumented and might + ** change. The only purpose is to provide an easy way to test + ** the sqlite3AbsInt32() function. + ** + ** PRAGMA [schema.]page_count + ** + ** Return the number of pages in the specified database. + */ + case PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT: { + int iReg; + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + iReg = ++pParse->nMem; + if( sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='p' ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Pagecount, iDb, iReg); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MaxPgcnt, iDb, iReg, + sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight))); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]locking_mode + ** PRAGMA [schema.]locking_mode = (normal|exclusive) + */ + case PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE: { + const char *zRet = "normal"; + int eMode = getLockingMode(zRight); + + if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY ){ + /* Simple "PRAGMA locking_mode;" statement. This is a query for + ** the current default locking mode (which may be different to + ** the locking-mode of the main database). + */ + eMode = db->dfltLockMode; + }else{ + Pager *pPager; + if( pId2->n==0 ){ + /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part + ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the locking-mode must be + ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file. + ** + ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltLockMode variable is set so that + ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified + ** locking mode. + */ + int ii; + assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]); + for(ii=2; ii<db->nDb; ii++){ + pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt); + sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); + } + db->dfltLockMode = (u8)eMode; + } + pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); + eMode = sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); + } + + assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL + || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); + if( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ){ + zRet = "exclusive"; + } + returnSingleText(v, "locking_mode", zRet); + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]journal_mode + ** PRAGMA [schema.]journal_mode = + ** (delete|persist|off|truncate|memory|wal|off) + */ + case PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE: { + int eMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX symbols */ + int ii; /* Loop counter */ + + setOneColumnName(v, "journal_mode"); + if( zRight==0 ){ + /* If there is no "=MODE" part of the pragma, do a query for the + ** current mode */ + eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY; + }else{ + const char *zMode; + int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zRight); + for(eMode=0; (zMode = sqlite3JournalModename(eMode))!=0; eMode++){ + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, zMode, n)==0 ) break; + } + if( !zMode ){ + /* If the "=MODE" part does not match any known journal mode, + ** then do a query */ + eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY; + } + } + if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY && pId2->n==0 ){ + /* Convert "PRAGMA journal_mode" into "PRAGMA main.journal_mode" */ + iDb = 0; + pId2->n = 1; + } + for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){ + if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){ + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, ii); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_JournalMode, ii, 1, eMode); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]journal_size_limit + ** PRAGMA [schema.]journal_size_limit=N + ** + ** Get or set the size limit on rollback journal files. + */ + case PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT: { + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); + i64 iLimit = -2; + if( zRight ){ + sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &iLimit); + if( iLimit<-1 ) iLimit = -1; + } + iLimit = sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(pPager, iLimit); + returnSingleInt(v, "journal_size_limit", iLimit); + break; + } + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]auto_vacuum + ** PRAGMA [schema.]auto_vacuum=N + ** + ** Get or set the value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter. + ** The value is one of: 0 NONE 1 FULL 2 INCREMENTAL + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + case PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM: { + Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; + assert( pBt!=0 ); + if( !zRight ){ + returnSingleInt(v, "auto_vacuum", sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt)); + }else{ + int eAuto = getAutoVacuum(zRight); + assert( eAuto>=0 && eAuto<=2 ); + db->nextAutovac = (u8)eAuto; + /* Call SetAutoVacuum() to set initialize the internal auto and + ** incr-vacuum flags. This is required in case this connection + ** creates the database file. It is important that it is created + ** as an auto-vacuum capable db. + */ + rc = sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){ + /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or + ** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database + ** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates + ** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database. + */ + static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); + static const VdbeOpList setMeta6[] = { + { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE}, + { OP_If, 1, 0, 0}, /* 2 */ + { OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Abort, 0}, /* 3 */ + { OP_SetCookie, 0, BTREE_INCR_VACUUM, 0}, /* 4 */ + }; + VdbeOp *aOp; + int iAddr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(v, ArraySize(setMeta6)); + aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setMeta6), setMeta6, iLn); + if( ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(aOp==0) ) break; + aOp[0].p1 = iDb; + aOp[1].p1 = iDb; + aOp[2].p2 = iAddr+4; + aOp[4].p1 = iDb; + aOp[4].p3 = eAuto - 1; + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + } + } + break; + } +#endif + + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]incremental_vacuum(N) + ** + ** Do N steps of incremental vacuuming on a database. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + case PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM: { + int iLimit, addr; + if( zRight==0 || !sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &iLimit) || iLimit<=0 ){ + iLimit = 0x7fffffff; + } + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iLimit, 1); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IncrVacuum, iDb); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResultRow, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + break; + } +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]cache_size + ** PRAGMA [schema.]cache_size=N + ** + ** The first form reports the current local setting for the + ** page cache size. The second form sets the local + ** page cache size value. If N is positive then that is the + ** number of pages in the cache. If N is negative, then the + ** number of pages is adjusted so that the cache uses -N kibibytes + ** of memory. + */ + case PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE: { + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + if( !zRight ){ + returnSingleInt(v, "cache_size", pDb->pSchema->cache_size); + }else{ + int size = sqlite3Atoi(zRight); + pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; + sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); + } + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]cache_spill + ** PRAGMA cache_spill=BOOLEAN + ** PRAGMA [schema.]cache_spill=N + ** + ** The first form reports the current local setting for the + ** page cache spill size. The second form turns cache spill on + ** or off. When turnning cache spill on, the size is set to the + ** current cache_size. The third form sets a spill size that + ** may be different form the cache size. + ** If N is positive then that is the + ** number of pages in the cache. If N is negative, then the + ** number of pages is adjusted so that the cache uses -N kibibytes + ** of memory. + ** + ** If the number of cache_spill pages is less then the number of + ** cache_size pages, no spilling occurs until the page count exceeds + ** the number of cache_size pages. + ** + ** The cache_spill=BOOLEAN setting applies to all attached schemas, + ** not just the schema specified. + */ + case PragTyp_CACHE_SPILL: { + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + if( !zRight ){ + returnSingleInt(v, "cache_spill", + (db->flags & SQLITE_CacheSpill)==0 ? 0 : + sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(pDb->pBt,0)); + }else{ + int size = 1; + if( sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &size) ){ + sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(pDb->pBt, size); + } + if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, size!=0) ){ + db->flags |= SQLITE_CacheSpill; + }else{ + db->flags &= ~SQLITE_CacheSpill; + } + setAllPagerFlags(db); + } + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]mmap_size(N) + ** + ** Used to set mapping size limit. The mapping size limit is + ** used to limit the aggregate size of all memory mapped regions of the + ** database file. If this parameter is set to zero, then memory mapping + ** is not used at all. If N is negative, then the default memory map + ** limit determined by sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE) is set. + ** The parameter N is measured in bytes. + ** + ** This value is advisory. The underlying VFS is free to memory map + ** as little or as much as it wants. Except, if N is set to 0 then the + ** upper layers will never invoke the xFetch interfaces to the VFS. + */ + case PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE: { + sqlite3_int64 sz; +#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + if( zRight ){ + int ii; + sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &sz); + if( sz<0 ) sz = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap; + if( pId2->n==0 ) db->szMmap = sz; + for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){ + if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){ + sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(db->aDb[ii].pBt, sz); + } + } + } + sz = -1; + rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz); +#else + sz = 0; + rc = SQLITE_OK; +#endif + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + returnSingleInt(v, "mmap_size", sz); + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ + pParse->nErr++; + pParse->rc = rc; + } + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA temp_store + ** PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file" + ** + ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag. Changing + ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default + ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened. + ** + ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to + ** override this setting + */ + case PragTyp_TEMP_STORE: { + if( !zRight ){ + returnSingleInt(v, "temp_store", db->temp_store); + }else{ + changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight); + } + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory + ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory = ""|"directory_name" + ** + ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store_directory flag. Changing + ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for temporary files. + ** Setting to a null string reverts to the default temporary directory search. + ** If temporary directory is changed, then invalidateTempStorage. + ** + */ + case PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY: { + if( !zRight ){ + returnSingleText(v, "temp_store_directory", sqlite3_temp_directory); + }else{ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + if( zRight[0] ){ + int res; + rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory"); + goto pragma_out; + } + } + if( SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==0 + || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 && db->temp_store<=1) + || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 && db->temp_store==1) + ){ + invalidateTempStorage(pParse); + } + sqlite3_free(sqlite3_temp_directory); + if( zRight[0] ){ + sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight); + }else{ + sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */ + } + break; + } + +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN + /* + ** PRAGMA data_store_directory + ** PRAGMA data_store_directory = ""|"directory_name" + ** + ** Return or set the local value of the data_store_directory flag. Changing + ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for database files that + ** were specified with a relative pathname. Setting to a null string reverts + ** to the default database directory, which for database files specified with + ** a relative path will probably be based on the current directory for the + ** process. Database file specified with an absolute path are not impacted + ** by this setting, regardless of its value. + ** + */ + case PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY: { + if( !zRight ){ + returnSingleText(v, "data_store_directory", sqlite3_data_directory); + }else{ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + if( zRight[0] ){ + int res; + rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory"); + goto pragma_out; + } + } + sqlite3_free(sqlite3_data_directory); + if( zRight[0] ){ + sqlite3_data_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight); + }else{ + sqlite3_data_directory = 0; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */ + } + break; + } +#endif + +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]lock_proxy_file + ** PRAGMA [schema.]lock_proxy_file = ":auto:"|"lock_file_path" + ** + ** Return or set the value of the lock_proxy_file flag. Changing + ** the value sets a specific file to be used for database access locks. + ** + */ + case PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE: { + if( !zRight ){ + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); + char *proxy_file_path = NULL; + sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); + sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFile, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, + &proxy_file_path); + returnSingleText(v, "lock_proxy_file", proxy_file_path); + }else{ + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); + sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); + int res; + if( zRight[0] ){ + res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, + zRight); + } else { + res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, + NULL); + } + if( res!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "failed to set lock proxy file"); + goto pragma_out; + } + } + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ + + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]synchronous + ** PRAGMA [schema.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL|EXTRA + ** + ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag. Changing + ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the + ** default value will be restored the next time the database is + ** opened. + */ + case PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS: { + if( !zRight ){ + returnSingleInt(v, "synchronous", pDb->safety_level-1); + }else{ + if( !db->autoCommit ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction"); + }else{ + int iLevel = (getSafetyLevel(zRight,0,1)+1) & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK; + if( iLevel==0 ) iLevel = 1; + pDb->safety_level = iLevel; + pDb->bSyncSet = 1; + setAllPagerFlags(db); + } + } + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS + case PragTyp_FLAG: { + if( zRight==0 ){ + returnSingleInt(v, pPragma->zName, (db->flags & pPragma->iArg)!=0 ); + }else{ + int mask = pPragma->iArg; /* Mask of bits to set or clear. */ + if( db->autoCommit==0 ){ + /* Foreign key support may not be enabled or disabled while not + ** in auto-commit mode. */ + mask &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys); + } +#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION + if( db->auth.authLevel==UAUTH_User ){ + /* Do not allow non-admin users to modify the schema arbitrarily */ + mask &= ~(SQLITE_WriteSchema); + } +#endif + + if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0) ){ + db->flags |= mask; + }else{ + db->flags &= ~mask; + if( mask==SQLITE_DeferFKs ) db->nDeferredImmCons = 0; + } + + /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL + ** compiler (eg. count_changes). So add an opcode to expire all + ** compiled SQL statements after modifying a pragma value. + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0); + setAllPagerFlags(db); + } + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS + /* + ** PRAGMA table_info(<table>) + ** + ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of + ** the returned data set are: + ** + ** cid: Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0) + ** name: Column name + ** type: Column declaration type. + ** notnull: True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration + ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any. + */ + case PragTyp_TABLE_INFO: if( zRight ){ + Table *pTab; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); + if( pTab ){ + static const char *azCol[] = { + "cid", "name", "type", "notnull", "dflt_value", "pk" + }; + int i, k; + int nHidden = 0; + Column *pCol; + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + pParse->nMem = 6; + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + setAllColumnNames(v, 6, azCol); assert( 6==ArraySize(azCol) ); + sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab); + for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; i<pTab->nCol; i++, pCol++){ + if( IsHiddenColumn(pCol) ){ + nHidden++; + continue; + } + if( (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)==0 ){ + k = 0; + }else if( pPk==0 ){ + k = 1; + }else{ + for(k=1; k<=pTab->nCol && pPk->aiColumn[k-1]!=i; k++){} + } + assert( pCol->pDflt==0 || pCol->pDflt->op==TK_SPAN ); + sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "issisi", + i-nHidden, + pCol->zName, + sqlite3ColumnType(pCol,""), + pCol->notNull ? 1 : 0, + pCol->pDflt ? pCol->pDflt->u.zToken : 0, + k); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 6); + } + } + } + break; + + case PragTyp_STATS: { + static const char *azCol[] = { "table", "index", "width", "height" }; + Index *pIdx; + HashElem *i; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + pParse->nMem = 4; + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + setAllColumnNames(v, 4, azCol); assert( 4==ArraySize(azCol) ); + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i); + sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "ssii", + pTab->zName, + 0, + pTab->szTabRow, + pTab->nRowLogEst); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 4); + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 2, "sii", + pIdx->zName, + pIdx->szIdxRow, + pIdx->aiRowLogEst[0]); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 4); + } + } + } + break; + + case PragTyp_INDEX_INFO: if( zRight ){ + Index *pIdx; + Table *pTab; + pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb); + if( pIdx ){ + static const char *azCol[] = { + "seqno", "cid", "name", "desc", "coll", "key" + }; + int i; + int mx; + if( pPragma->iArg ){ + /* PRAGMA index_xinfo (newer version with more rows and columns) */ + mx = pIdx->nColumn; + pParse->nMem = 6; + }else{ + /* PRAGMA index_info (legacy version) */ + mx = pIdx->nKeyCol; + pParse->nMem = 3; + } + pTab = pIdx->pTable; + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + assert( pParse->nMem<=ArraySize(azCol) ); + setAllColumnNames(v, pParse->nMem, azCol); + for(i=0; i<mx; i++){ + i16 cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; + sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "iis", i, cnum, + cnum<0 ? 0 : pTab->aCol[cnum].zName); + if( pPragma->iArg ){ + sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 4, "isi", + pIdx->aSortOrder[i], + pIdx->azColl[i], + i<pIdx->nKeyCol); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, pParse->nMem); + } + } + } + break; + + case PragTyp_INDEX_LIST: if( zRight ){ + Index *pIdx; + Table *pTab; + int i; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); + if( pTab ){ + static const char *azCol[] = { + "seq", "name", "unique", "origin", "partial" + }; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + pParse->nMem = 5; + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + setAllColumnNames(v, 5, azCol); assert( 5==ArraySize(azCol) ); + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex, i=0; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ + const char *azOrigin[] = { "c", "u", "pk" }; + sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "isisi", + i, + pIdx->zName, + IsUniqueIndex(pIdx), + azOrigin[pIdx->idxType], + pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 5); + } + } + } + break; + + case PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST: { + static const char *azCol[] = { "seq", "name", "file" }; + int i; + pParse->nMem = 3; + setAllColumnNames(v, 3, azCol); assert( 3==ArraySize(azCol) ); + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue; + assert( db->aDb[i].zName!=0 ); + sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "iss", + i, + db->aDb[i].zName, + sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt)); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); + } + } + break; + + case PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST: { + static const char *azCol[] = { "seq", "name" }; + int i = 0; + HashElem *p; + pParse->nMem = 2; + setAllColumnNames(v, 2, azCol); assert( 2==ArraySize(azCol) ); + for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ + CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(p); + sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "is", i++, pColl->zName); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2); + } + } + break; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + case PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST: if( zRight ){ + FKey *pFK; + Table *pTab; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); + if( pTab ){ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + pFK = pTab->pFKey; + if( pFK ){ + static const char *azCol[] = { + "id", "seq", "table", "from", "to", "on_update", "on_delete", + "match" + }; + int i = 0; + pParse->nMem = 8; + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + setAllColumnNames(v, 8, azCol); assert( 8==ArraySize(azCol) ); + while(pFK){ + int j; + for(j=0; j<pFK->nCol; j++){ + sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "iissssss", + i, + j, + pFK->zTo, + pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, + pFK->aCol[j].zCol, + actionName(pFK->aAction[1]), /* ON UPDATE */ + actionName(pFK->aAction[0]), /* ON DELETE */ + "NONE"); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 8); + } + ++i; + pFK = pFK->pNextFrom; + } + } + } + } + break; +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + case PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK: { + FKey *pFK; /* A foreign key constraint */ + Table *pTab; /* Child table contain "REFERENCES" keyword */ + Table *pParent; /* Parent table that child points to */ + Index *pIdx; /* Index in the parent table */ + int i; /* Loop counter: Foreign key number for pTab */ + int j; /* Loop counter: Field of the foreign key */ + HashElem *k; /* Loop counter: Next table in schema */ + int x; /* result variable */ + int regResult; /* 3 registers to hold a result row */ + int regKey; /* Register to hold key for checking the FK */ + int regRow; /* Registers to hold a row from pTab */ + int addrTop; /* Top of a loop checking foreign keys */ + int addrOk; /* Jump here if the key is OK */ + int *aiCols; /* child to parent column mapping */ + static const char *azCol[] = { "table", "rowid", "parent", "fkid" }; + + regResult = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += 4; + regKey = ++pParse->nMem; + regRow = ++pParse->nMem; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + setAllColumnNames(v, 4, azCol); assert( 4==ArraySize(azCol) ); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + k = sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->tblHash); + while( k ){ + if( zRight ){ + pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zRight, zDb); + k = 0; + }else{ + pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); + k = sqliteHashNext(k); + } + if( pTab==0 || pTab->pFKey==0 ) continue; + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); + if( pTab->nCol+regRow>pParse->nMem ) pParse->nMem = pTab->nCol + regRow; + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, regResult, pTab->zName); + for(i=1, pFK=pTab->pFKey; pFK; i++, pFK=pFK->pNextFrom){ + pParent = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFK->zTo, zDb); + if( pParent==0 ) continue; + pIdx = 0; + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pParent->tnum, 0, pParent->zName); + x = sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pParent, pFK, &pIdx, 0); + if( x==0 ){ + if( pIdx==0 ){ + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, i, iDb, pParent, OP_OpenRead); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, i, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); + } + }else{ + k = 0; + break; + } + } + assert( pParse->nErr>0 || pFK==0 ); + if( pFK ) break; + if( pParse->nTab<i ) pParse->nTab = i; + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + for(i=1, pFK=pTab->pFKey; pFK; i++, pFK=pFK->pNextFrom){ + pParent = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFK->zTo, zDb); + pIdx = 0; + aiCols = 0; + if( pParent ){ + x = sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pParent, pFK, &pIdx, &aiCols); + assert( x==0 ); + } + addrOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + if( pParent && pIdx==0 ){ + int iKey = pFK->aCol[0].iFrom; + assert( iKey>=0 && iKey<pTab->nCol ); + if( iKey!=pTab->iPKey ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, 0, iKey, regRow); + sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iKey, regRow); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRow, addrOk); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRow, + sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, regRow); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, i, 0, regRow); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrOk); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2); + }else{ + for(j=0; j<pFK->nCol; j++){ + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, 0, + aiCols ? aiCols[j] : pFK->aCol[j].iFrom, regRow+j); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRow+j, addrOk); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + if( pParent ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, pFK->nCol, regKey, + sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(db,pIdx), pFK->nCol); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, i, addrOk, regKey, 0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, regResult+1); + sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, regResult+2, "si", pFK->zTo, i-1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, 4); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOk); + sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCols); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, addrTop+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop); + } + } + break; +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ + +#ifndef NDEBUG + case PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE: { + if( zRight ){ + if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0) ){ + sqlite3ParserTrace(stdout, "parser: "); + }else{ + sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0); + } + } + } + break; +#endif + + /* Reinstall the LIKE and GLOB functions. The variant of LIKE + ** used will be case sensitive or not depending on the RHS. + */ + case PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE: { + if( zRight ){ + sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0)); + } + } + break; + +#ifndef SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX +# define SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX 100 +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK + /* Pragma "quick_check" is reduced version of + ** integrity_check designed to detect most database corruption + ** without most of the overhead of a full integrity-check. + */ + case PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK: { + int i, j, addr, mxErr; + + int isQuick = (sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='q'); + + /* If the PRAGMA command was of the form "PRAGMA <db>.integrity_check", + ** then iDb is set to the index of the database identified by <db>. + ** In this case, the integrity of database iDb only is verified by + ** the VDBE created below. + ** + ** Otherwise, if the command was simply "PRAGMA integrity_check" (or + ** "PRAGMA quick_check"), then iDb is set to 0. In this case, set iDb + ** to -1 here, to indicate that the VDBE should verify the integrity + ** of all attached databases. */ + assert( iDb>=0 ); + assert( iDb==0 || pId2->z ); + if( pId2->z==0 ) iDb = -1; + + /* Initialize the VDBE program */ + pParse->nMem = 6; + setOneColumnName(v, "integrity_check"); + + /* Set the maximum error count */ + mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; + if( zRight ){ + sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &mxErr); + if( mxErr<=0 ){ + mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, mxErr, 1); /* reg[1] holds errors left */ + + /* Do an integrity check on each database file */ + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + HashElem *x; + Hash *pTbls; + int *aRoot; + int cnt = 0; + int mxIdx = 0; + int nIdx; + + if( OMIT_TEMPDB && i==1 ) continue; + if( iDb>=0 && i!=iDb ) continue; + + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Halt if out of errors */ + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + + /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree + ** + ** Begin by finding the root pages numbers + ** for all tables and indices in the database. + */ + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, i, 0) ); + pTbls = &db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash; + for(cnt=0, x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); + Index *pIdx; + if( HasRowid(pTab) ) cnt++; + for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){ cnt++; } + if( nIdx>mxIdx ) mxIdx = nIdx; + } + aRoot = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int)*(cnt+1)); + if( aRoot==0 ) break; + for(cnt=0, x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); + Index *pIdx; + if( HasRowid(pTab) ) aRoot[cnt++] = pTab->tnum; + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + aRoot[cnt++] = pIdx->tnum; + } + } + aRoot[cnt] = 0; + + /* Make sure sufficient number of registers have been allocated */ + pParse->nMem = MAX( pParse->nMem, 8+mxIdx ); + + /* Do the b-tree integrity checks */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IntegrityCk, 2, cnt, 1, (char*)aRoot,P4_INTARRAY); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)i); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, 2); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, + sqlite3MPrintf(db, "*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zName), + P4_DYNAMIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, 2, 4, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 2, 1); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + + /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly. + */ + for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x && !isQuick; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); + Index *pIdx, *pPk; + Index *pPrior = 0; + int loopTop; + int iDataCur, iIdxCur; + int r1 = -1; + + if( pTab->pIndex==0 ) continue; + pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Stop if out of errors */ + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenRead, 0, + 1, 0, &iDataCur, &iIdxCur); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 7); + for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 8+j); /* index entries counter */ + } + assert( pParse->nMem>=8+j ); + assert( sqlite3NoTempsInRange(pParse,1,7+j) ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDataCur, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 7, 1); + /* Verify that all NOT NULL columns really are NOT NULL */ + for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){ + char *zErr; + int jmp2, jmp3; + if( j==pTab->iPKey ) continue; + if( pTab->aCol[j].notNull==0 ) continue; + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, j, 3); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG); + jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, 3); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); /* Decrement error limit */ + zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "NULL value in %s.%s", pTab->zName, + pTab->aCol[j].zName); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, zErr, P4_DYNAMIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 3, 1); + jmp3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp3); + } + /* Validate index entries for the current row */ + for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ + int jmp2, jmp3, jmp4, jmp5; + int ckUniq = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + if( pPk==pIdx ) continue; + r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, 0, 0, &jmp3, + pPrior, r1); + pPrior = pIdx; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 8+j, 1); /* increment entry count */ + /* Verify that an index entry exists for the current table row */ + jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iIdxCur+j, ckUniq, r1, + pIdx->nColumn); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); /* Decrement error limit */ + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 3, "row "); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 7, 3, 3); + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 4, " missing from index "); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3); + jmp5 = sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 4, pIdx->zName); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 3, 1); + jmp4 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2); + /* For UNIQUE indexes, verify that only one entry exists with the + ** current key. The entry is unique if (1) any column is NULL + ** or (2) the next entry has a different key */ + if( IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ){ + int uniqOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + int jmp6; + int kk; + for(kk=0; kk<pIdx->nKeyCol; kk++){ + int iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[kk]; + assert( iCol!=XN_ROWID && iCol<pTab->nCol ); + if( iCol>=0 && pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull ) continue; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1+kk, uniqOk); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + jmp6 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur+j); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, uniqOk); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp6); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxGT, iIdxCur+j, uniqOk, r1, + pIdx->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); /* Decrement error limit */ + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 3, "non-unique entry in index "); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, jmp5); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, uniqOk); + } + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp4); + sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, jmp3); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iDataCur, loopTop); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop-1); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 2, "wrong # of entries in index "); + for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ + if( pPk==pIdx ) continue; + addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr+2); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur+j, 3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, 8+j, addr+8, 3); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 3, pIdx->zName); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 3, 2, 7); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 7, 1); + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */ + } + } + { + static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); + static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = { + { OP_AddImm, 1, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_If, 1, 4, 0}, /* 1 */ + { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 2 */ + { OP_ResultRow, 3, 1, 0}, /* 3 */ + }; + VdbeOp *aOp; + + aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode, iLn); + if( aOp ){ + aOp[0].p2 = -mxErr; + aOp[2].p4type = P4_STATIC; + aOp[2].p4.z = "ok"; + } + } + } + break; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + /* + ** PRAGMA encoding + ** PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be" + ** + ** In its first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main + ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now. + ** + ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file + ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default + ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file + ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the + ** default text encoding for the existing database is used. + ** + ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are + ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If + ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH + ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation. + ** + ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in + ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only + ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i + */ + case PragTyp_ENCODING: { + static const struct EncName { + char *zName; + u8 enc; + } encnames[] = { + { "UTF8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, + { "UTF-8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, /* Must be element [1] */ + { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, /* Must be element [2] */ + { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, /* Must be element [3] */ + { "UTF16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, + { "UTF16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, + { "UTF-16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */ + { "UTF16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */ + { 0, 0 } + }; + const struct EncName *pEnc; + if( !zRight ){ /* "PRAGMA encoding" */ + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF8].enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ); + assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16LE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ); + assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16BE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + returnSingleText(v, "encoding", encnames[ENC(pParse->db)].zName); + }else{ /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */ + /* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not + ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlite.enc value + ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not + ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value. + */ + if( + !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) || + DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty) + ){ + for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){ + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){ + SCHEMA_ENC(db) = ENC(db) = + pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; + break; + } + } + if( !pEnc->zName ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight); + } + } + } + } + break; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]schema_version + ** PRAGMA [schema.]schema_version = <integer> + ** + ** PRAGMA [schema.]user_version + ** PRAGMA [schema.]user_version = <integer> + ** + ** PRAGMA [schema.]freelist_count + ** + ** PRAGMA [schema.]data_version + ** + ** PRAGMA [schema.]application_id + ** PRAGMA [schema.]application_id = <integer> + ** + ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get + ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both + ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers + ** stored in the database header. + ** + ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It + ** is incremented by SQLite whenever the database schema is modified (by + ** creating or dropping a table or index). The schema version is used by + ** SQLite each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache + ** of the schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of + ** the database against which the compiled query is actually executed. + ** Subverting this mechanism by using "PRAGMA schema_version" to modify + ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program + ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution! + ** + ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by + ** applications for any purpose. + */ + case PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE: { + int iCookie = pPragma->iArg; /* Which cookie to read or write */ + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); + if( zRight && (pPragma->mPragFlag & PragFlag_ReadOnly)==0 ){ + /* Write the specified cookie value */ + static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = { + { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_SetCookie, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1 */ + }; + VdbeOp *aOp; + sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(v, ArraySize(setCookie)); + aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie, 0); + if( ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(aOp==0) ) break; + aOp[0].p1 = iDb; + aOp[1].p1 = iDb; + aOp[1].p2 = iCookie; + aOp[1].p3 = sqlite3Atoi(zRight); + }else{ + /* Read the specified cookie value */ + static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = { + { OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */ + { OP_ResultRow, 1, 1, 0} + }; + VdbeOp *aOp; + sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(v, ArraySize(readCookie)); + aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(readCookie),readCookie,0); + if( ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(aOp==0) ) break; + aOp[0].p1 = iDb; + aOp[1].p1 = iDb; + aOp[1].p3 = iCookie; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3VdbeReusable(v); + } + } + break; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS + /* + ** PRAGMA compile_options + ** + ** Return the names of all compile-time options used in this build, + ** one option per row. + */ + case PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS: { + int i = 0; + const char *zOpt; + pParse->nMem = 1; + setOneColumnName(v, "compile_option"); + while( (zOpt = sqlite3_compileoption_get(i++))!=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 1, zOpt); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); + } + sqlite3VdbeReusable(v); + } + break; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + /* + ** PRAGMA [schema.]wal_checkpoint = passive|full|restart|truncate + ** + ** Checkpoint the database. + */ + case PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT: { + static const char *azCol[] = { "busy", "log", "checkpointed" }; + int iBt = (pId2->z?iDb:SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED); + int eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE; + if( zRight ){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "full")==0 ){ + eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL; + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "restart")==0 ){ + eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART; + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "truncate")==0 ){ + eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE; + } + } + setAllColumnNames(v, 3, azCol); assert( 3==ArraySize(azCol) ); + pParse->nMem = 3; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Checkpoint, iBt, eMode, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); + } + break; + + /* + ** PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint + ** PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint = N + ** + ** Configure a database connection to automatically checkpoint a database + ** after accumulating N frames in the log. Or query for the current value + ** of N. + */ + case PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT: { + if( zRight ){ + sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); + } + returnSingleInt(v, "wal_autocheckpoint", + db->xWalCallback==sqlite3WalDefaultHook ? + SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(db->pWalArg) : 0); + } + break; +#endif + + /* + ** PRAGMA shrink_memory + ** + ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-23445-46109 This pragma causes the database + ** connection on which it is invoked to free up as much memory as it + ** can, by calling sqlite3_db_release_memory(). + */ + case PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY: { + sqlite3_db_release_memory(db); + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA busy_timeout + ** PRAGMA busy_timeout = N + ** + ** Call sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, N). Return the current timeout value + ** if one is set. If no busy handler or a different busy handler is set + ** then 0 is returned. Setting the busy_timeout to 0 or negative + ** disables the timeout. + */ + /*case PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT*/ default: { + assert( pPragma->ePragTyp==PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT ); + if( zRight ){ + sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); + } + returnSingleInt(v, "timeout", db->busyTimeout); + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA soft_heap_limit + ** PRAGMA soft_heap_limit = N + ** + ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26343-45930 This pragma invokes the + ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface with the argument N, if N is + ** specified and is a non-negative integer. + ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-64451-07163 The soft_heap_limit pragma always + ** returns the same integer that would be returned by the + ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(-1) C-language function. + */ + case PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT: { + sqlite3_int64 N; + if( zRight && sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &N)==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(N); + } + returnSingleInt(v, "soft_heap_limit", sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(-1)); + break; + } + + /* + ** PRAGMA threads + ** PRAGMA threads = N + ** + ** Configure the maximum number of worker threads. Return the new + ** maximum, which might be less than requested. + */ + case PragTyp_THREADS: { + sqlite3_int64 N; + if( zRight + && sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &N)==SQLITE_OK + && N>=0 + ){ + sqlite3_limit(db, SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS, (int)(N&0x7fffffff)); + } + returnSingleInt(v, "threads", + sqlite3_limit(db, SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS, -1)); + break; + } + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) + /* + ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases + */ + case PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS: { + static const char *const azLockName[] = { + "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive" + }; + static const char *azCol[] = { "database", "status" }; + int i; + setAllColumnNames(v, 2, azCol); assert( 2==ArraySize(azCol) ); + pParse->nMem = 2; + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt; + const char *zState = "unknown"; + int j; + if( db->aDb[i].zName==0 ) continue; + pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt==0 || sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)==0 ){ + zState = "closed"; + }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zName : 0, + SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &j)==SQLITE_OK ){ + zState = azLockName[j]; + } + sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "ss", db->aDb[i].zName, zState); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2); + } + break; + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + case PragTyp_KEY: { + if( zRight ) sqlite3_key_v2(db, zDb, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight)); + break; + } + case PragTyp_REKEY: { + if( zRight ) sqlite3_rekey_v2(db, zDb, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight)); + break; + } + case PragTyp_HEXKEY: { + if( zRight ){ + u8 iByte; + int i; + char zKey[40]; + for(i=0, iByte=0; i<sizeof(zKey)*2 && sqlite3Isxdigit(zRight[i]); i++){ + iByte = (iByte<<4) + sqlite3HexToInt(zRight[i]); + if( (i&1)!=0 ) zKey[i/2] = iByte; + } + if( (zLeft[3] & 0xf)==0xb ){ + sqlite3_key_v2(db, zDb, zKey, i/2); + }else{ + sqlite3_rekey_v2(db, zDb, zKey, i/2); + } + } + break; + } +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD) + case PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS: if( zRight ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "see-", 4)==0 ){ + sqlite3_activate_see(&zRight[4]); + } +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "cerod-", 6)==0 ){ + sqlite3_activate_cerod(&zRight[6]); + } +#endif + } + break; +#endif + + } /* End of the PRAGMA switch */ + +pragma_out: + sqlite3DbFree(db, zLeft); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zRight); +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */ + +/************** End of pragma.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file prepare.c *****************************************/ +/* +** 2005 May 25 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_prepare() +** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema +** from disk. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* +** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates +** that the database is corrupt. +*/ +static void corruptSchema( + InitData *pData, /* Initialization context */ + const char *zObj, /* Object being parsed at the point of error */ + const char *zExtra /* Error information */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pData->db; + if( !db->mallocFailed && (db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 ){ + char *z; + if( zObj==0 ) zObj = "?"; + z = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "malformed database schema (%s)", zObj); + if( zExtra ) z = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%z - %s", z, zExtra); + sqlite3DbFree(db, *pData->pzErrMsg); + *pData->pzErrMsg = z; + } + pData->rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT : SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; +} + +/* +** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the +** database. See sqlite3Init() below for additional information. +** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE. +** +** Each callback contains the following information: +** +** argv[0] = name of thing being created +** argv[1] = root page number for table or index. 0 for trigger or view. +** argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement. +** +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){ + InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit; + sqlite3 *db = pData->db; + int iDb = pData->iDb; + + assert( argc==3 ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0); + return 1; + } + + assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb ); + if( argv==0 ) return 0; /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */ + if( argv[1]==0 ){ + corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0); + }else if( sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[2],"create ",7)==0 ){ + /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW. + ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated + ** or executed. All the parser does is build the internal data + ** structures that describe the table, index, or view. + */ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + TESTONLY(int rcp); /* Return code from sqlite3_prepare() */ + + assert( db->init.busy ); + db->init.iDb = iDb; + db->init.newTnum = sqlite3Atoi(argv[1]); + db->init.orphanTrigger = 0; + TESTONLY(rcp = ) sqlite3_prepare(db, argv[2], -1, &pStmt, 0); + rc = db->errCode; + assert( (rc&0xFF)==(rcp&0xFF) ); + db->init.iDb = 0; + if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ + if( db->init.orphanTrigger ){ + assert( iDb==1 ); + }else{ + pData->rc = rc; + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT && (rc&0xFF)!=SQLITE_LOCKED ){ + corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + } + } + } + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + }else if( argv[0]==0 || (argv[2]!=0 && argv[2][0]!=0) ){ + corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0); + }else{ + /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that + ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE + ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE. The index should have already + ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE. All we have + ** to do here is record the root page number for that index. + */ + Index *pIndex; + pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zName); + if( pIndex==0 ){ + /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which + ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index. Since + ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also + ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table. + */ + /* Do Nothing */; + }else if( sqlite3GetInt32(argv[1], &pIndex->tnum)==0 ){ + corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], "invalid rootpage"); + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal +** data structures for a single database file. The index of the +** database file is given by iDb. iDb==0 is used for the main +** database. iDb==1 should never be used. iDb>=2 is used for +** auxiliary databases. Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to +** indicate success or failure. +*/ +static int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){ + int rc; + int i; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + int size; +#endif + Db *pDb; + char const *azArg[4]; + int meta[5]; + InitData initData; + const char *zMasterName; + int openedTransaction = 0; + + assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb ); + assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) ); + + /* Construct the in-memory representation schema tables (sqlite_master or + ** sqlite_temp_master) by invoking the parser directly. The appropriate + ** table name will be inserted automatically by the parser so we can just + ** use the abbreviation "x" here. The parser will also automatically tag + ** the schema table as read-only. */ + azArg[0] = zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); + azArg[1] = "1"; + azArg[2] = "CREATE TABLE x(type text,name text,tbl_name text," + "rootpage integer,sql text)"; + azArg[3] = 0; + initData.db = db; + initData.iDb = iDb; + initData.rc = SQLITE_OK; + initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg; + sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0); + if( initData.rc ){ + rc = initData.rc; + goto error_out; + } + + /* Create a cursor to hold the database open + */ + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && ALWAYS(iDb==1) ){ + DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded); + } + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened + ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it + ** will be closed before this function returns. */ + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt); + if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pDb->pBt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); + goto initone_error_out; + } + openedTransaction = 1; + } + + /* Get the database meta information. + ** + ** Meta values are as follows: + ** meta[0] Schema cookie. Changes with each schema change. + ** meta[1] File format of schema layer. + ** meta[2] Size of the page cache. + ** meta[3] Largest rootpage (auto/incr_vacuum mode) + ** meta[4] Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 2:UTF-16LE 3:UTF-16BE + ** meta[5] User version + ** meta[6] Incremental vacuum mode + ** meta[7] unused + ** meta[8] unused + ** meta[9] unused + ** + ** Note: The #defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to + ** the possible values of meta[4]. + */ + for(i=0; i<ArraySize(meta); i++){ + sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pDb->pBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]); + } + pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION-1]; + + /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the + ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database. + ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same + ** as sqlite3.enc. + */ + if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] ){ /* text encoding */ + if( iDb==0 ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + u8 encoding; + /* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */ + encoding = (u8)meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] & 3; + if( encoding==0 ) encoding = SQLITE_UTF8; + ENC(db) = encoding; +#else + ENC(db) = SQLITE_UTF8; +#endif + }else{ + /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */ + if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1]!=ENC(db) ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "attached databases must use the same" + " text encoding as main database"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto initone_error_out; + } + } + }else{ + DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); + } + pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db); + + if( pDb->pSchema->cache_size==0 ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED + size = sqlite3AbsInt32(meta[BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE-1]); + if( size==0 ){ size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; } + pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; +#else + pDb->pSchema->cache_size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; +#endif + sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); + } + + /* + ** file_format==1 Version 3.0.0. + ** file_format==2 Version 3.1.3. // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN + ** file_format==3 Version 3.1.4. // ditto but with non-NULL defaults + ** file_format==4 Version 3.3.0. // DESC indices. Boolean constants + */ + pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]; + if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){ + pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1; + } + if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "unsupported file format"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto initone_error_out; + } + + /* Ticket #2804: When we open a database in the newer file format, + ** clear the legacy_file_format pragma flag so that a VACUUM will + ** not downgrade the database and thus invalidate any descending + ** indices that the user might have created. + */ + if( iDb==0 && meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]>=4 ){ + db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt; + } + + /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables + */ + assert( db->init.busy ); + { + char *zSql; + zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM \"%w\".%s ORDER BY rowid", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + sqlite3_xauth xAuth; + xAuth = db->xAuth; + db->xAuth = 0; +#endif + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + db->xAuth = xAuth; + } +#endif + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc; + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb); + } +#endif + } + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_RecoveryMode)){ + /* Black magic: If the SQLITE_RecoveryMode flag is set, then consider + ** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the + ** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one + ** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset + ** of the schema was loaded before the error occurred. The primary + ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_master table + ** even when its contents have been corrupted. + */ + DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Jump here for an error that occurs after successfully allocating + ** curMain and calling sqlite3BtreeEnter(). For an error that occurs + ** before that point, jump to error_out. + */ +initone_error_out: + if( openedTransaction ){ + sqlite3BtreeCommit(pDb->pBt); + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt); + +error_out: + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file +** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files +** created using ATTACH statements. Return a success code. If an +** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg. +** +** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set +** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database +** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){ + int i, rc; + int commit_internal = !(db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges); + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[0].pBt) ); + assert( db->init.busy==0 ); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + db->init.busy = 1; + ENC(db) = SCHEMA_ENC(db); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ + if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue; + rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, i); + } + } + + /* Once all the other databases have been initialized, load the schema + ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database + ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB + assert( db->nDb>1 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ + rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, 1); + } + } +#endif + + db->init.busy = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && commit_internal ){ + sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialized. +** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + if( !db->init.busy ){ + rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + pParse->rc = rc; + pParse->nErr++; + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Check schema cookies in all databases. If any cookie is out +** of date set pParse->rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. If all schema cookies +** make no changes to pParse->rc. +*/ +static void schemaIsValid(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; + int rc; + int cookie; + + assert( pParse->checkSchema ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + for(iDb=0; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){ + int openedTransaction = 0; /* True if a transaction is opened */ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; /* Btree database to read cookie from */ + if( pBt==0 ) continue; + + /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened + ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it + ** will be closed immediately after reading the meta-value. */ + if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return; + openedTransaction = 1; + } + + /* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the + ** value stored as part of the in-memory schema representation, + ** set Parse.rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. */ + sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&cookie); + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + if( cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){ + sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, iDb); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; + } + + /* Close the transaction, if one was opened. */ + if( openedTransaction ){ + sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt); + } + } +} + +/* +** Convert a schema pointer into the iDb index that indicates +** which database file in db->aDb[] the schema refers to. +** +** If the same database is attached more than once, the first +** attached database is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){ + int i = -1000000; + + /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in + ** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one + ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this + ** function should never be used. + ** + ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using + ** -1000000 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much + ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert() + ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds). + */ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + if( pSchema ){ + for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<db->nDb); i++){ + if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){ + break; + } + } + assert( i>=0 && i<db->nDb ); + } + return i; +} + +/* +** Free all memory allocations in the pParse object +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserReset(Parse *pParse){ + if( pParse ){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aLabel); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pParse->pConstExpr); + if( db ){ + assert( db->lookaside.bDisable >= pParse->disableLookaside ); + db->lookaside.bDisable -= pParse->disableLookaside; + } + pParse->disableLookaside = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. +*/ +static int sqlite3Prepare( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ + Vdbe *pReprepare, /* VM being reprepared */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ + char *zErrMsg = 0; /* Error message */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + + /* Allocate the parsing context */ + pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse)); + if( pParse==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + goto end_prepare; + } + pParse->pReprepare = pReprepare; + assert( ppStmt && *ppStmt==0 ); + /* assert( !db->mallocFailed ); // not true with SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA */ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + + /* Check to verify that it is possible to get a read lock on all + ** database schemas. The inability to get a read lock indicates that + ** some other database connection is holding a write-lock, which in + ** turn means that the other connection has made uncommitted changes + ** to the schema. + ** + ** Were we to proceed and prepare the statement against the uncommitted + ** schema changes and if those schema changes are subsequently rolled + ** back and different changes are made in their place, then when this + ** prepared statement goes to run the schema cookie would fail to detect + ** the schema change. Disaster would follow. + ** + ** This thread is currently holding mutexes on all Btrees (because + ** of the sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() in sqlite3LockAndPrepare()) so it + ** is not possible for another thread to start a new schema change + ** while this routine is running. Hence, we do not need to hold + ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is + ** holding them. + ** + ** Note that setting READ_UNCOMMITTED overrides most lock detection, + ** but it does *not* override schema lock detection, so this all still + ** works even if READ_UNCOMMITTED is set. + */ + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++) { + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBt) ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt); + if( rc ){ + const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName; + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb); + testcase( db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted ); + goto end_prepare; + } + } + } + + sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); + + pParse->db = db; + pParse->nQueryLoop = 0; /* Logarithmic, so 0 really means 1 */ + if( nBytes>=0 && (nBytes==0 || zSql[nBytes-1]!=0) ){ + char *zSqlCopy; + int mxLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]; + testcase( nBytes==mxLen ); + testcase( nBytes==mxLen+1 ); + if( nBytes>mxLen ){ + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long"); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG); + goto end_prepare; + } + zSqlCopy = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes); + if( zSqlCopy ){ + sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg); + pParse->zTail = &zSql[pParse->zTail-zSqlCopy]; + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSqlCopy); + }else{ + pParse->zTail = &zSql[nBytes]; + } + }else{ + sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg); + } + assert( 0==pParse->nQueryLoop ); + + if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_DONE ) pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pParse->checkSchema ){ + schemaIsValid(pParse); + } + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + if( pzTail ){ + *pzTail = pParse->zTail; + } + rc = pParse->rc; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pParse->pVdbe && pParse->explain ){ + static const char * const azColName[] = { + "addr", "opcode", "p1", "p2", "p3", "p4", "p5", "comment", + "selectid", "order", "from", "detail" + }; + int iFirst, mx; + if( pParse->explain==2 ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 4); + iFirst = 8; + mx = 12; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 8); + iFirst = 0; + mx = 8; + } + for(i=iFirst; i<mx; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(pParse->pVdbe, i-iFirst, COLNAME_NAME, + azColName[i], SQLITE_STATIC); + } + } +#endif + + if( db->init.busy==0 ){ + Vdbe *pVdbe = pParse->pVdbe; + sqlite3VdbeSetSql(pVdbe, zSql, (int)(pParse->zTail-zSql), saveSqlFlag); + } + if( pParse->pVdbe && (rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed) ){ + sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe); + assert(!(*ppStmt)); + }else{ + *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)pParse->pVdbe; + } + + if( zErrMsg ){ + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); + }else{ + sqlite3Error(db, rc); + } + + /* Delete any TriggerPrg structures allocated while parsing this statement. */ + while( pParse->pTriggerPrg ){ + TriggerPrg *pT = pParse->pTriggerPrg; + pParse->pTriggerPrg = pT->pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pT); + } + +end_prepare: + + sqlite3ParserReset(pParse); + sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc ); + return rc; +} +static int sqlite3LockAndPrepare( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ + Vdbe *pOld, /* VM being reprepared */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + int rc; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( ppStmt==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + *ppStmt = 0; + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db)||zSql==0 ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail); + if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){ + sqlite3_finalize(*ppStmt); + rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail); + } + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || *ppStmt==0 ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Rerun the compilation of a statement after a schema change. +** +** If the statement is successfully recompiled, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, +** if the statement cannot be recompiled because another connection has +** locked the sqlite3_master table, return SQLITE_LOCKED. If any other error +** occurs, return SQLITE_SCHEMA. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pNew; + const char *zSql; + sqlite3 *db; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3VdbeDb(p)->mutex) ); + zSql = sqlite3_sql((sqlite3_stmt *)p); + assert( zSql!=0 ); /* Reprepare only called for prepare_v2() statements */ + db = sqlite3VdbeDb(p); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql, -1, 0, p, &pNew, 0); + if( rc ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + } + assert( pNew==0 ); + return rc; + }else{ + assert( pNew!=0 ); + } + sqlite3VdbeSwap((Vdbe*)pNew, p); + sqlite3TransferBindings(pNew, (sqlite3_stmt*)p); + sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult((Vdbe*)pNew); + sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pNew); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +/* +** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy +** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement +** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by +** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained +** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change +** occurs. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_prepare( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,0,ppStmt,pzTail); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ + return rc; +} +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_prepare_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,1,0,ppStmt,pzTail); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ + return rc; +} + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. +*/ +static int sqlite3Prepare16( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + int saveSqlFlag, /* True to save SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16 + ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The + ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail. + */ + char *zSql8; + const char *zTail8 = 0; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( ppStmt==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + *ppStmt = 0; + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db)||zSql==0 ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + if( nBytes>=0 ){ + int sz; + const char *z = (const char*)zSql; + for(sz=0; sz<nBytes && (z[sz]!=0 || z[sz+1]!=0); sz += 2){} + nBytes = sz; + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + zSql8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zSql, nBytes, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); + if( zSql8 ){ + rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql8, -1, saveSqlFlag, 0, ppStmt, &zTail8); + } + + if( zTail8 && pzTail ){ + /* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the + ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode + ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer + ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string. + */ + int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, (int)(zTail8-zSql8)); + *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy +** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement +** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by +** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained +** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change +** occurs. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_prepare16( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ + return rc; +} +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_prepare16_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ + return rc; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +/************** End of prepare.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file select.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser +** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* +** Trace output macros +*/ +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED +/***/ int sqlite3SelectTrace = 0; +# define SELECTTRACE(K,P,S,X) \ + if(sqlite3SelectTrace&(K)) \ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s%s.%p: ",(P)->nSelectIndent*2-2,"",\ + (S)->zSelName,(S)),\ + sqlite3DebugPrintf X +#else +# define SELECTTRACE(K,P,S,X) +#endif + + +/* +** An instance of the following object is used to record information about +** how to process the DISTINCT keyword, to simplify passing that information +** into the selectInnerLoop() routine. +*/ +typedef struct DistinctCtx DistinctCtx; +struct DistinctCtx { + u8 isTnct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ + u8 eTnctType; /* One of the WHERE_DISTINCT_* operators */ + int tabTnct; /* Ephemeral table used for DISTINCT processing */ + int addrTnct; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcode for tabTnct */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of the following object is used to record information about +** the ORDER BY (or GROUP BY) clause of query is being coded. +*/ +typedef struct SortCtx SortCtx; +struct SortCtx { + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY (or GROUP BY clause) */ + int nOBSat; /* Number of ORDER BY terms satisfied by indices */ + int iECursor; /* Cursor number for the sorter */ + int regReturn; /* Register holding block-output return address */ + int labelBkOut; /* Start label for the block-output subroutine */ + int addrSortIndex; /* Address of the OP_SorterOpen or OP_OpenEphemeral */ + int labelDone; /* Jump here when done, ex: LIMIT reached */ + u8 sortFlags; /* Zero or more SORTFLAG_* bits */ +}; +#define SORTFLAG_UseSorter 0x01 /* Use SorterOpen instead of OpenEphemeral */ + +/* +** Delete all the content of a Select structure. Deallocate the structure +** itself only if bFree is true. +*/ +static void clearSelect(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int bFree){ + while( p ){ + Select *pPrior = p->pPrior; + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pEList); + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, p->pSrc); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pGroupBy); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pHaving); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset); + if( p->pWith ) sqlite3WithDelete(db, p->pWith); + if( bFree ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + p = pPrior; + bFree = 1; + } +} + +/* +** Initialize a SelectDest structure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest *pDest, int eDest, int iParm){ + pDest->eDest = (u8)eDest; + pDest->iSDParm = iParm; + pDest->affSdst = 0; + pDest->iSdst = 0; + pDest->nSdst = 0; +} + + +/* +** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that +** structure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pEList, /* which columns to include in the result */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */ + Expr *pWhere, /* the WHERE clause */ + ExprList *pGroupBy, /* the GROUP BY clause */ + Expr *pHaving, /* the HAVING clause */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* the ORDER BY clause */ + u32 selFlags, /* Flag parameters, such as SF_Distinct */ + Expr *pLimit, /* LIMIT value. NULL means not used */ + Expr *pOffset /* OFFSET value. NULL means no offset */ +){ + Select *pNew; + Select standin; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); + if( pNew==0 ){ + assert( db->mallocFailed ); + pNew = &standin; + } + if( pEList==0 ){ + pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db,TK_ASTERISK,0)); + } + pNew->pEList = pEList; + pNew->op = TK_SELECT; + pNew->selFlags = selFlags; + pNew->iLimit = 0; + pNew->iOffset = 0; +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED + pNew->zSelName[0] = 0; +#endif + pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1; + pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1; + pNew->nSelectRow = 0; + if( pSrc==0 ) pSrc = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pSrc)); + pNew->pSrc = pSrc; + pNew->pWhere = pWhere; + pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy; + pNew->pHaving = pHaving; + pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + pNew->pPrior = 0; + pNew->pNext = 0; + pNew->pLimit = pLimit; + pNew->pOffset = pOffset; + pNew->pWith = 0; + assert( pOffset==0 || pLimit!=0 || pParse->nErr>0 || db->mallocFailed!=0 ); + if( db->mallocFailed ) { + clearSelect(db, pNew, pNew!=&standin); + pNew = 0; + }else{ + assert( pNew->pSrc!=0 || pParse->nErr>0 ); + } + assert( pNew!=&standin ); + return pNew; +} + +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED +/* +** Set the name of a Select object +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectSetName(Select *p, const char *zName){ + if( p && zName ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(p->zSelName), p->zSelName, "%s", zName); + } +} +#endif + + +/* +** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){ + if( p ) clearSelect(db, p, 1); +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the right-most SELECT statement in a compound. +*/ +static Select *findRightmost(Select *p){ + while( p->pNext ) p = p->pNext; + return p; +} + +/* +** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceding the JOIN keyword, determine the +** type of join. Return an integer constant that expresses that type +** in terms of the following bit values: +** +** JT_INNER +** JT_CROSS +** JT_OUTER +** JT_NATURAL +** JT_LEFT +** JT_RIGHT +** +** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT. +** +** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return +** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){ + int jointype = 0; + Token *apAll[3]; + Token *p; + /* 0123456789 123456789 123456789 123 */ + static const char zKeyText[] = "naturaleftouterightfullinnercross"; + static const struct { + u8 i; /* Beginning of keyword text in zKeyText[] */ + u8 nChar; /* Length of the keyword in characters */ + u8 code; /* Join type mask */ + } aKeyword[] = { + /* natural */ { 0, 7, JT_NATURAL }, + /* left */ { 6, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER }, + /* outer */ { 10, 5, JT_OUTER }, + /* right */ { 14, 5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, + /* full */ { 19, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, + /* inner */ { 23, 5, JT_INNER }, + /* cross */ { 28, 5, JT_INNER|JT_CROSS }, + }; + int i, j; + apAll[0] = pA; + apAll[1] = pB; + apAll[2] = pC; + for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){ + p = apAll[i]; + for(j=0; j<ArraySize(aKeyword); j++){ + if( p->n==aKeyword[j].nChar + && sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, &zKeyText[aKeyword[j].i], p->n)==0 ){ + jointype |= aKeyword[j].code; + break; + } + } + testcase( j==0 || j==1 || j==2 || j==3 || j==4 || j==5 || j==6 ); + if( j>=ArraySize(aKeyword) ){ + jointype |= JT_ERROR; + break; + } + } + if( + (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) || + (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0 + ){ + const char *zSp = " "; + assert( pB!=0 ); + if( pC==0 ){ zSp++; } + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: " + "%T %T%s%T", pA, pB, zSp, pC); + jointype = JT_INNER; + }else if( (jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 + && (jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT))!=JT_LEFT ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported"); + jointype = JT_INNER; + } + return jointype; +} + +/* +** Return the index of a column in a table. Return -1 if the column +** is not contained in the table. +*/ +static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i; + } + return -1; +} + +/* +** Search the first N tables in pSrc, from left to right, looking for a +** table that has a column named zCol. +** +** When found, set *piTab and *piCol to the table index and column index +** of the matching column and return TRUE. +** +** If not found, return FALSE. +*/ +static int tableAndColumnIndex( + SrcList *pSrc, /* Array of tables to search */ + int N, /* Number of tables in pSrc->a[] to search */ + const char *zCol, /* Name of the column we are looking for */ + int *piTab, /* Write index of pSrc->a[] here */ + int *piCol /* Write index of pSrc->a[*piTab].pTab->aCol[] here */ +){ + int i; /* For looping over tables in pSrc */ + int iCol; /* Index of column matching zCol */ + + assert( (piTab==0)==(piCol==0) ); /* Both or neither are NULL */ + for(i=0; i<N; i++){ + iCol = columnIndex(pSrc->a[i].pTab, zCol); + if( iCol>=0 ){ + if( piTab ){ + *piTab = i; + *piCol = iCol; + } + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** This function is used to add terms implied by JOIN syntax to the +** WHERE clause expression of a SELECT statement. The new term, which +** is ANDed with the existing WHERE clause, is of the form: +** +** (tab1.col1 = tab2.col2) +** +** where tab1 is the iSrc'th table in SrcList pSrc and tab2 is the +** (iSrc+1)'th. Column col1 is column iColLeft of tab1, and col2 is +** column iColRight of tab2. +*/ +static void addWhereTerm( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* List of tables in FROM clause */ + int iLeft, /* Index of first table to join in pSrc */ + int iColLeft, /* Index of column in first table */ + int iRight, /* Index of second table in pSrc */ + int iColRight, /* Index of column in second table */ + int isOuterJoin, /* True if this is an OUTER join */ + Expr **ppWhere /* IN/OUT: The WHERE clause to add to */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Expr *pE1; + Expr *pE2; + Expr *pEq; + + assert( iLeft<iRight ); + assert( pSrc->nSrc>iRight ); + assert( pSrc->a[iLeft].pTab ); + assert( pSrc->a[iRight].pTab ); + + pE1 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iLeft, iColLeft); + pE2 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iRight, iColRight); + + pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pE1, pE2, 0); + if( pEq && isOuterJoin ){ + ExprSetProperty(pEq, EP_FromJoin); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pEq, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); + ExprSetVVAProperty(pEq, EP_NoReduce); + pEq->iRightJoinTable = (i16)pE2->iTable; + } + *ppWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, *ppWhere, pEq); +} + +/* +** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression. +** And set the Expr.iRightJoinTable to iTable for every term in the +** expression. +** +** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell +** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the +** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part +** of the more general WHERE clause. These terms are moved over to the +** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they +** originated in the ON or USING clause. +** +** The Expr.iRightJoinTable tells the WHERE clause processing that the +** expression depends on table iRightJoinTable even if that table is not +** explicitly mentioned in the expression. That information is needed +** for cases like this: +** +** SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.b AND t1.x=5 +** +** The where clause needs to defer the handling of the t1.x=5 +** term until after the t2 loop of the join. In that way, a +** NULL t2 row will be inserted whenever t1.x!=5. If we do not +** defer the handling of t1.x=5, it will be processed immediately +** after the t1 loop and rows with t1.x!=5 will never appear in +** the output, which is incorrect. +*/ +static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){ + while( p ){ + ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); + ExprSetVVAProperty(p, EP_NoReduce); + p->iRightJoinTable = (i16)iTable; + if( p->op==TK_FUNCTION && p->x.pList ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<p->x.pList->nExpr; i++){ + setJoinExpr(p->x.pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable); + } + } + setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable); + p = p->pRight; + } +} + +/* +** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement. +** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause. +** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms. +** +** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure. +** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc. The right-most +** table is the last entry. The join operator is held in the entry to +** the left. Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between +** entries 0 and 1. Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are +** also attached to the left entry. +** +** This routine returns the number of errors encountered. +*/ +static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ + SrcList *pSrc; /* All tables in the FROM clause */ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + struct SrcList_item *pLeft; /* Left table being joined */ + struct SrcList_item *pRight; /* Right table being joined */ + + pSrc = p->pSrc; + pLeft = &pSrc->a[0]; + pRight = &pLeft[1]; + for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){ + Table *pLeftTab = pLeft->pTab; + Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab; + int isOuter; + + if( NEVER(pLeftTab==0 || pRightTab==0) ) continue; + isOuter = (pRight->fg.jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0; + + /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for + ** every column that the two tables have in common. + */ + if( pRight->fg.jointype & JT_NATURAL ){ + if( pRight->pOn || pRight->pUsing ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have " + "an ON or USING clause", 0); + return 1; + } + for(j=0; j<pRightTab->nCol; j++){ + char *zName; /* Name of column in the right table */ + int iLeft; /* Matching left table */ + int iLeftCol; /* Matching column in the left table */ + + zName = pRightTab->aCol[j].zName; + if( tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) ){ + addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, j, + isOuter, &p->pWhere); + } + } + } + + /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join + */ + if( pRight->pOn && pRight->pUsing ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING " + "clauses in the same join"); + return 1; + } + + /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by + ** an AND operator. + */ + if( pRight->pOn ){ + if( isOuter ) setJoinExpr(pRight->pOn, pRight->iCursor); + p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, p->pWhere, pRight->pOn); + pRight->pOn = 0; + } + + /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named + ** in the USING clause. Example: If the two tables to be joined are + ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this + ** to the WHERE clause: A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z + ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is + ** not contained in both tables to be joined. + */ + if( pRight->pUsing ){ + IdList *pList = pRight->pUsing; + for(j=0; j<pList->nId; j++){ + char *zName; /* Name of the term in the USING clause */ + int iLeft; /* Table on the left with matching column name */ + int iLeftCol; /* Column number of matching column on the left */ + int iRightCol; /* Column number of matching column on the right */ + + zName = pList->a[j].zName; + iRightCol = columnIndex(pRightTab, zName); + if( iRightCol<0 + || !tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) + ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column " + "not present in both tables", zName); + return 1; + } + addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, iRightCol, + isOuter, &p->pWhere); + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* Forward reference */ +static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pList, /* Form the KeyInfo object from this ExprList */ + int iStart, /* Begin with this column of pList */ + int nExtra /* Add this many extra columns to the end */ +); + +/* +** Generate code that will push the record in registers regData +** through regData+nData-1 onto the sorter. +*/ +static void pushOntoSorter( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + SortCtx *pSort, /* Information about the ORDER BY clause */ + Select *pSelect, /* The whole SELECT statement */ + int regData, /* First register holding data to be sorted */ + int regOrigData, /* First register holding data before packing */ + int nData, /* Number of elements in the data array */ + int nPrefixReg /* No. of reg prior to regData available for use */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Stmt under construction */ + int bSeq = ((pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter)==0); + int nExpr = pSort->pOrderBy->nExpr; /* No. of ORDER BY terms */ + int nBase = nExpr + bSeq + nData; /* Fields in sorter record */ + int regBase; /* Regs for sorter record */ + int regRecord = ++pParse->nMem; /* Assembled sorter record */ + int nOBSat = pSort->nOBSat; /* ORDER BY terms to skip */ + int op; /* Opcode to add sorter record to sorter */ + int iLimit; /* LIMIT counter */ + + assert( bSeq==0 || bSeq==1 ); + assert( nData==1 || regData==regOrigData ); + if( nPrefixReg ){ + assert( nPrefixReg==nExpr+bSeq ); + regBase = regData - nExpr - bSeq; + }else{ + regBase = pParse->nMem + 1; + pParse->nMem += nBase; + } + assert( pSelect->iOffset==0 || pSelect->iLimit!=0 ); + iLimit = pSelect->iOffset ? pSelect->iOffset+1 : pSelect->iLimit; + pSort->labelDone = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pSort->pOrderBy, regBase, regOrigData, + SQLITE_ECEL_DUP|SQLITE_ECEL_REF); + if( bSeq ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, pSort->iECursor, regBase+nExpr); + } + if( nPrefixReg==0 ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regData, regBase+nExpr+bSeq, nData); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase+nOBSat, nBase-nOBSat, regRecord); + if( nOBSat>0 ){ + int regPrevKey; /* The first nOBSat columns of the previous row */ + int addrFirst; /* Address of the OP_IfNot opcode */ + int addrJmp; /* Address of the OP_Jump opcode */ + VdbeOp *pOp; /* Opcode that opens the sorter */ + int nKey; /* Number of sorting key columns, including OP_Sequence */ + KeyInfo *pKI; /* Original KeyInfo on the sorter table */ + + regPrevKey = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += pSort->nOBSat; + nKey = nExpr - pSort->nOBSat + bSeq; + if( bSeq ){ + addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regBase+nExpr); + }else{ + addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SequenceTest, pSort->iECursor); + } + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Compare, regPrevKey, regBase, pSort->nOBSat); + pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pSort->addrSortIndex); + if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return; + pOp->p2 = nKey + nData; + pKI = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; + memset(pKI->aSortOrder, 0, pKI->nField); /* Makes OP_Jump below testable */ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pKI, P4_KEYINFO); + testcase( pKI->nXField>2 ); + pOp->p4.pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pSort->pOrderBy, nOBSat, + pKI->nXField-1); + addrJmp = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrJmp+1, 0, addrJmp+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + pSort->labelBkOut = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + pSort->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pSort->regReturn, pSort->labelBkOut); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResetSorter, pSort->iECursor); + if( iLimit ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfNot, iLimit, pSort->labelDone); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrFirst); + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regBase, regPrevKey, pSort->nOBSat); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrJmp); + } + if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){ + op = OP_SorterInsert; + }else{ + op = OP_IdxInsert; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, pSort->iECursor, regRecord); + if( iLimit ){ + int addr; + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNotZero, iLimit, 0, 1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Last, pSort->iECursor); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, pSort->iECursor); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + } +} + +/* +** Add code to implement the OFFSET +*/ +static void codeOffset( + Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VM */ + int iOffset, /* Register holding the offset counter */ + int iContinue /* Jump here to skip the current record */ +){ + if( iOffset>0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfPos, iOffset, iContinue, 1); VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "OFFSET")); + } +} + +/* +** Add code that will check to make sure the N registers starting at iMem +** form a distinct entry. iTab is a sorting index that holds previously +** seen combinations of the N values. A new entry is made in iTab +** if the current N values are new. +** +** A jump to addrRepeat is made and the N+1 values are popped from the +** stack if the top N elements are not distinct. +*/ +static void codeDistinct( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + int iTab, /* A sorting index used to test for distinctness */ + int addrRepeat, /* Jump to here if not distinct */ + int N, /* Number of elements */ + int iMem /* First element */ +){ + Vdbe *v; + int r1; + + v = pParse->pVdbe; + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iTab, addrRepeat, iMem, N); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, iMem, N, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY +/* +** Generate an error message when a SELECT is used within a subexpression +** (example: "a IN (SELECT * FROM table)") but it has more than 1 result +** column. We do this in a subroutine because the error used to occur +** in multiple places. (The error only occurs in one place now, but we +** retain the subroutine to minimize code disruption.) +*/ +static int checkForMultiColumnSelectError( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context. */ + SelectDest *pDest, /* Destination of SELECT results */ + int nExpr /* Number of result columns returned by SELECT */ +){ + int eDest = pDest->eDest; + if( nExpr>1 && (eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Set) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "only a single result allowed for " + "a SELECT that is part of an expression"); + return 1; + }else{ + return 0; + } +} +#endif + +/* +** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop +** of a SELECT. +** +** If srcTab is negative, then the pEList expressions +** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row. If srcTab is +** zero or more, then data is pulled from srcTab and pEList is used only +** to get number columns and the datatype for each column. +*/ +static void selectInnerLoop( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Select *p, /* The complete select statement being coded */ + ExprList *pEList, /* List of values being extracted */ + int srcTab, /* Pull data from this table */ + SortCtx *pSort, /* If not NULL, info on how to process ORDER BY */ + DistinctCtx *pDistinct, /* If not NULL, info on how to process DISTINCT */ + SelectDest *pDest, /* How to dispose of the results */ + int iContinue, /* Jump here to continue with next row */ + int iBreak /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + int hasDistinct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ + int regResult; /* Start of memory holding result set */ + int eDest = pDest->eDest; /* How to dispose of results */ + int iParm = pDest->iSDParm; /* First argument to disposal method */ + int nResultCol; /* Number of result columns */ + int nPrefixReg = 0; /* Number of extra registers before regResult */ + + assert( v ); + assert( pEList!=0 ); + hasDistinct = pDistinct ? pDistinct->eTnctType : WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP; + if( pSort && pSort->pOrderBy==0 ) pSort = 0; + if( pSort==0 && !hasDistinct ){ + assert( iContinue!=0 ); + codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue); + } + + /* Pull the requested columns. + */ + nResultCol = pEList->nExpr; + + if( pDest->iSdst==0 ){ + if( pSort ){ + nPrefixReg = pSort->pOrderBy->nExpr; + if( !(pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter) ) nPrefixReg++; + pParse->nMem += nPrefixReg; + } + pDest->iSdst = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nResultCol; + }else if( pDest->iSdst+nResultCol > pParse->nMem ){ + /* This is an error condition that can result, for example, when a SELECT + ** on the right-hand side of an INSERT contains more result columns than + ** there are columns in the table on the left. The error will be caught + ** and reported later. But we need to make sure enough memory is allocated + ** to avoid other spurious errors in the meantime. */ + pParse->nMem += nResultCol; + } + pDest->nSdst = nResultCol; + regResult = pDest->iSdst; + if( srcTab>=0 ){ + for(i=0; i<nResultCol; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, i, regResult+i); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pEList->a[i].zName)); + } + }else if( eDest!=SRT_Exists ){ + /* If the destination is an EXISTS(...) expression, the actual + ** values returned by the SELECT are not required. + */ + u8 ecelFlags; + if( eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ + ecelFlags = SQLITE_ECEL_DUP; + }else{ + ecelFlags = 0; + } + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pEList, regResult, 0, ecelFlags); + } + + /* If the DISTINCT keyword was present on the SELECT statement + ** and this row has been seen before, then do not make this row + ** part of the result. + */ + if( hasDistinct ){ + switch( pDistinct->eTnctType ){ + case WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED: { + VdbeOp *pOp; /* No longer required OpenEphemeral instr. */ + int iJump; /* Jump destination */ + int regPrev; /* Previous row content */ + + /* Allocate space for the previous row */ + regPrev = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nResultCol; + + /* Change the OP_OpenEphemeral coded earlier to an OP_Null + ** sets the MEM_Cleared bit on the first register of the + ** previous value. This will cause the OP_Ne below to always + ** fail on the first iteration of the loop even if the first + ** row is all NULLs. + */ + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, pDistinct->addrTnct); + pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pDistinct->addrTnct); + pOp->opcode = OP_Null; + pOp->p1 = 1; + pOp->p2 = regPrev; + + iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nResultCol; + for(i=0; i<nResultCol; i++){ + CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pEList->a[i].pExpr); + if( i<nResultCol-1 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, regResult+i, iJump, regPrev+i); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regResult+i, iContinue, regPrev+i); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ); + } + assert( sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)==iJump || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, regResult, regPrev, nResultCol-1); + break; + } + + case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE: { + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, pDistinct->addrTnct); + break; + } + + default: { + assert( pDistinct->eTnctType==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED ); + codeDistinct(pParse, pDistinct->tabTnct, iContinue, nResultCol, + regResult); + break; + } + } + if( pSort==0 ){ + codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue); + } + } + + switch( eDest ){ + /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary + ** table iParm. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT + case SRT_Union: { + int r1; + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + break; + } + + /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of + ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from + ** the temporary table iParm. + */ + case SRT_Except: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iParm, regResult, nResultCol); + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ + + /* Store the result as data using a unique key. + */ + case SRT_Fifo: + case SRT_DistFifo: + case SRT_Table: + case SRT_EphemTab: { + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPrefixReg+1); + testcase( eDest==SRT_Table ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_Fifo ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_DistFifo ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1+nPrefixReg); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE + if( eDest==SRT_DistFifo ){ + /* If the destination is DistFifo, then cursor (iParm+1) is open + ** on an ephemeral index. If the current row is already present + ** in the index, do not write it to the output. If not, add the + ** current row to the index and proceed with writing it to the + ** output table as well. */ + int addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 4; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, addr, r1, 0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm+1, r1); + assert( pSort==0 ); + } +#endif + if( pSort ){ + pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, r1+nPrefixReg,regResult,1,nPrefixReg); + }else{ + int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, r2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, r1, r2); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); + } + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nPrefixReg+1); + break; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct, + ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this + ** item into the set table with bogus data. + */ + case SRT_Set: { + assert( nResultCol==1 ); + pDest->affSdst = + sqlite3CompareAffinity(pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affSdst); + if( pSort ){ + /* At first glance you would think we could optimize out the + ** ORDER BY in this case since the order of entries in the set + ** does not matter. But there might be a LIMIT clause, in which + ** case the order does matter */ + pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, regResult, regResult, 1, nPrefixReg); + }else{ + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult,1,r1, &pDest->affSdst, 1); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + } + break; + } + + /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort. + */ + case SRT_Exists: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iParm); + /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ + break; + } + + /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then + ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out + ** of the scan loop. + */ + case SRT_Mem: { + assert( nResultCol==1 ); + if( pSort ){ + pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, regResult, regResult, 1, nPrefixReg); + }else{ + assert( regResult==iParm ); + /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */ + } + break; + } +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ + + case SRT_Coroutine: /* Send data to a co-routine */ + case SRT_Output: { /* Return the results */ + testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); + if( pSort ){ + pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, regResult, regResult, nResultCol, + nPrefixReg); + }else if( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, nResultCol); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, nResultCol); + } + break; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE + /* Write the results into a priority queue that is order according to + ** pDest->pOrderBy (in pSO). pDest->iSDParm (in iParm) is the cursor for an + ** index with pSO->nExpr+2 columns. Build a key using pSO for the first + ** pSO->nExpr columns, then make sure all keys are unique by adding a + ** final OP_Sequence column. The last column is the record as a blob. + */ + case SRT_DistQueue: + case SRT_Queue: { + int nKey; + int r1, r2, r3; + int addrTest = 0; + ExprList *pSO; + pSO = pDest->pOrderBy; + assert( pSO ); + nKey = pSO->nExpr; + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + r2 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nKey+2); + r3 = r2+nKey+1; + if( eDest==SRT_DistQueue ){ + /* If the destination is DistQueue, then cursor (iParm+1) is open + ** on a second ephemeral index that holds all values every previously + ** added to the queue. */ + addrTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, 0, + regResult, nResultCol); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r3); + if( eDest==SRT_DistQueue ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm+1, r3); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); + } + for(i=0; i<nKey; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, + regResult + pSO->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol - 1, + r2+i); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, iParm, r2+nKey); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, r2, nKey+2, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1); + if( addrTest ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTest); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r2, nKey+2); + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CTE */ + + + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + /* Discard the results. This is used for SELECT statements inside + ** the body of a TRIGGER. The purpose of such selects is to call + ** user-defined functions that have side effects. We do not care + ** about the actual results of the select. + */ + default: { + assert( eDest==SRT_Discard ); + break; + } +#endif + } + + /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. Except, if + ** there is a sorter, in which case the sorter has already limited + ** the output for us. + */ + if( pSort==0 && p->iLimit ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_DecrJumpZero, p->iLimit, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); + } +} + +/* +** Allocate a KeyInfo object sufficient for an index of N key columns and +** X extra columns. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(sqlite3 *db, int N, int X){ + int nExtra = (N+X)*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1); + KeyInfo *p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(KeyInfo) + nExtra); + if( p ){ + p->aSortOrder = (u8*)&p->aColl[N+X]; + p->nField = (u16)N; + p->nXField = (u16)X; + p->enc = ENC(db); + p->db = db; + p->nRef = 1; + memset(&p[1], 0, nExtra); + }else{ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Deallocate a KeyInfo object +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(KeyInfo *p){ + if( p ){ + assert( p->nRef>0 ); + p->nRef--; + if( p->nRef==0 ) sqlite3DbFree(0, p); + } +} + +/* +** Make a new pointer to a KeyInfo object +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoRef(KeyInfo *p){ + if( p ){ + assert( p->nRef>0 ); + p->nRef++; + } + return p; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Return TRUE if a KeyInfo object can be change. The KeyInfo object +** can only be changed if this is just a single reference to the object. +** +** This routine is used only inside of assert() statements. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(KeyInfo *p){ return p->nRef==1; } +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + +/* +** Given an expression list, generate a KeyInfo structure that records +** the collating sequence for each expression in that expression list. +** +** If the ExprList is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause then the resulting +** KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual index to +** implement that clause. If the ExprList is the result set of a SELECT +** then the KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual +** index to implement a DISTINCT test. +** +** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtained from malloc. The calling +** function is responsible for seeing that this structure is eventually +** freed. +*/ +static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pList, /* Form the KeyInfo object from this ExprList */ + int iStart, /* Begin with this column of pList */ + int nExtra /* Add this many extra columns to the end */ +){ + int nExpr; + KeyInfo *pInfo; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int i; + + nExpr = pList->nExpr; + pInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nExpr-iStart, nExtra+1); + if( pInfo ){ + assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pInfo) ); + for(i=iStart, pItem=pList->a+iStart; i<nExpr; i++, pItem++){ + CollSeq *pColl; + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pItem->pExpr); + if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; + pInfo->aColl[i-iStart] = pColl; + pInfo->aSortOrder[i-iStart] = pItem->sortOrder; + } + } + return pInfo; +} + +/* +** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages. +*/ +static const char *selectOpName(int id){ + char *z; + switch( id ){ + case TK_ALL: z = "UNION ALL"; break; + case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT"; break; + case TK_EXCEPT: z = "EXCEPT"; break; + default: z = "UNION"; break; + } + return z; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN +/* +** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function +** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result, +** where the caption is of the form: +** +** "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR xxx" +** +** where xxx is one of "DISTINCT", "ORDER BY" or "GROUP BY". Exactly which +** is determined by the zUsage argument. +*/ +static void explainTempTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zUsage){ + if( pParse->explain==2 ){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR %s", zUsage); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); + } +} + +/* +** Assign expression b to lvalue a. A second, no-op, version of this macro +** is provided when SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is defined. This allows the code +** in sqlite3Select() to assign values to structure member variables that +** only exist if SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is not defined without polluting the +** code with #ifndef directives. +*/ +# define explainSetInteger(a, b) a = b + +#else +/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */ +# define explainTempTable(y,z) +# define explainSetInteger(y,z) +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT) +/* +** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function +** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result, +** where the caption is of one of the two forms: +** +** "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 (op)" +** "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 USING TEMP B-TREE (op)" +** +** where iSub1 and iSub2 are the integers passed as the corresponding +** function parameters, and op is the text representation of the parameter +** of the same name. The parameter "op" must be one of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, +** TK_INTERSECT or TK_ALL. The first form is used if argument bUseTmp is +** false, or the second form if it is true. +*/ +static void explainComposite( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + int op, /* One of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT etc. */ + int iSub1, /* Subquery id 1 */ + int iSub2, /* Subquery id 2 */ + int bUseTmp /* True if a temp table was used */ +){ + assert( op==TK_UNION || op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT || op==TK_ALL ); + if( pParse->explain==2 ){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf( + pParse->db, "COMPOUND SUBQUERIES %d AND %d %s(%s)", iSub1, iSub2, + bUseTmp?"USING TEMP B-TREE ":"", selectOpName(op) + ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); + } +} +#else +/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */ +# define explainComposite(v,w,x,y,z) +#endif + +/* +** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument, +** then the results were placed in a sorter. After the loop is terminated +** we need to run the sorter and output the results. The following +** routine generates the code needed to do that. +*/ +static void generateSortTail( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */ + SortCtx *pSort, /* Information on the ORDER BY clause */ + int nColumn, /* Number of columns of data */ + SelectDest *pDest /* Write the sorted results here */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The prepared statement */ + int addrBreak = pSort->labelDone; /* Jump here to exit loop */ + int addrContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Jump here for next cycle */ + int addr; + int addrOnce = 0; + int iTab; + ExprList *pOrderBy = pSort->pOrderBy; + int eDest = pDest->eDest; + int iParm = pDest->iSDParm; + int regRow; + int regRowid; + int nKey; + int iSortTab; /* Sorter cursor to read from */ + int nSortData; /* Trailing values to read from sorter */ + int i; + int bSeq; /* True if sorter record includes seq. no. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS + struct ExprList_item *aOutEx = p->pEList->a; +#endif + + assert( addrBreak<0 ); + if( pSort->labelBkOut ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pSort->regReturn, pSort->labelBkOut); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrBreak); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pSort->labelBkOut); + } + iTab = pSort->iECursor; + if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ + regRowid = 0; + regRow = pDest->iSdst; + nSortData = nColumn; + }else{ + regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + regRow = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + nSortData = 1; + } + nKey = pOrderBy->nExpr - pSort->nOBSat; + if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){ + int regSortOut = ++pParse->nMem; + iSortTab = pParse->nTab++; + if( pSort->labelBkOut ){ + addrOnce = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, iSortTab, regSortOut, nKey+1+nSortData); + if( addrOnce ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrOnce); + addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iTab, addrBreak); + VdbeCoverage(v); + codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, addrContinue); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterData, iTab, regSortOut, iSortTab); + bSeq = 0; + }else{ + addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, iTab, addrBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); + codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, addrContinue); + iSortTab = iTab; + bSeq = 1; + } + for(i=0; i<nSortData; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iSortTab, nKey+bSeq+i, regRow+i); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", aOutEx[i].zName ? aOutEx[i].zName : aOutEx[i].zSpan)); + } + switch( eDest ){ + case SRT_EphemTab: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, regRow, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case SRT_Set: { + assert( nColumn==1 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, 1, regRowid, + &pDest->affSdst, 1); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regRow, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, regRowid); + break; + } + case SRT_Mem: { + assert( nColumn==1 ); + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regRow, iParm, 1); + /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ + break; + } +#endif + default: { + assert( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); + testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); + if( eDest==SRT_Output ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pDest->iSdst, nColumn); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pDest->iSdst, nColumn); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm); + } + break; + } + } + if( regRowid ){ + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRow); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid); + } + /* The bottom of the loop + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrContinue); + if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iTab, addr); VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + if( pSort->regReturn ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, pSort->regReturn); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak); +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the +** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller. +** +** Also try to estimate the size of the returned value and return that +** result in *pEstWidth. +** +** The declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from the +** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The +** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression +** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The +** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is +** considered a column by this function. +** +** SELECT col FROM tbl; +** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl; +** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl); +** SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl); +** +** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL. +** +** This routine has either 3 or 6 parameters depending on whether or not +** the SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA compile-time option is used. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA +# define columnType(A,B,C,D,E,F) columnTypeImpl(A,B,C,D,E,F) +#else /* if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA) */ +# define columnType(A,B,C,D,E,F) columnTypeImpl(A,B,F) +#endif +static const char *columnTypeImpl( + NameContext *pNC, + Expr *pExpr, +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA + const char **pzOrigDb, + const char **pzOrigTab, + const char **pzOrigCol, +#endif + u8 *pEstWidth +){ + char const *zType = 0; + int j; + u8 estWidth = 1; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA + char const *zOrigDb = 0; + char const *zOrigTab = 0; + char const *zOrigCol = 0; +#endif + + assert( pExpr!=0 ); + assert( pNC->pSrcList!=0 ); + switch( pExpr->op ){ + case TK_AGG_COLUMN: + case TK_COLUMN: { + /* The expression is a column. Locate the table the column is being + ** extracted from in NameContext.pSrcList. This table may be real + ** database table or a subquery. + */ + Table *pTab = 0; /* Table structure column is extracted from */ + Select *pS = 0; /* Select the column is extracted from */ + int iCol = pExpr->iColumn; /* Index of column in pTab */ + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ); + testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); + while( pNC && !pTab ){ + SrcList *pTabList = pNC->pSrcList; + for(j=0;j<pTabList->nSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable;j++); + if( j<pTabList->nSrc ){ + pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab; + pS = pTabList->a[j].pSelect; + }else{ + pNC = pNC->pNext; + } + } + + if( pTab==0 ){ + /* At one time, code such as "SELECT new.x" within a trigger would + ** cause this condition to run. Since then, we have restructured how + ** trigger code is generated and so this condition is no longer + ** possible. However, it can still be true for statements like + ** the following: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE t1(col INTEGER); + ** SELECT (SELECT t1.col) FROM FROM t1; + ** + ** when columnType() is called on the expression "t1.col" in the + ** sub-select. In this case, set the column type to NULL, even + ** though it should really be "INTEGER". + ** + ** This is not a problem, as the column type of "t1.col" is never + ** used. When columnType() is called on the expression + ** "(SELECT t1.col)", the correct type is returned (see the TK_SELECT + ** branch below. */ + break; + } + + assert( pTab && pExpr->pTab==pTab ); + if( pS ){ + /* The "table" is actually a sub-select or a view in the FROM clause + ** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin + ** data for the result-set column of the sub-select. + */ + if( iCol>=0 && ALWAYS(iCol<pS->pEList->nExpr) ){ + /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the + ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see + ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL. + ** + ** The ALWAYS() is because iCol>=pS->pEList->nExpr will have been + ** caught already by name resolution. + */ + NameContext sNC; + Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr; + sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; + sNC.pNext = pNC; + sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; + zType = columnType(&sNC, p,&zOrigDb,&zOrigTab,&zOrigCol, &estWidth); + } + }else if( pTab->pSchema ){ + /* A real table */ + assert( !pS ); + if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; + assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol) ); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA + if( iCol<0 ){ + zType = "INTEGER"; + zOrigCol = "rowid"; + }else{ + zOrigCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; + zType = sqlite3ColumnType(&pTab->aCol[iCol],0); + estWidth = pTab->aCol[iCol].szEst; + } + zOrigTab = pTab->zName; + if( pNC->pParse ){ + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pNC->pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + zOrigDb = pNC->pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName; + } +#else + if( iCol<0 ){ + zType = "INTEGER"; + }else{ + zType = sqlite3ColumnType(&pTab->aCol[iCol],0); + estWidth = pTab->aCol[iCol].szEst; + } +#endif + } + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case TK_SELECT: { + /* The expression is a sub-select. Return the declaration type and + ** origin info for the single column in the result set of the SELECT + ** statement. + */ + NameContext sNC; + Select *pS = pExpr->x.pSelect; + Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr; + assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; + sNC.pNext = pNC; + sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; + zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol, &estWidth); + break; + } +#endif + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA + if( pzOrigDb ){ + assert( pzOrigTab && pzOrigCol ); + *pzOrigDb = zOrigDb; + *pzOrigTab = zOrigTab; + *pzOrigCol = zOrigCol; + } +#endif + if( pEstWidth ) *pEstWidth = estWidth; + return zType; +} + +/* +** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns +** in the result set. +*/ +static void generateColumnTypes( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */ + ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */ +){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + NameContext sNC; + sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; + sNC.pParse = pParse; + for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){ + Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; + const char *zType; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA + const char *zOrigDb = 0; + const char *zOrigTab = 0; + const char *zOrigCol = 0; + zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol, 0); + + /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other + ** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this + ** virtual machine is deleted. + */ + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DATABASE, zOrigDb, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_TABLE, zOrigTab, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_COLUMN, zOrigCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); +#else + zType = columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0, 0); +#endif + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DECLTYPE, zType, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) */ +} + +/* +** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the names of columns +** in the result set. This information is used to provide the +** azCol[] values in the callback. +*/ +static void generateColumnNames( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */ + ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i, j; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int fullNames, shortNames; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */ + if( pParse->explain ){ + return; + } +#endif + + if( pParse->colNamesSet || db->mallocFailed ) return; + assert( v!=0 ); + assert( pTabList!=0 ); + pParse->colNamesSet = 1; + fullNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0; + shortNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr); + for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){ + Expr *p; + p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; + if( NEVER(p==0) ) continue; + if( pEList->a[i].zName ){ + char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName; + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + }else if( p->op==TK_COLUMN || p->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ){ + Table *pTab; + char *zCol; + int iCol = p->iColumn; + for(j=0; ALWAYS(j<pTabList->nSrc); j++){ + if( pTabList->a[j].iCursor==p->iTable ) break; + } + assert( j<pTabList->nSrc ); + pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab; + if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; + assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol) ); + if( iCol<0 ){ + zCol = "rowid"; + }else{ + zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; + } + if( !shortNames && !fullNames ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, + sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pEList->a[i].zSpan), SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + }else if( fullNames ){ + char *zName = 0; + zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, zCol); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } + }else{ + const char *z = pEList->a[i].zSpan; + z = z==0 ? sqlite3MPrintf(db, "column%d", i+1) : sqlite3DbStrDup(db, z); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, z, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); + } + } + generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList); +} + +/* +** Given an expression list (which is really the list of expressions +** that form the result set of a SELECT statement) compute appropriate +** column names for a table that would hold the expression list. +** +** All column names will be unique. +** +** Only the column names are computed. Column.zType, Column.zColl, +** and other fields of Column are zeroed. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If a memory allocation error occurs, +** store NULL in *paCol and 0 in *pnCol and return SQLITE_NOMEM. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pEList, /* Expr list from which to derive column names */ + i16 *pnCol, /* Write the number of columns here */ + Column **paCol /* Write the new column list here */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + u32 cnt; /* Index added to make the name unique */ + Column *aCol, *pCol; /* For looping over result columns */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in the result set */ + Expr *p; /* Expression for a single result column */ + char *zName; /* Column name */ + int nName; /* Size of name in zName[] */ + Hash ht; /* Hash table of column names */ + + sqlite3HashInit(&ht); + if( pEList ){ + nCol = pEList->nExpr; + aCol = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(aCol[0])*nCol); + testcase( aCol==0 ); + }else{ + nCol = 0; + aCol = 0; + } + assert( nCol==(i16)nCol ); + *pnCol = nCol; + *paCol = aCol; + + for(i=0, pCol=aCol; i<nCol && !db->mallocFailed; i++, pCol++){ + /* Get an appropriate name for the column + */ + p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pEList->a[i].pExpr); + if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){ + /* If the column contains an "AS <name>" phrase, use <name> as the name */ + }else{ + Expr *pColExpr = p; /* The expression that is the result column name */ + Table *pTab; /* Table associated with this expression */ + while( pColExpr->op==TK_DOT ){ + pColExpr = pColExpr->pRight; + assert( pColExpr!=0 ); + } + if( pColExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && ALWAYS(pColExpr->pTab!=0) ){ + /* For columns use the column name name */ + int iCol = pColExpr->iColumn; + pTab = pColExpr->pTab; + if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; + zName = iCol>=0 ? pTab->aCol[iCol].zName : "rowid"; + }else if( pColExpr->op==TK_ID ){ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pColExpr, EP_IntValue) ); + zName = pColExpr->u.zToken; + }else{ + /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */ + zName = pEList->a[i].zSpan; + } + } + zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zName); + + /* Make sure the column name is unique. If the name is not unique, + ** append an integer to the name so that it becomes unique. + */ + cnt = 0; + while( zName && sqlite3HashFind(&ht, zName)!=0 ){ + nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + if( nName>0 ){ + for(j=nName-1; j>0 && sqlite3Isdigit(zName[j]); j--){} + if( zName[j]==':' ) nName = j; + } + zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*z:%u", nName, zName, ++cnt); + if( cnt>3 ) sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(cnt), &cnt); + } + pCol->zName = zName; + sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(0, pCol); + if( zName && sqlite3HashInsert(&ht, zName, pCol)==pCol ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + } + } + sqlite3HashClear(&ht); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + for(j=0; j<i; j++){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, aCol[j].zName); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, aCol); + *paCol = 0; + *pnCol = 0; + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Add type and collation information to a column list based on +** a SELECT statement. +** +** The column list presumably came from selectColumnNamesFromExprList(). +** The column list has only names, not types or collations. This +** routine goes through and adds the types and collations. +** +** This routine requires that all identifiers in the SELECT +** statement be resolved. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectAddColumnTypeAndCollation( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing contexts */ + Table *pTab, /* Add column type information to this table */ + Select *pSelect /* SELECT used to determine types and collations */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + NameContext sNC; + Column *pCol; + CollSeq *pColl; + int i; + Expr *p; + struct ExprList_item *a; + u64 szAll = 0; + + assert( pSelect!=0 ); + assert( (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Resolved)!=0 ); + assert( pTab->nCol==pSelect->pEList->nExpr || db->mallocFailed ); + if( db->mallocFailed ) return; + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc; + a = pSelect->pEList->a; + for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; i<pTab->nCol; i++, pCol++){ + const char *zType; + int n, m; + p = a[i].pExpr; + zType = columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0, &pCol->szEst); + szAll += pCol->szEst; + pCol->affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(p); + if( zType && (m = sqlite3Strlen30(zType))>0 ){ + n = sqlite3Strlen30(pCol->zName); + pCol->zName = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(db, pCol->zName, n+m+2); + if( pCol->zName ){ + memcpy(&pCol->zName[n+1], zType, m+1); + pCol->colFlags |= COLFLAG_HASTYPE; + } + } + if( pCol->affinity==0 ) pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p); + if( pColl && pCol->zColl==0 ){ + pCol->zColl = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pColl->zName); + } + } + pTab->szTabRow = sqlite3LogEst(szAll*4); +} + +/* +** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes +** the result set of that SELECT. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ + Table *pTab; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int savedFlags; + + savedFlags = db->flags; + db->flags &= ~SQLITE_FullColNames; + db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames; + sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, pSelect, 0); + if( pParse->nErr ) return 0; + while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; + db->flags = savedFlags; + pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) ); + if( pTab==0 ){ + return 0; + } + /* The sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() is only used n contexts where lookaside + ** is disabled */ + assert( db->lookaside.bDisable ); + pTab->nRef = 1; + pTab->zName = 0; + pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) ); + sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSelect->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol); + sqlite3SelectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab, pSelect); + pTab->iPKey = -1; + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pTab); + return 0; + } + return pTab; +} + +/* +** Get a VDBE for the given parser context. Create a new one if necessary. +** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse. +*/ +static SQLITE_NOINLINE Vdbe *allocVdbe(Parse *pParse){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse); + if( v ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Init); + if( pParse->pToplevel==0 + && OptimizationEnabled(pParse->db,SQLITE_FactorOutConst) + ){ + pParse->okConstFactor = 1; + } + return v; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + return v ? v : allocVdbe(pParse); +} + + +/* +** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the +** pLimit and pOffset expressions. pLimit and pOffset hold the expressions +** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET +** keywords. Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset +** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute +** the limit and offset. If there is no limit and/or offset, then +** iLimit and iOffset are negative. +** +** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if +** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit and pOffset. iLimit and +** iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values (zero) +** prior to calling this routine. +** +** The iOffset register (if it exists) is initialized to the value +** of the OFFSET. The iLimit register is initialized to LIMIT. Register +** iOffset+1 is initialized to LIMIT+OFFSET. +** +** Only if pLimit!=0 or pOffset!=0 do the limit registers get +** redefined. The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force +** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple +** SELECT statements. +*/ +static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iBreak){ + Vdbe *v = 0; + int iLimit = 0; + int iOffset; + int n; + if( p->iLimit ) return; + + /* + ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows. There is some + ** controversy about what the correct behavior should be. + ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean + ** no rows. + */ + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + assert( p->pOffset==0 || p->pLimit!=0 ); + if( p->pLimit ){ + p->iLimit = iLimit = ++pParse->nMem; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); + if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLimit, &n) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, n, iLimit); + VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter")); + if( n==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, iBreak); + }else if( n>=0 && p->nSelectRow>sqlite3LogEst((u64)n) ){ + p->nSelectRow = sqlite3LogEst((u64)n); + p->selFlags |= SF_FixedLimit; + } + }else{ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pLimit, iLimit); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfNot, iLimit, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + if( p->pOffset ){ + p->iOffset = iOffset = ++pParse->nMem; + pParse->nMem++; /* Allocate an extra register for limit+offset */ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pOffset, iOffset); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iOffset); VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "OFFSET counter")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OffsetLimit, iLimit, iOffset+1, iOffset); + VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT+OFFSET")); + } + } +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT +/* +** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of +** the result set for the compound-select statement "p". Return NULL if +** the column has no default collating sequence. +** +** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the +** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence. +*/ +static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){ + CollSeq *pRet; + if( p->pPrior ){ + pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol); + }else{ + pRet = 0; + } + assert( iCol>=0 ); + /* iCol must be less than p->pEList->nExpr. Otherwise an error would + ** have been thrown during name resolution and we would not have gotten + ** this far */ + if( pRet==0 && ALWAYS(iCol<p->pEList->nExpr) ){ + pRet = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr); + } + return pRet; +} + +/* +** The select statement passed as the second parameter is a compound SELECT +** with an ORDER BY clause. This function allocates and returns a KeyInfo +** structure suitable for implementing the ORDER BY. +** +** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtained from malloc. The calling +** function is responsible for ensuring that this structure is eventually +** freed. +*/ +static KeyInfo *multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int nExtra){ + ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + int nOrderBy = p->pOrderBy->nExpr; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + KeyInfo *pRet = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nOrderBy+nExtra, 1); + if( pRet ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pOrderBy->a[i]; + Expr *pTerm = pItem->pExpr; + CollSeq *pColl; + + if( pTerm->flags & EP_Collate ){ + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pTerm); + }else{ + pColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol-1); + if( pColl==0 ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; + pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr = + sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pTerm, pColl->zName); + } + assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pRet) ); + pRet->aColl[i] = pColl; + pRet->aSortOrder[i] = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder; + } + } + + return pRet; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE +/* +** This routine generates VDBE code to compute the content of a WITH RECURSIVE +** query of the form: +** +** <recursive-table> AS (<setup-query> UNION [ALL] <recursive-query>) +** \___________/ \_______________/ +** p->pPrior p +** +** +** There is exactly one reference to the recursive-table in the FROM clause +** of recursive-query, marked with the SrcList->a[].fg.isRecursive flag. +** +** The setup-query runs once to generate an initial set of rows that go +** into a Queue table. Rows are extracted from the Queue table one by +** one. Each row extracted from Queue is output to pDest. Then the single +** extracted row (now in the iCurrent table) becomes the content of the +** recursive-table for a recursive-query run. The output of the recursive-query +** is added back into the Queue table. Then another row is extracted from Queue +** and the iteration continues until the Queue table is empty. +** +** If the compound query operator is UNION then no duplicate rows are ever +** inserted into the Queue table. The iDistinct table keeps a copy of all rows +** that have ever been inserted into Queue and causes duplicates to be +** discarded. If the operator is UNION ALL, then duplicates are allowed. +** +** If the query has an ORDER BY, then entries in the Queue table are kept in +** ORDER BY order and the first entry is extracted for each cycle. Without +** an ORDER BY, the Queue table is just a FIFO. +** +** If a LIMIT clause is provided, then the iteration stops after LIMIT rows +** have been output to pDest. A LIMIT of zero means to output no rows and a +** negative LIMIT means to output all rows. If there is also an OFFSET clause +** with a positive value, then the first OFFSET outputs are discarded rather +** than being sent to pDest. The LIMIT count does not begin until after OFFSET +** rows have been skipped. +*/ +static void generateWithRecursiveQuery( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The recursive SELECT to be coded */ + SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ +){ + SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc; /* The FROM clause of the recursive query */ + int nCol = p->pEList->nExpr; /* Number of columns in the recursive table */ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The prepared statement under construction */ + Select *pSetup = p->pPrior; /* The setup query */ + int addrTop; /* Top of the loop */ + int addrCont, addrBreak; /* CONTINUE and BREAK addresses */ + int iCurrent = 0; /* The Current table */ + int regCurrent; /* Register holding Current table */ + int iQueue; /* The Queue table */ + int iDistinct = 0; /* To ensure unique results if UNION */ + int eDest = SRT_Fifo; /* How to write to Queue */ + SelectDest destQueue; /* SelectDest targetting the Queue table */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int rc; /* Result code */ + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ + Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved LIMIT and OFFSET */ + int regLimit, regOffset; /* Registers used by LIMIT and OFFSET */ + + /* Obtain authorization to do a recursive query */ + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_RECURSIVE, 0, 0, 0) ) return; + + /* Process the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses, if they exist */ + addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, addrBreak); + pLimit = p->pLimit; + pOffset = p->pOffset; + regLimit = p->iLimit; + regOffset = p->iOffset; + p->pLimit = p->pOffset = 0; + p->iLimit = p->iOffset = 0; + pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + + /* Locate the cursor number of the Current table */ + for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<pSrc->nSrc); i++){ + if( pSrc->a[i].fg.isRecursive ){ + iCurrent = pSrc->a[i].iCursor; + break; + } + } + + /* Allocate cursors numbers for Queue and Distinct. The cursor number for + ** the Distinct table must be exactly one greater than Queue in order + ** for the SRT_DistFifo and SRT_DistQueue destinations to work. */ + iQueue = pParse->nTab++; + if( p->op==TK_UNION ){ + eDest = pOrderBy ? SRT_DistQueue : SRT_DistFifo; + iDistinct = pParse->nTab++; + }else{ + eDest = pOrderBy ? SRT_Queue : SRT_Fifo; + } + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destQueue, eDest, iQueue); + + /* Allocate cursors for Current, Queue, and Distinct. */ + regCurrent = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, iCurrent, regCurrent, nCol); + if( pOrderBy ){ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(pParse, p, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iQueue, pOrderBy->nExpr+2, 0, + (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + destQueue.pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iQueue, nCol); + } + VdbeComment((v, "Queue table")); + if( iDistinct ){ + p->addrOpenEphm[0] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iDistinct, 0); + p->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; + } + + /* Detach the ORDER BY clause from the compound SELECT */ + p->pOrderBy = 0; + + /* Store the results of the setup-query in Queue. */ + pSetup->pNext = 0; + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSetup, &destQueue); + pSetup->pNext = p; + if( rc ) goto end_of_recursive_query; + + /* Find the next row in the Queue and output that row */ + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iQueue, addrBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Transfer the next row in Queue over to Current */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, iCurrent); /* To reset column cache */ + if( pOrderBy ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iQueue, pOrderBy->nExpr+1, regCurrent); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iQueue, regCurrent); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, iQueue); + + /* Output the single row in Current */ + addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + codeOffset(v, regOffset, addrCont); + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, iCurrent, + 0, 0, pDest, addrCont, addrBreak); + if( regLimit ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_DecrJumpZero, regLimit, addrBreak); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrCont); + + /* Execute the recursive SELECT taking the single row in Current as + ** the value for the recursive-table. Store the results in the Queue. + */ + if( p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "recursive aggregate queries not supported"); + }else{ + p->pPrior = 0; + sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destQueue); + assert( p->pPrior==0 ); + p->pPrior = pSetup; + } + + /* Keep running the loop until the Queue is empty */ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrTop); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak); + +end_of_recursive_query: + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, p->pOrderBy); + p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + p->pLimit = pLimit; + p->pOffset = pOffset; + return; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CTE */ + +/* Forward references */ +static int multiSelectOrderBy( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ + SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ +); + +/* +** Handle the special case of a compound-select that originates from a +** VALUES clause. By handling this as a special case, we avoid deep +** recursion, and thus do not need to enforce the SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT +** on a VALUES clause. +** +** Because the Select object originates from a VALUES clause: +** (1) It has no LIMIT or OFFSET +** (2) All terms are UNION ALL +** (3) There is no ORDER BY clause +*/ +static int multiSelectValues( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ + SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ +){ + Select *pPrior; + int nRow = 1; + int rc = 0; + assert( p->selFlags & SF_MultiValue ); + do{ + assert( p->selFlags & SF_Values ); + assert( p->op==TK_ALL || (p->op==TK_SELECT && p->pPrior==0) ); + assert( p->pLimit==0 ); + assert( p->pOffset==0 ); + assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pEList->nExpr==p->pNext->pEList->nExpr ); + if( p->pPrior==0 ) break; + assert( p->pPrior->pNext==p ); + p = p->pPrior; + nRow++; + }while(1); + while( p ){ + pPrior = p->pPrior; + p->pPrior = 0; + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, pDest); + p->pPrior = pPrior; + if( rc ) break; + p->nSelectRow = nRow; + p = p->pNext; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine is called to process a compound query form from +** two or more separate queries using UNION, UNION ALL, EXCEPT, or +** INTERSECT +** +** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries. the query on the +** left is p->pPrior. The left query could also be a compound query +** in which case this routine will be called recursively. +** +** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination +** of type eDest with parameter iParm. +** +** Example 1: Consider a three-way compound SQL statement. +** +** SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3 +** +** This statement is parsed up as follows: +** +** SELECT c FROM t3 +** | +** `-----> SELECT b FROM t2 +** | +** `------> SELECT a FROM t1 +** +** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer. +** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then +** pPrior will be the t2 query. p->op will be TK_UNION in this case. +** +** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the +** individual selects always group from left to right. +*/ +static int multiSelect( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ + SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Success code from a subroutine */ + Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */ + Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */ + SelectDest dest; /* Alternative data destination */ + Select *pDelete = 0; /* Chain of simple selects to delete */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + int iSub1 = 0; /* EQP id of left-hand query */ + int iSub2 = 0; /* EQP id of right-hand query */ +#endif + + /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs. Only + ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT. + */ + assert( p && p->pPrior ); /* Calling function guarantees this much */ + assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Recursive)==0 || p->op==TK_ALL || p->op==TK_UNION ); + db = pParse->db; + pPrior = p->pPrior; + dest = *pDest; + if( pPrior->pOrderBy ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"ORDER BY clause should come after %s not before", + selectOpName(p->op)); + rc = 1; + goto multi_select_end; + } + if( pPrior->pLimit ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"LIMIT clause should come after %s not before", + selectOpName(p->op)); + rc = 1; + goto multi_select_end; + } + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); /* The VDBE already created by calling function */ + + /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary + */ + if( dest.eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ + assert( p->pEList ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, dest.iSDParm, p->pEList->nExpr); + dest.eDest = SRT_Table; + } + + /* Special handling for a compound-select that originates as a VALUES clause. + */ + if( p->selFlags & SF_MultiValue ){ + rc = multiSelectValues(pParse, p, &dest); + goto multi_select_end; + } + + /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements + ** in their result sets. + */ + assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList ); + assert( p->pEList->nExpr==pPrior->pEList->nExpr ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE + if( p->selFlags & SF_Recursive ){ + generateWithRecursiveQuery(pParse, p, &dest); + }else +#endif + + /* Compound SELECTs that have an ORDER BY clause are handled separately. + */ + if( p->pOrderBy ){ + return multiSelectOrderBy(pParse, p, pDest); + }else + + /* Generate code for the left and right SELECT statements. + */ + switch( p->op ){ + case TK_ALL: { + int addr = 0; + int nLimit; + assert( !pPrior->pLimit ); + pPrior->iLimit = p->iLimit; + pPrior->iOffset = p->iOffset; + pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit; + pPrior->pOffset = p->pOffset; + explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &dest); + p->pLimit = 0; + p->pOffset = 0; + if( rc ){ + goto multi_select_end; + } + p->pPrior = 0; + p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit; + p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset; + if( p->iLimit ){ + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, p->iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "Jump ahead if LIMIT reached")); + if( p->iOffset ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OffsetLimit, + p->iLimit, p->iOffset+1, p->iOffset); + } + } + explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &dest); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + pDelete = p->pPrior; + p->pPrior = pPrior; + p->nSelectRow = sqlite3LogEstAdd(p->nSelectRow, pPrior->nSelectRow); + if( pPrior->pLimit + && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pPrior->pLimit, &nLimit) + && nLimit>0 && p->nSelectRow > sqlite3LogEst((u64)nLimit) + ){ + p->nSelectRow = sqlite3LogEst((u64)nLimit); + } + if( addr ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + } + break; + } + case TK_EXCEPT: + case TK_UNION: { + int unionTab; /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */ + u8 op = 0; /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */ + int priorOp; /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */ + Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */ + int addr; + SelectDest uniondest; + + testcase( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ); + testcase( p->op==TK_UNION ); + priorOp = SRT_Union; + if( dest.eDest==priorOp ){ + /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our + ** right. + */ + assert( p->pLimit==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */ + assert( p->pOffset==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */ + unionTab = dest.iSDParm; + }else{ + /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the + ** intermediate results. + */ + unionTab = pParse->nTab++; + assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, unionTab, 0); + assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); + p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; + findRightmost(p)->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; + assert( p->pEList ); + } + + /* Code the SELECT statements to our left + */ + assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy ); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&uniondest, priorOp, unionTab); + explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &uniondest); + if( rc ){ + goto multi_select_end; + } + + /* Code the current SELECT statement + */ + if( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ){ + op = SRT_Except; + }else{ + assert( p->op==TK_UNION ); + op = SRT_Union; + } + p->pPrior = 0; + pLimit = p->pLimit; + p->pLimit = 0; + pOffset = p->pOffset; + p->pOffset = 0; + uniondest.eDest = op; + explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &uniondest); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + /* Query flattening in sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy. + ** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); + pDelete = p->pPrior; + p->pPrior = pPrior; + p->pOrderBy = 0; + if( p->op==TK_UNION ){ + p->nSelectRow = sqlite3LogEstAdd(p->nSelectRow, pPrior->nSelectRow); + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); + p->pLimit = pLimit; + p->pOffset = pOffset; + p->iLimit = 0; + p->iOffset = 0; + + /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form + ** it is that we currently need. + */ + assert( unionTab==dest.iSDParm || dest.eDest!=priorOp ); + if( dest.eDest!=priorOp ){ + int iCont, iBreak, iStart; + assert( p->pEList ); + if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){ + Select *pFirst = p; + while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; + generateColumnNames(pParse, pFirst->pSrc, pFirst->pEList); + } + iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); + iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, unionTab, + 0, 0, &dest, iCont, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0); + } + break; + } + default: assert( p->op==TK_INTERSECT ); { + int tab1, tab2; + int iCont, iBreak, iStart; + Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; + int addr; + SelectDest intersectdest; + int r1; + + /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires + ** two temporary tables. Hence it has its own case. Begin + ** by allocating the tables we will need. + */ + tab1 = pParse->nTab++; + tab2 = pParse->nTab++; + assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); + + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0); + assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); + p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; + findRightmost(p)->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; + assert( p->pEList ); + + /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1". + */ + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&intersectdest, SRT_Union, tab1); + explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &intersectdest); + if( rc ){ + goto multi_select_end; + } + + /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2" + */ + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0); + assert( p->addrOpenEphm[1] == -1 ); + p->addrOpenEphm[1] = addr; + p->pPrior = 0; + pLimit = p->pLimit; + p->pLimit = 0; + pOffset = p->pOffset; + p->pOffset = 0; + intersectdest.iSDParm = tab2; + explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &intersectdest); + testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + pDelete = p->pPrior; + p->pPrior = pPrior; + if( p->nSelectRow>pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); + p->pLimit = pLimit; + p->pOffset = pOffset; + + /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary + ** tables. + */ + assert( p->pEList ); + if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){ + Select *pFirst = p; + while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; + generateColumnNames(pParse, pFirst->pSrc, pFirst->pEList); + } + iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, tab1, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont, r1, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1, + 0, 0, &dest, iCont, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0); + break; + } + } + + explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, p->op!=TK_ALL); + + /* Compute collating sequences used by + ** temporary tables needed to implement the compound select. + ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables. + ** + ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only. + ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part. The right-most + ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and + ** no temp tables are required. + */ + if( p->selFlags & SF_UsesEphemeral ){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collating sequence for the result set */ + Select *pLoop; /* For looping through SELECT statements */ + CollSeq **apColl; /* For looping through pKeyInfo->aColl[] */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in result set */ + + assert( p->pNext==0 ); + nCol = p->pEList->nExpr; + pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nCol, 1); + if( !pKeyInfo ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + goto multi_select_end; + } + for(i=0, apColl=pKeyInfo->aColl; i<nCol; i++, apColl++){ + *apColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i); + if( 0==*apColl ){ + *apColl = db->pDfltColl; + } + } + + for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior){ + for(i=0; i<2; i++){ + int addr = pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i]; + if( addr<0 ){ + /* If [0] is unused then [1] is also unused. So we can + ** always safely abort as soon as the first unused slot is found */ + assert( pLoop->addrOpenEphm[1]<0 ); + break; + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, nCol); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo), + P4_KEYINFO); + pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i] = -1; + } + } + sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyInfo); + } + +multi_select_end: + pDest->iSdst = dest.iSdst; + pDest->nSdst = dest.nSdst; + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDelete); + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ + +/* +** Error message for when two or more terms of a compound select have different +** size result sets. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectWrongNumTermsError(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ + if( p->selFlags & SF_Values ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "all VALUES must have the same number of terms"); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s" + " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op)); + } +} + +/* +** Code an output subroutine for a coroutine implementation of a +** SELECT statment. +** +** The data to be output is contained in pIn->iSdst. There are +** pIn->nSdst columns to be output. pDest is where the output should +** be sent. +** +** regReturn is the number of the register holding the subroutine +** return address. +** +** If regPrev>0 then it is the first register in a vector that +** records the previous output. mem[regPrev] is a flag that is false +** if there has been no previous output. If regPrev>0 then code is +** generated to suppress duplicates. pKeyInfo is used for comparing +** keys. +** +** If the LIMIT found in p->iLimit is reached, jump immediately to +** iBreak. +*/ +static int generateOutputSubroutine( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */ + SelectDest *pIn, /* Coroutine supplying data */ + SelectDest *pDest, /* Where to send the data */ + int regReturn, /* The return address register */ + int regPrev, /* Previous result register. No uniqueness if 0 */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* For comparing with previous entry */ + int iBreak /* Jump here if we hit the LIMIT */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int iContinue; + int addr; + + addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + + /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT + */ + if( regPrev ){ + int addr1, addr2; + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regPrev); VdbeCoverage(v); + addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, pIn->iSdst, regPrev+1, pIn->nSdst, + (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo), P4_KEYINFO); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addr2+2, iContinue, addr2+2); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, pIn->iSdst, regPrev+1, pIn->nSdst-1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regPrev); + } + if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0; + + /* Suppress the first OFFSET entries if there is an OFFSET clause + */ + codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue); + + assert( pDest->eDest!=SRT_Exists ); + assert( pDest->eDest!=SRT_Table ); + switch( pDest->eDest ){ + /* Store the result as data using a unique key. + */ + case SRT_EphemTab: { + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst, r1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, pDest->iSDParm, r2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pDest->iSDParm, r1, r2); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + break; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct, + ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this + ** item into the set table with bogus data. + */ + case SRT_Set: { + int r1; + assert( pIn->nSdst==1 || pParse->nErr>0 ); + pDest->affSdst = + sqlite3CompareAffinity(p->pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affSdst); + r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, 1, r1, &pDest->affSdst,1); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iSdst, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pDest->iSDParm, r1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + break; + } + + /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then + ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out + ** of the scan loop. + */ + case SRT_Mem: { + assert( pIn->nSdst==1 || pParse->nErr>0 ); testcase( pIn->nSdst!=1 ); + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pDest->iSDParm, 1); + /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */ + break; + } +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ + + /* The results are stored in a sequence of registers + ** starting at pDest->iSdst. Then the co-routine yields. + */ + case SRT_Coroutine: { + if( pDest->iSdst==0 ){ + pDest->iSdst = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIn->nSdst); + pDest->nSdst = pIn->nSdst; + } + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pDest->iSdst, pIn->nSdst); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm); + break; + } + + /* If none of the above, then the result destination must be + ** SRT_Output. This routine is never called with any other + ** destination other than the ones handled above or SRT_Output. + ** + ** For SRT_Output, results are stored in a sequence of registers. + ** Then the OP_ResultRow opcode is used to cause sqlite3_step() to + ** return the next row of result. + */ + default: { + assert( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst); + break; + } + } + + /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. + */ + if( p->iLimit ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_DecrJumpZero, p->iLimit, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* Generate the subroutine return + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iContinue); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReturn); + + return addr; +} + +/* +** Alternative compound select code generator for cases when there +** is an ORDER BY clause. +** +** We assume a query of the following form: +** +** <selectA> <operator> <selectB> ORDER BY <orderbylist> +** +** <operator> is one of UNION ALL, UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT. The idea +** is to code both <selectA> and <selectB> with the ORDER BY clause as +** co-routines. Then run the co-routines in parallel and merge the results +** into the output. In addition to the two coroutines (called selectA and +** selectB) there are 7 subroutines: +** +** outA: Move the output of the selectA coroutine into the output +** of the compound query. +** +** outB: Move the output of the selectB coroutine into the output +** of the compound query. (Only generated for UNION and +** UNION ALL. EXCEPT and INSERTSECT never output a row that +** appears only in B.) +** +** AltB: Called when there is data from both coroutines and A<B. +** +** AeqB: Called when there is data from both coroutines and A==B. +** +** AgtB: Called when there is data from both coroutines and A>B. +** +** EofA: Called when data is exhausted from selectA. +** +** EofB: Called when data is exhausted from selectB. +** +** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which +** <operator> is used: +** +** +** UNION ALL UNION EXCEPT INTERSECT +** ------------- ----------------- -------------- ----------------- +** AltB: outA, nextA outA, nextA outA, nextA nextA +** +** AeqB: outA, nextA nextA nextA outA, nextA +** +** AgtB: outB, nextB outB, nextB nextB nextB +** +** EofA: outB, nextB outB, nextB halt halt +** +** EofB: outA, nextA outA, nextA outA, nextA halt +** +** In the AltB, AeqB, and AgtB subroutines, an EOF on A following nextA +** causes an immediate jump to EofA and an EOF on B following nextB causes +** an immediate jump to EofB. Within EofA and EofB, and EOF on entry or +** following nextX causes a jump to the end of the select processing. +** +** Duplicate removal in the UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT cases is handled +** within the output subroutine. The regPrev register set holds the previously +** output value. A comparison is made against this value and the output +** is skipped if the next results would be the same as the previous. +** +** The implementation plan is to implement the two coroutines and seven +** subroutines first, then put the control logic at the bottom. Like this: +** +** goto Init +** coA: coroutine for left query (A) +** coB: coroutine for right query (B) +** outA: output one row of A +** outB: output one row of B (UNION and UNION ALL only) +** EofA: ... +** EofB: ... +** AltB: ... +** AeqB: ... +** AgtB: ... +** Init: initialize coroutine registers +** yield coA +** if eof(A) goto EofA +** yield coB +** if eof(B) goto EofB +** Cmpr: Compare A, B +** Jump AltB, AeqB, AgtB +** End: ... +** +** We call AltB, AeqB, AgtB, EofA, and EofB "subroutines" but they are not +** actually called using Gosub and they do not Return. EofA and EofB loop +** until all data is exhausted then jump to the "end" labe. AltB, AeqB, +** and AgtB jump to either L2 or to one of EofA or EofB. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT +static int multiSelectOrderBy( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ + SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ +){ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */ + Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */ + SelectDest destA; /* Destination for coroutine A */ + SelectDest destB; /* Destination for coroutine B */ + int regAddrA; /* Address register for select-A coroutine */ + int regAddrB; /* Address register for select-B coroutine */ + int addrSelectA; /* Address of the select-A coroutine */ + int addrSelectB; /* Address of the select-B coroutine */ + int regOutA; /* Address register for the output-A subroutine */ + int regOutB; /* Address register for the output-B subroutine */ + int addrOutA; /* Address of the output-A subroutine */ + int addrOutB = 0; /* Address of the output-B subroutine */ + int addrEofA; /* Address of the select-A-exhausted subroutine */ + int addrEofA_noB; /* Alternate addrEofA if B is uninitialized */ + int addrEofB; /* Address of the select-B-exhausted subroutine */ + int addrAltB; /* Address of the A<B subroutine */ + int addrAeqB; /* Address of the A==B subroutine */ + int addrAgtB; /* Address of the A>B subroutine */ + int regLimitA; /* Limit register for select-A */ + int regLimitB; /* Limit register for select-A */ + int regPrev; /* A range of registers to hold previous output */ + int savedLimit; /* Saved value of p->iLimit */ + int savedOffset; /* Saved value of p->iOffset */ + int labelCmpr; /* Label for the start of the merge algorithm */ + int labelEnd; /* Label for the end of the overall SELECT stmt */ + int addr1; /* Jump instructions that get retargetted */ + int op; /* One of TK_ALL, TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, TK_INTERSECT */ + KeyInfo *pKeyDup = 0; /* Comparison information for duplicate removal */ + KeyInfo *pKeyMerge; /* Comparison information for merging rows */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ + int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ + int *aPermute; /* Mapping from ORDER BY terms to result set columns */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + int iSub1; /* EQP id of left-hand query */ + int iSub2; /* EQP id of right-hand query */ +#endif + + assert( p->pOrderBy!=0 ); + assert( pKeyDup==0 ); /* "Managed" code needs this. Ticket #3382. */ + db = pParse->db; + v = pParse->pVdbe; + assert( v!=0 ); /* Already thrown the error if VDBE alloc failed */ + labelEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + labelCmpr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + + + /* Patch up the ORDER BY clause + */ + op = p->op; + pPrior = p->pPrior; + assert( pPrior->pOrderBy==0 ); + pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + assert( pOrderBy ); + nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr; + + /* For operators other than UNION ALL we have to make sure that + ** the ORDER BY clause covers every term of the result set. Add + ** terms to the ORDER BY clause as necessary. + */ + if( op!=TK_ALL ){ + for(i=1; db->mallocFailed==0 && i<=p->pEList->nExpr; i++){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + for(j=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; j<nOrderBy; j++, pItem++){ + assert( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol>0 ); + if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol==i ) break; + } + if( j==nOrderBy ){ + Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0); + if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue; + pNew->u.iValue = i; + pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pOrderBy, pNew); + if( pOrderBy ) pOrderBy->a[nOrderBy++].u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)i; + } + } + } + + /* Compute the comparison permutation and keyinfo that is used with + ** the permutation used to determine if the next + ** row of results comes from selectA or selectB. Also add explicit + ** collations to the ORDER BY clause terms so that when the subqueries + ** to the right and the left are evaluated, they use the correct + ** collation. + */ + aPermute = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int)*(nOrderBy + 1)); + if( aPermute ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + aPermute[0] = nOrderBy; + for(i=1, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<=nOrderBy; i++, pItem++){ + assert( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol>0 ); + assert( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol<=p->pEList->nExpr ); + aPermute[i] = pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol - 1; + } + pKeyMerge = multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(pParse, p, 1); + }else{ + pKeyMerge = 0; + } + + /* Reattach the ORDER BY clause to the query. + */ + p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + pPrior->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(pParse->db, pOrderBy, 0); + + /* Allocate a range of temporary registers and the KeyInfo needed + ** for the logic that removes duplicate result rows when the + ** operator is UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT (but not UNION ALL). + */ + if( op==TK_ALL ){ + regPrev = 0; + }else{ + int nExpr = p->pEList->nExpr; + assert( nOrderBy>=nExpr || db->mallocFailed ); + regPrev = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nExpr+1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regPrev); + pKeyDup = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nExpr, 1); + if( pKeyDup ){ + assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyDup) ); + for(i=0; i<nExpr; i++){ + pKeyDup->aColl[i] = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i); + pKeyDup->aSortOrder[i] = 0; + } + } + } + + /* Separate the left and the right query from one another + */ + p->pPrior = 0; + pPrior->pNext = 0; + sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER"); + if( pPrior->pPrior==0 ){ + sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pPrior, pPrior->pOrderBy, "ORDER"); + } + + /* Compute the limit registers */ + computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, labelEnd); + if( p->iLimit && op==TK_ALL ){ + regLimitA = ++pParse->nMem; + regLimitB = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, p->iOffset ? p->iOffset+1 : p->iLimit, + regLimitA); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regLimitA, regLimitB); + }else{ + regLimitA = regLimitB = 0; + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); + p->pLimit = 0; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset); + p->pOffset = 0; + + regAddrA = ++pParse->nMem; + regAddrB = ++pParse->nMem; + regOutA = ++pParse->nMem; + regOutB = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destA, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrA); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destB, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrB); + + /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement to the + ** left of the compound operator - the "A" select. + */ + addrSelectA = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1; + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regAddrA, 0, addrSelectA); + VdbeComment((v, "left SELECT")); + pPrior->iLimit = regLimitA; + explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &destA); + sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(v, regAddrA); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + + /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on + ** the right - the "B" select + */ + addrSelectB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1; + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regAddrB, 0, addrSelectB); + VdbeComment((v, "right SELECT")); + savedLimit = p->iLimit; + savedOffset = p->iOffset; + p->iLimit = regLimitB; + p->iOffset = 0; + explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId); + sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destB); + p->iLimit = savedLimit; + p->iOffset = savedOffset; + sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(v, regAddrB); + + /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the A + ** select as the next output row of the compound select. + */ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for A")); + addrOutA = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse, + p, &destA, pDest, regOutA, + regPrev, pKeyDup, labelEnd); + + /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the B + ** select as the next output row of the compound select. + */ + if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for B")); + addrOutB = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse, + p, &destB, pDest, regOutB, + regPrev, pKeyDup, labelEnd); + } + sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyDup); + + /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select A + ** are exhausted and only data in select B remains. + */ + if( op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT ){ + addrEofA_noB = addrEofA = labelEnd; + }else{ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-A subroutine")); + addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB); + addrEofA_noB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, labelEnd); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrEofA); + p->nSelectRow = sqlite3LogEstAdd(p->nSelectRow, pPrior->nSelectRow); + } + + /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select B + ** are exhausted and only data in select A remains. + */ + if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){ + addrEofB = addrEofA; + if( p->nSelectRow > pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow; + }else{ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-B subroutine")); + addrEofB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, labelEnd); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrEofB); + } + + /* Generate code to handle the case of A<B + */ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-lt-B subroutine")); + addrAltB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, addrEofA); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, labelCmpr); + + /* Generate code to handle the case of A==B + */ + if( op==TK_ALL ){ + addrAeqB = addrAltB; + }else if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){ + addrAeqB = addrAltB; + addrAltB++; + }else{ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-eq-B subroutine")); + addrAeqB = + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, addrEofA); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, labelCmpr); + } + + /* Generate code to handle the case of A>B + */ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-gt-B subroutine")); + addrAgtB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, addrEofB); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, labelCmpr); + + /* This code runs once to initialize everything. + */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, addrEofA_noB); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, addrEofB); VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Implement the main merge loop + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelCmpr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Permutation, 0, 0, 0, (char*)aPermute, P4_INTARRAY); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, destA.iSdst, destB.iSdst, nOrderBy, + (char*)pKeyMerge, P4_KEYINFO); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_PERMUTE); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrAltB, addrAeqB, addrAgtB); VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Jump to the this point in order to terminate the query. + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelEnd); + + /* Set the number of output columns + */ + if( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){ + Select *pFirst = pPrior; + while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; + generateColumnNames(pParse, pFirst->pSrc, pFirst->pEList); + } + + /* Reassembly the compound query so that it will be freed correctly + ** by the calling function */ + if( p->pPrior ){ + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior); + } + p->pPrior = pPrior; + pPrior->pNext = p; + + /*** TBD: Insert subroutine calls to close cursors on incomplete + **** subqueries ****/ + explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, 0); + return pParse->nErr!=0; +} +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) +/* Forward Declarations */ +static void substExprList(sqlite3*, ExprList*, int, ExprList*); +static void substSelect(sqlite3*, Select *, int, ExprList*, int); + +/* +** Scan through the expression pExpr. Replace every reference to +** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th +** entry in pEList. (But leave references to the ROWID column +** unchanged.) +** +** This routine is part of the flattening procedure. A subquery +** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the +** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that +** FORM clause entry is iTable. This routine make the necessary +** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table +** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery. +*/ +static Expr *substExpr( + sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors to this connection */ + Expr *pExpr, /* Expr in which substitution occurs */ + int iTable, /* Table to be substituted */ + ExprList *pEList /* Substitute expressions */ +){ + if( pExpr==0 ) return 0; + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iTable ){ + if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){ + pExpr->op = TK_NULL; + }else{ + Expr *pNew; + assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumn<pEList->nExpr ); + assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 ); + pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr, 0); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); + pExpr = pNew; + } + }else{ + pExpr->pLeft = substExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList); + pExpr->pRight = substExpr(db, pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList); + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + substSelect(db, pExpr->x.pSelect, iTable, pEList, 1); + }else{ + substExprList(db, pExpr->x.pList, iTable, pEList); + } + } + return pExpr; +} +static void substExprList( + sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors here */ + ExprList *pList, /* List to scan and in which to make substitutes */ + int iTable, /* Table to be substituted */ + ExprList *pEList /* Substitute values */ +){ + int i; + if( pList==0 ) return; + for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){ + pList->a[i].pExpr = substExpr(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable, pEList); + } +} +static void substSelect( + sqlite3 *db, /* Report malloc errors here */ + Select *p, /* SELECT statement in which to make substitutions */ + int iTable, /* Table to be replaced */ + ExprList *pEList, /* Substitute values */ + int doPrior /* Do substitutes on p->pPrior too */ +){ + SrcList *pSrc; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + int i; + if( !p ) return; + do{ + substExprList(db, p->pEList, iTable, pEList); + substExprList(db, p->pGroupBy, iTable, pEList); + substExprList(db, p->pOrderBy, iTable, pEList); + p->pHaving = substExpr(db, p->pHaving, iTable, pEList); + p->pWhere = substExpr(db, p->pWhere, iTable, pEList); + pSrc = p->pSrc; + assert( pSrc!=0 ); + for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ + substSelect(db, pItem->pSelect, iTable, pEList, 1); + if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc ){ + substExprList(db, pItem->u1.pFuncArg, iTable, pEList); + } + } + }while( doPrior && (p = p->pPrior)!=0 ); +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) +/* +** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries as a performance optimization. +** This routine returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening occurs. +** +** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following +** query: +** +** SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5 +** +** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the +** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then +** run the outer query on that temporary table. This requires two +** passes over the data. Furthermore, because the temporary table +** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be +** optimized. +** +** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into +** a single flat select, like this: +** +** SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5 +** +** The code generated for this simplification gives the same result +** but only has to scan the data once. And because indices might +** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be +** avoided. +** +** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true: +** +** (1) The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates. +** +** (2) The subquery is not an aggregate or (2a) the outer query is not a join +** and (2b) the outer query does not use subqueries other than the one +** FROM-clause subquery that is a candidate for flattening. (2b is +** due to ticket [2f7170d73bf9abf80] from 2015-02-09.) +** +** (3) The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join +** (Originally ticket #306. Strengthened by ticket #3300) +** +** (4) The subquery is not DISTINCT. +** +** (**) At one point restrictions (4) and (5) defined a subset of DISTINCT +** sub-queries that were excluded from this optimization. Restriction +** (4) has since been expanded to exclude all DISTINCT subqueries. +** +** (6) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query is not +** DISTINCT. +** +** (7) The subquery has a FROM clause. TODO: For subqueries without +** A FROM clause, consider adding a FROM close with the special +** table sqlite_once that consists of a single row containing a +** single NULL. +** +** (8) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join. +** +** (9) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use +** aggregates. +** +** (**) Restriction (10) was removed from the code on 2005-02-05 but we +** accidently carried the comment forward until 2014-09-15. Original +** text: "The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query +** does not use LIMIT." +** +** (11) The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses. +** +** (**) Not implemented. Subsumed into restriction (3). Was previously +** a separate restriction deriving from ticket #350. +** +** (13) The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT. +** +** (14) The subquery does not use OFFSET. +** +** (15) The outer query is not part of a compound select or the +** subquery does not have a LIMIT clause. +** (See ticket #2339 and ticket [02a8e81d44]). +** +** (16) The outer query is not an aggregate or the subquery does +** not contain ORDER BY. (Ticket #2942) This used to not matter +** until we introduced the group_concat() function. +** +** (17) The sub-query is not a compound select, or it is a UNION ALL +** compound clause made up entirely of non-aggregate queries, and +** the parent query: +** +** * is not itself part of a compound select, +** * is not an aggregate or DISTINCT query, and +** * is not a join +** +** The parent and sub-query may contain WHERE clauses. Subject to +** rules (11), (13) and (14), they may also contain ORDER BY, +** LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. The subquery cannot use any compound +** operator other than UNION ALL because all the other compound +** operators have an implied DISTINCT which is disallowed by +** restriction (4). +** +** Also, each component of the sub-query must return the same number +** of result columns. This is actually a requirement for any compound +** SELECT statement, but all the code here does is make sure that no +** such (illegal) sub-query is flattened. The caller will detect the +** syntax error and return a detailed message. +** +** (18) If the sub-query is a compound select, then all terms of the +** ORDER by clause of the parent must be simple references to +** columns of the sub-query. +** +** (19) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not +** have a WHERE clause. +** +** (20) If the sub-query is a compound select, then it must not use +** an ORDER BY clause. Ticket #3773. We could relax this constraint +** somewhat by saying that the terms of the ORDER BY clause must +** appear as unmodified result columns in the outer query. But we +** have other optimizations in mind to deal with that case. +** +** (21) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not +** DISTINCT. (See ticket [752e1646fc]). +** +** (22) The subquery is not a recursive CTE. +** +** (23) The parent is not a recursive CTE, or the sub-query is not a +** compound query. This restriction is because transforming the +** parent to a compound query confuses the code that handles +** recursive queries in multiSelect(). +** +** (24) The subquery is not an aggregate that uses the built-in min() or +** or max() functions. (Without this restriction, a query like: +** "SELECT x FROM (SELECT max(y), x FROM t1)" would not necessarily +** return the value X for which Y was maximal.) +** +** +** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query. +** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom]. isAgg is true if the outer query +** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates. +** +** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0. +** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1. +** +** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and +** the subquery before this routine runs. +*/ +static int flattenSubquery( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */ + int iFrom, /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */ + int isAgg, /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */ + int subqueryIsAgg /* True if the subquery uses aggregate functions */ +){ + const char *zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; + Select *pParent; /* Current UNION ALL term of the other query */ + Select *pSub; /* The inner query or "subquery" */ + Select *pSub1; /* Pointer to the rightmost select in sub-query */ + SrcList *pSrc; /* The FROM clause of the outer query */ + SrcList *pSubSrc; /* The FROM clause of the subquery */ + ExprList *pList; /* The result set of the outer query */ + int iParent; /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pSubitem; /* The subquery */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + /* Check to see if flattening is permitted. Return 0 if not. + */ + assert( p!=0 ); + assert( p->pPrior==0 ); /* Unable to flatten compound queries */ + if( OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_QueryFlattener) ) return 0; + pSrc = p->pSrc; + assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFrom<pSrc->nSrc ); + pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom]; + iParent = pSubitem->iCursor; + pSub = pSubitem->pSelect; + assert( pSub!=0 ); + if( subqueryIsAgg ){ + if( isAgg ) return 0; /* Restriction (1) */ + if( pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0; /* Restriction (2a) */ + if( (p->pWhere && ExprHasProperty(p->pWhere,EP_Subquery)) + || (sqlite3ExprListFlags(p->pEList) & EP_Subquery)!=0 + || (sqlite3ExprListFlags(p->pOrderBy) & EP_Subquery)!=0 + ){ + return 0; /* Restriction (2b) */ + } + } + + pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; + assert( pSubSrc ); + /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants, + ** not arbitrary expressions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET + ** because they could be computed at compile-time. But when LIMIT and OFFSET + ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13) + ** and (14). */ + if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Restriction (13) */ + if( pSub->pOffset ) return 0; /* Restriction (14) */ + if( (p->selFlags & SF_Compound)!=0 && pSub->pLimit ){ + return 0; /* Restriction (15) */ + } + if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0; /* Restriction (7) */ + if( pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct ) return 0; /* Restriction (5) */ + if( pSub->pLimit && (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){ + return 0; /* Restrictions (8)(9) */ + } + if( (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 && subqueryIsAgg ){ + return 0; /* Restriction (6) */ + } + if( p->pOrderBy && pSub->pOrderBy ){ + return 0; /* Restriction (11) */ + } + if( isAgg && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0; /* Restriction (16) */ + if( pSub->pLimit && p->pWhere ) return 0; /* Restriction (19) */ + if( pSub->pLimit && (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 ){ + return 0; /* Restriction (21) */ + } + testcase( pSub->selFlags & SF_Recursive ); + testcase( pSub->selFlags & SF_MinMaxAgg ); + if( pSub->selFlags & (SF_Recursive|SF_MinMaxAgg) ){ + return 0; /* Restrictions (22) and (24) */ + } + if( (p->selFlags & SF_Recursive) && pSub->pPrior ){ + return 0; /* Restriction (23) */ + } + + /* OBSOLETE COMMENT 1: + ** Restriction 3: If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is + ** not used as the right operand of an outer join. Examples of why this + ** is not allowed: + ** + ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3) + ** + ** If we flatten the above, we would get + ** + ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3 + ** + ** which is not at all the same thing. + ** + ** OBSOLETE COMMENT 2: + ** Restriction 12: If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer + ** join, make sure the subquery has no WHERE clause. + ** An examples of why this is not allowed: + ** + ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE t2.x>0) + ** + ** If we flatten the above, we would get + ** + ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) WHERE t2.x>0 + ** + ** But the t2.x>0 test will always fail on a NULL row of t2, which + ** effectively converts the OUTER JOIN into an INNER JOIN. + ** + ** THIS OVERRIDES OBSOLETE COMMENTS 1 AND 2 ABOVE: + ** Ticket #3300 shows that flattening the right term of a LEFT JOIN + ** is fraught with danger. Best to avoid the whole thing. If the + ** subquery is the right term of a LEFT JOIN, then do not flatten. + */ + if( (pSubitem->fg.jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){ + return 0; + } + + /* Restriction 17: If the sub-query is a compound SELECT, then it must + ** use only the UNION ALL operator. And none of the simple select queries + ** that make up the compound SELECT are allowed to be aggregate or distinct + ** queries. + */ + if( pSub->pPrior ){ + if( pSub->pOrderBy ){ + return 0; /* Restriction 20 */ + } + if( isAgg || (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){ + return 0; + } + for(pSub1=pSub; pSub1; pSub1=pSub1->pPrior){ + testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct ); + testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate ); + assert( pSub->pSrc!=0 ); + assert( pSub->pEList->nExpr==pSub1->pEList->nExpr ); + if( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))!=0 + || (pSub1->pPrior && pSub1->op!=TK_ALL) + || pSub1->pSrc->nSrc<1 + ){ + return 0; + } + testcase( pSub1->pSrc->nSrc>1 ); + } + + /* Restriction 18. */ + if( p->pOrderBy ){ + int ii; + for(ii=0; ii<p->pOrderBy->nExpr; ii++){ + if( p->pOrderBy->a[ii].u.x.iOrderByCol==0 ) return 0; + } + } + } + + /***** If we reach this point, flattening is permitted. *****/ + SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("flatten %s.%p from term %d\n", + pSub->zSelName, pSub, iFrom)); + + /* Authorize the subquery */ + pParse->zAuthContext = pSubitem->zName; + TESTONLY(i =) sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0); + testcase( i==SQLITE_DENY ); + pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext; + + /* If the sub-query is a compound SELECT statement, then (by restrictions + ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must + ** be of the form: + ** + ** SELECT <expr-list> FROM (<sub-query>) <where-clause> + ** + ** followed by any ORDER BY, LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses. This block + ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or + ** OFFSET clauses and joins them to the left-hand-side of the original + ** using UNION ALL operators. In this case N is the number of simple + ** select statements in the compound sub-query. + ** + ** Example: + ** + ** SELECT a+1 FROM ( + ** SELECT x FROM tab + ** UNION ALL + ** SELECT y FROM tab + ** UNION ALL + ** SELECT abs(z*2) FROM tab2 + ** ) WHERE a!=5 ORDER BY 1 + ** + ** Transformed into: + ** + ** SELECT x+1 FROM tab WHERE x+1!=5 + ** UNION ALL + ** SELECT y+1 FROM tab WHERE y+1!=5 + ** UNION ALL + ** SELECT abs(z*2)+1 FROM tab2 WHERE abs(z*2)+1!=5 + ** ORDER BY 1 + ** + ** We call this the "compound-subquery flattening". + */ + for(pSub=pSub->pPrior; pSub; pSub=pSub->pPrior){ + Select *pNew; + ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + Expr *pLimit = p->pLimit; + Expr *pOffset = p->pOffset; + Select *pPrior = p->pPrior; + p->pOrderBy = 0; + p->pSrc = 0; + p->pPrior = 0; + p->pLimit = 0; + p->pOffset = 0; + pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p, 0); + sqlite3SelectSetName(pNew, pSub->zSelName); + p->pOffset = pOffset; + p->pLimit = pLimit; + p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + p->pSrc = pSrc; + p->op = TK_ALL; + if( pNew==0 ){ + p->pPrior = pPrior; + }else{ + pNew->pPrior = pPrior; + if( pPrior ) pPrior->pNext = pNew; + pNew->pNext = p; + p->pPrior = pNew; + SELECTTRACE(2,pParse,p, + ("compound-subquery flattener creates %s.%p as peer\n", + pNew->zSelName, pNew)); + } + if( db->mallocFailed ) return 1; + } + + /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause + ** in the outer query. + */ + pSub = pSub1 = pSubitem->pSelect; + + /* Delete the transient table structure associated with the + ** subquery + */ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zDatabase); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zAlias); + pSubitem->zDatabase = 0; + pSubitem->zName = 0; + pSubitem->zAlias = 0; + pSubitem->pSelect = 0; + + /* Defer deleting the Table object associated with the + ** subquery until code generation is + ** complete, since there may still exist Expr.pTab entries that + ** refer to the subquery even after flattening. Ticket #3346. + ** + ** pSubitem->pTab is always non-NULL by test restrictions and tests above. + */ + if( ALWAYS(pSubitem->pTab!=0) ){ + Table *pTabToDel = pSubitem->pTab; + if( pTabToDel->nRef==1 ){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + pTabToDel->pNextZombie = pToplevel->pZombieTab; + pToplevel->pZombieTab = pTabToDel; + }else{ + pTabToDel->nRef--; + } + pSubitem->pTab = 0; + } + + /* The following loop runs once for each term in a compound-subquery + ** flattening (as described above). If we are doing a different kind + ** of flattening - a flattening other than a compound-subquery flattening - + ** then this loop only runs once. + ** + ** This loop moves all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the + ** the FROM clause of the outer query. Before doing this, remember + ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in + ** iParent. The iParent cursor will never be used. Subsequent code + ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace + ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM + ** elements we are now copying in. + */ + for(pParent=p; pParent; pParent=pParent->pPrior, pSub=pSub->pPrior){ + int nSubSrc; + u8 jointype = 0; + pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; /* FROM clause of subquery */ + nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc; /* Number of terms in subquery FROM clause */ + pSrc = pParent->pSrc; /* FROM clause of the outer query */ + + if( pSrc ){ + assert( pParent==p ); /* First time through the loop */ + jointype = pSubitem->fg.jointype; + }else{ + assert( pParent!=p ); /* 2nd and subsequent times through the loop */ + pSrc = pParent->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); + if( pSrc==0 ){ + assert( db->mallocFailed ); + break; + } + } + + /* The subquery uses a single slot of the FROM clause of the outer + ** query. If the subquery has more than one element in its FROM clause, + ** then expand the outer query to make space for it to hold all elements + ** of the subquery. + ** + ** Example: + ** + ** SELECT * FROM tabA, (SELECT * FROM sub1, sub2), tabB; + ** + ** The outer query has 3 slots in its FROM clause. One slot of the + ** outer query (the middle slot) is used by the subquery. The next + ** block of code will expand the outer query FROM clause to 4 slots. + ** The middle slot is expanded to two slots in order to make space + ** for the two elements in the FROM clause of the subquery. + */ + if( nSubSrc>1 ){ + pParent->pSrc = pSrc = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrc, nSubSrc-1,iFrom+1); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + break; + } + } + + /* Transfer the FROM clause terms from the subquery into the + ** outer query. + */ + for(i=0; i<nSubSrc; i++){ + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pSrc->a[i+iFrom].pUsing); + assert( pSrc->a[i+iFrom].fg.isTabFunc==0 ); + pSrc->a[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i]; + memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i])); + } + pSrc->a[iFrom].fg.jointype = jointype; + + /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for + ** references to the iParent in the outer query. + ** + ** Example: + ** + ** SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b; + ** \ \_____________ subquery __________/ / + ** \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/ + ** + ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see + ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10". + */ + pList = pParent->pEList; + for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){ + if( pList->a[i].zName==0 ){ + char *zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pList->a[i].zSpan); + sqlite3Dequote(zName); + pList->a[i].zName = zName; + } + } + if( pSub->pOrderBy ){ + /* At this point, any non-zero iOrderByCol values indicate that the + ** ORDER BY column expression is identical to the iOrderByCol'th + ** expression returned by SELECT statement pSub. Since these values + ** do not necessarily correspond to columns in SELECT statement pParent, + ** zero them before transfering the ORDER BY clause. + ** + ** Not doing this may cause an error if a subsequent call to this + ** function attempts to flatten a compound sub-query into pParent + ** (the only way this can happen is if the compound sub-query is + ** currently part of pSub->pSrc). See ticket [d11a6e908f]. */ + ExprList *pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy; + for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){ + pOrderBy->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol = 0; + } + assert( pParent->pOrderBy==0 ); + assert( pSub->pPrior==0 ); + pParent->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + pSub->pOrderBy = 0; + } + pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pWhere, 0); + if( subqueryIsAgg ){ + assert( pParent->pHaving==0 ); + pParent->pHaving = pParent->pWhere; + pParent->pWhere = pWhere; + pParent->pHaving = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pHaving, + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pHaving, 0)); + assert( pParent->pGroupBy==0 ); + pParent->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pSub->pGroupBy, 0); + }else{ + pParent->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pWhere, pWhere); + } + substSelect(db, pParent, iParent, pSub->pEList, 0); + + /* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the + ** outer query is distinct. + */ + pParent->selFlags |= pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct; + + /* + ** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y; + ** + ** One is tempted to try to add a and b to combine the limits. But this + ** does not work if either limit is negative. + */ + if( pSub->pLimit ){ + pParent->pLimit = pSub->pLimit; + pSub->pLimit = 0; + } + } + + /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return + ** success. + */ + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSub1); + +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED + if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){ + SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p,("After flattening:\n")); + sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); + } +#endif + + return 1; +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ + + + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) +/* +** Make copies of relevant WHERE clause terms of the outer query into +** the WHERE clause of subquery. Example: +** +** SELECT * FROM (SELECT a AS x, c-d AS y FROM t1) WHERE x=5 AND y=10; +** +** Transformed into: +** +** SELECT * FROM (SELECT a AS x, c-d AS y FROM t1 WHERE a=5 AND c-d=10) +** WHERE x=5 AND y=10; +** +** The hope is that the terms added to the inner query will make it more +** efficient. +** +** Do not attempt this optimization if: +** +** (1) The inner query is an aggregate. (In that case, we'd really want +** to copy the outer WHERE-clause terms onto the HAVING clause of the +** inner query. But they probably won't help there so do not bother.) +** +** (2) The inner query is the recursive part of a common table expression. +** +** (3) The inner query has a LIMIT clause (since the changes to the WHERE +** close would change the meaning of the LIMIT). +** +** (4) The inner query is the right operand of a LEFT JOIN. (The caller +** enforces this restriction since this routine does not have enough +** information to know.) +** +** (5) The WHERE clause expression originates in the ON or USING clause +** of a LEFT JOIN. +** +** Return 0 if no changes are made and non-zero if one or more WHERE clause +** terms are duplicated into the subquery. +*/ +static int pushDownWhereTerms( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection (for malloc()) */ + Select *pSubq, /* The subquery whose WHERE clause is to be augmented */ + Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause of the outer query */ + int iCursor /* Cursor number of the subquery */ +){ + Expr *pNew; + int nChng = 0; + Select *pX; /* For looping over compound SELECTs in pSubq */ + if( pWhere==0 ) return 0; + for(pX=pSubq; pX; pX=pX->pPrior){ + if( (pX->selFlags & (SF_Aggregate|SF_Recursive))!=0 ){ + testcase( pX->selFlags & SF_Aggregate ); + testcase( pX->selFlags & SF_Recursive ); + testcase( pX!=pSubq ); + return 0; /* restrictions (1) and (2) */ + } + } + if( pSubq->pLimit!=0 ){ + return 0; /* restriction (3) */ + } + while( pWhere->op==TK_AND ){ + nChng += pushDownWhereTerms(db, pSubq, pWhere->pRight, iCursor); + pWhere = pWhere->pLeft; + } + if( ExprHasProperty(pWhere,EP_FromJoin) ) return 0; /* restriction 5 */ + if( sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(pWhere, iCursor) ){ + nChng++; + while( pSubq ){ + pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0); + pNew = substExpr(db, pNew, iCursor, pSubq->pEList); + pSubq->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pSubq->pWhere, pNew); + pSubq = pSubq->pPrior; + } + } + return nChng; +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ + +/* +** Based on the contents of the AggInfo structure indicated by the first +** argument, this function checks if the following are true: +** +** * the query contains just a single aggregate function, +** * the aggregate function is either min() or max(), and +** * the argument to the aggregate function is a column value. +** +** If all of the above are true, then WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX +** is returned as appropriate. Also, *ppMinMax is set to point to the +** list of arguments passed to the aggregate before returning. +** +** Or, if the conditions above are not met, *ppMinMax is set to 0 and +** WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL is returned. +*/ +static u8 minMaxQuery(AggInfo *pAggInfo, ExprList **ppMinMax){ + int eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; /* Return value */ + + *ppMinMax = 0; + if( pAggInfo->nFunc==1 ){ + Expr *pExpr = pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pExpr; /* Aggregate function */ + ExprList *pEList = pExpr->x.pList; /* Arguments to agg function */ + + assert( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ); + if( pEList && pEList->nExpr==1 && pEList->a[0].pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ){ + const char *zFunc = pExpr->u.zToken; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "min")==0 ){ + eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN; + *ppMinMax = pEList; + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "max")==0 ){ + eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX; + *ppMinMax = pEList; + } + } + } + + assert( *ppMinMax==0 || (*ppMinMax)->nExpr==1 ); + return eRet; +} + +/* +** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query. +** The second argument is the associated aggregate-info object. This +** function tests if the SELECT is of the form: +** +** SELECT count(*) FROM <tbl> +** +** where table is a database table, not a sub-select or view. If the query +** does match this pattern, then a pointer to the Table object representing +** <tbl> is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned. +*/ +static Table *isSimpleCount(Select *p, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ + Table *pTab; + Expr *pExpr; + + assert( !p->pGroupBy ); + + if( p->pWhere || p->pEList->nExpr!=1 + || p->pSrc->nSrc!=1 || p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect + ){ + return 0; + } + pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab; + pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr; + assert( pTab && !pTab->pSelect && pExpr ); + + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0; + if( NEVER(pAggInfo->nFunc==0) ) return 0; + if( (pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pFunc->funcFlags&SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT)==0 ) return 0; + if( pExpr->flags&EP_Distinct ) return 0; + + return pTab; +} + +/* +** If the source-list item passed as an argument was augmented with an +** INDEXED BY clause, then try to locate the specified index. If there +** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return +** SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate +** pFrom->pIndex and return SQLITE_OK. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){ + if( pFrom->pTab && pFrom->fg.isIndexedBy ){ + Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; + char *zIndexedBy = pFrom->u1.zIndexedBy; + Index *pIdx; + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; + pIdx && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndexedBy); + pIdx=pIdx->pNext + ); + if( !pIdx ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %s", zIndexedBy, 0); + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pFrom->pIBIndex = pIdx; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} +/* +** Detect compound SELECT statements that use an ORDER BY clause with +** an alternative collating sequence. +** +** SELECT ... FROM t1 EXCEPT SELECT ... FROM t2 ORDER BY .. COLLATE ... +** +** These are rewritten as a subquery: +** +** SELECT * FROM (SELECT ... FROM t1 EXCEPT SELECT ... FROM t2) +** ORDER BY ... COLLATE ... +** +** This transformation is necessary because the multiSelectOrderBy() routine +** above that generates the code for a compound SELECT with an ORDER BY clause +** uses a merge algorithm that requires the same collating sequence on the +** result columns as on the ORDER BY clause. See ticket +** http://www.sqlite.org/src/info/6709574d2a +** +** This transformation is only needed for EXCEPT, INTERSECT, and UNION. +** The UNION ALL operator works fine with multiSelectOrderBy() even when +** there are COLLATE terms in the ORDER BY. +*/ +static int convertCompoundSelectToSubquery(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + int i; + Select *pNew; + Select *pX; + sqlite3 *db; + struct ExprList_item *a; + SrcList *pNewSrc; + Parse *pParse; + Token dummy; + + if( p->pPrior==0 ) return WRC_Continue; + if( p->pOrderBy==0 ) return WRC_Continue; + for(pX=p; pX && (pX->op==TK_ALL || pX->op==TK_SELECT); pX=pX->pPrior){} + if( pX==0 ) return WRC_Continue; + a = p->pOrderBy->a; + for(i=p->pOrderBy->nExpr-1; i>=0; i--){ + if( a[i].pExpr->flags & EP_Collate ) break; + } + if( i<0 ) return WRC_Continue; + + /* If we reach this point, that means the transformation is required. */ + + pParse = pWalker->pParse; + db = pParse->db; + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); + if( pNew==0 ) return WRC_Abort; + memset(&dummy, 0, sizeof(dummy)); + pNewSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,0,0,0,&dummy,pNew,0,0); + if( pNewSrc==0 ) return WRC_Abort; + *pNew = *p; + p->pSrc = pNewSrc; + p->pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ASTERISK, 0)); + p->op = TK_SELECT; + p->pWhere = 0; + pNew->pGroupBy = 0; + pNew->pHaving = 0; + pNew->pOrderBy = 0; + p->pPrior = 0; + p->pNext = 0; + p->pWith = 0; + p->selFlags &= ~SF_Compound; + assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Converted)==0 ); + p->selFlags |= SF_Converted; + assert( pNew->pPrior!=0 ); + pNew->pPrior->pNext = pNew; + pNew->pLimit = 0; + pNew->pOffset = 0; + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** Check to see if the FROM clause term pFrom has table-valued function +** arguments. If it does, leave an error message in pParse and return +** non-zero, since pFrom is not allowed to be a table-valued function. +*/ +static int cannotBeFunction(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){ + if( pFrom->fg.isTabFunc ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "'%s' is not a function", pFrom->zName); + return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE +/* +** Argument pWith (which may be NULL) points to a linked list of nested +** WITH contexts, from inner to outermost. If the table identified by +** FROM clause element pItem is really a common-table-expression (CTE) +** then return a pointer to the CTE definition for that table. Otherwise +** return NULL. +** +** If a non-NULL value is returned, set *ppContext to point to the With +** object that the returned CTE belongs to. +*/ +static struct Cte *searchWith( + With *pWith, /* Current innermost WITH clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pItem, /* FROM clause element to resolve */ + With **ppContext /* OUT: WITH clause return value belongs to */ +){ + const char *zName; + if( pItem->zDatabase==0 && (zName = pItem->zName)!=0 ){ + With *p; + for(p=pWith; p; p=p->pOuter){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<p->nCte; i++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, p->a[i].zName)==0 ){ + *ppContext = p; + return &p->a[i]; + } + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* The code generator maintains a stack of active WITH clauses +** with the inner-most WITH clause being at the top of the stack. +** +** This routine pushes the WITH clause passed as the second argument +** onto the top of the stack. If argument bFree is true, then this +** WITH clause will never be popped from the stack. In this case it +** should be freed along with the Parse object. In other cases, when +** bFree==0, the With object will be freed along with the SELECT +** statement with which it is associated. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithPush(Parse *pParse, With *pWith, u8 bFree){ + assert( bFree==0 || (pParse->pWith==0 && pParse->pWithToFree==0) ); + if( pWith ){ + assert( pParse->pWith!=pWith ); + pWith->pOuter = pParse->pWith; + pParse->pWith = pWith; + if( bFree ) pParse->pWithToFree = pWith; + } +} + +/* +** This function checks if argument pFrom refers to a CTE declared by +** a WITH clause on the stack currently maintained by the parser. And, +** if currently processing a CTE expression, if it is a recursive +** reference to the current CTE. +** +** If pFrom falls into either of the two categories above, pFrom->pTab +** and other fields are populated accordingly. The caller should check +** (pFrom->pTab!=0) to determine whether or not a successful match +** was found. +** +** Whether or not a match is found, SQLITE_OK is returned if no error +** occurs. If an error does occur, an error message is stored in the +** parser and some error code other than SQLITE_OK returned. +*/ +static int withExpand( + Walker *pWalker, + struct SrcList_item *pFrom +){ + Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + struct Cte *pCte; /* Matched CTE (or NULL if no match) */ + With *pWith; /* WITH clause that pCte belongs to */ + + assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); + + pCte = searchWith(pParse->pWith, pFrom, &pWith); + if( pCte ){ + Table *pTab; + ExprList *pEList; + Select *pSel; + Select *pLeft; /* Left-most SELECT statement */ + int bMayRecursive; /* True if compound joined by UNION [ALL] */ + With *pSavedWith; /* Initial value of pParse->pWith */ + + /* If pCte->zCteErr is non-NULL at this point, then this is an illegal + ** recursive reference to CTE pCte. Leave an error in pParse and return + ** early. If pCte->zCteErr is NULL, then this is not a recursive reference. + ** In this case, proceed. */ + if( pCte->zCteErr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, pCte->zCteErr, pCte->zName); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + if( cannotBeFunction(pParse, pFrom) ) return SQLITE_ERROR; + + assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); + pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); + if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort; + pTab->nRef = 1; + pTab->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCte->zName); + pTab->iPKey = -1; + pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) ); + pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral | TF_NoVisibleRowid; + pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pCte->pSelect, 0); + if( db->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + assert( pFrom->pSelect ); + + /* Check if this is a recursive CTE. */ + pSel = pFrom->pSelect; + bMayRecursive = ( pSel->op==TK_ALL || pSel->op==TK_UNION ); + if( bMayRecursive ){ + int i; + SrcList *pSrc = pFrom->pSelect->pSrc; + for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[i]; + if( pItem->zDatabase==0 + && pItem->zName!=0 + && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zName, pCte->zName) + ){ + pItem->pTab = pTab; + pItem->fg.isRecursive = 1; + pTab->nRef++; + pSel->selFlags |= SF_Recursive; + } + } + } + + /* Only one recursive reference is permitted. */ + if( pTab->nRef>2 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg( + pParse, "multiple references to recursive table: %s", pCte->zName + ); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + assert( pTab->nRef==1 || ((pSel->selFlags&SF_Recursive) && pTab->nRef==2 )); + + pCte->zCteErr = "circular reference: %s"; + pSavedWith = pParse->pWith; + pParse->pWith = pWith; + sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, bMayRecursive ? pSel->pPrior : pSel); + pParse->pWith = pWith; + + for(pLeft=pSel; pLeft->pPrior; pLeft=pLeft->pPrior); + pEList = pLeft->pEList; + if( pCte->pCols ){ + if( pEList && pEList->nExpr!=pCte->pCols->nExpr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has %d values for %d columns", + pCte->zName, pEList->nExpr, pCte->pCols->nExpr + ); + pParse->pWith = pSavedWith; + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pEList = pCte->pCols; + } + + sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol); + if( bMayRecursive ){ + if( pSel->selFlags & SF_Recursive ){ + pCte->zCteErr = "multiple recursive references: %s"; + }else{ + pCte->zCteErr = "recursive reference in a subquery: %s"; + } + sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel); + } + pCte->zCteErr = 0; + pParse->pWith = pSavedWith; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE +/* +** If the SELECT passed as the second argument has an associated WITH +** clause, pop it from the stack stored as part of the Parse object. +** +** This function is used as the xSelectCallback2() callback by +** sqlite3SelectExpand() when walking a SELECT tree to resolve table +** names and other FROM clause elements. +*/ +static void selectPopWith(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; + With *pWith = findRightmost(p)->pWith; + if( pWith!=0 ){ + assert( pParse->pWith==pWith ); + pParse->pWith = pWith->pOuter; + } +} +#else +#define selectPopWith 0 +#endif + +/* +** This routine is a Walker callback for "expanding" a SELECT statement. +** "Expanding" means to do the following: +** +** (1) Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every +** element of the FROM clause. +** +** (2) Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that +** defines FROM clause. When views appear in the FROM clause, +** fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement +** that implements the view. A copy is made of the view's SELECT +** statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement +** without worrying about messing up the persistent representation +** of the view. +** +** (3) Add terms to the WHERE clause to accommodate the NATURAL keyword +** on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins. +** +** (4) Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking +** for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator. +** If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table +** and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE. +** +*/ +static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; + int i, j, k; + SrcList *pTabList; + ExprList *pEList; + struct SrcList_item *pFrom; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Expr *pE, *pRight, *pExpr; + u16 selFlags = p->selFlags; + + p->selFlags |= SF_Expanded; + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + if( NEVER(p->pSrc==0) || (selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ){ + return WRC_Prune; + } + pTabList = p->pSrc; + pEList = p->pEList; + if( pWalker->xSelectCallback2==selectPopWith ){ + sqlite3WithPush(pParse, findRightmost(p)->pWith, 0); + } + + /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in + ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement. + */ + sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pTabList); + + /* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select. If + ** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view, + ** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery. + */ + for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){ + Table *pTab; + assert( pFrom->fg.isRecursive==0 || pFrom->pTab!=0 ); + if( pFrom->fg.isRecursive ) continue; + assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE + if( withExpand(pWalker, pFrom) ) return WRC_Abort; + if( pFrom->pTab ) {} else +#endif + if( pFrom->zName==0 ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect; + /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */ + assert( pSel!=0 ); + assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); + if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel) ) return WRC_Abort; + pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); + if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort; + pTab->nRef = 1; + pTab->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_sq_%p", (void*)pTab); + while( pSel->pPrior ){ pSel = pSel->pPrior; } + sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSel->pEList,&pTab->nCol,&pTab->aCol); + pTab->iPKey = -1; + pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) ); + pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral; +#endif + }else{ + /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */ + assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); + pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pFrom); + if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort; + if( pTab->nRef==0xffff ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many references to \"%s\": max 65535", + pTab->zName); + pFrom->pTab = 0; + return WRC_Abort; + } + pTab->nRef++; + if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && cannotBeFunction(pParse, pFrom) ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) + if( IsVirtual(pTab) || pTab->pSelect ){ + i16 nCol; + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ) return WRC_Abort; + assert( pFrom->pSelect==0 ); + pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect, 0); + sqlite3SelectSetName(pFrom->pSelect, pTab->zName); + nCol = pTab->nCol; + pTab->nCol = -1; + sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pFrom->pSelect); + pTab->nCol = nCol; + } +#endif + } + + /* Locate the index named by the INDEXED BY clause, if any. */ + if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pFrom) ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + } + + /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins. + */ + if( db->mallocFailed || sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ){ + return WRC_Abort; + } + + /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of + ** all columns in all tables. And for every TABLE.* insert the names + ** of all columns in TABLE. The parser inserted a special expression + ** with the TK_ASTERISK operator for each "*" that it found in the column + ** list. The following code just has to locate the TK_ASTERISK + ** expressions and expand each one to the list of all columns in + ** all tables. + ** + ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators + ** that need expanding. + */ + for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){ + pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr; + if( pE->op==TK_ASTERISK ) break; + assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 ); + assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || (pE->pLeft!=0 && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID) ); + if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight->op==TK_ASTERISK ) break; + } + if( k<pEList->nExpr ){ + /* + ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*" + ** operators that need to be expanded. Loop through each expression + ** in the result set and expand them one by one. + */ + struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a; + ExprList *pNew = 0; + int flags = pParse->db->flags; + int longNames = (flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0 + && (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0; + + for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){ + pE = a[k].pExpr; + pRight = pE->pRight; + assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pRight!=0 ); + if( pE->op!=TK_ASTERISK + && (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pRight->op!=TK_ASTERISK) + ){ + /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded. + */ + pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, a[k].pExpr); + if( pNew ){ + pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName; + pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zSpan = a[k].zSpan; + a[k].zName = 0; + a[k].zSpan = 0; + } + a[k].pExpr = 0; + }else{ + /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be + ** expanded. */ + int tableSeen = 0; /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */ + char *zTName = 0; /* text of name of TABLE */ + if( pE->op==TK_DOT ){ + assert( pE->pLeft!=0 ); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE->pLeft, EP_IntValue) ); + zTName = pE->pLeft->u.zToken; + } + for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){ + Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; + Select *pSub = pFrom->pSelect; + char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias; + const char *zSchemaName = 0; + int iDb; + if( zTabName==0 ){ + zTabName = pTab->zName; + } + if( db->mallocFailed ) break; + if( pSub==0 || (pSub->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)==0 ){ + pSub = 0; + if( zTName && sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0 ){ + continue; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + zSchemaName = iDb>=0 ? db->aDb[iDb].zName : "*"; + } + for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){ + char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName; + char *zColname; /* The computed column name */ + char *zToFree; /* Malloced string that needs to be freed */ + Token sColname; /* Computed column name as a token */ + + assert( zName ); + if( zTName && pSub + && sqlite3MatchSpanName(pSub->pEList->a[j].zSpan, 0, zTName, 0)==0 + ){ + continue; + } + + /* If a column is marked as 'hidden', omit it from the expanded + ** result-set list unless the SELECT has the SF_IncludeHidden + ** bit set. + */ + if( (p->selFlags & SF_IncludeHidden)==0 + && IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) + ){ + continue; + } + tableSeen = 1; + + if( i>0 && zTName==0 ){ + if( (pFrom->fg.jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0 + && tableAndColumnIndex(pTabList, i, zName, 0, 0) + ){ + /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the + ** table to the right of the join */ + continue; + } + if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pFrom->pUsing, zName)>=0 ){ + /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the + ** using clause from the table on the right. */ + continue; + } + } + pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zName); + zColname = zName; + zToFree = 0; + if( longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1 ){ + Expr *pLeft; + pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zTabName); + pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0); + if( zSchemaName ){ + pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zSchemaName); + pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pExpr, 0); + } + if( longNames ){ + zColname = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTabName, zName); + zToFree = zColname; + } + }else{ + pExpr = pRight; + } + pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr); + sqlite3TokenInit(&sColname, zColname); + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pNew, &sColname, 0); + if( pNew && (p->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)!=0 ){ + struct ExprList_item *pX = &pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1]; + if( pSub ){ + pX->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pSub->pEList->a[j].zSpan); + testcase( pX->zSpan==0 ); + }else{ + pX->zSpan = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s.%s", + zSchemaName, zTabName, zColname); + testcase( pX->zSpan==0 ); + } + pX->bSpanIsTab = 1; + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, zToFree); + } + } + if( !tableSeen ){ + if( zTName ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified"); + } + } + } + } + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); + p->pEList = pNew; + } +#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN + if( p->pEList && p->pEList->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set"); + return WRC_Abort; + } +#endif + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker. +** +** When this routine is the Walker.xExprCallback then expression trees +** are walked without any actions being taken at each node. Presumably, +** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then +** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every +** subquery in the parser tree. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Expr *NotUsed2){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); + return WRC_Continue; +} + +/* +** This routine "expands" a SELECT statement and all of its subqueries. +** For additional information on what it means to "expand" a SELECT +** statement, see the comment on the selectExpand worker callback above. +** +** Expanding a SELECT statement is the first step in processing a +** SELECT statement. The SELECT statement must be expanded before +** name resolution is performed. +** +** If anything goes wrong, an error message is written into pParse. +** The calling function can detect the problem by looking at pParse->nErr +** and/or pParse->db->mallocFailed. +*/ +static void sqlite3SelectExpand(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ + Walker w; + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.xExprCallback = sqlite3ExprWalkNoop; + w.pParse = pParse; + if( pParse->hasCompound ){ + w.xSelectCallback = convertCompoundSelectToSubquery; + sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); + } + w.xSelectCallback = selectExpander; + if( (pSelect->selFlags & SF_MultiValue)==0 ){ + w.xSelectCallback2 = selectPopWith; + } + sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); +} + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY +/* +** This is a Walker.xSelectCallback callback for the sqlite3SelectTypeInfo() +** interface. +** +** For each FROM-clause subquery, add Column.zType and Column.zColl +** information to the Table structure that represents the result set +** of that subquery. +** +** The Table structure that represents the result set was constructed +** by selectExpander() but the type and collation information was omitted +** at that point because identifiers had not yet been resolved. This +** routine is called after identifier resolution. +*/ +static void selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ + Parse *pParse; + int i; + SrcList *pTabList; + struct SrcList_item *pFrom; + + assert( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ); + assert( (p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo)==0 ); + p->selFlags |= SF_HasTypeInfo; + pParse = pWalker->pParse; + pTabList = p->pSrc; + for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){ + Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; + assert( pTab!=0 ); + if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 ){ + /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */ + Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect; + if( pSel ){ + while( pSel->pPrior ) pSel = pSel->pPrior; + sqlite3SelectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab, pSel); + } + } + } +} +#endif + + +/* +** This routine adds datatype and collating sequence information to +** the Table structures of all FROM-clause subqueries in a +** SELECT statement. +** +** Use this routine after name resolution. +*/ +static void sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + Walker w; + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); + w.xSelectCallback2 = selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo; + w.xExprCallback = sqlite3ExprWalkNoop; + w.pParse = pParse; + sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); +#endif +} + + +/* +** This routine sets up a SELECT statement for processing. The +** following is accomplished: +** +** * VDBE Cursor numbers are assigned to all FROM-clause terms. +** * Ephemeral Table objects are created for all FROM-clause subqueries. +** * ON and USING clauses are shifted into WHERE statements +** * Wildcards "*" and "TABLE.*" in result sets are expanded. +** * Identifiers in expression are matched to tables. +** +** This routine acts recursively on all subqueries within the SELECT. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ + NameContext *pOuterNC /* Name context for container */ +){ + sqlite3 *db; + if( NEVER(p==0) ) return; + db = pParse->db; + if( db->mallocFailed ) return; + if( p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo ) return; + sqlite3SelectExpand(pParse, p); + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; + sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, p, pOuterNC); + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; + sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(pParse, p); +} + +/* +** Reset the aggregate accumulator. +** +** The aggregate accumulator is a set of memory cells that hold +** intermediate results while calculating an aggregate. This +** routine generates code that stores NULLs in all of those memory +** cells. +*/ +static void resetAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + struct AggInfo_func *pFunc; + int nReg = pAggInfo->nFunc + pAggInfo->nColumn; + if( nReg==0 ) return; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* Verify that all AggInfo registers are within the range specified by + ** AggInfo.mnReg..AggInfo.mxReg */ + assert( nReg==pAggInfo->mxReg-pAggInfo->mnReg+1 ); + for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nColumn; i++){ + assert( pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem>=pAggInfo->mnReg + && pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem<=pAggInfo->mxReg ); + } + for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++){ + assert( pAggInfo->aFunc[i].iMem>=pAggInfo->mnReg + && pAggInfo->aFunc[i].iMem<=pAggInfo->mxReg ); + } +#endif + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, pAggInfo->mnReg, pAggInfo->mxReg); + for(pFunc=pAggInfo->aFunc, i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pFunc++){ + if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){ + Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_xIsSelect) ); + if( pE->x.pList==0 || pE->x.pList->nExpr!=1 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT aggregates must have exactly one " + "argument"); + pFunc->iDistinct = -1; + }else{ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pE->x.pList, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pFunc->iDistinct, 0, 0, + (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + } + } + } +} + +/* +** Invoke the OP_AggFinalize opcode for every aggregate function +** in the AggInfo structure. +*/ +static void finalizeAggFunctions(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + struct AggInfo_func *pF; + for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pF++){ + ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0, 0, + (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); + } +} + +/* +** Update the accumulator memory cells for an aggregate based on +** the current cursor position. +*/ +static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + int regHit = 0; + int addrHitTest = 0; + struct AggInfo_func *pF; + struct AggInfo_col *pC; + + pAggInfo->directMode = 1; + for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pF++){ + int nArg; + int addrNext = 0; + int regAgg; + ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + if( pList ){ + nArg = pList->nExpr; + regAgg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nArg); + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList, regAgg, 0, SQLITE_ECEL_DUP); + }else{ + nArg = 0; + regAgg = 0; + } + if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){ + addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + testcase( nArg==0 ); /* Error condition */ + testcase( nArg>1 ); /* Also an error */ + codeDistinct(pParse, pF->iDistinct, addrNext, 1, regAgg); + } + if( pF->pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ + CollSeq *pColl = 0; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + int j; + assert( pList!=0 ); /* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc has NEEDCOLL */ + for(j=0, pItem=pList->a; !pColl && j<nArg; j++, pItem++){ + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pItem->pExpr); + } + if( !pColl ){ + pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; + } + if( regHit==0 && pAggInfo->nAccumulator ) regHit = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, regHit, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggStep0, 0, regAgg, pF->iMem, + (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nArg); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regAgg, nArg); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regAgg, nArg); + if( addrNext ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrNext); + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + } + } + + /* Before populating the accumulator registers, clear the column cache. + ** Otherwise, if any of the required column values are already present + ** in registers, sqlite3ExprCode() may use OP_SCopy to copy the value + ** to pC->iMem. But by the time the value is used, the original register + ** may have been used, invalidating the underlying buffer holding the + ** text or blob value. See ticket [883034dcb5]. + ** + ** Another solution would be to change the OP_SCopy used to copy cached + ** values to an OP_Copy. + */ + if( regHit ){ + addrHitTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regHit); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; i<pAggInfo->nAccumulator; i++, pC++){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr, pC->iMem); + } + pAggInfo->directMode = 0; + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + if( addrHitTest ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrHitTest); + } +} + +/* +** Add a single OP_Explain instruction to the VDBE to explain a simple +** count(*) query ("SELECT count(*) FROM pTab"). +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN +static void explainSimpleCount( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table being queried */ + Index *pIdx /* Index used to optimize scan, or NULL */ +){ + if( pParse->explain==2 ){ + int bCover = (pIdx!=0 && (HasRowid(pTab) || !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx))); + char *zEqp = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "SCAN TABLE %s%s%s", + pTab->zName, + bCover ? " USING COVERING INDEX " : "", + bCover ? pIdx->zName : "" + ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4( + pParse->pVdbe, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zEqp, P4_DYNAMIC + ); + } +} +#else +# define explainSimpleCount(a,b,c) +#endif + +/* +** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument. +** +** The results are returned according to the SelectDest structure. +** See comments in sqliteInt.h for further information. +** +** This routine returns the number of errors. If any errors are +** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in +** pParse->zErrMsg. +** +** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in. The +** calling function needs to do that. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ + SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with the query results */ +){ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Return from sqlite3WhereBegin() */ + Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine under construction */ + int isAgg; /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */ + ExprList *pEList = 0; /* List of columns to extract. */ + SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables to select from */ + Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause. May be NULL */ + ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause. May be NULL */ + Expr *pHaving; /* The HAVING clause. May be NULL */ + int rc = 1; /* Value to return from this function */ + DistinctCtx sDistinct; /* Info on how to code the DISTINCT keyword */ + SortCtx sSort; /* Info on how to code the ORDER BY clause */ + AggInfo sAggInfo; /* Information used by aggregate queries */ + int iEnd; /* Address of the end of the query */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + int iRestoreSelectId = pParse->iSelectId; + pParse->iSelectId = pParse->iNextSelectId++; +#endif + + db = pParse->db; + if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1; + memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo)); +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED + pParse->nSelectIndent++; + SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p, ("begin processing:\n")); + if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){ + sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); + } +#endif + + assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistFifo ); + assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Fifo ); + assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistQueue ); + assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Queue ); + if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){ + assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union || + pDest->eDest==SRT_Except || pDest->eDest==SRT_Discard || + pDest->eDest==SRT_Queue || pDest->eDest==SRT_DistFifo || + pDest->eDest==SRT_DistQueue || pDest->eDest==SRT_Fifo); + /* If ORDER BY makes no difference in the output then neither does + ** DISTINCT so it can be removed too. */ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); + p->pOrderBy = 0; + p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct; + } + sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, 0); + memset(&sSort, 0, sizeof(sSort)); + sSort.pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + pTabList = p->pSrc; + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ + goto select_end; + } + assert( p->pEList!=0 ); + isAgg = (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0; +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED + if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){ + SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p, ("after name resolution:\n")); + sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); + } +#endif + + + /* If writing to memory or generating a set + ** only a single column may be output. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, pDest, p->pEList->nExpr) ){ + goto select_end; + } +#endif + + /* Try to flatten subqueries in the FROM clause up into the main query + */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) + for(i=0; !p->pPrior && i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i]; + Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect; + int isAggSub; + Table *pTab = pItem->pTab; + if( pSub==0 ) continue; + + /* Catch mismatch in the declared columns of a view and the number of + ** columns in the SELECT on the RHS */ + if( pTab->nCol!=pSub->pEList->nExpr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "expected %d columns for '%s' but got %d", + pTab->nCol, pTab->zName, pSub->pEList->nExpr); + goto select_end; + } + + isAggSub = (pSub->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0; + if( flattenSubquery(pParse, p, i, isAgg, isAggSub) ){ + /* This subquery can be absorbed into its parent. */ + if( isAggSub ){ + isAgg = 1; + p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate; + } + i = -1; + } + pTabList = p->pSrc; + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end; + if( !IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){ + sSort.pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + } + } +#endif + + /* Get a pointer the VDBE under construction, allocating a new VDBE if one + ** does not already exist */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) goto select_end; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT + /* Handle compound SELECT statements using the separate multiSelect() + ** procedure. + */ + if( p->pPrior ){ + rc = multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest); + explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId); +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED + SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("end compound-select processing\n")); + pParse->nSelectIndent--; +#endif + return rc; + } +#endif + + /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause + */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) + for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i]; + SelectDest dest; + Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect; + if( pSub==0 ) continue; + + /* Sometimes the code for a subquery will be generated more than + ** once, if the subquery is part of the WHERE clause in a LEFT JOIN, + ** for example. In that case, do not regenerate the code to manifest + ** a view or the co-routine to implement a view. The first instance + ** is sufficient, though the subroutine to manifest the view does need + ** to be invoked again. */ + if( pItem->addrFillSub ){ + if( pItem->fg.viaCoroutine==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pItem->regReturn, pItem->addrFillSub); + } + continue; + } + + /* Increment Parse.nHeight by the height of the largest expression + ** tree referred to by this, the parent select. The child select + ** may contain expression trees of at most + ** (SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH-Parse.nHeight) height. This is a bit + ** more conservative than necessary, but much easier than enforcing + ** an exact limit. + */ + pParse->nHeight += sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p); + + /* Make copies of constant WHERE-clause terms in the outer query down + ** inside the subquery. This can help the subquery to run more efficiently. + */ + if( (pItem->fg.jointype & JT_OUTER)==0 + && pushDownWhereTerms(db, pSub, p->pWhere, pItem->iCursor) + ){ +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED + if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){ + SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p,("After WHERE-clause push-down:\n")); + sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); + } +#endif + } + + /* Generate code to implement the subquery + ** + ** The subquery is implemented as a co-routine if all of these are true: + ** (1) The subquery is guaranteed to be the outer loop (so that it + ** does not need to be computed more than once) + ** (2) The ALL keyword after SELECT is omitted. (Applications are + ** allowed to say "SELECT ALL" instead of just "SELECT" to disable + ** the use of co-routines.) + ** (3) Co-routines are not disabled using sqlite3_test_control() + ** with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS. + ** + ** TODO: Are there other reasons beside (1) to use a co-routine + ** implementation? + */ + if( i==0 + && (pTabList->nSrc==1 + || (pTabList->a[1].fg.jointype&(JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0) /* (1) */ + && (p->selFlags & SF_All)==0 /* (2) */ + && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_SubqCoroutine) /* (3) */ + ){ + /* Implement a co-routine that will return a single row of the result + ** set on each invocation. + */ + int addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1; + pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, pItem->regReturn, 0, addrTop); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pItem->pTab->zName)); + pItem->addrFillSub = addrTop; + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, pItem->regReturn); + explainSetInteger(pItem->iSelectId, (u8)pParse->iNextSelectId); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest); + pItem->pTab->nRowLogEst = pSub->nSelectRow; + pItem->fg.viaCoroutine = 1; + pItem->regResult = dest.iSdst; + sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(v, pItem->regReturn); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop-1); + sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse); + }else{ + /* Generate a subroutine that will fill an ephemeral table with + ** the content of this subquery. pItem->addrFillSub will point + ** to the address of the generated subroutine. pItem->regReturn + ** is a register allocated to hold the subroutine return address + */ + int topAddr; + int onceAddr = 0; + int retAddr; + assert( pItem->addrFillSub==0 ); + pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; + topAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pItem->regReturn); + pItem->addrFillSub = topAddr+1; + if( pItem->fg.isCorrelated==0 ){ + /* If the subquery is not correlated and if we are not inside of + ** a trigger, then we only need to compute the value of the subquery + ** once. */ + onceAddr = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "materialize \"%s\"", pItem->pTab->zName)); + }else{ + VdbeNoopComment((v, "materialize \"%s\"", pItem->pTab->zName)); + } + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, pItem->iCursor); + explainSetInteger(pItem->iSelectId, (u8)pParse->iNextSelectId); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest); + pItem->pTab->nRowLogEst = pSub->nSelectRow; + if( onceAddr ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, onceAddr); + retAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, pItem->regReturn); + VdbeComment((v, "end %s", pItem->pTab->zName)); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, topAddr, retAddr); + sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse); + } + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end; + pParse->nHeight -= sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p); + } +#endif + + /* Various elements of the SELECT copied into local variables for + ** convenience */ + pEList = p->pEList; + pWhere = p->pWhere; + pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; + pHaving = p->pHaving; + sDistinct.isTnct = (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0; + +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED + if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x400 ){ + SELECTTRACE(0x400,pParse,p,("After all FROM-clause analysis:\n")); + sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); + } +#endif + + /* If the query is DISTINCT with an ORDER BY but is not an aggregate, and + ** if the select-list is the same as the ORDER BY list, then this query + ** can be rewritten as a GROUP BY. In other words, this: + ** + ** SELECT DISTINCT xyz FROM ... ORDER BY xyz + ** + ** is transformed to: + ** + ** SELECT xyz FROM ... GROUP BY xyz ORDER BY xyz + ** + ** The second form is preferred as a single index (or temp-table) may be + ** used for both the ORDER BY and DISTINCT processing. As originally + ** written the query must use a temp-table for at least one of the ORDER + ** BY and DISTINCT, and an index or separate temp-table for the other. + */ + if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct + && sqlite3ExprListCompare(sSort.pOrderBy, pEList, -1)==0 + ){ + p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct; + pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, 0); + /* Notice that even thought SF_Distinct has been cleared from p->selFlags, + ** the sDistinct.isTnct is still set. Hence, isTnct represents the + ** original setting of the SF_Distinct flag, not the current setting */ + assert( sDistinct.isTnct ); + +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED + if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x400 ){ + SELECTTRACE(0x400,pParse,p,("Transform DISTINCT into GROUP BY:\n")); + sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); + } +#endif + } + + /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then create an ephemeral index to + ** do the sorting. But this sorting ephemeral index might end up + ** being unused if the data can be extracted in pre-sorted order. + ** If that is the case, then the OP_OpenEphemeral instruction will be + ** changed to an OP_Noop once we figure out that the sorting index is + ** not needed. The sSort.addrSortIndex variable is used to facilitate + ** that change. + */ + if( sSort.pOrderBy ){ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; + pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, sSort.pOrderBy, 0, pEList->nExpr); + sSort.iECursor = pParse->nTab++; + sSort.addrSortIndex = + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, + sSort.iECursor, sSort.pOrderBy->nExpr+1+pEList->nExpr, 0, + (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO + ); + }else{ + sSort.addrSortIndex = -1; + } + + /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table. + */ + if( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pDest->iSDParm, pEList->nExpr); + } + + /* Set the limiter. + */ + iEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + p->nSelectRow = 320; /* 4 billion rows */ + computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd); + if( p->iLimit==0 && sSort.addrSortIndex>=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(v, sSort.addrSortIndex, OP_SorterOpen); + sSort.sortFlags |= SORTFLAG_UseSorter; + } + + /* Open an ephemeral index to use for the distinct set. + */ + if( p->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){ + sDistinct.tabTnct = pParse->nTab++; + sDistinct.addrTnct = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, + sDistinct.tabTnct, 0, 0, + (char*)keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList,0,0), + P4_KEYINFO); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED); + sDistinct.eTnctType = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED; + }else{ + sDistinct.eTnctType = WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP; + } + + if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){ + /* No aggregate functions and no GROUP BY clause */ + u16 wctrlFlags = (sDistinct.isTnct ? WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT : 0); + assert( WHERE_USE_LIMIT==SF_FixedLimit ); + wctrlFlags |= p->selFlags & SF_FixedLimit; + + /* Begin the database scan. */ + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, sSort.pOrderBy, + p->pEList, wctrlFlags, p->nSelectRow); + if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; + if( sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(pWInfo) < p->nSelectRow ){ + p->nSelectRow = sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(pWInfo); + } + if( sDistinct.isTnct && sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(pWInfo) ){ + sDistinct.eTnctType = sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(pWInfo); + } + if( sSort.pOrderBy ){ + sSort.nOBSat = sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo); + if( sSort.nOBSat==sSort.pOrderBy->nExpr ){ + sSort.pOrderBy = 0; + } + } + + /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral + ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral + ** into an OP_Noop. + */ + if( sSort.addrSortIndex>=0 && sSort.pOrderBy==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, sSort.addrSortIndex); + } + + /* Use the standard inner loop. */ + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, -1, &sSort, &sDistinct, pDest, + sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(pWInfo), + sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(pWInfo)); + + /* End the database scan loop. + */ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + }else{ + /* This case when there exist aggregate functions or a GROUP BY clause + ** or both */ + NameContext sNC; /* Name context for processing aggregate information */ + int iAMem; /* First Mem address for storing current GROUP BY */ + int iBMem; /* First Mem address for previous GROUP BY */ + int iUseFlag; /* Mem address holding flag indicating that at least + ** one row of the input to the aggregator has been + ** processed */ + int iAbortFlag; /* Mem address which causes query abort if positive */ + int groupBySort; /* Rows come from source in GROUP BY order */ + int addrEnd; /* End of processing for this SELECT */ + int sortPTab = 0; /* Pseudotable used to decode sorting results */ + int sortOut = 0; /* Output register from the sorter */ + int orderByGrp = 0; /* True if the GROUP BY and ORDER BY are the same */ + + /* Remove any and all aliases between the result set and the + ** GROUP BY clause. + */ + if( pGroupBy ){ + int k; /* Loop counter */ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; /* For looping over expression in a list */ + + for(k=p->pEList->nExpr, pItem=p->pEList->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){ + pItem->u.x.iAlias = 0; + } + for(k=pGroupBy->nExpr, pItem=pGroupBy->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){ + pItem->u.x.iAlias = 0; + } + assert( 66==sqlite3LogEst(100) ); + if( p->nSelectRow>66 ) p->nSelectRow = 66; + }else{ + assert( 0==sqlite3LogEst(1) ); + p->nSelectRow = 0; + } + + /* If there is both a GROUP BY and an ORDER BY clause and they are + ** identical, then it may be possible to disable the ORDER BY clause + ** on the grounds that the GROUP BY will cause elements to come out + ** in the correct order. It also may not - the GROUP BY might use a + ** database index that causes rows to be grouped together as required + ** but not actually sorted. Either way, record the fact that the + ** ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses are the same by setting the orderByGrp + ** variable. */ + if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pGroupBy, sSort.pOrderBy, -1)==0 ){ + orderByGrp = 1; + } + + /* Create a label to jump to when we want to abort the query */ + addrEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + + /* Convert TK_COLUMN nodes into TK_AGG_COLUMN and make entries in + ** sAggInfo for all TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in expressions of the + ** SELECT statement. + */ + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; + sNC.pAggInfo = &sAggInfo; + sAggInfo.mnReg = pParse->nMem+1; + sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr : 0; + sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy; + sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList); + sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, sSort.pOrderBy); + if( pHaving ){ + sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving); + } + sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn; + for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nFunc; i++){ + assert( !ExprHasProperty(sAggInfo.aFunc[i].pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); + sNC.ncFlags |= NC_InAggFunc; + sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, sAggInfo.aFunc[i].pExpr->x.pList); + sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_InAggFunc; + } + sAggInfo.mxReg = pParse->nMem; + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end; + + /* Processing for aggregates with GROUP BY is very different and + ** much more complex than aggregates without a GROUP BY. + */ + if( pGroupBy ){ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Keying information for the group by clause */ + int addr1; /* A-vs-B comparision jump */ + int addrOutputRow; /* Start of subroutine that outputs a result row */ + int regOutputRow; /* Return address register for output subroutine */ + int addrSetAbort; /* Set the abort flag and return */ + int addrTopOfLoop; /* Top of the input loop */ + int addrSortingIdx; /* The OP_OpenEphemeral for the sorting index */ + int addrReset; /* Subroutine for resetting the accumulator */ + int regReset; /* Return address register for reset subroutine */ + + /* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to + ** implement it. Allocate that sorting index now. If it turns out + ** that we do not need it after all, the OP_SorterOpen instruction + ** will be converted into a Noop. + */ + sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++; + pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, 0, sAggInfo.nColumn); + addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, + sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sAggInfo.nSortingColumn, + 0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + + /* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing + */ + iUseFlag = ++pParse->nMem; + iAbortFlag = ++pParse->nMem; + regOutputRow = ++pParse->nMem; + addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + regReset = ++pParse->nMem; + addrReset = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + iAMem = pParse->nMem + 1; + pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; + iBMem = pParse->nMem + 1; + pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iAbortFlag); + VdbeComment((v, "clear abort flag")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iUseFlag); + VdbeComment((v, "indicate accumulator empty")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, iAMem, iAMem+pGroupBy->nExpr-1); + + /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order. + ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or + ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information + ** in the right order to begin with. + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset); + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pGroupBy, 0, + WHERE_GROUPBY | (orderByGrp ? WHERE_SORTBYGROUP : 0), 0 + ); + if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; + if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)==pGroupBy->nExpr ){ + /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so + ** we do not have to sort. The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be + ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo + */ + groupBySort = 0; + }else{ + /* Rows are coming out in undetermined order. We have to push + ** each row into a sorting index, terminate the first loop, + ** then loop over the sorting index in order to get the output + ** in sorted order + */ + int regBase; + int regRecord; + int nCol; + int nGroupBy; + + explainTempTable(pParse, + (sDistinct.isTnct && (p->selFlags&SF_Distinct)==0) ? + "DISTINCT" : "GROUP BY"); + + groupBySort = 1; + nGroupBy = pGroupBy->nExpr; + nCol = nGroupBy; + j = nGroupBy; + for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nColumn; i++){ + if( sAggInfo.aCol[i].iSorterColumn>=j ){ + nCol++; + j++; + } + } + regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, regBase, 0, 0); + j = nGroupBy; + for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nColumn; i++){ + struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &sAggInfo.aCol[i]; + if( pCol->iSorterColumn>=j ){ + int r1 = j + regBase; + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnToReg(pParse, + pCol->pTab, pCol->iColumn, pCol->iTable, r1); + j++; + } + } + regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regRecord); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, regRecord); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol); + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + sAggInfo.sortingIdxPTab = sortPTab = pParse->nTab++; + sortOut = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, sortPTab, sortOut, nCol); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd); + VdbeComment((v, "GROUP BY sort")); VdbeCoverage(v); + sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1; + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + + } + + /* If the index or temporary table used by the GROUP BY sort + ** will naturally deliver rows in the order required by the ORDER BY + ** clause, cancel the ephemeral table open coded earlier. + ** + ** This is an optimization - the correct answer should result regardless. + ** Use the SQLITE_GroupByOrder flag with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZER to + ** disable this optimization for testing purposes. */ + if( orderByGrp && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_GroupByOrder) + && (groupBySort || sqlite3WhereIsSorted(pWInfo)) + ){ + sSort.pOrderBy = 0; + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, sSort.addrSortIndex); + } + + /* Evaluate the current GROUP BY terms and store in b0, b1, b2... + ** (b0 is memory location iBMem+0, b1 is iBMem+1, and so forth) + ** Then compare the current GROUP BY terms against the GROUP BY terms + ** from the previous row currently stored in a0, a1, a2... + */ + addrTopOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + if( groupBySort ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterData, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, + sortOut, sortPTab); + } + for(j=0; j<pGroupBy->nExpr; j++){ + if( groupBySort ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, sortPTab, j, iBMem+j); + }else{ + sAggInfo.directMode = 1; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr, iBMem+j); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, iAMem, iBMem, pGroupBy->nExpr, + (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo), P4_KEYINFO); + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addr1+1, 0, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Generate code that runs whenever the GROUP BY changes. + ** Changes in the GROUP BY are detected by the previous code + ** block. If there were no changes, this block is skipped. + ** + ** This code copies current group by terms in b0,b1,b2,... + ** over to a0,a1,a2. It then calls the output subroutine + ** and resets the aggregate accumulator registers in preparation + ** for the next GROUP BY batch. + */ + sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, iBMem, iAMem, pGroupBy->nExpr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow); + VdbeComment((v, "output one row")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iAbortFlag, addrEnd); VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "check abort flag")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset); + VdbeComment((v, "reset accumulator")); + + /* Update the aggregate accumulators based on the content of + ** the current row + */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iUseFlag); + VdbeComment((v, "indicate data in accumulator")); + + /* End of the loop + */ + if( groupBySort ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortingIdx); + } + + /* Output the final row of result + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow); + VdbeComment((v, "output final row")); + + /* Jump over the subroutines + */ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrEnd); + + /* Generate a subroutine that outputs a single row of the result + ** set. This subroutine first looks at the iUseFlag. If iUseFlag + ** is less than or equal to zero, the subroutine is a no-op. If + ** the processing calls for the query to abort, this subroutine + ** increments the iAbortFlag memory location before returning in + ** order to signal the caller to abort. + */ + addrSetAbort = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iAbortFlag); + VdbeComment((v, "set abort flag")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOutputRow); + addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iUseFlag, addrOutputRow+2); + VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "Groupby result generator entry point")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); + finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, -1, &sSort, + &sDistinct, pDest, + addrOutputRow+1, addrSetAbort); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); + VdbeComment((v, "end groupby result generator")); + + /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrReset); + resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReset); + + } /* endif pGroupBy. Begin aggregate queries without GROUP BY: */ + else { + ExprList *pDel = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT + Table *pTab; + if( (pTab = isSimpleCount(p, &sAggInfo))!=0 ){ + /* If isSimpleCount() returns a pointer to a Table structure, then + ** the SQL statement is of the form: + ** + ** SELECT count(*) FROM <tbl> + ** + ** where the Table structure returned represents table <tbl>. + ** + ** This statement is so common that it is optimized specially. The + ** OP_Count instruction is executed either on the intkey table that + ** contains the data for table <tbl> or on one of its indexes. It + ** is better to execute the op on an index, as indexes are almost + ** always spread across less pages than their corresponding tables. + */ + const int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + const int iCsr = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor to scan b-tree */ + Index *pIdx; /* Iterator variable */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0; /* Keyinfo for scanned index */ + Index *pBest = 0; /* Best index found so far */ + int iRoot = pTab->tnum; /* Root page of scanned b-tree */ + + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); + + /* Search for the index that has the lowest scan cost. + ** + ** (2011-04-15) Do not do a full scan of an unordered index. + ** + ** (2013-10-03) Do not count the entries in a partial index. + ** + ** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only + ** passed to keep OP_OpenRead happy. + */ + if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) pBest = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( pIdx->bUnordered==0 + && pIdx->szIdxRow<pTab->szTabRow + && pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 + && (!pBest || pIdx->szIdxRow<pBest->szIdxRow) + ){ + pBest = pIdx; + } + } + if( pBest ){ + iRoot = pBest->tnum; + pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pBest); + } + + /* Open a read-only cursor, execute the OP_Count, close the cursor. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenRead, iCsr, iRoot, iDb, 1); + if( pKeyInfo ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iCsr, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].iMem); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr); + explainSimpleCount(pParse, pTab, pBest); + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */ + { + /* Check if the query is of one of the following forms: + ** + ** SELECT min(x) FROM ... + ** SELECT max(x) FROM ... + ** + ** If it is, then ask the code in where.c to attempt to sort results + ** as if there was an "ORDER ON x" or "ORDER ON x DESC" clause. + ** If where.c is able to produce results sorted in this order, then + ** add vdbe code to break out of the processing loop after the + ** first iteration (since the first iteration of the loop is + ** guaranteed to operate on the row with the minimum or maximum + ** value of x, the only row required). + ** + ** A special flag must be passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() to slightly + ** modify behavior as follows: + ** + ** + If the query is a "SELECT min(x)", then the loop coded by + ** where.c should not iterate over any values with a NULL value + ** for x. + ** + ** + The optimizer code in where.c (the thing that decides which + ** index or indices to use) should place a different priority on + ** satisfying the 'ORDER BY' clause than it does in other cases. + ** Refer to code and comments in where.c for details. + */ + ExprList *pMinMax = 0; + u8 flag = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; + + assert( p->pGroupBy==0 ); + assert( flag==0 ); + if( p->pHaving==0 ){ + flag = minMaxQuery(&sAggInfo, &pMinMax); + } + assert( flag==0 || (pMinMax!=0 && pMinMax->nExpr==1) ); + + if( flag ){ + pMinMax = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pMinMax, 0); + pDel = pMinMax; + assert( db->mallocFailed || pMinMax!=0 ); + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + pMinMax->a[0].sortOrder = flag!=WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN ?1:0; + pMinMax->a[0].pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN; + } + } + + /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause. The + ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row + ** of output. + */ + resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pMinMax,0,flag,0); + if( pWInfo==0 ){ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel); + goto select_end; + } + updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); + assert( pMinMax==0 || pMinMax->nExpr==1 ); + if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)>0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(pWInfo)); + VdbeComment((v, "%s() by index", + (flag==WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN?"min":"max"))); + } + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); + } + + sSort.pOrderBy = 0; + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, -1, 0, 0, + pDest, addrEnd, addrEnd); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel); + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd); + + } /* endif aggregate query */ + + if( sDistinct.eTnctType==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED ){ + explainTempTable(pParse, "DISTINCT"); + } + + /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results + ** and send them to the callback one by one. + */ + if( sSort.pOrderBy ){ + explainTempTable(pParse, + sSort.nOBSat>0 ? "RIGHT PART OF ORDER BY":"ORDER BY"); + generateSortTail(pParse, p, &sSort, pEList->nExpr, pDest); + } + + /* Jump here to skip this query + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEnd); + + /* The SELECT has been coded. If there is an error in the Parse structure, + ** set the return code to 1. Otherwise 0. */ + rc = (pParse->nErr>0); + + /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon + ** successful coding of the SELECT. + */ +select_end: + explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId); + + /* Identify column names if results of the SELECT are to be output. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){ + generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList); + } + + sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aCol); + sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aFunc); +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED + SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("end processing\n")); + pParse->nSelectIndent--; +#endif + return rc; +} + +/************** End of select.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file table.c *******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table() +** interface routines. These are just wrappers around the main +** interface routine of sqlite3_exec(). +** +** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked +** if they are not used. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* #include <stdlib.h> */ +/* #include <string.h> */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE + +/* +** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through +** to the callback function is uses to build the result. +*/ +typedef struct TabResult { + char **azResult; /* Accumulated output */ + char *zErrMsg; /* Error message text, if an error occurs */ + u32 nAlloc; /* Slots allocated for azResult[] */ + u32 nRow; /* Number of rows in the result */ + u32 nColumn; /* Number of columns in the result */ + u32 nData; /* Slots used in azResult[]. (nRow+1)*nColumn */ + int rc; /* Return code from sqlite3_exec() */ +} TabResult; + +/* +** This routine is called once for each row in the result table. Its job +** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new +** memory as necessary. +*/ +static int sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){ + TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg; /* Result accumulator */ + int need; /* Slots needed in p->azResult[] */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + char *z; /* A single column of result */ + + /* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything + ** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback. + */ + if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){ + need = nCol*2; + }else{ + need = nCol; + } + if( p->nData + need > p->nAlloc ){ + char **azNew; + p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need; + azNew = sqlite3_realloc64( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc ); + if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed; + p->azResult = azNew; + } + + /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing + ** the names of all columns. + */ + if( p->nRow==0 ){ + p->nColumn = nCol; + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ + z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", colv[i]); + if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed; + p->azResult[p->nData++] = z; + } + }else if( (int)p->nColumn!=nCol ){ + sqlite3_free(p->zErrMsg); + p->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf( + "sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries" + ); + p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + return 1; + } + + /* Copy over the row data + */ + if( argv!=0 ){ + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ + if( argv[i]==0 ){ + z = 0; + }else{ + int n = sqlite3Strlen30(argv[i])+1; + z = sqlite3_malloc64( n ); + if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed; + memcpy(z, argv[i], n); + } + p->azResult[p->nData++] = z; + } + p->nRow++; + } + return 0; + +malloc_failed: + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + return 1; +} + +/* +** Query the database. But instead of invoking a callback for each row, +** malloc() for space to hold the result and return the entire results +** at the conclusion of the call. +** +** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained +** from malloc(). But the caller cannot free this memory directly. +** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when +** the calling procedure is finished using it. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_get_table( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */ + const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */ + char ***pazResult, /* Write the result table here */ + int *pnRow, /* Write the number of rows in the result here */ + int *pnColumn, /* Write the number of columns of result here */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */ +){ + int rc; + TabResult res; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || pazResult==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + *pazResult = 0; + if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0; + if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0; + if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0; + res.zErrMsg = 0; + res.nRow = 0; + res.nColumn = 0; + res.nData = 1; + res.nAlloc = 20; + res.rc = SQLITE_OK; + res.azResult = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc ); + if( res.azResult==0 ){ + db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + res.azResult[0] = 0; + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3_get_table_cb, &res, pzErrMsg); + assert( sizeof(res.azResult[0])>= sizeof(res.nData) ); + res.azResult[0] = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(res.nData); + if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_ABORT ){ + sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); + if( res.zErrMsg ){ + if( pzErrMsg ){ + sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg); + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",res.zErrMsg); + } + sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg); + } + db->errCode = res.rc; /* Assume 32-bit assignment is atomic */ + return res.rc; + } + sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); + return rc; + } + if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){ + char **azNew; + azNew = sqlite3_realloc64( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*res.nData ); + if( azNew==0 ){ + sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); + db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + res.azResult = azNew; + } + *pazResult = &res.azResult[1]; + if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn; + if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow; + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine frees the space the sqlite3_get_table() malloced. +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_free_table( + char **azResult /* Result returned from sqlite3_get_table() */ +){ + if( azResult ){ + int i, n; + azResult--; + assert( azResult!=0 ); + n = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(azResult[0]); + for(i=1; i<n; i++){ if( azResult[i] ) sqlite3_free(azResult[i]); } + sqlite3_free(azResult); + } +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE */ + +/************** End of table.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file trigger.c *****************************************/ +/* +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the implementation for TRIGGERs +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER +/* +** Delete a linked list of TriggerStep structures. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3 *db, TriggerStep *pTriggerStep){ + while( pTriggerStep ){ + TriggerStep * pTmp = pTriggerStep; + pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext; + + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTmp->pWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTmp->pExprList); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTmp->pSelect); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTmp->pIdList); + + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp); + } +} + +/* +** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to +** the table. The list is connected by Trigger.pNext pointers. +** +** All of the triggers on pTab that are in the same database as pTab +** are already attached to pTab->pTrigger. But there might be additional +** triggers on pTab in the TEMP schema. This routine prepends all +** TEMP triggers on pTab to the beginning of the pTab->pTrigger list +** and returns the combined list. +** +** To state it another way: This routine returns a list of all triggers +** that fire off of pTab. The list will include any TEMP triggers on +** pTab as well as the triggers lised in pTab->pTrigger. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + Schema * const pTmpSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; + Trigger *pList = 0; /* List of triggers to return */ + + if( pParse->disableTriggers ){ + return 0; + } + + if( pTmpSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){ + HashElem *p; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(pParse->db, 0, pTmpSchema) ); + for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pTmpSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ + Trigger *pTrig = (Trigger *)sqliteHashData(p); + if( pTrig->pTabSchema==pTab->pSchema + && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTrig->table, pTab->zName) + ){ + pTrig->pNext = (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger); + pList = pTrig; + } + } + } + + return (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger); +} + +/* +** This is called by the parser when it sees a CREATE TRIGGER statement +** up to the point of the BEGIN before the trigger actions. A Trigger +** structure is generated based on the information available and stored +** in pParse->pNewTrigger. After the trigger actions have been parsed, the +** sqlite3FinishTrigger() function is called to complete the trigger +** construction process. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* The parse context of the CREATE TRIGGER statement */ + Token *pName1, /* The name of the trigger */ + Token *pName2, /* The name of the trigger */ + int tr_tm, /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER, TK_INSTEAD */ + int op, /* One of TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE, TK_DELETE */ + IdList *pColumns, /* column list if this is an UPDATE OF trigger */ + SrcList *pTableName,/* The name of the table/view the trigger applies to */ + Expr *pWhen, /* WHEN clause */ + int isTemp, /* True if the TEMPORARY keyword is present */ + int noErr /* Suppress errors if the trigger already exists */ +){ + Trigger *pTrigger = 0; /* The new trigger */ + Table *pTab; /* Table that the trigger fires off of */ + char *zName = 0; /* Name of the trigger */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + int iDb; /* The database to store the trigger in */ + Token *pName; /* The unqualified db name */ + DbFixer sFix; /* State vector for the DB fixer */ + int iTabDb; /* Index of the database holding pTab */ + + assert( pName1!=0 ); /* pName1->z might be NULL, but not pName1 itself */ + assert( pName2!=0 ); + assert( op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_DELETE ); + assert( op>0 && op<0xff ); + if( isTemp ){ + /* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */ + if( pName2->n>0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary trigger may not have qualified name"); + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + iDb = 1; + pName = pName1; + }else{ + /* Figure out the db that the trigger will be created in */ + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); + if( iDb<0 ){ + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + } + if( !pTableName || db->mallocFailed ){ + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + + /* A long-standing parser bug is that this syntax was allowed: + ** + ** CREATE TRIGGER attached.demo AFTER INSERT ON attached.tab .... + ** ^^^^^^^^ + ** + ** To maintain backwards compatibility, ignore the database + ** name on pTableName if we are reparsing out of SQLITE_MASTER. + */ + if( db->init.busy && iDb!=1 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTableName->a[0].zDatabase); + pTableName->a[0].zDatabase = 0; + } + + /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table, + ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database. + ** If sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not + ** exist, the error is caught by the block below. + */ + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName); + if( db->init.busy==0 && pName2->n==0 && pTab + && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ + iDb = 1; + } + + /* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */ + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto trigger_cleanup; + assert( pTableName->nSrc==1 ); + sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", pName); + if( sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTableName) ){ + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName); + if( !pTab ){ + /* The table does not exist. */ + if( db->init.iDb==1 ){ + /* Ticket #3810. + ** Normally, whenever a table is dropped, all associated triggers are + ** dropped too. But if a TEMP trigger is created on a non-TEMP table + ** and the table is dropped by a different database connection, the + ** trigger is not visible to the database connection that does the + ** drop so the trigger cannot be dropped. This results in an + ** "orphaned trigger" - a trigger whose associated table is missing. + */ + db->init.orphanTrigger = 1; + } + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create triggers on virtual tables"); + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + + /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the + ** specified name exists */ + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); + if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash),zName) ){ + if( !noErr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName); + }else{ + assert( !db->init.busy ); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + } + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + + /* Do not create a trigger on a system table */ + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create trigger on system table"); + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + + /* INSTEAD of triggers are only for views and views only support INSTEAD + ** of triggers. + */ + if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", + (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0); + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF" + " trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0); + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + int code = SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER; + const char *zDb = db->aDb[iTabDb].zName; + const char *zDbTrig = isTemp ? db->aDb[1].zName : zDb; + if( iTabDb==1 || isTemp ) code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, pTab->zName, zDbTrig) ){ + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iTabDb),0,zDb)){ + goto trigger_cleanup; + } + } +#endif + + /* INSTEAD OF triggers can only appear on views and BEFORE triggers + ** cannot appear on views. So we might as well translate every + ** INSTEAD OF trigger into a BEFORE trigger. It simplifies code + ** elsewhere. + */ + if (tr_tm == TK_INSTEAD){ + tr_tm = TK_BEFORE; + } + + /* Build the Trigger object */ + pTrigger = (Trigger*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Trigger)); + if( pTrigger==0 ) goto trigger_cleanup; + pTrigger->zName = zName; + zName = 0; + pTrigger->table = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTableName->a[0].zName); + pTrigger->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema; + pTrigger->op = (u8)op; + pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm==TK_BEFORE ? TRIGGER_BEFORE : TRIGGER_AFTER; + pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pTrigger->pColumns = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pColumns); + assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 ); + pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrigger; + +trigger_cleanup: + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTableName); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumns); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); + if( !pParse->pNewTrigger ){ + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger); + }else{ + assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==pTrigger ); + } +} + +/* +** This routine is called after all of the trigger actions have been parsed +** in order to complete the process of building the trigger. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */ + Token *pAll /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */ +){ + Trigger *pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger; /* Trigger being finished */ + char *zName; /* Name of trigger */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database */ + DbFixer sFix; /* Fixer object */ + int iDb; /* Database containing the trigger */ + Token nameToken; /* Trigger name for error reporting */ + + pParse->pNewTrigger = 0; + if( NEVER(pParse->nErr) || !pTrig ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup; + zName = pTrig->zName; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema); + pTrig->step_list = pStepList; + while( pStepList ){ + pStepList->pTrig = pTrig; + pStepList = pStepList->pNext; + } + sqlite3TokenInit(&nameToken, pTrig->zName); + sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &nameToken); + if( sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) + || sqlite3FixExpr(&sFix, pTrig->pWhen) + ){ + goto triggerfinish_cleanup; + } + + /* if we are not initializing, + ** build the sqlite_master entry + */ + if( !db->init.busy ){ + Vdbe *v; + char *z; + + /* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup; + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n); + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('trigger',%Q,%Q,0,'CREATE TRIGGER %q')", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, + pTrig->table, z); + sqlite3DbFree(db, z); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, + sqlite3MPrintf(db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", zName)); + } + + if( db->init.busy ){ + Trigger *pLink = pTrig; + Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pTrig = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, pTrig); + if( pTrig ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + }else if( pLink->pSchema==pLink->pTabSchema ){ + Table *pTab; + pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pLink->pTabSchema->tblHash, pLink->table); + assert( pTab!=0 ); + pLink->pNext = pTab->pTrigger; + pTab->pTrigger = pLink; + } + } + +triggerfinish_cleanup: + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrig); + assert( !pParse->pNewTrigger ); + sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pStepList); +} + +/* +** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into +** a trigger step. Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure. +** +** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in +** body of a TRIGGER. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3 *db, Select *pSelect){ + TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep)); + if( pTriggerStep==0 ) { + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + return 0; + } + pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT; + pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect; + pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default; + return pTriggerStep; +} + +/* +** Allocate space to hold a new trigger step. The allocated space +** holds both the TriggerStep object and the TriggerStep.target.z string. +** +** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned and db->mallocFailed is set. +*/ +static TriggerStep *triggerStepAllocate( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + u8 op, /* Trigger opcode */ + Token *pName /* The target name */ +){ + TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; + + pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep) + pName->n + 1); + if( pTriggerStep ){ + char *z = (char*)&pTriggerStep[1]; + memcpy(z, pName->z, pName->n); + sqlite3Dequote(z); + pTriggerStep->zTarget = z; + pTriggerStep->op = op; + } + return pTriggerStep; +} + +/* +** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement. Return a pointer +** to the new trigger step. +** +** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the +** body of a trigger. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ + Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table into which we insert */ + IdList *pColumn, /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */ + Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */ + u8 orconf /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */ +){ + TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; + + assert(pSelect != 0 || db->mallocFailed); + + pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_INSERT, pTableName); + if( pTriggerStep ){ + pTriggerStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn; + pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf; + }else{ + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn); + } + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + + return pTriggerStep; +} + +/* +** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return +** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it +** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ + Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table to be updated */ + ExprList *pEList, /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */ + Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */ + u8 orconf /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */ +){ + TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; + + pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_UPDATE, pTableName); + if( pTriggerStep ){ + pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf; + } + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + return pTriggerStep; +} + +/* +** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return +** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it +** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + Token *pTableName, /* The table from which rows are deleted */ + Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause */ +){ + TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; + + pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(db, TK_DELETE, pTableName); + if( pTriggerStep ){ + pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); + pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default; + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + return pTriggerStep; +} + +/* +** Recursively delete a Trigger structure +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){ + if( pTrigger==0 ) return; + sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pTrigger->step_list); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->zName); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->table); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTrigger->pWhen); + sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTrigger->pColumns); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger); +} + +/* +** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. +** +** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies +** the trigger by name. The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the +** same job as this routine except it takes a pointer to the trigger +** instead of the trigger name. +**/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){ + Trigger *pTrigger = 0; + int i; + const char *zDb; + const char *zName; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup; + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + goto drop_trigger_cleanup; + } + + assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); + zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase; + zName = pName->a[0].zName; + assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){ + int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ + if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); + pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName); + if( pTrigger ) break; + } + if( !pTrigger ){ + if( !noErr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0); + }else{ + sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, zDb); + } + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + goto drop_trigger_cleanup; + } + sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger); + +drop_trigger_cleanup: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger +** is set on. +*/ +static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){ + return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table); +} + + +/* +** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){ + Table *pTable; + Vdbe *v; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; + + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrigger->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb ); + pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger); + assert( pTable ); + assert( pTable->pSchema==pTrigger->pSchema || iDb==1 ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + int code = SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER; + const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); + if( iDb==1 ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->zName, pTable->zName, zDb) || + sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){ + return; + } + } +#endif + + /* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger. + */ + assert( pTable!=0 ); + if( (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q AND type='trigger'", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTrigger->zName + ); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, 0, pTrigger->zName, 0); + } +} + +/* +** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){ + Trigger *pTrigger; + Hash *pHash; + + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); + pHash = &(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash); + pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, 0); + if( ALWAYS(pTrigger) ){ + if( pTrigger->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema ){ + Table *pTab = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger); + Trigger **pp; + for(pp=&pTab->pTrigger; *pp!=pTrigger; pp=&((*pp)->pNext)); + *pp = (*pp)->pNext; + } + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger); + db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; + } +} + +/* +** pEList is the SET clause of an UPDATE statement. Each entry +** in pEList is of the format <id>=<expr>. If any of the entries +** in pEList have an <id> which matches an identifier in pIdList, +** then return TRUE. If pIdList==NULL, then it is considered a +** wildcard that matches anything. Likewise if pEList==NULL then +** it matches anything so always return true. Return false only +** if there is no match. +*/ +static int checkColumnOverlap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){ + int e; + if( pIdList==0 || NEVER(pEList==0) ) return 1; + for(e=0; e<pEList->nExpr; e++){ + if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Return a list of all triggers on table pTab if there exists at least +** one trigger that must be fired when an operation of type 'op' is +** performed on the table, and, if that operation is an UPDATE, if at +** least one of the columns in pChanges is being modified. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Table *pTab, /* The table the contains the triggers */ + int op, /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */ + int *pMask /* OUT: Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ +){ + int mask = 0; + Trigger *pList = 0; + Trigger *p; + + if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_EnableTrigger)!=0 ){ + pList = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); + } + assert( pList==0 || IsVirtual(pTab)==0 ); + for(p=pList; p; p=p->pNext){ + if( p->op==op && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) ){ + mask |= p->tr_tm; + } + } + if( pMask ){ + *pMask = mask; + } + return (mask ? pList : 0); +} + +/* +** Convert the pStep->zTarget string into a SrcList and return a pointer +** to that SrcList. +** +** This routine adds a specific database name, if needed, to the target when +** forming the SrcList. This prevents a trigger in one database from +** referring to a target in another database. An exception is when the +** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it +** wants. +*/ +static SrcList *targetSrcList( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger containing the target token */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; /* Index of the database to use */ + SrcList *pSrc; /* SrcList to be returned */ + + pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); + if( pSrc ){ + assert( pSrc->nSrc>0 ); + pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pStep->zTarget); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema); + if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){ + assert( iDb<db->nDb ); + pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName); + } + } + return pSrc; +} + +/* +** Generate VDBE code for the statements inside the body of a single +** trigger. +*/ +static int codeTriggerProgram( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + TriggerStep *pStepList, /* List of statements inside the trigger body */ + int orconf /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */ +){ + TriggerStep *pStep; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + assert( pParse->pTriggerTab && pParse->pToplevel ); + assert( pStepList ); + assert( v!=0 ); + for(pStep=pStepList; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){ + /* Figure out the ON CONFLICT policy that will be used for this step + ** of the trigger program. If the statement that caused this trigger + ** to fire had an explicit ON CONFLICT, then use it. Otherwise, use + ** the ON CONFLICT policy that was specified as part of the trigger + ** step statement. Example: + ** + ** CREATE TRIGGER AFTER INSERT ON t1 BEGIN; + ** INSERT OR REPLACE INTO t2 VALUES(new.a, new.b); + ** END; + ** + ** INSERT INTO t1 ... ; -- insert into t2 uses REPLACE policy + ** INSERT OR IGNORE INTO t1 ... ; -- insert into t2 uses IGNORE policy + */ + pParse->eOrconf = (orconf==OE_Default)?pStep->orconf:(u8)orconf; + assert( pParse->okConstFactor==0 ); + + switch( pStep->op ){ + case TK_UPDATE: { + sqlite3Update(pParse, + targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), + sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), + pParse->eOrconf + ); + break; + } + case TK_INSERT: { + sqlite3Insert(pParse, + targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), + sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0), + sqlite3IdListDup(db, pStep->pIdList), + pParse->eOrconf + ); + break; + } + case TK_DELETE: { + sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, + targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0) + ); + break; + } + default: assert( pStep->op==TK_SELECT ); { + SelectDest sDest; + Select *pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0); + sqlite3SelectDestInit(&sDest, SRT_Discard, 0); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &sDest); + sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); + break; + } + } + if( pStep->op!=TK_SELECT ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_ResetCount); + } + } + + return 0; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS +/* +** This function is used to add VdbeComment() annotations to a VDBE +** program. It is not used in production code, only for debugging. +*/ +static const char *onErrorText(int onError){ + switch( onError ){ + case OE_Abort: return "abort"; + case OE_Rollback: return "rollback"; + case OE_Fail: return "fail"; + case OE_Replace: return "replace"; + case OE_Ignore: return "ignore"; + case OE_Default: return "default"; + } + return "n/a"; +} +#endif + +/* +** Parse context structure pFrom has just been used to create a sub-vdbe +** (trigger program). If an error has occurred, transfer error information +** from pFrom to pTo. +*/ +static void transferParseError(Parse *pTo, Parse *pFrom){ + assert( pFrom->zErrMsg==0 || pFrom->nErr ); + assert( pTo->zErrMsg==0 || pTo->nErr ); + if( pTo->nErr==0 ){ + pTo->zErrMsg = pFrom->zErrMsg; + pTo->nErr = pFrom->nErr; + pTo->rc = pFrom->rc; + }else{ + sqlite3DbFree(pFrom->db, pFrom->zErrMsg); + } +} + +/* +** Create and populate a new TriggerPrg object with a sub-program +** implementing trigger pTrigger with ON CONFLICT policy orconf. +*/ +static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* Current parse context */ + Trigger *pTrigger, /* Trigger to code */ + Table *pTab, /* The table pTrigger is attached to */ + int orconf /* ON CONFLICT policy to code trigger program with */ +){ + Parse *pTop = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + TriggerPrg *pPrg; /* Value to return */ + Expr *pWhen = 0; /* Duplicate of trigger WHEN expression */ + Vdbe *v; /* Temporary VM */ + NameContext sNC; /* Name context for sub-vdbe */ + SubProgram *pProgram = 0; /* Sub-vdbe for trigger program */ + Parse *pSubParse; /* Parse context for sub-vdbe */ + int iEndTrigger = 0; /* Label to jump to if WHEN is false */ + + assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) ); + assert( pTop->pVdbe ); + + /* Allocate the TriggerPrg and SubProgram objects. To ensure that they + ** are freed if an error occurs, link them into the Parse.pTriggerPrg + ** list of the top-level Parse object sooner rather than later. */ + pPrg = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerPrg)); + if( !pPrg ) return 0; + pPrg->pNext = pTop->pTriggerPrg; + pTop->pTriggerPrg = pPrg; + pPrg->pProgram = pProgram = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SubProgram)); + if( !pProgram ) return 0; + sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(pTop->pVdbe, pProgram); + pPrg->pTrigger = pTrigger; + pPrg->orconf = orconf; + pPrg->aColmask[0] = 0xffffffff; + pPrg->aColmask[1] = 0xffffffff; + + /* Allocate and populate a new Parse context to use for coding the + ** trigger sub-program. */ + pSubParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(Parse)); + if( !pSubParse ) return 0; + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pSubParse; + pSubParse->db = db; + pSubParse->pTriggerTab = pTab; + pSubParse->pToplevel = pTop; + pSubParse->zAuthContext = pTrigger->zName; + pSubParse->eTriggerOp = pTrigger->op; + pSubParse->nQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pSubParse); + if( v ){ + VdbeComment((v, "Start: %s.%s (%s %s%s%s ON %s)", + pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf), + (pTrigger->tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER"), + (pTrigger->op==TK_UPDATE ? "UPDATE" : ""), + (pTrigger->op==TK_INSERT ? "INSERT" : ""), + (pTrigger->op==TK_DELETE ? "DELETE" : ""), + pTab->zName + )); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, + sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- TRIGGER %s", pTrigger->zName), P4_DYNAMIC + ); +#endif + + /* If one was specified, code the WHEN clause. If it evaluates to false + ** (or NULL) the sub-vdbe is immediately halted by jumping to the + ** OP_Halt inserted at the end of the program. */ + if( pTrigger->pWhen ){ + pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTrigger->pWhen, 0); + if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhen) + && db->mallocFailed==0 + ){ + iEndTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pSubParse, pWhen, iEndTrigger, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); + } + + /* Code the trigger program into the sub-vdbe. */ + codeTriggerProgram(pSubParse, pTrigger->step_list, orconf); + + /* Insert an OP_Halt at the end of the sub-program. */ + if( iEndTrigger ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEndTrigger); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); + VdbeComment((v, "End: %s.%s", pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf))); + + transferParseError(pParse, pSubParse); + if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ + pProgram->aOp = sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(v, &pProgram->nOp, &pTop->nMaxArg); + } + pProgram->nMem = pSubParse->nMem; + pProgram->nCsr = pSubParse->nTab; + pProgram->nOnce = pSubParse->nOnce; + pProgram->token = (void *)pTrigger; + pPrg->aColmask[0] = pSubParse->oldmask; + pPrg->aColmask[1] = pSubParse->newmask; + sqlite3VdbeDelete(v); + } + + assert( !pSubParse->pAinc && !pSubParse->pZombieTab ); + assert( !pSubParse->pTriggerPrg && !pSubParse->nMaxArg ); + sqlite3ParserReset(pSubParse); + sqlite3StackFree(db, pSubParse); + + return pPrg; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to a TriggerPrg object containing the sub-program for +** trigger pTrigger with default ON CONFLICT algorithm orconf. If no such +** TriggerPrg object exists, a new object is allocated and populated before +** being returned. +*/ +static TriggerPrg *getRowTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* Current parse context */ + Trigger *pTrigger, /* Trigger to code */ + Table *pTab, /* The table trigger pTrigger is attached to */ + int orconf /* ON CONFLICT algorithm. */ +){ + Parse *pRoot = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + TriggerPrg *pPrg; + + assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) ); + + /* It may be that this trigger has already been coded (or is in the + ** process of being coded). If this is the case, then an entry with + ** a matching TriggerPrg.pTrigger field will be present somewhere + ** in the Parse.pTriggerPrg list. Search for such an entry. */ + for(pPrg=pRoot->pTriggerPrg; + pPrg && (pPrg->pTrigger!=pTrigger || pPrg->orconf!=orconf); + pPrg=pPrg->pNext + ); + + /* If an existing TriggerPrg could not be located, create a new one. */ + if( !pPrg ){ + pPrg = codeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, pTab, orconf); + } + + return pPrg; +} + +/* +** Generate code for the trigger program associated with trigger p on +** table pTab. The reg, orconf and ignoreJump parameters passed to this +** function are the same as those described in the header function for +** sqlite3CodeRowTrigger() +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Trigger *p, /* Trigger to code */ + Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ + int reg, /* Reg array containing OLD.* and NEW.* values */ + int orconf, /* ON CONFLICT policy */ + int ignoreJump /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */ +){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Main VM */ + TriggerPrg *pPrg; + pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf); + assert( pPrg || pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + + /* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program + ** is a pointer to the sub-vdbe containing the trigger program. */ + if( pPrg ){ + int bRecursive = (p->zName && 0==(pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers)); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Program, reg, ignoreJump, ++pParse->nMem, + (const char *)pPrg->pProgram, P4_SUBPROGRAM); + VdbeComment( + (v, "Call: %s.%s", (p->zName?p->zName:"fkey"), onErrorText(orconf))); + + /* Set the P5 operand of the OP_Program instruction to non-zero if + ** recursive invocation of this trigger program is disallowed. Recursive + ** invocation is disallowed if (a) the sub-program is really a trigger, + ** not a foreign key action, and (b) the flag to enable recursive triggers + ** is clear. */ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)bRecursive); + } +} + +/* +** This is called to code the required FOR EACH ROW triggers for an operation +** on table pTab. The operation to code triggers for (INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE) +** is given by the op parameter. The tr_tm parameter determines whether the +** BEFORE or AFTER triggers are coded. If the operation is an UPDATE, then +** parameter pChanges is passed the list of columns being modified. +** +** If there are no triggers that fire at the specified time for the specified +** operation on pTab, this function is a no-op. +** +** The reg argument is the address of the first in an array of registers +** that contain the values substituted for the new.* and old.* references +** in the trigger program. If N is the number of columns in table pTab +** (a copy of pTab->nCol), then registers are populated as follows: +** +** Register Contains +** ------------------------------------------------------ +** reg+0 OLD.rowid +** reg+1 OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab +** ... ... +** reg+N OLD.* value of right-most column of pTab +** reg+N+1 NEW.rowid +** reg+N+2 OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab +** ... ... +** reg+N+N+1 NEW.* value of right-most column of pTab +** +** For ON DELETE triggers, the registers containing the NEW.* values will +** never be accessed by the trigger program, so they are not allocated or +** populated by the caller (there is no data to populate them with anyway). +** Similarly, for ON INSERT triggers the values stored in the OLD.* registers +** are never accessed, and so are not allocated by the caller. So, for an +** ON INSERT trigger, the value passed to this function as parameter reg +** is not a readable register, although registers (reg+N) through +** (reg+N+N+1) are. +** +** Parameter orconf is the default conflict resolution algorithm for the +** trigger program to use (REPLACE, IGNORE etc.). Parameter ignoreJump +** is the instruction that control should jump to if a trigger program +** raises an IGNORE exception. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers on table pTab */ + int op, /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */ + int tr_tm, /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */ + Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ + int reg, /* The first in an array of registers (see above) */ + int orconf, /* ON CONFLICT policy */ + int ignoreJump /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */ +){ + Trigger *p; /* Used to iterate through pTrigger list */ + + assert( op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_DELETE ); + assert( tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE || tr_tm==TRIGGER_AFTER ); + assert( (op==TK_UPDATE)==(pChanges!=0) ); + + for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){ + + /* Sanity checking: The schema for the trigger and for the table are + ** always defined. The trigger must be in the same schema as the table + ** or else it must be a TEMP trigger. */ + assert( p->pSchema!=0 ); + assert( p->pTabSchema!=0 ); + assert( p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema + || p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema ); + + /* Determine whether we should code this trigger */ + if( p->op==op + && p->tr_tm==tr_tm + && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) + ){ + sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, p, pTab, reg, orconf, ignoreJump); + } + } +} + +/* +** Triggers may access values stored in the old.* or new.* pseudo-table. +** This function returns a 32-bit bitmask indicating which columns of the +** old.* or new.* tables actually are used by triggers. This information +** may be used by the caller, for example, to avoid having to load the entire +** old.* record into memory when executing an UPDATE or DELETE command. +** +** Bit 0 of the returned mask is set if the left-most column of the +** table may be accessed using an [old|new].<col> reference. Bit 1 is set if +** the second leftmost column value is required, and so on. If there +** are more than 32 columns in the table, and at least one of the columns +** with an index greater than 32 may be accessed, 0xffffffff is returned. +** +** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid or new.rowid column is +** accessed by triggers. The caller must always assume that it is. +** +** Parameter isNew must be either 1 or 0. If it is 0, then the mask returned +** applies to the old.* table. If 1, the new.* table. +** +** Parameter tr_tm must be a mask with one or both of the TRIGGER_BEFORE +** and TRIGGER_AFTER bits set. Values accessed by BEFORE triggers are only +** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_BEFORE bit is set in the +** tr_tm parameter. Similarly, values accessed by AFTER triggers are only +** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_AFTER bit is set in tr_tm. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers on table pTab */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */ + int isNew, /* 1 for new.* ref mask, 0 for old.* ref mask */ + int tr_tm, /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ + Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ + int orconf /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */ +){ + const int op = pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE; + u32 mask = 0; + Trigger *p; + + assert( isNew==1 || isNew==0 ); + for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){ + if( p->op==op && (tr_tm&p->tr_tm) + && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns,pChanges) + ){ + TriggerPrg *pPrg; + pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf); + if( pPrg ){ + mask |= pPrg->aColmask[isNew]; + } + } + } + + return mask; +} + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ + +/************** End of trigger.c *********************************************/ +/************** Begin file update.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser +** to handle UPDATE statements. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* Forward declaration */ +static void updateVirtualTable( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */ + Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */ + Expr *pRowidExpr, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */ + int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */ + Expr *pWhere, /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */ + int onError /* ON CONFLICT strategy */ +); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +/* +** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the +** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the +** OP_Column to the default value, if any. +** +** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the +** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table +** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE +** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk +** may not contain a value for the column and the default value, taken +** from the P4 parameter of the OP_Column instruction, is returned instead. +** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value +** for the column and the P4 value is not required. +** +** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have +** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more +** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated +** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written +** into the sqlite_master table.) +** +** Therefore, the P4 parameter is only required if the default value for +** the column is a literal number, string or null. The sqlite3ValueFromExpr() +** function is capable of transforming these types of expressions into +** sqlite3_value objects. +** +** If parameter iReg is not negative, code an OP_RealAffinity instruction +** on register iReg. This is used when an equivalent integer value is +** stored in place of an 8-byte floating point value in order to save +** space. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i, int iReg){ + assert( pTab!=0 ); + if( !pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3_value *pValue = 0; + u8 enc = ENC(sqlite3VdbeDb(v)); + Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i]; + VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName)); + assert( i<pTab->nCol ); + sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc, + pCol->affinity, &pValue); + if( pValue ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pValue, P4_MEM); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + if( pTab->aCol[i].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, iReg); + } +#endif + } +} + +/* +** Process an UPDATE statement. +** +** UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL; +** \_______/ \________/ \______/ \________________/ +* onError pTabList pChanges pWhere +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* The table in which we should change things */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* Things to be changed */ + Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ + int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */ +){ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + Table *pTab; /* The table to be updated */ + int addrTop = 0; /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ + Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */ + Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices */ + Index *pPk; /* The PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables */ + int nIdx; /* Number of indices that need updating */ + int iBaseCur; /* Base cursor number */ + int iDataCur; /* Cursor for the canonical data btree */ + int iIdxCur; /* Cursor for the first index */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database structure */ + int *aRegIdx = 0; /* One register assigned to each index to be updated */ + int *aXRef = 0; /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the + ** an expression for the i-th column of the table. + ** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */ + u8 *aToOpen; /* 1 for tables and indices to be opened */ + u8 chngPk; /* PRIMARY KEY changed in a WITHOUT ROWID table */ + u8 chngRowid; /* Rowid changed in a normal table */ + u8 chngKey; /* Either chngPk or chngRowid */ + Expr *pRowidExpr = 0; /* Expression defining the new record number */ + AuthContext sContext; /* The authorization context */ + NameContext sNC; /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */ + int iDb; /* Database containing the table being updated */ + int okOnePass; /* True for one-pass algorithm without the FIFO */ + int hasFK; /* True if foreign key processing is required */ + int labelBreak; /* Jump here to break out of UPDATE loop */ + int labelContinue; /* Jump here to continue next step of UPDATE loop */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + int isView; /* True when updating a view (INSTEAD OF trigger) */ + Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */ + int tmask; /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ +#endif + int newmask; /* Mask of NEW.* columns accessed by BEFORE triggers */ + int iEph = 0; /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */ + int nKey = 0; /* Number of elements in regKey for WITHOUT ROWID */ + int aiCurOnePass[2]; /* The write cursors opened by WHERE_ONEPASS */ + + /* Register Allocations */ + int regRowCount = 0; /* A count of rows changed */ + int regOldRowid = 0; /* The old rowid */ + int regNewRowid = 0; /* The new rowid */ + int regNew = 0; /* Content of the NEW.* table in triggers */ + int regOld = 0; /* Content of OLD.* table in triggers */ + int regRowSet = 0; /* Rowset of rows to be updated */ + int regKey = 0; /* composite PRIMARY KEY value */ + + memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext)); + db = pParse->db; + if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ + goto update_cleanup; + } + assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); + + /* Locate the table which we want to update. + */ + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); + if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + + /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being + ** updated is a view. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, &tmask); + isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; + assert( pTrigger || tmask==0 ); +#else +# define pTrigger 0 +# define isView 0 +# define tmask 0 +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +# undef isView +# define isView 0 +#endif + + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto update_cleanup; + } + if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){ + goto update_cleanup; + } + + /* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices. + ** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they + ** need to occur right after the database cursor. So go ahead and + ** allocate enough space, just in case. + */ + pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iBaseCur = iDataCur = pParse->nTab++; + iIdxCur = iDataCur+1; + pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){ + if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && pPk!=0 ){ + iDataCur = pParse->nTab; + pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iDataCur; + } + pParse->nTab++; + } + + /* Allocate space for aXRef[], aRegIdx[], and aToOpen[]. + ** Initialize aXRef[] and aToOpen[] to their default values. + */ + aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int) * (pTab->nCol+nIdx) + nIdx+2 ); + if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup; + aRegIdx = aXRef+pTab->nCol; + aToOpen = (u8*)(aRegIdx+nIdx); + memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1); + aToOpen[nIdx+1] = 0; + for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1; + + /* Initialize the name-context */ + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; + + /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions of the + ** of the UPDATE statement. Also find the column index + ** for each column to be updated in the pChanges array. For each + ** column to be updated, make sure we have authorization to change + ** that column. + */ + chngRowid = chngPk = 0; + for(i=0; i<pChanges->nExpr; i++){ + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){ + goto update_cleanup; + } + for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[j].zName, pChanges->a[i].zName)==0 ){ + if( j==pTab->iPKey ){ + chngRowid = 1; + pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr; + }else if( pPk && (pTab->aCol[j].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0 ){ + chngPk = 1; + } + aXRef[j] = i; + break; + } + } + if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ + if( pPk==0 && sqlite3IsRowid(pChanges->a[i].zName) ){ + j = -1; + chngRowid = 1; + pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr; + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName); + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + goto update_cleanup; + } + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + int rc; + rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_UPDATE, pTab->zName, + j<0 ? "ROWID" : pTab->aCol[j].zName, + db->aDb[iDb].zName); + if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ + goto update_cleanup; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){ + aXRef[j] = -1; + } + } +#endif + } + assert( (chngRowid & chngPk)==0 ); + assert( chngRowid==0 || chngRowid==1 ); + assert( chngPk==0 || chngPk==1 ); + chngKey = chngRowid + chngPk; + + /* The SET expressions are not actually used inside the WHERE loop. + ** So reset the colUsed mask. Unless this is a virtual table. In that + ** case, set all bits of the colUsed mask (to ensure that the virtual + ** table implementation makes all columns available). + */ + pTabList->a[0].colUsed = IsVirtual(pTab) ? ALLBITS : 0; + + hasFK = sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, aXRef, chngKey); + + /* There is one entry in the aRegIdx[] array for each index on the table + ** being updated. Fill in aRegIdx[] with a register number that will hold + ** the key for accessing each index. + ** + ** FIXME: Be smarter about omitting indexes that use expressions. + */ + for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ + int reg; + if( chngKey || hasFK || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere || pIdx==pPk ){ + reg = ++pParse->nMem; + }else{ + reg = 0; + for(i=0; i<pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){ + i16 iIdxCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; + if( iIdxCol<0 || aXRef[iIdxCol]>=0 ){ + reg = ++pParse->nMem; + break; + } + } + } + if( reg==0 ) aToOpen[j+1] = 0; + aRegIdx[j] = reg; + } + + /* Begin generating code. */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup; + if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); + + /* Allocate required registers. */ + if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + regRowSet = ++pParse->nMem; + regOldRowid = regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem; + if( chngPk || pTrigger || hasFK ){ + regOld = pParse->nMem + 1; + pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol; + } + if( chngKey || pTrigger || hasFK ){ + regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem; + } + regNew = pParse->nMem + 1; + pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol; + } + + /* Start the view context. */ + if( isView ){ + sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName); + } + + /* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into + ** an ephemeral table. + */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + if( isView ){ + sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iDataCur); + } +#endif + + /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the + ** WHERE clause. + */ + if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ + goto update_cleanup; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + /* Virtual tables must be handled separately */ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + updateVirtualTable(pParse, pTabList, pTab, pChanges, pRowidExpr, aXRef, + pWhere, onError); + goto update_cleanup; + } +#endif + + /* Begin the database scan + */ + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowSet, regOldRowid); + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin( + pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, + WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED | WHERE_SEEK_TABLE, iIdxCur + ); + if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup; + okOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass); + + /* Remember the rowid of every item to be updated. + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iDataCur, regOldRowid); + if( !okOnePass ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, regOldRowid); + } + + /* End the database scan loop. + */ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + }else{ + int iPk; /* First of nPk memory cells holding PRIMARY KEY value */ + i16 nPk; /* Number of components of the PRIMARY KEY */ + int addrOpen; /* Address of the OpenEphemeral instruction */ + + assert( pPk!=0 ); + nPk = pPk->nKeyCol; + iPk = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += nPk; + regKey = ++pParse->nMem; + iEph = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iPk); + addrOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEph, nPk); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk); + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, + WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED, iIdxCur); + if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup; + okOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass); + for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){ + assert( pPk->aiColumn[i]>=0 ); + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, pPk->aiColumn[i], + iPk+i); + } + if( okOnePass ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrOpen); + nKey = nPk; + regKey = iPk; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, iPk, nPk, regKey, + sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(db, pPk), nPk); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iEph, regKey); + } + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + } + + /* Initialize the count of updated rows + */ + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ + regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount); + } + + labelBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + if( !isView ){ + /* + ** Open every index that needs updating. Note that if any + ** index could potentially invoke a REPLACE conflict resolution + ** action, then we need to open all indices because we might need + ** to be deleting some records. + */ + if( onError==OE_Replace ){ + memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1); + }else{ + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( pIdx->onError==OE_Replace ){ + memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1); + break; + } + } + } + if( okOnePass ){ + if( aiCurOnePass[0]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[0]-iBaseCur] = 0; + if( aiCurOnePass[1]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[1]-iBaseCur] = 0; + } + sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, 0, iBaseCur, aToOpen, + 0, 0); + } + + /* Top of the update loop */ + if( okOnePass ){ + if( aToOpen[iDataCur-iBaseCur] && !isView ){ + assert( pPk ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelBreak, regKey, nKey); + VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v); + } + labelContinue = labelBreak; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, pPk ? regKey : regOldRowid, labelBreak); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pPk==0); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pPk!=0); + }else if( pPk ){ + labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iEph, labelBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iEph, regKey); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue, regKey, 0); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, regRowSet, labelBreak, + regOldRowid); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue, regOldRowid); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* If the record number will change, set register regNewRowid to + ** contain the new value. If the record number is not being modified, + ** then regNewRowid is the same register as regOldRowid, which is + ** already populated. */ + assert( chngKey || pTrigger || hasFK || regOldRowid==regNewRowid ); + if( chngRowid ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr, regNewRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regNewRowid); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* Compute the old pre-UPDATE content of the row being changed, if that + ** information is needed */ + if( chngPk || hasFK || pTrigger ){ + u32 oldmask = (hasFK ? sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab) : 0); + oldmask |= sqlite3TriggerColmask(pParse, + pTrigger, pChanges, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onError + ); + for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ + if( oldmask==0xffffffff + || (i<32 && (oldmask & MASKBIT32(i))!=0) + || (pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0 + ){ + testcase( oldmask!=0xffffffff && i==31 ); + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regOld+i); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOld+i); + } + } + if( chngRowid==0 && pPk==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regOldRowid, regNewRowid); + } + } + + /* Populate the array of registers beginning at regNew with the new + ** row data. This array is used to check constants, create the new + ** table and index records, and as the values for any new.* references + ** made by triggers. + ** + ** If there are one or more BEFORE triggers, then do not populate the + ** registers associated with columns that are (a) not modified by + ** this UPDATE statement and (b) not accessed by new.* references. The + ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from + ** the database after the BEFORE triggers are fired anyway (as the trigger + ** may have modified them). So not loading those that are not going to + ** be used eliminates some redundant opcodes. + */ + newmask = sqlite3TriggerColmask( + pParse, pTrigger, pChanges, 1, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, onError + ); + for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ + if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i); + }else{ + j = aXRef[i]; + if( j>=0 ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regNew+i); + }else if( 0==(tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE) || i>31 || (newmask & MASKBIT32(i)) ){ + /* This branch loads the value of a column that will not be changed + ** into a register. This is done if there are no BEFORE triggers, or + ** if there are one or more BEFORE triggers that use this value via + ** a new.* reference in a trigger program. + */ + testcase( i==31 ); + testcase( i==32 ); + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnToReg(pParse, pTab, i, iDataCur, regNew+i); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i); + } + } + } + + /* Fire any BEFORE UPDATE triggers. This happens before constraints are + ** verified. One could argue that this is wrong. + */ + if( tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE ){ + sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNew); + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, + TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue); + + /* The row-trigger may have deleted the row being updated. In this + ** case, jump to the next row. No updates or AFTER triggers are + ** required. This behavior - what happens when the row being updated + ** is deleted or renamed by a BEFORE trigger - is left undefined in the + ** documentation. + */ + if( pPk ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue,regKey,nKey); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue, regOldRowid); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* If it did not delete it, the row-trigger may still have modified + ** some of the columns of the row being updated. Load the values for + ** all columns not modified by the update statement into their + ** registers in case this has happened. + */ + for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ + if( aXRef[i]<0 && i!=pTab->iPKey ){ + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regNew+i); + } + } + } + + if( !isView ){ + int addr1 = 0; /* Address of jump instruction */ + int bReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE conflict resolution might happen */ + + /* Do constraint checks. */ + assert( regOldRowid>0 ); + sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, aRegIdx, iDataCur, iIdxCur, + regNewRowid, regOldRowid, chngKey, onError, labelContinue, &bReplace, + aXRef); + + /* Do FK constraint checks. */ + if( hasFK ){ + sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, regOldRowid, 0, aXRef, chngKey); + } + + /* Delete the index entries associated with the current record. */ + if( bReplace || chngKey ){ + if( pPk ){ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, 0, regKey, nKey); + }else{ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, 0, regOldRowid); + } + VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v); + } + sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, aRegIdx, -1); + + /* If changing the rowid value, or if there are foreign key constraints + ** to process, delete the old record. Otherwise, add a noop OP_Delete + ** to invoke the pre-update hook. + ** + ** That (regNew==regnewRowid+1) is true is also important for the + ** pre-update hook. If the caller invokes preupdate_new(), the returned + ** value is copied from memory cell (regNewRowid+1+iCol), where iCol + ** is the column index supplied by the user. + */ + assert( regNew==regNewRowid+1 ); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, + OPFLAG_ISUPDATE | ((hasFK || chngKey || pPk!=0) ? 0 : OPFLAG_ISNOOP), + regNewRowid + ); + if( !pParse->nested ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pTab, P4_TABLE); + } +#else + if( hasFK || chngKey || pPk!=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, 0); + } +#endif + if( bReplace || chngKey ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + } + + if( hasFK ){ + sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regNewRowid, aXRef, chngKey); + } + + /* Insert the new index entries and the new record. */ + sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, + regNewRowid, aRegIdx, 1, 0, 0); + + /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to + ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key + ** to the row just updated. */ + if( hasFK ){ + sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, pChanges, regOldRowid, aXRef, chngKey); + } + } + + /* Increment the row counter + */ + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1); + } + + sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, + TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue); + + /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until + ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated. + */ + if( okOnePass ){ + /* Nothing to do at end-of-loop for a single-pass */ + }else if( pPk ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelContinue); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iEph, addrTop); VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, labelContinue); + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelBreak); + + /* Close all tables */ + for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ + assert( aRegIdx ); + if( aToOpen[i+1] ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur+i, 0); + } + } + if( iDataCur<iIdxCur ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDataCur, 0); + + /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the + ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into + ** autoincrement tables. + */ + if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ + sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); + } + + /* + ** Return the number of rows that were changed. If this routine is + ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not + ** invoke the callback function. + */ + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) && !pParse->pTriggerTab && !pParse->nested ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows updated", SQLITE_STATIC); + } + +update_cleanup: + sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext); + sqlite3DbFree(db, aXRef); /* Also frees aRegIdx[] and aToOpen[] */ + sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pChanges); + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); + return; +} +/* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise +** they may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file +** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ +#ifdef isView + #undef isView +#endif +#ifdef pTrigger + #undef pTrigger +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* +** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table. +** +** There are two possible strategies - the default and the special +** "onepass" strategy. Onepass is only used if the virtual table +** implementation indicates that pWhere may match at most one row. +** +** The default strategy is to create an ephemeral table that contains +** for each row to be changed: +** +** (A) The original rowid of that row. +** (B) The revised rowid for the row. +** (C) The content of every column in the row. +** +** Then loop through the contents of this ephemeral table executing a +** VUpdate for each row. When finished, drop the ephemeral table. +** +** The "onepass" strategy does not use an ephemeral table. Instead, it +** stores the same values (A, B and C above) in a register array and +** makes a single invocation of VUpdate. +*/ +static void updateVirtualTable( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */ + Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */ + ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */ + Expr *pRowid, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */ + int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */ + Expr *pWhere, /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */ + int onError /* ON CONFLICT strategy */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Virtual machine under construction */ + int ephemTab; /* Table holding the result of the SELECT */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + const char *pVTab = (const char*)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); + WhereInfo *pWInfo; + int nArg = 2 + pTab->nCol; /* Number of arguments to VUpdate */ + int regArg; /* First register in VUpdate arg array */ + int regRec; /* Register in which to assemble record */ + int regRowid; /* Register for ephem table rowid */ + int iCsr = pSrc->a[0].iCursor; /* Cursor used for virtual table scan */ + int aDummy[2]; /* Unused arg for sqlite3WhereOkOnePass() */ + int bOnePass; /* True to use onepass strategy */ + int addr; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral */ + + /* Allocate nArg registers to martial the arguments to VUpdate. Then + ** create and open the ephemeral table in which the records created from + ** these arguments will be temporarily stored. */ + assert( v ); + ephemTab = pParse->nTab++; + addr= sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, nArg); + regArg = pParse->nMem + 1; + pParse->nMem += nArg; + regRec = ++pParse->nMem; + regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; + + /* Start scanning the virtual table */ + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0,0,WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED,0); + if( pWInfo==0 ) return; + + /* Populate the argument registers. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCsr, regArg); + if( pRowid ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowid, regArg+1); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCsr, regArg+1); + } + for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ + if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, regArg+2+i); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_VColumn, iCsr, i, regArg+2+i); + } + } + + bOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aDummy); + + if( bOnePass ){ + /* If using the onepass strategy, no-op out the OP_OpenEphemeral coded + ** above. Also, if this is a top-level parse (not a trigger), clear the + ** multi-write flag so that the VM does not open a statement journal */ + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addr); + if( sqlite3IsToplevel(pParse) ){ + pParse->isMultiWrite = 0; + } + }else{ + /* Create a record from the argument register contents and insert it into + ** the ephemeral table. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regArg, nArg, regRec); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, ephemTab, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, ephemTab, regRec, regRowid); + } + + + if( bOnePass==0 ){ + /* End the virtual table scan */ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + + /* Begin scannning through the ephemeral table. */ + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab); VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Extract arguments from the current row of the ephemeral table and + ** invoke the VUpdate method. */ + for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i, regArg+i); + } + } + sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, nArg, regArg, pVTab, P4_VTAB); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError); + sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); + + /* End of the ephemeral table scan. Or, if using the onepass strategy, + ** jump to here if the scan visited zero rows. */ + if( bOnePass==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, ephemTab, addr+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, ephemTab, 0); + }else{ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +/************** End of update.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file vacuum.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2003 April 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to implement the VACUUM command. +** +** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the +** SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* #include "vdbeInt.h" */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH) +/* +** Finalize a prepared statement. If there was an error, store the +** text of the error message in *pzErrMsg. Return the result code. +*/ +static int vacuumFinalize(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, char **pzErrMsg){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pStmt); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Execute zSql on database db. Return an error code. +*/ +static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + VVA_ONLY( int rc; ) + if( !zSql ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + return sqlite3_errcode(db); + } + VVA_ONLY( rc = ) sqlite3_step(pStmt); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW || (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows) ); + return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg); +} + +/* +** Execute zSql on database db. The statement returns exactly +** one column. Execute this as SQL on the same database. +*/ +static int execExecSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + int rc; + + rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, (char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0)); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg); + return rc; + } + } + + return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg); +} + +/* +** The VACUUM command is used to clean up the database, +** collapse free space, etc. It is modelled after the VACUUM command +** in PostgreSQL. The VACUUM command works as follows: +** +** (1) Create a new transient database file +** (2) Copy all content from the database being vacuumed into +** the new transient database file +** (3) Copy content from the transient database back into the +** original database. +** +** The transient database requires temporary disk space approximately +** equal to the size of the original database. The copy operation of +** step (3) requires additional temporary disk space approximately equal +** to the size of the original database for the rollback journal. +** Hence, temporary disk space that is approximately 2x the size of the +** original database is required. Every page of the database is written +** approximately 3 times: Once for step (2) and twice for step (3). +** Two writes per page are required in step (3) because the original +** database content must be written into the rollback journal prior to +** overwriting the database with the vacuumed content. +** +** Only 1x temporary space and only 1x writes would be required if +** the copy of step (3) were replaced by deleting the original database +** and renaming the transient database as the original. But that will +** not work if other processes are attached to the original database. +** And a power loss in between deleting the original and renaming the +** transient would cause the database file to appear to be deleted +** following reboot. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse *pParse){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Vacuum, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, 0); + } + return; +} + +/* +** This routine implements the OP_Vacuum opcode of the VDBE. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char **pzErrMsg, sqlite3 *db){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from service routines */ + Btree *pMain; /* The database being vacuumed */ + Btree *pTemp; /* The temporary database we vacuum into */ + char *zSql = 0; /* SQL statements */ + int saved_flags; /* Saved value of the db->flags */ + int saved_nChange; /* Saved value of db->nChange */ + int saved_nTotalChange; /* Saved value of db->nTotalChange */ + void (*saved_xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Saved db->xTrace */ + Db *pDb = 0; /* Database to detach at end of vacuum */ + int isMemDb; /* True if vacuuming a :memory: database */ + int nRes; /* Bytes of reserved space at the end of each page */ + int nDb; /* Number of attached databases */ + + if( !db->autoCommit ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + if( db->nVdbeActive>1 ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db,"cannot VACUUM - SQL statements in progress"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + /* Save the current value of the database flags so that it can be + ** restored before returning. Then set the writable-schema flag, and + ** disable CHECK and foreign key constraints. */ + saved_flags = db->flags; + saved_nChange = db->nChange; + saved_nTotalChange = db->nTotalChange; + saved_xTrace = db->xTrace; + db->flags |= SQLITE_WriteSchema | SQLITE_IgnoreChecks | SQLITE_PreferBuiltin; + db->flags &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys | SQLITE_ReverseOrder); + db->xTrace = 0; + + pMain = db->aDb[0].pBt; + isMemDb = sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain)); + + /* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma + ** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash + ** occurs anyway. The integrity of the database is maintained by a + ** (possibly synchronous) transaction opened on the main database before + ** sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() is called. + ** + ** An optimisation would be to use a non-journaled pager. + ** (Later:) I tried setting "PRAGMA vacuum_db.journal_mode=OFF" but + ** that actually made the VACUUM run slower. Very little journalling + ** actually occurs when doing a vacuum since the vacuum_db is initially + ** empty. Only the journal header is written. Apparently it takes more + ** time to parse and run the PRAGMA to turn journalling off than it does + ** to write the journal header file. + */ + nDb = db->nDb; + if( sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){ + zSql = "ATTACH ':memory:' AS vacuum_db;"; + }else{ + zSql = "ATTACH '' AS vacuum_db;"; + } + rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, zSql); + if( db->nDb>nDb ){ + pDb = &db->aDb[db->nDb-1]; + assert( strcmp(pDb->zName,"vacuum_db")==0 ); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + pTemp = db->aDb[db->nDb-1].pBt; + + /* The call to execSql() to attach the temp database has left the file + ** locked (as there was more than one active statement when the transaction + ** to read the schema was concluded. Unlock it here so that this doesn't + ** cause problems for the call to BtreeSetPageSize() below. */ + sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp); + + nRes = sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(pMain); + + /* A VACUUM cannot change the pagesize of an encrypted database. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + if( db->nextPagesize ){ + extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*); + int nKey; + char *zKey; + sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey); + if( nKey ) db->nextPagesize = 0; + } +#endif + + rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "PRAGMA vacuum_db.synchronous=OFF"); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + + /* Begin a transaction and take an exclusive lock on the main database + ** file. This is done before the sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain) call below, + ** to ensure that we do not try to change the page-size on a WAL database. + */ + rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "BEGIN;"); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pMain, 2); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + + /* Do not attempt to change the page size for a WAL database */ + if( sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain)) + ==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ + db->nextPagesize = 0; + } + + if( sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain), nRes, 0) + || (!isMemDb && sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, db->nextPagesize, nRes, 0)) + || NEVER(db->mallocFailed) + ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + goto end_of_vacuum; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pTemp, db->nextAutovac>=0 ? db->nextAutovac : + sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pMain)); +#endif + + /* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema + ** in the temporary database. + */ + rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, + "SELECT 'CREATE TABLE vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14) " + " FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence'" + " AND coalesce(rootpage,1)>0" + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, + "SELECT 'CREATE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14)" + " FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE INDEX %' "); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, + "SELECT 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,21) " + " FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX %'"); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + + /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do + ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM main.xxx;" to copy + ** the contents to the temporary database. + */ + assert( (db->flags & SQLITE_Vacuum)==0 ); + db->flags |= SQLITE_Vacuum; + rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, + "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) " + "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';'" + "FROM main.sqlite_master " + "WHERE type = 'table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence' " + " AND coalesce(rootpage,1)>0" + ); + assert( (db->flags & SQLITE_Vacuum)!=0 ); + db->flags &= ~SQLITE_Vacuum; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + + /* Copy over the sequence table + */ + rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, + "SELECT 'DELETE FROM vacuum_db.' || quote(name) || ';' " + "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name='sqlite_sequence' " + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg, + "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) " + "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';' " + "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name=='sqlite_sequence';" + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + + + /* Copy the triggers, views, and virtual tables from the main database + ** over to the temporary database. None of these objects has any + ** associated storage, so all we have to do is copy their entries + ** from the SQLITE_MASTER table. + */ + rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, + "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlite_master " + " SELECT type, name, tbl_name, rootpage, sql" + " FROM main.sqlite_master" + " WHERE type='view' OR type='trigger'" + " OR (type='table' AND rootpage=0)" + ); + if( rc ) goto end_of_vacuum; + + /* At this point, there is a write transaction open on both the + ** vacuum database and the main database. Assuming no error occurs, + ** both transactions are closed by this block - the main database + ** transaction by sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() and the other by an explicit + ** call to sqlite3BtreeCommit(). + */ + { + u32 meta; + int i; + + /* This array determines which meta meta values are preserved in the + ** vacuum. Even entries are the meta value number and odd entries + ** are an increment to apply to the meta value after the vacuum. + ** The increment is used to increase the schema cookie so that other + ** connections to the same database will know to reread the schema. + */ + static const unsigned char aCopy[] = { + BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, 1, /* Add one to the old schema cookie */ + BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 0, /* Preserve the default page cache size */ + BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, 0, /* Preserve the text encoding */ + BTREE_USER_VERSION, 0, /* Preserve the user version */ + BTREE_APPLICATION_ID, 0, /* Preserve the application id */ + }; + + assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) ); + assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) ); + + /* Copy Btree meta values */ + for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aCopy); i+=2){ + /* GetMeta() and UpdateMeta() cannot fail in this context because + ** we already have page 1 loaded into cache and marked dirty. */ + sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pMain, aCopy[i], &meta); + rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pTemp, aCopy[i], meta+aCopy[i+1]); + if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto end_of_vacuum; + } + + rc = sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(pMain, pTemp); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; + rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pTemp)); +#endif + } + + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pTemp), nRes,1); + +end_of_vacuum: + /* Restore the original value of db->flags */ + db->flags = saved_flags; + db->nChange = saved_nChange; + db->nTotalChange = saved_nTotalChange; + db->xTrace = saved_xTrace; + sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, -1, -1, 1); + + /* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum + ** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file + ** was committed at the btree level). So it safe to end the transaction + ** by manually setting the autoCommit flag to true and detaching the + ** vacuum database. The vacuum_db journal file is deleted when the pager + ** is closed by the DETACH. + */ + db->autoCommit = 1; + + if( pDb ){ + sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); + pDb->pBt = 0; + pDb->pSchema = 0; + } + + /* This both clears the schemas and reduces the size of the db->aDb[] + ** array. */ + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); + + return rc; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM && SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */ + +/************** End of vacuum.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file vtab.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2006 June 10 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* +** Before a virtual table xCreate() or xConnect() method is invoked, the +** sqlite3.pVtabCtx member variable is set to point to an instance of +** this struct allocated on the stack. It is used by the implementation of +** the sqlite3_declare_vtab() and sqlite3_vtab_config() APIs, both of which +** are invoked only from within xCreate and xConnect methods. +*/ +struct VtabCtx { + VTable *pVTable; /* The virtual table being constructed */ + Table *pTab; /* The Table object to which the virtual table belongs */ + VtabCtx *pPrior; /* Parent context (if any) */ + int bDeclared; /* True after sqlite3_declare_vtab() is called */ +}; + +/* +** The actual function that does the work of creating a new module. +** This function implements the sqlite3_create_module() and +** sqlite3_create_module_v2() interfaces. +*/ +static int createModule( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ + const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ + const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ + void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ + void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nName; + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + if( sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zName) ){ + rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + }else{ + Module *pMod; + pMod = (Module *)sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(Module) + nName + 1); + if( pMod ){ + Module *pDel; + char *zCopy = (char *)(&pMod[1]); + memcpy(zCopy, zName, nName+1); + pMod->zName = zCopy; + pMod->pModule = pModule; + pMod->pAux = pAux; + pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy; + pMod->pEpoTab = 0; + pDel = (Module *)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aModule,zCopy,(void*)pMod); + assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pMod ); + if( pDel ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel); + } + } + } + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && xDestroy ) xDestroy(pAux); + + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_create_module( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ + const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ + const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ + void *pAux /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ +){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zName==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, 0); +} + +/* +** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_create_module_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ + const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ + const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ + void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ + void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */ +){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zName==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, xDestroy); +} + +/* +** Lock the virtual table so that it cannot be disconnected. +** Locks nest. Every lock should have a corresponding unlock. +** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur. +** +** If a disconnect is attempted while a virtual table is locked, +** the disconnect is deferred until all locks have been removed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *pVTab){ + pVTab->nRef++; +} + + +/* +** pTab is a pointer to a Table structure representing a virtual-table. +** Return a pointer to the VTable object used by connection db to access +** this virtual-table, if one has been created, or NULL otherwise. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){ + VTable *pVtab; + assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); + for(pVtab=pTab->pVTable; pVtab && pVtab->db!=db; pVtab=pVtab->pNext); + return pVtab; +} + +/* +** Decrement the ref-count on a virtual table object. When the ref-count +** reaches zero, call the xDisconnect() method to delete the object. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *pVTab){ + sqlite3 *db = pVTab->db; + + assert( db ); + assert( pVTab->nRef>0 ); + assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN || db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE ); + + pVTab->nRef--; + if( pVTab->nRef==0 ){ + sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab; + if( p ){ + p->pModule->xDisconnect(p); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTab); + } +} + +/* +** Table p is a virtual table. This function moves all elements in the +** p->pVTable list to the sqlite3.pDisconnect lists of their associated +** database connections to be disconnected at the next opportunity. +** Except, if argument db is not NULL, then the entry associated with +** connection db is left in the p->pVTable list. +*/ +static VTable *vtabDisconnectAll(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ + VTable *pRet = 0; + VTable *pVTable = p->pVTable; + p->pVTable = 0; + + /* Assert that the mutex (if any) associated with the BtShared database + ** that contains table p is held by the caller. See header comments + ** above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an explanation of why + ** this makes it safe to access the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of any + ** database connection that may have an entry in the p->pVTable list. + */ + assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) ); + + while( pVTable ){ + sqlite3 *db2 = pVTable->db; + VTable *pNext = pVTable->pNext; + assert( db2 ); + if( db2==db ){ + pRet = pVTable; + p->pVTable = pRet; + pRet->pNext = 0; + }else{ + pVTable->pNext = db2->pDisconnect; + db2->pDisconnect = pVTable; + } + pVTable = pNext; + } + + assert( !db || pRet ); + return pRet; +} + +/* +** Table *p is a virtual table. This function removes the VTable object +** for table *p associated with database connection db from the linked +** list in p->pVTab. It also decrements the VTable ref count. This is +** used when closing database connection db to free all of its VTable +** objects without disturbing the rest of the Schema object (which may +** be being used by other shared-cache connections). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ + VTable **ppVTab; + + assert( IsVirtual(p) ); + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + + for(ppVTab=&p->pVTable; *ppVTab; ppVTab=&(*ppVTab)->pNext){ + if( (*ppVTab)->db==db ){ + VTable *pVTab = *ppVTab; + *ppVTab = pVTab->pNext; + sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab); + break; + } + } +} + + +/* +** Disconnect all the virtual table objects in the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. +** +** This function may only be called when the mutexes associated with all +** shared b-tree databases opened using connection db are held by the +** caller. This is done to protect the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. The +** sqlite3.pDisconnect list is accessed only as follows: +** +** 1) By this function. In this case, all BtShared mutexes and the mutex +** associated with the database handle itself must be held. +** +** 2) By function vtabDisconnectAll(), when it adds a VTable entry to +** the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. In this case either the BtShared mutex +** associated with the database the virtual table is stored in is held +** or, if the virtual table is stored in a non-sharable database, then +** the database handle mutex is held. +** +** As a result, a sqlite3.pDisconnect cannot be accessed simultaneously +** by multiple threads. It is thread-safe. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3 *db){ + VTable *p = db->pDisconnect; + db->pDisconnect = 0; + + assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + + if( p ){ + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + do { + VTable *pNext = p->pNext; + sqlite3VtabUnlock(p); + p = pNext; + }while( p ); + } +} + +/* +** Clear any and all virtual-table information from the Table record. +** This routine is called, for example, just before deleting the Table +** record. +** +** Since it is a virtual-table, the Table structure contains a pointer +** to the head of a linked list of VTable structures. Each VTable +** structure is associated with a single sqlite3* user of the schema. +** The reference count of the VTable structure associated with database +** connection db is decremented immediately (which may lead to the +** structure being xDisconnected and free). Any other VTable structures +** in the list are moved to the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of the associated +** database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ + if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) vtabDisconnectAll(0, p); + if( p->azModuleArg ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<p->nModuleArg; i++){ + if( i!=1 ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg[i]); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg); + } +} + +/* +** Add a new module argument to pTable->azModuleArg[]. +** The string is not copied - the pointer is stored. The +** string will be freed automatically when the table is +** deleted. +*/ +static void addModuleArgument(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable, char *zArg){ + int nBytes = sizeof(char *)*(2+pTable->nModuleArg); + char **azModuleArg; + azModuleArg = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pTable->azModuleArg, nBytes); + if( azModuleArg==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zArg); + }else{ + int i = pTable->nModuleArg++; + azModuleArg[i] = zArg; + azModuleArg[i+1] = 0; + pTable->azModuleArg = azModuleArg; + } +} + +/* +** The parser calls this routine when it first sees a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE +** statement. The module name has been parsed, but the optional list +** of parameters that follow the module name are still pending. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Token *pName1, /* Name of new table, or database name */ + Token *pName2, /* Name of new table or NULL */ + Token *pModuleName, /* Name of the module for the virtual table */ + int ifNotExists /* No error if the table already exists */ +){ + int iDb; /* The database the table is being created in */ + Table *pTable; /* The new virtual table */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + + sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, 0, 0, 1, ifNotExists); + pTable = pParse->pNewTable; + if( pTable==0 ) return; + assert( 0==pTable->pIndex ); + + db = pParse->db; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTable->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 ); + + pTable->tabFlags |= TF_Virtual; + pTable->nModuleArg = 0; + addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pModuleName)); + addModuleArgument(db, pTable, 0); + addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTable->zName)); + assert( (pParse->sNameToken.z==pName2->z && pName2->z!=0) + || (pParse->sNameToken.z==pName1->z && pName2->z==0) + ); + pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)( + &pModuleName->z[pModuleName->n] - pParse->sNameToken.z + ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + /* Creating a virtual table invokes the authorization callback twice. + ** The first invocation, to obtain permission to INSERT a row into the + ** sqlite_master table, has already been made by sqlite3StartTable(). + ** The second call, to obtain permission to create the table, is made now. + */ + if( pTable->azModuleArg ){ + sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName, + pTable->azModuleArg[0], pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName); + } +#endif +} + +/* +** This routine takes the module argument that has been accumulating +** in pParse->zArg[] and appends it to the list of arguments on the +** virtual table currently under construction in pParse->pTable. +*/ +static void addArgumentToVtab(Parse *pParse){ + if( pParse->sArg.z && pParse->pNewTable ){ + const char *z = (const char*)pParse->sArg.z; + int n = pParse->sArg.n; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + addModuleArgument(db, pParse->pNewTable, sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n)); + } +} + +/* +** The parser calls this routine after the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement +** has been completely parsed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){ + Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; /* The table being constructed */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + + if( pTab==0 ) return; + addArgumentToVtab(pParse); + pParse->sArg.z = 0; + if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return; + + /* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the + ** first time (in other words if the virtual table is actually being + ** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_master) then + ** do additional initialization work and store the statement text + ** in the sqlite_master table. + */ + if( !db->init.busy ){ + char *zStmt; + char *zWhere; + int iDb; + int iReg; + Vdbe *v; + + /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement */ + if( pEnd ){ + pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + pEnd->n; + } + zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %T", &pParse->sNameToken); + + /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the + ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all + ** the information we've collected. + ** + ** The VM register number pParse->regRowid holds the rowid of an + ** entry in the sqlite_master table tht was created for this vtab + ** by sqlite3StartTable(). + */ + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE %Q.%s " + "SET type='table', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=0, sql=%Q " + "WHERE rowid=#%d", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), + pTab->zName, + pTab->zName, + zStmt, + pParse->regRowid + ); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0); + zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='table'", pTab->zName); + sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere); + + iReg = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, iReg, pTab->zName); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, iReg); + } + + /* If we are rereading the sqlite_master table create the in-memory + ** record of the table. The xConnect() method is not called until + ** the first time the virtual table is used in an SQL statement. This + ** allows a schema that contains virtual tables to be loaded before + ** the required virtual table implementations are registered. */ + else { + Table *pOld; + Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema; + const char *zName = pTab->zName; + assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pSchema) ); + pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, pTab); + if( pOld ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + assert( pTab==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */ + return; + } + pParse->pNewTable = 0; + } +} + +/* +** The parser calls this routine when it sees the first token +** of an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse *pParse){ + addArgumentToVtab(pParse); + pParse->sArg.z = 0; + pParse->sArg.n = 0; +} + +/* +** The parser calls this routine for each token after the first token +** in an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse *pParse, Token *p){ + Token *pArg = &pParse->sArg; + if( pArg->z==0 ){ + pArg->z = p->z; + pArg->n = p->n; + }else{ + assert(pArg->z <= p->z); + pArg->n = (int)(&p->z[p->n] - pArg->z); + } +} + +/* +** Invoke a virtual table constructor (either xCreate or xConnect). The +** pointer to the function to invoke is passed as the fourth parameter +** to this procedure. +*/ +static int vtabCallConstructor( + sqlite3 *db, + Table *pTab, + Module *pMod, + int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**), + char **pzErr +){ + VtabCtx sCtx; + VTable *pVTable; + int rc; + const char *const*azArg = (const char *const*)pTab->azModuleArg; + int nArg = pTab->nModuleArg; + char *zErr = 0; + char *zModuleName; + int iDb; + VtabCtx *pCtx; + + /* Check that the virtual-table is not already being initialized */ + for(pCtx=db->pVtabCtx; pCtx; pCtx=pCtx->pPrior){ + if( pCtx->pTab==pTab ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, + "vtable constructor called recursively: %s", pTab->zName + ); + return SQLITE_LOCKED; + } + } + + zModuleName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pTab->zName); + if( !zModuleName ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + + pVTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VTable)); + if( !pVTable ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName); + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + pVTable->db = db; + pVTable->pMod = pMod; + + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + pTab->azModuleArg[1] = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + + /* Invoke the virtual table constructor */ + assert( &db->pVtabCtx ); + assert( xConstruct ); + sCtx.pTab = pTab; + sCtx.pVTable = pVTable; + sCtx.pPrior = db->pVtabCtx; + sCtx.bDeclared = 0; + db->pVtabCtx = &sCtx; + rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pVTable->pVtab, &zErr); + db->pVtabCtx = sCtx.pPrior; + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) sqlite3OomFault(db); + assert( sCtx.pTab==pTab ); + + if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ + if( zErr==0 ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName); + }else { + *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zErr); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTable); + }else if( ALWAYS(pVTable->pVtab) ){ + /* Justification of ALWAYS(): A correct vtab constructor must allocate + ** the sqlite3_vtab object if successful. */ + memset(pVTable->pVtab, 0, sizeof(pVTable->pVtab[0])); + pVTable->pVtab->pModule = pMod->pModule; + pVTable->nRef = 1; + if( sCtx.bDeclared==0 ){ + const char *zFormat = "vtable constructor did not declare schema: %s"; + *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zFormat, pTab->zName); + sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTable); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + int iCol; + u8 oooHidden = 0; + /* If everything went according to plan, link the new VTable structure + ** into the linked list headed by pTab->pVTable. Then loop through the + ** columns of the table to see if any of them contain the token "hidden". + ** If so, set the Column COLFLAG_HIDDEN flag and remove the token from + ** the type string. */ + pVTable->pNext = pTab->pVTable; + pTab->pVTable = pVTable; + + for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){ + char *zType = sqlite3ColumnType(&pTab->aCol[iCol], ""); + int nType; + int i = 0; + nType = sqlite3Strlen30(zType); + for(i=0; i<nType; i++){ + if( 0==sqlite3StrNICmp("hidden", &zType[i], 6) + && (i==0 || zType[i-1]==' ') + && (zType[i+6]=='\0' || zType[i+6]==' ') + ){ + break; + } + } + if( i<nType ){ + int j; + int nDel = 6 + (zType[i+6] ? 1 : 0); + for(j=i; (j+nDel)<=nType; j++){ + zType[j] = zType[j+nDel]; + } + if( zType[i]=='\0' && i>0 ){ + assert(zType[i-1]==' '); + zType[i-1] = '\0'; + } + pTab->aCol[iCol].colFlags |= COLFLAG_HIDDEN; + oooHidden = TF_OOOHidden; + }else{ + pTab->tabFlags |= oooHidden; + } + } + } + } + + sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is invoked by the parser to call the xConnect() method +** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned +** and an error left in pParse. +** +** This call is a no-op if table pTab is not a virtual table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + const char *zMod; + Module *pMod; + int rc; + + assert( pTab ); + if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 || sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab) ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Locate the required virtual table module */ + zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; + pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod); + + if( !pMod ){ + const char *zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such module: %s", zModule); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + char *zErr = 0; + rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xConnect, &zErr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + } + + return rc; +} +/* +** Grow the db->aVTrans[] array so that there is room for at least one +** more v-table. Return SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails, or SQLITE_OK otherwise. +*/ +static int growVTrans(sqlite3 *db){ + const int ARRAY_INCR = 5; + + /* Grow the sqlite3.aVTrans array if required */ + if( (db->nVTrans%ARRAY_INCR)==0 ){ + VTable **aVTrans; + int nBytes = sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *) * (db->nVTrans + ARRAY_INCR); + aVTrans = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, (void *)db->aVTrans, nBytes); + if( !aVTrans ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + memset(&aVTrans[db->nVTrans], 0, sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *)*ARRAY_INCR); + db->aVTrans = aVTrans; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Add the virtual table pVTab to the array sqlite3.aVTrans[]. Space should +** have already been reserved using growVTrans(). +*/ +static void addToVTrans(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ + /* Add pVtab to the end of sqlite3.aVTrans */ + db->aVTrans[db->nVTrans++] = pVTab; + sqlite3VtabLock(pVTab); +} + +/* +** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xCreate method +** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. +** +** If an error occurs, *pzErr is set to point an an English language +** description of the error and an SQLITE_XXX error code is returned. +** In this case the caller must call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on *pzErr. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab, char **pzErr){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Table *pTab; + Module *pMod; + const char *zMod; + + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName); + assert( pTab && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 && !pTab->pVTable ); + + /* Locate the required virtual table module */ + zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; + pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod); + + /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, + ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an + ** error. Otherwise, do nothing. + */ + if( pMod==0 || pMod->pModule->xCreate==0 || pMod->pModule->xDestroy==0 ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such module: %s", zMod); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xCreate, pzErr); + } + + /* Justification of ALWAYS(): The xConstructor method is required to + ** create a valid sqlite3_vtab if it returns SQLITE_OK. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)) ){ + rc = growVTrans(db); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + addToVTrans(db, sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)); + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is used to set the schema of a virtual table. It is only +** valid to call this function from within the xCreate() or xConnect() of a +** virtual table module. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3 *db, const char *zCreateTable){ + VtabCtx *pCtx; + Parse *pParse; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Table *pTab; + char *zErr = 0; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zCreateTable==0 ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pCtx = db->pVtabCtx; + if( !pCtx || pCtx->bDeclared ){ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + pTab = pCtx->pTab; + assert( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 ); + + pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(*pParse)); + if( pParse==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + }else{ + pParse->declareVtab = 1; + pParse->db = db; + pParse->nQueryLoop = 1; + + if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zCreateTable, &zErr) + && pParse->pNewTable + && !db->mallocFailed + && !pParse->pNewTable->pSelect + && (pParse->pNewTable->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 + ){ + if( !pTab->aCol ){ + pTab->aCol = pParse->pNewTable->aCol; + pTab->nCol = pParse->pNewTable->nCol; + pParse->pNewTable->nCol = 0; + pParse->pNewTable->aCol = 0; + } + pCtx->bDeclared = 1; + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_ERROR, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pParse->declareVtab = 0; + + if( pParse->pVdbe ){ + sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe); + } + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable); + sqlite3ParserReset(pParse); + sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse); + } + + assert( (rc&0xff)==rc ); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xDestroy method +** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. This occurs +** when a DROP TABLE is mentioned. +** +** This call is a no-op if zTab is not a virtual table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Table *pTab; + + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName); + if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0 && pTab->pVTable!=0) ){ + VTable *p; + int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *); + for(p=pTab->pVTable; p; p=p->pNext){ + assert( p->pVtab ); + if( p->pVtab->nRef>0 ){ + return SQLITE_LOCKED; + } + } + p = vtabDisconnectAll(db, pTab); + xDestroy = p->pMod->pModule->xDestroy; + assert( xDestroy!=0 ); /* Checked before the virtual table is created */ + rc = xDestroy(p->pVtab); + /* Remove the sqlite3_vtab* from the aVTrans[] array, if applicable */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( pTab->pVTable==p && p->pNext==0 ); + p->pVtab = 0; + pTab->pVTable = 0; + sqlite3VtabUnlock(p); + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function invokes either the xRollback or xCommit method +** of each of the virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. The method +** called is identified by the second argument, "offset", which is +** the offset of the method to call in the sqlite3_module structure. +** +** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks. +*/ +static void callFinaliser(sqlite3 *db, int offset){ + int i; + if( db->aVTrans ){ + VTable **aVTrans = db->aVTrans; + db->aVTrans = 0; + for(i=0; i<db->nVTrans; i++){ + VTable *pVTab = aVTrans[i]; + sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab; + if( p ){ + int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *); + x = *(int (**)(sqlite3_vtab *))((char *)p->pModule + offset); + if( x ) x(p); + } + pVTab->iSavepoint = 0; + sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, aVTrans); + db->nVTrans = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Invoke the xSync method of all virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans +** array. Return the error code for the first error that occurs, or +** SQLITE_OK if all xSync operations are successful. +** +** If an error message is available, leave it in p->zErrMsg. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ + int i; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + VTable **aVTrans = db->aVTrans; + + db->aVTrans = 0; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nVTrans; i++){ + int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *); + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = aVTrans[i]->pVtab; + if( pVtab && (x = pVtab->pModule->xSync)!=0 ){ + rc = x(pVtab); + sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); + } + } + db->aVTrans = aVTrans; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the +** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db){ + callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xRollback)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the +** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db){ + callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xCommit)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** If the virtual table pVtab supports the transaction interface +** (xBegin/xRollback/xCommit and optionally xSync) and a transaction is +** not currently open, invoke the xBegin method now. +** +** If the xBegin call is successful, place the sqlite3_vtab pointer +** in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + const sqlite3_module *pModule; + + /* Special case: If db->aVTrans is NULL and db->nVTrans is greater + ** than zero, then this function is being called from within a + ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to + ** virtual module tables in this case, so return SQLITE_LOCKED. + */ + if( sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ){ + return SQLITE_LOCKED; + } + if( !pVTab ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + pModule = pVTab->pVtab->pModule; + + if( pModule->xBegin ){ + int i; + + /* If pVtab is already in the aVTrans array, return early */ + for(i=0; i<db->nVTrans; i++){ + if( db->aVTrans[i]==pVTab ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + /* Invoke the xBegin method. If successful, add the vtab to the + ** sqlite3.aVTrans[] array. */ + rc = growVTrans(db); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pModule->xBegin(pVTab->pVtab); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int iSvpt = db->nStatement + db->nSavepoint; + addToVTrans(db, pVTab); + if( iSvpt ) rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, iSvpt-1); + } + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Invoke either the xSavepoint, xRollbackTo or xRelease method of all +** virtual tables that currently have an open transaction. Pass iSavepoint +** as the second argument to the virtual table method invoked. +** +** If op is SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, the xSavepoint method is invoked. If it is +** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, the xRollbackTo method. Otherwise, if op is +** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the xRelease method of each virtual table with +** an open transaction is invoked. +** +** If any virtual table method returns an error code other than SQLITE_OK, +** processing is abandoned and the error returned to the caller of this +** function immediately. If all calls to virtual table methods are successful, +** SQLITE_OK is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *db, int op, int iSavepoint){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK||op==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ); + assert( iSavepoint>=-1 ); + if( db->aVTrans ){ + int i; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nVTrans; i++){ + VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i]; + const sqlite3_module *pMod = pVTab->pMod->pModule; + if( pVTab->pVtab && pMod->iVersion>=2 ){ + int (*xMethod)(sqlite3_vtab *, int); + switch( op ){ + case SAVEPOINT_BEGIN: + xMethod = pMod->xSavepoint; + pVTab->iSavepoint = iSavepoint+1; + break; + case SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK: + xMethod = pMod->xRollbackTo; + break; + default: + xMethod = pMod->xRelease; + break; + } + if( xMethod && pVTab->iSavepoint>iSavepoint ){ + rc = xMethod(pVTab->pVtab, iSavepoint); + } + } + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** The first parameter (pDef) is a function implementation. The +** second parameter (pExpr) is the first argument to this function. +** If pExpr is a column in a virtual table, then let the virtual +** table implementation have an opportunity to overload the function. +** +** This routine is used to allow virtual table implementations to +** overload MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, and REGEXP operators. +** +** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a +** new FuncDef structure that is marked as ephemeral using the +** SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM flag. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection for reporting malloc problems */ + FuncDef *pDef, /* Function to possibly overload */ + int nArg, /* Number of arguments to the function */ + Expr *pExpr /* First argument to the function */ +){ + Table *pTab; + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; + sqlite3_module *pMod; + void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**) = 0; + void *pArg = 0; + FuncDef *pNew; + int rc = 0; + char *zLowerName; + unsigned char *z; + + + /* Check to see the left operand is a column in a virtual table */ + if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return pDef; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return pDef; + pTab = pExpr->pTab; + if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return pDef; + if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 ) return pDef; + pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pVtab; + assert( pVtab!=0 ); + assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 ); + pMod = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule; + if( pMod->xFindFunction==0 ) return pDef; + + /* Call the xFindFunction method on the virtual table implementation + ** to see if the implementation wants to overload this function + */ + zLowerName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pDef->zName); + if( zLowerName ){ + for(z=(unsigned char*)zLowerName; *z; z++){ + *z = sqlite3UpperToLower[*z]; + } + rc = pMod->xFindFunction(pVtab, nArg, zLowerName, &xSFunc, &pArg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zLowerName); + } + if( rc==0 ){ + return pDef; + } + + /* Create a new ephemeral function definition for the overloaded + ** function */ + pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) + + sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName) + 1); + if( pNew==0 ){ + return pDef; + } + *pNew = *pDef; + pNew->zName = (const char*)&pNew[1]; + memcpy((char*)&pNew[1], pDef->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName)+1); + pNew->xSFunc = xSFunc; + pNew->pUserData = pArg; + pNew->funcFlags |= SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM; + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Make sure virtual table pTab is contained in the pParse->apVirtualLock[] +** array so that an OP_VBegin will get generated for it. Add pTab to the +** array if it is missing. If pTab is already in the array, this routine +** is a no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); + int i, n; + Table **apVtabLock; + + assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); + for(i=0; i<pToplevel->nVtabLock; i++){ + if( pTab==pToplevel->apVtabLock[i] ) return; + } + n = (pToplevel->nVtabLock+1)*sizeof(pToplevel->apVtabLock[0]); + apVtabLock = sqlite3_realloc64(pToplevel->apVtabLock, n); + if( apVtabLock ){ + pToplevel->apVtabLock = apVtabLock; + pToplevel->apVtabLock[pToplevel->nVtabLock++] = pTab; + }else{ + sqlite3OomFault(pToplevel->db); + } +} + +/* +** Check to see if virtual tale module pMod can be have an eponymous +** virtual table instance. If it can, create one if one does not already +** exist. Return non-zero if the eponymous virtual table instance exists +** when this routine returns, and return zero if it does not exist. +** +** An eponymous virtual table instance is one that is named after its +** module, and more importantly, does not require a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE +** statement in order to come into existance. Eponymous virtual table +** instances always exist. They cannot be DROP-ed. +** +** Any virtual table module for which xConnect and xCreate are the same +** method can have an eponymous virtual table instance. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabEponymousTableInit(Parse *pParse, Module *pMod){ + const sqlite3_module *pModule = pMod->pModule; + Table *pTab; + char *zErr = 0; + int nName; + int rc; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( pMod->pEpoTab ) return 1; + if( pModule->xCreate!=0 && pModule->xCreate!=pModule->xConnect ) return 0; + nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pMod->zName) + 1; + pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) + nName); + if( pTab==0 ) return 0; + pMod->pEpoTab = pTab; + pTab->zName = (char*)&pTab[1]; + memcpy(pTab->zName, pMod->zName, nName); + pTab->nRef = 1; + pTab->pSchema = db->aDb[0].pSchema; + pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Virtual; + pTab->nModuleArg = 0; + pTab->iPKey = -1; + addModuleArgument(db, pTab, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTab->zName)); + addModuleArgument(db, pTab, 0); + addModuleArgument(db, pTab, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTab->zName)); + rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pModule->xConnect, &zErr); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); + sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(db, pMod); + return 0; + } + return 1; +} + +/* +** Erase the eponymous virtual table instance associated with +** virtual table module pMod, if it exists. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(sqlite3 *db, Module *pMod){ + Table *pTab = pMod->pEpoTab; + if( pTab!=0 ){ + sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(db, pTab); + sqlite3VtabClear(db, pTab); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTab); + pMod->pEpoTab = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Return the ON CONFLICT resolution mode in effect for the virtual +** table update operation currently in progress. +** +** The results of this routine are undefined unless it is called from +** within an xUpdate method. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *db){ + static const unsigned char aMap[] = { + SQLITE_ROLLBACK, SQLITE_ABORT, SQLITE_FAIL, SQLITE_IGNORE, SQLITE_REPLACE + }; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + assert( OE_Rollback==1 && OE_Abort==2 && OE_Fail==3 ); + assert( OE_Ignore==4 && OE_Replace==5 ); + assert( db->vtabOnConflict>=1 && db->vtabOnConflict<=5 ); + return (int)aMap[db->vtabOnConflict-1]; +} + +/* +** Call from within the xCreate() or xConnect() methods to provide +** the SQLite core with additional information about the behavior +** of the virtual table being implemented. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_CDECL sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){ + va_list ap; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + va_start(ap, op); + switch( op ){ + case SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT: { + VtabCtx *p = db->pVtabCtx; + if( !p ){ + rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + }else{ + assert( p->pTab==0 || (p->pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 ); + p->pVTable->bConstraint = (u8)va_arg(ap, int); + } + break; + } + default: + rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + break; + } + va_end(ap); + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) sqlite3Error(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +/************** End of vtab.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file wherecode.c ***************************************/ +/* +** 2015-06-06 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process +** the WHERE clause of SQL statements. +** +** This file was split off from where.c on 2015-06-06 in order to reduce the +** size of where.c and make it easier to edit. This file contains the routines +** that actually generate the bulk of the WHERE loop code. The original where.c +** file retains the code that does query planning and analysis. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/************** Include whereInt.h in the middle of wherecode.c **************/ +/************** Begin file whereInt.h ****************************************/ +/* +** 2013-11-12 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains structure and macro definitions for the query +** planner logic in "where.c". These definitions are broken out into +** a separate source file for easier editing. +*/ + +/* +** Trace output macros +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/***/ int sqlite3WhereTrace; +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) \ + && (defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE)) +# define WHERETRACE(K,X) if(sqlite3WhereTrace&(K)) sqlite3DebugPrintf X +# define WHERETRACE_ENABLED 1 +#else +# define WHERETRACE(K,X) +#endif + +/* Forward references +*/ +typedef struct WhereClause WhereClause; +typedef struct WhereMaskSet WhereMaskSet; +typedef struct WhereOrInfo WhereOrInfo; +typedef struct WhereAndInfo WhereAndInfo; +typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel; +typedef struct WhereLoop WhereLoop; +typedef struct WherePath WherePath; +typedef struct WhereTerm WhereTerm; +typedef struct WhereLoopBuilder WhereLoopBuilder; +typedef struct WhereScan WhereScan; +typedef struct WhereOrCost WhereOrCost; +typedef struct WhereOrSet WhereOrSet; + +/* +** This object contains information needed to implement a single nested +** loop in WHERE clause. +** +** Contrast this object with WhereLoop. This object describes the +** implementation of the loop. WhereLoop describes the algorithm. +** This object contains a pointer to the WhereLoop algorithm as one of +** its elements. +** +** The WhereInfo object contains a single instance of this object for +** each term in the FROM clause (which is to say, for each of the +** nested loops as implemented). The order of WhereLevel objects determines +** the loop nested order, with WhereInfo.a[0] being the outer loop and +** WhereInfo.a[WhereInfo.nLevel-1] being the inner loop. +*/ +struct WhereLevel { + int iLeftJoin; /* Memory cell used to implement LEFT OUTER JOIN */ + int iTabCur; /* The VDBE cursor used to access the table */ + int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor used to access pIdx */ + int addrBrk; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */ + int addrNxt; /* Jump here to start the next IN combination */ + int addrSkip; /* Jump here for next iteration of skip-scan */ + int addrCont; /* Jump here to continue with the next loop cycle */ + int addrFirst; /* First instruction of interior of the loop */ + int addrBody; /* Beginning of the body of this loop */ +#ifndef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS + u32 iLikeRepCntr; /* LIKE range processing counter register (times 2) */ + int addrLikeRep; /* LIKE range processing address */ +#endif + u8 iFrom; /* Which entry in the FROM clause */ + u8 op, p3, p5; /* Opcode, P3 & P5 of the opcode that ends the loop */ + int p1, p2; /* Operands of the opcode used to ends the loop */ + union { /* Information that depends on pWLoop->wsFlags */ + struct { + int nIn; /* Number of entries in aInLoop[] */ + struct InLoop { + int iCur; /* The VDBE cursor used by this IN operator */ + int addrInTop; /* Top of the IN loop */ + u8 eEndLoopOp; /* IN Loop terminator. OP_Next or OP_Prev */ + } *aInLoop; /* Information about each nested IN operator */ + } in; /* Used when pWLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_IN_ABLE */ + Index *pCovidx; /* Possible covering index for WHERE_MULTI_OR */ + } u; + struct WhereLoop *pWLoop; /* The selected WhereLoop object */ + Bitmask notReady; /* FROM entries not usable at this level */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS + int addrVisit; /* Address at which row is visited */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** Each instance of this object represents an algorithm for evaluating one +** term of a join. Every term of the FROM clause will have at least +** one corresponding WhereLoop object (unless INDEXED BY constraints +** prevent a query solution - which is an error) and many terms of the +** FROM clause will have multiple WhereLoop objects, each describing a +** potential way of implementing that FROM-clause term, together with +** dependencies and cost estimates for using the chosen algorithm. +** +** Query planning consists of building up a collection of these WhereLoop +** objects, then computing a particular sequence of WhereLoop objects, with +** one WhereLoop object per FROM clause term, that satisfy all dependencies +** and that minimize the overall cost. +*/ +struct WhereLoop { + Bitmask prereq; /* Bitmask of other loops that must run first */ + Bitmask maskSelf; /* Bitmask identifying table iTab */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + char cId; /* Symbolic ID of this loop for debugging use */ +#endif + u8 iTab; /* Position in FROM clause of table for this loop */ + u8 iSortIdx; /* Sorting index number. 0==None */ + LogEst rSetup; /* One-time setup cost (ex: create transient index) */ + LogEst rRun; /* Cost of running each loop */ + LogEst nOut; /* Estimated number of output rows */ + union { + struct { /* Information for internal btree tables */ + u16 nEq; /* Number of equality constraints */ + Index *pIndex; /* Index used, or NULL */ + } btree; + struct { /* Information for virtual tables */ + int idxNum; /* Index number */ + u8 needFree; /* True if sqlite3_free(idxStr) is needed */ + i8 isOrdered; /* True if satisfies ORDER BY */ + u16 omitMask; /* Terms that may be omitted */ + char *idxStr; /* Index identifier string */ + } vtab; + } u; + u32 wsFlags; /* WHERE_* flags describing the plan */ + u16 nLTerm; /* Number of entries in aLTerm[] */ + u16 nSkip; /* Number of NULL aLTerm[] entries */ + /**** whereLoopXfer() copies fields above ***********************/ +# define WHERE_LOOP_XFER_SZ offsetof(WhereLoop,nLSlot) + u16 nLSlot; /* Number of slots allocated for aLTerm[] */ + WhereTerm **aLTerm; /* WhereTerms used */ + WhereLoop *pNextLoop; /* Next WhereLoop object in the WhereClause */ + WhereTerm *aLTermSpace[3]; /* Initial aLTerm[] space */ +}; + +/* This object holds the prerequisites and the cost of running a +** subquery on one operand of an OR operator in the WHERE clause. +** See WhereOrSet for additional information +*/ +struct WhereOrCost { + Bitmask prereq; /* Prerequisites */ + LogEst rRun; /* Cost of running this subquery */ + LogEst nOut; /* Number of outputs for this subquery */ +}; + +/* The WhereOrSet object holds a set of possible WhereOrCosts that +** correspond to the subquery(s) of OR-clause processing. Only the +** best N_OR_COST elements are retained. +*/ +#define N_OR_COST 3 +struct WhereOrSet { + u16 n; /* Number of valid a[] entries */ + WhereOrCost a[N_OR_COST]; /* Set of best costs */ +}; + +/* +** Each instance of this object holds a sequence of WhereLoop objects +** that implement some or all of a query plan. +** +** Think of each WhereLoop object as a node in a graph with arcs +** showing dependencies and costs for travelling between nodes. (That is +** not a completely accurate description because WhereLoop costs are a +** vector, not a scalar, and because dependencies are many-to-one, not +** one-to-one as are graph nodes. But it is a useful visualization aid.) +** Then a WherePath object is a path through the graph that visits some +** or all of the WhereLoop objects once. +** +** The "solver" works by creating the N best WherePath objects of length +** 1. Then using those as a basis to compute the N best WherePath objects +** of length 2. And so forth until the length of WherePaths equals the +** number of nodes in the FROM clause. The best (lowest cost) WherePath +** at the end is the chosen query plan. +*/ +struct WherePath { + Bitmask maskLoop; /* Bitmask of all WhereLoop objects in this path */ + Bitmask revLoop; /* aLoop[]s that should be reversed for ORDER BY */ + LogEst nRow; /* Estimated number of rows generated by this path */ + LogEst rCost; /* Total cost of this path */ + LogEst rUnsorted; /* Total cost of this path ignoring sorting costs */ + i8 isOrdered; /* No. of ORDER BY terms satisfied. -1 for unknown */ + WhereLoop **aLoop; /* Array of WhereLoop objects implementing this path */ +}; + +/* +** The query generator uses an array of instances of this structure to +** help it analyze the subexpressions of the WHERE clause. Each WHERE +** clause subexpression is separated from the others by AND operators, +** usually, or sometimes subexpressions separated by OR. +** +** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure. +** The following identity holds: +** +** WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm +** +** When a term is of the form: +** +** X <op> <expr> +** +** where X is a column name and <op> is one of certain operators, +** then WhereTerm.leftCursor and WhereTerm.u.leftColumn record the +** cursor number and column number for X. WhereTerm.eOperator records +** the <op> using a bitmask encoding defined by WO_xxx below. The +** use of a bitmask encoding for the operator allows us to search +** quickly for terms that match any of several different operators. +** +** A WhereTerm might also be two or more subterms connected by OR: +** +** (t1.X <op> <expr>) OR (t1.Y <op> <expr>) OR .... +** +** In this second case, wtFlag has the TERM_ORINFO bit set and eOperator==WO_OR +** and the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo field points to auxiliary information that +** is collected about the OR clause. +** +** If a term in the WHERE clause does not match either of the two previous +** categories, then eOperator==0. The WhereTerm.pExpr field is still set +** to the original subexpression content and wtFlags is set up appropriately +** but no other fields in the WhereTerm object are meaningful. +** +** When eOperator!=0, prereqRight and prereqAll record sets of cursor numbers, +** but they do so indirectly. A single WhereMaskSet structure translates +** cursor number into bits and the translated bit is stored in the prereq +** fields. The translation is used in order to maximize the number of +** bits that will fit in a Bitmask. The VDBE cursor numbers might be +** spread out over the non-negative integers. For example, the cursor +** numbers might be 3, 8, 9, 10, 20, 23, 41, and 45. The WhereMaskSet +** translates these sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers +** beginning with 0 in order to make the best possible use of the available +** bits in the Bitmask. So, in the example above, the cursor numbers +** would be mapped into integers 0 through 7. +** +** The number of terms in a join is limited by the number of bits +** in prereqRight and prereqAll. The default is 64 bits, hence SQLite +** is only able to process joins with 64 or fewer tables. +*/ +struct WhereTerm { + Expr *pExpr; /* Pointer to the subexpression that is this term */ + int iParent; /* Disable pWC->a[iParent] when this term disabled */ + int leftCursor; /* Cursor number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */ + union { + int leftColumn; /* Column number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */ + WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Extra information if (eOperator & WO_OR)!=0 */ + WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; /* Extra information if (eOperator& WO_AND)!=0 */ + } u; + LogEst truthProb; /* Probability of truth for this expression */ + u16 eOperator; /* A WO_xx value describing <op> */ + u16 wtFlags; /* TERM_xxx bit flags. See below */ + u8 nChild; /* Number of children that must disable us */ + u8 eMatchOp; /* Op for vtab MATCH/LIKE/GLOB/REGEXP terms */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* The clause this term is part of */ + Bitmask prereqRight; /* Bitmask of tables used by pExpr->pRight */ + Bitmask prereqAll; /* Bitmask of tables referenced by pExpr */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values of WhereTerm.wtFlags +*/ +#define TERM_DYNAMIC 0x01 /* Need to call sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr) */ +#define TERM_VIRTUAL 0x02 /* Added by the optimizer. Do not code */ +#define TERM_CODED 0x04 /* This term is already coded */ +#define TERM_COPIED 0x08 /* Has a child */ +#define TERM_ORINFO 0x10 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo object */ +#define TERM_ANDINFO 0x20 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pAndInfo obj */ +#define TERM_OR_OK 0x40 /* Used during OR-clause processing */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +# define TERM_VNULL 0x80 /* Manufactured x>NULL or x<=NULL term */ +#else +# define TERM_VNULL 0x00 /* Disabled if not using stat3 */ +#endif +#define TERM_LIKEOPT 0x100 /* Virtual terms from the LIKE optimization */ +#define TERM_LIKECOND 0x200 /* Conditionally this LIKE operator term */ +#define TERM_LIKE 0x400 /* The original LIKE operator */ +#define TERM_IS 0x800 /* Term.pExpr is an IS operator */ + +/* +** An instance of the WhereScan object is used as an iterator for locating +** terms in the WHERE clause that are useful to the query planner. +*/ +struct WhereScan { + WhereClause *pOrigWC; /* Original, innermost WhereClause */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* WhereClause currently being scanned */ + const char *zCollName; /* Required collating sequence, if not NULL */ + Expr *pIdxExpr; /* Search for this index expression */ + char idxaff; /* Must match this affinity, if zCollName!=NULL */ + unsigned char nEquiv; /* Number of entries in aEquiv[] */ + unsigned char iEquiv; /* Next unused slot in aEquiv[] */ + u32 opMask; /* Acceptable operators */ + int k; /* Resume scanning at this->pWC->a[this->k] */ + int aiCur[11]; /* Cursors in the equivalence class */ + i16 aiColumn[11]; /* Corresponding column number in the eq-class */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of the following structure holds all information about a +** WHERE clause. Mostly this is a container for one or more WhereTerms. +** +** Explanation of pOuter: For a WHERE clause of the form +** +** a AND ((b AND c) OR (d AND e)) AND f +** +** There are separate WhereClause objects for the whole clause and for +** the subclauses "(b AND c)" and "(d AND e)". The pOuter field of the +** subclauses points to the WhereClause object for the whole clause. +*/ +struct WhereClause { + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* WHERE clause processing context */ + WhereClause *pOuter; /* Outer conjunction */ + u8 op; /* Split operator. TK_AND or TK_OR */ + int nTerm; /* Number of terms */ + int nSlot; /* Number of entries in a[] */ + WhereTerm *a; /* Each a[] describes a term of the WHERE cluase */ +#if defined(SQLITE_SMALL_STACK) + WhereTerm aStatic[1]; /* Initial static space for a[] */ +#else + WhereTerm aStatic[8]; /* Initial static space for a[] */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_OR has its u.pOrInfo pointer set to +** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure. +*/ +struct WhereOrInfo { + WhereClause wc; /* Decomposition into subterms */ + Bitmask indexable; /* Bitmask of all indexable tables in the clause */ +}; + +/* +** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_AND has its u.pAndInfo pointer set to +** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure. +*/ +struct WhereAndInfo { + WhereClause wc; /* The subexpression broken out */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping +** between VDBE cursor numbers and bits of the bitmasks in WhereTerm. +** +** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in +** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields. For any given WHERE +** clause, the cursor numbers might not begin with 0 and they might +** contain gaps in the numbering sequence. But we want to make maximum +** use of the bits in our bitmasks. This structure provides a mapping +** from the sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers beginning +** with 0. +** +** If WhereMaskSet.ix[A]==B it means that The A-th bit of a Bitmask +** corresponds VDBE cursor number B. The A-th bit of a bitmask is 1<<A. +** +** For example, if the WHERE clause expression used these VDBE +** cursors: 4, 5, 8, 29, 57, 73. Then the WhereMaskSet structure +** would map those cursor numbers into bits 0 through 5. +** +** Note that the mapping is not necessarily ordered. In the example +** above, the mapping might go like this: 4->3, 5->1, 8->2, 29->0, +** 57->5, 73->4. Or one of 719 other combinations might be used. It +** does not really matter. What is important is that sparse cursor +** numbers all get mapped into bit numbers that begin with 0 and contain +** no gaps. +*/ +struct WhereMaskSet { + int n; /* Number of assigned cursor values */ + int ix[BMS]; /* Cursor assigned to each bit */ +}; + +/* +** Initialize a WhereMaskSet object +*/ +#define initMaskSet(P) (P)->n=0 + +/* +** This object is a convenience wrapper holding all information needed +** to construct WhereLoop objects for a particular query. +*/ +struct WhereLoopBuilder { + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about this WHERE */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* WHERE clause terms */ + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* ORDER BY clause */ + WhereLoop *pNew; /* Template WhereLoop */ + WhereOrSet *pOrSet; /* Record best loops here, if not NULL */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + UnpackedRecord *pRec; /* Probe for stat4 (if required) */ + int nRecValid; /* Number of valid fields currently in pRec */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** The WHERE clause processing routine has two halves. The +** first part does the start of the WHERE loop and the second +** half does the tail of the WHERE loop. An instance of +** this structure is returned by the first half and passed +** into the second half to give some continuity. +** +** An instance of this object holds the complete state of the query +** planner. +*/ +struct WhereInfo { + Parse *pParse; /* Parsing and code generating context */ + SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables in the join */ + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause or NULL */ + ExprList *pDistinctSet; /* DISTINCT over all these values */ + WhereLoop *pLoops; /* List of all WhereLoop objects */ + Bitmask revMask; /* Mask of ORDER BY terms that need reversing */ + LogEst nRowOut; /* Estimated number of output rows */ + LogEst iLimit; /* LIMIT if wctrlFlags has WHERE_USE_LIMIT */ + u16 wctrlFlags; /* Flags originally passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */ + i8 nOBSat; /* Number of ORDER BY terms satisfied by indices */ + u8 sorted; /* True if really sorted (not just grouped) */ + u8 eOnePass; /* ONEPASS_OFF, or _SINGLE, or _MULTI */ + u8 untestedTerms; /* Not all WHERE terms resolved by outer loop */ + u8 eDistinct; /* One of the WHERE_DISTINCT_* values below */ + u8 nLevel; /* Number of nested loop */ + int iTop; /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */ + int iContinue; /* Jump here to continue with next record */ + int iBreak; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */ + int savedNQueryLoop; /* pParse->nQueryLoop outside the WHERE loop */ + int aiCurOnePass[2]; /* OP_OpenWrite cursors for the ONEPASS opt */ + WhereMaskSet sMaskSet; /* Map cursor numbers to bitmasks */ + WhereClause sWC; /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */ + WhereLevel a[1]; /* Information about each nest loop in WHERE */ +}; + +/* +** Private interfaces - callable only by other where.c routines. +** +** where.c: +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereGetMask(WhereMaskSet*,int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereTerm *sqlite3WhereFindTerm( + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause to be searched */ + int iCur, /* Cursor number of LHS */ + int iColumn, /* Column number of LHS */ + Bitmask notReady, /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */ + u32 op, /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */ + Index *pIdx /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */ +); + +/* wherecode.c: */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* Table list this loop refers to */ + WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Scan to write OP_Explain opcode for */ + int iLevel, /* Value for "level" column of output */ + int iFrom, /* Value for "from" column of output */ + u16 wctrlFlags /* Flags passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */ +); +#else +# define sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan(u,v,w,x,y,z) 0 +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus( + Vdbe *v, /* Vdbe to add scanstatus entry to */ + SrcList *pSrclist, /* FROM clause pLvl reads data from */ + WhereLevel *pLvl, /* Level to add scanstatus() entry for */ + int addrExplain /* Address of OP_Explain (or 0) */ +); +#else +# define sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus(a, b, c, d) ((void)d) +#endif +SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( + WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* Complete information about the WHERE clause */ + int iLevel, /* Which level of pWInfo->a[] should be coded */ + Bitmask notReady /* Which tables are currently available */ +); + +/* whereexpr.c: */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereClauseInit(WhereClause*,WhereInfo*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereClauseClear(WhereClause*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereSplit(WhereClause*,Expr*,u8); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereExprUsage(WhereMaskSet*, Expr*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(WhereMaskSet*, ExprList*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze(SrcList*, WhereClause*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereTabFuncArgs(Parse*, struct SrcList_item*, WhereClause*); + + + + + +/* +** Bitmasks for the operators on WhereTerm objects. These are all +** operators that are of interest to the query planner. An +** OR-ed combination of these values can be used when searching for +** particular WhereTerms within a WhereClause. +** +** Value constraints: +** WO_EQ == SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ +** WO_LT == SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT +** WO_LE == SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE +** WO_GT == SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT +** WO_GE == SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE +** WO_MATCH == SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH +*/ +#define WO_IN 0x0001 +#define WO_EQ 0x0002 +#define WO_LT (WO_EQ<<(TK_LT-TK_EQ)) +#define WO_LE (WO_EQ<<(TK_LE-TK_EQ)) +#define WO_GT (WO_EQ<<(TK_GT-TK_EQ)) +#define WO_GE (WO_EQ<<(TK_GE-TK_EQ)) +#define WO_MATCH 0x0040 +#define WO_IS 0x0080 +#define WO_ISNULL 0x0100 +#define WO_OR 0x0200 /* Two or more OR-connected terms */ +#define WO_AND 0x0400 /* Two or more AND-connected terms */ +#define WO_EQUIV 0x0800 /* Of the form A==B, both columns */ +#define WO_NOOP 0x1000 /* This term does not restrict search space */ + +#define WO_ALL 0x1fff /* Mask of all possible WO_* values */ +#define WO_SINGLE 0x01ff /* Mask of all non-compound WO_* values */ + +/* +** These are definitions of bits in the WhereLoop.wsFlags field. +** The particular combination of bits in each WhereLoop help to +** determine the algorithm that WhereLoop represents. +*/ +#define WHERE_COLUMN_EQ 0x00000001 /* x=EXPR */ +#define WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE 0x00000002 /* x<EXPR and/or x>EXPR */ +#define WHERE_COLUMN_IN 0x00000004 /* x IN (...) */ +#define WHERE_COLUMN_NULL 0x00000008 /* x IS NULL */ +#define WHERE_CONSTRAINT 0x0000000f /* Any of the WHERE_COLUMN_xxx values */ +#define WHERE_TOP_LIMIT 0x00000010 /* x<EXPR or x<=EXPR constraint */ +#define WHERE_BTM_LIMIT 0x00000020 /* x>EXPR or x>=EXPR constraint */ +#define WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT 0x00000030 /* Both x>EXPR and x<EXPR */ +#define WHERE_IDX_ONLY 0x00000040 /* Use index only - omit table */ +#define WHERE_IPK 0x00000100 /* x is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ +#define WHERE_INDEXED 0x00000200 /* WhereLoop.u.btree.pIndex is valid */ +#define WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE 0x00000400 /* WhereLoop.u.vtab is valid */ +#define WHERE_IN_ABLE 0x00000800 /* Able to support an IN operator */ +#define WHERE_ONEROW 0x00001000 /* Selects no more than one row */ +#define WHERE_MULTI_OR 0x00002000 /* OR using multiple indices */ +#define WHERE_AUTO_INDEX 0x00004000 /* Uses an ephemeral index */ +#define WHERE_SKIPSCAN 0x00008000 /* Uses the skip-scan algorithm */ +#define WHERE_UNQ_WANTED 0x00010000 /* WHERE_ONEROW would have been helpful*/ +#define WHERE_PARTIALIDX 0x00020000 /* The automatic index is partial */ + +/************** End of whereInt.h ********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in wherecode.c ******************/ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN +/* +** This routine is a helper for explainIndexRange() below +** +** pStr holds the text of an expression that we are building up one term +** at a time. This routine adds a new term to the end of the expression. +** Terms are separated by AND so add the "AND" text for second and subsequent +** terms only. +*/ +static void explainAppendTerm( + StrAccum *pStr, /* The text expression being built */ + int iTerm, /* Index of this term. First is zero */ + const char *zColumn, /* Name of the column */ + const char *zOp /* Name of the operator */ +){ + if( iTerm ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, " AND ", 5); + sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(pStr, zColumn); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, zOp, 1); + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, "?", 1); +} + +/* +** Return the name of the i-th column of the pIdx index. +*/ +static const char *explainIndexColumnName(Index *pIdx, int i){ + i = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; + if( i==XN_EXPR ) return "<expr>"; + if( i==XN_ROWID ) return "rowid"; + return pIdx->pTable->aCol[i].zName; +} + +/* +** Argument pLevel describes a strategy for scanning table pTab. This +** function appends text to pStr that describes the subset of table +** rows scanned by the strategy in the form of an SQL expression. +** +** For example, if the query: +** +** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=1 AND b>2; +** +** is run and there is an index on (a, b), then this function returns a +** string similar to: +** +** "a=? AND b>?" +*/ +static void explainIndexRange(StrAccum *pStr, WhereLoop *pLoop){ + Index *pIndex = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + u16 nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; + u16 nSkip = pLoop->nSkip; + int i, j; + + if( nEq==0 && (pLoop->wsFlags&(WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))==0 ) return; + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, " (", 2); + for(i=0; i<nEq; i++){ + const char *z = explainIndexColumnName(pIndex, i); + if( i ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, " AND ", 5); + sqlite3XPrintf(pStr, i>=nSkip ? "%s=?" : "ANY(%s)", z); + } + + j = i; + if( pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ + const char *z = explainIndexColumnName(pIndex, i); + explainAppendTerm(pStr, i++, z, ">"); + } + if( pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){ + const char *z = explainIndexColumnName(pIndex, j); + explainAppendTerm(pStr, i, z, "<"); + } + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, ")", 1); +} + +/* +** This function is a no-op unless currently processing an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN +** command, or if either SQLITE_DEBUG or SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS was +** defined at compile-time. If it is not a no-op, a single OP_Explain opcode +** is added to the output to describe the table scan strategy in pLevel. +** +** If an OP_Explain opcode is added to the VM, its address is returned. +** Otherwise, if no OP_Explain is coded, zero is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* Table list this loop refers to */ + WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Scan to write OP_Explain opcode for */ + int iLevel, /* Value for "level" column of output */ + int iFrom, /* Value for "from" column of output */ + u16 wctrlFlags /* Flags passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */ +){ + int ret = 0; +#if !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS) + if( pParse->explain==2 ) +#endif + { + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* VM being constructed */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ + int iId = pParse->iSelectId; /* Select id (left-most output column) */ + int isSearch; /* True for a SEARCH. False for SCAN. */ + WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The controlling WhereLoop object */ + u32 flags; /* Flags that describe this loop */ + char *zMsg; /* Text to add to EQP output */ + StrAccum str; /* EQP output string */ + char zBuf[100]; /* Initial space for EQP output string */ + + pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + flags = pLoop->wsFlags; + if( (flags&WHERE_MULTI_OR) || (wctrlFlags&WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ) return 0; + + isSearch = (flags&(WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))!=0 + || ((flags&WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 && (pLoop->u.btree.nEq>0)) + || (wctrlFlags&(WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX)); + + sqlite3StrAccumInit(&str, db, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); + sqlite3StrAccumAppendAll(&str, isSearch ? "SEARCH" : "SCAN"); + if( pItem->pSelect ){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&str, " SUBQUERY %d", pItem->iSelectId); + }else{ + sqlite3XPrintf(&str, " TABLE %s", pItem->zName); + } + + if( pItem->zAlias ){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&str, " AS %s", pItem->zAlias); + } + if( (flags & (WHERE_IPK|WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE))==0 ){ + const char *zFmt = 0; + Index *pIdx; + + assert( pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0 ); + pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + assert( !(flags&WHERE_AUTO_INDEX) || (flags&WHERE_IDX_ONLY) ); + if( !HasRowid(pItem->pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){ + if( isSearch ){ + zFmt = "PRIMARY KEY"; + } + }else if( flags & WHERE_PARTIALIDX ){ + zFmt = "AUTOMATIC PARTIAL COVERING INDEX"; + }else if( flags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX ){ + zFmt = "AUTOMATIC COVERING INDEX"; + }else if( flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY ){ + zFmt = "COVERING INDEX %s"; + }else{ + zFmt = "INDEX %s"; + } + if( zFmt ){ + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&str, " USING ", 7); + sqlite3XPrintf(&str, zFmt, pIdx->zName); + explainIndexRange(&str, pLoop); + } + }else if( (flags & WHERE_IPK)!=0 && (flags & WHERE_CONSTRAINT)!=0 ){ + const char *zRangeOp; + if( flags&(WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_COLUMN_IN) ){ + zRangeOp = "="; + }else if( (flags&WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT)==WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT ){ + zRangeOp = ">? AND rowid<"; + }else if( flags&WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ + zRangeOp = ">"; + }else{ + assert( flags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT); + zRangeOp = "<"; + } + sqlite3XPrintf(&str, " USING INTEGER PRIMARY KEY (rowid%s?)",zRangeOp); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + else if( (flags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&str, " VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX %d:%s", + pLoop->u.vtab.idxNum, pLoop->u.vtab.idxStr); + } +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_EXPLAIN_ESTIMATED_ROWS + if( pLoop->nOut>=10 ){ + sqlite3XPrintf(&str, " (~%llu rows)", sqlite3LogEstToInt(pLoop->nOut)); + }else{ + sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&str, " (~1 row)", 9); + } +#endif + zMsg = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&str); + ret = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, iId, iLevel, iFrom, zMsg,P4_DYNAMIC); + } + return ret; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS +/* +** Configure the VM passed as the first argument with an +** sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() entry corresponding to the scan used to +** implement level pLvl. Argument pSrclist is a pointer to the FROM +** clause that the scan reads data from. +** +** If argument addrExplain is not 0, it must be the address of an +** OP_Explain instruction that describes the same loop. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus( + Vdbe *v, /* Vdbe to add scanstatus entry to */ + SrcList *pSrclist, /* FROM clause pLvl reads data from */ + WhereLevel *pLvl, /* Level to add scanstatus() entry for */ + int addrExplain /* Address of OP_Explain (or 0) */ +){ + const char *zObj = 0; + WhereLoop *pLoop = pLvl->pWLoop; + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 && pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0 ){ + zObj = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex->zName; + }else{ + zObj = pSrclist->a[pLvl->iFrom].zName; + } + sqlite3VdbeScanStatus( + v, addrExplain, pLvl->addrBody, pLvl->addrVisit, pLoop->nOut, zObj + ); +} +#endif + + +/* +** Disable a term in the WHERE clause. Except, do not disable the term +** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON +** or USING clause of that join. +** +** Consider the term t2.z='ok' in the following queries: +** +** (1) SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x WHERE t2.z='ok' +** (2) SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok' +** (3) SELECT * FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok' +** +** The t2.z='ok' is disabled in the in (2) because it originates +** in the ON clause. The term is disabled in (3) because it is not part +** of a LEFT OUTER JOIN. In (1), the term is not disabled. +** +** Disabling a term causes that term to not be tested in the inner loop +** of the join. Disabling is an optimization. When terms are satisfied +** by indices, we disable them to prevent redundant tests in the inner +** loop. We would get the correct results if nothing were ever disabled, +** but joins might run a little slower. The trick is to disable as much +** as we can without disabling too much. If we disabled in (1), we'd get +** the wrong answer. See ticket #813. +** +** If all the children of a term are disabled, then that term is also +** automatically disabled. In this way, terms get disabled if derived +** virtual terms are tested first. For example: +** +** x GLOB 'abc*' AND x>='abc' AND x<'acd' +** \___________/ \______/ \_____/ +** parent child1 child2 +** +** Only the parent term was in the original WHERE clause. The child1 +** and child2 terms were added by the LIKE optimization. If both of +** the virtual child terms are valid, then testing of the parent can be +** skipped. +** +** Usually the parent term is marked as TERM_CODED. But if the parent +** term was originally TERM_LIKE, then the parent gets TERM_LIKECOND instead. +** The TERM_LIKECOND marking indicates that the term should be coded inside +** a conditional such that is only evaluated on the second pass of a +** LIKE-optimization loop, when scanning BLOBs instead of strings. +*/ +static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, WhereTerm *pTerm){ + int nLoop = 0; + while( pTerm + && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)==0 + && (pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)) + && (pLevel->notReady & pTerm->prereqAll)==0 + ){ + if( nLoop && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_LIKE)!=0 ){ + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_LIKECOND; + }else{ + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; + } + if( pTerm->iParent<0 ) break; + pTerm = &pTerm->pWC->a[pTerm->iParent]; + pTerm->nChild--; + if( pTerm->nChild!=0 ) break; + nLoop++; + } +} + +/* +** Code an OP_Affinity opcode to apply the column affinity string zAff +** to the n registers starting at base. +** +** As an optimization, SQLITE_AFF_BLOB entries (which are no-ops) at the +** beginning and end of zAff are ignored. If all entries in zAff are +** SQLITE_AFF_BLOB, then no code gets generated. +** +** This routine makes its own copy of zAff so that the caller is free +** to modify zAff after this routine returns. +*/ +static void codeApplyAffinity(Parse *pParse, int base, int n, char *zAff){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + if( zAff==0 ){ + assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + return; + } + assert( v!=0 ); + + /* Adjust base and n to skip over SQLITE_AFF_BLOB entries at the beginning + ** and end of the affinity string. + */ + while( n>0 && zAff[0]==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ){ + n--; + base++; + zAff++; + } + while( n>1 && zAff[n-1]==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ){ + n--; + } + + /* Code the OP_Affinity opcode if there is anything left to do. */ + if( n>0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, base, n, 0, zAff, n); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, base, n); + } +} + + +/* +** Generate code for a single equality term of the WHERE clause. An equality +** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...). pTerm is the term to be +** coded. +** +** The current value for the constraint is left in register iReg. +** +** For a constraint of the form X=expr, the expression is evaluated and its +** result is left on the stack. For constraints of the form X IN (...) +** this routine sets up a loop that will iterate over all values of X. +*/ +static int codeEqualityTerm( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + WhereTerm *pTerm, /* The term of the WHERE clause to be coded */ + WhereLevel *pLevel, /* The level of the FROM clause we are working on */ + int iEq, /* Index of the equality term within this level */ + int bRev, /* True for reverse-order IN operations */ + int iTarget /* Attempt to leave results in this register */ +){ + Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int iReg; /* Register holding results */ + + assert( iTarget>0 ); + if( pX->op==TK_EQ || pX->op==TK_IS ){ + iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pX->pRight, iTarget); + }else if( pX->op==TK_ISNULL ){ + iReg = iTarget; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iReg); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + }else{ + int eType; + int iTab; + struct InLoop *pIn; + WhereLoop *pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 + && pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0 + && pLoop->u.btree.pIndex->aSortOrder[iEq] + ){ + testcase( iEq==0 ); + testcase( bRev ); + bRev = !bRev; + } + assert( pX->op==TK_IN ); + iReg = iTarget; + eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pX, IN_INDEX_LOOP, 0); + if( eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC ){ + testcase( bRev ); + bRev = !bRev; + } + iTab = pX->iTable; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, !bRev); + assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR)==0 ); + pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_IN_ABLE; + if( pLevel->u.in.nIn==0 ){ + pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + } + pLevel->u.in.nIn++; + pLevel->u.in.aInLoop = + sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop, + sizeof(pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[0])*pLevel->u.in.nIn); + pIn = pLevel->u.in.aInLoop; + if( pIn ){ + pIn += pLevel->u.in.nIn - 1; + pIn->iCur = iTab; + if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){ + pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTab, iReg); + }else{ + pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, 0, iReg); + } + pIn->eEndLoopOp = bRev ? OP_PrevIfOpen : OP_NextIfOpen; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, iReg); VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + pLevel->u.in.nIn = 0; + } +#endif + } + disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); + return iReg; +} + +/* +** Generate code that will evaluate all == and IN constraints for an +** index scan. +** +** For example, consider table t1(a,b,c,d,e,f) with index i1(a,b,c). +** Suppose the WHERE clause is this: a==5 AND b IN (1,2,3) AND c>5 AND c<10 +** The index has as many as three equality constraints, but in this +** example, the third "c" value is an inequality. So only two +** constraints are coded. This routine will generate code to evaluate +** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3). The current values for a and b will be stored +** in consecutive registers and the index of the first register is returned. +** +** In the example above nEq==2. But this subroutine works for any value +** of nEq including 0. If nEq==0, this routine is nearly a no-op. +** The only thing it does is allocate the pLevel->iMem memory cell and +** compute the affinity string. +** +** The nExtraReg parameter is 0 or 1. It is 0 if all WHERE clause constraints +** are == or IN and are covered by the nEq. nExtraReg is 1 if there is +** an inequality constraint (such as the "c>=5 AND c<10" in the example) that +** occurs after the nEq quality constraints. +** +** This routine allocates a range of nEq+nExtraReg memory cells and returns +** the index of the first memory cell in that range. The code that +** calls this routine will use that memory range to store keys for +** start and termination conditions of the loop. +** key value of the loop. If one or more IN operators appear, then +** this routine allocates an additional nEq memory cells for internal +** use. +** +** Before returning, *pzAff is set to point to a buffer containing a +** copy of the column affinity string of the index allocated using +** sqlite3DbMalloc(). Except, entries in the copy of the string associated +** with equality constraints that use BLOB or NONE affinity are set to +** SQLITE_AFF_BLOB. This is to deal with SQL such as the following: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(a TEXT PRIMARY KEY, b); +** SELECT ... FROM t1 AS t2, t1 WHERE t1.a = t2.b; +** +** In the example above, the index on t1(a) has TEXT affinity. But since +** the right hand side of the equality constraint (t2.b) has BLOB/NONE affinity, +** no conversion should be attempted before using a t2.b value as part of +** a key to search the index. Hence the first byte in the returned affinity +** string in this example would be set to SQLITE_AFF_BLOB. +*/ +static int codeAllEqualityTerms( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Which nested loop of the FROM we are coding */ + int bRev, /* Reverse the order of IN operators */ + int nExtraReg, /* Number of extra registers to allocate */ + char **pzAff /* OUT: Set to point to affinity string */ +){ + u16 nEq; /* The number of == or IN constraints to code */ + u16 nSkip; /* Number of left-most columns to skip */ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The vm under construction */ + Index *pIdx; /* The index being used for this loop */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single constraint term */ + WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The WhereLoop object */ + int j; /* Loop counter */ + int regBase; /* Base register */ + int nReg; /* Number of registers to allocate */ + char *zAff; /* Affinity string to return */ + + /* This module is only called on query plans that use an index. */ + pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ); + nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; + nSkip = pLoop->nSkip; + pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + assert( pIdx!=0 ); + + /* Figure out how many memory cells we will need then allocate them. + */ + regBase = pParse->nMem + 1; + nReg = pLoop->u.btree.nEq + nExtraReg; + pParse->nMem += nReg; + + zAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db,sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(pParse->db,pIdx)); + assert( zAff!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + + if( nSkip ){ + int iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, (bRev?OP_Last:OP_Rewind), iIdxCur); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0); + VdbeComment((v, "begin skip-scan on %s", pIdx->zName)); + j = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); + pLevel->addrSkip = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, (bRev?OP_SeekLT:OP_SeekGT), + iIdxCur, 0, regBase, nSkip); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j); + for(j=0; j<nSkip; j++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, j, regBase+j); + testcase( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==XN_EXPR ); + VdbeComment((v, "%s", explainIndexColumnName(pIdx, j))); + } + } + + /* Evaluate the equality constraints + */ + assert( zAff==0 || (int)strlen(zAff)>=nEq ); + for(j=nSkip; j<nEq; j++){ + int r1; + pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[j]; + assert( pTerm!=0 ); + /* The following testcase is true for indices with redundant columns. + ** Ex: CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a,b,a); SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=0 AND b=0; */ + testcase( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)!=0 ); + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + r1 = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, j, bRev, regBase+j); + if( r1!=regBase+j ){ + if( nReg==1 ){ + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regBase); + regBase = r1; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r1, regBase+j); + } + } + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ); + if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_ISNULL|WO_IN))==0 ){ + Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight; + if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_IS)==0 && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+j, pLevel->addrBrk); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + if( zAff ){ + if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zAff[j])==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ){ + zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; + } + if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zAff[j]) ){ + zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; + } + } + } + } + *pzAff = zAff; + return regBase; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS +/* +** If the most recently coded instruction is a constant range constraint +** (a string literal) that originated from the LIKE optimization, then +** set P3 and P5 on the OP_String opcode so that the string will be cast +** to a BLOB at appropriate times. +** +** The LIKE optimization trys to evaluate "x LIKE 'abc%'" as a range +** expression: "x>='ABC' AND x<'abd'". But this requires that the range +** scan loop run twice, once for strings and a second time for BLOBs. +** The OP_String opcodes on the second pass convert the upper and lower +** bound string contants to blobs. This routine makes the necessary changes +** to the OP_String opcodes for that to happen. +** +** Except, of course, if SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS is defined, then +** only the one pass through the string space is required, so this routine +** becomes a no-op. +*/ +static void whereLikeOptimizationStringFixup( + Vdbe *v, /* prepared statement under construction */ + WhereLevel *pLevel, /* The loop that contains the LIKE operator */ + WhereTerm *pTerm /* The upper or lower bound just coded */ +){ + if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT ){ + VdbeOp *pOp; + assert( pLevel->iLikeRepCntr>0 ); + pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1); + assert( pOp!=0 ); + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_String8 + || pTerm->pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + pOp->p3 = (int)(pLevel->iLikeRepCntr>>1); /* Register holding counter */ + pOp->p5 = (u8)(pLevel->iLikeRepCntr&1); /* ASC or DESC */ + } +} +#else +# define whereLikeOptimizationStringFixup(A,B,C) +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS +/* +** Information is passed from codeCursorHint() down to individual nodes of +** the expression tree (by sqlite3WalkExpr()) using an instance of this +** structure. +*/ +struct CCurHint { + int iTabCur; /* Cursor for the main table */ + int iIdxCur; /* Cursor for the index, if pIdx!=0. Unused otherwise */ + Index *pIdx; /* The index used to access the table */ +}; + +/* +** This function is called for every node of an expression that is a candidate +** for a cursor hint on an index cursor. For TK_COLUMN nodes that reference +** the table CCurHint.iTabCur, verify that the same column can be +** accessed through the index. If it cannot, then set pWalker->eCode to 1. +*/ +static int codeCursorHintCheckExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + struct CCurHint *pHint = pWalker->u.pCCurHint; + assert( pHint->pIdx!=0 ); + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN + && pExpr->iTable==pHint->iTabCur + && sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pHint->pIdx, pExpr->iColumn)<0 + ){ + pWalker->eCode = 1; + } + return WRC_Continue; +} + + +/* +** This function is called on every node of an expression tree used as an +** argument to the OP_CursorHint instruction. If the node is a TK_COLUMN +** that accesses any table other than the one identified by +** CCurHint.iTabCur, then do the following: +** +** 1) allocate a register and code an OP_Column instruction to read +** the specified column into the new register, and +** +** 2) transform the expression node to a TK_REGISTER node that reads +** from the newly populated register. +** +** Also, if the node is a TK_COLUMN that does access the table idenified +** by pCCurHint.iTabCur, and an index is being used (which we will +** know because CCurHint.pIdx!=0) then transform the TK_COLUMN into +** an access of the index rather than the original table. +*/ +static int codeCursorHintFixExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ + int rc = WRC_Continue; + struct CCurHint *pHint = pWalker->u.pCCurHint; + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ){ + if( pExpr->iTable!=pHint->iTabCur ){ + Vdbe *v = pWalker->pParse->pVdbe; + int reg = ++pWalker->pParse->nMem; /* Register for column value */ + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable( + v, pExpr->pTab, pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn, reg + ); + pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER; + pExpr->iTable = reg; + }else if( pHint->pIdx!=0 ){ + pExpr->iTable = pHint->iIdxCur; + pExpr->iColumn = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pHint->pIdx, pExpr->iColumn); + assert( pExpr->iColumn>=0 ); + } + }else if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ){ + /* An aggregate function in the WHERE clause of a query means this must + ** be a correlated sub-query, and expression pExpr is an aggregate from + ** the parent context. Do not walk the function arguments in this case. + ** + ** todo: It should be possible to replace this node with a TK_REGISTER + ** expression, as the result of the expression must be stored in a + ** register at this point. The same holds for TK_AGG_COLUMN nodes. */ + rc = WRC_Prune; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Insert an OP_CursorHint instruction if it is appropriate to do so. +*/ +static void codeCursorHint( + WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* The where clause */ + WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Which loop to provide hints for */ + WhereTerm *pEndRange /* Hint this end-of-scan boundary term if not NULL */ +){ + Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + Expr *pExpr = 0; + WhereLoop *pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + int iCur; + WhereClause *pWC; + WhereTerm *pTerm; + int i, j; + struct CCurHint sHint; + Walker sWalker; + + if( OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_CursorHints) ) return; + iCur = pLevel->iTabCur; + assert( iCur==pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].iCursor ); + sHint.iTabCur = iCur; + sHint.iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur; + sHint.pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + memset(&sWalker, 0, sizeof(sWalker)); + sWalker.pParse = pParse; + sWalker.u.pCCurHint = &sHint; + pWC = &pWInfo->sWC; + for(i=0; i<pWC->nTerm; i++){ + pTerm = &pWC->a[i]; + if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; + if( pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady ) continue; + if( ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) continue; + + /* All terms in pWLoop->aLTerm[] except pEndRange are used to initialize + ** the cursor. These terms are not needed as hints for a pure range + ** scan (that has no == terms) so omit them. */ + if( pLoop->u.btree.nEq==0 && pTerm!=pEndRange ){ + for(j=0; j<pLoop->nLTerm && pLoop->aLTerm[j]!=pTerm; j++){} + if( j<pLoop->nLTerm ) continue; + } + + /* No subqueries or non-deterministic functions allowed */ + if( sqlite3ExprContainsSubquery(pTerm->pExpr) ) continue; + + /* For an index scan, make sure referenced columns are actually in + ** the index. */ + if( sHint.pIdx!=0 ){ + sWalker.eCode = 0; + sWalker.xExprCallback = codeCursorHintCheckExpr; + sqlite3WalkExpr(&sWalker, pTerm->pExpr); + if( sWalker.eCode ) continue; + } + + /* If we survive all prior tests, that means this term is worth hinting */ + pExpr = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pExpr, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTerm->pExpr, 0)); + } + if( pExpr!=0 ){ + sWalker.xExprCallback = codeCursorHintFixExpr; + sqlite3WalkExpr(&sWalker, pExpr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CursorHint, + (sHint.pIdx ? sHint.iIdxCur : sHint.iTabCur), 0, 0, + (const char*)pExpr, P4_EXPR); + } +} +#else +# define codeCursorHint(A,B,C) /* No-op */ +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS */ + +/* +** Cursor iCur is open on an intkey b-tree (a table). Register iRowid contains +** a rowid value just read from cursor iIdxCur, open on index pIdx. This +** function generates code to do a deferred seek of cursor iCur to the +** rowid stored in register iRowid. +** +** Normally, this is just: +** +** OP_Seek $iCur $iRowid +** +** However, if the scan currently being coded is a branch of an OR-loop and +** the statement currently being coded is a SELECT, then P3 of the OP_Seek +** is set to iIdxCur and P4 is set to point to an array of integers +** containing one entry for each column of the table cursor iCur is open +** on. For each table column, if the column is the i'th column of the +** index, then the corresponding array entry is set to (i+1). If the column +** does not appear in the index at all, the array entry is set to 0. +*/ +static void codeDeferredSeek( + WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* Where clause context */ + Index *pIdx, /* Index scan is using */ + int iCur, /* Cursor for IPK b-tree */ + int iIdxCur /* Index cursor */ +){ + Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; /* Parse context */ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Vdbe to generate code within */ + + assert( iIdxCur>0 ); + assert( pIdx->aiColumn[pIdx->nColumn-1]==-1 ); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Seek, iIdxCur, 0, iCur); + if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_FORCE_TABLE) + && DbMaskAllZero(sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->writeMask) + ){ + int i; + Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; + int *ai = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(int)*(pTab->nCol+1)); + if( ai ){ + ai[0] = pTab->nCol; + for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn-1; i++){ + assert( pIdx->aiColumn[i]<pTab->nCol ); + if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 ) ai[pIdx->aiColumn[i]+1] = i+1; + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)ai, P4_INTARRAY); + } + } +} + +/* +** Generate code for the start of the iLevel-th loop in the WHERE clause +** implementation described by pWInfo. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( + WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* Complete information about the WHERE clause */ + int iLevel, /* Which level of pWInfo->a[] should be coded */ + Bitmask notReady /* Which tables are currently available */ +){ + int j, k; /* Loop counters */ + int iCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the table */ + int addrNxt; /* Where to jump to continue with the next IN case */ + int omitTable; /* True if we use the index only */ + int bRev; /* True if we need to scan in reverse order */ + WhereLevel *pLevel; /* The where level to be coded */ + WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The WhereLoop object being coded */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* Decomposition of the entire WHERE clause */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A WHERE clause term */ + Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + Vdbe *v; /* The prepared stmt under constructions */ + struct SrcList_item *pTabItem; /* FROM clause term being coded */ + int addrBrk; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */ + int addrCont; /* Jump here to continue with next cycle */ + int iRowidReg = 0; /* Rowid is stored in this register, if not zero */ + int iReleaseReg = 0; /* Temp register to free before returning */ + + pParse = pWInfo->pParse; + v = pParse->pVdbe; + pWC = &pWInfo->sWC; + db = pParse->db; + pLevel = &pWInfo->a[iLevel]; + pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + pTabItem = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; + iCur = pTabItem->iCursor; + pLevel->notReady = notReady & ~sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCur); + bRev = (pWInfo->revMask>>iLevel)&1; + omitTable = (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0 + && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_FORCE_TABLE)==0; + VdbeModuleComment((v, "Begin WHERE-loop%d: %s",iLevel,pTabItem->pTab->zName)); + + /* Create labels for the "break" and "continue" instructions + ** for the current loop. Jump to addrBrk to break out of a loop. + ** Jump to cont to go immediately to the next iteration of the + ** loop. + ** + ** When there is an IN operator, we also have a "addrNxt" label that + ** means to continue with the next IN value combination. When + ** there are no IN operators in the constraints, the "addrNxt" label + ** is the same as "addrBrk". + */ + addrBrk = pLevel->addrBrk = pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + addrCont = pLevel->addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + + /* If this is the right table of a LEFT OUTER JOIN, allocate and + ** initialize a memory cell that records if this table matches any + ** row of the left table of the join. + */ + if( pLevel->iFrom>0 && (pTabItem[0].fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){ + pLevel->iLeftJoin = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pLevel->iLeftJoin); + VdbeComment((v, "init LEFT JOIN no-match flag")); + } + + /* Special case of a FROM clause subquery implemented as a co-routine */ + if( pTabItem->fg.viaCoroutine ){ + int regYield = pTabItem->regReturn; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, pTabItem->addrFillSub); + pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regYield, addrBrk); + VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "next row of \"%s\"", pTabItem->pTab->zName)); + pLevel->op = OP_Goto; + }else + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){ + /* Case 1: The table is a virtual-table. Use the VFilter and VNext + ** to access the data. + */ + int iReg; /* P3 Value for OP_VFilter */ + int addrNotFound; + int nConstraint = pLoop->nLTerm; + int iIn; /* Counter for IN constraints */ + + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + iReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nConstraint+2); + addrNotFound = pLevel->addrBrk; + for(j=0; j<nConstraint; j++){ + int iTarget = iReg+j+2; + pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[j]; + if( NEVER(pTerm==0) ) continue; + if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){ + codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, j, bRev, iTarget); + addrNotFound = pLevel->addrNxt; + }else{ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTerm->pExpr->pRight, iTarget); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pLoop->u.vtab.idxNum, iReg); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nConstraint, iReg+1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VFilter, iCur, addrNotFound, iReg, + pLoop->u.vtab.idxStr, + pLoop->u.vtab.needFree ? P4_MPRINTF : P4_STATIC); + VdbeCoverage(v); + pLoop->u.vtab.needFree = 0; + pLevel->p1 = iCur; + pLevel->op = pWInfo->eOnePass ? OP_Noop : OP_VNext; + pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + iIn = pLevel->u.in.nIn; + for(j=nConstraint-1; j>=0; j--){ + pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[j]; + if( j<16 && (pLoop->u.vtab.omitMask>>j)&1 ){ + disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); + }else if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)!=0 ){ + Expr *pCompare; /* The comparison operator */ + Expr *pRight; /* RHS of the comparison */ + VdbeOp *pOp; /* Opcode to access the value of the IN constraint */ + + /* Reload the constraint value into reg[iReg+j+2]. The same value + ** was loaded into the same register prior to the OP_VFilter, but + ** the xFilter implementation might have changed the datatype or + ** encoding of the value in the register, so it *must* be reloaded. */ + assert( pLevel->u.in.aInLoop!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + assert( iIn>0 ); + pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[--iIn].addrInTop); + assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Column || pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ); + assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Column || pOp->p3==iReg+j+2 ); + assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Rowid || pOp->p2==iReg+j+2 ); + testcase( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, pOp->opcode, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3); + } + + /* Generate code that will continue to the next row if + ** the IN constraint is not satisfied */ + pCompare = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, 0, 0, 0); + assert( pCompare!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); + if( pCompare ){ + pCompare->pLeft = pTerm->pExpr->pLeft; + pCompare->pRight = pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0); + if( pRight ){ + pRight->iTable = iReg+j+2; + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pCompare, pLevel->addrCont, 0); + } + pCompare->pLeft = 0; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCompare); + } + } + } + /* These registers need to be preserved in case there is an IN operator + ** loop. So we could deallocate the registers here (and potentially + ** reuse them later) if (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE)==0. But it seems + ** simpler and safer to simply not reuse the registers. + ** + ** sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, iReg, nConstraint+2); + */ + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK)!=0 + && (pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ))!=0 + ){ + /* Case 2: We can directly reference a single row using an + ** equality comparison against the ROWID field. Or + ** we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)" + ** construct. + */ + assert( pLoop->u.btree.nEq==1 ); + pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[0]; + assert( pTerm!=0 ); + assert( pTerm->pExpr!=0 ); + assert( omitTable==0 ); + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + iReleaseReg = ++pParse->nMem; + iRowidReg = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, 0, bRev, iReleaseReg); + if( iRowidReg!=iReleaseReg ) sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iReleaseReg); + addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, iRowidReg, addrNxt); VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addrNxt, iRowidReg); + VdbeCoverage(v); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, iRowidReg, 1); + sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg); + VdbeComment((v, "pk")); + pLevel->op = OP_Noop; + }else if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK)!=0 + && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE)!=0 + ){ + /* Case 3: We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field. + */ + int testOp = OP_Noop; + int start; + int memEndValue = 0; + WhereTerm *pStart, *pEnd; + + assert( omitTable==0 ); + j = 0; + pStart = pEnd = 0; + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ) pStart = pLoop->aLTerm[j++]; + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ) pEnd = pLoop->aLTerm[j++]; + assert( pStart!=0 || pEnd!=0 ); + if( bRev ){ + pTerm = pStart; + pStart = pEnd; + pEnd = pTerm; + } + codeCursorHint(pWInfo, pLevel, pEnd); + if( pStart ){ + Expr *pX; /* The expression that defines the start bound */ + int r1, rTemp; /* Registers for holding the start boundary */ + + /* The following constant maps TK_xx codes into corresponding + ** seek opcodes. It depends on a particular ordering of TK_xx + */ + const u8 aMoveOp[] = { + /* TK_GT */ OP_SeekGT, + /* TK_LE */ OP_SeekLE, + /* TK_LT */ OP_SeekLT, + /* TK_GE */ OP_SeekGE + }; + assert( TK_LE==TK_GT+1 ); /* Make sure the ordering.. */ + assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 ); /* ... of the TK_xx values... */ + assert( TK_GE==TK_GT+3 ); /* ... is correcct. */ + + assert( (pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ); + testcase( pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + pX = pStart->pExpr; + assert( pX!=0 ); + testcase( pStart->leftCursor!=iCur ); /* transitive constraints */ + r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX->pRight, &rTemp); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, aMoveOp[pX->op-TK_GT], iCur, addrBrk, r1); + VdbeComment((v, "pk")); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_GT); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_LE); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_LT); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_GE); + sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r1, 1); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, rTemp); + disableTerm(pLevel, pStart); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iCur, addrBrk); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0); + } + if( pEnd ){ + Expr *pX; + pX = pEnd->pExpr; + assert( pX!=0 ); + assert( (pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ); + testcase( pEnd->leftCursor!=iCur ); /* Transitive constraints */ + testcase( pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + memEndValue = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight, memEndValue); + if( pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT ){ + testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge; + }else{ + testOp = bRev ? OP_Lt : OP_Gt; + } + disableTerm(pLevel, pEnd); + } + start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next; + pLevel->p1 = iCur; + pLevel->p2 = start; + assert( pLevel->p5==0 ); + if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){ + iRowidReg = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, iRowidReg); + sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, testOp, memEndValue, addrBrk, iRowidReg); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Le); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Lt); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Ge); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Gt); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + } + }else if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){ + /* Case 4: A scan using an index. + ** + ** The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality + ** terms ("==" or "IN" operators) that refer to the N + ** left-most columns of the index. It may also contain + ** inequality constraints (>, <, >= or <=) on the indexed + ** column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only + ** the right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must + ** use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the + ** index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all + ** optimized: + ** + ** x=5 + ** x=5 AND y=10 + ** x=5 AND y<10 + ** x=5 AND y>5 AND y<10 + ** x=5 AND y=5 AND z<=10 + ** + ** The z<10 term of the following cannot be used, only + ** the x=5 term: + ** + ** x=5 AND z<10 + ** + ** N may be zero if there are inequality constraints. + ** If there are no inequality constraints, then N is at + ** least one. + ** + ** This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause + ** constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order + ** to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY. + */ + static const u8 aStartOp[] = { + 0, + 0, + OP_Rewind, /* 2: (!start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */ + OP_Last, /* 3: (!start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */ + OP_SeekGT, /* 4: (start_constraints && !startEq && !bRev) */ + OP_SeekLT, /* 5: (start_constraints && !startEq && bRev) */ + OP_SeekGE, /* 6: (start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */ + OP_SeekLE /* 7: (start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */ + }; + static const u8 aEndOp[] = { + OP_IdxGE, /* 0: (end_constraints && !bRev && !endEq) */ + OP_IdxGT, /* 1: (end_constraints && !bRev && endEq) */ + OP_IdxLE, /* 2: (end_constraints && bRev && !endEq) */ + OP_IdxLT, /* 3: (end_constraints && bRev && endEq) */ + }; + u16 nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; /* Number of == or IN terms */ + int regBase; /* Base register holding constraint values */ + WhereTerm *pRangeStart = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range start */ + WhereTerm *pRangeEnd = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range end */ + int startEq; /* True if range start uses ==, >= or <= */ + int endEq; /* True if range end uses ==, >= or <= */ + int start_constraints; /* Start of range is constrained */ + int nConstraint; /* Number of constraint terms */ + Index *pIdx; /* The index we will be using */ + int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the index */ + int nExtraReg = 0; /* Number of extra registers needed */ + int op; /* Instruction opcode */ + char *zStartAff; /* Affinity for start of range constraint */ + char cEndAff = 0; /* Affinity for end of range constraint */ + u8 bSeekPastNull = 0; /* True to seek past initial nulls */ + u8 bStopAtNull = 0; /* Add condition to terminate at NULLs */ + + pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur; + assert( nEq>=pLoop->nSkip ); + + /* If this loop satisfies a sort order (pOrderBy) request that + ** was passed to this function to implement a "SELECT min(x) ..." + ** query, then the caller will only allow the loop to run for + ** a single iteration. This means that the first row returned + ** should not have a NULL value stored in 'x'. If column 'x' is + ** the first one after the nEq equality constraints in the index, + ** this requires some special handling. + */ + assert( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0 + || pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr==1 + || (pWInfo->wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)==0 ); + if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)!=0 + && pWInfo->nOBSat>0 + && (pIdx->nKeyCol>nEq) + ){ + assert( pLoop->nSkip==0 ); + bSeekPastNull = 1; + nExtraReg = 1; + } + + /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end + ** of the range. + */ + j = nEq; + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ + pRangeStart = pLoop->aLTerm[j++]; + nExtraReg = 1; + /* Like optimization range constraints always occur in pairs */ + assert( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT)==0 || + (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)!=0 ); + } + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){ + pRangeEnd = pLoop->aLTerm[j++]; + nExtraReg = 1; +#ifndef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS + if( (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT)!=0 ){ + assert( pRangeStart!=0 ); /* LIKE opt constraints */ + assert( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT ); /* occur in pairs */ + pLevel->iLikeRepCntr = (u32)++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, (int)pLevel->iLikeRepCntr); + VdbeComment((v, "LIKE loop counter")); + pLevel->addrLikeRep = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + /* iLikeRepCntr actually stores 2x the counter register number. The + ** bottom bit indicates whether the search order is ASC or DESC. */ + testcase( bRev ); + testcase( pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_DESC ); + assert( (bRev & ~1)==0 ); + pLevel->iLikeRepCntr <<=1; + pLevel->iLikeRepCntr |= bRev ^ (pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_DESC); + } +#endif + if( pRangeStart==0 + && (j = pIdx->aiColumn[nEq])>=0 + && pIdx->pTable->aCol[j].notNull==0 + ){ + bSeekPastNull = 1; + } + } + assert( pRangeEnd==0 || (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ); + + /* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or + ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the + ** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd). + */ + if( (nEq<pIdx->nKeyCol && bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC)) + || (bRev && pIdx->nKeyCol==nEq) + ){ + SWAP(WhereTerm *, pRangeEnd, pRangeStart); + SWAP(u8, bSeekPastNull, bStopAtNull); + } + + /* Generate code to evaluate all constraint terms using == or IN + ** and store the values of those terms in an array of registers + ** starting at regBase. + */ + codeCursorHint(pWInfo, pLevel, pRangeEnd); + regBase = codeAllEqualityTerms(pParse,pLevel,bRev,nExtraReg,&zStartAff); + assert( zStartAff==0 || sqlite3Strlen30(zStartAff)>=nEq ); + if( zStartAff ) cEndAff = zStartAff[nEq]; + addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt; + + testcase( pRangeStart && (pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_LE)!=0 ); + testcase( pRangeStart && (pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_GE)!=0 ); + testcase( pRangeEnd && (pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_LE)!=0 ); + testcase( pRangeEnd && (pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_GE)!=0 ); + startEq = !pRangeStart || pRangeStart->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE); + endEq = !pRangeEnd || pRangeEnd->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE); + start_constraints = pRangeStart || nEq>0; + + /* Seek the index cursor to the start of the range. */ + nConstraint = nEq; + if( pRangeStart ){ + Expr *pRight = pRangeStart->pExpr->pRight; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq); + whereLikeOptimizationStringFixup(v, pLevel, pRangeStart); + if( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 + && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight) + ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + if( zStartAff ){ + if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zStartAff[nEq])==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB){ + /* Since the comparison is to be performed with no conversions + ** applied to the operands, set the affinity to apply to pRight to + ** SQLITE_AFF_BLOB. */ + zStartAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; + } + if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zStartAff[nEq]) ){ + zStartAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; + } + } + nConstraint++; + testcase( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + }else if( bSeekPastNull ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq); + nConstraint++; + startEq = 0; + start_constraints = 1; + } + codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nConstraint - bSeekPastNull, zStartAff); + if( pLoop->nSkip>0 && nConstraint==pLoop->nSkip ){ + /* The skip-scan logic inside the call to codeAllEqualityConstraints() + ** above has already left the cursor sitting on the correct row, + ** so no further seeking is needed */ + }else{ + op = aStartOp[(start_constraints<<2) + (startEq<<1) + bRev]; + assert( op!=0 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint); + VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Rewind); testcase( op==OP_Rewind ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Last); testcase( op==OP_Last ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekGT); testcase( op==OP_SeekGT ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekGE); testcase( op==OP_SeekGE ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekLE); testcase( op==OP_SeekLE ); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekLT); testcase( op==OP_SeekLT ); + } + + /* Load the value for the inequality constraint at the end of the + ** range (if any). + */ + nConstraint = nEq; + if( pRangeEnd ){ + Expr *pRight = pRangeEnd->pExpr->pRight; + sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, regBase+nEq, 1); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq); + whereLikeOptimizationStringFixup(v, pLevel, pRangeEnd); + if( (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 + && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight) + ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, cEndAff)!=SQLITE_AFF_BLOB + && !sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, cEndAff) + ){ + codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase+nEq, 1, &cEndAff); + } + nConstraint++; + testcase( pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + }else if( bStopAtNull ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq); + endEq = 0; + nConstraint++; + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, zStartAff); + + /* Top of the loop body */ + pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + + /* Check if the index cursor is past the end of the range. */ + if( nConstraint ){ + op = aEndOp[bRev*2 + endEq]; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint); + testcase( op==OP_IdxGT ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxGT ); + testcase( op==OP_IdxGE ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxGE ); + testcase( op==OP_IdxLT ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLT ); + testcase( op==OP_IdxLE ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLE ); + } + + /* Seek the table cursor, if required */ + disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeStart); + disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeEnd); + if( omitTable ){ + /* pIdx is a covering index. No need to access the main table. */ + }else if( HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) ){ + if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SEEK_TABLE)!=0 ){ + iRowidReg = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, iRowidReg); + sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iCur, -1, iRowidReg); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, iRowidReg); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + codeDeferredSeek(pWInfo, pIdx, iCur, iIdxCur); + } + }else if( iCur!=iIdxCur ){ + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable); + iRowidReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pPk->nKeyCol); + for(j=0; j<pPk->nKeyCol; j++){ + k = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[j]); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, k, iRowidReg+j); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iCur, addrCont, + iRowidReg, pPk->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + + /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. Disable + ** WHERE clause terms made redundant by the index range scan. + */ + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW ){ + pLevel->op = OP_Noop; + }else if( bRev ){ + pLevel->op = OP_Prev; + }else{ + pLevel->op = OP_Next; + } + pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur; + pLevel->p3 = (pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_UNQ_WANTED)!=0 ? 1:0; + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_CONSTRAINT)==0 ){ + pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP; + }else{ + assert( pLevel->p5==0 ); + } + }else + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){ + /* Case 5: Two or more separately indexed terms connected by OR + ** + ** Example: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c,d); + ** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a); + ** CREATE INDEX i2 ON t1(b); + ** CREATE INDEX i3 ON t1(c); + ** + ** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=5 OR b=7 OR (c=11 AND d=13) + ** + ** In the example, there are three indexed terms connected by OR. + ** The top of the loop looks like this: + ** + ** Null 1 # Zero the rowset in reg 1 + ** + ** Then, for each indexed term, the following. The arguments to + ** RowSetTest are such that the rowid of the current row is inserted + ** into the RowSet. If it is already present, control skips the + ** Gosub opcode and jumps straight to the code generated by WhereEnd(). + ** + ** sqlite3WhereBegin(<term>) + ** RowSetTest # Insert rowid into rowset + ** Gosub 2 A + ** sqlite3WhereEnd() + ** + ** Following the above, code to terminate the loop. Label A, the target + ** of the Gosub above, jumps to the instruction right after the Goto. + ** + ** Null 1 # Zero the rowset in reg 1 + ** Goto B # The loop is finished. + ** + ** A: <loop body> # Return data, whatever. + ** + ** Return 2 # Jump back to the Gosub + ** + ** B: <after the loop> + ** + ** Added 2014-05-26: If the table is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then + ** use an ephemeral index instead of a RowSet to record the primary + ** keys of the rows we have already seen. + ** + */ + WhereClause *pOrWc; /* The OR-clause broken out into subterms */ + SrcList *pOrTab; /* Shortened table list or OR-clause generation */ + Index *pCov = 0; /* Potential covering index (or NULL) */ + int iCovCur = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor used for index scans (if any) */ + + int regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; /* Register used with OP_Gosub */ + int regRowset = 0; /* Register for RowSet object */ + int regRowid = 0; /* Register holding rowid */ + int iLoopBody = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Start of loop body */ + int iRetInit; /* Address of regReturn init */ + int untestedTerms = 0; /* Some terms not completely tested */ + int ii; /* Loop counter */ + u16 wctrlFlags; /* Flags for sub-WHERE clause */ + Expr *pAndExpr = 0; /* An ".. AND (...)" expression */ + Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab; + + pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[0]; + assert( pTerm!=0 ); + assert( pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR ); + assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO)!=0 ); + pOrWc = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc; + pLevel->op = OP_Return; + pLevel->p1 = regReturn; + + /* Set up a new SrcList in pOrTab containing the table being scanned + ** by this loop in the a[0] slot and all notReady tables in a[1..] slots. + ** This becomes the SrcList in the recursive call to sqlite3WhereBegin(). + */ + if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ){ + int nNotReady; /* The number of notReady tables */ + struct SrcList_item *origSrc; /* Original list of tables */ + nNotReady = pWInfo->nLevel - iLevel - 1; + pOrTab = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, + sizeof(*pOrTab)+ nNotReady*sizeof(pOrTab->a[0])); + if( pOrTab==0 ) return notReady; + pOrTab->nAlloc = (u8)(nNotReady + 1); + pOrTab->nSrc = pOrTab->nAlloc; + memcpy(pOrTab->a, pTabItem, sizeof(*pTabItem)); + origSrc = pWInfo->pTabList->a; + for(k=1; k<=nNotReady; k++){ + memcpy(&pOrTab->a[k], &origSrc[pLevel[k].iFrom], sizeof(pOrTab->a[k])); + } + }else{ + pOrTab = pWInfo->pTabList; + } + + /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is + ** equivalent to an empty rowset. Or, create an ephemeral index + ** capable of holding primary keys in the case of a WITHOUT ROWID. + ** + ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction + ** immediately following the OP_Return at the bottom of the loop. This + ** is required in a few obscure LEFT JOIN cases where control jumps + ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the + ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to + ** fall through to the next instruction, just as an OP_Next does if + ** called on an uninitialized cursor. + */ + if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){ + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + regRowset = ++pParse->nMem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowset); + }else{ + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + regRowset = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, regRowset, pPk->nKeyCol); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk); + } + regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; + } + iRetInit = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regReturn); + + /* If the original WHERE clause is z of the form: (x1 OR x2 OR ...) AND y + ** Then for every term xN, evaluate as the subexpression: xN AND z + ** That way, terms in y that are factored into the disjunction will + ** be picked up by the recursive calls to sqlite3WhereBegin() below. + ** + ** Actually, each subexpression is converted to "xN AND w" where w is + ** the "interesting" terms of z - terms that did not originate in the + ** ON or USING clause of a LEFT JOIN, and terms that are usable as + ** indices. + ** + ** This optimization also only applies if the (x1 OR x2 OR ...) term + ** is not contained in the ON clause of a LEFT JOIN. + ** See ticket http://www.sqlite.org/src/info/f2369304e4 + */ + if( pWC->nTerm>1 ){ + int iTerm; + for(iTerm=0; iTerm<pWC->nTerm; iTerm++){ + Expr *pExpr = pWC->a[iTerm].pExpr; + if( &pWC->a[iTerm] == pTerm ) continue; + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) continue; + testcase( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + testcase( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & TERM_CODED ); + if( (pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED))!=0 ) continue; + if( (pWC->a[iTerm].eOperator & WO_ALL)==0 ) continue; + testcase( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO ); + pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0); + pAndExpr = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pAndExpr, pExpr); + } + if( pAndExpr ){ + pAndExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AND|TKFLG_DONTFOLD, 0, pAndExpr, 0); + } + } + + /* Run a separate WHERE clause for each term of the OR clause. After + ** eliminating duplicates from other WHERE clauses, the action for each + ** sub-WHERE clause is to to invoke the main loop body as a subroutine. + */ + wctrlFlags = WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE + | WHERE_FORCE_TABLE + | WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY + | WHERE_NO_AUTOINDEX + | (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SEEK_TABLE); + for(ii=0; ii<pOrWc->nTerm; ii++){ + WhereTerm *pOrTerm = &pOrWc->a[ii]; + if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur || (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_AND)!=0 ){ + WhereInfo *pSubWInfo; /* Info for single OR-term scan */ + Expr *pOrExpr = pOrTerm->pExpr; /* Current OR clause term */ + int jmp1 = 0; /* Address of jump operation */ + if( pAndExpr && !ExprHasProperty(pOrExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ + pAndExpr->pLeft = pOrExpr; + pOrExpr = pAndExpr; + } + /* Loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */ + WHERETRACE(0xffff, ("Subplan for OR-clause:\n")); + pSubWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pOrTab, pOrExpr, 0, 0, + wctrlFlags, iCovCur); + assert( pSubWInfo || pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ); + if( pSubWInfo ){ + WhereLoop *pSubLoop; + int addrExplain = sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan( + pParse, pOrTab, &pSubWInfo->a[0], iLevel, pLevel->iFrom, 0 + ); + sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus(v, pOrTab, &pSubWInfo->a[0], addrExplain); + + /* This is the sub-WHERE clause body. First skip over + ** duplicate rows from prior sub-WHERE clauses, and record the + ** rowid (or PRIMARY KEY) for the current row so that the same + ** row will be skipped in subsequent sub-WHERE clauses. + */ + if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){ + int r; + int iSet = ((ii==pOrWc->nTerm-1)?-1:ii); + if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ + r = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iCur, regRowid, 0); + jmp1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_RowSetTest, regRowset, 0, + r,iSet); + VdbeCoverage(v); + }else{ + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + int nPk = pPk->nKeyCol; + int iPk; + + /* Read the PK into an array of temp registers. */ + r = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPk); + for(iPk=0; iPk<nPk; iPk++){ + int iCol = pPk->aiColumn[iPk]; + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnToReg(pParse, pTab, iCol, iCur, r+iPk); + } + + /* Check if the temp table already contains this key. If so, + ** the row has already been included in the result set and + ** can be ignored (by jumping past the Gosub below). Otherwise, + ** insert the key into the temp table and proceed with processing + ** the row. + ** + ** Use some of the same optimizations as OP_RowSetTest: If iSet + ** is zero, assume that the key cannot already be present in + ** the temp table. And if iSet is -1, assume that there is no + ** need to insert the key into the temp table, as it will never + ** be tested for. */ + if( iSet ){ + jmp1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, regRowset, 0, r, nPk); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } + if( iSet>=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, r, nPk, regRowid); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, regRowset, regRowid, 0); + if( iSet ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); + } + + /* Release the array of temp registers */ + sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r, nPk); + } + } + + /* Invoke the main loop body as a subroutine */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReturn, iLoopBody); + + /* Jump here (skipping the main loop body subroutine) if the + ** current sub-WHERE row is a duplicate from prior sub-WHEREs. */ + if( jmp1 ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp1); + + /* The pSubWInfo->untestedTerms flag means that this OR term + ** contained one or more AND term from a notReady table. The + ** terms from the notReady table could not be tested and will + ** need to be tested later. + */ + if( pSubWInfo->untestedTerms ) untestedTerms = 1; + + /* If all of the OR-connected terms are optimized using the same + ** index, and the index is opened using the same cursor number + ** by each call to sqlite3WhereBegin() made by this loop, it may + ** be possible to use that index as a covering index. + ** + ** If the call to sqlite3WhereBegin() above resulted in a scan that + ** uses an index, and this is either the first OR-connected term + ** processed or the index is the same as that used by all previous + ** terms, set pCov to the candidate covering index. Otherwise, set + ** pCov to NULL to indicate that no candidate covering index will + ** be available. + */ + pSubLoop = pSubWInfo->a[0].pWLoop; + assert( (pSubLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)==0 ); + if( (pSubLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 + && (ii==0 || pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex==pCov) + && (HasRowid(pTab) || !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex)) + ){ + assert( pSubWInfo->a[0].iIdxCur==iCovCur ); + pCov = pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + wctrlFlags |= WHERE_REOPEN_IDX; + }else{ + pCov = 0; + } + + /* Finish the loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pSubWInfo); + } + } + } + pLevel->u.pCovidx = pCov; + if( pCov ) pLevel->iIdxCur = iCovCur; + if( pAndExpr ){ + pAndExpr->pLeft = 0; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pAndExpr); + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iRetInit, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, pLevel->addrBrk); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLoopBody); + + if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ) sqlite3StackFree(db, pOrTab); + if( !untestedTerms ) disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */ + + { + /* Case 6: There is no usable index. We must do a complete + ** scan of the entire table. + */ + static const u8 aStep[] = { OP_Next, OP_Prev }; + static const u8 aStart[] = { OP_Rewind, OP_Last }; + assert( bRev==0 || bRev==1 ); + if( pTabItem->fg.isRecursive ){ + /* Tables marked isRecursive have only a single row that is stored in + ** a pseudo-cursor. No need to Rewind or Next such cursors. */ + pLevel->op = OP_Noop; + }else{ + codeCursorHint(pWInfo, pLevel, 0); + pLevel->op = aStep[bRev]; + pLevel->p1 = iCur; + pLevel->p2 = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, aStart[bRev], iCur, addrBrk); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0); + pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP; + } + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS + pLevel->addrVisit = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); +#endif + + /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely + ** computed using the current set of tables. + */ + for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){ + Expr *pE; + int skipLikeAddr = 0; + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED ); + if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; + if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ){ + testcase( pWInfo->untestedTerms==0 + && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 ); + pWInfo->untestedTerms = 1; + continue; + } + pE = pTerm->pExpr; + assert( pE!=0 ); + if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ){ + continue; + } + if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_LIKECOND ){ + /* If the TERM_LIKECOND flag is set, that means that the range search + ** is sufficient to guarantee that the LIKE operator is true, so we + ** can skip the call to the like(A,B) function. But this only works + ** for strings. So do not skip the call to the function on the pass + ** that compares BLOBs. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS + continue; +#else + u32 x = pLevel->iLikeRepCntr; + assert( x>0 ); + skipLikeAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, (x&1)? OP_IfNot : OP_If, (int)(x>>1)); + VdbeCoverage(v); +#endif + } + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pE, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + if( skipLikeAddr ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, skipLikeAddr); + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; + } + + /* Insert code to test for implied constraints based on transitivity + ** of the "==" operator. + ** + ** Example: If the WHERE clause contains "t1.a=t2.b" and "t2.b=123" + ** and we are coding the t1 loop and the t2 loop has not yet coded, + ** then we cannot use the "t1.a=t2.b" constraint, but we can code + ** the implied "t1.a=123" constraint. + */ + for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){ + Expr *pE, *pEAlt; + WhereTerm *pAlt; + if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; + if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IS))==0 ) continue; + if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQUIV)==0 ) continue; + if( pTerm->leftCursor!=iCur ) continue; + if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ) continue; + pE = pTerm->pExpr; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ); + assert( (pTerm->prereqRight & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ); + pAlt = sqlite3WhereFindTerm(pWC, iCur, pTerm->u.leftColumn, notReady, + WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_IS, 0); + if( pAlt==0 ) continue; + if( pAlt->wtFlags & (TERM_CODED) ) continue; + testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_EQ ); + testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_IS ); + testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_IN ); + VdbeModuleComment((v, "begin transitive constraint")); + pEAlt = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, sizeof(*pEAlt)); + if( pEAlt ){ + *pEAlt = *pAlt->pExpr; + pEAlt->pLeft = pE->pLeft; + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pEAlt, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + sqlite3StackFree(db, pEAlt); + } + } + + /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that + ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table. + */ + if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){ + pLevel->addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pLevel->iLeftJoin); + VdbeComment((v, "record LEFT JOIN hit")); + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=0; j<pWC->nTerm; j++, pTerm++){ + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED ); + if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; + if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ){ + assert( pWInfo->untestedTerms ); + continue; + } + assert( pTerm->pExpr ); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->pExpr, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; + } + } + + return pLevel->notReady; +} + +/************** End of wherecode.c *******************************************/ +/************** Begin file whereexpr.c ***************************************/ +/* +** 2015-06-08 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process +** the WHERE clause of SQL statements. +** +** This file was originally part of where.c but was split out to improve +** readability and editabiliity. This file contains utility routines for +** analyzing Expr objects in the WHERE clause. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* #include "whereInt.h" */ + +/* Forward declarations */ +static void exprAnalyze(SrcList*, WhereClause*, int); + +/* +** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereOrInfo object. +*/ +static void whereOrInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereOrInfo *p){ + sqlite3WhereClauseClear(&p->wc); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); +} + +/* +** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereAndInfo object. +*/ +static void whereAndInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereAndInfo *p){ + sqlite3WhereClauseClear(&p->wc); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); +} + +/* +** Add a single new WhereTerm entry to the WhereClause object pWC. +** The new WhereTerm object is constructed from Expr p and with wtFlags. +** The index in pWC->a[] of the new WhereTerm is returned on success. +** 0 is returned if the new WhereTerm could not be added due to a memory +** allocation error. The memory allocation failure will be recorded in +** the db->mallocFailed flag so that higher-level functions can detect it. +** +** This routine will increase the size of the pWC->a[] array as necessary. +** +** If the wtFlags argument includes TERM_DYNAMIC, then responsibility +** for freeing the expression p is assumed by the WhereClause object pWC. +** This is true even if this routine fails to allocate a new WhereTerm. +** +** WARNING: This routine might reallocate the space used to store +** WhereTerms. All pointers to WhereTerms should be invalidated after +** calling this routine. Such pointers may be reinitialized by referencing +** the pWC->a[] array. +*/ +static int whereClauseInsert(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *p, u16 wtFlags){ + WhereTerm *pTerm; + int idx; + testcase( wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + if( pWC->nTerm>=pWC->nSlot ){ + WhereTerm *pOld = pWC->a; + sqlite3 *db = pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db; + pWC->a = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nSlot*2 ); + if( pWC->a==0 ){ + if( wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p); + } + pWC->a = pOld; + return 0; + } + memcpy(pWC->a, pOld, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nTerm); + if( pOld!=pWC->aStatic ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pOld); + } + pWC->nSlot = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pWC->a)/sizeof(pWC->a[0]); + memset(&pWC->a[pWC->nTerm], 0, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*(pWC->nSlot-pWC->nTerm)); + } + pTerm = &pWC->a[idx = pWC->nTerm++]; + if( p && ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Unlikely) ){ + pTerm->truthProb = sqlite3LogEst(p->iTable) - 270; + }else{ + pTerm->truthProb = 1; + } + pTerm->pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(p); + pTerm->wtFlags = wtFlags; + pTerm->pWC = pWC; + pTerm->iParent = -1; + return idx; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the given operator is one of the operators that is +** allowed for an indexable WHERE clause term. The allowed operators are +** "=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", "IN", and "IS NULL" +*/ +static int allowedOp(int op){ + assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ && TK_GT<TK_GE ); + assert( TK_LT>TK_EQ && TK_LT<TK_GE ); + assert( TK_LE>TK_EQ && TK_LE<TK_GE ); + assert( TK_GE==TK_EQ+4 ); + return op==TK_IN || (op>=TK_EQ && op<=TK_GE) || op==TK_ISNULL || op==TK_IS; +} + +/* +** Commute a comparison operator. Expressions of the form "X op Y" +** are converted into "Y op X". +** +** If left/right precedence rules come into play when determining the +** collating sequence, then COLLATE operators are adjusted to ensure +** that the collating sequence does not change. For example: +** "Y collate NOCASE op X" becomes "X op Y" because any collation sequence on +** the left hand side of a comparison overrides any collation sequence +** attached to the right. For the same reason the EP_Collate flag +** is not commuted. +*/ +static void exprCommute(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ + u16 expRight = (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_Collate); + u16 expLeft = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_Collate); + assert( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && pExpr->op!=TK_IN ); + if( expRight==expLeft ){ + /* Either X and Y both have COLLATE operator or neither do */ + if( expRight ){ + /* Both X and Y have COLLATE operators. Make sure X is always + ** used by clearing the EP_Collate flag from Y. */ + pExpr->pRight->flags &= ~EP_Collate; + }else if( sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){ + /* Neither X nor Y have COLLATE operators, but X has a non-default + ** collating sequence. So add the EP_Collate marker on X to cause + ** it to be searched first. */ + pExpr->pLeft->flags |= EP_Collate; + } + } + SWAP(Expr*,pExpr->pRight,pExpr->pLeft); + if( pExpr->op>=TK_GT ){ + assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 ); + assert( TK_GE==TK_LE+2 ); + assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ ); + assert( TK_GT<TK_LE ); + assert( pExpr->op>=TK_GT && pExpr->op<=TK_GE ); + pExpr->op = ((pExpr->op-TK_GT)^2)+TK_GT; + } +} + +/* +** Translate from TK_xx operator to WO_xx bitmask. +*/ +static u16 operatorMask(int op){ + u16 c; + assert( allowedOp(op) ); + if( op==TK_IN ){ + c = WO_IN; + }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){ + c = WO_ISNULL; + }else if( op==TK_IS ){ + c = WO_IS; + }else{ + assert( (WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)) < 0x7fff ); + c = (u16)(WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)); + } + assert( op!=TK_ISNULL || c==WO_ISNULL ); + assert( op!=TK_IN || c==WO_IN ); + assert( op!=TK_EQ || c==WO_EQ ); + assert( op!=TK_LT || c==WO_LT ); + assert( op!=TK_LE || c==WO_LE ); + assert( op!=TK_GT || c==WO_GT ); + assert( op!=TK_GE || c==WO_GE ); + assert( op!=TK_IS || c==WO_IS ); + return c; +} + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION +/* +** Check to see if the given expression is a LIKE or GLOB operator that +** can be optimized using inequality constraints. Return TRUE if it is +** so and false if not. +** +** In order for the operator to be optimizible, the RHS must be a string +** literal that does not begin with a wildcard. The LHS must be a column +** that may only be NULL, a string, or a BLOB, never a number. (This means +** that virtual tables cannot participate in the LIKE optimization.) The +** collating sequence for the column on the LHS must be appropriate for +** the operator. +*/ +static int isLikeOrGlob( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* Test this expression */ + Expr **ppPrefix, /* Pointer to TK_STRING expression with pattern prefix */ + int *pisComplete, /* True if the only wildcard is % in the last character */ + int *pnoCase /* True if uppercase is equivalent to lowercase */ +){ + const char *z = 0; /* String on RHS of LIKE operator */ + Expr *pRight, *pLeft; /* Right and left size of LIKE operator */ + ExprList *pList; /* List of operands to the LIKE operator */ + int c; /* One character in z[] */ + int cnt; /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */ + char wc[3]; /* Wildcard characters */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; + int op; /* Opcode of pRight */ + int rc; /* Result code to return */ + + if( !sqlite3IsLikeFunction(db, pExpr, pnoCase, wc) ){ + return 0; + } +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC + if( *pnoCase ) return 0; +#endif + pList = pExpr->x.pList; + pLeft = pList->a[1].pExpr; + if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN + || sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT + || IsVirtual(pLeft->pTab) /* Value might be numeric */ + ){ + /* IMP: R-02065-49465 The left-hand side of the LIKE or GLOB operator must + ** be the name of an indexed column with TEXT affinity. */ + return 0; + } + assert( pLeft->iColumn!=(-1) ); /* Because IPK never has AFF_TEXT */ + + pRight = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[0].pExpr); + op = pRight->op; + if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){ + Vdbe *pReprepare = pParse->pReprepare; + int iCol = pRight->iColumn; + pVal = sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(pReprepare, iCol, SQLITE_AFF_BLOB); + if( pVal && sqlite3_value_type(pVal)==SQLITE_TEXT ){ + z = (char *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal); + } + sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iCol); + assert( pRight->op==TK_VARIABLE || pRight->op==TK_REGISTER ); + }else if( op==TK_STRING ){ + z = pRight->u.zToken; + } + if( z ){ + cnt = 0; + while( (c=z[cnt])!=0 && c!=wc[0] && c!=wc[1] && c!=wc[2] ){ + cnt++; + } + if( cnt!=0 && 255!=(u8)z[cnt-1] ){ + Expr *pPrefix; + *pisComplete = c==wc[0] && z[cnt+1]==0; + pPrefix = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_STRING, z); + if( pPrefix ) pPrefix->u.zToken[cnt] = 0; + *ppPrefix = pPrefix; + if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(v, pRight->iColumn); + if( *pisComplete && pRight->u.zToken[1] ){ + /* If the rhs of the LIKE expression is a variable, and the current + ** value of the variable means there is no need to invoke the LIKE + ** function, then no OP_Variable will be added to the program. + ** This causes problems for the sqlite3_bind_parameter_name() + ** API. To work around them, add a dummy OP_Variable here. + */ + int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pRight, r1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 0); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); + } + } + }else{ + z = 0; + } + } + + rc = (z!=0); + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */ + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* +** Check to see if the given expression is of the form +** +** column OP expr +** +** where OP is one of MATCH, GLOB, LIKE or REGEXP and "column" is a +** column of a virtual table. +** +** If it is then return TRUE. If not, return FALSE. +*/ +static int isMatchOfColumn( + Expr *pExpr, /* Test this expression */ + unsigned char *peOp2 /* OUT: 0 for MATCH, or else an op2 value */ +){ + struct Op2 { + const char *zOp; + unsigned char eOp2; + } aOp[] = { + { "match", SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH }, + { "glob", SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GLOB }, + { "like", SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LIKE }, + { "regexp", SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_REGEXP } + }; + ExprList *pList; + Expr *pCol; /* Column reference */ + int i; + + if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION ){ + return 0; + } + pList = pExpr->x.pList; + if( pList==0 || pList->nExpr!=2 ){ + return 0; + } + pCol = pList->a[1].pExpr; + if( pCol->op!=TK_COLUMN || !IsVirtual(pCol->pTab) ){ + return 0; + } + for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aOp); i++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken, aOp[i].zOp)==0 ){ + *peOp2 = aOp[i].eOp2; + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +/* +** If the pBase expression originated in the ON or USING clause of +** a join, then transfer the appropriate markings over to derived. +*/ +static void transferJoinMarkings(Expr *pDerived, Expr *pBase){ + if( pDerived ){ + pDerived->flags |= pBase->flags & EP_FromJoin; + pDerived->iRightJoinTable = pBase->iRightJoinTable; + } +} + +/* +** Mark term iChild as being a child of term iParent +*/ +static void markTermAsChild(WhereClause *pWC, int iChild, int iParent){ + pWC->a[iChild].iParent = iParent; + pWC->a[iChild].truthProb = pWC->a[iParent].truthProb; + pWC->a[iParent].nChild++; +} + +/* +** Return the N-th AND-connected subterm of pTerm. Or if pTerm is not +** a conjunction, then return just pTerm when N==0. If N is exceeds +** the number of available subterms, return NULL. +*/ +static WhereTerm *whereNthSubterm(WhereTerm *pTerm, int N){ + if( pTerm->eOperator!=WO_AND ){ + return N==0 ? pTerm : 0; + } + if( N<pTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc.nTerm ){ + return &pTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc.a[N]; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Subterms pOne and pTwo are contained within WHERE clause pWC. The +** two subterms are in disjunction - they are OR-ed together. +** +** If these two terms are both of the form: "A op B" with the same +** A and B values but different operators and if the operators are +** compatible (if one is = and the other is <, for example) then +** add a new virtual AND term to pWC that is the combination of the +** two. +** +** Some examples: +** +** x<y OR x=y --> x<=y +** x=y OR x=y --> x=y +** x<=y OR x<y --> x<=y +** +** The following is NOT generated: +** +** x<y OR x>y --> x!=y +*/ +static void whereCombineDisjuncts( + SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* The complete WHERE clause */ + WhereTerm *pOne, /* First disjunct */ + WhereTerm *pTwo /* Second disjunct */ +){ + u16 eOp = pOne->eOperator | pTwo->eOperator; + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection (for malloc) */ + Expr *pNew; /* New virtual expression */ + int op; /* Operator for the combined expression */ + int idxNew; /* Index in pWC of the next virtual term */ + + if( (pOne->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE))==0 ) return; + if( (pTwo->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE))==0 ) return; + if( (eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE))!=eOp + && (eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_GT|WO_GE))!=eOp ) return; + assert( pOne->pExpr->pLeft!=0 && pOne->pExpr->pRight!=0 ); + assert( pTwo->pExpr->pLeft!=0 && pTwo->pExpr->pRight!=0 ); + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pOne->pExpr->pLeft, pTwo->pExpr->pLeft, -1) ) return; + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pOne->pExpr->pRight, pTwo->pExpr->pRight, -1) )return; + /* If we reach this point, it means the two subterms can be combined */ + if( (eOp & (eOp-1))!=0 ){ + if( eOp & (WO_LT|WO_LE) ){ + eOp = WO_LE; + }else{ + assert( eOp & (WO_GT|WO_GE) ); + eOp = WO_GE; + } + } + db = pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db; + pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOne->pExpr, 0); + if( pNew==0 ) return; + for(op=TK_EQ; eOp!=(WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)); op++){ assert( op<TK_GE ); } + pNew->op = op; + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); + exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); +} + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) +/* +** Analyze a term that consists of two or more OR-connected +** subterms. So in: +** +** ... WHERE (a=5) AND (b=7 OR c=9 OR d=13) AND (d=13) +** ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ +** +** This routine analyzes terms such as the middle term in the above example. +** A WhereOrTerm object is computed and attached to the term under +** analysis, regardless of the outcome of the analysis. Hence: +** +** WhereTerm.wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO +** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo = a dynamically allocated WhereOrTerm object +** +** The term being analyzed must have two or more of OR-connected subterms. +** A single subterm might be a set of AND-connected sub-subterms. +** Examples of terms under analysis: +** +** (A) t1.x=t2.y OR t1.x=t2.z OR t1.y=15 OR t1.z=t3.a+5 +** (B) x=expr1 OR expr2=x OR x=expr3 +** (C) t1.x=t2.y OR (t1.x=t2.z AND t1.y=15) +** (D) x=expr1 OR (y>11 AND y<22 AND z LIKE '*hello*') +** (E) (p.a=1 AND q.b=2 AND r.c=3) OR (p.x=4 AND q.y=5 AND r.z=6) +** (F) x>A OR (x=A AND y>=B) +** +** CASE 1: +** +** If all subterms are of the form T.C=expr for some single column of C and +** a single table T (as shown in example B above) then create a new virtual +** term that is an equivalent IN expression. In other words, if the term +** being analyzed is: +** +** x = expr1 OR expr2 = x OR x = expr3 +** +** then create a new virtual term like this: +** +** x IN (expr1,expr2,expr3) +** +** CASE 2: +** +** If there are exactly two disjuncts and one side has x>A and the other side +** has x=A (for the same x and A) then add a new virtual conjunct term to the +** WHERE clause of the form "x>=A". Example: +** +** x>A OR (x=A AND y>B) adds: x>=A +** +** The added conjunct can sometimes be helpful in query planning. +** +** CASE 3: +** +** If all subterms are indexable by a single table T, then set +** +** WhereTerm.eOperator = WO_OR +** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo->indexable |= the cursor number for table T +** +** A subterm is "indexable" if it is of the form +** "T.C <op> <expr>" where C is any column of table T and +** <op> is one of "=", "<", "<=", ">", ">=", "IS NULL", or "IN". +** A subterm is also indexable if it is an AND of two or more +** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable. Indexable AND +** subterms have their eOperator set to WO_AND and they have +** u.pAndInfo set to a dynamically allocated WhereAndTerm object. +** +** From another point of view, "indexable" means that the subterm could +** potentially be used with an index if an appropriate index exists. +** This analysis does not consider whether or not the index exists; that +** is decided elsewhere. This analysis only looks at whether subterms +** appropriate for indexing exist. +** +** All examples A through E above satisfy case 3. But if a term +** also satisfies case 1 (such as B) we know that the optimizer will +** always prefer case 1, so in that case we pretend that case 3 is not +** satisfied. +** +** It might be the case that multiple tables are indexable. For example, +** (E) above is indexable on tables P, Q, and R. +** +** Terms that satisfy case 3 are candidates for lookup by using +** separate indices to find rowids for each subterm and composing +** the union of all rowids using a RowSet object. This is similar +** to "bitmap indices" in other database engines. +** +** OTHERWISE: +** +** If none of cases 1, 2, or 3 apply, then leave the eOperator set to +** zero. This term is not useful for search. +*/ +static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm( + SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* the complete WHERE clause */ + int idxTerm /* Index of the OR-term to be analyzed */ +){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; /* WHERE clause processing context */ + Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; /* Parser context */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; /* The term to be analyzed */ + Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; /* The expression of the term */ + int i; /* Loop counters */ + WhereClause *pOrWc; /* Breakup of pTerm into subterms */ + WhereTerm *pOrTerm; /* A Sub-term within the pOrWc */ + WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Additional information associated with pTerm */ + Bitmask chngToIN; /* Tables that might satisfy case 1 */ + Bitmask indexable; /* Tables that are indexable, satisfying case 2 */ + + /* + ** Break the OR clause into its separate subterms. The subterms are + ** stored in a WhereClause structure containing within the WhereOrInfo + ** object that is attached to the original OR clause term. + */ + assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_ORINFO|TERM_ANDINFO))==0 ); + assert( pExpr->op==TK_OR ); + pTerm->u.pOrInfo = pOrInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pOrInfo)); + if( pOrInfo==0 ) return; + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO; + pOrWc = &pOrInfo->wc; + memset(pOrWc->aStatic, 0, sizeof(pOrWc->aStatic)); + sqlite3WhereClauseInit(pOrWc, pWInfo); + sqlite3WhereSplit(pOrWc, pExpr, TK_OR); + sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze(pSrc, pOrWc); + if( db->mallocFailed ) return; + assert( pOrWc->nTerm>=2 ); + + /* + ** Compute the set of tables that might satisfy cases 1 or 3. + */ + indexable = ~(Bitmask)0; + chngToIN = ~(Bitmask)0; + for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0 && indexable; i--, pOrTerm++){ + if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_SINGLE)==0 ){ + WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; + assert( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_ANDINFO|TERM_ORINFO))==0 ); + chngToIN = 0; + pAndInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(*pAndInfo)); + if( pAndInfo ){ + WhereClause *pAndWC; + WhereTerm *pAndTerm; + int j; + Bitmask b = 0; + pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo = pAndInfo; + pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ANDINFO; + pOrTerm->eOperator = WO_AND; + pAndWC = &pAndInfo->wc; + memset(pAndWC->aStatic, 0, sizeof(pAndWC->aStatic)); + sqlite3WhereClauseInit(pAndWC, pWC->pWInfo); + sqlite3WhereSplit(pAndWC, pOrTerm->pExpr, TK_AND); + sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze(pSrc, pAndWC); + pAndWC->pOuter = pWC; + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + for(j=0, pAndTerm=pAndWC->a; j<pAndWC->nTerm; j++, pAndTerm++){ + assert( pAndTerm->pExpr ); + if( allowedOp(pAndTerm->pExpr->op) ){ + b |= sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pAndTerm->leftCursor); + } + } + } + indexable &= b; + } + }else if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ){ + /* Skip this term for now. We revisit it when we process the + ** corresponding TERM_VIRTUAL term */ + }else{ + Bitmask b; + b = sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor); + if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ){ + WhereTerm *pOther = &pOrWc->a[pOrTerm->iParent]; + b |= sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOther->leftCursor); + } + indexable &= b; + if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ)==0 ){ + chngToIN = 0; + }else{ + chngToIN &= b; + } + } + } + + /* + ** Record the set of tables that satisfy case 3. The set might be + ** empty. + */ + pOrInfo->indexable = indexable; + pTerm->eOperator = indexable==0 ? 0 : WO_OR; + + /* For a two-way OR, attempt to implementation case 2. + */ + if( indexable && pOrWc->nTerm==2 ){ + int iOne = 0; + WhereTerm *pOne; + while( (pOne = whereNthSubterm(&pOrWc->a[0],iOne++))!=0 ){ + int iTwo = 0; + WhereTerm *pTwo; + while( (pTwo = whereNthSubterm(&pOrWc->a[1],iTwo++))!=0 ){ + whereCombineDisjuncts(pSrc, pWC, pOne, pTwo); + } + } + } + + /* + ** chngToIN holds a set of tables that *might* satisfy case 1. But + ** we have to do some additional checking to see if case 1 really + ** is satisfied. + ** + ** chngToIN will hold either 0, 1, or 2 bits. The 0-bit case means + ** that there is no possibility of transforming the OR clause into an + ** IN operator because one or more terms in the OR clause contain + ** something other than == on a column in the single table. The 1-bit + ** case means that every term of the OR clause is of the form + ** "table.column=expr" for some single table. The one bit that is set + ** will correspond to the common table. We still need to check to make + ** sure the same column is used on all terms. The 2-bit case is when + ** the all terms are of the form "table1.column=table2.column". It + ** might be possible to form an IN operator with either table1.column + ** or table2.column as the LHS if either is common to every term of + ** the OR clause. + ** + ** Note that terms of the form "table.column1=table.column2" (the + ** same table on both sizes of the ==) cannot be optimized. + */ + if( chngToIN ){ + int okToChngToIN = 0; /* True if the conversion to IN is valid */ + int iColumn = -1; /* Column index on lhs of IN operator */ + int iCursor = -1; /* Table cursor common to all terms */ + int j = 0; /* Loop counter */ + + /* Search for a table and column that appears on one side or the + ** other of the == operator in every subterm. That table and column + ** will be recorded in iCursor and iColumn. There might not be any + ** such table and column. Set okToChngToIN if an appropriate table + ** and column is found but leave okToChngToIN false if not found. + */ + for(j=0; j<2 && !okToChngToIN; j++){ + pOrTerm = pOrWc->a; + for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){ + assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ ); + pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK; + if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ){ + /* This is the 2-bit case and we are on the second iteration and + ** current term is from the first iteration. So skip this term. */ + assert( j==1 ); + continue; + } + if( (chngToIN & sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, + pOrTerm->leftCursor))==0 ){ + /* This term must be of the form t1.a==t2.b where t2 is in the + ** chngToIN set but t1 is not. This term will be either preceded + ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a). Skip this term + ** and use its inversion. */ + testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ); + testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); + assert( pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_COPIED|TERM_VIRTUAL) ); + continue; + } + iColumn = pOrTerm->u.leftColumn; + iCursor = pOrTerm->leftCursor; + break; + } + if( i<0 ){ + /* No candidate table+column was found. This can only occur + ** on the second iteration */ + assert( j==1 ); + assert( IsPowerOfTwo(chngToIN) ); + assert( chngToIN==sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCursor) ); + break; + } + testcase( j==1 ); + + /* We have found a candidate table and column. Check to see if that + ** table and column is common to every term in the OR clause */ + okToChngToIN = 1; + for(; i>=0 && okToChngToIN; i--, pOrTerm++){ + assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ ); + if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCursor ){ + pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK; + }else if( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn!=iColumn ){ + okToChngToIN = 0; + }else{ + int affLeft, affRight; + /* If the right-hand side is also a column, then the affinities + ** of both right and left sides must be such that no type + ** conversions are required on the right. (Ticket #2249) + */ + affRight = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight); + affLeft = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft); + if( affRight!=0 && affRight!=affLeft ){ + okToChngToIN = 0; + }else{ + pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_OR_OK; + } + } + } + } + + /* At this point, okToChngToIN is true if original pTerm satisfies + ** case 1. In that case, construct a new virtual term that is + ** pTerm converted into an IN operator. + */ + if( okToChngToIN ){ + Expr *pDup; /* A transient duplicate expression */ + ExprList *pList = 0; /* The RHS of the IN operator */ + Expr *pLeft = 0; /* The LHS of the IN operator */ + Expr *pNew; /* The complete IN operator */ + + for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){ + if( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_OR_OK)==0 ) continue; + assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ ); + assert( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ); + assert( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn ); + pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight, 0); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pWInfo->pParse, pList, pDup); + pLeft = pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft; + } + assert( pLeft!=0 ); + pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0); + pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pDup, 0, 0); + if( pNew ){ + int idxNew; + transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr); + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) ); + pNew->x.pList = pList; + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); + testcase( idxNew==0 ); + exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); + } + pTerm->eOperator = WO_NOOP; /* case 1 trumps case 3 */ + } + } +} +#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION && !SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ + +/* +** We already know that pExpr is a binary operator where both operands are +** column references. This routine checks to see if pExpr is an equivalence +** relation: +** 1. The SQLITE_Transitive optimization must be enabled +** 2. Must be either an == or an IS operator +** 3. Not originating in the ON clause of an OUTER JOIN +** 4. The affinities of A and B must be compatible +** 5a. Both operands use the same collating sequence OR +** 5b. The overall collating sequence is BINARY +** If this routine returns TRUE, that means that the RHS can be substituted +** for the LHS anyplace else in the WHERE clause where the LHS column occurs. +** This is an optimization. No harm comes from returning 0. But if 1 is +** returned when it should not be, then incorrect answers might result. +*/ +static int termIsEquivalence(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ + char aff1, aff2; + CollSeq *pColl; + const char *zColl1, *zColl2; + if( !OptimizationEnabled(pParse->db, SQLITE_Transitive) ) return 0; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ && pExpr->op!=TK_IS ) return 0; + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) return 0; + aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft); + aff2 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pRight); + if( aff1!=aff2 + && (!sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff1) || !sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff2)) + ){ + return 0; + } + pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight); + if( pColl==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, "BINARY")==0 ) return 1; + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); + /* Since pLeft and pRight are both a column references, their collating + ** sequence should always be defined. */ + zColl1 = ALWAYS(pColl) ? pColl->zName : 0; + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pRight); + zColl2 = ALWAYS(pColl) ? pColl->zName : 0; + return sqlite3StrICmp(zColl1, zColl2)==0; +} + +/* +** Recursively walk the expressions of a SELECT statement and generate +** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression +** tree. +*/ +static Bitmask exprSelectUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Select *pS){ + Bitmask mask = 0; + while( pS ){ + SrcList *pSrc = pS->pSrc; + mask |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pEList); + mask |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pGroupBy); + mask |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pOrderBy); + mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pWhere); + mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pHaving); + if( ALWAYS(pSrc!=0) ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++){ + mask |= exprSelectUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pSelect); + mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pOn); + } + } + pS = pS->pPrior; + } + return mask; +} + +/* +** Expression pExpr is one operand of a comparison operator that might +** be useful for indexing. This routine checks to see if pExpr appears +** in any index. Return TRUE (1) if pExpr is an indexed term and return +** FALSE (0) if not. If TRUE is returned, also set *piCur to the cursor +** number of the table that is indexed and *piColumn to the column number +** of the column that is indexed, or -2 if an expression is being indexed. +** +** If pExpr is a TK_COLUMN column reference, then this routine always returns +** true even if that particular column is not indexed, because the column +** might be added to an automatic index later. +*/ +static int exprMightBeIndexed( + SrcList *pFrom, /* The FROM clause */ + Bitmask mPrereq, /* Bitmask of FROM clause terms referenced by pExpr */ + Expr *pExpr, /* An operand of a comparison operator */ + int *piCur, /* Write the referenced table cursor number here */ + int *piColumn /* Write the referenced table column number here */ +){ + Index *pIdx; + int i; + int iCur; + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ){ + *piCur = pExpr->iTable; + *piColumn = pExpr->iColumn; + return 1; + } + if( mPrereq==0 ) return 0; /* No table references */ + if( (mPrereq&(mPrereq-1))!=0 ) return 0; /* Refs more than one table */ + for(i=0; mPrereq>1; i++, mPrereq>>=1){} + iCur = pFrom->a[i].iCursor; + for(pIdx=pFrom->a[i].pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( pIdx->aColExpr==0 ) continue; + for(i=0; i<pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){ + if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]!=(-2) ) continue; + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pExpr, pIdx->aColExpr->a[i].pExpr, iCur)==0 ){ + *piCur = iCur; + *piColumn = -2; + return 1; + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** The input to this routine is an WhereTerm structure with only the +** "pExpr" field filled in. The job of this routine is to analyze the +** subexpression and populate all the other fields of the WhereTerm +** structure. +** +** If the expression is of the form "<expr> <op> X" it gets commuted +** to the standard form of "X <op> <expr>". +** +** If the expression is of the form "X <op> Y" where both X and Y are +** columns, then the original expression is unchanged and a new virtual +** term of the form "Y <op> X" is added to the WHERE clause and +** analyzed separately. The original term is marked with TERM_COPIED +** and the new term is marked with TERM_DYNAMIC (because it's pExpr +** needs to be freed with the WhereClause) and TERM_VIRTUAL (because it +** is a commuted copy of a prior term.) The original term has nChild=1 +** and the copy has idxParent set to the index of the original term. +*/ +static void exprAnalyze( + SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* the WHERE clause */ + int idxTerm /* Index of the term to be analyzed */ +){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; /* WHERE clause processing context */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* The term to be analyzed */ + WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* Set of table index masks */ + Expr *pExpr; /* The expression to be analyzed */ + Bitmask prereqLeft; /* Prerequesites of the pExpr->pLeft */ + Bitmask prereqAll; /* Prerequesites of pExpr */ + Bitmask extraRight = 0; /* Extra dependencies on LEFT JOIN */ + Expr *pStr1 = 0; /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ + int isComplete = 0; /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB ends with wildcard */ + int noCase = 0; /* uppercase equivalent to lowercase */ + int op; /* Top-level operator. pExpr->op */ + Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; /* Parsing context */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + unsigned char eOp2; /* op2 value for LIKE/REGEXP/GLOB */ + + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + return; + } + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + pMaskSet = &pWInfo->sMaskSet; + pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_AS && pExpr->op!=TK_COLLATE ); + prereqLeft = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pLeft); + op = pExpr->op; + if( op==TK_IN ){ + assert( pExpr->pRight==0 ); + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + pTerm->prereqRight = exprSelectUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pSelect); + }else{ + pTerm->prereqRight = sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pList); + } + }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){ + pTerm->prereqRight = 0; + }else{ + pTerm->prereqRight = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pRight); + } + prereqAll = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr); + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ + Bitmask x = sqlite3WhereGetMask(pMaskSet, pExpr->iRightJoinTable); + prereqAll |= x; + extraRight = x-1; /* ON clause terms may not be used with an index + ** on left table of a LEFT JOIN. Ticket #3015 */ + } + pTerm->prereqAll = prereqAll; + pTerm->leftCursor = -1; + pTerm->iParent = -1; + pTerm->eOperator = 0; + if( allowedOp(op) ){ + int iCur, iColumn; + Expr *pLeft = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr->pLeft); + Expr *pRight = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr->pRight); + u16 opMask = (pTerm->prereqRight & prereqLeft)==0 ? WO_ALL : WO_EQUIV; + if( exprMightBeIndexed(pSrc, prereqLeft, pLeft, &iCur, &iColumn) ){ + pTerm->leftCursor = iCur; + pTerm->u.leftColumn = iColumn; + pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op) & opMask; + } + if( op==TK_IS ) pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_IS; + if( pRight + && exprMightBeIndexed(pSrc, pTerm->prereqRight, pRight, &iCur, &iColumn) + ){ + WhereTerm *pNew; + Expr *pDup; + u16 eExtraOp = 0; /* Extra bits for pNew->eOperator */ + if( pTerm->leftCursor>=0 ){ + int idxNew; + pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup); + return; + } + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pDup, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); + if( idxNew==0 ) return; + pNew = &pWC->a[idxNew]; + markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm); + if( op==TK_IS ) pNew->wtFlags |= TERM_IS; + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; + + if( termIsEquivalence(pParse, pDup) ){ + pTerm->eOperator |= WO_EQUIV; + eExtraOp = WO_EQUIV; + } + }else{ + pDup = pExpr; + pNew = pTerm; + } + exprCommute(pParse, pDup); + pNew->leftCursor = iCur; + pNew->u.leftColumn = iColumn; + testcase( (prereqLeft | extraRight) != prereqLeft ); + pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft | extraRight; + pNew->prereqAll = prereqAll; + pNew->eOperator = (operatorMask(pDup->op) + eExtraOp) & opMask; + } + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION + /* If a term is the BETWEEN operator, create two new virtual terms + ** that define the range that the BETWEEN implements. For example: + ** + ** a BETWEEN b AND c + ** + ** is converted into: + ** + ** (a BETWEEN b AND c) AND (a>=b) AND (a<=c) + ** + ** The two new terms are added onto the end of the WhereClause object. + ** The new terms are "dynamic" and are children of the original BETWEEN + ** term. That means that if the BETWEEN term is coded, the children are + ** skipped. Or, if the children are satisfied by an index, the original + ** BETWEEN term is skipped. + */ + else if( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN && pWC->op==TK_AND ){ + ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; + int i; + static const u8 ops[] = {TK_GE, TK_LE}; + assert( pList!=0 ); + assert( pList->nExpr==2 ); + for(i=0; i<2; i++){ + Expr *pNewExpr; + int idxNew; + pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, ops[i], + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr->pLeft, 0), + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, 0), 0); + transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr, pExpr); + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); + testcase( idxNew==0 ); + exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm); + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) + /* Analyze a term that is composed of two or more subterms connected by + ** an OR operator. + */ + else if( pExpr->op==TK_OR ){ + assert( pWC->op==TK_AND ); + exprAnalyzeOrTerm(pSrc, pWC, idxTerm); + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION + /* Add constraints to reduce the search space on a LIKE or GLOB + ** operator. + ** + ** A like pattern of the form "x LIKE 'aBc%'" is changed into constraints + ** + ** x>='ABC' AND x<'abd' AND x LIKE 'aBc%' + ** + ** The last character of the prefix "abc" is incremented to form the + ** termination condition "abd". If case is not significant (the default + ** for LIKE) then the lower-bound is made all uppercase and the upper- + ** bound is made all lowercase so that the bounds also work when comparing + ** BLOBs. + */ + if( pWC->op==TK_AND + && isLikeOrGlob(pParse, pExpr, &pStr1, &isComplete, &noCase) + ){ + Expr *pLeft; /* LHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ + Expr *pStr2; /* Copy of pStr1 - RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ + Expr *pNewExpr1; + Expr *pNewExpr2; + int idxNew1; + int idxNew2; + const char *zCollSeqName; /* Name of collating sequence */ + const u16 wtFlags = TERM_LIKEOPT | TERM_VIRTUAL | TERM_DYNAMIC; + + pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; + pStr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStr1, 0); + + /* Convert the lower bound to upper-case and the upper bound to + ** lower-case (upper-case is less than lower-case in ASCII) so that + ** the range constraints also work for BLOBs + */ + if( noCase && !pParse->db->mallocFailed ){ + int i; + char c; + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_LIKE; + for(i=0; (c = pStr1->u.zToken[i])!=0; i++){ + pStr1->u.zToken[i] = sqlite3Toupper(c); + pStr2->u.zToken[i] = sqlite3Tolower(c); + } + } + + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + u8 c, *pC; /* Last character before the first wildcard */ + pC = (u8*)&pStr2->u.zToken[sqlite3Strlen30(pStr2->u.zToken)-1]; + c = *pC; + if( noCase ){ + /* The point is to increment the last character before the first + ** wildcard. But if we increment '@', that will push it into the + ** alphabetic range where case conversions will mess up the + ** inequality. To avoid this, make sure to also run the full + ** LIKE on all candidate expressions by clearing the isComplete flag + */ + if( c=='A'-1 ) isComplete = 0; + c = sqlite3UpperToLower[c]; + } + *pC = c + 1; + } + zCollSeqName = noCase ? "NOCASE" : "BINARY"; + pNewExpr1 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0); + pNewExpr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GE, + sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse,pNewExpr1,zCollSeqName), + pStr1, 0); + transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr1, pExpr); + idxNew1 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr1, wtFlags); + testcase( idxNew1==0 ); + exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew1); + pNewExpr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0); + pNewExpr2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LT, + sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse,pNewExpr2,zCollSeqName), + pStr2, 0); + transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr2, pExpr); + idxNew2 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr2, wtFlags); + testcase( idxNew2==0 ); + exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew2); + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + if( isComplete ){ + markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew1, idxTerm); + markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew2, idxTerm); + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + /* Add a WO_MATCH auxiliary term to the constraint set if the + ** current expression is of the form: column MATCH expr. + ** This information is used by the xBestIndex methods of + ** virtual tables. The native query optimizer does not attempt + ** to do anything with MATCH functions. + */ + if( isMatchOfColumn(pExpr, &eOp2) ){ + int idxNew; + Expr *pRight, *pLeft; + WhereTerm *pNewTerm; + Bitmask prereqColumn, prereqExpr; + + pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; + pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; + prereqExpr = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pRight); + prereqColumn = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pLeft); + if( (prereqExpr & prereqColumn)==0 ){ + Expr *pNewExpr; + pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_MATCH, + 0, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRight, 0), 0); + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); + testcase( idxNew==0 ); + pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew]; + pNewTerm->prereqRight = prereqExpr; + pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; + pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; + pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_MATCH; + pNewTerm->eMatchOp = eOp2; + markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm); + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; + pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll; + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + /* When sqlite_stat3 histogram data is available an operator of the + ** form "x IS NOT NULL" can sometimes be evaluated more efficiently + ** as "x>NULL" if x is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. So construct a + ** virtual term of that form. + ** + ** Note that the virtual term must be tagged with TERM_VNULL. + */ + if( pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL + && pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN + && pExpr->pLeft->iColumn>=0 + && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat34) + ){ + Expr *pNewExpr; + Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + int idxNew; + WhereTerm *pNewTerm; + + pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GT, + sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0), + sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0), 0); + + idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, + TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_VNULL); + if( idxNew ){ + pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew]; + pNewTerm->prereqRight = 0; + pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; + pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; + pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_GT; + markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm); + pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; + pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; + pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll; + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ + + /* Prevent ON clause terms of a LEFT JOIN from being used to drive + ** an index for tables to the left of the join. + */ + pTerm->prereqRight |= extraRight; +} + +/*************************************************************************** +** Routines with file scope above. Interface to the rest of the where.c +** subsystem follows. +***************************************************************************/ + +/* +** This routine identifies subexpressions in the WHERE clause where +** each subexpression is separated by the AND operator or some other +** operator specified in the op parameter. The WhereClause structure +** is filled with pointers to subexpressions. For example: +** +** WHERE a=='hello' AND coalesce(b,11)<10 AND (c+12!=d OR c==22) +** \________/ \_______________/ \________________/ +** slot[0] slot[1] slot[2] +** +** The original WHERE clause in pExpr is unaltered. All this routine +** does is make slot[] entries point to substructure within pExpr. +** +** In the previous sentence and in the diagram, "slot[]" refers to +** the WhereClause.a[] array. The slot[] array grows as needed to contain +** all terms of the WHERE clause. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereSplit(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pExpr, u8 op){ + Expr *pE2 = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr); + pWC->op = op; + if( pE2==0 ) return; + if( pE2->op!=op ){ + whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, 0); + }else{ + sqlite3WhereSplit(pWC, pE2->pLeft, op); + sqlite3WhereSplit(pWC, pE2->pRight, op); + } +} + +/* +** Initialize a preallocated WhereClause structure. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereClauseInit( + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WhereClause to be initialized */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo /* The WHERE processing context */ +){ + pWC->pWInfo = pWInfo; + pWC->pOuter = 0; + pWC->nTerm = 0; + pWC->nSlot = ArraySize(pWC->aStatic); + pWC->a = pWC->aStatic; +} + +/* +** Deallocate a WhereClause structure. The WhereClause structure +** itself is not freed. This routine is the inverse of +** sqlite3WhereClauseInit(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereClauseClear(WhereClause *pWC){ + int i; + WhereTerm *a; + sqlite3 *db = pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db; + for(i=pWC->nTerm-1, a=pWC->a; i>=0; i--, a++){ + if( a->wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){ + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, a->pExpr); + } + if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO ){ + whereOrInfoDelete(db, a->u.pOrInfo); + }else if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ANDINFO ){ + whereAndInfoDelete(db, a->u.pAndInfo); + } + } + if( pWC->a!=pWC->aStatic ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pWC->a); + } +} + + +/* +** These routines walk (recursively) an expression tree and generate +** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression +** tree. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereExprUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){ + Bitmask mask = 0; + if( p==0 ) return 0; + if( p->op==TK_COLUMN ){ + mask = sqlite3WhereGetMask(pMaskSet, p->iTable); + return mask; + } + mask = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, p->pRight); + if( p->pLeft ) mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, p->pLeft); + if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + mask |= exprSelectUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pSelect); + }else if( p->x.pList ){ + mask |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pList); + } + return mask; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprList *pList){ + int i; + Bitmask mask = 0; + if( pList ){ + for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){ + mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[i].pExpr); + } + } + return mask; +} + + +/* +** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause. +** +** Note that exprAnalyze() might add new virtual terms onto the +** end of the WHERE clause. We do not want to analyze these new +** virtual terms, so start analyzing at the end and work forward +** so that the added virtual terms are never processed. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze( + SrcList *pTabList, /* the FROM clause */ + WhereClause *pWC /* the WHERE clause to be analyzed */ +){ + int i; + for(i=pWC->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--){ + exprAnalyze(pTabList, pWC, i); + } +} + +/* +** For table-valued-functions, transform the function arguments into +** new WHERE clause terms. +** +** Each function argument translates into an equality constraint against +** a HIDDEN column in the table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereTabFuncArgs( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + struct SrcList_item *pItem, /* The FROM clause term to process */ + WhereClause *pWC /* Xfer function arguments to here */ +){ + Table *pTab; + int j, k; + ExprList *pArgs; + Expr *pColRef; + Expr *pTerm; + if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc==0 ) return; + pTab = pItem->pTab; + assert( pTab!=0 ); + pArgs = pItem->u1.pFuncArg; + if( pArgs==0 ) return; + for(j=k=0; j<pArgs->nExpr; j++){ + while( k<pTab->nCol && (pTab->aCol[k].colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)==0 ){k++;} + if( k>=pTab->nCol ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on %s() - max %d", + pTab->zName, j); + return; + } + pColRef = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0); + if( pColRef==0 ) return; + pColRef->iTable = pItem->iCursor; + pColRef->iColumn = k++; + pColRef->pTab = pTab; + pTerm = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pColRef, + sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pArgs->a[j].pExpr, 0), 0); + whereClauseInsert(pWC, pTerm, TERM_DYNAMIC); + } +} + +/************** End of whereexpr.c *******************************************/ +/************** Begin file where.c *******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process +** the WHERE clause of SQL statements. This module is responsible for +** generating the code that loops through a table looking for applicable +** rows. Indices are selected and used to speed the search when doing +** so is applicable. Because this module is responsible for selecting +** indices, you might also think of this module as the "query optimizer". +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* #include "whereInt.h" */ + +/* Forward declaration of methods */ +static int whereLoopResize(sqlite3*, WhereLoop*, int); + +/* Test variable that can be set to enable WHERE tracing */ +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/***/ int sqlite3WhereTrace = 0; +#endif + + +/* +** Return the estimated number of output rows from a WHERE clause +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + return pWInfo->nRowOut; +} + +/* +** Return one of the WHERE_DISTINCT_xxxxx values to indicate how this +** WHERE clause returns outputs for DISTINCT processing. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + return pWInfo->eDistinct; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause returns rows in ORDER BY order. +** Return FALSE if the output needs to be sorted. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + return pWInfo->nOBSat; +} + +/* +** Return the VDBE address or label to jump to in order to continue +** immediately with the next row of a WHERE clause. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + assert( pWInfo->iContinue!=0 ); + return pWInfo->iContinue; +} + +/* +** Return the VDBE address or label to jump to in order to break +** out of a WHERE loop. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + return pWInfo->iBreak; +} + +/* +** Return ONEPASS_OFF (0) if an UPDATE or DELETE statement is unable to +** operate directly on the rowis returned by a WHERE clause. Return +** ONEPASS_SINGLE (1) if the statement can operation directly because only +** a single row is to be changed. Return ONEPASS_MULTI (2) if the one-pass +** optimization can be used on multiple +** +** If the ONEPASS optimization is used (if this routine returns true) +** then also write the indices of open cursors used by ONEPASS +** into aiCur[0] and aiCur[1]. iaCur[0] gets the cursor of the data +** table and iaCur[1] gets the cursor used by an auxiliary index. +** Either value may be -1, indicating that cursor is not used. +** Any cursors returned will have been opened for writing. +** +** aiCur[0] and aiCur[1] both get -1 if the where-clause logic is +** unable to use the ONEPASS optimization. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(WhereInfo *pWInfo, int *aiCur){ + memcpy(aiCur, pWInfo->aiCurOnePass, sizeof(int)*2); +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED + if( sqlite3WhereTrace && pWInfo->eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s cursors: %d %d\n", + pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE ? "ONEPASS_SINGLE" : "ONEPASS_MULTI", + aiCur[0], aiCur[1]); + } +#endif + return pWInfo->eOnePass; +} + +/* +** Move the content of pSrc into pDest +*/ +static void whereOrMove(WhereOrSet *pDest, WhereOrSet *pSrc){ + pDest->n = pSrc->n; + memcpy(pDest->a, pSrc->a, pDest->n*sizeof(pDest->a[0])); +} + +/* +** Try to insert a new prerequisite/cost entry into the WhereOrSet pSet. +** +** The new entry might overwrite an existing entry, or it might be +** appended, or it might be discarded. Do whatever is the right thing +** so that pSet keeps the N_OR_COST best entries seen so far. +*/ +static int whereOrInsert( + WhereOrSet *pSet, /* The WhereOrSet to be updated */ + Bitmask prereq, /* Prerequisites of the new entry */ + LogEst rRun, /* Run-cost of the new entry */ + LogEst nOut /* Number of outputs for the new entry */ +){ + u16 i; + WhereOrCost *p; + for(i=pSet->n, p=pSet->a; i>0; i--, p++){ + if( rRun<=p->rRun && (prereq & p->prereq)==prereq ){ + goto whereOrInsert_done; + } + if( p->rRun<=rRun && (p->prereq & prereq)==p->prereq ){ + return 0; + } + } + if( pSet->n<N_OR_COST ){ + p = &pSet->a[pSet->n++]; + p->nOut = nOut; + }else{ + p = pSet->a; + for(i=1; i<pSet->n; i++){ + if( p->rRun>pSet->a[i].rRun ) p = pSet->a + i; + } + if( p->rRun<=rRun ) return 0; + } +whereOrInsert_done: + p->prereq = prereq; + p->rRun = rRun; + if( p->nOut>nOut ) p->nOut = nOut; + return 1; +} + +/* +** Return the bitmask for the given cursor number. Return 0 if +** iCursor is not in the set. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereGetMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){ + int i; + assert( pMaskSet->n<=(int)sizeof(Bitmask)*8 ); + for(i=0; i<pMaskSet->n; i++){ + if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ){ + return MASKBIT(i); + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Create a new mask for cursor iCursor. +** +** There is one cursor per table in the FROM clause. The number of +** tables in the FROM clause is limited by a test early in the +** sqlite3WhereBegin() routine. So we know that the pMaskSet->ix[] +** array will never overflow. +*/ +static void createMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){ + assert( pMaskSet->n < ArraySize(pMaskSet->ix) ); + pMaskSet->ix[pMaskSet->n++] = iCursor; +} + +/* +** Advance to the next WhereTerm that matches according to the criteria +** established when the pScan object was initialized by whereScanInit(). +** Return NULL if there are no more matching WhereTerms. +*/ +static WhereTerm *whereScanNext(WhereScan *pScan){ + int iCur; /* The cursor on the LHS of the term */ + i16 iColumn; /* The column on the LHS of the term. -1 for IPK */ + Expr *pX; /* An expression being tested */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* Shorthand for pScan->pWC */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* The term being tested */ + int k = pScan->k; /* Where to start scanning */ + + while( pScan->iEquiv<=pScan->nEquiv ){ + iCur = pScan->aiCur[pScan->iEquiv-1]; + iColumn = pScan->aiColumn[pScan->iEquiv-1]; + if( iColumn==XN_EXPR && pScan->pIdxExpr==0 ) return 0; + while( (pWC = pScan->pWC)!=0 ){ + for(pTerm=pWC->a+k; k<pWC->nTerm; k++, pTerm++){ + if( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur + && pTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn + && (iColumn!=XN_EXPR + || sqlite3ExprCompare(pTerm->pExpr->pLeft,pScan->pIdxExpr,iCur)==0) + && (pScan->iEquiv<=1 || !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)) + ){ + if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQUIV)!=0 + && pScan->nEquiv<ArraySize(pScan->aiCur) + && (pX = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pTerm->pExpr->pRight))->op==TK_COLUMN + ){ + int j; + for(j=0; j<pScan->nEquiv; j++){ + if( pScan->aiCur[j]==pX->iTable + && pScan->aiColumn[j]==pX->iColumn ){ + break; + } + } + if( j==pScan->nEquiv ){ + pScan->aiCur[j] = pX->iTable; + pScan->aiColumn[j] = pX->iColumn; + pScan->nEquiv++; + } + } + if( (pTerm->eOperator & pScan->opMask)!=0 ){ + /* Verify the affinity and collating sequence match */ + if( pScan->zCollName && (pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL)==0 ){ + CollSeq *pColl; + Parse *pParse = pWC->pWInfo->pParse; + pX = pTerm->pExpr; + if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, pScan->idxaff) ){ + continue; + } + assert(pX->pLeft); + pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, + pX->pLeft, pX->pRight); + if( pColl==0 ) pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pScan->zCollName) ){ + continue; + } + } + if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IS))!=0 + && (pX = pTerm->pExpr->pRight)->op==TK_COLUMN + && pX->iTable==pScan->aiCur[0] + && pX->iColumn==pScan->aiColumn[0] + ){ + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS ); + continue; + } + pScan->k = k+1; + return pTerm; + } + } + } + pScan->pWC = pScan->pWC->pOuter; + k = 0; + } + pScan->pWC = pScan->pOrigWC; + k = 0; + pScan->iEquiv++; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Initialize a WHERE clause scanner object. Return a pointer to the +** first match. Return NULL if there are no matches. +** +** The scanner will be searching the WHERE clause pWC. It will look +** for terms of the form "X <op> <expr>" where X is column iColumn of table +** iCur. Or if pIdx!=0 then X is column iColumn of index pIdx. pIdx +** must be one of the indexes of table iCur. +** +** The <op> must be one of the operators described by opMask. +** +** If the search is for X and the WHERE clause contains terms of the +** form X=Y then this routine might also return terms of the form +** "Y <op> <expr>". The number of levels of transitivity is limited, +** but is enough to handle most commonly occurring SQL statements. +** +** If X is not the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY then X must be compatible with +** index pIdx. +*/ +static WhereTerm *whereScanInit( + WhereScan *pScan, /* The WhereScan object being initialized */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause to be scanned */ + int iCur, /* Cursor to scan for */ + int iColumn, /* Column to scan for */ + u32 opMask, /* Operator(s) to scan for */ + Index *pIdx /* Must be compatible with this index */ +){ + int j = 0; + + /* memset(pScan, 0, sizeof(*pScan)); */ + pScan->pOrigWC = pWC; + pScan->pWC = pWC; + pScan->pIdxExpr = 0; + if( pIdx ){ + j = iColumn; + iColumn = pIdx->aiColumn[j]; + if( iColumn==XN_EXPR ) pScan->pIdxExpr = pIdx->aColExpr->a[j].pExpr; + if( iColumn==pIdx->pTable->iPKey ) iColumn = XN_ROWID; + } + if( pIdx && iColumn>=0 ){ + pScan->idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity; + pScan->zCollName = pIdx->azColl[j]; + }else{ + pScan->idxaff = 0; + pScan->zCollName = 0; + } + pScan->opMask = opMask; + pScan->k = 0; + pScan->aiCur[0] = iCur; + pScan->aiColumn[0] = iColumn; + pScan->nEquiv = 1; + pScan->iEquiv = 1; + return whereScanNext(pScan); +} + +/* +** Search for a term in the WHERE clause that is of the form "X <op> <expr>" +** where X is a reference to the iColumn of table iCur or of index pIdx +** if pIdx!=0 and <op> is one of the WO_xx operator codes specified by +** the op parameter. Return a pointer to the term. Return 0 if not found. +** +** If pIdx!=0 then it must be one of the indexes of table iCur. +** Search for terms matching the iColumn-th column of pIdx +** rather than the iColumn-th column of table iCur. +** +** The term returned might by Y=<expr> if there is another constraint in +** the WHERE clause that specifies that X=Y. Any such constraints will be +** identified by the WO_EQUIV bit in the pTerm->eOperator field. The +** aiCur[]/iaColumn[] arrays hold X and all its equivalents. There are 11 +** slots in aiCur[]/aiColumn[] so that means we can look for X plus up to 10 +** other equivalent values. Hence a search for X will return <expr> if X=A1 +** and A1=A2 and A2=A3 and ... and A9=A10 and A10=<expr>. +** +** If there are multiple terms in the WHERE clause of the form "X <op> <expr>" +** then try for the one with no dependencies on <expr> - in other words where +** <expr> is a constant expression of some kind. Only return entries of +** the form "X <op> Y" where Y is a column in another table if no terms of +** the form "X <op> <const-expr>" exist. If no terms with a constant RHS +** exist, try to return a term that does not use WO_EQUIV. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereTerm *sqlite3WhereFindTerm( + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause to be searched */ + int iCur, /* Cursor number of LHS */ + int iColumn, /* Column number of LHS */ + Bitmask notReady, /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */ + u32 op, /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */ + Index *pIdx /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */ +){ + WhereTerm *pResult = 0; + WhereTerm *p; + WhereScan scan; + + p = whereScanInit(&scan, pWC, iCur, iColumn, op, pIdx); + op &= WO_EQ|WO_IS; + while( p ){ + if( (p->prereqRight & notReady)==0 ){ + if( p->prereqRight==0 && (p->eOperator&op)!=0 ){ + testcase( p->eOperator & WO_IS ); + return p; + } + if( pResult==0 ) pResult = p; + } + p = whereScanNext(&scan); + } + return pResult; +} + +/* +** This function searches pList for an entry that matches the iCol-th column +** of index pIdx. +** +** If such an expression is found, its index in pList->a[] is returned. If +** no expression is found, -1 is returned. +*/ +static int findIndexCol( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + ExprList *pList, /* Expression list to search */ + int iBase, /* Cursor for table associated with pIdx */ + Index *pIdx, /* Index to match column of */ + int iCol /* Column of index to match */ +){ + int i; + const char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[iCol]; + + for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){ + Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[i].pExpr); + if( p->op==TK_COLUMN + && p->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[iCol] + && p->iTable==iBase + ){ + CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr); + if( pColl && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){ + return i; + } + } + } + + return -1; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the iCol-th column of index pIdx is NOT NULL +*/ +static int indexColumnNotNull(Index *pIdx, int iCol){ + int j; + assert( pIdx!=0 ); + assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pIdx->nColumn ); + j = pIdx->aiColumn[iCol]; + if( j>=0 ){ + return pIdx->pTable->aCol[j].notNull; + }else if( j==(-1) ){ + return 1; + }else{ + assert( j==(-2) ); + return 0; /* Assume an indexed expression can always yield a NULL */ + + } +} + +/* +** Return true if the DISTINCT expression-list passed as the third argument +** is redundant. +** +** A DISTINCT list is redundant if any subset of the columns in the +** DISTINCT list are collectively unique and individually non-null. +*/ +static int isDistinctRedundant( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* The FROM clause */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ + ExprList *pDistinct /* The result set that needs to be DISTINCT */ +){ + Table *pTab; + Index *pIdx; + int i; + int iBase; + + /* If there is more than one table or sub-select in the FROM clause of + ** this query, then it will not be possible to show that the DISTINCT + ** clause is redundant. */ + if( pTabList->nSrc!=1 ) return 0; + iBase = pTabList->a[0].iCursor; + pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab; + + /* If any of the expressions is an IPK column on table iBase, then return + ** true. Note: The (p->iTable==iBase) part of this test may be false if the + ** current SELECT is a correlated sub-query. + */ + for(i=0; i<pDistinct->nExpr; i++){ + Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pDistinct->a[i].pExpr); + if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && p->iTable==iBase && p->iColumn<0 ) return 1; + } + + /* Loop through all indices on the table, checking each to see if it makes + ** the DISTINCT qualifier redundant. It does so if: + ** + ** 1. The index is itself UNIQUE, and + ** + ** 2. All of the columns in the index are either part of the pDistinct + ** list, or else the WHERE clause contains a term of the form "col=X", + ** where X is a constant value. The collation sequences of the + ** comparison and select-list expressions must match those of the index. + ** + ** 3. All of those index columns for which the WHERE clause does not + ** contain a "col=X" term are subject to a NOT NULL constraint. + */ + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( !IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ) continue; + for(i=0; i<pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){ + if( 0==sqlite3WhereFindTerm(pWC, iBase, i, ~(Bitmask)0, WO_EQ, pIdx) ){ + if( findIndexCol(pParse, pDistinct, iBase, pIdx, i)<0 ) break; + if( indexColumnNotNull(pIdx, i)==0 ) break; + } + } + if( i==pIdx->nKeyCol ){ + /* This index implies that the DISTINCT qualifier is redundant. */ + return 1; + } + } + + return 0; +} + + +/* +** Estimate the logarithm of the input value to base 2. +*/ +static LogEst estLog(LogEst N){ + return N<=10 ? 0 : sqlite3LogEst(N) - 33; +} + +/* +** Convert OP_Column opcodes to OP_Copy in previously generated code. +** +** This routine runs over generated VDBE code and translates OP_Column +** opcodes into OP_Copy when the table is being accessed via co-routine +** instead of via table lookup. +** +** If the bIncrRowid parameter is 0, then any OP_Rowid instructions on +** cursor iTabCur are transformed into OP_Null. Or, if bIncrRowid is non-zero, +** then each OP_Rowid is transformed into an instruction to increment the +** value stored in its output register. +*/ +static void translateColumnToCopy( + Vdbe *v, /* The VDBE containing code to translate */ + int iStart, /* Translate from this opcode to the end */ + int iTabCur, /* OP_Column/OP_Rowid references to this table */ + int iRegister, /* The first column is in this register */ + int bIncrRowid /* If non-zero, transform OP_rowid to OP_AddImm(1) */ +){ + VdbeOp *pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, iStart); + int iEnd = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + for(; iStart<iEnd; iStart++, pOp++){ + if( pOp->p1!=iTabCur ) continue; + if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){ + pOp->opcode = OP_Copy; + pOp->p1 = pOp->p2 + iRegister; + pOp->p2 = pOp->p3; + pOp->p3 = 0; + }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){ + if( bIncrRowid ){ + /* Increment the value stored in the P2 operand of the OP_Rowid. */ + pOp->opcode = OP_AddImm; + pOp->p1 = pOp->p2; + pOp->p2 = 1; + }else{ + pOp->opcode = OP_Null; + pOp->p1 = 0; + pOp->p3 = 0; + } + } + } +} + +/* +** Two routines for printing the content of an sqlite3_index_info +** structure. Used for testing and debugging only. If neither +** SQLITE_TEST or SQLITE_DEBUG are defined, then these routines +** are no-ops. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED) +static void TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){ + int i; + if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return; + for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" constraint[%d]: col=%d termid=%d op=%d usabled=%d\n", + i, + p->aConstraint[i].iColumn, + p->aConstraint[i].iTermOffset, + p->aConstraint[i].op, + p->aConstraint[i].usable); + } + for(i=0; i<p->nOrderBy; i++){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" orderby[%d]: col=%d desc=%d\n", + i, + p->aOrderBy[i].iColumn, + p->aOrderBy[i].desc); + } +} +static void TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){ + int i; + if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return; + for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" usage[%d]: argvIdx=%d omit=%d\n", + i, + p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex, + p->aConstraintUsage[i].omit); + } + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" idxNum=%d\n", p->idxNum); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" idxStr=%s\n", p->idxStr); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" orderByConsumed=%d\n", p->orderByConsumed); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" estimatedCost=%g\n", p->estimatedCost); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" estimatedRows=%lld\n", p->estimatedRows); +} +#else +#define TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(A) +#define TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(A) +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX +/* +** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause term pTerm is of a form where it +** could be used with an index to access pSrc, assuming an appropriate +** index existed. +*/ +static int termCanDriveIndex( + WhereTerm *pTerm, /* WHERE clause term to check */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* Table we are trying to access */ + Bitmask notReady /* Tables in outer loops of the join */ +){ + char aff; + if( pTerm->leftCursor!=pSrc->iCursor ) return 0; + if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IS))==0 ) return 0; + if( (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)!=0 ) return 0; + if( pTerm->u.leftColumn<0 ) return 0; + aff = pSrc->pTab->aCol[pTerm->u.leftColumn].affinity; + if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pTerm->pExpr, aff) ) return 0; + testcase( pTerm->pExpr->op==TK_IS ); + return 1; +} +#endif + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX +/* +** Generate code to construct the Index object for an automatic index +** and to set up the WhereLevel object pLevel so that the code generator +** makes use of the automatic index. +*/ +static void constructAutomaticIndex( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to get the next index */ + Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */ + WhereLevel *pLevel /* Write new index here */ +){ + int nKeyCol; /* Number of columns in the constructed index */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */ + WhereTerm *pWCEnd; /* End of pWC->a[] */ + Index *pIdx; /* Object describing the transient index */ + Vdbe *v; /* Prepared statement under construction */ + int addrInit; /* Address of the initialization bypass jump */ + Table *pTable; /* The table being indexed */ + int addrTop; /* Top of the index fill loop */ + int regRecord; /* Register holding an index record */ + int n; /* Column counter */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int mxBitCol; /* Maximum column in pSrc->colUsed */ + CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to on a column */ + WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The Loop object */ + char *zNotUsed; /* Extra space on the end of pIdx */ + Bitmask idxCols; /* Bitmap of columns used for indexing */ + Bitmask extraCols; /* Bitmap of additional columns */ + u8 sentWarning = 0; /* True if a warnning has been issued */ + Expr *pPartial = 0; /* Partial Index Expression */ + int iContinue = 0; /* Jump here to skip excluded rows */ + struct SrcList_item *pTabItem; /* FROM clause term being indexed */ + int addrCounter = 0; /* Address where integer counter is initialized */ + int regBase; /* Array of registers where record is assembled */ + + /* Generate code to skip over the creation and initialization of the + ** transient index on 2nd and subsequent iterations of the loop. */ + v = pParse->pVdbe; + assert( v!=0 ); + addrInit = sqlite3CodeOnce(pParse); VdbeCoverage(v); + + /* Count the number of columns that will be added to the index + ** and used to match WHERE clause constraints */ + nKeyCol = 0; + pTable = pSrc->pTab; + pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm]; + pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + idxCols = 0; + for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){ + Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; + assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) /* prereq always non-zero */ + || pExpr->iRightJoinTable!=pSrc->iCursor /* for the right-hand */ + || pLoop->prereq!=0 ); /* table of a LEFT JOIN */ + if( pLoop->prereq==0 + && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL)==0 + && !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) + && sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(pExpr, pSrc->iCursor) ){ + pPartial = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, pPartial, + sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pExpr, 0)); + } + if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){ + int iCol = pTerm->u.leftColumn; + Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? MASKBIT(BMS-1) : MASKBIT(iCol); + testcase( iCol==BMS ); + testcase( iCol==BMS-1 ); + if( !sentWarning ){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX, + "automatic index on %s(%s)", pTable->zName, + pTable->aCol[iCol].zName); + sentWarning = 1; + } + if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){ + if( whereLoopResize(pParse->db, pLoop, nKeyCol+1) ){ + goto end_auto_index_create; + } + pLoop->aLTerm[nKeyCol++] = pTerm; + idxCols |= cMask; + } + } + } + assert( nKeyCol>0 ); + pLoop->u.btree.nEq = pLoop->nLTerm = nKeyCol; + pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ | WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WHERE_INDEXED + | WHERE_AUTO_INDEX; + + /* Count the number of additional columns needed to create a + ** covering index. A "covering index" is an index that contains all + ** columns that are needed by the query. With a covering index, the + ** original table never needs to be accessed. Automatic indices must + ** be a covering index because the index will not be updated if the + ** original table changes and the index and table cannot both be used + ** if they go out of sync. + */ + extraCols = pSrc->colUsed & (~idxCols | MASKBIT(BMS-1)); + mxBitCol = MIN(BMS-1,pTable->nCol); + testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-1 ); + testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-2 ); + for(i=0; i<mxBitCol; i++){ + if( extraCols & MASKBIT(i) ) nKeyCol++; + } + if( pSrc->colUsed & MASKBIT(BMS-1) ){ + nKeyCol += pTable->nCol - BMS + 1; + } + + /* Construct the Index object to describe this index */ + pIdx = sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(pParse->db, nKeyCol+1, 0, &zNotUsed); + if( pIdx==0 ) goto end_auto_index_create; + pLoop->u.btree.pIndex = pIdx; + pIdx->zName = "auto-index"; + pIdx->pTable = pTable; + n = 0; + idxCols = 0; + for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){ + if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){ + int iCol = pTerm->u.leftColumn; + Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? MASKBIT(BMS-1) : MASKBIT(iCol); + testcase( iCol==BMS-1 ); + testcase( iCol==BMS ); + if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){ + Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; + idxCols |= cMask; + pIdx->aiColumn[n] = pTerm->u.leftColumn; + pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight); + pIdx->azColl[n] = pColl ? pColl->zName : sqlite3StrBINARY; + n++; + } + } + } + assert( (u32)n==pLoop->u.btree.nEq ); + + /* Add additional columns needed to make the automatic index into + ** a covering index */ + for(i=0; i<mxBitCol; i++){ + if( extraCols & MASKBIT(i) ){ + pIdx->aiColumn[n] = i; + pIdx->azColl[n] = sqlite3StrBINARY; + n++; + } + } + if( pSrc->colUsed & MASKBIT(BMS-1) ){ + for(i=BMS-1; i<pTable->nCol; i++){ + pIdx->aiColumn[n] = i; + pIdx->azColl[n] = sqlite3StrBINARY; + n++; + } + } + assert( n==nKeyCol ); + pIdx->aiColumn[n] = XN_ROWID; + pIdx->azColl[n] = sqlite3StrBINARY; + + /* Create the automatic index */ + assert( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 ); + pLevel->iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenAutoindex, pLevel->iIdxCur, nKeyCol+1); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); + VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pTable->zName)); + + /* Fill the automatic index with content */ + sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); + pTabItem = &pWC->pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; + if( pTabItem->fg.viaCoroutine ){ + int regYield = pTabItem->regReturn; + addrCounter = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, pTabItem->addrFillSub); + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regYield); + VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeComment((v, "next row of \"%s\"", pTabItem->pTab->zName)); + }else{ + addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, pLevel->iTabCur); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + if( pPartial ){ + iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pPartial, iContinue, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_PARTIALIDX; + } + regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); + regBase = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey( + pParse, pIdx, pLevel->iTabCur, regRecord, 0, 0, 0, 0 + ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pLevel->iIdxCur, regRecord); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); + if( pPartial ) sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iContinue); + if( pTabItem->fg.viaCoroutine ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addrCounter, regBase+n); + translateColumnToCopy(v, addrTop, pLevel->iTabCur, pTabItem->regResult, 1); + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrTop); + pTabItem->fg.viaCoroutine = 0; + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pLevel->iTabCur, addrTop+1); VdbeCoverage(v); + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop); + sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); + sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse); + + /* Jump here when skipping the initialization */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInit); + +end_auto_index_create: + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pPartial); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/* +** Allocate and populate an sqlite3_index_info structure. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to eventually release the structure +** by passing the pointer returned by this function to sqlite3_free(). +*/ +static sqlite3_index_info *allocateIndexInfo( + Parse *pParse, + WhereClause *pWC, + Bitmask mUnusable, /* Ignore terms with these prereqs */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc, + ExprList *pOrderBy +){ + int i, j; + int nTerm; + struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons; + struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pIdxOrderBy; + struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage; + WhereTerm *pTerm; + int nOrderBy; + sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo; + + /* Count the number of possible WHERE clause constraints referring + ** to this virtual table */ + for(i=nTerm=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){ + if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue; + if( pTerm->prereqRight & mUnusable ) continue; + assert( IsPowerOfTwo(pTerm->eOperator & ~WO_EQUIV) ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL ); + if( (pTerm->eOperator & ~(WO_ISNULL|WO_EQUIV|WO_IS))==0 ) continue; + if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue; + assert( pTerm->u.leftColumn>=(-1) ); + nTerm++; + } + + /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current + ** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of + ** the sqlite3_index_info structure. + */ + nOrderBy = 0; + if( pOrderBy ){ + int n = pOrderBy->nExpr; + for(i=0; i<n; i++){ + Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=pSrc->iCursor ) break; + } + if( i==n){ + nOrderBy = n; + } + } + + /* Allocate the sqlite3_index_info structure + */ + pIdxInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*pIdxInfo) + + (sizeof(*pIdxCons) + sizeof(*pUsage))*nTerm + + sizeof(*pIdxOrderBy)*nOrderBy ); + if( pIdxInfo==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "out of memory"); + return 0; + } + + /* Initialize the structure. The sqlite3_index_info structure contains + ** many fields that are declared "const" to prevent xBestIndex from + ** changing them. We have to do some funky casting in order to + ** initialize those fields. + */ + pIdxCons = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint*)&pIdxInfo[1]; + pIdxOrderBy = (struct sqlite3_index_orderby*)&pIdxCons[nTerm]; + pUsage = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage*)&pIdxOrderBy[nOrderBy]; + *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nConstraint = nTerm; + *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy; + *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint = pIdxCons; + *(struct sqlite3_index_orderby**)&pIdxInfo->aOrderBy = pIdxOrderBy; + *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage = + pUsage; + + for(i=j=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){ + u8 op; + if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue; + if( pTerm->prereqRight & mUnusable ) continue; + assert( IsPowerOfTwo(pTerm->eOperator & ~WO_EQUIV) ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ); + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL ); + if( (pTerm->eOperator & ~(WO_ISNULL|WO_EQUIV|WO_IS))==0 ) continue; + if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue; + assert( pTerm->u.leftColumn>=(-1) ); + pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->u.leftColumn; + pIdxCons[j].iTermOffset = i; + op = (u8)pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL; + if( op==WO_IN ) op = WO_EQ; + if( op==WO_MATCH ){ + op = pTerm->eMatchOp; + } + pIdxCons[j].op = op; + /* The direct assignment in the previous line is possible only because + ** the WO_ and SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ codes are identical. The + ** following asserts verify this fact. */ + assert( WO_EQ==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ); + assert( WO_LT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ); + assert( WO_LE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ); + assert( WO_GT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ); + assert( WO_GE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ); + assert( WO_MATCH==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ); + assert( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_MATCH) ); + j++; + } + for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){ + Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr; + pIdxOrderBy[i].iColumn = pExpr->iColumn; + pIdxOrderBy[i].desc = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder; + } + + return pIdxInfo; +} + +/* +** The table object reference passed as the second argument to this function +** must represent a virtual table. This function invokes the xBestIndex() +** method of the virtual table with the sqlite3_index_info object that +** comes in as the 3rd argument to this function. +** +** If an error occurs, pParse is populated with an error message and a +** non-zero value is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned and the output +** part of the sqlite3_index_info structure is left populated. +** +** Whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility of the +** caller to eventually free p->idxStr if p->needToFreeIdxStr indicates +** that this is required. +*/ +static int vtabBestIndex(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, sqlite3_index_info *p){ + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pVtab; + int rc; + + TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(p); + rc = pVtab->pModule->xBestIndex(pVtab, p); + TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(p); + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3OomFault(pParse->db); + }else if( !pVtab->zErrMsg ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", pVtab->zErrMsg); + } + } + sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg); + pVtab->zErrMsg = 0; + +#if 0 + /* This error is now caught by the caller. + ** Search for "xBestIndex malfunction" below */ + for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){ + if( !p->aConstraint[i].usable && p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "table %s: xBestIndex returned an invalid plan", pTab->zName); + } + } +#endif + + return pParse->nErr; +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +/* +** Estimate the location of a particular key among all keys in an +** index. Store the results in aStat as follows: +** +** aStat[0] Est. number of rows less than pRec +** aStat[1] Est. number of rows equal to pRec +** +** Return the index of the sample that is the smallest sample that +** is greater than or equal to pRec. Note that this index is not an index +** into the aSample[] array - it is an index into a virtual set of samples +** based on the contents of aSample[] and the number of fields in record +** pRec. +*/ +static int whereKeyStats( + Parse *pParse, /* Database connection */ + Index *pIdx, /* Index to consider domain of */ + UnpackedRecord *pRec, /* Vector of values to consider */ + int roundUp, /* Round up if true. Round down if false */ + tRowcnt *aStat /* OUT: stats written here */ +){ + IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample; + int iCol; /* Index of required stats in anEq[] etc. */ + int i; /* Index of first sample >= pRec */ + int iSample; /* Smallest sample larger than or equal to pRec */ + int iMin = 0; /* Smallest sample not yet tested */ + int iTest; /* Next sample to test */ + int res; /* Result of comparison operation */ + int nField; /* Number of fields in pRec */ + tRowcnt iLower = 0; /* anLt[] + anEq[] of largest sample pRec is > */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG + UNUSED_PARAMETER( pParse ); +#endif + assert( pRec!=0 ); + assert( pIdx->nSample>0 ); + assert( pRec->nField>0 && pRec->nField<=pIdx->nSampleCol ); + + /* Do a binary search to find the first sample greater than or equal + ** to pRec. If pRec contains a single field, the set of samples to search + ** is simply the aSample[] array. If the samples in aSample[] contain more + ** than one fields, all fields following the first are ignored. + ** + ** If pRec contains N fields, where N is more than one, then as well as the + ** samples in aSample[] (truncated to N fields), the search also has to + ** consider prefixes of those samples. For example, if the set of samples + ** in aSample is: + ** + ** aSample[0] = (a, 5) + ** aSample[1] = (a, 10) + ** aSample[2] = (b, 5) + ** aSample[3] = (c, 100) + ** aSample[4] = (c, 105) + ** + ** Then the search space should ideally be the samples above and the + ** unique prefixes [a], [b] and [c]. But since that is hard to organize, + ** the code actually searches this set: + ** + ** 0: (a) + ** 1: (a, 5) + ** 2: (a, 10) + ** 3: (a, 10) + ** 4: (b) + ** 5: (b, 5) + ** 6: (c) + ** 7: (c, 100) + ** 8: (c, 105) + ** 9: (c, 105) + ** + ** For each sample in the aSample[] array, N samples are present in the + ** effective sample array. In the above, samples 0 and 1 are based on + ** sample aSample[0]. Samples 2 and 3 on aSample[1] etc. + ** + ** Often, sample i of each block of N effective samples has (i+1) fields. + ** Except, each sample may be extended to ensure that it is greater than or + ** equal to the previous sample in the array. For example, in the above, + ** sample 2 is the first sample of a block of N samples, so at first it + ** appears that it should be 1 field in size. However, that would make it + ** smaller than sample 1, so the binary search would not work. As a result, + ** it is extended to two fields. The duplicates that this creates do not + ** cause any problems. + */ + nField = pRec->nField; + iCol = 0; + iSample = pIdx->nSample * nField; + do{ + int iSamp; /* Index in aSample[] of test sample */ + int n; /* Number of fields in test sample */ + + iTest = (iMin+iSample)/2; + iSamp = iTest / nField; + if( iSamp>0 ){ + /* The proposed effective sample is a prefix of sample aSample[iSamp]. + ** Specifically, the shortest prefix of at least (1 + iTest%nField) + ** fields that is greater than the previous effective sample. */ + for(n=(iTest % nField) + 1; n<nField; n++){ + if( aSample[iSamp-1].anLt[n-1]!=aSample[iSamp].anLt[n-1] ) break; + } + }else{ + n = iTest + 1; + } + + pRec->nField = n; + res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[iSamp].n, aSample[iSamp].p, pRec); + if( res<0 ){ + iLower = aSample[iSamp].anLt[n-1] + aSample[iSamp].anEq[n-1]; + iMin = iTest+1; + }else if( res==0 && n<nField ){ + iLower = aSample[iSamp].anLt[n-1]; + iMin = iTest+1; + res = -1; + }else{ + iSample = iTest; + iCol = n-1; + } + }while( res && iMin<iSample ); + i = iSample / nField; + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* The following assert statements check that the binary search code + ** above found the right answer. This block serves no purpose other + ** than to invoke the asserts. */ + if( pParse->db->mallocFailed==0 ){ + if( res==0 ){ + /* If (res==0) is true, then pRec must be equal to sample i. */ + assert( i<pIdx->nSample ); + assert( iCol==nField-1 ); + pRec->nField = nField; + assert( 0==sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec) + || pParse->db->mallocFailed + ); + }else{ + /* Unless i==pIdx->nSample, indicating that pRec is larger than + ** all samples in the aSample[] array, pRec must be smaller than the + ** (iCol+1) field prefix of sample i. */ + assert( i<=pIdx->nSample && i>=0 ); + pRec->nField = iCol+1; + assert( i==pIdx->nSample + || sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec)>0 + || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + + /* if i==0 and iCol==0, then record pRec is smaller than all samples + ** in the aSample[] array. Otherwise, if (iCol>0) then pRec must + ** be greater than or equal to the (iCol) field prefix of sample i. + ** If (i>0), then pRec must also be greater than sample (i-1). */ + if( iCol>0 ){ + pRec->nField = iCol; + assert( sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec)<=0 + || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + } + if( i>0 ){ + pRec->nField = nField; + assert( sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i-1].n, aSample[i-1].p, pRec)<0 + || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); + } + } + } +#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */ + + if( res==0 ){ + /* Record pRec is equal to sample i */ + assert( iCol==nField-1 ); + aStat[0] = aSample[i].anLt[iCol]; + aStat[1] = aSample[i].anEq[iCol]; + }else{ + /* At this point, the (iCol+1) field prefix of aSample[i] is the first + ** sample that is greater than pRec. Or, if i==pIdx->nSample then pRec + ** is larger than all samples in the array. */ + tRowcnt iUpper, iGap; + if( i>=pIdx->nSample ){ + iUpper = sqlite3LogEstToInt(pIdx->aiRowLogEst[0]); + }else{ + iUpper = aSample[i].anLt[iCol]; + } + + if( iLower>=iUpper ){ + iGap = 0; + }else{ + iGap = iUpper - iLower; + } + if( roundUp ){ + iGap = (iGap*2)/3; + }else{ + iGap = iGap/3; + } + aStat[0] = iLower + iGap; + aStat[1] = pIdx->aAvgEq[iCol]; + } + + /* Restore the pRec->nField value before returning. */ + pRec->nField = nField; + return i; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ + +/* +** If it is not NULL, pTerm is a term that provides an upper or lower +** bound on a range scan. Without considering pTerm, it is estimated +** that the scan will visit nNew rows. This function returns the number +** estimated to be visited after taking pTerm into account. +** +** If the user explicitly specified a likelihood() value for this term, +** then the return value is the likelihood multiplied by the number of +** input rows. Otherwise, this function assumes that an "IS NOT NULL" term +** has a likelihood of 0.50, and any other term a likelihood of 0.25. +*/ +static LogEst whereRangeAdjust(WhereTerm *pTerm, LogEst nNew){ + LogEst nRet = nNew; + if( pTerm ){ + if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 ){ + nRet += pTerm->truthProb; + }else if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ){ + nRet -= 20; assert( 20==sqlite3LogEst(4) ); + } + } + return nRet; +} + + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +/* +** Return the affinity for a single column of an index. +*/ +static char sqlite3IndexColumnAffinity(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx, int iCol){ + assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pIdx->nColumn ); + if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ + if( sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(db, pIdx)==0 ) return SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; + } + return pIdx->zColAff[iCol]; +} +#endif + + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +/* +** This function is called to estimate the number of rows visited by a +** range-scan on a skip-scan index. For example: +** +** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a, b, c); +** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=? AND c BETWEEN ? AND ?; +** +** Value pLoop->nOut is currently set to the estimated number of rows +** visited for scanning (a=? AND b=?). This function reduces that estimate +** by some factor to account for the (c BETWEEN ? AND ?) expression based +** on the stat4 data for the index. this scan will be peformed multiple +** times (once for each (a,b) combination that matches a=?) is dealt with +** by the caller. +** +** It does this by scanning through all stat4 samples, comparing values +** extracted from pLower and pUpper with the corresponding column in each +** sample. If L and U are the number of samples found to be less than or +** equal to the values extracted from pLower and pUpper respectively, and +** N is the total number of samples, the pLoop->nOut value is adjusted +** as follows: +** +** nOut = nOut * ( min(U - L, 1) / N ) +** +** If pLower is NULL, or a value cannot be extracted from the term, L is +** set to zero. If pUpper is NULL, or a value cannot be extracted from it, +** U is set to N. +** +** Normally, this function sets *pbDone to 1 before returning. However, +** if no value can be extracted from either pLower or pUpper (and so the +** estimate of the number of rows delivered remains unchanged), *pbDone +** is left as is. +** +** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise, +** SQLITE_OK. +*/ +static int whereRangeSkipScanEst( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */ + WhereTerm *pLower, /* Lower bound on the range. ex: "x>123" Might be NULL */ + WhereTerm *pUpper, /* Upper bound on the range. ex: "x<455" Might be NULL */ + WhereLoop *pLoop, /* Update the .nOut value of this loop */ + int *pbDone /* Set to true if at least one expr. value extracted */ +){ + Index *p = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + int nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int nLower = -1; + int nUpper = p->nSample+1; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + u8 aff = sqlite3IndexColumnAffinity(db, p, nEq); + CollSeq *pColl; + + sqlite3_value *p1 = 0; /* Value extracted from pLower */ + sqlite3_value *p2 = 0; /* Value extracted from pUpper */ + sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; /* Value extracted from record */ + + pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, p->azColl[nEq]); + if( pLower ){ + rc = sqlite3Stat4ValueFromExpr(pParse, pLower->pExpr->pRight, aff, &p1); + nLower = 0; + } + if( pUpper && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Stat4ValueFromExpr(pParse, pUpper->pExpr->pRight, aff, &p2); + nUpper = p2 ? 0 : p->nSample; + } + + if( p1 || p2 ){ + int i; + int nDiff; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nSample; i++){ + rc = sqlite3Stat4Column(db, p->aSample[i].p, p->aSample[i].n, nEq, &pVal); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p1 ){ + int res = sqlite3MemCompare(p1, pVal, pColl); + if( res>=0 ) nLower++; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p2 ){ + int res = sqlite3MemCompare(p2, pVal, pColl); + if( res>=0 ) nUpper++; + } + } + nDiff = (nUpper - nLower); + if( nDiff<=0 ) nDiff = 1; + + /* If there is both an upper and lower bound specified, and the + ** comparisons indicate that they are close together, use the fallback + ** method (assume that the scan visits 1/64 of the rows) for estimating + ** the number of rows visited. Otherwise, estimate the number of rows + ** using the method described in the header comment for this function. */ + if( nDiff!=1 || pUpper==0 || pLower==0 ){ + int nAdjust = (sqlite3LogEst(p->nSample) - sqlite3LogEst(nDiff)); + pLoop->nOut -= nAdjust; + *pbDone = 1; + WHERETRACE(0x10, ("range skip-scan regions: %u..%u adjust=%d est=%d\n", + nLower, nUpper, nAdjust*-1, pLoop->nOut)); + } + + }else{ + assert( *pbDone==0 ); + } + + sqlite3ValueFree(p1); + sqlite3ValueFree(p2); + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ + +/* +** This function is used to estimate the number of rows that will be visited +** by scanning an index for a range of values. The range may have an upper +** bound, a lower bound, or both. The WHERE clause terms that set the upper +** and lower bounds are represented by pLower and pUpper respectively. For +** example, assuming that index p is on t1(a): +** +** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ... +** |_____| |_____| +** | | +** pLower pUpper +** +** If either of the upper or lower bound is not present, then NULL is passed in +** place of the corresponding WhereTerm. +** +** The value in (pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq) is the number of the index +** column subject to the range constraint. Or, equivalently, the number of +** equality constraints optimized by the proposed index scan. For example, +** assuming index p is on t1(a, b), and the SQL query is: +** +** ... FROM t1 WHERE a = ? AND b > ? AND b < ? ... +** +** then nEq is set to 1 (as the range restricted column, b, is the second +** left-most column of the index). Or, if the query is: +** +** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ... +** +** then nEq is set to 0. +** +** When this function is called, *pnOut is set to the sqlite3LogEst() of the +** number of rows that the index scan is expected to visit without +** considering the range constraints. If nEq is 0, then *pnOut is the number of +** rows in the index. Assuming no error occurs, *pnOut is adjusted (reduced) +** to account for the range constraints pLower and pUpper. +** +** In the absence of sqlite_stat4 ANALYZE data, or if such data cannot be +** used, a single range inequality reduces the search space by a factor of 4. +** and a pair of constraints (x>? AND x<?) reduces the expected number of +** rows visited by a factor of 64. +*/ +static int whereRangeScanEst( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */ + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, + WhereTerm *pLower, /* Lower bound on the range. ex: "x>123" Might be NULL */ + WhereTerm *pUpper, /* Upper bound on the range. ex: "x<455" Might be NULL */ + WhereLoop *pLoop /* Modify the .nOut and maybe .rRun fields */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nOut = pLoop->nOut; + LogEst nNew; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + Index *p = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + int nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; + + if( p->nSample>0 && nEq<p->nSampleCol ){ + if( nEq==pBuilder->nRecValid ){ + UnpackedRecord *pRec = pBuilder->pRec; + tRowcnt a[2]; + u8 aff; + + /* Variable iLower will be set to the estimate of the number of rows in + ** the index that are less than the lower bound of the range query. The + ** lower bound being the concatenation of $P and $L, where $P is the + ** key-prefix formed by the nEq values matched against the nEq left-most + ** columns of the index, and $L is the value in pLower. + ** + ** Or, if pLower is NULL or $L cannot be extracted from it (because it + ** is not a simple variable or literal value), the lower bound of the + ** range is $P. Due to a quirk in the way whereKeyStats() works, even + ** if $L is available, whereKeyStats() is called for both ($P) and + ** ($P:$L) and the larger of the two returned values is used. + ** + ** Similarly, iUpper is to be set to the estimate of the number of rows + ** less than the upper bound of the range query. Where the upper bound + ** is either ($P) or ($P:$U). Again, even if $U is available, both values + ** of iUpper are requested of whereKeyStats() and the smaller used. + ** + ** The number of rows between the two bounds is then just iUpper-iLower. + */ + tRowcnt iLower; /* Rows less than the lower bound */ + tRowcnt iUpper; /* Rows less than the upper bound */ + int iLwrIdx = -2; /* aSample[] for the lower bound */ + int iUprIdx = -1; /* aSample[] for the upper bound */ + + if( pRec ){ + testcase( pRec->nField!=pBuilder->nRecValid ); + pRec->nField = pBuilder->nRecValid; + } + aff = sqlite3IndexColumnAffinity(pParse->db, p, nEq); + assert( nEq!=p->nKeyCol || aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ); + /* Determine iLower and iUpper using ($P) only. */ + if( nEq==0 ){ + iLower = 0; + iUpper = p->nRowEst0; + }else{ + /* Note: this call could be optimized away - since the same values must + ** have been requested when testing key $P in whereEqualScanEst(). */ + whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a); + iLower = a[0]; + iUpper = a[0] + a[1]; + } + + assert( pLower==0 || (pLower->eOperator & (WO_GT|WO_GE))!=0 ); + assert( pUpper==0 || (pUpper->eOperator & (WO_LT|WO_LE))!=0 ); + assert( p->aSortOrder!=0 ); + if( p->aSortOrder[nEq] ){ + /* The roles of pLower and pUpper are swapped for a DESC index */ + SWAP(WhereTerm*, pLower, pUpper); + } + + /* If possible, improve on the iLower estimate using ($P:$L). */ + if( pLower ){ + int bOk; /* True if value is extracted from pExpr */ + Expr *pExpr = pLower->pExpr->pRight; + rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, aff, nEq, &bOk); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk ){ + tRowcnt iNew; + iLwrIdx = whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a); + iNew = a[0] + ((pLower->eOperator & (WO_GT|WO_LE)) ? a[1] : 0); + if( iNew>iLower ) iLower = iNew; + nOut--; + pLower = 0; + } + } + + /* If possible, improve on the iUpper estimate using ($P:$U). */ + if( pUpper ){ + int bOk; /* True if value is extracted from pExpr */ + Expr *pExpr = pUpper->pExpr->pRight; + rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, aff, nEq, &bOk); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk ){ + tRowcnt iNew; + iUprIdx = whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 1, a); + iNew = a[0] + ((pUpper->eOperator & (WO_GT|WO_LE)) ? a[1] : 0); + if( iNew<iUpper ) iUpper = iNew; + nOut--; + pUpper = 0; + } + } + + pBuilder->pRec = pRec; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( iUpper>iLower ){ + nNew = sqlite3LogEst(iUpper - iLower); + /* TUNING: If both iUpper and iLower are derived from the same + ** sample, then assume they are 4x more selective. This brings + ** the estimated selectivity more in line with what it would be + ** if estimated without the use of STAT3/4 tables. */ + if( iLwrIdx==iUprIdx ) nNew -= 20; assert( 20==sqlite3LogEst(4) ); + }else{ + nNew = 10; assert( 10==sqlite3LogEst(2) ); + } + if( nNew<nOut ){ + nOut = nNew; + } + WHERETRACE(0x10, ("STAT4 range scan: %u..%u est=%d\n", + (u32)iLower, (u32)iUpper, nOut)); + } + }else{ + int bDone = 0; + rc = whereRangeSkipScanEst(pParse, pLower, pUpper, pLoop, &bDone); + if( bDone ) return rc; + } + } +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pBuilder); + assert( pLower || pUpper ); +#endif + assert( pUpper==0 || (pUpper->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ); + nNew = whereRangeAdjust(pLower, nOut); + nNew = whereRangeAdjust(pUpper, nNew); + + /* TUNING: If there is both an upper and lower limit and neither limit + ** has an application-defined likelihood(), assume the range is + ** reduced by an additional 75%. This means that, by default, an open-ended + ** range query (e.g. col > ?) is assumed to match 1/4 of the rows in the + ** index. While a closed range (e.g. col BETWEEN ? AND ?) is estimated to + ** match 1/64 of the index. */ + if( pLower && pLower->truthProb>0 && pUpper && pUpper->truthProb>0 ){ + nNew -= 20; + } + + nOut -= (pLower!=0) + (pUpper!=0); + if( nNew<10 ) nNew = 10; + if( nNew<nOut ) nOut = nNew; +#if defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED) + if( pLoop->nOut>nOut ){ + WHERETRACE(0x10,("Range scan lowers nOut from %d to %d\n", + pLoop->nOut, nOut)); + } +#endif + pLoop->nOut = (LogEst)nOut; + return rc; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +/* +** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on +** an equality constraint x=VALUE and where that VALUE occurs in +** the histogram data. This only works when x is the left-most +** column of an index and sqlite_stat3 histogram data is available +** for that index. When pExpr==NULL that means the constraint is +** "x IS NULL" instead of "x=VALUE". +** +** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. +** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return +** non-zero. +** +** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence +** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory +** for a UTF conversion required for comparison. The error is stored +** in the pParse structure. +*/ +static int whereEqualScanEst( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */ + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, + Expr *pExpr, /* Expression for VALUE in the x=VALUE constraint */ + tRowcnt *pnRow /* Write the revised row estimate here */ +){ + Index *p = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.pIndex; + int nEq = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq; + UnpackedRecord *pRec = pBuilder->pRec; + u8 aff; /* Column affinity */ + int rc; /* Subfunction return code */ + tRowcnt a[2]; /* Statistics */ + int bOk; + + assert( nEq>=1 ); + assert( nEq<=p->nColumn ); + assert( p->aSample!=0 ); + assert( p->nSample>0 ); + assert( pBuilder->nRecValid<nEq ); + + /* If values are not available for all fields of the index to the left + ** of this one, no estimate can be made. Return SQLITE_NOTFOUND. */ + if( pBuilder->nRecValid<(nEq-1) ){ + return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; + } + + /* This is an optimization only. The call to sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() + ** below would return the same value. */ + if( nEq>=p->nColumn ){ + *pnRow = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + aff = sqlite3IndexColumnAffinity(pParse->db, p, nEq-1); + rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, aff, nEq-1, &bOk); + pBuilder->pRec = pRec; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + if( bOk==0 ) return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; + pBuilder->nRecValid = nEq; + + whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a); + WHERETRACE(0x10,("equality scan regions %s(%d): %d\n", + p->zName, nEq-1, (int)a[1])); + *pnRow = a[1]; + + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 +/* +** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on +** an IN constraint where the right-hand side of the IN operator +** is a list of values. Example: +** +** WHERE x IN (1,2,3,4) +** +** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. +** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return +** non-zero. +** +** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence +** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory +** for a UTF conversion required for comparison. The error is stored +** in the pParse structure. +*/ +static int whereInScanEst( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */ + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, + ExprList *pList, /* The value list on the RHS of "x IN (v1,v2,v3,...)" */ + tRowcnt *pnRow /* Write the revised row estimate here */ +){ + Index *p = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.pIndex; + i64 nRow0 = sqlite3LogEstToInt(p->aiRowLogEst[0]); + int nRecValid = pBuilder->nRecValid; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Subfunction return code */ + tRowcnt nEst; /* Number of rows for a single term */ + tRowcnt nRowEst = 0; /* New estimate of the number of rows */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + + assert( p->aSample!=0 ); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pList->nExpr; i++){ + nEst = nRow0; + rc = whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pList->a[i].pExpr, &nEst); + nRowEst += nEst; + pBuilder->nRecValid = nRecValid; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( nRowEst > nRow0 ) nRowEst = nRow0; + *pnRow = nRowEst; + WHERETRACE(0x10,("IN row estimate: est=%d\n", nRowEst)); + } + assert( pBuilder->nRecValid==nRecValid ); + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ + + +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED +/* +** Print the content of a WhereTerm object +*/ +static void whereTermPrint(WhereTerm *pTerm, int iTerm){ + if( pTerm==0 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("TERM-%-3d NULL\n", iTerm); + }else{ + char zType[4]; + memcpy(zType, "...", 4); + if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ) zType[0] = 'V'; + if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQUIV ) zType[1] = 'E'; + if( ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) zType[2] = 'L'; + sqlite3DebugPrintf( + "TERM-%-3d %p %s cursor=%-3d prob=%-3d op=0x%03x wtFlags=0x%04x\n", + iTerm, pTerm, zType, pTerm->leftCursor, pTerm->truthProb, + pTerm->eOperator, pTerm->wtFlags); + sqlite3TreeViewExpr(0, pTerm->pExpr, 0); + } +} +#endif + +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED +/* +** Print a WhereLoop object for debugging purposes +*/ +static void whereLoopPrint(WhereLoop *p, WhereClause *pWC){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; + int nb = 1+(pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc+3)/4; + struct SrcList_item *pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a + p->iTab; + Table *pTab = pItem->pTab; + Bitmask mAll = (((Bitmask)1)<<(nb*4)) - 1; + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%c%2d.%0*llx.%0*llx", p->cId, + p->iTab, nb, p->maskSelf, nb, p->prereq & mAll); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %12s", + pItem->zAlias ? pItem->zAlias : pTab->zName); + if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){ + const char *zName; + if( p->u.btree.pIndex && (zName = p->u.btree.pIndex->zName)!=0 ){ + if( strncmp(zName, "sqlite_autoindex_", 17)==0 ){ + int i = sqlite3Strlen30(zName) - 1; + while( zName[i]!='_' ) i--; + zName += i; + } + sqlite3DebugPrintf(".%-16s %2d", zName, p->u.btree.nEq); + }else{ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%20s",""); + } + }else{ + char *z; + if( p->u.vtab.idxStr ){ + z = sqlite3_mprintf("(%d,\"%s\",%x)", + p->u.vtab.idxNum, p->u.vtab.idxStr, p->u.vtab.omitMask); + }else{ + z = sqlite3_mprintf("(%d,%x)", p->u.vtab.idxNum, p->u.vtab.omitMask); + } + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %-19s", z); + sqlite3_free(z); + } + if( p->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" f %05x %d-%d", p->wsFlags, p->nLTerm,p->nSkip); + }else{ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" f %05x N %d", p->wsFlags, p->nLTerm); + } + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" cost %d,%d,%d\n", p->rSetup, p->rRun, p->nOut); + if( p->nLTerm && (sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x100)!=0 ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<p->nLTerm; i++){ + whereTermPrint(p->aLTerm[i], i); + } + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Convert bulk memory into a valid WhereLoop that can be passed +** to whereLoopClear harmlessly. +*/ +static void whereLoopInit(WhereLoop *p){ + p->aLTerm = p->aLTermSpace; + p->nLTerm = 0; + p->nLSlot = ArraySize(p->aLTermSpace); + p->wsFlags = 0; +} + +/* +** Clear the WhereLoop.u union. Leave WhereLoop.pLTerm intact. +*/ +static void whereLoopClearUnion(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){ + if( p->wsFlags & (WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE|WHERE_AUTO_INDEX) ){ + if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 && p->u.vtab.needFree ){ + sqlite3_free(p->u.vtab.idxStr); + p->u.vtab.needFree = 0; + p->u.vtab.idxStr = 0; + }else if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 && p->u.btree.pIndex!=0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.btree.pIndex->zColAff); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.btree.pIndex); + p->u.btree.pIndex = 0; + } + } +} + +/* +** Deallocate internal memory used by a WhereLoop object +*/ +static void whereLoopClear(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){ + if( p->aLTerm!=p->aLTermSpace ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLTerm); + whereLoopClearUnion(db, p); + whereLoopInit(p); +} + +/* +** Increase the memory allocation for pLoop->aLTerm[] to be at least n. +*/ +static int whereLoopResize(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p, int n){ + WhereTerm **paNew; + if( p->nLSlot>=n ) return SQLITE_OK; + n = (n+7)&~7; + paNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(p->aLTerm[0])*n); + if( paNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + memcpy(paNew, p->aLTerm, sizeof(p->aLTerm[0])*p->nLSlot); + if( p->aLTerm!=p->aLTermSpace ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLTerm); + p->aLTerm = paNew; + p->nLSlot = n; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Transfer content from the second pLoop into the first. +*/ +static int whereLoopXfer(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *pTo, WhereLoop *pFrom){ + whereLoopClearUnion(db, pTo); + if( whereLoopResize(db, pTo, pFrom->nLTerm) ){ + memset(&pTo->u, 0, sizeof(pTo->u)); + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + memcpy(pTo, pFrom, WHERE_LOOP_XFER_SZ); + memcpy(pTo->aLTerm, pFrom->aLTerm, pTo->nLTerm*sizeof(pTo->aLTerm[0])); + if( pFrom->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE ){ + pFrom->u.vtab.needFree = 0; + }else if( (pFrom->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 ){ + pFrom->u.btree.pIndex = 0; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Delete a WhereLoop object +*/ +static void whereLoopDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){ + whereLoopClear(db, p); + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); +} + +/* +** Free a WhereInfo structure +*/ +static void whereInfoFree(sqlite3 *db, WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + if( ALWAYS(pWInfo) ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<pWInfo->nLevel; i++){ + WhereLevel *pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i]; + if( pLevel->pWLoop && (pLevel->pWLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE) ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop); + } + } + sqlite3WhereClauseClear(&pWInfo->sWC); + while( pWInfo->pLoops ){ + WhereLoop *p = pWInfo->pLoops; + pWInfo->pLoops = p->pNextLoop; + whereLoopDelete(db, p); + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo); + } +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if all of the following are true: +** +** (1) X has the same or lower cost that Y +** (2) X is a proper subset of Y +** (3) X skips at least as many columns as Y +** +** By "proper subset" we mean that X uses fewer WHERE clause terms +** than Y and that every WHERE clause term used by X is also used +** by Y. +** +** If X is a proper subset of Y then Y is a better choice and ought +** to have a lower cost. This routine returns TRUE when that cost +** relationship is inverted and needs to be adjusted. The third rule +** was added because if X uses skip-scan less than Y it still might +** deserve a lower cost even if it is a proper subset of Y. +*/ +static int whereLoopCheaperProperSubset( + const WhereLoop *pX, /* First WhereLoop to compare */ + const WhereLoop *pY /* Compare against this WhereLoop */ +){ + int i, j; + if( pX->nLTerm-pX->nSkip >= pY->nLTerm-pY->nSkip ){ + return 0; /* X is not a subset of Y */ + } + if( pY->nSkip > pX->nSkip ) return 0; + if( pX->rRun >= pY->rRun ){ + if( pX->rRun > pY->rRun ) return 0; /* X costs more than Y */ + if( pX->nOut > pY->nOut ) return 0; /* X costs more than Y */ + } + for(i=pX->nLTerm-1; i>=0; i--){ + if( pX->aLTerm[i]==0 ) continue; + for(j=pY->nLTerm-1; j>=0; j--){ + if( pY->aLTerm[j]==pX->aLTerm[i] ) break; + } + if( j<0 ) return 0; /* X not a subset of Y since term X[i] not used by Y */ + } + return 1; /* All conditions meet */ +} + +/* +** Try to adjust the cost of WhereLoop pTemplate upwards or downwards so +** that: +** +** (1) pTemplate costs less than any other WhereLoops that are a proper +** subset of pTemplate +** +** (2) pTemplate costs more than any other WhereLoops for which pTemplate +** is a proper subset. +** +** To say "WhereLoop X is a proper subset of Y" means that X uses fewer +** WHERE clause terms than Y and that every WHERE clause term used by X is +** also used by Y. +*/ +static void whereLoopAdjustCost(const WhereLoop *p, WhereLoop *pTemplate){ + if( (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ) return; + for(; p; p=p->pNextLoop){ + if( p->iTab!=pTemplate->iTab ) continue; + if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ) continue; + if( whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(p, pTemplate) ){ + /* Adjust pTemplate cost downward so that it is cheaper than its + ** subset p. */ + WHERETRACE(0x80,("subset cost adjustment %d,%d to %d,%d\n", + pTemplate->rRun, pTemplate->nOut, p->rRun, p->nOut-1)); + pTemplate->rRun = p->rRun; + pTemplate->nOut = p->nOut - 1; + }else if( whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(pTemplate, p) ){ + /* Adjust pTemplate cost upward so that it is costlier than p since + ** pTemplate is a proper subset of p */ + WHERETRACE(0x80,("subset cost adjustment %d,%d to %d,%d\n", + pTemplate->rRun, pTemplate->nOut, p->rRun, p->nOut+1)); + pTemplate->rRun = p->rRun; + pTemplate->nOut = p->nOut + 1; + } + } +} + +/* +** Search the list of WhereLoops in *ppPrev looking for one that can be +** supplanted by pTemplate. +** +** Return NULL if the WhereLoop list contains an entry that can supplant +** pTemplate, in other words if pTemplate does not belong on the list. +** +** If pX is a WhereLoop that pTemplate can supplant, then return the +** link that points to pX. +** +** If pTemplate cannot supplant any existing element of the list but needs +** to be added to the list, then return a pointer to the tail of the list. +*/ +static WhereLoop **whereLoopFindLesser( + WhereLoop **ppPrev, + const WhereLoop *pTemplate +){ + WhereLoop *p; + for(p=(*ppPrev); p; ppPrev=&p->pNextLoop, p=*ppPrev){ + if( p->iTab!=pTemplate->iTab || p->iSortIdx!=pTemplate->iSortIdx ){ + /* If either the iTab or iSortIdx values for two WhereLoop are different + ** then those WhereLoops need to be considered separately. Neither is + ** a candidate to replace the other. */ + continue; + } + /* In the current implementation, the rSetup value is either zero + ** or the cost of building an automatic index (NlogN) and the NlogN + ** is the same for compatible WhereLoops. */ + assert( p->rSetup==0 || pTemplate->rSetup==0 + || p->rSetup==pTemplate->rSetup ); + + /* whereLoopAddBtree() always generates and inserts the automatic index + ** case first. Hence compatible candidate WhereLoops never have a larger + ** rSetup. Call this SETUP-INVARIANT */ + assert( p->rSetup>=pTemplate->rSetup ); + + /* Any loop using an appliation-defined index (or PRIMARY KEY or + ** UNIQUE constraint) with one or more == constraints is better + ** than an automatic index. Unless it is a skip-scan. */ + if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 + && (pTemplate->nSkip)==0 + && (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 + && (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_EQ)!=0 + && (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==pTemplate->prereq + ){ + break; + } + + /* If existing WhereLoop p is better than pTemplate, pTemplate can be + ** discarded. WhereLoop p is better if: + ** (1) p has no more dependencies than pTemplate, and + ** (2) p has an equal or lower cost than pTemplate + */ + if( (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==p->prereq /* (1) */ + && p->rSetup<=pTemplate->rSetup /* (2a) */ + && p->rRun<=pTemplate->rRun /* (2b) */ + && p->nOut<=pTemplate->nOut /* (2c) */ + ){ + return 0; /* Discard pTemplate */ + } + + /* If pTemplate is always better than p, then cause p to be overwritten + ** with pTemplate. pTemplate is better than p if: + ** (1) pTemplate has no more dependences than p, and + ** (2) pTemplate has an equal or lower cost than p. + */ + if( (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==pTemplate->prereq /* (1) */ + && p->rRun>=pTemplate->rRun /* (2a) */ + && p->nOut>=pTemplate->nOut /* (2b) */ + ){ + assert( p->rSetup>=pTemplate->rSetup ); /* SETUP-INVARIANT above */ + break; /* Cause p to be overwritten by pTemplate */ + } + } + return ppPrev; +} + +/* +** Insert or replace a WhereLoop entry using the template supplied. +** +** An existing WhereLoop entry might be overwritten if the new template +** is better and has fewer dependencies. Or the template will be ignored +** and no insert will occur if an existing WhereLoop is faster and has +** fewer dependencies than the template. Otherwise a new WhereLoop is +** added based on the template. +** +** If pBuilder->pOrSet is not NULL then we care about only the +** prerequisites and rRun and nOut costs of the N best loops. That +** information is gathered in the pBuilder->pOrSet object. This special +** processing mode is used only for OR clause processing. +** +** When accumulating multiple loops (when pBuilder->pOrSet is NULL) we +** still might overwrite similar loops with the new template if the +** new template is better. Loops may be overwritten if the following +** conditions are met: +** +** (1) They have the same iTab. +** (2) They have the same iSortIdx. +** (3) The template has same or fewer dependencies than the current loop +** (4) The template has the same or lower cost than the current loop +*/ +static int whereLoopInsert(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, WhereLoop *pTemplate){ + WhereLoop **ppPrev, *p; + WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; + sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db; + int rc; + + /* If pBuilder->pOrSet is defined, then only keep track of the costs + ** and prereqs. + */ + if( pBuilder->pOrSet!=0 ){ + if( pTemplate->nLTerm ){ +#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED + u16 n = pBuilder->pOrSet->n; + int x = +#endif + whereOrInsert(pBuilder->pOrSet, pTemplate->prereq, pTemplate->rRun, + pTemplate->nOut); +#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(x?" or-%d: ":" or-X: ", n); + whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC); + } +#endif + } + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Look for an existing WhereLoop to replace with pTemplate + */ + whereLoopAdjustCost(pWInfo->pLoops, pTemplate); + ppPrev = whereLoopFindLesser(&pWInfo->pLoops, pTemplate); + + if( ppPrev==0 ){ + /* There already exists a WhereLoop on the list that is better + ** than pTemplate, so just ignore pTemplate */ +#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" skip: "); + whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC); + } +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + p = *ppPrev; + } + + /* If we reach this point it means that either p[] should be overwritten + ** with pTemplate[] if p[] exists, or if p==NULL then allocate a new + ** WhereLoop and insert it. + */ +#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){ + if( p!=0 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("replace: "); + whereLoopPrint(p, pBuilder->pWC); + } + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" add: "); + whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC); + } +#endif + if( p==0 ){ + /* Allocate a new WhereLoop to add to the end of the list */ + *ppPrev = p = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(WhereLoop)); + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + whereLoopInit(p); + p->pNextLoop = 0; + }else{ + /* We will be overwriting WhereLoop p[]. But before we do, first + ** go through the rest of the list and delete any other entries besides + ** p[] that are also supplated by pTemplate */ + WhereLoop **ppTail = &p->pNextLoop; + WhereLoop *pToDel; + while( *ppTail ){ + ppTail = whereLoopFindLesser(ppTail, pTemplate); + if( ppTail==0 ) break; + pToDel = *ppTail; + if( pToDel==0 ) break; + *ppTail = pToDel->pNextLoop; +#if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" delete: "); + whereLoopPrint(pToDel, pBuilder->pWC); + } +#endif + whereLoopDelete(db, pToDel); + } + } + rc = whereLoopXfer(db, p, pTemplate); + if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){ + Index *pIndex = p->u.btree.pIndex; + if( pIndex && pIndex->tnum==0 ){ + p->u.btree.pIndex = 0; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Adjust the WhereLoop.nOut value downward to account for terms of the +** WHERE clause that reference the loop but which are not used by an +** index. +* +** For every WHERE clause term that is not used by the index +** and which has a truth probability assigned by one of the likelihood(), +** likely(), or unlikely() SQL functions, reduce the estimated number +** of output rows by the probability specified. +** +** TUNING: For every WHERE clause term that is not used by the index +** and which does not have an assigned truth probability, heuristics +** described below are used to try to estimate the truth probability. +** TODO --> Perhaps this is something that could be improved by better +** table statistics. +** +** Heuristic 1: Estimate the truth probability as 93.75%. The 93.75% +** value corresponds to -1 in LogEst notation, so this means decrement +** the WhereLoop.nOut field for every such WHERE clause term. +** +** Heuristic 2: If there exists one or more WHERE clause terms of the +** form "x==EXPR" and EXPR is not a constant 0 or 1, then make sure the +** final output row estimate is no greater than 1/4 of the total number +** of rows in the table. In other words, assume that x==EXPR will filter +** out at least 3 out of 4 rows. If EXPR is -1 or 0 or 1, then maybe the +** "x" column is boolean or else -1 or 0 or 1 is a common default value +** on the "x" column and so in that case only cap the output row estimate +** at 1/2 instead of 1/4. +*/ +static void whereLoopOutputAdjust( + WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ + WhereLoop *pLoop, /* The loop to adjust downward */ + LogEst nRow /* Number of rows in the entire table */ +){ + WhereTerm *pTerm, *pX; + Bitmask notAllowed = ~(pLoop->prereq|pLoop->maskSelf); + int i, j, k; + LogEst iReduce = 0; /* pLoop->nOut should not exceed nRow-iReduce */ + + assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)==0 ); + for(i=pWC->nTerm, pTerm=pWC->a; i>0; i--, pTerm++){ + if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL)!=0 ) break; + if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)==0 ) continue; + if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notAllowed)!=0 ) continue; + for(j=pLoop->nLTerm-1; j>=0; j--){ + pX = pLoop->aLTerm[j]; + if( pX==0 ) continue; + if( pX==pTerm ) break; + if( pX->iParent>=0 && (&pWC->a[pX->iParent])==pTerm ) break; + } + if( j<0 ){ + if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 ){ + /* If a truth probability is specified using the likelihood() hints, + ** then use the probability provided by the application. */ + pLoop->nOut += pTerm->truthProb; + }else{ + /* In the absence of explicit truth probabilities, use heuristics to + ** guess a reasonable truth probability. */ + pLoop->nOut--; + if( pTerm->eOperator&(WO_EQ|WO_IS) ){ + Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight; + testcase( pTerm->pExpr->op==TK_IS ); + if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pRight, &k) && k>=(-1) && k<=1 ){ + k = 10; + }else{ + k = 20; + } + if( iReduce<k ) iReduce = k; + } + } + } + } + if( pLoop->nOut > nRow-iReduce ) pLoop->nOut = nRow - iReduce; +} + +/* +** Adjust the cost C by the costMult facter T. This only occurs if +** compiled with -DSQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT +# define ApplyCostMultiplier(C,T) C += T +#else +# define ApplyCostMultiplier(C,T) +#endif + +/* +** We have so far matched pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq terms of the +** index pIndex. Try to match one more. +** +** When this function is called, pBuilder->pNew->nOut contains the +** number of rows expected to be visited by filtering using the nEq +** terms only. If it is modified, this value is restored before this +** function returns. +** +** If pProbe->tnum==0, that means pIndex is a fake index used for the +** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. +*/ +static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex( + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, /* The WhereLoop factory */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* FROM clause term being analyzed */ + Index *pProbe, /* An index on pSrc */ + LogEst nInMul /* log(Number of iterations due to IN) */ +){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; /* WHERE analyse context */ + Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; /* Parsing context */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection malloc context */ + WhereLoop *pNew; /* Template WhereLoop under construction */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A WhereTerm under consideration */ + int opMask; /* Valid operators for constraints */ + WhereScan scan; /* Iterator for WHERE terms */ + Bitmask saved_prereq; /* Original value of pNew->prereq */ + u16 saved_nLTerm; /* Original value of pNew->nLTerm */ + u16 saved_nEq; /* Original value of pNew->u.btree.nEq */ + u16 saved_nSkip; /* Original value of pNew->nSkip */ + u32 saved_wsFlags; /* Original value of pNew->wsFlags */ + LogEst saved_nOut; /* Original value of pNew->nOut */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + LogEst rSize; /* Number of rows in the table */ + LogEst rLogSize; /* Logarithm of table size */ + WhereTerm *pTop = 0, *pBtm = 0; /* Top and bottom range constraints */ + + pNew = pBuilder->pNew; + if( db->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + + assert( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ); + assert( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)==0 ); + if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ + opMask = WO_LT|WO_LE; + }else{ + opMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_ISNULL|WO_IS; + } + if( pProbe->bUnordered ) opMask &= ~(WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE); + + assert( pNew->u.btree.nEq<pProbe->nColumn ); + + saved_nEq = pNew->u.btree.nEq; + saved_nSkip = pNew->nSkip; + saved_nLTerm = pNew->nLTerm; + saved_wsFlags = pNew->wsFlags; + saved_prereq = pNew->prereq; + saved_nOut = pNew->nOut; + pTerm = whereScanInit(&scan, pBuilder->pWC, pSrc->iCursor, saved_nEq, + opMask, pProbe); + pNew->rSetup = 0; + rSize = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[0]; + rLogSize = estLog(rSize); + for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTerm!=0; pTerm = whereScanNext(&scan)){ + u16 eOp = pTerm->eOperator; /* Shorthand for pTerm->eOperator */ + LogEst rCostIdx; + LogEst nOutUnadjusted; /* nOut before IN() and WHERE adjustments */ + int nIn = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + int nRecValid = pBuilder->nRecValid; +#endif + if( (eOp==WO_ISNULL || (pTerm->wtFlags&TERM_VNULL)!=0) + && indexColumnNotNull(pProbe, saved_nEq) + ){ + continue; /* ignore IS [NOT] NULL constraints on NOT NULL columns */ + } + if( pTerm->prereqRight & pNew->maskSelf ) continue; + + /* Do not allow the upper bound of a LIKE optimization range constraint + ** to mix with a lower range bound from some other source */ + if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT && pTerm->eOperator==WO_LT ) continue; + + /* Do not allow IS constraints from the WHERE clause to be used by the + ** right table of a LEFT JOIN. Only constraints in the ON clause are + ** allowed */ + if( (pSrc->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 + && !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) + && (eOp & (WO_IS|WO_ISNULL))!=0 + ){ + testcase( eOp & WO_IS ); + testcase( eOp & WO_ISNULL ); + continue; + } + + pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags; + pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq; + pNew->nLTerm = saved_nLTerm; + if( whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1) ) break; /* OOM */ + pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = pTerm; + pNew->prereq = (saved_prereq | pTerm->prereqRight) & ~pNew->maskSelf; + + assert( nInMul==0 + || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL)!=0 + || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)!=0 + || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0 + ); + + if( eOp & WO_IN ){ + Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_IN; + if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ + /* "x IN (SELECT ...)": TUNING: the SELECT returns 25 rows */ + nIn = 46; assert( 46==sqlite3LogEst(25) ); + }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList && pExpr->x.pList->nExpr) ){ + /* "x IN (value, value, ...)" */ + nIn = sqlite3LogEst(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr); + } + assert( nIn>0 ); /* RHS always has 2 or more terms... The parser + ** changes "x IN (?)" into "x=?". */ + + }else if( eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_IS) ){ + int iCol = pProbe->aiColumn[saved_nEq]; + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ; + assert( saved_nEq==pNew->u.btree.nEq ); + if( iCol==XN_ROWID + || (iCol>0 && nInMul==0 && saved_nEq==pProbe->nKeyCol-1) + ){ + if( iCol>=0 && pProbe->uniqNotNull==0 ){ + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_UNQ_WANTED; + }else{ + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_ONEROW; + } + } + }else if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){ + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_NULL; + }else if( eOp & (WO_GT|WO_GE) ){ + testcase( eOp & WO_GT ); + testcase( eOp & WO_GE ); + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_BTM_LIMIT; + pBtm = pTerm; + pTop = 0; + if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT ){ + /* Range contraints that come from the LIKE optimization are + ** always used in pairs. */ + pTop = &pTerm[1]; + assert( (pTop-(pTerm->pWC->a))<pTerm->pWC->nTerm ); + assert( pTop->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT ); + assert( pTop->eOperator==WO_LT ); + if( whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1) ) break; /* OOM */ + pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = pTop; + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_TOP_LIMIT; + } + }else{ + assert( eOp & (WO_LT|WO_LE) ); + testcase( eOp & WO_LT ); + testcase( eOp & WO_LE ); + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT; + pTop = pTerm; + pBtm = (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT)!=0 ? + pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm-2] : 0; + } + + /* At this point pNew->nOut is set to the number of rows expected to + ** be visited by the index scan before considering term pTerm, or the + ** values of nIn and nInMul. In other words, assuming that all + ** "x IN(...)" terms are replaced with "x = ?". This block updates + ** the value of pNew->nOut to account for pTerm (but not nIn/nInMul). */ + assert( pNew->nOut==saved_nOut ); + if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE ){ + /* Adjust nOut using stat3/stat4 data. Or, if there is no stat3/stat4 + ** data, using some other estimate. */ + whereRangeScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pBtm, pTop, pNew); + }else{ + int nEq = ++pNew->u.btree.nEq; + assert( eOp & (WO_ISNULL|WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_IS) ); + + assert( pNew->nOut==saved_nOut ); + if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 && pProbe->aiColumn[saved_nEq]>=0 ){ + assert( (eOp & WO_IN) || nIn==0 ); + testcase( eOp & WO_IN ); + pNew->nOut += pTerm->truthProb; + pNew->nOut -= nIn; + }else{ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + tRowcnt nOut = 0; + if( nInMul==0 + && pProbe->nSample + && pNew->u.btree.nEq<=pProbe->nSampleCol + && ((eOp & WO_IN)==0 || !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect)) + ){ + Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; + if( (eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL|WO_IS))!=0 ){ + testcase( eOp & WO_EQ ); + testcase( eOp & WO_IS ); + testcase( eOp & WO_ISNULL ); + rc = whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pExpr->pRight, &nOut); + }else{ + rc = whereInScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pExpr->x.pList, &nOut); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; /* Jump out of the pTerm loop */ + if( nOut ){ + pNew->nOut = sqlite3LogEst(nOut); + if( pNew->nOut>saved_nOut ) pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; + pNew->nOut -= nIn; + } + } + if( nOut==0 ) +#endif + { + pNew->nOut += (pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq-1]); + if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){ + /* TUNING: If there is no likelihood() value, assume that a + ** "col IS NULL" expression matches twice as many rows + ** as (col=?). */ + pNew->nOut += 10; + } + } + } + } + + /* Set rCostIdx to the cost of visiting selected rows in index. Add + ** it to pNew->rRun, which is currently set to the cost of the index + ** seek only. Then, if this is a non-covering index, add the cost of + ** visiting the rows in the main table. */ + rCostIdx = pNew->nOut + 1 + (15*pProbe->szIdxRow)/pSrc->pTab->szTabRow; + pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rLogSize, rCostIdx); + if( (pNew->wsFlags & (WHERE_IDX_ONLY|WHERE_IPK))==0 ){ + pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, pNew->nOut + 16); + } + ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pProbe->pTable->costMult); + + nOutUnadjusted = pNew->nOut; + pNew->rRun += nInMul + nIn; + pNew->nOut += nInMul + nIn; + whereLoopOutputAdjust(pBuilder->pWC, pNew, rSize); + rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); + + if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE ){ + pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; + }else{ + pNew->nOut = nOutUnadjusted; + } + + if( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)==0 + && pNew->u.btree.nEq<pProbe->nColumn + ){ + whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, nInMul+nIn); + } + pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + pBuilder->nRecValid = nRecValid; +#endif + } + pNew->prereq = saved_prereq; + pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq; + pNew->nSkip = saved_nSkip; + pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags; + pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; + pNew->nLTerm = saved_nLTerm; + + /* Consider using a skip-scan if there are no WHERE clause constraints + ** available for the left-most terms of the index, and if the average + ** number of repeats in the left-most terms is at least 18. + ** + ** The magic number 18 is selected on the basis that scanning 17 rows + ** is almost always quicker than an index seek (even though if the index + ** contains fewer than 2^17 rows we assume otherwise in other parts of + ** the code). And, even if it is not, it should not be too much slower. + ** On the other hand, the extra seeks could end up being significantly + ** more expensive. */ + assert( 42==sqlite3LogEst(18) ); + if( saved_nEq==saved_nSkip + && saved_nEq+1<pProbe->nKeyCol + && pProbe->noSkipScan==0 + && pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1]>=42 /* TUNING: Minimum for skip-scan */ + && (rc = whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1))==SQLITE_OK + ){ + LogEst nIter; + pNew->u.btree.nEq++; + pNew->nSkip++; + pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = 0; + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_SKIPSCAN; + nIter = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1]; + pNew->nOut -= nIter; + /* TUNING: Because uncertainties in the estimates for skip-scan queries, + ** add a 1.375 fudge factor to make skip-scan slightly less likely. */ + nIter += 5; + whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, nIter + nInMul); + pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; + pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq; + pNew->nSkip = saved_nSkip; + pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return True if it is possible that pIndex might be useful in +** implementing the ORDER BY clause in pBuilder. +** +** Return False if pBuilder does not contain an ORDER BY clause or +** if there is no way for pIndex to be useful in implementing that +** ORDER BY clause. +*/ +static int indexMightHelpWithOrderBy( + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, + Index *pIndex, + int iCursor +){ + ExprList *pOB; + ExprList *aColExpr; + int ii, jj; + + if( pIndex->bUnordered ) return 0; + if( (pOB = pBuilder->pWInfo->pOrderBy)==0 ) return 0; + for(ii=0; ii<pOB->nExpr; ii++){ + Expr *pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pOB->a[ii].pExpr); + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iCursor ){ + if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ) return 1; + for(jj=0; jj<pIndex->nKeyCol; jj++){ + if( pExpr->iColumn==pIndex->aiColumn[jj] ) return 1; + } + }else if( (aColExpr = pIndex->aColExpr)!=0 ){ + for(jj=0; jj<pIndex->nKeyCol; jj++){ + if( pIndex->aiColumn[jj]!=XN_EXPR ) continue; + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pExpr,aColExpr->a[jj].pExpr,iCursor)==0 ){ + return 1; + } + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Return a bitmask where 1s indicate that the corresponding column of +** the table is used by an index. Only the first 63 columns are considered. +*/ +static Bitmask columnsInIndex(Index *pIdx){ + Bitmask m = 0; + int j; + for(j=pIdx->nColumn-1; j>=0; j--){ + int x = pIdx->aiColumn[j]; + if( x>=0 ){ + testcase( x==BMS-1 ); + testcase( x==BMS-2 ); + if( x<BMS-1 ) m |= MASKBIT(x); + } + } + return m; +} + +/* Check to see if a partial index with pPartIndexWhere can be used +** in the current query. Return true if it can be and false if not. +*/ +static int whereUsablePartialIndex(int iTab, WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pWhere){ + int i; + WhereTerm *pTerm; + while( pWhere->op==TK_AND ){ + if( !whereUsablePartialIndex(iTab,pWC,pWhere->pLeft) ) return 0; + pWhere = pWhere->pRight; + } + for(i=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){ + Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; + if( sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pExpr, pWhere, iTab) + && (!ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) || pExpr->iRightJoinTable==iTab) + ){ + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Add all WhereLoop objects for a single table of the join where the table +** is idenfied by pBuilder->pNew->iTab. That table is guaranteed to be +** a b-tree table, not a virtual table. +** +** The costs (WhereLoop.rRun) of the b-tree loops added by this function +** are calculated as follows: +** +** For a full scan, assuming the table (or index) contains nRow rows: +** +** cost = nRow * 3.0 // full-table scan +** cost = nRow * K // scan of covering index +** cost = nRow * (K+3.0) // scan of non-covering index +** +** where K is a value between 1.1 and 3.0 set based on the relative +** estimated average size of the index and table records. +** +** For an index scan, where nVisit is the number of index rows visited +** by the scan, and nSeek is the number of seek operations required on +** the index b-tree: +** +** cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + K * nVisit) // covering index +** cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + (K+3.0) * nVisit) // non-covering index +** +** Normally, nSeek is 1. nSeek values greater than 1 come about if the +** WHERE clause includes "x IN (....)" terms used in place of "x=?". Or when +** implicit "x IN (SELECT x FROM tbl)" terms are added for skip-scans. +** +** The estimated values (nRow, nVisit, nSeek) often contain a large amount +** of uncertainty. For this reason, scoring is designed to pick plans that +** "do the least harm" if the estimates are inaccurate. For example, a +** log(nRow) factor is omitted from a non-covering index scan in order to +** bias the scoring in favor of using an index, since the worst-case +** performance of using an index is far better than the worst-case performance +** of a full table scan. +*/ +static int whereLoopAddBtree( + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, /* WHERE clause information */ + Bitmask mPrereq /* Extra prerequesites for using this table */ +){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* WHERE analysis context */ + Index *pProbe; /* An index we are evaluating */ + Index sPk; /* A fake index object for the primary key */ + LogEst aiRowEstPk[2]; /* The aiRowLogEst[] value for the sPk index */ + i16 aiColumnPk = -1; /* The aColumn[] value for the sPk index */ + SrcList *pTabList; /* The FROM clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc; /* The FROM clause btree term to add */ + WhereLoop *pNew; /* Template WhereLoop object */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int iSortIdx = 1; /* Index number */ + int b; /* A boolean value */ + LogEst rSize; /* number of rows in the table */ + LogEst rLogSize; /* Logarithm of the number of rows in the table */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* The parsed WHERE clause */ + Table *pTab; /* Table being queried */ + + pNew = pBuilder->pNew; + pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; + pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList; + pSrc = pTabList->a + pNew->iTab; + pTab = pSrc->pTab; + pWC = pBuilder->pWC; + assert( !IsVirtual(pSrc->pTab) ); + + if( pSrc->pIBIndex ){ + /* An INDEXED BY clause specifies a particular index to use */ + pProbe = pSrc->pIBIndex; + }else if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){ + pProbe = pTab->pIndex; + }else{ + /* There is no INDEXED BY clause. Create a fake Index object in local + ** variable sPk to represent the rowid primary key index. Make this + ** fake index the first in a chain of Index objects with all of the real + ** indices to follow */ + Index *pFirst; /* First of real indices on the table */ + memset(&sPk, 0, sizeof(Index)); + sPk.nKeyCol = 1; + sPk.nColumn = 1; + sPk.aiColumn = &aiColumnPk; + sPk.aiRowLogEst = aiRowEstPk; + sPk.onError = OE_Replace; + sPk.pTable = pTab; + sPk.szIdxRow = pTab->szTabRow; + aiRowEstPk[0] = pTab->nRowLogEst; + aiRowEstPk[1] = 0; + pFirst = pSrc->pTab->pIndex; + if( pSrc->fg.notIndexed==0 ){ + /* The real indices of the table are only considered if the + ** NOT INDEXED qualifier is omitted from the FROM clause */ + sPk.pNext = pFirst; + } + pProbe = &sPk; + } + rSize = pTab->nRowLogEst; + rLogSize = estLog(rSize); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX + /* Automatic indexes */ + if( !pBuilder->pOrSet /* Not part of an OR optimization */ + && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_NO_AUTOINDEX)==0 + && (pWInfo->pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_AutoIndex)!=0 + && pSrc->pIBIndex==0 /* Has no INDEXED BY clause */ + && !pSrc->fg.notIndexed /* Has no NOT INDEXED clause */ + && HasRowid(pTab) /* Not WITHOUT ROWID table. (FIXME: Why not?) */ + && !pSrc->fg.isCorrelated /* Not a correlated subquery */ + && !pSrc->fg.isRecursive /* Not a recursive common table expression. */ + ){ + /* Generate auto-index WhereLoops */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; + WhereTerm *pWCEnd = pWC->a + pWC->nTerm; + for(pTerm=pWC->a; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){ + if( pTerm->prereqRight & pNew->maskSelf ) continue; + if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, 0) ){ + pNew->u.btree.nEq = 1; + pNew->nSkip = 0; + pNew->u.btree.pIndex = 0; + pNew->nLTerm = 1; + pNew->aLTerm[0] = pTerm; + /* TUNING: One-time cost for computing the automatic index is + ** estimated to be X*N*log2(N) where N is the number of rows in + ** the table being indexed and where X is 7 (LogEst=28) for normal + ** tables or 1.375 (LogEst=4) for views and subqueries. The value + ** of X is smaller for views and subqueries so that the query planner + ** will be more aggressive about generating automatic indexes for + ** those objects, since there is no opportunity to add schema + ** indexes on subqueries and views. */ + pNew->rSetup = rLogSize + rSize + 4; + if( pTab->pSelect==0 && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0 ){ + pNew->rSetup += 24; + } + ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rSetup, pTab->costMult); + /* TUNING: Each index lookup yields 20 rows in the table. This + ** is more than the usual guess of 10 rows, since we have no way + ** of knowing how selective the index will ultimately be. It would + ** not be unreasonable to make this value much larger. */ + pNew->nOut = 43; assert( 43==sqlite3LogEst(20) ); + pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rLogSize,pNew->nOut); + pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_AUTO_INDEX; + pNew->prereq = mPrereq | pTerm->prereqRight; + rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); + } + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */ + + /* Loop over all indices + */ + for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pProbe; pProbe=pProbe->pNext, iSortIdx++){ + if( pProbe->pPartIdxWhere!=0 + && !whereUsablePartialIndex(pSrc->iCursor, pWC, pProbe->pPartIdxWhere) ){ + testcase( pNew->iTab!=pSrc->iCursor ); /* See ticket [98d973b8f5] */ + continue; /* Partial index inappropriate for this query */ + } + rSize = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[0]; + pNew->u.btree.nEq = 0; + pNew->nSkip = 0; + pNew->nLTerm = 0; + pNew->iSortIdx = 0; + pNew->rSetup = 0; + pNew->prereq = mPrereq; + pNew->nOut = rSize; + pNew->u.btree.pIndex = pProbe; + b = indexMightHelpWithOrderBy(pBuilder, pProbe, pSrc->iCursor); + /* The ONEPASS_DESIRED flags never occurs together with ORDER BY */ + assert( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || b==0 ); + if( pProbe->tnum<=0 ){ + /* Integer primary key index */ + pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_IPK; + + /* Full table scan */ + pNew->iSortIdx = b ? iSortIdx : 0; + /* TUNING: Cost of full table scan is (N*3.0). */ + pNew->rRun = rSize + 16; + ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pTab->costMult); + whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew, rSize); + rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); + pNew->nOut = rSize; + if( rc ) break; + }else{ + Bitmask m; + if( pProbe->isCovering ){ + pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WHERE_INDEXED; + m = 0; + }else{ + m = pSrc->colUsed & ~columnsInIndex(pProbe); + pNew->wsFlags = (m==0) ? (WHERE_IDX_ONLY|WHERE_INDEXED) : WHERE_INDEXED; + } + + /* Full scan via index */ + if( b + || !HasRowid(pTab) + || ( m==0 + && pProbe->bUnordered==0 + && (pProbe->szIdxRow<pTab->szTabRow) + && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 + && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bUseCis + && OptimizationEnabled(pWInfo->pParse->db, SQLITE_CoverIdxScan) + ) + ){ + pNew->iSortIdx = b ? iSortIdx : 0; + + /* The cost of visiting the index rows is N*K, where K is + ** between 1.1 and 3.0, depending on the relative sizes of the + ** index and table rows. If this is a non-covering index scan, + ** also add the cost of visiting table rows (N*3.0). */ + pNew->rRun = rSize + 1 + (15*pProbe->szIdxRow)/pTab->szTabRow; + if( m!=0 ){ + pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, rSize+16); + } + ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pTab->costMult); + whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew, rSize); + rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); + pNew->nOut = rSize; + if( rc ) break; + } + } + + rc = whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, 0); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(pBuilder->pRec); + pBuilder->nRecValid = 0; + pBuilder->pRec = 0; +#endif + + /* If there was an INDEXED BY clause, then only that one index is + ** considered. */ + if( pSrc->pIBIndex ) break; + } + return rc; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + +/* +** Argument pIdxInfo is already populated with all constraints that may +** be used by the virtual table identified by pBuilder->pNew->iTab. This +** function marks a subset of those constraints usable, invokes the +** xBestIndex method and adds the returned plan to pBuilder. +** +** A constraint is marked usable if: +** +** * Argument mUsable indicates that its prerequisites are available, and +** +** * It is not one of the operators specified in the mExclude mask passed +** as the fourth argument (which in practice is either WO_IN or 0). +** +** Argument mPrereq is a mask of tables that must be scanned before the +** virtual table in question. These are added to the plans prerequisites +** before it is added to pBuilder. +** +** Output parameter *pbIn is set to true if the plan added to pBuilder +** uses one or more WO_IN terms, or false otherwise. +*/ +static int whereLoopAddVirtualOne( + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, + Bitmask mPrereq, /* Mask of tables that must be used. */ + Bitmask mUsable, /* Mask of usable tables */ + u16 mExclude, /* Exclude terms using these operators */ + sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo, /* Populated object for xBestIndex */ + int *pbIn /* OUT: True if plan uses an IN(...) op */ +){ + WhereClause *pWC = pBuilder->pWC; + struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons; + struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage = pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage; + int i; + int mxTerm; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + WhereLoop *pNew = pBuilder->pNew; + Parse *pParse = pBuilder->pWInfo->pParse; + struct SrcList_item *pSrc = &pBuilder->pWInfo->pTabList->a[pNew->iTab]; + int nConstraint = pIdxInfo->nConstraint; + + assert( (mUsable & mPrereq)==mPrereq ); + *pbIn = 0; + pNew->prereq = mPrereq; + + /* Set the usable flag on the subset of constraints identified by + ** arguments mUsable and mExclude. */ + pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint; + for(i=0; i<nConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){ + WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC->a[pIdxCons->iTermOffset]; + pIdxCons->usable = 0; + if( (pTerm->prereqRight & mUsable)==pTerm->prereqRight + && (pTerm->eOperator & mExclude)==0 + ){ + pIdxCons->usable = 1; + } + } + + /* Initialize the output fields of the sqlite3_index_info structure */ + memset(pUsage, 0, sizeof(pUsage[0])*nConstraint); + assert( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr==0 ); + pIdxInfo->idxStr = 0; + pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0; + pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0; + pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL / (double)2; + pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 25; + pIdxInfo->idxFlags = 0; + pIdxInfo->colUsed = (sqlite3_int64)pSrc->colUsed; + + /* Invoke the virtual table xBestIndex() method */ + rc = vtabBestIndex(pParse, pSrc->pTab, pIdxInfo); + if( rc ) return rc; + + mxTerm = -1; + assert( pNew->nLSlot>=nConstraint ); + for(i=0; i<nConstraint; i++) pNew->aLTerm[i] = 0; + pNew->u.vtab.omitMask = 0; + pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint; + for(i=0; i<nConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){ + int iTerm; + if( (iTerm = pUsage[i].argvIndex - 1)>=0 ){ + WhereTerm *pTerm; + int j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset; + if( iTerm>=nConstraint + || j<0 + || j>=pWC->nTerm + || pNew->aLTerm[iTerm]!=0 + || pIdxCons->usable==0 + ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"%s.xBestIndex malfunction",pSrc->pTab->zName); + return rc; + } + testcase( iTerm==nConstraint-1 ); + testcase( j==0 ); + testcase( j==pWC->nTerm-1 ); + pTerm = &pWC->a[j]; + pNew->prereq |= pTerm->prereqRight; + assert( iTerm<pNew->nLSlot ); + pNew->aLTerm[iTerm] = pTerm; + if( iTerm>mxTerm ) mxTerm = iTerm; + testcase( iTerm==15 ); + testcase( iTerm==16 ); + if( iTerm<16 && pUsage[i].omit ) pNew->u.vtab.omitMask |= 1<<iTerm; + if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)!=0 ){ + /* A virtual table that is constrained by an IN clause may not + ** consume the ORDER BY clause because (1) the order of IN terms + ** is not necessarily related to the order of output terms and + ** (2) Multiple outputs from a single IN value will not merge + ** together. */ + pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0; + pIdxInfo->idxFlags &= ~SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE; + *pbIn = 1; assert( (mExclude & WO_IN)==0 ); + } + } + } + + pNew->nLTerm = mxTerm+1; + assert( pNew->nLTerm<=pNew->nLSlot ); + pNew->u.vtab.idxNum = pIdxInfo->idxNum; + pNew->u.vtab.needFree = pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr; + pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0; + pNew->u.vtab.idxStr = pIdxInfo->idxStr; + pNew->u.vtab.isOrdered = (i8)(pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed ? + pIdxInfo->nOrderBy : 0); + pNew->rSetup = 0; + pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(pIdxInfo->estimatedCost); + pNew->nOut = sqlite3LogEst(pIdxInfo->estimatedRows); + + /* Set the WHERE_ONEROW flag if the xBestIndex() method indicated + ** that the scan will visit at most one row. Clear it otherwise. */ + if( pIdxInfo->idxFlags & SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE ){ + pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_ONEROW; + }else{ + pNew->wsFlags &= ~WHERE_ONEROW; + } + rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); + if( pNew->u.vtab.needFree ){ + sqlite3_free(pNew->u.vtab.idxStr); + pNew->u.vtab.needFree = 0; + } + WHERETRACE(0xffff, (" bIn=%d prereqIn=%04llx prereqOut=%04llx\n", + *pbIn, (sqlite3_uint64)mPrereq, + (sqlite3_uint64)(pNew->prereq & ~mPrereq))); + + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Add all WhereLoop objects for a table of the join identified by +** pBuilder->pNew->iTab. That table is guaranteed to be a virtual table. +** +** If there are no LEFT or CROSS JOIN joins in the query, both mPrereq and +** mUnusable are set to 0. Otherwise, mPrereq is a mask of all FROM clause +** entries that occur before the virtual table in the FROM clause and are +** separated from it by at least one LEFT or CROSS JOIN. Similarly, the +** mUnusable mask contains all FROM clause entries that occur after the +** virtual table and are separated from it by at least one LEFT or +** CROSS JOIN. +** +** For example, if the query were: +** +** ... FROM t1, t2 LEFT JOIN t3, t4, vt CROSS JOIN t5, t6; +** +** then mPrereq corresponds to (t1, t2) and mUnusable to (t5, t6). +** +** All the tables in mPrereq must be scanned before the current virtual +** table. So any terms for which all prerequisites are satisfied by +** mPrereq may be specified as "usable" in all calls to xBestIndex. +** Conversely, all tables in mUnusable must be scanned after the current +** virtual table, so any terms for which the prerequisites overlap with +** mUnusable should always be configured as "not-usable" for xBestIndex. +*/ +static int whereLoopAddVirtual( + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, /* WHERE clause information */ + Bitmask mPrereq, /* Tables that must be scanned before this one */ + Bitmask mUnusable /* Tables that must be scanned after this one */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* WHERE analysis context */ + Parse *pParse; /* The parsing context */ + WhereClause *pWC; /* The WHERE clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pSrc; /* The FROM clause term to search */ + sqlite3_index_info *p; /* Object to pass to xBestIndex() */ + int nConstraint; /* Number of constraints in p */ + int bIn; /* True if plan uses IN(...) operator */ + WhereLoop *pNew; + Bitmask mBest; /* Tables used by best possible plan */ + + assert( (mPrereq & mUnusable)==0 ); + pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; + pParse = pWInfo->pParse; + pWC = pBuilder->pWC; + pNew = pBuilder->pNew; + pSrc = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pNew->iTab]; + assert( IsVirtual(pSrc->pTab) ); + p = allocateIndexInfo(pParse, pWC, mUnusable, pSrc, pBuilder->pOrderBy); + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + pNew->rSetup = 0; + pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE; + pNew->nLTerm = 0; + pNew->u.vtab.needFree = 0; + nConstraint = p->nConstraint; + if( whereLoopResize(pParse->db, pNew, nConstraint) ){ + sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, p); + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + + /* First call xBestIndex() with all constraints usable. */ + WHERETRACE(0x40, (" VirtualOne: all usable\n")); + rc = whereLoopAddVirtualOne(pBuilder, mPrereq, ALLBITS, 0, p, &bIn); + + /* If the call to xBestIndex() with all terms enabled produced a plan + ** that does not require any source tables (IOW: a plan with mBest==0), + ** then there is no point in making any further calls to xBestIndex() + ** since they will all return the same result (if the xBestIndex() + ** implementation is sane). */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (mBest = (pNew->prereq & ~mPrereq))!=0 ){ + int seenZero = 0; /* True if a plan with no prereqs seen */ + int seenZeroNoIN = 0; /* Plan with no prereqs and no IN(...) seen */ + Bitmask mPrev = 0; + Bitmask mBestNoIn = 0; + + /* If the plan produced by the earlier call uses an IN(...) term, call + ** xBestIndex again, this time with IN(...) terms disabled. */ + if( bIn ){ + WHERETRACE(0x40, (" VirtualOne: all usable w/o IN\n")); + rc = whereLoopAddVirtualOne(pBuilder, mPrereq, ALLBITS, WO_IN, p, &bIn); + assert( bIn==0 ); + mBestNoIn = pNew->prereq & ~mPrereq; + if( mBestNoIn==0 ){ + seenZero = 1; + seenZeroNoIN = 1; + } + } + + /* Call xBestIndex once for each distinct value of (prereqRight & ~mPrereq) + ** in the set of terms that apply to the current virtual table. */ + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; + Bitmask mNext = ALLBITS; + assert( mNext>0 ); + for(i=0; i<nConstraint; i++){ + Bitmask mThis = ( + pWC->a[p->aConstraint[i].iTermOffset].prereqRight & ~mPrereq + ); + if( mThis>mPrev && mThis<mNext ) mNext = mThis; + } + mPrev = mNext; + if( mNext==ALLBITS ) break; + if( mNext==mBest || mNext==mBestNoIn ) continue; + WHERETRACE(0x40, (" VirtualOne: mPrev=%04llx mNext=%04llx\n", + (sqlite3_uint64)mPrev, (sqlite3_uint64)mNext)); + rc = whereLoopAddVirtualOne(pBuilder, mPrereq, mNext|mPrereq, 0, p, &bIn); + if( pNew->prereq==mPrereq ){ + seenZero = 1; + if( bIn==0 ) seenZeroNoIN = 1; + } + } + + /* If the calls to xBestIndex() in the above loop did not find a plan + ** that requires no source tables at all (i.e. one guaranteed to be + ** usable), make a call here with all source tables disabled */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && seenZero==0 ){ + WHERETRACE(0x40, (" VirtualOne: all disabled\n")); + rc = whereLoopAddVirtualOne(pBuilder, mPrereq, mPrereq, 0, p, &bIn); + if( bIn==0 ) seenZeroNoIN = 1; + } + + /* If the calls to xBestIndex() have so far failed to find a plan + ** that requires no source tables at all and does not use an IN(...) + ** operator, make a final call to obtain one here. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && seenZeroNoIN==0 ){ + WHERETRACE(0x40, (" VirtualOne: all disabled and w/o IN\n")); + rc = whereLoopAddVirtualOne(pBuilder, mPrereq, mPrereq, WO_IN, p, &bIn); + } + } + + if( p->needToFreeIdxStr ) sqlite3_free(p->idxStr); + sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, p); + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +/* +** Add WhereLoop entries to handle OR terms. This works for either +** btrees or virtual tables. +*/ +static int whereLoopAddOr( + WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, + Bitmask mPrereq, + Bitmask mUnusable +){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; + WhereClause *pWC; + WhereLoop *pNew; + WhereTerm *pTerm, *pWCEnd; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int iCur; + WhereClause tempWC; + WhereLoopBuilder sSubBuild; + WhereOrSet sSum, sCur; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + + pWC = pBuilder->pWC; + pWCEnd = pWC->a + pWC->nTerm; + pNew = pBuilder->pNew; + memset(&sSum, 0, sizeof(sSum)); + pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a + pNew->iTab; + iCur = pItem->iCursor; + + for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd && rc==SQLITE_OK; pTerm++){ + if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR)!=0 + && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & pNew->maskSelf)!=0 + ){ + WhereClause * const pOrWC = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc; + WhereTerm * const pOrWCEnd = &pOrWC->a[pOrWC->nTerm]; + WhereTerm *pOrTerm; + int once = 1; + int i, j; + + sSubBuild = *pBuilder; + sSubBuild.pOrderBy = 0; + sSubBuild.pOrSet = &sCur; + + WHERETRACE(0x200, ("Begin processing OR-clause %p\n", pTerm)); + for(pOrTerm=pOrWC->a; pOrTerm<pOrWCEnd; pOrTerm++){ + if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_AND)!=0 ){ + sSubBuild.pWC = &pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc; + }else if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur ){ + tempWC.pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; + tempWC.pOuter = pWC; + tempWC.op = TK_AND; + tempWC.nTerm = 1; + tempWC.a = pOrTerm; + sSubBuild.pWC = &tempWC; + }else{ + continue; + } + sCur.n = 0; +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED + WHERETRACE(0x200, ("OR-term %d of %p has %d subterms:\n", + (int)(pOrTerm-pOrWC->a), pTerm, sSubBuild.pWC->nTerm)); + if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x400 ){ + for(i=0; i<sSubBuild.pWC->nTerm; i++){ + whereTermPrint(&sSubBuild.pWC->a[i], i); + } + } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pItem->pTab) ){ + rc = whereLoopAddVirtual(&sSubBuild, mPrereq, mUnusable); + }else +#endif + { + rc = whereLoopAddBtree(&sSubBuild, mPrereq); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = whereLoopAddOr(&sSubBuild, mPrereq, mUnusable); + } + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || sCur.n==0 ); + if( sCur.n==0 ){ + sSum.n = 0; + break; + }else if( once ){ + whereOrMove(&sSum, &sCur); + once = 0; + }else{ + WhereOrSet sPrev; + whereOrMove(&sPrev, &sSum); + sSum.n = 0; + for(i=0; i<sPrev.n; i++){ + for(j=0; j<sCur.n; j++){ + whereOrInsert(&sSum, sPrev.a[i].prereq | sCur.a[j].prereq, + sqlite3LogEstAdd(sPrev.a[i].rRun, sCur.a[j].rRun), + sqlite3LogEstAdd(sPrev.a[i].nOut, sCur.a[j].nOut)); + } + } + } + } + pNew->nLTerm = 1; + pNew->aLTerm[0] = pTerm; + pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_MULTI_OR; + pNew->rSetup = 0; + pNew->iSortIdx = 0; + memset(&pNew->u, 0, sizeof(pNew->u)); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<sSum.n; i++){ + /* TUNING: Currently sSum.a[i].rRun is set to the sum of the costs + ** of all sub-scans required by the OR-scan. However, due to rounding + ** errors, it may be that the cost of the OR-scan is equal to its + ** most expensive sub-scan. Add the smallest possible penalty + ** (equivalent to multiplying the cost by 1.07) to ensure that + ** this does not happen. Otherwise, for WHERE clauses such as the + ** following where there is an index on "y": + ** + ** WHERE likelihood(x=?, 0.99) OR y=? + ** + ** the planner may elect to "OR" together a full-table scan and an + ** index lookup. And other similarly odd results. */ + pNew->rRun = sSum.a[i].rRun + 1; + pNew->nOut = sSum.a[i].nOut; + pNew->prereq = sSum.a[i].prereq; + rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); + } + WHERETRACE(0x200, ("End processing OR-clause %p\n", pTerm)); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Add all WhereLoop objects for all tables +*/ +static int whereLoopAddAll(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; + Bitmask mPrereq = 0; + Bitmask mPrior = 0; + int iTab; + SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + struct SrcList_item *pEnd = &pTabList->a[pWInfo->nLevel]; + sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + WhereLoop *pNew; + u8 priorJointype = 0; + + /* Loop over the tables in the join, from left to right */ + pNew = pBuilder->pNew; + whereLoopInit(pNew); + for(iTab=0, pItem=pTabList->a; pItem<pEnd; iTab++, pItem++){ + Bitmask mUnusable = 0; + pNew->iTab = iTab; + pNew->maskSelf = sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pItem->iCursor); + if( ((pItem->fg.jointype|priorJointype) & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0 ){ + /* This condition is true when pItem is the FROM clause term on the + ** right-hand-side of a LEFT or CROSS JOIN. */ + mPrereq = mPrior; + } + priorJointype = pItem->fg.jointype; + if( IsVirtual(pItem->pTab) ){ + struct SrcList_item *p; + for(p=&pItem[1]; p<pEnd; p++){ + if( mUnusable || (p->fg.jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS)) ){ + mUnusable |= sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, p->iCursor); + } + } + rc = whereLoopAddVirtual(pBuilder, mPrereq, mUnusable); + }else{ + rc = whereLoopAddBtree(pBuilder, mPrereq); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = whereLoopAddOr(pBuilder, mPrereq, mUnusable); + } + mPrior |= pNew->maskSelf; + if( rc || db->mallocFailed ) break; + } + + whereLoopClear(db, pNew); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Examine a WherePath (with the addition of the extra WhereLoop of the 5th +** parameters) to see if it outputs rows in the requested ORDER BY +** (or GROUP BY) without requiring a separate sort operation. Return N: +** +** N>0: N terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied +** N==0: No terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied +** N<0: Unknown yet how many terms of ORDER BY might be satisfied. +** +** Note that processing for WHERE_GROUPBY and WHERE_DISTINCTBY is not as +** strict. With GROUP BY and DISTINCT the only requirement is that +** equivalent rows appear immediately adjacent to one another. GROUP BY +** and DISTINCT do not require rows to appear in any particular order as long +** as equivalent rows are grouped together. Thus for GROUP BY and DISTINCT +** the pOrderBy terms can be matched in any order. With ORDER BY, the +** pOrderBy terms must be matched in strict left-to-right order. +*/ +static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy( + WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* The WHERE clause */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* ORDER BY or GROUP BY or DISTINCT clause to check */ + WherePath *pPath, /* The WherePath to check */ + u16 wctrlFlags, /* Might contain WHERE_GROUPBY or WHERE_DISTINCTBY */ + u16 nLoop, /* Number of entries in pPath->aLoop[] */ + WhereLoop *pLast, /* Add this WhereLoop to the end of pPath->aLoop[] */ + Bitmask *pRevMask /* OUT: Mask of WhereLoops to run in reverse order */ +){ + u8 revSet; /* True if rev is known */ + u8 rev; /* Composite sort order */ + u8 revIdx; /* Index sort order */ + u8 isOrderDistinct; /* All prior WhereLoops are order-distinct */ + u8 distinctColumns; /* True if the loop has UNIQUE NOT NULL columns */ + u8 isMatch; /* iColumn matches a term of the ORDER BY clause */ + u16 nKeyCol; /* Number of key columns in pIndex */ + u16 nColumn; /* Total number of ordered columns in the index */ + u16 nOrderBy; /* Number terms in the ORDER BY clause */ + int iLoop; /* Index of WhereLoop in pPath being processed */ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + int iCur; /* Cursor number for current WhereLoop */ + int iColumn; /* A column number within table iCur */ + WhereLoop *pLoop = 0; /* Current WhereLoop being processed. */ + WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */ + Expr *pOBExpr; /* An expression from the ORDER BY clause */ + CollSeq *pColl; /* COLLATE function from an ORDER BY clause term */ + Index *pIndex; /* The index associated with pLoop */ + sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + Bitmask obSat = 0; /* Mask of ORDER BY terms satisfied so far */ + Bitmask obDone; /* Mask of all ORDER BY terms */ + Bitmask orderDistinctMask; /* Mask of all well-ordered loops */ + Bitmask ready; /* Mask of inner loops */ + + /* + ** We say the WhereLoop is "one-row" if it generates no more than one + ** row of output. A WhereLoop is one-row if all of the following are true: + ** (a) All index columns match with WHERE_COLUMN_EQ. + ** (b) The index is unique + ** Any WhereLoop with an WHERE_COLUMN_EQ constraint on the rowid is one-row. + ** Every one-row WhereLoop will have the WHERE_ONEROW bit set in wsFlags. + ** + ** We say the WhereLoop is "order-distinct" if the set of columns from + ** that WhereLoop that are in the ORDER BY clause are different for every + ** row of the WhereLoop. Every one-row WhereLoop is automatically + ** order-distinct. A WhereLoop that has no columns in the ORDER BY clause + ** is not order-distinct. To be order-distinct is not quite the same as being + ** UNIQUE since a UNIQUE column or index can have multiple rows that + ** are NULL and NULL values are equivalent for the purpose of order-distinct. + ** To be order-distinct, the columns must be UNIQUE and NOT NULL. + ** + ** The rowid for a table is always UNIQUE and NOT NULL so whenever the + ** rowid appears in the ORDER BY clause, the corresponding WhereLoop is + ** automatically order-distinct. + */ + + assert( pOrderBy!=0 ); + if( nLoop && OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin) ) return 0; + + nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr; + testcase( nOrderBy==BMS-1 ); + if( nOrderBy>BMS-1 ) return 0; /* Cannot optimize overly large ORDER BYs */ + isOrderDistinct = 1; + obDone = MASKBIT(nOrderBy)-1; + orderDistinctMask = 0; + ready = 0; + for(iLoop=0; isOrderDistinct && obSat<obDone && iLoop<=nLoop; iLoop++){ + if( iLoop>0 ) ready |= pLoop->maskSelf; + pLoop = iLoop<nLoop ? pPath->aLoop[iLoop] : pLast; + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE ){ + if( pLoop->u.vtab.isOrdered ) obSat = obDone; + break; + } + iCur = pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLoop->iTab].iCursor; + + /* Mark off any ORDER BY term X that is a column in the table of + ** the current loop for which there is term in the WHERE + ** clause of the form X IS NULL or X=? that reference only outer + ** loops. + */ + for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){ + if( MASKBIT(i) & obSat ) continue; + pOBExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr); + if( pOBExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) continue; + if( pOBExpr->iTable!=iCur ) continue; + pTerm = sqlite3WhereFindTerm(&pWInfo->sWC, iCur, pOBExpr->iColumn, + ~ready, WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL|WO_IS, 0); + if( pTerm==0 ) continue; + if( (pTerm->eOperator&(WO_EQ|WO_IS))!=0 && pOBExpr->iColumn>=0 ){ + const char *z1, *z2; + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr); + if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; + z1 = pColl->zName; + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pTerm->pExpr); + if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; + z2 = pColl->zName; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)!=0 ) continue; + testcase( pTerm->pExpr->op==TK_IS ); + } + obSat |= MASKBIT(i); + } + + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0 ){ + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK ){ + pIndex = 0; + nKeyCol = 0; + nColumn = 1; + }else if( (pIndex = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex)==0 || pIndex->bUnordered ){ + return 0; + }else{ + nKeyCol = pIndex->nKeyCol; + nColumn = pIndex->nColumn; + assert( nColumn==nKeyCol+1 || !HasRowid(pIndex->pTable) ); + assert( pIndex->aiColumn[nColumn-1]==XN_ROWID + || !HasRowid(pIndex->pTable)); + isOrderDistinct = IsUniqueIndex(pIndex); + } + + /* Loop through all columns of the index and deal with the ones + ** that are not constrained by == or IN. + */ + rev = revSet = 0; + distinctColumns = 0; + for(j=0; j<nColumn; j++){ + u8 bOnce; /* True to run the ORDER BY search loop */ + + /* Skip over == and IS NULL terms */ + if( j<pLoop->u.btree.nEq + && pLoop->nSkip==0 + && ((i = pLoop->aLTerm[j]->eOperator) & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL|WO_IS))!=0 + ){ + if( i & WO_ISNULL ){ + testcase( isOrderDistinct ); + isOrderDistinct = 0; + } + continue; + } + + /* Get the column number in the table (iColumn) and sort order + ** (revIdx) for the j-th column of the index. + */ + if( pIndex ){ + iColumn = pIndex->aiColumn[j]; + revIdx = pIndex->aSortOrder[j]; + if( iColumn==pIndex->pTable->iPKey ) iColumn = -1; + }else{ + iColumn = XN_ROWID; + revIdx = 0; + } + + /* An unconstrained column that might be NULL means that this + ** WhereLoop is not well-ordered + */ + if( isOrderDistinct + && iColumn>=0 + && j>=pLoop->u.btree.nEq + && pIndex->pTable->aCol[iColumn].notNull==0 + ){ + isOrderDistinct = 0; + } + + /* Find the ORDER BY term that corresponds to the j-th column + ** of the index and mark that ORDER BY term off + */ + bOnce = 1; + isMatch = 0; + for(i=0; bOnce && i<nOrderBy; i++){ + if( MASKBIT(i) & obSat ) continue; + pOBExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr); + testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY ); + testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY ); + if( (wctrlFlags & (WHERE_GROUPBY|WHERE_DISTINCTBY))==0 ) bOnce = 0; + if( iColumn>=(-1) ){ + if( pOBExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) continue; + if( pOBExpr->iTable!=iCur ) continue; + if( pOBExpr->iColumn!=iColumn ) continue; + }else{ + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pOBExpr,pIndex->aColExpr->a[j].pExpr,iCur) ){ + continue; + } + } + if( iColumn>=0 ){ + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr); + if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIndex->azColl[j])!=0 ) continue; + } + isMatch = 1; + break; + } + if( isMatch && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY)==0 ){ + /* Make sure the sort order is compatible in an ORDER BY clause. + ** Sort order is irrelevant for a GROUP BY clause. */ + if( revSet ){ + if( (rev ^ revIdx)!=pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder ) isMatch = 0; + }else{ + rev = revIdx ^ pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder; + if( rev ) *pRevMask |= MASKBIT(iLoop); + revSet = 1; + } + } + if( isMatch ){ + if( iColumn<0 ){ + testcase( distinctColumns==0 ); + distinctColumns = 1; + } + obSat |= MASKBIT(i); + }else{ + /* No match found */ + if( j==0 || j<nKeyCol ){ + testcase( isOrderDistinct!=0 ); + isOrderDistinct = 0; + } + break; + } + } /* end Loop over all index columns */ + if( distinctColumns ){ + testcase( isOrderDistinct==0 ); + isOrderDistinct = 1; + } + } /* end-if not one-row */ + + /* Mark off any other ORDER BY terms that reference pLoop */ + if( isOrderDistinct ){ + orderDistinctMask |= pLoop->maskSelf; + for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){ + Expr *p; + Bitmask mTerm; + if( MASKBIT(i) & obSat ) continue; + p = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr; + mTerm = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(&pWInfo->sMaskSet,p); + if( mTerm==0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(p) ) continue; + if( (mTerm&~orderDistinctMask)==0 ){ + obSat |= MASKBIT(i); + } + } + } + } /* End the loop over all WhereLoops from outer-most down to inner-most */ + if( obSat==obDone ) return (i8)nOrderBy; + if( !isOrderDistinct ){ + for(i=nOrderBy-1; i>0; i--){ + Bitmask m = MASKBIT(i) - 1; + if( (obSat&m)==m ) return i; + } + return 0; + } + return -1; +} + + +/* +** If the WHERE_GROUPBY flag is set in the mask passed to sqlite3WhereBegin(), +** the planner assumes that the specified pOrderBy list is actually a GROUP +** BY clause - and so any order that groups rows as required satisfies the +** request. +** +** Normally, in this case it is not possible for the caller to determine +** whether or not the rows are really being delivered in sorted order, or +** just in some other order that provides the required grouping. However, +** if the WHERE_SORTBYGROUP flag is also passed to sqlite3WhereBegin(), then +** this function may be called on the returned WhereInfo object. It returns +** true if the rows really will be sorted in the specified order, or false +** otherwise. +** +** For example, assuming: +** +** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(x, Y); +** +** then +** +** SELECT * FROM t1 GROUP BY x,y ORDER BY x,y; -- IsSorted()==1 +** SELECT * FROM t1 GROUP BY y,x ORDER BY y,x; -- IsSorted()==0 +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsSorted(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + assert( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY ); + assert( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SORTBYGROUP ); + return pWInfo->sorted; +} + +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED +/* For debugging use only: */ +static const char *wherePathName(WherePath *pPath, int nLoop, WhereLoop *pLast){ + static char zName[65]; + int i; + for(i=0; i<nLoop; i++){ zName[i] = pPath->aLoop[i]->cId; } + if( pLast ) zName[i++] = pLast->cId; + zName[i] = 0; + return zName; +} +#endif + +/* +** Return the cost of sorting nRow rows, assuming that the keys have +** nOrderby columns and that the first nSorted columns are already in +** order. +*/ +static LogEst whereSortingCost( + WhereInfo *pWInfo, + LogEst nRow, + int nOrderBy, + int nSorted +){ + /* TUNING: Estimated cost of a full external sort, where N is + ** the number of rows to sort is: + ** + ** cost = (3.0 * N * log(N)). + ** + ** Or, if the order-by clause has X terms but only the last Y + ** terms are out of order, then block-sorting will reduce the + ** sorting cost to: + ** + ** cost = (3.0 * N * log(N)) * (Y/X) + ** + ** The (Y/X) term is implemented using stack variable rScale + ** below. */ + LogEst rScale, rSortCost; + assert( nOrderBy>0 && 66==sqlite3LogEst(100) ); + rScale = sqlite3LogEst((nOrderBy-nSorted)*100/nOrderBy) - 66; + rSortCost = nRow + rScale + 16; + + /* Multiple by log(M) where M is the number of output rows. + ** Use the LIMIT for M if it is smaller */ + if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_USE_LIMIT)!=0 && pWInfo->iLimit<nRow ){ + nRow = pWInfo->iLimit; + } + rSortCost += estLog(nRow); + return rSortCost; +} + +/* +** Given the list of WhereLoop objects at pWInfo->pLoops, this routine +** attempts to find the lowest cost path that visits each WhereLoop +** once. This path is then loaded into the pWInfo->a[].pWLoop fields. +** +** Assume that the total number of output rows that will need to be sorted +** will be nRowEst (in the 10*log2 representation). Or, ignore sorting +** costs if nRowEst==0. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM of a memory allocation +** error occurs. +*/ +static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){ + int mxChoice; /* Maximum number of simultaneous paths tracked */ + int nLoop; /* Number of terms in the join */ + Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + int iLoop; /* Loop counter over the terms of the join */ + int ii, jj; /* Loop counters */ + int mxI = 0; /* Index of next entry to replace */ + int nOrderBy; /* Number of ORDER BY clause terms */ + LogEst mxCost = 0; /* Maximum cost of a set of paths */ + LogEst mxUnsorted = 0; /* Maximum unsorted cost of a set of path */ + int nTo, nFrom; /* Number of valid entries in aTo[] and aFrom[] */ + WherePath *aFrom; /* All nFrom paths at the previous level */ + WherePath *aTo; /* The nTo best paths at the current level */ + WherePath *pFrom; /* An element of aFrom[] that we are working on */ + WherePath *pTo; /* An element of aTo[] that we are working on */ + WhereLoop *pWLoop; /* One of the WhereLoop objects */ + WhereLoop **pX; /* Used to divy up the pSpace memory */ + LogEst *aSortCost = 0; /* Sorting and partial sorting costs */ + char *pSpace; /* Temporary memory used by this routine */ + int nSpace; /* Bytes of space allocated at pSpace */ + + pParse = pWInfo->pParse; + db = pParse->db; + nLoop = pWInfo->nLevel; + /* TUNING: For simple queries, only the best path is tracked. + ** For 2-way joins, the 5 best paths are followed. + ** For joins of 3 or more tables, track the 10 best paths */ + mxChoice = (nLoop<=1) ? 1 : (nLoop==2 ? 5 : 10); + assert( nLoop<=pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc ); + WHERETRACE(0x002, ("---- begin solver. (nRowEst=%d)\n", nRowEst)); + + /* If nRowEst is zero and there is an ORDER BY clause, ignore it. In this + ** case the purpose of this call is to estimate the number of rows returned + ** by the overall query. Once this estimate has been obtained, the caller + ** will invoke this function a second time, passing the estimate as the + ** nRowEst parameter. */ + if( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0 || nRowEst==0 ){ + nOrderBy = 0; + }else{ + nOrderBy = pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr; + } + + /* Allocate and initialize space for aTo, aFrom and aSortCost[] */ + nSpace = (sizeof(WherePath)+sizeof(WhereLoop*)*nLoop)*mxChoice*2; + nSpace += sizeof(LogEst) * nOrderBy; + pSpace = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, nSpace); + if( pSpace==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + aTo = (WherePath*)pSpace; + aFrom = aTo+mxChoice; + memset(aFrom, 0, sizeof(aFrom[0])); + pX = (WhereLoop**)(aFrom+mxChoice); + for(ii=mxChoice*2, pFrom=aTo; ii>0; ii--, pFrom++, pX += nLoop){ + pFrom->aLoop = pX; + } + if( nOrderBy ){ + /* If there is an ORDER BY clause and it is not being ignored, set up + ** space for the aSortCost[] array. Each element of the aSortCost array + ** is either zero - meaning it has not yet been initialized - or the + ** cost of sorting nRowEst rows of data where the first X terms of + ** the ORDER BY clause are already in order, where X is the array + ** index. */ + aSortCost = (LogEst*)pX; + memset(aSortCost, 0, sizeof(LogEst) * nOrderBy); + } + assert( aSortCost==0 || &pSpace[nSpace]==(char*)&aSortCost[nOrderBy] ); + assert( aSortCost!=0 || &pSpace[nSpace]==(char*)pX ); + + /* Seed the search with a single WherePath containing zero WhereLoops. + ** + ** TUNING: Do not let the number of iterations go above 28. If the cost + ** of computing an automatic index is not paid back within the first 28 + ** rows, then do not use the automatic index. */ + aFrom[0].nRow = MIN(pParse->nQueryLoop, 48); assert( 48==sqlite3LogEst(28) ); + nFrom = 1; + assert( aFrom[0].isOrdered==0 ); + if( nOrderBy ){ + /* If nLoop is zero, then there are no FROM terms in the query. Since + ** in this case the query may return a maximum of one row, the results + ** are already in the requested order. Set isOrdered to nOrderBy to + ** indicate this. Or, if nLoop is greater than zero, set isOrdered to + ** -1, indicating that the result set may or may not be ordered, + ** depending on the loops added to the current plan. */ + aFrom[0].isOrdered = nLoop>0 ? -1 : nOrderBy; + } + + /* Compute successively longer WherePaths using the previous generation + ** of WherePaths as the basis for the next. Keep track of the mxChoice + ** best paths at each generation */ + for(iLoop=0; iLoop<nLoop; iLoop++){ + nTo = 0; + for(ii=0, pFrom=aFrom; ii<nFrom; ii++, pFrom++){ + for(pWLoop=pWInfo->pLoops; pWLoop; pWLoop=pWLoop->pNextLoop){ + LogEst nOut; /* Rows visited by (pFrom+pWLoop) */ + LogEst rCost; /* Cost of path (pFrom+pWLoop) */ + LogEst rUnsorted; /* Unsorted cost of (pFrom+pWLoop) */ + i8 isOrdered = pFrom->isOrdered; /* isOrdered for (pFrom+pWLoop) */ + Bitmask maskNew; /* Mask of src visited by (..) */ + Bitmask revMask = 0; /* Mask of rev-order loops for (..) */ + + if( (pWLoop->prereq & ~pFrom->maskLoop)!=0 ) continue; + if( (pWLoop->maskSelf & pFrom->maskLoop)!=0 ) continue; + if( (pWLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 && pFrom->nRow<10 ){ + /* Do not use an automatic index if the this loop is expected + ** to run less than 2 times. */ + assert( 10==sqlite3LogEst(2) ); + continue; + } + /* At this point, pWLoop is a candidate to be the next loop. + ** Compute its cost */ + rUnsorted = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pWLoop->rSetup,pWLoop->rRun + pFrom->nRow); + rUnsorted = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rUnsorted, pFrom->rUnsorted); + nOut = pFrom->nRow + pWLoop->nOut; + maskNew = pFrom->maskLoop | pWLoop->maskSelf; + if( isOrdered<0 ){ + isOrdered = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, + pWInfo->pOrderBy, pFrom, pWInfo->wctrlFlags, + iLoop, pWLoop, &revMask); + }else{ + revMask = pFrom->revLoop; + } + if( isOrdered>=0 && isOrdered<nOrderBy ){ + if( aSortCost[isOrdered]==0 ){ + aSortCost[isOrdered] = whereSortingCost( + pWInfo, nRowEst, nOrderBy, isOrdered + ); + } + rCost = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rUnsorted, aSortCost[isOrdered]); + + WHERETRACE(0x002, + ("---- sort cost=%-3d (%d/%d) increases cost %3d to %-3d\n", + aSortCost[isOrdered], (nOrderBy-isOrdered), nOrderBy, + rUnsorted, rCost)); + }else{ + rCost = rUnsorted; + } + + /* Check to see if pWLoop should be added to the set of + ** mxChoice best-so-far paths. + ** + ** First look for an existing path among best-so-far paths + ** that covers the same set of loops and has the same isOrdered + ** setting as the current path candidate. + ** + ** The term "((pTo->isOrdered^isOrdered)&0x80)==0" is equivalent + ** to (pTo->isOrdered==(-1))==(isOrdered==(-1))" for the range + ** of legal values for isOrdered, -1..64. + */ + for(jj=0, pTo=aTo; jj<nTo; jj++, pTo++){ + if( pTo->maskLoop==maskNew + && ((pTo->isOrdered^isOrdered)&0x80)==0 + ){ + testcase( jj==nTo-1 ); + break; + } + } + if( jj>=nTo ){ + /* None of the existing best-so-far paths match the candidate. */ + if( nTo>=mxChoice + && (rCost>mxCost || (rCost==mxCost && rUnsorted>=mxUnsorted)) + ){ + /* The current candidate is no better than any of the mxChoice + ** paths currently in the best-so-far buffer. So discard + ** this candidate as not viable. */ +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("Skip %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c\n", + wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut, + isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?'); + } +#endif + continue; + } + /* If we reach this points it means that the new candidate path + ** needs to be added to the set of best-so-far paths. */ + if( nTo<mxChoice ){ + /* Increase the size of the aTo set by one */ + jj = nTo++; + }else{ + /* New path replaces the prior worst to keep count below mxChoice */ + jj = mxI; + } + pTo = &aTo[jj]; +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("New %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c\n", + wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut, + isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?'); + } +#endif + }else{ + /* Control reaches here if best-so-far path pTo=aTo[jj] covers the + ** same set of loops and has the sam isOrdered setting as the + ** candidate path. Check to see if the candidate should replace + ** pTo or if the candidate should be skipped */ + if( pTo->rCost<rCost || (pTo->rCost==rCost && pTo->nRow<=nOut) ){ +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf( + "Skip %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c", + wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut, + isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?'); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" vs %s cost=%-3d,%d order=%c\n", + wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow, + pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? pTo->isOrdered+'0' : '?'); + } +#endif + /* Discard the candidate path from further consideration */ + testcase( pTo->rCost==rCost ); + continue; + } + testcase( pTo->rCost==rCost+1 ); + /* Control reaches here if the candidate path is better than the + ** pTo path. Replace pTo with the candidate. */ +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf( + "Update %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c", + wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut, + isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?'); + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" was %s cost=%-3d,%3d order=%c\n", + wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow, + pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? pTo->isOrdered+'0' : '?'); + } +#endif + } + /* pWLoop is a winner. Add it to the set of best so far */ + pTo->maskLoop = pFrom->maskLoop | pWLoop->maskSelf; + pTo->revLoop = revMask; + pTo->nRow = nOut; + pTo->rCost = rCost; + pTo->rUnsorted = rUnsorted; + pTo->isOrdered = isOrdered; + memcpy(pTo->aLoop, pFrom->aLoop, sizeof(WhereLoop*)*iLoop); + pTo->aLoop[iLoop] = pWLoop; + if( nTo>=mxChoice ){ + mxI = 0; + mxCost = aTo[0].rCost; + mxUnsorted = aTo[0].nRow; + for(jj=1, pTo=&aTo[1]; jj<mxChoice; jj++, pTo++){ + if( pTo->rCost>mxCost + || (pTo->rCost==mxCost && pTo->rUnsorted>mxUnsorted) + ){ + mxCost = pTo->rCost; + mxUnsorted = pTo->rUnsorted; + mxI = jj; + } + } + } + } + } + +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* >=2 */ + if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x02 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("---- after round %d ----\n", iLoop); + for(ii=0, pTo=aTo; ii<nTo; ii++, pTo++){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %s cost=%-3d nrow=%-3d order=%c", + wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow, + pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? (pTo->isOrdered+'0') : '?'); + if( pTo->isOrdered>0 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" rev=0x%llx\n", pTo->revLoop); + }else{ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); + } + } + } +#endif + + /* Swap the roles of aFrom and aTo for the next generation */ + pFrom = aTo; + aTo = aFrom; + aFrom = pFrom; + nFrom = nTo; + } + + if( nFrom==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no query solution"); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSpace); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + /* Find the lowest cost path. pFrom will be left pointing to that path */ + pFrom = aFrom; + for(ii=1; ii<nFrom; ii++){ + if( pFrom->rCost>aFrom[ii].rCost ) pFrom = &aFrom[ii]; + } + assert( pWInfo->nLevel==nLoop ); + /* Load the lowest cost path into pWInfo */ + for(iLoop=0; iLoop<nLoop; iLoop++){ + WhereLevel *pLevel = pWInfo->a + iLoop; + pLevel->pWLoop = pWLoop = pFrom->aLoop[iLoop]; + pLevel->iFrom = pWLoop->iTab; + pLevel->iTabCur = pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].iCursor; + } + if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT)!=0 + && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY)==0 + && pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP + && nRowEst + ){ + Bitmask notUsed; + int rc = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pDistinctSet, pFrom, + WHERE_DISTINCTBY, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], ¬Used); + if( rc==pWInfo->pDistinctSet->nExpr ){ + pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED; + } + } + if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ){ + if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY ){ + if( pFrom->isOrdered==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr ){ + pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED; + } + }else{ + pWInfo->nOBSat = pFrom->isOrdered; + if( pWInfo->nOBSat<0 ) pWInfo->nOBSat = 0; + pWInfo->revMask = pFrom->revLoop; + } + if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SORTBYGROUP) + && pWInfo->nOBSat==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr && nLoop>0 + ){ + Bitmask revMask = 0; + int nOrder = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pOrderBy, + pFrom, 0, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], &revMask + ); + assert( pWInfo->sorted==0 ); + if( nOrder==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr ){ + pWInfo->sorted = 1; + pWInfo->revMask = revMask; + } + } + } + + + pWInfo->nRowOut = pFrom->nRow; + + /* Free temporary memory and return success */ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pSpace); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Most queries use only a single table (they are not joins) and have +** simple == constraints against indexed fields. This routine attempts +** to plan those simple cases using much less ceremony than the +** general-purpose query planner, and thereby yield faster sqlite3_prepare() +** times for the common case. +** +** Return non-zero on success, if this query can be handled by this +** no-frills query planner. Return zero if this query needs the +** general-purpose query planner. +*/ +static int whereShortCut(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + WhereClause *pWC; + WhereTerm *pTerm; + WhereLoop *pLoop; + int iCur; + int j; + Table *pTab; + Index *pIdx; + + pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; + if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_FORCE_TABLE ) return 0; + assert( pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc>=1 ); + pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a; + pTab = pItem->pTab; + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; + if( pItem->fg.isIndexedBy ) return 0; + iCur = pItem->iCursor; + pWC = &pWInfo->sWC; + pLoop = pBuilder->pNew; + pLoop->wsFlags = 0; + pLoop->nSkip = 0; + pTerm = sqlite3WhereFindTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, 0, WO_EQ|WO_IS, 0); + if( pTerm ){ + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS ); + pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_IPK|WHERE_ONEROW; + pLoop->aLTerm[0] = pTerm; + pLoop->nLTerm = 1; + pLoop->u.btree.nEq = 1; + /* TUNING: Cost of a rowid lookup is 10 */ + pLoop->rRun = 33; /* 33==sqlite3LogEst(10) */ + }else{ + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + int opMask; + assert( pLoop->aLTermSpace==pLoop->aLTerm ); + if( !IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) + || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0 + || pIdx->nKeyCol>ArraySize(pLoop->aLTermSpace) + ) continue; + opMask = pIdx->uniqNotNull ? (WO_EQ|WO_IS) : WO_EQ; + for(j=0; j<pIdx->nKeyCol; j++){ + pTerm = sqlite3WhereFindTerm(pWC, iCur, j, 0, opMask, pIdx); + if( pTerm==0 ) break; + testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS ); + pLoop->aLTerm[j] = pTerm; + } + if( j!=pIdx->nKeyCol ) continue; + pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_ONEROW|WHERE_INDEXED; + if( pIdx->isCovering || (pItem->colUsed & ~columnsInIndex(pIdx))==0 ){ + pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_IDX_ONLY; + } + pLoop->nLTerm = j; + pLoop->u.btree.nEq = j; + pLoop->u.btree.pIndex = pIdx; + /* TUNING: Cost of a unique index lookup is 15 */ + pLoop->rRun = 39; /* 39==sqlite3LogEst(15) */ + break; + } + } + if( pLoop->wsFlags ){ + pLoop->nOut = (LogEst)1; + pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop = pLoop; + pLoop->maskSelf = sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCur); + pWInfo->a[0].iTabCur = iCur; + pWInfo->nRowOut = 1; + if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ) pWInfo->nOBSat = pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr; + if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){ + pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE; + } +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + pLoop->cId = '0'; +#endif + return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Generate the beginning of the loop used for WHERE clause processing. +** The return value is a pointer to an opaque structure that contains +** information needed to terminate the loop. Later, the calling routine +** should invoke sqlite3WhereEnd() with the return value of this function +** in order to complete the WHERE clause processing. +** +** If an error occurs, this routine returns NULL. +** +** The basic idea is to do a nested loop, one loop for each table in +** the FROM clause of a select. (INSERT and UPDATE statements are the +** same as a SELECT with only a single table in the FROM clause.) For +** example, if the SQL is this: +** +** SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE ...; +** +** Then the code generated is conceptually like the following: +** +** foreach row1 in t1 do \ Code generated +** foreach row2 in t2 do |-- by sqlite3WhereBegin() +** foreach row3 in t3 do / +** ... +** end \ Code generated +** end |-- by sqlite3WhereEnd() +** end / +** +** Note that the loops might not be nested in the order in which they +** appear in the FROM clause if a different order is better able to make +** use of indices. Note also that when the IN operator appears in +** the WHERE clause, it might result in additional nested loops for +** scanning through all values on the right-hand side of the IN. +** +** There are Btree cursors associated with each table. t1 uses cursor +** number pTabList->a[0].iCursor. t2 uses the cursor pTabList->a[1].iCursor. +** And so forth. This routine generates code to open those VDBE cursors +** and sqlite3WhereEnd() generates the code to close them. +** +** The code that sqlite3WhereBegin() generates leaves the cursors named +** in pTabList pointing at their appropriate entries. The [...] code +** can use OP_Column and OP_Rowid opcodes on these cursors to extract +** data from the various tables of the loop. +** +** If the WHERE clause is empty, the foreach loops must each scan their +** entire tables. Thus a three-way join is an O(N^3) operation. But if +** the tables have indices and there are terms in the WHERE clause that +** refer to those indices, a complete table scan can be avoided and the +** code will run much faster. Most of the work of this routine is checking +** to see if there are indices that can be used to speed up the loop. +** +** Terms of the WHERE clause are also used to limit which rows actually +** make it to the "..." in the middle of the loop. After each "foreach", +** terms of the WHERE clause that use only terms in that loop and outer +** loops are evaluated and if false a jump is made around all subsequent +** inner loops (or around the "..." if the test occurs within the inner- +** most loop) +** +** OUTER JOINS +** +** An outer join of tables t1 and t2 is conceptally coded as follows: +** +** foreach row1 in t1 do +** flag = 0 +** foreach row2 in t2 do +** start: +** ... +** flag = 1 +** end +** if flag==0 then +** move the row2 cursor to a null row +** goto start +** fi +** end +** +** ORDER BY CLAUSE PROCESSING +** +** pOrderBy is a pointer to the ORDER BY clause (or the GROUP BY clause +** if the WHERE_GROUPBY flag is set in wctrlFlags) of a SELECT statement +** if there is one. If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine +** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then pOrderBy is NULL. +** +** The iIdxCur parameter is the cursor number of an index. If +** WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY is set, iIdxCur is the cursor number of an index +** to use for OR clause processing. The WHERE clause should use this +** specific cursor. If WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED is set, then iIdxCur is +** the first cursor in an array of cursors for all indices. iIdxCur should +** be used to compute the appropriate cursor depending on which index is +** used. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* FROM clause: A list of all tables to be scanned */ + Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY (or GROUP BY) clause, or NULL */ + ExprList *pDistinctSet, /* Try not to output two rows that duplicate these */ + u16 wctrlFlags, /* The WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */ + int iAuxArg /* If WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY is set, index cursor number + ** If WHERE_USE_LIMIT, then the limit amount */ +){ + int nByteWInfo; /* Num. bytes allocated for WhereInfo struct */ + int nTabList; /* Number of elements in pTabList */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Will become the return value of this function */ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The virtual database engine */ + Bitmask notReady; /* Cursors that are not yet positioned */ + WhereLoopBuilder sWLB; /* The WhereLoop builder */ + WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* The expression mask set */ + WhereLevel *pLevel; /* A single level in pWInfo->a[] */ + WhereLoop *pLoop; /* Pointer to a single WhereLoop object */ + int ii; /* Loop counter */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + u8 bFordelete = 0; /* OPFLAG_FORDELETE or zero, as appropriate */ + + assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW)==0 || ( + (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 + && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE)==0 + )); + + /* Only one of WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY or WHERE_USE_LIMIT */ + assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)==0 + || (wctrlFlags & WHERE_USE_LIMIT)==0 ); + + /* Variable initialization */ + db = pParse->db; + memset(&sWLB, 0, sizeof(sWLB)); + + /* An ORDER/GROUP BY clause of more than 63 terms cannot be optimized */ + testcase( pOrderBy && pOrderBy->nExpr==BMS-1 ); + if( pOrderBy && pOrderBy->nExpr>=BMS ) pOrderBy = 0; + sWLB.pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + + /* Disable the DISTINCT optimization if SQLITE_DistinctOpt is set via + ** sqlite3_test_ctrl(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) */ + if( OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_DistinctOpt) ){ + wctrlFlags &= ~WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT; + } + + /* The number of tables in the FROM clause is limited by the number of + ** bits in a Bitmask + */ + testcase( pTabList->nSrc==BMS ); + if( pTabList->nSrc>BMS ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "at most %d tables in a join", BMS); + return 0; + } + + /* This function normally generates a nested loop for all tables in + ** pTabList. But if the WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set, then we should + ** only generate code for the first table in pTabList and assume that + ** any cursors associated with subsequent tables are uninitialized. + */ + nTabList = (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ? 1 : pTabList->nSrc; + + /* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the + ** return value. A single allocation is used to store the WhereInfo + ** struct, the contents of WhereInfo.a[], the WhereClause structure + ** and the WhereMaskSet structure. Since WhereClause contains an 8-byte + ** field (type Bitmask) it must be aligned on an 8-byte boundary on + ** some architectures. Hence the ROUND8() below. + */ + nByteWInfo = ROUND8(sizeof(WhereInfo)+(nTabList-1)*sizeof(WhereLevel)); + pWInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByteWInfo + sizeof(WhereLoop)); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo); + pWInfo = 0; + goto whereBeginError; + } + pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[0] = pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] = -1; + pWInfo->nLevel = nTabList; + pWInfo->pParse = pParse; + pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList; + pWInfo->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + pWInfo->pDistinctSet = pDistinctSet; + pWInfo->iBreak = pWInfo->iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + pWInfo->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags; + pWInfo->iLimit = iAuxArg; + pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; + assert( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF ); /* ONEPASS defaults to OFF */ + pMaskSet = &pWInfo->sMaskSet; + sWLB.pWInfo = pWInfo; + sWLB.pWC = &pWInfo->sWC; + sWLB.pNew = (WhereLoop*)(((char*)pWInfo)+nByteWInfo); + assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(sWLB.pNew) ); + whereLoopInit(sWLB.pNew); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + sWLB.pNew->cId = '*'; +#endif + + /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each + ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator. + */ + initMaskSet(pMaskSet); + sqlite3WhereClauseInit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWInfo); + sqlite3WhereSplit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWhere, TK_AND); + + /* Special case: a WHERE clause that is constant. Evaluate the + ** expression and either jump over all of the code or fall thru. + */ + for(ii=0; ii<sWLB.pWC->nTerm; ii++){ + if( nTabList==0 || sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(sWLB.pWC->a[ii].pExpr) ){ + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, sWLB.pWC->a[ii].pExpr, pWInfo->iBreak, + SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); + sWLB.pWC->a[ii].wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; + } + } + + /* Special case: No FROM clause + */ + if( nTabList==0 ){ + if( pOrderBy ) pWInfo->nOBSat = pOrderBy->nExpr; + if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){ + pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE; + } + } + + /* Assign a bit from the bitmask to every term in the FROM clause. + ** + ** The N-th term of the FROM clause is assigned a bitmask of 1<<N. + ** + ** The rule of the previous sentence ensures thta if X is the bitmask for + ** a table T, then X-1 is the bitmask for all other tables to the left of T. + ** Knowing the bitmask for all tables to the left of a left join is + ** important. Ticket #3015. + ** + ** Note that bitmasks are created for all pTabList->nSrc tables in + ** pTabList, not just the first nTabList tables. nTabList is normally + ** equal to pTabList->nSrc but might be shortened to 1 if the + ** WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set. + */ + for(ii=0; ii<pTabList->nSrc; ii++){ + createMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[ii].iCursor); + sqlite3WhereTabFuncArgs(pParse, &pTabList->a[ii], &pWInfo->sWC); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + for(ii=0; ii<pTabList->nSrc; ii++){ + Bitmask m = sqlite3WhereGetMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[ii].iCursor); + assert( m==MASKBIT(ii) ); + } +#endif + + /* Analyze all of the subexpressions. */ + sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze(pTabList, &pWInfo->sWC); + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; + + if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){ + if( isDistinctRedundant(pParse, pTabList, &pWInfo->sWC, pDistinctSet) ){ + /* The DISTINCT marking is pointless. Ignore it. */ + pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE; + }else if( pOrderBy==0 ){ + /* Try to ORDER BY the result set to make distinct processing easier */ + pWInfo->wctrlFlags |= WHERE_DISTINCTBY; + pWInfo->pOrderBy = pDistinctSet; + } + } + + /* Construct the WhereLoop objects */ +#if defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED) + if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0xffff ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("*** Optimizer Start *** (wctrlFlags: 0x%x",wctrlFlags); + if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_USE_LIMIT ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(", limit: %d", iAuxArg); + } + sqlite3DebugPrintf(")\n"); + } + if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x100 ){ /* Display all terms of the WHERE clause */ + int i; + for(i=0; i<sWLB.pWC->nTerm; i++){ + whereTermPrint(&sWLB.pWC->a[i], i); + } + } +#endif + + if( nTabList!=1 || whereShortCut(&sWLB)==0 ){ + rc = whereLoopAddAll(&sWLB); + if( rc ) goto whereBeginError; + +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED + if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){ /* Display all of the WhereLoop objects */ + WhereLoop *p; + int i; + static const char zLabel[] = "0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwyxz" + "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWYXZ"; + for(p=pWInfo->pLoops, i=0; p; p=p->pNextLoop, i++){ + p->cId = zLabel[i%sizeof(zLabel)]; + whereLoopPrint(p, sWLB.pWC); + } + } +#endif + + wherePathSolver(pWInfo, 0); + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; + if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ){ + wherePathSolver(pWInfo, pWInfo->nRowOut+1); + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; + } + } + if( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0 && (db->flags & SQLITE_ReverseOrder)!=0 ){ + pWInfo->revMask = ALLBITS; + } + if( pParse->nErr || NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ){ + goto whereBeginError; + } +#ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED + if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("---- Solution nRow=%d", pWInfo->nRowOut); + if( pWInfo->nOBSat>0 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" ORDERBY=%d,0x%llx", pWInfo->nOBSat, pWInfo->revMask); + } + switch( pWInfo->eDistinct ){ + case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE: { + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" DISTINCT=unique"); + break; + } + case WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED: { + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" DISTINCT=ordered"); + break; + } + case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED: { + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" DISTINCT=unordered"); + break; + } + } + sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); + for(ii=0; ii<pWInfo->nLevel; ii++){ + whereLoopPrint(pWInfo->a[ii].pWLoop, sWLB.pWC); + } + } +#endif + /* Attempt to omit tables from the join that do not effect the result */ + if( pWInfo->nLevel>=2 + && pDistinctSet!=0 + && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin) + ){ + Bitmask tabUsed = sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pDistinctSet); + if( sWLB.pOrderBy ){ + tabUsed |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, sWLB.pOrderBy); + } + while( pWInfo->nLevel>=2 ){ + WhereTerm *pTerm, *pEnd; + pLoop = pWInfo->a[pWInfo->nLevel-1].pWLoop; + if( (pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLoop->iTab].fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)==0 ) break; + if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT)==0 + && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0 + ){ + break; + } + if( (tabUsed & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0 ) break; + pEnd = sWLB.pWC->a + sWLB.pWC->nTerm; + for(pTerm=sWLB.pWC->a; pTerm<pEnd; pTerm++){ + if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0 + && !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) + ){ + break; + } + } + if( pTerm<pEnd ) break; + WHERETRACE(0xffff, ("-> drop loop %c not used\n", pLoop->cId)); + pWInfo->nLevel--; + nTabList--; + } + } + WHERETRACE(0xffff,("*** Optimizer Finished ***\n")); + pWInfo->pParse->nQueryLoop += pWInfo->nRowOut; + + /* If the caller is an UPDATE or DELETE statement that is requesting + ** to use a one-pass algorithm, determine if this is appropriate. + */ + assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || pWInfo->nLevel==1 ); + if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 ){ + int wsFlags = pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop->wsFlags; + int bOnerow = (wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)!=0; + if( bOnerow + || ((wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW)!=0 + && 0==(wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)) + ){ + pWInfo->eOnePass = bOnerow ? ONEPASS_SINGLE : ONEPASS_MULTI; + if( HasRowid(pTabList->a[0].pTab) && (wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY) ){ + if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW ){ + bFordelete = OPFLAG_FORDELETE; + } + pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop->wsFlags = (wsFlags & ~WHERE_IDX_ONLY); + } + } + } + + /* Open all tables in the pTabList and any indices selected for + ** searching those tables. + */ + for(ii=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; ii<nTabList; ii++, pLevel++){ + Table *pTab; /* Table to open */ + int iDb; /* Index of database containing table/index */ + struct SrcList_item *pTabItem; + + pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; + pTab = pTabItem->pTab; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 || pTab->pSelect ){ + /* Do nothing */ + }else +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){ + const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); + int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VOpen, iCur, 0, 0, pVTab, P4_VTAB); + }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + /* noop */ + }else +#endif + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 + && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE)==0 ){ + int op = OP_OpenRead; + if( pWInfo->eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ + op = OP_OpenWrite; + pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[0] = pTabItem->iCursor; + }; + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pTabItem->iCursor, iDb, pTab, op); + assert( pTabItem->iCursor==pLevel->iTabCur ); + testcase( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF && pTab->nCol==BMS-1 ); + testcase( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF && pTab->nCol==BMS ); + if( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF && pTab->nCol<BMS && HasRowid(pTab) ){ + Bitmask b = pTabItem->colUsed; + int n = 0; + for(; b; b=b>>1, n++){} + sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(n), P4_INT32); + assert( n<=pTab->nCol ); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS + if( pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_SEEKEQ|bFordelete); + }else +#endif + { + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, bFordelete); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_ColumnsUsed, pTabItem->iCursor, 0, 0, + (const u8*)&pTabItem->colUsed, P4_INT64); +#endif + }else{ + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); + } + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){ + Index *pIx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + int iIndexCur; + int op = OP_OpenRead; + /* iAuxArg is always set if to a positive value if ONEPASS is possible */ + assert( iAuxArg!=0 || (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 ); + if( !HasRowid(pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIx) + && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 + ){ + /* This is one term of an OR-optimization using the PRIMARY KEY of a + ** WITHOUT ROWID table. No need for a separate index */ + iIndexCur = pLevel->iTabCur; + op = 0; + }else if( pWInfo->eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ + Index *pJ = pTabItem->pTab->pIndex; + iIndexCur = iAuxArg; + assert( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED ); + while( ALWAYS(pJ) && pJ!=pIx ){ + iIndexCur++; + pJ = pJ->pNext; + } + op = OP_OpenWrite; + pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] = iIndexCur; + }else if( iAuxArg && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 ){ + iIndexCur = iAuxArg; + if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_REOPEN_IDX ) op = OP_ReopenIdx; + }else{ + iIndexCur = pParse->nTab++; + } + pLevel->iIdxCur = iIndexCur; + assert( pIx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); + assert( iIndexCur>=0 ); + if( op ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iIndexCur, pIx->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIx); + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_CONSTRAINT)!=0 + && (pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_SKIPSCAN))==0 + && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)==0 + ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_SEEKEQ); /* Hint to COMDB2 */ + } + VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIx->zName)); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK + { + u64 colUsed = 0; + int ii, jj; + for(ii=0; ii<pIx->nColumn; ii++){ + jj = pIx->aiColumn[ii]; + if( jj<0 ) continue; + if( jj>63 ) jj = 63; + if( (pTabItem->colUsed & MASKBIT(jj))==0 ) continue; + colUsed |= ((u64)1)<<(ii<63 ? ii : 63); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_ColumnsUsed, iIndexCur, 0, 0, + (u8*)&colUsed, P4_INT64); + } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK */ + } + } + if( iDb>=0 ) sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + } + pWInfo->iTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; + + /* Generate the code to do the search. Each iteration of the for + ** loop below generates code for a single nested loop of the VM + ** program. + */ + notReady = ~(Bitmask)0; + for(ii=0; ii<nTabList; ii++){ + int addrExplain; + int wsFlags; + pLevel = &pWInfo->a[ii]; + wsFlags = pLevel->pWLoop->wsFlags; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX + if( (pLevel->pWLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 ){ + constructAutomaticIndex(pParse, &pWInfo->sWC, + &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom], notReady, pLevel); + if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; + } +#endif + addrExplain = sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan( + pParse, pTabList, pLevel, ii, pLevel->iFrom, wctrlFlags + ); + pLevel->addrBody = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + notReady = sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart(pWInfo, ii, notReady); + pWInfo->iContinue = pLevel->addrCont; + if( (wsFlags&WHERE_MULTI_OR)==0 && (wctrlFlags&WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)==0 ){ + sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus(v, pTabList, pLevel, addrExplain); + } + } + + /* Done. */ + VdbeModuleComment((v, "Begin WHERE-core")); + return pWInfo; + + /* Jump here if malloc fails */ +whereBeginError: + if( pWInfo ){ + pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop; + whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo); + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Generate the end of the WHERE loop. See comments on +** sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ + Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + WhereLevel *pLevel; + WhereLoop *pLoop; + SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + /* Generate loop termination code. + */ + VdbeModuleComment((v, "End WHERE-core")); + sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse); + for(i=pWInfo->nLevel-1; i>=0; i--){ + int addr; + pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i]; + pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrCont); + if( pLevel->op!=OP_Noop ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, pLevel->op, pLevel->p1, pLevel->p2, pLevel->p3); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pLevel->p5); + VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_Next); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_Prev); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_VNext); + } + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE && pLevel->u.in.nIn>0 ){ + struct InLoop *pIn; + int j; + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrNxt); + for(j=pLevel->u.in.nIn, pIn=&pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[j-1]; j>0; j--, pIn--){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop+1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp, pIn->iCur, pIn->addrInTop); + VdbeCoverage(v); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp==OP_PrevIfOpen); + VdbeCoverageIf(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp==OP_NextIfOpen); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop-1); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrBrk); + if( pLevel->addrSkip ){ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, pLevel->addrSkip); + VdbeComment((v, "next skip-scan on %s", pLoop->u.btree.pIndex->zName)); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pLevel->addrSkip); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pLevel->addrSkip-2); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS + if( pLevel->addrLikeRep ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_DecrJumpZero, (int)(pLevel->iLikeRepCntr>>1), + pLevel->addrLikeRep); + VdbeCoverage(v); + } +#endif + if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){ + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, pLevel->iLeftJoin); VdbeCoverage(v); + assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 + || (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ); + if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor); + } + if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur); + } + if( pLevel->op==OP_Return ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pLevel->p1, pLevel->addrFirst); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, pLevel->addrFirst); + } + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + } + VdbeModuleComment((v, "End WHERE-loop%d: %s", i, + pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].pTab->zName)); + } + + /* The "break" point is here, just past the end of the outer loop. + ** Set it. + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pWInfo->iBreak); + + assert( pWInfo->nLevel<=pTabList->nSrc ); + for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<pWInfo->nLevel; i++, pLevel++){ + int k, last; + VdbeOp *pOp; + Index *pIdx = 0; + struct SrcList_item *pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; + Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab; + assert( pTab!=0 ); + pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; + + /* For a co-routine, change all OP_Column references to the table of + ** the co-routine into OP_Copy of result contained in a register. + ** OP_Rowid becomes OP_Null. + */ + if( pTabItem->fg.viaCoroutine && !db->mallocFailed ){ + translateColumnToCopy(v, pLevel->addrBody, pLevel->iTabCur, + pTabItem->regResult, 0); + continue; + } + + /* Close all of the cursors that were opened by sqlite3WhereBegin. + ** Except, do not close cursors that will be reused by the OR optimization + ** (WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE). And do not close the OP_OpenWrite cursors + ** created for the ONEPASS optimization. + */ + if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0 + && pTab->pSelect==0 + && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN_CLOSE)==0 + ){ + int ws = pLoop->wsFlags; + if( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF && (ws & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pTabItem->iCursor); + } + if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 + && (ws & (WHERE_IPK|WHERE_AUTO_INDEX))==0 + && pLevel->iIdxCur!=pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] + ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iIdxCur); + } + } + + /* If this scan uses an index, make VDBE code substitutions to read data + ** from the index instead of from the table where possible. In some cases + ** this optimization prevents the table from ever being read, which can + ** yield a significant performance boost. + ** + ** Calls to the code generator in between sqlite3WhereBegin and + ** sqlite3WhereEnd will have created code that references the table + ** directly. This loop scans all that code looking for opcodes + ** that reference the table and converts them into opcodes that + ** reference the index. + */ + if( pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_INDEXED|WHERE_IDX_ONLY) ){ + pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; + }else if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){ + pIdx = pLevel->u.pCovidx; + } + if( pIdx + && (pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF || !HasRowid(pIdx->pTable)) + && !db->mallocFailed + ){ + last = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + k = pLevel->addrBody; + pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, k); + for(; k<last; k++, pOp++){ + if( pOp->p1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue; + if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){ + int x = pOp->p2; + assert( pIdx->pTable==pTab ); + if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){ + Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); + x = pPk->aiColumn[x]; + assert( x>=0 ); + } + x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, x); + if( x>=0 ){ + pOp->p2 = x; + pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; + } + assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 || x>=0 ); + }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){ + pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; + pOp->opcode = OP_IdxRowid; + } + } + } + } + + /* Final cleanup + */ + pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop; + whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo); + return; +} + +/************** End of where.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file parse.c *******************************************/ +/* +** 2000-05-29 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Driver template for the LEMON parser generator. +** +** The "lemon" program processes an LALR(1) input grammar file, then uses +** this template to construct a parser. The "lemon" program inserts text +** at each "%%" line. Also, any "P-a-r-s-e" identifer prefix (without the +** interstitial "-" characters) contained in this template is changed into +** the value of the %name directive from the grammar. Otherwise, the content +** of this template is copied straight through into the generate parser +** source file. +** +** The following is the concatenation of all %include directives from the +** input grammar file: +*/ +/* #include <stdio.h> */ +/************ Begin %include sections from the grammar ************************/ + +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +/* +** Disable all error recovery processing in the parser push-down +** automaton. +*/ +#define YYNOERRORRECOVERY 1 + +/* +** Make yytestcase() the same as testcase() +*/ +#define yytestcase(X) testcase(X) + +/* +** Indicate that sqlite3ParserFree() will never be called with a null +** pointer. +*/ +#define YYPARSEFREENEVERNULL 1 + +/* +** Alternative datatype for the argument to the malloc() routine passed +** into sqlite3ParserAlloc(). The default is size_t. +*/ +#define YYMALLOCARGTYPE u64 + +/* +** An instance of this structure holds information about the +** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement. +*/ +struct LimitVal { + Expr *pLimit; /* The LIMIT expression. NULL if there is no limit */ + Expr *pOffset; /* The OFFSET expression. NULL if there is none */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of this structure is used to store the LIKE, +** GLOB, NOT LIKE, and NOT GLOB operators. +*/ +struct LikeOp { + Token eOperator; /* "like" or "glob" or "regexp" */ + int bNot; /* True if the NOT keyword is present */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a +** TRIGGER. "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, +** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD. If the event is of the form +** +** UPDATE ON (a,b,c) +** +** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c". +*/ +struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; }; + +/* +** An instance of this structure holds the ATTACH key and the key type. +*/ +struct AttachKey { int type; Token key; }; + +/* +** Disable lookaside memory allocation for objects that might be +** shared across database connections. +*/ +static void disableLookaside(Parse *pParse){ + pParse->disableLookaside++; + pParse->db->lookaside.bDisable++; +} + + + /* + ** For a compound SELECT statement, make sure p->pPrior->pNext==p for + ** all elements in the list. And make sure list length does not exceed + ** SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT. + */ + static void parserDoubleLinkSelect(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ + if( p->pPrior ){ + Select *pNext = 0, *pLoop; + int mxSelect, cnt = 0; + for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pNext=pLoop, pLoop=pLoop->pPrior, cnt++){ + pLoop->pNext = pNext; + pLoop->selFlags |= SF_Compound; + } + if( (p->selFlags & SF_MultiValue)==0 && + (mxSelect = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT])>0 && + cnt>mxSelect + ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in compound SELECT"); + } + } + } + + /* This is a utility routine used to set the ExprSpan.zStart and + ** ExprSpan.zEnd values of pOut so that the span covers the complete + ** range of text beginning with pStart and going to the end of pEnd. + */ + static void spanSet(ExprSpan *pOut, Token *pStart, Token *pEnd){ + pOut->zStart = pStart->z; + pOut->zEnd = &pEnd->z[pEnd->n]; + } + + /* Construct a new Expr object from a single identifier. Use the + ** new Expr to populate pOut. Set the span of pOut to be the identifier + ** that created the expression. + */ + static void spanExpr(ExprSpan *pOut, Parse *pParse, int op, Token t){ + pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, 0, 0, &t); + pOut->zStart = t.z; + pOut->zEnd = &t.z[t.n]; + } + + /* This routine constructs a binary expression node out of two ExprSpan + ** objects and uses the result to populate a new ExprSpan object. + */ + static void spanBinaryExpr( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context. Errors accumulate here */ + int op, /* The binary operation */ + ExprSpan *pLeft, /* The left operand, and output */ + ExprSpan *pRight /* The right operand */ + ){ + pLeft->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pLeft->pExpr, pRight->pExpr, 0); + pLeft->zEnd = pRight->zEnd; + } + + /* If doNot is true, then add a TK_NOT Expr-node wrapper around the + ** outside of *ppExpr. + */ + static void exprNot(Parse *pParse, int doNot, ExprSpan *pSpan){ + if( doNot ){ + pSpan->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pSpan->pExpr, 0, 0); + } + } + + /* Construct an expression node for a unary postfix operator + */ + static void spanUnaryPostfix( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context to record errors */ + int op, /* The operator */ + ExprSpan *pOperand, /* The operand, and output */ + Token *pPostOp /* The operand token for setting the span */ + ){ + pOperand->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0); + pOperand->zEnd = &pPostOp->z[pPostOp->n]; + } + + /* A routine to convert a binary TK_IS or TK_ISNOT expression into a + ** unary TK_ISNULL or TK_NOTNULL expression. */ + static void binaryToUnaryIfNull(Parse *pParse, Expr *pY, Expr *pA, int op){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( pA && pY && pY->op==TK_NULL ){ + pA->op = (u8)op; + sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pA->pRight); + pA->pRight = 0; + } + } + + /* Construct an expression node for a unary prefix operator + */ + static void spanUnaryPrefix( + ExprSpan *pOut, /* Write the new expression node here */ + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context to record errors */ + int op, /* The operator */ + ExprSpan *pOperand, /* The operand */ + Token *pPreOp /* The operand token for setting the span */ + ){ + pOut->zStart = pPreOp->z; + pOut->pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, op, pOperand->pExpr, 0, 0); + pOut->zEnd = pOperand->zEnd; + } + + /* Add a single new term to an ExprList that is used to store a + ** list of identifiers. Report an error if the ID list contains + ** a COLLATE clause or an ASC or DESC keyword, except ignore the + ** error while parsing a legacy schema. + */ + static ExprList *parserAddExprIdListTerm( + Parse *pParse, + ExprList *pPrior, + Token *pIdToken, + int hasCollate, + int sortOrder + ){ + ExprList *p = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pPrior, 0); + if( (hasCollate || sortOrder!=SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED) + && pParse->db->init.busy==0 + ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "syntax error after column name \"%.*s\"", + pIdToken->n, pIdToken->z); + } + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, p, pIdToken, 1); + return p; + } +/**************** End of %include directives **********************************/ +/* These constants specify the various numeric values for terminal symbols +** in a format understandable to "makeheaders". This section is blank unless +** "lemon" is run with the "-m" command-line option. +***************** Begin makeheaders token definitions *************************/ +/**************** End makeheaders token definitions ***************************/ + +/* The next sections is a series of control #defines. +** various aspects of the generated parser. +** YYCODETYPE is the data type used to store the integer codes +** that represent terminal and non-terminal symbols. +** "unsigned char" is used if there are fewer than +** 256 symbols. Larger types otherwise. +** YYNOCODE is a number of type YYCODETYPE that is not used for +** any terminal or nonterminal symbol. +** YYFALLBACK If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens +** (also known as: "terminal symbols") have fall-back +** values which should be used if the original symbol +** would not parse. This permits keywords to sometimes +** be used as identifiers, for example. +** YYACTIONTYPE is the data type used for "action codes" - numbers +** that indicate what to do in response to the next +** token. +** sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE is the data type used for minor type for terminal +** symbols. Background: A "minor type" is a semantic +** value associated with a terminal or non-terminal +** symbols. For example, for an "ID" terminal symbol, +** the minor type might be the name of the identifier. +** Each non-terminal can have a different minor type. +** Terminal symbols all have the same minor type, though. +** This macros defines the minor type for terminal +** symbols. +** YYMINORTYPE is the data type used for all minor types. +** This is typically a union of many types, one of +** which is sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE. The entry in the union +** for terminal symbols is called "yy0". +** YYSTACKDEPTH is the maximum depth of the parser's stack. If +** zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc() +** sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument +** sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument +** sqlite3ParserARG_STORE Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser +** sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser +** YYERRORSYMBOL is the code number of the error symbol. If not +** defined, then do no error processing. +** YYNSTATE the combined number of states. +** YYNRULE the number of rules in the grammar +** YY_MAX_SHIFT Maximum value for shift actions +** YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE Minimum value for shift-reduce actions +** YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE Maximum value for shift-reduce actions +** YY_MIN_REDUCE Maximum value for reduce actions +** YY_ERROR_ACTION The yy_action[] code for syntax error +** YY_ACCEPT_ACTION The yy_action[] code for accept +** YY_NO_ACTION The yy_action[] code for no-op +*/ +#ifndef INTERFACE +# define INTERFACE 1 +#endif +/************* Begin control #defines *****************************************/ +#define YYCODETYPE unsigned char +#define YYNOCODE 251 +#define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int +#define YYWILDCARD 96 +#define sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token +typedef union { + int yyinit; + sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0; + struct LimitVal yy64; + Expr* yy122; + Select* yy159; + IdList* yy180; + struct {int value; int mask;} yy207; + struct LikeOp yy318; + TriggerStep* yy327; + With* yy331; + ExprSpan yy342; + SrcList* yy347; + int yy392; + struct TrigEvent yy410; + ExprList* yy442; +} YYMINORTYPE; +#ifndef YYSTACKDEPTH +#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100 +#endif +#define sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL Parse *pParse; +#define sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL ,Parse *pParse +#define sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Parse *pParse = yypParser->pParse +#define sqlite3ParserARG_STORE yypParser->pParse = pParse +#define YYFALLBACK 1 +#define YYNSTATE 440 +#define YYNRULE 326 +#define YY_MAX_SHIFT 439 +#define YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE 649 +#define YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE 974 +#define YY_MIN_REDUCE 975 +#define YY_MAX_REDUCE 1300 +#define YY_ERROR_ACTION 1301 +#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION 1302 +#define YY_NO_ACTION 1303 +/************* End control #defines *******************************************/ + +/* Define the yytestcase() macro to be a no-op if is not already defined +** otherwise. +** +** Applications can choose to define yytestcase() in the %include section +** to a macro that can assist in verifying code coverage. For production +** code the yytestcase() macro should be turned off. But it is useful +** for testing. +*/ +#ifndef yytestcase +# define yytestcase(X) +#endif + + +/* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the +** current state and lookahead token. These tables are used to implement +** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an +** action integer. +** +** Suppose the action integer is N. Then the action is determined as +** follows +** +** 0 <= N <= YY_MAX_SHIFT Shift N. That is, push the lookahead +** token onto the stack and goto state N. +** +** N between YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE Shift to an arbitrary state then +** and YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE reduce by rule N-YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE. +** +** N between YY_MIN_REDUCE Reduce by rule N-YY_MIN_REDUCE +** and YY_MAX_REDUCE + +** N == YY_ERROR_ACTION A syntax error has occurred. +** +** N == YY_ACCEPT_ACTION The parser accepts its input. +** +** N == YY_NO_ACTION No such action. Denotes unused +** slots in the yy_action[] table. +** +** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[]. +** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as +** +** yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ] +** +** If the index value yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value +** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if yy_shift_ofst[S] +** is equal to YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table +** and that yy_default[S] should be used instead. +** +** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is +** a terminal symbol. If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after +** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of +** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of +** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT. +** +** The following are the tables generated in this section: +** +** yy_action[] A single table containing all actions. +** yy_lookahead[] A table containing the lookahead for each entry in +** yy_action. Used to detect hash collisions. +** yy_shift_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for +** shifting terminals. +** yy_reduce_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for +** shifting non-terminals after a reduce. +** yy_default[] Default action for each state. +** +*********** Begin parsing tables **********************************************/ +#define YY_ACTTAB_COUNT (1501) +static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = { + /* 0 */ 315, 810, 339, 804, 5, 194, 194, 798, 92, 93, + /* 10 */ 83, 819, 819, 831, 834, 823, 823, 90, 90, 91, + /* 20 */ 91, 91, 91, 290, 89, 89, 89, 89, 88, 88, + /* 30 */ 87, 87, 87, 86, 339, 315, 952, 952, 803, 803, + /* 40 */ 803, 922, 342, 92, 93, 83, 819, 819, 831, 834, + /* 50 */ 823, 823, 90, 90, 91, 91, 91, 91, 123, 89, + /* 60 */ 89, 89, 89, 88, 88, 87, 87, 87, 86, 339, + /* 70 */ 88, 88, 87, 87, 87, 86, 339, 772, 952, 952, + /* 80 */ 315, 87, 87, 87, 86, 339, 773, 68, 92, 93, + /* 90 */ 83, 819, 819, 831, 834, 823, 823, 90, 90, 91, + /* 100 */ 91, 91, 91, 434, 89, 89, 89, 89, 88, 88, + /* 110 */ 87, 87, 87, 86, 339, 1302, 146, 921, 2, 315, + /* 120 */ 427, 24, 679, 953, 48, 86, 339, 92, 93, 83, + /* 130 */ 819, 819, 831, 834, 823, 823, 90, 90, 91, 91, + /* 140 */ 91, 91, 94, 89, 89, 89, 89, 88, 88, 87, + /* 150 */ 87, 87, 86, 339, 933, 933, 315, 259, 412, 398, + /* 160 */ 396, 57, 733, 733, 92, 93, 83, 819, 819, 831, + /* 170 */ 834, 823, 823, 90, 90, 91, 91, 91, 91, 56, + /* 180 */ 89, 89, 89, 89, 88, 88, 87, 87, 87, 86, + /* 190 */ 339, 315, 1245, 922, 342, 268, 934, 935, 241, 92, + /* 200 */ 93, 83, 819, 819, 831, 834, 823, 823, 90, 90, + /* 210 */ 91, 91, 91, 91, 291, 89, 89, 89, 89, 88, + /* 220 */ 88, 87, 87, 87, 86, 339, 315, 913, 1295, 682, + /* 230 */ 687, 1295, 233, 397, 92, 93, 83, 819, 819, 831, + /* 240 */ 834, 823, 823, 90, 90, 91, 91, 91, 91, 326, + /* 250 */ 89, 89, 89, 89, 88, 88, 87, 87, 87, 86, + /* 260 */ 339, 315, 85, 82, 168, 680, 431, 938, 939, 92, + /* 270 */ 93, 83, 819, 819, 831, 834, 823, 823, 90, 90, + /* 280 */ 91, 91, 91, 91, 291, 89, 89, 89, 89, 88, + /* 290 */ 88, 87, 87, 87, 86, 339, 315, 319, 913, 1296, + /* 300 */ 797, 911, 1296, 681, 92, 93, 83, 819, 819, 831, + /* 310 */ 834, 823, 823, 90, 90, 91, 91, 91, 91, 335, + /* 320 */ 89, 89, 89, 89, 88, 88, 87, 87, 87, 86, + /* 330 */ 339, 315, 876, 876, 373, 85, 82, 168, 944, 92, + /* 340 */ 93, 83, 819, 819, 831, 834, 823, 823, 90, 90, + /* 350 */ 91, 91, 91, 91, 896, 89, 89, 89, 89, 88, + /* 360 */ 88, 87, 87, 87, 86, 339, 315, 370, 307, 973, + /* 370 */ 367, 1, 911, 433, 92, 93, 83, 819, 819, 831, + /* 380 */ 834, 823, 823, 90, 90, 91, 91, 91, 91, 189, + /* 390 */ 89, 89, 89, 89, 88, 88, 87, 87, 87, 86, + /* 400 */ 339, 315, 720, 948, 933, 933, 149, 718, 948, 92, + /* 410 */ 93, 83, 819, 819, 831, 834, 823, 823, 90, 90, + /* 420 */ 91, 91, 91, 91, 434, 89, 89, 89, 89, 88, + /* 430 */ 88, 87, 87, 87, 86, 339, 338, 938, 939, 947, + /* 440 */ 694, 940, 974, 315, 953, 48, 934, 935, 715, 689, + /* 450 */ 71, 92, 93, 83, 819, 819, 831, 834, 823, 823, + /* 460 */ 90, 90, 91, 91, 91, 91, 320, 89, 89, 89, + /* 470 */ 89, 88, 88, 87, 87, 87, 86, 339, 315, 412, + /* 480 */ 403, 820, 820, 832, 835, 74, 92, 81, 83, 819, + /* 490 */ 819, 831, 834, 823, 823, 90, 90, 91, 91, 91, + /* 500 */ 91, 698, 89, 89, 89, 89, 88, 88, 87, 87, + /* 510 */ 87, 86, 339, 315, 259, 654, 655, 656, 393, 111, + /* 520 */ 331, 153, 93, 83, 819, 819, 831, 834, 823, 823, + /* 530 */ 90, 90, 91, 91, 91, 91, 434, 89, 89, 89, + /* 540 */ 89, 88, 88, 87, 87, 87, 86, 339, 315, 188, + /* 550 */ 187, 186, 824, 937, 328, 219, 953, 48, 83, 819, + /* 560 */ 819, 831, 834, 823, 823, 90, 90, 91, 91, 91, + /* 570 */ 91, 956, 89, 89, 89, 89, 88, 88, 87, 87, + /* 580 */ 87, 86, 339, 79, 429, 738, 3, 1174, 955, 348, + /* 590 */ 737, 332, 792, 933, 933, 937, 79, 429, 730, 3, + /* 600 */ 203, 160, 278, 391, 273, 390, 190, 892, 434, 400, + /* 610 */ 741, 76, 77, 271, 287, 253, 353, 242, 78, 340, + /* 620 */ 340, 85, 82, 168, 76, 77, 233, 397, 953, 48, + /* 630 */ 432, 78, 340, 340, 277, 934, 935, 185, 439, 651, + /* 640 */ 388, 385, 384, 432, 234, 276, 107, 418, 349, 337, + /* 650 */ 336, 383, 893, 728, 215, 949, 123, 971, 308, 810, + /* 660 */ 418, 436, 435, 412, 394, 798, 400, 873, 894, 123, + /* 670 */ 721, 872, 810, 889, 436, 435, 215, 949, 798, 351, + /* 680 */ 722, 697, 380, 434, 771, 371, 22, 434, 400, 79, + /* 690 */ 429, 232, 3, 189, 413, 870, 803, 803, 803, 805, + /* 700 */ 18, 54, 148, 953, 48, 956, 113, 953, 9, 803, + /* 710 */ 803, 803, 805, 18, 310, 123, 748, 76, 77, 742, + /* 720 */ 123, 325, 955, 866, 78, 340, 340, 113, 350, 359, + /* 730 */ 85, 82, 168, 343, 960, 960, 432, 770, 412, 414, + /* 740 */ 407, 23, 1240, 1240, 79, 429, 357, 3, 166, 91, + /* 750 */ 91, 91, 91, 418, 89, 89, 89, 89, 88, 88, + /* 760 */ 87, 87, 87, 86, 339, 810, 434, 436, 435, 792, + /* 770 */ 320, 798, 76, 77, 789, 271, 123, 434, 360, 78, + /* 780 */ 340, 340, 864, 85, 82, 168, 953, 9, 395, 743, + /* 790 */ 360, 432, 253, 358, 252, 933, 933, 953, 30, 889, + /* 800 */ 327, 216, 803, 803, 803, 805, 18, 113, 418, 89, + /* 810 */ 89, 89, 89, 88, 88, 87, 87, 87, 86, 339, + /* 820 */ 810, 113, 436, 435, 792, 185, 798, 288, 388, 385, + /* 830 */ 384, 123, 113, 920, 2, 796, 696, 934, 935, 383, + /* 840 */ 69, 429, 434, 3, 218, 110, 738, 253, 358, 252, + /* 850 */ 434, 737, 933, 933, 892, 359, 222, 803, 803, 803, + /* 860 */ 805, 18, 953, 47, 933, 933, 933, 933, 76, 77, + /* 870 */ 953, 9, 366, 904, 217, 78, 340, 340, 677, 305, + /* 880 */ 304, 303, 206, 301, 224, 259, 664, 432, 337, 336, + /* 890 */ 434, 228, 247, 144, 934, 935, 933, 933, 667, 893, + /* 900 */ 324, 1259, 96, 434, 418, 796, 934, 935, 934, 935, + /* 910 */ 953, 48, 401, 148, 289, 894, 810, 417, 436, 435, + /* 920 */ 677, 759, 798, 953, 9, 314, 220, 162, 161, 170, + /* 930 */ 402, 239, 953, 8, 194, 683, 683, 410, 934, 935, + /* 940 */ 238, 959, 933, 933, 225, 408, 945, 365, 957, 212, + /* 950 */ 958, 172, 757, 803, 803, 803, 805, 18, 173, 365, + /* 960 */ 176, 123, 171, 113, 244, 952, 246, 434, 356, 796, + /* 970 */ 372, 365, 236, 960, 960, 810, 290, 804, 191, 165, + /* 980 */ 852, 798, 259, 316, 934, 935, 237, 953, 34, 404, + /* 990 */ 91, 91, 91, 91, 84, 89, 89, 89, 89, 88, + /* 1000 */ 88, 87, 87, 87, 86, 339, 701, 952, 434, 240, + /* 1010 */ 347, 758, 803, 803, 803, 434, 245, 1179, 434, 389, + /* 1020 */ 434, 376, 434, 895, 167, 434, 405, 702, 953, 35, + /* 1030 */ 673, 321, 221, 434, 333, 953, 11, 434, 953, 26, + /* 1040 */ 953, 36, 953, 37, 251, 953, 38, 434, 259, 434, + /* 1050 */ 757, 434, 329, 953, 27, 434, 223, 953, 28, 434, + /* 1060 */ 690, 434, 67, 434, 65, 434, 862, 953, 39, 953, + /* 1070 */ 40, 953, 41, 423, 434, 953, 10, 434, 772, 953, + /* 1080 */ 42, 953, 98, 953, 43, 953, 44, 773, 434, 346, + /* 1090 */ 434, 75, 434, 73, 953, 31, 434, 953, 45, 434, + /* 1100 */ 259, 434, 690, 434, 757, 434, 887, 434, 953, 46, + /* 1110 */ 953, 32, 953, 115, 434, 266, 953, 116, 951, 953, + /* 1120 */ 117, 953, 52, 953, 33, 953, 99, 953, 49, 726, + /* 1130 */ 434, 909, 434, 19, 953, 100, 434, 344, 434, 113, + /* 1140 */ 434, 258, 692, 434, 259, 434, 670, 434, 20, 434, + /* 1150 */ 953, 101, 953, 97, 434, 259, 953, 114, 953, 112, + /* 1160 */ 953, 105, 113, 953, 104, 953, 102, 953, 103, 953, + /* 1170 */ 51, 434, 148, 434, 953, 53, 167, 434, 259, 113, + /* 1180 */ 300, 307, 912, 363, 311, 860, 248, 261, 209, 264, + /* 1190 */ 416, 953, 50, 953, 25, 420, 727, 953, 29, 430, + /* 1200 */ 321, 424, 757, 428, 322, 124, 1269, 214, 165, 710, + /* 1210 */ 859, 908, 806, 794, 309, 158, 193, 361, 254, 723, + /* 1220 */ 364, 67, 381, 269, 735, 199, 67, 70, 113, 700, + /* 1230 */ 699, 707, 708, 884, 113, 766, 113, 855, 193, 883, + /* 1240 */ 199, 869, 869, 675, 868, 868, 109, 368, 255, 260, + /* 1250 */ 263, 280, 859, 265, 806, 974, 267, 711, 695, 272, + /* 1260 */ 764, 282, 795, 284, 150, 744, 755, 415, 292, 293, + /* 1270 */ 802, 678, 672, 661, 660, 662, 927, 6, 306, 386, + /* 1280 */ 352, 786, 243, 250, 886, 362, 163, 286, 419, 298, + /* 1290 */ 930, 159, 968, 196, 126, 903, 901, 965, 55, 58, + /* 1300 */ 323, 275, 857, 136, 147, 694, 856, 121, 65, 354, + /* 1310 */ 355, 379, 175, 61, 151, 369, 180, 871, 375, 129, + /* 1320 */ 257, 756, 210, 181, 145, 131, 132, 377, 262, 663, + /* 1330 */ 133, 134, 139, 783, 791, 182, 392, 183, 312, 330, + /* 1340 */ 714, 888, 713, 851, 692, 195, 712, 406, 686, 705, + /* 1350 */ 313, 685, 64, 839, 274, 72, 684, 334, 942, 95, + /* 1360 */ 752, 279, 281, 704, 753, 751, 422, 283, 411, 750, + /* 1370 */ 426, 66, 204, 409, 21, 285, 928, 669, 437, 205, + /* 1380 */ 207, 208, 438, 658, 657, 652, 118, 108, 119, 226, + /* 1390 */ 650, 341, 157, 235, 169, 345, 106, 734, 790, 296, + /* 1400 */ 294, 295, 120, 297, 867, 865, 127, 128, 130, 724, + /* 1410 */ 229, 174, 249, 882, 137, 230, 138, 135, 885, 231, + /* 1420 */ 59, 60, 177, 881, 7, 178, 12, 179, 256, 874, + /* 1430 */ 140, 193, 962, 374, 141, 152, 666, 378, 276, 184, + /* 1440 */ 270, 122, 142, 382, 387, 62, 13, 14, 703, 63, + /* 1450 */ 125, 317, 318, 227, 809, 808, 837, 732, 15, 164, + /* 1460 */ 736, 4, 765, 211, 399, 213, 192, 143, 760, 70, + /* 1470 */ 67, 16, 17, 838, 836, 891, 841, 890, 198, 197, + /* 1480 */ 917, 154, 421, 923, 918, 155, 200, 977, 425, 840, + /* 1490 */ 156, 201, 807, 676, 80, 302, 299, 977, 202, 1261, + /* 1500 */ 1260, +}; +static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = { + /* 0 */ 19, 95, 53, 97, 22, 24, 24, 101, 27, 28, + /* 10 */ 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, + /* 20 */ 39, 40, 41, 152, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, + /* 30 */ 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 19, 55, 55, 132, 133, + /* 40 */ 134, 1, 2, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, + /* 50 */ 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 92, 43, + /* 60 */ 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, + /* 70 */ 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 61, 97, 97, + /* 80 */ 19, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 70, 26, 27, 28, + /* 90 */ 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, + /* 100 */ 39, 40, 41, 152, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, + /* 110 */ 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 144, 145, 146, 147, 19, + /* 120 */ 249, 22, 172, 172, 173, 52, 53, 27, 28, 29, + /* 130 */ 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, + /* 140 */ 40, 41, 81, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, + /* 150 */ 50, 51, 52, 53, 55, 56, 19, 152, 207, 208, + /* 160 */ 115, 24, 117, 118, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, + /* 170 */ 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 79, + /* 180 */ 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, + /* 190 */ 53, 19, 0, 1, 2, 23, 97, 98, 193, 27, + /* 200 */ 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, + /* 210 */ 38, 39, 40, 41, 152, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, + /* 220 */ 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 19, 22, 23, 172, + /* 230 */ 23, 26, 119, 120, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, + /* 240 */ 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 187, + /* 250 */ 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, + /* 260 */ 53, 19, 221, 222, 223, 23, 168, 169, 170, 27, + /* 270 */ 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, + /* 280 */ 38, 39, 40, 41, 152, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, + /* 290 */ 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 19, 157, 22, 23, + /* 300 */ 23, 96, 26, 172, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, + /* 310 */ 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 187, + /* 320 */ 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, + /* 330 */ 53, 19, 108, 109, 110, 221, 222, 223, 185, 27, + /* 340 */ 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, + /* 350 */ 38, 39, 40, 41, 240, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, + /* 360 */ 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 19, 227, 22, 23, + /* 370 */ 230, 22, 96, 152, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, + /* 380 */ 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 30, + /* 390 */ 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, + /* 400 */ 53, 19, 190, 191, 55, 56, 24, 190, 191, 27, + /* 410 */ 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, + /* 420 */ 38, 39, 40, 41, 152, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, + /* 430 */ 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 168, 169, 170, 179, + /* 440 */ 180, 171, 96, 19, 172, 173, 97, 98, 188, 179, + /* 450 */ 138, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, + /* 460 */ 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 107, 43, 44, 45, + /* 470 */ 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 19, 207, + /* 480 */ 208, 30, 31, 32, 33, 138, 27, 28, 29, 30, + /* 490 */ 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, + /* 500 */ 41, 181, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, + /* 510 */ 51, 52, 53, 19, 152, 7, 8, 9, 49, 22, + /* 520 */ 19, 24, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, + /* 530 */ 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 152, 43, 44, 45, + /* 540 */ 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 19, 108, + /* 550 */ 109, 110, 101, 55, 53, 193, 172, 173, 29, 30, + /* 560 */ 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, + /* 570 */ 41, 152, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, + /* 580 */ 51, 52, 53, 19, 20, 116, 22, 23, 169, 170, + /* 590 */ 121, 207, 85, 55, 56, 97, 19, 20, 195, 22, + /* 600 */ 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 12, 152, 206, + /* 610 */ 210, 47, 48, 112, 152, 108, 109, 110, 54, 55, + /* 620 */ 56, 221, 222, 223, 47, 48, 119, 120, 172, 173, + /* 630 */ 66, 54, 55, 56, 101, 97, 98, 99, 148, 149, + /* 640 */ 102, 103, 104, 66, 154, 112, 156, 83, 229, 47, + /* 650 */ 48, 113, 57, 163, 194, 195, 92, 246, 247, 95, + /* 660 */ 83, 97, 98, 207, 208, 101, 206, 59, 73, 92, + /* 670 */ 75, 63, 95, 163, 97, 98, 194, 195, 101, 219, + /* 680 */ 85, 181, 19, 152, 175, 77, 196, 152, 206, 19, + /* 690 */ 20, 199, 22, 30, 163, 11, 132, 133, 134, 135, + /* 700 */ 136, 209, 152, 172, 173, 152, 196, 172, 173, 132, + /* 710 */ 133, 134, 135, 136, 164, 92, 213, 47, 48, 49, + /* 720 */ 92, 186, 169, 170, 54, 55, 56, 196, 100, 219, + /* 730 */ 221, 222, 223, 243, 132, 133, 66, 175, 207, 208, + /* 740 */ 152, 231, 119, 120, 19, 20, 236, 22, 152, 38, + /* 750 */ 39, 40, 41, 83, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, + /* 760 */ 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 95, 152, 97, 98, 85, + /* 770 */ 107, 101, 47, 48, 163, 112, 92, 152, 152, 54, + /* 780 */ 55, 56, 229, 221, 222, 223, 172, 173, 163, 49, + /* 790 */ 152, 66, 108, 109, 110, 55, 56, 172, 173, 163, + /* 800 */ 186, 22, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 196, 83, 43, + /* 810 */ 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, + /* 820 */ 95, 196, 97, 98, 85, 99, 101, 152, 102, 103, + /* 830 */ 104, 92, 196, 146, 147, 152, 181, 97, 98, 113, + /* 840 */ 19, 20, 152, 22, 218, 22, 116, 108, 109, 110, + /* 850 */ 152, 121, 55, 56, 12, 219, 218, 132, 133, 134, + /* 860 */ 135, 136, 172, 173, 55, 56, 55, 56, 47, 48, + /* 870 */ 172, 173, 236, 152, 5, 54, 55, 56, 55, 10, + /* 880 */ 11, 12, 13, 14, 186, 152, 17, 66, 47, 48, + /* 890 */ 152, 210, 16, 84, 97, 98, 55, 56, 21, 57, + /* 900 */ 217, 122, 22, 152, 83, 152, 97, 98, 97, 98, + /* 910 */ 172, 173, 152, 152, 224, 73, 95, 75, 97, 98, + /* 920 */ 97, 124, 101, 172, 173, 164, 193, 47, 48, 60, + /* 930 */ 163, 62, 172, 173, 24, 55, 56, 186, 97, 98, + /* 940 */ 71, 100, 55, 56, 183, 207, 185, 152, 107, 23, + /* 950 */ 109, 82, 26, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 89, 152, + /* 960 */ 26, 92, 93, 196, 88, 55, 90, 152, 91, 152, + /* 970 */ 217, 152, 152, 132, 133, 95, 152, 97, 211, 212, + /* 980 */ 103, 101, 152, 114, 97, 98, 152, 172, 173, 19, + /* 990 */ 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, + /* 1000 */ 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 65, 97, 152, 152, + /* 1010 */ 141, 124, 132, 133, 134, 152, 140, 140, 152, 78, + /* 1020 */ 152, 233, 152, 193, 98, 152, 56, 86, 172, 173, + /* 1030 */ 166, 167, 237, 152, 217, 172, 173, 152, 172, 173, + /* 1040 */ 172, 173, 172, 173, 237, 172, 173, 152, 152, 152, + /* 1050 */ 124, 152, 111, 172, 173, 152, 237, 172, 173, 152, + /* 1060 */ 55, 152, 26, 152, 130, 152, 152, 172, 173, 172, + /* 1070 */ 173, 172, 173, 249, 152, 172, 173, 152, 61, 172, + /* 1080 */ 173, 172, 173, 172, 173, 172, 173, 70, 152, 193, + /* 1090 */ 152, 137, 152, 139, 172, 173, 152, 172, 173, 152, + /* 1100 */ 152, 152, 97, 152, 26, 152, 163, 152, 172, 173, + /* 1110 */ 172, 173, 172, 173, 152, 16, 172, 173, 26, 172, + /* 1120 */ 173, 172, 173, 172, 173, 172, 173, 172, 173, 163, + /* 1130 */ 152, 152, 152, 22, 172, 173, 152, 241, 152, 196, + /* 1140 */ 152, 193, 106, 152, 152, 152, 163, 152, 37, 152, + /* 1150 */ 172, 173, 172, 173, 152, 152, 172, 173, 172, 173, + /* 1160 */ 172, 173, 196, 172, 173, 172, 173, 172, 173, 172, + /* 1170 */ 173, 152, 152, 152, 172, 173, 98, 152, 152, 196, + /* 1180 */ 160, 22, 23, 19, 164, 193, 152, 88, 232, 90, + /* 1190 */ 191, 172, 173, 172, 173, 163, 193, 172, 173, 166, + /* 1200 */ 167, 163, 124, 163, 244, 245, 23, 211, 212, 26, + /* 1210 */ 55, 23, 55, 23, 26, 123, 26, 152, 23, 193, + /* 1220 */ 56, 26, 23, 23, 23, 26, 26, 26, 196, 100, + /* 1230 */ 101, 7, 8, 152, 196, 23, 196, 23, 26, 152, + /* 1240 */ 26, 132, 133, 23, 132, 133, 26, 152, 152, 152, + /* 1250 */ 152, 210, 97, 152, 97, 96, 152, 152, 152, 152, + /* 1260 */ 152, 210, 152, 210, 197, 152, 152, 152, 152, 152, + /* 1270 */ 152, 152, 152, 152, 152, 152, 152, 198, 150, 176, + /* 1280 */ 214, 201, 214, 238, 201, 238, 184, 214, 226, 200, + /* 1290 */ 155, 198, 67, 122, 242, 159, 159, 69, 239, 239, + /* 1300 */ 159, 175, 175, 22, 220, 180, 175, 27, 130, 18, + /* 1310 */ 159, 18, 158, 137, 220, 159, 158, 235, 74, 189, + /* 1320 */ 234, 159, 159, 158, 22, 192, 192, 177, 159, 159, + /* 1330 */ 192, 192, 189, 201, 189, 158, 107, 158, 177, 76, + /* 1340 */ 174, 201, 174, 201, 106, 159, 174, 125, 174, 182, + /* 1350 */ 177, 176, 107, 159, 174, 137, 174, 53, 174, 129, + /* 1360 */ 216, 215, 215, 182, 216, 216, 177, 215, 126, 216, + /* 1370 */ 177, 128, 25, 127, 26, 215, 13, 162, 161, 153, + /* 1380 */ 153, 6, 151, 151, 151, 151, 165, 178, 165, 178, + /* 1390 */ 4, 3, 22, 142, 15, 94, 16, 205, 120, 202, + /* 1400 */ 204, 203, 165, 201, 23, 23, 131, 111, 123, 20, + /* 1410 */ 225, 125, 16, 1, 131, 228, 111, 123, 56, 228, + /* 1420 */ 37, 37, 64, 1, 5, 122, 22, 107, 140, 80, + /* 1430 */ 80, 26, 87, 72, 107, 24, 20, 19, 112, 105, + /* 1440 */ 23, 68, 22, 79, 79, 22, 22, 22, 58, 22, + /* 1450 */ 245, 248, 248, 79, 23, 23, 23, 116, 22, 122, + /* 1460 */ 23, 22, 56, 23, 26, 23, 64, 22, 124, 26, + /* 1470 */ 26, 64, 64, 23, 23, 23, 11, 23, 22, 26, + /* 1480 */ 23, 22, 24, 1, 23, 22, 26, 250, 24, 23, + /* 1490 */ 22, 122, 23, 23, 22, 15, 23, 250, 122, 122, + /* 1500 */ 122, +}; +#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (-95) +#define YY_SHIFT_COUNT (439) +#define YY_SHIFT_MIN (-94) +#define YY_SHIFT_MAX (1482) +static const short yy_shift_ofst[] = { + /* 0 */ 40, 564, 869, 577, 725, 725, 725, 739, -19, 16, + /* 10 */ 16, 100, 725, 725, 725, 725, 725, 725, 725, 841, + /* 20 */ 841, 538, 507, 684, 623, 61, 137, 172, 207, 242, + /* 30 */ 277, 312, 347, 382, 424, 424, 424, 424, 424, 424, + /* 40 */ 424, 424, 424, 424, 424, 424, 424, 424, 424, 459, + /* 50 */ 424, 494, 529, 529, 670, 725, 725, 725, 725, 725, + /* 60 */ 725, 725, 725, 725, 725, 725, 725, 725, 725, 725, + /* 70 */ 725, 725, 725, 725, 725, 725, 725, 725, 725, 725, + /* 80 */ 725, 725, 725, 821, 725, 725, 725, 725, 725, 725, + /* 90 */ 725, 725, 725, 725, 725, 725, 725, 952, 711, 711, + /* 100 */ 711, 711, 711, 766, 23, 32, 811, 877, 663, 602, + /* 110 */ 602, 811, 73, 113, -51, -95, -95, -95, 501, 501, + /* 120 */ 501, 595, 595, 809, 205, 276, 811, 811, 811, 811, + /* 130 */ 811, 811, 811, 811, 811, 811, 811, 811, 811, 811, + /* 140 */ 811, 811, 811, 811, 811, 811, 192, 628, 498, 498, + /* 150 */ 113, -34, -34, -34, -34, -34, -34, -95, -95, -95, + /* 160 */ 880, -94, -94, 726, 740, 99, 797, 887, 349, 811, + /* 170 */ 811, 811, 811, 811, 811, 811, 811, 811, 811, 811, + /* 180 */ 811, 811, 811, 811, 811, 811, 941, 941, 941, 811, + /* 190 */ 811, 926, 811, 811, 811, -18, 811, 811, 842, 811, + /* 200 */ 811, 811, 811, 811, 811, 811, 811, 811, 811, 224, + /* 210 */ 608, 910, 910, 910, 1078, 45, 469, 508, 934, 970, + /* 220 */ 970, 1164, 934, 1164, 1036, 1183, 359, 1017, 970, 954, + /* 230 */ 1017, 1017, 1092, 730, 497, 1225, 1171, 1171, 1228, 1228, + /* 240 */ 1171, 1281, 1280, 1178, 1291, 1291, 1291, 1291, 1171, 1293, + /* 250 */ 1178, 1281, 1280, 1280, 1178, 1171, 1293, 1176, 1244, 1171, + /* 260 */ 1171, 1293, 1302, 1171, 1293, 1171, 1293, 1302, 1229, 1229, + /* 270 */ 1229, 1263, 1302, 1229, 1238, 1229, 1263, 1229, 1229, 1222, + /* 280 */ 1245, 1222, 1245, 1222, 1245, 1222, 1245, 1171, 1171, 1218, + /* 290 */ 1302, 1304, 1304, 1302, 1230, 1242, 1243, 1246, 1178, 1347, + /* 300 */ 1348, 1363, 1363, 1375, 1375, 1375, 1375, -95, -95, -95, + /* 310 */ -95, -95, -95, -95, -95, 451, 876, 346, 1159, 1099, + /* 320 */ 441, 823, 1188, 1111, 1190, 1195, 1199, 1200, 1005, 1129, + /* 330 */ 1224, 533, 1201, 1212, 1155, 1214, 1109, 1112, 1220, 1157, + /* 340 */ 779, 1386, 1388, 1370, 1251, 1379, 1301, 1380, 1381, 1382, + /* 350 */ 1278, 1275, 1296, 1285, 1389, 1286, 1396, 1412, 1294, 1283, + /* 360 */ 1383, 1384, 1305, 1362, 1358, 1303, 1422, 1419, 1404, 1320, + /* 370 */ 1288, 1349, 1405, 1350, 1345, 1361, 1327, 1411, 1416, 1418, + /* 380 */ 1326, 1334, 1420, 1364, 1423, 1424, 1417, 1425, 1365, 1390, + /* 390 */ 1427, 1374, 1373, 1431, 1432, 1433, 1341, 1436, 1437, 1439, + /* 400 */ 1438, 1337, 1440, 1442, 1406, 1402, 1445, 1344, 1443, 1407, + /* 410 */ 1444, 1408, 1443, 1450, 1451, 1452, 1453, 1454, 1456, 1465, + /* 420 */ 1457, 1459, 1458, 1460, 1461, 1463, 1464, 1460, 1466, 1468, + /* 430 */ 1469, 1470, 1472, 1369, 1376, 1377, 1378, 1473, 1480, 1482, +}; +#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-130) +#define YY_REDUCE_COUNT (314) +#define YY_REDUCE_MIN (-129) +#define YY_REDUCE_MAX (1237) +static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = { + /* 0 */ -29, 531, 490, 625, -49, 272, 456, 510, 400, 509, + /* 10 */ 562, 114, 535, 614, 698, 384, 738, 751, 690, 419, + /* 20 */ 553, 761, 460, 636, 767, 41, 41, 41, 41, 41, + /* 30 */ 41, 41, 41, 41, 41, 41, 41, 41, 41, 41, + /* 40 */ 41, 41, 41, 41, 41, 41, 41, 41, 41, 41, + /* 50 */ 41, 41, 41, 41, 760, 815, 856, 863, 866, 868, + /* 60 */ 870, 873, 881, 885, 895, 897, 899, 903, 907, 909, + /* 70 */ 911, 913, 922, 925, 936, 938, 940, 944, 947, 949, + /* 80 */ 951, 953, 955, 962, 978, 980, 984, 986, 988, 991, + /* 90 */ 993, 995, 997, 1002, 1019, 1021, 1025, 41, 41, 41, + /* 100 */ 41, 41, 41, 41, 41, 41, 896, 140, 260, 98, + /* 110 */ 268, 1020, 41, 482, 41, 41, 41, 41, 270, 270, + /* 120 */ 270, 212, 217, -129, 411, 411, 550, 5, 626, 362, + /* 130 */ 733, 830, 992, 1003, 1026, 795, 683, 807, 638, 819, + /* 140 */ 753, 948, 62, 817, 824, 132, 687, 611, 864, 1033, + /* 150 */ 403, 943, 966, 983, 1032, 1038, 1040, 960, 996, 492, + /* 160 */ -50, 57, 131, 153, 221, 462, 588, 596, 675, 721, + /* 170 */ 820, 834, 857, 914, 979, 1034, 1065, 1081, 1087, 1095, + /* 180 */ 1096, 1097, 1098, 1101, 1104, 1105, 320, 500, 655, 1106, + /* 190 */ 1107, 503, 1108, 1110, 1113, 681, 1114, 1115, 999, 1116, + /* 200 */ 1117, 1118, 221, 1119, 1120, 1121, 1122, 1123, 1124, 788, + /* 210 */ 956, 1041, 1051, 1053, 503, 1067, 1079, 1128, 1080, 1066, + /* 220 */ 1068, 1045, 1083, 1047, 1103, 1102, 1125, 1126, 1073, 1062, + /* 230 */ 1127, 1131, 1089, 1093, 1135, 1052, 1136, 1137, 1059, 1060, + /* 240 */ 1141, 1084, 1130, 1132, 1133, 1134, 1138, 1139, 1151, 1154, + /* 250 */ 1140, 1094, 1143, 1145, 1142, 1156, 1158, 1082, 1086, 1162, + /* 260 */ 1163, 1165, 1150, 1169, 1177, 1170, 1179, 1161, 1166, 1168, + /* 270 */ 1172, 1167, 1173, 1174, 1175, 1180, 1181, 1182, 1184, 1144, + /* 280 */ 1146, 1148, 1147, 1149, 1152, 1153, 1160, 1186, 1194, 1185, + /* 290 */ 1189, 1187, 1191, 1193, 1192, 1196, 1198, 1197, 1202, 1215, + /* 300 */ 1217, 1226, 1227, 1231, 1232, 1233, 1234, 1203, 1204, 1205, + /* 310 */ 1221, 1223, 1209, 1211, 1237, +}; +static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = { + /* 0 */ 1250, 1240, 1240, 1240, 1174, 1174, 1174, 1240, 1071, 1100, + /* 10 */ 1100, 1224, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1173, 1301, + /* 20 */ 1301, 1301, 1301, 1240, 1075, 1106, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, + /* 30 */ 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1223, 1225, 1114, 1113, 1206, 1087, + /* 40 */ 1111, 1104, 1108, 1175, 1169, 1170, 1168, 1172, 1176, 1301, + /* 50 */ 1107, 1138, 1153, 1137, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, + /* 60 */ 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, + /* 70 */ 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, + /* 80 */ 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, + /* 90 */ 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1147, 1152, 1159, + /* 100 */ 1151, 1148, 1140, 1139, 1141, 1142, 1301, 994, 1042, 1301, + /* 110 */ 1301, 1301, 1143, 1301, 1144, 1156, 1155, 1154, 1231, 1258, + /* 120 */ 1257, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, + /* 130 */ 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, + /* 140 */ 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1250, 1240, 1000, 1000, + /* 150 */ 1301, 1240, 1240, 1240, 1240, 1240, 1240, 1236, 1075, 1066, + /* 160 */ 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, + /* 170 */ 1228, 1226, 1301, 1187, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, + /* 180 */ 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, + /* 190 */ 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1071, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, + /* 200 */ 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1252, 1301, + /* 210 */ 1201, 1071, 1071, 1071, 1073, 1055, 1065, 979, 1110, 1089, + /* 220 */ 1089, 1290, 1110, 1290, 1017, 1272, 1014, 1100, 1089, 1171, + /* 230 */ 1100, 1100, 1072, 1065, 1301, 1293, 1080, 1080, 1292, 1292, + /* 240 */ 1080, 1119, 1045, 1110, 1051, 1051, 1051, 1051, 1080, 991, + /* 250 */ 1110, 1119, 1045, 1045, 1110, 1080, 991, 1205, 1287, 1080, + /* 260 */ 1080, 991, 1180, 1080, 991, 1080, 991, 1180, 1043, 1043, + /* 270 */ 1043, 1032, 1180, 1043, 1017, 1043, 1032, 1043, 1043, 1093, + /* 280 */ 1088, 1093, 1088, 1093, 1088, 1093, 1088, 1080, 1080, 1301, + /* 290 */ 1180, 1184, 1184, 1180, 1105, 1094, 1103, 1101, 1110, 997, + /* 300 */ 1035, 1255, 1255, 1251, 1251, 1251, 1251, 1298, 1298, 1236, + /* 310 */ 1267, 1267, 1019, 1019, 1267, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, + /* 320 */ 1301, 1262, 1301, 1189, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, + /* 330 */ 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, + /* 340 */ 1125, 1301, 975, 1233, 1301, 1301, 1232, 1301, 1301, 1301, + /* 350 */ 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, + /* 360 */ 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1289, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, + /* 370 */ 1301, 1301, 1204, 1203, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, + /* 380 */ 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, + /* 390 */ 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1057, 1301, 1301, 1301, + /* 400 */ 1276, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1102, 1301, + /* 410 */ 1095, 1301, 1280, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1301, + /* 420 */ 1301, 1301, 1301, 1242, 1301, 1301, 1301, 1241, 1301, 1301, + /* 430 */ 1301, 1301, 1301, 1127, 1301, 1126, 1130, 1301, 985, 1301, +}; +/********** End of lemon-generated parsing tables *****************************/ + +/* The next table maps tokens (terminal symbols) into fallback tokens. +** If a construct like the following: +** +** %fallback ID X Y Z. +** +** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y, +** and Z. Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser +** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and +** the parse is retried before an error is thrown. +** +** This feature can be used, for example, to cause some keywords in a language +** to revert to identifiers if they keyword does not apply in the context where +** it appears. +*/ +#ifdef YYFALLBACK +static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = { + 0, /* $ => nothing */ + 0, /* SEMI => nothing */ + 55, /* EXPLAIN => ID */ + 55, /* QUERY => ID */ + 55, /* PLAN => ID */ + 55, /* BEGIN => ID */ + 0, /* TRANSACTION => nothing */ + 55, /* DEFERRED => ID */ + 55, /* IMMEDIATE => ID */ + 55, /* EXCLUSIVE => ID */ + 0, /* COMMIT => nothing */ + 55, /* END => ID */ + 55, /* ROLLBACK => ID */ + 55, /* SAVEPOINT => ID */ + 55, /* RELEASE => ID */ + 0, /* TO => nothing */ + 0, /* TABLE => nothing */ + 0, /* CREATE => nothing */ + 55, /* IF => ID */ + 0, /* NOT => nothing */ + 0, /* EXISTS => nothing */ + 55, /* TEMP => ID */ + 0, /* LP => nothing */ + 0, /* RP => nothing */ + 0, /* AS => nothing */ + 55, /* WITHOUT => ID */ + 0, /* COMMA => nothing */ + 0, /* OR => nothing */ + 0, /* AND => nothing */ + 0, /* IS => nothing */ + 55, /* MATCH => ID */ + 55, /* LIKE_KW => ID */ + 0, /* BETWEEN => nothing */ + 0, /* IN => nothing */ + 0, /* ISNULL => nothing */ + 0, /* NOTNULL => nothing */ + 0, /* NE => nothing */ + 0, /* EQ => nothing */ + 0, /* GT => nothing */ + 0, /* LE => nothing */ + 0, /* LT => nothing */ + 0, /* GE => nothing */ + 0, /* ESCAPE => nothing */ + 0, /* BITAND => nothing */ + 0, /* BITOR => nothing */ + 0, /* LSHIFT => nothing */ + 0, /* RSHIFT => nothing */ + 0, /* PLUS => nothing */ + 0, /* MINUS => nothing */ + 0, /* STAR => nothing */ + 0, /* SLASH => nothing */ + 0, /* REM => nothing */ + 0, /* CONCAT => nothing */ + 0, /* COLLATE => nothing */ + 0, /* BITNOT => nothing */ + 0, /* ID => nothing */ + 0, /* INDEXED => nothing */ + 55, /* ABORT => ID */ + 55, /* ACTION => ID */ + 55, /* AFTER => ID */ + 55, /* ANALYZE => ID */ + 55, /* ASC => ID */ + 55, /* ATTACH => ID */ + 55, /* BEFORE => ID */ + 55, /* BY => ID */ + 55, /* CASCADE => ID */ + 55, /* CAST => ID */ + 55, /* COLUMNKW => ID */ + 55, /* CONFLICT => ID */ + 55, /* DATABASE => ID */ + 55, /* DESC => ID */ + 55, /* DETACH => ID */ + 55, /* EACH => ID */ + 55, /* FAIL => ID */ + 55, /* FOR => ID */ + 55, /* IGNORE => ID */ + 55, /* INITIALLY => ID */ + 55, /* INSTEAD => ID */ + 55, /* NO => ID */ + 55, /* KEY => ID */ + 55, /* OF => ID */ + 55, /* OFFSET => ID */ + 55, /* PRAGMA => ID */ + 55, /* RAISE => ID */ + 55, /* RECURSIVE => ID */ + 55, /* REPLACE => ID */ + 55, /* RESTRICT => ID */ + 55, /* ROW => ID */ + 55, /* TRIGGER => ID */ + 55, /* VACUUM => ID */ + 55, /* VIEW => ID */ + 55, /* VIRTUAL => ID */ + 55, /* WITH => ID */ + 55, /* REINDEX => ID */ + 55, /* RENAME => ID */ + 55, /* CTIME_KW => ID */ +}; +#endif /* YYFALLBACK */ + +/* The following structure represents a single element of the +** parser's stack. Information stored includes: +** +** + The state number for the parser at this level of the stack. +** +** + The value of the token stored at this level of the stack. +** (In other words, the "major" token.) +** +** + The semantic value stored at this level of the stack. This is +** the information used by the action routines in the grammar. +** It is sometimes called the "minor" token. +** +** After the "shift" half of a SHIFTREDUCE action, the stateno field +** actually contains the reduce action for the second half of the +** SHIFTREDUCE. +*/ +struct yyStackEntry { + YYACTIONTYPE stateno; /* The state-number, or reduce action in SHIFTREDUCE */ + YYCODETYPE major; /* The major token value. This is the code + ** number for the token at this stack level */ + YYMINORTYPE minor; /* The user-supplied minor token value. This + ** is the value of the token */ +}; +typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry; + +/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of +** the following structure */ +struct yyParser { + int yyidx; /* Index of top element in stack */ +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH + int yyidxMax; /* Maximum value of yyidx */ +#endif +#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY + int yyerrcnt; /* Shifts left before out of the error */ +#endif + sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL /* A place to hold %extra_argument */ +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 + int yystksz; /* Current side of the stack */ + yyStackEntry *yystack; /* The parser's stack */ +#else + yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH]; /* The parser's stack */ +#endif +}; +typedef struct yyParser yyParser; + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* #include <stdio.h> */ +static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0; +static char *yyTracePrompt = 0; +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace +** and a prompt to preface each trace message. Tracing is turned off +** by making either argument NULL +** +** Inputs: +** <ul> +** <li> A FILE* to which trace output should be written. +** If NULL, then tracing is turned off. +** <li> A prefix string written at the beginning of every +** line of trace output. If NULL, then tracing is +** turned off. +** </ul> +** +** Outputs: +** None. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){ + yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE; + yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt; + if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0; + else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0; +} +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals +** are required. The following table supplies these names */ +static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { + "$", "SEMI", "EXPLAIN", "QUERY", + "PLAN", "BEGIN", "TRANSACTION", "DEFERRED", + "IMMEDIATE", "EXCLUSIVE", "COMMIT", "END", + "ROLLBACK", "SAVEPOINT", "RELEASE", "TO", + "TABLE", "CREATE", "IF", "NOT", + "EXISTS", "TEMP", "LP", "RP", + "AS", "WITHOUT", "COMMA", "OR", + "AND", "IS", "MATCH", "LIKE_KW", + "BETWEEN", "IN", "ISNULL", "NOTNULL", + "NE", "EQ", "GT", "LE", + "LT", "GE", "ESCAPE", "BITAND", + "BITOR", "LSHIFT", "RSHIFT", "PLUS", + "MINUS", "STAR", "SLASH", "REM", + "CONCAT", "COLLATE", "BITNOT", "ID", + "INDEXED", "ABORT", "ACTION", "AFTER", + "ANALYZE", "ASC", "ATTACH", "BEFORE", + "BY", "CASCADE", "CAST", "COLUMNKW", + "CONFLICT", "DATABASE", "DESC", "DETACH", + "EACH", "FAIL", "FOR", "IGNORE", + "INITIALLY", "INSTEAD", "NO", "KEY", + "OF", "OFFSET", "PRAGMA", "RAISE", + "RECURSIVE", "REPLACE", "RESTRICT", "ROW", + "TRIGGER", "VACUUM", "VIEW", "VIRTUAL", + "WITH", "REINDEX", "RENAME", "CTIME_KW", + "ANY", "STRING", "JOIN_KW", "CONSTRAINT", + "DEFAULT", "NULL", "PRIMARY", "UNIQUE", + "CHECK", "REFERENCES", "AUTOINCR", "ON", + "INSERT", "DELETE", "UPDATE", "SET", + "DEFERRABLE", "FOREIGN", "DROP", "UNION", + "ALL", "EXCEPT", "INTERSECT", "SELECT", + "VALUES", "DISTINCT", "DOT", "FROM", + "JOIN", "USING", "ORDER", "GROUP", + "HAVING", "LIMIT", "WHERE", "INTO", + "INTEGER", "FLOAT", "BLOB", "VARIABLE", + "CASE", "WHEN", "THEN", "ELSE", + "INDEX", "ALTER", "ADD", "error", + "input", "cmdlist", "ecmd", "explain", + "cmdx", "cmd", "transtype", "trans_opt", + "nm", "savepoint_opt", "create_table", "create_table_args", + "createkw", "temp", "ifnotexists", "dbnm", + "columnlist", "conslist_opt", "table_options", "select", + "columnname", "carglist", "typetoken", "typename", + "signed", "plus_num", "minus_num", "ccons", + "term", "expr", "onconf", "sortorder", + "autoinc", "eidlist_opt", "refargs", "defer_subclause", + "refarg", "refact", "init_deferred_pred_opt", "conslist", + "tconscomma", "tcons", "sortlist", "eidlist", + "defer_subclause_opt", "orconf", "resolvetype", "raisetype", + "ifexists", "fullname", "selectnowith", "oneselect", + "with", "multiselect_op", "distinct", "selcollist", + "from", "where_opt", "groupby_opt", "having_opt", + "orderby_opt", "limit_opt", "values", "nexprlist", + "exprlist", "sclp", "as", "seltablist", + "stl_prefix", "joinop", "indexed_opt", "on_opt", + "using_opt", "idlist", "setlist", "insert_cmd", + "idlist_opt", "likeop", "between_op", "in_op", + "case_operand", "case_exprlist", "case_else", "uniqueflag", + "collate", "nmnum", "trigger_decl", "trigger_cmd_list", + "trigger_time", "trigger_event", "foreach_clause", "when_clause", + "trigger_cmd", "trnm", "tridxby", "database_kw_opt", + "key_opt", "add_column_fullname", "kwcolumn_opt", "create_vtab", + "vtabarglist", "vtabarg", "vtabargtoken", "lp", + "anylist", "wqlist", +}; +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required. +*/ +static const char *const yyRuleName[] = { + /* 0 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN", + /* 1 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN", + /* 2 */ "cmdx ::= cmd", + /* 3 */ "cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt", + /* 4 */ "transtype ::=", + /* 5 */ "transtype ::= DEFERRED", + /* 6 */ "transtype ::= IMMEDIATE", + /* 7 */ "transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE", + /* 8 */ "cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt", + /* 9 */ "cmd ::= END trans_opt", + /* 10 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt", + /* 11 */ "cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm", + /* 12 */ "cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm", + /* 13 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm", + /* 14 */ "create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm", + /* 15 */ "createkw ::= CREATE", + /* 16 */ "ifnotexists ::=", + /* 17 */ "ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS", + /* 18 */ "temp ::= TEMP", + /* 19 */ "temp ::=", + /* 20 */ "create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP table_options", + /* 21 */ "create_table_args ::= AS select", + /* 22 */ "table_options ::=", + /* 23 */ "table_options ::= WITHOUT nm", + /* 24 */ "columnname ::= nm typetoken", + /* 25 */ "typetoken ::=", + /* 26 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP", + /* 27 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP", + /* 28 */ "typename ::= typename ID|STRING", + /* 29 */ "ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm", + /* 30 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT term", + /* 31 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP", + /* 32 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term", + /* 33 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term", + /* 34 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT ID|INDEXED", + /* 35 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf", + /* 36 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc", + /* 37 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf", + /* 38 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP", + /* 39 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs", + /* 40 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause", + /* 41 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE ID|STRING", + /* 42 */ "autoinc ::=", + /* 43 */ "autoinc ::= AUTOINCR", + /* 44 */ "refargs ::=", + /* 45 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg", + /* 46 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm", + /* 47 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact", + /* 48 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact", + /* 49 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact", + /* 50 */ "refact ::= SET NULL", + /* 51 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT", + /* 52 */ "refact ::= CASCADE", + /* 53 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT", + /* 54 */ "refact ::= NO ACTION", + /* 55 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt", + /* 56 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt", + /* 57 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=", + /* 58 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED", + /* 59 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE", + /* 60 */ "conslist_opt ::=", + /* 61 */ "tconscomma ::= COMMA", + /* 62 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm", + /* 63 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP sortlist autoinc RP onconf", + /* 64 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP sortlist RP onconf", + /* 65 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf", + /* 66 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP eidlist RP REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt", + /* 67 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=", + /* 68 */ "onconf ::=", + /* 69 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype", + /* 70 */ "orconf ::=", + /* 71 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype", + /* 72 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE", + /* 73 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE", + /* 74 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname", + /* 75 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS", + /* 76 */ "ifexists ::=", + /* 77 */ "cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm eidlist_opt AS select", + /* 78 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname", + /* 79 */ "cmd ::= select", + /* 80 */ "select ::= with selectnowith", + /* 81 */ "selectnowith ::= selectnowith multiselect_op oneselect", + /* 82 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION", + /* 83 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL", + /* 84 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT", + /* 85 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt", + /* 86 */ "values ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP", + /* 87 */ "values ::= values COMMA LP exprlist RP", + /* 88 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT", + /* 89 */ "distinct ::= ALL", + /* 90 */ "distinct ::=", + /* 91 */ "sclp ::=", + /* 92 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as", + /* 93 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR", + /* 94 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR", + /* 95 */ "as ::= AS nm", + /* 96 */ "as ::=", + /* 97 */ "from ::=", + /* 98 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist", + /* 99 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop", + /* 100 */ "stl_prefix ::=", + /* 101 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt", + /* 102 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm LP exprlist RP as on_opt using_opt", + /* 103 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt", + /* 104 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt", + /* 105 */ "dbnm ::=", + /* 106 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm", + /* 107 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm", + /* 108 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN", + /* 109 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN", + /* 110 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN", + /* 111 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN", + /* 112 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr", + /* 113 */ "on_opt ::=", + /* 114 */ "indexed_opt ::=", + /* 115 */ "indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm", + /* 116 */ "indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED", + /* 117 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP idlist RP", + /* 118 */ "using_opt ::=", + /* 119 */ "orderby_opt ::=", + /* 120 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist", + /* 121 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder", + /* 122 */ "sortlist ::= expr sortorder", + /* 123 */ "sortorder ::= ASC", + /* 124 */ "sortorder ::= DESC", + /* 125 */ "sortorder ::=", + /* 126 */ "groupby_opt ::=", + /* 127 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist", + /* 128 */ "having_opt ::=", + /* 129 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr", + /* 130 */ "limit_opt ::=", + /* 131 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr", + /* 132 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr", + /* 133 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr", + /* 134 */ "cmd ::= with DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt", + /* 135 */ "where_opt ::=", + /* 136 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr", + /* 137 */ "cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt", + /* 138 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr", + /* 139 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr", + /* 140 */ "cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname idlist_opt select", + /* 141 */ "cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname idlist_opt DEFAULT VALUES", + /* 142 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf", + /* 143 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE", + /* 144 */ "idlist_opt ::=", + /* 145 */ "idlist_opt ::= LP idlist RP", + /* 146 */ "idlist ::= idlist COMMA nm", + /* 147 */ "idlist ::= nm", + /* 148 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP", + /* 149 */ "term ::= NULL", + /* 150 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED", + /* 151 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW", + /* 152 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm", + /* 153 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm", + /* 154 */ "term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB", + /* 155 */ "term ::= STRING", + /* 156 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE", + /* 157 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE ID|STRING", + /* 158 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP", + /* 159 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP", + /* 160 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP", + /* 161 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW", + /* 162 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr", + /* 163 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr", + /* 164 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr", + /* 165 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr", + /* 166 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr", + /* 167 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr", + /* 168 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr", + /* 169 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr", + /* 170 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH", + /* 171 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH", + /* 172 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr", + /* 173 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr", + /* 174 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL", + /* 175 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL", + /* 176 */ "expr ::= expr IS expr", + /* 177 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT expr", + /* 178 */ "expr ::= NOT expr", + /* 179 */ "expr ::= BITNOT expr", + /* 180 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr", + /* 181 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr", + /* 182 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN", + /* 183 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN", + /* 184 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr", + /* 185 */ "in_op ::= IN", + /* 186 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN", + /* 187 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP", + /* 188 */ "expr ::= LP select RP", + /* 189 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP", + /* 190 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm", + /* 191 */ "expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP", + /* 192 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END", + /* 193 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr", + /* 194 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr", + /* 195 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr", + /* 196 */ "case_else ::=", + /* 197 */ "case_operand ::= expr", + /* 198 */ "case_operand ::=", + /* 199 */ "exprlist ::=", + /* 200 */ "nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr", + /* 201 */ "nexprlist ::= expr", + /* 202 */ "cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP sortlist RP where_opt", + /* 203 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE", + /* 204 */ "uniqueflag ::=", + /* 205 */ "eidlist_opt ::=", + /* 206 */ "eidlist_opt ::= LP eidlist RP", + /* 207 */ "eidlist ::= eidlist COMMA nm collate sortorder", + /* 208 */ "eidlist ::= nm collate sortorder", + /* 209 */ "collate ::=", + /* 210 */ "collate ::= COLLATE ID|STRING", + /* 211 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname", + /* 212 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM", + /* 213 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm", + /* 214 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm", + /* 215 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum", + /* 216 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP", + /* 217 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num", + /* 218 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP", + /* 219 */ "plus_num ::= PLUS INTEGER|FLOAT", + /* 220 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS INTEGER|FLOAT", + /* 221 */ "cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END", + /* 222 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause", + /* 223 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE", + /* 224 */ "trigger_time ::= AFTER", + /* 225 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF", + /* 226 */ "trigger_time ::=", + /* 227 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT", + /* 228 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE", + /* 229 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF idlist", + /* 230 */ "when_clause ::=", + /* 231 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr", + /* 232 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI", + /* 233 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI", + /* 234 */ "trnm ::= nm DOT nm", + /* 235 */ "tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm", + /* 236 */ "tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED", + /* 237 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt", + /* 238 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm idlist_opt select", + /* 239 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt", + /* 240 */ "trigger_cmd ::= select", + /* 241 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP", + /* 242 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP", + /* 243 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK", + /* 244 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT", + /* 245 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL", + /* 246 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname", + /* 247 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt", + /* 248 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr", + /* 249 */ "key_opt ::=", + /* 250 */ "key_opt ::= KEY expr", + /* 251 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX", + /* 252 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm", + /* 253 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE", + /* 254 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm", + /* 255 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm", + /* 256 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt columnname carglist", + /* 257 */ "add_column_fullname ::= fullname", + /* 258 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab", + /* 259 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP", + /* 260 */ "create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm", + /* 261 */ "vtabarg ::=", + /* 262 */ "vtabargtoken ::= ANY", + /* 263 */ "vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP", + /* 264 */ "lp ::= LP", + /* 265 */ "with ::=", + /* 266 */ "with ::= WITH wqlist", + /* 267 */ "with ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist", + /* 268 */ "wqlist ::= nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP", + /* 269 */ "wqlist ::= wqlist COMMA nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP", + /* 270 */ "input ::= cmdlist", + /* 271 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd", + /* 272 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd", + /* 273 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI", + /* 274 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI", + /* 275 */ "explain ::=", + /* 276 */ "trans_opt ::=", + /* 277 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION", + /* 278 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm", + /* 279 */ "savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT", + /* 280 */ "savepoint_opt ::=", + /* 281 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args", + /* 282 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA columnname carglist", + /* 283 */ "columnlist ::= columnname carglist", + /* 284 */ "nm ::= ID|INDEXED", + /* 285 */ "nm ::= STRING", + /* 286 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW", + /* 287 */ "typetoken ::= typename", + /* 288 */ "typename ::= ID|STRING", + /* 289 */ "signed ::= plus_num", + /* 290 */ "signed ::= minus_num", + /* 291 */ "carglist ::= carglist ccons", + /* 292 */ "carglist ::=", + /* 293 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf", + /* 294 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist", + /* 295 */ "conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons", + /* 296 */ "conslist ::= tcons", + /* 297 */ "tconscomma ::=", + /* 298 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause", + /* 299 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype", + /* 300 */ "selectnowith ::= oneselect", + /* 301 */ "oneselect ::= values", + /* 302 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA", + /* 303 */ "as ::= ID|STRING", + /* 304 */ "expr ::= term", + /* 305 */ "exprlist ::= nexprlist", + /* 306 */ "nmnum ::= plus_num", + /* 307 */ "nmnum ::= nm", + /* 308 */ "nmnum ::= ON", + /* 309 */ "nmnum ::= DELETE", + /* 310 */ "nmnum ::= DEFAULT", + /* 311 */ "plus_num ::= INTEGER|FLOAT", + /* 312 */ "foreach_clause ::=", + /* 313 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW", + /* 314 */ "trnm ::= nm", + /* 315 */ "tridxby ::=", + /* 316 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE", + /* 317 */ "database_kw_opt ::=", + /* 318 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::=", + /* 319 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW", + /* 320 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarg", + /* 321 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg", + /* 322 */ "vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken", + /* 323 */ "anylist ::=", + /* 324 */ "anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP", + /* 325 */ "anylist ::= anylist ANY", +}; +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + + +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 +/* +** Try to increase the size of the parser stack. +*/ +static void yyGrowStack(yyParser *p){ + int newSize; + yyStackEntry *pNew; + + newSize = p->yystksz*2 + 100; + pNew = realloc(p->yystack, newSize*sizeof(pNew[0])); + if( pNew ){ + p->yystack = pNew; + p->yystksz = newSize; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack grows to %d entries!\n", + yyTracePrompt, p->yystksz); + } +#endif + } +} +#endif + +/* Datatype of the argument to the memory allocated passed as the +** second argument to sqlite3ParserAlloc() below. This can be changed by +** putting an appropriate #define in the %include section of the input +** grammar. +*/ +#ifndef YYMALLOCARGTYPE +# define YYMALLOCARGTYPE size_t +#endif + +/* +** This function allocates a new parser. +** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like +** malloc. +** +** Inputs: +** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory. +** +** Outputs: +** A pointer to a parser. This pointer is used in subsequent calls +** to sqlite3Parser and sqlite3ParserFree. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(YYMALLOCARGTYPE)){ + yyParser *pParser; + pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (YYMALLOCARGTYPE)sizeof(yyParser) ); + if( pParser ){ + pParser->yyidx = -1; +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH + pParser->yyidxMax = 0; +#endif +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 + pParser->yystack = NULL; + pParser->yystksz = 0; + yyGrowStack(pParser); +#endif + } + return pParser; +} + +/* The following function deletes the "minor type" or semantic value +** associated with a symbol. The symbol can be either a terminal +** or nonterminal. "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is +** a pointer to the value to be deleted. The code used to do the +** deletions is derived from the %destructor and/or %token_destructor +** directives of the input grammar. +*/ +static void yy_destructor( + yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ + YYCODETYPE yymajor, /* Type code for object to destroy */ + YYMINORTYPE *yypminor /* The object to be destroyed */ +){ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; + switch( yymajor ){ + /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a + ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed. This can happen + ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a + ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is + ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing. + ** + ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those + ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are *not* used + ** inside the C code. + */ +/********* Begin destructor definitions ***************************************/ + case 163: /* select */ + case 194: /* selectnowith */ + case 195: /* oneselect */ + case 206: /* values */ +{ +sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy159)); +} + break; + case 172: /* term */ + case 173: /* expr */ +{ +sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy342).pExpr); +} + break; + case 177: /* eidlist_opt */ + case 186: /* sortlist */ + case 187: /* eidlist */ + case 199: /* selcollist */ + case 202: /* groupby_opt */ + case 204: /* orderby_opt */ + case 207: /* nexprlist */ + case 208: /* exprlist */ + case 209: /* sclp */ + case 218: /* setlist */ + case 225: /* case_exprlist */ +{ +sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy442)); +} + break; + case 193: /* fullname */ + case 200: /* from */ + case 211: /* seltablist */ + case 212: /* stl_prefix */ +{ +sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy347)); +} + break; + case 196: /* with */ + case 249: /* wqlist */ +{ +sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy331)); +} + break; + case 201: /* where_opt */ + case 203: /* having_opt */ + case 215: /* on_opt */ + case 224: /* case_operand */ + case 226: /* case_else */ + case 235: /* when_clause */ + case 240: /* key_opt */ +{ +sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy122)); +} + break; + case 216: /* using_opt */ + case 217: /* idlist */ + case 220: /* idlist_opt */ +{ +sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy180)); +} + break; + case 231: /* trigger_cmd_list */ + case 236: /* trigger_cmd */ +{ +sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy327)); +} + break; + case 233: /* trigger_event */ +{ +sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy410).b); +} + break; +/********* End destructor definitions *****************************************/ + default: break; /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */ + } +} + +/* +** Pop the parser's stack once. +** +** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which +** is popped from the stack, then call it. +*/ +static void yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){ + yyStackEntry *yytos; + assert( pParser->yyidx>=0 ); + yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx--]; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n", + yyTracePrompt, + yyTokenName[yytos->major]); + } +#endif + yy_destructor(pParser, yytos->major, &yytos->minor); +} + +/* +** Deallocate and destroy a parser. Destructors are called for +** all stack elements before shutting the parser down. +** +** If the YYPARSEFREENEVERNULL macro exists (for example because it +** is defined in a %include section of the input grammar) then it is +** assumed that the input pointer is never NULL. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree( + void *p, /* The parser to be deleted */ + void (*freeProc)(void*) /* Function used to reclaim memory */ +){ + yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p; +#ifndef YYPARSEFREENEVERNULL + if( pParser==0 ) return; +#endif + while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser); +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 + free(pParser->yystack); +#endif + (*freeProc)((void*)pParser); +} + +/* +** Return the peak depth of the stack for a parser. +*/ +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void *p){ + yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p; + return pParser->yyidxMax; +} +#endif + +/* +** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal +** look-ahead token iLookAhead. +*/ +static unsigned int yy_find_shift_action( + yyParser *pParser, /* The parser */ + YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */ +){ + int i; + int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno; + + if( stateno>=YY_MIN_REDUCE ) return stateno; + assert( stateno <= YY_SHIFT_COUNT ); + do{ + i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno]; + if( i==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ) return yy_default[stateno]; + assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE ); + i += iLookAhead; + if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){ + if( iLookAhead>0 ){ +#ifdef YYFALLBACK + YYCODETYPE iFallback; /* Fallback token */ + if( iLookAhead<sizeof(yyFallback)/sizeof(yyFallback[0]) + && (iFallback = yyFallback[iLookAhead])!=0 ){ +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sFALLBACK %s => %s\n", + yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]); + } +#endif + assert( yyFallback[iFallback]==0 ); /* Fallback loop must terminate */ + iLookAhead = iFallback; + continue; + } +#endif +#ifdef YYWILDCARD + { + int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD; + if( +#if YY_SHIFT_MIN+YYWILDCARD<0 + j>=0 && +#endif +#if YY_SHIFT_MAX+YYWILDCARD>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT + j<YY_ACTTAB_COUNT && +#endif + yy_lookahead[j]==YYWILDCARD + ){ +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sWILDCARD %s => %s\n", + yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], + yyTokenName[YYWILDCARD]); + } +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + return yy_action[j]; + } + } +#endif /* YYWILDCARD */ + } + return yy_default[stateno]; + }else{ + return yy_action[i]; + } + }while(1); +} + +/* +** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal +** look-ahead token iLookAhead. +*/ +static int yy_find_reduce_action( + int stateno, /* Current state number */ + YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */ +){ + int i; +#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL + if( stateno>YY_REDUCE_COUNT ){ + return yy_default[stateno]; + } +#else + assert( stateno<=YY_REDUCE_COUNT ); +#endif + i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno]; + assert( i!=YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT ); + assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE ); + i += iLookAhead; +#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL + if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){ + return yy_default[stateno]; + } +#else + assert( i>=0 && i<YY_ACTTAB_COUNT ); + assert( yy_lookahead[i]==iLookAhead ); +#endif + return yy_action[i]; +} + +/* +** The following routine is called if the stack overflows. +*/ +static void yyStackOverflow(yyParser *yypParser){ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; + yypParser->yyidx--; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt); + } +#endif + while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); + /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser + ** stack every overflows */ +/******** Begin %stack_overflow code ******************************************/ + + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parser stack overflow"); +/******** End %stack_overflow code ********************************************/ + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */ +} + +/* +** Print tracing information for a SHIFT action +*/ +#ifndef NDEBUG +static void yyTraceShift(yyParser *yypParser, int yyNewState){ + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + if( yyNewState<YYNSTATE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift '%s', go to state %d\n", + yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major], + yyNewState); + }else{ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift '%s'\n", + yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major]); + } + } +} +#else +# define yyTraceShift(X,Y) +#endif + +/* +** Perform a shift action. +*/ +static void yy_shift( + yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser to be shifted */ + int yyNewState, /* The new state to shift in */ + int yyMajor, /* The major token to shift in */ + sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyMinor /* The minor token to shift in */ +){ + yyStackEntry *yytos; + yypParser->yyidx++; +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH + if( yypParser->yyidx>yypParser->yyidxMax ){ + yypParser->yyidxMax = yypParser->yyidx; + } +#endif +#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 + if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH ){ + yyStackOverflow(yypParser); + return; + } +#else + if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){ + yyGrowStack(yypParser); + if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){ + yyStackOverflow(yypParser); + return; + } + } +#endif + yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx]; + yytos->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyNewState; + yytos->major = (YYCODETYPE)yyMajor; + yytos->minor.yy0 = yyMinor; + yyTraceShift(yypParser, yyNewState); +} + +/* The following table contains information about every rule that +** is used during the reduce. +*/ +static const struct { + YYCODETYPE lhs; /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */ + unsigned char nrhs; /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */ +} yyRuleInfo[] = { + { 147, 1 }, + { 147, 3 }, + { 148, 1 }, + { 149, 3 }, + { 150, 0 }, + { 150, 1 }, + { 150, 1 }, + { 150, 1 }, + { 149, 2 }, + { 149, 2 }, + { 149, 2 }, + { 149, 2 }, + { 149, 3 }, + { 149, 5 }, + { 154, 6 }, + { 156, 1 }, + { 158, 0 }, + { 158, 3 }, + { 157, 1 }, + { 157, 0 }, + { 155, 5 }, + { 155, 2 }, + { 162, 0 }, + { 162, 2 }, + { 164, 2 }, + { 166, 0 }, + { 166, 4 }, + { 166, 6 }, + { 167, 2 }, + { 171, 2 }, + { 171, 2 }, + { 171, 4 }, + { 171, 3 }, + { 171, 3 }, + { 171, 2 }, + { 171, 3 }, + { 171, 5 }, + { 171, 2 }, + { 171, 4 }, + { 171, 4 }, + { 171, 1 }, + { 171, 2 }, + { 176, 0 }, + { 176, 1 }, + { 178, 0 }, + { 178, 2 }, + { 180, 2 }, + { 180, 3 }, + { 180, 3 }, + { 180, 3 }, + { 181, 2 }, + { 181, 2 }, + { 181, 1 }, + { 181, 1 }, + { 181, 2 }, + { 179, 3 }, + { 179, 2 }, + { 182, 0 }, + { 182, 2 }, + { 182, 2 }, + { 161, 0 }, + { 184, 1 }, + { 185, 2 }, + { 185, 7 }, + { 185, 5 }, + { 185, 5 }, + { 185, 10 }, + { 188, 0 }, + { 174, 0 }, + { 174, 3 }, + { 189, 0 }, + { 189, 2 }, + { 190, 1 }, + { 190, 1 }, + { 149, 4 }, + { 192, 2 }, + { 192, 0 }, + { 149, 9 }, + { 149, 4 }, + { 149, 1 }, + { 163, 2 }, + { 194, 3 }, + { 197, 1 }, + { 197, 2 }, + { 197, 1 }, + { 195, 9 }, + { 206, 4 }, + { 206, 5 }, + { 198, 1 }, + { 198, 1 }, + { 198, 0 }, + { 209, 0 }, + { 199, 3 }, + { 199, 2 }, + { 199, 4 }, + { 210, 2 }, + { 210, 0 }, + { 200, 0 }, + { 200, 2 }, + { 212, 2 }, + { 212, 0 }, + { 211, 7 }, + { 211, 9 }, + { 211, 7 }, + { 211, 7 }, + { 159, 0 }, + { 159, 2 }, + { 193, 2 }, + { 213, 1 }, + { 213, 2 }, + { 213, 3 }, + { 213, 4 }, + { 215, 2 }, + { 215, 0 }, + { 214, 0 }, + { 214, 3 }, + { 214, 2 }, + { 216, 4 }, + { 216, 0 }, + { 204, 0 }, + { 204, 3 }, + { 186, 4 }, + { 186, 2 }, + { 175, 1 }, + { 175, 1 }, + { 175, 0 }, + { 202, 0 }, + { 202, 3 }, + { 203, 0 }, + { 203, 2 }, + { 205, 0 }, + { 205, 2 }, + { 205, 4 }, + { 205, 4 }, + { 149, 6 }, + { 201, 0 }, + { 201, 2 }, + { 149, 8 }, + { 218, 5 }, + { 218, 3 }, + { 149, 6 }, + { 149, 7 }, + { 219, 2 }, + { 219, 1 }, + { 220, 0 }, + { 220, 3 }, + { 217, 3 }, + { 217, 1 }, + { 173, 3 }, + { 172, 1 }, + { 173, 1 }, + { 173, 1 }, + { 173, 3 }, + { 173, 5 }, + { 172, 1 }, + { 172, 1 }, + { 173, 1 }, + { 173, 3 }, + { 173, 6 }, + { 173, 5 }, + { 173, 4 }, + { 172, 1 }, + { 173, 3 }, + { 173, 3 }, + { 173, 3 }, + { 173, 3 }, + { 173, 3 }, + { 173, 3 }, + { 173, 3 }, + { 173, 3 }, + { 221, 1 }, + { 221, 2 }, + { 173, 3 }, + { 173, 5 }, + { 173, 2 }, + { 173, 3 }, + { 173, 3 }, + { 173, 4 }, + { 173, 2 }, + { 173, 2 }, + { 173, 2 }, + { 173, 2 }, + { 222, 1 }, + { 222, 2 }, + { 173, 5 }, + { 223, 1 }, + { 223, 2 }, + { 173, 5 }, + { 173, 3 }, + { 173, 5 }, + { 173, 4 }, + { 173, 4 }, + { 173, 5 }, + { 225, 5 }, + { 225, 4 }, + { 226, 2 }, + { 226, 0 }, + { 224, 1 }, + { 224, 0 }, + { 208, 0 }, + { 207, 3 }, + { 207, 1 }, + { 149, 12 }, + { 227, 1 }, + { 227, 0 }, + { 177, 0 }, + { 177, 3 }, + { 187, 5 }, + { 187, 3 }, + { 228, 0 }, + { 228, 2 }, + { 149, 4 }, + { 149, 1 }, + { 149, 2 }, + { 149, 3 }, + { 149, 5 }, + { 149, 6 }, + { 149, 5 }, + { 149, 6 }, + { 169, 2 }, + { 170, 2 }, + { 149, 5 }, + { 230, 11 }, + { 232, 1 }, + { 232, 1 }, + { 232, 2 }, + { 232, 0 }, + { 233, 1 }, + { 233, 1 }, + { 233, 3 }, + { 235, 0 }, + { 235, 2 }, + { 231, 3 }, + { 231, 2 }, + { 237, 3 }, + { 238, 3 }, + { 238, 2 }, + { 236, 7 }, + { 236, 5 }, + { 236, 5 }, + { 236, 1 }, + { 173, 4 }, + { 173, 6 }, + { 191, 1 }, + { 191, 1 }, + { 191, 1 }, + { 149, 4 }, + { 149, 6 }, + { 149, 3 }, + { 240, 0 }, + { 240, 2 }, + { 149, 1 }, + { 149, 3 }, + { 149, 1 }, + { 149, 3 }, + { 149, 6 }, + { 149, 7 }, + { 241, 1 }, + { 149, 1 }, + { 149, 4 }, + { 243, 8 }, + { 245, 0 }, + { 246, 1 }, + { 246, 3 }, + { 247, 1 }, + { 196, 0 }, + { 196, 2 }, + { 196, 3 }, + { 249, 6 }, + { 249, 8 }, + { 144, 1 }, + { 145, 2 }, + { 145, 1 }, + { 146, 1 }, + { 146, 3 }, + { 147, 0 }, + { 151, 0 }, + { 151, 1 }, + { 151, 2 }, + { 153, 1 }, + { 153, 0 }, + { 149, 2 }, + { 160, 4 }, + { 160, 2 }, + { 152, 1 }, + { 152, 1 }, + { 152, 1 }, + { 166, 1 }, + { 167, 1 }, + { 168, 1 }, + { 168, 1 }, + { 165, 2 }, + { 165, 0 }, + { 171, 2 }, + { 161, 2 }, + { 183, 3 }, + { 183, 1 }, + { 184, 0 }, + { 188, 1 }, + { 190, 1 }, + { 194, 1 }, + { 195, 1 }, + { 209, 2 }, + { 210, 1 }, + { 173, 1 }, + { 208, 1 }, + { 229, 1 }, + { 229, 1 }, + { 229, 1 }, + { 229, 1 }, + { 229, 1 }, + { 169, 1 }, + { 234, 0 }, + { 234, 3 }, + { 237, 1 }, + { 238, 0 }, + { 239, 1 }, + { 239, 0 }, + { 242, 0 }, + { 242, 1 }, + { 244, 1 }, + { 244, 3 }, + { 245, 2 }, + { 248, 0 }, + { 248, 4 }, + { 248, 2 }, +}; + +static void yy_accept(yyParser*); /* Forward Declaration */ + +/* +** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately +** follow the reduce. +*/ +static void yy_reduce( + yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ + unsigned int yyruleno /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */ +){ + int yygoto; /* The next state */ + int yyact; /* The next action */ + yyStackEntry *yymsp; /* The top of the parser's stack */ + int yysize; /* Amount to pop the stack */ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; + yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx]; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){ + yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs; + fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s], go to state %d.\n", yyTracePrompt, + yyRuleName[yyruleno], yymsp[-yysize].stateno); + } +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + + /* Check that the stack is large enough to grow by a single entry + ** if the RHS of the rule is empty. This ensures that there is room + ** enough on the stack to push the LHS value */ + if( yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs==0 ){ +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH + if( yypParser->yyidx>yypParser->yyidxMax ){ + yypParser->yyidxMax = yypParser->yyidx; + } +#endif +#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 + if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH-1 ){ + yyStackOverflow(yypParser); + return; + } +#else + if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz-1 ){ + yyGrowStack(yypParser); + if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz-1 ){ + yyStackOverflow(yypParser); + return; + } + } +#endif + } + + switch( yyruleno ){ + /* Beginning here are the reduction cases. A typical example + ** follows: + ** case 0: + ** #line <lineno> <grammarfile> + ** { ... } // User supplied code + ** #line <lineno> <thisfile> + ** break; + */ +/********** Begin reduce actions **********************************************/ + YYMINORTYPE yylhsminor; + case 0: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN */ +{ pParse->explain = 1; } + break; + case 1: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */ +{ pParse->explain = 2; } + break; + case 2: /* cmdx ::= cmd */ +{ sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); } + break; + case 3: /* cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt */ +{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy392);} + break; + case 4: /* transtype ::= */ +{yymsp[1].minor.yy392 = TK_DEFERRED;} + break; + case 5: /* transtype ::= DEFERRED */ + case 6: /* transtype ::= IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==6); + case 7: /* transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==7); +{yymsp[0].minor.yy392 = yymsp[0].major; /*A-overwrites-X*/} + break; + case 8: /* cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt */ + case 9: /* cmd ::= END trans_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==9); +{sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);} + break; + case 10: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt */ +{sqlite3RollbackTransaction(pParse);} + break; + case 11: /* cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm */ +{ + sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 12: /* cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm */ +{ + sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 13: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm */ +{ + sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 14: /* create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm */ +{ + sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy392,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy392); +} + break; + case 15: /* createkw ::= CREATE */ +{disableLookaside(pParse);} + break; + case 16: /* ifnotexists ::= */ + case 19: /* temp ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==19); + case 22: /* table_options ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==22); + case 42: /* autoinc ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==42); + case 57: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==57); + case 67: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==67); + case 76: /* ifexists ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==76); + case 90: /* distinct ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==90); + case 209: /* collate ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==209); +{yymsp[1].minor.yy392 = 0;} + break; + case 17: /* ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS */ +{yymsp[-2].minor.yy392 = 1;} + break; + case 18: /* temp ::= TEMP */ + case 43: /* autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */ yytestcase(yyruleno==43); +{yymsp[0].minor.yy392 = 1;} + break; + case 20: /* create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP table_options */ +{ + sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,yymsp[0].minor.yy392,0); +} + break; + case 21: /* create_table_args ::= AS select */ +{ + sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy159); + sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy159); +} + break; + case 23: /* table_options ::= WITHOUT nm */ +{ + if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n==5 && sqlite3_strnicmp(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z,"rowid",5)==0 ){ + yymsp[-1].minor.yy392 = TF_WithoutRowid | TF_NoVisibleRowid; + }else{ + yymsp[-1].minor.yy392 = 0; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown table option: %.*s", yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n, yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z); + } +} + break; + case 24: /* columnname ::= nm typetoken */ +{sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 25: /* typetoken ::= */ + case 60: /* conslist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==60); + case 96: /* as ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==96); +{yymsp[1].minor.yy0.n = 0; yymsp[1].minor.yy0.z = 0;} + break; + case 26: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP */ +{ + yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z); +} + break; + case 27: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP */ +{ + yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z); +} + break; + case 28: /* typename ::= typename ID|STRING */ +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n+(int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z);} + break; + case 29: /* ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ + case 62: /* tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==62); +{pParse->constraintName = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;} + break; + case 30: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT term */ + case 32: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term */ yytestcase(yyruleno==32); +{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy342);} + break; + case 31: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */ +{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy342);} + break; + case 33: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term */ +{ + ExprSpan v; + v.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr, 0, 0); + v.zStart = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z; + v.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy342.zEnd; + sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v); +} + break; + case 34: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT ID|INDEXED */ +{ + ExprSpan v; + spanExpr(&v, pParse, TK_STRING, yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v); +} + break; + case 35: /* ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */ +{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy392);} + break; + case 36: /* ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */ +{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy392,yymsp[0].minor.yy392,yymsp[-2].minor.yy392);} + break; + case 37: /* ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */ +{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy392,0,0,0,0);} + break; + case 38: /* ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */ +{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy342.pExpr);} + break; + case 39: /* ccons ::= REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs */ +{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy442,yymsp[0].minor.yy392);} + break; + case 40: /* ccons ::= defer_subclause */ +{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy392);} + break; + case 41: /* ccons ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */ +{sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 44: /* refargs ::= */ +{ yymsp[1].minor.yy392 = OE_None*0x0101; /* EV: R-19803-45884 */} + break; + case 45: /* refargs ::= refargs refarg */ +{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy392 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy392 & ~yymsp[0].minor.yy207.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy207.value; } + break; + case 46: /* refarg ::= MATCH nm */ +{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy207.value = 0; yymsp[-1].minor.yy207.mask = 0x000000; } + break; + case 47: /* refarg ::= ON INSERT refact */ +{ yymsp[-2].minor.yy207.value = 0; yymsp[-2].minor.yy207.mask = 0x000000; } + break; + case 48: /* refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */ +{ yymsp[-2].minor.yy207.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy392; yymsp[-2].minor.yy207.mask = 0x0000ff; } + break; + case 49: /* refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */ +{ yymsp[-2].minor.yy207.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy392<<8; yymsp[-2].minor.yy207.mask = 0x00ff00; } + break; + case 50: /* refact ::= SET NULL */ +{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy392 = OE_SetNull; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} + break; + case 51: /* refact ::= SET DEFAULT */ +{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy392 = OE_SetDflt; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} + break; + case 52: /* refact ::= CASCADE */ +{ yymsp[0].minor.yy392 = OE_Cascade; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} + break; + case 53: /* refact ::= RESTRICT */ +{ yymsp[0].minor.yy392 = OE_Restrict; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} + break; + case 54: /* refact ::= NO ACTION */ +{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy392 = OE_None; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} + break; + case 55: /* defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ +{yymsp[-2].minor.yy392 = 0;} + break; + case 56: /* defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ + case 71: /* orconf ::= OR resolvetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==71); + case 142: /* insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */ yytestcase(yyruleno==142); +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy392 = yymsp[0].minor.yy392;} + break; + case 58: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */ + case 75: /* ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==75); + case 183: /* between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==183); + case 186: /* in_op ::= NOT IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==186); + case 210: /* collate ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==210); +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy392 = 1;} + break; + case 59: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */ +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy392 = 0;} + break; + case 61: /* tconscomma ::= COMMA */ +{pParse->constraintName.n = 0;} + break; + case 63: /* tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP sortlist autoinc RP onconf */ +{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy442,yymsp[0].minor.yy392,yymsp[-2].minor.yy392,0);} + break; + case 64: /* tcons ::= UNIQUE LP sortlist RP onconf */ +{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy442,yymsp[0].minor.yy392,0,0,0,0);} + break; + case 65: /* tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */ +{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.pExpr);} + break; + case 66: /* tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP eidlist RP REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */ +{ + sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy442, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy442, yymsp[-1].minor.yy392); + sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy392); +} + break; + case 68: /* onconf ::= */ + case 70: /* orconf ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==70); +{yymsp[1].minor.yy392 = OE_Default;} + break; + case 69: /* onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */ +{yymsp[-2].minor.yy392 = yymsp[0].minor.yy392;} + break; + case 72: /* resolvetype ::= IGNORE */ +{yymsp[0].minor.yy392 = OE_Ignore;} + break; + case 73: /* resolvetype ::= REPLACE */ + case 143: /* insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==143); +{yymsp[0].minor.yy392 = OE_Replace;} + break; + case 74: /* cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */ +{ + sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy347, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy392); +} + break; + case 77: /* cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm eidlist_opt AS select */ +{ + sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-8].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy442, yymsp[0].minor.yy159, yymsp[-7].minor.yy392, yymsp[-5].minor.yy392); +} + break; + case 78: /* cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */ +{ + sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy347, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy392); +} + break; + case 79: /* cmd ::= select */ +{ + SelectDest dest = {SRT_Output, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}; + sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy159, &dest); + sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy159); +} + break; + case 80: /* select ::= with selectnowith */ +{ + Select *p = yymsp[0].minor.yy159; + if( p ){ + p->pWith = yymsp[-1].minor.yy331; + parserDoubleLinkSelect(pParse, p); + }else{ + sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy331); + } + yymsp[-1].minor.yy159 = p; /*A-overwrites-W*/ +} + break; + case 81: /* selectnowith ::= selectnowith multiselect_op oneselect */ +{ + Select *pRhs = yymsp[0].minor.yy159; + Select *pLhs = yymsp[-2].minor.yy159; + if( pRhs && pRhs->pPrior ){ + SrcList *pFrom; + Token x; + x.n = 0; + parserDoubleLinkSelect(pParse, pRhs); + pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,0,0,0,&x,pRhs,0,0); + pRhs = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,pFrom,0,0,0,0,0,0,0); + } + if( pRhs ){ + pRhs->op = (u8)yymsp[-1].minor.yy392; + pRhs->pPrior = pLhs; + if( ALWAYS(pLhs) ) pLhs->selFlags &= ~SF_MultiValue; + pRhs->selFlags &= ~SF_MultiValue; + if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy392!=TK_ALL ) pParse->hasCompound = 1; + }else{ + sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pLhs); + } + yymsp[-2].minor.yy159 = pRhs; +} + break; + case 82: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION */ + case 84: /* multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==84); +{yymsp[0].minor.yy392 = yymsp[0].major; /*A-overwrites-OP*/} + break; + case 83: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */ +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy392 = TK_ALL;} + break; + case 85: /* oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */ +{ +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED + Token s = yymsp[-8].minor.yy0; /*A-overwrites-S*/ +#endif + yymsp[-8].minor.yy159 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy442,yymsp[-5].minor.yy347,yymsp[-4].minor.yy122,yymsp[-3].minor.yy442,yymsp[-2].minor.yy122,yymsp[-1].minor.yy442,yymsp[-7].minor.yy392,yymsp[0].minor.yy64.pLimit,yymsp[0].minor.yy64.pOffset); +#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED + /* Populate the Select.zSelName[] string that is used to help with + ** query planner debugging, to differentiate between multiple Select + ** objects in a complex query. + ** + ** If the SELECT keyword is immediately followed by a C-style comment + ** then extract the first few alphanumeric characters from within that + ** comment to be the zSelName value. Otherwise, the label is #N where + ** is an integer that is incremented with each SELECT statement seen. + */ + if( yymsp[-8].minor.yy159!=0 ){ + const char *z = s.z+6; + int i; + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(yymsp[-8].minor.yy159->zSelName), yymsp[-8].minor.yy159->zSelName, "#%d", + ++pParse->nSelect); + while( z[0]==' ' ) z++; + if( z[0]=='/' && z[1]=='*' ){ + z += 2; + while( z[0]==' ' ) z++; + for(i=0; sqlite3Isalnum(z[i]); i++){} + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(yymsp[-8].minor.yy159->zSelName), yymsp[-8].minor.yy159->zSelName, "%.*s", i, z); + } + } +#endif /* SELECTRACE_ENABLED */ +} + break; + case 86: /* values ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP */ +{ + yymsp[-3].minor.yy159 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy442,0,0,0,0,0,SF_Values,0,0); +} + break; + case 87: /* values ::= values COMMA LP exprlist RP */ +{ + Select *pRight, *pLeft = yymsp[-4].minor.yy159; + pRight = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy442,0,0,0,0,0,SF_Values|SF_MultiValue,0,0); + if( ALWAYS(pLeft) ) pLeft->selFlags &= ~SF_MultiValue; + if( pRight ){ + pRight->op = TK_ALL; + pRight->pPrior = pLeft; + yymsp[-4].minor.yy159 = pRight; + }else{ + yymsp[-4].minor.yy159 = pLeft; + } +} + break; + case 88: /* distinct ::= DISTINCT */ +{yymsp[0].minor.yy392 = SF_Distinct;} + break; + case 89: /* distinct ::= ALL */ +{yymsp[0].minor.yy392 = SF_All;} + break; + case 91: /* sclp ::= */ + case 119: /* orderby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==119); + case 126: /* groupby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==126); + case 199: /* exprlist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==199); + case 205: /* eidlist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==205); +{yymsp[1].minor.yy442 = 0;} + break; + case 92: /* selcollist ::= sclp expr as */ +{ + yymsp[-2].minor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy442, yymsp[-1].minor.yy342.pExpr); + if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n>0 ) sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy442, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1); + sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy442,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy342); +} + break; + case 93: /* selcollist ::= sclp STAR */ +{ + Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ASTERISK, 0); + yymsp[-1].minor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy442, p); +} + break; + case 94: /* selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR */ +{ + Expr *pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ASTERISK, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); + Expr *pDot = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0); + yymsp[-3].minor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy442, pDot); +} + break; + case 95: /* as ::= AS nm */ + case 106: /* dbnm ::= DOT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==106); + case 219: /* plus_num ::= PLUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==219); + case 220: /* minus_num ::= MINUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==220); +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;} + break; + case 97: /* from ::= */ +{yymsp[1].minor.yy347 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yymsp[1].minor.yy347));} + break; + case 98: /* from ::= FROM seltablist */ +{ + yymsp[-1].minor.yy347 = yymsp[0].minor.yy347; + sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[-1].minor.yy347); +} + break; + case 99: /* stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */ +{ + if( ALWAYS(yymsp[-1].minor.yy347 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy347->nSrc>0) ) yymsp[-1].minor.yy347->a[yymsp[-1].minor.yy347->nSrc-1].fg.jointype = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy392; +} + break; + case 100: /* stl_prefix ::= */ +{yymsp[1].minor.yy347 = 0;} + break; + case 101: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */ +{ + yymsp[-6].minor.yy347 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy347,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy122,yymsp[0].minor.yy180); + sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy347, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 102: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm LP exprlist RP as on_opt using_opt */ +{ + yymsp[-8].minor.yy347 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-8].minor.yy347,&yymsp[-7].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-6].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy122,yymsp[0].minor.yy180); + sqlite3SrcListFuncArgs(pParse, yymsp[-8].minor.yy347, yymsp[-4].minor.yy442); +} + break; + case 103: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt */ +{ + yymsp[-6].minor.yy347 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy347,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy159,yymsp[-1].minor.yy122,yymsp[0].minor.yy180); + } + break; + case 104: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt */ +{ + if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy347==0 && yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.n==0 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy122==0 && yymsp[0].minor.yy180==0 ){ + yymsp[-6].minor.yy347 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy347; + }else if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy347->nSrc==1 ){ + yymsp[-6].minor.yy347 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy347,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy122,yymsp[0].minor.yy180); + if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy347 ){ + struct SrcList_item *pNew = &yymsp[-6].minor.yy347->a[yymsp[-6].minor.yy347->nSrc-1]; + struct SrcList_item *pOld = yymsp[-4].minor.yy347->a; + pNew->zName = pOld->zName; + pNew->zDatabase = pOld->zDatabase; + pNew->pSelect = pOld->pSelect; + pOld->zName = pOld->zDatabase = 0; + pOld->pSelect = 0; + } + sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy347); + }else{ + Select *pSubquery; + sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[-4].minor.yy347); + pSubquery = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy347,0,0,0,0,SF_NestedFrom,0,0); + yymsp[-6].minor.yy347 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy347,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,pSubquery,yymsp[-1].minor.yy122,yymsp[0].minor.yy180); + } + } + break; + case 105: /* dbnm ::= */ + case 114: /* indexed_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==114); +{yymsp[1].minor.yy0.z=0; yymsp[1].minor.yy0.n=0;} + break; + case 107: /* fullname ::= nm dbnm */ +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy347 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/} + break; + case 108: /* joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */ +{ yymsp[0].minor.yy392 = JT_INNER; } + break; + case 109: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */ +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy392 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); /*X-overwrites-A*/} + break; + case 110: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */ +{yymsp[-2].minor.yy392 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0); /*X-overwrites-A*/} + break; + case 111: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */ +{yymsp[-3].minor.yy392 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);/*X-overwrites-A*/} + break; + case 112: /* on_opt ::= ON expr */ + case 129: /* having_opt ::= HAVING expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==129); + case 136: /* where_opt ::= WHERE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==136); + case 195: /* case_else ::= ELSE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==195); +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy122 = yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr;} + break; + case 113: /* on_opt ::= */ + case 128: /* having_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==128); + case 135: /* where_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==135); + case 196: /* case_else ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==196); + case 198: /* case_operand ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==198); +{yymsp[1].minor.yy122 = 0;} + break; + case 115: /* indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm */ +{yymsp[-2].minor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;} + break; + case 116: /* indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED */ +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z=0; yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n=1;} + break; + case 117: /* using_opt ::= USING LP idlist RP */ +{yymsp[-3].minor.yy180 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy180;} + break; + case 118: /* using_opt ::= */ + case 144: /* idlist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==144); +{yymsp[1].minor.yy180 = 0;} + break; + case 120: /* orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */ + case 127: /* groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==127); +{yymsp[-2].minor.yy442 = yymsp[0].minor.yy442;} + break; + case 121: /* sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder */ +{ + yymsp[-3].minor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy442,yymsp[-1].minor.yy342.pExpr); + sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(yymsp[-3].minor.yy442,yymsp[0].minor.yy392); +} + break; + case 122: /* sortlist ::= expr sortorder */ +{ + yymsp[-1].minor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy342.pExpr); /*A-overwrites-Y*/ + sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(yymsp[-1].minor.yy442,yymsp[0].minor.yy392); +} + break; + case 123: /* sortorder ::= ASC */ +{yymsp[0].minor.yy392 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;} + break; + case 124: /* sortorder ::= DESC */ +{yymsp[0].minor.yy392 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;} + break; + case 125: /* sortorder ::= */ +{yymsp[1].minor.yy392 = SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED;} + break; + case 130: /* limit_opt ::= */ +{yymsp[1].minor.yy64.pLimit = 0; yymsp[1].minor.yy64.pOffset = 0;} + break; + case 131: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */ +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy64.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr; yymsp[-1].minor.yy64.pOffset = 0;} + break; + case 132: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */ +{yymsp[-3].minor.yy64.pLimit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.pExpr; yymsp[-3].minor.yy64.pOffset = yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr;} + break; + case 133: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */ +{yymsp[-3].minor.yy64.pOffset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.pExpr; yymsp[-3].minor.yy64.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr;} + break; + case 134: /* cmd ::= with DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt */ +{ + sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy331, 1); + sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy347, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); + sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy347,yymsp[0].minor.yy122); +} + break; + case 137: /* cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */ +{ + sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-7].minor.yy331, 1); + sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy347, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0); + sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy442,"set list"); + sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy347,yymsp[-1].minor.yy442,yymsp[0].minor.yy122,yymsp[-5].minor.yy392); +} + break; + case 138: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */ +{ + yymsp[-4].minor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy442, yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr); + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy442, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); +} + break; + case 139: /* setlist ::= nm EQ expr */ +{ + yylhsminor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr); + sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yylhsminor.yy442, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); +} + yymsp[-2].minor.yy442 = yylhsminor.yy442; + break; + case 140: /* cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname idlist_opt select */ +{ + sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy331, 1); + sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy347, yymsp[0].minor.yy159, yymsp[-1].minor.yy180, yymsp[-4].minor.yy392); +} + break; + case 141: /* cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO fullname idlist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */ +{ + sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy331, 1); + sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy347, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy180, yymsp[-5].minor.yy392); +} + break; + case 145: /* idlist_opt ::= LP idlist RP */ +{yymsp[-2].minor.yy180 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy180;} + break; + case 146: /* idlist ::= idlist COMMA nm */ +{yymsp[-2].minor.yy180 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,yymsp[-2].minor.yy180,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 147: /* idlist ::= nm */ +{yymsp[0].minor.yy180 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-Y*/} + break; + case 148: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */ +{spanSet(&yymsp[-2].minor.yy342,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-B*/ yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.pExpr = yymsp[-1].minor.yy342.pExpr;} + break; + case 149: /* term ::= NULL */ + case 154: /* term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB */ yytestcase(yyruleno==154); + case 155: /* term ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==155); +{spanExpr(&yymsp[0].minor.yy342,pParse,yymsp[0].major,yymsp[0].minor.yy0);/*A-overwrites-X*/} + break; + case 150: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED */ + case 151: /* expr ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==151); +{spanExpr(&yymsp[0].minor.yy342,pParse,TK_ID,yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/} + break; + case 152: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm */ +{ + Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); + Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + spanSet(&yymsp[-2].minor.yy342,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/ + yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0); +} + break; + case 153: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */ +{ + Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); + Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); + Expr *temp3 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + Expr *temp4 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp2, temp3, 0); + spanSet(&yymsp[-4].minor.yy342,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/ + yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0); +} + break; + case 156: /* expr ::= VARIABLE */ +{ + if( !(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[0]=='#' && sqlite3Isdigit(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[1])) ){ + spanExpr(&yymsp[0].minor.yy342, pParse, TK_VARIABLE, yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr); + }else{ + /* When doing a nested parse, one can include terms in an expression + ** that look like this: #1 #2 ... These terms refer to registers + ** in the virtual machine. #N is the N-th register. */ + Token t = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; /*A-overwrites-X*/ + assert( t.n>=2 ); + spanSet(&yymsp[0].minor.yy342, &t, &t); + if( pParse->nested==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &t); + yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr = 0; + }else{ + yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_REGISTER, 0, 0, &t); + if( yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr ) sqlite3GetInt32(&t.z[1], &yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr->iTable); + } + } +} + break; + case 157: /* expr ::= expr COLLATE ID|STRING */ +{ + yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.pExpr, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1); + yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; +} + break; + case 158: /* expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */ +{ + spanSet(&yymsp[-5].minor.yy342,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/ + yymsp[-5].minor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CAST, yymsp[-3].minor.yy342.pExpr, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 159: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP */ +{ + if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy442 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy442->nExpr>pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on function %T", &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); + } + yylhsminor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy442, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); + spanSet(&yylhsminor.yy342,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy392==SF_Distinct && yylhsminor.yy342.pExpr ){ + yylhsminor.yy342.pExpr->flags |= EP_Distinct; + } +} + yymsp[-4].minor.yy342 = yylhsminor.yy342; + break; + case 160: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP */ +{ + yylhsminor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0); + spanSet(&yylhsminor.yy342,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + yymsp[-3].minor.yy342 = yylhsminor.yy342; + break; + case 161: /* term ::= CTIME_KW */ +{ + yylhsminor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + spanSet(&yylhsminor.yy342, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + yymsp[0].minor.yy342 = yylhsminor.yy342; + break; + case 162: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */ + case 163: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==163); + case 164: /* expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==164); + case 165: /* expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==165); + case 166: /* expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==166); + case 167: /* expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==167); + case 168: /* expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==168); + case 169: /* expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==169); +{spanBinaryExpr(pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy342,&yymsp[0].minor.yy342);} + break; + case 170: /* likeop ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH */ +{yymsp[0].minor.yy318.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yymsp[0].minor.yy318.bNot = 0;/*A-overwrites-X*/} + break; + case 171: /* likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH */ +{yymsp[-1].minor.yy318.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yymsp[-1].minor.yy318.bNot = 1;} + break; + case 172: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr */ +{ + ExprList *pList; + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.pExpr); + yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy318.eOperator); + exprNot(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy318.bNot, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy342); + yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy342.zEnd; + if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.pExpr ) yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc; +} + break; + case 173: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr */ +{ + ExprList *pList; + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.pExpr); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr); + yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy318.eOperator); + exprNot(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy318.bNot, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy342); + yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy342.zEnd; + if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr ) yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc; +} + break; + case 174: /* expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */ +{spanUnaryPostfix(pParse,yymsp[0].major,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy342,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 175: /* expr ::= expr NOT NULL */ +{spanUnaryPostfix(pParse,TK_NOTNULL,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy342,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 176: /* expr ::= expr IS expr */ +{ + spanBinaryExpr(pParse,TK_IS,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy342,&yymsp[0].minor.yy342); + binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr, yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.pExpr, TK_ISNULL); +} + break; + case 177: /* expr ::= expr IS NOT expr */ +{ + spanBinaryExpr(pParse,TK_ISNOT,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy342,&yymsp[0].minor.yy342); + binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr, yymsp[-3].minor.yy342.pExpr, TK_NOTNULL); +} + break; + case 178: /* expr ::= NOT expr */ + case 179: /* expr ::= BITNOT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==179); +{spanUnaryPrefix(&yymsp[-1].minor.yy342,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[0].minor.yy342,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);/*A-overwrites-B*/} + break; + case 180: /* expr ::= MINUS expr */ +{spanUnaryPrefix(&yymsp[-1].minor.yy342,pParse,TK_UMINUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy342,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);/*A-overwrites-B*/} + break; + case 181: /* expr ::= PLUS expr */ +{spanUnaryPrefix(&yymsp[-1].minor.yy342,pParse,TK_UPLUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy342,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);/*A-overwrites-B*/} + break; + case 182: /* between_op ::= BETWEEN */ + case 185: /* in_op ::= IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==185); +{yymsp[0].minor.yy392 = 0;} + break; + case 184: /* expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */ +{ + ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.pExpr); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr); + yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr, 0, 0); + if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr ){ + yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr->x.pList = pList; + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList); + } + exprNot(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy392, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy342); + yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy342.zEnd; +} + break; + case 187: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */ +{ + if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy442==0 ){ + /* Expressions of the form + ** + ** expr1 IN () + ** expr1 NOT IN () + ** + ** simplify to constants 0 (false) and 1 (true), respectively, + ** regardless of the value of expr1. + */ + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr); + yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, &sqlite3IntTokens[yymsp[-3].minor.yy392]); + }else if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy442->nExpr==1 ){ + /* Expressions of the form: + ** + ** expr1 IN (?1) + ** expr1 NOT IN (?2) + ** + ** with exactly one value on the RHS can be simplified to something + ** like this: + ** + ** expr1 == ?1 + ** expr1 <> ?2 + ** + ** But, the RHS of the == or <> is marked with the EP_Generic flag + ** so that it may not contribute to the computation of comparison + ** affinity or the collating sequence to use for comparison. Otherwise, + ** the semantics would be subtly different from IN or NOT IN. + */ + Expr *pRHS = yymsp[-1].minor.yy442->a[0].pExpr; + yymsp[-1].minor.yy442->a[0].pExpr = 0; + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy442); + /* pRHS cannot be NULL because a malloc error would have been detected + ** before now and control would have never reached this point */ + if( ALWAYS(pRHS) ){ + pRHS->flags &= ~EP_Collate; + pRHS->flags |= EP_Generic; + } + yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy392 ? TK_NE : TK_EQ, yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr, pRHS, 0); + }else{ + yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr, 0, 0); + if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr ){ + yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy442; + sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy442); + } + exprNot(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy392, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy342); + } + yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; + } + break; + case 188: /* expr ::= LP select RP */ +{ + spanSet(&yymsp[-2].minor.yy342,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-B*/ + yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.pExpr, yymsp[-1].minor.yy159); + } + break; + case 189: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */ +{ + yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr, 0, 0); + sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr, yymsp[-1].minor.yy159); + exprNot(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy392, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy342); + yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n]; + } + break; + case 190: /* expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm */ +{ + SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + Select *pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0); + yymsp[-3].minor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy342.pExpr, 0, 0); + sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy342.pExpr, pSelect); + exprNot(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy392, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy342); + yymsp[-3].minor.yy342.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z ? &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] : &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n]; + } + break; + case 191: /* expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */ +{ + Expr *p; + spanSet(&yymsp[-3].minor.yy342,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-B*/ + p = yymsp[-3].minor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, p, yymsp[-1].minor.yy159); + } + break; + case 192: /* expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */ +{ + spanSet(&yymsp[-4].minor.yy342,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-C*/ + yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy122, 0, 0); + if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr ){ + yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy122 ? sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy442,yymsp[-1].minor.yy122) : yymsp[-2].minor.yy442; + sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy342.pExpr); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy442); + sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy122); + } +} + break; + case 193: /* case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */ +{ + yymsp[-4].minor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy442, yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.pExpr); + yymsp[-4].minor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy442, yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr); +} + break; + case 194: /* case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */ +{ + yymsp[-3].minor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy342.pExpr); + yymsp[-3].minor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy442, yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr); +} + break; + case 197: /* case_operand ::= expr */ +{yymsp[0].minor.yy122 = yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr; /*A-overwrites-X*/} + break; + case 200: /* nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */ +{yymsp[-2].minor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy442,yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr);} + break; + case 201: /* nexprlist ::= expr */ +{yymsp[0].minor.yy442 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr); /*A-overwrites-Y*/} + break; + case 202: /* cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP sortlist RP where_opt */ +{ + sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, + sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,0), yymsp[-2].minor.yy442, yymsp[-10].minor.yy392, + &yymsp[-11].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy122, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-8].minor.yy392); +} + break; + case 203: /* uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */ + case 244: /* raisetype ::= ABORT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==244); +{yymsp[0].minor.yy392 = OE_Abort;} + break; + case 204: /* uniqueflag ::= */ +{yymsp[1].minor.yy392 = OE_None;} + break; + case 206: /* eidlist_opt ::= LP eidlist RP */ +{yymsp[-2].minor.yy442 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy442;} + break; + case 207: /* eidlist ::= eidlist COMMA nm collate sortorder */ +{ + yymsp[-4].minor.yy442 = parserAddExprIdListTerm(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy442, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy392, yymsp[0].minor.yy392); +} + break; + case 208: /* eidlist ::= nm collate sortorder */ +{ + yymsp[-2].minor.yy442 = parserAddExprIdListTerm(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy392, yymsp[0].minor.yy392); /*A-overwrites-Y*/ +} + break; + case 211: /* cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */ +{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy347, yymsp[-1].minor.yy392);} + break; + case 212: /* cmd ::= VACUUM */ + case 213: /* cmd ::= VACUUM nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==213); +{sqlite3Vacuum(pParse);} + break; + case 214: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm */ +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0,0);} + break; + case 215: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum */ +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);} + break; + case 216: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP */ +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0);} + break; + case 217: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num */ +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,1);} + break; + case 218: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP */ +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,1);} + break; + case 221: /* cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END */ +{ + Token all; + all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; + all.n = (int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n; + sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy327, &all); +} + break; + case 222: /* trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */ +{ + sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, yymsp[-5].minor.yy392, yymsp[-4].minor.yy410.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy410.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy347, yymsp[0].minor.yy122, yymsp[-10].minor.yy392, yymsp[-8].minor.yy392); + yymsp[-10].minor.yy0 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy0.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy0:yymsp[-6].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-T*/ +} + break; + case 223: /* trigger_time ::= BEFORE */ +{ yymsp[0].minor.yy392 = TK_BEFORE; } + break; + case 224: /* trigger_time ::= AFTER */ +{ yymsp[0].minor.yy392 = TK_AFTER; } + break; + case 225: /* trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */ +{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy392 = TK_INSTEAD;} + break; + case 226: /* trigger_time ::= */ +{ yymsp[1].minor.yy392 = TK_BEFORE; } + break; + case 227: /* trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */ + case 228: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==228); +{yymsp[0].minor.yy410.a = yymsp[0].major; /*A-overwrites-X*/ yymsp[0].minor.yy410.b = 0;} + break; + case 229: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF idlist */ +{yymsp[-2].minor.yy410.a = TK_UPDATE; yymsp[-2].minor.yy410.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy180;} + break; + case 230: /* when_clause ::= */ + case 249: /* key_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==249); +{ yymsp[1].minor.yy122 = 0; } + break; + case 231: /* when_clause ::= WHEN expr */ + case 250: /* key_opt ::= KEY expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==250); +{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy122 = yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr; } + break; + case 232: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */ +{ + assert( yymsp[-2].minor.yy327!=0 ); + yymsp[-2].minor.yy327->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy327; + yymsp[-2].minor.yy327->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy327; +} + break; + case 233: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */ +{ + assert( yymsp[-1].minor.yy327!=0 ); + yymsp[-1].minor.yy327->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy327; +} + break; + case 234: /* trnm ::= nm DOT nm */ +{ + yymsp[-2].minor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "qualified table names are not allowed on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE " + "statements within triggers"); +} + break; + case 235: /* tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm */ +{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "the INDEXED BY clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements " + "within triggers"); +} + break; + case 236: /* tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED */ +{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "the NOT INDEXED clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements " + "within triggers"); +} + break; + case 237: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt */ +{yymsp[-6].minor.yy327 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy442, yymsp[0].minor.yy122, yymsp[-5].minor.yy392);} + break; + case 238: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm idlist_opt select */ +{yymsp[-4].minor.yy327 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy180, yymsp[0].minor.yy159, yymsp[-4].minor.yy392);/*A-overwrites-R*/} + break; + case 239: /* trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt */ +{yymsp[-4].minor.yy327 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy122);} + break; + case 240: /* trigger_cmd ::= select */ +{yymsp[0].minor.yy327 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy159); /*A-overwrites-X*/} + break; + case 241: /* expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */ +{ + spanSet(&yymsp[-3].minor.yy342,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/ + yymsp[-3].minor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0); + if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy342.pExpr ){ + yymsp[-3].minor.yy342.pExpr->affinity = OE_Ignore; + } +} + break; + case 242: /* expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */ +{ + spanSet(&yymsp[-5].minor.yy342,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/ + yymsp[-5].minor.yy342.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); + if( yymsp[-5].minor.yy342.pExpr ) { + yymsp[-5].minor.yy342.pExpr->affinity = (char)yymsp[-3].minor.yy392; + } +} + break; + case 243: /* raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */ +{yymsp[0].minor.yy392 = OE_Rollback;} + break; + case 245: /* raisetype ::= FAIL */ +{yymsp[0].minor.yy392 = OE_Fail;} + break; + case 246: /* cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */ +{ + sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy347,yymsp[-1].minor.yy392); +} + break; + case 247: /* cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */ +{ + sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy342.pExpr, yymsp[-1].minor.yy342.pExpr, yymsp[0].minor.yy122); +} + break; + case 248: /* cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */ +{ + sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy342.pExpr); +} + break; + case 251: /* cmd ::= REINDEX */ +{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, 0, 0);} + break; + case 252: /* cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm */ +{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 253: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE */ +{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, 0, 0);} + break; + case 254: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm */ +{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 255: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */ +{ + sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy347,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 256: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt columnname carglist */ +{ + yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n; + sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); +} + break; + case 257: /* add_column_fullname ::= fullname */ +{ + disableLookaside(pParse); + sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy347); +} + break; + case 258: /* cmd ::= create_vtab */ +{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,0);} + break; + case 259: /* cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP */ +{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 260: /* create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm */ +{ + sqlite3VtabBeginParse(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy392); +} + break; + case 261: /* vtabarg ::= */ +{sqlite3VtabArgInit(pParse);} + break; + case 262: /* vtabargtoken ::= ANY */ + case 263: /* vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==263); + case 264: /* lp ::= LP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==264); +{sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} + break; + case 265: /* with ::= */ +{yymsp[1].minor.yy331 = 0;} + break; + case 266: /* with ::= WITH wqlist */ +{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy331 = yymsp[0].minor.yy331; } + break; + case 267: /* with ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist */ +{ yymsp[-2].minor.yy331 = yymsp[0].minor.yy331; } + break; + case 268: /* wqlist ::= nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP */ +{ + yymsp[-5].minor.yy331 = sqlite3WithAdd(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy442, yymsp[-1].minor.yy159); /*A-overwrites-X*/ +} + break; + case 269: /* wqlist ::= wqlist COMMA nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP */ +{ + yymsp[-7].minor.yy331 = sqlite3WithAdd(pParse, yymsp[-7].minor.yy331, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy442, yymsp[-1].minor.yy159); +} + break; + default: + /* (270) input ::= cmdlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==270); + /* (271) cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==271); + /* (272) cmdlist ::= ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==272); + /* (273) ecmd ::= SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==273); + /* (274) ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==274); + /* (275) explain ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==275); + /* (276) trans_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==276); + /* (277) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==277); + /* (278) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==278); + /* (279) savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==279); + /* (280) savepoint_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==280); + /* (281) cmd ::= create_table create_table_args */ yytestcase(yyruleno==281); + /* (282) columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA columnname carglist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==282); + /* (283) columnlist ::= columnname carglist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==283); + /* (284) nm ::= ID|INDEXED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==284); + /* (285) nm ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==285); + /* (286) nm ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==286); + /* (287) typetoken ::= typename */ yytestcase(yyruleno==287); + /* (288) typename ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==288); + /* (289) signed ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==289); + /* (290) signed ::= minus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==290); + /* (291) carglist ::= carglist ccons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==291); + /* (292) carglist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==292); + /* (293) ccons ::= NULL onconf */ yytestcase(yyruleno==293); + /* (294) conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==294); + /* (295) conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==295); + /* (296) conslist ::= tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==296); + /* (297) tconscomma ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==297); + /* (298) defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause */ yytestcase(yyruleno==298); + /* (299) resolvetype ::= raisetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==299); + /* (300) selectnowith ::= oneselect */ yytestcase(yyruleno==300); + /* (301) oneselect ::= values */ yytestcase(yyruleno==301); + /* (302) sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */ yytestcase(yyruleno==302); + /* (303) as ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==303); + /* (304) expr ::= term */ yytestcase(yyruleno==304); + /* (305) exprlist ::= nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==305); + /* (306) nmnum ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==306); + /* (307) nmnum ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==307); + /* (308) nmnum ::= ON */ yytestcase(yyruleno==308); + /* (309) nmnum ::= DELETE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==309); + /* (310) nmnum ::= DEFAULT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==310); + /* (311) plus_num ::= INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==311); + /* (312) foreach_clause ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==312); + /* (313) foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==313); + /* (314) trnm ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==314); + /* (315) tridxby ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==315); + /* (316) database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==316); + /* (317) database_kw_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==317); + /* (318) kwcolumn_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==318); + /* (319) kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==319); + /* (320) vtabarglist ::= vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==320); + /* (321) vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==321); + /* (322) vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken */ yytestcase(yyruleno==322); + /* (323) anylist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==323); + /* (324) anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==324); + /* (325) anylist ::= anylist ANY */ yytestcase(yyruleno==325); + break; +/********** End reduce actions ************************************************/ + }; + assert( yyruleno<sizeof(yyRuleInfo)/sizeof(yyRuleInfo[0]) ); + yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs; + yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs; + yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yymsp[-yysize].stateno,(YYCODETYPE)yygoto); + if( yyact <= YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE ){ + if( yyact>YY_MAX_SHIFT ) yyact += YY_MIN_REDUCE - YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE; + yypParser->yyidx -= yysize - 1; + yymsp -= yysize-1; + yymsp->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyact; + yymsp->major = (YYCODETYPE)yygoto; + yyTraceShift(yypParser, yyact); + }else{ + assert( yyact == YY_ACCEPT_ACTION ); + yypParser->yyidx -= yysize; + yy_accept(yypParser); + } +} + +/* +** The following code executes when the parse fails +*/ +#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY +static void yy_parse_failed( + yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */ +){ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt); + } +#endif + while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); + /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the + ** parser fails */ +/************ Begin %parse_failure code ***************************************/ +/************ End %parse_failure code *****************************************/ + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ +} +#endif /* YYNOERRORRECOVERY */ + +/* +** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs. +*/ +static void yy_syntax_error( + yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ + int yymajor, /* The major type of the error token */ + sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor /* The minor type of the error token */ +){ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; +#define TOKEN yyminor +/************ Begin %syntax_error code ****************************************/ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(yymajor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */ + assert( TOKEN.z[0] ); /* The tokenizer always gives us a token */ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN); +/************ End %syntax_error code ******************************************/ + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ +} + +/* +** The following is executed when the parser accepts +*/ +static void yy_accept( + yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */ +){ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt); + } +#endif + while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); + /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the + ** parser accepts */ +/*********** Begin %parse_accept code *****************************************/ +/*********** End %parse_accept code *******************************************/ + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ +} + +/* The main parser program. +** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from +** "sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser. +** The second argument is the major token number. The third is +** the minor token. The fourth optional argument is whatever the +** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for +** use by the action routines. +** +** Inputs: +** <ul> +** <li> A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.) +** <li> The major token number. +** <li> The minor token number. +** <li> An option argument of a grammar-specified type. +** </ul> +** +** Outputs: +** None. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser( + void *yyp, /* The parser */ + int yymajor, /* The major token code number */ + sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor /* The value for the token */ + sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */ +){ + YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion; + unsigned int yyact; /* The parser action. */ +#if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY) + int yyendofinput; /* True if we are at the end of input */ +#endif +#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL + int yyerrorhit = 0; /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */ +#endif + yyParser *yypParser; /* The parser */ + + /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */ + yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp; + if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){ +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 + if( yypParser->yystksz <=0 ){ + yyStackOverflow(yypParser); + return; + } +#endif + yypParser->yyidx = 0; +#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY + yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1; +#endif + yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0; + yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInitialize. Empty stack. State 0\n", + yyTracePrompt); + } +#endif + } +#if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY) + yyendofinput = (yymajor==0); +#endif + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; + +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput '%s'\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]); + } +#endif + + do{ + yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor); + if( yyact <= YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE ){ + if( yyact > YY_MAX_SHIFT ) yyact += YY_MIN_REDUCE - YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE; + yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yymajor,yyminor); +#ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY + yypParser->yyerrcnt--; +#endif + yymajor = YYNOCODE; + }else if( yyact <= YY_MAX_REDUCE ){ + yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YY_MIN_REDUCE); + }else{ + assert( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION ); + yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor; +#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL + int yymx; +#endif +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt); + } +#endif +#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL + /* A syntax error has occurred. + ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the + ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR". + ** + ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR: + ** + ** * Call the %syntax_error function. + ** + ** * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where + ** it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift + ** the error symbol. + ** + ** * Set the error count to three. + ** + ** * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens. No new error + ** processing will occur until three tokens have been + ** shifted successfully. + ** + */ + if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){ + yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminor); + } + yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major; + if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){ +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n", + yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]); + } +#endif + yy_destructor(yypParser, (YYCODETYPE)yymajor, &yyminorunion); + yymajor = YYNOCODE; + }else{ + while( + yypParser->yyidx >= 0 && + yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL && + (yyact = yy_find_reduce_action( + yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].stateno, + YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YY_MIN_REDUCE + ){ + yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); + } + if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){ + yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); + yy_parse_failed(yypParser); + yymajor = YYNOCODE; + }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){ + yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,yyminor); + } + } + yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3; + yyerrorhit = 1; +#elif defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY) + /* If the YYNOERRORRECOVERY macro is defined, then do not attempt to + ** do any kind of error recovery. Instead, simply invoke the syntax + ** error routine and continue going as if nothing had happened. + ** + ** Applications can set this macro (for example inside %include) if + ** they intend to abandon the parse upon the first syntax error seen. + */ + yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor, yyminor); + yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); + yymajor = YYNOCODE; + +#else /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */ + /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR: + ** + ** * Report an error message, and throw away the input token. + ** + ** * If the input token is $, then fail the parse. + ** + ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until + ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted. + */ + if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){ + yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor, yyminor); + } + yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3; + yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); + if( yyendofinput ){ + yy_parse_failed(yypParser); + } + yymajor = YYNOCODE; +#endif + } + }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 ); +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + int i; + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sReturn. Stack=",yyTracePrompt); + for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++) + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%c%s", i==1 ? '[' : ' ', + yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]); + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"]\n"); + } +#endif + return; +} + +/************** End of parse.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file tokenize.c ****************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** An tokenizer for SQL +** +** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into +** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the +** parser for analysis. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* #include <stdlib.h> */ + +/* Character classes for tokenizing +** +** In the sqlite3GetToken() function, a switch() on aiClass[c] is implemented +** using a lookup table, whereas a switch() directly on c uses a binary search. +** The lookup table is much faster. To maximize speed, and to ensure that +** a lookup table is used, all of the classes need to be small integers and +** all of them need to be used within the switch. +*/ +#define CC_X 0 /* The letter 'x', or start of BLOB literal */ +#define CC_KYWD 1 /* Alphabetics or '_'. Usable in a keyword */ +#define CC_ID 2 /* unicode characters usable in IDs */ +#define CC_DIGIT 3 /* Digits */ +#define CC_DOLLAR 4 /* '$' */ +#define CC_VARALPHA 5 /* '@', '#', ':'. Alphabetic SQL variables */ +#define CC_VARNUM 6 /* '?'. Numeric SQL variables */ +#define CC_SPACE 7 /* Space characters */ +#define CC_QUOTE 8 /* '"', '\'', or '`'. String literals, quoted ids */ +#define CC_QUOTE2 9 /* '['. [...] style quoted ids */ +#define CC_PIPE 10 /* '|'. Bitwise OR or concatenate */ +#define CC_MINUS 11 /* '-'. Minus or SQL-style comment */ +#define CC_LT 12 /* '<'. Part of < or <= or <> */ +#define CC_GT 13 /* '>'. Part of > or >= */ +#define CC_EQ 14 /* '='. Part of = or == */ +#define CC_BANG 15 /* '!'. Part of != */ +#define CC_SLASH 16 /* '/'. / or c-style comment */ +#define CC_LP 17 /* '(' */ +#define CC_RP 18 /* ')' */ +#define CC_SEMI 19 /* ';' */ +#define CC_PLUS 20 /* '+' */ +#define CC_STAR 21 /* '*' */ +#define CC_PERCENT 22 /* '%' */ +#define CC_COMMA 23 /* ',' */ +#define CC_AND 24 /* '&' */ +#define CC_TILDA 25 /* '~' */ +#define CC_DOT 26 /* '.' */ +#define CC_ILLEGAL 27 /* Illegal character */ + +static const unsigned char aiClass[] = { +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII +/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xa xb xc xd xe xf */ +/* 0x */ 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 7, 7, 27, 7, 7, 27, 27, +/* 1x */ 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, +/* 2x */ 7, 15, 8, 5, 4, 22, 24, 8, 17, 18, 21, 20, 23, 11, 26, 16, +/* 3x */ 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 5, 19, 12, 14, 13, 6, +/* 4x */ 5, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, +/* 5x */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 9, 27, 27, 27, 1, +/* 6x */ 8, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, +/* 7x */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 27, 10, 27, 25, 27, +/* 8x */ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, +/* 9x */ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, +/* Ax */ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, +/* Bx */ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, +/* Cx */ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, +/* Dx */ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, +/* Ex */ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, +/* Fx */ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2 +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC +/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xa xb xc xd xe xf */ +/* 0x */ 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 7, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 7, 7, 27, 27, +/* 1x */ 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, +/* 2x */ 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 7, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, +/* 3x */ 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, +/* 4x */ 7, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 12, 17, 20, 10, +/* 5x */ 24, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 15, 4, 21, 18, 19, 27, +/* 6x */ 11, 16, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 23, 22, 1, 13, 7, +/* 7x */ 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 8, 5, 5, 5, 8, 14, 8, +/* 8x */ 27, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, +/* 9x */ 27, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, +/* 9x */ 25, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, +/* Bx */ 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 9, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, +/* Cx */ 27, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, +/* Dx */ 27, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, +/* Ex */ 27, 27, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, +/* Fx */ 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, +#endif +}; + +/* +** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters (only) into their +** lower-case ASCII equivalent. On ASCII machines, this is just +** an upper-to-lower case map. On EBCDIC machines we also need +** to adjust the encoding. The mapping is only valid for alphabetics +** which are the only characters for which this feature is used. +** +** Used by keywordhash.h +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII +# define charMap(X) sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)X] +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC +# define charMap(X) ebcdicToAscii[(unsigned char)X] +const unsigned char ebcdicToAscii[] = { +/* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 95, 0, 0, /* 6x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ + 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 8x */ + 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 9x */ + 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ax */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */ + 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Cx */ + 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Dx */ + 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ex */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Fx */ +}; +#endif + +/* +** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if +** it is a keyword. If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is +** returned. If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned. +** +** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program, +** mkkeywordhash.c, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution. +** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program is written into a file +** named keywordhash.h and then included into this source file by +** the #include below. +*/ +/************** Include keywordhash.h in the middle of tokenize.c ************/ +/************** Begin file keywordhash.h *************************************/ +/***** This file contains automatically generated code ****** +** +** The code in this file has been automatically generated by +** +** sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c +** +** The code in this file implements a function that determines whether +** or not a given identifier is really an SQL keyword. The same thing +** might be implemented more directly using a hand-written hash table. +** But by using this automatically generated code, the size of the code +** is substantially reduced. This is important for embedded applications +** on platforms with limited memory. +*/ +/* Hash score: 182 */ +static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n, int *pType){ + /* zText[] encodes 834 bytes of keywords in 554 bytes */ + /* REINDEXEDESCAPEACHECKEYBEFOREIGNOREGEXPLAINSTEADDATABASELECT */ + /* ABLEFTHENDEFERRABLELSEXCEPTRANSACTIONATURALTERAISEXCLUSIVE */ + /* XISTSAVEPOINTERSECTRIGGEREFERENCESCONSTRAINTOFFSETEMPORARY */ + /* UNIQUERYWITHOUTERELEASEATTACHAVINGROUPDATEBEGINNERECURSIVE */ + /* BETWEENOTNULLIKECASCADELETECASECOLLATECREATECURRENT_DATEDETACH */ + /* IMMEDIATEJOINSERTMATCHPLANALYZEPRAGMABORTVALUESVIRTUALIMITWHEN */ + /* WHERENAMEAFTEREPLACEANDEFAULTAUTOINCREMENTCASTCOLUMNCOMMIT */ + /* CONFLICTCROSSCURRENT_TIMESTAMPRIMARYDEFERREDISTINCTDROPFAIL */ + /* FROMFULLGLOBYIFISNULLORDERESTRICTRIGHTROLLBACKROWUNIONUSING */ + /* VACUUMVIEWINITIALLY */ + static const char zText[553] = { + 'R','E','I','N','D','E','X','E','D','E','S','C','A','P','E','A','C','H', + 'E','C','K','E','Y','B','E','F','O','R','E','I','G','N','O','R','E','G', + 'E','X','P','L','A','I','N','S','T','E','A','D','D','A','T','A','B','A', + 'S','E','L','E','C','T','A','B','L','E','F','T','H','E','N','D','E','F', + 'E','R','R','A','B','L','E','L','S','E','X','C','E','P','T','R','A','N', + 'S','A','C','T','I','O','N','A','T','U','R','A','L','T','E','R','A','I', + 'S','E','X','C','L','U','S','I','V','E','X','I','S','T','S','A','V','E', + 'P','O','I','N','T','E','R','S','E','C','T','R','I','G','G','E','R','E', + 'F','E','R','E','N','C','E','S','C','O','N','S','T','R','A','I','N','T', + 'O','F','F','S','E','T','E','M','P','O','R','A','R','Y','U','N','I','Q', + 'U','E','R','Y','W','I','T','H','O','U','T','E','R','E','L','E','A','S', + 'E','A','T','T','A','C','H','A','V','I','N','G','R','O','U','P','D','A', + 'T','E','B','E','G','I','N','N','E','R','E','C','U','R','S','I','V','E', + 'B','E','T','W','E','E','N','O','T','N','U','L','L','I','K','E','C','A', + 'S','C','A','D','E','L','E','T','E','C','A','S','E','C','O','L','L','A', + 'T','E','C','R','E','A','T','E','C','U','R','R','E','N','T','_','D','A', + 'T','E','D','E','T','A','C','H','I','M','M','E','D','I','A','T','E','J', + 'O','I','N','S','E','R','T','M','A','T','C','H','P','L','A','N','A','L', + 'Y','Z','E','P','R','A','G','M','A','B','O','R','T','V','A','L','U','E', + 'S','V','I','R','T','U','A','L','I','M','I','T','W','H','E','N','W','H', + 'E','R','E','N','A','M','E','A','F','T','E','R','E','P','L','A','C','E', + 'A','N','D','E','F','A','U','L','T','A','U','T','O','I','N','C','R','E', + 'M','E','N','T','C','A','S','T','C','O','L','U','M','N','C','O','M','M', + 'I','T','C','O','N','F','L','I','C','T','C','R','O','S','S','C','U','R', + 'R','E','N','T','_','T','I','M','E','S','T','A','M','P','R','I','M','A', + 'R','Y','D','E','F','E','R','R','E','D','I','S','T','I','N','C','T','D', + 'R','O','P','F','A','I','L','F','R','O','M','F','U','L','L','G','L','O', + 'B','Y','I','F','I','S','N','U','L','L','O','R','D','E','R','E','S','T', + 'R','I','C','T','R','I','G','H','T','R','O','L','L','B','A','C','K','R', + 'O','W','U','N','I','O','N','U','S','I','N','G','V','A','C','U','U','M', + 'V','I','E','W','I','N','I','T','I','A','L','L','Y', + }; + static const unsigned char aHash[127] = { + 76, 105, 117, 74, 0, 45, 0, 0, 82, 0, 77, 0, 0, + 42, 12, 78, 15, 0, 116, 85, 54, 112, 0, 19, 0, 0, + 121, 0, 119, 115, 0, 22, 93, 0, 9, 0, 0, 70, 71, + 0, 69, 6, 0, 48, 90, 102, 0, 118, 101, 0, 0, 44, + 0, 103, 24, 0, 17, 0, 122, 53, 23, 0, 5, 110, 25, + 96, 0, 0, 124, 106, 60, 123, 57, 28, 55, 0, 91, 0, + 100, 26, 0, 99, 0, 0, 0, 95, 92, 97, 88, 109, 14, + 39, 108, 0, 81, 0, 18, 89, 111, 32, 0, 120, 80, 113, + 62, 46, 84, 0, 0, 94, 40, 59, 114, 0, 36, 0, 0, + 29, 0, 86, 63, 64, 0, 20, 61, 0, 56, + }; + static const unsigned char aNext[124] = { + 0, 0, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 13, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 7, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 33, 0, 21, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 50, + 0, 43, 3, 47, 0, 0, 0, 0, 30, 0, 58, 0, 38, + 0, 0, 0, 1, 66, 0, 0, 67, 0, 41, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 49, 65, 0, 0, 0, 0, 31, 52, 16, 34, + 10, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 11, 72, 79, 0, 8, + 0, 104, 98, 0, 107, 0, 87, 0, 75, 51, 0, 27, 37, + 73, 83, 0, 35, 68, 0, 0, + }; + static const unsigned char aLen[124] = { + 7, 7, 5, 4, 6, 4, 5, 3, 6, 7, 3, 6, 6, + 7, 7, 3, 8, 2, 6, 5, 4, 4, 3, 10, 4, 6, + 11, 6, 2, 7, 5, 5, 9, 6, 9, 9, 7, 10, 10, + 4, 6, 2, 3, 9, 4, 2, 6, 5, 7, 4, 5, 7, + 6, 6, 5, 6, 5, 5, 9, 7, 7, 3, 2, 4, 4, + 7, 3, 6, 4, 7, 6, 12, 6, 9, 4, 6, 5, 4, + 7, 6, 5, 6, 7, 5, 4, 5, 6, 5, 7, 3, 7, + 13, 2, 2, 4, 6, 6, 8, 5, 17, 12, 7, 8, 8, + 2, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 2, 2, 6, 5, 8, 5, 8, + 3, 5, 5, 6, 4, 9, 3, + }; + static const unsigned short int aOffset[124] = { + 0, 2, 2, 8, 9, 14, 16, 20, 23, 25, 25, 29, 33, + 36, 41, 46, 48, 53, 54, 59, 62, 65, 67, 69, 78, 81, + 86, 91, 95, 96, 101, 105, 109, 117, 122, 128, 136, 142, 152, + 159, 162, 162, 165, 167, 167, 171, 176, 179, 184, 184, 188, 192, + 199, 204, 209, 212, 218, 221, 225, 234, 240, 240, 240, 243, 246, + 250, 251, 255, 261, 265, 272, 278, 290, 296, 305, 307, 313, 318, + 320, 327, 332, 337, 343, 349, 354, 358, 361, 367, 371, 378, 380, + 387, 389, 391, 400, 404, 410, 416, 424, 429, 429, 445, 452, 459, + 460, 467, 471, 475, 479, 483, 486, 488, 490, 496, 500, 508, 513, + 521, 524, 529, 534, 540, 544, 549, + }; + static const unsigned char aCode[124] = { + TK_REINDEX, TK_INDEXED, TK_INDEX, TK_DESC, TK_ESCAPE, + TK_EACH, TK_CHECK, TK_KEY, TK_BEFORE, TK_FOREIGN, + TK_FOR, TK_IGNORE, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_EXPLAIN, TK_INSTEAD, + TK_ADD, TK_DATABASE, TK_AS, TK_SELECT, TK_TABLE, + TK_JOIN_KW, TK_THEN, TK_END, TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_ELSE, + TK_EXCEPT, TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ACTION, TK_ON, TK_JOIN_KW, + TK_ALTER, TK_RAISE, TK_EXCLUSIVE, TK_EXISTS, TK_SAVEPOINT, + TK_INTERSECT, TK_TRIGGER, TK_REFERENCES, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTO, + TK_OFFSET, TK_OF, TK_SET, TK_TEMP, TK_TEMP, + TK_OR, TK_UNIQUE, TK_QUERY, TK_WITHOUT, TK_WITH, + TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RELEASE, TK_ATTACH, TK_HAVING, TK_GROUP, + TK_UPDATE, TK_BEGIN, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RECURSIVE, TK_BETWEEN, + TK_NOTNULL, TK_NOT, TK_NO, TK_NULL, TK_LIKE_KW, + TK_CASCADE, TK_ASC, TK_DELETE, TK_CASE, TK_COLLATE, + TK_CREATE, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_DETACH, TK_IMMEDIATE, TK_JOIN, + TK_INSERT, TK_MATCH, TK_PLAN, TK_ANALYZE, TK_PRAGMA, + TK_ABORT, TK_VALUES, TK_VIRTUAL, TK_LIMIT, TK_WHEN, + TK_WHERE, TK_RENAME, TK_AFTER, TK_REPLACE, TK_AND, + TK_DEFAULT, TK_AUTOINCR, TK_TO, TK_IN, TK_CAST, + TK_COLUMNKW, TK_COMMIT, TK_CONFLICT, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, + TK_CTIME_KW, TK_PRIMARY, TK_DEFERRED, TK_DISTINCT, TK_IS, + TK_DROP, TK_FAIL, TK_FROM, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_LIKE_KW, + TK_BY, TK_IF, TK_ISNULL, TK_ORDER, TK_RESTRICT, + TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ROLLBACK, TK_ROW, TK_UNION, TK_USING, + TK_VACUUM, TK_VIEW, TK_INITIALLY, TK_ALL, + }; + int i, j; + const char *zKW; + if( n>=2 ){ + i = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^ (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^ n) % 127; + for(i=((int)aHash[i])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){ + if( aLen[i]!=n ) continue; + j = 0; + zKW = &zText[aOffset[i]]; +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII + while( j<n && (z[j]&~0x20)==zKW[j] ){ j++; } +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC + while( j<n && toupper(z[j])==zKW[j] ){ j++; } +#endif + if( j<n ) continue; + testcase( i==0 ); /* REINDEX */ + testcase( i==1 ); /* INDEXED */ + testcase( i==2 ); /* INDEX */ + testcase( i==3 ); /* DESC */ + testcase( i==4 ); /* ESCAPE */ + testcase( i==5 ); /* EACH */ + testcase( i==6 ); /* CHECK */ + testcase( i==7 ); /* KEY */ + testcase( i==8 ); /* BEFORE */ + testcase( i==9 ); /* FOREIGN */ + testcase( i==10 ); /* FOR */ + testcase( i==11 ); /* IGNORE */ + testcase( i==12 ); /* REGEXP */ + testcase( i==13 ); /* EXPLAIN */ + testcase( i==14 ); /* INSTEAD */ + testcase( i==15 ); /* ADD */ + testcase( i==16 ); /* DATABASE */ + testcase( i==17 ); /* AS */ + testcase( i==18 ); /* SELECT */ + testcase( i==19 ); /* TABLE */ + testcase( i==20 ); /* LEFT */ + testcase( i==21 ); /* THEN */ + testcase( i==22 ); /* END */ + testcase( i==23 ); /* DEFERRABLE */ + testcase( i==24 ); /* ELSE */ + testcase( i==25 ); /* EXCEPT */ + testcase( i==26 ); /* TRANSACTION */ + testcase( i==27 ); /* ACTION */ + testcase( i==28 ); /* ON */ + testcase( i==29 ); /* NATURAL */ + testcase( i==30 ); /* ALTER */ + testcase( i==31 ); /* RAISE */ + testcase( i==32 ); /* EXCLUSIVE */ + testcase( i==33 ); /* EXISTS */ + testcase( i==34 ); /* SAVEPOINT */ + testcase( i==35 ); /* INTERSECT */ + testcase( i==36 ); /* TRIGGER */ + testcase( i==37 ); /* REFERENCES */ + testcase( i==38 ); /* CONSTRAINT */ + testcase( i==39 ); /* INTO */ + testcase( i==40 ); /* OFFSET */ + testcase( i==41 ); /* OF */ + testcase( i==42 ); /* SET */ + testcase( i==43 ); /* TEMPORARY */ + testcase( i==44 ); /* TEMP */ + testcase( i==45 ); /* OR */ + testcase( i==46 ); /* UNIQUE */ + testcase( i==47 ); /* QUERY */ + testcase( i==48 ); /* WITHOUT */ + testcase( i==49 ); /* WITH */ + testcase( i==50 ); /* OUTER */ + testcase( i==51 ); /* RELEASE */ + testcase( i==52 ); /* ATTACH */ + testcase( i==53 ); /* HAVING */ + testcase( i==54 ); /* GROUP */ + testcase( i==55 ); /* UPDATE */ + testcase( i==56 ); /* BEGIN */ + testcase( i==57 ); /* INNER */ + testcase( i==58 ); /* RECURSIVE */ + testcase( i==59 ); /* BETWEEN */ + testcase( i==60 ); /* NOTNULL */ + testcase( i==61 ); /* NOT */ + testcase( i==62 ); /* NO */ + testcase( i==63 ); /* NULL */ + testcase( i==64 ); /* LIKE */ + testcase( i==65 ); /* CASCADE */ + testcase( i==66 ); /* ASC */ + testcase( i==67 ); /* DELETE */ + testcase( i==68 ); /* CASE */ + testcase( i==69 ); /* COLLATE */ + testcase( i==70 ); /* CREATE */ + testcase( i==71 ); /* CURRENT_DATE */ + testcase( i==72 ); /* DETACH */ + testcase( i==73 ); /* IMMEDIATE */ + testcase( i==74 ); /* JOIN */ + testcase( i==75 ); /* INSERT */ + testcase( i==76 ); /* MATCH */ + testcase( i==77 ); /* PLAN */ + testcase( i==78 ); /* ANALYZE */ + testcase( i==79 ); /* PRAGMA */ + testcase( i==80 ); /* ABORT */ + testcase( i==81 ); /* VALUES */ + testcase( i==82 ); /* VIRTUAL */ + testcase( i==83 ); /* LIMIT */ + testcase( i==84 ); /* WHEN */ + testcase( i==85 ); /* WHERE */ + testcase( i==86 ); /* RENAME */ + testcase( i==87 ); /* AFTER */ + testcase( i==88 ); /* REPLACE */ + testcase( i==89 ); /* AND */ + testcase( i==90 ); /* DEFAULT */ + testcase( i==91 ); /* AUTOINCREMENT */ + testcase( i==92 ); /* TO */ + testcase( i==93 ); /* IN */ + testcase( i==94 ); /* CAST */ + testcase( i==95 ); /* COLUMN */ + testcase( i==96 ); /* COMMIT */ + testcase( i==97 ); /* CONFLICT */ + testcase( i==98 ); /* CROSS */ + testcase( i==99 ); /* CURRENT_TIMESTAMP */ + testcase( i==100 ); /* CURRENT_TIME */ + testcase( i==101 ); /* PRIMARY */ + testcase( i==102 ); /* DEFERRED */ + testcase( i==103 ); /* DISTINCT */ + testcase( i==104 ); /* IS */ + testcase( i==105 ); /* DROP */ + testcase( i==106 ); /* FAIL */ + testcase( i==107 ); /* FROM */ + testcase( i==108 ); /* FULL */ + testcase( i==109 ); /* GLOB */ + testcase( i==110 ); /* BY */ + testcase( i==111 ); /* IF */ + testcase( i==112 ); /* ISNULL */ + testcase( i==113 ); /* ORDER */ + testcase( i==114 ); /* RESTRICT */ + testcase( i==115 ); /* RIGHT */ + testcase( i==116 ); /* ROLLBACK */ + testcase( i==117 ); /* ROW */ + testcase( i==118 ); /* UNION */ + testcase( i==119 ); /* USING */ + testcase( i==120 ); /* VACUUM */ + testcase( i==121 ); /* VIEW */ + testcase( i==122 ); /* INITIALLY */ + testcase( i==123 ); /* ALL */ + *pType = aCode[i]; + break; + } + } + return n; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char *z, int n){ + int id = TK_ID; + keywordCode((char*)z, n, &id); + return id; +} +#define SQLITE_N_KEYWORD 124 + +/************** End of keywordhash.h *****************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in tokenize.c *******************/ + + +/* +** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then +** IdChar(X) will be true. Otherwise it is false. +** +** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is +** allowed in an identifier. For 7-bit characters, +** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1. +** +** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same +** end result. +** +** Ticket #1066. the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the +** middle of identifiers. But many SQL implementations do. +** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility. +** But the feature is undocumented. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII +#define IdChar(C) ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0) +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[] = { +/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */ + 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */ + 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, /* 6x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* 8x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, /* 9x */ + 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Ax */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Cx */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Dx */ + 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Ex */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Fx */ +}; +#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40])) +#endif + +/* Make the IdChar function accessible from ctime.c */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsIdChar(u8 c){ return IdChar(c); } +#endif + + +/* +** Return the length (in bytes) of the token that begins at z[0]. +** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){ + int i, c; + switch( aiClass[*z] ){ /* Switch on the character-class of the first byte + ** of the token. See the comment on the CC_ defines + ** above. */ + case CC_SPACE: { + testcase( z[0]==' ' ); + testcase( z[0]=='\t' ); + testcase( z[0]=='\n' ); + testcase( z[0]=='\f' ); + testcase( z[0]=='\r' ); + for(i=1; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){} + *tokenType = TK_SPACE; + return i; + } + case CC_MINUS: { + if( z[1]=='-' ){ + for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){} + *tokenType = TK_SPACE; /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */ + return i; + } + *tokenType = TK_MINUS; + return 1; + } + case CC_LP: { + *tokenType = TK_LP; + return 1; + } + case CC_RP: { + *tokenType = TK_RP; + return 1; + } + case CC_SEMI: { + *tokenType = TK_SEMI; + return 1; + } + case CC_PLUS: { + *tokenType = TK_PLUS; + return 1; + } + case CC_STAR: { + *tokenType = TK_STAR; + return 1; + } + case CC_SLASH: { + if( z[1]!='*' || z[2]==0 ){ + *tokenType = TK_SLASH; + return 1; + } + for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){} + if( c ) i++; + *tokenType = TK_SPACE; /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */ + return i; + } + case CC_PERCENT: { + *tokenType = TK_REM; + return 1; + } + case CC_EQ: { + *tokenType = TK_EQ; + return 1 + (z[1]=='='); + } + case CC_LT: { + if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){ + *tokenType = TK_LE; + return 2; + }else if( c=='>' ){ + *tokenType = TK_NE; + return 2; + }else if( c=='<' ){ + *tokenType = TK_LSHIFT; + return 2; + }else{ + *tokenType = TK_LT; + return 1; + } + } + case CC_GT: { + if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){ + *tokenType = TK_GE; + return 2; + }else if( c=='>' ){ + *tokenType = TK_RSHIFT; + return 2; + }else{ + *tokenType = TK_GT; + return 1; + } + } + case CC_BANG: { + if( z[1]!='=' ){ + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + return 1; + }else{ + *tokenType = TK_NE; + return 2; + } + } + case CC_PIPE: { + if( z[1]!='|' ){ + *tokenType = TK_BITOR; + return 1; + }else{ + *tokenType = TK_CONCAT; + return 2; + } + } + case CC_COMMA: { + *tokenType = TK_COMMA; + return 1; + } + case CC_AND: { + *tokenType = TK_BITAND; + return 1; + } + case CC_TILDA: { + *tokenType = TK_BITNOT; + return 1; + } + case CC_QUOTE: { + int delim = z[0]; + testcase( delim=='`' ); + testcase( delim=='\'' ); + testcase( delim=='"' ); + for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){ + if( c==delim ){ + if( z[i+1]==delim ){ + i++; + }else{ + break; + } + } + } + if( c=='\'' ){ + *tokenType = TK_STRING; + return i+1; + }else if( c!=0 ){ + *tokenType = TK_ID; + return i+1; + }else{ + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + return i; + } + } + case CC_DOT: { +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + if( !sqlite3Isdigit(z[1]) ) +#endif + { + *tokenType = TK_DOT; + return 1; + } + /* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point + ** number that begins with ".". Fall thru into the next case */ + } + case CC_DIGIT: { + testcase( z[0]=='0' ); testcase( z[0]=='1' ); testcase( z[0]=='2' ); + testcase( z[0]=='3' ); testcase( z[0]=='4' ); testcase( z[0]=='5' ); + testcase( z[0]=='6' ); testcase( z[0]=='7' ); testcase( z[0]=='8' ); + testcase( z[0]=='9' ); + *tokenType = TK_INTEGER; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER + if( z[0]=='0' && (z[1]=='x' || z[1]=='X') && sqlite3Isxdigit(z[2]) ){ + for(i=3; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[i]); i++){} + return i; + } +#endif + for(i=0; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){} +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + if( z[i]=='.' ){ + i++; + while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; } + *tokenType = TK_FLOAT; + } + if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') && + ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1]) + || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+2])) + ) + ){ + i += 2; + while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; } + *tokenType = TK_FLOAT; + } +#endif + while( IdChar(z[i]) ){ + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + i++; + } + return i; + } + case CC_QUOTE2: { + for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){} + *tokenType = c==']' ? TK_ID : TK_ILLEGAL; + return i; + } + case CC_VARNUM: { + *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE; + for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){} + return i; + } + case CC_DOLLAR: + case CC_VARALPHA: { + int n = 0; + testcase( z[0]=='$' ); testcase( z[0]=='@' ); + testcase( z[0]==':' ); testcase( z[0]=='#' ); + *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE; + for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){ + if( IdChar(c) ){ + n++; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE + }else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){ + do{ + i++; + }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !sqlite3Isspace(c) && c!=')' ); + if( c==')' ){ + i++; + }else{ + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + } + break; + }else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){ + i++; +#endif + }else{ + break; + } + } + if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + return i; + } + case CC_KYWD: { + for(i=1; aiClass[z[i]]<=CC_KYWD; i++){} + if( IdChar(z[i]) ){ + /* This token started out using characters that can appear in keywords, + ** but z[i] is a character not allowed within keywords, so this must + ** be an identifier instead */ + i++; + break; + } + *tokenType = TK_ID; + return keywordCode((char*)z, i, tokenType); + } + case CC_X: { +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL + testcase( z[0]=='x' ); testcase( z[0]=='X' ); + if( z[1]=='\'' ){ + *tokenType = TK_BLOB; + for(i=2; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[i]); i++){} + if( z[i]!='\'' || i%2 ){ + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + while( z[i] && z[i]!='\'' ){ i++; } + } + if( z[i] ) i++; + return i; + } +#endif + /* If it is not a BLOB literal, then it must be an ID, since no + ** SQL keywords start with the letter 'x'. Fall through */ + } + case CC_ID: { + i = 1; + break; + } + default: { + *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; + return 1; + } + } + while( IdChar(z[i]) ){ i++; } + *tokenType = TK_ID; + return i; +} + +/* +** Run the parser on the given SQL string. The parser structure is +** passed in. An SQLITE_ status code is returned. If an error occurs +** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into +** memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and to make *pzErrMsg point to that +** error message. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){ + int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + void *pEngine; /* The LEMON-generated LALR(1) parser */ + int tokenType; /* type of the next token */ + int lastTokenParsed = -1; /* type of the previous token */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + int mxSqlLen; /* Max length of an SQL string */ + + assert( zSql!=0 ); + mxSqlLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]; + if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){ + db->u1.isInterrupted = 0; + } + pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK; + pParse->zTail = zSql; + i = 0; + assert( pzErrMsg!=0 ); + /* sqlite3ParserTrace(stdout, "parser: "); */ + pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc(sqlite3Malloc); + if( pEngine==0 ){ + sqlite3OomFault(db); + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); + assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 ); + assert( pParse->nVar==0 ); + assert( pParse->nzVar==0 ); + assert( pParse->azVar==0 ); + while( zSql[i]!=0 ){ + assert( i>=0 ); + pParse->sLastToken.z = &zSql[i]; + pParse->sLastToken.n = sqlite3GetToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i],&tokenType); + i += pParse->sLastToken.n; + if( i>mxSqlLen ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; + break; + } + if( tokenType>=TK_SPACE ){ + assert( tokenType==TK_SPACE || tokenType==TK_ILLEGAL ); + if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; + break; + } + if( tokenType==TK_ILLEGAL ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unrecognized token: \"%T\"", + &pParse->sLastToken); + break; + } + }else{ + sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken, pParse); + lastTokenParsed = tokenType; + if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed ) break; + } + } + assert( nErr==0 ); + pParse->zTail = &zSql[i]; + if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK && db->mallocFailed==0 ){ + assert( zSql[i]==0 ); + if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){ + sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse); + } + if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK && db->mallocFailed==0 ){ + sqlite3Parser(pEngine, 0, pParse->sLastToken, pParse); + } + } +#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MallocMutex()); + sqlite3StatusHighwater(SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK, + sqlite3ParserStackPeak(pEngine) + ); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MallocMutex()); +#endif /* YYDEBUG */ + sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, sqlite3_free); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){ + pParse->zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc)); + } + assert( pzErrMsg!=0 ); + if( pParse->zErrMsg ){ + *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg; + sqlite3_log(pParse->rc, "%s", *pzErrMsg); + pParse->zErrMsg = 0; + nErr++; + } + if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 && pParse->nested==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe); + pParse->pVdbe = 0; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + if( pParse->nested==0 ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aTableLock); + pParse->aTableLock = 0; + pParse->nTableLock = 0; + } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + sqlite3_free(pParse->apVtabLock); +#endif + + if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ + /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table + ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c) + ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure. + */ + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable); + } + + if( pParse->pWithToFree ) sqlite3WithDelete(db, pParse->pWithToFree); + sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pParse->pNewTrigger); + for(i=pParse->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[i]); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar); + while( pParse->pAinc ){ + AutoincInfo *p = pParse->pAinc; + pParse->pAinc = p->pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + } + while( pParse->pZombieTab ){ + Table *p = pParse->pZombieTab; + pParse->pZombieTab = p->pNextZombie; + sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p); + } + assert( nErr==0 || pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + return nErr; +} + +/************** End of tokenize.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file complete.c ****************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** An tokenizer for SQL +** +** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API. +** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file. But by +** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from +** static links that do not use it. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE + +/* +** This is defined in tokenize.c. We just have to import the definition. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII +#define IdChar(C) ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0) +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[]; +#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40])) +#endif +#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ + + +/* +** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine. See the header +** comments on that procedure for additional information. +*/ +#define tkSEMI 0 +#define tkWS 1 +#define tkOTHER 2 +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER +#define tkEXPLAIN 3 +#define tkCREATE 4 +#define tkTEMP 5 +#define tkTRIGGER 6 +#define tkEND 7 +#endif + +/* +** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon. +** +** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements. +** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement +** must end with ";END;". +** +** This implementation uses a state machine with 8 states: +** +** (0) INVALID We have not yet seen a non-whitespace character. +** +** (1) START At the beginning or end of an SQL statement. This routine +** returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends +** in any other state. +** +** (2) NORMAL We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single +** semicolon. +** +** (3) EXPLAIN The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of +** a statement. +** +** (4) CREATE The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a +** statement, possibly preceded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by +** TEMP or TEMPORARY +** +** (5) TRIGGER We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be +** ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon. +** +** (6) SEMI We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at +** the end of a trigger definition. +** +** (7) END We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end +** of a trigger definition. +** +** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted +** from the input. The following tokens are significant: +** +** (0) tkSEMI A semicolon. +** (1) tkWS Whitespace. +** (2) tkOTHER Any other SQL token. +** (3) tkEXPLAIN The "explain" keyword. +** (4) tkCREATE The "create" keyword. +** (5) tkTEMP The "temp" or "temporary" keyword. +** (6) tkTRIGGER The "trigger" keyword. +** (7) tkEND The "end" keyword. +** +** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored. +** This means that a SQL string of all whitespace is invalid. +** +** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed +** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted. All we have to do +** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){ + u8 state = 0; /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */ + u8 token; /* Value of the next token */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER + ** statement. This is the normal case. + */ + static const u8 trans[8][8] = { + /* Token: */ + /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER EXPLAIN CREATE TEMP TRIGGER END */ + /* 0 INVALID: */ { 1, 0, 2, 3, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, + /* 1 START: */ { 1, 1, 2, 3, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, + /* 2 NORMAL: */ { 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, }, + /* 3 EXPLAIN: */ { 1, 3, 3, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, + /* 4 CREATE: */ { 1, 4, 2, 2, 2, 4, 5, 2, }, + /* 5 TRIGGER: */ { 6, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, }, + /* 6 SEMI: */ { 6, 6, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 7, }, + /* 7 END: */ { 1, 7, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, }, + }; +#else + /* If triggers are not supported by this compile then the statement machine + ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simpler + */ + static const u8 trans[3][3] = { + /* Token: */ + /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER */ + /* 0 INVALID: */ { 1, 0, 2, }, + /* 1 START: */ { 1, 1, 2, }, + /* 2 NORMAL: */ { 1, 2, 2, }, + }; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( zSql==0 ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + + while( *zSql ){ + switch( *zSql ){ + case ';': { /* A semicolon */ + token = tkSEMI; + break; + } + case ' ': + case '\r': + case '\t': + case '\n': + case '\f': { /* White space is ignored */ + token = tkWS; + break; + } + case '/': { /* C-style comments */ + if( zSql[1]!='*' ){ + token = tkOTHER; + break; + } + zSql += 2; + while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; } + if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0; + zSql++; + token = tkWS; + break; + } + case '-': { /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */ + if( zSql[1]!='-' ){ + token = tkOTHER; + break; + } + while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; } + if( *zSql==0 ) return state==1; + token = tkWS; + break; + } + case '[': { /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */ + zSql++; + while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; } + if( *zSql==0 ) return 0; + token = tkOTHER; + break; + } + case '`': /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */ + case '"': /* single- and double-quoted strings */ + case '\'': { + int c = *zSql; + zSql++; + while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; } + if( *zSql==0 ) return 0; + token = tkOTHER; + break; + } + default: { +#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC + unsigned char c; +#endif + if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){ + /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */ + int nId; + for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){} +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + token = tkOTHER; +#else + switch( *zSql ){ + case 'c': case 'C': { + if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){ + token = tkCREATE; + }else{ + token = tkOTHER; + } + break; + } + case 't': case 'T': { + if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){ + token = tkTRIGGER; + }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){ + token = tkTEMP; + }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){ + token = tkTEMP; + }else{ + token = tkOTHER; + } + break; + } + case 'e': case 'E': { + if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){ + token = tkEND; + }else +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){ + token = tkEXPLAIN; + }else +#endif + { + token = tkOTHER; + } + break; + } + default: { + token = tkOTHER; + break; + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ + zSql += nId-1; + }else{ + /* Operators and special symbols */ + token = tkOTHER; + } + break; + } + } + state = trans[state][token]; + zSql++; + } + return state==1; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described +** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not +** UTF-8. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){ + sqlite3_value *pVal; + char const *zSql8; + int rc; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ) return rc; +#endif + pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); + sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC); + zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); + if( zSql8 ){ + rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + return rc & 0xff; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */ + +/************** End of complete.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file main.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file +** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in +** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be +** accessed by users of the library. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 +/************** Include fts3.h in the middle of main.c ***********************/ +/************** Begin file fts3.h ********************************************/ +/* +** 2006 Oct 10 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the +** FTS3 library. All it does is declare the sqlite3Fts3Init() interface. +*/ +/* #include "sqlite3.h" */ + +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db); + +#if 0 +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/************** End of fts3.h ************************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE +/************** Include rtree.h in the middle of main.c **********************/ +/************** Begin file rtree.h *******************************************/ +/* +** 2008 May 26 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the +** RTREE library. All it does is declare the sqlite3RtreeInit() interface. +*/ +/* #include "sqlite3.h" */ + +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db); + +#if 0 +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/************** End of rtree.h ***********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU +/************** Include sqliteicu.h in the middle of main.c ******************/ +/************** Begin file sqliteicu.h ***************************************/ +/* +** 2008 May 26 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the +** ICU extension. All it does is declare the sqlite3IcuInit() interface. +*/ +/* #include "sqlite3.h" */ + +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db); + +#if 0 +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + + +/************** End of sqliteicu.h *******************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1 +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Json1Init(sqlite3*); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5 +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts5Init(sqlite3*); +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46656-45156 The sqlite3_version[] string constant +** contains the text of SQLITE_VERSION macro. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION; +#endif + +/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-53536-42575 The sqlite3_libversion() function returns +** a pointer to the to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; } + +/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-63124-39300 The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns a +** pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the +** SQLITE_SOURCE_ID C preprocessor macro. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_sourceid(void){ return SQLITE_SOURCE_ID; } + +/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-35210-63508 The sqlite3_libversion_number() function +** returns an integer equal to SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; } + +/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-20790-14025 The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns +** zero if and only if SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to +** the SQLITE_THREADSAFE compile-time option being set to 0. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_threadsafe(void){ return SQLITE_THREADSAFE; } + +/* +** When compiling the test fixture or with debugging enabled (on Win32), +** this variable being set to non-zero will cause OSTRACE macros to emit +** extra diagnostic information. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE +# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE +# define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0 +# endif + int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE; +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE) +/* +** If the following function pointer is not NULL and if +** SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE is enabled, then messages describing +** I/O active are written using this function. These messages +** are intended for debugging activity only. +*/ +SQLITE_API void (SQLITE_CDECL *sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*, ...) = 0; +#endif + +/* +** If the following global variable points to a string which is the +** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store +** temporary files. +** +** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; + +/* +** If the following global variable points to a string which is the +** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store +** all database files specified with a relative pathname. +** +** See also the "PRAGMA data_store_directory" SQL command. +*/ +SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory = 0; + +/* +** Initialize SQLite. +** +** This routine must be called to initialize the memory allocation, +** VFS, and mutex subsystems prior to doing any serious work with +** SQLite. But as long as you do not compile with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT +** this routine will be called automatically by key routines such as +** sqlite3_open(). +** +** This routine is a no-op except on its very first call for the process, +** or for the first call after a call to sqlite3_shutdown. +** +** The first thread to call this routine runs the initialization to +** completion. If subsequent threads call this routine before the first +** thread has finished the initialization process, then the subsequent +** threads must block until the first thread finishes with the initialization. +** +** The first thread might call this routine recursively. Recursive +** calls to this routine should not block, of course. Otherwise the +** initialization process would never complete. +** +** Let X be the first thread to enter this routine. Let Y be some other +** thread. Then while the initial invocation of this routine by X is +** incomplete, it is required that: +** +** * Calls to this routine from Y must block until the outer-most +** call by X completes. +** +** * Recursive calls to this routine from thread X return immediately +** without blocking. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_initialize(void){ + MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; ) /* The main static mutex */ + int rc; /* Result code */ +#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT + int bRunExtraInit = 0; /* Extra initialization needed */ +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } +#endif + + /* If the following assert() fails on some obscure processor/compiler + ** combination, the work-around is to set the correct pointer + ** size at compile-time using -DSQLITE_PTRSIZE=n compile-time option */ + assert( SQLITE_PTRSIZE==sizeof(char*) ); + + /* If SQLite is already completely initialized, then this call + ** to sqlite3_initialize() should be a no-op. But the initialization + ** must be complete. So isInit must not be set until the very end + ** of this routine. + */ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK; + + /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized. If unable to + ** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error. + ** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex, + ** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do. + ** + ** The mutex subsystem must take care of serializing its own + ** initialization. + */ + rc = sqlite3MutexInit(); + if( rc ) return rc; + + /* Initialize the malloc() system and the recursive pInitMutex mutex. + ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MASTER mutex. Note that + ** MutexAlloc() is called for a static mutex prior to initializing the + ** malloc subsystem - this implies that the allocation of a static + ** mutex must not require support from the malloc subsystem. + */ + MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 1; + if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){ + rc = sqlite3MallocInit(); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 1; + if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = + sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex && !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex++; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); + + /* If rc is not SQLITE_OK at this point, then either the malloc + ** subsystem could not be initialized or the system failed to allocate + ** the pInitMutex mutex. Return an error in either case. */ + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + /* Do the rest of the initialization under the recursive mutex so + ** that we will be able to handle recursive calls into + ** sqlite3_initialize(). The recursive calls normally come through + ** sqlite3_os_init() when it invokes sqlite3_vfs_register(), but other + ** recursive calls might also be possible. + ** + ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-00140-37445 SQLite automatically serializes calls + ** to the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. + ** + ** The following mutex is what serializes access to the appdef pcache xInit + ** methods. The sqlite3_pcache_methods.xInit() all is embedded in the + ** call to sqlite3PcacheInitialize(). + */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress==0 ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 1; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG + { + extern void sqlite3_init_sqllog(void); + sqlite3_init_sqllog(); + } +#endif + memset(&sqlite3BuiltinFunctions, 0, sizeof(sqlite3BuiltinFunctions)); + sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(); + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize(); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 1; + rc = sqlite3OsInit(); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage, + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 1; +#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT + bRunExtraInit = 1; +#endif + } + sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 0; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); + + /* Go back under the static mutex and clean up the recursive + ** mutex to prevent a resource leak. + */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex--; + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex<=0 ){ + assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex==0 ); + sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = 0; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); + + /* The following is just a sanity check to make sure SQLite has + ** been compiled correctly. It is important to run this code, but + ** we don't want to run it too often and soak up CPU cycles for no + ** reason. So we run it once during initialization. + */ +#ifndef NDEBUG +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + /* This section of code's only "output" is via assert() statements. */ + if ( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u64 x = (((u64)1)<<63)-1; + double y; + assert(sizeof(x)==8); + assert(sizeof(x)==sizeof(y)); + memcpy(&y, &x, 8); + assert( sqlite3IsNaN(y) ); + } +#endif +#endif + + /* Do extra initialization steps requested by the SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT + ** compile-time option. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT + if( bRunExtraInit ){ + int SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(const char*); + rc = SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(0); + } +#endif + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Undo the effects of sqlite3_initialize(). Must not be called while +** there are outstanding database connections or memory allocations or +** while any part of SQLite is otherwise in use in any thread. This +** routine is not threadsafe. But it is safe to invoke this routine +** on when SQLite is already shut down. If SQLite is already shut down +** when this routine is invoked, then this routine is a harmless no-op. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_shutdown(void){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + int rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } +#endif + + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN + void SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN(void); + SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN(); +#endif + sqlite3_os_end(); + sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 0; + } + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit ){ + sqlite3PcacheShutdown(); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 0; + } + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){ + sqlite3MallocEnd(); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 0; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHUTDOWN_DIRECTORIES + /* The heap subsystem has now been shutdown and these values are supposed + ** to be NULL or point to memory that was obtained from sqlite3_malloc(), + ** which would rely on that heap subsystem; therefore, make sure these + ** values cannot refer to heap memory that was just invalidated when the + ** heap subsystem was shutdown. This is only done if the current call to + ** this function resulted in the heap subsystem actually being shutdown. + */ + sqlite3_data_directory = 0; + sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; +#endif + } + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit ){ + sqlite3MutexEnd(); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 0; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This API allows applications to modify the global configuration of +** the SQLite library at run-time. +** +** This routine should only be called when there are no outstanding +** database connections or memory allocations. This routine is not +** threadsafe. Failure to heed these warnings can lead to unpredictable +** behavior. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_CDECL sqlite3_config(int op, ...){ + va_list ap; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + /* sqlite3_config() shall return SQLITE_MISUSE if it is invoked while + ** the SQLite library is in use. */ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + + va_start(ap, op); + switch( op ){ + + /* Mutex configuration options are only available in a threadsafe + ** compile. + */ +#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* IMP: R-54466-46756 */ + case SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-02748-19096 This option sets the threading mode to + ** Single-thread. */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 0; /* Disable mutex on core */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0; /* Disable mutex on connections */ + break; + } +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* IMP: R-20520-54086 */ + case SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-14374-42468 This option sets the threading mode to + ** Multi-thread. */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1; /* Enable mutex on core */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0; /* Disable mutex on connections */ + break; + } +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* IMP: R-59593-21810 */ + case SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-41220-51800 This option sets the threading mode to + ** Serialized. */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1; /* Enable mutex on core */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 1; /* Enable mutex on connections */ + break; + } +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* IMP: R-63666-48755 */ + case SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX: { + /* Specify an alternative mutex implementation */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*); + break; + } +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* IMP: R-14450-37597 */ + case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX: { + /* Retrieve the current mutex implementation */ + *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex; + break; + } +#endif + + case SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55594-21030 The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a + ** single argument which is a pointer to an instance of the + ** sqlite3_mem_methods structure. The argument specifies alternative + ** low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of the memory + ** allocation routines built into SQLite. */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*); + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-51213-46414 The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC option takes a + ** single argument which is a pointer to an instance of the + ** sqlite3_mem_methods structure. The sqlite3_mem_methods structure is + ** filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines. */ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ) sqlite3MemSetDefault(); + *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m; + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-61275-35157 The SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS option takes + ** single argument of type int, interpreted as a boolean, which enables + ** or disables the collection of memory allocation statistics. */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-08404-60887 There are three arguments to + ** SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH: A pointer an 8-byte aligned memory buffer from + ** which the scratch allocations will be drawn, the size of each scratch + ** allocation (sz), and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N). */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = va_arg(ap, void*); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = va_arg(ap, int); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-18761-36601 There are three arguments to + ** SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: A pointer to 8-byte aligned memory (pMem), + ** the size of each page cache line (sz), and the number of cache lines + ** (N). */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = va_arg(ap, void*); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = va_arg(ap, int); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-39100-27317 The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ option takes + ** a single parameter which is a pointer to an integer and writes into + ** that integer the number of extra bytes per page required for each page + ** in SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE. */ + *va_arg(ap, int*) = + sqlite3HeaderSizeBtree() + + sqlite3HeaderSizePcache() + + sqlite3HeaderSizePcache1(); + break; + } + + case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE: { + /* no-op */ + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE: { + /* now an error */ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + break; + } + + case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-63325-48378 The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a + ** single argument which is a pointer to an sqlite3_pcache_methods2 + ** object. This object specifies the interface to a custom page cache + ** implementation. */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2 = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods2*); + break; + } + case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-22035-46182 The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 option takes a + ** single argument which is a pointer to an sqlite3_pcache_methods2 + ** object. SQLite copies of the current page cache implementation into + ** that object. */ + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit==0 ){ + sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(); + } + *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods2*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2; + break; + } + +/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-06626-12911 The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only +** available if SQLite is compiled with either SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 or +** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 and returns SQLITE_ERROR if invoked otherwise. */ +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5) + case SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-19854-42126 There are three arguments to + ** SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory, the + ** number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size. + */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap = va_arg(ap, void*); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = va_arg(ap, int); + + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq<1 ){ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = 1; + }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq>(1<<12) ){ + /* cap min request size at 2^12 */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = (1<<12); + } + + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap==0 ){ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-49920-60189 If the first pointer (the memory pointer) + ** is NULL, then SQLite reverts to using its default memory allocator + ** (the system malloc() implementation), undoing any prior invocation of + ** SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC. + ** + ** Setting sqlite3GlobalConfig.m to all zeros will cause malloc to + ** revert to its default implementation when sqlite3_initialize() is run + */ + memset(&sqlite3GlobalConfig.m, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m)); + }else{ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-61006-08918 If the memory pointer is not NULL then the + ** alternative memory allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites + ** memory allocation needs. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 + sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(); +#endif + } + break; + } +#endif + + case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside = va_arg(ap, int); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + + /* Record a pointer to the logger function and its first argument. + ** The default is NULL. Logging is disabled if the function pointer is + ** NULL. + */ + case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG: { + /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists. + ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961 + ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, void(*)(void*,int,const char*)); + */ + typedef void(*LOGFUNC_t)(void*,int,const char*); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, LOGFUNC_t); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg = va_arg(ap, void*); + break; + } + + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55548-33817 The compile-time setting for URI filenames + ** can be changed at start-time using the + ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_URI,1) or + ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_URI,0) configuration calls. + */ + case SQLITE_CONFIG_URI: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-25451-61125 The SQLITE_CONFIG_URI option takes a single + ** argument of type int. If non-zero, then URI handling is globally + ** enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling is globally + ** disabled. */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + + case SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-36592-02772 The SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN + ** option takes a single integer argument which is interpreted as a + ** boolean in order to enable or disable the use of covering indices for + ** full table scans in the query optimizer. */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bUseCis = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG + case SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG: { + typedef void(*SQLLOGFUNC_t)(void*, sqlite3*, const char*, int); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog = va_arg(ap, SQLLOGFUNC_t); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg = va_arg(ap, void *); + break; + } +#endif + + case SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-58063-38258 SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit + ** integer (sqlite3_int64) values that are the default mmap size limit + ** (the default setting for PRAGMA mmap_size) and the maximum allowed + ** mmap size limit. */ + sqlite3_int64 szMmap = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_int64); + sqlite3_int64 mxMmap = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_int64); + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-53367-43190 If either argument to this option is + ** negative, then that argument is changed to its compile-time default. + ** + ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-34993-45031 The maximum allowed mmap size will be + ** silently truncated if necessary so that it does not exceed the + ** compile-time maximum mmap size set by the SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE + ** compile-time option. + */ + if( mxMmap<0 || mxMmap>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE ){ + mxMmap = SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE; + } + if( szMmap<0 ) szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE; + if( szMmap>mxMmap) szMmap = mxMmap; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap = mxMmap; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap = szMmap; + break; + } + +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) /* IMP: R-04780-55815 */ + case SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE: { + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-34926-03360 SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit + ** unsigned integer value that specifies the maximum size of the created + ** heap. */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } +#endif + + case SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPma = va_arg(ap, unsigned int); + break; + } + + case SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nStmtSpill = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + + default: { + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + break; + } + } + va_end(ap); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Set up the lookaside buffers for a database connection. +** Return SQLITE_OK on success. +** If lookaside is already active, return SQLITE_BUSY. +** +** The sz parameter is the number of bytes in each lookaside slot. +** The cnt parameter is the number of slots. If pStart is NULL the +** space for the lookaside memory is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +** If pStart is not NULL then it is sz*cnt bytes of memory to use for +** the lookaside memory. +*/ +static int setupLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *pBuf, int sz, int cnt){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE + void *pStart; + if( db->lookaside.nOut ){ + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + /* Free any existing lookaside buffer for this handle before + ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for + ** both at the same time. + */ + if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){ + sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart); + } + /* The size of a lookaside slot after ROUNDDOWN8 needs to be larger + ** than a pointer to be useful. + */ + sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz); /* IMP: R-33038-09382 */ + if( sz<=(int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ) sz = 0; + if( cnt<0 ) cnt = 0; + if( sz==0 || cnt==0 ){ + sz = 0; + pStart = 0; + }else if( pBuf==0 ){ + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + pStart = sqlite3Malloc( sz*cnt ); /* IMP: R-61949-35727 */ + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + if( pStart ) cnt = sqlite3MallocSize(pStart)/sz; + }else{ + pStart = pBuf; + } + db->lookaside.pStart = pStart; + db->lookaside.pFree = 0; + db->lookaside.sz = (u16)sz; + if( pStart ){ + int i; + LookasideSlot *p; + assert( sz > (int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ); + p = (LookasideSlot*)pStart; + for(i=cnt-1; i>=0; i--){ + p->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree; + db->lookaside.pFree = p; + p = (LookasideSlot*)&((u8*)p)[sz]; + } + db->lookaside.pEnd = p; + db->lookaside.bDisable = 0; + db->lookaside.bMalloced = pBuf==0 ?1:0; + }else{ + db->lookaside.pStart = db; + db->lookaside.pEnd = db; + db->lookaside.bDisable = 1; + db->lookaside.bMalloced = 0; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE */ + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Return the mutex associated with a database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3 *db){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + return db->mutex; +} + +/* +** Free up as much memory as we can from the given database +** connection. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt ){ + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); + sqlite3PagerShrink(pPager); + } + } + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Flush any dirty pages in the pager-cache for any attached database +** to disk. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int bSeenBusy = 0; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); + rc = sqlite3PagerFlush(pPager); + if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + bSeenBusy = 1; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + } + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return ((rc==SQLITE_OK && bSeenBusy) ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc); +} + +/* +** Configuration settings for an individual database connection +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_CDECL sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){ + va_list ap; + int rc; + va_start(ap, op); + switch( op ){ + case SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE: { + void *pBuf = va_arg(ap, void*); /* IMP: R-26835-10964 */ + int sz = va_arg(ap, int); /* IMP: R-47871-25994 */ + int cnt = va_arg(ap, int); /* IMP: R-04460-53386 */ + rc = setupLookaside(db, pBuf, sz, cnt); + break; + } + default: { + static const struct { + int op; /* The opcode */ + u32 mask; /* Mask of the bit in sqlite3.flags to set/clear */ + } aFlagOp[] = { + { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY, SQLITE_ForeignKeys }, + { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER, SQLITE_EnableTrigger }, + { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER, SQLITE_Fts3Tokenizer }, + { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION, SQLITE_LoadExtension }, + }; + unsigned int i; + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* IMP: R-42790-23372 */ + for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aFlagOp); i++){ + if( aFlagOp[i].op==op ){ + int onoff = va_arg(ap, int); + int *pRes = va_arg(ap, int*); + int oldFlags = db->flags; + if( onoff>0 ){ + db->flags |= aFlagOp[i].mask; + }else if( onoff==0 ){ + db->flags &= ~aFlagOp[i].mask; + } + if( oldFlags!=db->flags ){ + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + } + if( pRes ){ + *pRes = (db->flags & aFlagOp[i].mask)!=0; + } + rc = SQLITE_OK; + break; + } + } + break; + } + } + va_end(ap); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Return true if the buffer z[0..n-1] contains all spaces. +*/ +static int allSpaces(const char *z, int n){ + while( n>0 && z[n-1]==' ' ){ n--; } + return n==0; +} + +/* +** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always +** available. +** +** If the padFlag argument is not NULL then space padding at the end +** of strings is ignored. This implements the RTRIM collation. +*/ +static int binCollFunc( + void *padFlag, + int nKey1, const void *pKey1, + int nKey2, const void *pKey2 +){ + int rc, n; + n = nKey1<nKey2 ? nKey1 : nKey2; + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-65033-28449 The built-in BINARY collation compares + ** strings byte by byte using the memcmp() function from the standard C + ** library. */ + rc = memcmp(pKey1, pKey2, n); + if( rc==0 ){ + if( padFlag + && allSpaces(((char*)pKey1)+n, nKey1-n) + && allSpaces(((char*)pKey2)+n, nKey2-n) + ){ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-31624-24737 RTRIM is like BINARY except that extra + ** spaces at the end of either string do not change the result. In other + ** words, strings will compare equal to one another as long as they + ** differ only in the number of spaces at the end. + */ + }else{ + rc = nKey1 - nKey2; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE. +** +** This collating sequence is intended to be used for "case independent +** comparison". SQLite's knowledge of upper and lower case equivalents +** extends only to the 26 characters used in the English language. +** +** At the moment there is only a UTF-8 implementation. +*/ +static int nocaseCollatingFunc( + void *NotUsed, + int nKey1, const void *pKey1, + int nKey2, const void *pKey2 +){ + int r = sqlite3StrNICmp( + (const char *)pKey1, (const char *)pKey2, (nKey1<nKey2)?nKey1:nKey2); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); + if( 0==r ){ + r = nKey1-nKey2; + } + return r; +} + +/* +** Return the ROWID of the most recent insert +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3 *db){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + return db->lastRowid; +} + +/* +** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + return db->nChange; +} + +/* +** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + return db->nTotalChange; +} + +/* +** Close all open savepoints. This function only manipulates fields of the +** database handle object, it does not close any savepoints that may be open +** at the b-tree/pager level. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *db){ + while( db->pSavepoint ){ + Savepoint *pTmp = db->pSavepoint; + db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp); + } + db->nSavepoint = 0; + db->nStatement = 0; + db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0; +} + +/* +** Invoke the destructor function associated with FuncDef p, if any. Except, +** if this is not the last copy of the function, do not invoke it. Multiple +** copies of a single function are created when create_function() is called +** with SQLITE_ANY as the encoding. +*/ +static void functionDestroy(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *p){ + FuncDestructor *pDestructor = p->u.pDestructor; + if( pDestructor ){ + pDestructor->nRef--; + if( pDestructor->nRef==0 ){ + pDestructor->xDestroy(pDestructor->pUserData); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pDestructor); + } + } +} + +/* +** Disconnect all sqlite3_vtab objects that belong to database connection +** db. This is called when db is being closed. +*/ +static void disconnectAllVtab(sqlite3 *db){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + int i; + HashElem *p; + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema; + if( db->aDb[i].pSchema ){ + for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ + Table *pTab = (Table *)sqliteHashData(p); + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) sqlite3VtabDisconnect(db, pTab); + } + } + } + for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ + Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(p); + if( pMod->pEpoTab ){ + sqlite3VtabDisconnect(db, pMod->pEpoTab); + } + } + sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); +#else + UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); +#endif +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if database connection db has unfinalized prepared +** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects. +*/ +static int connectionIsBusy(sqlite3 *db){ + int j; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + if( db->pVdbe ) return 1; + for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[j].pBt; + if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pBt) ) return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Close an existing SQLite database +*/ +static int sqlite3Close(sqlite3 *db, int forceZombie){ + if( !db ){ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-63257-11740 Calling sqlite3_close() or + ** sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer argument is a harmless no-op. */ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + + /* Force xDisconnect calls on all virtual tables */ + disconnectAllVtab(db); + + /* If a transaction is open, the disconnectAllVtab() call above + ** will not have called the xDisconnect() method on any virtual + ** tables in the db->aVTrans[] array. The following sqlite3VtabRollback() + ** call will do so. We need to do this before the check for active + ** SQL statements below, as the v-table implementation may be storing + ** some prepared statements internally. + */ + sqlite3VtabRollback(db); + + /* Legacy behavior (sqlite3_close() behavior) is to return + ** SQLITE_BUSY if the connection can not be closed immediately. + */ + if( !forceZombie && connectionIsBusy(db) ){ + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, "unable to close due to unfinalized " + "statements or unfinished backups"); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog ){ + /* Closing the handle. Fourth parameter is passed the value 2. */ + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg, db, 0, 2); + } +#endif + + /* Convert the connection into a zombie and then close it. + */ + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE; + sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(db); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Two variations on the public interface for closing a database +** connection. The sqlite3_close() version returns SQLITE_BUSY and +** leaves the connection option if there are unfinalized prepared +** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backups. The sqlite3_close_v2() +** version forces the connection to become a zombie if there are +** unclosed resources, and arranges for deallocation when the last +** prepare statement or sqlite3_backup closes. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){ return sqlite3Close(db,0); } +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3 *db){ return sqlite3Close(db,1); } + + +/* +** Close the mutex on database connection db. +** +** Furthermore, if database connection db is a zombie (meaning that there +** has been a prior call to sqlite3_close(db) or sqlite3_close_v2(db)) and +** every sqlite3_stmt has now been finalized and every sqlite3_backup has +** finished, then free all resources. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3 *db){ + HashElem *i; /* Hash table iterator */ + int j; + + /* If there are outstanding sqlite3_stmt or sqlite3_backup objects + ** or if the connection has not yet been closed by sqlite3_close_v2(), + ** then just leave the mutex and return. + */ + if( db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE || connectionIsBusy(db) ){ + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return; + } + + /* If we reach this point, it means that the database connection has + ** closed all sqlite3_stmt and sqlite3_backup objects and has been + ** passed to sqlite3_close (meaning that it is a zombie). Therefore, + ** go ahead and free all resources. + */ + + /* If a transaction is open, roll it back. This also ensures that if + ** any database schemas have been modified by an uncommitted transaction + ** they are reset. And that the required b-tree mutex is held to make + ** the pager rollback and schema reset an atomic operation. */ + sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK); + + /* Free any outstanding Savepoint structures. */ + sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); + + /* Close all database connections */ + for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){ + struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j]; + if( pDb->pBt ){ + sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); + pDb->pBt = 0; + if( j!=1 ){ + pDb->pSchema = 0; + } + } + } + /* Clear the TEMP schema separately and last */ + if( db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ + sqlite3SchemaClear(db->aDb[1].pSchema); + } + sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); + + /* Free up the array of auxiliary databases */ + sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db); + assert( db->nDb<=2 ); + assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ); + + /* Tell the code in notify.c that the connection no longer holds any + ** locks and does not require any further unlock-notify callbacks. + */ + sqlite3ConnectionClosed(db); + + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aFunc); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + FuncDef *pNext, *p; + p = sqliteHashData(i); + do{ + functionDestroy(db, p); + pNext = p->pNext; + sqlite3DbFree(db, p); + p = pNext; + }while( p ); + } + sqlite3HashClear(&db->aFunc); + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i); + /* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */ + for(j=0; j<3; j++){ + if( pColl[j].xDel ){ + pColl[j].xDel(pColl[j].pUser); + } + } + sqlite3DbFree(db, pColl); + } + sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(i); + if( pMod->xDestroy ){ + pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux); + } + sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(db, pMod); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pMod); + } + sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule); +#endif + + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */ + sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr); + sqlite3CloseExtensions(db); +#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION + sqlite3_free(db->auth.zAuthUser); + sqlite3_free(db->auth.zAuthPW); +#endif + + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR; + + /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema + ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()). + ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into + ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database + ** structure? + */ + sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb[1].pSchema); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED; + sqlite3_mutex_free(db->mutex); + assert( db->lookaside.nOut==0 ); /* Fails on a lookaside memory leak */ + if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){ + sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart); + } + sqlite3_free(db); +} + +/* +** Rollback all database files. If tripCode is not SQLITE_OK, then +** any write cursors are invalidated ("tripped" - as in "tripping a circuit +** breaker") and made to return tripCode if there are any further +** attempts to use that cursor. Read cursors remain open and valid +** but are "saved" in case the table pages are moved around. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db, int tripCode){ + int i; + int inTrans = 0; + int schemaChange; + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + + /* Obtain all b-tree mutexes before making any calls to BtreeRollback(). + ** This is important in case the transaction being rolled back has + ** modified the database schema. If the b-tree mutexes are not taken + ** here, then another shared-cache connection might sneak in between + ** the database rollback and schema reset, which can cause false + ** corruption reports in some cases. */ + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + schemaChange = (db->flags & SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0 && db->init.busy==0; + + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( p ){ + if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(p) ){ + inTrans = 1; + } + sqlite3BtreeRollback(p, tripCode, !schemaChange); + } + } + sqlite3VtabRollback(db); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + + if( (db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0 && db->init.busy==0 ){ + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); + } + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + + /* Any deferred constraint violations have now been resolved. */ + db->nDeferredCons = 0; + db->nDeferredImmCons = 0; + db->flags &= ~SQLITE_DeferFKs; + + /* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */ + if( db->xRollbackCallback && (inTrans || !db->autoCommit) ){ + db->xRollbackCallback(db->pRollbackArg); + } +} + +/* +** Return a static string containing the name corresponding to the error code +** specified in the argument. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME) +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrName(int rc){ + const char *zName = 0; + int i, origRc = rc; + for(i=0; i<2 && zName==0; i++, rc &= 0xff){ + switch( rc ){ + case SQLITE_OK: zName = "SQLITE_OK"; break; + case SQLITE_ERROR: zName = "SQLITE_ERROR"; break; + case SQLITE_INTERNAL: zName = "SQLITE_INTERNAL"; break; + case SQLITE_PERM: zName = "SQLITE_PERM"; break; + case SQLITE_ABORT: zName = "SQLITE_ABORT"; break; + case SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK: zName = "SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK"; break; + case SQLITE_BUSY: zName = "SQLITE_BUSY"; break; + case SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY: zName = "SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY"; break; + case SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT: zName = "SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT"; break; + case SQLITE_LOCKED: zName = "SQLITE_LOCKED"; break; + case SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE: zName = "SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE";break; + case SQLITE_NOMEM: zName = "SQLITE_NOMEM"; break; + case SQLITE_READONLY: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY"; break; + case SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY"; break; + case SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK"; break; + case SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK"; break; + case SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED"; break; + case SQLITE_INTERRUPT: zName = "SQLITE_INTERRUPT"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_READ: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_READ"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK: + zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT";break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH"; break; + case SQLITE_CORRUPT: zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT"; break; + case SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB: zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB"; break; + case SQLITE_NOTFOUND: zName = "SQLITE_NOTFOUND"; break; + case SQLITE_FULL: zName = "SQLITE_FULL"; break; + case SQLITE_CANTOPEN: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN"; break; + case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR";break; + case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR"; break; + case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH"; break; + case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH"; break; + case SQLITE_PROTOCOL: zName = "SQLITE_PROTOCOL"; break; + case SQLITE_EMPTY: zName = "SQLITE_EMPTY"; break; + case SQLITE_SCHEMA: zName = "SQLITE_SCHEMA"; break; + case SQLITE_TOOBIG: zName = "SQLITE_TOOBIG"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER";break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY: + zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY: + zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL";break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK: + zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION: + zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID"; break; + case SQLITE_MISMATCH: zName = "SQLITE_MISMATCH"; break; + case SQLITE_MISUSE: zName = "SQLITE_MISUSE"; break; + case SQLITE_NOLFS: zName = "SQLITE_NOLFS"; break; + case SQLITE_AUTH: zName = "SQLITE_AUTH"; break; + case SQLITE_FORMAT: zName = "SQLITE_FORMAT"; break; + case SQLITE_RANGE: zName = "SQLITE_RANGE"; break; + case SQLITE_NOTADB: zName = "SQLITE_NOTADB"; break; + case SQLITE_ROW: zName = "SQLITE_ROW"; break; + case SQLITE_NOTICE: zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE"; break; + case SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL: zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL";break; + case SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK: + zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK"; break; + case SQLITE_WARNING: zName = "SQLITE_WARNING"; break; + case SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX: zName = "SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX"; break; + case SQLITE_DONE: zName = "SQLITE_DONE"; break; + } + } + if( zName==0 ){ + static char zBuf[50]; + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "SQLITE_UNKNOWN(%d)", origRc); + zName = zBuf; + } + return zName; +} +#endif + +/* +** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the +** argument. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){ + static const char* const aMsg[] = { + /* SQLITE_OK */ "not an error", + /* SQLITE_ERROR */ "SQL logic error or missing database", + /* SQLITE_INTERNAL */ 0, + /* SQLITE_PERM */ "access permission denied", + /* SQLITE_ABORT */ "callback requested query abort", + /* SQLITE_BUSY */ "database is locked", + /* SQLITE_LOCKED */ "database table is locked", + /* SQLITE_NOMEM */ "out of memory", + /* SQLITE_READONLY */ "attempt to write a readonly database", + /* SQLITE_INTERRUPT */ "interrupted", + /* SQLITE_IOERR */ "disk I/O error", + /* SQLITE_CORRUPT */ "database disk image is malformed", + /* SQLITE_NOTFOUND */ "unknown operation", + /* SQLITE_FULL */ "database or disk is full", + /* SQLITE_CANTOPEN */ "unable to open database file", + /* SQLITE_PROTOCOL */ "locking protocol", + /* SQLITE_EMPTY */ "table contains no data", + /* SQLITE_SCHEMA */ "database schema has changed", + /* SQLITE_TOOBIG */ "string or blob too big", + /* SQLITE_CONSTRAINT */ "constraint failed", + /* SQLITE_MISMATCH */ "datatype mismatch", + /* SQLITE_MISUSE */ "library routine called out of sequence", + /* SQLITE_NOLFS */ "large file support is disabled", + /* SQLITE_AUTH */ "authorization denied", + /* SQLITE_FORMAT */ "auxiliary database format error", + /* SQLITE_RANGE */ "bind or column index out of range", + /* SQLITE_NOTADB */ "file is encrypted or is not a database", + }; + const char *zErr = "unknown error"; + switch( rc ){ + case SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK: { + zErr = "abort due to ROLLBACK"; + break; + } + default: { + rc &= 0xff; + if( ALWAYS(rc>=0) && rc<ArraySize(aMsg) && aMsg[rc]!=0 ){ + zErr = aMsg[rc]; + } + break; + } + } + return zErr; +} + +/* +** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries +** again until a timeout value is reached. The timeout value is +** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first +** argument. +*/ +static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback( + void *ptr, /* Database connection */ + int count /* Number of times table has been busy */ +){ +#if SQLITE_OS_WIN || HAVE_USLEEP + static const u8 delays[] = + { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25, 25, 50, 50, 100 }; + static const u8 totals[] = + { 0, 1, 3, 8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228 }; +# define NDELAY ArraySize(delays) + sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr; + int timeout = db->busyTimeout; + int delay, prior; + + assert( count>=0 ); + if( count < NDELAY ){ + delay = delays[count]; + prior = totals[count]; + }else{ + delay = delays[NDELAY-1]; + prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1)); + } + if( prior + delay > timeout ){ + delay = timeout - prior; + if( delay<=0 ) return 0; + } + sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, delay*1000); + return 1; +#else + sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr; + int timeout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout; + if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){ + return 0; + } + sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, 1000000); + return 1; +#endif +} + +/* +** Invoke the given busy handler. +** +** This routine is called when an operation failed with a lock. +** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried. If it +** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){ + int rc; + if( NEVER(p==0) || p->xFunc==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0; + rc = p->xFunc(p->pArg, p->nBusy); + if( rc==0 ){ + p->nBusy = -1; + }else{ + p->nBusy++; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the +** given callback function with the given argument. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_busy_handler( + sqlite3 *db, + int (*xBusy)(void*,int), + void *pArg +){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy; + db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg; + db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; + db->busyTimeout = 0; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK +/* +** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the +** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will +** be invoked every nOps opcodes. +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_progress_handler( + sqlite3 *db, + int nOps, + int (*xProgress)(void*), + void *pArg +){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return; + } +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( nOps>0 ){ + db->xProgress = xProgress; + db->nProgressOps = (unsigned)nOps; + db->pProgressArg = pArg; + }else{ + db->xProgress = 0; + db->nProgressOps = 0; + db->pProgressArg = 0; + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); +} +#endif + + +/* +** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the +** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + if( ms>0 ){ + sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db); + db->busyTimeout = ms; + }else{ + sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity. +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return; + } +#endif + db->u1.isInterrupted = 1; +} + + +/* +** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except +** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is +** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code +** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int enc, + void *pUserData, + void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + FuncDestructor *pDestructor +){ + FuncDef *p; + int nName; + int extraFlags; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + if( zFunctionName==0 || + (xSFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) || + (!xSFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) || + (!xSFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) || + (nArg<-1 || nArg>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG) || + (255<(nName = sqlite3Strlen30( zFunctionName))) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + + assert( SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT==SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC ); + extraFlags = enc & SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC; + enc &= (SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK|SQLITE_ANY); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this + ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the + ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally. + ** + ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function + ** to the hash table. + */ + if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){ + enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; + }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|extraFlags, + pUserData, xSFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE|extraFlags, + pUserData, xSFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE; + } +#else + enc = SQLITE_UTF8; +#endif + + /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so, + ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function + ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the + ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements. + */ + p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0); + if( p && (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK)==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){ + if( db->nVdbeActive ){ + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, + "unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements"); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + return SQLITE_BUSY; + }else{ + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + } + } + + p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nArg, (u8)enc, 1); + assert(p || db->mallocFailed); + if( !p ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + + /* If an older version of the function with a configured destructor is + ** being replaced invoke the destructor function here. */ + functionDestroy(db, p); + + if( pDestructor ){ + pDestructor->nRef++; + } + p->u.pDestructor = pDestructor; + p->funcFlags = (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK) | extraFlags; + testcase( p->funcFlags & SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC ); + p->xSFunc = xSFunc ? xSFunc : xStep; + p->xFinalize = xFinal; + p->pUserData = pUserData; + p->nArg = (u16)nArg; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Create new user functions. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_create_function( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunc, + int nArg, + int enc, + void *p, + void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +){ + return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xSFunc, xStep, + xFinal, 0); +} + +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_create_function_v2( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunc, + int nArg, + int enc, + void *p, + void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), + void (*xDestroy)(void *) +){ + int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + FuncDestructor *pArg = 0; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( xDestroy ){ + pArg = (FuncDestructor *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(FuncDestructor)); + if( !pArg ){ + xDestroy(p); + goto out; + } + pArg->xDestroy = xDestroy; + pArg->pUserData = p; + } + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xSFunc, xStep, xFinal, pArg); + if( pArg && pArg->nRef==0 ){ + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + xDestroy(p); + sqlite3DbFree(db, pArg); + } + + out: + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_create_function16( + sqlite3 *db, + const void *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *p, + void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +){ + int rc; + char *zFunc8; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zFunctionName==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + zFunc8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zFunctionName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, p, xSFunc,xStep,xFinal,0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zFunc8); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} +#endif + + +/* +** Declare that a function has been overloaded by a virtual table. +** +** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then +** this routine is a no-op. If the function does not exist, then create +** a new one that always throws a run-time error. +** +** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they +** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists. +** A global function must exist in order for name resolution to work +** properly. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_overload_function( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zName, + int nArg +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zName==0 || nArg<-2 ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, + 0, sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0, 0); + } + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE +/* +** Register a trace function. The pArg from the previously registered trace +** is returned. +** +** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes. A non-NULL +** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each +** SQL statement. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){ + void *pOld; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pOld = db->pTraceArg; + db->xTrace = xTrace; + db->pTraceArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pOld; +} +/* +** Register a profile function. The pArg from the previously registered +** profile function is returned. +** +** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes. A non-NULL +** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of +** each SQL statement that is run. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_profile( + sqlite3 *db, + void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64), + void *pArg +){ + void *pOld; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pOld = db->pProfileArg; + db->xProfile = xProfile; + db->pProfileArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pOld; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ + +/* +** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction commits. +** If the invoked function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a +** rollback. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_commit_hook( + sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ + int (*xCallback)(void*), /* Function to invoke on each commit */ + void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ +){ + void *pOld; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pOld = db->pCommitArg; + db->xCommitCallback = xCallback; + db->pCommitArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pOld; +} + +/* +** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated, +** inserted or deleted using this database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_update_hook( + sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ + void (*xCallback)(void*,int,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64), + void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ +){ + void *pRet; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pRet = db->pUpdateArg; + db->xUpdateCallback = xCallback; + db->pUpdateArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pRet; +} + +/* +** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is rolled +** back by this database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_rollback_hook( + sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ + void (*xCallback)(void*), /* Callback function */ + void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ +){ + void *pRet; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pRet = db->pRollbackArg; + db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback; + db->pRollbackArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pRet; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK +/* +** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated, +** inserted or deleted using this database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_preupdate_hook( + sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ + void(*xCallback)( /* Callback function */ + void*,sqlite3*,int,char const*,char const*,sqlite3_int64,sqlite3_int64), + void *pArg /* First callback argument */ +){ + void *pRet; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pRet = db->pPreUpdateArg; + db->xPreUpdateCallback = xCallback; + db->pPreUpdateArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pRet; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +/* +** The sqlite3_wal_hook() callback registered by sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(). +** Invoke sqlite3_wal_checkpoint if the number of frames in the log file +** is greater than sqlite3.pWalArg cast to an integer (the value configured by +** wal_autocheckpoint()). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook( + void *pClientData, /* Argument */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection */ + const char *zDb, /* Database */ + int nFrame /* Size of WAL */ +){ + if( nFrame>=SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pClientData) ){ + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(db, zDb); + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ + +/* +** Configure an sqlite3_wal_hook() callback to automatically checkpoint +** a database after committing a transaction if there are nFrame or +** more frames in the log file. Passing zero or a negative value as the +** nFrame parameter disables automatic checkpoints entirely. +** +** The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback +** registered using sqlite3_wal_hook(). Likewise, registering a callback +** using sqlite3_wal_hook() disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism +** configured by this function. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int nFrame){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFrame); +#else +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + if( nFrame>0 ){ + sqlite3_wal_hook(db, sqlite3WalDefaultHook, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nFrame)); + }else{ + sqlite3_wal_hook(db, 0, 0); + } +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is written +** into the write-ahead-log by this database connection. +*/ +SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_wal_hook( + sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this db handle */ + int(*xCallback)(void *, sqlite3*, const char*, int), + void *pArg /* First argument passed to xCallback() */ +){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + void *pRet; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pRet = db->pWalArg; + db->xWalCallback = xCallback; + db->pWalArg = pArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return pRet; +#else + return 0; +#endif +} + +/* +** Checkpoint database zDb. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */ + int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */ + int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */ + int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */ +){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + return SQLITE_OK; +#else + int rc; /* Return code */ + int iDb = SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED; /* sqlite3.aDb[] index of db to checkpoint */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + + /* Initialize the output variables to -1 in case an error occurs. */ + if( pnLog ) *pnLog = -1; + if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = -1; + + assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE==0 ); + assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL==1 ); + assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART==2 ); + assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE==3 ); + if( eMode<SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE || eMode>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE ){ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-03996-12088 The M parameter must be a valid checkpoint + ** mode: */ + return SQLITE_MISUSE; + } + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( zDb && zDb[0] ){ + iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb); + } + if( iDb<0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database: %s", zDb); + }else{ + db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; + rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, iDb, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt); + sqlite3Error(db, rc); + } + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +#endif +} + + +/* +** Checkpoint database zDb. If zDb is NULL, or if the buffer zDb points +** to contains a zero-length string, all attached databases are +** checkpointed. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-41613-20553 The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) is equivalent to + ** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(D,X,SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE,0,0). */ + return sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(db,zDb,SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE,0,0); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL +/* +** Run a checkpoint on database iDb. This is a no-op if database iDb is +** not currently open in WAL mode. +** +** If a transaction is open on the database being checkpointed, this +** function returns SQLITE_LOCKED and a checkpoint is not attempted. If +** an error occurs while running the checkpoint, an SQLite error code is +** returned (i.e. SQLITE_IOERR). Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. +** +** The mutex on database handle db should be held by the caller. The mutex +** associated with the specific b-tree being checkpointed is taken by +** this function while the checkpoint is running. +** +** If iDb is passed SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED, then all attached databases are +** checkpointed. If an error is encountered it is returned immediately - +** no attempt is made to checkpoint any remaining databases. +** +** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through attached dbs */ + int bBusy = 0; /* True if SQLITE_BUSY has been encountered */ + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + assert( !pnLog || *pnLog==-1 ); + assert( !pnCkpt || *pnCkpt==-1 ); + + for(i=0; i<db->nDb && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ + if( i==iDb || iDb==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(db->aDb[i].pBt, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt); + pnLog = 0; + pnCkpt = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + bBusy = 1; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + } + + return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bBusy) ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ + +/* +** This function returns true if main-memory should be used instead of +** a temporary file for transient pager files and statement journals. +** The value returned depends on the value of db->temp_store (runtime +** parameter) and the compile time value of SQLITE_TEMP_STORE. The +** following table describes the relationship between these two values +** and this functions return value. +** +** SQLITE_TEMP_STORE db->temp_store Location of temporary database +** ----------------- -------------- ------------------------------ +** 0 any file (return 0) +** 1 1 file (return 0) +** 1 2 memory (return 1) +** 1 0 file (return 0) +** 2 1 file (return 0) +** 2 2 memory (return 1) +** 2 0 memory (return 1) +** 3 any memory (return 1) +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3 *db){ +#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 + return ( db->temp_store==2 ); +#endif +#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 + return ( db->temp_store!=1 ); +#endif +#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3 + UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); + return 1; +#endif +#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE<1 || SQLITE_TEMP_STORE>3 + UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); + return 0; +#endif +} + +/* +** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent +** error. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){ + const char *z; + if( !db ){ + return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); + } + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ + return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT); + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + z = sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); + }else{ + testcase( db->pErr==0 ); + z = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + if( z==0 ){ + z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode); + } + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return z; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent +** error. +*/ +SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){ + static const u16 outOfMem[] = { + 'o', 'u', 't', ' ', 'o', 'f', ' ', 'm', 'e', 'm', 'o', 'r', 'y', 0 + }; + static const u16 misuse[] = { + 'l', 'i', 'b', 'r', 'a', 'r', 'y', ' ', + 'r', 'o', 'u', 't', 'i', 'n', 'e', ' ', + 'c', 'a', 'l', 'l', 'e', 'd', ' ', + 'o', 'u', 't', ' ', + 'o', 'f', ' ', + 's', 'e', 'q', 'u', 'e', 'n', 'c', 'e', 0 + }; + + const void *z; + if( !db ){ + return (void *)outOfMem; + } + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ + return (void *)misuse; + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + z = (void *)outOfMem; + }else{ + z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr); + if( z==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, db->errCode, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode)); + z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr); + } + /* A malloc() may have failed within the call to sqlite3_value_text16() + ** above. If this is the case, then the db->mallocFailed flag needs to + ** be cleared before returning. Do this directly, instead of via + ** sqlite3ApiExit(), to avoid setting the database handle error message. + */ + sqlite3OomClear(db); + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return z; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +/* +** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine. If NULL is +** passed to this function, we assume a malloc() failed during sqlite3_open(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){ + if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + return db->errCode & db->errMask; +} +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db){ + if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + return db->errCode; +} +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_system_errno(sqlite3 *db){ + return db ? db->iSysErrno : 0; +} + +/* +** Return a string that describes the kind of error specified in the +** argument. For now, this simply calls the internal sqlite3ErrStr() +** function. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_errstr(int rc){ + return sqlite3ErrStr(rc); +} + +/* +** Create a new collating function for database "db". The name is zName +** and the encoding is enc. +*/ +static int createCollation( + sqlite3* db, + const char *zName, + u8 enc, + void* pCtx, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), + void(*xDel)(void*) +){ + CollSeq *pColl; + int enc2; + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + + /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this + ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the + ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally. + */ + enc2 = enc; + testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 ); + testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ); + if( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 || enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ){ + enc2 = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; + } + if( enc2<SQLITE_UTF8 || enc2>SQLITE_UTF16BE ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } + + /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation + ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there + ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements. + */ + pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 0); + if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){ + if( db->nVdbeActive ){ + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, + "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements"); + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + + /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to + ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(), + ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated. + ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need + ** to be called. + */ + if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){ + CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName); + int j; + for(j=0; j<3; j++){ + CollSeq *p = &aColl[j]; + if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){ + if( p->xDel ){ + p->xDel(p->pUser); + } + p->xCmp = 0; + } + } + } + } + + pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 1); + if( pColl==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + pColl->xCmp = xCompare; + pColl->pUser = pCtx; + pColl->xDel = xDel; + pColl->enc = (u8)(enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)); + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +/* +** This array defines hard upper bounds on limit values. The +** initializer must be kept in sync with the SQLITE_LIMIT_* +** #defines in sqlite3.h. +*/ +static const int aHardLimit[] = { + SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH, + SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH, + SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN, + SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH, + SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT, + SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP, + SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG, + SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED, + SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH, + SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER, /* IMP: R-38091-32352 */ + SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH, + SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS, +}; + +/* +** Make sure the hard limits are set to reasonable values +*/ +#if SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH<100 +# error SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH must be at least 100 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH<100 +# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must be at least 100 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH +# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must not be greater than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT<2 +# error SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT must be at least 2 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP<40 +# error SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP must be at least 40 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG<0 || SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG>127 +# error SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG must be between 0 and 127 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED<0 || SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>125 +# error SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED must be between 0 and 125 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH<1 +# error SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH must be at least 1 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN>32767 +# error SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN must not exceed 32767 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH<1 +# error SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH must be at least 1 +#endif +#if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS<0 || SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>50 +# error SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS must be between 0 and 50 +#endif + + +/* +** Change the value of a limit. Report the old value. +** If an invalid limit index is supplied, report -1. +** Make no changes but still report the old value if the +** new limit is negative. +** +** A new lower limit does not shrink existing constructs. +** It merely prevents new constructs that exceed the limit +** from forming. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_limit(sqlite3 *db, int limitId, int newLimit){ + int oldLimit; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return -1; + } +#endif + + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-30189-54097 For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME + ** there is a hard upper bound set at compile-time by a C preprocessor + ** macro called SQLITE_MAX_NAME. (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to + ** "_MAX_".) + */ + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]==SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]==SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]==SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]==SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]== + SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]==SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH ); + assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS]==SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS ); + assert( SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS==(SQLITE_N_LIMIT-1) ); + + + if( limitId<0 || limitId>=SQLITE_N_LIMIT ){ + return -1; + } + oldLimit = db->aLimit[limitId]; + if( newLimit>=0 ){ /* IMP: R-52476-28732 */ + if( newLimit>aHardLimit[limitId] ){ + newLimit = aHardLimit[limitId]; /* IMP: R-51463-25634 */ + } + db->aLimit[limitId] = newLimit; + } + return oldLimit; /* IMP: R-53341-35419 */ +} + +/* +** This function is used to parse both URIs and non-URI filenames passed by the +** user to API functions sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(), and for database +** URIs specified as part of ATTACH statements. +** +** The first argument to this function is the name of the VFS to use (or +** a NULL to signify the default VFS) if the URI does not contain a "vfs=xxx" +** query parameter. The second argument contains the URI (or non-URI filename) +** itself. When this function is called the *pFlags variable should contain +** the default flags to open the database handle with. The value stored in +** *pFlags may be updated before returning if the URI filename contains +** "cache=xxx" or "mode=xxx" query parameters. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case *ppVfs is set to point to +** the VFS that should be used to open the database file. *pzFile is set to +** point to a buffer containing the name of the file to open. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() to release +** this buffer. +** +** If an error occurs, then an SQLite error code is returned and *pzErrMsg +** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error +** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually release +** this buffer by calling sqlite3_free(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( + const char *zDefaultVfs, /* VFS to use if no "vfs=xxx" query option */ + const char *zUri, /* Nul-terminated URI to parse */ + unsigned int *pFlags, /* IN/OUT: SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags */ + sqlite3_vfs **ppVfs, /* OUT: VFS to use */ + char **pzFile, /* OUT: Filename component of URI */ + char **pzErrMsg /* OUT: Error message (if rc!=SQLITE_OK) */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + unsigned int flags = *pFlags; + const char *zVfs = zDefaultVfs; + char *zFile; + char c; + int nUri = sqlite3Strlen30(zUri); + + assert( *pzErrMsg==0 ); + + if( ((flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) /* IMP: R-48725-32206 */ + || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri) /* IMP: R-51689-46548 */ + && nUri>=5 && memcmp(zUri, "file:", 5)==0 /* IMP: R-57884-37496 */ + ){ + char *zOpt; + int eState; /* Parser state when parsing URI */ + int iIn; /* Input character index */ + int iOut = 0; /* Output character index */ + u64 nByte = nUri+2; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ + + /* Make sure the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set to indicate to the VFS xOpen + ** method that there may be extra parameters following the file-name. */ + flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_URI; + + for(iIn=0; iIn<nUri; iIn++) nByte += (zUri[iIn]=='&'); + zFile = sqlite3_malloc64(nByte); + if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + + iIn = 5; +#ifdef SQLITE_ALLOW_URI_AUTHORITY + if( strncmp(zUri+5, "///", 3)==0 ){ + iIn = 7; + /* The following condition causes URIs with five leading / characters + ** like file://///host/path to be converted into UNCs like //host/path. + ** The correct URI for that UNC has only two or four leading / characters + ** file://host/path or file:////host/path. But 5 leading slashes is a + ** common error, we are told, so we handle it as a special case. */ + if( strncmp(zUri+7, "///", 3)==0 ){ iIn++; } + }else if( strncmp(zUri+5, "//localhost/", 12)==0 ){ + iIn = 16; + } +#else + /* Discard the scheme and authority segments of the URI. */ + if( zUri[5]=='/' && zUri[6]=='/' ){ + iIn = 7; + while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='/' ) iIn++; + if( iIn!=7 && (iIn!=16 || memcmp("localhost", &zUri[7], 9)) ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid uri authority: %.*s", + iIn-7, &zUri[7]); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto parse_uri_out; + } + } +#endif + + /* Copy the filename and any query parameters into the zFile buffer. + ** Decode %HH escape codes along the way. + ** + ** Within this loop, variable eState may be set to 0, 1 or 2, depending + ** on the parsing context. As follows: + ** + ** 0: Parsing file-name. + ** 1: Parsing name section of a name=value query parameter. + ** 2: Parsing value section of a name=value query parameter. + */ + eState = 0; + while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' ){ + iIn++; + if( c=='%' + && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn]) + && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn+1]) + ){ + int octet = (sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]) << 4); + octet += sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]); + + assert( octet>=0 && octet<256 ); + if( octet==0 ){ + /* This branch is taken when "%00" appears within the URI. In this + ** case we ignore all text in the remainder of the path, name or + ** value currently being parsed. So ignore the current character + ** and skip to the next "?", "=" or "&", as appropriate. */ + while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' + && (eState!=0 || c!='?') + && (eState!=1 || (c!='=' && c!='&')) + && (eState!=2 || c!='&') + ){ + iIn++; + } + continue; + } + c = octet; + }else if( eState==1 && (c=='&' || c=='=') ){ + if( zFile[iOut-1]==0 ){ + /* An empty option name. Ignore this option altogether. */ + while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='#' && zUri[iIn-1]!='&' ) iIn++; + continue; + } + if( c=='&' ){ + zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; + }else{ + eState = 2; + } + c = 0; + }else if( (eState==0 && c=='?') || (eState==2 && c=='&') ){ + c = 0; + eState = 1; + } + zFile[iOut++] = c; + } + if( eState==1 ) zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; + zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; + zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; + + /* Check if there were any options specified that should be interpreted + ** here. Options that are interpreted here include "vfs" and those that + ** correspond to flags that may be passed to the sqlite3_open_v2() + ** method. */ + zOpt = &zFile[sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1]; + while( zOpt[0] ){ + int nOpt = sqlite3Strlen30(zOpt); + char *zVal = &zOpt[nOpt+1]; + int nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal); + + if( nOpt==3 && memcmp("vfs", zOpt, 3)==0 ){ + zVfs = zVal; + }else{ + struct OpenMode { + const char *z; + int mode; + } *aMode = 0; + char *zModeType = 0; + int mask = 0; + int limit = 0; + + if( nOpt==5 && memcmp("cache", zOpt, 5)==0 ){ + static struct OpenMode aCacheMode[] = { + { "shared", SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE }, + { "private", SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE }, + { 0, 0 } + }; + + mask = SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE|SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE; + aMode = aCacheMode; + limit = mask; + zModeType = "cache"; + } + if( nOpt==4 && memcmp("mode", zOpt, 4)==0 ){ + static struct OpenMode aOpenMode[] = { + { "ro", SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY }, + { "rw", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE }, + { "rwc", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE }, + { "memory", SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY }, + { 0, 0 } + }; + + mask = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE + | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY; + aMode = aOpenMode; + limit = mask & flags; + zModeType = "access"; + } + + if( aMode ){ + int i; + int mode = 0; + for(i=0; aMode[i].z; i++){ + const char *z = aMode[i].z; + if( nVal==sqlite3Strlen30(z) && 0==memcmp(zVal, z, nVal) ){ + mode = aMode[i].mode; + break; + } + } + if( mode==0 ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such %s mode: %s", zModeType, zVal); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto parse_uri_out; + } + if( (mode & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)>limit ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s mode not allowed: %s", + zModeType, zVal); + rc = SQLITE_PERM; + goto parse_uri_out; + } + flags = (flags & ~mask) | mode; + } + } + + zOpt = &zVal[nVal+1]; + } + + }else{ + zFile = sqlite3_malloc64(nUri+2); + if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + memcpy(zFile, zUri, nUri); + zFile[nUri] = '\0'; + zFile[nUri+1] = '\0'; + flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_URI; + } + + *ppVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs); + if( *ppVfs==0 ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such vfs: %s", zVfs); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + parse_uri_out: + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(zFile); + zFile = 0; + } + *pFlags = flags; + *pzFile = zFile; + return rc; +} + + +/* +** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of +** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename" +** is UTF-8 encoded. +*/ +static int openDatabase( + const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */ + sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: Returned database handle */ + unsigned int flags, /* Operational flags */ + const char *zVfs /* Name of the VFS to use */ +){ + sqlite3 *db; /* Store allocated handle here */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int isThreadsafe; /* True for threadsafe connections */ + char *zOpen = 0; /* Filename argument to pass to BtreeOpen() */ + char *zErrMsg = 0; /* Error message from sqlite3ParseUri() */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( ppDb==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + *ppDb = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ) return rc; +#endif + + /* Only allow sensible combinations of bits in the flags argument. + ** Throw an error if any non-sense combination is used. If we + ** do not block illegal combinations here, it could trigger + ** assert() statements in deeper layers. Sensible combinations + ** are: + ** + ** 1: SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY + ** 2: SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE + ** 6: SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE + */ + assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY == 0x01 ); + assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE == 0x02 ); + assert( SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE == 0x04 ); + testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x02 ); /* READONLY */ + testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x04 ); /* READWRITE */ + testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x40 ); /* READWRITE | CREATE */ + if( ((1<<(flags&7)) & 0x46)==0 ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; /* IMP: R-65497-44594 */ + } + + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){ + isThreadsafe = 0; + }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX ){ + isThreadsafe = 0; + }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX ){ + isThreadsafe = 1; + }else{ + isThreadsafe = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex; + } + if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE ){ + flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE; + }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled ){ + flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE; + } + + /* Remove harmful bits from the flags parameter + ** + ** The SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX and SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX flags were + ** dealt with in the previous code block. Besides these, the only + ** valid input flags for sqlite3_open_v2() are SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY, + ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE, SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE, + ** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE, and some reserved bits. Silently mask + ** off all other flags. + */ + flags &= ~( SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | + SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | + SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB | + SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | + SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB | + SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL | + SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX | + SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX | + SQLITE_OPEN_WAL + ); + + /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */ + db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) ); + if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out; + if( isThreadsafe ){ + db->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); + if( db->mutex==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(db); + db = 0; + goto opendb_out; + } + } + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->errMask = 0xff; + db->nDb = 2; + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY; + db->aDb = db->aDbStatic; + + assert( sizeof(db->aLimit)==sizeof(aHardLimit) ); + memcpy(db->aLimit, aHardLimit, sizeof(db->aLimit)); + db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS] = SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS; + db->autoCommit = 1; + db->nextAutovac = -1; + db->szMmap = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap; + db->nextPagesize = 0; + db->nMaxSorterMmap = 0x7FFFFFFF; + db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames | SQLITE_EnableTrigger | SQLITE_CacheSpill +#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX) || SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX + | SQLITE_AutoIndex +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_CKPTFULLFSYNC + | SQLITE_CkptFullFSync +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4 + | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION + | SQLITE_LoadExtension +#endif +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS + | SQLITE_RecTriggers +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS) && SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS + | SQLITE_ForeignKeys +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_REVERSE_UNORDERED_SELECTS) + | SQLITE_ReverseOrder +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK) + | SQLITE_CellSizeCk +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER) + | SQLITE_Fts3Tokenizer +#endif + ; + sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule); +#endif + + /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8 + ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary + ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure. + ** + ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-52786-44878 SQLite defines three built-in collating + ** functions: + */ + createCollation(db, sqlite3StrBINARY, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, binCollFunc, 0); + createCollation(db, sqlite3StrBINARY, SQLITE_UTF16BE, 0, binCollFunc, 0); + createCollation(db, sqlite3StrBINARY, SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0, binCollFunc, 0); + createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc, 0); + createCollation(db, "RTRIM", SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)1, binCollFunc, 0); + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto opendb_out; + } + /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-08308-17224 The default collating function for all + ** strings is BINARY. + */ + db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3StrBINARY, 0); + assert( db->pDfltColl!=0 ); + + /* Parse the filename/URI argument. */ + db->openFlags = flags; + rc = sqlite3ParseUri(zVfs, zFilename, &flags, &db->pVfs, &zOpen, &zErrMsg); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) sqlite3OomFault(db); + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, zErrMsg); + sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); + goto opendb_out; + } + + /* Open the backend database driver */ + rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, zOpen, db, &db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, + flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + sqlite3Error(db, rc); + goto opendb_out; + } + sqlite3BtreeEnter(db->aDb[0].pBt); + db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt); + if( !db->mallocFailed ) ENC(db) = SCHEMA_ENC(db); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(db->aDb[0].pBt); + db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0); + + /* The default safety_level for the main database is FULL; for the temp + ** database it is OFF. This matches the pager layer defaults. + */ + db->aDb[0].zName = "main"; + db->aDb[0].safety_level = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS+1; + db->aDb[1].zName = "temp"; + db->aDb[1].safety_level = PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF; + + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN; + if( db->mallocFailed ){ + goto opendb_out; + } + + /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the + ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database + ** is accessed. + */ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK); + sqlite3RegisterPerConnectionBuiltinFunctions(db); + + /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered + ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API. + */ + rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(db); + rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto opendb_out; + } + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 + if( !db->mallocFailed ){ + extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*); + rc = sqlite3Fts1Init(db); + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 + if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*); + rc = sqlite3Fts2Init(db); + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 /* automatically defined by SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 */ + if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3Init(db); + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5 + if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5Init(db); + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU + if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db); + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE + if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){ + rc = sqlite3RtreeInit(db); + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB + if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){ + rc = sqlite3DbstatRegister(db); + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1 + if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){ + rc = sqlite3Json1Init(db); + } +#endif + + /* -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=1 makes EXCLUSIVE the default locking + ** mode. -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=0 make NORMAL the default locking + ** mode. Doing nothing at all also makes NORMAL the default. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE + db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE; + sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt), + SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE); +#endif + + if( rc ) sqlite3Error(db, rc); + + /* Enable the lookaside-malloc subsystem */ + setupLookaside(db, 0, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside, + sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside); + + sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT); + +opendb_out: + if( db ){ + assert( db->mutex!=0 || isThreadsafe==0 + || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex==0 ); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + } + rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); + assert( db!=0 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3_close(db); + db = 0; + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK; + } + *ppDb = db; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog ){ + /* Opening a db handle. Fourth parameter is passed 0. */ + void *pArg = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg; + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(pArg, db, zFilename, 0); + } +#endif +#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + const char *zHexKey = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zOpen, "hexkey"); + if( zHexKey && zHexKey[0] ){ + u8 iByte; + int i; + char zKey[40]; + for(i=0, iByte=0; i<sizeof(zKey)*2 && sqlite3Isxdigit(zHexKey[i]); i++){ + iByte = (iByte<<4) + sqlite3HexToInt(zHexKey[i]); + if( (i&1)!=0 ) zKey[i/2] = iByte; + } + sqlite3_key_v2(db, 0, zKey, i/2); + } + } +#endif + sqlite3_free(zOpen); + return rc & 0xff; +} + +/* +** Open a new database handle. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_open( + const char *zFilename, + sqlite3 **ppDb +){ + return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb, + SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0); +} +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_open_v2( + const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ + int flags, /* Flags */ + const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */ +){ + return openDatabase(filename, ppDb, (unsigned int)flags, zVfs); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** Open a new database handle. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_open16( + const void *zFilename, + sqlite3 **ppDb +){ + char const *zFilename8; /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */ + sqlite3_value *pVal; + int rc; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( ppDb==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + *ppDb = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT + rc = sqlite3_initialize(); + if( rc ) return rc; +#endif + if( zFilename==0 ) zFilename = "\000\000"; + pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); + sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC); + zFilename8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); + if( zFilename8 ){ + rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb, + SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0); + assert( *ppDb || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !DbHasProperty(*ppDb, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ + SCHEMA_ENC(*ppDb) = ENC(*ppDb) = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; + } + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + + return rc & 0xff; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +/* +** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_create_collation( + sqlite3* db, + const char *zName, + int enc, + void* pCtx, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +){ + return sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, zName, enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0); +} + +/* +** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_create_collation_v2( + sqlite3* db, + const char *zName, + int enc, + void* pCtx, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), + void(*xDel)(void*) +){ + int rc; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zName==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, xDel); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_create_collation16( + sqlite3* db, + const void *zName, + int enc, + void* pCtx, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + char *zName8; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zName==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + zName8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); + if( zName8 ){ + rc = createCollation(db, zName8, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zName8); + } + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +/* +** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle +** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_collation_needed( + sqlite3 *db, + void *pCollNeededArg, + void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) +){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded; + db->xCollNeeded16 = 0; + db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle +** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_collation_needed16( + sqlite3 *db, + void *pCollNeededArg, + void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) +){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->xCollNeeded = 0; + db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16; + db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +/* +** This function is now an anachronism. It used to be used to recover from a +** malloc() failure, but SQLite now does this automatically. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_global_recover(void){ + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif + +/* +** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit +** mode. Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not. Autocommit mode is on +** by default. Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled +** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3 *db){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + return db->autoCommit; +} + +/* +** The following routines are substitutes for constants SQLITE_CORRUPT, +** SQLITE_MISUSE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN, SQLITE_NOMEM and possibly other error +** constants. They serve two purposes: +** +** 1. Serve as a convenient place to set a breakpoint in a debugger +** to detect when version error conditions occurs. +** +** 2. Invoke sqlite3_log() to provide the source code location where +** a low-level error is first detected. +*/ +static int reportError(int iErr, int lineno, const char *zType){ + sqlite3_log(iErr, "%s at line %d of [%.10s]", + zType, lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid()); + return iErr; +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int lineno){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + return reportError(SQLITE_CORRUPT, lineno, "database corruption"); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int lineno){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + return reportError(SQLITE_MISUSE, lineno, "misuse"); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int lineno){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + return reportError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, lineno, "cannot open file"); +} +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3NomemError(int lineno){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + return reportError(SQLITE_NOMEM, lineno, "OOM"); +} +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IoerrnomemError(int lineno){ + testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); + return reportError(SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM, lineno, "I/O OOM error"); +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED +/* +** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific +** data for this thread has been deallocated. +** +** SQLite no longer uses thread-specific data so this routine is now a +** no-op. It is retained for historical compatibility. +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){ +} +#endif + +/* +** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table. +** See comment in sqlite3.h (sqlite.h.in) for details. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_table_column_metadata( + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ + const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ + const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ + const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ + char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ + char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ + int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ + int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ + int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */ +){ + int rc; + char *zErrMsg = 0; + Table *pTab = 0; + Column *pCol = 0; + int iCol = 0; + char const *zDataType = 0; + char const *zCollSeq = 0; + int notnull = 0; + int primarykey = 0; + int autoinc = 0; + + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zTableName==0 ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } +#endif + + /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); + rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg); + if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ + goto error_out; + } + + /* Locate the table in question */ + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTableName, zDbName); + if( !pTab || pTab->pSelect ){ + pTab = 0; + goto error_out; + } + + /* Find the column for which info is requested */ + if( zColumnName==0 ){ + /* Query for existance of table only */ + }else{ + for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){ + pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zColumnName) ){ + break; + } + } + if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){ + if( HasRowid(pTab) && sqlite3IsRowid(zColumnName) ){ + iCol = pTab->iPKey; + pCol = iCol>=0 ? &pTab->aCol[iCol] : 0; + }else{ + pTab = 0; + goto error_out; + } + } + } + + /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned + ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey + ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities: + ** + ** 1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" + ** and there is no explicitly declared IPK column. + ** + ** 2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an + ** explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol. + */ + if( pCol ){ + zDataType = sqlite3ColumnType(pCol,0); + zCollSeq = pCol->zColl; + notnull = pCol->notNull!=0; + primarykey = (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0; + autoinc = pTab->iPKey==iCol && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0; + }else{ + zDataType = "INTEGER"; + primarykey = 1; + } + if( !zCollSeq ){ + zCollSeq = sqlite3StrBINARY; + } + +error_out: + sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); + + /* Whether the function call succeeded or failed, set the output parameters + ** to whatever their local counterparts contain. If an error did occur, + ** this has the effect of zeroing all output parameters. + */ + if( pzDataType ) *pzDataType = zDataType; + if( pzCollSeq ) *pzCollSeq = zCollSeq; + if( pNotNull ) *pNotNull = notnull; + if( pPrimaryKey ) *pPrimaryKey = primarykey; + if( pAutoinc ) *pAutoinc = autoinc; + + if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){ + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); + zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such table column: %s.%s", zTableName, + zColumnName); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg); + sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_sleep(int ms){ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; + int rc; + pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0); + if( pVfs==0 ) return 0; + + /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep() + ** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's. + */ + rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Enable or disable the extended result codes. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->errMask = onoff ? 0xffffffff : 0xff; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Invoke the xFileControl method on a particular database. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName, int op, void *pArg){ + int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + Btree *pBtree; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + pBtree = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName); + if( pBtree ){ + Pager *pPager; + sqlite3_file *fd; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); + pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBtree); + assert( pPager!=0 ); + fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); + assert( fd!=0 ); + if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER ){ + *(sqlite3_file**)pArg = fd; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER ){ + *(sqlite3_vfs**)pArg = sqlite3PagerVfs(pPager); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER ){ + *(sqlite3_file**)pArg = sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(pPager); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else if( fd->pMethods ){ + rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND; + } + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Interface to the testing logic. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_CDECL sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){ + int rc = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST + UNUSED_PARAMETER(op); +#else + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, op); + switch( op ){ + + /* + ** Save the current state of the PRNG. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE: { + sqlite3PrngSaveState(); + break; + } + + /* + ** Restore the state of the PRNG to the last state saved using + ** PRNG_SAVE. If PRNG_SAVE has never before been called, then + ** this verb acts like PRNG_RESET. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE: { + sqlite3PrngRestoreState(); + break; + } + + /* + ** Reset the PRNG back to its uninitialized state. The next call + ** to sqlite3_randomness() will reseed the PRNG using a single call + ** to the xRandomness method of the default VFS. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET: { + sqlite3_randomness(0,0); + break; + } + + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(BITVEC_TEST, size, program) + ** + ** Run a test against a Bitvec object of size. The program argument + ** is an array of integers that defines the test. Return -1 on a + ** memory allocation error, 0 on success, or non-zero for an error. + ** See the sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest() for additional information. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST: { + int sz = va_arg(ap, int); + int *aProg = va_arg(ap, int*); + rc = sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(sz, aProg); + break; + } + + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(FAULT_INSTALL, xCallback) + ** + ** Arrange to invoke xCallback() whenever sqlite3FaultSim() is called, + ** if xCallback is not NULL. + ** + ** As a test of the fault simulator mechanism itself, sqlite3FaultSim(0) + ** is called immediately after installing the new callback and the return + ** value from sqlite3FaultSim(0) becomes the return from + ** sqlite3_test_control(). + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL: { + /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists. + ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961 + ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.xTestCallback = va_arg(ap, int(*)(int)); + */ + typedef int(*TESTCALLBACKFUNC_t)(int); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xTestCallback = va_arg(ap, TESTCALLBACKFUNC_t); + rc = sqlite3FaultSim(0); + break; + } + + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, xBegin, xEnd) + ** + ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures + ** are benign. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: { + typedef void (*void_function)(void); + void_function xBenignBegin; + void_function xBenignEnd; + xBenignBegin = va_arg(ap, void_function); + xBenignEnd = va_arg(ap, void_function); + sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(xBenignBegin, xBenignEnd); + break; + } + + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE, unsigned int X) + ** + ** Set the PENDING byte to the value in the argument, if X>0. + ** Make no changes if X==0. Return the value of the pending byte + ** as it existing before this routine was called. + ** + ** IMPORTANT: Changing the PENDING byte from 0x40000000 results in + ** an incompatible database file format. Changing the PENDING byte + ** while any database connection is open results in undefined and + ** deleterious behavior. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE: { + rc = PENDING_BYTE; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD + { + unsigned int newVal = va_arg(ap, unsigned int); + if( newVal ) sqlite3PendingByte = newVal; + } +#endif + break; + } + + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, int X) + ** + ** This action provides a run-time test to see whether or not + ** assert() was enabled at compile-time. If X is true and assert() + ** is enabled, then the return value is true. If X is true and + ** assert() is disabled, then the return value is zero. If X is + ** false and assert() is enabled, then the assertion fires and the + ** process aborts. If X is false and assert() is disabled, then the + ** return value is zero. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT: { + volatile int x = 0; + assert( /*side-effects-ok*/ (x = va_arg(ap,int))!=0 ); + rc = x; + break; + } + + + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, int X) + ** + ** This action provides a run-time test to see how the ALWAYS and + ** NEVER macros were defined at compile-time. + ** + ** The return value is ALWAYS(X). + ** + ** The recommended test is X==2. If the return value is 2, that means + ** ALWAYS() and NEVER() are both no-op pass-through macros, which is the + ** default setting. If the return value is 1, then ALWAYS() is either + ** hard-coded to true or else it asserts if its argument is false. + ** The first behavior (hard-coded to true) is the case if + ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is disabled and the second + ** behavior (assert if the argument to ALWAYS() is false) is the case if + ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is enabled. + ** + ** The run-time test procedure might look something like this: + ** + ** if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, 2)==2 ){ + ** // ALWAYS() and NEVER() are no-op pass-through macros + ** }else if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, 1) ){ + ** // ALWAYS(x) asserts that x is true. NEVER(x) asserts x is false. + ** }else{ + ** // ALWAYS(x) is a constant 1. NEVER(x) is a constant 0. + ** } + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS: { + int x = va_arg(ap,int); + rc = ALWAYS(x); + break; + } + + /* + ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER); + ** + ** The integer returned reveals the byte-order of the computer on which + ** SQLite is running: + ** + ** 1 big-endian, determined at run-time + ** 10 little-endian, determined at run-time + ** 432101 big-endian, determined at compile-time + ** 123410 little-endian, determined at compile-time + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER: { + rc = SQLITE_BYTEORDER*100 + SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN*10 + SQLITE_BIGENDIAN; + break; + } + + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE, sqlite3 *db, int N) + ** + ** Set the nReserve size to N for the main database on the database + ** connection db. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE: { + sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); + int x = va_arg(ap,int); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, x, 0); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + break; + } + + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS, sqlite3 *db, int N) + ** + ** Enable or disable various optimizations for testing purposes. The + ** argument N is a bitmask of optimizations to be disabled. For normal + ** operation N should be 0. The idea is that a test program (like the + ** SQL Logic Test or SLT test module) can run the same SQL multiple times + ** with various optimizations disabled to verify that the same answer + ** is obtained in every case. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS: { + sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); + db->dbOptFlags = (u16)(va_arg(ap, int) & 0xffff); + break; + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_N_KEYWORD + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD, const char *zWord) + ** + ** If zWord is a keyword recognized by the parser, then return the + ** number of keywords. Or if zWord is not a keyword, return 0. + ** + ** This test feature is only available in the amalgamation since + ** the SQLITE_N_KEYWORD macro is not defined in this file if SQLite + ** is built using separate source files. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD: { + const char *zWord = va_arg(ap, const char*); + int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zWord); + rc = (sqlite3KeywordCode((u8*)zWord, n)!=TK_ID) ? SQLITE_N_KEYWORD : 0; + break; + } +#endif + + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC, sz, &pNew, pFree); + ** + ** Pass pFree into sqlite3ScratchFree(). + ** If sz>0 then allocate a scratch buffer into pNew. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC: { + void *pFree, **ppNew; + int sz; + sz = va_arg(ap, int); + ppNew = va_arg(ap, void**); + pFree = va_arg(ap, void*); + if( sz ) *ppNew = sqlite3ScratchMalloc(sz); + sqlite3ScratchFree(pFree); + break; + } + + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT, int onoff); + ** + ** If parameter onoff is non-zero, configure the wrappers so that all + ** subsequent calls to localtime() and variants fail. If onoff is zero, + ** undo this setting. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT, int); + ** + ** Set or clear a flag that indicates that the database file is always well- + ** formed and never corrupt. This flag is clear by default, indicating that + ** database files might have arbitrary corruption. Setting the flag during + ** testing causes certain assert() statements in the code to be activated + ** that demonstrat invariants on well-formed database files. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT: { + sqlite3GlobalConfig.neverCorrupt = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + + + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE, xCallback, ptr); + ** + ** Set the VDBE coverage callback function to xCallback with context + ** pointer ptr. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE: { +#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE + typedef void (*branch_callback)(void*,int,u8,u8); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch = va_arg(ap,branch_callback); + sqlite3GlobalConfig.pVdbeBranchArg = va_arg(ap,void*); +#endif + break; + } + + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP, db, nMax); */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP: { + sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); + db->nMaxSorterMmap = va_arg(ap, int); + break; + } + + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT); + ** + ** Return SQLITE_OK if SQLite has been initialized and SQLITE_ERROR if + ** not. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT: { + if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 ) rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + break; + } + + /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, db, dbName, onOff, tnum); + ** + ** This test control is used to create imposter tables. "db" is a pointer + ** to the database connection. dbName is the database name (ex: "main" or + ** "temp") which will receive the imposter. "onOff" turns imposter mode on + ** or off. "tnum" is the root page of the b-tree to which the imposter + ** table should connect. + ** + ** Enable imposter mode only when the schema has already been parsed. Then + ** run a single CREATE TABLE statement to construct the imposter table in + ** the parsed schema. Then turn imposter mode back off again. + ** + ** If onOff==0 and tnum>0 then reset the schema for all databases, causing + ** the schema to be reparsed the next time it is needed. This has the + ** effect of erasing all imposter tables. + */ + case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER: { + sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + db->init.iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, va_arg(ap,const char*)); + db->init.busy = db->init.imposterTable = va_arg(ap,int); + db->init.newTnum = va_arg(ap,int); + if( db->init.busy==0 && db->init.newTnum>0 ){ + sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + break; + } + } + va_end(ap); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */ + return rc; +} + +/* +** This is a utility routine, useful to VFS implementations, that checks +** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query +** parameter, and if so obtains the value of the query parameter. +** +** The zFilename argument is the filename pointer passed into the xOpen() +** method of a VFS implementation. The zParam argument is the name of the +** query parameter we seek. This routine returns the value of the zParam +** parameter if it exists. If the parameter does not exist, this routine +** returns a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam){ + if( zFilename==0 || zParam==0 ) return 0; + zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; + while( zFilename[0] ){ + int x = strcmp(zFilename, zParam); + zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; + if( x==0 ) return zFilename; + zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Return a boolean value for a query parameter. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam, int bDflt){ + const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename, zParam); + bDflt = bDflt!=0; + return z ? sqlite3GetBoolean(z, bDflt) : bDflt; +} + +/* +** Return a 64-bit integer value for a query parameter. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_uri_int64( + const char *zFilename, /* Filename as passed to xOpen */ + const char *zParam, /* URI parameter sought */ + sqlite3_int64 bDflt /* return if parameter is missing */ +){ + const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename, zParam); + sqlite3_int64 v; + if( z && sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(z, &v)==SQLITE_OK ){ + bDflt = v; + } + return bDflt; +} + +/* +** Return the Btree pointer identified by zDbName. Return NULL if not found. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE Btree *sqlite3DbNameToBtree(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ + if( db->aDb[i].pBt + && (zDbName==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zDbName, db->aDb[i].zName)==0) + ){ + return db->aDb[i].pBt; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Return the filename of the database associated with a database +** connection. +*/ +SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){ + Btree *pBt; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return 0; + } +#endif + pBt = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName); + return pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(pBt) : 0; +} + +/* +** Return 1 if database is read-only or 0 if read/write. Return -1 if +** no such database exists. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){ + Btree *pBt; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + return -1; + } +#endif + pBt = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName); + return pBt ? sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(pBt) : -1; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT +/* +** Obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot of database zDb currently +** being read by handle db. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_snapshot_get( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zDb, + sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot +){ + int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + int iDb; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + + iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb); + if( iDb==0 || iDb>1 ){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; + if( 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt), ppSnapshot); + } + } + } + + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ + return rc; +} + +/* +** Open a read-transaction on the snapshot idendified by pSnapshot. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_snapshot_open( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zDb, + sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot +){ + int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; + } +#endif + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + if( db->autoCommit==0 ){ + int iDb; + iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb); + if( iDb==0 || iDb>1 ){ + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; + if( 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt), pSnapshot); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0); + sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt), 0); + } + } + } + } + + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ + return rc; +} + +/* +** Free a snapshot handle obtained from sqlite3_snapshot_get(). +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_snapshot_free(sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){ + sqlite3_free(pSnapshot); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */ + +/************** End of main.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file notify.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2009 March 3 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_unlock_notify() +** API method and its associated functionality. +*/ +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* #include "btreeInt.h" */ + +/* Omit this entire file if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY is not defined. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY + +/* +** Public interfaces: +** +** sqlite3ConnectionBlocked() +** sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked() +** sqlite3ConnectionClosed() +** sqlite3_unlock_notify() +*/ + +#define assertMutexHeld() \ + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) ) + +/* +** Head of a linked list of all sqlite3 objects created by this process +** for which either sqlite3.pBlockingConnection or sqlite3.pUnlockConnection +** is not NULL. This variable may only accessed while the STATIC_MASTER +** mutex is held. +*/ +static sqlite3 *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3BlockedList = 0; + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** This function is a complex assert() that verifies the following +** properties of the blocked connections list: +** +** 1) Each entry in the list has a non-NULL value for either +** pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection, or both. +** +** 2) All entries in the list that share a common value for +** xUnlockNotify are grouped together. +** +** 3) If the argument db is not NULL, then none of the entries in the +** blocked connections list have pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection +** set to db. This is used when closing connection db. +*/ +static void checkListProperties(sqlite3 *db){ + sqlite3 *p; + for(p=sqlite3BlockedList; p; p=p->pNextBlocked){ + int seen = 0; + sqlite3 *p2; + + /* Verify property (1) */ + assert( p->pUnlockConnection || p->pBlockingConnection ); + + /* Verify property (2) */ + for(p2=sqlite3BlockedList; p2!=p; p2=p2->pNextBlocked){ + if( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify ) seen = 1; + assert( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify || !seen ); + assert( db==0 || p->pUnlockConnection!=db ); + assert( db==0 || p->pBlockingConnection!=db ); + } + } +} +#else +# define checkListProperties(x) +#endif + +/* +** Remove connection db from the blocked connections list. If connection +** db is not currently a part of the list, this function is a no-op. +*/ +static void removeFromBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){ + sqlite3 **pp; + assertMutexHeld(); + for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; pp = &(*pp)->pNextBlocked){ + if( *pp==db ){ + *pp = (*pp)->pNextBlocked; + break; + } + } +} + +/* +** Add connection db to the blocked connections list. It is assumed +** that it is not already a part of the list. +*/ +static void addToBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){ + sqlite3 **pp; + assertMutexHeld(); + for( + pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; + *pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify; + pp=&(*pp)->pNextBlocked + ); + db->pNextBlocked = *pp; + *pp = db; +} + +/* +** Obtain the STATIC_MASTER mutex. +*/ +static void enterMutex(void){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); + checkListProperties(0); +} + +/* +** Release the STATIC_MASTER mutex. +*/ +static void leaveMutex(void){ + assertMutexHeld(); + checkListProperties(0); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); +} + +/* +** Register an unlock-notify callback. +** +** This is called after connection "db" has attempted some operation +** but has received an SQLITE_LOCKED error because another connection +** (call it pOther) in the same process was busy using the same shared +** cache. pOther is found by looking at db->pBlockingConnection. +** +** If there is no blocking connection, the callback is invoked immediately, +** before this routine returns. +** +** If pOther is already blocked on db, then report SQLITE_LOCKED, to indicate +** a deadlock. +** +** Otherwise, make arrangements to invoke xNotify when pOther drops +** its locks. +** +** Each call to this routine overrides any prior callbacks registered +** on the same "db". If xNotify==0 then any prior callbacks are immediately +** cancelled. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_unlock_notify( + sqlite3 *db, + void (*xNotify)(void **, int), + void *pArg +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); + enterMutex(); + + if( xNotify==0 ){ + removeFromBlockedList(db); + db->pBlockingConnection = 0; + db->pUnlockConnection = 0; + db->xUnlockNotify = 0; + db->pUnlockArg = 0; + }else if( 0==db->pBlockingConnection ){ + /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a + ** blocking transaction. In either case, invoke the notify callback + ** immediately. + */ + xNotify(&pArg, 1); + }else{ + sqlite3 *p; + + for(p=db->pBlockingConnection; p && p!=db; p=p->pUnlockConnection){} + if( p ){ + rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; /* Deadlock detected. */ + }else{ + db->pUnlockConnection = db->pBlockingConnection; + db->xUnlockNotify = xNotify; + db->pUnlockArg = pArg; + removeFromBlockedList(db); + addToBlockedList(db); + } + } + + leaveMutex(); + assert( !db->mallocFailed ); + sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (rc?"database is deadlocked":0)); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement +** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED +** to the user because it requires a lock that will not be available +** until connection pBlocker concludes its current transaction. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3 *pBlocker){ + enterMutex(); + if( db->pBlockingConnection==0 && db->pUnlockConnection==0 ){ + addToBlockedList(db); + } + db->pBlockingConnection = pBlocker; + leaveMutex(); +} + +/* +** This function is called when +** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held +** by database connection db have been released. +** +** This function loops through each entry in the blocked connections +** list and does the following: +** +** 1) If the sqlite3.pBlockingConnection member of a list entry is +** set to db, then set pBlockingConnection=0. +** +** 2) If the sqlite3.pUnlockConnection member of a list entry is +** set to db, then invoke the configured unlock-notify callback and +** set pUnlockConnection=0. +** +** 3) If the two steps above mean that pBlockingConnection==0 and +** pUnlockConnection==0, remove the entry from the blocked connections +** list. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){ + void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int) = 0; /* Unlock-notify cb to invoke */ + int nArg = 0; /* Number of entries in aArg[] */ + sqlite3 **pp; /* Iterator variable */ + void **aArg; /* Arguments to the unlock callback */ + void **aDyn = 0; /* Dynamically allocated space for aArg[] */ + void *aStatic[16]; /* Starter space for aArg[]. No malloc required */ + + aArg = aStatic; + enterMutex(); /* Enter STATIC_MASTER mutex */ + + /* This loop runs once for each entry in the blocked-connections list. */ + for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; /* no-op */ ){ + sqlite3 *p = *pp; + + /* Step 1. */ + if( p->pBlockingConnection==db ){ + p->pBlockingConnection = 0; + } + + /* Step 2. */ + if( p->pUnlockConnection==db ){ + assert( p->xUnlockNotify ); + if( p->xUnlockNotify!=xUnlockNotify && nArg!=0 ){ + xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); + nArg = 0; + } + + sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); + assert( aArg==aDyn || (aDyn==0 && aArg==aStatic) ); + assert( nArg<=(int)ArraySize(aStatic) || aArg==aDyn ); + if( (!aDyn && nArg==(int)ArraySize(aStatic)) + || (aDyn && nArg==(int)(sqlite3MallocSize(aDyn)/sizeof(void*))) + ){ + /* The aArg[] array needs to grow. */ + void **pNew = (void **)sqlite3Malloc(nArg*sizeof(void *)*2); + if( pNew ){ + memcpy(pNew, aArg, nArg*sizeof(void *)); + sqlite3_free(aDyn); + aDyn = aArg = pNew; + }else{ + /* This occurs when the array of context pointers that need to + ** be passed to the unlock-notify callback is larger than the + ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to + ** allocate a larger array from the heap has failed. + ** + ** This is a difficult situation to handle. Returning an error + ** code to the caller is insufficient, as even if an error code + ** is returned the transaction on connection db will still be + ** closed and the unlock-notify callbacks on blocked connections + ** will go unissued. This might cause the application to wait + ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never + ** arrive. + ** + ** Instead, invoke the unlock-notify callback with the context + ** array already accumulated. We can then clear the array and + ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without + ** requiring any dynamic allocation. This is sub-optimal because + ** it means that instead of one callback with a large array of + ** context pointers the application will receive two or more + ** callbacks with smaller arrays of context pointers, which will + ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple + ** connections. But it is the best that can be done under the + ** circumstances. + */ + xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); + nArg = 0; + } + } + sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); + + aArg[nArg++] = p->pUnlockArg; + xUnlockNotify = p->xUnlockNotify; + p->pUnlockConnection = 0; + p->xUnlockNotify = 0; + p->pUnlockArg = 0; + } + + /* Step 3. */ + if( p->pBlockingConnection==0 && p->pUnlockConnection==0 ){ + /* Remove connection p from the blocked connections list. */ + *pp = p->pNextBlocked; + p->pNextBlocked = 0; + }else{ + pp = &p->pNextBlocked; + } + } + + if( nArg!=0 ){ + xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); + } + sqlite3_free(aDyn); + leaveMutex(); /* Leave STATIC_MASTER mutex */ +} + +/* +** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is +** being closed. The connection is removed from the blocked list. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){ + sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db); + enterMutex(); + removeFromBlockedList(db); + checkListProperties(db); + leaveMutex(); +} +#endif + +/************** End of notify.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3.c ********************************************/ +/* +** 2006 Oct 10 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This is an SQLite module implementing full-text search. +*/ + +/* +** The code in this file is only compiled if: +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension +** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of +** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). +*/ + +/* The full-text index is stored in a series of b+tree (-like) +** structures called segments which map terms to doclists. The +** structures are like b+trees in layout, but are constructed from the +** bottom up in optimal fashion and are not updatable. Since trees +** are built from the bottom up, things will be described from the +** bottom up. +** +** +**** Varints **** +** The basic unit of encoding is a variable-length integer called a +** varint. We encode variable-length integers in little-endian order +** using seven bits * per byte as follows: +** +** KEY: +** A = 0xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit +** B = 1xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit +** +** 7 bits - A +** 14 bits - BA +** 21 bits - BBA +** and so on. +** +** This is similar in concept to how sqlite encodes "varints" but +** the encoding is not the same. SQLite varints are big-endian +** are are limited to 9 bytes in length whereas FTS3 varints are +** little-endian and can be up to 10 bytes in length (in theory). +** +** Example encodings: +** +** 1: 0x01 +** 127: 0x7f +** 128: 0x81 0x00 +** +** +**** Document lists **** +** A doclist (document list) holds a docid-sorted list of hits for a +** given term. Doclists hold docids and associated token positions. +** A docid is the unique integer identifier for a single document. +** A position is the index of a word within the document. The first +** word of the document has a position of 0. +** +** FTS3 used to optionally store character offsets using a compile-time +** option. But that functionality is no longer supported. +** +** A doclist is stored like this: +** +** array { +** varint docid; (delta from previous doclist) +** array { (position list for column 0) +** varint position; (2 more than the delta from previous position) +** } +** array { +** varint POS_COLUMN; (marks start of position list for new column) +** varint column; (index of new column) +** array { +** varint position; (2 more than the delta from previous position) +** } +** } +** varint POS_END; (marks end of positions for this document. +** } +** +** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in +** memory. A "position" is an index of a token in the token stream +** generated by the tokenizer. Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur +** in the same logical place as the position element, and act as sentinals +** ending a position list array. POS_END is 0. POS_COLUMN is 1. +** The positions numbers are not stored literally but rather as two more +** than the difference from the prior position, or the just the position plus +** 2 for the first position. Example: +** +** label: A B C D E F G H I J K +** value: 123 5 9 1 1 14 35 0 234 72 0 +** +** The 123 value is the first docid. For column zero in this document +** there are two matches at positions 3 and 10 (5-2 and 9-2+3). The 1 +** at D signals the start of a new column; the 1 at E indicates that the +** new column is column number 1. There are two positions at 12 and 45 +** (14-2 and 35-2+12). The 0 at H indicate the end-of-document. The +** 234 at I is the delta to next docid (357). It has one position 70 +** (72-2) and then terminates with the 0 at K. +** +** A "position-list" is the list of positions for multiple columns for +** a single docid. A "column-list" is the set of positions for a single +** column. Hence, a position-list consists of one or more column-lists, +** a document record consists of a docid followed by a position-list and +** a doclist consists of one or more document records. +** +** A bare doclist omits the position information, becoming an +** array of varint-encoded docids. +** +**** Segment leaf nodes **** +** Segment leaf nodes store terms and doclists, ordered by term. Leaf +** nodes are written using LeafWriter, and read using LeafReader (to +** iterate through a single leaf node's data) and LeavesReader (to +** iterate through a segment's entire leaf layer). Leaf nodes have +** the format: +** +** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always 0) +** varint nTerm; (length of first term) +** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term) +** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist) +** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist) +** array { +** (further terms are delta-encoded) +** varint nPrefix; (length of prefix shared with previous term) +** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix) +** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix];(unshared suffix of next term) +** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist) +** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist) +** } +** +** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in +** memory. +** +** Leaf nodes are broken into blocks which are stored contiguously in +** the %_segments table in sorted order. This means that when the end +** of a node is reached, the next term is in the node with the next +** greater node id. +** +** New data is spilled to a new leaf node when the current node +** exceeds LEAF_MAX bytes (default 2048). New data which itself is +** larger than STANDALONE_MIN (default 1024) is placed in a standalone +** node (a leaf node with a single term and doclist). The goal of +** these settings is to pack together groups of small doclists while +** making it efficient to directly access large doclists. The +** assumption is that large doclists represent terms which are more +** likely to be query targets. +** +** TODO(shess) It may be useful for blocking decisions to be more +** dynamic. For instance, it may make more sense to have a 2.5k leaf +** node rather than splitting into 2k and .5k nodes. My intuition is +** that this might extend through 2x or 4x the pagesize. +** +** +**** Segment interior nodes **** +** Segment interior nodes store blockids for subtree nodes and terms +** to describe what data is stored by the each subtree. Interior +** nodes are written using InteriorWriter, and read using +** InteriorReader. InteriorWriters are created as needed when +** SegmentWriter creates new leaf nodes, or when an interior node +** itself grows too big and must be split. The format of interior +** nodes: +** +** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always >0) +** varint iBlockid; (block id of node's leftmost subtree) +** optional { +** varint nTerm; (length of first term) +** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term) +** array { +** (further terms are delta-encoded) +** varint nPrefix; (length of shared prefix with previous term) +** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix) +** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix]; (unshared suffix of next term) +** } +** } +** +** Here, optional { X } means an optional element, while array { X } +** means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in memory. +** +** An interior node encodes n terms separating n+1 subtrees. The +** subtree blocks are contiguous, so only the first subtree's blockid +** is encoded. The subtree at iBlockid will contain all terms less +** than the first term encoded (or all terms if no term is encoded). +** Otherwise, for terms greater than or equal to pTerm[i] but less +** than pTerm[i+1], the subtree for that term will be rooted at +** iBlockid+i. Interior nodes only store enough term data to +** distinguish adjacent children (if the rightmost term of the left +** child is "something", and the leftmost term of the right child is +** "wicked", only "w" is stored). +** +** New data is spilled to a new interior node at the same height when +** the current node exceeds INTERIOR_MAX bytes (default 2048). +** INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS (default 7) keeps large terms from monopolizing +** interior nodes and making the tree too skinny. The interior nodes +** at a given height are naturally tracked by interior nodes at +** height+1, and so on. +** +** +**** Segment directory **** +** The segment directory in table %_segdir stores meta-information for +** merging and deleting segments, and also the root node of the +** segment's tree. +** +** The root node is the top node of the segment's tree after encoding +** the entire segment, restricted to ROOT_MAX bytes (default 1024). +** This could be either a leaf node or an interior node. If the top +** node requires more than ROOT_MAX bytes, it is flushed to %_segments +** and a new root interior node is generated (which should always fit +** within ROOT_MAX because it only needs space for 2 varints, the +** height and the blockid of the previous root). +** +** The meta-information in the segment directory is: +** level - segment level (see below) +** idx - index within level +** - (level,idx uniquely identify a segment) +** start_block - first leaf node +** leaves_end_block - last leaf node +** end_block - last block (including interior nodes) +** root - contents of root node +** +** If the root node is a leaf node, then start_block, +** leaves_end_block, and end_block are all 0. +** +** +**** Segment merging **** +** To amortize update costs, segments are grouped into levels and +** merged in batches. Each increase in level represents exponentially +** more documents. +** +** New documents (actually, document updates) are tokenized and +** written individually (using LeafWriter) to a level 0 segment, with +** incrementing idx. When idx reaches MERGE_COUNT (default 16), all +** level 0 segments are merged into a single level 1 segment. Level 1 +** is populated like level 0, and eventually MERGE_COUNT level 1 +** segments are merged to a single level 2 segment (representing +** MERGE_COUNT^2 updates), and so on. +** +** A segment merge traverses all segments at a given level in +** parallel, performing a straightforward sorted merge. Since segment +** leaf nodes are written in to the %_segments table in order, this +** merge traverses the underlying sqlite disk structures efficiently. +** After the merge, all segment blocks from the merged level are +** deleted. +** +** MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments. 16 seems to be +** somewhat of a sweet spot for insertion performance. 32 and 64 show +** very similar performance numbers to 16 on insertion, though they're +** a tiny bit slower (perhaps due to more overhead in merge-time +** sorting). 8 is about 20% slower than 16, 4 about 50% slower than +** 16, 2 about 66% slower than 16. +** +** At query time, high MERGE_COUNT increases the number of segments +** which need to be scanned and merged. For instance, with 100k docs +** inserted: +** +** MERGE_COUNT segments +** 16 25 +** 8 12 +** 4 10 +** 2 6 +** +** This appears to have only a moderate impact on queries for very +** frequent terms (which are somewhat dominated by segment merge +** costs), and infrequent and non-existent terms still seem to be fast +** even with many segments. +** +** TODO(shess) That said, it would be nice to have a better query-side +** argument for MERGE_COUNT of 16. Also, it is possible/likely that +** optimizations to things like doclist merging will swing the sweet +** spot around. +** +** +** +**** Handling of deletions and updates **** +** Since we're using a segmented structure, with no docid-oriented +** index into the term index, we clearly cannot simply update the term +** index when a document is deleted or updated. For deletions, we +** write an empty doclist (varint(docid) varint(POS_END)), for updates +** we simply write the new doclist. Segment merges overwrite older +** data for a particular docid with newer data, so deletes or updates +** will eventually overtake the earlier data and knock it out. The +** query logic likewise merges doclists so that newer data knocks out +** older data. +*/ + +/************** Include fts3Int.h in the middle of fts3.c ********************/ +/************** Begin file fts3Int.h *****************************************/ +/* +** 2009 Nov 12 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +*/ +#ifndef _FTSINT_H +#define _FTSINT_H + +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define NDEBUG 1 +#endif + +/* FTS3/FTS4 require virtual tables */ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 +# undef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 +#endif + +/* +** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3. It is enabled using the +** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro. But to avoid confusion we also all +** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) +# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 +#endif + +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* If not building as part of the core, include sqlite3ext.h. */ +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE +/* # include "sqlite3ext.h" */ +SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 +#endif + +/* #include "sqlite3.h" */ +/************** Include fts3_tokenizer.h in the middle of fts3Int.h **********/ +/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.h **********************************/ +/* +** 2006 July 10 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. +** +************************************************************************* +** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search. There +** are three basic components: +** +** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer +** interface functions. This is essentially the class structure for +** tokenizers. +** +** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps +** including customization information defined at creation time. +** +** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate +** tokens from a particular input. +*/ +#ifndef _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ +#define _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ + +/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time. +** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then +** we will need a way to register the API consistently. +*/ +/* #include "sqlite3.h" */ + +/* +** Structures used by the tokenizer interface. When a new tokenizer +** implementation is registered, the caller provides a pointer to +** an sqlite3_tokenizer_module containing pointers to the callback +** functions that make up an implementation. +** +** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to +** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the +** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer +** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an +** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to +** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments). +** +** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen() +** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object +** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on +** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer +** object. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module; +typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer; +typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor; + +struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module { + + /* + ** Structure version. Should always be set to 0 or 1. + */ + int iVersion; + + /* + ** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the + ** arguments passed to the "tokenizer" clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL + ** TABLE statement that created the fts3 table. For example, if + ** the following SQL is executed: + ** + ** CREATE .. USING fts3( ... , tokenizer <tokenizer-name> arg1 arg2) + ** + ** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers + ** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2". + ** + ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error + ** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set + ** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic + ** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialized by + ** this callback. The caller will do so. + */ + int (*xCreate)( + int argc, /* Size of argv array */ + const char *const*argv, /* Tokenizer argument strings */ + sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */ + ); + + /* + ** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts3 module calls this method + ** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate(). + */ + int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer); + + /* + ** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller + ** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid + ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method). + */ + int (*xOpen)( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer object */ + const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* Input buffer */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */ + ); + + /* + ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this + ** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen(). + */ + int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor); + + /* + ** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This + ** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the + ** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that + ** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code. + ** + ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the + ** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or + ** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length + ** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is + ** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and + ** *piEndOffset. *piStartOffset should be set to the index of the first + ** byte of the token in the input buffer. *piEndOffset should be set + ** to the index of the first byte just past the end of the token in + ** the input buffer. + ** + ** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer + ** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call + ** to xNext() or xClose(). + */ + /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be + ** nul-terminated. This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes + ** should be converted to zInput. + */ + int (*xNext)( + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Tokenizer cursor */ + const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Normalized text for token */ + int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */ + int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */ + int *piPosition /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */ + ); + + /*********************************************************************** + ** Methods below this point are only available if iVersion>=1. + */ + + /* + ** Configure the language id of a tokenizer cursor. + */ + int (*xLanguageid)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr, int iLangid); +}; + +struct sqlite3_tokenizer { + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule; /* The module for this tokenizer */ + /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; + +struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor { + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */ + /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; + +int fts3_global_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol); +int fts3_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol); + + +#endif /* _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ */ + +/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.h **************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/ +/************** Include fts3_hash.h in the middle of fts3Int.h ***************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_hash.h ***************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation +** used in SQLite. We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone +** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module. +** +*/ +#ifndef _FTS3_HASH_H_ +#define _FTS3_HASH_H_ + +/* Forward declarations of structures. */ +typedef struct Fts3Hash Fts3Hash; +typedef struct Fts3HashElem Fts3HashElem; + +/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure. +** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client +** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure +** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below. +** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and +** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make +** this structure opaque. +*/ +struct Fts3Hash { + char keyClass; /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */ + char copyKey; /* True if copy of key made on insert */ + int count; /* Number of entries in this table */ + Fts3HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */ + int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */ + struct _fts3ht { /* the hash table */ + int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ + Fts3HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */ + } *ht; +}; + +/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following +** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. +** +** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really +** be opaque because it is used by macros. +*/ +struct Fts3HashElem { + Fts3HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ + void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ + void *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */ +}; + +/* +** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table: +** +** FTS3_HASH_STRING pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long +** (including the null-terminator, if any). Case +** is respected in comparisons. +** +** FTS3_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. +** memcmp() is used to compare keys. +** +** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1. +*/ +#define FTS3_HASH_STRING 1 +#define FTS3_HASH_BINARY 2 + +/* +** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(const Fts3Hash *, const void *, int); + +/* +** Shorthand for the functions above +*/ +#define fts3HashInit sqlite3Fts3HashInit +#define fts3HashInsert sqlite3Fts3HashInsert +#define fts3HashFind sqlite3Fts3HashFind +#define fts3HashClear sqlite3Fts3HashClear +#define fts3HashFindElem sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem + +/* +** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is +** like this: +** +** Fts3Hash h; +** Fts3HashElem *p; +** ... +** for(p=fts3HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts3HashNext(p)){ +** SomeStructure *pData = fts3HashData(p); +** // do something with pData +** } +*/ +#define fts3HashFirst(H) ((H)->first) +#define fts3HashNext(E) ((E)->next) +#define fts3HashData(E) ((E)->data) +#define fts3HashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) +#define fts3HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) + +/* +** Number of entries in a hash table +*/ +#define fts3HashCount(H) ((H)->count) + +#endif /* _FTS3_HASH_H_ */ + +/************** End of fts3_hash.h *******************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/ + +/* +** This constant determines the maximum depth of an FTS expression tree +** that the library will create and use. FTS uses recursion to perform +** various operations on the query tree, so the disadvantage of a large +** limit is that it may allow very large queries to use large amounts +** of stack space (perhaps causing a stack overflow). +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH +# define SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 12 +#endif + + +/* +** This constant controls how often segments are merged. Once there are +** FTS3_MERGE_COUNT segments of level N, they are merged into a single +** segment of level N+1. +*/ +#define FTS3_MERGE_COUNT 16 + +/* +** This is the maximum amount of data (in bytes) to store in the +** Fts3Table.pendingTerms hash table. Normally, the hash table is +** populated as documents are inserted/updated/deleted in a transaction +** and used to create a new segment when the transaction is committed. +** However if this limit is reached midway through a transaction, a new +** segment is created and the hash table cleared immediately. +*/ +#define FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA (1*1024*1024) + +/* +** Macro to return the number of elements in an array. SQLite has a +** similar macro called ArraySize(). Use a different name to avoid +** a collision when building an amalgamation with built-in FTS3. +*/ +#define SizeofArray(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))) + + +#ifndef MIN +# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y)) +#endif +#ifndef MAX +# define MAX(x,y) ((x)>(y)?(x):(y)) +#endif + +/* +** Maximum length of a varint encoded integer. The varint format is different +** from that used by SQLite, so the maximum length is 10, not 9. +*/ +#define FTS3_VARINT_MAX 10 + +/* +** FTS4 virtual tables may maintain multiple indexes - one index of all terms +** in the document set and zero or more prefix indexes. All indexes are stored +** as one or more b+-trees in the %_segments and %_segdir tables. +** +** It is possible to determine which index a b+-tree belongs to based on the +** value stored in the "%_segdir.level" column. Given this value L, the index +** that the b+-tree belongs to is (L<<10). In other words, all b+-trees with +** level values between 0 and 1023 (inclusive) belong to index 0, all levels +** between 1024 and 2047 to index 1, and so on. +** +** It is considered impossible for an index to use more than 1024 levels. In +** theory though this may happen, but only after at least +** (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT^1024) separate flushes of the pending-terms tables. +*/ +#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL 1024 +#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL_STR "1024" + +/* +** The testcase() macro is only used by the amalgamation. If undefined, +** make it a no-op. +*/ +#ifndef testcase +# define testcase(X) +#endif + +/* +** Terminator values for position-lists and column-lists. +*/ +#define POS_COLUMN (1) /* Column-list terminator */ +#define POS_END (0) /* Position-list terminator */ + +/* +** This section provides definitions to allow the +** FTS3 extension to be compiled outside of the +** amalgamation. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +/* +** Macros indicating that conditional expressions are always true or +** false. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST +# define ALWAYS(x) (1) +# define NEVER(X) (0) +#elif defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define ALWAYS(x) sqlite3Fts3Always((x)!=0) +# define NEVER(x) sqlite3Fts3Never((x)!=0) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Always(int b); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Never(int b); +#else +# define ALWAYS(x) (x) +# define NEVER(x) (x) +#endif + +/* +** Internal types used by SQLite. +*/ +typedef unsigned char u8; /* 1-byte (or larger) unsigned integer */ +typedef short int i16; /* 2-byte (or larger) signed integer */ +typedef unsigned int u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef sqlite3_int64 i64; /* 8-byte signed integer */ + +/* +** Macro used to suppress compiler warnings for unused parameters. +*/ +#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) + +/* +** Activate assert() only if SQLITE_TEST is enabled. +*/ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define NDEBUG 1 +#endif + +/* +** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or +** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments +** within testcase() and assert() macros. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) +# define TESTONLY(X) X +#else +# define TESTONLY(X) +#endif + +#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Corrupt(void); +# define FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB sqlite3Fts3Corrupt() +#else +# define FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB +#endif + +typedef struct Fts3Table Fts3Table; +typedef struct Fts3Cursor Fts3Cursor; +typedef struct Fts3Expr Fts3Expr; +typedef struct Fts3Phrase Fts3Phrase; +typedef struct Fts3PhraseToken Fts3PhraseToken; + +typedef struct Fts3Doclist Fts3Doclist; +typedef struct Fts3SegFilter Fts3SegFilter; +typedef struct Fts3DeferredToken Fts3DeferredToken; +typedef struct Fts3SegReader Fts3SegReader; +typedef struct Fts3MultiSegReader Fts3MultiSegReader; + +typedef struct MatchinfoBuffer MatchinfoBuffer; + +/* +** A connection to a fulltext index is an instance of the following +** structure. The xCreate and xConnect methods create an instance +** of this structure and xDestroy and xDisconnect free that instance. +** All other methods receive a pointer to the structure as one of their +** arguments. +*/ +struct Fts3Table { + sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + const char *zDb; /* logical database name */ + const char *zName; /* virtual table name */ + int nColumn; /* number of named columns in virtual table */ + char **azColumn; /* column names. malloced */ + u8 *abNotindexed; /* True for 'notindexed' columns */ + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* tokenizer for inserts and queries */ + char *zContentTbl; /* content=xxx option, or NULL */ + char *zLanguageid; /* languageid=xxx option, or NULL */ + int nAutoincrmerge; /* Value configured by 'automerge' */ + u32 nLeafAdd; /* Number of leaf blocks added this trans */ + + /* Precompiled statements used by the implementation. Each of these + ** statements is run and reset within a single virtual table API call. + */ + sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[40]; + + char *zReadExprlist; + char *zWriteExprlist; + + int nNodeSize; /* Soft limit for node size */ + u8 bFts4; /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */ + u8 bHasStat; /* True if %_stat table exists (2==unknown) */ + u8 bHasDocsize; /* True if %_docsize table exists */ + u8 bDescIdx; /* True if doclists are in reverse order */ + u8 bIgnoreSavepoint; /* True to ignore xSavepoint invocations */ + int nPgsz; /* Page size for host database */ + char *zSegmentsTbl; /* Name of %_segments table */ + sqlite3_blob *pSegments; /* Blob handle open on %_segments table */ + + /* + ** The following array of hash tables is used to buffer pending index + ** updates during transactions. All pending updates buffered at any one + ** time must share a common language-id (see the FTS4 langid= feature). + ** The current language id is stored in variable iPrevLangid. + ** + ** A single FTS4 table may have multiple full-text indexes. For each index + ** there is an entry in the aIndex[] array. Index 0 is an index of all the + ** terms that appear in the document set. Each subsequent index in aIndex[] + ** is an index of prefixes of a specific length. + ** + ** Variable nPendingData contains an estimate the memory consumed by the + ** pending data structures, including hash table overhead, but not including + ** malloc overhead. When nPendingData exceeds nMaxPendingData, all hash + ** tables are flushed to disk. Variable iPrevDocid is the docid of the most + ** recently inserted record. + */ + int nIndex; /* Size of aIndex[] */ + struct Fts3Index { + int nPrefix; /* Prefix length (0 for main terms index) */ + Fts3Hash hPending; /* Pending terms table for this index */ + } *aIndex; + int nMaxPendingData; /* Max pending data before flush to disk */ + int nPendingData; /* Current bytes of pending data */ + sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid; /* Docid of most recently inserted document */ + int iPrevLangid; /* Langid of recently inserted document */ + int bPrevDelete; /* True if last operation was a delete */ + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) + /* State variables used for validating that the transaction control + ** methods of the virtual table are called at appropriate times. These + ** values do not contribute to FTS functionality; they are used for + ** verifying the operation of the SQLite core. + */ + int inTransaction; /* True after xBegin but before xCommit/xRollback */ + int mxSavepoint; /* Largest valid xSavepoint integer */ +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + /* True to disable the incremental doclist optimization. This is controled + ** by special insert command 'test-no-incr-doclist'. */ + int bNoIncrDoclist; +#endif +}; + +/* +** When the core wants to read from the virtual table, it creates a +** virtual table cursor (an instance of the following structure) using +** the xOpen method. Cursors are destroyed using the xClose method. +*/ +struct Fts3Cursor { + sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + i16 eSearch; /* Search strategy (see below) */ + u8 isEof; /* True if at End Of Results */ + u8 isRequireSeek; /* True if must seek pStmt to %_content row */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Prepared statement in use by the cursor */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr; /* Parsed MATCH query string */ + int iLangid; /* Language being queried for */ + int nPhrase; /* Number of matchable phrases in query */ + Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; /* Deferred search tokens, if any */ + sqlite3_int64 iPrevId; /* Previous id read from aDoclist */ + char *pNextId; /* Pointer into the body of aDoclist */ + char *aDoclist; /* List of docids for full-text queries */ + int nDoclist; /* Size of buffer at aDoclist */ + u8 bDesc; /* True to sort in descending order */ + int eEvalmode; /* An FTS3_EVAL_XX constant */ + int nRowAvg; /* Average size of database rows, in pages */ + sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Documents in table */ + i64 iMinDocid; /* Minimum docid to return */ + i64 iMaxDocid; /* Maximum docid to return */ + int isMatchinfoNeeded; /* True when aMatchinfo[] needs filling in */ + MatchinfoBuffer *pMIBuffer; /* Buffer for matchinfo data */ +}; + +#define FTS3_EVAL_FILTER 0 +#define FTS3_EVAL_NEXT 1 +#define FTS3_EVAL_MATCHINFO 2 + +/* +** The Fts3Cursor.eSearch member is always set to one of the following. +** Actualy, Fts3Cursor.eSearch can be greater than or equal to +** FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH. If so, then Fts3Cursor.eSearch - 2 is the index +** of the column to be searched. For example, in +** +** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ex1 USING fts3(a,b,c,d); +** SELECT docid FROM ex1 WHERE b MATCH 'one two three'; +** +** Because the LHS of the MATCH operator is 2nd column "b", +** Fts3Cursor.eSearch will be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+1. (+0 for a, +** +1 for b, +2 for c, +3 for d.) If the LHS of MATCH were "ex1" +** indicating that all columns should be searched, +** then eSearch would be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+4. +*/ +#define FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH 0 /* Linear scan of %_content table */ +#define FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH 1 /* Lookup by rowid on %_content table */ +#define FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH 2 /* Full-text index search */ + +/* +** The lower 16-bits of the sqlite3_index_info.idxNum value set by +** the xBestIndex() method contains the Fts3Cursor.eSearch value described +** above. The upper 16-bits contain a combination of the following +** bits, used to describe extra constraints on full-text searches. +*/ +#define FTS3_HAVE_LANGID 0x00010000 /* languageid=? */ +#define FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE 0x00020000 /* docid>=? */ +#define FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE 0x00040000 /* docid<=? */ + +struct Fts3Doclist { + char *aAll; /* Array containing doclist (or NULL) */ + int nAll; /* Size of a[] in bytes */ + char *pNextDocid; /* Pointer to next docid */ + + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Current docid (if pList!=0) */ + int bFreeList; /* True if pList should be sqlite3_free()d */ + char *pList; /* Pointer to position list following iDocid */ + int nList; /* Length of position list */ +}; + +/* +** A "phrase" is a sequence of one or more tokens that must match in +** sequence. A single token is the base case and the most common case. +** For a sequence of tokens contained in double-quotes (i.e. "one two three") +** nToken will be the number of tokens in the string. +*/ +struct Fts3PhraseToken { + char *z; /* Text of the token */ + int n; /* Number of bytes in buffer z */ + int isPrefix; /* True if token ends with a "*" character */ + int bFirst; /* True if token must appear at position 0 */ + + /* Variables above this point are populated when the expression is + ** parsed (by code in fts3_expr.c). Below this point the variables are + ** used when evaluating the expression. */ + Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; /* Deferred token object for this token */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Segment-reader for this token */ +}; + +struct Fts3Phrase { + /* Cache of doclist for this phrase. */ + Fts3Doclist doclist; + int bIncr; /* True if doclist is loaded incrementally */ + int iDoclistToken; + + /* Used by sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist() if this is a descendent of an + ** OR condition. */ + char *pOrPoslist; + i64 iOrDocid; + + /* Variables below this point are populated by fts3_expr.c when parsing + ** a MATCH expression. Everything above is part of the evaluation phase. + */ + int nToken; /* Number of tokens in the phrase */ + int iColumn; /* Index of column this phrase must match */ + Fts3PhraseToken aToken[1]; /* One entry for each token in the phrase */ +}; + +/* +** A tree of these objects forms the RHS of a MATCH operator. +** +** If Fts3Expr.eType is FTSQUERY_PHRASE and isLoaded is true, then aDoclist +** points to a malloced buffer, size nDoclist bytes, containing the results +** of this phrase query in FTS3 doclist format. As usual, the initial +** "Length" field found in doclists stored on disk is omitted from this +** buffer. +** +** Variable aMI is used only for FTSQUERY_NEAR nodes to store the global +** matchinfo data. If it is not NULL, it points to an array of size nCol*3, +** where nCol is the number of columns in the queried FTS table. The array +** is populated as follows: +** +** aMI[iCol*3 + 0] = Undefined +** aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences +** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance +** +** The aMI array is allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). It should be freed +** when the expression node is. +*/ +struct Fts3Expr { + int eType; /* One of the FTSQUERY_XXX values defined below */ + int nNear; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR */ + Fts3Expr *pParent; /* pParent->pLeft==this or pParent->pRight==this */ + Fts3Expr *pLeft; /* Left operand */ + Fts3Expr *pRight; /* Right operand */ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE */ + + /* The following are used by the fts3_eval.c module. */ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Current docid */ + u8 bEof; /* True this expression is at EOF already */ + u8 bStart; /* True if iDocid is valid */ + u8 bDeferred; /* True if this expression is entirely deferred */ + + /* The following are used by the fts3_snippet.c module. */ + int iPhrase; /* Index of this phrase in matchinfo() results */ + u32 *aMI; /* See above */ +}; + +/* +** Candidate values for Fts3Query.eType. Note that the order of the first +** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For +** example, the following: +** +** "a OR b AND c NOT d NEAR e" +** +** is equivalent to: +** +** "a OR (b AND (c NOT (d NEAR e)))" +*/ +#define FTSQUERY_NEAR 1 +#define FTSQUERY_NOT 2 +#define FTSQUERY_AND 3 +#define FTSQUERY_OR 4 +#define FTSQUERY_PHRASE 5 + + +/* fts3_write.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(sqlite3_vtab*,int,sqlite3_value**,sqlite3_int64*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(int, int, sqlite3_int64, + sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64, const char *, int, Fts3SegReader**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending( + Fts3Table*,int,const char*,int,int,Fts3SegReader**); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(Fts3Table*, int, int, int, sqlite3_stmt **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(Fts3Table*, sqlite3_int64, char **, int*, int*); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_stmt **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_stmt **); + +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3PhraseToken *, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(Fts3DeferredToken *, char **, int *); +#else +# define sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(x) +# define sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(x,y,z) SQLITE_OK +# define sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(x) SQLITE_OK +# define sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(x) +# define sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(x,y,z) SQLITE_OK +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(Fts3Table *, int *); + +/* Special values interpreted by sqlite3SegReaderCursor() */ +#define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING -1 +#define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL -2 + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, Fts3SegFilter*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(Fts3MultiSegReader *); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(Fts3Table *, + int, int, int, const char *, int, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader *); + +/* Flags allowed as part of the 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */ +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS 0x00000001 +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY 0x00000002 +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER 0x00000004 +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX 0x00000008 +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN 0x00000010 +#define FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST 0x00000020 + +/* Type passed as 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */ +struct Fts3SegFilter { + const char *zTerm; + int nTerm; + int iCol; + int flags; +}; + +struct Fts3MultiSegReader { + /* Used internally by sqlite3Fts3SegReaderXXX() calls */ + Fts3SegReader **apSegment; /* Array of Fts3SegReader objects */ + int nSegment; /* Size of apSegment array */ + int nAdvance; /* How many seg-readers to advance */ + Fts3SegFilter *pFilter; /* Pointer to filter object */ + char *aBuffer; /* Buffer to merge doclists in */ + int nBuffer; /* Allocated size of aBuffer[] in bytes */ + + int iColFilter; /* If >=0, filter for this column */ + int bRestart; + + /* Used by fts3.c only. */ + int nCost; /* Cost of running iterator */ + int bLookup; /* True if a lookup of a single entry. */ + + /* Output values. Valid only after Fts3SegReaderStep() returns SQLITE_ROW. */ + char *zTerm; /* Pointer to term buffer */ + int nTerm; /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist buffer */ + int nDoclist; /* Size of aDoclist[] in bytes */ +}; + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table*,int,int); + +#define fts3GetVarint32(p, piVal) ( \ + (*(u8*)(p)&0x80) ? sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p, piVal) : (*piVal=*(u8*)(p), 1) \ +) + +/* fts3.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(char**,const char*,...); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *, sqlite3_int64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *, sqlite_int64 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(int,char*,int,char**,sqlite3_int64*,int*,u8*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, u32 *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(sqlite3_int64, char *, int, char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int*, Fts3Table*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pRc); + +/* fts3_tokenizer.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, Fts3Hash *, const char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *, + sqlite3_tokenizer **, char ** +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char); + +/* fts3_snippet.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(sqlite3_context*, Fts3Cursor*); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *, + const char *, const char *, int, int +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3MIBufferFree(MatchinfoBuffer *p); + +/* fts3_expr.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(sqlite3_tokenizer *, int, + char **, int, int, int, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, char ** +); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *); +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(sqlite3 *db); +#endif + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer *, int, const char *, int, + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor ** +); + +/* fts3_aux.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *); + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart( + Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, int, const char*, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext( + Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, sqlite3_int64 *, char **, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int iCol, char **); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, int *); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr); + +/* fts3_tokenize_vtab.c */ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3*, Fts3Hash *); + +/* fts3_unicode2.c (functions generated by parsing unicode text files) */ +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int, int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int); +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int); +#endif + +#endif /* !SQLITE_CORE || SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 */ +#endif /* _FTSINT_H */ + +/************** End of fts3Int.h *********************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && !defined(SQLITE_CORE) +# define SQLITE_CORE 1 +#endif + +/* #include <assert.h> */ +/* #include <stdlib.h> */ +/* #include <stddef.h> */ +/* #include <stdio.h> */ +/* #include <string.h> */ +/* #include <stdarg.h> */ + +/* #include "fts3.h" */ +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE +/* # include "sqlite3ext.h" */ + SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 +#endif + +static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr); +static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr); +static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor( + Fts3Cursor *, const char *, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader **); + +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +# if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Always(int b) { assert( b ); return b; } +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Never(int b) { assert( !b ); return b; } +# endif +#endif + +/* +** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0]. +** The length of data written will be between 1 and FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes. +** The number of bytes written is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *p, sqlite_int64 v){ + unsigned char *q = (unsigned char *) p; + sqlite_uint64 vu = v; + do{ + *q++ = (unsigned char) ((vu & 0x7f) | 0x80); + vu >>= 7; + }while( vu!=0 ); + q[-1] &= 0x7f; /* turn off high bit in final byte */ + assert( q - (unsigned char *)p <= FTS3_VARINT_MAX ); + return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p); +} + +#define GETVARINT_STEP(v, ptr, shift, mask1, mask2, var, ret) \ + v = (v & mask1) | ( (*ptr++) << shift ); \ + if( (v & mask2)==0 ){ var = v; return ret; } +#define GETVARINT_INIT(v, ptr, shift, mask1, mask2, var, ret) \ + v = (*ptr++); \ + if( (v & mask2)==0 ){ var = v; return ret; } + +/* +** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. +** Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error. +** The value is stored in *v. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *p, sqlite_int64 *v){ + const char *pStart = p; + u32 a; + u64 b; + int shift; + + GETVARINT_INIT(a, p, 0, 0x00, 0x80, *v, 1); + GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 7, 0x7F, 0x4000, *v, 2); + GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 14, 0x3FFF, 0x200000, *v, 3); + GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 21, 0x1FFFFF, 0x10000000, *v, 4); + b = (a & 0x0FFFFFFF ); + + for(shift=28; shift<=63; shift+=7){ + u64 c = *p++; + b += (c&0x7F) << shift; + if( (c & 0x80)==0 ) break; + } + *v = b; + return (int)(p - pStart); +} + +/* +** Similar to sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(), except that the output is truncated to a +** 32-bit integer before it is returned. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *p, int *pi){ + u32 a; + +#ifndef fts3GetVarint32 + GETVARINT_INIT(a, p, 0, 0x00, 0x80, *pi, 1); +#else + a = (*p++); + assert( a & 0x80 ); +#endif + + GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 7, 0x7F, 0x4000, *pi, 2); + GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 14, 0x3FFF, 0x200000, *pi, 3); + GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 21, 0x1FFFFF, 0x10000000, *pi, 4); + a = (a & 0x0FFFFFFF ); + *pi = (int)(a | ((u32)(*p & 0x0F) << 28)); + return 5; +} + +/* +** Return the number of bytes required to encode v as a varint +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64 v){ + int i = 0; + do{ + i++; + v >>= 7; + }while( v!=0 ); + return i; +} + +/* +** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing +** the quote characters. The conversion is done in-place. If the +** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine +** is a no-op. +** +** Examples: +** +** "abc" becomes abc +** 'xyz' becomes xyz +** [pqr] becomes pqr +** `mno` becomes mno +** +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *z){ + char quote; /* Quote character (if any ) */ + + quote = z[0]; + if( quote=='[' || quote=='\'' || quote=='"' || quote=='`' ){ + int iIn = 1; /* Index of next byte to read from input */ + int iOut = 0; /* Index of next byte to write to output */ + + /* If the first byte was a '[', then the close-quote character is a ']' */ + if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']'; + + while( z[iIn] ){ + if( z[iIn]==quote ){ + if( z[iIn+1]!=quote ) break; + z[iOut++] = quote; + iIn += 2; + }else{ + z[iOut++] = z[iIn++]; + } + } + z[iOut] = '\0'; + } +} + +/* +** Read a single varint from the doclist at *pp and advance *pp to point +** to the first byte past the end of the varint. Add the value of the varint +** to *pVal. +*/ +static void fts3GetDeltaVarint(char **pp, sqlite3_int64 *pVal){ + sqlite3_int64 iVal; + *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal); + *pVal += iVal; +} + +/* +** When this function is called, *pp points to the first byte following a +** varint that is part of a doclist (or position-list, or any other list +** of varints). This function moves *pp to point to the start of that varint, +** and sets *pVal by the varint value. +** +** Argument pStart points to the first byte of the doclist that the +** varint is part of. +*/ +static void fts3GetReverseVarint( + char **pp, + char *pStart, + sqlite3_int64 *pVal +){ + sqlite3_int64 iVal; + char *p; + + /* Pointer p now points at the first byte past the varint we are + ** interested in. So, unless the doclist is corrupt, the 0x80 bit is + ** clear on character p[-1]. */ + for(p = (*pp)-2; p>=pStart && *p&0x80; p--); + p++; + *pp = p; + + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iVal); + *pVal = iVal; +} + +/* +** The xDisconnect() virtual table method. +*/ +static int fts3DisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; + int i; + + assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + + /* Free any prepared statements held */ + for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(p->aStmt); i++){ + sqlite3_finalize(p->aStmt[i]); + } + sqlite3_free(p->zSegmentsTbl); + sqlite3_free(p->zReadExprlist); + sqlite3_free(p->zWriteExprlist); + sqlite3_free(p->zContentTbl); + sqlite3_free(p->zLanguageid); + + /* Invoke the tokenizer destructor to free the tokenizer. */ + p->pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(p->pTokenizer); + + sqlite3_free(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Write an error message into *pzErr +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(char **pzErr, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + sqlite3_free(*pzErr); + va_start(ap, zFormat); + *pzErr = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); +} + +/* +** Construct one or more SQL statements from the format string given +** and then evaluate those statements. The success code is written +** into *pRc. +** +** If *pRc is initially non-zero then this routine is a no-op. +*/ +static void fts3DbExec( + int *pRc, /* Success code */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which to run SQL */ + const char *zFormat, /* Format string for SQL */ + ... /* Arguments to the format string */ +){ + va_list ap; + char *zSql; + if( *pRc ) return; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + if( zSql==0 ){ + *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + *pRc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } +} + +/* +** The xDestroy() virtual table method. +*/ +static int fts3DestroyMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + const char *zDb = p->zDb; /* Name of database (e.g. "main", "temp") */ + sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* Database handle */ + + /* Drop the shadow tables */ + if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_content'", zDb, p->zName); + } + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segments'", zDb,p->zName); + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segdir'", zDb, p->zName); + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_docsize'", zDb, p->zName); + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'", zDb, p->zName); + + /* If everything has worked, invoke fts3DisconnectMethod() to free the + ** memory associated with the Fts3Table structure and return SQLITE_OK. + ** Otherwise, return an SQLite error code. + */ + return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? fts3DisconnectMethod(pVtab) : rc); +} + + +/* +** Invoke sqlite3_declare_vtab() to declare the schema for the FTS3 table +** passed as the first argument. This is done as part of the xConnect() +** and xCreate() methods. +** +** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc +** before returning. +*/ +static void fts3DeclareVtab(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + char *zSql; /* SQL statement passed to declare_vtab() */ + char *zCols; /* List of user defined columns */ + const char *zLanguageid; + + zLanguageid = (p->zLanguageid ? p->zLanguageid : "__langid"); + sqlite3_vtab_config(p->db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1); + + /* Create a list of user columns for the virtual table */ + zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%Q, ", p->azColumn[0]); + for(i=1; zCols && i<p->nColumn; i++){ + zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%Q, ", zCols, p->azColumn[i]); + } + + /* Create the whole "CREATE TABLE" statement to pass to SQLite */ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "CREATE TABLE x(%s %Q HIDDEN, docid HIDDEN, %Q HIDDEN)", + zCols, p->zName, zLanguageid + ); + if( !zCols || !zSql ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(p->db, zSql); + } + + sqlite3_free(zSql); + sqlite3_free(zCols); + *pRc = rc; + } +} + +/* +** Create the %_stat table if it does not already exist. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ + fts3DbExec(pRc, p->db, + "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'" + "(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, value BLOB);", + p->zDb, p->zName + ); + if( (*pRc)==SQLITE_OK ) p->bHasStat = 1; +} + +/* +** Create the backing store tables (%_content, %_segments and %_segdir) +** required by the FTS3 table passed as the only argument. This is done +** as part of the vtab xCreate() method. +** +** If the p->bHasDocsize boolean is true (indicating that this is an +** FTS4 table, not an FTS3 table) then also create the %_docsize and +** %_stat tables required by FTS4. +*/ +static int fts3CreateTables(Fts3Table *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database connection */ + + if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ + const char *zLanguageid = p->zLanguageid; + char *zContentCols; /* Columns of %_content table */ + + /* Create a list of user columns for the content table */ + zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"); + for(i=0; zContentCols && i<p->nColumn; i++){ + char *z = p->azColumn[i]; + zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, 'c%d%q'", zContentCols, i, z); + } + if( zLanguageid && zContentCols ){ + zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, langid", zContentCols, zLanguageid); + } + if( zContentCols==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + + /* Create the content table */ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_content'(%s)", + p->zDb, p->zName, zContentCols + ); + sqlite3_free(zContentCols); + } + + /* Create other tables */ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB);", + p->zDb, p->zName + ); + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'(" + "level INTEGER," + "idx INTEGER," + "start_block INTEGER," + "leaves_end_block INTEGER," + "end_block INTEGER," + "root BLOB," + "PRIMARY KEY(level, idx)" + ");", + p->zDb, p->zName + ); + if( p->bHasDocsize ){ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize'(docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, size BLOB);", + p->zDb, p->zName + ); + } + assert( p->bHasStat==p->bFts4 ); + if( p->bHasStat ){ + sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Store the current database page-size in bytes in p->nPgsz. +** +** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc +** before returning. +*/ +static void fts3DatabasePageSize(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + char *zSql; /* SQL text "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Compiled "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" statement */ + + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", p->zDb); + if( !zSql ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + p->nPgsz = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); + rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_AUTH ){ + p->nPgsz = 1024; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + assert( p->nPgsz>0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + *pRc = rc; + } +} + +/* +** "Special" FTS4 arguments are column specifications of the following form: +** +** <key> = <value> +** +** There may not be whitespace surrounding the "=" character. The <value> +** term may be quoted, but the <key> may not. +*/ +static int fts3IsSpecialColumn( + const char *z, + int *pnKey, + char **pzValue +){ + char *zValue; + const char *zCsr = z; + + while( *zCsr!='=' ){ + if( *zCsr=='\0' ) return 0; + zCsr++; + } + + *pnKey = (int)(zCsr-z); + zValue = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", &zCsr[1]); + if( zValue ){ + sqlite3Fts3Dequote(zValue); + } + *pzValue = zValue; + return 1; +} + +/* +** Append the output of a printf() style formatting to an existing string. +*/ +static void fts3Appendf( + int *pRc, /* IN/OUT: Error code */ + char **pz, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to string buffer */ + const char *zFormat, /* Printf format string to append */ + ... /* Arguments for printf format string */ +){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + va_list ap; + char *z; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + if( z && *pz ){ + char *z2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%s", *pz, z); + sqlite3_free(z); + z = z2; + } + if( z==0 ) *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + sqlite3_free(*pz); + *pz = z; + } +} + +/* +** Return a copy of input string zInput enclosed in double-quotes (") and +** with all double quote characters escaped. For example: +** +** fts3QuoteId("un \"zip\"") -> "un \"\"zip\"\"" +** +** The pointer returned points to memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). It +** is the callers responsibility to call sqlite3_free() to release this +** memory. +*/ +static char *fts3QuoteId(char const *zInput){ + int nRet; + char *zRet; + nRet = 2 + (int)strlen(zInput)*2 + 1; + zRet = sqlite3_malloc(nRet); + if( zRet ){ + int i; + char *z = zRet; + *(z++) = '"'; + for(i=0; zInput[i]; i++){ + if( zInput[i]=='"' ) *(z++) = '"'; + *(z++) = zInput[i]; + } + *(z++) = '"'; + *(z++) = '\0'; + } + return zRet; +} + +/* +** Return a list of comma separated SQL expressions and a FROM clause that +** could be used in a SELECT statement such as the following: +** +** SELECT <list of expressions> FROM %_content AS x ... +** +** to return the docid, followed by each column of text data in order +** from left to write. If parameter zFunc is not NULL, then instead of +** being returned directly each column of text data is passed to an SQL +** function named zFunc first. For example, if zFunc is "unzip" and the +** table has the three user-defined columns "a", "b", and "c", the following +** string is returned: +** +** "docid, unzip(x.'a'), unzip(x.'b'), unzip(x.'c') FROM %_content AS x" +** +** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It +** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it. +** +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and +** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered +** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If +** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified. +*/ +static char *fts3ReadExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){ + char *zRet = 0; + char *zFree = 0; + char *zFunction; + int i; + + if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ + if( !zFunc ){ + zFunction = ""; + }else{ + zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc); + } + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "docid"); + for(i=0; i<p->nColumn; i++){ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(x.'c%d%q')", zFunction, i, p->azColumn[i]); + } + if( p->zLanguageid ){ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.%Q", "langid"); + } + sqlite3_free(zFree); + }else{ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "rowid"); + for(i=0; i<p->nColumn; i++){ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.'%q'", p->azColumn[i]); + } + if( p->zLanguageid ){ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.%Q", p->zLanguageid); + } + } + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, " FROM '%q'.'%q%s' AS x", + p->zDb, + (p->zContentTbl ? p->zContentTbl : p->zName), + (p->zContentTbl ? "" : "_content") + ); + return zRet; +} + +/* +** Return a list of N comma separated question marks, where N is the number +** of columns in the %_content table (one for the docid plus one for each +** user-defined text column). +** +** If argument zFunc is not NULL, then all but the first question mark +** is preceded by zFunc and an open bracket, and followed by a closed +** bracket. For example, if zFunc is "zip" and the FTS3 table has three +** user-defined text columns, the following string is returned: +** +** "?, zip(?), zip(?), zip(?)" +** +** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It +** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it. +** +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and +** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered +** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If +** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified. +*/ +static char *fts3WriteExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){ + char *zRet = 0; + char *zFree = 0; + char *zFunction; + int i; + + if( !zFunc ){ + zFunction = ""; + }else{ + zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc); + } + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "?"); + for(i=0; i<p->nColumn; i++){ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(?)", zFunction); + } + if( p->zLanguageid ){ + fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", ?"); + } + sqlite3_free(zFree); + return zRet; +} + +/* +** This function interprets the string at (*pp) as a non-negative integer +** value. It reads the integer and sets *pnOut to the value read, then +** sets *pp to point to the byte immediately following the last byte of +** the integer value. +** +** Only decimal digits ('0'..'9') may be part of an integer value. +** +** If *pp does not being with a decimal digit SQLITE_ERROR is returned and +** the output value undefined. Otherwise SQLITE_OK is returned. +** +** This function is used when parsing the "prefix=" FTS4 parameter. +*/ +static int fts3GobbleInt(const char **pp, int *pnOut){ + const int MAX_NPREFIX = 10000000; + const char *p; /* Iterator pointer */ + int nInt = 0; /* Output value */ + + for(p=*pp; p[0]>='0' && p[0]<='9'; p++){ + nInt = nInt * 10 + (p[0] - '0'); + if( nInt>MAX_NPREFIX ){ + nInt = 0; + break; + } + } + if( p==*pp ) return SQLITE_ERROR; + *pnOut = nInt; + *pp = p; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This function is called to allocate an array of Fts3Index structures +** representing the indexes maintained by the current FTS table. FTS tables +** always maintain the main "terms" index, but may also maintain one or +** more "prefix" indexes, depending on the value of the "prefix=" parameter +** (if any) specified as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. +** +** Argument zParam is passed the value of the "prefix=" option if one was +** specified, or NULL otherwise. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and *apIndex set to point to +** the allocated array. *pnIndex is set to the number of elements in the +** array. If an error does occur, an SQLite error code is returned. +** +** Regardless of whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility +** of the caller to call sqlite3_free() on the output array to free it. +*/ +static int fts3PrefixParameter( + const char *zParam, /* ABC in prefix=ABC parameter to parse */ + int *pnIndex, /* OUT: size of *apIndex[] array */ + struct Fts3Index **apIndex /* OUT: Array of indexes for this table */ +){ + struct Fts3Index *aIndex; /* Allocated array */ + int nIndex = 1; /* Number of entries in array */ + + if( zParam && zParam[0] ){ + const char *p; + nIndex++; + for(p=zParam; *p; p++){ + if( *p==',' ) nIndex++; + } + } + + aIndex = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex); + *apIndex = aIndex; + if( !aIndex ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + memset(aIndex, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex); + if( zParam ){ + const char *p = zParam; + int i; + for(i=1; i<nIndex; i++){ + int nPrefix = 0; + if( fts3GobbleInt(&p, &nPrefix) ) return SQLITE_ERROR; + assert( nPrefix>=0 ); + if( nPrefix==0 ){ + nIndex--; + i--; + }else{ + aIndex[i].nPrefix = nPrefix; + } + p++; + } + } + + *pnIndex = nIndex; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This function is called when initializing an FTS4 table that uses the +** content=xxx option. It determines the number of and names of the columns +** of the new FTS4 table. +** +** The third argument passed to this function is the value passed to the +** config=xxx option (i.e. "xxx"). This function queries the database for +** a table of that name. If found, the output variables are populated +** as follows: +** +** *pnCol: Set to the number of columns table xxx has, +** +** *pnStr: Set to the total amount of space required to store a copy +** of each columns name, including the nul-terminator. +** +** *pazCol: Set to point to an array of *pnCol strings. Each string is +** the name of the corresponding column in table xxx. The array +** and its contents are allocated using a single allocation. It +** is the responsibility of the caller to free this allocation +** by eventually passing the *pazCol value to sqlite3_free(). +** +** If the table cannot be found, an error code is returned and the output +** variables are undefined. Or, if an OOM is encountered, SQLITE_NOMEM is +** returned (and the output variables are undefined). +*/ +static int fts3ContentColumns( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of db (i.e. "main", "temp" etc.) */ + const char *zTbl, /* Name of content table */ + const char ***pazCol, /* OUT: Malloc'd array of column names */ + int *pnCol, /* OUT: Size of array *pazCol */ + int *pnStr, /* OUT: Bytes of string content */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: error message */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + char *zSql; /* "SELECT *" statement on zTbl */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Compiled version of zSql */ + + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM %Q.%Q", zDb, zTbl); + if( !zSql ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + } + } + sqlite3_free(zSql); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + const char **azCol; /* Output array */ + int nStr = 0; /* Size of all column names (incl. 0x00) */ + int nCol; /* Number of table columns */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through columns */ + + /* Loop through the returned columns. Set nStr to the number of bytes of + ** space required to store a copy of each column name, including the + ** nul-terminator byte. */ + nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ + const char *zCol = sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i); + nStr += (int)strlen(zCol) + 1; + } + + /* Allocate and populate the array to return. */ + azCol = (const char **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char *) * nCol + nStr); + if( azCol==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + char *p = (char *)&azCol[nCol]; + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ + const char *zCol = sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i); + int n = (int)strlen(zCol)+1; + memcpy(p, zCol, n); + azCol[i] = p; + p += n; + } + } + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + + /* Set the output variables. */ + *pnCol = nCol; + *pnStr = nStr; + *pazCol = azCol; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate +** methods of the FTS3 virtual table. +** +** The argv[] array contains the following: +** +** argv[0] -> module name ("fts3" or "fts4") +** argv[1] -> database name +** argv[2] -> table name +** argv[...] -> "column name" and other module argument fields. +*/ +static int fts3InitVtab( + int isCreate, /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */ + sqlite3 *db, /* The SQLite database connection */ + void *pAux, /* Hash table containing tokenizers */ + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ + const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, /* Write the resulting vtab structure here */ + char **pzErr /* Write any error message here */ +){ + Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)pAux; + Fts3Table *p = 0; /* Pointer to allocated vtab */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + int nByte; /* Size of allocation used for *p */ + int iCol; /* Column index */ + int nString = 0; /* Bytes required to hold all column names */ + int nCol = 0; /* Number of columns in the FTS table */ + char *zCsr; /* Space for holding column names */ + int nDb; /* Bytes required to hold database name */ + int nName; /* Bytes required to hold table name */ + int isFts4 = (argv[0][3]=='4'); /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */ + const char **aCol; /* Array of column names */ + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; /* Tokenizer for this table */ + + int nIndex = 0; /* Size of aIndex[] array */ + struct Fts3Index *aIndex = 0; /* Array of indexes for this table */ + + /* The results of parsing supported FTS4 key=value options: */ + int bNoDocsize = 0; /* True to omit %_docsize table */ + int bDescIdx = 0; /* True to store descending indexes */ + char *zPrefix = 0; /* Prefix parameter value (or NULL) */ + char *zCompress = 0; /* compress=? parameter (or NULL) */ + char *zUncompress = 0; /* uncompress=? parameter (or NULL) */ + char *zContent = 0; /* content=? parameter (or NULL) */ + char *zLanguageid = 0; /* languageid=? parameter (or NULL) */ + char **azNotindexed = 0; /* The set of notindexed= columns */ + int nNotindexed = 0; /* Size of azNotindexed[] array */ + + assert( strlen(argv[0])==4 ); + assert( (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts4", 4)==0 && isFts4) + || (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts3", 4)==0 && !isFts4) + ); + + nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]) + 1; + nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]) + 1; + + nByte = sizeof(const char *) * (argc-2); + aCol = (const char **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( aCol ){ + memset((void*)aCol, 0, nByte); + azNotindexed = (char **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + } + if( azNotindexed ){ + memset(azNotindexed, 0, nByte); + } + if( !aCol || !azNotindexed ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto fts3_init_out; + } + + /* Loop through all of the arguments passed by the user to the FTS3/4 + ** module (i.e. all the column names and special arguments). This loop + ** does the following: + ** + ** + Figures out the number of columns the FTSX table will have, and + ** the number of bytes of space that must be allocated to store copies + ** of the column names. + ** + ** + If there is a tokenizer specification included in the arguments, + ** initializes the tokenizer pTokenizer. + */ + for(i=3; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<argc; i++){ + char const *z = argv[i]; + int nKey; + char *zVal; + + /* Check if this is a tokenizer specification */ + if( !pTokenizer + && strlen(z)>8 + && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "tokenize", 8) + && 0==sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(z[8]) + ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, &z[9], &pTokenizer, pzErr); + } + + /* Check if it is an FTS4 special argument. */ + else if( isFts4 && fts3IsSpecialColumn(z, &nKey, &zVal) ){ + struct Fts4Option { + const char *zOpt; + int nOpt; + } aFts4Opt[] = { + { "matchinfo", 9 }, /* 0 -> MATCHINFO */ + { "prefix", 6 }, /* 1 -> PREFIX */ + { "compress", 8 }, /* 2 -> COMPRESS */ + { "uncompress", 10 }, /* 3 -> UNCOMPRESS */ + { "order", 5 }, /* 4 -> ORDER */ + { "content", 7 }, /* 5 -> CONTENT */ + { "languageid", 10 }, /* 6 -> LANGUAGEID */ + { "notindexed", 10 } /* 7 -> NOTINDEXED */ + }; + + int iOpt; + if( !zVal ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + for(iOpt=0; iOpt<SizeofArray(aFts4Opt); iOpt++){ + struct Fts4Option *pOp = &aFts4Opt[iOpt]; + if( nKey==pOp->nOpt && !sqlite3_strnicmp(z, pOp->zOpt, pOp->nOpt) ){ + break; + } + } + if( iOpt==SizeofArray(aFts4Opt) ){ + sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unrecognized parameter: %s", z); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + switch( iOpt ){ + case 0: /* MATCHINFO */ + if( strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "fts3", 4) ){ + sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unrecognized matchinfo: %s", zVal); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + bNoDocsize = 1; + break; + + case 1: /* PREFIX */ + sqlite3_free(zPrefix); + zPrefix = zVal; + zVal = 0; + break; + + case 2: /* COMPRESS */ + sqlite3_free(zCompress); + zCompress = zVal; + zVal = 0; + break; + + case 3: /* UNCOMPRESS */ + sqlite3_free(zUncompress); + zUncompress = zVal; + zVal = 0; + break; + + case 4: /* ORDER */ + if( (strlen(zVal)!=3 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "asc", 3)) + && (strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "desc", 4)) + ){ + sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unrecognized order: %s", zVal); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + bDescIdx = (zVal[0]=='d' || zVal[0]=='D'); + break; + + case 5: /* CONTENT */ + sqlite3_free(zContent); + zContent = zVal; + zVal = 0; + break; + + case 6: /* LANGUAGEID */ + assert( iOpt==6 ); + sqlite3_free(zLanguageid); + zLanguageid = zVal; + zVal = 0; + break; + + case 7: /* NOTINDEXED */ + azNotindexed[nNotindexed++] = zVal; + zVal = 0; + break; + } + } + sqlite3_free(zVal); + } + } + + /* Otherwise, the argument is a column name. */ + else { + nString += (int)(strlen(z) + 1); + aCol[nCol++] = z; + } + } + + /* If a content=xxx option was specified, the following: + ** + ** 1. Ignore any compress= and uncompress= options. + ** + ** 2. If no column names were specified as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL + ** TABLE statement, use all columns from the content table. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zContent ){ + sqlite3_free(zCompress); + sqlite3_free(zUncompress); + zCompress = 0; + zUncompress = 0; + if( nCol==0 ){ + sqlite3_free((void*)aCol); + aCol = 0; + rc = fts3ContentColumns(db, argv[1], zContent,&aCol,&nCol,&nString,pzErr); + + /* If a languageid= option was specified, remove the language id + ** column from the aCol[] array. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zLanguageid ){ + int j; + for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){ + if( sqlite3_stricmp(zLanguageid, aCol[j])==0 ){ + int k; + for(k=j; k<nCol; k++) aCol[k] = aCol[k+1]; + nCol--; + break; + } + } + } + } + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out; + + if( nCol==0 ){ + assert( nString==0 ); + aCol[0] = "content"; + nString = 8; + nCol = 1; + } + + if( pTokenizer==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, "simple", &pTokenizer, pzErr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out; + } + assert( pTokenizer ); + + rc = fts3PrefixParameter(zPrefix, &nIndex, &aIndex); + if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){ + assert( zPrefix ); + sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "error parsing prefix parameter: %s", zPrefix); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out; + + /* Allocate and populate the Fts3Table structure. */ + nByte = sizeof(Fts3Table) + /* Fts3Table */ + nCol * sizeof(char *) + /* azColumn */ + nIndex * sizeof(struct Fts3Index) + /* aIndex */ + nCol * sizeof(u8) + /* abNotindexed */ + nName + /* zName */ + nDb + /* zDb */ + nString; /* Space for azColumn strings */ + p = (Fts3Table*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( p==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto fts3_init_out; + } + memset(p, 0, nByte); + p->db = db; + p->nColumn = nCol; + p->nPendingData = 0; + p->azColumn = (char **)&p[1]; + p->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; + p->nMaxPendingData = FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA; + p->bHasDocsize = (isFts4 && bNoDocsize==0); + p->bHasStat = isFts4; + p->bFts4 = isFts4; + p->bDescIdx = bDescIdx; + p->nAutoincrmerge = 0xff; /* 0xff means setting unknown */ + p->zContentTbl = zContent; + p->zLanguageid = zLanguageid; + zContent = 0; + zLanguageid = 0; + TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = -1 ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1 ); + + p->aIndex = (struct Fts3Index *)&p->azColumn[nCol]; + memcpy(p->aIndex, aIndex, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex); + p->nIndex = nIndex; + for(i=0; i<nIndex; i++){ + fts3HashInit(&p->aIndex[i].hPending, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); + } + p->abNotindexed = (u8 *)&p->aIndex[nIndex]; + + /* Fill in the zName and zDb fields of the vtab structure. */ + zCsr = (char *)&p->abNotindexed[nCol]; + p->zName = zCsr; + memcpy(zCsr, argv[2], nName); + zCsr += nName; + p->zDb = zCsr; + memcpy(zCsr, argv[1], nDb); + zCsr += nDb; + + /* Fill in the azColumn array */ + for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){ + char *z; + int n = 0; + z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(aCol[iCol], &n); + memcpy(zCsr, z, n); + zCsr[n] = '\0'; + sqlite3Fts3Dequote(zCsr); + p->azColumn[iCol] = zCsr; + zCsr += n+1; + assert( zCsr <= &((char *)p)[nByte] ); + } + + /* Fill in the abNotindexed array */ + for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){ + int n = (int)strlen(p->azColumn[iCol]); + for(i=0; i<nNotindexed; i++){ + char *zNot = azNotindexed[i]; + if( zNot && n==(int)strlen(zNot) + && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(p->azColumn[iCol], zNot, n) + ){ + p->abNotindexed[iCol] = 1; + sqlite3_free(zNot); + azNotindexed[i] = 0; + } + } + } + for(i=0; i<nNotindexed; i++){ + if( azNotindexed[i] ){ + sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "no such column: %s", azNotindexed[i]); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (zCompress==0)!=(zUncompress==0) ){ + char const *zMiss = (zCompress==0 ? "compress" : "uncompress"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "missing %s parameter in fts4 constructor", zMiss); + } + p->zReadExprlist = fts3ReadExprList(p, zUncompress, &rc); + p->zWriteExprlist = fts3WriteExprList(p, zCompress, &rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out; + + /* If this is an xCreate call, create the underlying tables in the + ** database. TODO: For xConnect(), it could verify that said tables exist. + */ + if( isCreate ){ + rc = fts3CreateTables(p); + } + + /* Check to see if a legacy fts3 table has been "upgraded" by the + ** addition of a %_stat table so that it can use incremental merge. + */ + if( !isFts4 && !isCreate ){ + p->bHasStat = 2; + } + + /* Figure out the page-size for the database. This is required in order to + ** estimate the cost of loading large doclists from the database. */ + fts3DatabasePageSize(&rc, p); + p->nNodeSize = p->nPgsz-35; + + /* Declare the table schema to SQLite. */ + fts3DeclareVtab(&rc, p); + +fts3_init_out: + sqlite3_free(zPrefix); + sqlite3_free(aIndex); + sqlite3_free(zCompress); + sqlite3_free(zUncompress); + sqlite3_free(zContent); + sqlite3_free(zLanguageid); + for(i=0; i<nNotindexed; i++) sqlite3_free(azNotindexed[i]); + sqlite3_free((void *)aCol); + sqlite3_free((void *)azNotindexed); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( p ){ + fts3DisconnectMethod((sqlite3_vtab *)p); + }else if( pTokenizer ){ + pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer); + } + }else{ + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + *ppVTab = &p->base; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** The xConnect() and xCreate() methods for the virtual table. All the +** work is done in function fts3InitVtab(). +*/ +static int fts3ConnectMethod( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */ + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ + const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ +){ + return fts3InitVtab(0, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr); +} +static int fts3CreateMethod( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */ + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ + const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ +){ + return fts3InitVtab(1, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr); +} + +/* +** Set the pIdxInfo->estimatedRows variable to nRow. Unless this +** extension is currently being used by a version of SQLite too old to +** support estimatedRows. In that case this function is a no-op. +*/ +static void fts3SetEstimatedRows(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo, i64 nRow){ +#if SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3008002 + if( sqlite3_libversion_number()>=3008002 ){ + pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = nRow; + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Set the SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE flag in pIdxInfo->flags. Unless this +** extension is currently being used by a version of SQLite too old to +** support index-info flags. In that case this function is a no-op. +*/ +static void fts3SetUniqueFlag(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ +#if SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3008012 + if( sqlite3_libversion_number()>=3008012 ){ + pIdxInfo->idxFlags |= SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE; + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS3 tables. There +** are three possible strategies, in order of preference: +** +** 1. Direct lookup by rowid or docid. +** 2. Full-text search using a MATCH operator on a non-docid column. +** 3. Linear scan of %_content table. +*/ +static int fts3BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVTab; + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + int iCons = -1; /* Index of constraint to use */ + + int iLangidCons = -1; /* Index of langid=x constraint, if present */ + int iDocidGe = -1; /* Index of docid>=x constraint, if present */ + int iDocidLe = -1; /* Index of docid<=x constraint, if present */ + int iIdx; + + /* By default use a full table scan. This is an expensive option, + ** so search through the constraints to see if a more efficient + ** strategy is possible. + */ + pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 5000000; + for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){ + int bDocid; /* True if this constraint is on docid */ + struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pCons = &pInfo->aConstraint[i]; + if( pCons->usable==0 ){ + if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ){ + /* There exists an unusable MATCH constraint. This means that if + ** the planner does elect to use the results of this call as part + ** of the overall query plan the user will see an "unable to use + ** function MATCH in the requested context" error. To discourage + ** this, return a very high cost here. */ + pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 1e50; + fts3SetEstimatedRows(pInfo, ((sqlite3_int64)1) << 50); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + continue; + } + + bDocid = (pCons->iColumn<0 || pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn+1); + + /* A direct lookup on the rowid or docid column. Assign a cost of 1.0. */ + if( iCons<0 && pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ && bDocid ){ + pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0; + iCons = i; + } + + /* A MATCH constraint. Use a full-text search. + ** + ** If there is more than one MATCH constraint available, use the first + ** one encountered. If there is both a MATCH constraint and a direct + ** rowid/docid lookup, prefer the MATCH strategy. This is done even + ** though the rowid/docid lookup is faster than a MATCH query, selecting + ** it would lead to an "unable to use function MATCH in the requested + ** context" error. + */ + if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH + && pCons->iColumn>=0 && pCons->iColumn<=p->nColumn + ){ + pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH + pCons->iColumn; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 2.0; + iCons = i; + } + + /* Equality constraint on the langid column */ + if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ + && pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn + 2 + ){ + iLangidCons = i; + } + + if( bDocid ){ + switch( pCons->op ){ + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE: + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT: + iDocidGe = i; + break; + + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE: + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT: + iDocidLe = i; + break; + } + } + } + + /* If using a docid=? or rowid=? strategy, set the UNIQUE flag. */ + if( pInfo->idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH ) fts3SetUniqueFlag(pInfo); + + iIdx = 1; + if( iCons>=0 ){ + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].argvIndex = iIdx++; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].omit = 1; + } + if( iLangidCons>=0 ){ + pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_LANGID; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLangidCons].argvIndex = iIdx++; + } + if( iDocidGe>=0 ){ + pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iDocidGe].argvIndex = iIdx++; + } + if( iDocidLe>=0 ){ + pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iDocidLe].argvIndex = iIdx++; + } + + /* Regardless of the strategy selected, FTS can deliver rows in rowid (or + ** docid) order. Both ascending and descending are possible. + */ + if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 ){ + struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pOrder = &pInfo->aOrderBy[0]; + if( pOrder->iColumn<0 || pOrder->iColumn==p->nColumn+1 ){ + if( pOrder->desc ){ + pInfo->idxStr = "DESC"; + }else{ + pInfo->idxStr = "ASC"; + } + pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1; + } + } + + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Implementation of xOpen method. +*/ +static int fts3OpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){ + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCsr; /* Allocated cursor */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); + + /* Allocate a buffer large enough for an Fts3Cursor structure. If the + ** allocation succeeds, zero it and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, + ** if the allocation fails, return SQLITE_NOMEM. + */ + *ppCsr = pCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Cursor)); + if( !pCsr ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Close the cursor. For additional information see the documentation +** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface. +*/ +static int fts3CloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor; + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); + sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt); + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr); + sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(pCsr); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist); + sqlite3Fts3MIBufferFree(pCsr->pMIBuffer); + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** If pCsr->pStmt has not been prepared (i.e. if pCsr->pStmt==0), then +** compose and prepare an SQL statement of the form: +** +** "SELECT <columns> FROM %_content WHERE rowid = ?" +** +** (or the equivalent for a content=xxx table) and set pCsr->pStmt to +** it. If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. +** +** Otherwise, set *ppStmt to point to pCsr->pStmt and return SQLITE_OK. +*/ +static int fts3CursorSeekStmt(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pCsr->pStmt==0 ){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + char *zSql; + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s WHERE rowid = ?", p->zReadExprlist); + if( !zSql ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } + *ppStmt = pCsr->pStmt; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Position the pCsr->pStmt statement so that it is on the row +** of the %_content table that contains the last match. Return +** SQLITE_OK on success. +*/ +static int fts3CursorSeek(sqlite3_context *pContext, Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pCsr->isRequireSeek ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + + rc = fts3CursorSeekStmt(pCsr, &pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCsr->iPrevId); + pCsr->isRequireSeek = 0; + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->zContentTbl==0 ){ + /* If no row was found and no error has occurred, then the %_content + ** table is missing a row that is present in the full-text index. + ** The data structures are corrupt. */ + rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + pCsr->isEof = 1; + } + } + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pContext ){ + sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is used to process a single interior node when searching +** a b-tree for a term or term prefix. The node data is passed to this +** function via the zNode/nNode parameters. The term to search for is +** passed in zTerm/nTerm. +** +** If piFirst is not NULL, then this function sets *piFirst to the blockid +** of the child node that heads the sub-tree that may contain the term. +** +** If piLast is not NULL, then *piLast is set to the right-most child node +** that heads a sub-tree that may contain a term for which zTerm/nTerm is +** a prefix. +** +** If an OOM error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. +*/ +static int fts3ScanInteriorNode( + const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */ + int nTerm, /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */ + const char *zNode, /* Buffer containing segment interior node */ + int nNode, /* Size of buffer at zNode */ + sqlite3_int64 *piFirst, /* OUT: Selected child node */ + sqlite3_int64 *piLast /* OUT: Selected child node */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + const char *zCsr = zNode; /* Cursor to iterate through node */ + const char *zEnd = &zCsr[nNode];/* End of interior node buffer */ + char *zBuffer = 0; /* Buffer to load terms into */ + int nAlloc = 0; /* Size of allocated buffer */ + int isFirstTerm = 1; /* True when processing first term on page */ + sqlite3_int64 iChild; /* Block id of child node to descend to */ + + /* Skip over the 'height' varint that occurs at the start of every + ** interior node. Then load the blockid of the left-child of the b-tree + ** node into variable iChild. + ** + ** Even if the data structure on disk is corrupted, this (reading two + ** varints from the buffer) does not risk an overread. If zNode is a + ** root node, then the buffer comes from a SELECT statement. SQLite does + ** not make this guarantee explicitly, but in practice there are always + ** either more than 20 bytes of allocated space following the nNode bytes of + ** contents, or two zero bytes. Or, if the node is read from the %_segments + ** table, then there are always 20 bytes of zeroed padding following the + ** nNode bytes of content (see sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() for details). + */ + zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild); + zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild); + if( zCsr>zEnd ){ + return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + + while( zCsr<zEnd && (piFirst || piLast) ){ + int cmp; /* memcmp() result */ + int nSuffix; /* Size of term suffix */ + int nPrefix = 0; /* Size of term prefix */ + int nBuffer; /* Total term size */ + + /* Load the next term on the node into zBuffer. Use realloc() to expand + ** the size of zBuffer if required. */ + if( !isFirstTerm ){ + zCsr += fts3GetVarint32(zCsr, &nPrefix); + } + isFirstTerm = 0; + zCsr += fts3GetVarint32(zCsr, &nSuffix); + + if( nPrefix<0 || nSuffix<0 || &zCsr[nSuffix]>zEnd ){ + rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + goto finish_scan; + } + if( nPrefix+nSuffix>nAlloc ){ + char *zNew; + nAlloc = (nPrefix+nSuffix) * 2; + zNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(zBuffer, nAlloc); + if( !zNew ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto finish_scan; + } + zBuffer = zNew; + } + assert( zBuffer ); + memcpy(&zBuffer[nPrefix], zCsr, nSuffix); + nBuffer = nPrefix + nSuffix; + zCsr += nSuffix; + + /* Compare the term we are searching for with the term just loaded from + ** the interior node. If the specified term is greater than or equal + ** to the term from the interior node, then all terms on the sub-tree + ** headed by node iChild are smaller than zTerm. No need to search + ** iChild. + ** + ** If the interior node term is larger than the specified term, then + ** the tree headed by iChild may contain the specified term. + */ + cmp = memcmp(zTerm, zBuffer, (nBuffer>nTerm ? nTerm : nBuffer)); + if( piFirst && (cmp<0 || (cmp==0 && nBuffer>nTerm)) ){ + *piFirst = iChild; + piFirst = 0; + } + + if( piLast && cmp<0 ){ + *piLast = iChild; + piLast = 0; + } + + iChild++; + }; + + if( piFirst ) *piFirst = iChild; + if( piLast ) *piLast = iChild; + + finish_scan: + sqlite3_free(zBuffer); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** The buffer pointed to by argument zNode (size nNode bytes) contains an +** interior node of a b-tree segment. The zTerm buffer (size nTerm bytes) +** contains a term. This function searches the sub-tree headed by the zNode +** node for the range of leaf nodes that may contain the specified term +** or terms for which the specified term is a prefix. +** +** If piLeaf is not NULL, then *piLeaf is set to the blockid of the +** left-most leaf node in the tree that may contain the specified term. +** If piLeaf2 is not NULL, then *piLeaf2 is set to the blockid of the +** right-most leaf node that may contain a term for which the specified +** term is a prefix. +** +** It is possible that the range of returned leaf nodes does not contain +** the specified term or any terms for which it is a prefix. However, if the +** segment does contain any such terms, they are stored within the identified +** range. Because this function only inspects interior segment nodes (and +** never loads leaf nodes into memory), it is not possible to be sure. +** +** If an error occurs, an error code other than SQLITE_OK is returned. +*/ +static int fts3SelectLeaf( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */ + int nTerm, /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */ + const char *zNode, /* Buffer containing segment interior node */ + int nNode, /* Size of buffer at zNode */ + sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf, /* Selected leaf node */ + sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf2 /* Selected leaf node */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int iHeight; /* Height of this node in tree */ + + assert( piLeaf || piLeaf2 ); + + fts3GetVarint32(zNode, &iHeight); + rc = fts3ScanInteriorNode(zTerm, nTerm, zNode, nNode, piLeaf, piLeaf2); + assert( !piLeaf2 || !piLeaf || rc!=SQLITE_OK || (*piLeaf<=*piLeaf2) ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iHeight>1 ){ + char *zBlob = 0; /* Blob read from %_segments table */ + int nBlob = 0; /* Size of zBlob in bytes */ + + if( piLeaf && piLeaf2 && (*piLeaf!=*piLeaf2) ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, *piLeaf, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, 0); + } + sqlite3_free(zBlob); + piLeaf = 0; + zBlob = 0; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, piLeaf?*piLeaf:*piLeaf2, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, piLeaf2); + } + sqlite3_free(zBlob); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is used to create delta-encoded serialized lists of FTS3 +** varints. Each call to this function appends a single varint to a list. +*/ +static void fts3PutDeltaVarint( + char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */ + sqlite3_int64 *piPrev, /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */ + sqlite3_int64 iVal /* Write this value to the list */ +){ + assert( iVal-*piPrev > 0 || (*piPrev==0 && iVal==0) ); + *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iVal-*piPrev); + *piPrev = iVal; +} + +/* +** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the +** start of a position-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the +** first byte after the position-list. +** +** A position list is list of positions (delta encoded) and columns for +** a single document record of a doclist. So, in other words, this +** routine advances *ppPoslist so that it points to the next docid in +** the doclist, or to the first byte past the end of the doclist. +** +** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the position list are copied +** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied +** before this function returns. +*/ +static void fts3PoslistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){ + char *pEnd = *ppPoslist; + char c = 0; + + /* The end of a position list is marked by a zero encoded as an FTS3 + ** varint. A single POS_END (0) byte. Except, if the 0 byte is preceded by + ** a byte with the 0x80 bit set, then it is not a varint 0, but the tail + ** of some other, multi-byte, value. + ** + ** The following while-loop moves pEnd to point to the first byte that is not + ** immediately preceded by a byte with the 0x80 bit set. Then increments + ** pEnd once more so that it points to the byte immediately following the + ** last byte in the position-list. + */ + while( *pEnd | c ){ + c = *pEnd++ & 0x80; + testcase( c!=0 && (*pEnd)==0 ); + } + pEnd++; /* Advance past the POS_END terminator byte */ + + if( pp ){ + int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist); + char *p = *pp; + memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n); + p += n; + *pp = p; + } + *ppPoslist = pEnd; +} + +/* +** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the +** start of a column-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the +** to the terminator (POS_COLUMN or POS_END) byte of the column-list. +** +** A column-list is list of delta-encoded positions for a single column +** within a single document within a doclist. +** +** The column-list is terminated either by a POS_COLUMN varint (1) or +** a POS_END varint (0). This routine leaves *ppPoslist pointing to +** the POS_COLUMN or POS_END that terminates the column-list. +** +** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the column-list are copied +** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied +** before this function returns. The POS_COLUMN or POS_END terminator +** is not copied into *pp. +*/ +static void fts3ColumnlistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){ + char *pEnd = *ppPoslist; + char c = 0; + + /* A column-list is terminated by either a 0x01 or 0x00 byte that is + ** not part of a multi-byte varint. + */ + while( 0xFE & (*pEnd | c) ){ + c = *pEnd++ & 0x80; + testcase( c!=0 && ((*pEnd)&0xfe)==0 ); + } + if( pp ){ + int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist); + char *p = *pp; + memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n); + p += n; + *pp = p; + } + *ppPoslist = pEnd; +} + +/* +** Value used to signify the end of an position-list. This is safe because +** it is not possible to have a document with 2^31 terms. +*/ +#define POSITION_LIST_END 0x7fffffff + +/* +** This function is used to help parse position-lists. When this function is +** called, *pp may point to the start of the next varint in the position-list +** being parsed, or it may point to 1 byte past the end of the position-list +** (in which case **pp will be a terminator bytes POS_END (0) or +** (1)). +** +** If *pp points past the end of the current position-list, set *pi to +** POSITION_LIST_END and return. Otherwise, read the next varint from *pp, +** increment the current value of *pi by the value read, and set *pp to +** point to the next value before returning. +** +** Before calling this routine *pi must be initialized to the value of +** the previous position, or zero if we are reading the first position +** in the position-list. Because positions are delta-encoded, the value +** of the previous position is needed in order to compute the value of +** the next position. +*/ +static void fts3ReadNextPos( + char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Pointer into position-list buffer */ + sqlite3_int64 *pi /* IN/OUT: Value read from position-list */ +){ + if( (**pp)&0xFE ){ + fts3GetDeltaVarint(pp, pi); + *pi -= 2; + }else{ + *pi = POSITION_LIST_END; + } +} + +/* +** If parameter iCol is not 0, write an POS_COLUMN (1) byte followed by +** the value of iCol encoded as a varint to *pp. This will start a new +** column list. +** +** Set *pp to point to the byte just after the last byte written before +** returning (do not modify it if iCol==0). Return the total number of bytes +** written (0 if iCol==0). +*/ +static int fts3PutColNumber(char **pp, int iCol){ + int n = 0; /* Number of bytes written */ + if( iCol ){ + char *p = *pp; /* Output pointer */ + n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p[1], iCol); + *p = 0x01; + *pp = &p[n]; + } + return n; +} + +/* +** Compute the union of two position lists. The output written +** into *pp contains all positions of both *pp1 and *pp2 in sorted +** order and with any duplicates removed. All pointers are +** updated appropriately. The caller is responsible for insuring +** that there is enough space in *pp to hold the complete output. +*/ +static void fts3PoslistMerge( + char **pp, /* Output buffer */ + char **pp1, /* Left input list */ + char **pp2 /* Right input list */ +){ + char *p = *pp; + char *p1 = *pp1; + char *p2 = *pp2; + + while( *p1 || *p2 ){ + int iCol1; /* The current column index in pp1 */ + int iCol2; /* The current column index in pp2 */ + + if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ) fts3GetVarint32(&p1[1], &iCol1); + else if( *p1==POS_END ) iCol1 = POSITION_LIST_END; + else iCol1 = 0; + + if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ) fts3GetVarint32(&p2[1], &iCol2); + else if( *p2==POS_END ) iCol2 = POSITION_LIST_END; + else iCol2 = 0; + + if( iCol1==iCol2 ){ + sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; /* Last position from pp1 */ + sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; /* Last position from pp2 */ + sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; + int n = fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol1); + p1 += n; + p2 += n; + + /* At this point, both p1 and p2 point to the start of column-lists + ** for the same column (the column with index iCol1 and iCol2). + ** A column-list is a list of non-negative delta-encoded varints, each + ** incremented by 2 before being stored. Each list is terminated by a + ** POS_END (0) or POS_COLUMN (1). The following block merges the two lists + ** and writes the results to buffer p. p is left pointing to the byte + ** after the list written. No terminator (POS_END or POS_COLUMN) is + ** written to the output. + */ + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &i1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &i2); + do { + fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, (i1<i2) ? i1 : i2); + iPrev -= 2; + if( i1==i2 ){ + fts3ReadNextPos(&p1, &i1); + fts3ReadNextPos(&p2, &i2); + }else if( i1<i2 ){ + fts3ReadNextPos(&p1, &i1); + }else{ + fts3ReadNextPos(&p2, &i2); + } + }while( i1!=POSITION_LIST_END || i2!=POSITION_LIST_END ); + }else if( iCol1<iCol2 ){ + p1 += fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol1); + fts3ColumnlistCopy(&p, &p1); + }else{ + p2 += fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol2); + fts3ColumnlistCopy(&p, &p2); + } + } + + *p++ = POS_END; + *pp = p; + *pp1 = p1 + 1; + *pp2 = p2 + 1; +} + +/* +** This function is used to merge two position lists into one. When it is +** called, *pp1 and *pp2 must both point to position lists. A position-list is +** the part of a doclist that follows each document id. For example, if a row +** contains: +** +** 'a b c'|'x y z'|'a b b a' +** +** Then the position list for this row for token 'b' would consist of: +** +** 0x02 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x03 0x00 +** +** When this function returns, both *pp1 and *pp2 are left pointing to the +** byte following the 0x00 terminator of their respective position lists. +** +** If isSaveLeft is 0, an entry is added to the output position list for +** each position in *pp2 for which there exists one or more positions in +** *pp1 so that (pos(*pp2)>pos(*pp1) && pos(*pp2)-pos(*pp1)<=nToken). i.e. +** when the *pp1 token appears before the *pp2 token, but not more than nToken +** slots before it. +** +** e.g. nToken==1 searches for adjacent positions. +*/ +static int fts3PoslistPhraseMerge( + char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Preallocated output buffer */ + int nToken, /* Maximum difference in token positions */ + int isSaveLeft, /* Save the left position */ + int isExact, /* If *pp1 is exactly nTokens before *pp2 */ + char **pp1, /* IN/OUT: Left input list */ + char **pp2 /* IN/OUT: Right input list */ +){ + char *p = *pp; + char *p1 = *pp1; + char *p2 = *pp2; + int iCol1 = 0; + int iCol2 = 0; + + /* Never set both isSaveLeft and isExact for the same invocation. */ + assert( isSaveLeft==0 || isExact==0 ); + + assert( p!=0 && *p1!=0 && *p2!=0 ); + if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){ + p1++; + p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1); + } + if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ){ + p2++; + p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2); + } + + while( 1 ){ + if( iCol1==iCol2 ){ + char *pSave = p; + sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; + sqlite3_int64 iPos1 = 0; + sqlite3_int64 iPos2 = 0; + + if( iCol1 ){ + *p++ = POS_COLUMN; + p += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(p, iCol1); + } + + assert( *p1!=POS_END && *p1!=POS_COLUMN ); + assert( *p2!=POS_END && *p2!=POS_COLUMN ); + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2; + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2; + + while( 1 ){ + if( iPos2==iPos1+nToken + || (isExact==0 && iPos2>iPos1 && iPos2<=iPos1+nToken) + ){ + sqlite3_int64 iSave; + iSave = isSaveLeft ? iPos1 : iPos2; + fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, iSave+2); iPrev -= 2; + pSave = 0; + assert( p ); + } + if( (!isSaveLeft && iPos2<=(iPos1+nToken)) || iPos2<=iPos1 ){ + if( (*p2&0xFE)==0 ) break; + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2; + }else{ + if( (*p1&0xFE)==0 ) break; + fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2; + } + } + + if( pSave ){ + assert( pp && p ); + p = pSave; + } + + fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1); + fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p2); + assert( (*p1&0xFE)==0 && (*p2&0xFE)==0 ); + if( 0==*p1 || 0==*p2 ) break; + + p1++; + p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1); + p2++; + p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2); + } + + /* Advance pointer p1 or p2 (whichever corresponds to the smaller of + ** iCol1 and iCol2) so that it points to either the 0x00 that marks the + ** end of the position list, or the 0x01 that precedes the next + ** column-number in the position list. + */ + else if( iCol1<iCol2 ){ + fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1); + if( 0==*p1 ) break; + p1++; + p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1); + }else{ + fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p2); + if( 0==*p2 ) break; + p2++; + p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2); + } + } + + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2); + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1); + *pp1 = p1; + *pp2 = p2; + if( *pp==p ){ + return 0; + } + *p++ = 0x00; + *pp = p; + return 1; +} + +/* +** Merge two position-lists as required by the NEAR operator. The argument +** position lists correspond to the left and right phrases of an expression +** like: +** +** "phrase 1" NEAR "phrase number 2" +** +** Position list *pp1 corresponds to the left-hand side of the NEAR +** expression and *pp2 to the right. As usual, the indexes in the position +** lists are the offsets of the last token in each phrase (tokens "1" and "2" +** in the example above). +** +** The output position list - written to *pp - is a copy of *pp2 with those +** entries that are not sufficiently NEAR entries in *pp1 removed. +*/ +static int fts3PoslistNearMerge( + char **pp, /* Output buffer */ + char *aTmp, /* Temporary buffer space */ + int nRight, /* Maximum difference in token positions */ + int nLeft, /* Maximum difference in token positions */ + char **pp1, /* IN/OUT: Left input list */ + char **pp2 /* IN/OUT: Right input list */ +){ + char *p1 = *pp1; + char *p2 = *pp2; + + char *pTmp1 = aTmp; + char *pTmp2; + char *aTmp2; + int res = 1; + + fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pTmp1, nRight, 0, 0, pp1, pp2); + aTmp2 = pTmp2 = pTmp1; + *pp1 = p1; + *pp2 = p2; + fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pTmp2, nLeft, 1, 0, pp2, pp1); + if( pTmp1!=aTmp && pTmp2!=aTmp2 ){ + fts3PoslistMerge(pp, &aTmp, &aTmp2); + }else if( pTmp1!=aTmp ){ + fts3PoslistCopy(pp, &aTmp); + }else if( pTmp2!=aTmp2 ){ + fts3PoslistCopy(pp, &aTmp2); + }else{ + res = 0; + } + + return res; +} + +/* +** An instance of this function is used to merge together the (potentially +** large number of) doclists for each term that matches a prefix query. +** See function fts3TermSelectMerge() for details. +*/ +typedef struct TermSelect TermSelect; +struct TermSelect { + char *aaOutput[16]; /* Malloc'd output buffers */ + int anOutput[16]; /* Size each output buffer in bytes */ +}; + +/* +** This function is used to read a single varint from a buffer. Parameter +** pEnd points 1 byte past the end of the buffer. When this function is +** called, if *pp points to pEnd or greater, then the end of the buffer +** has been reached. In this case *pp is set to 0 and the function returns. +** +** If *pp does not point to or past pEnd, then a single varint is read +** from *pp. *pp is then set to point 1 byte past the end of the read varint. +** +** If bDescIdx is false, the value read is added to *pVal before returning. +** If it is true, the value read is subtracted from *pVal before this +** function returns. +*/ +static void fts3GetDeltaVarint3( + char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Point to read varint from */ + char *pEnd, /* End of buffer */ + int bDescIdx, /* True if docids are descending */ + sqlite3_int64 *pVal /* IN/OUT: Integer value */ +){ + if( *pp>=pEnd ){ + *pp = 0; + }else{ + sqlite3_int64 iVal; + *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal); + if( bDescIdx ){ + *pVal -= iVal; + }else{ + *pVal += iVal; + } + } +} + +/* +** This function is used to write a single varint to a buffer. The varint +** is written to *pp. Before returning, *pp is set to point 1 byte past the +** end of the value written. +** +** If *pbFirst is zero when this function is called, the value written to +** the buffer is that of parameter iVal. +** +** If *pbFirst is non-zero when this function is called, then the value +** written is either (iVal-*piPrev) (if bDescIdx is zero) or (*piPrev-iVal) +** (if bDescIdx is non-zero). +** +** Before returning, this function always sets *pbFirst to 1 and *piPrev +** to the value of parameter iVal. +*/ +static void fts3PutDeltaVarint3( + char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */ + int bDescIdx, /* True for descending docids */ + sqlite3_int64 *piPrev, /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */ + int *pbFirst, /* IN/OUT: True after first int written */ + sqlite3_int64 iVal /* Write this value to the list */ +){ + sqlite3_int64 iWrite; + if( bDescIdx==0 || *pbFirst==0 ){ + iWrite = iVal - *piPrev; + }else{ + iWrite = *piPrev - iVal; + } + assert( *pbFirst || *piPrev==0 ); + assert( *pbFirst==0 || iWrite>0 ); + *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iWrite); + *piPrev = iVal; + *pbFirst = 1; +} + + +/* +** This macro is used by various functions that merge doclists. The two +** arguments are 64-bit docid values. If the value of the stack variable +** bDescDoclist is 0 when this macro is invoked, then it returns (i1-i2). +** Otherwise, (i2-i1). +** +** Using this makes it easier to write code that can merge doclists that are +** sorted in either ascending or descending order. +*/ +#define DOCID_CMP(i1, i2) ((bDescDoclist?-1:1) * (i1-i2)) + +/* +** This function does an "OR" merge of two doclists (output contains all +** positions contained in either argument doclist). If the docids in the +** input doclists are sorted in ascending order, parameter bDescDoclist +** should be false. If they are sorted in ascending order, it should be +** passed a non-zero value. +** +** If no error occurs, *paOut is set to point at an sqlite3_malloc'd buffer +** containing the output doclist and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case +** *pnOut is set to the number of bytes in the output doclist. +** +** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. The output values +** are undefined in this case. +*/ +static int fts3DoclistOrMerge( + int bDescDoclist, /* True if arguments are desc */ + char *a1, int n1, /* First doclist */ + char *a2, int n2, /* Second doclist */ + char **paOut, int *pnOut /* OUT: Malloc'd doclist */ +){ + sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; + sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; + sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; + char *pEnd1 = &a1[n1]; + char *pEnd2 = &a2[n2]; + char *p1 = a1; + char *p2 = a2; + char *p; + char *aOut; + int bFirstOut = 0; + + *paOut = 0; + *pnOut = 0; + + /* Allocate space for the output. Both the input and output doclists + ** are delta encoded. If they are in ascending order (bDescDoclist==0), + ** then the first docid in each list is simply encoded as a varint. For + ** each subsequent docid, the varint stored is the difference between the + ** current and previous docid (a positive number - since the list is in + ** ascending order). + ** + ** The first docid written to the output is therefore encoded using the + ** same number of bytes as it is in whichever of the input lists it is + ** read from. And each subsequent docid read from the same input list + ** consumes either the same or less bytes as it did in the input (since + ** the difference between it and the previous value in the output must + ** be a positive value less than or equal to the delta value read from + ** the input list). The same argument applies to all but the first docid + ** read from the 'other' list. And to the contents of all position lists + ** that will be copied and merged from the input to the output. + ** + ** However, if the first docid copied to the output is a negative number, + ** then the encoding of the first docid from the 'other' input list may + ** be larger in the output than it was in the input (since the delta value + ** may be a larger positive integer than the actual docid). + ** + ** The space required to store the output is therefore the sum of the + ** sizes of the two inputs, plus enough space for exactly one of the input + ** docids to grow. + ** + ** A symetric argument may be made if the doclists are in descending + ** order. + */ + aOut = sqlite3_malloc(n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1); + if( !aOut ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + + p = aOut; + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2); + while( p1 || p2 ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(i1, i2); + + if( p2 && p1 && iDiff==0 ){ + fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1); + fts3PoslistMerge(&p, &p1, &p2); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); + }else if( !p2 || (p1 && iDiff<0) ){ + fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1); + fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); + }else{ + fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i2); + fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p2); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); + } + } + + *paOut = aOut; + *pnOut = (int)(p-aOut); + assert( *pnOut<=n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1 ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This function does a "phrase" merge of two doclists. In a phrase merge, +** the output contains a copy of each position from the right-hand input +** doclist for which there is a position in the left-hand input doclist +** exactly nDist tokens before it. +** +** If the docids in the input doclists are sorted in ascending order, +** parameter bDescDoclist should be false. If they are sorted in ascending +** order, it should be passed a non-zero value. +** +** The right-hand input doclist is overwritten by this function. +*/ +static int fts3DoclistPhraseMerge( + int bDescDoclist, /* True if arguments are desc */ + int nDist, /* Distance from left to right (1=adjacent) */ + char *aLeft, int nLeft, /* Left doclist */ + char **paRight, int *pnRight /* IN/OUT: Right/output doclist */ +){ + sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; + sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; + sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; + char *aRight = *paRight; + char *pEnd1 = &aLeft[nLeft]; + char *pEnd2 = &aRight[*pnRight]; + char *p1 = aLeft; + char *p2 = aRight; + char *p; + int bFirstOut = 0; + char *aOut; + + assert( nDist>0 ); + if( bDescDoclist ){ + aOut = sqlite3_malloc(*pnRight + FTS3_VARINT_MAX); + if( aOut==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + aOut = aRight; + } + p = aOut; + + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2); + + while( p1 && p2 ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(i1, i2); + if( iDiff==0 ){ + char *pSave = p; + sqlite3_int64 iPrevSave = iPrev; + int bFirstOutSave = bFirstOut; + + fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1); + if( 0==fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&p, nDist, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){ + p = pSave; + iPrev = iPrevSave; + bFirstOut = bFirstOutSave; + } + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); + }else if( iDiff<0 ){ + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); + }else{ + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2); + fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); + } + } + + *pnRight = (int)(p - aOut); + if( bDescDoclist ){ + sqlite3_free(aRight); + *paRight = aOut; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Argument pList points to a position list nList bytes in size. This +** function checks to see if the position list contains any entries for +** a token in position 0 (of any column). If so, it writes argument iDelta +** to the output buffer pOut, followed by a position list consisting only +** of the entries from pList at position 0, and terminated by an 0x00 byte. +** The value returned is the number of bytes written to pOut (if any). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter( + sqlite3_int64 iDelta, /* Varint that may be written to pOut */ + char *pList, /* Position list (no 0x00 term) */ + int nList, /* Size of pList in bytes */ + char *pOut /* Write output here */ +){ + int nOut = 0; + int bWritten = 0; /* True once iDelta has been written */ + char *p = pList; + char *pEnd = &pList[nList]; + + if( *p!=0x01 ){ + if( *p==0x02 ){ + nOut += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pOut[nOut], iDelta); + pOut[nOut++] = 0x02; + bWritten = 1; + } + fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p); + } + + while( p<pEnd && *p==0x01 ){ + sqlite3_int64 iCol; + p++; + p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iCol); + if( *p==0x02 ){ + if( bWritten==0 ){ + nOut += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pOut[nOut], iDelta); + bWritten = 1; + } + pOut[nOut++] = 0x01; + nOut += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pOut[nOut], iCol); + pOut[nOut++] = 0x02; + } + fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p); + } + if( bWritten ){ + pOut[nOut++] = 0x00; + } + + return nOut; +} + + +/* +** Merge all doclists in the TermSelect.aaOutput[] array into a single +** doclist stored in TermSelect.aaOutput[0]. If successful, delete all +** other doclists (except the aaOutput[0] one) and return SQLITE_OK. +** +** If an OOM error occurs, return SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case it is +** the responsibility of the caller to free any doclists left in the +** TermSelect.aaOutput[] array. +*/ +static int fts3TermSelectFinishMerge(Fts3Table *p, TermSelect *pTS){ + char *aOut = 0; + int nOut = 0; + int i; + + /* Loop through the doclists in the aaOutput[] array. Merge them all + ** into a single doclist. + */ + for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput); i++){ + if( pTS->aaOutput[i] ){ + if( !aOut ){ + aOut = pTS->aaOutput[i]; + nOut = pTS->anOutput[i]; + pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0; + }else{ + int nNew; + char *aNew; + + int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, + pTS->aaOutput[i], pTS->anOutput[i], aOut, nOut, &aNew, &nNew + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(aOut); + return rc; + } + + sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[i]); + sqlite3_free(aOut); + pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0; + aOut = aNew; + nOut = nNew; + } + } + } + + pTS->aaOutput[0] = aOut; + pTS->anOutput[0] = nOut; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Merge the doclist aDoclist/nDoclist into the TermSelect object passed +** as the first argument. The merge is an "OR" merge (see function +** fts3DoclistOrMerge() for details). +** +** This function is called with the doclist for each term that matches +** a queried prefix. It merges all these doclists into one, the doclist +** for the specified prefix. Since there can be a very large number of +** doclists to merge, the merging is done pair-wise using the TermSelect +** object. +** +** This function returns SQLITE_OK if the merge is successful, or an +** SQLite error code (SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. +*/ +static int fts3TermSelectMerge( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */ + TermSelect *pTS, /* TermSelect object to merge into */ + char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to doclist */ + int nDoclist /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */ +){ + if( pTS->aaOutput[0]==0 ){ + /* If this is the first term selected, copy the doclist to the output + ** buffer using memcpy(). + ** + ** Add FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes of unused space to the end of the + ** allocation. This is so as to ensure that the buffer is big enough + ** to hold the current doclist AND'd with any other doclist. If the + ** doclists are stored in order=ASC order, this padding would not be + ** required (since the size of [doclistA AND doclistB] is always less + ** than or equal to the size of [doclistA] in that case). But this is + ** not true for order=DESC. For example, a doclist containing (1, -1) + ** may be smaller than (-1), as in the first example the -1 may be stored + ** as a single-byte delta, whereas in the second it must be stored as a + ** FTS3_VARINT_MAX byte varint. + ** + ** Similar padding is added in the fts3DoclistOrMerge() function. + */ + pTS->aaOutput[0] = sqlite3_malloc(nDoclist + FTS3_VARINT_MAX + 1); + pTS->anOutput[0] = nDoclist; + if( pTS->aaOutput[0] ){ + memcpy(pTS->aaOutput[0], aDoclist, nDoclist); + }else{ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + }else{ + char *aMerge = aDoclist; + int nMerge = nDoclist; + int iOut; + + for(iOut=0; iOut<SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput); iOut++){ + if( pTS->aaOutput[iOut]==0 ){ + assert( iOut>0 ); + pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge; + pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge; + break; + }else{ + char *aNew; + int nNew; + + int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, aMerge, nMerge, + pTS->aaOutput[iOut], pTS->anOutput[iOut], &aNew, &nNew + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge); + return rc; + } + + if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge); + sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[iOut]); + pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = 0; + + aMerge = aNew; + nMerge = nNew; + if( (iOut+1)==SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput) ){ + pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge; + pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge; + } + } + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Append SegReader object pNew to the end of the pCsr->apSegment[] array. +*/ +static int fts3SegReaderCursorAppend( + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, + Fts3SegReader *pNew +){ + if( (pCsr->nSegment%16)==0 ){ + Fts3SegReader **apNew; + int nByte = (pCsr->nSegment + 16)*sizeof(Fts3SegReader*); + apNew = (Fts3SegReader **)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->apSegment, nByte); + if( !apNew ){ + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pNew); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pCsr->apSegment = apNew; + } + pCsr->apSegment[pCsr->nSegment++] = pNew; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Add seg-reader objects to the Fts3MultiSegReader object passed as the +** 8th argument. +** +** This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code +** otherwise. +*/ +static int fts3SegReaderCursor( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + int iLangid, /* Language id */ + int iIndex, /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */ + int iLevel, /* Level of segments to scan */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */ + int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */ + int isScan, /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement to iterate through segments */ + int rc2; /* Result of sqlite3_reset() */ + + /* If iLevel is less than 0 and this is not a scan, include a seg-reader + ** for the pending-terms. If this is a scan, then this call must be being + ** made by an fts4aux module, not an FTS table. In this case calling + ** Fts3SegReaderPending might segfault, as the data structures used by + ** fts4aux are not completely populated. So it's easiest to filter these + ** calls out here. */ + if( iLevel<0 && p->aIndex ){ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0; + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(p, iIndex, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix||isScan, &pSeg); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSeg ){ + rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg); + } + } + + if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, &pStmt); + } + + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt)) ){ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0; + + /* Read the values returned by the SELECT into local variables. */ + sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1); + sqlite3_int64 iLeavesEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 2); + sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 3); + int nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4); + char const *zRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4); + + /* If zTerm is not NULL, and this segment is not stored entirely on its + ** root node, the range of leaves scanned can be reduced. Do this. */ + if( iStartBlock && zTerm ){ + sqlite3_int64 *pi = (isPrefix ? &iLeavesEndBlock : 0); + rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zRoot, nRoot, &iStartBlock, pi); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; + if( isPrefix==0 && isScan==0 ) iLeavesEndBlock = iStartBlock; + } + + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(pCsr->nSegment+1, + (isPrefix==0 && isScan==0), + iStartBlock, iLeavesEndBlock, + iEndBlock, zRoot, nRoot, &pSeg + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; + rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg); + } + } + + finished: + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = rc2; + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Set up a cursor object for iterating through a full-text index or a +** single level therein. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + int iLangid, /* Language-id to search */ + int iIndex, /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */ + int iLevel, /* Level of segments to scan */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */ + int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */ + int isScan, /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */ +){ + assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex ); + assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL + || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING + || iLevel>=0 + ); + assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL ); + assert( FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL<0 && FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING<0 ); + assert( isPrefix==0 || isScan==0 ); + + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3MultiSegReader)); + return fts3SegReaderCursor( + p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, isScan, pCsr + ); +} + +/* +** In addition to its current configuration, have the Fts3MultiSegReader +** passed as the 4th argument also scan the doclist for term zTerm/nTerm. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS virtual table handle */ + int iLangid, + const char *zTerm, /* Term to scan doclist of */ + int nTerm, /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Fts3MultiSegReader to modify */ +){ + return fts3SegReaderCursor(p, + iLangid, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0,pCsr + ); +} + +/* +** Open an Fts3MultiSegReader to scan the doclist for term zTerm/nTerm. Or, +** if isPrefix is true, to scan the doclist for all terms for which +** zTerm/nTerm is a prefix. If successful, return SQLITE_OK and write +** a pointer to the new Fts3MultiSegReader to *ppSegcsr. Otherwise, return +** an SQLite error code. +** +** It is the responsibility of the caller to free this object by eventually +** passing it to fts3SegReaderCursorFree() +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. +** Output parameter *ppSegcsr is set to 0 if an error occurs. +*/ +static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Virtual table cursor handle */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */ + int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */ + Fts3MultiSegReader **ppSegcsr /* OUT: Allocated seg-reader cursor */ +){ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Object to allocate and return */ + int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; /* Return code */ + + pSegcsr = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3MultiSegReader)); + if( pSegcsr ){ + int i; + int bFound = 0; /* True once an index has been found */ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + + if( isPrefix ){ + for(i=1; bFound==0 && i<p->nIndex; i++){ + if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm ){ + bFound = 1; + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, + i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0, pSegcsr + ); + pSegcsr->bLookup = 1; + } + } + + for(i=1; bFound==0 && i<p->nIndex; i++){ + if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm+1 ){ + bFound = 1; + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, + i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 1, 0, pSegcsr + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero( + p, pCsr->iLangid, zTerm, nTerm, pSegcsr + ); + } + } + } + } + + if( bFound==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, + 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, 0, pSegcsr + ); + pSegcsr->bLookup = !isPrefix; + } + } + + *ppSegcsr = pSegcsr; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Free an Fts3MultiSegReader allocated by fts3TermSegReaderCursor(). +*/ +static void fts3SegReaderCursorFree(Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr){ + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(pSegcsr); + sqlite3_free(pSegcsr); +} + +/* +** This function retrieves the doclist for the specified term (or term +** prefix) from the database. +*/ +static int fts3TermSelect( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3PhraseToken *pTok, /* Token to query for */ + int iColumn, /* Column to query (or -ve for all columns) */ + int *pnOut, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppOut */ + char **ppOut /* OUT: Malloced result buffer */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Seg-reader cursor for this term */ + TermSelect tsc; /* Object for pair-wise doclist merging */ + Fts3SegFilter filter; /* Segment term filter configuration */ + + pSegcsr = pTok->pSegcsr; + memset(&tsc, 0, sizeof(TermSelect)); + + filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY | FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS + | (pTok->isPrefix ? FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX : 0) + | (pTok->bFirst ? FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST : 0) + | (iColumn<p->nColumn ? FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER : 0); + filter.iCol = iColumn; + filter.zTerm = pTok->z; + filter.nTerm = pTok->n; + + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pSegcsr, &filter); + while( SQLITE_OK==rc + && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pSegcsr)) + ){ + rc = fts3TermSelectMerge(p, &tsc, pSegcsr->aDoclist, pSegcsr->nDoclist); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3TermSelectFinishMerge(p, &tsc); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + *ppOut = tsc.aaOutput[0]; + *pnOut = tsc.anOutput[0]; + }else{ + int i; + for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(tsc.aaOutput); i++){ + sqlite3_free(tsc.aaOutput[i]); + } + } + + fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pSegcsr); + pTok->pSegcsr = 0; + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function counts the total number of docids in the doclist stored +** in buffer aList[], size nList bytes. +** +** If the isPoslist argument is true, then it is assumed that the doclist +** contains a position-list following each docid. Otherwise, it is assumed +** that the doclist is simply a list of docids stored as delta encoded +** varints. +*/ +static int fts3DoclistCountDocids(char *aList, int nList){ + int nDoc = 0; /* Return value */ + if( aList ){ + char *aEnd = &aList[nList]; /* Pointer to one byte after EOF */ + char *p = aList; /* Cursor */ + while( p<aEnd ){ + nDoc++; + while( (*p++)&0x80 ); /* Skip docid varint */ + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p); /* Skip over position list */ + } + } + + return nDoc; +} + +/* +** Advance the cursor to the next row in the %_content table that +** matches the search criteria. For a MATCH search, this will be +** the next row that matches. For a full-table scan, this will be +** simply the next row in the %_content table. For a docid lookup, +** this routine simply sets the EOF flag. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if nothing goes wrong. SQLITE_OK is returned +** even if we reach end-of-file. The fts3EofMethod() will be called +** subsequently to determine whether or not an EOF was hit. +*/ +static int fts3NextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + int rc; + Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor; + if( pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH || pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){ + if( SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){ + pCsr->isEof = 1; + rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); + }else{ + pCsr->iPrevId = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + }else{ + rc = fts3EvalNext((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor); + } + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** The following are copied from sqliteInt.h. +** +** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers. +** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit +** compilers. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +# define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((sqlite3_int64)0x7fffffff)<<32)) +# define SMALLEST_INT64 (((sqlite3_int64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64) +#endif + +/* +** If the numeric type of argument pVal is "integer", then return it +** converted to a 64-bit signed integer. Otherwise, return a copy of +** the second parameter, iDefault. +*/ +static sqlite3_int64 fts3DocidRange(sqlite3_value *pVal, i64 iDefault){ + if( pVal ){ + int eType = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(pVal); + if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + return sqlite3_value_int64(pVal); + } + } + return iDefault; +} + +/* +** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table. See +** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional +** information. +** +** If idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH then do a full table scan against +** the %_content table. +** +** If idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH then do a docid lookup for a single entry +** in the %_content table. +** +** If idxNum>=FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH then use the full text index. The +** column on the left-hand side of the MATCH operator is column +** number idxNum-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH, 0 indexed. argv[0] is the right-hand +** side of the MATCH operator. +*/ +static int fts3FilterMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */ + int idxNum, /* Strategy index */ + const char *idxStr, /* Unused */ + int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + char *zSql; /* SQL statement used to access %_content */ + int eSearch; + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab; + Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor; + + sqlite3_value *pCons = 0; /* The MATCH or rowid constraint, if any */ + sqlite3_value *pLangid = 0; /* The "langid = ?" constraint, if any */ + sqlite3_value *pDocidGe = 0; /* The "docid >= ?" constraint, if any */ + sqlite3_value *pDocidLe = 0; /* The "docid <= ?" constraint, if any */ + int iIdx; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); + + eSearch = (idxNum & 0x0000FFFF); + assert( eSearch>=0 && eSearch<=(FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+p->nColumn) ); + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + + /* Collect arguments into local variables */ + iIdx = 0; + if( eSearch!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ) pCons = apVal[iIdx++]; + if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_LANGID ) pLangid = apVal[iIdx++]; + if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE ) pDocidGe = apVal[iIdx++]; + if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE ) pDocidLe = apVal[iIdx++]; + assert( iIdx==nVal ); + + /* In case the cursor has been used before, clear it now. */ + sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist); + sqlite3Fts3MIBufferFree(pCsr->pMIBuffer); + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr); + memset(&pCursor[1], 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)-sizeof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor)); + + /* Set the lower and upper bounds on docids to return */ + pCsr->iMinDocid = fts3DocidRange(pDocidGe, SMALLEST_INT64); + pCsr->iMaxDocid = fts3DocidRange(pDocidLe, LARGEST_INT64); + + if( idxStr ){ + pCsr->bDesc = (idxStr[0]=='D'); + }else{ + pCsr->bDesc = p->bDescIdx; + } + pCsr->eSearch = (i16)eSearch; + + if( eSearch!=FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH && eSearch!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){ + int iCol = eSearch-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH; + const char *zQuery = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(pCons); + + if( zQuery==0 && sqlite3_value_type(pCons)!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + pCsr->iLangid = 0; + if( pLangid ) pCsr->iLangid = sqlite3_value_int(pLangid); + + assert( p->base.zErrMsg==0 ); + rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(p->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid, + p->azColumn, p->bFts4, p->nColumn, iCol, zQuery, -1, &pCsr->pExpr, + &p->base.zErrMsg + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + rc = fts3EvalStart(pCsr); + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + pCsr->pNextId = pCsr->aDoclist; + pCsr->iPrevId = 0; + } + + /* Compile a SELECT statement for this cursor. For a full-table-scan, the + ** statement loops through all rows of the %_content table. For a + ** full-text query or docid lookup, the statement retrieves a single + ** row by docid. + */ + if( eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){ + if( pDocidGe || pDocidLe ){ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT %s WHERE rowid BETWEEN %lld AND %lld ORDER BY rowid %s", + p->zReadExprlist, pCsr->iMinDocid, pCsr->iMaxDocid, + (pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC") + ); + }else{ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s ORDER BY rowid %s", + p->zReadExprlist, (pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC") + ); + } + if( zSql ){ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + }else if( eSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH ){ + rc = fts3CursorSeekStmt(pCsr, &pCsr->pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCons); + } + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + return fts3NextMethod(pCursor); +} + +/* +** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this +** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set. +*/ +static int fts3EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + return ((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor)->isEof; +} + +/* +** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to +** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts3 +** exposes %_content.docid as the rowid for the virtual table. The +** rowid should be written to *pRowid. +*/ +static int fts3RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor; + *pRowid = pCsr->iPrevId; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from +** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to. +** +** If: +** +** (iCol < p->nColumn) -> The value of the iCol'th user column. +** (iCol == p->nColumn) -> Magic column with the same name as the table. +** (iCol == p->nColumn+1) -> Docid column +** (iCol == p->nColumn+2) -> Langid column +*/ +static int fts3ColumnMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */ + int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor; + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab; + + /* The column value supplied by SQLite must be in range. */ + assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<=p->nColumn+2 ); + + if( iCol==p->nColumn+1 ){ + /* This call is a request for the "docid" column. Since "docid" is an + ** alias for "rowid", use the xRowid() method to obtain the value. + */ + sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iPrevId); + }else if( iCol==p->nColumn ){ + /* The extra column whose name is the same as the table. + ** Return a blob which is a pointer to the cursor. */ + sqlite3_result_blob(pCtx, &pCsr, sizeof(pCsr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + }else if( iCol==p->nColumn+2 && pCsr->pExpr ){ + sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iLangid); + }else{ + /* The requested column is either a user column (one that contains + ** indexed data), or the language-id column. */ + rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( iCol==p->nColumn+2 ){ + int iLangid = 0; + if( p->zLanguageid ){ + iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pCsr->pStmt, p->nColumn+1); + } + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, iLangid); + }else if( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)>(iCol+1) ){ + sqlite3_result_value(pCtx, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1)); + } + } + } + + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by +** FTS3 virtual tables. It is invoked by SQLite each time a row is to be +** inserted, updated or deleted. +*/ +static int fts3UpdateMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */ + int nArg, /* Size of argument array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of arguments */ + sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */ +){ + return sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(pVtab, nArg, apVal, pRowid); +} + +/* +** Implementation of xSync() method. Flush the contents of the pending-terms +** hash-table to the database. +*/ +static int fts3SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + + /* Following an incremental-merge operation, assuming that the input + ** segments are not completely consumed (the usual case), they are updated + ** in place to remove the entries that have already been merged. This + ** involves updating the leaf block that contains the smallest unmerged + ** entry and each block (if any) between the leaf and the root node. So + ** if the height of the input segment b-trees is N, and input segments + ** are merged eight at a time, updating the input segments at the end + ** of an incremental-merge requires writing (8*(1+N)) blocks. N is usually + ** small - often between 0 and 2. So the overhead of the incremental + ** merge is somewhere between 8 and 24 blocks. To avoid this overhead + ** dwarfing the actual productive work accomplished, the incremental merge + ** is only attempted if it will write at least 64 leaf blocks. Hence + ** nMinMerge. + ** + ** Of course, updating the input segments also involves deleting a bunch + ** of blocks from the segments table. But this is not considered overhead + ** as it would also be required by a crisis-merge that used the same input + ** segments. + */ + const u32 nMinMerge = 64; /* Minimum amount of incr-merge work to do */ + + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; + int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK + && p->nLeafAdd>(nMinMerge/16) + && p->nAutoincrmerge && p->nAutoincrmerge!=0xff + ){ + int mxLevel = 0; /* Maximum relative level value in db */ + int A; /* Incr-merge parameter A */ + + rc = sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(p, &mxLevel); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || mxLevel==0 ); + A = p->nLeafAdd * mxLevel; + A += (A/2); + if( A>(int)nMinMerge ) rc = sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(p, A, p->nAutoincrmerge); + } + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); + return rc; +} + +/* +** If it is currently unknown whether or not the FTS table has an %_stat +** table (if p->bHasStat==2), attempt to determine this (set p->bHasStat +** to 0 or 1). Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code +** if an error occurs. +*/ +static int fts3SetHasStat(Fts3Table *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p->bHasStat==2 ){ + const char *zFmt ="SELECT 1 FROM %Q.sqlite_master WHERE tbl_name='%q_stat'"; + char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zFmt, p->zDb, p->zName); + if( zSql ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int bHasStat = (sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW); + rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) p->bHasStat = bHasStat; + } + sqlite3_free(zSql); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Implementation of xBegin() method. +*/ +static int fts3BeginMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); + assert( p->inTransaction!=1 ); + TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 1 ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; ); + p->nLeafAdd = 0; + return fts3SetHasStat(p); +} + +/* +** Implementation of xCommit() method. This is a no-op. The contents of +** the pending-terms hash-table have already been flushed into the database +** by fts3SyncMethod(). +*/ +static int fts3CommitMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); + assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); + assert( p->inTransaction!=0 ); + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Implementation of xRollback(). Discard the contents of the pending-terms +** hash-table. Any changes made to the database are reverted by SQLite. +*/ +static int fts3RollbackMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; + sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); + assert( p->inTransaction!=0 ); + TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** When called, *ppPoslist must point to the byte immediately following the +** end of a position-list. i.e. ( (*ppPoslist)[-1]==POS_END ). This function +** moves *ppPoslist so that it instead points to the first byte of the +** same position list. +*/ +static void fts3ReversePoslist(char *pStart, char **ppPoslist){ + char *p = &(*ppPoslist)[-2]; + char c = 0; + + /* Skip backwards passed any trailing 0x00 bytes added by NearTrim() */ + while( p>pStart && (c=*p--)==0 ); + + /* Search backwards for a varint with value zero (the end of the previous + ** poslist). This is an 0x00 byte preceded by some byte that does not + ** have the 0x80 bit set. */ + while( p>pStart && (*p & 0x80) | c ){ + c = *p--; + } + assert( p==pStart || c==0 ); + + /* At this point p points to that preceding byte without the 0x80 bit + ** set. So to find the start of the poslist, skip forward 2 bytes then + ** over a varint. + ** + ** Normally. The other case is that p==pStart and the poslist to return + ** is the first in the doclist. In this case do not skip forward 2 bytes. + ** The second part of the if condition (c==0 && *ppPoslist>&p[2]) + ** is required for cases where the first byte of a doclist and the + ** doclist is empty. For example, if the first docid is 10, a doclist + ** that begins with: + ** + ** 0x0A 0x00 <next docid delta varint> + */ + if( p>pStart || (c==0 && *ppPoslist>&p[2]) ){ p = &p[2]; } + while( *p++&0x80 ); + *ppPoslist = p; +} + +/* +** Helper function used by the implementation of the overloaded snippet(), +** offsets() and optimize() SQL functions. +** +** If the value passed as the third argument is a blob of size +** sizeof(Fts3Cursor*), then the blob contents are copied to the +** output variable *ppCsr and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an error +** message is written to context pContext and SQLITE_ERROR returned. The +** string passed via zFunc is used as part of the error message. +*/ +static int fts3FunctionArg( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQL function call context */ + const char *zFunc, /* Function name */ + sqlite3_value *pVal, /* argv[0] passed to function */ + Fts3Cursor **ppCsr /* OUT: Store cursor handle here */ +){ + Fts3Cursor *pRet; + if( sqlite3_value_type(pVal)!=SQLITE_BLOB + || sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal)!=sizeof(Fts3Cursor *) + ){ + char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("illegal first argument to %s", zFunc); + sqlite3_result_error(pContext, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + memcpy(&pRet, sqlite3_value_blob(pVal), sizeof(Fts3Cursor *)); + *ppCsr = pRet; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Implementation of the snippet() function for FTS3 +*/ +static void fts3SnippetFunc( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ + int nVal, /* Size of apVal[] array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ +){ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ + const char *zStart = "<b>"; + const char *zEnd = "</b>"; + const char *zEllipsis = "<b>...</b>"; + int iCol = -1; + int nToken = 15; /* Default number of tokens in snippet */ + + /* There must be at least one argument passed to this function (otherwise + ** the non-overloaded version would have been called instead of this one). + */ + assert( nVal>=1 ); + + if( nVal>6 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(pContext, + "wrong number of arguments to function snippet()", -1); + return; + } + if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "snippet", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return; + + switch( nVal ){ + case 6: nToken = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[5]); + case 5: iCol = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[4]); + case 4: zEllipsis = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[3]); + case 3: zEnd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2]); + case 2: zStart = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]); + } + if( !zEllipsis || !zEnd || !zStart ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pContext); + }else if( nToken==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + }else if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){ + sqlite3Fts3Snippet(pContext, pCsr, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, iCol, nToken); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the offsets() function for FTS3 +*/ +static void fts3OffsetsFunc( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ + int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ +){ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); + + assert( nVal==1 ); + if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "offsets", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return; + assert( pCsr ); + if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){ + sqlite3Fts3Offsets(pContext, pCsr); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the special optimize() function for FTS3. This +** function merges all segments in the database to a single segment. +** Example usage is: +** +** SELECT optimize(t) FROM t LIMIT 1; +** +** where 't' is the name of an FTS3 table. +*/ +static void fts3OptimizeFunc( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ + int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + Fts3Table *p; /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3Cursor *pCursor; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); + + assert( nVal==1 ); + if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "optimize", apVal[0], &pCursor) ) return; + p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->base.pVtab; + assert( p ); + + rc = sqlite3Fts3Optimize(p); + + switch( rc ){ + case SQLITE_OK: + sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index optimized", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + break; + case SQLITE_DONE: + sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index already optimal", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + break; + default: + sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc); + break; + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the matchinfo() function for FTS3 +*/ +static void fts3MatchinfoFunc( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ + int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ +){ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ + assert( nVal==1 || nVal==2 ); + if( SQLITE_OK==fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "matchinfo", apVal[0], &pCsr) ){ + const char *zArg = 0; + if( nVal>1 ){ + zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]); + } + sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(pContext, pCsr, zArg); + } +} + +/* +** This routine implements the xFindFunction method for the FTS3 +** virtual table. +*/ +static int fts3FindFunctionMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */ + int nArg, /* Number of SQL function arguments */ + const char *zName, /* Name of SQL function */ + void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), /* OUT: Result */ + void **ppArg /* Unused */ +){ + struct Overloaded { + const char *zName; + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); + } aOverload[] = { + { "snippet", fts3SnippetFunc }, + { "offsets", fts3OffsetsFunc }, + { "optimize", fts3OptimizeFunc }, + { "matchinfo", fts3MatchinfoFunc }, + }; + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(ppArg); + + for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(aOverload); i++){ + if( strcmp(zName, aOverload[i].zName)==0 ){ + *pxFunc = aOverload[i].xFunc; + return 1; + } + } + + /* No function of the specified name was found. Return 0. */ + return 0; +} + +/* +** Implementation of FTS3 xRename method. Rename an fts3 table. +*/ +static int fts3RenameMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */ + const char *zName /* New name of table */ +){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; + sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* Database connection */ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + + /* At this point it must be known if the %_stat table exists or not. + ** So bHasStat may not be 2. */ + rc = fts3SetHasStat(p); + + /* As it happens, the pending terms table is always empty here. This is + ** because an "ALTER TABLE RENAME TABLE" statement inside a transaction + ** always opens a savepoint transaction. And the xSavepoint() method + ** flushes the pending terms table. But leave the (no-op) call to + ** PendingTermsFlush() in in case that changes. + */ + assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p); + } + + if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_content' RENAME TO '%q_content';", + p->zDb, p->zName, zName + ); + } + + if( p->bHasDocsize ){ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize' RENAME TO '%q_docsize';", + p->zDb, p->zName, zName + ); + } + if( p->bHasStat ){ + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_stat' RENAME TO '%q_stat';", + p->zDb, p->zName, zName + ); + } + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segments' RENAME TO '%q_segments';", + p->zDb, p->zName, zName + ); + fts3DbExec(&rc, db, + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir' RENAME TO '%q_segdir';", + p->zDb, p->zName, zName + ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** The xSavepoint() method. +** +** Flush the contents of the pending-terms table to disk. +*/ +static int fts3SavepointMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint); + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->inTransaction ); + assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint < iSavepoint ); + TESTONLY( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint ); + if( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->bIgnoreSavepoint==0 ){ + rc = fts3SyncMethod(pVtab); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** The xRelease() method. +** +** This is a no-op. +*/ +static int fts3ReleaseMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ + TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab ); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); + assert( p->inTransaction ); + assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint-1 ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** The xRollbackTo() method. +** +** Discard the contents of the pending terms table. +*/ +static int fts3RollbackToMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint); + assert( p->inTransaction ); + assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint ); + TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint ); + sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static const sqlite3_module fts3Module = { + /* iVersion */ 2, + /* xCreate */ fts3CreateMethod, + /* xConnect */ fts3ConnectMethod, + /* xBestIndex */ fts3BestIndexMethod, + /* xDisconnect */ fts3DisconnectMethod, + /* xDestroy */ fts3DestroyMethod, + /* xOpen */ fts3OpenMethod, + /* xClose */ fts3CloseMethod, + /* xFilter */ fts3FilterMethod, + /* xNext */ fts3NextMethod, + /* xEof */ fts3EofMethod, + /* xColumn */ fts3ColumnMethod, + /* xRowid */ fts3RowidMethod, + /* xUpdate */ fts3UpdateMethod, + /* xBegin */ fts3BeginMethod, + /* xSync */ fts3SyncMethod, + /* xCommit */ fts3CommitMethod, + /* xRollback */ fts3RollbackMethod, + /* xFindFunction */ fts3FindFunctionMethod, + /* xRename */ fts3RenameMethod, + /* xSavepoint */ fts3SavepointMethod, + /* xRelease */ fts3ReleaseMethod, + /* xRollbackTo */ fts3RollbackToMethod, +}; + +/* +** This function is registered as the module destructor (called when an +** FTS3 enabled database connection is closed). It frees the memory +** allocated for the tokenizer hash table. +*/ +static void hashDestroy(void *p){ + Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)p; + sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash); + sqlite3_free(pHash); +} + +/* +** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple", "porter" and "icu"- are +** implemented in files fts3_tokenizer1.c, fts3_porter.c and fts3_icu.c +** respectively. The following three forward declarations are for functions +** declared in these files used to retrieve the respective implementations. +** +** Calling sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule() sets the value pointed +** to by the argument to point to the "simple" tokenizer implementation. +** And so on. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); +#endif + +/* +** Initialize the fts3 extension. If this extension is built as part +** of the sqlite library, then this function is called directly by +** SQLite. If fts3 is built as a dynamically loadable extension, this +** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts3Hash *pHash = 0; + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pSimple = 0; + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPorter = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pUnicode = 0; +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0; + sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu); +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE + sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(&pUnicode); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(db); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; +#endif + + rc = sqlite3Fts3InitAux(db); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&pSimple); + sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(&pPorter); + + /* Allocate and initialize the hash-table used to store tokenizers. */ + pHash = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Hash)); + if( !pHash ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); + } + + /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple) + || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter) + +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE + || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "unicode61", 10, (void *)pUnicode) +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU + || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu)) +#endif + ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(db); + } +#endif + + /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload + ** the two scalar functions. If this is successful, register the + ** module with sqlite. + */ + if( SQLITE_OK==rc + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts3_tokenizer")) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1)) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", 1)) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 1)) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 2)) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "optimize", 1)) + ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2( + db, "fts3", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, hashDestroy + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2( + db, "fts4", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, 0 + ); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTok(db, (void *)pHash); + } + return rc; + } + + + /* An error has occurred. Delete the hash table and return the error code. */ + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + if( pHash ){ + sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash); + sqlite3_free(pHash); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Allocate an Fts3MultiSegReader for each token in the expression headed +** by pExpr. +** +** An Fts3SegReader object is a cursor that can seek or scan a range of +** entries within a single segment b-tree. An Fts3MultiSegReader uses multiple +** Fts3SegReader objects internally to provide an interface to seek or scan +** within the union of all segments of a b-tree. Hence the name. +** +** If the allocated Fts3MultiSegReader just seeks to a single entry in a +** segment b-tree (if the term is not a prefix or it is a prefix for which +** there exists prefix b-tree of the right length) then it may be traversed +** and merged incrementally. Otherwise, it has to be merged into an in-memory +** doclist and then traversed. +*/ +static void fts3EvalAllocateReaders( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Allocate readers for this expression */ + int *pnToken, /* OUT: Total number of tokens in phrase. */ + int *pnOr, /* OUT: Total number of OR nodes in expr. */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){ + if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ + int i; + int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; + *pnToken += nToken; + for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pExpr->pPhrase->aToken[i]; + int rc = fts3TermSegReaderCursor(pCsr, + pToken->z, pToken->n, pToken->isPrefix, &pToken->pSegcsr + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pRc = rc; + return; + } + } + assert( pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken==0 ); + pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken = -1; + }else{ + *pnOr += (pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR); + fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pnToken, pnOr, pRc); + fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pnToken, pnOr, pRc); + } + } +} + +/* +** Arguments pList/nList contain the doclist for token iToken of phrase p. +** It is merged into the main doclist stored in p->doclist.aAll/nAll. +** +** This function assumes that pList points to a buffer allocated using +** sqlite3_malloc(). This function takes responsibility for eventually +** freeing the buffer. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if an error occurs. +*/ +static int fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken( + Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS Table pointer */ + Fts3Phrase *p, /* Phrase to merge pList/nList into */ + int iToken, /* Token pList/nList corresponds to */ + char *pList, /* Pointer to doclist */ + int nList /* Number of bytes in pList */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( iToken!=p->iDoclistToken ); + + if( pList==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(p->doclist.aAll); + p->doclist.aAll = 0; + p->doclist.nAll = 0; + } + + else if( p->iDoclistToken<0 ){ + p->doclist.aAll = pList; + p->doclist.nAll = nList; + } + + else if( p->doclist.aAll==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(pList); + } + + else { + char *pLeft; + char *pRight; + int nLeft; + int nRight; + int nDiff; + + if( p->iDoclistToken<iToken ){ + pLeft = p->doclist.aAll; + nLeft = p->doclist.nAll; + pRight = pList; + nRight = nList; + nDiff = iToken - p->iDoclistToken; + }else{ + pRight = p->doclist.aAll; + nRight = p->doclist.nAll; + pLeft = pList; + nLeft = nList; + nDiff = p->iDoclistToken - iToken; + } + + rc = fts3DoclistPhraseMerge( + pTab->bDescIdx, nDiff, pLeft, nLeft, &pRight, &nRight + ); + sqlite3_free(pLeft); + p->doclist.aAll = pRight; + p->doclist.nAll = nRight; + } + + if( iToken>p->iDoclistToken ) p->iDoclistToken = iToken; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Load the doclist for phrase p into p->doclist.aAll/nAll. The loaded doclist +** does not take deferred tokens into account. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int fts3EvalPhraseLoad( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Phrase *p /* Phrase object */ +){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int iToken; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + for(iToken=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iToken<p->nToken; iToken++){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[iToken]; + assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 || pToken->pSegcsr==0 ); + + if( pToken->pSegcsr ){ + int nThis = 0; + char *pThis = 0; + rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, p->iColumn, &nThis, &pThis); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, p, iToken, pThis, nThis); + } + } + assert( pToken->pSegcsr==0 ); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called on each phrase after the position lists for +** any deferred tokens have been loaded into memory. It updates the phrases +** current position list to include only those positions that are really +** instances of the phrase (after considering deferred tokens). If this +** means that the phrase does not appear in the current row, doclist.pList +** and doclist.nList are both zeroed. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ + int iToken; /* Used to iterate through phrase tokens */ + char *aPoslist = 0; /* Position list for deferred tokens */ + int nPoslist = 0; /* Number of bytes in aPoslist */ + int iPrev = -1; /* Token number of previous deferred token */ + + assert( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 ); + + for(iToken=0; iToken<pPhrase->nToken; iToken++){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[iToken]; + Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred = pToken->pDeferred; + + if( pDeferred ){ + char *pList; + int nList; + int rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(pDeferred, &pList, &nList); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + if( pList==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(aPoslist); + pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + + }else if( aPoslist==0 ){ + aPoslist = pList; + nPoslist = nList; + + }else{ + char *aOut = pList; + char *p1 = aPoslist; + char *p2 = aOut; + + assert( iPrev>=0 ); + fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, iToken-iPrev, 0, 1, &p1, &p2); + sqlite3_free(aPoslist); + aPoslist = pList; + nPoslist = (int)(aOut - aPoslist); + if( nPoslist==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(aPoslist); + pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + iPrev = iToken; + } + } + + if( iPrev>=0 ){ + int nMaxUndeferred = pPhrase->iDoclistToken; + if( nMaxUndeferred<0 ){ + pPhrase->doclist.pList = aPoslist; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = nPoslist; + pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId; + pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1; + }else{ + int nDistance; + char *p1; + char *p2; + char *aOut; + + if( nMaxUndeferred>iPrev ){ + p1 = aPoslist; + p2 = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + nDistance = nMaxUndeferred - iPrev; + }else{ + p1 = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + p2 = aPoslist; + nDistance = iPrev - nMaxUndeferred; + } + + aOut = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nPoslist+8); + if( !aOut ){ + sqlite3_free(aPoslist); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + pPhrase->doclist.pList = aOut; + if( fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, nDistance, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){ + pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = (int)(aOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList); + }else{ + sqlite3_free(aOut); + pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; + } + sqlite3_free(aPoslist); + } + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Maximum number of tokens a phrase may have to be considered for the +** incremental doclists strategy. +*/ +#define MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS 4 + +/* +** This function is called for each Fts3Phrase in a full-text query +** expression to initialize the mechanism for returning rows. Once this +** function has been called successfully on an Fts3Phrase, it may be +** used with fts3EvalPhraseNext() to iterate through the matching docids. +** +** If parameter bOptOk is true, then the phrase may (or may not) use the +** incremental loading strategy. Otherwise, the entire doclist is loaded into +** memory within this call. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int fts3EvalPhraseStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int bOptOk, Fts3Phrase *p){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code */ + int i; + + /* Determine if doclists may be loaded from disk incrementally. This is + ** possible if the bOptOk argument is true, the FTS doclists will be + ** scanned in forward order, and the phrase consists of + ** MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS or fewer tokens, none of which are are "^first" + ** tokens or prefix tokens that cannot use a prefix-index. */ + int bHaveIncr = 0; + int bIncrOk = (bOptOk + && pCsr->bDesc==pTab->bDescIdx + && p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS && p->nToken>0 +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + && pTab->bNoIncrDoclist==0 +#endif + ); + for(i=0; bIncrOk==1 && i<p->nToken; i++){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[i]; + if( pToken->bFirst || (pToken->pSegcsr!=0 && !pToken->pSegcsr->bLookup) ){ + bIncrOk = 0; + } + if( pToken->pSegcsr ) bHaveIncr = 1; + } + + if( bIncrOk && bHaveIncr ){ + /* Use the incremental approach. */ + int iCol = (p->iColumn >= pTab->nColumn ? -1 : p->iColumn); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nToken; i++){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[i]; + Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr = pToken->pSegcsr; + if( pSegcsr ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(pTab, pSegcsr, iCol, pToken->z, pToken->n); + } + } + p->bIncr = 1; + }else{ + /* Load the full doclist for the phrase into memory. */ + rc = fts3EvalPhraseLoad(pCsr, p); + p->bIncr = 0; + } + + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || p->nToken<1 || p->aToken[0].pSegcsr==0 || p->bIncr ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is used to iterate backwards (from the end to start) +** through doclists. It is used by this module to iterate through phrase +** doclists in reverse and by the fts3_write.c module to iterate through +** pending-terms lists when writing to databases with "order=desc". +** +** The doclist may be sorted in ascending (parameter bDescIdx==0) or +** descending (parameter bDescIdx==1) order of docid. Regardless, this +** function iterates from the end of the doclist to the beginning. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev( + int bDescIdx, /* True if the doclist is desc */ + char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to entire doclist */ + int nDoclist, /* Length of aDoclist in bytes */ + char **ppIter, /* IN/OUT: Iterator pointer */ + sqlite3_int64 *piDocid, /* IN/OUT: Docid pointer */ + int *pnList, /* OUT: List length pointer */ + u8 *pbEof /* OUT: End-of-file flag */ +){ + char *p = *ppIter; + + assert( nDoclist>0 ); + assert( *pbEof==0 ); + assert( p || *piDocid==0 ); + assert( !p || (p>aDoclist && p<&aDoclist[nDoclist]) ); + + if( p==0 ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid = 0; + char *pNext = 0; + char *pDocid = aDoclist; + char *pEnd = &aDoclist[nDoclist]; + int iMul = 1; + + while( pDocid<pEnd ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDelta; + pDocid += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pDocid, &iDelta); + iDocid += (iMul * iDelta); + pNext = pDocid; + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &pDocid); + while( pDocid<pEnd && *pDocid==0 ) pDocid++; + iMul = (bDescIdx ? -1 : 1); + } + + *pnList = (int)(pEnd - pNext); + *ppIter = pNext; + *piDocid = iDocid; + }else{ + int iMul = (bDescIdx ? -1 : 1); + sqlite3_int64 iDelta; + fts3GetReverseVarint(&p, aDoclist, &iDelta); + *piDocid -= (iMul * iDelta); + + if( p==aDoclist ){ + *pbEof = 1; + }else{ + char *pSave = p; + fts3ReversePoslist(aDoclist, &p); + *pnList = (int)(pSave - p); + } + *ppIter = p; + } +} + +/* +** Iterate forwards through a doclist. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistNext( + int bDescIdx, /* True if the doclist is desc */ + char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to entire doclist */ + int nDoclist, /* Length of aDoclist in bytes */ + char **ppIter, /* IN/OUT: Iterator pointer */ + sqlite3_int64 *piDocid, /* IN/OUT: Docid pointer */ + u8 *pbEof /* OUT: End-of-file flag */ +){ + char *p = *ppIter; + + assert( nDoclist>0 ); + assert( *pbEof==0 ); + assert( p || *piDocid==0 ); + assert( !p || (p>=aDoclist && p<=&aDoclist[nDoclist]) ); + + if( p==0 ){ + p = aDoclist; + p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, piDocid); + }else{ + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p); + while( p<&aDoclist[nDoclist] && *p==0 ) p++; + if( p>=&aDoclist[nDoclist] ){ + *pbEof = 1; + }else{ + sqlite3_int64 iVar; + p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iVar); + *piDocid += ((bDescIdx ? -1 : 1) * iVar); + } + } + + *ppIter = p; +} + +/* +** Advance the iterator pDL to the next entry in pDL->aAll/nAll. Set *pbEof +** to true if EOF is reached. +*/ +static void fts3EvalDlPhraseNext( + Fts3Table *pTab, + Fts3Doclist *pDL, + u8 *pbEof +){ + char *pIter; /* Used to iterate through aAll */ + char *pEnd = &pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll]; /* 1 byte past end of aAll */ + + if( pDL->pNextDocid ){ + pIter = pDL->pNextDocid; + }else{ + pIter = pDL->aAll; + } + + if( pIter>=pEnd ){ + /* We have already reached the end of this doclist. EOF. */ + *pbEof = 1; + }else{ + sqlite3_int64 iDelta; + pIter += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pIter, &iDelta); + if( pTab->bDescIdx==0 || pDL->pNextDocid==0 ){ + pDL->iDocid += iDelta; + }else{ + pDL->iDocid -= iDelta; + } + pDL->pList = pIter; + fts3PoslistCopy(0, &pIter); + pDL->nList = (int)(pIter - pDL->pList); + + /* pIter now points just past the 0x00 that terminates the position- + ** list for document pDL->iDocid. However, if this position-list was + ** edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim(), then pIter may not actually + ** point to the start of the next docid value. The following line deals + ** with this case by advancing pIter past the zero-padding added by + ** fts3EvalNearTrim(). */ + while( pIter<pEnd && *pIter==0 ) pIter++; + + pDL->pNextDocid = pIter; + assert( pIter>=&pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll] || *pIter ); + *pbEof = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Helper type used by fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext() and incrPhraseTokenNext(). +*/ +typedef struct TokenDoclist TokenDoclist; +struct TokenDoclist { + int bIgnore; + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; + char *pList; + int nList; +}; + +/* +** Token pToken is an incrementally loaded token that is part of a +** multi-token phrase. Advance it to the next matching document in the +** database and populate output variable *p with the details of the new +** entry. Or, if the iterator has reached EOF, set *pbEof to true. +** +** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return +** SQLITE_OK. +*/ +static int incrPhraseTokenNext( + Fts3Table *pTab, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase, /* Phrase to advance token of */ + int iToken, /* Specific token to advance */ + TokenDoclist *p, /* OUT: Docid and doclist for new entry */ + u8 *pbEof /* OUT: True if iterator is at EOF */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( pPhrase->iDoclistToken==iToken ){ + assert( p->bIgnore==0 ); + assert( pPhrase->aToken[iToken].pSegcsr==0 ); + fts3EvalDlPhraseNext(pTab, &pPhrase->doclist, pbEof); + p->pList = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + p->nList = pPhrase->doclist.nList; + p->iDocid = pPhrase->doclist.iDocid; + }else{ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[iToken]; + assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 ); + assert( pToken->pSegcsr || pPhrase->iDoclistToken>=0 ); + if( pToken->pSegcsr ){ + assert( p->bIgnore==0 ); + rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext( + pTab, pToken->pSegcsr, &p->iDocid, &p->pList, &p->nList + ); + if( p->pList==0 ) *pbEof = 1; + }else{ + p->bIgnore = 1; + } + } + + return rc; +} + + +/* +** The phrase iterator passed as the second argument: +** +** * features at least one token that uses an incremental doclist, and +** +** * does not contain any deferred tokens. +** +** Advance it to the next matching documnent in the database and populate +** the Fts3Doclist.pList and nList fields. +** +** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to +** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is +** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0. +** +** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return +** SQLITE_OK. +*/ +static int fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Phrase *p, /* Phrase object to advance to next docid */ + u8 *pbEof /* OUT: Set to 1 if EOF */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts3Doclist *pDL = &p->doclist; + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + u8 bEof = 0; + + /* This is only called if it is guaranteed that the phrase has at least + ** one incremental token. In which case the bIncr flag is set. */ + assert( p->bIncr==1 ); + + if( p->nToken==1 && p->bIncr ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(pTab, p->aToken[0].pSegcsr, + &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->pList, &pDL->nList + ); + if( pDL->pList==0 ) bEof = 1; + }else{ + int bDescDoclist = pCsr->bDesc; + struct TokenDoclist a[MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS]; + + memset(a, 0, sizeof(a)); + assert( p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS ); + assert( p->iDoclistToken<MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS ); + + while( bEof==0 ){ + int bMaxSet = 0; + sqlite3_int64 iMax = 0; /* Largest docid for all iterators */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through tokens */ + + /* Advance the iterator for each token in the phrase once. */ + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nToken && bEof==0; i++){ + rc = incrPhraseTokenNext(pTab, p, i, &a[i], &bEof); + if( a[i].bIgnore==0 && (bMaxSet==0 || DOCID_CMP(iMax, a[i].iDocid)<0) ){ + iMax = a[i].iDocid; + bMaxSet = 1; + } + } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (p->nToken>=1 && a[p->nToken-1].bIgnore==0) ); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || bMaxSet ); + + /* Keep advancing iterators until they all point to the same document */ + for(i=0; i<p->nToken; i++){ + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0 + && a[i].bIgnore==0 && DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)<0 + ){ + rc = incrPhraseTokenNext(pTab, p, i, &a[i], &bEof); + if( DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)>0 ){ + iMax = a[i].iDocid; + i = 0; + } + } + } + + /* Check if the current entries really are a phrase match */ + if( bEof==0 ){ + int nList = 0; + int nByte = a[p->nToken-1].nList; + char *aDoclist = sqlite3_malloc(nByte+1); + if( !aDoclist ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memcpy(aDoclist, a[p->nToken-1].pList, nByte+1); + + for(i=0; i<(p->nToken-1); i++){ + if( a[i].bIgnore==0 ){ + char *pL = a[i].pList; + char *pR = aDoclist; + char *pOut = aDoclist; + int nDist = p->nToken-1-i; + int res = fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pOut, nDist, 0, 1, &pL, &pR); + if( res==0 ) break; + nList = (int)(pOut - aDoclist); + } + } + if( i==(p->nToken-1) ){ + pDL->iDocid = iMax; + pDL->pList = aDoclist; + pDL->nList = nList; + pDL->bFreeList = 1; + break; + } + sqlite3_free(aDoclist); + } + } + } + + *pbEof = bEof; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Attempt to move the phrase iterator to point to the next matching docid. +** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return +** SQLITE_OK. +** +** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to +** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is +** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0. +*/ +static int fts3EvalPhraseNext( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Phrase *p, /* Phrase object to advance to next docid */ + u8 *pbEof /* OUT: Set to 1 if EOF */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts3Doclist *pDL = &p->doclist; + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + + if( p->bIncr ){ + rc = fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext(pCsr, p, pbEof); + }else if( pCsr->bDesc!=pTab->bDescIdx && pDL->nAll ){ + sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(pTab->bDescIdx, pDL->aAll, pDL->nAll, + &pDL->pNextDocid, &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->nList, pbEof + ); + pDL->pList = pDL->pNextDocid; + }else{ + fts3EvalDlPhraseNext(pTab, pDL, pbEof); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** Otherwise, fts3EvalPhraseStart() is called on all phrases within the +** expression. Also the Fts3Expr.bDeferred variable is set to true for any +** expressions for which all descendent tokens are deferred. +** +** If parameter bOptOk is zero, then it is guaranteed that the +** Fts3Phrase.doclist.aAll/nAll variables contain the entire doclist for +** each phrase in the expression (subject to deferred token processing). +** Or, if bOptOk is non-zero, then one or more tokens within the expression +** may be loaded incrementally, meaning doclist.aAll/nAll is not available. +** +** If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an SQLite error +** code before returning. +*/ +static void fts3EvalStartReaders( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to initialize phrases in */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){ + if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ + int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; + if( nToken ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){ + if( pExpr->pPhrase->aToken[i].pDeferred==0 ) break; + } + pExpr->bDeferred = (i==nToken); + } + *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, 1, pExpr->pPhrase); + }else{ + fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc); + fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc); + pExpr->bDeferred = (pExpr->pLeft->bDeferred && pExpr->pRight->bDeferred); + } + } +} + +/* +** An array of the following structures is assembled as part of the process +** of selecting tokens to defer before the query starts executing (as part +** of the xFilter() method). There is one element in the array for each +** token in the FTS expression. +** +** Tokens are divided into AND/NEAR clusters. All tokens in a cluster belong +** to phrases that are connected only by AND and NEAR operators (not OR or +** NOT). When determining tokens to defer, each AND/NEAR cluster is considered +** separately. The root of a tokens AND/NEAR cluster is stored in +** Fts3TokenAndCost.pRoot. +*/ +typedef struct Fts3TokenAndCost Fts3TokenAndCost; +struct Fts3TokenAndCost { + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* The phrase the token belongs to */ + int iToken; /* Position of token in phrase */ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; /* The token itself */ + Fts3Expr *pRoot; /* Root of NEAR/AND cluster */ + int nOvfl; /* Number of overflow pages to load doclist */ + int iCol; /* The column the token must match */ +}; + +/* +** This function is used to populate an allocated Fts3TokenAndCost array. +** +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** Otherwise, if an error occurs during execution, *pRc is set to an +** SQLite error code. +*/ +static void fts3EvalTokenCosts( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pRoot, /* Root of current AND/NEAR cluster */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to consider */ + Fts3TokenAndCost **ppTC, /* Write new entries to *(*ppTC)++ */ + Fts3Expr ***ppOr, /* Write new OR root to *(*ppOr)++ */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + int i; + for(i=0; *pRc==SQLITE_OK && i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){ + Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = (*ppTC)++; + pTC->pPhrase = pPhrase; + pTC->iToken = i; + pTC->pRoot = pRoot; + pTC->pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[i]; + pTC->iCol = pPhrase->iColumn; + *pRc = sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(pCsr, pTC->pToken->pSegcsr, &pTC->nOvfl); + } + }else if( pExpr->eType!=FTSQUERY_NOT ){ + assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR + || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_AND + || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR + ); + assert( pExpr->pLeft && pExpr->pRight ); + if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){ + pRoot = pExpr->pLeft; + **ppOr = pRoot; + (*ppOr)++; + } + fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pLeft, ppTC, ppOr, pRc); + if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){ + pRoot = pExpr->pRight; + **ppOr = pRoot; + (*ppOr)++; + } + fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pRight, ppTC, ppOr, pRc); + } + } +} + +/* +** Determine the average document (row) size in pages. If successful, +** write this value to *pnPage and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return +** an SQLite error code. +** +** The average document size in pages is calculated by first calculating +** determining the average size in bytes, B. If B is less than the amount +** of data that will fit on a single leaf page of an intkey table in +** this database, then the average docsize is 1. Otherwise, it is 1 plus +** the number of overflow pages consumed by a record B bytes in size. +*/ +static int fts3EvalAverageDocsize(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pnPage){ + if( pCsr->nRowAvg==0 ){ + /* The average document size, which is required to calculate the cost + ** of each doclist, has not yet been determined. Read the required + ** data from the %_stat table to calculate it. + ** + ** Entry 0 of the %_stat table is a blob containing (nCol+1) FTS3 + ** varints, where nCol is the number of columns in the FTS3 table. + ** The first varint is the number of documents currently stored in + ** the table. The following nCol varints contain the total amount of + ** data stored in all rows of each column of the table, from left + ** to right. + */ + int rc; + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0; + sqlite3_int64 nByte = 0; + const char *pEnd; + const char *a; + + rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(p, &pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0); + assert( a ); + + pEnd = &a[sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0)]; + a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc); + while( a<pEnd ){ + a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nByte); + } + if( nDoc==0 || nByte==0 ){ + sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + + pCsr->nDoc = nDoc; + pCsr->nRowAvg = (int)(((nByte / nDoc) + p->nPgsz) / p->nPgsz); + assert( pCsr->nRowAvg>0 ); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + + *pnPage = pCsr->nRowAvg; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This function is called to select the tokens (if any) that will be +** deferred. The array aTC[] has already been populated when this is +** called. +** +** This function is called once for each AND/NEAR cluster in the +** expression. Each invocation determines which tokens to defer within +** the cluster with root node pRoot. See comments above the definition +** of struct Fts3TokenAndCost for more details. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and sqlite3Fts3DeferToken() +** called on each token to defer. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is +** returned. +*/ +static int fts3EvalSelectDeferred( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pRoot, /* Consider tokens with this root node */ + Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC, /* Array of expression tokens and costs */ + int nTC /* Number of entries in aTC[] */ +){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int nDocSize = 0; /* Number of pages per doc loaded */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int ii; /* Iterator variable for various purposes */ + int nOvfl = 0; /* Total overflow pages used by doclists */ + int nToken = 0; /* Total number of tokens in cluster */ + + int nMinEst = 0; /* The minimum count for any phrase so far. */ + int nLoad4 = 1; /* (Phrases that will be loaded)^4. */ + + /* Tokens are never deferred for FTS tables created using the content=xxx + ** option. The reason being that it is not guaranteed that the content + ** table actually contains the same data as the index. To prevent this from + ** causing any problems, the deferred token optimization is completely + ** disabled for content=xxx tables. */ + if( pTab->zContentTbl ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Count the tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster. If none of the doclists + ** associated with the tokens spill onto overflow pages, or if there is + ** only 1 token, exit early. No tokens to defer in this case. */ + for(ii=0; ii<nTC; ii++){ + if( aTC[ii].pRoot==pRoot ){ + nOvfl += aTC[ii].nOvfl; + nToken++; + } + } + if( nOvfl==0 || nToken<2 ) return SQLITE_OK; + + /* Obtain the average docsize (in pages). */ + rc = fts3EvalAverageDocsize(pCsr, &nDocSize); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nDocSize>0 ); + + + /* Iterate through all tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster, in ascending order + ** of the number of overflow pages that will be loaded by the pager layer + ** to retrieve the entire doclist for the token from the full-text index. + ** Load the doclists for tokens that are either: + ** + ** a. The cheapest token in the entire query (i.e. the one visited by the + ** first iteration of this loop), or + ** + ** b. Part of a multi-token phrase. + ** + ** After each token doclist is loaded, merge it with the others from the + ** same phrase and count the number of documents that the merged doclist + ** contains. Set variable "nMinEst" to the smallest number of documents in + ** any phrase doclist for which 1 or more token doclists have been loaded. + ** Let nOther be the number of other phrases for which it is certain that + ** one or more tokens will not be deferred. + ** + ** Then, for each token, defer it if loading the doclist would result in + ** loading N or more overflow pages into memory, where N is computed as: + ** + ** (nMinEst + 4^nOther - 1) / (4^nOther) + */ + for(ii=0; ii<nToken && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ + int iTC; /* Used to iterate through aTC[] array. */ + Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = 0; /* Set to cheapest remaining token. */ + + /* Set pTC to point to the cheapest remaining token. */ + for(iTC=0; iTC<nTC; iTC++){ + if( aTC[iTC].pToken && aTC[iTC].pRoot==pRoot + && (!pTC || aTC[iTC].nOvfl<pTC->nOvfl) + ){ + pTC = &aTC[iTC]; + } + } + assert( pTC ); + + if( ii && pTC->nOvfl>=((nMinEst+(nLoad4/4)-1)/(nLoad4/4))*nDocSize ){ + /* The number of overflow pages to load for this (and therefore all + ** subsequent) tokens is greater than the estimated number of pages + ** that will be loaded if all subsequent tokens are deferred. + */ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken; + rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(pCsr, pToken, pTC->iCol); + fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pToken->pSegcsr); + pToken->pSegcsr = 0; + }else{ + /* Set nLoad4 to the value of (4^nOther) for the next iteration of the + ** for-loop. Except, limit the value to 2^24 to prevent it from + ** overflowing the 32-bit integer it is stored in. */ + if( ii<12 ) nLoad4 = nLoad4*4; + + if( ii==0 || (pTC->pPhrase->nToken>1 && ii!=nToken-1) ){ + /* Either this is the cheapest token in the entire query, or it is + ** part of a multi-token phrase. Either way, the entire doclist will + ** (eventually) be loaded into memory. It may as well be now. */ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken; + int nList = 0; + char *pList = 0; + rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, pTC->iCol, &nList, &pList); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pList==0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken( + pTab, pTC->pPhrase, pTC->iToken,pList,nList + ); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nCount; + nCount = fts3DoclistCountDocids( + pTC->pPhrase->doclist.aAll, pTC->pPhrase->doclist.nAll + ); + if( ii==0 || nCount<nMinEst ) nMinEst = nCount; + } + } + } + pTC->pToken = 0; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called from within the xFilter method. It initializes +** the full-text query currently stored in pCsr->pExpr. To iterate through +** the results of a query, the caller does: +** +** fts3EvalStart(pCsr); +** while( 1 ){ +** fts3EvalNext(pCsr); +** if( pCsr->bEof ) break; +** ... return row pCsr->iPrevId to the caller ... +** } +*/ +static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nToken = 0; + int nOr = 0; + + /* Allocate a MultiSegReader for each token in the expression. */ + fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &nToken, &nOr, &rc); + + /* Determine which, if any, tokens in the expression should be deferred. */ +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nToken>1 && pTab->bFts4 ){ + Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC; + Fts3Expr **apOr; + aTC = (Fts3TokenAndCost *)sqlite3_malloc( + sizeof(Fts3TokenAndCost) * nToken + + sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nOr * 2 + ); + apOr = (Fts3Expr **)&aTC[nToken]; + + if( !aTC ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + int ii; + Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = aTC; + Fts3Expr **ppOr = apOr; + + fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, 0, pCsr->pExpr, &pTC, &ppOr, &rc); + nToken = (int)(pTC-aTC); + nOr = (int)(ppOr-apOr); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3EvalSelectDeferred(pCsr, 0, aTC, nToken); + for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nOr; ii++){ + rc = fts3EvalSelectDeferred(pCsr, apOr[ii], aTC, nToken); + } + } + + sqlite3_free(aTC); + } + } +#endif + + fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &rc); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Invalidate the current position list for phrase pPhrase. +*/ +static void fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ + if( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList ){ + sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.pList); + } + pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 0; +} + +/* +** This function is called to edit the position list associated with +** the phrase object passed as the fifth argument according to a NEAR +** condition. For example: +** +** abc NEAR/5 "def ghi" +** +** Parameter nNear is passed the NEAR distance of the expression (5 in +** the example above). When this function is called, *paPoslist points to +** the position list, and *pnToken is the number of phrase tokens in, the +** phrase on the other side of the NEAR operator to pPhrase. For example, +** if pPhrase refers to the "def ghi" phrase, then *paPoslist points to +** the position list associated with phrase "abc". +** +** All positions in the pPhrase position list that are not sufficiently +** close to a position in the *paPoslist position list are removed. If this +** leaves 0 positions, zero is returned. Otherwise, non-zero. +** +** Before returning, *paPoslist is set to point to the position lsit +** associated with pPhrase. And *pnToken is set to the number of tokens in +** pPhrase. +*/ +static int fts3EvalNearTrim( + int nNear, /* NEAR distance. As in "NEAR/nNear". */ + char *aTmp, /* Temporary space to use */ + char **paPoslist, /* IN/OUT: Position list */ + int *pnToken, /* IN/OUT: Tokens in phrase of *paPoslist */ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase /* The phrase object to trim the doclist of */ +){ + int nParam1 = nNear + pPhrase->nToken; + int nParam2 = nNear + *pnToken; + int nNew; + char *p2; + char *pOut; + int res; + + assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList ); + + p2 = pOut = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + res = fts3PoslistNearMerge( + &pOut, aTmp, nParam1, nParam2, paPoslist, &p2 + ); + if( res ){ + nNew = (int)(pOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList) - 1; + assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew]=='\0' ); + assert( nNew<=pPhrase->doclist.nList && nNew>0 ); + memset(&pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew], 0, pPhrase->doclist.nList - nNew); + pPhrase->doclist.nList = nNew; + *paPoslist = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + *pnToken = pPhrase->nToken; + } + + return res; +} + +/* +** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is called. +** Otherwise, it advances the expression passed as the second argument to +** point to the next matching row in the database. Expressions iterate through +** matching rows in docid order. Ascending order if Fts3Cursor.bDesc is zero, +** or descending if it is non-zero. +** +** If an error occurs, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code. Otherwise, if +** successful, the following variables in pExpr are set: +** +** Fts3Expr.bEof (non-zero if EOF - there is no next row) +** Fts3Expr.iDocid (valid if bEof==0. The docid of the next row) +** +** If the expression is of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE, and the expression is not +** at EOF, then the following variables are populated with the position list +** for the phrase for the visited row: +** +** FTs3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.nList (length of pList in bytes) +** FTs3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList (pointer to position list) +** +** It says above that this function advances the expression to the next +** matching row. This is usually true, but there are the following exceptions: +** +** 1. Deferred tokens are not taken into account. If a phrase consists +** entirely of deferred tokens, it is assumed to match every row in +** the db. In this case the position-list is not populated at all. +** +** Or, if a phrase contains one or more deferred tokens and one or +** more non-deferred tokens, then the expression is advanced to the +** next possible match, considering only non-deferred tokens. In other +** words, if the phrase is "A B C", and "B" is deferred, the expression +** is advanced to the next row that contains an instance of "A * C", +** where "*" may match any single token. The position list in this case +** is populated as for "A * C" before returning. +** +** 2. NEAR is treated as AND. If the expression is "x NEAR y", it is +** advanced to point to the next row that matches "x AND y". +** +** See sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred() for details on testing if a row is +** really a match, taking into account deferred tokens and NEAR operators. +*/ +static void fts3EvalNextRow( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expr. to advance to next matching row */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int bDescDoclist = pCsr->bDesc; /* Used by DOCID_CMP() macro */ + assert( pExpr->bEof==0 ); + pExpr->bStart = 1; + + switch( pExpr->eType ){ + case FTSQUERY_NEAR: + case FTSQUERY_AND: { + Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; + assert( !pLeft->bDeferred || !pRight->bDeferred ); + + if( pLeft->bDeferred ){ + /* LHS is entirely deferred. So we assume it matches every row. + ** Advance the RHS iterator to find the next row visited. */ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid; + pExpr->bEof = pRight->bEof; + }else if( pRight->bDeferred ){ + /* RHS is entirely deferred. So we assume it matches every row. + ** Advance the LHS iterator to find the next row visited. */ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; + pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof; + }else{ + /* Neither the RHS or LHS are deferred. */ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + while( !pLeft->bEof && !pRight->bEof && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid); + if( iDiff==0 ) break; + if( iDiff<0 ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + }else{ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + } + } + pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; + pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof || pRight->bEof); + if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && pExpr->bEof ){ + if( pRight->pPhrase && pRight->pPhrase->doclist.aAll ){ + Fts3Doclist *pDl = &pRight->pPhrase->doclist; + while( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && pRight->bEof==0 ){ + memset(pDl->pList, 0, pDl->nList); + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + } + } + if( pLeft->pPhrase && pLeft->pPhrase->doclist.aAll ){ + Fts3Doclist *pDl = &pLeft->pPhrase->doclist; + while( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && pLeft->bEof==0 ){ + memset(pDl->pList, 0, pDl->nList); + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + } + } + } + } + break; + } + + case FTSQUERY_OR: { + Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; + sqlite3_int64 iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid); + + assert( pLeft->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid ); + assert( pRight->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid ); + + if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 && iCmp<0) ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + }else if( pLeft->bEof || (pRight->bEof==0 && iCmp>0) ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + }else{ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + } + + pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof && pRight->bEof); + iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid); + if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 && iCmp<0) ){ + pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; + }else{ + pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid; + } + + break; + } + + case FTSQUERY_NOT: { + Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; + + if( pRight->bStart==0 ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + assert( *pRc!=SQLITE_OK || pRight->bStart ); + } + + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); + if( pLeft->bEof==0 ){ + while( !*pRc + && !pRight->bEof + && DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid)>0 + ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); + } + } + pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; + pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof; + break; + } + + default: { + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); + *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseNext(pCsr, pPhrase, &pExpr->bEof); + pExpr->iDocid = pPhrase->doclist.iDocid; + break; + } + } + } +} + +/* +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK, or if pExpr is not the root node of a NEAR +** cluster, then this function returns 1 immediately. +** +** Otherwise, it checks if the current row really does match the NEAR +** expression, using the data currently stored in the position lists +** (Fts3Expr->pPhrase.doclist.pList/nList) for each phrase in the expression. +** +** If the current row is a match, the position list associated with each +** phrase in the NEAR expression is edited in place to contain only those +** phrase instances sufficiently close to their peers to satisfy all NEAR +** constraints. In this case it returns 1. If the NEAR expression does not +** match the current row, 0 is returned. The position lists may or may not +** be edited if 0 is returned. +*/ +static int fts3EvalNearTest(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int *pRc){ + int res = 1; + + /* The following block runs if pExpr is the root of a NEAR query. + ** For example, the query: + ** + ** "w" NEAR "x" NEAR "y" NEAR "z" + ** + ** which is represented in tree form as: + ** + ** | + ** +--NEAR--+ <-- root of NEAR query + ** | | + ** +--NEAR--+ "z" + ** | | + ** +--NEAR--+ "y" + ** | | + ** "w" "x" + ** + ** The right-hand child of a NEAR node is always a phrase. The + ** left-hand child may be either a phrase or a NEAR node. There are + ** no exceptions to this - it's the way the parser in fts3_expr.c works. + */ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK + && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR + && pExpr->bEof==0 + && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR) + ){ + Fts3Expr *p; + int nTmp = 0; /* Bytes of temp space */ + char *aTmp; /* Temp space for PoslistNearMerge() */ + + /* Allocate temporary working space. */ + for(p=pExpr; p->pLeft; p=p->pLeft){ + nTmp += p->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.nList; + } + nTmp += p->pPhrase->doclist.nList; + if( nTmp==0 ){ + res = 0; + }else{ + aTmp = sqlite3_malloc(nTmp*2); + if( !aTmp ){ + *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + res = 0; + }else{ + char *aPoslist = p->pPhrase->doclist.pList; + int nToken = p->pPhrase->nToken; + + for(p=p->pParent;res && p && p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR; p=p->pParent){ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = p->pRight->pPhrase; + int nNear = p->nNear; + res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase); + } + + aPoslist = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.pList; + nToken = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->nToken; + for(p=pExpr->pLeft; p && res; p=p->pLeft){ + int nNear; + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; + assert( p->pParent && p->pParent->pLeft==p ); + nNear = p->pParent->nNear; + pPhrase = ( + p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ? p->pRight->pPhrase : p->pPhrase + ); + res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase); + } + } + + sqlite3_free(aTmp); + } + } + + return res; +} + +/* +** This function is a helper function for sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(). +** Assuming no error occurs or has occurred, It returns non-zero if the +** expression passed as the second argument matches the row that pCsr +** currently points to, or zero if it does not. +** +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** If an error occurs during execution of this function, *pRc is set to +** the appropriate SQLite error code. In this case the returned value is +** undefined. +*/ +static int fts3EvalTestExpr( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expr to test. May or may not be root. */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + int bHit = 1; /* Return value */ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + switch( pExpr->eType ){ + case FTSQUERY_NEAR: + case FTSQUERY_AND: + bHit = ( + fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc) + && fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc) + && fts3EvalNearTest(pExpr, pRc) + ); + + /* If the NEAR expression does not match any rows, zero the doclist for + ** all phrases involved in the NEAR. This is because the snippet(), + ** offsets() and matchinfo() functions are not supposed to recognize + ** any instances of phrases that are part of unmatched NEAR queries. + ** For example if this expression: + ** + ** ... MATCH 'a OR (b NEAR c)' + ** + ** is matched against a row containing: + ** + ** 'a b d e' + ** + ** then any snippet() should ony highlight the "a" term, not the "b" + ** (as "b" is part of a non-matching NEAR clause). + */ + if( bHit==0 + && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR + && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR) + ){ + Fts3Expr *p; + for(p=pExpr; p->pPhrase==0; p=p->pLeft){ + if( p->pRight->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){ + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(p->pRight->pPhrase); + } + } + if( p->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){ + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(p->pPhrase); + } + } + + break; + + case FTSQUERY_OR: { + int bHit1 = fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc); + int bHit2 = fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc); + bHit = bHit1 || bHit2; + break; + } + + case FTSQUERY_NOT: + bHit = ( + fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc) + && !fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc) + ); + break; + + default: { +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED + if( pCsr->pDeferred + && (pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bDeferred) + ){ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + assert( pExpr->bDeferred || pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 ); + if( pExpr->bDeferred ){ + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); + } + *pRc = fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(pCsr, pPhrase); + bHit = (pPhrase->doclist.pList!=0); + pExpr->iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId; + }else +#endif + { + bHit = (pExpr->bEof==0 && pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId); + } + break; + } + } + } + return bHit; +} + +/* +** This function is called as the second part of each xNext operation when +** iterating through the results of a full-text query. At this point the +** cursor points to a row that matches the query expression, with the +** following caveats: +** +** * Up until this point, "NEAR" operators in the expression have been +** treated as "AND". +** +** * Deferred tokens have not yet been considered. +** +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it immediately +** returns 0. Otherwise, it tests whether or not after considering NEAR +** operators and deferred tokens the current row is still a match for the +** expression. It returns 1 if both of the following are true: +** +** 1. *pRc is SQLITE_OK when this function returns, and +** +** 2. After scanning the current FTS table row for the deferred tokens, +** it is determined that the row does *not* match the query. +** +** Or, if no error occurs and it seems the current row does match the FTS +** query, return 0. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pRc){ + int rc = *pRc; + int bMiss = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + + /* If there are one or more deferred tokens, load the current row into + ** memory and scan it to determine the position list for each deferred + ** token. Then, see if this row is really a match, considering deferred + ** tokens and NEAR operators (neither of which were taken into account + ** earlier, by fts3EvalNextRow()). + */ + if( pCsr->pDeferred ){ + rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(pCsr); + } + } + bMiss = (0==fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &rc)); + + /* Free the position-lists accumulated for each deferred token above. */ + sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(pCsr); + *pRc = rc; + } + return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bMiss); +} + +/* +** Advance to the next document that matches the FTS expression in +** Fts3Cursor.pExpr. +*/ +static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr = pCsr->pExpr; + assert( pCsr->isEof==0 ); + if( pExpr==0 ){ + pCsr->isEof = 1; + }else{ + do { + if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ){ + sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); + } + assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 ); + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pExpr, &rc); + pCsr->isEof = pExpr->bEof; + pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1; + pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1; + pCsr->iPrevId = pExpr->iDocid; + }while( pCsr->isEof==0 && sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(pCsr, &rc) ); + } + + /* Check if the cursor is past the end of the docid range specified + ** by Fts3Cursor.iMinDocid/iMaxDocid. If so, set the EOF flag. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ( + (pCsr->bDesc==0 && pCsr->iPrevId>pCsr->iMaxDocid) + || (pCsr->bDesc!=0 && pCsr->iPrevId<pCsr->iMinDocid) + )){ + pCsr->isEof = 1; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Restart interation for expression pExpr so that the next call to +** fts3EvalNext() visits the first row. Do not allow incremental +** loading or merging of phrase doclists for this iteration. +** +** If *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is +** a no-op. If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an +** SQLite error code before returning. +*/ +static void fts3EvalRestart( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, + Fts3Expr *pExpr, + int *pRc +){ + if( pExpr && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + + if( pPhrase ){ + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); + if( pPhrase->bIncr ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[i]; + assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 ); + if( pToken->pSegcsr ){ + sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(pToken->pSegcsr); + } + } + *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, 0, pPhrase); + } + pPhrase->doclist.pNextDocid = 0; + pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = 0; + pPhrase->pOrPoslist = 0; + } + + pExpr->iDocid = 0; + pExpr->bEof = 0; + pExpr->bStart = 0; + + fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc); + fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc); + } +} + +/* +** After allocating the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for each phrase in the +** expression rooted at pExpr, the cursor iterates through all rows matched +** by pExpr, calling this function for each row. This function increments +** the values in Fts3Expr.aMI[] according to the position-list currently +** found in Fts3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList for each of the phrase +** expression nodes. +*/ +static void fts3EvalUpdateCounts(Fts3Expr *pExpr){ + if( pExpr ){ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + if( pPhrase && pPhrase->doclist.pList ){ + int iCol = 0; + char *p = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + + assert( *p ); + while( 1 ){ + u8 c = 0; + int iCnt = 0; + while( 0xFE & (*p | c) ){ + if( (c&0x80)==0 ) iCnt++; + c = *p++ & 0x80; + } + + /* aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences + ** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance + */ + pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1] += iCnt; + pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2] += (iCnt>0); + if( *p==0x00 ) break; + p++; + p += fts3GetVarint32(p, &iCol); + } + } + + fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pLeft); + fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pRight); + } +} + +/* +** Expression pExpr must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE. +** +** If it is not already allocated and populated, this function allocates and +** populates the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for expression pExpr. If pExpr is part +** of a NEAR expression, then it also allocates and populates the same array +** for all other phrases that are part of the NEAR expression. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the aMI[] array is successfully allocated and +** populated. Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. +*/ +static int fts3EvalGatherStats( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr /* FTSQUERY_PHRASE expression */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + + assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); + if( pExpr->aMI==0 ){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + Fts3Expr *pRoot; /* Root of NEAR expression */ + Fts3Expr *p; /* Iterator used for several purposes */ + + sqlite3_int64 iPrevId = pCsr->iPrevId; + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; + u8 bEof; + + /* Find the root of the NEAR expression */ + pRoot = pExpr; + while( pRoot->pParent && pRoot->pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ + pRoot = pRoot->pParent; + } + iDocid = pRoot->iDocid; + bEof = pRoot->bEof; + assert( pRoot->bStart ); + + /* Allocate space for the aMSI[] array of each FTSQUERY_PHRASE node */ + for(p=pRoot; p; p=p->pLeft){ + Fts3Expr *pE = (p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE?p:p->pRight); + assert( pE->aMI==0 ); + pE->aMI = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32)); + if( !pE->aMI ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pE->aMI, 0, pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32)); + } + + fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pRoot, &rc); + + while( pCsr->isEof==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + + do { + /* Ensure the %_content statement is reset. */ + if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ) sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); + assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 ); + + /* Advance to the next document */ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRoot, &rc); + pCsr->isEof = pRoot->bEof; + pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1; + pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1; + pCsr->iPrevId = pRoot->iDocid; + }while( pCsr->isEof==0 + && pRoot->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR + && sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(pCsr, &rc) + ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->isEof==0 ){ + fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pRoot); + } + } + + pCsr->isEof = 0; + pCsr->iPrevId = iPrevId; + + if( bEof ){ + pRoot->bEof = bEof; + }else{ + /* Caution: pRoot may iterate through docids in ascending or descending + ** order. For this reason, even though it seems more defensive, the + ** do loop can not be written: + ** + ** do {...} while( pRoot->iDocid<iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK ); + */ + fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pRoot, &rc); + do { + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRoot, &rc); + assert( pRoot->bEof==0 ); + }while( pRoot->iDocid!=iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK ); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is used by the matchinfo() module to query a phrase +** expression node for the following information: +** +** 1. The total number of occurrences of the phrase in each column of +** the FTS table (considering all rows), and +** +** 2. For each column, the number of rows in the table for which the +** column contains at least one instance of the phrase. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the values for each column +** written into the array aiOut as follows: +** +** aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences +** aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance +** +** Caveats: +** +** * If a phrase consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all output +** values are set to the number of documents in the table. In other +** words we assume that very common tokens occur exactly once in each +** column of each row of the table. +** +** * If a phrase contains some deferred tokens (and some non-deferred +** tokens), count the potential occurrence identified by considering +** the non-deferred tokens instead of actual phrase occurrences. +** +** * If the phrase is part of a NEAR expression, then only phrase instances +** that meet the NEAR constraint are included in the counts. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression */ + u32 *aiOut /* Array to write results into (see above) */ +){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int iCol; + + if( pExpr->bDeferred && pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ + assert( pCsr->nDoc>0 ); + for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){ + aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc; + aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc; + } + }else{ + rc = fts3EvalGatherStats(pCsr, pExpr); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( pExpr->aMI ); + for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){ + aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1]; + aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2]; + } + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** The expression pExpr passed as the second argument to this function +** must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE. +** +** The returned value is either NULL or a pointer to a buffer containing +** a position-list indicating the occurrences of the phrase in column iCol +** of the current row. +** +** More specifically, the returned buffer contains 1 varint for each +** occurrence of the phrase in the column, stored using the normal (delta+2) +** compression and is terminated by either an 0x01 or 0x00 byte. For example, +** if the requested column contains "a b X c d X X" and the position-list +** for 'X' is requested, the buffer returned may contain: +** +** 0x04 0x05 0x03 0x01 or 0x04 0x05 0x03 0x00 +** +** This function works regardless of whether or not the phrase is deferred, +** incremental, or neither. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 cursor object */ + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase to return doclist for */ + int iCol, /* Column to return position list for */ + char **ppOut /* OUT: Pointer to position list */ +){ + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + char *pIter; + int iThis; + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; + + /* If this phrase is applies specifically to some column other than + ** column iCol, return a NULL pointer. */ + *ppOut = 0; + assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nColumn ); + if( (pPhrase->iColumn<pTab->nColumn && pPhrase->iColumn!=iCol) ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + iDocid = pExpr->iDocid; + pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + if( iDocid!=pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bEof ){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int bDescDoclist = pTab->bDescIdx; /* For DOCID_CMP macro */ + int bOr = 0; + u8 bTreeEof = 0; + Fts3Expr *p; /* Used to iterate from pExpr to root */ + Fts3Expr *pNear; /* Most senior NEAR ancestor (or pExpr) */ + int bMatch; + + /* Check if this phrase descends from an OR expression node. If not, + ** return NULL. Otherwise, the entry that corresponds to docid + ** pCsr->iPrevId may lie earlier in the doclist buffer. Or, if the + ** tree that the node is part of has been marked as EOF, but the node + ** itself is not EOF, then it may point to an earlier entry. */ + pNear = pExpr; + for(p=pExpr->pParent; p; p=p->pParent){ + if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ) bOr = 1; + if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ) pNear = p; + if( p->bEof ) bTreeEof = 1; + } + if( bOr==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + + /* This is the descendent of an OR node. In this case we cannot use + ** an incremental phrase. Load the entire doclist for the phrase + ** into memory in this case. */ + if( pPhrase->bIncr ){ + int bEofSave = pNear->bEof; + fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pNear, &rc); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pNear->bEof ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pNear, &rc); + if( bEofSave==0 && pNear->iDocid==iDocid ) break; + } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPhrase->bIncr==0 ); + } + if( bTreeEof ){ + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pNear->bEof ){ + fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pNear, &rc); + } + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + bMatch = 1; + for(p=pNear; p; p=p->pLeft){ + u8 bEof = 0; + Fts3Expr *pTest = p; + Fts3Phrase *pPh; + assert( pTest->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR || pTest->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); + if( pTest->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ) pTest = pTest->pRight; + assert( pTest->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); + pPh = pTest->pPhrase; + + pIter = pPh->pOrPoslist; + iDocid = pPh->iOrDocid; + if( pCsr->bDesc==bDescDoclist ){ + bEof = !pPh->doclist.nAll || + (pIter >= (pPh->doclist.aAll + pPh->doclist.nAll)); + while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)<0 ) && bEof==0 ){ + sqlite3Fts3DoclistNext( + bDescDoclist, pPh->doclist.aAll, pPh->doclist.nAll, + &pIter, &iDocid, &bEof + ); + } + }else{ + bEof = !pPh->doclist.nAll || (pIter && pIter<=pPh->doclist.aAll); + while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)>0 ) && bEof==0 ){ + int dummy; + sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev( + bDescDoclist, pPh->doclist.aAll, pPh->doclist.nAll, + &pIter, &iDocid, &dummy, &bEof + ); + } + } + pPh->pOrPoslist = pIter; + pPh->iOrDocid = iDocid; + if( bEof || iDocid!=pCsr->iPrevId ) bMatch = 0; + } + + if( bMatch ){ + pIter = pPhrase->pOrPoslist; + }else{ + pIter = 0; + } + } + if( pIter==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + + if( *pIter==0x01 ){ + pIter++; + pIter += fts3GetVarint32(pIter, &iThis); + }else{ + iThis = 0; + } + while( iThis<iCol ){ + fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &pIter); + if( *pIter==0x00 ) return SQLITE_OK; + pIter++; + pIter += fts3GetVarint32(pIter, &iThis); + } + if( *pIter==0x00 ){ + pIter = 0; + } + + *ppOut = ((iCol==iThis)?pIter:0); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Free all components of the Fts3Phrase structure that were allocated by +** the eval module. Specifically, this means to free: +** +** * the contents of pPhrase->doclist, and +** * any Fts3MultiSegReader objects held by phrase tokens. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ + if( pPhrase ){ + int i; + sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.aAll); + fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); + memset(&pPhrase->doclist, 0, sizeof(Fts3Doclist)); + for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){ + fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr); + pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr = 0; + } + } +} + + +/* +** Return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Corrupt(){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; +} +#endif + +#if !SQLITE_CORE +/* +** Initialize API pointer table, if required. +*/ +#ifdef _WIN32 +__declspec(dllexport) +#endif +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_fts3_init( + sqlite3 *db, + char **pzErrMsg, + const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi +){ + SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi) + return sqlite3Fts3Init(db); +} +#endif + +#endif + +/************** End of fts3.c ************************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_aux.c ****************************************/ +/* +** 2011 Jan 27 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +*/ +/* #include "fts3Int.h" */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* #include <string.h> */ +/* #include <assert.h> */ + +typedef struct Fts3auxTable Fts3auxTable; +typedef struct Fts3auxCursor Fts3auxCursor; + +struct Fts3auxTable { + sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + Fts3Table *pFts3Tab; +}; + +struct Fts3auxCursor { + sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + Fts3MultiSegReader csr; /* Must be right after "base" */ + Fts3SegFilter filter; + char *zStop; + int nStop; /* Byte-length of string zStop */ + int iLangid; /* Language id to query */ + int isEof; /* True if cursor is at EOF */ + sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Current rowid */ + + int iCol; /* Current value of 'col' column */ + int nStat; /* Size of aStat[] array */ + struct Fts3auxColstats { + sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* 'documents' values for current csr row */ + sqlite3_int64 nOcc; /* 'occurrences' values for current csr row */ + } *aStat; +}; + +/* +** Schema of the terms table. +*/ +#define FTS3_AUX_SCHEMA \ + "CREATE TABLE x(term, col, documents, occurrences, languageid HIDDEN)" + +/* +** This function does all the work for both the xConnect and xCreate methods. +** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xConnect +** and xCreate are identical operations. +*/ +static int fts3auxConnectMethod( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + void *pUnused, /* Unused */ + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ + const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ +){ + char const *zDb; /* Name of database (e.g. "main") */ + char const *zFts3; /* Name of fts3 table */ + int nDb; /* Result of strlen(zDb) */ + int nFts3; /* Result of strlen(zFts3) */ + int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate here */ + int rc; /* value returned by declare_vtab() */ + Fts3auxTable *p; /* Virtual table object to return */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pUnused); + + /* The user should invoke this in one of two forms: + ** + ** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE xxx USING fts4aux(fts4-table); + ** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE xxx USING fts4aux(fts4-table-db, fts4-table); + */ + if( argc!=4 && argc!=5 ) goto bad_args; + + zDb = argv[1]; + nDb = (int)strlen(zDb); + if( argc==5 ){ + if( nDb==4 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp("temp", zDb, 4) ){ + zDb = argv[3]; + nDb = (int)strlen(zDb); + zFts3 = argv[4]; + }else{ + goto bad_args; + } + }else{ + zFts3 = argv[3]; + } + nFts3 = (int)strlen(zFts3); + + rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, FTS3_AUX_SCHEMA); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + nByte = sizeof(Fts3auxTable) + sizeof(Fts3Table) + nDb + nFts3 + 2; + p = (Fts3auxTable *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( !p ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(p, 0, nByte); + + p->pFts3Tab = (Fts3Table *)&p[1]; + p->pFts3Tab->zDb = (char *)&p->pFts3Tab[1]; + p->pFts3Tab->zName = &p->pFts3Tab->zDb[nDb+1]; + p->pFts3Tab->db = db; + p->pFts3Tab->nIndex = 1; + + memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zDb, zDb, nDb); + memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName, zFts3, nFts3); + sqlite3Fts3Dequote((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName); + + *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)p; + return SQLITE_OK; + + bad_args: + sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "invalid arguments to fts4aux constructor"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; +} + +/* +** This function does the work for both the xDisconnect and xDestroy methods. +** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xDisconnect +** and xDestroy are identical operations. +*/ +static int fts3auxDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts3auxTable *p = (Fts3auxTable *)pVtab; + Fts3Table *pFts3 = p->pFts3Tab; + int i; + + /* Free any prepared statements held */ + for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(pFts3->aStmt); i++){ + sqlite3_finalize(pFts3->aStmt[i]); + } + sqlite3_free(pFts3->zSegmentsTbl); + sqlite3_free(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#define FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT 1 +#define FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT 2 +#define FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT 4 + +/* +** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause. +*/ +static int fts3auxBestIndexMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, + sqlite3_index_info *pInfo +){ + int i; + int iEq = -1; + int iGe = -1; + int iLe = -1; + int iLangid = -1; + int iNext = 1; /* Next free argvIndex value */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); + + /* This vtab delivers always results in "ORDER BY term ASC" order. */ + if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 + && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0 + && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0 + ){ + pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1; + } + + /* Search for equality and range constraints on the "term" column. + ** And equality constraints on the hidden "languageid" column. */ + for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){ + if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable ){ + int op = pInfo->aConstraint[i].op; + int iCol = pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn; + + if( iCol==0 ){ + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iEq = i; + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ) iLe = i; + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ) iLe = i; + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ) iGe = i; + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ) iGe = i; + } + if( iCol==4 ){ + if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iLangid = i; + } + } + } + + if( iEq>=0 ){ + pInfo->idxNum = FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iEq].argvIndex = iNext++; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 5; + }else{ + pInfo->idxNum = 0; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 20000; + if( iGe>=0 ){ + pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iGe].argvIndex = iNext++; + pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2; + } + if( iLe>=0 ){ + pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLe].argvIndex = iNext++; + pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2; + } + } + if( iLangid>=0 ){ + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLangid].argvIndex = iNext++; + pInfo->estimatedCost--; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** xOpen - Open a cursor. +*/ +static int fts3auxOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){ + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr; /* Pointer to cursor object to return */ + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); + + pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3auxCursor)); + if( !pCsr ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3auxCursor)); + + *ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** xClose - Close a cursor. +*/ +static int fts3auxCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab; + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; + + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pFts3); + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr); + sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->zStop); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat); + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static int fts3auxGrowStatArray(Fts3auxCursor *pCsr, int nSize){ + if( nSize>pCsr->nStat ){ + struct Fts3auxColstats *aNew; + aNew = (struct Fts3auxColstats *)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aStat, + sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * nSize + ); + if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(&aNew[pCsr->nStat], 0, + sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * (nSize - pCsr->nStat) + ); + pCsr->aStat = aNew; + pCsr->nStat = nSize; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any. +*/ +static int fts3auxNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; + Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab; + int rc; + + /* Increment our pretend rowid value. */ + pCsr->iRowid++; + + for(pCsr->iCol++; pCsr->iCol<pCsr->nStat; pCsr->iCol++){ + if( pCsr->aStat[pCsr->iCol].nDoc>0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + } + + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(pFts3, &pCsr->csr); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + int i = 0; + int nDoclist = pCsr->csr.nDoclist; + char *aDoclist = pCsr->csr.aDoclist; + int iCol; + + int eState = 0; + + if( pCsr->zStop ){ + int n = (pCsr->nStop<pCsr->csr.nTerm) ? pCsr->nStop : pCsr->csr.nTerm; + int mc = memcmp(pCsr->zStop, pCsr->csr.zTerm, n); + if( mc<0 || (mc==0 && pCsr->csr.nTerm>pCsr->nStop) ){ + pCsr->isEof = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, 2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pCsr->aStat, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * pCsr->nStat); + iCol = 0; + + while( i<nDoclist ){ + sqlite3_int64 v = 0; + + i += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&aDoclist[i], &v); + switch( eState ){ + /* State 0. In this state the integer just read was a docid. */ + case 0: + pCsr->aStat[0].nDoc++; + eState = 1; + iCol = 0; + break; + + /* State 1. In this state we are expecting either a 1, indicating + ** that the following integer will be a column number, or the + ** start of a position list for column 0. + ** + ** The only difference between state 1 and state 2 is that if the + ** integer encountered in state 1 is not 0 or 1, then we need to + ** increment the column 0 "nDoc" count for this term. + */ + case 1: + assert( iCol==0 ); + if( v>1 ){ + pCsr->aStat[1].nDoc++; + } + eState = 2; + /* fall through */ + + case 2: + if( v==0 ){ /* 0x00. Next integer will be a docid. */ + eState = 0; + }else if( v==1 ){ /* 0x01. Next integer will be a column number. */ + eState = 3; + }else{ /* 2 or greater. A position. */ + pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nOcc++; + pCsr->aStat[0].nOcc++; + } + break; + + /* State 3. The integer just read is a column number. */ + default: assert( eState==3 ); + iCol = (int)v; + if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, iCol+2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nDoc++; + eState = 2; + break; + } + } + + pCsr->iCol = 0; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + pCsr->isEof = 1; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data. +*/ +static int fts3auxFilterMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */ + int idxNum, /* Strategy index */ + const char *idxStr, /* Unused */ + int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */ +){ + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; + Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab; + int rc; + int isScan = 0; + int iLangVal = 0; /* Language id to query */ + + int iEq = -1; /* Index of term=? value in apVal */ + int iGe = -1; /* Index of term>=? value in apVal */ + int iLe = -1; /* Index of term<=? value in apVal */ + int iLangid = -1; /* Index of languageid=? value in apVal */ + int iNext = 0; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr); + + assert( idxStr==0 ); + assert( idxNum==FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==0 + || idxNum==FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT + || idxNum==(FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT|FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT) + ); + + if( idxNum==FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT ){ + iEq = iNext++; + }else{ + isScan = 1; + if( idxNum & FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT ){ + iGe = iNext++; + } + if( idxNum & FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT ){ + iLe = iNext++; + } + } + if( iNext<nVal ){ + iLangid = iNext++; + } + + /* In case this cursor is being reused, close and zero it. */ + testcase(pCsr->filter.zTerm); + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr); + sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat); + memset(&pCsr->csr, 0, ((u8*)&pCsr[1]) - (u8*)&pCsr->csr); + + pCsr->filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS|FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY; + if( isScan ) pCsr->filter.flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN; + + if( iEq>=0 || iGe>=0 ){ + const unsigned char *zStr = sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]); + assert( (iEq==0 && iGe==-1) || (iEq==-1 && iGe==0) ); + if( zStr ){ + pCsr->filter.zTerm = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zStr); + pCsr->filter.nTerm = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[0]); + if( pCsr->filter.zTerm==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + + if( iLe>=0 ){ + pCsr->zStop = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_value_text(apVal[iLe])); + pCsr->nStop = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[iLe]); + if( pCsr->zStop==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + if( iLangid>=0 ){ + iLangVal = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[iLangid]); + + /* If the user specified a negative value for the languageid, use zero + ** instead. This works, as the "languageid=?" constraint will also + ** be tested by the VDBE layer. The test will always be false (since + ** this module will not return a row with a negative languageid), and + ** so the overall query will return zero rows. */ + if( iLangVal<0 ) iLangVal = 0; + } + pCsr->iLangid = iLangVal; + + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(pFts3, iLangVal, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, + pCsr->filter.zTerm, pCsr->filter.nTerm, 0, isScan, &pCsr->csr + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(pFts3, &pCsr->csr, &pCsr->filter); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3auxNextMethod(pCursor); + return rc; +} + +/* +** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise. +*/ +static int fts3auxEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; + return pCsr->isEof; +} + +/* +** xColumn - Return a column value. +*/ +static int fts3auxColumnMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */ + int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */ +){ + Fts3auxCursor *p = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; + + assert( p->isEof==0 ); + switch( iCol ){ + case 0: /* term */ + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, p->csr.zTerm, p->csr.nTerm, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + break; + + case 1: /* col */ + if( p->iCol ){ + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, p->iCol-1); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "*", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + } + break; + + case 2: /* documents */ + sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->aStat[p->iCol].nDoc); + break; + + case 3: /* occurrences */ + sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->aStat[p->iCol].nOcc); + break; + + default: /* languageid */ + assert( iCol==4 ); + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, p->iLangid); + break; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor. +*/ +static int fts3auxRowidMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ + sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: Rowid value */ +){ + Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; + *pRowid = pCsr->iRowid; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Register the fts3aux module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK +** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db){ + static const sqlite3_module fts3aux_module = { + 0, /* iVersion */ + fts3auxConnectMethod, /* xCreate */ + fts3auxConnectMethod, /* xConnect */ + fts3auxBestIndexMethod, /* xBestIndex */ + fts3auxDisconnectMethod, /* xDisconnect */ + fts3auxDisconnectMethod, /* xDestroy */ + fts3auxOpenMethod, /* xOpen */ + fts3auxCloseMethod, /* xClose */ + fts3auxFilterMethod, /* xFilter */ + fts3auxNextMethod, /* xNext */ + fts3auxEofMethod, /* xEof */ + fts3auxColumnMethod, /* xColumn */ + fts3auxRowidMethod, /* xRowid */ + 0, /* xUpdate */ + 0, /* xBegin */ + 0, /* xSync */ + 0, /* xCommit */ + 0, /* xRollback */ + 0, /* xFindFunction */ + 0, /* xRename */ + 0, /* xSavepoint */ + 0, /* xRelease */ + 0 /* xRollbackTo */ + }; + int rc; /* Return code */ + + rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "fts4aux", &fts3aux_module, 0); + return rc; +} + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_aux.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_expr.c ***************************************/ +/* +** 2008 Nov 28 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This module contains code that implements a parser for fts3 query strings +** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported +** syntax is relatively simple, the whole tokenizer/parser system is +** hand-coded. +*/ +/* #include "fts3Int.h" */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* +** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been +** traditionally used by fts3. Or, if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS +** is defined, then it uses the new syntax. The differences between +** the new and the old syntaxes are: +** +** a) The new syntax supports parenthesis. The old does not. +** +** b) The new syntax supports the AND and NOT operators. The old does not. +** +** c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not +** supported by the new syntax (it is replaced by the NOT operator). +** +** d) When using the old syntax, the OR operator has a greater precedence +** than an implicit AND. When using the new, both implicity and explicit +** AND operators have a higher precedence than OR. +** +** If compiled with SQLITE_TEST defined, then this module exports the +** symbol "int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses". Setting this variable +** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to +** non-zero the new syntax is activated. This is so both syntaxes can +** be tested using a single build of testfixture. +** +** The following describes the syntax supported by the fts3 MATCH +** operator in a similar format to that used by the lemon parser +** generator. This module does not use actually lemon, it uses a +** custom parser. +** +** query ::= andexpr (OR andexpr)*. +** +** andexpr ::= notexpr (AND? notexpr)*. +** +** notexpr ::= nearexpr (NOT nearexpr|-TOKEN)*. +** notexpr ::= LP query RP. +** +** nearexpr ::= phrase (NEAR distance_opt nearexpr)*. +** +** distance_opt ::= . +** distance_opt ::= / INTEGER. +** +** phrase ::= TOKEN. +** phrase ::= COLUMN:TOKEN. +** phrase ::= "TOKEN TOKEN TOKEN...". +*/ + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses = 0; +#else +# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS +# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 1 +# else +# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* +** Default span for NEAR operators. +*/ +#define SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM 10 + +/* #include <string.h> */ +/* #include <assert.h> */ + +/* +** isNot: +** This variable is used by function getNextNode(). When getNextNode() is +** called, it sets ParseContext.isNot to true if the 'next node' is a +** FTSQUERY_PHRASE with a unary "-" attached to it. i.e. "mysql" in the +** FTS3 query "sqlite -mysql". Otherwise, ParseContext.isNot is set to +** zero. +*/ +typedef struct ParseContext ParseContext; +struct ParseContext { + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer module */ + int iLangid; /* Language id used with tokenizer */ + const char **azCol; /* Array of column names for fts3 table */ + int bFts4; /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */ + int nCol; /* Number of entries in azCol[] */ + int iDefaultCol; /* Default column to query */ + int isNot; /* True if getNextNode() sees a unary - */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx; /* Write error message here */ + int nNest; /* Number of nested brackets */ +}; + +/* +** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function. +** +** The standard isspace() can be awkward to use safely, because although it +** is defined to accept an argument of type int, its behavior when passed +** an integer that falls outside of the range of the unsigned char type +** is undefined (and sometimes, "undefined" means segfault). This wrapper +** is defined to accept an argument of type char, and always returns 0 for +** any values that fall outside of the range of the unsigned char type (i.e. +** negative values). +*/ +static int fts3isspace(char c){ + return c==' ' || c=='\t' || c=='\n' || c=='\r' || c=='\v' || c=='\f'; +} + +/* +** Allocate nByte bytes of memory using sqlite3_malloc(). If successful, +** zero the memory before returning a pointer to it. If unsuccessful, +** return NULL. +*/ +static void *fts3MallocZero(int nByte){ + void *pRet = sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( pRet ) memset(pRet, 0, nByte); + return pRet; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, + int iLangid, + const char *z, + int n, + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCsr +){ + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0; + int rc; + + rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, z, n, &pCsr); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pCsr==0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; + if( pModule->iVersion>=1 ){ + rc = pModule->xLanguageid(pCsr, iLangid); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + pModule->xClose(pCsr); + pCsr = 0; + } + } + } + *ppCsr = pCsr; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Function getNextNode(), which is called by fts3ExprParse(), may itself +** call fts3ExprParse(). So this forward declaration is required. +*/ +static int fts3ExprParse(ParseContext *, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, int *); + +/* +** Extract the next token from buffer z (length n) using the tokenizer +** and other information (column names etc.) in pParse. Create an Fts3Expr +** structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE containing a phrase consisting of this +** single token and set *ppExpr to point to it. If the end of the buffer is +** reached before a token is found, set *ppExpr to zero. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated +** Fts3Expr structure (if any) by passing it to sqlite3_free(). +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation +** fails. +*/ +static int getNextToken( + ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ + int iCol, /* Value for Fts3Phrase.iColumn */ + const char *z, int n, /* Input string */ + Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */ + int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */ +){ + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer; + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; + int rc; + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor; + Fts3Expr *pRet = 0; + int i = 0; + + /* Set variable i to the maximum number of bytes of input to tokenize. */ + for(i=0; i<n; i++){ + if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && (z[i]=='(' || z[i]==')') ) break; + if( z[i]=='"' ) break; + } + + *pnConsumed = i; + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, pParse->iLangid, z, i, &pCursor); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + const char *zToken; + int nToken = 0, iStart = 0, iEnd = 0, iPosition = 0; + int nByte; /* total space to allocate */ + + rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPosition); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase) + nToken; + pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(nByte); + if( !pRet ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + pRet->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE; + pRet->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&pRet[1]; + pRet->pPhrase->nToken = 1; + pRet->pPhrase->iColumn = iCol; + pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].n = nToken; + pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z = (char *)&pRet->pPhrase[1]; + memcpy(pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z, zToken, nToken); + + if( iEnd<n && z[iEnd]=='*' ){ + pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].isPrefix = 1; + iEnd++; + } + + while( 1 ){ + if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses + && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-' + ){ + pParse->isNot = 1; + iStart--; + }else if( pParse->bFts4 && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='^' ){ + pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].bFirst = 1; + iStart--; + }else{ + break; + } + } + + } + *pnConsumed = iEnd; + }else if( i && rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + pModule->xClose(pCursor); + } + + *ppExpr = pRet; + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Enlarge a memory allocation. If an out-of-memory allocation occurs, +** then free the old allocation. +*/ +static void *fts3ReallocOrFree(void *pOrig, int nNew){ + void *pRet = sqlite3_realloc(pOrig, nNew); + if( !pRet ){ + sqlite3_free(pOrig); + } + return pRet; +} + +/* +** Buffer zInput, length nInput, contains the contents of a quoted string +** that appeared as part of an fts3 query expression. Neither quote character +** is included in the buffer. This function attempts to tokenize the entire +** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE +** containing the results. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppExpr set to point at the +** allocated Fts3Expr structure. Otherwise, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out of memory +** error) or SQLITE_ERROR (tokenization error) is returned and *ppExpr set +** to 0. +*/ +static int getNextString( + ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ + const char *zInput, int nInput, /* Input string */ + Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: expression */ +){ + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer; + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; + int rc; + Fts3Expr *p = 0; + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor = 0; + char *zTemp = 0; + int nTemp = 0; + + const int nSpace = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase); + int nToken = 0; + + /* The final Fts3Expr data structure, including the Fts3Phrase, + ** Fts3PhraseToken structures token buffers are all stored as a single + ** allocation so that the expression can be freed with a single call to + ** sqlite3_free(). Setting this up requires a two pass approach. + ** + ** The first pass, in the block below, uses a tokenizer cursor to iterate + ** through the tokens in the expression. This pass uses fts3ReallocOrFree() + ** to assemble data in two dynamic buffers: + ** + ** Buffer p: Points to the Fts3Expr structure, followed by the Fts3Phrase + ** structure, followed by the array of Fts3PhraseToken + ** structures. This pass only populates the Fts3PhraseToken array. + ** + ** Buffer zTemp: Contains copies of all tokens. + ** + ** The second pass, in the block that begins "if( rc==SQLITE_DONE )" below, + ** appends buffer zTemp to buffer p, and fills in the Fts3Expr and Fts3Phrase + ** structures. + */ + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer( + pTokenizer, pParse->iLangid, zInput, nInput, &pCursor); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int ii; + for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ + const char *zByte; + int nByte = 0, iBegin = 0, iEnd = 0, iPos = 0; + rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zByte, &nByte, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; + + p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + ii*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken)); + if( !p ) goto no_mem; + + zTemp = fts3ReallocOrFree(zTemp, nTemp + nByte); + if( !zTemp ) goto no_mem; + + assert( nToken==ii ); + pToken = &((Fts3Phrase *)(&p[1]))->aToken[ii]; + memset(pToken, 0, sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken)); + + memcpy(&zTemp[nTemp], zByte, nByte); + nTemp += nByte; + + pToken->n = nByte; + pToken->isPrefix = (iEnd<nInput && zInput[iEnd]=='*'); + pToken->bFirst = (iBegin>0 && zInput[iBegin-1]=='^'); + nToken = ii+1; + } + } + + pModule->xClose(pCursor); + pCursor = 0; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + int jj; + char *zBuf = 0; + + p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + nToken*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken) + nTemp); + if( !p ) goto no_mem; + memset(p, 0, (char *)&(((Fts3Phrase *)&p[1])->aToken[0])-(char *)p); + p->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE; + p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1]; + p->pPhrase->iColumn = pParse->iDefaultCol; + p->pPhrase->nToken = nToken; + + zBuf = (char *)&p->pPhrase->aToken[nToken]; + if( zTemp ){ + memcpy(zBuf, zTemp, nTemp); + sqlite3_free(zTemp); + }else{ + assert( nTemp==0 ); + } + + for(jj=0; jj<p->pPhrase->nToken; jj++){ + p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].z = zBuf; + zBuf += p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].n; + } + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + *ppExpr = p; + return rc; +no_mem: + + if( pCursor ){ + pModule->xClose(pCursor); + } + sqlite3_free(zTemp); + sqlite3_free(p); + *ppExpr = 0; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; +} + +/* +** The output variable *ppExpr is populated with an allocated Fts3Expr +** structure, or set to 0 if the end of the input buffer is reached. +** +** Returns an SQLite error code. SQLITE_OK if everything works, SQLITE_NOMEM +** if a malloc failure occurs, or SQLITE_ERROR if a parse error is encountered. +** If SQLITE_ERROR is returned, pContext is populated with an error message. +*/ +static int getNextNode( + ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ + const char *z, int n, /* Input string */ + Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */ + int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */ +){ + static const struct Fts3Keyword { + char *z; /* Keyword text */ + unsigned char n; /* Length of the keyword */ + unsigned char parenOnly; /* Only valid in paren mode */ + unsigned char eType; /* Keyword code */ + } aKeyword[] = { + { "OR" , 2, 0, FTSQUERY_OR }, + { "AND", 3, 1, FTSQUERY_AND }, + { "NOT", 3, 1, FTSQUERY_NOT }, + { "NEAR", 4, 0, FTSQUERY_NEAR } + }; + int ii; + int iCol; + int iColLen; + int rc; + Fts3Expr *pRet = 0; + + const char *zInput = z; + int nInput = n; + + pParse->isNot = 0; + + /* Skip over any whitespace before checking for a keyword, an open or + ** close bracket, or a quoted string. + */ + while( nInput>0 && fts3isspace(*zInput) ){ + nInput--; + zInput++; + } + if( nInput==0 ){ + return SQLITE_DONE; + } + + /* See if we are dealing with a keyword. */ + for(ii=0; ii<(int)(sizeof(aKeyword)/sizeof(struct Fts3Keyword)); ii++){ + const struct Fts3Keyword *pKey = &aKeyword[ii]; + + if( (pKey->parenOnly & ~sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses)!=0 ){ + continue; + } + + if( nInput>=pKey->n && 0==memcmp(zInput, pKey->z, pKey->n) ){ + int nNear = SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM; + int nKey = pKey->n; + char cNext; + + /* If this is a "NEAR" keyword, check for an explicit nearness. */ + if( pKey->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ + assert( nKey==4 ); + if( zInput[4]=='/' && zInput[5]>='0' && zInput[5]<='9' ){ + nNear = 0; + for(nKey=5; zInput[nKey]>='0' && zInput[nKey]<='9'; nKey++){ + nNear = nNear * 10 + (zInput[nKey] - '0'); + } + } + } + + /* At this point this is probably a keyword. But for that to be true, + ** the next byte must contain either whitespace, an open or close + ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF. + */ + cNext = zInput[nKey]; + if( fts3isspace(cNext) + || cNext=='"' || cNext=='(' || cNext==')' || cNext==0 + ){ + pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); + if( !pRet ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pRet->eType = pKey->eType; + pRet->nNear = nNear; + *ppExpr = pRet; + *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + nKey); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Turns out that wasn't a keyword after all. This happens if the + ** user has supplied a token such as "ORacle". Continue. + */ + } + } + + /* See if we are dealing with a quoted phrase. If this is the case, then + ** search for the closing quote and pass the whole string to getNextString() + ** for processing. This is easy to do, as fts3 has no syntax for escaping + ** a quote character embedded in a string. + */ + if( *zInput=='"' ){ + for(ii=1; ii<nInput && zInput[ii]!='"'; ii++); + *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + ii + 1); + if( ii==nInput ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + return getNextString(pParse, &zInput[1], ii-1, ppExpr); + } + + if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){ + if( *zInput=='(' ){ + int nConsumed = 0; + pParse->nNest++; + rc = fts3ExprParse(pParse, zInput+1, nInput-1, ppExpr, &nConsumed); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !*ppExpr ){ rc = SQLITE_DONE; } + *pnConsumed = (int)(zInput - z) + 1 + nConsumed; + return rc; + }else if( *zInput==')' ){ + pParse->nNest--; + *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + 1); + *ppExpr = 0; + return SQLITE_DONE; + } + } + + /* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or + ** the end of the input. Read a regular token using the sqlite3_tokenizer + ** interface. Before doing so, figure out if there is an explicit + ** column specifier for the token. + ** + ** TODO: Strangely, it is not possible to associate a column specifier + ** with a quoted phrase, only with a single token. Not sure if this was + ** an implementation artifact or an intentional decision when fts3 was + ** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the + ** limitation. + */ + iCol = pParse->iDefaultCol; + iColLen = 0; + for(ii=0; ii<pParse->nCol; ii++){ + const char *zStr = pParse->azCol[ii]; + int nStr = (int)strlen(zStr); + if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':' + && sqlite3_strnicmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0 + ){ + iCol = ii; + iColLen = (int)((zInput - z) + nStr + 1); + break; + } + } + rc = getNextToken(pParse, iCol, &z[iColLen], n-iColLen, ppExpr, pnConsumed); + *pnConsumed += iColLen; + return rc; +} + +/* +** The argument is an Fts3Expr structure for a binary operator (any type +** except an FTSQUERY_PHRASE). Return an integer value representing the +** precedence of the operator. Lower values have a higher precedence (i.e. +** group more tightly). For example, in the C language, the == operator +** groups more tightly than ||, and would therefore have a higher precedence. +** +** When using the new fts3 query syntax (when SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS +** is defined), the order of the operators in precedence from highest to +** lowest is: +** +** NEAR +** NOT +** AND (including implicit ANDs) +** OR +** +** Note that when using the old query syntax, the OR operator has a higher +** precedence than the AND operator. +*/ +static int opPrecedence(Fts3Expr *p){ + assert( p->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); + if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){ + return p->eType; + }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ + return 1; + }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){ + return 2; + } + assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_AND ); + return 3; +} + +/* +** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query +** expression tree being parsed. pPrev is the expression node most recently +** inserted into the tree. This function adds pNew, which is always a binary +** operator node, into the expression tree based on the relative precedence +** of pNew and the existing nodes of the tree. This may result in the head +** of the tree changing, in which case *ppHead is set to the new root node. +*/ +static void insertBinaryOperator( + Fts3Expr **ppHead, /* Pointer to the root node of a tree */ + Fts3Expr *pPrev, /* Node most recently inserted into the tree */ + Fts3Expr *pNew /* New binary node to insert into expression tree */ +){ + Fts3Expr *pSplit = pPrev; + while( pSplit->pParent && opPrecedence(pSplit->pParent)<=opPrecedence(pNew) ){ + pSplit = pSplit->pParent; + } + + if( pSplit->pParent ){ + assert( pSplit->pParent->pRight==pSplit ); + pSplit->pParent->pRight = pNew; + pNew->pParent = pSplit->pParent; + }else{ + *ppHead = pNew; + } + pNew->pLeft = pSplit; + pSplit->pParent = pNew; +} + +/* +** Parse the fts3 query expression found in buffer z, length n. This function +** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched +** closing bracket - ')' - is encountered. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned, *ppExpr is set to point to the +** parsed form of the expression and *pnConsumed is set to the number of +** bytes read from buffer z. Otherwise, *ppExpr is set to 0 and SQLITE_NOMEM +** (out of memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse error) is returned. +*/ +static int fts3ExprParse( + ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ + const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */ + Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: Parsed query structure */ + int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */ +){ + Fts3Expr *pRet = 0; + Fts3Expr *pPrev = 0; + Fts3Expr *pNotBranch = 0; /* Only used in legacy parse mode */ + int nIn = n; + const char *zIn = z; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int isRequirePhrase = 1; + + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Fts3Expr *p = 0; + int nByte = 0; + + rc = getNextNode(pParse, zIn, nIn, &p, &nByte); + assert( nByte>0 || (rc!=SQLITE_OK && p==0) ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( p ){ + int isPhrase; + + if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses + && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && pParse->isNot + ){ + /* Create an implicit NOT operator. */ + Fts3Expr *pNot = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); + if( !pNot ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto exprparse_out; + } + pNot->eType = FTSQUERY_NOT; + pNot->pRight = p; + p->pParent = pNot; + if( pNotBranch ){ + pNot->pLeft = pNotBranch; + pNotBranch->pParent = pNot; + } + pNotBranch = pNot; + p = pPrev; + }else{ + int eType = p->eType; + isPhrase = (eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pLeft); + + /* The isRequirePhrase variable is set to true if a phrase or + ** an expression contained in parenthesis is required. If a + ** binary operator (AND, OR, NOT or NEAR) is encounted when + ** isRequirePhrase is set, this is a syntax error. + */ + if( !isPhrase && isRequirePhrase ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto exprparse_out; + } + + if( isPhrase && !isRequirePhrase ){ + /* Insert an implicit AND operator. */ + Fts3Expr *pAnd; + assert( pRet && pPrev ); + pAnd = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); + if( !pAnd ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto exprparse_out; + } + pAnd->eType = FTSQUERY_AND; + insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, pAnd); + pPrev = pAnd; + } + + /* This test catches attempts to make either operand of a NEAR + ** operator something other than a phrase. For example, either of + ** the following: + ** + ** (bracketed expression) NEAR phrase + ** phrase NEAR (bracketed expression) + ** + ** Return an error in either case. + */ + if( pPrev && ( + (eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && !isPhrase && pPrev->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE) + || (eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE && isPhrase && pPrev->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR) + )){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto exprparse_out; + } + + if( isPhrase ){ + if( pRet ){ + assert( pPrev && pPrev->pLeft && pPrev->pRight==0 ); + pPrev->pRight = p; + p->pParent = pPrev; + }else{ + pRet = p; + } + }else{ + insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, p); + } + isRequirePhrase = !isPhrase; + } + pPrev = p; + } + assert( nByte>0 ); + } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (nByte>0 && nByte<=nIn) ); + nIn -= nByte; + zIn += nByte; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pRet && isRequirePhrase ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && pNotBranch ){ + if( !pRet ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + Fts3Expr *pIter = pNotBranch; + while( pIter->pLeft ){ + pIter = pIter->pLeft; + } + pIter->pLeft = pRet; + pRet->pParent = pIter; + pRet = pNotBranch; + } + } + } + *pnConsumed = n - nIn; + +exprparse_out: + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRet); + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pNotBranch); + pRet = 0; + } + *ppExpr = pRet; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the maximum depth of the expression tree passed +** as the only argument is more than nMaxDepth. +*/ +static int fts3ExprCheckDepth(Fts3Expr *p, int nMaxDepth){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p ){ + if( nMaxDepth<0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; + }else{ + rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(p->pLeft, nMaxDepth-1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(p->pRight, nMaxDepth-1); + } + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function attempts to transform the expression tree at (*pp) to +** an equivalent but more balanced form. The tree is modified in place. +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and (*pp) set to point to the +** new root expression node. +** +** nMaxDepth is the maximum allowable depth of the balanced sub-tree. +** +** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and +** expression (*pp) freed. +*/ +static int fts3ExprBalance(Fts3Expr **pp, int nMaxDepth){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + Fts3Expr *pRoot = *pp; /* Initial root node */ + Fts3Expr *pFree = 0; /* List of free nodes. Linked by pParent. */ + int eType = pRoot->eType; /* Type of node in this tree */ + + if( nMaxDepth==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( (eType==FTSQUERY_AND || eType==FTSQUERY_OR) ){ + Fts3Expr **apLeaf; + apLeaf = (Fts3Expr **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nMaxDepth); + if( 0==apLeaf ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(apLeaf, 0, sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nMaxDepth); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; + Fts3Expr *p; + + /* Set $p to point to the left-most leaf in the tree of eType nodes. */ + for(p=pRoot; p->eType==eType; p=p->pLeft){ + assert( p->pParent==0 || p->pParent->pLeft==p ); + assert( p->pLeft && p->pRight ); + } + + /* This loop runs once for each leaf in the tree of eType nodes. */ + while( 1 ){ + int iLvl; + Fts3Expr *pParent = p->pParent; /* Current parent of p */ + + assert( pParent==0 || pParent->pLeft==p ); + p->pParent = 0; + if( pParent ){ + pParent->pLeft = 0; + }else{ + pRoot = 0; + } + rc = fts3ExprBalance(&p, nMaxDepth-1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + + for(iLvl=0; p && iLvl<nMaxDepth; iLvl++){ + if( apLeaf[iLvl]==0 ){ + apLeaf[iLvl] = p; + p = 0; + }else{ + assert( pFree ); + pFree->pLeft = apLeaf[iLvl]; + pFree->pRight = p; + pFree->pLeft->pParent = pFree; + pFree->pRight->pParent = pFree; + + p = pFree; + pFree = pFree->pParent; + p->pParent = 0; + apLeaf[iLvl] = 0; + } + } + if( p ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); + rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; + break; + } + + /* If that was the last leaf node, break out of the loop */ + if( pParent==0 ) break; + + /* Set $p to point to the next leaf in the tree of eType nodes */ + for(p=pParent->pRight; p->eType==eType; p=p->pLeft); + + /* Remove pParent from the original tree. */ + assert( pParent->pParent==0 || pParent->pParent->pLeft==pParent ); + pParent->pRight->pParent = pParent->pParent; + if( pParent->pParent ){ + pParent->pParent->pLeft = pParent->pRight; + }else{ + assert( pParent==pRoot ); + pRoot = pParent->pRight; + } + + /* Link pParent into the free node list. It will be used as an + ** internal node of the new tree. */ + pParent->pParent = pFree; + pFree = pParent; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p = 0; + for(i=0; i<nMaxDepth; i++){ + if( apLeaf[i] ){ + if( p==0 ){ + p = apLeaf[i]; + p->pParent = 0; + }else{ + assert( pFree!=0 ); + pFree->pRight = p; + pFree->pLeft = apLeaf[i]; + pFree->pLeft->pParent = pFree; + pFree->pRight->pParent = pFree; + + p = pFree; + pFree = pFree->pParent; + p->pParent = 0; + } + } + } + pRoot = p; + }else{ + /* An error occurred. Delete the contents of the apLeaf[] array + ** and pFree list. Everything else is cleaned up by the call to + ** sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRoot) below. */ + Fts3Expr *pDel; + for(i=0; i<nMaxDepth; i++){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(apLeaf[i]); + } + while( (pDel=pFree)!=0 ){ + pFree = pDel->pParent; + sqlite3_free(pDel); + } + } + + assert( pFree==0 ); + sqlite3_free( apLeaf ); + } + }else if( eType==FTSQUERY_NOT ){ + Fts3Expr *pLeft = pRoot->pLeft; + Fts3Expr *pRight = pRoot->pRight; + + pRoot->pLeft = 0; + pRoot->pRight = 0; + pLeft->pParent = 0; + pRight->pParent = 0; + + rc = fts3ExprBalance(&pLeft, nMaxDepth-1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3ExprBalance(&pRight, nMaxDepth-1); + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRight); + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pLeft); + }else{ + assert( pLeft && pRight ); + pRoot->pLeft = pLeft; + pLeft->pParent = pRoot; + pRoot->pRight = pRight; + pRight->pParent = pRoot; + } + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRoot); + pRoot = 0; + } + *pp = pRoot; + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is similar to sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(), with the following +** differences: +** +** 1. It does not do expression rebalancing. +** 2. It does not check that the expression does not exceed the +** maximum allowable depth. +** 3. Even if it fails, *ppExpr may still be set to point to an +** expression tree. It should be deleted using sqlite3Fts3ExprFree() +** in this case. +*/ +static int fts3ExprParseUnbalanced( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer module */ + int iLangid, /* Language id for tokenizer */ + char **azCol, /* Array of column names for fts3 table */ + int bFts4, /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */ + int nCol, /* Number of entries in azCol[] */ + int iDefaultCol, /* Default column to query */ + const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */ + Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: Parsed query structure */ +){ + int nParsed; + int rc; + ParseContext sParse; + + memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(ParseContext)); + sParse.pTokenizer = pTokenizer; + sParse.iLangid = iLangid; + sParse.azCol = (const char **)azCol; + sParse.nCol = nCol; + sParse.iDefaultCol = iDefaultCol; + sParse.bFts4 = bFts4; + if( z==0 ){ + *ppExpr = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( n<0 ){ + n = (int)strlen(z); + } + rc = fts3ExprParse(&sParse, z, n, ppExpr, &nParsed); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || *ppExpr==0 ); + + /* Check for mismatched parenthesis */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.nNest ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Parameters z and n contain a pointer to and length of a buffer containing +** an fts3 query expression, respectively. This function attempts to parse the +** query expression and create a tree of Fts3Expr structures representing the +** parsed expression. If successful, *ppExpr is set to point to the head +** of the parsed expression tree and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error +** occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out-of-memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse +** error) is returned and *ppExpr is set to 0. +** +** If parameter n is a negative number, then z is assumed to point to a +** nul-terminated string and the length is determined using strlen(). +** +** The first parameter, pTokenizer, is passed the fts3 tokenizer module to +** use to normalize query tokens while parsing the expression. The azCol[] +** array, which is assumed to contain nCol entries, should contain the names +** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right. +** Column names must be nul-terminated strings. +** +** The iDefaultCol parameter should be passed the index of the table column +** that appears on the left-hand-side of the MATCH operator (the default +** column to match against for tokens for which a column name is not explicitly +** specified as part of the query string), or -1 if tokens may by default +** match any table column. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer module */ + int iLangid, /* Language id for tokenizer */ + char **azCol, /* Array of column names for fts3 table */ + int bFts4, /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */ + int nCol, /* Number of entries in azCol[] */ + int iDefaultCol, /* Default column to query */ + const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */ + Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: Parsed query structure */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: Error message (sqlite3_malloc) */ +){ + int rc = fts3ExprParseUnbalanced( + pTokenizer, iLangid, azCol, bFts4, nCol, iDefaultCol, z, n, ppExpr + ); + + /* Rebalance the expression. And check that its depth does not exceed + ** SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *ppExpr ){ + rc = fts3ExprBalance(ppExpr, SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(*ppExpr, SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH); + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(*ppExpr); + *ppExpr = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){ + sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, + "FTS expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", + SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH + ); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){ + sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "malformed MATCH expression: [%s]", z); + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Free a single node of an expression tree. +*/ +static void fts3FreeExprNode(Fts3Expr *p){ + assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pPhrase==0 ); + sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(p->pPhrase); + sqlite3_free(p->aMI); + sqlite3_free(p); +} + +/* +** Free a parsed fts3 query expression allocated by sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(). +** +** This function would be simpler if it recursively called itself. But +** that would mean passing a sufficiently large expression to ExprParse() +** could cause a stack overflow. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *pDel){ + Fts3Expr *p; + assert( pDel==0 || pDel->pParent==0 ); + for(p=pDel; p && (p->pLeft||p->pRight); p=(p->pLeft ? p->pLeft : p->pRight)){ + assert( p->pParent==0 || p==p->pParent->pRight || p==p->pParent->pLeft ); + } + while( p ){ + Fts3Expr *pParent = p->pParent; + fts3FreeExprNode(p); + if( pParent && p==pParent->pLeft && pParent->pRight ){ + p = pParent->pRight; + while( p && (p->pLeft || p->pRight) ){ + assert( p==p->pParent->pRight || p==p->pParent->pLeft ); + p = (p->pLeft ? p->pLeft : p->pRight); + } + }else{ + p = pParent; + } + } +} + +/**************************************************************************** +***************************************************************************** +** Everything after this point is just test code. +*/ + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + +/* #include <stdio.h> */ + +/* +** Function to query the hash-table of tokenizers (see README.tokenizers). +*/ +static int queryTestTokenizer( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zName, + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)"; + + *pp = 0; + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){ + memcpy((void *)pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp)); + } + } + + return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to a buffer containing a text representation of the +** expression passed as the first argument. The buffer is obtained from +** sqlite3_malloc(). It is the responsibility of the caller to use +** sqlite3_free() to release the memory. If an OOM condition is encountered, +** NULL is returned. +** +** If the second argument is not NULL, then its contents are prepended to +** the returned expression text and then freed using sqlite3_free(). +*/ +static char *exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){ + if( pExpr==0 ){ + return sqlite3_mprintf(""); + } + switch( pExpr->eType ){ + case FTSQUERY_PHRASE: { + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + int i; + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf( + "%zPHRASE %d 0", zBuf, pPhrase->iColumn); + for(i=0; zBuf && i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){ + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z %.*s%s", zBuf, + pPhrase->aToken[i].n, pPhrase->aToken[i].z, + (pPhrase->aToken[i].isPrefix?"+":"") + ); + } + return zBuf; + } + + case FTSQUERY_NEAR: + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNEAR/%d ", zBuf, pExpr->nNear); + break; + case FTSQUERY_NOT: + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNOT ", zBuf); + break; + case FTSQUERY_AND: + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zAND ", zBuf); + break; + case FTSQUERY_OR: + zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zOR ", zBuf); + break; + } + + if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z{", zBuf); + if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pLeft, zBuf); + if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z} {", zBuf); + + if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pRight, zBuf); + if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z}", zBuf); + + return zBuf; +} + +/* +** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the +** expression parser. It should be called as follows: +** +** fts3_exprtest(<tokenizer>, <expr>, <column 1>, ...); +** +** The first argument, <tokenizer>, is the name of the fts3 tokenizer used +** to parse the query expression (see README.tokenizers). The second argument +** is the query expression to parse. Each subsequent argument is the name +** of a column of the fts3 table that the query expression may refer to. +** For example: +** +** SELECT fts3_exprtest('simple', 'Bill col2:Bloggs', 'col1', 'col2'); +*/ +static void fts3ExprTest( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = 0; + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; + int rc; + char **azCol = 0; + const char *zExpr; + int nExpr; + int nCol; + int ii; + Fts3Expr *pExpr; + char *zBuf = 0; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + + if( argc<3 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, + "Usage: fts3_exprtest(tokenizer, expr, col1, ...", -1 + ); + return; + } + + rc = queryTestTokenizer(db, + (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), &pModule); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + goto exprtest_out; + }else if( !pModule ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "No such tokenizer module", -1); + goto exprtest_out; + } + + rc = pModule->xCreate(0, 0, &pTokenizer); + assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK ); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + goto exprtest_out; + } + pTokenizer->pModule = pModule; + + zExpr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + nExpr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + nCol = argc-2; + azCol = (char **)sqlite3_malloc(nCol*sizeof(char *)); + if( !azCol ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + goto exprtest_out; + } + for(ii=0; ii<nCol; ii++){ + azCol[ii] = (char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[ii+2]); + } + + if( sqlite3_user_data(context) ){ + char *zDummy = 0; + rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse( + pTokenizer, 0, azCol, 0, nCol, nCol, zExpr, nExpr, &pExpr, &zDummy + ); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pExpr==0 ); + sqlite3_free(zDummy); + }else{ + rc = fts3ExprParseUnbalanced( + pTokenizer, 0, azCol, 0, nCol, nCol, zExpr, nExpr, &pExpr + ); + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pExpr); + sqlite3_result_error(context, "Error parsing expression", -1); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || !(zBuf = exprToString(pExpr, 0)) ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3_free(zBuf); + } + + sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pExpr); + +exprtest_out: + if( pModule && pTokenizer ){ + rc = pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer); + } + sqlite3_free(azCol); +} + +/* +** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest() +** with database connection db. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3* db){ + int rc = sqlite3_create_function( + db, "fts3_exprtest", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0 + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "fts3_exprtest_rebalance", + -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void *)1, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0 + ); + } + return rc; +} + +#endif +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_expr.c *******************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_hash.c ***************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables used in SQLite. +** We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone hash table +** implementation for the full-text indexing module. +*/ + +/* +** The code in this file is only compiled if: +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension +** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of +** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). +*/ +/* #include "fts3Int.h" */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* #include <assert.h> */ +/* #include <stdlib.h> */ +/* #include <string.h> */ + +/* #include "fts3_hash.h" */ + +/* +** Malloc and Free functions +*/ +static void *fts3HashMalloc(int n){ + void *p = sqlite3_malloc(n); + if( p ){ + memset(p, 0, n); + } + return p; +} +static void fts3HashFree(void *p){ + sqlite3_free(p); +} + +/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the +** fields of the Hash structure. +** +** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized. +** keyClass is one of the constants +** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass +** determines what kind of key the hash table will use. "copyKey" is +** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and +** false if it should just use the supplied pointer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey){ + assert( pNew!=0 ); + assert( keyClass>=FTS3_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=FTS3_HASH_BINARY ); + pNew->keyClass = keyClass; + pNew->copyKey = copyKey; + pNew->first = 0; + pNew->count = 0; + pNew->htsize = 0; + pNew->ht = 0; +} + +/* Remove all entries from a hash table. Reclaim all memory. +** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table +** to the empty state. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash *pH){ + Fts3HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */ + + assert( pH!=0 ); + elem = pH->first; + pH->first = 0; + fts3HashFree(pH->ht); + pH->ht = 0; + pH->htsize = 0; + while( elem ){ + Fts3HashElem *next_elem = elem->next; + if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){ + fts3HashFree(elem->pKey); + } + fts3HashFree(elem); + elem = next_elem; + } + pH->count = 0; +} + +/* +** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_STRING +*/ +static int fts3StrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ + const char *z = (const char *)pKey; + unsigned h = 0; + if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z); + while( nKey > 0 ){ + h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++; + nKey--; + } + return (int)(h & 0x7fffffff); +} +static int fts3StrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ + if( n1!=n2 ) return 1; + return strncmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1); +} + +/* +** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_BINARY +*/ +static int fts3BinHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ + int h = 0; + const char *z = (const char *)pKey; + while( nKey-- > 0 ){ + h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++); + } + return h & 0x7fffffff; +} +static int fts3BinCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ + if( n1!=n2 ) return 1; + return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1); +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. +** +** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some +** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation: +** +** The name of the function is "ftsHashFunction". The function takes a +** single parameter "keyClass". The return value of ftsHashFunction() +** is a pointer to another function. Specifically, the return value +** of ftsHashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters +** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int". +*/ +static int (*ftsHashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){ + if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){ + return &fts3StrHash; + }else{ + assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY ); + return &fts3BinHash; + } +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. +** +** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition, +** see the header comment on the previous function. +*/ +static int (*ftsCompareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){ + if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){ + return &fts3StrCompare; + }else{ + assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY ); + return &fts3BinCompare; + } +} + +/* Link an element into the hash table +*/ +static void fts3HashInsertElement( + Fts3Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */ + struct _fts3ht *pEntry, /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */ + Fts3HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */ +){ + Fts3HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */ + pHead = pEntry->chain; + if( pHead ){ + pNew->next = pHead; + pNew->prev = pHead->prev; + if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; } + else { pH->first = pNew; } + pHead->prev = pNew; + }else{ + pNew->next = pH->first; + if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; } + pNew->prev = 0; + pH->first = pNew; + } + pEntry->count++; + pEntry->chain = pNew; +} + + +/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets. +** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail +** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails. +** +** Return non-zero if a memory allocation error occurs. +*/ +static int fts3Rehash(Fts3Hash *pH, int new_size){ + struct _fts3ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */ + Fts3HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */ + int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ + + assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 ); + new_ht = (struct _fts3ht *)fts3HashMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _fts3ht) ); + if( new_ht==0 ) return 1; + fts3HashFree(pH->ht); + pH->ht = new_ht; + pH->htsize = new_size; + xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass); + for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){ + int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1); + next_elem = elem->next; + fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem); + } + return 0; +} + +/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an +** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key has +** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter. +*/ +static Fts3HashElem *fts3FindElementByHash( + const Fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */ + const void *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */ + int nKey, + int h /* The hash for this key. */ +){ + Fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ + int count; /* Number of elements left to test */ + int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int); /* comparison function */ + + if( pH->ht ){ + struct _fts3ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; + elem = pEntry->chain; + count = pEntry->count; + xCompare = ftsCompareFunction(pH->keyClass); + while( count-- && elem ){ + if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ + return elem; + } + elem = elem->next; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that +** element and a hash on the element's key. +*/ +static void fts3RemoveElementByHash( + Fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */ + Fts3HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */ + int h /* Hash value for the element */ +){ + struct _fts3ht *pEntry; + if( elem->prev ){ + elem->prev->next = elem->next; + }else{ + pH->first = elem->next; + } + if( elem->next ){ + elem->next->prev = elem->prev; + } + pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; + if( pEntry->chain==elem ){ + pEntry->chain = elem->next; + } + pEntry->count--; + if( pEntry->count<=0 ){ + pEntry->chain = 0; + } + if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){ + fts3HashFree(elem->pKey); + } + fts3HashFree( elem ); + pH->count--; + if( pH->count<=0 ){ + assert( pH->first==0 ); + assert( pH->count==0 ); + fts3HashClear(pH); + } +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem( + const Fts3Hash *pH, + const void *pKey, + int nKey +){ + int h; /* A hash on key */ + int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ + + if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0; + xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass); + assert( xHash!=0 ); + h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey); + assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); + return fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1)); +} + +/* +** Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key +** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is +** found, or NULL if there is no match. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){ + Fts3HashElem *pElem; /* The element that matches key (if any) */ + + pElem = sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(pH, pKey, nKey); + return pElem ? pElem->data : 0; +} + +/* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey,nKey +** and the data is "data". +** +** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new +** element is created. A copy of the key is made if the copyKey +** flag is set. NULL is returned. +** +** If another element already exists with the same key, then the +** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned. +** The key is not copied in this instance. If a malloc fails, then +** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged. +** +** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the +** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert( + Fts3Hash *pH, /* The hash table to insert into */ + const void *pKey, /* The key */ + int nKey, /* Number of bytes in the key */ + void *data /* The data */ +){ + int hraw; /* Raw hash value of the key */ + int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */ + Fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ + Fts3HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */ + int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ + + assert( pH!=0 ); + xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass); + assert( xHash!=0 ); + hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey); + assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); + h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1); + elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h); + if( elem ){ + void *old_data = elem->data; + if( data==0 ){ + fts3RemoveElementByHash(pH,elem,h); + }else{ + elem->data = data; + } + return old_data; + } + if( data==0 ) return 0; + if( (pH->htsize==0 && fts3Rehash(pH,8)) + || (pH->count>=pH->htsize && fts3Rehash(pH, pH->htsize*2)) + ){ + pH->count = 0; + return data; + } + assert( pH->htsize>0 ); + new_elem = (Fts3HashElem*)fts3HashMalloc( sizeof(Fts3HashElem) ); + if( new_elem==0 ) return data; + if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){ + new_elem->pKey = fts3HashMalloc( nKey ); + if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){ + fts3HashFree(new_elem); + return data; + } + memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey); + }else{ + new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey; + } + new_elem->nKey = nKey; + pH->count++; + assert( pH->htsize>0 ); + assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); + h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1); + fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem); + new_elem->data = data; + return 0; +} + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_hash.c *******************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_porter.c *************************************/ +/* +** 2006 September 30 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Implementation of the full-text-search tokenizer that implements +** a Porter stemmer. +*/ + +/* +** The code in this file is only compiled if: +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension +** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of +** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). +*/ +/* #include "fts3Int.h" */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* #include <assert.h> */ +/* #include <stdlib.h> */ +/* #include <stdio.h> */ +/* #include <string.h> */ + +/* #include "fts3_tokenizer.h" */ + +/* +** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer +*/ +typedef struct porter_tokenizer { + sqlite3_tokenizer base; /* Base class */ +} porter_tokenizer; + +/* +** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor +*/ +typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor { + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; + const char *zInput; /* input we are tokenizing */ + int nInput; /* size of the input */ + int iOffset; /* current position in zInput */ + int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */ + char *zToken; /* storage for current token */ + int nAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */ +} porter_tokenizer_cursor; + + +/* +** Create a new tokenizer instance. +*/ +static int porterCreate( + int argc, const char * const *argv, + sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer +){ + porter_tokenizer *t; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv); + + t = (porter_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t)); + if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t)); + *ppTokenizer = &t->base; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Destroy a tokenizer +*/ +static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ + sqlite3_free(pTokenizer); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input +** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1]. A cursor +** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in +** *ppCursor. +*/ +static int porterOpen( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */ + const char *zInput, int nInput, /* String to be tokenized */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */ +){ + porter_tokenizer_cursor *c; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer); + + c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c)); + if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + + c->zInput = zInput; + if( zInput==0 ){ + c->nInput = 0; + }else if( nInput<0 ){ + c->nInput = (int)strlen(zInput); + }else{ + c->nInput = nInput; + } + c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */ + c->iToken = 0; + c->zToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */ + c->nAllocated = 0; + + *ppCursor = &c->base; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to +** porterOpen() above. +*/ +static int porterClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ + porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; + sqlite3_free(c->zToken); + sqlite3_free(c); + return SQLITE_OK; +} +/* +** Vowel or consonant +*/ +static const char cType[] = { + 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, + 1, 1, 1, 2, 1 +}; + +/* +** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in +** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according +** to Porter ruls. +** +** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'. +** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant, +** in which case it is a vowel. +** +** In these routine, the letters are in reverse order. So the 'y' rule +** is that 'y' is a consonant unless it is followed by another +** consonent. +*/ +static int isVowel(const char*); +static int isConsonant(const char *z){ + int j; + char x = *z; + if( x==0 ) return 0; + assert( x>='a' && x<='z' ); + j = cType[x-'a']; + if( j<2 ) return j; + return z[1]==0 || isVowel(z + 1); +} +static int isVowel(const char *z){ + int j; + char x = *z; + if( x==0 ) return 0; + assert( x>='a' && x<='z' ); + j = cType[x-'a']; + if( j<2 ) return 1-j; + return isConsonant(z + 1); +} + +/* +** Let any sequence of one or more vowels be represented by V and let +** C be sequence of one or more consonants. Then every word can be +** represented as: +** +** [C] (VC){m} [V] +** +** In prose: A word is an optional consonant followed by zero or +** vowel-consonant pairs followed by an optional vowel. "m" is the +** number of vowel consonant pairs. This routine computes the value +** of m for the first i bytes of a word. +** +** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more. In other words, +** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed +** by a consonant. +** +** In this routine z[] is in reverse order. So we are really looking +** for an instance of a consonant followed by a vowel. +*/ +static int m_gt_0(const char *z){ + while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + return *z!=0; +} + +/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m which is +** exactly 1 +*/ +static int m_eq_1(const char *z){ + while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 1; + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + return *z==0; +} + +/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m>1 instead +** or m>0 +*/ +static int m_gt_1(const char *z){ + while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + return *z!=0; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if there is a vowel anywhere within z[0..n-1] +*/ +static int hasVowel(const char *z){ + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + return *z!=0; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the word ends in a double consonant. +** +** The text is reversed here. So we are really looking at +** the first two characters of z[]. +*/ +static int doubleConsonant(const char *z){ + return isConsonant(z) && z[0]==z[1]; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the word ends with three letters which +** are consonant-vowel-consonent and where the final consonant +** is not 'w', 'x', or 'y'. +** +** The word is reversed here. So we are really checking the +** first three letters and the first one cannot be in [wxy]. +*/ +static int star_oh(const char *z){ + return + isConsonant(z) && + z[0]!='w' && z[0]!='x' && z[0]!='y' && + isVowel(z+1) && + isConsonant(z+2); +} + +/* +** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem +** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the +** ending to zTo. +** +** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order. zTo +** is in normal order. +** +** Return TRUE if zFrom matches. Return FALSE if zFrom does not +** match. Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and +** no substitution occurs. +*/ +static int stem( + char **pz, /* The word being stemmed (Reversed) */ + const char *zFrom, /* If the ending matches this... (Reversed) */ + const char *zTo, /* ... change the ending to this (not reversed) */ + int (*xCond)(const char*) /* Condition that must be true */ +){ + char *z = *pz; + while( *zFrom && *zFrom==*z ){ z++; zFrom++; } + if( *zFrom!=0 ) return 0; + if( xCond && !xCond(z) ) return 1; + while( *zTo ){ + *(--z) = *(zTo++); + } + *pz = z; + return 1; +} + +/* +** This is the fallback stemmer used when the porter stemmer is +** inappropriate. The input word is copied into the output with +** US-ASCII case folding. If the input word is too long (more +** than 20 bytes if it contains no digits or more than 6 bytes if +** it contains digits) then word is truncated to 20 or 6 bytes +** by taking 10 or 3 bytes from the beginning and end. +*/ +static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){ + int i, mx, j; + int hasDigit = 0; + for(i=0; i<nIn; i++){ + char c = zIn[i]; + if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){ + zOut[i] = c - 'A' + 'a'; + }else{ + if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) hasDigit = 1; + zOut[i] = c; + } + } + mx = hasDigit ? 3 : 10; + if( nIn>mx*2 ){ + for(j=mx, i=nIn-mx; i<nIn; i++, j++){ + zOut[j] = zOut[i]; + } + i = j; + } + zOut[i] = 0; + *pnOut = i; +} + + +/* +** Stem the input word zIn[0..nIn-1]. Store the output in zOut. +** zOut is at least big enough to hold nIn bytes. Write the actual +** size of the output word (exclusive of the '\0' terminator) into *pnOut. +** +** Any upper-case characters in the US-ASCII character set ([A-Z]) +** are converted to lower case. Upper-case UTF characters are +** unchanged. +** +** Words that are longer than about 20 bytes are stemmed by retaining +** a few bytes from the beginning and the end of the word. If the +** word contains digits, 3 bytes are taken from the beginning and +** 3 bytes from the end. For long words without digits, 10 bytes +** are taken from each end. US-ASCII case folding still applies. +** +** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not +** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just +** copies the input into the input into the output with US-ASCII +** case folding. +** +** Stemming never increases the length of the word. So there is +** no chance of overflowing the zOut buffer. +*/ +static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){ + int i, j; + char zReverse[28]; + char *z, *z2; + if( nIn<3 || nIn>=(int)sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){ + /* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer. + ** Fallback to the copy stemmer */ + copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut); + return; + } + for(i=0, j=sizeof(zReverse)-6; i<nIn; i++, j--){ + char c = zIn[i]; + if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){ + zReverse[j] = c + 'a' - 'A'; + }else if( c>='a' && c<='z' ){ + zReverse[j] = c; + }else{ + /* The use of a character not in [a-zA-Z] means that we fallback + ** to the copy stemmer */ + copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut); + return; + } + } + memset(&zReverse[sizeof(zReverse)-5], 0, 5); + z = &zReverse[j+1]; + + + /* Step 1a */ + if( z[0]=='s' ){ + if( + !stem(&z, "sess", "ss", 0) && + !stem(&z, "sei", "i", 0) && + !stem(&z, "ss", "ss", 0) + ){ + z++; + } + } + + /* Step 1b */ + z2 = z; + if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){ + /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */ + }else if( + (stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel)) + && z!=z2 + ){ + if( stem(&z, "ta", "ate", 0) || + stem(&z, "lb", "ble", 0) || + stem(&z, "zi", "ize", 0) ){ + /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */ + }else if( doubleConsonant(z) && (*z!='l' && *z!='s' && *z!='z') ){ + z++; + }else if( m_eq_1(z) && star_oh(z) ){ + *(--z) = 'e'; + } + } + + /* Step 1c */ + if( z[0]=='y' && hasVowel(z+1) ){ + z[0] = 'i'; + } + + /* Step 2 */ + switch( z[1] ){ + case 'a': + if( !stem(&z, "lanoita", "ate", m_gt_0) ){ + stem(&z, "lanoit", "tion", m_gt_0); + } + break; + case 'c': + if( !stem(&z, "icne", "ence", m_gt_0) ){ + stem(&z, "icna", "ance", m_gt_0); + } + break; + case 'e': + stem(&z, "rezi", "ize", m_gt_0); + break; + case 'g': + stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0); + break; + case 'l': + if( !stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0) + ){ + stem(&z, "ilsuo", "ous", m_gt_0); + } + break; + case 'o': + if( !stem(&z, "noitazi", "ize", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "noita", "ate", m_gt_0) + ){ + stem(&z, "rota", "ate", m_gt_0); + } + break; + case 's': + if( !stem(&z, "msila", "al", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "ssenevi", "ive", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "ssenluf", "ful", m_gt_0) + ){ + stem(&z, "ssensuo", "ous", m_gt_0); + } + break; + case 't': + if( !stem(&z, "itila", "al", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "itivi", "ive", m_gt_0) + ){ + stem(&z, "itilib", "ble", m_gt_0); + } + break; + } + + /* Step 3 */ + switch( z[0] ){ + case 'e': + if( !stem(&z, "etaci", "ic", m_gt_0) + && !stem(&z, "evita", "", m_gt_0) + ){ + stem(&z, "ezila", "al", m_gt_0); + } + break; + case 'i': + stem(&z, "itici", "ic", m_gt_0); + break; + case 'l': + if( !stem(&z, "laci", "ic", m_gt_0) ){ + stem(&z, "luf", "", m_gt_0); + } + break; + case 's': + stem(&z, "ssen", "", m_gt_0); + break; + } + + /* Step 4 */ + switch( z[1] ){ + case 'a': + if( z[0]=='l' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ + z += 2; + } + break; + case 'c': + if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='n' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='e') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){ + z += 4; + } + break; + case 'e': + if( z[0]=='r' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ + z += 2; + } + break; + case 'i': + if( z[0]=='c' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ + z += 2; + } + break; + case 'l': + if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='b' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='i') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){ + z += 4; + } + break; + case 'n': + if( z[0]=='t' ){ + if( z[2]=='a' ){ + if( m_gt_1(z+3) ){ + z += 3; + } + }else if( z[2]=='e' ){ + if( !stem(&z, "tneme", "", m_gt_1) + && !stem(&z, "tnem", "", m_gt_1) + ){ + stem(&z, "tne", "", m_gt_1); + } + } + } + break; + case 'o': + if( z[0]=='u' ){ + if( m_gt_1(z+2) ){ + z += 2; + } + }else if( z[3]=='s' || z[3]=='t' ){ + stem(&z, "noi", "", m_gt_1); + } + break; + case 's': + if( z[0]=='m' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ + z += 3; + } + break; + case 't': + if( !stem(&z, "eta", "", m_gt_1) ){ + stem(&z, "iti", "", m_gt_1); + } + break; + case 'u': + if( z[0]=='s' && z[2]=='o' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ + z += 3; + } + break; + case 'v': + case 'z': + if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ + z += 3; + } + break; + } + + /* Step 5a */ + if( z[0]=='e' ){ + if( m_gt_1(z+1) ){ + z++; + }else if( m_eq_1(z+1) && !star_oh(z+1) ){ + z++; + } + } + + /* Step 5b */ + if( m_gt_1(z) && z[0]=='l' && z[1]=='l' ){ + z++; + } + + /* z[] is now the stemmed word in reverse order. Flip it back + ** around into forward order and return. + */ + *pnOut = i = (int)strlen(z); + zOut[i] = 0; + while( *z ){ + zOut[--i] = *(z++); + } +} + +/* +** Characters that can be part of a token. We assume any character +** whose value is greater than 0x80 (any UTF character) can be +** part of a token. In other words, delimiters all must have +** values of 0x7f or lower. +*/ +static const char porterIdChar[] = { +/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ +}; +#define isDelim(C) (((ch=C)&0x80)==0 && (ch<0x30 || !porterIdChar[ch-0x30])) + +/* +** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must +** have been opened by a prior call to porterOpen(). +*/ +static int porterNext( + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by porterOpen */ + const char **pzToken, /* OUT: *pzToken is the token text */ + int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */ + int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ + int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ + int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */ +){ + porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; + const char *z = c->zInput; + + while( c->iOffset<c->nInput ){ + int iStartOffset, ch; + + /* Scan past delimiter characters */ + while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){ + c->iOffset++; + } + + /* Count non-delimiter characters. */ + iStartOffset = c->iOffset; + while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && !isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){ + c->iOffset++; + } + + if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){ + int n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset; + if( n>c->nAllocated ){ + char *pNew; + c->nAllocated = n+20; + pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->zToken, c->nAllocated); + if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + c->zToken = pNew; + } + porter_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes); + *pzToken = c->zToken; + *piStartOffset = iStartOffset; + *piEndOffset = c->iOffset; + *piPosition = c->iToken++; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + return SQLITE_DONE; +} + +/* +** The set of routines that implement the porter-stemmer tokenizer +*/ +static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule = { + 0, + porterCreate, + porterDestroy, + porterOpen, + porterClose, + porterNext, + 0 +}; + +/* +** Allocate a new porter tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new +** tokenizer in *ppModule +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule( + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule +){ + *ppModule = &porterTokenizerModule; +} + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_porter.c *****************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.c **********************************/ +/* +** 2007 June 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This is part of an SQLite module implementing full-text search. +** This particular file implements the generic tokenizer interface. +*/ + +/* +** The code in this file is only compiled if: +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension +** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of +** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). +*/ +/* #include "fts3Int.h" */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* #include <assert.h> */ +/* #include <string.h> */ + +/* +** Return true if the two-argument version of fts3_tokenizer() +** has been activated via a prior call to sqlite3_db_config(db, +** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER, 1, 0); +*/ +static int fts3TokenizerEnabled(sqlite3_context *context){ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); + int isEnabled = 0; + sqlite3_db_config(db,SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER,-1,&isEnabled); + return isEnabled; +} + +/* +** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying +** hash table. This function may be called as follows: +** +** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>); +** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <pointer>); +** +** where <function-name> is the name passed as the second argument +** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer'). +** +** If the <pointer> argument is specified, it must be a blob value +** containing a pointer to be stored as the hash data corresponding +** to the string <key-name>. If <pointer> is not specified, then +** the string <key-name> must already exist in the has table. Otherwise, +** an error is returned. +** +** Whether or not the <pointer> argument is specified, the value returned +** is a blob containing the pointer stored as the hash data corresponding +** to string <key-name> (after the hash-table is updated, if applicable). +*/ +static void fts3TokenizerFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + Fts3Hash *pHash; + void *pPtr = 0; + const unsigned char *zName; + int nName; + + assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); + + pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context); + + zName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1; + + if( argc==2 ){ + if( fts3TokenizerEnabled(context) ){ + void *pOld; + int n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + if( zName==0 || n!=sizeof(pPtr) ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "argument type mismatch", -1); + return; + } + pPtr = *(void **)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]); + pOld = sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, (void *)zName, nName, pPtr); + if( pOld==pPtr ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1); + } + }else{ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "fts3tokenize disabled", -1); + return; + } + }else{ + if( zName ){ + pPtr = sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName); + } + if( !pPtr ){ + char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName); + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + return; + } + } + sqlite3_result_blob(context, (void *)&pPtr, sizeof(pPtr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char c){ + static const char isFtsIdChar[] = { + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1x */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ + }; + return (c&0x80 || isFtsIdChar[(int)(c)]); +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *zStr, int *pn){ + const char *z1; + const char *z2 = 0; + + /* Find the start of the next token. */ + z1 = zStr; + while( z2==0 ){ + char c = *z1; + switch( c ){ + case '\0': return 0; /* No more tokens here */ + case '\'': + case '"': + case '`': { + z2 = z1; + while( *++z2 && (*z2!=c || *++z2==c) ); + break; + } + case '[': + z2 = &z1[1]; + while( *z2 && z2[0]!=']' ) z2++; + if( *z2 ) z2++; + break; + + default: + if( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z1) ){ + z2 = &z1[1]; + while( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z2) ) z2++; + }else{ + z1++; + } + } + } + + *pn = (int)(z2-z1); + return z1; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer( + Fts3Hash *pHash, /* Tokenizer hash table */ + const char *zArg, /* Tokenizer name */ + sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTok, /* OUT: Tokenizer (if applicable) */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: Set to malloced error message */ +){ + int rc; + char *z = (char *)zArg; + int n = 0; + char *zCopy; + char *zEnd; /* Pointer to nul-term of zCopy */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_module *m; + + zCopy = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zArg); + if( !zCopy ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + zEnd = &zCopy[strlen(zCopy)]; + + z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(zCopy, &n); + if( z==0 ){ + assert( n==0 ); + z = zCopy; + } + z[n] = '\0'; + sqlite3Fts3Dequote(z); + + m = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash,z,(int)strlen(z)+1); + if( !m ){ + sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unknown tokenizer: %s", z); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + char const **aArg = 0; + int iArg = 0; + z = &z[n+1]; + while( z<zEnd && (NULL!=(z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(z, &n))) ){ + int nNew = sizeof(char *)*(iArg+1); + char const **aNew = (const char **)sqlite3_realloc((void *)aArg, nNew); + if( !aNew ){ + sqlite3_free(zCopy); + sqlite3_free((void *)aArg); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + aArg = aNew; + aArg[iArg++] = z; + z[n] = '\0'; + sqlite3Fts3Dequote(z); + z = &z[n+1]; + } + rc = m->xCreate(iArg, aArg, ppTok); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || *ppTok ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unknown tokenizer"); + }else{ + (*ppTok)->pModule = m; + } + sqlite3_free((void *)aArg); + } + + sqlite3_free(zCopy); + return rc; +} + + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + +#include <tcl.h> +/* #include <string.h> */ + +/* +** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers +** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This +** function must be called with two or more arguments: +** +** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, ..., <input-string>); +** +** where <function-name> is the name passed as the second argument +** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer') +** concatenated with the string '_test' (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer_test'). +** +** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl +** list. For each token in the <input-string>, three elements are +** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the +** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the +** substring of <input-string> associated with the token. For example, +** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer: +** +** SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how'); +** +** will return the string: +** +** "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}" +** +*/ +static void testFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + Fts3Hash *pHash; + sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p; + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0; + + const char *zErr = 0; + + const char *zName; + int nName; + const char *zInput; + int nInput; + + const char *azArg[64]; + + const char *zToken; + int nToken = 0; + int iStart = 0; + int iEnd = 0; + int iPos = 0; + int i; + + Tcl_Obj *pRet; + + if( argc<2 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "insufficient arguments", -1); + return; + } + + nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[argc-1]); + zInput = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[argc-1]); + + pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context); + p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1); + + if( !p ){ + char *zErr2 = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName); + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr2, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr2); + return; + } + + pRet = Tcl_NewObj(); + Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet); + + for(i=1; i<argc-1; i++){ + azArg[i-1] = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]); + } + + if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xCreate(argc-2, azArg, &pTokenizer) ){ + zErr = "error in xCreate()"; + goto finish; + } + pTokenizer->pModule = p; + if( sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, 0, zInput, nInput, &pCsr) ){ + zErr = "error in xOpen()"; + goto finish; + } + + while( SQLITE_OK==p->xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos) ){ + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(iPos)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken)); + zToken = &zInput[iStart]; + nToken = iEnd-iStart; + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken)); + } + + if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xClose(pCsr) ){ + zErr = "error in xClose()"; + goto finish; + } + if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xDestroy(pTokenizer) ){ + zErr = "error in xDestroy()"; + goto finish; + } + +finish: + if( zErr ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(context, Tcl_GetString(pRet), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } + Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet); +} + +static +int registerTokenizer( + sqlite3 *db, + char *zName, + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?, ?)"; + + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, &p, sizeof(p), SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + + return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); +} + + +static +int queryTokenizer( + sqlite3 *db, + char *zName, + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)"; + + *pp = 0; + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){ + memcpy((void *)pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp)); + } + } + + return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); + +/* +** Implementation of the scalar function fts3_tokenizer_internal_test(). +** This function is used for testing only, it is not included in the +** build unless SQLITE_TEST is defined. +** +** The purpose of this is to test that the fts3_tokenizer() function +** can be used as designed by the C-code in the queryTokenizer and +** registerTokenizer() functions above. These two functions are repeated +** in the README.tokenizer file as an example, so it is important to +** test them. +** +** To run the tests, evaluate the fts3_tokenizer_internal_test() scalar +** function with no arguments. An assert() will fail if a problem is +** detected. i.e.: +** +** SELECT fts3_tokenizer_internal_test(); +** +*/ +static void intTestFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int rc; + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p1; + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p2; + sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(context); + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv); + + /* Test the query function */ + sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&p1); + rc = queryTokenizer(db, "simple", &p2); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( p1==p2 ); + rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2); + assert( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ); + assert( p2==0 ); + assert( 0==strcmp(sqlite3_errmsg(db), "unknown tokenizer: nosuchtokenizer") ); + + /* Test the storage function */ + if( fts3TokenizerEnabled(context) ){ + rc = registerTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", p1); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( p2==p1 ); + } + + sqlite3_result_text(context, "ok", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); +} + +#endif + +/* +** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of +** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must +** been initialized to use string keys, and to take a private copy +** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to: +** +** sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); +** +** This function adds a scalar function (see header comment above +** fts3TokenizerFunc() in this file for details) and, if ENABLE_TABLE is +** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header +** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both +** provide read/write access to the contents of *pHash. +** +** The third argument to this function, zName, is used as the name +** of both the scalar and, if created, the virtual table. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable( + sqlite3 *db, + Fts3Hash *pHash, + const char *zName +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + void *p = (void *)pHash; + const int any = SQLITE_ANY; + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + char *zTest = 0; + char *zTest2 = 0; + void *pdb = (void *)db; + zTest = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_test", zName); + zTest2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_internal_test", zName); + if( !zTest || !zTest2 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } +#endif + + if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 1, any, p, fts3TokenizerFunc, 0, 0); + } + if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 2, any, p, fts3TokenizerFunc, 0, 0); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, -1, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0); + } + if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest2, 0, any, pdb, intTestFunc, 0, 0); + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_free(zTest); + sqlite3_free(zTest2); +#endif + + return rc; +} + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.c **************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer1.c *********************************/ +/* +** 2006 Oct 10 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** Implementation of the "simple" full-text-search tokenizer. +*/ + +/* +** The code in this file is only compiled if: +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension +** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or +** +** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of +** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). +*/ +/* #include "fts3Int.h" */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* #include <assert.h> */ +/* #include <stdlib.h> */ +/* #include <stdio.h> */ +/* #include <string.h> */ + +/* #include "fts3_tokenizer.h" */ + +typedef struct simple_tokenizer { + sqlite3_tokenizer base; + char delim[128]; /* flag ASCII delimiters */ +} simple_tokenizer; + +typedef struct simple_tokenizer_cursor { + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; + const char *pInput; /* input we are tokenizing */ + int nBytes; /* size of the input */ + int iOffset; /* current position in pInput */ + int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */ + char *pToken; /* storage for current token */ + int nTokenAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */ +} simple_tokenizer_cursor; + + +static int simpleDelim(simple_tokenizer *t, unsigned char c){ + return c<0x80 && t->delim[c]; +} +static int fts3_isalnum(int x){ + return (x>='0' && x<='9') || (x>='A' && x<='Z') || (x>='a' && x<='z'); +} + +/* +** Create a new tokenizer instance. +*/ +static int simpleCreate( + int argc, const char * const *argv, + sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer +){ + simple_tokenizer *t; + + t = (simple_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t)); + if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t)); + + /* TODO(shess) Delimiters need to remain the same from run to run, + ** else we need to reindex. One solution would be a meta-table to + ** track such information in the database, then we'd only want this + ** information on the initial create. + */ + if( argc>1 ){ + int i, n = (int)strlen(argv[1]); + for(i=0; i<n; i++){ + unsigned char ch = argv[1][i]; + /* We explicitly don't support UTF-8 delimiters for now. */ + if( ch>=0x80 ){ + sqlite3_free(t); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + t->delim[ch] = 1; + } + } else { + /* Mark non-alphanumeric ASCII characters as delimiters */ + int i; + for(i=1; i<0x80; i++){ + t->delim[i] = !fts3_isalnum(i) ? -1 : 0; + } + } + + *ppTokenizer = &t->base; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Destroy a tokenizer +*/ +static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ + sqlite3_free(pTokenizer); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input +** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor +** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in +** *ppCursor. +*/ +static int simpleOpen( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */ + const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* String to be tokenized */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */ +){ + simple_tokenizer_cursor *c; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer); + + c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c)); + if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + + c->pInput = pInput; + if( pInput==0 ){ + c->nBytes = 0; + }else if( nBytes<0 ){ + c->nBytes = (int)strlen(pInput); + }else{ + c->nBytes = nBytes; + } + c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */ + c->iToken = 0; + c->pToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */ + c->nTokenAllocated = 0; + + *ppCursor = &c->base; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to +** simpleOpen() above. +*/ +static int simpleClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ + simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; + sqlite3_free(c->pToken); + sqlite3_free(c); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must +** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen(). +*/ +static int simpleNext( + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */ + const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */ + int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */ + int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ + int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ + int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */ +){ + simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; + simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pCursor->pTokenizer; + unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)c->pInput; + + while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes ){ + int iStartOffset; + + /* Scan past delimiter characters */ + while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){ + c->iOffset++; + } + + /* Count non-delimiter characters. */ + iStartOffset = c->iOffset; + while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && !simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){ + c->iOffset++; + } + + if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){ + int i, n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset; + if( n>c->nTokenAllocated ){ + char *pNew; + c->nTokenAllocated = n+20; + pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->pToken, c->nTokenAllocated); + if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + c->pToken = pNew; + } + for(i=0; i<n; i++){ + /* TODO(shess) This needs expansion to handle UTF-8 + ** case-insensitivity. + */ + unsigned char ch = p[iStartOffset+i]; + c->pToken[i] = (char)((ch>='A' && ch<='Z') ? ch-'A'+'a' : ch); + } + *ppToken = c->pToken; + *pnBytes = n; + *piStartOffset = iStartOffset; + *piEndOffset = c->iOffset; + *piPosition = c->iToken++; + + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + return SQLITE_DONE; +} + +/* +** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer +*/ +static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule = { + 0, + simpleCreate, + simpleDestroy, + simpleOpen, + simpleClose, + simpleNext, + 0, +}; + +/* +** Allocate a new simple tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new +** tokenizer in *ppModule +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule( + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule +){ + *ppModule = &simpleTokenizerModule; +} + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_tokenizer1.c *************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_tokenize_vtab.c ******************************/ +/* +** 2013 Apr 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains code for the "fts3tokenize" virtual table module. +** An fts3tokenize virtual table is created as follows: +** +** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE <tbl> USING fts3tokenize( +** <tokenizer-name>, <arg-1>, ... +** ); +** +** The table created has the following schema: +** +** CREATE TABLE <tbl>(input, token, start, end, position) +** +** When queried, the query must include a WHERE clause of type: +** +** input = <string> +** +** The virtual table module tokenizes this <string>, using the FTS3 +** tokenizer specified by the arguments to the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE +** statement and returns one row for each token in the result. With +** fields set as follows: +** +** input: Always set to a copy of <string> +** token: A token from the input. +** start: Byte offset of the token within the input <string>. +** end: Byte offset of the byte immediately following the end of the +** token within the input string. +** pos: Token offset of token within input. +** +*/ +/* #include "fts3Int.h" */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* #include <string.h> */ +/* #include <assert.h> */ + +typedef struct Fts3tokTable Fts3tokTable; +typedef struct Fts3tokCursor Fts3tokCursor; + +/* +** Virtual table structure. +*/ +struct Fts3tokTable { + sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTok; +}; + +/* +** Virtual table cursor structure. +*/ +struct Fts3tokCursor { + sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + char *zInput; /* Input string */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor to iterate through zInput */ + int iRowid; /* Current 'rowid' value */ + const char *zToken; /* Current 'token' value */ + int nToken; /* Size of zToken in bytes */ + int iStart; /* Current 'start' value */ + int iEnd; /* Current 'end' value */ + int iPos; /* Current 'pos' value */ +}; + +/* +** Query FTS for the tokenizer implementation named zName. +*/ +static int fts3tokQueryTokenizer( + Fts3Hash *pHash, + const char *zName, + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp, + char **pzErr +){ + sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p; + int nName = (int)strlen(zName); + + p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1); + if( !p ){ + sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unknown tokenizer: %s", zName); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + *pp = p; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** The second argument, argv[], is an array of pointers to nul-terminated +** strings. This function makes a copy of the array and strings into a +** single block of memory. It then dequotes any of the strings that appear +** to be quoted. +** +** If successful, output parameter *pazDequote is set to point at the +** array of dequoted strings and SQLITE_OK is returned. The caller is +** responsible for eventually calling sqlite3_free() to free the array +** in this case. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. +** The final value of *pazDequote is undefined in this case. +*/ +static int fts3tokDequoteArray( + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv[] */ + const char * const *argv, /* Input array */ + char ***pazDequote /* Output array */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + if( argc==0 ){ + *pazDequote = 0; + }else{ + int i; + int nByte = 0; + char **azDequote; + + for(i=0; i<argc; i++){ + nByte += (int)(strlen(argv[i]) + 1); + } + + *pazDequote = azDequote = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char *)*argc + nByte); + if( azDequote==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + char *pSpace = (char *)&azDequote[argc]; + for(i=0; i<argc; i++){ + int n = (int)strlen(argv[i]); + azDequote[i] = pSpace; + memcpy(pSpace, argv[i], n+1); + sqlite3Fts3Dequote(pSpace); + pSpace += (n+1); + } + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Schema of the tokenizer table. +*/ +#define FTS3_TOK_SCHEMA "CREATE TABLE x(input, token, start, end, position)" + +/* +** This function does all the work for both the xConnect and xCreate methods. +** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xConnect +** and xCreate are identical operations. +** +** argv[0]: module name +** argv[1]: database name +** argv[2]: table name +** argv[3]: first argument (tokenizer name) +*/ +static int fts3tokConnectMethod( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + void *pHash, /* Hash table of tokenizers */ + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ + const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ +){ + Fts3tokTable *pTab = 0; + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod = 0; + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTok = 0; + int rc; + char **azDequote = 0; + int nDequote; + + rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, FTS3_TOK_SCHEMA); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + nDequote = argc-3; + rc = fts3tokDequoteArray(nDequote, &argv[3], &azDequote); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + const char *zModule; + if( nDequote<1 ){ + zModule = "simple"; + }else{ + zModule = azDequote[0]; + } + rc = fts3tokQueryTokenizer((Fts3Hash*)pHash, zModule, &pMod, pzErr); + } + + assert( (rc==SQLITE_OK)==(pMod!=0) ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + const char * const *azArg = (const char * const *)&azDequote[1]; + rc = pMod->xCreate((nDequote>1 ? nDequote-1 : 0), azArg, &pTok); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3tokTable)); + if( pTab==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memset(pTab, 0, sizeof(Fts3tokTable)); + pTab->pMod = pMod; + pTab->pTok = pTok; + *ppVtab = &pTab->base; + }else{ + if( pTok ){ + pMod->xDestroy(pTok); + } + } + + sqlite3_free(azDequote); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function does the work for both the xDisconnect and xDestroy methods. +** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xDisconnect +** and xDestroy are identical operations. +*/ +static int fts3tokDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)pVtab; + + pTab->pMod->xDestroy(pTab->pTok); + sqlite3_free(pTab); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause. +*/ +static int fts3tokBestIndexMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, + sqlite3_index_info *pInfo +){ + int i; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); + + for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){ + if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable + && pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn==0 + && pInfo->aConstraint[i].op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ + ){ + pInfo->idxNum = 1; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + pInfo->idxNum = 0; + assert( pInfo->estimatedCost>1000000.0 ); + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** xOpen - Open a cursor. +*/ +static int fts3tokOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){ + Fts3tokCursor *pCsr; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); + + pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3tokCursor)); + if( pCsr==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3tokCursor)); + + *ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Reset the tokenizer cursor passed as the only argument. As if it had +** just been returned by fts3tokOpenMethod(). +*/ +static void fts3tokResetCursor(Fts3tokCursor *pCsr){ + if( pCsr->pCsr ){ + Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCsr->base.pVtab); + pTab->pMod->xClose(pCsr->pCsr); + pCsr->pCsr = 0; + } + sqlite3_free(pCsr->zInput); + pCsr->zInput = 0; + pCsr->zToken = 0; + pCsr->nToken = 0; + pCsr->iStart = 0; + pCsr->iEnd = 0; + pCsr->iPos = 0; + pCsr->iRowid = 0; +} + +/* +** xClose - Close a cursor. +*/ +static int fts3tokCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; + + fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr); + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any. +*/ +static int fts3tokNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; + Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCursor->pVtab); + int rc; /* Return code */ + + pCsr->iRowid++; + rc = pTab->pMod->xNext(pCsr->pCsr, + &pCsr->zToken, &pCsr->nToken, + &pCsr->iStart, &pCsr->iEnd, &pCsr->iPos + ); + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data. +*/ +static int fts3tokFilterMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */ + int idxNum, /* Strategy index */ + const char *idxStr, /* Unused */ + int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; + Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCursor->pVtab); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); + + fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr); + if( idxNum==1 ){ + const char *zByte = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]); + int nByte = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[0]); + pCsr->zInput = sqlite3_malloc(nByte+1); + if( pCsr->zInput==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memcpy(pCsr->zInput, zByte, nByte); + pCsr->zInput[nByte] = 0; + rc = pTab->pMod->xOpen(pTab->pTok, pCsr->zInput, nByte, &pCsr->pCsr); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pCsr->pCsr->pTokenizer = pTab->pTok; + } + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + return fts3tokNextMethod(pCursor); +} + +/* +** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise. +*/ +static int fts3tokEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; + return (pCsr->zToken==0); +} + +/* +** xColumn - Return a column value. +*/ +static int fts3tokColumnMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */ + int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */ +){ + Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; + + /* CREATE TABLE x(input, token, start, end, position) */ + switch( iCol ){ + case 0: + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pCsr->zInput, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + break; + case 1: + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pCsr->zToken, pCsr->nToken, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + break; + case 2: + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iStart); + break; + case 3: + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iEnd); + break; + default: + assert( iCol==4 ); + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iPos); + break; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor. +*/ +static int fts3tokRowidMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ + sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: Rowid value */ +){ + Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; + *pRowid = (sqlite3_int64)pCsr->iRowid; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Register the fts3tok module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK +** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3 *db, Fts3Hash *pHash){ + static const sqlite3_module fts3tok_module = { + 0, /* iVersion */ + fts3tokConnectMethod, /* xCreate */ + fts3tokConnectMethod, /* xConnect */ + fts3tokBestIndexMethod, /* xBestIndex */ + fts3tokDisconnectMethod, /* xDisconnect */ + fts3tokDisconnectMethod, /* xDestroy */ + fts3tokOpenMethod, /* xOpen */ + fts3tokCloseMethod, /* xClose */ + fts3tokFilterMethod, /* xFilter */ + fts3tokNextMethod, /* xNext */ + fts3tokEofMethod, /* xEof */ + fts3tokColumnMethod, /* xColumn */ + fts3tokRowidMethod, /* xRowid */ + 0, /* xUpdate */ + 0, /* xBegin */ + 0, /* xSync */ + 0, /* xCommit */ + 0, /* xRollback */ + 0, /* xFindFunction */ + 0, /* xRename */ + 0, /* xSavepoint */ + 0, /* xRelease */ + 0 /* xRollbackTo */ + }; + int rc; /* Return code */ + + rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "fts3tokenize", &fts3tok_module, (void*)pHash); + return rc; +} + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_tokenize_vtab.c **********************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_write.c **************************************/ +/* +** 2009 Oct 23 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file is part of the SQLite FTS3 extension module. Specifically, +** this file contains code to insert, update and delete rows from FTS3 +** tables. It also contains code to merge FTS3 b-tree segments. Some +** of the sub-routines used to merge segments are also used by the query +** code in fts3.c. +*/ + +/* #include "fts3Int.h" */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* #include <string.h> */ +/* #include <assert.h> */ +/* #include <stdlib.h> */ + + +#define FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT 16 + +/* +** When full-text index nodes are loaded from disk, the buffer that they +** are loaded into has the following number of bytes of padding at the end +** of it. i.e. if a full-text index node is 900 bytes in size, then a buffer +** of 920 bytes is allocated for it. +** +** This means that if we have a pointer into a buffer containing node data, +** it is always safe to read up to two varints from it without risking an +** overread, even if the node data is corrupted. +*/ +#define FTS3_NODE_PADDING (FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2) + +/* +** Under certain circumstances, b-tree nodes (doclists) can be loaded into +** memory incrementally instead of all at once. This can be a big performance +** win (reduced IO and CPU) if SQLite stops calling the virtual table xNext() +** method before retrieving all query results (as may happen, for example, +** if a query has a LIMIT clause). +** +** Incremental loading is used for b-tree nodes FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD +** bytes and larger. Nodes are loaded in chunks of FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE bytes. +** The code is written so that the hard lower-limit for each of these values +** is 1. Clearly such small values would be inefficient, but can be useful +** for testing purposes. +** +** If this module is built with SQLITE_TEST defined, these constants may +** be overridden at runtime for testing purposes. File fts3_test.c contains +** a Tcl interface to read and write the values. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +int test_fts3_node_chunksize = (4*1024); +int test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold = (4*1024)*4; +# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE test_fts3_node_chunksize +# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold +#else +# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE (4*1024) +# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD (FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE*4) +#endif + +/* +** The two values that may be meaningfully bound to the :1 parameter in +** statements SQL_REPLACE_STAT and SQL_SELECT_STAT. +*/ +#define FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL 0 +#define FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT 1 +#define FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE 2 + +/* +** If FTS_LOG_MERGES is defined, call sqlite3_log() to report each automatic +** and incremental merge operation that takes place. This is used for +** debugging FTS only, it should not usually be turned on in production +** systems. +*/ +#ifdef FTS3_LOG_MERGES +static void fts3LogMerge(int nMerge, sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel){ + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_OK, "%d-way merge from level %d", nMerge, (int)iAbsLevel); +} +#else +#define fts3LogMerge(x, y) +#endif + + +typedef struct PendingList PendingList; +typedef struct SegmentNode SegmentNode; +typedef struct SegmentWriter SegmentWriter; + +/* +** An instance of the following data structure is used to build doclists +** incrementally. See function fts3PendingListAppend() for details. +*/ +struct PendingList { + int nData; + char *aData; + int nSpace; + sqlite3_int64 iLastDocid; + sqlite3_int64 iLastCol; + sqlite3_int64 iLastPos; +}; + + +/* +** Each cursor has a (possibly empty) linked list of the following objects. +*/ +struct Fts3DeferredToken { + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; /* Pointer to corresponding expr token */ + int iCol; /* Column token must occur in */ + Fts3DeferredToken *pNext; /* Next in list of deferred tokens */ + PendingList *pList; /* Doclist is assembled here */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of this structure is used to iterate through the terms on +** a contiguous set of segment b-tree leaf nodes. Although the details of +** this structure are only manipulated by code in this file, opaque handles +** of type Fts3SegReader* are also used by code in fts3.c to iterate through +** terms when querying the full-text index. See functions: +** +** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew() +** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree() +** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate() +** +** Methods used to manipulate Fts3SegReader structures: +** +** fts3SegReaderNext() +** fts3SegReaderFirstDocid() +** fts3SegReaderNextDocid() +*/ +struct Fts3SegReader { + int iIdx; /* Index within level, or 0x7FFFFFFF for PT */ + u8 bLookup; /* True for a lookup only */ + u8 rootOnly; /* True for a root-only reader */ + + sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock; /* Rowid of first leaf block to traverse */ + sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock; /* Rowid of final leaf block to traverse */ + sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock; /* Rowid of final block in segment (or 0) */ + sqlite3_int64 iCurrentBlock; /* Current leaf block (or 0) */ + + char *aNode; /* Pointer to node data (or NULL) */ + int nNode; /* Size of buffer at aNode (or 0) */ + int nPopulate; /* If >0, bytes of buffer aNode[] loaded */ + sqlite3_blob *pBlob; /* If not NULL, blob handle to read node */ + + Fts3HashElem **ppNextElem; + + /* Variables set by fts3SegReaderNext(). These may be read directly + ** by the caller. They are valid from the time SegmentReaderNew() returns + ** until SegmentReaderNext() returns something other than SQLITE_OK + ** (i.e. SQLITE_DONE). + */ + int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in current term */ + char *zTerm; /* Pointer to current term */ + int nTermAlloc; /* Allocated size of zTerm buffer */ + char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist of current entry */ + int nDoclist; /* Size of doclist in current entry */ + + /* The following variables are used by fts3SegReaderNextDocid() to iterate + ** through the current doclist (aDoclist/nDoclist). + */ + char *pOffsetList; + int nOffsetList; /* For descending pending seg-readers only */ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; +}; + +#define fts3SegReaderIsPending(p) ((p)->ppNextElem!=0) +#define fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(p) ((p)->rootOnly!=0) + +/* +** An instance of this structure is used to create a segment b-tree in the +** database. The internal details of this type are only accessed by the +** following functions: +** +** fts3SegWriterAdd() +** fts3SegWriterFlush() +** fts3SegWriterFree() +*/ +struct SegmentWriter { + SegmentNode *pTree; /* Pointer to interior tree structure */ + sqlite3_int64 iFirst; /* First slot in %_segments written */ + sqlite3_int64 iFree; /* Next free slot in %_segments */ + char *zTerm; /* Pointer to previous term buffer */ + int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ + int nMalloc; /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */ + char *zMalloc; /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */ + int nSize; /* Size of allocation at aData */ + int nData; /* Bytes of data in aData */ + char *aData; /* Pointer to block from malloc() */ + i64 nLeafData; /* Number of bytes of leaf data written */ +}; + +/* +** Type SegmentNode is used by the following three functions to create +** the interior part of the segment b+-tree structures (everything except +** the leaf nodes). These functions and type are only ever used by code +** within the fts3SegWriterXXX() family of functions described above. +** +** fts3NodeAddTerm() +** fts3NodeWrite() +** fts3NodeFree() +** +** When a b+tree is written to the database (either as a result of a merge +** or the pending-terms table being flushed), leaves are written into the +** database file as soon as they are completely populated. The interior of +** the tree is assembled in memory and written out only once all leaves have +** been populated and stored. This is Ok, as the b+-tree fanout is usually +** very large, meaning that the interior of the tree consumes relatively +** little memory. +*/ +struct SegmentNode { + SegmentNode *pParent; /* Parent node (or NULL for root node) */ + SegmentNode *pRight; /* Pointer to right-sibling */ + SegmentNode *pLeftmost; /* Pointer to left-most node of this depth */ + int nEntry; /* Number of terms written to node so far */ + char *zTerm; /* Pointer to previous term buffer */ + int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ + int nMalloc; /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */ + char *zMalloc; /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */ + int nData; /* Bytes of valid data so far */ + char *aData; /* Node data */ +}; + +/* +** Valid values for the second argument to fts3SqlStmt(). +*/ +#define SQL_DELETE_CONTENT 0 +#define SQL_IS_EMPTY 1 +#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT 2 +#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS 3 +#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR 4 +#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE 5 +#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT 6 +#define SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID 7 +#define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX 8 +#define SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS 9 +#define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID 10 +#define SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR 11 +#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL 12 +#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE 13 +#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_COUNT 14 +#define SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL 15 +#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL 16 +#define SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE 17 +#define SQL_CONTENT_INSERT 18 +#define SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE 19 +#define SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE 20 +#define SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE 21 +#define SQL_SELECT_STAT 22 +#define SQL_REPLACE_STAT 23 + +#define SQL_SELECT_ALL_PREFIX_LEVEL 24 +#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_TERMS_SEGDIR 25 +#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE 26 +#define SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID 27 +#define SQL_FIND_MERGE_LEVEL 28 +#define SQL_MAX_LEAF_NODE_ESTIMATE 29 +#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY 30 +#define SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY 31 +#define SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR 32 +#define SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR 33 +#define SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE 34 +#define SQL_SELECT_INDEXES 35 +#define SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL 36 + +#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE2 37 +#define SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL_IDX 38 +#define SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL 39 + +/* +** This function is used to obtain an SQLite prepared statement handle +** for the statement identified by the second argument. If successful, +** *pp is set to the requested statement handle and SQLITE_OK returned. +** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned and *pp is set to 0. +** +** If argument apVal is not NULL, then it must point to an array with +** at least as many entries as the requested statement has bound +** parameters. The values are bound to the statements parameters before +** returning. +*/ +static int fts3SqlStmt( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + int eStmt, /* One of the SQL_XXX constants above */ + sqlite3_stmt **pp, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Values to bind to statement */ +){ + const char *azSql[] = { +/* 0 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid = ?", +/* 1 */ "SELECT NOT EXISTS(SELECT docid FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid!=?)", +/* 2 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content'", +/* 3 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments'", +/* 4 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'", +/* 5 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize'", +/* 6 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_stat'", +/* 7 */ "SELECT %s WHERE rowid=?", +/* 8 */ "SELECT (SELECT max(idx) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?) + 1", +/* 9 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid, block) VALUES(?, ?)", +/* 10 */ "SELECT coalesce((SELECT max(blockid) FROM %Q.'%q_segments') + 1, 1)", +/* 11 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_segdir' VALUES(?,?,?,?,?,?)", + + /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ +/* 12 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " + "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? ORDER BY idx ASC", +/* 13 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " + "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?" + "ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC", + +/* 14 */ "SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?", +/* 15 */ "SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?", + +/* 16 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?", +/* 17 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid BETWEEN ? AND ?", +/* 18 */ "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_content' VALUES(%s)", +/* 19 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid = ?", +/* 20 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_docsize' VALUES(?,?)", +/* 21 */ "SELECT size FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid=?", +/* 22 */ "SELECT value FROM %Q.'%q_stat' WHERE id=?", +/* 23 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_stat' VALUES(?,?)", +/* 24 */ "", +/* 25 */ "", + +/* 26 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?", +/* 27 */ "SELECT ? UNION SELECT level / (1024 * ?) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'", + +/* This statement is used to determine which level to read the input from +** when performing an incremental merge. It returns the absolute level number +** of the oldest level in the db that contains at least ? segments. Or, +** if no level in the FTS index contains more than ? segments, the statement +** returns zero rows. */ +/* 28 */ "SELECT level, count(*) AS cnt FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' " + " GROUP BY level HAVING cnt>=?" + " ORDER BY (level %% 1024) ASC LIMIT 1", + +/* Estimate the upper limit on the number of leaf nodes in a new segment +** created by merging the oldest :2 segments from absolute level :1. See +** function sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge() for details. */ +/* 29 */ "SELECT 2 * total(1 + leaves_end_block - start_block) " + " FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx < ?", + +/* SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY +** Delete the %_segdir entry on absolute level :1 with index :2. */ +/* 30 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?", + +/* SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY +** Modify the idx value for the segment with idx=:3 on absolute level :2 +** to :1. */ +/* 31 */ "UPDATE %Q.'%q_segdir' SET idx = ? WHERE level=? AND idx=?", + +/* SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR +** Read a single entry from the %_segdir table. The entry from absolute +** level :1 with index value :2. */ +/* 32 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " + "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?", + +/* SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR +** Update the start_block (:1) and root (:2) fields of the %_segdir +** entry located on absolute level :3 with index :4. */ +/* 33 */ "UPDATE %Q.'%q_segdir' SET start_block = ?, root = ?" + "WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?", + +/* SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE +** Return a single row if the segment with end_block=? is appendable. Or +** no rows otherwise. */ +/* 34 */ "SELECT 1 FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid=? AND block IS NULL", + +/* SQL_SELECT_INDEXES +** Return the list of valid segment indexes for absolute level ? */ +/* 35 */ "SELECT idx FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level=? ORDER BY 1 ASC", + +/* SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL +** Return the largest relative level in the FTS index or indexes. */ +/* 36 */ "SELECT max( level %% 1024 ) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'", + + /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ +/* 37 */ "SELECT level, idx, end_block " + "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? " + "ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC", + + /* Update statements used while promoting segments */ +/* 38 */ "UPDATE OR FAIL %Q.'%q_segdir' SET level=-1,idx=? " + "WHERE level=? AND idx=?", +/* 39 */ "UPDATE OR FAIL %Q.'%q_segdir' SET level=? WHERE level=-1" + + }; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + + assert( SizeofArray(azSql)==SizeofArray(p->aStmt) ); + assert( eStmt<SizeofArray(azSql) && eStmt>=0 ); + + pStmt = p->aStmt[eStmt]; + if( !pStmt ){ + char *zSql; + if( eStmt==SQL_CONTENT_INSERT ){ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName, p->zWriteExprlist); + }else if( eStmt==SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID ){ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zReadExprlist); + }else{ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName); + } + if( !zSql ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, NULL); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 ); + p->aStmt[eStmt] = pStmt; + } + } + if( apVal ){ + int i; + int nParam = sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(pStmt); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nParam; i++){ + rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pStmt, i+1, apVal[i]); + } + } + *pp = pStmt; + return rc; +} + + +static int fts3SelectDocsize( + Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid to bind for SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Statement handle */ +){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement requested from fts3SqlStmt() */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(pTab, SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iDocid); + rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW || sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)!=SQLITE_BLOB ){ + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + pStmt = 0; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + *ppStmt = pStmt; + return rc; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal( + Fts3Table *pTab, /* Fts3 table handle */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Statement handle */ +){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + int rc; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(pTab, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL); + if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)!=SQLITE_ROW + || sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)!=SQLITE_BLOB + ){ + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + pStmt = 0; + } + } + *ppStmt = pStmt; + return rc; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize( + Fts3Table *pTab, /* Fts3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid to read size data for */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Statement handle */ +){ + return fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, iDocid, ppStmt); +} + +/* +** Similar to fts3SqlStmt(). Except, after binding the parameters in +** array apVal[] to the SQL statement identified by eStmt, the statement +** is executed. +** +** Returns SQLITE_OK if the statement is successfully executed, or an +** SQLite error code otherwise. +*/ +static void fts3SqlExec( + int *pRC, /* Result code */ + Fts3Table *p, /* The FTS3 table */ + int eStmt, /* Index of statement to evaluate */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Parameters to bind */ +){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + int rc; + if( *pRC ) return; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, eStmt, &pStmt, apVal); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + } + *pRC = rc; +} + + +/* +** This function ensures that the caller has obtained an exclusive +** shared-cache table-lock on the %_segdir table. This is required before +** writing data to the fts3 table. If this lock is not acquired first, then +** the caller may end up attempting to take this lock as part of committing +** a transaction, causing SQLite to return SQLITE_LOCKED or +** LOCKED_SHAREDCACHEto a COMMIT command. +** +** It is best to avoid this because if FTS3 returns any error when +** committing a transaction, the whole transaction will be rolled back. +** And this is not what users expect when they get SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. +** It can still happen if the user locks the underlying tables directly +** instead of accessing them via FTS. +*/ +static int fts3Writelock(Fts3Table *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( p->nPendingData==0 ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, 1); + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** FTS maintains a separate indexes for each language-id (a 32-bit integer). +** Within each language id, a separate index is maintained to store the +** document terms, and each configured prefix size (configured the FTS +** "prefix=" option). And each index consists of multiple levels ("relative +** levels"). +** +** All three of these values (the language id, the specific index and the +** level within the index) are encoded in 64-bit integer values stored +** in the %_segdir table on disk. This function is used to convert three +** separate component values into the single 64-bit integer value that +** can be used to query the %_segdir table. +** +** Specifically, each language-id/index combination is allocated 1024 +** 64-bit integer level values ("absolute levels"). The main terms index +** for language-id 0 is allocate values 0-1023. The first prefix index +** (if any) for language-id 0 is allocated values 1024-2047. And so on. +** Language 1 indexes are allocated immediately following language 0. +** +** So, for a system with nPrefix prefix indexes configured, the block of +** absolute levels that corresponds to language-id iLangid and index +** iIndex starts at absolute level ((iLangid * (nPrefix+1) + iIndex) * 1024). +*/ +static sqlite3_int64 getAbsoluteLevel( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + int iLangid, /* Language id */ + int iIndex, /* Index in p->aIndex[] */ + int iLevel /* Level of segments */ +){ + sqlite3_int64 iBase; /* First absolute level for iLangid/iIndex */ + assert( iLangid>=0 ); + assert( p->nIndex>0 ); + assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex ); + + iBase = ((sqlite3_int64)iLangid * p->nIndex + iIndex) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL; + return iBase + iLevel; +} + +/* +** Set *ppStmt to a statement handle that may be used to iterate through +** all rows in the %_segdir table, from oldest to newest. If successful, +** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs while preparing the statement, +** return an SQLite error code. +** +** There is only ever one instance of this SQL statement compiled for +** each FTS3 table. +** +** The statement returns the following columns from the %_segdir table: +** +** 0: idx +** 1: start_block +** 2: leaves_end_block +** 3: end_block +** 4: root +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table */ + int iLangid, /* Language being queried */ + int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex[] */ + int iLevel, /* Level to select (relative level) */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Compiled statement */ +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + + assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL || iLevel>=0 ); + assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL ); + assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex ); + + if( iLevel<0 ){ + /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? ORDER BY ..." */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0)); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, + getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1) + ); + } + }else{ + /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level = ? ORDER BY ..." */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex,iLevel)); + } + } + *ppStmt = pStmt; + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Append a single varint to a PendingList buffer. SQLITE_OK is returned +** if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. +** +** This function also serves to allocate the PendingList structure itself. +** For example, to create a new PendingList structure containing two +** varints: +** +** PendingList *p = 0; +** fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 1); +** fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 2); +*/ +static int fts3PendingListAppendVarint( + PendingList **pp, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to PendingList struct */ + sqlite3_int64 i /* Value to append to data */ +){ + PendingList *p = *pp; + + /* Allocate or grow the PendingList as required. */ + if( !p ){ + p = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*p) + 100); + if( !p ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + p->nSpace = 100; + p->aData = (char *)&p[1]; + p->nData = 0; + } + else if( p->nData+FTS3_VARINT_MAX+1>p->nSpace ){ + int nNew = p->nSpace * 2; + p = sqlite3_realloc(p, sizeof(*p) + nNew); + if( !p ){ + sqlite3_free(*pp); + *pp = 0; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + p->nSpace = nNew; + p->aData = (char *)&p[1]; + } + + /* Append the new serialized varint to the end of the list. */ + p->nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p->aData[p->nData], i); + p->aData[p->nData] = '\0'; + *pp = p; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Add a docid/column/position entry to a PendingList structure. Non-zero +** is returned if the structure is sqlite3_realloced as part of adding +** the entry. Otherwise, zero. +** +** If an OOM error occurs, *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM before returning. +** Zero is always returned in this case. Otherwise, if no OOM error occurs, +** it is set to SQLITE_OK. +*/ +static int fts3PendingListAppend( + PendingList **pp, /* IN/OUT: PendingList structure */ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid for entry to add */ + sqlite3_int64 iCol, /* Column for entry to add */ + sqlite3_int64 iPos, /* Position of term for entry to add */ + int *pRc /* OUT: Return code */ +){ + PendingList *p = *pp; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( !p || p->iLastDocid<=iDocid ); + + if( !p || p->iLastDocid!=iDocid ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDelta = iDocid - (p ? p->iLastDocid : 0); + if( p ){ + assert( p->nData<p->nSpace ); + assert( p->aData[p->nData]==0 ); + p->nData++; + } + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iDelta)) ){ + goto pendinglistappend_out; + } + p->iLastCol = -1; + p->iLastPos = 0; + p->iLastDocid = iDocid; + } + if( iCol>0 && p->iLastCol!=iCol ){ + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 1)) + || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iCol)) + ){ + goto pendinglistappend_out; + } + p->iLastCol = iCol; + p->iLastPos = 0; + } + if( iCol>=0 ){ + assert( iPos>p->iLastPos || (iPos==0 && p->iLastPos==0) ); + rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 2+iPos-p->iLastPos); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->iLastPos = iPos; + } + } + + pendinglistappend_out: + *pRc = rc; + if( p!=*pp ){ + *pp = p; + return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Free a PendingList object allocated by fts3PendingListAppend(). +*/ +static void fts3PendingListDelete(PendingList *pList){ + sqlite3_free(pList); +} + +/* +** Add an entry to one of the pending-terms hash tables. +*/ +static int fts3PendingTermsAddOne( + Fts3Table *p, + int iCol, + int iPos, + Fts3Hash *pHash, /* Pending terms hash table to add entry to */ + const char *zToken, + int nToken +){ + PendingList *pList; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken); + if( pList ){ + p->nPendingData -= (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem)); + } + if( fts3PendingListAppend(&pList, p->iPrevDocid, iCol, iPos, &rc) ){ + if( pList==fts3HashInsert(pHash, zToken, nToken, pList) ){ + /* Malloc failed while inserting the new entry. This can only + ** happen if there was no previous entry for this token. + */ + assert( 0==fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken) ); + sqlite3_free(pList); + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->nPendingData += (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem)); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Tokenize the nul-terminated string zText and add all tokens to the +** pending-terms hash-table. The docid used is that currently stored in +** p->iPrevDocid, and the column is specified by argument iCol. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int fts3PendingTermsAdd( + Fts3Table *p, /* Table into which text will be inserted */ + int iLangid, /* Language id to use */ + const char *zText, /* Text of document to be inserted */ + int iCol, /* Column into which text is being inserted */ + u32 *pnWord /* IN/OUT: Incr. by number tokens inserted */ +){ + int rc; + int iStart = 0; + int iEnd = 0; + int iPos = 0; + int nWord = 0; + + char const *zToken; + int nToken = 0; + + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = p->pTokenizer; + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr; + int (*xNext)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, + const char**,int*,int*,int*,int*); + + assert( pTokenizer && pModule ); + + /* If the user has inserted a NULL value, this function may be called with + ** zText==0. In this case, add zero token entries to the hash table and + ** return early. */ + if( zText==0 ){ + *pnWord = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, iLangid, zText, -1, &pCsr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + xNext = pModule->xNext; + while( SQLITE_OK==rc + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos)) + ){ + int i; + if( iPos>=nWord ) nWord = iPos+1; + + /* Positions cannot be negative; we use -1 as a terminator internally. + ** Tokens must have a non-zero length. + */ + if( iPos<0 || !zToken || nToken<=0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + break; + } + + /* Add the term to the terms index */ + rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne( + p, iCol, iPos, &p->aIndex[0].hPending, zToken, nToken + ); + + /* Add the term to each of the prefix indexes that it is not too + ** short for. */ + for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){ + struct Fts3Index *pIndex = &p->aIndex[i]; + if( nToken<pIndex->nPrefix ) continue; + rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne( + p, iCol, iPos, &pIndex->hPending, zToken, pIndex->nPrefix + ); + } + } + + pModule->xClose(pCsr); + *pnWord += nWord; + return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc); +} + +/* +** Calling this function indicates that subsequent calls to +** fts3PendingTermsAdd() are to add term/position-list pairs for the +** contents of the document with docid iDocid. +*/ +static int fts3PendingTermsDocid( + Fts3Table *p, /* Full-text table handle */ + int bDelete, /* True if this op is a delete */ + int iLangid, /* Language id of row being written */ + sqlite_int64 iDocid /* Docid of row being written */ +){ + assert( iLangid>=0 ); + assert( bDelete==1 || bDelete==0 ); + + /* TODO(shess) Explore whether partially flushing the buffer on + ** forced-flush would provide better performance. I suspect that if + ** we ordered the doclists by size and flushed the largest until the + ** buffer was half empty, that would let the less frequent terms + ** generate longer doclists. + */ + if( iDocid<p->iPrevDocid + || (iDocid==p->iPrevDocid && p->bPrevDelete==0) + || p->iPrevLangid!=iLangid + || p->nPendingData>p->nMaxPendingData + ){ + int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + p->iPrevDocid = iDocid; + p->iPrevLangid = iLangid; + p->bPrevDelete = bDelete; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash tables. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *p){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<p->nIndex; i++){ + Fts3HashElem *pElem; + Fts3Hash *pHash = &p->aIndex[i].hPending; + for(pElem=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=fts3HashNext(pElem)){ + PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem); + fts3PendingListDelete(pList); + } + fts3HashClear(pHash); + } + p->nPendingData = 0; +} + +/* +** This function is called by the xUpdate() method as part of an INSERT +** operation. It adds entries for each term in the new record to the +** pendingTerms hash table. +** +** Argument apVal is the same as the similarly named argument passed to +** fts3InsertData(). Parameter iDocid is the docid of the new row. +*/ +static int fts3InsertTerms( + Fts3Table *p, + int iLangid, + sqlite3_value **apVal, + u32 *aSz +){ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + for(i=2; i<p->nColumn+2; i++){ + int iCol = i-2; + if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){ + const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[i]); + int rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, zText, iCol, &aSz[iCol]); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[i]); + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This function is called by the xUpdate() method for an INSERT operation. +** The apVal parameter is passed a copy of the apVal argument passed by +** SQLite to the xUpdate() method. i.e: +** +** apVal[0] Not used for INSERT. +** apVal[1] rowid +** apVal[2] Left-most user-defined column +** ... +** apVal[p->nColumn+1] Right-most user-defined column +** apVal[p->nColumn+2] Hidden column with same name as table +** apVal[p->nColumn+3] Hidden "docid" column (alias for rowid) +** apVal[p->nColumn+4] Hidden languageid column +*/ +static int fts3InsertData( + Fts3Table *p, /* Full-text table */ + sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of values to insert */ + sqlite3_int64 *piDocid /* OUT: Docid for row just inserted */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + sqlite3_stmt *pContentInsert; /* INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(...) */ + + if( p->zContentTbl ){ + sqlite3_value *pRowid = apVal[p->nColumn+3]; + if( sqlite3_value_type(pRowid)==SQLITE_NULL ){ + pRowid = apVal[1]; + } + if( sqlite3_value_type(pRowid)!=SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; + } + *piDocid = sqlite3_value_int64(pRowid); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Locate the statement handle used to insert data into the %_content + ** table. The SQL for this statement is: + ** + ** INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(?, ?, ?, ...) + ** + ** The statement features N '?' variables, where N is the number of user + ** defined columns in the FTS3 table, plus one for the docid field. + */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CONTENT_INSERT, &pContentInsert, &apVal[1]); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->zLanguageid ){ + rc = sqlite3_bind_int( + pContentInsert, p->nColumn+2, + sqlite3_value_int(apVal[p->nColumn+4]) + ); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* There is a quirk here. The users INSERT statement may have specified + ** a value for the "rowid" field, for the "docid" field, or for both. + ** Which is a problem, since "rowid" and "docid" are aliases for the + ** same value. For example: + ** + ** INSERT INTO fts3tbl(rowid, docid) VALUES(1, 2); + ** + ** In FTS3, this is an error. It is an error to specify non-NULL values + ** for both docid and some other rowid alias. + */ + if( SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[3+p->nColumn]) ){ + if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0]) + && SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1]) + ){ + /* A rowid/docid conflict. */ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pContentInsert, 1, apVal[3+p->nColumn]); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + + /* Execute the statement to insert the record. Set *piDocid to the + ** new docid value. + */ + sqlite3_step(pContentInsert); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pContentInsert); + + *piDocid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(p->db); + return rc; +} + + + +/* +** Remove all data from the FTS3 table. Clear the hash table containing +** pending terms. +*/ +static int fts3DeleteAll(Fts3Table *p, int bContent){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + + /* Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash table. */ + sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); + + /* Delete everything from the shadow tables. Except, leave %_content as + ** is if bContent is false. */ + assert( p->zContentTbl==0 || bContent==0 ); + if( bContent ) fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT, 0); + fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS, 0); + fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR, 0); + if( p->bHasDocsize ){ + fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE, 0); + } + if( p->bHasStat ){ + fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT, 0); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** +*/ +static int langidFromSelect(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_stmt *pSelect){ + int iLangid = 0; + if( p->zLanguageid ) iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pSelect, p->nColumn+1); + return iLangid; +} + +/* +** The first element in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain the docid +** (an integer) of a row about to be deleted. Remove all terms from the +** full-text index. +*/ +static void fts3DeleteTerms( + int *pRC, /* Result code */ + Fts3Table *p, /* The FTS table to delete from */ + sqlite3_value *pRowid, /* The docid to be deleted */ + u32 *aSz, /* Sizes of deleted document written here */ + int *pbFound /* OUT: Set to true if row really does exist */ +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pSelect; + + assert( *pbFound==0 ); + if( *pRC ) return; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID, &pSelect, &pRowid); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){ + int i; + int iLangid = langidFromSelect(p, pSelect); + i64 iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 0); + rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, 1, iLangid, iDocid); + for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=p->nColumn; i++){ + int iCol = i-1; + if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){ + const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pSelect, i); + rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, zText, -1, &aSz[iCol]); + aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, i); + } + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + *pRC = rc; + return; + } + *pbFound = 1; + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + }else{ + sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + } + *pRC = rc; +} + +/* +** Forward declaration to account for the circular dependency between +** functions fts3SegmentMerge() and fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(). +*/ +static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *, int, int, int); + +/* +** This function allocates a new level iLevel index in the segdir table. +** Usually, indexes are allocated within a level sequentially starting +** with 0, so the allocated index is one greater than the value returned +** by: +** +** SELECT max(idx) FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iLevel +** +** However, if there are already FTS3_MERGE_COUNT indexes at the requested +** level, they are merged into a single level (iLevel+1) segment and the +** allocated index is 0. +** +** If successful, *piIdx is set to the allocated index slot and SQLITE_OK +** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned. +*/ +static int fts3AllocateSegdirIdx( + Fts3Table *p, + int iLangid, /* Language id */ + int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */ + int iLevel, + int *piIdx +){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + sqlite3_stmt *pNextIdx; /* Query for next idx at level iLevel */ + int iNext = 0; /* Result of query pNextIdx */ + + assert( iLangid>=0 ); + assert( p->nIndex>=1 ); + + /* Set variable iNext to the next available segdir index at level iLevel. */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX, &pNextIdx, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64( + pNextIdx, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel) + ); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pNextIdx) ){ + iNext = sqlite3_column_int(pNextIdx, 0); + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pNextIdx); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* If iNext is FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, indicating that level iLevel is already + ** full, merge all segments in level iLevel into a single iLevel+1 + ** segment and allocate (newly freed) index 0 at level iLevel. Otherwise, + ** if iNext is less than FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, allocate index iNext. + */ + if( iNext>=FTS3_MERGE_COUNT ){ + fts3LogMerge(16, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel)); + rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel); + *piIdx = 0; + }else{ + *piIdx = iNext; + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** The %_segments table is declared as follows: +** +** CREATE TABLE %_segments(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB) +** +** This function reads data from a single row of the %_segments table. The +** specific row is identified by the iBlockid parameter. If paBlob is not +** NULL, then a buffer is allocated using sqlite3_malloc() and populated +** with the contents of the blob stored in the "block" column of the +** identified table row is. Whether or not paBlob is NULL, *pnBlob is set +** to the size of the blob in bytes before returning. +** +** If an error occurs, or the table does not contain the specified row, +** an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. If +** paBlob is non-NULL, then it is the responsibility of the caller to +** eventually free the returned buffer. +** +** This function may leave an open sqlite3_blob* handle in the +** Fts3Table.pSegments variable. This handle is reused by subsequent calls +** to this function. The handle may be closed by calling the +** sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() function. Reusing a blob handle is a handy +** performance improvement, but the blob handle should always be closed +** before control is returned to the user (to prevent a lock being held +** on the database file for longer than necessary). Thus, any virtual table +** method (xFilter etc.) that may directly or indirectly call this function +** must call sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() before returning. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iBlockid, /* Access the row with blockid=$iBlockid */ + char **paBlob, /* OUT: Blob data in malloc'd buffer */ + int *pnBlob, /* OUT: Size of blob data */ + int *pnLoad /* OUT: Bytes actually loaded */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + + /* pnBlob must be non-NULL. paBlob may be NULL or non-NULL. */ + assert( pnBlob ); + + if( p->pSegments ){ + rc = sqlite3_blob_reopen(p->pSegments, iBlockid); + }else{ + if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ){ + p->zSegmentsTbl = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_segments", p->zName); + if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + rc = sqlite3_blob_open( + p->db, p->zDb, p->zSegmentsTbl, "block", iBlockid, 0, &p->pSegments + ); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nByte = sqlite3_blob_bytes(p->pSegments); + *pnBlob = nByte; + if( paBlob ){ + char *aByte = sqlite3_malloc(nByte + FTS3_NODE_PADDING); + if( !aByte ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + if( pnLoad && nByte>(FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD) ){ + nByte = FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE; + *pnLoad = nByte; + } + rc = sqlite3_blob_read(p->pSegments, aByte, nByte, 0); + memset(&aByte[nByte], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(aByte); + aByte = 0; + } + } + *paBlob = aByte; + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Close the blob handle at p->pSegments, if it is open. See comments above +** the sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() function for details. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *p){ + sqlite3_blob_close(p->pSegments); + p->pSegments = 0; +} + +static int fts3SegReaderIncrRead(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ + int nRead; /* Number of bytes to read */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + + nRead = MIN(pReader->nNode - pReader->nPopulate, FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE); + rc = sqlite3_blob_read( + pReader->pBlob, + &pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate], + nRead, + pReader->nPopulate + ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pReader->nPopulate += nRead; + memset(&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); + if( pReader->nPopulate==pReader->nNode ){ + sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob); + pReader->pBlob = 0; + pReader->nPopulate = 0; + } + } + return rc; +} + +static int fts3SegReaderRequire(Fts3SegReader *pReader, char *pFrom, int nByte){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( !pReader->pBlob + || (pFrom>=pReader->aNode && pFrom<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode]) + ); + while( pReader->pBlob && rc==SQLITE_OK + && (pFrom - pReader->aNode + nByte)>pReader->nPopulate + ){ + rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Set an Fts3SegReader cursor to point at EOF. +*/ +static void fts3SegReaderSetEof(Fts3SegReader *pSeg){ + if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pSeg) ){ + sqlite3_free(pSeg->aNode); + sqlite3_blob_close(pSeg->pBlob); + pSeg->pBlob = 0; + } + pSeg->aNode = 0; +} + +/* +** Move the iterator passed as the first argument to the next term in the +** segment. If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If there is no next term, +** SQLITE_DONE. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int fts3SegReaderNext( + Fts3Table *p, + Fts3SegReader *pReader, + int bIncr +){ + int rc; /* Return code of various sub-routines */ + char *pNext; /* Cursor variable */ + int nPrefix; /* Number of bytes in term prefix */ + int nSuffix; /* Number of bytes in term suffix */ + + if( !pReader->aDoclist ){ + pNext = pReader->aNode; + }else{ + pNext = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]; + } + + if( !pNext || pNext>=&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] ){ + + if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ + Fts3HashElem *pElem = *(pReader->ppNextElem); + sqlite3_free(pReader->aNode); + pReader->aNode = 0; + if( pElem ){ + char *aCopy; + PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem); + int nCopy = pList->nData+1; + pReader->zTerm = (char *)fts3HashKey(pElem); + pReader->nTerm = fts3HashKeysize(pElem); + aCopy = (char*)sqlite3_malloc(nCopy); + if( !aCopy ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memcpy(aCopy, pList->aData, nCopy); + pReader->nNode = pReader->nDoclist = nCopy; + pReader->aNode = pReader->aDoclist = aCopy; + pReader->ppNextElem++; + assert( pReader->aNode ); + } + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + fts3SegReaderSetEof(pReader); + + /* If iCurrentBlock>=iLeafEndBlock, this is an EOF condition. All leaf + ** blocks have already been traversed. */ + assert( pReader->iCurrentBlock<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock ); + if( pReader->iCurrentBlock>=pReader->iLeafEndBlock ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock( + p, ++pReader->iCurrentBlock, &pReader->aNode, &pReader->nNode, + (bIncr ? &pReader->nPopulate : 0) + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + assert( pReader->pBlob==0 ); + if( bIncr && pReader->nPopulate<pReader->nNode ){ + pReader->pBlob = p->pSegments; + p->pSegments = 0; + } + pNext = pReader->aNode; + } + + assert( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ); + + rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Because of the FTS3_NODE_PADDING bytes of padding, the following is + ** safe (no risk of overread) even if the node data is corrupted. */ + pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nPrefix); + pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nSuffix); + if( nPrefix<0 || nSuffix<=0 + || &pNext[nSuffix]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] + ){ + return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + + if( nPrefix+nSuffix>pReader->nTermAlloc ){ + int nNew = (nPrefix+nSuffix)*2; + char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pReader->zTerm, nNew); + if( !zNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pReader->zTerm = zNew; + pReader->nTermAlloc = nNew; + } + + rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, nSuffix+FTS3_VARINT_MAX); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + memcpy(&pReader->zTerm[nPrefix], pNext, nSuffix); + pReader->nTerm = nPrefix+nSuffix; + pNext += nSuffix; + pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &pReader->nDoclist); + pReader->aDoclist = pNext; + pReader->pOffsetList = 0; + + /* Check that the doclist does not appear to extend past the end of the + ** b-tree node. And that the final byte of the doclist is 0x00. If either + ** of these statements is untrue, then the data structure is corrupt. + */ + if( &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] + || (pReader->nPopulate==0 && pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist-1]) + ){ + return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Set the SegReader to point to the first docid in the doclist associated +** with the current term. +*/ +static int fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(Fts3Table *pTab, Fts3SegReader *pReader){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( pReader->aDoclist ); + assert( !pReader->pOffsetList ); + if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ + u8 bEof = 0; + pReader->iDocid = 0; + pReader->nOffsetList = 0; + sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0, + pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &pReader->pOffsetList, + &pReader->iDocid, &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof + ); + }else{ + rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pReader->aDoclist, FTS3_VARINT_MAX); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int n = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pReader->aDoclist, &pReader->iDocid); + pReader->pOffsetList = &pReader->aDoclist[n]; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Advance the SegReader to point to the next docid in the doclist +** associated with the current term. +** +** If arguments ppOffsetList and pnOffsetList are not NULL, then +** *ppOffsetList is set to point to the first column-offset list +** in the doclist entry (i.e. immediately past the docid varint). +** *pnOffsetList is set to the length of the set of column-offset +** lists, not including the nul-terminator byte. For example: +*/ +static int fts3SegReaderNextDocid( + Fts3Table *pTab, + Fts3SegReader *pReader, /* Reader to advance to next docid */ + char **ppOffsetList, /* OUT: Pointer to current position-list */ + int *pnOffsetList /* OUT: Length of *ppOffsetList in bytes */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + char *p = pReader->pOffsetList; + char c = 0; + + assert( p ); + + if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ + /* A pending-terms seg-reader for an FTS4 table that uses order=desc. + ** Pending-terms doclists are always built up in ascending order, so + ** we have to iterate through them backwards here. */ + u8 bEof = 0; + if( ppOffsetList ){ + *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList; + *pnOffsetList = pReader->nOffsetList - 1; + } + sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0, + pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &p, &pReader->iDocid, + &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof + ); + if( bEof ){ + pReader->pOffsetList = 0; + }else{ + pReader->pOffsetList = p; + } + }else{ + char *pEnd = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]; + + /* Pointer p currently points at the first byte of an offset list. The + ** following block advances it to point one byte past the end of + ** the same offset list. */ + while( 1 ){ + + /* The following line of code (and the "p++" below the while() loop) is + ** normally all that is required to move pointer p to the desired + ** position. The exception is if this node is being loaded from disk + ** incrementally and pointer "p" now points to the first byte past + ** the populated part of pReader->aNode[]. + */ + while( *p | c ) c = *p++ & 0x80; + assert( *p==0 ); + + if( pReader->pBlob==0 || p<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate] ) break; + rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + p++; + + /* If required, populate the output variables with a pointer to and the + ** size of the previous offset-list. + */ + if( ppOffsetList ){ + *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList; + *pnOffsetList = (int)(p - pReader->pOffsetList - 1); + } + + /* List may have been edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim() */ + while( p<pEnd && *p==0 ) p++; + + /* If there are no more entries in the doclist, set pOffsetList to + ** NULL. Otherwise, set Fts3SegReader.iDocid to the next docid and + ** Fts3SegReader.pOffsetList to point to the next offset list before + ** returning. + */ + if( p>=pEnd ){ + pReader->pOffsetList = 0; + }else{ + rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, p, FTS3_VARINT_MAX); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDelta; + pReader->pOffsetList = p + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iDelta); + if( pTab->bDescIdx ){ + pReader->iDocid -= iDelta; + }else{ + pReader->iDocid += iDelta; + } + } + } + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, + Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr, + int *pnOvfl +){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int nOvfl = 0; + int ii; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int pgsz = p->nPgsz; + + assert( p->bFts4 ); + assert( pgsz>0 ); + + for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pMsr->nSegment; ii++){ + Fts3SegReader *pReader = pMsr->apSegment[ii]; + if( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) + && !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) + ){ + sqlite3_int64 jj; + for(jj=pReader->iStartBlock; jj<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock; jj++){ + int nBlob; + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, jj, 0, &nBlob, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + if( (nBlob+35)>pgsz ){ + nOvfl += (nBlob + 34)/pgsz; + } + } + } + } + *pnOvfl = nOvfl; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Free all allocations associated with the iterator passed as the +** second argument. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ + if( pReader ){ + if( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ + sqlite3_free(pReader->zTerm); + } + if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) ){ + sqlite3_free(pReader->aNode); + } + sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob); + } + sqlite3_free(pReader); +} + +/* +** Allocate a new SegReader object. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew( + int iAge, /* Segment "age". */ + int bLookup, /* True for a lookup only */ + sqlite3_int64 iStartLeaf, /* First leaf to traverse */ + sqlite3_int64 iEndLeaf, /* Final leaf to traverse */ + sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock, /* Final block of segment */ + const char *zRoot, /* Buffer containing root node */ + int nRoot, /* Size of buffer containing root node */ + Fts3SegReader **ppReader /* OUT: Allocated Fts3SegReader */ +){ + Fts3SegReader *pReader; /* Newly allocated SegReader object */ + int nExtra = 0; /* Bytes to allocate segment root node */ + + assert( iStartLeaf<=iEndLeaf ); + if( iStartLeaf==0 ){ + nExtra = nRoot + FTS3_NODE_PADDING; + } + + pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + nExtra); + if( !pReader ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pReader, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegReader)); + pReader->iIdx = iAge; + pReader->bLookup = bLookup!=0; + pReader->iStartBlock = iStartLeaf; + pReader->iLeafEndBlock = iEndLeaf; + pReader->iEndBlock = iEndBlock; + + if( nExtra ){ + /* The entire segment is stored in the root node. */ + pReader->aNode = (char *)&pReader[1]; + pReader->rootOnly = 1; + pReader->nNode = nRoot; + memcpy(pReader->aNode, zRoot, nRoot); + memset(&pReader->aNode[nRoot], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); + }else{ + pReader->iCurrentBlock = iStartLeaf-1; + } + *ppReader = pReader; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This is a comparison function used as a qsort() callback when sorting +** an array of pending terms by term. This occurs as part of flushing +** the contents of the pending-terms hash table to the database. +*/ +static int SQLITE_CDECL fts3CompareElemByTerm( + const void *lhs, + const void *rhs +){ + char *z1 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs); + char *z2 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs); + int n1 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs); + int n2 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs); + + int n = (n1<n2 ? n1 : n2); + int c = memcmp(z1, z2, n); + if( c==0 ){ + c = n1 - n2; + } + return c; +} + +/* +** This function is used to allocate an Fts3SegReader that iterates through +** a subset of the terms stored in the Fts3Table.pendingTerms array. +** +** If the isPrefixIter parameter is zero, then the returned SegReader iterates +** through each term in the pending-terms table. Or, if isPrefixIter is +** non-zero, it iterates through each term and its prefixes. For example, if +** the pending terms hash table contains the terms "sqlite", "mysql" and +** "firebird", then the iterator visits the following 'terms' (in the order +** shown): +** +** f fi fir fire fireb firebi firebir firebird +** m my mys mysq mysql +** s sq sql sqli sqlit sqlite +** +** Whereas if isPrefixIter is zero, the terms visited are: +** +** firebird mysql sqlite +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to search for */ + int nTerm, /* Size of buffer zTerm */ + int bPrefix, /* True for a prefix iterator */ + Fts3SegReader **ppReader /* OUT: SegReader for pending-terms */ +){ + Fts3SegReader *pReader = 0; /* Fts3SegReader object to return */ + Fts3HashElem *pE; /* Iterator variable */ + Fts3HashElem **aElem = 0; /* Array of term hash entries to scan */ + int nElem = 0; /* Size of array at aElem */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + Fts3Hash *pHash; + + pHash = &p->aIndex[iIndex].hPending; + if( bPrefix ){ + int nAlloc = 0; /* Size of allocated array at aElem */ + + for(pE=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pE; pE=fts3HashNext(pE)){ + char *zKey = (char *)fts3HashKey(pE); + int nKey = fts3HashKeysize(pE); + if( nTerm==0 || (nKey>=nTerm && 0==memcmp(zKey, zTerm, nTerm)) ){ + if( nElem==nAlloc ){ + Fts3HashElem **aElem2; + nAlloc += 16; + aElem2 = (Fts3HashElem **)sqlite3_realloc( + aElem, nAlloc*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *) + ); + if( !aElem2 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + nElem = 0; + break; + } + aElem = aElem2; + } + + aElem[nElem++] = pE; + } + } + + /* If more than one term matches the prefix, sort the Fts3HashElem + ** objects in term order using qsort(). This uses the same comparison + ** callback as is used when flushing terms to disk. + */ + if( nElem>1 ){ + qsort(aElem, nElem, sizeof(Fts3HashElem *), fts3CompareElemByTerm); + } + + }else{ + /* The query is a simple term lookup that matches at most one term in + ** the index. All that is required is a straight hash-lookup. + ** + ** Because the stack address of pE may be accessed via the aElem pointer + ** below, the "Fts3HashElem *pE" must be declared so that it is valid + ** within this entire function, not just this "else{...}" block. + */ + pE = fts3HashFindElem(pHash, zTerm, nTerm); + if( pE ){ + aElem = &pE; + nElem = 1; + } + } + + if( nElem>0 ){ + int nByte = sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + (nElem+1)*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *); + pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( !pReader ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(pReader, 0, nByte); + pReader->iIdx = 0x7FFFFFFF; + pReader->ppNextElem = (Fts3HashElem **)&pReader[1]; + memcpy(pReader->ppNextElem, aElem, nElem*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *)); + } + } + + if( bPrefix ){ + sqlite3_free(aElem); + } + *ppReader = pReader; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Compare the entries pointed to by two Fts3SegReader structures. +** Comparison is as follows: +** +** 1) EOF is greater than not EOF. +** +** 2) The current terms (if any) are compared using memcmp(). If one +** term is a prefix of another, the longer term is considered the +** larger. +** +** 3) By segment age. An older segment is considered larger. +*/ +static int fts3SegReaderCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){ + int rc; + if( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ){ + int rc2 = pLhs->nTerm - pRhs->nTerm; + if( rc2<0 ){ + rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pLhs->nTerm); + }else{ + rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pRhs->nTerm); + } + if( rc==0 ){ + rc = rc2; + } + }else{ + rc = (pLhs->aNode==0) - (pRhs->aNode==0); + } + if( rc==0 ){ + rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx; + } + assert( rc!=0 ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** A different comparison function for SegReader structures. In this +** version, it is assumed that each SegReader points to an entry in +** a doclist for identical terms. Comparison is made as follows: +** +** 1) EOF (end of doclist in this case) is greater than not EOF. +** +** 2) By current docid. +** +** 3) By segment age. An older segment is considered larger. +*/ +static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){ + int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0); + if( rc==0 ){ + if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){ + rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx; + }else{ + rc = (pLhs->iDocid > pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1; + } + } + assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ); + return rc; +} +static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){ + int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0); + if( rc==0 ){ + if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){ + rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx; + }else{ + rc = (pLhs->iDocid < pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1; + } + } + assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Compare the term that the Fts3SegReader object passed as the first argument +** points to with the term specified by arguments zTerm and nTerm. +** +** If the pSeg iterator is already at EOF, return 0. Otherwise, return +** -ve if the pSeg term is less than zTerm/nTerm, 0 if the two terms are +** equal, or +ve if the pSeg term is greater than zTerm/nTerm. +*/ +static int fts3SegReaderTermCmp( + Fts3SegReader *pSeg, /* Segment reader object */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to compare to */ + int nTerm /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */ +){ + int res = 0; + if( pSeg->aNode ){ + if( pSeg->nTerm>nTerm ){ + res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + }else{ + res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, pSeg->nTerm); + } + if( res==0 ){ + res = pSeg->nTerm-nTerm; + } + } + return res; +} + +/* +** Argument apSegment is an array of nSegment elements. It is known that +** the final (nSegment-nSuspect) members are already in sorted order +** (according to the comparison function provided). This function shuffles +** the array around until all entries are in sorted order. +*/ +static void fts3SegReaderSort( + Fts3SegReader **apSegment, /* Array to sort entries of */ + int nSegment, /* Size of apSegment array */ + int nSuspect, /* Unsorted entry count */ + int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) /* Comparison function */ +){ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + + assert( nSuspect<=nSegment ); + + if( nSuspect==nSegment ) nSuspect--; + for(i=nSuspect-1; i>=0; i--){ + int j; + for(j=i; j<(nSegment-1); j++){ + Fts3SegReader *pTmp; + if( xCmp(apSegment[j], apSegment[j+1])<0 ) break; + pTmp = apSegment[j+1]; + apSegment[j+1] = apSegment[j]; + apSegment[j] = pTmp; + } + } + +#ifndef NDEBUG + /* Check that the list really is sorted now. */ + for(i=0; i<(nSuspect-1); i++){ + assert( xCmp(apSegment[i], apSegment[i+1])<0 ); + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Insert a record into the %_segments table. +*/ +static int fts3WriteSegment( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iBlock, /* Block id for new block */ + char *z, /* Pointer to buffer containing block data */ + int n /* Size of buffer z in bytes */ +){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iBlock); + sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, z, n, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Find the largest relative level number in the table. If successful, set +** *pnMax to this value and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs, +** set *pnMax to zero and return an SQLite error code. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, int *pnMax){ + int rc; + int mxLevel = 0; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + mxLevel = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + } + *pnMax = mxLevel; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Insert a record into the %_segdir table. +*/ +static int fts3WriteSegdir( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iLevel, /* Value for "level" field (absolute level) */ + int iIdx, /* Value for "idx" field */ + sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock, /* Value for "start_block" field */ + sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock, /* Value for "leaves_end_block" field */ + sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock, /* Value for "end_block" field */ + sqlite3_int64 nLeafData, /* Bytes of leaf data in segment */ + char *zRoot, /* Blob value for "root" field */ + int nRoot /* Number of bytes in buffer zRoot */ +){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iLevel); + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, iIdx); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 3, iStartBlock); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 4, iLeafEndBlock); + if( nLeafData==0 ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 5, iEndBlock); + }else{ + char *zEnd = sqlite3_mprintf("%lld %lld", iEndBlock, nLeafData); + if( !zEnd ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 5, zEnd, -1, sqlite3_free); + } + sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 6, zRoot, nRoot, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the size of the common prefix (if any) shared by zPrev and +** zNext, in bytes. For example, +** +** fts3PrefixCompress("abc", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 3 +** fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 2 +** fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "Xbcdef", 6) // returns 0 +*/ +static int fts3PrefixCompress( + const char *zPrev, /* Buffer containing previous term */ + int nPrev, /* Size of buffer zPrev in bytes */ + const char *zNext, /* Buffer containing next term */ + int nNext /* Size of buffer zNext in bytes */ +){ + int n; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNext); + for(n=0; n<nPrev && zPrev[n]==zNext[n]; n++); + return n; +} + +/* +** Add term zTerm to the SegmentNode. It is guaranteed that zTerm is larger +** (according to memcmp) than the previous term. +*/ +static int fts3NodeAddTerm( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + SegmentNode **ppTree, /* IN/OUT: SegmentNode handle */ + int isCopyTerm, /* True if zTerm/nTerm is transient */ + const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */ + int nTerm /* Size of term in bytes */ +){ + SegmentNode *pTree = *ppTree; + int rc; + SegmentNode *pNew; + + /* First try to append the term to the current node. Return early if + ** this is possible. + */ + if( pTree ){ + int nData = pTree->nData; /* Current size of node in bytes */ + int nReq = nData; /* Required space after adding zTerm */ + int nPrefix; /* Number of bytes of prefix compression */ + int nSuffix; /* Suffix length */ + + nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pTree->zTerm, pTree->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix; + + nReq += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix)+sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix)+nSuffix; + if( nReq<=p->nNodeSize || !pTree->zTerm ){ + + if( nReq>p->nNodeSize ){ + /* An unusual case: this is the first term to be added to the node + ** and the static node buffer (p->nNodeSize bytes) is not large + ** enough. Use a separately malloced buffer instead This wastes + ** p->nNodeSize bytes, but since this scenario only comes about when + ** the database contain two terms that share a prefix of almost 2KB, + ** this is not expected to be a serious problem. + */ + assert( pTree->aData==(char *)&pTree[1] ); + pTree->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nReq); + if( !pTree->aData ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + + if( pTree->zTerm ){ + /* There is no prefix-length field for first term in a node */ + nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nPrefix); + } + + nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nSuffix); + memcpy(&pTree->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix); + pTree->nData = nData + nSuffix; + pTree->nEntry++; + + if( isCopyTerm ){ + if( pTree->nMalloc<nTerm ){ + char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pTree->zMalloc, nTerm*2); + if( !zNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pTree->nMalloc = nTerm*2; + pTree->zMalloc = zNew; + } + pTree->zTerm = pTree->zMalloc; + memcpy(pTree->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + pTree->nTerm = nTerm; + }else{ + pTree->zTerm = (char *)zTerm; + pTree->nTerm = nTerm; + } + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + /* If control flows to here, it was not possible to append zTerm to the + ** current node. Create a new node (a right-sibling of the current node). + ** If this is the first node in the tree, the term is added to it. + ** + ** Otherwise, the term is not added to the new node, it is left empty for + ** now. Instead, the term is inserted into the parent of pTree. If pTree + ** has no parent, one is created here. + */ + pNew = (SegmentNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentNode) + p->nNodeSize); + if( !pNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(SegmentNode)); + pNew->nData = 1 + FTS3_VARINT_MAX; + pNew->aData = (char *)&pNew[1]; + + if( pTree ){ + SegmentNode *pParent = pTree->pParent; + rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pParent, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + if( pTree->pParent==0 ){ + pTree->pParent = pParent; + } + pTree->pRight = pNew; + pNew->pLeftmost = pTree->pLeftmost; + pNew->pParent = pParent; + pNew->zMalloc = pTree->zMalloc; + pNew->nMalloc = pTree->nMalloc; + pTree->zMalloc = 0; + }else{ + pNew->pLeftmost = pNew; + rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pNew, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + } + + *ppTree = pNew; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Helper function for fts3NodeWrite(). +*/ +static int fts3TreeFinishNode( + SegmentNode *pTree, + int iHeight, + sqlite3_int64 iLeftChild +){ + int nStart; + assert( iHeight>=1 && iHeight<128 ); + nStart = FTS3_VARINT_MAX - sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iLeftChild); + pTree->aData[nStart] = (char)iHeight; + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nStart+1], iLeftChild); + return nStart; +} + +/* +** Write the buffer for the segment node pTree and all of its peers to the +** database. Then call this function recursively to write the parent of +** pTree and its peers to the database. +** +** Except, if pTree is a root node, do not write it to the database. Instead, +** set output variables *paRoot and *pnRoot to contain the root node. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and output variable *piLast is +** set to the largest blockid written to the database (or zero if no +** blocks were written to the db). Otherwise, an SQLite error code is +** returned. +*/ +static int fts3NodeWrite( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + SegmentNode *pTree, /* SegmentNode handle */ + int iHeight, /* Height of this node in tree */ + sqlite3_int64 iLeaf, /* Block id of first leaf node */ + sqlite3_int64 iFree, /* Block id of next free slot in %_segments */ + sqlite3_int64 *piLast, /* OUT: Block id of last entry written */ + char **paRoot, /* OUT: Data for root node */ + int *pnRoot /* OUT: Size of root node in bytes */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( !pTree->pParent ){ + /* Root node of the tree. */ + int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pTree, iHeight, iLeaf); + *piLast = iFree-1; + *pnRoot = pTree->nData - nStart; + *paRoot = &pTree->aData[nStart]; + }else{ + SegmentNode *pIter; + sqlite3_int64 iNextFree = iFree; + sqlite3_int64 iNextLeaf = iLeaf; + for(pIter=pTree->pLeftmost; pIter && rc==SQLITE_OK; pIter=pIter->pRight){ + int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pIter, iHeight, iNextLeaf); + int nWrite = pIter->nData - nStart; + + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNextFree, &pIter->aData[nStart], nWrite); + iNextFree++; + iNextLeaf += (pIter->nEntry+1); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( iNextLeaf==iFree ); + rc = fts3NodeWrite( + p, pTree->pParent, iHeight+1, iFree, iNextFree, piLast, paRoot, pnRoot + ); + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Free all memory allocations associated with the tree pTree. +*/ +static void fts3NodeFree(SegmentNode *pTree){ + if( pTree ){ + SegmentNode *p = pTree->pLeftmost; + fts3NodeFree(p->pParent); + while( p ){ + SegmentNode *pRight = p->pRight; + if( p->aData!=(char *)&p[1] ){ + sqlite3_free(p->aData); + } + assert( pRight==0 || p->zMalloc==0 ); + sqlite3_free(p->zMalloc); + sqlite3_free(p); + p = pRight; + } + } +} + +/* +** Add a term to the segment being constructed by the SegmentWriter object +** *ppWriter. When adding the first term to a segment, *ppWriter should +** be passed NULL. This function will allocate a new SegmentWriter object +** and return it via the input/output variable *ppWriter in this case. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int fts3SegWriterAdd( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + SegmentWriter **ppWriter, /* IN/OUT: SegmentWriter handle */ + int isCopyTerm, /* True if buffer zTerm must be copied */ + const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */ + int nTerm, /* Size of term in bytes */ + const char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to buffer containing doclist */ + int nDoclist /* Size of doclist in bytes */ +){ + int nPrefix; /* Size of term prefix in bytes */ + int nSuffix; /* Size of term suffix in bytes */ + int nReq; /* Number of bytes required on leaf page */ + int nData; + SegmentWriter *pWriter = *ppWriter; + + if( !pWriter ){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + + /* Allocate the SegmentWriter structure */ + pWriter = (SegmentWriter *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentWriter)); + if( !pWriter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pWriter, 0, sizeof(SegmentWriter)); + *ppWriter = pWriter; + + /* Allocate a buffer in which to accumulate data */ + pWriter->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(p->nNodeSize); + if( !pWriter->aData ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pWriter->nSize = p->nNodeSize; + + /* Find the next free blockid in the %_segments table */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + pWriter->iFree = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0); + pWriter->iFirst = pWriter->iFree; + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + nData = pWriter->nData; + + nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pWriter->zTerm, pWriter->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix; + + /* Figure out how many bytes are required by this new entry */ + nReq = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix) + /* varint containing prefix size */ + sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + /* varint containing suffix size */ + nSuffix + /* Term suffix */ + sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + /* Size of doclist */ + nDoclist; /* Doclist data */ + + if( nData>0 && nData+nReq>p->nNodeSize ){ + int rc; + + /* The current leaf node is full. Write it out to the database. */ + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, nData); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + p->nLeafAdd++; + + /* Add the current term to the interior node tree. The term added to + ** the interior tree must: + ** + ** a) be greater than the largest term on the leaf node just written + ** to the database (still available in pWriter->zTerm), and + ** + ** b) be less than or equal to the term about to be added to the new + ** leaf node (zTerm/nTerm). + ** + ** In other words, it must be the prefix of zTerm 1 byte longer than + ** the common prefix (if any) of zTerm and pWriter->zTerm. + */ + assert( nPrefix<nTerm ); + rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pWriter->pTree, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nPrefix+1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + nData = 0; + pWriter->nTerm = 0; + + nPrefix = 0; + nSuffix = nTerm; + nReq = 1 + /* varint containing prefix size */ + sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nTerm) + /* varint containing suffix size */ + nTerm + /* Term suffix */ + sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + /* Size of doclist */ + nDoclist; /* Doclist data */ + } + + /* Increase the total number of bytes written to account for the new entry. */ + pWriter->nLeafData += nReq; + + /* If the buffer currently allocated is too small for this entry, realloc + ** the buffer to make it large enough. + */ + if( nReq>pWriter->nSize ){ + char *aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->aData, nReq); + if( !aNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pWriter->aData = aNew; + pWriter->nSize = nReq; + } + assert( nData+nReq<=pWriter->nSize ); + + /* Append the prefix-compressed term and doclist to the buffer. */ + nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nPrefix); + nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nSuffix); + memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix); + nData += nSuffix; + nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nDoclist); + memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], aDoclist, nDoclist); + pWriter->nData = nData + nDoclist; + + /* Save the current term so that it can be used to prefix-compress the next. + ** If the isCopyTerm parameter is true, then the buffer pointed to by + ** zTerm is transient, so take a copy of the term data. Otherwise, just + ** store a copy of the pointer. + */ + if( isCopyTerm ){ + if( nTerm>pWriter->nMalloc ){ + char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->zMalloc, nTerm*2); + if( !zNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pWriter->nMalloc = nTerm*2; + pWriter->zMalloc = zNew; + pWriter->zTerm = zNew; + } + assert( pWriter->zTerm==pWriter->zMalloc ); + memcpy(pWriter->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm); + }else{ + pWriter->zTerm = (char *)zTerm; + } + pWriter->nTerm = nTerm; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Flush all data associated with the SegmentWriter object pWriter to the +** database. This function must be called after all terms have been added +** to the segment using fts3SegWriterAdd(). If successful, SQLITE_OK is +** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int fts3SegWriterFlush( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + SegmentWriter *pWriter, /* SegmentWriter to flush to the db */ + sqlite3_int64 iLevel, /* Value for 'level' column of %_segdir */ + int iIdx /* Value for 'idx' column of %_segdir */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + if( pWriter->pTree ){ + sqlite3_int64 iLast = 0; /* Largest block id written to database */ + sqlite3_int64 iLastLeaf; /* Largest leaf block id written to db */ + char *zRoot = NULL; /* Pointer to buffer containing root node */ + int nRoot = 0; /* Size of buffer zRoot */ + + iLastLeaf = pWriter->iFree; + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3NodeWrite(p, pWriter->pTree, 1, + pWriter->iFirst, pWriter->iFree, &iLast, &zRoot, &nRoot); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx, + pWriter->iFirst, iLastLeaf, iLast, pWriter->nLeafData, zRoot, nRoot); + } + }else{ + /* The entire tree fits on the root node. Write it to the segdir table. */ + rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx, + 0, 0, 0, pWriter->nLeafData, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData); + } + p->nLeafAdd++; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Release all memory held by the SegmentWriter object passed as the +** first argument. +*/ +static void fts3SegWriterFree(SegmentWriter *pWriter){ + if( pWriter ){ + sqlite3_free(pWriter->aData); + sqlite3_free(pWriter->zMalloc); + fts3NodeFree(pWriter->pTree); + sqlite3_free(pWriter); + } +} + +/* +** The first value in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain an integer. +** This function tests if there exist any documents with docid values that +** are different from that integer. i.e. if deleting the document with docid +** pRowid would mean the FTS3 table were empty. +** +** If successful, *pisEmpty is set to true if the table is empty except for +** document pRowid, or false otherwise, and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an +** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. +*/ +static int fts3IsEmpty(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pRowid, int *pisEmpty){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + int rc; + if( p->zContentTbl ){ + /* If using the content=xxx option, assume the table is never empty */ + *pisEmpty = 0; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_IS_EMPTY, &pStmt, &pRowid); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + *pisEmpty = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Set *pnMax to the largest segment level in the database for the index +** iIndex. +** +** Segment levels are stored in the 'level' column of the %_segdir table. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if not. +*/ +static int fts3SegmentMaxLevel( + Fts3Table *p, + int iLangid, + int iIndex, + sqlite3_int64 *pnMax +){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + int rc; + assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex ); + + /* Set pStmt to the compiled version of: + ** + ** SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? + ** + ** (1024 is actually the value of macro FTS3_SEGDIR_PREFIXLEVEL_STR). + */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0)); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, + getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1) + ); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + *pnMax = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0); + } + return sqlite3_reset(pStmt); +} + +/* +** iAbsLevel is an absolute level that may be assumed to exist within +** the database. This function checks if it is the largest level number +** within its index. Assuming no error occurs, *pbMax is set to 1 if +** iAbsLevel is indeed the largest level, or 0 otherwise, and SQLITE_OK +** is returned. If an error occurs, an error code is returned and the +** final value of *pbMax is undefined. +*/ +static int fts3SegmentIsMaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, i64 iAbsLevel, int *pbMax){ + + /* Set pStmt to the compiled version of: + ** + ** SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? + ** + ** (1024 is actually the value of macro FTS3_SEGDIR_PREFIXLEVEL_STR). + */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iAbsLevel+1); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, + ((iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL)+1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + ); + + *pbMax = 0; + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + *pbMax = sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_NULL; + } + return sqlite3_reset(pStmt); +} + +/* +** Delete all entries in the %_segments table associated with the segment +** opened with seg-reader pSeg. This function does not affect the contents +** of the %_segdir table. +*/ +static int fts3DeleteSegment( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg /* Segment to delete */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + if( pSeg->iStartBlock ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pDelete; /* SQL statement to delete rows */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE, &pDelete, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, pSeg->iStartBlock); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, pSeg->iEndBlock); + sqlite3_step(pDelete); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is used after merging multiple segments into a single large +** segment to delete the old, now redundant, segment b-trees. Specifically, +** it: +** +** 1) Deletes all %_segments entries for the segments associated with +** each of the SegReader objects in the array passed as the third +** argument, and +** +** 2) deletes all %_segdir entries with level iLevel, or all %_segdir +** entries regardless of level if (iLevel<0). +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, otherwise an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int fts3DeleteSegdir( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + int iLangid, /* Language id */ + int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */ + int iLevel, /* Level of %_segdir entries to delete */ + Fts3SegReader **apSegment, /* Array of SegReader objects */ + int nReader /* Size of array apSegment */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + sqlite3_stmt *pDelete = 0; /* SQL statement to delete rows */ + + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nReader; i++){ + rc = fts3DeleteSegment(p, apSegment[i]); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + assert( iLevel>=0 || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ); + if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE, &pDelete, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0)); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, + getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1) + ); + } + }else{ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pDelete, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64( + pDelete, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel) + ); + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_step(pDelete); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** When this function is called, buffer *ppList (size *pnList bytes) contains +** a position list that may (or may not) feature multiple columns. This +** function adjusts the pointer *ppList and the length *pnList so that they +** identify the subset of the position list that corresponds to column iCol. +** +** If there are no entries in the input position list for column iCol, then +** *pnList is set to zero before returning. +** +** If parameter bZero is non-zero, then any part of the input list following +** the end of the output list is zeroed before returning. +*/ +static void fts3ColumnFilter( + int iCol, /* Column to filter on */ + int bZero, /* Zero out anything following *ppList */ + char **ppList, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to position list */ + int *pnList /* IN/OUT: Size of buffer *ppList in bytes */ +){ + char *pList = *ppList; + int nList = *pnList; + char *pEnd = &pList[nList]; + int iCurrent = 0; + char *p = pList; + + assert( iCol>=0 ); + while( 1 ){ + char c = 0; + while( p<pEnd && (c | *p)&0xFE ) c = *p++ & 0x80; + + if( iCol==iCurrent ){ + nList = (int)(p - pList); + break; + } + + nList -= (int)(p - pList); + pList = p; + if( nList==0 ){ + break; + } + p = &pList[1]; + p += fts3GetVarint32(p, &iCurrent); + } + + if( bZero && &pList[nList]!=pEnd ){ + memset(&pList[nList], 0, pEnd - &pList[nList]); + } + *ppList = pList; + *pnList = nList; +} + +/* +** Cache data in the Fts3MultiSegReader.aBuffer[] buffer (overwriting any +** existing data). Grow the buffer if required. +** +** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered +** trying to resize the buffer, return SQLITE_NOMEM. +*/ +static int fts3MsrBufferData( + Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr, /* Multi-segment-reader handle */ + char *pList, + int nList +){ + if( nList>pMsr->nBuffer ){ + char *pNew; + pMsr->nBuffer = nList*2; + pNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(pMsr->aBuffer, pMsr->nBuffer); + if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pMsr->aBuffer = pNew; + } + + memcpy(pMsr->aBuffer, pList, nList); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr, /* Multi-segment-reader handle */ + sqlite3_int64 *piDocid, /* OUT: Docid value */ + char **paPoslist, /* OUT: Pointer to position list */ + int *pnPoslist /* OUT: Size of position list in bytes */ +){ + int nMerge = pMsr->nAdvance; + Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pMsr->apSegment; + int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = ( + p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp + ); + + if( nMerge==0 ){ + *paPoslist = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + while( 1 ){ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg; + pSeg = pMsr->apSegment[0]; + + if( pSeg->pOffsetList==0 ){ + *paPoslist = 0; + break; + }else{ + int rc; + char *pList; + int nList; + int j; + sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid; + + rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList); + j = 1; + while( rc==SQLITE_OK + && j<nMerge + && apSegment[j]->pOffsetList + && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid + ){ + rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0); + j++; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + fts3SegReaderSort(pMsr->apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp); + + if( nList>0 && fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){ + rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pMsr, pList, nList+1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + assert( (pMsr->aBuffer[nList] & 0xFE)==0x00 ); + pList = pMsr->aBuffer; + } + + if( pMsr->iColFilter>=0 ){ + fts3ColumnFilter(pMsr->iColFilter, 1, &pList, &nList); + } + + if( nList>0 ){ + *paPoslist = pList; + *piDocid = iDocid; + *pnPoslist = nList; + break; + } + } + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static int fts3SegReaderStart( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term searched for (or NULL) */ + int nTerm /* Length of zTerm in bytes */ +){ + int i; + int nSeg = pCsr->nSegment; + + /* If the Fts3SegFilter defines a specific term (or term prefix) to search + ** for, then advance each segment iterator until it points to a term of + ** equal or greater value than the specified term. This prevents many + ** unnecessary merge/sort operations for the case where single segment + ** b-tree leaf nodes contain more than one term. + */ + for(i=0; pCsr->bRestart==0 && i<pCsr->nSegment; i++){ + int res = 0; + Fts3SegReader *pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[i]; + do { + int rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, pSeg, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + }while( zTerm && (res = fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm))<0 ); + + if( pSeg->bLookup && res!=0 ){ + fts3SegReaderSetEof(pSeg); + } + } + fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, nSeg, nSeg, fts3SegReaderCmp); + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ + Fts3SegFilter *pFilter /* Restrictions on range of iteration */ +){ + pCsr->pFilter = pFilter; + return fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm); +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ + int iCol, /* Column to match on. */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to iterate through a doclist for */ + int nTerm /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ +){ + int i; + int rc; + int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment; + int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = ( + p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp + ); + + assert( pCsr->pFilter==0 ); + assert( zTerm && nTerm>0 ); + + /* Advance each segment iterator until it points to the term zTerm/nTerm. */ + rc = fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, zTerm, nTerm); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Determine how many of the segments actually point to zTerm/nTerm. */ + for(i=0; i<nSegment; i++){ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[i]; + if( !pSeg->aNode || fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm) ){ + break; + } + } + pCsr->nAdvance = i; + + /* Advance each of the segments to point to the first docid. */ + for(i=0; i<pCsr->nAdvance; i++){ + rc = fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(p, pCsr->apSegment[i]); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, i, i, xCmp); + + assert( iCol<0 || iCol<p->nColumn ); + pCsr->iColFilter = iCol; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This function is called on a MultiSegReader that has been started using +** sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(). One or more calls to MsrIncrNext() may also +** have been made. Calling this function puts the MultiSegReader in such +** a state that if the next two calls are: +** +** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart() +** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep() +** +** then the entire doclist for the term is available in +** MultiSegReader.aDoclist/nDoclist. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr){ + int i; /* Used to iterate through segment-readers */ + + assert( pCsr->zTerm==0 ); + assert( pCsr->nTerm==0 ); + assert( pCsr->aDoclist==0 ); + assert( pCsr->nDoclist==0 ); + + pCsr->nAdvance = 0; + pCsr->bRestart = 1; + for(i=0; i<pCsr->nSegment; i++){ + pCsr->apSegment[i]->pOffsetList = 0; + pCsr->apSegment[i]->nOffsetList = 0; + pCsr->apSegment[i]->iDocid = 0; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep( + Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + int isIgnoreEmpty = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY); + int isRequirePos = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS); + int isColFilter = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER); + int isPrefix = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX); + int isScan = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN); + int isFirst = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST); + + Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pCsr->apSegment; + int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment; + Fts3SegFilter *pFilter = pCsr->pFilter; + int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = ( + p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp + ); + + if( pCsr->nSegment==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + + do { + int nMerge; + int i; + + /* Advance the first pCsr->nAdvance entries in the apSegment[] array + ** forward. Then sort the list in order of current term again. + */ + for(i=0; i<pCsr->nAdvance; i++){ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg = apSegment[i]; + if( pSeg->bLookup ){ + fts3SegReaderSetEof(pSeg); + }else{ + rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, pSeg, 0); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nSegment, pCsr->nAdvance, fts3SegReaderCmp); + pCsr->nAdvance = 0; + + /* If all the seg-readers are at EOF, we're finished. return SQLITE_OK. */ + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + if( apSegment[0]->aNode==0 ) break; + + pCsr->nTerm = apSegment[0]->nTerm; + pCsr->zTerm = apSegment[0]->zTerm; + + /* If this is a prefix-search, and if the term that apSegment[0] points + ** to does not share a suffix with pFilter->zTerm/nTerm, then all + ** required callbacks have been made. In this case exit early. + ** + ** Similarly, if this is a search for an exact match, and the first term + ** of segment apSegment[0] is not a match, exit early. + */ + if( pFilter->zTerm && !isScan ){ + if( pCsr->nTerm<pFilter->nTerm + || (!isPrefix && pCsr->nTerm>pFilter->nTerm) + || memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm) + ){ + break; + } + } + + nMerge = 1; + while( nMerge<nSegment + && apSegment[nMerge]->aNode + && apSegment[nMerge]->nTerm==pCsr->nTerm + && 0==memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, apSegment[nMerge]->zTerm, pCsr->nTerm) + ){ + nMerge++; + } + + assert( isIgnoreEmpty || (isRequirePos && !isColFilter) ); + if( nMerge==1 + && !isIgnoreEmpty + && !isFirst + && (p->bDescIdx==0 || fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0])==0) + ){ + pCsr->nDoclist = apSegment[0]->nDoclist; + if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){ + rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pCsr, apSegment[0]->aDoclist, pCsr->nDoclist); + pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer; + }else{ + pCsr->aDoclist = apSegment[0]->aDoclist; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_ROW; + }else{ + int nDoclist = 0; /* Size of doclist */ + sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; /* Previous docid stored in doclist */ + + /* The current term of the first nMerge entries in the array + ** of Fts3SegReader objects is the same. The doclists must be merged + ** and a single term returned with the merged doclist. + */ + for(i=0; i<nMerge; i++){ + fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(p, apSegment[i]); + } + fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, nMerge, xCmp); + while( apSegment[0]->pOffsetList ){ + int j; /* Number of segments that share a docid */ + char *pList = 0; + int nList = 0; + int nByte; + sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid; + fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList); + j = 1; + while( j<nMerge + && apSegment[j]->pOffsetList + && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid + ){ + fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0); + j++; + } + + if( isColFilter ){ + fts3ColumnFilter(pFilter->iCol, 0, &pList, &nList); + } + + if( !isIgnoreEmpty || nList>0 ){ + + /* Calculate the 'docid' delta value to write into the merged + ** doclist. */ + sqlite3_int64 iDelta; + if( p->bDescIdx && nDoclist>0 ){ + iDelta = iPrev - iDocid; + }else{ + iDelta = iDocid - iPrev; + } + assert( iDelta>0 || (nDoclist==0 && iDelta==iDocid) ); + assert( nDoclist>0 || iDelta==iDocid ); + + nByte = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iDelta) + (isRequirePos?nList+1:0); + if( nDoclist+nByte>pCsr->nBuffer ){ + char *aNew; + pCsr->nBuffer = (nDoclist+nByte)*2; + aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer); + if( !aNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pCsr->aBuffer = aNew; + } + + if( isFirst ){ + char *a = &pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist]; + int nWrite; + + nWrite = sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(iDelta, pList, nList, a); + if( nWrite ){ + iPrev = iDocid; + nDoclist += nWrite; + } + }else{ + nDoclist += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], iDelta); + iPrev = iDocid; + if( isRequirePos ){ + memcpy(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], pList, nList); + nDoclist += nList; + pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist++] = '\0'; + } + } + } + + fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp); + } + if( nDoclist>0 ){ + pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer; + pCsr->nDoclist = nDoclist; + rc = SQLITE_ROW; + } + } + pCsr->nAdvance = nMerge; + }while( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + + return rc; +} + + +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish( + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object */ +){ + if( pCsr ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<pCsr->nSegment; i++){ + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pCsr->apSegment[i]); + } + sqlite3_free(pCsr->apSegment); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aBuffer); + + pCsr->nSegment = 0; + pCsr->apSegment = 0; + pCsr->aBuffer = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Decode the "end_block" field, selected by column iCol of the SELECT +** statement passed as the first argument. +** +** The "end_block" field may contain either an integer, or a text field +** containing the text representation of two non-negative integers separated +** by one or more space (0x20) characters. In the first case, set *piEndBlock +** to the integer value and *pnByte to zero before returning. In the second, +** set *piEndBlock to the first value and *pnByte to the second. +*/ +static void fts3ReadEndBlockField( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, + int iCol, + i64 *piEndBlock, + i64 *pnByte +){ + const unsigned char *zText = sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol); + if( zText ){ + int i; + int iMul = 1; + i64 iVal = 0; + for(i=0; zText[i]>='0' && zText[i]<='9'; i++){ + iVal = iVal*10 + (zText[i] - '0'); + } + *piEndBlock = iVal; + while( zText[i]==' ' ) i++; + iVal = 0; + if( zText[i]=='-' ){ + i++; + iMul = -1; + } + for(/* no-op */; zText[i]>='0' && zText[i]<='9'; i++){ + iVal = iVal*10 + (zText[i] - '0'); + } + *pnByte = (iVal * (i64)iMul); + } +} + + +/* +** A segment of size nByte bytes has just been written to absolute level +** iAbsLevel. Promote any segments that should be promoted as a result. +*/ +static int fts3PromoteSegments( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level just updated */ + sqlite3_int64 nByte /* Size of new segment at iAbsLevel */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3_stmt *pRange; + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE2, &pRange, 0); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int bOk = 0; + i64 iLast = (iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + 1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL - 1; + i64 nLimit = (nByte*3)/2; + + /* Loop through all entries in the %_segdir table corresponding to + ** segments in this index on levels greater than iAbsLevel. If there is + ** at least one such segment, and it is possible to determine that all + ** such segments are smaller than nLimit bytes in size, they will be + ** promoted to level iAbsLevel. */ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 1, iAbsLevel+1); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 2, iLast); + while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pRange) ){ + i64 nSize = 0, dummy; + fts3ReadEndBlockField(pRange, 2, &dummy, &nSize); + if( nSize<=0 || nSize>nLimit ){ + /* If nSize==0, then the %_segdir.end_block field does not not + ** contain a size value. This happens if it was written by an + ** old version of FTS. In this case it is not possible to determine + ** the size of the segment, and so segment promotion does not + ** take place. */ + bOk = 0; + break; + } + bOk = 1; + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRange); + + if( bOk ){ + int iIdx = 0; + sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate1 = 0; + sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate2 = 0; + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL_IDX, &pUpdate1, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL, &pUpdate2, 0); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + + /* Loop through all %_segdir entries for segments in this index with + ** levels equal to or greater than iAbsLevel. As each entry is visited, + ** updated it to set (level = -1) and (idx = N), where N is 0 for the + ** oldest segment in the range, 1 for the next oldest, and so on. + ** + ** In other words, move all segments being promoted to level -1, + ** setting the "idx" fields as appropriate to keep them in the same + ** order. The contents of level -1 (which is never used, except + ** transiently here), will be moved back to level iAbsLevel below. */ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 1, iAbsLevel); + while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pRange) ){ + sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate1, 1, iIdx++); + sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate1, 2, sqlite3_column_int(pRange, 0)); + sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate1, 3, sqlite3_column_int(pRange, 1)); + sqlite3_step(pUpdate1); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pUpdate1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_reset(pRange); + break; + } + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRange); + } + + /* Move level -1 to level iAbsLevel */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pUpdate2, 1, iAbsLevel); + sqlite3_step(pUpdate2); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pUpdate2); + } + } + } + + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Merge all level iLevel segments in the database into a single +** iLevel+1 segment. Or, if iLevel<0, merge all segments into a +** single segment with a level equal to the numerically largest level +** currently present in the database. +** +** If this function is called with iLevel<0, but there is only one +** segment in the database, SQLITE_DONE is returned immediately. +** Otherwise, if successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, +** an SQLite error code is returned. +*/ +static int fts3SegmentMerge( + Fts3Table *p, + int iLangid, /* Language id to merge */ + int iIndex, /* Index in p->aIndex[] to merge */ + int iLevel /* Level to merge */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int iIdx = 0; /* Index of new segment */ + sqlite3_int64 iNewLevel = 0; /* Level/index to create new segment at */ + SegmentWriter *pWriter = 0; /* Used to write the new, merged, segment */ + Fts3SegFilter filter; /* Segment term filter condition */ + Fts3MultiSegReader csr; /* Cursor to iterate through level(s) */ + int bIgnoreEmpty = 0; /* True to ignore empty segments */ + i64 iMaxLevel = 0; /* Max level number for this index/langid */ + + assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL + || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING + || iLevel>=0 + ); + assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL ); + assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex ); + + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, 0, 0, 1, 0, &csr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || csr.nSegment==0 ) goto finished; + + if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){ + rc = fts3SegmentMaxLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, &iMaxLevel); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; + } + + if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){ + /* This call is to merge all segments in the database to a single + ** segment. The level of the new segment is equal to the numerically + ** greatest segment level currently present in the database for this + ** index. The idx of the new segment is always 0. */ + if( csr.nSegment==1 && 0==fts3SegReaderIsPending(csr.apSegment[0]) ){ + rc = SQLITE_DONE; + goto finished; + } + iNewLevel = iMaxLevel; + bIgnoreEmpty = 1; + + }else{ + /* This call is to merge all segments at level iLevel. find the next + ** available segment index at level iLevel+1. The call to + ** fts3AllocateSegdirIdx() will merge the segments at level iLevel+1 to + ** a single iLevel+2 segment if necessary. */ + assert( FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING==-1 ); + iNewLevel = getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel+1); + rc = fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel+1, &iIdx); + bIgnoreEmpty = (iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING) && (iNewLevel>iMaxLevel); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; + + assert( csr.nSegment>0 ); + assert( iNewLevel>=getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0) ); + assert( iNewLevel<getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex,FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL) ); + + memset(&filter, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegFilter)); + filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS; + filter.flags |= (bIgnoreEmpty ? FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY : 0); + + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, &csr, &filter); + while( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, &csr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) break; + rc = fts3SegWriterAdd(p, &pWriter, 1, + csr.zTerm, csr.nTerm, csr.aDoclist, csr.nDoclist); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; + assert( pWriter || bIgnoreEmpty ); + + if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){ + rc = fts3DeleteSegdir( + p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, csr.apSegment, csr.nSegment + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; + } + if( pWriter ){ + rc = fts3SegWriterFlush(p, pWriter, iNewLevel, iIdx); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING || iNewLevel<iMaxLevel ){ + rc = fts3PromoteSegments(p, iNewLevel, pWriter->nLeafData); + } + } + } + + finished: + fts3SegWriterFree(pWriter); + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&csr); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Flush the contents of pendingTerms to level 0 segments. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int i; + + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){ + rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, p->iPrevLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); + + /* Determine the auto-incr-merge setting if unknown. If enabled, + ** estimate the number of leaf blocks of content to be written + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->bHasStat + && p->nAutoincrmerge==0xff && p->nLeafAdd>0 + ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE); + rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + p->nAutoincrmerge = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); + if( p->nAutoincrmerge==1 ) p->nAutoincrmerge = 8; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + p->nAutoincrmerge = 0; + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Encode N integers as varints into a blob. +*/ +static void fts3EncodeIntArray( + int N, /* The number of integers to encode */ + u32 *a, /* The integer values */ + char *zBuf, /* Write the BLOB here */ + int *pNBuf /* Write number of bytes if zBuf[] used here */ +){ + int i, j; + for(i=j=0; i<N; i++){ + j += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&zBuf[j], (sqlite3_int64)a[i]); + } + *pNBuf = j; +} + +/* +** Decode a blob of varints into N integers +*/ +static void fts3DecodeIntArray( + int N, /* The number of integers to decode */ + u32 *a, /* Write the integer values */ + const char *zBuf, /* The BLOB containing the varints */ + int nBuf /* size of the BLOB */ +){ + int i, j; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nBuf); + for(i=j=0; i<N; i++){ + sqlite3_int64 x; + j += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&zBuf[j], &x); + assert(j<=nBuf); + a[i] = (u32)(x & 0xffffffff); + } +} + +/* +** Insert the sizes (in tokens) for each column of the document +** with docid equal to p->iPrevDocid. The sizes are encoded as +** a blob of varints. +*/ +static void fts3InsertDocsize( + int *pRC, /* Result code */ + Fts3Table *p, /* Table into which to insert */ + u32 *aSz /* Sizes of each column, in tokens */ +){ + char *pBlob; /* The BLOB encoding of the document size */ + int nBlob; /* Number of bytes in the BLOB */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement used to insert the encoding */ + int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ + + if( *pRC ) return; + pBlob = sqlite3_malloc( 10*p->nColumn ); + if( pBlob==0 ){ + *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return; + } + fts3EncodeIntArray(p->nColumn, aSz, pBlob, &nBlob); + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3_free(pBlob); + *pRC = rc; + return; + } + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, p->iPrevDocid); + sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, pBlob, nBlob, sqlite3_free); + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); +} + +/* +** Record 0 of the %_stat table contains a blob consisting of N varints, +** where N is the number of user defined columns in the fts3 table plus +** two. If nCol is the number of user defined columns, then values of the +** varints are set as follows: +** +** Varint 0: Total number of rows in the table. +** +** Varint 1..nCol: For each column, the total number of tokens stored in +** the column for all rows of the table. +** +** Varint 1+nCol: The total size, in bytes, of all text values in all +** columns of all rows of the table. +** +*/ +static void fts3UpdateDocTotals( + int *pRC, /* The result code */ + Fts3Table *p, /* Table being updated */ + u32 *aSzIns, /* Size increases */ + u32 *aSzDel, /* Size decreases */ + int nChng /* Change in the number of documents */ +){ + char *pBlob; /* Storage for BLOB written into %_stat */ + int nBlob; /* Size of BLOB written into %_stat */ + u32 *a; /* Array of integers that becomes the BLOB */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement for reading and writing */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ + + const int nStat = p->nColumn+2; + + if( *pRC ) return; + a = sqlite3_malloc( (sizeof(u32)+10)*nStat ); + if( a==0 ){ + *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return; + } + pBlob = (char*)&a[nStat]; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3_free(a); + *pRC = rc; + return; + } + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL); + if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + fts3DecodeIntArray(nStat, a, + sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), + sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0)); + }else{ + memset(a, 0, sizeof(u32)*(nStat) ); + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(a); + *pRC = rc; + return; + } + if( nChng<0 && a[0]<(u32)(-nChng) ){ + a[0] = 0; + }else{ + a[0] += nChng; + } + for(i=0; i<p->nColumn+1; i++){ + u32 x = a[i+1]; + if( x+aSzIns[i] < aSzDel[i] ){ + x = 0; + }else{ + x = x + aSzIns[i] - aSzDel[i]; + } + a[i+1] = x; + } + fts3EncodeIntArray(nStat, a, pBlob, &nBlob); + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3_free(a); + *pRC = rc; + return; + } + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL); + sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, pBlob, nBlob, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + sqlite3_free(a); +} + +/* +** Merge the entire database so that there is one segment for each +** iIndex/iLangid combination. +*/ +static int fts3DoOptimize(Fts3Table *p, int bReturnDone){ + int bSeenDone = 0; + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pAllLangid = 0; + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID, &pAllLangid, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + sqlite3_bind_int(pAllLangid, 1, p->iPrevLangid); + sqlite3_bind_int(pAllLangid, 2, p->nIndex); + while( sqlite3_step(pAllLangid)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + int i; + int iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pAllLangid, 0); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){ + rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, iLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + bSeenDone = 1; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + } + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pAllLangid); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + } + + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); + sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); + + return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bReturnDone && bSeenDone) ? SQLITE_DONE : rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called when the user executes the following statement: +** +** INSERT INTO <tbl>(<tbl>) VALUES('rebuild'); +** +** The entire FTS index is discarded and rebuilt. If the table is one +** created using the content=xxx option, then the new index is based on +** the current contents of the xxx table. Otherwise, it is rebuilt based +** on the contents of the %_content table. +*/ +static int fts3DoRebuild(Fts3Table *p){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + + rc = fts3DeleteAll(p, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u32 *aSz = 0; + u32 *aSzIns = 0; + u32 *aSzDel = 0; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + int nEntry = 0; + + /* Compose and prepare an SQL statement to loop through the content table */ + char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s" , p->zReadExprlist); + if( !zSql ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nByte = sizeof(u32) * (p->nColumn+1)*3; + aSz = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( aSz==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(aSz, 0, nByte); + aSzIns = &aSz[p->nColumn+1]; + aSzDel = &aSzIns[p->nColumn+1]; + } + } + + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + int iCol; + int iLangid = langidFromSelect(p, pStmt); + rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, 0, iLangid, sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0)); + memset(aSz, 0, sizeof(aSz[0]) * (p->nColumn+1)); + for(iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iCol<p->nColumn; iCol++){ + if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){ + const char *z = (const char *) sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol+1); + rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, z, iCol, &aSz[iCol]); + aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol+1); + } + } + if( p->bHasDocsize ){ + fts3InsertDocsize(&rc, p, aSz); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + pStmt = 0; + }else{ + nEntry++; + for(iCol=0; iCol<=p->nColumn; iCol++){ + aSzIns[iCol] += aSz[iCol]; + } + } + } + if( p->bFts4 ){ + fts3UpdateDocTotals(&rc, p, aSzIns, aSzDel, nEntry); + } + sqlite3_free(aSz); + + if( pStmt ){ + int rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; + } + } + } + + return rc; +} + + +/* +** This function opens a cursor used to read the input data for an +** incremental merge operation. Specifically, it opens a cursor to scan +** the oldest nSeg segments (idx=0 through idx=(nSeg-1)) in absolute +** level iAbsLevel. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeCsr( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level to open */ + int nSeg, /* Number of segments to merge */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */ +){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement used to read %_segdir entry */ + int nByte; /* Bytes allocated at pCsr->apSegment[] */ + + /* Allocate space for the Fts3MultiSegReader.aCsr[] array */ + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(*pCsr)); + nByte = sizeof(Fts3SegReader *) * nSeg; + pCsr->apSegment = (Fts3SegReader **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + + if( pCsr->apSegment==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(pCsr->apSegment, 0, nByte); + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; + int rc2; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iAbsLevel); + assert( pCsr->nSegment==0 ); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW && i<nSeg; i++){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(i, 0, + sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1), /* segdir.start_block */ + sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 2), /* segdir.leaves_end_block */ + sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 3), /* segdir.end_block */ + sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4), /* segdir.root */ + sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4), /* segdir.root */ + &pCsr->apSegment[i] + ); + pCsr->nSegment++; + } + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + } + + return rc; +} + +typedef struct IncrmergeWriter IncrmergeWriter; +typedef struct NodeWriter NodeWriter; +typedef struct Blob Blob; +typedef struct NodeReader NodeReader; + +/* +** An instance of the following structure is used as a dynamic buffer +** to build up nodes or other blobs of data in. +** +** The function blobGrowBuffer() is used to extend the allocation. +*/ +struct Blob { + char *a; /* Pointer to allocation */ + int n; /* Number of valid bytes of data in a[] */ + int nAlloc; /* Allocated size of a[] (nAlloc>=n) */ +}; + +/* +** This structure is used to build up buffers containing segment b-tree +** nodes (blocks). +*/ +struct NodeWriter { + sqlite3_int64 iBlock; /* Current block id */ + Blob key; /* Last key written to the current block */ + Blob block; /* Current block image */ +}; + +/* +** An object of this type contains the state required to create or append +** to an appendable b-tree segment. +*/ +struct IncrmergeWriter { + int nLeafEst; /* Space allocated for leaf blocks */ + int nWork; /* Number of leaf pages flushed */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel; /* Absolute level of input segments */ + int iIdx; /* Index of *output* segment in iAbsLevel+1 */ + sqlite3_int64 iStart; /* Block number of first allocated block */ + sqlite3_int64 iEnd; /* Block number of last allocated block */ + sqlite3_int64 nLeafData; /* Bytes of leaf page data so far */ + u8 bNoLeafData; /* If true, store 0 for segment size */ + NodeWriter aNodeWriter[FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT]; +}; + +/* +** An object of the following type is used to read data from a single +** FTS segment node. See the following functions: +** +** nodeReaderInit() +** nodeReaderNext() +** nodeReaderRelease() +*/ +struct NodeReader { + const char *aNode; + int nNode; + int iOff; /* Current offset within aNode[] */ + + /* Output variables. Containing the current node entry. */ + sqlite3_int64 iChild; /* Pointer to child node */ + Blob term; /* Current term */ + const char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist */ + int nDoclist; /* Size of doclist in bytes */ +}; + +/* +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** Otherwise, if the allocation at pBlob->a is not already at least nMin +** bytes in size, extend (realloc) it to be so. +** +** If an OOM error occurs, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM and leave pBlob->a +** unmodified. Otherwise, if the allocation succeeds, update pBlob->nAlloc +** to reflect the new size of the pBlob->a[] buffer. +*/ +static void blobGrowBuffer(Blob *pBlob, int nMin, int *pRc){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && nMin>pBlob->nAlloc ){ + int nAlloc = nMin; + char *a = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(pBlob->a, nAlloc); + if( a ){ + pBlob->nAlloc = nAlloc; + pBlob->a = a; + }else{ + *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } +} + +/* +** Attempt to advance the node-reader object passed as the first argument to +** the next entry on the node. +** +** Return an error code if an error occurs (SQLITE_NOMEM is possible). +** Otherwise return SQLITE_OK. If there is no next entry on the node +** (e.g. because the current entry is the last) set NodeReader->aNode to +** NULL to indicate EOF. Otherwise, populate the NodeReader structure output +** variables for the new entry. +*/ +static int nodeReaderNext(NodeReader *p){ + int bFirst = (p->term.n==0); /* True for first term on the node */ + int nPrefix = 0; /* Bytes to copy from previous term */ + int nSuffix = 0; /* Bytes to append to the prefix */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + + assert( p->aNode ); + if( p->iChild && bFirst==0 ) p->iChild++; + if( p->iOff>=p->nNode ){ + /* EOF */ + p->aNode = 0; + }else{ + if( bFirst==0 ){ + p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &nPrefix); + } + p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &nSuffix); + + blobGrowBuffer(&p->term, nPrefix+nSuffix, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memcpy(&p->term.a[nPrefix], &p->aNode[p->iOff], nSuffix); + p->term.n = nPrefix+nSuffix; + p->iOff += nSuffix; + if( p->iChild==0 ){ + p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &p->nDoclist); + p->aDoclist = &p->aNode[p->iOff]; + p->iOff += p->nDoclist; + } + } + } + + assert( p->iOff<=p->nNode ); + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Release all dynamic resources held by node-reader object *p. +*/ +static void nodeReaderRelease(NodeReader *p){ + sqlite3_free(p->term.a); +} + +/* +** Initialize a node-reader object to read the node in buffer aNode/nNode. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and the NodeReader object set to +** point to the first entry on the node (if any). Otherwise, an SQLite +** error code is returned. +*/ +static int nodeReaderInit(NodeReader *p, const char *aNode, int nNode){ + memset(p, 0, sizeof(NodeReader)); + p->aNode = aNode; + p->nNode = nNode; + + /* Figure out if this is a leaf or an internal node. */ + if( p->aNode[0] ){ + /* An internal node. */ + p->iOff = 1 + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&p->aNode[1], &p->iChild); + }else{ + p->iOff = 1; + } + + return nodeReaderNext(p); +} + +/* +** This function is called while writing an FTS segment each time a leaf o +** node is finished and written to disk. The key (zTerm/nTerm) is guaranteed +** to be greater than the largest key on the node just written, but smaller +** than or equal to the first key that will be written to the next leaf +** node. +** +** The block id of the leaf node just written to disk may be found in +** (pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock) when this function is called. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergePush( + Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */ + IncrmergeWriter *pWriter, /* Writer object */ + const char *zTerm, /* Term to write to internal node */ + int nTerm /* Bytes at zTerm */ +){ + sqlite3_int64 iPtr = pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock; + int iLayer; + + assert( nTerm>0 ); + for(iLayer=1; ALWAYS(iLayer<FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT); iLayer++){ + sqlite3_int64 iNextPtr = 0; + NodeWriter *pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[iLayer]; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nPrefix; + int nSuffix; + int nSpace; + + /* Figure out how much space the key will consume if it is written to + ** the current node of layer iLayer. Due to the prefix compression, + ** the space required changes depending on which node the key is to + ** be added to. */ + nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pNode->key.a, pNode->key.n, zTerm, nTerm); + nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix; + nSpace = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix); + nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix; + + if( pNode->key.n==0 || (pNode->block.n + nSpace)<=p->nNodeSize ){ + /* If the current node of layer iLayer contains zero keys, or if adding + ** the key to it will not cause it to grow to larger than nNodeSize + ** bytes in size, write the key here. */ + + Blob *pBlk = &pNode->block; + if( pBlk->n==0 ){ + blobGrowBuffer(pBlk, p->nNodeSize, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pBlk->a[0] = (char)iLayer; + pBlk->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[1], iPtr); + } + } + blobGrowBuffer(pBlk, pBlk->n + nSpace, &rc); + blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->key, nTerm, &rc); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pNode->key.n ){ + pBlk->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], nPrefix); + } + pBlk->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], nSuffix); + memcpy(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix); + pBlk->n += nSuffix; + + memcpy(pNode->key.a, zTerm, nTerm); + pNode->key.n = nTerm; + } + }else{ + /* Otherwise, flush the current node of layer iLayer to disk. + ** Then allocate a new, empty sibling node. The key will be written + ** into the parent of this node. */ + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pNode->iBlock, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n); + + assert( pNode->block.nAlloc>=p->nNodeSize ); + pNode->block.a[0] = (char)iLayer; + pNode->block.n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->block.a[1], iPtr+1); + + iNextPtr = pNode->iBlock; + pNode->iBlock++; + pNode->key.n = 0; + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iNextPtr==0 ) return rc; + iPtr = iNextPtr; + } + + assert( 0 ); + return 0; +} + +/* +** Append a term and (optionally) doclist to the FTS segment node currently +** stored in blob *pNode. The node need not contain any terms, but the +** header must be written before this function is called. +** +** A node header is a single 0x00 byte for a leaf node, or a height varint +** followed by the left-hand-child varint for an internal node. +** +** The term to be appended is passed via arguments zTerm/nTerm. For a +** leaf node, the doclist is passed as aDoclist/nDoclist. For an internal +** node, both aDoclist and nDoclist must be passed 0. +** +** If the size of the value in blob pPrev is zero, then this is the first +** term written to the node. Otherwise, pPrev contains a copy of the +** previous term. Before this function returns, it is updated to contain a +** copy of zTerm/nTerm. +** +** It is assumed that the buffer associated with pNode is already large +** enough to accommodate the new entry. The buffer associated with pPrev +** is extended by this function if requrired. +** +** If an error (i.e. OOM condition) occurs, an SQLite error code is +** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. +*/ +static int fts3AppendToNode( + Blob *pNode, /* Current node image to append to */ + Blob *pPrev, /* Buffer containing previous term written */ + const char *zTerm, /* New term to write */ + int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + const char *aDoclist, /* Doclist (or NULL) to write */ + int nDoclist /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int bFirst = (pPrev->n==0); /* True if this is the first term written */ + int nPrefix; /* Size of term prefix in bytes */ + int nSuffix; /* Size of term suffix in bytes */ + + /* Node must have already been started. There must be a doclist for a + ** leaf node, and there must not be a doclist for an internal node. */ + assert( pNode->n>0 ); + assert( (pNode->a[0]=='\0')==(aDoclist!=0) ); + + blobGrowBuffer(pPrev, nTerm, &rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pPrev->a, pPrev->n, zTerm, nTerm); + nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix; + memcpy(pPrev->a, zTerm, nTerm); + pPrev->n = nTerm; + + if( bFirst==0 ){ + pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nPrefix); + } + pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nSuffix); + memcpy(&pNode->a[pNode->n], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix); + pNode->n += nSuffix; + + if( aDoclist ){ + pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nDoclist); + memcpy(&pNode->a[pNode->n], aDoclist, nDoclist); + pNode->n += nDoclist; + } + + assert( pNode->n<=pNode->nAlloc ); + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Append the current term and doclist pointed to by cursor pCsr to the +** appendable b-tree segment opened for writing by pWriter. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeAppend( + Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */ + IncrmergeWriter *pWriter, /* Writer object */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor containing term and doclist */ +){ + const char *zTerm = pCsr->zTerm; + int nTerm = pCsr->nTerm; + const char *aDoclist = pCsr->aDoclist; + int nDoclist = pCsr->nDoclist; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int nSpace; /* Total space in bytes required on leaf */ + int nPrefix; /* Size of prefix shared with previous term */ + int nSuffix; /* Size of suffix (nTerm - nPrefix) */ + NodeWriter *pLeaf; /* Object used to write leaf nodes */ + + pLeaf = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[0]; + nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pLeaf->key.a, pLeaf->key.n, zTerm, nTerm); + nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix; + + nSpace = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix); + nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix; + nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + nDoclist; + + /* If the current block is not empty, and if adding this term/doclist + ** to the current block would make it larger than Fts3Table.nNodeSize + ** bytes, write this block out to the database. */ + if( pLeaf->block.n>0 && (pLeaf->block.n + nSpace)>p->nNodeSize ){ + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pLeaf->iBlock, pLeaf->block.a, pLeaf->block.n); + pWriter->nWork++; + + /* Add the current term to the parent node. The term added to the + ** parent must: + ** + ** a) be greater than the largest term on the leaf node just written + ** to the database (still available in pLeaf->key), and + ** + ** b) be less than or equal to the term about to be added to the new + ** leaf node (zTerm/nTerm). + ** + ** In other words, it must be the prefix of zTerm 1 byte longer than + ** the common prefix (if any) of zTerm and pWriter->zTerm. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3IncrmergePush(p, pWriter, zTerm, nPrefix+1); + } + + /* Advance to the next output block */ + pLeaf->iBlock++; + pLeaf->key.n = 0; + pLeaf->block.n = 0; + + nSuffix = nTerm; + nSpace = 1; + nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix; + nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + nDoclist; + } + + pWriter->nLeafData += nSpace; + blobGrowBuffer(&pLeaf->block, pLeaf->block.n + nSpace, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pLeaf->block.n==0 ){ + pLeaf->block.n = 1; + pLeaf->block.a[0] = '\0'; + } + rc = fts3AppendToNode( + &pLeaf->block, &pLeaf->key, zTerm, nTerm, aDoclist, nDoclist + ); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called to release all dynamic resources held by the +** merge-writer object pWriter, and if no error has occurred, to flush +** all outstanding node buffers held by pWriter to disk. +** +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, then no attempt +** is made to write any data to disk. Instead, this function serves only +** to release outstanding resources. +** +** Otherwise, if *pRc is initially SQLITE_OK and an error occurs while +** flushing buffers to disk, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code before +** returning. +*/ +static void fts3IncrmergeRelease( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + IncrmergeWriter *pWriter, /* Merge-writer object */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + int i; /* Used to iterate through non-root layers */ + int iRoot; /* Index of root in pWriter->aNodeWriter */ + NodeWriter *pRoot; /* NodeWriter for root node */ + int rc = *pRc; /* Error code */ + + /* Set iRoot to the index in pWriter->aNodeWriter[] of the output segment + ** root node. If the segment fits entirely on a single leaf node, iRoot + ** will be set to 0. If the root node is the parent of the leaves, iRoot + ** will be 1. And so on. */ + for(iRoot=FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT-1; iRoot>=0; iRoot--){ + NodeWriter *pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[iRoot]; + if( pNode->block.n>0 ) break; + assert( *pRc || pNode->block.nAlloc==0 ); + assert( *pRc || pNode->key.nAlloc==0 ); + sqlite3_free(pNode->block.a); + sqlite3_free(pNode->key.a); + } + + /* Empty output segment. This is a no-op. */ + if( iRoot<0 ) return; + + /* The entire output segment fits on a single node. Normally, this means + ** the node would be stored as a blob in the "root" column of the %_segdir + ** table. However, this is not permitted in this case. The problem is that + ** space has already been reserved in the %_segments table, and so the + ** start_block and end_block fields of the %_segdir table must be populated. + ** And, by design or by accident, released versions of FTS cannot handle + ** segments that fit entirely on the root node with start_block!=0. + ** + ** Instead, create a synthetic root node that contains nothing but a + ** pointer to the single content node. So that the segment consists of a + ** single leaf and a single interior (root) node. + ** + ** Todo: Better might be to defer allocating space in the %_segments + ** table until we are sure it is needed. + */ + if( iRoot==0 ){ + Blob *pBlock = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[1].block; + blobGrowBuffer(pBlock, 1 + FTS3_VARINT_MAX, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pBlock->a[0] = 0x01; + pBlock->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint( + &pBlock->a[1], pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock + ); + } + iRoot = 1; + } + pRoot = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[iRoot]; + + /* Flush all currently outstanding nodes to disk. */ + for(i=0; i<iRoot; i++){ + NodeWriter *pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i]; + if( pNode->block.n>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pNode->iBlock, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n); + } + sqlite3_free(pNode->block.a); + sqlite3_free(pNode->key.a); + } + + /* Write the %_segdir record. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, + pWriter->iAbsLevel+1, /* level */ + pWriter->iIdx, /* idx */ + pWriter->iStart, /* start_block */ + pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock, /* leaves_end_block */ + pWriter->iEnd, /* end_block */ + (pWriter->bNoLeafData==0 ? pWriter->nLeafData : 0), /* end_block */ + pRoot->block.a, pRoot->block.n /* root */ + ); + } + sqlite3_free(pRoot->block.a); + sqlite3_free(pRoot->key.a); + + *pRc = rc; +} + +/* +** Compare the term in buffer zLhs (size in bytes nLhs) with that in +** zRhs (size in bytes nRhs) using memcmp. If one term is a prefix of +** the other, it is considered to be smaller than the other. +** +** Return -ve if zLhs is smaller than zRhs, 0 if it is equal, or +ve +** if it is greater. +*/ +static int fts3TermCmp( + const char *zLhs, int nLhs, /* LHS of comparison */ + const char *zRhs, int nRhs /* RHS of comparison */ +){ + int nCmp = MIN(nLhs, nRhs); + int res; + + res = memcmp(zLhs, zRhs, nCmp); + if( res==0 ) res = nLhs - nRhs; + + return res; +} + + +/* +** Query to see if the entry in the %_segments table with blockid iEnd is +** NULL. If no error occurs and the entry is NULL, set *pbRes 1 before +** returning. Otherwise, set *pbRes to 0. +** +** Or, if an error occurs while querying the database, return an SQLite +** error code. The final value of *pbRes is undefined in this case. +** +** This is used to test if a segment is an "appendable" segment. If it +** is, then a NULL entry has been inserted into the %_segments table +** with blockid %_segdir.end_block. +*/ +static int fts3IsAppendable(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_int64 iEnd, int *pbRes){ + int bRes = 0; /* Result to set *pbRes to */ + sqlite3_stmt *pCheck = 0; /* Statement to query database with */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE, &pCheck, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pCheck, 1, iEnd); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCheck) ) bRes = 1; + rc = sqlite3_reset(pCheck); + } + + *pbRes = bRes; + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called when initializing an incremental-merge operation. +** It checks if the existing segment with index value iIdx at absolute level +** (iAbsLevel+1) can be appended to by the incremental merge. If it can, the +** merge-writer object *pWriter is initialized to write to it. +** +** An existing segment can be appended to by an incremental merge if: +** +** * It was initially created as an appendable segment (with all required +** space pre-allocated), and +** +** * The first key read from the input (arguments zKey and nKey) is +** greater than the largest key currently stored in the potential +** output segment. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeLoad( + Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level of input segments */ + int iIdx, /* Index of candidate output segment */ + const char *zKey, /* First key to write */ + int nKey, /* Number of bytes in nKey */ + IncrmergeWriter *pWriter /* Populate this object */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0; /* SELECT to read %_segdir entry */ + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR, &pSelect, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_int64 iStart = 0; /* Value of %_segdir.start_block */ + sqlite3_int64 iLeafEnd = 0; /* Value of %_segdir.leaves_end_block */ + sqlite3_int64 iEnd = 0; /* Value of %_segdir.end_block */ + const char *aRoot = 0; /* Pointer to %_segdir.root buffer */ + int nRoot = 0; /* Size of aRoot[] in bytes */ + int rc2; /* Return code from sqlite3_reset() */ + int bAppendable = 0; /* Set to true if segment is appendable */ + + /* Read the %_segdir entry for index iIdx absolute level (iAbsLevel+1) */ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pSelect, 1, iAbsLevel+1); + sqlite3_bind_int(pSelect, 2, iIdx); + if( sqlite3_step(pSelect)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 1); + iLeafEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 2); + fts3ReadEndBlockField(pSelect, 3, &iEnd, &pWriter->nLeafData); + if( pWriter->nLeafData<0 ){ + pWriter->nLeafData = pWriter->nLeafData * -1; + } + pWriter->bNoLeafData = (pWriter->nLeafData==0); + nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, 4); + aRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelect, 4); + }else{ + return sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + } + + /* Check for the zero-length marker in the %_segments table */ + rc = fts3IsAppendable(p, iEnd, &bAppendable); + + /* Check that zKey/nKey is larger than the largest key the candidate */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bAppendable ){ + char *aLeaf = 0; + int nLeaf = 0; + + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, iLeafEnd, &aLeaf, &nLeaf, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + NodeReader reader; + for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aLeaf, nLeaf); + rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode; + rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader) + ){ + assert( reader.aNode ); + } + if( fts3TermCmp(zKey, nKey, reader.term.a, reader.term.n)<=0 ){ + bAppendable = 0; + } + nodeReaderRelease(&reader); + } + sqlite3_free(aLeaf); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bAppendable ){ + /* It is possible to append to this segment. Set up the IncrmergeWriter + ** object to do so. */ + int i; + int nHeight = (int)aRoot[0]; + NodeWriter *pNode; + + pWriter->nLeafEst = (int)((iEnd - iStart) + 1)/FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT; + pWriter->iStart = iStart; + pWriter->iEnd = iEnd; + pWriter->iAbsLevel = iAbsLevel; + pWriter->iIdx = iIdx; + + for(i=nHeight+1; i<FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT; i++){ + pWriter->aNodeWriter[i].iBlock = pWriter->iStart + i*pWriter->nLeafEst; + } + + pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[nHeight]; + pNode->iBlock = pWriter->iStart + pWriter->nLeafEst*nHeight; + blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, MAX(nRoot, p->nNodeSize), &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memcpy(pNode->block.a, aRoot, nRoot); + pNode->block.n = nRoot; + } + + for(i=nHeight; i>=0 && rc==SQLITE_OK; i--){ + NodeReader reader; + pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i]; + + rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n); + while( reader.aNode && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader); + blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->key, reader.term.n, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memcpy(pNode->key.a, reader.term.a, reader.term.n); + pNode->key.n = reader.term.n; + if( i>0 ){ + char *aBlock = 0; + int nBlock = 0; + pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i-1]; + pNode->iBlock = reader.iChild; + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, reader.iChild, &aBlock, &nBlock, 0); + blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, MAX(nBlock, p->nNodeSize), &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memcpy(pNode->block.a, aBlock, nBlock); + pNode->block.n = nBlock; + } + sqlite3_free(aBlock); + } + } + nodeReaderRelease(&reader); + } + } + + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Determine the largest segment index value that exists within absolute +** level iAbsLevel+1. If no error occurs, set *piIdx to this value plus +** one before returning SQLITE_OK. Or, if there are no segments at all +** within level iAbsLevel, set *piIdx to zero. +** +** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. The final value of +** *piIdx is undefined in this case. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS Table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute index of input segments */ + int *piIdx /* OUT: Next free index at iAbsLevel+1 */ +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pOutputIdx = 0; /* SQL used to find output index */ + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX, &pOutputIdx, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pOutputIdx, 1, iAbsLevel+1); + sqlite3_step(pOutputIdx); + *piIdx = sqlite3_column_int(pOutputIdx, 0); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pOutputIdx); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Allocate an appendable output segment on absolute level iAbsLevel+1 +** with idx value iIdx. +** +** In the %_segdir table, a segment is defined by the values in three +** columns: +** +** start_block +** leaves_end_block +** end_block +** +** When an appendable segment is allocated, it is estimated that the +** maximum number of leaf blocks that may be required is the sum of the +** number of leaf blocks consumed by the input segments, plus the number +** of input segments, multiplied by two. This value is stored in stack +** variable nLeafEst. +** +** A total of 16*nLeafEst blocks are allocated when an appendable segment +** is created ((1 + end_block - start_block)==16*nLeafEst). The contiguous +** array of leaf nodes starts at the first block allocated. The array +** of interior nodes that are parents of the leaf nodes start at block +** (start_block + (1 + end_block - start_block) / 16). And so on. +** +** In the actual code below, the value "16" is replaced with the +** pre-processor macro FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeWriter( + Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level of input segments */ + int iIdx, /* Index of new output segment */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor that data will be read from */ + IncrmergeWriter *pWriter /* Populate this object */ +){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + int nLeafEst = 0; /* Blocks allocated for leaf nodes */ + sqlite3_stmt *pLeafEst = 0; /* SQL used to determine nLeafEst */ + sqlite3_stmt *pFirstBlock = 0; /* SQL used to determine first block */ + + /* Calculate nLeafEst. */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_MAX_LEAF_NODE_ESTIMATE, &pLeafEst, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pLeafEst, 1, iAbsLevel); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pLeafEst, 2, pCsr->nSegment); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pLeafEst) ){ + nLeafEst = sqlite3_column_int(pLeafEst, 0); + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pLeafEst); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Calculate the first block to use in the output segment */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID, &pFirstBlock, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pFirstBlock) ){ + pWriter->iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pFirstBlock, 0); + pWriter->iEnd = pWriter->iStart - 1; + pWriter->iEnd += nLeafEst * FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT; + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pFirstBlock); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Insert the marker in the %_segments table to make sure nobody tries + ** to steal the space just allocated. This is also used to identify + ** appendable segments. */ + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iEnd, 0, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + pWriter->iAbsLevel = iAbsLevel; + pWriter->nLeafEst = nLeafEst; + pWriter->iIdx = iIdx; + + /* Set up the array of NodeWriter objects */ + for(i=0; i<FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT; i++){ + pWriter->aNodeWriter[i].iBlock = pWriter->iStart + i*pWriter->nLeafEst; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Remove an entry from the %_segdir table. This involves running the +** following two statements: +** +** DELETE FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx = :iIdx +** UPDATE %_segdir SET idx = idx - 1 WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx > :iIdx +** +** The DELETE statement removes the specific %_segdir level. The UPDATE +** statement ensures that the remaining segments have contiguously allocated +** idx values. +*/ +static int fts3RemoveSegdirEntry( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level to delete from */ + int iIdx /* Index of %_segdir entry to delete */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + sqlite3_stmt *pDelete = 0; /* DELETE statement */ + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY, &pDelete, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, iAbsLevel); + sqlite3_bind_int(pDelete, 2, iIdx); + sqlite3_step(pDelete); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** One or more segments have just been removed from absolute level iAbsLevel. +** Update the 'idx' values of the remaining segments in the level so that +** the idx values are a contiguous sequence starting from 0. +*/ +static int fts3RepackSegdirLevel( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel /* Absolute level to repack */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int *aIdx = 0; /* Array of remaining idx values */ + int nIdx = 0; /* Valid entries in aIdx[] */ + int nAlloc = 0; /* Allocated size of aIdx[] */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0; /* Select statement to read idx values */ + sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate = 0; /* Update statement to modify idx values */ + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_INDEXES, &pSelect, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pSelect, 1, iAbsLevel); + while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){ + if( nIdx>=nAlloc ){ + int *aNew; + nAlloc += 16; + aNew = sqlite3_realloc(aIdx, nAlloc*sizeof(int)); + if( !aNew ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + break; + } + aIdx = aNew; + } + aIdx[nIdx++] = sqlite3_column_int(pSelect, 0); + } + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY, &pUpdate, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pUpdate, 2, iAbsLevel); + } + + assert( p->bIgnoreSavepoint==0 ); + p->bIgnoreSavepoint = 1; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nIdx; i++){ + if( aIdx[i]!=i ){ + sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate, 3, aIdx[i]); + sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate, 1, i); + sqlite3_step(pUpdate); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pUpdate); + } + } + p->bIgnoreSavepoint = 0; + + sqlite3_free(aIdx); + return rc; +} + +static void fts3StartNode(Blob *pNode, int iHeight, sqlite3_int64 iChild){ + pNode->a[0] = (char)iHeight; + if( iChild ){ + assert( pNode->nAlloc>=1+sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iChild) ); + pNode->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[1], iChild); + }else{ + assert( pNode->nAlloc>=1 ); + pNode->n = 1; + } +} + +/* +** The first two arguments are a pointer to and the size of a segment b-tree +** node. The node may be a leaf or an internal node. +** +** This function creates a new node image in blob object *pNew by copying +** all terms that are greater than or equal to zTerm/nTerm (for leaf nodes) +** or greater than zTerm/nTerm (for internal nodes) from aNode/nNode. +*/ +static int fts3TruncateNode( + const char *aNode, /* Current node image */ + int nNode, /* Size of aNode in bytes */ + Blob *pNew, /* OUT: Write new node image here */ + const char *zTerm, /* Omit all terms smaller than this */ + int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + sqlite3_int64 *piBlock /* OUT: Block number in next layer down */ +){ + NodeReader reader; /* Reader object */ + Blob prev = {0, 0, 0}; /* Previous term written to new node */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int bLeaf = aNode[0]=='\0'; /* True for a leaf node */ + + /* Allocate required output space */ + blobGrowBuffer(pNew, nNode, &rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + pNew->n = 0; + + /* Populate new node buffer */ + for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aNode, nNode); + rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode; + rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader) + ){ + if( pNew->n==0 ){ + int res = fts3TermCmp(reader.term.a, reader.term.n, zTerm, nTerm); + if( res<0 || (bLeaf==0 && res==0) ) continue; + fts3StartNode(pNew, (int)aNode[0], reader.iChild); + *piBlock = reader.iChild; + } + rc = fts3AppendToNode( + pNew, &prev, reader.term.a, reader.term.n, + reader.aDoclist, reader.nDoclist + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + } + if( pNew->n==0 ){ + fts3StartNode(pNew, (int)aNode[0], reader.iChild); + *piBlock = reader.iChild; + } + assert( pNew->n<=pNew->nAlloc ); + + nodeReaderRelease(&reader); + sqlite3_free(prev.a); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Remove all terms smaller than zTerm/nTerm from segment iIdx in absolute +** level iAbsLevel. This may involve deleting entries from the %_segments +** table, and modifying existing entries in both the %_segments and %_segdir +** tables. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the segment is updated successfully. Or an +** SQLite error code otherwise. +*/ +static int fts3TruncateSegment( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level of segment to modify */ + int iIdx, /* Index within level of segment to modify */ + const char *zTerm, /* Remove terms smaller than this */ + int nTerm /* Number of bytes in buffer zTerm */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + Blob root = {0,0,0}; /* New root page image */ + Blob block = {0,0,0}; /* Buffer used for any other block */ + sqlite3_int64 iBlock = 0; /* Block id */ + sqlite3_int64 iNewStart = 0; /* New value for iStartBlock */ + sqlite3_int64 iOldStart = 0; /* Old value for iStartBlock */ + sqlite3_stmt *pFetch = 0; /* Statement used to fetch segdir */ + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR, &pFetch, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; /* sqlite3_reset() return code */ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pFetch, 1, iAbsLevel); + sqlite3_bind_int(pFetch, 2, iIdx); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pFetch) ){ + const char *aRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pFetch, 4); + int nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pFetch, 4); + iOldStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pFetch, 1); + rc = fts3TruncateNode(aRoot, nRoot, &root, zTerm, nTerm, &iBlock); + } + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pFetch); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + } + + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iBlock ){ + char *aBlock = 0; + int nBlock = 0; + iNewStart = iBlock; + + rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, iBlock, &aBlock, &nBlock, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3TruncateNode(aBlock, nBlock, &block, zTerm, nTerm, &iBlock); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNewStart, block.a, block.n); + } + sqlite3_free(aBlock); + } + + /* Variable iNewStart now contains the first valid leaf node. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iNewStart ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pDel = 0; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE, &pDel, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDel, 1, iOldStart); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDel, 2, iNewStart-1); + sqlite3_step(pDel); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pDel); + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pChomp = 0; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR, &pChomp, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pChomp, 1, iNewStart); + sqlite3_bind_blob(pChomp, 2, root.a, root.n, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pChomp, 3, iAbsLevel); + sqlite3_bind_int(pChomp, 4, iIdx); + sqlite3_step(pChomp); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pChomp); + } + } + + sqlite3_free(root.a); + sqlite3_free(block.a); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called after an incrmental-merge operation has run to +** merge (or partially merge) two or more segments from absolute level +** iAbsLevel. +** +** Each input segment is either removed from the db completely (if all of +** its data was copied to the output segment by the incrmerge operation) +** or modified in place so that it no longer contains those entries that +** have been duplicated in the output segment. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeChomp( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level containing segments */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Chomp all segments opened by this cursor */ + int *pnRem /* Number of segments not deleted */ +){ + int i; + int nRem = 0; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + for(i=pCsr->nSegment-1; i>=0 && rc==SQLITE_OK; i--){ + Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0; + int j; + + /* Find the Fts3SegReader object with Fts3SegReader.iIdx==i. It is hiding + ** somewhere in the pCsr->apSegment[] array. */ + for(j=0; ALWAYS(j<pCsr->nSegment); j++){ + pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[j]; + if( pSeg->iIdx==i ) break; + } + assert( j<pCsr->nSegment && pSeg->iIdx==i ); + + if( pSeg->aNode==0 ){ + /* Seg-reader is at EOF. Remove the entire input segment. */ + rc = fts3DeleteSegment(p, pSeg); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3RemoveSegdirEntry(p, iAbsLevel, pSeg->iIdx); + } + *pnRem = 0; + }else{ + /* The incremental merge did not copy all the data from this + ** segment to the upper level. The segment is modified in place + ** so that it contains no keys smaller than zTerm/nTerm. */ + const char *zTerm = pSeg->zTerm; + int nTerm = pSeg->nTerm; + rc = fts3TruncateSegment(p, iAbsLevel, pSeg->iIdx, zTerm, nTerm); + nRem++; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRem!=pCsr->nSegment ){ + rc = fts3RepackSegdirLevel(p, iAbsLevel); + } + + *pnRem = nRem; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Store an incr-merge hint in the database. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeHintStore(Fts3Table *p, Blob *pHint){ + sqlite3_stmt *pReplace = 0; + int rc; /* Return code */ + + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pReplace, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int(pReplace, 1, FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT); + sqlite3_bind_blob(pReplace, 2, pHint->a, pHint->n, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_step(pReplace); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pReplace); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Load an incr-merge hint from the database. The incr-merge hint, if one +** exists, is stored in the rowid==1 row of the %_stat table. +** +** If successful, populate blob *pHint with the value read from the %_stat +** table and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs, return an +** SQLite error code. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeHintLoad(Fts3Table *p, Blob *pHint){ + sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0; + int rc; + + pHint->n = 0; + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pSelect, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + sqlite3_bind_int(pSelect, 1, FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){ + const char *aHint = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelect, 0); + int nHint = sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, 0); + if( aHint ){ + blobGrowBuffer(pHint, nHint, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memcpy(pHint->a, aHint, nHint); + pHint->n = nHint; + } + } + } + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. +** Otherwise, append an entry to the hint stored in blob *pHint. Each entry +** consists of two varints, the absolute level number of the input segments +** and the number of input segments. +** +** If successful, leave *pRc set to SQLITE_OK and return. If an error occurs, +** set *pRc to an SQLite error code before returning. +*/ +static void fts3IncrmergeHintPush( + Blob *pHint, /* Hint blob to append to */ + i64 iAbsLevel, /* First varint to store in hint */ + int nInput, /* Second varint to store in hint */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + blobGrowBuffer(pHint, pHint->n + 2*FTS3_VARINT_MAX, pRc); + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pHint->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pHint->a[pHint->n], iAbsLevel); + pHint->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pHint->a[pHint->n], (i64)nInput); + } +} + +/* +** Read the last entry (most recently pushed) from the hint blob *pHint +** and then remove the entry. Write the two values read to *piAbsLevel and +** *pnInput before returning. +** +** If no error occurs, return SQLITE_OK. If the hint blob in *pHint does +** not contain at least two valid varints, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. +*/ +static int fts3IncrmergeHintPop(Blob *pHint, i64 *piAbsLevel, int *pnInput){ + const int nHint = pHint->n; + int i; + + i = pHint->n-2; + while( i>0 && (pHint->a[i-1] & 0x80) ) i--; + while( i>0 && (pHint->a[i-1] & 0x80) ) i--; + + pHint->n = i; + i += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&pHint->a[i], piAbsLevel); + i += fts3GetVarint32(&pHint->a[i], pnInput); + if( i!=nHint ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +/* +** Attempt an incremental merge that writes nMerge leaf blocks. +** +** Incremental merges happen nMin segments at a time. The segments +** to be merged are the nMin oldest segments (the ones with the smallest +** values for the _segdir.idx field) in the highest level that contains +** at least nMin segments. Multiple merges might occur in an attempt to +** write the quota of nMerge leaf blocks. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table *p, int nMerge, int nMin){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int nRem = nMerge; /* Number of leaf pages yet to be written */ + Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr; /* Cursor used to read input data */ + Fts3SegFilter *pFilter; /* Filter used with cursor pCsr */ + IncrmergeWriter *pWriter; /* Writer object */ + int nSeg = 0; /* Number of input segments */ + sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel = 0; /* Absolute level number to work on */ + Blob hint = {0, 0, 0}; /* Hint read from %_stat table */ + int bDirtyHint = 0; /* True if blob 'hint' has been modified */ + + /* Allocate space for the cursor, filter and writer objects */ + const int nAlloc = sizeof(*pCsr) + sizeof(*pFilter) + sizeof(*pWriter); + pWriter = (IncrmergeWriter *)sqlite3_malloc(nAlloc); + if( !pWriter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pFilter = (Fts3SegFilter *)&pWriter[1]; + pCsr = (Fts3MultiSegReader *)&pFilter[1]; + + rc = fts3IncrmergeHintLoad(p, &hint); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRem>0 ){ + const i64 nMod = FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL * p->nIndex; + sqlite3_stmt *pFindLevel = 0; /* SQL used to determine iAbsLevel */ + int bUseHint = 0; /* True if attempting to append */ + int iIdx = 0; /* Largest idx in level (iAbsLevel+1) */ + + /* Search the %_segdir table for the absolute level with the smallest + ** relative level number that contains at least nMin segments, if any. + ** If one is found, set iAbsLevel to the absolute level number and + ** nSeg to nMin. If no level with at least nMin segments can be found, + ** set nSeg to -1. + */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_FIND_MERGE_LEVEL, &pFindLevel, 0); + sqlite3_bind_int(pFindLevel, 1, MAX(2, nMin)); + if( sqlite3_step(pFindLevel)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + iAbsLevel = sqlite3_column_int64(pFindLevel, 0); + nSeg = sqlite3_column_int(pFindLevel, 1); + assert( nSeg>=2 ); + }else{ + nSeg = -1; + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pFindLevel); + + /* If the hint read from the %_stat table is not empty, check if the + ** last entry in it specifies a relative level smaller than or equal + ** to the level identified by the block above (if any). If so, this + ** iteration of the loop will work on merging at the hinted level. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && hint.n ){ + int nHint = hint.n; + sqlite3_int64 iHintAbsLevel = 0; /* Hint level */ + int nHintSeg = 0; /* Hint number of segments */ + + rc = fts3IncrmergeHintPop(&hint, &iHintAbsLevel, &nHintSeg); + if( nSeg<0 || (iAbsLevel % nMod) >= (iHintAbsLevel % nMod) ){ + iAbsLevel = iHintAbsLevel; + nSeg = nHintSeg; + bUseHint = 1; + bDirtyHint = 1; + }else{ + /* This undoes the effect of the HintPop() above - so that no entry + ** is removed from the hint blob. */ + hint.n = nHint; + } + } + + /* If nSeg is less that zero, then there is no level with at least + ** nMin segments and no hint in the %_stat table. No work to do. + ** Exit early in this case. */ + if( nSeg<0 ) break; + + /* Open a cursor to iterate through the contents of the oldest nSeg + ** indexes of absolute level iAbsLevel. If this cursor is opened using + ** the 'hint' parameters, it is possible that there are less than nSeg + ** segments available in level iAbsLevel. In this case, no work is + ** done on iAbsLevel - fall through to the next iteration of the loop + ** to start work on some other level. */ + memset(pWriter, 0, nAlloc); + pFilter->flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS; + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx(p, iAbsLevel, &iIdx); + assert( bUseHint==1 || bUseHint==0 ); + if( iIdx==0 || (bUseHint && iIdx==1) ){ + int bIgnore = 0; + rc = fts3SegmentIsMaxLevel(p, iAbsLevel+1, &bIgnore); + if( bIgnore ){ + pFilter->flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY; + } + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3IncrmergeCsr(p, iAbsLevel, nSeg, pCsr); + } + if( SQLITE_OK==rc && pCsr->nSegment==nSeg + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, pFilter)) + && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pCsr)) + ){ + if( bUseHint && iIdx>0 ){ + const char *zKey = pCsr->zTerm; + int nKey = pCsr->nTerm; + rc = fts3IncrmergeLoad(p, iAbsLevel, iIdx-1, zKey, nKey, pWriter); + }else{ + rc = fts3IncrmergeWriter(p, iAbsLevel, iIdx, pCsr, pWriter); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pWriter->nLeafEst ){ + fts3LogMerge(nSeg, iAbsLevel); + do { + rc = fts3IncrmergeAppend(p, pWriter, pCsr); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pCsr); + if( pWriter->nWork>=nRem && rc==SQLITE_ROW ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + }while( rc==SQLITE_ROW ); + + /* Update or delete the input segments */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + nRem -= (1 + pWriter->nWork); + rc = fts3IncrmergeChomp(p, iAbsLevel, pCsr, &nSeg); + if( nSeg!=0 ){ + bDirtyHint = 1; + fts3IncrmergeHintPush(&hint, iAbsLevel, nSeg, &rc); + } + } + } + + if( nSeg!=0 ){ + pWriter->nLeafData = pWriter->nLeafData * -1; + } + fts3IncrmergeRelease(p, pWriter, &rc); + if( nSeg==0 && pWriter->bNoLeafData==0 ){ + fts3PromoteSegments(p, iAbsLevel+1, pWriter->nLeafData); + } + } + + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(pCsr); + } + + /* Write the hint values into the %_stat table for the next incr-merger */ + if( bDirtyHint && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3IncrmergeHintStore(p, &hint); + } + + sqlite3_free(pWriter); + sqlite3_free(hint.a); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Convert the text beginning at *pz into an integer and return +** its value. Advance *pz to point to the first character past +** the integer. +*/ +static int fts3Getint(const char **pz){ + const char *z = *pz; + int i = 0; + while( (*z)>='0' && (*z)<='9' ) i = 10*i + *(z++) - '0'; + *pz = z; + return i; +} + +/* +** Process statements of the form: +** +** INSERT INTO table(table) VALUES('merge=A,B'); +** +** A and B are integers that decode to be the number of leaf pages +** written for the merge, and the minimum number of segments on a level +** before it will be selected for a merge, respectively. +*/ +static int fts3DoIncrmerge( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + const char *zParam /* Nul-terminated string containing "A,B" */ +){ + int rc; + int nMin = (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT / 2); + int nMerge = 0; + const char *z = zParam; + + /* Read the first integer value */ + nMerge = fts3Getint(&z); + + /* If the first integer value is followed by a ',', read the second + ** integer value. */ + if( z[0]==',' && z[1]!='\0' ){ + z++; + nMin = fts3Getint(&z); + } + + if( z[0]!='\0' || nMin<2 ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( !p->bHasStat ){ + assert( p->bFts4==0 ); + sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(p, nMerge, nMin); + } + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Process statements of the form: +** +** INSERT INTO table(table) VALUES('automerge=X'); +** +** where X is an integer. X==0 means to turn automerge off. X!=0 means +** turn it on. The setting is persistent. +*/ +static int fts3DoAutoincrmerge( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + const char *zParam /* Nul-terminated string containing boolean */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + p->nAutoincrmerge = fts3Getint(&zParam); + if( p->nAutoincrmerge==1 || p->nAutoincrmerge>FTS3_MERGE_COUNT ){ + p->nAutoincrmerge = 8; + } + if( !p->bHasStat ){ + assert( p->bFts4==0 ); + sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc ) return rc; + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE); + sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, p->nAutoincrmerge); + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return a 64-bit checksum for the FTS index entry specified by the +** arguments to this function. +*/ +static u64 fts3ChecksumEntry( + const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */ + int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + int iLangid, /* Language id for current row */ + int iIndex, /* Index (0..Fts3Table.nIndex-1) */ + i64 iDocid, /* Docid for current row. */ + int iCol, /* Column number */ + int iPos /* Position */ +){ + int i; + u64 ret = (u64)iDocid; + + ret += (ret<<3) + iLangid; + ret += (ret<<3) + iIndex; + ret += (ret<<3) + iCol; + ret += (ret<<3) + iPos; + for(i=0; i<nTerm; i++) ret += (ret<<3) + zTerm[i]; + + return ret; +} + +/* +** Return a checksum of all entries in the FTS index that correspond to +** language id iLangid. The checksum is calculated by XORing the checksums +** of each individual entry (see fts3ChecksumEntry()) together. +** +** If successful, the checksum value is returned and *pRc set to SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code. The +** return value is undefined in this case. +*/ +static u64 fts3ChecksumIndex( + Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ + int iLangid, /* Language id to return cksum for */ + int iIndex, /* Index to cksum (0..p->nIndex-1) */ + int *pRc /* OUT: Return code */ +){ + Fts3SegFilter filter; + Fts3MultiSegReader csr; + int rc; + u64 cksum = 0; + + assert( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ); + + memset(&filter, 0, sizeof(filter)); + memset(&csr, 0, sizeof(csr)); + filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS|FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY; + filter.flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN; + + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor( + p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, 0, 0, 0, 1,&csr + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, &csr, &filter); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + while( SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, &csr)) ){ + char *pCsr = csr.aDoclist; + char *pEnd = &pCsr[csr.nDoclist]; + + i64 iDocid = 0; + i64 iCol = 0; + i64 iPos = 0; + + pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iDocid); + while( pCsr<pEnd ){ + i64 iVal = 0; + pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iVal); + if( pCsr<pEnd ){ + if( iVal==0 || iVal==1 ){ + iCol = 0; + iPos = 0; + if( iVal ){ + pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iCol); + }else{ + pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iVal); + iDocid += iVal; + } + }else{ + iPos += (iVal - 2); + cksum = cksum ^ fts3ChecksumEntry( + csr.zTerm, csr.nTerm, iLangid, iIndex, iDocid, + (int)iCol, (int)iPos + ); + } + } + } + } + } + sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&csr); + + *pRc = rc; + return cksum; +} + +/* +** Check if the contents of the FTS index match the current contents of the +** content table. If no error occurs and the contents do match, set *pbOk +** to true and return SQLITE_OK. Or if the contents do not match, set *pbOk +** to false before returning. +** +** If an error occurs (e.g. an OOM or IO error), return an SQLite error +** code. The final value of *pbOk is undefined in this case. +*/ +static int fts3IntegrityCheck(Fts3Table *p, int *pbOk){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + u64 cksum1 = 0; /* Checksum based on FTS index contents */ + u64 cksum2 = 0; /* Checksum based on %_content contents */ + sqlite3_stmt *pAllLangid = 0; /* Statement to return all language-ids */ + + /* This block calculates the checksum according to the FTS index. */ + rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID, &pAllLangid, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + sqlite3_bind_int(pAllLangid, 1, p->iPrevLangid); + sqlite3_bind_int(pAllLangid, 2, p->nIndex); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pAllLangid)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + int iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pAllLangid, 0); + int i; + for(i=0; i<p->nIndex; i++){ + cksum1 = cksum1 ^ fts3ChecksumIndex(p, iLangid, i, &rc); + } + } + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pAllLangid); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + } + + /* This block calculates the checksum according to the %_content table */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = p->pTokenizer->pModule; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + char *zSql; + + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s" , p->zReadExprlist); + if( !zSql ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } + + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + i64 iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0); + int iLang = langidFromSelect(p, pStmt); + int iCol; + + for(iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iCol<p->nColumn; iCol++){ + if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){ + const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol+1); + int nText = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol+1); + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pT = 0; + + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(p->pTokenizer, iLang, zText, nText,&pT); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + char const *zToken; /* Buffer containing token */ + int nToken = 0; /* Number of bytes in token */ + int iDum1 = 0, iDum2 = 0; /* Dummy variables */ + int iPos = 0; /* Position of token in zText */ + + rc = pModule->xNext(pT, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; + cksum2 = cksum2 ^ fts3ChecksumEntry( + zToken, nToken, iLang, 0, iDocid, iCol, iPos + ); + for(i=1; i<p->nIndex; i++){ + if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix<=nToken ){ + cksum2 = cksum2 ^ fts3ChecksumEntry( + zToken, p->aIndex[i].nPrefix, iLang, i, iDocid, iCol, iPos + ); + } + } + } + } + if( pT ) pModule->xClose(pT); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + } + + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + } + + *pbOk = (cksum1==cksum2); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Run the integrity-check. If no error occurs and the current contents of +** the FTS index are correct, return SQLITE_OK. Or, if the contents of the +** FTS index are incorrect, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. +** +** Or, if an error (e.g. an OOM or IO error) occurs, return an SQLite +** error code. +** +** The integrity-check works as follows. For each token and indexed token +** prefix in the document set, a 64-bit checksum is calculated (by code +** in fts3ChecksumEntry()) based on the following: +** +** + The index number (0 for the main index, 1 for the first prefix +** index etc.), +** + The token (or token prefix) text itself, +** + The language-id of the row it appears in, +** + The docid of the row it appears in, +** + The column it appears in, and +** + The tokens position within that column. +** +** The checksums for all entries in the index are XORed together to create +** a single checksum for the entire index. +** +** The integrity-check code calculates the same checksum in two ways: +** +** 1. By scanning the contents of the FTS index, and +** 2. By scanning and tokenizing the content table. +** +** If the two checksums are identical, the integrity-check is deemed to have +** passed. +*/ +static int fts3DoIntegrityCheck( + Fts3Table *p /* FTS3 table handle */ +){ + int rc; + int bOk = 0; + rc = fts3IntegrityCheck(p, &bOk); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk==0 ) rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Handle a 'special' INSERT of the form: +** +** "INSERT INTO tbl(tbl) VALUES(<expr>)" +** +** Argument pVal contains the result of <expr>. Currently the only +** meaningful value to insert is the text 'optimize'. +*/ +static int fts3SpecialInsert(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pVal){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + const char *zVal = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal); + int nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal); + + if( !zVal ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else if( nVal==8 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "optimize", 8) ){ + rc = fts3DoOptimize(p, 0); + }else if( nVal==7 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "rebuild", 7) ){ + rc = fts3DoRebuild(p); + }else if( nVal==15 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "integrity-check", 15) ){ + rc = fts3DoIntegrityCheck(p); + }else if( nVal>6 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "merge=", 6) ){ + rc = fts3DoIncrmerge(p, &zVal[6]); + }else if( nVal>10 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "automerge=", 10) ){ + rc = fts3DoAutoincrmerge(p, &zVal[10]); +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + }else if( nVal>9 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "nodesize=", 9) ){ + p->nNodeSize = atoi(&zVal[9]); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else if( nVal>11 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "maxpending=", 9) ){ + p->nMaxPendingData = atoi(&zVal[11]); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else if( nVal>21 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "test-no-incr-doclist=", 21) ){ + p->bNoIncrDoclist = atoi(&zVal[21]); + rc = SQLITE_OK; +#endif + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + return rc; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED +/* +** Delete all cached deferred doclists. Deferred doclists are cached +** (allocated) by the sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists() function. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + Fts3DeferredToken *pDef; + for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef; pDef=pDef->pNext){ + fts3PendingListDelete(pDef->pList); + pDef->pList = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Free all entries in the pCsr->pDeffered list. Entries are added to +** this list using sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(). +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + Fts3DeferredToken *pDef; + Fts3DeferredToken *pNext; + for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef; pDef=pNext){ + pNext = pDef->pNext; + fts3PendingListDelete(pDef->pList); + sqlite3_free(pDef); + } + pCsr->pDeferred = 0; +} + +/* +** Generate deferred-doclists for all tokens in the pCsr->pDeferred list +** based on the row that pCsr currently points to. +** +** A deferred-doclist is like any other doclist with position information +** included, except that it only contains entries for a single row of the +** table, not for all rows. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + if( pCsr->pDeferred ){ + int i; /* Used to iterate through table columns */ + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Docid of the row pCsr points to */ + Fts3DeferredToken *pDef; /* Used to iterate through deferred tokens */ + + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + sqlite3_tokenizer *pT = p->pTokenizer; + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pT->pModule; + + assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ); + iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0); + + for(i=0; i<p->nColumn && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ + if( p->abNotindexed[i]==0 ){ + const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, i+1); + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pTC = 0; + + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pT, pCsr->iLangid, zText, -1, &pTC); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + char const *zToken; /* Buffer containing token */ + int nToken = 0; /* Number of bytes in token */ + int iDum1 = 0, iDum2 = 0; /* Dummy variables */ + int iPos = 0; /* Position of token in zText */ + + rc = pModule->xNext(pTC, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos); + for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){ + Fts3PhraseToken *pPT = pDef->pToken; + if( (pDef->iCol>=p->nColumn || pDef->iCol==i) + && (pPT->bFirst==0 || iPos==0) + && (pPT->n==nToken || (pPT->isPrefix && pPT->n<nToken)) + && (0==memcmp(zToken, pPT->z, pPT->n)) + ){ + fts3PendingListAppend(&pDef->pList, iDocid, i, iPos, &rc); + } + } + } + if( pTC ) pModule->xClose(pTC); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){ + if( pDef->pList ){ + rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&pDef->pList, 0); + } + } + } + + return rc; +} + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList( + Fts3DeferredToken *p, + char **ppData, + int *pnData +){ + char *pRet; + int nSkip; + sqlite3_int64 dummy; + + *ppData = 0; + *pnData = 0; + + if( p->pList==0 ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + pRet = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(p->pList->nData); + if( !pRet ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + + nSkip = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p->pList->aData, &dummy); + *pnData = p->pList->nData - nSkip; + *ppData = pRet; + + memcpy(pRet, &p->pList->aData[nSkip], *pnData); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Add an entry for token pToken to the pCsr->pDeferred list. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Fts3 table cursor */ + Fts3PhraseToken *pToken, /* Token to defer */ + int iCol /* Column that token must appear in (or -1) */ +){ + Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; + pDeferred = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pDeferred)); + if( !pDeferred ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pDeferred, 0, sizeof(*pDeferred)); + pDeferred->pToken = pToken; + pDeferred->pNext = pCsr->pDeferred; + pDeferred->iCol = iCol; + pCsr->pDeferred = pDeferred; + + assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 ); + pToken->pDeferred = pDeferred; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif + +/* +** SQLite value pRowid contains the rowid of a row that may or may not be +** present in the FTS3 table. If it is, delete it and adjust the contents +** of subsiduary data structures accordingly. +*/ +static int fts3DeleteByRowid( + Fts3Table *p, + sqlite3_value *pRowid, + int *pnChng, /* IN/OUT: Decrement if row is deleted */ + u32 *aSzDel +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int bFound = 0; /* True if *pRowid really is in the table */ + + fts3DeleteTerms(&rc, p, pRowid, aSzDel, &bFound); + if( bFound && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int isEmpty = 0; /* Deleting *pRowid leaves the table empty */ + rc = fts3IsEmpty(p, pRowid, &isEmpty); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( isEmpty ){ + /* Deleting this row means the whole table is empty. In this case + ** delete the contents of all three tables and throw away any + ** data in the pendingTerms hash table. */ + rc = fts3DeleteAll(p, 1); + *pnChng = 0; + memset(aSzDel, 0, sizeof(u32) * (p->nColumn+1) * 2); + }else{ + *pnChng = *pnChng - 1; + if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ + fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_CONTENT, &pRowid); + } + if( p->bHasDocsize ){ + fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE, &pRowid); + } + } + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function does the work for the xUpdate method of FTS3 virtual +** tables. The schema of the virtual table being: +** +** CREATE TABLE <table name>( +** <user columns>, +** <table name> HIDDEN, +** docid HIDDEN, +** <langid> HIDDEN +** ); +** +** +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* FTS3 vtab object */ + int nArg, /* Size of argument array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of arguments */ + sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */ +){ + Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ + int isRemove = 0; /* True for an UPDATE or DELETE */ + u32 *aSzIns = 0; /* Sizes of inserted documents */ + u32 *aSzDel = 0; /* Sizes of deleted documents */ + int nChng = 0; /* Net change in number of documents */ + int bInsertDone = 0; + + /* At this point it must be known if the %_stat table exists or not. + ** So bHasStat may not be 2. */ + assert( p->bHasStat==0 || p->bHasStat==1 ); + + assert( p->pSegments==0 ); + assert( + nArg==1 /* DELETE operations */ + || nArg==(2 + p->nColumn + 3) /* INSERT or UPDATE operations */ + ); + + /* Check for a "special" INSERT operation. One of the form: + ** + ** INSERT INTO xyz(xyz) VALUES('command'); + */ + if( nArg>1 + && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL + && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[p->nColumn+2])!=SQLITE_NULL + ){ + rc = fts3SpecialInsert(p, apVal[p->nColumn+2]); + goto update_out; + } + + if( nArg>1 && sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2])<0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; + goto update_out; + } + + /* Allocate space to hold the change in document sizes */ + aSzDel = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(aSzDel[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2 ); + if( aSzDel==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto update_out; + } + aSzIns = &aSzDel[p->nColumn+1]; + memset(aSzDel, 0, sizeof(aSzDel[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2); + + rc = fts3Writelock(p); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto update_out; + + /* If this is an INSERT operation, or an UPDATE that modifies the rowid + ** value, then this operation requires constraint handling. + ** + ** If the on-conflict mode is REPLACE, this means that the existing row + ** should be deleted from the database before inserting the new row. Or, + ** if the on-conflict mode is other than REPLACE, then this method must + ** detect the conflict and return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT before beginning to + ** modify the database file. + */ + if( nArg>1 && p->zContentTbl==0 ){ + /* Find the value object that holds the new rowid value. */ + sqlite3_value *pNewRowid = apVal[3+p->nColumn]; + if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)==SQLITE_NULL ){ + pNewRowid = apVal[1]; + } + + if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)!=SQLITE_NULL && ( + sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL + || sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[0])!=sqlite3_value_int64(pNewRowid) + )){ + /* The new rowid is not NULL (in this case the rowid will be + ** automatically assigned and there is no chance of a conflict), and + ** the statement is either an INSERT or an UPDATE that modifies the + ** rowid column. So if the conflict mode is REPLACE, then delete any + ** existing row with rowid=pNewRowid. + ** + ** Or, if the conflict mode is not REPLACE, insert the new record into + ** the %_content table. If we hit the duplicate rowid constraint (or any + ** other error) while doing so, return immediately. + ** + ** This branch may also run if pNewRowid contains a value that cannot + ** be losslessly converted to an integer. In this case, the eventual + ** call to fts3InsertData() (either just below or further on in this + ** function) will return SQLITE_MISMATCH. If fts3DeleteByRowid is + ** invoked, it will delete zero rows (since no row will have + ** docid=$pNewRowid if $pNewRowid is not an integer value). + */ + if( sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(p->db)==SQLITE_REPLACE ){ + rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, pNewRowid, &nChng, aSzDel); + }else{ + rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid); + bInsertDone = 1; + } + } + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto update_out; + } + + /* If this is a DELETE or UPDATE operation, remove the old record. */ + if( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + assert( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER ); + rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, apVal[0], &nChng, aSzDel); + isRemove = 1; + } + + /* If this is an INSERT or UPDATE operation, insert the new record. */ + if( nArg>1 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int iLangid = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2]); + if( bInsertDone==0 ){ + rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid); + if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && p->zContentTbl==0 ){ + rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (!isRemove || *pRowid!=p->iPrevDocid ) ){ + rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, 0, iLangid, *pRowid); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( p->iPrevDocid==*pRowid ); + rc = fts3InsertTerms(p, iLangid, apVal, aSzIns); + } + if( p->bHasDocsize ){ + fts3InsertDocsize(&rc, p, aSzIns); + } + nChng++; + } + + if( p->bFts4 ){ + fts3UpdateDocTotals(&rc, p, aSzIns, aSzDel, nChng); + } + + update_out: + sqlite3_free(aSzDel); + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Flush any data in the pending-terms hash table to disk. If successful, +** merge all segments in the database (including the new segment, if +** there was any data to flush) into a single segment. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *p){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SAVEPOINT fts3", 0, 0, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3DoOptimize(p, 1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + int rc2 = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE fts3", 0, 0, 0); + if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + }else{ + sqlite3_exec(p->db, "ROLLBACK TO fts3", 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE fts3", 0, 0, 0); + } + } + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); + return rc; +} + +#endif + +/************** End of fts3_write.c ******************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_snippet.c ************************************/ +/* +** 2009 Oct 23 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +*/ + +/* #include "fts3Int.h" */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* #include <string.h> */ +/* #include <assert.h> */ + +/* +** Characters that may appear in the second argument to matchinfo(). +*/ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE 'p' /* 1 value */ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL 'c' /* 1 value */ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC 'n' /* 1 value */ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH 'a' /* nCol values */ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH 'l' /* nCol values */ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS 's' /* nCol values */ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS 'x' /* 3*nCol*nPhrase values */ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS 'y' /* nCol*nPhrase values */ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS_BM 'b' /* nCol*nPhrase values */ + +/* +** The default value for the second argument to matchinfo(). +*/ +#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT "pcx" + + +/* +** Used as an fts3ExprIterate() context when loading phrase doclists to +** Fts3Expr.aDoclist[]/nDoclist. +*/ +typedef struct LoadDoclistCtx LoadDoclistCtx; +struct LoadDoclistCtx { + Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* FTS3 Cursor */ + int nPhrase; /* Number of phrases seen so far */ + int nToken; /* Number of tokens seen so far */ +}; + +/* +** The following types are used as part of the implementation of the +** fts3BestSnippet() routine. +*/ +typedef struct SnippetIter SnippetIter; +typedef struct SnippetPhrase SnippetPhrase; +typedef struct SnippetFragment SnippetFragment; + +struct SnippetIter { + Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor snippet is being generated from */ + int iCol; /* Extract snippet from this column */ + int nSnippet; /* Requested snippet length (in tokens) */ + int nPhrase; /* Number of phrases in query */ + SnippetPhrase *aPhrase; /* Array of size nPhrase */ + int iCurrent; /* First token of current snippet */ +}; + +struct SnippetPhrase { + int nToken; /* Number of tokens in phrase */ + char *pList; /* Pointer to start of phrase position list */ + int iHead; /* Next value in position list */ + char *pHead; /* Position list data following iHead */ + int iTail; /* Next value in trailing position list */ + char *pTail; /* Position list data following iTail */ +}; + +struct SnippetFragment { + int iCol; /* Column snippet is extracted from */ + int iPos; /* Index of first token in snippet */ + u64 covered; /* Mask of query phrases covered */ + u64 hlmask; /* Mask of snippet terms to highlight */ +}; + +/* +** This type is used as an fts3ExprIterate() context object while +** accumulating the data returned by the matchinfo() function. +*/ +typedef struct MatchInfo MatchInfo; +struct MatchInfo { + Fts3Cursor *pCursor; /* FTS3 Cursor */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in table */ + int nPhrase; /* Number of matchable phrases in query */ + sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Number of docs in database */ + char flag; + u32 *aMatchinfo; /* Pre-allocated buffer */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of this structure is used to manage a pair of buffers, each +** (nElem * sizeof(u32)) bytes in size. See the MatchinfoBuffer code below +** for details. +*/ +struct MatchinfoBuffer { + u8 aRef[3]; + int nElem; + int bGlobal; /* Set if global data is loaded */ + char *zMatchinfo; + u32 aMatchinfo[1]; +}; + + +/* +** The snippet() and offsets() functions both return text values. An instance +** of the following structure is used to accumulate those values while the +** functions are running. See fts3StringAppend() for details. +*/ +typedef struct StrBuffer StrBuffer; +struct StrBuffer { + char *z; /* Pointer to buffer containing string */ + int n; /* Length of z in bytes (excl. nul-term) */ + int nAlloc; /* Allocated size of buffer z in bytes */ +}; + + +/************************************************************************* +** Start of MatchinfoBuffer code. +*/ + +/* +** Allocate a two-slot MatchinfoBuffer object. +*/ +static MatchinfoBuffer *fts3MIBufferNew(int nElem, const char *zMatchinfo){ + MatchinfoBuffer *pRet; + int nByte = sizeof(u32) * (2*nElem + 1) + sizeof(MatchinfoBuffer); + int nStr = (int)strlen(zMatchinfo); + + pRet = sqlite3_malloc(nByte + nStr+1); + if( pRet ){ + memset(pRet, 0, nByte); + pRet->aMatchinfo[0] = (u8*)(&pRet->aMatchinfo[1]) - (u8*)pRet; + pRet->aMatchinfo[1+nElem] = pRet->aMatchinfo[0] + sizeof(u32)*(nElem+1); + pRet->nElem = nElem; + pRet->zMatchinfo = ((char*)pRet) + nByte; + memcpy(pRet->zMatchinfo, zMatchinfo, nStr+1); + pRet->aRef[0] = 1; + } + + return pRet; +} + +static void fts3MIBufferFree(void *p){ + MatchinfoBuffer *pBuf = (MatchinfoBuffer*)((u8*)p - ((u32*)p)[-1]); + + assert( (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[1] + || (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[pBuf->nElem+2] + ); + if( (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[1] ){ + pBuf->aRef[1] = 0; + }else{ + pBuf->aRef[2] = 0; + } + + if( pBuf->aRef[0]==0 && pBuf->aRef[1]==0 && pBuf->aRef[2]==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(pBuf); + } +} + +static void (*fts3MIBufferAlloc(MatchinfoBuffer *p, u32 **paOut))(void*){ + void (*xRet)(void*) = 0; + u32 *aOut = 0; + + if( p->aRef[1]==0 ){ + p->aRef[1] = 1; + aOut = &p->aMatchinfo[1]; + xRet = fts3MIBufferFree; + } + else if( p->aRef[2]==0 ){ + p->aRef[2] = 1; + aOut = &p->aMatchinfo[p->nElem+2]; + xRet = fts3MIBufferFree; + }else{ + aOut = (u32*)sqlite3_malloc(p->nElem * sizeof(u32)); + if( aOut ){ + xRet = sqlite3_free; + if( p->bGlobal ) memcpy(aOut, &p->aMatchinfo[1], p->nElem*sizeof(u32)); + } + } + + *paOut = aOut; + return xRet; +} + +static void fts3MIBufferSetGlobal(MatchinfoBuffer *p){ + p->bGlobal = 1; + memcpy(&p->aMatchinfo[2+p->nElem], &p->aMatchinfo[1], p->nElem*sizeof(u32)); +} + +/* +** Free a MatchinfoBuffer object allocated using fts3MIBufferNew() +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3MIBufferFree(MatchinfoBuffer *p){ + if( p ){ + assert( p->aRef[0]==1 ); + p->aRef[0] = 0; + if( p->aRef[0]==0 && p->aRef[1]==0 && p->aRef[2]==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(p); + } + } +} + +/* +** End of MatchinfoBuffer code. +*************************************************************************/ + + +/* +** This function is used to help iterate through a position-list. A position +** list is a list of unique integers, sorted from smallest to largest. Each +** element of the list is represented by an FTS3 varint that takes the value +** of the difference between the current element and the previous one plus +** two. For example, to store the position-list: +** +** 4 9 113 +** +** the three varints: +** +** 6 7 106 +** +** are encoded. +** +** When this function is called, *pp points to the start of an element of +** the list. *piPos contains the value of the previous entry in the list. +** After it returns, *piPos contains the value of the next element of the +** list and *pp is advanced to the following varint. +*/ +static void fts3GetDeltaPosition(char **pp, int *piPos){ + int iVal; + *pp += fts3GetVarint32(*pp, &iVal); + *piPos += (iVal-2); +} + +/* +** Helper function for fts3ExprIterate() (see below). +*/ +static int fts3ExprIterate2( + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to iterate phrases of */ + int *piPhrase, /* Pointer to phrase counter */ + int (*x)(Fts3Expr*,int,void*), /* Callback function to invoke for phrases */ + void *pCtx /* Second argument to pass to callback */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int eType = pExpr->eType; /* Type of expression node pExpr */ + + if( eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ + assert( pExpr->pLeft && pExpr->pRight ); + rc = fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr->pLeft, piPhrase, x, pCtx); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType!=FTSQUERY_NOT ){ + rc = fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr->pRight, piPhrase, x, pCtx); + } + }else{ + rc = x(pExpr, *piPhrase, pCtx); + (*piPhrase)++; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Iterate through all phrase nodes in an FTS3 query, except those that +** are part of a sub-tree that is the right-hand-side of a NOT operator. +** For each phrase node found, the supplied callback function is invoked. +** +** If the callback function returns anything other than SQLITE_OK, +** the iteration is abandoned and the error code returned immediately. +** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned after a callback has been made for +** all eligible phrase nodes. +*/ +static int fts3ExprIterate( + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to iterate phrases of */ + int (*x)(Fts3Expr*,int,void*), /* Callback function to invoke for phrases */ + void *pCtx /* Second argument to pass to callback */ +){ + int iPhrase = 0; /* Variable used as the phrase counter */ + return fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr, &iPhrase, x, pCtx); +} + + +/* +** This is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used while loading the doclists +** for each phrase into Fts3Expr.aDoclist[]/nDoclist. See also +** fts3ExprLoadDoclists(). +*/ +static int fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + LoadDoclistCtx *p = (LoadDoclistCtx *)ctx; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase); + + p->nPhrase++; + p->nToken += pPhrase->nToken; + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Load the doclists for each phrase in the query associated with FTS3 cursor +** pCsr. +** +** If pnPhrase is not NULL, then *pnPhrase is set to the number of matchable +** phrases in the expression (all phrases except those directly or +** indirectly descended from the right-hand-side of a NOT operator). If +** pnToken is not NULL, then it is set to the number of tokens in all +** matchable phrases of the expression. +*/ +static int fts3ExprLoadDoclists( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Fts3 cursor for current query */ + int *pnPhrase, /* OUT: Number of phrases in query */ + int *pnToken /* OUT: Number of tokens in query */ +){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + LoadDoclistCtx sCtx = {0,0,0}; /* Context for fts3ExprIterate() */ + sCtx.pCsr = pCsr; + rc = fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb, (void *)&sCtx); + if( pnPhrase ) *pnPhrase = sCtx.nPhrase; + if( pnToken ) *pnToken = sCtx.nToken; + return rc; +} + +static int fts3ExprPhraseCountCb(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ + (*(int *)ctx)++; + pExpr->iPhrase = iPhrase; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +static int fts3ExprPhraseCount(Fts3Expr *pExpr){ + int nPhrase = 0; + (void)fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprPhraseCountCb, (void *)&nPhrase); + return nPhrase; +} + +/* +** Advance the position list iterator specified by the first two +** arguments so that it points to the first element with a value greater +** than or equal to parameter iNext. +*/ +static void fts3SnippetAdvance(char **ppIter, int *piIter, int iNext){ + char *pIter = *ppIter; + if( pIter ){ + int iIter = *piIter; + + while( iIter<iNext ){ + if( 0==(*pIter & 0xFE) ){ + iIter = -1; + pIter = 0; + break; + } + fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pIter, &iIter); + } + + *piIter = iIter; + *ppIter = pIter; + } +} + +/* +** Advance the snippet iterator to the next candidate snippet. +*/ +static int fts3SnippetNextCandidate(SnippetIter *pIter){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + + if( pIter->iCurrent<0 ){ + /* The SnippetIter object has just been initialized. The first snippet + ** candidate always starts at offset 0 (even if this candidate has a + ** score of 0.0). + */ + pIter->iCurrent = 0; + + /* Advance the 'head' iterator of each phrase to the first offset that + ** is greater than or equal to (iNext+nSnippet). + */ + for(i=0; i<pIter->nPhrase; i++){ + SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i]; + fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pHead, &pPhrase->iHead, pIter->nSnippet); + } + }else{ + int iStart; + int iEnd = 0x7FFFFFFF; + + for(i=0; i<pIter->nPhrase; i++){ + SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i]; + if( pPhrase->pHead && pPhrase->iHead<iEnd ){ + iEnd = pPhrase->iHead; + } + } + if( iEnd==0x7FFFFFFF ){ + return 1; + } + + pIter->iCurrent = iStart = iEnd - pIter->nSnippet + 1; + for(i=0; i<pIter->nPhrase; i++){ + SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i]; + fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pHead, &pPhrase->iHead, iEnd+1); + fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pTail, &pPhrase->iTail, iStart); + } + } + + return 0; +} + +/* +** Retrieve information about the current candidate snippet of snippet +** iterator pIter. +*/ +static void fts3SnippetDetails( + SnippetIter *pIter, /* Snippet iterator */ + u64 mCovered, /* Bitmask of phrases already covered */ + int *piToken, /* OUT: First token of proposed snippet */ + int *piScore, /* OUT: "Score" for this snippet */ + u64 *pmCover, /* OUT: Bitmask of phrases covered */ + u64 *pmHighlight /* OUT: Bitmask of terms to highlight */ +){ + int iStart = pIter->iCurrent; /* First token of snippet */ + int iScore = 0; /* Score of this snippet */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + u64 mCover = 0; /* Mask of phrases covered by this snippet */ + u64 mHighlight = 0; /* Mask of tokens to highlight in snippet */ + + for(i=0; i<pIter->nPhrase; i++){ + SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i]; + if( pPhrase->pTail ){ + char *pCsr = pPhrase->pTail; + int iCsr = pPhrase->iTail; + + while( iCsr<(iStart+pIter->nSnippet) ){ + int j; + u64 mPhrase = (u64)1 << i; + u64 mPos = (u64)1 << (iCsr - iStart); + assert( iCsr>=iStart ); + if( (mCover|mCovered)&mPhrase ){ + iScore++; + }else{ + iScore += 1000; + } + mCover |= mPhrase; + + for(j=0; j<pPhrase->nToken; j++){ + mHighlight |= (mPos>>j); + } + + if( 0==(*pCsr & 0x0FE) ) break; + fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pCsr, &iCsr); + } + } + } + + /* Set the output variables before returning. */ + *piToken = iStart; + *piScore = iScore; + *pmCover = mCover; + *pmHighlight = mHighlight; +} + +/* +** This function is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used by fts3BestSnippet(). +** Each invocation populates an element of the SnippetIter.aPhrase[] array. +*/ +static int fts3SnippetFindPositions(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ + SnippetIter *p = (SnippetIter *)ctx; + SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &p->aPhrase[iPhrase]; + char *pCsr; + int rc; + + pPhrase->nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; + rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCsr, pExpr, p->iCol, &pCsr); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pCsr==0 ); + if( pCsr ){ + int iFirst = 0; + pPhrase->pList = pCsr; + fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pCsr, &iFirst); + assert( iFirst>=0 ); + pPhrase->pHead = pCsr; + pPhrase->pTail = pCsr; + pPhrase->iHead = iFirst; + pPhrase->iTail = iFirst; + }else{ + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || ( + pPhrase->pList==0 && pPhrase->pHead==0 && pPhrase->pTail==0 + )); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Select the fragment of text consisting of nFragment contiguous tokens +** from column iCol that represent the "best" snippet. The best snippet +** is the snippet with the highest score, where scores are calculated +** by adding: +** +** (a) +1 point for each occurrence of a matchable phrase in the snippet. +** +** (b) +1000 points for the first occurrence of each matchable phrase in +** the snippet for which the corresponding mCovered bit is not set. +** +** The selected snippet parameters are stored in structure *pFragment before +** returning. The score of the selected snippet is stored in *piScore +** before returning. +*/ +static int fts3BestSnippet( + int nSnippet, /* Desired snippet length */ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Cursor to create snippet for */ + int iCol, /* Index of column to create snippet from */ + u64 mCovered, /* Mask of phrases already covered */ + u64 *pmSeen, /* IN/OUT: Mask of phrases seen */ + SnippetFragment *pFragment, /* OUT: Best snippet found */ + int *piScore /* OUT: Score of snippet pFragment */ +){ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + int nList; /* Number of phrases in expression */ + SnippetIter sIter; /* Iterates through snippet candidates */ + int nByte; /* Number of bytes of space to allocate */ + int iBestScore = -1; /* Best snippet score found so far */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + + memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter)); + + /* Iterate through the phrases in the expression to count them. The same + ** callback makes sure the doclists are loaded for each phrase. + */ + rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, &nList, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + /* Now that it is known how many phrases there are, allocate and zero + ** the required space using malloc(). + */ + nByte = sizeof(SnippetPhrase) * nList; + sIter.aPhrase = (SnippetPhrase *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( !sIter.aPhrase ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(sIter.aPhrase, 0, nByte); + + /* Initialize the contents of the SnippetIter object. Then iterate through + ** the set of phrases in the expression to populate the aPhrase[] array. + */ + sIter.pCsr = pCsr; + sIter.iCol = iCol; + sIter.nSnippet = nSnippet; + sIter.nPhrase = nList; + sIter.iCurrent = -1; + rc = fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3SnippetFindPositions, (void*)&sIter); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + + /* Set the *pmSeen output variable. */ + for(i=0; i<nList; i++){ + if( sIter.aPhrase[i].pHead ){ + *pmSeen |= (u64)1 << i; + } + } + + /* Loop through all candidate snippets. Store the best snippet in + ** *pFragment. Store its associated 'score' in iBestScore. + */ + pFragment->iCol = iCol; + while( !fts3SnippetNextCandidate(&sIter) ){ + int iPos; + int iScore; + u64 mCover; + u64 mHighlite; + fts3SnippetDetails(&sIter, mCovered, &iPos, &iScore, &mCover,&mHighlite); + assert( iScore>=0 ); + if( iScore>iBestScore ){ + pFragment->iPos = iPos; + pFragment->hlmask = mHighlite; + pFragment->covered = mCover; + iBestScore = iScore; + } + } + + *piScore = iBestScore; + } + sqlite3_free(sIter.aPhrase); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Append a string to the string-buffer passed as the first argument. +** +** If nAppend is negative, then the length of the string zAppend is +** determined using strlen(). +*/ +static int fts3StringAppend( + StrBuffer *pStr, /* Buffer to append to */ + const char *zAppend, /* Pointer to data to append to buffer */ + int nAppend /* Size of zAppend in bytes (or -1) */ +){ + if( nAppend<0 ){ + nAppend = (int)strlen(zAppend); + } + + /* If there is insufficient space allocated at StrBuffer.z, use realloc() + ** to grow the buffer until so that it is big enough to accomadate the + ** appended data. + */ + if( pStr->n+nAppend+1>=pStr->nAlloc ){ + int nAlloc = pStr->nAlloc+nAppend+100; + char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pStr->z, nAlloc); + if( !zNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pStr->z = zNew; + pStr->nAlloc = nAlloc; + } + assert( pStr->z!=0 && (pStr->nAlloc >= pStr->n+nAppend+1) ); + + /* Append the data to the string buffer. */ + memcpy(&pStr->z[pStr->n], zAppend, nAppend); + pStr->n += nAppend; + pStr->z[pStr->n] = '\0'; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** The fts3BestSnippet() function often selects snippets that end with a +** query term. That is, the final term of the snippet is always a term +** that requires highlighting. For example, if 'X' is a highlighted term +** and '.' is a non-highlighted term, BestSnippet() may select: +** +** ........X.....X +** +** This function "shifts" the beginning of the snippet forward in the +** document so that there are approximately the same number of +** non-highlighted terms to the right of the final highlighted term as there +** are to the left of the first highlighted term. For example, to this: +** +** ....X.....X.... +** +** This is done as part of extracting the snippet text, not when selecting +** the snippet. Snippet selection is done based on doclists only, so there +** is no way for fts3BestSnippet() to know whether or not the document +** actually contains terms that follow the final highlighted term. +*/ +static int fts3SnippetShift( + Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS3 table snippet comes from */ + int iLangid, /* Language id to use in tokenizing */ + int nSnippet, /* Number of tokens desired for snippet */ + const char *zDoc, /* Document text to extract snippet from */ + int nDoc, /* Size of buffer zDoc in bytes */ + int *piPos, /* IN/OUT: First token of snippet */ + u64 *pHlmask /* IN/OUT: Mask of tokens to highlight */ +){ + u64 hlmask = *pHlmask; /* Local copy of initial highlight-mask */ + + if( hlmask ){ + int nLeft; /* Tokens to the left of first highlight */ + int nRight; /* Tokens to the right of last highlight */ + int nDesired; /* Ideal number of tokens to shift forward */ + + for(nLeft=0; !(hlmask & ((u64)1 << nLeft)); nLeft++); + for(nRight=0; !(hlmask & ((u64)1 << (nSnippet-1-nRight))); nRight++); + nDesired = (nLeft-nRight)/2; + + /* Ideally, the start of the snippet should be pushed forward in the + ** document nDesired tokens. This block checks if there are actually + ** nDesired tokens to the right of the snippet. If so, *piPos and + ** *pHlMask are updated to shift the snippet nDesired tokens to the + ** right. Otherwise, the snippet is shifted by the number of tokens + ** available. + */ + if( nDesired>0 ){ + int nShift; /* Number of tokens to shift snippet by */ + int iCurrent = 0; /* Token counter */ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; + pMod = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)pTab->pTokenizer->pModule; + + /* Open a cursor on zDoc/nDoc. Check if there are (nSnippet+nDesired) + ** or more tokens in zDoc/nDoc. + */ + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, iLangid, zDoc, nDoc, &pC); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent<(nSnippet+nDesired) ){ + const char *ZDUMMY; int DUMMY1 = 0, DUMMY2 = 0, DUMMY3 = 0; + rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &DUMMY2, &DUMMY3, &iCurrent); + } + pMod->xClose(pC); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){ return rc; } + + nShift = (rc==SQLITE_DONE)+iCurrent-nSnippet; + assert( nShift<=nDesired ); + if( nShift>0 ){ + *piPos += nShift; + *pHlmask = hlmask >> nShift; + } + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Extract the snippet text for fragment pFragment from cursor pCsr and +** append it to string buffer pOut. +*/ +static int fts3SnippetText( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 Cursor */ + SnippetFragment *pFragment, /* Snippet to extract */ + int iFragment, /* Fragment number */ + int isLast, /* True for final fragment in snippet */ + int nSnippet, /* Number of tokens in extracted snippet */ + const char *zOpen, /* String inserted before highlighted term */ + const char *zClose, /* String inserted after highlighted term */ + const char *zEllipsis, /* String inserted between snippets */ + StrBuffer *pOut /* Write output here */ +){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int rc; /* Return code */ + const char *zDoc; /* Document text to extract snippet from */ + int nDoc; /* Size of zDoc in bytes */ + int iCurrent = 0; /* Current token number of document */ + int iEnd = 0; /* Byte offset of end of current token */ + int isShiftDone = 0; /* True after snippet is shifted */ + int iPos = pFragment->iPos; /* First token of snippet */ + u64 hlmask = pFragment->hlmask; /* Highlight-mask for snippet */ + int iCol = pFragment->iCol+1; /* Query column to extract text from */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; /* Tokenizer module methods object */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor open on zDoc/nDoc */ + + zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol); + if( zDoc==0 ){ + if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol)!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + return SQLITE_OK; + } + nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol); + + /* Open a token cursor on the document. */ + pMod = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)pTab->pTokenizer->pModule; + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid, zDoc,nDoc,&pC); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + const char *ZDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */ + int DUMMY1 = -1; /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */ + int iBegin = 0; /* Offset in zDoc of start of token */ + int iFin = 0; /* Offset in zDoc of end of token */ + int isHighlight = 0; /* True for highlighted terms */ + + /* Variable DUMMY1 is initialized to a negative value above. Elsewhere + ** in the FTS code the variable that the third argument to xNext points to + ** is initialized to zero before the first (*but not necessarily + ** subsequent*) call to xNext(). This is done for a particular application + ** that needs to know whether or not the tokenizer is being used for + ** snippet generation or for some other purpose. + ** + ** Extreme care is required when writing code to depend on this + ** initialization. It is not a documented part of the tokenizer interface. + ** If a tokenizer is used directly by any code outside of FTS, this + ** convention might not be respected. */ + rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &iBegin, &iFin, &iCurrent); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + /* Special case - the last token of the snippet is also the last token + ** of the column. Append any punctuation that occurred between the end + ** of the previous token and the end of the document to the output. + ** Then break out of the loop. */ + rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iEnd], -1); + } + break; + } + if( iCurrent<iPos ){ continue; } + + if( !isShiftDone ){ + int n = nDoc - iBegin; + rc = fts3SnippetShift( + pTab, pCsr->iLangid, nSnippet, &zDoc[iBegin], n, &iPos, &hlmask + ); + isShiftDone = 1; + + /* Now that the shift has been done, check if the initial "..." are + ** required. They are required if (a) this is not the first fragment, + ** or (b) this fragment does not begin at position 0 of its column. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( iPos>0 || iFragment>0 ){ + rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zEllipsis, -1); + }else if( iBegin ){ + rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zDoc, iBegin); + } + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iCurrent<iPos ) continue; + } + + if( iCurrent>=(iPos+nSnippet) ){ + if( isLast ){ + rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zEllipsis, -1); + } + break; + } + + /* Set isHighlight to true if this term should be highlighted. */ + isHighlight = (hlmask & ((u64)1 << (iCurrent-iPos)))!=0; + + if( iCurrent>iPos ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iEnd], iBegin-iEnd); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isHighlight ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zOpen, -1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iBegin], iFin-iBegin); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isHighlight ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zClose, -1); + + iEnd = iFin; + } + + pMod->xClose(pC); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** This function is used to count the entries in a column-list (a +** delta-encoded list of term offsets within a single column of a single +** row). When this function is called, *ppCollist should point to the +** beginning of the first varint in the column-list (the varint that +** contains the position of the first matching term in the column data). +** Before returning, *ppCollist is set to point to the first byte after +** the last varint in the column-list (either the 0x00 signifying the end +** of the position-list, or the 0x01 that precedes the column number of +** the next column in the position-list). +** +** The number of elements in the column-list is returned. +*/ +static int fts3ColumnlistCount(char **ppCollist){ + char *pEnd = *ppCollist; + char c = 0; + int nEntry = 0; + + /* A column-list is terminated by either a 0x01 or 0x00. */ + while( 0xFE & (*pEnd | c) ){ + c = *pEnd++ & 0x80; + if( !c ) nEntry++; + } + + *ppCollist = pEnd; + return nEntry; +} + +/* +** This function gathers 'y' or 'b' data for a single phrase. +*/ +static void fts3ExprLHits( + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression node */ + MatchInfo *p /* Matchinfo context */ +){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)p->pCursor->base.pVtab; + int iStart; + Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; + char *pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList; + int iCol = 0; + + assert( p->flag==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS_BM || p->flag==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS ); + if( p->flag==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS ){ + iStart = pExpr->iPhrase * p->nCol; + }else{ + iStart = pExpr->iPhrase * ((p->nCol + 31) / 32); + } + + while( 1 ){ + int nHit = fts3ColumnlistCount(&pIter); + if( (pPhrase->iColumn>=pTab->nColumn || pPhrase->iColumn==iCol) ){ + if( p->flag==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS ){ + p->aMatchinfo[iStart + iCol] = (u32)nHit; + }else if( nHit ){ + p->aMatchinfo[iStart + (iCol+1)/32] |= (1 << (iCol&0x1F)); + } + } + assert( *pIter==0x00 || *pIter==0x01 ); + if( *pIter!=0x01 ) break; + pIter++; + pIter += fts3GetVarint32(pIter, &iCol); + } +} + +/* +** Gather the results for matchinfo directives 'y' and 'b'. +*/ +static void fts3ExprLHitGather( + Fts3Expr *pExpr, + MatchInfo *p +){ + assert( (pExpr->pLeft==0)==(pExpr->pRight==0) ); + if( pExpr->bEof==0 && pExpr->iDocid==p->pCursor->iPrevId ){ + if( pExpr->pLeft ){ + fts3ExprLHitGather(pExpr->pLeft, p); + fts3ExprLHitGather(pExpr->pRight, p); + }else{ + fts3ExprLHits(pExpr, p); + } + } +} + +/* +** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "global" matchinfo stats +** for a single query. +** +** fts3ExprIterate() callback to load the 'global' elements of a +** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS matchinfo array. The global stats are those elements +** of the matchinfo array that are constant for all rows returned by the +** current query. +** +** Argument pCtx is actually a pointer to a struct of type MatchInfo. This +** function populates Matchinfo.aMatchinfo[] as follows: +** +** for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){ +** aMatchinfo[3*iPhrase*nCol + 3*iCol + 1] = X; +** aMatchinfo[3*iPhrase*nCol + 3*iCol + 2] = Y; +** } +** +** where X is the number of matches for phrase iPhrase is column iCol of all +** rows of the table. Y is the number of rows for which column iCol contains +** at least one instance of phrase iPhrase. +** +** If the phrase pExpr consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all X and +** Y values are set to nDoc, where nDoc is the number of documents in the +** file system. This is done because the full-text index doclist is required +** to calculate these values properly, and the full-text index doclist is +** not available for deferred tokens. +*/ +static int fts3ExprGlobalHitsCb( + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression node */ + int iPhrase, /* Phrase number (numbered from zero) */ + void *pCtx /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */ +){ + MatchInfo *p = (MatchInfo *)pCtx; + return sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats( + p->pCursor, pExpr, &p->aMatchinfo[3*iPhrase*p->nCol] + ); +} + +/* +** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "local" part of the +** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS array. The local stats are those elements of the +** array that are different for each row returned by the query. +*/ +static int fts3ExprLocalHitsCb( + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression node */ + int iPhrase, /* Phrase number */ + void *pCtx /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + MatchInfo *p = (MatchInfo *)pCtx; + int iStart = iPhrase * p->nCol * 3; + int i; + + for(i=0; i<p->nCol && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ + char *pCsr; + rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCursor, pExpr, i, &pCsr); + if( pCsr ){ + p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = fts3ColumnlistCount(&pCsr); + }else{ + p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = 0; + } + } + + return rc; +} + +static int fts3MatchinfoCheck( + Fts3Table *pTab, + char cArg, + char **pzErr +){ + if( (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC && pTab->bFts4) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH && pTab->bFts4) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH && pTab->bHasDocsize) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS) + || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS_BM) + ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unrecognized matchinfo request: %c", cArg); + return SQLITE_ERROR; +} + +static int fts3MatchinfoSize(MatchInfo *pInfo, char cArg){ + int nVal; /* Number of integers output by cArg */ + + switch( cArg ){ + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC: + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE: + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL: + nVal = 1; + break; + + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH: + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH: + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS: + nVal = pInfo->nCol; + break; + + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS: + nVal = pInfo->nCol * pInfo->nPhrase; + break; + + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS_BM: + nVal = pInfo->nPhrase * ((pInfo->nCol + 31) / 32); + break; + + default: + assert( cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS ); + nVal = pInfo->nCol * pInfo->nPhrase * 3; + break; + } + + return nVal; +} + +static int fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal( + Fts3Table *pTab, + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, + sqlite3_int64 *pnDoc, + const char **paLen +){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + const char *a; + sqlite3_int64 nDoc; + + if( !*ppStmt ){ + int rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(pTab, ppStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + pStmt = *ppStmt; + assert( sqlite3_data_count(pStmt)==1 ); + + a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0); + a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc); + if( nDoc==0 ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + *pnDoc = (u32)nDoc; + + if( paLen ) *paLen = a; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** An instance of the following structure is used to store state while +** iterating through a multi-column position-list corresponding to the +** hits for a single phrase on a single row in order to calculate the +** values for a matchinfo() FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS request. +*/ +typedef struct LcsIterator LcsIterator; +struct LcsIterator { + Fts3Expr *pExpr; /* Pointer to phrase expression */ + int iPosOffset; /* Tokens count up to end of this phrase */ + char *pRead; /* Cursor used to iterate through aDoclist */ + int iPos; /* Current position */ +}; + +/* +** If LcsIterator.iCol is set to the following value, the iterator has +** finished iterating through all offsets for all columns. +*/ +#define LCS_ITERATOR_FINISHED 0x7FFFFFFF; + +static int fts3MatchinfoLcsCb( + Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression node */ + int iPhrase, /* Phrase number (numbered from zero) */ + void *pCtx /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */ +){ + LcsIterator *aIter = (LcsIterator *)pCtx; + aIter[iPhrase].pExpr = pExpr; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Advance the iterator passed as an argument to the next position. Return +** 1 if the iterator is at EOF or if it now points to the start of the +** position list for the next column. +*/ +static int fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(LcsIterator *pIter){ + char *pRead = pIter->pRead; + sqlite3_int64 iRead; + int rc = 0; + + pRead += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pRead, &iRead); + if( iRead==0 || iRead==1 ){ + pRead = 0; + rc = 1; + }else{ + pIter->iPos += (int)(iRead-2); + } + + pIter->pRead = pRead; + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function implements the FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS matchinfo() flag. +** +** If the call is successful, the longest-common-substring lengths for each +** column are written into the first nCol elements of the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] +** array before returning. SQLITE_OK is returned in this case. +** +** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the +** data written to the first nCol elements of pInfo->aMatchinfo[] is +** undefined. +*/ +static int fts3MatchinfoLcs(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, MatchInfo *pInfo){ + LcsIterator *aIter; + int i; + int iCol; + int nToken = 0; + + /* Allocate and populate the array of LcsIterator objects. The array + ** contains one element for each matchable phrase in the query. + **/ + aIter = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(LcsIterator) * pCsr->nPhrase); + if( !aIter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(aIter, 0, sizeof(LcsIterator) * pCsr->nPhrase); + (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3MatchinfoLcsCb, (void*)aIter); + + for(i=0; i<pInfo->nPhrase; i++){ + LcsIterator *pIter = &aIter[i]; + nToken -= pIter->pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; + pIter->iPosOffset = nToken; + } + + for(iCol=0; iCol<pInfo->nCol; iCol++){ + int nLcs = 0; /* LCS value for this column */ + int nLive = 0; /* Number of iterators in aIter not at EOF */ + + for(i=0; i<pInfo->nPhrase; i++){ + int rc; + LcsIterator *pIt = &aIter[i]; + rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(pCsr, pIt->pExpr, iCol, &pIt->pRead); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + if( pIt->pRead ){ + pIt->iPos = pIt->iPosOffset; + fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(&aIter[i]); + nLive++; + } + } + + while( nLive>0 ){ + LcsIterator *pAdv = 0; /* The iterator to advance by one position */ + int nThisLcs = 0; /* LCS for the current iterator positions */ + + for(i=0; i<pInfo->nPhrase; i++){ + LcsIterator *pIter = &aIter[i]; + if( pIter->pRead==0 ){ + /* This iterator is already at EOF for this column. */ + nThisLcs = 0; + }else{ + if( pAdv==0 || pIter->iPos<pAdv->iPos ){ + pAdv = pIter; + } + if( nThisLcs==0 || pIter->iPos==pIter[-1].iPos ){ + nThisLcs++; + }else{ + nThisLcs = 1; + } + if( nThisLcs>nLcs ) nLcs = nThisLcs; + } + } + if( fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(pAdv) ) nLive--; + } + + pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = nLcs; + } + + sqlite3_free(aIter); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Populate the buffer pInfo->aMatchinfo[] with an array of integers to +** be returned by the matchinfo() function. Argument zArg contains the +** format string passed as the second argument to matchinfo (or the +** default value "pcx" if no second argument was specified). The format +** string has already been validated and the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] array +** is guaranteed to be large enough for the output. +** +** If bGlobal is true, then populate all fields of the matchinfo() output. +** If it is false, then assume that those fields that do not change between +** rows (i.e. FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE, NCOL, NDOC, AVGLENGTH and part of HITS) +** have already been populated. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error +** occurs. If a value other than SQLITE_OK is returned, the state the +** pInfo->aMatchinfo[] buffer is left in is undefined. +*/ +static int fts3MatchinfoValues( + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 cursor object */ + int bGlobal, /* True to grab the global stats */ + MatchInfo *pInfo, /* Matchinfo context object */ + const char *zArg /* Matchinfo format string */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int i; + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0; + + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && zArg[i]; i++){ + pInfo->flag = zArg[i]; + switch( zArg[i] ){ + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE: + if( bGlobal ) pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = pInfo->nPhrase; + break; + + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL: + if( bGlobal ) pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = pInfo->nCol; + break; + + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC: + if( bGlobal ){ + sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0; + rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &nDoc, 0); + pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = (u32)nDoc; + } + break; + + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH: + if( bGlobal ){ + sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Number of rows in table */ + const char *a; /* Aggregate column length array */ + + rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &nDoc, &a); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int iCol; + for(iCol=0; iCol<pInfo->nCol; iCol++){ + u32 iVal; + sqlite3_int64 nToken; + a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nToken); + iVal = (u32)(((u32)(nToken&0xffffffff)+nDoc/2)/nDoc); + pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = iVal; + } + } + } + break; + + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH: { + sqlite3_stmt *pSelectDocsize = 0; + rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, pCsr->iPrevId, &pSelectDocsize); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int iCol; + const char *a = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelectDocsize, 0); + for(iCol=0; iCol<pInfo->nCol; iCol++){ + sqlite3_int64 nToken; + a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nToken); + pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = (u32)nToken; + } + } + sqlite3_reset(pSelectDocsize); + break; + } + + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS: + rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts3MatchinfoLcs(pCsr, pInfo); + } + break; + + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS_BM: + case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS: { + int nZero = fts3MatchinfoSize(pInfo, zArg[i]) * sizeof(u32); + memset(pInfo->aMatchinfo, 0, nZero); + fts3ExprLHitGather(pCsr->pExpr, pInfo); + break; + } + + default: { + Fts3Expr *pExpr; + assert( zArg[i]==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS ); + pExpr = pCsr->pExpr; + rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + if( bGlobal ){ + if( pCsr->pDeferred ){ + rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &pInfo->nDoc, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + } + rc = fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprGlobalHitsCb,(void*)pInfo); + sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(pCsr, &rc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + } + (void)fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprLocalHitsCb,(void*)pInfo); + break; + } + } + + pInfo->aMatchinfo += fts3MatchinfoSize(pInfo, zArg[i]); + } + + sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Populate pCsr->aMatchinfo[] with data for the current row. The +** 'matchinfo' data is an array of 32-bit unsigned integers (C type u32). +*/ +static void fts3GetMatchinfo( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Return results here */ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 Cursor object */ + const char *zArg /* Second argument to matchinfo() function */ +){ + MatchInfo sInfo; + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int bGlobal = 0; /* Collect 'global' stats as well as local */ + + u32 *aOut = 0; + void (*xDestroyOut)(void*) = 0; + + memset(&sInfo, 0, sizeof(MatchInfo)); + sInfo.pCursor = pCsr; + sInfo.nCol = pTab->nColumn; + + /* If there is cached matchinfo() data, but the format string for the + ** cache does not match the format string for this request, discard + ** the cached data. */ + if( pCsr->pMIBuffer && strcmp(pCsr->pMIBuffer->zMatchinfo, zArg) ){ + sqlite3Fts3MIBufferFree(pCsr->pMIBuffer); + pCsr->pMIBuffer = 0; + } + + /* If Fts3Cursor.pMIBuffer is NULL, then this is the first time the + ** matchinfo function has been called for this query. In this case + ** allocate the array used to accumulate the matchinfo data and + ** initialize those elements that are constant for every row. + */ + if( pCsr->pMIBuffer==0 ){ + int nMatchinfo = 0; /* Number of u32 elements in match-info */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through zArg */ + + /* Determine the number of phrases in the query */ + pCsr->nPhrase = fts3ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr); + sInfo.nPhrase = pCsr->nPhrase; + + /* Determine the number of integers in the buffer returned by this call. */ + for(i=0; zArg[i]; i++){ + char *zErr = 0; + if( fts3MatchinfoCheck(pTab, zArg[i], &zErr) ){ + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + return; + } + nMatchinfo += fts3MatchinfoSize(&sInfo, zArg[i]); + } + + /* Allocate space for Fts3Cursor.aMatchinfo[] and Fts3Cursor.zMatchinfo. */ + pCsr->pMIBuffer = fts3MIBufferNew(nMatchinfo, zArg); + if( !pCsr->pMIBuffer ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + + pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1; + bGlobal = 1; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + xDestroyOut = fts3MIBufferAlloc(pCsr->pMIBuffer, &aOut); + if( xDestroyOut==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sInfo.aMatchinfo = aOut; + sInfo.nPhrase = pCsr->nPhrase; + rc = fts3MatchinfoValues(pCsr, bGlobal, &sInfo, zArg); + if( bGlobal ){ + fts3MIBufferSetGlobal(pCsr->pMIBuffer); + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc); + if( xDestroyOut ) xDestroyOut(aOut); + }else{ + int n = pCsr->pMIBuffer->nElem * sizeof(u32); + sqlite3_result_blob(pCtx, aOut, n, xDestroyOut); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of snippet() function. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* SQLite function call context */ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ + const char *zStart, /* Snippet start text - "<b>" */ + const char *zEnd, /* Snippet end text - "</b>" */ + const char *zEllipsis, /* Snippet ellipsis text - "<b>...</b>" */ + int iCol, /* Extract snippet from this column */ + int nToken /* Approximate number of tokens in snippet */ +){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int i; + StrBuffer res = {0, 0, 0}; + + /* The returned text includes up to four fragments of text extracted from + ** the data in the current row. The first iteration of the for(...) loop + ** below attempts to locate a single fragment of text nToken tokens in + ** size that contains at least one instance of all phrases in the query + ** expression that appear in the current row. If such a fragment of text + ** cannot be found, the second iteration of the loop attempts to locate + ** a pair of fragments, and so on. + */ + int nSnippet = 0; /* Number of fragments in this snippet */ + SnippetFragment aSnippet[4]; /* Maximum of 4 fragments per snippet */ + int nFToken = -1; /* Number of tokens in each fragment */ + + if( !pCsr->pExpr ){ + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC); + return; + } + + for(nSnippet=1; 1; nSnippet++){ + + int iSnip; /* Loop counter 0..nSnippet-1 */ + u64 mCovered = 0; /* Bitmask of phrases covered by snippet */ + u64 mSeen = 0; /* Bitmask of phrases seen by BestSnippet() */ + + if( nToken>=0 ){ + nFToken = (nToken+nSnippet-1) / nSnippet; + }else{ + nFToken = -1 * nToken; + } + + for(iSnip=0; iSnip<nSnippet; iSnip++){ + int iBestScore = -1; /* Best score of columns checked so far */ + int iRead; /* Used to iterate through columns */ + SnippetFragment *pFragment = &aSnippet[iSnip]; + + memset(pFragment, 0, sizeof(*pFragment)); + + /* Loop through all columns of the table being considered for snippets. + ** If the iCol argument to this function was negative, this means all + ** columns of the FTS3 table. Otherwise, only column iCol is considered. + */ + for(iRead=0; iRead<pTab->nColumn; iRead++){ + SnippetFragment sF = {0, 0, 0, 0}; + int iS = 0; + if( iCol>=0 && iRead!=iCol ) continue; + + /* Find the best snippet of nFToken tokens in column iRead. */ + rc = fts3BestSnippet(nFToken, pCsr, iRead, mCovered, &mSeen, &sF, &iS); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto snippet_out; + } + if( iS>iBestScore ){ + *pFragment = sF; + iBestScore = iS; + } + } + + mCovered |= pFragment->covered; + } + + /* If all query phrases seen by fts3BestSnippet() are present in at least + ** one of the nSnippet snippet fragments, break out of the loop. + */ + assert( (mCovered&mSeen)==mCovered ); + if( mSeen==mCovered || nSnippet==SizeofArray(aSnippet) ) break; + } + + assert( nFToken>0 ); + + for(i=0; i<nSnippet && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ + rc = fts3SnippetText(pCsr, &aSnippet[i], + i, (i==nSnippet-1), nFToken, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, &res + ); + } + + snippet_out: + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc); + sqlite3_free(res.z); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, res.z, -1, sqlite3_free); + } +} + + +typedef struct TermOffset TermOffset; +typedef struct TermOffsetCtx TermOffsetCtx; + +struct TermOffset { + char *pList; /* Position-list */ + int iPos; /* Position just read from pList */ + int iOff; /* Offset of this term from read positions */ +}; + +struct TermOffsetCtx { + Fts3Cursor *pCsr; + int iCol; /* Column of table to populate aTerm for */ + int iTerm; + sqlite3_int64 iDocid; + TermOffset *aTerm; +}; + +/* +** This function is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used by sqlite3Fts3Offsets(). +*/ +static int fts3ExprTermOffsetInit(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ + TermOffsetCtx *p = (TermOffsetCtx *)ctx; + int nTerm; /* Number of tokens in phrase */ + int iTerm; /* For looping through nTerm phrase terms */ + char *pList; /* Pointer to position list for phrase */ + int iPos = 0; /* First position in position-list */ + int rc; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase); + rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCsr, pExpr, p->iCol, &pList); + nTerm = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; + if( pList ){ + fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pList, &iPos); + assert( iPos>=0 ); + } + + for(iTerm=0; iTerm<nTerm; iTerm++){ + TermOffset *pT = &p->aTerm[p->iTerm++]; + pT->iOff = nTerm-iTerm-1; + pT->pList = pList; + pT->iPos = iPos; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Implementation of offsets() function. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* SQLite function call context */ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr /* Cursor object */ +){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pMod = pTab->pTokenizer->pModule; + int rc; /* Return Code */ + int nToken; /* Number of tokens in query */ + int iCol; /* Column currently being processed */ + StrBuffer res = {0, 0, 0}; /* Result string */ + TermOffsetCtx sCtx; /* Context for fts3ExprTermOffsetInit() */ + + if( !pCsr->pExpr ){ + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC); + return; + } + + memset(&sCtx, 0, sizeof(sCtx)); + assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ); + + /* Count the number of terms in the query */ + rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, &nToken); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out; + + /* Allocate the array of TermOffset iterators. */ + sCtx.aTerm = (TermOffset *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(TermOffset)*nToken); + if( 0==sCtx.aTerm ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto offsets_out; + } + sCtx.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId; + sCtx.pCsr = pCsr; + + /* Loop through the table columns, appending offset information to + ** string-buffer res for each column. + */ + for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor */ + const char *ZDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */ + int NDUMMY = 0; /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */ + int iStart = 0; + int iEnd = 0; + int iCurrent = 0; + const char *zDoc; + int nDoc; + + /* Initialize the contents of sCtx.aTerm[] for column iCol. There is + ** no way that this operation can fail, so the return code from + ** fts3ExprIterate() can be discarded. + */ + sCtx.iCol = iCol; + sCtx.iTerm = 0; + (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprTermOffsetInit, (void*)&sCtx); + + /* Retreive the text stored in column iCol. If an SQL NULL is stored + ** in column iCol, jump immediately to the next iteration of the loop. + ** If an OOM occurs while retrieving the data (this can happen if SQLite + ** needs to transform the data from utf-16 to utf-8), return SQLITE_NOMEM + ** to the caller. + */ + zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1); + nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1); + if( zDoc==0 ){ + if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1)==SQLITE_NULL ){ + continue; + } + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto offsets_out; + } + + /* Initialize a tokenizer iterator to iterate through column iCol. */ + rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid, + zDoc, nDoc, &pC + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out; + + rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &NDUMMY, &iStart, &iEnd, &iCurrent); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; /* Used to loop through terms */ + int iMinPos = 0x7FFFFFFF; /* Position of next token */ + TermOffset *pTerm = 0; /* TermOffset associated with next token */ + + for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){ + TermOffset *pT = &sCtx.aTerm[i]; + if( pT->pList && (pT->iPos-pT->iOff)<iMinPos ){ + iMinPos = pT->iPos-pT->iOff; + pTerm = pT; + } + } + + if( !pTerm ){ + /* All offsets for this column have been gathered. */ + rc = SQLITE_DONE; + }else{ + assert( iCurrent<=iMinPos ); + if( 0==(0xFE&*pTerm->pList) ){ + pTerm->pList = 0; + }else{ + fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pTerm->pList, &pTerm->iPos); + } + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent<iMinPos ){ + rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &NDUMMY, &iStart, &iEnd, &iCurrent); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + char aBuffer[64]; + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(aBuffer), aBuffer, + "%d %d %d %d ", iCol, pTerm-sCtx.aTerm, iStart, iEnd-iStart + ); + rc = fts3StringAppend(&res, aBuffer, -1); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pTab->zContentTbl==0 ){ + rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + pMod->xClose(pC); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out; + } + + offsets_out: + sqlite3_free(sCtx.aTerm); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc); + sqlite3_free(res.z); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, res.z, res.n-1, sqlite3_free); + } + return; +} + +/* +** Implementation of matchinfo() function. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo( + sqlite3_context *pContext, /* Function call context */ + Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 table cursor */ + const char *zArg /* Second arg to matchinfo() function */ +){ + Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; + const char *zFormat; + + if( zArg ){ + zFormat = zArg; + }else{ + zFormat = FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT; + } + + if( !pCsr->pExpr ){ + sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC); + return; + }else{ + /* Retrieve matchinfo() data. */ + fts3GetMatchinfo(pContext, pCsr, zFormat); + sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab); + } +} + +#endif + +/************** End of fts3_snippet.c ****************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_unicode.c ************************************/ +/* +** 2012 May 24 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** Implementation of the "unicode" full-text-search tokenizer. +*/ + +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE + +/* #include "fts3Int.h" */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) + +/* #include <assert.h> */ +/* #include <stdlib.h> */ +/* #include <stdio.h> */ +/* #include <string.h> */ + +/* #include "fts3_tokenizer.h" */ + +/* +** The following two macros - READ_UTF8 and WRITE_UTF8 - have been copied +** from the sqlite3 source file utf.c. If this file is compiled as part +** of the amalgamation, they are not required. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION + +static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = { + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, + 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17, + 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, +}; + +#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c) \ + c = *(zIn++); \ + if( c>=0xc0 ){ \ + c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; \ + while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ \ + c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++)); \ + } \ + if( c<0x80 \ + || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800 \ + || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } \ + } + +#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) { \ + if( c<0x00080 ){ \ + *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF); \ + } \ + else if( c<0x00800 ){ \ + *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ + } \ + else if( c<0x10000 ){ \ + *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ + }else{ \ + *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ + } \ +} + +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ + +typedef struct unicode_tokenizer unicode_tokenizer; +typedef struct unicode_cursor unicode_cursor; + +struct unicode_tokenizer { + sqlite3_tokenizer base; + int bRemoveDiacritic; + int nException; + int *aiException; +}; + +struct unicode_cursor { + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; + const unsigned char *aInput; /* Input text being tokenized */ + int nInput; /* Size of aInput[] in bytes */ + int iOff; /* Current offset within aInput[] */ + int iToken; /* Index of next token to be returned */ + char *zToken; /* storage for current token */ + int nAlloc; /* space allocated at zToken */ +}; + + +/* +** Destroy a tokenizer allocated by unicodeCreate(). +*/ +static int unicodeDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ + if( pTokenizer ){ + unicode_tokenizer *p = (unicode_tokenizer *)pTokenizer; + sqlite3_free(p->aiException); + sqlite3_free(p); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** As part of a tokenchars= or separators= option, the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE +** statement has specified that the tokenizer for this table shall consider +** all characters in string zIn/nIn to be separators (if bAlnum==0) or +** token characters (if bAlnum==1). +** +** For each codepoint in the zIn/nIn string, this function checks if the +** sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() function already returns the desired result. +** If so, no action is taken. Otherwise, the codepoint is added to the +** unicode_tokenizer.aiException[] array. For the purposes of tokenization, +** the return value of sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() is inverted for all +** codepoints in the aiException[] array. +** +** If a standalone diacritic mark (one that sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic() +** identifies as a diacritic) occurs in the zIn/nIn string it is ignored. +** It is not possible to change the behavior of the tokenizer with respect +** to these codepoints. +*/ +static int unicodeAddExceptions( + unicode_tokenizer *p, /* Tokenizer to add exceptions to */ + int bAlnum, /* Replace Isalnum() return value with this */ + const char *zIn, /* Array of characters to make exceptions */ + int nIn /* Length of z in bytes */ +){ + const unsigned char *z = (const unsigned char *)zIn; + const unsigned char *zTerm = &z[nIn]; + int iCode; + int nEntry = 0; + + assert( bAlnum==0 || bAlnum==1 ); + + while( z<zTerm ){ + READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode); + assert( (sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode) & 0xFFFFFFFE)==0 ); + if( sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode)!=bAlnum + && sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode)==0 + ){ + nEntry++; + } + } + + if( nEntry ){ + int *aNew; /* New aiException[] array */ + int nNew; /* Number of valid entries in array aNew[] */ + + aNew = sqlite3_realloc(p->aiException, (p->nException+nEntry)*sizeof(int)); + if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + nNew = p->nException; + + z = (const unsigned char *)zIn; + while( z<zTerm ){ + READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode); + if( sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode)!=bAlnum + && sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode)==0 + ){ + int i, j; + for(i=0; i<nNew && aNew[i]<iCode; i++); + for(j=nNew; j>i; j--) aNew[j] = aNew[j-1]; + aNew[i] = iCode; + nNew++; + } + } + p->aiException = aNew; + p->nException = nNew; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Return true if the p->aiException[] array contains the value iCode. +*/ +static int unicodeIsException(unicode_tokenizer *p, int iCode){ + if( p->nException>0 ){ + int *a = p->aiException; + int iLo = 0; + int iHi = p->nException-1; + + while( iHi>=iLo ){ + int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2; + if( iCode==a[iTest] ){ + return 1; + }else if( iCode>a[iTest] ){ + iLo = iTest+1; + }else{ + iHi = iTest-1; + } + } + } + + return 0; +} + +/* +** Return true if, for the purposes of tokenization, codepoint iCode is +** considered a token character (not a separator). +*/ +static int unicodeIsAlnum(unicode_tokenizer *p, int iCode){ + assert( (sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode) & 0xFFFFFFFE)==0 ); + return sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode) ^ unicodeIsException(p, iCode); +} + +/* +** Create a new tokenizer instance. +*/ +static int unicodeCreate( + int nArg, /* Size of array argv[] */ + const char * const *azArg, /* Tokenizer creation arguments */ + sqlite3_tokenizer **pp /* OUT: New tokenizer handle */ +){ + unicode_tokenizer *pNew; /* New tokenizer object */ + int i; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + pNew = (unicode_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unicode_tokenizer)); + if( pNew==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unicode_tokenizer)); + pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 1; + + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nArg; i++){ + const char *z = azArg[i]; + int n = (int)strlen(z); + + if( n==19 && memcmp("remove_diacritics=1", z, 19)==0 ){ + pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 1; + } + else if( n==19 && memcmp("remove_diacritics=0", z, 19)==0 ){ + pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 0; + } + else if( n>=11 && memcmp("tokenchars=", z, 11)==0 ){ + rc = unicodeAddExceptions(pNew, 1, &z[11], n-11); + } + else if( n>=11 && memcmp("separators=", z, 11)==0 ){ + rc = unicodeAddExceptions(pNew, 0, &z[11], n-11); + } + else{ + /* Unrecognized argument */ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + unicodeDestroy((sqlite3_tokenizer *)pNew); + pNew = 0; + } + *pp = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)pNew; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input +** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor +** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in +** *ppCursor. +*/ +static int unicodeOpen( + sqlite3_tokenizer *p, /* The tokenizer */ + const char *aInput, /* Input string */ + int nInput, /* Size of string aInput in bytes */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **pp /* OUT: New cursor object */ +){ + unicode_cursor *pCsr; + + pCsr = (unicode_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unicode_cursor)); + if( pCsr==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(unicode_cursor)); + + pCsr->aInput = (const unsigned char *)aInput; + if( aInput==0 ){ + pCsr->nInput = 0; + }else if( nInput<0 ){ + pCsr->nInput = (int)strlen(aInput); + }else{ + pCsr->nInput = nInput; + } + + *pp = &pCsr->base; + UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to +** simpleOpen() above. +*/ +static int unicodeClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ + unicode_cursor *pCsr = (unicode_cursor *) pCursor; + sqlite3_free(pCsr->zToken); + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must +** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen(). +*/ +static int unicodeNext( + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */ + const char **paToken, /* OUT: Token text */ + int *pnToken, /* OUT: Number of bytes at *paToken */ + int *piStart, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ + int *piEnd, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ + int *piPos /* OUT: Position integer of token */ +){ + unicode_cursor *pCsr = (unicode_cursor *)pC; + unicode_tokenizer *p = ((unicode_tokenizer *)pCsr->base.pTokenizer); + int iCode = 0; + char *zOut; + const unsigned char *z = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->iOff]; + const unsigned char *zStart = z; + const unsigned char *zEnd; + const unsigned char *zTerm = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->nInput]; + + /* Scan past any delimiter characters before the start of the next token. + ** Return SQLITE_DONE early if this takes us all the way to the end of + ** the input. */ + while( z<zTerm ){ + READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode); + if( unicodeIsAlnum(p, iCode) ) break; + zStart = z; + } + if( zStart>=zTerm ) return SQLITE_DONE; + + zOut = pCsr->zToken; + do { + int iOut; + + /* Grow the output buffer if required. */ + if( (zOut-pCsr->zToken)>=(pCsr->nAlloc-4) ){ + char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->zToken, pCsr->nAlloc+64); + if( !zNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + zOut = &zNew[zOut - pCsr->zToken]; + pCsr->zToken = zNew; + pCsr->nAlloc += 64; + } + + /* Write the folded case of the last character read to the output */ + zEnd = z; + iOut = sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(iCode, p->bRemoveDiacritic); + if( iOut ){ + WRITE_UTF8(zOut, iOut); + } + + /* If the cursor is not at EOF, read the next character */ + if( z>=zTerm ) break; + READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode); + }while( unicodeIsAlnum(p, iCode) + || sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode) + ); + + /* Set the output variables and return. */ + pCsr->iOff = (int)(z - pCsr->aInput); + *paToken = pCsr->zToken; + *pnToken = (int)(zOut - pCsr->zToken); + *piStart = (int)(zStart - pCsr->aInput); + *piEnd = (int)(zEnd - pCsr->aInput); + *piPos = pCsr->iToken++; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Set *ppModule to a pointer to the sqlite3_tokenizer_module +** structure for the unicode tokenizer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const **ppModule){ + static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module module = { + 0, + unicodeCreate, + unicodeDestroy, + unicodeOpen, + unicodeClose, + unicodeNext, + 0, + }; + *ppModule = &module; +} + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE */ + +/************** End of fts3_unicode.c ****************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_unicode2.c ***********************************/ +/* +** 2012 May 25 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +*/ + +/* +** DO NOT EDIT THIS MACHINE GENERATED FILE. +*/ + +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) + +/* #include <assert.h> */ + +/* +** Return true if the argument corresponds to a unicode codepoint +** classified as either a letter or a number. Otherwise false. +** +** The results are undefined if the value passed to this function +** is less than zero. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int c){ + /* Each unsigned integer in the following array corresponds to a contiguous + ** range of unicode codepoints that are not either letters or numbers (i.e. + ** codepoints for which this function should return 0). + ** + ** The most significant 22 bits in each 32-bit value contain the first + ** codepoint in the range. The least significant 10 bits are used to store + ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value + ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint + ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints + ** using this format. + */ + static const unsigned int aEntry[] = { + 0x00000030, 0x0000E807, 0x00016C06, 0x0001EC2F, 0x0002AC07, + 0x0002D001, 0x0002D803, 0x0002EC01, 0x0002FC01, 0x00035C01, + 0x0003DC01, 0x000B0804, 0x000B480E, 0x000B9407, 0x000BB401, + 0x000BBC81, 0x000DD401, 0x000DF801, 0x000E1002, 0x000E1C01, + 0x000FD801, 0x00120808, 0x00156806, 0x00162402, 0x00163C01, + 0x00164437, 0x0017CC02, 0x00180005, 0x00181816, 0x00187802, + 0x00192C15, 0x0019A804, 0x0019C001, 0x001B5001, 0x001B580F, + 0x001B9C07, 0x001BF402, 0x001C000E, 0x001C3C01, 0x001C4401, + 0x001CC01B, 0x001E980B, 0x001FAC09, 0x001FD804, 0x00205804, + 0x00206C09, 0x00209403, 0x0020A405, 0x0020C00F, 0x00216403, + 0x00217801, 0x0023901B, 0x00240004, 0x0024E803, 0x0024F812, + 0x00254407, 0x00258804, 0x0025C001, 0x00260403, 0x0026F001, + 0x0026F807, 0x00271C02, 0x00272C03, 0x00275C01, 0x00278802, + 0x0027C802, 0x0027E802, 0x00280403, 0x0028F001, 0x0028F805, + 0x00291C02, 0x00292C03, 0x00294401, 0x0029C002, 0x0029D401, + 0x002A0403, 0x002AF001, 0x002AF808, 0x002B1C03, 0x002B2C03, + 0x002B8802, 0x002BC002, 0x002C0403, 0x002CF001, 0x002CF807, + 0x002D1C02, 0x002D2C03, 0x002D5802, 0x002D8802, 0x002DC001, + 0x002E0801, 0x002EF805, 0x002F1803, 0x002F2804, 0x002F5C01, + 0x002FCC08, 0x00300403, 0x0030F807, 0x00311803, 0x00312804, + 0x00315402, 0x00318802, 0x0031FC01, 0x00320802, 0x0032F001, + 0x0032F807, 0x00331803, 0x00332804, 0x00335402, 0x00338802, + 0x00340802, 0x0034F807, 0x00351803, 0x00352804, 0x00355C01, + 0x00358802, 0x0035E401, 0x00360802, 0x00372801, 0x00373C06, + 0x00375801, 0x00376008, 0x0037C803, 0x0038C401, 0x0038D007, + 0x0038FC01, 0x00391C09, 0x00396802, 0x003AC401, 0x003AD006, + 0x003AEC02, 0x003B2006, 0x003C041F, 0x003CD00C, 0x003DC417, + 0x003E340B, 0x003E6424, 0x003EF80F, 0x003F380D, 0x0040AC14, + 0x00412806, 0x00415804, 0x00417803, 0x00418803, 0x00419C07, + 0x0041C404, 0x0042080C, 0x00423C01, 0x00426806, 0x0043EC01, + 0x004D740C, 0x004E400A, 0x00500001, 0x0059B402, 0x005A0001, + 0x005A6C02, 0x005BAC03, 0x005C4803, 0x005CC805, 0x005D4802, + 0x005DC802, 0x005ED023, 0x005F6004, 0x005F7401, 0x0060000F, + 0x0062A401, 0x0064800C, 0x0064C00C, 0x00650001, 0x00651002, + 0x0066C011, 0x00672002, 0x00677822, 0x00685C05, 0x00687802, + 0x0069540A, 0x0069801D, 0x0069FC01, 0x006A8007, 0x006AA006, + 0x006C0005, 0x006CD011, 0x006D6823, 0x006E0003, 0x006E840D, + 0x006F980E, 0x006FF004, 0x00709014, 0x0070EC05, 0x0071F802, + 0x00730008, 0x00734019, 0x0073B401, 0x0073C803, 0x00770027, + 0x0077F004, 0x007EF401, 0x007EFC03, 0x007F3403, 0x007F7403, + 0x007FB403, 0x007FF402, 0x00800065, 0x0081A806, 0x0081E805, + 0x00822805, 0x0082801A, 0x00834021, 0x00840002, 0x00840C04, + 0x00842002, 0x00845001, 0x00845803, 0x00847806, 0x00849401, + 0x00849C01, 0x0084A401, 0x0084B801, 0x0084E802, 0x00850005, + 0x00852804, 0x00853C01, 0x00864264, 0x00900027, 0x0091000B, + 0x0092704E, 0x00940200, 0x009C0475, 0x009E53B9, 0x00AD400A, + 0x00B39406, 0x00B3BC03, 0x00B3E404, 0x00B3F802, 0x00B5C001, + 0x00B5FC01, 0x00B7804F, 0x00B8C00C, 0x00BA001A, 0x00BA6C59, + 0x00BC00D6, 0x00BFC00C, 0x00C00005, 0x00C02019, 0x00C0A807, + 0x00C0D802, 0x00C0F403, 0x00C26404, 0x00C28001, 0x00C3EC01, + 0x00C64002, 0x00C6580A, 0x00C70024, 0x00C8001F, 0x00C8A81E, + 0x00C94001, 0x00C98020, 0x00CA2827, 0x00CB003F, 0x00CC0100, + 0x01370040, 0x02924037, 0x0293F802, 0x02983403, 0x0299BC10, + 0x029A7C01, 0x029BC008, 0x029C0017, 0x029C8002, 0x029E2402, + 0x02A00801, 0x02A01801, 0x02A02C01, 0x02A08C09, 0x02A0D804, + 0x02A1D004, 0x02A20002, 0x02A2D011, 0x02A33802, 0x02A38012, + 0x02A3E003, 0x02A4980A, 0x02A51C0D, 0x02A57C01, 0x02A60004, + 0x02A6CC1B, 0x02A77802, 0x02A8A40E, 0x02A90C01, 0x02A93002, + 0x02A97004, 0x02A9DC03, 0x02A9EC01, 0x02AAC001, 0x02AAC803, + 0x02AADC02, 0x02AAF802, 0x02AB0401, 0x02AB7802, 0x02ABAC07, + 0x02ABD402, 0x02AF8C0B, 0x03600001, 0x036DFC02, 0x036FFC02, + 0x037FFC01, 0x03EC7801, 0x03ECA401, 0x03EEC810, 0x03F4F802, + 0x03F7F002, 0x03F8001A, 0x03F88007, 0x03F8C023, 0x03F95013, + 0x03F9A004, 0x03FBFC01, 0x03FC040F, 0x03FC6807, 0x03FCEC06, + 0x03FD6C0B, 0x03FF8007, 0x03FFA007, 0x03FFE405, 0x04040003, + 0x0404DC09, 0x0405E411, 0x0406400C, 0x0407402E, 0x040E7C01, + 0x040F4001, 0x04215C01, 0x04247C01, 0x0424FC01, 0x04280403, + 0x04281402, 0x04283004, 0x0428E003, 0x0428FC01, 0x04294009, + 0x0429FC01, 0x042CE407, 0x04400003, 0x0440E016, 0x04420003, + 0x0442C012, 0x04440003, 0x04449C0E, 0x04450004, 0x04460003, + 0x0446CC0E, 0x04471404, 0x045AAC0D, 0x0491C004, 0x05BD442E, + 0x05BE3C04, 0x074000F6, 0x07440027, 0x0744A4B5, 0x07480046, + 0x074C0057, 0x075B0401, 0x075B6C01, 0x075BEC01, 0x075C5401, + 0x075CD401, 0x075D3C01, 0x075DBC01, 0x075E2401, 0x075EA401, + 0x075F0C01, 0x07BBC002, 0x07C0002C, 0x07C0C064, 0x07C2800F, + 0x07C2C40E, 0x07C3040F, 0x07C3440F, 0x07C4401F, 0x07C4C03C, + 0x07C5C02B, 0x07C7981D, 0x07C8402B, 0x07C90009, 0x07C94002, + 0x07CC0021, 0x07CCC006, 0x07CCDC46, 0x07CE0014, 0x07CE8025, + 0x07CF1805, 0x07CF8011, 0x07D0003F, 0x07D10001, 0x07D108B6, + 0x07D3E404, 0x07D4003E, 0x07D50004, 0x07D54018, 0x07D7EC46, + 0x07D9140B, 0x07DA0046, 0x07DC0074, 0x38000401, 0x38008060, + 0x380400F0, + }; + static const unsigned int aAscii[4] = { + 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFC00FFFF, 0xF8000001, 0xF8000001, + }; + + if( c<128 ){ + return ( (aAscii[c >> 5] & (1 << (c & 0x001F)))==0 ); + }else if( c<(1<<22) ){ + unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<10) | 0x000003FF; + int iRes = 0; + int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1; + int iLo = 0; + while( iHi>=iLo ){ + int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2; + if( key >= aEntry[iTest] ){ + iRes = iTest; + iLo = iTest+1; + }else{ + iHi = iTest-1; + } + } + assert( aEntry[0]<key ); + assert( key>=aEntry[iRes] ); + return (((unsigned int)c) >= ((aEntry[iRes]>>10) + (aEntry[iRes]&0x3FF))); + } + return 1; +} + + +/* +** If the argument is a codepoint corresponding to a lowercase letter +** in the ASCII range with a diacritic added, return the codepoint +** of the ASCII letter only. For example, if passed 235 - "LATIN +** SMALL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS" - return 65 ("LATIN SMALL LETTER +** E"). The resuls of passing a codepoint that corresponds to an +** uppercase letter are undefined. +*/ +static int remove_diacritic(int c){ + unsigned short aDia[] = { + 0, 1797, 1848, 1859, 1891, 1928, 1940, 1995, + 2024, 2040, 2060, 2110, 2168, 2206, 2264, 2286, + 2344, 2383, 2472, 2488, 2516, 2596, 2668, 2732, + 2782, 2842, 2894, 2954, 2984, 3000, 3028, 3336, + 3456, 3696, 3712, 3728, 3744, 3896, 3912, 3928, + 3968, 4008, 4040, 4106, 4138, 4170, 4202, 4234, + 4266, 4296, 4312, 4344, 4408, 4424, 4472, 4504, + 6148, 6198, 6264, 6280, 6360, 6429, 6505, 6529, + 61448, 61468, 61534, 61592, 61642, 61688, 61704, 61726, + 61784, 61800, 61836, 61880, 61914, 61948, 61998, 62122, + 62154, 62200, 62218, 62302, 62364, 62442, 62478, 62536, + 62554, 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730, + 62924, 63050, 63082, 63274, 63390, + }; + char aChar[] = { + '\0', 'a', 'c', 'e', 'i', 'n', 'o', 'u', 'y', 'y', 'a', 'c', + 'd', 'e', 'e', 'g', 'h', 'i', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'n', 'o', 'r', + 's', 't', 'u', 'u', 'w', 'y', 'z', 'o', 'u', 'a', 'i', 'o', + 'u', 'g', 'k', 'o', 'j', 'g', 'n', 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', 'r', + 'u', 's', 't', 'h', 'a', 'e', 'o', 'y', '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', + '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a', 'b', 'd', 'd', 'e', 'f', 'g', 'h', + 'h', 'i', 'k', 'l', 'l', 'm', 'n', 'p', 'r', 'r', 's', 't', + 'u', 'v', 'w', 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', 'h', 't', 'w', 'y', 'a', + 'e', 'i', 'o', 'u', 'y', + }; + + unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<3) | 0x00000007; + int iRes = 0; + int iHi = sizeof(aDia)/sizeof(aDia[0]) - 1; + int iLo = 0; + while( iHi>=iLo ){ + int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2; + if( key >= aDia[iTest] ){ + iRes = iTest; + iLo = iTest+1; + }else{ + iHi = iTest-1; + } + } + assert( key>=aDia[iRes] ); + return ((c > (aDia[iRes]>>3) + (aDia[iRes]&0x07)) ? c : (int)aChar[iRes]); +} + + +/* +** Return true if the argument interpreted as a unicode codepoint +** is a diacritical modifier character. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int c){ + unsigned int mask0 = 0x08029FDF; + unsigned int mask1 = 0x000361F8; + if( c<768 || c>817 ) return 0; + return (c < 768+32) ? + (mask0 & (1 << (c-768))) : + (mask1 & (1 << (c-768-32))); +} + + +/* +** Interpret the argument as a unicode codepoint. If the codepoint +** is an upper case character that has a lower case equivalent, +** return the codepoint corresponding to the lower case version. +** Otherwise, return a copy of the argument. +** +** The results are undefined if the value passed to this function +** is less than zero. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int c, int bRemoveDiacritic){ + /* Each entry in the following array defines a rule for folding a range + ** of codepoints to lower case. The rule applies to a range of nRange + ** codepoints starting at codepoint iCode. + ** + ** If the least significant bit in flags is clear, then the rule applies + ** to all nRange codepoints (i.e. all nRange codepoints are upper case and + ** need to be folded). Or, if it is set, then the rule only applies to + ** every second codepoint in the range, starting with codepoint C. + ** + ** The 7 most significant bits in flags are an index into the aiOff[] + ** array. If a specific codepoint C does require folding, then its lower + ** case equivalent is ((C + aiOff[flags>>1]) & 0xFFFF). + ** + ** The contents of this array are generated by parsing the CaseFolding.txt + ** file distributed as part of the "Unicode Character Database". See + ** http://www.unicode.org for details. + */ + static const struct TableEntry { + unsigned short iCode; + unsigned char flags; + unsigned char nRange; + } aEntry[] = { + {65, 14, 26}, {181, 64, 1}, {192, 14, 23}, + {216, 14, 7}, {256, 1, 48}, {306, 1, 6}, + {313, 1, 16}, {330, 1, 46}, {376, 116, 1}, + {377, 1, 6}, {383, 104, 1}, {385, 50, 1}, + {386, 1, 4}, {390, 44, 1}, {391, 0, 1}, + {393, 42, 2}, {395, 0, 1}, {398, 32, 1}, + {399, 38, 1}, {400, 40, 1}, {401, 0, 1}, + {403, 42, 1}, {404, 46, 1}, {406, 52, 1}, + {407, 48, 1}, {408, 0, 1}, {412, 52, 1}, + {413, 54, 1}, {415, 56, 1}, {416, 1, 6}, + {422, 60, 1}, {423, 0, 1}, {425, 60, 1}, + {428, 0, 1}, {430, 60, 1}, {431, 0, 1}, + {433, 58, 2}, {435, 1, 4}, {439, 62, 1}, + {440, 0, 1}, {444, 0, 1}, {452, 2, 1}, + {453, 0, 1}, {455, 2, 1}, {456, 0, 1}, + {458, 2, 1}, {459, 1, 18}, {478, 1, 18}, + {497, 2, 1}, {498, 1, 4}, {502, 122, 1}, + {503, 134, 1}, {504, 1, 40}, {544, 110, 1}, + {546, 1, 18}, {570, 70, 1}, {571, 0, 1}, + {573, 108, 1}, {574, 68, 1}, {577, 0, 1}, + {579, 106, 1}, {580, 28, 1}, {581, 30, 1}, + {582, 1, 10}, {837, 36, 1}, {880, 1, 4}, + {886, 0, 1}, {902, 18, 1}, {904, 16, 3}, + {908, 26, 1}, {910, 24, 2}, {913, 14, 17}, + {931, 14, 9}, {962, 0, 1}, {975, 4, 1}, + {976, 140, 1}, {977, 142, 1}, {981, 146, 1}, + {982, 144, 1}, {984, 1, 24}, {1008, 136, 1}, + {1009, 138, 1}, {1012, 130, 1}, {1013, 128, 1}, + {1015, 0, 1}, {1017, 152, 1}, {1018, 0, 1}, + {1021, 110, 3}, {1024, 34, 16}, {1040, 14, 32}, + {1120, 1, 34}, {1162, 1, 54}, {1216, 6, 1}, + {1217, 1, 14}, {1232, 1, 88}, {1329, 22, 38}, + {4256, 66, 38}, {4295, 66, 1}, {4301, 66, 1}, + {7680, 1, 150}, {7835, 132, 1}, {7838, 96, 1}, + {7840, 1, 96}, {7944, 150, 8}, {7960, 150, 6}, + {7976, 150, 8}, {7992, 150, 8}, {8008, 150, 6}, + {8025, 151, 8}, {8040, 150, 8}, {8072, 150, 8}, + {8088, 150, 8}, {8104, 150, 8}, {8120, 150, 2}, + {8122, 126, 2}, {8124, 148, 1}, {8126, 100, 1}, + {8136, 124, 4}, {8140, 148, 1}, {8152, 150, 2}, + {8154, 120, 2}, {8168, 150, 2}, {8170, 118, 2}, + {8172, 152, 1}, {8184, 112, 2}, {8186, 114, 2}, + {8188, 148, 1}, {8486, 98, 1}, {8490, 92, 1}, + {8491, 94, 1}, {8498, 12, 1}, {8544, 8, 16}, + {8579, 0, 1}, {9398, 10, 26}, {11264, 22, 47}, + {11360, 0, 1}, {11362, 88, 1}, {11363, 102, 1}, + {11364, 90, 1}, {11367, 1, 6}, {11373, 84, 1}, + {11374, 86, 1}, {11375, 80, 1}, {11376, 82, 1}, + {11378, 0, 1}, {11381, 0, 1}, {11390, 78, 2}, + {11392, 1, 100}, {11499, 1, 4}, {11506, 0, 1}, + {42560, 1, 46}, {42624, 1, 24}, {42786, 1, 14}, + {42802, 1, 62}, {42873, 1, 4}, {42877, 76, 1}, + {42878, 1, 10}, {42891, 0, 1}, {42893, 74, 1}, + {42896, 1, 4}, {42912, 1, 10}, {42922, 72, 1}, + {65313, 14, 26}, + }; + static const unsigned short aiOff[] = { + 1, 2, 8, 15, 16, 26, 28, 32, + 37, 38, 40, 48, 63, 64, 69, 71, + 79, 80, 116, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, + 209, 210, 211, 213, 214, 217, 218, 219, + 775, 7264, 10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721, + 54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274, + 57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406, + 65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462, + 65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511, + 65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529, + }; + + int ret = c; + + assert( c>=0 ); + assert( sizeof(unsigned short)==2 && sizeof(unsigned char)==1 ); + + if( c<128 ){ + if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ) ret = c + ('a' - 'A'); + }else if( c<65536 ){ + int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1; + int iLo = 0; + int iRes = -1; + + while( iHi>=iLo ){ + int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2; + int cmp = (c - aEntry[iTest].iCode); + if( cmp>=0 ){ + iRes = iTest; + iLo = iTest+1; + }else{ + iHi = iTest-1; + } + } + assert( iRes<0 || c>=aEntry[iRes].iCode ); + + if( iRes>=0 ){ + const struct TableEntry *p = &aEntry[iRes]; + if( c<(p->iCode + p->nRange) && 0==(0x01 & p->flags & (p->iCode ^ c)) ){ + ret = (c + (aiOff[p->flags>>1])) & 0x0000FFFF; + assert( ret>0 ); + } + } + + if( bRemoveDiacritic ) ret = remove_diacritic(ret); + } + + else if( c>=66560 && c<66600 ){ + ret = c + 40; + } + + return ret; +} +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) */ +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE) */ + +/************** End of fts3_unicode2.c ***************************************/ +/************** Begin file rtree.c *******************************************/ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code for implementations of the r-tree and r*-tree +** algorithms packaged as an SQLite virtual table module. +*/ + +/* +** Database Format of R-Tree Tables +** -------------------------------- +** +** The data structure for a single virtual r-tree table is stored in three +** native SQLite tables declared as follows. In each case, the '%' character +** in the table name is replaced with the user-supplied name of the r-tree +** table. +** +** CREATE TABLE %_node(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, data BLOB) +** CREATE TABLE %_parent(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, parentnode INTEGER) +** CREATE TABLE %_rowid(rowid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, nodeno INTEGER) +** +** The data for each node of the r-tree structure is stored in the %_node +** table. For each node that is not the root node of the r-tree, there is +** an entry in the %_parent table associating the node with its parent. +** And for each row of data in the table, there is an entry in the %_rowid +** table that maps from the entries rowid to the id of the node that it +** is stored on. +** +** The root node of an r-tree always exists, even if the r-tree table is +** empty. The nodeno of the root node is always 1. All other nodes in the +** table must be the same size as the root node. The content of each node +** is formatted as follows: +** +** 1. If the node is the root node (node 1), then the first 2 bytes +** of the node contain the tree depth as a big-endian integer. +** For non-root nodes, the first 2 bytes are left unused. +** +** 2. The next 2 bytes contain the number of entries currently +** stored in the node. +** +** 3. The remainder of the node contains the node entries. Each entry +** consists of a single 8-byte integer followed by an even number +** of 4-byte coordinates. For leaf nodes the integer is the rowid +** of a record. For internal nodes it is the node number of a +** child page. +*/ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE) + +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE +/* #include "sqlite3ext.h" */ + SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 +#else +/* #include "sqlite3.h" */ +#endif + +/* #include <string.h> */ +/* #include <assert.h> */ +/* #include <stdio.h> */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +#include "sqlite3rtree.h" +typedef sqlite3_int64 i64; +typedef unsigned char u8; +typedef unsigned short u16; +typedef unsigned int u32; +#endif + +/* The following macro is used to suppress compiler warnings. +*/ +#ifndef UNUSED_PARAMETER +# define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) +#endif + +typedef struct Rtree Rtree; +typedef struct RtreeCursor RtreeCursor; +typedef struct RtreeNode RtreeNode; +typedef struct RtreeCell RtreeCell; +typedef struct RtreeConstraint RtreeConstraint; +typedef struct RtreeMatchArg RtreeMatchArg; +typedef struct RtreeGeomCallback RtreeGeomCallback; +typedef union RtreeCoord RtreeCoord; +typedef struct RtreeSearchPoint RtreeSearchPoint; + +/* The rtree may have between 1 and RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS dimensions. */ +#define RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS 5 + +/* Size of hash table Rtree.aHash. This hash table is not expected to +** ever contain very many entries, so a fixed number of buckets is +** used. +*/ +#define HASHSIZE 97 + +/* The xBestIndex method of this virtual table requires an estimate of +** the number of rows in the virtual table to calculate the costs of +** various strategies. If possible, this estimate is loaded from the +** sqlite_stat1 table (with RTREE_MIN_ROWEST as a hard-coded minimum). +** Otherwise, if no sqlite_stat1 entry is available, use +** RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST. +*/ +#define RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST 1048576 +#define RTREE_MIN_ROWEST 100 + +/* +** An rtree virtual-table object. +*/ +struct Rtree { + sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class. Must be first */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Host database connection */ + int iNodeSize; /* Size in bytes of each node in the node table */ + u8 nDim; /* Number of dimensions */ + u8 eCoordType; /* RTREE_COORD_REAL32 or RTREE_COORD_INT32 */ + u8 nBytesPerCell; /* Bytes consumed per cell */ + int iDepth; /* Current depth of the r-tree structure */ + char *zDb; /* Name of database containing r-tree table */ + char *zName; /* Name of r-tree table */ + int nBusy; /* Current number of users of this structure */ + i64 nRowEst; /* Estimated number of rows in this table */ + + /* List of nodes removed during a CondenseTree operation. List is + ** linked together via the pointer normally used for hash chains - + ** RtreeNode.pNext. RtreeNode.iNode stores the depth of the sub-tree + ** headed by the node (leaf nodes have RtreeNode.iNode==0). + */ + RtreeNode *pDeleted; + int iReinsertHeight; /* Height of sub-trees Reinsert() has run on */ + + /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_node */ + sqlite3_stmt *pReadNode; + sqlite3_stmt *pWriteNode; + sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteNode; + + /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_rowid */ + sqlite3_stmt *pReadRowid; + sqlite3_stmt *pWriteRowid; + sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteRowid; + + /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_parent */ + sqlite3_stmt *pReadParent; + sqlite3_stmt *pWriteParent; + sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteParent; + + RtreeNode *aHash[HASHSIZE]; /* Hash table of in-memory nodes. */ +}; + +/* Possible values for Rtree.eCoordType: */ +#define RTREE_COORD_REAL32 0 +#define RTREE_COORD_INT32 1 + +/* +** If SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY is defined, then this virtual table will +** only deal with integer coordinates. No floating point operations +** will be done. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + typedef sqlite3_int64 RtreeDValue; /* High accuracy coordinate */ + typedef int RtreeValue; /* Low accuracy coordinate */ +# define RTREE_ZERO 0 +#else + typedef double RtreeDValue; /* High accuracy coordinate */ + typedef float RtreeValue; /* Low accuracy coordinate */ +# define RTREE_ZERO 0.0 +#endif + +/* +** When doing a search of an r-tree, instances of the following structure +** record intermediate results from the tree walk. +** +** The id is always a node-id. For iLevel>=1 the id is the node-id of +** the node that the RtreeSearchPoint represents. When iLevel==0, however, +** the id is of the parent node and the cell that RtreeSearchPoint +** represents is the iCell-th entry in the parent node. +*/ +struct RtreeSearchPoint { + RtreeDValue rScore; /* The score for this node. Smallest goes first. */ + sqlite3_int64 id; /* Node ID */ + u8 iLevel; /* 0=entries. 1=leaf node. 2+ for higher */ + u8 eWithin; /* PARTLY_WITHIN or FULLY_WITHIN */ + u8 iCell; /* Cell index within the node */ +}; + +/* +** The minimum number of cells allowed for a node is a third of the +** maximum. In Gutman's notation: +** +** m = M/3 +** +** If an R*-tree "Reinsert" operation is required, the same number of +** cells are removed from the overfull node and reinserted into the tree. +*/ +#define RTREE_MINCELLS(p) ((((p)->iNodeSize-4)/(p)->nBytesPerCell)/3) +#define RTREE_REINSERT(p) RTREE_MINCELLS(p) +#define RTREE_MAXCELLS 51 + +/* +** The smallest possible node-size is (512-64)==448 bytes. And the largest +** supported cell size is 48 bytes (8 byte rowid + ten 4 byte coordinates). +** Therefore all non-root nodes must contain at least 3 entries. Since +** 2^40 is greater than 2^64, an r-tree structure always has a depth of +** 40 or less. +*/ +#define RTREE_MAX_DEPTH 40 + + +/* +** Number of entries in the cursor RtreeNode cache. The first entry is +** used to cache the RtreeNode for RtreeCursor.sPoint. The remaining +** entries cache the RtreeNode for the first elements of the priority queue. +*/ +#define RTREE_CACHE_SZ 5 + +/* +** An rtree cursor object. +*/ +struct RtreeCursor { + sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class. Must be first */ + u8 atEOF; /* True if at end of search */ + u8 bPoint; /* True if sPoint is valid */ + int iStrategy; /* Copy of idxNum search parameter */ + int nConstraint; /* Number of entries in aConstraint */ + RtreeConstraint *aConstraint; /* Search constraints. */ + int nPointAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aPoint[] */ + int nPoint; /* Number of slots used in aPoint[] */ + int mxLevel; /* iLevel value for root of the tree */ + RtreeSearchPoint *aPoint; /* Priority queue for search points */ + RtreeSearchPoint sPoint; /* Cached next search point */ + RtreeNode *aNode[RTREE_CACHE_SZ]; /* Rtree node cache */ + u32 anQueue[RTREE_MAX_DEPTH+1]; /* Number of queued entries by iLevel */ +}; + +/* Return the Rtree of a RtreeCursor */ +#define RTREE_OF_CURSOR(X) ((Rtree*)((X)->base.pVtab)) + +/* +** A coordinate can be either a floating point number or a integer. All +** coordinates within a single R-Tree are always of the same time. +*/ +union RtreeCoord { + RtreeValue f; /* Floating point value */ + int i; /* Integer value */ + u32 u; /* Unsigned for byte-order conversions */ +}; + +/* +** The argument is an RtreeCoord. Return the value stored within the RtreeCoord +** formatted as a RtreeDValue (double or int64). This macro assumes that local +** variable pRtree points to the Rtree structure associated with the +** RtreeCoord. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY +# define DCOORD(coord) ((RtreeDValue)coord.i) +#else +# define DCOORD(coord) ( \ + (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32) ? \ + ((double)coord.f) : \ + ((double)coord.i) \ + ) +#endif + +/* +** A search constraint. +*/ +struct RtreeConstraint { + int iCoord; /* Index of constrained coordinate */ + int op; /* Constraining operation */ + union { + RtreeDValue rValue; /* Constraint value. */ + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*,int,RtreeDValue*,int*); + int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*); + } u; + sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo; /* xGeom and xQueryFunc argument */ +}; + +/* Possible values for RtreeConstraint.op */ +#define RTREE_EQ 0x41 /* A */ +#define RTREE_LE 0x42 /* B */ +#define RTREE_LT 0x43 /* C */ +#define RTREE_GE 0x44 /* D */ +#define RTREE_GT 0x45 /* E */ +#define RTREE_MATCH 0x46 /* F: Old-style sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() */ +#define RTREE_QUERY 0x47 /* G: New-style sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() */ + + +/* +** An rtree structure node. +*/ +struct RtreeNode { + RtreeNode *pParent; /* Parent node */ + i64 iNode; /* The node number */ + int nRef; /* Number of references to this node */ + int isDirty; /* True if the node needs to be written to disk */ + u8 *zData; /* Content of the node, as should be on disk */ + RtreeNode *pNext; /* Next node in this hash collision chain */ +}; + +/* Return the number of cells in a node */ +#define NCELL(pNode) readInt16(&(pNode)->zData[2]) + +/* +** A single cell from a node, deserialized +*/ +struct RtreeCell { + i64 iRowid; /* Node or entry ID */ + RtreeCoord aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2]; /* Bounding box coordinates */ +}; + + +/* +** This object becomes the sqlite3_user_data() for the SQL functions +** that are created by sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() and +** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() and which appear on the right of MATCH +** operators in order to constrain a search. +** +** xGeom and xQueryFunc are the callback functions. Exactly one of +** xGeom and xQueryFunc fields is non-NULL, depending on whether the +** SQL function was created using sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() or +** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(). +** +** This object is deleted automatically by the destructor mechanism in +** sqlite3_create_function_v2(). +*/ +struct RtreeGeomCallback { + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, RtreeDValue*, int*); + int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*); + void (*xDestructor)(void*); + void *pContext; +}; + + +/* +** Value for the first field of every RtreeMatchArg object. The MATCH +** operator tests that the first field of a blob operand matches this +** value to avoid operating on invalid blobs (which could cause a segfault). +*/ +#define RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC 0x891245AB + +/* +** An instance of this structure (in the form of a BLOB) is returned by +** the SQL functions that sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() and +** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() create, and is read as the right-hand +** operand to the MATCH operator of an R-Tree. +*/ +struct RtreeMatchArg { + u32 magic; /* Always RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC */ + RtreeGeomCallback cb; /* Info about the callback functions */ + int nParam; /* Number of parameters to the SQL function */ + sqlite3_value **apSqlParam; /* Original SQL parameter values */ + RtreeDValue aParam[1]; /* Values for parameters to the SQL function */ +}; + +#ifndef MAX +# define MAX(x,y) ((x) < (y) ? (y) : (x)) +#endif +#ifndef MIN +# define MIN(x,y) ((x) > (y) ? (y) : (x)) +#endif + +/* +** Functions to deserialize a 16 bit integer, 32 bit real number and +** 64 bit integer. The deserialized value is returned. +*/ +static int readInt16(u8 *p){ + return (p[0]<<8) + p[1]; +} +static void readCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){ + pCoord->u = ( + (((u32)p[0]) << 24) + + (((u32)p[1]) << 16) + + (((u32)p[2]) << 8) + + (((u32)p[3]) << 0) + ); +} +static i64 readInt64(u8 *p){ + return ( + (((i64)p[0]) << 56) + + (((i64)p[1]) << 48) + + (((i64)p[2]) << 40) + + (((i64)p[3]) << 32) + + (((i64)p[4]) << 24) + + (((i64)p[5]) << 16) + + (((i64)p[6]) << 8) + + (((i64)p[7]) << 0) + ); +} + +/* +** Functions to serialize a 16 bit integer, 32 bit real number and +** 64 bit integer. The value returned is the number of bytes written +** to the argument buffer (always 2, 4 and 8 respectively). +*/ +static int writeInt16(u8 *p, int i){ + p[0] = (i>> 8)&0xFF; + p[1] = (i>> 0)&0xFF; + return 2; +} +static int writeCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){ + u32 i; + assert( sizeof(RtreeCoord)==4 ); + assert( sizeof(u32)==4 ); + i = pCoord->u; + p[0] = (i>>24)&0xFF; + p[1] = (i>>16)&0xFF; + p[2] = (i>> 8)&0xFF; + p[3] = (i>> 0)&0xFF; + return 4; +} +static int writeInt64(u8 *p, i64 i){ + p[0] = (i>>56)&0xFF; + p[1] = (i>>48)&0xFF; + p[2] = (i>>40)&0xFF; + p[3] = (i>>32)&0xFF; + p[4] = (i>>24)&0xFF; + p[5] = (i>>16)&0xFF; + p[6] = (i>> 8)&0xFF; + p[7] = (i>> 0)&0xFF; + return 8; +} + +/* +** Increment the reference count of node p. +*/ +static void nodeReference(RtreeNode *p){ + if( p ){ + p->nRef++; + } +} + +/* +** Clear the content of node p (set all bytes to 0x00). +*/ +static void nodeZero(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *p){ + memset(&p->zData[2], 0, pRtree->iNodeSize-2); + p->isDirty = 1; +} + +/* +** Given a node number iNode, return the corresponding key to use +** in the Rtree.aHash table. +*/ +static int nodeHash(i64 iNode){ + return iNode % HASHSIZE; +} + +/* +** Search the node hash table for node iNode. If found, return a pointer +** to it. Otherwise, return 0. +*/ +static RtreeNode *nodeHashLookup(Rtree *pRtree, i64 iNode){ + RtreeNode *p; + for(p=pRtree->aHash[nodeHash(iNode)]; p && p->iNode!=iNode; p=p->pNext); + return p; +} + +/* +** Add node pNode to the node hash table. +*/ +static void nodeHashInsert(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ + int iHash; + assert( pNode->pNext==0 ); + iHash = nodeHash(pNode->iNode); + pNode->pNext = pRtree->aHash[iHash]; + pRtree->aHash[iHash] = pNode; +} + +/* +** Remove node pNode from the node hash table. +*/ +static void nodeHashDelete(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ + RtreeNode **pp; + if( pNode->iNode!=0 ){ + pp = &pRtree->aHash[nodeHash(pNode->iNode)]; + for( ; (*pp)!=pNode; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){ assert(*pp); } + *pp = pNode->pNext; + pNode->pNext = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Allocate and return new r-tree node. Initially, (RtreeNode.iNode==0), +** indicating that node has not yet been assigned a node number. It is +** assigned a node number when nodeWrite() is called to write the +** node contents out to the database. +*/ +static RtreeNode *nodeNew(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pParent){ + RtreeNode *pNode; + pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize); + if( pNode ){ + memset(pNode, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize); + pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1]; + pNode->nRef = 1; + pNode->pParent = pParent; + pNode->isDirty = 1; + nodeReference(pParent); + } + return pNode; +} + +/* +** Obtain a reference to an r-tree node. +*/ +static int nodeAcquire( + Rtree *pRtree, /* R-tree structure */ + i64 iNode, /* Node number to load */ + RtreeNode *pParent, /* Either the parent node or NULL */ + RtreeNode **ppNode /* OUT: Acquired node */ +){ + int rc; + int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; + RtreeNode *pNode; + + /* Check if the requested node is already in the hash table. If so, + ** increase its reference count and return it. + */ + if( (pNode = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, iNode)) ){ + assert( !pParent || !pNode->pParent || pNode->pParent==pParent ); + if( pParent && !pNode->pParent ){ + nodeReference(pParent); + pNode->pParent = pParent; + } + pNode->nRef++; + *ppNode = pNode; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadNode, 1, iNode); + rc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadNode); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + const u8 *zBlob = sqlite3_column_blob(pRtree->pReadNode, 0); + if( pRtree->iNodeSize==sqlite3_column_bytes(pRtree->pReadNode, 0) ){ + pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode)+pRtree->iNodeSize); + if( !pNode ){ + rc2 = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + pNode->pParent = pParent; + pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1]; + pNode->nRef = 1; + pNode->iNode = iNode; + pNode->isDirty = 0; + pNode->pNext = 0; + memcpy(pNode->zData, zBlob, pRtree->iNodeSize); + nodeReference(pParent); + } + } + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadNode); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + + /* If the root node was just loaded, set pRtree->iDepth to the height + ** of the r-tree structure. A height of zero means all data is stored on + ** the root node. A height of one means the children of the root node + ** are the leaves, and so on. If the depth as specified on the root node + ** is greater than RTREE_MAX_DEPTH, the r-tree structure must be corrupt. + */ + if( pNode && iNode==1 ){ + pRtree->iDepth = readInt16(pNode->zData); + if( pRtree->iDepth>RTREE_MAX_DEPTH ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + } + + /* If no error has occurred so far, check if the "number of entries" + ** field on the node is too large. If so, set the return code to + ** SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. + */ + if( pNode && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( NCELL(pNode)>((pRtree->iNodeSize-4)/pRtree->nBytesPerCell) ){ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pNode!=0 ){ + nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + *ppNode = pNode; + }else{ + sqlite3_free(pNode); + *ppNode = 0; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Overwrite cell iCell of node pNode with the contents of pCell. +*/ +static void nodeOverwriteCell( + Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ + RtreeNode *pNode, /* The node into which the cell is to be written */ + RtreeCell *pCell, /* The cell to write */ + int iCell /* Index into pNode into which pCell is written */ +){ + int ii; + u8 *p = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell]; + p += writeInt64(p, pCell->iRowid); + for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii++){ + p += writeCoord(p, &pCell->aCoord[ii]); + } + pNode->isDirty = 1; +} + +/* +** Remove the cell with index iCell from node pNode. +*/ +static void nodeDeleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell){ + u8 *pDst = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell]; + u8 *pSrc = &pDst[pRtree->nBytesPerCell]; + int nByte = (NCELL(pNode) - iCell - 1) * pRtree->nBytesPerCell; + memmove(pDst, pSrc, nByte); + writeInt16(&pNode->zData[2], NCELL(pNode)-1); + pNode->isDirty = 1; +} + +/* +** Insert the contents of cell pCell into node pNode. If the insert +** is successful, return SQLITE_OK. +** +** If there is not enough free space in pNode, return SQLITE_FULL. +*/ +static int nodeInsertCell( + Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ + RtreeNode *pNode, /* Write new cell into this node */ + RtreeCell *pCell /* The cell to be inserted */ +){ + int nCell; /* Current number of cells in pNode */ + int nMaxCell; /* Maximum number of cells for pNode */ + + nMaxCell = (pRtree->iNodeSize-4)/pRtree->nBytesPerCell; + nCell = NCELL(pNode); + + assert( nCell<=nMaxCell ); + if( nCell<nMaxCell ){ + nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pNode, pCell, nCell); + writeInt16(&pNode->zData[2], nCell+1); + pNode->isDirty = 1; + } + + return (nCell==nMaxCell); +} + +/* +** If the node is dirty, write it out to the database. +*/ +static int nodeWrite(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pNode->isDirty ){ + sqlite3_stmt *p = pRtree->pWriteNode; + if( pNode->iNode ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(p, 1, pNode->iNode); + }else{ + sqlite3_bind_null(p, 1); + } + sqlite3_bind_blob(p, 2, pNode->zData, pRtree->iNodeSize, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_step(p); + pNode->isDirty = 0; + rc = sqlite3_reset(p); + if( pNode->iNode==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pNode->iNode = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pRtree->db); + nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Release a reference to a node. If the node is dirty and the reference +** count drops to zero, the node data is written to the database. +*/ +static int nodeRelease(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pNode ){ + assert( pNode->nRef>0 ); + pNode->nRef--; + if( pNode->nRef==0 ){ + if( pNode->iNode==1 ){ + pRtree->iDepth = -1; + } + if( pNode->pParent ){ + rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode->pParent); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pNode); + } + nodeHashDelete(pRtree, pNode); + sqlite3_free(pNode); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the 64-bit integer value associated with cell iCell of +** node pNode. If pNode is a leaf node, this is a rowid. If it is +** an internal node, then the 64-bit integer is a child page number. +*/ +static i64 nodeGetRowid( + Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ + RtreeNode *pNode, /* The node from which to extract the ID */ + int iCell /* The cell index from which to extract the ID */ +){ + assert( iCell<NCELL(pNode) ); + return readInt64(&pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell]); +} + +/* +** Return coordinate iCoord from cell iCell in node pNode. +*/ +static void nodeGetCoord( + Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ + RtreeNode *pNode, /* The node from which to extract a coordinate */ + int iCell, /* The index of the cell within the node */ + int iCoord, /* Which coordinate to extract */ + RtreeCoord *pCoord /* OUT: Space to write result to */ +){ + readCoord(&pNode->zData[12 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell + 4*iCoord], pCoord); +} + +/* +** Deserialize cell iCell of node pNode. Populate the structure pointed +** to by pCell with the results. +*/ +static void nodeGetCell( + Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ + RtreeNode *pNode, /* The node containing the cell to be read */ + int iCell, /* Index of the cell within the node */ + RtreeCell *pCell /* OUT: Write the cell contents here */ +){ + u8 *pData; + RtreeCoord *pCoord; + int ii; + pCell->iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, iCell); + pData = pNode->zData + (12 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell); + pCoord = pCell->aCoord; + for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim*2; ii++){ + readCoord(&pData[ii*4], &pCoord[ii]); + } +} + + +/* Forward declaration for the function that does the work of +** the virtual table module xCreate() and xConnect() methods. +*/ +static int rtreeInit( + sqlite3 *, void *, int, const char *const*, sqlite3_vtab **, char **, int +); + +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xCreate method. +*/ +static int rtreeCreate( + sqlite3 *db, + void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, + char **pzErr +){ + return rtreeInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 1); +} + +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xConnect method. +*/ +static int rtreeConnect( + sqlite3 *db, + void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, + char **pzErr +){ + return rtreeInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 0); +} + +/* +** Increment the r-tree reference count. +*/ +static void rtreeReference(Rtree *pRtree){ + pRtree->nBusy++; +} + +/* +** Decrement the r-tree reference count. When the reference count reaches +** zero the structure is deleted. +*/ +static void rtreeRelease(Rtree *pRtree){ + pRtree->nBusy--; + if( pRtree->nBusy==0 ){ + sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadNode); + sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteNode); + sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteNode); + sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadRowid); + sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteRowid); + sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteRowid); + sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadParent); + sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteParent); + sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteParent); + sqlite3_free(pRtree); + } +} + +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xDisconnect method. +*/ +static int rtreeDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + rtreeRelease((Rtree *)pVtab); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xDestroy method. +*/ +static int rtreeDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; + int rc; + char *zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf( + "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_node';" + "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_rowid';" + "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_parent';", + pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, + pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, + pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName + ); + if( !zCreate ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_exec(pRtree->db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3_free(zCreate); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rtreeRelease(pRtree); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xOpen method. +*/ +static int rtreeOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){ + int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + RtreeCursor *pCsr; + + pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeCursor)); + if( pCsr ){ + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(RtreeCursor)); + pCsr->base.pVtab = pVTab; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + *ppCursor = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr; + + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Free the RtreeCursor.aConstraint[] array and its contents. +*/ +static void freeCursorConstraints(RtreeCursor *pCsr){ + if( pCsr->aConstraint ){ + int i; /* Used to iterate through constraint array */ + for(i=0; i<pCsr->nConstraint; i++){ + sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo = pCsr->aConstraint[i].pInfo; + if( pInfo ){ + if( pInfo->xDelUser ) pInfo->xDelUser(pInfo->pUser); + sqlite3_free(pInfo); + } + } + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aConstraint); + pCsr->aConstraint = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xClose method. +*/ +static int rtreeClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)(cur->pVtab); + int ii; + RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur; + freeCursorConstraints(pCsr); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aPoint); + for(ii=0; ii<RTREE_CACHE_SZ; ii++) nodeRelease(pRtree, pCsr->aNode[ii]); + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xEof method. +** +** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid +** record (i.e if the scan has finished), or zero otherwise. +*/ +static int rtreeEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ + RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur; + return pCsr->atEOF; +} + +/* +** Convert raw bits from the on-disk RTree record into a coordinate value. +** The on-disk format is big-endian and needs to be converted for little- +** endian platforms. The on-disk record stores integer coordinates if +** eInt is true and it stores 32-bit floating point records if eInt is +** false. a[] is the four bytes of the on-disk record to be decoded. +** Store the results in "r". +** +** There are three versions of this macro, one each for little-endian and +** big-endian processors and a third generic implementation. The endian- +** specific implementations are much faster and are preferred if the +** processor endianness is known at compile-time. The SQLITE_BYTEORDER +** macro is part of sqliteInt.h and hence the endian-specific +** implementation will only be used if this module is compiled as part +** of the amalgamation. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_BYTEORDER) && SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 +#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) { \ + RtreeCoord c; /* Coordinate decoded */ \ + memcpy(&c.u,a,4); \ + c.u = ((c.u>>24)&0xff)|((c.u>>8)&0xff00)| \ + ((c.u&0xff)<<24)|((c.u&0xff00)<<8); \ + r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \ +} +#elif defined(SQLITE_BYTEORDER) && SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321 +#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) { \ + RtreeCoord c; /* Coordinate decoded */ \ + memcpy(&c.u,a,4); \ + r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \ +} +#else +#define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) { \ + RtreeCoord c; /* Coordinate decoded */ \ + c.u = ((u32)a[0]<<24) + ((u32)a[1]<<16) \ + +((u32)a[2]<<8) + a[3]; \ + r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \ +} +#endif + +/* +** Check the RTree node or entry given by pCellData and p against the MATCH +** constraint pConstraint. +*/ +static int rtreeCallbackConstraint( + RtreeConstraint *pConstraint, /* The constraint to test */ + int eInt, /* True if RTree holding integer coordinates */ + u8 *pCellData, /* Raw cell content */ + RtreeSearchPoint *pSearch, /* Container of this cell */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl *prScore, /* OUT: score for the cell */ + int *peWithin /* OUT: visibility of the cell */ +){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo = pConstraint->pInfo; /* Callback info */ + int nCoord = pInfo->nCoord; /* No. of coordinates */ + int rc; /* Callback return code */ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2]; /* Decoded coordinates */ + + assert( pConstraint->op==RTREE_MATCH || pConstraint->op==RTREE_QUERY ); + assert( nCoord==2 || nCoord==4 || nCoord==6 || nCoord==8 || nCoord==10 ); + + if( pConstraint->op==RTREE_QUERY && pSearch->iLevel==1 ){ + pInfo->iRowid = readInt64(pCellData); + } + pCellData += 8; + for(i=0; i<nCoord; i++, pCellData += 4){ + RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, aCoord[i]); + } + if( pConstraint->op==RTREE_MATCH ){ + rc = pConstraint->u.xGeom((sqlite3_rtree_geometry*)pInfo, + nCoord, aCoord, &i); + if( i==0 ) *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN; + *prScore = RTREE_ZERO; + }else{ + pInfo->aCoord = aCoord; + pInfo->iLevel = pSearch->iLevel - 1; + pInfo->rScore = pInfo->rParentScore = pSearch->rScore; + pInfo->eWithin = pInfo->eParentWithin = pSearch->eWithin; + rc = pConstraint->u.xQueryFunc(pInfo); + if( pInfo->eWithin<*peWithin ) *peWithin = pInfo->eWithin; + if( pInfo->rScore<*prScore || *prScore<RTREE_ZERO ){ + *prScore = pInfo->rScore; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Check the internal RTree node given by pCellData against constraint p. +** If this constraint cannot be satisfied by any child within the node, +** set *peWithin to NOT_WITHIN. +*/ +static void rtreeNonleafConstraint( + RtreeConstraint *p, /* The constraint to test */ + int eInt, /* True if RTree holds integer coordinates */ + u8 *pCellData, /* Raw cell content as appears on disk */ + int *peWithin /* Adjust downward, as appropriate */ +){ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl val; /* Coordinate value convert to a double */ + + /* p->iCoord might point to either a lower or upper bound coordinate + ** in a coordinate pair. But make pCellData point to the lower bound. + */ + pCellData += 8 + 4*(p->iCoord&0xfe); + + assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE + || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ ); + switch( p->op ){ + case RTREE_LE: + case RTREE_LT: + case RTREE_EQ: + RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, val); + /* val now holds the lower bound of the coordinate pair */ + if( p->u.rValue>=val ) return; + if( p->op!=RTREE_EQ ) break; /* RTREE_LE and RTREE_LT end here */ + /* Fall through for the RTREE_EQ case */ + + default: /* RTREE_GT or RTREE_GE, or fallthrough of RTREE_EQ */ + pCellData += 4; + RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, val); + /* val now holds the upper bound of the coordinate pair */ + if( p->u.rValue<=val ) return; + } + *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN; +} + +/* +** Check the leaf RTree cell given by pCellData against constraint p. +** If this constraint is not satisfied, set *peWithin to NOT_WITHIN. +** If the constraint is satisfied, leave *peWithin unchanged. +** +** The constraint is of the form: xN op $val +** +** The op is given by p->op. The xN is p->iCoord-th coordinate in +** pCellData. $val is given by p->u.rValue. +*/ +static void rtreeLeafConstraint( + RtreeConstraint *p, /* The constraint to test */ + int eInt, /* True if RTree holds integer coordinates */ + u8 *pCellData, /* Raw cell content as appears on disk */ + int *peWithin /* Adjust downward, as appropriate */ +){ + RtreeDValue xN; /* Coordinate value converted to a double */ + + assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE + || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ ); + pCellData += 8 + p->iCoord*4; + RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, xN); + switch( p->op ){ + case RTREE_LE: if( xN <= p->u.rValue ) return; break; + case RTREE_LT: if( xN < p->u.rValue ) return; break; + case RTREE_GE: if( xN >= p->u.rValue ) return; break; + case RTREE_GT: if( xN > p->u.rValue ) return; break; + default: if( xN == p->u.rValue ) return; break; + } + *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN; +} + +/* +** One of the cells in node pNode is guaranteed to have a 64-bit +** integer value equal to iRowid. Return the index of this cell. +*/ +static int nodeRowidIndex( + Rtree *pRtree, + RtreeNode *pNode, + i64 iRowid, + int *piIndex +){ + int ii; + int nCell = NCELL(pNode); + assert( nCell<200 ); + for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){ + if( nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, ii)==iRowid ){ + *piIndex = ii; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; +} + +/* +** Return the index of the cell containing a pointer to node pNode +** in its parent. If pNode is the root node, return -1. +*/ +static int nodeParentIndex(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int *piIndex){ + RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent; + if( pParent ){ + return nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pParent, pNode->iNode, piIndex); + } + *piIndex = -1; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Compare two search points. Return negative, zero, or positive if the first +** is less than, equal to, or greater than the second. +** +** The rScore is the primary key. Smaller rScore values come first. +** If the rScore is a tie, then use iLevel as the tie breaker with smaller +** iLevel values coming first. In this way, if rScore is the same for all +** SearchPoints, then iLevel becomes the deciding factor and the result +** is a depth-first search, which is the desired default behavior. +*/ +static int rtreeSearchPointCompare( + const RtreeSearchPoint *pA, + const RtreeSearchPoint *pB +){ + if( pA->rScore<pB->rScore ) return -1; + if( pA->rScore>pB->rScore ) return +1; + if( pA->iLevel<pB->iLevel ) return -1; + if( pA->iLevel>pB->iLevel ) return +1; + return 0; +} + +/* +** Interchange to search points in a cursor. +*/ +static void rtreeSearchPointSwap(RtreeCursor *p, int i, int j){ + RtreeSearchPoint t = p->aPoint[i]; + assert( i<j ); + p->aPoint[i] = p->aPoint[j]; + p->aPoint[j] = t; + i++; j++; + if( i<RTREE_CACHE_SZ ){ + if( j>=RTREE_CACHE_SZ ){ + nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(p), p->aNode[i]); + p->aNode[i] = 0; + }else{ + RtreeNode *pTemp = p->aNode[i]; + p->aNode[i] = p->aNode[j]; + p->aNode[j] = pTemp; + } + } +} + +/* +** Return the search point with the lowest current score. +*/ +static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeSearchPointFirst(RtreeCursor *pCur){ + return pCur->bPoint ? &pCur->sPoint : pCur->nPoint ? pCur->aPoint : 0; +} + +/* +** Get the RtreeNode for the search point with the lowest score. +*/ +static RtreeNode *rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(RtreeCursor *pCur, int *pRC){ + sqlite3_int64 id; + int ii = 1 - pCur->bPoint; + assert( ii==0 || ii==1 ); + assert( pCur->bPoint || pCur->nPoint ); + if( pCur->aNode[ii]==0 ){ + assert( pRC!=0 ); + id = ii ? pCur->aPoint[0].id : pCur->sPoint.id; + *pRC = nodeAcquire(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur), id, 0, &pCur->aNode[ii]); + } + return pCur->aNode[ii]; +} + +/* +** Push a new element onto the priority queue +*/ +static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeEnqueue( + RtreeCursor *pCur, /* The cursor */ + RtreeDValue rScore, /* Score for the new search point */ + u8 iLevel /* Level for the new search point */ +){ + int i, j; + RtreeSearchPoint *pNew; + if( pCur->nPoint>=pCur->nPointAlloc ){ + int nNew = pCur->nPointAlloc*2 + 8; + pNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCur->aPoint, nNew*sizeof(pCur->aPoint[0])); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + pCur->aPoint = pNew; + pCur->nPointAlloc = nNew; + } + i = pCur->nPoint++; + pNew = pCur->aPoint + i; + pNew->rScore = rScore; + pNew->iLevel = iLevel; + assert( iLevel<=RTREE_MAX_DEPTH ); + while( i>0 ){ + RtreeSearchPoint *pParent; + j = (i-1)/2; + pParent = pCur->aPoint + j; + if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(pNew, pParent)>=0 ) break; + rtreeSearchPointSwap(pCur, j, i); + i = j; + pNew = pParent; + } + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Allocate a new RtreeSearchPoint and return a pointer to it. Return +** NULL if malloc fails. +*/ +static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeSearchPointNew( + RtreeCursor *pCur, /* The cursor */ + RtreeDValue rScore, /* Score for the new search point */ + u8 iLevel /* Level for the new search point */ +){ + RtreeSearchPoint *pNew, *pFirst; + pFirst = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCur); + pCur->anQueue[iLevel]++; + if( pFirst==0 + || pFirst->rScore>rScore + || (pFirst->rScore==rScore && pFirst->iLevel>iLevel) + ){ + if( pCur->bPoint ){ + int ii; + pNew = rtreeEnqueue(pCur, rScore, iLevel); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + ii = (int)(pNew - pCur->aPoint) + 1; + if( ii<RTREE_CACHE_SZ ){ + assert( pCur->aNode[ii]==0 ); + pCur->aNode[ii] = pCur->aNode[0]; + }else{ + nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur), pCur->aNode[0]); + } + pCur->aNode[0] = 0; + *pNew = pCur->sPoint; + } + pCur->sPoint.rScore = rScore; + pCur->sPoint.iLevel = iLevel; + pCur->bPoint = 1; + return &pCur->sPoint; + }else{ + return rtreeEnqueue(pCur, rScore, iLevel); + } +} + +#if 0 +/* Tracing routines for the RtreeSearchPoint queue */ +static void tracePoint(RtreeSearchPoint *p, int idx, RtreeCursor *pCur){ + if( idx<0 ){ printf(" s"); }else{ printf("%2d", idx); } + printf(" %d.%05lld.%02d %g %d", + p->iLevel, p->id, p->iCell, p->rScore, p->eWithin + ); + idx++; + if( idx<RTREE_CACHE_SZ ){ + printf(" %p\n", pCur->aNode[idx]); + }else{ + printf("\n"); + } +} +static void traceQueue(RtreeCursor *pCur, const char *zPrefix){ + int ii; + printf("=== %9s ", zPrefix); + if( pCur->bPoint ){ + tracePoint(&pCur->sPoint, -1, pCur); + } + for(ii=0; ii<pCur->nPoint; ii++){ + if( ii>0 || pCur->bPoint ) printf(" "); + tracePoint(&pCur->aPoint[ii], ii, pCur); + } +} +# define RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(A,B) traceQueue(A,B) +#else +# define RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(A,B) /* no-op */ +#endif + +/* Remove the search point with the lowest current score. +*/ +static void rtreeSearchPointPop(RtreeCursor *p){ + int i, j, k, n; + i = 1 - p->bPoint; + assert( i==0 || i==1 ); + if( p->aNode[i] ){ + nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(p), p->aNode[i]); + p->aNode[i] = 0; + } + if( p->bPoint ){ + p->anQueue[p->sPoint.iLevel]--; + p->bPoint = 0; + }else if( p->nPoint ){ + p->anQueue[p->aPoint[0].iLevel]--; + n = --p->nPoint; + p->aPoint[0] = p->aPoint[n]; + if( n<RTREE_CACHE_SZ-1 ){ + p->aNode[1] = p->aNode[n+1]; + p->aNode[n+1] = 0; + } + i = 0; + while( (j = i*2+1)<n ){ + k = j+1; + if( k<n && rtreeSearchPointCompare(&p->aPoint[k], &p->aPoint[j])<0 ){ + if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(&p->aPoint[k], &p->aPoint[i])<0 ){ + rtreeSearchPointSwap(p, i, k); + i = k; + }else{ + break; + } + }else{ + if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(&p->aPoint[j], &p->aPoint[i])<0 ){ + rtreeSearchPointSwap(p, i, j); + i = j; + }else{ + break; + } + } + } + } +} + + +/* +** Continue the search on cursor pCur until the front of the queue +** contains an entry suitable for returning as a result-set row, +** or until the RtreeSearchPoint queue is empty, indicating that the +** query has completed. +*/ +static int rtreeStepToLeaf(RtreeCursor *pCur){ + RtreeSearchPoint *p; + Rtree *pRtree = RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur); + RtreeNode *pNode; + int eWithin; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nCell; + int nConstraint = pCur->nConstraint; + int ii; + int eInt; + RtreeSearchPoint x; + + eInt = pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32; + while( (p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCur))!=0 && p->iLevel>0 ){ + pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCur, &rc); + if( rc ) return rc; + nCell = NCELL(pNode); + assert( nCell<200 ); + while( p->iCell<nCell ){ + sqlite3_rtree_dbl rScore = (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)-1; + u8 *pCellData = pNode->zData + (4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*p->iCell); + eWithin = FULLY_WITHIN; + for(ii=0; ii<nConstraint; ii++){ + RtreeConstraint *pConstraint = pCur->aConstraint + ii; + if( pConstraint->op>=RTREE_MATCH ){ + rc = rtreeCallbackConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, p, + &rScore, &eWithin); + if( rc ) return rc; + }else if( p->iLevel==1 ){ + rtreeLeafConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, &eWithin); + }else{ + rtreeNonleafConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, &eWithin); + } + if( eWithin==NOT_WITHIN ) break; + } + p->iCell++; + if( eWithin==NOT_WITHIN ) continue; + x.iLevel = p->iLevel - 1; + if( x.iLevel ){ + x.id = readInt64(pCellData); + x.iCell = 0; + }else{ + x.id = p->id; + x.iCell = p->iCell - 1; + } + if( p->iCell>=nCell ){ + RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "POP-S:"); + rtreeSearchPointPop(pCur); + } + if( rScore<RTREE_ZERO ) rScore = RTREE_ZERO; + p = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCur, rScore, x.iLevel); + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + p->eWithin = eWithin; + p->id = x.id; + p->iCell = x.iCell; + RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "PUSH-S:"); + break; + } + if( p->iCell>=nCell ){ + RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "POP-Se:"); + rtreeSearchPointPop(pCur); + } + } + pCur->atEOF = p==0; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xNext method. +*/ +static int rtreeNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){ + RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + /* Move to the next entry that matches the configured constraints. */ + RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "POP-Nx:"); + rtreeSearchPointPop(pCsr); + rc = rtreeStepToLeaf(pCsr); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xRowid method. +*/ +static int rtreeRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ + RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor; + RtreeSearchPoint *p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCsr); + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + RtreeNode *pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCsr, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p ){ + *pRowid = nodeGetRowid(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCsr), pNode, p->iCell); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xColumn method. +*/ +static int rtreeColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){ + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)cur->pVtab; + RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur; + RtreeSearchPoint *p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCsr); + RtreeCoord c; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + RtreeNode *pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCsr, &rc); + + if( rc ) return rc; + if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + if( i==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell)); + }else{ + if( rc ) return rc; + nodeGetCoord(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell, i-1, &c); +#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){ + sqlite3_result_double(ctx, c.f); + }else +#endif + { + assert( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32 ); + sqlite3_result_int(ctx, c.i); + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Use nodeAcquire() to obtain the leaf node containing the record with +** rowid iRowid. If successful, set *ppLeaf to point to the node and +** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no such record in the table, set +** *ppLeaf to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set *ppLeaf +** to zero and return an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int findLeafNode( + Rtree *pRtree, /* RTree to search */ + i64 iRowid, /* The rowid searching for */ + RtreeNode **ppLeaf, /* Write the node here */ + sqlite3_int64 *piNode /* Write the node-id here */ +){ + int rc; + *ppLeaf = 0; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, iRowid); + if( sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + i64 iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 0); + if( piNode ) *piNode = iNode; + rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, ppLeaf); + sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called to configure the RtreeConstraint object passed +** as the second argument for a MATCH constraint. The value passed as the +** first argument to this function is the right-hand operand to the MATCH +** operator. +*/ +static int deserializeGeometry(sqlite3_value *pValue, RtreeConstraint *pCons){ + RtreeMatchArg *pBlob; /* BLOB returned by geometry function */ + sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo; /* Callback information */ + int nBlob; /* Size of the geometry function blob */ + int nExpected; /* Expected size of the BLOB */ + + /* Check that value is actually a blob. */ + if( sqlite3_value_type(pValue)!=SQLITE_BLOB ) return SQLITE_ERROR; + + /* Check that the blob is roughly the right size. */ + nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(pValue); + if( nBlob<(int)sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + pInfo = (sqlite3_rtree_query_info*)sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pInfo)+nBlob ); + if( !pInfo ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pInfo, 0, sizeof(*pInfo)); + pBlob = (RtreeMatchArg*)&pInfo[1]; + + memcpy(pBlob, sqlite3_value_blob(pValue), nBlob); + nExpected = (int)(sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) + + pBlob->nParam*sizeof(sqlite3_value*) + + (pBlob->nParam-1)*sizeof(RtreeDValue)); + if( pBlob->magic!=RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC || nBlob!=nExpected ){ + sqlite3_free(pInfo); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pInfo->pContext = pBlob->cb.pContext; + pInfo->nParam = pBlob->nParam; + pInfo->aParam = pBlob->aParam; + pInfo->apSqlParam = pBlob->apSqlParam; + + if( pBlob->cb.xGeom ){ + pCons->u.xGeom = pBlob->cb.xGeom; + }else{ + pCons->op = RTREE_QUERY; + pCons->u.xQueryFunc = pBlob->cb.xQueryFunc; + } + pCons->pInfo = pInfo; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xFilter method. +*/ +static int rtreeFilter( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, + int idxNum, const char *idxStr, + int argc, sqlite3_value **argv +){ + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtabCursor->pVtab; + RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor; + RtreeNode *pRoot = 0; + int ii; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int iCell = 0; + + rtreeReference(pRtree); + + /* Reset the cursor to the same state as rtreeOpen() leaves it in. */ + freeCursorConstraints(pCsr); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aPoint); + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(RtreeCursor)); + pCsr->base.pVtab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pRtree; + + pCsr->iStrategy = idxNum; + if( idxNum==1 ){ + /* Special case - lookup by rowid. */ + RtreeNode *pLeaf; /* Leaf on which the required cell resides */ + RtreeSearchPoint *p; /* Search point for the the leaf */ + i64 iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); + i64 iNode = 0; + rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iRowid, &pLeaf, &iNode); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pLeaf!=0 ){ + p = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCsr, RTREE_ZERO, 0); + assert( p!=0 ); /* Always returns pCsr->sPoint */ + pCsr->aNode[0] = pLeaf; + p->id = iNode; + p->eWithin = PARTLY_WITHIN; + rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iRowid, &iCell); + p->iCell = iCell; + RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "PUSH-F1:"); + }else{ + pCsr->atEOF = 1; + } + }else{ + /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array + ** with the configured constraints. + */ + rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && argc>0 ){ + pCsr->aConstraint = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc); + pCsr->nConstraint = argc; + if( !pCsr->aConstraint ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(pCsr->aConstraint, 0, sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc); + memset(pCsr->anQueue, 0, sizeof(u32)*(pRtree->iDepth + 1)); + assert( (idxStr==0 && argc==0) + || (idxStr && (int)strlen(idxStr)==argc*2) ); + for(ii=0; ii<argc; ii++){ + RtreeConstraint *p = &pCsr->aConstraint[ii]; + p->op = idxStr[ii*2]; + p->iCoord = idxStr[ii*2+1]-'0'; + if( p->op>=RTREE_MATCH ){ + /* A MATCH operator. The right-hand-side must be a blob that + ** can be cast into an RtreeMatchArg object. One created using + ** an sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() SQL user function. + */ + rc = deserializeGeometry(argv[ii], p); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + break; + } + p->pInfo->nCoord = pRtree->nDim*2; + p->pInfo->anQueue = pCsr->anQueue; + p->pInfo->mxLevel = pRtree->iDepth + 1; + }else{ +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + p->u.rValue = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[ii]); +#else + p->u.rValue = sqlite3_value_double(argv[ii]); +#endif + } + } + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + RtreeSearchPoint *pNew; + pNew = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCsr, RTREE_ZERO, pRtree->iDepth+1); + if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pNew->id = 1; + pNew->iCell = 0; + pNew->eWithin = PARTLY_WITHIN; + assert( pCsr->bPoint==1 ); + pCsr->aNode[0] = pRoot; + pRoot = 0; + RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "PUSH-Fm:"); + rc = rtreeStepToLeaf(pCsr); + } + } + + nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); + rtreeRelease(pRtree); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Set the pIdxInfo->estimatedRows variable to nRow. Unless this +** extension is currently being used by a version of SQLite too old to +** support estimatedRows. In that case this function is a no-op. +*/ +static void setEstimatedRows(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo, i64 nRow){ +#if SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3008002 + if( sqlite3_libversion_number()>=3008002 ){ + pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = nRow; + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Rtree virtual table module xBestIndex method. There are three +** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to +** least desirable): +** +** idxNum idxStr Strategy +** ------------------------------------------------ +** 1 Unused Direct lookup by rowid. +** 2 See below R-tree query or full-table scan. +** ------------------------------------------------ +** +** If strategy 1 is used, then idxStr is not meaningful. If strategy +** 2 is used, idxStr is formatted to contain 2 bytes for each +** constraint used. The first two bytes of idxStr correspond to +** the constraint in sqlite3_index_info.aConstraintUsage[] with +** (argvIndex==1) etc. +** +** The first of each pair of bytes in idxStr identifies the constraint +** operator as follows: +** +** Operator Byte Value +** ---------------------- +** = 0x41 ('A') +** <= 0x42 ('B') +** < 0x43 ('C') +** >= 0x44 ('D') +** > 0x45 ('E') +** MATCH 0x46 ('F') +** ---------------------- +** +** The second of each pair of bytes identifies the coordinate column +** to which the constraint applies. The leftmost coordinate column +** is 'a', the second from the left 'b' etc. +*/ +static int rtreeBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree*)tab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int ii; + int bMatch = 0; /* True if there exists a MATCH constraint */ + i64 nRow; /* Estimated rows returned by this scan */ + + int iIdx = 0; + char zIdxStr[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*8+1]; + memset(zIdxStr, 0, sizeof(zIdxStr)); + + /* Check if there exists a MATCH constraint - even an unusable one. If there + ** is, do not consider the lookup-by-rowid plan as using such a plan would + ** require the VDBE to evaluate the MATCH constraint, which is not currently + ** possible. */ + for(ii=0; ii<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; ii++){ + if( pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii].op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ){ + bMatch = 1; + } + } + + assert( pIdxInfo->idxStr==0 ); + for(ii=0; ii<pIdxInfo->nConstraint && iIdx<(int)(sizeof(zIdxStr)-1); ii++){ + struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii]; + + if( bMatch==0 && p->usable + && p->iColumn==0 && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ + ){ + /* We have an equality constraint on the rowid. Use strategy 1. */ + int jj; + for(jj=0; jj<ii; jj++){ + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].argvIndex = 0; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 0; + } + pIdxInfo->idxNum = 1; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = 1; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 1; + + /* This strategy involves a two rowid lookups on an B-Tree structures + ** and then a linear search of an R-Tree node. This should be + ** considered almost as quick as a direct rowid lookup (for which + ** sqlite uses an internal cost of 0.0). It is expected to return + ** a single row. + */ + pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 30.0; + setEstimatedRows(pIdxInfo, 1); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + if( p->usable && (p->iColumn>0 || p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH) ){ + u8 op; + switch( p->op ){ + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ: op = RTREE_EQ; break; + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT: op = RTREE_GT; break; + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE: op = RTREE_LE; break; + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT: op = RTREE_LT; break; + case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE: op = RTREE_GE; break; + default: + assert( p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ); + op = RTREE_MATCH; + break; + } + zIdxStr[iIdx++] = op; + zIdxStr[iIdx++] = p->iColumn - 1 + '0'; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = (iIdx/2); + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].omit = 1; + } + } + + pIdxInfo->idxNum = 2; + pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 1; + if( iIdx>0 && 0==(pIdxInfo->idxStr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zIdxStr)) ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + nRow = pRtree->nRowEst >> (iIdx/2); + pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (double)6.0 * (double)nRow; + setEstimatedRows(pIdxInfo, nRow); + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the N-dimensional volumn of the cell stored in *p. +*/ +static RtreeDValue cellArea(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){ + RtreeDValue area = (RtreeDValue)1; + int ii; + for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ + area = (area * (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii]))); + } + return area; +} + +/* +** Return the margin length of cell p. The margin length is the sum +** of the objects size in each dimension. +*/ +static RtreeDValue cellMargin(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){ + RtreeDValue margin = (RtreeDValue)0; + int ii; + for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ + margin += (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii])); + } + return margin; +} + +/* +** Store the union of cells p1 and p2 in p1. +*/ +static void cellUnion(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){ + int ii; + if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){ + for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ + p1->aCoord[ii].f = MIN(p1->aCoord[ii].f, p2->aCoord[ii].f); + p1->aCoord[ii+1].f = MAX(p1->aCoord[ii+1].f, p2->aCoord[ii+1].f); + } + }else{ + for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ + p1->aCoord[ii].i = MIN(p1->aCoord[ii].i, p2->aCoord[ii].i); + p1->aCoord[ii+1].i = MAX(p1->aCoord[ii+1].i, p2->aCoord[ii+1].i); + } + } +} + +/* +** Return true if the area covered by p2 is a subset of the area covered +** by p1. False otherwise. +*/ +static int cellContains(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){ + int ii; + int isInt = (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32); + for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){ + RtreeCoord *a1 = &p1->aCoord[ii]; + RtreeCoord *a2 = &p2->aCoord[ii]; + if( (!isInt && (a2[0].f<a1[0].f || a2[1].f>a1[1].f)) + || ( isInt && (a2[0].i<a1[0].i || a2[1].i>a1[1].i)) + ){ + return 0; + } + } + return 1; +} + +/* +** Return the amount cell p would grow by if it were unioned with pCell. +*/ +static RtreeDValue cellGrowth(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p, RtreeCell *pCell){ + RtreeDValue area; + RtreeCell cell; + memcpy(&cell, p, sizeof(RtreeCell)); + area = cellArea(pRtree, &cell); + cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell); + return (cellArea(pRtree, &cell)-area); +} + +static RtreeDValue cellOverlap( + Rtree *pRtree, + RtreeCell *p, + RtreeCell *aCell, + int nCell +){ + int ii; + RtreeDValue overlap = RTREE_ZERO; + for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){ + int jj; + RtreeDValue o = (RtreeDValue)1; + for(jj=0; jj<(pRtree->nDim*2); jj+=2){ + RtreeDValue x1, x2; + x1 = MAX(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj])); + x2 = MIN(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj+1]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj+1])); + if( x2<x1 ){ + o = (RtreeDValue)0; + break; + }else{ + o = o * (x2-x1); + } + } + overlap += o; + } + return overlap; +} + + +/* +** This function implements the ChooseLeaf algorithm from Gutman[84]. +** ChooseSubTree in r*tree terminology. +*/ +static int ChooseLeaf( + Rtree *pRtree, /* Rtree table */ + RtreeCell *pCell, /* Cell to insert into rtree */ + int iHeight, /* Height of sub-tree rooted at pCell */ + RtreeNode **ppLeaf /* OUT: Selected leaf page */ +){ + int rc; + int ii; + RtreeNode *pNode; + rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pNode); + + for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<(pRtree->iDepth-iHeight); ii++){ + int iCell; + sqlite3_int64 iBest = 0; + + RtreeDValue fMinGrowth = RTREE_ZERO; + RtreeDValue fMinArea = RTREE_ZERO; + + int nCell = NCELL(pNode); + RtreeCell cell; + RtreeNode *pChild; + + RtreeCell *aCell = 0; + + /* Select the child node which will be enlarged the least if pCell + ** is inserted into it. Resolve ties by choosing the entry with + ** the smallest area. + */ + for(iCell=0; iCell<nCell; iCell++){ + int bBest = 0; + RtreeDValue growth; + RtreeDValue area; + nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, iCell, &cell); + growth = cellGrowth(pRtree, &cell, pCell); + area = cellArea(pRtree, &cell); + if( iCell==0||growth<fMinGrowth||(growth==fMinGrowth && area<fMinArea) ){ + bBest = 1; + } + if( bBest ){ + fMinGrowth = growth; + fMinArea = area; + iBest = cell.iRowid; + } + } + + sqlite3_free(aCell); + rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iBest, pNode, &pChild); + nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode); + pNode = pChild; + } + + *ppLeaf = pNode; + return rc; +} + +/* +** A cell with the same content as pCell has just been inserted into +** the node pNode. This function updates the bounding box cells in +** all ancestor elements. +*/ +static int AdjustTree( + Rtree *pRtree, /* Rtree table */ + RtreeNode *pNode, /* Adjust ancestry of this node. */ + RtreeCell *pCell /* This cell was just inserted */ +){ + RtreeNode *p = pNode; + while( p->pParent ){ + RtreeNode *pParent = p->pParent; + RtreeCell cell; + int iCell; + + if( nodeParentIndex(pRtree, p, &iCell) ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + } + + nodeGetCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, &cell); + if( !cellContains(pRtree, &cell, pCell) ){ + cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell); + nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &cell, iCell); + } + + p = pParent; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Write mapping (iRowid->iNode) to the <rtree>_rowid table. +*/ +static int rowidWrite(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iRowid, sqlite3_int64 iNode){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 1, iRowid); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 2, iNode); + sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteRowid); + return sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteRowid); +} + +/* +** Write mapping (iNode->iPar) to the <rtree>_parent table. +*/ +static int parentWrite(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iNode, sqlite3_int64 iPar){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteParent, 1, iNode); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteParent, 2, iPar); + sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteParent); + return sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteParent); +} + +static int rtreeInsertCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, RtreeCell *, int); + + +/* +** Arguments aIdx, aDistance and aSpare all point to arrays of size +** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to +** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values +** in aIdx according to the indexed values in aDistance. For +** example, assuming the inputs: +** +** aIdx = { 0, 1, 2, 3 } +** aDistance = { 5.0, 2.0, 7.0, 6.0 } +** +** this function sets the aIdx array to contain: +** +** aIdx = { 0, 1, 2, 3 } +** +** The aSpare array is used as temporary working space by the +** sorting algorithm. +*/ +static void SortByDistance( + int *aIdx, + int nIdx, + RtreeDValue *aDistance, + int *aSpare +){ + if( nIdx>1 ){ + int iLeft = 0; + int iRight = 0; + + int nLeft = nIdx/2; + int nRight = nIdx-nLeft; + int *aLeft = aIdx; + int *aRight = &aIdx[nLeft]; + + SortByDistance(aLeft, nLeft, aDistance, aSpare); + SortByDistance(aRight, nRight, aDistance, aSpare); + + memcpy(aSpare, aLeft, sizeof(int)*nLeft); + aLeft = aSpare; + + while( iLeft<nLeft || iRight<nRight ){ + if( iLeft==nLeft ){ + aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aRight[iRight]; + iRight++; + }else if( iRight==nRight ){ + aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aLeft[iLeft]; + iLeft++; + }else{ + RtreeDValue fLeft = aDistance[aLeft[iLeft]]; + RtreeDValue fRight = aDistance[aRight[iRight]]; + if( fLeft<fRight ){ + aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aLeft[iLeft]; + iLeft++; + }else{ + aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aRight[iRight]; + iRight++; + } + } + } + +#if 0 + /* Check that the sort worked */ + { + int jj; + for(jj=1; jj<nIdx; jj++){ + RtreeDValue left = aDistance[aIdx[jj-1]]; + RtreeDValue right = aDistance[aIdx[jj]]; + assert( left<=right ); + } + } +#endif + } +} + +/* +** Arguments aIdx, aCell and aSpare all point to arrays of size +** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to +** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values +** in aIdx according to dimension iDim of the cells in aCell. The +** minimum value of dimension iDim is considered first, the +** maximum used to break ties. +** +** The aSpare array is used as temporary working space by the +** sorting algorithm. +*/ +static void SortByDimension( + Rtree *pRtree, + int *aIdx, + int nIdx, + int iDim, + RtreeCell *aCell, + int *aSpare +){ + if( nIdx>1 ){ + + int iLeft = 0; + int iRight = 0; + + int nLeft = nIdx/2; + int nRight = nIdx-nLeft; + int *aLeft = aIdx; + int *aRight = &aIdx[nLeft]; + + SortByDimension(pRtree, aLeft, nLeft, iDim, aCell, aSpare); + SortByDimension(pRtree, aRight, nRight, iDim, aCell, aSpare); + + memcpy(aSpare, aLeft, sizeof(int)*nLeft); + aLeft = aSpare; + while( iLeft<nLeft || iRight<nRight ){ + RtreeDValue xleft1 = DCOORD(aCell[aLeft[iLeft]].aCoord[iDim*2]); + RtreeDValue xleft2 = DCOORD(aCell[aLeft[iLeft]].aCoord[iDim*2+1]); + RtreeDValue xright1 = DCOORD(aCell[aRight[iRight]].aCoord[iDim*2]); + RtreeDValue xright2 = DCOORD(aCell[aRight[iRight]].aCoord[iDim*2+1]); + if( (iLeft!=nLeft) && ((iRight==nRight) + || (xleft1<xright1) + || (xleft1==xright1 && xleft2<xright2) + )){ + aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aLeft[iLeft]; + iLeft++; + }else{ + aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aRight[iRight]; + iRight++; + } + } + +#if 0 + /* Check that the sort worked */ + { + int jj; + for(jj=1; jj<nIdx; jj++){ + RtreeDValue xleft1 = aCell[aIdx[jj-1]].aCoord[iDim*2]; + RtreeDValue xleft2 = aCell[aIdx[jj-1]].aCoord[iDim*2+1]; + RtreeDValue xright1 = aCell[aIdx[jj]].aCoord[iDim*2]; + RtreeDValue xright2 = aCell[aIdx[jj]].aCoord[iDim*2+1]; + assert( xleft1<=xright1 && (xleft1<xright1 || xleft2<=xright2) ); + } + } +#endif + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the R*-tree variant of SplitNode from Beckman[1990]. +*/ +static int splitNodeStartree( + Rtree *pRtree, + RtreeCell *aCell, + int nCell, + RtreeNode *pLeft, + RtreeNode *pRight, + RtreeCell *pBboxLeft, + RtreeCell *pBboxRight +){ + int **aaSorted; + int *aSpare; + int ii; + + int iBestDim = 0; + int iBestSplit = 0; + RtreeDValue fBestMargin = RTREE_ZERO; + + int nByte = (pRtree->nDim+1)*(sizeof(int*)+nCell*sizeof(int)); + + aaSorted = (int **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( !aaSorted ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + aSpare = &((int *)&aaSorted[pRtree->nDim])[pRtree->nDim*nCell]; + memset(aaSorted, 0, nByte); + for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim; ii++){ + int jj; + aaSorted[ii] = &((int *)&aaSorted[pRtree->nDim])[ii*nCell]; + for(jj=0; jj<nCell; jj++){ + aaSorted[ii][jj] = jj; + } + SortByDimension(pRtree, aaSorted[ii], nCell, ii, aCell, aSpare); + } + + for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim; ii++){ + RtreeDValue margin = RTREE_ZERO; + RtreeDValue fBestOverlap = RTREE_ZERO; + RtreeDValue fBestArea = RTREE_ZERO; + int iBestLeft = 0; + int nLeft; + + for( + nLeft=RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree); + nLeft<=(nCell-RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)); + nLeft++ + ){ + RtreeCell left; + RtreeCell right; + int kk; + RtreeDValue overlap; + RtreeDValue area; + + memcpy(&left, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][0]], sizeof(RtreeCell)); + memcpy(&right, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][nCell-1]], sizeof(RtreeCell)); + for(kk=1; kk<(nCell-1); kk++){ + if( kk<nLeft ){ + cellUnion(pRtree, &left, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][kk]]); + }else{ + cellUnion(pRtree, &right, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][kk]]); + } + } + margin += cellMargin(pRtree, &left); + margin += cellMargin(pRtree, &right); + overlap = cellOverlap(pRtree, &left, &right, 1); + area = cellArea(pRtree, &left) + cellArea(pRtree, &right); + if( (nLeft==RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)) + || (overlap<fBestOverlap) + || (overlap==fBestOverlap && area<fBestArea) + ){ + iBestLeft = nLeft; + fBestOverlap = overlap; + fBestArea = area; + } + } + + if( ii==0 || margin<fBestMargin ){ + iBestDim = ii; + fBestMargin = margin; + iBestSplit = iBestLeft; + } + } + + memcpy(pBboxLeft, &aCell[aaSorted[iBestDim][0]], sizeof(RtreeCell)); + memcpy(pBboxRight, &aCell[aaSorted[iBestDim][iBestSplit]], sizeof(RtreeCell)); + for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){ + RtreeNode *pTarget = (ii<iBestSplit)?pLeft:pRight; + RtreeCell *pBbox = (ii<iBestSplit)?pBboxLeft:pBboxRight; + RtreeCell *pCell = &aCell[aaSorted[iBestDim][ii]]; + nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pTarget, pCell); + cellUnion(pRtree, pBbox, pCell); + } + + sqlite3_free(aaSorted); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +static int updateMapping( + Rtree *pRtree, + i64 iRowid, + RtreeNode *pNode, + int iHeight +){ + int (*xSetMapping)(Rtree *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64); + xSetMapping = ((iHeight==0)?rowidWrite:parentWrite); + if( iHeight>0 ){ + RtreeNode *pChild = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, iRowid); + if( pChild ){ + nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild->pParent); + nodeReference(pNode); + pChild->pParent = pNode; + } + } + return xSetMapping(pRtree, iRowid, pNode->iNode); +} + +static int SplitNode( + Rtree *pRtree, + RtreeNode *pNode, + RtreeCell *pCell, + int iHeight +){ + int i; + int newCellIsRight = 0; + + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nCell = NCELL(pNode); + RtreeCell *aCell; + int *aiUsed; + + RtreeNode *pLeft = 0; + RtreeNode *pRight = 0; + + RtreeCell leftbbox; + RtreeCell rightbbox; + + /* Allocate an array and populate it with a copy of pCell and + ** all cells from node pLeft. Then zero the original node. + */ + aCell = sqlite3_malloc((sizeof(RtreeCell)+sizeof(int))*(nCell+1)); + if( !aCell ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto splitnode_out; + } + aiUsed = (int *)&aCell[nCell+1]; + memset(aiUsed, 0, sizeof(int)*(nCell+1)); + for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){ + nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, i, &aCell[i]); + } + nodeZero(pRtree, pNode); + memcpy(&aCell[nCell], pCell, sizeof(RtreeCell)); + nCell++; + + if( pNode->iNode==1 ){ + pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode); + pLeft = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode); + pRtree->iDepth++; + pNode->isDirty = 1; + writeInt16(pNode->zData, pRtree->iDepth); + }else{ + pLeft = pNode; + pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pLeft->pParent); + nodeReference(pLeft); + } + + if( !pLeft || !pRight ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto splitnode_out; + } + + memset(pLeft->zData, 0, pRtree->iNodeSize); + memset(pRight->zData, 0, pRtree->iNodeSize); + + rc = splitNodeStartree(pRtree, aCell, nCell, pLeft, pRight, + &leftbbox, &rightbbox); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto splitnode_out; + } + + /* Ensure both child nodes have node numbers assigned to them by calling + ** nodeWrite(). Node pRight always needs a node number, as it was created + ** by nodeNew() above. But node pLeft sometimes already has a node number. + ** In this case avoid the all to nodeWrite(). + */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pRight)) + || (0==pLeft->iNode && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pLeft))) + ){ + goto splitnode_out; + } + + rightbbox.iRowid = pRight->iNode; + leftbbox.iRowid = pLeft->iNode; + + if( pNode->iNode==1 ){ + rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeft->pParent, &leftbbox, iHeight+1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto splitnode_out; + } + }else{ + RtreeNode *pParent = pLeft->pParent; + int iCell; + rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pLeft, &iCell); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox, iCell); + rc = AdjustTree(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto splitnode_out; + } + } + if( (rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pRight->pParent, &rightbbox, iHeight+1)) ){ + goto splitnode_out; + } + + for(i=0; i<NCELL(pRight); i++){ + i64 iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pRight, i); + rc = updateMapping(pRtree, iRowid, pRight, iHeight); + if( iRowid==pCell->iRowid ){ + newCellIsRight = 1; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto splitnode_out; + } + } + if( pNode->iNode==1 ){ + for(i=0; i<NCELL(pLeft); i++){ + i64 iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pLeft, i); + rc = updateMapping(pRtree, iRowid, pLeft, iHeight); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto splitnode_out; + } + } + }else if( newCellIsRight==0 ){ + rc = updateMapping(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pLeft, iHeight); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRight); + pRight = 0; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeft); + pLeft = 0; + } + +splitnode_out: + nodeRelease(pRtree, pRight); + nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeft); + sqlite3_free(aCell); + return rc; +} + +/* +** If node pLeaf is not the root of the r-tree and its pParent pointer is +** still NULL, load all ancestor nodes of pLeaf into memory and populate +** the pLeaf->pParent chain all the way up to the root node. +** +** This operation is required when a row is deleted (or updated - an update +** is implemented as a delete followed by an insert). SQLite provides the +** rowid of the row to delete, which can be used to find the leaf on which +** the entry resides (argument pLeaf). Once the leaf is located, this +** function is called to determine its ancestry. +*/ +static int fixLeafParent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pLeaf){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + RtreeNode *pChild = pLeaf; + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pChild->iNode!=1 && pChild->pParent==0 ){ + int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* sqlite3_reset() return code */ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 1, pChild->iNode); + rc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadParent); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + RtreeNode *pTest; /* Used to test for reference loops */ + i64 iNode; /* Node number of parent node */ + + /* Before setting pChild->pParent, test that we are not creating a + ** loop of references (as we would if, say, pChild==pParent). We don't + ** want to do this as it leads to a memory leak when trying to delete + ** the referenced counted node structures. + */ + iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 0); + for(pTest=pLeaf; pTest && pTest->iNode!=iNode; pTest=pTest->pParent); + if( !pTest ){ + rc2 = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, &pChild->pParent); + } + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadParent); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pChild->pParent ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; + pChild = pChild->pParent; + } + return rc; +} + +static int deleteCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, int, int); + +static int removeNode(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iHeight){ + int rc; + int rc2; + RtreeNode *pParent = 0; + int iCell; + + assert( pNode->nRef==1 ); + + /* Remove the entry in the parent cell. */ + rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &iCell); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pParent = pNode->pParent; + pNode->pParent = 0; + rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, iHeight+1); + } + rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pParent); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + /* Remove the xxx_node entry. */ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteNode, 1, pNode->iNode); + sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteNode); + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteNode)) ){ + return rc; + } + + /* Remove the xxx_parent entry. */ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteParent, 1, pNode->iNode); + sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteParent); + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteParent)) ){ + return rc; + } + + /* Remove the node from the in-memory hash table and link it into + ** the Rtree.pDeleted list. Its contents will be re-inserted later on. + */ + nodeHashDelete(pRtree, pNode); + pNode->iNode = iHeight; + pNode->pNext = pRtree->pDeleted; + pNode->nRef++; + pRtree->pDeleted = pNode; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static int fixBoundingBox(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ + RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pParent ){ + int ii; + int nCell = NCELL(pNode); + RtreeCell box; /* Bounding box for pNode */ + nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, 0, &box); + for(ii=1; ii<nCell; ii++){ + RtreeCell cell; + nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, ii, &cell); + cellUnion(pRtree, &box, &cell); + } + box.iRowid = pNode->iNode; + rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &ii); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &box, ii); + rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pParent); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Delete the cell at index iCell of node pNode. After removing the +** cell, adjust the r-tree data structure if required. +*/ +static int deleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell, int iHeight){ + RtreeNode *pParent; + int rc; + + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fixLeafParent(pRtree, pNode)) ){ + return rc; + } + + /* Remove the cell from the node. This call just moves bytes around + ** the in-memory node image, so it cannot fail. + */ + nodeDeleteCell(pRtree, pNode, iCell); + + /* If the node is not the tree root and now has less than the minimum + ** number of cells, remove it from the tree. Otherwise, update the + ** cell in the parent node so that it tightly contains the updated + ** node. + */ + pParent = pNode->pParent; + assert( pParent || pNode->iNode==1 ); + if( pParent ){ + if( NCELL(pNode)<RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree) ){ + rc = removeNode(pRtree, pNode, iHeight); + }else{ + rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pNode); + } + } + + return rc; +} + +static int Reinsert( + Rtree *pRtree, + RtreeNode *pNode, + RtreeCell *pCell, + int iHeight +){ + int *aOrder; + int *aSpare; + RtreeCell *aCell; + RtreeDValue *aDistance; + int nCell; + RtreeDValue aCenterCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS]; + int iDim; + int ii; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int n; + + memset(aCenterCoord, 0, sizeof(RtreeDValue)*RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS); + + nCell = NCELL(pNode)+1; + n = (nCell+1)&(~1); + + /* Allocate the buffers used by this operation. The allocation is + ** relinquished before this function returns. + */ + aCell = (RtreeCell *)sqlite3_malloc(n * ( + sizeof(RtreeCell) + /* aCell array */ + sizeof(int) + /* aOrder array */ + sizeof(int) + /* aSpare array */ + sizeof(RtreeDValue) /* aDistance array */ + )); + if( !aCell ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + aOrder = (int *)&aCell[n]; + aSpare = (int *)&aOrder[n]; + aDistance = (RtreeDValue *)&aSpare[n]; + + for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){ + if( ii==(nCell-1) ){ + memcpy(&aCell[ii], pCell, sizeof(RtreeCell)); + }else{ + nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, ii, &aCell[ii]); + } + aOrder[ii] = ii; + for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){ + aCenterCoord[iDim] += DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]); + aCenterCoord[iDim] += DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]); + } + } + for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){ + aCenterCoord[iDim] = (aCenterCoord[iDim]/(nCell*(RtreeDValue)2)); + } + + for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){ + aDistance[ii] = RTREE_ZERO; + for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){ + RtreeDValue coord = (DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]) - + DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2])); + aDistance[ii] += (coord-aCenterCoord[iDim])*(coord-aCenterCoord[iDim]); + } + } + + SortByDistance(aOrder, nCell, aDistance, aSpare); + nodeZero(pRtree, pNode); + + for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<(nCell-(RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)+1)); ii++){ + RtreeCell *p = &aCell[aOrder[ii]]; + nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pNode, p); + if( p->iRowid==pCell->iRowid ){ + if( iHeight==0 ){ + rc = rowidWrite(pRtree, p->iRowid, pNode->iNode); + }else{ + rc = parentWrite(pRtree, p->iRowid, pNode->iNode); + } + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pNode); + } + for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nCell; ii++){ + /* Find a node to store this cell in. pNode->iNode currently contains + ** the height of the sub-tree headed by the cell. + */ + RtreeNode *pInsert; + RtreeCell *p = &aCell[aOrder[ii]]; + rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, p, iHeight, &pInsert); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, p, iHeight); + rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pInsert); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; + } + } + } + + sqlite3_free(aCell); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Insert cell pCell into node pNode. Node pNode is the head of a +** subtree iHeight high (leaf nodes have iHeight==0). +*/ +static int rtreeInsertCell( + Rtree *pRtree, + RtreeNode *pNode, + RtreeCell *pCell, + int iHeight +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( iHeight>0 ){ + RtreeNode *pChild = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, pCell->iRowid); + if( pChild ){ + nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild->pParent); + nodeReference(pNode); + pChild->pParent = pNode; + } + } + if( nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pNode, pCell) ){ + if( iHeight<=pRtree->iReinsertHeight || pNode->iNode==1){ + rc = SplitNode(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight); + }else{ + pRtree->iReinsertHeight = iHeight; + rc = Reinsert(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight); + } + }else{ + rc = AdjustTree(pRtree, pNode, pCell); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( iHeight==0 ){ + rc = rowidWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode); + }else{ + rc = parentWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode); + } + } + } + return rc; +} + +static int reinsertNodeContent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ + int ii; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nCell = NCELL(pNode); + + for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nCell; ii++){ + RtreeNode *pInsert; + RtreeCell cell; + nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, ii, &cell); + + /* Find a node to store this cell in. pNode->iNode currently contains + ** the height of the sub-tree headed by the cell. + */ + rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, (int)pNode->iNode, &pInsert); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, &cell, (int)pNode->iNode); + rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pInsert); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; + } + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Select a currently unused rowid for a new r-tree record. +*/ +static int newRowid(Rtree *pRtree, i64 *piRowid){ + int rc; + sqlite3_bind_null(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 1); + sqlite3_bind_null(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 2); + sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteRowid); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteRowid); + *piRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pRtree->db); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Remove the entry with rowid=iDelete from the r-tree structure. +*/ +static int rtreeDeleteRowid(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iDelete){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + RtreeNode *pLeaf = 0; /* Leaf node containing record iDelete */ + int iCell; /* Index of iDelete cell in pLeaf */ + RtreeNode *pRoot; /* Root node of rtree structure */ + + + /* Obtain a reference to the root node to initialize Rtree.iDepth */ + rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot); + + /* Obtain a reference to the leaf node that contains the entry + ** about to be deleted. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iDelete, &pLeaf, 0); + } + + /* Delete the cell in question from the leaf node. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iDelete, &iCell); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pLeaf, iCell, 0); + } + rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; + } + } + + /* Delete the corresponding entry in the <rtree>_rowid table. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteRowid, 1, iDelete); + sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteRowid); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteRowid); + } + + /* Check if the root node now has exactly one child. If so, remove + ** it, schedule the contents of the child for reinsertion and + ** reduce the tree height by one. + ** + ** This is equivalent to copying the contents of the child into + ** the root node (the operation that Gutman's paper says to perform + ** in this scenario). + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRtree->iDepth>0 && NCELL(pRoot)==1 ){ + int rc2; + RtreeNode *pChild; + i64 iChild = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pRoot, 0); + rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iChild, pRoot, &pChild); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = removeNode(pRtree, pChild, pRtree->iDepth-1); + } + rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pRtree->iDepth--; + writeInt16(pRoot->zData, pRtree->iDepth); + pRoot->isDirty = 1; + } + } + + /* Re-insert the contents of any underfull nodes removed from the tree. */ + for(pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted; pLeaf; pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted){ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = reinsertNodeContent(pRtree, pLeaf); + } + pRtree->pDeleted = pLeaf->pNext; + sqlite3_free(pLeaf); + } + + /* Release the reference to the root node. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); + }else{ + nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Rounding constants for float->double conversion. +*/ +#define RNDTOWARDS (1.0 - 1.0/8388608.0) /* Round towards zero */ +#define RNDAWAY (1.0 + 1.0/8388608.0) /* Round away from zero */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY) +/* +** Convert an sqlite3_value into an RtreeValue (presumably a float) +** while taking care to round toward negative or positive, respectively. +*/ +static RtreeValue rtreeValueDown(sqlite3_value *v){ + double d = sqlite3_value_double(v); + float f = (float)d; + if( f>d ){ + f = (float)(d*(d<0 ? RNDAWAY : RNDTOWARDS)); + } + return f; +} +static RtreeValue rtreeValueUp(sqlite3_value *v){ + double d = sqlite3_value_double(v); + float f = (float)d; + if( f<d ){ + f = (float)(d*(d<0 ? RNDTOWARDS : RNDAWAY)); + } + return f; +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY) */ + + +/* +** The xUpdate method for rtree module virtual tables. +*/ +static int rtreeUpdate( + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, + int nData, + sqlite3_value **azData, + sqlite_int64 *pRowid +){ + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + RtreeCell cell; /* New cell to insert if nData>1 */ + int bHaveRowid = 0; /* Set to 1 after new rowid is determined */ + + rtreeReference(pRtree); + assert(nData>=1); + + cell.iRowid = 0; /* Used only to suppress a compiler warning */ + + /* Constraint handling. A write operation on an r-tree table may return + ** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT for two reasons: + ** + ** 1. A duplicate rowid value, or + ** 2. The supplied data violates the "x2>=x1" constraint. + ** + ** In the first case, if the conflict-handling mode is REPLACE, then + ** the conflicting row can be removed before proceeding. In the second + ** case, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT must be returned regardless of the + ** conflict-handling mode specified by the user. + */ + if( nData>1 ){ + int ii; + + /* Populate the cell.aCoord[] array. The first coordinate is azData[3]. + ** + ** NB: nData can only be less than nDim*2+3 if the rtree is mis-declared + ** with "column" that are interpreted as table constraints. + ** Example: CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE bad USING rtree(x,y,CHECK(y>5)); + ** This problem was discovered after years of use, so we silently ignore + ** these kinds of misdeclared tables to avoid breaking any legacy. + */ + assert( nData<=(pRtree->nDim*2 + 3) ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){ + for(ii=0; ii<nData-4; ii+=2){ + cell.aCoord[ii].f = rtreeValueDown(azData[ii+3]); + cell.aCoord[ii+1].f = rtreeValueUp(azData[ii+4]); + if( cell.aCoord[ii].f>cell.aCoord[ii+1].f ){ + rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; + goto constraint; + } + } + }else +#endif + { + for(ii=0; ii<nData-4; ii+=2){ + cell.aCoord[ii].i = sqlite3_value_int(azData[ii+3]); + cell.aCoord[ii+1].i = sqlite3_value_int(azData[ii+4]); + if( cell.aCoord[ii].i>cell.aCoord[ii+1].i ){ + rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; + goto constraint; + } + } + } + + /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in + ** the table. If so, the constraint has failed. */ + if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[2])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + cell.iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(azData[2]); + if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[0])==SQLITE_NULL + || sqlite3_value_int64(azData[0])!=cell.iRowid + ){ + int steprc; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, cell.iRowid); + steprc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid); + if( SQLITE_ROW==steprc ){ + if( sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(pRtree->db)==SQLITE_REPLACE ){ + rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, cell.iRowid); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; + goto constraint; + } + } + } + bHaveRowid = 1; + } + } + + /* If azData[0] is not an SQL NULL value, it is the rowid of a + ** record to delete from the r-tree table. The following block does + ** just that. + */ + if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, sqlite3_value_int64(azData[0])); + } + + /* If the azData[] array contains more than one element, elements + ** (azData[2]..azData[argc-1]) contain a new record to insert into + ** the r-tree structure. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nData>1 ){ + /* Insert the new record into the r-tree */ + RtreeNode *pLeaf = 0; + + /* Figure out the rowid of the new row. */ + if( bHaveRowid==0 ){ + rc = newRowid(pRtree, &cell.iRowid); + } + *pRowid = cell.iRowid; + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, 0, &pLeaf); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + pRtree->iReinsertHeight = -1; + rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeaf, &cell, 0); + rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; + } + } + } + +constraint: + rtreeRelease(pRtree); + return rc; +} + +/* +** The xRename method for rtree module virtual tables. +*/ +static int rtreeRename(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNewName){ + Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_node' RENAME TO \"%w_node\";" + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_parent' RENAME TO \"%w_parent\";" + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_rowid' RENAME TO \"%w_rowid\";" + , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName + , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName + , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName + ); + if( zSql ){ + rc = sqlite3_exec(pRtree->db, zSql, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function populates the pRtree->nRowEst variable with an estimate +** of the number of rows in the virtual table. If possible, this is based +** on sqlite_stat1 data. Otherwise, use RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST. +*/ +static int rtreeQueryStat1(sqlite3 *db, Rtree *pRtree){ + const char *zFmt = "SELECT stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl = '%q_rowid'"; + char *zSql; + sqlite3_stmt *p; + int rc; + i64 nRow = 0; + + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zFmt, pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName); + if( zSql==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &p, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( sqlite3_step(p)==SQLITE_ROW ) nRow = sqlite3_column_int64(p, 0); + rc = sqlite3_finalize(p); + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( nRow==0 ){ + pRtree->nRowEst = RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST; + }else{ + pRtree->nRowEst = MAX(nRow, RTREE_MIN_ROWEST); + } + } + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } + + return rc; +} + +static sqlite3_module rtreeModule = { + 0, /* iVersion */ + rtreeCreate, /* xCreate - create a table */ + rtreeConnect, /* xConnect - connect to an existing table */ + rtreeBestIndex, /* xBestIndex - Determine search strategy */ + rtreeDisconnect, /* xDisconnect - Disconnect from a table */ + rtreeDestroy, /* xDestroy - Drop a table */ + rtreeOpen, /* xOpen - open a cursor */ + rtreeClose, /* xClose - close a cursor */ + rtreeFilter, /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */ + rtreeNext, /* xNext - advance a cursor */ + rtreeEof, /* xEof */ + rtreeColumn, /* xColumn - read data */ + rtreeRowid, /* xRowid - read data */ + rtreeUpdate, /* xUpdate - write data */ + 0, /* xBegin - begin transaction */ + 0, /* xSync - sync transaction */ + 0, /* xCommit - commit transaction */ + 0, /* xRollback - rollback transaction */ + 0, /* xFindFunction - function overloading */ + rtreeRename, /* xRename - rename the table */ + 0, /* xSavepoint */ + 0, /* xRelease */ + 0 /* xRollbackTo */ +}; + +static int rtreeSqlInit( + Rtree *pRtree, + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zDb, + const char *zPrefix, + int isCreate +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + #define N_STATEMENT 9 + static const char *azSql[N_STATEMENT] = { + /* Read and write the xxx_node table */ + "SELECT data FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = :1", + "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_node' VALUES(:1, :2)", + "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = :1", + + /* Read and write the xxx_rowid table */ + "SELECT nodeno FROM '%q'.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid = :1", + "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_rowid' VALUES(:1, :2)", + "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid = :1", + + /* Read and write the xxx_parent table */ + "SELECT parentnode FROM '%q'.'%q_parent' WHERE nodeno = :1", + "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_parent' VALUES(:1, :2)", + "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_parent' WHERE nodeno = :1" + }; + sqlite3_stmt **appStmt[N_STATEMENT]; + int i; + + pRtree->db = db; + + if( isCreate ){ + char *zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf( +"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_node\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, data BLOB);" +"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_rowid\"(rowid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, nodeno INTEGER);" +"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_parent\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY," + " parentnode INTEGER);" +"INSERT INTO '%q'.'%q_node' VALUES(1, zeroblob(%d))", + zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, pRtree->iNodeSize + ); + if( !zCreate ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3_free(zCreate); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + } + + appStmt[0] = &pRtree->pReadNode; + appStmt[1] = &pRtree->pWriteNode; + appStmt[2] = &pRtree->pDeleteNode; + appStmt[3] = &pRtree->pReadRowid; + appStmt[4] = &pRtree->pWriteRowid; + appStmt[5] = &pRtree->pDeleteRowid; + appStmt[6] = &pRtree->pReadParent; + appStmt[7] = &pRtree->pWriteParent; + appStmt[8] = &pRtree->pDeleteParent; + + rc = rtreeQueryStat1(db, pRtree); + for(i=0; i<N_STATEMENT && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ + char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[i], zDb, zPrefix); + if( zSql ){ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, appStmt[i], 0); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** The second argument to this function contains the text of an SQL statement +** that returns a single integer value. The statement is compiled and executed +** using database connection db. If successful, the integer value returned +** is written to *piVal and SQLITE_OK returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error +** code is returned and the value of *piVal after returning is not defined. +*/ +static int getIntFromStmt(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql, int *piVal){ + int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + if( zSql ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + *piVal = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); + } + rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is called from within the xConnect() or xCreate() method to +** determine the node-size used by the rtree table being created or connected +** to. If successful, pRtree->iNodeSize is populated and SQLITE_OK returned. +** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned. +** +** If this function is being called as part of an xConnect(), then the rtree +** table already exists. In this case the node-size is determined by inspecting +** the root node of the tree. +** +** Otherwise, for an xCreate(), use 64 bytes less than the database page-size. +** This ensures that each node is stored on a single database page. If the +** database page-size is so large that more than RTREE_MAXCELLS entries +** would fit in a single node, use a smaller node-size. +*/ +static int getNodeSize( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + Rtree *pRtree, /* Rtree handle */ + int isCreate, /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: Error message, if any */ +){ + int rc; + char *zSql; + if( isCreate ){ + int iPageSize = 0; + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", pRtree->zDb); + rc = getIntFromStmt(db, zSql, &iPageSize); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pRtree->iNodeSize = iPageSize-64; + if( (4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS)<pRtree->iNodeSize ){ + pRtree->iNodeSize = 4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS; + } + }else{ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + } + }else{ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT length(data) FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = 1", + pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName + ); + rc = getIntFromStmt(db, zSql, &pRtree->iNodeSize); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + } + } + + sqlite3_free(zSql); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate +** methods of the r-tree virtual table. +** +** argv[0] -> module name +** argv[1] -> database name +** argv[2] -> table name +** argv[...] -> column names... +*/ +static int rtreeInit( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + void *pAux, /* One of the RTREE_COORD_* constants */ + int argc, const char *const*argv, /* Parameters to CREATE TABLE statement */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New virtual table */ + char **pzErr, /* OUT: Error message, if any */ + int isCreate /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Rtree *pRtree; + int nDb; /* Length of string argv[1] */ + int nName; /* Length of string argv[2] */ + int eCoordType = (pAux ? RTREE_COORD_INT32 : RTREE_COORD_REAL32); + + const char *aErrMsg[] = { + 0, /* 0 */ + "Wrong number of columns for an rtree table", /* 1 */ + "Too few columns for an rtree table", /* 2 */ + "Too many columns for an rtree table" /* 3 */ + }; + + int iErr = (argc<6) ? 2 : argc>(RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2+4) ? 3 : argc%2; + if( aErrMsg[iErr] ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", aErrMsg[iErr]); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + sqlite3_vtab_config(db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1); + + /* Allocate the sqlite3_vtab structure */ + nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]); + nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]); + pRtree = (Rtree *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2); + if( !pRtree ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pRtree, 0, sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2); + pRtree->nBusy = 1; + pRtree->base.pModule = &rtreeModule; + pRtree->zDb = (char *)&pRtree[1]; + pRtree->zName = &pRtree->zDb[nDb+1]; + pRtree->nDim = (argc-4)/2; + pRtree->nBytesPerCell = 8 + pRtree->nDim*4*2; + pRtree->eCoordType = eCoordType; + memcpy(pRtree->zDb, argv[1], nDb); + memcpy(pRtree->zName, argv[2], nName); + + /* Figure out the node size to use. */ + rc = getNodeSize(db, pRtree, isCreate, pzErr); + + /* Create/Connect to the underlying relational database schema. If + ** that is successful, call sqlite3_declare_vtab() to configure + ** the r-tree table schema. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( (rc = rtreeSqlInit(pRtree, db, argv[1], argv[2], isCreate)) ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + }else{ + char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("CREATE TABLE x(%s", argv[3]); + char *zTmp; + int ii; + for(ii=4; zSql && ii<argc; ii++){ + zTmp = zSql; + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("%s, %s", zTmp, argv[ii]); + sqlite3_free(zTmp); + } + if( zSql ){ + zTmp = zSql; + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("%s);", zTmp); + sqlite3_free(zTmp); + } + if( !zSql ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, zSql)) ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + } + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)pRtree; + }else{ + assert( *ppVtab==0 ); + assert( pRtree->nBusy==1 ); + rtreeRelease(pRtree); + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Implementation of a scalar function that decodes r-tree nodes to +** human readable strings. This can be used for debugging and analysis. +** +** The scalar function takes two arguments: (1) the number of dimensions +** to the rtree (between 1 and 5, inclusive) and (2) a blob of data containing +** an r-tree node. For a two-dimensional r-tree structure called "rt", to +** deserialize all nodes, a statement like: +** +** SELECT rtreenode(2, data) FROM rt_node; +** +** The human readable string takes the form of a Tcl list with one +** entry for each cell in the r-tree node. Each entry is itself a +** list, containing the 8-byte rowid/pageno followed by the +** <num-dimension>*2 coordinates. +*/ +static void rtreenode(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ + char *zText = 0; + RtreeNode node; + Rtree tree; + int ii; + + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); + memset(&node, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode)); + memset(&tree, 0, sizeof(Rtree)); + tree.nDim = sqlite3_value_int(apArg[0]); + tree.nBytesPerCell = 8 + 8 * tree.nDim; + node.zData = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(apArg[1]); + + for(ii=0; ii<NCELL(&node); ii++){ + char zCell[512]; + int nCell = 0; + RtreeCell cell; + int jj; + + nodeGetCell(&tree, &node, ii, &cell); + sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell],"%lld", cell.iRowid); + nCell = (int)strlen(zCell); + for(jj=0; jj<tree.nDim*2; jj++){ +#ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell], " %g", + (double)cell.aCoord[jj].f); +#else + sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell], " %d", + cell.aCoord[jj].i); +#endif + nCell = (int)strlen(zCell); + } + + if( zText ){ + char *zTextNew = sqlite3_mprintf("%s {%s}", zText, zCell); + sqlite3_free(zText); + zText = zTextNew; + }else{ + zText = sqlite3_mprintf("{%s}", zCell); + } + } + + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, zText, -1, sqlite3_free); +} + +/* This routine implements an SQL function that returns the "depth" parameter +** from the front of a blob that is an r-tree node. For example: +** +** SELECT rtreedepth(data) FROM rt_node WHERE nodeno=1; +** +** The depth value is 0 for all nodes other than the root node, and the root +** node always has nodeno=1, so the example above is the primary use for this +** routine. This routine is intended for testing and analysis only. +*/ +static void rtreedepth(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); + if( sqlite3_value_type(apArg[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB + || sqlite3_value_bytes(apArg[0])<2 + ){ + sqlite3_result_error(ctx, "Invalid argument to rtreedepth()", -1); + }else{ + u8 *zBlob = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(apArg[0]); + sqlite3_result_int(ctx, readInt16(zBlob)); + } +} + +/* +** Register the r-tree module with database handle db. This creates the +** virtual table module "rtree" and the debugging/analysis scalar +** function "rtreenode". +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db){ + const int utf8 = SQLITE_UTF8; + int rc; + + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "rtreenode", 2, utf8, 0, rtreenode, 0, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "rtreedepth", 1, utf8, 0,rtreedepth, 0, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + void *c = (void *)RTREE_COORD_INT32; +#else + void *c = (void *)RTREE_COORD_REAL32; +#endif + rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(db, "rtree", &rtreeModule, c, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + void *c = (void *)RTREE_COORD_INT32; + rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(db, "rtree_i32", &rtreeModule, c, 0); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine deletes the RtreeGeomCallback object that was attached +** one of the SQL functions create by sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() +** or sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(). In other words, this routine is the +** destructor for an RtreeGeomCallback objecct. This routine is called when +** the corresponding SQL function is deleted. +*/ +static void rtreeFreeCallback(void *p){ + RtreeGeomCallback *pInfo = (RtreeGeomCallback*)p; + if( pInfo->xDestructor ) pInfo->xDestructor(pInfo->pContext); + sqlite3_free(p); +} + +/* +** This routine frees the BLOB that is returned by geomCallback(). +*/ +static void rtreeMatchArgFree(void *pArg){ + int i; + RtreeMatchArg *p = (RtreeMatchArg*)pArg; + for(i=0; i<p->nParam; i++){ + sqlite3_value_free(p->apSqlParam[i]); + } + sqlite3_free(p); +} + +/* +** Each call to sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() or +** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() creates an ordinary SQLite +** scalar function that is implemented by this routine. +** +** All this function does is construct an RtreeMatchArg object that +** contains the geometry-checking callback routines and a list of +** parameters to this function, then return that RtreeMatchArg object +** as a BLOB. +** +** The R-Tree MATCH operator will read the returned BLOB, deserialize +** the RtreeMatchArg object, and use the RtreeMatchArg object to figure +** out which elements of the R-Tree should be returned by the query. +*/ +static void geomCallback(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **aArg){ + RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_user_data(ctx); + RtreeMatchArg *pBlob; + int nBlob; + int memErr = 0; + + nBlob = sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) + (nArg-1)*sizeof(RtreeDValue) + + nArg*sizeof(sqlite3_value*); + pBlob = (RtreeMatchArg *)sqlite3_malloc(nBlob); + if( !pBlob ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx); + }else{ + int i; + pBlob->magic = RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC; + pBlob->cb = pGeomCtx[0]; + pBlob->apSqlParam = (sqlite3_value**)&pBlob->aParam[nArg]; + pBlob->nParam = nArg; + for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){ + pBlob->apSqlParam[i] = sqlite3_value_dup(aArg[i]); + if( pBlob->apSqlParam[i]==0 ) memErr = 1; +#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY + pBlob->aParam[i] = sqlite3_value_int64(aArg[i]); +#else + pBlob->aParam[i] = sqlite3_value_double(aArg[i]); +#endif + } + if( memErr ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx); + rtreeMatchArgFree(pBlob); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_blob(ctx, pBlob, nBlob, rtreeMatchArgFree); + } + } +} + +/* +** Register a new geometry function for use with the r-tree MATCH operator. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( + sqlite3 *db, /* Register SQL function on this connection */ + const char *zGeom, /* Name of the new SQL function */ + int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*,int,RtreeDValue*,int*), /* Callback */ + void *pContext /* Extra data associated with the callback */ +){ + RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx; /* Context object for new user-function */ + + /* Allocate and populate the context object. */ + pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeGeomCallback)); + if( !pGeomCtx ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pGeomCtx->xGeom = xGeom; + pGeomCtx->xQueryFunc = 0; + pGeomCtx->xDestructor = 0; + pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext; + return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zGeom, -1, SQLITE_ANY, + (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, rtreeFreeCallback + ); +} + +/* +** Register a new 2nd-generation geometry function for use with the +** r-tree MATCH operator. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_rtree_query_callback( + sqlite3 *db, /* Register SQL function on this connection */ + const char *zQueryFunc, /* Name of new SQL function */ + int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*), /* Callback */ + void *pContext, /* Extra data passed into the callback */ + void (*xDestructor)(void*) /* Destructor for the extra data */ +){ + RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx; /* Context object for new user-function */ + + /* Allocate and populate the context object. */ + pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeGeomCallback)); + if( !pGeomCtx ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pGeomCtx->xGeom = 0; + pGeomCtx->xQueryFunc = xQueryFunc; + pGeomCtx->xDestructor = xDestructor; + pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext; + return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zQueryFunc, -1, SQLITE_ANY, + (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, rtreeFreeCallback + ); +} + +#if !SQLITE_CORE +#ifdef _WIN32 +__declspec(dllexport) +#endif +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_rtree_init( + sqlite3 *db, + char **pzErrMsg, + const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi +){ + SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi) + return sqlite3RtreeInit(db); +} +#endif + +#endif + +/************** End of rtree.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file icu.c *********************************************/ +/* +** 2007 May 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** $Id: icu.c,v 1.7 2007/12/13 21:54:11 drh Exp $ +** +** This file implements an integration between the ICU library +** ("International Components for Unicode", an open-source library +** for handling unicode data) and SQLite. The integration uses +** ICU to provide the following to SQLite: +** +** * An implementation of the SQL regexp() function (and hence REGEXP +** operator) using the ICU uregex_XX() APIs. +** +** * Implementations of the SQL scalar upper() and lower() functions +** for case mapping. +** +** * Integration of ICU and SQLite collation sequences. +** +** * An implementation of the LIKE operator that uses ICU to +** provide case-independent matching. +*/ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) + +/* Include ICU headers */ +#include <unicode/utypes.h> +#include <unicode/uregex.h> +#include <unicode/ustring.h> +#include <unicode/ucol.h> + +/* #include <assert.h> */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE +/* #include "sqlite3ext.h" */ + SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 +#else +/* #include "sqlite3.h" */ +#endif + +/* +** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB +** operator. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH +# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000 +#endif + +/* +** Version of sqlite3_free() that is always a function, never a macro. +*/ +static void xFree(void *p){ + sqlite3_free(p); +} + +/* +** This lookup table is used to help decode the first byte of +** a multi-byte UTF8 character. It is copied here from SQLite source +** code file utf8.c. +*/ +static const unsigned char icuUtf8Trans1[] = { + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, + 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17, + 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, +}; + +#define SQLITE_ICU_READ_UTF8(zIn, c) \ + c = *(zIn++); \ + if( c>=0xc0 ){ \ + c = icuUtf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; \ + while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ \ + c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++)); \ + } \ + } + +#define SQLITE_ICU_SKIP_UTF8(zIn) \ + assert( *zIn ); \ + if( *(zIn++)>=0xc0 ){ \ + while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){zIn++;} \ + } + + +/* +** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string is +** a "LIKE" expression. Return true (1) if they are the same and +** false (0) if they are different. +*/ +static int icuLikeCompare( + const uint8_t *zPattern, /* LIKE pattern */ + const uint8_t *zString, /* The UTF-8 string to compare against */ + const UChar32 uEsc /* The escape character */ +){ + static const int MATCH_ONE = (UChar32)'_'; + static const int MATCH_ALL = (UChar32)'%'; + + int prevEscape = 0; /* True if the previous character was uEsc */ + + while( 1 ){ + + /* Read (and consume) the next character from the input pattern. */ + UChar32 uPattern; + SQLITE_ICU_READ_UTF8(zPattern, uPattern); + if( uPattern==0 ) break; + + /* There are now 4 possibilities: + ** + ** 1. uPattern is an unescaped match-all character "%", + ** 2. uPattern is an unescaped match-one character "_", + ** 3. uPattern is an unescaped escape character, or + ** 4. uPattern is to be handled as an ordinary character + */ + if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ALL ){ + /* Case 1. */ + uint8_t c; + + /* Skip any MATCH_ALL or MATCH_ONE characters that follow a + ** MATCH_ALL. For each MATCH_ONE, skip one character in the + ** test string. + */ + while( (c=*zPattern) == MATCH_ALL || c == MATCH_ONE ){ + if( c==MATCH_ONE ){ + if( *zString==0 ) return 0; + SQLITE_ICU_SKIP_UTF8(zString); + } + zPattern++; + } + + if( *zPattern==0 ) return 1; + + while( *zString ){ + if( icuLikeCompare(zPattern, zString, uEsc) ){ + return 1; + } + SQLITE_ICU_SKIP_UTF8(zString); + } + return 0; + + }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ONE ){ + /* Case 2. */ + if( *zString==0 ) return 0; + SQLITE_ICU_SKIP_UTF8(zString); + + }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==uEsc){ + /* Case 3. */ + prevEscape = 1; + + }else{ + /* Case 4. */ + UChar32 uString; + SQLITE_ICU_READ_UTF8(zString, uString); + uString = u_foldCase(uString, U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT); + uPattern = u_foldCase(uPattern, U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT); + if( uString!=uPattern ){ + return 0; + } + prevEscape = 0; + } + } + + return *zString==0; +} + +/* +** Implementation of the like() SQL function. This function implements +** the build-in LIKE operator. The first argument to the function is the +** pattern and the second argument is the string. So, the SQL statements: +** +** A LIKE B +** +** is implemented as like(B, A). If there is an escape character E, +** +** A LIKE B ESCAPE E +** +** is mapped to like(B, A, E). +*/ +static void icuLikeFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + const unsigned char *zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + UChar32 uEsc = 0; + + /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems + ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare(). + */ + if( sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])>SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1); + return; + } + + + if( argc==3 ){ + /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character. + ** Otherwise, return an error. + */ + int nE= sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); + const unsigned char *zE = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); + int i = 0; + if( zE==0 ) return; + U8_NEXT(zE, i, nE, uEsc); + if( i!=nE){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, + "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1); + return; + } + } + + if( zA && zB ){ + sqlite3_result_int(context, icuLikeCompare(zA, zB, uEsc)); + } +} + +/* +** This function is called when an ICU function called from within +** the implementation of an SQL scalar function returns an error. +** +** The scalar function context passed as the first argument is +** loaded with an error message based on the following two args. +*/ +static void icuFunctionError( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* SQLite scalar function context */ + const char *zName, /* Name of ICU function that failed */ + UErrorCode e /* Error code returned by ICU function */ +){ + char zBuf[128]; + sqlite3_snprintf(128, zBuf, "ICU error: %s(): %s", zName, u_errorName(e)); + zBuf[127] = '\0'; + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zBuf, -1); +} + +/* +** Function to delete compiled regexp objects. Registered as +** a destructor function with sqlite3_set_auxdata(). +*/ +static void icuRegexpDelete(void *p){ + URegularExpression *pExpr = (URegularExpression *)p; + uregex_close(pExpr); +} + +/* +** Implementation of SQLite REGEXP operator. This scalar function takes +** two arguments. The first is a regular expression pattern to compile +** the second is a string to match against that pattern. If either +** argument is an SQL NULL, then NULL Is returned. Otherwise, the result +** is 1 if the string matches the pattern, or 0 otherwise. +** +** SQLite maps the regexp() function to the regexp() operator such +** that the following two are equivalent: +** +** zString REGEXP zPattern +** regexp(zPattern, zString) +** +** Uses the following ICU regexp APIs: +** +** uregex_open() +** uregex_matches() +** uregex_close() +*/ +static void icuRegexpFunc(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ + UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; + URegularExpression *pExpr; + UBool res; + const UChar *zString = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[1]); + + (void)nArg; /* Unused parameter */ + + /* If the left hand side of the regexp operator is NULL, + ** then the result is also NULL. + */ + if( !zString ){ + return; + } + + pExpr = sqlite3_get_auxdata(p, 0); + if( !pExpr ){ + const UChar *zPattern = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[0]); + if( !zPattern ){ + return; + } + pExpr = uregex_open(zPattern, -1, 0, 0, &status); + + if( U_SUCCESS(status) ){ + sqlite3_set_auxdata(p, 0, pExpr, icuRegexpDelete); + }else{ + assert(!pExpr); + icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_open", status); + return; + } + } + + /* Configure the text that the regular expression operates on. */ + uregex_setText(pExpr, zString, -1, &status); + if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ + icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_setText", status); + return; + } + + /* Attempt the match */ + res = uregex_matches(pExpr, 0, &status); + if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ + icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_matches", status); + return; + } + + /* Set the text that the regular expression operates on to a NULL + ** pointer. This is not really necessary, but it is tidier than + ** leaving the regular expression object configured with an invalid + ** pointer after this function returns. + */ + uregex_setText(pExpr, 0, 0, &status); + + /* Return 1 or 0. */ + sqlite3_result_int(p, res ? 1 : 0); +} + +/* +** Implementations of scalar functions for case mapping - upper() and +** lower(). Function upper() converts its input to upper-case (ABC). +** Function lower() converts to lower-case (abc). +** +** ICU provides two types of case mapping, "general" case mapping and +** "language specific". Refer to ICU documentation for the differences +** between the two. +** +** To utilise "general" case mapping, the upper() or lower() scalar +** functions are invoked with one argument: +** +** upper('ABC') -> 'abc' +** lower('abc') -> 'ABC' +** +** To access ICU "language specific" case mapping, upper() or lower() +** should be invoked with two arguments. The second argument is the name +** of the locale to use. Passing an empty string ("") or SQL NULL value +** as the second argument is the same as invoking the 1 argument version +** of upper() or lower(). +** +** lower('I', 'en_us') -> 'i' +** lower('I', 'tr_tr') -> 'ı' (small dotless i) +** +** http://www.icu-project.org/userguide/posix.html#case_mappings +*/ +static void icuCaseFunc16(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ + const UChar *zInput; /* Pointer to input string */ + UChar *zOutput = 0; /* Pointer to output buffer */ + int nInput; /* Size of utf-16 input string in bytes */ + int nOut; /* Size of output buffer in bytes */ + int cnt; + int bToUpper; /* True for toupper(), false for tolower() */ + UErrorCode status; + const char *zLocale = 0; + + assert(nArg==1 || nArg==2); + bToUpper = (sqlite3_user_data(p)!=0); + if( nArg==2 ){ + zLocale = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]); + } + + zInput = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[0]); + if( !zInput ){ + return; + } + nOut = nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes16(apArg[0]); + if( nOut==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_text16(p, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC); + return; + } + + for(cnt=0; cnt<2; cnt++){ + UChar *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(zOutput, nOut); + if( zNew==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zOutput); + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(p); + return; + } + zOutput = zNew; + status = U_ZERO_ERROR; + if( bToUpper ){ + nOut = 2*u_strToUpper(zOutput,nOut/2,zInput,nInput/2,zLocale,&status); + }else{ + nOut = 2*u_strToLower(zOutput,nOut/2,zInput,nInput/2,zLocale,&status); + } + + if( U_SUCCESS(status) ){ + sqlite3_result_text16(p, zOutput, nOut, xFree); + }else if( status==U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR ){ + assert( cnt==0 ); + continue; + }else{ + icuFunctionError(p, bToUpper ? "u_strToUpper" : "u_strToLower", status); + } + return; + } + assert( 0 ); /* Unreachable */ +} + +/* +** Collation sequence destructor function. The pCtx argument points to +** a UCollator structure previously allocated using ucol_open(). +*/ +static void icuCollationDel(void *pCtx){ + UCollator *p = (UCollator *)pCtx; + ucol_close(p); +} + +/* +** Collation sequence comparison function. The pCtx argument points to +** a UCollator structure previously allocated using ucol_open(). +*/ +static int icuCollationColl( + void *pCtx, + int nLeft, + const void *zLeft, + int nRight, + const void *zRight +){ + UCollationResult res; + UCollator *p = (UCollator *)pCtx; + res = ucol_strcoll(p, (UChar *)zLeft, nLeft/2, (UChar *)zRight, nRight/2); + switch( res ){ + case UCOL_LESS: return -1; + case UCOL_GREATER: return +1; + case UCOL_EQUAL: return 0; + } + assert(!"Unexpected return value from ucol_strcoll()"); + return 0; +} + +/* +** Implementation of the scalar function icu_load_collation(). +** +** This scalar function is used to add ICU collation based collation +** types to an SQLite database connection. It is intended to be called +** as follows: +** +** SELECT icu_load_collation(<locale>, <collation-name>); +** +** Where <locale> is a string containing an ICU locale identifier (i.e. +** "en_AU", "tr_TR" etc.) and <collation-name> is the name of the +** collation sequence to create. +*/ +static void icuLoadCollation( + sqlite3_context *p, + int nArg, + sqlite3_value **apArg +){ + sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(p); + UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; + const char *zLocale; /* Locale identifier - (eg. "jp_JP") */ + const char *zName; /* SQL Collation sequence name (eg. "japanese") */ + UCollator *pUCollator; /* ICU library collation object */ + int rc; /* Return code from sqlite3_create_collation_x() */ + + assert(nArg==2); + (void)nArg; /* Unused parameter */ + zLocale = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[0]); + zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]); + + if( !zLocale || !zName ){ + return; + } + + pUCollator = ucol_open(zLocale, &status); + if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ + icuFunctionError(p, "ucol_open", status); + return; + } + assert(p); + + rc = sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, zName, SQLITE_UTF16, (void *)pUCollator, + icuCollationColl, icuCollationDel + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + ucol_close(pUCollator); + sqlite3_result_error(p, "Error registering collation function", -1); + } +} + +/* +** Register the ICU extension functions with database db. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db){ + struct IcuScalar { + const char *zName; /* Function name */ + int nArg; /* Number of arguments */ + int enc; /* Optimal text encoding */ + void *pContext; /* sqlite3_user_data() context */ + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); + } scalars[] = { + {"regexp", 2, SQLITE_ANY, 0, icuRegexpFunc}, + + {"lower", 1, SQLITE_UTF16, 0, icuCaseFunc16}, + {"lower", 2, SQLITE_UTF16, 0, icuCaseFunc16}, + {"upper", 1, SQLITE_UTF16, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16}, + {"upper", 2, SQLITE_UTF16, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16}, + + {"lower", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, icuCaseFunc16}, + {"lower", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, icuCaseFunc16}, + {"upper", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16}, + {"upper", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16}, + + {"like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, icuLikeFunc}, + {"like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, icuLikeFunc}, + + {"icu_load_collation", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)db, icuLoadCollation}, + }; + + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int i; + + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<(int)(sizeof(scalars)/sizeof(scalars[0])); i++){ + struct IcuScalar *p = &scalars[i]; + rc = sqlite3_create_function( + db, p->zName, p->nArg, p->enc, p->pContext, p->xFunc, 0, 0 + ); + } + + return rc; +} + +#if !SQLITE_CORE +#ifdef _WIN32 +__declspec(dllexport) +#endif +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_icu_init( + sqlite3 *db, + char **pzErrMsg, + const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi +){ + SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi) + return sqlite3IcuInit(db); +} +#endif + +#endif + +/************** End of icu.c *************************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts3_icu.c ****************************************/ +/* +** 2007 June 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file implements a tokenizer for fts3 based on the ICU library. +*/ +/* #include "fts3Int.h" */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU + +/* #include <assert.h> */ +/* #include <string.h> */ +/* #include "fts3_tokenizer.h" */ + +#include <unicode/ubrk.h> +/* #include <unicode/ucol.h> */ +/* #include <unicode/ustring.h> */ +#include <unicode/utf16.h> + +typedef struct IcuTokenizer IcuTokenizer; +typedef struct IcuCursor IcuCursor; + +struct IcuTokenizer { + sqlite3_tokenizer base; + char *zLocale; +}; + +struct IcuCursor { + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; + + UBreakIterator *pIter; /* ICU break-iterator object */ + int nChar; /* Number of UChar elements in pInput */ + UChar *aChar; /* Copy of input using utf-16 encoding */ + int *aOffset; /* Offsets of each character in utf-8 input */ + + int nBuffer; + char *zBuffer; + + int iToken; +}; + +/* +** Create a new tokenizer instance. +*/ +static int icuCreate( + int argc, /* Number of entries in argv[] */ + const char * const *argv, /* Tokenizer creation arguments */ + sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */ +){ + IcuTokenizer *p; + int n = 0; + + if( argc>0 ){ + n = strlen(argv[0])+1; + } + p = (IcuTokenizer *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(IcuTokenizer)+n); + if( !p ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(p, 0, sizeof(IcuTokenizer)); + + if( n ){ + p->zLocale = (char *)&p[1]; + memcpy(p->zLocale, argv[0], n); + } + + *ppTokenizer = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)p; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Destroy a tokenizer +*/ +static int icuDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ + IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer; + sqlite3_free(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input +** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor +** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in +** *ppCursor. +*/ +static int icuOpen( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */ + const char *zInput, /* Input string */ + int nInput, /* Length of zInput in bytes */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */ +){ + IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer; + IcuCursor *pCsr; + + const int32_t opt = U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT; + UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; + int nChar; + + UChar32 c; + int iInput = 0; + int iOut = 0; + + *ppCursor = 0; + + if( zInput==0 ){ + nInput = 0; + zInput = ""; + }else if( nInput<0 ){ + nInput = strlen(zInput); + } + nChar = nInput+1; + pCsr = (IcuCursor *)sqlite3_malloc( + sizeof(IcuCursor) + /* IcuCursor */ + ((nChar+3)&~3) * sizeof(UChar) + /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */ + (nChar+1) * sizeof(int) /* IcuCursor.aOffset[] */ + ); + if( !pCsr ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(IcuCursor)); + pCsr->aChar = (UChar *)&pCsr[1]; + pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[(nChar+3)&~3]; + + pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput; + U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c); + while( c>0 ){ + int isError = 0; + c = u_foldCase(c, opt); + U16_APPEND(pCsr->aChar, iOut, nChar, c, isError); + if( isError ){ + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput; + + if( iInput<nInput ){ + U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c); + }else{ + c = 0; + } + } + + pCsr->pIter = ubrk_open(UBRK_WORD, p->zLocale, pCsr->aChar, iOut, &status); + if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pCsr->nChar = iOut; + + ubrk_first(pCsr->pIter); + *ppCursor = (sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *)pCsr; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to icuOpen(). +*/ +static int icuClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ + IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor; + ubrk_close(pCsr->pIter); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->zBuffer); + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. +*/ +static int icuNext( + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */ + const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */ + int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */ + int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ + int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ + int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */ +){ + IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor; + + int iStart = 0; + int iEnd = 0; + int nByte = 0; + + while( iStart==iEnd ){ + UChar32 c; + + iStart = ubrk_current(pCsr->pIter); + iEnd = ubrk_next(pCsr->pIter); + if( iEnd==UBRK_DONE ){ + return SQLITE_DONE; + } + + while( iStart<iEnd ){ + int iWhite = iStart; + U16_NEXT(pCsr->aChar, iWhite, pCsr->nChar, c); + if( u_isspace(c) ){ + iStart = iWhite; + }else{ + break; + } + } + assert(iStart<=iEnd); + } + + do { + UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; + if( nByte ){ + char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->zBuffer, nByte); + if( !zNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pCsr->zBuffer = zNew; + pCsr->nBuffer = nByte; + } + + u_strToUTF8( + pCsr->zBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer, &nByte, /* Output vars */ + &pCsr->aChar[iStart], iEnd-iStart, /* Input vars */ + &status /* Output success/failure */ + ); + } while( nByte>pCsr->nBuffer ); + + *ppToken = pCsr->zBuffer; + *pnBytes = nByte; + *piStartOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iStart]; + *piEndOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iEnd]; + *piPosition = pCsr->iToken++; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer +*/ +static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module icuTokenizerModule = { + 0, /* iVersion */ + icuCreate, /* xCreate */ + icuDestroy, /* xCreate */ + icuOpen, /* xOpen */ + icuClose, /* xClose */ + icuNext, /* xNext */ + 0, /* xLanguageid */ +}; + +/* +** Set *ppModule to point at the implementation of the ICU tokenizer. +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule +){ + *ppModule = &icuTokenizerModule; +} + +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) */ +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ + +/************** End of fts3_icu.c ********************************************/ +/************** Begin file sqlite3rbu.c **************************************/ +/* +** 2014 August 30 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** +** OVERVIEW +** +** The RBU extension requires that the RBU update be packaged as an +** SQLite database. The tables it expects to find are described in +** sqlite3rbu.h. Essentially, for each table xyz in the target database +** that the user wishes to write to, a corresponding data_xyz table is +** created in the RBU database and populated with one row for each row to +** update, insert or delete from the target table. +** +** The update proceeds in three stages: +** +** 1) The database is updated. The modified database pages are written +** to a *-oal file. A *-oal file is just like a *-wal file, except +** that it is named "<database>-oal" instead of "<database>-wal". +** Because regular SQLite clients do not look for file named +** "<database>-oal", they go on using the original database in +** rollback mode while the *-oal file is being generated. +** +** During this stage RBU does not update the database by writing +** directly to the target tables. Instead it creates "imposter" +** tables using the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER interface that it uses +** to update each b-tree individually. All updates required by each +** b-tree are completed before moving on to the next, and all +** updates are done in sorted key order. +** +** 2) The "<database>-oal" file is moved to the equivalent "<database>-wal" +** location using a call to rename(2). Before doing this the RBU +** module takes an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file, ensuring +** that there are no other active readers. +** +** Once the EXCLUSIVE lock is released, any other database readers +** detect the new *-wal file and read the database in wal mode. At +** this point they see the new version of the database - including +** the updates made as part of the RBU update. +** +** 3) The new *-wal file is checkpointed. This proceeds in the same way +** as a regular database checkpoint, except that a single frame is +** checkpointed each time sqlite3rbu_step() is called. If the RBU +** handle is closed before the entire *-wal file is checkpointed, +** the checkpoint progress is saved in the RBU database and the +** checkpoint can be resumed by another RBU client at some point in +** the future. +** +** POTENTIAL PROBLEMS +** +** The rename() call might not be portable. And RBU is not currently +** syncing the directory after renaming the file. +** +** When state is saved, any commit to the *-oal file and the commit to +** the RBU update database are not atomic. So if the power fails at the +** wrong moment they might get out of sync. As the main database will be +** committed before the RBU update database this will likely either just +** pass unnoticed, or result in SQLITE_CONSTRAINT errors (due to UNIQUE +** constraint violations). +** +** If some client does modify the target database mid RBU update, or some +** other error occurs, the RBU extension will keep throwing errors. It's +** not really clear how to get out of this state. The system could just +** by delete the RBU update database and *-oal file and have the device +** download the update again and start over. +** +** At present, for an UPDATE, both the new.* and old.* records are +** collected in the rbu_xyz table. And for both UPDATEs and DELETEs all +** fields are collected. This means we're probably writing a lot more +** data to disk when saving the state of an ongoing update to the RBU +** update database than is strictly necessary. +** +*/ + +/* #include <assert.h> */ +/* #include <string.h> */ +/* #include <stdio.h> */ + +/* #include "sqlite3.h" */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_RBU) +/************** Include sqlite3rbu.h in the middle of sqlite3rbu.c ***********/ +/************** Begin file sqlite3rbu.h **************************************/ +/* +** 2014 August 30 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains the public interface for the RBU extension. +*/ + +/* +** SUMMARY +** +** Writing a transaction containing a large number of operations on +** b-tree indexes that are collectively larger than the available cache +** memory can be very inefficient. +** +** The problem is that in order to update a b-tree, the leaf page (at least) +** containing the entry being inserted or deleted must be modified. If the +** working set of leaves is larger than the available cache memory, then a +** single leaf that is modified more than once as part of the transaction +** may be loaded from or written to the persistent media multiple times. +** Additionally, because the index updates are likely to be applied in +** random order, access to pages within the database is also likely to be in +** random order, which is itself quite inefficient. +** +** One way to improve the situation is to sort the operations on each index +** by index key before applying them to the b-tree. This leads to an IO +** pattern that resembles a single linear scan through the index b-tree, +** and all but guarantees each modified leaf page is loaded and stored +** exactly once. SQLite uses this trick to improve the performance of +** CREATE INDEX commands. This extension allows it to be used to improve +** the performance of large transactions on existing databases. +** +** Additionally, this extension allows the work involved in writing the +** large transaction to be broken down into sub-transactions performed +** sequentially by separate processes. This is useful if the system cannot +** guarantee that a single update process will run for long enough to apply +** the entire update, for example because the update is being applied on a +** mobile device that is frequently rebooted. Even after the writer process +** has committed one or more sub-transactions, other database clients continue +** to read from the original database snapshot. In other words, partially +** applied transactions are not visible to other clients. +** +** "RBU" stands for "Resumable Bulk Update". As in a large database update +** transmitted via a wireless network to a mobile device. A transaction +** applied using this extension is hence refered to as an "RBU update". +** +** +** LIMITATIONS +** +** An "RBU update" transaction is subject to the following limitations: +** +** * The transaction must consist of INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE operations +** only. +** +** * INSERT statements may not use any default values. +** +** * UPDATE and DELETE statements must identify their target rows by +** non-NULL PRIMARY KEY values. Rows with NULL values stored in PRIMARY +** KEY fields may not be updated or deleted. If the table being written +** has no PRIMARY KEY, affected rows must be identified by rowid. +** +** * UPDATE statements may not modify PRIMARY KEY columns. +** +** * No triggers will be fired. +** +** * No foreign key violations are detected or reported. +** +** * CHECK constraints are not enforced. +** +** * No constraint handling mode except for "OR ROLLBACK" is supported. +** +** +** PREPARATION +** +** An "RBU update" is stored as a separate SQLite database. A database +** containing an RBU update is an "RBU database". For each table in the +** target database to be updated, the RBU database should contain a table +** named "data_<target name>" containing the same set of columns as the +** target table, and one more - "rbu_control". The data_% table should +** have no PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraints, but each column should have +** the same type as the corresponding column in the target database. +** The "rbu_control" column should have no type at all. For example, if +** the target database contains: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, b TEXT, c UNIQUE); +** +** Then the RBU database should contain: +** +** CREATE TABLE data_t1(a INTEGER, b TEXT, c, rbu_control); +** +** The order of the columns in the data_% table does not matter. +** +** Instead of a regular table, the RBU database may also contain virtual +** tables or view named using the data_<target> naming scheme. +** +** Instead of the plain data_<target> naming scheme, RBU database tables +** may also be named data<integer>_<target>, where <integer> is any sequence +** of zero or more numeric characters (0-9). This can be significant because +** tables within the RBU database are always processed in order sorted by +** name. By judicious selection of the the <integer> portion of the names +** of the RBU tables the user can therefore control the order in which they +** are processed. This can be useful, for example, to ensure that "external +** content" FTS4 tables are updated before their underlying content tables. +** +** If the target database table is a virtual table or a table that has no +** PRIMARY KEY declaration, the data_% table must also contain a column +** named "rbu_rowid". This column is mapped to the tables implicit primary +** key column - "rowid". Virtual tables for which the "rowid" column does +** not function like a primary key value cannot be updated using RBU. For +** example, if the target db contains either of the following: +** +** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE x1 USING fts3(a, b); +** CREATE TABLE x1(a, b) +** +** then the RBU database should contain: +** +** CREATE TABLE data_x1(a, b, rbu_rowid, rbu_control); +** +** All non-hidden columns (i.e. all columns matched by "SELECT *") of the +** target table must be present in the input table. For virtual tables, +** hidden columns are optional - they are updated by RBU if present in +** the input table, or not otherwise. For example, to write to an fts4 +** table with a hidden languageid column such as: +** +** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ft1 USING fts4(a, b, languageid='langid'); +** +** Either of the following input table schemas may be used: +** +** CREATE TABLE data_ft1(a, b, langid, rbu_rowid, rbu_control); +** CREATE TABLE data_ft1(a, b, rbu_rowid, rbu_control); +** +** For each row to INSERT into the target database as part of the RBU +** update, the corresponding data_% table should contain a single record +** with the "rbu_control" column set to contain integer value 0. The +** other columns should be set to the values that make up the new record +** to insert. +** +** If the target database table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, it is not +** possible to insert a NULL value into the IPK column. Attempting to +** do so results in an SQLITE_MISMATCH error. +** +** For each row to DELETE from the target database as part of the RBU +** update, the corresponding data_% table should contain a single record +** with the "rbu_control" column set to contain integer value 1. The +** real primary key values of the row to delete should be stored in the +** corresponding columns of the data_% table. The values stored in the +** other columns are not used. +** +** For each row to UPDATE from the target database as part of the RBU +** update, the corresponding data_% table should contain a single record +** with the "rbu_control" column set to contain a value of type text. +** The real primary key values identifying the row to update should be +** stored in the corresponding columns of the data_% table row, as should +** the new values of all columns being update. The text value in the +** "rbu_control" column must contain the same number of characters as +** there are columns in the target database table, and must consist entirely +** of 'x' and '.' characters (or in some special cases 'd' - see below). For +** each column that is being updated, the corresponding character is set to +** 'x'. For those that remain as they are, the corresponding character of the +** rbu_control value should be set to '.'. For example, given the tables +** above, the update statement: +** +** UPDATE t1 SET c = 'usa' WHERE a = 4; +** +** is represented by the data_t1 row created by: +** +** INSERT INTO data_t1(a, b, c, rbu_control) VALUES(4, NULL, 'usa', '..x'); +** +** Instead of an 'x' character, characters of the rbu_control value specified +** for UPDATEs may also be set to 'd'. In this case, instead of updating the +** target table with the value stored in the corresponding data_% column, the +** user-defined SQL function "rbu_delta()" is invoked and the result stored in +** the target table column. rbu_delta() is invoked with two arguments - the +** original value currently stored in the target table column and the +** value specified in the data_xxx table. +** +** For example, this row: +** +** INSERT INTO data_t1(a, b, c, rbu_control) VALUES(4, NULL, 'usa', '..d'); +** +** is similar to an UPDATE statement such as: +** +** UPDATE t1 SET c = rbu_delta(c, 'usa') WHERE a = 4; +** +** Finally, if an 'f' character appears in place of a 'd' or 's' in an +** ota_control string, the contents of the data_xxx table column is assumed +** to be a "fossil delta" - a patch to be applied to a blob value in the +** format used by the fossil source-code management system. In this case +** the existing value within the target database table must be of type BLOB. +** It is replaced by the result of applying the specified fossil delta to +** itself. +** +** If the target database table is a virtual table or a table with no PRIMARY +** KEY, the rbu_control value should not include a character corresponding +** to the rbu_rowid value. For example, this: +** +** INSERT INTO data_ft1(a, b, rbu_rowid, rbu_control) +** VALUES(NULL, 'usa', 12, '.x'); +** +** causes a result similar to: +** +** UPDATE ft1 SET b = 'usa' WHERE rowid = 12; +** +** The data_xxx tables themselves should have no PRIMARY KEY declarations. +** However, RBU is more efficient if reading the rows in from each data_xxx +** table in "rowid" order is roughly the same as reading them sorted by +** the PRIMARY KEY of the corresponding target database table. In other +** words, rows should be sorted using the destination table PRIMARY KEY +** fields before they are inserted into the data_xxx tables. +** +** USAGE +** +** The API declared below allows an application to apply an RBU update +** stored on disk to an existing target database. Essentially, the +** application: +** +** 1) Opens an RBU handle using the sqlite3rbu_open() function. +** +** 2) Registers any required virtual table modules with the database +** handle returned by sqlite3rbu_db(). Also, if required, register +** the rbu_delta() implementation. +** +** 3) Calls the sqlite3rbu_step() function one or more times on +** the new handle. Each call to sqlite3rbu_step() performs a single +** b-tree operation, so thousands of calls may be required to apply +** a complete update. +** +** 4) Calls sqlite3rbu_close() to close the RBU update handle. If +** sqlite3rbu_step() has been called enough times to completely +** apply the update to the target database, then the RBU database +** is marked as fully applied. Otherwise, the state of the RBU +** update application is saved in the RBU database for later +** resumption. +** +** See comments below for more detail on APIs. +** +** If an update is only partially applied to the target database by the +** time sqlite3rbu_close() is called, various state information is saved +** within the RBU database. This allows subsequent processes to automatically +** resume the RBU update from where it left off. +** +** To remove all RBU extension state information, returning an RBU database +** to its original contents, it is sufficient to drop all tables that begin +** with the prefix "rbu_" +** +** DATABASE LOCKING +** +** An RBU update may not be applied to a database in WAL mode. Attempting +** to do so is an error (SQLITE_ERROR). +** +** While an RBU handle is open, a SHARED lock may be held on the target +** database file. This means it is possible for other clients to read the +** database, but not to write it. +** +** If an RBU update is started and then suspended before it is completed, +** then an external client writes to the database, then attempting to resume +** the suspended RBU update is also an error (SQLITE_BUSY). +*/ + +#ifndef _SQLITE3RBU_H +#define _SQLITE3RBU_H + +/* #include "sqlite3.h" ** Required for error code definitions ** */ + +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef struct sqlite3rbu sqlite3rbu; + +/* +** Open an RBU handle. +** +** Argument zTarget is the path to the target database. Argument zRbu is +** the path to the RBU database. Each call to this function must be matched +** by a call to sqlite3rbu_close(). When opening the databases, RBU passes +** the SQLITE_CONFIG_URI flag to sqlite3_open_v2(). So if either zTarget +** or zRbu begin with "file:", it will be interpreted as an SQLite +** database URI, not a regular file name. +** +** If the zState argument is passed a NULL value, the RBU extension stores +** the current state of the update (how many rows have been updated, which +** indexes are yet to be updated etc.) within the RBU database itself. This +** can be convenient, as it means that the RBU application does not need to +** organize removing a separate state file after the update is concluded. +** Or, if zState is non-NULL, it must be a path to a database file in which +** the RBU extension can store the state of the update. +** +** When resuming an RBU update, the zState argument must be passed the same +** value as when the RBU update was started. +** +** Once the RBU update is finished, the RBU extension does not +** automatically remove any zState database file, even if it created it. +** +** By default, RBU uses the default VFS to access the files on disk. To +** use a VFS other than the default, an SQLite "file:" URI containing a +** "vfs=..." option may be passed as the zTarget option. +** +** IMPORTANT NOTE FOR ZIPVFS USERS: The RBU extension works with all of +** SQLite's built-in VFSs, including the multiplexor VFS. However it does +** not work out of the box with zipvfs. Refer to the comment describing +** the zipvfs_create_vfs() API below for details on using RBU with zipvfs. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3rbu_open( + const char *zTarget, + const char *zRbu, + const char *zState +); + +/* +** Open an RBU handle to perform an RBU vacuum on database file zTarget. +** An RBU vacuum is similar to SQLite's built-in VACUUM command, except +** that it can be suspended and resumed like an RBU update. +** +** The second argument to this function, which may not be NULL, identifies +** a database in which to store the state of the RBU vacuum operation if +** it is suspended. The first time sqlite3rbu_vacuum() is called, to start +** an RBU vacuum operation, the state database should either not exist or +** be empty (contain no tables). If an RBU vacuum is suspended by calling +** sqlite3rbu_close() on the RBU handle before sqlite3rbu_step() has +** returned SQLITE_DONE, the vacuum state is stored in the state database. +** The vacuum can be resumed by calling this function to open a new RBU +** handle specifying the same target and state databases. +** +** This function does not delete the state database after an RBU vacuum +** is completed, even if it created it. However, if the call to +** sqlite3rbu_close() returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the contents +** of the state tables within the state database are zeroed. This way, +** the next call to sqlite3rbu_vacuum() opens a handle that starts a +** new RBU vacuum operation. +** +** As with sqlite3rbu_open(), Zipvfs users should rever to the comment +** describing the sqlite3rbu_create_vfs() API function below for +** a description of the complications associated with using RBU with +** zipvfs databases. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3rbu_vacuum( + const char *zTarget, + const char *zState +); + +/* +** Internally, each RBU connection uses a separate SQLite database +** connection to access the target and rbu update databases. This +** API allows the application direct access to these database handles. +** +** The first argument passed to this function must be a valid, open, RBU +** handle. The second argument should be passed zero to access the target +** database handle, or non-zero to access the rbu update database handle. +** Accessing the underlying database handles may be useful in the +** following scenarios: +** +** * If any target tables are virtual tables, it may be necessary to +** call sqlite3_create_module() on the target database handle to +** register the required virtual table implementations. +** +** * If the data_xxx tables in the RBU source database are virtual +** tables, the application may need to call sqlite3_create_module() on +** the rbu update db handle to any required virtual table +** implementations. +** +** * If the application uses the "rbu_delta()" feature described above, +** it must use sqlite3_create_function() or similar to register the +** rbu_delta() implementation with the target database handle. +** +** If an error has occurred, either while opening or stepping the RBU object, +** this function may return NULL. The error code and message may be collected +** when sqlite3rbu_close() is called. +** +** Database handles returned by this function remain valid until the next +** call to any sqlite3rbu_xxx() function other than sqlite3rbu_db(). +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3 *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3rbu_db(sqlite3rbu*, int bRbu); + +/* +** Do some work towards applying the RBU update to the target db. +** +** Return SQLITE_DONE if the update has been completely applied, or +** SQLITE_OK if no error occurs but there remains work to do to apply +** the RBU update. If an error does occur, some other error code is +** returned. +** +** Once a call to sqlite3rbu_step() has returned a value other than +** SQLITE_OK, all subsequent calls on the same RBU handle are no-ops +** that immediately return the same value. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3rbu_step(sqlite3rbu *pRbu); + +/* +** Force RBU to save its state to disk. +** +** If a power failure or application crash occurs during an update, following +** system recovery RBU may resume the update from the point at which the state +** was last saved. In other words, from the most recent successful call to +** sqlite3rbu_close() or this function. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3rbu_savestate(sqlite3rbu *pRbu); + +/* +** Close an RBU handle. +** +** If the RBU update has been completely applied, mark the RBU database +** as fully applied. Otherwise, assuming no error has occurred, save the +** current state of the RBU update appliation to the RBU database. +** +** If an error has already occurred as part of an sqlite3rbu_step() +** or sqlite3rbu_open() call, or if one occurs within this function, an +** SQLite error code is returned. Additionally, *pzErrmsg may be set to +** point to a buffer containing a utf-8 formatted English language error +** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free any +** such buffer using sqlite3_free(). +** +** Otherwise, if no error occurs, this function returns SQLITE_OK if the +** update has been partially applied, or SQLITE_DONE if it has been +** completely applied. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3rbu_close(sqlite3rbu *pRbu, char **pzErrmsg); + +/* +** Return the total number of key-value operations (inserts, deletes or +** updates) that have been performed on the target database since the +** current RBU update was started. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3rbu_progress(sqlite3rbu *pRbu); + +/* +** Obtain permyriadage (permyriadage is to 10000 as percentage is to 100) +** progress indications for the two stages of an RBU update. This API may +** be useful for driving GUI progress indicators and similar. +** +** An RBU update is divided into two stages: +** +** * Stage 1, in which changes are accumulated in an oal/wal file, and +** * Stage 2, in which the contents of the wal file are copied into the +** main database. +** +** The update is visible to non-RBU clients during stage 2. During stage 1 +** non-RBU reader clients may see the original database. +** +** If this API is called during stage 2 of the update, output variable +** (*pnOne) is set to 10000 to indicate that stage 1 has finished and (*pnTwo) +** to a value between 0 and 10000 to indicate the permyriadage progress of +** stage 2. A value of 5000 indicates that stage 2 is half finished, +** 9000 indicates that it is 90% finished, and so on. +** +** If this API is called during stage 1 of the update, output variable +** (*pnTwo) is set to 0 to indicate that stage 2 has not yet started. The +** value to which (*pnOne) is set depends on whether or not the RBU +** database contains an "rbu_count" table. The rbu_count table, if it +** exists, must contain the same columns as the following: +** +** CREATE TABLE rbu_count(tbl TEXT PRIMARY KEY, cnt INTEGER) WITHOUT ROWID; +** +** There must be one row in the table for each source (data_xxx) table within +** the RBU database. The 'tbl' column should contain the name of the source +** table. The 'cnt' column should contain the number of rows within the +** source table. +** +** If the rbu_count table is present and populated correctly and this +** API is called during stage 1, the *pnOne output variable is set to the +** permyriadage progress of the same stage. If the rbu_count table does +** not exist, then (*pnOne) is set to -1 during stage 1. If the rbu_count +** table exists but is not correctly populated, the value of the *pnOne +** output variable during stage 1 is undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3rbu_bp_progress(sqlite3rbu *pRbu, int *pnOne, int *pnTwo); + +/* +** Create an RBU VFS named zName that accesses the underlying file-system +** via existing VFS zParent. Or, if the zParent parameter is passed NULL, +** then the new RBU VFS uses the default system VFS to access the file-system. +** The new object is registered as a non-default VFS with SQLite before +** returning. +** +** Part of the RBU implementation uses a custom VFS object. Usually, this +** object is created and deleted automatically by RBU. +** +** The exception is for applications that also use zipvfs. In this case, +** the custom VFS must be explicitly created by the user before the RBU +** handle is opened. The RBU VFS should be installed so that the zipvfs +** VFS uses the RBU VFS, which in turn uses any other VFS layers in use +** (for example multiplexor) to access the file-system. For example, +** to assemble an RBU enabled VFS stack that uses both zipvfs and +** multiplexor (error checking omitted): +** +** // Create a VFS named "multiplex" (not the default). +** sqlite3_multiplex_initialize(0, 0); +** +** // Create an rbu VFS named "rbu" that uses multiplexor. If the +** // second argument were replaced with NULL, the "rbu" VFS would +** // access the file-system via the system default VFS, bypassing the +** // multiplexor. +** sqlite3rbu_create_vfs("rbu", "multiplex"); +** +** // Create a zipvfs VFS named "zipvfs" that uses rbu. +** zipvfs_create_vfs_v3("zipvfs", "rbu", 0, xCompressorAlgorithmDetector); +** +** // Make zipvfs the default VFS. +** sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs_find("zipvfs"), 1); +** +** Because the default VFS created above includes a RBU functionality, it +** may be used by RBU clients. Attempting to use RBU with a zipvfs VFS stack +** that does not include the RBU layer results in an error. +** +** The overhead of adding the "rbu" VFS to the system is negligible for +** non-RBU users. There is no harm in an application accessing the +** file-system via "rbu" all the time, even if it only uses RBU functionality +** occasionally. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3rbu_create_vfs(const char *zName, const char *zParent); + +/* +** Deregister and destroy an RBU vfs created by an earlier call to +** sqlite3rbu_create_vfs(). +** +** VFS objects are not reference counted. If a VFS object is destroyed +** before all database handles that use it have been closed, the results +** are undefined. +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3rbu_destroy_vfs(const char *zName); + +#if 0 +} /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ +#endif + +#endif /* _SQLITE3RBU_H */ + +/************** End of sqlite3rbu.h ******************************************/ +/************** Continuing where we left off in sqlite3rbu.c *****************/ + +#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) +/* #include "windows.h" */ +#endif + +/* Maximum number of prepared UPDATE statements held by this module */ +#define SQLITE_RBU_UPDATE_CACHESIZE 16 + +/* +** Swap two objects of type TYPE. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION) +# define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;} +#endif + +/* +** The rbu_state table is used to save the state of a partially applied +** update so that it can be resumed later. The table consists of integer +** keys mapped to values as follows: +** +** RBU_STATE_STAGE: +** May be set to integer values 1, 2, 4 or 5. As follows: +** 1: the *-rbu file is currently under construction. +** 2: the *-rbu file has been constructed, but not yet moved +** to the *-wal path. +** 4: the checkpoint is underway. +** 5: the rbu update has been checkpointed. +** +** RBU_STATE_TBL: +** Only valid if STAGE==1. The target database name of the table +** currently being written. +** +** RBU_STATE_IDX: +** Only valid if STAGE==1. The target database name of the index +** currently being written, or NULL if the main table is currently being +** updated. +** +** RBU_STATE_ROW: +** Only valid if STAGE==1. Number of rows already processed for the current +** table/index. +** +** RBU_STATE_PROGRESS: +** Trbul number of sqlite3rbu_step() calls made so far as part of this +** rbu update. +** +** RBU_STATE_CKPT: +** Valid if STAGE==4. The 64-bit checksum associated with the wal-index +** header created by recovering the *-wal file. This is used to detect +** cases when another client appends frames to the *-wal file in the +** middle of an incremental checkpoint (an incremental checkpoint cannot +** be continued if this happens). +** +** RBU_STATE_COOKIE: +** Valid if STAGE==1. The current change-counter cookie value in the +** target db file. +** +** RBU_STATE_OALSZ: +** Valid if STAGE==1. The size in bytes of the *-oal file. +*/ +#define RBU_STATE_STAGE 1 +#define RBU_STATE_TBL 2 +#define RBU_STATE_IDX 3 +#define RBU_STATE_ROW 4 +#define RBU_STATE_PROGRESS 5 +#define RBU_STATE_CKPT 6 +#define RBU_STATE_COOKIE 7 +#define RBU_STATE_OALSZ 8 +#define RBU_STATE_PHASEONESTEP 9 + +#define RBU_STAGE_OAL 1 +#define RBU_STAGE_MOVE 2 +#define RBU_STAGE_CAPTURE 3 +#define RBU_STAGE_CKPT 4 +#define RBU_STAGE_DONE 5 + + +#define RBU_CREATE_STATE \ + "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS %s.rbu_state(k INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, v)" + +typedef struct RbuFrame RbuFrame; +typedef struct RbuObjIter RbuObjIter; +typedef struct RbuState RbuState; +typedef struct rbu_vfs rbu_vfs; +typedef struct rbu_file rbu_file; +typedef struct RbuUpdateStmt RbuUpdateStmt; + +#if !defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION) +typedef unsigned int u32; +typedef unsigned short u16; +typedef unsigned char u8; +typedef sqlite3_int64 i64; +#endif + +/* +** These values must match the values defined in wal.c for the equivalent +** locks. These are not magic numbers as they are part of the SQLite file +** format. +*/ +#define WAL_LOCK_WRITE 0 +#define WAL_LOCK_CKPT 1 +#define WAL_LOCK_READ0 3 + +#define SQLITE_FCNTL_RBUCNT 5149216 + +/* +** A structure to store values read from the rbu_state table in memory. +*/ +struct RbuState { + int eStage; + char *zTbl; + char *zIdx; + i64 iWalCksum; + int nRow; + i64 nProgress; + u32 iCookie; + i64 iOalSz; + i64 nPhaseOneStep; +}; + +struct RbuUpdateStmt { + char *zMask; /* Copy of update mask used with pUpdate */ + sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate; /* Last update statement (or NULL) */ + RbuUpdateStmt *pNext; +}; + +/* +** An iterator of this type is used to iterate through all objects in +** the target database that require updating. For each such table, the +** iterator visits, in order: +** +** * the table itself, +** * each index of the table (zero or more points to visit), and +** * a special "cleanup table" state. +** +** abIndexed: +** If the table has no indexes on it, abIndexed is set to NULL. Otherwise, +** it points to an array of flags nTblCol elements in size. The flag is +** set for each column that is either a part of the PK or a part of an +** index. Or clear otherwise. +** +*/ +struct RbuObjIter { + sqlite3_stmt *pTblIter; /* Iterate through tables */ + sqlite3_stmt *pIdxIter; /* Index iterator */ + int nTblCol; /* Size of azTblCol[] array */ + char **azTblCol; /* Array of unquoted target column names */ + char **azTblType; /* Array of target column types */ + int *aiSrcOrder; /* src table col -> target table col */ + u8 *abTblPk; /* Array of flags, set on target PK columns */ + u8 *abNotNull; /* Array of flags, set on NOT NULL columns */ + u8 *abIndexed; /* Array of flags, set on indexed & PK cols */ + int eType; /* Table type - an RBU_PK_XXX value */ + + /* Output variables. zTbl==0 implies EOF. */ + int bCleanup; /* True in "cleanup" state */ + const char *zTbl; /* Name of target db table */ + const char *zDataTbl; /* Name of rbu db table (or null) */ + const char *zIdx; /* Name of target db index (or null) */ + int iTnum; /* Root page of current object */ + int iPkTnum; /* If eType==EXTERNAL, root of PK index */ + int bUnique; /* Current index is unique */ + int nIndex; /* Number of aux. indexes on table zTbl */ + + /* Statements created by rbuObjIterPrepareAll() */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in current object */ + sqlite3_stmt *pSelect; /* Source data */ + sqlite3_stmt *pInsert; /* Statement for INSERT operations */ + sqlite3_stmt *pDelete; /* Statement for DELETE ops */ + sqlite3_stmt *pTmpInsert; /* Insert into rbu_tmp_$zDataTbl */ + + /* Last UPDATE used (for PK b-tree updates only), or NULL. */ + RbuUpdateStmt *pRbuUpdate; +}; + +/* +** Values for RbuObjIter.eType +** +** 0: Table does not exist (error) +** 1: Table has an implicit rowid. +** 2: Table has an explicit IPK column. +** 3: Table has an external PK index. +** 4: Table is WITHOUT ROWID. +** 5: Table is a virtual table. +*/ +#define RBU_PK_NOTABLE 0 +#define RBU_PK_NONE 1 +#define RBU_PK_IPK 2 +#define RBU_PK_EXTERNAL 3 +#define RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID 4 +#define RBU_PK_VTAB 5 + + +/* +** Within the RBU_STAGE_OAL stage, each call to sqlite3rbu_step() performs +** one of the following operations. +*/ +#define RBU_INSERT 1 /* Insert on a main table b-tree */ +#define RBU_DELETE 2 /* Delete a row from a main table b-tree */ +#define RBU_REPLACE 3 /* Delete and then insert a row */ +#define RBU_IDX_DELETE 4 /* Delete a row from an aux. index b-tree */ +#define RBU_IDX_INSERT 5 /* Insert on an aux. index b-tree */ + +#define RBU_UPDATE 6 /* Update a row in a main table b-tree */ + +/* +** A single step of an incremental checkpoint - frame iWalFrame of the wal +** file should be copied to page iDbPage of the database file. +*/ +struct RbuFrame { + u32 iDbPage; + u32 iWalFrame; +}; + +/* +** RBU handle. +** +** nPhaseOneStep: +** If the RBU database contains an rbu_count table, this value is set to +** a running estimate of the number of b-tree operations required to +** finish populating the *-oal file. This allows the sqlite3_bp_progress() +** API to calculate the permyriadage progress of populating the *-oal file +** using the formula: +** +** permyriadage = (10000 * nProgress) / nPhaseOneStep +** +** nPhaseOneStep is initialized to the sum of: +** +** nRow * (nIndex + 1) +** +** for all source tables in the RBU database, where nRow is the number +** of rows in the source table and nIndex the number of indexes on the +** corresponding target database table. +** +** This estimate is accurate if the RBU update consists entirely of +** INSERT operations. However, it is inaccurate if: +** +** * the RBU update contains any UPDATE operations. If the PK specified +** for an UPDATE operation does not exist in the target table, then +** no b-tree operations are required on index b-trees. Or if the +** specified PK does exist, then (nIndex*2) such operations are +** required (one delete and one insert on each index b-tree). +** +** * the RBU update contains any DELETE operations for which the specified +** PK does not exist. In this case no operations are required on index +** b-trees. +** +** * the RBU update contains REPLACE operations. These are similar to +** UPDATE operations. +** +** nPhaseOneStep is updated to account for the conditions above during the +** first pass of each source table. The updated nPhaseOneStep value is +** stored in the rbu_state table if the RBU update is suspended. +*/ +struct sqlite3rbu { + int eStage; /* Value of RBU_STATE_STAGE field */ + sqlite3 *dbMain; /* target database handle */ + sqlite3 *dbRbu; /* rbu database handle */ + char *zTarget; /* Path to target db */ + char *zRbu; /* Path to rbu db */ + char *zState; /* Path to state db (or NULL if zRbu) */ + char zStateDb[5]; /* Db name for state ("stat" or "main") */ + int rc; /* Value returned by last rbu_step() call */ + char *zErrmsg; /* Error message if rc!=SQLITE_OK */ + int nStep; /* Rows processed for current object */ + int nProgress; /* Rows processed for all objects */ + RbuObjIter objiter; /* Iterator for skipping through tbl/idx */ + const char *zVfsName; /* Name of automatically created rbu vfs */ + rbu_file *pTargetFd; /* File handle open on target db */ + i64 iOalSz; + i64 nPhaseOneStep; + + /* The following state variables are used as part of the incremental + ** checkpoint stage (eStage==RBU_STAGE_CKPT). See comments surrounding + ** function rbuSetupCheckpoint() for details. */ + u32 iMaxFrame; /* Largest iWalFrame value in aFrame[] */ + u32 mLock; + int nFrame; /* Entries in aFrame[] array */ + int nFrameAlloc; /* Allocated size of aFrame[] array */ + RbuFrame *aFrame; + int pgsz; + u8 *aBuf; + i64 iWalCksum; + + /* Used in RBU vacuum mode only */ + int nRbu; /* Number of RBU VFS in the stack */ + rbu_file *pRbuFd; /* Fd for main db of dbRbu */ +}; + +/* +** An rbu VFS is implemented using an instance of this structure. +*/ +struct rbu_vfs { + sqlite3_vfs base; /* rbu VFS shim methods */ + sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs; /* Underlying VFS */ + sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to protect pMain */ + rbu_file *pMain; /* Linked list of main db files */ +}; + +/* +** Each file opened by an rbu VFS is represented by an instance of +** the following structure. +*/ +struct rbu_file { + sqlite3_file base; /* sqlite3_file methods */ + sqlite3_file *pReal; /* Underlying file handle */ + rbu_vfs *pRbuVfs; /* Pointer to the rbu_vfs object */ + sqlite3rbu *pRbu; /* Pointer to rbu object (rbu target only) */ + + int openFlags; /* Flags this file was opened with */ + u32 iCookie; /* Cookie value for main db files */ + u8 iWriteVer; /* "write-version" value for main db files */ + u8 bNolock; /* True to fail EXCLUSIVE locks */ + + int nShm; /* Number of entries in apShm[] array */ + char **apShm; /* Array of mmap'd *-shm regions */ + char *zDel; /* Delete this when closing file */ + + const char *zWal; /* Wal filename for this main db file */ + rbu_file *pWalFd; /* Wal file descriptor for this main db */ + rbu_file *pMainNext; /* Next MAIN_DB file */ +}; + +/* +** True for an RBU vacuum handle, or false otherwise. +*/ +#define rbuIsVacuum(p) ((p)->zTarget==0) + + +/************************************************************************* +** The following three functions, found below: +** +** rbuDeltaGetInt() +** rbuDeltaChecksum() +** rbuDeltaApply() +** +** are lifted from the fossil source code (http://fossil-scm.org). They +** are used to implement the scalar SQL function rbu_fossil_delta(). +*/ + +/* +** Read bytes from *pz and convert them into a positive integer. When +** finished, leave *pz pointing to the first character past the end of +** the integer. The *pLen parameter holds the length of the string +** in *pz and is decremented once for each character in the integer. +*/ +static unsigned int rbuDeltaGetInt(const char **pz, int *pLen){ + static const signed char zValue[] = { + -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, + -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, + -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, + 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, + -1, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, + 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, -1, -1, -1, -1, 36, + -1, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, + 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, -1, -1, -1, 63, -1, + }; + unsigned int v = 0; + int c; + unsigned char *z = (unsigned char*)*pz; + unsigned char *zStart = z; + while( (c = zValue[0x7f&*(z++)])>=0 ){ + v = (v<<6) + c; + } + z--; + *pLen -= z - zStart; + *pz = (char*)z; + return v; +} + +/* +** Compute a 32-bit checksum on the N-byte buffer. Return the result. +*/ +static unsigned int rbuDeltaChecksum(const char *zIn, size_t N){ + const unsigned char *z = (const unsigned char *)zIn; + unsigned sum0 = 0; + unsigned sum1 = 0; + unsigned sum2 = 0; + unsigned sum3 = 0; + while(N >= 16){ + sum0 += ((unsigned)z[0] + z[4] + z[8] + z[12]); + sum1 += ((unsigned)z[1] + z[5] + z[9] + z[13]); + sum2 += ((unsigned)z[2] + z[6] + z[10]+ z[14]); + sum3 += ((unsigned)z[3] + z[7] + z[11]+ z[15]); + z += 16; + N -= 16; + } + while(N >= 4){ + sum0 += z[0]; + sum1 += z[1]; + sum2 += z[2]; + sum3 += z[3]; + z += 4; + N -= 4; + } + sum3 += (sum2 << 8) + (sum1 << 16) + (sum0 << 24); + switch(N){ + case 3: sum3 += (z[2] << 8); + case 2: sum3 += (z[1] << 16); + case 1: sum3 += (z[0] << 24); + default: ; + } + return sum3; +} + +/* +** Apply a delta. +** +** The output buffer should be big enough to hold the whole output +** file and a NUL terminator at the end. The delta_output_size() +** routine will determine this size for you. +** +** The delta string should be null-terminated. But the delta string +** may contain embedded NUL characters (if the input and output are +** binary files) so we also have to pass in the length of the delta in +** the lenDelta parameter. +** +** This function returns the size of the output file in bytes (excluding +** the final NUL terminator character). Except, if the delta string is +** malformed or intended for use with a source file other than zSrc, +** then this routine returns -1. +** +** Refer to the delta_create() documentation above for a description +** of the delta file format. +*/ +static int rbuDeltaApply( + const char *zSrc, /* The source or pattern file */ + int lenSrc, /* Length of the source file */ + const char *zDelta, /* Delta to apply to the pattern */ + int lenDelta, /* Length of the delta */ + char *zOut /* Write the output into this preallocated buffer */ +){ + unsigned int limit; + unsigned int total = 0; +#ifndef FOSSIL_OMIT_DELTA_CKSUM_TEST + char *zOrigOut = zOut; +#endif + + limit = rbuDeltaGetInt(&zDelta, &lenDelta); + if( *zDelta!='\n' ){ + /* ERROR: size integer not terminated by "\n" */ + return -1; + } + zDelta++; lenDelta--; + while( *zDelta && lenDelta>0 ){ + unsigned int cnt, ofst; + cnt = rbuDeltaGetInt(&zDelta, &lenDelta); + switch( zDelta[0] ){ + case '@': { + zDelta++; lenDelta--; + ofst = rbuDeltaGetInt(&zDelta, &lenDelta); + if( lenDelta>0 && zDelta[0]!=',' ){ + /* ERROR: copy command not terminated by ',' */ + return -1; + } + zDelta++; lenDelta--; + total += cnt; + if( total>limit ){ + /* ERROR: copy exceeds output file size */ + return -1; + } + if( (int)(ofst+cnt) > lenSrc ){ + /* ERROR: copy extends past end of input */ + return -1; + } + memcpy(zOut, &zSrc[ofst], cnt); + zOut += cnt; + break; + } + case ':': { + zDelta++; lenDelta--; + total += cnt; + if( total>limit ){ + /* ERROR: insert command gives an output larger than predicted */ + return -1; + } + if( (int)cnt>lenDelta ){ + /* ERROR: insert count exceeds size of delta */ + return -1; + } + memcpy(zOut, zDelta, cnt); + zOut += cnt; + zDelta += cnt; + lenDelta -= cnt; + break; + } + case ';': { + zDelta++; lenDelta--; + zOut[0] = 0; +#ifndef FOSSIL_OMIT_DELTA_CKSUM_TEST + if( cnt!=rbuDeltaChecksum(zOrigOut, total) ){ + /* ERROR: bad checksum */ + return -1; + } +#endif + if( total!=limit ){ + /* ERROR: generated size does not match predicted size */ + return -1; + } + return total; + } + default: { + /* ERROR: unknown delta operator */ + return -1; + } + } + } + /* ERROR: unterminated delta */ + return -1; +} + +static int rbuDeltaOutputSize(const char *zDelta, int lenDelta){ + int size; + size = rbuDeltaGetInt(&zDelta, &lenDelta); + if( *zDelta!='\n' ){ + /* ERROR: size integer not terminated by "\n" */ + return -1; + } + return size; +} + +/* +** End of code taken from fossil. +*************************************************************************/ + +/* +** Implementation of SQL scalar function rbu_fossil_delta(). +** +** This function applies a fossil delta patch to a blob. Exactly two +** arguments must be passed to this function. The first is the blob to +** patch and the second the patch to apply. If no error occurs, this +** function returns the patched blob. +*/ +static void rbuFossilDeltaFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const char *aDelta; + int nDelta; + const char *aOrig; + int nOrig; + + int nOut; + int nOut2; + char *aOut; + + assert( argc==2 ); + + nOrig = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + aOrig = (const char*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + nDelta = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + aDelta = (const char*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]); + + /* Figure out the size of the output */ + nOut = rbuDeltaOutputSize(aDelta, nDelta); + if( nOut<0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "corrupt fossil delta", -1); + return; + } + + aOut = sqlite3_malloc(nOut+1); + if( aOut==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); + }else{ + nOut2 = rbuDeltaApply(aOrig, nOrig, aDelta, nDelta, aOut); + if( nOut2!=nOut ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "corrupt fossil delta", -1); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_blob(context, aOut, nOut, sqlite3_free); + } + } +} + + +/* +** Prepare the SQL statement in buffer zSql against database handle db. +** If successful, set *ppStmt to point to the new statement and return +** SQLITE_OK. +** +** Otherwise, if an error does occur, set *ppStmt to NULL and return +** an SQLite error code. Additionally, set output variable *pzErrmsg to +** point to a buffer containing an error message. It is the responsibility +** of the caller to (eventually) free this buffer using sqlite3_free(). +*/ +static int prepareAndCollectError( + sqlite3 *db, + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, + char **pzErrmsg, + const char *zSql +){ + int rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, ppStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pzErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + *ppStmt = 0; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Reset the SQL statement passed as the first argument. Return a copy +** of the value returned by sqlite3_reset(). +** +** If an error has occurred, then set *pzErrmsg to point to a buffer +** containing an error message. It is the responsibility of the caller +** to eventually free this buffer using sqlite3_free(). +*/ +static int resetAndCollectError(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, char **pzErrmsg){ + int rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pzErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3_db_handle(pStmt))); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Unless it is NULL, argument zSql points to a buffer allocated using +** sqlite3_malloc containing an SQL statement. This function prepares the SQL +** statement against database db and frees the buffer. If statement +** compilation is successful, *ppStmt is set to point to the new statement +** handle and SQLITE_OK is returned. +** +** Otherwise, if an error occurs, *ppStmt is set to NULL and an error code +** returned. In this case, *pzErrmsg may also be set to point to an error +** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to free this error message +** buffer using sqlite3_free(). +** +** If argument zSql is NULL, this function assumes that an OOM has occurred. +** In this case SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and *ppStmt set to NULL. +*/ +static int prepareFreeAndCollectError( + sqlite3 *db, + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, + char **pzErrmsg, + char *zSql +){ + int rc; + assert( *pzErrmsg==0 ); + if( zSql==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + *ppStmt = 0; + }else{ + rc = prepareAndCollectError(db, ppStmt, pzErrmsg, zSql); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Free the RbuObjIter.azTblCol[] and RbuObjIter.abTblPk[] arrays allocated +** by an earlier call to rbuObjIterCacheTableInfo(). +*/ +static void rbuObjIterFreeCols(RbuObjIter *pIter){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<pIter->nTblCol; i++){ + sqlite3_free(pIter->azTblCol[i]); + sqlite3_free(pIter->azTblType[i]); + } + sqlite3_free(pIter->azTblCol); + pIter->azTblCol = 0; + pIter->azTblType = 0; + pIter->aiSrcOrder = 0; + pIter->abTblPk = 0; + pIter->abNotNull = 0; + pIter->nTblCol = 0; + pIter->eType = 0; /* Invalid value */ +} + +/* +** Finalize all statements and free all allocations that are specific to +** the current object (table/index pair). +*/ +static void rbuObjIterClearStatements(RbuObjIter *pIter){ + RbuUpdateStmt *pUp; + + sqlite3_finalize(pIter->pSelect); + sqlite3_finalize(pIter->pInsert); + sqlite3_finalize(pIter->pDelete); + sqlite3_finalize(pIter->pTmpInsert); + pUp = pIter->pRbuUpdate; + while( pUp ){ + RbuUpdateStmt *pTmp = pUp->pNext; + sqlite3_finalize(pUp->pUpdate); + sqlite3_free(pUp); + pUp = pTmp; + } + + pIter->pSelect = 0; + pIter->pInsert = 0; + pIter->pDelete = 0; + pIter->pRbuUpdate = 0; + pIter->pTmpInsert = 0; + pIter->nCol = 0; +} + +/* +** Clean up any resources allocated as part of the iterator object passed +** as the only argument. +*/ +static void rbuObjIterFinalize(RbuObjIter *pIter){ + rbuObjIterClearStatements(pIter); + sqlite3_finalize(pIter->pTblIter); + sqlite3_finalize(pIter->pIdxIter); + rbuObjIterFreeCols(pIter); + memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(RbuObjIter)); +} + +/* +** Advance the iterator to the next position. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the iterator is left +** pointing to the next entry. Otherwise, an error code and message is +** left in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. A copy of the +** error code is returned. +*/ +static int rbuObjIterNext(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ + int rc = p->rc; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + + /* Free any SQLite statements used while processing the previous object */ + rbuObjIterClearStatements(pIter); + if( pIter->zIdx==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, + "DROP TRIGGER IF EXISTS temp.rbu_insert_tr;" + "DROP TRIGGER IF EXISTS temp.rbu_update1_tr;" + "DROP TRIGGER IF EXISTS temp.rbu_update2_tr;" + "DROP TRIGGER IF EXISTS temp.rbu_delete_tr;" + , 0, 0, &p->zErrmsg + ); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pIter->bCleanup ){ + rbuObjIterFreeCols(pIter); + pIter->bCleanup = 0; + rc = sqlite3_step(pIter->pTblIter); + if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){ + rc = resetAndCollectError(pIter->pTblIter, &p->zErrmsg); + pIter->zTbl = 0; + }else{ + pIter->zTbl = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pIter->pTblIter, 0); + pIter->zDataTbl = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pIter->pTblIter,1); + rc = (pIter->zDataTbl && pIter->zTbl) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + }else{ + if( pIter->zIdx==0 ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pIdx = pIter->pIdxIter; + rc = sqlite3_bind_text(pIdx, 1, pIter->zTbl, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_step(pIter->pIdxIter); + if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){ + rc = resetAndCollectError(pIter->pIdxIter, &p->zErrmsg); + pIter->bCleanup = 1; + pIter->zIdx = 0; + }else{ + pIter->zIdx = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pIter->pIdxIter, 0); + pIter->iTnum = sqlite3_column_int(pIter->pIdxIter, 1); + pIter->bUnique = sqlite3_column_int(pIter->pIdxIter, 2); + rc = pIter->zIdx ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + } + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + rbuObjIterFinalize(pIter); + p->rc = rc; + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** The implementation of the rbu_target_name() SQL function. This function +** accepts one or two arguments. The first argument is the name of a table - +** the name of a table in the RBU database. The second, if it is present, is 1 +** for a view or 0 for a table. +** +** For a non-vacuum RBU handle, if the table name matches the pattern: +** +** data[0-9]_<name> +** +** where <name> is any sequence of 1 or more characters, <name> is returned. +** Otherwise, if the only argument does not match the above pattern, an SQL +** NULL is returned. +** +** "data_t1" -> "t1" +** "data0123_t2" -> "t2" +** "dataAB_t3" -> NULL +** +** For an rbu vacuum handle, a copy of the first argument is returned if +** the second argument is either missing or 0 (not a view). +*/ +static void rbuTargetNameFunc( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + sqlite3rbu *p = sqlite3_user_data(pCtx); + const char *zIn; + assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); + + zIn = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( zIn ){ + if( rbuIsVacuum(p) ){ + if( argc==1 || 0==sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]) ){ + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, zIn, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + } + }else{ + if( strlen(zIn)>4 && memcmp("data", zIn, 4)==0 ){ + int i; + for(i=4; zIn[i]>='0' && zIn[i]<='9'; i++); + if( zIn[i]=='_' && zIn[i+1] ){ + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, &zIn[i+1], -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + } + } + } + } +} + +/* +** Initialize the iterator structure passed as the second argument. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the iterator is left +** pointing to the first entry. Otherwise, an error code and message is +** left in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. A copy of the +** error code is returned. +*/ +static int rbuObjIterFirst(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ + int rc; + memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(RbuObjIter)); + + rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pIter->pTblIter, &p->zErrmsg, + "SELECT rbu_target_name(name, type='view') AS target, name " + "FROM sqlite_master " + "WHERE type IN ('table', 'view') AND target IS NOT NULL " + "ORDER BY name" + ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pIter->pIdxIter, &p->zErrmsg, + "SELECT name, rootpage, sql IS NULL OR substr(8, 6)=='UNIQUE' " + " FROM main.sqlite_master " + " WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name = ?" + ); + } + + pIter->bCleanup = 1; + p->rc = rc; + return rbuObjIterNext(p, pIter); +} + +/* +** This is a wrapper around "sqlite3_mprintf(zFmt, ...)". If an OOM occurs, +** an error code is stored in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. +** +** If an error has already occurred (p->rc is already set to something other +** than SQLITE_OK), then this function returns NULL without modifying the +** stored error code. In this case it still calls sqlite3_free() on any +** printf() parameters associated with %z conversions. +*/ +static char *rbuMPrintf(sqlite3rbu *p, const char *zFmt, ...){ + char *zSql = 0; + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, zFmt); + zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( zSql==0 ) p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + sqlite3_free(zSql); + zSql = 0; + } + va_end(ap); + return zSql; +} + +/* +** Argument zFmt is a sqlite3_mprintf() style format string. The trailing +** arguments are the usual subsitution values. This function performs +** the printf() style substitutions and executes the result as an SQL +** statement on the RBU handles database. +** +** If an error occurs, an error code and error message is stored in the +** RBU handle. If an error has already occurred when this function is +** called, it is a no-op. +*/ +static int rbuMPrintfExec(sqlite3rbu *p, sqlite3 *db, const char *zFmt, ...){ + va_list ap; + char *zSql; + va_start(ap, zFmt); + zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( zSql==0 ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + p->rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, 0, 0, &p->zErrmsg); + } + } + sqlite3_free(zSql); + va_end(ap); + return p->rc; +} + +/* +** Attempt to allocate and return a pointer to a zeroed block of nByte +** bytes. +** +** If an error (i.e. an OOM condition) occurs, return NULL and leave an +** error code in the rbu handle passed as the first argument. Or, if an +** error has already occurred when this function is called, return NULL +** immediately without attempting the allocation or modifying the stored +** error code. +*/ +static void *rbuMalloc(sqlite3rbu *p, int nByte){ + void *pRet = 0; + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( nByte>0 ); + pRet = sqlite3_malloc64(nByte); + if( pRet==0 ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(pRet, 0, nByte); + } + } + return pRet; +} + + +/* +** Allocate and zero the pIter->azTblCol[] and abTblPk[] arrays so that +** there is room for at least nCol elements. If an OOM occurs, store an +** error code in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. +*/ +static void rbuAllocateIterArrays(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter, int nCol){ + int nByte = (2*sizeof(char*) + sizeof(int) + 3*sizeof(u8)) * nCol; + char **azNew; + + azNew = (char**)rbuMalloc(p, nByte); + if( azNew ){ + pIter->azTblCol = azNew; + pIter->azTblType = &azNew[nCol]; + pIter->aiSrcOrder = (int*)&pIter->azTblType[nCol]; + pIter->abTblPk = (u8*)&pIter->aiSrcOrder[nCol]; + pIter->abNotNull = (u8*)&pIter->abTblPk[nCol]; + pIter->abIndexed = (u8*)&pIter->abNotNull[nCol]; + } +} + +/* +** The first argument must be a nul-terminated string. This function +** returns a copy of the string in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free this memory +** using sqlite3_free(). +** +** If an OOM condition is encountered when attempting to allocate memory, +** output variable (*pRc) is set to SQLITE_NOMEM before returning. Otherwise, +** if the allocation succeeds, (*pRc) is left unchanged. +*/ +static char *rbuStrndup(const char *zStr, int *pRc){ + char *zRet = 0; + + assert( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ); + if( zStr ){ + size_t nCopy = strlen(zStr) + 1; + zRet = (char*)sqlite3_malloc64(nCopy); + if( zRet ){ + memcpy(zRet, zStr, nCopy); + }else{ + *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + + return zRet; +} + +/* +** Finalize the statement passed as the second argument. +** +** If the sqlite3_finalize() call indicates that an error occurs, and the +** rbu handle error code is not already set, set the error code and error +** message accordingly. +*/ +static void rbuFinalize(sqlite3rbu *p, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_db_handle(pStmt); + int rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = rc; + p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + } +} + +/* Determine the type of a table. +** +** peType is of type (int*), a pointer to an output parameter of type +** (int). This call sets the output parameter as follows, depending +** on the type of the table specified by parameters dbName and zTbl. +** +** RBU_PK_NOTABLE: No such table. +** RBU_PK_NONE: Table has an implicit rowid. +** RBU_PK_IPK: Table has an explicit IPK column. +** RBU_PK_EXTERNAL: Table has an external PK index. +** RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID: Table is WITHOUT ROWID. +** RBU_PK_VTAB: Table is a virtual table. +** +** Argument *piPk is also of type (int*), and also points to an output +** parameter. Unless the table has an external primary key index +** (i.e. unless *peType is set to 3), then *piPk is set to zero. Or, +** if the table does have an external primary key index, then *piPk +** is set to the root page number of the primary key index before +** returning. +** +** ALGORITHM: +** +** if( no entry exists in sqlite_master ){ +** return RBU_PK_NOTABLE +** }else if( sql for the entry starts with "CREATE VIRTUAL" ){ +** return RBU_PK_VTAB +** }else if( "PRAGMA index_list()" for the table contains a "pk" index ){ +** if( the index that is the pk exists in sqlite_master ){ +** *piPK = rootpage of that index. +** return RBU_PK_EXTERNAL +** }else{ +** return RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID +** } +** }else if( "PRAGMA table_info()" lists one or more "pk" columns ){ +** return RBU_PK_IPK +** }else{ +** return RBU_PK_NONE +** } +*/ +static void rbuTableType( + sqlite3rbu *p, + const char *zTab, + int *peType, + int *piTnum, + int *piPk +){ + /* + ** 0) SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_master where name=%Q AND IsVirtual(%Q) + ** 1) PRAGMA index_list = ? + ** 2) SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_master where name=%Q + ** 3) PRAGMA table_info = ? + */ + sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0}; + + *peType = RBU_PK_NOTABLE; + *piPk = 0; + + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[0], &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT (sql LIKE 'create virtual%%'), rootpage" + " FROM sqlite_master" + " WHERE name=%Q", zTab + )); + if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3_step(aStmt[0])!=SQLITE_ROW ){ + /* Either an error, or no such table. */ + goto rbuTableType_end; + } + if( sqlite3_column_int(aStmt[0], 0) ){ + *peType = RBU_PK_VTAB; /* virtual table */ + goto rbuTableType_end; + } + *piTnum = sqlite3_column_int(aStmt[0], 1); + + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[1], &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA index_list=%Q",zTab) + ); + if( p->rc ) goto rbuTableType_end; + while( sqlite3_step(aStmt[1])==SQLITE_ROW ){ + const u8 *zOrig = sqlite3_column_text(aStmt[1], 3); + const u8 *zIdx = sqlite3_column_text(aStmt[1], 1); + if( zOrig && zIdx && zOrig[0]=='p' ){ + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[2], &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT rootpage FROM sqlite_master WHERE name = %Q", zIdx + )); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( sqlite3_step(aStmt[2])==SQLITE_ROW ){ + *piPk = sqlite3_column_int(aStmt[2], 0); + *peType = RBU_PK_EXTERNAL; + }else{ + *peType = RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID; + } + } + goto rbuTableType_end; + } + } + + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[3], &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA table_info=%Q",zTab) + ); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + while( sqlite3_step(aStmt[3])==SQLITE_ROW ){ + if( sqlite3_column_int(aStmt[3],5)>0 ){ + *peType = RBU_PK_IPK; /* explicit IPK column */ + goto rbuTableType_end; + } + } + *peType = RBU_PK_NONE; + } + +rbuTableType_end: { + unsigned int i; + for(i=0; i<sizeof(aStmt)/sizeof(aStmt[0]); i++){ + rbuFinalize(p, aStmt[i]); + } + } +} + +/* +** This is a helper function for rbuObjIterCacheTableInfo(). It populates +** the pIter->abIndexed[] array. +*/ +static void rbuObjIterCacheIndexedCols(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ + sqlite3_stmt *pList = 0; + int bIndex = 0; + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memcpy(pIter->abIndexed, pIter->abTblPk, sizeof(u8)*pIter->nTblCol); + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pList, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_list = %Q", pIter->zTbl) + ); + } + + pIter->nIndex = 0; + while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pList) ){ + const char *zIdx = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pList, 1); + sqlite3_stmt *pXInfo = 0; + if( zIdx==0 ) break; + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pXInfo, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_xinfo = %Q", zIdx) + ); + while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pXInfo) ){ + int iCid = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 1); + if( iCid>=0 ) pIter->abIndexed[iCid] = 1; + } + rbuFinalize(p, pXInfo); + bIndex = 1; + pIter->nIndex++; + } + + if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID ){ + /* "PRAGMA index_list" includes the main PK b-tree */ + pIter->nIndex--; + } + + rbuFinalize(p, pList); + if( bIndex==0 ) pIter->abIndexed = 0; +} + + +/* +** If they are not already populated, populate the pIter->azTblCol[], +** pIter->abTblPk[], pIter->nTblCol and pIter->bRowid variables according to +** the table (not index) that the iterator currently points to. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. If +** an error does occur, an error code and error message are also left in +** the RBU handle. +*/ +static int rbuObjIterCacheTableInfo(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ + if( pIter->azTblCol==0 ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + int nCol = 0; + int i; /* for() loop iterator variable */ + int bRbuRowid = 0; /* If input table has column "rbu_rowid" */ + int iOrder = 0; + int iTnum = 0; + + /* Figure out the type of table this step will deal with. */ + assert( pIter->eType==0 ); + rbuTableType(p, pIter->zTbl, &pIter->eType, &iTnum, &pIter->iPkTnum); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NOTABLE ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such table: %s", pIter->zTbl); + } + if( p->rc ) return p->rc; + if( pIter->zIdx==0 ) pIter->iTnum = iTnum; + + assert( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK + || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID + || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB + ); + + /* Populate the azTblCol[] and nTblCol variables based on the columns + ** of the input table. Ignore any input table columns that begin with + ** "rbu_". */ + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM '%q'", pIter->zDataTbl) + ); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); + rbuAllocateIterArrays(p, pIter, nCol); + } + for(i=0; p->rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nCol; i++){ + const char *zName = (const char*)sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i); + if( sqlite3_strnicmp("rbu_", zName, 4) ){ + char *zCopy = rbuStrndup(zName, &p->rc); + pIter->aiSrcOrder[pIter->nTblCol] = pIter->nTblCol; + pIter->azTblCol[pIter->nTblCol++] = zCopy; + } + else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("rbu_rowid", zName) ){ + bRbuRowid = 1; + } + } + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + pStmt = 0; + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK + && rbuIsVacuum(p)==0 + && bRbuRowid!=(pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE) + ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf( + "table %q %s rbu_rowid column", pIter->zDataTbl, + (bRbuRowid ? "may not have" : "requires") + ); + } + + /* Check that all non-HIDDEN columns in the destination table are also + ** present in the input table. Populate the abTblPk[], azTblType[] and + ** aiTblOrder[] arrays at the same time. */ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA table_info(%Q)", pIter->zTbl) + ); + } + while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + const char *zName = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1); + if( zName==0 ) break; /* An OOM - finalize() below returns S_NOMEM */ + for(i=iOrder; i<pIter->nTblCol; i++){ + if( 0==strcmp(zName, pIter->azTblCol[i]) ) break; + } + if( i==pIter->nTblCol ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("column missing from %q: %s", + pIter->zDataTbl, zName + ); + }else{ + int iPk = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 5); + int bNotNull = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 3); + const char *zType = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 2); + + if( i!=iOrder ){ + SWAP(int, pIter->aiSrcOrder[i], pIter->aiSrcOrder[iOrder]); + SWAP(char*, pIter->azTblCol[i], pIter->azTblCol[iOrder]); + } + + pIter->azTblType[iOrder] = rbuStrndup(zType, &p->rc); + pIter->abTblPk[iOrder] = (iPk!=0); + pIter->abNotNull[iOrder] = (u8)bNotNull || (iPk!=0); + iOrder++; + } + } + + rbuFinalize(p, pStmt); + rbuObjIterCacheIndexedCols(p, pIter); + assert( pIter->eType!=RBU_PK_VTAB || pIter->abIndexed==0 ); + assert( pIter->eType!=RBU_PK_VTAB || pIter->nIndex==0 ); + } + + return p->rc; +} + +/* +** This function constructs and returns a pointer to a nul-terminated +** string containing some SQL clause or list based on one or more of the +** column names currently stored in the pIter->azTblCol[] array. +*/ +static char *rbuObjIterGetCollist( + sqlite3rbu *p, /* RBU object */ + RbuObjIter *pIter /* Object iterator for column names */ +){ + char *zList = 0; + const char *zSep = ""; + int i; + for(i=0; i<pIter->nTblCol; i++){ + const char *z = pIter->azTblCol[i]; + zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"", zList, zSep, z); + zSep = ", "; + } + return zList; +} + +/* +** This function is used to create a SELECT list (the list of SQL +** expressions that follows a SELECT keyword) for a SELECT statement +** used to read from an data_xxx or rbu_tmp_xxx table while updating the +** index object currently indicated by the iterator object passed as the +** second argument. A "PRAGMA index_xinfo = <idxname>" statement is used +** to obtain the required information. +** +** If the index is of the following form: +** +** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(c, b COLLATE nocase); +** +** and "t1" is a table with an explicit INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column +** "ipk", the returned string is: +** +** "`c` COLLATE 'BINARY', `b` COLLATE 'NOCASE', `ipk` COLLATE 'BINARY'" +** +** As well as the returned string, three other malloc'd strings are +** returned via output parameters. As follows: +** +** pzImposterCols: ... +** pzImposterPk: ... +** pzWhere: ... +*/ +static char *rbuObjIterGetIndexCols( + sqlite3rbu *p, /* RBU object */ + RbuObjIter *pIter, /* Object iterator for column names */ + char **pzImposterCols, /* OUT: Columns for imposter table */ + char **pzImposterPk, /* OUT: Imposter PK clause */ + char **pzWhere, /* OUT: WHERE clause */ + int *pnBind /* OUT: Trbul number of columns */ +){ + int rc = p->rc; /* Error code */ + int rc2; /* sqlite3_finalize() return code */ + char *zRet = 0; /* String to return */ + char *zImpCols = 0; /* String to return via *pzImposterCols */ + char *zImpPK = 0; /* String to return via *pzImposterPK */ + char *zWhere = 0; /* String to return via *pzWhere */ + int nBind = 0; /* Value to return via *pnBind */ + const char *zCom = ""; /* Set to ", " later on */ + const char *zAnd = ""; /* Set to " AND " later on */ + sqlite3_stmt *pXInfo = 0; /* PRAGMA index_xinfo = ? */ + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( p->zErrmsg==0 ); + rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pXInfo, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_xinfo = %Q", pIter->zIdx) + ); + } + + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pXInfo) ){ + int iCid = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 1); + int bDesc = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 3); + const char *zCollate = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pXInfo, 4); + const char *zCol; + const char *zType; + + if( iCid<0 ){ + /* An integer primary key. If the table has an explicit IPK, use + ** its name. Otherwise, use "rbu_rowid". */ + if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK ){ + int i; + for(i=0; pIter->abTblPk[i]==0; i++); + assert( i<pIter->nTblCol ); + zCol = pIter->azTblCol[i]; + }else if( rbuIsVacuum(p) ){ + zCol = "_rowid_"; + }else{ + zCol = "rbu_rowid"; + } + zType = "INTEGER"; + }else{ + zCol = pIter->azTblCol[iCid]; + zType = pIter->azTblType[iCid]; + } + + zRet = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"%w\" COLLATE %Q", zRet, zCom, zCol, zCollate); + if( pIter->bUnique==0 || sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 5) ){ + const char *zOrder = (bDesc ? " DESC" : ""); + zImpPK = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"rbu_imp_%d%w\"%s", + zImpPK, zCom, nBind, zCol, zOrder + ); + } + zImpCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"rbu_imp_%d%w\" %s COLLATE %Q", + zImpCols, zCom, nBind, zCol, zType, zCollate + ); + zWhere = sqlite3_mprintf( + "%z%s\"rbu_imp_%d%w\" IS ?", zWhere, zAnd, nBind, zCol + ); + if( zRet==0 || zImpPK==0 || zImpCols==0 || zWhere==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + zCom = ", "; + zAnd = " AND "; + nBind++; + } + + rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pXInfo); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(zRet); + sqlite3_free(zImpCols); + sqlite3_free(zImpPK); + sqlite3_free(zWhere); + zRet = 0; + zImpCols = 0; + zImpPK = 0; + zWhere = 0; + p->rc = rc; + } + + *pzImposterCols = zImpCols; + *pzImposterPk = zImpPK; + *pzWhere = zWhere; + *pnBind = nBind; + return zRet; +} + +/* +** Assuming the current table columns are "a", "b" and "c", and the zObj +** paramter is passed "old", return a string of the form: +** +** "old.a, old.b, old.b" +** +** With the column names escaped. +** +** For tables with implicit rowids - RBU_PK_EXTERNAL and RBU_PK_NONE, append +** the text ", old._rowid_" to the returned value. +*/ +static char *rbuObjIterGetOldlist( + sqlite3rbu *p, + RbuObjIter *pIter, + const char *zObj +){ + char *zList = 0; + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->abIndexed ){ + const char *zS = ""; + int i; + for(i=0; i<pIter->nTblCol; i++){ + if( pIter->abIndexed[i] ){ + const char *zCol = pIter->azTblCol[i]; + zList = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s%s.\"%w\"", zList, zS, zObj, zCol); + }else{ + zList = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%sNULL", zList, zS); + } + zS = ", "; + if( zList==0 ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + break; + } + } + + /* For a table with implicit rowids, append "old._rowid_" to the list. */ + if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE ){ + zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z, %s._rowid_", zList, zObj); + } + } + return zList; +} + +/* +** Return an expression that can be used in a WHERE clause to match the +** primary key of the current table. For example, if the table is: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c, PRIMARY KEY(b, c)); +** +** Return the string: +** +** "b = ?1 AND c = ?2" +*/ +static char *rbuObjIterGetWhere( + sqlite3rbu *p, + RbuObjIter *pIter +){ + char *zList = 0; + if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE ){ + zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "_rowid_ = ?%d", pIter->nTblCol+1); + }else if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL ){ + const char *zSep = ""; + int i; + for(i=0; i<pIter->nTblCol; i++){ + if( pIter->abTblPk[i] ){ + zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%sc%d=?%d", zList, zSep, i, i+1); + zSep = " AND "; + } + } + zList = rbuMPrintf(p, + "_rowid_ = (SELECT id FROM rbu_imposter2 WHERE %z)", zList + ); + + }else{ + const char *zSep = ""; + int i; + for(i=0; i<pIter->nTblCol; i++){ + if( pIter->abTblPk[i] ){ + const char *zCol = pIter->azTblCol[i]; + zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=?%d", zList, zSep, zCol, i+1); + zSep = " AND "; + } + } + } + return zList; +} + +/* +** The SELECT statement iterating through the keys for the current object +** (p->objiter.pSelect) currently points to a valid row. However, there +** is something wrong with the rbu_control value in the rbu_control value +** stored in the (p->nCol+1)'th column. Set the error code and error message +** of the RBU handle to something reflecting this. +*/ +static void rbuBadControlError(sqlite3rbu *p){ + p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid rbu_control value"); +} + + +/* +** Return a nul-terminated string containing the comma separated list of +** assignments that should be included following the "SET" keyword of +** an UPDATE statement used to update the table object that the iterator +** passed as the second argument currently points to if the rbu_control +** column of the data_xxx table entry is set to zMask. +** +** The memory for the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it using +** sqlite3_free(). +** +** If an OOM error is encountered when allocating space for the new +** string, an error code is left in the rbu handle passed as the first +** argument and NULL is returned. Or, if an error has already occurred +** when this function is called, NULL is returned immediately, without +** attempting the allocation or modifying the stored error code. +*/ +static char *rbuObjIterGetSetlist( + sqlite3rbu *p, + RbuObjIter *pIter, + const char *zMask +){ + char *zList = 0; + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; + + if( (int)strlen(zMask)!=pIter->nTblCol ){ + rbuBadControlError(p); + }else{ + const char *zSep = ""; + for(i=0; i<pIter->nTblCol; i++){ + char c = zMask[pIter->aiSrcOrder[i]]; + if( c=='x' ){ + zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=?%d", + zList, zSep, pIter->azTblCol[i], i+1 + ); + zSep = ", "; + } + else if( c=='d' ){ + zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=rbu_delta(\"%w\", ?%d)", + zList, zSep, pIter->azTblCol[i], pIter->azTblCol[i], i+1 + ); + zSep = ", "; + } + else if( c=='f' ){ + zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=rbu_fossil_delta(\"%w\", ?%d)", + zList, zSep, pIter->azTblCol[i], pIter->azTblCol[i], i+1 + ); + zSep = ", "; + } + } + } + } + return zList; +} + +/* +** Return a nul-terminated string consisting of nByte comma separated +** "?" expressions. For example, if nByte is 3, return a pointer to +** a buffer containing the string "?,?,?". +** +** The memory for the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it using +** sqlite3_free(). +** +** If an OOM error is encountered when allocating space for the new +** string, an error code is left in the rbu handle passed as the first +** argument and NULL is returned. Or, if an error has already occurred +** when this function is called, NULL is returned immediately, without +** attempting the allocation or modifying the stored error code. +*/ +static char *rbuObjIterGetBindlist(sqlite3rbu *p, int nBind){ + char *zRet = 0; + int nByte = nBind*2 + 1; + + zRet = (char*)rbuMalloc(p, nByte); + if( zRet ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<nBind; i++){ + zRet[i*2] = '?'; + zRet[i*2+1] = (i+1==nBind) ? '\0' : ','; + } + } + return zRet; +} + +/* +** The iterator currently points to a table (not index) of type +** RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID. This function creates the PRIMARY KEY +** declaration for the corresponding imposter table. For example, +** if the iterator points to a table created as: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c, PRIMARY KEY(b, a DESC)) WITHOUT ROWID +** +** this function returns: +** +** PRIMARY KEY("b", "a" DESC) +*/ +static char *rbuWithoutRowidPK(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ + char *z = 0; + assert( pIter->zIdx==0 ); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + const char *zSep = "PRIMARY KEY("; + sqlite3_stmt *pXList = 0; /* PRAGMA index_list = (pIter->zTbl) */ + sqlite3_stmt *pXInfo = 0; /* PRAGMA index_xinfo = <pk-index> */ + + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pXList, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_list = %Q", pIter->zTbl) + ); + while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pXList) ){ + const char *zOrig = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pXList,3); + if( zOrig && strcmp(zOrig, "pk")==0 ){ + const char *zIdx = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pXList,1); + if( zIdx ){ + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pXInfo, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_xinfo = %Q", zIdx) + ); + } + break; + } + } + rbuFinalize(p, pXList); + + while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pXInfo) ){ + if( sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 5) ){ + /* int iCid = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 0); */ + const char *zCol = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pXInfo, 2); + const char *zDesc = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 3) ? " DESC" : ""; + z = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"%s", z, zSep, zCol, zDesc); + zSep = ", "; + } + } + z = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z)", z); + rbuFinalize(p, pXInfo); + } + return z; +} + +/* +** This function creates the second imposter table used when writing to +** a table b-tree where the table has an external primary key. If the +** iterator passed as the second argument does not currently point to +** a table (not index) with an external primary key, this function is a +** no-op. +** +** Assuming the iterator does point to a table with an external PK, this +** function creates a WITHOUT ROWID imposter table named "rbu_imposter2" +** used to access that PK index. For example, if the target table is +** declared as follows: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b TEXT, c REAL, PRIMARY KEY(b, c)); +** +** then the imposter table schema is: +** +** CREATE TABLE rbu_imposter2(c1 TEXT, c2 REAL, id INTEGER) WITHOUT ROWID; +** +*/ +static void rbuCreateImposterTable2(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL ){ + int tnum = pIter->iPkTnum; /* Root page of PK index */ + sqlite3_stmt *pQuery = 0; /* SELECT name ... WHERE rootpage = $tnum */ + const char *zIdx = 0; /* Name of PK index */ + sqlite3_stmt *pXInfo = 0; /* PRAGMA main.index_xinfo = $zIdx */ + const char *zComma = ""; + char *zCols = 0; /* Used to build up list of table cols */ + char *zPk = 0; /* Used to build up table PK declaration */ + + /* Figure out the name of the primary key index for the current table. + ** This is needed for the argument to "PRAGMA index_xinfo". Set + ** zIdx to point to a nul-terminated string containing this name. */ + p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pQuery, &p->zErrmsg, + "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE rootpage = ?" + ); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int(pQuery, 1, tnum); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pQuery) ){ + zIdx = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pQuery, 0); + } + } + if( zIdx ){ + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pXInfo, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_xinfo = %Q", zIdx) + ); + } + rbuFinalize(p, pQuery); + + while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pXInfo) ){ + int bKey = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 5); + if( bKey ){ + int iCid = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 1); + int bDesc = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 3); + const char *zCollate = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pXInfo, 4); + zCols = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%sc%d %s COLLATE %s", zCols, zComma, + iCid, pIter->azTblType[iCid], zCollate + ); + zPk = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%sc%d%s", zPk, zComma, iCid, bDesc?" DESC":""); + zComma = ", "; + } + } + zCols = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z, id INTEGER", zCols); + rbuFinalize(p, pXInfo); + + sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 1, tnum); + rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, + "CREATE TABLE rbu_imposter2(%z, PRIMARY KEY(%z)) WITHOUT ROWID", + zCols, zPk + ); + sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 0, 0); + } +} + +/* +** If an error has already occurred when this function is called, it +** immediately returns zero (without doing any work). Or, if an error +** occurs during the execution of this function, it sets the error code +** in the sqlite3rbu object indicated by the first argument and returns +** zero. +** +** The iterator passed as the second argument is guaranteed to point to +** a table (not an index) when this function is called. This function +** attempts to create any imposter table required to write to the main +** table b-tree of the table before returning. Non-zero is returned if +** an imposter table are created, or zero otherwise. +** +** An imposter table is required in all cases except RBU_PK_VTAB. Only +** virtual tables are written to directly. The imposter table has the +** same schema as the actual target table (less any UNIQUE constraints). +** More precisely, the "same schema" means the same columns, types, +** collation sequences. For tables that do not have an external PRIMARY +** KEY, it also means the same PRIMARY KEY declaration. +*/ +static void rbuCreateImposterTable(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->eType!=RBU_PK_VTAB ){ + int tnum = pIter->iTnum; + const char *zComma = ""; + char *zSql = 0; + int iCol; + sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 0, 1); + + for(iCol=0; p->rc==SQLITE_OK && iCol<pIter->nTblCol; iCol++){ + const char *zPk = ""; + const char *zCol = pIter->azTblCol[iCol]; + const char *zColl = 0; + + p->rc = sqlite3_table_column_metadata( + p->dbMain, "main", pIter->zTbl, zCol, 0, &zColl, 0, 0, 0 + ); + + if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK && pIter->abTblPk[iCol] ){ + /* If the target table column is an "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY", add + ** "PRIMARY KEY" to the imposter table column declaration. */ + zPk = "PRIMARY KEY "; + } + zSql = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\" %s %sCOLLATE %s%s", + zSql, zComma, zCol, pIter->azTblType[iCol], zPk, zColl, + (pIter->abNotNull[iCol] ? " NOT NULL" : "") + ); + zComma = ", "; + } + + if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID ){ + char *zPk = rbuWithoutRowidPK(p, pIter); + if( zPk ){ + zSql = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z, %z", zSql, zPk); + } + } + + sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 1, tnum); + rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "CREATE TABLE \"rbu_imp_%w\"(%z)%s", + pIter->zTbl, zSql, + (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID ? " WITHOUT ROWID" : "") + ); + sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 0, 0); + } +} + +/* +** Prepare a statement used to insert rows into the "rbu_tmp_xxx" table. +** Specifically a statement of the form: +** +** INSERT INTO rbu_tmp_xxx VALUES(?, ?, ? ...); +** +** The number of bound variables is equal to the number of columns in +** the target table, plus one (for the rbu_control column), plus one more +** (for the rbu_rowid column) if the target table is an implicit IPK or +** virtual table. +*/ +static void rbuObjIterPrepareTmpInsert( + sqlite3rbu *p, + RbuObjIter *pIter, + const char *zCollist, + const char *zRbuRowid +){ + int bRbuRowid = (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE); + char *zBind = rbuObjIterGetBindlist(p, pIter->nTblCol + 1 + bRbuRowid); + if( zBind ){ + assert( pIter->pTmpInsert==0 ); + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError( + p->dbRbu, &pIter->pTmpInsert, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf( + "INSERT INTO %s.'rbu_tmp_%q'(rbu_control,%s%s) VALUES(%z)", + p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl, zCollist, zRbuRowid, zBind + )); + } +} + +static void rbuTmpInsertFunc( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + int nVal, + sqlite3_value **apVal +){ + sqlite3rbu *p = sqlite3_user_data(pCtx); + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int i; + + assert( sqlite3_value_int(apVal[0])!=0 + || p->objiter.eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL + || p->objiter.eType==RBU_PK_NONE + ); + if( sqlite3_value_int(apVal[0])!=0 ){ + p->nPhaseOneStep += p->objiter.nIndex; + } + + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nVal; i++){ + rc = sqlite3_bind_value(p->objiter.pTmpInsert, i+1, apVal[i]); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_step(p->objiter.pTmpInsert); + rc = sqlite3_reset(p->objiter.pTmpInsert); + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc); + } +} + +/* +** Ensure that the SQLite statement handles required to update the +** target database object currently indicated by the iterator passed +** as the second argument are available. +*/ +static int rbuObjIterPrepareAll( + sqlite3rbu *p, + RbuObjIter *pIter, + int nOffset /* Add "LIMIT -1 OFFSET $nOffset" to SELECT */ +){ + assert( pIter->bCleanup==0 ); + if( pIter->pSelect==0 && rbuObjIterCacheTableInfo(p, pIter)==SQLITE_OK ){ + const int tnum = pIter->iTnum; + char *zCollist = 0; /* List of indexed columns */ + char **pz = &p->zErrmsg; + const char *zIdx = pIter->zIdx; + char *zLimit = 0; + + if( nOffset ){ + zLimit = sqlite3_mprintf(" LIMIT -1 OFFSET %d", nOffset); + if( !zLimit ) p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + if( zIdx ){ + const char *zTbl = pIter->zTbl; + char *zImposterCols = 0; /* Columns for imposter table */ + char *zImposterPK = 0; /* Primary key declaration for imposter */ + char *zWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause on PK columns */ + char *zBind = 0; + int nBind = 0; + + assert( pIter->eType!=RBU_PK_VTAB ); + zCollist = rbuObjIterGetIndexCols( + p, pIter, &zImposterCols, &zImposterPK, &zWhere, &nBind + ); + zBind = rbuObjIterGetBindlist(p, nBind); + + /* Create the imposter table used to write to this index. */ + sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 0, 1); + sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 1,tnum); + rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, + "CREATE TABLE \"rbu_imp_%w\"( %s, PRIMARY KEY( %s ) ) WITHOUT ROWID", + zTbl, zImposterCols, zImposterPK + ); + sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 0, 0); + + /* Create the statement to insert index entries */ + pIter->nCol = nBind; + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError( + p->dbMain, &pIter->pInsert, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO \"rbu_imp_%w\" VALUES(%s)", zTbl, zBind) + ); + } + + /* And to delete index entries */ + if( rbuIsVacuum(p)==0 && p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError( + p->dbMain, &pIter->pDelete, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("DELETE FROM \"rbu_imp_%w\" WHERE %s", zTbl, zWhere) + ); + } + + /* Create the SELECT statement to read keys in sorted order */ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + char *zSql; + if( rbuIsVacuum(p) ){ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT %s, 0 AS rbu_control FROM '%q' ORDER BY %s%s", + zCollist, + pIter->zDataTbl, + zCollist, zLimit + ); + }else + + if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE ){ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT %s, rbu_control FROM %s.'rbu_tmp_%q' ORDER BY %s%s", + zCollist, p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl, + zCollist, zLimit + ); + }else{ + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT %s, rbu_control FROM %s.'rbu_tmp_%q' " + "UNION ALL " + "SELECT %s, rbu_control FROM '%q' " + "WHERE typeof(rbu_control)='integer' AND rbu_control!=1 " + "ORDER BY %s%s", + zCollist, p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl, + zCollist, pIter->zDataTbl, + zCollist, zLimit + ); + } + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pIter->pSelect, pz, zSql); + } + + sqlite3_free(zImposterCols); + sqlite3_free(zImposterPK); + sqlite3_free(zWhere); + sqlite3_free(zBind); + }else{ + int bRbuRowid = (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB) + ||(pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE) + ||(pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL && rbuIsVacuum(p)); + const char *zTbl = pIter->zTbl; /* Table this step applies to */ + const char *zWrite; /* Imposter table name */ + + char *zBindings = rbuObjIterGetBindlist(p, pIter->nTblCol + bRbuRowid); + char *zWhere = rbuObjIterGetWhere(p, pIter); + char *zOldlist = rbuObjIterGetOldlist(p, pIter, "old"); + char *zNewlist = rbuObjIterGetOldlist(p, pIter, "new"); + + zCollist = rbuObjIterGetCollist(p, pIter); + pIter->nCol = pIter->nTblCol; + + /* Create the imposter table or tables (if required). */ + rbuCreateImposterTable(p, pIter); + rbuCreateImposterTable2(p, pIter); + zWrite = (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB ? "" : "rbu_imp_"); + + /* Create the INSERT statement to write to the target PK b-tree */ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pIter->pInsert, pz, + sqlite3_mprintf( + "INSERT INTO \"%s%w\"(%s%s) VALUES(%s)", + zWrite, zTbl, zCollist, (bRbuRowid ? ", _rowid_" : ""), zBindings + ) + ); + } + + /* Create the DELETE statement to write to the target PK b-tree. + ** Because it only performs INSERT operations, this is not required for + ** an rbu vacuum handle. */ + if( rbuIsVacuum(p)==0 && p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pIter->pDelete, pz, + sqlite3_mprintf( + "DELETE FROM \"%s%w\" WHERE %s", zWrite, zTbl, zWhere + ) + ); + } + + if( rbuIsVacuum(p)==0 && pIter->abIndexed ){ + const char *zRbuRowid = ""; + if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE ){ + zRbuRowid = ", rbu_rowid"; + } + + /* Create the rbu_tmp_xxx table and the triggers to populate it. */ + rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbRbu, + "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS %s.'rbu_tmp_%q' AS " + "SELECT *%s FROM '%q' WHERE 0;" + , p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl + , (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL ? ", 0 AS rbu_rowid" : "") + , pIter->zDataTbl + ); + + rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, + "CREATE TEMP TRIGGER rbu_delete_tr BEFORE DELETE ON \"%s%w\" " + "BEGIN " + " SELECT rbu_tmp_insert(3, %s);" + "END;" + + "CREATE TEMP TRIGGER rbu_update1_tr BEFORE UPDATE ON \"%s%w\" " + "BEGIN " + " SELECT rbu_tmp_insert(3, %s);" + "END;" + + "CREATE TEMP TRIGGER rbu_update2_tr AFTER UPDATE ON \"%s%w\" " + "BEGIN " + " SELECT rbu_tmp_insert(4, %s);" + "END;", + zWrite, zTbl, zOldlist, + zWrite, zTbl, zOldlist, + zWrite, zTbl, zNewlist + ); + + if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE ){ + rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, + "CREATE TEMP TRIGGER rbu_insert_tr AFTER INSERT ON \"%s%w\" " + "BEGIN " + " SELECT rbu_tmp_insert(0, %s);" + "END;", + zWrite, zTbl, zNewlist + ); + } + + rbuObjIterPrepareTmpInsert(p, pIter, zCollist, zRbuRowid); + } + + /* Create the SELECT statement to read keys from data_xxx */ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + const char *zRbuRowid = ""; + if( bRbuRowid ){ + zRbuRowid = rbuIsVacuum(p) ? ",_rowid_ " : ",rbu_rowid"; + } + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pIter->pSelect, pz, + sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT %s,%s rbu_control%s FROM '%q'%s", + zCollist, + (rbuIsVacuum(p) ? "0 AS " : ""), + zRbuRowid, + pIter->zDataTbl, zLimit + ) + ); + } + + sqlite3_free(zWhere); + sqlite3_free(zOldlist); + sqlite3_free(zNewlist); + sqlite3_free(zBindings); + } + sqlite3_free(zCollist); + sqlite3_free(zLimit); + } + + return p->rc; +} + +/* +** Set output variable *ppStmt to point to an UPDATE statement that may +** be used to update the imposter table for the main table b-tree of the +** table object that pIter currently points to, assuming that the +** rbu_control column of the data_xyz table contains zMask. +** +** If the zMask string does not specify any columns to update, then this +** is not an error. Output variable *ppStmt is set to NULL in this case. +*/ +static int rbuGetUpdateStmt( + sqlite3rbu *p, /* RBU handle */ + RbuObjIter *pIter, /* Object iterator */ + const char *zMask, /* rbu_control value ('x.x.') */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: UPDATE statement handle */ +){ + RbuUpdateStmt **pp; + RbuUpdateStmt *pUp = 0; + int nUp = 0; + + /* In case an error occurs */ + *ppStmt = 0; + + /* Search for an existing statement. If one is found, shift it to the front + ** of the LRU queue and return immediately. Otherwise, leave nUp pointing + ** to the number of statements currently in the cache and pUp to the + ** last object in the list. */ + for(pp=&pIter->pRbuUpdate; *pp; pp=&((*pp)->pNext)){ + pUp = *pp; + if( strcmp(pUp->zMask, zMask)==0 ){ + *pp = pUp->pNext; + pUp->pNext = pIter->pRbuUpdate; + pIter->pRbuUpdate = pUp; + *ppStmt = pUp->pUpdate; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + nUp++; + } + assert( pUp==0 || pUp->pNext==0 ); + + if( nUp>=SQLITE_RBU_UPDATE_CACHESIZE ){ + for(pp=&pIter->pRbuUpdate; *pp!=pUp; pp=&((*pp)->pNext)); + *pp = 0; + sqlite3_finalize(pUp->pUpdate); + pUp->pUpdate = 0; + }else{ + pUp = (RbuUpdateStmt*)rbuMalloc(p, sizeof(RbuUpdateStmt)+pIter->nTblCol+1); + } + + if( pUp ){ + char *zWhere = rbuObjIterGetWhere(p, pIter); + char *zSet = rbuObjIterGetSetlist(p, pIter, zMask); + char *zUpdate = 0; + + pUp->zMask = (char*)&pUp[1]; + memcpy(pUp->zMask, zMask, pIter->nTblCol); + pUp->pNext = pIter->pRbuUpdate; + pIter->pRbuUpdate = pUp; + + if( zSet ){ + const char *zPrefix = ""; + + if( pIter->eType!=RBU_PK_VTAB ) zPrefix = "rbu_imp_"; + zUpdate = sqlite3_mprintf("UPDATE \"%s%w\" SET %s WHERE %s", + zPrefix, pIter->zTbl, zSet, zWhere + ); + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError( + p->dbMain, &pUp->pUpdate, &p->zErrmsg, zUpdate + ); + *ppStmt = pUp->pUpdate; + } + sqlite3_free(zWhere); + sqlite3_free(zSet); + } + + return p->rc; +} + +static sqlite3 *rbuOpenDbhandle( + sqlite3rbu *p, + const char *zName, + int bUseVfs +){ + sqlite3 *db = 0; + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_URI; + p->rc = sqlite3_open_v2(zName, &db, flags, bUseVfs ? p->zVfsName : 0); + if( p->rc ){ + p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); + sqlite3_close(db); + db = 0; + } + } + return db; +} + +/* +** Free an RbuState object allocated by rbuLoadState(). +*/ +static void rbuFreeState(RbuState *p){ + if( p ){ + sqlite3_free(p->zTbl); + sqlite3_free(p->zIdx); + sqlite3_free(p); + } +} + +/* +** Allocate an RbuState object and load the contents of the rbu_state +** table into it. Return a pointer to the new object. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the object using +** sqlite3_free(). +** +** If an error occurs, leave an error code and message in the rbu handle +** and return NULL. +*/ +static RbuState *rbuLoadState(sqlite3rbu *p){ + RbuState *pRet = 0; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + int rc; + int rc2; + + pRet = (RbuState*)rbuMalloc(p, sizeof(RbuState)); + if( pRet==0 ) return 0; + + rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT k, v FROM %s.rbu_state", p->zStateDb) + ); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + switch( sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0) ){ + case RBU_STATE_STAGE: + pRet->eStage = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1); + if( pRet->eStage!=RBU_STAGE_OAL + && pRet->eStage!=RBU_STAGE_MOVE + && pRet->eStage!=RBU_STAGE_CKPT + ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; + } + break; + + case RBU_STATE_TBL: + pRet->zTbl = rbuStrndup((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1), &rc); + break; + + case RBU_STATE_IDX: + pRet->zIdx = rbuStrndup((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1), &rc); + break; + + case RBU_STATE_ROW: + pRet->nRow = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1); + break; + + case RBU_STATE_PROGRESS: + pRet->nProgress = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1); + break; + + case RBU_STATE_CKPT: + pRet->iWalCksum = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1); + break; + + case RBU_STATE_COOKIE: + pRet->iCookie = (u32)sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1); + break; + + case RBU_STATE_OALSZ: + pRet->iOalSz = (u32)sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1); + break; + + case RBU_STATE_PHASEONESTEP: + pRet->nPhaseOneStep = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1); + break; + + default: + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; + break; + } + } + rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + + p->rc = rc; + return pRet; +} + + +/* +** Open the database handle and attach the RBU database as "rbu". If an +** error occurs, leave an error code and message in the RBU handle. +*/ +static void rbuOpenDatabase(sqlite3rbu *p){ + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( p->dbMain==0 && p->dbRbu==0 ); + assert( rbuIsVacuum(p) || p->zTarget!=0 ); + + /* Open the RBU database */ + p->dbRbu = rbuOpenDbhandle(p, p->zRbu, 1); + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && rbuIsVacuum(p) ){ + sqlite3_file_control(p->dbRbu, "main", SQLITE_FCNTL_RBUCNT, (void*)p); + } + + /* If using separate RBU and state databases, attach the state database to + ** the RBU db handle now. */ + if( p->zState ){ + rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbRbu, "ATTACH %Q AS stat", p->zState); + memcpy(p->zStateDb, "stat", 4); + }else{ + memcpy(p->zStateDb, "main", 4); + } + +#if 0 + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && rbuIsVacuum(p) ){ + p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, "BEGIN", 0, 0, 0); + } +#endif + + /* If it has not already been created, create the rbu_state table */ + rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbRbu, RBU_CREATE_STATE, p->zStateDb); + +#if 0 + if( rbuIsVacuum(p) ){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + int bOk = 0; + sqlite3_stmt *pCnt = 0; + p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pCnt, &p->zErrmsg, + "SELECT count(*) FROM stat.sqlite_master" + ); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK + && sqlite3_step(pCnt)==SQLITE_ROW + && 1==sqlite3_column_int(pCnt, 0) + ){ + bOk = 1; + } + rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pCnt); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ) p->rc = rc2; + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk==0 ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid state database"); + } + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, "COMMIT", 0, 0, 0); + } + } + } +#endif + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && rbuIsVacuum(p) ){ + int bOpen = 0; + int rc; + p->nRbu = 0; + p->pRbuFd = 0; + rc = sqlite3_file_control(p->dbRbu, "main", SQLITE_FCNTL_RBUCNT, (void*)p); + if( rc!=SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) p->rc = rc; + if( p->eStage>=RBU_STAGE_MOVE ){ + bOpen = 1; + }else{ + RbuState *pState = rbuLoadState(p); + if( pState ){ + bOpen = (pState->eStage>RBU_STAGE_MOVE); + rbuFreeState(pState); + } + } + if( bOpen ) p->dbMain = rbuOpenDbhandle(p, p->zRbu, p->nRbu<=1); + } + + p->eStage = 0; + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && p->dbMain==0 ){ + if( !rbuIsVacuum(p) ){ + p->dbMain = rbuOpenDbhandle(p, p->zTarget, 1); + }else if( p->pRbuFd->pWalFd ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("cannot vacuum wal mode database"); + }else{ + char *zTarget; + char *zExtra = 0; + if( strlen(p->zRbu)>=5 && 0==memcmp("file:", p->zRbu, 5) ){ + zExtra = &p->zRbu[5]; + while( *zExtra ){ + if( *zExtra++=='?' ) break; + } + if( *zExtra=='\0' ) zExtra = 0; + } + + zTarget = sqlite3_mprintf("file:%s-vacuum?rbu_memory=1%s%s", + sqlite3_db_filename(p->dbRbu, "main"), + (zExtra==0 ? "" : "&"), (zExtra==0 ? "" : zExtra) + ); + + if( zTarget==0 ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return; + } + p->dbMain = rbuOpenDbhandle(p, zTarget, p->nRbu<=1); + sqlite3_free(zTarget); + } + } + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbMain, + "rbu_tmp_insert", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)p, rbuTmpInsertFunc, 0, 0 + ); + } + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbMain, + "rbu_fossil_delta", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, rbuFossilDeltaFunc, 0, 0 + ); + } + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbRbu, + "rbu_target_name", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)p, rbuTargetNameFunc, 0, 0 + ); + } + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = sqlite3_file_control(p->dbMain, "main", SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU, (void*)p); + } + rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "SELECT * FROM sqlite_master"); + + /* Mark the database file just opened as an RBU target database. If + ** this call returns SQLITE_NOTFOUND, then the RBU vfs is not in use. + ** This is an error. */ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = sqlite3_file_control(p->dbMain, "main", SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU, (void*)p); + } + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("rbu vfs not found"); + } +} + +/* +** This routine is a copy of the sqlite3FileSuffix3() routine from the core. +** It is a no-op unless SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is defined. +** +** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set at compile-time and if the database +** filename in zBaseFilename is a URI with the "8_3_names=1" parameter and +** if filename in z[] has a suffix (a.k.a. "extension") that is longer than +** three characters, then shorten the suffix on z[] to be the last three +** characters of the original suffix. +** +** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set to 2 at compile-time, then always +** do the suffix shortening regardless of URI parameter. +** +** Examples: +** +** test.db-journal => test.nal +** test.db-wal => test.wal +** test.db-shm => test.shm +** test.db-mj7f3319fa => test.9fa +*/ +static void rbuFileSuffix3(const char *zBase, char *z){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES +#if SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES<2 + if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zBase, "8_3_names", 0) ) +#endif + { + int i, sz; + sz = sqlite3Strlen30(z); + for(i=sz-1; i>0 && z[i]!='/' && z[i]!='.'; i--){} + if( z[i]=='.' && ALWAYS(sz>i+4) ) memmove(&z[i+1], &z[sz-3], 4); + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Return the current wal-index header checksum for the target database +** as a 64-bit integer. +** +** The checksum is store in the first page of xShmMap memory as an 8-byte +** blob starting at byte offset 40. +*/ +static i64 rbuShmChecksum(sqlite3rbu *p){ + i64 iRet = 0; + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_file *pDb = p->pTargetFd->pReal; + u32 volatile *ptr; + p->rc = pDb->pMethods->xShmMap(pDb, 0, 32*1024, 0, (void volatile**)&ptr); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + iRet = ((i64)ptr[10] << 32) + ptr[11]; + } + } + return iRet; +} + +/* +** This function is called as part of initializing or reinitializing an +** incremental checkpoint. +** +** It populates the sqlite3rbu.aFrame[] array with the set of +** (wal frame -> db page) copy operations required to checkpoint the +** current wal file, and obtains the set of shm locks required to safely +** perform the copy operations directly on the file-system. +** +** If argument pState is not NULL, then the incremental checkpoint is +** being resumed. In this case, if the checksum of the wal-index-header +** following recovery is not the same as the checksum saved in the RbuState +** object, then the rbu handle is set to DONE state. This occurs if some +** other client appends a transaction to the wal file in the middle of +** an incremental checkpoint. +*/ +static void rbuSetupCheckpoint(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuState *pState){ + + /* If pState is NULL, then the wal file may not have been opened and + ** recovered. Running a read-statement here to ensure that doing so + ** does not interfere with the "capture" process below. */ + if( pState==0 ){ + p->eStage = 0; + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "SELECT * FROM sqlite_master", 0, 0, 0); + } + } + + /* Assuming no error has occurred, run a "restart" checkpoint with the + ** sqlite3rbu.eStage variable set to CAPTURE. This turns on the following + ** special behaviour in the rbu VFS: + ** + ** * If the exclusive shm WRITER or READ0 lock cannot be obtained, + ** the checkpoint fails with SQLITE_BUSY (normally SQLite would + ** proceed with running a passive checkpoint instead of failing). + ** + ** * Attempts to read from the *-wal file or write to the database file + ** do not perform any IO. Instead, the frame/page combinations that + ** would be read/written are recorded in the sqlite3rbu.aFrame[] + ** array. + ** + ** * Calls to xShmLock(UNLOCK) to release the exclusive shm WRITER, + ** READ0 and CHECKPOINT locks taken as part of the checkpoint are + ** no-ops. These locks will not be released until the connection + ** is closed. + ** + ** * Attempting to xSync() the database file causes an SQLITE_INTERNAL + ** error. + ** + ** As a result, unless an error (i.e. OOM or SQLITE_BUSY) occurs, the + ** checkpoint below fails with SQLITE_INTERNAL, and leaves the aFrame[] + ** array populated with a set of (frame -> page) mappings. Because the + ** WRITER, CHECKPOINT and READ0 locks are still held, it is safe to copy + ** data from the wal file into the database file according to the + ** contents of aFrame[]. + */ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_CAPTURE; + rc2 = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "PRAGMA main.wal_checkpoint=restart", 0, 0,0); + if( rc2!=SQLITE_INTERNAL ) p->rc = rc2; + } + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_CKPT; + p->nStep = (pState ? pState->nRow : 0); + p->aBuf = rbuMalloc(p, p->pgsz); + p->iWalCksum = rbuShmChecksum(p); + } + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pState && pState->iWalCksum!=p->iWalCksum ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_DONE; + p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_DONE; + } +} + +/* +** Called when iAmt bytes are read from offset iOff of the wal file while +** the rbu object is in capture mode. Record the frame number of the frame +** being read in the aFrame[] array. +*/ +static int rbuCaptureWalRead(sqlite3rbu *pRbu, i64 iOff, int iAmt){ + const u32 mReq = (1<<WAL_LOCK_WRITE)|(1<<WAL_LOCK_CKPT)|(1<<WAL_LOCK_READ0); + u32 iFrame; + + if( pRbu->mLock!=mReq ){ + pRbu->rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + return SQLITE_INTERNAL; + } + + pRbu->pgsz = iAmt; + if( pRbu->nFrame==pRbu->nFrameAlloc ){ + int nNew = (pRbu->nFrameAlloc ? pRbu->nFrameAlloc : 64) * 2; + RbuFrame *aNew; + aNew = (RbuFrame*)sqlite3_realloc64(pRbu->aFrame, nNew * sizeof(RbuFrame)); + if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pRbu->aFrame = aNew; + pRbu->nFrameAlloc = nNew; + } + + iFrame = (u32)((iOff-32) / (i64)(iAmt+24)) + 1; + if( pRbu->iMaxFrame<iFrame ) pRbu->iMaxFrame = iFrame; + pRbu->aFrame[pRbu->nFrame].iWalFrame = iFrame; + pRbu->aFrame[pRbu->nFrame].iDbPage = 0; + pRbu->nFrame++; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Called when a page of data is written to offset iOff of the database +** file while the rbu handle is in capture mode. Record the page number +** of the page being written in the aFrame[] array. +*/ +static int rbuCaptureDbWrite(sqlite3rbu *pRbu, i64 iOff){ + pRbu->aFrame[pRbu->nFrame-1].iDbPage = (u32)(iOff / pRbu->pgsz) + 1; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This is called as part of an incremental checkpoint operation. Copy +** a single frame of data from the wal file into the database file, as +** indicated by the RbuFrame object. +*/ +static void rbuCheckpointFrame(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuFrame *pFrame){ + sqlite3_file *pWal = p->pTargetFd->pWalFd->pReal; + sqlite3_file *pDb = p->pTargetFd->pReal; + i64 iOff; + + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + iOff = (i64)(pFrame->iWalFrame-1) * (p->pgsz + 24) + 32 + 24; + p->rc = pWal->pMethods->xRead(pWal, p->aBuf, p->pgsz, iOff); + if( p->rc ) return; + + iOff = (i64)(pFrame->iDbPage-1) * p->pgsz; + p->rc = pDb->pMethods->xWrite(pDb, p->aBuf, p->pgsz, iOff); +} + + +/* +** Take an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. +*/ +static void rbuLockDatabase(sqlite3rbu *p){ + sqlite3_file *pReal = p->pTargetFd->pReal; + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + p->rc = pReal->pMethods->xLock(pReal, SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = pReal->pMethods->xLock(pReal, SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); + } +} + +#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) +static LPWSTR rbuWinUtf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){ + int nChar; + LPWSTR zWideFilename; + + nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, 0); + if( nChar==0 ){ + return 0; + } + zWideFilename = sqlite3_malloc64( nChar*sizeof(zWideFilename[0]) ); + if( zWideFilename==0 ){ + return 0; + } + memset(zWideFilename, 0, nChar*sizeof(zWideFilename[0])); + nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, zWideFilename, + nChar); + if( nChar==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zWideFilename); + zWideFilename = 0; + } + return zWideFilename; +} +#endif + +/* +** The RBU handle is currently in RBU_STAGE_OAL state, with a SHARED lock +** on the database file. This proc moves the *-oal file to the *-wal path, +** then reopens the database file (this time in vanilla, non-oal, WAL mode). +** If an error occurs, leave an error code and error message in the rbu +** handle. +*/ +static void rbuMoveOalFile(sqlite3rbu *p){ + const char *zBase = sqlite3_db_filename(p->dbMain, "main"); + const char *zMove = zBase; + char *zOal; + char *zWal; + + if( rbuIsVacuum(p) ){ + zMove = sqlite3_db_filename(p->dbRbu, "main"); + } + zOal = sqlite3_mprintf("%s-oal", zMove); + zWal = sqlite3_mprintf("%s-wal", zMove); + + assert( p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_MOVE ); + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && p->zErrmsg==0 ); + if( zWal==0 || zOal==0 ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + /* Move the *-oal file to *-wal. At this point connection p->db is + ** holding a SHARED lock on the target database file (because it is + ** in WAL mode). So no other connection may be writing the db. + ** + ** In order to ensure that there are no database readers, an EXCLUSIVE + ** lock is obtained here before the *-oal is moved to *-wal. + */ + rbuLockDatabase(p); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rbuFileSuffix3(zBase, zWal); + rbuFileSuffix3(zBase, zOal); + + /* Re-open the databases. */ + rbuObjIterFinalize(&p->objiter); + sqlite3_close(p->dbRbu); + sqlite3_close(p->dbMain); + p->dbMain = 0; + p->dbRbu = 0; + +#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) + { + LPWSTR zWideOal; + LPWSTR zWideWal; + + zWideOal = rbuWinUtf8ToUnicode(zOal); + if( zWideOal ){ + zWideWal = rbuWinUtf8ToUnicode(zWal); + if( zWideWal ){ + if( MoveFileW(zWideOal, zWideWal) ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + p->rc = SQLITE_IOERR; + } + sqlite3_free(zWideWal); + }else{ + p->rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; + } + sqlite3_free(zWideOal); + }else{ + p->rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; + } + } +#else + p->rc = rename(zOal, zWal) ? SQLITE_IOERR : SQLITE_OK; +#endif + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rbuOpenDatabase(p); + rbuSetupCheckpoint(p, 0); + } + } + } + + sqlite3_free(zWal); + sqlite3_free(zOal); +} + +/* +** The SELECT statement iterating through the keys for the current object +** (p->objiter.pSelect) currently points to a valid row. This function +** determines the type of operation requested by this row and returns +** one of the following values to indicate the result: +** +** * RBU_INSERT +** * RBU_DELETE +** * RBU_IDX_DELETE +** * RBU_UPDATE +** +** If RBU_UPDATE is returned, then output variable *pzMask is set to +** point to the text value indicating the columns to update. +** +** If the rbu_control field contains an invalid value, an error code and +** message are left in the RBU handle and zero returned. +*/ +static int rbuStepType(sqlite3rbu *p, const char **pzMask){ + int iCol = p->objiter.nCol; /* Index of rbu_control column */ + int res = 0; /* Return value */ + + switch( sqlite3_column_type(p->objiter.pSelect, iCol) ){ + case SQLITE_INTEGER: { + int iVal = sqlite3_column_int(p->objiter.pSelect, iCol); + switch( iVal ){ + case 0: res = RBU_INSERT; break; + case 1: res = RBU_DELETE; break; + case 2: res = RBU_REPLACE; break; + case 3: res = RBU_IDX_DELETE; break; + case 4: res = RBU_IDX_INSERT; break; + } + break; + } + + case SQLITE_TEXT: { + const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_column_text(p->objiter.pSelect, iCol); + if( z==0 ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + *pzMask = (const char*)z; + } + res = RBU_UPDATE; + + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + + if( res==0 ){ + rbuBadControlError(p); + } + return res; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Assert that column iCol of statement pStmt is named zName. +*/ +static void assertColumnName(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int iCol, const char *zName){ + const char *zCol = sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, iCol); + assert( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zName, zCol) ); +} +#else +# define assertColumnName(x,y,z) +#endif + +/* +** Argument eType must be one of RBU_INSERT, RBU_DELETE, RBU_IDX_INSERT or +** RBU_IDX_DELETE. This function performs the work of a single +** sqlite3rbu_step() call for the type of operation specified by eType. +*/ +static void rbuStepOneOp(sqlite3rbu *p, int eType){ + RbuObjIter *pIter = &p->objiter; + sqlite3_value *pVal; + sqlite3_stmt *pWriter; + int i; + + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( eType!=RBU_DELETE || pIter->zIdx==0 ); + assert( eType==RBU_DELETE || eType==RBU_IDX_DELETE + || eType==RBU_INSERT || eType==RBU_IDX_INSERT + ); + + /* If this is a delete, decrement nPhaseOneStep by nIndex. If the DELETE + ** statement below does actually delete a row, nPhaseOneStep will be + ** incremented by the same amount when SQL function rbu_tmp_insert() + ** is invoked by the trigger. */ + if( eType==RBU_DELETE ){ + p->nPhaseOneStep -= p->objiter.nIndex; + } + + if( eType==RBU_IDX_DELETE || eType==RBU_DELETE ){ + pWriter = pIter->pDelete; + }else{ + pWriter = pIter->pInsert; + } + + for(i=0; i<pIter->nCol; i++){ + /* If this is an INSERT into a table b-tree and the table has an + ** explicit INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, check that this is not an attempt + ** to write a NULL into the IPK column. That is not permitted. */ + if( eType==RBU_INSERT + && pIter->zIdx==0 && pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK && pIter->abTblPk[i] + && sqlite3_column_type(pIter->pSelect, i)==SQLITE_NULL + ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH; + p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("datatype mismatch"); + return; + } + + if( eType==RBU_DELETE && pIter->abTblPk[i]==0 ){ + continue; + } + + pVal = sqlite3_column_value(pIter->pSelect, i); + p->rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pWriter, i+1, pVal); + if( p->rc ) return; + } + if( pIter->zIdx==0 ){ + if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB + || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE + || (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL && rbuIsVacuum(p)) + ){ + /* For a virtual table, or a table with no primary key, the + ** SELECT statement is: + ** + ** SELECT <cols>, rbu_control, rbu_rowid FROM .... + ** + ** Hence column_value(pIter->nCol+1). + */ + assertColumnName(pIter->pSelect, pIter->nCol+1, + rbuIsVacuum(p) ? "rowid" : "rbu_rowid" + ); + pVal = sqlite3_column_value(pIter->pSelect, pIter->nCol+1); + p->rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pWriter, pIter->nCol+1, pVal); + } + } + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_step(pWriter); + p->rc = resetAndCollectError(pWriter, &p->zErrmsg); + } +} + +/* +** This function does the work for an sqlite3rbu_step() call. +** +** The object-iterator (p->objiter) currently points to a valid object, +** and the input cursor (p->objiter.pSelect) currently points to a valid +** input row. Perform whatever processing is required and return. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an error code +** and message is left in the RBU handle and a copy of the error code +** returned. +*/ +static int rbuStep(sqlite3rbu *p){ + RbuObjIter *pIter = &p->objiter; + const char *zMask = 0; + int eType = rbuStepType(p, &zMask); + + if( eType ){ + assert( eType==RBU_INSERT || eType==RBU_DELETE + || eType==RBU_REPLACE || eType==RBU_IDX_DELETE + || eType==RBU_IDX_INSERT || eType==RBU_UPDATE + ); + assert( eType!=RBU_UPDATE || pIter->zIdx==0 ); + + if( pIter->zIdx==0 && (eType==RBU_IDX_DELETE || eType==RBU_IDX_INSERT) ){ + rbuBadControlError(p); + } + else if( eType==RBU_REPLACE ){ + if( pIter->zIdx==0 ){ + p->nPhaseOneStep += p->objiter.nIndex; + rbuStepOneOp(p, RBU_DELETE); + } + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ) rbuStepOneOp(p, RBU_INSERT); + } + else if( eType!=RBU_UPDATE ){ + rbuStepOneOp(p, eType); + } + else{ + sqlite3_value *pVal; + sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate = 0; + assert( eType==RBU_UPDATE ); + p->nPhaseOneStep -= p->objiter.nIndex; + rbuGetUpdateStmt(p, pIter, zMask, &pUpdate); + if( pUpdate ){ + int i; + for(i=0; p->rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pIter->nCol; i++){ + char c = zMask[pIter->aiSrcOrder[i]]; + pVal = sqlite3_column_value(pIter->pSelect, i); + if( pIter->abTblPk[i] || c!='.' ){ + p->rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pUpdate, i+1, pVal); + } + } + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK + && (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE) + ){ + /* Bind the rbu_rowid value to column _rowid_ */ + assertColumnName(pIter->pSelect, pIter->nCol+1, "rbu_rowid"); + pVal = sqlite3_column_value(pIter->pSelect, pIter->nCol+1); + p->rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pUpdate, pIter->nCol+1, pVal); + } + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_step(pUpdate); + p->rc = resetAndCollectError(pUpdate, &p->zErrmsg); + } + } + } + } + return p->rc; +} + +/* +** Increment the schema cookie of the main database opened by p->dbMain. +** +** Or, if this is an RBU vacuum, set the schema cookie of the main db +** opened by p->dbMain to one more than the schema cookie of the main +** db opened by p->dbRbu. +*/ +static void rbuIncrSchemaCookie(sqlite3rbu *p){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3 *dbread = (rbuIsVacuum(p) ? p->dbRbu : p->dbMain); + int iCookie = 1000000; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + + p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(dbread, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, + "PRAGMA schema_version" + ); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* Coverage: it may be that this sqlite3_step() cannot fail. There + ** is already a transaction open, so the prepared statement cannot + ** throw an SQLITE_SCHEMA exception. The only database page the + ** statement reads is page 1, which is guaranteed to be in the cache. + ** And no memory allocations are required. */ + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + iCookie = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); + } + rbuFinalize(p, pStmt); + } + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "PRAGMA schema_version = %d", iCookie+1); + } + } +} + +/* +** Update the contents of the rbu_state table within the rbu database. The +** value stored in the RBU_STATE_STAGE column is eStage. All other values +** are determined by inspecting the rbu handle passed as the first argument. +*/ +static void rbuSaveState(sqlite3rbu *p, int eStage){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pInsert = 0; + rbu_file *pFd = (rbuIsVacuum(p) ? p->pRbuFd : p->pTargetFd); + int rc; + + assert( p->zErrmsg==0 ); + rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pInsert, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf( + "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO %s.rbu_state(k, v) VALUES " + "(%d, %d), " + "(%d, %Q), " + "(%d, %Q), " + "(%d, %d), " + "(%d, %d), " + "(%d, %lld), " + "(%d, %lld), " + "(%d, %lld), " + "(%d, %lld) ", + p->zStateDb, + RBU_STATE_STAGE, eStage, + RBU_STATE_TBL, p->objiter.zTbl, + RBU_STATE_IDX, p->objiter.zIdx, + RBU_STATE_ROW, p->nStep, + RBU_STATE_PROGRESS, p->nProgress, + RBU_STATE_CKPT, p->iWalCksum, + RBU_STATE_COOKIE, (i64)pFd->iCookie, + RBU_STATE_OALSZ, p->iOalSz, + RBU_STATE_PHASEONESTEP, p->nPhaseOneStep + ) + ); + assert( pInsert==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_step(pInsert); + rc = sqlite3_finalize(pInsert); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) p->rc = rc; + } +} + + +/* +** The second argument passed to this function is the name of a PRAGMA +** setting - "page_size", "auto_vacuum", "user_version" or "application_id". +** This function executes the following on sqlite3rbu.dbRbu: +** +** "PRAGMA main.$zPragma" +** +** where $zPragma is the string passed as the second argument, then +** on sqlite3rbu.dbMain: +** +** "PRAGMA main.$zPragma = $val" +** +** where $val is the value returned by the first PRAGMA invocation. +** +** In short, it copies the value of the specified PRAGMA setting from +** dbRbu to dbMain. +*/ +static void rbuCopyPragma(sqlite3rbu *p, const char *zPragma){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pPragma = 0; + p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pPragma, &p->zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.%s", zPragma) + ); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pPragma) ){ + p->rc = rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "PRAGMA main.%s = %d", + zPragma, sqlite3_column_int(pPragma, 0) + ); + } + rbuFinalize(p, pPragma); + } +} + +/* +** The RBU handle passed as the only argument has just been opened and +** the state database is empty. If this RBU handle was opened for an +** RBU vacuum operation, create the schema in the target db. +*/ +static void rbuCreateTargetSchema(sqlite3rbu *p){ + sqlite3_stmt *pSql = 0; + sqlite3_stmt *pInsert = 0; + + assert( rbuIsVacuum(p) ); + p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "PRAGMA writable_schema=1", 0,0, &p->zErrmsg); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pSql, &p->zErrmsg, + "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql!='' AND rootpage!=0" + " AND name!='sqlite_sequence' " + " ORDER BY type DESC" + ); + } + + while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pSql)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + const char *zSql = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pSql, 0); + p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, zSql, 0, 0, &p->zErrmsg); + } + rbuFinalize(p, pSql); + if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return; + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pSql, &p->zErrmsg, + "SELECT * FROM sqlite_master WHERE rootpage=0 OR rootpage IS NULL" + ); + } + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pInsert, &p->zErrmsg, + "INSERT INTO sqlite_master VALUES(?,?,?,?,?)" + ); + } + + while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pSql)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<5; i++){ + sqlite3_bind_value(pInsert, i+1, sqlite3_column_value(pSql, i)); + } + sqlite3_step(pInsert); + p->rc = sqlite3_reset(pInsert); + } + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "PRAGMA writable_schema=0",0,0,&p->zErrmsg); + } + + rbuFinalize(p, pSql); + rbuFinalize(p, pInsert); +} + +/* +** Step the RBU object. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3rbu_step(sqlite3rbu *p){ + if( p ){ + switch( p->eStage ){ + case RBU_STAGE_OAL: { + RbuObjIter *pIter = &p->objiter; + + /* If this is an RBU vacuum operation and the state table was empty + ** when this handle was opened, create the target database schema. */ + if( rbuIsVacuum(p) && p->nProgress==0 && p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rbuCreateTargetSchema(p); + rbuCopyPragma(p, "user_version"); + rbuCopyPragma(p, "application_id"); + } + + while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->zTbl ){ + + if( pIter->bCleanup ){ + /* Clean up the rbu_tmp_xxx table for the previous table. It + ** cannot be dropped as there are currently active SQL statements. + ** But the contents can be deleted. */ + if( rbuIsVacuum(p)==0 && pIter->abIndexed ){ + rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbRbu, + "DELETE FROM %s.'rbu_tmp_%q'", p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl + ); + } + }else{ + rbuObjIterPrepareAll(p, pIter, 0); + + /* Advance to the next row to process. */ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc = sqlite3_step(pIter->pSelect); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + p->nProgress++; + p->nStep++; + return rbuStep(p); + } + p->rc = sqlite3_reset(pIter->pSelect); + p->nStep = 0; + } + } + + rbuObjIterNext(p, pIter); + } + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( pIter->zTbl==0 ); + rbuSaveState(p, RBU_STAGE_MOVE); + rbuIncrSchemaCookie(p); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "COMMIT", 0, 0, &p->zErrmsg); + } + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, "COMMIT", 0, 0, &p->zErrmsg); + } + p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_MOVE; + } + break; + } + + case RBU_STAGE_MOVE: { + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rbuMoveOalFile(p); + p->nProgress++; + } + break; + } + + case RBU_STAGE_CKPT: { + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( p->nStep>=p->nFrame ){ + sqlite3_file *pDb = p->pTargetFd->pReal; + + /* Sync the db file */ + p->rc = pDb->pMethods->xSync(pDb, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); + + /* Update nBackfill */ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + void volatile *ptr; + p->rc = pDb->pMethods->xShmMap(pDb, 0, 32*1024, 0, &ptr); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + ((u32 volatile*)ptr)[24] = p->iMaxFrame; + } + } + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_DONE; + p->rc = SQLITE_DONE; + } + }else{ + RbuFrame *pFrame = &p->aFrame[p->nStep]; + rbuCheckpointFrame(p, pFrame); + p->nStep++; + } + p->nProgress++; + } + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + return p->rc; + }else{ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } +} + +/* +** Compare strings z1 and z2, returning 0 if they are identical, or non-zero +** otherwise. Either or both argument may be NULL. Two NULL values are +** considered equal, and NULL is considered distinct from all other values. +*/ +static int rbuStrCompare(const char *z1, const char *z2){ + if( z1==0 && z2==0 ) return 0; + if( z1==0 || z2==0 ) return 1; + return (sqlite3_stricmp(z1, z2)!=0); +} + +/* +** This function is called as part of sqlite3rbu_open() when initializing +** an rbu handle in OAL stage. If the rbu update has not started (i.e. +** the rbu_state table was empty) it is a no-op. Otherwise, it arranges +** things so that the next call to sqlite3rbu_step() continues on from +** where the previous rbu handle left off. +** +** If an error occurs, an error code and error message are left in the +** rbu handle passed as the first argument. +*/ +static void rbuSetupOal(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuState *pState){ + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + if( pState->zTbl ){ + RbuObjIter *pIter = &p->objiter; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->zTbl && (pIter->bCleanup + || rbuStrCompare(pIter->zIdx, pState->zIdx) + || rbuStrCompare(pIter->zTbl, pState->zTbl) + )){ + rc = rbuObjIterNext(p, pIter); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pIter->zTbl ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("rbu_state mismatch error"); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->nStep = pState->nRow; + rc = rbuObjIterPrepareAll(p, &p->objiter, p->nStep); + } + + p->rc = rc; + } +} + +/* +** If there is a "*-oal" file in the file-system corresponding to the +** target database in the file-system, delete it. If an error occurs, +** leave an error code and error message in the rbu handle. +*/ +static void rbuDeleteOalFile(sqlite3rbu *p){ + char *zOal = rbuMPrintf(p, "%s-oal", p->zTarget); + if( zOal ){ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0); + assert( pVfs && p->rc==SQLITE_OK && p->zErrmsg==0 ); + pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zOal, 0); + sqlite3_free(zOal); + } +} + +/* +** Allocate a private rbu VFS for the rbu handle passed as the only +** argument. This VFS will be used unless the call to sqlite3rbu_open() +** specified a URI with a vfs=? option in place of a target database +** file name. +*/ +static void rbuCreateVfs(sqlite3rbu *p){ + int rnd; + char zRnd[64]; + + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(int), (void*)&rnd); + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zRnd), zRnd, "rbu_vfs_%d", rnd); + p->rc = sqlite3rbu_create_vfs(zRnd, 0); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zRnd); + assert( pVfs ); + p->zVfsName = pVfs->zName; + } +} + +/* +** Destroy the private VFS created for the rbu handle passed as the only +** argument by an earlier call to rbuCreateVfs(). +*/ +static void rbuDeleteVfs(sqlite3rbu *p){ + if( p->zVfsName ){ + sqlite3rbu_destroy_vfs(p->zVfsName); + p->zVfsName = 0; + } +} + +/* +** This user-defined SQL function is invoked with a single argument - the +** name of a table expected to appear in the target database. It returns +** the number of auxilliary indexes on the table. +*/ +static void rbuIndexCntFunc( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + int nVal, + sqlite3_value **apVal +){ + sqlite3rbu *p = (sqlite3rbu*)sqlite3_user_data(pCtx); + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + char *zErrmsg = 0; + int rc; + + assert( nVal==1 ); + + rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pStmt, &zErrmsg, + sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_master " + "WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name = %Q", sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0])) + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zErrmsg, -1); + }else{ + int nIndex = 0; + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + nIndex = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); + } + rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, nIndex); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, sqlite3_errmsg(p->dbMain), -1); + } + } + + sqlite3_free(zErrmsg); +} + +/* +** If the RBU database contains the rbu_count table, use it to initialize +** the sqlite3rbu.nPhaseOneStep variable. The schema of the rbu_count table +** is assumed to contain the same columns as: +** +** CREATE TABLE rbu_count(tbl TEXT PRIMARY KEY, cnt INTEGER) WITHOUT ROWID; +** +** There should be one row in the table for each data_xxx table in the +** database. The 'tbl' column should contain the name of a data_xxx table, +** and the cnt column the number of rows it contains. +** +** sqlite3rbu.nPhaseOneStep is initialized to the sum of (1 + nIndex) * cnt +** for all rows in the rbu_count table, where nIndex is the number of +** indexes on the corresponding target database table. +*/ +static void rbuInitPhaseOneSteps(sqlite3rbu *p){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + int bExists = 0; /* True if rbu_count exists */ + + p->nPhaseOneStep = -1; + + p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbRbu, + "rbu_index_cnt", 1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)p, rbuIndexCntFunc, 0, 0 + ); + + /* Check for the rbu_count table. If it does not exist, or if an error + ** occurs, nPhaseOneStep will be left set to -1. */ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, + "SELECT 1 FROM sqlite_master WHERE tbl_name = 'rbu_count'" + ); + } + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + bExists = 1; + } + p->rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + } + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){ + p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, + "SELECT sum(cnt * (1 + rbu_index_cnt(rbu_target_name(tbl))))" + "FROM rbu_count" + ); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + p->nPhaseOneStep = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0); + } + p->rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + } + } + } +} + + +static sqlite3rbu *openRbuHandle( + const char *zTarget, + const char *zRbu, + const char *zState +){ + sqlite3rbu *p; + size_t nTarget = zTarget ? strlen(zTarget) : 0; + size_t nRbu = strlen(zRbu); + size_t nState = zState ? strlen(zState) : 0; + size_t nByte = sizeof(sqlite3rbu) + nTarget+1 + nRbu+1+ nState+1; + + p = (sqlite3rbu*)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte); + if( p ){ + RbuState *pState = 0; + + /* Create the custom VFS. */ + memset(p, 0, sizeof(sqlite3rbu)); + rbuCreateVfs(p); + + /* Open the target, RBU and state databases */ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + char *pCsr = (char*)&p[1]; + if( zTarget ){ + p->zTarget = pCsr; + memcpy(p->zTarget, zTarget, nTarget+1); + pCsr += nTarget+1; + } + p->zRbu = pCsr; + memcpy(p->zRbu, zRbu, nRbu+1); + pCsr += nRbu+1; + if( zState ){ + p->zState = pCsr; + memcpy(p->zState, zState, nState+1); + } + rbuOpenDatabase(p); + } + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pState = rbuLoadState(p); + assert( pState || p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + + if( pState->eStage==0 ){ + rbuDeleteOalFile(p); + rbuInitPhaseOneSteps(p); + p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_OAL; + }else{ + p->eStage = pState->eStage; + p->nPhaseOneStep = pState->nPhaseOneStep; + } + p->nProgress = pState->nProgress; + p->iOalSz = pState->iOalSz; + } + } + assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK || p->eStage!=0 ); + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && p->pTargetFd->pWalFd ){ + if( p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("cannot update wal mode database"); + }else if( p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_MOVE ){ + p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_CKPT; + p->nStep = 0; + } + } + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK + && (p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL || p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_MOVE) + && pState->eStage!=0 + ){ + rbu_file *pFd = (rbuIsVacuum(p) ? p->pRbuFd : p->pTargetFd); + if( pFd->iCookie!=pState->iCookie ){ + /* At this point (pTargetFd->iCookie) contains the value of the + ** change-counter cookie (the thing that gets incremented when a + ** transaction is committed in rollback mode) currently stored on + ** page 1 of the database file. */ + p->rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("database modified during rbu %s", + (rbuIsVacuum(p) ? "vacuum" : "update") + ); + } + } + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL ){ + sqlite3 *db = p->dbMain; + + if( pState->eStage==0 && rbuIsVacuum(p) ){ + rbuCopyPragma(p, "page_size"); + rbuCopyPragma(p, "auto_vacuum"); + } + + /* Open transactions both databases. The *-oal file is opened or + ** created at this point. */ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "BEGIN IMMEDIATE", 0, 0, &p->zErrmsg); + } + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, "BEGIN", 0, 0, &p->zErrmsg); + } + + /* Check if the main database is a zipvfs db. If it is, set the upper + ** level pager to use "journal_mode=off". This prevents it from + ** generating a large journal using a temp file. */ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int frc = sqlite3_file_control(db, "main", SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS, 0); + if( frc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "PRAGMA journal_mode=off",0,0,&p->zErrmsg); + } + } + + /* Point the object iterator at the first object */ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = rbuObjIterFirst(p, &p->objiter); + } + + /* If the RBU database contains no data_xxx tables, declare the RBU + ** update finished. */ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && p->objiter.zTbl==0 ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_DONE; + } + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rbuSetupOal(p, pState); + } + + }else if( p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_MOVE ){ + /* no-op */ + }else if( p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_CKPT ){ + rbuSetupCheckpoint(p, pState); + }else if( p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_DONE ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_DONE; + }else{ + p->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; + } + } + + rbuFreeState(pState); + } + + return p; +} + +/* +** Open and return a new RBU handle. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3rbu_open( + const char *zTarget, + const char *zRbu, + const char *zState +){ + /* TODO: Check that zTarget and zRbu are non-NULL */ + return openRbuHandle(zTarget, zRbu, zState); +} + +/* +** Open a handle to begin or resume an RBU VACUUM operation. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3rbu_vacuum( + const char *zTarget, + const char *zState +){ + /* TODO: Check that both arguments are non-NULL */ + return openRbuHandle(0, zTarget, zState); +} + +/* +** Return the database handle used by pRbu. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3 *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3rbu_db(sqlite3rbu *pRbu, int bRbu){ + sqlite3 *db = 0; + if( pRbu ){ + db = (bRbu ? pRbu->dbRbu : pRbu->dbMain); + } + return db; +} + + +/* +** If the error code currently stored in the RBU handle is SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, +** then edit any error message string so as to remove all occurrences of +** the pattern "rbu_imp_[0-9]*". +*/ +static void rbuEditErrmsg(sqlite3rbu *p){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && p->zErrmsg ){ + unsigned int i; + size_t nErrmsg = strlen(p->zErrmsg); + for(i=0; i<(nErrmsg-8); i++){ + if( memcmp(&p->zErrmsg[i], "rbu_imp_", 8)==0 ){ + int nDel = 8; + while( p->zErrmsg[i+nDel]>='0' && p->zErrmsg[i+nDel]<='9' ) nDel++; + memmove(&p->zErrmsg[i], &p->zErrmsg[i+nDel], nErrmsg + 1 - i - nDel); + nErrmsg -= nDel; + } + } + } +} + +/* +** Close the RBU handle. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3rbu_close(sqlite3rbu *p, char **pzErrmsg){ + int rc; + if( p ){ + + /* Commit the transaction to the *-oal file. */ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL ){ + p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "COMMIT", 0, 0, &p->zErrmsg); + } + + rbuSaveState(p, p->eStage); + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL ){ + p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, "COMMIT", 0, 0, &p->zErrmsg); + } + + /* Close any open statement handles. */ + rbuObjIterFinalize(&p->objiter); + + /* If this is an RBU vacuum handle and the vacuum has either finished + ** successfully or encountered an error, delete the contents of the + ** state table. This causes the next call to sqlite3rbu_vacuum() + ** specifying the current target and state databases to start a new + ** vacuum from scratch. */ + if( rbuIsVacuum(p) && p->rc!=SQLITE_OK && p->dbRbu ){ + int rc2 = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, "DELETE FROM stat.rbu_state", 0, 0, 0); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_DONE && rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) p->rc = rc2; + } + + /* Close the open database handle and VFS object. */ + sqlite3_close(p->dbRbu); + sqlite3_close(p->dbMain); + rbuDeleteVfs(p); + sqlite3_free(p->aBuf); + sqlite3_free(p->aFrame); + + rbuEditErrmsg(p); + rc = p->rc; + *pzErrmsg = p->zErrmsg; + sqlite3_free(p); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + *pzErrmsg = 0; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the total number of key-value operations (inserts, deletes or +** updates) that have been performed on the target database since the +** current RBU update was started. +*/ +SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3rbu_progress(sqlite3rbu *pRbu){ + return pRbu->nProgress; +} + +/* +** Return permyriadage progress indications for the two main stages of +** an RBU update. +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3rbu_bp_progress(sqlite3rbu *p, int *pnOne, int *pnTwo){ + const int MAX_PROGRESS = 10000; + switch( p->eStage ){ + case RBU_STAGE_OAL: + if( p->nPhaseOneStep>0 ){ + *pnOne = (int)(MAX_PROGRESS * (i64)p->nProgress/(i64)p->nPhaseOneStep); + }else{ + *pnOne = -1; + } + *pnTwo = 0; + break; + + case RBU_STAGE_MOVE: + *pnOne = MAX_PROGRESS; + *pnTwo = 0; + break; + + case RBU_STAGE_CKPT: + *pnOne = MAX_PROGRESS; + *pnTwo = (int)(MAX_PROGRESS * (i64)p->nStep / (i64)p->nFrame); + break; + + case RBU_STAGE_DONE: + *pnOne = MAX_PROGRESS; + *pnTwo = MAX_PROGRESS; + break; + + default: + assert( 0 ); + } +} + +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3rbu_savestate(sqlite3rbu *p){ + int rc = p->rc; + + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) return SQLITE_OK; + + assert( p->eStage>=RBU_STAGE_OAL && p->eStage<=RBU_STAGE_DONE ); + if( p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL ){ + assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "COMMIT", 0, 0, 0); + } + + p->rc = rc; + rbuSaveState(p, p->eStage); + rc = p->rc; + + if( p->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL ){ + assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, "COMMIT", 0, 0, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, "BEGIN IMMEDIATE", 0, 0, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "BEGIN IMMEDIATE", 0, 0,0); + } + + p->rc = rc; + return rc; +} + +/************************************************************************** +** Beginning of RBU VFS shim methods. The VFS shim modifies the behaviour +** of a standard VFS in the following ways: +** +** 1. Whenever the first page of a main database file is read or +** written, the value of the change-counter cookie is stored in +** rbu_file.iCookie. Similarly, the value of the "write-version" +** database header field is stored in rbu_file.iWriteVer. This ensures +** that the values are always trustworthy within an open transaction. +** +** 2. Whenever an SQLITE_OPEN_WAL file is opened, the (rbu_file.pWalFd) +** member variable of the associated database file descriptor is set +** to point to the new file. A mutex protected linked list of all main +** db fds opened using a particular RBU VFS is maintained at +** rbu_vfs.pMain to facilitate this. +** +** 3. Using a new file-control "SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU", a main db rbu_file +** object can be marked as the target database of an RBU update. This +** turns on the following extra special behaviour: +** +** 3a. If xAccess() is called to check if there exists a *-wal file +** associated with an RBU target database currently in RBU_STAGE_OAL +** stage (preparing the *-oal file), the following special handling +** applies: +** +** * if the *-wal file does exist, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN. An RBU +** target database may not be in wal mode already. +** +** * if the *-wal file does not exist, set the output parameter to +** non-zero (to tell SQLite that it does exist) anyway. +** +** Then, when xOpen() is called to open the *-wal file associated with +** the RBU target in RBU_STAGE_OAL stage, instead of opening the *-wal +** file, the rbu vfs opens the corresponding *-oal file instead. +** +** 3b. The *-shm pages returned by xShmMap() for a target db file in +** RBU_STAGE_OAL mode are actually stored in heap memory. This is to +** avoid creating a *-shm file on disk. Additionally, xShmLock() calls +** are no-ops on target database files in RBU_STAGE_OAL mode. This is +** because assert() statements in some VFS implementations fail if +** xShmLock() is called before xShmMap(). +** +** 3c. If an EXCLUSIVE lock is attempted on a target database file in any +** mode except RBU_STAGE_DONE (all work completed and checkpointed), it +** fails with an SQLITE_BUSY error. This is to stop RBU connections +** from automatically checkpointing a *-wal (or *-oal) file from within +** sqlite3_close(). +** +** 3d. In RBU_STAGE_CAPTURE mode, all xRead() calls on the wal file, and +** all xWrite() calls on the target database file perform no IO. +** Instead the frame and page numbers that would be read and written +** are recorded. Additionally, successful attempts to obtain exclusive +** xShmLock() WRITER, CHECKPOINTER and READ0 locks on the target +** database file are recorded. xShmLock() calls to unlock the same +** locks are no-ops (so that once obtained, these locks are never +** relinquished). Finally, calls to xSync() on the target database +** file fail with SQLITE_INTERNAL errors. +*/ + +static void rbuUnlockShm(rbu_file *p){ + if( p->pRbu ){ + int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*,int,int,int) = p->pReal->pMethods->xShmLock; + int i; + for(i=0; i<SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK;i++){ + if( (1<<i) & p->pRbu->mLock ){ + xShmLock(p->pReal, i, 1, SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK|SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE); + } + } + p->pRbu->mLock = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Close an rbu file. +*/ +static int rbuVfsClose(sqlite3_file *pFile){ + rbu_file *p = (rbu_file*)pFile; + int rc; + int i; + + /* Free the contents of the apShm[] array. And the array itself. */ + for(i=0; i<p->nShm; i++){ + sqlite3_free(p->apShm[i]); + } + sqlite3_free(p->apShm); + p->apShm = 0; + sqlite3_free(p->zDel); + + if( p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){ + rbu_file **pp; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pRbuVfs->mutex); + for(pp=&p->pRbuVfs->pMain; *pp!=p; pp=&((*pp)->pMainNext)); + *pp = p->pMainNext; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pRbuVfs->mutex); + rbuUnlockShm(p); + p->pReal->pMethods->xShmUnmap(p->pReal, 0); + } + + /* Close the underlying file handle */ + rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xClose(p->pReal); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Read and return an unsigned 32-bit big-endian integer from the buffer +** passed as the only argument. +*/ +static u32 rbuGetU32(u8 *aBuf){ + return ((u32)aBuf[0] << 24) + + ((u32)aBuf[1] << 16) + + ((u32)aBuf[2] << 8) + + ((u32)aBuf[3]); +} + +/* +** Write an unsigned 32-bit value in big-endian format to the supplied +** buffer. +*/ +static void rbuPutU32(u8 *aBuf, u32 iVal){ + aBuf[0] = (iVal >> 24) & 0xFF; + aBuf[1] = (iVal >> 16) & 0xFF; + aBuf[2] = (iVal >> 8) & 0xFF; + aBuf[3] = (iVal >> 0) & 0xFF; +} + +static void rbuPutU16(u8 *aBuf, u16 iVal){ + aBuf[0] = (iVal >> 8) & 0xFF; + aBuf[1] = (iVal >> 0) & 0xFF; +} + +/* +** Read data from an rbuVfs-file. +*/ +static int rbuVfsRead( + sqlite3_file *pFile, + void *zBuf, + int iAmt, + sqlite_int64 iOfst +){ + rbu_file *p = (rbu_file*)pFile; + sqlite3rbu *pRbu = p->pRbu; + int rc; + + if( pRbu && pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_CAPTURE ){ + assert( p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); + rc = rbuCaptureWalRead(p->pRbu, iOfst, iAmt); + }else{ + if( pRbu && pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL + && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL) + && iOfst>=pRbu->iOalSz + ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + memset(zBuf, 0, iAmt); + }else{ + rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst); +#if 1 + /* If this is being called to read the first page of the target + ** database as part of an rbu vacuum operation, synthesize the + ** contents of the first page if it does not yet exist. Otherwise, + ** SQLite will not check for a *-wal file. */ + if( pRbu && rbuIsVacuum(pRbu) + && rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ && iOfst==0 + && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) + && pRbu->rc==SQLITE_OK + ){ + sqlite3_file *pFd = (sqlite3_file*)pRbu->pRbuFd; + rc = pFd->pMethods->xRead(pFd, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u8 *aBuf = (u8*)zBuf; + u32 iRoot = rbuGetU32(&aBuf[52]) ? 1 : 0; + rbuPutU32(&aBuf[52], iRoot); /* largest root page number */ + rbuPutU32(&aBuf[36], 0); /* number of free pages */ + rbuPutU32(&aBuf[32], 0); /* first page on free list trunk */ + rbuPutU32(&aBuf[28], 1); /* size of db file in pages */ + rbuPutU32(&aBuf[24], pRbu->pRbuFd->iCookie+1); /* Change counter */ + + if( iAmt>100 ){ + memset(&aBuf[100], 0, iAmt-100); + rbuPutU16(&aBuf[105], iAmt & 0xFFFF); + aBuf[100] = 0x0D; + } + } + } +#endif + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iOfst==0 && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) ){ + /* These look like magic numbers. But they are stable, as they are part + ** of the definition of the SQLite file format, which may not change. */ + u8 *pBuf = (u8*)zBuf; + p->iCookie = rbuGetU32(&pBuf[24]); + p->iWriteVer = pBuf[19]; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Write data to an rbuVfs-file. +*/ +static int rbuVfsWrite( + sqlite3_file *pFile, + const void *zBuf, + int iAmt, + sqlite_int64 iOfst +){ + rbu_file *p = (rbu_file*)pFile; + sqlite3rbu *pRbu = p->pRbu; + int rc; + + if( pRbu && pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_CAPTURE ){ + assert( p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ); + rc = rbuCaptureDbWrite(p->pRbu, iOfst); + }else{ + if( pRbu && pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL + && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL) + && iOfst>=pRbu->iOalSz + ){ + pRbu->iOalSz = iAmt + iOfst; + } + rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xWrite(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iOfst==0 && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) ){ + /* These look like magic numbers. But they are stable, as they are part + ** of the definition of the SQLite file format, which may not change. */ + u8 *pBuf = (u8*)zBuf; + p->iCookie = rbuGetU32(&pBuf[24]); + p->iWriteVer = pBuf[19]; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Truncate an rbuVfs-file. +*/ +static int rbuVfsTruncate(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 size){ + rbu_file *p = (rbu_file*)pFile; + return p->pReal->pMethods->xTruncate(p->pReal, size); +} + +/* +** Sync an rbuVfs-file. +*/ +static int rbuVfsSync(sqlite3_file *pFile, int flags){ + rbu_file *p = (rbu_file *)pFile; + if( p->pRbu && p->pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_CAPTURE ){ + if( p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){ + return SQLITE_INTERNAL; + } + return SQLITE_OK; + } + return p->pReal->pMethods->xSync(p->pReal, flags); +} + +/* +** Return the current file-size of an rbuVfs-file. +*/ +static int rbuVfsFileSize(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 *pSize){ + rbu_file *p = (rbu_file *)pFile; + int rc; + rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xFileSize(p->pReal, pSize); + + /* If this is an RBU vacuum operation and this is the target database, + ** pretend that it has at least one page. Otherwise, SQLite will not + ** check for the existance of a *-wal file. rbuVfsRead() contains + ** similar logic. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *pSize==0 + && p->pRbu && rbuIsVacuum(p->pRbu) + && (p->openFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) + ){ + *pSize = 1024; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Lock an rbuVfs-file. +*/ +static int rbuVfsLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){ + rbu_file *p = (rbu_file*)pFile; + sqlite3rbu *pRbu = p->pRbu; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( p->openFlags & (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB) ); + if( eLock==SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE + && (p->bNolock || (pRbu && pRbu->eStage!=RBU_STAGE_DONE)) + ){ + /* Do not allow EXCLUSIVE locks. Preventing SQLite from taking this + ** prevents it from checkpointing the database from sqlite3_close(). */ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + }else{ + rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xLock(p->pReal, eLock); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Unlock an rbuVfs-file. +*/ +static int rbuVfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){ + rbu_file *p = (rbu_file *)pFile; + return p->pReal->pMethods->xUnlock(p->pReal, eLock); +} + +/* +** Check if another file-handle holds a RESERVED lock on an rbuVfs-file. +*/ +static int rbuVfsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int *pResOut){ + rbu_file *p = (rbu_file *)pFile; + return p->pReal->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(p->pReal, pResOut); +} + +/* +** File control method. For custom operations on an rbuVfs-file. +*/ +static int rbuVfsFileControl(sqlite3_file *pFile, int op, void *pArg){ + rbu_file *p = (rbu_file *)pFile; + int (*xControl)(sqlite3_file*,int,void*) = p->pReal->pMethods->xFileControl; + int rc; + + assert( p->openFlags & (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB) + || p->openFlags & (SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL) + ); + if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU ){ + sqlite3rbu *pRbu = (sqlite3rbu*)pArg; + + /* First try to find another RBU vfs lower down in the vfs stack. If + ** one is found, this vfs will operate in pass-through mode. The lower + ** level vfs will do the special RBU handling. */ + rc = xControl(p->pReal, op, pArg); + + if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ + /* Now search for a zipvfs instance lower down in the VFS stack. If + ** one is found, this is an error. */ + void *dummy = 0; + rc = xControl(p->pReal, SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS, &dummy); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + pRbu->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("rbu/zipvfs setup error"); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ + pRbu->pTargetFd = p; + p->pRbu = pRbu; + if( p->pWalFd ) p->pWalFd->pRbu = pRbu; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + return rc; + } + else if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_RBUCNT ){ + sqlite3rbu *pRbu = (sqlite3rbu*)pArg; + pRbu->nRbu++; + pRbu->pRbuFd = p; + p->bNolock = 1; + } + + rc = xControl(p->pReal, op, pArg); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && op==SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME ){ + rbu_vfs *pRbuVfs = p->pRbuVfs; + char *zIn = *(char**)pArg; + char *zOut = sqlite3_mprintf("rbu(%s)/%z", pRbuVfs->base.zName, zIn); + *(char**)pArg = zOut; + if( zOut==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the sector-size in bytes for an rbuVfs-file. +*/ +static int rbuVfsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ + rbu_file *p = (rbu_file *)pFile; + return p->pReal->pMethods->xSectorSize(p->pReal); +} + +/* +** Return the device characteristic flags supported by an rbuVfs-file. +*/ +static int rbuVfsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *pFile){ + rbu_file *p = (rbu_file *)pFile; + return p->pReal->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(p->pReal); +} + +/* +** Take or release a shared-memory lock. +*/ +static int rbuVfsShmLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int ofst, int n, int flags){ + rbu_file *p = (rbu_file*)pFile; + sqlite3rbu *pRbu = p->pRbu; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + +#ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION + assert( WAL_CKPT_LOCK==1 ); +#endif + + assert( p->openFlags & (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB) ); + if( pRbu && (pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL || pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_MOVE) ){ + /* Magic number 1 is the WAL_CKPT_LOCK lock. Preventing SQLite from + ** taking this lock also prevents any checkpoints from occurring. + ** todo: really, it's not clear why this might occur, as + ** wal_autocheckpoint ought to be turned off. */ + if( ofst==WAL_LOCK_CKPT && n==1 ) rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + }else{ + int bCapture = 0; + if( n==1 && (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) + && pRbu && pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_CAPTURE + && (ofst==WAL_LOCK_WRITE || ofst==WAL_LOCK_CKPT || ofst==WAL_LOCK_READ0) + ){ + bCapture = 1; + } + + if( bCapture==0 || 0==(flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK) ){ + rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xShmLock(p->pReal, ofst, n, flags); + if( bCapture && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pRbu->mLock |= (1 << ofst); + } + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Obtain a pointer to a mapping of a single 32KiB page of the *-shm file. +*/ +static int rbuVfsShmMap( + sqlite3_file *pFile, + int iRegion, + int szRegion, + int isWrite, + void volatile **pp +){ + rbu_file *p = (rbu_file*)pFile; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int eStage = (p->pRbu ? p->pRbu->eStage : 0); + + /* If not in RBU_STAGE_OAL, allow this call to pass through. Or, if this + ** rbu is in the RBU_STAGE_OAL state, use heap memory for *-shm space + ** instead of a file on disk. */ + assert( p->openFlags & (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB) ); + if( eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL || eStage==RBU_STAGE_MOVE ){ + if( iRegion<=p->nShm ){ + int nByte = (iRegion+1) * sizeof(char*); + char **apNew = (char**)sqlite3_realloc64(p->apShm, nByte); + if( apNew==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(&apNew[p->nShm], 0, sizeof(char*) * (1 + iRegion - p->nShm)); + p->apShm = apNew; + p->nShm = iRegion+1; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->apShm[iRegion]==0 ){ + char *pNew = (char*)sqlite3_malloc64(szRegion); + if( pNew==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(pNew, 0, szRegion); + p->apShm[iRegion] = pNew; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + *pp = p->apShm[iRegion]; + }else{ + *pp = 0; + } + }else{ + assert( p->apShm==0 ); + rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xShmMap(p->pReal, iRegion, szRegion, isWrite, pp); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Memory barrier. +*/ +static void rbuVfsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *pFile){ + rbu_file *p = (rbu_file *)pFile; + p->pReal->pMethods->xShmBarrier(p->pReal); +} + +/* +** The xShmUnmap method. +*/ +static int rbuVfsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *pFile, int delFlag){ + rbu_file *p = (rbu_file*)pFile; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int eStage = (p->pRbu ? p->pRbu->eStage : 0); + + assert( p->openFlags & (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB) ); + if( eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL || eStage==RBU_STAGE_MOVE ){ + /* no-op */ + }else{ + /* Release the checkpointer and writer locks */ + rbuUnlockShm(p); + rc = p->pReal->pMethods->xShmUnmap(p->pReal, delFlag); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Given that zWal points to a buffer containing a wal file name passed to +** either the xOpen() or xAccess() VFS method, return a pointer to the +** file-handle opened by the same database connection on the corresponding +** database file. +*/ +static rbu_file *rbuFindMaindb(rbu_vfs *pRbuVfs, const char *zWal){ + rbu_file *pDb; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pRbuVfs->mutex); + for(pDb=pRbuVfs->pMain; pDb && pDb->zWal!=zWal; pDb=pDb->pMainNext){} + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pRbuVfs->mutex); + return pDb; +} + +/* +** A main database named zName has just been opened. The following +** function returns a pointer to a buffer owned by SQLite that contains +** the name of the *-wal file this db connection will use. SQLite +** happens to pass a pointer to this buffer when using xAccess() +** or xOpen() to operate on the *-wal file. +*/ +static const char *rbuMainToWal(const char *zName, int flags){ + int n = (int)strlen(zName); + const char *z = &zName[n]; + if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI ){ + int odd = 0; + while( 1 ){ + if( z[0]==0 ){ + odd = 1 - odd; + if( odd && z[1]==0 ) break; + } + z++; + } + z += 2; + }else{ + while( *z==0 ) z++; + } + z += (n + 8 + 1); + return z; +} + +/* +** Open an rbu file handle. +*/ +static int rbuVfsOpen( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zName, + sqlite3_file *pFile, + int flags, + int *pOutFlags +){ + static sqlite3_io_methods rbuvfs_io_methods = { + 2, /* iVersion */ + rbuVfsClose, /* xClose */ + rbuVfsRead, /* xRead */ + rbuVfsWrite, /* xWrite */ + rbuVfsTruncate, /* xTruncate */ + rbuVfsSync, /* xSync */ + rbuVfsFileSize, /* xFileSize */ + rbuVfsLock, /* xLock */ + rbuVfsUnlock, /* xUnlock */ + rbuVfsCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock */ + rbuVfsFileControl, /* xFileControl */ + rbuVfsSectorSize, /* xSectorSize */ + rbuVfsDeviceCharacteristics, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ + rbuVfsShmMap, /* xShmMap */ + rbuVfsShmLock, /* xShmLock */ + rbuVfsShmBarrier, /* xShmBarrier */ + rbuVfsShmUnmap, /* xShmUnmap */ + 0, 0 /* xFetch, xUnfetch */ + }; + rbu_vfs *pRbuVfs = (rbu_vfs*)pVfs; + sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = pRbuVfs->pRealVfs; + rbu_file *pFd = (rbu_file *)pFile; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + const char *zOpen = zName; + int oflags = flags; + + memset(pFd, 0, sizeof(rbu_file)); + pFd->pReal = (sqlite3_file*)&pFd[1]; + pFd->pRbuVfs = pRbuVfs; + pFd->openFlags = flags; + if( zName ){ + if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){ + /* A main database has just been opened. The following block sets + ** (pFd->zWal) to point to a buffer owned by SQLite that contains + ** the name of the *-wal file this db connection will use. SQLite + ** happens to pass a pointer to this buffer when using xAccess() + ** or xOpen() to operate on the *-wal file. */ + pFd->zWal = rbuMainToWal(zName, flags); + } + else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ){ + rbu_file *pDb = rbuFindMaindb(pRbuVfs, zName); + if( pDb ){ + if( pDb->pRbu && pDb->pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL ){ + /* This call is to open a *-wal file. Intead, open the *-oal. This + ** code ensures that the string passed to xOpen() is terminated by a + ** pair of '\0' bytes in case the VFS attempts to extract a URI + ** parameter from it. */ + const char *zBase = zName; + size_t nCopy; + char *zCopy; + if( rbuIsVacuum(pDb->pRbu) ){ + zBase = sqlite3_db_filename(pDb->pRbu->dbRbu, "main"); + zBase = rbuMainToWal(zBase, SQLITE_OPEN_URI); + } + nCopy = strlen(zBase); + zCopy = sqlite3_malloc64(nCopy+2); + if( zCopy ){ + memcpy(zCopy, zBase, nCopy); + zCopy[nCopy-3] = 'o'; + zCopy[nCopy] = '\0'; + zCopy[nCopy+1] = '\0'; + zOpen = (const char*)(pFd->zDel = zCopy); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pFd->pRbu = pDb->pRbu; + } + pDb->pWalFd = pFd; + } + } + } + + if( oflags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB + && sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "rbu_memory", 0) + ){ + assert( oflags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ); + oflags = SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | + SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; + zOpen = 0; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pRealVfs->xOpen(pRealVfs, zOpen, pFd->pReal, oflags, pOutFlags); + } + if( pFd->pReal->pMethods ){ + /* The xOpen() operation has succeeded. Set the sqlite3_file.pMethods + ** pointer and, if the file is a main database file, link it into the + ** mutex protected linked list of all such files. */ + pFile->pMethods = &rbuvfs_io_methods; + if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(pRbuVfs->mutex); + pFd->pMainNext = pRbuVfs->pMain; + pRbuVfs->pMain = pFd; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(pRbuVfs->mutex); + } + }else{ + sqlite3_free(pFd->zDel); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Delete the file located at zPath. +*/ +static int rbuVfsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){ + sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = ((rbu_vfs*)pVfs)->pRealVfs; + return pRealVfs->xDelete(pRealVfs, zPath, dirSync); +} + +/* +** Test for access permissions. Return true if the requested permission +** is available, or false otherwise. +*/ +static int rbuVfsAccess( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zPath, + int flags, + int *pResOut +){ + rbu_vfs *pRbuVfs = (rbu_vfs*)pVfs; + sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = pRbuVfs->pRealVfs; + int rc; + + rc = pRealVfs->xAccess(pRealVfs, zPath, flags, pResOut); + + /* If this call is to check if a *-wal file associated with an RBU target + ** database connection exists, and the RBU update is in RBU_STAGE_OAL, + ** the following special handling is activated: + ** + ** a) if the *-wal file does exist, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN. This + ** ensures that the RBU extension never tries to update a database + ** in wal mode, even if the first page of the database file has + ** been damaged. + ** + ** b) if the *-wal file does not exist, claim that it does anyway, + ** causing SQLite to call xOpen() to open it. This call will also + ** be intercepted (see the rbuVfsOpen() function) and the *-oal + ** file opened instead. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS ){ + rbu_file *pDb = rbuFindMaindb(pRbuVfs, zPath); + if( pDb && pDb->pRbu && pDb->pRbu->eStage==RBU_STAGE_OAL ){ + if( *pResOut ){ + rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN; + }else{ + *pResOut = 1; + } + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Populate buffer zOut with the full canonical pathname corresponding +** to the pathname in zPath. zOut is guaranteed to point to a buffer +** of at least (DEVSYM_MAX_PATHNAME+1) bytes. +*/ +static int rbuVfsFullPathname( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + const char *zPath, + int nOut, + char *zOut +){ + sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = ((rbu_vfs*)pVfs)->pRealVfs; + return pRealVfs->xFullPathname(pRealVfs, zPath, nOut, zOut); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +/* +** Open the dynamic library located at zPath and return a handle. +*/ +static void *rbuVfsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){ + sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = ((rbu_vfs*)pVfs)->pRealVfs; + return pRealVfs->xDlOpen(pRealVfs, zPath); +} + +/* +** Populate the buffer zErrMsg (size nByte bytes) with a human readable +** utf-8 string describing the most recent error encountered associated +** with dynamic libraries. +*/ +static void rbuVfsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zErrMsg){ + sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = ((rbu_vfs*)pVfs)->pRealVfs; + pRealVfs->xDlError(pRealVfs, nByte, zErrMsg); +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the symbol zSymbol in the dynamic library pHandle. +*/ +static void (*rbuVfsDlSym( + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, + void *pArg, + const char *zSym +))(void){ + sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = ((rbu_vfs*)pVfs)->pRealVfs; + return pRealVfs->xDlSym(pRealVfs, pArg, zSym); +} + +/* +** Close the dynamic library handle pHandle. +*/ +static void rbuVfsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){ + sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = ((rbu_vfs*)pVfs)->pRealVfs; + pRealVfs->xDlClose(pRealVfs, pHandle); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ + +/* +** Populate the buffer pointed to by zBufOut with nByte bytes of +** random data. +*/ +static int rbuVfsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ + sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = ((rbu_vfs*)pVfs)->pRealVfs; + return pRealVfs->xRandomness(pRealVfs, nByte, zBufOut); +} + +/* +** Sleep for nMicro microseconds. Return the number of microseconds +** actually slept. +*/ +static int rbuVfsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){ + sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = ((rbu_vfs*)pVfs)->pRealVfs; + return pRealVfs->xSleep(pRealVfs, nMicro); +} + +/* +** Return the current time as a Julian Day number in *pTimeOut. +*/ +static int rbuVfsCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *pTimeOut){ + sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs = ((rbu_vfs*)pVfs)->pRealVfs; + return pRealVfs->xCurrentTime(pRealVfs, pTimeOut); +} + +/* +** No-op. +*/ +static int rbuVfsGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int a, char *b){ + return 0; +} + +/* +** Deregister and destroy an RBU vfs created by an earlier call to +** sqlite3rbu_create_vfs(). +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3rbu_destroy_vfs(const char *zName){ + sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zName); + if( pVfs && pVfs->xOpen==rbuVfsOpen ){ + sqlite3_mutex_free(((rbu_vfs*)pVfs)->mutex); + sqlite3_vfs_unregister(pVfs); + sqlite3_free(pVfs); + } +} + +/* +** Create an RBU VFS named zName that accesses the underlying file-system +** via existing VFS zParent. The new object is registered as a non-default +** VFS with SQLite before returning. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3rbu_create_vfs(const char *zName, const char *zParent){ + + /* Template for VFS */ + static sqlite3_vfs vfs_template = { + 1, /* iVersion */ + 0, /* szOsFile */ + 0, /* mxPathname */ + 0, /* pNext */ + 0, /* zName */ + 0, /* pAppData */ + rbuVfsOpen, /* xOpen */ + rbuVfsDelete, /* xDelete */ + rbuVfsAccess, /* xAccess */ + rbuVfsFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION + rbuVfsDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ + rbuVfsDlError, /* xDlError */ + rbuVfsDlSym, /* xDlSym */ + rbuVfsDlClose, /* xDlClose */ +#else + 0, 0, 0, 0, +#endif + + rbuVfsRandomness, /* xRandomness */ + rbuVfsSleep, /* xSleep */ + rbuVfsCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ + rbuVfsGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */ + 0, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 (version 2) */ + 0, 0, 0 /* Unimplemented version 3 methods */ + }; + + rbu_vfs *pNew = 0; /* Newly allocated VFS */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + size_t nName; + size_t nByte; + + nName = strlen(zName); + nByte = sizeof(rbu_vfs) + nName + 1; + pNew = (rbu_vfs*)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte); + if( pNew==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + sqlite3_vfs *pParent; /* Parent VFS */ + memset(pNew, 0, nByte); + pParent = sqlite3_vfs_find(zParent); + if( pParent==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND; + }else{ + char *zSpace; + memcpy(&pNew->base, &vfs_template, sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); + pNew->base.mxPathname = pParent->mxPathname; + pNew->base.szOsFile = sizeof(rbu_file) + pParent->szOsFile; + pNew->pRealVfs = pParent; + pNew->base.zName = (const char*)(zSpace = (char*)&pNew[1]); + memcpy(zSpace, zName, nName); + + /* Allocate the mutex and register the new VFS (not as the default) */ + pNew->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); + if( pNew->mutex==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_vfs_register(&pNew->base, 0); + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_mutex_free(pNew->mutex); + sqlite3_free(pNew); + } + } + + return rc; +} + + +/**************************************************************************/ + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_RBU) */ + +/************** End of sqlite3rbu.c ******************************************/ +/************** Begin file dbstat.c ******************************************/ +/* +** 2010 July 12 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains an implementation of the "dbstat" virtual table. +** +** The dbstat virtual table is used to extract low-level formatting +** information from an SQLite database in order to implement the +** "sqlite3_analyzer" utility. See the ../tool/spaceanal.tcl script +** for an example implementation. +** +** Additional information is available on the "dbstat.html" page of the +** official SQLite documentation. +*/ + +/* #include "sqliteInt.h" ** Requires access to internal data structures ** */ +#if (defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)) \ + && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) + +/* +** Page paths: +** +** The value of the 'path' column describes the path taken from the +** root-node of the b-tree structure to each page. The value of the +** root-node path is '/'. +** +** The value of the path for the left-most child page of the root of +** a b-tree is '/000/'. (Btrees store content ordered from left to right +** so the pages to the left have smaller keys than the pages to the right.) +** The next to left-most child of the root page is +** '/001', and so on, each sibling page identified by a 3-digit hex +** value. The children of the 451st left-most sibling have paths such +** as '/1c2/000/, '/1c2/001/' etc. +** +** Overflow pages are specified by appending a '+' character and a +** six-digit hexadecimal value to the path to the cell they are linked +** from. For example, the three overflow pages in a chain linked from +** the left-most cell of the 450th child of the root page are identified +** by the paths: +** +** '/1c2/000+000000' // First page in overflow chain +** '/1c2/000+000001' // Second page in overflow chain +** '/1c2/000+000002' // Third page in overflow chain +** +** If the paths are sorted using the BINARY collation sequence, then +** the overflow pages associated with a cell will appear earlier in the +** sort-order than its child page: +** +** '/1c2/000/' // Left-most child of 451st child of root +*/ +#define VTAB_SCHEMA \ + "CREATE TABLE xx( " \ + " name STRING, /* Name of table or index */" \ + " path INTEGER, /* Path to page from root */" \ + " pageno INTEGER, /* Page number */" \ + " pagetype STRING, /* 'internal', 'leaf' or 'overflow' */" \ + " ncell INTEGER, /* Cells on page (0 for overflow) */" \ + " payload INTEGER, /* Bytes of payload on this page */" \ + " unused INTEGER, /* Bytes of unused space on this page */" \ + " mx_payload INTEGER, /* Largest payload size of all cells */" \ + " pgoffset INTEGER, /* Offset of page in file */" \ + " pgsize INTEGER, /* Size of the page */" \ + " schema TEXT HIDDEN /* Database schema being analyzed */" \ + ");" + + +typedef struct StatTable StatTable; +typedef struct StatCursor StatCursor; +typedef struct StatPage StatPage; +typedef struct StatCell StatCell; + +struct StatCell { + int nLocal; /* Bytes of local payload */ + u32 iChildPg; /* Child node (or 0 if this is a leaf) */ + int nOvfl; /* Entries in aOvfl[] */ + u32 *aOvfl; /* Array of overflow page numbers */ + int nLastOvfl; /* Bytes of payload on final overflow page */ + int iOvfl; /* Iterates through aOvfl[] */ +}; + +struct StatPage { + u32 iPgno; + DbPage *pPg; + int iCell; + + char *zPath; /* Path to this page */ + + /* Variables populated by statDecodePage(): */ + u8 flags; /* Copy of flags byte */ + int nCell; /* Number of cells on page */ + int nUnused; /* Number of unused bytes on page */ + StatCell *aCell; /* Array of parsed cells */ + u32 iRightChildPg; /* Right-child page number (or 0) */ + int nMxPayload; /* Largest payload of any cell on this page */ +}; + +struct StatCursor { + sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Iterates through set of root pages */ + int isEof; /* After pStmt has returned SQLITE_DONE */ + int iDb; /* Schema used for this query */ + + StatPage aPage[32]; + int iPage; /* Current entry in aPage[] */ + + /* Values to return. */ + char *zName; /* Value of 'name' column */ + char *zPath; /* Value of 'path' column */ + u32 iPageno; /* Value of 'pageno' column */ + char *zPagetype; /* Value of 'pagetype' column */ + int nCell; /* Value of 'ncell' column */ + int nPayload; /* Value of 'payload' column */ + int nUnused; /* Value of 'unused' column */ + int nMxPayload; /* Value of 'mx_payload' column */ + i64 iOffset; /* Value of 'pgOffset' column */ + int szPage; /* Value of 'pgSize' column */ +}; + +struct StatTable { + sqlite3_vtab base; + sqlite3 *db; + int iDb; /* Index of database to analyze */ +}; + +#ifndef get2byte +# define get2byte(x) ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1]) +#endif + +/* +** Connect to or create a statvfs virtual table. +*/ +static int statConnect( + sqlite3 *db, + void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, + char **pzErr +){ + StatTable *pTab = 0; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int iDb; + + if( argc>=4 ){ + Token nm; + sqlite3TokenInit(&nm, (char*)argv[3]); + iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, &nm); + if( iDb<0 ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("no such database: %s", argv[3]); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + }else{ + iDb = 0; + } + rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, VTAB_SCHEMA); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pTab = (StatTable *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(StatTable)); + if( pTab==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pTab==0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memset(pTab, 0, sizeof(StatTable)); + pTab->db = db; + pTab->iDb = iDb; + } + + *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pTab; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Disconnect from or destroy a statvfs virtual table. +*/ +static int statDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + sqlite3_free(pVtab); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** There is no "best-index". This virtual table always does a linear +** scan. However, a schema=? constraint should cause this table to +** operate on a different database schema, so check for it. +** +** idxNum is normally 0, but will be 1 if a schema=? constraint exists. +*/ +static int statBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ + int i; + + pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0e6; /* Initial cost estimate */ + + /* Look for a valid schema=? constraint. If found, change the idxNum to + ** 1 and request the value of that constraint be sent to xFilter. And + ** lower the cost estimate to encourage the constrained version to be + ** used. + */ + for(i=0; i<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; i++){ + if( pIdxInfo->aConstraint[i].usable==0 ) continue; + if( pIdxInfo->aConstraint[i].op!=SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) continue; + if( pIdxInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn!=10 ) continue; + pIdxInfo->idxNum = 1; + pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1; + break; + } + + + /* Records are always returned in ascending order of (name, path). + ** If this will satisfy the client, set the orderByConsumed flag so that + ** SQLite does not do an external sort. + */ + if( ( pIdxInfo->nOrderBy==1 + && pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0 + && pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0 + ) || + ( pIdxInfo->nOrderBy==2 + && pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0 + && pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0 + && pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[1].iColumn==1 + && pIdxInfo->aOrderBy[1].desc==0 + ) + ){ + pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 1; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Open a new statvfs cursor. +*/ +static int statOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){ + StatTable *pTab = (StatTable *)pVTab; + StatCursor *pCsr; + + pCsr = (StatCursor *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(StatCursor)); + if( pCsr==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + }else{ + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(StatCursor)); + pCsr->base.pVtab = pVTab; + pCsr->iDb = pTab->iDb; + } + + *ppCursor = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static void statClearPage(StatPage *p){ + int i; + if( p->aCell ){ + for(i=0; i<p->nCell; i++){ + sqlite3_free(p->aCell[i].aOvfl); + } + sqlite3_free(p->aCell); + } + sqlite3PagerUnref(p->pPg); + sqlite3_free(p->zPath); + memset(p, 0, sizeof(StatPage)); +} + +static void statResetCsr(StatCursor *pCsr){ + int i; + sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); + for(i=0; i<ArraySize(pCsr->aPage); i++){ + statClearPage(&pCsr->aPage[i]); + } + pCsr->iPage = 0; + sqlite3_free(pCsr->zPath); + pCsr->zPath = 0; + pCsr->isEof = 0; +} + +/* +** Close a statvfs cursor. +*/ +static int statClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor; + statResetCsr(pCsr); + sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt); + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static void getLocalPayload( + int nUsable, /* Usable bytes per page */ + u8 flags, /* Page flags */ + int nTotal, /* Total record (payload) size */ + int *pnLocal /* OUT: Bytes stored locally */ +){ + int nLocal; + int nMinLocal; + int nMaxLocal; + + if( flags==0x0D ){ /* Table leaf node */ + nMinLocal = (nUsable - 12) * 32 / 255 - 23; + nMaxLocal = nUsable - 35; + }else{ /* Index interior and leaf nodes */ + nMinLocal = (nUsable - 12) * 32 / 255 - 23; + nMaxLocal = (nUsable - 12) * 64 / 255 - 23; + } + + nLocal = nMinLocal + (nTotal - nMinLocal) % (nUsable - 4); + if( nLocal>nMaxLocal ) nLocal = nMinLocal; + *pnLocal = nLocal; +} + +static int statDecodePage(Btree *pBt, StatPage *p){ + int nUnused; + int iOff; + int nHdr; + int isLeaf; + int szPage; + + u8 *aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(p->pPg); + u8 *aHdr = &aData[p->iPgno==1 ? 100 : 0]; + + p->flags = aHdr[0]; + p->nCell = get2byte(&aHdr[3]); + p->nMxPayload = 0; + + isLeaf = (p->flags==0x0A || p->flags==0x0D); + nHdr = 12 - isLeaf*4 + (p->iPgno==1)*100; + + nUnused = get2byte(&aHdr[5]) - nHdr - 2*p->nCell; + nUnused += (int)aHdr[7]; + iOff = get2byte(&aHdr[1]); + while( iOff ){ + nUnused += get2byte(&aData[iOff+2]); + iOff = get2byte(&aData[iOff]); + } + p->nUnused = nUnused; + p->iRightChildPg = isLeaf ? 0 : sqlite3Get4byte(&aHdr[8]); + szPage = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt); + + if( p->nCell ){ + int i; /* Used to iterate through cells */ + int nUsable; /* Usable bytes per page */ + + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt); + nUsable = szPage - sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(pBt); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt); + p->aCell = sqlite3_malloc64((p->nCell+1) * sizeof(StatCell)); + if( p->aCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + memset(p->aCell, 0, (p->nCell+1) * sizeof(StatCell)); + + for(i=0; i<p->nCell; i++){ + StatCell *pCell = &p->aCell[i]; + + iOff = get2byte(&aData[nHdr+i*2]); + if( !isLeaf ){ + pCell->iChildPg = sqlite3Get4byte(&aData[iOff]); + iOff += 4; + } + if( p->flags==0x05 ){ + /* A table interior node. nPayload==0. */ + }else{ + u32 nPayload; /* Bytes of payload total (local+overflow) */ + int nLocal; /* Bytes of payload stored locally */ + iOff += getVarint32(&aData[iOff], nPayload); + if( p->flags==0x0D ){ + u64 dummy; + iOff += sqlite3GetVarint(&aData[iOff], &dummy); + } + if( nPayload>(u32)p->nMxPayload ) p->nMxPayload = nPayload; + getLocalPayload(nUsable, p->flags, nPayload, &nLocal); + pCell->nLocal = nLocal; + assert( nLocal>=0 ); + assert( nPayload>=(u32)nLocal ); + assert( nLocal<=(nUsable-35) ); + if( nPayload>(u32)nLocal ){ + int j; + int nOvfl = ((nPayload - nLocal) + nUsable-4 - 1) / (nUsable - 4); + pCell->nLastOvfl = (nPayload-nLocal) - (nOvfl-1) * (nUsable-4); + pCell->nOvfl = nOvfl; + pCell->aOvfl = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(u32)*nOvfl); + if( pCell->aOvfl==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + pCell->aOvfl[0] = sqlite3Get4byte(&aData[iOff+nLocal]); + for(j=1; j<nOvfl; j++){ + int rc; + u32 iPrev = pCell->aOvfl[j-1]; + DbPage *pPg = 0; + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt), iPrev, &pPg, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( pPg==0 ); + return rc; + } + pCell->aOvfl[j] = sqlite3Get4byte(sqlite3PagerGetData(pPg)); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg); + } + } + } + } + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Populate the pCsr->iOffset and pCsr->szPage member variables. Based on +** the current value of pCsr->iPageno. +*/ +static void statSizeAndOffset(StatCursor *pCsr){ + StatTable *pTab = (StatTable *)((sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr)->pVtab; + Btree *pBt = pTab->db->aDb[pTab->iDb].pBt; + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); + sqlite3_file *fd; + sqlite3_int64 x[2]; + + /* The default page size and offset */ + pCsr->szPage = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt); + pCsr->iOffset = (i64)pCsr->szPage * (pCsr->iPageno - 1); + + /* If connected to a ZIPVFS backend, override the page size and + ** offset with actual values obtained from ZIPVFS. + */ + fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); + x[0] = pCsr->iPageno; + if( fd->pMethods!=0 && sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, 230440, &x)==SQLITE_OK ){ + pCsr->iOffset = x[0]; + pCsr->szPage = (int)x[1]; + } +} + +/* +** Move a statvfs cursor to the next entry in the file. +*/ +static int statNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + int rc; + int nPayload; + char *z; + StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor; + StatTable *pTab = (StatTable *)pCursor->pVtab; + Btree *pBt = pTab->db->aDb[pCsr->iDb].pBt; + Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); + + sqlite3_free(pCsr->zPath); + pCsr->zPath = 0; + +statNextRestart: + if( pCsr->aPage[0].pPg==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + int nPage; + u32 iRoot = (u32)sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 1); + sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); + if( nPage==0 ){ + pCsr->isEof = 1; + return sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); + } + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, iRoot, &pCsr->aPage[0].pPg, 0); + pCsr->aPage[0].iPgno = iRoot; + pCsr->aPage[0].iCell = 0; + pCsr->aPage[0].zPath = z = sqlite3_mprintf("/"); + pCsr->iPage = 0; + if( z==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + }else{ + pCsr->isEof = 1; + return sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); + } + }else{ + + /* Page p itself has already been visited. */ + StatPage *p = &pCsr->aPage[pCsr->iPage]; + + while( p->iCell<p->nCell ){ + StatCell *pCell = &p->aCell[p->iCell]; + if( pCell->iOvfl<pCell->nOvfl ){ + int nUsable; + sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt); + nUsable = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) - + sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(pBt); + sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt); + pCsr->zName = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, 0); + pCsr->iPageno = pCell->aOvfl[pCell->iOvfl]; + pCsr->zPagetype = "overflow"; + pCsr->nCell = 0; + pCsr->nMxPayload = 0; + pCsr->zPath = z = sqlite3_mprintf( + "%s%.3x+%.6x", p->zPath, p->iCell, pCell->iOvfl + ); + if( pCell->iOvfl<pCell->nOvfl-1 ){ + pCsr->nUnused = 0; + pCsr->nPayload = nUsable - 4; + }else{ + pCsr->nPayload = pCell->nLastOvfl; + pCsr->nUnused = nUsable - 4 - pCsr->nPayload; + } + pCell->iOvfl++; + statSizeAndOffset(pCsr); + return z==0 ? SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT : SQLITE_OK; + } + if( p->iRightChildPg ) break; + p->iCell++; + } + + if( !p->iRightChildPg || p->iCell>p->nCell ){ + statClearPage(p); + if( pCsr->iPage==0 ) return statNext(pCursor); + pCsr->iPage--; + goto statNextRestart; /* Tail recursion */ + } + pCsr->iPage++; + assert( p==&pCsr->aPage[pCsr->iPage-1] ); + + if( p->iCell==p->nCell ){ + p[1].iPgno = p->iRightChildPg; + }else{ + p[1].iPgno = p->aCell[p->iCell].iChildPg; + } + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, p[1].iPgno, &p[1].pPg, 0); + p[1].iCell = 0; + p[1].zPath = z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%.3x/", p->zPath, p->iCell); + p->iCell++; + if( z==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + + + /* Populate the StatCursor fields with the values to be returned + ** by the xColumn() and xRowid() methods. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; + StatPage *p = &pCsr->aPage[pCsr->iPage]; + pCsr->zName = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, 0); + pCsr->iPageno = p->iPgno; + + rc = statDecodePage(pBt, p); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + statSizeAndOffset(pCsr); + + switch( p->flags ){ + case 0x05: /* table internal */ + case 0x02: /* index internal */ + pCsr->zPagetype = "internal"; + break; + case 0x0D: /* table leaf */ + case 0x0A: /* index leaf */ + pCsr->zPagetype = "leaf"; + break; + default: + pCsr->zPagetype = "corrupted"; + break; + } + pCsr->nCell = p->nCell; + pCsr->nUnused = p->nUnused; + pCsr->nMxPayload = p->nMxPayload; + pCsr->zPath = z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", p->zPath); + if( z==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + nPayload = 0; + for(i=0; i<p->nCell; i++){ + nPayload += p->aCell[i].nLocal; + } + pCsr->nPayload = nPayload; + } + } + + return rc; +} + +static int statEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor; + return pCsr->isEof; +} + +static int statFilter( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, + int idxNum, const char *idxStr, + int argc, sqlite3_value **argv +){ + StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor; + StatTable *pTab = (StatTable*)(pCursor->pVtab); + char *zSql; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + char *zMaster; + + if( idxNum==1 ){ + const char *zDbase = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + pCsr->iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(pTab->db, zDbase); + if( pCsr->iDb<0 ){ + sqlite3_free(pCursor->pVtab->zErrMsg); + pCursor->pVtab->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such schema: %s", zDbase); + return pCursor->pVtab->zErrMsg ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + } + }else{ + pCsr->iDb = pTab->iDb; + } + statResetCsr(pCsr); + sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt); + pCsr->pStmt = 0; + zMaster = pCsr->iDb==1 ? "sqlite_temp_master" : "sqlite_master"; + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT 'sqlite_master' AS name, 1 AS rootpage, 'table' AS type" + " UNION ALL " + "SELECT name, rootpage, type" + " FROM \"%w\".%s WHERE rootpage!=0" + " ORDER BY name", pTab->db->aDb[pCsr->iDb].zName, zMaster); + if( zSql==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pTab->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = statNext(pCursor); + } + return rc; +} + +static int statColumn( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int i +){ + StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor; + switch( i ){ + case 0: /* name */ + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pCsr->zName, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + break; + case 1: /* path */ + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pCsr->zPath, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + break; + case 2: /* pageno */ + sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, pCsr->iPageno); + break; + case 3: /* pagetype */ + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pCsr->zPagetype, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + break; + case 4: /* ncell */ + sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pCsr->nCell); + break; + case 5: /* payload */ + sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pCsr->nPayload); + break; + case 6: /* unused */ + sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pCsr->nUnused); + break; + case 7: /* mx_payload */ + sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pCsr->nMxPayload); + break; + case 8: /* pgoffset */ + sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, pCsr->iOffset); + break; + case 9: /* pgsize */ + sqlite3_result_int(ctx, pCsr->szPage); + break; + default: { /* schema */ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(ctx); + int iDb = pCsr->iDb; + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, db->aDb[iDb].zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + break; + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static int statRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ + StatCursor *pCsr = (StatCursor *)pCursor; + *pRowid = pCsr->iPageno; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Invoke this routine to register the "dbstat" virtual table module +*/ +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbstatRegister(sqlite3 *db){ + static sqlite3_module dbstat_module = { + 0, /* iVersion */ + statConnect, /* xCreate */ + statConnect, /* xConnect */ + statBestIndex, /* xBestIndex */ + statDisconnect, /* xDisconnect */ + statDisconnect, /* xDestroy */ + statOpen, /* xOpen - open a cursor */ + statClose, /* xClose - close a cursor */ + statFilter, /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */ + statNext, /* xNext - advance a cursor */ + statEof, /* xEof - check for end of scan */ + statColumn, /* xColumn - read data */ + statRowid, /* xRowid - read data */ + 0, /* xUpdate */ + 0, /* xBegin */ + 0, /* xSync */ + 0, /* xCommit */ + 0, /* xRollback */ + 0, /* xFindMethod */ + 0, /* xRename */ + }; + return sqlite3_create_module(db, "dbstat", &dbstat_module, 0); +} +#elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB) +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbstatRegister(sqlite3 *db){ return SQLITE_OK; } +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB */ + +/************** End of dbstat.c **********************************************/ +/************** Begin file sqlite3session.c **********************************/ + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK) +/* #include "sqlite3session.h" */ +/* #include <assert.h> */ +/* #include <string.h> */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION +/* # include "sqliteInt.h" */ +/* # include "vdbeInt.h" */ +#endif + +typedef struct SessionTable SessionTable; +typedef struct SessionChange SessionChange; +typedef struct SessionBuffer SessionBuffer; +typedef struct SessionInput SessionInput; + +/* +** Minimum chunk size used by streaming versions of functions. +*/ +#ifndef SESSIONS_STRM_CHUNK_SIZE +# ifdef SQLITE_TEST +# define SESSIONS_STRM_CHUNK_SIZE 64 +# else +# define SESSIONS_STRM_CHUNK_SIZE 1024 +# endif +#endif + +typedef struct SessionHook SessionHook; +struct SessionHook { + void *pCtx; + int (*xOld)(void*,int,sqlite3_value**); + int (*xNew)(void*,int,sqlite3_value**); + int (*xCount)(void*); + int (*xDepth)(void*); +}; + +/* +** Session handle structure. +*/ +struct sqlite3_session { + sqlite3 *db; /* Database handle session is attached to */ + char *zDb; /* Name of database session is attached to */ + int bEnable; /* True if currently recording */ + int bIndirect; /* True if all changes are indirect */ + int bAutoAttach; /* True to auto-attach tables */ + int rc; /* Non-zero if an error has occurred */ + void *pFilterCtx; /* First argument to pass to xTableFilter */ + int (*xTableFilter)(void *pCtx, const char *zTab); + sqlite3_session *pNext; /* Next session object on same db. */ + SessionTable *pTable; /* List of attached tables */ + SessionHook hook; /* APIs to grab new and old data with */ +}; + +/* +** Instances of this structure are used to build strings or binary records. +*/ +struct SessionBuffer { + u8 *aBuf; /* Pointer to changeset buffer */ + int nBuf; /* Size of buffer aBuf */ + int nAlloc; /* Size of allocation containing aBuf */ +}; + +/* +** An object of this type is used internally as an abstraction for +** input data. Input data may be supplied either as a single large buffer +** (e.g. sqlite3changeset_start()) or using a stream function (e.g. +** sqlite3changeset_start_strm()). +*/ +struct SessionInput { + int bNoDiscard; /* If true, discard no data */ + int iCurrent; /* Offset in aData[] of current change */ + int iNext; /* Offset in aData[] of next change */ + u8 *aData; /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset */ + int nData; /* Number of bytes in aData */ + + SessionBuffer buf; /* Current read buffer */ + int (*xInput)(void*, void*, int*); /* Input stream call (or NULL) */ + void *pIn; /* First argument to xInput */ + int bEof; /* Set to true after xInput finished */ +}; + +/* +** Structure for changeset iterators. +*/ +struct sqlite3_changeset_iter { + SessionInput in; /* Input buffer or stream */ + SessionBuffer tblhdr; /* Buffer to hold apValue/zTab/abPK/ */ + int bPatchset; /* True if this is a patchset */ + int rc; /* Iterator error code */ + sqlite3_stmt *pConflict; /* Points to conflicting row, if any */ + char *zTab; /* Current table */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in zTab */ + int op; /* Current operation */ + int bIndirect; /* True if current change was indirect */ + u8 *abPK; /* Primary key array */ + sqlite3_value **apValue; /* old.* and new.* values */ +}; + +/* +** Each session object maintains a set of the following structures, one +** for each table the session object is monitoring. The structures are +** stored in a linked list starting at sqlite3_session.pTable. +** +** The keys of the SessionTable.aChange[] hash table are all rows that have +** been modified in any way since the session object was attached to the +** table. +** +** The data associated with each hash-table entry is a structure containing +** a subset of the initial values that the modified row contained at the +** start of the session. Or no initial values if the row was inserted. +*/ +struct SessionTable { + SessionTable *pNext; + char *zName; /* Local name of table */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in table zName */ + const char **azCol; /* Column names */ + u8 *abPK; /* Array of primary key flags */ + int nEntry; /* Total number of entries in hash table */ + int nChange; /* Size of apChange[] array */ + SessionChange **apChange; /* Hash table buckets */ +}; + +/* +** RECORD FORMAT: +** +** The following record format is similar to (but not compatible with) that +** used in SQLite database files. This format is used as part of the +** change-set binary format, and so must be architecture independent. +** +** Unlike the SQLite database record format, each field is self-contained - +** there is no separation of header and data. Each field begins with a +** single byte describing its type, as follows: +** +** 0x00: Undefined value. +** 0x01: Integer value. +** 0x02: Real value. +** 0x03: Text value. +** 0x04: Blob value. +** 0x05: SQL NULL value. +** +** Note that the above match the definitions of SQLITE_INTEGER, SQLITE_TEXT +** and so on in sqlite3.h. For undefined and NULL values, the field consists +** only of the single type byte. For other types of values, the type byte +** is followed by: +** +** Text values: +** A varint containing the number of bytes in the value (encoded using +** UTF-8). Followed by a buffer containing the UTF-8 representation +** of the text value. There is no nul terminator. +** +** Blob values: +** A varint containing the number of bytes in the value, followed by +** a buffer containing the value itself. +** +** Integer values: +** An 8-byte big-endian integer value. +** +** Real values: +** An 8-byte big-endian IEEE 754-2008 real value. +** +** Varint values are encoded in the same way as varints in the SQLite +** record format. +** +** CHANGESET FORMAT: +** +** A changeset is a collection of DELETE, UPDATE and INSERT operations on +** one or more tables. Operations on a single table are grouped together, +** but may occur in any order (i.e. deletes, updates and inserts are all +** mixed together). +** +** Each group of changes begins with a table header: +** +** 1 byte: Constant 0x54 (capital 'T') +** Varint: Number of columns in the table. +** nCol bytes: 0x01 for PK columns, 0x00 otherwise. +** N bytes: Unqualified table name (encoded using UTF-8). Nul-terminated. +** +** Followed by one or more changes to the table. +** +** 1 byte: Either SQLITE_INSERT (0x12), UPDATE (0x17) or DELETE (0x09). +** 1 byte: The "indirect-change" flag. +** old.* record: (delete and update only) +** new.* record: (insert and update only) +** +** The "old.*" and "new.*" records, if present, are N field records in the +** format described above under "RECORD FORMAT", where N is the number of +** columns in the table. The i'th field of each record is associated with +** the i'th column of the table, counting from left to right in the order +** in which columns were declared in the CREATE TABLE statement. +** +** The new.* record that is part of each INSERT change contains the values +** that make up the new row. Similarly, the old.* record that is part of each +** DELETE change contains the values that made up the row that was deleted +** from the database. In the changeset format, the records that are part +** of INSERT or DELETE changes never contain any undefined (type byte 0x00) +** fields. +** +** Within the old.* record associated with an UPDATE change, all fields +** associated with table columns that are not PRIMARY KEY columns and are +** not modified by the UPDATE change are set to "undefined". Other fields +** are set to the values that made up the row before the UPDATE that the +** change records took place. Within the new.* record, fields associated +** with table columns modified by the UPDATE change contain the new +** values. Fields associated with table columns that are not modified +** are set to "undefined". +** +** PATCHSET FORMAT: +** +** A patchset is also a collection of changes. It is similar to a changeset, +** but leaves undefined those fields that are not useful if no conflict +** resolution is required when applying the changeset. +** +** Each group of changes begins with a table header: +** +** 1 byte: Constant 0x50 (capital 'P') +** Varint: Number of columns in the table. +** nCol bytes: 0x01 for PK columns, 0x00 otherwise. +** N bytes: Unqualified table name (encoded using UTF-8). Nul-terminated. +** +** Followed by one or more changes to the table. +** +** 1 byte: Either SQLITE_INSERT (0x12), UPDATE (0x17) or DELETE (0x09). +** 1 byte: The "indirect-change" flag. +** single record: (PK fields for DELETE, PK and modified fields for UPDATE, +** full record for INSERT). +** +** As in the changeset format, each field of the single record that is part +** of a patchset change is associated with the correspondingly positioned +** table column, counting from left to right within the CREATE TABLE +** statement. +** +** For a DELETE change, all fields within the record except those associated +** with PRIMARY KEY columns are set to "undefined". The PRIMARY KEY fields +** contain the values identifying the row to delete. +** +** For an UPDATE change, all fields except those associated with PRIMARY KEY +** columns and columns that are modified by the UPDATE are set to "undefined". +** PRIMARY KEY fields contain the values identifying the table row to update, +** and fields associated with modified columns contain the new column values. +** +** The records associated with INSERT changes are in the same format as for +** changesets. It is not possible for a record associated with an INSERT +** change to contain a field set to "undefined". +*/ + +/* +** For each row modified during a session, there exists a single instance of +** this structure stored in a SessionTable.aChange[] hash table. +*/ +struct SessionChange { + int op; /* One of UPDATE, DELETE, INSERT */ + int bIndirect; /* True if this change is "indirect" */ + int nRecord; /* Number of bytes in buffer aRecord[] */ + u8 *aRecord; /* Buffer containing old.* record */ + SessionChange *pNext; /* For hash-table collisions */ +}; + +/* +** Write a varint with value iVal into the buffer at aBuf. Return the +** number of bytes written. +*/ +static int sessionVarintPut(u8 *aBuf, int iVal){ + return putVarint32(aBuf, iVal); +} + +/* +** Return the number of bytes required to store value iVal as a varint. +*/ +static int sessionVarintLen(int iVal){ + return sqlite3VarintLen(iVal); +} + +/* +** Read a varint value from aBuf[] into *piVal. Return the number of +** bytes read. +*/ +static int sessionVarintGet(u8 *aBuf, int *piVal){ + return getVarint32(aBuf, *piVal); +} + +/* Load an unaligned and unsigned 32-bit integer */ +#define SESSION_UINT32(x) (((u32)(x)[0]<<24)|((x)[1]<<16)|((x)[2]<<8)|(x)[3]) + +/* +** Read a 64-bit big-endian integer value from buffer aRec[]. Return +** the value read. +*/ +static sqlite3_int64 sessionGetI64(u8 *aRec){ + u64 x = SESSION_UINT32(aRec); + u32 y = SESSION_UINT32(aRec+4); + x = (x<<32) + y; + return (sqlite3_int64)x; +} + +/* +** Write a 64-bit big-endian integer value to the buffer aBuf[]. +*/ +static void sessionPutI64(u8 *aBuf, sqlite3_int64 i){ + aBuf[0] = (i>>56) & 0xFF; + aBuf[1] = (i>>48) & 0xFF; + aBuf[2] = (i>>40) & 0xFF; + aBuf[3] = (i>>32) & 0xFF; + aBuf[4] = (i>>24) & 0xFF; + aBuf[5] = (i>>16) & 0xFF; + aBuf[6] = (i>> 8) & 0xFF; + aBuf[7] = (i>> 0) & 0xFF; +} + +/* +** This function is used to serialize the contents of value pValue (see +** comment titled "RECORD FORMAT" above). +** +** If it is non-NULL, the serialized form of the value is written to +** buffer aBuf. *pnWrite is set to the number of bytes written before +** returning. Or, if aBuf is NULL, the only thing this function does is +** set *pnWrite. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. Or, if an OOM error occurs +** within a call to sqlite3_value_text() (may fail if the db is utf-16)) +** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. +*/ +static int sessionSerializeValue( + u8 *aBuf, /* If non-NULL, write serialized value here */ + sqlite3_value *pValue, /* Value to serialize */ + int *pnWrite /* IN/OUT: Increment by bytes written */ +){ + int nByte; /* Size of serialized value in bytes */ + + if( pValue ){ + int eType; /* Value type (SQLITE_NULL, TEXT etc.) */ + + eType = sqlite3_value_type(pValue); + if( aBuf ) aBuf[0] = eType; + + switch( eType ){ + case SQLITE_NULL: + nByte = 1; + break; + + case SQLITE_INTEGER: + case SQLITE_FLOAT: + if( aBuf ){ + /* TODO: SQLite does something special to deal with mixed-endian + ** floating point values (e.g. ARM7). This code probably should + ** too. */ + u64 i; + if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + i = (u64)sqlite3_value_int64(pValue); + }else{ + double r; + assert( sizeof(double)==8 && sizeof(u64)==8 ); + r = sqlite3_value_double(pValue); + memcpy(&i, &r, 8); + } + sessionPutI64(&aBuf[1], i); + } + nByte = 9; + break; + + default: { + u8 *z; + int n; + int nVarint; + + assert( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB ); + if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT ){ + z = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_text(pValue); + }else{ + z = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(pValue); + } + n = sqlite3_value_bytes(pValue); + if( z==0 && (eType!=SQLITE_BLOB || n>0) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + nVarint = sessionVarintLen(n); + + if( aBuf ){ + sessionVarintPut(&aBuf[1], n); + memcpy(&aBuf[nVarint + 1], eType==SQLITE_TEXT ? + sqlite3_value_text(pValue) : sqlite3_value_blob(pValue), n + ); + } + + nByte = 1 + nVarint + n; + break; + } + } + }else{ + nByte = 1; + if( aBuf ) aBuf[0] = '\0'; + } + + if( pnWrite ) *pnWrite += nByte; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +/* +** This macro is used to calculate hash key values for data structures. In +** order to use this macro, the entire data structure must be represented +** as a series of unsigned integers. In order to calculate a hash-key value +** for a data structure represented as three such integers, the macro may +** then be used as follows: +** +** int hash_key_value; +** hash_key_value = HASH_APPEND(0, <value 1>); +** hash_key_value = HASH_APPEND(hash_key_value, <value 2>); +** hash_key_value = HASH_APPEND(hash_key_value, <value 3>); +** +** In practice, the data structures this macro is used for are the primary +** key values of modified rows. +*/ +#define HASH_APPEND(hash, add) ((hash) << 3) ^ (hash) ^ (unsigned int)(add) + +/* +** Append the hash of the 64-bit integer passed as the second argument to the +** hash-key value passed as the first. Return the new hash-key value. +*/ +static unsigned int sessionHashAppendI64(unsigned int h, i64 i){ + h = HASH_APPEND(h, i & 0xFFFFFFFF); + return HASH_APPEND(h, (i>>32)&0xFFFFFFFF); +} + +/* +** Append the hash of the blob passed via the second and third arguments to +** the hash-key value passed as the first. Return the new hash-key value. +*/ +static unsigned int sessionHashAppendBlob(unsigned int h, int n, const u8 *z){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<n; i++) h = HASH_APPEND(h, z[i]); + return h; +} + +/* +** Append the hash of the data type passed as the second argument to the +** hash-key value passed as the first. Return the new hash-key value. +*/ +static unsigned int sessionHashAppendType(unsigned int h, int eType){ + return HASH_APPEND(h, eType); +} + +/* +** This function may only be called from within a pre-update callback. +** It calculates a hash based on the primary key values of the old.* or +** new.* row currently available and, assuming no error occurs, writes it to +** *piHash before returning. If the primary key contains one or more NULL +** values, *pbNullPK is set to true before returning. +** +** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final values +** of *piHash asn *pbNullPK are undefined. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned +** and the output variables are set as described above. +*/ +static int sessionPreupdateHash( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object that owns pTab */ + SessionTable *pTab, /* Session table handle */ + int bNew, /* True to hash the new.* PK */ + int *piHash, /* OUT: Hash value */ + int *pbNullPK /* OUT: True if there are NULL values in PK */ +){ + unsigned int h = 0; /* Hash value to return */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through columns */ + + assert( *pbNullPK==0 ); + assert( pTab->nCol==pSession->hook.xCount(pSession->hook.pCtx) ); + for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ + if( pTab->abPK[i] ){ + int rc; + int eType; + sqlite3_value *pVal; + + if( bNew ){ + rc = pSession->hook.xNew(pSession->hook.pCtx, i, &pVal); + }else{ + rc = pSession->hook.xOld(pSession->hook.pCtx, i, &pVal); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal); + h = sessionHashAppendType(h, eType); + if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ){ + i64 iVal; + if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(pVal); + }else{ + double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(pVal); + assert( sizeof(iVal)==8 && sizeof(rVal)==8 ); + memcpy(&iVal, &rVal, 8); + } + h = sessionHashAppendI64(h, iVal); + }else if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){ + const u8 *z; + int n; + if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT ){ + z = (const u8 *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal); + }else{ + z = (const u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(pVal); + } + n = sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal); + if( !z && (eType!=SQLITE_BLOB || n>0) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + h = sessionHashAppendBlob(h, n, z); + }else{ + assert( eType==SQLITE_NULL ); + *pbNullPK = 1; + } + } + } + + *piHash = (h % pTab->nChange); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** The buffer that the argument points to contains a serialized SQL value. +** Return the number of bytes of space occupied by the value (including +** the type byte). +*/ +static int sessionSerialLen(u8 *a){ + int e = *a; + int n; + if( e==0 ) return 1; + if( e==SQLITE_NULL ) return 1; + if( e==SQLITE_INTEGER || e==SQLITE_FLOAT ) return 9; + return sessionVarintGet(&a[1], &n) + 1 + n; +} + +/* +** Based on the primary key values stored in change aRecord, calculate a +** hash key. Assume the has table has nBucket buckets. The hash keys +** calculated by this function are compatible with those calculated by +** sessionPreupdateHash(). +** +** The bPkOnly argument is non-zero if the record at aRecord[] is from +** a patchset DELETE. In this case the non-PK fields are omitted entirely. +*/ +static unsigned int sessionChangeHash( + SessionTable *pTab, /* Table handle */ + int bPkOnly, /* Record consists of PK fields only */ + u8 *aRecord, /* Change record */ + int nBucket /* Assume this many buckets in hash table */ +){ + unsigned int h = 0; /* Value to return */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through columns */ + u8 *a = aRecord; /* Used to iterate through change record */ + + for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ + int eType = *a; + int isPK = pTab->abPK[i]; + if( bPkOnly && isPK==0 ) continue; + + /* It is not possible for eType to be SQLITE_NULL here. The session + ** module does not record changes for rows with NULL values stored in + ** primary key columns. */ + assert( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT + || eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB + || eType==SQLITE_NULL || eType==0 + ); + assert( !isPK || (eType!=0 && eType!=SQLITE_NULL) ); + + if( isPK ){ + a++; + h = sessionHashAppendType(h, eType); + if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ){ + h = sessionHashAppendI64(h, sessionGetI64(a)); + a += 8; + }else{ + int n; + a += sessionVarintGet(a, &n); + h = sessionHashAppendBlob(h, n, a); + a += n; + } + }else{ + a += sessionSerialLen(a); + } + } + return (h % nBucket); +} + +/* +** Arguments aLeft and aRight are pointers to change records for table pTab. +** This function returns true if the two records apply to the same row (i.e. +** have the same values stored in the primary key columns), or false +** otherwise. +*/ +static int sessionChangeEqual( + SessionTable *pTab, /* Table used for PK definition */ + int bLeftPkOnly, /* True if aLeft[] contains PK fields only */ + u8 *aLeft, /* Change record */ + int bRightPkOnly, /* True if aRight[] contains PK fields only */ + u8 *aRight /* Change record */ +){ + u8 *a1 = aLeft; /* Cursor to iterate through aLeft */ + u8 *a2 = aRight; /* Cursor to iterate through aRight */ + int iCol; /* Used to iterate through table columns */ + + for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){ + if( pTab->abPK[iCol] ){ + int n1 = sessionSerialLen(a1); + int n2 = sessionSerialLen(a2); + + if( pTab->abPK[iCol] && (n1!=n2 || memcmp(a1, a2, n1)) ){ + return 0; + } + a1 += n1; + a2 += n2; + }else{ + if( bLeftPkOnly==0 ) a1 += sessionSerialLen(a1); + if( bRightPkOnly==0 ) a2 += sessionSerialLen(a2); + } + } + + return 1; +} + +/* +** Arguments aLeft and aRight both point to buffers containing change +** records with nCol columns. This function "merges" the two records into +** a single records which is written to the buffer at *paOut. *paOut is +** then set to point to one byte after the last byte written before +** returning. +** +** The merging of records is done as follows: For each column, if the +** aRight record contains a value for the column, copy the value from +** their. Otherwise, if aLeft contains a value, copy it. If neither +** record contains a value for a given column, then neither does the +** output record. +*/ +static void sessionMergeRecord( + u8 **paOut, + int nCol, + u8 *aLeft, + u8 *aRight +){ + u8 *a1 = aLeft; /* Cursor used to iterate through aLeft */ + u8 *a2 = aRight; /* Cursor used to iterate through aRight */ + u8 *aOut = *paOut; /* Output cursor */ + int iCol; /* Used to iterate from 0 to nCol */ + + for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){ + int n1 = sessionSerialLen(a1); + int n2 = sessionSerialLen(a2); + if( *a2 ){ + memcpy(aOut, a2, n2); + aOut += n2; + }else{ + memcpy(aOut, a1, n1); + aOut += n1; + } + a1 += n1; + a2 += n2; + } + + *paOut = aOut; +} + +/* +** This is a helper function used by sessionMergeUpdate(). +** +** When this function is called, both *paOne and *paTwo point to a value +** within a change record. Before it returns, both have been advanced so +** as to point to the next value in the record. +** +** If, when this function is called, *paTwo points to a valid value (i.e. +** *paTwo[0] is not 0x00 - the "no value" placeholder), a copy of the *paTwo +** pointer is returned and *pnVal is set to the number of bytes in the +** serialized value. Otherwise, a copy of *paOne is returned and *pnVal +** set to the number of bytes in the value at *paOne. If *paOne points +** to the "no value" placeholder, *pnVal is set to 1. In other words: +** +** if( *paTwo is valid ) return *paTwo; +** return *paOne; +** +*/ +static u8 *sessionMergeValue( + u8 **paOne, /* IN/OUT: Left-hand buffer pointer */ + u8 **paTwo, /* IN/OUT: Right-hand buffer pointer */ + int *pnVal /* OUT: Bytes in returned value */ +){ + u8 *a1 = *paOne; + u8 *a2 = *paTwo; + u8 *pRet = 0; + int n1; + + assert( a1 ); + if( a2 ){ + int n2 = sessionSerialLen(a2); + if( *a2 ){ + *pnVal = n2; + pRet = a2; + } + *paTwo = &a2[n2]; + } + + n1 = sessionSerialLen(a1); + if( pRet==0 ){ + *pnVal = n1; + pRet = a1; + } + *paOne = &a1[n1]; + + return pRet; +} + +/* +** This function is used by changeset_concat() to merge two UPDATE changes +** on the same row. +*/ +static int sessionMergeUpdate( + u8 **paOut, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to output buffer */ + SessionTable *pTab, /* Table change pertains to */ + int bPatchset, /* True if records are patchset records */ + u8 *aOldRecord1, /* old.* record for first change */ + u8 *aOldRecord2, /* old.* record for second change */ + u8 *aNewRecord1, /* new.* record for first change */ + u8 *aNewRecord2 /* new.* record for second change */ +){ + u8 *aOld1 = aOldRecord1; + u8 *aOld2 = aOldRecord2; + u8 *aNew1 = aNewRecord1; + u8 *aNew2 = aNewRecord2; + + u8 *aOut = *paOut; + int i; + + if( bPatchset==0 ){ + int bRequired = 0; + + assert( aOldRecord1 && aNewRecord1 ); + + /* Write the old.* vector first. */ + for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ + int nOld; + u8 *aOld; + int nNew; + u8 *aNew; + + aOld = sessionMergeValue(&aOld1, &aOld2, &nOld); + aNew = sessionMergeValue(&aNew1, &aNew2, &nNew); + if( pTab->abPK[i] || nOld!=nNew || memcmp(aOld, aNew, nNew) ){ + if( pTab->abPK[i]==0 ) bRequired = 1; + memcpy(aOut, aOld, nOld); + aOut += nOld; + }else{ + *(aOut++) = '\0'; + } + } + + if( !bRequired ) return 0; + } + + /* Write the new.* vector */ + aOld1 = aOldRecord1; + aOld2 = aOldRecord2; + aNew1 = aNewRecord1; + aNew2 = aNewRecord2; + for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ + int nOld; + u8 *aOld; + int nNew; + u8 *aNew; + + aOld = sessionMergeValue(&aOld1, &aOld2, &nOld); + aNew = sessionMergeValue(&aNew1, &aNew2, &nNew); + if( bPatchset==0 + && (pTab->abPK[i] || (nOld==nNew && 0==memcmp(aOld, aNew, nNew))) + ){ + *(aOut++) = '\0'; + }else{ + memcpy(aOut, aNew, nNew); + aOut += nNew; + } + } + + *paOut = aOut; + return 1; +} + +/* +** This function is only called from within a pre-update-hook callback. +** It determines if the current pre-update-hook change affects the same row +** as the change stored in argument pChange. If so, it returns true. Otherwise +** if the pre-update-hook does not affect the same row as pChange, it returns +** false. +*/ +static int sessionPreupdateEqual( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object that owns SessionTable */ + SessionTable *pTab, /* Table associated with change */ + SessionChange *pChange, /* Change to compare to */ + int op /* Current pre-update operation */ +){ + int iCol; /* Used to iterate through columns */ + u8 *a = pChange->aRecord; /* Cursor used to scan change record */ + + assert( op==SQLITE_INSERT || op==SQLITE_UPDATE || op==SQLITE_DELETE ); + for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){ + if( !pTab->abPK[iCol] ){ + a += sessionSerialLen(a); + }else{ + sqlite3_value *pVal; /* Value returned by preupdate_new/old */ + int rc; /* Error code from preupdate_new/old */ + int eType = *a++; /* Type of value from change record */ + + /* The following calls to preupdate_new() and preupdate_old() can not + ** fail. This is because they cache their return values, and by the + ** time control flows to here they have already been called once from + ** within sessionPreupdateHash(). The first two asserts below verify + ** this (that the method has already been called). */ + if( op==SQLITE_INSERT ){ + /* assert( db->pPreUpdate->pNewUnpacked || db->pPreUpdate->aNew ); */ + rc = pSession->hook.xNew(pSession->hook.pCtx, iCol, &pVal); + }else{ + /* assert( db->pPreUpdate->pUnpacked ); */ + rc = pSession->hook.xOld(pSession->hook.pCtx, iCol, &pVal); + } + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + if( sqlite3_value_type(pVal)!=eType ) return 0; + + /* A SessionChange object never has a NULL value in a PK column */ + assert( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT + || eType==SQLITE_BLOB || eType==SQLITE_TEXT + ); + + if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ){ + i64 iVal = sessionGetI64(a); + a += 8; + if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + if( sqlite3_value_int64(pVal)!=iVal ) return 0; + }else{ + double rVal; + assert( sizeof(iVal)==8 && sizeof(rVal)==8 ); + memcpy(&rVal, &iVal, 8); + if( sqlite3_value_double(pVal)!=rVal ) return 0; + } + }else{ + int n; + const u8 *z; + a += sessionVarintGet(a, &n); + if( sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal)!=n ) return 0; + if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT ){ + z = sqlite3_value_text(pVal); + }else{ + z = sqlite3_value_blob(pVal); + } + if( memcmp(a, z, n) ) return 0; + a += n; + break; + } + } + } + + return 1; +} + +/* +** If required, grow the hash table used to store changes on table pTab +** (part of the session pSession). If a fatal OOM error occurs, set the +** session object to failed and return SQLITE_ERROR. Otherwise, return +** SQLITE_OK. +** +** It is possible that a non-fatal OOM error occurs in this function. In +** that case the hash-table does not grow, but SQLITE_OK is returned anyway. +** Growing the hash table in this case is a performance optimization only, +** it is not required for correct operation. +*/ +static int sessionGrowHash(int bPatchset, SessionTable *pTab){ + if( pTab->nChange==0 || pTab->nEntry>=(pTab->nChange/2) ){ + int i; + SessionChange **apNew; + int nNew = (pTab->nChange ? pTab->nChange : 128) * 2; + + apNew = (SessionChange **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SessionChange *) * nNew); + if( apNew==0 ){ + if( pTab->nChange==0 ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + return SQLITE_OK; + } + memset(apNew, 0, sizeof(SessionChange *) * nNew); + + for(i=0; i<pTab->nChange; i++){ + SessionChange *p; + SessionChange *pNext; + for(p=pTab->apChange[i]; p; p=pNext){ + int bPkOnly = (p->op==SQLITE_DELETE && bPatchset); + int iHash = sessionChangeHash(pTab, bPkOnly, p->aRecord, nNew); + pNext = p->pNext; + p->pNext = apNew[iHash]; + apNew[iHash] = p; + } + } + + sqlite3_free(pTab->apChange); + pTab->nChange = nNew; + pTab->apChange = apNew; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This function queries the database for the names of the columns of table +** zThis, in schema zDb. It is expected that the table has nCol columns. If +** not, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned and none of the output variables are +** populated. +** +** Otherwise, if they are not NULL, variable *pnCol is set to the number +** of columns in the database table and variable *pzTab is set to point to a +** nul-terminated copy of the table name. *pazCol (if not NULL) is set to +** point to an array of pointers to column names. And *pabPK (again, if not +** NULL) is set to point to an array of booleans - true if the corresponding +** column is part of the primary key. +** +** For example, if the table is declared as: +** +** CREATE TABLE tbl1(w, x, y, z, PRIMARY KEY(w, z)); +** +** Then the four output variables are populated as follows: +** +** *pnCol = 4 +** *pzTab = "tbl1" +** *pazCol = {"w", "x", "y", "z"} +** *pabPK = {1, 0, 0, 1} +** +** All returned buffers are part of the same single allocation, which must +** be freed using sqlite3_free() by the caller. If pazCol was not NULL, then +** pointer *pazCol should be freed to release all memory. Otherwise, pointer +** *pabPK. It is illegal for both pazCol and pabPK to be NULL. +*/ +static int sessionTableInfo( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (e.g. "main") */ + const char *zThis, /* Table name */ + int *pnCol, /* OUT: number of columns */ + const char **pzTab, /* OUT: Copy of zThis */ + const char ***pazCol, /* OUT: Array of column names for table */ + u8 **pabPK /* OUT: Array of booleans - true for PK col */ +){ + char *zPragma; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + int rc; + int nByte; + int nDbCol = 0; + int nThis; + int i; + u8 *pAlloc = 0; + char **azCol = 0; + u8 *abPK = 0; + + assert( pazCol && pabPK ); + + nThis = sqlite3Strlen30(zThis); + zPragma = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA '%q'.table_info('%q')", zDb, zThis); + if( !zPragma ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zPragma, -1, &pStmt, 0); + sqlite3_free(zPragma); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + nByte = nThis + 1; + while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + nByte += sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 1); + nDbCol++; + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + nByte += nDbCol * (sizeof(const char *) + sizeof(u8) + 1); + pAlloc = sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( pAlloc==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + azCol = (char **)pAlloc; + pAlloc = (u8 *)&azCol[nDbCol]; + abPK = (u8 *)pAlloc; + pAlloc = &abPK[nDbCol]; + if( pzTab ){ + memcpy(pAlloc, zThis, nThis+1); + *pzTab = (char *)pAlloc; + pAlloc += nThis+1; + } + + i = 0; + while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + int nName = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 1); + const unsigned char *zName = sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1); + if( zName==0 ) break; + memcpy(pAlloc, zName, nName+1); + azCol[i] = (char *)pAlloc; + pAlloc += nName+1; + abPK[i] = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 5); + i++; + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + + } + + /* If successful, populate the output variables. Otherwise, zero them and + ** free any allocation made. An error code will be returned in this case. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + *pazCol = (const char **)azCol; + *pabPK = abPK; + *pnCol = nDbCol; + }else{ + *pazCol = 0; + *pabPK = 0; + *pnCol = 0; + if( pzTab ) *pzTab = 0; + sqlite3_free(azCol); + } + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is only called from within a pre-update handler for a +** write to table pTab, part of session pSession. If this is the first +** write to this table, initalize the SessionTable.nCol, azCol[] and +** abPK[] arrays accordingly. +** +** If an error occurs, an error code is stored in sqlite3_session.rc and +** non-zero returned. Or, if no error occurs but the table has no primary +** key, sqlite3_session.rc is left set to SQLITE_OK and non-zero returned to +** indicate that updates on this table should be ignored. SessionTable.abPK +** is set to NULL in this case. +*/ +static int sessionInitTable(sqlite3_session *pSession, SessionTable *pTab){ + if( pTab->nCol==0 ){ + u8 *abPK; + assert( pTab->azCol==0 || pTab->abPK==0 ); + pSession->rc = sessionTableInfo(pSession->db, pSession->zDb, + pTab->zName, &pTab->nCol, 0, &pTab->azCol, &abPK + ); + if( pSession->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ + if( abPK[i] ){ + pTab->abPK = abPK; + break; + } + } + } + } + return (pSession->rc || pTab->abPK==0); +} + +/* +** This function is only called from with a pre-update-hook reporting a +** change on table pTab (attached to session pSession). The type of change +** (UPDATE, INSERT, DELETE) is specified by the first argument. +** +** Unless one is already present or an error occurs, an entry is added +** to the changed-rows hash table associated with table pTab. +*/ +static void sessionPreupdateOneChange( + int op, /* One of SQLITE_UPDATE, INSERT, DELETE */ + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object pTab is attached to */ + SessionTable *pTab /* Table that change applies to */ +){ + int iHash; + int bNull = 0; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( pSession->rc ) return; + + /* Load table details if required */ + if( sessionInitTable(pSession, pTab) ) return; + + /* Check the number of columns in this xPreUpdate call matches the + ** number of columns in the table. */ + if( pTab->nCol!=pSession->hook.xCount(pSession->hook.pCtx) ){ + pSession->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; + return; + } + + /* Grow the hash table if required */ + if( sessionGrowHash(0, pTab) ){ + pSession->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return; + } + + /* Calculate the hash-key for this change. If the primary key of the row + ** includes a NULL value, exit early. Such changes are ignored by the + ** session module. */ + rc = sessionPreupdateHash(pSession, pTab, op==SQLITE_INSERT, &iHash, &bNull); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto error_out; + + if( bNull==0 ){ + /* Search the hash table for an existing record for this row. */ + SessionChange *pC; + for(pC=pTab->apChange[iHash]; pC; pC=pC->pNext){ + if( sessionPreupdateEqual(pSession, pTab, pC, op) ) break; + } + + if( pC==0 ){ + /* Create a new change object containing all the old values (if + ** this is an SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_DELETE), or just the PK + ** values (if this is an INSERT). */ + SessionChange *pChange; /* New change object */ + int nByte; /* Number of bytes to allocate */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through columns */ + + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + pTab->nEntry++; + + /* Figure out how large an allocation is required */ + nByte = sizeof(SessionChange); + for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ + sqlite3_value *p = 0; + if( op!=SQLITE_INSERT ){ + TESTONLY(int trc = ) pSession->hook.xOld(pSession->hook.pCtx, i, &p); + assert( trc==SQLITE_OK ); + }else if( pTab->abPK[i] ){ + TESTONLY(int trc = ) pSession->hook.xNew(pSession->hook.pCtx, i, &p); + assert( trc==SQLITE_OK ); + } + + /* This may fail if SQLite value p contains a utf-16 string that must + ** be converted to utf-8 and an OOM error occurs while doing so. */ + rc = sessionSerializeValue(0, p, &nByte); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto error_out; + } + + /* Allocate the change object */ + pChange = (SessionChange *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( !pChange ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto error_out; + }else{ + memset(pChange, 0, sizeof(SessionChange)); + pChange->aRecord = (u8 *)&pChange[1]; + } + + /* Populate the change object. None of the preupdate_old(), + ** preupdate_new() or SerializeValue() calls below may fail as all + ** required values and encodings have already been cached in memory. + ** It is not possible for an OOM to occur in this block. */ + nByte = 0; + for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){ + sqlite3_value *p = 0; + if( op!=SQLITE_INSERT ){ + pSession->hook.xOld(pSession->hook.pCtx, i, &p); + }else if( pTab->abPK[i] ){ + pSession->hook.xNew(pSession->hook.pCtx, i, &p); + } + sessionSerializeValue(&pChange->aRecord[nByte], p, &nByte); + } + + /* Add the change to the hash-table */ + if( pSession->bIndirect || pSession->hook.xDepth(pSession->hook.pCtx) ){ + pChange->bIndirect = 1; + } + pChange->nRecord = nByte; + pChange->op = op; + pChange->pNext = pTab->apChange[iHash]; + pTab->apChange[iHash] = pChange; + + }else if( pC->bIndirect ){ + /* If the existing change is considered "indirect", but this current + ** change is "direct", mark the change object as direct. */ + if( pSession->hook.xDepth(pSession->hook.pCtx)==0 + && pSession->bIndirect==0 + ){ + pC->bIndirect = 0; + } + } + } + + /* If an error has occurred, mark the session object as failed. */ + error_out: + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + pSession->rc = rc; + } +} + +static int sessionFindTable( + sqlite3_session *pSession, + const char *zName, + SessionTable **ppTab +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + SessionTable *pRet; + + /* Search for an existing table */ + for(pRet=pSession->pTable; pRet; pRet=pRet->pNext){ + if( 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(pRet->zName, zName, nName+1) ) break; + } + + if( pRet==0 && pSession->bAutoAttach ){ + /* If there is a table-filter configured, invoke it. If it returns 0, + ** do not automatically add the new table. */ + if( pSession->xTableFilter==0 + || pSession->xTableFilter(pSession->pFilterCtx, zName) + ){ + rc = sqlite3session_attach(pSession, zName); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + for(pRet=pSession->pTable; pRet->pNext; pRet=pRet->pNext); + assert( 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(pRet->zName, zName, nName+1) ); + } + } + } + + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pRet==0 ); + *ppTab = pRet; + return rc; +} + +/* +** The 'pre-update' hook registered by this module with SQLite databases. +*/ +static void xPreUpdate( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of third arg to preupdate_hook() */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + int op, /* SQLITE_UPDATE, DELETE or INSERT */ + char const *zDb, /* Database name */ + char const *zName, /* Table name */ + sqlite3_int64 iKey1, /* Rowid of row about to be deleted/updated */ + sqlite3_int64 iKey2 /* New rowid value (for a rowid UPDATE) */ +){ + sqlite3_session *pSession; + int nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zDb); + + assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); + + for(pSession=(sqlite3_session *)pCtx; pSession; pSession=pSession->pNext){ + SessionTable *pTab; + + /* If this session is attached to a different database ("main", "temp" + ** etc.), or if it is not currently enabled, there is nothing to do. Skip + ** to the next session object attached to this database. */ + if( pSession->bEnable==0 ) continue; + if( pSession->rc ) continue; + if( sqlite3_strnicmp(zDb, pSession->zDb, nDb+1) ) continue; + + pSession->rc = sessionFindTable(pSession, zName, &pTab); + if( pTab ){ + assert( pSession->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + sessionPreupdateOneChange(op, pSession, pTab); + if( op==SQLITE_UPDATE ){ + sessionPreupdateOneChange(SQLITE_INSERT, pSession, pTab); + } + } + } +} + +/* +** The pre-update hook implementations. +*/ +static int sessionPreupdateOld(void *pCtx, int iVal, sqlite3_value **ppVal){ + return sqlite3_preupdate_old((sqlite3*)pCtx, iVal, ppVal); +} +static int sessionPreupdateNew(void *pCtx, int iVal, sqlite3_value **ppVal){ + return sqlite3_preupdate_new((sqlite3*)pCtx, iVal, ppVal); +} +static int sessionPreupdateCount(void *pCtx){ + return sqlite3_preupdate_count((sqlite3*)pCtx); +} +static int sessionPreupdateDepth(void *pCtx){ + return sqlite3_preupdate_depth((sqlite3*)pCtx); +} + +/* +** Install the pre-update hooks on the session object passed as the only +** argument. +*/ +static void sessionPreupdateHooks( + sqlite3_session *pSession +){ + pSession->hook.pCtx = (void*)pSession->db; + pSession->hook.xOld = sessionPreupdateOld; + pSession->hook.xNew = sessionPreupdateNew; + pSession->hook.xCount = sessionPreupdateCount; + pSession->hook.xDepth = sessionPreupdateDepth; +} + +typedef struct SessionDiffCtx SessionDiffCtx; +struct SessionDiffCtx { + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + int nOldOff; +}; + +/* +** The diff hook implementations. +*/ +static int sessionDiffOld(void *pCtx, int iVal, sqlite3_value **ppVal){ + SessionDiffCtx *p = (SessionDiffCtx*)pCtx; + *ppVal = sqlite3_column_value(p->pStmt, iVal+p->nOldOff); + return SQLITE_OK; +} +static int sessionDiffNew(void *pCtx, int iVal, sqlite3_value **ppVal){ + SessionDiffCtx *p = (SessionDiffCtx*)pCtx; + *ppVal = sqlite3_column_value(p->pStmt, iVal); + return SQLITE_OK; +} +static int sessionDiffCount(void *pCtx){ + SessionDiffCtx *p = (SessionDiffCtx*)pCtx; + return p->nOldOff ? p->nOldOff : sqlite3_column_count(p->pStmt); +} +static int sessionDiffDepth(void *pCtx){ + return 0; +} + +/* +** Install the diff hooks on the session object passed as the only +** argument. +*/ +static void sessionDiffHooks( + sqlite3_session *pSession, + SessionDiffCtx *pDiffCtx +){ + pSession->hook.pCtx = (void*)pDiffCtx; + pSession->hook.xOld = sessionDiffOld; + pSession->hook.xNew = sessionDiffNew; + pSession->hook.xCount = sessionDiffCount; + pSession->hook.xDepth = sessionDiffDepth; +} + +static char *sessionExprComparePK( + int nCol, + const char *zDb1, const char *zDb2, + const char *zTab, + const char **azCol, u8 *abPK +){ + int i; + const char *zSep = ""; + char *zRet = 0; + + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ + if( abPK[i] ){ + zRet = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"%w\".\"%w\".\"%w\"=\"%w\".\"%w\".\"%w\"", + zRet, zSep, zDb1, zTab, azCol[i], zDb2, zTab, azCol[i] + ); + zSep = " AND "; + if( zRet==0 ) break; + } + } + + return zRet; +} + +static char *sessionExprCompareOther( + int nCol, + const char *zDb1, const char *zDb2, + const char *zTab, + const char **azCol, u8 *abPK +){ + int i; + const char *zSep = ""; + char *zRet = 0; + int bHave = 0; + + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ + if( abPK[i]==0 ){ + bHave = 1; + zRet = sqlite3_mprintf( + "%z%s\"%w\".\"%w\".\"%w\" IS NOT \"%w\".\"%w\".\"%w\"", + zRet, zSep, zDb1, zTab, azCol[i], zDb2, zTab, azCol[i] + ); + zSep = " OR "; + if( zRet==0 ) break; + } + } + + if( bHave==0 ){ + assert( zRet==0 ); + zRet = sqlite3_mprintf("0"); + } + + return zRet; +} + +static char *sessionSelectFindNew( + int nCol, + const char *zDb1, /* Pick rows in this db only */ + const char *zDb2, /* But not in this one */ + const char *zTbl, /* Table name */ + const char *zExpr +){ + char *zRet = sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT * FROM \"%w\".\"%w\" WHERE NOT EXISTS (" + " SELECT 1 FROM \"%w\".\"%w\" WHERE %s" + ")", + zDb1, zTbl, zDb2, zTbl, zExpr + ); + return zRet; +} + +static int sessionDiffFindNew( + int op, + sqlite3_session *pSession, + SessionTable *pTab, + const char *zDb1, + const char *zDb2, + char *zExpr +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + char *zStmt = sessionSelectFindNew(pTab->nCol, zDb1, zDb2, pTab->zName,zExpr); + + if( zStmt==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + rc = sqlite3_prepare(pSession->db, zStmt, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + SessionDiffCtx *pDiffCtx = (SessionDiffCtx*)pSession->hook.pCtx; + pDiffCtx->pStmt = pStmt; + pDiffCtx->nOldOff = 0; + while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + sessionPreupdateOneChange(op, pSession, pTab); + } + rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + } + sqlite3_free(zStmt); + } + + return rc; +} + +static int sessionDiffFindModified( + sqlite3_session *pSession, + SessionTable *pTab, + const char *zFrom, + const char *zExpr +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + char *zExpr2 = sessionExprCompareOther(pTab->nCol, + pSession->zDb, zFrom, pTab->zName, pTab->azCol, pTab->abPK + ); + if( zExpr2==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + char *zStmt = sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT * FROM \"%w\".\"%w\", \"%w\".\"%w\" WHERE %s AND (%z)", + pSession->zDb, pTab->zName, zFrom, pTab->zName, zExpr, zExpr2 + ); + if( zStmt==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + rc = sqlite3_prepare(pSession->db, zStmt, -1, &pStmt, 0); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + SessionDiffCtx *pDiffCtx = (SessionDiffCtx*)pSession->hook.pCtx; + pDiffCtx->pStmt = pStmt; + pDiffCtx->nOldOff = pTab->nCol; + while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + sessionPreupdateOneChange(SQLITE_UPDATE, pSession, pTab); + } + rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + } + sqlite3_free(zStmt); + } + } + + return rc; +} + +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3session_diff( + sqlite3_session *pSession, + const char *zFrom, + const char *zTbl, + char **pzErrMsg +){ + const char *zDb = pSession->zDb; + int rc = pSession->rc; + SessionDiffCtx d; + + memset(&d, 0, sizeof(d)); + sessionDiffHooks(pSession, &d); + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_db_mutex(pSession->db)); + if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + char *zExpr = 0; + sqlite3 *db = pSession->db; + SessionTable *pTo; /* Table zTbl */ + + /* Locate and if necessary initialize the target table object */ + rc = sessionFindTable(pSession, zTbl, &pTo); + if( pTo==0 ) goto diff_out; + if( sessionInitTable(pSession, pTo) ){ + rc = pSession->rc; + goto diff_out; + } + + /* Check the table schemas match */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int bHasPk = 0; + int bMismatch = 0; + int nCol; /* Columns in zFrom.zTbl */ + u8 *abPK; + const char **azCol = 0; + rc = sessionTableInfo(db, zFrom, zTbl, &nCol, 0, &azCol, &abPK); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pTo->nCol!=nCol ){ + bMismatch = 1; + }else{ + int i; + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ + if( pTo->abPK[i]!=abPK[i] ) bMismatch = 1; + if( sqlite3_stricmp(azCol[i], pTo->azCol[i]) ) bMismatch = 1; + if( abPK[i] ) bHasPk = 1; + } + } + + } + sqlite3_free((char*)azCol); + if( bMismatch ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("table schemas do not match"); + rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; + } + if( bHasPk==0 ){ + /* Ignore tables with no primary keys */ + goto diff_out; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + zExpr = sessionExprComparePK(pTo->nCol, + zDb, zFrom, pTo->zName, pTo->azCol, pTo->abPK + ); + } + + /* Find new rows */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sessionDiffFindNew(SQLITE_INSERT, pSession, pTo, zDb, zFrom, zExpr); + } + + /* Find old rows */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sessionDiffFindNew(SQLITE_DELETE, pSession, pTo, zFrom, zDb, zExpr); + } + + /* Find modified rows */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sessionDiffFindModified(pSession, pTo, zFrom, zExpr); + } + + sqlite3_free(zExpr); + } + + diff_out: + sessionPreupdateHooks(pSession); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_db_mutex(pSession->db)); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Create a session object. This session object will record changes to +** database zDb attached to connection db. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3session_create( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zDb, /* Name of db (e.g. "main") */ + sqlite3_session **ppSession /* OUT: New session object */ +){ + sqlite3_session *pNew; /* Newly allocated session object */ + sqlite3_session *pOld; /* Session object already attached to db */ + int nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zDb); /* Length of zDb in bytes */ + + /* Zero the output value in case an error occurs. */ + *ppSession = 0; + + /* Allocate and populate the new session object. */ + pNew = (sqlite3_session *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(sqlite3_session) + nDb + 1); + if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(sqlite3_session)); + pNew->db = db; + pNew->zDb = (char *)&pNew[1]; + pNew->bEnable = 1; + memcpy(pNew->zDb, zDb, nDb+1); + sessionPreupdateHooks(pNew); + + /* Add the new session object to the linked list of session objects + ** attached to database handle $db. Do this under the cover of the db + ** handle mutex. */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_db_mutex(db)); + pOld = (sqlite3_session*)sqlite3_preupdate_hook(db, xPreUpdate, (void*)pNew); + pNew->pNext = pOld; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_db_mutex(db)); + + *ppSession = pNew; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Free the list of table objects passed as the first argument. The contents +** of the changed-rows hash tables are also deleted. +*/ +static void sessionDeleteTable(SessionTable *pList){ + SessionTable *pNext; + SessionTable *pTab; + + for(pTab=pList; pTab; pTab=pNext){ + int i; + pNext = pTab->pNext; + for(i=0; i<pTab->nChange; i++){ + SessionChange *p; + SessionChange *pNextChange; + for(p=pTab->apChange[i]; p; p=pNextChange){ + pNextChange = p->pNext; + sqlite3_free(p); + } + } + sqlite3_free((char*)pTab->azCol); /* cast works around VC++ bug */ + sqlite3_free(pTab->apChange); + sqlite3_free(pTab); + } +} + +/* +** Delete a session object previously allocated using sqlite3session_create(). +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession){ + sqlite3 *db = pSession->db; + sqlite3_session *pHead; + sqlite3_session **pp; + + /* Unlink the session from the linked list of sessions attached to the + ** database handle. Hold the db mutex while doing so. */ + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_db_mutex(db)); + pHead = (sqlite3_session*)sqlite3_preupdate_hook(db, 0, 0); + for(pp=&pHead; ALWAYS((*pp)!=0); pp=&((*pp)->pNext)){ + if( (*pp)==pSession ){ + *pp = (*pp)->pNext; + if( pHead ) sqlite3_preupdate_hook(db, xPreUpdate, (void*)pHead); + break; + } + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_db_mutex(db)); + + /* Delete all attached table objects. And the contents of their + ** associated hash-tables. */ + sessionDeleteTable(pSession->pTable); + + /* Free the session object itself. */ + sqlite3_free(pSession); +} + +/* +** Set a table filter on a Session Object. +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3session_table_filter( + sqlite3_session *pSession, + int(*xFilter)(void*, const char*), + void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xFilter */ +){ + pSession->bAutoAttach = 1; + pSession->pFilterCtx = pCtx; + pSession->xTableFilter = xFilter; +} + +/* +** Attach a table to a session. All subsequent changes made to the table +** while the session object is enabled will be recorded. +** +** Only tables that have a PRIMARY KEY defined may be attached. It does +** not matter if the PRIMARY KEY is an "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY" (rowid alias) +** or not. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3session_attach( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ + const char *zName /* Table name */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_db_mutex(pSession->db)); + + if( !zName ){ + pSession->bAutoAttach = 1; + }else{ + SessionTable *pTab; /* New table object (if required) */ + int nName; /* Number of bytes in string zName */ + + /* First search for an existing entry. If one is found, this call is + ** a no-op. Return early. */ + nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); + for(pTab=pSession->pTable; pTab; pTab=pTab->pNext){ + if( 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(pTab->zName, zName, nName+1) ) break; + } + + if( !pTab ){ + /* Allocate new SessionTable object. */ + pTab = (SessionTable *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SessionTable) + nName + 1); + if( !pTab ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + /* Populate the new SessionTable object and link it into the list. + ** The new object must be linked onto the end of the list, not + ** simply added to the start of it in order to ensure that tables + ** appear in the correct order when a changeset or patchset is + ** eventually generated. */ + SessionTable **ppTab; + memset(pTab, 0, sizeof(SessionTable)); + pTab->zName = (char *)&pTab[1]; + memcpy(pTab->zName, zName, nName+1); + for(ppTab=&pSession->pTable; *ppTab; ppTab=&(*ppTab)->pNext); + *ppTab = pTab; + } + } + } + + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_db_mutex(pSession->db)); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Ensure that there is room in the buffer to append nByte bytes of data. +** If not, use sqlite3_realloc() to grow the buffer so that there is. +** +** If successful, return zero. Otherwise, if an OOM condition is encountered, +** set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM and return non-zero. +*/ +static int sessionBufferGrow(SessionBuffer *p, int nByte, int *pRc){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && p->nAlloc-p->nBuf<nByte ){ + u8 *aNew; + int nNew = p->nAlloc ? p->nAlloc : 128; + do { + nNew = nNew*2; + }while( nNew<(p->nBuf+nByte) ); + + aNew = (u8 *)sqlite3_realloc(p->aBuf, nNew); + if( 0==aNew ){ + *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + p->aBuf = aNew; + p->nAlloc = nNew; + } + } + return (*pRc!=SQLITE_OK); +} + +/* +** Append the value passed as the second argument to the buffer passed +** as the first. +** +** This function is a no-op if *pRc is non-zero when it is called. +** Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code +** before returning. +*/ +static void sessionAppendValue(SessionBuffer *p, sqlite3_value *pVal, int *pRc){ + int rc = *pRc; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nByte = 0; + rc = sessionSerializeValue(0, pVal, &nByte); + sessionBufferGrow(p, nByte, &rc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sessionSerializeValue(&p->aBuf[p->nBuf], pVal, 0); + p->nBuf += nByte; + }else{ + *pRc = rc; + } + } +} + +/* +** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is +** called. Otherwise, append a single byte to the buffer. +** +** If an OOM condition is encountered, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM before +** returning. +*/ +static void sessionAppendByte(SessionBuffer *p, u8 v, int *pRc){ + if( 0==sessionBufferGrow(p, 1, pRc) ){ + p->aBuf[p->nBuf++] = v; + } +} + +/* +** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is +** called. Otherwise, append a single varint to the buffer. +** +** If an OOM condition is encountered, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM before +** returning. +*/ +static void sessionAppendVarint(SessionBuffer *p, int v, int *pRc){ + if( 0==sessionBufferGrow(p, 9, pRc) ){ + p->nBuf += sessionVarintPut(&p->aBuf[p->nBuf], v); + } +} + +/* +** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is +** called. Otherwise, append a blob of data to the buffer. +** +** If an OOM condition is encountered, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM before +** returning. +*/ +static void sessionAppendBlob( + SessionBuffer *p, + const u8 *aBlob, + int nBlob, + int *pRc +){ + if( 0==sessionBufferGrow(p, nBlob, pRc) ){ + memcpy(&p->aBuf[p->nBuf], aBlob, nBlob); + p->nBuf += nBlob; + } +} + +/* +** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is +** called. Otherwise, append a string to the buffer. All bytes in the string +** up to (but not including) the nul-terminator are written to the buffer. +** +** If an OOM condition is encountered, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM before +** returning. +*/ +static void sessionAppendStr( + SessionBuffer *p, + const char *zStr, + int *pRc +){ + int nStr = sqlite3Strlen30(zStr); + if( 0==sessionBufferGrow(p, nStr, pRc) ){ + memcpy(&p->aBuf[p->nBuf], zStr, nStr); + p->nBuf += nStr; + } +} + +/* +** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is +** called. Otherwise, append the string representation of integer iVal +** to the buffer. No nul-terminator is written. +** +** If an OOM condition is encountered, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM before +** returning. +*/ +static void sessionAppendInteger( + SessionBuffer *p, /* Buffer to append to */ + int iVal, /* Value to write the string rep. of */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + char aBuf[24]; + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(aBuf)-1, aBuf, "%d", iVal); + sessionAppendStr(p, aBuf, pRc); +} + +/* +** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is +** called. Otherwise, append the string zStr enclosed in quotes (") and +** with any embedded quote characters escaped to the buffer. No +** nul-terminator byte is written. +** +** If an OOM condition is encountered, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM before +** returning. +*/ +static void sessionAppendIdent( + SessionBuffer *p, /* Buffer to a append to */ + const char *zStr, /* String to quote, escape and append */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + int nStr = sqlite3Strlen30(zStr)*2 + 2 + 1; + if( 0==sessionBufferGrow(p, nStr, pRc) ){ + char *zOut = (char *)&p->aBuf[p->nBuf]; + const char *zIn = zStr; + *zOut++ = '"'; + while( *zIn ){ + if( *zIn=='"' ) *zOut++ = '"'; + *zOut++ = *(zIn++); + } + *zOut++ = '"'; + p->nBuf = (int)((u8 *)zOut - p->aBuf); + } +} + +/* +** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is +** called. Otherwse, it appends the serialized version of the value stored +** in column iCol of the row that SQL statement pStmt currently points +** to to the buffer. +*/ +static void sessionAppendCol( + SessionBuffer *p, /* Buffer to append to */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, /* Handle pointing to row containing value */ + int iCol, /* Column to read value from */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int eType = sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, iCol); + sessionAppendByte(p, (u8)eType, pRc); + if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ){ + sqlite3_int64 i; + u8 aBuf[8]; + if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + i = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, iCol); + }else{ + double r = sqlite3_column_double(pStmt, iCol); + memcpy(&i, &r, 8); + } + sessionPutI64(aBuf, i); + sessionAppendBlob(p, aBuf, 8, pRc); + } + if( eType==SQLITE_BLOB || eType==SQLITE_TEXT ){ + u8 *z; + int nByte; + if( eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){ + z = (u8 *)sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, iCol); + }else{ + z = (u8 *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol); + } + nByte = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol); + if( z || (eType==SQLITE_BLOB && nByte==0) ){ + sessionAppendVarint(p, nByte, pRc); + sessionAppendBlob(p, z, nByte, pRc); + }else{ + *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + } +} + +/* +** +** This function appends an update change to the buffer (see the comments +** under "CHANGESET FORMAT" at the top of the file). An update change +** consists of: +** +** 1 byte: SQLITE_UPDATE (0x17) +** n bytes: old.* record (see RECORD FORMAT) +** m bytes: new.* record (see RECORD FORMAT) +** +** The SessionChange object passed as the third argument contains the +** values that were stored in the row when the session began (the old.* +** values). The statement handle passed as the second argument points +** at the current version of the row (the new.* values). +** +** If all of the old.* values are equal to their corresponding new.* value +** (i.e. nothing has changed), then no data at all is appended to the buffer. +** +** Otherwise, the old.* record contains all primary key values and the +** original values of any fields that have been modified. The new.* record +** contains the new values of only those fields that have been modified. +*/ +static int sessionAppendUpdate( + SessionBuffer *pBuf, /* Buffer to append to */ + int bPatchset, /* True for "patchset", 0 for "changeset" */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, /* Statement handle pointing at new row */ + SessionChange *p, /* Object containing old values */ + u8 *abPK /* Boolean array - true for PK columns */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + SessionBuffer buf2 = {0,0,0}; /* Buffer to accumulate new.* record in */ + int bNoop = 1; /* Set to zero if any values are modified */ + int nRewind = pBuf->nBuf; /* Set to zero if any values are modified */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through columns */ + u8 *pCsr = p->aRecord; /* Used to iterate through old.* values */ + + sessionAppendByte(pBuf, SQLITE_UPDATE, &rc); + sessionAppendByte(pBuf, p->bIndirect, &rc); + for(i=0; i<sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); i++){ + int bChanged = 0; + int nAdvance; + int eType = *pCsr; + switch( eType ){ + case SQLITE_NULL: + nAdvance = 1; + if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i)!=SQLITE_NULL ){ + bChanged = 1; + } + break; + + case SQLITE_FLOAT: + case SQLITE_INTEGER: { + nAdvance = 9; + if( eType==sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i) ){ + sqlite3_int64 iVal = sessionGetI64(&pCsr[1]); + if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + if( iVal==sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, i) ) break; + }else{ + double dVal; + memcpy(&dVal, &iVal, 8); + if( dVal==sqlite3_column_double(pStmt, i) ) break; + } + } + bChanged = 1; + break; + } + + default: { + int nByte; + int nHdr = 1 + sessionVarintGet(&pCsr[1], &nByte); + assert( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB ); + nAdvance = nHdr + nByte; + if( eType==sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i) + && nByte==sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, i) + && 0==memcmp(&pCsr[nHdr], sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, i), nByte) + ){ + break; + } + bChanged = 1; + } + } + + /* If at least one field has been modified, this is not a no-op. */ + if( bChanged ) bNoop = 0; + + /* Add a field to the old.* record. This is omitted if this modules is + ** currently generating a patchset. */ + if( bPatchset==0 ){ + if( bChanged || abPK[i] ){ + sessionAppendBlob(pBuf, pCsr, nAdvance, &rc); + }else{ + sessionAppendByte(pBuf, 0, &rc); + } + } + + /* Add a field to the new.* record. Or the only record if currently + ** generating a patchset. */ + if( bChanged || (bPatchset && abPK[i]) ){ + sessionAppendCol(&buf2, pStmt, i, &rc); + }else{ + sessionAppendByte(&buf2, 0, &rc); + } + + pCsr += nAdvance; + } + + if( bNoop ){ + pBuf->nBuf = nRewind; + }else{ + sessionAppendBlob(pBuf, buf2.aBuf, buf2.nBuf, &rc); + } + sqlite3_free(buf2.aBuf); + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Append a DELETE change to the buffer passed as the first argument. Use +** the changeset format if argument bPatchset is zero, or the patchset +** format otherwise. +*/ +static int sessionAppendDelete( + SessionBuffer *pBuf, /* Buffer to append to */ + int bPatchset, /* True for "patchset", 0 for "changeset" */ + SessionChange *p, /* Object containing old values */ + int nCol, /* Number of columns in table */ + u8 *abPK /* Boolean array - true for PK columns */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + sessionAppendByte(pBuf, SQLITE_DELETE, &rc); + sessionAppendByte(pBuf, p->bIndirect, &rc); + + if( bPatchset==0 ){ + sessionAppendBlob(pBuf, p->aRecord, p->nRecord, &rc); + }else{ + int i; + u8 *a = p->aRecord; + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ + u8 *pStart = a; + int eType = *a++; + + switch( eType ){ + case 0: + case SQLITE_NULL: + assert( abPK[i]==0 ); + break; + + case SQLITE_FLOAT: + case SQLITE_INTEGER: + a += 8; + break; + + default: { + int n; + a += sessionVarintGet(a, &n); + a += n; + break; + } + } + if( abPK[i] ){ + sessionAppendBlob(pBuf, pStart, (int)(a-pStart), &rc); + } + } + assert( (a - p->aRecord)==p->nRecord ); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Formulate and prepare a SELECT statement to retrieve a row from table +** zTab in database zDb based on its primary key. i.e. +** +** SELECT * FROM zDb.zTab WHERE pk1 = ? AND pk2 = ? AND ... +*/ +static int sessionSelectStmt( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zDb, /* Database name */ + const char *zTab, /* Table name */ + int nCol, /* Number of columns in table */ + const char **azCol, /* Names of table columns */ + u8 *abPK, /* PRIMARY KEY array */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Prepared SELECT statement */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int i; + const char *zSep = ""; + SessionBuffer buf = {0, 0, 0}; + + sessionAppendStr(&buf, "SELECT * FROM ", &rc); + sessionAppendIdent(&buf, zDb, &rc); + sessionAppendStr(&buf, ".", &rc); + sessionAppendIdent(&buf, zTab, &rc); + sessionAppendStr(&buf, " WHERE ", &rc); + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ + if( abPK[i] ){ + sessionAppendStr(&buf, zSep, &rc); + sessionAppendIdent(&buf, azCol[i], &rc); + sessionAppendStr(&buf, " = ?", &rc); + sessionAppendInteger(&buf, i+1, &rc); + zSep = " AND "; + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, (char *)buf.aBuf, buf.nBuf, ppStmt, 0); + } + sqlite3_free(buf.aBuf); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Bind the PRIMARY KEY values from the change passed in argument pChange +** to the SELECT statement passed as the first argument. The SELECT statement +** is as prepared by function sessionSelectStmt(). +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if all PK values are successfully bound, or an SQLite +** error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) otherwise. +*/ +static int sessionSelectBind( + sqlite3_stmt *pSelect, /* SELECT from sessionSelectStmt() */ + int nCol, /* Number of columns in table */ + u8 *abPK, /* PRIMARY KEY array */ + SessionChange *pChange /* Change structure */ +){ + int i; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + u8 *a = pChange->aRecord; + + for(i=0; i<nCol && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ + int eType = *a++; + + switch( eType ){ + case 0: + case SQLITE_NULL: + assert( abPK[i]==0 ); + break; + + case SQLITE_INTEGER: { + if( abPK[i] ){ + i64 iVal = sessionGetI64(a); + rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(pSelect, i+1, iVal); + } + a += 8; + break; + } + + case SQLITE_FLOAT: { + if( abPK[i] ){ + double rVal; + i64 iVal = sessionGetI64(a); + memcpy(&rVal, &iVal, 8); + rc = sqlite3_bind_double(pSelect, i+1, rVal); + } + a += 8; + break; + } + + case SQLITE_TEXT: { + int n; + a += sessionVarintGet(a, &n); + if( abPK[i] ){ + rc = sqlite3_bind_text(pSelect, i+1, (char *)a, n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } + a += n; + break; + } + + default: { + int n; + assert( eType==SQLITE_BLOB ); + a += sessionVarintGet(a, &n); + if( abPK[i] ){ + rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(pSelect, i+1, a, n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } + a += n; + break; + } + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is a no-op if *pRc is set to other than SQLITE_OK when it +** is called. Otherwise, append a serialized table header (part of the binary +** changeset format) to buffer *pBuf. If an error occurs, set *pRc to an +** SQLite error code before returning. +*/ +static void sessionAppendTableHdr( + SessionBuffer *pBuf, /* Append header to this buffer */ + int bPatchset, /* Use the patchset format if true */ + SessionTable *pTab, /* Table object to append header for */ + int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ +){ + /* Write a table header */ + sessionAppendByte(pBuf, (bPatchset ? 'P' : 'T'), pRc); + sessionAppendVarint(pBuf, pTab->nCol, pRc); + sessionAppendBlob(pBuf, pTab->abPK, pTab->nCol, pRc); + sessionAppendBlob(pBuf, (u8 *)pTab->zName, (int)strlen(pTab->zName)+1, pRc); +} + +/* +** Generate either a changeset (if argument bPatchset is zero) or a patchset +** (if it is non-zero) based on the current contents of the session object +** passed as the first argument. +** +** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the new changeset/patchset +** stored in output variables *pnChangeset and *ppChangeset. Or, if an error +** occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and both output variables set +** to 0. +*/ +static int sessionGenerateChangeset( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ + int bPatchset, /* True for patchset, false for changeset */ + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut, /* First argument for xOutput */ + int *pnChangeset, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppChangeset */ + void **ppChangeset /* OUT: Buffer containing changeset */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pSession->db; /* Source database handle */ + SessionTable *pTab; /* Used to iterate through attached tables */ + SessionBuffer buf = {0,0,0}; /* Buffer in which to accumlate changeset */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + + assert( xOutput==0 || (pnChangeset==0 && ppChangeset==0 ) ); + + /* Zero the output variables in case an error occurs. If this session + ** object is already in the error state (sqlite3_session.rc != SQLITE_OK), + ** this call will be a no-op. */ + if( xOutput==0 ){ + *pnChangeset = 0; + *ppChangeset = 0; + } + + if( pSession->rc ) return pSession->rc; + rc = sqlite3_exec(pSession->db, "SAVEPOINT changeset", 0, 0, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_db_mutex(db)); + + for(pTab=pSession->pTable; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTab; pTab=pTab->pNext){ + if( pTab->nEntry ){ + const char *zName = pTab->zName; + int nCol; /* Number of columns in table */ + u8 *abPK; /* Primary key array */ + const char **azCol = 0; /* Table columns */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through hash buckets */ + sqlite3_stmt *pSel = 0; /* SELECT statement to query table pTab */ + int nRewind = buf.nBuf; /* Initial size of write buffer */ + int nNoop; /* Size of buffer after writing tbl header */ + + /* Check the table schema is still Ok. */ + rc = sessionTableInfo(db, pSession->zDb, zName, &nCol, 0, &azCol, &abPK); + if( !rc && (pTab->nCol!=nCol || memcmp(abPK, pTab->abPK, nCol)) ){ + rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; + } + + /* Write a table header */ + sessionAppendTableHdr(&buf, bPatchset, pTab, &rc); + + /* Build and compile a statement to execute: */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sessionSelectStmt( + db, pSession->zDb, zName, nCol, azCol, abPK, &pSel); + } + + nNoop = buf.nBuf; + for(i=0; i<pTab->nChange && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ + SessionChange *p; /* Used to iterate through changes */ + + for(p=pTab->apChange[i]; rc==SQLITE_OK && p; p=p->pNext){ + rc = sessionSelectBind(pSel, nCol, abPK, p); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) continue; + if( sqlite3_step(pSel)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + if( p->op==SQLITE_INSERT ){ + int iCol; + sessionAppendByte(&buf, SQLITE_INSERT, &rc); + sessionAppendByte(&buf, p->bIndirect, &rc); + for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){ + sessionAppendCol(&buf, pSel, iCol, &rc); + } + }else{ + rc = sessionAppendUpdate(&buf, bPatchset, pSel, p, abPK); + } + }else if( p->op!=SQLITE_INSERT ){ + rc = sessionAppendDelete(&buf, bPatchset, p, nCol, abPK); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_reset(pSel); + } + + /* If the buffer is now larger than SESSIONS_STRM_CHUNK_SIZE, pass + ** its contents to the xOutput() callback. */ + if( xOutput + && rc==SQLITE_OK + && buf.nBuf>nNoop + && buf.nBuf>SESSIONS_STRM_CHUNK_SIZE + ){ + rc = xOutput(pOut, (void*)buf.aBuf, buf.nBuf); + nNoop = -1; + buf.nBuf = 0; + } + + } + } + + sqlite3_finalize(pSel); + if( buf.nBuf==nNoop ){ + buf.nBuf = nRewind; + } + sqlite3_free((char*)azCol); /* cast works around VC++ bug */ + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( xOutput==0 ){ + *pnChangeset = buf.nBuf; + *ppChangeset = buf.aBuf; + buf.aBuf = 0; + }else if( buf.nBuf>0 ){ + rc = xOutput(pOut, (void*)buf.aBuf, buf.nBuf); + } + } + + sqlite3_free(buf.aBuf); + sqlite3_exec(db, "RELEASE changeset", 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_db_mutex(db)); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Obtain a changeset object containing all changes recorded by the +** session object passed as the first argument. +** +** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer +** using sqlite3_free(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3session_changeset( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ + int *pnChangeset, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppChangeset */ + void **ppChangeset /* OUT: Buffer containing changeset */ +){ + return sessionGenerateChangeset(pSession, 0, 0, 0, pnChangeset, ppChangeset); +} + +/* +** Streaming version of sqlite3session_changeset(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3session_changeset_strm( + sqlite3_session *pSession, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +){ + return sessionGenerateChangeset(pSession, 0, xOutput, pOut, 0, 0); +} + +/* +** Streaming version of sqlite3session_patchset(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3session_patchset_strm( + sqlite3_session *pSession, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +){ + return sessionGenerateChangeset(pSession, 1, xOutput, pOut, 0, 0); +} + +/* +** Obtain a patchset object containing all changes recorded by the +** session object passed as the first argument. +** +** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer +** using sqlite3_free(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3session_patchset( + sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ + int *pnPatchset, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppChangeset */ + void **ppPatchset /* OUT: Buffer containing changeset */ +){ + return sessionGenerateChangeset(pSession, 1, 0, 0, pnPatchset, ppPatchset); +} + +/* +** Enable or disable the session object passed as the first argument. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable){ + int ret; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_db_mutex(pSession->db)); + if( bEnable>=0 ){ + pSession->bEnable = bEnable; + } + ret = pSession->bEnable; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_db_mutex(pSession->db)); + return ret; +} + +/* +** Enable or disable the session object passed as the first argument. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect){ + int ret; + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_db_mutex(pSession->db)); + if( bIndirect>=0 ){ + pSession->bIndirect = bIndirect; + } + ret = pSession->bIndirect; + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_db_mutex(pSession->db)); + return ret; +} + +/* +** Return true if there have been no changes to monitored tables recorded +** by the session object passed as the only argument. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession){ + int ret = 0; + SessionTable *pTab; + + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_db_mutex(pSession->db)); + for(pTab=pSession->pTable; pTab && ret==0; pTab=pTab->pNext){ + ret = (pTab->nEntry>0); + } + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_db_mutex(pSession->db)); + + return (ret==0); +} + +/* +** Do the work for either sqlite3changeset_start() or start_strm(). +*/ +static int sessionChangesetStart( + sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp, /* OUT: Changeset iterator handle */ + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn, + int nChangeset, /* Size of buffer pChangeset in bytes */ + void *pChangeset /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset */ +){ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pRet; /* Iterator to return */ + int nByte; /* Number of bytes to allocate for iterator */ + + assert( xInput==0 || (pChangeset==0 && nChangeset==0) ); + + /* Zero the output variable in case an error occurs. */ + *pp = 0; + + /* Allocate and initialize the iterator structure. */ + nByte = sizeof(sqlite3_changeset_iter); + pRet = (sqlite3_changeset_iter *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( !pRet ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pRet, 0, sizeof(sqlite3_changeset_iter)); + pRet->in.aData = (u8 *)pChangeset; + pRet->in.nData = nChangeset; + pRet->in.xInput = xInput; + pRet->in.pIn = pIn; + pRet->in.bEof = (xInput ? 0 : 1); + + /* Populate the output variable and return success. */ + *pp = pRet; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Create an iterator used to iterate through the contents of a changeset. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3changeset_start( + sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp, /* OUT: Changeset iterator handle */ + int nChangeset, /* Size of buffer pChangeset in bytes */ + void *pChangeset /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset */ +){ + return sessionChangesetStart(pp, 0, 0, nChangeset, pChangeset); +} + +/* +** Streaming version of sqlite3changeset_start(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3changeset_start_strm( + sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp, /* OUT: Changeset iterator handle */ + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn +){ + return sessionChangesetStart(pp, xInput, pIn, 0, 0); +} + +/* +** If the SessionInput object passed as the only argument is a streaming +** object and the buffer is full, discard some data to free up space. +*/ +static void sessionDiscardData(SessionInput *pIn){ + if( pIn->bEof && pIn->xInput && pIn->iNext>=SESSIONS_STRM_CHUNK_SIZE ){ + int nMove = pIn->buf.nBuf - pIn->iNext; + assert( nMove>=0 ); + if( nMove>0 ){ + memmove(pIn->buf.aBuf, &pIn->buf.aBuf[pIn->iNext], nMove); + } + pIn->buf.nBuf -= pIn->iNext; + pIn->iNext = 0; + pIn->nData = pIn->buf.nBuf; + } +} + +/* +** Ensure that there are at least nByte bytes available in the buffer. Or, +** if there are not nByte bytes remaining in the input, that all available +** data is in the buffer. +** +** Return an SQLite error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_OK otherwise. +*/ +static int sessionInputBuffer(SessionInput *pIn, int nByte){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pIn->xInput ){ + while( !pIn->bEof && (pIn->iNext+nByte)>=pIn->nData && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nNew = SESSIONS_STRM_CHUNK_SIZE; + + if( pIn->bNoDiscard==0 ) sessionDiscardData(pIn); + if( SQLITE_OK==sessionBufferGrow(&pIn->buf, nNew, &rc) ){ + rc = pIn->xInput(pIn->pIn, &pIn->buf.aBuf[pIn->buf.nBuf], &nNew); + if( nNew==0 ){ + pIn->bEof = 1; + }else{ + pIn->buf.nBuf += nNew; + } + } + + pIn->aData = pIn->buf.aBuf; + pIn->nData = pIn->buf.nBuf; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** When this function is called, *ppRec points to the start of a record +** that contains nCol values. This function advances the pointer *ppRec +** until it points to the byte immediately following that record. +*/ +static void sessionSkipRecord( + u8 **ppRec, /* IN/OUT: Record pointer */ + int nCol /* Number of values in record */ +){ + u8 *aRec = *ppRec; + int i; + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ + int eType = *aRec++; + if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){ + int nByte; + aRec += sessionVarintGet((u8*)aRec, &nByte); + aRec += nByte; + }else if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ){ + aRec += 8; + } + } + + *ppRec = aRec; +} + +/* +** This function sets the value of the sqlite3_value object passed as the +** first argument to a copy of the string or blob held in the aData[] +** buffer. SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if an OOM +** error occurs. +*/ +static int sessionValueSetStr( + sqlite3_value *pVal, /* Set the value of this object */ + u8 *aData, /* Buffer containing string or blob data */ + int nData, /* Size of buffer aData[] in bytes */ + u8 enc /* String encoding (0 for blobs) */ +){ + /* In theory this code could just pass SQLITE_TRANSIENT as the final + ** argument to sqlite3ValueSetStr() and have the copy created + ** automatically. But doing so makes it difficult to detect any OOM + ** error. Hence the code to create the copy externally. */ + u8 *aCopy = sqlite3_malloc(nData+1); + if( aCopy==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memcpy(aCopy, aData, nData); + sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, nData, (char*)aCopy, enc, sqlite3_free); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Deserialize a single record from a buffer in memory. See "RECORD FORMAT" +** for details. +** +** When this function is called, *paChange points to the start of the record +** to deserialize. Assuming no error occurs, *paChange is set to point to +** one byte after the end of the same record before this function returns. +** If the argument abPK is NULL, then the record contains nCol values. Or, +** if abPK is other than NULL, then the record contains only the PK fields +** (in other words, it is a patchset DELETE record). +** +** If successful, each element of the apOut[] array (allocated by the caller) +** is set to point to an sqlite3_value object containing the value read +** from the corresponding position in the record. If that value is not +** included in the record (i.e. because the record is part of an UPDATE change +** and the field was not modified), the corresponding element of apOut[] is +** set to NULL. +** +** It is the responsibility of the caller to free all sqlite_value structures +** using sqlite3_free(). +** +** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned. +** The apOut[] array may have been partially populated in this case. +*/ +static int sessionReadRecord( + SessionInput *pIn, /* Input data */ + int nCol, /* Number of values in record */ + u8 *abPK, /* Array of primary key flags, or NULL */ + sqlite3_value **apOut /* Write values to this array */ +){ + int i; /* Used to iterate through columns */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + for(i=0; i<nCol && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ + int eType = 0; /* Type of value (SQLITE_NULL, TEXT etc.) */ + if( abPK && abPK[i]==0 ) continue; + rc = sessionInputBuffer(pIn, 9); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + eType = pIn->aData[pIn->iNext++]; + } + + assert( apOut[i]==0 ); + if( eType ){ + apOut[i] = sqlite3ValueNew(0); + if( !apOut[i] ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u8 *aVal = &pIn->aData[pIn->iNext]; + if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){ + int nByte; + pIn->iNext += sessionVarintGet(aVal, &nByte); + rc = sessionInputBuffer(pIn, nByte); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u8 enc = (eType==SQLITE_TEXT ? SQLITE_UTF8 : 0); + rc = sessionValueSetStr(apOut[i],&pIn->aData[pIn->iNext],nByte,enc); + } + pIn->iNext += nByte; + } + if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ){ + sqlite3_int64 v = sessionGetI64(aVal); + if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(apOut[i], v); + }else{ + double d; + memcpy(&d, &v, 8); + sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(apOut[i], d); + } + pIn->iNext += 8; + } + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** The input pointer currently points to the second byte of a table-header. +** Specifically, to the following: +** +** + number of columns in table (varint) +** + array of PK flags (1 byte per column), +** + table name (nul terminated). +** +** This function ensures that all of the above is present in the input +** buffer (i.e. that it can be accessed without any calls to xInput()). +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. +** The input pointer is not moved. +*/ +static int sessionChangesetBufferTblhdr(SessionInput *pIn, int *pnByte){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nCol = 0; + int nRead = 0; + + rc = sessionInputBuffer(pIn, 9); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + nRead += sessionVarintGet(&pIn->aData[pIn->iNext + nRead], &nCol); + rc = sessionInputBuffer(pIn, nRead+nCol+100); + nRead += nCol; + } + + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + while( (pIn->iNext + nRead)<pIn->nData && pIn->aData[pIn->iNext + nRead] ){ + nRead++; + } + if( (pIn->iNext + nRead)<pIn->nData ) break; + rc = sessionInputBuffer(pIn, nRead + 100); + } + *pnByte = nRead+1; + return rc; +} + +/* +** The input pointer currently points to the first byte of the first field +** of a record consisting of nCol columns. This function ensures the entire +** record is buffered. It does not move the input pointer. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *pnByte is set to the size of +** the record in bytes. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned. The +** final value of *pnByte is undefined in this case. +*/ +static int sessionChangesetBufferRecord( + SessionInput *pIn, /* Input data */ + int nCol, /* Number of columns in record */ + int *pnByte /* OUT: Size of record in bytes */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nByte = 0; + int i; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nCol; i++){ + int eType; + rc = sessionInputBuffer(pIn, nByte + 10); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + eType = pIn->aData[pIn->iNext + nByte++]; + if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){ + int n; + nByte += sessionVarintGet(&pIn->aData[pIn->iNext+nByte], &n); + nByte += n; + rc = sessionInputBuffer(pIn, nByte); + }else if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType==SQLITE_FLOAT ){ + nByte += 8; + } + } + } + *pnByte = nByte; + return rc; +} + +/* +** The input pointer currently points to the second byte of a table-header. +** Specifically, to the following: +** +** + number of columns in table (varint) +** + array of PK flags (1 byte per column), +** + table name (nul terminated). +** +** This function decodes the table-header and populates the p->nCol, +** p->zTab and p->abPK[] variables accordingly. The p->apValue[] array is +** also allocated or resized according to the new value of p->nCol. The +** input pointer is left pointing to the byte following the table header. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code +** is returned and the final values of the various fields enumerated above +** are undefined. +*/ +static int sessionChangesetReadTblhdr(sqlite3_changeset_iter *p){ + int rc; + int nCopy; + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + + rc = sessionChangesetBufferTblhdr(&p->in, &nCopy); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nByte; + int nVarint; + nVarint = sessionVarintGet(&p->in.aData[p->in.iNext], &p->nCol); + nCopy -= nVarint; + p->in.iNext += nVarint; + nByte = p->nCol * sizeof(sqlite3_value*) * 2 + nCopy; + p->tblhdr.nBuf = 0; + sessionBufferGrow(&p->tblhdr, nByte, &rc); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int iPK = sizeof(sqlite3_value*)*p->nCol*2; + memset(p->tblhdr.aBuf, 0, iPK); + memcpy(&p->tblhdr.aBuf[iPK], &p->in.aData[p->in.iNext], nCopy); + p->in.iNext += nCopy; + } + + p->apValue = (sqlite3_value**)p->tblhdr.aBuf; + p->abPK = (u8*)&p->apValue[p->nCol*2]; + p->zTab = (char*)&p->abPK[p->nCol]; + return (p->rc = rc); +} + +/* +** Advance the changeset iterator to the next change. +** +** If both paRec and pnRec are NULL, then this function works like the public +** API sqlite3changeset_next(). If SQLITE_ROW is returned, then the +** sqlite3changeset_new() and old() APIs may be used to query for values. +** +** Otherwise, if paRec and pnRec are not NULL, then a pointer to the change +** record is written to *paRec before returning and the number of bytes in +** the record to *pnRec. +** +** Either way, this function returns SQLITE_ROW if the iterator is +** successfully advanced to the next change in the changeset, an SQLite +** error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_DONE if there are no further +** changes in the changeset. +*/ +static int sessionChangesetNext( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *p, /* Changeset iterator */ + u8 **paRec, /* If non-NULL, store record pointer here */ + int *pnRec /* If non-NULL, store size of record here */ +){ + int i; + u8 op; + + assert( (paRec==0 && pnRec==0) || (paRec && pnRec) ); + + /* If the iterator is in the error-state, return immediately. */ + if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return p->rc; + + /* Free the current contents of p->apValue[], if any. */ + if( p->apValue ){ + for(i=0; i<p->nCol*2; i++){ + sqlite3ValueFree(p->apValue[i]); + } + memset(p->apValue, 0, sizeof(sqlite3_value*)*p->nCol*2); + } + + /* Make sure the buffer contains at least 10 bytes of input data, or all + ** remaining data if there are less than 10 bytes available. This is + ** sufficient either for the 'T' or 'P' byte and the varint that follows + ** it, or for the two single byte values otherwise. */ + p->rc = sessionInputBuffer(&p->in, 2); + if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return p->rc; + + /* If the iterator is already at the end of the changeset, return DONE. */ + if( p->in.iNext>=p->in.nData ){ + return SQLITE_DONE; + } + + sessionDiscardData(&p->in); + p->in.iCurrent = p->in.iNext; + + op = p->in.aData[p->in.iNext++]; + if( op=='T' || op=='P' ){ + p->bPatchset = (op=='P'); + if( sessionChangesetReadTblhdr(p) ) return p->rc; + if( (p->rc = sessionInputBuffer(&p->in, 2)) ) return p->rc; + p->in.iCurrent = p->in.iNext; + op = p->in.aData[p->in.iNext++]; + } + + p->op = op; + p->bIndirect = p->in.aData[p->in.iNext++]; + if( p->op!=SQLITE_UPDATE && p->op!=SQLITE_DELETE && p->op!=SQLITE_INSERT ){ + return (p->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT); + } + + if( paRec ){ + int nVal; /* Number of values to buffer */ + if( p->bPatchset==0 && op==SQLITE_UPDATE ){ + nVal = p->nCol * 2; + }else if( p->bPatchset && op==SQLITE_DELETE ){ + nVal = 0; + for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++) if( p->abPK[i] ) nVal++; + }else{ + nVal = p->nCol; + } + p->rc = sessionChangesetBufferRecord(&p->in, nVal, pnRec); + if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return p->rc; + *paRec = &p->in.aData[p->in.iNext]; + p->in.iNext += *pnRec; + }else{ + + /* If this is an UPDATE or DELETE, read the old.* record. */ + if( p->op!=SQLITE_INSERT && (p->bPatchset==0 || p->op==SQLITE_DELETE) ){ + u8 *abPK = p->bPatchset ? p->abPK : 0; + p->rc = sessionReadRecord(&p->in, p->nCol, abPK, p->apValue); + if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return p->rc; + } + + /* If this is an INSERT or UPDATE, read the new.* record. */ + if( p->op!=SQLITE_DELETE ){ + p->rc = sessionReadRecord(&p->in, p->nCol, 0, &p->apValue[p->nCol]); + if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return p->rc; + } + + if( p->bPatchset && p->op==SQLITE_UPDATE ){ + /* If this is an UPDATE that is part of a patchset, then all PK and + ** modified fields are present in the new.* record. The old.* record + ** is currently completely empty. This block shifts the PK fields from + ** new.* to old.*, to accommodate the code that reads these arrays. */ + for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){ + assert( p->apValue[i]==0 ); + assert( p->abPK[i]==0 || p->apValue[i+p->nCol] ); + if( p->abPK[i] ){ + p->apValue[i] = p->apValue[i+p->nCol]; + p->apValue[i+p->nCol] = 0; + } + } + } + } + + return SQLITE_ROW; +} + +/* +** Advance an iterator created by sqlite3changeset_start() to the next +** change in the changeset. This function may return SQLITE_ROW, SQLITE_DONE +** or SQLITE_CORRUPT. +** +** This function may not be called on iterators passed to a conflict handler +** callback by changeset_apply(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *p){ + return sessionChangesetNext(p, 0, 0); +} + +/* +** The following function extracts information on the current change +** from a changeset iterator. It may only be called after changeset_next() +** has returned SQLITE_ROW. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3changeset_op( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Iterator handle */ + const char **pzTab, /* OUT: Pointer to table name */ + int *pnCol, /* OUT: Number of columns in table */ + int *pOp, /* OUT: SQLITE_INSERT, DELETE or UPDATE */ + int *pbIndirect /* OUT: True if change is indirect */ +){ + *pOp = pIter->op; + *pnCol = pIter->nCol; + *pzTab = pIter->zTab; + if( pbIndirect ) *pbIndirect = pIter->bIndirect; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Return information regarding the PRIMARY KEY and number of columns in +** the database table affected by the change that pIter currently points +** to. This function may only be called after changeset_next() returns +** SQLITE_ROW. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3changeset_pk( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Iterator object */ + unsigned char **pabPK, /* OUT: Array of boolean - true for PK cols */ + int *pnCol /* OUT: Number of entries in output array */ +){ + *pabPK = pIter->abPK; + if( pnCol ) *pnCol = pIter->nCol; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This function may only be called while the iterator is pointing to an +** SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_DELETE change (see sqlite3changeset_op()). +** Otherwise, SQLITE_MISUSE is returned. +** +** It sets *ppValue to point to an sqlite3_value structure containing the +** iVal'th value in the old.* record. Or, if that particular value is not +** included in the record (because the change is an UPDATE and the field +** was not modified and is not a PK column), set *ppValue to NULL. +** +** If value iVal is out-of-range, SQLITE_RANGE is returned and *ppValue is +** not modified. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3changeset_old( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int iVal, /* Index of old.* value to retrieve */ + sqlite3_value **ppValue /* OUT: Old value (or NULL pointer) */ +){ + if( pIter->op!=SQLITE_UPDATE && pIter->op!=SQLITE_DELETE ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE; + } + if( iVal<0 || iVal>=pIter->nCol ){ + return SQLITE_RANGE; + } + *ppValue = pIter->apValue[iVal]; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This function may only be called while the iterator is pointing to an +** SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_INSERT change (see sqlite3changeset_op()). +** Otherwise, SQLITE_MISUSE is returned. +** +** It sets *ppValue to point to an sqlite3_value structure containing the +** iVal'th value in the new.* record. Or, if that particular value is not +** included in the record (because the change is an UPDATE and the field +** was not modified), set *ppValue to NULL. +** +** If value iVal is out-of-range, SQLITE_RANGE is returned and *ppValue is +** not modified. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3changeset_new( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int iVal, /* Index of new.* value to retrieve */ + sqlite3_value **ppValue /* OUT: New value (or NULL pointer) */ +){ + if( pIter->op!=SQLITE_UPDATE && pIter->op!=SQLITE_INSERT ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE; + } + if( iVal<0 || iVal>=pIter->nCol ){ + return SQLITE_RANGE; + } + *ppValue = pIter->apValue[pIter->nCol+iVal]; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** The following two macros are used internally. They are similar to the +** sqlite3changeset_new() and sqlite3changeset_old() functions, except that +** they omit all error checking and return a pointer to the requested value. +*/ +#define sessionChangesetNew(pIter, iVal) (pIter)->apValue[(pIter)->nCol+(iVal)] +#define sessionChangesetOld(pIter, iVal) (pIter)->apValue[(iVal)] + +/* +** This function may only be called with a changeset iterator that has been +** passed to an SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT +** conflict-handler function. Otherwise, SQLITE_MISUSE is returned. +** +** If successful, *ppValue is set to point to an sqlite3_value structure +** containing the iVal'th value of the conflicting record. +** +** If value iVal is out-of-range or some other error occurs, an SQLite error +** code is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3changeset_conflict( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int iVal, /* Index of conflict record value to fetch */ + sqlite3_value **ppValue /* OUT: Value from conflicting row */ +){ + if( !pIter->pConflict ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE; + } + if( iVal<0 || iVal>=sqlite3_column_count(pIter->pConflict) ){ + return SQLITE_RANGE; + } + *ppValue = sqlite3_column_value(pIter->pConflict, iVal); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This function may only be called with an iterator passed to an +** SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY conflict handler callback. In this case +** it sets the output variable to the total number of known foreign key +** violations in the destination database and returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** In all other cases this function returns SQLITE_MISUSE. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int *pnOut /* OUT: Number of FK violations */ +){ + if( pIter->pConflict || pIter->apValue ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE; + } + *pnOut = pIter->nCol; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +/* +** Finalize an iterator allocated with sqlite3changeset_start(). +** +** This function may not be called on iterators passed to a conflict handler +** callback by changeset_apply(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3changeset_finalize(sqlite3_changeset_iter *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p ){ + int i; /* Used to iterate through p->apValue[] */ + rc = p->rc; + if( p->apValue ){ + for(i=0; i<p->nCol*2; i++) sqlite3ValueFree(p->apValue[i]); + } + sqlite3_free(p->tblhdr.aBuf); + sqlite3_free(p->in.buf.aBuf); + sqlite3_free(p); + } + return rc; +} + +static int sessionChangesetInvert( + SessionInput *pInput, /* Input changeset */ + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut, + int *pnInverted, /* OUT: Number of bytes in output changeset */ + void **ppInverted /* OUT: Inverse of pChangeset */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return value */ + SessionBuffer sOut; /* Output buffer */ + int nCol = 0; /* Number of cols in current table */ + u8 *abPK = 0; /* PK array for current table */ + sqlite3_value **apVal = 0; /* Space for values for UPDATE inversion */ + SessionBuffer sPK = {0, 0, 0}; /* PK array for current table */ + + /* Initialize the output buffer */ + memset(&sOut, 0, sizeof(SessionBuffer)); + + /* Zero the output variables in case an error occurs. */ + if( ppInverted ){ + *ppInverted = 0; + *pnInverted = 0; + } + + while( 1 ){ + u8 eType; + + /* Test for EOF. */ + if( (rc = sessionInputBuffer(pInput, 2)) ) goto finished_invert; + if( pInput->iNext>=pInput->nData ) break; + eType = pInput->aData[pInput->iNext]; + + switch( eType ){ + case 'T': { + /* A 'table' record consists of: + ** + ** * A constant 'T' character, + ** * Number of columns in said table (a varint), + ** * An array of nCol bytes (sPK), + ** * A nul-terminated table name. + */ + int nByte; + int nVar; + pInput->iNext++; + if( (rc = sessionChangesetBufferTblhdr(pInput, &nByte)) ){ + goto finished_invert; + } + nVar = sessionVarintGet(&pInput->aData[pInput->iNext], &nCol); + sPK.nBuf = 0; + sessionAppendBlob(&sPK, &pInput->aData[pInput->iNext+nVar], nCol, &rc); + sessionAppendByte(&sOut, eType, &rc); + sessionAppendBlob(&sOut, &pInput->aData[pInput->iNext], nByte, &rc); + if( rc ) goto finished_invert; + + pInput->iNext += nByte; + sqlite3_free(apVal); + apVal = 0; + abPK = sPK.aBuf; + break; + } + + case SQLITE_INSERT: + case SQLITE_DELETE: { + int nByte; + int bIndirect = pInput->aData[pInput->iNext+1]; + int eType2 = (eType==SQLITE_DELETE ? SQLITE_INSERT : SQLITE_DELETE); + pInput->iNext += 2; + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + rc = sessionChangesetBufferRecord(pInput, nCol, &nByte); + sessionAppendByte(&sOut, eType2, &rc); + sessionAppendByte(&sOut, bIndirect, &rc); + sessionAppendBlob(&sOut, &pInput->aData[pInput->iNext], nByte, &rc); + pInput->iNext += nByte; + if( rc ) goto finished_invert; + break; + } + + case SQLITE_UPDATE: { + int iCol; + + if( 0==apVal ){ + apVal = (sqlite3_value **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(apVal[0])*nCol*2); + if( 0==apVal ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto finished_invert; + } + memset(apVal, 0, sizeof(apVal[0])*nCol*2); + } + + /* Write the header for the new UPDATE change. Same as the original. */ + sessionAppendByte(&sOut, eType, &rc); + sessionAppendByte(&sOut, pInput->aData[pInput->iNext+1], &rc); + + /* Read the old.* and new.* records for the update change. */ + pInput->iNext += 2; + rc = sessionReadRecord(pInput, nCol, 0, &apVal[0]); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sessionReadRecord(pInput, nCol, 0, &apVal[nCol]); + } + + /* Write the new old.* record. Consists of the PK columns from the + ** original old.* record, and the other values from the original + ** new.* record. */ + for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){ + sqlite3_value *pVal = apVal[iCol + (abPK[iCol] ? 0 : nCol)]; + sessionAppendValue(&sOut, pVal, &rc); + } + + /* Write the new new.* record. Consists of a copy of all values + ** from the original old.* record, except for the PK columns, which + ** are set to "undefined". */ + for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){ + sqlite3_value *pVal = (abPK[iCol] ? 0 : apVal[iCol]); + sessionAppendValue(&sOut, pVal, &rc); + } + + for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol*2; iCol++){ + sqlite3ValueFree(apVal[iCol]); + } + memset(apVal, 0, sizeof(apVal[0])*nCol*2); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto finished_invert; + } + + break; + } + + default: + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto finished_invert; + } + + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + if( xOutput && sOut.nBuf>=SESSIONS_STRM_CHUNK_SIZE ){ + rc = xOutput(pOut, sOut.aBuf, sOut.nBuf); + sOut.nBuf = 0; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished_invert; + } + } + + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + if( pnInverted ){ + *pnInverted = sOut.nBuf; + *ppInverted = sOut.aBuf; + sOut.aBuf = 0; + }else if( sOut.nBuf>0 ){ + rc = xOutput(pOut, sOut.aBuf, sOut.nBuf); + } + + finished_invert: + sqlite3_free(sOut.aBuf); + sqlite3_free(apVal); + sqlite3_free(sPK.aBuf); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Invert a changeset object. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3changeset_invert( + int nChangeset, /* Number of bytes in input */ + const void *pChangeset, /* Input changeset */ + int *pnInverted, /* OUT: Number of bytes in output changeset */ + void **ppInverted /* OUT: Inverse of pChangeset */ +){ + SessionInput sInput; + + /* Set up the input stream */ + memset(&sInput, 0, sizeof(SessionInput)); + sInput.nData = nChangeset; + sInput.aData = (u8*)pChangeset; + + return sessionChangesetInvert(&sInput, 0, 0, pnInverted, ppInverted); +} + +/* +** Streaming version of sqlite3changeset_invert(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3changeset_invert_strm( + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +){ + SessionInput sInput; + int rc; + + /* Set up the input stream */ + memset(&sInput, 0, sizeof(SessionInput)); + sInput.xInput = xInput; + sInput.pIn = pIn; + + rc = sessionChangesetInvert(&sInput, xOutput, pOut, 0, 0); + sqlite3_free(sInput.buf.aBuf); + return rc; +} + +typedef struct SessionApplyCtx SessionApplyCtx; +struct SessionApplyCtx { + sqlite3 *db; + sqlite3_stmt *pDelete; /* DELETE statement */ + sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate; /* UPDATE statement */ + sqlite3_stmt *pInsert; /* INSERT statement */ + sqlite3_stmt *pSelect; /* SELECT statement */ + int nCol; /* Size of azCol[] and abPK[] arrays */ + const char **azCol; /* Array of column names */ + u8 *abPK; /* Boolean array - true if column is in PK */ + + int bDeferConstraints; /* True to defer constraints */ + SessionBuffer constraints; /* Deferred constraints are stored here */ +}; + +/* +** Formulate a statement to DELETE a row from database db. Assuming a table +** structure like this: +** +** CREATE TABLE x(a, b, c, d, PRIMARY KEY(a, c)); +** +** The DELETE statement looks like this: +** +** DELETE FROM x WHERE a = :1 AND c = :3 AND (:5 OR b IS :2 AND d IS :4) +** +** Variable :5 (nCol+1) is a boolean. It should be set to 0 if we require +** matching b and d values, or 1 otherwise. The second case comes up if the +** conflict handler is invoked with NOTFOUND and returns CHANGESET_REPLACE. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and SessionApplyCtx.pDelete is left +** pointing to the prepared version of the SQL statement. +*/ +static int sessionDeleteRow( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zTab, /* Table name */ + SessionApplyCtx *p /* Session changeset-apply context */ +){ + int i; + const char *zSep = ""; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + SessionBuffer buf = {0, 0, 0}; + int nPk = 0; + + sessionAppendStr(&buf, "DELETE FROM ", &rc); + sessionAppendIdent(&buf, zTab, &rc); + sessionAppendStr(&buf, " WHERE ", &rc); + + for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){ + if( p->abPK[i] ){ + nPk++; + sessionAppendStr(&buf, zSep, &rc); + sessionAppendIdent(&buf, p->azCol[i], &rc); + sessionAppendStr(&buf, " = ?", &rc); + sessionAppendInteger(&buf, i+1, &rc); + zSep = " AND "; + } + } + + if( nPk<p->nCol ){ + sessionAppendStr(&buf, " AND (?", &rc); + sessionAppendInteger(&buf, p->nCol+1, &rc); + sessionAppendStr(&buf, " OR ", &rc); + + zSep = ""; + for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){ + if( !p->abPK[i] ){ + sessionAppendStr(&buf, zSep, &rc); + sessionAppendIdent(&buf, p->azCol[i], &rc); + sessionAppendStr(&buf, " IS ?", &rc); + sessionAppendInteger(&buf, i+1, &rc); + zSep = "AND "; + } + } + sessionAppendStr(&buf, ")", &rc); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, (char *)buf.aBuf, buf.nBuf, &p->pDelete, 0); + } + sqlite3_free(buf.aBuf); + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Formulate and prepare a statement to UPDATE a row from database db. +** Assuming a table structure like this: +** +** CREATE TABLE x(a, b, c, d, PRIMARY KEY(a, c)); +** +** The UPDATE statement looks like this: +** +** UPDATE x SET +** a = CASE WHEN ?2 THEN ?3 ELSE a END, +** b = CASE WHEN ?5 THEN ?6 ELSE b END, +** c = CASE WHEN ?8 THEN ?9 ELSE c END, +** d = CASE WHEN ?11 THEN ?12 ELSE d END +** WHERE a = ?1 AND c = ?7 AND (?13 OR +** (?5==0 OR b IS ?4) AND (?11==0 OR d IS ?10) AND +** ) +** +** For each column in the table, there are three variables to bind: +** +** ?(i*3+1) The old.* value of the column, if any. +** ?(i*3+2) A boolean flag indicating that the value is being modified. +** ?(i*3+3) The new.* value of the column, if any. +** +** Also, a boolean flag that, if set to true, causes the statement to update +** a row even if the non-PK values do not match. This is required if the +** conflict-handler is invoked with CHANGESET_DATA and returns +** CHANGESET_REPLACE. This is variable "?(nCol*3+1)". +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and SessionApplyCtx.pUpdate is left +** pointing to the prepared version of the SQL statement. +*/ +static int sessionUpdateRow( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zTab, /* Table name */ + SessionApplyCtx *p /* Session changeset-apply context */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int i; + const char *zSep = ""; + SessionBuffer buf = {0, 0, 0}; + + /* Append "UPDATE tbl SET " */ + sessionAppendStr(&buf, "UPDATE ", &rc); + sessionAppendIdent(&buf, zTab, &rc); + sessionAppendStr(&buf, " SET ", &rc); + + /* Append the assignments */ + for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){ + sessionAppendStr(&buf, zSep, &rc); + sessionAppendIdent(&buf, p->azCol[i], &rc); + sessionAppendStr(&buf, " = CASE WHEN ?", &rc); + sessionAppendInteger(&buf, i*3+2, &rc); + sessionAppendStr(&buf, " THEN ?", &rc); + sessionAppendInteger(&buf, i*3+3, &rc); + sessionAppendStr(&buf, " ELSE ", &rc); + sessionAppendIdent(&buf, p->azCol[i], &rc); + sessionAppendStr(&buf, " END", &rc); + zSep = ", "; + } + + /* Append the PK part of the WHERE clause */ + sessionAppendStr(&buf, " WHERE ", &rc); + for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){ + if( p->abPK[i] ){ + sessionAppendIdent(&buf, p->azCol[i], &rc); + sessionAppendStr(&buf, " = ?", &rc); + sessionAppendInteger(&buf, i*3+1, &rc); + sessionAppendStr(&buf, " AND ", &rc); + } + } + + /* Append the non-PK part of the WHERE clause */ + sessionAppendStr(&buf, " (?", &rc); + sessionAppendInteger(&buf, p->nCol*3+1, &rc); + sessionAppendStr(&buf, " OR 1", &rc); + for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){ + if( !p->abPK[i] ){ + sessionAppendStr(&buf, " AND (?", &rc); + sessionAppendInteger(&buf, i*3+2, &rc); + sessionAppendStr(&buf, "=0 OR ", &rc); + sessionAppendIdent(&buf, p->azCol[i], &rc); + sessionAppendStr(&buf, " IS ?", &rc); + sessionAppendInteger(&buf, i*3+1, &rc); + sessionAppendStr(&buf, ")", &rc); + } + } + sessionAppendStr(&buf, ")", &rc); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, (char *)buf.aBuf, buf.nBuf, &p->pUpdate, 0); + } + sqlite3_free(buf.aBuf); + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Formulate and prepare an SQL statement to query table zTab by primary +** key. Assuming the following table structure: +** +** CREATE TABLE x(a, b, c, d, PRIMARY KEY(a, c)); +** +** The SELECT statement looks like this: +** +** SELECT * FROM x WHERE a = ?1 AND c = ?3 +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and SessionApplyCtx.pSelect is left +** pointing to the prepared version of the SQL statement. +*/ +static int sessionSelectRow( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zTab, /* Table name */ + SessionApplyCtx *p /* Session changeset-apply context */ +){ + return sessionSelectStmt( + db, "main", zTab, p->nCol, p->azCol, p->abPK, &p->pSelect); +} + +/* +** Formulate and prepare an INSERT statement to add a record to table zTab. +** For example: +** +** INSERT INTO main."zTab" VALUES(?1, ?2, ?3 ...); +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and SessionApplyCtx.pInsert is left +** pointing to the prepared version of the SQL statement. +*/ +static int sessionInsertRow( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zTab, /* Table name */ + SessionApplyCtx *p /* Session changeset-apply context */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int i; + SessionBuffer buf = {0, 0, 0}; + + sessionAppendStr(&buf, "INSERT INTO main.", &rc); + sessionAppendIdent(&buf, zTab, &rc); + sessionAppendStr(&buf, " VALUES(?", &rc); + for(i=1; i<p->nCol; i++){ + sessionAppendStr(&buf, ", ?", &rc); + } + sessionAppendStr(&buf, ")", &rc); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, (char *)buf.aBuf, buf.nBuf, &p->pInsert, 0); + } + sqlite3_free(buf.aBuf); + return rc; +} + +/* +** A wrapper around sqlite3_bind_value() that detects an extra problem. +** See comments in the body of this function for details. +*/ +static int sessionBindValue( + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, /* Statement to bind value to */ + int i, /* Parameter number to bind to */ + sqlite3_value *pVal /* Value to bind */ +){ + int eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal); + /* COVERAGE: The (pVal->z==0) branch is never true using current versions + ** of SQLite. If a malloc fails in an sqlite3_value_xxx() function, either + ** the (pVal->z) variable remains as it was or the type of the value is + ** set to SQLITE_NULL. */ + if( (eType==SQLITE_TEXT || eType==SQLITE_BLOB) && pVal->z==0 ){ + /* This condition occurs when an earlier OOM in a call to + ** sqlite3_value_text() or sqlite3_value_blob() (perhaps from within + ** a conflict-handler) has zeroed the pVal->z pointer. Return NOMEM. */ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + return sqlite3_bind_value(pStmt, i, pVal); +} + +/* +** Iterator pIter must point to an SQLITE_INSERT entry. This function +** transfers new.* values from the current iterator entry to statement +** pStmt. The table being inserted into has nCol columns. +** +** New.* value $i from the iterator is bound to variable ($i+1) of +** statement pStmt. If parameter abPK is NULL, all values from 0 to (nCol-1) +** are transfered to the statement. Otherwise, if abPK is not NULL, it points +** to an array nCol elements in size. In this case only those values for +** which abPK[$i] is true are read from the iterator and bound to the +** statement. +** +** An SQLite error code is returned if an error occurs. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. +*/ +static int sessionBindRow( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Iterator to read values from */ + int(*xValue)(sqlite3_changeset_iter *, int, sqlite3_value **), + int nCol, /* Number of columns */ + u8 *abPK, /* If not NULL, bind only if true */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt /* Bind values to this statement */ +){ + int i; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + /* Neither sqlite3changeset_old or sqlite3changeset_new can fail if the + ** argument iterator points to a suitable entry. Make sure that xValue + ** is one of these to guarantee that it is safe to ignore the return + ** in the code below. */ + assert( xValue==sqlite3changeset_old || xValue==sqlite3changeset_new ); + + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nCol; i++){ + if( !abPK || abPK[i] ){ + sqlite3_value *pVal; + (void)xValue(pIter, i, &pVal); + rc = sessionBindValue(pStmt, i+1, pVal); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** SQL statement pSelect is as generated by the sessionSelectRow() function. +** This function binds the primary key values from the change that changeset +** iterator pIter points to to the SELECT and attempts to seek to the table +** entry. If a row is found, the SELECT statement left pointing at the row +** and SQLITE_ROW is returned. Otherwise, if no row is found and no error +** has occured, the statement is reset and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an +** error occurs, the statement is reset and an SQLite error code is returned. +** +** If this function returns SQLITE_ROW, the caller must eventually reset() +** statement pSelect. If any other value is returned, the statement does +** not require a reset(). +** +** If the iterator currently points to an INSERT record, bind values from the +** new.* record to the SELECT statement. Or, if it points to a DELETE or +** UPDATE, bind values from the old.* record. +*/ +static int sessionSeekToRow( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + u8 *abPK, /* Primary key flags array */ + sqlite3_stmt *pSelect /* SELECT statement from sessionSelectRow() */ +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in table */ + int op; /* Changset operation (SQLITE_UPDATE etc.) */ + const char *zDummy; /* Unused */ + + sqlite3changeset_op(pIter, &zDummy, &nCol, &op, 0); + rc = sessionBindRow(pIter, + op==SQLITE_INSERT ? sqlite3changeset_new : sqlite3changeset_old, + nCol, abPK, pSelect + ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_step(pSelect); + if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) rc = sqlite3_reset(pSelect); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Invoke the conflict handler for the change that the changeset iterator +** currently points to. +** +** Argument eType must be either CHANGESET_DATA or CHANGESET_CONFLICT. +** If argument pbReplace is NULL, then the type of conflict handler invoked +** depends solely on eType, as follows: +** +** eType value Value passed to xConflict +** ------------------------------------------------- +** CHANGESET_DATA CHANGESET_NOTFOUND +** CHANGESET_CONFLICT CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT +** +** Or, if pbReplace is not NULL, then an attempt is made to find an existing +** record with the same primary key as the record about to be deleted, updated +** or inserted. If such a record can be found, it is available to the conflict +** handler as the "conflicting" record. In this case the type of conflict +** handler invoked is as follows: +** +** eType value PK Record found? Value passed to xConflict +** ---------------------------------------------------------------- +** CHANGESET_DATA Yes CHANGESET_DATA +** CHANGESET_DATA No CHANGESET_NOTFOUND +** CHANGESET_CONFLICT Yes CHANGESET_CONFLICT +** CHANGESET_CONFLICT No CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT +** +** If pbReplace is not NULL, and a record with a matching PK is found, and +** the conflict handler function returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE, *pbReplace +** is set to non-zero before returning SQLITE_OK. +** +** If the conflict handler returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT, SQLITE_ABORT is +** returned. Or, if the conflict handler returns an invalid value, +** SQLITE_MISUSE. If the conflict handler returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT, +** this function returns SQLITE_OK. +*/ +static int sessionConflictHandler( + int eType, /* Either CHANGESET_DATA or CONFLICT */ + SessionApplyCtx *p, /* changeset_apply() context */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + int(*xConflict)(void *, int, sqlite3_changeset_iter*), + void *pCtx, /* First argument for conflict handler */ + int *pbReplace /* OUT: Set to true if PK row is found */ +){ + int res = 0; /* Value returned by conflict handler */ + int rc; + int nCol; + int op; + const char *zDummy; + + sqlite3changeset_op(pIter, &zDummy, &nCol, &op, 0); + + assert( eType==SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT || eType==SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA ); + assert( SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT+1==SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT ); + assert( SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA+1==SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND ); + + /* Bind the new.* PRIMARY KEY values to the SELECT statement. */ + if( pbReplace ){ + rc = sessionSeekToRow(p->db, pIter, p->abPK, p->pSelect); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + /* There exists another row with the new.* primary key. */ + pIter->pConflict = p->pSelect; + res = xConflict(pCtx, eType, pIter); + pIter->pConflict = 0; + rc = sqlite3_reset(p->pSelect); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( p->bDeferConstraints && eType==SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT ){ + /* Instead of invoking the conflict handler, append the change blob + ** to the SessionApplyCtx.constraints buffer. */ + u8 *aBlob = &pIter->in.aData[pIter->in.iCurrent]; + int nBlob = pIter->in.iNext - pIter->in.iCurrent; + sessionAppendBlob(&p->constraints, aBlob, nBlob, &rc); + res = SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT; + }else{ + /* No other row with the new.* primary key. */ + res = xConflict(pCtx, eType+1, pIter); + if( res==SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE ) rc = SQLITE_MISUSE; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + switch( res ){ + case SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE: + assert( pbReplace ); + *pbReplace = 1; + break; + + case SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT: + break; + + case SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT: + rc = SQLITE_ABORT; + break; + + default: + rc = SQLITE_MISUSE; + break; + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Attempt to apply the change that the iterator passed as the first argument +** currently points to to the database. If a conflict is encountered, invoke +** the conflict handler callback. +** +** If argument pbRetry is NULL, then ignore any CHANGESET_DATA conflict. If +** one is encountered, update or delete the row with the matching primary key +** instead. Or, if pbRetry is not NULL and a CHANGESET_DATA conflict occurs, +** invoke the conflict handler. If it returns CHANGESET_REPLACE, set *pbRetry +** to true before returning. In this case the caller will invoke this function +** again, this time with pbRetry set to NULL. +** +** If argument pbReplace is NULL and a CHANGESET_CONFLICT conflict is +** encountered invoke the conflict handler with CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT instead. +** Or, if pbReplace is not NULL, invoke it with CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If such +** an invocation returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE, set *pbReplace to true +** before retrying. In this case the caller attempts to remove the conflicting +** row before invoking this function again, this time with pbReplace set +** to NULL. +** +** If any conflict handler returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT, this function +** returns SQLITE_ABORT. Otherwise, if no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is +** returned. +*/ +static int sessionApplyOneOp( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ + SessionApplyCtx *p, /* changeset_apply() context */ + int(*xConflict)(void *, int, sqlite3_changeset_iter *), + void *pCtx, /* First argument for the conflict handler */ + int *pbReplace, /* OUT: True to remove PK row and retry */ + int *pbRetry /* OUT: True to retry. */ +){ + const char *zDummy; + int op; + int nCol; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( p->pDelete && p->pUpdate && p->pInsert && p->pSelect ); + assert( p->azCol && p->abPK ); + assert( !pbReplace || *pbReplace==0 ); + + sqlite3changeset_op(pIter, &zDummy, &nCol, &op, 0); + + if( op==SQLITE_DELETE ){ + + /* Bind values to the DELETE statement. If conflict handling is required, + ** bind values for all columns and set bound variable (nCol+1) to true. + ** Or, if conflict handling is not required, bind just the PK column + ** values and, if it exists, set (nCol+1) to false. Conflict handling + ** is not required if: + ** + ** * this is a patchset, or + ** * (pbRetry==0), or + ** * all columns of the table are PK columns (in this case there is + ** no (nCol+1) variable to bind to). + */ + u8 *abPK = (pIter->bPatchset ? p->abPK : 0); + rc = sessionBindRow(pIter, sqlite3changeset_old, nCol, abPK, p->pDelete); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(p->pDelete)>nCol ){ + rc = sqlite3_bind_int(p->pDelete, nCol+1, (pbRetry==0 || abPK)); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + sqlite3_step(p->pDelete); + rc = sqlite3_reset(p->pDelete); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_changes(p->db)==0 ){ + rc = sessionConflictHandler( + SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA, p, pIter, xConflict, pCtx, pbRetry + ); + }else if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){ + rc = sessionConflictHandler( + SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT, p, pIter, xConflict, pCtx, 0 + ); + } + + }else if( op==SQLITE_UPDATE ){ + int i; + + /* Bind values to the UPDATE statement. */ + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nCol; i++){ + sqlite3_value *pOld = sessionChangesetOld(pIter, i); + sqlite3_value *pNew = sessionChangesetNew(pIter, i); + + sqlite3_bind_int(p->pUpdate, i*3+2, !!pNew); + if( pOld ){ + rc = sessionBindValue(p->pUpdate, i*3+1, pOld); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pNew ){ + rc = sessionBindValue(p->pUpdate, i*3+3, pNew); + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int(p->pUpdate, nCol*3+1, pbRetry==0 || pIter->bPatchset); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Attempt the UPDATE. In the case of a NOTFOUND or DATA conflict, + ** the result will be SQLITE_OK with 0 rows modified. */ + sqlite3_step(p->pUpdate); + rc = sqlite3_reset(p->pUpdate); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_changes(p->db)==0 ){ + /* A NOTFOUND or DATA error. Search the table to see if it contains + ** a row with a matching primary key. If so, this is a DATA conflict. + ** Otherwise, if there is no primary key match, it is a NOTFOUND. */ + + rc = sessionConflictHandler( + SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA, p, pIter, xConflict, pCtx, pbRetry + ); + + }else if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){ + /* This is always a CONSTRAINT conflict. */ + rc = sessionConflictHandler( + SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT, p, pIter, xConflict, pCtx, 0 + ); + } + + }else{ + assert( op==SQLITE_INSERT ); + rc = sessionBindRow(pIter, sqlite3changeset_new, nCol, 0, p->pInsert); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + sqlite3_step(p->pInsert); + rc = sqlite3_reset(p->pInsert); + if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){ + rc = sessionConflictHandler( + SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT, p, pIter, xConflict, pCtx, pbReplace + ); + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Attempt to apply the change that the iterator passed as the first argument +** currently points to to the database. If a conflict is encountered, invoke +** the conflict handler callback. +** +** The difference between this function and sessionApplyOne() is that this +** function handles the case where the conflict-handler is invoked and +** returns SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE - indicating that the change should be +** retried in some manner. +*/ +static int sessionApplyOneWithRetry( + sqlite3 *db, /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator to read change from */ + SessionApplyCtx *pApply, /* Apply context */ + int(*xConflict)(void*, int, sqlite3_changeset_iter*), + void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xConflict */ +){ + int bReplace = 0; + int bRetry = 0; + int rc; + + rc = sessionApplyOneOp(pIter, pApply, xConflict, pCtx, &bReplace, &bRetry); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || (bRetry==0 && bReplace==0) ); + + /* If the bRetry flag is set, the change has not been applied due to an + ** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA problem (i.e. this is an UPDATE or DELETE and + ** a row with the correct PK is present in the db, but one or more other + ** fields do not contain the expected values) and the conflict handler + ** returned SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE. In this case retry the operation, + ** but pass NULL as the final argument so that sessionApplyOneOp() ignores + ** the SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA problem. */ + if( bRetry ){ + assert( pIter->op==SQLITE_UPDATE || pIter->op==SQLITE_DELETE ); + rc = sessionApplyOneOp(pIter, pApply, xConflict, pCtx, 0, 0); + } + + /* If the bReplace flag is set, the change is an INSERT that has not + ** been performed because the database already contains a row with the + ** specified primary key and the conflict handler returned + ** SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE. In this case remove the conflicting row + ** before reattempting the INSERT. */ + else if( bReplace ){ + assert( pIter->op==SQLITE_INSERT ); + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "SAVEPOINT replace_op", 0, 0, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sessionBindRow(pIter, + sqlite3changeset_new, pApply->nCol, pApply->abPK, pApply->pDelete); + sqlite3_bind_int(pApply->pDelete, pApply->nCol+1, 1); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_step(pApply->pDelete); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pApply->pDelete); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sessionApplyOneOp(pIter, pApply, xConflict, pCtx, 0, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "RELEASE replace_op", 0, 0, 0); + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Retry the changes accumulated in the pApply->constraints buffer. +*/ +static int sessionRetryConstraints( + sqlite3 *db, + int bPatchset, + const char *zTab, + SessionApplyCtx *pApply, + int(*xConflict)(void*, int, sqlite3_changeset_iter*), + void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xConflict */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + while( pApply->constraints.nBuf ){ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter2 = 0; + SessionBuffer cons = pApply->constraints; + memset(&pApply->constraints, 0, sizeof(SessionBuffer)); + + rc = sessionChangesetStart(&pIter2, 0, 0, cons.nBuf, cons.aBuf); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nByte = 2*pApply->nCol*sizeof(sqlite3_value*); + int rc2; + pIter2->bPatchset = bPatchset; + pIter2->zTab = (char*)zTab; + pIter2->nCol = pApply->nCol; + pIter2->abPK = pApply->abPK; + sessionBufferGrow(&pIter2->tblhdr, nByte, &rc); + pIter2->apValue = (sqlite3_value**)pIter2->tblhdr.aBuf; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) memset(pIter2->apValue, 0, nByte); + + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3changeset_next(pIter2) ){ + rc = sessionApplyOneWithRetry(db, pIter2, pApply, xConflict, pCtx); + } + + rc2 = sqlite3changeset_finalize(pIter2); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + } + assert( pApply->bDeferConstraints || pApply->constraints.nBuf==0 ); + + sqlite3_free(cons.aBuf); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + if( pApply->constraints.nBuf>=cons.nBuf ){ + /* No progress was made on the last round. */ + pApply->bDeferConstraints = 0; + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Argument pIter is a changeset iterator that has been initialized, but +** not yet passed to sqlite3changeset_next(). This function applies the +** changeset to the main database attached to handle "db". The supplied +** conflict handler callback is invoked to resolve any conflicts encountered +** while applying the change. +*/ +static int sessionChangesetApply( + sqlite3 *db, /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset to apply */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + int(*xConflict)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of fifth arg to _apply() */ + int eConflict, /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *p /* Handle describing change and conflict */ + ), + void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xConflict */ +){ + int schemaMismatch = 0; + int rc; /* Return code */ + const char *zTab = 0; /* Name of current table */ + int nTab = 0; /* Result of sqlite3Strlen30(zTab) */ + SessionApplyCtx sApply; /* changeset_apply() context object */ + int bPatchset; + + assert( xConflict!=0 ); + + pIter->in.bNoDiscard = 1; + memset(&sApply, 0, sizeof(sApply)); + sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_db_mutex(db)); + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "SAVEPOINT changeset_apply", 0, 0, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "PRAGMA defer_foreign_keys = 1", 0, 0, 0); + } + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3changeset_next(pIter) ){ + int nCol; + int op; + const char *zNew; + + sqlite3changeset_op(pIter, &zNew, &nCol, &op, 0); + + if( zTab==0 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zNew, zTab, nTab+1) ){ + u8 *abPK; + + rc = sessionRetryConstraints( + db, pIter->bPatchset, zTab, &sApply, xConflict, pCtx + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + + sqlite3_free((char*)sApply.azCol); /* cast works around VC++ bug */ + sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pDelete); + sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pUpdate); + sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pInsert); + sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pSelect); + memset(&sApply, 0, sizeof(sApply)); + sApply.db = db; + sApply.bDeferConstraints = 1; + + /* If an xFilter() callback was specified, invoke it now. If the + ** xFilter callback returns zero, skip this table. If it returns + ** non-zero, proceed. */ + schemaMismatch = (xFilter && (0==xFilter(pCtx, zNew))); + if( schemaMismatch ){ + zTab = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zNew); + if( zTab==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + break; + } + nTab = (int)strlen(zTab); + sApply.azCol = (const char **)zTab; + }else{ + sqlite3changeset_pk(pIter, &abPK, 0); + rc = sessionTableInfo( + db, "main", zNew, &sApply.nCol, &zTab, &sApply.azCol, &sApply.abPK + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + + if( sApply.nCol==0 ){ + schemaMismatch = 1; + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_SCHEMA, + "sqlite3changeset_apply(): no such table: %s", zTab + ); + } + else if( sApply.nCol!=nCol ){ + schemaMismatch = 1; + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_SCHEMA, + "sqlite3changeset_apply(): table %s has %d columns, expected %d", + zTab, sApply.nCol, nCol + ); + } + else if( memcmp(sApply.abPK, abPK, nCol)!=0 ){ + schemaMismatch = 1; + sqlite3_log(SQLITE_SCHEMA, "sqlite3changeset_apply(): " + "primary key mismatch for table %s", zTab + ); + } + else if( + (rc = sessionSelectRow(db, zTab, &sApply)) + || (rc = sessionUpdateRow(db, zTab, &sApply)) + || (rc = sessionDeleteRow(db, zTab, &sApply)) + || (rc = sessionInsertRow(db, zTab, &sApply)) + ){ + break; + } + nTab = sqlite3Strlen30(zTab); + } + } + + /* If there is a schema mismatch on the current table, proceed to the + ** next change. A log message has already been issued. */ + if( schemaMismatch ) continue; + + rc = sessionApplyOneWithRetry(db, pIter, &sApply, xConflict, pCtx); + } + + bPatchset = pIter->bPatchset; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3changeset_finalize(pIter); + }else{ + sqlite3changeset_finalize(pIter); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sessionRetryConstraints(db, bPatchset, zTab, &sApply, xConflict, pCtx); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nFk, notUsed; + sqlite3_db_status(db, SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS, &nFk, ¬Used, 0); + if( nFk!=0 ){ + int res = SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT; + sqlite3_changeset_iter sIter; + memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter)); + sIter.nCol = nFk; + res = xConflict(pCtx, SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY, &sIter); + if( res!=SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT ){ + rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; + } + } + } + sqlite3_exec(db, "PRAGMA defer_foreign_keys = 0", 0, 0, 0); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "RELEASE changeset_apply", 0, 0, 0); + }else{ + sqlite3_exec(db, "ROLLBACK TO changeset_apply", 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3_exec(db, "RELEASE changeset_apply", 0, 0, 0); + } + + sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pInsert); + sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pDelete); + sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pUpdate); + sqlite3_finalize(sApply.pSelect); + sqlite3_free((char*)sApply.azCol); /* cast works around VC++ bug */ + sqlite3_free((char*)sApply.constraints.aBuf); + sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_db_mutex(db)); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Apply the changeset passed via pChangeset/nChangeset to the main database +** attached to handle "db". Invoke the supplied conflict handler callback +** to resolve any conflicts encountered while applying the change. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3changeset_apply( + sqlite3 *db, /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */ + int nChangeset, /* Size of changeset in bytes */ + void *pChangeset, /* Changeset blob */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + int(*xConflict)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of fifth arg to _apply() */ + int eConflict, /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *p /* Handle describing change and conflict */ + ), + void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xConflict */ +){ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter; /* Iterator to skip through changeset */ + int rc = sqlite3changeset_start(&pIter, nChangeset, pChangeset); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sessionChangesetApply(db, pIter, xFilter, xConflict, pCtx); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Apply the changeset passed via xInput/pIn to the main database +** attached to handle "db". Invoke the supplied conflict handler callback +** to resolve any conflicts encountered while applying the change. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3changeset_apply_strm( + sqlite3 *db, /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */ + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), /* Input function */ + void *pIn, /* First arg for xInput */ + int(*xFilter)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + const char *zTab /* Table name */ + ), + int(*xConflict)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ + int eConflict, /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *p /* Handle describing change and conflict */ + ), + void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xConflict */ +){ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter; /* Iterator to skip through changeset */ + int rc = sqlite3changeset_start_strm(&pIter, xInput, pIn); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sessionChangesetApply(db, pIter, xFilter, xConflict, pCtx); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** sqlite3_changegroup handle. +*/ +struct sqlite3_changegroup { + int rc; /* Error code */ + int bPatch; /* True to accumulate patchsets */ + SessionTable *pList; /* List of tables in current patch */ +}; + +/* +** This function is called to merge two changes to the same row together as +** part of an sqlite3changeset_concat() operation. A new change object is +** allocated and a pointer to it stored in *ppNew. +*/ +static int sessionChangeMerge( + SessionTable *pTab, /* Table structure */ + int bPatchset, /* True for patchsets */ + SessionChange *pExist, /* Existing change */ + int op2, /* Second change operation */ + int bIndirect, /* True if second change is indirect */ + u8 *aRec, /* Second change record */ + int nRec, /* Number of bytes in aRec */ + SessionChange **ppNew /* OUT: Merged change */ +){ + SessionChange *pNew = 0; + + if( !pExist ){ + pNew = (SessionChange *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SessionChange) + nRec); + if( !pNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(SessionChange)); + pNew->op = op2; + pNew->bIndirect = bIndirect; + pNew->nRecord = nRec; + pNew->aRecord = (u8*)&pNew[1]; + memcpy(pNew->aRecord, aRec, nRec); + }else{ + int op1 = pExist->op; + + /* + ** op1=INSERT, op2=INSERT -> Unsupported. Discard op2. + ** op1=INSERT, op2=UPDATE -> INSERT. + ** op1=INSERT, op2=DELETE -> (none) + ** + ** op1=UPDATE, op2=INSERT -> Unsupported. Discard op2. + ** op1=UPDATE, op2=UPDATE -> UPDATE. + ** op1=UPDATE, op2=DELETE -> DELETE. + ** + ** op1=DELETE, op2=INSERT -> UPDATE. + ** op1=DELETE, op2=UPDATE -> Unsupported. Discard op2. + ** op1=DELETE, op2=DELETE -> Unsupported. Discard op2. + */ + if( (op1==SQLITE_INSERT && op2==SQLITE_INSERT) + || (op1==SQLITE_UPDATE && op2==SQLITE_INSERT) + || (op1==SQLITE_DELETE && op2==SQLITE_UPDATE) + || (op1==SQLITE_DELETE && op2==SQLITE_DELETE) + ){ + pNew = pExist; + }else if( op1==SQLITE_INSERT && op2==SQLITE_DELETE ){ + sqlite3_free(pExist); + assert( pNew==0 ); + }else{ + u8 *aExist = pExist->aRecord; + int nByte; + u8 *aCsr; + + /* Allocate a new SessionChange object. Ensure that the aRecord[] + ** buffer of the new object is large enough to hold any record that + ** may be generated by combining the input records. */ + nByte = sizeof(SessionChange) + pExist->nRecord + nRec; + pNew = (SessionChange *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( !pNew ){ + sqlite3_free(pExist); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(SessionChange)); + pNew->bIndirect = (bIndirect && pExist->bIndirect); + aCsr = pNew->aRecord = (u8 *)&pNew[1]; + + if( op1==SQLITE_INSERT ){ /* INSERT + UPDATE */ + u8 *a1 = aRec; + assert( op2==SQLITE_UPDATE ); + pNew->op = SQLITE_INSERT; + if( bPatchset==0 ) sessionSkipRecord(&a1, pTab->nCol); + sessionMergeRecord(&aCsr, pTab->nCol, aExist, a1); + }else if( op1==SQLITE_DELETE ){ /* DELETE + INSERT */ + assert( op2==SQLITE_INSERT ); + pNew->op = SQLITE_UPDATE; + if( bPatchset ){ + memcpy(aCsr, aRec, nRec); + aCsr += nRec; + }else{ + if( 0==sessionMergeUpdate(&aCsr, pTab, bPatchset, aExist, 0,aRec,0) ){ + sqlite3_free(pNew); + pNew = 0; + } + } + }else if( op2==SQLITE_UPDATE ){ /* UPDATE + UPDATE */ + u8 *a1 = aExist; + u8 *a2 = aRec; + assert( op1==SQLITE_UPDATE ); + if( bPatchset==0 ){ + sessionSkipRecord(&a1, pTab->nCol); + sessionSkipRecord(&a2, pTab->nCol); + } + pNew->op = SQLITE_UPDATE; + if( 0==sessionMergeUpdate(&aCsr, pTab, bPatchset, aRec, aExist,a1,a2) ){ + sqlite3_free(pNew); + pNew = 0; + } + }else{ /* UPDATE + DELETE */ + assert( op1==SQLITE_UPDATE && op2==SQLITE_DELETE ); + pNew->op = SQLITE_DELETE; + if( bPatchset ){ + memcpy(aCsr, aRec, nRec); + aCsr += nRec; + }else{ + sessionMergeRecord(&aCsr, pTab->nCol, aRec, aExist); + } + } + + if( pNew ){ + pNew->nRecord = (int)(aCsr - pNew->aRecord); + } + sqlite3_free(pExist); + } + } + + *ppNew = pNew; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Add all changes in the changeset traversed by the iterator passed as +** the first argument to the changegroup hash tables. +*/ +static int sessionChangesetToHash( + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Iterator to read from */ + sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp /* Changegroup object to add changeset to */ +){ + u8 *aRec; + int nRec; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + SessionTable *pTab = 0; + + + while( SQLITE_ROW==sessionChangesetNext(pIter, &aRec, &nRec) ){ + const char *zNew; + int nCol; + int op; + int iHash; + int bIndirect; + SessionChange *pChange; + SessionChange *pExist = 0; + SessionChange **pp; + + if( pGrp->pList==0 ){ + pGrp->bPatch = pIter->bPatchset; + }else if( pIter->bPatchset!=pGrp->bPatch ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + break; + } + + sqlite3changeset_op(pIter, &zNew, &nCol, &op, &bIndirect); + if( !pTab || sqlite3_stricmp(zNew, pTab->zName) ){ + /* Search the list for a matching table */ + int nNew = (int)strlen(zNew); + u8 *abPK; + + sqlite3changeset_pk(pIter, &abPK, 0); + for(pTab = pGrp->pList; pTab; pTab=pTab->pNext){ + if( 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(pTab->zName, zNew, nNew+1) ) break; + } + if( !pTab ){ + SessionTable **ppTab; + + pTab = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SessionTable) + nCol + nNew+1); + if( !pTab ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + break; + } + memset(pTab, 0, sizeof(SessionTable)); + pTab->nCol = nCol; + pTab->abPK = (u8*)&pTab[1]; + memcpy(pTab->abPK, abPK, nCol); + pTab->zName = (char*)&pTab->abPK[nCol]; + memcpy(pTab->zName, zNew, nNew+1); + + /* The new object must be linked on to the end of the list, not + ** simply added to the start of it. This is to ensure that the + ** tables within the output of sqlite3changegroup_output() are in + ** the right order. */ + for(ppTab=&pGrp->pList; *ppTab; ppTab=&(*ppTab)->pNext); + *ppTab = pTab; + }else if( pTab->nCol!=nCol || memcmp(pTab->abPK, abPK, nCol) ){ + rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; + break; + } + } + + if( sessionGrowHash(pIter->bPatchset, pTab) ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + break; + } + iHash = sessionChangeHash( + pTab, (pIter->bPatchset && op==SQLITE_DELETE), aRec, pTab->nChange + ); + + /* Search for existing entry. If found, remove it from the hash table. + ** Code below may link it back in. + */ + for(pp=&pTab->apChange[iHash]; *pp; pp=&(*pp)->pNext){ + int bPkOnly1 = 0; + int bPkOnly2 = 0; + if( pIter->bPatchset ){ + bPkOnly1 = (*pp)->op==SQLITE_DELETE; + bPkOnly2 = op==SQLITE_DELETE; + } + if( sessionChangeEqual(pTab, bPkOnly1, (*pp)->aRecord, bPkOnly2, aRec) ){ + pExist = *pp; + *pp = (*pp)->pNext; + pTab->nEntry--; + break; + } + } + + rc = sessionChangeMerge(pTab, + pIter->bPatchset, pExist, op, bIndirect, aRec, nRec, &pChange + ); + if( rc ) break; + if( pChange ){ + pChange->pNext = pTab->apChange[iHash]; + pTab->apChange[iHash] = pChange; + pTab->nEntry++; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = pIter->rc; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Serialize a changeset (or patchset) based on all changesets (or patchsets) +** added to the changegroup object passed as the first argument. +** +** If xOutput is not NULL, then the changeset/patchset is returned to the +** user via one or more calls to xOutput, as with the other streaming +** interfaces. +** +** Or, if xOutput is NULL, then (*ppOut) is populated with a pointer to a +** buffer containing the output changeset before this function returns. In +** this case (*pnOut) is set to the size of the output buffer in bytes. It +** is the responsibility of the caller to free the output buffer using +** sqlite3_free() when it is no longer required. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite +** error code. If an error occurs and xOutput is NULL, (*ppOut) and (*pnOut) +** are both set to 0 before returning. +*/ +static int sessionChangegroupOutput( + sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut, + int *pnOut, + void **ppOut +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + SessionBuffer buf = {0, 0, 0}; + SessionTable *pTab; + assert( xOutput==0 || (ppOut==0 && pnOut==0) ); + + /* Create the serialized output changeset based on the contents of the + ** hash tables attached to the SessionTable objects in list p->pList. + */ + for(pTab=pGrp->pList; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTab; pTab=pTab->pNext){ + int i; + if( pTab->nEntry==0 ) continue; + + sessionAppendTableHdr(&buf, pGrp->bPatch, pTab, &rc); + for(i=0; i<pTab->nChange; i++){ + SessionChange *p; + for(p=pTab->apChange[i]; p; p=p->pNext){ + sessionAppendByte(&buf, p->op, &rc); + sessionAppendByte(&buf, p->bIndirect, &rc); + sessionAppendBlob(&buf, p->aRecord, p->nRecord, &rc); + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && xOutput && buf.nBuf>=SESSIONS_STRM_CHUNK_SIZE ){ + rc = xOutput(pOut, buf.aBuf, buf.nBuf); + buf.nBuf = 0; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( xOutput ){ + if( buf.nBuf>0 ) rc = xOutput(pOut, buf.aBuf, buf.nBuf); + }else{ + *ppOut = buf.aBuf; + *pnOut = buf.nBuf; + buf.aBuf = 0; + } + } + sqlite3_free(buf.aBuf); + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Allocate a new, empty, sqlite3_changegroup. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + sqlite3_changegroup *p; /* New object */ + p = (sqlite3_changegroup*)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(sqlite3_changegroup)); + if( p==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(p, 0, sizeof(sqlite3_changegroup)); + } + *pp = p; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Add the changeset currently stored in buffer pData, size nData bytes, +** to changeset-group p. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3changegroup_add(sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp, int nData, void *pData){ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter; /* Iterator opened on pData/nData */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + + rc = sqlite3changeset_start(&pIter, nData, pData); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sessionChangesetToHash(pIter, pGrp); + } + sqlite3changeset_finalize(pIter); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Obtain a buffer containing a changeset representing the concatenation +** of all changesets added to the group so far. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3changegroup_output( + sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp, + int *pnData, + void **ppData +){ + return sessionChangegroupOutput(pGrp, 0, 0, pnData, ppData); +} + +/* +** Streaming versions of changegroup_add(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3changegroup_add_strm( + sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp, + int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pIn +){ + sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter; /* Iterator opened on pData/nData */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + + rc = sqlite3changeset_start_strm(&pIter, xInput, pIn); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sessionChangesetToHash(pIter, pGrp); + } + sqlite3changeset_finalize(pIter); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Streaming versions of changegroup_output(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3changegroup_output_strm( + sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +){ + return sessionChangegroupOutput(pGrp, xOutput, pOut, 0, 0); +} + +/* +** Delete a changegroup object. +*/ +SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp){ + if( pGrp ){ + sessionDeleteTable(pGrp->pList); + sqlite3_free(pGrp); + } +} + +/* +** Combine two changesets together. +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3changeset_concat( + int nLeft, /* Number of bytes in lhs input */ + void *pLeft, /* Lhs input changeset */ + int nRight /* Number of bytes in rhs input */, + void *pRight, /* Rhs input changeset */ + int *pnOut, /* OUT: Number of bytes in output changeset */ + void **ppOut /* OUT: changeset (left <concat> right) */ +){ + sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp; + int rc; + + rc = sqlite3changegroup_new(&pGrp); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3changegroup_add(pGrp, nLeft, pLeft); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3changegroup_add(pGrp, nRight, pRight); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3changegroup_output(pGrp, pnOut, ppOut); + } + sqlite3changegroup_delete(pGrp); + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Streaming version of sqlite3changeset_concat(). +*/ +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3changeset_concat_strm( + int (*xInputA)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pInA, + int (*xInputB)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), + void *pInB, + int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), + void *pOut +){ + sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp; + int rc; + + rc = sqlite3changegroup_new(&pGrp); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(pGrp, xInputA, pInA); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(pGrp, xInputB, pInB); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(pGrp, xOutput, pOut); + } + sqlite3changegroup_delete(pGrp); + + return rc; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION && SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */ + +/************** End of sqlite3session.c **************************************/ +/************** Begin file json1.c *******************************************/ +/* +** 2015-08-12 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This SQLite extension implements JSON functions. The interface is +** modeled after MySQL JSON functions: +** +** https://dev.mysql.com/doc/refman/5.7/en/json.html +** +** For the time being, all JSON is stored as pure text. (We might add +** a JSONB type in the future which stores a binary encoding of JSON in +** a BLOB, but there is no support for JSONB in the current implementation. +** This implementation parses JSON text at 250 MB/s, so it is hard to see +** how JSONB might improve on that.) +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1) +#if !defined(_SQLITEINT_H_) +/* #include "sqlite3ext.h" */ +#endif +SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 +/* #include <assert.h> */ +/* #include <string.h> */ +/* #include <stdlib.h> */ +/* #include <stdarg.h> */ + +/* Mark a function parameter as unused, to suppress nuisance compiler +** warnings. */ +#ifndef UNUSED_PARAM +# define UNUSED_PARAM(X) (void)(X) +#endif + +#ifndef LARGEST_INT64 +# define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((sqlite3_int64)0x7fffffff)<<32)) +# define SMALLEST_INT64 (((sqlite3_int64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64) +#endif + +/* +** Versions of isspace(), isalnum() and isdigit() to which it is safe +** to pass signed char values. +*/ +#ifdef sqlite3Isdigit + /* Use the SQLite core versions if this routine is part of the + ** SQLite amalgamation */ +# define safe_isdigit(x) sqlite3Isdigit(x) +# define safe_isalnum(x) sqlite3Isalnum(x) +#else + /* Use the standard library for separate compilation */ +#include <ctype.h> /* amalgamator: keep */ +# define safe_isdigit(x) isdigit((unsigned char)(x)) +# define safe_isalnum(x) isalnum((unsigned char)(x)) +#endif + +/* +** Growing our own isspace() routine this way is twice as fast as +** the library isspace() function, resulting in a 7% overall performance +** increase for the parser. (Ubuntu14.10 gcc 4.8.4 x64 with -Os). +*/ +static const char jsonIsSpace[] = { + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, +}; +#define safe_isspace(x) (jsonIsSpace[(unsigned char)x]) + +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION + /* Unsigned integer types. These are already defined in the sqliteInt.h, + ** but the definitions need to be repeated for separate compilation. */ + typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64; + typedef unsigned int u32; + typedef unsigned char u8; +#endif + +/* Objects */ +typedef struct JsonString JsonString; +typedef struct JsonNode JsonNode; +typedef struct JsonParse JsonParse; + +/* An instance of this object represents a JSON string +** under construction. Really, this is a generic string accumulator +** that can be and is used to create strings other than JSON. +*/ +struct JsonString { + sqlite3_context *pCtx; /* Function context - put error messages here */ + char *zBuf; /* Append JSON content here */ + u64 nAlloc; /* Bytes of storage available in zBuf[] */ + u64 nUsed; /* Bytes of zBuf[] currently used */ + u8 bStatic; /* True if zBuf is static space */ + u8 bErr; /* True if an error has been encountered */ + char zSpace[100]; /* Initial static space */ +}; + +/* JSON type values +*/ +#define JSON_NULL 0 +#define JSON_TRUE 1 +#define JSON_FALSE 2 +#define JSON_INT 3 +#define JSON_REAL 4 +#define JSON_STRING 5 +#define JSON_ARRAY 6 +#define JSON_OBJECT 7 + +/* The "subtype" set for JSON values */ +#define JSON_SUBTYPE 74 /* Ascii for "J" */ + +/* +** Names of the various JSON types: +*/ +static const char * const jsonType[] = { + "null", "true", "false", "integer", "real", "text", "array", "object" +}; + +/* Bit values for the JsonNode.jnFlag field +*/ +#define JNODE_RAW 0x01 /* Content is raw, not JSON encoded */ +#define JNODE_ESCAPE 0x02 /* Content is text with \ escapes */ +#define JNODE_REMOVE 0x04 /* Do not output */ +#define JNODE_REPLACE 0x08 /* Replace with JsonNode.iVal */ +#define JNODE_APPEND 0x10 /* More ARRAY/OBJECT entries at u.iAppend */ +#define JNODE_LABEL 0x20 /* Is a label of an object */ + + +/* A single node of parsed JSON +*/ +struct JsonNode { + u8 eType; /* One of the JSON_ type values */ + u8 jnFlags; /* JNODE flags */ + u8 iVal; /* Replacement value when JNODE_REPLACE */ + u32 n; /* Bytes of content, or number of sub-nodes */ + union { + const char *zJContent; /* Content for INT, REAL, and STRING */ + u32 iAppend; /* More terms for ARRAY and OBJECT */ + u32 iKey; /* Key for ARRAY objects in json_tree() */ + } u; +}; + +/* A completely parsed JSON string +*/ +struct JsonParse { + u32 nNode; /* Number of slots of aNode[] used */ + u32 nAlloc; /* Number of slots of aNode[] allocated */ + JsonNode *aNode; /* Array of nodes containing the parse */ + const char *zJson; /* Original JSON string */ + u32 *aUp; /* Index of parent of each node */ + u8 oom; /* Set to true if out of memory */ + u8 nErr; /* Number of errors seen */ +}; + +/************************************************************************** +** Utility routines for dealing with JsonString objects +**************************************************************************/ + +/* Set the JsonString object to an empty string +*/ +static void jsonZero(JsonString *p){ + p->zBuf = p->zSpace; + p->nAlloc = sizeof(p->zSpace); + p->nUsed = 0; + p->bStatic = 1; +} + +/* Initialize the JsonString object +*/ +static void jsonInit(JsonString *p, sqlite3_context *pCtx){ + p->pCtx = pCtx; + p->bErr = 0; + jsonZero(p); +} + + +/* Free all allocated memory and reset the JsonString object back to its +** initial state. +*/ +static void jsonReset(JsonString *p){ + if( !p->bStatic ) sqlite3_free(p->zBuf); + jsonZero(p); +} + + +/* Report an out-of-memory (OOM) condition +*/ +static void jsonOom(JsonString *p){ + p->bErr = 1; + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(p->pCtx); + jsonReset(p); +} + +/* Enlarge pJson->zBuf so that it can hold at least N more bytes. +** Return zero on success. Return non-zero on an OOM error +*/ +static int jsonGrow(JsonString *p, u32 N){ + u64 nTotal = N<p->nAlloc ? p->nAlloc*2 : p->nAlloc+N+10; + char *zNew; + if( p->bStatic ){ + if( p->bErr ) return 1; + zNew = sqlite3_malloc64(nTotal); + if( zNew==0 ){ + jsonOom(p); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memcpy(zNew, p->zBuf, (size_t)p->nUsed); + p->zBuf = zNew; + p->bStatic = 0; + }else{ + zNew = sqlite3_realloc64(p->zBuf, nTotal); + if( zNew==0 ){ + jsonOom(p); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + p->zBuf = zNew; + } + p->nAlloc = nTotal; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* Append N bytes from zIn onto the end of the JsonString string. +*/ +static void jsonAppendRaw(JsonString *p, const char *zIn, u32 N){ + if( (N+p->nUsed >= p->nAlloc) && jsonGrow(p,N)!=0 ) return; + memcpy(p->zBuf+p->nUsed, zIn, N); + p->nUsed += N; +} + +/* Append formatted text (not to exceed N bytes) to the JsonString. +*/ +static void jsonPrintf(int N, JsonString *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + if( (p->nUsed + N >= p->nAlloc) && jsonGrow(p, N) ) return; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + sqlite3_vsnprintf(N, p->zBuf+p->nUsed, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + p->nUsed += (int)strlen(p->zBuf+p->nUsed); +} + +/* Append a single character +*/ +static void jsonAppendChar(JsonString *p, char c){ + if( p->nUsed>=p->nAlloc && jsonGrow(p,1)!=0 ) return; + p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = c; +} + +/* Append a comma separator to the output buffer, if the previous +** character is not '[' or '{'. +*/ +static void jsonAppendSeparator(JsonString *p){ + char c; + if( p->nUsed==0 ) return; + c = p->zBuf[p->nUsed-1]; + if( c!='[' && c!='{' ) jsonAppendChar(p, ','); +} + +/* Append the N-byte string in zIn to the end of the JsonString string +** under construction. Enclose the string in "..." and escape +** any double-quotes or backslash characters contained within the +** string. +*/ +static void jsonAppendString(JsonString *p, const char *zIn, u32 N){ + u32 i; + if( (N+p->nUsed+2 >= p->nAlloc) && jsonGrow(p,N+2)!=0 ) return; + p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = '"'; + for(i=0; i<N; i++){ + unsigned char c = ((unsigned const char*)zIn)[i]; + if( c=='"' || c=='\\' ){ + json_simple_escape: + if( (p->nUsed+N+3-i > p->nAlloc) && jsonGrow(p,N+3-i)!=0 ) return; + p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = '\\'; + }else if( c<=0x1f ){ + static const char aSpecial[] = { + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 'b', 't', 'n', 0, 'f', 'r', 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 + }; + assert( sizeof(aSpecial)==32 ); + assert( aSpecial['\b']=='b' ); + assert( aSpecial['\f']=='f' ); + assert( aSpecial['\n']=='n' ); + assert( aSpecial['\r']=='r' ); + assert( aSpecial['\t']=='t' ); + if( aSpecial[c] ){ + c = aSpecial[c]; + goto json_simple_escape; + } + if( (p->nUsed+N+7+i > p->nAlloc) && jsonGrow(p,N+7-i)!=0 ) return; + p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = '\\'; + p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = 'u'; + p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = '0'; + p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = '0'; + p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = '0' + (c>>4); + c = "0123456789abcdef"[c&0xf]; + } + p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = c; + } + p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = '"'; + assert( p->nUsed<p->nAlloc ); +} + +/* +** Append a function parameter value to the JSON string under +** construction. +*/ +static void jsonAppendValue( + JsonString *p, /* Append to this JSON string */ + sqlite3_value *pValue /* Value to append */ +){ + switch( sqlite3_value_type(pValue) ){ + case SQLITE_NULL: { + jsonAppendRaw(p, "null", 4); + break; + } + case SQLITE_INTEGER: + case SQLITE_FLOAT: { + const char *z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(pValue); + u32 n = (u32)sqlite3_value_bytes(pValue); + jsonAppendRaw(p, z, n); + break; + } + case SQLITE_TEXT: { + const char *z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(pValue); + u32 n = (u32)sqlite3_value_bytes(pValue); + if( sqlite3_value_subtype(pValue)==JSON_SUBTYPE ){ + jsonAppendRaw(p, z, n); + }else{ + jsonAppendString(p, z, n); + } + break; + } + default: { + if( p->bErr==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(p->pCtx, "JSON cannot hold BLOB values", -1); + p->bErr = 2; + jsonReset(p); + } + break; + } + } +} + + +/* Make the JSON in p the result of the SQL function. +*/ +static void jsonResult(JsonString *p){ + if( p->bErr==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_text64(p->pCtx, p->zBuf, p->nUsed, + p->bStatic ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : sqlite3_free, + SQLITE_UTF8); + jsonZero(p); + } + assert( p->bStatic ); +} + +/************************************************************************** +** Utility routines for dealing with JsonNode and JsonParse objects +**************************************************************************/ + +/* +** Return the number of consecutive JsonNode slots need to represent +** the parsed JSON at pNode. The minimum answer is 1. For ARRAY and +** OBJECT types, the number might be larger. +** +** Appended elements are not counted. The value returned is the number +** by which the JsonNode counter should increment in order to go to the +** next peer value. +*/ +static u32 jsonNodeSize(JsonNode *pNode){ + return pNode->eType>=JSON_ARRAY ? pNode->n+1 : 1; +} + +/* +** Reclaim all memory allocated by a JsonParse object. But do not +** delete the JsonParse object itself. +*/ +static void jsonParseReset(JsonParse *pParse){ + sqlite3_free(pParse->aNode); + pParse->aNode = 0; + pParse->nNode = 0; + pParse->nAlloc = 0; + sqlite3_free(pParse->aUp); + pParse->aUp = 0; +} + +/* +** Convert the JsonNode pNode into a pure JSON string and +** append to pOut. Subsubstructure is also included. Return +** the number of JsonNode objects that are encoded. +*/ +static void jsonRenderNode( + JsonNode *pNode, /* The node to render */ + JsonString *pOut, /* Write JSON here */ + sqlite3_value **aReplace /* Replacement values */ +){ + switch( pNode->eType ){ + default: { + assert( pNode->eType==JSON_NULL ); + jsonAppendRaw(pOut, "null", 4); + break; + } + case JSON_TRUE: { + jsonAppendRaw(pOut, "true", 4); + break; + } + case JSON_FALSE: { + jsonAppendRaw(pOut, "false", 5); + break; + } + case JSON_STRING: { + if( pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_RAW ){ + jsonAppendString(pOut, pNode->u.zJContent, pNode->n); + break; + } + /* Fall through into the next case */ + } + case JSON_REAL: + case JSON_INT: { + jsonAppendRaw(pOut, pNode->u.zJContent, pNode->n); + break; + } + case JSON_ARRAY: { + u32 j = 1; + jsonAppendChar(pOut, '['); + for(;;){ + while( j<=pNode->n ){ + if( pNode[j].jnFlags & (JNODE_REMOVE|JNODE_REPLACE) ){ + if( pNode[j].jnFlags & JNODE_REPLACE ){ + jsonAppendSeparator(pOut); + jsonAppendValue(pOut, aReplace[pNode[j].iVal]); + } + }else{ + jsonAppendSeparator(pOut); + jsonRenderNode(&pNode[j], pOut, aReplace); + } + j += jsonNodeSize(&pNode[j]); + } + if( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_APPEND)==0 ) break; + pNode = &pNode[pNode->u.iAppend]; + j = 1; + } + jsonAppendChar(pOut, ']'); + break; + } + case JSON_OBJECT: { + u32 j = 1; + jsonAppendChar(pOut, '{'); + for(;;){ + while( j<=pNode->n ){ + if( (pNode[j+1].jnFlags & JNODE_REMOVE)==0 ){ + jsonAppendSeparator(pOut); + jsonRenderNode(&pNode[j], pOut, aReplace); + jsonAppendChar(pOut, ':'); + if( pNode[j+1].jnFlags & JNODE_REPLACE ){ + jsonAppendValue(pOut, aReplace[pNode[j+1].iVal]); + }else{ + jsonRenderNode(&pNode[j+1], pOut, aReplace); + } + } + j += 1 + jsonNodeSize(&pNode[j+1]); + } + if( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_APPEND)==0 ) break; + pNode = &pNode[pNode->u.iAppend]; + j = 1; + } + jsonAppendChar(pOut, '}'); + break; + } + } +} + +/* +** Return a JsonNode and all its descendents as a JSON string. +*/ +static void jsonReturnJson( + JsonNode *pNode, /* Node to return */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Return value for this function */ + sqlite3_value **aReplace /* Array of replacement values */ +){ + JsonString s; + jsonInit(&s, pCtx); + jsonRenderNode(pNode, &s, aReplace); + jsonResult(&s); + sqlite3_result_subtype(pCtx, JSON_SUBTYPE); +} + +/* +** Make the JsonNode the return value of the function. +*/ +static void jsonReturn( + JsonNode *pNode, /* Node to return */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Return value for this function */ + sqlite3_value **aReplace /* Array of replacement values */ +){ + switch( pNode->eType ){ + default: { + assert( pNode->eType==JSON_NULL ); + sqlite3_result_null(pCtx); + break; + } + case JSON_TRUE: { + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, 1); + break; + } + case JSON_FALSE: { + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, 0); + break; + } + case JSON_INT: { + sqlite3_int64 i = 0; + const char *z = pNode->u.zJContent; + if( z[0]=='-' ){ z++; } + while( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='9' ){ + unsigned v = *(z++) - '0'; + if( i>=LARGEST_INT64/10 ){ + if( i>LARGEST_INT64/10 ) goto int_as_real; + if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='9' ) goto int_as_real; + if( v==9 ) goto int_as_real; + if( v==8 ){ + if( pNode->u.zJContent[0]=='-' ){ + sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, SMALLEST_INT64); + goto int_done; + }else{ + goto int_as_real; + } + } + } + i = i*10 + v; + } + if( pNode->u.zJContent[0]=='-' ){ i = -i; } + sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, i); + int_done: + break; + int_as_real: /* fall through to real */; + } + case JSON_REAL: { + double r; +#ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION + const char *z = pNode->u.zJContent; + sqlite3AtoF(z, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8); +#else + r = strtod(pNode->u.zJContent, 0); +#endif + sqlite3_result_double(pCtx, r); + break; + } + case JSON_STRING: { +#if 0 /* Never happens because JNODE_RAW is only set by json_set(), + ** json_insert() and json_replace() and those routines do not + ** call jsonReturn() */ + if( pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_RAW ){ + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pNode->u.zJContent, pNode->n, + SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + }else +#endif + assert( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_RAW)==0 ); + if( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_ESCAPE)==0 ){ + /* JSON formatted without any backslash-escapes */ + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pNode->u.zJContent+1, pNode->n-2, + SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + }else{ + /* Translate JSON formatted string into raw text */ + u32 i; + u32 n = pNode->n; + const char *z = pNode->u.zJContent; + char *zOut; + u32 j; + zOut = sqlite3_malloc( n+1 ); + if( zOut==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx); + break; + } + for(i=1, j=0; i<n-1; i++){ + char c = z[i]; + if( c!='\\' ){ + zOut[j++] = c; + }else{ + c = z[++i]; + if( c=='u' ){ + u32 v = 0, k; + for(k=0; k<4 && i<n-2; i++, k++){ + c = z[i+1]; + if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) v = v*16 + c - '0'; + else if( c>='A' && c<='F' ) v = v*16 + c - 'A' + 10; + else if( c>='a' && c<='f' ) v = v*16 + c - 'a' + 10; + else break; + } + if( v==0 ) break; + if( v<=0x7f ){ + zOut[j++] = (char)v; + }else if( v<=0x7ff ){ + zOut[j++] = (char)(0xc0 | (v>>6)); + zOut[j++] = 0x80 | (v&0x3f); + }else{ + zOut[j++] = (char)(0xe0 | (v>>12)); + zOut[j++] = 0x80 | ((v>>6)&0x3f); + zOut[j++] = 0x80 | (v&0x3f); + } + }else{ + if( c=='b' ){ + c = '\b'; + }else if( c=='f' ){ + c = '\f'; + }else if( c=='n' ){ + c = '\n'; + }else if( c=='r' ){ + c = '\r'; + }else if( c=='t' ){ + c = '\t'; + } + zOut[j++] = c; + } + } + } + zOut[j] = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, zOut, j, sqlite3_free); + } + break; + } + case JSON_ARRAY: + case JSON_OBJECT: { + jsonReturnJson(pNode, pCtx, aReplace); + break; + } + } +} + +/* Forward reference */ +static int jsonParseAddNode(JsonParse*,u32,u32,const char*); + +/* +** A macro to hint to the compiler that a function should not be +** inlined. +*/ +#if defined(__GNUC__) +# define JSON_NOINLINE __attribute__((noinline)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1310 +# define JSON_NOINLINE __declspec(noinline) +#else +# define JSON_NOINLINE +#endif + + +static JSON_NOINLINE int jsonParseAddNodeExpand( + JsonParse *pParse, /* Append the node to this object */ + u32 eType, /* Node type */ + u32 n, /* Content size or sub-node count */ + const char *zContent /* Content */ +){ + u32 nNew; + JsonNode *pNew; + assert( pParse->nNode>=pParse->nAlloc ); + if( pParse->oom ) return -1; + nNew = pParse->nAlloc*2 + 10; + pNew = sqlite3_realloc(pParse->aNode, sizeof(JsonNode)*nNew); + if( pNew==0 ){ + pParse->oom = 1; + return -1; + } + pParse->nAlloc = nNew; + pParse->aNode = pNew; + assert( pParse->nNode<pParse->nAlloc ); + return jsonParseAddNode(pParse, eType, n, zContent); +} + +/* +** Create a new JsonNode instance based on the arguments and append that +** instance to the JsonParse. Return the index in pParse->aNode[] of the +** new node, or -1 if a memory allocation fails. +*/ +static int jsonParseAddNode( + JsonParse *pParse, /* Append the node to this object */ + u32 eType, /* Node type */ + u32 n, /* Content size or sub-node count */ + const char *zContent /* Content */ +){ + JsonNode *p; + if( pParse->nNode>=pParse->nAlloc ){ + return jsonParseAddNodeExpand(pParse, eType, n, zContent); + } + p = &pParse->aNode[pParse->nNode]; + p->eType = (u8)eType; + p->jnFlags = 0; + p->iVal = 0; + p->n = n; + p->u.zJContent = zContent; + return pParse->nNode++; +} + +/* +** Parse a single JSON value which begins at pParse->zJson[i]. Return the +** index of the first character past the end of the value parsed. +** +** Return negative for a syntax error. Special cases: return -2 if the +** first non-whitespace character is '}' and return -3 if the first +** non-whitespace character is ']'. +*/ +static int jsonParseValue(JsonParse *pParse, u32 i){ + char c; + u32 j; + int iThis; + int x; + JsonNode *pNode; + while( safe_isspace(pParse->zJson[i]) ){ i++; } + if( (c = pParse->zJson[i])=='{' ){ + /* Parse object */ + iThis = jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_OBJECT, 0, 0); + if( iThis<0 ) return -1; + for(j=i+1;;j++){ + while( safe_isspace(pParse->zJson[j]) ){ j++; } + x = jsonParseValue(pParse, j); + if( x<0 ){ + if( x==(-2) && pParse->nNode==(u32)iThis+1 ) return j+1; + return -1; + } + if( pParse->oom ) return -1; + pNode = &pParse->aNode[pParse->nNode-1]; + if( pNode->eType!=JSON_STRING ) return -1; + pNode->jnFlags |= JNODE_LABEL; + j = x; + while( safe_isspace(pParse->zJson[j]) ){ j++; } + if( pParse->zJson[j]!=':' ) return -1; + j++; + x = jsonParseValue(pParse, j); + if( x<0 ) return -1; + j = x; + while( safe_isspace(pParse->zJson[j]) ){ j++; } + c = pParse->zJson[j]; + if( c==',' ) continue; + if( c!='}' ) return -1; + break; + } + pParse->aNode[iThis].n = pParse->nNode - (u32)iThis - 1; + return j+1; + }else if( c=='[' ){ + /* Parse array */ + iThis = jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_ARRAY, 0, 0); + if( iThis<0 ) return -1; + for(j=i+1;;j++){ + while( safe_isspace(pParse->zJson[j]) ){ j++; } + x = jsonParseValue(pParse, j); + if( x<0 ){ + if( x==(-3) && pParse->nNode==(u32)iThis+1 ) return j+1; + return -1; + } + j = x; + while( safe_isspace(pParse->zJson[j]) ){ j++; } + c = pParse->zJson[j]; + if( c==',' ) continue; + if( c!=']' ) return -1; + break; + } + pParse->aNode[iThis].n = pParse->nNode - (u32)iThis - 1; + return j+1; + }else if( c=='"' ){ + /* Parse string */ + u8 jnFlags = 0; + j = i+1; + for(;;){ + c = pParse->zJson[j]; + if( c==0 ) return -1; + if( c=='\\' ){ + c = pParse->zJson[++j]; + if( c==0 ) return -1; + jnFlags = JNODE_ESCAPE; + }else if( c=='"' ){ + break; + } + j++; + } + jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_STRING, j+1-i, &pParse->zJson[i]); + if( !pParse->oom ) pParse->aNode[pParse->nNode-1].jnFlags = jnFlags; + return j+1; + }else if( c=='n' + && strncmp(pParse->zJson+i,"null",4)==0 + && !safe_isalnum(pParse->zJson[i+4]) ){ + jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_NULL, 0, 0); + return i+4; + }else if( c=='t' + && strncmp(pParse->zJson+i,"true",4)==0 + && !safe_isalnum(pParse->zJson[i+4]) ){ + jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_TRUE, 0, 0); + return i+4; + }else if( c=='f' + && strncmp(pParse->zJson+i,"false",5)==0 + && !safe_isalnum(pParse->zJson[i+5]) ){ + jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_FALSE, 0, 0); + return i+5; + }else if( c=='-' || (c>='0' && c<='9') ){ + /* Parse number */ + u8 seenDP = 0; + u8 seenE = 0; + j = i+1; + for(;; j++){ + c = pParse->zJson[j]; + if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) continue; + if( c=='.' ){ + if( pParse->zJson[j-1]=='-' ) return -1; + if( seenDP ) return -1; + seenDP = 1; + continue; + } + if( c=='e' || c=='E' ){ + if( pParse->zJson[j-1]<'0' ) return -1; + if( seenE ) return -1; + seenDP = seenE = 1; + c = pParse->zJson[j+1]; + if( c=='+' || c=='-' ){ + j++; + c = pParse->zJson[j+1]; + } + if( c<'0' || c>'9' ) return -1; + continue; + } + break; + } + if( pParse->zJson[j-1]<'0' ) return -1; + jsonParseAddNode(pParse, seenDP ? JSON_REAL : JSON_INT, + j - i, &pParse->zJson[i]); + return j; + }else if( c=='}' ){ + return -2; /* End of {...} */ + }else if( c==']' ){ + return -3; /* End of [...] */ + }else if( c==0 ){ + return 0; /* End of file */ + }else{ + return -1; /* Syntax error */ + } +} + +/* +** Parse a complete JSON string. Return 0 on success or non-zero if there +** are any errors. If an error occurs, free all memory associated with +** pParse. +** +** pParse is uninitialized when this routine is called. +*/ +static int jsonParse( + JsonParse *pParse, /* Initialize and fill this JsonParse object */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Report errors here */ + const char *zJson /* Input JSON text to be parsed */ +){ + int i; + memset(pParse, 0, sizeof(*pParse)); + if( zJson==0 ) return 1; + pParse->zJson = zJson; + i = jsonParseValue(pParse, 0); + if( pParse->oom ) i = -1; + if( i>0 ){ + while( safe_isspace(zJson[i]) ) i++; + if( zJson[i] ) i = -1; + } + if( i<=0 ){ + if( pCtx!=0 ){ + if( pParse->oom ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "malformed JSON", -1); + } + } + jsonParseReset(pParse); + return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* Mark node i of pParse as being a child of iParent. Call recursively +** to fill in all the descendants of node i. +*/ +static void jsonParseFillInParentage(JsonParse *pParse, u32 i, u32 iParent){ + JsonNode *pNode = &pParse->aNode[i]; + u32 j; + pParse->aUp[i] = iParent; + switch( pNode->eType ){ + case JSON_ARRAY: { + for(j=1; j<=pNode->n; j += jsonNodeSize(pNode+j)){ + jsonParseFillInParentage(pParse, i+j, i); + } + break; + } + case JSON_OBJECT: { + for(j=1; j<=pNode->n; j += jsonNodeSize(pNode+j+1)+1){ + pParse->aUp[i+j] = i; + jsonParseFillInParentage(pParse, i+j+1, i); + } + break; + } + default: { + break; + } + } +} + +/* +** Compute the parentage of all nodes in a completed parse. +*/ +static int jsonParseFindParents(JsonParse *pParse){ + u32 *aUp; + assert( pParse->aUp==0 ); + aUp = pParse->aUp = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(u32)*pParse->nNode ); + if( aUp==0 ){ + pParse->oom = 1; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + jsonParseFillInParentage(pParse, 0, 0); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Compare the OBJECT label at pNode against zKey,nKey. Return true on +** a match. +*/ +static int jsonLabelCompare(JsonNode *pNode, const char *zKey, u32 nKey){ + if( pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_RAW ){ + if( pNode->n!=nKey ) return 0; + return strncmp(pNode->u.zJContent, zKey, nKey)==0; + }else{ + if( pNode->n!=nKey+2 ) return 0; + return strncmp(pNode->u.zJContent+1, zKey, nKey)==0; + } +} + +/* forward declaration */ +static JsonNode *jsonLookupAppend(JsonParse*,const char*,int*,const char**); + +/* +** Search along zPath to find the node specified. Return a pointer +** to that node, or NULL if zPath is malformed or if there is no such +** node. +** +** If pApnd!=0, then try to append new nodes to complete zPath if it is +** possible to do so and if no existing node corresponds to zPath. If +** new nodes are appended *pApnd is set to 1. +*/ +static JsonNode *jsonLookupStep( + JsonParse *pParse, /* The JSON to search */ + u32 iRoot, /* Begin the search at this node */ + const char *zPath, /* The path to search */ + int *pApnd, /* Append nodes to complete path if not NULL */ + const char **pzErr /* Make *pzErr point to any syntax error in zPath */ +){ + u32 i, j, nKey; + const char *zKey; + JsonNode *pRoot = &pParse->aNode[iRoot]; + if( zPath[0]==0 ) return pRoot; + if( zPath[0]=='.' ){ + if( pRoot->eType!=JSON_OBJECT ) return 0; + zPath++; + if( zPath[0]=='"' ){ + zKey = zPath + 1; + for(i=1; zPath[i] && zPath[i]!='"'; i++){} + nKey = i-1; + if( zPath[i] ){ + i++; + }else{ + *pzErr = zPath; + return 0; + } + }else{ + zKey = zPath; + for(i=0; zPath[i] && zPath[i]!='.' && zPath[i]!='['; i++){} + nKey = i; + } + if( nKey==0 ){ + *pzErr = zPath; + return 0; + } + j = 1; + for(;;){ + while( j<=pRoot->n ){ + if( jsonLabelCompare(pRoot+j, zKey, nKey) ){ + return jsonLookupStep(pParse, iRoot+j+1, &zPath[i], pApnd, pzErr); + } + j++; + j += jsonNodeSize(&pRoot[j]); + } + if( (pRoot->jnFlags & JNODE_APPEND)==0 ) break; + iRoot += pRoot->u.iAppend; + pRoot = &pParse->aNode[iRoot]; + j = 1; + } + if( pApnd ){ + u32 iStart, iLabel; + JsonNode *pNode; + iStart = jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_OBJECT, 2, 0); + iLabel = jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_STRING, i, zPath); + zPath += i; + pNode = jsonLookupAppend(pParse, zPath, pApnd, pzErr); + if( pParse->oom ) return 0; + if( pNode ){ + pRoot = &pParse->aNode[iRoot]; + pRoot->u.iAppend = iStart - iRoot; + pRoot->jnFlags |= JNODE_APPEND; + pParse->aNode[iLabel].jnFlags |= JNODE_RAW; + } + return pNode; + } + }else if( zPath[0]=='[' && safe_isdigit(zPath[1]) ){ + if( pRoot->eType!=JSON_ARRAY ) return 0; + i = 0; + j = 1; + while( safe_isdigit(zPath[j]) ){ + i = i*10 + zPath[j] - '0'; + j++; + } + if( zPath[j]!=']' ){ + *pzErr = zPath; + return 0; + } + zPath += j + 1; + j = 1; + for(;;){ + while( j<=pRoot->n && (i>0 || (pRoot[j].jnFlags & JNODE_REMOVE)!=0) ){ + if( (pRoot[j].jnFlags & JNODE_REMOVE)==0 ) i--; + j += jsonNodeSize(&pRoot[j]); + } + if( (pRoot->jnFlags & JNODE_APPEND)==0 ) break; + iRoot += pRoot->u.iAppend; + pRoot = &pParse->aNode[iRoot]; + j = 1; + } + if( j<=pRoot->n ){ + return jsonLookupStep(pParse, iRoot+j, zPath, pApnd, pzErr); + } + if( i==0 && pApnd ){ + u32 iStart; + JsonNode *pNode; + iStart = jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_ARRAY, 1, 0); + pNode = jsonLookupAppend(pParse, zPath, pApnd, pzErr); + if( pParse->oom ) return 0; + if( pNode ){ + pRoot = &pParse->aNode[iRoot]; + pRoot->u.iAppend = iStart - iRoot; + pRoot->jnFlags |= JNODE_APPEND; + } + return pNode; + } + }else{ + *pzErr = zPath; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Append content to pParse that will complete zPath. Return a pointer +** to the inserted node, or return NULL if the append fails. +*/ +static JsonNode *jsonLookupAppend( + JsonParse *pParse, /* Append content to the JSON parse */ + const char *zPath, /* Description of content to append */ + int *pApnd, /* Set this flag to 1 */ + const char **pzErr /* Make this point to any syntax error */ +){ + *pApnd = 1; + if( zPath[0]==0 ){ + jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_NULL, 0, 0); + return pParse->oom ? 0 : &pParse->aNode[pParse->nNode-1]; + } + if( zPath[0]=='.' ){ + jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_OBJECT, 0, 0); + }else if( strncmp(zPath,"[0]",3)==0 ){ + jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_ARRAY, 0, 0); + }else{ + return 0; + } + if( pParse->oom ) return 0; + return jsonLookupStep(pParse, pParse->nNode-1, zPath, pApnd, pzErr); +} + +/* +** Return the text of a syntax error message on a JSON path. Space is +** obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). +*/ +static char *jsonPathSyntaxError(const char *zErr){ + return sqlite3_mprintf("JSON path error near '%q'", zErr); +} + +/* +** Do a node lookup using zPath. Return a pointer to the node on success. +** Return NULL if not found or if there is an error. +** +** On an error, write an error message into pCtx and increment the +** pParse->nErr counter. +** +** If pApnd!=NULL then try to append missing nodes and set *pApnd = 1 if +** nodes are appended. +*/ +static JsonNode *jsonLookup( + JsonParse *pParse, /* The JSON to search */ + const char *zPath, /* The path to search */ + int *pApnd, /* Append nodes to complete path if not NULL */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx /* Report errors here, if not NULL */ +){ + const char *zErr = 0; + JsonNode *pNode = 0; + char *zMsg; + + if( zPath==0 ) return 0; + if( zPath[0]!='$' ){ + zErr = zPath; + goto lookup_err; + } + zPath++; + pNode = jsonLookupStep(pParse, 0, zPath, pApnd, &zErr); + if( zErr==0 ) return pNode; + +lookup_err: + pParse->nErr++; + assert( zErr!=0 && pCtx!=0 ); + zMsg = jsonPathSyntaxError(zErr); + if( zMsg ){ + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zMsg, -1); + sqlite3_free(zMsg); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx); + } + return 0; +} + + +/* +** Report the wrong number of arguments for json_insert(), json_replace() +** or json_set(). +*/ +static void jsonWrongNumArgs( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, + const char *zFuncName +){ + char *zMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("json_%s() needs an odd number of arguments", + zFuncName); + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zMsg, -1); + sqlite3_free(zMsg); +} + + +/**************************************************************************** +** SQL functions used for testing and debugging +****************************************************************************/ + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** The json_parse(JSON) function returns a string which describes +** a parse of the JSON provided. Or it returns NULL if JSON is not +** well-formed. +*/ +static void jsonParseFunc( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + JsonString s; /* Output string - not real JSON */ + JsonParse x; /* The parse */ + u32 i; + + assert( argc==1 ); + if( jsonParse(&x, ctx, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0])) ) return; + jsonParseFindParents(&x); + jsonInit(&s, ctx); + for(i=0; i<x.nNode; i++){ + const char *zType; + if( x.aNode[i].jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL ){ + assert( x.aNode[i].eType==JSON_STRING ); + zType = "label"; + }else{ + zType = jsonType[x.aNode[i].eType]; + } + jsonPrintf(100, &s,"node %3u: %7s n=%-4d up=%-4d", + i, zType, x.aNode[i].n, x.aUp[i]); + if( x.aNode[i].u.zJContent!=0 ){ + jsonAppendRaw(&s, " ", 1); + jsonAppendRaw(&s, x.aNode[i].u.zJContent, x.aNode[i].n); + } + jsonAppendRaw(&s, "\n", 1); + } + jsonParseReset(&x); + jsonResult(&s); +} + +/* +** The json_test1(JSON) function return true (1) if the input is JSON +** text generated by another json function. It returns (0) if the input +** is not known to be JSON. +*/ +static void jsonTest1Func( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + UNUSED_PARAM(argc); + sqlite3_result_int(ctx, sqlite3_value_subtype(argv[0])==JSON_SUBTYPE); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ + +/**************************************************************************** +** Scalar SQL function implementations +****************************************************************************/ + +/* +** Implementation of the json_array(VALUE,...) function. Return a JSON +** array that contains all values given in arguments. Or if any argument +** is a BLOB, throw an error. +*/ +static void jsonArrayFunc( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int i; + JsonString jx; + + jsonInit(&jx, ctx); + jsonAppendChar(&jx, '['); + for(i=0; i<argc; i++){ + jsonAppendSeparator(&jx); + jsonAppendValue(&jx, argv[i]); + } + jsonAppendChar(&jx, ']'); + jsonResult(&jx); + sqlite3_result_subtype(ctx, JSON_SUBTYPE); +} + + +/* +** json_array_length(JSON) +** json_array_length(JSON, PATH) +** +** Return the number of elements in the top-level JSON array. +** Return 0 if the input is not a well-formed JSON array. +*/ +static void jsonArrayLengthFunc( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + JsonParse x; /* The parse */ + sqlite3_int64 n = 0; + u32 i; + JsonNode *pNode; + + if( jsonParse(&x, ctx, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0])) ) return; + assert( x.nNode ); + if( argc==2 ){ + const char *zPath = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + pNode = jsonLookup(&x, zPath, 0, ctx); + }else{ + pNode = x.aNode; + } + if( pNode==0 ){ + x.nErr = 1; + }else if( pNode->eType==JSON_ARRAY ){ + assert( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_APPEND)==0 ); + for(i=1; i<=pNode->n; n++){ + i += jsonNodeSize(&pNode[i]); + } + } + if( x.nErr==0 ) sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, n); + jsonParseReset(&x); +} + +/* +** json_extract(JSON, PATH, ...) +** +** Return the element described by PATH. Return NULL if there is no +** PATH element. If there are multiple PATHs, then return a JSON array +** with the result from each path. Throw an error if the JSON or any PATH +** is malformed. +*/ +static void jsonExtractFunc( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + JsonParse x; /* The parse */ + JsonNode *pNode; + const char *zPath; + JsonString jx; + int i; + + if( argc<2 ) return; + if( jsonParse(&x, ctx, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0])) ) return; + jsonInit(&jx, ctx); + jsonAppendChar(&jx, '['); + for(i=1; i<argc; i++){ + zPath = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]); + pNode = jsonLookup(&x, zPath, 0, ctx); + if( x.nErr ) break; + if( argc>2 ){ + jsonAppendSeparator(&jx); + if( pNode ){ + jsonRenderNode(pNode, &jx, 0); + }else{ + jsonAppendRaw(&jx, "null", 4); + } + }else if( pNode ){ + jsonReturn(pNode, ctx, 0); + } + } + if( argc>2 && i==argc ){ + jsonAppendChar(&jx, ']'); + jsonResult(&jx); + sqlite3_result_subtype(ctx, JSON_SUBTYPE); + } + jsonReset(&jx); + jsonParseReset(&x); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the json_object(NAME,VALUE,...) function. Return a JSON +** object that contains all name/value given in arguments. Or if any name +** is not a string or if any value is a BLOB, throw an error. +*/ +static void jsonObjectFunc( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int i; + JsonString jx; + const char *z; + u32 n; + + if( argc&1 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(ctx, "json_object() requires an even number " + "of arguments", -1); + return; + } + jsonInit(&jx, ctx); + jsonAppendChar(&jx, '{'); + for(i=0; i<argc; i+=2){ + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[i])!=SQLITE_TEXT ){ + sqlite3_result_error(ctx, "json_object() labels must be TEXT", -1); + jsonReset(&jx); + return; + } + jsonAppendSeparator(&jx); + z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]); + n = (u32)sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[i]); + jsonAppendString(&jx, z, n); + jsonAppendChar(&jx, ':'); + jsonAppendValue(&jx, argv[i+1]); + } + jsonAppendChar(&jx, '}'); + jsonResult(&jx); + sqlite3_result_subtype(ctx, JSON_SUBTYPE); +} + + +/* +** json_remove(JSON, PATH, ...) +** +** Remove the named elements from JSON and return the result. malformed +** JSON or PATH arguments result in an error. +*/ +static void jsonRemoveFunc( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + JsonParse x; /* The parse */ + JsonNode *pNode; + const char *zPath; + u32 i; + + if( argc<1 ) return; + if( jsonParse(&x, ctx, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0])) ) return; + assert( x.nNode ); + for(i=1; i<(u32)argc; i++){ + zPath = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]); + if( zPath==0 ) goto remove_done; + pNode = jsonLookup(&x, zPath, 0, ctx); + if( x.nErr ) goto remove_done; + if( pNode ) pNode->jnFlags |= JNODE_REMOVE; + } + if( (x.aNode[0].jnFlags & JNODE_REMOVE)==0 ){ + jsonReturnJson(x.aNode, ctx, 0); + } +remove_done: + jsonParseReset(&x); +} + +/* +** json_replace(JSON, PATH, VALUE, ...) +** +** Replace the value at PATH with VALUE. If PATH does not already exist, +** this routine is a no-op. If JSON or PATH is malformed, throw an error. +*/ +static void jsonReplaceFunc( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + JsonParse x; /* The parse */ + JsonNode *pNode; + const char *zPath; + u32 i; + + if( argc<1 ) return; + if( (argc&1)==0 ) { + jsonWrongNumArgs(ctx, "replace"); + return; + } + if( jsonParse(&x, ctx, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0])) ) return; + assert( x.nNode ); + for(i=1; i<(u32)argc; i+=2){ + zPath = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]); + pNode = jsonLookup(&x, zPath, 0, ctx); + if( x.nErr ) goto replace_err; + if( pNode ){ + pNode->jnFlags |= (u8)JNODE_REPLACE; + pNode->iVal = (u8)(i+1); + } + } + if( x.aNode[0].jnFlags & JNODE_REPLACE ){ + sqlite3_result_value(ctx, argv[x.aNode[0].iVal]); + }else{ + jsonReturnJson(x.aNode, ctx, argv); + } +replace_err: + jsonParseReset(&x); +} + +/* +** json_set(JSON, PATH, VALUE, ...) +** +** Set the value at PATH to VALUE. Create the PATH if it does not already +** exist. Overwrite existing values that do exist. +** If JSON or PATH is malformed, throw an error. +** +** json_insert(JSON, PATH, VALUE, ...) +** +** Create PATH and initialize it to VALUE. If PATH already exists, this +** routine is a no-op. If JSON or PATH is malformed, throw an error. +*/ +static void jsonSetFunc( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + JsonParse x; /* The parse */ + JsonNode *pNode; + const char *zPath; + u32 i; + int bApnd; + int bIsSet = *(int*)sqlite3_user_data(ctx); + + if( argc<1 ) return; + if( (argc&1)==0 ) { + jsonWrongNumArgs(ctx, bIsSet ? "set" : "insert"); + return; + } + if( jsonParse(&x, ctx, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0])) ) return; + assert( x.nNode ); + for(i=1; i<(u32)argc; i+=2){ + zPath = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]); + bApnd = 0; + pNode = jsonLookup(&x, zPath, &bApnd, ctx); + if( x.oom ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx); + goto jsonSetDone; + }else if( x.nErr ){ + goto jsonSetDone; + }else if( pNode && (bApnd || bIsSet) ){ + pNode->jnFlags |= (u8)JNODE_REPLACE; + pNode->iVal = (u8)(i+1); + } + } + if( x.aNode[0].jnFlags & JNODE_REPLACE ){ + sqlite3_result_value(ctx, argv[x.aNode[0].iVal]); + }else{ + jsonReturnJson(x.aNode, ctx, argv); + } +jsonSetDone: + jsonParseReset(&x); +} + +/* +** json_type(JSON) +** json_type(JSON, PATH) +** +** Return the top-level "type" of a JSON string. Throw an error if +** either the JSON or PATH inputs are not well-formed. +*/ +static void jsonTypeFunc( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + JsonParse x; /* The parse */ + const char *zPath; + JsonNode *pNode; + + if( jsonParse(&x, ctx, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0])) ) return; + assert( x.nNode ); + if( argc==2 ){ + zPath = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + pNode = jsonLookup(&x, zPath, 0, ctx); + }else{ + pNode = x.aNode; + } + if( pNode ){ + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, jsonType[pNode->eType], -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + } + jsonParseReset(&x); +} + +/* +** json_valid(JSON) +** +** Return 1 if JSON is a well-formed JSON string according to RFC-7159. +** Return 0 otherwise. +*/ +static void jsonValidFunc( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + JsonParse x; /* The parse */ + int rc = 0; + + UNUSED_PARAM(argc); + if( jsonParse(&x, 0, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))==0 ){ + rc = 1; + } + jsonParseReset(&x); + sqlite3_result_int(ctx, rc); +} + + +/**************************************************************************** +** Aggregate SQL function implementations +****************************************************************************/ +/* +** json_group_array(VALUE) +** +** Return a JSON array composed of all values in the aggregate. +*/ +static void jsonArrayStep( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + JsonString *pStr; + UNUSED_PARAM(argc); + pStr = (JsonString*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(ctx, sizeof(*pStr)); + if( pStr ){ + if( pStr->zBuf==0 ){ + jsonInit(pStr, ctx); + jsonAppendChar(pStr, '['); + }else{ + jsonAppendChar(pStr, ','); + pStr->pCtx = ctx; + } + jsonAppendValue(pStr, argv[0]); + } +} +static void jsonArrayFinal(sqlite3_context *ctx){ + JsonString *pStr; + pStr = (JsonString*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(ctx, 0); + if( pStr ){ + pStr->pCtx = ctx; + jsonAppendChar(pStr, ']'); + if( pStr->bErr ){ + if( pStr->bErr==1 ) sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx); + assert( pStr->bStatic ); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pStr->zBuf, pStr->nUsed, + pStr->bStatic ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : sqlite3_free); + pStr->bStatic = 1; + } + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, "[]", 2, SQLITE_STATIC); + } + sqlite3_result_subtype(ctx, JSON_SUBTYPE); +} + +/* +** json_group_obj(NAME,VALUE) +** +** Return a JSON object composed of all names and values in the aggregate. +*/ +static void jsonObjectStep( + sqlite3_context *ctx, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + JsonString *pStr; + const char *z; + u32 n; + UNUSED_PARAM(argc); + pStr = (JsonString*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(ctx, sizeof(*pStr)); + if( pStr ){ + if( pStr->zBuf==0 ){ + jsonInit(pStr, ctx); + jsonAppendChar(pStr, '{'); + }else{ + jsonAppendChar(pStr, ','); + pStr->pCtx = ctx; + } + z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + n = (u32)sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + jsonAppendString(pStr, z, n); + jsonAppendChar(pStr, ':'); + jsonAppendValue(pStr, argv[1]); + } +} +static void jsonObjectFinal(sqlite3_context *ctx){ + JsonString *pStr; + pStr = (JsonString*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(ctx, 0); + if( pStr ){ + jsonAppendChar(pStr, '}'); + if( pStr->bErr ){ + if( pStr->bErr==0 ) sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx); + assert( pStr->bStatic ); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pStr->zBuf, pStr->nUsed, + pStr->bStatic ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : sqlite3_free); + pStr->bStatic = 1; + } + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, "{}", 2, SQLITE_STATIC); + } + sqlite3_result_subtype(ctx, JSON_SUBTYPE); +} + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +/**************************************************************************** +** The json_each virtual table +****************************************************************************/ +typedef struct JsonEachCursor JsonEachCursor; +struct JsonEachCursor { + sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class - must be first */ + u32 iRowid; /* The rowid */ + u32 iBegin; /* The first node of the scan */ + u32 i; /* Index in sParse.aNode[] of current row */ + u32 iEnd; /* EOF when i equals or exceeds this value */ + u8 eType; /* Type of top-level element */ + u8 bRecursive; /* True for json_tree(). False for json_each() */ + char *zJson; /* Input JSON */ + char *zRoot; /* Path by which to filter zJson */ + JsonParse sParse; /* Parse of the input JSON */ +}; + +/* Constructor for the json_each virtual table */ +static int jsonEachConnect( + sqlite3 *db, + void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, + char **pzErr +){ + sqlite3_vtab *pNew; + int rc; + +/* Column numbers */ +#define JEACH_KEY 0 +#define JEACH_VALUE 1 +#define JEACH_TYPE 2 +#define JEACH_ATOM 3 +#define JEACH_ID 4 +#define JEACH_PARENT 5 +#define JEACH_FULLKEY 6 +#define JEACH_PATH 7 +#define JEACH_JSON 8 +#define JEACH_ROOT 9 + + UNUSED_PARAM(pzErr); + UNUSED_PARAM(argv); + UNUSED_PARAM(argc); + UNUSED_PARAM(pAux); + rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, + "CREATE TABLE x(key,value,type,atom,id,parent,fullkey,path," + "json HIDDEN,root HIDDEN)"); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pNew = *ppVtab = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pNew) ); + if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew)); + } + return rc; +} + +/* destructor for json_each virtual table */ +static int jsonEachDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + sqlite3_free(pVtab); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* constructor for a JsonEachCursor object for json_each(). */ +static int jsonEachOpenEach(sqlite3_vtab *p, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){ + JsonEachCursor *pCur; + + UNUSED_PARAM(p); + pCur = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCur) ); + if( pCur==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pCur, 0, sizeof(*pCur)); + *ppCursor = &pCur->base; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* constructor for a JsonEachCursor object for json_tree(). */ +static int jsonEachOpenTree(sqlite3_vtab *p, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){ + int rc = jsonEachOpenEach(p, ppCursor); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + JsonEachCursor *pCur = (JsonEachCursor*)*ppCursor; + pCur->bRecursive = 1; + } + return rc; +} + +/* Reset a JsonEachCursor back to its original state. Free any memory +** held. */ +static void jsonEachCursorReset(JsonEachCursor *p){ + sqlite3_free(p->zJson); + sqlite3_free(p->zRoot); + jsonParseReset(&p->sParse); + p->iRowid = 0; + p->i = 0; + p->iEnd = 0; + p->eType = 0; + p->zJson = 0; + p->zRoot = 0; +} + +/* Destructor for a jsonEachCursor object */ +static int jsonEachClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ + JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur; + jsonEachCursorReset(p); + sqlite3_free(cur); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* Return TRUE if the jsonEachCursor object has been advanced off the end +** of the JSON object */ +static int jsonEachEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ + JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur; + return p->i >= p->iEnd; +} + +/* Advance the cursor to the next element for json_tree() */ +static int jsonEachNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ + JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur; + if( p->bRecursive ){ + if( p->sParse.aNode[p->i].jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL ) p->i++; + p->i++; + p->iRowid++; + if( p->i<p->iEnd ){ + u32 iUp = p->sParse.aUp[p->i]; + JsonNode *pUp = &p->sParse.aNode[iUp]; + p->eType = pUp->eType; + if( pUp->eType==JSON_ARRAY ){ + if( iUp==p->i-1 ){ + pUp->u.iKey = 0; + }else{ + pUp->u.iKey++; + } + } + } + }else{ + switch( p->eType ){ + case JSON_ARRAY: { + p->i += jsonNodeSize(&p->sParse.aNode[p->i]); + p->iRowid++; + break; + } + case JSON_OBJECT: { + p->i += 1 + jsonNodeSize(&p->sParse.aNode[p->i+1]); + p->iRowid++; + break; + } + default: { + p->i = p->iEnd; + break; + } + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* Append the name of the path for element i to pStr +*/ +static void jsonEachComputePath( + JsonEachCursor *p, /* The cursor */ + JsonString *pStr, /* Write the path here */ + u32 i /* Path to this element */ +){ + JsonNode *pNode, *pUp; + u32 iUp; + if( i==0 ){ + jsonAppendChar(pStr, '$'); + return; + } + iUp = p->sParse.aUp[i]; + jsonEachComputePath(p, pStr, iUp); + pNode = &p->sParse.aNode[i]; + pUp = &p->sParse.aNode[iUp]; + if( pUp->eType==JSON_ARRAY ){ + jsonPrintf(30, pStr, "[%d]", pUp->u.iKey); + }else{ + assert( pUp->eType==JSON_OBJECT ); + if( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL)==0 ) pNode--; + assert( pNode->eType==JSON_STRING ); + assert( pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL ); + jsonPrintf(pNode->n+1, pStr, ".%.*s", pNode->n-2, pNode->u.zJContent+1); + } +} + +/* Return the value of a column */ +static int jsonEachColumn( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, /* The cursor */ + sqlite3_context *ctx, /* First argument to sqlite3_result_...() */ + int i /* Which column to return */ +){ + JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur; + JsonNode *pThis = &p->sParse.aNode[p->i]; + switch( i ){ + case JEACH_KEY: { + if( p->i==0 ) break; + if( p->eType==JSON_OBJECT ){ + jsonReturn(pThis, ctx, 0); + }else if( p->eType==JSON_ARRAY ){ + u32 iKey; + if( p->bRecursive ){ + if( p->iRowid==0 ) break; + iKey = p->sParse.aNode[p->sParse.aUp[p->i]].u.iKey; + }else{ + iKey = p->iRowid; + } + sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, (sqlite3_int64)iKey); + } + break; + } + case JEACH_VALUE: { + if( pThis->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL ) pThis++; + jsonReturn(pThis, ctx, 0); + break; + } + case JEACH_TYPE: { + if( pThis->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL ) pThis++; + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, jsonType[pThis->eType], -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + break; + } + case JEACH_ATOM: { + if( pThis->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL ) pThis++; + if( pThis->eType>=JSON_ARRAY ) break; + jsonReturn(pThis, ctx, 0); + break; + } + case JEACH_ID: { + sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, + (sqlite3_int64)p->i + ((pThis->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL)!=0)); + break; + } + case JEACH_PARENT: { + if( p->i>p->iBegin && p->bRecursive ){ + sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, (sqlite3_int64)p->sParse.aUp[p->i]); + } + break; + } + case JEACH_FULLKEY: { + JsonString x; + jsonInit(&x, ctx); + if( p->bRecursive ){ + jsonEachComputePath(p, &x, p->i); + }else{ + if( p->zRoot ){ + jsonAppendRaw(&x, p->zRoot, (int)strlen(p->zRoot)); + }else{ + jsonAppendChar(&x, '$'); + } + if( p->eType==JSON_ARRAY ){ + jsonPrintf(30, &x, "[%d]", p->iRowid); + }else{ + jsonPrintf(pThis->n, &x, ".%.*s", pThis->n-2, pThis->u.zJContent+1); + } + } + jsonResult(&x); + break; + } + case JEACH_PATH: { + if( p->bRecursive ){ + JsonString x; + jsonInit(&x, ctx); + jsonEachComputePath(p, &x, p->sParse.aUp[p->i]); + jsonResult(&x); + break; + } + /* For json_each() path and root are the same so fall through + ** into the root case */ + } + case JEACH_ROOT: { + const char *zRoot = p->zRoot; + if( zRoot==0 ) zRoot = "$"; + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, zRoot, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + break; + } + case JEACH_JSON: { + assert( i==JEACH_JSON ); + sqlite3_result_text(ctx, p->sParse.zJson, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + break; + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* Return the current rowid value */ +static int jsonEachRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ + JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur; + *pRowid = p->iRowid; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* The query strategy is to look for an equality constraint on the json +** column. Without such a constraint, the table cannot operate. idxNum is +** 1 if the constraint is found, 3 if the constraint and zRoot are found, +** and 0 otherwise. +*/ +static int jsonEachBestIndex( + sqlite3_vtab *tab, + sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo +){ + int i; + int jsonIdx = -1; + int rootIdx = -1; + const struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pConstraint; + + UNUSED_PARAM(tab); + pConstraint = pIdxInfo->aConstraint; + for(i=0; i<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; i++, pConstraint++){ + if( pConstraint->usable==0 ) continue; + if( pConstraint->op!=SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) continue; + switch( pConstraint->iColumn ){ + case JEACH_JSON: jsonIdx = i; break; + case JEACH_ROOT: rootIdx = i; break; + default: /* no-op */ break; + } + } + if( jsonIdx<0 ){ + pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0; + pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 1e99; + }else{ + pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jsonIdx].argvIndex = 1; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jsonIdx].omit = 1; + if( rootIdx<0 ){ + pIdxInfo->idxNum = 1; + }else{ + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[rootIdx].argvIndex = 2; + pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[rootIdx].omit = 1; + pIdxInfo->idxNum = 3; + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* Start a search on a new JSON string */ +static int jsonEachFilter( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, + int idxNum, const char *idxStr, + int argc, sqlite3_value **argv +){ + JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur; + const char *z; + const char *zRoot = 0; + sqlite3_int64 n; + + UNUSED_PARAM(idxStr); + UNUSED_PARAM(argc); + jsonEachCursorReset(p); + if( idxNum==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( z==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + p->zJson = sqlite3_malloc64( n+1 ); + if( p->zJson==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memcpy(p->zJson, z, (size_t)n+1); + if( jsonParse(&p->sParse, 0, p->zJson) ){ + int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + if( p->sParse.oom==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(cur->pVtab->zErrMsg); + cur->pVtab->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("malformed JSON"); + if( cur->pVtab->zErrMsg ) rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + jsonEachCursorReset(p); + return rc; + }else if( p->bRecursive && jsonParseFindParents(&p->sParse) ){ + jsonEachCursorReset(p); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + JsonNode *pNode = 0; + if( idxNum==3 ){ + const char *zErr = 0; + zRoot = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + if( zRoot==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + p->zRoot = sqlite3_malloc64( n+1 ); + if( p->zRoot==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memcpy(p->zRoot, zRoot, (size_t)n+1); + if( zRoot[0]!='$' ){ + zErr = zRoot; + }else{ + pNode = jsonLookupStep(&p->sParse, 0, p->zRoot+1, 0, &zErr); + } + if( zErr ){ + sqlite3_free(cur->pVtab->zErrMsg); + cur->pVtab->zErrMsg = jsonPathSyntaxError(zErr); + jsonEachCursorReset(p); + return cur->pVtab->zErrMsg ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else if( pNode==0 ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + }else{ + pNode = p->sParse.aNode; + } + p->iBegin = p->i = (int)(pNode - p->sParse.aNode); + p->eType = pNode->eType; + if( p->eType>=JSON_ARRAY ){ + pNode->u.iKey = 0; + p->iEnd = p->i + pNode->n + 1; + if( p->bRecursive ){ + p->eType = p->sParse.aNode[p->sParse.aUp[p->i]].eType; + if( p->i>0 && (p->sParse.aNode[p->i-1].jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL)!=0 ){ + p->i--; + } + }else{ + p->i++; + } + }else{ + p->iEnd = p->i+1; + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* The methods of the json_each virtual table */ +static sqlite3_module jsonEachModule = { + 0, /* iVersion */ + 0, /* xCreate */ + jsonEachConnect, /* xConnect */ + jsonEachBestIndex, /* xBestIndex */ + jsonEachDisconnect, /* xDisconnect */ + 0, /* xDestroy */ + jsonEachOpenEach, /* xOpen - open a cursor */ + jsonEachClose, /* xClose - close a cursor */ + jsonEachFilter, /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */ + jsonEachNext, /* xNext - advance a cursor */ + jsonEachEof, /* xEof - check for end of scan */ + jsonEachColumn, /* xColumn - read data */ + jsonEachRowid, /* xRowid - read data */ + 0, /* xUpdate */ + 0, /* xBegin */ + 0, /* xSync */ + 0, /* xCommit */ + 0, /* xRollback */ + 0, /* xFindMethod */ + 0, /* xRename */ + 0, /* xSavepoint */ + 0, /* xRelease */ + 0 /* xRollbackTo */ +}; + +/* The methods of the json_tree virtual table. */ +static sqlite3_module jsonTreeModule = { + 0, /* iVersion */ + 0, /* xCreate */ + jsonEachConnect, /* xConnect */ + jsonEachBestIndex, /* xBestIndex */ + jsonEachDisconnect, /* xDisconnect */ + 0, /* xDestroy */ + jsonEachOpenTree, /* xOpen - open a cursor */ + jsonEachClose, /* xClose - close a cursor */ + jsonEachFilter, /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */ + jsonEachNext, /* xNext - advance a cursor */ + jsonEachEof, /* xEof - check for end of scan */ + jsonEachColumn, /* xColumn - read data */ + jsonEachRowid, /* xRowid - read data */ + 0, /* xUpdate */ + 0, /* xBegin */ + 0, /* xSync */ + 0, /* xCommit */ + 0, /* xRollback */ + 0, /* xFindMethod */ + 0, /* xRename */ + 0, /* xSavepoint */ + 0, /* xRelease */ + 0 /* xRollbackTo */ +}; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ + +/**************************************************************************** +** The following routines are the only publically visible identifiers in this +** file. Call the following routines in order to register the various SQL +** functions and the virtual table implemented by this file. +****************************************************************************/ + +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Json1Init(sqlite3 *db){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + unsigned int i; + static const struct { + const char *zName; + int nArg; + int flag; + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); + } aFunc[] = { + { "json", 1, 0, jsonRemoveFunc }, + { "json_array", -1, 0, jsonArrayFunc }, + { "json_array_length", 1, 0, jsonArrayLengthFunc }, + { "json_array_length", 2, 0, jsonArrayLengthFunc }, + { "json_extract", -1, 0, jsonExtractFunc }, + { "json_insert", -1, 0, jsonSetFunc }, + { "json_object", -1, 0, jsonObjectFunc }, + { "json_remove", -1, 0, jsonRemoveFunc }, + { "json_replace", -1, 0, jsonReplaceFunc }, + { "json_set", -1, 1, jsonSetFunc }, + { "json_type", 1, 0, jsonTypeFunc }, + { "json_type", 2, 0, jsonTypeFunc }, + { "json_valid", 1, 0, jsonValidFunc }, + +#if SQLITE_DEBUG + /* DEBUG and TESTING functions */ + { "json_parse", 1, 0, jsonParseFunc }, + { "json_test1", 1, 0, jsonTest1Func }, +#endif + }; + static const struct { + const char *zName; + int nArg; + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*); + } aAgg[] = { + { "json_group_array", 1, jsonArrayStep, jsonArrayFinal }, + { "json_group_object", 2, jsonObjectStep, jsonObjectFinal }, + }; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + static const struct { + const char *zName; + sqlite3_module *pModule; + } aMod[] = { + { "json_each", &jsonEachModule }, + { "json_tree", &jsonTreeModule }, + }; +#endif + for(i=0; i<sizeof(aFunc)/sizeof(aFunc[0]) && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, aFunc[i].zName, aFunc[i].nArg, + SQLITE_UTF8 | SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, + (void*)&aFunc[i].flag, + aFunc[i].xFunc, 0, 0); + } + for(i=0; i<sizeof(aAgg)/sizeof(aAgg[0]) && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, aAgg[i].zName, aAgg[i].nArg, + SQLITE_UTF8 | SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 0, + 0, aAgg[i].xStep, aAgg[i].xFinal); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + for(i=0; i<sizeof(aMod)/sizeof(aMod[0]) && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ + rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, aMod[i].zName, aMod[i].pModule, 0); + } +#endif + return rc; +} + + +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE +#ifdef _WIN32 +__declspec(dllexport) +#endif +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_json_init( + sqlite3 *db, + char **pzErrMsg, + const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi +){ + SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi); + (void)pzErrMsg; /* Unused parameter */ + return sqlite3Json1Init(db); +} +#endif +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1) */ + +/************** End of json1.c ***********************************************/ +/************** Begin file fts5.c ********************************************/ + + +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5) + +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define NDEBUG 1 +#endif +#if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# undef NDEBUG +#endif + +/* +** 2014 May 31 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file, +** FTS5 may be extended with: +** +** * custom tokenizers, and +** * custom auxiliary functions. +*/ + + +#ifndef _FTS5_H +#define _FTS5_H + +/* #include "sqlite3.h" */ + +#if 0 +extern "C" { +#endif + +/************************************************************************* +** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS +** +** Virtual table implementations may overload SQL functions by implementing +** the sqlite3_module.xFindFunction() method. +*/ + +typedef struct Fts5ExtensionApi Fts5ExtensionApi; +typedef struct Fts5Context Fts5Context; +typedef struct Fts5PhraseIter Fts5PhraseIter; + +typedef void (*fts5_extension_function)( + const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi, /* API offered by current FTS version */ + Fts5Context *pFts, /* First arg to pass to pApi functions */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for returning result/error */ + int nVal, /* Number of values in apVal[] array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of trailing arguments */ +); + +struct Fts5PhraseIter { + const unsigned char *a; + const unsigned char *b; +}; + +/* +** EXTENSION API FUNCTIONS +** +** xUserData(pFts): +** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was +** registered with. +** +** xColumnTotalSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken): +** If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken +** to the total number of tokens in the FTS5 table. Or, if iCol is +** non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, return +** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in +** the FTS5 table. +** +** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns +** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g. +** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is +** returned. +** +** xColumnCount(pFts): +** Return the number of columns in the table. +** +** xColumnSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken): +** If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken +** to the total number of tokens in the current row. Or, if iCol is +** non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, set +** *pnToken to the number of tokens in column iCol of the current row. +** +** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns +** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g. +** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is +** returned. +** +** This function may be quite inefficient if used with an FTS5 table +** created with the "columnsize=0" option. +** +** xColumnText: +** This function attempts to retrieve the text of column iCol of the +** current document. If successful, (*pz) is set to point to a buffer +** containing the text in utf-8 encoding, (*pn) is set to the size in bytes +** (not characters) of the buffer and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, +** if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final values +** of (*pz) and (*pn) are undefined. +** +** xPhraseCount: +** Returns the number of phrases in the current query expression. +** +** xPhraseSize: +** Returns the number of tokens in phrase iPhrase of the query. Phrases +** are numbered starting from zero. +** +** xInstCount: +** Set *pnInst to the total number of occurrences of all phrases within +** the query within the current row. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or +** an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. +** +** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created +** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option +** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always returns 0. +** +** xInst: +** Query for the details of phrase match iIdx within the current row. +** Phrase matches are numbered starting from zero, so the iIdx argument +** should be greater than or equal to zero and smaller than the value +** output by xInstCount(). +** +** Usually, output parameter *piPhrase is set to the phrase number, *piCol +** to the column in which it occurs and *piOff the token offset of the +** first token of the phrase. The exception is if the table was created +** with the offsets=0 option specified. In this case *piOff is always +** set to -1. +** +** Returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) +** if an error occurs. +** +** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. +** +** xRowid: +** Returns the rowid of the current row. +** +** xTokenize: +** Tokenize text using the tokenizer belonging to the FTS5 table. +** +** xQueryPhrase(pFts5, iPhrase, pUserData, xCallback): +** This API function is used to query the FTS table for phrase iPhrase +** of the current query. Specifically, a query equivalent to: +** +** ... FROM ftstable WHERE ftstable MATCH $p ORDER BY rowid +** +** with $p set to a phrase equivalent to the phrase iPhrase of the +** current query is executed. Any column filter that applies to +** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each +** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument +** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback +** function may be used to access the properties of each matched row. +** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as +** the third argument to pUserData. +** +** If the callback function returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the +** query is abandoned and the xQueryPhrase function returns immediately. +** If the returned value is SQLITE_DONE, xQueryPhrase returns SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, the error code is propagated upwards. +** +** If the query runs to completion without incident, SQLITE_OK is returned. +** Or, if some error occurs before the query completes or is aborted by +** the callback, an SQLite error code is returned. +** +** +** xSetAuxdata(pFts5, pAux, xDelete) +** +** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension functions +** "auxiliary data". The pointer may then be retrieved by the current or any +** future invocation of the same fts5 extension function made as part of +** of the same MATCH query using the xGetAuxdata() API. +** +** Each extension function is allocated a single auxiliary data slot for +** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked +** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a +** single auxiliary data context. +** +** If there is already an auxiliary data pointer when this function is +** invoked, then it is replaced by the new pointer. If an xDelete callback +** was specified along with the original pointer, it is invoked at this +** point. +** +** The xDelete callback, if one is specified, is also invoked on the +** auxiliary data pointer after the FTS5 query has finished. +** +** If an error (e.g. an OOM condition) occurs within this function, an +** the auxiliary data is set to NULL and an error code returned. If the +** xDelete parameter was not NULL, it is invoked on the auxiliary data +** pointer before returning. +** +** +** xGetAuxdata(pFts5, bClear) +** +** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension +** function. See the xSetAuxdata() method for details. +** +** If the bClear argument is non-zero, then the auxiliary data is cleared +** (set to NULL) before this function returns. In this case the xDelete, +** if any, is not invoked. +** +** +** xRowCount(pFts5, pnRow) +** +** This function is used to retrieve the total number of rows in the table. +** In other words, the same value that would be returned by: +** +** SELECT count(*) FROM ftstable; +** +** xPhraseFirst() +** This function is used, along with type Fts5PhraseIter and the xPhraseNext +** method, to iterate through all instances of a single query phrase within +** the current row. This is the same information as is accessible via the +** xInstCount/xInst APIs. While the xInstCount/xInst APIs are more convenient +** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate +** through instances of phrase iPhrase, use the following code: +** +** Fts5PhraseIter iter; +** int iCol, iOff; +** for(pApi->xPhraseFirst(pFts, iPhrase, &iter, &iCol, &iOff); +** iCol>=0; +** pApi->xPhraseNext(pFts, &iter, &iCol, &iOff) +** ){ +** // An instance of phrase iPhrase at offset iOff of column iCol +** } +** +** The Fts5PhraseIter structure is defined above. Applications should not +** modify this structure directly - it should only be used as shown above +** with the xPhraseFirst() and xPhraseNext() API methods (and by +** xPhraseFirstColumn() and xPhraseNextColumn() as illustrated below). +** +** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the +** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created +** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option +** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always iterates +** through an empty set (all calls to xPhraseFirst() set iCol to -1). +** +** xPhraseNext() +** See xPhraseFirst above. +** +** xPhraseFirstColumn() +** This function and xPhraseNextColumn() are similar to the xPhraseFirst() +** and xPhraseNext() APIs described above. The difference is that instead +** of iterating through all instances of a phrase in the current row, these +** APIs are used to iterate through the set of columns in the current row +** that contain one or more instances of a specified phrase. For example: +** +** Fts5PhraseIter iter; +** int iCol; +** for(pApi->xPhraseFirstColumn(pFts, iPhrase, &iter, &iCol); +** iCol>=0; +** pApi->xPhraseNextColumn(pFts, &iter, &iCol) +** ){ +** // Column iCol contains at least one instance of phrase iPhrase +** } +** +** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the +** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either +** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table), +** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to +** xPhraseFirstColumn() set iCol to -1). +** +** The information accessed using this API and its companion +** xPhraseFirstColumn() may also be obtained using xPhraseFirst/xPhraseNext +** (or xInst/xInstCount). The chief advantage of this API is that it is +** significantly more efficient than those alternatives when used with +** "detail=column" tables. +** +** xPhraseNextColumn() +** See xPhraseFirstColumn above. +*/ +struct Fts5ExtensionApi { + int iVersion; /* Currently always set to 3 */ + + void *(*xUserData)(Fts5Context*); + + int (*xColumnCount)(Fts5Context*); + int (*xRowCount)(Fts5Context*, sqlite3_int64 *pnRow); + int (*xColumnTotalSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, sqlite3_int64 *pnToken); + + int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*, + const char *pText, int nText, /* Text to tokenize */ + void *pCtx, /* Context passed to xToken() */ + int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int) /* Callback */ + ); + + int (*xPhraseCount)(Fts5Context*); + int (*xPhraseSize)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase); + + int (*xInstCount)(Fts5Context*, int *pnInst); + int (*xInst)(Fts5Context*, int iIdx, int *piPhrase, int *piCol, int *piOff); + + sqlite3_int64 (*xRowid)(Fts5Context*); + int (*xColumnText)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, const char **pz, int *pn); + int (*xColumnSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, int *pnToken); + + int (*xQueryPhrase)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, void *pUserData, + int(*)(const Fts5ExtensionApi*,Fts5Context*,void*) + ); + int (*xSetAuxdata)(Fts5Context*, void *pAux, void(*xDelete)(void*)); + void *(*xGetAuxdata)(Fts5Context*, int bClear); + + int (*xPhraseFirst)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, Fts5PhraseIter*, int*, int*); + void (*xPhraseNext)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol, int *piOff); + + int (*xPhraseFirstColumn)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, Fts5PhraseIter*, int*); + void (*xPhraseNextColumn)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol); +}; + +/* +** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS +*************************************************************************/ + +/************************************************************************* +** CUSTOM TOKENIZERS +** +** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer +** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the +** following structure. All structure methods must be defined, setting +** any member of the fts5_tokenizer struct to NULL leads to undefined +** behaviour. The structure methods are expected to function as follows: +** +** xCreate: +** This function is used to allocate and inititalize a tokenizer instance. +** A tokenizer instance is required to actually tokenize text. +** +** The first argument passed to this function is a copy of the (void*) +** pointer provided by the application when the fts5_tokenizer object +** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()). +** The second and third arguments are an array of nul-terminated strings +** containing the tokenizer arguments, if any, specified following the +** tokenizer name as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement used +** to create the FTS5 table. +** +** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut) +** should be set to point to the new tokenizer handle and SQLITE_OK +** returned. If an error occurs, some value other than SQLITE_OK should +** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut +** is undefined. +** +** xDelete: +** This function is invoked to delete a tokenizer handle previously +** allocated using xCreate(). Fts5 guarantees that this function will +** be invoked exactly once for each successful call to xCreate(). +** +** xTokenize: +** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated +** by argument pText. pText may or may not be nul-terminated. The first +** argument passed to this function is a pointer to an Fts5Tokenizer object +** returned by an earlier call to xCreate(). +** +** The second argument indicates the reason that FTS5 is requesting +** tokenization of the supplied text. This is always one of the following +** four values: +** +** <ul><li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT</b> - A document is being inserted into +** or removed from the FTS table. The tokenizer is being invoked to +** determine the set of tokens to add to (or delete from) the +** FTS index. +** +** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed +** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize +** a bareword or quoted string specified as part of the query. +** +** <li> <b>(FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY | FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX)</b> - Same as +** FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY, except that the bareword or quoted string is +** followed by a "*" character, indicating that the last token +** returned by the tokenizer will be treated as a token prefix. +** +** <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to +** satisfy an fts5_api.xTokenize() request made by an auxiliary +** function. Or an fts5_api.xColumnSize() request made by the same +** on a columnsize=0 database. +** </ul> +** +** For each token in the input string, the supplied callback xToken() must +** be invoked. The first argument to it should be a copy of the pointer +** passed as the second argument to xTokenize(). The third and fourth +** arguments are a pointer to a buffer containing the token text, and the +** size of the token in bytes. The 4th and 5th arguments are the byte offsets +** of the first byte of and first byte immediately following the text from +** which the token is derived within the input. +** +** The second argument passed to the xToken() callback ("tflags") should +** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports +** synonyms. In this case see the discussion below for details. +** +** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the +** order that they occur within the input text. +** +** If an xToken() callback returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, then +** the tokenization should be abandoned and the xTokenize() method should +** immediately return a copy of the xToken() return value. Or, if the +** input buffer is exhausted, xTokenize() should return SQLITE_OK. Finally, +** if an error occurs with the xTokenize() implementation itself, it +** may abandon the tokenization and return any error code other than +** SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_DONE. +** +** SYNONYM SUPPORT +** +** Custom tokenizers may also support synonyms. Consider a case in which a +** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the +** built-in tokenizers, the FTS5 query 'first + place' will match instances +** of "first place" within the document set, but not alternative forms +** such as "1st place". In some applications, it would be better to match +** all instances of "first place" or "1st place" regardless of which form +** the user specified in the MATCH query text. +** +** There are several ways to approach this in FTS5: +** +** <ol><li> By mapping all synonyms to a single token. In this case, the +** In the above example, this means that the tokenizer returns the +** same token for inputs "first" and "1st". Say that token is in +** fact "first", so that when the user inserts the document "I won +** 1st place" entries are added to the index for tokens "i", "won", +** "first" and "place". If the user then queries for '1st + place', +** the tokenizer substitutes "first" for "1st" and the query works +** as expected. +** +** <li> By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index. +** In this case, when tokenizing query text, the tokenizer may +** provide multiple synonyms for a single term within the document. +** FTS5 then queries the index for each synonym individually. For +** example, faced with the query: +** +** <codeblock> +** ... MATCH 'first place'</codeblock> +** +** the tokenizer offers both "1st" and "first" as synonyms for the +** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query +** similar to: +** +** <codeblock> +** ... MATCH '(first OR 1st) place'</codeblock> +** +** except that, for the purposes of auxiliary functions, the query +** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)" +** being treated as a single phrase. +** +** <li> By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index. +** Using this method, when tokenizing document text, the tokenizer +** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a +** document such as "I won first place" is tokenized, entries are +** added to the FTS index for "i", "won", "first", "1st" and +** "place". +** +** This way, even if the tokenizer does not provide synonyms +** when tokenizing query text (it should not - to do would be +** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for +** 'first + place' or '1st + place', as there are entires in the +** FTS index corresponding to both forms of the first token. +** </ol> +** +** Whether it is parsing document or query text, any call to xToken that +** specifies a <i>tflags</i> argument with the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED bit +** is considered to supply a synonym for the previous token. For example, +** when parsing the document "I won first place", a tokenizer that supports +** synonyms would call xToken() 5 times, as follows: +** +** <codeblock> +** xToken(pCtx, 0, "i", 1, 0, 1); +** xToken(pCtx, 0, "won", 3, 2, 5); +** xToken(pCtx, 0, "first", 5, 6, 11); +** xToken(pCtx, FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED, "1st", 3, 6, 11); +** xToken(pCtx, 0, "place", 5, 12, 17); +**</codeblock> +** +** It is an error to specify the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED flag the first time +** xToken() is called. Multiple synonyms may be specified for a single token +** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence. +** There is no limit to the number of synonyms that may be provided for a +** single token. +** +** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add +** extra data to the FTS index or require FTS5 to query for multiple terms, +** so it is efficient in terms of disk space and query speed. However, it +** does not support prefix queries very well. If, as suggested above, the +** token "first" is subsituted for "1st" by the tokenizer, then the query: +** +** <codeblock> +** ... MATCH '1s*'</codeblock> +** +** will not match documents that contain the token "1st" (as the tokenizer +** will probably not map "1s" to any prefix of "first"). +** +** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case, +** because the index contains entries for both "first" and "1st", prefix +** queries such as 'fi*' or '1s*' will match correctly. However, because +** extra entries are added to the FTS index, this method uses more space +** within the database. +** +** Method (2) offers a midpoint between (1) and (3). Using this method, +** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal +** token "1st", but not "first" (assuming the tokenizer is not able to +** provide synonyms for prefixes). However, a non-prefix query like '1st' +** will match against "1st" and "first". This method does not require +** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index. +** On the other hand, it may require more CPU cycles to run MATCH queries, +** as separate queries of the FTS index are required for each synonym. +** +** When using methods (2) or (3), it is important that the tokenizer only +** provide synonyms when tokenizing document text (method (2)) or query +** text (method (3)), not both. Doing so will not cause any errors, but is +** inefficient. +*/ +typedef struct Fts5Tokenizer Fts5Tokenizer; +typedef struct fts5_tokenizer fts5_tokenizer; +struct fts5_tokenizer { + int (*xCreate)(void*, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut); + void (*xDelete)(Fts5Tokenizer*); + int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*, + void *pCtx, + int flags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKENIZE_* flags */ + const char *pText, int nText, + int (*xToken)( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of 2nd argument to xTokenize() */ + int tflags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */ + const char *pToken, /* Pointer to buffer containing token */ + int nToken, /* Size of token in bytes */ + int iStart, /* Byte offset of token within input text */ + int iEnd /* Byte offset of end of token within input text */ + ) + ); +}; + +/* Flags that may be passed as the third argument to xTokenize() */ +#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY 0x0001 +#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX 0x0002 +#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT 0x0004 +#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX 0x0008 + +/* Flags that may be passed by the tokenizer implementation back to FTS5 +** as the third argument to the supplied xToken callback. */ +#define FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED 0x0001 /* Same position as prev. token */ + +/* +** END OF CUSTOM TOKENIZERS +*************************************************************************/ + +/************************************************************************* +** FTS5 EXTENSION REGISTRATION API +*/ +typedef struct fts5_api fts5_api; +struct fts5_api { + int iVersion; /* Currently always set to 2 */ + + /* Create a new tokenizer */ + int (*xCreateTokenizer)( + fts5_api *pApi, + const char *zName, + void *pContext, + fts5_tokenizer *pTokenizer, + void (*xDestroy)(void*) + ); + + /* Find an existing tokenizer */ + int (*xFindTokenizer)( + fts5_api *pApi, + const char *zName, + void **ppContext, + fts5_tokenizer *pTokenizer + ); + + /* Create a new auxiliary function */ + int (*xCreateFunction)( + fts5_api *pApi, + const char *zName, + void *pContext, + fts5_extension_function xFunction, + void (*xDestroy)(void*) + ); +}; + +/* +** END OF REGISTRATION API +*************************************************************************/ + +#if 0 +} /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ +#endif + +#endif /* _FTS5_H */ + + +/* +** 2014 May 31 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +*/ +#ifndef _FTS5INT_H +#define _FTS5INT_H + +/* #include "fts5.h" */ +/* #include "sqlite3ext.h" */ +SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 + +/* #include <string.h> */ +/* #include <assert.h> */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION + +typedef unsigned char u8; +typedef unsigned int u32; +typedef unsigned short u16; +typedef short i16; +typedef sqlite3_int64 i64; +typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64; + +#define ArraySize(x) ((int)(sizeof(x) / sizeof(x[0]))) + +#define testcase(x) +#define ALWAYS(x) 1 +#define NEVER(x) 0 + +# +#define MIN(x,y) (((x) < (y)) ? (x) : (y)) +#define MAX(x,y) (((x) > (y)) ? (x) : (y)) + +/* +** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers. +*/ +# define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32)) +# define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64) + +#endif + +/* Truncate very long tokens to this many bytes. Hard limit is +** (65536-1-1-4-9)==65521 bytes. The limiting factor is the 16-bit offset +** field that occurs at the start of each leaf page (see fts5_index.c). */ +#define FTS5_MAX_TOKEN_SIZE 32768 + +/* +** Maximum number of prefix indexes on single FTS5 table. This must be +** less than 32. If it is set to anything large than that, an #error +** directive in fts5_index.c will cause the build to fail. +*/ +#define FTS5_MAX_PREFIX_INDEXES 31 + +#define FTS5_DEFAULT_NEARDIST 10 +#define FTS5_DEFAULT_RANK "bm25" + +/* Name of rank and rowid columns */ +#define FTS5_RANK_NAME "rank" +#define FTS5_ROWID_NAME "rowid" + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +# define FTS5_CORRUPT sqlite3Fts5Corrupt() +static int sqlite3Fts5Corrupt(void); +#else +# define FTS5_CORRUPT SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB +#endif + +/* +** The assert_nc() macro is similar to the assert() macro, except that it +** is used for assert() conditions that are true only if it can be +** guranteed that the database is not corrupt. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_fts5_may_be_corrupt; +# define assert_nc(x) assert(sqlite3_fts5_may_be_corrupt || (x)) +#else +# define assert_nc(x) assert(x) +#endif + +/* Mark a function parameter as unused, to suppress nuisance compiler +** warnings. */ +#ifndef UNUSED_PARAM +# define UNUSED_PARAM(X) (void)(X) +#endif + +#ifndef UNUSED_PARAM2 +# define UNUSED_PARAM2(X, Y) (void)(X), (void)(Y) +#endif + +typedef struct Fts5Global Fts5Global; +typedef struct Fts5Colset Fts5Colset; + +/* If a NEAR() clump or phrase may only match a specific set of columns, +** then an object of the following type is used to record the set of columns. +** Each entry in the aiCol[] array is a column that may be matched. +** +** This object is used by fts5_expr.c and fts5_index.c. +*/ +struct Fts5Colset { + int nCol; + int aiCol[1]; +}; + + + +/************************************************************************** +** Interface to code in fts5_config.c. fts5_config.c contains contains code +** to parse the arguments passed to the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. +*/ + +typedef struct Fts5Config Fts5Config; + +/* +** An instance of the following structure encodes all information that can +** be gleaned from the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. +** +** And all information loaded from the %_config table. +** +** nAutomerge: +** The minimum number of segments that an auto-merge operation should +** attempt to merge together. A value of 1 sets the object to use the +** compile time default. Zero disables auto-merge altogether. +** +** zContent: +** +** zContentRowid: +** The value of the content_rowid= option, if one was specified. Or +** the string "rowid" otherwise. This text is not quoted - if it is +** used as part of an SQL statement it needs to be quoted appropriately. +** +** zContentExprlist: +** +** pzErrmsg: +** This exists in order to allow the fts5_index.c module to return a +** decent error message if it encounters a file-format version it does +** not understand. +** +** bColumnsize: +** True if the %_docsize table is created. +** +** bPrefixIndex: +** This is only used for debugging. If set to false, any prefix indexes +** are ignored. This value is configured using: +** +** INSERT INTO tbl(tbl, rank) VALUES('prefix-index', $bPrefixIndex); +** +*/ +struct Fts5Config { + sqlite3 *db; /* Database handle */ + char *zDb; /* Database holding FTS index (e.g. "main") */ + char *zName; /* Name of FTS index */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns */ + char **azCol; /* Column names */ + u8 *abUnindexed; /* True for unindexed columns */ + int nPrefix; /* Number of prefix indexes */ + int *aPrefix; /* Sizes in bytes of nPrefix prefix indexes */ + int eContent; /* An FTS5_CONTENT value */ + char *zContent; /* content table */ + char *zContentRowid; /* "content_rowid=" option value */ + int bColumnsize; /* "columnsize=" option value (dflt==1) */ + int eDetail; /* FTS5_DETAIL_XXX value */ + char *zContentExprlist; + Fts5Tokenizer *pTok; + fts5_tokenizer *pTokApi; + + /* Values loaded from the %_config table */ + int iCookie; /* Incremented when %_config is modified */ + int pgsz; /* Approximate page size used in %_data */ + int nAutomerge; /* 'automerge' setting */ + int nCrisisMerge; /* Maximum allowed segments per level */ + int nUsermerge; /* 'usermerge' setting */ + int nHashSize; /* Bytes of memory for in-memory hash */ + char *zRank; /* Name of rank function */ + char *zRankArgs; /* Arguments to rank function */ + + /* If non-NULL, points to sqlite3_vtab.base.zErrmsg. Often NULL. */ + char **pzErrmsg; + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + int bPrefixIndex; /* True to use prefix-indexes */ +#endif +}; + +/* Current expected value of %_config table 'version' field */ +#define FTS5_CURRENT_VERSION 4 + +#define FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL 0 +#define FTS5_CONTENT_NONE 1 +#define FTS5_CONTENT_EXTERNAL 2 + +#define FTS5_DETAIL_FULL 0 +#define FTS5_DETAIL_NONE 1 +#define FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS 2 + + + +static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigParse( + Fts5Global*, sqlite3*, int, const char **, Fts5Config**, char** +); +static void sqlite3Fts5ConfigFree(Fts5Config*); + +static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigDeclareVtab(Fts5Config *pConfig); + +static int sqlite3Fts5Tokenize( + Fts5Config *pConfig, /* FTS5 Configuration object */ + int flags, /* FTS5_TOKENIZE_* flags */ + const char *pText, int nText, /* Text to tokenize */ + void *pCtx, /* Context passed to xToken() */ + int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int) /* Callback */ +); + +static void sqlite3Fts5Dequote(char *z); + +/* Load the contents of the %_config table */ +static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigLoad(Fts5Config*, int); + +/* Set the value of a single config attribute */ +static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigSetValue(Fts5Config*, const char*, sqlite3_value*, int*); + +static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigParseRank(const char*, char**, char**); + +/* +** End of interface to code in fts5_config.c. +**************************************************************************/ + +/************************************************************************** +** Interface to code in fts5_buffer.c. +*/ + +/* +** Buffer object for the incremental building of string data. +*/ +typedef struct Fts5Buffer Fts5Buffer; +struct Fts5Buffer { + u8 *p; + int n; + int nSpace; +}; + +static int sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(int*, Fts5Buffer*, u32); +static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(int*, Fts5Buffer*, i64); +static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob(int*, Fts5Buffer*, u32, const u8*); +static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendString(int *, Fts5Buffer*, const char*); +static void sqlite3Fts5BufferFree(Fts5Buffer*); +static void sqlite3Fts5BufferZero(Fts5Buffer*); +static void sqlite3Fts5BufferSet(int*, Fts5Buffer*, int, const u8*); +static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(int *, Fts5Buffer*, char *zFmt, ...); + +static char *sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(int *pRc, const char *zFmt, ...); + +#define fts5BufferZero(x) sqlite3Fts5BufferZero(x) +#define fts5BufferAppendVarint(a,b,c) sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(a,b,c) +#define fts5BufferFree(a) sqlite3Fts5BufferFree(a) +#define fts5BufferAppendBlob(a,b,c,d) sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob(a,b,c,d) +#define fts5BufferSet(a,b,c,d) sqlite3Fts5BufferSet(a,b,c,d) + +#define fts5BufferGrow(pRc,pBuf,nn) ( \ + (u32)((pBuf)->n) + (u32)(nn) <= (u32)((pBuf)->nSpace) ? 0 : \ + sqlite3Fts5BufferSize((pRc),(pBuf),(nn)+(pBuf)->n) \ +) + +/* Write and decode big-endian 32-bit integer values */ +static void sqlite3Fts5Put32(u8*, int); +static int sqlite3Fts5Get32(const u8*); + +#define FTS5_POS2COLUMN(iPos) (int)(iPos >> 32) +#define FTS5_POS2OFFSET(iPos) (int)(iPos & 0xFFFFFFFF) + +typedef struct Fts5PoslistReader Fts5PoslistReader; +struct Fts5PoslistReader { + /* Variables used only by sqlite3Fts5PoslistIterXXX() functions. */ + const u8 *a; /* Position list to iterate through */ + int n; /* Size of buffer at a[] in bytes */ + int i; /* Current offset in a[] */ + + u8 bFlag; /* For client use (any custom purpose) */ + + /* Output variables */ + u8 bEof; /* Set to true at EOF */ + i64 iPos; /* (iCol<<32) + iPos */ +}; +static int sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderInit( + const u8 *a, int n, /* Poslist buffer to iterate through */ + Fts5PoslistReader *pIter /* Iterator object to initialize */ +); +static int sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderNext(Fts5PoslistReader*); + +typedef struct Fts5PoslistWriter Fts5PoslistWriter; +struct Fts5PoslistWriter { + i64 iPrev; +}; +static int sqlite3Fts5PoslistWriterAppend(Fts5Buffer*, Fts5PoslistWriter*, i64); +static void sqlite3Fts5PoslistSafeAppend(Fts5Buffer*, i64*, i64); + +static int sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64( + const u8 *a, int n, /* Buffer containing poslist */ + int *pi, /* IN/OUT: Offset within a[] */ + i64 *piOff /* IN/OUT: Current offset */ +); + +/* Malloc utility */ +static void *sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(int *pRc, int nByte); +static char *sqlite3Fts5Strndup(int *pRc, const char *pIn, int nIn); + +/* Character set tests (like isspace(), isalpha() etc.) */ +static int sqlite3Fts5IsBareword(char t); + + +/* Bucket of terms object used by the integrity-check in offsets=0 mode. */ +typedef struct Fts5Termset Fts5Termset; +static int sqlite3Fts5TermsetNew(Fts5Termset**); +static int sqlite3Fts5TermsetAdd(Fts5Termset*, int, const char*, int, int *pbPresent); +static void sqlite3Fts5TermsetFree(Fts5Termset*); + +/* +** End of interface to code in fts5_buffer.c. +**************************************************************************/ + +/************************************************************************** +** Interface to code in fts5_index.c. fts5_index.c contains contains code +** to access the data stored in the %_data table. +*/ + +typedef struct Fts5Index Fts5Index; +typedef struct Fts5IndexIter Fts5IndexIter; + +struct Fts5IndexIter { + i64 iRowid; + const u8 *pData; + int nData; + u8 bEof; +}; + +#define sqlite3Fts5IterEof(x) ((x)->bEof) + +/* +** Values used as part of the flags argument passed to IndexQuery(). +*/ +#define FTS5INDEX_QUERY_PREFIX 0x0001 /* Prefix query */ +#define FTS5INDEX_QUERY_DESC 0x0002 /* Docs in descending rowid order */ +#define FTS5INDEX_QUERY_TEST_NOIDX 0x0004 /* Do not use prefix index */ +#define FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SCAN 0x0008 /* Scan query (fts5vocab) */ + +/* The following are used internally by the fts5_index.c module. They are +** defined here only to make it easier to avoid clashes with the flags +** above. */ +#define FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SKIPEMPTY 0x0010 +#define FTS5INDEX_QUERY_NOOUTPUT 0x0020 + +/* +** Create/destroy an Fts5Index object. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexOpen(Fts5Config *pConfig, int bCreate, Fts5Index**, char**); +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexClose(Fts5Index *p); + +/* +** Return a simple checksum value based on the arguments. +*/ +static u64 sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum( + i64 iRowid, + int iCol, + int iPos, + int iIdx, + const char *pTerm, + int nTerm +); + +/* +** Argument p points to a buffer containing utf-8 text that is n bytes in +** size. Return the number of bytes in the nChar character prefix of the +** buffer, or 0 if there are less than nChar characters in total. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexCharlenToBytelen( + const char *p, + int nByte, + int nChar +); + +/* +** Open a new iterator to iterate though all rowids that match the +** specified token or token prefix. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery( + Fts5Index *p, /* FTS index to query */ + const char *pToken, int nToken, /* Token (or prefix) to query for */ + int flags, /* Mask of FTS5INDEX_QUERY_X flags */ + Fts5Colset *pColset, /* Match these columns only */ + Fts5IndexIter **ppIter /* OUT: New iterator object */ +); + +/* +** The various operations on open token or token prefix iterators opened +** using sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery(). +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IterNext(Fts5IndexIter*); +static int sqlite3Fts5IterNextFrom(Fts5IndexIter*, i64 iMatch); + +/* +** Close an iterator opened by sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery(). +*/ +static void sqlite3Fts5IterClose(Fts5IndexIter*); + +/* +** This interface is used by the fts5vocab module. +*/ +static const char *sqlite3Fts5IterTerm(Fts5IndexIter*, int*); +static int sqlite3Fts5IterNextScan(Fts5IndexIter*); + + +/* +** Insert or remove data to or from the index. Each time a document is +** added to or removed from the index, this function is called one or more +** times. +** +** For an insert, it must be called once for each token in the new document. +** If the operation is a delete, it must be called (at least) once for each +** unique token in the document with an iCol value less than zero. The iPos +** argument is ignored for a delete. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexWrite( + Fts5Index *p, /* Index to write to */ + int iCol, /* Column token appears in (-ve -> delete) */ + int iPos, /* Position of token within column */ + const char *pToken, int nToken /* Token to add or remove to or from index */ +); + +/* +** Indicate that subsequent calls to sqlite3Fts5IndexWrite() pertain to +** document iDocid. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexBeginWrite( + Fts5Index *p, /* Index to write to */ + int bDelete, /* True if current operation is a delete */ + i64 iDocid /* Docid to add or remove data from */ +); + +/* +** Flush any data stored in the in-memory hash tables to the database. +** If the bCommit flag is true, also close any open blob handles. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexSync(Fts5Index *p, int bCommit); + +/* +** Discard any data stored in the in-memory hash tables. Do not write it +** to the database. Additionally, assume that the contents of the %_data +** table may have changed on disk. So any in-memory caches of %_data +** records must be invalidated. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexRollback(Fts5Index *p); + +/* +** Get or set the "averages" values. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexGetAverages(Fts5Index *p, i64 *pnRow, i64 *anSize); +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexSetAverages(Fts5Index *p, const u8*, int); + +/* +** Functions called by the storage module as part of integrity-check. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexIntegrityCheck(Fts5Index*, u64 cksum); + +/* +** Called during virtual module initialization to register UDF +** fts5_decode() with SQLite +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexInit(sqlite3*); + +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexSetCookie(Fts5Index*, int); + +/* +** Return the total number of entries read from the %_data table by +** this connection since it was created. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexReads(Fts5Index *p); + +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexReinit(Fts5Index *p); +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexOptimize(Fts5Index *p); +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexMerge(Fts5Index *p, int nMerge); +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexReset(Fts5Index *p); + +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexLoadConfig(Fts5Index *p); + +/* +** End of interface to code in fts5_index.c. +**************************************************************************/ + +/************************************************************************** +** Interface to code in fts5_varint.c. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v); +static int sqlite3Fts5GetVarintLen(u32 iVal); +static u8 sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(const unsigned char*, u64*); +static int sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v); + +#define fts5GetVarint32(a,b) sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(a,(u32*)&b) +#define fts5GetVarint sqlite3Fts5GetVarint + +#define fts5FastGetVarint32(a, iOff, nVal) { \ + nVal = (a)[iOff++]; \ + if( nVal & 0x80 ){ \ + iOff--; \ + iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&(a)[iOff], nVal); \ + } \ +} + + +/* +** End of interface to code in fts5_varint.c. +**************************************************************************/ + + +/************************************************************************** +** Interface to code in fts5.c. +*/ + +static int sqlite3Fts5GetTokenizer( + Fts5Global*, + const char **azArg, + int nArg, + Fts5Tokenizer**, + fts5_tokenizer**, + char **pzErr +); + +static Fts5Index *sqlite3Fts5IndexFromCsrid(Fts5Global*, i64, Fts5Config **); + +/* +** End of interface to code in fts5.c. +**************************************************************************/ + +/************************************************************************** +** Interface to code in fts5_hash.c. +*/ +typedef struct Fts5Hash Fts5Hash; + +/* +** Create a hash table, free a hash table. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5HashNew(Fts5Config*, Fts5Hash**, int *pnSize); +static void sqlite3Fts5HashFree(Fts5Hash*); + +static int sqlite3Fts5HashWrite( + Fts5Hash*, + i64 iRowid, /* Rowid for this entry */ + int iCol, /* Column token appears in (-ve -> delete) */ + int iPos, /* Position of token within column */ + char bByte, + const char *pToken, int nToken /* Token to add or remove to or from index */ +); + +/* +** Empty (but do not delete) a hash table. +*/ +static void sqlite3Fts5HashClear(Fts5Hash*); + +static int sqlite3Fts5HashQuery( + Fts5Hash*, /* Hash table to query */ + const char *pTerm, int nTerm, /* Query term */ + const u8 **ppDoclist, /* OUT: Pointer to doclist for pTerm */ + int *pnDoclist /* OUT: Size of doclist in bytes */ +); + +static int sqlite3Fts5HashScanInit( + Fts5Hash*, /* Hash table to query */ + const char *pTerm, int nTerm /* Query prefix */ +); +static void sqlite3Fts5HashScanNext(Fts5Hash*); +static int sqlite3Fts5HashScanEof(Fts5Hash*); +static void sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry(Fts5Hash *, + const char **pzTerm, /* OUT: term (nul-terminated) */ + const u8 **ppDoclist, /* OUT: pointer to doclist */ + int *pnDoclist /* OUT: size of doclist in bytes */ +); + + +/* +** End of interface to code in fts5_hash.c. +**************************************************************************/ + +/************************************************************************** +** Interface to code in fts5_storage.c. fts5_storage.c contains contains +** code to access the data stored in the %_content and %_docsize tables. +*/ + +#define FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC 0 /* SELECT rowid, * FROM ... ORDER BY 1 ASC */ +#define FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC 1 /* SELECT rowid, * FROM ... ORDER BY 1 DESC */ +#define FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP 2 /* SELECT rowid, * FROM ... WHERE rowid=? */ + +typedef struct Fts5Storage Fts5Storage; + +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageOpen(Fts5Config*, Fts5Index*, int, Fts5Storage**, char**); +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageClose(Fts5Storage *p); +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageRename(Fts5Storage*, const char *zName); + +static int sqlite3Fts5DropAll(Fts5Config*); +static int sqlite3Fts5CreateTable(Fts5Config*, const char*, const char*, int, char **); + +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageDelete(Fts5Storage *p, i64, sqlite3_value**); +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageContentInsert(Fts5Storage *p, sqlite3_value**, i64*); +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageIndexInsert(Fts5Storage *p, sqlite3_value**, i64); + +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageIntegrity(Fts5Storage *p); + +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageStmt(Fts5Storage *p, int eStmt, sqlite3_stmt**, char**); +static void sqlite3Fts5StorageStmtRelease(Fts5Storage *p, int eStmt, sqlite3_stmt*); + +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageDocsize(Fts5Storage *p, i64 iRowid, int *aCol); +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageSize(Fts5Storage *p, int iCol, i64 *pnAvg); +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageRowCount(Fts5Storage *p, i64 *pnRow); + +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageSync(Fts5Storage *p, int bCommit); +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageRollback(Fts5Storage *p); + +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageConfigValue( + Fts5Storage *p, const char*, sqlite3_value*, int +); + +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageDeleteAll(Fts5Storage *p); +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageRebuild(Fts5Storage *p); +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageOptimize(Fts5Storage *p); +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageMerge(Fts5Storage *p, int nMerge); +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageReset(Fts5Storage *p); + +/* +** End of interface to code in fts5_storage.c. +**************************************************************************/ + + +/************************************************************************** +** Interface to code in fts5_expr.c. +*/ +typedef struct Fts5Expr Fts5Expr; +typedef struct Fts5ExprNode Fts5ExprNode; +typedef struct Fts5Parse Fts5Parse; +typedef struct Fts5Token Fts5Token; +typedef struct Fts5ExprPhrase Fts5ExprPhrase; +typedef struct Fts5ExprNearset Fts5ExprNearset; + +struct Fts5Token { + const char *p; /* Token text (not NULL terminated) */ + int n; /* Size of buffer p in bytes */ +}; + +/* Parse a MATCH expression. */ +static int sqlite3Fts5ExprNew( + Fts5Config *pConfig, + const char *zExpr, + Fts5Expr **ppNew, + char **pzErr +); + +/* +** for(rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprFirst(pExpr, pIdx, bDesc); +** rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3Fts5ExprEof(pExpr); +** rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprNext(pExpr) +** ){ +** // The document with rowid iRowid matches the expression! +** i64 iRowid = sqlite3Fts5ExprRowid(pExpr); +** } +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5ExprFirst(Fts5Expr*, Fts5Index *pIdx, i64 iMin, int bDesc); +static int sqlite3Fts5ExprNext(Fts5Expr*, i64 iMax); +static int sqlite3Fts5ExprEof(Fts5Expr*); +static i64 sqlite3Fts5ExprRowid(Fts5Expr*); + +static void sqlite3Fts5ExprFree(Fts5Expr*); + +/* Called during startup to register a UDF with SQLite */ +static int sqlite3Fts5ExprInit(Fts5Global*, sqlite3*); + +static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCount(Fts5Expr*); +static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseSize(Fts5Expr*, int iPhrase); +static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPoslist(Fts5Expr*, int, const u8 **); + +typedef struct Fts5PoslistPopulator Fts5PoslistPopulator; +static Fts5PoslistPopulator *sqlite3Fts5ExprClearPoslists(Fts5Expr*, int); +static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPopulatePoslists( + Fts5Config*, Fts5Expr*, Fts5PoslistPopulator*, int, const char*, int +); +static void sqlite3Fts5ExprCheckPoslists(Fts5Expr*, i64); +static void sqlite3Fts5ExprClearEof(Fts5Expr*); + +static int sqlite3Fts5ExprClonePhrase(Fts5Expr*, int, Fts5Expr**); + +static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCollist(Fts5Expr *, int, const u8 **, int *); + +/******************************************* +** The fts5_expr.c API above this point is used by the other hand-written +** C code in this module. The interfaces below this point are called by +** the parser code in fts5parse.y. */ + +static void sqlite3Fts5ParseError(Fts5Parse *pParse, const char *zFmt, ...); + +static Fts5ExprNode *sqlite3Fts5ParseNode( + Fts5Parse *pParse, + int eType, + Fts5ExprNode *pLeft, + Fts5ExprNode *pRight, + Fts5ExprNearset *pNear +); + +static Fts5ExprNode *sqlite3Fts5ParseImplicitAnd( + Fts5Parse *pParse, + Fts5ExprNode *pLeft, + Fts5ExprNode *pRight +); + +static Fts5ExprPhrase *sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm( + Fts5Parse *pParse, + Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase, + Fts5Token *pToken, + int bPrefix +); + +static Fts5ExprNearset *sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset( + Fts5Parse*, + Fts5ExprNearset*, + Fts5ExprPhrase* +); + +static Fts5Colset *sqlite3Fts5ParseColset( + Fts5Parse*, + Fts5Colset*, + Fts5Token * +); + +static void sqlite3Fts5ParsePhraseFree(Fts5ExprPhrase*); +static void sqlite3Fts5ParseNearsetFree(Fts5ExprNearset*); +static void sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(Fts5ExprNode*); + +static void sqlite3Fts5ParseSetDistance(Fts5Parse*, Fts5ExprNearset*, Fts5Token*); +static void sqlite3Fts5ParseSetColset(Fts5Parse*, Fts5ExprNearset*, Fts5Colset*); +static void sqlite3Fts5ParseFinished(Fts5Parse *pParse, Fts5ExprNode *p); +static void sqlite3Fts5ParseNear(Fts5Parse *pParse, Fts5Token*); + +/* +** End of interface to code in fts5_expr.c. +**************************************************************************/ + + + +/************************************************************************** +** Interface to code in fts5_aux.c. +*/ + +static int sqlite3Fts5AuxInit(fts5_api*); +/* +** End of interface to code in fts5_aux.c. +**************************************************************************/ + +/************************************************************************** +** Interface to code in fts5_tokenizer.c. +*/ + +static int sqlite3Fts5TokenizerInit(fts5_api*); +/* +** End of interface to code in fts5_tokenizer.c. +**************************************************************************/ + +/************************************************************************** +** Interface to code in fts5_vocab.c. +*/ + +static int sqlite3Fts5VocabInit(Fts5Global*, sqlite3*); + +/* +** End of interface to code in fts5_vocab.c. +**************************************************************************/ + + +/************************************************************************** +** Interface to automatically generated code in fts5_unicode2.c. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsalnum(int c); +static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsdiacritic(int c); +static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeFold(int c, int bRemoveDiacritic); +/* +** End of interface to code in fts5_unicode2.c. +**************************************************************************/ + +#endif + +#define FTS5_OR 1 +#define FTS5_AND 2 +#define FTS5_NOT 3 +#define FTS5_TERM 4 +#define FTS5_COLON 5 +#define FTS5_LP 6 +#define FTS5_RP 7 +#define FTS5_LCP 8 +#define FTS5_RCP 9 +#define FTS5_STRING 10 +#define FTS5_COMMA 11 +#define FTS5_PLUS 12 +#define FTS5_STAR 13 + +/* +** 2000-05-29 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Driver template for the LEMON parser generator. +** +** The "lemon" program processes an LALR(1) input grammar file, then uses +** this template to construct a parser. The "lemon" program inserts text +** at each "%%" line. Also, any "P-a-r-s-e" identifer prefix (without the +** interstitial "-" characters) contained in this template is changed into +** the value of the %name directive from the grammar. Otherwise, the content +** of this template is copied straight through into the generate parser +** source file. +** +** The following is the concatenation of all %include directives from the +** input grammar file: +*/ +/* #include <stdio.h> */ +/************ Begin %include sections from the grammar ************************/ + +/* #include "fts5Int.h" */ +/* #include "fts5parse.h" */ + +/* +** Disable all error recovery processing in the parser push-down +** automaton. +*/ +#define fts5YYNOERRORRECOVERY 1 + +/* +** Make fts5yytestcase() the same as testcase() +*/ +#define fts5yytestcase(X) testcase(X) + +/* +** Indicate that sqlite3ParserFree() will never be called with a null +** pointer. +*/ +#define fts5YYPARSEFREENOTNULL 1 + +/* +** Alternative datatype for the argument to the malloc() routine passed +** into sqlite3ParserAlloc(). The default is size_t. +*/ +#define fts5YYMALLOCARGTYPE u64 + +/**************** End of %include directives **********************************/ +/* These constants specify the various numeric values for terminal symbols +** in a format understandable to "makeheaders". This section is blank unless +** "lemon" is run with the "-m" command-line option. +***************** Begin makeheaders token definitions *************************/ +/**************** End makeheaders token definitions ***************************/ + +/* The next sections is a series of control #defines. +** various aspects of the generated parser. +** fts5YYCODETYPE is the data type used to store the integer codes +** that represent terminal and non-terminal symbols. +** "unsigned char" is used if there are fewer than +** 256 symbols. Larger types otherwise. +** fts5YYNOCODE is a number of type fts5YYCODETYPE that is not used for +** any terminal or nonterminal symbol. +** fts5YYFALLBACK If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens +** (also known as: "terminal symbols") have fall-back +** values which should be used if the original symbol +** would not parse. This permits keywords to sometimes +** be used as identifiers, for example. +** fts5YYACTIONTYPE is the data type used for "action codes" - numbers +** that indicate what to do in response to the next +** token. +** sqlite3Fts5ParserFTS5TOKENTYPE is the data type used for minor type for terminal +** symbols. Background: A "minor type" is a semantic +** value associated with a terminal or non-terminal +** symbols. For example, for an "ID" terminal symbol, +** the minor type might be the name of the identifier. +** Each non-terminal can have a different minor type. +** Terminal symbols all have the same minor type, though. +** This macros defines the minor type for terminal +** symbols. +** fts5YYMINORTYPE is the data type used for all minor types. +** This is typically a union of many types, one of +** which is sqlite3Fts5ParserFTS5TOKENTYPE. The entry in the union +** for terminal symbols is called "fts5yy0". +** fts5YYSTACKDEPTH is the maximum depth of the parser's stack. If +** zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc() +** sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_SDECL A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument +** sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_PDECL A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument +** sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_STORE Code to store %extra_argument into fts5yypParser +** sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_FETCH Code to extract %extra_argument from fts5yypParser +** fts5YYERRORSYMBOL is the code number of the error symbol. If not +** defined, then do no error processing. +** fts5YYNSTATE the combined number of states. +** fts5YYNRULE the number of rules in the grammar +** fts5YY_MAX_SHIFT Maximum value for shift actions +** fts5YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE Minimum value for shift-reduce actions +** fts5YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE Maximum value for shift-reduce actions +** fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE Maximum value for reduce actions +** fts5YY_ERROR_ACTION The fts5yy_action[] code for syntax error +** fts5YY_ACCEPT_ACTION The fts5yy_action[] code for accept +** fts5YY_NO_ACTION The fts5yy_action[] code for no-op +*/ +#ifndef INTERFACE +# define INTERFACE 1 +#endif +/************* Begin control #defines *****************************************/ +#define fts5YYCODETYPE unsigned char +#define fts5YYNOCODE 27 +#define fts5YYACTIONTYPE unsigned char +#define sqlite3Fts5ParserFTS5TOKENTYPE Fts5Token +typedef union { + int fts5yyinit; + sqlite3Fts5ParserFTS5TOKENTYPE fts5yy0; + Fts5Colset* fts5yy3; + Fts5ExprPhrase* fts5yy11; + Fts5ExprNode* fts5yy18; + int fts5yy20; + Fts5ExprNearset* fts5yy26; +} fts5YYMINORTYPE; +#ifndef fts5YYSTACKDEPTH +#define fts5YYSTACKDEPTH 100 +#endif +#define sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_SDECL Fts5Parse *pParse; +#define sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_PDECL ,Fts5Parse *pParse +#define sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_FETCH Fts5Parse *pParse = fts5yypParser->pParse +#define sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_STORE fts5yypParser->pParse = pParse +#define fts5YYNSTATE 26 +#define fts5YYNRULE 24 +#define fts5YY_MAX_SHIFT 25 +#define fts5YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE 40 +#define fts5YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE 63 +#define fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE 64 +#define fts5YY_MAX_REDUCE 87 +#define fts5YY_ERROR_ACTION 88 +#define fts5YY_ACCEPT_ACTION 89 +#define fts5YY_NO_ACTION 90 +/************* End control #defines *******************************************/ + +/* Define the fts5yytestcase() macro to be a no-op if is not already defined +** otherwise. +** +** Applications can choose to define fts5yytestcase() in the %include section +** to a macro that can assist in verifying code coverage. For production +** code the fts5yytestcase() macro should be turned off. But it is useful +** for testing. +*/ +#ifndef fts5yytestcase +# define fts5yytestcase(X) +#endif + + +/* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the +** current state and lookahead token. These tables are used to implement +** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an +** action integer. +** +** Suppose the action integer is N. Then the action is determined as +** follows +** +** 0 <= N <= fts5YY_MAX_SHIFT Shift N. That is, push the lookahead +** token onto the stack and goto state N. +** +** N between fts5YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE Shift to an arbitrary state then +** and fts5YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE reduce by rule N-fts5YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE. +** +** N between fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE Reduce by rule N-fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE +** and fts5YY_MAX_REDUCE + +** N == fts5YY_ERROR_ACTION A syntax error has occurred. +** +** N == fts5YY_ACCEPT_ACTION The parser accepts its input. +** +** N == fts5YY_NO_ACTION No such action. Denotes unused +** slots in the fts5yy_action[] table. +** +** The action table is constructed as a single large table named fts5yy_action[]. +** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as +** +** fts5yy_action[ fts5yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ] +** +** If the index value fts5yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value +** fts5yy_lookahead[fts5yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if fts5yy_shift_ofst[S] +** is equal to fts5YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table +** and that fts5yy_default[S] should be used instead. +** +** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is +** a terminal symbol. If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after +** a reduce action) then the fts5yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of +** the fts5yy_shift_ofst[] array and fts5YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of +** fts5YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT. +** +** The following are the tables generated in this section: +** +** fts5yy_action[] A single table containing all actions. +** fts5yy_lookahead[] A table containing the lookahead for each entry in +** fts5yy_action. Used to detect hash collisions. +** fts5yy_shift_ofst[] For each state, the offset into fts5yy_action for +** shifting terminals. +** fts5yy_reduce_ofst[] For each state, the offset into fts5yy_action for +** shifting non-terminals after a reduce. +** fts5yy_default[] Default action for each state. +** +*********** Begin parsing tables **********************************************/ +#define fts5YY_ACTTAB_COUNT (78) +static const fts5YYACTIONTYPE fts5yy_action[] = { + /* 0 */ 89, 15, 46, 5, 48, 24, 12, 19, 23, 14, + /* 10 */ 46, 5, 48, 24, 20, 21, 23, 43, 46, 5, + /* 20 */ 48, 24, 6, 18, 23, 17, 46, 5, 48, 24, + /* 30 */ 75, 7, 23, 25, 46, 5, 48, 24, 62, 47, + /* 40 */ 23, 48, 24, 7, 11, 23, 9, 3, 4, 2, + /* 50 */ 62, 50, 52, 44, 64, 3, 4, 2, 49, 4, + /* 60 */ 2, 1, 23, 11, 16, 9, 12, 2, 10, 61, + /* 70 */ 53, 59, 62, 60, 22, 13, 55, 8, +}; +static const fts5YYCODETYPE fts5yy_lookahead[] = { + /* 0 */ 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 10, 11, 23, 16, + /* 10 */ 17, 18, 19, 20, 23, 24, 23, 16, 17, 18, + /* 20 */ 19, 20, 22, 23, 23, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, + /* 30 */ 5, 6, 23, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 13, 17, + /* 40 */ 23, 19, 20, 6, 8, 23, 10, 1, 2, 3, + /* 50 */ 13, 9, 10, 7, 0, 1, 2, 3, 19, 2, + /* 60 */ 3, 6, 23, 8, 21, 10, 10, 3, 10, 25, + /* 70 */ 10, 10, 13, 25, 12, 10, 7, 5, +}; +#define fts5YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (-5) +#define fts5YY_SHIFT_COUNT (25) +#define fts5YY_SHIFT_MIN (-4) +#define fts5YY_SHIFT_MAX (72) +static const signed char fts5yy_shift_ofst[] = { + /* 0 */ 55, 55, 55, 55, 55, 36, -4, 56, 58, 25, + /* 10 */ 37, 60, 59, 59, 46, 54, 42, 57, 62, 61, + /* 20 */ 62, 69, 65, 62, 72, 64, +}; +#define fts5YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-16) +#define fts5YY_REDUCE_COUNT (13) +#define fts5YY_REDUCE_MIN (-15) +#define fts5YY_REDUCE_MAX (48) +static const signed char fts5yy_reduce_ofst[] = { + /* 0 */ -15, -7, 1, 9, 17, 22, -9, 0, 39, 44, + /* 10 */ 44, 43, 44, 48, +}; +static const fts5YYACTIONTYPE fts5yy_default[] = { + /* 0 */ 88, 88, 88, 88, 88, 69, 82, 88, 88, 87, + /* 10 */ 87, 88, 87, 87, 88, 88, 88, 66, 80, 88, + /* 20 */ 81, 88, 88, 78, 88, 65, +}; +/********** End of lemon-generated parsing tables *****************************/ + +/* The next table maps tokens (terminal symbols) into fallback tokens. +** If a construct like the following: +** +** %fallback ID X Y Z. +** +** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y, +** and Z. Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser +** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and +** the parse is retried before an error is thrown. +** +** This feature can be used, for example, to cause some keywords in a language +** to revert to identifiers if they keyword does not apply in the context where +** it appears. +*/ +#ifdef fts5YYFALLBACK +static const fts5YYCODETYPE fts5yyFallback[] = { +}; +#endif /* fts5YYFALLBACK */ + +/* The following structure represents a single element of the +** parser's stack. Information stored includes: +** +** + The state number for the parser at this level of the stack. +** +** + The value of the token stored at this level of the stack. +** (In other words, the "major" token.) +** +** + The semantic value stored at this level of the stack. This is +** the information used by the action routines in the grammar. +** It is sometimes called the "minor" token. +** +** After the "shift" half of a SHIFTREDUCE action, the stateno field +** actually contains the reduce action for the second half of the +** SHIFTREDUCE. +*/ +struct fts5yyStackEntry { + fts5YYACTIONTYPE stateno; /* The state-number, or reduce action in SHIFTREDUCE */ + fts5YYCODETYPE major; /* The major token value. This is the code + ** number for the token at this stack level */ + fts5YYMINORTYPE minor; /* The user-supplied minor token value. This + ** is the value of the token */ +}; +typedef struct fts5yyStackEntry fts5yyStackEntry; + +/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of +** the following structure */ +struct fts5yyParser { + int fts5yyidx; /* Index of top element in stack */ +#ifdef fts5YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH + int fts5yyidxMax; /* Maximum value of fts5yyidx */ +#endif +#ifndef fts5YYNOERRORRECOVERY + int fts5yyerrcnt; /* Shifts left before out of the error */ +#endif + sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_SDECL /* A place to hold %extra_argument */ +#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 + int fts5yystksz; /* Current side of the stack */ + fts5yyStackEntry *fts5yystack; /* The parser's stack */ +#else + fts5yyStackEntry fts5yystack[fts5YYSTACKDEPTH]; /* The parser's stack */ +#endif +}; +typedef struct fts5yyParser fts5yyParser; + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* #include <stdio.h> */ +static FILE *fts5yyTraceFILE = 0; +static char *fts5yyTracePrompt = 0; +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace +** and a prompt to preface each trace message. Tracing is turned off +** by making either argument NULL +** +** Inputs: +** <ul> +** <li> A FILE* to which trace output should be written. +** If NULL, then tracing is turned off. +** <li> A prefix string written at the beginning of every +** line of trace output. If NULL, then tracing is +** turned off. +** </ul> +** +** Outputs: +** None. +*/ +static void sqlite3Fts5ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){ + fts5yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE; + fts5yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt; + if( fts5yyTraceFILE==0 ) fts5yyTracePrompt = 0; + else if( fts5yyTracePrompt==0 ) fts5yyTraceFILE = 0; +} +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals +** are required. The following table supplies these names */ +static const char *const fts5yyTokenName[] = { + "$", "OR", "AND", "NOT", + "TERM", "COLON", "LP", "RP", + "LCP", "RCP", "STRING", "COMMA", + "PLUS", "STAR", "error", "input", + "expr", "cnearset", "exprlist", "nearset", + "colset", "colsetlist", "nearphrases", "phrase", + "neardist_opt", "star_opt", +}; +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required. +*/ +static const char *const fts5yyRuleName[] = { + /* 0 */ "input ::= expr", + /* 1 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr", + /* 2 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr", + /* 3 */ "expr ::= expr NOT expr", + /* 4 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP", + /* 5 */ "expr ::= exprlist", + /* 6 */ "exprlist ::= cnearset", + /* 7 */ "exprlist ::= exprlist cnearset", + /* 8 */ "cnearset ::= nearset", + /* 9 */ "cnearset ::= colset COLON nearset", + /* 10 */ "colset ::= LCP colsetlist RCP", + /* 11 */ "colset ::= STRING", + /* 12 */ "colsetlist ::= colsetlist STRING", + /* 13 */ "colsetlist ::= STRING", + /* 14 */ "nearset ::= phrase", + /* 15 */ "nearset ::= STRING LP nearphrases neardist_opt RP", + /* 16 */ "nearphrases ::= phrase", + /* 17 */ "nearphrases ::= nearphrases phrase", + /* 18 */ "neardist_opt ::=", + /* 19 */ "neardist_opt ::= COMMA STRING", + /* 20 */ "phrase ::= phrase PLUS STRING star_opt", + /* 21 */ "phrase ::= STRING star_opt", + /* 22 */ "star_opt ::= STAR", + /* 23 */ "star_opt ::=", +}; +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + + +#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 +/* +** Try to increase the size of the parser stack. +*/ +static void fts5yyGrowStack(fts5yyParser *p){ + int newSize; + fts5yyStackEntry *pNew; + + newSize = p->fts5yystksz*2 + 100; + pNew = realloc(p->fts5yystack, newSize*sizeof(pNew[0])); + if( pNew ){ + p->fts5yystack = pNew; + p->fts5yystksz = newSize; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( fts5yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%sStack grows to %d entries!\n", + fts5yyTracePrompt, p->fts5yystksz); + } +#endif + } +} +#endif + +/* Datatype of the argument to the memory allocated passed as the +** second argument to sqlite3Fts5ParserAlloc() below. This can be changed by +** putting an appropriate #define in the %include section of the input +** grammar. +*/ +#ifndef fts5YYMALLOCARGTYPE +# define fts5YYMALLOCARGTYPE size_t +#endif + +/* +** This function allocates a new parser. +** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like +** malloc. +** +** Inputs: +** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory. +** +** Outputs: +** A pointer to a parser. This pointer is used in subsequent calls +** to sqlite3Fts5Parser and sqlite3Fts5ParserFree. +*/ +static void *sqlite3Fts5ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(fts5YYMALLOCARGTYPE)){ + fts5yyParser *pParser; + pParser = (fts5yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (fts5YYMALLOCARGTYPE)sizeof(fts5yyParser) ); + if( pParser ){ + pParser->fts5yyidx = -1; +#ifdef fts5YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH + pParser->fts5yyidxMax = 0; +#endif +#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 + pParser->fts5yystack = NULL; + pParser->fts5yystksz = 0; + fts5yyGrowStack(pParser); +#endif + } + return pParser; +} + +/* The following function deletes the "minor type" or semantic value +** associated with a symbol. The symbol can be either a terminal +** or nonterminal. "fts5yymajor" is the symbol code, and "fts5yypminor" is +** a pointer to the value to be deleted. The code used to do the +** deletions is derived from the %destructor and/or %token_destructor +** directives of the input grammar. +*/ +static void fts5yy_destructor( + fts5yyParser *fts5yypParser, /* The parser */ + fts5YYCODETYPE fts5yymajor, /* Type code for object to destroy */ + fts5YYMINORTYPE *fts5yypminor /* The object to be destroyed */ +){ + sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_FETCH; + switch( fts5yymajor ){ + /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a + ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed. This can happen + ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a + ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is + ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing. + ** + ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those + ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are *not* used + ** inside the C code. + */ +/********* Begin destructor definitions ***************************************/ + case 15: /* input */ +{ + (void)pParse; +} + break; + case 16: /* expr */ + case 17: /* cnearset */ + case 18: /* exprlist */ +{ + sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree((fts5yypminor->fts5yy18)); +} + break; + case 19: /* nearset */ + case 22: /* nearphrases */ +{ + sqlite3Fts5ParseNearsetFree((fts5yypminor->fts5yy26)); +} + break; + case 20: /* colset */ + case 21: /* colsetlist */ +{ + sqlite3_free((fts5yypminor->fts5yy3)); +} + break; + case 23: /* phrase */ +{ + sqlite3Fts5ParsePhraseFree((fts5yypminor->fts5yy11)); +} + break; +/********* End destructor definitions *****************************************/ + default: break; /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */ + } +} + +/* +** Pop the parser's stack once. +** +** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which +** is popped from the stack, then call it. +*/ +static void fts5yy_pop_parser_stack(fts5yyParser *pParser){ + fts5yyStackEntry *fts5yytos; + assert( pParser->fts5yyidx>=0 ); + fts5yytos = &pParser->fts5yystack[pParser->fts5yyidx--]; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( fts5yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n", + fts5yyTracePrompt, + fts5yyTokenName[fts5yytos->major]); + } +#endif + fts5yy_destructor(pParser, fts5yytos->major, &fts5yytos->minor); +} + +/* +** Deallocate and destroy a parser. Destructors are called for +** all stack elements before shutting the parser down. +** +** If the fts5YYPARSEFREENEVERNULL macro exists (for example because it +** is defined in a %include section of the input grammar) then it is +** assumed that the input pointer is never NULL. +*/ +static void sqlite3Fts5ParserFree( + void *p, /* The parser to be deleted */ + void (*freeProc)(void*) /* Function used to reclaim memory */ +){ + fts5yyParser *pParser = (fts5yyParser*)p; +#ifndef fts5YYPARSEFREENEVERNULL + if( pParser==0 ) return; +#endif + while( pParser->fts5yyidx>=0 ) fts5yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser); +#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 + free(pParser->fts5yystack); +#endif + (*freeProc)((void*)pParser); +} + +/* +** Return the peak depth of the stack for a parser. +*/ +#ifdef fts5YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH +static int sqlite3Fts5ParserStackPeak(void *p){ + fts5yyParser *pParser = (fts5yyParser*)p; + return pParser->fts5yyidxMax; +} +#endif + +/* +** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal +** look-ahead token iLookAhead. +*/ +static unsigned int fts5yy_find_shift_action( + fts5yyParser *pParser, /* The parser */ + fts5YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */ +){ + int i; + int stateno = pParser->fts5yystack[pParser->fts5yyidx].stateno; + + if( stateno>=fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE ) return stateno; + assert( stateno <= fts5YY_SHIFT_COUNT ); + do{ + i = fts5yy_shift_ofst[stateno]; + if( i==fts5YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ) return fts5yy_default[stateno]; + assert( iLookAhead!=fts5YYNOCODE ); + i += iLookAhead; + if( i<0 || i>=fts5YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || fts5yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){ + if( iLookAhead>0 ){ +#ifdef fts5YYFALLBACK + fts5YYCODETYPE iFallback; /* Fallback token */ + if( iLookAhead<sizeof(fts5yyFallback)/sizeof(fts5yyFallback[0]) + && (iFallback = fts5yyFallback[iLookAhead])!=0 ){ +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( fts5yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE, "%sFALLBACK %s => %s\n", + fts5yyTracePrompt, fts5yyTokenName[iLookAhead], fts5yyTokenName[iFallback]); + } +#endif + assert( fts5yyFallback[iFallback]==0 ); /* Fallback loop must terminate */ + iLookAhead = iFallback; + continue; + } +#endif +#ifdef fts5YYWILDCARD + { + int j = i - iLookAhead + fts5YYWILDCARD; + if( +#if fts5YY_SHIFT_MIN+fts5YYWILDCARD<0 + j>=0 && +#endif +#if fts5YY_SHIFT_MAX+fts5YYWILDCARD>=fts5YY_ACTTAB_COUNT + j<fts5YY_ACTTAB_COUNT && +#endif + fts5yy_lookahead[j]==fts5YYWILDCARD + ){ +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( fts5yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE, "%sWILDCARD %s => %s\n", + fts5yyTracePrompt, fts5yyTokenName[iLookAhead], + fts5yyTokenName[fts5YYWILDCARD]); + } +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + return fts5yy_action[j]; + } + } +#endif /* fts5YYWILDCARD */ + } + return fts5yy_default[stateno]; + }else{ + return fts5yy_action[i]; + } + }while(1); +} + +/* +** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal +** look-ahead token iLookAhead. +*/ +static int fts5yy_find_reduce_action( + int stateno, /* Current state number */ + fts5YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */ +){ + int i; +#ifdef fts5YYERRORSYMBOL + if( stateno>fts5YY_REDUCE_COUNT ){ + return fts5yy_default[stateno]; + } +#else + assert( stateno<=fts5YY_REDUCE_COUNT ); +#endif + i = fts5yy_reduce_ofst[stateno]; + assert( i!=fts5YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT ); + assert( iLookAhead!=fts5YYNOCODE ); + i += iLookAhead; +#ifdef fts5YYERRORSYMBOL + if( i<0 || i>=fts5YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || fts5yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){ + return fts5yy_default[stateno]; + } +#else + assert( i>=0 && i<fts5YY_ACTTAB_COUNT ); + assert( fts5yy_lookahead[i]==iLookAhead ); +#endif + return fts5yy_action[i]; +} + +/* +** The following routine is called if the stack overflows. +*/ +static void fts5yyStackOverflow(fts5yyParser *fts5yypParser){ + sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_FETCH; + fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx--; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( fts5yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",fts5yyTracePrompt); + } +#endif + while( fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx>=0 ) fts5yy_pop_parser_stack(fts5yypParser); + /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser + ** stack every overflows */ +/******** Begin %stack_overflow code ******************************************/ + + sqlite3Fts5ParseError(pParse, "fts5: parser stack overflow"); +/******** End %stack_overflow code ********************************************/ + sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */ +} + +/* +** Print tracing information for a SHIFT action +*/ +#ifndef NDEBUG +static void fts5yyTraceShift(fts5yyParser *fts5yypParser, int fts5yyNewState){ + if( fts5yyTraceFILE ){ + if( fts5yyNewState<fts5YYNSTATE ){ + fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%sShift '%s', go to state %d\n", + fts5yyTracePrompt,fts5yyTokenName[fts5yypParser->fts5yystack[fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx].major], + fts5yyNewState); + }else{ + fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%sShift '%s'\n", + fts5yyTracePrompt,fts5yyTokenName[fts5yypParser->fts5yystack[fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx].major]); + } + } +} +#else +# define fts5yyTraceShift(X,Y) +#endif + +/* +** Perform a shift action. +*/ +static void fts5yy_shift( + fts5yyParser *fts5yypParser, /* The parser to be shifted */ + int fts5yyNewState, /* The new state to shift in */ + int fts5yyMajor, /* The major token to shift in */ + sqlite3Fts5ParserFTS5TOKENTYPE fts5yyMinor /* The minor token to shift in */ +){ + fts5yyStackEntry *fts5yytos; + fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx++; +#ifdef fts5YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH + if( fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx>fts5yypParser->fts5yyidxMax ){ + fts5yypParser->fts5yyidxMax = fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx; + } +#endif +#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH>0 + if( fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx>=fts5YYSTACKDEPTH ){ + fts5yyStackOverflow(fts5yypParser); + return; + } +#else + if( fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx>=fts5yypParser->fts5yystksz ){ + fts5yyGrowStack(fts5yypParser); + if( fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx>=fts5yypParser->fts5yystksz ){ + fts5yyStackOverflow(fts5yypParser); + return; + } + } +#endif + fts5yytos = &fts5yypParser->fts5yystack[fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx]; + fts5yytos->stateno = (fts5YYACTIONTYPE)fts5yyNewState; + fts5yytos->major = (fts5YYCODETYPE)fts5yyMajor; + fts5yytos->minor.fts5yy0 = fts5yyMinor; + fts5yyTraceShift(fts5yypParser, fts5yyNewState); +} + +/* The following table contains information about every rule that +** is used during the reduce. +*/ +static const struct { + fts5YYCODETYPE lhs; /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */ + unsigned char nrhs; /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */ +} fts5yyRuleInfo[] = { + { 15, 1 }, + { 16, 3 }, + { 16, 3 }, + { 16, 3 }, + { 16, 3 }, + { 16, 1 }, + { 18, 1 }, + { 18, 2 }, + { 17, 1 }, + { 17, 3 }, + { 20, 3 }, + { 20, 1 }, + { 21, 2 }, + { 21, 1 }, + { 19, 1 }, + { 19, 5 }, + { 22, 1 }, + { 22, 2 }, + { 24, 0 }, + { 24, 2 }, + { 23, 4 }, + { 23, 2 }, + { 25, 1 }, + { 25, 0 }, +}; + +static void fts5yy_accept(fts5yyParser*); /* Forward Declaration */ + +/* +** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately +** follow the reduce. +*/ +static void fts5yy_reduce( + fts5yyParser *fts5yypParser, /* The parser */ + unsigned int fts5yyruleno /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */ +){ + int fts5yygoto; /* The next state */ + int fts5yyact; /* The next action */ + fts5yyStackEntry *fts5yymsp; /* The top of the parser's stack */ + int fts5yysize; /* Amount to pop the stack */ + sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_FETCH; + fts5yymsp = &fts5yypParser->fts5yystack[fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx]; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( fts5yyTraceFILE && fts5yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(fts5yyRuleName)/sizeof(fts5yyRuleName[0])) ){ + fts5yysize = fts5yyRuleInfo[fts5yyruleno].nrhs; + fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s], go to state %d.\n", fts5yyTracePrompt, + fts5yyRuleName[fts5yyruleno], fts5yymsp[-fts5yysize].stateno); + } +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + + /* Check that the stack is large enough to grow by a single entry + ** if the RHS of the rule is empty. This ensures that there is room + ** enough on the stack to push the LHS value */ + if( fts5yyRuleInfo[fts5yyruleno].nrhs==0 ){ +#ifdef fts5YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH + if( fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx>fts5yypParser->fts5yyidxMax ){ + fts5yypParser->fts5yyidxMax = fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx; + } +#endif +#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH>0 + if( fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx>=fts5YYSTACKDEPTH-1 ){ + fts5yyStackOverflow(fts5yypParser); + return; + } +#else + if( fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx>=fts5yypParser->fts5yystksz-1 ){ + fts5yyGrowStack(fts5yypParser); + if( fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx>=fts5yypParser->fts5yystksz-1 ){ + fts5yyStackOverflow(fts5yypParser); + return; + } + } +#endif + } + + switch( fts5yyruleno ){ + /* Beginning here are the reduction cases. A typical example + ** follows: + ** case 0: + ** #line <lineno> <grammarfile> + ** { ... } // User supplied code + ** #line <lineno> <thisfile> + ** break; + */ +/********** Begin reduce actions **********************************************/ + fts5YYMINORTYPE fts5yylhsminor; + case 0: /* input ::= expr */ +{ sqlite3Fts5ParseFinished(pParse, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy18); } + break; + case 1: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */ +{ + fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy18 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_AND, fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy18, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy18, 0); +} + fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy18 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy18; + break; + case 2: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */ +{ + fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy18 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_OR, fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy18, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy18, 0); +} + fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy18 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy18; + break; + case 3: /* expr ::= expr NOT expr */ +{ + fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy18 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_NOT, fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy18, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy18, 0); +} + fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy18 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy18; + break; + case 4: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */ +{fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy18 = fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy18;} + break; + case 5: /* expr ::= exprlist */ + case 6: /* exprlist ::= cnearset */ fts5yytestcase(fts5yyruleno==6); +{fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy18 = fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy18;} + fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy18 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy18; + break; + case 7: /* exprlist ::= exprlist cnearset */ +{ + fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy18 = sqlite3Fts5ParseImplicitAnd(pParse, fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy18, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy18); +} + fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy18 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy18; + break; + case 8: /* cnearset ::= nearset */ +{ + fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy18 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_STRING, 0, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy26); +} + fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy18 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy18; + break; + case 9: /* cnearset ::= colset COLON nearset */ +{ + sqlite3Fts5ParseSetColset(pParse, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy26, fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy3); + fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy18 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_STRING, 0, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy26); +} + fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy18 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy18; + break; + case 10: /* colset ::= LCP colsetlist RCP */ +{ fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy3 = fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy3; } + break; + case 11: /* colset ::= STRING */ +{ + fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy3 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(pParse, 0, &fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0); +} + fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy3 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy3; + break; + case 12: /* colsetlist ::= colsetlist STRING */ +{ + fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy3 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(pParse, fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy3, &fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0); } + fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy3 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy3; + break; + case 13: /* colsetlist ::= STRING */ +{ + fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy3 = sqlite3Fts5ParseColset(pParse, 0, &fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0); +} + fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy3 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy3; + break; + case 14: /* nearset ::= phrase */ +{ fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy26 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(pParse, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy11); } + fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy26 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy26; + break; + case 15: /* nearset ::= STRING LP nearphrases neardist_opt RP */ +{ + sqlite3Fts5ParseNear(pParse, &fts5yymsp[-4].minor.fts5yy0); + sqlite3Fts5ParseSetDistance(pParse, fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy26, &fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy0); + fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy26 = fts5yymsp[-2].minor.fts5yy26; +} + fts5yymsp[-4].minor.fts5yy26 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy26; + break; + case 16: /* nearphrases ::= phrase */ +{ + fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy26 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(pParse, 0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy11); +} + fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy26 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy26; + break; + case 17: /* nearphrases ::= nearphrases phrase */ +{ + fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy26 = sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset(pParse, fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy26, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy11); +} + fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy26 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy26; + break; + case 18: /* neardist_opt ::= */ +{ fts5yymsp[1].minor.fts5yy0.p = 0; fts5yymsp[1].minor.fts5yy0.n = 0; } + break; + case 19: /* neardist_opt ::= COMMA STRING */ +{ fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy0 = fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy0; } + break; + case 20: /* phrase ::= phrase PLUS STRING star_opt */ +{ + fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11 = sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm(pParse, fts5yymsp[-3].minor.fts5yy11, &fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy20); +} + fts5yymsp[-3].minor.fts5yy11 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11; + break; + case 21: /* phrase ::= STRING star_opt */ +{ + fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11 = sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm(pParse, 0, &fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy0, fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy20); +} + fts5yymsp[-1].minor.fts5yy11 = fts5yylhsminor.fts5yy11; + break; + case 22: /* star_opt ::= STAR */ +{ fts5yymsp[0].minor.fts5yy20 = 1; } + break; + case 23: /* star_opt ::= */ +{ fts5yymsp[1].minor.fts5yy20 = 0; } + break; + default: + break; +/********** End reduce actions ************************************************/ + }; + assert( fts5yyruleno<sizeof(fts5yyRuleInfo)/sizeof(fts5yyRuleInfo[0]) ); + fts5yygoto = fts5yyRuleInfo[fts5yyruleno].lhs; + fts5yysize = fts5yyRuleInfo[fts5yyruleno].nrhs; + fts5yyact = fts5yy_find_reduce_action(fts5yymsp[-fts5yysize].stateno,(fts5YYCODETYPE)fts5yygoto); + if( fts5yyact <= fts5YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE ){ + if( fts5yyact>fts5YY_MAX_SHIFT ) fts5yyact += fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE - fts5YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE; + fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx -= fts5yysize - 1; + fts5yymsp -= fts5yysize-1; + fts5yymsp->stateno = (fts5YYACTIONTYPE)fts5yyact; + fts5yymsp->major = (fts5YYCODETYPE)fts5yygoto; + fts5yyTraceShift(fts5yypParser, fts5yyact); + }else{ + assert( fts5yyact == fts5YY_ACCEPT_ACTION ); + fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx -= fts5yysize; + fts5yy_accept(fts5yypParser); + } +} + +/* +** The following code executes when the parse fails +*/ +#ifndef fts5YYNOERRORRECOVERY +static void fts5yy_parse_failed( + fts5yyParser *fts5yypParser /* The parser */ +){ + sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_FETCH; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( fts5yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",fts5yyTracePrompt); + } +#endif + while( fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx>=0 ) fts5yy_pop_parser_stack(fts5yypParser); + /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the + ** parser fails */ +/************ Begin %parse_failure code ***************************************/ +/************ End %parse_failure code *****************************************/ + sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ +} +#endif /* fts5YYNOERRORRECOVERY */ + +/* +** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs. +*/ +static void fts5yy_syntax_error( + fts5yyParser *fts5yypParser, /* The parser */ + int fts5yymajor, /* The major type of the error token */ + sqlite3Fts5ParserFTS5TOKENTYPE fts5yyminor /* The minor type of the error token */ +){ + sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_FETCH; +#define FTS5TOKEN fts5yyminor +/************ Begin %syntax_error code ****************************************/ + + UNUSED_PARAM(fts5yymajor); /* Silence a compiler warning */ + sqlite3Fts5ParseError( + pParse, "fts5: syntax error near \"%.*s\"",FTS5TOKEN.n,FTS5TOKEN.p + ); +/************ End %syntax_error code ******************************************/ + sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ +} + +/* +** The following is executed when the parser accepts +*/ +static void fts5yy_accept( + fts5yyParser *fts5yypParser /* The parser */ +){ + sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_FETCH; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( fts5yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",fts5yyTracePrompt); + } +#endif + while( fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx>=0 ) fts5yy_pop_parser_stack(fts5yypParser); + /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the + ** parser accepts */ +/*********** Begin %parse_accept code *****************************************/ +/*********** End %parse_accept code *******************************************/ + sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ +} + +/* The main parser program. +** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from +** "sqlite3Fts5ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser. +** The second argument is the major token number. The third is +** the minor token. The fourth optional argument is whatever the +** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for +** use by the action routines. +** +** Inputs: +** <ul> +** <li> A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.) +** <li> The major token number. +** <li> The minor token number. +** <li> An option argument of a grammar-specified type. +** </ul> +** +** Outputs: +** None. +*/ +static void sqlite3Fts5Parser( + void *fts5yyp, /* The parser */ + int fts5yymajor, /* The major token code number */ + sqlite3Fts5ParserFTS5TOKENTYPE fts5yyminor /* The value for the token */ + sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_PDECL /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */ +){ + fts5YYMINORTYPE fts5yyminorunion; + unsigned int fts5yyact; /* The parser action. */ +#if !defined(fts5YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(fts5YYNOERRORRECOVERY) + int fts5yyendofinput; /* True if we are at the end of input */ +#endif +#ifdef fts5YYERRORSYMBOL + int fts5yyerrorhit = 0; /* True if fts5yymajor has invoked an error */ +#endif + fts5yyParser *fts5yypParser; /* The parser */ + + /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */ + fts5yypParser = (fts5yyParser*)fts5yyp; + if( fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx<0 ){ +#if fts5YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 + if( fts5yypParser->fts5yystksz <=0 ){ + fts5yyStackOverflow(fts5yypParser); + return; + } +#endif + fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx = 0; +#ifndef fts5YYNOERRORRECOVERY + fts5yypParser->fts5yyerrcnt = -1; +#endif + fts5yypParser->fts5yystack[0].stateno = 0; + fts5yypParser->fts5yystack[0].major = 0; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( fts5yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%sInitialize. Empty stack. State 0\n", + fts5yyTracePrompt); + } +#endif + } +#if !defined(fts5YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(fts5YYNOERRORRECOVERY) + fts5yyendofinput = (fts5yymajor==0); +#endif + sqlite3Fts5ParserARG_STORE; + +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( fts5yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%sInput '%s'\n",fts5yyTracePrompt,fts5yyTokenName[fts5yymajor]); + } +#endif + + do{ + fts5yyact = fts5yy_find_shift_action(fts5yypParser,(fts5YYCODETYPE)fts5yymajor); + if( fts5yyact <= fts5YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE ){ + if( fts5yyact > fts5YY_MAX_SHIFT ) fts5yyact += fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE - fts5YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE; + fts5yy_shift(fts5yypParser,fts5yyact,fts5yymajor,fts5yyminor); +#ifndef fts5YYNOERRORRECOVERY + fts5yypParser->fts5yyerrcnt--; +#endif + fts5yymajor = fts5YYNOCODE; + }else if( fts5yyact <= fts5YY_MAX_REDUCE ){ + fts5yy_reduce(fts5yypParser,fts5yyact-fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE); + }else{ + assert( fts5yyact == fts5YY_ERROR_ACTION ); + fts5yyminorunion.fts5yy0 = fts5yyminor; +#ifdef fts5YYERRORSYMBOL + int fts5yymx; +#endif +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( fts5yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",fts5yyTracePrompt); + } +#endif +#ifdef fts5YYERRORSYMBOL + /* A syntax error has occurred. + ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the + ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR". + ** + ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR: + ** + ** * Call the %syntax_error function. + ** + ** * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where + ** it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift + ** the error symbol. + ** + ** * Set the error count to three. + ** + ** * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens. No new error + ** processing will occur until three tokens have been + ** shifted successfully. + ** + */ + if( fts5yypParser->fts5yyerrcnt<0 ){ + fts5yy_syntax_error(fts5yypParser,fts5yymajor,fts5yyminor); + } + fts5yymx = fts5yypParser->fts5yystack[fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx].major; + if( fts5yymx==fts5YYERRORSYMBOL || fts5yyerrorhit ){ +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( fts5yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n", + fts5yyTracePrompt,fts5yyTokenName[fts5yymajor]); + } +#endif + fts5yy_destructor(fts5yypParser, (fts5YYCODETYPE)fts5yymajor, &fts5yyminorunion); + fts5yymajor = fts5YYNOCODE; + }else{ + while( + fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx >= 0 && + fts5yymx != fts5YYERRORSYMBOL && + (fts5yyact = fts5yy_find_reduce_action( + fts5yypParser->fts5yystack[fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx].stateno, + fts5YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= fts5YY_MIN_REDUCE + ){ + fts5yy_pop_parser_stack(fts5yypParser); + } + if( fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx < 0 || fts5yymajor==0 ){ + fts5yy_destructor(fts5yypParser,(fts5YYCODETYPE)fts5yymajor,&fts5yyminorunion); + fts5yy_parse_failed(fts5yypParser); + fts5yymajor = fts5YYNOCODE; + }else if( fts5yymx!=fts5YYERRORSYMBOL ){ + fts5yy_shift(fts5yypParser,fts5yyact,fts5YYERRORSYMBOL,fts5yyminor); + } + } + fts5yypParser->fts5yyerrcnt = 3; + fts5yyerrorhit = 1; +#elif defined(fts5YYNOERRORRECOVERY) + /* If the fts5YYNOERRORRECOVERY macro is defined, then do not attempt to + ** do any kind of error recovery. Instead, simply invoke the syntax + ** error routine and continue going as if nothing had happened. + ** + ** Applications can set this macro (for example inside %include) if + ** they intend to abandon the parse upon the first syntax error seen. + */ + fts5yy_syntax_error(fts5yypParser,fts5yymajor, fts5yyminor); + fts5yy_destructor(fts5yypParser,(fts5YYCODETYPE)fts5yymajor,&fts5yyminorunion); + fts5yymajor = fts5YYNOCODE; + +#else /* fts5YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */ + /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR: + ** + ** * Report an error message, and throw away the input token. + ** + ** * If the input token is $, then fail the parse. + ** + ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until + ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted. + */ + if( fts5yypParser->fts5yyerrcnt<=0 ){ + fts5yy_syntax_error(fts5yypParser,fts5yymajor, fts5yyminor); + } + fts5yypParser->fts5yyerrcnt = 3; + fts5yy_destructor(fts5yypParser,(fts5YYCODETYPE)fts5yymajor,&fts5yyminorunion); + if( fts5yyendofinput ){ + fts5yy_parse_failed(fts5yypParser); + } + fts5yymajor = fts5YYNOCODE; +#endif + } + }while( fts5yymajor!=fts5YYNOCODE && fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx>=0 ); +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( fts5yyTraceFILE ){ + int i; + fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%sReturn. Stack=",fts5yyTracePrompt); + for(i=1; i<=fts5yypParser->fts5yyidx; i++) + fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"%c%s", i==1 ? '[' : ' ', + fts5yyTokenName[fts5yypParser->fts5yystack[i].major]); + fprintf(fts5yyTraceFILE,"]\n"); + } +#endif + return; +} + +/* +** 2014 May 31 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +*/ + + +/* #include "fts5Int.h" */ +#include <math.h> /* amalgamator: keep */ + +/* +** Object used to iterate through all "coalesced phrase instances" in +** a single column of the current row. If the phrase instances in the +** column being considered do not overlap, this object simply iterates +** through them. Or, if they do overlap (share one or more tokens in +** common), each set of overlapping instances is treated as a single +** match. See documentation for the highlight() auxiliary function for +** details. +** +** Usage is: +** +** for(rc = fts5CInstIterNext(pApi, pFts, iCol, &iter); +** (rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==fts5CInstIterEof(&iter); +** rc = fts5CInstIterNext(&iter) +** ){ +** printf("instance starts at %d, ends at %d\n", iter.iStart, iter.iEnd); +** } +** +*/ +typedef struct CInstIter CInstIter; +struct CInstIter { + const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi; /* API offered by current FTS version */ + Fts5Context *pFts; /* First arg to pass to pApi functions */ + int iCol; /* Column to search */ + int iInst; /* Next phrase instance index */ + int nInst; /* Total number of phrase instances */ + + /* Output variables */ + int iStart; /* First token in coalesced phrase instance */ + int iEnd; /* Last token in coalesced phrase instance */ +}; + +/* +** Advance the iterator to the next coalesced phrase instance. Return +** an SQLite error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_OK otherwise. +*/ +static int fts5CInstIterNext(CInstIter *pIter){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + pIter->iStart = -1; + pIter->iEnd = -1; + + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->iInst<pIter->nInst ){ + int ip; int ic; int io; + rc = pIter->pApi->xInst(pIter->pFts, pIter->iInst, &ip, &ic, &io); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( ic==pIter->iCol ){ + int iEnd = io - 1 + pIter->pApi->xPhraseSize(pIter->pFts, ip); + if( pIter->iStart<0 ){ + pIter->iStart = io; + pIter->iEnd = iEnd; + }else if( io<=pIter->iEnd ){ + if( iEnd>pIter->iEnd ) pIter->iEnd = iEnd; + }else{ + break; + } + } + pIter->iInst++; + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Initialize the iterator object indicated by the final parameter to +** iterate through coalesced phrase instances in column iCol. +*/ +static int fts5CInstIterInit( + const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi, + Fts5Context *pFts, + int iCol, + CInstIter *pIter +){ + int rc; + + memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(CInstIter)); + pIter->pApi = pApi; + pIter->pFts = pFts; + pIter->iCol = iCol; + rc = pApi->xInstCount(pFts, &pIter->nInst); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts5CInstIterNext(pIter); + } + + return rc; +} + + + +/************************************************************************* +** Start of highlight() implementation. +*/ +typedef struct HighlightContext HighlightContext; +struct HighlightContext { + CInstIter iter; /* Coalesced Instance Iterator */ + int iPos; /* Current token offset in zIn[] */ + int iRangeStart; /* First token to include */ + int iRangeEnd; /* If non-zero, last token to include */ + const char *zOpen; /* Opening highlight */ + const char *zClose; /* Closing highlight */ + const char *zIn; /* Input text */ + int nIn; /* Size of input text in bytes */ + int iOff; /* Current offset within zIn[] */ + char *zOut; /* Output value */ +}; + +/* +** Append text to the HighlightContext output string - p->zOut. Argument +** z points to a buffer containing n bytes of text to append. If n is +** negative, everything up until the first '\0' is appended to the output. +** +** If *pRc is set to any value other than SQLITE_OK when this function is +** called, it is a no-op. If an error (i.e. an OOM condition) is encountered, +** *pRc is set to an error code before returning. +*/ +static void fts5HighlightAppend( + int *pRc, + HighlightContext *p, + const char *z, int n +){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( n<0 ) n = (int)strlen(z); + p->zOut = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%.*s", p->zOut, n, z); + if( p->zOut==0 ) *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } +} + +/* +** Tokenizer callback used by implementation of highlight() function. +*/ +static int fts5HighlightCb( + void *pContext, /* Pointer to HighlightContext object */ + int tflags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */ + const char *pToken, /* Buffer containing token */ + int nToken, /* Size of token in bytes */ + int iStartOff, /* Start offset of token */ + int iEndOff /* End offset of token */ +){ + HighlightContext *p = (HighlightContext*)pContext; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int iPos; + + UNUSED_PARAM2(pToken, nToken); + + if( tflags & FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED ) return SQLITE_OK; + iPos = p->iPos++; + + if( p->iRangeEnd>0 ){ + if( iPos<p->iRangeStart || iPos>p->iRangeEnd ) return SQLITE_OK; + if( p->iRangeStart && iPos==p->iRangeStart ) p->iOff = iStartOff; + } + + if( iPos==p->iter.iStart ){ + fts5HighlightAppend(&rc, p, &p->zIn[p->iOff], iStartOff - p->iOff); + fts5HighlightAppend(&rc, p, p->zOpen, -1); + p->iOff = iStartOff; + } + + if( iPos==p->iter.iEnd ){ + if( p->iRangeEnd && p->iter.iStart<p->iRangeStart ){ + fts5HighlightAppend(&rc, p, p->zOpen, -1); + } + fts5HighlightAppend(&rc, p, &p->zIn[p->iOff], iEndOff - p->iOff); + fts5HighlightAppend(&rc, p, p->zClose, -1); + p->iOff = iEndOff; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts5CInstIterNext(&p->iter); + } + } + + if( p->iRangeEnd>0 && iPos==p->iRangeEnd ){ + fts5HighlightAppend(&rc, p, &p->zIn[p->iOff], iEndOff - p->iOff); + p->iOff = iEndOff; + if( iPos<p->iter.iEnd ){ + fts5HighlightAppend(&rc, p, p->zClose, -1); + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Implementation of highlight() function. +*/ +static void fts5HighlightFunction( + const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi, /* API offered by current FTS version */ + Fts5Context *pFts, /* First arg to pass to pApi functions */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for returning result/error */ + int nVal, /* Number of values in apVal[] array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of trailing arguments */ +){ + HighlightContext ctx; + int rc; + int iCol; + + if( nVal!=3 ){ + const char *zErr = "wrong number of arguments to function highlight()"; + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zErr, -1); + return; + } + + iCol = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[0]); + memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(HighlightContext)); + ctx.zOpen = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]); + ctx.zClose = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2]); + rc = pApi->xColumnText(pFts, iCol, &ctx.zIn, &ctx.nIn); + + if( ctx.zIn ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts5CInstIterInit(pApi, pFts, iCol, &ctx.iter); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pApi->xTokenize(pFts, ctx.zIn, ctx.nIn, (void*)&ctx,fts5HighlightCb); + } + fts5HighlightAppend(&rc, &ctx, &ctx.zIn[ctx.iOff], ctx.nIn - ctx.iOff); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, (const char*)ctx.zOut, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } + sqlite3_free(ctx.zOut); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc); + } +} +/* +** End of highlight() implementation. +**************************************************************************/ + +/* +** Implementation of snippet() function. +*/ +static void fts5SnippetFunction( + const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi, /* API offered by current FTS version */ + Fts5Context *pFts, /* First arg to pass to pApi functions */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for returning result/error */ + int nVal, /* Number of values in apVal[] array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of trailing arguments */ +){ + HighlightContext ctx; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int iCol; /* 1st argument to snippet() */ + const char *zEllips; /* 4th argument to snippet() */ + int nToken; /* 5th argument to snippet() */ + int nInst = 0; /* Number of instance matches this row */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through instances */ + int nPhrase; /* Number of phrases in query */ + unsigned char *aSeen; /* Array of "seen instance" flags */ + int iBestCol; /* Column containing best snippet */ + int iBestStart = 0; /* First token of best snippet */ + int iBestLast; /* Last token of best snippet */ + int nBestScore = 0; /* Score of best snippet */ + int nColSize = 0; /* Total size of iBestCol in tokens */ + + if( nVal!=5 ){ + const char *zErr = "wrong number of arguments to function snippet()"; + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zErr, -1); + return; + } + + memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(HighlightContext)); + iCol = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[0]); + ctx.zOpen = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]); + ctx.zClose = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2]); + zEllips = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[3]); + nToken = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[4]); + iBestLast = nToken-1; + + iBestCol = (iCol>=0 ? iCol : 0); + nPhrase = pApi->xPhraseCount(pFts); + aSeen = sqlite3_malloc(nPhrase); + if( aSeen==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pApi->xInstCount(pFts, &nInst); + } + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nInst; i++){ + int ip, iSnippetCol, iStart; + memset(aSeen, 0, nPhrase); + rc = pApi->xInst(pFts, i, &ip, &iSnippetCol, &iStart); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (iCol<0 || iSnippetCol==iCol) ){ + int nScore = 1000; + int iLast = iStart - 1 + pApi->xPhraseSize(pFts, ip); + int j; + aSeen[ip] = 1; + + for(j=i+1; rc==SQLITE_OK && j<nInst; j++){ + int ic; int io; int iFinal; + rc = pApi->xInst(pFts, j, &ip, &ic, &io); + iFinal = io + pApi->xPhraseSize(pFts, ip) - 1; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ic==iSnippetCol && iLast<iStart+nToken ){ + nScore += aSeen[ip] ? 1000 : 1; + aSeen[ip] = 1; + if( iFinal>iLast ) iLast = iFinal; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nScore>nBestScore ){ + iBestCol = iSnippetCol; + iBestStart = iStart; + iBestLast = iLast; + nBestScore = nScore; + } + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pApi->xColumnSize(pFts, iBestCol, &nColSize); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pApi->xColumnText(pFts, iBestCol, &ctx.zIn, &ctx.nIn); + } + if( ctx.zIn ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts5CInstIterInit(pApi, pFts, iBestCol, &ctx.iter); + } + + if( (iBestStart+nToken-1)>iBestLast ){ + iBestStart -= (iBestStart+nToken-1-iBestLast) / 2; + } + if( iBestStart+nToken>nColSize ){ + iBestStart = nColSize - nToken; + } + if( iBestStart<0 ) iBestStart = 0; + + ctx.iRangeStart = iBestStart; + ctx.iRangeEnd = iBestStart + nToken - 1; + + if( iBestStart>0 ){ + fts5HighlightAppend(&rc, &ctx, zEllips, -1); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pApi->xTokenize(pFts, ctx.zIn, ctx.nIn, (void*)&ctx,fts5HighlightCb); + } + if( ctx.iRangeEnd>=(nColSize-1) ){ + fts5HighlightAppend(&rc, &ctx, &ctx.zIn[ctx.iOff], ctx.nIn - ctx.iOff); + }else{ + fts5HighlightAppend(&rc, &ctx, zEllips, -1); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, (const char*)ctx.zOut, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc); + } + sqlite3_free(ctx.zOut); + } + sqlite3_free(aSeen); +} + +/************************************************************************/ + +/* +** The first time the bm25() function is called for a query, an instance +** of the following structure is allocated and populated. +*/ +typedef struct Fts5Bm25Data Fts5Bm25Data; +struct Fts5Bm25Data { + int nPhrase; /* Number of phrases in query */ + double avgdl; /* Average number of tokens in each row */ + double *aIDF; /* IDF for each phrase */ + double *aFreq; /* Array used to calculate phrase freq. */ +}; + +/* +** Callback used by fts5Bm25GetData() to count the number of rows in the +** table matched by each individual phrase within the query. +*/ +static int fts5CountCb( + const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi, + Fts5Context *pFts, + void *pUserData /* Pointer to sqlite3_int64 variable */ +){ + sqlite3_int64 *pn = (sqlite3_int64*)pUserData; + UNUSED_PARAM2(pApi, pFts); + (*pn)++; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Set *ppData to point to the Fts5Bm25Data object for the current query. +** If the object has not already been allocated, allocate and populate it +** now. +*/ +static int fts5Bm25GetData( + const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi, + Fts5Context *pFts, + Fts5Bm25Data **ppData /* OUT: bm25-data object for this query */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + Fts5Bm25Data *p; /* Object to return */ + + p = pApi->xGetAuxdata(pFts, 0); + if( p==0 ){ + int nPhrase; /* Number of phrases in query */ + sqlite3_int64 nRow = 0; /* Number of rows in table */ + sqlite3_int64 nToken = 0; /* Number of tokens in table */ + int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ + int i; + + /* Allocate the Fts5Bm25Data object */ + nPhrase = pApi->xPhraseCount(pFts); + nByte = sizeof(Fts5Bm25Data) + nPhrase*2*sizeof(double); + p = (Fts5Bm25Data*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( p==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(p, 0, nByte); + p->nPhrase = nPhrase; + p->aIDF = (double*)&p[1]; + p->aFreq = &p->aIDF[nPhrase]; + } + + /* Calculate the average document length for this FTS5 table */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = pApi->xRowCount(pFts, &nRow); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = pApi->xColumnTotalSize(pFts, -1, &nToken); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) p->avgdl = (double)nToken / (double)nRow; + + /* Calculate an IDF for each phrase in the query */ + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nPhrase; i++){ + sqlite3_int64 nHit = 0; + rc = pApi->xQueryPhrase(pFts, i, (void*)&nHit, fts5CountCb); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* Calculate the IDF (Inverse Document Frequency) for phrase i. + ** This is done using the standard BM25 formula as found on wikipedia: + ** + ** IDF = log( (N - nHit + 0.5) / (nHit + 0.5) ) + ** + ** where "N" is the total number of documents in the set and nHit + ** is the number that contain at least one instance of the phrase + ** under consideration. + ** + ** The problem with this is that if (N < 2*nHit), the IDF is + ** negative. Which is undesirable. So the mimimum allowable IDF is + ** (1e-6) - roughly the same as a term that appears in just over + ** half of set of 5,000,000 documents. */ + double idf = log( (nRow - nHit + 0.5) / (nHit + 0.5) ); + if( idf<=0.0 ) idf = 1e-6; + p->aIDF[i] = idf; + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(p); + }else{ + rc = pApi->xSetAuxdata(pFts, p, sqlite3_free); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) p = 0; + } + *ppData = p; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Implementation of bm25() function. +*/ +static void fts5Bm25Function( + const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi, /* API offered by current FTS version */ + Fts5Context *pFts, /* First arg to pass to pApi functions */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for returning result/error */ + int nVal, /* Number of values in apVal[] array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of trailing arguments */ +){ + const double k1 = 1.2; /* Constant "k1" from BM25 formula */ + const double b = 0.75; /* Constant "b" from BM25 formula */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code */ + double score = 0.0; /* SQL function return value */ + Fts5Bm25Data *pData; /* Values allocated/calculated once only */ + int i; /* Iterator variable */ + int nInst = 0; /* Value returned by xInstCount() */ + double D = 0.0; /* Total number of tokens in row */ + double *aFreq = 0; /* Array of phrase freq. for current row */ + + /* Calculate the phrase frequency (symbol "f(qi,D)" in the documentation) + ** for each phrase in the query for the current row. */ + rc = fts5Bm25GetData(pApi, pFts, &pData); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + aFreq = pData->aFreq; + memset(aFreq, 0, sizeof(double) * pData->nPhrase); + rc = pApi->xInstCount(pFts, &nInst); + } + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nInst; i++){ + int ip; int ic; int io; + rc = pApi->xInst(pFts, i, &ip, &ic, &io); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + double w = (nVal > ic) ? sqlite3_value_double(apVal[ic]) : 1.0; + aFreq[ip] += w; + } + } + + /* Figure out the total size of the current row in tokens. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nTok; + rc = pApi->xColumnSize(pFts, -1, &nTok); + D = (double)nTok; + } + + /* Determine the BM25 score for the current row. */ + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pData->nPhrase; i++){ + score += pData->aIDF[i] * ( + ( aFreq[i] * (k1 + 1.0) ) / + ( aFreq[i] + k1 * (1 - b + b * D / pData->avgdl) ) + ); + } + + /* If no error has occurred, return the calculated score. Otherwise, + ** throw an SQL exception. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_result_double(pCtx, -1.0 * score); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc); + } +} + +static int sqlite3Fts5AuxInit(fts5_api *pApi){ + struct Builtin { + const char *zFunc; /* Function name (nul-terminated) */ + void *pUserData; /* User-data pointer */ + fts5_extension_function xFunc;/* Callback function */ + void (*xDestroy)(void*); /* Destructor function */ + } aBuiltin [] = { + { "snippet", 0, fts5SnippetFunction, 0 }, + { "highlight", 0, fts5HighlightFunction, 0 }, + { "bm25", 0, fts5Bm25Function, 0 }, + }; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int i; /* To iterate through builtin functions */ + + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<ArraySize(aBuiltin); i++){ + rc = pApi->xCreateFunction(pApi, + aBuiltin[i].zFunc, + aBuiltin[i].pUserData, + aBuiltin[i].xFunc, + aBuiltin[i].xDestroy + ); + } + + return rc; +} + + + +/* +** 2014 May 31 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +*/ + + + +/* #include "fts5Int.h" */ + +static int sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(int *pRc, Fts5Buffer *pBuf, u32 nByte){ + if( (u32)pBuf->nSpace<nByte ){ + u32 nNew = pBuf->nSpace ? pBuf->nSpace : 64; + u8 *pNew; + while( nNew<nByte ){ + nNew = nNew * 2; + } + pNew = sqlite3_realloc(pBuf->p, nNew); + if( pNew==0 ){ + *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + return 1; + }else{ + pBuf->nSpace = nNew; + pBuf->p = pNew; + } + } + return 0; +} + + +/* +** Encode value iVal as an SQLite varint and append it to the buffer object +** pBuf. If an OOM error occurs, set the error code in p. +*/ +static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(int *pRc, Fts5Buffer *pBuf, i64 iVal){ + if( fts5BufferGrow(pRc, pBuf, 9) ) return; + pBuf->n += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(&pBuf->p[pBuf->n], iVal); +} + +static void sqlite3Fts5Put32(u8 *aBuf, int iVal){ + aBuf[0] = (iVal>>24) & 0x00FF; + aBuf[1] = (iVal>>16) & 0x00FF; + aBuf[2] = (iVal>> 8) & 0x00FF; + aBuf[3] = (iVal>> 0) & 0x00FF; +} + +static int sqlite3Fts5Get32(const u8 *aBuf){ + return (aBuf[0] << 24) + (aBuf[1] << 16) + (aBuf[2] << 8) + aBuf[3]; +} + +/* +** Append buffer nData/pData to buffer pBuf. If an OOM error occurs, set +** the error code in p. If an error has already occurred when this function +** is called, it is a no-op. +*/ +static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob( + int *pRc, + Fts5Buffer *pBuf, + u32 nData, + const u8 *pData +){ + assert_nc( *pRc || nData>=0 ); + if( fts5BufferGrow(pRc, pBuf, nData) ) return; + memcpy(&pBuf->p[pBuf->n], pData, nData); + pBuf->n += nData; +} + +/* +** Append the nul-terminated string zStr to the buffer pBuf. This function +** ensures that the byte following the buffer data is set to 0x00, even +** though this byte is not included in the pBuf->n count. +*/ +static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendString( + int *pRc, + Fts5Buffer *pBuf, + const char *zStr +){ + int nStr = (int)strlen(zStr); + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob(pRc, pBuf, nStr+1, (const u8*)zStr); + pBuf->n--; +} + +/* +** Argument zFmt is a printf() style format string. This function performs +** the printf() style processing, then appends the results to buffer pBuf. +** +** Like sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendString(), this function ensures that the byte +** following the buffer data is set to 0x00, even though this byte is not +** included in the pBuf->n count. +*/ +static void sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf( + int *pRc, + Fts5Buffer *pBuf, + char *zFmt, ... +){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + char *zTmp; + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, zFmt); + zTmp = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap); + va_end(ap); + + if( zTmp==0 ){ + *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendString(pRc, pBuf, zTmp); + sqlite3_free(zTmp); + } + } +} + +static char *sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(int *pRc, const char *zFmt, ...){ + char *zRet = 0; + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, zFmt); + zRet = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap); + va_end(ap); + if( zRet==0 ){ + *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + return zRet; +} + + +/* +** Free any buffer allocated by pBuf. Zero the structure before returning. +*/ +static void sqlite3Fts5BufferFree(Fts5Buffer *pBuf){ + sqlite3_free(pBuf->p); + memset(pBuf, 0, sizeof(Fts5Buffer)); +} + +/* +** Zero the contents of the buffer object. But do not free the associated +** memory allocation. +*/ +static void sqlite3Fts5BufferZero(Fts5Buffer *pBuf){ + pBuf->n = 0; +} + +/* +** Set the buffer to contain nData/pData. If an OOM error occurs, leave an +** the error code in p. If an error has already occurred when this function +** is called, it is a no-op. +*/ +static void sqlite3Fts5BufferSet( + int *pRc, + Fts5Buffer *pBuf, + int nData, + const u8 *pData +){ + pBuf->n = 0; + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob(pRc, pBuf, nData, pData); +} + +static int sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64( + const u8 *a, int n, /* Buffer containing poslist */ + int *pi, /* IN/OUT: Offset within a[] */ + i64 *piOff /* IN/OUT: Current offset */ +){ + int i = *pi; + if( i>=n ){ + /* EOF */ + *piOff = -1; + return 1; + }else{ + i64 iOff = *piOff; + int iVal; + fts5FastGetVarint32(a, i, iVal); + if( iVal==1 ){ + fts5FastGetVarint32(a, i, iVal); + iOff = ((i64)iVal) << 32; + fts5FastGetVarint32(a, i, iVal); + } + *piOff = iOff + (iVal-2); + *pi = i; + return 0; + } +} + + +/* +** Advance the iterator object passed as the only argument. Return true +** if the iterator reaches EOF, or false otherwise. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderNext(Fts5PoslistReader *pIter){ + if( sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(pIter->a, pIter->n, &pIter->i, &pIter->iPos) ){ + pIter->bEof = 1; + } + return pIter->bEof; +} + +static int sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderInit( + const u8 *a, int n, /* Poslist buffer to iterate through */ + Fts5PoslistReader *pIter /* Iterator object to initialize */ +){ + memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(*pIter)); + pIter->a = a; + pIter->n = n; + sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderNext(pIter); + return pIter->bEof; +} + +/* +** Append position iPos to the position list being accumulated in buffer +** pBuf, which must be already be large enough to hold the new data. +** The previous position written to this list is *piPrev. *piPrev is set +** to iPos before returning. +*/ +static void sqlite3Fts5PoslistSafeAppend( + Fts5Buffer *pBuf, + i64 *piPrev, + i64 iPos +){ + static const i64 colmask = ((i64)(0x7FFFFFFF)) << 32; + if( (iPos & colmask) != (*piPrev & colmask) ){ + pBuf->p[pBuf->n++] = 1; + pBuf->n += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(&pBuf->p[pBuf->n], (iPos>>32)); + *piPrev = (iPos & colmask); + } + pBuf->n += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(&pBuf->p[pBuf->n], (iPos-*piPrev)+2); + *piPrev = iPos; +} + +static int sqlite3Fts5PoslistWriterAppend( + Fts5Buffer *pBuf, + Fts5PoslistWriter *pWriter, + i64 iPos +){ + int rc = 0; /* Initialized only to suppress erroneous warning from Clang */ + if( fts5BufferGrow(&rc, pBuf, 5+5+5) ) return rc; + sqlite3Fts5PoslistSafeAppend(pBuf, &pWriter->iPrev, iPos); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static void *sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(int *pRc, int nByte){ + void *pRet = 0; + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pRet = sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( pRet==0 && nByte>0 ){ + *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(pRet, 0, nByte); + } + } + return pRet; +} + +/* +** Return a nul-terminated copy of the string indicated by pIn. If nIn +** is non-negative, then it is the length of the string in bytes. Otherwise, +** the length of the string is determined using strlen(). +** +** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free the returned +** buffer using sqlite3_free(). If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned. +*/ +static char *sqlite3Fts5Strndup(int *pRc, const char *pIn, int nIn){ + char *zRet = 0; + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( nIn<0 ){ + nIn = (int)strlen(pIn); + } + zRet = (char*)sqlite3_malloc(nIn+1); + if( zRet ){ + memcpy(zRet, pIn, nIn); + zRet[nIn] = '\0'; + }else{ + *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + return zRet; +} + + +/* +** Return true if character 't' may be part of an FTS5 bareword, or false +** otherwise. Characters that may be part of barewords: +** +** * All non-ASCII characters, +** * The 52 upper and lower case ASCII characters, and +** * The 10 integer ASCII characters. +** * The underscore character "_" (0x5F). +** * The unicode "subsitute" character (0x1A). +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IsBareword(char t){ + u8 aBareword[128] = { + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x00 .. 0x0F */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x10 .. 0x1F */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x20 .. 0x2F */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x30 .. 0x3F */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 0x40 .. 0x4F */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 0x50 .. 0x5F */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 0x60 .. 0x6F */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0x70 .. 0x7F */ + }; + + return (t & 0x80) || aBareword[(int)t]; +} + + +/************************************************************************* +*/ +typedef struct Fts5TermsetEntry Fts5TermsetEntry; +struct Fts5TermsetEntry { + char *pTerm; + int nTerm; + int iIdx; /* Index (main or aPrefix[] entry) */ + Fts5TermsetEntry *pNext; +}; + +struct Fts5Termset { + Fts5TermsetEntry *apHash[512]; +}; + +static int sqlite3Fts5TermsetNew(Fts5Termset **pp){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + *pp = sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, sizeof(Fts5Termset)); + return rc; +} + +static int sqlite3Fts5TermsetAdd( + Fts5Termset *p, + int iIdx, + const char *pTerm, int nTerm, + int *pbPresent +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + *pbPresent = 0; + if( p ){ + int i; + u32 hash = 13; + Fts5TermsetEntry *pEntry; + + /* Calculate a hash value for this term. This is the same hash checksum + ** used by the fts5_hash.c module. This is not important for correct + ** operation of the module, but is necessary to ensure that some tests + ** designed to produce hash table collisions really do work. */ + for(i=nTerm-1; i>=0; i--){ + hash = (hash << 3) ^ hash ^ pTerm[i]; + } + hash = (hash << 3) ^ hash ^ iIdx; + hash = hash % ArraySize(p->apHash); + + for(pEntry=p->apHash[hash]; pEntry; pEntry=pEntry->pNext){ + if( pEntry->iIdx==iIdx + && pEntry->nTerm==nTerm + && memcmp(pEntry->pTerm, pTerm, nTerm)==0 + ){ + *pbPresent = 1; + break; + } + } + + if( pEntry==0 ){ + pEntry = sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, sizeof(Fts5TermsetEntry) + nTerm); + if( pEntry ){ + pEntry->pTerm = (char*)&pEntry[1]; + pEntry->nTerm = nTerm; + pEntry->iIdx = iIdx; + memcpy(pEntry->pTerm, pTerm, nTerm); + pEntry->pNext = p->apHash[hash]; + p->apHash[hash] = pEntry; + } + } + } + + return rc; +} + +static void sqlite3Fts5TermsetFree(Fts5Termset *p){ + if( p ){ + u32 i; + for(i=0; i<ArraySize(p->apHash); i++){ + Fts5TermsetEntry *pEntry = p->apHash[i]; + while( pEntry ){ + Fts5TermsetEntry *pDel = pEntry; + pEntry = pEntry->pNext; + sqlite3_free(pDel); + } + } + sqlite3_free(p); + } +} + +/* +** 2014 Jun 09 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This is an SQLite module implementing full-text search. +*/ + + +/* #include "fts5Int.h" */ + +#define FTS5_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 4050 +#define FTS5_DEFAULT_AUTOMERGE 4 +#define FTS5_DEFAULT_USERMERGE 4 +#define FTS5_DEFAULT_CRISISMERGE 16 +#define FTS5_DEFAULT_HASHSIZE (1024*1024) + +/* Maximum allowed page size */ +#define FTS5_MAX_PAGE_SIZE (128*1024) + +static int fts5_iswhitespace(char x){ + return (x==' '); +} + +static int fts5_isopenquote(char x){ + return (x=='"' || x=='\'' || x=='[' || x=='`'); +} + +/* +** Argument pIn points to a character that is part of a nul-terminated +** string. Return a pointer to the first character following *pIn in +** the string that is not a white-space character. +*/ +static const char *fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(const char *pIn){ + const char *p = pIn; + if( p ){ + while( fts5_iswhitespace(*p) ){ p++; } + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Argument pIn points to a character that is part of a nul-terminated +** string. Return a pointer to the first character following *pIn in +** the string that is not a "bareword" character. +*/ +static const char *fts5ConfigSkipBareword(const char *pIn){ + const char *p = pIn; + while ( sqlite3Fts5IsBareword(*p) ) p++; + if( p==pIn ) p = 0; + return p; +} + +static int fts5_isdigit(char a){ + return (a>='0' && a<='9'); +} + + + +static const char *fts5ConfigSkipLiteral(const char *pIn){ + const char *p = pIn; + switch( *p ){ + case 'n': case 'N': + if( sqlite3_strnicmp("null", p, 4)==0 ){ + p = &p[4]; + }else{ + p = 0; + } + break; + + case 'x': case 'X': + p++; + if( *p=='\'' ){ + p++; + while( (*p>='a' && *p<='f') + || (*p>='A' && *p<='F') + || (*p>='0' && *p<='9') + ){ + p++; + } + if( *p=='\'' && 0==((p-pIn)%2) ){ + p++; + }else{ + p = 0; + } + }else{ + p = 0; + } + break; + + case '\'': + p++; + while( p ){ + if( *p=='\'' ){ + p++; + if( *p!='\'' ) break; + } + p++; + if( *p==0 ) p = 0; + } + break; + + default: + /* maybe a number */ + if( *p=='+' || *p=='-' ) p++; + while( fts5_isdigit(*p) ) p++; + + /* At this point, if the literal was an integer, the parse is + ** finished. Or, if it is a floating point value, it may continue + ** with either a decimal point or an 'E' character. */ + if( *p=='.' && fts5_isdigit(p[1]) ){ + p += 2; + while( fts5_isdigit(*p) ) p++; + } + if( p==pIn ) p = 0; + + break; + } + + return p; +} + +/* +** The first character of the string pointed to by argument z is guaranteed +** to be an open-quote character (see function fts5_isopenquote()). +** +** This function searches for the corresponding close-quote character within +** the string and, if found, dequotes the string in place and adds a new +** nul-terminator byte. +** +** If the close-quote is found, the value returned is the byte offset of +** the character immediately following it. Or, if the close-quote is not +** found, -1 is returned. If -1 is returned, the buffer is left in an +** undefined state. +*/ +static int fts5Dequote(char *z){ + char q; + int iIn = 1; + int iOut = 0; + q = z[0]; + + /* Set stack variable q to the close-quote character */ + assert( q=='[' || q=='\'' || q=='"' || q=='`' ); + if( q=='[' ) q = ']'; + + while( ALWAYS(z[iIn]) ){ + if( z[iIn]==q ){ + if( z[iIn+1]!=q ){ + /* Character iIn was the close quote. */ + iIn++; + break; + }else{ + /* Character iIn and iIn+1 form an escaped quote character. Skip + ** the input cursor past both and copy a single quote character + ** to the output buffer. */ + iIn += 2; + z[iOut++] = q; + } + }else{ + z[iOut++] = z[iIn++]; + } + } + + z[iOut] = '\0'; + return iIn; +} + +/* +** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing +** the quote characters. The conversion is done in-place. If the +** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine +** is a no-op. +** +** Examples: +** +** "abc" becomes abc +** 'xyz' becomes xyz +** [pqr] becomes pqr +** `mno` becomes mno +*/ +static void sqlite3Fts5Dequote(char *z){ + char quote; /* Quote character (if any ) */ + + assert( 0==fts5_iswhitespace(z[0]) ); + quote = z[0]; + if( quote=='[' || quote=='\'' || quote=='"' || quote=='`' ){ + fts5Dequote(z); + } +} + + +struct Fts5Enum { + const char *zName; + int eVal; +}; +typedef struct Fts5Enum Fts5Enum; + +static int fts5ConfigSetEnum( + const Fts5Enum *aEnum, + const char *zEnum, + int *peVal +){ + int nEnum = (int)strlen(zEnum); + int i; + int iVal = -1; + + for(i=0; aEnum[i].zName; i++){ + if( sqlite3_strnicmp(aEnum[i].zName, zEnum, nEnum)==0 ){ + if( iVal>=0 ) return SQLITE_ERROR; + iVal = aEnum[i].eVal; + } + } + + *peVal = iVal; + return iVal<0 ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Parse a "special" CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE directive and update +** configuration object pConfig as appropriate. +** +** If successful, object pConfig is updated and SQLITE_OK returned. If +** an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and an error message +** may be left in *pzErr. It is the responsibility of the caller to +** eventually free any such error message using sqlite3_free(). +*/ +static int fts5ConfigParseSpecial( + Fts5Global *pGlobal, + Fts5Config *pConfig, /* Configuration object to update */ + const char *zCmd, /* Special command to parse */ + const char *zArg, /* Argument to parse */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: Error message */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nCmd = (int)strlen(zCmd); + if( sqlite3_strnicmp("prefix", zCmd, nCmd)==0 ){ + const int nByte = sizeof(int) * FTS5_MAX_PREFIX_INDEXES; + const char *p; + int bFirst = 1; + if( pConfig->aPrefix==0 ){ + pConfig->aPrefix = sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, nByte); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + + p = zArg; + while( 1 ){ + int nPre = 0; + + while( p[0]==' ' ) p++; + if( bFirst==0 && p[0]==',' ){ + p++; + while( p[0]==' ' ) p++; + }else if( p[0]=='\0' ){ + break; + } + if( p[0]<'0' || p[0]>'9' ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("malformed prefix=... directive"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + break; + } + + if( pConfig->nPrefix==FTS5_MAX_PREFIX_INDEXES ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf( + "too many prefix indexes (max %d)", FTS5_MAX_PREFIX_INDEXES + ); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + break; + } + + while( p[0]>='0' && p[0]<='9' && nPre<1000 ){ + nPre = nPre*10 + (p[0] - '0'); + p++; + } + + if( nPre<=0 || nPre>=1000 ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("prefix length out of range (max 999)"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + break; + } + + pConfig->aPrefix[pConfig->nPrefix] = nPre; + pConfig->nPrefix++; + bFirst = 0; + } + assert( pConfig->nPrefix<=FTS5_MAX_PREFIX_INDEXES ); + return rc; + } + + if( sqlite3_strnicmp("tokenize", zCmd, nCmd)==0 ){ + const char *p = (const char*)zArg; + int nArg = (int)strlen(zArg) + 1; + char **azArg = sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, sizeof(char*) * nArg); + char *pDel = sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, nArg * 2); + char *pSpace = pDel; + + if( azArg && pSpace ){ + if( pConfig->pTok ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("multiple tokenize=... directives"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + for(nArg=0; p && *p; nArg++){ + const char *p2 = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(p); + if( *p2=='\'' ){ + p = fts5ConfigSkipLiteral(p2); + }else{ + p = fts5ConfigSkipBareword(p2); + } + if( p ){ + memcpy(pSpace, p2, p-p2); + azArg[nArg] = pSpace; + sqlite3Fts5Dequote(pSpace); + pSpace += (p - p2) + 1; + p = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(p); + } + } + if( p==0 ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("parse error in tokenize directive"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3Fts5GetTokenizer(pGlobal, + (const char**)azArg, nArg, &pConfig->pTok, &pConfig->pTokApi, + pzErr + ); + } + } + } + + sqlite3_free(azArg); + sqlite3_free(pDel); + return rc; + } + + if( sqlite3_strnicmp("content", zCmd, nCmd)==0 ){ + if( pConfig->eContent!=FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("multiple content=... directives"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + if( zArg[0] ){ + pConfig->eContent = FTS5_CONTENT_EXTERNAL; + pConfig->zContent = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, "%Q.%Q", pConfig->zDb,zArg); + }else{ + pConfig->eContent = FTS5_CONTENT_NONE; + } + } + return rc; + } + + if( sqlite3_strnicmp("content_rowid", zCmd, nCmd)==0 ){ + if( pConfig->zContentRowid ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("multiple content_rowid=... directives"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + pConfig->zContentRowid = sqlite3Fts5Strndup(&rc, zArg, -1); + } + return rc; + } + + if( sqlite3_strnicmp("columnsize", zCmd, nCmd)==0 ){ + if( (zArg[0]!='0' && zArg[0]!='1') || zArg[1]!='\0' ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("malformed columnsize=... directive"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + pConfig->bColumnsize = (zArg[0]=='1'); + } + return rc; + } + + if( sqlite3_strnicmp("detail", zCmd, nCmd)==0 ){ + const Fts5Enum aDetail[] = { + { "none", FTS5_DETAIL_NONE }, + { "full", FTS5_DETAIL_FULL }, + { "columns", FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS }, + { 0, 0 } + }; + + if( (rc = fts5ConfigSetEnum(aDetail, zArg, &pConfig->eDetail)) ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("malformed detail=... directive"); + } + return rc; + } + + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized option: \"%.*s\"", nCmd, zCmd); + return SQLITE_ERROR; +} + +/* +** Allocate an instance of the default tokenizer ("simple") at +** Fts5Config.pTokenizer. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error +** code if an error occurs. +*/ +static int fts5ConfigDefaultTokenizer(Fts5Global *pGlobal, Fts5Config *pConfig){ + assert( pConfig->pTok==0 && pConfig->pTokApi==0 ); + return sqlite3Fts5GetTokenizer( + pGlobal, 0, 0, &pConfig->pTok, &pConfig->pTokApi, 0 + ); +} + +/* +** Gobble up the first bareword or quoted word from the input buffer zIn. +** Return a pointer to the character immediately following the last in +** the gobbled word if successful, or a NULL pointer otherwise (failed +** to find close-quote character). +** +** Before returning, set pzOut to point to a new buffer containing a +** nul-terminated, dequoted copy of the gobbled word. If the word was +** quoted, *pbQuoted is also set to 1 before returning. +** +** If *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is +** a no-op (NULL is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM occurs within this +** function, *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM before returning. *pRc is *not* +** set if a parse error (failed to find close quote) occurs. +*/ +static const char *fts5ConfigGobbleWord( + int *pRc, /* IN/OUT: Error code */ + const char *zIn, /* Buffer to gobble string/bareword from */ + char **pzOut, /* OUT: malloc'd buffer containing str/bw */ + int *pbQuoted /* OUT: Set to true if dequoting required */ +){ + const char *zRet = 0; + + int nIn = (int)strlen(zIn); + char *zOut = sqlite3_malloc(nIn+1); + + assert( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ); + *pbQuoted = 0; + *pzOut = 0; + + if( zOut==0 ){ + *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memcpy(zOut, zIn, nIn+1); + if( fts5_isopenquote(zOut[0]) ){ + int ii = fts5Dequote(zOut); + zRet = &zIn[ii]; + *pbQuoted = 1; + }else{ + zRet = fts5ConfigSkipBareword(zIn); + if( zRet ){ + zOut[zRet-zIn] = '\0'; + } + } + } + + if( zRet==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zOut); + }else{ + *pzOut = zOut; + } + + return zRet; +} + +static int fts5ConfigParseColumn( + Fts5Config *p, + char *zCol, + char *zArg, + char **pzErr +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zCol, FTS5_RANK_NAME) + || 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zCol, FTS5_ROWID_NAME) + ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("reserved fts5 column name: %s", zCol); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else if( zArg ){ + if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zArg, "unindexed") ){ + p->abUnindexed[p->nCol] = 1; + }else{ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized column option: %s", zArg); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + } + + p->azCol[p->nCol++] = zCol; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Populate the Fts5Config.zContentExprlist string. +*/ +static int fts5ConfigMakeExprlist(Fts5Config *p){ + int i; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts5Buffer buf = {0, 0, 0}; + + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(&rc, &buf, "T.%Q", p->zContentRowid); + if( p->eContent!=FTS5_CONTENT_NONE ){ + for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){ + if( p->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_EXTERNAL ){ + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(&rc, &buf, ", T.%Q", p->azCol[i]); + }else{ + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(&rc, &buf, ", T.c%d", i); + } + } + } + + assert( p->zContentExprlist==0 ); + p->zContentExprlist = (char*)buf.p; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Arguments nArg/azArg contain the string arguments passed to the xCreate +** or xConnect method of the virtual table. This function attempts to +** allocate an instance of Fts5Config containing the results of parsing +** those arguments. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppOut is set to point to the +** new Fts5Config object. If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is +** returned, *ppOut is set to NULL and an error message may be left in +** *pzErr. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free any +** such error message using sqlite3_free(). +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigParse( + Fts5Global *pGlobal, + sqlite3 *db, + int nArg, /* Number of arguments */ + const char **azArg, /* Array of nArg CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE args */ + Fts5Config **ppOut, /* OUT: Results of parse */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: Error message */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + Fts5Config *pRet; /* New object to return */ + int i; + int nByte; + + *ppOut = pRet = (Fts5Config*)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts5Config)); + if( pRet==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pRet, 0, sizeof(Fts5Config)); + pRet->db = db; + pRet->iCookie = -1; + + nByte = nArg * (sizeof(char*) + sizeof(u8)); + pRet->azCol = (char**)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, nByte); + pRet->abUnindexed = (u8*)&pRet->azCol[nArg]; + pRet->zDb = sqlite3Fts5Strndup(&rc, azArg[1], -1); + pRet->zName = sqlite3Fts5Strndup(&rc, azArg[2], -1); + pRet->bColumnsize = 1; + pRet->eDetail = FTS5_DETAIL_FULL; +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + pRet->bPrefixIndex = 1; +#endif + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_stricmp(pRet->zName, FTS5_RANK_NAME)==0 ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("reserved fts5 table name: %s", pRet->zName); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + for(i=3; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nArg; i++){ + const char *zOrig = azArg[i]; + const char *z; + char *zOne = 0; + char *zTwo = 0; + int bOption = 0; + int bMustBeCol = 0; + + z = fts5ConfigGobbleWord(&rc, zOrig, &zOne, &bMustBeCol); + z = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(z); + if( z && *z=='=' ){ + bOption = 1; + z++; + if( bMustBeCol ) z = 0; + } + z = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(z); + if( z && z[0] ){ + int bDummy; + z = fts5ConfigGobbleWord(&rc, z, &zTwo, &bDummy); + if( z && z[0] ) z = 0; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( z==0 ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("parse error in \"%s\"", zOrig); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + if( bOption ){ + rc = fts5ConfigParseSpecial(pGlobal, pRet, zOne, zTwo?zTwo:"", pzErr); + }else{ + rc = fts5ConfigParseColumn(pRet, zOne, zTwo, pzErr); + zOne = 0; + } + } + } + + sqlite3_free(zOne); + sqlite3_free(zTwo); + } + + /* If a tokenizer= option was successfully parsed, the tokenizer has + ** already been allocated. Otherwise, allocate an instance of the default + ** tokenizer (unicode61) now. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRet->pTok==0 ){ + rc = fts5ConfigDefaultTokenizer(pGlobal, pRet); + } + + /* If no zContent option was specified, fill in the default values. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRet->zContent==0 ){ + const char *zTail = 0; + assert( pRet->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL + || pRet->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NONE + ); + if( pRet->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){ + zTail = "content"; + }else if( pRet->bColumnsize ){ + zTail = "docsize"; + } + + if( zTail ){ + pRet->zContent = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf( + &rc, "%Q.'%q_%s'", pRet->zDb, pRet->zName, zTail + ); + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRet->zContentRowid==0 ){ + pRet->zContentRowid = sqlite3Fts5Strndup(&rc, "rowid", -1); + } + + /* Formulate the zContentExprlist text */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts5ConfigMakeExprlist(pRet); + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3Fts5ConfigFree(pRet); + *ppOut = 0; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Free the configuration object passed as the only argument. +*/ +static void sqlite3Fts5ConfigFree(Fts5Config *pConfig){ + if( pConfig ){ + int i; + if( pConfig->pTok ){ + pConfig->pTokApi->xDelete(pConfig->pTok); + } + sqlite3_free(pConfig->zDb); + sqlite3_free(pConfig->zName); + for(i=0; i<pConfig->nCol; i++){ + sqlite3_free(pConfig->azCol[i]); + } + sqlite3_free(pConfig->azCol); + sqlite3_free(pConfig->aPrefix); + sqlite3_free(pConfig->zRank); + sqlite3_free(pConfig->zRankArgs); + sqlite3_free(pConfig->zContent); + sqlite3_free(pConfig->zContentRowid); + sqlite3_free(pConfig->zContentExprlist); + sqlite3_free(pConfig); + } +} + +/* +** Call sqlite3_declare_vtab() based on the contents of the configuration +** object passed as the only argument. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or +** an SQLite error code if an error occurs. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigDeclareVtab(Fts5Config *pConfig){ + int i; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + char *zSql; + + zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, "CREATE TABLE x("); + for(i=0; zSql && i<pConfig->nCol; i++){ + const char *zSep = (i==0?"":", "); + zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, "%z%s%Q", zSql, zSep, pConfig->azCol[i]); + } + zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, "%z, %Q HIDDEN, %s HIDDEN)", + zSql, pConfig->zName, FTS5_RANK_NAME + ); + + assert( zSql || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); + if( zSql ){ + rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(pConfig->db, zSql); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Tokenize the text passed via the second and third arguments. +** +** The callback is invoked once for each token in the input text. The +** arguments passed to it are, in order: +** +** void *pCtx // Copy of 4th argument to sqlite3Fts5Tokenize() +** const char *pToken // Pointer to buffer containing token +** int nToken // Size of token in bytes +** int iStart // Byte offset of start of token within input text +** int iEnd // Byte offset of end of token within input text +** int iPos // Position of token in input (first token is 0) +** +** If the callback returns a non-zero value the tokenization is abandoned +** and no further callbacks are issued. +** +** This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful or an SQLite error code +** if an error occurs. If the tokenization was abandoned early because +** the callback returned SQLITE_DONE, this is not an error and this function +** still returns SQLITE_OK. Or, if the tokenization was abandoned early +** because the callback returned another non-zero value, it is assumed +** to be an SQLite error code and returned to the caller. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5Tokenize( + Fts5Config *pConfig, /* FTS5 Configuration object */ + int flags, /* FTS5_TOKENIZE_* flags */ + const char *pText, int nText, /* Text to tokenize */ + void *pCtx, /* Context passed to xToken() */ + int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int) /* Callback */ +){ + if( pText==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + return pConfig->pTokApi->xTokenize( + pConfig->pTok, pCtx, flags, pText, nText, xToken + ); +} + +/* +** Argument pIn points to the first character in what is expected to be +** a comma-separated list of SQL literals followed by a ')' character. +** If it actually is this, return a pointer to the ')'. Otherwise, return +** NULL to indicate a parse error. +*/ +static const char *fts5ConfigSkipArgs(const char *pIn){ + const char *p = pIn; + + while( 1 ){ + p = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(p); + p = fts5ConfigSkipLiteral(p); + p = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(p); + if( p==0 || *p==')' ) break; + if( *p!=',' ){ + p = 0; + break; + } + p++; + } + + return p; +} + +/* +** Parameter zIn contains a rank() function specification. The format of +** this is: +** +** + Bareword (function name) +** + Open parenthesis - "(" +** + Zero or more SQL literals in a comma separated list +** + Close parenthesis - ")" +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigParseRank( + const char *zIn, /* Input string */ + char **pzRank, /* OUT: Rank function name */ + char **pzRankArgs /* OUT: Rank function arguments */ +){ + const char *p = zIn; + const char *pRank; + char *zRank = 0; + char *zRankArgs = 0; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + *pzRank = 0; + *pzRankArgs = 0; + + if( p==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + p = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(p); + pRank = p; + p = fts5ConfigSkipBareword(p); + + if( p ){ + zRank = sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, 1 + p - pRank); + if( zRank ) memcpy(zRank, pRank, p-pRank); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(p); + if( *p!='(' ) rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + p++; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + const char *pArgs; + p = fts5ConfigSkipWhitespace(p); + pArgs = p; + if( *p!=')' ){ + p = fts5ConfigSkipArgs(p); + if( p==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + zRankArgs = sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, 1 + p - pArgs); + if( zRankArgs ) memcpy(zRankArgs, pArgs, p-pArgs); + } + } + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(zRank); + assert( zRankArgs==0 ); + }else{ + *pzRank = zRank; + *pzRankArgs = zRankArgs; + } + return rc; +} + +static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigSetValue( + Fts5Config *pConfig, + const char *zKey, + sqlite3_value *pVal, + int *pbBadkey +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zKey, "pgsz") ){ + int pgsz = 0; + if( SQLITE_INTEGER==sqlite3_value_numeric_type(pVal) ){ + pgsz = sqlite3_value_int(pVal); + } + if( pgsz<=0 || pgsz>FTS5_MAX_PAGE_SIZE ){ + *pbBadkey = 1; + }else{ + pConfig->pgsz = pgsz; + } + } + + else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zKey, "hashsize") ){ + int nHashSize = -1; + if( SQLITE_INTEGER==sqlite3_value_numeric_type(pVal) ){ + nHashSize = sqlite3_value_int(pVal); + } + if( nHashSize<=0 ){ + *pbBadkey = 1; + }else{ + pConfig->nHashSize = nHashSize; + } + } + + else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zKey, "automerge") ){ + int nAutomerge = -1; + if( SQLITE_INTEGER==sqlite3_value_numeric_type(pVal) ){ + nAutomerge = sqlite3_value_int(pVal); + } + if( nAutomerge<0 || nAutomerge>64 ){ + *pbBadkey = 1; + }else{ + if( nAutomerge==1 ) nAutomerge = FTS5_DEFAULT_AUTOMERGE; + pConfig->nAutomerge = nAutomerge; + } + } + + else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zKey, "usermerge") ){ + int nUsermerge = -1; + if( SQLITE_INTEGER==sqlite3_value_numeric_type(pVal) ){ + nUsermerge = sqlite3_value_int(pVal); + } + if( nUsermerge<2 || nUsermerge>16 ){ + *pbBadkey = 1; + }else{ + pConfig->nUsermerge = nUsermerge; + } + } + + else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zKey, "crisismerge") ){ + int nCrisisMerge = -1; + if( SQLITE_INTEGER==sqlite3_value_numeric_type(pVal) ){ + nCrisisMerge = sqlite3_value_int(pVal); + } + if( nCrisisMerge<0 ){ + *pbBadkey = 1; + }else{ + if( nCrisisMerge<=1 ) nCrisisMerge = FTS5_DEFAULT_CRISISMERGE; + pConfig->nCrisisMerge = nCrisisMerge; + } + } + + else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zKey, "rank") ){ + const char *zIn = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(pVal); + char *zRank; + char *zRankArgs; + rc = sqlite3Fts5ConfigParseRank(zIn, &zRank, &zRankArgs); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(pConfig->zRank); + sqlite3_free(pConfig->zRankArgs); + pConfig->zRank = zRank; + pConfig->zRankArgs = zRankArgs; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + *pbBadkey = 1; + } + }else{ + *pbBadkey = 1; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Load the contents of the %_config table into memory. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5ConfigLoad(Fts5Config *pConfig, int iCookie){ + const char *zSelect = "SELECT k, v FROM %Q.'%q_config'"; + char *zSql; + sqlite3_stmt *p = 0; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int iVersion = 0; + + /* Set default values */ + pConfig->pgsz = FTS5_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; + pConfig->nAutomerge = FTS5_DEFAULT_AUTOMERGE; + pConfig->nUsermerge = FTS5_DEFAULT_USERMERGE; + pConfig->nCrisisMerge = FTS5_DEFAULT_CRISISMERGE; + pConfig->nHashSize = FTS5_DEFAULT_HASHSIZE; + + zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, zSelect, pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName); + if( zSql ){ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pConfig->db, zSql, -1, &p, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } + + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || p==0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(p) ){ + const char *zK = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(p, 0); + sqlite3_value *pVal = sqlite3_column_value(p, 1); + if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zK, "version") ){ + iVersion = sqlite3_value_int(pVal); + }else{ + int bDummy = 0; + sqlite3Fts5ConfigSetValue(pConfig, zK, pVal, &bDummy); + } + } + rc = sqlite3_finalize(p); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iVersion!=FTS5_CURRENT_VERSION ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + if( pConfig->pzErrmsg ){ + assert( 0==*pConfig->pzErrmsg ); + *pConfig->pzErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf( + "invalid fts5 file format (found %d, expected %d) - run 'rebuild'", + iVersion, FTS5_CURRENT_VERSION + ); + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pConfig->iCookie = iCookie; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** 2014 May 31 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +*/ + + + +/* #include "fts5Int.h" */ +/* #include "fts5parse.h" */ + +/* +** All token types in the generated fts5parse.h file are greater than 0. +*/ +#define FTS5_EOF 0 + +#define FTS5_LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32)) + +typedef struct Fts5ExprTerm Fts5ExprTerm; + +/* +** Functions generated by lemon from fts5parse.y. +*/ +static void *sqlite3Fts5ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(u64)); +static void sqlite3Fts5ParserFree(void*, void (*freeProc)(void*)); +static void sqlite3Fts5Parser(void*, int, Fts5Token, Fts5Parse*); +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* #include <stdio.h> */ +static void sqlite3Fts5ParserTrace(FILE*, char*); +#endif + + +struct Fts5Expr { + Fts5Index *pIndex; + Fts5Config *pConfig; + Fts5ExprNode *pRoot; + int bDesc; /* Iterate in descending rowid order */ + int nPhrase; /* Number of phrases in expression */ + Fts5ExprPhrase **apExprPhrase; /* Pointers to phrase objects */ +}; + +/* +** eType: +** Expression node type. Always one of: +** +** FTS5_AND (nChild, apChild valid) +** FTS5_OR (nChild, apChild valid) +** FTS5_NOT (nChild, apChild valid) +** FTS5_STRING (pNear valid) +** FTS5_TERM (pNear valid) +*/ +struct Fts5ExprNode { + int eType; /* Node type */ + int bEof; /* True at EOF */ + int bNomatch; /* True if entry is not a match */ + + /* Next method for this node. */ + int (*xNext)(Fts5Expr*, Fts5ExprNode*, int, i64); + + i64 iRowid; /* Current rowid */ + Fts5ExprNearset *pNear; /* For FTS5_STRING - cluster of phrases */ + + /* Child nodes. For a NOT node, this array always contains 2 entries. For + ** AND or OR nodes, it contains 2 or more entries. */ + int nChild; /* Number of child nodes */ + Fts5ExprNode *apChild[1]; /* Array of child nodes */ +}; + +#define Fts5NodeIsString(p) ((p)->eType==FTS5_TERM || (p)->eType==FTS5_STRING) + +/* +** Invoke the xNext method of an Fts5ExprNode object. This macro should be +** used as if it has the same signature as the xNext() methods themselves. +*/ +#define fts5ExprNodeNext(a,b,c,d) (b)->xNext((a), (b), (c), (d)) + +/* +** An instance of the following structure represents a single search term +** or term prefix. +*/ +struct Fts5ExprTerm { + int bPrefix; /* True for a prefix term */ + char *zTerm; /* nul-terminated term */ + Fts5IndexIter *pIter; /* Iterator for this term */ + Fts5ExprTerm *pSynonym; /* Pointer to first in list of synonyms */ +}; + +/* +** A phrase. One or more terms that must appear in a contiguous sequence +** within a document for it to match. +*/ +struct Fts5ExprPhrase { + Fts5ExprNode *pNode; /* FTS5_STRING node this phrase is part of */ + Fts5Buffer poslist; /* Current position list */ + int nTerm; /* Number of entries in aTerm[] */ + Fts5ExprTerm aTerm[1]; /* Terms that make up this phrase */ +}; + +/* +** One or more phrases that must appear within a certain token distance of +** each other within each matching document. +*/ +struct Fts5ExprNearset { + int nNear; /* NEAR parameter */ + Fts5Colset *pColset; /* Columns to search (NULL -> all columns) */ + int nPhrase; /* Number of entries in aPhrase[] array */ + Fts5ExprPhrase *apPhrase[1]; /* Array of phrase pointers */ +}; + + +/* +** Parse context. +*/ +struct Fts5Parse { + Fts5Config *pConfig; + char *zErr; + int rc; + int nPhrase; /* Size of apPhrase array */ + Fts5ExprPhrase **apPhrase; /* Array of all phrases */ + Fts5ExprNode *pExpr; /* Result of a successful parse */ +}; + +static void sqlite3Fts5ParseError(Fts5Parse *pParse, const char *zFmt, ...){ + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, zFmt); + if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pParse->zErr = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + va_end(ap); +} + +static int fts5ExprIsspace(char t){ + return t==' ' || t=='\t' || t=='\n' || t=='\r'; +} + +/* +** Read the first token from the nul-terminated string at *pz. +*/ +static int fts5ExprGetToken( + Fts5Parse *pParse, + const char **pz, /* IN/OUT: Pointer into buffer */ + Fts5Token *pToken +){ + const char *z = *pz; + int tok; + + /* Skip past any whitespace */ + while( fts5ExprIsspace(*z) ) z++; + + pToken->p = z; + pToken->n = 1; + switch( *z ){ + case '(': tok = FTS5_LP; break; + case ')': tok = FTS5_RP; break; + case '{': tok = FTS5_LCP; break; + case '}': tok = FTS5_RCP; break; + case ':': tok = FTS5_COLON; break; + case ',': tok = FTS5_COMMA; break; + case '+': tok = FTS5_PLUS; break; + case '*': tok = FTS5_STAR; break; + case '\0': tok = FTS5_EOF; break; + + case '"': { + const char *z2; + tok = FTS5_STRING; + + for(z2=&z[1]; 1; z2++){ + if( z2[0]=='"' ){ + z2++; + if( z2[0]!='"' ) break; + } + if( z2[0]=='\0' ){ + sqlite3Fts5ParseError(pParse, "unterminated string"); + return FTS5_EOF; + } + } + pToken->n = (z2 - z); + break; + } + + default: { + const char *z2; + if( sqlite3Fts5IsBareword(z[0])==0 ){ + sqlite3Fts5ParseError(pParse, "fts5: syntax error near \"%.1s\"", z); + return FTS5_EOF; + } + tok = FTS5_STRING; + for(z2=&z[1]; sqlite3Fts5IsBareword(*z2); z2++); + pToken->n = (z2 - z); + if( pToken->n==2 && memcmp(pToken->p, "OR", 2)==0 ) tok = FTS5_OR; + if( pToken->n==3 && memcmp(pToken->p, "NOT", 3)==0 ) tok = FTS5_NOT; + if( pToken->n==3 && memcmp(pToken->p, "AND", 3)==0 ) tok = FTS5_AND; + break; + } + } + + *pz = &pToken->p[pToken->n]; + return tok; +} + +static void *fts5ParseAlloc(u64 t){ return sqlite3_malloc((int)t); } +static void fts5ParseFree(void *p){ sqlite3_free(p); } + +static int sqlite3Fts5ExprNew( + Fts5Config *pConfig, /* FTS5 Configuration */ + const char *zExpr, /* Expression text */ + Fts5Expr **ppNew, + char **pzErr +){ + Fts5Parse sParse; + Fts5Token token; + const char *z = zExpr; + int t; /* Next token type */ + void *pEngine; + Fts5Expr *pNew; + + *ppNew = 0; + *pzErr = 0; + memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(sParse)); + pEngine = sqlite3Fts5ParserAlloc(fts5ParseAlloc); + if( pEngine==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } + sParse.pConfig = pConfig; + + do { + t = fts5ExprGetToken(&sParse, &z, &token); + sqlite3Fts5Parser(pEngine, t, token, &sParse); + }while( sParse.rc==SQLITE_OK && t!=FTS5_EOF ); + sqlite3Fts5ParserFree(pEngine, fts5ParseFree); + + assert( sParse.rc!=SQLITE_OK || sParse.zErr==0 ); + if( sParse.rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + *ppNew = pNew = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts5Expr)); + if( pNew==0 ){ + sParse.rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(sParse.pExpr); + }else{ + if( !sParse.pExpr ){ + const int nByte = sizeof(Fts5ExprNode); + pNew->pRoot = (Fts5ExprNode*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&sParse.rc, nByte); + if( pNew->pRoot ){ + pNew->pRoot->bEof = 1; + } + }else{ + pNew->pRoot = sParse.pExpr; + } + pNew->pIndex = 0; + pNew->pConfig = pConfig; + pNew->apExprPhrase = sParse.apPhrase; + pNew->nPhrase = sParse.nPhrase; + sParse.apPhrase = 0; + } + }else{ + sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(sParse.pExpr); + } + + sqlite3_free(sParse.apPhrase); + *pzErr = sParse.zErr; + return sParse.rc; +} + +/* +** Free the expression node object passed as the only argument. +*/ +static void sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(Fts5ExprNode *p){ + if( p ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<p->nChild; i++){ + sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(p->apChild[i]); + } + sqlite3Fts5ParseNearsetFree(p->pNear); + sqlite3_free(p); + } +} + +/* +** Free the expression object passed as the only argument. +*/ +static void sqlite3Fts5ExprFree(Fts5Expr *p){ + if( p ){ + sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(p->pRoot); + sqlite3_free(p->apExprPhrase); + sqlite3_free(p); + } +} + +/* +** Argument pTerm must be a synonym iterator. Return the current rowid +** that it points to. +*/ +static i64 fts5ExprSynonymRowid(Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm, int bDesc, int *pbEof){ + i64 iRet = 0; + int bRetValid = 0; + Fts5ExprTerm *p; + + assert( pTerm->pSynonym ); + assert( bDesc==0 || bDesc==1 ); + for(p=pTerm; p; p=p->pSynonym){ + if( 0==sqlite3Fts5IterEof(p->pIter) ){ + i64 iRowid = p->pIter->iRowid; + if( bRetValid==0 || (bDesc!=(iRowid<iRet)) ){ + iRet = iRowid; + bRetValid = 1; + } + } + } + + if( pbEof && bRetValid==0 ) *pbEof = 1; + return iRet; +} + +/* +** Argument pTerm must be a synonym iterator. +*/ +static int fts5ExprSynonymList( + Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm, + i64 iRowid, + Fts5Buffer *pBuf, /* Use this buffer for space if required */ + u8 **pa, int *pn +){ + Fts5PoslistReader aStatic[4]; + Fts5PoslistReader *aIter = aStatic; + int nIter = 0; + int nAlloc = 4; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts5ExprTerm *p; + + assert( pTerm->pSynonym ); + for(p=pTerm; p; p=p->pSynonym){ + Fts5IndexIter *pIter = p->pIter; + if( sqlite3Fts5IterEof(pIter)==0 && pIter->iRowid==iRowid ){ + if( pIter->nData==0 ) continue; + if( nIter==nAlloc ){ + int nByte = sizeof(Fts5PoslistReader) * nAlloc * 2; + Fts5PoslistReader *aNew = (Fts5PoslistReader*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( aNew==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto synonym_poslist_out; + } + memcpy(aNew, aIter, sizeof(Fts5PoslistReader) * nIter); + nAlloc = nAlloc*2; + if( aIter!=aStatic ) sqlite3_free(aIter); + aIter = aNew; + } + sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderInit(pIter->pData, pIter->nData, &aIter[nIter]); + assert( aIter[nIter].bEof==0 ); + nIter++; + } + } + + if( nIter==1 ){ + *pa = (u8*)aIter[0].a; + *pn = aIter[0].n; + }else{ + Fts5PoslistWriter writer = {0}; + i64 iPrev = -1; + fts5BufferZero(pBuf); + while( 1 ){ + int i; + i64 iMin = FTS5_LARGEST_INT64; + for(i=0; i<nIter; i++){ + if( aIter[i].bEof==0 ){ + if( aIter[i].iPos==iPrev ){ + if( sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderNext(&aIter[i]) ) continue; + } + if( aIter[i].iPos<iMin ){ + iMin = aIter[i].iPos; + } + } + } + if( iMin==FTS5_LARGEST_INT64 || rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + rc = sqlite3Fts5PoslistWriterAppend(pBuf, &writer, iMin); + iPrev = iMin; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + *pa = pBuf->p; + *pn = pBuf->n; + } + } + + synonym_poslist_out: + if( aIter!=aStatic ) sqlite3_free(aIter); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** All individual term iterators in pPhrase are guaranteed to be valid and +** pointing to the same rowid when this function is called. This function +** checks if the current rowid really is a match, and if so populates +** the pPhrase->poslist buffer accordingly. Output parameter *pbMatch +** is set to true if this is really a match, or false otherwise. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if an error occurs, or an SQLite error code +** otherwise. It is not considered an error code if the current rowid is +** not a match. +*/ +static int fts5ExprPhraseIsMatch( + Fts5ExprNode *pNode, /* Node pPhrase belongs to */ + Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase, /* Phrase object to initialize */ + int *pbMatch /* OUT: Set to true if really a match */ +){ + Fts5PoslistWriter writer = {0}; + Fts5PoslistReader aStatic[4]; + Fts5PoslistReader *aIter = aStatic; + int i; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + fts5BufferZero(&pPhrase->poslist); + + /* If the aStatic[] array is not large enough, allocate a large array + ** using sqlite3_malloc(). This approach could be improved upon. */ + if( pPhrase->nTerm>ArraySize(aStatic) ){ + int nByte = sizeof(Fts5PoslistReader) * pPhrase->nTerm; + aIter = (Fts5PoslistReader*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( !aIter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(aIter, 0, sizeof(Fts5PoslistReader) * pPhrase->nTerm); + + /* Initialize a term iterator for each term in the phrase */ + for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nTerm; i++){ + Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm = &pPhrase->aTerm[i]; + int n = 0; + int bFlag = 0; + u8 *a = 0; + if( pTerm->pSynonym ){ + Fts5Buffer buf = {0, 0, 0}; + rc = fts5ExprSynonymList(pTerm, pNode->iRowid, &buf, &a, &n); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3_free(a); + goto ismatch_out; + } + if( a==buf.p ) bFlag = 1; + }else{ + a = (u8*)pTerm->pIter->pData; + n = pTerm->pIter->nData; + } + sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderInit(a, n, &aIter[i]); + aIter[i].bFlag = (u8)bFlag; + if( aIter[i].bEof ) goto ismatch_out; + } + + while( 1 ){ + int bMatch; + i64 iPos = aIter[0].iPos; + do { + bMatch = 1; + for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nTerm; i++){ + Fts5PoslistReader *pPos = &aIter[i]; + i64 iAdj = iPos + i; + if( pPos->iPos!=iAdj ){ + bMatch = 0; + while( pPos->iPos<iAdj ){ + if( sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderNext(pPos) ) goto ismatch_out; + } + if( pPos->iPos>iAdj ) iPos = pPos->iPos-i; + } + } + }while( bMatch==0 ); + + /* Append position iPos to the output */ + rc = sqlite3Fts5PoslistWriterAppend(&pPhrase->poslist, &writer, iPos); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto ismatch_out; + + for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nTerm; i++){ + if( sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderNext(&aIter[i]) ) goto ismatch_out; + } + } + + ismatch_out: + *pbMatch = (pPhrase->poslist.n>0); + for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nTerm; i++){ + if( aIter[i].bFlag ) sqlite3_free((u8*)aIter[i].a); + } + if( aIter!=aStatic ) sqlite3_free(aIter); + return rc; +} + +typedef struct Fts5LookaheadReader Fts5LookaheadReader; +struct Fts5LookaheadReader { + const u8 *a; /* Buffer containing position list */ + int n; /* Size of buffer a[] in bytes */ + int i; /* Current offset in position list */ + i64 iPos; /* Current position */ + i64 iLookahead; /* Next position */ +}; + +#define FTS5_LOOKAHEAD_EOF (((i64)1) << 62) + +static int fts5LookaheadReaderNext(Fts5LookaheadReader *p){ + p->iPos = p->iLookahead; + if( sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(p->a, p->n, &p->i, &p->iLookahead) ){ + p->iLookahead = FTS5_LOOKAHEAD_EOF; + } + return (p->iPos==FTS5_LOOKAHEAD_EOF); +} + +static int fts5LookaheadReaderInit( + const u8 *a, int n, /* Buffer to read position list from */ + Fts5LookaheadReader *p /* Iterator object to initialize */ +){ + memset(p, 0, sizeof(Fts5LookaheadReader)); + p->a = a; + p->n = n; + fts5LookaheadReaderNext(p); + return fts5LookaheadReaderNext(p); +} + +typedef struct Fts5NearTrimmer Fts5NearTrimmer; +struct Fts5NearTrimmer { + Fts5LookaheadReader reader; /* Input iterator */ + Fts5PoslistWriter writer; /* Writer context */ + Fts5Buffer *pOut; /* Output poslist */ +}; + +/* +** The near-set object passed as the first argument contains more than +** one phrase. All phrases currently point to the same row. The +** Fts5ExprPhrase.poslist buffers are populated accordingly. This function +** tests if the current row contains instances of each phrase sufficiently +** close together to meet the NEAR constraint. Non-zero is returned if it +** does, or zero otherwise. +** +** If in/out parameter (*pRc) is set to other than SQLITE_OK when this +** function is called, it is a no-op. Or, if an error (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) +** occurs within this function (*pRc) is set accordingly before returning. +** The return value is undefined in both these cases. +** +** If no error occurs and non-zero (a match) is returned, the position-list +** of each phrase object is edited to contain only those entries that +** meet the constraint before returning. +*/ +static int fts5ExprNearIsMatch(int *pRc, Fts5ExprNearset *pNear){ + Fts5NearTrimmer aStatic[4]; + Fts5NearTrimmer *a = aStatic; + Fts5ExprPhrase **apPhrase = pNear->apPhrase; + + int i; + int rc = *pRc; + int bMatch; + + assert( pNear->nPhrase>1 ); + + /* If the aStatic[] array is not large enough, allocate a large array + ** using sqlite3_malloc(). This approach could be improved upon. */ + if( pNear->nPhrase>ArraySize(aStatic) ){ + int nByte = sizeof(Fts5NearTrimmer) * pNear->nPhrase; + a = (Fts5NearTrimmer*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, nByte); + }else{ + memset(aStatic, 0, sizeof(aStatic)); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pRc = rc; + return 0; + } + + /* Initialize a lookahead iterator for each phrase. After passing the + ** buffer and buffer size to the lookaside-reader init function, zero + ** the phrase poslist buffer. The new poslist for the phrase (containing + ** the same entries as the original with some entries removed on account + ** of the NEAR constraint) is written over the original even as it is + ** being read. This is safe as the entries for the new poslist are a + ** subset of the old, so it is not possible for data yet to be read to + ** be overwritten. */ + for(i=0; i<pNear->nPhrase; i++){ + Fts5Buffer *pPoslist = &apPhrase[i]->poslist; + fts5LookaheadReaderInit(pPoslist->p, pPoslist->n, &a[i].reader); + pPoslist->n = 0; + a[i].pOut = pPoslist; + } + + while( 1 ){ + int iAdv; + i64 iMin; + i64 iMax; + + /* This block advances the phrase iterators until they point to a set of + ** entries that together comprise a match. */ + iMax = a[0].reader.iPos; + do { + bMatch = 1; + for(i=0; i<pNear->nPhrase; i++){ + Fts5LookaheadReader *pPos = &a[i].reader; + iMin = iMax - pNear->apPhrase[i]->nTerm - pNear->nNear; + if( pPos->iPos<iMin || pPos->iPos>iMax ){ + bMatch = 0; + while( pPos->iPos<iMin ){ + if( fts5LookaheadReaderNext(pPos) ) goto ismatch_out; + } + if( pPos->iPos>iMax ) iMax = pPos->iPos; + } + } + }while( bMatch==0 ); + + /* Add an entry to each output position list */ + for(i=0; i<pNear->nPhrase; i++){ + i64 iPos = a[i].reader.iPos; + Fts5PoslistWriter *pWriter = &a[i].writer; + if( a[i].pOut->n==0 || iPos!=pWriter->iPrev ){ + sqlite3Fts5PoslistWriterAppend(a[i].pOut, pWriter, iPos); + } + } + + iAdv = 0; + iMin = a[0].reader.iLookahead; + for(i=0; i<pNear->nPhrase; i++){ + if( a[i].reader.iLookahead < iMin ){ + iMin = a[i].reader.iLookahead; + iAdv = i; + } + } + if( fts5LookaheadReaderNext(&a[iAdv].reader) ) goto ismatch_out; + } + + ismatch_out: { + int bRet = a[0].pOut->n>0; + *pRc = rc; + if( a!=aStatic ) sqlite3_free(a); + return bRet; + } +} + +/* +** Advance iterator pIter until it points to a value equal to or laster +** than the initial value of *piLast. If this means the iterator points +** to a value laster than *piLast, update *piLast to the new lastest value. +** +** If the iterator reaches EOF, set *pbEof to true before returning. If +** an error occurs, set *pRc to an error code. If either *pbEof or *pRc +** are set, return a non-zero value. Otherwise, return zero. +*/ +static int fts5ExprAdvanceto( + Fts5IndexIter *pIter, /* Iterator to advance */ + int bDesc, /* True if iterator is "rowid DESC" */ + i64 *piLast, /* IN/OUT: Lastest rowid seen so far */ + int *pRc, /* OUT: Error code */ + int *pbEof /* OUT: Set to true if EOF */ +){ + i64 iLast = *piLast; + i64 iRowid; + + iRowid = pIter->iRowid; + if( (bDesc==0 && iLast>iRowid) || (bDesc && iLast<iRowid) ){ + int rc = sqlite3Fts5IterNextFrom(pIter, iLast); + if( rc || sqlite3Fts5IterEof(pIter) ){ + *pRc = rc; + *pbEof = 1; + return 1; + } + iRowid = pIter->iRowid; + assert( (bDesc==0 && iRowid>=iLast) || (bDesc==1 && iRowid<=iLast) ); + } + *piLast = iRowid; + + return 0; +} + +static int fts5ExprSynonymAdvanceto( + Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm, /* Term iterator to advance */ + int bDesc, /* True if iterator is "rowid DESC" */ + i64 *piLast, /* IN/OUT: Lastest rowid seen so far */ + int *pRc /* OUT: Error code */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + i64 iLast = *piLast; + Fts5ExprTerm *p; + int bEof = 0; + + for(p=pTerm; rc==SQLITE_OK && p; p=p->pSynonym){ + if( sqlite3Fts5IterEof(p->pIter)==0 ){ + i64 iRowid = p->pIter->iRowid; + if( (bDesc==0 && iLast>iRowid) || (bDesc && iLast<iRowid) ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5IterNextFrom(p->pIter, iLast); + } + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pRc = rc; + bEof = 1; + }else{ + *piLast = fts5ExprSynonymRowid(pTerm, bDesc, &bEof); + } + return bEof; +} + + +static int fts5ExprNearTest( + int *pRc, + Fts5Expr *pExpr, /* Expression that pNear is a part of */ + Fts5ExprNode *pNode /* The "NEAR" node (FTS5_STRING) */ +){ + Fts5ExprNearset *pNear = pNode->pNear; + int rc = *pRc; + + if( pExpr->pConfig->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_FULL ){ + Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm; + Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNear->apPhrase[0]; + pPhrase->poslist.n = 0; + for(pTerm=&pPhrase->aTerm[0]; pTerm; pTerm=pTerm->pSynonym){ + Fts5IndexIter *pIter = pTerm->pIter; + if( sqlite3Fts5IterEof(pIter)==0 ){ + if( pIter->iRowid==pNode->iRowid && pIter->nData>0 ){ + pPhrase->poslist.n = 1; + } + } + } + return pPhrase->poslist.n; + }else{ + int i; + + /* Check that each phrase in the nearset matches the current row. + ** Populate the pPhrase->poslist buffers at the same time. If any + ** phrase is not a match, break out of the loop early. */ + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pNear->nPhrase; i++){ + Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNear->apPhrase[i]; + if( pPhrase->nTerm>1 || pPhrase->aTerm[0].pSynonym || pNear->pColset ){ + int bMatch = 0; + rc = fts5ExprPhraseIsMatch(pNode, pPhrase, &bMatch); + if( bMatch==0 ) break; + }else{ + Fts5IndexIter *pIter = pPhrase->aTerm[0].pIter; + fts5BufferSet(&rc, &pPhrase->poslist, pIter->nData, pIter->pData); + } + } + + *pRc = rc; + if( i==pNear->nPhrase && (i==1 || fts5ExprNearIsMatch(pRc, pNear)) ){ + return 1; + } + return 0; + } +} + + +/* +** Initialize all term iterators in the pNear object. If any term is found +** to match no documents at all, return immediately without initializing any +** further iterators. +*/ +static int fts5ExprNearInitAll( + Fts5Expr *pExpr, + Fts5ExprNode *pNode +){ + Fts5ExprNearset *pNear = pNode->pNear; + int i, j; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( pNode->bNomatch==0 ); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pNear->nPhrase; i++){ + Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNear->apPhrase[i]; + for(j=0; j<pPhrase->nTerm; j++){ + Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm = &pPhrase->aTerm[j]; + Fts5ExprTerm *p; + int bEof = 1; + + for(p=pTerm; p && rc==SQLITE_OK; p=p->pSynonym){ + if( p->pIter ){ + sqlite3Fts5IterClose(p->pIter); + p->pIter = 0; + } + rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery( + pExpr->pIndex, p->zTerm, (int)strlen(p->zTerm), + (pTerm->bPrefix ? FTS5INDEX_QUERY_PREFIX : 0) | + (pExpr->bDesc ? FTS5INDEX_QUERY_DESC : 0), + pNear->pColset, + &p->pIter + ); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || p->pIter==0 ); + if( p->pIter && 0==sqlite3Fts5IterEof(p->pIter) ){ + bEof = 0; + } + } + + if( bEof ){ + pNode->bEof = 1; + return rc; + } + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** If pExpr is an ASC iterator, this function returns a value with the +** same sign as: +** +** (iLhs - iRhs) +** +** Otherwise, if this is a DESC iterator, the opposite is returned: +** +** (iRhs - iLhs) +*/ +static int fts5RowidCmp( + Fts5Expr *pExpr, + i64 iLhs, + i64 iRhs +){ + assert( pExpr->bDesc==0 || pExpr->bDesc==1 ); + if( pExpr->bDesc==0 ){ + if( iLhs<iRhs ) return -1; + return (iLhs > iRhs); + }else{ + if( iLhs>iRhs ) return -1; + return (iLhs < iRhs); + } +} + +static void fts5ExprSetEof(Fts5ExprNode *pNode){ + int i; + pNode->bEof = 1; + pNode->bNomatch = 0; + for(i=0; i<pNode->nChild; i++){ + fts5ExprSetEof(pNode->apChild[i]); + } +} + +static void fts5ExprNodeZeroPoslist(Fts5ExprNode *pNode){ + if( pNode->eType==FTS5_STRING || pNode->eType==FTS5_TERM ){ + Fts5ExprNearset *pNear = pNode->pNear; + int i; + for(i=0; i<pNear->nPhrase; i++){ + Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNear->apPhrase[i]; + pPhrase->poslist.n = 0; + } + }else{ + int i; + for(i=0; i<pNode->nChild; i++){ + fts5ExprNodeZeroPoslist(pNode->apChild[i]); + } + } +} + + + +/* +** Compare the values currently indicated by the two nodes as follows: +** +** res = (*p1) - (*p2) +** +** Nodes that point to values that come later in the iteration order are +** considered to be larger. Nodes at EOF are the largest of all. +** +** This means that if the iteration order is ASC, then numerically larger +** rowids are considered larger. Or if it is the default DESC, numerically +** smaller rowids are larger. +*/ +static int fts5NodeCompare( + Fts5Expr *pExpr, + Fts5ExprNode *p1, + Fts5ExprNode *p2 +){ + if( p2->bEof ) return -1; + if( p1->bEof ) return +1; + return fts5RowidCmp(pExpr, p1->iRowid, p2->iRowid); +} + +/* +** All individual term iterators in pNear are guaranteed to be valid when +** this function is called. This function checks if all term iterators +** point to the same rowid, and if not, advances them until they do. +** If an EOF is reached before this happens, *pbEof is set to true before +** returning. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if an error occurs, or an SQLite error code +** otherwise. It is not considered an error code if an iterator reaches +** EOF. +*/ +static int fts5ExprNodeTest_STRING( + Fts5Expr *pExpr, /* Expression pPhrase belongs to */ + Fts5ExprNode *pNode +){ + Fts5ExprNearset *pNear = pNode->pNear; + Fts5ExprPhrase *pLeft = pNear->apPhrase[0]; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + i64 iLast; /* Lastest rowid any iterator points to */ + int i, j; /* Phrase and token index, respectively */ + int bMatch; /* True if all terms are at the same rowid */ + const int bDesc = pExpr->bDesc; + + /* Check that this node should not be FTS5_TERM */ + assert( pNear->nPhrase>1 + || pNear->apPhrase[0]->nTerm>1 + || pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[0].pSynonym + ); + + /* Initialize iLast, the "lastest" rowid any iterator points to. If the + ** iterator skips through rowids in the default ascending order, this means + ** the maximum rowid. Or, if the iterator is "ORDER BY rowid DESC", then it + ** means the minimum rowid. */ + if( pLeft->aTerm[0].pSynonym ){ + iLast = fts5ExprSynonymRowid(&pLeft->aTerm[0], bDesc, 0); + }else{ + iLast = pLeft->aTerm[0].pIter->iRowid; + } + + do { + bMatch = 1; + for(i=0; i<pNear->nPhrase; i++){ + Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNear->apPhrase[i]; + for(j=0; j<pPhrase->nTerm; j++){ + Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm = &pPhrase->aTerm[j]; + if( pTerm->pSynonym ){ + i64 iRowid = fts5ExprSynonymRowid(pTerm, bDesc, 0); + if( iRowid==iLast ) continue; + bMatch = 0; + if( fts5ExprSynonymAdvanceto(pTerm, bDesc, &iLast, &rc) ){ + pNode->bNomatch = 0; + pNode->bEof = 1; + return rc; + } + }else{ + Fts5IndexIter *pIter = pPhrase->aTerm[j].pIter; + if( pIter->iRowid==iLast ) continue; + bMatch = 0; + if( fts5ExprAdvanceto(pIter, bDesc, &iLast, &rc, &pNode->bEof) ){ + return rc; + } + } + } + } + }while( bMatch==0 ); + + pNode->iRowid = iLast; + pNode->bNomatch = ((0==fts5ExprNearTest(&rc, pExpr, pNode)) && rc==SQLITE_OK); + assert( pNode->bEof==0 || pNode->bNomatch==0 ); + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Advance the first term iterator in the first phrase of pNear. Set output +** variable *pbEof to true if it reaches EOF or if an error occurs. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error +** occurs. +*/ +static int fts5ExprNodeNext_STRING( + Fts5Expr *pExpr, /* Expression pPhrase belongs to */ + Fts5ExprNode *pNode, /* FTS5_STRING or FTS5_TERM node */ + int bFromValid, + i64 iFrom +){ + Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm = &pNode->pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[0]; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + pNode->bNomatch = 0; + if( pTerm->pSynonym ){ + int bEof = 1; + Fts5ExprTerm *p; + + /* Find the firstest rowid any synonym points to. */ + i64 iRowid = fts5ExprSynonymRowid(pTerm, pExpr->bDesc, 0); + + /* Advance each iterator that currently points to iRowid. Or, if iFrom + ** is valid - each iterator that points to a rowid before iFrom. */ + for(p=pTerm; p; p=p->pSynonym){ + if( sqlite3Fts5IterEof(p->pIter)==0 ){ + i64 ii = p->pIter->iRowid; + if( ii==iRowid + || (bFromValid && ii!=iFrom && (ii>iFrom)==pExpr->bDesc) + ){ + if( bFromValid ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5IterNextFrom(p->pIter, iFrom); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3Fts5IterNext(p->pIter); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + if( sqlite3Fts5IterEof(p->pIter)==0 ){ + bEof = 0; + } + }else{ + bEof = 0; + } + } + } + + /* Set the EOF flag if either all synonym iterators are at EOF or an + ** error has occurred. */ + pNode->bEof = (rc || bEof); + }else{ + Fts5IndexIter *pIter = pTerm->pIter; + + assert( Fts5NodeIsString(pNode) ); + if( bFromValid ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5IterNextFrom(pIter, iFrom); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3Fts5IterNext(pIter); + } + + pNode->bEof = (rc || sqlite3Fts5IterEof(pIter)); + } + + if( pNode->bEof==0 ){ + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + rc = fts5ExprNodeTest_STRING(pExpr, pNode); + } + + return rc; +} + + +static int fts5ExprNodeTest_TERM( + Fts5Expr *pExpr, /* Expression that pNear is a part of */ + Fts5ExprNode *pNode /* The "NEAR" node (FTS5_TERM) */ +){ + /* As this "NEAR" object is actually a single phrase that consists + ** of a single term only, grab pointers into the poslist managed by the + ** fts5_index.c iterator object. This is much faster than synthesizing + ** a new poslist the way we have to for more complicated phrase or NEAR + ** expressions. */ + Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNode->pNear->apPhrase[0]; + Fts5IndexIter *pIter = pPhrase->aTerm[0].pIter; + + assert( pNode->eType==FTS5_TERM ); + assert( pNode->pNear->nPhrase==1 && pPhrase->nTerm==1 ); + assert( pPhrase->aTerm[0].pSynonym==0 ); + + pPhrase->poslist.n = pIter->nData; + if( pExpr->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_FULL ){ + pPhrase->poslist.p = (u8*)pIter->pData; + } + pNode->iRowid = pIter->iRowid; + pNode->bNomatch = (pPhrase->poslist.n==0); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** xNext() method for a node of type FTS5_TERM. +*/ +static int fts5ExprNodeNext_TERM( + Fts5Expr *pExpr, + Fts5ExprNode *pNode, + int bFromValid, + i64 iFrom +){ + int rc; + Fts5IndexIter *pIter = pNode->pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[0].pIter; + + assert( pNode->bEof==0 ); + if( bFromValid ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5IterNextFrom(pIter, iFrom); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3Fts5IterNext(pIter); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3Fts5IterEof(pIter)==0 ){ + rc = fts5ExprNodeTest_TERM(pExpr, pNode); + }else{ + pNode->bEof = 1; + pNode->bNomatch = 0; + } + return rc; +} + +static void fts5ExprNodeTest_OR( + Fts5Expr *pExpr, /* Expression of which pNode is a part */ + Fts5ExprNode *pNode /* Expression node to test */ +){ + Fts5ExprNode *pNext = pNode->apChild[0]; + int i; + + for(i=1; i<pNode->nChild; i++){ + Fts5ExprNode *pChild = pNode->apChild[i]; + int cmp = fts5NodeCompare(pExpr, pNext, pChild); + if( cmp>0 || (cmp==0 && pChild->bNomatch==0) ){ + pNext = pChild; + } + } + pNode->iRowid = pNext->iRowid; + pNode->bEof = pNext->bEof; + pNode->bNomatch = pNext->bNomatch; +} + +static int fts5ExprNodeNext_OR( + Fts5Expr *pExpr, + Fts5ExprNode *pNode, + int bFromValid, + i64 iFrom +){ + int i; + i64 iLast = pNode->iRowid; + + for(i=0; i<pNode->nChild; i++){ + Fts5ExprNode *p1 = pNode->apChild[i]; + assert( p1->bEof || fts5RowidCmp(pExpr, p1->iRowid, iLast)>=0 ); + if( p1->bEof==0 ){ + if( (p1->iRowid==iLast) + || (bFromValid && fts5RowidCmp(pExpr, p1->iRowid, iFrom)<0) + ){ + int rc = fts5ExprNodeNext(pExpr, p1, bFromValid, iFrom); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + } + } + + fts5ExprNodeTest_OR(pExpr, pNode); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Argument pNode is an FTS5_AND node. +*/ +static int fts5ExprNodeTest_AND( + Fts5Expr *pExpr, /* Expression pPhrase belongs to */ + Fts5ExprNode *pAnd /* FTS5_AND node to advance */ +){ + int iChild; + i64 iLast = pAnd->iRowid; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int bMatch; + + assert( pAnd->bEof==0 ); + do { + pAnd->bNomatch = 0; + bMatch = 1; + for(iChild=0; iChild<pAnd->nChild; iChild++){ + Fts5ExprNode *pChild = pAnd->apChild[iChild]; + int cmp = fts5RowidCmp(pExpr, iLast, pChild->iRowid); + if( cmp>0 ){ + /* Advance pChild until it points to iLast or laster */ + rc = fts5ExprNodeNext(pExpr, pChild, 1, iLast); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + + /* If the child node is now at EOF, so is the parent AND node. Otherwise, + ** the child node is guaranteed to have advanced at least as far as + ** rowid iLast. So if it is not at exactly iLast, pChild->iRowid is the + ** new lastest rowid seen so far. */ + assert( pChild->bEof || fts5RowidCmp(pExpr, iLast, pChild->iRowid)<=0 ); + if( pChild->bEof ){ + fts5ExprSetEof(pAnd); + bMatch = 1; + break; + }else if( iLast!=pChild->iRowid ){ + bMatch = 0; + iLast = pChild->iRowid; + } + + if( pChild->bNomatch ){ + pAnd->bNomatch = 1; + } + } + }while( bMatch==0 ); + + if( pAnd->bNomatch && pAnd!=pExpr->pRoot ){ + fts5ExprNodeZeroPoslist(pAnd); + } + pAnd->iRowid = iLast; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static int fts5ExprNodeNext_AND( + Fts5Expr *pExpr, + Fts5ExprNode *pNode, + int bFromValid, + i64 iFrom +){ + int rc = fts5ExprNodeNext(pExpr, pNode->apChild[0], bFromValid, iFrom); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts5ExprNodeTest_AND(pExpr, pNode); + } + return rc; +} + +static int fts5ExprNodeTest_NOT( + Fts5Expr *pExpr, /* Expression pPhrase belongs to */ + Fts5ExprNode *pNode /* FTS5_NOT node to advance */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts5ExprNode *p1 = pNode->apChild[0]; + Fts5ExprNode *p2 = pNode->apChild[1]; + assert( pNode->nChild==2 ); + + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && p1->bEof==0 ){ + int cmp = fts5NodeCompare(pExpr, p1, p2); + if( cmp>0 ){ + rc = fts5ExprNodeNext(pExpr, p2, 1, p1->iRowid); + cmp = fts5NodeCompare(pExpr, p1, p2); + } + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || cmp<=0 ); + if( cmp || p2->bNomatch ) break; + rc = fts5ExprNodeNext(pExpr, p1, 0, 0); + } + pNode->bEof = p1->bEof; + pNode->bNomatch = p1->bNomatch; + pNode->iRowid = p1->iRowid; + if( p1->bEof ){ + fts5ExprNodeZeroPoslist(p2); + } + return rc; +} + +static int fts5ExprNodeNext_NOT( + Fts5Expr *pExpr, + Fts5ExprNode *pNode, + int bFromValid, + i64 iFrom +){ + int rc = fts5ExprNodeNext(pExpr, pNode->apChild[0], bFromValid, iFrom); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts5ExprNodeTest_NOT(pExpr, pNode); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** If pNode currently points to a match, this function returns SQLITE_OK +** without modifying it. Otherwise, pNode is advanced until it does point +** to a match or EOF is reached. +*/ +static int fts5ExprNodeTest( + Fts5Expr *pExpr, /* Expression of which pNode is a part */ + Fts5ExprNode *pNode /* Expression node to test */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pNode->bEof==0 ){ + switch( pNode->eType ){ + + case FTS5_STRING: { + rc = fts5ExprNodeTest_STRING(pExpr, pNode); + break; + } + + case FTS5_TERM: { + rc = fts5ExprNodeTest_TERM(pExpr, pNode); + break; + } + + case FTS5_AND: { + rc = fts5ExprNodeTest_AND(pExpr, pNode); + break; + } + + case FTS5_OR: { + fts5ExprNodeTest_OR(pExpr, pNode); + break; + } + + default: assert( pNode->eType==FTS5_NOT ); { + rc = fts5ExprNodeTest_NOT(pExpr, pNode); + break; + } + } + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Set node pNode, which is part of expression pExpr, to point to the first +** match. If there are no matches, set the Node.bEof flag to indicate EOF. +** +** Return an SQLite error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_OK otherwise. +** It is not an error if there are no matches. +*/ +static int fts5ExprNodeFirst(Fts5Expr *pExpr, Fts5ExprNode *pNode){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + pNode->bEof = 0; + pNode->bNomatch = 0; + + if( Fts5NodeIsString(pNode) ){ + /* Initialize all term iterators in the NEAR object. */ + rc = fts5ExprNearInitAll(pExpr, pNode); + }else if( pNode->xNext==0 ){ + pNode->bEof = 1; + }else{ + int i; + int nEof = 0; + for(i=0; i<pNode->nChild && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ + Fts5ExprNode *pChild = pNode->apChild[i]; + rc = fts5ExprNodeFirst(pExpr, pNode->apChild[i]); + assert( pChild->bEof==0 || pChild->bEof==1 ); + nEof += pChild->bEof; + } + pNode->iRowid = pNode->apChild[0]->iRowid; + + switch( pNode->eType ){ + case FTS5_AND: + if( nEof>0 ) fts5ExprSetEof(pNode); + break; + + case FTS5_OR: + if( pNode->nChild==nEof ) fts5ExprSetEof(pNode); + break; + + default: + assert( pNode->eType==FTS5_NOT ); + pNode->bEof = pNode->apChild[0]->bEof; + break; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts5ExprNodeTest(pExpr, pNode); + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Begin iterating through the set of documents in index pIdx matched by +** the MATCH expression passed as the first argument. If the "bDesc" +** parameter is passed a non-zero value, iteration is in descending rowid +** order. Or, if it is zero, in ascending order. +** +** If iterating in ascending rowid order (bDesc==0), the first document +** visited is that with the smallest rowid that is larger than or equal +** to parameter iFirst. Or, if iterating in ascending order (bDesc==1), +** then the first document visited must have a rowid smaller than or +** equal to iFirst. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. It +** is not considered an error if the query does not match any documents. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5ExprFirst(Fts5Expr *p, Fts5Index *pIdx, i64 iFirst, int bDesc){ + Fts5ExprNode *pRoot = p->pRoot; + int rc; /* Return code */ + + p->pIndex = pIdx; + p->bDesc = bDesc; + rc = fts5ExprNodeFirst(p, pRoot); + + /* If not at EOF but the current rowid occurs earlier than iFirst in + ** the iteration order, move to document iFirst or later. */ + if( pRoot->bEof==0 && fts5RowidCmp(p, pRoot->iRowid, iFirst)<0 ){ + rc = fts5ExprNodeNext(p, pRoot, 1, iFirst); + } + + /* If the iterator is not at a real match, skip forward until it is. */ + while( pRoot->bNomatch ){ + assert( pRoot->bEof==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ); + rc = fts5ExprNodeNext(p, pRoot, 0, 0); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Move to the next document +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. It +** is not considered an error if the query does not match any documents. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5ExprNext(Fts5Expr *p, i64 iLast){ + int rc; + Fts5ExprNode *pRoot = p->pRoot; + assert( pRoot->bEof==0 && pRoot->bNomatch==0 ); + do { + rc = fts5ExprNodeNext(p, pRoot, 0, 0); + assert( pRoot->bNomatch==0 || (rc==SQLITE_OK && pRoot->bEof==0) ); + }while( pRoot->bNomatch ); + if( fts5RowidCmp(p, pRoot->iRowid, iLast)>0 ){ + pRoot->bEof = 1; + } + return rc; +} + +static int sqlite3Fts5ExprEof(Fts5Expr *p){ + return p->pRoot->bEof; +} + +static i64 sqlite3Fts5ExprRowid(Fts5Expr *p){ + return p->pRoot->iRowid; +} + +static int fts5ParseStringFromToken(Fts5Token *pToken, char **pz){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + *pz = sqlite3Fts5Strndup(&rc, pToken->p, pToken->n); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Free the phrase object passed as the only argument. +*/ +static void fts5ExprPhraseFree(Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase){ + if( pPhrase ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nTerm; i++){ + Fts5ExprTerm *pSyn; + Fts5ExprTerm *pNext; + Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm = &pPhrase->aTerm[i]; + sqlite3_free(pTerm->zTerm); + sqlite3Fts5IterClose(pTerm->pIter); + for(pSyn=pTerm->pSynonym; pSyn; pSyn=pNext){ + pNext = pSyn->pSynonym; + sqlite3Fts5IterClose(pSyn->pIter); + fts5BufferFree((Fts5Buffer*)&pSyn[1]); + sqlite3_free(pSyn); + } + } + if( pPhrase->poslist.nSpace>0 ) fts5BufferFree(&pPhrase->poslist); + sqlite3_free(pPhrase); + } +} + +/* +** If argument pNear is NULL, then a new Fts5ExprNearset object is allocated +** and populated with pPhrase. Or, if pNear is not NULL, phrase pPhrase is +** appended to it and the results returned. +** +** If an OOM error occurs, both the pNear and pPhrase objects are freed and +** NULL returned. +*/ +static Fts5ExprNearset *sqlite3Fts5ParseNearset( + Fts5Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Fts5ExprNearset *pNear, /* Existing nearset, or NULL */ + Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase /* Recently parsed phrase */ +){ + const int SZALLOC = 8; + Fts5ExprNearset *pRet = 0; + + if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pPhrase==0 ){ + return pNear; + } + if( pNear==0 ){ + int nByte = sizeof(Fts5ExprNearset) + SZALLOC * sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase*); + pRet = sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( pRet==0 ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(pRet, 0, nByte); + } + }else if( (pNear->nPhrase % SZALLOC)==0 ){ + int nNew = pNear->nPhrase + SZALLOC; + int nByte = sizeof(Fts5ExprNearset) + nNew * sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase*); + + pRet = (Fts5ExprNearset*)sqlite3_realloc(pNear, nByte); + if( pRet==0 ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + }else{ + pRet = pNear; + } + } + + if( pRet==0 ){ + assert( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + sqlite3Fts5ParseNearsetFree(pNear); + sqlite3Fts5ParsePhraseFree(pPhrase); + }else{ + if( pRet->nPhrase>0 ){ + Fts5ExprPhrase *pLast = pRet->apPhrase[pRet->nPhrase-1]; + assert( pLast==pParse->apPhrase[pParse->nPhrase-2] ); + if( pPhrase->nTerm==0 ){ + fts5ExprPhraseFree(pPhrase); + pRet->nPhrase--; + pParse->nPhrase--; + pPhrase = pLast; + }else if( pLast->nTerm==0 ){ + fts5ExprPhraseFree(pLast); + pParse->apPhrase[pParse->nPhrase-2] = pPhrase; + pParse->nPhrase--; + pRet->nPhrase--; + } + } + pRet->apPhrase[pRet->nPhrase++] = pPhrase; + } + return pRet; +} + +typedef struct TokenCtx TokenCtx; +struct TokenCtx { + Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase; + int rc; +}; + +/* +** Callback for tokenizing terms used by ParseTerm(). +*/ +static int fts5ParseTokenize( + void *pContext, /* Pointer to Fts5InsertCtx object */ + int tflags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */ + const char *pToken, /* Buffer containing token */ + int nToken, /* Size of token in bytes */ + int iUnused1, /* Start offset of token */ + int iUnused2 /* End offset of token */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + const int SZALLOC = 8; + TokenCtx *pCtx = (TokenCtx*)pContext; + Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pCtx->pPhrase; + + UNUSED_PARAM2(iUnused1, iUnused2); + + /* If an error has already occurred, this is a no-op */ + if( pCtx->rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pCtx->rc; + if( nToken>FTS5_MAX_TOKEN_SIZE ) nToken = FTS5_MAX_TOKEN_SIZE; + + if( pPhrase && pPhrase->nTerm>0 && (tflags & FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) ){ + Fts5ExprTerm *pSyn; + int nByte = sizeof(Fts5ExprTerm) + sizeof(Fts5Buffer) + nToken+1; + pSyn = (Fts5ExprTerm*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( pSyn==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(pSyn, 0, nByte); + pSyn->zTerm = ((char*)pSyn) + sizeof(Fts5ExprTerm) + sizeof(Fts5Buffer); + memcpy(pSyn->zTerm, pToken, nToken); + pSyn->pSynonym = pPhrase->aTerm[pPhrase->nTerm-1].pSynonym; + pPhrase->aTerm[pPhrase->nTerm-1].pSynonym = pSyn; + } + }else{ + Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm; + if( pPhrase==0 || (pPhrase->nTerm % SZALLOC)==0 ){ + Fts5ExprPhrase *pNew; + int nNew = SZALLOC + (pPhrase ? pPhrase->nTerm : 0); + + pNew = (Fts5ExprPhrase*)sqlite3_realloc(pPhrase, + sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase) + sizeof(Fts5ExprTerm) * nNew + ); + if( pNew==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + if( pPhrase==0 ) memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase)); + pCtx->pPhrase = pPhrase = pNew; + pNew->nTerm = nNew - SZALLOC; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pTerm = &pPhrase->aTerm[pPhrase->nTerm++]; + memset(pTerm, 0, sizeof(Fts5ExprTerm)); + pTerm->zTerm = sqlite3Fts5Strndup(&rc, pToken, nToken); + } + } + + pCtx->rc = rc; + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Free the phrase object passed as the only argument. +*/ +static void sqlite3Fts5ParsePhraseFree(Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase){ + fts5ExprPhraseFree(pPhrase); +} + +/* +** Free the phrase object passed as the second argument. +*/ +static void sqlite3Fts5ParseNearsetFree(Fts5ExprNearset *pNear){ + if( pNear ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<pNear->nPhrase; i++){ + fts5ExprPhraseFree(pNear->apPhrase[i]); + } + sqlite3_free(pNear->pColset); + sqlite3_free(pNear); + } +} + +static void sqlite3Fts5ParseFinished(Fts5Parse *pParse, Fts5ExprNode *p){ + assert( pParse->pExpr==0 ); + pParse->pExpr = p; +} + +/* +** This function is called by the parser to process a string token. The +** string may or may not be quoted. In any case it is tokenized and a +** phrase object consisting of all tokens returned. +*/ +static Fts5ExprPhrase *sqlite3Fts5ParseTerm( + Fts5Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Fts5ExprPhrase *pAppend, /* Phrase to append to */ + Fts5Token *pToken, /* String to tokenize */ + int bPrefix /* True if there is a trailing "*" */ +){ + Fts5Config *pConfig = pParse->pConfig; + TokenCtx sCtx; /* Context object passed to callback */ + int rc; /* Tokenize return code */ + char *z = 0; + + memset(&sCtx, 0, sizeof(TokenCtx)); + sCtx.pPhrase = pAppend; + + rc = fts5ParseStringFromToken(pToken, &z); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int flags = FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY | (bPrefix ? FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY : 0); + int n; + sqlite3Fts5Dequote(z); + n = (int)strlen(z); + rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, flags, z, n, &sCtx, fts5ParseTokenize); + } + sqlite3_free(z); + if( rc || (rc = sCtx.rc) ){ + pParse->rc = rc; + fts5ExprPhraseFree(sCtx.pPhrase); + sCtx.pPhrase = 0; + }else{ + + if( pAppend==0 ){ + if( (pParse->nPhrase % 8)==0 ){ + int nByte = sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase*) * (pParse->nPhrase + 8); + Fts5ExprPhrase **apNew; + apNew = (Fts5ExprPhrase**)sqlite3_realloc(pParse->apPhrase, nByte); + if( apNew==0 ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + fts5ExprPhraseFree(sCtx.pPhrase); + return 0; + } + pParse->apPhrase = apNew; + } + pParse->nPhrase++; + } + + if( sCtx.pPhrase==0 ){ + /* This happens when parsing a token or quoted phrase that contains + ** no token characters at all. (e.g ... MATCH '""'). */ + sCtx.pPhrase = sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&pParse->rc, sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase)); + }else if( sCtx.pPhrase->nTerm ){ + sCtx.pPhrase->aTerm[sCtx.pPhrase->nTerm-1].bPrefix = bPrefix; + } + pParse->apPhrase[pParse->nPhrase-1] = sCtx.pPhrase; + } + + return sCtx.pPhrase; +} + +/* +** Create a new FTS5 expression by cloning phrase iPhrase of the +** expression passed as the second argument. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5ExprClonePhrase( + Fts5Expr *pExpr, + int iPhrase, + Fts5Expr **ppNew +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + Fts5ExprPhrase *pOrig; /* The phrase extracted from pExpr */ + int i; /* Used to iterate through phrase terms */ + Fts5Expr *pNew = 0; /* Expression to return via *ppNew */ + TokenCtx sCtx = {0,0}; /* Context object for fts5ParseTokenize */ + + pOrig = pExpr->apExprPhrase[iPhrase]; + pNew = (Fts5Expr*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, sizeof(Fts5Expr)); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pNew->apExprPhrase = (Fts5ExprPhrase**)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, + sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase*)); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pNew->pRoot = (Fts5ExprNode*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, + sizeof(Fts5ExprNode)); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pNew->pRoot->pNear = (Fts5ExprNearset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, + sizeof(Fts5ExprNearset) + sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase*)); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Fts5Colset *pColsetOrig = pOrig->pNode->pNear->pColset; + if( pColsetOrig ){ + int nByte = sizeof(Fts5Colset) + pColsetOrig->nCol * sizeof(int); + Fts5Colset *pColset = (Fts5Colset*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, nByte); + if( pColset ){ + memcpy(pColset, pColsetOrig, nByte); + } + pNew->pRoot->pNear->pColset = pColset; + } + } + + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pOrig->nTerm; i++){ + int tflags = 0; + Fts5ExprTerm *p; + for(p=&pOrig->aTerm[i]; p && rc==SQLITE_OK; p=p->pSynonym){ + const char *zTerm = p->zTerm; + rc = fts5ParseTokenize((void*)&sCtx, tflags, zTerm, (int)strlen(zTerm), + 0, 0); + tflags = FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sCtx.pPhrase->aTerm[i].bPrefix = pOrig->aTerm[i].bPrefix; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* All the allocations succeeded. Put the expression object together. */ + pNew->pIndex = pExpr->pIndex; + pNew->pConfig = pExpr->pConfig; + pNew->nPhrase = 1; + pNew->apExprPhrase[0] = sCtx.pPhrase; + pNew->pRoot->pNear->apPhrase[0] = sCtx.pPhrase; + pNew->pRoot->pNear->nPhrase = 1; + sCtx.pPhrase->pNode = pNew->pRoot; + + if( pOrig->nTerm==1 && pOrig->aTerm[0].pSynonym==0 ){ + pNew->pRoot->eType = FTS5_TERM; + pNew->pRoot->xNext = fts5ExprNodeNext_TERM; + }else{ + pNew->pRoot->eType = FTS5_STRING; + pNew->pRoot->xNext = fts5ExprNodeNext_STRING; + } + }else{ + sqlite3Fts5ExprFree(pNew); + fts5ExprPhraseFree(sCtx.pPhrase); + pNew = 0; + } + + *ppNew = pNew; + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Token pTok has appeared in a MATCH expression where the NEAR operator +** is expected. If token pTok does not contain "NEAR", store an error +** in the pParse object. +*/ +static void sqlite3Fts5ParseNear(Fts5Parse *pParse, Fts5Token *pTok){ + if( pTok->n!=4 || memcmp("NEAR", pTok->p, 4) ){ + sqlite3Fts5ParseError( + pParse, "fts5: syntax error near \"%.*s\"", pTok->n, pTok->p + ); + } +} + +static void sqlite3Fts5ParseSetDistance( + Fts5Parse *pParse, + Fts5ExprNearset *pNear, + Fts5Token *p +){ + if( pNear ){ + int nNear = 0; + int i; + if( p->n ){ + for(i=0; i<p->n; i++){ + char c = (char)p->p[i]; + if( c<'0' || c>'9' ){ + sqlite3Fts5ParseError( + pParse, "expected integer, got \"%.*s\"", p->n, p->p + ); + return; + } + nNear = nNear * 10 + (p->p[i] - '0'); + } + }else{ + nNear = FTS5_DEFAULT_NEARDIST; + } + pNear->nNear = nNear; + } +} + +/* +** The second argument passed to this function may be NULL, or it may be +** an existing Fts5Colset object. This function returns a pointer to +** a new colset object containing the contents of (p) with new value column +** number iCol appended. +** +** If an OOM error occurs, store an error code in pParse and return NULL. +** The old colset object (if any) is not freed in this case. +*/ +static Fts5Colset *fts5ParseColset( + Fts5Parse *pParse, /* Store SQLITE_NOMEM here if required */ + Fts5Colset *p, /* Existing colset object */ + int iCol /* New column to add to colset object */ +){ + int nCol = p ? p->nCol : 0; /* Num. columns already in colset object */ + Fts5Colset *pNew; /* New colset object to return */ + + assert( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pParse->pConfig->nCol ); + + pNew = sqlite3_realloc(p, sizeof(Fts5Colset) + sizeof(int)*nCol); + if( pNew==0 ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + int *aiCol = pNew->aiCol; + int i, j; + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ + if( aiCol[i]==iCol ) return pNew; + if( aiCol[i]>iCol ) break; + } + for(j=nCol; j>i; j--){ + aiCol[j] = aiCol[j-1]; + } + aiCol[i] = iCol; + pNew->nCol = nCol+1; + +#ifndef NDEBUG + /* Check that the array is in order and contains no duplicate entries. */ + for(i=1; i<pNew->nCol; i++) assert( pNew->aiCol[i]>pNew->aiCol[i-1] ); +#endif + } + + return pNew; +} + +static Fts5Colset *sqlite3Fts5ParseColset( + Fts5Parse *pParse, /* Store SQLITE_NOMEM here if required */ + Fts5Colset *pColset, /* Existing colset object */ + Fts5Token *p +){ + Fts5Colset *pRet = 0; + int iCol; + char *z; /* Dequoted copy of token p */ + + z = sqlite3Fts5Strndup(&pParse->rc, p->p, p->n); + if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Fts5Config *pConfig = pParse->pConfig; + sqlite3Fts5Dequote(z); + for(iCol=0; iCol<pConfig->nCol; iCol++){ + if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(pConfig->azCol[iCol], z) ) break; + } + if( iCol==pConfig->nCol ){ + sqlite3Fts5ParseError(pParse, "no such column: %s", z); + }else{ + pRet = fts5ParseColset(pParse, pColset, iCol); + } + sqlite3_free(z); + } + + if( pRet==0 ){ + assert( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + sqlite3_free(pColset); + } + + return pRet; +} + +static void sqlite3Fts5ParseSetColset( + Fts5Parse *pParse, + Fts5ExprNearset *pNear, + Fts5Colset *pColset +){ + if( pParse->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + pParse->zErr = sqlite3_mprintf( + "fts5: column queries are not supported (detail=none)" + ); + sqlite3_free(pColset); + return; + } + + if( pNear ){ + pNear->pColset = pColset; + }else{ + sqlite3_free(pColset); + } +} + +static void fts5ExprAssignXNext(Fts5ExprNode *pNode){ + switch( pNode->eType ){ + case FTS5_STRING: { + Fts5ExprNearset *pNear = pNode->pNear; + if( pNear->nPhrase==1 && pNear->apPhrase[0]->nTerm==1 + && pNear->apPhrase[0]->aTerm[0].pSynonym==0 + ){ + pNode->eType = FTS5_TERM; + pNode->xNext = fts5ExprNodeNext_TERM; + }else{ + pNode->xNext = fts5ExprNodeNext_STRING; + } + break; + }; + + case FTS5_OR: { + pNode->xNext = fts5ExprNodeNext_OR; + break; + }; + + case FTS5_AND: { + pNode->xNext = fts5ExprNodeNext_AND; + break; + }; + + default: assert( pNode->eType==FTS5_NOT ); { + pNode->xNext = fts5ExprNodeNext_NOT; + break; + }; + } +} + +static void fts5ExprAddChildren(Fts5ExprNode *p, Fts5ExprNode *pSub){ + if( p->eType!=FTS5_NOT && pSub->eType==p->eType ){ + int nByte = sizeof(Fts5ExprNode*) * pSub->nChild; + memcpy(&p->apChild[p->nChild], pSub->apChild, nByte); + p->nChild += pSub->nChild; + sqlite3_free(pSub); + }else{ + p->apChild[p->nChild++] = pSub; + } +} + +/* +** Allocate and return a new expression object. If anything goes wrong (i.e. +** OOM error), leave an error code in pParse and return NULL. +*/ +static Fts5ExprNode *sqlite3Fts5ParseNode( + Fts5Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + int eType, /* FTS5_STRING, AND, OR or NOT */ + Fts5ExprNode *pLeft, /* Left hand child expression */ + Fts5ExprNode *pRight, /* Right hand child expression */ + Fts5ExprNearset *pNear /* For STRING expressions, the near cluster */ +){ + Fts5ExprNode *pRet = 0; + + if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nChild = 0; /* Number of children of returned node */ + int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate for this node */ + + assert( (eType!=FTS5_STRING && !pNear) + || (eType==FTS5_STRING && !pLeft && !pRight) + ); + if( eType==FTS5_STRING && pNear==0 ) return 0; + if( eType!=FTS5_STRING && pLeft==0 ) return pRight; + if( eType!=FTS5_STRING && pRight==0 ) return pLeft; + + if( eType==FTS5_NOT ){ + nChild = 2; + }else if( eType==FTS5_AND || eType==FTS5_OR ){ + nChild = 2; + if( pLeft->eType==eType ) nChild += pLeft->nChild-1; + if( pRight->eType==eType ) nChild += pRight->nChild-1; + } + + nByte = sizeof(Fts5ExprNode) + sizeof(Fts5ExprNode*)*(nChild-1); + pRet = (Fts5ExprNode*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&pParse->rc, nByte); + + if( pRet ){ + pRet->eType = eType; + pRet->pNear = pNear; + fts5ExprAssignXNext(pRet); + if( eType==FTS5_STRING ){ + int iPhrase; + for(iPhrase=0; iPhrase<pNear->nPhrase; iPhrase++){ + pNear->apPhrase[iPhrase]->pNode = pRet; + if( pNear->apPhrase[iPhrase]->nTerm==0 ){ + pRet->xNext = 0; + pRet->eType = FTS5_EOF; + } + } + + if( pParse->pConfig->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_FULL + && (pNear->nPhrase!=1 || pNear->apPhrase[0]->nTerm>1) + ){ + assert( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + assert( pParse->zErr==0 ); + pParse->zErr = sqlite3_mprintf( + "fts5: %s queries are not supported (detail!=full)", + pNear->nPhrase==1 ? "phrase": "NEAR" + ); + sqlite3_free(pRet); + pRet = 0; + } + + }else{ + fts5ExprAddChildren(pRet, pLeft); + fts5ExprAddChildren(pRet, pRight); + } + } + } + + if( pRet==0 ){ + assert( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(pLeft); + sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(pRight); + sqlite3Fts5ParseNearsetFree(pNear); + } + return pRet; +} + +static Fts5ExprNode *sqlite3Fts5ParseImplicitAnd( + Fts5Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Fts5ExprNode *pLeft, /* Left hand child expression */ + Fts5ExprNode *pRight /* Right hand child expression */ +){ + Fts5ExprNode *pRet = 0; + Fts5ExprNode *pPrev; + + if( pParse->rc ){ + sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(pLeft); + sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(pRight); + }else{ + + assert( pLeft->eType==FTS5_STRING + || pLeft->eType==FTS5_TERM + || pLeft->eType==FTS5_EOF + || pLeft->eType==FTS5_AND + ); + assert( pRight->eType==FTS5_STRING + || pRight->eType==FTS5_TERM + || pRight->eType==FTS5_EOF + ); + + if( pLeft->eType==FTS5_AND ){ + pPrev = pLeft->apChild[pLeft->nChild-1]; + }else{ + pPrev = pLeft; + } + assert( pPrev->eType==FTS5_STRING + || pPrev->eType==FTS5_TERM + || pPrev->eType==FTS5_EOF + ); + + if( pRight->eType==FTS5_EOF ){ + assert( pParse->apPhrase[pParse->nPhrase-1]==pRight->pNear->apPhrase[0] ); + sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(pRight); + pRet = pLeft; + pParse->nPhrase--; + } + else if( pPrev->eType==FTS5_EOF ){ + Fts5ExprPhrase **ap; + + if( pPrev==pLeft ){ + pRet = pRight; + }else{ + pLeft->apChild[pLeft->nChild-1] = pRight; + pRet = pLeft; + } + + ap = &pParse->apPhrase[pParse->nPhrase-1-pRight->pNear->nPhrase]; + assert( ap[0]==pPrev->pNear->apPhrase[0] ); + memmove(ap, &ap[1], sizeof(Fts5ExprPhrase*)*pRight->pNear->nPhrase); + pParse->nPhrase--; + + sqlite3Fts5ParseNodeFree(pPrev); + } + else{ + pRet = sqlite3Fts5ParseNode(pParse, FTS5_AND, pLeft, pRight, 0); + } + } + + return pRet; +} + +static char *fts5ExprTermPrint(Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm){ + int nByte = 0; + Fts5ExprTerm *p; + char *zQuoted; + + /* Determine the maximum amount of space required. */ + for(p=pTerm; p; p=p->pSynonym){ + nByte += (int)strlen(pTerm->zTerm) * 2 + 3 + 2; + } + zQuoted = sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + + if( zQuoted ){ + int i = 0; + for(p=pTerm; p; p=p->pSynonym){ + char *zIn = p->zTerm; + zQuoted[i++] = '"'; + while( *zIn ){ + if( *zIn=='"' ) zQuoted[i++] = '"'; + zQuoted[i++] = *zIn++; + } + zQuoted[i++] = '"'; + if( p->pSynonym ) zQuoted[i++] = '|'; + } + if( pTerm->bPrefix ){ + zQuoted[i++] = ' '; + zQuoted[i++] = '*'; + } + zQuoted[i++] = '\0'; + } + return zQuoted; +} + +static char *fts5PrintfAppend(char *zApp, const char *zFmt, ...){ + char *zNew; + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, zFmt); + zNew = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap); + va_end(ap); + if( zApp && zNew ){ + char *zNew2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%s", zApp, zNew); + sqlite3_free(zNew); + zNew = zNew2; + } + sqlite3_free(zApp); + return zNew; +} + +/* +** Compose a tcl-readable representation of expression pExpr. Return a +** pointer to a buffer containing that representation. It is the +** responsibility of the caller to at some point free the buffer using +** sqlite3_free(). +*/ +static char *fts5ExprPrintTcl( + Fts5Config *pConfig, + const char *zNearsetCmd, + Fts5ExprNode *pExpr +){ + char *zRet = 0; + if( pExpr->eType==FTS5_STRING || pExpr->eType==FTS5_TERM ){ + Fts5ExprNearset *pNear = pExpr->pNear; + int i; + int iTerm; + + zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "%s ", zNearsetCmd); + if( zRet==0 ) return 0; + if( pNear->pColset ){ + int *aiCol = pNear->pColset->aiCol; + int nCol = pNear->pColset->nCol; + if( nCol==1 ){ + zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "-col %d ", aiCol[0]); + }else{ + zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "-col {%d", aiCol[0]); + for(i=1; i<pNear->pColset->nCol; i++){ + zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, " %d", aiCol[i]); + } + zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "} "); + } + if( zRet==0 ) return 0; + } + + if( pNear->nPhrase>1 ){ + zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "-near %d ", pNear->nNear); + if( zRet==0 ) return 0; + } + + zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "--"); + if( zRet==0 ) return 0; + + for(i=0; i<pNear->nPhrase; i++){ + Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNear->apPhrase[i]; + + zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, " {"); + for(iTerm=0; zRet && iTerm<pPhrase->nTerm; iTerm++){ + char *zTerm = pPhrase->aTerm[iTerm].zTerm; + zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "%s%s", iTerm==0?"":" ", zTerm); + if( pPhrase->aTerm[iTerm].bPrefix ){ + zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "*"); + } + } + + if( zRet ) zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "}"); + if( zRet==0 ) return 0; + } + + }else{ + char const *zOp = 0; + int i; + switch( pExpr->eType ){ + case FTS5_AND: zOp = "AND"; break; + case FTS5_NOT: zOp = "NOT"; break; + default: + assert( pExpr->eType==FTS5_OR ); + zOp = "OR"; + break; + } + + zRet = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zOp); + for(i=0; zRet && i<pExpr->nChild; i++){ + char *z = fts5ExprPrintTcl(pConfig, zNearsetCmd, pExpr->apChild[i]); + if( !z ){ + sqlite3_free(zRet); + zRet = 0; + }else{ + zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, " [%z]", z); + } + } + } + + return zRet; +} + +static char *fts5ExprPrint(Fts5Config *pConfig, Fts5ExprNode *pExpr){ + char *zRet = 0; + if( pExpr->eType==0 ){ + return sqlite3_mprintf("\"\""); + }else + if( pExpr->eType==FTS5_STRING || pExpr->eType==FTS5_TERM ){ + Fts5ExprNearset *pNear = pExpr->pNear; + int i; + int iTerm; + + if( pNear->pColset ){ + int iCol = pNear->pColset->aiCol[0]; + zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "%s : ", pConfig->azCol[iCol]); + if( zRet==0 ) return 0; + } + + if( pNear->nPhrase>1 ){ + zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "NEAR("); + if( zRet==0 ) return 0; + } + + for(i=0; i<pNear->nPhrase; i++){ + Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pNear->apPhrase[i]; + if( i!=0 ){ + zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, " "); + if( zRet==0 ) return 0; + } + for(iTerm=0; iTerm<pPhrase->nTerm; iTerm++){ + char *zTerm = fts5ExprTermPrint(&pPhrase->aTerm[iTerm]); + if( zTerm ){ + zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "%s%s", iTerm==0?"":" + ", zTerm); + sqlite3_free(zTerm); + } + if( zTerm==0 || zRet==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zRet); + return 0; + } + } + } + + if( pNear->nPhrase>1 ){ + zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, ", %d)", pNear->nNear); + if( zRet==0 ) return 0; + } + + }else{ + char const *zOp = 0; + int i; + + switch( pExpr->eType ){ + case FTS5_AND: zOp = " AND "; break; + case FTS5_NOT: zOp = " NOT "; break; + default: + assert( pExpr->eType==FTS5_OR ); + zOp = " OR "; + break; + } + + for(i=0; i<pExpr->nChild; i++){ + char *z = fts5ExprPrint(pConfig, pExpr->apChild[i]); + if( z==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(zRet); + zRet = 0; + }else{ + int e = pExpr->apChild[i]->eType; + int b = (e!=FTS5_STRING && e!=FTS5_TERM && e!=FTS5_EOF); + zRet = fts5PrintfAppend(zRet, "%s%s%z%s", + (i==0 ? "" : zOp), + (b?"(":""), z, (b?")":"") + ); + } + if( zRet==0 ) break; + } + } + + return zRet; +} + +/* +** The implementation of user-defined scalar functions fts5_expr() (bTcl==0) +** and fts5_expr_tcl() (bTcl!=0). +*/ +static void fts5ExprFunction( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Function call context */ + int nArg, /* Number of args */ + sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Function arguments */ + int bTcl +){ + Fts5Global *pGlobal = (Fts5Global*)sqlite3_user_data(pCtx); + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(pCtx); + const char *zExpr = 0; + char *zErr = 0; + Fts5Expr *pExpr = 0; + int rc; + int i; + + const char **azConfig; /* Array of arguments for Fts5Config */ + const char *zNearsetCmd = "nearset"; + int nConfig; /* Size of azConfig[] */ + Fts5Config *pConfig = 0; + int iArg = 1; + + if( nArg<1 ){ + zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("wrong number of arguments to function %s", + bTcl ? "fts5_expr_tcl" : "fts5_expr" + ); + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + return; + } + + if( bTcl && nArg>1 ){ + zNearsetCmd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]); + iArg = 2; + } + + nConfig = 3 + (nArg-iArg); + azConfig = (const char**)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char*) * nConfig); + if( azConfig==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx); + return; + } + azConfig[0] = 0; + azConfig[1] = "main"; + azConfig[2] = "tbl"; + for(i=3; iArg<nArg; iArg++){ + azConfig[i++] = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[iArg]); + } + + zExpr = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]); + + rc = sqlite3Fts5ConfigParse(pGlobal, db, nConfig, azConfig, &pConfig, &zErr); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprNew(pConfig, zExpr, &pExpr, &zErr); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + char *zText; + if( pExpr->pRoot->xNext==0 ){ + zText = sqlite3_mprintf(""); + }else if( bTcl ){ + zText = fts5ExprPrintTcl(pConfig, zNearsetCmd, pExpr->pRoot); + }else{ + zText = fts5ExprPrint(pConfig, pExpr->pRoot); + } + if( zText==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3_free(zText); + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( zErr ){ + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc); + } + } + sqlite3_free((void *)azConfig); + sqlite3Fts5ConfigFree(pConfig); + sqlite3Fts5ExprFree(pExpr); +} + +static void fts5ExprFunctionHr( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Function call context */ + int nArg, /* Number of args */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Function arguments */ +){ + fts5ExprFunction(pCtx, nArg, apVal, 0); +} +static void fts5ExprFunctionTcl( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Function call context */ + int nArg, /* Number of args */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Function arguments */ +){ + fts5ExprFunction(pCtx, nArg, apVal, 1); +} + +/* +** The implementation of an SQLite user-defined-function that accepts a +** single integer as an argument. If the integer is an alpha-numeric +** unicode code point, 1 is returned. Otherwise 0. +*/ +static void fts5ExprIsAlnum( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Function call context */ + int nArg, /* Number of args */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Function arguments */ +){ + int iCode; + if( nArg!=1 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, + "wrong number of arguments to function fts5_isalnum", -1 + ); + return; + } + iCode = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[0]); + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsalnum(iCode)); +} + +static void fts5ExprFold( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Function call context */ + int nArg, /* Number of args */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Function arguments */ +){ + if( nArg!=1 && nArg!=2 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, + "wrong number of arguments to function fts5_fold", -1 + ); + }else{ + int iCode; + int bRemoveDiacritics = 0; + iCode = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[0]); + if( nArg==2 ) bRemoveDiacritics = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[1]); + sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, sqlite3Fts5UnicodeFold(iCode, bRemoveDiacritics)); + } +} + +/* +** This is called during initialization to register the fts5_expr() scalar +** UDF with the SQLite handle passed as the only argument. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5ExprInit(Fts5Global *pGlobal, sqlite3 *db){ + struct Fts5ExprFunc { + const char *z; + void (*x)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); + } aFunc[] = { + { "fts5_expr", fts5ExprFunctionHr }, + { "fts5_expr_tcl", fts5ExprFunctionTcl }, + { "fts5_isalnum", fts5ExprIsAlnum }, + { "fts5_fold", fts5ExprFold }, + }; + int i; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + void *pCtx = (void*)pGlobal; + + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<ArraySize(aFunc); i++){ + struct Fts5ExprFunc *p = &aFunc[i]; + rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, p->z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, pCtx, p->x, 0, 0); + } + + /* Avoid a warning indicating that sqlite3Fts5ParserTrace() is unused */ +#ifndef NDEBUG + (void)sqlite3Fts5ParserTrace; +#endif + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the number of phrases in expression pExpr. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCount(Fts5Expr *pExpr){ + return (pExpr ? pExpr->nPhrase : 0); +} + +/* +** Return the number of terms in the iPhrase'th phrase in pExpr. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseSize(Fts5Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase){ + if( iPhrase<0 || iPhrase>=pExpr->nPhrase ) return 0; + return pExpr->apExprPhrase[iPhrase]->nTerm; +} + +/* +** This function is used to access the current position list for phrase +** iPhrase. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPoslist(Fts5Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, const u8 **pa){ + int nRet; + Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pExpr->apExprPhrase[iPhrase]; + Fts5ExprNode *pNode = pPhrase->pNode; + if( pNode->bEof==0 && pNode->iRowid==pExpr->pRoot->iRowid ){ + *pa = pPhrase->poslist.p; + nRet = pPhrase->poslist.n; + }else{ + *pa = 0; + nRet = 0; + } + return nRet; +} + +struct Fts5PoslistPopulator { + Fts5PoslistWriter writer; + int bOk; /* True if ok to populate */ + int bMiss; +}; + +static Fts5PoslistPopulator *sqlite3Fts5ExprClearPoslists(Fts5Expr *pExpr, int bLive){ + Fts5PoslistPopulator *pRet; + pRet = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts5PoslistPopulator)*pExpr->nPhrase); + if( pRet ){ + int i; + memset(pRet, 0, sizeof(Fts5PoslistPopulator)*pExpr->nPhrase); + for(i=0; i<pExpr->nPhrase; i++){ + Fts5Buffer *pBuf = &pExpr->apExprPhrase[i]->poslist; + Fts5ExprNode *pNode = pExpr->apExprPhrase[i]->pNode; + assert( pExpr->apExprPhrase[i]->nTerm==1 ); + if( bLive && + (pBuf->n==0 || pNode->iRowid!=pExpr->pRoot->iRowid || pNode->bEof) + ){ + pRet[i].bMiss = 1; + }else{ + pBuf->n = 0; + } + } + } + return pRet; +} + +struct Fts5ExprCtx { + Fts5Expr *pExpr; + Fts5PoslistPopulator *aPopulator; + i64 iOff; +}; +typedef struct Fts5ExprCtx Fts5ExprCtx; + +/* +** TODO: Make this more efficient! +*/ +static int fts5ExprColsetTest(Fts5Colset *pColset, int iCol){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<pColset->nCol; i++){ + if( pColset->aiCol[i]==iCol ) return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +static int fts5ExprPopulatePoslistsCb( + void *pCtx, /* Copy of 2nd argument to xTokenize() */ + int tflags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */ + const char *pToken, /* Pointer to buffer containing token */ + int nToken, /* Size of token in bytes */ + int iUnused1, /* Byte offset of token within input text */ + int iUnused2 /* Byte offset of end of token within input text */ +){ + Fts5ExprCtx *p = (Fts5ExprCtx*)pCtx; + Fts5Expr *pExpr = p->pExpr; + int i; + + UNUSED_PARAM2(iUnused1, iUnused2); + + if( nToken>FTS5_MAX_TOKEN_SIZE ) nToken = FTS5_MAX_TOKEN_SIZE; + if( (tflags & FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED)==0 ) p->iOff++; + for(i=0; i<pExpr->nPhrase; i++){ + Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm; + if( p->aPopulator[i].bOk==0 ) continue; + for(pTerm=&pExpr->apExprPhrase[i]->aTerm[0]; pTerm; pTerm=pTerm->pSynonym){ + int nTerm = (int)strlen(pTerm->zTerm); + if( (nTerm==nToken || (nTerm<nToken && pTerm->bPrefix)) + && memcmp(pTerm->zTerm, pToken, nTerm)==0 + ){ + int rc = sqlite3Fts5PoslistWriterAppend( + &pExpr->apExprPhrase[i]->poslist, &p->aPopulator[i].writer, p->iOff + ); + if( rc ) return rc; + break; + } + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPopulatePoslists( + Fts5Config *pConfig, + Fts5Expr *pExpr, + Fts5PoslistPopulator *aPopulator, + int iCol, + const char *z, int n +){ + int i; + Fts5ExprCtx sCtx; + sCtx.pExpr = pExpr; + sCtx.aPopulator = aPopulator; + sCtx.iOff = (((i64)iCol) << 32) - 1; + + for(i=0; i<pExpr->nPhrase; i++){ + Fts5ExprNode *pNode = pExpr->apExprPhrase[i]->pNode; + Fts5Colset *pColset = pNode->pNear->pColset; + if( (pColset && 0==fts5ExprColsetTest(pColset, iCol)) + || aPopulator[i].bMiss + ){ + aPopulator[i].bOk = 0; + }else{ + aPopulator[i].bOk = 1; + } + } + + return sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, + FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT, z, n, (void*)&sCtx, fts5ExprPopulatePoslistsCb + ); +} + +static void fts5ExprClearPoslists(Fts5ExprNode *pNode){ + if( pNode->eType==FTS5_TERM || pNode->eType==FTS5_STRING ){ + pNode->pNear->apPhrase[0]->poslist.n = 0; + }else{ + int i; + for(i=0; i<pNode->nChild; i++){ + fts5ExprClearPoslists(pNode->apChild[i]); + } + } +} + +static int fts5ExprCheckPoslists(Fts5ExprNode *pNode, i64 iRowid){ + pNode->iRowid = iRowid; + pNode->bEof = 0; + switch( pNode->eType ){ + case FTS5_TERM: + case FTS5_STRING: + return (pNode->pNear->apPhrase[0]->poslist.n>0); + + case FTS5_AND: { + int i; + for(i=0; i<pNode->nChild; i++){ + if( fts5ExprCheckPoslists(pNode->apChild[i], iRowid)==0 ){ + fts5ExprClearPoslists(pNode); + return 0; + } + } + break; + } + + case FTS5_OR: { + int i; + int bRet = 0; + for(i=0; i<pNode->nChild; i++){ + if( fts5ExprCheckPoslists(pNode->apChild[i], iRowid) ){ + bRet = 1; + } + } + return bRet; + } + + default: { + assert( pNode->eType==FTS5_NOT ); + if( 0==fts5ExprCheckPoslists(pNode->apChild[0], iRowid) + || 0!=fts5ExprCheckPoslists(pNode->apChild[1], iRowid) + ){ + fts5ExprClearPoslists(pNode); + return 0; + } + break; + } + } + return 1; +} + +static void sqlite3Fts5ExprCheckPoslists(Fts5Expr *pExpr, i64 iRowid){ + fts5ExprCheckPoslists(pExpr->pRoot, iRowid); +} + +static void fts5ExprClearEof(Fts5ExprNode *pNode){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<pNode->nChild; i++){ + fts5ExprClearEof(pNode->apChild[i]); + } + pNode->bEof = 0; +} +static void sqlite3Fts5ExprClearEof(Fts5Expr *pExpr){ + fts5ExprClearEof(pExpr->pRoot); +} + +/* +** This function is only called for detail=columns tables. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCollist( + Fts5Expr *pExpr, + int iPhrase, + const u8 **ppCollist, + int *pnCollist +){ + Fts5ExprPhrase *pPhrase = pExpr->apExprPhrase[iPhrase]; + Fts5ExprNode *pNode = pPhrase->pNode; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( iPhrase>=0 && iPhrase<pExpr->nPhrase ); + assert( pExpr->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS ); + + if( pNode->bEof==0 + && pNode->iRowid==pExpr->pRoot->iRowid + && pPhrase->poslist.n>0 + ){ + Fts5ExprTerm *pTerm = &pPhrase->aTerm[0]; + if( pTerm->pSynonym ){ + Fts5Buffer *pBuf = (Fts5Buffer*)&pTerm->pSynonym[1]; + rc = fts5ExprSynonymList( + pTerm, pNode->iRowid, pBuf, (u8**)ppCollist, pnCollist + ); + }else{ + *ppCollist = pPhrase->aTerm[0].pIter->pData; + *pnCollist = pPhrase->aTerm[0].pIter->nData; + } + }else{ + *ppCollist = 0; + *pnCollist = 0; + } + + return rc; +} + + +/* +** 2014 August 11 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +*/ + + + +/* #include "fts5Int.h" */ + +typedef struct Fts5HashEntry Fts5HashEntry; + +/* +** This file contains the implementation of an in-memory hash table used +** to accumuluate "term -> doclist" content before it is flused to a level-0 +** segment. +*/ + + +struct Fts5Hash { + int eDetail; /* Copy of Fts5Config.eDetail */ + int *pnByte; /* Pointer to bytes counter */ + int nEntry; /* Number of entries currently in hash */ + int nSlot; /* Size of aSlot[] array */ + Fts5HashEntry *pScan; /* Current ordered scan item */ + Fts5HashEntry **aSlot; /* Array of hash slots */ +}; + +/* +** Each entry in the hash table is represented by an object of the +** following type. Each object, its key (zKey[]) and its current data +** are stored in a single memory allocation. The position list data +** immediately follows the key data in memory. +** +** The data that follows the key is in a similar, but not identical format +** to the doclist data stored in the database. It is: +** +** * Rowid, as a varint +** * Position list, without 0x00 terminator. +** * Size of previous position list and rowid, as a 4 byte +** big-endian integer. +** +** iRowidOff: +** Offset of last rowid written to data area. Relative to first byte of +** structure. +** +** nData: +** Bytes of data written since iRowidOff. +*/ +struct Fts5HashEntry { + Fts5HashEntry *pHashNext; /* Next hash entry with same hash-key */ + Fts5HashEntry *pScanNext; /* Next entry in sorted order */ + + int nAlloc; /* Total size of allocation */ + int iSzPoslist; /* Offset of space for 4-byte poslist size */ + int nData; /* Total bytes of data (incl. structure) */ + int nKey; /* Length of zKey[] in bytes */ + u8 bDel; /* Set delete-flag @ iSzPoslist */ + u8 bContent; /* Set content-flag (detail=none mode) */ + i16 iCol; /* Column of last value written */ + int iPos; /* Position of last value written */ + i64 iRowid; /* Rowid of last value written */ + char zKey[8]; /* Nul-terminated entry key */ +}; + +/* +** Size of Fts5HashEntry without the zKey[] array. +*/ +#define FTS5_HASHENTRYSIZE (sizeof(Fts5HashEntry)-8) + + + +/* +** Allocate a new hash table. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5HashNew(Fts5Config *pConfig, Fts5Hash **ppNew, int *pnByte){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts5Hash *pNew; + + *ppNew = pNew = (Fts5Hash*)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts5Hash)); + if( pNew==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + int nByte; + memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(Fts5Hash)); + pNew->pnByte = pnByte; + pNew->eDetail = pConfig->eDetail; + + pNew->nSlot = 1024; + nByte = sizeof(Fts5HashEntry*) * pNew->nSlot; + pNew->aSlot = (Fts5HashEntry**)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( pNew->aSlot==0 ){ + sqlite3_free(pNew); + *ppNew = 0; + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memset(pNew->aSlot, 0, nByte); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Free a hash table object. +*/ +static void sqlite3Fts5HashFree(Fts5Hash *pHash){ + if( pHash ){ + sqlite3Fts5HashClear(pHash); + sqlite3_free(pHash->aSlot); + sqlite3_free(pHash); + } +} + +/* +** Empty (but do not delete) a hash table. +*/ +static void sqlite3Fts5HashClear(Fts5Hash *pHash){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<pHash->nSlot; i++){ + Fts5HashEntry *pNext; + Fts5HashEntry *pSlot; + for(pSlot=pHash->aSlot[i]; pSlot; pSlot=pNext){ + pNext = pSlot->pHashNext; + sqlite3_free(pSlot); + } + } + memset(pHash->aSlot, 0, pHash->nSlot * sizeof(Fts5HashEntry*)); + pHash->nEntry = 0; +} + +static unsigned int fts5HashKey(int nSlot, const u8 *p, int n){ + int i; + unsigned int h = 13; + for(i=n-1; i>=0; i--){ + h = (h << 3) ^ h ^ p[i]; + } + return (h % nSlot); +} + +static unsigned int fts5HashKey2(int nSlot, u8 b, const u8 *p, int n){ + int i; + unsigned int h = 13; + for(i=n-1; i>=0; i--){ + h = (h << 3) ^ h ^ p[i]; + } + h = (h << 3) ^ h ^ b; + return (h % nSlot); +} + +/* +** Resize the hash table by doubling the number of slots. +*/ +static int fts5HashResize(Fts5Hash *pHash){ + int nNew = pHash->nSlot*2; + int i; + Fts5HashEntry **apNew; + Fts5HashEntry **apOld = pHash->aSlot; + + apNew = (Fts5HashEntry**)sqlite3_malloc(nNew*sizeof(Fts5HashEntry*)); + if( !apNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(apNew, 0, nNew*sizeof(Fts5HashEntry*)); + + for(i=0; i<pHash->nSlot; i++){ + while( apOld[i] ){ + int iHash; + Fts5HashEntry *p = apOld[i]; + apOld[i] = p->pHashNext; + iHash = fts5HashKey(nNew, (u8*)p->zKey, (int)strlen(p->zKey)); + p->pHashNext = apNew[iHash]; + apNew[iHash] = p; + } + } + + sqlite3_free(apOld); + pHash->nSlot = nNew; + pHash->aSlot = apNew; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static void fts5HashAddPoslistSize(Fts5Hash *pHash, Fts5HashEntry *p){ + if( p->iSzPoslist ){ + u8 *pPtr = (u8*)p; + if( pHash->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){ + assert( p->nData==p->iSzPoslist ); + if( p->bDel ){ + pPtr[p->nData++] = 0x00; + if( p->bContent ){ + pPtr[p->nData++] = 0x00; + } + } + }else{ + int nSz = (p->nData - p->iSzPoslist - 1); /* Size in bytes */ + int nPos = nSz*2 + p->bDel; /* Value of nPos field */ + + assert( p->bDel==0 || p->bDel==1 ); + if( nPos<=127 ){ + pPtr[p->iSzPoslist] = (u8)nPos; + }else{ + int nByte = sqlite3Fts5GetVarintLen((u32)nPos); + memmove(&pPtr[p->iSzPoslist + nByte], &pPtr[p->iSzPoslist + 1], nSz); + sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(&pPtr[p->iSzPoslist], nPos); + p->nData += (nByte-1); + } + } + + p->iSzPoslist = 0; + p->bDel = 0; + p->bContent = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Add an entry to the in-memory hash table. The key is the concatenation +** of bByte and (pToken/nToken). The value is (iRowid/iCol/iPos). +** +** (bByte || pToken) -> (iRowid,iCol,iPos) +** +** Or, if iCol is negative, then the value is a delete marker. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5HashWrite( + Fts5Hash *pHash, + i64 iRowid, /* Rowid for this entry */ + int iCol, /* Column token appears in (-ve -> delete) */ + int iPos, /* Position of token within column */ + char bByte, /* First byte of token */ + const char *pToken, int nToken /* Token to add or remove to or from index */ +){ + unsigned int iHash; + Fts5HashEntry *p; + u8 *pPtr; + int nIncr = 0; /* Amount to increment (*pHash->pnByte) by */ + int bNew; /* If non-delete entry should be written */ + + bNew = (pHash->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_FULL); + + /* Attempt to locate an existing hash entry */ + iHash = fts5HashKey2(pHash->nSlot, (u8)bByte, (const u8*)pToken, nToken); + for(p=pHash->aSlot[iHash]; p; p=p->pHashNext){ + if( p->zKey[0]==bByte + && p->nKey==nToken + && memcmp(&p->zKey[1], pToken, nToken)==0 + ){ + break; + } + } + + /* If an existing hash entry cannot be found, create a new one. */ + if( p==0 ){ + /* Figure out how much space to allocate */ + int nByte = FTS5_HASHENTRYSIZE + (nToken+1) + 1 + 64; + if( nByte<128 ) nByte = 128; + + /* Grow the Fts5Hash.aSlot[] array if necessary. */ + if( (pHash->nEntry*2)>=pHash->nSlot ){ + int rc = fts5HashResize(pHash); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + iHash = fts5HashKey2(pHash->nSlot, (u8)bByte, (const u8*)pToken, nToken); + } + + /* Allocate new Fts5HashEntry and add it to the hash table. */ + p = (Fts5HashEntry*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( !p ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(p, 0, FTS5_HASHENTRYSIZE); + p->nAlloc = nByte; + p->zKey[0] = bByte; + memcpy(&p->zKey[1], pToken, nToken); + assert( iHash==fts5HashKey(pHash->nSlot, (u8*)p->zKey, nToken+1) ); + p->nKey = nToken; + p->zKey[nToken+1] = '\0'; + p->nData = nToken+1 + 1 + FTS5_HASHENTRYSIZE; + p->pHashNext = pHash->aSlot[iHash]; + pHash->aSlot[iHash] = p; + pHash->nEntry++; + + /* Add the first rowid field to the hash-entry */ + p->nData += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(&((u8*)p)[p->nData], iRowid); + p->iRowid = iRowid; + + p->iSzPoslist = p->nData; + if( pHash->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){ + p->nData += 1; + p->iCol = (pHash->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_FULL ? 0 : -1); + } + + nIncr += p->nData; + }else{ + + /* Appending to an existing hash-entry. Check that there is enough + ** space to append the largest possible new entry. Worst case scenario + ** is: + ** + ** + 9 bytes for a new rowid, + ** + 4 byte reserved for the "poslist size" varint. + ** + 1 byte for a "new column" byte, + ** + 3 bytes for a new column number (16-bit max) as a varint, + ** + 5 bytes for the new position offset (32-bit max). + */ + if( (p->nAlloc - p->nData) < (9 + 4 + 1 + 3 + 5) ){ + int nNew = p->nAlloc * 2; + Fts5HashEntry *pNew; + Fts5HashEntry **pp; + pNew = (Fts5HashEntry*)sqlite3_realloc(p, nNew); + if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + pNew->nAlloc = nNew; + for(pp=&pHash->aSlot[iHash]; *pp!=p; pp=&(*pp)->pHashNext); + *pp = pNew; + p = pNew; + } + nIncr -= p->nData; + } + assert( (p->nAlloc - p->nData) >= (9 + 4 + 1 + 3 + 5) ); + + pPtr = (u8*)p; + + /* If this is a new rowid, append the 4-byte size field for the previous + ** entry, and the new rowid for this entry. */ + if( iRowid!=p->iRowid ){ + fts5HashAddPoslistSize(pHash, p); + p->nData += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(&pPtr[p->nData], iRowid - p->iRowid); + p->iRowid = iRowid; + bNew = 1; + p->iSzPoslist = p->nData; + if( pHash->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){ + p->nData += 1; + p->iCol = (pHash->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_FULL ? 0 : -1); + p->iPos = 0; + } + } + + if( iCol>=0 ){ + if( pHash->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){ + p->bContent = 1; + }else{ + /* Append a new column value, if necessary */ + assert( iCol>=p->iCol ); + if( iCol!=p->iCol ){ + if( pHash->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_FULL ){ + pPtr[p->nData++] = 0x01; + p->nData += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(&pPtr[p->nData], iCol); + p->iCol = (i16)iCol; + p->iPos = 0; + }else{ + bNew = 1; + p->iCol = (i16)(iPos = iCol); + } + } + + /* Append the new position offset, if necessary */ + if( bNew ){ + p->nData += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(&pPtr[p->nData], iPos - p->iPos + 2); + p->iPos = iPos; + } + } + }else{ + /* This is a delete. Set the delete flag. */ + p->bDel = 1; + } + + nIncr += p->nData; + *pHash->pnByte += nIncr; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +/* +** Arguments pLeft and pRight point to linked-lists of hash-entry objects, +** each sorted in key order. This function merges the two lists into a +** single list and returns a pointer to its first element. +*/ +static Fts5HashEntry *fts5HashEntryMerge( + Fts5HashEntry *pLeft, + Fts5HashEntry *pRight +){ + Fts5HashEntry *p1 = pLeft; + Fts5HashEntry *p2 = pRight; + Fts5HashEntry *pRet = 0; + Fts5HashEntry **ppOut = &pRet; + + while( p1 || p2 ){ + if( p1==0 ){ + *ppOut = p2; + p2 = 0; + }else if( p2==0 ){ + *ppOut = p1; + p1 = 0; + }else{ + int i = 0; + while( p1->zKey[i]==p2->zKey[i] ) i++; + + if( ((u8)p1->zKey[i])>((u8)p2->zKey[i]) ){ + /* p2 is smaller */ + *ppOut = p2; + ppOut = &p2->pScanNext; + p2 = p2->pScanNext; + }else{ + /* p1 is smaller */ + *ppOut = p1; + ppOut = &p1->pScanNext; + p1 = p1->pScanNext; + } + *ppOut = 0; + } + } + + return pRet; +} + +/* +** Extract all tokens from hash table iHash and link them into a list +** in sorted order. The hash table is cleared before returning. It is +** the responsibility of the caller to free the elements of the returned +** list. +*/ +static int fts5HashEntrySort( + Fts5Hash *pHash, + const char *pTerm, int nTerm, /* Query prefix, if any */ + Fts5HashEntry **ppSorted +){ + const int nMergeSlot = 32; + Fts5HashEntry **ap; + Fts5HashEntry *pList; + int iSlot; + int i; + + *ppSorted = 0; + ap = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts5HashEntry*) * nMergeSlot); + if( !ap ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(ap, 0, sizeof(Fts5HashEntry*) * nMergeSlot); + + for(iSlot=0; iSlot<pHash->nSlot; iSlot++){ + Fts5HashEntry *pIter; + for(pIter=pHash->aSlot[iSlot]; pIter; pIter=pIter->pHashNext){ + if( pTerm==0 || 0==memcmp(pIter->zKey, pTerm, nTerm) ){ + Fts5HashEntry *pEntry = pIter; + pEntry->pScanNext = 0; + for(i=0; ap[i]; i++){ + pEntry = fts5HashEntryMerge(pEntry, ap[i]); + ap[i] = 0; + } + ap[i] = pEntry; + } + } + } + + pList = 0; + for(i=0; i<nMergeSlot; i++){ + pList = fts5HashEntryMerge(pList, ap[i]); + } + + pHash->nEntry = 0; + sqlite3_free(ap); + *ppSorted = pList; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Query the hash table for a doclist associated with term pTerm/nTerm. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5HashQuery( + Fts5Hash *pHash, /* Hash table to query */ + const char *pTerm, int nTerm, /* Query term */ + const u8 **ppDoclist, /* OUT: Pointer to doclist for pTerm */ + int *pnDoclist /* OUT: Size of doclist in bytes */ +){ + unsigned int iHash = fts5HashKey(pHash->nSlot, (const u8*)pTerm, nTerm); + Fts5HashEntry *p; + + for(p=pHash->aSlot[iHash]; p; p=p->pHashNext){ + if( memcmp(p->zKey, pTerm, nTerm)==0 && p->zKey[nTerm]==0 ) break; + } + + if( p ){ + fts5HashAddPoslistSize(pHash, p); + *ppDoclist = (const u8*)&p->zKey[nTerm+1]; + *pnDoclist = p->nData - (FTS5_HASHENTRYSIZE + nTerm + 1); + }else{ + *ppDoclist = 0; + *pnDoclist = 0; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static int sqlite3Fts5HashScanInit( + Fts5Hash *p, /* Hash table to query */ + const char *pTerm, int nTerm /* Query prefix */ +){ + return fts5HashEntrySort(p, pTerm, nTerm, &p->pScan); +} + +static void sqlite3Fts5HashScanNext(Fts5Hash *p){ + assert( !sqlite3Fts5HashScanEof(p) ); + p->pScan = p->pScan->pScanNext; +} + +static int sqlite3Fts5HashScanEof(Fts5Hash *p){ + return (p->pScan==0); +} + +static void sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry( + Fts5Hash *pHash, + const char **pzTerm, /* OUT: term (nul-terminated) */ + const u8 **ppDoclist, /* OUT: pointer to doclist */ + int *pnDoclist /* OUT: size of doclist in bytes */ +){ + Fts5HashEntry *p; + if( (p = pHash->pScan) ){ + int nTerm = (int)strlen(p->zKey); + fts5HashAddPoslistSize(pHash, p); + *pzTerm = p->zKey; + *ppDoclist = (const u8*)&p->zKey[nTerm+1]; + *pnDoclist = p->nData - (FTS5_HASHENTRYSIZE + nTerm + 1); + }else{ + *pzTerm = 0; + *ppDoclist = 0; + *pnDoclist = 0; + } +} + + +/* +** 2014 May 31 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** Low level access to the FTS index stored in the database file. The +** routines in this file file implement all read and write access to the +** %_data table. Other parts of the system access this functionality via +** the interface defined in fts5Int.h. +*/ + + +/* #include "fts5Int.h" */ + +/* +** Overview: +** +** The %_data table contains all the FTS indexes for an FTS5 virtual table. +** As well as the main term index, there may be up to 31 prefix indexes. +** The format is similar to FTS3/4, except that: +** +** * all segment b-tree leaf data is stored in fixed size page records +** (e.g. 1000 bytes). A single doclist may span multiple pages. Care is +** taken to ensure it is possible to iterate in either direction through +** the entries in a doclist, or to seek to a specific entry within a +** doclist, without loading it into memory. +** +** * large doclists that span many pages have associated "doclist index" +** records that contain a copy of the first rowid on each page spanned by +** the doclist. This is used to speed up seek operations, and merges of +** large doclists with very small doclists. +** +** * extra fields in the "structure record" record the state of ongoing +** incremental merge operations. +** +*/ + + +#define FTS5_OPT_WORK_UNIT 1000 /* Number of leaf pages per optimize step */ +#define FTS5_WORK_UNIT 64 /* Number of leaf pages in unit of work */ + +#define FTS5_MIN_DLIDX_SIZE 4 /* Add dlidx if this many empty pages */ + +#define FTS5_MAIN_PREFIX '0' + +#if FTS5_MAX_PREFIX_INDEXES > 31 +# error "FTS5_MAX_PREFIX_INDEXES is too large" +#endif + +/* +** Details: +** +** The %_data table managed by this module, +** +** CREATE TABLE %_data(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB); +** +** , contains the following 5 types of records. See the comments surrounding +** the FTS5_*_ROWID macros below for a description of how %_data rowids are +** assigned to each fo them. +** +** 1. Structure Records: +** +** The set of segments that make up an index - the index structure - are +** recorded in a single record within the %_data table. The record consists +** of a single 32-bit configuration cookie value followed by a list of +** SQLite varints. If the FTS table features more than one index (because +** there are one or more prefix indexes), it is guaranteed that all share +** the same cookie value. +** +** Immediately following the configuration cookie, the record begins with +** three varints: +** +** + number of levels, +** + total number of segments on all levels, +** + value of write counter. +** +** Then, for each level from 0 to nMax: +** +** + number of input segments in ongoing merge. +** + total number of segments in level. +** + for each segment from oldest to newest: +** + segment id (always > 0) +** + first leaf page number (often 1, always greater than 0) +** + final leaf page number +** +** 2. The Averages Record: +** +** A single record within the %_data table. The data is a list of varints. +** The first value is the number of rows in the index. Then, for each column +** from left to right, the total number of tokens in the column for all +** rows of the table. +** +** 3. Segment leaves: +** +** TERM/DOCLIST FORMAT: +** +** Most of each segment leaf is taken up by term/doclist data. The +** general format of term/doclist, starting with the first term +** on the leaf page, is: +** +** varint : size of first term +** blob: first term data +** doclist: first doclist +** zero-or-more { +** varint: number of bytes in common with previous term +** varint: number of bytes of new term data (nNew) +** blob: nNew bytes of new term data +** doclist: next doclist +** } +** +** doclist format: +** +** varint: first rowid +** poslist: first poslist +** zero-or-more { +** varint: rowid delta (always > 0) +** poslist: next poslist +** } +** +** poslist format: +** +** varint: size of poslist in bytes multiplied by 2, not including +** this field. Plus 1 if this entry carries the "delete" flag. +** collist: collist for column 0 +** zero-or-more { +** 0x01 byte +** varint: column number (I) +** collist: collist for column I +** } +** +** collist format: +** +** varint: first offset + 2 +** zero-or-more { +** varint: offset delta + 2 +** } +** +** PAGE FORMAT +** +** Each leaf page begins with a 4-byte header containing 2 16-bit +** unsigned integer fields in big-endian format. They are: +** +** * The byte offset of the first rowid on the page, if it exists +** and occurs before the first term (otherwise 0). +** +** * The byte offset of the start of the page footer. If the page +** footer is 0 bytes in size, then this field is the same as the +** size of the leaf page in bytes. +** +** The page footer consists of a single varint for each term located +** on the page. Each varint is the byte offset of the current term +** within the page, delta-compressed against the previous value. In +** other words, the first varint in the footer is the byte offset of +** the first term, the second is the byte offset of the second less that +** of the first, and so on. +** +** The term/doclist format described above is accurate if the entire +** term/doclist data fits on a single leaf page. If this is not the case, +** the format is changed in two ways: +** +** + if the first rowid on a page occurs before the first term, it +** is stored as a literal value: +** +** varint: first rowid +** +** + the first term on each page is stored in the same way as the +** very first term of the segment: +** +** varint : size of first term +** blob: first term data +** +** 5. Segment doclist indexes: +** +** Doclist indexes are themselves b-trees, however they usually consist of +** a single leaf record only. The format of each doclist index leaf page +** is: +** +** * Flags byte. Bits are: +** 0x01: Clear if leaf is also the root page, otherwise set. +** +** * Page number of fts index leaf page. As a varint. +** +** * First rowid on page indicated by previous field. As a varint. +** +** * A list of varints, one for each subsequent termless page. A +** positive delta if the termless page contains at least one rowid, +** or an 0x00 byte otherwise. +** +** Internal doclist index nodes are: +** +** * Flags byte. Bits are: +** 0x01: Clear for root page, otherwise set. +** +** * Page number of first child page. As a varint. +** +** * Copy of first rowid on page indicated by previous field. As a varint. +** +** * A list of delta-encoded varints - the first rowid on each subsequent +** child page. +** +*/ + +/* +** Rowids for the averages and structure records in the %_data table. +*/ +#define FTS5_AVERAGES_ROWID 1 /* Rowid used for the averages record */ +#define FTS5_STRUCTURE_ROWID 10 /* The structure record */ + +/* +** Macros determining the rowids used by segment leaves and dlidx leaves +** and nodes. All nodes and leaves are stored in the %_data table with large +** positive rowids. +** +** Each segment has a unique non-zero 16-bit id. +** +** The rowid for each segment leaf is found by passing the segment id and +** the leaf page number to the FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID macro. Leaves are numbered +** sequentially starting from 1. +*/ +#define FTS5_DATA_ID_B 16 /* Max seg id number 65535 */ +#define FTS5_DATA_DLI_B 1 /* Doclist-index flag (1 bit) */ +#define FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B 5 /* Max dlidx tree height of 32 */ +#define FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B 31 /* Max page number of 2147483648 */ + +#define fts5_dri(segid, dlidx, height, pgno) ( \ + ((i64)(segid) << (FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B+FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B+FTS5_DATA_DLI_B)) + \ + ((i64)(dlidx) << (FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B + FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B)) + \ + ((i64)(height) << (FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B)) + \ + ((i64)(pgno)) \ +) + +#define FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(segid, pgno) fts5_dri(segid, 0, 0, pgno) +#define FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(segid, height, pgno) fts5_dri(segid, 1, height, pgno) + +/* +** Maximum segments permitted in a single index +*/ +#define FTS5_MAX_SEGMENT 2000 + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +static int sqlite3Fts5Corrupt() { return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; } +#endif + + +/* +** Each time a blob is read from the %_data table, it is padded with this +** many zero bytes. This makes it easier to decode the various record formats +** without overreading if the records are corrupt. +*/ +#define FTS5_DATA_ZERO_PADDING 8 +#define FTS5_DATA_PADDING 20 + +typedef struct Fts5Data Fts5Data; +typedef struct Fts5DlidxIter Fts5DlidxIter; +typedef struct Fts5DlidxLvl Fts5DlidxLvl; +typedef struct Fts5DlidxWriter Fts5DlidxWriter; +typedef struct Fts5Iter Fts5Iter; +typedef struct Fts5PageWriter Fts5PageWriter; +typedef struct Fts5SegIter Fts5SegIter; +typedef struct Fts5DoclistIter Fts5DoclistIter; +typedef struct Fts5SegWriter Fts5SegWriter; +typedef struct Fts5Structure Fts5Structure; +typedef struct Fts5StructureLevel Fts5StructureLevel; +typedef struct Fts5StructureSegment Fts5StructureSegment; + +struct Fts5Data { + u8 *p; /* Pointer to buffer containing record */ + int nn; /* Size of record in bytes */ + int szLeaf; /* Size of leaf without page-index */ +}; + +/* +** One object per %_data table. +*/ +struct Fts5Index { + Fts5Config *pConfig; /* Virtual table configuration */ + char *zDataTbl; /* Name of %_data table */ + int nWorkUnit; /* Leaf pages in a "unit" of work */ + + /* + ** Variables related to the accumulation of tokens and doclists within the + ** in-memory hash tables before they are flushed to disk. + */ + Fts5Hash *pHash; /* Hash table for in-memory data */ + int nPendingData; /* Current bytes of pending data */ + i64 iWriteRowid; /* Rowid for current doc being written */ + int bDelete; /* Current write is a delete */ + + /* Error state. */ + int rc; /* Current error code */ + + /* State used by the fts5DataXXX() functions. */ + sqlite3_blob *pReader; /* RO incr-blob open on %_data table */ + sqlite3_stmt *pWriter; /* "INSERT ... %_data VALUES(?,?)" */ + sqlite3_stmt *pDeleter; /* "DELETE FROM %_data ... id>=? AND id<=?" */ + sqlite3_stmt *pIdxWriter; /* "INSERT ... %_idx VALUES(?,?,?,?)" */ + sqlite3_stmt *pIdxDeleter; /* "DELETE FROM %_idx WHERE segid=? */ + sqlite3_stmt *pIdxSelect; + int nRead; /* Total number of blocks read */ + + sqlite3_stmt *pDataVersion; + i64 iStructVersion; /* data_version when pStruct read */ + Fts5Structure *pStruct; /* Current db structure (or NULL) */ +}; + +struct Fts5DoclistIter { + u8 *aEof; /* Pointer to 1 byte past end of doclist */ + + /* Output variables. aPoslist==0 at EOF */ + i64 iRowid; + u8 *aPoslist; + int nPoslist; + int nSize; +}; + +/* +** The contents of the "structure" record for each index are represented +** using an Fts5Structure record in memory. Which uses instances of the +** other Fts5StructureXXX types as components. +*/ +struct Fts5StructureSegment { + int iSegid; /* Segment id */ + int pgnoFirst; /* First leaf page number in segment */ + int pgnoLast; /* Last leaf page number in segment */ +}; +struct Fts5StructureLevel { + int nMerge; /* Number of segments in incr-merge */ + int nSeg; /* Total number of segments on level */ + Fts5StructureSegment *aSeg; /* Array of segments. aSeg[0] is oldest. */ +}; +struct Fts5Structure { + int nRef; /* Object reference count */ + u64 nWriteCounter; /* Total leaves written to level 0 */ + int nSegment; /* Total segments in this structure */ + int nLevel; /* Number of levels in this index */ + Fts5StructureLevel aLevel[1]; /* Array of nLevel level objects */ +}; + +/* +** An object of type Fts5SegWriter is used to write to segments. +*/ +struct Fts5PageWriter { + int pgno; /* Page number for this page */ + int iPrevPgidx; /* Previous value written into pgidx */ + Fts5Buffer buf; /* Buffer containing leaf data */ + Fts5Buffer pgidx; /* Buffer containing page-index */ + Fts5Buffer term; /* Buffer containing previous term on page */ +}; +struct Fts5DlidxWriter { + int pgno; /* Page number for this page */ + int bPrevValid; /* True if iPrev is valid */ + i64 iPrev; /* Previous rowid value written to page */ + Fts5Buffer buf; /* Buffer containing page data */ +}; +struct Fts5SegWriter { + int iSegid; /* Segid to write to */ + Fts5PageWriter writer; /* PageWriter object */ + i64 iPrevRowid; /* Previous rowid written to current leaf */ + u8 bFirstRowidInDoclist; /* True if next rowid is first in doclist */ + u8 bFirstRowidInPage; /* True if next rowid is first in page */ + /* TODO1: Can use (writer.pgidx.n==0) instead of bFirstTermInPage */ + u8 bFirstTermInPage; /* True if next term will be first in leaf */ + int nLeafWritten; /* Number of leaf pages written */ + int nEmpty; /* Number of contiguous term-less nodes */ + + int nDlidx; /* Allocated size of aDlidx[] array */ + Fts5DlidxWriter *aDlidx; /* Array of Fts5DlidxWriter objects */ + + /* Values to insert into the %_idx table */ + Fts5Buffer btterm; /* Next term to insert into %_idx table */ + int iBtPage; /* Page number corresponding to btterm */ +}; + +typedef struct Fts5CResult Fts5CResult; +struct Fts5CResult { + u16 iFirst; /* aSeg[] index of firstest iterator */ + u8 bTermEq; /* True if the terms are equal */ +}; + +/* +** Object for iterating through a single segment, visiting each term/rowid +** pair in the segment. +** +** pSeg: +** The segment to iterate through. +** +** iLeafPgno: +** Current leaf page number within segment. +** +** iLeafOffset: +** Byte offset within the current leaf that is the first byte of the +** position list data (one byte passed the position-list size field). +** rowid field of the current entry. Usually this is the size field of the +** position list data. The exception is if the rowid for the current entry +** is the last thing on the leaf page. +** +** pLeaf: +** Buffer containing current leaf page data. Set to NULL at EOF. +** +** iTermLeafPgno, iTermLeafOffset: +** Leaf page number containing the last term read from the segment. And +** the offset immediately following the term data. +** +** flags: +** Mask of FTS5_SEGITER_XXX values. Interpreted as follows: +** +** FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM: +** If set, set the iterator to point to EOF after the current doclist +** has been exhausted. Do not proceed to the next term in the segment. +** +** FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE: +** This flag is only ever set if FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM is also set. If +** it is set, iterate through rowid in descending order instead of the +** default ascending order. +** +** iRowidOffset/nRowidOffset/aRowidOffset: +** These are used if the FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE flag is set. +** +** For each rowid on the page corresponding to the current term, the +** corresponding aRowidOffset[] entry is set to the byte offset of the +** start of the "position-list-size" field within the page. +** +** iTermIdx: +** Index of current term on iTermLeafPgno. +*/ +struct Fts5SegIter { + Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg; /* Segment to iterate through */ + int flags; /* Mask of configuration flags */ + int iLeafPgno; /* Current leaf page number */ + Fts5Data *pLeaf; /* Current leaf data */ + Fts5Data *pNextLeaf; /* Leaf page (iLeafPgno+1) */ + int iLeafOffset; /* Byte offset within current leaf */ + + /* Next method */ + void (*xNext)(Fts5Index*, Fts5SegIter*, int*); + + /* The page and offset from which the current term was read. The offset + ** is the offset of the first rowid in the current doclist. */ + int iTermLeafPgno; + int iTermLeafOffset; + + int iPgidxOff; /* Next offset in pgidx */ + int iEndofDoclist; + + /* The following are only used if the FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE flag is set. */ + int iRowidOffset; /* Current entry in aRowidOffset[] */ + int nRowidOffset; /* Allocated size of aRowidOffset[] array */ + int *aRowidOffset; /* Array of offset to rowid fields */ + + Fts5DlidxIter *pDlidx; /* If there is a doclist-index */ + + /* Variables populated based on current entry. */ + Fts5Buffer term; /* Current term */ + i64 iRowid; /* Current rowid */ + int nPos; /* Number of bytes in current position list */ + u8 bDel; /* True if the delete flag is set */ +}; + +/* +** Argument is a pointer to an Fts5Data structure that contains a +** leaf page. +*/ +#define ASSERT_SZLEAF_OK(x) assert( \ + (x)->szLeaf==(x)->nn || (x)->szLeaf==fts5GetU16(&(x)->p[2]) \ +) + +#define FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM 0x01 +#define FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE 0x02 + +/* +** Argument is a pointer to an Fts5Data structure that contains a leaf +** page. This macro evaluates to true if the leaf contains no terms, or +** false if it contains at least one term. +*/ +#define fts5LeafIsTermless(x) ((x)->szLeaf >= (x)->nn) + +#define fts5LeafTermOff(x, i) (fts5GetU16(&(x)->p[(x)->szLeaf + (i)*2])) + +#define fts5LeafFirstRowidOff(x) (fts5GetU16((x)->p)) + +/* +** Object for iterating through the merged results of one or more segments, +** visiting each term/rowid pair in the merged data. +** +** nSeg is always a power of two greater than or equal to the number of +** segments that this object is merging data from. Both the aSeg[] and +** aFirst[] arrays are sized at nSeg entries. The aSeg[] array is padded +** with zeroed objects - these are handled as if they were iterators opened +** on empty segments. +** +** The results of comparing segments aSeg[N] and aSeg[N+1], where N is an +** even number, is stored in aFirst[(nSeg+N)/2]. The "result" of the +** comparison in this context is the index of the iterator that currently +** points to the smaller term/rowid combination. Iterators at EOF are +** considered to be greater than all other iterators. +** +** aFirst[1] contains the index in aSeg[] of the iterator that points to +** the smallest key overall. aFirst[0] is unused. +** +** poslist: +** Used by sqlite3Fts5IterPoslist() when the poslist needs to be buffered. +** There is no way to tell if this is populated or not. +*/ +struct Fts5Iter { + Fts5IndexIter base; /* Base class containing output vars */ + + Fts5Index *pIndex; /* Index that owns this iterator */ + Fts5Structure *pStruct; /* Database structure for this iterator */ + Fts5Buffer poslist; /* Buffer containing current poslist */ + Fts5Colset *pColset; /* Restrict matches to these columns */ + + /* Invoked to set output variables. */ + void (*xSetOutputs)(Fts5Iter*, Fts5SegIter*); + + int nSeg; /* Size of aSeg[] array */ + int bRev; /* True to iterate in reverse order */ + u8 bSkipEmpty; /* True to skip deleted entries */ + + i64 iSwitchRowid; /* Firstest rowid of other than aFirst[1] */ + Fts5CResult *aFirst; /* Current merge state (see above) */ + Fts5SegIter aSeg[1]; /* Array of segment iterators */ +}; + + +/* +** An instance of the following type is used to iterate through the contents +** of a doclist-index record. +** +** pData: +** Record containing the doclist-index data. +** +** bEof: +** Set to true once iterator has reached EOF. +** +** iOff: +** Set to the current offset within record pData. +*/ +struct Fts5DlidxLvl { + Fts5Data *pData; /* Data for current page of this level */ + int iOff; /* Current offset into pData */ + int bEof; /* At EOF already */ + int iFirstOff; /* Used by reverse iterators */ + + /* Output variables */ + int iLeafPgno; /* Page number of current leaf page */ + i64 iRowid; /* First rowid on leaf iLeafPgno */ +}; +struct Fts5DlidxIter { + int nLvl; + int iSegid; + Fts5DlidxLvl aLvl[1]; +}; + +static void fts5PutU16(u8 *aOut, u16 iVal){ + aOut[0] = (iVal>>8); + aOut[1] = (iVal&0xFF); +} + +static u16 fts5GetU16(const u8 *aIn){ + return ((u16)aIn[0] << 8) + aIn[1]; +} + +/* +** Allocate and return a buffer at least nByte bytes in size. +** +** If an OOM error is encountered, return NULL and set the error code in +** the Fts5Index handle passed as the first argument. +*/ +static void *fts5IdxMalloc(Fts5Index *p, int nByte){ + return sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&p->rc, nByte); +} + +/* +** Compare the contents of the pLeft buffer with the pRight/nRight blob. +** +** Return -ve if pLeft is smaller than pRight, 0 if they are equal or +** +ve if pRight is smaller than pLeft. In other words: +** +** res = *pLeft - *pRight +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +static int fts5BufferCompareBlob( + Fts5Buffer *pLeft, /* Left hand side of comparison */ + const u8 *pRight, int nRight /* Right hand side of comparison */ +){ + int nCmp = MIN(pLeft->n, nRight); + int res = memcmp(pLeft->p, pRight, nCmp); + return (res==0 ? (pLeft->n - nRight) : res); +} +#endif + +/* +** Compare the contents of the two buffers using memcmp(). If one buffer +** is a prefix of the other, it is considered the lesser. +** +** Return -ve if pLeft is smaller than pRight, 0 if they are equal or +** +ve if pRight is smaller than pLeft. In other words: +** +** res = *pLeft - *pRight +*/ +static int fts5BufferCompare(Fts5Buffer *pLeft, Fts5Buffer *pRight){ + int nCmp = MIN(pLeft->n, pRight->n); + int res = memcmp(pLeft->p, pRight->p, nCmp); + return (res==0 ? (pLeft->n - pRight->n) : res); +} + +static int fts5LeafFirstTermOff(Fts5Data *pLeaf){ + int ret; + fts5GetVarint32(&pLeaf->p[pLeaf->szLeaf], ret); + return ret; +} + +/* +** Close the read-only blob handle, if it is open. +*/ +static void fts5CloseReader(Fts5Index *p){ + if( p->pReader ){ + sqlite3_blob *pReader = p->pReader; + p->pReader = 0; + sqlite3_blob_close(pReader); + } +} + + +/* +** Retrieve a record from the %_data table. +** +** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error left in the +** Fts5Index object. +*/ +static Fts5Data *fts5DataRead(Fts5Index *p, i64 iRowid){ + Fts5Data *pRet = 0; + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( p->pReader ){ + /* This call may return SQLITE_ABORT if there has been a savepoint + ** rollback since it was last used. In this case a new blob handle + ** is required. */ + sqlite3_blob *pBlob = p->pReader; + p->pReader = 0; + rc = sqlite3_blob_reopen(pBlob, iRowid); + assert( p->pReader==0 ); + p->pReader = pBlob; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + fts5CloseReader(p); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* If the blob handle is not open at this point, open it and seek + ** to the requested entry. */ + if( p->pReader==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; + rc = sqlite3_blob_open(pConfig->db, + pConfig->zDb, p->zDataTbl, "block", iRowid, 0, &p->pReader + ); + } + + /* If either of the sqlite3_blob_open() or sqlite3_blob_reopen() calls + ** above returned SQLITE_ERROR, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB instead. + ** All the reasons those functions might return SQLITE_ERROR - missing + ** table, missing row, non-blob/text in block column - indicate + ** backing store corruption. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u8 *aOut = 0; /* Read blob data into this buffer */ + int nByte = sqlite3_blob_bytes(p->pReader); + int nAlloc = sizeof(Fts5Data) + nByte + FTS5_DATA_PADDING; + pRet = (Fts5Data*)sqlite3_malloc(nAlloc); + if( pRet ){ + pRet->nn = nByte; + aOut = pRet->p = (u8*)&pRet[1]; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_blob_read(p->pReader, aOut, nByte, 0); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_free(pRet); + pRet = 0; + }else{ + /* TODO1: Fix this */ + pRet->szLeaf = fts5GetU16(&pRet->p[2]); + } + } + p->rc = rc; + p->nRead++; + } + + assert( (pRet==0)==(p->rc!=SQLITE_OK) ); + return pRet; +} + + +/* +** Release a reference to data record returned by an earlier call to +** fts5DataRead(). +*/ +static void fts5DataRelease(Fts5Data *pData){ + sqlite3_free(pData); +} + +static int fts5IndexPrepareStmt( + Fts5Index *p, + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, + char *zSql +){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( zSql ){ + p->rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->pConfig->db, zSql, -1, ppStmt, 0); + }else{ + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + sqlite3_free(zSql); + return p->rc; +} + + +/* +** INSERT OR REPLACE a record into the %_data table. +*/ +static void fts5DataWrite(Fts5Index *p, i64 iRowid, const u8 *pData, int nData){ + if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return; + + if( p->pWriter==0 ){ + Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; + fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pWriter, sqlite3_mprintf( + "REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_data'(id, block) VALUES(?,?)", + pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName + )); + if( p->rc ) return; + } + + sqlite3_bind_int64(p->pWriter, 1, iRowid); + sqlite3_bind_blob(p->pWriter, 2, pData, nData, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_step(p->pWriter); + p->rc = sqlite3_reset(p->pWriter); +} + +/* +** Execute the following SQL: +** +** DELETE FROM %_data WHERE id BETWEEN $iFirst AND $iLast +*/ +static void fts5DataDelete(Fts5Index *p, i64 iFirst, i64 iLast){ + if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return; + + if( p->pDeleter==0 ){ + int rc; + Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; + char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_data' WHERE id>=? AND id<=?", + pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName + ); + if( zSql==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pConfig->db, zSql, -1, &p->pDeleter, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = rc; + return; + } + } + + sqlite3_bind_int64(p->pDeleter, 1, iFirst); + sqlite3_bind_int64(p->pDeleter, 2, iLast); + sqlite3_step(p->pDeleter); + p->rc = sqlite3_reset(p->pDeleter); +} + +/* +** Remove all records associated with segment iSegid. +*/ +static void fts5DataRemoveSegment(Fts5Index *p, int iSegid){ + i64 iFirst = FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(iSegid, 0); + i64 iLast = FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(iSegid+1, 0)-1; + fts5DataDelete(p, iFirst, iLast); + if( p->pIdxDeleter==0 ){ + Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; + fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pIdxDeleter, sqlite3_mprintf( + "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_idx' WHERE segid=?", + pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName + )); + } + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int(p->pIdxDeleter, 1, iSegid); + sqlite3_step(p->pIdxDeleter); + p->rc = sqlite3_reset(p->pIdxDeleter); + } +} + +/* +** Release a reference to an Fts5Structure object returned by an earlier +** call to fts5StructureRead() or fts5StructureDecode(). +*/ +static void fts5StructureRelease(Fts5Structure *pStruct){ + if( pStruct && 0>=(--pStruct->nRef) ){ + int i; + assert( pStruct->nRef==0 ); + for(i=0; i<pStruct->nLevel; i++){ + sqlite3_free(pStruct->aLevel[i].aSeg); + } + sqlite3_free(pStruct); + } +} + +static void fts5StructureRef(Fts5Structure *pStruct){ + pStruct->nRef++; +} + +/* +** Deserialize and return the structure record currently stored in serialized +** form within buffer pData/nData. +** +** The Fts5Structure.aLevel[] and each Fts5StructureLevel.aSeg[] array +** are over-allocated by one slot. This allows the structure contents +** to be more easily edited. +** +** If an error occurs, *ppOut is set to NULL and an SQLite error code +** returned. Otherwise, *ppOut is set to point to the new object and +** SQLITE_OK returned. +*/ +static int fts5StructureDecode( + const u8 *pData, /* Buffer containing serialized structure */ + int nData, /* Size of buffer pData in bytes */ + int *piCookie, /* Configuration cookie value */ + Fts5Structure **ppOut /* OUT: Deserialized object */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int i = 0; + int iLvl; + int nLevel = 0; + int nSegment = 0; + int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate at pRet */ + Fts5Structure *pRet = 0; /* Structure object to return */ + + /* Grab the cookie value */ + if( piCookie ) *piCookie = sqlite3Fts5Get32(pData); + i = 4; + + /* Read the total number of levels and segments from the start of the + ** structure record. */ + i += fts5GetVarint32(&pData[i], nLevel); + i += fts5GetVarint32(&pData[i], nSegment); + nByte = ( + sizeof(Fts5Structure) + /* Main structure */ + sizeof(Fts5StructureLevel) * (nLevel-1) /* aLevel[] array */ + ); + pRet = (Fts5Structure*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, nByte); + + if( pRet ){ + pRet->nRef = 1; + pRet->nLevel = nLevel; + pRet->nSegment = nSegment; + i += sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(&pData[i], &pRet->nWriteCounter); + + for(iLvl=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iLvl<nLevel; iLvl++){ + Fts5StructureLevel *pLvl = &pRet->aLevel[iLvl]; + int nTotal = 0; + int iSeg; + + if( i>=nData ){ + rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + }else{ + i += fts5GetVarint32(&pData[i], pLvl->nMerge); + i += fts5GetVarint32(&pData[i], nTotal); + assert( nTotal>=pLvl->nMerge ); + pLvl->aSeg = (Fts5StructureSegment*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, + nTotal * sizeof(Fts5StructureSegment) + ); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pLvl->nSeg = nTotal; + for(iSeg=0; iSeg<nTotal; iSeg++){ + if( i>=nData ){ + rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + break; + } + i += fts5GetVarint32(&pData[i], pLvl->aSeg[iSeg].iSegid); + i += fts5GetVarint32(&pData[i], pLvl->aSeg[iSeg].pgnoFirst); + i += fts5GetVarint32(&pData[i], pLvl->aSeg[iSeg].pgnoLast); + } + } + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + fts5StructureRelease(pRet); + pRet = 0; + } + } + + *ppOut = pRet; + return rc; +} + +/* +** +*/ +static void fts5StructureAddLevel(int *pRc, Fts5Structure **ppStruct){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Fts5Structure *pStruct = *ppStruct; + int nLevel = pStruct->nLevel; + int nByte = ( + sizeof(Fts5Structure) + /* Main structure */ + sizeof(Fts5StructureLevel) * (nLevel+1) /* aLevel[] array */ + ); + + pStruct = sqlite3_realloc(pStruct, nByte); + if( pStruct ){ + memset(&pStruct->aLevel[nLevel], 0, sizeof(Fts5StructureLevel)); + pStruct->nLevel++; + *ppStruct = pStruct; + }else{ + *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } +} + +/* +** Extend level iLvl so that there is room for at least nExtra more +** segments. +*/ +static void fts5StructureExtendLevel( + int *pRc, + Fts5Structure *pStruct, + int iLvl, + int nExtra, + int bInsert +){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Fts5StructureLevel *pLvl = &pStruct->aLevel[iLvl]; + Fts5StructureSegment *aNew; + int nByte; + + nByte = (pLvl->nSeg + nExtra) * sizeof(Fts5StructureSegment); + aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pLvl->aSeg, nByte); + if( aNew ){ + if( bInsert==0 ){ + memset(&aNew[pLvl->nSeg], 0, sizeof(Fts5StructureSegment) * nExtra); + }else{ + int nMove = pLvl->nSeg * sizeof(Fts5StructureSegment); + memmove(&aNew[nExtra], aNew, nMove); + memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(Fts5StructureSegment) * nExtra); + } + pLvl->aSeg = aNew; + }else{ + *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } +} + +static Fts5Structure *fts5StructureReadUncached(Fts5Index *p){ + Fts5Structure *pRet = 0; + Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; + int iCookie; /* Configuration cookie */ + Fts5Data *pData; + + pData = fts5DataRead(p, FTS5_STRUCTURE_ROWID); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* TODO: Do we need this if the leaf-index is appended? Probably... */ + memset(&pData->p[pData->nn], 0, FTS5_DATA_PADDING); + p->rc = fts5StructureDecode(pData->p, pData->nn, &iCookie, &pRet); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->iCookie!=iCookie ){ + p->rc = sqlite3Fts5ConfigLoad(pConfig, iCookie); + } + fts5DataRelease(pData); + if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + fts5StructureRelease(pRet); + pRet = 0; + } + } + + return pRet; +} + +static i64 fts5IndexDataVersion(Fts5Index *p){ + i64 iVersion = 0; + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( p->pDataVersion==0 ){ + p->rc = fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pDataVersion, + sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.data_version", p->pConfig->zDb) + ); + if( p->rc ) return 0; + } + + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(p->pDataVersion) ){ + iVersion = sqlite3_column_int64(p->pDataVersion, 0); + } + p->rc = sqlite3_reset(p->pDataVersion); + } + + return iVersion; +} + +/* +** Read, deserialize and return the structure record. +** +** The Fts5Structure.aLevel[] and each Fts5StructureLevel.aSeg[] array +** are over-allocated as described for function fts5StructureDecode() +** above. +** +** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code left in the +** Fts5Index handle. If an error has already occurred when this function +** is called, it is a no-op. +*/ +static Fts5Structure *fts5StructureRead(Fts5Index *p){ + + if( p->pStruct==0 ){ + p->iStructVersion = fts5IndexDataVersion(p); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->pStruct = fts5StructureReadUncached(p); + } + } + +#if 0 + else{ + Fts5Structure *pTest = fts5StructureReadUncached(p); + if( pTest ){ + int i, j; + assert_nc( p->pStruct->nSegment==pTest->nSegment ); + assert_nc( p->pStruct->nLevel==pTest->nLevel ); + for(i=0; i<pTest->nLevel; i++){ + assert_nc( p->pStruct->aLevel[i].nMerge==pTest->aLevel[i].nMerge ); + assert_nc( p->pStruct->aLevel[i].nSeg==pTest->aLevel[i].nSeg ); + for(j=0; j<pTest->aLevel[i].nSeg; j++){ + Fts5StructureSegment *p1 = &pTest->aLevel[i].aSeg[j]; + Fts5StructureSegment *p2 = &p->pStruct->aLevel[i].aSeg[j]; + assert_nc( p1->iSegid==p2->iSegid ); + assert_nc( p1->pgnoFirst==p2->pgnoFirst ); + assert_nc( p1->pgnoLast==p2->pgnoLast ); + } + } + fts5StructureRelease(pTest); + } + } +#endif + + if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return 0; + assert( p->iStructVersion!=0 ); + assert( p->pStruct!=0 ); + fts5StructureRef(p->pStruct); + return p->pStruct; +} + +static void fts5StructureInvalidate(Fts5Index *p){ + if( p->pStruct ){ + fts5StructureRelease(p->pStruct); + p->pStruct = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Return the total number of segments in index structure pStruct. This +** function is only ever used as part of assert() conditions. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +static int fts5StructureCountSegments(Fts5Structure *pStruct){ + int nSegment = 0; /* Total number of segments */ + if( pStruct ){ + int iLvl; /* Used to iterate through levels */ + for(iLvl=0; iLvl<pStruct->nLevel; iLvl++){ + nSegment += pStruct->aLevel[iLvl].nSeg; + } + } + + return nSegment; +} +#endif + +#define fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(pBuf, pBlob, nBlob) { \ + assert( (pBuf)->nSpace>=((pBuf)->n+nBlob) ); \ + memcpy(&(pBuf)->p[(pBuf)->n], pBlob, nBlob); \ + (pBuf)->n += nBlob; \ +} + +#define fts5BufferSafeAppendVarint(pBuf, iVal) { \ + (pBuf)->n += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(&(pBuf)->p[(pBuf)->n], (iVal)); \ + assert( (pBuf)->nSpace>=(pBuf)->n ); \ +} + + +/* +** Serialize and store the "structure" record. +** +** If an error occurs, leave an error code in the Fts5Index object. If an +** error has already occurred, this function is a no-op. +*/ +static void fts5StructureWrite(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Structure *pStruct){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Fts5Buffer buf; /* Buffer to serialize record into */ + int iLvl; /* Used to iterate through levels */ + int iCookie; /* Cookie value to store */ + + assert( pStruct->nSegment==fts5StructureCountSegments(pStruct) ); + memset(&buf, 0, sizeof(Fts5Buffer)); + + /* Append the current configuration cookie */ + iCookie = p->pConfig->iCookie; + if( iCookie<0 ) iCookie = 0; + + if( 0==sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(&p->rc, &buf, 4+9+9+9) ){ + sqlite3Fts5Put32(buf.p, iCookie); + buf.n = 4; + fts5BufferSafeAppendVarint(&buf, pStruct->nLevel); + fts5BufferSafeAppendVarint(&buf, pStruct->nSegment); + fts5BufferSafeAppendVarint(&buf, (i64)pStruct->nWriteCounter); + } + + for(iLvl=0; iLvl<pStruct->nLevel; iLvl++){ + int iSeg; /* Used to iterate through segments */ + Fts5StructureLevel *pLvl = &pStruct->aLevel[iLvl]; + fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &buf, pLvl->nMerge); + fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &buf, pLvl->nSeg); + assert( pLvl->nMerge<=pLvl->nSeg ); + + for(iSeg=0; iSeg<pLvl->nSeg; iSeg++){ + fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &buf, pLvl->aSeg[iSeg].iSegid); + fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &buf, pLvl->aSeg[iSeg].pgnoFirst); + fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &buf, pLvl->aSeg[iSeg].pgnoLast); + } + } + + fts5DataWrite(p, FTS5_STRUCTURE_ROWID, buf.p, buf.n); + fts5BufferFree(&buf); + } +} + +#if 0 +static void fts5DebugStructure(int*,Fts5Buffer*,Fts5Structure*); +static void fts5PrintStructure(const char *zCaption, Fts5Structure *pStruct){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts5Buffer buf; + memset(&buf, 0, sizeof(buf)); + fts5DebugStructure(&rc, &buf, pStruct); + fprintf(stdout, "%s: %s\n", zCaption, buf.p); + fflush(stdout); + fts5BufferFree(&buf); +} +#else +# define fts5PrintStructure(x,y) +#endif + +static int fts5SegmentSize(Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg){ + return 1 + pSeg->pgnoLast - pSeg->pgnoFirst; +} + +/* +** Return a copy of index structure pStruct. Except, promote as many +** segments as possible to level iPromote. If an OOM occurs, NULL is +** returned. +*/ +static void fts5StructurePromoteTo( + Fts5Index *p, + int iPromote, + int szPromote, + Fts5Structure *pStruct +){ + int il, is; + Fts5StructureLevel *pOut = &pStruct->aLevel[iPromote]; + + if( pOut->nMerge==0 ){ + for(il=iPromote+1; il<pStruct->nLevel; il++){ + Fts5StructureLevel *pLvl = &pStruct->aLevel[il]; + if( pLvl->nMerge ) return; + for(is=pLvl->nSeg-1; is>=0; is--){ + int sz = fts5SegmentSize(&pLvl->aSeg[is]); + if( sz>szPromote ) return; + fts5StructureExtendLevel(&p->rc, pStruct, iPromote, 1, 1); + if( p->rc ) return; + memcpy(pOut->aSeg, &pLvl->aSeg[is], sizeof(Fts5StructureSegment)); + pOut->nSeg++; + pLvl->nSeg--; + } + } + } +} + +/* +** A new segment has just been written to level iLvl of index structure +** pStruct. This function determines if any segments should be promoted +** as a result. Segments are promoted in two scenarios: +** +** a) If the segment just written is smaller than one or more segments +** within the previous populated level, it is promoted to the previous +** populated level. +** +** b) If the segment just written is larger than the newest segment on +** the next populated level, then that segment, and any other adjacent +** segments that are also smaller than the one just written, are +** promoted. +** +** If one or more segments are promoted, the structure object is updated +** to reflect this. +*/ +static void fts5StructurePromote( + Fts5Index *p, /* FTS5 backend object */ + int iLvl, /* Index level just updated */ + Fts5Structure *pStruct /* Index structure */ +){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int iTst; + int iPromote = -1; + int szPromote = 0; /* Promote anything this size or smaller */ + Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg; /* Segment just written */ + int szSeg; /* Size of segment just written */ + int nSeg = pStruct->aLevel[iLvl].nSeg; + + if( nSeg==0 ) return; + pSeg = &pStruct->aLevel[iLvl].aSeg[pStruct->aLevel[iLvl].nSeg-1]; + szSeg = (1 + pSeg->pgnoLast - pSeg->pgnoFirst); + + /* Check for condition (a) */ + for(iTst=iLvl-1; iTst>=0 && pStruct->aLevel[iTst].nSeg==0; iTst--); + if( iTst>=0 ){ + int i; + int szMax = 0; + Fts5StructureLevel *pTst = &pStruct->aLevel[iTst]; + assert( pTst->nMerge==0 ); + for(i=0; i<pTst->nSeg; i++){ + int sz = pTst->aSeg[i].pgnoLast - pTst->aSeg[i].pgnoFirst + 1; + if( sz>szMax ) szMax = sz; + } + if( szMax>=szSeg ){ + /* Condition (a) is true. Promote the newest segment on level + ** iLvl to level iTst. */ + iPromote = iTst; + szPromote = szMax; + } + } + + /* If condition (a) is not met, assume (b) is true. StructurePromoteTo() + ** is a no-op if it is not. */ + if( iPromote<0 ){ + iPromote = iLvl; + szPromote = szSeg; + } + fts5StructurePromoteTo(p, iPromote, szPromote, pStruct); + } +} + + +/* +** Advance the iterator passed as the only argument. If the end of the +** doclist-index page is reached, return non-zero. +*/ +static int fts5DlidxLvlNext(Fts5DlidxLvl *pLvl){ + Fts5Data *pData = pLvl->pData; + + if( pLvl->iOff==0 ){ + assert( pLvl->bEof==0 ); + pLvl->iOff = 1; + pLvl->iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&pData->p[1], pLvl->iLeafPgno); + pLvl->iOff += fts5GetVarint(&pData->p[pLvl->iOff], (u64*)&pLvl->iRowid); + pLvl->iFirstOff = pLvl->iOff; + }else{ + int iOff; + for(iOff=pLvl->iOff; iOff<pData->nn; iOff++){ + if( pData->p[iOff] ) break; + } + + if( iOff<pData->nn ){ + i64 iVal; + pLvl->iLeafPgno += (iOff - pLvl->iOff) + 1; + iOff += fts5GetVarint(&pData->p[iOff], (u64*)&iVal); + pLvl->iRowid += iVal; + pLvl->iOff = iOff; + }else{ + pLvl->bEof = 1; + } + } + + return pLvl->bEof; +} + +/* +** Advance the iterator passed as the only argument. +*/ +static int fts5DlidxIterNextR(Fts5Index *p, Fts5DlidxIter *pIter, int iLvl){ + Fts5DlidxLvl *pLvl = &pIter->aLvl[iLvl]; + + assert( iLvl<pIter->nLvl ); + if( fts5DlidxLvlNext(pLvl) ){ + if( (iLvl+1) < pIter->nLvl ){ + fts5DlidxIterNextR(p, pIter, iLvl+1); + if( pLvl[1].bEof==0 ){ + fts5DataRelease(pLvl->pData); + memset(pLvl, 0, sizeof(Fts5DlidxLvl)); + pLvl->pData = fts5DataRead(p, + FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pIter->iSegid, iLvl, pLvl[1].iLeafPgno) + ); + if( pLvl->pData ) fts5DlidxLvlNext(pLvl); + } + } + } + + return pIter->aLvl[0].bEof; +} +static int fts5DlidxIterNext(Fts5Index *p, Fts5DlidxIter *pIter){ + return fts5DlidxIterNextR(p, pIter, 0); +} + +/* +** The iterator passed as the first argument has the following fields set +** as follows. This function sets up the rest of the iterator so that it +** points to the first rowid in the doclist-index. +** +** pData: +** pointer to doclist-index record, +** +** When this function is called pIter->iLeafPgno is the page number the +** doclist is associated with (the one featuring the term). +*/ +static int fts5DlidxIterFirst(Fts5DlidxIter *pIter){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<pIter->nLvl; i++){ + fts5DlidxLvlNext(&pIter->aLvl[i]); + } + return pIter->aLvl[0].bEof; +} + + +static int fts5DlidxIterEof(Fts5Index *p, Fts5DlidxIter *pIter){ + return p->rc!=SQLITE_OK || pIter->aLvl[0].bEof; +} + +static void fts5DlidxIterLast(Fts5Index *p, Fts5DlidxIter *pIter){ + int i; + + /* Advance each level to the last entry on the last page */ + for(i=pIter->nLvl-1; p->rc==SQLITE_OK && i>=0; i--){ + Fts5DlidxLvl *pLvl = &pIter->aLvl[i]; + while( fts5DlidxLvlNext(pLvl)==0 ); + pLvl->bEof = 0; + + if( i>0 ){ + Fts5DlidxLvl *pChild = &pLvl[-1]; + fts5DataRelease(pChild->pData); + memset(pChild, 0, sizeof(Fts5DlidxLvl)); + pChild->pData = fts5DataRead(p, + FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pIter->iSegid, i-1, pLvl->iLeafPgno) + ); + } + } +} + +/* +** Move the iterator passed as the only argument to the previous entry. +*/ +static int fts5DlidxLvlPrev(Fts5DlidxLvl *pLvl){ + int iOff = pLvl->iOff; + + assert( pLvl->bEof==0 ); + if( iOff<=pLvl->iFirstOff ){ + pLvl->bEof = 1; + }else{ + u8 *a = pLvl->pData->p; + i64 iVal; + int iLimit; + int ii; + int nZero = 0; + + /* Currently iOff points to the first byte of a varint. This block + ** decrements iOff until it points to the first byte of the previous + ** varint. Taking care not to read any memory locations that occur + ** before the buffer in memory. */ + iLimit = (iOff>9 ? iOff-9 : 0); + for(iOff--; iOff>iLimit; iOff--){ + if( (a[iOff-1] & 0x80)==0 ) break; + } + + fts5GetVarint(&a[iOff], (u64*)&iVal); + pLvl->iRowid -= iVal; + pLvl->iLeafPgno--; + + /* Skip backwards past any 0x00 varints. */ + for(ii=iOff-1; ii>=pLvl->iFirstOff && a[ii]==0x00; ii--){ + nZero++; + } + if( ii>=pLvl->iFirstOff && (a[ii] & 0x80) ){ + /* The byte immediately before the last 0x00 byte has the 0x80 bit + ** set. So the last 0x00 is only a varint 0 if there are 8 more 0x80 + ** bytes before a[ii]. */ + int bZero = 0; /* True if last 0x00 counts */ + if( (ii-8)>=pLvl->iFirstOff ){ + int j; + for(j=1; j<=8 && (a[ii-j] & 0x80); j++); + bZero = (j>8); + } + if( bZero==0 ) nZero--; + } + pLvl->iLeafPgno -= nZero; + pLvl->iOff = iOff - nZero; + } + + return pLvl->bEof; +} + +static int fts5DlidxIterPrevR(Fts5Index *p, Fts5DlidxIter *pIter, int iLvl){ + Fts5DlidxLvl *pLvl = &pIter->aLvl[iLvl]; + + assert( iLvl<pIter->nLvl ); + if( fts5DlidxLvlPrev(pLvl) ){ + if( (iLvl+1) < pIter->nLvl ){ + fts5DlidxIterPrevR(p, pIter, iLvl+1); + if( pLvl[1].bEof==0 ){ + fts5DataRelease(pLvl->pData); + memset(pLvl, 0, sizeof(Fts5DlidxLvl)); + pLvl->pData = fts5DataRead(p, + FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pIter->iSegid, iLvl, pLvl[1].iLeafPgno) + ); + if( pLvl->pData ){ + while( fts5DlidxLvlNext(pLvl)==0 ); + pLvl->bEof = 0; + } + } + } + } + + return pIter->aLvl[0].bEof; +} +static int fts5DlidxIterPrev(Fts5Index *p, Fts5DlidxIter *pIter){ + return fts5DlidxIterPrevR(p, pIter, 0); +} + +/* +** Free a doclist-index iterator object allocated by fts5DlidxIterInit(). +*/ +static void fts5DlidxIterFree(Fts5DlidxIter *pIter){ + if( pIter ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<pIter->nLvl; i++){ + fts5DataRelease(pIter->aLvl[i].pData); + } + sqlite3_free(pIter); + } +} + +static Fts5DlidxIter *fts5DlidxIterInit( + Fts5Index *p, /* Fts5 Backend to iterate within */ + int bRev, /* True for ORDER BY ASC */ + int iSegid, /* Segment id */ + int iLeafPg /* Leaf page number to load dlidx for */ +){ + Fts5DlidxIter *pIter = 0; + int i; + int bDone = 0; + + for(i=0; p->rc==SQLITE_OK && bDone==0; i++){ + int nByte = sizeof(Fts5DlidxIter) + i * sizeof(Fts5DlidxLvl); + Fts5DlidxIter *pNew; + + pNew = (Fts5DlidxIter*)sqlite3_realloc(pIter, nByte); + if( pNew==0 ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + i64 iRowid = FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(iSegid, i, iLeafPg); + Fts5DlidxLvl *pLvl = &pNew->aLvl[i]; + pIter = pNew; + memset(pLvl, 0, sizeof(Fts5DlidxLvl)); + pLvl->pData = fts5DataRead(p, iRowid); + if( pLvl->pData && (pLvl->pData->p[0] & 0x0001)==0 ){ + bDone = 1; + } + pIter->nLvl = i+1; + } + } + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pIter->iSegid = iSegid; + if( bRev==0 ){ + fts5DlidxIterFirst(pIter); + }else{ + fts5DlidxIterLast(p, pIter); + } + } + + if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + fts5DlidxIterFree(pIter); + pIter = 0; + } + + return pIter; +} + +static i64 fts5DlidxIterRowid(Fts5DlidxIter *pIter){ + return pIter->aLvl[0].iRowid; +} +static int fts5DlidxIterPgno(Fts5DlidxIter *pIter){ + return pIter->aLvl[0].iLeafPgno; +} + +/* +** Load the next leaf page into the segment iterator. +*/ +static void fts5SegIterNextPage( + Fts5Index *p, /* FTS5 backend object */ + Fts5SegIter *pIter /* Iterator to advance to next page */ +){ + Fts5Data *pLeaf; + Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg = pIter->pSeg; + fts5DataRelease(pIter->pLeaf); + pIter->iLeafPgno++; + if( pIter->pNextLeaf ){ + pIter->pLeaf = pIter->pNextLeaf; + pIter->pNextLeaf = 0; + }else if( pIter->iLeafPgno<=pSeg->pgnoLast ){ + pIter->pLeaf = fts5DataRead(p, + FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(pSeg->iSegid, pIter->iLeafPgno) + ); + }else{ + pIter->pLeaf = 0; + } + pLeaf = pIter->pLeaf; + + if( pLeaf ){ + pIter->iPgidxOff = pLeaf->szLeaf; + if( fts5LeafIsTermless(pLeaf) ){ + pIter->iEndofDoclist = pLeaf->nn+1; + }else{ + pIter->iPgidxOff += fts5GetVarint32(&pLeaf->p[pIter->iPgidxOff], + pIter->iEndofDoclist + ); + } + } +} + +/* +** Argument p points to a buffer containing a varint to be interpreted as a +** position list size field. Read the varint and return the number of bytes +** read. Before returning, set *pnSz to the number of bytes in the position +** list, and *pbDel to true if the delete flag is set, or false otherwise. +*/ +static int fts5GetPoslistSize(const u8 *p, int *pnSz, int *pbDel){ + int nSz; + int n = 0; + fts5FastGetVarint32(p, n, nSz); + assert_nc( nSz>=0 ); + *pnSz = nSz/2; + *pbDel = nSz & 0x0001; + return n; +} + +/* +** Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset currently points to the first byte of a +** position-list size field. Read the value of the field and store it +** in the following variables: +** +** Fts5SegIter.nPos +** Fts5SegIter.bDel +** +** Leave Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset pointing to the first byte of the +** position list content (if any). +*/ +static void fts5SegIterLoadNPos(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int iOff = pIter->iLeafOffset; /* Offset to read at */ + ASSERT_SZLEAF_OK(pIter->pLeaf); + if( p->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){ + int iEod = MIN(pIter->iEndofDoclist, pIter->pLeaf->szLeaf); + pIter->bDel = 0; + pIter->nPos = 1; + if( iOff<iEod && pIter->pLeaf->p[iOff]==0 ){ + pIter->bDel = 1; + iOff++; + if( iOff<iEod && pIter->pLeaf->p[iOff]==0 ){ + pIter->nPos = 1; + iOff++; + }else{ + pIter->nPos = 0; + } + } + }else{ + int nSz; + fts5FastGetVarint32(pIter->pLeaf->p, iOff, nSz); + pIter->bDel = (nSz & 0x0001); + pIter->nPos = nSz>>1; + assert_nc( pIter->nPos>=0 ); + } + pIter->iLeafOffset = iOff; + } +} + +static void fts5SegIterLoadRowid(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){ + u8 *a = pIter->pLeaf->p; /* Buffer to read data from */ + int iOff = pIter->iLeafOffset; + + ASSERT_SZLEAF_OK(pIter->pLeaf); + if( iOff>=pIter->pLeaf->szLeaf ){ + fts5SegIterNextPage(p, pIter); + if( pIter->pLeaf==0 ){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ) p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + return; + } + iOff = 4; + a = pIter->pLeaf->p; + } + iOff += sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(&a[iOff], (u64*)&pIter->iRowid); + pIter->iLeafOffset = iOff; +} + +/* +** Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset currently points to the first byte of the +** "nSuffix" field of a term. Function parameter nKeep contains the value +** of the "nPrefix" field (if there was one - it is passed 0 if this is +** the first term in the segment). +** +** This function populates: +** +** Fts5SegIter.term +** Fts5SegIter.rowid +** +** accordingly and leaves (Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset) set to the content of +** the first position list. The position list belonging to document +** (Fts5SegIter.iRowid). +*/ +static void fts5SegIterLoadTerm(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter, int nKeep){ + u8 *a = pIter->pLeaf->p; /* Buffer to read data from */ + int iOff = pIter->iLeafOffset; /* Offset to read at */ + int nNew; /* Bytes of new data */ + + iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iOff], nNew); + if( iOff+nNew>pIter->pLeaf->nn ){ + p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + return; + } + pIter->term.n = nKeep; + fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &pIter->term, nNew, &a[iOff]); + iOff += nNew; + pIter->iTermLeafOffset = iOff; + pIter->iTermLeafPgno = pIter->iLeafPgno; + pIter->iLeafOffset = iOff; + + if( pIter->iPgidxOff>=pIter->pLeaf->nn ){ + pIter->iEndofDoclist = pIter->pLeaf->nn+1; + }else{ + int nExtra; + pIter->iPgidxOff += fts5GetVarint32(&a[pIter->iPgidxOff], nExtra); + pIter->iEndofDoclist += nExtra; + } + + fts5SegIterLoadRowid(p, pIter); +} + +static void fts5SegIterNext(Fts5Index*, Fts5SegIter*, int*); +static void fts5SegIterNext_Reverse(Fts5Index*, Fts5SegIter*, int*); +static void fts5SegIterNext_None(Fts5Index*, Fts5SegIter*, int*); + +static void fts5SegIterSetNext(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){ + if( pIter->flags & FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE ){ + pIter->xNext = fts5SegIterNext_Reverse; + }else if( p->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){ + pIter->xNext = fts5SegIterNext_None; + }else{ + pIter->xNext = fts5SegIterNext; + } +} + +/* +** Initialize the iterator object pIter to iterate through the entries in +** segment pSeg. The iterator is left pointing to the first entry when +** this function returns. +** +** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If +** an error has already occurred when this function is called, it is a no-op. +*/ +static void fts5SegIterInit( + Fts5Index *p, /* FTS index object */ + Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg, /* Description of segment */ + Fts5SegIter *pIter /* Object to populate */ +){ + if( pSeg->pgnoFirst==0 ){ + /* This happens if the segment is being used as an input to an incremental + ** merge and all data has already been "trimmed". See function + ** fts5TrimSegments() for details. In this case leave the iterator empty. + ** The caller will see the (pIter->pLeaf==0) and assume the iterator is + ** at EOF already. */ + assert( pIter->pLeaf==0 ); + return; + } + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(*pIter)); + fts5SegIterSetNext(p, pIter); + pIter->pSeg = pSeg; + pIter->iLeafPgno = pSeg->pgnoFirst-1; + fts5SegIterNextPage(p, pIter); + } + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pIter->iLeafOffset = 4; + assert_nc( pIter->pLeaf->nn>4 ); + assert( fts5LeafFirstTermOff(pIter->pLeaf)==4 ); + pIter->iPgidxOff = pIter->pLeaf->szLeaf+1; + fts5SegIterLoadTerm(p, pIter, 0); + fts5SegIterLoadNPos(p, pIter); + } +} + +/* +** This function is only ever called on iterators created by calls to +** Fts5IndexQuery() with the FTS5INDEX_QUERY_DESC flag set. +** +** The iterator is in an unusual state when this function is called: the +** Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset variable is set to the offset of the start of +** the position-list size field for the first relevant rowid on the page. +** Fts5SegIter.rowid is set, but nPos and bDel are not. +** +** This function advances the iterator so that it points to the last +** relevant rowid on the page and, if necessary, initializes the +** aRowidOffset[] and iRowidOffset variables. At this point the iterator +** is in its regular state - Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset points to the first +** byte of the position list content associated with said rowid. +*/ +static void fts5SegIterReverseInitPage(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){ + int eDetail = p->pConfig->eDetail; + int n = pIter->pLeaf->szLeaf; + int i = pIter->iLeafOffset; + u8 *a = pIter->pLeaf->p; + int iRowidOffset = 0; + + if( n>pIter->iEndofDoclist ){ + n = pIter->iEndofDoclist; + } + + ASSERT_SZLEAF_OK(pIter->pLeaf); + while( 1 ){ + i64 iDelta = 0; + + if( eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){ + /* todo */ + if( i<n && a[i]==0 ){ + i++; + if( i<n && a[i]==0 ) i++; + } + }else{ + int nPos; + int bDummy; + i += fts5GetPoslistSize(&a[i], &nPos, &bDummy); + i += nPos; + } + if( i>=n ) break; + i += fts5GetVarint(&a[i], (u64*)&iDelta); + pIter->iRowid += iDelta; + + /* If necessary, grow the pIter->aRowidOffset[] array. */ + if( iRowidOffset>=pIter->nRowidOffset ){ + int nNew = pIter->nRowidOffset + 8; + int *aNew = (int*)sqlite3_realloc(pIter->aRowidOffset, nNew*sizeof(int)); + if( aNew==0 ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + break; + } + pIter->aRowidOffset = aNew; + pIter->nRowidOffset = nNew; + } + + pIter->aRowidOffset[iRowidOffset++] = pIter->iLeafOffset; + pIter->iLeafOffset = i; + } + pIter->iRowidOffset = iRowidOffset; + fts5SegIterLoadNPos(p, pIter); +} + +/* +** +*/ +static void fts5SegIterReverseNewPage(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){ + assert( pIter->flags & FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE ); + assert( pIter->flags & FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM ); + + fts5DataRelease(pIter->pLeaf); + pIter->pLeaf = 0; + while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->iLeafPgno>pIter->iTermLeafPgno ){ + Fts5Data *pNew; + pIter->iLeafPgno--; + pNew = fts5DataRead(p, FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID( + pIter->pSeg->iSegid, pIter->iLeafPgno + )); + if( pNew ){ + /* iTermLeafOffset may be equal to szLeaf if the term is the last + ** thing on the page - i.e. the first rowid is on the following page. + ** In this case leave pIter->pLeaf==0, this iterator is at EOF. */ + if( pIter->iLeafPgno==pIter->iTermLeafPgno ){ + assert( pIter->pLeaf==0 ); + if( pIter->iTermLeafOffset<pNew->szLeaf ){ + pIter->pLeaf = pNew; + pIter->iLeafOffset = pIter->iTermLeafOffset; + } + }else{ + int iRowidOff; + iRowidOff = fts5LeafFirstRowidOff(pNew); + if( iRowidOff ){ + pIter->pLeaf = pNew; + pIter->iLeafOffset = iRowidOff; + } + } + + if( pIter->pLeaf ){ + u8 *a = &pIter->pLeaf->p[pIter->iLeafOffset]; + pIter->iLeafOffset += fts5GetVarint(a, (u64*)&pIter->iRowid); + break; + }else{ + fts5DataRelease(pNew); + } + } + } + + if( pIter->pLeaf ){ + pIter->iEndofDoclist = pIter->pLeaf->nn+1; + fts5SegIterReverseInitPage(p, pIter); + } +} + +/* +** Return true if the iterator passed as the second argument currently +** points to a delete marker. A delete marker is an entry with a 0 byte +** position-list. +*/ +static int fts5MultiIterIsEmpty(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Iter *pIter){ + Fts5SegIter *pSeg = &pIter->aSeg[pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst]; + return (p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pSeg->pLeaf && pSeg->nPos==0); +} + +/* +** Advance iterator pIter to the next entry. +** +** This version of fts5SegIterNext() is only used by reverse iterators. +*/ +static void fts5SegIterNext_Reverse( + Fts5Index *p, /* FTS5 backend object */ + Fts5SegIter *pIter, /* Iterator to advance */ + int *pbUnused /* Unused */ +){ + assert( pIter->flags & FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE ); + assert( pIter->pNextLeaf==0 ); + UNUSED_PARAM(pbUnused); + + if( pIter->iRowidOffset>0 ){ + u8 *a = pIter->pLeaf->p; + int iOff; + i64 iDelta; + + pIter->iRowidOffset--; + pIter->iLeafOffset = pIter->aRowidOffset[pIter->iRowidOffset]; + fts5SegIterLoadNPos(p, pIter); + iOff = pIter->iLeafOffset; + if( p->pConfig->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){ + iOff += pIter->nPos; + } + fts5GetVarint(&a[iOff], (u64*)&iDelta); + pIter->iRowid -= iDelta; + }else{ + fts5SegIterReverseNewPage(p, pIter); + } +} + +/* +** Advance iterator pIter to the next entry. +** +** This version of fts5SegIterNext() is only used if detail=none and the +** iterator is not a reverse direction iterator. +*/ +static void fts5SegIterNext_None( + Fts5Index *p, /* FTS5 backend object */ + Fts5SegIter *pIter, /* Iterator to advance */ + int *pbNewTerm /* OUT: Set for new term */ +){ + int iOff; + + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( (pIter->flags & FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE)==0 ); + assert( p->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ); + + ASSERT_SZLEAF_OK(pIter->pLeaf); + iOff = pIter->iLeafOffset; + + /* Next entry is on the next page */ + if( pIter->pSeg && iOff>=pIter->pLeaf->szLeaf ){ + fts5SegIterNextPage(p, pIter); + if( p->rc || pIter->pLeaf==0 ) return; + pIter->iRowid = 0; + iOff = 4; + } + + if( iOff<pIter->iEndofDoclist ){ + /* Next entry is on the current page */ + i64 iDelta; + iOff += sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(&pIter->pLeaf->p[iOff], (u64*)&iDelta); + pIter->iLeafOffset = iOff; + pIter->iRowid += iDelta; + }else if( (pIter->flags & FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM)==0 ){ + if( pIter->pSeg ){ + int nKeep = 0; + if( iOff!=fts5LeafFirstTermOff(pIter->pLeaf) ){ + iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&pIter->pLeaf->p[iOff], nKeep); + } + pIter->iLeafOffset = iOff; + fts5SegIterLoadTerm(p, pIter, nKeep); + }else{ + const u8 *pList = 0; + const char *zTerm = 0; + int nList; + sqlite3Fts5HashScanNext(p->pHash); + sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry(p->pHash, &zTerm, &pList, &nList); + if( pList==0 ) goto next_none_eof; + pIter->pLeaf->p = (u8*)pList; + pIter->pLeaf->nn = nList; + pIter->pLeaf->szLeaf = nList; + pIter->iEndofDoclist = nList; + sqlite3Fts5BufferSet(&p->rc,&pIter->term, (int)strlen(zTerm), (u8*)zTerm); + pIter->iLeafOffset = fts5GetVarint(pList, (u64*)&pIter->iRowid); + } + + if( pbNewTerm ) *pbNewTerm = 1; + }else{ + goto next_none_eof; + } + + fts5SegIterLoadNPos(p, pIter); + + return; + next_none_eof: + fts5DataRelease(pIter->pLeaf); + pIter->pLeaf = 0; +} + + +/* +** Advance iterator pIter to the next entry. +** +** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. It +** is not considered an error if the iterator reaches EOF. If an error has +** already occurred when this function is called, it is a no-op. +*/ +static void fts5SegIterNext( + Fts5Index *p, /* FTS5 backend object */ + Fts5SegIter *pIter, /* Iterator to advance */ + int *pbNewTerm /* OUT: Set for new term */ +){ + Fts5Data *pLeaf = pIter->pLeaf; + int iOff; + int bNewTerm = 0; + int nKeep = 0; + u8 *a; + int n; + + assert( pbNewTerm==0 || *pbNewTerm==0 ); + assert( p->pConfig->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ); + + /* Search for the end of the position list within the current page. */ + a = pLeaf->p; + n = pLeaf->szLeaf; + + ASSERT_SZLEAF_OK(pLeaf); + iOff = pIter->iLeafOffset + pIter->nPos; + + if( iOff<n ){ + /* The next entry is on the current page. */ + assert_nc( iOff<=pIter->iEndofDoclist ); + if( iOff>=pIter->iEndofDoclist ){ + bNewTerm = 1; + if( iOff!=fts5LeafFirstTermOff(pLeaf) ){ + iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iOff], nKeep); + } + }else{ + u64 iDelta; + iOff += sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(&a[iOff], &iDelta); + pIter->iRowid += iDelta; + assert_nc( iDelta>0 ); + } + pIter->iLeafOffset = iOff; + + }else if( pIter->pSeg==0 ){ + const u8 *pList = 0; + const char *zTerm = 0; + int nList = 0; + assert( (pIter->flags & FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM) || pbNewTerm ); + if( 0==(pIter->flags & FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM) ){ + sqlite3Fts5HashScanNext(p->pHash); + sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry(p->pHash, &zTerm, &pList, &nList); + } + if( pList==0 ){ + fts5DataRelease(pIter->pLeaf); + pIter->pLeaf = 0; + }else{ + pIter->pLeaf->p = (u8*)pList; + pIter->pLeaf->nn = nList; + pIter->pLeaf->szLeaf = nList; + pIter->iEndofDoclist = nList+1; + sqlite3Fts5BufferSet(&p->rc, &pIter->term, (int)strlen(zTerm), + (u8*)zTerm); + pIter->iLeafOffset = fts5GetVarint(pList, (u64*)&pIter->iRowid); + *pbNewTerm = 1; + } + }else{ + iOff = 0; + /* Next entry is not on the current page */ + while( iOff==0 ){ + fts5SegIterNextPage(p, pIter); + pLeaf = pIter->pLeaf; + if( pLeaf==0 ) break; + ASSERT_SZLEAF_OK(pLeaf); + if( (iOff = fts5LeafFirstRowidOff(pLeaf)) && iOff<pLeaf->szLeaf ){ + iOff += sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(&pLeaf->p[iOff], (u64*)&pIter->iRowid); + pIter->iLeafOffset = iOff; + + if( pLeaf->nn>pLeaf->szLeaf ){ + pIter->iPgidxOff = pLeaf->szLeaf + fts5GetVarint32( + &pLeaf->p[pLeaf->szLeaf], pIter->iEndofDoclist + ); + } + + } + else if( pLeaf->nn>pLeaf->szLeaf ){ + pIter->iPgidxOff = pLeaf->szLeaf + fts5GetVarint32( + &pLeaf->p[pLeaf->szLeaf], iOff + ); + pIter->iLeafOffset = iOff; + pIter->iEndofDoclist = iOff; + bNewTerm = 1; + } + assert_nc( iOff<pLeaf->szLeaf ); + if( iOff>pLeaf->szLeaf ){ + p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + return; + } + } + } + + /* Check if the iterator is now at EOF. If so, return early. */ + if( pIter->pLeaf ){ + if( bNewTerm ){ + if( pIter->flags & FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM ){ + fts5DataRelease(pIter->pLeaf); + pIter->pLeaf = 0; + }else{ + fts5SegIterLoadTerm(p, pIter, nKeep); + fts5SegIterLoadNPos(p, pIter); + if( pbNewTerm ) *pbNewTerm = 1; + } + }else{ + /* The following could be done by calling fts5SegIterLoadNPos(). But + ** this block is particularly performance critical, so equivalent + ** code is inlined. + ** + ** Later: Switched back to fts5SegIterLoadNPos() because it supports + ** detail=none mode. Not ideal. + */ + int nSz; + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + fts5FastGetVarint32(pIter->pLeaf->p, pIter->iLeafOffset, nSz); + pIter->bDel = (nSz & 0x0001); + pIter->nPos = nSz>>1; + assert_nc( pIter->nPos>=0 ); + } + } +} + +#define SWAPVAL(T, a, b) { T tmp; tmp=a; a=b; b=tmp; } + +#define fts5IndexSkipVarint(a, iOff) { \ + int iEnd = iOff+9; \ + while( (a[iOff++] & 0x80) && iOff<iEnd ); \ +} + +/* +** Iterator pIter currently points to the first rowid in a doclist. This +** function sets the iterator up so that iterates in reverse order through +** the doclist. +*/ +static void fts5SegIterReverse(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){ + Fts5DlidxIter *pDlidx = pIter->pDlidx; + Fts5Data *pLast = 0; + int pgnoLast = 0; + + if( pDlidx ){ + int iSegid = pIter->pSeg->iSegid; + pgnoLast = fts5DlidxIterPgno(pDlidx); + pLast = fts5DataRead(p, FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(iSegid, pgnoLast)); + }else{ + Fts5Data *pLeaf = pIter->pLeaf; /* Current leaf data */ + + /* Currently, Fts5SegIter.iLeafOffset points to the first byte of + ** position-list content for the current rowid. Back it up so that it + ** points to the start of the position-list size field. */ + int iPoslist; + if( pIter->iTermLeafPgno==pIter->iLeafPgno ){ + iPoslist = pIter->iTermLeafOffset; + }else{ + iPoslist = 4; + } + fts5IndexSkipVarint(pLeaf->p, iPoslist); + pIter->iLeafOffset = iPoslist; + + /* If this condition is true then the largest rowid for the current + ** term may not be stored on the current page. So search forward to + ** see where said rowid really is. */ + if( pIter->iEndofDoclist>=pLeaf->szLeaf ){ + int pgno; + Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg = pIter->pSeg; + + /* The last rowid in the doclist may not be on the current page. Search + ** forward to find the page containing the last rowid. */ + for(pgno=pIter->iLeafPgno+1; !p->rc && pgno<=pSeg->pgnoLast; pgno++){ + i64 iAbs = FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(pSeg->iSegid, pgno); + Fts5Data *pNew = fts5DataRead(p, iAbs); + if( pNew ){ + int iRowid, bTermless; + iRowid = fts5LeafFirstRowidOff(pNew); + bTermless = fts5LeafIsTermless(pNew); + if( iRowid ){ + SWAPVAL(Fts5Data*, pNew, pLast); + pgnoLast = pgno; + } + fts5DataRelease(pNew); + if( bTermless==0 ) break; + } + } + } + } + + /* If pLast is NULL at this point, then the last rowid for this doclist + ** lies on the page currently indicated by the iterator. In this case + ** pIter->iLeafOffset is already set to point to the position-list size + ** field associated with the first relevant rowid on the page. + ** + ** Or, if pLast is non-NULL, then it is the page that contains the last + ** rowid. In this case configure the iterator so that it points to the + ** first rowid on this page. + */ + if( pLast ){ + int iOff; + fts5DataRelease(pIter->pLeaf); + pIter->pLeaf = pLast; + pIter->iLeafPgno = pgnoLast; + iOff = fts5LeafFirstRowidOff(pLast); + iOff += fts5GetVarint(&pLast->p[iOff], (u64*)&pIter->iRowid); + pIter->iLeafOffset = iOff; + + if( fts5LeafIsTermless(pLast) ){ + pIter->iEndofDoclist = pLast->nn+1; + }else{ + pIter->iEndofDoclist = fts5LeafFirstTermOff(pLast); + } + + } + + fts5SegIterReverseInitPage(p, pIter); +} + +/* +** Iterator pIter currently points to the first rowid of a doclist. +** There is a doclist-index associated with the final term on the current +** page. If the current term is the last term on the page, load the +** doclist-index from disk and initialize an iterator at (pIter->pDlidx). +*/ +static void fts5SegIterLoadDlidx(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegIter *pIter){ + int iSeg = pIter->pSeg->iSegid; + int bRev = (pIter->flags & FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE); + Fts5Data *pLeaf = pIter->pLeaf; /* Current leaf data */ + + assert( pIter->flags & FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM ); + assert( pIter->pDlidx==0 ); + + /* Check if the current doclist ends on this page. If it does, return + ** early without loading the doclist-index (as it belongs to a different + ** term. */ + if( pIter->iTermLeafPgno==pIter->iLeafPgno + && pIter->iEndofDoclist<pLeaf->szLeaf + ){ + return; + } + + pIter->pDlidx = fts5DlidxIterInit(p, bRev, iSeg, pIter->iTermLeafPgno); +} + +/* +** The iterator object passed as the second argument currently contains +** no valid values except for the Fts5SegIter.pLeaf member variable. This +** function searches the leaf page for a term matching (pTerm/nTerm). +** +** If the specified term is found on the page, then the iterator is left +** pointing to it. If argument bGe is zero and the term is not found, +** the iterator is left pointing at EOF. +** +** If bGe is non-zero and the specified term is not found, then the +** iterator is left pointing to the smallest term in the segment that +** is larger than the specified term, even if this term is not on the +** current page. +*/ +static void fts5LeafSeek( + Fts5Index *p, /* Leave any error code here */ + int bGe, /* True for a >= search */ + Fts5SegIter *pIter, /* Iterator to seek */ + const u8 *pTerm, int nTerm /* Term to search for */ +){ + int iOff; + const u8 *a = pIter->pLeaf->p; + int szLeaf = pIter->pLeaf->szLeaf; + int n = pIter->pLeaf->nn; + + int nMatch = 0; + int nKeep = 0; + int nNew = 0; + int iTermOff; + int iPgidx; /* Current offset in pgidx */ + int bEndOfPage = 0; + + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + + iPgidx = szLeaf; + iPgidx += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iPgidx], iTermOff); + iOff = iTermOff; + if( iOff>n ){ + p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + return; + } + + while( 1 ){ + + /* Figure out how many new bytes are in this term */ + fts5FastGetVarint32(a, iOff, nNew); + if( nKeep<nMatch ){ + goto search_failed; + } + + assert( nKeep>=nMatch ); + if( nKeep==nMatch ){ + int nCmp; + int i; + nCmp = MIN(nNew, nTerm-nMatch); + for(i=0; i<nCmp; i++){ + if( a[iOff+i]!=pTerm[nMatch+i] ) break; + } + nMatch += i; + + if( nTerm==nMatch ){ + if( i==nNew ){ + goto search_success; + }else{ + goto search_failed; + } + }else if( i<nNew && a[iOff+i]>pTerm[nMatch] ){ + goto search_failed; + } + } + + if( iPgidx>=n ){ + bEndOfPage = 1; + break; + } + + iPgidx += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iPgidx], nKeep); + iTermOff += nKeep; + iOff = iTermOff; + + /* Read the nKeep field of the next term. */ + fts5FastGetVarint32(a, iOff, nKeep); + } + + search_failed: + if( bGe==0 ){ + fts5DataRelease(pIter->pLeaf); + pIter->pLeaf = 0; + return; + }else if( bEndOfPage ){ + do { + fts5SegIterNextPage(p, pIter); + if( pIter->pLeaf==0 ) return; + a = pIter->pLeaf->p; + if( fts5LeafIsTermless(pIter->pLeaf)==0 ){ + iPgidx = pIter->pLeaf->szLeaf; + iPgidx += fts5GetVarint32(&pIter->pLeaf->p[iPgidx], iOff); + if( iOff<4 || iOff>=pIter->pLeaf->szLeaf ){ + p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + }else{ + nKeep = 0; + iTermOff = iOff; + n = pIter->pLeaf->nn; + iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iOff], nNew); + break; + } + } + }while( 1 ); + } + + search_success: + + pIter->iLeafOffset = iOff + nNew; + pIter->iTermLeafOffset = pIter->iLeafOffset; + pIter->iTermLeafPgno = pIter->iLeafPgno; + + fts5BufferSet(&p->rc, &pIter->term, nKeep, pTerm); + fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &pIter->term, nNew, &a[iOff]); + + if( iPgidx>=n ){ + pIter->iEndofDoclist = pIter->pLeaf->nn+1; + }else{ + int nExtra; + iPgidx += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iPgidx], nExtra); + pIter->iEndofDoclist = iTermOff + nExtra; + } + pIter->iPgidxOff = iPgidx; + + fts5SegIterLoadRowid(p, pIter); + fts5SegIterLoadNPos(p, pIter); +} + +static sqlite3_stmt *fts5IdxSelectStmt(Fts5Index *p){ + if( p->pIdxSelect==0 ){ + Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; + fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pIdxSelect, sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT pgno FROM '%q'.'%q_idx' WHERE " + "segid=? AND term<=? ORDER BY term DESC LIMIT 1", + pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName + )); + } + return p->pIdxSelect; +} + +/* +** Initialize the object pIter to point to term pTerm/nTerm within segment +** pSeg. If there is no such term in the index, the iterator is set to EOF. +** +** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If +** an error has already occurred when this function is called, it is a no-op. +*/ +static void fts5SegIterSeekInit( + Fts5Index *p, /* FTS5 backend */ + const u8 *pTerm, int nTerm, /* Term to seek to */ + int flags, /* Mask of FTS5INDEX_XXX flags */ + Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg, /* Description of segment */ + Fts5SegIter *pIter /* Object to populate */ +){ + int iPg = 1; + int bGe = (flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SCAN); + int bDlidx = 0; /* True if there is a doclist-index */ + sqlite3_stmt *pIdxSelect = 0; + + assert( bGe==0 || (flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_DESC)==0 ); + assert( pTerm && nTerm ); + memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(*pIter)); + pIter->pSeg = pSeg; + + /* This block sets stack variable iPg to the leaf page number that may + ** contain term (pTerm/nTerm), if it is present in the segment. */ + pIdxSelect = fts5IdxSelectStmt(p); + if( p->rc ) return; + sqlite3_bind_int(pIdxSelect, 1, pSeg->iSegid); + sqlite3_bind_blob(pIdxSelect, 2, pTerm, nTerm, SQLITE_STATIC); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pIdxSelect) ){ + i64 val = sqlite3_column_int(pIdxSelect, 0); + iPg = (int)(val>>1); + bDlidx = (val & 0x0001); + } + p->rc = sqlite3_reset(pIdxSelect); + + if( iPg<pSeg->pgnoFirst ){ + iPg = pSeg->pgnoFirst; + bDlidx = 0; + } + + pIter->iLeafPgno = iPg - 1; + fts5SegIterNextPage(p, pIter); + + if( pIter->pLeaf ){ + fts5LeafSeek(p, bGe, pIter, pTerm, nTerm); + } + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && bGe==0 ){ + pIter->flags |= FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM; + if( pIter->pLeaf ){ + if( flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_DESC ){ + pIter->flags |= FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE; + } + if( bDlidx ){ + fts5SegIterLoadDlidx(p, pIter); + } + if( flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_DESC ){ + fts5SegIterReverse(p, pIter); + } + } + } + + fts5SegIterSetNext(p, pIter); + + /* Either: + ** + ** 1) an error has occurred, or + ** 2) the iterator points to EOF, or + ** 3) the iterator points to an entry with term (pTerm/nTerm), or + ** 4) the FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SCAN flag was set and the iterator points + ** to an entry with a term greater than or equal to (pTerm/nTerm). + */ + assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK /* 1 */ + || pIter->pLeaf==0 /* 2 */ + || fts5BufferCompareBlob(&pIter->term, pTerm, nTerm)==0 /* 3 */ + || (bGe && fts5BufferCompareBlob(&pIter->term, pTerm, nTerm)>0) /* 4 */ + ); +} + +/* +** Initialize the object pIter to point to term pTerm/nTerm within the +** in-memory hash table. If there is no such term in the hash-table, the +** iterator is set to EOF. +** +** If an error occurs, Fts5Index.rc is set to an appropriate error code. If +** an error has already occurred when this function is called, it is a no-op. +*/ +static void fts5SegIterHashInit( + Fts5Index *p, /* FTS5 backend */ + const u8 *pTerm, int nTerm, /* Term to seek to */ + int flags, /* Mask of FTS5INDEX_XXX flags */ + Fts5SegIter *pIter /* Object to populate */ +){ + const u8 *pList = 0; + int nList = 0; + const u8 *z = 0; + int n = 0; + + assert( p->pHash ); + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + + if( pTerm==0 || (flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SCAN) ){ + p->rc = sqlite3Fts5HashScanInit(p->pHash, (const char*)pTerm, nTerm); + sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry(p->pHash, (const char**)&z, &pList, &nList); + n = (z ? (int)strlen((const char*)z) : 0); + }else{ + pIter->flags |= FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM; + sqlite3Fts5HashQuery(p->pHash, (const char*)pTerm, nTerm, &pList, &nList); + z = pTerm; + n = nTerm; + } + + if( pList ){ + Fts5Data *pLeaf; + sqlite3Fts5BufferSet(&p->rc, &pIter->term, n, z); + pLeaf = fts5IdxMalloc(p, sizeof(Fts5Data)); + if( pLeaf==0 ) return; + pLeaf->p = (u8*)pList; + pLeaf->nn = pLeaf->szLeaf = nList; + pIter->pLeaf = pLeaf; + pIter->iLeafOffset = fts5GetVarint(pLeaf->p, (u64*)&pIter->iRowid); + pIter->iEndofDoclist = pLeaf->nn; + + if( flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_DESC ){ + pIter->flags |= FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE; + fts5SegIterReverseInitPage(p, pIter); + }else{ + fts5SegIterLoadNPos(p, pIter); + } + } + + fts5SegIterSetNext(p, pIter); +} + +/* +** Zero the iterator passed as the only argument. +*/ +static void fts5SegIterClear(Fts5SegIter *pIter){ + fts5BufferFree(&pIter->term); + fts5DataRelease(pIter->pLeaf); + fts5DataRelease(pIter->pNextLeaf); + fts5DlidxIterFree(pIter->pDlidx); + sqlite3_free(pIter->aRowidOffset); + memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(Fts5SegIter)); +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + +/* +** This function is used as part of the big assert() procedure implemented by +** fts5AssertMultiIterSetup(). It ensures that the result currently stored +** in *pRes is the correct result of comparing the current positions of the +** two iterators. +*/ +static void fts5AssertComparisonResult( + Fts5Iter *pIter, + Fts5SegIter *p1, + Fts5SegIter *p2, + Fts5CResult *pRes +){ + int i1 = p1 - pIter->aSeg; + int i2 = p2 - pIter->aSeg; + + if( p1->pLeaf || p2->pLeaf ){ + if( p1->pLeaf==0 ){ + assert( pRes->iFirst==i2 ); + }else if( p2->pLeaf==0 ){ + assert( pRes->iFirst==i1 ); + }else{ + int nMin = MIN(p1->term.n, p2->term.n); + int res = memcmp(p1->term.p, p2->term.p, nMin); + if( res==0 ) res = p1->term.n - p2->term.n; + + if( res==0 ){ + assert( pRes->bTermEq==1 ); + assert( p1->iRowid!=p2->iRowid ); + res = ((p1->iRowid > p2->iRowid)==pIter->bRev) ? -1 : 1; + }else{ + assert( pRes->bTermEq==0 ); + } + + if( res<0 ){ + assert( pRes->iFirst==i1 ); + }else{ + assert( pRes->iFirst==i2 ); + } + } + } +} + +/* +** This function is a no-op unless SQLITE_DEBUG is defined when this module +** is compiled. In that case, this function is essentially an assert() +** statement used to verify that the contents of the pIter->aFirst[] array +** are correct. +*/ +static void fts5AssertMultiIterSetup(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Iter *pIter){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Fts5SegIter *pFirst = &pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst ]; + int i; + + assert( (pFirst->pLeaf==0)==pIter->base.bEof ); + + /* Check that pIter->iSwitchRowid is set correctly. */ + for(i=0; i<pIter->nSeg; i++){ + Fts5SegIter *p1 = &pIter->aSeg[i]; + assert( p1==pFirst + || p1->pLeaf==0 + || fts5BufferCompare(&pFirst->term, &p1->term) + || p1->iRowid==pIter->iSwitchRowid + || (p1->iRowid<pIter->iSwitchRowid)==pIter->bRev + ); + } + + for(i=0; i<pIter->nSeg; i+=2){ + Fts5SegIter *p1 = &pIter->aSeg[i]; + Fts5SegIter *p2 = &pIter->aSeg[i+1]; + Fts5CResult *pRes = &pIter->aFirst[(pIter->nSeg + i) / 2]; + fts5AssertComparisonResult(pIter, p1, p2, pRes); + } + + for(i=1; i<(pIter->nSeg / 2); i+=2){ + Fts5SegIter *p1 = &pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[i*2].iFirst ]; + Fts5SegIter *p2 = &pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[i*2+1].iFirst ]; + Fts5CResult *pRes = &pIter->aFirst[i]; + fts5AssertComparisonResult(pIter, p1, p2, pRes); + } + } +} +#else +# define fts5AssertMultiIterSetup(x,y) +#endif + +/* +** Do the comparison necessary to populate pIter->aFirst[iOut]. +** +** If the returned value is non-zero, then it is the index of an entry +** in the pIter->aSeg[] array that is (a) not at EOF, and (b) pointing +** to a key that is a duplicate of another, higher priority, +** segment-iterator in the pSeg->aSeg[] array. +*/ +static int fts5MultiIterDoCompare(Fts5Iter *pIter, int iOut){ + int i1; /* Index of left-hand Fts5SegIter */ + int i2; /* Index of right-hand Fts5SegIter */ + int iRes; + Fts5SegIter *p1; /* Left-hand Fts5SegIter */ + Fts5SegIter *p2; /* Right-hand Fts5SegIter */ + Fts5CResult *pRes = &pIter->aFirst[iOut]; + + assert( iOut<pIter->nSeg && iOut>0 ); + assert( pIter->bRev==0 || pIter->bRev==1 ); + + if( iOut>=(pIter->nSeg/2) ){ + i1 = (iOut - pIter->nSeg/2) * 2; + i2 = i1 + 1; + }else{ + i1 = pIter->aFirst[iOut*2].iFirst; + i2 = pIter->aFirst[iOut*2+1].iFirst; + } + p1 = &pIter->aSeg[i1]; + p2 = &pIter->aSeg[i2]; + + pRes->bTermEq = 0; + if( p1->pLeaf==0 ){ /* If p1 is at EOF */ + iRes = i2; + }else if( p2->pLeaf==0 ){ /* If p2 is at EOF */ + iRes = i1; + }else{ + int res = fts5BufferCompare(&p1->term, &p2->term); + if( res==0 ){ + assert( i2>i1 ); + assert( i2!=0 ); + pRes->bTermEq = 1; + if( p1->iRowid==p2->iRowid ){ + p1->bDel = p2->bDel; + return i2; + } + res = ((p1->iRowid > p2->iRowid)==pIter->bRev) ? -1 : +1; + } + assert( res!=0 ); + if( res<0 ){ + iRes = i1; + }else{ + iRes = i2; + } + } + + pRes->iFirst = (u16)iRes; + return 0; +} + +/* +** Move the seg-iter so that it points to the first rowid on page iLeafPgno. +** It is an error if leaf iLeafPgno does not exist or contains no rowids. +*/ +static void fts5SegIterGotoPage( + Fts5Index *p, /* FTS5 backend object */ + Fts5SegIter *pIter, /* Iterator to advance */ + int iLeafPgno +){ + assert( iLeafPgno>pIter->iLeafPgno ); + + if( iLeafPgno>pIter->pSeg->pgnoLast ){ + p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + }else{ + fts5DataRelease(pIter->pNextLeaf); + pIter->pNextLeaf = 0; + pIter->iLeafPgno = iLeafPgno-1; + fts5SegIterNextPage(p, pIter); + assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK || pIter->iLeafPgno==iLeafPgno ); + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int iOff; + u8 *a = pIter->pLeaf->p; + int n = pIter->pLeaf->szLeaf; + + iOff = fts5LeafFirstRowidOff(pIter->pLeaf); + if( iOff<4 || iOff>=n ){ + p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + }else{ + iOff += fts5GetVarint(&a[iOff], (u64*)&pIter->iRowid); + pIter->iLeafOffset = iOff; + fts5SegIterLoadNPos(p, pIter); + } + } + } +} + +/* +** Advance the iterator passed as the second argument until it is at or +** past rowid iFrom. Regardless of the value of iFrom, the iterator is +** always advanced at least once. +*/ +static void fts5SegIterNextFrom( + Fts5Index *p, /* FTS5 backend object */ + Fts5SegIter *pIter, /* Iterator to advance */ + i64 iMatch /* Advance iterator at least this far */ +){ + int bRev = (pIter->flags & FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE); + Fts5DlidxIter *pDlidx = pIter->pDlidx; + int iLeafPgno = pIter->iLeafPgno; + int bMove = 1; + + assert( pIter->flags & FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM ); + assert( pIter->pDlidx ); + assert( pIter->pLeaf ); + + if( bRev==0 ){ + while( !fts5DlidxIterEof(p, pDlidx) && iMatch>fts5DlidxIterRowid(pDlidx) ){ + iLeafPgno = fts5DlidxIterPgno(pDlidx); + fts5DlidxIterNext(p, pDlidx); + } + assert_nc( iLeafPgno>=pIter->iLeafPgno || p->rc ); + if( iLeafPgno>pIter->iLeafPgno ){ + fts5SegIterGotoPage(p, pIter, iLeafPgno); + bMove = 0; + } + }else{ + assert( pIter->pNextLeaf==0 ); + assert( iMatch<pIter->iRowid ); + while( !fts5DlidxIterEof(p, pDlidx) && iMatch<fts5DlidxIterRowid(pDlidx) ){ + fts5DlidxIterPrev(p, pDlidx); + } + iLeafPgno = fts5DlidxIterPgno(pDlidx); + + assert( fts5DlidxIterEof(p, pDlidx) || iLeafPgno<=pIter->iLeafPgno ); + + if( iLeafPgno<pIter->iLeafPgno ){ + pIter->iLeafPgno = iLeafPgno+1; + fts5SegIterReverseNewPage(p, pIter); + bMove = 0; + } + } + + do{ + if( bMove && p->rc==SQLITE_OK ) pIter->xNext(p, pIter, 0); + if( pIter->pLeaf==0 ) break; + if( bRev==0 && pIter->iRowid>=iMatch ) break; + if( bRev!=0 && pIter->iRowid<=iMatch ) break; + bMove = 1; + }while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); +} + + +/* +** Free the iterator object passed as the second argument. +*/ +static void fts5MultiIterFree(Fts5Iter *pIter){ + if( pIter ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<pIter->nSeg; i++){ + fts5SegIterClear(&pIter->aSeg[i]); + } + fts5StructureRelease(pIter->pStruct); + fts5BufferFree(&pIter->poslist); + sqlite3_free(pIter); + } +} + +static void fts5MultiIterAdvanced( + Fts5Index *p, /* FTS5 backend to iterate within */ + Fts5Iter *pIter, /* Iterator to update aFirst[] array for */ + int iChanged, /* Index of sub-iterator just advanced */ + int iMinset /* Minimum entry in aFirst[] to set */ +){ + int i; + for(i=(pIter->nSeg+iChanged)/2; i>=iMinset && p->rc==SQLITE_OK; i=i/2){ + int iEq; + if( (iEq = fts5MultiIterDoCompare(pIter, i)) ){ + Fts5SegIter *pSeg = &pIter->aSeg[iEq]; + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + pSeg->xNext(p, pSeg, 0); + i = pIter->nSeg + iEq; + } + } +} + +/* +** Sub-iterator iChanged of iterator pIter has just been advanced. It still +** points to the same term though - just a different rowid. This function +** attempts to update the contents of the pIter->aFirst[] accordingly. +** If it does so successfully, 0 is returned. Otherwise 1. +** +** If non-zero is returned, the caller should call fts5MultiIterAdvanced() +** on the iterator instead. That function does the same as this one, except +** that it deals with more complicated cases as well. +*/ +static int fts5MultiIterAdvanceRowid( + Fts5Iter *pIter, /* Iterator to update aFirst[] array for */ + int iChanged, /* Index of sub-iterator just advanced */ + Fts5SegIter **ppFirst +){ + Fts5SegIter *pNew = &pIter->aSeg[iChanged]; + + if( pNew->iRowid==pIter->iSwitchRowid + || (pNew->iRowid<pIter->iSwitchRowid)==pIter->bRev + ){ + int i; + Fts5SegIter *pOther = &pIter->aSeg[iChanged ^ 0x0001]; + pIter->iSwitchRowid = pIter->bRev ? SMALLEST_INT64 : LARGEST_INT64; + for(i=(pIter->nSeg+iChanged)/2; 1; i=i/2){ + Fts5CResult *pRes = &pIter->aFirst[i]; + + assert( pNew->pLeaf ); + assert( pRes->bTermEq==0 || pOther->pLeaf ); + + if( pRes->bTermEq ){ + if( pNew->iRowid==pOther->iRowid ){ + return 1; + }else if( (pOther->iRowid>pNew->iRowid)==pIter->bRev ){ + pIter->iSwitchRowid = pOther->iRowid; + pNew = pOther; + }else if( (pOther->iRowid>pIter->iSwitchRowid)==pIter->bRev ){ + pIter->iSwitchRowid = pOther->iRowid; + } + } + pRes->iFirst = (u16)(pNew - pIter->aSeg); + if( i==1 ) break; + + pOther = &pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[i ^ 0x0001].iFirst ]; + } + } + + *ppFirst = pNew; + return 0; +} + +/* +** Set the pIter->bEof variable based on the state of the sub-iterators. +*/ +static void fts5MultiIterSetEof(Fts5Iter *pIter){ + Fts5SegIter *pSeg = &pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst ]; + pIter->base.bEof = pSeg->pLeaf==0; + pIter->iSwitchRowid = pSeg->iRowid; +} + +/* +** Move the iterator to the next entry. +** +** If an error occurs, an error code is left in Fts5Index.rc. It is not +** considered an error if the iterator reaches EOF, or if it is already at +** EOF when this function is called. +*/ +static void fts5MultiIterNext( + Fts5Index *p, + Fts5Iter *pIter, + int bFrom, /* True if argument iFrom is valid */ + i64 iFrom /* Advance at least as far as this */ +){ + int bUseFrom = bFrom; + while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int iFirst = pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst; + int bNewTerm = 0; + Fts5SegIter *pSeg = &pIter->aSeg[iFirst]; + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + if( bUseFrom && pSeg->pDlidx ){ + fts5SegIterNextFrom(p, pSeg, iFrom); + }else{ + pSeg->xNext(p, pSeg, &bNewTerm); + } + + if( pSeg->pLeaf==0 || bNewTerm + || fts5MultiIterAdvanceRowid(pIter, iFirst, &pSeg) + ){ + fts5MultiIterAdvanced(p, pIter, iFirst, 1); + fts5MultiIterSetEof(pIter); + pSeg = &pIter->aSeg[pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst]; + if( pSeg->pLeaf==0 ) return; + } + + fts5AssertMultiIterSetup(p, pIter); + assert( pSeg==&pIter->aSeg[pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst] && pSeg->pLeaf ); + if( pIter->bSkipEmpty==0 || pSeg->nPos ){ + pIter->xSetOutputs(pIter, pSeg); + return; + } + bUseFrom = 0; + } +} + +static void fts5MultiIterNext2( + Fts5Index *p, + Fts5Iter *pIter, + int *pbNewTerm /* OUT: True if *might* be new term */ +){ + assert( pIter->bSkipEmpty ); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + do { + int iFirst = pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst; + Fts5SegIter *pSeg = &pIter->aSeg[iFirst]; + int bNewTerm = 0; + + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + pSeg->xNext(p, pSeg, &bNewTerm); + if( pSeg->pLeaf==0 || bNewTerm + || fts5MultiIterAdvanceRowid(pIter, iFirst, &pSeg) + ){ + fts5MultiIterAdvanced(p, pIter, iFirst, 1); + fts5MultiIterSetEof(pIter); + *pbNewTerm = 1; + }else{ + *pbNewTerm = 0; + } + fts5AssertMultiIterSetup(p, pIter); + + }while( fts5MultiIterIsEmpty(p, pIter) ); + } +} + +static void fts5IterSetOutputs_Noop(Fts5Iter *pUnused1, Fts5SegIter *pUnused2){ + UNUSED_PARAM2(pUnused1, pUnused2); +} + +static Fts5Iter *fts5MultiIterAlloc( + Fts5Index *p, /* FTS5 backend to iterate within */ + int nSeg +){ + Fts5Iter *pNew; + int nSlot; /* Power of two >= nSeg */ + + for(nSlot=2; nSlot<nSeg; nSlot=nSlot*2); + pNew = fts5IdxMalloc(p, + sizeof(Fts5Iter) + /* pNew */ + sizeof(Fts5SegIter) * (nSlot-1) + /* pNew->aSeg[] */ + sizeof(Fts5CResult) * nSlot /* pNew->aFirst[] */ + ); + if( pNew ){ + pNew->nSeg = nSlot; + pNew->aFirst = (Fts5CResult*)&pNew->aSeg[nSlot]; + pNew->pIndex = p; + pNew->xSetOutputs = fts5IterSetOutputs_Noop; + } + return pNew; +} + +static void fts5PoslistCallback( + Fts5Index *pUnused, + void *pContext, + const u8 *pChunk, int nChunk +){ + UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused); + assert_nc( nChunk>=0 ); + if( nChunk>0 ){ + fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob((Fts5Buffer*)pContext, pChunk, nChunk); + } +} + +typedef struct PoslistCallbackCtx PoslistCallbackCtx; +struct PoslistCallbackCtx { + Fts5Buffer *pBuf; /* Append to this buffer */ + Fts5Colset *pColset; /* Restrict matches to this column */ + int eState; /* See above */ +}; + +typedef struct PoslistOffsetsCtx PoslistOffsetsCtx; +struct PoslistOffsetsCtx { + Fts5Buffer *pBuf; /* Append to this buffer */ + Fts5Colset *pColset; /* Restrict matches to this column */ + int iRead; + int iWrite; +}; + +/* +** TODO: Make this more efficient! +*/ +static int fts5IndexColsetTest(Fts5Colset *pColset, int iCol){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<pColset->nCol; i++){ + if( pColset->aiCol[i]==iCol ) return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +static void fts5PoslistOffsetsCallback( + Fts5Index *pUnused, + void *pContext, + const u8 *pChunk, int nChunk +){ + PoslistOffsetsCtx *pCtx = (PoslistOffsetsCtx*)pContext; + UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused); + assert_nc( nChunk>=0 ); + if( nChunk>0 ){ + int i = 0; + while( i<nChunk ){ + int iVal; + i += fts5GetVarint32(&pChunk[i], iVal); + iVal += pCtx->iRead - 2; + pCtx->iRead = iVal; + if( fts5IndexColsetTest(pCtx->pColset, iVal) ){ + fts5BufferSafeAppendVarint(pCtx->pBuf, iVal + 2 - pCtx->iWrite); + pCtx->iWrite = iVal; + } + } + } +} + +static void fts5PoslistFilterCallback( + Fts5Index *pUnused, + void *pContext, + const u8 *pChunk, int nChunk +){ + PoslistCallbackCtx *pCtx = (PoslistCallbackCtx*)pContext; + UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused); + assert_nc( nChunk>=0 ); + if( nChunk>0 ){ + /* Search through to find the first varint with value 1. This is the + ** start of the next columns hits. */ + int i = 0; + int iStart = 0; + + if( pCtx->eState==2 ){ + int iCol; + fts5FastGetVarint32(pChunk, i, iCol); + if( fts5IndexColsetTest(pCtx->pColset, iCol) ){ + pCtx->eState = 1; + fts5BufferSafeAppendVarint(pCtx->pBuf, 1); + }else{ + pCtx->eState = 0; + } + } + + do { + while( i<nChunk && pChunk[i]!=0x01 ){ + while( pChunk[i] & 0x80 ) i++; + i++; + } + if( pCtx->eState ){ + fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(pCtx->pBuf, &pChunk[iStart], i-iStart); + } + if( i<nChunk ){ + int iCol; + iStart = i; + i++; + if( i>=nChunk ){ + pCtx->eState = 2; + }else{ + fts5FastGetVarint32(pChunk, i, iCol); + pCtx->eState = fts5IndexColsetTest(pCtx->pColset, iCol); + if( pCtx->eState ){ + fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(pCtx->pBuf, &pChunk[iStart], i-iStart); + iStart = i; + } + } + } + }while( i<nChunk ); + } +} + +static void fts5ChunkIterate( + Fts5Index *p, /* Index object */ + Fts5SegIter *pSeg, /* Poslist of this iterator */ + void *pCtx, /* Context pointer for xChunk callback */ + void (*xChunk)(Fts5Index*, void*, const u8*, int) +){ + int nRem = pSeg->nPos; /* Number of bytes still to come */ + Fts5Data *pData = 0; + u8 *pChunk = &pSeg->pLeaf->p[pSeg->iLeafOffset]; + int nChunk = MIN(nRem, pSeg->pLeaf->szLeaf - pSeg->iLeafOffset); + int pgno = pSeg->iLeafPgno; + int pgnoSave = 0; + + /* This function does notmwork with detail=none databases. */ + assert( p->pConfig->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ); + + if( (pSeg->flags & FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE)==0 ){ + pgnoSave = pgno+1; + } + + while( 1 ){ + xChunk(p, pCtx, pChunk, nChunk); + nRem -= nChunk; + fts5DataRelease(pData); + if( nRem<=0 ){ + break; + }else{ + pgno++; + pData = fts5DataRead(p, FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(pSeg->pSeg->iSegid, pgno)); + if( pData==0 ) break; + pChunk = &pData->p[4]; + nChunk = MIN(nRem, pData->szLeaf - 4); + if( pgno==pgnoSave ){ + assert( pSeg->pNextLeaf==0 ); + pSeg->pNextLeaf = pData; + pData = 0; + } + } + } +} + +/* +** Iterator pIter currently points to a valid entry (not EOF). This +** function appends the position list data for the current entry to +** buffer pBuf. It does not make a copy of the position-list size +** field. +*/ +static void fts5SegiterPoslist( + Fts5Index *p, + Fts5SegIter *pSeg, + Fts5Colset *pColset, + Fts5Buffer *pBuf +){ + if( 0==fts5BufferGrow(&p->rc, pBuf, pSeg->nPos) ){ + if( pColset==0 ){ + fts5ChunkIterate(p, pSeg, (void*)pBuf, fts5PoslistCallback); + }else{ + if( p->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_FULL ){ + PoslistCallbackCtx sCtx; + sCtx.pBuf = pBuf; + sCtx.pColset = pColset; + sCtx.eState = fts5IndexColsetTest(pColset, 0); + assert( sCtx.eState==0 || sCtx.eState==1 ); + fts5ChunkIterate(p, pSeg, (void*)&sCtx, fts5PoslistFilterCallback); + }else{ + PoslistOffsetsCtx sCtx; + memset(&sCtx, 0, sizeof(sCtx)); + sCtx.pBuf = pBuf; + sCtx.pColset = pColset; + fts5ChunkIterate(p, pSeg, (void*)&sCtx, fts5PoslistOffsetsCallback); + } + } + } +} + +/* +** IN/OUT parameter (*pa) points to a position list n bytes in size. If +** the position list contains entries for column iCol, then (*pa) is set +** to point to the sub-position-list for that column and the number of +** bytes in it returned. Or, if the argument position list does not +** contain any entries for column iCol, return 0. +*/ +static int fts5IndexExtractCol( + const u8 **pa, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to poslist */ + int n, /* IN: Size of poslist in bytes */ + int iCol /* Column to extract from poslist */ +){ + int iCurrent = 0; /* Anything before the first 0x01 is col 0 */ + const u8 *p = *pa; + const u8 *pEnd = &p[n]; /* One byte past end of position list */ + + while( iCol>iCurrent ){ + /* Advance pointer p until it points to pEnd or an 0x01 byte that is + ** not part of a varint. Note that it is not possible for a negative + ** or extremely large varint to occur within an uncorrupted position + ** list. So the last byte of each varint may be assumed to have a clear + ** 0x80 bit. */ + while( *p!=0x01 ){ + while( *p++ & 0x80 ); + if( p>=pEnd ) return 0; + } + *pa = p++; + iCurrent = *p++; + if( iCurrent & 0x80 ){ + p--; + p += fts5GetVarint32(p, iCurrent); + } + } + if( iCol!=iCurrent ) return 0; + + /* Advance pointer p until it points to pEnd or an 0x01 byte that is + ** not part of a varint */ + while( p<pEnd && *p!=0x01 ){ + while( *p++ & 0x80 ); + } + + return p - (*pa); +} + +static int fts5IndexExtractColset ( + Fts5Colset *pColset, /* Colset to filter on */ + const u8 *pPos, int nPos, /* Position list */ + Fts5Buffer *pBuf /* Output buffer */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int i; + + fts5BufferZero(pBuf); + for(i=0; i<pColset->nCol; i++){ + const u8 *pSub = pPos; + int nSub = fts5IndexExtractCol(&pSub, nPos, pColset->aiCol[i]); + if( nSub ){ + fts5BufferAppendBlob(&rc, pBuf, nSub, pSub); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** xSetOutputs callback used by detail=none tables. +*/ +static void fts5IterSetOutputs_None(Fts5Iter *pIter, Fts5SegIter *pSeg){ + assert( pIter->pIndex->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ); + pIter->base.iRowid = pSeg->iRowid; + pIter->base.nData = pSeg->nPos; +} + +/* +** xSetOutputs callback used by detail=full and detail=col tables when no +** column filters are specified. +*/ +static void fts5IterSetOutputs_Nocolset(Fts5Iter *pIter, Fts5SegIter *pSeg){ + pIter->base.iRowid = pSeg->iRowid; + pIter->base.nData = pSeg->nPos; + + assert( pIter->pIndex->pConfig->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ); + assert( pIter->pColset==0 ); + + if( pSeg->iLeafOffset+pSeg->nPos<=pSeg->pLeaf->szLeaf ){ + /* All data is stored on the current page. Populate the output + ** variables to point into the body of the page object. */ + pIter->base.pData = &pSeg->pLeaf->p[pSeg->iLeafOffset]; + }else{ + /* The data is distributed over two or more pages. Copy it into the + ** Fts5Iter.poslist buffer and then set the output pointer to point + ** to this buffer. */ + fts5BufferZero(&pIter->poslist); + fts5SegiterPoslist(pIter->pIndex, pSeg, 0, &pIter->poslist); + pIter->base.pData = pIter->poslist.p; + } +} + +/* +** xSetOutputs callback used by detail=col when there is a column filter +** and there are 100 or more columns. Also called as a fallback from +** fts5IterSetOutputs_Col100 if the column-list spans more than one page. +*/ +static void fts5IterSetOutputs_Col(Fts5Iter *pIter, Fts5SegIter *pSeg){ + fts5BufferZero(&pIter->poslist); + fts5SegiterPoslist(pIter->pIndex, pSeg, pIter->pColset, &pIter->poslist); + pIter->base.iRowid = pSeg->iRowid; + pIter->base.pData = pIter->poslist.p; + pIter->base.nData = pIter->poslist.n; +} + +/* +** xSetOutputs callback used when: +** +** * detail=col, +** * there is a column filter, and +** * the table contains 100 or fewer columns. +** +** The last point is to ensure all column numbers are stored as +** single-byte varints. +*/ +static void fts5IterSetOutputs_Col100(Fts5Iter *pIter, Fts5SegIter *pSeg){ + + assert( pIter->pIndex->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS ); + assert( pIter->pColset ); + + if( pSeg->iLeafOffset+pSeg->nPos>pSeg->pLeaf->szLeaf ){ + fts5IterSetOutputs_Col(pIter, pSeg); + }else{ + u8 *a = (u8*)&pSeg->pLeaf->p[pSeg->iLeafOffset]; + u8 *pEnd = (u8*)&a[pSeg->nPos]; + int iPrev = 0; + int *aiCol = pIter->pColset->aiCol; + int *aiColEnd = &aiCol[pIter->pColset->nCol]; + + u8 *aOut = pIter->poslist.p; + int iPrevOut = 0; + + pIter->base.iRowid = pSeg->iRowid; + + while( a<pEnd ){ + iPrev += (int)a++[0] - 2; + while( *aiCol<iPrev ){ + aiCol++; + if( aiCol==aiColEnd ) goto setoutputs_col_out; + } + if( *aiCol==iPrev ){ + *aOut++ = (u8)((iPrev - iPrevOut) + 2); + iPrevOut = iPrev; + } + } + +setoutputs_col_out: + pIter->base.pData = pIter->poslist.p; + pIter->base.nData = aOut - pIter->poslist.p; + } +} + +/* +** xSetOutputs callback used by detail=full when there is a column filter. +*/ +static void fts5IterSetOutputs_Full(Fts5Iter *pIter, Fts5SegIter *pSeg){ + Fts5Colset *pColset = pIter->pColset; + pIter->base.iRowid = pSeg->iRowid; + + assert( pIter->pIndex->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_FULL ); + assert( pColset ); + + if( pSeg->iLeafOffset+pSeg->nPos<=pSeg->pLeaf->szLeaf ){ + /* All data is stored on the current page. Populate the output + ** variables to point into the body of the page object. */ + const u8 *a = &pSeg->pLeaf->p[pSeg->iLeafOffset]; + if( pColset->nCol==1 ){ + pIter->base.nData = fts5IndexExtractCol(&a, pSeg->nPos,pColset->aiCol[0]); + pIter->base.pData = a; + }else{ + fts5BufferZero(&pIter->poslist); + fts5IndexExtractColset(pColset, a, pSeg->nPos, &pIter->poslist); + pIter->base.pData = pIter->poslist.p; + pIter->base.nData = pIter->poslist.n; + } + }else{ + /* The data is distributed over two or more pages. Copy it into the + ** Fts5Iter.poslist buffer and then set the output pointer to point + ** to this buffer. */ + fts5BufferZero(&pIter->poslist); + fts5SegiterPoslist(pIter->pIndex, pSeg, pColset, &pIter->poslist); + pIter->base.pData = pIter->poslist.p; + pIter->base.nData = pIter->poslist.n; + } +} + +static void fts5IterSetOutputCb(int *pRc, Fts5Iter *pIter){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Fts5Config *pConfig = pIter->pIndex->pConfig; + if( pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){ + pIter->xSetOutputs = fts5IterSetOutputs_None; + } + + else if( pIter->pColset==0 ){ + pIter->xSetOutputs = fts5IterSetOutputs_Nocolset; + } + + else if( pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_FULL ){ + pIter->xSetOutputs = fts5IterSetOutputs_Full; + } + + else{ + assert( pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS ); + if( pConfig->nCol<=100 ){ + pIter->xSetOutputs = fts5IterSetOutputs_Col100; + sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(pRc, &pIter->poslist, pConfig->nCol); + }else{ + pIter->xSetOutputs = fts5IterSetOutputs_Col; + } + } + } +} + + +/* +** Allocate a new Fts5Iter object. +** +** The new object will be used to iterate through data in structure pStruct. +** If iLevel is -ve, then all data in all segments is merged. Or, if iLevel +** is zero or greater, data from the first nSegment segments on level iLevel +** is merged. +** +** The iterator initially points to the first term/rowid entry in the +** iterated data. +*/ +static void fts5MultiIterNew( + Fts5Index *p, /* FTS5 backend to iterate within */ + Fts5Structure *pStruct, /* Structure of specific index */ + int flags, /* FTS5INDEX_QUERY_XXX flags */ + Fts5Colset *pColset, /* Colset to filter on (or NULL) */ + const u8 *pTerm, int nTerm, /* Term to seek to (or NULL/0) */ + int iLevel, /* Level to iterate (-1 for all) */ + int nSegment, /* Number of segments to merge (iLevel>=0) */ + Fts5Iter **ppOut /* New object */ +){ + int nSeg = 0; /* Number of segment-iters in use */ + int iIter = 0; /* */ + int iSeg; /* Used to iterate through segments */ + Fts5StructureLevel *pLvl; + Fts5Iter *pNew; + + assert( (pTerm==0 && nTerm==0) || iLevel<0 ); + + /* Allocate space for the new multi-seg-iterator. */ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( iLevel<0 ){ + assert( pStruct->nSegment==fts5StructureCountSegments(pStruct) ); + nSeg = pStruct->nSegment; + nSeg += (p->pHash ? 1 : 0); + }else{ + nSeg = MIN(pStruct->aLevel[iLevel].nSeg, nSegment); + } + } + *ppOut = pNew = fts5MultiIterAlloc(p, nSeg); + if( pNew==0 ) return; + pNew->bRev = (0!=(flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_DESC)); + pNew->bSkipEmpty = (0!=(flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SKIPEMPTY)); + pNew->pStruct = pStruct; + pNew->pColset = pColset; + fts5StructureRef(pStruct); + if( (flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_NOOUTPUT)==0 ){ + fts5IterSetOutputCb(&p->rc, pNew); + } + + /* Initialize each of the component segment iterators. */ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( iLevel<0 ){ + Fts5StructureLevel *pEnd = &pStruct->aLevel[pStruct->nLevel]; + if( p->pHash ){ + /* Add a segment iterator for the current contents of the hash table. */ + Fts5SegIter *pIter = &pNew->aSeg[iIter++]; + fts5SegIterHashInit(p, pTerm, nTerm, flags, pIter); + } + for(pLvl=&pStruct->aLevel[0]; pLvl<pEnd; pLvl++){ + for(iSeg=pLvl->nSeg-1; iSeg>=0; iSeg--){ + Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg = &pLvl->aSeg[iSeg]; + Fts5SegIter *pIter = &pNew->aSeg[iIter++]; + if( pTerm==0 ){ + fts5SegIterInit(p, pSeg, pIter); + }else{ + fts5SegIterSeekInit(p, pTerm, nTerm, flags, pSeg, pIter); + } + } + } + }else{ + pLvl = &pStruct->aLevel[iLevel]; + for(iSeg=nSeg-1; iSeg>=0; iSeg--){ + fts5SegIterInit(p, &pLvl->aSeg[iSeg], &pNew->aSeg[iIter++]); + } + } + assert( iIter==nSeg ); + } + + /* If the above was successful, each component iterators now points + ** to the first entry in its segment. In this case initialize the + ** aFirst[] array. Or, if an error has occurred, free the iterator + ** object and set the output variable to NULL. */ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + for(iIter=pNew->nSeg-1; iIter>0; iIter--){ + int iEq; + if( (iEq = fts5MultiIterDoCompare(pNew, iIter)) ){ + Fts5SegIter *pSeg = &pNew->aSeg[iEq]; + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ) pSeg->xNext(p, pSeg, 0); + fts5MultiIterAdvanced(p, pNew, iEq, iIter); + } + } + fts5MultiIterSetEof(pNew); + fts5AssertMultiIterSetup(p, pNew); + + if( pNew->bSkipEmpty && fts5MultiIterIsEmpty(p, pNew) ){ + fts5MultiIterNext(p, pNew, 0, 0); + }else if( pNew->base.bEof==0 ){ + Fts5SegIter *pSeg = &pNew->aSeg[pNew->aFirst[1].iFirst]; + pNew->xSetOutputs(pNew, pSeg); + } + + }else{ + fts5MultiIterFree(pNew); + *ppOut = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Create an Fts5Iter that iterates through the doclist provided +** as the second argument. +*/ +static void fts5MultiIterNew2( + Fts5Index *p, /* FTS5 backend to iterate within */ + Fts5Data *pData, /* Doclist to iterate through */ + int bDesc, /* True for descending rowid order */ + Fts5Iter **ppOut /* New object */ +){ + Fts5Iter *pNew; + pNew = fts5MultiIterAlloc(p, 2); + if( pNew ){ + Fts5SegIter *pIter = &pNew->aSeg[1]; + + pIter->flags = FTS5_SEGITER_ONETERM; + if( pData->szLeaf>0 ){ + pIter->pLeaf = pData; + pIter->iLeafOffset = fts5GetVarint(pData->p, (u64*)&pIter->iRowid); + pIter->iEndofDoclist = pData->nn; + pNew->aFirst[1].iFirst = 1; + if( bDesc ){ + pNew->bRev = 1; + pIter->flags |= FTS5_SEGITER_REVERSE; + fts5SegIterReverseInitPage(p, pIter); + }else{ + fts5SegIterLoadNPos(p, pIter); + } + pData = 0; + }else{ + pNew->base.bEof = 1; + } + fts5SegIterSetNext(p, pIter); + + *ppOut = pNew; + } + + fts5DataRelease(pData); +} + +/* +** Return true if the iterator is at EOF or if an error has occurred. +** False otherwise. +*/ +static int fts5MultiIterEof(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Iter *pIter){ + assert( p->rc + || (pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst ].pLeaf==0)==pIter->base.bEof + ); + return (p->rc || pIter->base.bEof); +} + +/* +** Return the rowid of the entry that the iterator currently points +** to. If the iterator points to EOF when this function is called the +** results are undefined. +*/ +static i64 fts5MultiIterRowid(Fts5Iter *pIter){ + assert( pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst ].pLeaf ); + return pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst ].iRowid; +} + +/* +** Move the iterator to the next entry at or following iMatch. +*/ +static void fts5MultiIterNextFrom( + Fts5Index *p, + Fts5Iter *pIter, + i64 iMatch +){ + while( 1 ){ + i64 iRowid; + fts5MultiIterNext(p, pIter, 1, iMatch); + if( fts5MultiIterEof(p, pIter) ) break; + iRowid = fts5MultiIterRowid(pIter); + if( pIter->bRev==0 && iRowid>=iMatch ) break; + if( pIter->bRev!=0 && iRowid<=iMatch ) break; + } +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to a buffer containing the term associated with the +** entry that the iterator currently points to. +*/ +static const u8 *fts5MultiIterTerm(Fts5Iter *pIter, int *pn){ + Fts5SegIter *p = &pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst ]; + *pn = p->term.n; + return p->term.p; +} + +/* +** Allocate a new segment-id for the structure pStruct. The new segment +** id must be between 1 and 65335 inclusive, and must not be used by +** any currently existing segment. If a free segment id cannot be found, +** SQLITE_FULL is returned. +** +** If an error has already occurred, this function is a no-op. 0 is +** returned in this case. +*/ +static int fts5AllocateSegid(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Structure *pStruct){ + int iSegid = 0; + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pStruct->nSegment>=FTS5_MAX_SEGMENT ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_FULL; + }else{ + /* FTS5_MAX_SEGMENT is currently defined as 2000. So the following + ** array is 63 elements, or 252 bytes, in size. */ + u32 aUsed[(FTS5_MAX_SEGMENT+31) / 32]; + int iLvl, iSeg; + int i; + u32 mask; + memset(aUsed, 0, sizeof(aUsed)); + for(iLvl=0; iLvl<pStruct->nLevel; iLvl++){ + for(iSeg=0; iSeg<pStruct->aLevel[iLvl].nSeg; iSeg++){ + int iId = pStruct->aLevel[iLvl].aSeg[iSeg].iSegid; + if( iId<=FTS5_MAX_SEGMENT ){ + aUsed[(iId-1) / 32] |= 1 << ((iId-1) % 32); + } + } + } + + for(i=0; aUsed[i]==0xFFFFFFFF; i++); + mask = aUsed[i]; + for(iSegid=0; mask & (1 << iSegid); iSegid++); + iSegid += 1 + i*32; + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + for(iLvl=0; iLvl<pStruct->nLevel; iLvl++){ + for(iSeg=0; iSeg<pStruct->aLevel[iLvl].nSeg; iSeg++){ + assert( iSegid!=pStruct->aLevel[iLvl].aSeg[iSeg].iSegid ); + } + } + assert( iSegid>0 && iSegid<=FTS5_MAX_SEGMENT ); + + { + sqlite3_stmt *pIdxSelect = fts5IdxSelectStmt(p); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u8 aBlob[2] = {0xff, 0xff}; + sqlite3_bind_int(pIdxSelect, 1, iSegid); + sqlite3_bind_blob(pIdxSelect, 2, aBlob, 2, SQLITE_STATIC); + assert( sqlite3_step(pIdxSelect)!=SQLITE_ROW ); + p->rc = sqlite3_reset(pIdxSelect); + } + } +#endif + } + } + + return iSegid; +} + +/* +** Discard all data currently cached in the hash-tables. +*/ +static void fts5IndexDiscardData(Fts5Index *p){ + assert( p->pHash || p->nPendingData==0 ); + if( p->pHash ){ + sqlite3Fts5HashClear(p->pHash); + p->nPendingData = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Return the size of the prefix, in bytes, that buffer +** (pNew/<length-unknown>) shares with buffer (pOld/nOld). +** +** Buffer (pNew/<length-unknown>) is guaranteed to be greater +** than buffer (pOld/nOld). +*/ +static int fts5PrefixCompress(int nOld, const u8 *pOld, const u8 *pNew){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){ + if( pOld[i]!=pNew[i] ) break; + } + return i; +} + +static void fts5WriteDlidxClear( + Fts5Index *p, + Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, + int bFlush /* If true, write dlidx to disk */ +){ + int i; + assert( bFlush==0 || (pWriter->nDlidx>0 && pWriter->aDlidx[0].buf.n>0) ); + for(i=0; i<pWriter->nDlidx; i++){ + Fts5DlidxWriter *pDlidx = &pWriter->aDlidx[i]; + if( pDlidx->buf.n==0 ) break; + if( bFlush ){ + assert( pDlidx->pgno!=0 ); + fts5DataWrite(p, + FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pWriter->iSegid, i, pDlidx->pgno), + pDlidx->buf.p, pDlidx->buf.n + ); + } + sqlite3Fts5BufferZero(&pDlidx->buf); + pDlidx->bPrevValid = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Grow the pWriter->aDlidx[] array to at least nLvl elements in size. +** Any new array elements are zeroed before returning. +*/ +static int fts5WriteDlidxGrow( + Fts5Index *p, + Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, + int nLvl +){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && nLvl>=pWriter->nDlidx ){ + Fts5DlidxWriter *aDlidx = (Fts5DlidxWriter*)sqlite3_realloc( + pWriter->aDlidx, sizeof(Fts5DlidxWriter) * nLvl + ); + if( aDlidx==0 ){ + p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + int nByte = sizeof(Fts5DlidxWriter) * (nLvl - pWriter->nDlidx); + memset(&aDlidx[pWriter->nDlidx], 0, nByte); + pWriter->aDlidx = aDlidx; + pWriter->nDlidx = nLvl; + } + } + return p->rc; +} + +/* +** If the current doclist-index accumulating in pWriter->aDlidx[] is large +** enough, flush it to disk and return 1. Otherwise discard it and return +** zero. +*/ +static int fts5WriteFlushDlidx(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegWriter *pWriter){ + int bFlag = 0; + + /* If there were FTS5_MIN_DLIDX_SIZE or more empty leaf pages written + ** to the database, also write the doclist-index to disk. */ + if( pWriter->aDlidx[0].buf.n>0 && pWriter->nEmpty>=FTS5_MIN_DLIDX_SIZE ){ + bFlag = 1; + } + fts5WriteDlidxClear(p, pWriter, bFlag); + pWriter->nEmpty = 0; + return bFlag; +} + +/* +** This function is called whenever processing of the doclist for the +** last term on leaf page (pWriter->iBtPage) is completed. +** +** The doclist-index for that term is currently stored in-memory within the +** Fts5SegWriter.aDlidx[] array. If it is large enough, this function +** writes it out to disk. Or, if it is too small to bother with, discards +** it. +** +** Fts5SegWriter.btterm currently contains the first term on page iBtPage. +*/ +static void fts5WriteFlushBtree(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegWriter *pWriter){ + int bFlag; + + assert( pWriter->iBtPage || pWriter->nEmpty==0 ); + if( pWriter->iBtPage==0 ) return; + bFlag = fts5WriteFlushDlidx(p, pWriter); + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + const char *z = (pWriter->btterm.n>0?(const char*)pWriter->btterm.p:""); + /* The following was already done in fts5WriteInit(): */ + /* sqlite3_bind_int(p->pIdxWriter, 1, pWriter->iSegid); */ + sqlite3_bind_blob(p->pIdxWriter, 2, z, pWriter->btterm.n, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_bind_int64(p->pIdxWriter, 3, bFlag + ((i64)pWriter->iBtPage<<1)); + sqlite3_step(p->pIdxWriter); + p->rc = sqlite3_reset(p->pIdxWriter); + } + pWriter->iBtPage = 0; +} + +/* +** This is called once for each leaf page except the first that contains +** at least one term. Argument (nTerm/pTerm) is the split-key - a term that +** is larger than all terms written to earlier leaves, and equal to or +** smaller than the first term on the new leaf. +** +** If an error occurs, an error code is left in Fts5Index.rc. If an error +** has already occurred when this function is called, it is a no-op. +*/ +static void fts5WriteBtreeTerm( + Fts5Index *p, /* FTS5 backend object */ + Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, /* Writer object */ + int nTerm, const u8 *pTerm /* First term on new page */ +){ + fts5WriteFlushBtree(p, pWriter); + fts5BufferSet(&p->rc, &pWriter->btterm, nTerm, pTerm); + pWriter->iBtPage = pWriter->writer.pgno; +} + +/* +** This function is called when flushing a leaf page that contains no +** terms at all to disk. +*/ +static void fts5WriteBtreeNoTerm( + Fts5Index *p, /* FTS5 backend object */ + Fts5SegWriter *pWriter /* Writer object */ +){ + /* If there were no rowids on the leaf page either and the doclist-index + ** has already been started, append an 0x00 byte to it. */ + if( pWriter->bFirstRowidInPage && pWriter->aDlidx[0].buf.n>0 ){ + Fts5DlidxWriter *pDlidx = &pWriter->aDlidx[0]; + assert( pDlidx->bPrevValid ); + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &pDlidx->buf, 0); + } + + /* Increment the "number of sequential leaves without a term" counter. */ + pWriter->nEmpty++; +} + +static i64 fts5DlidxExtractFirstRowid(Fts5Buffer *pBuf){ + i64 iRowid; + int iOff; + + iOff = 1 + fts5GetVarint(&pBuf->p[1], (u64*)&iRowid); + fts5GetVarint(&pBuf->p[iOff], (u64*)&iRowid); + return iRowid; +} + +/* +** Rowid iRowid has just been appended to the current leaf page. It is the +** first on the page. This function appends an appropriate entry to the current +** doclist-index. +*/ +static void fts5WriteDlidxAppend( + Fts5Index *p, + Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, + i64 iRowid +){ + int i; + int bDone = 0; + + for(i=0; p->rc==SQLITE_OK && bDone==0; i++){ + i64 iVal; + Fts5DlidxWriter *pDlidx = &pWriter->aDlidx[i]; + + if( pDlidx->buf.n>=p->pConfig->pgsz ){ + /* The current doclist-index page is full. Write it to disk and push + ** a copy of iRowid (which will become the first rowid on the next + ** doclist-index leaf page) up into the next level of the b-tree + ** hierarchy. If the node being flushed is currently the root node, + ** also push its first rowid upwards. */ + pDlidx->buf.p[0] = 0x01; /* Not the root node */ + fts5DataWrite(p, + FTS5_DLIDX_ROWID(pWriter->iSegid, i, pDlidx->pgno), + pDlidx->buf.p, pDlidx->buf.n + ); + fts5WriteDlidxGrow(p, pWriter, i+2); + pDlidx = &pWriter->aDlidx[i]; + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pDlidx[1].buf.n==0 ){ + i64 iFirst = fts5DlidxExtractFirstRowid(&pDlidx->buf); + + /* This was the root node. Push its first rowid up to the new root. */ + pDlidx[1].pgno = pDlidx->pgno; + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &pDlidx[1].buf, 0); + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &pDlidx[1].buf, pDlidx->pgno); + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &pDlidx[1].buf, iFirst); + pDlidx[1].bPrevValid = 1; + pDlidx[1].iPrev = iFirst; + } + + sqlite3Fts5BufferZero(&pDlidx->buf); + pDlidx->bPrevValid = 0; + pDlidx->pgno++; + }else{ + bDone = 1; + } + + if( pDlidx->bPrevValid ){ + iVal = iRowid - pDlidx->iPrev; + }else{ + i64 iPgno = (i==0 ? pWriter->writer.pgno : pDlidx[-1].pgno); + assert( pDlidx->buf.n==0 ); + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &pDlidx->buf, !bDone); + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &pDlidx->buf, iPgno); + iVal = iRowid; + } + + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &pDlidx->buf, iVal); + pDlidx->bPrevValid = 1; + pDlidx->iPrev = iRowid; + } +} + +static void fts5WriteFlushLeaf(Fts5Index *p, Fts5SegWriter *pWriter){ + static const u8 zero[] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 }; + Fts5PageWriter *pPage = &pWriter->writer; + i64 iRowid; + +static int nCall = 0; +nCall++; + + assert( (pPage->pgidx.n==0)==(pWriter->bFirstTermInPage) ); + + /* Set the szLeaf header field. */ + assert( 0==fts5GetU16(&pPage->buf.p[2]) ); + fts5PutU16(&pPage->buf.p[2], (u16)pPage->buf.n); + + if( pWriter->bFirstTermInPage ){ + /* No term was written to this page. */ + assert( pPage->pgidx.n==0 ); + fts5WriteBtreeNoTerm(p, pWriter); + }else{ + /* Append the pgidx to the page buffer. Set the szLeaf header field. */ + fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &pPage->buf, pPage->pgidx.n, pPage->pgidx.p); + } + + /* Write the page out to disk */ + iRowid = FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(pWriter->iSegid, pPage->pgno); + fts5DataWrite(p, iRowid, pPage->buf.p, pPage->buf.n); + + /* Initialize the next page. */ + fts5BufferZero(&pPage->buf); + fts5BufferZero(&pPage->pgidx); + fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &pPage->buf, 4, zero); + pPage->iPrevPgidx = 0; + pPage->pgno++; + + /* Increase the leaves written counter */ + pWriter->nLeafWritten++; + + /* The new leaf holds no terms or rowids */ + pWriter->bFirstTermInPage = 1; + pWriter->bFirstRowidInPage = 1; +} + +/* +** Append term pTerm/nTerm to the segment being written by the writer passed +** as the second argument. +** +** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has +** already occurred, this function is a no-op. +*/ +static void fts5WriteAppendTerm( + Fts5Index *p, + Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, + int nTerm, const u8 *pTerm +){ + int nPrefix; /* Bytes of prefix compression for term */ + Fts5PageWriter *pPage = &pWriter->writer; + Fts5Buffer *pPgidx = &pWriter->writer.pgidx; + + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( pPage->buf.n>=4 ); + assert( pPage->buf.n>4 || pWriter->bFirstTermInPage ); + + /* If the current leaf page is full, flush it to disk. */ + if( (pPage->buf.n + pPgidx->n + nTerm + 2)>=p->pConfig->pgsz ){ + if( pPage->buf.n>4 ){ + fts5WriteFlushLeaf(p, pWriter); + } + fts5BufferGrow(&p->rc, &pPage->buf, nTerm+FTS5_DATA_PADDING); + } + + /* TODO1: Updating pgidx here. */ + pPgidx->n += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint( + &pPgidx->p[pPgidx->n], pPage->buf.n - pPage->iPrevPgidx + ); + pPage->iPrevPgidx = pPage->buf.n; +#if 0 + fts5PutU16(&pPgidx->p[pPgidx->n], pPage->buf.n); + pPgidx->n += 2; +#endif + + if( pWriter->bFirstTermInPage ){ + nPrefix = 0; + if( pPage->pgno!=1 ){ + /* This is the first term on a leaf that is not the leftmost leaf in + ** the segment b-tree. In this case it is necessary to add a term to + ** the b-tree hierarchy that is (a) larger than the largest term + ** already written to the segment and (b) smaller than or equal to + ** this term. In other words, a prefix of (pTerm/nTerm) that is one + ** byte longer than the longest prefix (pTerm/nTerm) shares with the + ** previous term. + ** + ** Usually, the previous term is available in pPage->term. The exception + ** is if this is the first term written in an incremental-merge step. + ** In this case the previous term is not available, so just write a + ** copy of (pTerm/nTerm) into the parent node. This is slightly + ** inefficient, but still correct. */ + int n = nTerm; + if( pPage->term.n ){ + n = 1 + fts5PrefixCompress(pPage->term.n, pPage->term.p, pTerm); + } + fts5WriteBtreeTerm(p, pWriter, n, pTerm); + pPage = &pWriter->writer; + } + }else{ + nPrefix = fts5PrefixCompress(pPage->term.n, pPage->term.p, pTerm); + fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &pPage->buf, nPrefix); + } + + /* Append the number of bytes of new data, then the term data itself + ** to the page. */ + fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &pPage->buf, nTerm - nPrefix); + fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &pPage->buf, nTerm - nPrefix, &pTerm[nPrefix]); + + /* Update the Fts5PageWriter.term field. */ + fts5BufferSet(&p->rc, &pPage->term, nTerm, pTerm); + pWriter->bFirstTermInPage = 0; + + pWriter->bFirstRowidInPage = 0; + pWriter->bFirstRowidInDoclist = 1; + + assert( p->rc || (pWriter->nDlidx>0 && pWriter->aDlidx[0].buf.n==0) ); + pWriter->aDlidx[0].pgno = pPage->pgno; +} + +/* +** Append a rowid and position-list size field to the writers output. +*/ +static void fts5WriteAppendRowid( + Fts5Index *p, + Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, + i64 iRowid +){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Fts5PageWriter *pPage = &pWriter->writer; + + if( (pPage->buf.n + pPage->pgidx.n)>=p->pConfig->pgsz ){ + fts5WriteFlushLeaf(p, pWriter); + } + + /* If this is to be the first rowid written to the page, set the + ** rowid-pointer in the page-header. Also append a value to the dlidx + ** buffer, in case a doclist-index is required. */ + if( pWriter->bFirstRowidInPage ){ + fts5PutU16(pPage->buf.p, (u16)pPage->buf.n); + fts5WriteDlidxAppend(p, pWriter, iRowid); + } + + /* Write the rowid. */ + if( pWriter->bFirstRowidInDoclist || pWriter->bFirstRowidInPage ){ + fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &pPage->buf, iRowid); + }else{ + assert( p->rc || iRowid>pWriter->iPrevRowid ); + fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &pPage->buf, iRowid - pWriter->iPrevRowid); + } + pWriter->iPrevRowid = iRowid; + pWriter->bFirstRowidInDoclist = 0; + pWriter->bFirstRowidInPage = 0; + } +} + +static void fts5WriteAppendPoslistData( + Fts5Index *p, + Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, + const u8 *aData, + int nData +){ + Fts5PageWriter *pPage = &pWriter->writer; + const u8 *a = aData; + int n = nData; + + assert( p->pConfig->pgsz>0 ); + while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK + && (pPage->buf.n + pPage->pgidx.n + n)>=p->pConfig->pgsz + ){ + int nReq = p->pConfig->pgsz - pPage->buf.n - pPage->pgidx.n; + int nCopy = 0; + while( nCopy<nReq ){ + i64 dummy; + nCopy += fts5GetVarint(&a[nCopy], (u64*)&dummy); + } + fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &pPage->buf, nCopy, a); + a += nCopy; + n -= nCopy; + fts5WriteFlushLeaf(p, pWriter); + } + if( n>0 ){ + fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &pPage->buf, n, a); + } +} + +/* +** Flush any data cached by the writer object to the database. Free any +** allocations associated with the writer. +*/ +static void fts5WriteFinish( + Fts5Index *p, + Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, /* Writer object */ + int *pnLeaf /* OUT: Number of leaf pages in b-tree */ +){ + int i; + Fts5PageWriter *pLeaf = &pWriter->writer; + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( pLeaf->pgno>=1 ); + if( pLeaf->buf.n>4 ){ + fts5WriteFlushLeaf(p, pWriter); + } + *pnLeaf = pLeaf->pgno-1; + if( pLeaf->pgno>1 ){ + fts5WriteFlushBtree(p, pWriter); + } + } + fts5BufferFree(&pLeaf->term); + fts5BufferFree(&pLeaf->buf); + fts5BufferFree(&pLeaf->pgidx); + fts5BufferFree(&pWriter->btterm); + + for(i=0; i<pWriter->nDlidx; i++){ + sqlite3Fts5BufferFree(&pWriter->aDlidx[i].buf); + } + sqlite3_free(pWriter->aDlidx); +} + +static void fts5WriteInit( + Fts5Index *p, + Fts5SegWriter *pWriter, + int iSegid +){ + const int nBuffer = p->pConfig->pgsz + FTS5_DATA_PADDING; + + memset(pWriter, 0, sizeof(Fts5SegWriter)); + pWriter->iSegid = iSegid; + + fts5WriteDlidxGrow(p, pWriter, 1); + pWriter->writer.pgno = 1; + pWriter->bFirstTermInPage = 1; + pWriter->iBtPage = 1; + + assert( pWriter->writer.buf.n==0 ); + assert( pWriter->writer.pgidx.n==0 ); + + /* Grow the two buffers to pgsz + padding bytes in size. */ + sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(&p->rc, &pWriter->writer.pgidx, nBuffer); + sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(&p->rc, &pWriter->writer.buf, nBuffer); + + if( p->pIdxWriter==0 ){ + Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; + fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &p->pIdxWriter, sqlite3_mprintf( + "INSERT INTO '%q'.'%q_idx'(segid,term,pgno) VALUES(?,?,?)", + pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName + )); + } + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* Initialize the 4-byte leaf-page header to 0x00. */ + memset(pWriter->writer.buf.p, 0, 4); + pWriter->writer.buf.n = 4; + + /* Bind the current output segment id to the index-writer. This is an + ** optimization over binding the same value over and over as rows are + ** inserted into %_idx by the current writer. */ + sqlite3_bind_int(p->pIdxWriter, 1, pWriter->iSegid); + } +} + +/* +** Iterator pIter was used to iterate through the input segments of on an +** incremental merge operation. This function is called if the incremental +** merge step has finished but the input has not been completely exhausted. +*/ +static void fts5TrimSegments(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Iter *pIter){ + int i; + Fts5Buffer buf; + memset(&buf, 0, sizeof(Fts5Buffer)); + for(i=0; i<pIter->nSeg; i++){ + Fts5SegIter *pSeg = &pIter->aSeg[i]; + if( pSeg->pSeg==0 ){ + /* no-op */ + }else if( pSeg->pLeaf==0 ){ + /* All keys from this input segment have been transfered to the output. + ** Set both the first and last page-numbers to 0 to indicate that the + ** segment is now empty. */ + pSeg->pSeg->pgnoLast = 0; + pSeg->pSeg->pgnoFirst = 0; + }else{ + int iOff = pSeg->iTermLeafOffset; /* Offset on new first leaf page */ + i64 iLeafRowid; + Fts5Data *pData; + int iId = pSeg->pSeg->iSegid; + u8 aHdr[4] = {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00}; + + iLeafRowid = FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(iId, pSeg->iTermLeafPgno); + pData = fts5DataRead(p, iLeafRowid); + if( pData ){ + fts5BufferZero(&buf); + fts5BufferGrow(&p->rc, &buf, pData->nn); + fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &buf, sizeof(aHdr), aHdr); + fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &buf, pSeg->term.n); + fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &buf, pSeg->term.n, pSeg->term.p); + fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &buf, pData->szLeaf-iOff, &pData->p[iOff]); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + /* Set the szLeaf field */ + fts5PutU16(&buf.p[2], (u16)buf.n); + } + + /* Set up the new page-index array */ + fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &buf, 4); + if( pSeg->iLeafPgno==pSeg->iTermLeafPgno + && pSeg->iEndofDoclist<pData->szLeaf + ){ + int nDiff = pData->szLeaf - pSeg->iEndofDoclist; + fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &buf, buf.n - 1 - nDiff - 4); + fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &buf, + pData->nn - pSeg->iPgidxOff, &pData->p[pSeg->iPgidxOff] + ); + } + + fts5DataRelease(pData); + pSeg->pSeg->pgnoFirst = pSeg->iTermLeafPgno; + fts5DataDelete(p, FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(iId, 1), iLeafRowid); + fts5DataWrite(p, iLeafRowid, buf.p, buf.n); + } + } + } + fts5BufferFree(&buf); +} + +static void fts5MergeChunkCallback( + Fts5Index *p, + void *pCtx, + const u8 *pChunk, int nChunk +){ + Fts5SegWriter *pWriter = (Fts5SegWriter*)pCtx; + fts5WriteAppendPoslistData(p, pWriter, pChunk, nChunk); +} + +/* +** +*/ +static void fts5IndexMergeLevel( + Fts5Index *p, /* FTS5 backend object */ + Fts5Structure **ppStruct, /* IN/OUT: Stucture of index */ + int iLvl, /* Level to read input from */ + int *pnRem /* Write up to this many output leaves */ +){ + Fts5Structure *pStruct = *ppStruct; + Fts5StructureLevel *pLvl = &pStruct->aLevel[iLvl]; + Fts5StructureLevel *pLvlOut; + Fts5Iter *pIter = 0; /* Iterator to read input data */ + int nRem = pnRem ? *pnRem : 0; /* Output leaf pages left to write */ + int nInput; /* Number of input segments */ + Fts5SegWriter writer; /* Writer object */ + Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg; /* Output segment */ + Fts5Buffer term; + int bOldest; /* True if the output segment is the oldest */ + int eDetail = p->pConfig->eDetail; + const int flags = FTS5INDEX_QUERY_NOOUTPUT; + + assert( iLvl<pStruct->nLevel ); + assert( pLvl->nMerge<=pLvl->nSeg ); + + memset(&writer, 0, sizeof(Fts5SegWriter)); + memset(&term, 0, sizeof(Fts5Buffer)); + if( pLvl->nMerge ){ + pLvlOut = &pStruct->aLevel[iLvl+1]; + assert( pLvlOut->nSeg>0 ); + nInput = pLvl->nMerge; + pSeg = &pLvlOut->aSeg[pLvlOut->nSeg-1]; + + fts5WriteInit(p, &writer, pSeg->iSegid); + writer.writer.pgno = pSeg->pgnoLast+1; + writer.iBtPage = 0; + }else{ + int iSegid = fts5AllocateSegid(p, pStruct); + + /* Extend the Fts5Structure object as required to ensure the output + ** segment exists. */ + if( iLvl==pStruct->nLevel-1 ){ + fts5StructureAddLevel(&p->rc, ppStruct); + pStruct = *ppStruct; + } + fts5StructureExtendLevel(&p->rc, pStruct, iLvl+1, 1, 0); + if( p->rc ) return; + pLvl = &pStruct->aLevel[iLvl]; + pLvlOut = &pStruct->aLevel[iLvl+1]; + + fts5WriteInit(p, &writer, iSegid); + + /* Add the new segment to the output level */ + pSeg = &pLvlOut->aSeg[pLvlOut->nSeg]; + pLvlOut->nSeg++; + pSeg->pgnoFirst = 1; + pSeg->iSegid = iSegid; + pStruct->nSegment++; + + /* Read input from all segments in the input level */ + nInput = pLvl->nSeg; + } + bOldest = (pLvlOut->nSeg==1 && pStruct->nLevel==iLvl+2); + + assert( iLvl>=0 ); + for(fts5MultiIterNew(p, pStruct, flags, 0, 0, 0, iLvl, nInput, &pIter); + fts5MultiIterEof(p, pIter)==0; + fts5MultiIterNext(p, pIter, 0, 0) + ){ + Fts5SegIter *pSegIter = &pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst ]; + int nPos; /* position-list size field value */ + int nTerm; + const u8 *pTerm; + + /* Check for key annihilation. */ + if( pSegIter->nPos==0 && (bOldest || pSegIter->bDel==0) ) continue; + + pTerm = fts5MultiIterTerm(pIter, &nTerm); + if( nTerm!=term.n || memcmp(pTerm, term.p, nTerm) ){ + if( pnRem && writer.nLeafWritten>nRem ){ + break; + } + + /* This is a new term. Append a term to the output segment. */ + fts5WriteAppendTerm(p, &writer, nTerm, pTerm); + fts5BufferSet(&p->rc, &term, nTerm, pTerm); + } + + /* Append the rowid to the output */ + /* WRITEPOSLISTSIZE */ + fts5WriteAppendRowid(p, &writer, fts5MultiIterRowid(pIter)); + + if( eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){ + if( pSegIter->bDel ){ + fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &writer.writer.buf, 0); + if( pSegIter->nPos>0 ){ + fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &writer.writer.buf, 0); + } + } + }else{ + /* Append the position-list data to the output */ + nPos = pSegIter->nPos*2 + pSegIter->bDel; + fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, &writer.writer.buf, nPos); + fts5ChunkIterate(p, pSegIter, (void*)&writer, fts5MergeChunkCallback); + } + } + + /* Flush the last leaf page to disk. Set the output segment b-tree height + ** and last leaf page number at the same time. */ + fts5WriteFinish(p, &writer, &pSeg->pgnoLast); + + if( fts5MultiIterEof(p, pIter) ){ + int i; + + /* Remove the redundant segments from the %_data table */ + for(i=0; i<nInput; i++){ + fts5DataRemoveSegment(p, pLvl->aSeg[i].iSegid); + } + + /* Remove the redundant segments from the input level */ + if( pLvl->nSeg!=nInput ){ + int nMove = (pLvl->nSeg - nInput) * sizeof(Fts5StructureSegment); + memmove(pLvl->aSeg, &pLvl->aSeg[nInput], nMove); + } + pStruct->nSegment -= nInput; + pLvl->nSeg -= nInput; + pLvl->nMerge = 0; + if( pSeg->pgnoLast==0 ){ + pLvlOut->nSeg--; + pStruct->nSegment--; + } + }else{ + assert( pSeg->pgnoLast>0 ); + fts5TrimSegments(p, pIter); + pLvl->nMerge = nInput; + } + + fts5MultiIterFree(pIter); + fts5BufferFree(&term); + if( pnRem ) *pnRem -= writer.nLeafWritten; +} + +/* +** Do up to nPg pages of automerge work on the index. +** +** Return true if any changes were actually made, or false otherwise. +*/ +static int fts5IndexMerge( + Fts5Index *p, /* FTS5 backend object */ + Fts5Structure **ppStruct, /* IN/OUT: Current structure of index */ + int nPg, /* Pages of work to do */ + int nMin /* Minimum number of segments to merge */ +){ + int nRem = nPg; + int bRet = 0; + Fts5Structure *pStruct = *ppStruct; + while( nRem>0 && p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int iLvl; /* To iterate through levels */ + int iBestLvl = 0; /* Level offering the most input segments */ + int nBest = 0; /* Number of input segments on best level */ + + /* Set iBestLvl to the level to read input segments from. */ + assert( pStruct->nLevel>0 ); + for(iLvl=0; iLvl<pStruct->nLevel; iLvl++){ + Fts5StructureLevel *pLvl = &pStruct->aLevel[iLvl]; + if( pLvl->nMerge ){ + if( pLvl->nMerge>nBest ){ + iBestLvl = iLvl; + nBest = pLvl->nMerge; + } + break; + } + if( pLvl->nSeg>nBest ){ + nBest = pLvl->nSeg; + iBestLvl = iLvl; + } + } + + /* If nBest is still 0, then the index must be empty. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + for(iLvl=0; nBest==0 && iLvl<pStruct->nLevel; iLvl++){ + assert( pStruct->aLevel[iLvl].nSeg==0 ); + } +#endif + + if( nBest<nMin && pStruct->aLevel[iBestLvl].nMerge==0 ){ + break; + } + bRet = 1; + fts5IndexMergeLevel(p, &pStruct, iBestLvl, &nRem); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pStruct->aLevel[iBestLvl].nMerge==0 ){ + fts5StructurePromote(p, iBestLvl+1, pStruct); + } + } + *ppStruct = pStruct; + return bRet; +} + +/* +** A total of nLeaf leaf pages of data has just been flushed to a level-0 +** segment. This function updates the write-counter accordingly and, if +** necessary, performs incremental merge work. +** +** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has +** already occurred, this function is a no-op. +*/ +static void fts5IndexAutomerge( + Fts5Index *p, /* FTS5 backend object */ + Fts5Structure **ppStruct, /* IN/OUT: Current structure of index */ + int nLeaf /* Number of output leaves just written */ +){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && p->pConfig->nAutomerge>0 ){ + Fts5Structure *pStruct = *ppStruct; + u64 nWrite; /* Initial value of write-counter */ + int nWork; /* Number of work-quanta to perform */ + int nRem; /* Number of leaf pages left to write */ + + /* Update the write-counter. While doing so, set nWork. */ + nWrite = pStruct->nWriteCounter; + nWork = (int)(((nWrite + nLeaf) / p->nWorkUnit) - (nWrite / p->nWorkUnit)); + pStruct->nWriteCounter += nLeaf; + nRem = (int)(p->nWorkUnit * nWork * pStruct->nLevel); + + fts5IndexMerge(p, ppStruct, nRem, p->pConfig->nAutomerge); + } +} + +static void fts5IndexCrisismerge( + Fts5Index *p, /* FTS5 backend object */ + Fts5Structure **ppStruct /* IN/OUT: Current structure of index */ +){ + const int nCrisis = p->pConfig->nCrisisMerge; + Fts5Structure *pStruct = *ppStruct; + int iLvl = 0; + + assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK || pStruct->nLevel>0 ); + while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pStruct->aLevel[iLvl].nSeg>=nCrisis ){ + fts5IndexMergeLevel(p, &pStruct, iLvl, 0); + assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK || pStruct->nLevel>(iLvl+1) ); + fts5StructurePromote(p, iLvl+1, pStruct); + iLvl++; + } + *ppStruct = pStruct; +} + +static int fts5IndexReturn(Fts5Index *p){ + int rc = p->rc; + p->rc = SQLITE_OK; + return rc; +} + +typedef struct Fts5FlushCtx Fts5FlushCtx; +struct Fts5FlushCtx { + Fts5Index *pIdx; + Fts5SegWriter writer; +}; + +/* +** Buffer aBuf[] contains a list of varints, all small enough to fit +** in a 32-bit integer. Return the size of the largest prefix of this +** list nMax bytes or less in size. +*/ +static int fts5PoslistPrefix(const u8 *aBuf, int nMax){ + int ret; + u32 dummy; + ret = fts5GetVarint32(aBuf, dummy); + if( ret<nMax ){ + while( 1 ){ + int i = fts5GetVarint32(&aBuf[ret], dummy); + if( (ret + i) > nMax ) break; + ret += i; + } + } + return ret; +} + +/* +** Flush the contents of in-memory hash table iHash to a new level-0 +** segment on disk. Also update the corresponding structure record. +** +** If an error occurs, set the Fts5Index.rc error code. If an error has +** already occurred, this function is a no-op. +*/ +static void fts5FlushOneHash(Fts5Index *p){ + Fts5Hash *pHash = p->pHash; + Fts5Structure *pStruct; + int iSegid; + int pgnoLast = 0; /* Last leaf page number in segment */ + + /* Obtain a reference to the index structure and allocate a new segment-id + ** for the new level-0 segment. */ + pStruct = fts5StructureRead(p); + iSegid = fts5AllocateSegid(p, pStruct); + fts5StructureInvalidate(p); + + if( iSegid ){ + const int pgsz = p->pConfig->pgsz; + int eDetail = p->pConfig->eDetail; + Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg; /* New segment within pStruct */ + Fts5Buffer *pBuf; /* Buffer in which to assemble leaf page */ + Fts5Buffer *pPgidx; /* Buffer in which to assemble pgidx */ + + Fts5SegWriter writer; + fts5WriteInit(p, &writer, iSegid); + + pBuf = &writer.writer.buf; + pPgidx = &writer.writer.pgidx; + + /* fts5WriteInit() should have initialized the buffers to (most likely) + ** the maximum space required. */ + assert( p->rc || pBuf->nSpace>=(pgsz + FTS5_DATA_PADDING) ); + assert( p->rc || pPgidx->nSpace>=(pgsz + FTS5_DATA_PADDING) ); + + /* Begin scanning through hash table entries. This loop runs once for each + ** term/doclist currently stored within the hash table. */ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->rc = sqlite3Fts5HashScanInit(pHash, 0, 0); + } + while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3Fts5HashScanEof(pHash) ){ + const char *zTerm; /* Buffer containing term */ + const u8 *pDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist for this term */ + int nDoclist; /* Size of doclist in bytes */ + + /* Write the term for this entry to disk. */ + sqlite3Fts5HashScanEntry(pHash, &zTerm, &pDoclist, &nDoclist); + fts5WriteAppendTerm(p, &writer, (int)strlen(zTerm), (const u8*)zTerm); + + assert( writer.bFirstRowidInPage==0 ); + if( pgsz>=(pBuf->n + pPgidx->n + nDoclist + 1) ){ + /* The entire doclist will fit on the current leaf. */ + fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(pBuf, pDoclist, nDoclist); + }else{ + i64 iRowid = 0; + i64 iDelta = 0; + int iOff = 0; + + /* The entire doclist will not fit on this leaf. The following + ** loop iterates through the poslists that make up the current + ** doclist. */ + while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<nDoclist ){ + iOff += fts5GetVarint(&pDoclist[iOff], (u64*)&iDelta); + iRowid += iDelta; + + if( writer.bFirstRowidInPage ){ + fts5PutU16(&pBuf->p[0], (u16)pBuf->n); /* first rowid on page */ + pBuf->n += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(&pBuf->p[pBuf->n], iRowid); + writer.bFirstRowidInPage = 0; + fts5WriteDlidxAppend(p, &writer, iRowid); + }else{ + pBuf->n += sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(&pBuf->p[pBuf->n], iDelta); + } + assert( pBuf->n<=pBuf->nSpace ); + + if( eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){ + if( iOff<nDoclist && pDoclist[iOff]==0 ){ + pBuf->p[pBuf->n++] = 0; + iOff++; + if( iOff<nDoclist && pDoclist[iOff]==0 ){ + pBuf->p[pBuf->n++] = 0; + iOff++; + } + } + if( (pBuf->n + pPgidx->n)>=pgsz ){ + fts5WriteFlushLeaf(p, &writer); + } + }else{ + int bDummy; + int nPos; + int nCopy = fts5GetPoslistSize(&pDoclist[iOff], &nPos, &bDummy); + nCopy += nPos; + if( (pBuf->n + pPgidx->n + nCopy) <= pgsz ){ + /* The entire poslist will fit on the current leaf. So copy + ** it in one go. */ + fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(pBuf, &pDoclist[iOff], nCopy); + }else{ + /* The entire poslist will not fit on this leaf. So it needs + ** to be broken into sections. The only qualification being + ** that each varint must be stored contiguously. */ + const u8 *pPoslist = &pDoclist[iOff]; + int iPos = 0; + while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nSpace = pgsz - pBuf->n - pPgidx->n; + int n = 0; + if( (nCopy - iPos)<=nSpace ){ + n = nCopy - iPos; + }else{ + n = fts5PoslistPrefix(&pPoslist[iPos], nSpace); + } + assert( n>0 ); + fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(pBuf, &pPoslist[iPos], n); + iPos += n; + if( (pBuf->n + pPgidx->n)>=pgsz ){ + fts5WriteFlushLeaf(p, &writer); + } + if( iPos>=nCopy ) break; + } + } + iOff += nCopy; + } + } + } + + /* TODO2: Doclist terminator written here. */ + /* pBuf->p[pBuf->n++] = '\0'; */ + assert( pBuf->n<=pBuf->nSpace ); + sqlite3Fts5HashScanNext(pHash); + } + sqlite3Fts5HashClear(pHash); + fts5WriteFinish(p, &writer, &pgnoLast); + + /* Update the Fts5Structure. It is written back to the database by the + ** fts5StructureRelease() call below. */ + if( pStruct->nLevel==0 ){ + fts5StructureAddLevel(&p->rc, &pStruct); + } + fts5StructureExtendLevel(&p->rc, pStruct, 0, 1, 0); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pSeg = &pStruct->aLevel[0].aSeg[ pStruct->aLevel[0].nSeg++ ]; + pSeg->iSegid = iSegid; + pSeg->pgnoFirst = 1; + pSeg->pgnoLast = pgnoLast; + pStruct->nSegment++; + } + fts5StructurePromote(p, 0, pStruct); + } + + fts5IndexAutomerge(p, &pStruct, pgnoLast); + fts5IndexCrisismerge(p, &pStruct); + fts5StructureWrite(p, pStruct); + fts5StructureRelease(pStruct); +} + +/* +** Flush any data stored in the in-memory hash tables to the database. +*/ +static void fts5IndexFlush(Fts5Index *p){ + /* Unless it is empty, flush the hash table to disk */ + if( p->nPendingData ){ + assert( p->pHash ); + p->nPendingData = 0; + fts5FlushOneHash(p); + } +} + +static Fts5Structure *fts5IndexOptimizeStruct( + Fts5Index *p, + Fts5Structure *pStruct +){ + Fts5Structure *pNew = 0; + int nByte = sizeof(Fts5Structure); + int nSeg = pStruct->nSegment; + int i; + + /* Figure out if this structure requires optimization. A structure does + ** not require optimization if either: + ** + ** + it consists of fewer than two segments, or + ** + all segments are on the same level, or + ** + all segments except one are currently inputs to a merge operation. + ** + ** In the first case, return NULL. In the second, increment the ref-count + ** on *pStruct and return a copy of the pointer to it. + */ + if( nSeg<2 ) return 0; + for(i=0; i<pStruct->nLevel; i++){ + int nThis = pStruct->aLevel[i].nSeg; + if( nThis==nSeg || (nThis==nSeg-1 && pStruct->aLevel[i].nMerge==nThis) ){ + fts5StructureRef(pStruct); + return pStruct; + } + assert( pStruct->aLevel[i].nMerge<=nThis ); + } + + nByte += (pStruct->nLevel+1) * sizeof(Fts5StructureLevel); + pNew = (Fts5Structure*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&p->rc, nByte); + + if( pNew ){ + Fts5StructureLevel *pLvl; + nByte = nSeg * sizeof(Fts5StructureSegment); + pNew->nLevel = pStruct->nLevel+1; + pNew->nRef = 1; + pNew->nWriteCounter = pStruct->nWriteCounter; + pLvl = &pNew->aLevel[pStruct->nLevel]; + pLvl->aSeg = (Fts5StructureSegment*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&p->rc, nByte); + if( pLvl->aSeg ){ + int iLvl, iSeg; + int iSegOut = 0; + /* Iterate through all segments, from oldest to newest. Add them to + ** the new Fts5Level object so that pLvl->aSeg[0] is the oldest + ** segment in the data structure. */ + for(iLvl=pStruct->nLevel-1; iLvl>=0; iLvl--){ + for(iSeg=0; iSeg<pStruct->aLevel[iLvl].nSeg; iSeg++){ + pLvl->aSeg[iSegOut] = pStruct->aLevel[iLvl].aSeg[iSeg]; + iSegOut++; + } + } + pNew->nSegment = pLvl->nSeg = nSeg; + }else{ + sqlite3_free(pNew); + pNew = 0; + } + } + + return pNew; +} + +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexOptimize(Fts5Index *p){ + Fts5Structure *pStruct; + Fts5Structure *pNew = 0; + + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + fts5IndexFlush(p); + pStruct = fts5StructureRead(p); + fts5StructureInvalidate(p); + + if( pStruct ){ + pNew = fts5IndexOptimizeStruct(p, pStruct); + } + fts5StructureRelease(pStruct); + + assert( pNew==0 || pNew->nSegment>0 ); + if( pNew ){ + int iLvl; + for(iLvl=0; pNew->aLevel[iLvl].nSeg==0; iLvl++){} + while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pNew->aLevel[iLvl].nSeg>0 ){ + int nRem = FTS5_OPT_WORK_UNIT; + fts5IndexMergeLevel(p, &pNew, iLvl, &nRem); + } + + fts5StructureWrite(p, pNew); + fts5StructureRelease(pNew); + } + + return fts5IndexReturn(p); +} + +/* +** This is called to implement the special "VALUES('merge', $nMerge)" +** INSERT command. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexMerge(Fts5Index *p, int nMerge){ + Fts5Structure *pStruct = fts5StructureRead(p); + if( pStruct ){ + int nMin = p->pConfig->nUsermerge; + fts5StructureInvalidate(p); + if( nMerge<0 ){ + Fts5Structure *pNew = fts5IndexOptimizeStruct(p, pStruct); + fts5StructureRelease(pStruct); + pStruct = pNew; + nMin = 2; + nMerge = nMerge*-1; + } + if( pStruct && pStruct->nLevel ){ + if( fts5IndexMerge(p, &pStruct, nMerge, nMin) ){ + fts5StructureWrite(p, pStruct); + } + } + fts5StructureRelease(pStruct); + } + return fts5IndexReturn(p); +} + +static void fts5AppendRowid( + Fts5Index *p, + i64 iDelta, + Fts5Iter *pUnused, + Fts5Buffer *pBuf +){ + UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused); + fts5BufferAppendVarint(&p->rc, pBuf, iDelta); +} + +static void fts5AppendPoslist( + Fts5Index *p, + i64 iDelta, + Fts5Iter *pMulti, + Fts5Buffer *pBuf +){ + int nData = pMulti->base.nData; + assert( nData>0 ); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==fts5BufferGrow(&p->rc, pBuf, nData+9+9) ){ + fts5BufferSafeAppendVarint(pBuf, iDelta); + fts5BufferSafeAppendVarint(pBuf, nData*2); + fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(pBuf, pMulti->base.pData, nData); + } +} + + +static void fts5DoclistIterNext(Fts5DoclistIter *pIter){ + u8 *p = pIter->aPoslist + pIter->nSize + pIter->nPoslist; + + assert( pIter->aPoslist ); + if( p>=pIter->aEof ){ + pIter->aPoslist = 0; + }else{ + i64 iDelta; + + p += fts5GetVarint(p, (u64*)&iDelta); + pIter->iRowid += iDelta; + + /* Read position list size */ + if( p[0] & 0x80 ){ + int nPos; + pIter->nSize = fts5GetVarint32(p, nPos); + pIter->nPoslist = (nPos>>1); + }else{ + pIter->nPoslist = ((int)(p[0])) >> 1; + pIter->nSize = 1; + } + + pIter->aPoslist = p; + } +} + +static void fts5DoclistIterInit( + Fts5Buffer *pBuf, + Fts5DoclistIter *pIter +){ + memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(*pIter)); + pIter->aPoslist = pBuf->p; + pIter->aEof = &pBuf->p[pBuf->n]; + fts5DoclistIterNext(pIter); +} + +#if 0 +/* +** Append a doclist to buffer pBuf. +** +** This function assumes that space within the buffer has already been +** allocated. +*/ +static void fts5MergeAppendDocid( + Fts5Buffer *pBuf, /* Buffer to write to */ + i64 *piLastRowid, /* IN/OUT: Previous rowid written (if any) */ + i64 iRowid /* Rowid to append */ +){ + assert( pBuf->n!=0 || (*piLastRowid)==0 ); + fts5BufferSafeAppendVarint(pBuf, iRowid - *piLastRowid); + *piLastRowid = iRowid; +} +#endif + +#define fts5MergeAppendDocid(pBuf, iLastRowid, iRowid) { \ + assert( (pBuf)->n!=0 || (iLastRowid)==0 ); \ + fts5BufferSafeAppendVarint((pBuf), (iRowid) - (iLastRowid)); \ + (iLastRowid) = (iRowid); \ +} + +/* +** Swap the contents of buffer *p1 with that of *p2. +*/ +static void fts5BufferSwap(Fts5Buffer *p1, Fts5Buffer *p2){ + Fts5Buffer tmp = *p1; + *p1 = *p2; + *p2 = tmp; +} + +static void fts5NextRowid(Fts5Buffer *pBuf, int *piOff, i64 *piRowid){ + int i = *piOff; + if( i>=pBuf->n ){ + *piOff = -1; + }else{ + u64 iVal; + *piOff = i + sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(&pBuf->p[i], &iVal); + *piRowid += iVal; + } +} + +/* +** This is the equivalent of fts5MergePrefixLists() for detail=none mode. +** In this case the buffers consist of a delta-encoded list of rowids only. +*/ +static void fts5MergeRowidLists( + Fts5Index *p, /* FTS5 backend object */ + Fts5Buffer *p1, /* First list to merge */ + Fts5Buffer *p2 /* Second list to merge */ +){ + int i1 = 0; + int i2 = 0; + i64 iRowid1 = 0; + i64 iRowid2 = 0; + i64 iOut = 0; + + Fts5Buffer out; + memset(&out, 0, sizeof(out)); + sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(&p->rc, &out, p1->n + p2->n); + if( p->rc ) return; + + fts5NextRowid(p1, &i1, &iRowid1); + fts5NextRowid(p2, &i2, &iRowid2); + while( i1>=0 || i2>=0 ){ + if( i1>=0 && (i2<0 || iRowid1<iRowid2) ){ + assert( iOut==0 || iRowid1>iOut ); + fts5BufferSafeAppendVarint(&out, iRowid1 - iOut); + iOut = iRowid1; + fts5NextRowid(p1, &i1, &iRowid1); + }else{ + assert( iOut==0 || iRowid2>iOut ); + fts5BufferSafeAppendVarint(&out, iRowid2 - iOut); + iOut = iRowid2; + if( i1>=0 && iRowid1==iRowid2 ){ + fts5NextRowid(p1, &i1, &iRowid1); + } + fts5NextRowid(p2, &i2, &iRowid2); + } + } + + fts5BufferSwap(&out, p1); + fts5BufferFree(&out); +} + +/* +** Buffers p1 and p2 contain doclists. This function merges the content +** of the two doclists together and sets buffer p1 to the result before +** returning. +** +** If an error occurs, an error code is left in p->rc. If an error has +** already occurred, this function is a no-op. +*/ +static void fts5MergePrefixLists( + Fts5Index *p, /* FTS5 backend object */ + Fts5Buffer *p1, /* First list to merge */ + Fts5Buffer *p2 /* Second list to merge */ +){ + if( p2->n ){ + i64 iLastRowid = 0; + Fts5DoclistIter i1; + Fts5DoclistIter i2; + Fts5Buffer out = {0, 0, 0}; + Fts5Buffer tmp = {0, 0, 0}; + + if( sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(&p->rc, &out, p1->n + p2->n) ) return; + fts5DoclistIterInit(p1, &i1); + fts5DoclistIterInit(p2, &i2); + + while( 1 ){ + if( i1.iRowid<i2.iRowid ){ + /* Copy entry from i1 */ + fts5MergeAppendDocid(&out, iLastRowid, i1.iRowid); + fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(&out, i1.aPoslist, i1.nPoslist+i1.nSize); + fts5DoclistIterNext(&i1); + if( i1.aPoslist==0 ) break; + } + else if( i2.iRowid!=i1.iRowid ){ + /* Copy entry from i2 */ + fts5MergeAppendDocid(&out, iLastRowid, i2.iRowid); + fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(&out, i2.aPoslist, i2.nPoslist+i2.nSize); + fts5DoclistIterNext(&i2); + if( i2.aPoslist==0 ) break; + } + else{ + /* Merge the two position lists. */ + i64 iPos1 = 0; + i64 iPos2 = 0; + int iOff1 = 0; + int iOff2 = 0; + u8 *a1 = &i1.aPoslist[i1.nSize]; + u8 *a2 = &i2.aPoslist[i2.nSize]; + + i64 iPrev = 0; + Fts5PoslistWriter writer; + memset(&writer, 0, sizeof(writer)); + + fts5MergeAppendDocid(&out, iLastRowid, i2.iRowid); + fts5BufferZero(&tmp); + sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(&p->rc, &tmp, i1.nPoslist + i2.nPoslist); + if( p->rc ) break; + + sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(a1, i1.nPoslist, &iOff1, &iPos1); + sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(a2, i2.nPoslist, &iOff2, &iPos2); + assert( iPos1>=0 && iPos2>=0 ); + + if( iPos1<iPos2 ){ + sqlite3Fts5PoslistSafeAppend(&tmp, &iPrev, iPos1); + sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(a1, i1.nPoslist, &iOff1, &iPos1); + }else{ + sqlite3Fts5PoslistSafeAppend(&tmp, &iPrev, iPos2); + sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(a2, i2.nPoslist, &iOff2, &iPos2); + } + + if( iPos1>=0 && iPos2>=0 ){ + while( 1 ){ + if( iPos1<iPos2 ){ + if( iPos1!=iPrev ){ + sqlite3Fts5PoslistSafeAppend(&tmp, &iPrev, iPos1); + } + sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(a1, i1.nPoslist, &iOff1, &iPos1); + if( iPos1<0 ) break; + }else{ + assert( iPos2!=iPrev ); + sqlite3Fts5PoslistSafeAppend(&tmp, &iPrev, iPos2); + sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(a2, i2.nPoslist, &iOff2, &iPos2); + if( iPos2<0 ) break; + } + } + } + + if( iPos1>=0 ){ + if( iPos1!=iPrev ){ + sqlite3Fts5PoslistSafeAppend(&tmp, &iPrev, iPos1); + } + fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(&tmp, &a1[iOff1], i1.nPoslist-iOff1); + }else{ + assert( iPos2>=0 && iPos2!=iPrev ); + sqlite3Fts5PoslistSafeAppend(&tmp, &iPrev, iPos2); + fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(&tmp, &a2[iOff2], i2.nPoslist-iOff2); + } + + /* WRITEPOSLISTSIZE */ + fts5BufferSafeAppendVarint(&out, tmp.n * 2); + fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(&out, tmp.p, tmp.n); + fts5DoclistIterNext(&i1); + fts5DoclistIterNext(&i2); + if( i1.aPoslist==0 || i2.aPoslist==0 ) break; + } + } + + if( i1.aPoslist ){ + fts5MergeAppendDocid(&out, iLastRowid, i1.iRowid); + fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(&out, i1.aPoslist, i1.aEof - i1.aPoslist); + } + else if( i2.aPoslist ){ + fts5MergeAppendDocid(&out, iLastRowid, i2.iRowid); + fts5BufferSafeAppendBlob(&out, i2.aPoslist, i2.aEof - i2.aPoslist); + } + + fts5BufferSet(&p->rc, p1, out.n, out.p); + fts5BufferFree(&tmp); + fts5BufferFree(&out); + } +} + +static void fts5SetupPrefixIter( + Fts5Index *p, /* Index to read from */ + int bDesc, /* True for "ORDER BY rowid DESC" */ + const u8 *pToken, /* Buffer containing prefix to match */ + int nToken, /* Size of buffer pToken in bytes */ + Fts5Colset *pColset, /* Restrict matches to these columns */ + Fts5Iter **ppIter /* OUT: New iterator */ +){ + Fts5Structure *pStruct; + Fts5Buffer *aBuf; + const int nBuf = 32; + + void (*xMerge)(Fts5Index*, Fts5Buffer*, Fts5Buffer*); + void (*xAppend)(Fts5Index*, i64, Fts5Iter*, Fts5Buffer*); + if( p->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){ + xMerge = fts5MergeRowidLists; + xAppend = fts5AppendRowid; + }else{ + xMerge = fts5MergePrefixLists; + xAppend = fts5AppendPoslist; + } + + aBuf = (Fts5Buffer*)fts5IdxMalloc(p, sizeof(Fts5Buffer)*nBuf); + pStruct = fts5StructureRead(p); + + if( aBuf && pStruct ){ + const int flags = FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SCAN + | FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SKIPEMPTY + | FTS5INDEX_QUERY_NOOUTPUT; + int i; + i64 iLastRowid = 0; + Fts5Iter *p1 = 0; /* Iterator used to gather data from index */ + Fts5Data *pData; + Fts5Buffer doclist; + int bNewTerm = 1; + + memset(&doclist, 0, sizeof(doclist)); + fts5MultiIterNew(p, pStruct, flags, pColset, pToken, nToken, -1, 0, &p1); + fts5IterSetOutputCb(&p->rc, p1); + for( /* no-op */ ; + fts5MultiIterEof(p, p1)==0; + fts5MultiIterNext2(p, p1, &bNewTerm) + ){ + Fts5SegIter *pSeg = &p1->aSeg[ p1->aFirst[1].iFirst ]; + int nTerm = pSeg->term.n; + const u8 *pTerm = pSeg->term.p; + p1->xSetOutputs(p1, pSeg); + + assert_nc( memcmp(pToken, pTerm, MIN(nToken, nTerm))<=0 ); + if( bNewTerm ){ + if( nTerm<nToken || memcmp(pToken, pTerm, nToken) ) break; + } + + if( p1->base.nData==0 ) continue; + + if( p1->base.iRowid<=iLastRowid && doclist.n>0 ){ + for(i=0; p->rc==SQLITE_OK && doclist.n; i++){ + assert( i<nBuf ); + if( aBuf[i].n==0 ){ + fts5BufferSwap(&doclist, &aBuf[i]); + fts5BufferZero(&doclist); + }else{ + xMerge(p, &doclist, &aBuf[i]); + fts5BufferZero(&aBuf[i]); + } + } + iLastRowid = 0; + } + + xAppend(p, p1->base.iRowid-iLastRowid, p1, &doclist); + iLastRowid = p1->base.iRowid; + } + + for(i=0; i<nBuf; i++){ + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + xMerge(p, &doclist, &aBuf[i]); + } + fts5BufferFree(&aBuf[i]); + } + fts5MultiIterFree(p1); + + pData = fts5IdxMalloc(p, sizeof(Fts5Data) + doclist.n); + if( pData ){ + pData->p = (u8*)&pData[1]; + pData->nn = pData->szLeaf = doclist.n; + memcpy(pData->p, doclist.p, doclist.n); + fts5MultiIterNew2(p, pData, bDesc, ppIter); + } + fts5BufferFree(&doclist); + } + + fts5StructureRelease(pStruct); + sqlite3_free(aBuf); +} + + +/* +** Indicate that all subsequent calls to sqlite3Fts5IndexWrite() pertain +** to the document with rowid iRowid. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexBeginWrite(Fts5Index *p, int bDelete, i64 iRowid){ + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + + /* Allocate the hash table if it has not already been allocated */ + if( p->pHash==0 ){ + p->rc = sqlite3Fts5HashNew(p->pConfig, &p->pHash, &p->nPendingData); + } + + /* Flush the hash table to disk if required */ + if( iRowid<p->iWriteRowid + || (iRowid==p->iWriteRowid && p->bDelete==0) + || (p->nPendingData > p->pConfig->nHashSize) + ){ + fts5IndexFlush(p); + } + + p->iWriteRowid = iRowid; + p->bDelete = bDelete; + return fts5IndexReturn(p); +} + +/* +** Commit data to disk. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexSync(Fts5Index *p, int bCommit){ + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + fts5IndexFlush(p); + if( bCommit ) fts5CloseReader(p); + return fts5IndexReturn(p); +} + +/* +** Discard any data stored in the in-memory hash tables. Do not write it +** to the database. Additionally, assume that the contents of the %_data +** table may have changed on disk. So any in-memory caches of %_data +** records must be invalidated. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexRollback(Fts5Index *p){ + fts5CloseReader(p); + fts5IndexDiscardData(p); + fts5StructureInvalidate(p); + /* assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); */ + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** The %_data table is completely empty when this function is called. This +** function populates it with the initial structure objects for each index, +** and the initial version of the "averages" record (a zero-byte blob). +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexReinit(Fts5Index *p){ + Fts5Structure s; + fts5StructureInvalidate(p); + memset(&s, 0, sizeof(Fts5Structure)); + fts5DataWrite(p, FTS5_AVERAGES_ROWID, (const u8*)"", 0); + fts5StructureWrite(p, &s); + return fts5IndexReturn(p); +} + +/* +** Open a new Fts5Index handle. If the bCreate argument is true, create +** and initialize the underlying %_data table. +** +** If successful, set *pp to point to the new object and return SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, set *pp to NULL and return an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexOpen( + Fts5Config *pConfig, + int bCreate, + Fts5Index **pp, + char **pzErr +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts5Index *p; /* New object */ + + *pp = p = (Fts5Index*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, sizeof(Fts5Index)); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->pConfig = pConfig; + p->nWorkUnit = FTS5_WORK_UNIT; + p->zDataTbl = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, "%s_data", pConfig->zName); + if( p->zDataTbl && bCreate ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5CreateTable( + pConfig, "data", "id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB", 0, pzErr + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5CreateTable(pConfig, "idx", + "segid, term, pgno, PRIMARY KEY(segid, term)", + 1, pzErr + ); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexReinit(p); + } + } + } + + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3Fts5IndexClose(p); + *pp = 0; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Close a handle opened by an earlier call to sqlite3Fts5IndexOpen(). +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexClose(Fts5Index *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p ){ + assert( p->pReader==0 ); + fts5StructureInvalidate(p); + sqlite3_finalize(p->pWriter); + sqlite3_finalize(p->pDeleter); + sqlite3_finalize(p->pIdxWriter); + sqlite3_finalize(p->pIdxDeleter); + sqlite3_finalize(p->pIdxSelect); + sqlite3_finalize(p->pDataVersion); + sqlite3Fts5HashFree(p->pHash); + sqlite3_free(p->zDataTbl); + sqlite3_free(p); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Argument p points to a buffer containing utf-8 text that is n bytes in +** size. Return the number of bytes in the nChar character prefix of the +** buffer, or 0 if there are less than nChar characters in total. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexCharlenToBytelen( + const char *p, + int nByte, + int nChar +){ + int n = 0; + int i; + for(i=0; i<nChar; i++){ + if( n>=nByte ) return 0; /* Input contains fewer than nChar chars */ + if( (unsigned char)p[n++]>=0xc0 ){ + while( (p[n] & 0xc0)==0x80 ) n++; + } + } + return n; +} + +/* +** pIn is a UTF-8 encoded string, nIn bytes in size. Return the number of +** unicode characters in the string. +*/ +static int fts5IndexCharlen(const char *pIn, int nIn){ + int nChar = 0; + int i = 0; + while( i<nIn ){ + if( (unsigned char)pIn[i++]>=0xc0 ){ + while( i<nIn && (pIn[i] & 0xc0)==0x80 ) i++; + } + nChar++; + } + return nChar; +} + +/* +** Insert or remove data to or from the index. Each time a document is +** added to or removed from the index, this function is called one or more +** times. +** +** For an insert, it must be called once for each token in the new document. +** If the operation is a delete, it must be called (at least) once for each +** unique token in the document with an iCol value less than zero. The iPos +** argument is ignored for a delete. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexWrite( + Fts5Index *p, /* Index to write to */ + int iCol, /* Column token appears in (-ve -> delete) */ + int iPos, /* Position of token within column */ + const char *pToken, int nToken /* Token to add or remove to or from index */ +){ + int i; /* Used to iterate through indexes */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; + + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( (iCol<0)==p->bDelete ); + + /* Add the entry to the main terms index. */ + rc = sqlite3Fts5HashWrite( + p->pHash, p->iWriteRowid, iCol, iPos, FTS5_MAIN_PREFIX, pToken, nToken + ); + + for(i=0; i<pConfig->nPrefix && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ + const int nChar = pConfig->aPrefix[i]; + int nByte = sqlite3Fts5IndexCharlenToBytelen(pToken, nToken, nChar); + if( nByte ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5HashWrite(p->pHash, + p->iWriteRowid, iCol, iPos, (char)(FTS5_MAIN_PREFIX+i+1), pToken, + nByte + ); + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Open a new iterator to iterate though all rowid that match the +** specified token or token prefix. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery( + Fts5Index *p, /* FTS index to query */ + const char *pToken, int nToken, /* Token (or prefix) to query for */ + int flags, /* Mask of FTS5INDEX_QUERY_X flags */ + Fts5Colset *pColset, /* Match these columns only */ + Fts5IndexIter **ppIter /* OUT: New iterator object */ +){ + Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; + Fts5Iter *pRet = 0; + Fts5Buffer buf = {0, 0, 0}; + + /* If the QUERY_SCAN flag is set, all other flags must be clear. */ + assert( (flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SCAN)==0 || flags==FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SCAN ); + + if( sqlite3Fts5BufferSize(&p->rc, &buf, nToken+1)==0 ){ + int iIdx = 0; /* Index to search */ + memcpy(&buf.p[1], pToken, nToken); + + /* Figure out which index to search and set iIdx accordingly. If this + ** is a prefix query for which there is no prefix index, set iIdx to + ** greater than pConfig->nPrefix to indicate that the query will be + ** satisfied by scanning multiple terms in the main index. + ** + ** If the QUERY_TEST_NOIDX flag was specified, then this must be a + ** prefix-query. Instead of using a prefix-index (if one exists), + ** evaluate the prefix query using the main FTS index. This is used + ** for internal sanity checking by the integrity-check in debug + ** mode only. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + if( pConfig->bPrefixIndex==0 || (flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_TEST_NOIDX) ){ + assert( flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_PREFIX ); + iIdx = 1+pConfig->nPrefix; + }else +#endif + if( flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_PREFIX ){ + int nChar = fts5IndexCharlen(pToken, nToken); + for(iIdx=1; iIdx<=pConfig->nPrefix; iIdx++){ + if( pConfig->aPrefix[iIdx-1]==nChar ) break; + } + } + + if( iIdx<=pConfig->nPrefix ){ + /* Straight index lookup */ + Fts5Structure *pStruct = fts5StructureRead(p); + buf.p[0] = (u8)(FTS5_MAIN_PREFIX + iIdx); + if( pStruct ){ + fts5MultiIterNew(p, pStruct, flags | FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SKIPEMPTY, + pColset, buf.p, nToken+1, -1, 0, &pRet + ); + fts5StructureRelease(pStruct); + } + }else{ + /* Scan multiple terms in the main index */ + int bDesc = (flags & FTS5INDEX_QUERY_DESC)!=0; + buf.p[0] = FTS5_MAIN_PREFIX; + fts5SetupPrefixIter(p, bDesc, buf.p, nToken+1, pColset, &pRet); + assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK || pRet->pColset==0 ); + fts5IterSetOutputCb(&p->rc, pRet); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Fts5SegIter *pSeg = &pRet->aSeg[pRet->aFirst[1].iFirst]; + if( pSeg->pLeaf ) pRet->xSetOutputs(pRet, pSeg); + } + } + + if( p->rc ){ + sqlite3Fts5IterClose(&pRet->base); + pRet = 0; + fts5CloseReader(p); + } + + *ppIter = &pRet->base; + sqlite3Fts5BufferFree(&buf); + } + return fts5IndexReturn(p); +} + +/* +** Return true if the iterator passed as the only argument is at EOF. +*/ +/* +** Move to the next matching rowid. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IterNext(Fts5IndexIter *pIndexIter){ + Fts5Iter *pIter = (Fts5Iter*)pIndexIter; + assert( pIter->pIndex->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + fts5MultiIterNext(pIter->pIndex, pIter, 0, 0); + return fts5IndexReturn(pIter->pIndex); +} + +/* +** Move to the next matching term/rowid. Used by the fts5vocab module. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IterNextScan(Fts5IndexIter *pIndexIter){ + Fts5Iter *pIter = (Fts5Iter*)pIndexIter; + Fts5Index *p = pIter->pIndex; + + assert( pIter->pIndex->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + + fts5MultiIterNext(p, pIter, 0, 0); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Fts5SegIter *pSeg = &pIter->aSeg[ pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst ]; + if( pSeg->pLeaf && pSeg->term.p[0]!=FTS5_MAIN_PREFIX ){ + fts5DataRelease(pSeg->pLeaf); + pSeg->pLeaf = 0; + pIter->base.bEof = 1; + } + } + + return fts5IndexReturn(pIter->pIndex); +} + +/* +** Move to the next matching rowid that occurs at or after iMatch. The +** definition of "at or after" depends on whether this iterator iterates +** in ascending or descending rowid order. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IterNextFrom(Fts5IndexIter *pIndexIter, i64 iMatch){ + Fts5Iter *pIter = (Fts5Iter*)pIndexIter; + fts5MultiIterNextFrom(pIter->pIndex, pIter, iMatch); + return fts5IndexReturn(pIter->pIndex); +} + +/* +** Return the current term. +*/ +static const char *sqlite3Fts5IterTerm(Fts5IndexIter *pIndexIter, int *pn){ + int n; + const char *z = (const char*)fts5MultiIterTerm((Fts5Iter*)pIndexIter, &n); + *pn = n-1; + return &z[1]; +} + +/* +** Close an iterator opened by an earlier call to sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery(). +*/ +static void sqlite3Fts5IterClose(Fts5IndexIter *pIndexIter){ + if( pIndexIter ){ + Fts5Iter *pIter = (Fts5Iter*)pIndexIter; + Fts5Index *pIndex = pIter->pIndex; + fts5MultiIterFree(pIter); + fts5CloseReader(pIndex); + } +} + +/* +** Read and decode the "averages" record from the database. +** +** Parameter anSize must point to an array of size nCol, where nCol is +** the number of user defined columns in the FTS table. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexGetAverages(Fts5Index *p, i64 *pnRow, i64 *anSize){ + int nCol = p->pConfig->nCol; + Fts5Data *pData; + + *pnRow = 0; + memset(anSize, 0, sizeof(i64) * nCol); + pData = fts5DataRead(p, FTS5_AVERAGES_ROWID); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pData->nn ){ + int i = 0; + int iCol; + i += fts5GetVarint(&pData->p[i], (u64*)pnRow); + for(iCol=0; i<pData->nn && iCol<nCol; iCol++){ + i += fts5GetVarint(&pData->p[i], (u64*)&anSize[iCol]); + } + } + + fts5DataRelease(pData); + return fts5IndexReturn(p); +} + +/* +** Replace the current "averages" record with the contents of the buffer +** supplied as the second argument. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexSetAverages(Fts5Index *p, const u8 *pData, int nData){ + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + fts5DataWrite(p, FTS5_AVERAGES_ROWID, pData, nData); + return fts5IndexReturn(p); +} + +/* +** Return the total number of blocks this module has read from the %_data +** table since it was created. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexReads(Fts5Index *p){ + return p->nRead; +} + +/* +** Set the 32-bit cookie value stored at the start of all structure +** records to the value passed as the second argument. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error +** occurs. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexSetCookie(Fts5Index *p, int iNew){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; /* Configuration object */ + u8 aCookie[4]; /* Binary representation of iNew */ + sqlite3_blob *pBlob = 0; + + assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); + sqlite3Fts5Put32(aCookie, iNew); + + rc = sqlite3_blob_open(pConfig->db, pConfig->zDb, p->zDataTbl, + "block", FTS5_STRUCTURE_ROWID, 1, &pBlob + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_blob_write(pBlob, aCookie, 4, 0); + rc = sqlite3_blob_close(pBlob); + } + + return rc; +} + +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexLoadConfig(Fts5Index *p){ + Fts5Structure *pStruct; + pStruct = fts5StructureRead(p); + fts5StructureRelease(pStruct); + return fts5IndexReturn(p); +} + + +/************************************************************************* +************************************************************************** +** Below this point is the implementation of the integrity-check +** functionality. +*/ + +/* +** Return a simple checksum value based on the arguments. +*/ +static u64 sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum( + i64 iRowid, + int iCol, + int iPos, + int iIdx, + const char *pTerm, + int nTerm +){ + int i; + u64 ret = iRowid; + ret += (ret<<3) + iCol; + ret += (ret<<3) + iPos; + if( iIdx>=0 ) ret += (ret<<3) + (FTS5_MAIN_PREFIX + iIdx); + for(i=0; i<nTerm; i++) ret += (ret<<3) + pTerm[i]; + return ret; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** This function is purely an internal test. It does not contribute to +** FTS functionality, or even the integrity-check, in any way. +** +** Instead, it tests that the same set of pgno/rowid combinations are +** visited regardless of whether the doclist-index identified by parameters +** iSegid/iLeaf is iterated in forwards or reverse order. +*/ +static void fts5TestDlidxReverse( + Fts5Index *p, + int iSegid, /* Segment id to load from */ + int iLeaf /* Load doclist-index for this leaf */ +){ + Fts5DlidxIter *pDlidx = 0; + u64 cksum1 = 13; + u64 cksum2 = 13; + + for(pDlidx=fts5DlidxIterInit(p, 0, iSegid, iLeaf); + fts5DlidxIterEof(p, pDlidx)==0; + fts5DlidxIterNext(p, pDlidx) + ){ + i64 iRowid = fts5DlidxIterRowid(pDlidx); + int pgno = fts5DlidxIterPgno(pDlidx); + assert( pgno>iLeaf ); + cksum1 += iRowid + ((i64)pgno<<32); + } + fts5DlidxIterFree(pDlidx); + pDlidx = 0; + + for(pDlidx=fts5DlidxIterInit(p, 1, iSegid, iLeaf); + fts5DlidxIterEof(p, pDlidx)==0; + fts5DlidxIterPrev(p, pDlidx) + ){ + i64 iRowid = fts5DlidxIterRowid(pDlidx); + int pgno = fts5DlidxIterPgno(pDlidx); + assert( fts5DlidxIterPgno(pDlidx)>iLeaf ); + cksum2 += iRowid + ((i64)pgno<<32); + } + fts5DlidxIterFree(pDlidx); + pDlidx = 0; + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && cksum1!=cksum2 ) p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; +} + +static int fts5QueryCksum( + Fts5Index *p, /* Fts5 index object */ + int iIdx, + const char *z, /* Index key to query for */ + int n, /* Size of index key in bytes */ + int flags, /* Flags for Fts5IndexQuery */ + u64 *pCksum /* IN/OUT: Checksum value */ +){ + int eDetail = p->pConfig->eDetail; + u64 cksum = *pCksum; + Fts5IndexIter *pIter = 0; + int rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery(p, z, n, flags, 0, &pIter); + + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3Fts5IterEof(pIter) ){ + i64 rowid = pIter->iRowid; + + if( eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){ + cksum ^= sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum(rowid, 0, 0, iIdx, z, n); + }else{ + Fts5PoslistReader sReader; + for(sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderInit(pIter->pData, pIter->nData, &sReader); + sReader.bEof==0; + sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderNext(&sReader) + ){ + int iCol = FTS5_POS2COLUMN(sReader.iPos); + int iOff = FTS5_POS2OFFSET(sReader.iPos); + cksum ^= sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum(rowid, iCol, iOff, iIdx, z, n); + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5IterNext(pIter); + } + } + sqlite3Fts5IterClose(pIter); + + *pCksum = cksum; + return rc; +} + + +/* +** This function is also purely an internal test. It does not contribute to +** FTS functionality, or even the integrity-check, in any way. +*/ +static void fts5TestTerm( + Fts5Index *p, + Fts5Buffer *pPrev, /* Previous term */ + const char *z, int n, /* Possibly new term to test */ + u64 expected, + u64 *pCksum +){ + int rc = p->rc; + if( pPrev->n==0 ){ + fts5BufferSet(&rc, pPrev, n, (const u8*)z); + }else + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPrev->n!=n || memcmp(pPrev->p, z, n)) ){ + u64 cksum3 = *pCksum; + const char *zTerm = (const char*)&pPrev->p[1]; /* term sans prefix-byte */ + int nTerm = pPrev->n-1; /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ + int iIdx = (pPrev->p[0] - FTS5_MAIN_PREFIX); + int flags = (iIdx==0 ? 0 : FTS5INDEX_QUERY_PREFIX); + u64 ck1 = 0; + u64 ck2 = 0; + + /* Check that the results returned for ASC and DESC queries are + ** the same. If not, call this corruption. */ + rc = fts5QueryCksum(p, iIdx, zTerm, nTerm, flags, &ck1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int f = flags|FTS5INDEX_QUERY_DESC; + rc = fts5QueryCksum(p, iIdx, zTerm, nTerm, f, &ck2); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ck1!=ck2 ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + + /* If this is a prefix query, check that the results returned if the + ** the index is disabled are the same. In both ASC and DESC order. + ** + ** This check may only be performed if the hash table is empty. This + ** is because the hash table only supports a single scan query at + ** a time, and the multi-iter loop from which this function is called + ** is already performing such a scan. */ + if( p->nPendingData==0 ){ + if( iIdx>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int f = flags|FTS5INDEX_QUERY_TEST_NOIDX; + ck2 = 0; + rc = fts5QueryCksum(p, iIdx, zTerm, nTerm, f, &ck2); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ck1!=ck2 ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + } + if( iIdx>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int f = flags|FTS5INDEX_QUERY_TEST_NOIDX|FTS5INDEX_QUERY_DESC; + ck2 = 0; + rc = fts5QueryCksum(p, iIdx, zTerm, nTerm, f, &ck2); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ck1!=ck2 ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + } + } + + cksum3 ^= ck1; + fts5BufferSet(&rc, pPrev, n, (const u8*)z); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && cksum3!=expected ){ + rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + } + *pCksum = cksum3; + } + p->rc = rc; +} + +#else +# define fts5TestDlidxReverse(x,y,z) +# define fts5TestTerm(u,v,w,x,y,z) +#endif + +/* +** Check that: +** +** 1) All leaves of pSeg between iFirst and iLast (inclusive) exist and +** contain zero terms. +** 2) All leaves of pSeg between iNoRowid and iLast (inclusive) exist and +** contain zero rowids. +*/ +static void fts5IndexIntegrityCheckEmpty( + Fts5Index *p, + Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg, /* Segment to check internal consistency */ + int iFirst, + int iNoRowid, + int iLast +){ + int i; + + /* Now check that the iter.nEmpty leaves following the current leaf + ** (a) exist and (b) contain no terms. */ + for(i=iFirst; p->rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=iLast; i++){ + Fts5Data *pLeaf = fts5DataRead(p, FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(pSeg->iSegid, i)); + if( pLeaf ){ + if( !fts5LeafIsTermless(pLeaf) ) p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + if( i>=iNoRowid && 0!=fts5LeafFirstRowidOff(pLeaf) ) p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + } + fts5DataRelease(pLeaf); + } +} + +static void fts5IntegrityCheckPgidx(Fts5Index *p, Fts5Data *pLeaf){ + int iTermOff = 0; + int ii; + + Fts5Buffer buf1 = {0,0,0}; + Fts5Buffer buf2 = {0,0,0}; + + ii = pLeaf->szLeaf; + while( ii<pLeaf->nn && p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int res; + int iOff; + int nIncr; + + ii += fts5GetVarint32(&pLeaf->p[ii], nIncr); + iTermOff += nIncr; + iOff = iTermOff; + + if( iOff>=pLeaf->szLeaf ){ + p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + }else if( iTermOff==nIncr ){ + int nByte; + iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&pLeaf->p[iOff], nByte); + if( (iOff+nByte)>pLeaf->szLeaf ){ + p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + }else{ + fts5BufferSet(&p->rc, &buf1, nByte, &pLeaf->p[iOff]); + } + }else{ + int nKeep, nByte; + iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&pLeaf->p[iOff], nKeep); + iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&pLeaf->p[iOff], nByte); + if( nKeep>buf1.n || (iOff+nByte)>pLeaf->szLeaf ){ + p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + }else{ + buf1.n = nKeep; + fts5BufferAppendBlob(&p->rc, &buf1, nByte, &pLeaf->p[iOff]); + } + + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + res = fts5BufferCompare(&buf1, &buf2); + if( res<=0 ) p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + } + } + fts5BufferSet(&p->rc, &buf2, buf1.n, buf1.p); + } + + fts5BufferFree(&buf1); + fts5BufferFree(&buf2); +} + +static void fts5IndexIntegrityCheckSegment( + Fts5Index *p, /* FTS5 backend object */ + Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg /* Segment to check internal consistency */ +){ + Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + int rc2; + int iIdxPrevLeaf = pSeg->pgnoFirst-1; + int iDlidxPrevLeaf = pSeg->pgnoLast; + + if( pSeg->pgnoFirst==0 ) return; + + fts5IndexPrepareStmt(p, &pStmt, sqlite3_mprintf( + "SELECT segid, term, (pgno>>1), (pgno&1) FROM %Q.'%q_idx' WHERE segid=%d", + pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, pSeg->iSegid + )); + + /* Iterate through the b-tree hierarchy. */ + while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + i64 iRow; /* Rowid for this leaf */ + Fts5Data *pLeaf; /* Data for this leaf */ + + int nIdxTerm = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 1); + const char *zIdxTerm = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1); + int iIdxLeaf = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 2); + int bIdxDlidx = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 3); + + /* If the leaf in question has already been trimmed from the segment, + ** ignore this b-tree entry. Otherwise, load it into memory. */ + if( iIdxLeaf<pSeg->pgnoFirst ) continue; + iRow = FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(pSeg->iSegid, iIdxLeaf); + pLeaf = fts5DataRead(p, iRow); + if( pLeaf==0 ) break; + + /* Check that the leaf contains at least one term, and that it is equal + ** to or larger than the split-key in zIdxTerm. Also check that if there + ** is also a rowid pointer within the leaf page header, it points to a + ** location before the term. */ + if( pLeaf->nn<=pLeaf->szLeaf ){ + p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + }else{ + int iOff; /* Offset of first term on leaf */ + int iRowidOff; /* Offset of first rowid on leaf */ + int nTerm; /* Size of term on leaf in bytes */ + int res; /* Comparison of term and split-key */ + + iOff = fts5LeafFirstTermOff(pLeaf); + iRowidOff = fts5LeafFirstRowidOff(pLeaf); + if( iRowidOff>=iOff ){ + p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + }else{ + iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&pLeaf->p[iOff], nTerm); + res = memcmp(&pLeaf->p[iOff], zIdxTerm, MIN(nTerm, nIdxTerm)); + if( res==0 ) res = nTerm - nIdxTerm; + if( res<0 ) p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + } + + fts5IntegrityCheckPgidx(p, pLeaf); + } + fts5DataRelease(pLeaf); + if( p->rc ) break; + + /* Now check that the iter.nEmpty leaves following the current leaf + ** (a) exist and (b) contain no terms. */ + fts5IndexIntegrityCheckEmpty( + p, pSeg, iIdxPrevLeaf+1, iDlidxPrevLeaf+1, iIdxLeaf-1 + ); + if( p->rc ) break; + + /* If there is a doclist-index, check that it looks right. */ + if( bIdxDlidx ){ + Fts5DlidxIter *pDlidx = 0; /* For iterating through doclist index */ + int iPrevLeaf = iIdxLeaf; + int iSegid = pSeg->iSegid; + int iPg = 0; + i64 iKey; + + for(pDlidx=fts5DlidxIterInit(p, 0, iSegid, iIdxLeaf); + fts5DlidxIterEof(p, pDlidx)==0; + fts5DlidxIterNext(p, pDlidx) + ){ + + /* Check any rowid-less pages that occur before the current leaf. */ + for(iPg=iPrevLeaf+1; iPg<fts5DlidxIterPgno(pDlidx); iPg++){ + iKey = FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(iSegid, iPg); + pLeaf = fts5DataRead(p, iKey); + if( pLeaf ){ + if( fts5LeafFirstRowidOff(pLeaf)!=0 ) p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + fts5DataRelease(pLeaf); + } + } + iPrevLeaf = fts5DlidxIterPgno(pDlidx); + + /* Check that the leaf page indicated by the iterator really does + ** contain the rowid suggested by the same. */ + iKey = FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(iSegid, iPrevLeaf); + pLeaf = fts5DataRead(p, iKey); + if( pLeaf ){ + i64 iRowid; + int iRowidOff = fts5LeafFirstRowidOff(pLeaf); + ASSERT_SZLEAF_OK(pLeaf); + if( iRowidOff>=pLeaf->szLeaf ){ + p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + }else{ + fts5GetVarint(&pLeaf->p[iRowidOff], (u64*)&iRowid); + if( iRowid!=fts5DlidxIterRowid(pDlidx) ) p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + } + fts5DataRelease(pLeaf); + } + } + + iDlidxPrevLeaf = iPg; + fts5DlidxIterFree(pDlidx); + fts5TestDlidxReverse(p, iSegid, iIdxLeaf); + }else{ + iDlidxPrevLeaf = pSeg->pgnoLast; + /* TODO: Check there is no doclist index */ + } + + iIdxPrevLeaf = iIdxLeaf; + } + + rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ) p->rc = rc2; + + /* Page iter.iLeaf must now be the rightmost leaf-page in the segment */ +#if 0 + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && iter.iLeaf!=pSeg->pgnoLast ){ + p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + } +#endif +} + + +/* +** Run internal checks to ensure that the FTS index (a) is internally +** consistent and (b) contains entries for which the XOR of the checksums +** as calculated by sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum() is cksum. +** +** Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if any of the internal checks fail, or if the +** checksum does not match. Return SQLITE_OK if all checks pass without +** error, or some other SQLite error code if another error (e.g. OOM) +** occurs. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexIntegrityCheck(Fts5Index *p, u64 cksum){ + int eDetail = p->pConfig->eDetail; + u64 cksum2 = 0; /* Checksum based on contents of indexes */ + Fts5Buffer poslist = {0,0,0}; /* Buffer used to hold a poslist */ + Fts5Iter *pIter; /* Used to iterate through entire index */ + Fts5Structure *pStruct; /* Index structure */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + /* Used by extra internal tests only run if NDEBUG is not defined */ + u64 cksum3 = 0; /* Checksum based on contents of indexes */ + Fts5Buffer term = {0,0,0}; /* Buffer used to hold most recent term */ +#endif + const int flags = FTS5INDEX_QUERY_NOOUTPUT; + + /* Load the FTS index structure */ + pStruct = fts5StructureRead(p); + + /* Check that the internal nodes of each segment match the leaves */ + if( pStruct ){ + int iLvl, iSeg; + for(iLvl=0; iLvl<pStruct->nLevel; iLvl++){ + for(iSeg=0; iSeg<pStruct->aLevel[iLvl].nSeg; iSeg++){ + Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg = &pStruct->aLevel[iLvl].aSeg[iSeg]; + fts5IndexIntegrityCheckSegment(p, pSeg); + } + } + } + + /* The cksum argument passed to this function is a checksum calculated + ** based on all expected entries in the FTS index (including prefix index + ** entries). This block checks that a checksum calculated based on the + ** actual contents of FTS index is identical. + ** + ** Two versions of the same checksum are calculated. The first (stack + ** variable cksum2) based on entries extracted from the full-text index + ** while doing a linear scan of each individual index in turn. + ** + ** As each term visited by the linear scans, a separate query for the + ** same term is performed. cksum3 is calculated based on the entries + ** extracted by these queries. + */ + for(fts5MultiIterNew(p, pStruct, flags, 0, 0, 0, -1, 0, &pIter); + fts5MultiIterEof(p, pIter)==0; + fts5MultiIterNext(p, pIter, 0, 0) + ){ + int n; /* Size of term in bytes */ + i64 iPos = 0; /* Position read from poslist */ + int iOff = 0; /* Offset within poslist */ + i64 iRowid = fts5MultiIterRowid(pIter); + char *z = (char*)fts5MultiIterTerm(pIter, &n); + + /* If this is a new term, query for it. Update cksum3 with the results. */ + fts5TestTerm(p, &term, z, n, cksum2, &cksum3); + + if( eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){ + if( 0==fts5MultiIterIsEmpty(p, pIter) ){ + cksum2 ^= sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum(iRowid, 0, 0, -1, z, n); + } + }else{ + poslist.n = 0; + fts5SegiterPoslist(p, &pIter->aSeg[pIter->aFirst[1].iFirst], 0, &poslist); + while( 0==sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(poslist.p, poslist.n, &iOff, &iPos) ){ + int iCol = FTS5_POS2COLUMN(iPos); + int iTokOff = FTS5_POS2OFFSET(iPos); + cksum2 ^= sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum(iRowid, iCol, iTokOff, -1, z, n); + } + } + } + fts5TestTerm(p, &term, 0, 0, cksum2, &cksum3); + + fts5MultiIterFree(pIter); + if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && cksum!=cksum2 ) p->rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + + fts5StructureRelease(pStruct); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + fts5BufferFree(&term); +#endif + fts5BufferFree(&poslist); + return fts5IndexReturn(p); +} + +/************************************************************************* +************************************************************************** +** Below this point is the implementation of the fts5_decode() scalar +** function only. +*/ + +/* +** Decode a segment-data rowid from the %_data table. This function is +** the opposite of macro FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(). +*/ +static void fts5DecodeRowid( + i64 iRowid, /* Rowid from %_data table */ + int *piSegid, /* OUT: Segment id */ + int *pbDlidx, /* OUT: Dlidx flag */ + int *piHeight, /* OUT: Height */ + int *piPgno /* OUT: Page number */ +){ + *piPgno = (int)(iRowid & (((i64)1 << FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B) - 1)); + iRowid >>= FTS5_DATA_PAGE_B; + + *piHeight = (int)(iRowid & (((i64)1 << FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B) - 1)); + iRowid >>= FTS5_DATA_HEIGHT_B; + + *pbDlidx = (int)(iRowid & 0x0001); + iRowid >>= FTS5_DATA_DLI_B; + + *piSegid = (int)(iRowid & (((i64)1 << FTS5_DATA_ID_B) - 1)); +} + +static void fts5DebugRowid(int *pRc, Fts5Buffer *pBuf, i64 iKey){ + int iSegid, iHeight, iPgno, bDlidx; /* Rowid compenents */ + fts5DecodeRowid(iKey, &iSegid, &bDlidx, &iHeight, &iPgno); + + if( iSegid==0 ){ + if( iKey==FTS5_AVERAGES_ROWID ){ + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, "{averages} "); + }else{ + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, "{structure}"); + } + } + else{ + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, "{%ssegid=%d h=%d pgno=%d}", + bDlidx ? "dlidx " : "", iSegid, iHeight, iPgno + ); + } +} + +static void fts5DebugStructure( + int *pRc, /* IN/OUT: error code */ + Fts5Buffer *pBuf, + Fts5Structure *p +){ + int iLvl, iSeg; /* Iterate through levels, segments */ + + for(iLvl=0; iLvl<p->nLevel; iLvl++){ + Fts5StructureLevel *pLvl = &p->aLevel[iLvl]; + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, + " {lvl=%d nMerge=%d nSeg=%d", iLvl, pLvl->nMerge, pLvl->nSeg + ); + for(iSeg=0; iSeg<pLvl->nSeg; iSeg++){ + Fts5StructureSegment *pSeg = &pLvl->aSeg[iSeg]; + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, " {id=%d leaves=%d..%d}", + pSeg->iSegid, pSeg->pgnoFirst, pSeg->pgnoLast + ); + } + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, "}"); + } +} + +/* +** This is part of the fts5_decode() debugging aid. +** +** Arguments pBlob/nBlob contain a serialized Fts5Structure object. This +** function appends a human-readable representation of the same object +** to the buffer passed as the second argument. +*/ +static void fts5DecodeStructure( + int *pRc, /* IN/OUT: error code */ + Fts5Buffer *pBuf, + const u8 *pBlob, int nBlob +){ + int rc; /* Return code */ + Fts5Structure *p = 0; /* Decoded structure object */ + + rc = fts5StructureDecode(pBlob, nBlob, 0, &p); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pRc = rc; + return; + } + + fts5DebugStructure(pRc, pBuf, p); + fts5StructureRelease(p); +} + +/* +** This is part of the fts5_decode() debugging aid. +** +** Arguments pBlob/nBlob contain an "averages" record. This function +** appends a human-readable representation of record to the buffer passed +** as the second argument. +*/ +static void fts5DecodeAverages( + int *pRc, /* IN/OUT: error code */ + Fts5Buffer *pBuf, + const u8 *pBlob, int nBlob +){ + int i = 0; + const char *zSpace = ""; + + while( i<nBlob ){ + u64 iVal; + i += sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(&pBlob[i], &iVal); + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, "%s%d", zSpace, (int)iVal); + zSpace = " "; + } +} + +/* +** Buffer (a/n) is assumed to contain a list of serialized varints. Read +** each varint and append its string representation to buffer pBuf. Return +** after either the input buffer is exhausted or a 0 value is read. +** +** The return value is the number of bytes read from the input buffer. +*/ +static int fts5DecodePoslist(int *pRc, Fts5Buffer *pBuf, const u8 *a, int n){ + int iOff = 0; + while( iOff<n ){ + int iVal; + iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iOff], iVal); + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, " %d", iVal); + } + return iOff; +} + +/* +** The start of buffer (a/n) contains the start of a doclist. The doclist +** may or may not finish within the buffer. This function appends a text +** representation of the part of the doclist that is present to buffer +** pBuf. +** +** The return value is the number of bytes read from the input buffer. +*/ +static int fts5DecodeDoclist(int *pRc, Fts5Buffer *pBuf, const u8 *a, int n){ + i64 iDocid = 0; + int iOff = 0; + + if( n>0 ){ + iOff = sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(a, (u64*)&iDocid); + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, " id=%lld", iDocid); + } + while( iOff<n ){ + int nPos; + int bDel; + iOff += fts5GetPoslistSize(&a[iOff], &nPos, &bDel); + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, " nPos=%d%s", nPos, bDel?"*":""); + iOff += fts5DecodePoslist(pRc, pBuf, &a[iOff], MIN(n-iOff, nPos)); + if( iOff<n ){ + i64 iDelta; + iOff += sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(&a[iOff], (u64*)&iDelta); + iDocid += iDelta; + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, " id=%lld", iDocid); + } + } + + return iOff; +} + +/* +** This function is part of the fts5_decode() debugging function. It is +** only ever used with detail=none tables. +** +** Buffer (pData/nData) contains a doclist in the format used by detail=none +** tables. This function appends a human-readable version of that list to +** buffer pBuf. +** +** If *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a +** no-op. If an OOM or other error occurs within this function, *pRc is +** set to an SQLite error code before returning. The final state of buffer +** pBuf is undefined in this case. +*/ +static void fts5DecodeRowidList( + int *pRc, /* IN/OUT: Error code */ + Fts5Buffer *pBuf, /* Buffer to append text to */ + const u8 *pData, int nData /* Data to decode list-of-rowids from */ +){ + int i = 0; + i64 iRowid = 0; + + while( i<nData ){ + const char *zApp = ""; + u64 iVal; + i += sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(&pData[i], &iVal); + iRowid += iVal; + + if( i<nData && pData[i]==0x00 ){ + i++; + if( i<nData && pData[i]==0x00 ){ + i++; + zApp = "+"; + }else{ + zApp = "*"; + } + } + + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(pRc, pBuf, " %lld%s", iRowid, zApp); + } +} + +/* +** The implementation of user-defined scalar function fts5_decode(). +*/ +static void fts5DecodeFunction( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Function call context */ + int nArg, /* Number of args (always 2) */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Function arguments */ +){ + i64 iRowid; /* Rowid for record being decoded */ + int iSegid,iHeight,iPgno,bDlidx;/* Rowid components */ + const u8 *aBlob; int n; /* Record to decode */ + u8 *a = 0; + Fts5Buffer s; /* Build up text to return here */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int nSpace = 0; + int eDetailNone = (sqlite3_user_data(pCtx)!=0); + + assert( nArg==2 ); + UNUSED_PARAM(nArg); + memset(&s, 0, sizeof(Fts5Buffer)); + iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[0]); + + /* Make a copy of the second argument (a blob) in aBlob[]. The aBlob[] + ** copy is followed by FTS5_DATA_ZERO_PADDING 0x00 bytes, which prevents + ** buffer overreads even if the record is corrupt. */ + n = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[1]); + aBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(apVal[1]); + nSpace = n + FTS5_DATA_ZERO_PADDING; + a = (u8*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, nSpace); + if( a==0 ) goto decode_out; + memcpy(a, aBlob, n); + + + fts5DecodeRowid(iRowid, &iSegid, &bDlidx, &iHeight, &iPgno); + + fts5DebugRowid(&rc, &s, iRowid); + if( bDlidx ){ + Fts5Data dlidx; + Fts5DlidxLvl lvl; + + dlidx.p = a; + dlidx.nn = n; + + memset(&lvl, 0, sizeof(Fts5DlidxLvl)); + lvl.pData = &dlidx; + lvl.iLeafPgno = iPgno; + + for(fts5DlidxLvlNext(&lvl); lvl.bEof==0; fts5DlidxLvlNext(&lvl)){ + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf(&rc, &s, + " %d(%lld)", lvl.iLeafPgno, lvl.iRowid + ); + } + }else if( iSegid==0 ){ + if( iRowid==FTS5_AVERAGES_ROWID ){ + fts5DecodeAverages(&rc, &s, a, n); + }else{ + fts5DecodeStructure(&rc, &s, a, n); + } + }else if( eDetailNone ){ + Fts5Buffer term; /* Current term read from page */ + int szLeaf; + int iPgidxOff = szLeaf = fts5GetU16(&a[2]); + int iTermOff; + int nKeep = 0; + int iOff; + + memset(&term, 0, sizeof(Fts5Buffer)); + + /* Decode any entries that occur before the first term. */ + if( szLeaf<n ){ + iPgidxOff += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iPgidxOff], iTermOff); + }else{ + iTermOff = szLeaf; + } + fts5DecodeRowidList(&rc, &s, &a[4], iTermOff-4); + + iOff = iTermOff; + while( iOff<szLeaf ){ + int nAppend; + + /* Read the term data for the next term*/ + iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iOff], nAppend); + term.n = nKeep; + fts5BufferAppendBlob(&rc, &term, nAppend, &a[iOff]); + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf( + &rc, &s, " term=%.*s", term.n, (const char*)term.p + ); + iOff += nAppend; + + /* Figure out where the doclist for this term ends */ + if( iPgidxOff<n ){ + int nIncr; + iPgidxOff += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iPgidxOff], nIncr); + iTermOff += nIncr; + }else{ + iTermOff = szLeaf; + } + + fts5DecodeRowidList(&rc, &s, &a[iOff], iTermOff-iOff); + iOff = iTermOff; + if( iOff<szLeaf ){ + iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iOff], nKeep); + } + } + + fts5BufferFree(&term); + }else{ + Fts5Buffer term; /* Current term read from page */ + int szLeaf; /* Offset of pgidx in a[] */ + int iPgidxOff; + int iPgidxPrev = 0; /* Previous value read from pgidx */ + int iTermOff = 0; + int iRowidOff = 0; + int iOff; + int nDoclist; + + memset(&term, 0, sizeof(Fts5Buffer)); + + if( n<4 ){ + sqlite3Fts5BufferSet(&rc, &s, 7, (const u8*)"corrupt"); + goto decode_out; + }else{ + iRowidOff = fts5GetU16(&a[0]); + iPgidxOff = szLeaf = fts5GetU16(&a[2]); + if( iPgidxOff<n ){ + fts5GetVarint32(&a[iPgidxOff], iTermOff); + } + } + + /* Decode the position list tail at the start of the page */ + if( iRowidOff!=0 ){ + iOff = iRowidOff; + }else if( iTermOff!=0 ){ + iOff = iTermOff; + }else{ + iOff = szLeaf; + } + fts5DecodePoslist(&rc, &s, &a[4], iOff-4); + + /* Decode any more doclist data that appears on the page before the + ** first term. */ + nDoclist = (iTermOff ? iTermOff : szLeaf) - iOff; + fts5DecodeDoclist(&rc, &s, &a[iOff], nDoclist); + + while( iPgidxOff<n ){ + int bFirst = (iPgidxOff==szLeaf); /* True for first term on page */ + int nByte; /* Bytes of data */ + int iEnd; + + iPgidxOff += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iPgidxOff], nByte); + iPgidxPrev += nByte; + iOff = iPgidxPrev; + + if( iPgidxOff<n ){ + fts5GetVarint32(&a[iPgidxOff], nByte); + iEnd = iPgidxPrev + nByte; + }else{ + iEnd = szLeaf; + } + + if( bFirst==0 ){ + iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iOff], nByte); + term.n = nByte; + } + iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&a[iOff], nByte); + fts5BufferAppendBlob(&rc, &term, nByte, &a[iOff]); + iOff += nByte; + + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendPrintf( + &rc, &s, " term=%.*s", term.n, (const char*)term.p + ); + iOff += fts5DecodeDoclist(&rc, &s, &a[iOff], iEnd-iOff); + } + + fts5BufferFree(&term); + } + + decode_out: + sqlite3_free(a); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, (const char*)s.p, s.n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc); + } + fts5BufferFree(&s); +} + +/* +** The implementation of user-defined scalar function fts5_rowid(). +*/ +static void fts5RowidFunction( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Function call context */ + int nArg, /* Number of args (always 2) */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Function arguments */ +){ + const char *zArg; + if( nArg==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "should be: fts5_rowid(subject, ....)", -1); + }else{ + zArg = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]); + if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zArg, "segment") ){ + i64 iRowid; + int segid, pgno; + if( nArg!=3 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, + "should be: fts5_rowid('segment', segid, pgno))", -1 + ); + }else{ + segid = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[1]); + pgno = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2]); + iRowid = FTS5_SEGMENT_ROWID(segid, pgno); + sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, iRowid); + } + }else{ + sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, + "first arg to fts5_rowid() must be 'segment'" , -1 + ); + } + } +} + +/* +** This is called as part of registering the FTS5 module with database +** connection db. It registers several user-defined scalar functions useful +** with FTS5. +** +** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, some other +** SQLite error code is returned instead. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexInit(sqlite3 *db){ + int rc = sqlite3_create_function( + db, "fts5_decode", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, fts5DecodeFunction, 0, 0 + ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function( + db, "fts5_decode_none", 2, + SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)db, fts5DecodeFunction, 0, 0 + ); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function( + db, "fts5_rowid", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, fts5RowidFunction, 0, 0 + ); + } + return rc; +} + + +static int sqlite3Fts5IndexReset(Fts5Index *p){ + assert( p->pStruct==0 || p->iStructVersion!=0 ); + if( fts5IndexDataVersion(p)!=p->iStructVersion ){ + fts5StructureInvalidate(p); + } + return fts5IndexReturn(p); +} + +/* +** 2014 Jun 09 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This is an SQLite module implementing full-text search. +*/ + + +/* #include "fts5Int.h" */ + +/* +** This variable is set to false when running tests for which the on disk +** structures should not be corrupt. Otherwise, true. If it is false, extra +** assert() conditions in the fts5 code are activated - conditions that are +** only true if it is guaranteed that the fts5 database is not corrupt. +*/ +SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts5_may_be_corrupt = 1; + + +typedef struct Fts5Auxdata Fts5Auxdata; +typedef struct Fts5Auxiliary Fts5Auxiliary; +typedef struct Fts5Cursor Fts5Cursor; +typedef struct Fts5Sorter Fts5Sorter; +typedef struct Fts5Table Fts5Table; +typedef struct Fts5TokenizerModule Fts5TokenizerModule; + +/* +** NOTES ON TRANSACTIONS: +** +** SQLite invokes the following virtual table methods as transactions are +** opened and closed by the user: +** +** xBegin(): Start of a new transaction. +** xSync(): Initial part of two-phase commit. +** xCommit(): Final part of two-phase commit. +** xRollback(): Rollback the transaction. +** +** Anything that is required as part of a commit that may fail is performed +** in the xSync() callback. Current versions of SQLite ignore any errors +** returned by xCommit(). +** +** And as sub-transactions are opened/closed: +** +** xSavepoint(int S): Open savepoint S. +** xRelease(int S): Commit and close savepoint S. +** xRollbackTo(int S): Rollback to start of savepoint S. +** +** During a write-transaction the fts5_index.c module may cache some data +** in-memory. It is flushed to disk whenever xSync(), xRelease() or +** xSavepoint() is called. And discarded whenever xRollback() or xRollbackTo() +** is called. +** +** Additionally, if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an instance of the following +** structure is used to record the current transaction state. This information +** is not required, but it is used in the assert() statements executed by +** function fts5CheckTransactionState() (see below). +*/ +struct Fts5TransactionState { + int eState; /* 0==closed, 1==open, 2==synced */ + int iSavepoint; /* Number of open savepoints (0 -> none) */ +}; + +/* +** A single object of this type is allocated when the FTS5 module is +** registered with a database handle. It is used to store pointers to +** all registered FTS5 extensions - tokenizers and auxiliary functions. +*/ +struct Fts5Global { + fts5_api api; /* User visible part of object (see fts5.h) */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Associated database connection */ + i64 iNextId; /* Used to allocate unique cursor ids */ + Fts5Auxiliary *pAux; /* First in list of all aux. functions */ + Fts5TokenizerModule *pTok; /* First in list of all tokenizer modules */ + Fts5TokenizerModule *pDfltTok; /* Default tokenizer module */ + Fts5Cursor *pCsr; /* First in list of all open cursors */ +}; + +/* +** Each auxiliary function registered with the FTS5 module is represented +** by an object of the following type. All such objects are stored as part +** of the Fts5Global.pAux list. +*/ +struct Fts5Auxiliary { + Fts5Global *pGlobal; /* Global context for this function */ + char *zFunc; /* Function name (nul-terminated) */ + void *pUserData; /* User-data pointer */ + fts5_extension_function xFunc; /* Callback function */ + void (*xDestroy)(void*); /* Destructor function */ + Fts5Auxiliary *pNext; /* Next registered auxiliary function */ +}; + +/* +** Each tokenizer module registered with the FTS5 module is represented +** by an object of the following type. All such objects are stored as part +** of the Fts5Global.pTok list. +*/ +struct Fts5TokenizerModule { + char *zName; /* Name of tokenizer */ + void *pUserData; /* User pointer passed to xCreate() */ + fts5_tokenizer x; /* Tokenizer functions */ + void (*xDestroy)(void*); /* Destructor function */ + Fts5TokenizerModule *pNext; /* Next registered tokenizer module */ +}; + +/* +** Virtual-table object. +*/ +struct Fts5Table { + sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + Fts5Config *pConfig; /* Virtual table configuration */ + Fts5Index *pIndex; /* Full-text index */ + Fts5Storage *pStorage; /* Document store */ + Fts5Global *pGlobal; /* Global (connection wide) data */ + Fts5Cursor *pSortCsr; /* Sort data from this cursor */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + struct Fts5TransactionState ts; +#endif +}; + +struct Fts5MatchPhrase { + Fts5Buffer *pPoslist; /* Pointer to current poslist */ + int nTerm; /* Size of phrase in terms */ +}; + +/* +** pStmt: +** SELECT rowid, <fts> FROM <fts> ORDER BY +rank; +** +** aIdx[]: +** There is one entry in the aIdx[] array for each phrase in the query, +** the value of which is the offset within aPoslist[] following the last +** byte of the position list for the corresponding phrase. +*/ +struct Fts5Sorter { + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + i64 iRowid; /* Current rowid */ + const u8 *aPoslist; /* Position lists for current row */ + int nIdx; /* Number of entries in aIdx[] */ + int aIdx[1]; /* Offsets into aPoslist for current row */ +}; + + +/* +** Virtual-table cursor object. +** +** iSpecial: +** If this is a 'special' query (refer to function fts5SpecialMatch()), +** then this variable contains the result of the query. +** +** iFirstRowid, iLastRowid: +** These variables are only used for FTS5_PLAN_MATCH cursors. Assuming the +** cursor iterates in ascending order of rowids, iFirstRowid is the lower +** limit of rowids to return, and iLastRowid the upper. In other words, the +** WHERE clause in the user's query might have been: +** +** <tbl> MATCH <expr> AND rowid BETWEEN $iFirstRowid AND $iLastRowid +** +** If the cursor iterates in descending order of rowid, iFirstRowid +** is the upper limit (i.e. the "first" rowid visited) and iLastRowid +** the lower. +*/ +struct Fts5Cursor { + sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + Fts5Cursor *pNext; /* Next cursor in Fts5Cursor.pCsr list */ + int *aColumnSize; /* Values for xColumnSize() */ + i64 iCsrId; /* Cursor id */ + + /* Zero from this point onwards on cursor reset */ + int ePlan; /* FTS5_PLAN_XXX value */ + int bDesc; /* True for "ORDER BY rowid DESC" queries */ + i64 iFirstRowid; /* Return no rowids earlier than this */ + i64 iLastRowid; /* Return no rowids later than this */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement used to read %_content */ + Fts5Expr *pExpr; /* Expression for MATCH queries */ + Fts5Sorter *pSorter; /* Sorter for "ORDER BY rank" queries */ + int csrflags; /* Mask of cursor flags (see below) */ + i64 iSpecial; /* Result of special query */ + + /* "rank" function. Populated on demand from vtab.xColumn(). */ + char *zRank; /* Custom rank function */ + char *zRankArgs; /* Custom rank function args */ + Fts5Auxiliary *pRank; /* Rank callback (or NULL) */ + int nRankArg; /* Number of trailing arguments for rank() */ + sqlite3_value **apRankArg; /* Array of trailing arguments */ + sqlite3_stmt *pRankArgStmt; /* Origin of objects in apRankArg[] */ + + /* Auxiliary data storage */ + Fts5Auxiliary *pAux; /* Currently executing extension function */ + Fts5Auxdata *pAuxdata; /* First in linked list of saved aux-data */ + + /* Cache used by auxiliary functions xInst() and xInstCount() */ + Fts5PoslistReader *aInstIter; /* One for each phrase */ + int nInstAlloc; /* Size of aInst[] array (entries / 3) */ + int nInstCount; /* Number of phrase instances */ + int *aInst; /* 3 integers per phrase instance */ +}; + +/* +** Bits that make up the "idxNum" parameter passed indirectly by +** xBestIndex() to xFilter(). +*/ +#define FTS5_BI_MATCH 0x0001 /* <tbl> MATCH ? */ +#define FTS5_BI_RANK 0x0002 /* rank MATCH ? */ +#define FTS5_BI_ROWID_EQ 0x0004 /* rowid == ? */ +#define FTS5_BI_ROWID_LE 0x0008 /* rowid <= ? */ +#define FTS5_BI_ROWID_GE 0x0010 /* rowid >= ? */ + +#define FTS5_BI_ORDER_RANK 0x0020 +#define FTS5_BI_ORDER_ROWID 0x0040 +#define FTS5_BI_ORDER_DESC 0x0080 + +/* +** Values for Fts5Cursor.csrflags +*/ +#define FTS5CSR_EOF 0x01 +#define FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_CONTENT 0x02 +#define FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_DOCSIZE 0x04 +#define FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST 0x08 +#define FTS5CSR_FREE_ZRANK 0x10 +#define FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_RESEEK 0x20 +#define FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_POSLIST 0x40 + +#define BitFlagAllTest(x,y) (((x) & (y))==(y)) +#define BitFlagTest(x,y) (((x) & (y))!=0) + + +/* +** Macros to Set(), Clear() and Test() cursor flags. +*/ +#define CsrFlagSet(pCsr, flag) ((pCsr)->csrflags |= (flag)) +#define CsrFlagClear(pCsr, flag) ((pCsr)->csrflags &= ~(flag)) +#define CsrFlagTest(pCsr, flag) ((pCsr)->csrflags & (flag)) + +struct Fts5Auxdata { + Fts5Auxiliary *pAux; /* Extension to which this belongs */ + void *pPtr; /* Pointer value */ + void(*xDelete)(void*); /* Destructor */ + Fts5Auxdata *pNext; /* Next object in linked list */ +}; + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +#define FTS5_BEGIN 1 +#define FTS5_SYNC 2 +#define FTS5_COMMIT 3 +#define FTS5_ROLLBACK 4 +#define FTS5_SAVEPOINT 5 +#define FTS5_RELEASE 6 +#define FTS5_ROLLBACKTO 7 +static void fts5CheckTransactionState(Fts5Table *p, int op, int iSavepoint){ + switch( op ){ + case FTS5_BEGIN: + assert( p->ts.eState==0 ); + p->ts.eState = 1; + p->ts.iSavepoint = -1; + break; + + case FTS5_SYNC: + assert( p->ts.eState==1 ); + p->ts.eState = 2; + break; + + case FTS5_COMMIT: + assert( p->ts.eState==2 ); + p->ts.eState = 0; + break; + + case FTS5_ROLLBACK: + assert( p->ts.eState==1 || p->ts.eState==2 || p->ts.eState==0 ); + p->ts.eState = 0; + break; + + case FTS5_SAVEPOINT: + assert( p->ts.eState==1 ); + assert( iSavepoint>=0 ); + assert( iSavepoint>p->ts.iSavepoint ); + p->ts.iSavepoint = iSavepoint; + break; + + case FTS5_RELEASE: + assert( p->ts.eState==1 ); + assert( iSavepoint>=0 ); + assert( iSavepoint<=p->ts.iSavepoint ); + p->ts.iSavepoint = iSavepoint-1; + break; + + case FTS5_ROLLBACKTO: + assert( p->ts.eState==1 ); + assert( iSavepoint>=0 ); + assert( iSavepoint<=p->ts.iSavepoint ); + p->ts.iSavepoint = iSavepoint; + break; + } +} +#else +# define fts5CheckTransactionState(x,y,z) +#endif + +/* +** Return true if pTab is a contentless table. +*/ +static int fts5IsContentless(Fts5Table *pTab){ + return pTab->pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NONE; +} + +/* +** Delete a virtual table handle allocated by fts5InitVtab(). +*/ +static void fts5FreeVtab(Fts5Table *pTab){ + if( pTab ){ + sqlite3Fts5IndexClose(pTab->pIndex); + sqlite3Fts5StorageClose(pTab->pStorage); + sqlite3Fts5ConfigFree(pTab->pConfig); + sqlite3_free(pTab); + } +} + +/* +** The xDisconnect() virtual table method. +*/ +static int fts5DisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + fts5FreeVtab((Fts5Table*)pVtab); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** The xDestroy() virtual table method. +*/ +static int fts5DestroyMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)pVtab; + int rc = sqlite3Fts5DropAll(pTab->pConfig); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + fts5FreeVtab((Fts5Table*)pVtab); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate +** methods of the FTS3 virtual table. +** +** The argv[] array contains the following: +** +** argv[0] -> module name ("fts5") +** argv[1] -> database name +** argv[2] -> table name +** argv[...] -> "column name" and other module argument fields. +*/ +static int fts5InitVtab( + int bCreate, /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */ + sqlite3 *db, /* The SQLite database connection */ + void *pAux, /* Hash table containing tokenizers */ + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ + const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, /* Write the resulting vtab structure here */ + char **pzErr /* Write any error message here */ +){ + Fts5Global *pGlobal = (Fts5Global*)pAux; + const char **azConfig = (const char**)argv; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + Fts5Config *pConfig = 0; /* Results of parsing argc/argv */ + Fts5Table *pTab = 0; /* New virtual table object */ + + /* Allocate the new vtab object and parse the configuration */ + pTab = (Fts5Table*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, sizeof(Fts5Table)); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5ConfigParse(pGlobal, db, argc, azConfig, &pConfig, pzErr); + assert( (rc==SQLITE_OK && *pzErr==0) || pConfig==0 ); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pTab->pConfig = pConfig; + pTab->pGlobal = pGlobal; + } + + /* Open the index sub-system */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexOpen(pConfig, bCreate, &pTab->pIndex, pzErr); + } + + /* Open the storage sub-system */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageOpen( + pConfig, pTab->pIndex, bCreate, &pTab->pStorage, pzErr + ); + } + + /* Call sqlite3_declare_vtab() */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5ConfigDeclareVtab(pConfig); + } + + /* Load the initial configuration */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( pConfig->pzErrmsg==0 ); + pConfig->pzErrmsg = pzErr; + rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexLoadConfig(pTab->pIndex); + sqlite3Fts5IndexRollback(pTab->pIndex); + pConfig->pzErrmsg = 0; + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + fts5FreeVtab(pTab); + pTab = 0; + }else if( bCreate ){ + fts5CheckTransactionState(pTab, FTS5_BEGIN, 0); + } + *ppVTab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pTab; + return rc; +} + +/* +** The xConnect() and xCreate() methods for the virtual table. All the +** work is done in function fts5InitVtab(). +*/ +static int fts5ConnectMethod( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */ + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ + const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ +){ + return fts5InitVtab(0, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr); +} +static int fts5CreateMethod( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */ + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ + const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ +){ + return fts5InitVtab(1, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr); +} + +/* +** The different query plans. +*/ +#define FTS5_PLAN_MATCH 1 /* (<tbl> MATCH ?) */ +#define FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE 2 /* A source cursor for SORTED_MATCH */ +#define FTS5_PLAN_SPECIAL 3 /* An internal query */ +#define FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH 4 /* (<tbl> MATCH ? ORDER BY rank) */ +#define FTS5_PLAN_SCAN 5 /* No usable constraint */ +#define FTS5_PLAN_ROWID 6 /* (rowid = ?) */ + +/* +** Set the SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE flag in pIdxInfo->flags. Unless this +** extension is currently being used by a version of SQLite too old to +** support index-info flags. In that case this function is a no-op. +*/ +static void fts5SetUniqueFlag(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ +#if SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3008012 +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE + if( sqlite3_libversion_number()>=3008012 ) +#endif + { + pIdxInfo->idxFlags |= SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE; + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS5 tables. Within the +** WHERE constraint, it searches for the following: +** +** 1. A MATCH constraint against the special column. +** 2. A MATCH constraint against the "rank" column. +** 3. An == constraint against the rowid column. +** 4. A < or <= constraint against the rowid column. +** 5. A > or >= constraint against the rowid column. +** +** Within the ORDER BY, either: +** +** 5. ORDER BY rank [ASC|DESC] +** 6. ORDER BY rowid [ASC|DESC] +** +** Costs are assigned as follows: +** +** a) If an unusable MATCH operator is present in the WHERE clause, the +** cost is unconditionally set to 1e50 (a really big number). +** +** a) If a MATCH operator is present, the cost depends on the other +** constraints also present. As follows: +** +** * No other constraints: cost=1000.0 +** * One rowid range constraint: cost=750.0 +** * Both rowid range constraints: cost=500.0 +** * An == rowid constraint: cost=100.0 +** +** b) Otherwise, if there is no MATCH: +** +** * No other constraints: cost=1000000.0 +** * One rowid range constraint: cost=750000.0 +** * Both rowid range constraints: cost=250000.0 +** * An == rowid constraint: cost=10.0 +** +** Costs are not modified by the ORDER BY clause. +*/ +static int fts5BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){ + Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)pVTab; + Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->pConfig; + int idxFlags = 0; /* Parameter passed through to xFilter() */ + int bHasMatch; + int iNext; + int i; + + struct Constraint { + int op; /* Mask against sqlite3_index_constraint.op */ + int fts5op; /* FTS5 mask for idxFlags */ + int iCol; /* 0==rowid, 1==tbl, 2==rank */ + int omit; /* True to omit this if found */ + int iConsIndex; /* Index in pInfo->aConstraint[] */ + } aConstraint[] = { + {SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH|SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ, + FTS5_BI_MATCH, 1, 1, -1}, + {SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH|SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ, + FTS5_BI_RANK, 2, 1, -1}, + {SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ, FTS5_BI_ROWID_EQ, 0, 0, -1}, + {SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT|SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE, + FTS5_BI_ROWID_LE, 0, 0, -1}, + {SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT|SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE, + FTS5_BI_ROWID_GE, 0, 0, -1}, + }; + + int aColMap[3]; + aColMap[0] = -1; + aColMap[1] = pConfig->nCol; + aColMap[2] = pConfig->nCol+1; + + /* Set idxFlags flags for all WHERE clause terms that will be used. */ + for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){ + struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p = &pInfo->aConstraint[i]; + int j; + for(j=0; j<ArraySize(aConstraint); j++){ + struct Constraint *pC = &aConstraint[j]; + if( p->iColumn==aColMap[pC->iCol] && p->op & pC->op ){ + if( p->usable ){ + pC->iConsIndex = i; + idxFlags |= pC->fts5op; + }else if( j==0 ){ + /* As there exists an unusable MATCH constraint this is an + ** unusable plan. Set a prohibitively high cost. */ + pInfo->estimatedCost = 1e50; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + } + } + + /* Set idxFlags flags for the ORDER BY clause */ + if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 ){ + int iSort = pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn; + if( iSort==(pConfig->nCol+1) && BitFlagTest(idxFlags, FTS5_BI_MATCH) ){ + idxFlags |= FTS5_BI_ORDER_RANK; + }else if( iSort==-1 ){ + idxFlags |= FTS5_BI_ORDER_ROWID; + } + if( BitFlagTest(idxFlags, FTS5_BI_ORDER_RANK|FTS5_BI_ORDER_ROWID) ){ + pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1; + if( pInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc ){ + idxFlags |= FTS5_BI_ORDER_DESC; + } + } + } + + /* Calculate the estimated cost based on the flags set in idxFlags. */ + bHasMatch = BitFlagTest(idxFlags, FTS5_BI_MATCH); + if( BitFlagTest(idxFlags, FTS5_BI_ROWID_EQ) ){ + pInfo->estimatedCost = bHasMatch ? 100.0 : 10.0; + if( bHasMatch==0 ) fts5SetUniqueFlag(pInfo); + }else if( BitFlagAllTest(idxFlags, FTS5_BI_ROWID_LE|FTS5_BI_ROWID_GE) ){ + pInfo->estimatedCost = bHasMatch ? 500.0 : 250000.0; + }else if( BitFlagTest(idxFlags, FTS5_BI_ROWID_LE|FTS5_BI_ROWID_GE) ){ + pInfo->estimatedCost = bHasMatch ? 750.0 : 750000.0; + }else{ + pInfo->estimatedCost = bHasMatch ? 1000.0 : 1000000.0; + } + + /* Assign argvIndex values to each constraint in use. */ + iNext = 1; + for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aConstraint); i++){ + struct Constraint *pC = &aConstraint[i]; + if( pC->iConsIndex>=0 ){ + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[pC->iConsIndex].argvIndex = iNext++; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[pC->iConsIndex].omit = (unsigned char)pC->omit; + } + } + + pInfo->idxNum = idxFlags; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static int fts5NewTransaction(Fts5Table *pTab){ + Fts5Cursor *pCsr; + for(pCsr=pTab->pGlobal->pCsr; pCsr; pCsr=pCsr->pNext){ + if( pCsr->base.pVtab==(sqlite3_vtab*)pTab ) return SQLITE_OK; + } + return sqlite3Fts5StorageReset(pTab->pStorage); +} + +/* +** Implementation of xOpen method. +*/ +static int fts5OpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){ + Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)pVTab; + Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->pConfig; + Fts5Cursor *pCsr = 0; /* New cursor object */ + int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + + rc = fts5NewTransaction(pTab); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + nByte = sizeof(Fts5Cursor) + pConfig->nCol * sizeof(int); + pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( pCsr ){ + Fts5Global *pGlobal = pTab->pGlobal; + memset(pCsr, 0, nByte); + pCsr->aColumnSize = (int*)&pCsr[1]; + pCsr->pNext = pGlobal->pCsr; + pGlobal->pCsr = pCsr; + pCsr->iCsrId = ++pGlobal->iNextId; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + *ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor*)pCsr; + return rc; +} + +static int fts5StmtType(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ + if( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SCAN ){ + return (pCsr->bDesc) ? FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC : FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC; + } + return FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP; +} + +/* +** This function is called after the cursor passed as the only argument +** is moved to point at a different row. It clears all cached data +** specific to the previous row stored by the cursor object. +*/ +static void fts5CsrNewrow(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ + CsrFlagSet(pCsr, + FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_CONTENT + | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_DOCSIZE + | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST + | FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_POSLIST + ); +} + +static void fts5FreeCursorComponents(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ + Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab); + Fts5Auxdata *pData; + Fts5Auxdata *pNext; + + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aInstIter); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->aInst); + if( pCsr->pStmt ){ + int eStmt = fts5StmtType(pCsr); + sqlite3Fts5StorageStmtRelease(pTab->pStorage, eStmt, pCsr->pStmt); + } + if( pCsr->pSorter ){ + Fts5Sorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + sqlite3_finalize(pSorter->pStmt); + sqlite3_free(pSorter); + } + + if( pCsr->ePlan!=FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE ){ + sqlite3Fts5ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr); + } + + for(pData=pCsr->pAuxdata; pData; pData=pNext){ + pNext = pData->pNext; + if( pData->xDelete ) pData->xDelete(pData->pPtr); + sqlite3_free(pData); + } + + sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pRankArgStmt); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->apRankArg); + + if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_FREE_ZRANK) ){ + sqlite3_free(pCsr->zRank); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->zRankArgs); + } + + memset(&pCsr->ePlan, 0, sizeof(Fts5Cursor) - ((u8*)&pCsr->ePlan - (u8*)pCsr)); +} + + +/* +** Close the cursor. For additional information see the documentation +** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface. +*/ +static int fts5CloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + if( pCursor ){ + Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCursor->pVtab); + Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCursor; + Fts5Cursor **pp; + + fts5FreeCursorComponents(pCsr); + /* Remove the cursor from the Fts5Global.pCsr list */ + for(pp=&pTab->pGlobal->pCsr; (*pp)!=pCsr; pp=&(*pp)->pNext); + *pp = pCsr->pNext; + + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static int fts5SorterNext(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ + Fts5Sorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + int rc; + + rc = sqlite3_step(pSorter->pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + CsrFlagSet(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + const u8 *a; + const u8 *aBlob; + int nBlob; + int i; + int iOff = 0; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + + pSorter->iRowid = sqlite3_column_int64(pSorter->pStmt, 0); + nBlob = sqlite3_column_bytes(pSorter->pStmt, 1); + aBlob = a = sqlite3_column_blob(pSorter->pStmt, 1); + + /* nBlob==0 in detail=none mode. */ + if( nBlob>0 ){ + for(i=0; i<(pSorter->nIdx-1); i++){ + int iVal; + a += fts5GetVarint32(a, iVal); + iOff += iVal; + pSorter->aIdx[i] = iOff; + } + pSorter->aIdx[i] = &aBlob[nBlob] - a; + pSorter->aPoslist = a; + } + + fts5CsrNewrow(pCsr); + } + + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Set the FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_RESEEK flag on all FTS5_PLAN_MATCH cursors +** open on table pTab. +*/ +static void fts5TripCursors(Fts5Table *pTab){ + Fts5Cursor *pCsr; + for(pCsr=pTab->pGlobal->pCsr; pCsr; pCsr=pCsr->pNext){ + if( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH + && pCsr->base.pVtab==(sqlite3_vtab*)pTab + ){ + CsrFlagSet(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_RESEEK); + } + } +} + +/* +** If the REQUIRE_RESEEK flag is set on the cursor passed as the first +** argument, close and reopen all Fts5IndexIter iterators that the cursor +** is using. Then attempt to move the cursor to a rowid equal to or laster +** (in the cursors sort order - ASC or DESC) than the current rowid. +** +** If the new rowid is not equal to the old, set output parameter *pbSkip +** to 1 before returning. Otherwise, leave it unchanged. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or if no reseek was required, or an +** error code if an error occurred. +*/ +static int fts5CursorReseek(Fts5Cursor *pCsr, int *pbSkip){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( *pbSkip==0 ); + if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_RESEEK) ){ + Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab); + int bDesc = pCsr->bDesc; + i64 iRowid = sqlite3Fts5ExprRowid(pCsr->pExpr); + + rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprFirst(pCsr->pExpr, pTab->pIndex, iRowid, bDesc); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iRowid!=sqlite3Fts5ExprRowid(pCsr->pExpr) ){ + *pbSkip = 1; + } + + CsrFlagClear(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_RESEEK); + fts5CsrNewrow(pCsr); + if( sqlite3Fts5ExprEof(pCsr->pExpr) ){ + CsrFlagSet(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF); + *pbSkip = 1; + } + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Advance the cursor to the next row in the table that matches the +** search criteria. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if nothing goes wrong. SQLITE_OK is returned +** even if we reach end-of-file. The fts5EofMethod() will be called +** subsequently to determine whether or not an EOF was hit. +*/ +static int fts5NextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCursor; + int rc; + + assert( (pCsr->ePlan<3)== + (pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE) + ); + assert( !CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF) ); + + if( pCsr->ePlan<3 ){ + int bSkip = 0; + if( (rc = fts5CursorReseek(pCsr, &bSkip)) || bSkip ) return rc; + rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprNext(pCsr->pExpr, pCsr->iLastRowid); + CsrFlagSet(pCsr, sqlite3Fts5ExprEof(pCsr->pExpr)); + fts5CsrNewrow(pCsr); + }else{ + switch( pCsr->ePlan ){ + case FTS5_PLAN_SPECIAL: { + CsrFlagSet(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + break; + } + + case FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH: { + rc = fts5SorterNext(pCsr); + break; + } + + default: + rc = sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){ + CsrFlagSet(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + break; + } + } + + return rc; +} + + +static int fts5PrepareStatement( + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, + Fts5Config *pConfig, + const char *zFmt, + ... +){ + sqlite3_stmt *pRet = 0; + int rc; + char *zSql; + va_list ap; + + va_start(ap, zFmt); + zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap); + if( zSql==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pConfig->db, zSql, -1, &pRet, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *pConfig->pzErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(pConfig->db)); + } + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } + + va_end(ap); + *ppStmt = pRet; + return rc; +} + +static int fts5CursorFirstSorted(Fts5Table *pTab, Fts5Cursor *pCsr, int bDesc){ + Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->pConfig; + Fts5Sorter *pSorter; + int nPhrase; + int nByte; + int rc; + const char *zRank = pCsr->zRank; + const char *zRankArgs = pCsr->zRankArgs; + + nPhrase = sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr); + nByte = sizeof(Fts5Sorter) + sizeof(int) * (nPhrase-1); + pSorter = (Fts5Sorter*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( pSorter==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + memset(pSorter, 0, nByte); + pSorter->nIdx = nPhrase; + + /* TODO: It would be better to have some system for reusing statement + ** handles here, rather than preparing a new one for each query. But that + ** is not possible as SQLite reference counts the virtual table objects. + ** And since the statement required here reads from this very virtual + ** table, saving it creates a circular reference. + ** + ** If SQLite a built-in statement cache, this wouldn't be a problem. */ + rc = fts5PrepareStatement(&pSorter->pStmt, pConfig, + "SELECT rowid, rank FROM %Q.%Q ORDER BY %s(%s%s%s) %s", + pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, zRank, pConfig->zName, + (zRankArgs ? ", " : ""), + (zRankArgs ? zRankArgs : ""), + bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC" + ); + + pCsr->pSorter = pSorter; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( pTab->pSortCsr==0 ); + pTab->pSortCsr = pCsr; + rc = fts5SorterNext(pCsr); + pTab->pSortCsr = 0; + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_finalize(pSorter->pStmt); + sqlite3_free(pSorter); + pCsr->pSorter = 0; + } + + return rc; +} + +static int fts5CursorFirst(Fts5Table *pTab, Fts5Cursor *pCsr, int bDesc){ + int rc; + Fts5Expr *pExpr = pCsr->pExpr; + rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprFirst(pExpr, pTab->pIndex, pCsr->iFirstRowid, bDesc); + if( sqlite3Fts5ExprEof(pExpr) ){ + CsrFlagSet(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF); + } + fts5CsrNewrow(pCsr); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Process a "special" query. A special query is identified as one with a +** MATCH expression that begins with a '*' character. The remainder of +** the text passed to the MATCH operator are used as the special query +** parameters. +*/ +static int fts5SpecialMatch( + Fts5Table *pTab, + Fts5Cursor *pCsr, + const char *zQuery +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + const char *z = zQuery; /* Special query text */ + int n; /* Number of bytes in text at z */ + + while( z[0]==' ' ) z++; + for(n=0; z[n] && z[n]!=' '; n++); + + assert( pTab->base.zErrMsg==0 ); + pCsr->ePlan = FTS5_PLAN_SPECIAL; + + if( 0==sqlite3_strnicmp("reads", z, n) ){ + pCsr->iSpecial = sqlite3Fts5IndexReads(pTab->pIndex); + } + else if( 0==sqlite3_strnicmp("id", z, n) ){ + pCsr->iSpecial = pCsr->iCsrId; + } + else{ + /* An unrecognized directive. Return an error message. */ + pTab->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown special query: %.*s", n, z); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Search for an auxiliary function named zName that can be used with table +** pTab. If one is found, return a pointer to the corresponding Fts5Auxiliary +** structure. Otherwise, if no such function exists, return NULL. +*/ +static Fts5Auxiliary *fts5FindAuxiliary(Fts5Table *pTab, const char *zName){ + Fts5Auxiliary *pAux; + + for(pAux=pTab->pGlobal->pAux; pAux; pAux=pAux->pNext){ + if( sqlite3_stricmp(zName, pAux->zFunc)==0 ) return pAux; + } + + /* No function of the specified name was found. Return 0. */ + return 0; +} + + +static int fts5FindRankFunction(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ + Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab); + Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->pConfig; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts5Auxiliary *pAux = 0; + const char *zRank = pCsr->zRank; + const char *zRankArgs = pCsr->zRankArgs; + + if( zRankArgs ){ + char *zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, "SELECT %s", zRankArgs); + if( zSql ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pConfig->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pCsr->pRankArgStmt==0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + int nByte; + pCsr->nRankArg = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); + nByte = sizeof(sqlite3_value*)*pCsr->nRankArg; + pCsr->apRankArg = (sqlite3_value**)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, nByte); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<pCsr->nRankArg; i++){ + pCsr->apRankArg[i] = sqlite3_column_value(pStmt, i); + } + } + pCsr->pRankArgStmt = pStmt; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + } + } + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pAux = fts5FindAuxiliary(pTab, zRank); + if( pAux==0 ){ + assert( pTab->base.zErrMsg==0 ); + pTab->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such function: %s", zRank); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + } + + pCsr->pRank = pAux; + return rc; +} + + +static int fts5CursorParseRank( + Fts5Config *pConfig, + Fts5Cursor *pCsr, + sqlite3_value *pRank +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pRank ){ + const char *z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(pRank); + char *zRank = 0; + char *zRankArgs = 0; + + if( z==0 ){ + if( sqlite3_value_type(pRank)==SQLITE_NULL ) rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3Fts5ConfigParseRank(z, &zRank, &zRankArgs); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pCsr->zRank = zRank; + pCsr->zRankArgs = zRankArgs; + CsrFlagSet(pCsr, FTS5CSR_FREE_ZRANK); + }else if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){ + pCsr->base.pVtab->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf( + "parse error in rank function: %s", z + ); + } + }else{ + if( pConfig->zRank ){ + pCsr->zRank = (char*)pConfig->zRank; + pCsr->zRankArgs = (char*)pConfig->zRankArgs; + }else{ + pCsr->zRank = (char*)FTS5_DEFAULT_RANK; + pCsr->zRankArgs = 0; + } + } + return rc; +} + +static i64 fts5GetRowidLimit(sqlite3_value *pVal, i64 iDefault){ + if( pVal ){ + int eType = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(pVal); + if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + return sqlite3_value_int64(pVal); + } + } + return iDefault; +} + +/* +** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table. See +** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional +** information. +** +** There are three possible query strategies: +** +** 1. Full-text search using a MATCH operator. +** 2. A by-rowid lookup. +** 3. A full-table scan. +*/ +static int fts5FilterMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */ + int idxNum, /* Strategy index */ + const char *zUnused, /* Unused */ + int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */ +){ + Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCursor->pVtab); + Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->pConfig; + Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCursor; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code */ + int iVal = 0; /* Counter for apVal[] */ + int bDesc; /* True if ORDER BY [rank|rowid] DESC */ + int bOrderByRank; /* True if ORDER BY rank */ + sqlite3_value *pMatch = 0; /* <tbl> MATCH ? expression (or NULL) */ + sqlite3_value *pRank = 0; /* rank MATCH ? expression (or NULL) */ + sqlite3_value *pRowidEq = 0; /* rowid = ? expression (or NULL) */ + sqlite3_value *pRowidLe = 0; /* rowid <= ? expression (or NULL) */ + sqlite3_value *pRowidGe = 0; /* rowid >= ? expression (or NULL) */ + char **pzErrmsg = pConfig->pzErrmsg; + + UNUSED_PARAM(zUnused); + UNUSED_PARAM(nVal); + + if( pCsr->ePlan ){ + fts5FreeCursorComponents(pCsr); + memset(&pCsr->ePlan, 0, sizeof(Fts5Cursor) - ((u8*)&pCsr->ePlan-(u8*)pCsr)); + } + + assert( pCsr->pStmt==0 ); + assert( pCsr->pExpr==0 ); + assert( pCsr->csrflags==0 ); + assert( pCsr->pRank==0 ); + assert( pCsr->zRank==0 ); + assert( pCsr->zRankArgs==0 ); + + assert( pzErrmsg==0 || pzErrmsg==&pTab->base.zErrMsg ); + pConfig->pzErrmsg = &pTab->base.zErrMsg; + + /* Decode the arguments passed through to this function. + ** + ** Note: The following set of if(...) statements must be in the same + ** order as the corresponding entries in the struct at the top of + ** fts5BestIndexMethod(). */ + if( BitFlagTest(idxNum, FTS5_BI_MATCH) ) pMatch = apVal[iVal++]; + if( BitFlagTest(idxNum, FTS5_BI_RANK) ) pRank = apVal[iVal++]; + if( BitFlagTest(idxNum, FTS5_BI_ROWID_EQ) ) pRowidEq = apVal[iVal++]; + if( BitFlagTest(idxNum, FTS5_BI_ROWID_LE) ) pRowidLe = apVal[iVal++]; + if( BitFlagTest(idxNum, FTS5_BI_ROWID_GE) ) pRowidGe = apVal[iVal++]; + assert( iVal==nVal ); + bOrderByRank = ((idxNum & FTS5_BI_ORDER_RANK) ? 1 : 0); + pCsr->bDesc = bDesc = ((idxNum & FTS5_BI_ORDER_DESC) ? 1 : 0); + + /* Set the cursor upper and lower rowid limits. Only some strategies + ** actually use them. This is ok, as the xBestIndex() method leaves the + ** sqlite3_index_constraint.omit flag clear for range constraints + ** on the rowid field. */ + if( pRowidEq ){ + pRowidLe = pRowidGe = pRowidEq; + } + if( bDesc ){ + pCsr->iFirstRowid = fts5GetRowidLimit(pRowidLe, LARGEST_INT64); + pCsr->iLastRowid = fts5GetRowidLimit(pRowidGe, SMALLEST_INT64); + }else{ + pCsr->iLastRowid = fts5GetRowidLimit(pRowidLe, LARGEST_INT64); + pCsr->iFirstRowid = fts5GetRowidLimit(pRowidGe, SMALLEST_INT64); + } + + if( pTab->pSortCsr ){ + /* If pSortCsr is non-NULL, then this call is being made as part of + ** processing for a "... MATCH <expr> ORDER BY rank" query (ePlan is + ** set to FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH). pSortCsr is the cursor that will + ** return results to the user for this query. The current cursor + ** (pCursor) is used to execute the query issued by function + ** fts5CursorFirstSorted() above. */ + assert( pRowidEq==0 && pRowidLe==0 && pRowidGe==0 && pRank==0 ); + assert( nVal==0 && pMatch==0 && bOrderByRank==0 && bDesc==0 ); + assert( pCsr->iLastRowid==LARGEST_INT64 ); + assert( pCsr->iFirstRowid==SMALLEST_INT64 ); + pCsr->ePlan = FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE; + pCsr->pExpr = pTab->pSortCsr->pExpr; + rc = fts5CursorFirst(pTab, pCsr, bDesc); + sqlite3Fts5ExprClearEof(pCsr->pExpr); + }else if( pMatch ){ + const char *zExpr = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]); + if( zExpr==0 ) zExpr = ""; + + rc = fts5CursorParseRank(pConfig, pCsr, pRank); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( zExpr[0]=='*' ){ + /* The user has issued a query of the form "MATCH '*...'". This + ** indicates that the MATCH expression is not a full text query, + ** but a request for an internal parameter. */ + rc = fts5SpecialMatch(pTab, pCsr, &zExpr[1]); + }else{ + char **pzErr = &pTab->base.zErrMsg; + rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprNew(pConfig, zExpr, &pCsr->pExpr, pzErr); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( bOrderByRank ){ + pCsr->ePlan = FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH; + rc = fts5CursorFirstSorted(pTab, pCsr, bDesc); + }else{ + pCsr->ePlan = FTS5_PLAN_MATCH; + rc = fts5CursorFirst(pTab, pCsr, bDesc); + } + } + } + } + }else if( pConfig->zContent==0 ){ + *pConfig->pzErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf( + "%s: table does not support scanning", pConfig->zName + ); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + /* This is either a full-table scan (ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SCAN) or a lookup + ** by rowid (ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_ROWID). */ + pCsr->ePlan = (pRowidEq ? FTS5_PLAN_ROWID : FTS5_PLAN_SCAN); + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageStmt( + pTab->pStorage, fts5StmtType(pCsr), &pCsr->pStmt, &pTab->base.zErrMsg + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_ROWID ){ + sqlite3_bind_value(pCsr->pStmt, 1, apVal[0]); + }else{ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCsr->iFirstRowid); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 2, pCsr->iLastRowid); + } + rc = fts5NextMethod(pCursor); + } + } + + pConfig->pzErrmsg = pzErrmsg; + return rc; +} + +/* +** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this +** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set. +*/ +static int fts5EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCursor; + return (CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF) ? 1 : 0); +} + +/* +** Return the rowid that the cursor currently points to. +*/ +static i64 fts5CursorRowid(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ + assert( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH + || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH + || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE + ); + if( pCsr->pSorter ){ + return pCsr->pSorter->iRowid; + }else{ + return sqlite3Fts5ExprRowid(pCsr->pExpr); + } +} + +/* +** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to +** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts5 +** exposes %_content.rowid as the rowid for the virtual table. The +** rowid should be written to *pRowid. +*/ +static int fts5RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ + Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCursor; + int ePlan = pCsr->ePlan; + + assert( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF)==0 ); + switch( ePlan ){ + case FTS5_PLAN_SPECIAL: + *pRowid = 0; + break; + + case FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE: + case FTS5_PLAN_MATCH: + case FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH: + *pRowid = fts5CursorRowid(pCsr); + break; + + default: + *pRowid = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0); + break; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** If the cursor requires seeking (bSeekRequired flag is set), seek it. +** Return SQLITE_OK if no error occurs, or an SQLite error code otherwise. +** +** If argument bErrormsg is true and an error occurs, an error message may +** be left in sqlite3_vtab.zErrMsg. +*/ +static int fts5SeekCursor(Fts5Cursor *pCsr, int bErrormsg){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + /* If the cursor does not yet have a statement handle, obtain one now. */ + if( pCsr->pStmt==0 ){ + Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab); + int eStmt = fts5StmtType(pCsr); + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageStmt( + pTab->pStorage, eStmt, &pCsr->pStmt, (bErrormsg?&pTab->base.zErrMsg:0) + ); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pTab->base.zErrMsg==0 ); + assert( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_CONTENT) ); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_CONTENT) ){ + assert( pCsr->pExpr ); + sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); + sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 1, fts5CursorRowid(pCsr)); + rc = sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + CsrFlagClear(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_CONTENT); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + } + } + } + return rc; +} + +static void fts5SetVtabError(Fts5Table *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; /* ... printf arguments */ + va_start(ap, zFormat); + assert( p->base.zErrMsg==0 ); + p->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); +} + +/* +** This function is called to handle an FTS INSERT command. In other words, +** an INSERT statement of the form: +** +** INSERT INTO fts(fts) VALUES($pCmd) +** INSERT INTO fts(fts, rank) VALUES($pCmd, $pVal) +** +** Argument pVal is the value assigned to column "fts" by the INSERT +** statement. This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite +** error code if an error occurs. +** +** The commands implemented by this function are documented in the "Special +** INSERT Directives" section of the documentation. It should be updated if +** more commands are added to this function. +*/ +static int fts5SpecialInsert( + Fts5Table *pTab, /* Fts5 table object */ + const char *zCmd, /* Text inserted into table-name column */ + sqlite3_value *pVal /* Value inserted into rank column */ +){ + Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->pConfig; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int bError = 0; + + if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("delete-all", zCmd) ){ + if( pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){ + fts5SetVtabError(pTab, + "'delete-all' may only be used with a " + "contentless or external content fts5 table" + ); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageDeleteAll(pTab->pStorage); + } + }else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("rebuild", zCmd) ){ + if( pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NONE ){ + fts5SetVtabError(pTab, + "'rebuild' may not be used with a contentless fts5 table" + ); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageRebuild(pTab->pStorage); + } + }else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("optimize", zCmd) ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageOptimize(pTab->pStorage); + }else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("merge", zCmd) ){ + int nMerge = sqlite3_value_int(pVal); + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageMerge(pTab->pStorage, nMerge); + }else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("integrity-check", zCmd) ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageIntegrity(pTab->pStorage); +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + }else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("prefix-index", zCmd) ){ + pConfig->bPrefixIndex = sqlite3_value_int(pVal); +#endif + }else{ + rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexLoadConfig(pTab->pIndex); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5ConfigSetValue(pTab->pConfig, zCmd, pVal, &bError); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( bError ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageConfigValue(pTab->pStorage, zCmd, pVal, 0); + } + } + } + return rc; +} + +static int fts5SpecialDelete( + Fts5Table *pTab, + sqlite3_value **apVal +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int eType1 = sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1]); + if( eType1==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + sqlite3_int64 iDel = sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[1]); + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageDelete(pTab->pStorage, iDel, &apVal[2]); + } + return rc; +} + +static void fts5StorageInsert( + int *pRc, + Fts5Table *pTab, + sqlite3_value **apVal, + i64 *piRowid +){ + int rc = *pRc; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageContentInsert(pTab->pStorage, apVal, piRowid); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageIndexInsert(pTab->pStorage, apVal, *piRowid); + } + *pRc = rc; +} + +/* +** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by +** FTS3 virtual tables. It is invoked by SQLite each time a row is to be +** inserted, updated or deleted. +** +** A delete specifies a single argument - the rowid of the row to remove. +** +** Update and insert operations pass: +** +** 1. The "old" rowid, or NULL. +** 2. The "new" rowid. +** 3. Values for each of the nCol matchable columns. +** 4. Values for the two hidden columns (<tablename> and "rank"). +*/ +static int fts5UpdateMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */ + int nArg, /* Size of argument array */ + sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of arguments */ + sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */ +){ + Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)pVtab; + Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->pConfig; + int eType0; /* value_type() of apVal[0] */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + + /* A transaction must be open when this is called. */ + assert( pTab->ts.eState==1 ); + + assert( pVtab->zErrMsg==0 ); + assert( nArg==1 || nArg==(2+pConfig->nCol+2) ); + assert( nArg==1 + || sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1])==SQLITE_INTEGER + || sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1])==SQLITE_NULL + ); + assert( pTab->pConfig->pzErrmsg==0 ); + pTab->pConfig->pzErrmsg = &pTab->base.zErrMsg; + + /* Put any active cursors into REQUIRE_SEEK state. */ + fts5TripCursors(pTab); + + eType0 = sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0]); + if( eType0==SQLITE_NULL + && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[2+pConfig->nCol])!=SQLITE_NULL + ){ + /* A "special" INSERT op. These are handled separately. */ + const char *z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2+pConfig->nCol]); + if( pConfig->eContent!=FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL + && 0==sqlite3_stricmp("delete", z) + ){ + rc = fts5SpecialDelete(pTab, apVal); + }else{ + rc = fts5SpecialInsert(pTab, z, apVal[2 + pConfig->nCol + 1]); + } + }else{ + /* A regular INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement. The trick here is that + ** any conflict on the rowid value must be detected before any + ** modifications are made to the database file. There are 4 cases: + ** + ** 1) DELETE + ** 2) UPDATE (rowid not modified) + ** 3) UPDATE (rowid modified) + ** 4) INSERT + ** + ** Cases 3 and 4 may violate the rowid constraint. + */ + int eConflict = SQLITE_ABORT; + if( pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){ + eConflict = sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(pConfig->db); + } + + assert( eType0==SQLITE_INTEGER || eType0==SQLITE_NULL ); + assert( nArg!=1 || eType0==SQLITE_INTEGER ); + + /* Filter out attempts to run UPDATE or DELETE on contentless tables. + ** This is not suported. */ + if( eType0==SQLITE_INTEGER && fts5IsContentless(pTab) ){ + pTab->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf( + "cannot %s contentless fts5 table: %s", + (nArg>1 ? "UPDATE" : "DELETE from"), pConfig->zName + ); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + /* DELETE */ + else if( nArg==1 ){ + i64 iDel = sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[0]); /* Rowid to delete */ + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageDelete(pTab->pStorage, iDel, 0); + } + + /* INSERT */ + else if( eType0!=SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + /* If this is a REPLACE, first remove the current entry (if any) */ + if( eConflict==SQLITE_REPLACE + && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1])==SQLITE_INTEGER + ){ + i64 iNew = sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[1]); /* Rowid to delete */ + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageDelete(pTab->pStorage, iNew, 0); + } + fts5StorageInsert(&rc, pTab, apVal, pRowid); + } + + /* UPDATE */ + else{ + i64 iOld = sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[0]); /* Old rowid */ + i64 iNew = sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[1]); /* New rowid */ + if( iOld!=iNew ){ + if( eConflict==SQLITE_REPLACE ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageDelete(pTab->pStorage, iOld, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageDelete(pTab->pStorage, iNew, 0); + } + fts5StorageInsert(&rc, pTab, apVal, pRowid); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageContentInsert(pTab->pStorage, apVal, pRowid); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageDelete(pTab->pStorage, iOld, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageIndexInsert(pTab->pStorage, apVal, *pRowid); + } + } + }else{ + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageDelete(pTab->pStorage, iOld, 0); + fts5StorageInsert(&rc, pTab, apVal, pRowid); + } + } + } + + pTab->pConfig->pzErrmsg = 0; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Implementation of xSync() method. +*/ +static int fts5SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + int rc; + Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)pVtab; + fts5CheckTransactionState(pTab, FTS5_SYNC, 0); + pTab->pConfig->pzErrmsg = &pTab->base.zErrMsg; + fts5TripCursors(pTab); + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageSync(pTab->pStorage, 1); + pTab->pConfig->pzErrmsg = 0; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Implementation of xBegin() method. +*/ +static int fts5BeginMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + fts5CheckTransactionState((Fts5Table*)pVtab, FTS5_BEGIN, 0); + fts5NewTransaction((Fts5Table*)pVtab); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Implementation of xCommit() method. This is a no-op. The contents of +** the pending-terms hash-table have already been flushed into the database +** by fts5SyncMethod(). +*/ +static int fts5CommitMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + UNUSED_PARAM(pVtab); /* Call below is a no-op for NDEBUG builds */ + fts5CheckTransactionState((Fts5Table*)pVtab, FTS5_COMMIT, 0); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Implementation of xRollback(). Discard the contents of the pending-terms +** hash-table. Any changes made to the database are reverted by SQLite. +*/ +static int fts5RollbackMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + int rc; + Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)pVtab; + fts5CheckTransactionState(pTab, FTS5_ROLLBACK, 0); + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageRollback(pTab->pStorage); + return rc; +} + +static int fts5CsrPoslist(Fts5Cursor*, int, const u8**, int*); + +static void *fts5ApiUserData(Fts5Context *pCtx){ + Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; + return pCsr->pAux->pUserData; +} + +static int fts5ApiColumnCount(Fts5Context *pCtx){ + Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; + return ((Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab))->pConfig->nCol; +} + +static int fts5ApiColumnTotalSize( + Fts5Context *pCtx, + int iCol, + sqlite3_int64 *pnToken +){ + Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; + Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab); + return sqlite3Fts5StorageSize(pTab->pStorage, iCol, pnToken); +} + +static int fts5ApiRowCount(Fts5Context *pCtx, i64 *pnRow){ + Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; + Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab); + return sqlite3Fts5StorageRowCount(pTab->pStorage, pnRow); +} + +static int fts5ApiTokenize( + Fts5Context *pCtx, + const char *pText, int nText, + void *pUserData, + int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int) +){ + Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; + Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab); + return sqlite3Fts5Tokenize( + pTab->pConfig, FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX, pText, nText, pUserData, xToken + ); +} + +static int fts5ApiPhraseCount(Fts5Context *pCtx){ + Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; + return sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr); +} + +static int fts5ApiPhraseSize(Fts5Context *pCtx, int iPhrase){ + Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; + return sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseSize(pCsr->pExpr, iPhrase); +} + +static int fts5ApiColumnText( + Fts5Context *pCtx, + int iCol, + const char **pz, + int *pn +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; + if( fts5IsContentless((Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab)) ){ + *pz = 0; + *pn = 0; + }else{ + rc = fts5SeekCursor(pCsr, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + *pz = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1); + *pn = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1); + } + } + return rc; +} + +static int fts5CsrPoslist( + Fts5Cursor *pCsr, + int iPhrase, + const u8 **pa, + int *pn +){ + Fts5Config *pConfig = ((Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab))->pConfig; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int bLive = (pCsr->pSorter==0); + + if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_POSLIST) ){ + + if( pConfig->eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_FULL ){ + Fts5PoslistPopulator *aPopulator; + int i; + aPopulator = sqlite3Fts5ExprClearPoslists(pCsr->pExpr, bLive); + if( aPopulator==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + for(i=0; i<pConfig->nCol && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ + int n; const char *z; + rc = fts5ApiColumnText((Fts5Context*)pCsr, i, &z, &n); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprPopulatePoslists( + pConfig, pCsr->pExpr, aPopulator, i, z, n + ); + } + } + sqlite3_free(aPopulator); + + if( pCsr->pSorter ){ + sqlite3Fts5ExprCheckPoslists(pCsr->pExpr, pCsr->pSorter->iRowid); + } + } + CsrFlagClear(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_POSLIST); + } + + if( pCsr->pSorter && pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_FULL ){ + Fts5Sorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + int i1 = (iPhrase==0 ? 0 : pSorter->aIdx[iPhrase-1]); + *pn = pSorter->aIdx[iPhrase] - i1; + *pa = &pSorter->aPoslist[i1]; + }else{ + *pn = sqlite3Fts5ExprPoslist(pCsr->pExpr, iPhrase, pa); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Ensure that the Fts5Cursor.nInstCount and aInst[] variables are populated +** correctly for the current view. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an +** SQLite error code otherwise. +*/ +static int fts5CacheInstArray(Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts5PoslistReader *aIter; /* One iterator for each phrase */ + int nIter; /* Number of iterators/phrases */ + + nIter = sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr); + if( pCsr->aInstIter==0 ){ + int nByte = sizeof(Fts5PoslistReader) * nIter; + pCsr->aInstIter = (Fts5PoslistReader*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, nByte); + } + aIter = pCsr->aInstIter; + + if( aIter ){ + int nInst = 0; /* Number instances seen so far */ + int i; + + /* Initialize all iterators */ + for(i=0; i<nIter && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ + const u8 *a; + int n; + rc = fts5CsrPoslist(pCsr, i, &a, &n); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderInit(a, n, &aIter[i]); + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + while( 1 ){ + int *aInst; + int iBest = -1; + for(i=0; i<nIter; i++){ + if( (aIter[i].bEof==0) + && (iBest<0 || aIter[i].iPos<aIter[iBest].iPos) + ){ + iBest = i; + } + } + if( iBest<0 ) break; + + nInst++; + if( nInst>=pCsr->nInstAlloc ){ + pCsr->nInstAlloc = pCsr->nInstAlloc ? pCsr->nInstAlloc*2 : 32; + aInst = (int*)sqlite3_realloc( + pCsr->aInst, pCsr->nInstAlloc*sizeof(int)*3 + ); + if( aInst ){ + pCsr->aInst = aInst; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + break; + } + } + + aInst = &pCsr->aInst[3 * (nInst-1)]; + aInst[0] = iBest; + aInst[1] = FTS5_POS2COLUMN(aIter[iBest].iPos); + aInst[2] = FTS5_POS2OFFSET(aIter[iBest].iPos); + sqlite3Fts5PoslistReaderNext(&aIter[iBest]); + } + } + + pCsr->nInstCount = nInst; + CsrFlagClear(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST); + } + return rc; +} + +static int fts5ApiInstCount(Fts5Context *pCtx, int *pnInst){ + Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST)==0 + || SQLITE_OK==(rc = fts5CacheInstArray(pCsr)) ){ + *pnInst = pCsr->nInstCount; + } + return rc; +} + +static int fts5ApiInst( + Fts5Context *pCtx, + int iIdx, + int *piPhrase, + int *piCol, + int *piOff +){ + Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_INST)==0 + || SQLITE_OK==(rc = fts5CacheInstArray(pCsr)) + ){ + if( iIdx<0 || iIdx>=pCsr->nInstCount ){ + rc = SQLITE_RANGE; +#if 0 + }else if( fts5IsOffsetless((Fts5Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab) ){ + *piPhrase = pCsr->aInst[iIdx*3]; + *piCol = pCsr->aInst[iIdx*3 + 2]; + *piOff = -1; +#endif + }else{ + *piPhrase = pCsr->aInst[iIdx*3]; + *piCol = pCsr->aInst[iIdx*3 + 1]; + *piOff = pCsr->aInst[iIdx*3 + 2]; + } + } + return rc; +} + +static sqlite3_int64 fts5ApiRowid(Fts5Context *pCtx){ + return fts5CursorRowid((Fts5Cursor*)pCtx); +} + +static int fts5ColumnSizeCb( + void *pContext, /* Pointer to int */ + int tflags, + const char *pUnused, /* Buffer containing token */ + int nUnused, /* Size of token in bytes */ + int iUnused1, /* Start offset of token */ + int iUnused2 /* End offset of token */ +){ + int *pCnt = (int*)pContext; + UNUSED_PARAM2(pUnused, nUnused); + UNUSED_PARAM2(iUnused1, iUnused2); + if( (tflags & FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED)==0 ){ + (*pCnt)++; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static int fts5ApiColumnSize(Fts5Context *pCtx, int iCol, int *pnToken){ + Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; + Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab); + Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->pConfig; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_DOCSIZE) ){ + if( pConfig->bColumnsize ){ + i64 iRowid = fts5CursorRowid(pCsr); + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageDocsize(pTab->pStorage, iRowid, pCsr->aColumnSize); + }else if( pConfig->zContent==0 ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<pConfig->nCol; i++){ + if( pConfig->abUnindexed[i]==0 ){ + pCsr->aColumnSize[i] = -1; + } + } + }else{ + int i; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pConfig->nCol; i++){ + if( pConfig->abUnindexed[i]==0 ){ + const char *z; int n; + void *p = (void*)(&pCsr->aColumnSize[i]); + pCsr->aColumnSize[i] = 0; + rc = fts5ApiColumnText(pCtx, i, &z, &n); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize( + pConfig, FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX, z, n, p, fts5ColumnSizeCb + ); + } + } + } + } + CsrFlagClear(pCsr, FTS5CSR_REQUIRE_DOCSIZE); + } + if( iCol<0 ){ + int i; + *pnToken = 0; + for(i=0; i<pConfig->nCol; i++){ + *pnToken += pCsr->aColumnSize[i]; + } + }else if( iCol<pConfig->nCol ){ + *pnToken = pCsr->aColumnSize[iCol]; + }else{ + *pnToken = 0; + rc = SQLITE_RANGE; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Implementation of the xSetAuxdata() method. +*/ +static int fts5ApiSetAuxdata( + Fts5Context *pCtx, /* Fts5 context */ + void *pPtr, /* Pointer to save as auxdata */ + void(*xDelete)(void*) /* Destructor for pPtr (or NULL) */ +){ + Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; + Fts5Auxdata *pData; + + /* Search through the cursors list of Fts5Auxdata objects for one that + ** corresponds to the currently executing auxiliary function. */ + for(pData=pCsr->pAuxdata; pData; pData=pData->pNext){ + if( pData->pAux==pCsr->pAux ) break; + } + + if( pData ){ + if( pData->xDelete ){ + pData->xDelete(pData->pPtr); + } + }else{ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + pData = (Fts5Auxdata*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, sizeof(Fts5Auxdata)); + if( pData==0 ){ + if( xDelete ) xDelete(pPtr); + return rc; + } + pData->pAux = pCsr->pAux; + pData->pNext = pCsr->pAuxdata; + pCsr->pAuxdata = pData; + } + + pData->xDelete = xDelete; + pData->pPtr = pPtr; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static void *fts5ApiGetAuxdata(Fts5Context *pCtx, int bClear){ + Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; + Fts5Auxdata *pData; + void *pRet = 0; + + for(pData=pCsr->pAuxdata; pData; pData=pData->pNext){ + if( pData->pAux==pCsr->pAux ) break; + } + + if( pData ){ + pRet = pData->pPtr; + if( bClear ){ + pData->pPtr = 0; + pData->xDelete = 0; + } + } + + return pRet; +} + +static void fts5ApiPhraseNext( + Fts5Context *pUnused, + Fts5PhraseIter *pIter, + int *piCol, int *piOff +){ + UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused); + if( pIter->a>=pIter->b ){ + *piCol = -1; + *piOff = -1; + }else{ + int iVal; + pIter->a += fts5GetVarint32(pIter->a, iVal); + if( iVal==1 ){ + pIter->a += fts5GetVarint32(pIter->a, iVal); + *piCol = iVal; + *piOff = 0; + pIter->a += fts5GetVarint32(pIter->a, iVal); + } + *piOff += (iVal-2); + } +} + +static int fts5ApiPhraseFirst( + Fts5Context *pCtx, + int iPhrase, + Fts5PhraseIter *pIter, + int *piCol, int *piOff +){ + Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; + int n; + int rc = fts5CsrPoslist(pCsr, iPhrase, &pIter->a, &n); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pIter->b = &pIter->a[n]; + *piCol = 0; + *piOff = 0; + fts5ApiPhraseNext(pCtx, pIter, piCol, piOff); + } + return rc; +} + +static void fts5ApiPhraseNextColumn( + Fts5Context *pCtx, + Fts5PhraseIter *pIter, + int *piCol +){ + Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; + Fts5Config *pConfig = ((Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab))->pConfig; + + if( pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS ){ + if( pIter->a>=pIter->b ){ + *piCol = -1; + }else{ + int iIncr; + pIter->a += fts5GetVarint32(&pIter->a[0], iIncr); + *piCol += (iIncr-2); + } + }else{ + while( 1 ){ + int dummy; + if( pIter->a>=pIter->b ){ + *piCol = -1; + return; + } + if( pIter->a[0]==0x01 ) break; + pIter->a += fts5GetVarint32(pIter->a, dummy); + } + pIter->a += 1 + fts5GetVarint32(&pIter->a[1], *piCol); + } +} + +static int fts5ApiPhraseFirstColumn( + Fts5Context *pCtx, + int iPhrase, + Fts5PhraseIter *pIter, + int *piCol +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; + Fts5Config *pConfig = ((Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab))->pConfig; + + if( pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS ){ + Fts5Sorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter; + int n; + if( pSorter ){ + int i1 = (iPhrase==0 ? 0 : pSorter->aIdx[iPhrase-1]); + n = pSorter->aIdx[iPhrase] - i1; + pIter->a = &pSorter->aPoslist[i1]; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCollist(pCsr->pExpr, iPhrase, &pIter->a, &n); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pIter->b = &pIter->a[n]; + *piCol = 0; + fts5ApiPhraseNextColumn(pCtx, pIter, piCol); + } + }else{ + int n; + rc = fts5CsrPoslist(pCsr, iPhrase, &pIter->a, &n); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pIter->b = &pIter->a[n]; + if( n<=0 ){ + *piCol = -1; + }else if( pIter->a[0]==0x01 ){ + pIter->a += 1 + fts5GetVarint32(&pIter->a[1], *piCol); + }else{ + *piCol = 0; + } + } + } + + return rc; +} + + +static int fts5ApiQueryPhrase(Fts5Context*, int, void*, + int(*)(const Fts5ExtensionApi*, Fts5Context*, void*) +); + +static const Fts5ExtensionApi sFts5Api = { + 2, /* iVersion */ + fts5ApiUserData, + fts5ApiColumnCount, + fts5ApiRowCount, + fts5ApiColumnTotalSize, + fts5ApiTokenize, + fts5ApiPhraseCount, + fts5ApiPhraseSize, + fts5ApiInstCount, + fts5ApiInst, + fts5ApiRowid, + fts5ApiColumnText, + fts5ApiColumnSize, + fts5ApiQueryPhrase, + fts5ApiSetAuxdata, + fts5ApiGetAuxdata, + fts5ApiPhraseFirst, + fts5ApiPhraseNext, + fts5ApiPhraseFirstColumn, + fts5ApiPhraseNextColumn, +}; + +/* +** Implementation of API function xQueryPhrase(). +*/ +static int fts5ApiQueryPhrase( + Fts5Context *pCtx, + int iPhrase, + void *pUserData, + int(*xCallback)(const Fts5ExtensionApi*, Fts5Context*, void*) +){ + Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCtx; + Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab); + int rc; + Fts5Cursor *pNew = 0; + + rc = fts5OpenMethod(pCsr->base.pVtab, (sqlite3_vtab_cursor**)&pNew); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pNew->ePlan = FTS5_PLAN_MATCH; + pNew->iFirstRowid = SMALLEST_INT64; + pNew->iLastRowid = LARGEST_INT64; + pNew->base.pVtab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pTab; + rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprClonePhrase(pCsr->pExpr, iPhrase, &pNew->pExpr); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + for(rc = fts5CursorFirst(pTab, pNew, 0); + rc==SQLITE_OK && CsrFlagTest(pNew, FTS5CSR_EOF)==0; + rc = fts5NextMethod((sqlite3_vtab_cursor*)pNew) + ){ + rc = xCallback(&sFts5Api, (Fts5Context*)pNew, pUserData); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + break; + } + } + } + + fts5CloseMethod((sqlite3_vtab_cursor*)pNew); + return rc; +} + +static void fts5ApiInvoke( + Fts5Auxiliary *pAux, + Fts5Cursor *pCsr, + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + assert( pCsr->pAux==0 ); + pCsr->pAux = pAux; + pAux->xFunc(&sFts5Api, (Fts5Context*)pCsr, context, argc, argv); + pCsr->pAux = 0; +} + +static Fts5Cursor *fts5CursorFromCsrid(Fts5Global *pGlobal, i64 iCsrId){ + Fts5Cursor *pCsr; + for(pCsr=pGlobal->pCsr; pCsr; pCsr=pCsr->pNext){ + if( pCsr->iCsrId==iCsrId ) break; + } + return pCsr; +} + +static void fts5ApiCallback( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + + Fts5Auxiliary *pAux; + Fts5Cursor *pCsr; + i64 iCsrId; + + assert( argc>=1 ); + pAux = (Fts5Auxiliary*)sqlite3_user_data(context); + iCsrId = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); + + pCsr = fts5CursorFromCsrid(pAux->pGlobal, iCsrId); + if( pCsr==0 ){ + char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("no such cursor: %lld", iCsrId); + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + }else{ + fts5ApiInvoke(pAux, pCsr, context, argc-1, &argv[1]); + } +} + + +/* +** Given cursor id iId, return a pointer to the corresponding Fts5Index +** object. Or NULL If the cursor id does not exist. +** +** If successful, set *ppConfig to point to the associated config object +** before returning. +*/ +static Fts5Index *sqlite3Fts5IndexFromCsrid( + Fts5Global *pGlobal, /* FTS5 global context for db handle */ + i64 iCsrId, /* Id of cursor to find */ + Fts5Config **ppConfig /* OUT: Configuration object */ +){ + Fts5Cursor *pCsr; + Fts5Table *pTab; + + pCsr = fts5CursorFromCsrid(pGlobal, iCsrId); + pTab = (Fts5Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab; + *ppConfig = pTab->pConfig; + + return pTab->pIndex; +} + +/* +** Return a "position-list blob" corresponding to the current position of +** cursor pCsr via sqlite3_result_blob(). A position-list blob contains +** the current position-list for each phrase in the query associated with +** cursor pCsr. +** +** A position-list blob begins with (nPhrase-1) varints, where nPhrase is +** the number of phrases in the query. Following the varints are the +** concatenated position lists for each phrase, in order. +** +** The first varint (if it exists) contains the size of the position list +** for phrase 0. The second (same disclaimer) contains the size of position +** list 1. And so on. There is no size field for the final position list, +** as it can be derived from the total size of the blob. +*/ +static int fts5PoslistBlob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, Fts5Cursor *pCsr){ + int i; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nPhrase = sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr); + Fts5Buffer val; + + memset(&val, 0, sizeof(Fts5Buffer)); + switch( ((Fts5Table*)(pCsr->base.pVtab))->pConfig->eDetail ){ + case FTS5_DETAIL_FULL: + + /* Append the varints */ + for(i=0; i<(nPhrase-1); i++){ + const u8 *dummy; + int nByte = sqlite3Fts5ExprPoslist(pCsr->pExpr, i, &dummy); + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(&rc, &val, nByte); + } + + /* Append the position lists */ + for(i=0; i<nPhrase; i++){ + const u8 *pPoslist; + int nPoslist; + nPoslist = sqlite3Fts5ExprPoslist(pCsr->pExpr, i, &pPoslist); + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob(&rc, &val, nPoslist, pPoslist); + } + break; + + case FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS: + + /* Append the varints */ + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<(nPhrase-1); i++){ + const u8 *dummy; + int nByte; + rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCollist(pCsr->pExpr, i, &dummy, &nByte); + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(&rc, &val, nByte); + } + + /* Append the position lists */ + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nPhrase; i++){ + const u8 *pPoslist; + int nPoslist; + rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprPhraseCollist(pCsr->pExpr, i, &pPoslist, &nPoslist); + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendBlob(&rc, &val, nPoslist, pPoslist); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + sqlite3_result_blob(pCtx, val.p, val.n, sqlite3_free); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from +** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to. +*/ +static int fts5ColumnMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */ + int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */ +){ + Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)(pCursor->pVtab); + Fts5Config *pConfig = pTab->pConfig; + Fts5Cursor *pCsr = (Fts5Cursor*)pCursor; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + assert( CsrFlagTest(pCsr, FTS5CSR_EOF)==0 ); + + if( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SPECIAL ){ + if( iCol==pConfig->nCol ){ + sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iSpecial); + } + }else + + if( iCol==pConfig->nCol ){ + /* User is requesting the value of the special column with the same name + ** as the table. Return the cursor integer id number. This value is only + ** useful in that it may be passed as the first argument to an FTS5 + ** auxiliary function. */ + sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iCsrId); + }else if( iCol==pConfig->nCol+1 ){ + + /* The value of the "rank" column. */ + if( pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SOURCE ){ + fts5PoslistBlob(pCtx, pCsr); + }else if( + pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_MATCH + || pCsr->ePlan==FTS5_PLAN_SORTED_MATCH + ){ + if( pCsr->pRank || SQLITE_OK==(rc = fts5FindRankFunction(pCsr)) ){ + fts5ApiInvoke(pCsr->pRank, pCsr, pCtx, pCsr->nRankArg, pCsr->apRankArg); + } + } + }else if( !fts5IsContentless(pTab) ){ + rc = fts5SeekCursor(pCsr, 1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_result_value(pCtx, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1)); + } + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** This routine implements the xFindFunction method for the FTS3 +** virtual table. +*/ +static int fts5FindFunctionMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */ + int nUnused, /* Number of SQL function arguments */ + const char *zName, /* Name of SQL function */ + void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), /* OUT: Result */ + void **ppArg /* OUT: User data for *pxFunc */ +){ + Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)pVtab; + Fts5Auxiliary *pAux; + + UNUSED_PARAM(nUnused); + pAux = fts5FindAuxiliary(pTab, zName); + if( pAux ){ + *pxFunc = fts5ApiCallback; + *ppArg = (void*)pAux; + return 1; + } + + /* No function of the specified name was found. Return 0. */ + return 0; +} + +/* +** Implementation of FTS5 xRename method. Rename an fts5 table. +*/ +static int fts5RenameMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */ + const char *zName /* New name of table */ +){ + Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)pVtab; + return sqlite3Fts5StorageRename(pTab->pStorage, zName); +} + +/* +** The xSavepoint() method. +** +** Flush the contents of the pending-terms table to disk. +*/ +static int fts5SavepointMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ + Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)pVtab; + UNUSED_PARAM(iSavepoint); /* Call below is a no-op for NDEBUG builds */ + fts5CheckTransactionState(pTab, FTS5_SAVEPOINT, iSavepoint); + fts5TripCursors(pTab); + return sqlite3Fts5StorageSync(pTab->pStorage, 0); +} + +/* +** The xRelease() method. +** +** This is a no-op. +*/ +static int fts5ReleaseMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ + Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)pVtab; + UNUSED_PARAM(iSavepoint); /* Call below is a no-op for NDEBUG builds */ + fts5CheckTransactionState(pTab, FTS5_RELEASE, iSavepoint); + fts5TripCursors(pTab); + return sqlite3Fts5StorageSync(pTab->pStorage, 0); +} + +/* +** The xRollbackTo() method. +** +** Discard the contents of the pending terms table. +*/ +static int fts5RollbackToMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ + Fts5Table *pTab = (Fts5Table*)pVtab; + UNUSED_PARAM(iSavepoint); /* Call below is a no-op for NDEBUG builds */ + fts5CheckTransactionState(pTab, FTS5_ROLLBACKTO, iSavepoint); + fts5TripCursors(pTab); + return sqlite3Fts5StorageRollback(pTab->pStorage); +} + +/* +** Register a new auxiliary function with global context pGlobal. +*/ +static int fts5CreateAux( + fts5_api *pApi, /* Global context (one per db handle) */ + const char *zName, /* Name of new function */ + void *pUserData, /* User data for aux. function */ + fts5_extension_function xFunc, /* Aux. function implementation */ + void(*xDestroy)(void*) /* Destructor for pUserData */ +){ + Fts5Global *pGlobal = (Fts5Global*)pApi; + int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(pGlobal->db, zName, -1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + Fts5Auxiliary *pAux; + int nName; /* Size of zName in bytes, including \0 */ + int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ + + nName = (int)strlen(zName) + 1; + nByte = sizeof(Fts5Auxiliary) + nName; + pAux = (Fts5Auxiliary*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( pAux ){ + memset(pAux, 0, nByte); + pAux->zFunc = (char*)&pAux[1]; + memcpy(pAux->zFunc, zName, nName); + pAux->pGlobal = pGlobal; + pAux->pUserData = pUserData; + pAux->xFunc = xFunc; + pAux->xDestroy = xDestroy; + pAux->pNext = pGlobal->pAux; + pGlobal->pAux = pAux; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Register a new tokenizer. This is the implementation of the +** fts5_api.xCreateTokenizer() method. +*/ +static int fts5CreateTokenizer( + fts5_api *pApi, /* Global context (one per db handle) */ + const char *zName, /* Name of new function */ + void *pUserData, /* User data for aux. function */ + fts5_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer implementation */ + void(*xDestroy)(void*) /* Destructor for pUserData */ +){ + Fts5Global *pGlobal = (Fts5Global*)pApi; + Fts5TokenizerModule *pNew; + int nName; /* Size of zName and its \0 terminator */ + int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + nName = (int)strlen(zName) + 1; + nByte = sizeof(Fts5TokenizerModule) + nName; + pNew = (Fts5TokenizerModule*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( pNew ){ + memset(pNew, 0, nByte); + pNew->zName = (char*)&pNew[1]; + memcpy(pNew->zName, zName, nName); + pNew->pUserData = pUserData; + pNew->x = *pTokenizer; + pNew->xDestroy = xDestroy; + pNew->pNext = pGlobal->pTok; + pGlobal->pTok = pNew; + if( pNew->pNext==0 ){ + pGlobal->pDfltTok = pNew; + } + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + return rc; +} + +static Fts5TokenizerModule *fts5LocateTokenizer( + Fts5Global *pGlobal, + const char *zName +){ + Fts5TokenizerModule *pMod = 0; + + if( zName==0 ){ + pMod = pGlobal->pDfltTok; + }else{ + for(pMod=pGlobal->pTok; pMod; pMod=pMod->pNext){ + if( sqlite3_stricmp(zName, pMod->zName)==0 ) break; + } + } + + return pMod; +} + +/* +** Find a tokenizer. This is the implementation of the +** fts5_api.xFindTokenizer() method. +*/ +static int fts5FindTokenizer( + fts5_api *pApi, /* Global context (one per db handle) */ + const char *zName, /* Name of new function */ + void **ppUserData, + fts5_tokenizer *pTokenizer /* Populate this object */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts5TokenizerModule *pMod; + + pMod = fts5LocateTokenizer((Fts5Global*)pApi, zName); + if( pMod ){ + *pTokenizer = pMod->x; + *ppUserData = pMod->pUserData; + }else{ + memset(pTokenizer, 0, sizeof(fts5_tokenizer)); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + return rc; +} + +static int sqlite3Fts5GetTokenizer( + Fts5Global *pGlobal, + const char **azArg, + int nArg, + Fts5Tokenizer **ppTok, + fts5_tokenizer **ppTokApi, + char **pzErr +){ + Fts5TokenizerModule *pMod; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + pMod = fts5LocateTokenizer(pGlobal, nArg==0 ? 0 : azArg[0]); + if( pMod==0 ){ + assert( nArg>0 ); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("no such tokenizer: %s", azArg[0]); + }else{ + rc = pMod->x.xCreate(pMod->pUserData, &azArg[1], (nArg?nArg-1:0), ppTok); + *ppTokApi = &pMod->x; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pzErr ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("error in tokenizer constructor"); + } + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + *ppTokApi = 0; + *ppTok = 0; + } + + return rc; +} + +static void fts5ModuleDestroy(void *pCtx){ + Fts5TokenizerModule *pTok, *pNextTok; + Fts5Auxiliary *pAux, *pNextAux; + Fts5Global *pGlobal = (Fts5Global*)pCtx; + + for(pAux=pGlobal->pAux; pAux; pAux=pNextAux){ + pNextAux = pAux->pNext; + if( pAux->xDestroy ) pAux->xDestroy(pAux->pUserData); + sqlite3_free(pAux); + } + + for(pTok=pGlobal->pTok; pTok; pTok=pNextTok){ + pNextTok = pTok->pNext; + if( pTok->xDestroy ) pTok->xDestroy(pTok->pUserData); + sqlite3_free(pTok); + } + + sqlite3_free(pGlobal); +} + +static void fts5Fts5Func( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Function call context */ + int nArg, /* Number of args */ + sqlite3_value **apUnused /* Function arguments */ +){ + Fts5Global *pGlobal = (Fts5Global*)sqlite3_user_data(pCtx); + char buf[8]; + UNUSED_PARAM2(nArg, apUnused); + assert( nArg==0 ); + assert( sizeof(buf)>=sizeof(pGlobal) ); + memcpy(buf, (void*)&pGlobal, sizeof(pGlobal)); + sqlite3_result_blob(pCtx, buf, sizeof(pGlobal), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); +} + +/* +** Implementation of fts5_source_id() function. +*/ +static void fts5SourceIdFunc( + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Function call context */ + int nArg, /* Number of args */ + sqlite3_value **apUnused /* Function arguments */ +){ + assert( nArg==0 ); + UNUSED_PARAM2(nArg, apUnused); + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "fts5: 2016-05-18 10:57:30 fc49f556e48970561d7ab6a2f24fdd7d9eb81ff2", -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); +} + +static int fts5Init(sqlite3 *db){ + static const sqlite3_module fts5Mod = { + /* iVersion */ 2, + /* xCreate */ fts5CreateMethod, + /* xConnect */ fts5ConnectMethod, + /* xBestIndex */ fts5BestIndexMethod, + /* xDisconnect */ fts5DisconnectMethod, + /* xDestroy */ fts5DestroyMethod, + /* xOpen */ fts5OpenMethod, + /* xClose */ fts5CloseMethod, + /* xFilter */ fts5FilterMethod, + /* xNext */ fts5NextMethod, + /* xEof */ fts5EofMethod, + /* xColumn */ fts5ColumnMethod, + /* xRowid */ fts5RowidMethod, + /* xUpdate */ fts5UpdateMethod, + /* xBegin */ fts5BeginMethod, + /* xSync */ fts5SyncMethod, + /* xCommit */ fts5CommitMethod, + /* xRollback */ fts5RollbackMethod, + /* xFindFunction */ fts5FindFunctionMethod, + /* xRename */ fts5RenameMethod, + /* xSavepoint */ fts5SavepointMethod, + /* xRelease */ fts5ReleaseMethod, + /* xRollbackTo */ fts5RollbackToMethod, + }; + + int rc; + Fts5Global *pGlobal = 0; + + pGlobal = (Fts5Global*)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts5Global)); + if( pGlobal==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + void *p = (void*)pGlobal; + memset(pGlobal, 0, sizeof(Fts5Global)); + pGlobal->db = db; + pGlobal->api.iVersion = 2; + pGlobal->api.xCreateFunction = fts5CreateAux; + pGlobal->api.xCreateTokenizer = fts5CreateTokenizer; + pGlobal->api.xFindTokenizer = fts5FindTokenizer; + rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(db, "fts5", &fts5Mod, p, fts5ModuleDestroy); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexInit(db); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3Fts5ExprInit(pGlobal, db); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3Fts5AuxInit(&pGlobal->api); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3Fts5TokenizerInit(&pGlobal->api); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3Fts5VocabInit(pGlobal, db); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function( + db, "fts5", 0, SQLITE_UTF8, p, fts5Fts5Func, 0, 0 + ); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3_create_function( + db, "fts5_source_id", 0, SQLITE_UTF8, p, fts5SourceIdFunc, 0, 0 + ); + } + } + + /* If SQLITE_FTS5_ENABLE_TEST_MI is defined, assume that the file + ** fts5_test_mi.c is compiled and linked into the executable. And call + ** its entry point to enable the matchinfo() demo. */ +#ifdef SQLITE_FTS5_ENABLE_TEST_MI + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + extern int sqlite3Fts5TestRegisterMatchinfo(sqlite3*); + rc = sqlite3Fts5TestRegisterMatchinfo(db); + } +#endif + + return rc; +} + +/* +** The following functions are used to register the module with SQLite. If +** this module is being built as part of the SQLite core (SQLITE_CORE is +** defined), then sqlite3_open() will call sqlite3Fts5Init() directly. +** +** Or, if this module is being built as a loadable extension, +** sqlite3Fts5Init() is omitted and the two standard entry points +** sqlite3_fts_init() and sqlite3_fts5_init() defined instead. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE +#ifdef _WIN32 +__declspec(dllexport) +#endif +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_fts_init( + sqlite3 *db, + char **pzErrMsg, + const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi +){ + SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi); + (void)pzErrMsg; /* Unused parameter */ + return fts5Init(db); +} + +#ifdef _WIN32 +__declspec(dllexport) +#endif +SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_fts5_init( + sqlite3 *db, + char **pzErrMsg, + const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi +){ + SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi); + (void)pzErrMsg; /* Unused parameter */ + return fts5Init(db); +} +#else +SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts5Init(sqlite3 *db){ + return fts5Init(db); +} +#endif + +/* +** 2014 May 31 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +*/ + + + +/* #include "fts5Int.h" */ + +struct Fts5Storage { + Fts5Config *pConfig; + Fts5Index *pIndex; + int bTotalsValid; /* True if nTotalRow/aTotalSize[] are valid */ + i64 nTotalRow; /* Total number of rows in FTS table */ + i64 *aTotalSize; /* Total sizes of each column */ + sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[11]; +}; + + +#if FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC!=0 +# error "FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC mismatch" +#endif +#if FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC!=1 +# error "FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC mismatch" +#endif +#if FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP!=2 +# error "FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP mismatch" +#endif + +#define FTS5_STMT_INSERT_CONTENT 3 +#define FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_CONTENT 4 +#define FTS5_STMT_DELETE_CONTENT 5 +#define FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_DOCSIZE 6 +#define FTS5_STMT_DELETE_DOCSIZE 7 +#define FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP_DOCSIZE 8 +#define FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_CONFIG 9 +#define FTS5_STMT_SCAN 10 + +/* +** Prepare the two insert statements - Fts5Storage.pInsertContent and +** Fts5Storage.pInsertDocsize - if they have not already been prepared. +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error +** occurs. +*/ +static int fts5StorageGetStmt( + Fts5Storage *p, /* Storage handle */ + int eStmt, /* FTS5_STMT_XXX constant */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Prepared statement handle */ + char **pzErrMsg /* OUT: Error message (if any) */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + /* If there is no %_docsize table, there should be no requests for + ** statements to operate on it. */ + assert( p->pConfig->bColumnsize || ( + eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_DOCSIZE + && eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_DELETE_DOCSIZE + && eStmt!=FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP_DOCSIZE + )); + + assert( eStmt>=0 && eStmt<ArraySize(p->aStmt) ); + if( p->aStmt[eStmt]==0 ){ + const char *azStmt[] = { + "SELECT %s FROM %s T WHERE T.%Q >= ? AND T.%Q <= ? ORDER BY T.%Q ASC", + "SELECT %s FROM %s T WHERE T.%Q <= ? AND T.%Q >= ? ORDER BY T.%Q DESC", + "SELECT %s FROM %s T WHERE T.%Q=?", /* LOOKUP */ + + "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_content' VALUES(%s)", /* INSERT_CONTENT */ + "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_content' VALUES(%s)", /* REPLACE_CONTENT */ + "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE id=?", /* DELETE_CONTENT */ + "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_docsize' VALUES(?,?)", /* REPLACE_DOCSIZE */ + "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE id=?", /* DELETE_DOCSIZE */ + + "SELECT sz FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE id=?", /* LOOKUP_DOCSIZE */ + + "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_config' VALUES(?,?)", /* REPLACE_CONFIG */ + "SELECT %s FROM %s AS T", /* SCAN */ + }; + Fts5Config *pC = p->pConfig; + char *zSql = 0; + + switch( eStmt ){ + case FTS5_STMT_SCAN: + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt], + pC->zContentExprlist, pC->zContent + ); + break; + + case FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC: + case FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC: + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt], pC->zContentExprlist, + pC->zContent, pC->zContentRowid, pC->zContentRowid, + pC->zContentRowid + ); + break; + + case FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP: + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt], + pC->zContentExprlist, pC->zContent, pC->zContentRowid + ); + break; + + case FTS5_STMT_INSERT_CONTENT: + case FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_CONTENT: { + int nCol = pC->nCol + 1; + char *zBind; + int i; + + zBind = sqlite3_malloc(1 + nCol*2); + if( zBind ){ + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ + zBind[i*2] = '?'; + zBind[i*2 + 1] = ','; + } + zBind[i*2-1] = '\0'; + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt], pC->zDb, pC->zName, zBind); + sqlite3_free(zBind); + } + break; + } + + default: + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azStmt[eStmt], pC->zDb, pC->zName); + break; + } + + if( zSql==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pC->db, zSql, -1, &p->aStmt[eStmt], 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pzErrMsg ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(pC->db)); + } + } + } + + *ppStmt = p->aStmt[eStmt]; + sqlite3_reset(*ppStmt); + return rc; +} + + +static int fts5ExecPrintf( + sqlite3 *db, + char **pzErr, + const char *zFormat, + ... +){ + int rc; + va_list ap; /* ... printf arguments */ + char *zSql; + + va_start(ap, zFormat); + zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); + + if( zSql==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, 0, 0, pzErr); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } + + va_end(ap); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Drop all shadow tables. Return SQLITE_OK if successful or an SQLite error +** code otherwise. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5DropAll(Fts5Config *pConfig){ + int rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0, + "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_data';" + "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_idx';" + "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_config';", + pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, + pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, + pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->bColumnsize ){ + rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0, + "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_docsize';", + pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName + ); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){ + rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0, + "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_content';", + pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName + ); + } + return rc; +} + +static void fts5StorageRenameOne( + Fts5Config *pConfig, /* Current FTS5 configuration */ + int *pRc, /* IN/OUT: Error code */ + const char *zTail, /* Tail of table name e.g. "data", "config" */ + const char *zName /* New name of FTS5 table */ +){ + if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ + *pRc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0, + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_%s' RENAME TO '%q_%s';", + pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, zTail, zName, zTail + ); + } +} + +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageRename(Fts5Storage *pStorage, const char *zName){ + Fts5Config *pConfig = pStorage->pConfig; + int rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageSync(pStorage, 1); + + fts5StorageRenameOne(pConfig, &rc, "data", zName); + fts5StorageRenameOne(pConfig, &rc, "idx", zName); + fts5StorageRenameOne(pConfig, &rc, "config", zName); + if( pConfig->bColumnsize ){ + fts5StorageRenameOne(pConfig, &rc, "docsize", zName); + } + if( pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){ + fts5StorageRenameOne(pConfig, &rc, "content", zName); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Create the shadow table named zPost, with definition zDefn. Return +** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5CreateTable( + Fts5Config *pConfig, /* FTS5 configuration */ + const char *zPost, /* Shadow table to create (e.g. "content") */ + const char *zDefn, /* Columns etc. for shadow table */ + int bWithout, /* True for without rowid */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: Error message */ +){ + int rc; + char *zErr = 0; + + rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, &zErr, "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_%q'(%s)%s", + pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, zPost, zDefn, bWithout?" WITHOUT ROWID":"" + ); + if( zErr ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf( + "fts5: error creating shadow table %q_%s: %s", + pConfig->zName, zPost, zErr + ); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Open a new Fts5Index handle. If the bCreate argument is true, create +** and initialize the underlying tables +** +** If successful, set *pp to point to the new object and return SQLITE_OK. +** Otherwise, set *pp to NULL and return an SQLite error code. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageOpen( + Fts5Config *pConfig, + Fts5Index *pIndex, + int bCreate, + Fts5Storage **pp, + char **pzErr /* OUT: Error message */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Fts5Storage *p; /* New object */ + int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ + + nByte = sizeof(Fts5Storage) /* Fts5Storage object */ + + pConfig->nCol * sizeof(i64); /* Fts5Storage.aTotalSize[] */ + *pp = p = (Fts5Storage*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + if( !p ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + + memset(p, 0, nByte); + p->aTotalSize = (i64*)&p[1]; + p->pConfig = pConfig; + p->pIndex = pIndex; + + if( bCreate ){ + if( pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){ + int nDefn = 32 + pConfig->nCol*10; + char *zDefn = sqlite3_malloc(32 + pConfig->nCol * 10); + if( zDefn==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + int i; + int iOff; + sqlite3_snprintf(nDefn, zDefn, "id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"); + iOff = (int)strlen(zDefn); + for(i=0; i<pConfig->nCol; i++){ + sqlite3_snprintf(nDefn-iOff, &zDefn[iOff], ", c%d", i); + iOff += (int)strlen(&zDefn[iOff]); + } + rc = sqlite3Fts5CreateTable(pConfig, "content", zDefn, 0, pzErr); + } + sqlite3_free(zDefn); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->bColumnsize ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5CreateTable( + pConfig, "docsize", "id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, sz BLOB", 0, pzErr + ); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5CreateTable( + pConfig, "config", "k PRIMARY KEY, v", 1, pzErr + ); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageConfigValue(p, "version", 0, FTS5_CURRENT_VERSION); + } + } + + if( rc ){ + sqlite3Fts5StorageClose(p); + *pp = 0; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Close a handle opened by an earlier call to sqlite3Fts5StorageOpen(). +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageClose(Fts5Storage *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p ){ + int i; + + /* Finalize all SQL statements */ + for(i=0; i<ArraySize(p->aStmt); i++){ + sqlite3_finalize(p->aStmt[i]); + } + + sqlite3_free(p); + } + return rc; +} + +typedef struct Fts5InsertCtx Fts5InsertCtx; +struct Fts5InsertCtx { + Fts5Storage *pStorage; + int iCol; + int szCol; /* Size of column value in tokens */ +}; + +/* +** Tokenization callback used when inserting tokens into the FTS index. +*/ +static int fts5StorageInsertCallback( + void *pContext, /* Pointer to Fts5InsertCtx object */ + int tflags, + const char *pToken, /* Buffer containing token */ + int nToken, /* Size of token in bytes */ + int iUnused1, /* Start offset of token */ + int iUnused2 /* End offset of token */ +){ + Fts5InsertCtx *pCtx = (Fts5InsertCtx*)pContext; + Fts5Index *pIdx = pCtx->pStorage->pIndex; + UNUSED_PARAM2(iUnused1, iUnused2); + if( nToken>FTS5_MAX_TOKEN_SIZE ) nToken = FTS5_MAX_TOKEN_SIZE; + if( (tflags & FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED)==0 || pCtx->szCol==0 ){ + pCtx->szCol++; + } + return sqlite3Fts5IndexWrite(pIdx, pCtx->iCol, pCtx->szCol-1, pToken, nToken); +} + +/* +** If a row with rowid iDel is present in the %_content table, add the +** delete-markers to the FTS index necessary to delete it. Do not actually +** remove the %_content row at this time though. +*/ +static int fts5StorageDeleteFromIndex( + Fts5Storage *p, + i64 iDel, + sqlite3_value **apVal +){ + Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; + sqlite3_stmt *pSeek = 0; /* SELECT to read row iDel from %_data */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + int rc2; /* sqlite3_reset() return code */ + int iCol; + Fts5InsertCtx ctx; + + if( apVal==0 ){ + rc = fts5StorageGetStmt(p, FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP, &pSeek, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pSeek, 1, iDel); + if( sqlite3_step(pSeek)!=SQLITE_ROW ){ + return sqlite3_reset(pSeek); + } + } + + ctx.pStorage = p; + ctx.iCol = -1; + rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexBeginWrite(p->pIndex, 1, iDel); + for(iCol=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && iCol<=pConfig->nCol; iCol++){ + if( pConfig->abUnindexed[iCol-1]==0 ){ + const char *zText; + int nText; + if( pSeek ){ + zText = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pSeek, iCol); + nText = sqlite3_column_bytes(pSeek, iCol); + }else{ + zText = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[iCol-1]); + nText = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[iCol-1]); + } + ctx.szCol = 0; + rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT, + zText, nText, (void*)&ctx, fts5StorageInsertCallback + ); + p->aTotalSize[iCol-1] -= (i64)ctx.szCol; + } + } + p->nTotalRow--; + + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSeek); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Insert a record into the %_docsize table. Specifically, do: +** +** INSERT OR REPLACE INTO %_docsize(id, sz) VALUES(iRowid, pBuf); +** +** If there is no %_docsize table (as happens if the columnsize=0 option +** is specified when the FTS5 table is created), this function is a no-op. +*/ +static int fts5StorageInsertDocsize( + Fts5Storage *p, /* Storage module to write to */ + i64 iRowid, /* id value */ + Fts5Buffer *pBuf /* sz value */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p->pConfig->bColumnsize ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pReplace = 0; + rc = fts5StorageGetStmt(p, FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_DOCSIZE, &pReplace, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pReplace, 1, iRowid); + sqlite3_bind_blob(pReplace, 2, pBuf->p, pBuf->n, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_step(pReplace); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pReplace); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Load the contents of the "averages" record from disk into the +** p->nTotalRow and p->aTotalSize[] variables. If successful, and if +** argument bCache is true, set the p->bTotalsValid flag to indicate +** that the contents of aTotalSize[] and nTotalRow are valid until +** further notice. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error +** occurs. +*/ +static int fts5StorageLoadTotals(Fts5Storage *p, int bCache){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p->bTotalsValid==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexGetAverages(p->pIndex, &p->nTotalRow, p->aTotalSize); + p->bTotalsValid = bCache; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Store the current contents of the p->nTotalRow and p->aTotalSize[] +** variables in the "averages" record on disk. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error +** occurs. +*/ +static int fts5StorageSaveTotals(Fts5Storage *p){ + int nCol = p->pConfig->nCol; + int i; + Fts5Buffer buf; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + memset(&buf, 0, sizeof(buf)); + + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(&rc, &buf, p->nTotalRow); + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(&rc, &buf, p->aTotalSize[i]); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexSetAverages(p->pIndex, buf.p, buf.n); + } + sqlite3_free(buf.p); + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Remove a row from the FTS table. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageDelete(Fts5Storage *p, i64 iDel, sqlite3_value **apVal){ + Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pDel = 0; + + assert( pConfig->eContent!=FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL || apVal==0 ); + rc = fts5StorageLoadTotals(p, 1); + + /* Delete the index records */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts5StorageDeleteFromIndex(p, iDel, apVal); + } + + /* Delete the %_docsize record */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->bColumnsize ){ + rc = fts5StorageGetStmt(p, FTS5_STMT_DELETE_DOCSIZE, &pDel, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDel, 1, iDel); + sqlite3_step(pDel); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pDel); + } + } + + /* Delete the %_content record */ + if( pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts5StorageGetStmt(p, FTS5_STMT_DELETE_CONTENT, &pDel, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_int64(pDel, 1, iDel); + sqlite3_step(pDel); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pDel); + } + } + + /* Write the averages record */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts5StorageSaveTotals(p); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Delete all entries in the FTS5 index. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageDeleteAll(Fts5Storage *p){ + Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; + int rc; + + /* Delete the contents of the %_data and %_docsize tables. */ + rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0, + "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_data';" + "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_idx';", + pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, + pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName + ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->bColumnsize ){ + rc = fts5ExecPrintf(pConfig->db, 0, + "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize';", + pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName + ); + } + + /* Reinitialize the %_data table. This call creates the initial structure + ** and averages records. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexReinit(p->pIndex); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageConfigValue(p, "version", 0, FTS5_CURRENT_VERSION); + } + return rc; +} + +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageRebuild(Fts5Storage *p){ + Fts5Buffer buf = {0,0,0}; + Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; + sqlite3_stmt *pScan = 0; + Fts5InsertCtx ctx; + int rc; + + memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(Fts5InsertCtx)); + ctx.pStorage = p; + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageDeleteAll(p); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts5StorageLoadTotals(p, 1); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts5StorageGetStmt(p, FTS5_STMT_SCAN, &pScan, 0); + } + + while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pScan) ){ + i64 iRowid = sqlite3_column_int64(pScan, 0); + + sqlite3Fts5BufferZero(&buf); + rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexBeginWrite(p->pIndex, 0, iRowid); + for(ctx.iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ctx.iCol<pConfig->nCol; ctx.iCol++){ + ctx.szCol = 0; + if( pConfig->abUnindexed[ctx.iCol]==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, + FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT, + (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pScan, ctx.iCol+1), + sqlite3_column_bytes(pScan, ctx.iCol+1), + (void*)&ctx, + fts5StorageInsertCallback + ); + } + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(&rc, &buf, ctx.szCol); + p->aTotalSize[ctx.iCol] += (i64)ctx.szCol; + } + p->nTotalRow++; + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts5StorageInsertDocsize(p, iRowid, &buf); + } + } + sqlite3_free(buf.p); + + /* Write the averages record */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts5StorageSaveTotals(p); + } + return rc; +} + +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageOptimize(Fts5Storage *p){ + return sqlite3Fts5IndexOptimize(p->pIndex); +} + +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageMerge(Fts5Storage *p, int nMerge){ + return sqlite3Fts5IndexMerge(p->pIndex, nMerge); +} + +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageReset(Fts5Storage *p){ + return sqlite3Fts5IndexReset(p->pIndex); +} + +/* +** Allocate a new rowid. This is used for "external content" tables when +** a NULL value is inserted into the rowid column. The new rowid is allocated +** by inserting a dummy row into the %_docsize table. The dummy will be +** overwritten later. +** +** If the %_docsize table does not exist, SQLITE_MISMATCH is returned. In +** this case the user is required to provide a rowid explicitly. +*/ +static int fts5StorageNewRowid(Fts5Storage *p, i64 *piRowid){ + int rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH; + if( p->pConfig->bColumnsize ){ + sqlite3_stmt *pReplace = 0; + rc = fts5StorageGetStmt(p, FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_DOCSIZE, &pReplace, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_null(pReplace, 1); + sqlite3_bind_null(pReplace, 2); + sqlite3_step(pReplace); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pReplace); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + *piRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(p->pConfig->db); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Insert a new row into the FTS content table. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageContentInsert( + Fts5Storage *p, + sqlite3_value **apVal, + i64 *piRowid +){ + Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + /* Insert the new row into the %_content table. */ + if( pConfig->eContent!=FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){ + if( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1])==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + *piRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[1]); + }else{ + rc = fts5StorageNewRowid(p, piRowid); + } + }else{ + sqlite3_stmt *pInsert = 0; /* Statement to write %_content table */ + int i; /* Counter variable */ + rc = fts5StorageGetStmt(p, FTS5_STMT_INSERT_CONTENT, &pInsert, 0); + for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=pConfig->nCol+1; i++){ + rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pInsert, i, apVal[i]); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_step(pInsert); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pInsert); + } + *piRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pConfig->db); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Insert new entries into the FTS index and %_docsize table. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageIndexInsert( + Fts5Storage *p, + sqlite3_value **apVal, + i64 iRowid +){ + Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + Fts5InsertCtx ctx; /* Tokenization callback context object */ + Fts5Buffer buf; /* Buffer used to build up %_docsize blob */ + + memset(&buf, 0, sizeof(Fts5Buffer)); + ctx.pStorage = p; + rc = fts5StorageLoadTotals(p, 1); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexBeginWrite(p->pIndex, 0, iRowid); + } + for(ctx.iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ctx.iCol<pConfig->nCol; ctx.iCol++){ + ctx.szCol = 0; + if( pConfig->abUnindexed[ctx.iCol]==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, + FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT, + (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[ctx.iCol+2]), + sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[ctx.iCol+2]), + (void*)&ctx, + fts5StorageInsertCallback + ); + } + sqlite3Fts5BufferAppendVarint(&rc, &buf, ctx.szCol); + p->aTotalSize[ctx.iCol] += (i64)ctx.szCol; + } + p->nTotalRow++; + + /* Write the %_docsize record */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts5StorageInsertDocsize(p, iRowid, &buf); + } + sqlite3_free(buf.p); + + /* Write the averages record */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts5StorageSaveTotals(p); + } + + return rc; +} + +static int fts5StorageCount(Fts5Storage *p, const char *zSuffix, i64 *pnRow){ + Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; + char *zSql; + int rc; + + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q_%s'", + pConfig->zDb, pConfig->zName, zSuffix + ); + if( zSql==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + sqlite3_stmt *pCnt = 0; + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pConfig->db, zSql, -1, &pCnt, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCnt) ){ + *pnRow = sqlite3_column_int64(pCnt, 0); + } + rc = sqlite3_finalize(pCnt); + } + } + + sqlite3_free(zSql); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Context object used by sqlite3Fts5StorageIntegrity(). +*/ +typedef struct Fts5IntegrityCtx Fts5IntegrityCtx; +struct Fts5IntegrityCtx { + i64 iRowid; + int iCol; + int szCol; + u64 cksum; + Fts5Termset *pTermset; + Fts5Config *pConfig; +}; + + +/* +** Tokenization callback used by integrity check. +*/ +static int fts5StorageIntegrityCallback( + void *pContext, /* Pointer to Fts5IntegrityCtx object */ + int tflags, + const char *pToken, /* Buffer containing token */ + int nToken, /* Size of token in bytes */ + int iUnused1, /* Start offset of token */ + int iUnused2 /* End offset of token */ +){ + Fts5IntegrityCtx *pCtx = (Fts5IntegrityCtx*)pContext; + Fts5Termset *pTermset = pCtx->pTermset; + int bPresent; + int ii; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int iPos; + int iCol; + + UNUSED_PARAM2(iUnused1, iUnused2); + if( nToken>FTS5_MAX_TOKEN_SIZE ) nToken = FTS5_MAX_TOKEN_SIZE; + + if( (tflags & FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED)==0 || pCtx->szCol==0 ){ + pCtx->szCol++; + } + + switch( pCtx->pConfig->eDetail ){ + case FTS5_DETAIL_FULL: + iPos = pCtx->szCol-1; + iCol = pCtx->iCol; + break; + + case FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS: + iPos = pCtx->iCol; + iCol = 0; + break; + + default: + assert( pCtx->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ); + iPos = 0; + iCol = 0; + break; + } + + rc = sqlite3Fts5TermsetAdd(pTermset, 0, pToken, nToken, &bPresent); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bPresent==0 ){ + pCtx->cksum ^= sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum( + pCtx->iRowid, iCol, iPos, 0, pToken, nToken + ); + } + + for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pCtx->pConfig->nPrefix; ii++){ + const int nChar = pCtx->pConfig->aPrefix[ii]; + int nByte = sqlite3Fts5IndexCharlenToBytelen(pToken, nToken, nChar); + if( nByte ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5TermsetAdd(pTermset, ii+1, pToken, nByte, &bPresent); + if( bPresent==0 ){ + pCtx->cksum ^= sqlite3Fts5IndexEntryCksum( + pCtx->iRowid, iCol, iPos, ii+1, pToken, nByte + ); + } + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Check that the contents of the FTS index match that of the %_content +** table. Return SQLITE_OK if they do, or SQLITE_CORRUPT if not. Return +** some other SQLite error code if an error occurs while attempting to +** determine this. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageIntegrity(Fts5Storage *p){ + Fts5Config *pConfig = p->pConfig; + int rc; /* Return code */ + int *aColSize; /* Array of size pConfig->nCol */ + i64 *aTotalSize; /* Array of size pConfig->nCol */ + Fts5IntegrityCtx ctx; + sqlite3_stmt *pScan; + + memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(Fts5IntegrityCtx)); + ctx.pConfig = p->pConfig; + aTotalSize = (i64*)sqlite3_malloc(pConfig->nCol * (sizeof(int)+sizeof(i64))); + if( !aTotalSize ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + aColSize = (int*)&aTotalSize[pConfig->nCol]; + memset(aTotalSize, 0, sizeof(i64) * pConfig->nCol); + + /* Generate the expected index checksum based on the contents of the + ** %_content table. This block stores the checksum in ctx.cksum. */ + rc = fts5StorageGetStmt(p, FTS5_STMT_SCAN, &pScan, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int rc2; + while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pScan) ){ + int i; + ctx.iRowid = sqlite3_column_int64(pScan, 0); + ctx.szCol = 0; + if( pConfig->bColumnsize ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5StorageDocsize(p, ctx.iRowid, aColSize); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5TermsetNew(&ctx.pTermset); + } + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pConfig->nCol; i++){ + if( pConfig->abUnindexed[i] ) continue; + ctx.iCol = i; + ctx.szCol = 0; + if( pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5TermsetNew(&ctx.pTermset); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5Tokenize(pConfig, + FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT, + (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pScan, i+1), + sqlite3_column_bytes(pScan, i+1), + (void*)&ctx, + fts5StorageIntegrityCallback + ); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->bColumnsize && ctx.szCol!=aColSize[i] ){ + rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + } + aTotalSize[i] += ctx.szCol; + if( pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS ){ + sqlite3Fts5TermsetFree(ctx.pTermset); + ctx.pTermset = 0; + } + } + sqlite3Fts5TermsetFree(ctx.pTermset); + ctx.pTermset = 0; + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + } + rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pScan); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; + } + + /* Test that the "totals" (sometimes called "averages") record looks Ok */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; + rc = fts5StorageLoadTotals(p, 0); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pConfig->nCol; i++){ + if( p->aTotalSize[i]!=aTotalSize[i] ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + } + } + + /* Check that the %_docsize and %_content tables contain the expected + ** number of rows. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->eContent==FTS5_CONTENT_NORMAL ){ + i64 nRow = 0; + rc = fts5StorageCount(p, "content", &nRow); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRow!=p->nTotalRow ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pConfig->bColumnsize ){ + i64 nRow = 0; + rc = fts5StorageCount(p, "docsize", &nRow); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRow!=p->nTotalRow ) rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + } + + /* Pass the expected checksum down to the FTS index module. It will + ** verify, amongst other things, that it matches the checksum generated by + ** inspecting the index itself. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexIntegrityCheck(p->pIndex, ctx.cksum); + } + + sqlite3_free(aTotalSize); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Obtain an SQLite statement handle that may be used to read data from the +** %_content table. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageStmt( + Fts5Storage *p, + int eStmt, + sqlite3_stmt **pp, + char **pzErrMsg +){ + int rc; + assert( eStmt==FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC + || eStmt==FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC + || eStmt==FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP + ); + rc = fts5StorageGetStmt(p, eStmt, pp, pzErrMsg); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( p->aStmt[eStmt]==*pp ); + p->aStmt[eStmt] = 0; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Release an SQLite statement handle obtained via an earlier call to +** sqlite3Fts5StorageStmt(). The eStmt parameter passed to this function +** must match that passed to the sqlite3Fts5StorageStmt() call. +*/ +static void sqlite3Fts5StorageStmtRelease( + Fts5Storage *p, + int eStmt, + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt +){ + assert( eStmt==FTS5_STMT_SCAN_ASC + || eStmt==FTS5_STMT_SCAN_DESC + || eStmt==FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP + ); + if( p->aStmt[eStmt]==0 ){ + sqlite3_reset(pStmt); + p->aStmt[eStmt] = pStmt; + }else{ + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + } +} + +static int fts5StorageDecodeSizeArray( + int *aCol, int nCol, /* Array to populate */ + const u8 *aBlob, int nBlob /* Record to read varints from */ +){ + int i; + int iOff = 0; + for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){ + if( iOff>=nBlob ) return 1; + iOff += fts5GetVarint32(&aBlob[iOff], aCol[i]); + } + return (iOff!=nBlob); +} + +/* +** Argument aCol points to an array of integers containing one entry for +** each table column. This function reads the %_docsize record for the +** specified rowid and populates aCol[] with the results. +** +** An SQLite error code is returned if an error occurs, or SQLITE_OK +** otherwise. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageDocsize(Fts5Storage *p, i64 iRowid, int *aCol){ + int nCol = p->pConfig->nCol; /* Number of user columns in table */ + sqlite3_stmt *pLookup = 0; /* Statement to query %_docsize */ + int rc; /* Return Code */ + + assert( p->pConfig->bColumnsize ); + rc = fts5StorageGetStmt(p, FTS5_STMT_LOOKUP_DOCSIZE, &pLookup, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int bCorrupt = 1; + sqlite3_bind_int64(pLookup, 1, iRowid); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pLookup) ){ + const u8 *aBlob = sqlite3_column_blob(pLookup, 0); + int nBlob = sqlite3_column_bytes(pLookup, 0); + if( 0==fts5StorageDecodeSizeArray(aCol, nCol, aBlob, nBlob) ){ + bCorrupt = 0; + } + } + rc = sqlite3_reset(pLookup); + if( bCorrupt && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + } + } + + return rc; +} + +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageSize(Fts5Storage *p, int iCol, i64 *pnToken){ + int rc = fts5StorageLoadTotals(p, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + *pnToken = 0; + if( iCol<0 ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<p->pConfig->nCol; i++){ + *pnToken += p->aTotalSize[i]; + } + }else if( iCol<p->pConfig->nCol ){ + *pnToken = p->aTotalSize[iCol]; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_RANGE; + } + } + return rc; +} + +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageRowCount(Fts5Storage *p, i64 *pnRow){ + int rc = fts5StorageLoadTotals(p, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + *pnRow = p->nTotalRow; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Flush any data currently held in-memory to disk. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageSync(Fts5Storage *p, int bCommit){ + if( bCommit && p->bTotalsValid ){ + int rc = fts5StorageSaveTotals(p); + p->bTotalsValid = 0; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + return sqlite3Fts5IndexSync(p->pIndex, bCommit); +} + +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageRollback(Fts5Storage *p){ + p->bTotalsValid = 0; + return sqlite3Fts5IndexRollback(p->pIndex); +} + +static int sqlite3Fts5StorageConfigValue( + Fts5Storage *p, + const char *z, + sqlite3_value *pVal, + int iVal +){ + sqlite3_stmt *pReplace = 0; + int rc = fts5StorageGetStmt(p, FTS5_STMT_REPLACE_CONFIG, &pReplace, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_bind_text(pReplace, 1, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + if( pVal ){ + sqlite3_bind_value(pReplace, 2, pVal); + }else{ + sqlite3_bind_int(pReplace, 2, iVal); + } + sqlite3_step(pReplace); + rc = sqlite3_reset(pReplace); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pVal ){ + int iNew = p->pConfig->iCookie + 1; + rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexSetCookie(p->pIndex, iNew); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + p->pConfig->iCookie = iNew; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** 2014 May 31 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +*/ + + +/* #include "fts5Int.h" */ + +/************************************************************************** +** Start of ascii tokenizer implementation. +*/ + +/* +** For tokenizers with no "unicode" modifier, the set of token characters +** is the same as the set of ASCII range alphanumeric characters. +*/ +static unsigned char aAsciiTokenChar[128] = { + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x00..0x0F */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x10..0x1F */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x20..0x2F */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x30..0x3F */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 0x40..0x4F */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x50..0x5F */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 0x60..0x6F */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x70..0x7F */ +}; + +typedef struct AsciiTokenizer AsciiTokenizer; +struct AsciiTokenizer { + unsigned char aTokenChar[128]; +}; + +static void fts5AsciiAddExceptions( + AsciiTokenizer *p, + const char *zArg, + int bTokenChars +){ + int i; + for(i=0; zArg[i]; i++){ + if( (zArg[i] & 0x80)==0 ){ + p->aTokenChar[(int)zArg[i]] = (unsigned char)bTokenChars; + } + } +} + +/* +** Delete a "ascii" tokenizer. +*/ +static void fts5AsciiDelete(Fts5Tokenizer *p){ + sqlite3_free(p); +} + +/* +** Create an "ascii" tokenizer. +*/ +static int fts5AsciiCreate( + void *pUnused, + const char **azArg, int nArg, + Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + AsciiTokenizer *p = 0; + UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused); + if( nArg%2 ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + p = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(AsciiTokenizer)); + if( p==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + int i; + memset(p, 0, sizeof(AsciiTokenizer)); + memcpy(p->aTokenChar, aAsciiTokenChar, sizeof(aAsciiTokenChar)); + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nArg; i+=2){ + const char *zArg = azArg[i+1]; + if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(azArg[i], "tokenchars") ){ + fts5AsciiAddExceptions(p, zArg, 1); + }else + if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(azArg[i], "separators") ){ + fts5AsciiAddExceptions(p, zArg, 0); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + fts5AsciiDelete((Fts5Tokenizer*)p); + p = 0; + } + } + } + + *ppOut = (Fts5Tokenizer*)p; + return rc; +} + + +static void asciiFold(char *aOut, const char *aIn, int nByte){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){ + char c = aIn[i]; + if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ) c += 32; + aOut[i] = c; + } +} + +/* +** Tokenize some text using the ascii tokenizer. +*/ +static int fts5AsciiTokenize( + Fts5Tokenizer *pTokenizer, + void *pCtx, + int iUnused, + const char *pText, int nText, + int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int nToken, int iStart, int iEnd) +){ + AsciiTokenizer *p = (AsciiTokenizer*)pTokenizer; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int ie; + int is = 0; + + char aFold[64]; + int nFold = sizeof(aFold); + char *pFold = aFold; + unsigned char *a = p->aTokenChar; + + UNUSED_PARAM(iUnused); + + while( is<nText && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nByte; + + /* Skip any leading divider characters. */ + while( is<nText && ((pText[is]&0x80)==0 && a[(int)pText[is]]==0) ){ + is++; + } + if( is==nText ) break; + + /* Count the token characters */ + ie = is+1; + while( ie<nText && ((pText[ie]&0x80) || a[(int)pText[ie]] ) ){ + ie++; + } + + /* Fold to lower case */ + nByte = ie-is; + if( nByte>nFold ){ + if( pFold!=aFold ) sqlite3_free(pFold); + pFold = sqlite3_malloc(nByte*2); + if( pFold==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + break; + } + nFold = nByte*2; + } + asciiFold(pFold, &pText[is], nByte); + + /* Invoke the token callback */ + rc = xToken(pCtx, 0, pFold, nByte, is, ie); + is = ie+1; + } + + if( pFold!=aFold ) sqlite3_free(pFold); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + return rc; +} + +/************************************************************************** +** Start of unicode61 tokenizer implementation. +*/ + + +/* +** The following two macros - READ_UTF8 and WRITE_UTF8 - have been copied +** from the sqlite3 source file utf.c. If this file is compiled as part +** of the amalgamation, they are not required. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION + +static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = { + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, + 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17, + 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, + 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, +}; + +#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c) \ + c = *(zIn++); \ + if( c>=0xc0 ){ \ + c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; \ + while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ \ + c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++)); \ + } \ + if( c<0x80 \ + || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800 \ + || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } \ + } + + +#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) { \ + if( c<0x00080 ){ \ + *zOut++ = (unsigned char)(c&0xFF); \ + } \ + else if( c<0x00800 ){ \ + *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (unsigned char)((c>>6)&0x1F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (unsigned char)(c & 0x3F); \ + } \ + else if( c<0x10000 ){ \ + *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (unsigned char)((c>>12)&0x0F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (unsigned char)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (unsigned char)(c & 0x3F); \ + }else{ \ + *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (unsigned char)((c>>18) & 0x07); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (unsigned char)((c>>12) & 0x3F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (unsigned char)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ + *zOut++ = 0x80 + (unsigned char)(c & 0x3F); \ + } \ +} + +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ + +typedef struct Unicode61Tokenizer Unicode61Tokenizer; +struct Unicode61Tokenizer { + unsigned char aTokenChar[128]; /* ASCII range token characters */ + char *aFold; /* Buffer to fold text into */ + int nFold; /* Size of aFold[] in bytes */ + int bRemoveDiacritic; /* True if remove_diacritics=1 is set */ + int nException; + int *aiException; +}; + +static int fts5UnicodeAddExceptions( + Unicode61Tokenizer *p, /* Tokenizer object */ + const char *z, /* Characters to treat as exceptions */ + int bTokenChars /* 1 for 'tokenchars', 0 for 'separators' */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int n = (int)strlen(z); + int *aNew; + + if( n>0 ){ + aNew = (int*)sqlite3_realloc(p->aiException, (n+p->nException)*sizeof(int)); + if( aNew ){ + int nNew = p->nException; + const unsigned char *zCsr = (const unsigned char*)z; + const unsigned char *zTerm = (const unsigned char*)&z[n]; + while( zCsr<zTerm ){ + int iCode; + int bToken; + READ_UTF8(zCsr, zTerm, iCode); + if( iCode<128 ){ + p->aTokenChar[iCode] = (unsigned char)bTokenChars; + }else{ + bToken = sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsalnum(iCode); + assert( (bToken==0 || bToken==1) ); + assert( (bTokenChars==0 || bTokenChars==1) ); + if( bToken!=bTokenChars && sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode)==0 ){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){ + if( aNew[i]>iCode ) break; + } + memmove(&aNew[i+1], &aNew[i], (nNew-i)*sizeof(int)); + aNew[i] = iCode; + nNew++; + } + } + } + p->aiException = aNew; + p->nException = nNew; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return true if the p->aiException[] array contains the value iCode. +*/ +static int fts5UnicodeIsException(Unicode61Tokenizer *p, int iCode){ + if( p->nException>0 ){ + int *a = p->aiException; + int iLo = 0; + int iHi = p->nException-1; + + while( iHi>=iLo ){ + int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2; + if( iCode==a[iTest] ){ + return 1; + }else if( iCode>a[iTest] ){ + iLo = iTest+1; + }else{ + iHi = iTest-1; + } + } + } + + return 0; +} + +/* +** Delete a "unicode61" tokenizer. +*/ +static void fts5UnicodeDelete(Fts5Tokenizer *pTok){ + if( pTok ){ + Unicode61Tokenizer *p = (Unicode61Tokenizer*)pTok; + sqlite3_free(p->aiException); + sqlite3_free(p->aFold); + sqlite3_free(p); + } + return; +} + +/* +** Create a "unicode61" tokenizer. +*/ +static int fts5UnicodeCreate( + void *pUnused, + const char **azArg, int nArg, + Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + Unicode61Tokenizer *p = 0; /* New tokenizer object */ + + UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused); + + if( nArg%2 ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + p = (Unicode61Tokenizer*)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Unicode61Tokenizer)); + if( p ){ + int i; + memset(p, 0, sizeof(Unicode61Tokenizer)); + memcpy(p->aTokenChar, aAsciiTokenChar, sizeof(aAsciiTokenChar)); + p->bRemoveDiacritic = 1; + p->nFold = 64; + p->aFold = sqlite3_malloc(p->nFold * sizeof(char)); + if( p->aFold==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nArg; i+=2){ + const char *zArg = azArg[i+1]; + if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(azArg[i], "remove_diacritics") ){ + if( (zArg[0]!='0' && zArg[0]!='1') || zArg[1] ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + p->bRemoveDiacritic = (zArg[0]=='1'); + }else + if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(azArg[i], "tokenchars") ){ + rc = fts5UnicodeAddExceptions(p, zArg, 1); + }else + if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(azArg[i], "separators") ){ + rc = fts5UnicodeAddExceptions(p, zArg, 0); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + } + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + fts5UnicodeDelete((Fts5Tokenizer*)p); + p = 0; + } + *ppOut = (Fts5Tokenizer*)p; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return true if, for the purposes of tokenizing with the tokenizer +** passed as the first argument, codepoint iCode is considered a token +** character (not a separator). +*/ +static int fts5UnicodeIsAlnum(Unicode61Tokenizer *p, int iCode){ + assert( (sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsalnum(iCode) & 0xFFFFFFFE)==0 ); + return sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsalnum(iCode) ^ fts5UnicodeIsException(p, iCode); +} + +static int fts5UnicodeTokenize( + Fts5Tokenizer *pTokenizer, + void *pCtx, + int iUnused, + const char *pText, int nText, + int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int nToken, int iStart, int iEnd) +){ + Unicode61Tokenizer *p = (Unicode61Tokenizer*)pTokenizer; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + unsigned char *a = p->aTokenChar; + + unsigned char *zTerm = (unsigned char*)&pText[nText]; + unsigned char *zCsr = (unsigned char *)pText; + + /* Output buffer */ + char *aFold = p->aFold; + int nFold = p->nFold; + const char *pEnd = &aFold[nFold-6]; + + UNUSED_PARAM(iUnused); + + /* Each iteration of this loop gobbles up a contiguous run of separators, + ** then the next token. */ + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int iCode; /* non-ASCII codepoint read from input */ + char *zOut = aFold; + int is; + int ie; + + /* Skip any separator characters. */ + while( 1 ){ + if( zCsr>=zTerm ) goto tokenize_done; + if( *zCsr & 0x80 ) { + /* A character outside of the ascii range. Skip past it if it is + ** a separator character. Or break out of the loop if it is not. */ + is = zCsr - (unsigned char*)pText; + READ_UTF8(zCsr, zTerm, iCode); + if( fts5UnicodeIsAlnum(p, iCode) ){ + goto non_ascii_tokenchar; + } + }else{ + if( a[*zCsr] ){ + is = zCsr - (unsigned char*)pText; + goto ascii_tokenchar; + } + zCsr++; + } + } + + /* Run through the tokenchars. Fold them into the output buffer along + ** the way. */ + while( zCsr<zTerm ){ + + /* Grow the output buffer so that there is sufficient space to fit the + ** largest possible utf-8 character. */ + if( zOut>pEnd ){ + aFold = sqlite3_malloc(nFold*2); + if( aFold==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto tokenize_done; + } + zOut = &aFold[zOut - p->aFold]; + memcpy(aFold, p->aFold, nFold); + sqlite3_free(p->aFold); + p->aFold = aFold; + p->nFold = nFold = nFold*2; + pEnd = &aFold[nFold-6]; + } + + if( *zCsr & 0x80 ){ + /* An non-ascii-range character. Fold it into the output buffer if + ** it is a token character, or break out of the loop if it is not. */ + READ_UTF8(zCsr, zTerm, iCode); + if( fts5UnicodeIsAlnum(p,iCode)||sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsdiacritic(iCode) ){ + non_ascii_tokenchar: + iCode = sqlite3Fts5UnicodeFold(iCode, p->bRemoveDiacritic); + if( iCode ) WRITE_UTF8(zOut, iCode); + }else{ + break; + } + }else if( a[*zCsr]==0 ){ + /* An ascii-range separator character. End of token. */ + break; + }else{ + ascii_tokenchar: + if( *zCsr>='A' && *zCsr<='Z' ){ + *zOut++ = *zCsr + 32; + }else{ + *zOut++ = *zCsr; + } + zCsr++; + } + ie = zCsr - (unsigned char*)pText; + } + + /* Invoke the token callback */ + rc = xToken(pCtx, 0, aFold, zOut-aFold, is, ie); + } + + tokenize_done: + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + return rc; +} + +/************************************************************************** +** Start of porter stemmer implementation. +*/ + +/* Any tokens larger than this (in bytes) are passed through without +** stemming. */ +#define FTS5_PORTER_MAX_TOKEN 64 + +typedef struct PorterTokenizer PorterTokenizer; +struct PorterTokenizer { + fts5_tokenizer tokenizer; /* Parent tokenizer module */ + Fts5Tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Parent tokenizer instance */ + char aBuf[FTS5_PORTER_MAX_TOKEN + 64]; +}; + +/* +** Delete a "porter" tokenizer. +*/ +static void fts5PorterDelete(Fts5Tokenizer *pTok){ + if( pTok ){ + PorterTokenizer *p = (PorterTokenizer*)pTok; + if( p->pTokenizer ){ + p->tokenizer.xDelete(p->pTokenizer); + } + sqlite3_free(p); + } +} + +/* +** Create a "porter" tokenizer. +*/ +static int fts5PorterCreate( + void *pCtx, + const char **azArg, int nArg, + Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut +){ + fts5_api *pApi = (fts5_api*)pCtx; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + PorterTokenizer *pRet; + void *pUserdata = 0; + const char *zBase = "unicode61"; + + if( nArg>0 ){ + zBase = azArg[0]; + } + + pRet = (PorterTokenizer*)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(PorterTokenizer)); + if( pRet ){ + memset(pRet, 0, sizeof(PorterTokenizer)); + rc = pApi->xFindTokenizer(pApi, zBase, &pUserdata, &pRet->tokenizer); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nArg2 = (nArg>0 ? nArg-1 : 0); + const char **azArg2 = (nArg2 ? &azArg[1] : 0); + rc = pRet->tokenizer.xCreate(pUserdata, azArg2, nArg2, &pRet->pTokenizer); + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + fts5PorterDelete((Fts5Tokenizer*)pRet); + pRet = 0; + } + *ppOut = (Fts5Tokenizer*)pRet; + return rc; +} + +typedef struct PorterContext PorterContext; +struct PorterContext { + void *pCtx; + int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int); + char *aBuf; +}; + +typedef struct PorterRule PorterRule; +struct PorterRule { + const char *zSuffix; + int nSuffix; + int (*xCond)(char *zStem, int nStem); + const char *zOutput; + int nOutput; +}; + +#if 0 +static int fts5PorterApply(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf, PorterRule *aRule){ + int ret = -1; + int nBuf = *pnBuf; + PorterRule *p; + + for(p=aRule; p->zSuffix; p++){ + assert( strlen(p->zSuffix)==p->nSuffix ); + assert( strlen(p->zOutput)==p->nOutput ); + if( nBuf<p->nSuffix ) continue; + if( 0==memcmp(&aBuf[nBuf - p->nSuffix], p->zSuffix, p->nSuffix) ) break; + } + + if( p->zSuffix ){ + int nStem = nBuf - p->nSuffix; + if( p->xCond==0 || p->xCond(aBuf, nStem) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nStem], p->zOutput, p->nOutput); + *pnBuf = nStem + p->nOutput; + ret = p - aRule; + } + } + + return ret; +} +#endif + +static int fts5PorterIsVowel(char c, int bYIsVowel){ + return ( + c=='a' || c=='e' || c=='i' || c=='o' || c=='u' || (bYIsVowel && c=='y') + ); +} + +static int fts5PorterGobbleVC(char *zStem, int nStem, int bPrevCons){ + int i; + int bCons = bPrevCons; + + /* Scan for a vowel */ + for(i=0; i<nStem; i++){ + if( 0==(bCons = !fts5PorterIsVowel(zStem[i], bCons)) ) break; + } + + /* Scan for a consonent */ + for(i++; i<nStem; i++){ + if( (bCons = !fts5PorterIsVowel(zStem[i], bCons)) ) return i+1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* porter rule condition: (m > 0) */ +static int fts5Porter_MGt0(char *zStem, int nStem){ + return !!fts5PorterGobbleVC(zStem, nStem, 0); +} + +/* porter rule condition: (m > 1) */ +static int fts5Porter_MGt1(char *zStem, int nStem){ + int n; + n = fts5PorterGobbleVC(zStem, nStem, 0); + if( n && fts5PorterGobbleVC(&zStem[n], nStem-n, 1) ){ + return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* porter rule condition: (m = 1) */ +static int fts5Porter_MEq1(char *zStem, int nStem){ + int n; + n = fts5PorterGobbleVC(zStem, nStem, 0); + if( n && 0==fts5PorterGobbleVC(&zStem[n], nStem-n, 1) ){ + return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* porter rule condition: (*o) */ +static int fts5Porter_Ostar(char *zStem, int nStem){ + if( zStem[nStem-1]=='w' || zStem[nStem-1]=='x' || zStem[nStem-1]=='y' ){ + return 0; + }else{ + int i; + int mask = 0; + int bCons = 0; + for(i=0; i<nStem; i++){ + bCons = !fts5PorterIsVowel(zStem[i], bCons); + assert( bCons==0 || bCons==1 ); + mask = (mask << 1) + bCons; + } + return ((mask & 0x0007)==0x0005); + } +} + +/* porter rule condition: (m > 1 and (*S or *T)) */ +static int fts5Porter_MGt1_and_S_or_T(char *zStem, int nStem){ + assert( nStem>0 ); + return (zStem[nStem-1]=='s' || zStem[nStem-1]=='t') + && fts5Porter_MGt1(zStem, nStem); +} + +/* porter rule condition: (*v*) */ +static int fts5Porter_Vowel(char *zStem, int nStem){ + int i; + for(i=0; i<nStem; i++){ + if( fts5PorterIsVowel(zStem[i], i>0) ){ + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} + + +/************************************************************************** +*************************************************************************** +** GENERATED CODE STARTS HERE (mkportersteps.tcl) +*/ + +static int fts5PorterStep4(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ + int ret = 0; + int nBuf = *pnBuf; + switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){ + + case 'a': + if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("al", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-2) ){ + *pnBuf = nBuf - 2; + } + } + break; + + case 'c': + if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("ance", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){ + *pnBuf = nBuf - 4; + } + }else if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("ence", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){ + *pnBuf = nBuf - 4; + } + } + break; + + case 'e': + if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("er", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-2) ){ + *pnBuf = nBuf - 2; + } + } + break; + + case 'i': + if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("ic", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-2) ){ + *pnBuf = nBuf - 2; + } + } + break; + + case 'l': + if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("able", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){ + *pnBuf = nBuf - 4; + } + }else if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("ible", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){ + *pnBuf = nBuf - 4; + } + } + break; + + case 'n': + if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ant", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ + *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; + } + }else if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("ement", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){ + *pnBuf = nBuf - 5; + } + }else if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("ment", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){ + *pnBuf = nBuf - 4; + } + }else if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ent", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ + *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; + } + } + break; + + case 'o': + if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ion", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt1_and_S_or_T(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ + *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; + } + }else if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("ou", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-2) ){ + *pnBuf = nBuf - 2; + } + } + break; + + case 's': + if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ism", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ + *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; + } + } + break; + + case 't': + if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ate", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ + *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; + } + }else if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("iti", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ + *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; + } + } + break; + + case 'u': + if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ous", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ + *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; + } + } + break; + + case 'v': + if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ive", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ + *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; + } + } + break; + + case 'z': + if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ize", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ + *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; + } + } + break; + + } + return ret; +} + + +static int fts5PorterStep1B2(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ + int ret = 0; + int nBuf = *pnBuf; + switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){ + + case 'a': + if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("at", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-2], "ate", 3); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 2 + 3; + ret = 1; + } + break; + + case 'b': + if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("bl", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-2], "ble", 3); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 2 + 3; + ret = 1; + } + break; + + case 'i': + if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("iz", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-2], "ize", 3); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 2 + 3; + ret = 1; + } + break; + + } + return ret; +} + + +static int fts5PorterStep2(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ + int ret = 0; + int nBuf = *pnBuf; + switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){ + + case 'a': + if( nBuf>7 && 0==memcmp("ational", &aBuf[nBuf-7], 7) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-7) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-7], "ate", 3); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 7 + 3; + } + }else if( nBuf>6 && 0==memcmp("tional", &aBuf[nBuf-6], 6) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-6) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-6], "tion", 4); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 6 + 4; + } + } + break; + + case 'c': + if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("enci", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "ence", 4); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 4 + 4; + } + }else if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("anci", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "ance", 4); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 4 + 4; + } + } + break; + + case 'e': + if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("izer", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "ize", 3); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 4 + 3; + } + } + break; + + case 'g': + if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("logi", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "log", 3); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 4 + 3; + } + } + break; + + case 'l': + if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("bli", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-3], "ble", 3); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 3 + 3; + } + }else if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("alli", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "al", 2); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 4 + 2; + } + }else if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("entli", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "ent", 3); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 5 + 3; + } + }else if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("eli", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-3], "e", 1); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 3 + 1; + } + }else if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("ousli", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "ous", 3); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 5 + 3; + } + } + break; + + case 'o': + if( nBuf>7 && 0==memcmp("ization", &aBuf[nBuf-7], 7) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-7) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-7], "ize", 3); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 7 + 3; + } + }else if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("ation", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "ate", 3); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 5 + 3; + } + }else if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("ator", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "ate", 3); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 4 + 3; + } + } + break; + + case 's': + if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("alism", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "al", 2); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 5 + 2; + } + }else if( nBuf>7 && 0==memcmp("iveness", &aBuf[nBuf-7], 7) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-7) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-7], "ive", 3); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 7 + 3; + } + }else if( nBuf>7 && 0==memcmp("fulness", &aBuf[nBuf-7], 7) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-7) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-7], "ful", 3); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 7 + 3; + } + }else if( nBuf>7 && 0==memcmp("ousness", &aBuf[nBuf-7], 7) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-7) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-7], "ous", 3); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 7 + 3; + } + } + break; + + case 't': + if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("aliti", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "al", 2); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 5 + 2; + } + }else if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("iviti", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "ive", 3); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 5 + 3; + } + }else if( nBuf>6 && 0==memcmp("biliti", &aBuf[nBuf-6], 6) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-6) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-6], "ble", 3); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 6 + 3; + } + } + break; + + } + return ret; +} + + +static int fts5PorterStep3(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ + int ret = 0; + int nBuf = *pnBuf; + switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){ + + case 'a': + if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("ical", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-4], "ic", 2); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 4 + 2; + } + } + break; + + case 's': + if( nBuf>4 && 0==memcmp("ness", &aBuf[nBuf-4], 4) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-4) ){ + *pnBuf = nBuf - 4; + } + } + break; + + case 't': + if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("icate", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "ic", 2); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 5 + 2; + } + }else if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("iciti", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "ic", 2); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 5 + 2; + } + } + break; + + case 'u': + if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ful", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ + *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; + } + } + break; + + case 'v': + if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("ative", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){ + *pnBuf = nBuf - 5; + } + } + break; + + case 'z': + if( nBuf>5 && 0==memcmp("alize", &aBuf[nBuf-5], 5) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-5) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-5], "al", 2); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 5 + 2; + } + } + break; + + } + return ret; +} + + +static int fts5PorterStep1B(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ + int ret = 0; + int nBuf = *pnBuf; + switch( aBuf[nBuf-2] ){ + + case 'e': + if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("eed", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt0(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ + memcpy(&aBuf[nBuf-3], "ee", 2); + *pnBuf = nBuf - 3 + 2; + } + }else if( nBuf>2 && 0==memcmp("ed", &aBuf[nBuf-2], 2) ){ + if( fts5Porter_Vowel(aBuf, nBuf-2) ){ + *pnBuf = nBuf - 2; + ret = 1; + } + } + break; + + case 'n': + if( nBuf>3 && 0==memcmp("ing", &aBuf[nBuf-3], 3) ){ + if( fts5Porter_Vowel(aBuf, nBuf-3) ){ + *pnBuf = nBuf - 3; + ret = 1; + } + } + break; + + } + return ret; +} + +/* +** GENERATED CODE ENDS HERE (mkportersteps.tcl) +*************************************************************************** +**************************************************************************/ + +static void fts5PorterStep1A(char *aBuf, int *pnBuf){ + int nBuf = *pnBuf; + if( aBuf[nBuf-1]=='s' ){ + if( aBuf[nBuf-2]=='e' ){ + if( (nBuf>4 && aBuf[nBuf-4]=='s' && aBuf[nBuf-3]=='s') + || (nBuf>3 && aBuf[nBuf-3]=='i' ) + ){ + *pnBuf = nBuf-2; + }else{ + *pnBuf = nBuf-1; + } + } + else if( aBuf[nBuf-2]!='s' ){ + *pnBuf = nBuf-1; + } + } +} + +static int fts5PorterCb( + void *pCtx, + int tflags, + const char *pToken, + int nToken, + int iStart, + int iEnd +){ + PorterContext *p = (PorterContext*)pCtx; + + char *aBuf; + int nBuf; + + if( nToken>FTS5_PORTER_MAX_TOKEN || nToken<3 ) goto pass_through; + aBuf = p->aBuf; + nBuf = nToken; + memcpy(aBuf, pToken, nBuf); + + /* Step 1. */ + fts5PorterStep1A(aBuf, &nBuf); + if( fts5PorterStep1B(aBuf, &nBuf) ){ + if( fts5PorterStep1B2(aBuf, &nBuf)==0 ){ + char c = aBuf[nBuf-1]; + if( fts5PorterIsVowel(c, 0)==0 + && c!='l' && c!='s' && c!='z' && c==aBuf[nBuf-2] + ){ + nBuf--; + }else if( fts5Porter_MEq1(aBuf, nBuf) && fts5Porter_Ostar(aBuf, nBuf) ){ + aBuf[nBuf++] = 'e'; + } + } + } + + /* Step 1C. */ + if( aBuf[nBuf-1]=='y' && fts5Porter_Vowel(aBuf, nBuf-1) ){ + aBuf[nBuf-1] = 'i'; + } + + /* Steps 2 through 4. */ + fts5PorterStep2(aBuf, &nBuf); + fts5PorterStep3(aBuf, &nBuf); + fts5PorterStep4(aBuf, &nBuf); + + /* Step 5a. */ + assert( nBuf>0 ); + if( aBuf[nBuf-1]=='e' ){ + if( fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-1) + || (fts5Porter_MEq1(aBuf, nBuf-1) && !fts5Porter_Ostar(aBuf, nBuf-1)) + ){ + nBuf--; + } + } + + /* Step 5b. */ + if( nBuf>1 && aBuf[nBuf-1]=='l' + && aBuf[nBuf-2]=='l' && fts5Porter_MGt1(aBuf, nBuf-1) + ){ + nBuf--; + } + + return p->xToken(p->pCtx, tflags, aBuf, nBuf, iStart, iEnd); + + pass_through: + return p->xToken(p->pCtx, tflags, pToken, nToken, iStart, iEnd); +} + +/* +** Tokenize using the porter tokenizer. +*/ +static int fts5PorterTokenize( + Fts5Tokenizer *pTokenizer, + void *pCtx, + int flags, + const char *pText, int nText, + int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int nToken, int iStart, int iEnd) +){ + PorterTokenizer *p = (PorterTokenizer*)pTokenizer; + PorterContext sCtx; + sCtx.xToken = xToken; + sCtx.pCtx = pCtx; + sCtx.aBuf = p->aBuf; + return p->tokenizer.xTokenize( + p->pTokenizer, (void*)&sCtx, flags, pText, nText, fts5PorterCb + ); +} + +/* +** Register all built-in tokenizers with FTS5. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5TokenizerInit(fts5_api *pApi){ + struct BuiltinTokenizer { + const char *zName; + fts5_tokenizer x; + } aBuiltin[] = { + { "unicode61", {fts5UnicodeCreate, fts5UnicodeDelete, fts5UnicodeTokenize}}, + { "ascii", {fts5AsciiCreate, fts5AsciiDelete, fts5AsciiTokenize }}, + { "porter", {fts5PorterCreate, fts5PorterDelete, fts5PorterTokenize }}, + }; + + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int i; /* To iterate through builtin functions */ + + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<ArraySize(aBuiltin); i++){ + rc = pApi->xCreateTokenizer(pApi, + aBuiltin[i].zName, + (void*)pApi, + &aBuiltin[i].x, + 0 + ); + } + + return rc; +} + + + +/* +** 2012 May 25 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +*/ + +/* +** DO NOT EDIT THIS MACHINE GENERATED FILE. +*/ + + +/* #include <assert.h> */ + +/* +** Return true if the argument corresponds to a unicode codepoint +** classified as either a letter or a number. Otherwise false. +** +** The results are undefined if the value passed to this function +** is less than zero. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsalnum(int c){ + /* Each unsigned integer in the following array corresponds to a contiguous + ** range of unicode codepoints that are not either letters or numbers (i.e. + ** codepoints for which this function should return 0). + ** + ** The most significant 22 bits in each 32-bit value contain the first + ** codepoint in the range. The least significant 10 bits are used to store + ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value + ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint + ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints + ** using this format. + */ + static const unsigned int aEntry[] = { + 0x00000030, 0x0000E807, 0x00016C06, 0x0001EC2F, 0x0002AC07, + 0x0002D001, 0x0002D803, 0x0002EC01, 0x0002FC01, 0x00035C01, + 0x0003DC01, 0x000B0804, 0x000B480E, 0x000B9407, 0x000BB401, + 0x000BBC81, 0x000DD401, 0x000DF801, 0x000E1002, 0x000E1C01, + 0x000FD801, 0x00120808, 0x00156806, 0x00162402, 0x00163C01, + 0x00164437, 0x0017CC02, 0x00180005, 0x00181816, 0x00187802, + 0x00192C15, 0x0019A804, 0x0019C001, 0x001B5001, 0x001B580F, + 0x001B9C07, 0x001BF402, 0x001C000E, 0x001C3C01, 0x001C4401, + 0x001CC01B, 0x001E980B, 0x001FAC09, 0x001FD804, 0x00205804, + 0x00206C09, 0x00209403, 0x0020A405, 0x0020C00F, 0x00216403, + 0x00217801, 0x0023901B, 0x00240004, 0x0024E803, 0x0024F812, + 0x00254407, 0x00258804, 0x0025C001, 0x00260403, 0x0026F001, + 0x0026F807, 0x00271C02, 0x00272C03, 0x00275C01, 0x00278802, + 0x0027C802, 0x0027E802, 0x00280403, 0x0028F001, 0x0028F805, + 0x00291C02, 0x00292C03, 0x00294401, 0x0029C002, 0x0029D401, + 0x002A0403, 0x002AF001, 0x002AF808, 0x002B1C03, 0x002B2C03, + 0x002B8802, 0x002BC002, 0x002C0403, 0x002CF001, 0x002CF807, + 0x002D1C02, 0x002D2C03, 0x002D5802, 0x002D8802, 0x002DC001, + 0x002E0801, 0x002EF805, 0x002F1803, 0x002F2804, 0x002F5C01, + 0x002FCC08, 0x00300403, 0x0030F807, 0x00311803, 0x00312804, + 0x00315402, 0x00318802, 0x0031FC01, 0x00320802, 0x0032F001, + 0x0032F807, 0x00331803, 0x00332804, 0x00335402, 0x00338802, + 0x00340802, 0x0034F807, 0x00351803, 0x00352804, 0x00355C01, + 0x00358802, 0x0035E401, 0x00360802, 0x00372801, 0x00373C06, + 0x00375801, 0x00376008, 0x0037C803, 0x0038C401, 0x0038D007, + 0x0038FC01, 0x00391C09, 0x00396802, 0x003AC401, 0x003AD006, + 0x003AEC02, 0x003B2006, 0x003C041F, 0x003CD00C, 0x003DC417, + 0x003E340B, 0x003E6424, 0x003EF80F, 0x003F380D, 0x0040AC14, + 0x00412806, 0x00415804, 0x00417803, 0x00418803, 0x00419C07, + 0x0041C404, 0x0042080C, 0x00423C01, 0x00426806, 0x0043EC01, + 0x004D740C, 0x004E400A, 0x00500001, 0x0059B402, 0x005A0001, + 0x005A6C02, 0x005BAC03, 0x005C4803, 0x005CC805, 0x005D4802, + 0x005DC802, 0x005ED023, 0x005F6004, 0x005F7401, 0x0060000F, + 0x0062A401, 0x0064800C, 0x0064C00C, 0x00650001, 0x00651002, + 0x0066C011, 0x00672002, 0x00677822, 0x00685C05, 0x00687802, + 0x0069540A, 0x0069801D, 0x0069FC01, 0x006A8007, 0x006AA006, + 0x006C0005, 0x006CD011, 0x006D6823, 0x006E0003, 0x006E840D, + 0x006F980E, 0x006FF004, 0x00709014, 0x0070EC05, 0x0071F802, + 0x00730008, 0x00734019, 0x0073B401, 0x0073C803, 0x00770027, + 0x0077F004, 0x007EF401, 0x007EFC03, 0x007F3403, 0x007F7403, + 0x007FB403, 0x007FF402, 0x00800065, 0x0081A806, 0x0081E805, + 0x00822805, 0x0082801A, 0x00834021, 0x00840002, 0x00840C04, + 0x00842002, 0x00845001, 0x00845803, 0x00847806, 0x00849401, + 0x00849C01, 0x0084A401, 0x0084B801, 0x0084E802, 0x00850005, + 0x00852804, 0x00853C01, 0x00864264, 0x00900027, 0x0091000B, + 0x0092704E, 0x00940200, 0x009C0475, 0x009E53B9, 0x00AD400A, + 0x00B39406, 0x00B3BC03, 0x00B3E404, 0x00B3F802, 0x00B5C001, + 0x00B5FC01, 0x00B7804F, 0x00B8C00C, 0x00BA001A, 0x00BA6C59, + 0x00BC00D6, 0x00BFC00C, 0x00C00005, 0x00C02019, 0x00C0A807, + 0x00C0D802, 0x00C0F403, 0x00C26404, 0x00C28001, 0x00C3EC01, + 0x00C64002, 0x00C6580A, 0x00C70024, 0x00C8001F, 0x00C8A81E, + 0x00C94001, 0x00C98020, 0x00CA2827, 0x00CB003F, 0x00CC0100, + 0x01370040, 0x02924037, 0x0293F802, 0x02983403, 0x0299BC10, + 0x029A7C01, 0x029BC008, 0x029C0017, 0x029C8002, 0x029E2402, + 0x02A00801, 0x02A01801, 0x02A02C01, 0x02A08C09, 0x02A0D804, + 0x02A1D004, 0x02A20002, 0x02A2D011, 0x02A33802, 0x02A38012, + 0x02A3E003, 0x02A4980A, 0x02A51C0D, 0x02A57C01, 0x02A60004, + 0x02A6CC1B, 0x02A77802, 0x02A8A40E, 0x02A90C01, 0x02A93002, + 0x02A97004, 0x02A9DC03, 0x02A9EC01, 0x02AAC001, 0x02AAC803, + 0x02AADC02, 0x02AAF802, 0x02AB0401, 0x02AB7802, 0x02ABAC07, + 0x02ABD402, 0x02AF8C0B, 0x03600001, 0x036DFC02, 0x036FFC02, + 0x037FFC01, 0x03EC7801, 0x03ECA401, 0x03EEC810, 0x03F4F802, + 0x03F7F002, 0x03F8001A, 0x03F88007, 0x03F8C023, 0x03F95013, + 0x03F9A004, 0x03FBFC01, 0x03FC040F, 0x03FC6807, 0x03FCEC06, + 0x03FD6C0B, 0x03FF8007, 0x03FFA007, 0x03FFE405, 0x04040003, + 0x0404DC09, 0x0405E411, 0x0406400C, 0x0407402E, 0x040E7C01, + 0x040F4001, 0x04215C01, 0x04247C01, 0x0424FC01, 0x04280403, + 0x04281402, 0x04283004, 0x0428E003, 0x0428FC01, 0x04294009, + 0x0429FC01, 0x042CE407, 0x04400003, 0x0440E016, 0x04420003, + 0x0442C012, 0x04440003, 0x04449C0E, 0x04450004, 0x04460003, + 0x0446CC0E, 0x04471404, 0x045AAC0D, 0x0491C004, 0x05BD442E, + 0x05BE3C04, 0x074000F6, 0x07440027, 0x0744A4B5, 0x07480046, + 0x074C0057, 0x075B0401, 0x075B6C01, 0x075BEC01, 0x075C5401, + 0x075CD401, 0x075D3C01, 0x075DBC01, 0x075E2401, 0x075EA401, + 0x075F0C01, 0x07BBC002, 0x07C0002C, 0x07C0C064, 0x07C2800F, + 0x07C2C40E, 0x07C3040F, 0x07C3440F, 0x07C4401F, 0x07C4C03C, + 0x07C5C02B, 0x07C7981D, 0x07C8402B, 0x07C90009, 0x07C94002, + 0x07CC0021, 0x07CCC006, 0x07CCDC46, 0x07CE0014, 0x07CE8025, + 0x07CF1805, 0x07CF8011, 0x07D0003F, 0x07D10001, 0x07D108B6, + 0x07D3E404, 0x07D4003E, 0x07D50004, 0x07D54018, 0x07D7EC46, + 0x07D9140B, 0x07DA0046, 0x07DC0074, 0x38000401, 0x38008060, + 0x380400F0, + }; + static const unsigned int aAscii[4] = { + 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFC00FFFF, 0xF8000001, 0xF8000001, + }; + + if( (unsigned int)c<128 ){ + return ( (aAscii[c >> 5] & (1 << (c & 0x001F)))==0 ); + }else if( (unsigned int)c<(1<<22) ){ + unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<10) | 0x000003FF; + int iRes = 0; + int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1; + int iLo = 0; + while( iHi>=iLo ){ + int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2; + if( key >= aEntry[iTest] ){ + iRes = iTest; + iLo = iTest+1; + }else{ + iHi = iTest-1; + } + } + assert( aEntry[0]<key ); + assert( key>=aEntry[iRes] ); + return (((unsigned int)c) >= ((aEntry[iRes]>>10) + (aEntry[iRes]&0x3FF))); + } + return 1; +} + + +/* +** If the argument is a codepoint corresponding to a lowercase letter +** in the ASCII range with a diacritic added, return the codepoint +** of the ASCII letter only. For example, if passed 235 - "LATIN +** SMALL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS" - return 65 ("LATIN SMALL LETTER +** E"). The resuls of passing a codepoint that corresponds to an +** uppercase letter are undefined. +*/ +static int fts5_remove_diacritic(int c){ + unsigned short aDia[] = { + 0, 1797, 1848, 1859, 1891, 1928, 1940, 1995, + 2024, 2040, 2060, 2110, 2168, 2206, 2264, 2286, + 2344, 2383, 2472, 2488, 2516, 2596, 2668, 2732, + 2782, 2842, 2894, 2954, 2984, 3000, 3028, 3336, + 3456, 3696, 3712, 3728, 3744, 3896, 3912, 3928, + 3968, 4008, 4040, 4106, 4138, 4170, 4202, 4234, + 4266, 4296, 4312, 4344, 4408, 4424, 4472, 4504, + 6148, 6198, 6264, 6280, 6360, 6429, 6505, 6529, + 61448, 61468, 61534, 61592, 61642, 61688, 61704, 61726, + 61784, 61800, 61836, 61880, 61914, 61948, 61998, 62122, + 62154, 62200, 62218, 62302, 62364, 62442, 62478, 62536, + 62554, 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730, + 62924, 63050, 63082, 63274, 63390, + }; + char aChar[] = { + '\0', 'a', 'c', 'e', 'i', 'n', 'o', 'u', 'y', 'y', 'a', 'c', + 'd', 'e', 'e', 'g', 'h', 'i', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'n', 'o', 'r', + 's', 't', 'u', 'u', 'w', 'y', 'z', 'o', 'u', 'a', 'i', 'o', + 'u', 'g', 'k', 'o', 'j', 'g', 'n', 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', 'r', + 'u', 's', 't', 'h', 'a', 'e', 'o', 'y', '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', + '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a', 'b', 'd', 'd', 'e', 'f', 'g', 'h', + 'h', 'i', 'k', 'l', 'l', 'm', 'n', 'p', 'r', 'r', 's', 't', + 'u', 'v', 'w', 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', 'h', 't', 'w', 'y', 'a', + 'e', 'i', 'o', 'u', 'y', + }; + + unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<3) | 0x00000007; + int iRes = 0; + int iHi = sizeof(aDia)/sizeof(aDia[0]) - 1; + int iLo = 0; + while( iHi>=iLo ){ + int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2; + if( key >= aDia[iTest] ){ + iRes = iTest; + iLo = iTest+1; + }else{ + iHi = iTest-1; + } + } + assert( key>=aDia[iRes] ); + return ((c > (aDia[iRes]>>3) + (aDia[iRes]&0x07)) ? c : (int)aChar[iRes]); +} + + +/* +** Return true if the argument interpreted as a unicode codepoint +** is a diacritical modifier character. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeIsdiacritic(int c){ + unsigned int mask0 = 0x08029FDF; + unsigned int mask1 = 0x000361F8; + if( c<768 || c>817 ) return 0; + return (c < 768+32) ? + (mask0 & (1 << (c-768))) : + (mask1 & (1 << (c-768-32))); +} + + +/* +** Interpret the argument as a unicode codepoint. If the codepoint +** is an upper case character that has a lower case equivalent, +** return the codepoint corresponding to the lower case version. +** Otherwise, return a copy of the argument. +** +** The results are undefined if the value passed to this function +** is less than zero. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5UnicodeFold(int c, int bRemoveDiacritic){ + /* Each entry in the following array defines a rule for folding a range + ** of codepoints to lower case. The rule applies to a range of nRange + ** codepoints starting at codepoint iCode. + ** + ** If the least significant bit in flags is clear, then the rule applies + ** to all nRange codepoints (i.e. all nRange codepoints are upper case and + ** need to be folded). Or, if it is set, then the rule only applies to + ** every second codepoint in the range, starting with codepoint C. + ** + ** The 7 most significant bits in flags are an index into the aiOff[] + ** array. If a specific codepoint C does require folding, then its lower + ** case equivalent is ((C + aiOff[flags>>1]) & 0xFFFF). + ** + ** The contents of this array are generated by parsing the CaseFolding.txt + ** file distributed as part of the "Unicode Character Database". See + ** http://www.unicode.org for details. + */ + static const struct TableEntry { + unsigned short iCode; + unsigned char flags; + unsigned char nRange; + } aEntry[] = { + {65, 14, 26}, {181, 64, 1}, {192, 14, 23}, + {216, 14, 7}, {256, 1, 48}, {306, 1, 6}, + {313, 1, 16}, {330, 1, 46}, {376, 116, 1}, + {377, 1, 6}, {383, 104, 1}, {385, 50, 1}, + {386, 1, 4}, {390, 44, 1}, {391, 0, 1}, + {393, 42, 2}, {395, 0, 1}, {398, 32, 1}, + {399, 38, 1}, {400, 40, 1}, {401, 0, 1}, + {403, 42, 1}, {404, 46, 1}, {406, 52, 1}, + {407, 48, 1}, {408, 0, 1}, {412, 52, 1}, + {413, 54, 1}, {415, 56, 1}, {416, 1, 6}, + {422, 60, 1}, {423, 0, 1}, {425, 60, 1}, + {428, 0, 1}, {430, 60, 1}, {431, 0, 1}, + {433, 58, 2}, {435, 1, 4}, {439, 62, 1}, + {440, 0, 1}, {444, 0, 1}, {452, 2, 1}, + {453, 0, 1}, {455, 2, 1}, {456, 0, 1}, + {458, 2, 1}, {459, 1, 18}, {478, 1, 18}, + {497, 2, 1}, {498, 1, 4}, {502, 122, 1}, + {503, 134, 1}, {504, 1, 40}, {544, 110, 1}, + {546, 1, 18}, {570, 70, 1}, {571, 0, 1}, + {573, 108, 1}, {574, 68, 1}, {577, 0, 1}, + {579, 106, 1}, {580, 28, 1}, {581, 30, 1}, + {582, 1, 10}, {837, 36, 1}, {880, 1, 4}, + {886, 0, 1}, {902, 18, 1}, {904, 16, 3}, + {908, 26, 1}, {910, 24, 2}, {913, 14, 17}, + {931, 14, 9}, {962, 0, 1}, {975, 4, 1}, + {976, 140, 1}, {977, 142, 1}, {981, 146, 1}, + {982, 144, 1}, {984, 1, 24}, {1008, 136, 1}, + {1009, 138, 1}, {1012, 130, 1}, {1013, 128, 1}, + {1015, 0, 1}, {1017, 152, 1}, {1018, 0, 1}, + {1021, 110, 3}, {1024, 34, 16}, {1040, 14, 32}, + {1120, 1, 34}, {1162, 1, 54}, {1216, 6, 1}, + {1217, 1, 14}, {1232, 1, 88}, {1329, 22, 38}, + {4256, 66, 38}, {4295, 66, 1}, {4301, 66, 1}, + {7680, 1, 150}, {7835, 132, 1}, {7838, 96, 1}, + {7840, 1, 96}, {7944, 150, 8}, {7960, 150, 6}, + {7976, 150, 8}, {7992, 150, 8}, {8008, 150, 6}, + {8025, 151, 8}, {8040, 150, 8}, {8072, 150, 8}, + {8088, 150, 8}, {8104, 150, 8}, {8120, 150, 2}, + {8122, 126, 2}, {8124, 148, 1}, {8126, 100, 1}, + {8136, 124, 4}, {8140, 148, 1}, {8152, 150, 2}, + {8154, 120, 2}, {8168, 150, 2}, {8170, 118, 2}, + {8172, 152, 1}, {8184, 112, 2}, {8186, 114, 2}, + {8188, 148, 1}, {8486, 98, 1}, {8490, 92, 1}, + {8491, 94, 1}, {8498, 12, 1}, {8544, 8, 16}, + {8579, 0, 1}, {9398, 10, 26}, {11264, 22, 47}, + {11360, 0, 1}, {11362, 88, 1}, {11363, 102, 1}, + {11364, 90, 1}, {11367, 1, 6}, {11373, 84, 1}, + {11374, 86, 1}, {11375, 80, 1}, {11376, 82, 1}, + {11378, 0, 1}, {11381, 0, 1}, {11390, 78, 2}, + {11392, 1, 100}, {11499, 1, 4}, {11506, 0, 1}, + {42560, 1, 46}, {42624, 1, 24}, {42786, 1, 14}, + {42802, 1, 62}, {42873, 1, 4}, {42877, 76, 1}, + {42878, 1, 10}, {42891, 0, 1}, {42893, 74, 1}, + {42896, 1, 4}, {42912, 1, 10}, {42922, 72, 1}, + {65313, 14, 26}, + }; + static const unsigned short aiOff[] = { + 1, 2, 8, 15, 16, 26, 28, 32, + 37, 38, 40, 48, 63, 64, 69, 71, + 79, 80, 116, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, + 209, 210, 211, 213, 214, 217, 218, 219, + 775, 7264, 10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721, + 54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274, + 57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406, + 65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462, + 65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511, + 65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529, + }; + + int ret = c; + + assert( sizeof(unsigned short)==2 && sizeof(unsigned char)==1 ); + + if( c<128 ){ + if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ) ret = c + ('a' - 'A'); + }else if( c<65536 ){ + const struct TableEntry *p; + int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1; + int iLo = 0; + int iRes = -1; + + assert( c>aEntry[0].iCode ); + while( iHi>=iLo ){ + int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2; + int cmp = (c - aEntry[iTest].iCode); + if( cmp>=0 ){ + iRes = iTest; + iLo = iTest+1; + }else{ + iHi = iTest-1; + } + } + + assert( iRes>=0 && c>=aEntry[iRes].iCode ); + p = &aEntry[iRes]; + if( c<(p->iCode + p->nRange) && 0==(0x01 & p->flags & (p->iCode ^ c)) ){ + ret = (c + (aiOff[p->flags>>1])) & 0x0000FFFF; + assert( ret>0 ); + } + + if( bRemoveDiacritic ) ret = fts5_remove_diacritic(ret); + } + + else if( c>=66560 && c<66600 ){ + ret = c + 40; + } + + return ret; +} + +/* +** 2015 May 30 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** Routines for varint serialization and deserialization. +*/ + + +/* #include "fts5Int.h" */ + +/* +** This is a copy of the sqlite3GetVarint32() routine from the SQLite core. +** Except, this version does handle the single byte case that the core +** version depends on being handled before its function is called. +*/ +static int sqlite3Fts5GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){ + u32 a,b; + + /* The 1-byte case. Overwhelmingly the most common. */ + a = *p; + /* a: p0 (unmasked) */ + if (!(a&0x80)) + { + /* Values between 0 and 127 */ + *v = a; + return 1; + } + + /* The 2-byte case */ + p++; + b = *p; + /* b: p1 (unmasked) */ + if (!(b&0x80)) + { + /* Values between 128 and 16383 */ + a &= 0x7f; + a = a<<7; + *v = a | b; + return 2; + } + + /* The 3-byte case */ + p++; + a = a<<14; + a |= *p; + /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */ + if (!(a&0x80)) + { + /* Values between 16384 and 2097151 */ + a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); + b &= 0x7f; + b = b<<7; + *v = a | b; + return 3; + } + + /* A 32-bit varint is used to store size information in btrees. + ** Objects are rarely larger than 2MiB limit of a 3-byte varint. + ** A 3-byte varint is sufficient, for example, to record the size + ** of a 1048569-byte BLOB or string. + ** + ** We only unroll the first 1-, 2-, and 3- byte cases. The very + ** rare larger cases can be handled by the slower 64-bit varint + ** routine. + */ + { + u64 v64; + u8 n; + p -= 2; + n = sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(p, &v64); + *v = (u32)v64; + assert( n>3 && n<=9 ); + return n; + } +} + + +/* +** Bitmasks used by sqlite3GetVarint(). These precomputed constants +** are defined here rather than simply putting the constant expressions +** inline in order to work around bugs in the RVT compiler. +** +** SLOT_2_0 A mask for (0x7f<<14) | 0x7f +** +** SLOT_4_2_0 A mask for (0x7f<<28) | SLOT_2_0 +*/ +#define SLOT_2_0 0x001fc07f +#define SLOT_4_2_0 0xf01fc07f + +/* +** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. +** Return the number of bytes read. The value is stored in *v. +*/ +static u8 sqlite3Fts5GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){ + u32 a,b,s; + + a = *p; + /* a: p0 (unmasked) */ + if (!(a&0x80)) + { + *v = a; + return 1; + } + + p++; + b = *p; + /* b: p1 (unmasked) */ + if (!(b&0x80)) + { + a &= 0x7f; + a = a<<7; + a |= b; + *v = a; + return 2; + } + + /* Verify that constants are precomputed correctly */ + assert( SLOT_2_0 == ((0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) ); + assert( SLOT_4_2_0 == ((0xfU<<28) | (0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) ); + + p++; + a = a<<14; + a |= *p; + /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */ + if (!(a&0x80)) + { + a &= SLOT_2_0; + b &= 0x7f; + b = b<<7; + a |= b; + *v = a; + return 3; + } + + /* CSE1 from below */ + a &= SLOT_2_0; + p++; + b = b<<14; + b |= *p; + /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */ + if (!(b&0x80)) + { + b &= SLOT_2_0; + /* moved CSE1 up */ + /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ + a = a<<7; + a |= b; + *v = a; + return 4; + } + + /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */ + /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */ + /* 1:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */ + /* moved CSE1 up */ + /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ + b &= SLOT_2_0; + s = a; + /* s: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */ + + p++; + a = a<<14; + a |= *p; + /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */ + if (!(a&0x80)) + { + /* we can skip these cause they were (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */ + /* a &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ + /* b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ + b = b<<7; + a |= b; + s = s>>18; + *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; + return 5; + } + + /* 2:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */ + s = s<<7; + s |= b; + /* s: p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */ + + p++; + b = b<<14; + b |= *p; + /* b: p1<<28 | p3<<14 | p5 (unmasked) */ + if (!(b&0x80)) + { + /* we can skip this cause it was (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */ + /* b &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ + a &= SLOT_2_0; + a = a<<7; + a |= b; + s = s>>18; + *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; + return 6; + } + + p++; + a = a<<14; + a |= *p; + /* a: p2<<28 | p4<<14 | p6 (unmasked) */ + if (!(a&0x80)) + { + a &= SLOT_4_2_0; + b &= SLOT_2_0; + b = b<<7; + a |= b; + s = s>>11; + *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; + return 7; + } + + /* CSE2 from below */ + a &= SLOT_2_0; + p++; + b = b<<14; + b |= *p; + /* b: p3<<28 | p5<<14 | p7 (unmasked) */ + if (!(b&0x80)) + { + b &= SLOT_4_2_0; + /* moved CSE2 up */ + /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ + a = a<<7; + a |= b; + s = s>>4; + *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; + return 8; + } + + p++; + a = a<<15; + a |= *p; + /* a: p4<<29 | p6<<15 | p8 (unmasked) */ + + /* moved CSE2 up */ + /* a &= (0x7f<<29)|(0x7f<<15)|(0xff); */ + b &= SLOT_2_0; + b = b<<8; + a |= b; + + s = s<<4; + b = p[-4]; + b &= 0x7f; + b = b>>3; + s |= b; + + *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; + + return 9; +} + +/* +** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows: +** +** KEY: +** A = 0xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit +** B = 1xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit +** C = xxxxxxxx 8 bits of data +** +** 7 bits - A +** 14 bits - BA +** 21 bits - BBA +** 28 bits - BBBA +** 35 bits - BBBBA +** 42 bits - BBBBBA +** 49 bits - BBBBBBA +** 56 bits - BBBBBBBA +** 64 bits - BBBBBBBBC +*/ + +#ifdef SQLITE_NOINLINE +# define FTS5_NOINLINE SQLITE_NOINLINE +#else +# define FTS5_NOINLINE +#endif + +/* +** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0]. +** The length of data write will be between 1 and 9 bytes. The number +** of bytes written is returned. +** +** A variable-length integer consists of the lower 7 bits of each byte +** for all bytes that have the 8th bit set and one byte with the 8th +** bit clear. Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full +** 8 bits and is the last byte. +*/ +static int FTS5_NOINLINE fts5PutVarint64(unsigned char *p, u64 v){ + int i, j, n; + u8 buf[10]; + if( v & (((u64)0xff000000)<<32) ){ + p[8] = (u8)v; + v >>= 8; + for(i=7; i>=0; i--){ + p[i] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80); + v >>= 7; + } + return 9; + } + n = 0; + do{ + buf[n++] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80); + v >>= 7; + }while( v!=0 ); + buf[0] &= 0x7f; + assert( n<=9 ); + for(i=0, j=n-1; j>=0; j--, i++){ + p[i] = buf[j]; + } + return n; +} + +static int sqlite3Fts5PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){ + if( v<=0x7f ){ + p[0] = v&0x7f; + return 1; + } + if( v<=0x3fff ){ + p[0] = ((v>>7)&0x7f)|0x80; + p[1] = v&0x7f; + return 2; + } + return fts5PutVarint64(p,v); +} + + +static int sqlite3Fts5GetVarintLen(u32 iVal){ +#if 0 + if( iVal<(1 << 7 ) ) return 1; +#endif + assert( iVal>=(1 << 7) ); + if( iVal<(1 << 14) ) return 2; + if( iVal<(1 << 21) ) return 3; + if( iVal<(1 << 28) ) return 4; + return 5; +} + + +/* +** 2015 May 08 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This is an SQLite virtual table module implementing direct access to an +** existing FTS5 index. The module may create several different types of +** tables: +** +** col: +** CREATE TABLE vocab(term, col, doc, cnt, PRIMARY KEY(term, col)); +** +** One row for each term/column combination. The value of $doc is set to +** the number of fts5 rows that contain at least one instance of term +** $term within column $col. Field $cnt is set to the total number of +** instances of term $term in column $col (in any row of the fts5 table). +** +** row: +** CREATE TABLE vocab(term, doc, cnt, PRIMARY KEY(term)); +** +** One row for each term in the database. The value of $doc is set to +** the number of fts5 rows that contain at least one instance of term +** $term. Field $cnt is set to the total number of instances of term +** $term in the database. +*/ + + +/* #include "fts5Int.h" */ + + +typedef struct Fts5VocabTable Fts5VocabTable; +typedef struct Fts5VocabCursor Fts5VocabCursor; + +struct Fts5VocabTable { + sqlite3_vtab base; + char *zFts5Tbl; /* Name of fts5 table */ + char *zFts5Db; /* Db containing fts5 table */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Database handle */ + Fts5Global *pGlobal; /* FTS5 global object for this database */ + int eType; /* FTS5_VOCAB_COL or ROW */ +}; + +struct Fts5VocabCursor { + sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement holding lock on pIndex */ + Fts5Index *pIndex; /* Associated FTS5 index */ + + int bEof; /* True if this cursor is at EOF */ + Fts5IndexIter *pIter; /* Term/rowid iterator object */ + + int nLeTerm; /* Size of zLeTerm in bytes */ + char *zLeTerm; /* (term <= $zLeTerm) paramater, or NULL */ + + /* These are used by 'col' tables only */ + Fts5Config *pConfig; /* Fts5 table configuration */ + int iCol; + i64 *aCnt; + i64 *aDoc; + + /* Output values used by 'row' and 'col' tables */ + i64 rowid; /* This table's current rowid value */ + Fts5Buffer term; /* Current value of 'term' column */ +}; + +#define FTS5_VOCAB_COL 0 +#define FTS5_VOCAB_ROW 1 + +#define FTS5_VOCAB_COL_SCHEMA "term, col, doc, cnt" +#define FTS5_VOCAB_ROW_SCHEMA "term, doc, cnt" + +/* +** Bits for the mask used as the idxNum value by xBestIndex/xFilter. +*/ +#define FTS5_VOCAB_TERM_EQ 0x01 +#define FTS5_VOCAB_TERM_GE 0x02 +#define FTS5_VOCAB_TERM_LE 0x04 + + +/* +** Translate a string containing an fts5vocab table type to an +** FTS5_VOCAB_XXX constant. If successful, set *peType to the output +** value and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, set *pzErr to an error message +** and return SQLITE_ERROR. +*/ +static int fts5VocabTableType(const char *zType, char **pzErr, int *peType){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + char *zCopy = sqlite3Fts5Strndup(&rc, zType, -1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3Fts5Dequote(zCopy); + if( sqlite3_stricmp(zCopy, "col")==0 ){ + *peType = FTS5_VOCAB_COL; + }else + + if( sqlite3_stricmp(zCopy, "row")==0 ){ + *peType = FTS5_VOCAB_ROW; + }else + { + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("fts5vocab: unknown table type: %Q", zCopy); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + sqlite3_free(zCopy); + } + + return rc; +} + + +/* +** The xDisconnect() virtual table method. +*/ +static int fts5VocabDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts5VocabTable *pTab = (Fts5VocabTable*)pVtab; + sqlite3_free(pTab); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** The xDestroy() virtual table method. +*/ +static int fts5VocabDestroyMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + Fts5VocabTable *pTab = (Fts5VocabTable*)pVtab; + sqlite3_free(pTab); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate +** methods of the FTS3 virtual table. +** +** The argv[] array contains the following: +** +** argv[0] -> module name ("fts5vocab") +** argv[1] -> database name +** argv[2] -> table name +** +** then: +** +** argv[3] -> name of fts5 table +** argv[4] -> type of fts5vocab table +** +** or, for tables in the TEMP schema only. +** +** argv[3] -> name of fts5 tables database +** argv[4] -> name of fts5 table +** argv[5] -> type of fts5vocab table +*/ +static int fts5VocabInitVtab( + sqlite3 *db, /* The SQLite database connection */ + void *pAux, /* Pointer to Fts5Global object */ + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ + const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, /* Write the resulting vtab structure here */ + char **pzErr /* Write any error message here */ +){ + const char *azSchema[] = { + "CREATE TABlE vocab(" FTS5_VOCAB_COL_SCHEMA ")", + "CREATE TABlE vocab(" FTS5_VOCAB_ROW_SCHEMA ")" + }; + + Fts5VocabTable *pRet = 0; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ + int bDb; + + bDb = (argc==6 && strlen(argv[1])==4 && memcmp("temp", argv[1], 4)==0); + + if( argc!=5 && bDb==0 ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("wrong number of vtable arguments"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + }else{ + int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ + const char *zDb = bDb ? argv[3] : argv[1]; + const char *zTab = bDb ? argv[4] : argv[3]; + const char *zType = bDb ? argv[5] : argv[4]; + int nDb = (int)strlen(zDb)+1; + int nTab = (int)strlen(zTab)+1; + int eType = 0; + + rc = fts5VocabTableType(zType, pzErr, &eType); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( eType>=0 && eType<ArraySize(azSchema) ); + rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, azSchema[eType]); + } + + nByte = sizeof(Fts5VocabTable) + nDb + nTab; + pRet = sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, nByte); + if( pRet ){ + pRet->pGlobal = (Fts5Global*)pAux; + pRet->eType = eType; + pRet->db = db; + pRet->zFts5Tbl = (char*)&pRet[1]; + pRet->zFts5Db = &pRet->zFts5Tbl[nTab]; + memcpy(pRet->zFts5Tbl, zTab, nTab); + memcpy(pRet->zFts5Db, zDb, nDb); + sqlite3Fts5Dequote(pRet->zFts5Tbl); + sqlite3Fts5Dequote(pRet->zFts5Db); + } + } + + *ppVTab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pRet; + return rc; +} + + +/* +** The xConnect() and xCreate() methods for the virtual table. All the +** work is done in function fts5VocabInitVtab(). +*/ +static int fts5VocabConnectMethod( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */ + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ + const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ +){ + return fts5VocabInitVtab(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr); +} +static int fts5VocabCreateMethod( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ + void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */ + int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ + const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ + sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ + char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ +){ + return fts5VocabInitVtab(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the xBestIndex method. +*/ +static int fts5VocabBestIndexMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pUnused, + sqlite3_index_info *pInfo +){ + int i; + int iTermEq = -1; + int iTermGe = -1; + int iTermLe = -1; + int idxNum = 0; + int nArg = 0; + + UNUSED_PARAM(pUnused); + + for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){ + struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p = &pInfo->aConstraint[i]; + if( p->usable==0 ) continue; + if( p->iColumn==0 ){ /* term column */ + if( p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iTermEq = i; + if( p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ) iTermLe = i; + if( p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ) iTermLe = i; + if( p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ) iTermGe = i; + if( p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ) iTermGe = i; + } + } + + if( iTermEq>=0 ){ + idxNum |= FTS5_VOCAB_TERM_EQ; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iTermEq].argvIndex = ++nArg; + pInfo->estimatedCost = 100; + }else{ + pInfo->estimatedCost = 1000000; + if( iTermGe>=0 ){ + idxNum |= FTS5_VOCAB_TERM_GE; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iTermGe].argvIndex = ++nArg; + pInfo->estimatedCost = pInfo->estimatedCost / 2; + } + if( iTermLe>=0 ){ + idxNum |= FTS5_VOCAB_TERM_LE; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iTermLe].argvIndex = ++nArg; + pInfo->estimatedCost = pInfo->estimatedCost / 2; + } + } + + pInfo->idxNum = idxNum; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Implementation of xOpen method. +*/ +static int fts5VocabOpenMethod( + sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, + sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr +){ + Fts5VocabTable *pTab = (Fts5VocabTable*)pVTab; + Fts5Index *pIndex = 0; + Fts5Config *pConfig = 0; + Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr = 0; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + char *zSql = 0; + + zSql = sqlite3Fts5Mprintf(&rc, + "SELECT t.%Q FROM %Q.%Q AS t WHERE t.%Q MATCH '*id'", + pTab->zFts5Tbl, pTab->zFts5Db, pTab->zFts5Tbl, pTab->zFts5Tbl + ); + if( zSql ){ + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pTab->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + } + sqlite3_free(zSql); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 ); + if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( pStmt && sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ + i64 iId = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0); + pIndex = sqlite3Fts5IndexFromCsrid(pTab->pGlobal, iId, &pConfig); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pIndex==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + pStmt = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pVTab->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf( + "no such fts5 table: %s.%s", pTab->zFts5Db, pTab->zFts5Tbl + ); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int nByte = pConfig->nCol * sizeof(i64) * 2 + sizeof(Fts5VocabCursor); + pCsr = (Fts5VocabCursor*)sqlite3Fts5MallocZero(&rc, nByte); + } + + if( pCsr ){ + pCsr->pIndex = pIndex; + pCsr->pStmt = pStmt; + pCsr->pConfig = pConfig; + pCsr->aCnt = (i64*)&pCsr[1]; + pCsr->aDoc = &pCsr->aCnt[pConfig->nCol]; + }else{ + sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); + } + + *ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor*)pCsr; + return rc; +} + +static void fts5VocabResetCursor(Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr){ + pCsr->rowid = 0; + sqlite3Fts5IterClose(pCsr->pIter); + pCsr->pIter = 0; + sqlite3_free(pCsr->zLeTerm); + pCsr->nLeTerm = -1; + pCsr->zLeTerm = 0; +} + +/* +** Close the cursor. For additional information see the documentation +** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface. +*/ +static int fts5VocabCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr = (Fts5VocabCursor*)pCursor; + fts5VocabResetCursor(pCsr); + sqlite3Fts5BufferFree(&pCsr->term); + sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt); + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +/* +** Advance the cursor to the next row in the table. +*/ +static int fts5VocabNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr = (Fts5VocabCursor*)pCursor; + Fts5VocabTable *pTab = (Fts5VocabTable*)pCursor->pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nCol = pCsr->pConfig->nCol; + + pCsr->rowid++; + + if( pTab->eType==FTS5_VOCAB_COL ){ + for(pCsr->iCol++; pCsr->iCol<nCol; pCsr->iCol++){ + if( pCsr->aDoc[pCsr->iCol] ) break; + } + } + + if( pTab->eType==FTS5_VOCAB_ROW || pCsr->iCol>=nCol ){ + if( sqlite3Fts5IterEof(pCsr->pIter) ){ + pCsr->bEof = 1; + }else{ + const char *zTerm; + int nTerm; + + zTerm = sqlite3Fts5IterTerm(pCsr->pIter, &nTerm); + if( pCsr->nLeTerm>=0 ){ + int nCmp = MIN(nTerm, pCsr->nLeTerm); + int bCmp = memcmp(pCsr->zLeTerm, zTerm, nCmp); + if( bCmp<0 || (bCmp==0 && pCsr->nLeTerm<nTerm) ){ + pCsr->bEof = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + + sqlite3Fts5BufferSet(&rc, &pCsr->term, nTerm, (const u8*)zTerm); + memset(pCsr->aCnt, 0, nCol * sizeof(i64)); + memset(pCsr->aDoc, 0, nCol * sizeof(i64)); + pCsr->iCol = 0; + + assert( pTab->eType==FTS5_VOCAB_COL || pTab->eType==FTS5_VOCAB_ROW ); + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + const u8 *pPos; int nPos; /* Position list */ + i64 iPos = 0; /* 64-bit position read from poslist */ + int iOff = 0; /* Current offset within position list */ + + pPos = pCsr->pIter->pData; + nPos = pCsr->pIter->nData; + switch( pCsr->pConfig->eDetail ){ + case FTS5_DETAIL_FULL: + pPos = pCsr->pIter->pData; + nPos = pCsr->pIter->nData; + if( pTab->eType==FTS5_VOCAB_ROW ){ + while( 0==sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(pPos, nPos, &iOff, &iPos) ){ + pCsr->aCnt[0]++; + } + pCsr->aDoc[0]++; + }else{ + int iCol = -1; + while( 0==sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(pPos, nPos, &iOff, &iPos) ){ + int ii = FTS5_POS2COLUMN(iPos); + pCsr->aCnt[ii]++; + if( iCol!=ii ){ + if( ii>=nCol ){ + rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + break; + } + pCsr->aDoc[ii]++; + iCol = ii; + } + } + } + break; + + case FTS5_DETAIL_COLUMNS: + if( pTab->eType==FTS5_VOCAB_ROW ){ + pCsr->aDoc[0]++; + }else{ + while( 0==sqlite3Fts5PoslistNext64(pPos, nPos, &iOff,&iPos) ){ + assert_nc( iPos>=0 && iPos<nCol ); + if( iPos>=nCol ){ + rc = FTS5_CORRUPT; + break; + } + pCsr->aDoc[iPos]++; + } + } + break; + + default: + assert( pCsr->pConfig->eDetail==FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ); + pCsr->aDoc[0]++; + break; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5IterNextScan(pCsr->pIter); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + zTerm = sqlite3Fts5IterTerm(pCsr->pIter, &nTerm); + if( nTerm!=pCsr->term.n || memcmp(zTerm, pCsr->term.p, nTerm) ){ + break; + } + if( sqlite3Fts5IterEof(pCsr->pIter) ) break; + } + } + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->bEof==0 && pTab->eType==FTS5_VOCAB_COL ){ + while( pCsr->aDoc[pCsr->iCol]==0 ) pCsr->iCol++; + assert( pCsr->iCol<pCsr->pConfig->nCol ); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This is the xFilter implementation for the virtual table. +*/ +static int fts5VocabFilterMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */ + int idxNum, /* Strategy index */ + const char *zUnused, /* Unused */ + int nUnused, /* Number of elements in apVal */ + sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */ +){ + Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr = (Fts5VocabCursor*)pCursor; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + int iVal = 0; + int f = FTS5INDEX_QUERY_SCAN; + const char *zTerm = 0; + int nTerm = 0; + + sqlite3_value *pEq = 0; + sqlite3_value *pGe = 0; + sqlite3_value *pLe = 0; + + UNUSED_PARAM2(zUnused, nUnused); + + fts5VocabResetCursor(pCsr); + if( idxNum & FTS5_VOCAB_TERM_EQ ) pEq = apVal[iVal++]; + if( idxNum & FTS5_VOCAB_TERM_GE ) pGe = apVal[iVal++]; + if( idxNum & FTS5_VOCAB_TERM_LE ) pLe = apVal[iVal++]; + + if( pEq ){ + zTerm = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(pEq); + nTerm = sqlite3_value_bytes(pEq); + f = 0; + }else{ + if( pGe ){ + zTerm = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(pGe); + nTerm = sqlite3_value_bytes(pGe); + } + if( pLe ){ + const char *zCopy = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(pLe); + pCsr->nLeTerm = sqlite3_value_bytes(pLe); + pCsr->zLeTerm = sqlite3_malloc(pCsr->nLeTerm+1); + if( pCsr->zLeTerm==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + memcpy(pCsr->zLeTerm, zCopy, pCsr->nLeTerm+1); + } + } + } + + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3Fts5IndexQuery(pCsr->pIndex, zTerm, nTerm, f, 0, &pCsr->pIter); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = fts5VocabNextMethod(pCursor); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this +** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set. +*/ +static int fts5VocabEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr = (Fts5VocabCursor*)pCursor; + return pCsr->bEof; +} + +static int fts5VocabColumnMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ + sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */ + int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */ +){ + Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr = (Fts5VocabCursor*)pCursor; + int eDetail = pCsr->pConfig->eDetail; + int eType = ((Fts5VocabTable*)(pCursor->pVtab))->eType; + i64 iVal = 0; + + if( iCol==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_text( + pCtx, (const char*)pCsr->term.p, pCsr->term.n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT + ); + }else if( eType==FTS5_VOCAB_COL ){ + assert( iCol==1 || iCol==2 || iCol==3 ); + if( iCol==1 ){ + if( eDetail!=FTS5_DETAIL_NONE ){ + const char *z = pCsr->pConfig->azCol[pCsr->iCol]; + sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + } + }else if( iCol==2 ){ + iVal = pCsr->aDoc[pCsr->iCol]; + }else{ + iVal = pCsr->aCnt[pCsr->iCol]; + } + }else{ + assert( iCol==1 || iCol==2 ); + if( iCol==1 ){ + iVal = pCsr->aDoc[0]; + }else{ + iVal = pCsr->aCnt[0]; + } + } + + if( iVal>0 ) sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, iVal); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to +** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. The +** rowid should be written to *pRowid. +*/ +static int fts5VocabRowidMethod( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, + sqlite_int64 *pRowid +){ + Fts5VocabCursor *pCsr = (Fts5VocabCursor*)pCursor; + *pRowid = pCsr->rowid; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static int sqlite3Fts5VocabInit(Fts5Global *pGlobal, sqlite3 *db){ + static const sqlite3_module fts5Vocab = { + /* iVersion */ 2, + /* xCreate */ fts5VocabCreateMethod, + /* xConnect */ fts5VocabConnectMethod, + /* xBestIndex */ fts5VocabBestIndexMethod, + /* xDisconnect */ fts5VocabDisconnectMethod, + /* xDestroy */ fts5VocabDestroyMethod, + /* xOpen */ fts5VocabOpenMethod, + /* xClose */ fts5VocabCloseMethod, + /* xFilter */ fts5VocabFilterMethod, + /* xNext */ fts5VocabNextMethod, + /* xEof */ fts5VocabEofMethod, + /* xColumn */ fts5VocabColumnMethod, + /* xRowid */ fts5VocabRowidMethod, + /* xUpdate */ 0, + /* xBegin */ 0, + /* xSync */ 0, + /* xCommit */ 0, + /* xRollback */ 0, + /* xFindFunction */ 0, + /* xRename */ 0, + /* xSavepoint */ 0, + /* xRelease */ 0, + /* xRollbackTo */ 0, + }; + void *p = (void*)pGlobal; + + return sqlite3_create_module_v2(db, "fts5vocab", &fts5Vocab, p, 0); +} + + + + + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5) */ + +/************** End of fts5.c ************************************************/ diff --git a/thirdparty/SQLite/sqlite3.h b/thirdparty/SQLite/sqlite3.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..21a21b5b --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/SQLite/sqlite3.h @@ -0,0 +1,2679 @@ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library +** presents to client programs. If a C-function, structure, datatype, +** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is +** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without +** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite. +** +** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as +** "experimental". Experimental interfaces are normally new +** features recently added to SQLite. We do not anticipate changes +** to experimental interfaces but reserve to make minor changes if +** experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent. +** +** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived +** from comments in this file. This file is the authoritative source +** on how SQLite interfaces are suppose to operate. +** +** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in". +** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting +** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as +** part of the build process. +** +** @(#) $Id: sqlite.h.in,v 1.212 2007/06/14 20:57:19 drh Exp $ +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_ +#define _SQLITE3_H_ +#include <stdarg.h> /* Needed for the definition of va_list */ + +/* +** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. +*/ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* +** Make sure these symbols where not defined by some previous header +** file. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION +# undef SQLITE_VERSION +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER +# undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers +** +** The version of the SQLite library is contained in the sqlite3.h +** header file in a #define named SQLITE_VERSION. The SQLITE_VERSION +** macro resolves to a string constant. +** +** The format of the version string is "X.Y.Z", where +** X is the major version number, Y is the minor version number and Z +** is the release number. The X.Y.Z might be followed by "alpha" or "beta". +** For example "3.1.1beta". +** +** The X value is always 3 in SQLite. The X value only changes when +** backwards compatibility is broken and we intend to never break +** backwards compatibility. The Y value only changes when +** there are major feature enhancements that are forwards compatible +** but not backwards compatible. The Z value is incremented with +** each release but resets back to 0 when Y is incremented. +** +** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER is an integer with the value +** (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z). For example, for version "3.1.1beta", +** SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER is set to 3001001. To detect if they are using +** version 3.1.1 or greater at compile time, programs may use the test +** (SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3001001). +** +** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()] and [sqlite3_libversion_number()]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.4.0" +#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3004000 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers +** +** These routines return values equivalent to the header constants +** [SQLITE_VERSION] and [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. The values returned +** by this routines should only be different from the header values +** if you compile your program using an sqlite3.h header from a +** different version of SQLite that the version of the library you +** link against. +** +** The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of the +** [SQLITE_VERSION] string. The sqlite3_libversion() function returns +** a poiner to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. The function +** is provided for DLL users who can only access functions and not +** constants within the DLL. +*/ +extern const char sqlite3_version[]; +const char *sqlite3_libversion(void); +int sqlite3_libversion_number(void); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle +** +** Each open SQLite database is represented by pointer to an instance of the +** opaque structure named "sqlite3". It is useful to think of an sqlite3 +** pointer as an object. The [sqlite3_open] interface is its constructor +** and [sqlite3_close] is its destructor. There are many other interfaces +** (such as [sqlite3_prepare_v2], [sqlite3_create_function], and +** [sqlite3_busy_timeout] to name but three) that are methods on this +** object. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3; + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types +** +** Some compilers do not support the "long long" datatype. So we have +** to do compiler-specific typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers. +** +** Many SQLite interface functions require a 64-bit integer arguments. +** Those interfaces are declared using this typedef. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE + typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64; + typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) + typedef __int64 sqlite_int64; + typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64; +#else + typedef long long int sqlite_int64; + typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64; +#endif + +/* +** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, +** substitute integer for floating-point +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# define double sqlite_int64 +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection +** +** Call this function with a pointer to a structure that was previously +** returned from [sqlite3_open()] and the corresponding database will by +** closed. +** +** All SQL statements prepared using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or +** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] must be destroyed using [sqlite3_finalize()] +** before this routine is called. Otherwise, SQLITE_BUSY is returned and the +** database connection remains open. +*/ +int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *); + +/* +** The type for a callback function. +** This is legacy and deprecated. It is included for historical +** compatibility and is not documented. +*/ +typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface +** +** This interface is used to do a one-time evaluatation of zero +** or more SQL statements. UTF-8 text of the SQL statements to +** be evaluted is passed in as the second parameter. The statements +** are prepared one by one using [sqlite3_prepare()], evaluated +** using [sqlite3_step()], then destroyed using [sqlite3_finalize()]. +** +** If one or more of the SQL statements are queries, then +** the callback function specified by the 3rd parameter is +** invoked once for each row of the query result. This callback +** should normally return 0. If the callback returns a non-zero +** value then the query is aborted, all subsequent SQL statements +** are skipped and the sqlite3_exec() function returns the SQLITE_ABORT. +** +** The 4th parameter to this interface is an arbitrary pointer that is +** passed through to the callback function as its first parameter. +** +** The 2nd parameter to the callback function is the number of +** columns in the query result. The 3rd parameter to the callback +** is an array of strings holding the values for each column +** as extracted using [sqlite3_column_text()]. +** The 4th parameter to the callback is an array of strings +** obtained using [sqlite3_column_name()] and holding +** the names of each column. +** +** The callback function may be NULL, even for queries. A NULL +** callback is not an error. It just means that no callback +** will be invoked. +** +** If an error occurs while parsing or evaluating the SQL (but +** not while executing the callback) then an appropriate error +** message is written into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()] and +** *errmsg is made to point to that message. The calling function +** is responsible for freeing the memory that holds the error +** message. Use [sqlite3_free()] for this. If errmsg==NULL, +** then no error message is ever written. +** +** The return value is is SQLITE_OK if there are no errors and +** some other [SQLITE_OK | return code] if there is an error. +** The particular return value depends on the type of error. +** +*/ +int sqlite3_exec( + sqlite3*, /* An open database */ + const char *sql, /* SQL to be evaluted */ + int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**), /* Callback function */ + void *, /* 1st argument to callback */ + char **errmsg /* Error msg written here */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Result Codes +** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK +** +** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown +** above in order to indicates success or failure. +** +** The result codes above are the only ones returned by SQLite in its +** default configuration. However, the [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] +** API can be used to set a database connectoin to return more detailed +** result codes. +** +** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes] +** +*/ +#define SQLITE_OK 0 /* Successful result */ +/* beginning-of-error-codes */ +#define SQLITE_ERROR 1 /* SQL error or missing database */ +#define SQLITE_INTERNAL 2 /* NOT USED. Internal logic error in SQLite */ +#define SQLITE_PERM 3 /* Access permission denied */ +#define SQLITE_ABORT 4 /* Callback routine requested an abort */ +#define SQLITE_BUSY 5 /* The database file is locked */ +#define SQLITE_LOCKED 6 /* A table in the database is locked */ +#define SQLITE_NOMEM 7 /* A malloc() failed */ +#define SQLITE_READONLY 8 /* Attempt to write a readonly database */ +#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT 9 /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/ +#define SQLITE_IOERR 10 /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */ +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT 11 /* The database disk image is malformed */ +#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND 12 /* NOT USED. Table or record not found */ +#define SQLITE_FULL 13 /* Insertion failed because database is full */ +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN 14 /* Unable to open the database file */ +#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL 15 /* NOT USED. Database lock protocol error */ +#define SQLITE_EMPTY 16 /* Database is empty */ +#define SQLITE_SCHEMA 17 /* The database schema changed */ +#define SQLITE_TOOBIG 18 /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */ +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT 19 /* Abort due to contraint violation */ +#define SQLITE_MISMATCH 20 /* Data type mismatch */ +#define SQLITE_MISUSE 21 /* Library used incorrectly */ +#define SQLITE_NOLFS 22 /* Uses OS features not supported on host */ +#define SQLITE_AUTH 23 /* Authorization denied */ +#define SQLITE_FORMAT 24 /* Auxiliary database format error */ +#define SQLITE_RANGE 25 /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */ +#define SQLITE_NOTADB 26 /* File opened that is not a database file */ +#define SQLITE_ROW 100 /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */ +#define SQLITE_DONE 101 /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */ +/* end-of-error-codes */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes +** +** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer +** result codes described at result-codes. However, experience has shown that +** many of these result codes are too course-grained. They do not provide as +** much information about problems as users might like. In an effort to +** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include +** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information +** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled (or disabled) for +** each database +** connection using the [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API. +** +** Some of the available extended result codes are listed above. +** We expect the number of extended result codes will be expand +** over time. Software that uses extended result codes should expect +** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite. +** +** The symbolic name for an extended result code always contains a related +** primary result code as a prefix. Primary result codes contain a single +** "_" character. Extended result codes contain two or more "_" characters. +** The numeric value of an extended result code can be converted to its +** corresponding primary result code by masking off the lower 8 bytes. +** +** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended. It will always +** be exactly zero. +*/ +#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8)) + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes +** +** This routine enables or disables the +** [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes] feature. +** By default, SQLite API routines return one of only 26 integer +** [SQLITE_OK | result codes]. When extended result codes +** are enabled by this routine, the repetoire of result codes can be +** much larger and can (hopefully) provide more detailed information +** about the cause of an error. +** +** The second argument is a boolean value that turns extended result +** codes on and off. Extended result codes are off by default for +** backwards compatibility with older versions of SQLite. +*/ +int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid +** +** Each entry in an SQLite table has a unique 64-bit signed integer key +** called the "rowid". The rowid is always available as an undeclared +** column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_. If the table has a column of +** type INTEGER PRIMARY KEY then that column is another an alias for the +** rowid. +** +** This routine returns the rowid of the most recent INSERT into +** the database from the database connection given in the first +** argument. If no inserts have ever occurred on this database +** connection, zero is returned. +** +** If an INSERT occurs within a trigger, then the rowid of the +** inserted row is returned by this routine as long as the trigger +** is running. But once the trigger terminates, the value returned +** by this routine reverts to the last value inserted before the +** trigger fired. +*/ +sqlite_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified +** +** This function returns the number of database rows that were changed +** (or inserted or deleted) by the most recent SQL statement. Only +** changes that are directly specified by the INSERT, UPDATE, or +** DELETE statement are counted. Auxiliary changes caused by +** triggers are not counted. Use the [sqlite3_total_changes()] function +** to find the total number of changes including changes caused by triggers. +** +** Within the body of a trigger, the sqlite3_changes() interface can be +** called to find the number of +** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE +** statement within the body of the trigger. +** +** All changes are counted, even if they were later undone by a +** ROLLBACK or ABORT. Except, changes associated with creating and +** dropping tables are not counted. +** +** If a callback invokes [sqlite3_exec()] or [sqlite3_step()] recursively, +** then the changes in the inner, recursive call are counted together +** with the changes in the outer call. +** +** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without a WHERE clause +** by dropping and recreating the table. (This is much faster than going +** through and deleting individual elements form the table.) Because of +** this optimization, the change count for "DELETE FROM table" will be +** zero regardless of the number of elements that were originally in the +** table. To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use +** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead. +*/ +int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified +*** +** This function returns the number of database rows that have been +** modified by INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statements since the database handle +** was opened. This includes UPDATE, INSERT and DELETE statements executed +** as part of trigger programs. All changes are counted as soon as the +** statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle is +** passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite_finalise()]). +** +** See also the [sqlite3_change()] interface. +** +** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without a WHERE clause +** by dropping and recreating the table. (This is much faster than going +** through and deleting individual elements form the table.) Because of +** this optimization, the change count for "DELETE FROM table" will be +** zero regardless of the number of elements that were originally in the +** table. To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use +** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead. +*/ +int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query +** +** This function causes any pending database operation to abort and +** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically +** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel" +** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt +** immediately. +** +** It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the +** thread that is currently running the database operation. +** +** The SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]. +** If an interrupted operation was an update that is inside an +** explicit transaction, then the entire transaction will be rolled +** back automatically. +*/ +void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete +** +** These functions return true if the given input string comprises +** one or more complete SQL statements. For the sqlite3_complete() call, +** the parameter must be a nul-terminated UTF-8 string. For +** sqlite3_complete16(), a nul-terminated machine byte order UTF-16 string +** is required. +** +** These routines are useful for command-line input to determine if the +** currently entered text forms one or more complete SQL statements or +** if additional input is needed before sending the statements into +** SQLite for parsing. The algorithm is simple. If the +** last token other than spaces and comments is a semicolon, then return +** true. Actually, the algorithm is a little more complicated than that +** in order to deal with triggers, but the basic idea is the same: the +** statement is not complete unless it ends in a semicolon. +*/ +int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql); +int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors +** +** This routine identifies a callback function that might be invoked +** whenever an attempt is made to open a database table +** that another thread or process has locked. +** If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] +** (or sometimes [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]) +** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. +** If the busy callback is not NULL, then the +** callback will be invoked with two arguments. The +** first argument to the handler is a copy of the void* pointer which +** is the third argument to this routine. The second argument to +** the handler is the number of times that the busy handler has +** been invoked for this locking event. If the +** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to +** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned. +** If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt is made to open the +** database for reading and the cycle repeats. +** +** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that +** it will be invoked when there is lock contention. +** If SQLite determines that invoking the busy handler could result in +** a deadlock, it will return [SQLITE_BUSY] instead. +** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that +** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and +** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying +** to promote to an exclusive lock. The first process cannot proceed +** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot +** proceed because it is blocked by the first. If both processes +** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress. Therefore, +** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this +** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow +** the second process to proceed. +** +** The default busy callback is NULL. +** +** The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] when +** SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the +** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache. SQLite will +** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs +** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache +** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent +** readers. If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory +** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error +** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to +** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. This error code promotion +** forces an automatic rollback of the changes. See the +** <a href="http://www.sqlite.org/cvstrac/wiki?p=CorruptionFollowingBusyError"> +** CorruptionFollowingBusyError</a> wiki page for a discussion of why +** this is important. +** +** Sqlite is re-entrant, so the busy handler may start a new query. +** (It is not clear why anyone would every want to do this, but it +** is allowed, in theory.) But the busy handler may not close the +** database. Closing the database from a busy handler will delete +** data structures out from under the executing query and will +** probably result in a segmentation fault or other runtime error. +** +** There can only be a single busy handler defined for each database +** connection. Setting a new busy handler clears any previous one. +** Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] will also set or clear +** the busy handler. +*/ +int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout +** +** This routine sets a busy handler that sleeps for a while when a +** table is locked. The handler will sleep multiple times until +** at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping have been done. After +** "ms" milliseconds of sleeping, the handler returns 0 which +** causes [sqlite3_step()] to return [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. +** +** Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero +** turns off all busy handlers. +** +** There can only be a single busy handler for a particular database +** connection. If another busy handler was defined +** (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling +** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared. +*/ +int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries +** +** This next routine is a convenience wrapper around [sqlite3_exec()]. +** Instead of invoking a user-supplied callback for each row of the +** result, this routine remembers each row of the result in memory +** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()], then returns all of the result after the +** query has finished. +** +** As an example, suppose the query result where this table: +** +** <pre> +** Name | Age +** ----------------------- +** Alice | 43 +** Bob | 28 +** Cindy | 21 +** </pre> +** +** If the 3rd argument were &azResult then after the function returns +** azResult will contain the following data: +** +** <pre> +** azResult[0] = "Name"; +** azResult[1] = "Age"; +** azResult[2] = "Alice"; +** azResult[3] = "43"; +** azResult[4] = "Bob"; +** azResult[5] = "28"; +** azResult[6] = "Cindy"; +** azResult[7] = "21"; +** </pre> +** +** Notice that there is an extra row of data containing the column +** headers. But the *nrow return value is still 3. *ncolumn is +** set to 2. In general, the number of values inserted into azResult +** will be ((*nrow) + 1)*(*ncolumn). +** +** After the calling function has finished using the result, it should +** pass the result data pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to +** release the memory that was malloc-ed. Because of the way the +** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens, the calling function must not try to call +** [sqlite3_free()] directly. Only [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release +** the memory properly and safely. +** +** The return value of this routine is the same as from [sqlite3_exec()]. +*/ +int sqlite3_get_table( + sqlite3*, /* An open database */ + const char *sql, /* SQL to be executed */ + char ***resultp, /* Result written to a char *[] that this points to */ + int *nrow, /* Number of result rows written here */ + int *ncolumn, /* Number of result columns written here */ + char **errmsg /* Error msg written here */ +); +void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions +** +** These routines are workalikes of the "printf()" family of functions +** from the standard C library. +** +** The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their +** results into memory obtained from [sqlite_malloc()]. +** The strings returned by these two routines should be +** released by [sqlite3_free()]. Both routines return a +** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough +** memory to hold the resulting string. +** +** In sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from +** the standard C library. The result is written into the +** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by +** the first parameter. Note that the order of the +** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf(). This is an +** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking +** backwards compatibility. Note also that sqlite3_snprintf() +** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of +** characters actually written into the buffer. We admit that +** the number of characters written would be a more useful return +** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf() +** now without breaking compatibility. +** +** As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf() +** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated. The first +** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for +** the zero terminator. So the longest string that can be completely +** written will be n-1 characters. +** +** These routines all implement some additional formatting +** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements. +** All of the usual printf formatting options apply. In addition, there +** is are "%q" and "%Q" options. +** +** The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a null-terminated +** string from the argument list. But %q also doubles every '\'' character. +** %q is designed for use inside a string literal. By doubling each '\'' +** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into +** the string. +** +** For example, so some string variable contains text as follows: +** +** <blockquote><pre> +** char *zText = "It's a happy day!"; +** </pre></blockquote> +** +** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows: +** +** <blockquote><pre> +** char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText); +** sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0); +** sqlite3_free(zSQL); +** </pre></blockquote> +** +** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText +** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows: +** +** <blockquote><pre> +** INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!') +** </pre></blockquote> +** +** This is correct. Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL +** would have looked like this: +** +** <blockquote><pre> +** INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!'); +** </pre></blockquote> +** +** This second example is an SQL syntax error. As a general rule you +** should always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string +** literal. +** +** The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around +** the outside of the total string. Or if the parameter in the argument +** list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without single +** quotes) in place of the %Q option. So, for example, one could say: +** +** <blockquote><pre> +** char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText); +** sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0); +** sqlite3_free(zSQL); +** </pre></blockquote> +** +** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL +** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer. +*/ +char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...); +char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list); +char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Functions +** +** SQLite uses its own memory allocator. On some installations, this +** memory allocator is identical to the standard malloc()/realloc()/free() +** and can be used interchangable. On others, the implementations are +** different. For maximum portability, it is best not to mix calls +** to the standard malloc/realloc/free with the sqlite versions. +*/ +void *sqlite3_malloc(int); +void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int); +void sqlite3_free(void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks +*** +** This routine registers a authorizer callback with the SQLite library. +** The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled +** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], +** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. At various +** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created +** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to +** see if those actions are allowed. The authorizer callback should +** return SQLITE_OK to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the +** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be +** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be +** rejected with an error. +** +** Depending on the action, the [SQLITE_IGNORE] and [SQLITE_DENY] return +** codes might mean something different or they might mean the same +** thing. If the action is, for example, to perform a delete opertion, +** then [SQLITE_IGNORE] and [SQLITE_DENY] both cause the statement compilation +** to fail with an error. But if the action is to read a specific column +** from a specific table, then [SQLITE_DENY] will cause the entire +** statement to fail but [SQLITE_IGNORE] will cause a NULL value to be +** read instead of the actual column value. +** +** The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of +** the third parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. +** The second parameter to the callback is an integer +** [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies the particular action +** to be authorized. The available action codes are +** [SQLITE_COPY | documented separately]. The third through sixth +** parameters to the callback are strings that contain additional +** details about the action to be authorized. +** +** An authorizer is used when preparing SQL statements from an untrusted +** source, to ensure that the SQL statements do not try to access data +** that they are not allowed to see, or that they do not try to +** execute malicious statements that damage the database. For +** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary +** SQL queries for evaluation by a database. But the application does +** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the +** database. An authorizer could then be put in place while the +** user-entered SQL is being prepared that disallows everything +** except SELECT statements. +** +** Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection +** at a time. Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the +** previous call. A NULL authorizer means that no authorization +** callback is invoked. The default authorizer is NULL. +** +** Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during +** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants. Authorization is not +** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()]. +*/ +int sqlite3_set_authorizer( + sqlite3*, + int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), + void *pUserData +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes +** +** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must +** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order +** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted. See the +** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional +** information. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DENY 1 /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */ +#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes +** +** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function +** that is invoked to authorizer certain SQL statement actions. The +** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies +** what action is being authorized. These are the integer action codes that +** the authorizer callback may be passed. +** +** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be +** authorized. The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization callback +** function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these +** codes is used as the second parameter. The 5th parameter to the +** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp", +** etc.) if applicable. The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback +** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for +** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from +** top-level SQL code. +*/ +/******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX 1 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE 2 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX 3 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE 4 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER 5 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW 6 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER 7 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW 8 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DELETE 9 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX 10 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE 11 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX 12 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE 13 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER 14 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW 15 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER 16 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW 17 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_INSERT 18 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_PRAGMA 19 /* Pragma Name 1st arg or NULL */ +#define SQLITE_READ 20 /* Table Name Column Name */ +#define SQLITE_SELECT 21 /* NULL NULL */ +#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION 22 /* NULL NULL */ +#define SQLITE_UPDATE 23 /* Table Name Column Name */ +#define SQLITE_ATTACH 24 /* Filename NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DETACH 25 /* Database Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE 26 /* Database Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_REINDEX 27 /* Index Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_ANALYZE 28 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE 29 /* Table Name Module Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE 30 /* Table Name Module Name */ +#define SQLITE_FUNCTION 31 /* Function Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_COPY 0 /* No longer used */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions +** +** These routines register callback functions that can be used for +** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements. +** The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked +** at the first [sqlite3_step()] for the evaluation of an SQL statement. +** The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked +** as each SQL statement finishes and includes +** information on how long that statement ran. +** +** The sqlite3_profile() API is currently considered experimental and +** is subject to change. +*/ +void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*); +void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, + void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks +** +** This routine configures a callback function - the progress callback - that +** is invoked periodically during long running calls to [sqlite3_exec()], +** [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()]. An example use for this +** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query. +** +** The progress callback is invoked once for every N virtual machine opcodes, +** where N is the second argument to this function. The progress callback +** itself is identified by the third argument to this function. The fourth +** argument to this function is a void pointer passed to the progress callback +** function each time it is invoked. +** +** If a call to [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()], or [sqlite3_get_table()] +** results in fewer than N opcodes being executed, then the progress +** callback is never invoked. +** +** Only a single progress callback function may be registered for each +** open database connection. Every call to sqlite3_progress_handler() +** overwrites the results of the previous call. +** To remove the progress callback altogether, pass NULL as the third +** argument to this function. +** +** If the progress callback returns a result other than 0, then the current +** query is immediately terminated and any database changes rolled back. +** The containing [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()], or +** [sqlite3_get_table()] call returns SQLITE_INTERRUPT. This feature +** can be used, for example, to implement the "Cancel" button on a +** progress dialog box in a GUI. +*/ +void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection +** +** Open the sqlite database file "filename". The "filename" is UTF-8 +** encoded for sqlite3_open() and UTF-16 encoded in the native byte order +** for sqlite3_open16(). An [sqlite3*] handle is returned in *ppDb, even +** if an error occurs. If the database is opened (or created) successfully, +** then SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an error code is returned. The +** sqlite3_errmsg() or sqlite3_errmsg16() routines can be used to obtain +** an English language description of the error. +** +** If the database file does not exist, then a new database will be created +** as needed. The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if +** sqlite3_open() is called and UTF-16 if sqlite3_open16 is used. +** +** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources associated +** with the [sqlite3*] handle should be released by passing it to +** sqlite3_close() when it is no longer required. +** +** Note to windows users: The encoding used for the filename argument +** of sqlite3_open() must be UTF-8, not whatever codepage is currently +** defined. Filenames containing international characters must be converted +** to UTF-8 prior to passing them into sqlite3_open(). +*/ +int sqlite3_open( + const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ +); +int sqlite3_open16( + const void *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-16) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages +** +** The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric +** [SQLITE_OK | result code] or [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result code] +** for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call associated +** with [sqlite3] handle 'db'. If a prior API call failed but the +** most recent API call succeeded, the return value from sqlite3_errcode() +** is undefined. +** +** The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-langauge +** text that describes the error, as either UTF8 or UTF16 respectively. +** Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally. The +** string may be overwritten or deallocated by subsequent calls to SQLite +** interface functions. +** +** Calls to many sqlite3_* functions set the error code and string returned +** by [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and [sqlite3_errmsg16()] +** (overwriting the previous values). Note that calls to [sqlite3_errcode()], +** [sqlite3_errmsg()], and [sqlite3_errmsg16()] themselves do not affect the +** results of future invocations. Calls to API routines that do not return +** an error code (examples: [sqlite3_data_count()] or [sqlite3_mprintf()]) do +** not change the error code returned by this routine. +** +** Assuming no other intervening sqlite3_* API calls are made, the error +** code returned by this function is associated with the same error as +** the strings returned by [sqlite3_errmsg()] and [sqlite3_errmsg16()]. +*/ +int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db); +const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*); +const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object +** +** Instance of this object represent single SQL statements. This +** is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a +** "compiled SQL statement" or simply as a "statement". +** +** The life of a statement object goes something like this: +** +** <ol> +** <li> Create the object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or a related +** function. +** <li> Bind values to host parameters using +** [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_* interfaces]. +** <li> Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times. +** <li> Reset the statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back +** to step 2. Do this zero or more times. +** <li> Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()]. +** </ol> +** +** Refer to documentation on individual methods above for additional +** information. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement +** +** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code +** program using one of these routines. +** +** The first argument "db" is an [sqlite3 | SQLite database handle] +** obtained from a prior call to [sqlite3_open()] or [sqlite3_open16()]. +** The second argument "zSql" is the statement to be compiled, encoded +** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16. The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2() +** interfaces uses UTF-8 and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() +** use UTF-16. If the next argument, "nBytes", is less +** than zero, then zSql is read up to the first zero terminator. If +** "nBytes" is not less than zero, then it is the length of the string zSql +** in bytes (not characters). +** +** *pzTail is made to point to the first byte past the end of the first +** SQL statement in zSql. This routine only compiles the first statement +** in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to what remains uncompiled. +** +** *ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled +** [sqlite3_stmt | SQL statement structure] that can be +** executed using [sqlite3_step()]. Or if there is an error, *ppStmt may be +** set to NULL. If the input text contained no SQL (if the input is and +** empty string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL. The calling +** procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled SQL statement +** using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it. +** +** On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned. Otherwise an +** [SQLITE_ERROR | error code] is returned. +** +** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are +** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained +** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged. +** In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement +** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the +** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to +** behave a differently in two ways: +** +** <ol> +** <li> +** If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it +** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL +** statement and try to run it again. If the schema has changed in a way +** that makes the statement no longer valid, [sqlite3_step()] will still +** return [SQLITE_SCHEMA]. But unlike the legacy behavior, [SQLITE_SCHEMA] is +** now a fatal error. Calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] again will not make the +** error go away. Note: use [sqlite3_errmsg()] to find the text of the parsing +** error that results in an [SQLITE_SCHEMA] return. +** </li> +** +** <li> +** When an error occurs, +** [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed +** [SQLITE_ERROR | result codes] or +** [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes] such as directly. +** The legacy behavior was that [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic +** [SQLITE_ERROR] result code and you would have to make a second call to +** [sqlite3_reset()] in order to find the underlying cause of the problem. +** With the "v2" prepare interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is +** returned immediately. +** </li> +** </ol> +*/ +int sqlite3_prepare( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +int sqlite3_prepare_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +int sqlite3_prepare16( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object +** +** SQLite uses dynamic typing for the values it stores. Values can +** be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL. When +** passing around values internally, each value is represented as +** an instance of the sqlite3_value object. +*/ +typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object +** +** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an +** sqlite3_context object. A pointer to such an object is the +** first parameter to user-defined SQL functions. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements +** +** In the SQL strings input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants, +** one or more literals can be replace by a parameter in one of these +** forms: +** +** <ul> +** <li> ? +** <li> ?NNN +** <li> :AAA +** <li> @AAA +** <li> $VVV +** </ul> +** +** In the parameter forms shown above NNN is an integer literal, +** AAA is an alphanumeric identifier and VVV is a variable name according +** to the syntax rules of the TCL programming language. +** The values of these parameters (also called "host parameter names") +** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here. +** +** The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines always is a pointer +** to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or +** its variants. The second +** argument is the index of the parameter to be set. The first parameter has +** an index of 1. When the same named parameter is used more than once, second +** and subsequent +** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence. The index for +** named parameters can be looked up using the +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()] API if desired. The index for "?NNN" +** parametes is the value of NNN. +** The NNN value must be between 1 and the compile-time +** parameter SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER (default value: 999). +** See <a href="limits.html">limits.html</a> for additional information. +** +** The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter. +** +** In those +** routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the number of bytes +** in the parameter. To be clear: the value is the number of bytes in the +** string, not the number of characters. The number +** of bytes does not include the zero-terminator at the end of strings. +** If the fourth parameter is negative, the length of the string is +** number of bytes up to the first zero terminator. +** +** The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and +** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or +** text after SQLite has finished with it. If the fifth argument is the +** special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then the library assumes that the information +** is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed. If the +** fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then SQLite makes its +** own private copy of the data immediately, before the sqlite3_bind_*() +** routine returns. +** +** The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length n that +** is filled with zeros. A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory +** (just an integer to hold it size) while it is being processed. +** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as place-holders for BLOBs whose +** content is later written using +** [sqlite3_blob_open | increment BLOB I/O] routines. +** +** The sqlite3_bind_*() routines must be called after +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] (and its variants) or [sqlite3_reset()] and +** before [sqlite3_step()]. +** Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine. +** Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL. +** +** These routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an error code if +** anything goes wrong. [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter +** index is out of range. [SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc fails. +** [SQLITE_MISUSE] is returned if these routines are called on a virtual +** machine that is the wrong state or which has already been finalized. +*/ +int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*)); +int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double); +int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int); +int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite_int64); +int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int); +int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*)); +int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*); +int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Number Of Host Parameters +** +** Return the largest host parameter index in the precompiled statement given +** as the argument. When the host parameters are of the forms like ":AAA" +** or "?", then they are assigned sequential increasing numbers beginning +** with one, so the value returned is the number of parameters. However +** if the same host parameter name is used multiple times, each occurrance +** is given the same number, so the value returned in that case is the number +** of unique host parameter names. If host parameters of the form "?NNN" +** are used (where NNN is an integer) then there might be gaps in the +** numbering and the value returned by this interface is the index of the +** host parameter with the largest index value. +*/ +int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter +** +** This routine returns a pointer to the name of the n-th parameter in a +** [sqlite3_stmt | prepared statement]. +** Host parameters of the form ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$VVV" have a name +** which is the string ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$VVV". +** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" +** is included as part of the name. +** Parameters of the form "?" or "?NNN" have no name. +** +** The first bound parameter has an index of 1, not 0. +** +** If the value n is out of range or if the n-th parameter is nameless, +** then NULL is returned. The returned string is always in the +** UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was originally specified +** as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. +*/ +const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name +** +** This routine returns the index of a host parameter with the given name. +** The name must match exactly. If no parameter with the given name is +** found, return 0. Parameter names must be UTF8. +*/ +int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement +** +** Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not +** reset the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a +** [sqlite3_stmt | prepared statement]. Use this routine to +** reset all host parameters to NULL. +*/ +int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set +** +** Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the +** [sqlite3_stmt | compiled SQL statement]. This routine returns 0 +** if pStmt is an SQL statement that does not return data (for +** example an UPDATE). +*/ +int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set +** +** These routines return the name assigned to a particular column +** in the result set of a SELECT statement. The sqlite3_column_name() +** interface returns a pointer to a UTF8 string and sqlite3_column_name16() +** returns a pointer to a UTF16 string. The first parameter is the +** [sqlite_stmt | prepared statement] that implements the SELECT statement. +** The second parameter is the column number. The left-most column is +** number 0. +** +** The returned string pointer is valid until either the +** [sqlite_stmt | prepared statement] is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] +** or until the next call sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() +** on the same column. +*/ +const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); +const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result +** +** These routines provide a means to determine what column of what +** table in which database a result of a SELECT statement comes from. +** The name of the database or table or column can be returned as +** either a UTF8 or UTF16 string. The returned string is valid until +** the [sqlite3_stmt | prepared statement] is destroyed using +** [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the same information is requested +** again about the same column. +** +** The first argument to the following calls is a +** [sqlite3_stmt | compiled SQL statement]. +** These functions return information about the Nth column returned by +** the statement, where N is the second function argument. +** +** If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression +** or subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions +** return NULL. Otherwise, they return the +** name of the attached database, table and column that query result +** column was extracted from. +** +** As with all other SQLite APIs, those postfixed with "16" return UTF-16 +** encoded strings, the other functions return UTF-8. +** +** These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the +** SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA preprocessor symbol defined. +*/ +const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result +** +** The first parameter is a [sqlite3_stmt | compiled SQL statement]. +** If this statement is a SELECT statement and the Nth column of the +** returned result set of that SELECT is a table column (not an +** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table +** column is returned. If the Nth column of the result set is an +** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned. +** The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded. For example, in +** the database schema: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT); +** +** And the following statement compiled: +** +** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1; +** +** Then this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second +** result column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column +** (i==0). +** +** SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing. So just because a column +** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the +** data stored in that column is of the declared type. SQLite is +** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static. Type +** is associated with individual values, not with the containers +** used to hold those values. +*/ +const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *, int i); +const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement +** +** After an [sqlite3_stmt | SQL statement] has been prepared with a call +** to either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or to one of +** the legacy interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], +** then this function must be called one or more times to evaluate the +** statement. +** +** The details of the behavior of this sqlite3_step() interface depend +** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy +** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()]. The use of the +** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy +** interface will continue to be supported. +** +** In the lagacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY], +** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE]. +** With the "v2" interface, any of the other [SQLITE_OK | result code] +** or [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result code] might be returned as +** well. +** +** [SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the +** database locks it needs to do its job. If the statement is a COMMIT +** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the +** statement. If the statement is not a COMMIT and occurs within a +** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before +** continuing. +** +** [SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing +** successfully. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual +** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual +** machine back to its initial state. +** +** If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then +** [SQLITE_ROW] is returned each time a new row of data is ready +** for processing by the caller. The values may be accessed using +** the [sqlite3_column_int | column access functions]. +** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data. +** +** [SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint +** violation) has occurred. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on +** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()]. +** With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (example: +** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth) +** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the +** [sqlite_stmt | prepared statement]. In the "v2" interface, +** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step(). +** +** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately. +** Perhaps it was called on a [sqlite_stmt | prepared statement] that has +** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had +** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE]. Or it could +** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or +** more threads at the same moment in time. +** +** <b>Goofy Interface Alert:</b> +** In the legacy interface, +** the sqlite3_step() API always returns a generic error code, +** [SQLITE_ERROR], following any error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] +** and [SQLITE_MISUSE]. You must call [sqlite3_reset()] or +** [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the specific +** [SQLITE_ERROR | result codes] that better describes the error. +** We admit that this is a goofy design. The problem has been fixed +** with the "v2" interface. If you prepare all of your SQL statements +** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead +** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()], then the +** more specific [SQLITE_ERROR | result codes] are returned directly +** by sqlite3_step(). The use of the "v2" interface is recommended. +*/ +int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: +** +** Return the number of values in the current row of the result set. +** +** After a call to [sqlite3_step()] that returns [SQLITE_ROW], this routine +** will return the same value as the [sqlite3_column_count()] function. +** After [sqlite3_step()] has returned an [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_BUSY], or +** a [SQLITE_ERROR | error code], or before [sqlite3_step()] has been +** called on the [sqlite_stmt | prepared statement] for the first time, +** this routine returns zero. +*/ +int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes +** +** Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes: +** +** <ul> +** <li> 64-bit signed integer +** <li> 64-bit IEEE floating point number +** <li> string +** <li> BLOB +** <li> NULL +** </ul> +** +** These constants are codes for each of those types. +** +** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2 +** for a completely different meaning. Software that links against both +** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT not +** SQLITE_TEXT. +*/ +#define SQLITE_INTEGER 1 +#define SQLITE_FLOAT 2 +#define SQLITE_BLOB 4 +#define SQLITE_NULL 5 +#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT +# undef SQLITE_TEXT +#else +# define SQLITE_TEXT 3 +#endif +#define SQLITE3_TEXT 3 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Results Values From A Query +** +** These routines return information about the information +** in a single column of the current result row of a query. In every +** case the first argument is a pointer to the +** [sqlite3_stmt | SQL statement] that is being +** evaluate (the [sqlite_stmt*] that was returned from +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants) and +** the second argument is the index of the column for which information +** should be returned. The left-most column has an index of 0. +** +** If the SQL statement is not currently point to a valid row, or if the +** the column index is out of range, the result is undefined. +** +** The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns +** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type +** of the result column. The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER], +** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL]. The value +** returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type +** conversions have occurred as described below. After a type conversion, +** the value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is undefined. Future +** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type() +** following a type conversion. +** +*** The sqlite3_column_nm +** +** If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes() +** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. +** If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts +** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes. +** If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses +** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns +** the number of bytes in that string. +** The value returned does not include the zero terminator at the end +** of the string. For clarity: the value returned is the number of +** bytes in the string, not the number of characters. +** +** The sqlite3_column_bytes16() routine is similar to sqlite3_column_bytes() +** but leaves the result in UTF-16 instead of UTF-8. +** The zero terminator is not included in this count. +** +** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate. For +** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result +** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to do the conversion +** automatically. The following table details the conversions that +** are applied: +** +** <blockquote> +** <table border="1"> +** <tr><th> Internal <th> Requested <th> +** <tr><th> Type <th> Type <th> Conversion +** +** <tr><td> NULL <td> INTEGER <td> Result is 0 +** <tr><td> NULL <td> FLOAT <td> Result is 0.0 +** <tr><td> NULL <td> TEXT <td> Result is NULL pointer +** <tr><td> NULL <td> BLOB <td> Result is NULL pointer +** <tr><td> INTEGER <td> FLOAT <td> Convert from integer to float +** <tr><td> INTEGER <td> TEXT <td> ASCII rendering of the integer +** <tr><td> INTEGER <td> BLOB <td> Same as for INTEGER->TEXT +** <tr><td> FLOAT <td> INTEGER <td> Convert from float to integer +** <tr><td> FLOAT <td> TEXT <td> ASCII rendering of the float +** <tr><td> FLOAT <td> BLOB <td> Same as FLOAT->TEXT +** <tr><td> TEXT <td> INTEGER <td> Use atoi() +** <tr><td> TEXT <td> FLOAT <td> Use atof() +** <tr><td> TEXT <td> BLOB <td> No change +** <tr><td> BLOB <td> INTEGER <td> Convert to TEXT then use atoi() +** <tr><td> BLOB <td> FLOAT <td> Convert to TEXT then use atof() +** <tr><td> BLOB <td> TEXT <td> Add a zero terminator if needed +** </table> +** </blockquote> +** +** The table above makes reference to standard C library functions atoi() +** and atof(). SQLite does not really use these functions. It has its +** on equavalent internal routines. The atoi() and atof() names are +** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most +** C programmers. +** +** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior +** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or +** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated. +** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur +** in the following cases: +** +** <ul> +** <li><p> The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() +** or sqlite3_column_text16() is called. A zero-terminator might +** need to be added to the string.</p></li> +** +** <li><p> The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or +** sqlite3_column_text16() is called. The content must be converted +** to UTF-16.</p></li> +** +** <li><p> The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or +** sqlite3_column_text() is called. The content must be converted +** to UTF-8.</p></li> +** </ul> +** +** Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do +** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer +** that the prior pointer points to will have been modified. Other kinds +** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometime it is +** not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated. +** +** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines +** in one of the following ways: +** +** <ul> +** <li>sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li> +** <li>sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li> +** <li>sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()</li> +** </ul> +** +** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(), sqlite3_column_blob(), +** or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result into the desired +** format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or sqlite3_column_bytes16() to +** find the size of the result. Do not mix call to sqlite3_column_text() or +** sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes16(). And do not +** mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16() with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes(). +*/ +const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object +** +** The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a +** [sqlite3_stmt | compiled SQL statement]. If the statement was +** executed successfully, or not executed at all, then SQLITE_OK is returned. +** If execution of the statement failed then an +** [SQLITE_ERROR | error code] or [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended error code] +** is returned. +** +** This routine can be called at any point during the execution of the +** [sqlite3_stmt | virtual machine]. If the virtual machine has not +** completed execution when this routine is called, that is like +** encountering an error or an interrupt. (See [sqlite3_interrupt()].) +** Incomplete updates may be rolled back and transactions cancelled, +** depending on the circumstances, and the +** [SQLITE_ERROR | result code] returned will be [SQLITE_ABORT]. +*/ +int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object +** +** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a +** [sqlite_stmt | compiled SQL statement] object. +** back to it's initial state, ready to be re-executed. +** Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using +** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values. +** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings. +*/ +int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions +** +** The following two functions are used to add SQL functions or aggregates +** or to redefine the behavior of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The +** difference only between the two is that the second parameter, the +** name of the (scalar) function or aggregate, is encoded in UTF-8 for +** sqlite3_create_function() and UTF-16 for sqlite3_create_function16(). +** +** The first argument is the [sqlite3 | database handle] that holds the +** SQL function or aggregate is to be added or redefined. If a single +** program uses more than one database handle internally, then SQL +** functions or aggregates must be added individually to each database +** handle with which they will be used. +** +** The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created +** or redefined. +** The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes, exclusive of the +** zero-terminator. Note that the name length limit is in bytes, not +** characters. Any attempt to create a function with a longer name +** will result in an SQLITE_ERROR error. +** +** The third parameter is the number of arguments that the SQL function or +** aggregate takes. If this parameter is negative, then the SQL function or +** aggregate may take any number of arguments. +** +** The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what +** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for +** its parameters. Any SQL function implementation should be able to work +** work with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be. But some implementations may be +** more efficient with one encoding than another. It is allowed to +** invoke sqlite_create_function() or sqlite3_create_function16() multiple +** times with the same function but with different values of eTextRep. +** When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite +** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion. +** If there is only a single implementation which does not care what +** text encoding is used, then the fourth argument should be +** [SQLITE_ANY]. +** +** The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer. The implementation +** of the function can gain access to this pointer using +** [sqlite_user_data()]. +** +** The seventh, eighth and ninth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are +** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL +** function or aggregate. A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of +** the xFunc callback only, NULL pointers should be passed as the xStep +** and xFinal parameters. An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation +** of xStep and xFinal and NULL should be passed for xFunc. To delete an +** existing SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL for all three function +** callback. +** +** It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same +** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of +** arguments or differing perferred text encodings. SQLite will use +** the implementation most closely matches the way in which the +** SQL function is used. +*/ +int sqlite3_create_function( + sqlite3 *, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void*, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +); +int sqlite3_create_function16( + sqlite3*, + const void *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void*, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings +** +** These constant define integer codes that represent the various +** text encodings supported by SQLite. +*/ +#define SQLITE_UTF8 1 +#define SQLITE_UTF16LE 2 +#define SQLITE_UTF16BE 3 +#define SQLITE_UTF16 4 /* Use native byte order */ +#define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* sqlite3_create_function only */ +#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED 8 /* sqlite3_create_collation only */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obsolete Functions +** +** These functions are all now obsolete. In order to maintain +** backwards compatibility with older code, we continue to support +** these functions. However, new development projects should avoid +** the use of these functions. To help encourage people to avoid +** using these functions, we are not going to tell you want they do. +*/ +int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*); +int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*); +int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*); +int sqlite3_global_recover(void); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values +** +** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses +** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on +** the function or aggregate. +** +** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters +** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] +** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates. +** The 4th parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to +** [sqlite3_value] objects. There is one [sqlite3_value] object for +** each parameter to the SQL function. These routines are used to +** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects. +** +** These routines work just like the corresponding +** [sqlite3_column_blob | sqlite3_column_* routines] except that +** these routines take a single [sqlite3_value*] pointer instead +** of an [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number. +** +** The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF16 string +** in the native byte-order of the host machine. The +** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces +** extract UTF16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively. +** +** The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply +** numeric affinity to the value. This means that an attempt is +** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point. If +** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in order +** words if the value is original a string that looks like a number) +** then it is done. Otherwise no conversion occurs. The +** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned. +** +** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer that +** is returned from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or +** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to +** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite_value_text()], +** or [sqlite3_value_text16()]. +*/ +const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*); +int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*); +int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*); +double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*); +int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*); +sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*); +const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*); +const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*); +const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*); +const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*); +int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*); +int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context +** +** The implementation of aggregate SQL functions use this routine to allocate +** a structure for storing their state. The first time this routine +** is called for a particular aggregate, a new structure of size nBytes +** is allocated, zeroed, and returned. On subsequent calls (for the +** same aggregate instance) the same buffer is returned. The implementation +** of the aggregate can use the returned buffer to accumulate data. +** +** The buffer allocated is freed automatically by SQLite whan the aggregate +** query concludes. +** +** The first parameter should be a copy of the +** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first +** parameter to the callback routine that implements the aggregate +** function. +*/ +void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions +** +** The pUserData parameter to the [sqlite3_create_function()] +** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines +** used to register user functions is available to +** the implementation of the function using this call. +*/ +void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data +** +** The following two functions may be used by scalar SQL functions to +** associate meta-data with argument values. If the same value is passed to +** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under +** some circumstances the associated meta-data may be preserved. This may +** be used, for example, to add a regular-expression matching scalar +** function. The compiled version of the regular expression is stored as +** meta-data associated with the SQL value passed as the regular expression +** pattern. The compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple +** invocations of the same function so that the original pattern string +** does not need to be recompiled on each invocation. +** +** The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the meta-data +** associated with the Nth argument value to the current SQL function +** call, where N is the second parameter. If no meta-data has been set for +** that value, then a NULL pointer is returned. +** +** The sqlite3_set_auxdata() is used to associate meta-data with an SQL +** function argument. The third parameter is a pointer to the meta-data +** to be associated with the Nth user function argument value. The fourth +** parameter specifies a destructor that will be called on the meta- +** data pointer to release it when it is no longer required. If the +** destructor is NULL, it is not invoked. +** +** In practice, meta-data is preserved between function calls for +** expressions that are constant at compile time. This includes literal +** values and SQL variables. +*/ +void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int); +void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int, void*, void (*)(void*)); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior +** +** These are special value for the destructor that is passed in as the +** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()]. If the destructor +** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant +** and will never change. It does not need to be destroyed. The +** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in +** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of +** the content before returning. +** +** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain +** C++ compilers. See ticket #2191. +*/ +typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); +#define SQLITE_STATIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0) +#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1) + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function +** +** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that +** implement SQL functions and aggregates. See +** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] +** for additional information. +** +** These functions work very much like the +** [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*] family of functions used +** to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements. +** Refer to the +** [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_* documentation] for +** additional information. +** +** The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions +** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception. The +** parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16() +** is the text of an error message. +** +** The sqlite3_result_toobig() cause the function implementation +** to throw and error indicating that a string or BLOB is to long +** to represent. +*/ +void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double); +void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int); +void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int); +void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*); +void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int); +void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite_int64); +void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*); +void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*)); +void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); +void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); +void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*); +void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences +** +** These functions are used to add new collation sequences to the +** [sqlite3*] handle specified as the first argument. +** +** The name of the new collation sequence is specified as a UTF-8 string +** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2() +** and a UTF-16 string for sqlite3_create_collation16(). In all cases +** the name is passed as the second function argument. +** +** The third argument must be one of the constants [SQLITE_UTF8], +** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] or [SQLITE_UTF16BE], indicating that the user-supplied +** routine expects to be passed pointers to strings encoded using UTF-8, +** UTF-16 little-endian or UTF-16 big-endian respectively. +** +** A pointer to the user supplied routine must be passed as the fifth +** argument. If it is NULL, this is the same as deleting the collation +** sequence (so that SQLite cannot call it anymore). Each time the user +** supplied function is invoked, it is passed a copy of the void* passed as +** the fourth argument to sqlite3_create_collation() or +** sqlite3_create_collation16() as its first parameter. +** +** The remaining arguments to the user-supplied routine are two strings, +** each represented by a [length, data] pair and encoded in the encoding +** that was passed as the third argument when the collation sequence was +** registered. The user routine should return negative, zero or positive if +** the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second +** string. i.e. (STRING1 - STRING2). +** +** The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation() +** excapt that it takes an extra argument which is a destructor for +** the collation. The destructor is called when the collation is +** destroyed and is passed a copy of the fourth parameter void* pointer +** of the sqlite3_create_collation_v2(). Collations are destroyed when +** they are overridden by later calls to the collation creation functions +** or when the [sqlite3*] database handle is closed using [sqlite3_close()]. +** +** The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() interface is experimental and +** subject to change in future releases. The other collation creation +** functions are stable. +*/ +int sqlite3_create_collation( + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, + void*, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +); +int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, + void*, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), + void(*xDestroy)(void*) +); +int sqlite3_create_collation16( + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, + void*, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks +** +** To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database +** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the +** database handle to be called whenever an undefined collation sequence is +** required. +** +** If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API, +** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings +** encoded in UTF-8. If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used, the names +** are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order. A call to either +** function replaces any existing callback. +** +** When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy +** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or +** sqlite3_collation_needed16(). The second argument is the database +** handle. The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or +** [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation +** sequence function required. The fourth parameter is the name of the +** required collation sequence. +** +** The callback function should register the desired collation using +** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or +** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()]. +*/ +int sqlite3_collation_needed( + sqlite3*, + void*, + void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) +); +int sqlite3_collation_needed16( + sqlite3*, + void*, + void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) +); + +/* +** Specify the key for an encrypted database. This routine should be +** called right after sqlite3_open(). +** +** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release +** of SQLite. +*/ +int sqlite3_key( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ +); + +/* +** Change the key on an open database. If the current database is not +** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it. If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the +** database is decrypted. +** +** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release +** of SQLite. +*/ +int sqlite3_rekey( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time +** +** This function causes the current thread to suspect execution +** a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter. +** +** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with +** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to +** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually +** requested from the operating system is returned. +*/ +int sqlite3_sleep(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files +** +** If this global variable is made to point to a string which is +** the name of a folder (a.ka. directory), then all temporary files +** created by SQLite will be placed in that directory. If this variable +** is NULL pointer, then SQLite does a search for an appropriate temporary +** file directory. +** +** Once [sqlite3_open()] has been called, changing this variable will +** invalidate the current temporary database, if any. Generally speaking, +** it is not safe to invoke this routine after [sqlite3_open()] has +** been called. +*/ +extern char *sqlite3_temp_directory; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Databse Is In Auto-Commit Mode +** +** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit +** mode. Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not. Autocommit mode is on +** by default. Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled +** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK. +*/ +int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Associated With A Prepared Statement +** +** Return the [sqlite3*] database handle to which a +** [sqlite3_stmt | prepared statement] belongs. +** This is the same database handle that was +** the first argument to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants +** that was used to create the statement in the first place. +*/ +sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks +** +** These routines +** register callback functions to be invoked whenever a transaction +** is committed or rolled back. The pArg argument is passed through +** to the callback. If the callback on a commit hook function +** returns non-zero, then the commit is converted into a rollback. +** +** If another function was previously registered, its pArg value is returned. +** Otherwise NULL is returned. +** +** Registering a NULL function disables the callback. +** +** For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been +** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or +** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur. The +** callback is not invoked if a transaction is automatically rolled +** back because the database connection is closed. +** +** These are experimental interfaces and are subject to change. +*/ +void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*); +void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks +** +** Register a callback function with the database connection identified by the +** first argument to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted. +** Any callback set by a previous call to this function for the same +** database connection is overridden. +** +** The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a +** row is updated, inserted or deleted. The first argument to the callback is +** a copy of the third argument to sqlite3_update_hook(). The second callback +** argument is one of SQLITE_INSERT, SQLITE_DELETE or SQLITE_UPDATE, depending +** on the operation that caused the callback to be invoked. The third and +** fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the database and +** table name containing the affected row. The final callback parameter is +** the rowid of the row. In the case of an update, this is the rowid after +** the update takes place. +** +** The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are +** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence). +** +** If another function was previously registered, its pArg value is returned. +** Otherwise NULL is returned. +*/ +void *sqlite3_update_hook( + sqlite3*, + void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64), + void* +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache +** +** This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache +** and schema data structures between connections to the same database. +** Sharing is enabled if the argument is true and disabled if the argument +** is false. +** +** Cache sharing is enabled and disabled on a thread-by-thread basis. +** Each call to this routine enables or disables cache sharing only for +** connections created in the same thread in which this routine is called. +** There is no mechanism for sharing cache between database connections +** running in different threads. +** +** Sharing must be disabled prior to shutting down a thread or else +** the thread will leak memory. Call this routine with an argument of +** 0 to turn off sharing. Or use the sqlite3_thread_cleanup() API. +** +** This routine must not be called when any database connections +** are active in the current thread. Enabling or disabling shared +** cache while there are active database connections will result +** in memory corruption. +** +** When the shared cache is enabled, the +** following routines must always be called from the same thread: +** [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], +** [sqlite3_reset()], [sqlite3_finalize()], and [sqlite3_close()]. +** This is due to the fact that the shared cache makes use of +** thread-specific storage so that it will be available for sharing +** with other connections. +** +** Virtual tables cannot be used with a shared cache. When shared +** cache is enabled, the sqlite3_create_module() API used to register +** virtual tables will always return an error. +** +** This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was +** enabled or disabled successfully. An [SQLITE_ERROR | error code] +** is returned otherwise. +** +** Shared cache is disabled by default for backward compatibility. +*/ +int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory +** +** Attempt to free N bytes of heap memory by deallocating non-essential +** memory allocations held by the database library (example: memory +** used to cache database pages to improve performance). +** +** This function is not a part of standard builds. It is only created +** if SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT macro. +*/ +int sqlite3_release_memory(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size +** +** Place a "soft" limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by +** SQLite within the current thread. If an internal allocation is requested +** that would exceed the specified limit, [sqlite3_release_memory()] is invoked +** one or more times to free up some space before the allocation is made. +** +** The limit is called "soft", because if [sqlite3_release_memory()] cannot free +** sufficient memory to prevent the limit from being exceeded, the memory is +** allocated anyway and the current operation proceeds. +** +** Prior to shutting down a thread sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() must be set to +** zero (the default) or else the thread will leak memory. Alternatively, use +** the [sqlite3_thread_cleanup()] API. +** +** A negative or zero value for N means that there is no soft heap limit and +** [sqlite3_release_memory()] will only be called when memory is exhaused. +** The default value for the soft heap limit is zero. +** +** SQLite makes a best effort to honor the soft heap limit. But if it +** is unable to reduce memory usage below the soft limit, execution will +** continue without error or notification. This is why the limit is +** called a "soft" limit. It is advisory only. +** +** This function is only available if the library was compiled with the +** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT option set. +** memory-management has been enabled. +*/ +void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Clean Up Thread Local Storage +** +** This routine makes sure that all thread-local storage has been +** deallocated for the current thread. +** +** This routine is not technically necessary. All thread-local storage +** will be automatically deallocated once memory-management and +** shared-cache are disabled and the soft heap limit has been set +** to zero. This routine is provided as a convenience for users who +** want to make absolutely sure they have not forgotten something +** prior to killing off a thread. +*/ +void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table +** +** This routine +** returns meta-data about a specific column of a specific database +** table accessible using the connection handle passed as the first function +** argument. +** +** The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to +** this function. The second parameter is either the name of the database +** (i.e. "main", "temp" or an attached database) containing the specified +** table or NULL. If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched +** for the table using the same algorithm as the database engine uses to +** resolve unqualified table references. +** +** The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column +** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters +** may be NULL. +** +** Meta information is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as +** the 5th and subsequent parameters to this function. Any of these +** arguments may be NULL, in which case the corresponding element of meta +** information is ommitted. +** +** <pre> +** Parameter Output Type Description +** ----------------------------------- +** +** 5th const char* Data type +** 6th const char* Name of the default collation sequence +** 7th int True if the column has a NOT NULL constraint +** 8th int True if the column is part of the PRIMARY KEY +** 9th int True if the column is AUTOINCREMENT +** </pre> +** +** +** The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the +** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next +** call to any sqlite API function. +** +** If the specified table is actually a view, then an error is returned. +** +** If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an +** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column has been explicitly declared, then the output +** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. If there is no +** explicitly declared IPK column, then the output parameters are set as +** follows: +** +** <pre> +** data type: "INTEGER" +** collation sequence: "BINARY" +** not null: 0 +** primary key: 1 +** auto increment: 0 +** </pre> +** +** This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an +** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column +** cannot be found, an SQLITE error code is returned and an error message +** left in the database handle (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()). +** +** This API is only available if the library was compiled with the +** SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA preprocessor symbol defined. +*/ +int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ + const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ + const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ + const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ + char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ + char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ + int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ + int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ + int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if colums is auto-increment */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension +** +** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file +** zFile. The entry point is zProc. zProc may be 0 in which case the +** name of the entry point defaults to "sqlite3_extension_init". +** +** Return [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong. +** +** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with +** error message text. The calling function should free this memory +** by calling [sqlite3_free()]. +** +** Extension loading must be enabled using [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] +** prior to calling this API or an error will be returned. +*/ +int sqlite3_load_extension( + sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ + const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ + const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Derived from zFile if 0 */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading +** +** So as not to open security holes in older applications that are +** unprepared to deal with extension loading, and as a means of disabling +** extension loading while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following +** API is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and +** off. It is off by default. See ticket #1863. +** +** Call this routine with onoff==1 to turn extension loading on +** and call it with onoff==0 to turn it back off again. +*/ +int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Make Arrangements To Automatically Load An Extension +** +** Register an extension entry point that is automatically invoked +** whenever a new database connection is opened using +** [sqlite3_open()] or [sqlite3_open16()]. +** +** This API can be invoked at program startup in order to register +** one or more statically linked extensions that will be available +** to all new database connections. +** +** Duplicate extensions are detected so calling this routine multiple +** times with the same extension is harmless. +** +** This routine stores a pointer to the extension in an array +** that is obtained from malloc(). If you run a memory leak +** checker on your program and it reports a leak because of this +** array, then invoke [sqlite3_automatic_extension_reset()] prior +** to shutdown to free the memory. +** +** Automatic extensions apply across all threads. +** +** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or +** removal in future releases of SQLite. +*/ +int sqlite3_auto_extension(void *xEntryPoint); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading +** +** Disable all previously registered automatic extensions. This +** routine undoes the effect of all prior [sqlite3_automatic_extension()] +** calls. +** +** This call disabled automatic extensions in all threads. +** +** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or +** removal in future releases of SQLite. +*/ +void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void); + + +/* +****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice ************** +** +** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered +** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. +** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. +** +** When the virtual-table mechanism stablizes, we will declare the +** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. +*/ + +/* +** Structures used by the virtual table interface +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab; +typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info; +typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor; +typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module; + +/* +** A module is a class of virtual tables. Each module is defined +** by an instance of the following structure. This structure consists +** mostly of methods for the module. +*/ +struct sqlite3_module { + int iVersion; + int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); + int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); + int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*); + int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor); + int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, + int argc, sqlite3_value **argv); + int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int); + int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite_int64 *pRowid); + int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite_int64 *); + int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName, + void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void **ppArg); +}; + +/* +** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used to +** pass information into and receive the reply from the xBestIndex +** method of an sqlite3_module. The fields under **Inputs** are the +** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only. xBestIndex inserts its +** results into the **Outputs** fields. +** +** The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the +** form: +** +** column OP expr +** +** Where OP is =, <, <=, >, or >=. The particular operator is stored +** in aConstraint[].op. The index of the column is stored in +** aConstraint[].iColumn. aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the +** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint +** is usable) and false if it cannot. +** +** The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column" +** and makes other simplificatinos to the WHERE clause in an attempt to +** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible. +** The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms in the correct +** form that refer to the particular virtual table being queried. +** +** Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[]. +** Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause. +** +** The xBestIndex method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information +** about what parameters to pass to xFilter. If argvIndex>0 then +** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated +** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv. If aConstraintUsage[].omit +** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the +** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite. +** +** The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into xFilter. +** sqlite3_free() is used to free idxPtr if needToFreeIdxPtr is true. +** +** The orderByConsumed means that output from xFilter will occur in +** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate +** sorting step is required. +** +** The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of doing the +** particular lookup. A full scan of a table with N entries should have +** a cost of N. A binary search of a table of N entries should have a +** cost of approximately log(N). +*/ +struct sqlite3_index_info { + /* Inputs */ + const int nConstraint; /* Number of entries in aConstraint */ + const struct sqlite3_index_constraint { + int iColumn; /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */ + unsigned char op; /* Constraint operator */ + unsigned char usable; /* True if this constraint is usable */ + int iTermOffset; /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */ + } *const aConstraint; /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */ + const int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ + const struct sqlite3_index_orderby { + int iColumn; /* Column number */ + unsigned char desc; /* True for DESC. False for ASC. */ + } *const aOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ + + /* Outputs */ + struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage { + int argvIndex; /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */ + unsigned char omit; /* Do not code a test for this constraint */ + } *const aConstraintUsage; + int idxNum; /* Number used to identify the index */ + char *idxStr; /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */ + int needToFreeIdxStr; /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */ + int orderByConsumed; /* True if output is already ordered */ + double estimatedCost; /* Estimated cost of using this index */ +}; +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 2 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT 4 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE 8 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT 16 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE 32 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64 + +/* +** This routine is used to register a new module name with an SQLite +** connection. Module names must be registered before creating new +** virtual tables on the module, or before using preexisting virtual +** tables of the module. +*/ +int sqlite3_create_module( + sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ + const sqlite3_module *, /* Methods for the module */ + void * /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ +); + +/* +** Every module implementation uses a subclass of the following structure +** to describe a particular instance of the module. Each subclass will +** be taylored to the specific needs of the module implementation. The +** purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are common +** to all module implementations. +** +** Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a +** string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() to zErrMsg. The method should +** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to sqlite3_free() +** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg. After the error message +** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically +** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed. Note +** that sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_free() are used on the zErrMsg field +** since virtual tables are commonly implemented in loadable extensions which +** do not have access to sqlite3MPrintf() or sqlite3Free(). +*/ +struct sqlite3_vtab { + const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* The module for this virtual table */ + int nRef; /* Used internally */ + char *zErrMsg; /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */ + /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; + +/* Every module implementation uses a subclass of the following structure +** to describe cursors that point into the virtual table and are used +** to loop through the virtual table. Cursors are created using the +** xOpen method of the module. Each module implementation will define +** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs. +** +** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that +** are common to all implementations. +*/ +struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor { + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Virtual table of this cursor */ + /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; + +/* +** The xCreate and xConnect methods of a module use the following API +** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of +** the virtual tables they implement. +*/ +int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zCreateTable); + +/* +** Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions +** using the xFindFunction method. But global versions of those functions +** must exist in order to be overloaded. +** +** This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular +** name and number of parameters exists. If no such function exists +** before this API is called, a new function is created. The implementation +** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown. So +** the new function is not good for anything by itself. Its only +** purpose is to be a place-holder function that can be overloaded +** by virtual tables. +** +** This API should be considered part of the virtual table interface, +** which is experimental and subject to change. +*/ +int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); + +/* +** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up +** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered +** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. +** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. +** +** When the virtual-table mechanism stablizes, we will declare the +** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. +** +****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice ************** +*/ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB +** +** An instance of the following opaque structure is used to +** represent an blob-handle. A blob-handle is created by +** [sqlite3_blob_open()] and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. +** The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces +** can be used to read or write small subsections of the blob. +** The [sqltie3_blob_size()] interface returns the size of the +** blob in bytes. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O +** +** Open a handle to the blob located in row iRow,, column zColumn, +** table zTable in database zDb. i.e. the same blob that would +** be selected by: +** +** <pre> +** SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE rowid = iRow; +** </pre> +** +** If the flags parameter is non-zero, the blob is opened for +** read and write access. If it is zero, the blob is opened for read +** access. +** +** On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new +** [sqlite3_blob | blob handle] is written to *ppBlob. +** Otherwise an error code is returned and +** any value written to *ppBlob should not be used by the caller. +** This function sets the database-handle error code and message +** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()]. +*/ +int sqlite3_blob_open( + sqlite3*, + const char *zDb, + const char *zTable, + const char *zColumn, + sqlite_int64 iRow, + int flags, + sqlite3_blob **ppBlob +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle +** +** Close an open [sqlite3_blob | blob handle]. +*/ +int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB +** +** Return the size in bytes of the blob accessible via the open +** [sqlite3_blob | blob-handle] passed as an argument. +*/ +int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally +** +** This function is used to read data from an open +** [sqlite3_blob | blob-handle] into a caller supplied buffer. +** n bytes of data are copied into buffer +** z from the open blob, starting at offset iOffset. +** +** On success, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an +** [SQLITE_ERROR | SQLite error code] or an +** [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended error code] is returned. +*/ +int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *z, int n, int iOffset); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally +** +** This function is used to write data into an open +** [sqlite3_blob | blob-handle] from a user supplied buffer. +** n bytes of data are copied from the buffer +** pointed to by z into the open blob, starting at offset iOffset. +** +** If the [sqlite3_blob | blob-handle] passed as the first argument +** was not opened for writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] +*** was zero), this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY]. +** +** This function may only modify the contents of the blob, it is +** not possible to increase the size of a blob using this API. If +** offset iOffset is less than n bytes from the end of the blob, +** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. +** +** On success, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an +** [SQLITE_ERROR | SQLite error code] or an +** [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended error code] is returned. +*/ +int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset); + +/* +** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for +** builds on processors without floating point support. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# undef double +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */ +#endif +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/cpplinq/License.html b/thirdparty/cpplinq/License.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..446d8955 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/cpplinq/License.html @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN"> +<html> +<head> + <title> + + +
+
+ + + + +
+

+ Microsoft Public License (Ms-PL) +

+

+ This license governs use of the accompanying software. If you use the software, + you accept this license. If you do not accept the license, do not use the software.

+

+ 1. Definitions +

+

+ The terms "reproduce," "reproduction," "derivative works," + and "distribution" have the same meaning here as under U.S. copyright + law. A "contribution" is the original software, or any additions or changes + to the software. A "contributor" is any person that distributes its contribution + under this license. "Licensed patents" are a contributor's patent claims + that read directly on its contribution.

+

+ 2. Grant of Rights +

+

+ (A) Copyright Grant- Subject to the terms of this license, including the license + conditions and limitations in section 3, each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, + worldwide, royalty-free copyright license to reproduce its contribution, prepare + derivative works of its contribution, and distribute its contribution or any derivative + works that you create. +

+

+ (B) Patent Grant- Subject to the terms of this license, including the license conditions + and limitations in section 3, each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, + royalty-free license under its licensed patents to make, have made, use, sell, offer + for sale, import, and/or otherwise dispose of its contribution in the software or + derivative works of the contribution in the software. +

+

+ 3. Conditions and Limitations +

+

+ (A) No Trademark License- This license does not grant you rights to use any contributors' + name, logo, or trademarks. +

+

+ (B) If you bring a patent claim against any contributor over patents that you claim + are infringed by the software, your patent license from such contributor to the + software ends automatically. +

+

+ (C) If you distribute any portion of the software, you must retain all copyright, + patent, trademark, and attribution notices that are present in the software. +

+

+ (D) If you distribute any portion of the software in source code form, you may do + so only under this license by including a complete copy of this license with your + distribution. If you distribute any portion of the software in compiled or object + code form, you may only do so under a license that complies with this license. +

+

+ (E) The software is licensed "as-is." You bear the risk of using it. The + contributors give no express warranties, guarantees or conditions. You may have + additional consumer rights under your local laws which this license cannot change. + To the extent permitted under your local laws, the contributors exclude the implied + warranties of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose and non-infringement. +

+
+ + diff --git a/thirdparty/cpplinq/cpplinq.hpp b/thirdparty/cpplinq/cpplinq.hpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d25cde85 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/cpplinq/cpplinq.hpp @@ -0,0 +1,5568 @@ +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Copyright (c) Mårten Rånge. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// This source code is subject to terms and conditions of the Microsoft Public License. A +// copy of the license can be found in the License.html file at the root of this distribution. +// If you cannot locate the Microsoft Public License, please send an email to +// dlr@microsoft.com. By using this source code in any fashion, you are agreeing to be bound +// by the terms of the Microsoft Public License. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// You must not remove this notice, or any other, from this software. +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#ifndef CPPLINQ__HEADER_GUARD +# define CPPLINQ__HEADER_GUARD + +#define NOMINMAX + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#ifdef _MSC_VER +# pragma warning (push) +# pragma warning (disable:4512) // 'class' : assignment operator could not be generated + // Rationale: cpplinq doesn't rely on assignment operators +# pragma warning (disable:4702) // unreachable code + // Rationale: Depending on the predicates and the calling + // code the compiler might detect unreacable code that with + // other predicates are reachable. + +# pragma warning (disable:4003) +#endif + +#define NOMINMAX // so we wont have conflicts with std:: thing +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#define CPPLINQ_METHOD +#define CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD inline +#define CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT throw () +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// TODO: Struggled with getting slice protection +// and assignment operator detection for MINGW +// Look into using delete standard functions +// #define CPPLINQ_DETECT_INVALID_METHODS + +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +namespace cpplinq +{ + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + typedef std::size_t size_type; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + struct base_exception : std::exception + { + virtual const char* what () const CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return "base_exception"; + } + }; + + struct programming_error_exception : base_exception + { + virtual const char* what () const CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return "programming_error_exception"; + } + }; + + struct sequence_empty_exception : base_exception + { + virtual const char* what () const CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return "sequence_empty_exception"; + } + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Tedious implementation details of cpplinq + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + namespace detail + { + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + size_type const invalid_size = static_cast(-1); + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct cleanup_type + { + typedef typename std::remove_const< + typename std::remove_reference::type + >::type type; + }; + + template + struct get_builtup_type + { + static TRangeBuilder get_builder (); + static TRange get_range (); + + typedef decltype (get_builder ().build (get_range ())) type; + }; + + template + struct get_transformed_type + { + static TValue get_value (); + static TPredicate get_predicate (); + + typedef decltype (get_predicate ()(get_value ())) raw_type ; + typedef typename cleanup_type::type type ; + }; + + template + struct get_array_properties; + + template + struct get_array_properties + { + enum + { + size = Size , + }; + + typedef typename cleanup_type::type value_type ; + typedef value_type* iterator_type ; + }; + + template + struct opt + { + typedef TValue value_type; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD opt () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : is_initialized (false) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD explicit opt (value_type && value) + : is_initialized (true) + { + new (&storage) value_type (std::move (value)); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD explicit opt (value_type const & value) + : is_initialized (true) + { + new (&storage) value_type (value); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD ~opt () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + auto ptr = get_ptr (); + if (ptr) + { + ptr->~value_type (); + } + is_initialized = false; + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD opt (opt const & v) + : is_initialized (v.is_initialized) + { + if (v.is_initialized) + { + copy (&storage , &v.storage ); + } + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD opt (opt && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : is_initialized (v.is_initialized) + { + if (v.is_initialized) + { + move (&storage , &v.storage ); + } + v.is_initialized = false; + } + + CPPLINQ_METHOD void swap (opt & v) + { + if (is_initialized && v.is_initialized) + { + storage_type tmp; + + move (&tmp , &storage ); + move (&storage , &v.storage ); + move (&v.storage , &tmp ); + } + else if (is_initialized) + { + move (&v.storage , &storage ); + v.is_initialized= true; + is_initialized = false; + } + else if (v.is_initialized) + { + move (&storage , &v.storage ); + v.is_initialized= false; + is_initialized = true; + } + else + { + // Do nothing + } + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD opt & operator= (opt const & v) + { + if (this == std::addressof (v)) + { + return *this; + } + + opt o (v); + + swap (o); + + return *this; + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD opt & operator= (opt && v) + { + if (this == std::addressof (v)) + { + return *this; + } + + swap (v); + + return *this; + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD opt & operator= (value_type v) + { + return *this = opt (std::move (v)); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD void clear () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + opt empty; + swap (empty); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD value_type const * get_ptr () const CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + if (is_initialized) + { + return reinterpret_cast (&storage); + } + else + { + return nullptr; + } + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD value_type * get_ptr () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + if (is_initialized) + { + return reinterpret_cast (&storage); + } + else + { + return nullptr; + } + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD value_type const & get () const CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + assert (is_initialized); + return *get_ptr (); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD value_type & get () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + assert (is_initialized); + return *get_ptr (); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool has_value () const CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return is_initialized; + } + + typedef bool (opt::*type_safe_bool_type) () const; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD operator type_safe_bool_type () const CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return is_initialized ? &opt::has_value : nullptr; + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD value_type const & operator* () const CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return get (); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD value_type & operator* () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return get (); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD value_type const * operator-> () const CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return get_ptr (); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD value_type * operator-> () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return get_ptr (); + } + + private: + typedef typename std::aligned_storage< + sizeof (value_type) + , std::alignment_of::value + >::type storage_type ; + + storage_type storage ; + bool is_initialized ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD static void move ( + storage_type * to + , storage_type * from + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + auto f = reinterpret_cast (from); + new (to) value_type (std::move (*f)); + f->~value_type (); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD static void copy ( + storage_type * to + , storage_type const * from + ) + { + auto f = reinterpret_cast (from); + new (to) value_type (*f); + } + + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // The generic interface + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // _range classes: + // inherit base_range + // COPYABLE + // MOVEABLE (movesemantics) + // typedef ... this_type ; + // typedef ... value_type ; + // typedef ... return_type ; // value_type | value_type const & + // enum { returns_reference = 0|1 }; + // return_type front () const + // bool next () + // template + // typename get_builtup_type::type operator>>(TRangeBuilder range_builder) const + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // _builder classes: + // inherit base_builder + // COPYABLE + // MOVEABLE (movesemantics) + // typedef ... this_type ; + // template + // TAggregated build (TRange range) const + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + struct base_range + { +#ifdef CPPLINQ_DETECT_INVALID_METHODS + protected: + // In order to prevent object slicing + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD base_range () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD base_range (base_range const &) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD base_range (base_range &&) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD ~base_range () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + private: + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD base_range & operator= (base_range const &); + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD base_range & operator= (base_range &&); +#endif + }; + + struct base_builder + { +#ifdef CPPLINQ_DETECT_INVALID_METHODS + protected: + // In order to prevent object slicing + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD base_builder () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD base_builder (base_builder const &) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD base_builder (base_builder &&) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD ~base_builder () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + private: + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD base_builder & operator= (base_builder const &); + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD base_builder & operator= (base_builder &&); +#endif + }; + + template + struct from_range : base_range + { + static TValueIterator get_iterator (); + + typedef from_range this_type ; + typedef TValueIterator iterator_type ; + + typedef decltype (*get_iterator ()) raw_value_type ; + typedef typename cleanup_type::type value_type ; + typedef value_type const & return_type ; + enum + { + returns_reference = 1, + }; + + iterator_type current ; + iterator_type upcoming; + iterator_type end ; + + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD from_range ( + iterator_type begin + , iterator_type end + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : current (std::move (begin)) + , upcoming(current) + , end (std::move (end)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD from_range (from_range const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : current (v.current) + , upcoming(v.upcoming) + , end (v.end) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD from_range (from_range && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : current (std::move (v.current)) + , upcoming(std::move (v.upcoming)) + , end (std::move (v.end)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename get_builtup_type::type operator>>(TRangeBuilder range_builder) const + { + return range_builder.build (*this); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD return_type front () const + { + assert (current != upcoming); + assert (current != end); + + return *current; + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool next () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + if (upcoming == end) + { + return false; + } + + current = upcoming; + ++upcoming; + return true; + } + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct from_copy_range : base_range + { + typedef from_copy_range this_type ; + + typedef TContainer container_type ; + typedef typename TContainer::const_iterator iterator_type ; + typedef typename TContainer::value_type value_type ; + typedef value_type const & return_type ; + enum + { + returns_reference = 1 , + }; + + container_type container ; + + iterator_type current ; + iterator_type upcoming ; + iterator_type end ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD from_copy_range ( + container_type&& container + ) + : container (std::move (container)) + , current (container.begin ()) + , upcoming (container.begin ()) + , end (container.end ()) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD from_copy_range ( + container_type const & container + ) + : container (container) + , current (container.begin ()) + , upcoming (container.begin ()) + , end (container.end ()) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD from_copy_range (from_copy_range const & v) + : container (v.container) + , current (v.current) + , upcoming (v.upcoming) + , end (v.end) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD from_copy_range (from_copy_range && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : container (std::move (v.container)) + , current (std::move (v.current)) + , upcoming (std::move (v.upcoming)) + , end (std::move (v.end)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename get_builtup_type::type operator>>(TRangeBuilder range_builder) const + { + return range_builder.build (*this); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD return_type front () const + { + assert (current != upcoming); + assert (current != end); + + return *current; + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool next () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + if (upcoming == end) + { + return false; + } + + current = upcoming; + ++upcoming; + return true; + } + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + struct int_range : base_range + { + typedef int_range this_type ; + typedef int value_type ; + typedef int return_type ; + enum + { + returns_reference = 0 , + }; + + int current ; + int end ; + + static int get_current (int begin, int end) + { + return (begin < end ? begin : end) - 1; // -1 in order to start one-step before the first element + } + + static int get_end (int begin, int end) // -1 in order to avoid an extra test in next + { + return (begin < end ? end : begin) - 1; + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD int_range ( + int begin + , int end + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : current (get_current (begin, end)) + , end (get_end (begin,end)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD int_range (int_range const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : current (v.current) + , end (v.end) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD int_range (int_range && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : current (std::move (v.current)) + , end (std::move (v.end)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename get_builtup_type::type operator>>(TRangeBuilder range_builder) const + { + return range_builder.build (*this); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD return_type front () const + { + return current; + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool next () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + if (current >= end) + { + return false; + } + + ++current; + + return true; + } + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct repeat_range : base_range + { + typedef repeat_range this_type ; + typedef TValue value_type ; + typedef TValue return_type ; + enum + { + returns_reference = 0 , + }; + + TValue value ; + size_type remaining ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD repeat_range ( + value_type element + , size_type count + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : value (std::move (element)) + , remaining (count) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD repeat_range (repeat_range const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : value (v.value) + , remaining (v.remaining) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD repeat_range (repeat_range && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : value (std::move (v.value)) + , remaining (std::move (v.remaining)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename get_builtup_type::type operator>>(TRangeBuilder range_builder) const + { + return range_builder.build (*this); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD return_type front () const + { + return value; + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool next () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + if (remaining == 0U) + { + return false; + } + + --remaining; + + return true; + } + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct empty_range : base_range + { + typedef empty_range this_type ; + typedef TValue value_type ; + typedef TValue return_type ; + enum + { + returns_reference = 0 , + }; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD empty_range () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD empty_range (empty_range const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD empty_range (empty_range && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename get_builtup_type::type operator>>(TRangeBuilder range_builder) const + { + return range_builder.build (*this); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD return_type front () const + { + assert (false); + throw programming_error_exception (); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool next () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return false; + } + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct singleton_range : base_range + { + typedef singleton_range this_type ; + typedef TValue value_type ; + typedef TValue const & return_type ; + + enum + { + returns_reference = 1 , + }; + + value_type value ; + bool done ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD singleton_range (TValue const & value) + : value (value) + , done (false) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD singleton_range (TValue&& value) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : value (std::move (value)) + , done (false) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD singleton_range (singleton_range const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : value (v.value) + , done (v.done) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD singleton_range (singleton_range && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : value (std::move (v.value)) + , done (std::move (v.done)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename get_builtup_type::type operator>>(TRangeBuilder range_builder) const + { + return range_builder.build (*this); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD return_type front () const CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return value; + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool next () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + auto d = done; + done = true; + return !d; + } + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + struct sorting_range : base_range + { +#ifdef CPPLINQ_DETECT_INVALID_METHODS + protected: + // In order to prevent object slicing + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD sorting_range () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD sorting_range (sorting_range const &) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD sorting_range (sorting_range &&) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD ~sorting_range () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + private: + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD sorting_range & operator= (sorting_range const &); + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD sorting_range & operator= (sorting_range &&); +#endif + }; + + template + struct orderby_range : sorting_range + { + + typedef orderby_range this_type ; + typedef TRange range_type ; + typedef TPredicate predicate_type ; + + typedef typename TRange::value_type value_type ; + typedef typename TRange::return_type forwarding_return_type ; + typedef value_type const & return_type ; + enum + { + forward_returns_reference = TRange::returns_reference , + returns_reference = 1 , + }; + + range_type range ; + predicate_type predicate ; + bool sort_ascending ; + + size_type current ; + std::vector sorted_values ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD orderby_range ( + range_type range + , predicate_type predicate + , bool sort_ascending + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (range)) + , predicate (std::move (predicate)) + , sort_ascending (sort_ascending) + , current (invalid_size) + { + static_assert ( + !std::is_convertible::value + , "orderby may not follow orderby or thenby" + ); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD orderby_range (orderby_range const & v) + : range (v.range) + , predicate (v.predicate) + , sort_ascending (v.sort_ascending) + , current (v.current) + , sorted_values (v.sorted_values) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD orderby_range (orderby_range && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (v.range)) + , predicate (std::move (v.predicate)) + , sort_ascending (std::move (v.sort_ascending)) + , current (std::move (v.current)) + , sorted_values (std::move (v.sorted_values)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD forwarding_return_type forwarding_front () const + { + return range.front (); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool forwarding_next () + { + return range.next (); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool compare_values (value_type const & l, value_type const & r) const + { + if (sort_ascending) + { + return predicate (l) < predicate (r); + } + else + { + return predicate (r) < predicate (l); + } + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename get_builtup_type::type operator>>(TRangeBuilder range_builder) const + { + return range_builder.build (*this); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD return_type front () const + { + return sorted_values[current]; + } + + CPPLINQ_METHOD bool next () + { + if (current == invalid_size) + { + sorted_values.clear (); + + while (range.next ()) + { + sorted_values.push_back (range.front ()); + } + + if (sorted_values.size () == 0) + { + return false; + } + + std::sort ( + sorted_values.begin () + , sorted_values.end () + , [this] (value_type const & l, value_type const & r) + { + return this->compare_values (l,r); + } + ); + + current = 0U; + return true; + } + + if (current < sorted_values.size ()) + { + ++current; + } + + return current < sorted_values.size (); + } + }; + + template + struct orderby_builder : base_builder + { + typedef orderby_builder this_type ; + typedef TPredicate predicate_type ; + + predicate_type predicate ; + bool sort_ascending ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD explicit orderby_builder (predicate_type predicate, bool sort_ascending) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (predicate)) + , sort_ascending (sort_ascending) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD orderby_builder (orderby_builder const & v) + : predicate (v.predicate) + , sort_ascending (v.sort_ascending) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD orderby_builder (orderby_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (v.predicate)) + , sort_ascending (std::move (v.sort_ascending)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD orderby_range build (TRange range) const + { + return orderby_range(std::move (range), predicate, sort_ascending); + } + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct thenby_range : sorting_range + { + typedef thenby_range this_type ; + typedef TRange range_type ; + typedef TPredicate predicate_type ; + + typedef typename TRange::value_type value_type ; + typedef typename TRange::forwarding_return_type forwarding_return_type ; + typedef value_type const & return_type ; + enum + { + forward_returns_reference = TRange::forward_returns_reference , + returns_reference = 1 , + }; + + range_type range ; + predicate_type predicate ; + bool sort_ascending ; + + size_type current ; + std::vector sorted_values ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD thenby_range ( + range_type range + , predicate_type predicate + , bool sort_ascending + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (range)) + , predicate (std::move (predicate)) + , sort_ascending (sort_ascending) + , current (invalid_size) + { + static_assert ( + std::is_convertible::value + , "thenby may only follow orderby or thenby" + ); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD thenby_range (thenby_range const & v) + : range (v.range) + , predicate (v.predicate) + , sort_ascending (v.sort_ascending) + , current (v.current) + , sorted_values (v.sorted_values) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD thenby_range (thenby_range && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (v.range)) + , predicate (std::move (v.predicate)) + , sort_ascending (std::move (v.sort_ascending)) + , current (std::move (v.current)) + , sorted_values (std::move (v.sorted_values)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename get_builtup_type::type operator>>(TRangeBuilder range_builder) const + { + return range_builder.build (*this); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD forwarding_return_type forwarding_front () const + { + return range.front (); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool forwarding_next () + { + return range.next (); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool compare_values (value_type const & l, value_type const & r) const + { + auto pless = range.compare_values (l,r); + if (pless) + { + return true; + } + + auto pgreater = range.compare_values (r,l); + if (pgreater) + { + return false; + } + + if (sort_ascending) + { + return predicate (l) < predicate (r); + } + else + { + return predicate (r) < predicate (l); + } + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD return_type front () const + { + return sorted_values[current]; + } + + CPPLINQ_METHOD bool next () + { + if (current == invalid_size) + { + sorted_values.clear (); + + while (range.forwarding_next ()) + { + sorted_values.push_back (range.forwarding_front ()); + } + + if (sorted_values.size () == 0) + { + return false; + } + + std::sort ( + sorted_values.begin () + , sorted_values.end () + , [this] (value_type const & l, value_type const & r) + { + return this->compare_values (l,r); + } + ); + + current = 0U; + return true; + } + + if (current < sorted_values.size ()) + { + ++current; + } + + return current < sorted_values.size (); + } + }; + + template + struct thenby_builder : base_builder + { + typedef thenby_builder this_type ; + typedef TPredicate predicate_type ; + + predicate_type predicate ; + bool sort_ascending ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD explicit thenby_builder (predicate_type predicate, bool sort_ascending) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (predicate)) + , sort_ascending (sort_ascending) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD thenby_builder (thenby_builder const & v) + : predicate (v.predicate) + , sort_ascending (v.sort_ascending) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD thenby_builder (thenby_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (v.predicate)) + , sort_ascending (std::move (v.sort_ascending)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD thenby_range build (TRange range) const + { + return thenby_range(std::move (range), predicate, sort_ascending); + } + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct reverse_range : base_range + { + typedef reverse_range this_type ; + typedef TRange range_type ; + + typedef typename TRange::value_type value_type ; + typedef value_type const & return_type ; + + typedef std::vector stack_type ; + + enum + { + returns_reference = 1 , + }; + + + range_type range ; + size_type capacity ; + std::vector reversed ; + bool start ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD reverse_range ( + range_type range + , size_type capacity + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (range)) + , capacity (capacity) + , start (true) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD reverse_range (reverse_range const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (v.range) + , capacity (v.capacity) + , reversed (v.reversed) + , start (v.start) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD reverse_range (reverse_range && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (v.range)) + , capacity (std::move (v.capacity)) + , reversed (std::move (v.reversed)) + , start (std::move (v.start)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename get_builtup_type::type operator>>(TRangeBuilder range_builder) const + { + return range_builder.build (*this); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD return_type front () const CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + assert (!start); + assert (!reversed.empty ()); + return reversed[reversed.size () - 1]; + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool next () + { + if (start) + { + start = false; + + reversed.clear (); + reversed.reserve (capacity); + + while (range.next ()) + { + reversed.push_back (range.front ()); + } + + return !reversed.empty (); + } + + if (reversed.empty ()) + { + return false; + } + + reversed.pop_back (); + + return !reversed.empty (); + } + }; + + struct reverse_builder : base_builder + { + typedef reverse_builder this_type ; + + size_type capacity ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD reverse_builder (size_type capacity) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : capacity (capacity) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD reverse_builder (reverse_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : capacity (v.capacity) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD reverse_builder (reverse_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : capacity (std::move (v.capacity)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD reverse_range build (TRange range) const + { + return reverse_range (std::move (range), capacity); + } + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct where_range : base_range + { + typedef where_range this_type ; + typedef TRange range_type ; + typedef TPredicate predicate_type ; + + typedef typename TRange::value_type value_type ; + typedef typename TRange::return_type return_type ; + enum + { + returns_reference = TRange::returns_reference , + }; + + range_type range ; + predicate_type predicate ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD where_range ( + range_type range + , predicate_type predicate + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (range)) + , predicate (std::move (predicate)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD where_range (where_range const & v) + : range (v.range) + , predicate (v.predicate) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD where_range (where_range && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (v.range)) + , predicate (std::move (v.predicate)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename get_builtup_type::type operator>>(TRangeBuilder range_builder) const + { + return range_builder.build (*this); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD return_type front () const + { + return range.front (); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool next () + { + while (range.next ()) + { + if (predicate (range.front ())) + { + return true; + } + } + + return false; + } + }; + + template + struct where_builder : base_builder + { + typedef where_builder this_type ; + typedef TPredicate predicate_type ; + + predicate_type predicate ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD explicit where_builder (predicate_type predicate) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (predicate)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD where_builder (where_builder const & v) + : predicate (v.predicate) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD where_builder (where_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (v.predicate)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD where_range build (TRange range) const + { + return where_range(std::move (range), predicate); + } + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct take_range : base_range + { + typedef take_range this_type ; + typedef TRange range_type ; + + typedef typename TRange::value_type value_type ; + typedef typename TRange::return_type return_type ; + enum + { + returns_reference = TRange::returns_reference , + }; + + range_type range ; + size_type count ; + size_type current ; + + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD take_range ( + range_type range + , size_type count + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (range)) + , count (std::move (count)) + , current (0) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD take_range (take_range const & v) + : range (v.range) + , count (v.count) + , current (v.current) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD take_range (take_range && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (v.range)) + , count (std::move (v.count)) + , current (std::move (v.current)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename get_builtup_type::type operator>>(TRangeBuilder range_builder) const + { + return range_builder.build (*this); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD return_type front () const + { + return range.front (); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool next () + { + if (current >= count) + { + return false; + } + + ++current; + return range.next (); + } + }; + + struct take_builder : base_builder + { + typedef take_builder this_type ; + + size_type count ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD explicit take_builder (size_type count) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : count (std::move (count)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD take_builder (take_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : count (v.count) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD take_builder (take_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : count (std::move (v.count)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD take_range build (TRange range) const + { + return take_range(std::move (range), count); + } + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct take_while_range : base_range + { + typedef take_while_range this_type ; + typedef TRange range_type ; + typedef TPredicate predicate_type ; + + typedef typename TRange::value_type value_type ; + typedef typename TRange::return_type return_type ; + enum + { + returns_reference = TRange::returns_reference , + }; + + range_type range ; + predicate_type predicate ; + bool done ; + + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD take_while_range ( + range_type range + , predicate_type predicate + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (range)) + , predicate (std::move (predicate)) + , done (false) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD take_while_range (take_while_range const & v) + : range (v.range) + , predicate (v.predicate) + , done (v.done) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD take_while_range (take_while_range && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (v.range)) + , predicate (std::move (v.predicate)) + , done (std::move (v.done)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename get_builtup_type::type operator>>(TRangeBuilder range_builder) const + { + return range_builder.build (*this); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD return_type front () const + { + return range.front (); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool next () + { + if (done) + { + return false; + } + + if (!range.next ()) + { + done = true; + return false; + } + + if (!predicate (range.front ())) + { + done = true; + return false; + } + + return true; + } + }; + + template + struct take_while_builder : base_builder + { + typedef take_while_builder this_type ; + typedef TPredicate predicate_type ; + + predicate_type predicate ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD take_while_builder (predicate_type predicate) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (predicate)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD take_while_builder (take_while_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (v.predicate) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD take_while_builder (take_while_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (v.predicate)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD take_while_range build (TRange range) const + { + return take_while_range(std::move (range), predicate); + } + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct skip_range : base_range + { + typedef skip_range this_type ; + typedef TRange range_type ; + + typedef typename TRange::value_type value_type ; + typedef typename TRange::return_type return_type ; + enum + { + returns_reference = TRange::returns_reference , + }; + + range_type range ; + size_type count ; + size_type current ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD skip_range ( + range_type range + , size_type count + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (range)) + , count (std::move (count)) + , current (0) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD skip_range (skip_range const & v) + : range (v.range) + , count (v.count) + , current (v.current) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD skip_range (skip_range && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (v.range)) + , count (std::move (v.count)) + , current (std::move (v.current)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename get_builtup_type::type operator>>(TRangeBuilder range_builder) const + { + return range_builder.build (*this); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD return_type front () const + { + return range.front (); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool next () + { + if (current == invalid_size) + { + return false; + } + + while (current < count && range.next ()) + { + ++current; + } + + if (current < count) + { + current = invalid_size; + return false; + } + + return range.next (); + } + }; + + struct skip_builder : base_builder + { + typedef skip_builder this_type ; + + size_type count ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD explicit skip_builder (size_type count) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : count (std::move (count)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD skip_builder (skip_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : count (v.count) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD skip_builder (skip_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : count (std::move (v.count)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD skip_range build (TRange range) const + { + return skip_range(std::move (range), count); + } + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct skip_while_range : base_range + { + typedef skip_while_range this_type ; + typedef TRange range_type ; + typedef TPredicate predicate_type ; + + typedef typename TRange::value_type value_type ; + typedef typename TRange::return_type return_type ; + enum + { + returns_reference = TRange::returns_reference , + }; + + range_type range ; + predicate_type predicate ; + bool skipping ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD skip_while_range ( + range_type range + , predicate_type predicate + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (range)) + , predicate (std::move (predicate)) + , skipping (true) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD skip_while_range (skip_while_range const & v) + : range (v.range) + , predicate (v.predicate) + , skipping (v.skipping) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD skip_while_range (skip_while_range && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (v.range)) + , predicate (std::move (v.predicate)) + , skipping (std::move (v.skipping)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename get_builtup_type::type operator>>(TRangeBuilder range_builder) const + { + return range_builder.build (*this); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD return_type front () const + { + return range.front (); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool next () + { + if (!skipping) + { + return range.next (); + } + + while (range.next ()) + { + if (!predicate (range.front ())) + { + skipping = false; + return true; + } + } + + return false; + } + }; + + template + struct skip_while_builder : base_builder + { + typedef skip_while_builder this_type ; + typedef TPredicate predicate_type ; + + predicate_type predicate ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD skip_while_builder (predicate_type predicate) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (predicate)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD skip_while_builder (skip_while_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (v.predicate) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD skip_while_builder (skip_while_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (v.predicate)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD skip_while_range build (TRange range) const + { + return skip_while_range(std::move (range), predicate); + } + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct ref_range : base_range + { + typedef std::reference_wrapper< + typename TRange::value_type const> value_type ; + typedef value_type return_type ; + enum + { + returns_reference = 0 , + }; + + typedef ref_range this_type ; + typedef TRange range_type ; + + range_type range ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD ref_range ( + range_type range + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (range)) + { + static_assert ( + TRange::returns_reference + , "ref may only follow a range that returns references" + ); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD ref_range (ref_range const & v) + : range (v.range) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD ref_range (ref_range && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (v.range)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename get_builtup_type::type operator>>(TRangeBuilder range_builder) const + { + return range_builder.build (*this); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD return_type front () const + { + return value_type (range.front ()); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool next () + { + return range.next (); + } + }; + + struct ref_builder : base_builder + { + typedef ref_builder this_type ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD ref_builder () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD ref_builder (ref_builder const & v) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD ref_builder (ref_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD ref_range build (TRange range) const + { + return ref_range(std::move (range)); + } + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct select_range : base_range + { + static typename TRange::value_type get_source (); + static TPredicate get_predicate (); + + + typedef decltype (get_predicate ()(get_source ())) raw_value_type ; + typedef typename cleanup_type::type value_type ; + typedef value_type return_type ; + enum + { + returns_reference = 0 , + }; + + typedef select_range this_type ; + typedef TRange range_type ; + typedef TPredicate predicate_type ; + + range_type range ; + predicate_type predicate ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD select_range ( + range_type range + , predicate_type predicate + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (range)) + , predicate (std::move (predicate)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD select_range (select_range const & v) + : range (v.range) + , predicate (v.predicate) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD select_range (select_range && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (v.range)) + , predicate (std::move (v.predicate)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename get_builtup_type::type operator>>(TRangeBuilder range_builder) const + { + return range_builder.build (*this); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD return_type front () const + { + return predicate (range.front ()); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool next () + { + return range.next (); + } + }; + + template + struct select_builder : base_builder + { + typedef select_builder this_type ; + typedef TPredicate predicate_type ; + + predicate_type predicate ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD explicit select_builder (predicate_type predicate) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (predicate)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD select_builder (select_builder const & v) + : predicate (v.predicate) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD select_builder (select_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (v.predicate)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD select_range build (TRange range) const + { + return select_range(std::move (range), predicate); + } + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // Some trickery in order to force the code to compile on VS2012 + template + struct select_many_range_helper + { + static typename TRange::value_type get_source (); + static TPredicate get_predicate (); + + typedef decltype (get_predicate ()(get_source ())) raw_inner_range_type ; + typedef typename cleanup_type::type inner_range_type ; + + static inner_range_type get_inner_range (); + + typedef decltype (get_inner_range ().front ()) raw_value_type ; + typedef typename cleanup_type::type value_type ; + + }; + + template + struct select_many_range : base_range + { + typedef select_many_range_helper helper_type ; + + typedef typename helper_type::inner_range_type inner_range_type ; + typedef typename helper_type::value_type value_type ; + typedef value_type return_type ; + enum + { + returns_reference = 0 , + }; + + typedef select_many_range this_type ; + typedef TRange range_type ; + typedef TPredicate predicate_type ; + + range_type range ; + predicate_type predicate ; + + opt inner_range ; + + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD select_many_range ( + range_type range + , predicate_type predicate + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (range)) + , predicate (std::move (predicate)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD select_many_range (select_many_range const & v) + : range (v.range) + , predicate (v.predicate) + , inner_range (v.inner_range) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD select_many_range (select_many_range && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (v.range)) + , predicate (std::move (v.predicate)) + , inner_range (std::move (v.inner_range)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename get_builtup_type::type operator>>(TRangeBuilder range_builder) const + { + return range_builder.build (*this); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD return_type front () const + { + assert (inner_range); + return inner_range->front (); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool next () + { + if (inner_range && inner_range->next ()) + { + return true; + } + + if (range.next ()) + { + inner_range = predicate (range.front ()); + return inner_range && inner_range->next (); + } + + return false; + } + }; + + template + struct select_many_builder : base_builder + { + typedef select_many_builder this_type ; + typedef TPredicate predicate_type ; + + predicate_type predicate ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD explicit select_many_builder (predicate_type predicate) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (predicate)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD select_many_builder (select_many_builder const & v) + : predicate (v.predicate) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD select_many_builder (select_many_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (v.predicate)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD select_many_range build (TRange range) const + { + return select_many_range(std::move (range), predicate); + } + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template< + typename TRange + , typename TOtherRange + , typename TKeySelector + , typename TOtherKeySelector + , typename TCombiner + > + struct join_range : base_range + { + static typename TRange::value_type get_source () ; + static typename TOtherRange::value_type get_other_source () ; + static TKeySelector get_key_selector () ; + static TOtherKeySelector get_other_key_selector () ; + static TCombiner get_combiner () ; + + typedef decltype (get_key_selector () (get_source ())) raw_key_type ; + typedef typename cleanup_type::type key_type ; + + typedef decltype (get_other_key_selector () (get_other_source ())) + raw_other_key_type ; + typedef typename cleanup_type::type other_key_type ; + + typedef decltype (get_combiner () (get_source (), get_other_source ())) + raw_value_type ; + typedef typename cleanup_type::type value_type ; + typedef value_type return_type ; + enum + { + returns_reference = 0 , + }; + + typedef join_range< + TRange + , TOtherRange + , TKeySelector + , TOtherKeySelector + , TCombiner + > this_type ; + typedef TRange range_type ; + typedef TOtherRange other_range_type ; + typedef TKeySelector key_selector_type ; + typedef TOtherKeySelector other_key_selector_type ; + typedef TCombiner combiner_type ; + typedef std::multimap< + other_key_type + , typename TOtherRange::value_type + > map_type ; + typedef typename map_type::const_iterator map_iterator_type ; + + range_type range ; + other_range_type other_range ; + key_selector_type key_selector ; + other_key_selector_type other_key_selector ; + combiner_type combiner ; + + bool start ; + map_type map ; + map_iterator_type current ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD join_range ( + range_type range + , other_range_type other_range + , key_selector_type key_selector + , other_key_selector_type other_key_selector + , combiner_type combiner + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (range)) + , other_range (std::move (other_range)) + , key_selector (std::move (key_selector)) + , other_key_selector (std::move (other_key_selector)) + , combiner (std::move (combiner)) + , start (true) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD join_range (join_range const & v) + : range (v.range) + , other_range (v.other_range) + , key_selector (v.key_selector) + , other_key_selector (v.other_key_selector) + , combiner (v.combiner) + , start (v.start) + , map (v.map) + , current (v.current) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD join_range (join_range && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (v.range)) + , other_range (std::move (v.other_range)) + , key_selector (std::move (v.key_selector)) + , other_key_selector (std::move (v.other_key_selector)) + , combiner (std::move (v.combiner)) + , start (std::move (v.start)) + , map (std::move (v.map)) + , current (std::move (v.current)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename get_builtup_type::type operator>>(TRangeBuilder range_builder) const + { + return range_builder.build (*this); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD return_type front () const + { + assert (current != map.end ()); + return combiner (range.front (), current->second); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool next () + { + if (start) + { + start = false; + while (other_range.next ()) + { + auto other_value = other_range.front (); + auto other_key = other_key_selector (other_value); + map.insert (typename map_type::value_type (std::move (other_key), std::move (other_value))); + } + + current = map.end (); + if (map.size () == 0U) + { + return false; + } + } + + if (current != map.end ()) + { + auto previous = current; + ++current; + if (current != map.end () && !(previous->first < current->first)) + { + return true; + } + } + + while (range.next ()) + { + auto value = range.front (); + auto key = key_selector (value); + + current = map.find (key); + if (current != map.end ()) + { + return true; + } + } + + return false; + } + }; + + template< + typename TOtherRange + , typename TKeySelector + , typename TOtherKeySelector + , typename TCombiner + > + struct join_builder : base_builder + { + typedef join_builder< + TOtherRange + , TKeySelector + , TOtherKeySelector + , TCombiner + > this_type ; + + typedef TOtherRange other_range_type ; + typedef TKeySelector key_selector_type ; + typedef TOtherKeySelector other_key_selector_type ; + typedef TCombiner combiner_type ; + + other_range_type other_range ; + key_selector_type key_selector ; + other_key_selector_type other_key_selector ; + combiner_type combiner ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD join_builder ( + other_range_type other_range + , key_selector_type key_selector + , other_key_selector_type other_key_selector + , combiner_type combiner + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : other_range (std::move (other_range)) + , key_selector (std::move (key_selector)) + , other_key_selector (std::move (other_key_selector)) + , combiner (std::move (combiner)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD join_builder (join_builder const & v) + : other_range (v.other_range) + , key_selector (v.key_selector) + , other_key_selector (v.other_key_selector) + , combiner (v.combiner) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD join_builder (join_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : other_range (std::move (v.other_range)) + , key_selector (std::move (v.key_selector)) + , other_key_selector (std::move (v.other_key_selector)) + , combiner (std::move (v.combiner)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD join_range build (TRange range) const + { + return join_range ( + std::move (range) + , other_range + , key_selector + , other_key_selector + , combiner + ); + } + }; + + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct distinct_range : base_range + { + typedef distinct_range this_type ; + typedef TRange range_type ; + + typedef typename cleanup_type::type value_type ; + typedef value_type const & return_type ; + enum + { + returns_reference = 1 , + }; + + typedef std::set set_type ; + typedef typename set_type::const_iterator set_iterator_type ; + + range_type range ; + set_type set ; + set_iterator_type current ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD distinct_range ( + range_type range + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (range)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD distinct_range (distinct_range const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (v.range) + , set (v.set) + , current (v.current) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD distinct_range (distinct_range && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (v.range)) + , set (std::move (v.set)) + , current (std::move (v.current)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename get_builtup_type::type operator>>(TRangeBuilder range_builder) const + { + return range_builder.build (*this); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD return_type front () const + { + return *current; + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool next () + { + while (range.next ()) + { + auto result = set.insert (range.front ()); + if (result.second) + { + current = result.first; + return true; + } + } + + return false; + } + }; + + struct distinct_builder : base_builder + { + typedef distinct_builder this_type ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD distinct_builder () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD distinct_builder (distinct_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD distinct_builder (distinct_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD distinct_range build (TRange range) const + { + return distinct_range (std::move (range)); + } + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct union_range : base_range + { + typedef union_range this_type ; + typedef TRange range_type ; + typedef TOtherRange other_range_type ; + + typedef typename cleanup_type::type value_type ; + typedef value_type const & return_type ; + enum + { + returns_reference = 1 , + }; + + typedef std::set set_type ; + typedef typename set_type::const_iterator set_iterator_type ; + + + range_type range ; + other_range_type other_range ; + set_type set ; + set_iterator_type current ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD union_range ( + range_type range + , other_range_type other_range + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (range)) + , other_range (std::move (other_range)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD union_range (union_range const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (v.range) + , other_range (v.other_range) + , set (v.set) + , current (v.current) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD union_range (union_range && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (v.range)) + , other_range (std::move (v.other_range)) + , set (std::move (v.set)) + , current (std::move (v.current)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename get_builtup_type::type operator>>(TRangeBuilder range_builder) const + { + return range_builder.build (*this); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD return_type front () const + { + return *current; + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool next () + { + while (range.next ()) + { + auto result = set.insert (range.front ()); + if (result.second) + { + current = result.first; + return true; + } + } + + while (other_range.next ()) + { + auto result = set.insert (other_range.front ()); + if (result.second) + { + current = result.first; + return true; + } + } + + return false; + } + }; + + template + struct union_builder : base_builder + { + typedef union_builder this_type ; + typedef TOtherRange other_range_type; + + other_range_type other_range ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD union_builder (TOtherRange other_range) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : other_range (std::move (other_range)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD union_builder (union_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : other_range (v.other_range) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD union_builder (union_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : other_range (std::move (v.other_range)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD union_range build (TRange range) const + { + return union_range (std::move (range), std::move (other_range)); + } + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct intersect_range : base_range + { + typedef intersect_range this_type ; + typedef TRange range_type ; + typedef TOtherRange other_range_type ; + + typedef typename cleanup_type::type value_type ; + typedef value_type const & return_type ; + enum + { + returns_reference = 1 , + }; + + typedef std::set set_type ; + typedef typename set_type::const_iterator set_iterator_type ; + + + range_type range ; + other_range_type other_range ; + set_type set ; + set_iterator_type current ; + bool start ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD intersect_range ( + range_type range + , other_range_type other_range + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (range)) + , other_range (std::move (other_range)) + , start (true) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD intersect_range (intersect_range const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (v.range) + , other_range (v.other_range) + , set (v.set) + , current (v.current) + , start (v.start) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD intersect_range (intersect_range && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (v.range)) + , other_range (std::move (v.other_range)) + , set (std::move (v.set)) + , current (std::move (v.current)) + , start (std::move (v.start)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename get_builtup_type::type operator>>(TRangeBuilder range_builder) const + { + return range_builder.build (*this); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD return_type front () const + { + assert (!start); + return *current; + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool next () + { + if (start) + { + start = false; + + while (other_range.next ()) + { + set.insert (other_range.front ()); + } + + while (range.next ()) + { + current = set.find (range.front ()); + if (current != set.end ()) + { + return true; + } + } + + set.clear (); + + return false; + } + + if (set.empty ()) + { + return false; + } + + set.erase (current); + + while (range.next ()) + { + current = set.find (range.front ()); + if (current != set.end ()) + { + return true; + } + } + + return false; + } + }; + + template + struct intersect_builder : base_builder + { + typedef intersect_builder this_type ; + typedef TOtherRange other_range_type; + + other_range_type other_range ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD intersect_builder (TOtherRange other_range) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : other_range (std::move (other_range)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD intersect_builder (intersect_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : other_range (v.other_range) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD intersect_builder (intersect_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : other_range (std::move (v.other_range)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD intersect_range build (TRange range) const + { + return intersect_range (std::move (range), std::move (other_range)); + } + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct except_range : base_range + { + typedef except_range this_type ; + typedef TRange range_type ; + typedef TOtherRange other_range_type ; + + typedef typename cleanup_type::type value_type ; + typedef value_type const & return_type ; + enum + { + returns_reference = 1 , + }; + + typedef std::set set_type ; + typedef typename set_type::const_iterator set_iterator_type ; + + range_type range ; + other_range_type other_range ; + set_type set ; + set_iterator_type current ; + bool start ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD except_range ( + range_type range + , other_range_type other_range + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (range)) + , other_range (std::move (other_range)) + , start (true) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD except_range (except_range const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (v.range) + , other_range (v.other_range) + , set (v.set) + , current (v.current) + , start (v.start) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD except_range (except_range && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (v.range)) + , other_range (std::move (v.other_range)) + , set (std::move (v.set)) + , current (std::move (v.current)) + , start (std::move (v.start)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename get_builtup_type::type operator>>(TRangeBuilder range_builder) const + { + return range_builder.build (*this); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD return_type front () const + { + return *current; + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool next () + { + if (start) + { + start = false; + while (other_range.next ()) + { + set.insert (other_range.front ()); + } + } + + while (range.next ()) + { + auto result = set.insert (range.front ()); + if (result.second) + { + current = result.first; + return true; + } + } + + return false; + } + }; + + template + struct except_builder : base_builder + { + typedef union_builder this_type ; + typedef TOtherRange other_range_type; + + other_range_type other_range ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD except_builder (TOtherRange other_range) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : other_range (std::move (other_range)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD except_builder (except_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : other_range (v.other_range) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD except_builder (except_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : other_range (std::move (v.other_range)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD except_range build (TRange range) const + { + return except_range (std::move (range), std::move (other_range)); + } + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct concat_range : base_range + { + typedef concat_range this_type ; + typedef TRange range_type ; + typedef TOtherRange other_range_type ; + + typedef typename cleanup_type::type value_type ; + typedef typename cleanup_type::type other_value_type ; + typedef value_type return_type ; + + enum + { + returns_reference = 0 , + }; + + enum state + { + state_initial , + state_iterating_range , + state_iterating_other_range , + state_end , + }; + + range_type range ; + other_range_type other_range ; + state state ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD concat_range ( + range_type range + , other_range_type other_range + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (range)) + , other_range (std::move (other_range)) + , state (state_initial) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD concat_range (concat_range const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (v.range) + , other_range (v.other_range) + , state (v.state) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD concat_range (concat_range && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (v.range)) + , other_range (std::move (v.other_range)) + , state (std::move (v.state)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename get_builtup_type::type operator>>(TRangeBuilder range_builder) const + { + return range_builder.build (*this); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD return_type front () const + { + switch (state) + { + case state_initial: + case state_end: + default: + assert (false); // Intentionally falls through + case state_iterating_range: + return range.front (); + case state_iterating_other_range: + return other_range.front (); + }; + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool next () + { + switch (state) + { + case state_initial: + if (range.next ()) + { + state = state_iterating_range; + return true; + } + + if (other_range.next ()) + { + state = state_iterating_other_range; + return true; + } + + return false; + case state_iterating_range: + if (range.next ()) + { + return true; + } + + if (other_range.next ()) + { + state = state_iterating_other_range; + return true; + } + + return false; + case state_iterating_other_range: + if (other_range.next ()) + { + return true; + } + + return false; + case state_end: + default: + return false; + } + } + }; + + template + struct concat_builder : base_builder + { + typedef concat_builder this_type ; + typedef TOtherRange other_range_type; + + other_range_type other_range ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD concat_builder (TOtherRange other_range) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : other_range (std::move (other_range)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD concat_builder (concat_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : other_range (v.other_range) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD concat_builder (concat_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : other_range (std::move (v.other_range)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD concat_range build (TRange range) const + { + return concat_range (std::move (range), std::move (other_range)); + } + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + namespace experimental + { + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // TODO: Verify that container range aggregator has the right semantics + + template + struct container_iterator + { + typedef std::forward_iterator_tag iterator_category ; + typedef typename TRange::value_type value_type ; + typedef typename TRange::return_type return_type ; + enum + { + returns_reference = TRange::returns_reference , + }; + + typedef std::ptrdiff_t difference_type ; + typedef value_type* pointer ; + typedef value_type& reference ; + + typedef container_iterator this_type ; + typedef TRange range_type ; + + bool has_value ; + opt range ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD container_iterator () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : has_value (false) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD container_iterator (range_type r) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (r)) + { + has_value = range && range->next (); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD container_iterator (container_iterator const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : has_value (v.has_value) + , range (v.range) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD container_iterator (container_iterator && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : has_value (std::move (v.has_value)) + , range (std::move (v.range)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD return_type operator* () const + { + assert (has_value); + assert (range); + return range->front (); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD value_type const * operator-> () const + { + static_assert ( + returns_reference + , "operator-> requires a range that returns a reference, typically select causes ranges to return values not references" + ); + return &range->front (); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD this_type & operator++() + { + if (has_value && range) + { + has_value = range->next (); + } + + return *this; + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool operator== (this_type const & v) const CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + if (!has_value && !v.has_value) + { + return true; + } + else if (has_value && has_value && range.get_ptr () == v.range.get_ptr ()) + { + return true; + } + else + { + return false; + } + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool operator!= (this_type const & v) const CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return !(*this == v); + } + }; + + template + struct container + { + typedef container this_type ; + typedef TRange range_type ; + typedef typename TRange::value_type value_type ; + typedef typename TRange::return_type return_type ; + enum + { + returns_reference = TRange::returns_reference , + }; + + range_type range ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD explicit container (TRange range) + : range (std::move (range)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD container (container const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (v.range) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD container (container && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (v.range)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD container_iterator begin () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return container_iterator(range); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD container_iterator end () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return container_iterator(); + } + + }; + + struct container_builder : base_builder + { + typedef container_builder this_type ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD container_builder () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD container_builder (container_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD container_builder (container_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_METHOD container build (TRange range) const + { + return container (std::move (range)); + } + + }; + } + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + struct to_vector_builder : base_builder + { + typedef to_vector_builder this_type ; + + size_type capacity; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD explicit to_vector_builder (size_type capacity = 16U) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : capacity (capacity) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD to_vector_builder (to_vector_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : capacity (v.capacity) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD to_vector_builder (to_vector_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : capacity (std::move (v.capacity)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_METHOD std::vector build (TRange range) const + { + std::vector result; + result.reserve (capacity); + + while (range.next ()) + { + result.push_back (range.front ()); + } + + return result; + } + + }; + + struct to_list_builder : base_builder + { + typedef to_list_builder this_type ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD explicit to_list_builder () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD to_list_builder (to_list_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD to_list_builder (to_list_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_METHOD std::list build (TRange range) const + { + std::list result; + + while (range.next ()) + { + result.push_back (range.front ()); + } + + return result; + } + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct to_map_builder : base_builder + { + static TKeyPredicate get_key_predicate (); + + typedef to_map_builder this_type ; + typedef TKeyPredicate key_predicate_type ; + + key_predicate_type key_predicate ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD explicit to_map_builder (key_predicate_type key_predicate) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : key_predicate (std::move (key_predicate)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD to_map_builder (to_map_builder const & v) + : key_predicate (v.key_predicate) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD to_map_builder (to_map_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : key_predicate (std::move (v.key_predicate)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_METHOD std::map< + typename get_transformed_type::type + , typename TRange::value_type + > build (TRange range) const + { + typedef std::map< + typename get_transformed_type::type + , typename TRange::value_type + > result_type; + + result_type result; + + while (range.next ()) + { + auto v = range.front (); + auto k = key_predicate (v); + + result.insert (typename result_type::value_type (std::move (k), std::move (v))); + } + + return result; + } + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct lookup + { + typedef TKey key_type ; + typedef TValue value_type ; + + typedef std::vector> keys_type ; + typedef std::vector values_type ; + + typedef typename values_type::const_iterator values_iterator_type; + + template + CPPLINQ_METHOD lookup (size_type capacity, TRange range, TSelector selector) + { + keys_type k; + values_type v; + k.reserve (capacity); + v.reserve (capacity); + + auto index = 0U; + while (range.next ()) + { + auto value = range.front (); + auto key = selector (value); + v.push_back (std::move (value)); + k.push_back (typename keys_type::value_type (std::move (key), index)); + ++index; + } + + if (v.size () == 0) + { + return; + } + + std::sort ( + k.begin () + , k.end () + , [] (typename keys_type::value_type const & l, typename keys_type::value_type const & r) + { + return l.first < r.first; + } + ); + + keys.reserve (k.size ()); + values.reserve (v.size ()); + + auto iter = k.begin (); + auto end = k.end (); + + index = 0U; + + if (iter != end) + { + values.push_back (std::move (v[iter->second])); + keys.push_back (typename keys_type::value_type (iter->first, index)); + } + + auto previous = iter; + ++iter; + ++index; + + while (iter != end) + { + values.push_back (v[iter->second]); + + if (previous->first < iter->first) + { + keys.push_back (typename keys_type::value_type (iter->first, index)); + } + + previous = iter; + ++iter; + ++index; + } + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD lookup (lookup const & v) + : values (v.values) + , keys (v.keys) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD lookup (lookup && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : values (std::move (v.values)) + , keys (std::move (v.keys)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD void swap (lookup & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + values.swap (v.values); + keys.swap (v.keys); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD lookup & operator= (lookup const & v) + { + if (this == std::addressof (v)) + { + return *this; + } + + lookup tmp (v); + + swap (tmp); + + return *this; + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD lookup & operator= (lookup && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + if (this == std::addressof (v)) + { + return *this; + } + + swap (v); + + return *this; + } + + struct lookup_range : base_range + { + typedef lookup_range this_type ; + + enum + { + returns_reference = 1 , + }; + + typedef TValue value_type ; + typedef value_type const & return_type ; + + enum state + { + state_initial , + state_iterating , + state_end , + }; + + values_type const * values ; + size_type iter ; + size_type end ; + state state ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD lookup_range ( + values_type const * values + , size_type iter + , size_type end + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : values (values) + , iter (iter) + , end (end) + , state (state_initial) + { + assert (values); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD lookup_range (lookup_range const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : values (v.values) + , iter (v.iter) + , end (v.end) + , state (v.state) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD lookup_range (lookup_range && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : values (std::move (v.values)) + , iter (std::move (v.iter)) + , end (std::move (v.end)) + , state (std::move (v.state)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename get_builtup_type::type operator>>(TRangeBuilder range_builder) const + { + return range_builder.build (*this); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD return_type front () const CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + assert (state == state_iterating); + assert (iter < end); + + return (*values)[iter]; + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool next () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + switch (state) + { + case state_initial: + { + auto has_elements = iter < end; + state = has_elements ? state_iterating : state_end; + return has_elements; + } + break; + case state_iterating: + { + ++iter; + + auto has_elements = iter < end; + state = has_elements ? state_iterating : state_end; + return has_elements; + } + break; + case state_end: + default: + return false; + } + } + + }; + + CPPLINQ_METHOD lookup_range operator[](key_type const & key) const CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + if (values.empty ()) + { + return lookup_range (std::addressof (values), 0U, 0U); + } + + if (keys.empty ()) + { + return lookup_range (std::addressof (values), 0U, 0U); + } + + auto find = std::lower_bound ( + keys.begin () + , keys.end () + , typename keys_type::value_type (key, 0U) + , [](typename keys_type::value_type const & l, typename keys_type::value_type const & r) + { + return l.first < r.first; + }); + + if (find == keys.end ()) + { + return lookup_range (std::addressof (values), 0U, 0U); + } + + auto next = find + 1; + if (next == keys.end ()) + { + return lookup_range (std::addressof (values), find->second, values.size ()); + } + + return lookup_range (std::addressof (values), find->second, next->second); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD size_type size_of_keys () const CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return keys.size (); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD size_type size_of_values () const CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return values.size (); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD from_range range_of_values () const CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return from_range ( + values.begin () + , values.end () + ); + } + + private: + values_type values ; + keys_type keys ; + }; + + template + struct to_lookup_builder : base_builder + { + static TKeyPredicate get_key_predicate (); + + typedef to_lookup_builder this_type ; + typedef TKeyPredicate key_predicate_type ; + + key_predicate_type key_predicate ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD explicit to_lookup_builder (key_predicate_type key_predicate) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : key_predicate (std::move (key_predicate)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD to_lookup_builder (to_lookup_builder const & v) + : key_predicate (v.key_predicate) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD to_lookup_builder (to_lookup_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : key_predicate (std::move (v.key_predicate)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD lookup< + typename get_transformed_type::type + , typename TRange::value_type + > build (TRange range) const + { + typedef lookup< + typename get_transformed_type::type + , typename TRange::value_type + > result_type; + + result_type result (16U, range, key_predicate); + + return result; + } + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct for_each_builder : base_builder + { + typedef for_each_builder this_type ; + typedef TPredicate predicate_type ; + + predicate_type predicate; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD explicit for_each_builder (predicate_type predicate) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (predicate)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD for_each_builder (for_each_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (v.predicate) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD for_each_builder (for_each_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (v.predicate)) + { + } + + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD void build (TRange range) const + { + while (range.next ()) + { + predicate (range.front ()); + } + } + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct first_predicate_builder : base_builder + { + typedef first_predicate_builder this_type ; + typedef TPredicate predicate_type ; + + predicate_type predicate ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD first_predicate_builder (predicate_type predicate) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (predicate)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD first_predicate_builder (first_predicate_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (v.predicate) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD first_predicate_builder (first_predicate_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (v.predicate)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename TRange::return_type build (TRange range) + { + while (range.next ()) + { + if (predicate (range.front ())) + { + return range.front (); + } + } + + throw sequence_empty_exception (); + } + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + struct first_builder : base_builder + { + typedef first_builder this_type ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD first_builder () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD first_builder (first_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD first_builder (first_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename TRange::return_type build (TRange range) + { + if (range.next ()) + { + return range.front (); + } + + throw sequence_empty_exception (); + } + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct first_or_default_predicate_builder : base_builder + { + typedef first_or_default_predicate_builder this_type ; + typedef TPredicate predicate_type ; + + predicate_type predicate; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD first_or_default_predicate_builder (predicate_type predicate) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (predicate)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD first_or_default_predicate_builder (first_or_default_predicate_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (v.predicate) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD first_or_default_predicate_builder (first_or_default_predicate_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (v.predicate)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename TRange::value_type build (TRange range) const + { + while (range.next ()) + { + if (predicate (range.front ())) + { + return range.front (); + } + } + + return typename TRange::value_type (); + } + + }; + + + struct first_or_default_builder : base_builder + { + typedef first_or_default_builder this_type ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD first_or_default_builder () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD first_or_default_builder (first_or_default_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD first_or_default_builder (first_or_default_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename TRange::value_type build (TRange range) const + { + if (range.next ()) + { + return range.front (); + } + + return typename TRange::value_type (); + } + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + template + struct last_or_default_predicate_builder : base_builder + { + typedef last_or_default_predicate_builder this_type ; + typedef TPredicate predicate_type ; + + predicate_type predicate; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD last_or_default_predicate_builder (predicate_type predicate) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (predicate)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD last_or_default_predicate_builder (last_or_default_predicate_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (v.predicate) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD last_or_default_predicate_builder (last_or_default_predicate_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (v.predicate)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename TRange::value_type build (TRange range) const + { + auto current = typename TRange::value_type (); + + while (range.next ()) + { + if (predicate (range.front ())) + { + current = std::move (range.front ()); + } + } + + return current; + } + + }; + + struct last_or_default_builder : base_builder + { + typedef last_or_default_builder this_type ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD last_or_default_builder () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD last_or_default_builder (last_or_default_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD last_or_default_builder (last_or_default_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename TRange::value_type build (TRange range) const + { + auto current = typename TRange::value_type (); + + while (range.next ()) + { + current = std::move (range.front ()); + } + + return current; + } + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct count_predicate_builder : base_builder + { + typedef count_predicate_builder this_type ; + typedef TPredicate predicate_type ; + + predicate_type predicate ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD count_predicate_builder (predicate_type predicate) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (predicate)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD count_predicate_builder (count_predicate_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (v.predicate) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD count_predicate_builder (count_predicate_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (v.predicate)) + { + } + + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD size_type build (TRange range) const + { + size_type count = 0U; + while (range.next ()) + { + if (predicate (range.front ())) + { + ++count; + } + } + return count; + } + + }; + + struct count_builder : base_builder + { + typedef count_builder this_type ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD count_builder () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD count_builder (count_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD count_builder (count_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD size_type build (TRange range) const + { + size_type count = 0U; + while (range.next ()) + { + ++count; + } + return count; + } + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct sum_selector_builder : base_builder + { + typedef sum_selector_builder this_type ; + typedef TSelector selector_type ; + + selector_type selector; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD sum_selector_builder (selector_type selector) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : selector (std::move (selector)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD sum_selector_builder (sum_selector_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : selector (v.selector) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD sum_selector_builder (sum_selector_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : selector (std::move (v.selector)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename TRange::value_type build (TRange range) const + { + auto sum = typename TRange::value_type (); + while (range.next ()) + { + sum += selector (range.front ()); + } + return sum; + } + + }; + + struct sum_builder : base_builder + { + typedef sum_builder this_type ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD sum_builder () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD sum_builder (sum_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD sum_builder (sum_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename TRange::value_type build (TRange range) const + { + auto sum = typename TRange::value_type (); + while (range.next ()) + { + sum += range.front (); + } + return sum; + } + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct max_selector_builder : base_builder + { + typedef max_selector_builder this_type ; + typedef TSelector selector_type ; + + selector_type selector; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD max_selector_builder (selector_type selector) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : selector (std::move (selector)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD max_selector_builder (max_selector_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : selector (v.selector) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD max_selector_builder (max_selector_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : selector (std::move (v.selector)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename TRange::value_type build (TRange range) const + { + auto current = std::numeric_limits::min (); + while (range.next ()) + { + auto v = selector (range.front ()); + if (current < v) + { + current = std::move (v); + } + } + + return current; + } + + }; + + struct max_builder : base_builder + { + typedef max_builder this_type ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD max_builder () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD max_builder (max_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD max_builder (max_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename TRange::value_type build (TRange range) const + { + auto current = std::numeric_limits::min (); + while (range.next ()) + { + auto v = range.front (); + if (current < v) + { + current = std::move (v); + } + } + + return current; + } + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct min_selector_builder : base_builder + { + typedef min_selector_builder this_type ; + typedef TSelector selector_type ; + + selector_type selector; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD min_selector_builder (selector_type selector) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : selector (std::move (selector)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD min_selector_builder (min_selector_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : selector (v.selector) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD min_selector_builder (min_selector_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : selector (std::move (v.selector)) + { + } + + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename TRange::value_type build (TRange range) const + { + auto current = std::numeric_limits::max (); + while (range.next ()) + { + auto v = selector (range.front ()); + if (v < current) + { + current = std::move (v); + } + } + + return current; + } + + }; + + struct min_builder : base_builder + { + typedef min_builder this_type ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD min_builder () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD min_builder (min_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD min_builder (min_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename TRange::value_type build (TRange range) const + { + auto current = std::numeric_limits::max (); + while (range.next ()) + { + auto v = range.front (); + if (v < current) + { + current = std::move (v); + } + } + + return current; + } + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct avg_selector_builder : base_builder + { + typedef avg_selector_builder this_type ; + typedef TSelector selector_type ; + + selector_type selector; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD avg_selector_builder (selector_type selector) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : selector (std::move (selector)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD avg_selector_builder (avg_selector_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : selector (v.selector) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD avg_selector_builder (avg_selector_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : selector (std::move (v.selector)) + { + } + + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename TRange::value_type build (TRange range) const + { + auto sum = typename TRange::value_type (); + int count = 0; + while (range.next ()) + { + sum += selector (range.front ()); + ++count; + } + + if (count == 0) + { + return sum; + } + + return sum/count; + } + + }; + + struct avg_builder : base_builder + { + typedef avg_builder this_type ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD avg_builder () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD avg_builder (avg_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD avg_builder (avg_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename TRange::value_type build (TRange range) const + { + auto sum = typename TRange::value_type (); + int count = 0; + while (range.next ()) + { + sum += range.front (); + ++count; + } + + if (count == 0) + { + return sum; + } + + return sum/count; + } + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct aggregate_builder : base_builder + { + typedef aggregate_builder this_type ; + typedef TAccumulator accumulator_type; + typedef TAccumulate seed_type; + + seed_type seed; + accumulator_type accumulator; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD aggregate_builder (seed_type seed, accumulator_type accumulator) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : seed (std::move (seed)) + , accumulator (std::move (accumulator)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD aggregate_builder (aggregate_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : seed (v.seed) + , accumulator (v.accumulator) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD aggregate_builder (aggregate_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : seed (std::move (v.seed)) + , accumulator (std::move (v.accumulator)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD seed_type build (TRange range) const + { + auto sum = seed; + while (range.next ()) + { + sum = accumulator (sum, range.front ()); + } + return sum; + } + + }; + + template + struct aggregate_result_selector_builder : base_builder + { + typedef aggregate_result_selector_builder this_type ; + typedef TAccumulator accumulator_type; + typedef TAccumulate seed_type; + typedef TSelector result_selector_type; + + seed_type seed; + accumulator_type accumulator; + result_selector_type result_selector; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD aggregate_result_selector_builder (seed_type seed, accumulator_type accumulator, result_selector_type result_selector) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : seed (std::move (seed)) + , accumulator (std::move (accumulator)) + , result_selector (std::move (result_selector)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD aggregate_result_selector_builder (aggregate_result_selector_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : seed (v.seed) + , accumulator (v.accumulator) + , result_selector (v.result_selector) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD aggregate_result_selector_builder (aggregate_result_selector_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : seed (std::move (v.seed)) + , accumulator (std::move (v.accumulator)) + , result_selector (std::move (v.result_selector)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD auto build (TRange range) const -> decltype (result_selector (seed)) + { + auto sum = seed; + while (range.next ()) + { + sum = accumulator (sum, range.front ()); + } + + return result_selector (sum); + } + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct sequence_equal_predicate_builder : base_builder + { + typedef sequence_equal_predicate_builder this_type ; + typedef TOtherRange other_range_type; + typedef TComparer comparer_type ; + + other_range_type other_range ; + comparer_type comparer ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD sequence_equal_predicate_builder ( + TOtherRange other_range + , comparer_type comparer) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : other_range (std::move (other_range)) + , comparer (std::move (comparer)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD sequence_equal_predicate_builder (sequence_equal_predicate_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : other_range (v.other_range) + , comparer (v.comparer) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD sequence_equal_predicate_builder (sequence_equal_predicate_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : other_range (std::move (v.other_range)) + , comparer (std::move (v.comparer)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool build (TRange range) const + { + auto copy = other_range; + for (;;) + { + bool next1 = range.next (); + bool next2 = copy.next (); + + // sequences are not of same length + if (next1 != next2) + { + return false; + } + + // both sequences are over, next1 = next2 = false + if (!next1) + { + return true; + } + + if (!comparer (range.front (), copy.front ())) + { + return false; + } + } + } + }; + + template + struct sequence_equal_builder : base_builder + { + typedef sequence_equal_builder this_type ; + typedef TOtherRange other_range_type; + + other_range_type other_range ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD sequence_equal_builder (TOtherRange other_range) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : other_range (std::move (other_range)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD sequence_equal_builder (sequence_equal_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : other_range (v.other_range) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD sequence_equal_builder (sequence_equal_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : other_range (std::move (v.other_range)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool build (TRange range) const + { + auto copy = other_range; + for (;;) + { + bool next1 = range.next (); + bool next2 = copy.next (); + + // sequences are not of same length + if (next1 != next2) + { + return false; + } + + // both sequences are over, next1 = next2 = false + if (!next1) + { + return true; + } + + if (range.front () != copy.front ()) + { + return false; + } + } + } + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct concatenate_builder : base_builder + { + typedef concatenate_builder this_type ; + + std::basic_string separator ; + size_type capacity ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD concatenate_builder ( + std::basic_string separator + , size_type capacity + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : separator (std::move (separator)) + , capacity (capacity) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD concatenate_builder (concatenate_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : separator (v.separator) + , capacity (v.capacity) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD concatenate_builder (concatenate_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : separator (std::move (v.separator)) + , capacity (std::move (v.capacity)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename std::basic_string build (TRange range) const + { + auto first = true ; + std::vector buffer ; + + buffer.reserve (capacity); + + + while (range.next ()) + { + if (first) + { + first = false; + } + else + { + buffer.insert ( + buffer.end () + , separator.begin () + , separator.end () + ); + } + + auto v = range.front (); + + buffer.insert ( + buffer.end () + , v.begin () + , v.end () + ); + } + + return std::basic_string ( + buffer.begin () + , buffer.end () + ); + } + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + template + struct any_predicate_builder : base_builder + { + typedef any_predicate_builder this_type ; + typedef TPredicate predicate_type ; + + predicate_type predicate ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD any_predicate_builder (predicate_type predicate) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (predicate)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD any_predicate_builder (any_predicate_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (v.predicate) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD any_predicate_builder (any_predicate_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (v.predicate)) + { + } + + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool build (TRange range) const + { + bool any = false; + while (range.next () && !any) + { + any = predicate (range.front ()); + } + return any; + } + }; + + struct any_builder : base_builder + { + typedef any_builder this_type ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD any_builder () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD any_builder (any_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD any_builder (any_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool build (TRange range) const + { + return range.next (); + } + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct all_predicate_builder : base_builder + { + typedef all_predicate_builder this_type ; + typedef TPredicate predicate_type ; + + predicate_type predicate ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD all_predicate_builder (predicate_type predicate) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (predicate)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD all_predicate_builder (all_predicate_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (v.predicate) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD all_predicate_builder (all_predicate_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (v.predicate)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool build (TRange range) const + { + while (range.next ()) + { + if (!predicate (range.front ())) + { + return false; + } + } + + return true; + } + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct contains_builder : base_builder + { + typedef contains_builder this_type ; + typedef TValue value_type ; + + value_type value; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD contains_builder (value_type value) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : value (std::move (value)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD contains_builder (contains_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : value (v.value) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD contains_builder (contains_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : value (std::move (v.value)) + { + } + + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool build (TRange range) const + { + while (range.next ()) + { + if (range.front () == value) + { + return true; + } + } + + return false; + } + + }; + + template + struct contains_predicate_builder : base_builder + { + typedef contains_predicate_builder this_type ; + typedef TValue value_type ; + typedef TPredicate predicate_type ; + + value_type value; + predicate_type predicate ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD contains_predicate_builder (value_type value, predicate_type predicate) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : value (std::move (value)) + , predicate (std::move (predicate)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD contains_predicate_builder (contains_predicate_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : value (v.value) + , predicate (v.predicate) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD contains_predicate_builder (contains_predicate_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : value (std::move (v.value)) + , predicate (std::move (v.predicate)) + { + } + + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool build (TRange range) const + { + while (range.next ()) + { + if (predicate (range.front (), value)) + { + return true; + } + } + + return false; + } + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + struct element_at_or_default_builder : base_builder + { + typedef element_at_or_default_builder this_type ; + + size_type index; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD element_at_or_default_builder (size_type index) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : index (std::move (index)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD element_at_or_default_builder (element_at_or_default_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : index (v.index) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD element_at_or_default_builder (element_at_or_default_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : index (std::move (v.index)) + { + } + + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename TRange::value_type build (TRange range) const + { + size_type current = 0U; + + while (range.next ()) + { + if (current < index) + { + ++current; + } + else + { + return range.front (); + } + } + + return typename TRange::value_type (); + + } + + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct pairwise_range : base_range + { + typedef pairwise_range this_type ; + typedef TRange range_type ; + + typedef typename TRange::value_type element_type ; + typedef std::pair value_type ; + typedef value_type return_type ; + + enum + { + returns_reference = 0 , + }; + + + range_type range ; + opt previous ; + opt current ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD pairwise_range ( + range_type range + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (range)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD pairwise_range (pairwise_range const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (v.range) + , previous (v.previous) + , current (v.current) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD pairwise_range (pairwise_range && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (v.range)) + , previous (std::move (v.previous)) + , current (std::move (v.current)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename get_builtup_type::type operator>>(TPairwiseBuilder pairwise_builder) const + { + return pairwise_builder.build (*this); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD return_type front () const + { + assert (previous.has_value ()); + assert (current.has_value ()); + return std::make_pair (previous.get (), current.get ()); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool next () + { + if (!previous.has_value ()) + { + if (range.next ()) + { + current = range.front (); + } + else + { + return false; + } + } + + previous.swap (current); + + if (range.next ()) + { + current = range.front (); + return true; + } + + return false; + } + }; + + struct pairwise_builder : base_builder + { + typedef pairwise_builder this_type ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD pairwise_builder () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD pairwise_builder (pairwise_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD pairwise_builder (pairwise_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD pairwise_range build (TRange range) const + { + return pairwise_range (std::move (range)); + } + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct zip_with_range : base_range + { + typedef zip_with_range this_type ; + typedef TRange range_type ; + typedef TOtherRange other_range_type ; + + typedef typename cleanup_type::type left_element_type ; + typedef typename cleanup_type::type right_element_type ; + typedef std::pair value_type ; + typedef value_type return_type ; + enum + { + returns_reference = 0 , + }; + + range_type range ; + other_range_type other_range ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD zip_with_range ( + range_type range + , other_range_type other_range + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (range)) + , other_range (std::move (other_range)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD zip_with_range (zip_with_range const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (v.range) + , other_range (v.other_range) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD zip_with_range (zip_with_range && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : range (std::move (v.range)) + , other_range (std::move (v.other_range)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename get_builtup_type::type operator>>(TRangeBuilder range_builder) const + { + return range_builder.build (*this); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD return_type front () const + { + return std::make_pair (range.front (), other_range.front ()); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool next () + { + return range.next () && other_range.next (); + } + }; + + template + struct zip_with_builder : base_builder + { + typedef zip_with_builder this_type ; + typedef TOtherRange other_range_type; + + other_range_type other_range ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD zip_with_builder (TOtherRange other_range) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : other_range (std::move (other_range)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD zip_with_builder (zip_with_builder const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : other_range (v.other_range) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD zip_with_builder (zip_with_builder && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : other_range (std::move (v.other_range)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD zip_with_range build (TRange range) const + { + return zip_with_range (std::move (range), std::move (other_range)); + } + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + template + struct generate_range : base_range + { + static TPredicate get_predicate (); + + typedef decltype (get_predicate ()()) raw_opt_value_type ; + typedef typename cleanup_type::type opt_value_type ; + + typedef decltype (*(get_predicate ()())) raw_value_type ; + typedef typename cleanup_type::type value_type ; + + typedef generate_range this_type ; + typedef TPredicate predicate_type ; + typedef value_type const & return_type ; + + enum + { + returns_reference = 1, + }; + + TPredicate predicate ; + opt_value_type current_value ; + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD generate_range ( + TPredicate predicate + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (predicate)) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD generate_range (generate_range const & v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (v.predicate) + , current_value (v.current_value) + { + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD generate_range (generate_range && v) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + : predicate (std::move (v.predicate)) + , current_value (std::move (v.current_value)) + { + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD typename get_builtup_type::type operator>>(TRangeBuilder range_builder) const + { + return range_builder.build (*this); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD return_type front () const + { + assert (current_value); + return *current_value; + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD bool next () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + current_value = predicate (); + return current_value; + } + }; + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + } // namespace detail + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // The interface of cpplinq + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // Range sources + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::from_range from_iterators ( + TValueIterator begin + , TValueIterator end + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::from_range (std::move (begin), std::move (end)); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::from_range from ( + TContainer const & container + ) + { + return detail::from_range ( + container.begin () + , container.end () + ); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::from_range::iterator_type> from_array ( + TValueArray & a + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + typedef detail::get_array_properties array_properties; + typedef typename array_properties::iterator_type iterator_type; + + iterator_type begin = a; + iterator_type end = begin + array_properties::size; + + return detail::from_range ( + std::move (begin) + , std::move (end) + ); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::from_copy_range::type> from_copy ( + TContainer&& container + ) + { + typedef typename detail::cleanup_type::type container_type; + + return detail::from_copy_range ( + std::forward (container) + ); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::generate_range generate ( + TPredicate predicate + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::generate_range (std::move (predicate)); + } + + // Restriction operators + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::where_builder where ( + TPredicate predicate + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::where_builder (std::move (predicate)); + } + + // Projection operators + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::ref_builder ref () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::ref_builder (); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::select_builder select ( + TPredicate predicate + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::select_builder (std::move (predicate)); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::select_many_builder select_many ( + TPredicate predicate + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::select_many_builder (std::move (predicate)); + } + + template< + typename TOtherRange + , typename TKeySelector + , typename TOtherKeySelector + , typename TCombiner + > + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::join_builder< + TOtherRange + , TKeySelector + , TOtherKeySelector + , TCombiner + > join ( + TOtherRange other_range + , TKeySelector key_selector + , TOtherKeySelector other_key_selector + , TCombiner combiner + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::join_builder< + TOtherRange + , TKeySelector + , TOtherKeySelector + , TCombiner + > + ( + std::move (other_range) + , std::move (key_selector) + , std::move (other_key_selector) + , std::move (combiner) + ); + } + + // Concatenation operators + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::concat_builder concat (TOtherRange other_range) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::concat_builder (std::move (other_range)); + } + + // Partitioning operators + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::take_while_builder take_while ( + TPredicate predicate + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::take_while_builder (std::move (predicate)); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::take_builder take ( + size_type count + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::take_builder (count); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::skip_while_builder skip_while ( + TPredicate predicate + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::skip_while_builder (predicate); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::skip_builder skip ( + size_type count + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::skip_builder (count); + } + + // Ordering operators + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::orderby_builder orderby ( + TPredicate predicate + , bool sort_ascending = true + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::orderby_builder (std::move (predicate), sort_ascending); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::orderby_builder orderby_ascending ( + TPredicate predicate + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::orderby_builder (std::move (predicate), true); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::orderby_builder orderby_descending ( + TPredicate predicate + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::orderby_builder (std::move (predicate), false); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::thenby_builder thenby ( + TPredicate predicate + , bool sort_ascending = true + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::thenby_builder (std::move (predicate), sort_ascending); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::thenby_builder thenby_ascending ( + TPredicate predicate + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::thenby_builder (std::move (predicate), true); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::thenby_builder thenby_descending ( + TPredicate predicate + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::thenby_builder (std::move (predicate), false); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::reverse_builder reverse (size_type capacity = 16U) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::reverse_builder (capacity); + } + + + // Conversion operators + + namespace experimental + { + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::experimental::container_builder container () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::experimental::container_builder (); + } + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::opt::type> to_opt (TValue && v) + { + return detail::opt::type> (std::forward (v)); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::opt to_opt () + { + return detail::opt (); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::to_vector_builder to_vector (size_type capacity = 16U) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::to_vector_builder (capacity); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::to_list_builder to_list () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::to_list_builder (); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::to_map_builder to_map (TKeyPredicate key_predicate) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::to_map_builder(std::move (key_predicate)); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::to_lookup_builder to_lookup (TKeyPredicate key_predicate) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::to_lookup_builder(std::move (key_predicate)); + } + + // Equality operators + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::sequence_equal_builder sequence_equal (TOtherRange other_range) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::sequence_equal_builder (std::move (other_range)); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::sequence_equal_predicate_builder sequence_equal ( + TOtherRange other_range + , TComparer comparer) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::sequence_equal_predicate_builder (std::move (other_range), std::move (comparer)); + } + + // Element operators + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::first_predicate_builder first ( + TPredicate predicate + ) + { + return detail::first_predicate_builder (std::move (predicate)); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::first_builder first () + { + return detail::first_builder (); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::first_or_default_predicate_builder first_or_default ( + TPredicate predicate + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::first_or_default_predicate_builder (predicate); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::first_or_default_builder first_or_default () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::first_or_default_builder (); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::last_or_default_predicate_builder last_or_default ( + TPredicate predicate + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::last_or_default_predicate_builder (predicate); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::last_or_default_builder last_or_default () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::last_or_default_builder (); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::element_at_or_default_builder element_at_or_default ( + size_type index + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::element_at_or_default_builder (index); + } + + // Generation operators + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::int_range range ( + int start + , int count + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + auto c = count > 0 ? count : 0; + auto end = (INT_MAX - c) > start ? (start + c) : INT_MAX; + return detail::int_range (start, end); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::repeat_range repeat ( + TValue element + , int count + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + auto c = count > 0 ? count : 0; + return detail::repeat_range (element, c); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::empty_range empty () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::empty_range (); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::singleton_range::type> singleton (TValue&& value) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::singleton_range::type> (std::forward (value)); + } + + // Quantifiers + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::any_predicate_builder any ( + TPredicate predicate + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::any_predicate_builder (std::move (predicate)); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::any_builder any () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::any_builder (); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::all_predicate_builder all ( + TPredicate predicate + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::all_predicate_builder (std::move (predicate)); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::contains_builder contains ( + TValue value + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::contains_builder (value); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::contains_predicate_builder contains ( + TValue value + , TPredicate predicate + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::contains_predicate_builder (value, predicate); + } + + // Aggregate operators + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::count_predicate_builder count ( + TPredicate predicate + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::count_predicate_builder (std::move (predicate)); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::count_builder count () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::count_builder (); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::sum_selector_builder sum ( + TSelector selector + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::sum_selector_builder (std::move (selector)); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::sum_builder sum () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::sum_builder (); + } + + /*template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::max_selector_builder max (TSelector selector) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::max_selector_builder (std::move (selector)); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::max_builder max () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::max_builder (); + }*/ + + /*template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::min_selector_builder min ( + TSelector selector + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::min_selector_builder (std::move (selector)); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::min_builder min () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::min_builder (); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::avg_selector_builder avg ( + TSelector selector + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::avg_selector_builder (std::move (selector)); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::avg_builder avg () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::avg_builder (); + }*/ + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::aggregate_builder aggregate ( + TAccumulate seed + , TAccumulator accumulator + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::aggregate_builder (seed, accumulator); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::aggregate_result_selector_builder aggregate ( + TAccumulate seed + , TAccumulator accumulator + , TSelector result_selector + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::aggregate_result_selector_builder (seed, accumulator, result_selector); + } + + // set operators + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::distinct_builder distinct () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::distinct_builder (); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::union_builder union_with (TOtherRange other_range) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::union_builder (std::move (other_range)); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::intersect_builder intersect_with (TOtherRange other_range) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::intersect_builder (std::move (other_range)); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::except_builder except (TOtherRange other_range) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::except_builder (std::move (other_range)); + } + + // other operators + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::for_each_builder for_each ( + TPredicate predicate + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::for_each_builder (std::move (predicate)); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::concatenate_builder concatenate ( + std::string separator + , size_type capacity = 16U + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::concatenate_builder ( + std::move (separator) + , capacity + ); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::concatenate_builder concatenate ( + std::wstring separator + , size_type capacity = 16U + ) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::concatenate_builder ( + std::move (separator) + , capacity + ); + } + + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::pairwise_builder pairwise () CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::pairwise_builder (); + } + + template + CPPLINQ_INLINEMETHOD detail::zip_with_builder zip_with (TOtherRange other_range) CPPLINQ_NOEXCEPT + { + return detail::zip_with_builder (std::move (other_range)); + } + + // ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +} +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#ifdef _MSC_VER +# pragma warning (pop) +#endif +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#endif // CPPLINQ__HEADER_GUARD +// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/CMakeLists.txt b/thirdparty/raknet/CMakeLists.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8d90f329 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/CMakeLists.txt @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ + + +PROJECT(RakNetStaticLib) + +SET(RAKNET_SOURCES + +Source/AsynchronousFileIO.cpp Source/FormatString.cpp Source/RakNetTypes.cpp +Source/AutoRPC.cpp Source/FullyConnectedMesh.cpp Source/RakNetworkFactory.cpp +Source/BitStream.cpp Source/FunctionThread.cpp Source/RakPeer.cpp +Source/BitStream_NoTemplate.cpp Source/Gen_RPC8.cpp Source/RakSleep.cpp +Source/CheckSum.cpp Source/GetTime.cpp Source/RakString.cpp +Source/CommandParserInterface.cpp Source/GridSectorizer.cpp Source/Rand.cpp +Source/ConnectionGraph.cpp Source/LightweightDatabaseClient.cpp Source/ReadyEvent.cpp +Source/ConsoleServer.cpp Source/LightweightDatabaseCommon.cpp Source/ReliabilityLayer.cpp +Source/DataBlockEncryptor.cpp Source/LightweightDatabaseServer.cpp Source/ReplicaManager2.cpp +Source/DataCompressor.cpp Source/LinuxStrings.cpp Source/ReplicaManager.cpp +Source/DirectoryDeltaTransfer.cpp Source/LogCommandParser.cpp Source/rijndael.cpp +Source/DS_BytePool.cpp Source/MessageFilter.cpp Source/Router.cpp +Source/DS_ByteQueue.cpp Source/NatPunchthrough.cpp Source/RPCMap.cpp +Source/DS_HuffmanEncodingTree.cpp Source/NetworkIDManager.cpp Source/SHA1.cpp +Source/DS_Table.cpp Source/NetworkIDObject.cpp Source/SimpleMutex.cpp +Source/EmailSender.cpp Source/PacketConsoleLogger.cpp Source/SocketLayer.cpp +Source/EncodeClassName.cpp Source/PacketFileLogger.cpp Source/StringCompressor.cpp +Source/EpochTimeToString.cpp Source/PacketLogger.cpp Source/StringTable.cpp +Source/ExtendedOverlappedPool.cpp Source/PluginInterface.cpp Source/SystemAddressList.cpp +Source/FileList.cpp Source/RakMemoryOverride.cpp Source/TableSerializer.cpp +Source/FileListTransfer.cpp Source/RakNetCommandParser.cpp Source/TCPInterface.cpp +Source/FileOperations.cpp Source/RakNetStatistics.cpp Source/TelnetTransport.cpp +Source/_FindFirst.cpp Source/RakNetTransport.cpp Source/ThreadsafePacketLogger.cpp +Source/RakThread.cpp Source/SuperFastHash.cpp Source/Itoa.cpp +Source/HTTPConnection.cpp +) + +set(RAKNET_HEADERS + +Source/AsynchronousFileIO.h Source/Export.h Source/RakNetTypes.h +Source/AutopatcherPatchContext.h Source/ExtendedOverlappedPool.h Source/RakNetVersion.h +Source/AutopatcherRepositoryInterface.h Source/FileList.h Source/RakNetworkFactory.h +Source/AutoRPC.h Source/FileListTransferCBInterface.h Source/RakPeer.h +Source/BigTypes.h Source/FileListTransfer.h Source/RakPeerInterface.h +Source/BitStream.h Source/FileOperations.h Source/RakSleep.h +Source/BitStream_NoTemplate.h Source/_FindFirst.h Source/RakString.h +Source/CheckSum.h Source/FormatString.h Source/Rand.h +Source/ClientContextStruct.h Source/FullyConnectedMesh.h Source/ReadyEvent.h +Source/CommandParserInterface.h Source/FunctionThread.h Source/RefCountedObj.h +Source/ConnectionGraph.h Source/Gen_RPC8.h Source/ReliabilityLayer.h +Source/ConsoleServer.h Source/GetTime.h Source/ReplicaEnums.h +Source/DataBlockEncryptor.h Source/GridSectorizer.h Source/Replica.h +Source/DataCompressor.h Source/InternalPacket.h Source/ReplicaManager2.h +Source/DirectoryDeltaTransfer.h Source/LightweightDatabaseClient.h Source/ReplicaManager.h +Source/DS_BinarySearchTree.h Source/LightweightDatabaseCommon.h Source/Rijndael-Boxes.h +Source/DS_BPlusTree.h Source/LightweightDatabaseServer.h Source/Rijndael.h +Source/DS_BytePool.h Source/LinuxStrings.h Source/Router.h +Source/DS_ByteQueue.h Source/LogCommandParser.h Source/RouterInterface.h +Source/DS_Heap.h Source/MessageFilter.h Source/RPCMap.h +Source/DS_HuffmanEncodingTreeFactory.h Source/MessageIdentifiers.h Source/RPCNode.h +Source/DS_HuffmanEncodingTree.h Source/MTUSize.h Source/RSACrypt.h +Source/DS_HuffmanEncodingTreeNode.h Source/NatPunchthrough.h Source/SHA1.h +Source/DS_LinkedList.h Source/NetworkIDManager.h Source/SimpleMutex.h +Source/DS_List.h Source/NetworkIDObject.h Source/SimpleTCPServer.h +Source/DS_Map.h Source/PacketConsoleLogger.h Source/SingleProducerConsumer.h +Source/DS_MemoryPool.h Source/PacketFileLogger.h Source/SocketLayer.h +Source/DS_OrderedChannelHeap.h Source/PacketLogger.h Source/StringCompressor.h +Source/DS_OrderedList.h Source/PacketPool.h Source/StringTable.h +Source/DS_Queue.h Source/PacketPriority.h Source/SystemAddressList.h +Source/DS_QueueLinkedList.h Source/PluginInterface.h Source/TableSerializer.h +Source/DS_RangeList.h Source/RakAssert.h Source/TCPInterface.h +Source/DS_Table.h Source/RakMemoryOverride.h Source/TelnetTransport.h +Source/DS_Tree.h Source/RakNetCommandParser.h Source/ThreadPool.h +Source/DS_WeightedGraph.h Source/RakNetDefines.h Source/ThreadsafePacketLogger.h +Source/EmailSender.h Source/RakNetStatistics.h Source/TransportInterface.h +Source/EpochTimeToString.h Source/RakNetTransport.h Source/Types.h +Source/RakThread.h Source/SuperFastHash.h Source/Itoa.h +Source/HTTPConnection.h Kbhit.h\ +) + + +ADD_LIBRARY(RakNet STATIC ${RAKNET_SOURCES}) + + +INSTALL(TARGETS RakNet + DESTINATION lib) + +INSTALL(FILES ${RAKNET_HEADERS} + DESTINATION include/raknet) + + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Lib/DLL/DLL.rc b/thirdparty/raknet/Lib/DLL/DLL.rc new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3eee795f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Lib/DLL/DLL.rc @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +// Microsoft Visual C++ generated resource script. +// +#include "resource.h" + +#define APSTUDIO_READONLY_SYMBOLS +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Generated from the TEXTINCLUDE 2 resource. +// +#include "afxres.h" + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#undef APSTUDIO_READONLY_SYMBOLS + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// English (U.S.) resources + +#if !defined(AFX_RESOURCE_DLL) || defined(AFX_TARG_ENU) +LANGUAGE 9, 1 +#pragma code_page(1252) + +#ifdef APSTUDIO_INVOKED +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// TEXTINCLUDE +// + +1 TEXTINCLUDE +BEGIN + "resource.h\0" +END + +2 TEXTINCLUDE +BEGIN + "#include ""afxres.h""\r\n" + "\0" +END + +3 TEXTINCLUDE +BEGIN + "\r\n" + "\0" +END + +#endif // APSTUDIO_INVOKED + +#endif // English (U.S.) resources +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + + + +#ifndef APSTUDIO_INVOKED +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// +// Generated from the TEXTINCLUDE 3 resource. +// + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#endif // not APSTUDIO_INVOKED + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Lib/DLL/DLL.vcproj b/thirdparty/raknet/Lib/DLL/DLL.vcproj new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bddf85d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Lib/DLL/DLL.vcproj @@ -0,0 +1,686 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Lib/DLL/DLL_vc8.vcproj b/thirdparty/raknet/Lib/DLL/DLL_vc8.vcproj new file mode 100644 index 00000000..66fd4572 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Lib/DLL/DLL_vc8.vcproj @@ -0,0 +1,965 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Lib/DLL/resource.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Lib/DLL/resource.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e1b08553 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Lib/DLL/resource.h @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +//{{NO_DEPENDENCIES}} +// Microsoft Visual C++ generated include file. +// Used by DLL.rc + +// Next default values for new objects +// +#ifdef APSTUDIO_INVOKED +#ifndef APSTUDIO_READONLY_SYMBOLS +#define _APS_NEXT_RESOURCE_VALUE 101 +#define _APS_NEXT_COMMAND_VALUE 40001 +#define _APS_NEXT_CONTROL_VALUE 1001 +#define _APS_NEXT_SYMED_VALUE 101 +#endif +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Lib/LibStatic/LibStatic.vcproj b/thirdparty/raknet/Lib/LibStatic/LibStatic.vcproj new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d2e76188 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Lib/LibStatic/LibStatic.vcproj @@ -0,0 +1,666 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Lib/LibStatic/LibStatic_vc8.vcproj b/thirdparty/raknet/Lib/LibStatic/LibStatic_vc8.vcproj new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4c42308f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Lib/LibStatic/LibStatic_vc8.vcproj @@ -0,0 +1,926 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Lib/libRakNet.a b/thirdparty/raknet/Lib/libRakNet.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f253220c Binary files /dev/null and b/thirdparty/raknet/Lib/libRakNet.a differ diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Lib/libRakNetRegular.a b/thirdparty/raknet/Lib/libRakNetRegular.a new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ac11b531 Binary files /dev/null and b/thirdparty/raknet/Lib/libRakNetRegular.a differ diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/AsynchronousFileIO.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/AsynchronousFileIO.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ea35869 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/AsynchronousFileIO.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,323 @@ +/// \file +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +// No longer used as I no longer support IO Completion ports +/* + +#ifdef __USE_IO_COMPLETION_PORTS + +#include "AsynchronousFileIO.h" +#include "ClientContextStruct.h" +#include +#include "ExtendedOverlappedPool.h" +#include +#include + +// All these are used for the Read callback. For general Asynch file IO you would change these +#include "RakNetTypes.h" + +class RakPeer; + +#ifdef _WIN32 +extern void __stdcall ProcessNetworkPacket( unsigned int binaryAddress, unsigned short port, const char *data, int length, RakPeer *rakPeer ); +#else +extern void ProcessNetworkPacket( unsigned int binaryAddress, unsigned short port, const char *data, int length, RakPeer *rakPeer ); +#endif + +AsynchronousFileIO AsynchronousFileIO::I; + +AsynchronousFileIO::AsynchronousFileIO() +{ + userCount = 0; + threadCount = 0; + completionPort = NULL; + + // Determine how many processors are on the system. + GetSystemInfo( &systemInfo ); +} + +void AsynchronousFileIO::IncreaseUserCount() +{ + userCountMutex.Lock(); + ++userCount; + + if ( userCount == 1 ) + { + + // Create the completion port that will be used by all the worker + // threads. + completionPort = CreateIoCompletionPort( INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL, 0, systemInfo.dwNumberOfProcessors * 2 ); + + if ( completionPort == NULL ) + { + userCount = 0; + userCountMutex.Unlock(); + return ; + } + + UINT nThreadID; + HANDLE workerHandle; + + // Create worker threads + + // One worker thread per processor + + for ( DWORD i = 0; i < systemInfo.dwNumberOfProcessors * 2; i++ ) + // In debug just make one worker thread so it's easier to trace + //for ( i = 0; i < systemInfo.dwNumberOfProcessors * 1; i++ ) + { + workerHandle = ( HANDLE ) _beginthreadex( NULL, // Security + 0, // Stack size - use default + ThreadPoolFunc, // Thread fn entry point + ( void* ) completionPort, // Param for thread + 0, // Init flag + &nThreadID ); // Thread address + + + // Feel free to comment this out for regular thread priority + SetThreadPriority( workerHandle, THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST ); + + CloseHandle( workerHandle ); + } + + + // Wait for the threads to start + while ( threadCount < systemInfo.dwNumberOfProcessors * 2 ) + Sleep( 0 ); + } + + userCountMutex.Unlock(); +} + +void AsynchronousFileIO::DecreaseUserCount() +{ + userCountMutex.Lock(); + + assert( userCount > 0 ); + + if ( userCount == 0 ) + return ; + + userCount--; + + if ( userCount == 0 ) + Shutdown(); + + userCountMutex.Unlock(); +} + +void AsynchronousFileIO::Shutdown( void ) +{ + killThreads = true; + + if ( completionPort != NULL ) + for ( DWORD i = 0; i < systemInfo.dwNumberOfProcessors * 2; i++ ) + PostQueuedCompletionStatus( completionPort, 0, 0 , 0 ); + + // Kill worker threads + while ( threadCount > 0 ) + Sleep( 0 ); + + if ( completionPort != NULL ) + CloseHandle( completionPort ); +} + +int AsynchronousFileIO::GetUserCount( void ) +{ + return userCount; +} + +AsynchronousFileIO::~AsynchronousFileIO() +{ + if ( threadCount > 0 ) + Shutdown(); +} + +bool AsynchronousFileIO::AssociateSocketWithCompletionPort( SOCKET socket, DWORD dwCompletionKey ) +{ + HANDLE h = CreateIoCompletionPort( ( HANDLE ) socket, completionPort, dwCompletionKey, 0 ); + return h == completionPort; +} + +BOOL ReadAsynch( HANDLE handle, ExtendedOverlappedStruct *extended ) +{ + BOOL success; + extended->read = true; + success = ReadFile( handle, extended->data, extended->length, 0, ( LPOVERLAPPED ) extended ); + + if ( !success ) + { + DWORD dwErrCode = GetLastError(); + + if ( dwErrCode != ERROR_IO_PENDING ) + { +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_XBOX360) && defined(_DEBUG) + LPVOID messageBuffer; + FormatMessage( FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, + NULL, dwErrCode, MAKELANGID( LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT ), // Default language + ( LPTSTR ) & messageBuffer, 0, NULL ); + // something has gone wrong here... + printf( "ReadFile failed:Error code - %d\n%s", dwErrCode, messageBuffer ); + //Free the buffer. + LocalFree( messageBuffer ); +#endif + + return FALSE; + } + } + + return TRUE; +} + +void WriteAsynch( HANDLE handle, ExtendedOverlappedStruct *extended ) +{ + //printf("Beginning asynch write of %i bytes.\n",extended->length); + //for (int i=0; i < extended->length && i < 10; i++) + // printf("%i ", extended->data[i]); + //printf("\n\n"); + BOOL success; + extended->read = false; + success = WriteFile( handle, extended->data, extended->length, 0, ( LPOVERLAPPED ) extended ); + + if ( !success ) + { + DWORD dwErrCode = GetLastError(); + + if ( dwErrCode != ERROR_IO_PENDING ) + { +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_XBOX360) && defined(_DEBUG) + LPVOID messageBuffer; + FormatMessage( FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, + NULL, dwErrCode, MAKELANGID( LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT ), // Default language + ( LPTSTR ) & messageBuffer, 0, NULL ); + // something has gone wrong here... + printf( "WriteFile failed:Error code - %d\n%s", dwErrCode, messageBuffer ); + + //Free the buffer. + LocalFree( messageBuffer ); +#endif + + } + } +} + +unsigned __stdcall ThreadPoolFunc( LPVOID arguments ) +{ + DWORD dwIoSize; + ClientContextStruct* lpClientContext; + ExtendedOverlappedStruct* lpOverlapped; + LPOVERLAPPED temp; + BOOL bError; + + HANDLE *completionPort = ( HANDLE * ) arguments; + AsynchronousFileIO::Instance()->threadCount++; + + while ( 1 ) + { + // Get a completed IO request. + BOOL returnValue = GetQueuedCompletionStatus( + completionPort, + &dwIoSize, + ( LPDWORD ) & lpClientContext, + &temp, INFINITE ); + + lpOverlapped = ( ExtendedOverlappedStruct* ) temp; + + DWORD dwIOError = GetLastError(); + + if ( lpOverlapped == 0 ) + break; // Cancelled thread + + if ( !returnValue && dwIOError != WAIT_TIMEOUT ) + { + if ( dwIOError != ERROR_OPERATION_ABORTED ) + { + // Print all but this very common error message +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_XBOX360) && defined(_DEBUG) + LPVOID messageBuffer; + FormatMessage( FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, + NULL, dwIOError, MAKELANGID( LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT ), // Default language + ( LPTSTR ) & messageBuffer, 0, NULL ); + // something has gone wrong here... + printf( "GetQueuedCompletionStatus failed:Error code - %d\n%s", dwIOError, messageBuffer ); + + //Free the buffer. + LocalFree( messageBuffer ); +#endif + + } + +HANDLE_ERROR: + // Some kind of error. Erase the data for this call + bError = true; + + // This socket is no longer used + + if ( lpOverlapped ) + delete lpOverlapped; + + if ( lpClientContext ) + delete lpClientContext; + + // If we are killing the threads, then we keep posting fake completion statuses until we get a fake one through the queue (i.e. lpOverlapped==0 as above) + // This way we delete all the data from the real calls before exiting the thread + if ( AsynchronousFileIO::Instance()->killThreads ) + { + PostQueuedCompletionStatus( completionPort, 0, 0, 0 ); + } + + } + + else + bError = false; + + if ( !bError ) + { + if ( returnValue && NULL != lpOverlapped && NULL != lpClientContext ) + { + if ( lpOverlapped->read == true ) + { + assert( dwIoSize > 0 ); + + ProcessNetworkPacket( lpOverlapped->binaryAddress, lpOverlapped->port, lpOverlapped->data, dwIoSize, lpOverlapped->rakPeer ); + + // Issue a new read so we always have one outstanding read per socket + // Finished a read. Reuse the overlapped pointer + bError = ReadAsynch( lpClientContext->handle, lpOverlapped ); + + if ( !bError ) + goto HANDLE_ERROR; // Windows is super unreliable! + } + + else + { + // AsynchronousFileIO::Instance()->Write(lpClientContext); + // Finished a write + ExtendedOverlappedPool::Instance()->ReleasePointer( lpOverlapped ); + } + } + + else + assert( 0 ); + } + } + + AsynchronousFileIO::Instance()->threadCount--; + return 0; +} + +#endif +*/ diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/AsynchronousFileIO.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/AsynchronousFileIO.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..93ca7253 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/AsynchronousFileIO.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Internal] Depreciated, used for windows back when I supported IO completion ports. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +// No longer used as I no longer support IO Completion ports +/* +#ifdef __USE_IO_COMPLETION_PORTS + +#ifndef __ASYNCHRONOUS_FILE_IO_H +#define __ASYNCHRONOUS_FILE_IO_H + +#ifdef _XBOX360 +#elif defined(_WIN32) +// IP_DONTFRAGMENT is different between winsock 1 and winsock 2. Therefore, Winsock2.h must be linked againt Ws2_32.lib +// winsock.h must be linked against WSock32.lib. If these two are mixed up the flag won't work correctly +//#include +//#include +#endif +#include "SimpleMutex.h" + +struct ExtendedOverlappedStruct; + +/// Provides asynch file input and ouput, either for sockets or files +class AsynchronousFileIO +{ + +public: + + /// Default Constructor + AsynchronousFileIO(); + + /// Destructor + ~AsynchronousFileIO(); + + +/// Associate a socket with a completion port +/// \param[in] socket the socket used for communication +/// \param[in] dwCompletionKey the completion port key + bool AssociateSocketWithCompletionPort( SOCKET socket, DWORD dwCompletionKey );if + + /// Singleton instance + static inline AsynchronousFileIO* Instance() + { + return & I; + } + + /// Increase the number of users of this instance + void IncreaseUserCount( void ); + + /// Decrease the number of users of this instance + void DecreaseUserCount( void ); + + /// Stop using asynchronous IO + void Shutdown( void ); + + /// Get the number of user of the instance + int GetUserCount( void ); + + unsigned threadCount; + bool killThreads; + +private: + HANDLE completionPort; + SimpleMutex userCountMutex; + SYSTEM_INFO systemInfo; + int userCount; + + static AsynchronousFileIO I; +}; + +unsigned __stdcall ThreadPoolFunc( LPVOID arguments ); + +void WriteAsynch( HANDLE handle, ExtendedOverlappedStruct *extended ); + +BOOL ReadAsynch( HANDLE handle, ExtendedOverlappedStruct *extended ); + +#endif +*/ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/AutoRPC.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/AutoRPC.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..21108681 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/AutoRPC.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,717 @@ +#include "AutoRPC.h" +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "RakAssert.h" +#include "StringCompressor.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "Types.h" +#include "RakPeerInterface.h" +#include "MessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "NetworkIDObject.h" +#include "NetworkIDManager.h" +#include + +using namespace RakNet; + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +int AutoRPC::RemoteRPCFunctionComp( const RPCIdentifier &key, const RemoteRPCFunction &data ) +{ + if (key.isObjectMember==false && data.identifier.isObjectMember==true) + return -1; + if (key.isObjectMember==true && data.identifier.isObjectMember==false) + return 1; + return strcmp(key.uniqueIdentifier, data.identifier.uniqueIdentifier); +} + +AutoRPC::AutoRPC() +{ + currentExecution[0]=0; + rakPeer=0; + networkIdManager=0; + outgoingTimestamp=0; + outgoingPriority=HIGH_PRIORITY; + outgoingReliability=RELIABLE_ORDERED; + outgoingOrderingChannel=0; + outgoingBroadcast=true; + incomingTimeStamp=0; + DataStructures::Map *>::IMPLEMENT_DEFAULT_COMPARISON(); +} + +AutoRPC::~AutoRPC() +{ + Clear(); +} +void AutoRPC::SetNetworkIDManager(NetworkIDManager *idMan) +{ + networkIdManager=idMan; +} +bool AutoRPC::RegisterFunction(const char *uniqueIdentifier, void* functionPtr, bool isObjectMember, char parameterCount) +{ + return RegisterFunction( uniqueIdentifier, GenRPC::PMF( functionPtr ), isObjectMember, parameterCount ); +} +bool AutoRPC::RegisterFunction(const char *uniqueIdentifier, GenRPC::PMF functionPtr, bool isObjectMember, char parameterCount) +{ + if (uniqueIdentifier==0 || functionPtr==0) + { + RakAssert(0); + return false; + } + + RPCIdentifier identifier; + identifier.isObjectMember=isObjectMember; + identifier.uniqueIdentifier=(char*) uniqueIdentifier; + unsigned localIndex = GetLocalFunctionIndex(identifier); + // Already registered? + if (localIndex!=(unsigned)-1 && localFunctions[localIndex].functionPtr!=0) + return false; + if (localIndex!=(unsigned)-1) + { + // Reenable existing + localFunctions[localIndex].functionPtr=functionPtr; + localFunctions[localIndex].parameterCount=parameterCount; + } + else + { + // Add new + LocalRPCFunction func; + func.functionPtr=functionPtr; + func.identifier.isObjectMember=isObjectMember; + func.identifier.uniqueIdentifier = (char*) rakMalloc(strlen(uniqueIdentifier)+1); + func.parameterCount=parameterCount; + strcpy(func.identifier.uniqueIdentifier, uniqueIdentifier); + localFunctions.Insert(func); + } + return true; +} +bool AutoRPC::UnregisterFunction(const char *uniqueIdentifier, bool isObjectMember) +{ + if (uniqueIdentifier==0) + { + RakAssert(0); + return false; + } + + RPCIdentifier identifier; + identifier.isObjectMember=isObjectMember; + identifier.uniqueIdentifier=(char*) uniqueIdentifier; + unsigned localIndex = GetLocalFunctionIndex(identifier); + // Not registered? + if (localIndex==(unsigned)-1) + return false; + // Leave the id in, in case the function is set again later. That way we keep the same remote index + localFunctions[localIndex].functionPtr=0; + return true; +} +void AutoRPC::SetTimestamp(RakNetTime timeStamp) +{ + outgoingTimestamp=timeStamp; +} +void AutoRPC::SetSendParams(PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel) +{ + outgoingPriority=priority; + outgoingReliability=reliability; + outgoingOrderingChannel=orderingChannel; +} +void AutoRPC::SetRecipientAddress(SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast) +{ + outgoingSystemAddress=systemAddress; + outgoingBroadcast=broadcast; +} +void AutoRPC::SetRecipientObject(NetworkID networkID) +{ + outgoingNetworkID=networkID; +} +RakNet::BitStream *AutoRPC::SetOutgoingExtraData(void) +{ + return &outgoingExtraData; +} +RakNetTime AutoRPC::GetLastSenderTimestamp(void) const +{ + return incomingTimeStamp; +} +SystemAddress AutoRPC::GetLastSenderAddress(void) const +{ + return incomingSystemAddress; +} +RakPeerInterface *AutoRPC::GetRakPeer(void) const +{ + return rakPeer; +} +const char *AutoRPC::GetCurrentExecution(void) const +{ + return (const char *) currentExecution; +} +RakNet::BitStream *AutoRPC::GetIncomingExtraData(void) +{ + return &incomingExtraData; +} +bool AutoRPC::SendCall(const char *uniqueIdentifier, const char *stack, unsigned int bytesOnStack, char parameterCount) +{ + SystemAddress systemAddr; + RPCIdentifier identifier; + unsigned int outerIndex; + unsigned int innerIndex; + + if (uniqueIdentifier==0) + return false; + + identifier.uniqueIdentifier=(char*) uniqueIdentifier; + identifier.isObjectMember=(outgoingNetworkID!=UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID); + + RakNet::BitStream bs; + if (outgoingTimestamp!=0) + { + bs.Write((MessageID)ID_TIMESTAMP); + bs.Write(outgoingTimestamp); + } + bs.Write((MessageID)ID_AUTO_RPC_CALL); + if (parameterCount>=0) + { + bs.Write(true); + bs.Write(parameterCount); + } + else + { + bs.Write(false); + } + bs.WriteCompressed(outgoingExtraData.GetNumberOfBitsUsed()); + bs.Write(&outgoingExtraData); + if (outgoingNetworkID!=UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID) + { + bs.Write(true); + bs.Write(outgoingNetworkID); + } + else + { + bs.Write(false); + } + // This is so the call SetWriteOffset works + bs.AlignWriteToByteBoundary(); + BitSize_t writeOffset = bs.GetWriteOffset(); + if (outgoingBroadcast) + { + unsigned systemIndex; + for (systemIndex=0; systemIndex < rakPeer->GetMaximumNumberOfPeers(); systemIndex++) + { + systemAddr=rakPeer->GetSystemAddressFromIndex(systemIndex); + if (systemAddr!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS && systemAddr!=outgoingSystemAddress) + { + if (GetRemoteFunctionIndex(systemAddr, identifier, &outerIndex, &innerIndex)) + { + // Write a number to identify the function if possible, for faster lookup and less bandwidth + bs.Write(true); + bs.WriteCompressed(remoteFunctions[outerIndex]->operator [](innerIndex).functionIndex); + } + else + { + bs.Write(false); + stringCompressor->EncodeString(uniqueIdentifier, 512, &bs, 0); + } + + bs.WriteCompressed(bytesOnStack); + bs.WriteAlignedBytes((const unsigned char*) stack, bytesOnStack); + rakPeer->Send(&bs, outgoingPriority, outgoingReliability, outgoingOrderingChannel, systemAddr, false); + + // Start writing again after ID_AUTO_RPC_CALL + bs.SetWriteOffset(writeOffset); + } + } + } + else + { + systemAddr = outgoingSystemAddress; + if (systemAddr!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + { + if (GetRemoteFunctionIndex(systemAddr, identifier, &outerIndex, &innerIndex)) + { + // Write a number to identify the function if possible, for faster lookup and less bandwidth + bs.Write(true); + bs.WriteCompressed(remoteFunctions[outerIndex]->operator [](innerIndex).functionIndex); + } + else + { + bs.Write(false); + stringCompressor->EncodeString(uniqueIdentifier, 512, &bs, 0); + } + + bs.WriteCompressed(bytesOnStack); + bs.WriteAlignedBytes((const unsigned char*) stack, bytesOnStack); + rakPeer->Send(&bs, outgoingPriority, outgoingReliability, outgoingOrderingChannel, systemAddr, false); + } + else + return false; + } + return true; +} +void AutoRPC::OnAttach(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + rakPeer=peer; + outgoingSystemAddress=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + outgoingNetworkID=UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID; + incomingSystemAddress=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + +} +PluginReceiveResult AutoRPC::OnReceive(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + RakNetTime timestamp=0; + unsigned char packetIdentifier, packetDataOffset; + if ( ( unsigned char ) packet->data[ 0 ] == ID_TIMESTAMP ) + { + if ( packet->length > sizeof( unsigned char ) + sizeof( RakNetTime ) ) + { + packetIdentifier = ( unsigned char ) packet->data[ sizeof( unsigned char ) + sizeof( RakNetTime ) ]; + // Required for proper endian swapping + RakNet::BitStream tsBs(packet->data+sizeof(MessageID),packet->length-1,false); + tsBs.Read(timestamp); + packetDataOffset=sizeof( unsigned char )*2 + sizeof( RakNetTime ); + } + else + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + } + else + { + packetIdentifier = ( unsigned char ) packet->data[ 0 ]; + packetDataOffset=sizeof( unsigned char ); + } + + switch (packetIdentifier) + { + case ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION: + case ID_CONNECTION_LOST: + OnCloseConnection(peer, packet->systemAddress); + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; + case ID_AUTO_RPC_CALL: + incomingTimeStamp=timestamp; + incomingSystemAddress=packet->systemAddress; + OnAutoRPCCall(packet->systemAddress, packet->data+packetDataOffset, packet->length-packetDataOffset); + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + case ID_AUTO_RPC_REMOTE_INDEX: + OnRPCRemoteIndex(packet->systemAddress, packet->data+packetDataOffset, packet->length-packetDataOffset); + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + case ID_AUTO_RPC_UNKNOWN_REMOTE_INDEX: + OnRPCUnknownRemoteIndex(packet->systemAddress, packet->data+packetDataOffset, packet->length-packetDataOffset, timestamp); + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + } + + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; +} +void AutoRPC::OnCloseConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + (void) peer; + if (remoteFunctions.Has(systemAddress)) + { + DataStructures::OrderedList *theList = remoteFunctions.Get(systemAddress); + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < theList->Size(); i++) + { + if (theList->operator [](i).identifier.uniqueIdentifier) + rakFree(theList->operator [](i).identifier.uniqueIdentifier); + } + delete theList; + remoteFunctions.Delete(systemAddress); + } +} +void AutoRPC::OnAutoRPCCall(SystemAddress systemAddress, unsigned char *data, unsigned int lengthInBytes) +{ + RakNet::BitStream bs(data,lengthInBytes,false); + + bool hasParameterCount=false; + char parameterCount; + char inputStack[ARPC_MAX_STACK_SIZE]; + NetworkIDObject *networkIdObject; + NetworkID networkId; + bool hasNetworkId=false; + bool hasFunctionIndex=false; + unsigned int functionIndex; + unsigned int bytesOnStack; + char strIdentifier[512]; + int numberOfBitsUsed; + incomingExtraData.Reset(); + bs.Read(hasParameterCount); + if (hasParameterCount) + bs.Read(parameterCount); + else + parameterCount=-1; + bs.ReadCompressed(numberOfBitsUsed); + if (numberOfBitsUsed > (int) incomingExtraData.GetNumberOfBitsAllocated()) + incomingExtraData.AddBitsAndReallocate(numberOfBitsUsed-(int) incomingExtraData.GetNumberOfBitsAllocated()); + bs.ReadBits(incomingExtraData.GetData(), numberOfBitsUsed, false); + incomingExtraData.SetWriteOffset(numberOfBitsUsed); + + +// const unsigned int outputStackSize = ARPC_MAX_STACK_SIZE+128*4; // Enough padding to round up to 4 for each parameter, max 128 parameters +// char outputStack[outputStackSize]; + + bs.Read(hasNetworkId); + if (hasNetworkId) + { + bs.Read(networkId); + if (networkIdManager==0 && (networkIdManager=rakPeer->GetNetworkIDManager())==0) + { + // Failed - Tried to call object member, however, networkIDManager system was never registered + SendError(systemAddress, RPC_ERROR_NETWORK_ID_MANAGER_UNAVAILABLE, ""); + return; + } + networkIdObject = (NetworkIDObject*) networkIdManager->GET_OBJECT_FROM_ID(networkId); + if (networkIdObject==0) + { + // Failed - Tried to call object member, object does not exist (deleted?) + SendError(systemAddress, RPC_ERROR_OBJECT_DOES_NOT_EXIST, ""); + return; + } + } + else + { + networkIdObject=0; + } + bs.AlignReadToByteBoundary(); + bs.Read(hasFunctionIndex); + if (hasFunctionIndex) + bs.ReadCompressed(functionIndex); + else + stringCompressor->DecodeString(strIdentifier,512,&bs,0); + bs.ReadCompressed(bytesOnStack); + bs.ReadAlignedBytes((unsigned char *) inputStack,bytesOnStack); + if (hasFunctionIndex) + { + if (functionIndex>localFunctions.Size()) + { + // Failed - other system specified a totally invalid index + // Possible causes: Bugs, attempts to crash the system, requested function not registered + SendError(systemAddress, RPC_ERROR_FUNCTION_INDEX_OUT_OF_RANGE, ""); + return; + } + // it was actually a mistake to implement ID_AUTO_RPC_UNKNOWN_REMOTE_INDEX. This hides the more relevant return code RPC_ERROR_FUNCTION_NO_LONGER_REGISTERED and more importantly can result in the calls being out of order since it takes extra communication steps. + /* + if (localFunctions[functionIndex].functionPtr==0) + { + // Failed - Function index lookup failure. Try passing back what was sent to us, and requesting the string + RakNet::BitStream out; + if (incomingTimeStamp!=0) + { + out.Write((MessageID)ID_TIMESTAMP); + out.Write(incomingTimeStamp); + } + out.Write((MessageID)ID_AUTO_RPC_UNKNOWN_REMOTE_INDEX); + if (parameterCount>=0) + { + out.Write(true); + out.Write(parameterCount); + } + else + { + out.Write(false); + } + out.WriteCompressed(functionIndex); + out.WriteCompressed(numberOfBitsUsed); + out.Write(&incomingExtraData); + out.Write(hasNetworkId); + if (hasNetworkId) + out.Write(networkId); + out.WriteCompressed(bytesOnStack); + out.WriteAlignedBytes((const unsigned char*) inputStack, bytesOnStack); + rakPeer->Send(&out, HIGH_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED, 0, systemAddress, false); + + return; + } + */ + } + else + { + // Find the registered function with this str + for (functionIndex=0; functionIndex < localFunctions.Size(); functionIndex++) + { + if (localFunctions[functionIndex].identifier.isObjectMember == (networkIdObject!=0) && + strcmp(localFunctions[functionIndex].identifier.uniqueIdentifier, strIdentifier)==0) + { + // SEND RPC MAPPING + RakNet::BitStream outgoingBitstream; + outgoingBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_AUTO_RPC_REMOTE_INDEX); + outgoingBitstream.Write(hasNetworkId); + outgoingBitstream.WriteCompressed(functionIndex); + stringCompressor->EncodeString(strIdentifier,512,&outgoingBitstream,0); + rakPeer->Send(&outgoingBitstream, HIGH_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED, 0, systemAddress, false); + break; + } + } + + if (functionIndex==localFunctions.Size()) + { + for (functionIndex=0; functionIndex < localFunctions.Size(); functionIndex++) + { + if (strcmp(localFunctions[functionIndex].identifier.uniqueIdentifier, strIdentifier)==0) + { + if (localFunctions[functionIndex].identifier.isObjectMember==true && networkIdObject==0) + { + // Failed - Calling C++ function as C function + SendError(systemAddress, RPC_ERROR_CALLING_CPP_AS_C, strIdentifier); + return; + } + + if (localFunctions[functionIndex].identifier.isObjectMember==false && networkIdObject!=0) + { + // Failed - Calling C function as C++ function + SendError(systemAddress, RPC_ERROR_CALLING_C_AS_CPP, strIdentifier); + return; + } + } + } + + SendError(systemAddress, RPC_ERROR_FUNCTION_NOT_REGISTERED, strIdentifier); + return; + } + } + + if (localFunctions[functionIndex].functionPtr==0) + { + // Failed - Function was previously registered, but isn't registered any longer + SendError(systemAddress, RPC_ERROR_FUNCTION_NO_LONGER_REGISTERED, localFunctions[functionIndex].identifier.uniqueIdentifier); + return; + } + + if (bytesOnStack > ARPC_MAX_STACK_SIZE) + { + // Failed - Not enough bytes on predetermined stack. Shouldn't hit this since the sender also uses this value + SendError(systemAddress, RPC_ERROR_STACK_TOO_SMALL, localFunctions[functionIndex].identifier.uniqueIdentifier); + return; + } + + if (localFunctions[functionIndex].parameterCount>=0 && parameterCount>=0 && parameterCount!=localFunctions[functionIndex].parameterCount) + { + // Failed - The number of parameters that this function has was explicitly specified, and does not match up. + SendError(systemAddress, RPC_ERROR_INCORRECT_NUMBER_OF_PARAMETERS, localFunctions[functionIndex].identifier.uniqueIdentifier); + return; + } + + +// unsigned int bytesWritten; +// unsigned char numParameters; +// unsigned int parameterLengths[64]; // 64 is arbitrary, just needs to be more than whatever might be serialized + + + GenRPC::CallParams call; + + // this is the dynamic cast error handling + + void* deserialized_this = localFunctions[functionIndex].functionPtr.computeThis( networkIdObject ); +#ifdef AUTO_RPC_USE_DYNAMIC_CAST + if ( networkIdObject && !deserialized_this ) + { + // This needs its only error message - this happens when dynamic_cast( networdIdObject ) + // fails - i.e. you don't inherit from NetworkIDObject. + SendError(systemAddress, RPC_ERROR_STACK_DESERIALIZATION_FAILED, strIdentifier); + return; + } +#endif + + if ( !DeserializeParametersAndBuildCall(call, inputStack, bytesOnStack, this, deserialized_this ) ) + { + // Failed - Couldn't deserialize + SendError(systemAddress, RPC_ERROR_STACK_DESERIALIZATION_FAILED, strIdentifier); + return; + } + + strncpy(currentExecution, localFunctions[functionIndex].identifier.uniqueIdentifier, sizeof(currentExecution)-1); + + if (!CallWithStack( call, localFunctions[functionIndex].functionPtr.computeFuncAddr( networkIdObject ))) { + // Failed - Couldn't deserialize + SendError(systemAddress, RPC_ERROR_STACK_DESERIALIZATION_FAILED, strIdentifier); + return; + } + + currentExecution[0]=0; +} +void AutoRPC::OnRPCRemoteIndex(SystemAddress systemAddress, unsigned char *data, unsigned int lengthInBytes) +{ + // A remote system has given us their internal index for a particular function. + // Store it and use it from now on, to save bandwidth and search time + bool objectExists; + char strIdentifier[512]; + unsigned int insertionIndex; + unsigned int remoteIndex; + RemoteRPCFunction newRemoteFunction; + RakNet::BitStream bs(data,lengthInBytes,false); + RPCIdentifier identifier; + bs.Read(identifier.isObjectMember); + bs.ReadCompressed(remoteIndex); + stringCompressor->DecodeString(strIdentifier,512,&bs,0); + identifier.uniqueIdentifier=strIdentifier; + + if (strIdentifier[0]==0) + return; + + DataStructures::OrderedList *theList; + if (remoteFunctions.Has(systemAddress)) + { + theList = remoteFunctions.Get(systemAddress); + insertionIndex=theList->GetIndexFromKey(identifier, &objectExists); + if (objectExists==false) + { + newRemoteFunction.functionIndex=remoteIndex; + newRemoteFunction.identifier.isObjectMember=identifier.isObjectMember; + newRemoteFunction.identifier.uniqueIdentifier = (char*) rakMalloc(strlen(strIdentifier)+1); + strcpy(newRemoteFunction.identifier.uniqueIdentifier, strIdentifier); + theList->InsertAtIndex(newRemoteFunction, insertionIndex); + } + } + else + { + theList = new DataStructures::OrderedList; + + newRemoteFunction.functionIndex=remoteIndex; + newRemoteFunction.identifier.isObjectMember=identifier.isObjectMember; + newRemoteFunction.identifier.uniqueIdentifier = (char*) rakMalloc(strlen(strIdentifier)+1); + strcpy(newRemoteFunction.identifier.uniqueIdentifier, strIdentifier); + theList->InsertAtEnd(newRemoteFunction); + + remoteFunctions.SetNew(systemAddress,theList); + } +} +void AutoRPC::OnRPCUnknownRemoteIndex(SystemAddress systemAddress, unsigned char *data, unsigned int lengthInBytes, RakNetTime timestamp) +{ + char inputStack[ARPC_MAX_STACK_SIZE]; + NetworkID networkId; + bool hasNetworkId=false; + unsigned int functionIndex; + unsigned int bytesOnStack; + int numberOfBitsUsed; + char parameterCount; + bool hasParameterCount=false; + + RakNet::BitStream extraData; + RakNet::BitStream bs(data,lengthInBytes,false); + bs.Read(hasParameterCount); + if (hasParameterCount) + bs.Read(parameterCount); + bs.ReadCompressed(functionIndex); + bs.ReadCompressed(numberOfBitsUsed); + extraData.AddBitsAndReallocate(numberOfBitsUsed); + bs.ReadBits(extraData.GetData(), numberOfBitsUsed, false); + extraData.SetWriteOffset(numberOfBitsUsed); + bs.Read(hasNetworkId); + if (hasNetworkId) + bs.Read(networkId); + bs.ReadCompressed(bytesOnStack); + bs.ReadAlignedBytes((unsigned char*) inputStack, bytesOnStack); + + unsigned outerIndex; + if (remoteFunctions.Has(systemAddress)) + { + outerIndex = remoteFunctions.GetIndexAtKey(systemAddress); + DataStructures::OrderedList *theList = remoteFunctions[outerIndex]; + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < theList->Size(); i++) + { + if (theList->operator [](i).functionIndex==functionIndex) + { + RakNet::BitStream out; + // Recover by resending the RPC with the function identifier string this time + if (timestamp!=0) + { + out.Write((MessageID)ID_TIMESTAMP); + out.Write(timestamp); + } + out.Write((MessageID)ID_AUTO_RPC_CALL); + if (parameterCount>=0) + { + out.Write(true); + out.Write(parameterCount); + } + else + { + out.Write(false); + } + out.WriteCompressed(numberOfBitsUsed); + out.Write(&extraData); + out.Write(hasNetworkId); + if (hasNetworkId) + out.Write(networkId); + out.AlignWriteToByteBoundary(); + out.Write(false); + stringCompressor->EncodeString(theList->operator [](i).identifier.uniqueIdentifier, 512, &out, 0); + out.WriteCompressed(bytesOnStack); + out.WriteAlignedBytes((const unsigned char*) inputStack, bytesOnStack); + rakPeer->Send(&out, outgoingPriority, outgoingReliability, outgoingOrderingChannel, systemAddress, false); + return; + } + } + } + + // Failed to recover, inform the user + Packet *p = rakPeer->AllocatePacket(sizeof(MessageID)+sizeof(unsigned char)); + RakNet::BitStream bs2(p->data, sizeof(MessageID)+sizeof(unsigned char), false); + bs2.SetWriteOffset(0); + bs2.Write((MessageID)ID_RPC_REMOTE_ERROR); + bs2.Write((unsigned char)RPC_ERROR_FUNCTION_NO_LONGER_REGISTERED); + stringCompressor->EncodeString("",256,&bs,0); + p->systemAddress=systemAddress; + rakPeer->PushBackPacket(p, false); + +} +void AutoRPC::SendError(SystemAddress target, unsigned char errorCode, const char *functionName) +{ + RakNet::BitStream bs; + bs.Write((MessageID)ID_RPC_REMOTE_ERROR); + bs.Write(errorCode); + stringCompressor->EncodeString(functionName,256,&bs,0); + rakPeer->Send(&bs, HIGH_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED, 0, target, false); +} +void AutoRPC::OnShutdown(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; + Clear(); +} +void AutoRPC::Clear(void) +{ + unsigned i,j; + for (j=0; j < remoteFunctions.Size(); j++) + { + DataStructures::OrderedList *theList = remoteFunctions[j]; + for (i=0; i < theList->Size(); i++) + { + if (theList->operator [](i).identifier.uniqueIdentifier) + rakFree(theList->operator [](i).identifier.uniqueIdentifier); + } + delete theList; + } + for (i=0; i < localFunctions.Size(); i++) + { + if (localFunctions[i].identifier.uniqueIdentifier) + rakFree(localFunctions[i].identifier.uniqueIdentifier); + } + localFunctions.Clear(); + remoteFunctions.Clear(); + outgoingExtraData.Reset(); + incomingExtraData.Reset(); +} +unsigned AutoRPC::GetLocalFunctionIndex(AutoRPC::RPCIdentifier identifier) +{ + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < localFunctions.Size(); i++) + { + if (localFunctions[i].identifier.isObjectMember==identifier.isObjectMember && + strcmp(localFunctions[i].identifier.uniqueIdentifier,identifier.uniqueIdentifier)==0) + return i; + } + return (unsigned) -1; +} +bool AutoRPC::GetRemoteFunctionIndex(SystemAddress systemAddress, AutoRPC::RPCIdentifier identifier, unsigned int *outerIndex, unsigned int *innerIndex) +{ + bool objectExists=false; + if (remoteFunctions.Has(systemAddress)) + { + *outerIndex = remoteFunctions.GetIndexAtKey(systemAddress); + DataStructures::OrderedList *theList = remoteFunctions[*outerIndex]; + *innerIndex = theList->GetIndexFromKey(identifier, &objectExists); + } + return objectExists; +} + + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif + + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/AutoRPC.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/AutoRPC.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b52032a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/AutoRPC.h @@ -0,0 +1,653 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief Automatically serializing and deserializing RPC system. More advanced RPC, but possibly not cross-platform +/// \note Semi-depreciated. RPC3 found at DependentExtensions/RPC3 has more features and is easier to use. But if you do not want to link with Boost this version still works. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __AUTO_RPC_H +#define __AUTO_RPC_H + +class RakPeerInterface; +class NetworkIDManager; +#include "PluginInterface.h" +#include "DS_Map.h" +#include "PacketPriority.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "Gen_RPC8.h" +#include "RakString.h" +#include "NetworkIDObject.h" + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +/// \defgroup AUTO_RPC_GROUP AutoRPC +/// \ingroup PLUGINS_GROUP + +namespace RakNet +{ + +/// Maximum amount of data that can be passed on the stack in a function call +#define ARPC_MAX_STACK_SIZE 65536 + + +/// Get a pointer to a function member of a C++ class. +/// \note Recommended you use ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTION0 to ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTION9 (below) +/// \note Cannot validate the number of parameters is correctly passed. +/// \note You must use one of these macros, or the code will be broken. +/// \param[in] autoRPCInstance A pointer to an instance of AutoRPC +/// \param[in] _IDENTIFIER_ C string identifier to use on the remote system to call the function +/// \param[in] _RETURN_ Return value of the function +/// \param[in] _CLASS_ Base-most class of the containing class that contains your function +/// \param[in] _FUNCTION_ Name of the function +/// \param[in] _PARAMS_ Parameter list, include parenthesis +#define ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTION(autoRPCInstance, _IDENTIFIER_, _RETURN_, _CLASS_, _FUNCTION_, _PARAMS_) \ + (autoRPCInstance)->RegisterFunction( (_IDENTIFIER_), GenRPC::PMFWrapper<_CLASS_, _RETURN_(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC _CLASS_::*) _PARAMS_ >( &_CLASS_::_FUNCTION_), true, -1 ) + +/// Get a pointer to a function member of a C++ class. +/// \note Recommended you use ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTION0 to ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTION9 (below) +/// \note Cannot validate the number of parameters is correctly passed. +/// \note You must use one of these macros, or the code will be broken. +/// \param[in] autoRPCInstance A pointer to an instance of AutoRPC +/// \param[in] _IDENTIFIER_ C string identifier to use on the remote system to call the function +/// \param[in] _RETURN_ Return value of the function +/// \param[in] _CLASS_ Base-most class of the containing class that contains your function +/// \param[in] _FUNCTION_ Name of the function +/// \param[in] _PARAMS_ Parameter list, include parenthesis +/// \param[in] _PARAM_COUNT_ Number of parameters. +#define ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTIONX(autoRPCInstance, _IDENTIFIER_, _RETURN_, _CLASS_, _FUNCTION_, _PARAMS_, _PARAM_COUNT_) \ + (autoRPCInstance)->RegisterFunction( (_IDENTIFIER_), GenRPC::PMFWrapper<_CLASS_, _RETURN_(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC _CLASS_::*) _PARAMS_>( &_CLASS_::_FUNCTION_), true, _PARAM_COUNT_ ) + +// These uses the ISO C99 varadic macros, so, in theory, *should* be 100% standards compliant. +#define ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTION0(autoRPCInstance, _IDENTIFIER_, _RETURN_, _CLASS_, _FUNCTION_) \ + (autoRPCInstance)->RegisterFunction((_IDENTIFIER_), GenRPC::PMFWrapper<_CLASS_, _RETURN_(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC _CLASS_::*)()>( &_CLASS_::_FUNCTION_ ), true, 0 ) + +/// Get a pointer to a function member of a C++ class +/// \param[in] autoRPCInstance A pointer to an instance of AutoRPC +/// \param[in] _IDENTIFIER_ C string identifier to use on the remote system to call the function +/// \param[in] _RETURN_ Return value of the function +/// \param[in] _CLASS_ Base-most class of the containing class that contains your function +/// \param[in] _FUNCTION_ Name of the function +// NB I have no idea why the "-1" is here - it may be a bug, but it was present in the original macros. +#define ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTION_N(autoRPCInstance, _IDENTIFIER_, _RETURN_, _CLASS_, _FUNCTION_, ...) \ + (autoRPCInstance)->RegisterFunction( (_IDENTIFIER_), GenRPC::PMFWrapper<_CLASS_, _RETURN_(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC _CLASS_::*)(__VA_ARGS__)>( &_CLASS_::_FUNCTION_), true, GenRPC::countFuncArgs( &_CLASS_::_FUNCTION_ ) - 1 ) + +// These are historic - you can just use the ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTION_N +#define ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTION1(autoRPCInstance, _IDENTIFIER_, _RETURN_, _CLASS_, _FUNCTION_, ...) \ + ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTION_N( autoRPCInstance, _IDENTIFIER_, _RETURN_, _CLASS_, _FUNCTION_, __VA_ARGS__) + +#define ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTION2(autoRPCInstance, _IDENTIFIER_, _RETURN_, _CLASS_, _FUNCTION_, ...) \ + ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTION_N( autoRPCInstance, _IDENTIFIER_, _RETURN_, _CLASS_, _FUNCTION_, __VA_ARGS__) + +#define ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTION3(autoRPCInstance, _IDENTIFIER_, _RETURN_, _CLASS_, _FUNCTION_, ...) \ + ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTION_N( autoRPCInstance, _IDENTIFIER_, _RETURN_, _CLASS_, _FUNCTION_, __VA_ARGS__) + +#define ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTION4(autoRPCInstance, _IDENTIFIER_, _RETURN_, _CLASS_, _FUNCTION_, ...) \ + ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTION_N( autoRPCInstance, _IDENTIFIER_, _RETURN_, _CLASS_, _FUNCTION_, __VA_ARGS__) + +#define ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTION5(autoRPCInstance, _IDENTIFIER_, _RETURN_, _CLASS_, _FUNCTION_, ...) \ + ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTION_N( autoRPCInstance, _IDENTIFIER_, _RETURN_, _CLASS_, _FUNCTION_, __VA_ARGS__) + +#define ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTION6(autoRPCInstance, _IDENTIFIER_, _RETURN_, _CLASS_, _FUNCTION_, ...) \ + ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTION_N( autoRPCInstance, _IDENTIFIER_, _RETURN_, _CLASS_, _FUNCTION_, __VA_ARGS__) + +#define ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTION7(autoRPCInstance, _IDENTIFIER_, _RETURN_, _CLASS_, _FUNCTION_, ...) \ + ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTION_N( autoRPCInstance, _IDENTIFIER_, _RETURN_, _CLASS_, _FUNCTION_, __VA_ARGS__) + +#define ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTION8(autoRPCInstance, _IDENTIFIER_, _RETURN_, _CLASS_, _FUNCTION_, ...) \ + ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTION_N( autoRPCInstance, _IDENTIFIER_, _RETURN_, _CLASS_, _FUNCTION_, __VA_ARGS__) + +#define ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTION9(autoRPCInstance, _IDENTIFIER_, _RETURN_, _CLASS_, _FUNCTION_, ...) \ + ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTION_N( autoRPCInstance, _IDENTIFIER_, _RETURN_, _CLASS_, _FUNCTION_, __VA_ARGS__) + + +/// Error codes returned by a remote system as to why an RPC function call cannot execute +/// Follows packet ID ID_RPC_REMOTE_ERROR +/// Name of the function will be appended, if available. Read as follows: +/// char outputBuff[256]; +/// stringCompressor->DecodeString(outputBuff,256,&RakNet::BitStream(p->data+sizeof(MessageID)+1,p->length-sizeof(MessageID)-1,false),0); +/// printf("Function: %s\n", outputBuff); +enum RPCErrorCodes +{ + /// AutoRPC::SetNetworkIDManager() was not called, and it must be called to call a C++ object member + RPC_ERROR_NETWORK_ID_MANAGER_UNAVAILABLE, + + /// Cannot execute C++ object member call because the object specified by SetRecipientObject() does not exist on this system + RPC_ERROR_OBJECT_DOES_NOT_EXIST, + + /// Internal error, index optimization for function lookup does not exist + RPC_ERROR_FUNCTION_INDEX_OUT_OF_RANGE, + + /// Named function was not registered with RegisterFunction(). Check your spelling. + RPC_ERROR_FUNCTION_NOT_REGISTERED, + + /// Named function was registered, but later unregistered with UnregisterFunction() and can no longer be called. + RPC_ERROR_FUNCTION_NO_LONGER_REGISTERED, + + /// SetRecipientObject() was not called before Call(), but RegisterFunction() was called with isObjectMember=true + /// If you intended to call a CPP function, call SetRecipientObject() with a valid object first. + RPC_ERROR_CALLING_CPP_AS_C, + + /// SetRecipientObject() was called before Call(), but RegisterFunction() was called with isObjectMember=false + /// If you intended to call a C function, call SetRecipientObject(UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID) first. + RPC_ERROR_CALLING_C_AS_CPP, + + /// Internal error, passed stack is bigger than current stack. Check that the version is the same on both systems. + RPC_ERROR_STACK_TOO_SMALL, + + /// Internal error, formatting error with how the stack was serialized + RPC_ERROR_STACK_DESERIALIZATION_FAILED, + + /// The \a parameterCount parameter passed to RegisterFunction() on this system does not match the \a parameterCount parameter passed to SendCall() on the remote system. + RPC_ERROR_INCORRECT_NUMBER_OF_PARAMETERS, +}; + +/// The AutoRPC plugin allows you to call remote functions as if they were local functions, using the standard function call syntax +/// No serialization or deserialization is needed. +/// Advantages are that this is easier to use than regular RPC system. +/// Disadvantages is that all parameters must be passable on the stack using memcpy (shallow copy). For other types of parameters, use SetOutgoingExtraData() and GetIncomingExtraData() +/// Pointers are automatically dereferenced and the contents copied with memcpy +/// Use the old system, or regular message passing, if you need greater flexibility +/// \note Semi-depreciated. Use DependentExtensions\RPC3 unless you do not want to link with Boost +/// \ingroup AUTO_RPC_GROUP +class AutoRPC : public PluginInterface +{ +public: + /// Constructor + AutoRPC(); + + /// Destructor + virtual ~AutoRPC(); + + /// Sets the network ID manager to use for object lookup + /// Required to call C++ object member functions via SetRecipientObject() + /// \param[in] idMan Pointer to the network ID manager to use + void SetNetworkIDManager(NetworkIDManager *idMan); + + /// Registers a function pointer to be callable given an identifier for the pointer. + /// \param[in] uniqueIdentifier String identifying the function. Recommended that this is the name of the function + /// \param[in] functionPtr Pointer to the function. For C, just pass the name of the function. For C++, use ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTION + /// \param[in] isObjectMember false if a C function. True if a member function of an object (C++) + /// \param[in] parameterCount Optional parameter to tell the system how many parameters this function has. If specified, and the wrong number of parameters are called by the remote system, the call is rejected. -1 indicates undefined + /// \return True on success, false on uniqueIdentifier already used + /// \note Only use this for C functions; for C++ use one of the ARPC_REGISTER_CPP_FUNCTION_XXX macros + bool RegisterFunction(const char *uniqueIdentifier, void *functionPtr, bool isObjectMember, char parameterCount=-1); + + /// \internal Registers a function - using a PMF structure. + bool RegisterFunction(const char *uniqueIdentifier, GenRPC::PMF pmf, bool isObjectMember, char parameterCount=-1); + + /// Unregisters a function pointer to be callable given an identifier for the pointer + /// \note This is not safe to call while connected + /// \param[in] uniqueIdentifier String identifying the function. + /// \param[in] isObjectMember false if a C function. True if a member function of an object (C++) + /// \return True on success, false on function was not previously or is not currently registered. + bool UnregisterFunction(const char *uniqueIdentifier, bool isObjectMember); + + /// Send or stop sending a timestamp with all following calls to Call() + /// Use GetLastSenderTimestamp() to read the timestamp. + /// \param[in] timeStamp Non-zero to pass this timestamp using the ID_TIMESTAMP system. 0 to clear passing a timestamp. + void SetTimestamp(RakNetTime timeStamp); + + /// Set parameters to pass to RakPeer::Send() for all following calls to Call() + /// Deafults to HIGH_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED, ordering channel 0 + /// \param[in] priority See RakPeer::Send() + /// \param[in] reliability See RakPeer::Send() + /// \param[in] orderingChannel See RakPeer::Send() + void SetSendParams(PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel); + + /// Set system to send to for all following calls to Call() + /// Defaults to UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, broadcast=true + /// \param[in] systemAddress See RakPeer::Send() + /// \param[in] broadcast See RakPeer::Send() + void SetRecipientAddress(SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast); + + /// Set the NetworkID to pass for all following calls to Call() + /// Defaults to UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID (none) + /// If set, the remote function will be considered a C++ function, e.g. an object member function + /// If set to UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID (none), the remote function will be considered a C function + /// If this is set incorrectly, you will get back either RPC_ERROR_CALLING_C_AS_CPP or RPC_ERROR_CALLING_CPP_AS_C + /// \sa NetworkIDManager + /// \param[in] networkID Returned from NetworkIDObject::GetNetworkID() + void SetRecipientObject(NetworkID networkID); + + /// Write extra data to pass for all following calls to Call() + /// Use BitStream::Reset to clear extra data. Don't forget to do this or you will waste bandwidth. + /// \return A bitstream you can write to to send extra data with each following call to Call() + RakNet::BitStream *SetOutgoingExtraData(void); + + /// If the last received function call has a timestamp included, it is stored and can be retrieved with this function. + /// \return 0 if the last call did not have a timestamp, else non-zero + RakNetTime GetLastSenderTimestamp(void) const; + + /// Returns the system address of the last system to send us a received function call + /// Equivalent to the old system RPCParameters::sender + /// \return Last system to send an RPC call using this system + SystemAddress GetLastSenderAddress(void) const; + + /// Returns the instance of RakPeer this plugin was attached to + RakPeerInterface *GetRakPeer(void) const; + + /// Returns the currently running RPC call identifier, set from RegisterFunction::uniqueIdentifier + /// Returns an empty string "" if none + /// \Return which RPC call is currently running + const char *GetCurrentExecution(void) const; + + /// Gets the bitstream written to via SetOutgoingExtraData(). + /// Data is updated with each incoming function call + /// \return A bitstream you can read from with extra data that was written with SetOutgoingExtraData(); + RakNet::BitStream *GetIncomingExtraData(void); + + /// Calls a remote function, using whatever was last passed to SetTimestamp(), SetSendParams(), SetRecipientAddress(), and SetRecipientObject() + /// Passed parameter(s), if any, are passed via memcpy and pushed on the stack for the remote function + /// \note This ONLY works with variables that are passable via memcpy! If you need more flexibility, use SetOutgoingExtraData() and GetIncomingExtraData() + /// \note The this pointer, for this instance of AutoRPC, is pushed as the last parameter on the stack. See AutoRPCSample.ccp for an example of this + /// \param[in] uniqueIdentifier parameter of the same name passed to RegisterFunction() on the remote system + bool Call(const char *uniqueIdentifier){ + char stack[ARPC_MAX_STACK_SIZE]; + unsigned int bytesOnStack = GenRPC::BuildStack(stack); + return SendCall(uniqueIdentifier, stack, bytesOnStack, 0); + } + + /// Calls a remote function, using whatever was last passed to SetTimestamp(), SetSendParams(), SetRecipientAddress(), and SetRecipientObject() + /// Passed parameter(s), if any, are passed via memcpy and pushed on the stack for the remote function + /// \note This ONLY works with variables that are passable via memcpy! If you need more flexibility, use SetOutgoingExtraData() and GetIncomingExtraData() + /// \note The this pointer, for this instance of AutoRPC, is pushed as the last parameter on the stack. See AutoRPCSample.ccp for an example of this + /// \param[in] uniqueIdentifier parameter of the same name passed to RegisterFunction() on the remote system + template + bool Call(const char *uniqueIdentifier, P1 p1) { + char stack[ARPC_MAX_STACK_SIZE]; + unsigned int bytesOnStack = GenRPC::BuildStack(stack, p1, true); + return SendCall(uniqueIdentifier, stack, bytesOnStack, 1); + } + + /// Calls a remote function, using whatever was last passed to SetTimestamp(), SetSendParams(), SetRecipientAddress(), and SetRecipientObject() + /// Passed parameter(s), if any, are passed via memcpy and pushed on the stack for the remote function + /// \note This ONLY works with variables that are passable via memcpy! If you need more flexibility, use SetOutgoingExtraData() and GetIncomingExtraData() + /// \note The this pointer, for this instance of AutoRPC, is pushed as the last parameter on the stack. See AutoRPCSample.ccp for an example of this + /// \param[in] uniqueIdentifier parameter of the same name passed to RegisterFunction() on the remote system + template + bool Call(const char *uniqueIdentifier, P1 p1, P2 p2) { + char stack[ARPC_MAX_STACK_SIZE]; + unsigned int bytesOnStack = GenRPC::BuildStack(stack, p1, p2, true, true); + return SendCall(uniqueIdentifier, stack, bytesOnStack, 2); + } + + /// Calls a remote function, using whatever was last passed to SetTimestamp(), SetSendParams(), SetRecipientAddress(), and SetRecipientObject() + /// Passed parameter(s), if any, are passed via memcpy and pushed on the stack for the remote function + /// \note This ONLY works with variables that are passable via memcpy! If you need more flexibility, use SetOutgoingExtraData() and GetIncomingExtraData() + /// \note The this pointer, for this instance of AutoRPC, is pushed as the last parameter on the stack. See AutoRPCSample.ccp for an example of this + /// \param[in] uniqueIdentifier parameter of the same name passed to RegisterFunction() on the remote system + template + bool Call(const char *uniqueIdentifier, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3 ) { + char stack[ARPC_MAX_STACK_SIZE]; + unsigned int bytesOnStack = GenRPC::BuildStack(stack, p1, p2, p3, true, true, true); + return SendCall(uniqueIdentifier, stack, bytesOnStack, 3); + } + + /// Calls a remote function, using whatever was last passed to SetTimestamp(), SetSendParams(), SetRecipientAddress(), and SetRecipientObject() + /// Passed parameter(s), if any, are passed via memcpy and pushed on the stack for the remote function + /// \note This ONLY works with variables that are passable via memcpy! If you need more flexibility, use SetOutgoingExtraData() and GetIncomingExtraData() + /// \note The this pointer, for this instance of AutoRPC, is pushed as the last parameter on the stack. See AutoRPCSample.ccp for an example of this + /// \param[in] uniqueIdentifier parameter of the same name passed to RegisterFunction() on the remote system + template + bool Call(const char *uniqueIdentifier, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3, P4 p4 ) { + char stack[ARPC_MAX_STACK_SIZE]; + unsigned int bytesOnStack = GenRPC::BuildStack(stack, p1, p2, p3, p4, true, true, true, true); + return SendCall(uniqueIdentifier, stack, bytesOnStack, 4); + } + + /// Calls a remote function, using whatever was last passed to SetTimestamp(), SetSendParams(), SetRecipientAddress(), and SetRecipientObject() + /// Passed parameter(s), if any, are passed via memcpy and pushed on the stack for the remote function + /// \note This ONLY works with variables that are passable via memcpy! If you need more flexibility, use SetOutgoingExtraData() and GetIncomingExtraData() + /// \note The this pointer, for this instance of AutoRPC, is pushed as the last parameter on the stack. See AutoRPCSample.ccp for an example of this + /// \param[in] uniqueIdentifier parameter of the same name passed to RegisterFunction() on the remote system + template + bool Call(const char *uniqueIdentifier, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3, P4 p4, P5 p5 ) { + char stack[ARPC_MAX_STACK_SIZE]; + unsigned int bytesOnStack = GenRPC::BuildStack(stack, p1, p2, p3, p4, p5, true, true, true, true, true); + return SendCall(uniqueIdentifier, stack, bytesOnStack, 5); + } + + /// Calls a remote function, using whatever was last passed to SetTimestamp(), SetSendParams(), SetRecipientAddress(), and SetRecipientObject() + /// Passed parameter(s), if any, are passed via memcpy and pushed on the stack for the remote function + /// \note This ONLY works with variables that are passable via memcpy! If you need more flexibility, use SetOutgoingExtraData() and GetIncomingExtraData() + /// \note The this pointer, for this instance of AutoRPC, is pushed as the last parameter on the stack. See AutoRPCSample.ccp for an example of this + /// \param[in] uniqueIdentifier parameter of the same name passed to RegisterFunction() on the remote system + template + bool Call(const char *uniqueIdentifier, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3, P4 p4, P5 p5, P6 p6 ) { + char stack[ARPC_MAX_STACK_SIZE]; + unsigned int bytesOnStack = GenRPC::BuildStack(stack, p1, p2, p3, p4, p5, p6, true, true, true, true, true, true); + return SendCall(uniqueIdentifier, stack, bytesOnStack, 6); + } + + /// Calls a remote function, using whatever was last passed to SetTimestamp(), SetSendParams(), SetRecipientAddress(), and SetRecipientObject() + /// Passed parameter(s), if any, are passed via memcpy and pushed on the stack for the remote function + /// \note This ONLY works with variables that are passable via memcpy! If you need more flexibility, use SetOutgoingExtraData() and GetIncomingExtraData() + /// \note The this pointer, for this instance of AutoRPC, is pushed as the last parameter on the stack. See AutoRPCSample.ccp for an example of this + /// \param[in] uniqueIdentifier parameter of the same name passed to RegisterFunction() on the remote system + template + bool Call(const char *uniqueIdentifier, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3, P4 p4, P5 p5, P6 p6, P7 p7 ) { + char stack[ARPC_MAX_STACK_SIZE]; + unsigned int bytesOnStack = GenRPC::BuildStack(stack, p1, p2, p3, p4, p5, p6, p7, true, true, true, true, true, true, true); + return SendCall(uniqueIdentifier, stack, bytesOnStack, 7); + } + + /// Calls a remote function, using whatever was last passed to SetTimestamp(), SetSendParams(), SetRecipientAddress(), and SetRecipientObject() + /// Passed parameter(s), if any, are passed via memcpy and pushed on the stack for the remote function + /// \note This ONLY works with variables that are passable via memcpy! If you need more flexibility, use SetOutgoingExtraData() and GetIncomingExtraData() + /// \note The this pointer, for this instance of AutoRPC, is pushed as the last parameter on the stack. See AutoRPCSample.ccp for an example of this + /// \param[in] uniqueIdentifier parameter of the same name passed to RegisterFunction() on the remote system + template + bool Call(const char *uniqueIdentifier, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3, P4 p4, P5 p5, P6 p6, P7 p7, P8 p8 ) { + char stack[ARPC_MAX_STACK_SIZE]; + unsigned int bytesOnStack = GenRPC::BuildStack(stack, p1, p2, p3, p4, p5, p6, p7, p8, true, true, true, true, true, true, true, true); + return SendCall(uniqueIdentifier, stack, bytesOnStack, 8); + } + + /// Calls a remote function, using whatever was last passed to SetTimestamp(), SetSendParams(), SetRecipientAddress(), and SetRecipientObject() + /// Passed parameter(s), if any, are passed via memcpy and pushed on the stack for the remote function + /// \note This ONLY works with variables that are passable via memcpy! If you need more flexibility, use SetOutgoingExtraData() and GetIncomingExtraData() + /// \note The this pointer, for this instance of AutoRPC, is pushed as the last parameter on the stack. See AutoRPCSample.ccp for an example of this + /// \param[in] uniqueIdentifier parameter of the same name passed to RegisterFunction() on the remote system + /// \param[in] timeStamp See SetTimestamp() + /// \param[in] priority See SetSendParams() + /// \param[in] reliability See SetSendParams() + /// \param[in] orderingChannel See SetSendParams() + /// \param[in] systemAddress See SetRecipientAddress() + /// \param[in] broadcast See SetRecipientAddress() + /// \param[in] networkID See SetRecipientObject() + bool CallExplicit(const char *uniqueIdentifier, RakNetTime timeStamp, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast, NetworkID networkID){ + SetTimestamp(timeStamp); + SetSendParams(priority, reliability, orderingChannel); + SetRecipientAddress(systemAddress, broadcast); + SetRecipientObject(networkID); + char stack[ARPC_MAX_STACK_SIZE]; + unsigned int bytesOnStack = GenRPC::BuildStack(stack); + return SendCall(uniqueIdentifier, stack, bytesOnStack, 0); + } + + /// Calls a remote function, using whatever was last passed to SetTimestamp(), SetSendParams(), SetRecipientAddress(), and SetRecipientObject() + /// Passed parameter(s), if any, are passed via memcpy and pushed on the stack for the remote function + /// \note This ONLY works with variables that are passable via memcpy! If you need more flexibility, use SetOutgoingExtraData() and GetIncomingExtraData() + /// \note The this pointer, for this instance of AutoRPC, is pushed as the last parameter on the stack. See AutoRPCSample.ccp for an example of this + /// \param[in] uniqueIdentifier parameter of the same name passed to RegisterFunction() on the remote system + /// \param[in] timeStamp See SetTimestamp() + /// \param[in] priority See SetSendParams() + /// \param[in] reliability See SetSendParams() + /// \param[in] orderingChannel See SetSendParams() + /// \param[in] systemAddress See SetRecipientAddress() + /// \param[in] broadcast See SetRecipientAddress() + /// \param[in] networkID See SetRecipientObject() + template + bool CallExplicit(const char *uniqueIdentifier, RakNetTime timeStamp, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast, NetworkID networkID, P1 p1) { + SetTimestamp(timeStamp); + SetSendParams(priority, reliability, orderingChannel); + SetRecipientAddress(systemAddress, broadcast); + SetRecipientObject(networkID); + char stack[ARPC_MAX_STACK_SIZE]; + unsigned int bytesOnStack = GenRPC::BuildStack(stack, p1, true); + return SendCall(uniqueIdentifier, stack, bytesOnStack, 1); + } + + /// Calls a remote function, using whatever was last passed to SetTimestamp(), SetSendParams(), SetRecipientAddress(), and SetRecipientObject() + /// Passed parameter(s), if any, are passed via memcpy and pushed on the stack for the remote function + /// \note This ONLY works with variables that are passable via memcpy! If you need more flexibility, use SetOutgoingExtraData() and GetIncomingExtraData() + /// \note The this pointer, for this instance of AutoRPC, is pushed as the last parameter on the stack. See AutoRPCSample.ccp for an example of this + /// \param[in] uniqueIdentifier parameter of the same name passed to RegisterFunction() on the remote system + /// \param[in] timeStamp See SetTimestamp() + /// \param[in] priority See SetSendParams() + /// \param[in] reliability See SetSendParams() + /// \param[in] orderingChannel See SetSendParams() + /// \param[in] systemAddress See SetRecipientAddress() + /// \param[in] broadcast See SetRecipientAddress() + /// \param[in] networkID See SetRecipientObject() + template + bool CallExplicit(const char *uniqueIdentifier, RakNetTime timeStamp, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast, NetworkID networkID, P1 p1, P2 p2) { + SetTimestamp(timeStamp); + SetSendParams(priority, reliability, orderingChannel); + SetRecipientAddress(systemAddress, broadcast); + SetRecipientObject(networkID); + char stack[ARPC_MAX_STACK_SIZE]; + unsigned int bytesOnStack = GenRPC::BuildStack(stack, p1, p2, true, true); + return SendCall(uniqueIdentifier, stack, bytesOnStack, 2); + } + + /// Calls a remote function, using whatever was last passed to SetTimestamp(), SetSendParams(), SetRecipientAddress(), and SetRecipientObject() + /// Passed parameter(s), if any, are passed via memcpy and pushed on the stack for the remote function + /// \note This ONLY works with variables that are passable via memcpy! If you need more flexibility, use SetOutgoingExtraData() and GetIncomingExtraData() + /// \note The this pointer, for this instance of AutoRPC, is pushed as the last parameter on the stack. See AutoRPCSample.ccp for an example of this + /// \param[in] uniqueIdentifier parameter of the same name passed to RegisterFunction() on the remote system + /// \param[in] timeStamp See SetTimestamp() + /// \param[in] priority See SetSendParams() + /// \param[in] reliability See SetSendParams() + /// \param[in] orderingChannel See SetSendParams() + /// \param[in] systemAddress See SetRecipientAddress() + /// \param[in] broadcast See SetRecipientAddress() + /// \param[in] networkID See SetRecipientObject() + template + bool CallExplicit(const char *uniqueIdentifier, RakNetTime timeStamp, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast, NetworkID networkID, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3 ) { + SetTimestamp(timeStamp); + SetSendParams(priority, reliability, orderingChannel); + SetRecipientAddress(systemAddress, broadcast); + SetRecipientObject(networkID); + char stack[ARPC_MAX_STACK_SIZE]; + unsigned int bytesOnStack = GenRPC::BuildStack(stack, p1, p2, p3, true, true, true); + return SendCall(uniqueIdentifier, stack, bytesOnStack, 3); + } + + /// Calls a remote function, using whatever was last passed to SetTimestamp(), SetSendParams(), SetRecipientAddress(), and SetRecipientObject() + /// Passed parameter(s), if any, are passed via memcpy and pushed on the stack for the remote function + /// \note This ONLY works with variables that are passable via memcpy! If you need more flexibility, use SetOutgoingExtraData() and GetIncomingExtraData() + /// \note The this pointer, for this instance of AutoRPC, is pushed as the last parameter on the stack. See AutoRPCSample.ccp for an example of this + /// \param[in] uniqueIdentifier parameter of the same name passed to RegisterFunction() on the remote system + /// \param[in] timeStamp See SetTimestamp() + /// \param[in] priority See SetSendParams() + /// \param[in] reliability See SetSendParams() + /// \param[in] orderingChannel See SetSendParams() + /// \param[in] systemAddress See SetRecipientAddress() + /// \param[in] broadcast See SetRecipientAddress() + /// \param[in] networkID See SetRecipientObject() + template + bool CallExplicit(const char *uniqueIdentifier, RakNetTime timeStamp, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast, NetworkID networkID, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3, P4 p4 ) { + SetTimestamp(timeStamp); + SetSendParams(priority, reliability, orderingChannel); + SetRecipientAddress(systemAddress, broadcast); + SetRecipientObject(networkID); + char stack[ARPC_MAX_STACK_SIZE]; + unsigned int bytesOnStack = GenRPC::BuildStack(stack, p1, p2, p3, p4, true, true, true, true); + return SendCall(uniqueIdentifier, stack, bytesOnStack, 4); + } + + /// Calls a remote function, using whatever was last passed to SetTimestamp(), SetSendParams(), SetRecipientAddress(), and SetRecipientObject() + /// Passed parameter(s), if any, are passed via memcpy and pushed on the stack for the remote function + /// \note This ONLY works with variables that are passable via memcpy! If you need more flexibility, use SetOutgoingExtraData() and GetIncomingExtraData() + /// \note The this pointer, for this instance of AutoRPC, is pushed as the last parameter on the stack. See AutoRPCSample.ccp for an example of this + /// \param[in] uniqueIdentifier parameter of the same name passed to RegisterFunction() on the remote system + /// \param[in] timeStamp See SetTimestamp() + /// \param[in] priority See SetSendParams() + /// \param[in] reliability See SetSendParams() + /// \param[in] orderingChannel See SetSendParams() + /// \param[in] systemAddress See SetRecipientAddress() + /// \param[in] broadcast See SetRecipientAddress() + /// \param[in] networkID See SetRecipientObject() + template + bool CallExplicit(const char *uniqueIdentifier, RakNetTime timeStamp, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast, NetworkID networkID, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3, P4 p4, P5 p5 ) { + SetTimestamp(timeStamp); + SetSendParams(priority, reliability, orderingChannel); + SetRecipientAddress(systemAddress, broadcast); + SetRecipientObject(networkID); + char stack[ARPC_MAX_STACK_SIZE]; + unsigned int bytesOnStack = GenRPC::BuildStack(stack, p1, p2, p3, p4, p5, true, true, true, true, true); + return SendCall(uniqueIdentifier, stack, bytesOnStack, 5); + } + + /// Calls a remote function, using whatever was last passed to SetTimestamp(), SetSendParams(), SetRecipientAddress(), and SetRecipientObject() + /// Passed parameter(s), if any, are passed via memcpy and pushed on the stack for the remote function + /// \note This ONLY works with variables that are passable via memcpy! If you need more flexibility, use SetOutgoingExtraData() and GetIncomingExtraData() + /// \note The this pointer, for this instance of AutoRPC, is pushed as the last parameter on the stack. See AutoRPCSample.ccp for an example of this + /// \param[in] uniqueIdentifier parameter of the same name passed to RegisterFunction() on the remote system + /// \param[in] timeStamp See SetTimestamp() + /// \param[in] priority See SetSendParams() + /// \param[in] reliability See SetSendParams() + /// \param[in] orderingChannel See SetSendParams() + /// \param[in] systemAddress See SetRecipientAddress() + /// \param[in] broadcast See SetRecipientAddress() + /// \param[in] networkID See SetRecipientObject() + template + bool CallExplicit(const char *uniqueIdentifier, RakNetTime timeStamp, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast, NetworkID networkID, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3, P4 p4, P5 p5, P6 p6 ) { + SetTimestamp(timeStamp); + SetSendParams(priority, reliability, orderingChannel); + SetRecipientAddress(systemAddress, broadcast); + SetRecipientObject(networkID); + char stack[ARPC_MAX_STACK_SIZE]; + unsigned int bytesOnStack = GenRPC::BuildStack(stack, p1, p2, p3, p4, p5, p6, true, true, true, true, true, true); + return SendCall(uniqueIdentifier, stack, bytesOnStack, 6); + } + + /// Calls a remote function, using whatever was last passed to SetTimestamp(), SetSendParams(), SetRecipientAddress(), and SetRecipientObject() + /// Passed parameter(s), if any, are passed via memcpy and pushed on the stack for the remote function + /// \note This ONLY works with variables that are passable via memcpy! If you need more flexibility, use SetOutgoingExtraData() and GetIncomingExtraData() + /// \note The this pointer, for this instance of AutoRPC, is pushed as the last parameter on the stack. See AutoRPCSample.ccp for an example of this + /// \param[in] uniqueIdentifier parameter of the same name passed to RegisterFunction() on the remote system + /// \param[in] timeStamp See SetTimestamp() + /// \param[in] priority See SetSendParams() + /// \param[in] reliability See SetSendParams() + /// \param[in] orderingChannel See SetSendParams() + /// \param[in] systemAddress See SetRecipientAddress() + /// \param[in] broadcast See SetRecipientAddress() + /// \param[in] networkID See SetRecipientObject() + template + bool CallExplicit(const char *uniqueIdentifier, RakNetTime timeStamp, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast, NetworkID networkID, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3, P4 p4, P5 p5, P6 p6, P7 p7 ) { + SetTimestamp(timeStamp); + SetSendParams(priority, reliability, orderingChannel); + SetRecipientAddress(systemAddress, broadcast); + SetRecipientObject(networkID); + char stack[ARPC_MAX_STACK_SIZE]; + unsigned int bytesOnStack = GenRPC::BuildStack(stack, p1, p2, p3, p4, p5, p6, p7, true, true, true, true, true, true, true); + return SendCall(uniqueIdentifier, stack, bytesOnStack, 7); + } + + /// Calls a remote function, using whatever was last passed to SetTimestamp(), SetSendParams(), SetRecipientAddress(), and SetRecipientObject() + /// Passed parameter(s), if any, are passed via memcpy and pushed on the stack for the remote function + /// \note This ONLY works with variables that are passable via memcpy! If you need more flexibility, use SetOutgoingExtraData() and GetIncomingExtraData() + /// \note The this pointer, for this instance of AutoRPC, is pushed as the last parameter on the stack. See AutoRPCSample.ccp for an example of this + /// \param[in] uniqueIdentifier parameter of the same name passed to RegisterFunction() on the remote system + /// \param[in] timeStamp See SetTimestamp() + /// \param[in] priority See SetSendParams() + /// \param[in] reliability See SetSendParams() + /// \param[in] orderingChannel See SetSendParams() + /// \param[in] systemAddress See SetRecipientAddress() + /// \param[in] broadcast See SetRecipientAddress() + /// \param[in] networkID See SetRecipientObject() + template + bool CallExplicit(const char *uniqueIdentifier, RakNetTime timeStamp, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast, NetworkID networkID, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3, P4 p4, P5 p5, P6 p6, P7 p7, P8 p8 ) { + SetTimestamp(timeStamp); + SetSendParams(priority, reliability, orderingChannel); + SetRecipientAddress(systemAddress, broadcast); + SetRecipientObject(networkID); + char stack[ARPC_MAX_STACK_SIZE]; + unsigned int bytesOnStack = GenRPC::BuildStack(stack, p1, p2, p3, p4, p5, p6, p7, p8, true, true, true, true, true, true, true, true); + return SendCall(uniqueIdentifier, stack, bytesOnStack, 8); + } + + + // If you need more than 8 parameters, just add it here... + + // ---------------------------- ALL INTERNAL AFTER HERE ---------------------------- + + /// \internal + /// Identifies an RPC function, by string identifier and if it is a C or C++ function + struct RPCIdentifier + { + char *uniqueIdentifier; + bool isObjectMember; + }; + + + + /// \internal + /// The RPC identifier, and a pointer to the function + struct LocalRPCFunction + { + RPCIdentifier identifier; + GenRPC::PMF functionPtr; + char parameterCount; + }; + + /// \internal + /// The RPC identifier, and the index of the function on a remote system + struct RemoteRPCFunction + { + RPCIdentifier identifier; + unsigned int functionIndex; + }; + + /// \internal + static int RemoteRPCFunctionComp( const RPCIdentifier &key, const RemoteRPCFunction &data ); + + /// \internal + /// Sends the RPC call, with a given serialized stack + bool SendCall(const char *uniqueIdentifier, const char *stack, unsigned int bytesOnStack, char parameterCount); + +protected: + + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Packet handling functions + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + void OnAttach(RakPeerInterface *peer); + virtual PluginReceiveResult OnReceive(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + virtual void OnAutoRPCCall(SystemAddress systemAddress, unsigned char *data, unsigned int lengthInBytes); + virtual void OnRPCRemoteIndex(SystemAddress systemAddress, unsigned char *data, unsigned int lengthInBytes); + virtual void OnRPCUnknownRemoteIndex(SystemAddress systemAddress, unsigned char *data, unsigned int lengthInBytes, RakNetTime timestamp); + virtual void OnCloseConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress); + virtual void OnShutdown(RakPeerInterface *peer); + + void Clear(void); + + void SendError(SystemAddress target, unsigned char errorCode, const char *functionName); + unsigned GetLocalFunctionIndex(RPCIdentifier identifier); + bool GetRemoteFunctionIndex(SystemAddress systemAddress, RPCIdentifier identifier, unsigned int *outerIndex, unsigned int *innerIndex); + + + DataStructures::List localFunctions; + DataStructures::Map *> remoteFunctions; + + RakNetTime outgoingTimestamp; + PacketPriority outgoingPriority; + PacketReliability outgoingReliability; + char outgoingOrderingChannel; + SystemAddress outgoingSystemAddress; + bool outgoingBroadcast; + NetworkID outgoingNetworkID; + RakNet::BitStream outgoingExtraData; + + RakNetTime incomingTimeStamp; + SystemAddress incomingSystemAddress; + RakNet::BitStream incomingExtraData; + + RakPeerInterface *rakPeer; + NetworkIDManager *networkIdManager; + char currentExecution[512]; +}; + +} // End namespace + +#endif + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/AutopatcherPatchContext.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/AutopatcherPatchContext.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dc1ba919 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/AutopatcherPatchContext.h @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +#ifndef __AUTOPATCHER_PATCH_CONTEXT_H +#define __AUTOPATCHER_PATCH_CONTEXT_H + +enum PatchContext +{ + PC_HASH_WITH_PATCH, + PC_WRITE_FILE, + PC_ERROR_FILE_WRITE_FAILURE, + PC_ERROR_PATCH_TARGET_MISSING, + PC_ERROR_PATCH_APPLICATION_FAILURE, + PC_ERROR_PATCH_RESULT_CHECKSUM_FAILURE, + PC_NOTICE_WILL_COPY_ON_RESTART, + PC_NOTICE_FILE_DOWNLOADED, + PC_NOTICE_FILE_DOWNLOADED_PATCH, +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/AutopatcherRepositoryInterface.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/AutopatcherRepositoryInterface.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0779057b --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/AutopatcherRepositoryInterface.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief An interface used by AutopatcherServer to get the data necessary to run an autopatcher. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + + +#ifndef __AUTOPATCHER_REPOSITORY_INTERFACE_H +#define __AUTOPATCHER_REPOSITORY_INTERFACE_H + +class FileList; +namespace RakNet +{ + class BitStream; +} + +/// An interface used by AutopatcherServer to get the data necessary to run an autopatcher. This is up to you to implement for custom repository solutions. +class AutopatcherRepositoryInterface +{ +public: + /// Get list of files added and deleted since a certain date. This is used by AutopatcherServer and not usually explicitly called. + /// \param[in] applicationName A null terminated string identifying the application + /// \param[out] addedFiles A list of the current versions of filenames with hashes as their data that were created after \a sinceData + /// \param[out] deletedFiles A list of the current versions of filenames that were deleted after \a sinceData + /// \param[in] An input date, in whatever format your repository uses + /// \param[out] currentDate The current server date, in whatever format your repository uses + /// \return True on success, false on failure. + virtual bool GetChangelistSinceDate(const char *applicationName, FileList *addedFiles, FileList *deletedFiles, const char *sinceDate, char currentDate[64])=0; + + /// Get patches (or files) for every file in input, assuming that input has a hash for each of those files. + /// \param[in] applicationName A null terminated string identifying the application + /// \param[in] input A list of files with SHA1_LENGTH byte hashes to get from the database. + /// \param[out] patchList You should return list of files with either the filedata or the patch. This is a subset of \a input. The context data for each file will be either PC_WRITE_FILE (to just write the file) or PC_HASH_WITH_PATCH (to patch). If PC_HASH_WITH_PATCH, then the file contains a SHA1_LENGTH byte patch followed by the hash. The datalength is patchlength + SHA1_LENGTH + /// \param[out] currentDate The current server date, in whatever format your repository uses + /// \return True on success, false on failure. + virtual bool GetPatches(const char *applicationName, FileList *input, FileList *patchList, char currentDate[64])=0; + + /// \return Whatever this function returns is sent from the AutopatcherServer to the AutopatcherClient when one of the above functions returns false. + virtual const char *GetLastError(void) const=0; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/BigTypes.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/BigTypes.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3df05dfc --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/BigTypes.h @@ -0,0 +1,1824 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Internal] Used for RSA generation. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// (128)2^7-bit to (32768)2^14-bit signed 2's complement & unsigned extended arithmetic +/// +/// catid(cat02e@fsu.edu) +/// +/// 7/30/2004 Fixed VS6 compat +/// 7/28/2004 Fixed macros so they can be used outside of the big namespace +/// Now using pre-processor definitions from types.h for inline assembly +/// 7/26/2004 Removed a lot of assembly, made add/sub assembly optional +/// 7/25/2004 Merged the wrapper class Int from older code +/// 7/24/2004 Replaced trivial assembly code with std:: functions +/// Refined some assembly code with Art of Assembly chapter 9 +/// Added binary ops +/// 7/23/2004 Finished assembly coding +/// Removed Int class, for now +/// Added old C++ code back in with USEASSEMBLY +/// 7/22/2004 Signed arithmetic (needed for ext. Euclidean algo) +/// Cleaned up coding style +/// Began rewriting parts in assembly +/// 7/21/2004 Began writing +/// +/// Tabs: 4 spaces +/// Dist: public + +#ifndef BIGTYPES_H +#define BIGTYPES_H + +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + +#include "Types.h" + +//#define BIG_USES_STRINGS /* undefining this means you cannot convert bigs to strings or from strings */ + +#ifdef BIG_USES_STRINGS +# include +#endif + + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +namespace big +{ + + using namespace cat; + + //// basic definitions //// + + // word size + typedef u32 word; // assembly implementation is for 32-bit word size + const u32 WORDBITS = sizeof( word ) * 8; + const u32 HALFWORDBITS = sizeof( word ) * 8 / 2; + const word WORDHIGHBIT = ( word ) 1 << ( WORDBITS - 1 ); + const word WORDALLBITS = ( word ) 0 - 1; + const word WORDLOBITS = ( ( word ) 1 << HALFWORDBITS ) - 1; + const word WORDHIBITS = WORDALLBITS ^ WORDLOBITS; +#define BIGHIGHBIT(n) ((n)[sizeof(n) / sizeof(big::word) - 1] & WORDHIGHBIT) + + // template operator parameter modes +#define BIGONETYPE template /* supports only one class */ +#define BIGTWOTYPES template /* sizeof Bigger >= sizeof T */ +#define BIGSMALLTYPE template /* sizeof self >= sizeof Smaller */ + + + //// big types //// + +#define BIGWORDCOUNT_FROMBITCOUNT(bits) ((bits) / 8 / sizeof(big::word)) +#define BIGWORDCOUNT(T) (sizeof(T) / sizeof(big::word)) +#define BIGBITCOUNT(T) (sizeof(T) * 8) + + // low words -- [0] < [1] < [2] < [3] -- high words + typedef word u128[ BIGWORDCOUNT_FROMBITCOUNT( 128 ) ]; + typedef word u256[ BIGWORDCOUNT_FROMBITCOUNT( 256 ) ]; + typedef word u512[ BIGWORDCOUNT_FROMBITCOUNT( 512 ) ]; + typedef word u1024[ BIGWORDCOUNT_FROMBITCOUNT( 1024 ) ]; + typedef word u2048[ BIGWORDCOUNT_FROMBITCOUNT( 2048 ) ]; + typedef word u4096[ BIGWORDCOUNT_FROMBITCOUNT( 4096 ) ]; + typedef word u8192[ BIGWORDCOUNT_FROMBITCOUNT( 8192 ) ]; + typedef word u16384[ BIGWORDCOUNT_FROMBITCOUNT( 16384 ) ]; + typedef word u32768[ BIGWORDCOUNT_FROMBITCOUNT( 32768 ) ]; + + // use these macros to create temporary variables when + // those variables are to be twice/half the size of another + // variable of varying size. +#define BIGDOUBLESIZE(T, var_name) big::word (var_name)[BIGWORDCOUNT(T) * 2] /* WARNING: invalid w/ u32768 */ +#define BIGHALFSIZE(T, var_name) big::word (var_name)[BIGWORDCOUNT(T) / 2] /* WARNING: invalid w/ u128 */ + + + //// library summary //// + + // assignment + BIGONETYPE INLINE void zero( T &n ); // n = 0 + BIGONETYPE INLINE void usetw( T &a, word b ); // a = b, zero-extend + BIGONETYPE INLINE void ssetw( T &a, word b ); // a = b, sign-extend + + BIGONETYPE INLINE void set ( T &a, T &b ) + + ; // a = b + BIGTWOTYPES INLINE void usetlow( Bigger &a, T &b ); // a_low = b (zero-extend) + + BIGTWOTYPES INLINE void ssetlow( Bigger &a, T &b ); // a_low = b (sign-extend) + + BIGTWOTYPES INLINE void sethigh( Bigger &a, T &b ); // a_high = b + + BIGTWOTYPES INLINE void takelow( T &a, Bigger &b ); // a = b_low + + BIGTWOTYPES INLINE void takehigh( T &a, Bigger &b ); // a = b_high + + // comparison + BIGONETYPE bool ugreater( T &a, T &b ); // a > b (unsigned) + + BIGONETYPE bool ugreaterOrEqual( T &a, T &b ); // a >= b (unsigned) + + BIGONETYPE bool sgreater( T &a, T &b ); // a > b (signed) + + BIGONETYPE bool sgreaterOrEqual( T &a, T &b ); // a >= b (signed) + + BIGONETYPE INLINE bool equal( T &a, T &b ); // a == b + + BIGONETYPE INLINE bool isZero( T &n ); // a == 0 + + // binary + BIGONETYPE void bAND( T &a, T &b ); // a &= b + + BIGONETYPE void bOR( T &a, T &b ); // a |= b + + BIGONETYPE void bXOR( T &a, T &b ); // a ^= b + + BIGONETYPE void bNOT( T &n ); // n = ~n + + // shifting + BIGONETYPE void shiftLeft1( T &n ); // n <<= 1 + + BIGONETYPE void shiftLeft( T &n, u32 s ); // n <<= s (s <= WORDBITS) + + BIGONETYPE void ushiftRight1( T &n ); // n >>= 1 (unsigned) + + BIGONETYPE void ushiftRight( T &n, u32 s ); // n >>= s (unsigned) (s <= WORDBITS) + + BIGONETYPE void sshiftRight1( T &n ); // n >>= 1 (signed) + + BIGONETYPE void sshiftRight( T &n, u32 s ); // n >>= s (signed) (s <= WORDBITS) + + // addition/subtraction + BIGONETYPE void add ( T &a, T &b ) + + ; // a += b + BIGONETYPE void increment( T &n ); // ++n + + BIGONETYPE void subtract( T &a, T &b ); // a -= b + + BIGONETYPE void decrement( T &n ); // --n + + // negation + BIGONETYPE void negate( T &n ); // n = -n + + // multiplication + BIGONETYPE void usquare( T &a ); // a *= a, signed + + BIGTWOTYPES void umultiply( T &a, T &b, Bigger &m ); // m = a * b (&a != &b != &m), unsigned + + BIGTWOTYPES void umultiply( Bigger &a, T &b ); // a *= b (&a != &b), unsigned + + BIGONETYPE void ssquare( T &a ); // a *= a, signed + + BIGTWOTYPES void smultiply( T &a, T &b, Bigger &m ); // m = a * b (&a != &b != &m), signed + + BIGTWOTYPES void smultiply( Bigger &a, T &b ); // a *= b (&a != &b), signed + + // division/remainder + BIGONETYPE void udivide( T &a, T &b, T &q, T &r ); // {q, r} = a / b (&q != &r), unsigned + + BIGONETYPE void umodulo( T &a, T &b, T &r ); // r = a Mod b, unsigned + + BIGONETYPE void sdivide( T &a, T &b, T &q, T &r ); // {q, r} = a / b (&q != &r), signed + + BIGONETYPE void smodulo( T &a, T &b, T &r ); // r = a Mod b, signed + +#ifdef BIG_USES_STRINGS + // converting to/from strings + BIGONETYPE std::string toString( T &n, bool sign, u16 radix ); // n -> string + + BIGONETYPE void fromString( std::string s, T &n, bool sign, u16 radix ); // s -> n + +#endif + + + //////// wrapper class //////// + +#define BIGINTFAST INLINE Int & /* operation is done to self, returns itself */ +#define BIGINTSLOW Int /* new object is created and returned */ + + BIGONETYPE class Int + { + + protected: + T raw; + + public: + operator T &(); // automatic casting to T: you may use BigInt classes as parameters to the functions + + public: + Int(); + Int( word n ); +#ifdef BIG_USES_STRINGS + + Int( std::string &s ); +#endif + + Int( T &n ); + + public: + BIGINTFAST zero(); + BIGINTFAST operator=( word n ); + BIGINTFAST operator=( T &n ); + + public: + BIGINTFAST operator<<=( u32 s ); + BIGINTSLOW operator<<( u32 s ); + BIGINTFAST operator>>=( u32 s ); + BIGINTSLOW operator>>( u32 s ); + + public: + BIGINTFAST operator+=( T &n ); + BIGINTSLOW operator+( T &n ); + BIGINTFAST operator-=( T &n ); + BIGINTSLOW operator-( T &n ); + BIGINTFAST operator++(); // prefix + BIGINTSLOW operator++( int ); // postfix + BIGINTFAST operator--(); // prefix + BIGINTSLOW operator--( int ); // postfix + + public: + BIGINTSLOW operator-( int ); // negation + + public: + BIGSMALLTYPE BIGINTFAST operator*=( Smaller &n ) + { + smultiply( raw, n ); + return *this; + } + + BIGINTSLOW operator*( T &n ); + BIGINTFAST square(); + + public: + BIGINTFAST operator/=( T &n ); + BIGINTSLOW operator/( T &n ); + BIGINTFAST operator%=( T &n ); + BIGINTSLOW operator%( T &n ); + + public: + /* fast */ + bool operator>( T &n ); + /* fast */ + bool operator>=( T &n ); + /* fast */ + bool operator<( T &n ); + /* fast */ + bool operator<=( T &n ); + /* fast */ + bool operator==( T &n ); + /* fast */ + bool operator!=( T &n ); + /* fast */ + bool operator!(); + + public: +#ifdef BIG_USES_STRINGS + /* fast */ + std::string str(); + BIGINTFAST operator=( std::string &s ); + BIGINTFAST operator=( const char *s ); +#endif + + }; + + + //////// assignment //////// + + // n = 0 + BIGONETYPE INLINE void zero( T &n ) + { + memset( n, 0, sizeof( T ) ); + } + + // a = b, zero-extend + BIGONETYPE INLINE void usetw( T &a, word b ) + { + a[ 0 ] = b; + memset( a + 1, 0, sizeof( T ) - sizeof( word ) ); + } + + // a = b, sign-extend + BIGONETYPE INLINE void ssetw( T &a, word b ) + { + a[ 0 ] = b; + memset( a + 1, ( b & WORDHIGHBIT ) ? WORDALLBITS : 0, sizeof( T ) - sizeof( word ) ); + } + + // a = b + BIGONETYPE INLINE void set ( T &a, T &b ) + { + memcpy( a, b, sizeof( T ) ); + } + + // a_low = b (zero-extend) + BIGTWOTYPES INLINE void usetlow( Bigger &a, T &b ) + { + memcpy( a, b, sizeof( T ) ); +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4318 ) // warning C4318: passing constant zero as the length to memset +#endif + memset( a + BIGWORDCOUNT( T ), 0, sizeof( Bigger ) - sizeof( T ) ); + } + + // a_low = b (sign-extend) + BIGTWOTYPES INLINE void ssetlow( Bigger &a, T &b ) + { + memcpy( a, b, sizeof( T ) ); + memset( a + BIGWORDCOUNT( T ), BIGHIGHBIT( b ) ? WORDALLBITS : 0, sizeof( Bigger ) - sizeof( T ) ); + } + + // a_high = b + BIGTWOTYPES INLINE void sethigh( Bigger &a, T &b ) + { + memcpy( a + BIGWORDCOUNT( Bigger ) - BIGWORDCOUNT( T ), b, sizeof( T ) ); + memset( a, 0, sizeof( Bigger ) - sizeof( T ) ); + } + + // a = b_low + BIGTWOTYPES INLINE void takelow( T &a, Bigger &b ) + { + memcpy( a, b, sizeof( T ) ); + } + + // a = b_high + BIGTWOTYPES INLINE void takehigh( T &a, Bigger &b ) + { + memcpy( a, b + BIGWORDCOUNT( Bigger ) - BIGWORDCOUNT( T ), sizeof( T ) ); + } + + + //////// comparison //////// + + // a > b + BIGONETYPE bool ugreater( T &a, T &b ) + { + for ( s32 ii = BIGWORDCOUNT( T ) - 1; ii >= 0; --ii ) + { + if ( a[ ii ] > b[ ii ] ) + return true; + + if ( a[ ii ] < b[ ii ] ) + return false; + } + + return false; + } + + // a >= b + BIGONETYPE bool ugreaterOrEqual( T &a, T &b ) + { + for ( s32 ii = BIGWORDCOUNT( T ) - 1; ii >= 0; --ii ) + { + if ( a[ ii ] > b[ ii ] ) + return true; + + if ( a[ ii ] < b[ ii ] ) + return false; + } + + return true; + } + + // a > b + BIGONETYPE bool sgreater( T &a, T &b ) + { + for ( s32 ii = BIGWORDCOUNT( T ) - 1; ii >= 0; --ii ) + { + if ( a[ ii ] > b[ ii ] ) + return BIGHIGHBIT( a ) == 0; + + if ( a[ ii ] < b[ ii ] ) + return BIGHIGHBIT( b ) != 0; + } + + return false; + } + + // a >= b + BIGONETYPE bool sgreaterOrEqual( T &a, T &b ) + { + for ( s32 ii = BIGWORDCOUNT( T ) - 1; ii >= 0; --ii ) + { + if ( a[ ii ] > b[ ii ] ) + return BIGHIGHBIT( a ) == 0; + + if ( a[ ii ] < b[ ii ] ) + return BIGHIGHBIT( b ) != 0; + } + + return true; + } + + // a == b + BIGONETYPE INLINE bool equal( T &a, T &b ) + { + return memcmp( a, b, sizeof( T ) ) == 0; + } + + // a == 0 + BIGONETYPE INLINE bool isZero( T &n ) + { + for ( u32 ii = 0; ii < BIGWORDCOUNT( T ); ++ii ) + if ( n[ ii ] ) + return false; + + return true; + } + + + //////// binary //////// + + // a &= b + BIGONETYPE void bAND( T &a, T &b ) + { + for ( u32 ii = 0; ii < BIGWORDCOUNT( T ); ++ii ) + a[ ii ] &= b[ ii ]; + } + + // a |= b + BIGONETYPE void bOR( T &a, T &b ) + { + for ( u32 ii = 0; ii < BIGWORDCOUNT( T ); ++ii ) + a[ ii ] |= b[ ii ]; + } + + // a ^= b + BIGONETYPE void bXOR( T &a, T &b ) + { + for ( u32 ii = 0; ii < BIGWORDCOUNT( T ); ++ii ) + a[ ii ] ^= b[ ii ]; + } + + // n = ~n + BIGONETYPE void bNOT( T &n ) + { + for ( u32 ii = 0; ii < BIGWORDCOUNT( T ); ++ii ) + n[ ii ] = ~n[ ii ]; + } + + + //////// shifting //////// + + // n <<= 1 + BIGONETYPE void shiftLeft1( T &n ) + { + word w_i, carry = 0; + + for ( u32 ii = 0; ii < BIGWORDCOUNT( T ); ++ii ) + { + w_i = n[ ii ]; + + n[ ii ] = ( w_i << 1 ) | carry; + carry = w_i >> ( WORDBITS - 1 ); + } + } + + // n <<= s (s <= WORDBITS) + BIGONETYPE void shiftLeft( T &n, u32 s ) + { + s32 ii; + u32 bases = s / WORDBITS; + u32 bits = s % WORDBITS; + + // move whole bases first + + if ( bases ) + { + // shift bases + + for ( ii = BIGWORDCOUNT( T ) - 1 - bases; ii >= 0; --ii ) + n[ ii + bases ] = n[ ii ]; + + // clear the original locii of those bases + memset( n, 0, bases * sizeof( word ) ); + } + + if ( bits ) + { + word w_i, carry = 0; + + for ( u32 ii = 0; ii < BIGWORDCOUNT( T ); ++ii ) + { + w_i = n[ ii ]; + + n[ ii ] = ( w_i << bits ) | carry; + carry = w_i >> ( WORDBITS - bits ); + } + } + } + + // n >>= 1 (unsigned) + BIGONETYPE void ushiftRight1( T &n ) + { + word w_i, carry = 0; + + for ( s32 ii = BIGWORDCOUNT( T ) - 1; ii >= 0; --ii ) + { + w_i = n[ ii ]; + + n[ ii ] = carry | ( w_i >> 1 ); + carry = w_i << ( WORDBITS - 1 ); + } + } + + // n >>= s (unsigned) (s <= WORDBITS) + BIGONETYPE void ushiftRight( T &n, u32 s ) + { + s32 ii; + u32 bases = s / WORDBITS; + u32 bits = s % WORDBITS; + + // move whole bases first + + if ( bases ) + { + // shift bases + + for ( ii = bases; ii < BIGWORDCOUNT( T ); ++ii ) + n[ ii - bases ] = n[ ii ]; + + // clear the original locii of those bases + memset( n + BIGWORDCOUNT( T ) - bases, 0, bases * sizeof( word ) ); + } + + if ( bits ) + { + word w_i, carry = 0; + + for ( ii = BIGWORDCOUNT( T ) - 1 - bases; ii >= 0; --ii ) + { + w_i = n[ ii ]; + + n[ ii ] = carry | ( w_i >> bits ); + carry = w_i << ( WORDBITS - bits ); + } + } + } + + // n >>= 1 (signed) + BIGONETYPE void sshiftRight1( T &n ) + { + word w_i, carry = BIGHIGHBIT( n ) ? 1 : 0; + + for ( s32 ii = BIGWORDCOUNT( T ) - 1; ii >= 0; --ii ) + { + w_i = n[ ii ]; + + n[ ii ] = carry | ( w_i >> 1 ); + carry = w_i << ( WORDBITS - 1 ); + } + } + + // n >>= s (signed) (s <= WORDBITS) + BIGONETYPE void sshiftRight( T &n, u32 s ) + { + s32 ii; + u32 bases = s / WORDBITS; + u32 bits = s % WORDBITS; + + word filler = BIGHIGHBIT( n ) ? WORDALLBITS : 0; + + // move whole bases first + + if ( bases ) + { + // shift bases + + for ( ii = bases; ii < BIGWORDCOUNT( T ); ++ii ) + n[ ii - bases ] = n[ ii ]; + + // clear the original locii of those bases + memset( n + BIGWORDCOUNT( T ) - bases, filler, bases * sizeof( word ) ); + } + + if ( bits ) + { + word w_i, carry = filler << ( WORDBITS - bits ); + + for ( ii = BIGWORDCOUNT( T ) - 1 - bases; ii >= 0; --ii ) + { + w_i = n[ ii ]; + + n[ ii ] = carry | ( w_i >> bits ); + carry = w_i << ( WORDBITS - bits ); + } + } + } + + + //////// addition/subtraction //////// + +#if defined(NO_TEMPLATE_INLINE_ASSEMBLY) && defined(ASSEMBLY_INTEL_SYNTAX) + void BorlandAdd( void *a, void *b, u32 c ) + { + ASSEMBLY_BLOCK // BorlandC, x86, 32-bit words + { + mov esi, b + mov edi, a + mov ecx, c + + // unrolled loop since word count is a multiple of 4 >= 4 + mov eax, [ esi ] + xor edx, edx // edx used later to index later words >= 4 + + add [ edi ] + , eax // and now we can use ADD instead of ADC on the first addition + mov eax, [ esi + 4 ] + adc [ edi + 4 ], eax + mov eax, [ esi + 8 ] + adc [ edi + 8 ], eax + mov eax, [ esi + 12 ] + adc [ edi + 12 ], eax + + jecxz done_already + + next_word: + inc edx + inc edx + + // unrolled loop since word count is a multiple of 4 >= 4 + mov eax, [ esi + edx * 8 ] + adc [ edi + edx * 8 ], eax + mov eax, [ esi + edx * 8 + 4 ] + adc [ edi + edx * 8 + 4 ], eax + mov eax, [ esi + edx * 8 + 8 ] + adc [ edi + edx * 8 + 8 ], eax + mov eax, [ esi + edx * 8 + 12 ] + adc [ edi + edx * 8 + 12 ], eax + + loop next_word + + done_already: + } + } + +#endif + + // a += b + BIGONETYPE void add ( T &a, T &b ) + { +#if defined(NO_TEMPLATE_INLINE_ASSEMBLY) && defined(ASSEMBLY_INTEL_SYNTAX) + const u32 qc1 = BIGWORDCOUNT( T ) / 4 - 1; + + BorlandAdd( a, b, qc1 ); + +#elif defined(ASSEMBLY_INTEL_SYNTAX) + + const u32 qc1 = BIGWORDCOUNT( T ) / 4 - 1; + + ASSEMBLY_BLOCK // VS.NET, x86, 32-bit words + { + mov esi, b + mov edi, a + mov ecx, qc1 + + // unrolled loop since word count is a multiple of 4 >= 4 + mov eax, [ esi ] + xor edx, edx // edx used later to index later words >= 4 + + add [ edi ], eax // and now we can use ADD instead of ADC on the first addition + mov eax, [ esi + 4 ] + adc [ edi + 4 ], eax + mov eax, [ esi + 8 ] + adc [ edi + 8 ], eax + mov eax, [ esi + 12 ] + adc [ edi + 12 ], eax + + jecxz done_already + + next_word: + inc edx + inc edx + + // unrolled loop since word count is a multiple of 4 >= 4 + mov eax, [ esi + edx * 8 ] + adc [ edi + edx * 8 ], eax + mov eax, [ esi + edx * 8 + 4 ] + adc [ edi + edx * 8 + 4 ], eax + mov eax, [ esi + edx * 8 + 8 ] + adc [ edi + edx * 8 + 8 ], eax + mov eax, [ esi + edx * 8 + 12 ] + adc [ edi + edx * 8 + 12 ], eax + + loop next_word + + done_already: + } +#else + word carry = 0; + + for ( u32 ii = 0; ii < BIGWORDCOUNT( T ); ++ii ) + { + word a_i = a[ ii ]; + word b_i = b[ ii ]; + a[ ii ] += b_i + carry; + + carry = ( ( a_i & ( WORDALLBITS >> 1 ) ) + ( b_i & ( WORDALLBITS >> 1 ) ) + carry ) >> ( WORDBITS - 1 ); + carry += ( a_i >> ( WORDBITS - 1 ) ) + ( b_i >> ( WORDBITS - 1 ) ); + carry >>= 1; + } + +#endif + + } + + // ++n + BIGONETYPE void increment( T &n ) + { + for ( u32 ii = 0; ii < BIGWORDCOUNT( T ); ++ii ) + if ( ++n[ ii ] ) + break; + } + +#if defined(NO_TEMPLATE_INLINE_ASSEMBLY) && defined(ASSEMBLY_INTEL_SYNTAX) + void BorlandSubtract( void *a, void *b, u32 c ) + { + ASSEMBLY_BLOCK // BorlandC, x86, 32-bit words + { + mov esi, b + mov edi, a + mov ecx, c + + // unrolled loop since word count is a multiple of 4 >= 4 + mov eax, [ esi ] + xor edx, edx // edx used later to index later words >= 4 + + add [ edi ] + , eax // and now we can use ADD instead of ADC on the first addition + mov eax, [ esi + 4 ] + adc [ edi + 4 ], eax + mov eax, [ esi + 8 ] + adc [ edi + 8 ], eax + mov eax, [ esi + 12 ] + adc [ edi + 12 ], eax + + jecxz done_already + + next_word: + inc edx + inc edx + + // unrolled loop since word count is a multiple of 4 >= 4 + mov eax, [ esi + edx * 8 ] + adc [ edi + edx * 8 ], eax + mov eax, [ esi + edx * 8 + 4 ] + adc [ edi + edx * 8 + 4 ], eax + mov eax, [ esi + edx * 8 + 8 ] + adc [ edi + edx * 8 + 8 ], eax + mov eax, [ esi + edx * 8 + 12 ] + adc [ edi + edx * 8 + 12 ], eax + + loop next_word + + done_already: + } + } + +#endif + + // a -= b + BIGONETYPE void subtract( T &a, T &b ) + { +#if defined(NO_TEMPLATE_INLINE_ASSEMBLY) && defined(ASSEMBLY_INTEL_SYNTAX) + const u32 qc1 = BIGWORDCOUNT( T ) / 4 - 1; + + BorlandSubtract( a, b, qc1 ); + +#elif defined(ASSEMBLY_INTEL_SYNTAX) + + const u32 qc1 = BIGWORDCOUNT( T ) / 4 - 1; + + ASSEMBLY_BLOCK // VS.NET, x86, 32-bit words + { + mov esi, b + mov edi, a + mov ecx, qc1 + + // unrolled loop since word count is a multiple of 4 >= 4 + mov eax, [ esi ] + xor edx, edx // edx used later to index later words >= 4 + sub [ edi ], eax // first subtraction doesn't need to borrow + mov eax, [ esi + 4 ] + sbb [ edi + 4 ], eax + mov eax, [ esi + 8 ] + sbb [ edi + 8 ], eax + mov eax, [ esi + 12 ] + sbb [ edi + 12 ], eax + + jecxz done_already + + next_word: + inc edx + inc edx + + // unrolled loop since word count is a multiple of 4 >= 4 + mov eax, [ esi + edx * 8 ] + sbb [ edi + edx * 8 ], eax + mov eax, [ esi + edx * 8 + 4 ] + sbb [ edi + edx * 8 + 4 ], eax + mov eax, [ esi + edx * 8 + 8 ] + sbb [ edi + edx * 8 + 8 ], eax + mov eax, [ esi + edx * 8 + 12 ] + sbb [ edi + edx * 8 + 12 ], eax + + loop next_word + + done_already: + } +#else + word borrow = 0; + + for ( u32 ii = 0; ii < BIGWORDCOUNT( T ); ++ii ) + { + word a_i = a[ ii ]; + word b_i = b[ ii ]; + a[ ii ] -= b_i + borrow; + + borrow = ( ( a_i & ( WORDALLBITS >> 1 ) ) - ( b_i & ( WORDALLBITS >> 1 ) ) - borrow ) >> ( WORDBITS - 1 ); + borrow += ( b_i >> ( WORDBITS - 1 ) ) - ( a_i >> ( WORDBITS - 1 ) ); + ++borrow; + borrow >>= 1; + } + +#endif + + } + + // --n + BIGONETYPE void decrement( T &n ) + { + for ( u32 ii = 0; ii < BIGWORDCOUNT( T ); ++ii ) + if ( n[ ii ] -- ) + break; + } + + + //////// negation //////// + + // n = -n + BIGONETYPE void negate( T &n ) + { + for ( u32 ii = 0; ii < BIGWORDCOUNT( T ); ++ii ) + n[ ii ] = ~n[ ii ]; + + increment( n ); + } + + + //////// multiplication //////// + + // a *= a, unsigned + BIGONETYPE void usquare( T &a ) + { + T a0, a1; + + set ( a0, a ) + + ; + set ( a1, a ) + + ; + zero( a ); + + u32 shifts = 0; + + for ( u32 ii = 0; ii < BIGWORDCOUNT( T ); ++ii ) + { + word w_i = a0[ ii ]; + + u16 ctr = WORDBITS; + + while ( w_i ) + { + if ( w_i & 1 ) + { + if ( shifts ) + { + shiftLeft( a1, shifts ); + shifts = 0; + } + + add ( a, a1 ) + + ; + } + + w_i >>= 1; + ++shifts; + --ctr; + } + + shifts += ctr; + } + } + + // m = a * b (&a != &b != &m), unsigned + BIGTWOTYPES void umultiply( T &a0, T &b0, Bigger &m ) + { + Bigger a; + usetlow( a, a0 ); + + zero( m ); + + u32 shifts = 0; + + for ( u32 ii = 0; ii < BIGWORDCOUNT( T ); ++ii ) + { + word w_i = b0[ ii ]; + + u16 ctr = WORDBITS; + + while ( w_i ) + { + if ( w_i & 1 ) + { + if ( shifts ) + { + shiftLeft( a, shifts ); + shifts = 0; + } + + add ( m, a ) + + ; + } + + w_i >>= 1; + ++shifts; + --ctr; + } + + shifts += ctr; + } + } + + // a *= b (&a != &b), unsigned + BIGTWOTYPES void umultiply( Bigger &a0, T &b0 ) + { + Bigger a; + + set ( a, a0 ) + + ; + + zero( a0 ); + + u32 shifts = 0; + + for ( u32 ii = 0; ii < BIGWORDCOUNT( T ); ++ii ) + { + word w_i = b0[ ii ]; + + u16 ctr = WORDBITS; + + while ( w_i ) + { + if ( w_i & 1 ) + { + if ( shifts ) + { + shiftLeft( a, shifts ); + shifts = 0; + } + + add ( a0, a ) + + ; + } + + w_i >>= 1; + ++shifts; + --ctr; + } + + shifts += ctr; + } + } + + // a *= a, signed + BIGONETYPE void ssquare( T &a ) + { + T a0, a1; + + if ( BIGHIGHBIT( a ) ) + negate( a ); + + set ( a0, a ) + + ; + set ( a1, a ) + + ; + zero( a ); + + u32 shifts = 0; + + for ( u32 ii = 0; ii < BIGWORDCOUNT( T ); ++ii ) + { + word w_i = a0[ ii ]; + + u16 ctr = WORDBITS; + + while ( w_i ) + { + if ( w_i & 1 ) + { + if ( shifts ) + { + shiftLeft( a1, shifts ); + shifts = 0; + } + + add ( a, a1 ) + + ; + } + + w_i >>= 1; + ++shifts; + --ctr; + } + + shifts += ctr; + } + } + + // m = a * b (&a != &b != &m), signed + BIGTWOTYPES void smultiply( T &a0, T &b0, Bigger &m ) + { + Bigger a; + ssetlow( a, a0 ); + + word sign_a = BIGHIGHBIT( a ); + + if ( sign_a ) + negate( a ); + + T b; + + set ( b, b0 ) + + ; + + word sign_b = BIGHIGHBIT( b ); + + if ( sign_b ) + negate( b ); + + zero( m ); + + u32 shifts = 0; + + for ( u32 ii = 0; ii < BIGWORDCOUNT( T ); ++ii ) + { + word w_i = b[ ii ]; + + u16 ctr = WORDBITS; + + while ( w_i ) + { + if ( w_i & 1 ) + { + if ( shifts ) + { + shiftLeft( a, shifts ); + shifts = 0; + } + + add ( m, a ) + + ; + } + + w_i >>= 1; + ++shifts; + --ctr; + } + + shifts += ctr; + } + + if ( sign_a ^ sign_b ) + negate( m ); + } + + // a *= b (&a != &b), signed + BIGTWOTYPES void smultiply( Bigger &a0, T &b0 ) + { + Bigger a; + ssetlow( a, a0 ); + + word sign_a = BIGHIGHBIT( a ); + + if ( sign_a ) + negate( a ); + + T b; + + set ( b, b0 ) + + ; + + word sign_b = BIGHIGHBIT( b ); + + if ( sign_b ) + negate( b ); + + zero( a0 ); + + u32 shifts = 0; + + for ( u32 ii = 0; ii < BIGWORDCOUNT( T ); ++ii ) + { + word w_i = b[ ii ]; + + u16 ctr = WORDBITS; + + while ( w_i ) + { + if ( w_i & 1 ) + { + if ( shifts ) + { + shiftLeft( a, shifts ); + shifts = 0; + } + + add ( a0, a ) + + ; + } + + w_i >>= 1; + ++shifts; + --ctr; + } + + shifts += ctr; + } + + if ( sign_a ^ sign_b ) + negate( a0 ); + } + + + //////// division/remainder //////// + + // {q, r} = a / b (&q != &r), unsigned + BIGONETYPE void udivide( T &a, T &b0, T &q, T &r ) + { + T b; + + set ( b, b0 ) + + ; + set ( r, a ) + + ; + zero( q ); + + u32 shifts = 1; + + // sort of: shift b left until b > r, then shift back one + if ( !BIGHIGHBIT( b ) && ugreater( r, b ) ) + { + s32 ii, jj; + + // shift by words if possible + + for ( ii = BIGWORDCOUNT( T ) - 1; ii >= 0; --ii ) + if ( r[ ii ] ) + break; + + for ( jj = ii; jj >= 0; --jj ) + if ( b[ jj ] ) + break; + + if ( ii != jj ) + { + shifts = ( ii - jj ) * WORDBITS; + shiftLeft( b, shifts ); + ++shifts; + } + + while ( !BIGHIGHBIT( b ) && ugreater( r, b ) ) + { + shiftLeft1( b ); + + ++shifts; + } + + while ( ugreater( b, r ) ) + { + ushiftRight1( b ); + + --shifts; + } + } + + else + if ( ugreater( b, r ) ) + { + ushiftRight1( b ); + + --shifts; + } + + u32 qshifts = 0; + + while ( shifts-- ) + { + ++qshifts; + + if ( !ugreater( b, r ) ) + { + subtract( r, b ); + + shiftLeft( q, qshifts ); + qshifts = 0; + + q[ 0 ] |= 1; + } + + ushiftRight1( b ); + } + + shiftLeft( q, qshifts ); + } + + // r = a Mod b, unsigned + BIGONETYPE void umodulo( T &a, T &b0, T &r ) + { + T b; + u32 shifts = 1; + + set ( b, b0 ) + + ; + set ( r, a ) + + ; + + if ( !BIGHIGHBIT( b ) && ugreater( r, b ) ) + { + s32 ii, jj; + + // shift by words if possible + + for ( ii = BIGWORDCOUNT( T ) - 1; ii >= 0; --ii ) + if ( r[ ii ] ) + break; + + for ( jj = ii; jj >= 0; --jj ) + if ( b[ jj ] ) + break; + + if ( ii != jj ) + { + shifts = ( ii - jj ) * WORDBITS; + shiftLeft( b, shifts ); + ++shifts; + } + + while ( !BIGHIGHBIT( b ) && ugreater( r, b ) ) + { + shiftLeft1( b ); + + ++shifts; + } + + while ( ugreater( b, r ) ) + { + ushiftRight1( b ); + + --shifts; + } + } + + else + if ( ugreater( b, r ) ) + { + ushiftRight1( b ); + + --shifts; + } + + while ( shifts-- ) + { + if ( !ugreater( b, r ) ) + subtract( r, b ); + + ushiftRight1( b ); + } + } + + // {q, r} = a / b (&q != &r), signed + BIGONETYPE void sdivide( T &a, T &b0, T &q, T &r ) + { + T b; + + set ( b, b0 ) + + ; + set ( r, a ) + + ; + zero( q ); + + word sign_a = BIGHIGHBIT( a ); + + if ( sign_a ) + negate( r ); + + word sign_b = BIGHIGHBIT( b ); + + if ( sign_b ) + negate( b ); + + u32 shifts = 1; + + if ( !BIGHIGHBIT( b ) && ugreater( r, b ) ) + { + s32 ii, jj; + + // shift by words if possible + + for ( ii = BIGWORDCOUNT( T ) - 1; ii >= 0; --ii ) + if ( r[ ii ] ) + break; + + for ( jj = ii; jj >= 0; --jj ) + if ( b[ jj ] ) + break; + + if ( ii != jj ) + { + shifts = ( ii - jj ) * WORDBITS; + shiftLeft( b, shifts ); + ++shifts; + } + + while ( !BIGHIGHBIT( b ) && ugreater( r, b ) ) + { + shiftLeft1( b ); + + ++shifts; + } + + while ( ugreater( b, r ) ) + { + ushiftRight1( b ); + + --shifts; + } + } + + else + if ( ugreater( b, r ) ) + { + ushiftRight1( b ); + + --shifts; + } + + u32 qshifts = 0; + + while ( shifts-- ) + { + ++qshifts; + + if ( !ugreater( b, r ) ) + { + subtract( r, b ); + + shiftLeft( q, qshifts ); + qshifts = 0; + + q[ 0 ] |= 1; + } + + ushiftRight1( b ); + } + + shiftLeft( q, qshifts ); + + if ( sign_a ^ sign_b ) + negate( q ); + + if ( sign_a ) + negate( r ); + } + + // r = a Mod b, signed + BIGONETYPE void smodulo( T &a, T &b0, T &r ) + { + T b; + u32 shifts = 1; + + set ( b, b0 ) + + ; + set ( r, a ) + + ; + + word sign_a = BIGHIGHBIT( a ); + + if ( sign_a ) + negate( r ); + + word sign_b = BIGHIGHBIT( b ); + + if ( sign_b ) + negate( b ); + + if ( !BIGHIGHBIT( b ) && ugreater( r, b ) ) + { + s32 ii, jj; + + // shift by words if possible + + for ( ii = BIGWORDCOUNT( T ) - 1; ii >= 0; --ii ) + if ( r[ ii ] ) + break; + + for ( jj = ii; jj >= 0; --jj ) + if ( b[ jj ] ) + break; + + if ( ii != jj ) + { + shifts = ( ii - jj ) * WORDBITS; + shiftLeft( b, shifts ); + ++shifts; + } + + while ( !BIGHIGHBIT( b ) && ugreater( r, b ) ) + { + shiftLeft1( b ); + + ++shifts; + } + + while ( ugreater( b, r ) ) + { + ushiftRight1( b ); + + --shifts; + } + } + + else + if ( ugreater( b, r ) ) + { + ushiftRight1( b ); + + --shifts; + } + + while ( shifts-- ) + { + if ( !ugreater( b, r ) ) + subtract( r, b ); + + ushiftRight1( b ); + } + + if ( sign_a ) + negate( r ); + } + + + //////// converting to/from strings //////// + +#ifdef BIG_USES_STRINGS + + // n -> string + BIGONETYPE std::string toString( T &n0, bool sign = true, u16 radix = 10 ) + { + T n, base, r; + std::string s; + + set ( n, n0 ) + + ; + usetw( base, radix ); + + word sign_n = 0; + + if ( sign && ( sign_n = BIGHIGHBIT( n ) ) ) + negate( n ); + + do // always allow first iteration for zero + { + // {q, r} = n / base + udivide( n, base, n, r ); + + char ch = ( char ) r[ 0 ]; + + if ( ch >= 10 ) + ch += 'a' - 10; + else + ch += '0'; + + // insert character + s = ch + s; + } + + while ( !isZero( n ) ); + + if ( sign_n ) + s = '-' + s; + + return s; + } + + // s -> n, signed + BIGONETYPE void fromString( std::string s, T &n, bool sign = true, u16 radix = 10 ) + { + T acc, base, temp; + + usetw( acc, 1 ); + usetw( base, radix ); + zero( n ); + + u32 len = ( u32 ) s.length(); + const char *citer = s.c_str() + len; + + while ( len-- ) + { + char ch = *( --citer ); + + if ( IS_ALPHA( ch ) ) // assumes alpha characters only up to radix + ch = TO_LOWER( ch ) - 'a' + 10; + else + if ( sign && ch == '-' ) // '-' should be first character + { + negate( n ); + break; + } + else // assumes it's alphanumeric/- + ch -= '0'; + + usetw( temp, ch ); + + umultiply( temp, acc ); + + add ( n, temp ) + + ; + + umultiply( acc, base ); + } + } + +#endif // BIG_USES_STRINGS + + + //////// class wrapper //////// + + BIGONETYPE INLINE Int::Int() + { + big::zero( raw ); + } + + BIGONETYPE INLINE Int::Int( word n ) + { + ssetw( raw, n ); + } + +#ifdef BIG_USES_STRINGS + + BIGONETYPE INLINE Int::Int( std::string &s ) + { + fromString( s, raw ); + } + +#endif + + BIGONETYPE INLINE Int::Int( T &n ) + { + set ( raw, n ) + + ; + } + + BIGONETYPE INLINE Int::operator T &() + { + return raw; + } + + + BIGONETYPE BIGINTFAST Int::zero() + { + big::zero( raw ); + return *this; + } + + BIGONETYPE BIGINTFAST Int::operator=( word n ) + { + ssetw( raw, n ); + return *this; + } + + BIGONETYPE BIGINTFAST Int::operator=( T &n ) + { + set ( raw, n ) + + ; + return *this; + } + + + BIGONETYPE BIGINTFAST Int::operator<<=( u32 s ) + { + shiftLeft( raw, s ); + return *this; + } + + BIGONETYPE BIGINTSLOW Int::operator<<( u32 s ) + { + Int temp( raw ); + return temp <<= s; + } + + BIGONETYPE BIGINTFAST Int::operator>>=( u32 s ) + { + shiftRight( raw, s ); + return *this; + } + + BIGONETYPE BIGINTSLOW Int::operator>>( u32 s ) + { + Int temp( raw ); + return temp >>= s; + } + + + BIGONETYPE BIGINTFAST Int::operator+=( T &n ) + { + add ( raw, n ) + + ; + return *this; + } + + BIGONETYPE BIGINTSLOW Int::operator+( T &n ) + { + Int temp( raw ); + return temp += n; + } + + BIGONETYPE BIGINTFAST Int::operator-=( T &n ) + { + subtract( raw, n ); + return *this; + } + + BIGONETYPE BIGINTSLOW Int::operator-( T &n ) + { + Int temp( raw ); + return temp -= n; + } + + BIGONETYPE BIGINTFAST Int::operator++() // prefix + { + increment( raw ); + return *this; + } + + BIGONETYPE BIGINTSLOW Int::operator++( int ) // postfix + { + Int temp( raw ); + increment( raw ); + return temp; + } + + BIGONETYPE BIGINTFAST Int::operator--() // prefix + { + decrement( raw ); + return *this; + } + + BIGONETYPE BIGINTSLOW Int::operator--( int ) // postfix + { + Int temp( raw ); + decrement( raw ); + return temp; + } + + + BIGONETYPE BIGINTSLOW Int::operator-( int ) // negation + { + Int temp( raw ); + negate( temp ); + return temp; + } + + + BIGONETYPE BIGINTSLOW Int::operator*( T &n ) + { + Int temp( raw ); + return temp *= n; + } + + BIGONETYPE BIGINTFAST Int::square() + { + square( raw ); + return *this; + } + + + BIGONETYPE BIGINTFAST Int::operator/=( T &n ) + { + T discard; + divide( raw, n, raw, discard ); + return *this; + } + + BIGONETYPE BIGINTSLOW Int::operator/( T &n ) + { + Int temp( raw ); + return temp /= n; + } + + BIGONETYPE BIGINTFAST Int::operator%=( T &n ) + { +#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__GCCXML__)) + smodulus( raw, n, raw ); +#else + modulus( raw, n, raw ); +#endif + return *this; + } + + BIGONETYPE BIGINTSLOW Int::operator%( T &n ) + { + Int temp( raw ); + return temp %= n; + } + + + BIGONETYPE INLINE /* fast */ bool Int::operator>( T &n ) + { + return sgreater( raw, n ); + } + + BIGONETYPE INLINE /* fast */ bool Int::operator>=( T &n ) + { + return sgreaterOrEqual( raw, n ); + } + + BIGONETYPE INLINE /* fast */ bool Int::operator<( T &n ) + { + return !sgreaterOrEqual( raw, n ); + } + + BIGONETYPE INLINE /* fast */ bool Int::operator<=( T &n ) + { + return !sgreater( raw, n ); + } + + BIGONETYPE INLINE /* fast */ bool Int::operator==( T &n ) + { + return equal( raw, n ); + } + + BIGONETYPE INLINE /* fast */ bool Int::operator!=( T &n ) + { + return !equal( raw, n ); + } + + BIGONETYPE INLINE /* fast */ bool Int::operator!() + { + return isZero( raw ); + } + +#ifdef BIG_USES_STRINGS + + BIGONETYPE INLINE /* fast */ std::string Int::str() + { + return toString( raw ); + } + + BIGONETYPE BIGINTFAST Int::operator=( std::string &s ) + { + fromString( s, raw ); + return *this; + } + + BIGONETYPE BIGINTFAST Int::operator=( const char *s ) + { + fromString( std::string( s ), raw ); + return *this; + } + +#endif // BIG_USES_STRINGS +} + +#endif // #if !defined(_XBOX360) + +#endif // BIGTYPES_H + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/BitStream.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/BitStream.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6ddd6b8a --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/BitStream.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,915 @@ +/// \file +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1299 // VC6 doesn't support template specialization +#include "BitStream_NoTemplate.cpp" +#else + +#include "BitStream.h" +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef _XBOX360 +#include "Console1Includes.h" +#elif defined(_WIN32) +#include // htonl +#include +#include +#include +#elif defined(_PS3) +#include "Console2Includes.h" +#else +#include +#include +#include +#include +#endif + +// MSWin uses _copysign, others use copysign... +#ifndef _WIN32 +#define _copysign copysign +#endif + + + +using namespace RakNet; + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +BitStream::BitStream() +{ + numberOfBitsUsed = 0; + //numberOfBitsAllocated = 32 * 8; + numberOfBitsAllocated = BITSTREAM_STACK_ALLOCATION_SIZE * 8; + readOffset = 0; + //data = ( unsigned char* ) rakMalloc( 32 ); + data = ( unsigned char* ) stackData; + +#ifdef _DEBUG +// assert( data ); +#endif + //memset(data, 0, 32); + copyData = true; +} + +BitStream::BitStream( const unsigned int initialBytesToAllocate ) +{ + numberOfBitsUsed = 0; + readOffset = 0; + if (initialBytesToAllocate <= BITSTREAM_STACK_ALLOCATION_SIZE) + { + data = ( unsigned char* ) stackData; + numberOfBitsAllocated = BITSTREAM_STACK_ALLOCATION_SIZE * 8; + } + else + { + data = ( unsigned char* ) rakMalloc( (size_t) initialBytesToAllocate ); + numberOfBitsAllocated = initialBytesToAllocate << 3; + } +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( data ); +#endif + // memset(data, 0, initialBytesToAllocate); + copyData = true; +} + +BitStream::BitStream( unsigned char* _data, const unsigned int lengthInBytes, bool _copyData ) +{ + numberOfBitsUsed = lengthInBytes << 3; + readOffset = 0; + copyData = _copyData; + numberOfBitsAllocated = lengthInBytes << 3; + + if ( copyData ) + { + if ( lengthInBytes > 0 ) + { + if (lengthInBytes < BITSTREAM_STACK_ALLOCATION_SIZE) + { + data = ( unsigned char* ) stackData; + numberOfBitsAllocated = BITSTREAM_STACK_ALLOCATION_SIZE << 3; + } + else + { + data = ( unsigned char* ) rakMalloc( (size_t) lengthInBytes ); + } +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( data ); +#endif + memcpy( data, _data, (size_t) lengthInBytes ); + } + else + data = 0; + } + else + data = ( unsigned char* ) _data; +} + +// Use this if you pass a pointer copy to the constructor (_copyData==false) and want to overallocate to prevent reallocation +void BitStream::SetNumberOfBitsAllocated( const BitSize_t lengthInBits ) +{ +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( lengthInBits >= ( BitSize_t ) numberOfBitsAllocated ); +#endif + numberOfBitsAllocated = lengthInBits; +} + +BitStream::~BitStream() +{ + if ( copyData && numberOfBitsAllocated > (BITSTREAM_STACK_ALLOCATION_SIZE << 3)) + RakFree( data ); // Use realloc and free so we are more efficient than delete and new for resizing +} + +void BitStream::Reset( void ) +{ + // Note: Do NOT reallocate memory because BitStream is used + // in places to serialize/deserialize a buffer. Reallocation + // is a dangerous operation (may result in leaks). + + if ( numberOfBitsUsed > 0 ) + { + // memset(data, 0, BITS_TO_BYTES(numberOfBitsUsed)); + } + + // Don't free memory here for speed efficiency + //free(data); // Use realloc and free so we are more efficient than delete and new for resizing + numberOfBitsUsed = 0; + + //numberOfBitsAllocated=8; + readOffset = 0; + + //data=(unsigned char*)rakMalloc(1); + // if (numberOfBitsAllocated>0) + // memset(data, 0, BITS_TO_BYTES(numberOfBitsAllocated)); +} + +// Write an array or casted stream +void BitStream::Write( const char* input, const unsigned int numberOfBytes ) +{ + if (numberOfBytes==0) + return; + + // Optimization: + if ((numberOfBitsUsed & 7) == 0) + { + AddBitsAndReallocate( BYTES_TO_BITS(numberOfBytes) ); + memcpy(data+BITS_TO_BYTES(numberOfBitsUsed), input, (size_t) numberOfBytes); + numberOfBitsUsed+=BYTES_TO_BITS(numberOfBytes); + } + else + { + WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) input, numberOfBytes * 8, true ); + } + +} +void BitStream::Write( BitStream *bitStream) +{ + Write(bitStream, bitStream->GetNumberOfBitsUsed()); +} +void BitStream::Write( BitStream *bitStream, BitSize_t numberOfBits ) +{ + AddBitsAndReallocate( numberOfBits ); + BitSize_t numberOfBitsMod8; + + while (numberOfBits-->0 && bitStream->readOffset + 1 <= bitStream->numberOfBitsUsed) + { + numberOfBitsMod8 = numberOfBitsUsed & 7; + if ( numberOfBitsMod8 == 0 ) + { + // New byte + if (bitStream->data[ bitStream->readOffset >> 3 ] & ( 0x80 >> ( bitStream->readOffset & 7 ) ) ) + { + // Write 1 + data[ numberOfBitsUsed >> 3 ] = 0x80; + } + else + { + // Write 0 + data[ numberOfBitsUsed >> 3 ] = 0; + } + + } + else + { + // Existing byte + if (bitStream->data[ bitStream->readOffset >> 3 ] & ( 0x80 >> ( bitStream->readOffset & 7 ) ) ) + data[ numberOfBitsUsed >> 3 ] |= 0x80 >> ( numberOfBitsMod8 ); // Set the bit to 1 + // else 0, do nothing + } + + bitStream->readOffset++; + numberOfBitsUsed++; + } +} +void BitStream::Write( BitStream &bitStream, BitSize_t numberOfBits ) +{ + Write(&bitStream, numberOfBits); +} +void BitStream::Write( BitStream &bitStream ) +{ + Write(&bitStream); +} +bool BitStream::Read( BitStream *bitStream, BitSize_t numberOfBits ) +{ + if (GetNumberOfUnreadBits() < numberOfBits) + return false; + bitStream->Write(this, numberOfBits); + return true; +} +bool BitStream::Read( BitStream *bitStream ) +{ + bitStream->Write(this); + return true; +} +bool BitStream::Read( BitStream &bitStream, BitSize_t numberOfBits ) +{ + if (GetNumberOfUnreadBits() < numberOfBits) + return false; + bitStream.Write(this, numberOfBits); + return true; +} +bool BitStream::Read( BitStream &bitStream ) +{ + bitStream.Write(this); + return true; +} + +// Read an array or casted stream +bool BitStream::Read( char* output, const unsigned int numberOfBytes ) +{ + // Optimization: + if ((readOffset & 7) == 0) + { + if ( readOffset + ( numberOfBytes << 3 ) > numberOfBitsUsed ) + return false; + + // Write the data + memcpy( output, data + ( readOffset >> 3 ), (size_t) numberOfBytes ); + + readOffset += numberOfBytes << 3; + return true; + } + else + { + return ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, numberOfBytes * 8 ); + } +} + +// Sets the read pointer back to the beginning of your data. +void BitStream::ResetReadPointer( void ) +{ + readOffset = 0; +} + +// Sets the write pointer back to the beginning of your data. +void BitStream::ResetWritePointer( void ) +{ + numberOfBitsUsed = 0; +} + +// Write a 0 +void BitStream::Write0( void ) +{ + AddBitsAndReallocate( 1 ); + + // New bytes need to be zeroed + if ( ( numberOfBitsUsed & 7 ) == 0 ) + data[ numberOfBitsUsed >> 3 ] = 0; + + numberOfBitsUsed++; +} + +// Write a 1 +void BitStream::Write1( void ) +{ + AddBitsAndReallocate( 1 ); + + BitSize_t numberOfBitsMod8 = numberOfBitsUsed & 7; + + if ( numberOfBitsMod8 == 0 ) + data[ numberOfBitsUsed >> 3 ] = 0x80; + else + data[ numberOfBitsUsed >> 3 ] |= 0x80 >> ( numberOfBitsMod8 ); // Set the bit to 1 + + numberOfBitsUsed++; +} + +// Returns true if the next data read is a 1, false if it is a 0 +bool BitStream::ReadBit( void ) +{ + bool result = ( data[ readOffset >> 3 ] & ( 0x80 >> ( readOffset & 7 ) ) ) !=0; + readOffset++; + return result; +} + +// Align the bitstream to the byte boundary and then write the specified number of bits. +// This is faster than WriteBits but wastes the bits to do the alignment and requires you to call +// SetReadToByteAlignment at the corresponding read position +void BitStream::WriteAlignedBytes( const unsigned char* input, const unsigned int numberOfBytesToWrite ) +{ +#ifdef _DEBUG + if (numberOfBytesToWrite<=0) + { + assert( numberOfBytesToWrite > 0 ); + } +#endif + + AlignWriteToByteBoundary(); + Write((const char*) input, numberOfBytesToWrite); +} + +/// Aligns the bitstream, writes inputLength, and writes input. Won't write beyond maxBytesToWrite +void BitStream::WriteAlignedBytesSafe( const char *input, const unsigned int inputLength, const unsigned int maxBytesToWrite ) +{ + if (input==0 || inputLength==0) + { + WriteCompressed((unsigned int)0); + return; + } + WriteCompressed(inputLength); + WriteAlignedBytes((const unsigned char*) input, inputLength < maxBytesToWrite ? inputLength : maxBytesToWrite); +} + +// Read bits, starting at the next aligned bits. Note that the modulus 8 starting offset of the +// sequence must be the same as was used with WriteBits. This will be a problem with packet coalescence +// unless you byte align the coalesced packets. +bool BitStream::ReadAlignedBytes( unsigned char* output, const unsigned int numberOfBytesToRead ) +{ +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( numberOfBytesToRead > 0 ); +#endif + + if ( numberOfBytesToRead <= 0 ) + return false; + + // Byte align + AlignReadToByteBoundary(); + + if ( readOffset + ( numberOfBytesToRead << 3 ) > numberOfBitsUsed ) + return false; + + // Write the data + memcpy( output, data + ( readOffset >> 3 ), (size_t) numberOfBytesToRead ); + + readOffset += numberOfBytesToRead << 3; + + return true; +} +bool BitStream::ReadAlignedBytesSafe( char *input, int &inputLength, const int maxBytesToRead ) +{ + return ReadAlignedBytesSafe(input,(unsigned int&) inputLength,(unsigned int)maxBytesToRead); +} +bool BitStream::ReadAlignedBytesSafe( char *input, unsigned int &inputLength, const unsigned int maxBytesToRead ) +{ + if (ReadCompressed(inputLength)==false) + return false; + if (inputLength > maxBytesToRead) + inputLength=maxBytesToRead; + if (inputLength==0) + return true; + return ReadAlignedBytes((unsigned char*) input, inputLength); +} +bool BitStream::ReadAlignedBytesSafeAlloc( char **input, int &inputLength, const unsigned int maxBytesToRead ) +{ + return ReadAlignedBytesSafeAlloc(input,(unsigned int&) inputLength, maxBytesToRead); +} +bool BitStream::ReadAlignedBytesSafeAlloc( char **input, unsigned int &inputLength, const unsigned int maxBytesToRead ) +{ + rakFree(*input); + *input=0; + if (ReadCompressed(inputLength)==false) + return false; + if (inputLength > maxBytesToRead) + inputLength=maxBytesToRead; + if (inputLength==0) + return true; + *input = (char*) rakMalloc( (size_t) BITS_TO_BYTES( inputLength ) ); + return ReadAlignedBytes((unsigned char*) *input, inputLength); +} +// Align the next write and/or read to a byte boundary. This can be used to 'waste' bits to byte align for efficiency reasons +void BitStream::AlignWriteToByteBoundary( void ) +{ + if ( numberOfBitsUsed ) + numberOfBitsUsed += 8 - ( (( numberOfBitsUsed - 1 ) & 7) + 1 ); +} + +// Align the next write and/or read to a byte boundary. This can be used to 'waste' bits to byte align for efficiency reasons +void BitStream::AlignReadToByteBoundary( void ) +{ + if ( readOffset ) + readOffset += 8 - ( (( readOffset - 1 ) & 7 ) + 1 ); +} + +// Write numberToWrite bits from the input source +void BitStream::WriteBits( const unsigned char* input, BitSize_t numberOfBitsToWrite, const bool rightAlignedBits ) +{ + if (numberOfBitsToWrite<=0) + return; + + AddBitsAndReallocate( numberOfBitsToWrite ); + BitSize_t offset = 0; + unsigned char dataByte; + BitSize_t numberOfBitsUsedMod8; + + numberOfBitsUsedMod8 = numberOfBitsUsed & 7; + + // Faster to put the while at the top surprisingly enough + while ( numberOfBitsToWrite > 0 ) + //do + { + dataByte = *( input + offset ); + + if ( numberOfBitsToWrite < 8 && rightAlignedBits ) // rightAlignedBits means in the case of a partial byte, the bits are aligned from the right (bit 0) rather than the left (as in the normal internal representation) + dataByte <<= 8 - numberOfBitsToWrite; // shift left to get the bits on the left, as in our internal representation + + // Writing to a new byte each time + if ( numberOfBitsUsedMod8 == 0 ) + * ( data + ( numberOfBitsUsed >> 3 ) ) = dataByte; + else + { + // Copy over the new data. + *( data + ( numberOfBitsUsed >> 3 ) ) |= dataByte >> ( numberOfBitsUsedMod8 ); // First half + + if ( 8 - ( numberOfBitsUsedMod8 ) < 8 && 8 - ( numberOfBitsUsedMod8 ) < numberOfBitsToWrite ) // If we didn't write it all out in the first half (8 - (numberOfBitsUsed%8) is the number we wrote in the first half) + { + *( data + ( numberOfBitsUsed >> 3 ) + 1 ) = (unsigned char) ( dataByte << ( 8 - ( numberOfBitsUsedMod8 ) ) ); // Second half (overlaps byte boundary) + } + } + + if ( numberOfBitsToWrite >= 8 ) + numberOfBitsUsed += 8; + else + numberOfBitsUsed += numberOfBitsToWrite; + + if (numberOfBitsToWrite>=8) + numberOfBitsToWrite -= 8; + else + numberOfBitsToWrite=0; + + offset++; + } + // } while(numberOfBitsToWrite>0); +} + +// Set the stream to some initial data. For internal use +void BitStream::SetData( unsigned char *input ) +{ + data=input; + copyData=false; +} + +// Assume the input source points to a native type, compress and write it +void BitStream::WriteCompressed( const unsigned char* input, + const unsigned int size, const bool unsignedData ) +{ + BitSize_t currentByte = ( size >> 3 ) - 1; // PCs + + unsigned char byteMatch; + + if ( unsignedData ) + { + byteMatch = 0; + } + + else + { + byteMatch = 0xFF; + } + + // Write upper bytes with a single 1 + // From high byte to low byte, if high byte is a byteMatch then write a 1 bit. Otherwise write a 0 bit and then write the remaining bytes + while ( currentByte > 0 ) + { + if ( input[ currentByte ] == byteMatch ) // If high byte is byteMatch (0 of 0xff) then it would have the same value shifted + { + bool b = true; + Write( b ); + } + else + { + // Write the remainder of the data after writing 0 + bool b = false; + Write( b ); + + WriteBits( input, ( currentByte + 1 ) << 3, true ); + // currentByte--; + + + return ; + } + + currentByte--; + } + + // If the upper half of the last byte is a 0 (positive) or 16 (negative) then write a 1 and the remaining 4 bits. Otherwise write a 0 and the 8 bites. + if ( ( unsignedData && ( ( *( input + currentByte ) ) & 0xF0 ) == 0x00 ) || + ( unsignedData == false && ( ( *( input + currentByte ) ) & 0xF0 ) == 0xF0 ) ) + { + bool b = true; + Write( b ); + WriteBits( input + currentByte, 4, true ); + } + + else + { + bool b = false; + Write( b ); + WriteBits( input + currentByte, 8, true ); + } +} + +// Read numberOfBitsToRead bits to the output source +// alignBitsToRight should be set to true to convert internal bitstream data to userdata +// It should be false if you used WriteBits with rightAlignedBits false +bool BitStream::ReadBits( unsigned char *output, BitSize_t numberOfBitsToRead, const bool alignBitsToRight ) +{ +#ifdef _DEBUG +// assert( numberOfBitsToRead > 0 ); +#endif + if (numberOfBitsToRead<=0) + return false; + + if ( readOffset + numberOfBitsToRead > numberOfBitsUsed ) + return false; + + BitSize_t readOffsetMod8; + + BitSize_t offset = 0; + + memset( output, 0, (size_t) BITS_TO_BYTES( numberOfBitsToRead ) ); + + readOffsetMod8 = readOffset & 7; + + while ( numberOfBitsToRead > 0 ) + { + *( output + offset ) |= *( data + ( readOffset >> 3 ) ) << ( readOffsetMod8 ); // First half + + if ( readOffsetMod8 > 0 && numberOfBitsToRead > 8 - ( readOffsetMod8 ) ) // If we have a second half, we didn't read enough bytes in the first half + *( output + offset ) |= *( data + ( readOffset >> 3 ) + 1 ) >> ( 8 - ( readOffsetMod8 ) ); // Second half (overlaps byte boundary) + + if (numberOfBitsToRead>=8) + { + numberOfBitsToRead -= 8; + readOffset += 8; + offset++; + } + else + { + int neg = (int) numberOfBitsToRead - 8; + + if ( neg < 0 ) // Reading a partial byte for the last byte, shift right so the data is aligned on the right + { + + if ( alignBitsToRight ) + * ( output + offset ) >>= -neg; + + readOffset += 8 + neg; + } + else + readOffset += 8; + + offset++; + + numberOfBitsToRead=0; + } + } + + return true; +} + +// Assume the input source points to a compressed native type. Decompress and read it +bool BitStream::ReadCompressed( unsigned char* output, + const unsigned int size, const bool unsignedData ) +{ + unsigned int currentByte = ( size >> 3 ) - 1; + + + unsigned char byteMatch, halfByteMatch; + + if ( unsignedData ) + { + byteMatch = 0; + halfByteMatch = 0; + } + + else + { + byteMatch = 0xFF; + halfByteMatch = 0xF0; + } + + // Upper bytes are specified with a single 1 if they match byteMatch + // From high byte to low byte, if high byte is a byteMatch then write a 1 bit. Otherwise write a 0 bit and then write the remaining bytes + while ( currentByte > 0 ) + { + // If we read a 1 then the data is byteMatch. + + bool b; + + if ( Read( b ) == false ) + return false; + + if ( b ) // Check that bit + { + output[ currentByte ] = byteMatch; + currentByte--; + } + else + { + // Read the rest of the bytes + + if ( ReadBits( output, ( currentByte + 1 ) << 3 ) == false ) + return false; + + return true; + } + } + + // All but the first bytes are byteMatch. If the upper half of the last byte is a 0 (positive) or 16 (negative) then what we read will be a 1 and the remaining 4 bits. + // Otherwise we read a 0 and the 8 bytes + //assert(readOffset+1 <=numberOfBitsUsed); // If this assert is hit the stream wasn't long enough to read from + if ( readOffset + 1 > numberOfBitsUsed ) + return false; + + bool b; + + if ( Read( b ) == false ) + return false; + + if ( b ) // Check that bit + { + + if ( ReadBits( output + currentByte, 4 ) == false ) + return false; + + output[ currentByte ] |= halfByteMatch; // We have to set the high 4 bits since these are set to 0 by ReadBits + } + else + { + if ( ReadBits( output + currentByte, 8 ) == false ) + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +// Reallocates (if necessary) in preparation of writing numberOfBitsToWrite +void BitStream::AddBitsAndReallocate( const BitSize_t numberOfBitsToWrite ) +{ + if (numberOfBitsToWrite <= 0) + return; + + BitSize_t newNumberOfBitsAllocated = numberOfBitsToWrite + numberOfBitsUsed; + + if ( numberOfBitsToWrite + numberOfBitsUsed > 0 && ( ( numberOfBitsAllocated - 1 ) >> 3 ) < ( ( newNumberOfBitsAllocated - 1 ) >> 3 ) ) // If we need to allocate 1 or more new bytes + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + // If this assert hits then we need to specify true for the third parameter in the constructor + // It needs to reallocate to hold all the data and can't do it unless we allocated to begin with + // Often hits if you call Write or Serialize on a read-only bitstream + assert( copyData == true ); +#endif + + // Less memory efficient but saves on news and deletes + /// Cap to 1 meg buffer to save on huge allocations + newNumberOfBitsAllocated = ( numberOfBitsToWrite + numberOfBitsUsed ) * 2; + if (newNumberOfBitsAllocated - ( numberOfBitsToWrite + numberOfBitsUsed ) > 1048576 ) + newNumberOfBitsAllocated = numberOfBitsToWrite + numberOfBitsUsed + 1048576; + +// BitSize_t newByteOffset = BITS_TO_BYTES( numberOfBitsAllocated ); + // Use realloc and free so we are more efficient than delete and new for resizing + BitSize_t amountToAllocate = BITS_TO_BYTES( newNumberOfBitsAllocated ); + if (data==(unsigned char*)stackData) + { + if (amountToAllocate > BITSTREAM_STACK_ALLOCATION_SIZE) + { + data = ( unsigned char* ) rakMalloc( (size_t) amountToAllocate ); + + // need to copy the stack data over to our new memory area too + memcpy ((void *)data, (void *)stackData, (size_t) BITS_TO_BYTES( numberOfBitsAllocated )); + } + } + else + { + data = ( unsigned char* ) RakRealloc( data, (size_t) amountToAllocate ); + } + +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( data ); // Make sure realloc succeeded +#endif + // memset(data+newByteOffset, 0, ((newNumberOfBitsAllocated-1)>>3) - ((numberOfBitsAllocated-1)>>3)); // Set the new data block to 0 + } + + if ( newNumberOfBitsAllocated > numberOfBitsAllocated ) + numberOfBitsAllocated = newNumberOfBitsAllocated; +} +BitSize_t BitStream::GetNumberOfBitsAllocated(void) const +{ + return numberOfBitsAllocated; +} + +// Should hit if reads didn't match writes +void BitStream::AssertStreamEmpty( void ) +{ + assert( readOffset == numberOfBitsUsed ); +} + +void BitStream::PrintBits( void ) const +{ + if ( numberOfBitsUsed <= 0 ) + { + printf( "No bits\n" ); + return ; + } + + for ( BitSize_t counter = 0; counter < BITS_TO_BYTES( numberOfBitsUsed ); counter++ ) + { + BitSize_t stop; + + if ( counter == ( numberOfBitsUsed - 1 ) >> 3 ) + stop = 8 - ( ( ( numberOfBitsUsed - 1 ) & 7 ) + 1 ); + else + stop = 0; + + for ( BitSize_t counter2 = 7; counter2 >= stop; counter2-- ) + { + if ( ( data[ counter ] >> counter2 ) & 1 ) + putchar( '1' ); + else + putchar( '0' ); + + if (counter2==0) + break; + } + + putchar( ' ' ); + } + + putchar( '\n' ); +} + + +// Exposes the data for you to look at, like PrintBits does. +// Data will point to the stream. Returns the length in bits of the stream. +BitSize_t BitStream::CopyData( unsigned char** _data ) const +{ +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( numberOfBitsUsed > 0 ); +#endif + + *_data = (unsigned char*) rakMalloc( (size_t) BITS_TO_BYTES( numberOfBitsUsed ) ); + memcpy( *_data, data, sizeof(unsigned char) * (size_t) ( BITS_TO_BYTES( numberOfBitsUsed ) ) ); + return numberOfBitsUsed; +} + +// Ignore data we don't intend to read +void BitStream::IgnoreBits( const BitSize_t numberOfBits ) +{ + readOffset += numberOfBits; +} + +void BitStream::IgnoreBytes( const unsigned int numberOfBytes ) +{ + IgnoreBits(BYTES_TO_BITS(numberOfBytes)); +} + +// Move the write pointer to a position on the array. Dangerous if you don't know what you are doing! +// Doesn't work with non-aligned data! +void BitStream::SetWriteOffset( const BitSize_t offset ) +{ + numberOfBitsUsed = offset; +} + +/* +BitSize_t BitStream::GetWriteOffset( void ) const +{ + return numberOfBitsUsed; +} + +// Returns the length in bits of the stream +BitSize_t BitStream::GetNumberOfBitsUsed( void ) const +{ + return GetWriteOffset(); +} + +// Returns the length in bytes of the stream +BitSize_t BitStream::GetNumberOfBytesUsed( void ) const +{ + return BITS_TO_BYTES( numberOfBitsUsed ); +} + +// Returns the number of bits into the stream that we have read +BitSize_t BitStream::GetReadOffset( void ) const +{ + return readOffset; +} + + +// Sets the read bit index +void BitStream::SetReadOffset( const BitSize_t newReadOffset ) +{ + readOffset=newReadOffset; +} + +// Returns the number of bits left in the stream that haven't been read +BitSize_t BitStream::GetNumberOfUnreadBits( void ) const +{ + return numberOfBitsUsed - readOffset; +} +// Exposes the internal data +unsigned char* BitStream::GetData( void ) const +{ + return data; +} + +*/ +// If we used the constructor version with copy data off, this makes sure it is set to on and the data pointed to is copied. +void BitStream::AssertCopyData( void ) +{ + if ( copyData == false ) + { + copyData = true; + + if ( numberOfBitsAllocated > 0 ) + { + unsigned char * newdata = ( unsigned char* ) rakMalloc( (size_t) BITS_TO_BYTES( numberOfBitsAllocated ) ); +#ifdef _DEBUG + + assert( data ); +#endif + + memcpy( newdata, data, (size_t) BITS_TO_BYTES( numberOfBitsAllocated ) ); + data = newdata; + } + + else + data = 0; + } +} +void BitStream::ReverseBytes(unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output, const unsigned int length) +{ + for (BitSize_t i=0; i < length; i++) + output[i]=input[length-i-1]; +} +void BitStream::ReverseBytesInPlace(unsigned char *data,const unsigned int length) +{ + unsigned char temp; + BitSize_t i; + for (i=0; i < (length>>1); i++) + { + temp = data[i]; + data[i]=data[length-i-1]; + data[length-i-1]=temp; + } +} +bool BitStream::DoEndianSwap(void) +{ +#ifndef __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END + return IsNetworkOrder()==false; +#else + return false; +#endif +} +bool BitStream::IsBigEndian(void) +{ + return IsNetworkOrder(); +} +bool BitStream::IsNetworkOrder(void) +{ +#if defined(_PS3) + return true; +#else + static bool isNetworkOrder=(htonl(12345) == 12345); + return isNetworkOrder; +#endif +} +bool BitStream::Read(char *var) +{ + return RakString::Deserialize(var,this); +} +bool BitStream::Read(unsigned char *var) +{ + return RakString::Deserialize((char*) var,this); +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif + +#endif // #if _MSC_VER < 1299 diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/BitStream.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/BitStream.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8263b93 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/BitStream.h @@ -0,0 +1,1696 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief This class allows you to write and read native types as a string of bits. BitStream is used extensively throughout RakNet and is designed to be used by users as well. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1299 // VC6 doesn't support template specialization +#include "BitStream_NoTemplate.h" +#else + +#ifndef __BITSTREAM_H +#define __BITSTREAM_H + +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "RakNetDefines.h" +#include "Export.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "RakString.h" +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +/// The namespace RakNet is not consistently used. It's only purpose is to avoid compiler errors for classes whose names are very common. +/// For the most part I've tried to avoid this simply by using names very likely to be unique for my classes. +namespace RakNet +{ + /// This class allows you to write and read native types as a string of bits. BitStream is used extensively throughout RakNet and is designed to be used by users as well. + /// \sa BitStreamSample.txt + class RAK_DLL_EXPORT BitStream : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride + { + + public: + /// Default Constructor + BitStream(); + + /// Create the bitstream, with some number of bytes to immediately allocate. + /// There is no benefit to calling this, unless you know exactly how many bytes you need and it is greater than BITSTREAM_STACK_ALLOCATION_SIZE. + /// In that case all it does is save you one or more realloc calls. + /// \param[in] initialBytesToAllocate the number of bytes to pre-allocate. + BitStream( const unsigned int initialBytesToAllocate ); + + /// Initialize the BitStream, immediately setting the data it contains to a predefined pointer. + /// Set \a _copyData to true if you want to make an internal copy of the data you are passing. Set it to false to just save a pointer to the data. + /// You shouldn't call Write functions with \a _copyData as false, as this will write to unallocated memory + /// 99% of the time you will use this function to cast Packet::data to a bitstream for reading, in which case you should write something as follows: + /// \code + /// RakNet::BitStream bs(packet->data, packet->length, false); + /// \endcode + /// \param[in] _data An array of bytes. + /// \param[in] lengthInBytes Size of the \a _data. + /// \param[in] _copyData true or false to make a copy of \a _data or not. + BitStream( unsigned char* _data, const unsigned int lengthInBytes, bool _copyData ); + + /// Destructor + ~BitStream(); + + /// Resets the bitstream for reuse. + void Reset( void ); + + /// Bidirectional serialize/deserialize any integral type to/from a bitstream. Undefine __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END if you need endian swapping. + /// \param[in] writeToBitstream true to write from your data to this bitstream. False to read from this bitstream and write to your data + /// \param[in] var The value to write + /// \return true if \a writeToBitstream is true. true if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was successful. false if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was not successful. + template + bool Serialize(bool writeToBitstream, templateType &var); + + /// Bidirectional serialize/deserialize any integral type to/from a bitstream. If the current value is different from the last value + /// the current value will be written. Otherwise, a single bit will be written + /// \param[in] writeToBitstream true to write from your data to this bitstream. False to read from this bitstream and write to your data + /// \param[in] currentValue The current value to write + /// \param[in] lastValue The last value to compare against. Only used if \a writeToBitstream is true. + /// \return true if \a writeToBitstream is true. true if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was successful. false if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was not successful. + template + bool SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, templateType ¤tValue, templateType lastValue); + + /// Bidirectional version of SerializeDelta when you don't know what the last value is, or there is no last value. + /// \param[in] writeToBitstream true to write from your data to this bitstream. False to read from this bitstream and write to your data + /// \param[in] currentValue The current value to write + /// \return true if \a writeToBitstream is true. true if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was successful. false if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was not successful. + template + bool SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, templateType ¤tValue); + + /// Bidirectional serialize/deserialize any integral type to/from a bitstream. Undefine __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END if you need endian swapping. + /// If you are not using __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END the opposite is true for types larger than 1 byte + /// For floating point, this is lossy, using 2 bytes for a float and 4 for a double. The range must be between -1 and +1. + /// For non-floating point, this is lossless, but only has benefit if you use less than half the range of the type + /// \param[in] writeToBitstream true to write from your data to this bitstream. False to read from this bitstream and write to your data + /// \param[in] var The value to write + /// \return true if \a writeToBitstream is true. true if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was successful. false if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was not successful. + template + bool SerializeCompressed(bool writeToBitstream, templateType &var); + + /// Bidirectional serialize/deserialize any integral type to/from a bitstream. If the current value is different from the last value + /// the current value will be written. Otherwise, a single bit will be written + /// For floating point, this is lossy, using 2 bytes for a float and 4 for a double. The range must be between -1 and +1. + /// For non-floating point, this is lossless, but only has benefit if you use less than half the range of the type + /// If you are not using __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END the opposite is true for types larger than 1 byte + /// \param[in] writeToBitstream true to write from your data to this bitstream. False to read from this bitstream and write to your data + /// \param[in] currentValue The current value to write + /// \param[in] lastValue The last value to compare against. Only used if \a writeToBitstream is true. + /// \return true if \a writeToBitstream is true. true if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was successful. false if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was not successful. + template + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, templateType ¤tValue, templateType lastValue); + + /// Save as SerializeCompressedDelta(templateType ¤tValue, templateType lastValue) when we have an unknown second parameter + template + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, templateType ¤tValue); + + /// Bidirectional serialize/deserialize an array or casted stream or raw data. This does NOT do endian swapping. + /// \param[in] writeToBitstream true to write from your data to this bitstream. False to read from this bitstream and write to your data + /// \param[in] input a byte buffer + /// \param[in] numberOfBytes the size of \a input in bytes + /// \return true if \a writeToBitstream is true. true if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was successful. false if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was not successful. + bool Serialize(bool writeToBitstream, char* input, const unsigned int numberOfBytes ); + + /// Bidirectional serialize/deserialize a normalized 3D vector, using (at most) 4 bytes + 3 bits instead of 12-24 bytes. Will further compress y or z axis aligned vectors. + /// Accurate to 1/32767.5. + /// \param[in] writeToBitstream true to write from your data to this bitstream. False to read from this bitstream and write to your data + /// \param[in] x x + /// \param[in] y y + /// \param[in] z z + /// \return true if \a writeToBitstream is true. true if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was successful. false if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was not successful. + template // templateType for this function must be a float or double + bool SerializeNormVector(bool writeToBitstream, templateType &x, templateType &y, templateType &z ); + + /// Bidirectional serialize/deserialize a vector, using 10 bytes instead of 12. + /// Loses accuracy to about 3/10ths and only saves 2 bytes, so only use if accuracy is not important. + /// \param[in] writeToBitstream true to write from your data to this bitstream. False to read from this bitstream and write to your data + /// \param[in] x x + /// \param[in] y y + /// \param[in] z z + /// \return true if \a writeToBitstream is true. true if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was successful. false if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was not successful. + template // templateType for this function must be a float or double + bool SerializeVector(bool writeToBitstream, templateType &x, templateType &y, templateType &z ); + + /// Bidirectional serialize/deserialize a normalized quaternion in 6 bytes + 4 bits instead of 16 bytes. Slightly lossy. + /// \param[in] writeToBitstream true to write from your data to this bitstream. False to read from this bitstream and write to your data + /// \param[in] w w + /// \param[in] x x + /// \param[in] y y + /// \param[in] z z + /// \return true if \a writeToBitstream is true. true if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was successful. false if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was not successful. + template // templateType for this function must be a float or double + bool SerializeNormQuat(bool writeToBitstream, templateType &w, templateType &x, templateType &y, templateType &z); + + /// Bidirectional serialize/deserialize an orthogonal matrix by creating a quaternion, and writing 3 components of the quaternion in 2 bytes each + /// for 6 bytes instead of 36 + /// Lossy, although the result is renormalized + template // templateType for this function must be a float or double + bool SerializeOrthMatrix( + bool writeToBitstream, + templateType &m00, templateType &m01, templateType &m02, + templateType &m10, templateType &m11, templateType &m12, + templateType &m20, templateType &m21, templateType &m22 ); + + /// Bidirectional serialize/deserialize numberToSerialize bits to/from the input. Right aligned + /// data means in the case of a partial byte, the bits are aligned + /// from the right (bit 0) rather than the left (as in the normal + /// internal representation) You would set this to true when + /// writing user data, and false when copying bitstream data, such + /// as writing one bitstream to another + /// \param[in] writeToBitstream true to write from your data to this bitstream. False to read from this bitstream and write to your data + /// \param[in] input The data + /// \param[in] numberOfBitsToSerialize The number of bits to write + /// \param[in] rightAlignedBits if true data will be right aligned + /// \return true if \a writeToBitstream is true. true if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was successful. false if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was not successful. + bool SerializeBits(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned char* input, const BitSize_t numberOfBitsToSerialize, const bool rightAlignedBits = true ); + + /// Write any integral type to a bitstream. Undefine __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END if you need endian swapping. + /// \param[in] var The value to write + template + void Write(templateType var); + + /// Write the dereferenced pointer to any integral type to a bitstream. Undefine __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END if you need endian swapping. + /// \param[in] var The value to write + template + void WritePtr(templateType *var); + + /// Write any integral type to a bitstream. If the current value is different from the last value + /// the current value will be written. Otherwise, a single bit will be written + /// \param[in] currentValue The current value to write + /// \param[in] lastValue The last value to compare against + template + void WriteDelta(templateType currentValue, templateType lastValue); + + /// WriteDelta when you don't know what the last value is, or there is no last value. + /// \param[in] currentValue The current value to write + template + void WriteDelta(templateType currentValue); + + /// Write any integral type to a bitstream. Undefine __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END if you need endian swapping. + /// If you are not using __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END the opposite is true for types larger than 1 byte + /// For floating point, this is lossy, using 2 bytes for a float and 4 for a double. The range must be between -1 and +1. + /// For non-floating point, this is lossless, but only has benefit if you use less than half the range of the type + /// \param[in] var The value to write + template + void WriteCompressed(templateType var); + + /// Write any integral type to a bitstream. If the current value is different from the last value + /// the current value will be written. Otherwise, a single bit will be written + /// For floating point, this is lossy, using 2 bytes for a float and 4 for a double. The range must be between -1 and +1. + /// For non-floating point, this is lossless, but only has benefit if you use less than half the range of the type + /// If you are not using __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END the opposite is true for types larger than 1 byte + /// \param[in] currentValue The current value to write + /// \param[in] lastValue The last value to compare against + template + void WriteCompressedDelta(templateType currentValue, templateType lastValue); + + /// Save as WriteCompressedDelta(templateType currentValue, templateType lastValue) when we have an unknown second parameter + template + void WriteCompressedDelta(templateType currentValue); + + /// Read any integral type from a bitstream. Define __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END if you need endian swapping. + /// \param[in] var The value to read + template + bool Read(templateType &var); + + /// Read into a pointer to any integral type from a bitstream. Define __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END if you need endian swapping. + /// \param[in] var The value to read + template + bool ReadPtr(templateType *var); + + /// Read any integral type from a bitstream. If the written value differed from the value compared against in the write function, + /// var will be updated. Otherwise it will retain the current value. + /// ReadDelta is only valid from a previous call to WriteDelta + /// \param[in] var The value to read + template + bool ReadDelta(templateType &var); + + /// Read any integral type from a bitstream. Undefine __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END if you need endian swapping. + /// For floating point, this is lossy, using 2 bytes for a float and 4 for a double. The range must be between -1 and +1. + /// For non-floating point, this is lossless, but only has benefit if you use less than half the range of the type + /// If you are not using __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END the opposite is true for types larger than 1 byte + /// \param[in] var The value to read + template + bool ReadCompressed(templateType &var); + + /// Read any integral type from a bitstream. If the written value differed from the value compared against in the write function, + /// var will be updated. Otherwise it will retain the current value. + /// the current value will be updated. + /// For floating point, this is lossy, using 2 bytes for a float and 4 for a double. The range must be between -1 and +1. + /// For non-floating point, this is lossless, but only has benefit if you use less than half the range of the type + /// If you are not using __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END the opposite is true for types larger than 1 byte + /// ReadCompressedDelta is only valid from a previous call to WriteDelta + /// \param[in] var The value to read + template + bool ReadCompressedDelta(templateType &var); + + /// Read one bitstream to another + /// \param[in] numberOfBits bits to read + /// \param bitStream the bitstream to read into from + bool Read( BitStream *bitStream, BitSize_t numberOfBits ); + bool Read( BitStream *bitStream ); + bool Read( BitStream &bitStream, BitSize_t numberOfBits ); + bool Read( BitStream &bitStream ); + + /// Write an array or casted stream or raw data. This does NOT do endian swapping. + /// \param[in] input a byte buffer + /// \param[in] numberOfBytes the size of \a input in bytes + void Write( const char* input, const unsigned int numberOfBytes ); + + /// Write one bitstream to another + /// \param[in] numberOfBits bits to write + /// \param bitStream the bitstream to copy from + void Write( BitStream *bitStream, BitSize_t numberOfBits ); + void Write( BitStream *bitStream ); + void Write( BitStream &bitStream, BitSize_t numberOfBits ); + void Write( BitStream &bitStream ); + + /// Read a normalized 3D vector, using (at most) 4 bytes + 3 bits instead of 12-24 bytes. Will further compress y or z axis aligned vectors. + /// Accurate to 1/32767.5. + /// \param[in] x x + /// \param[in] y y + /// \param[in] z z + template // templateType for this function must be a float or double + void WriteNormVector( templateType x, templateType y, templateType z ); + + /// Write a vector, using 10 bytes instead of 12. + /// Loses accuracy to about 3/10ths and only saves 2 bytes, so only use if accuracy is not important. + /// \param[in] x x + /// \param[in] y y + /// \param[in] z z + template // templateType for this function must be a float or double + void WriteVector( templateType x, templateType y, templateType z ); + + /// Write a normalized quaternion in 6 bytes + 4 bits instead of 16 bytes. Slightly lossy. + /// \param[in] w w + /// \param[in] x x + /// \param[in] y y + /// \param[in] z z + template // templateType for this function must be a float or double + void WriteNormQuat( templateType w, templateType x, templateType y, templateType z); + + /// Write an orthogonal matrix by creating a quaternion, and writing 3 components of the quaternion in 2 bytes each + /// for 6 bytes instead of 36 + /// Lossy, although the result is renormalized + template // templateType for this function must be a float or double + void WriteOrthMatrix( + templateType m00, templateType m01, templateType m02, + templateType m10, templateType m11, templateType m12, + templateType m20, templateType m21, templateType m22 ); + + /// Read an array or casted stream of byte. The array + /// is raw data. There is no automatic endian conversion with this function + /// \param[in] output The result byte array. It should be larger than @em numberOfBytes. + /// \param[in] numberOfBytes The number of byte to read + /// \return true on success false if there is some missing bytes. + bool Read( char* output, const unsigned int numberOfBytes ); + + /// Read a normalized 3D vector, using (at most) 4 bytes + 3 bits instead of 12-24 bytes. Will further compress y or z axis aligned vectors. + /// Accurate to 1/32767.5. + /// \param[in] x x + /// \param[in] y y + /// \param[in] z z + template // templateType for this function must be a float or double + bool ReadNormVector( templateType &x, templateType &y, templateType &z ); + + /// Read 3 floats or doubles, using 10 bytes, where those float or doubles comprise a vector + /// Loses accuracy to about 3/10ths and only saves 2 bytes, so only use if accuracy is not important. + /// \param[in] x x + /// \param[in] y y + /// \param[in] z z + template // templateType for this function must be a float or double + bool ReadVector( templateType &x, templateType &y, templateType &z ); + + /// Read a normalized quaternion in 6 bytes + 4 bits instead of 16 bytes. + /// \param[in] w w + /// \param[in] x x + /// \param[in] y y + /// \param[in] z z + template // templateType for this function must be a float or double + bool ReadNormQuat( templateType &w, templateType &x, templateType &y, templateType &z); + + /// Read an orthogonal matrix from a quaternion, reading 3 components of the quaternion in 2 bytes each and extrapolatig the 4th. + /// for 6 bytes instead of 36 + /// Lossy, although the result is renormalized + template // templateType for this function must be a float or double + bool ReadOrthMatrix( + templateType &m00, templateType &m01, templateType &m02, + templateType &m10, templateType &m11, templateType &m12, + templateType &m20, templateType &m21, templateType &m22 ); + + ///Sets the read pointer back to the beginning of your data. + void ResetReadPointer( void ); + + /// Sets the write pointer back to the beginning of your data. + void ResetWritePointer( void ); + + ///This is good to call when you are done with the stream to make + /// sure you didn't leave any data left over void + void AssertStreamEmpty( void ); + + /// printf the bits in the stream. Great for debugging. + void PrintBits( void ) const; + + /// Ignore data we don't intend to read + /// \param[in] numberOfBits The number of bits to ignore + void IgnoreBits( const BitSize_t numberOfBits ); + + /// Ignore data we don't intend to read + /// \param[in] numberOfBits The number of bytes to ignore + void IgnoreBytes( const unsigned int numberOfBytes ); + + ///Move the write pointer to a position on the array. + /// \param[in] offset the offset from the start of the array. + /// \attention + /// Dangerous if you don't know what you are doing! + /// For efficiency reasons you can only write mid-stream if your data is byte aligned. + void SetWriteOffset( const BitSize_t offset ); + + /// Returns the length in bits of the stream + inline BitSize_t GetNumberOfBitsUsed( void ) const {return GetWriteOffset();} + inline BitSize_t GetWriteOffset( void ) const {return numberOfBitsUsed;} + + ///Returns the length in bytes of the stream + inline BitSize_t GetNumberOfBytesUsed( void ) const {return BITS_TO_BYTES( numberOfBitsUsed );} + + ///Returns the number of bits into the stream that we have read + inline BitSize_t GetReadOffset( void ) const {return readOffset;} + + // Sets the read bit index + void SetReadOffset( const BitSize_t newReadOffset ) {readOffset=newReadOffset;} + + ///Returns the number of bits left in the stream that haven't been read + inline BitSize_t GetNumberOfUnreadBits( void ) const {return numberOfBitsUsed - readOffset;} + + /// Makes a copy of the internal data for you \a _data will point to + /// the stream. Returns the length in bits of the stream. Partial + /// bytes are left aligned + /// \param[out] _data The allocated copy of GetData() + BitSize_t CopyData( unsigned char** _data ) const; + + /// Set the stream to some initial data. + /// \internal + void SetData( unsigned char *input ); + + /// Gets the data that BitStream is writing to / reading from + /// Partial bytes are left aligned. + /// \return A pointer to the internal state + inline unsigned char* GetData( void ) const {return data;} + + /// Write numberToWrite bits from the input source Right aligned + /// data means in the case of a partial byte, the bits are aligned + /// from the right (bit 0) rather than the left (as in the normal + /// internal representation) You would set this to true when + /// writing user data, and false when copying bitstream data, such + /// as writing one bitstream to another + /// \param[in] input The data + /// \param[in] numberOfBitsToWrite The number of bits to write + /// \param[in] rightAlignedBits if true data will be right aligned + void WriteBits( const unsigned char* input, BitSize_t numberOfBitsToWrite, const bool rightAlignedBits = true ); + + /// Align the bitstream to the byte boundary and then write the + /// specified number of bits. This is faster than WriteBits but + /// wastes the bits to do the alignment and requires you to call + /// ReadAlignedBits at the corresponding read position. + /// \param[in] input The data + /// \param[in] numberOfBytesToWrite The size of input. + void WriteAlignedBytes( const unsigned char *input, const unsigned int numberOfBytesToWrite ); + + /// Aligns the bitstream, writes inputLength, and writes input. Won't write beyond maxBytesToWrite + /// \param[in] input The data + /// \param[in] inputLength The size of input. + /// \param[in] maxBytesToWrite Max bytes to write + void WriteAlignedBytesSafe( const char *input, const unsigned int inputLength, const unsigned int maxBytesToWrite ); + + /// Read bits, starting at the next aligned bits. Note that the + /// modulus 8 starting offset of the sequence must be the same as + /// was used with WriteBits. This will be a problem with packet + /// coalescence unless you byte align the coalesced packets. + /// \param[in] output The byte array larger than @em numberOfBytesToRead + /// \param[in] numberOfBytesToRead The number of byte to read from the internal state + /// \return true if there is enough byte. + bool ReadAlignedBytes( unsigned char *output, const unsigned int numberOfBytesToRead ); + + /// Reads what was written by WriteAlignedBytesSafe + /// \param[in] input The data + /// \param[in] maxBytesToRead Maximum number of bytes to read + bool ReadAlignedBytesSafe( char *input, int &inputLength, const int maxBytesToRead ); + bool ReadAlignedBytesSafe( char *input, unsigned int &inputLength, const unsigned int maxBytesToRead ); + + /// Same as ReadAlignedBytesSafe() but allocates the memory for you using new, rather than assuming it is safe to write to + /// \param[in] input input will be deleted if it is not a pointer to 0 + bool ReadAlignedBytesSafeAlloc( char **input, int &inputLength, const unsigned int maxBytesToRead ); + bool ReadAlignedBytesSafeAlloc( char **input, unsigned int &inputLength, const unsigned int maxBytesToRead ); + + /// Align the next write and/or read to a byte boundary. This can + /// be used to 'waste' bits to byte align for efficiency reasons It + /// can also be used to force coalesced bitstreams to start on byte + /// boundaries so so WriteAlignedBits and ReadAlignedBits both + /// calculate the same offset when aligning. + void AlignWriteToByteBoundary( void ); + + /// Align the next write and/or read to a byte boundary. This can + /// be used to 'waste' bits to byte align for efficiency reasons It + /// can also be used to force coalesced bitstreams to start on byte + /// boundaries so so WriteAlignedBits and ReadAlignedBits both + /// calculate the same offset when aligning. + void AlignReadToByteBoundary( void ); + + /// Read \a numberOfBitsToRead bits to the output source + /// alignBitsToRight should be set to true to convert internal + /// bitstream data to userdata. It should be false if you used + /// WriteBits with rightAlignedBits false + /// \param[in] output The resulting bits array + /// \param[in] numberOfBitsToRead The number of bits to read + /// \param[in] alignBitsToRight if true bits will be right aligned. + /// \return true if there is enough bits to read + bool ReadBits( unsigned char *output, BitSize_t numberOfBitsToRead, const bool alignBitsToRight = true ); + + /// Write a 0 + void Write0( void ); + + /// Write a 1 + void Write1( void ); + + /// Reads 1 bit and returns true if that bit is 1 and false if it is 0 + bool ReadBit( void ); + + /// If we used the constructor version with copy data off, this + /// *makes sure it is set to on and the data pointed to is copied. + void AssertCopyData( void ); + + /// Use this if you pass a pointer copy to the constructor + /// *(_copyData==false) and want to overallocate to prevent + /// *reallocation + void SetNumberOfBitsAllocated( const BitSize_t lengthInBits ); + + /// Reallocates (if necessary) in preparation of writing numberOfBitsToWrite + void AddBitsAndReallocate( const BitSize_t numberOfBitsToWrite ); + + /// \internal + /// \return How many bits have been allocated internally + BitSize_t GetNumberOfBitsAllocated(void) const; + + + // Read strings, non reference + bool Read(char *var); + bool Read(unsigned char *var); + + + /// ---- Member function template specialization declarations ---- + // Used for VC7 +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER == 1300 + /// Write a bool to a bitstream + /// \param[in] var The value to write + template <> + void Write(bool var); + + /// Write a systemAddress to a bitstream + /// \param[in] var The value to write + template <> + void Write(SystemAddress var); + + /// Write an networkID to a bitstream + /// \param[in] var The value to write + template <> + void Write(NetworkID var); + + /// Write a string to a bitstream + /// \param[in] var The value to write + template <> + void Write(const char* var); + template <> + void Write(const unsigned char* var); + template <> + void Write(char* var); + template <> + void Write(unsigned char* var); + template <> + void Write(RakString var); + + /// Write a systemAddress. If the current value is different from the last value + /// the current value will be written. Otherwise, a single bit will be written + /// \param[in] currentValue The current value to write + /// \param[in] lastValue The last value to compare against + template <> + void WriteDelta(SystemAddress currentValue, SystemAddress lastValue); + + /// Write an networkID. If the current value is different from the last value + /// the current value will be written. Otherwise, a single bit will be written + /// \param[in] currentValue The current value to write + /// \param[in] lastValue The last value to compare against + template <> + void WriteDelta(NetworkID currentValue, NetworkID lastValue); + + /// Write a bool delta. Same thing as just calling Write + /// \param[in] currentValue The current value to write + /// \param[in] lastValue The last value to compare against + template <> + void WriteDelta(bool currentValue, bool lastValue); + + template <> + void WriteCompressed(SystemAddress var); + + template <> + void WriteCompressed(NetworkID var); + + template <> + void WriteCompressed(bool var); + + /// For values between -1 and 1 + template <> + void WriteCompressed(float var); + + /// For values between -1 and 1 + template <> + void WriteCompressed(double var); + + /// Compressed string + template <> + void WriteCompressed(const char* var); + template <> + void WriteCompressed(const unsigned char* var); + template <> + void WriteCompressed(char* var); + template <> + void WriteCompressed(unsigned char* var); + template <> + void WriteCompressed(RakString var); + + /// Write a bool delta. Same thing as just calling Write + /// \param[in] currentValue The current value to write + /// \param[in] lastValue The last value to compare against + template <> + void WriteCompressedDelta(bool currentValue, bool lastValue); + + /// Save as WriteCompressedDelta(bool currentValue, templateType lastValue) when we have an unknown second bool + template <> + void WriteCompressedDelta(bool currentValue); + + /// Read a bool from a bitstream + /// \param[in] var The value to read + template <> + bool Read(bool &var); + + /// Read a systemAddress from a bitstream + /// \param[in] var The value to read + template <> + bool Read(SystemAddress &var); + + /// Read an NetworkID from a bitstream + /// \param[in] var The value to read + template <> + bool Read(NetworkID &var); + + /// Read a String from a bitstream + /// \param[in] var The value to read + template <> + bool Read(char *&var); + template <> + bool Read(unsigned char *&var); + template <> + bool Read(RakString &var); + + /// Read a bool from a bitstream + /// \param[in] var The value to read + template <> + bool ReadDelta(bool &var); + + template <> + bool ReadCompressed(SystemAddress &var); + + template <> + bool ReadCompressed(NetworkID &var); + + template <> + bool ReadCompressed(bool &var); + + template <> + bool ReadCompressed(float &var); + + /// For values between -1 and 1 + template <> + bool ReadCompressed(double &var); + + template <> + bool ReadCompressed(char* &var); + template <> + bool ReadCompressed(unsigned char *&var); + template <> + bool ReadCompressed(RakString &var); + + /// Read a bool from a bitstream + /// \param[in] var The value to read + template <> + bool ReadCompressedDelta(bool &var); +#endif + + static bool DoEndianSwap(void); + static bool IsBigEndian(void); + static bool IsNetworkOrder(void); + static void ReverseBytes(unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output, const unsigned int length); + static void ReverseBytesInPlace(unsigned char *data,const unsigned int length); + + private: + + BitStream( const BitStream &invalid) { + (void) invalid; + assert(0); + } + + /// Assume the input source points to a native type, compress and write it. + void WriteCompressed( const unsigned char* input, const unsigned int size, const bool unsignedData ); + + /// Assume the input source points to a compressed native type. Decompress and read it. + bool ReadCompressed( unsigned char* output, const unsigned int size, const bool unsignedData ); + + + BitSize_t numberOfBitsUsed; + + BitSize_t numberOfBitsAllocated; + + BitSize_t readOffset; + + unsigned char *data; + + /// true if the internal buffer is copy of the data passed to the constructor + bool copyData; + + /// BitStreams that use less than BITSTREAM_STACK_ALLOCATION_SIZE use the stack, rather than the heap to store data. It switches over if BITSTREAM_STACK_ALLOCATION_SIZE is exceeded + unsigned char stackData[BITSTREAM_STACK_ALLOCATION_SIZE]; + }; + + template + inline bool BitStream::Serialize(bool writeToBitstream, templateType &var) + { + if (writeToBitstream) + Write(var); + else + return Read(var); + return true; + } + + template + inline bool BitStream::SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, templateType ¤tValue, templateType lastValue) + { + if (writeToBitstream) + WriteDelta(currentValue, lastValue); + else + return ReadDelta(currentValue); + return true; + } + + template + inline bool BitStream::SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, templateType ¤tValue) + { + if (writeToBitstream) + WriteDelta(currentValue); + else + return ReadDelta(currentValue); + return true; + } + + template + inline bool BitStream::SerializeCompressed(bool writeToBitstream, templateType &var) + { + if (writeToBitstream) + WriteCompressed(var); + else + return ReadCompressed(var); + return true; + } + + template + inline bool BitStream::SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, templateType ¤tValue, templateType lastValue) + { + if (writeToBitstream) + WriteCompressedDelta(currentValue,lastValue); + else + return ReadCompressedDelta(currentValue); + return true; + } + + template + inline bool BitStream::SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, templateType ¤tValue) + { + if (writeToBitstream) + WriteCompressedDelta(currentValue); + else + return ReadCompressedDelta(currentValue); + return true; + } + + inline bool BitStream::Serialize(bool writeToBitstream, char* input, const unsigned int numberOfBytes ) + { + if (writeToBitstream) + Write(input, numberOfBytes); + else + return Read(input, numberOfBytes); + return true; + } + + template + inline bool BitStream::SerializeNormVector(bool writeToBitstream, templateType &x, templateType &y, templateType &z ) + { + if (writeToBitstream) + WriteNormVector(x,y,z); + else + return ReadNormVector(x,y,z); + return true; + } + + template + inline bool BitStream::SerializeVector(bool writeToBitstream, templateType &x, templateType &y, templateType &z ) + { + if (writeToBitstream) + WriteVector(x,y,z); + else + return ReadVector(x,y,z); + return true; + } + + template + inline bool BitStream::SerializeNormQuat(bool writeToBitstream, templateType &w, templateType &x, templateType &y, templateType &z) + { + if (writeToBitstream) + WriteNormQuat(w,x,y,z); + else + return ReadNormQuat(w,x,y,z); + return true; + } + + template + inline bool BitStream::SerializeOrthMatrix( + bool writeToBitstream, + templateType &m00, templateType &m01, templateType &m02, + templateType &m10, templateType &m11, templateType &m12, + templateType &m20, templateType &m21, templateType &m22 ) + { + if (writeToBitstream) + WriteOrthMatrix(m00,m01,m02,m10,m11,m12,m20,m21,m22); + else + return ReadOrthMatrix(m00,m01,m02,m10,m11,m12,m20,m21,m22); + return true; + } + + inline bool BitStream::SerializeBits(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned char* input, const BitSize_t numberOfBitsToSerialize, const bool rightAlignedBits ) + { + if (writeToBitstream) + WriteBits(input,numberOfBitsToSerialize,rightAlignedBits); + else + return ReadBits(input,numberOfBitsToSerialize,rightAlignedBits); + return true; + } + + template + inline void BitStream::Write(templateType var) + { +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning(disable:4127) // conditional expression is constant +#endif + if (sizeof(var)==1) + WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof( templateType ) * 8, true ); + else + { +#ifndef __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END + if (DoEndianSwap()) + { + unsigned char output[sizeof(templateType)]; + ReverseBytes((unsigned char*)&var, output, sizeof(templateType)); + WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(templateType) * 8, true ); + } + else +#endif + WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(templateType) * 8, true ); + } + } + + template + inline void BitStream::WritePtr(templateType *var) + { +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning(disable:4127) // conditional expression is constant +#endif + if (sizeof(var)==1) + WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) var, sizeof( templateType ) * 8, true ); + else + { +#ifndef __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END + if (DoEndianSwap()) + { + unsigned char output[sizeof(templateType)]; + ReverseBytes((unsigned char*) var, output, sizeof(templateType)); + WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(templateType) * 8, true ); + } + else +#endif + WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) var, sizeof(templateType) * 8, true ); + } + } + + /// Write a bool to a bitstream + /// \param[in] var The value to write + template <> + inline void BitStream::Write(bool var) + { + if ( var ) + Write1(); + else + Write0(); + } + + /// Write a systemAddress to a bitstream + /// \param[in] var The value to write + template <> + inline void BitStream::Write(SystemAddress var) + { + // Write(var.binaryAddress); + WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var.binaryAddress, sizeof(var.binaryAddress) * 8, true ); + Write(var.port); + } + + /// Write an networkID to a bitstream + /// \param[in] var The value to write + template <> + inline void BitStream::Write(NetworkID var) + { + if (NetworkID::IsPeerToPeerMode()) // Use the function rather than directly access the member or DLL users will get an undefined external error + Write(var.systemAddress); + Write(var.localSystemAddress); + } + + /// Write a string to a bitstream + /// \param[in] var The value to write + template <> + inline void BitStream::Write(RakString var) + { + var.Serialize(this); + } + template <> + inline void BitStream::Write(const char * var) + { + RakString::Serialize(var, this); + } + template <> + inline void BitStream::Write(const unsigned char * var) + { + Write((const char*)var); + } + template <> + inline void BitStream::Write(char * var) + { + Write((const char*)var); + } + template <> + inline void BitStream::Write(unsigned char * var) + { + Write((const char*)var); + } + + /// Write any integral type to a bitstream. If the current value is different from the last value + /// the current value will be written. Otherwise, a single bit will be written + /// \param[in] currentValue The current value to write + /// \param[in] lastValue The last value to compare against + template + inline void BitStream::WriteDelta(templateType currentValue, templateType lastValue) + { + if (currentValue==lastValue) + { + Write(false); + } + else + { + Write(true); + Write(currentValue); + } + } + + /// Write a systemAddress. If the current value is different from the last value + /// the current value will be written. Otherwise, a single bit will be written + /// \param[in] currentValue The current value to write + /// \param[in] lastValue The last value to compare against + template <> + inline void BitStream::WriteDelta(SystemAddress currentValue, SystemAddress lastValue) + { + if (currentValue==lastValue) + { + Write(false); + } + else + { + Write(true); + Write(currentValue.binaryAddress); + Write(currentValue.port); + } + } + + /// Write a systemAddress. If the current value is different from the last value + /// the current value will be written. Otherwise, a single bit will be written + /// \param[in] currentValue The current value to write + /// \param[in] lastValue The last value to compare against + template <> + inline void BitStream::WriteDelta(NetworkID currentValue, NetworkID lastValue) + { + if (currentValue==lastValue) + { + Write(false); + } + else + { + Write(true); + if (NetworkID::IsPeerToPeerMode()) // Use the function rather than directly access the member or DLL users will get an undefined external error + Write(currentValue.systemAddress); + Write(currentValue.localSystemAddress); + } + } + + /// Write a bool delta. Same thing as just calling Write + /// \param[in] currentValue The current value to write + /// \param[in] lastValue The last value to compare against + template <> + inline void BitStream::WriteDelta(bool currentValue, bool lastValue) + { + (void) lastValue; + + Write(currentValue); + } + + /// WriteDelta when you don't know what the last value is, or there is no last value. + /// \param[in] currentValue The current value to write + template + inline void BitStream::WriteDelta(templateType currentValue) + { + Write(true); + Write(currentValue); + } + + /// Write any integral type to a bitstream. Undefine __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END if you need endian swapping. + /// For floating point, this is lossy, using 2 bytes for a float and 4 for a double. The range must be between -1 and +1. + /// For non-floating point, this is lossless, but only has benefit if you use less than half the range of the type + /// If you are not using __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END the opposite is true for types larger than 1 byte + /// \param[in] var The value to write + template + inline void BitStream::WriteCompressed(templateType var) + { +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning(disable:4127) // conditional expression is constant +#endif + if (sizeof(var)==1) + WriteCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof( templateType ) * 8, true ); + else + { +#ifndef __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning(disable:4244) // '=' : conversion from 'unsigned long' to 'unsigned short', possible loss of data +#endif + + if (DoEndianSwap()) + { + unsigned char output[sizeof(templateType)]; + ReverseBytes((unsigned char*)&var, output, sizeof(templateType)); + WriteCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(templateType) * 8, true ); + } + else +#endif + WriteCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(templateType) * 8, true ); + } + } + + template <> + inline void BitStream::WriteCompressed(SystemAddress var) + { + Write(var); + } + + template <> + inline void BitStream::WriteCompressed(NetworkID var) + { + Write(var); + } + + template <> + inline void BitStream::WriteCompressed(bool var) + { + Write(var); + } + + /// For values between -1 and 1 + template <> + inline void BitStream::WriteCompressed(float var) + { + assert(var > -1.01f && var < 1.01f); + if (var < -1.0f) + var=-1.0f; + if (var > 1.0f) + var=1.0f; + Write((unsigned short)((var+1.0f)*32767.5f)); + } + + /// For values between -1 and 1 + template <> + inline void BitStream::WriteCompressed(double var) + { + assert(var > -1.01 && var < 1.01); + if (var < -1.0f) + var=-1.0f; + if (var > 1.0f) + var=1.0f; +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(sizeof(unsigned long)==4); +#endif + Write((unsigned long)((var+1.0)*2147483648.0)); + } + + /// Compress the string + template <> + inline void BitStream::WriteCompressed(RakString var) + { + var.SerializeCompressed(this,0,false); + } + template <> + inline void BitStream::WriteCompressed(const char * var) + { + RakString::SerializeCompressed(var,this,0,false); + } + template <> + inline void BitStream::WriteCompressed(const unsigned char * var) + { + WriteCompressed((const char*) var); + } + template <> + inline void BitStream::WriteCompressed(char * var) + { + WriteCompressed((const char*) var); + } + template <> + inline void BitStream::WriteCompressed(unsigned char * var) + { + WriteCompressed((const char*) var); + } + + /// Write any integral type to a bitstream. If the current value is different from the last value + /// the current value will be written. Otherwise, a single bit will be written + /// For floating point, this is lossy, using 2 bytes for a float and 4 for a double. The range must be between -1 and +1. + /// For non-floating point, this is lossless, but only has benefit if you use less than half the range of the type + /// If you are not using __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END the opposite is true for types larger than 1 byte + /// \param[in] currentValue The current value to write + /// \param[in] lastValue The last value to compare against + template + inline void BitStream::WriteCompressedDelta(templateType currentValue, templateType lastValue) + { + if (currentValue==lastValue) + { + Write(false); + } + else + { + Write(true); + WriteCompressed(currentValue); + } + } + + /// Write a bool delta. Same thing as just calling Write + /// \param[in] currentValue The current value to write + /// \param[in] lastValue The last value to compare against + template <> + inline void BitStream::WriteCompressedDelta(bool currentValue, bool lastValue) + { + (void) lastValue; + + Write(currentValue); + } + + /// Save as WriteCompressedDelta(templateType currentValue, templateType lastValue) when we have an unknown second parameter + template + inline void BitStream::WriteCompressedDelta(templateType currentValue) + { + Write(true); + WriteCompressed(currentValue); + } + + /// Save as WriteCompressedDelta(bool currentValue, templateType lastValue) when we have an unknown second bool + template <> + inline void BitStream::WriteCompressedDelta(bool currentValue) + { + Write(currentValue); + } + + /// Read any integral type from a bitstream. Define __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END if you need endian swapping. + /// \param[in] var The value to read + template + inline bool BitStream::Read(templateType &var) + { +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning(disable:4127) // conditional expression is constant +#endif + if (sizeof(var)==1) + return ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) &var, sizeof(templateType) * 8, true ); + else + { +#ifndef __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning(disable:4244) // '=' : conversion from 'unsigned long' to 'unsigned short', possible loss of data +#endif + if (DoEndianSwap()) + { + unsigned char output[sizeof(templateType)]; + if (ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(templateType) * 8, true )) + { + ReverseBytes(output, (unsigned char*)&var, sizeof(templateType)); + return true; + } + return false; + } + else +#endif + return ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(templateType) * 8, true ); + } + } + + template + inline bool BitStream::ReadPtr(templateType *var) + { +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning(disable:4127) // conditional expression is constant +#endif + if (sizeof(var)==1) + return ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) var, sizeof(templateType) * 8, true ); + else + { +#ifndef __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning(disable:4244) // '=' : conversion from 'unsigned long' to 'unsigned short', possible loss of data +#endif + if (DoEndianSwap()) + { + unsigned char output[sizeof(templateType)]; + if (ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(templateType) * 8, true )) + { + ReverseBytes(output, (unsigned char*)var, sizeof(templateType)); + return true; + } + return false; + } + else +#endif + return ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) var, sizeof(templateType) * 8, true ); + } + } + + /// Read a bool from a bitstream + /// \param[in] var The value to read + template <> + inline bool BitStream::Read(bool &var) + { + if ( readOffset + 1 > numberOfBitsUsed ) + return false; + + if ( data[ readOffset >> 3 ] & ( 0x80 >> ( readOffset & 7 ) ) ) // Is it faster to just write it out here? + var = true; + else + var = false; + + // Has to be on a different line for Mac + readOffset++; + + return true; + } + + /// Read a systemAddress from a bitstream + /// \param[in] var The value to read + template <> + inline bool BitStream::Read(SystemAddress &var) + { + // Read(var.binaryAddress); + ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var.binaryAddress, sizeof(var.binaryAddress) * 8, true ); + return Read(var.port); + } + + /// Read an networkID from a bitstream + /// \param[in] var The value to read + template <> + inline bool BitStream::Read(NetworkID &var) + { + if (NetworkID::IsPeerToPeerMode()) // Use the function rather than directly access the member or DLL users will get an undefined external error + Read(var.systemAddress); + return Read(var.localSystemAddress); + } + + /// Read an networkID from a bitstream + /// \param[in] var The value to read + template <> + inline bool BitStream::Read(RakString &var) + { + return var.Deserialize(this); + } + template <> + inline bool BitStream::Read(char *&var) + { + return RakString::Deserialize(var,this); + } + template <> + inline bool BitStream::Read(unsigned char *&var) + { + return RakString::Deserialize((char*) var,this); + } + + // asdf + + /// Read any integral type from a bitstream. If the written value differed from the value compared against in the write function, + /// var will be updated. Otherwise it will retain the current value. + /// ReadDelta is only valid from a previous call to WriteDelta + /// \param[in] var The value to read + template + inline bool BitStream::ReadDelta(templateType &var) + { + bool dataWritten; + bool success; + success=Read(dataWritten); + if (dataWritten) + success=Read(var); + return success; + } + + /// Read a bool from a bitstream + /// \param[in] var The value to read + template <> + inline bool BitStream::ReadDelta(bool &var) + { + return Read(var); + } + + /// Read any integral type from a bitstream. Undefine __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END if you need endian swapping. + /// For floating point, this is lossy, using 2 bytes for a float and 4 for a double. The range must be between -1 and +1. + /// For non-floating point, this is lossless, but only has benefit if you use less than half the range of the type + /// If you are not using __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END the opposite is true for types larger than 1 byte + /// \param[in] var The value to read + template + inline bool BitStream::ReadCompressed(templateType &var) + { +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning(disable:4127) // conditional expression is constant +#endif + if (sizeof(var)==1) + return ReadCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) &var, sizeof(templateType) * 8, true ); + else + { +#ifndef __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END + if (DoEndianSwap()) + { + unsigned char output[sizeof(templateType)]; + if (ReadCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(templateType) * 8, true )) + { + ReverseBytes(output, (unsigned char*)&var, sizeof(templateType)); + return true; + } + return false; + } + else +#endif + return ReadCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(templateType) * 8, true ); + } + } + + template <> + inline bool BitStream::ReadCompressed(SystemAddress &var) + { + return Read(var); + } + + template <> + inline bool BitStream::ReadCompressed(NetworkID &var) + { + return Read(var); + } + + template <> + inline bool BitStream::ReadCompressed(bool &var) + { + return Read(var); + } + + /// For values between -1 and 1 + template <> + inline bool BitStream::ReadCompressed(float &var) + { + unsigned short compressedFloat; + if (Read(compressedFloat)) + { + var = ((float)compressedFloat / 32767.5f - 1.0f); + return true; + } + return false; + } + + /// For values between -1 and 1 + template <> + inline bool BitStream::ReadCompressed(double &var) + { + unsigned long compressedFloat; + if (Read(compressedFloat)) + { + var = ((double)compressedFloat / 2147483648.0 - 1.0); + return true; + } + return false; + } + + /// For strings + template <> + inline bool BitStream::ReadCompressed(RakString &var) + { + return var.DeserializeCompressed(this,false); + } + template <> + inline bool BitStream::ReadCompressed(char *&var) + { + return RakString::DeserializeCompressed(var,this,false); + } + template <> + inline bool BitStream::ReadCompressed(unsigned char *&var) + { + return RakString::DeserializeCompressed((char*) var,this,false); + } + + /// Read any integral type from a bitstream. If the written value differed from the value compared against in the write function, + /// var will be updated. Otherwise it will retain the current value. + /// the current value will be updated. + /// For floating point, this is lossy, using 2 bytes for a float and 4 for a double. The range must be between -1 and +1. + /// For non-floating point, this is lossless, but only has benefit if you use less than half the range of the type + /// If you are not using __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END the opposite is true for types larger than 1 byte + /// ReadCompressedDelta is only valid from a previous call to WriteDelta + /// \param[in] var The value to read + template + inline bool BitStream::ReadCompressedDelta(templateType &var) + { + bool dataWritten; + bool success; + success=Read(dataWritten); + if (dataWritten) + success=ReadCompressed(var); + return success; + } + + /// Read a bool from a bitstream + /// \param[in] var The value to read + template <> + inline bool BitStream::ReadCompressedDelta(bool &var) + { + return Read(var); + } + + + template // templateType for this function must be a float or double + void BitStream::WriteNormVector( templateType x, templateType y, templateType z ) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(x <= 1.01 && y <= 1.01 && z <= 1.01 && x >= -1.01 && y >= -1.01 && z >= -1.01); +#endif + if (x>1.0) + x=1.0; + if (y>1.0) + y=1.0; + if (z>1.0) + z=1.0; + if (x<-1.0) + x=-1.0; + if (y<-1.0) + y=-1.0; + if (z<-1.0) + z=-1.0; + + Write((bool) (x < 0.0)); + if (y==0.0) + Write(true); + else + { + Write(false); + WriteCompressed((float)y); + //Write((unsigned short)((y+1.0f)*32767.5f)); + } + if (z==0.0) + Write(true); + else + { + Write(false); + WriteCompressed((float)z); + //Write((unsigned short)((z+1.0f)*32767.5f)); + } + } + + template // templateType for this function must be a float or double + void BitStream::WriteVector( templateType x, templateType y, templateType z ) + { + templateType magnitude = sqrt(x * x + y * y + z * z); + Write((float)magnitude); + if (magnitude > 0.0) + { + WriteCompressed((float)(x/magnitude)); + WriteCompressed((float)(y/magnitude)); + WriteCompressed((float)(z/magnitude)); + // Write((unsigned short)((x/magnitude+1.0f)*32767.5f)); + // Write((unsigned short)((y/magnitude+1.0f)*32767.5f)); + // Write((unsigned short)((z/magnitude+1.0f)*32767.5f)); + } + } + + template // templateType for this function must be a float or double + void BitStream::WriteNormQuat( templateType w, templateType x, templateType y, templateType z) + { + Write((bool)(w<0.0)); + Write((bool)(x<0.0)); + Write((bool)(y<0.0)); + Write((bool)(z<0.0)); + Write((unsigned short)(fabs(x)*65535.0)); + Write((unsigned short)(fabs(y)*65535.0)); + Write((unsigned short)(fabs(z)*65535.0)); + // Leave out w and calculate it on the target + } + + template // templateType for this function must be a float or double + void BitStream::WriteOrthMatrix( + templateType m00, templateType m01, templateType m02, + templateType m10, templateType m11, templateType m12, + templateType m20, templateType m21, templateType m22 ) + { + + double qw; + double qx; + double qy; + double qz; + + // Convert matrix to quat + // http://www.euclideanspace.com/maths/geometry/rotations/conversions/matrixToQuaternion/ + float sum; + sum = 1 + m00 + m11 + m22; + if (sum < 0.0f) sum=0.0f; + qw = sqrt( sum ) / 2; + sum = 1 + m00 - m11 - m22; + if (sum < 0.0f) sum=0.0f; + qx = sqrt( sum ) / 2; + sum = 1 - m00 + m11 - m22; + if (sum < 0.0f) sum=0.0f; + qy = sqrt( sum ) / 2; + sum = 1 - m00 - m11 + m22; + if (sum < 0.0f) sum=0.0f; + qz = sqrt( sum ) / 2; + if (qw < 0.0) qw=0.0; + if (qx < 0.0) qx=0.0; + if (qy < 0.0) qy=0.0; + if (qz < 0.0) qz=0.0; + qx = copysign( qx, m21 - m12 ); + qy = copysign( qy, m02 - m20 ); + qz = copysign( qz, m10 - m01 ); + + WriteNormQuat(qw,qx,qy,qz); + } + + template // templateType for this function must be a float or double + bool BitStream::ReadNormVector( templateType &x, templateType &y, templateType &z ) + { + // unsigned short sy, sz; + bool yZero, zZero; + bool xNeg; + float cy,cz; + + Read(xNeg); + + Read(yZero); + if (yZero) + y=0.0; + else + { + ReadCompressed(cy); + y=cy; + //Read(sy); + //y=((float)sy / 32767.5f - 1.0f); + } + + if (!Read(zZero)) + return false; + + if (zZero) + z=0.0; + else + { + // if (!Read(sz)) + // return false; + + // z=((float)sz / 32767.5f - 1.0f); + if (!ReadCompressed(cz)) + return false; + z=cz; + } + + x = (templateType) (sqrtf((templateType)1.0 - y*y - z*z)); + if (xNeg) + x=-x; + return true; + } + + template // templateType for this function must be a float or double + bool BitStream::ReadVector( templateType &x, templateType &y, templateType &z ) + { + float magnitude; + //unsigned short sx,sy,sz; + if (!Read(magnitude)) + return false; + if (magnitude!=0.0) + { + // Read(sx); + // Read(sy); + // if (!Read(sz)) + // return false; + // x=((float)sx / 32767.5f - 1.0f) * magnitude; + // y=((float)sy / 32767.5f - 1.0f) * magnitude; + // z=((float)sz / 32767.5f - 1.0f) * magnitude; + float cx,cy,cz; + ReadCompressed(cx); + ReadCompressed(cy); + if (!ReadCompressed(cz)) + return false; + x=cx; + y=cy; + z=cz; + x*=magnitude; + y*=magnitude; + z*=magnitude; + } + else + { + x=0.0; + y=0.0; + z=0.0; + } + return true; + } + + template // templateType for this function must be a float or double + bool BitStream::ReadNormQuat( templateType &w, templateType &x, templateType &y, templateType &z) + { + bool cwNeg, cxNeg, cyNeg, czNeg; + unsigned short cx,cy,cz; + Read(cwNeg); + Read(cxNeg); + Read(cyNeg); + Read(czNeg); + Read(cx); + Read(cy); + if (!Read(cz)) + return false; + + // Calculate w from x,y,z + x=(templateType)(cx/65535.0); + y=(templateType)(cy/65535.0); + z=(templateType)(cz/65535.0); + if (cxNeg) x=-x; + if (cyNeg) y=-y; + if (czNeg) z=-z; + float difference = 1.0 - x*x - y*y - z*z; + if (difference < 0.0f) + difference=0.0f; + w = (templateType)(sqrt(difference)); + if (cwNeg) + w=-w; + + return true; + } + + template // templateType for this function must be a float or double + bool BitStream::ReadOrthMatrix( + templateType &m00, templateType &m01, templateType &m02, + templateType &m10, templateType &m11, templateType &m12, + templateType &m20, templateType &m21, templateType &m22 ) + { + float qw,qx,qy,qz; + if (!ReadNormQuat(qw,qx,qy,qz)) + return false; + + // Quat to orthogonal rotation matrix + // http://www.euclideanspace.com/maths/geometry/rotations/conversions/quaternionToMatrix/index.htm + double sqw = (double)qw*(double)qw; + double sqx = (double)qx*(double)qx; + double sqy = (double)qy*(double)qy; + double sqz = (double)qz*(double)qz; + m00 = (templateType)(sqx - sqy - sqz + sqw); // since sqw + sqx + sqy + sqz =1 + m11 = (templateType)(-sqx + sqy - sqz + sqw); + m22 = (templateType)(-sqx - sqy + sqz + sqw); + + double tmp1 = (double)qx*(double)qy; + double tmp2 = (double)qz*(double)qw; + m10 = (templateType)(2.0 * (tmp1 + tmp2)); + m01 = (templateType)(2.0 * (tmp1 - tmp2)); + + tmp1 = (double)qx*(double)qz; + tmp2 = (double)qy*(double)qw; + m20 =(templateType)(2.0 * (tmp1 - tmp2)); + m02 = (templateType)(2.0 * (tmp1 + tmp2)); + tmp1 = (double)qy*(double)qz; + tmp2 = (double)qx*(double)qw; + m21 = (templateType)(2.0 * (tmp1 + tmp2)); + m12 = (templateType)(2.0 * (tmp1 - tmp2)); + + return true; + } + + template + BitStream& operator<<(BitStream& out, templateType& c) + { + out.Write(c); + return out; + } + template + BitStream& operator>>(BitStream& in, templateType& c) + { + bool success = in.Read(c); + assert(success); + return in; + } + +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif + +#endif + +#endif // VC6 diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/BitStream_NoTemplate.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/BitStream_NoTemplate.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..134f6fe7 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/BitStream_NoTemplate.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1077 @@ +/// \file +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1299 // VC6 doesn't support template specialization + +#include "BitStream.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#ifdef _XBOX360 +#include "Console1Includes.h" +#elif defined(_WIN32) +#include // htonl +#elif defined(_CONSOLE_2) +#include "Console2Includes.h" +#else +#include +#endif + +// MSWin uses _copysign, others use copysign... +#ifndef _WIN32 +#define _copysign copysign +#endif + + + +using namespace RakNet; + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +BitStream::BitStream() +{ + numberOfBitsUsed = 0; + //numberOfBitsAllocated = 32 * 8; + numberOfBitsAllocated = BITSTREAM_STACK_ALLOCATION_SIZE * 8; + readOffset = 0; + //data = ( unsigned char* ) rakMalloc( 32 ); + data = ( unsigned char* ) stackData; + +#ifdef _DEBUG +// assert( data ); +#endif + //memset(data, 0, 32); + copyData = true; +} + +BitStream::BitStream( int initialBytesToAllocate ) +{ + numberOfBitsUsed = 0; + readOffset = 0; + if (initialBytesToAllocate <= BITSTREAM_STACK_ALLOCATION_SIZE) + { + data = ( unsigned char* ) stackData; + numberOfBitsAllocated = BITSTREAM_STACK_ALLOCATION_SIZE * 8; + } + else + { + data = ( unsigned char* ) malloc( initialBytesToAllocate ); + numberOfBitsAllocated = initialBytesToAllocate << 3; + } +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( data ); +#endif + // memset(data, 0, initialBytesToAllocate); + copyData = true; +} + +BitStream::BitStream( unsigned char* _data, unsigned int lengthInBytes, bool _copyData ) +{ + numberOfBitsUsed = lengthInBytes << 3; + readOffset = 0; + copyData = _copyData; + numberOfBitsAllocated = lengthInBytes << 3; + + if ( copyData ) + { + if ( lengthInBytes > 0 ) + { + if (lengthInBytes < BITSTREAM_STACK_ALLOCATION_SIZE) + { + data = ( unsigned char* ) stackData; + numberOfBitsAllocated = BITSTREAM_STACK_ALLOCATION_SIZE << 3; + } + else + { + data = ( unsigned char* ) malloc( lengthInBytes ); + } +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( data ); +#endif + memcpy( data, _data, lengthInBytes ); + } + else + data = 0; + } + else + data = ( unsigned char* ) _data; +} + +// Use this if you pass a pointer copy to the constructor (_copyData==false) and want to overallocate to prevent reallocation +void BitStream::SetNumberOfBitsAllocated( const unsigned int lengthInBits ) +{ +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( lengthInBits >= ( unsigned int ) numberOfBitsAllocated ); +#endif + numberOfBitsAllocated = lengthInBits; +} + +BitStream::~BitStream() +{ + if ( copyData && numberOfBitsAllocated > (BITSTREAM_STACK_ALLOCATION_SIZE << 3)) + RakFree( data ); // Use realloc and free so we are more efficient than delete and new for resizing +} + +void BitStream::Reset( void ) +{ + // Note: Do NOT reallocate memory because BitStream is used + // in places to serialize/deserialize a buffer. Reallocation + // is a dangerous operation (may result in leaks). + + if ( numberOfBitsUsed > 0 ) + { + // memset(data, 0, BITS_TO_BYTES(numberOfBitsUsed)); + } + + // Don't free memory here for speed efficiency + //free(data); // Use realloc and free so we are more efficient than delete and new for resizing + numberOfBitsUsed = 0; + + //numberOfBitsAllocated=8; + readOffset = 0; + + //data=(unsigned char*)rakMalloc(1); + // if (numberOfBitsAllocated>0) + // memset(data, 0, BITS_TO_BYTES(numberOfBitsAllocated)); +} + +// Write an array or casted stream +void BitStream::Write( const char* input, const int numberOfBytes ) +{ + if (numberOfBytes==0) + return; + + // Optimization: + if ((numberOfBitsUsed & 7) == 0) + { + AddBitsAndReallocate( BYTES_TO_BITS(numberOfBytes) ); + memcpy(data+BITS_TO_BYTES(numberOfBitsUsed), input, numberOfBytes); + numberOfBitsUsed+=BYTES_TO_BITS(numberOfBytes); + } + else + { + WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) input, numberOfBytes * 8, true ); + } + +} +void BitStream::Write( BitStream *bitStream) +{ + Write(bitStream, bitStream->GetNumberOfBitsUsed()); +} +void BitStream::Write( BitStream *bitStream, int numberOfBits ) +{ + AddBitsAndReallocate( numberOfBits ); + int numberOfBitsMod8; + + while (numberOfBits-->0 && bitStream->readOffset + 1 <= bitStream->numberOfBitsUsed) + { + numberOfBitsMod8 = numberOfBitsUsed & 7; + if ( numberOfBitsMod8 == 0 ) + { + // New byte + if (bitStream->data[ bitStream->readOffset >> 3 ] & ( 0x80 >> ( bitStream->readOffset & 7 ) ) ) + { + // Write 1 + data[ numberOfBitsUsed >> 3 ] = 0x80; + } + else + { + // Write 0 + data[ numberOfBitsUsed >> 3 ] = 0; + } + + } + else + { + // Existing byte + if (bitStream->data[ bitStream->readOffset >> 3 ] & ( 0x80 >> ( bitStream->readOffset & 7 ) ) ) + data[ numberOfBitsUsed >> 3 ] |= 0x80 >> ( numberOfBitsMod8 ); // Set the bit to 1 + // else 0, do nothing + } + + bitStream->readOffset++; + numberOfBitsUsed++; + } +} + +// Read an array or casted stream +bool BitStream::Read( char* output, const int numberOfBytes ) +{ + // Optimization: + if ((readOffset & 7) == 0) + { + if ( readOffset + ( numberOfBytes << 3 ) > numberOfBitsUsed ) + return false; + + // Write the data + memcpy( output, data + ( readOffset >> 3 ), numberOfBytes ); + + readOffset += numberOfBytes << 3; + return true; + } + else + { + return ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, numberOfBytes * 8 ); + } +} + +// Sets the read pointer back to the beginning of your data. +void BitStream::ResetReadPointer( void ) +{ + readOffset = 0; +} + +// Sets the write pointer back to the beginning of your data. +void BitStream::ResetWritePointer( void ) +{ + numberOfBitsUsed = 0; +} + +// Write a 0 +void BitStream::Write0( void ) +{ + AddBitsAndReallocate( 1 ); + + // New bytes need to be zeroed + if ( ( numberOfBitsUsed & 7 ) == 0 ) + data[ numberOfBitsUsed >> 3 ] = 0; + + numberOfBitsUsed++; +} + +// Write a 1 +void BitStream::Write1( void ) +{ + AddBitsAndReallocate( 1 ); + + int numberOfBitsMod8 = numberOfBitsUsed & 7; + + if ( numberOfBitsMod8 == 0 ) + data[ numberOfBitsUsed >> 3 ] = 0x80; + else + data[ numberOfBitsUsed >> 3 ] |= 0x80 >> ( numberOfBitsMod8 ); // Set the bit to 1 + + numberOfBitsUsed++; +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4800 ) // warning C4100: : unreferenced formal parameter +#endif +// Returns true if the next data read is a 1, false if it is a 0 +bool BitStream::ReadBit( void ) +{ + bool result = ( data[ readOffset >> 3 ] & ( 0x80 >> ( readOffset & 7 ) ) ); + readOffset++; + return result; +} + +// Align the bitstream to the byte boundary and then write the specified number of bits. +// This is faster than WriteBits but wastes the bits to do the alignment and requires you to call +// SetReadToByteAlignment at the corresponding read position +void BitStream::WriteAlignedBytes( void* input, const int numberOfBytesToWrite ) +{ +#ifdef _DEBUG + if (numberOfBytesToWrite<=0) + { + assert( numberOfBytesToWrite > 0 ); + } +#endif + + AlignWriteToByteBoundary(); + Write((const char*) input, numberOfBytesToWrite); +} + +/// Aligns the bitstream, writes inputLength, and writes input. Won't write beyond maxBytesToWrite +void BitStream::WriteAlignedBytesSafe( void *input, const int inputLength, const int maxBytesToWrite ) +{ + if (input==0 || inputLength==0) + { + WriteCompressed((unsigned int)0); + return; + } + WriteCompressed(inputLength); + WriteAlignedBytes((void*) input, inputLength < maxBytesToWrite ? inputLength : maxBytesToWrite); +} + +// Read bits, starting at the next aligned bits. Note that the modulus 8 starting offset of the +// sequence must be the same as was used with WriteBits. This will be a problem with packet coalescence +// unless you byte align the coalesced packets. +bool BitStream::ReadAlignedBytes( void* output, const int numberOfBytesToRead ) +{ +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( numberOfBytesToRead > 0 ); +#endif + + if ( numberOfBytesToRead <= 0 ) + return false; + + // Byte align + AlignReadToByteBoundary(); + + if ( readOffset + ( numberOfBytesToRead << 3 ) > numberOfBitsUsed ) + return false; + + // Write the data + memcpy( output, data + ( readOffset >> 3 ), numberOfBytesToRead ); + + readOffset += numberOfBytesToRead << 3; + + return true; +} +bool BitStream::ReadAlignedBytesSafe( void *input, int &inputLength, const int maxBytesToRead ) +{ + if (ReadCompressed(inputLength)==false) + return false; + if (inputLength > maxBytesToRead) + inputLength=maxBytesToRead; + if (inputLength==0) + return true; + return ReadAlignedBytes((unsigned char*) input, inputLength); +} +bool BitStream::ReadAlignedBytesSafeAlloc( char **input, int &inputLength, const int maxBytesToRead ) +{ + rakFree(*input); + *input=0; + if (ReadCompressed(inputLength)==false) + return false; + if (inputLength > maxBytesToRead) + inputLength=maxBytesToRead; + if (inputLength==0) + return true; + *input = (char*) rakMalloc( BITS_TO_BYTES( inputLength ) ); + return ReadAlignedBytes((unsigned char*) *input, inputLength); +} +// Align the next write and/or read to a byte boundary. This can be used to 'waste' bits to byte align for efficiency reasons +void BitStream::AlignWriteToByteBoundary( void ) +{ + if ( numberOfBitsUsed ) + numberOfBitsUsed += 8 - ( (( numberOfBitsUsed - 1 ) & 7) + 1 ); +} + +// Align the next write and/or read to a byte boundary. This can be used to 'waste' bits to byte align for efficiency reasons +void BitStream::AlignReadToByteBoundary( void ) +{ + if ( readOffset ) + readOffset += 8 - ( (( readOffset - 1 ) & 7 ) + 1 ); +} + +// Write numberToWrite bits from the input source +void BitStream::WriteBits( const unsigned char *input, int numberOfBitsToWrite, const bool rightAlignedBits ) +{ + if (numberOfBitsToWrite<=0) + return; + + AddBitsAndReallocate( numberOfBitsToWrite ); + int offset = 0; + unsigned char dataByte; + int numberOfBitsUsedMod8; + + numberOfBitsUsedMod8 = numberOfBitsUsed & 7; + + // Faster to put the while at the top surprisingly enough + while ( numberOfBitsToWrite > 0 ) + //do + { + dataByte = *( input + offset ); + + if ( numberOfBitsToWrite < 8 && rightAlignedBits ) // rightAlignedBits means in the case of a partial byte, the bits are aligned from the right (bit 0) rather than the left (as in the normal internal representation) + dataByte <<= 8 - numberOfBitsToWrite; // shift left to get the bits on the left, as in our internal representation + + // Writing to a new byte each time + if ( numberOfBitsUsedMod8 == 0 ) + * ( data + ( numberOfBitsUsed >> 3 ) ) = dataByte; + else + { + // Copy over the new data. + *( data + ( numberOfBitsUsed >> 3 ) ) |= dataByte >> ( numberOfBitsUsedMod8 ); // First half + + if ( 8 - ( numberOfBitsUsedMod8 ) < 8 && 8 - ( numberOfBitsUsedMod8 ) < numberOfBitsToWrite ) // If we didn't write it all out in the first half (8 - (numberOfBitsUsed%8) is the number we wrote in the first half) + { + *( data + ( numberOfBitsUsed >> 3 ) + 1 ) = (unsigned char) ( dataByte << ( 8 - ( numberOfBitsUsedMod8 ) ) ); // Second half (overlaps byte boundary) + } + } + + if ( numberOfBitsToWrite >= 8 ) + numberOfBitsUsed += 8; + else + numberOfBitsUsed += numberOfBitsToWrite; + + numberOfBitsToWrite -= 8; + + offset++; + } + // } while(numberOfBitsToWrite>0); +} + +// Set the stream to some initial data. For internal use +void BitStream::SetData( unsigned char *input ) +{ + data=input; + copyData=false; +} + +// Assume the input source points to a native type, compress and write it +void BitStream::WriteCompressed( const unsigned char* input, + const int size, const bool unsignedData ) +{ + int currentByte = ( size >> 3 ) - 1; // PCs + + unsigned char byteMatch; + + if ( unsignedData ) + { + byteMatch = 0; + } + + else + { + byteMatch = 0xFF; + } + + // Write upper bytes with a single 1 + // From high byte to low byte, if high byte is a byteMatch then write a 1 bit. Otherwise write a 0 bit and then write the remaining bytes + while ( currentByte > 0 ) + { + if ( input[ currentByte ] == byteMatch ) // If high byte is byteMatch (0 of 0xff) then it would have the same value shifted + { + bool b = true; + Write( b ); + } + else + { + // Write the remainder of the data after writing 0 + bool b = false; + Write( b ); + + WriteBits( input, ( currentByte + 1 ) << 3, true ); + // currentByte--; + + + return ; + } + + currentByte--; + } + + // If the upper half of the last byte is a 0 (positive) or 16 (negative) then write a 1 and the remaining 4 bits. Otherwise write a 0 and the 8 bites. + if ( ( unsignedData && ( ( *( input + currentByte ) ) & 0xF0 ) == 0x00 ) || + ( unsignedData == false && ( ( *( input + currentByte ) ) & 0xF0 ) == 0xF0 ) ) + { + bool b = true; + Write( b ); + WriteBits( input + currentByte, 4, true ); + } + + else + { + bool b = false; + Write( b ); + WriteBits( input + currentByte, 8, true ); + } +} + +// Read numberOfBitsToRead bits to the output source +// alignBitsToRight should be set to true to convert internal bitstream data to userdata +// It should be false if you used WriteBits with rightAlignedBits false +bool BitStream::ReadBits( unsigned char* output, int numberOfBitsToRead, const bool alignBitsToRight ) +{ +#ifdef _DEBUG +// assert( numberOfBitsToRead > 0 ); +#endif + if (numberOfBitsToRead<=0) + return false; + + if ( readOffset + numberOfBitsToRead > numberOfBitsUsed ) + return false; + + int readOffsetMod8; + + int offset = 0; + + memset( output, 0, BITS_TO_BYTES( numberOfBitsToRead ) ); + + readOffsetMod8 = readOffset & 7; + + // do + // Faster to put the while at the top surprisingly enough + while ( numberOfBitsToRead > 0 ) + { + *( output + offset ) |= *( data + ( readOffset >> 3 ) ) << ( readOffsetMod8 ); // First half + + if ( readOffsetMod8 > 0 && numberOfBitsToRead > 8 - ( readOffsetMod8 ) ) // If we have a second half, we didn't read enough bytes in the first half + *( output + offset ) |= *( data + ( readOffset >> 3 ) + 1 ) >> ( 8 - ( readOffsetMod8 ) ); // Second half (overlaps byte boundary) + + numberOfBitsToRead -= 8; + + if ( numberOfBitsToRead < 0 ) // Reading a partial byte for the last byte, shift right so the data is aligned on the right + { + + if ( alignBitsToRight ) + * ( output + offset ) >>= -numberOfBitsToRead; + + readOffset += 8 + numberOfBitsToRead; + } + else + readOffset += 8; + + offset++; + + } + + //} while(numberOfBitsToRead>0); + + return true; +} + +// Assume the input source points to a compressed native type. Decompress and read it +bool BitStream::ReadCompressed( unsigned char* output, + const int size, const bool unsignedData ) +{ + int currentByte = ( size >> 3 ) - 1; + + + unsigned char byteMatch, halfByteMatch; + + if ( unsignedData ) + { + byteMatch = 0; + halfByteMatch = 0; + } + + else + { + byteMatch = 0xFF; + halfByteMatch = 0xF0; + } + + // Upper bytes are specified with a single 1 if they match byteMatch + // From high byte to low byte, if high byte is a byteMatch then write a 1 bit. Otherwise write a 0 bit and then write the remaining bytes + while ( currentByte > 0 ) + { + // If we read a 1 then the data is byteMatch. + + bool b; + + if ( Read( b ) == false ) + return false; + + if ( b ) // Check that bit + { + output[ currentByte ] = byteMatch; + currentByte--; + } + else + { + // Read the rest of the bytes + + if ( ReadBits( output, ( currentByte + 1 ) << 3 ) == false ) + return false; + + return true; + } + } + + // All but the first bytes are byteMatch. If the upper half of the last byte is a 0 (positive) or 16 (negative) then what we read will be a 1 and the remaining 4 bits. + // Otherwise we read a 0 and the 8 bytes + //assert(readOffset+1 <=numberOfBitsUsed); // If this assert is hit the stream wasn't long enough to read from + if ( readOffset + 1 > numberOfBitsUsed ) + return false; + + bool b; + + if ( Read( b ) == false ) + return false; + + if ( b ) // Check that bit + { + + if ( ReadBits( output + currentByte, 4 ) == false ) + return false; + + output[ currentByte ] |= halfByteMatch; // We have to set the high 4 bits since these are set to 0 by ReadBits + } + else + { + if ( ReadBits( output + currentByte, 8 ) == false ) + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +// Reallocates (if necessary) in preparation of writing numberOfBitsToWrite +void BitStream::AddBitsAndReallocate( const int numberOfBitsToWrite ) +{ + if (numberOfBitsToWrite <= 0) + return; + + int newNumberOfBitsAllocated = numberOfBitsToWrite + numberOfBitsUsed; + + if ( numberOfBitsToWrite + numberOfBitsUsed > 0 && ( ( numberOfBitsAllocated - 1 ) >> 3 ) < ( ( newNumberOfBitsAllocated - 1 ) >> 3 ) ) // If we need to allocate 1 or more new bytes + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + // If this assert hits then we need to specify true for the third parameter in the constructor + // It needs to reallocate to hold all the data and can't do it unless we allocated to begin with + assert( copyData == true ); +#endif + + // Less memory efficient but saves on news and deletes + newNumberOfBitsAllocated = ( numberOfBitsToWrite + numberOfBitsUsed ) * 2; +// int newByteOffset = BITS_TO_BYTES( numberOfBitsAllocated ); + // Use realloc and free so we are more efficient than delete and new for resizing + int amountToAllocate = BITS_TO_BYTES( newNumberOfBitsAllocated ); + if (data==(unsigned char*)stackData) + { + if (amountToAllocate > BITSTREAM_STACK_ALLOCATION_SIZE) + { + data = ( unsigned char* ) rakMalloc( amountToAllocate ); + + // need to copy the stack data over to our new memory area too + memcpy ((void *)data, (void *)stackData, BITS_TO_BYTES( numberOfBitsAllocated )); + } + } + else + { + data = ( unsigned char* ) RakRealloc( data, amountToAllocate ); + } + +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( data ); // Make sure realloc succeeded +#endif + // memset(data+newByteOffset, 0, ((newNumberOfBitsAllocated-1)>>3) - ((numberOfBitsAllocated-1)>>3)); // Set the new data block to 0 + } + + if ( newNumberOfBitsAllocated > numberOfBitsAllocated ) + numberOfBitsAllocated = newNumberOfBitsAllocated; +} +unsigned int BitStream::GetNumberOfBitsAllocated(void) const +{ + return numberOfBitsAllocated; +} + +// Should hit if reads didn't match writes +void BitStream::AssertStreamEmpty( void ) +{ + assert( readOffset == numberOfBitsUsed ); +} + +void BitStream::PrintBits( void ) const +{ + if ( numberOfBitsUsed <= 0 ) + { + printf( "No bits\n" ); + return ; + } + + for ( int counter = 0; counter < BITS_TO_BYTES( numberOfBitsUsed ); counter++ ) + { + int stop; + + if ( counter == ( numberOfBitsUsed - 1 ) >> 3 ) + stop = 8 - ( ( ( numberOfBitsUsed - 1 ) & 7 ) + 1 ); + else + stop = 0; + + for ( int counter2 = 7; counter2 >= stop; counter2-- ) + { + if ( ( data[ counter ] >> counter2 ) & 1 ) + putchar( '1' ); + else + putchar( '0' ); + } + + putchar( ' ' ); + } + + putchar( '\n' ); +} + + +// Exposes the data for you to look at, like PrintBits does. +// Data will point to the stream. Returns the length in bits of the stream. +int BitStream::CopyData( unsigned char** _data ) const +{ +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( numberOfBitsUsed > 0 ); +#endif + + *_data = (unsigned char*) rakMalloc( BITS_TO_BYTES( numberOfBitsUsed ) ); + memcpy( *_data, data, sizeof(unsigned char) * ( BITS_TO_BYTES( numberOfBitsUsed ) ) ); + return numberOfBitsUsed; +} + +// Ignore data we don't intend to read +void BitStream::IgnoreBits( const int numberOfBits ) +{ + readOffset += numberOfBits; +} + +void BitStream::IgnoreBytes( const int numberOfBytes ) +{ + IgnoreBits(BYTES_TO_BITS(numberOfBytes)); +} + +// Move the write pointer to a position on the array. Dangerous if you don't know what you are doing! +void BitStream::SetWriteOffset( const int offset ) +{ + numberOfBitsUsed = offset; +} + +/* +int BitStream::GetWriteOffset( void ) const +{ + return numberOfBitsUsed; +} + +// Returns the length in bits of the stream +int BitStream::GetNumberOfBitsUsed( void ) const +{ + return GetWriteOffset(); +} + +// Returns the length in bytes of the stream +int BitStream::GetNumberOfBytesUsed( void ) const +{ + return BITS_TO_BYTES( numberOfBitsUsed ); +} + +// Returns the number of bits into the stream that we have read +int BitStream::GetReadOffset( void ) const +{ + return readOffset; +} + + +// Sets the read bit index +void BitStream::SetReadOffset( int newReadOffset ) +{ + readOffset=newReadOffset; +} + +// Returns the number of bits left in the stream that haven't been read +int BitStream::GetNumberOfUnreadBits( void ) const +{ + return numberOfBitsUsed - readOffset; +} +// Exposes the internal data +unsigned char* BitStream::GetData( void ) const +{ + return data; +} + +*/ +// If we used the constructor version with copy data off, this makes sure it is set to on and the data pointed to is copied. +void BitStream::AssertCopyData( void ) +{ + if ( copyData == false ) + { + copyData = true; + + if ( numberOfBitsAllocated > 0 ) + { + unsigned char * newdata = ( unsigned char* ) rakMalloc( BITS_TO_BYTES( numberOfBitsAllocated ) ); +#ifdef _DEBUG + + assert( data ); +#endif + + memcpy( newdata, data, BITS_TO_BYTES( numberOfBitsAllocated ) ); + data = newdata; + } + + else + data = 0; + } +} +void BitStream::ReverseBytes(unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output, int length) +{ + for (int i=0; i < length; i++) + output[i]=input[length-i-1]; +} +void BitStream::ReverseBytesInPlace(unsigned char *data, int length) +{ + unsigned char temp; + int i; + for (i=0; i < length; i++) + { + temp = data[i]; + data[i]=data[length-i-1]; + data[length-i-1]=temp; + } +} +bool BitStream::DoEndianSwap(void) +{ +#ifndef __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END + return IsNetworkOrder()==false; +#else + return false; +#endif +} +bool BitStream::IsBigEndian(void) +{ + return IsNetworkOrder(); +} +bool BitStream::IsNetworkOrder(void) +{ + static bool isNetworkOrder=(htonl(12345) == 12345); + return isNetworkOrder; +} +void BitStream::WriteNormVector( float x, float y, float z ){ +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(x <= 1.01 && y <= 1.01 && z <= 1.01 && x >= -1.01 && y >= -1.01 && z >= -1.01); +#endif + if (x>1.0) + x=1.0; + if (y>1.0) + y=1.0; + if (z>1.0) + z=1.0; + if (x<-1.0) + x=-1.0; + if (y<-1.0) + y=-1.0; + if (z<-1.0) + z=-1.0; + + Write((bool) (x < 0.0)); + if (y==0.0) + Write(true); + else + { + Write(false); + WriteCompressed((float)y); + //Write((unsigned short)((y+1.0f)*32767.5f)); + } + if (z==0.0) + Write(true); + else + { + Write(false); + WriteCompressed((float)z); + //Write((unsigned short)((z+1.0f)*32767.5f)); + } +} +void BitStream::WriteVector( float x, float y, float z ) +{ + float magnitude = sqrt(x * x + y * y + z * z); + Write((float)magnitude); + if (magnitude > 0.0) + { + WriteCompressed((float)(x/magnitude)); + WriteCompressed((float)(y/magnitude)); + WriteCompressed((float)(z/magnitude)); + } +} +void BitStream::WriteNormQuat( float w, float x, float y, float z){ + Write((bool)(w<0.0)); + Write((bool)(x<0.0)); + Write((bool)(y<0.0)); + Write((bool)(z<0.0)); + Write((unsigned short)(fabs(x)*65535.0)); + Write((unsigned short)(fabs(y)*65535.0)); + Write((unsigned short)(fabs(z)*65535.0)); + // Leave out w and calculate it on the target +} +void BitStream::WriteOrthMatrix( + double m00, double m01, double m02, + double m10, double m11, double m12, + double m20, double m21, double m22 ){ + double qw; + double qx; + double qy; + double qz; + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning(disable:4100) // m10, m01 : unreferenced formal parameter +#endif + + // Convert matrix to quat + // http://www.euclideanspace.com/maths/geometry/rotations/conversions/matrixToQuaternion/ + double sum; + sum = 1 + m00 + m11 + m22; + if (sum < 0.0f) sum=0.0f; + qw = sqrt( sum ) / 2; + sum = 1 + m00 - m11 - m22; + if (sum < 0.0f) sum=0.0f; + qx = sqrt( sum ) / 2; + sum = 1 - m00 + m11 - m22; + if (sum < 0.0f) sum=0.0f; + qy = sqrt( sum ) / 2; + sum = 1 - m00 - m11 + m22; + if (sum < 0.0f) sum=0.0f; + qz = sqrt( sum ) / 2; + if (qw < 0.0) qw=0.0; + if (qx < 0.0) qx=0.0; + if (qy < 0.0) qy=0.0; + if (qz < 0.0) qz=0.0; + qx = _copysign( qx, m21 - m12 ); + qy = _copysign( qy, m02 - m20 ); + qz = _copysign( qz, m10 - m01 ); + + WriteNormQuat(qw,qx,qy,qz); +} +bool BitStream::ReadNormVector( float &x, float &y, float &z ){ + // unsigned short sy, sz; + bool yZero, zZero; + bool xNeg; + float cy,cz; + + Read(xNeg); + + Read(yZero); + if (yZero) + y=0.0; + else + { + ReadCompressed(cy); + y=cy; + //Read(sy); + //y=((float)sy / 32767.5f - 1.0f); + } + + if (!Read(zZero)) + return false; + + if (zZero) + z=0.0; + else + { + // if (!Read(sz)) + // return false; + + // z=((float)sz / 32767.5f - 1.0f); + if (!ReadCompressed(cz)) + return false; + z=cz; + } + + x = float (sqrtf((float)1.0 - y*y - z*z)); + if (xNeg) + x=-x; + return true; +} +bool BitStream::ReadVector( float x, float y, float z ){ + float magnitude; + if (!Read(magnitude)) + return false; + if (magnitude!=0.0) + { + float cx,cy,cz; + ReadCompressed(cx); + ReadCompressed(cy); + if (!ReadCompressed(cz)) + return false; + x=cx; + y=cy; + z=cz; + x*=magnitude; + y*=magnitude; + z*=magnitude; + } + else + { + x=0.0; + y=0.0; + z=0.0; + } + return true; +} +bool BitStream::ReadNormQuat( double &w, double &x, double &y, double &z){ + bool cwNeg, cxNeg, cyNeg, czNeg; + unsigned short cx,cy,cz; + Read(cwNeg); + Read(cxNeg); + Read(cyNeg); + Read(czNeg); + Read(cx); + Read(cy); + if (!Read(cz)) + return false; + + // Calculate w from x,y,z + x=(double)(cx/65535.0); + y=(double)(cy/65535.0); + z=(double)(cz/65535.0); + if (cxNeg) x=-x; + if (cyNeg) y=-y; + if (czNeg) z=-z; + double difference = 1.0 - x*x - y*y - z*z; + if (difference < 0.0f) + difference=0.0f; + w = (double)(sqrt(difference)); + if (cwNeg) + w=-w; + return true; +} +bool BitStream::ReadOrthMatrix( + float &m00, float &m01, float &m02, + float &m10, float &m11, float &m12, + float &m20, float &m21, float &m22 ) +{ + double _m00, _m01, _m02, _m10, _m11, _m12, _m20, _m21, _m22; + bool b=ReadOrthMatrix( + _m00, _m01, _m02, + _m10, _m11, _m12, + _m20, _m21, _m22); + m00=(float)_m00; m01=(float)_m01; m02=(float)_m02; + m10=(float)_m10; m11=(float)_m11; m12=(float)_m12; + m20=(float)_m20; m21=(float)_m21; m22=(float)_m22; + return b; +} +bool BitStream::ReadOrthMatrix( + double &m00, double &m01, double &m02, + double &m10, double &m11, double &m12, + double &m20, double &m21, double &m22 ){ + float qw,qx,qy,qz; + if (!ReadNormQuat(qw,qx,qy,qz)) + return false; + + // Quat to orthogonal rotation matrix + // http://www.euclideanspace.com/maths/geometry/rotations/conversions/quaternionToMatrix/index.htm + double sqw = (double)qw*(double)qw; + double sqx = (double)qx*(double)qx; + double sqy = (double)qy*(double)qy; + double sqz = (double)qz*(double)qz; + m00 = (sqx - sqy - sqz + sqw); // since sqw + sqx + sqy + sqz =1 + m11 = (-sqx + sqy - sqz + sqw); + m22 = (-sqx - sqy + sqz + sqw); + + double tmp1 = (double)qx*(double)qy; + double tmp2 = (double)qz*(double)qw; + m10 = (2.0 * (tmp1 + tmp2)); + m01 = (2.0 * (tmp1 - tmp2)); + + tmp1 = (double)qx*(double)qz; + tmp2 = (double)qy*(double)qw; + m20 = (2.0 * (tmp1 - tmp2)); + m02 = (2.0 * (tmp1 + tmp2)); + tmp1 = (double)qy*(double)qz; + tmp2 = (double)qx*(double)qw; + m21 = (2.0 * (tmp1 + tmp2)); + m12 = (2.0 * (tmp1 - tmp2)); + + return true; +} +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/BitStream_NoTemplate.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/BitStream_NoTemplate.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..81e12b02 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/BitStream_NoTemplate.h @@ -0,0 +1,784 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief This class allows you to write and read native types as a string of bits. BitStream is used extensively throughout RakNet and is designed to be used by users as well. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1299 // VC6 doesn't support template specialization + +#ifndef __BITSTREAM_H +#define __BITSTREAM_H + +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "RakNetDefines.h" +#include "Export.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include +#if defined(_PS3) +#include +#else +#include +#endif +#include + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +/// Arbitrary size, just picking something likely to be larger than most packets +#define BITSTREAM_STACK_ALLOCATION_SIZE 256 + +/// The namespace RakNet is not consistently used. It's only purpose is to avoid compiler errors for classes whose names are very common. +/// For the most part I've tried to avoid this simply by using names very likely to be unique for my classes. +namespace RakNet +{ + /// This class allows you to write and read native types as a string of bits. BitStream is used extensively throughout RakNet and is designed to be used by users as well. + /// \sa BitStreamSample.txt + class RAK_DLL_EXPORT BitStream : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride + { + + public: + /// Default Constructor + BitStream(); + + /// Create the bitstream, with some number of bytes to immediately allocate. + /// There is no benefit to calling this, unless you know exactly how many bytes you need and it is greater than BITSTREAM_STACK_ALLOCATION_SIZE. + /// In that case all it does is save you one or more realloc calls. + /// \param[in] initialBytesToAllocate the number of bytes to pre-allocate. + BitStream( int initialBytesToAllocate ); + + /// Initialize the BitStream, immediately setting the data it contains to a predefined pointer. + /// Set \a _copyData to true if you want to make an internal copy of the data you are passing. Set it to false to just save a pointer to the data. + /// You shouldn't call Write functions with \a _copyData as false, as this will write to unallocated memory + /// 99% of the time you will use this function to cast Packet::data to a bitstream for reading, in which case you should write something as follows: + /// \code + /// RakNet::BitStream bs(packet->data, packet->length, false); + /// \endcode + /// \param[in] _data An array of bytes. + /// \param[in] lengthInBytes Size of the \a _data. + /// \param[in] _copyData true or false to make a copy of \a _data or not. + BitStream( unsigned char* _data, unsigned int lengthInBytes, bool _copyData ); + + /// Destructor + ~BitStream(); + + /// Resets the bitstream for reuse. + void Reset( void ); + + /// Bidirectional serialize/deserialize any integral type to/from a bitstream. Undefine __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END if you need endian swapping. + /// \param[in] writeToBitstream true to write from your data to this bitstream. False to read from this bitstream and write to your data + /// \param[in] var The value to write + /// \return true if \a writeToBitstream is true. true if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was successful. false if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was not successful. + bool Serialize(bool writeToBitstream, bool &var){if (writeToBitstream)Write(var);else return Read(var); return true;} + bool Serialize(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned char &var){if (writeToBitstream)Write(var);else return Read(var); return true;} + bool Serialize(bool writeToBitstream, char &var){if (writeToBitstream)Write(var);else return Read(var); return true;} + bool Serialize(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned short &var){if (writeToBitstream)Write(var);else return Read(var); return true;} + bool Serialize(bool writeToBitstream, short &var){if (writeToBitstream)Write(var);else return Read(var); return true;} + bool Serialize(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned int &var){if (writeToBitstream)Write(var);else return Read(var); return true;} + bool Serialize(bool writeToBitstream, int &var){if (writeToBitstream)Write(var);else return Read(var); return true;} + bool Serialize(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned long &var){if (writeToBitstream)Write(var);else return Read(var); return true;} + bool Serialize(bool writeToBitstream, long &var){if (writeToBitstream)Write(var);else return Read(var); return true;} + bool Serialize(bool writeToBitstream, long long &var){if (writeToBitstream)Write(var);else return Read(var); return true;} + bool Serialize(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned long long &var){if (writeToBitstream)Write(var);else return Read(var); return true;} + bool Serialize(bool writeToBitstream, float &var){if (writeToBitstream)Write(var);else return Read(var); return true;} + bool Serialize(bool writeToBitstream, double &var){if (writeToBitstream)Write(var);else return Read(var); return true;} + bool Serialize(bool writeToBitstream, long double &var){if (writeToBitstream)Write(var);else return Read(var); return true;} + + /// Bidirectional serialize/deserialize any integral type to/from a bitstream. If the current value is different from the last value + /// the current value will be written. Otherwise, a single bit will be written + /// \param[in] writeToBitstream true to write from your data to this bitstream. False to read from this bitstream and write to your data + /// \param[in] currentValue The current value to write + /// \param[in] lastValue The last value to compare against. Only used if \a writeToBitstream is true. + /// \return true if \a writeToBitstream is true. true if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was successful. false if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was not successful. + bool SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, bool ¤tValue, bool lastValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteDelta(currentValue, lastValue); else return ReadDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned char ¤tValue, unsigned char lastValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteDelta(currentValue, lastValue); else return ReadDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, char ¤tValue, char lastValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteDelta(currentValue, lastValue); else return ReadDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned short ¤tValue, unsigned short lastValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteDelta(currentValue, lastValue); else return ReadDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, short ¤tValue, short lastValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteDelta(currentValue, lastValue); else return ReadDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned int ¤tValue, unsigned int lastValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteDelta(currentValue, lastValue); else return ReadDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, int ¤tValue, int lastValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteDelta(currentValue, lastValue); else return ReadDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned long ¤tValue, unsigned long lastValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteDelta(currentValue, lastValue); else return ReadDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, long long ¤tValue, long long lastValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteDelta(currentValue, lastValue); else return ReadDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned long long ¤tValue, unsigned long long lastValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteDelta(currentValue, lastValue); else return ReadDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, float ¤tValue, float lastValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteDelta(currentValue, lastValue); else return ReadDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, double ¤tValue, double lastValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteDelta(currentValue, lastValue); else return ReadDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, long double ¤tValue, long double lastValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteDelta(currentValue, lastValue); else return ReadDelta(currentValue);return true;} + + /// Bidirectional version of SerializeDelta when you don't know what the last value is, or there is no last value. + /// \param[in] writeToBitstream true to write from your data to this bitstream. False to read from this bitstream and write to your data + /// \param[in] currentValue The current value to write + /// \return true if \a writeToBitstream is true. true if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was successful. false if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was not successful. + bool SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, bool ¤tValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteDelta(currentValue); else return ReadDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned char ¤tValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteDelta(currentValue); else return ReadDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, char ¤tValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteDelta(currentValue); else return ReadDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned short ¤tValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteDelta(currentValue); else return ReadDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, short ¤tValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteDelta(currentValue); else return ReadDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned int ¤tValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteDelta(currentValue); else return ReadDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, int ¤tValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteDelta(currentValue); else return ReadDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned long ¤tValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteDelta(currentValue); else return ReadDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, long long ¤tValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteDelta(currentValue); else return ReadDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned long long ¤tValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteDelta(currentValue); else return ReadDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, float ¤tValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteDelta(currentValue); else return ReadDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, double ¤tValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteDelta(currentValue); else return ReadDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeDelta(bool writeToBitstream, long double ¤tValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteDelta(currentValue); else return ReadDelta(currentValue);return true;} + + /// Bidirectional serialize/deserialize any integral type to/from a bitstream. Undefine __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END if you need endian swapping. + /// If you are not using __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END the opposite is true for types larger than 1 byte + /// For floating point, this is lossy, using 2 bytes for a float and 4 for a double. The range must be between -1 and +1. + /// For non-floating point, this is lossless, but only has benefit if you use less than half the range of the type + /// \param[in] writeToBitstream true to write from your data to this bitstream. False to read from this bitstream and write to your data + /// \param[in] var The value to write + /// \return true if \a writeToBitstream is true. true if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was successful. false if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was not successful. + bool SerializeCompressed(bool writeToBitstream, bool &var){if (writeToBitstream)WriteCompressed(var);else return ReadCompressed(var); return true;} + bool SerializeCompressed(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned char &var){if (writeToBitstream)WriteCompressed(var);else return ReadCompressed(var); return true;} + bool SerializeCompressed(bool writeToBitstream, char &var){if (writeToBitstream)WriteCompressed(var);else return ReadCompressed(var); return true;} + bool SerializeCompressed(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned short &var){if (writeToBitstream)WriteCompressed(var);else return ReadCompressed(var); return true;} + bool SerializeCompressed(bool writeToBitstream, short &var){if (writeToBitstream)WriteCompressed(var);else return ReadCompressed(var); return true;} + bool SerializeCompressed(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned int &var){if (writeToBitstream)WriteCompressed(var);else return ReadCompressed(var); return true;} + bool SerializeCompressed(bool writeToBitstream, int &var){if (writeToBitstream)WriteCompressed(var);else return ReadCompressed(var); return true;} + bool SerializeCompressed(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned long &var){if (writeToBitstream)WriteCompressed(var);else return ReadCompressed(var); return true;} + bool SerializeCompressed(bool writeToBitstream, long &var){if (writeToBitstream)WriteCompressed(var);else return ReadCompressed(var); return true;} + bool SerializeCompressed(bool writeToBitstream, long long &var){if (writeToBitstream)WriteCompressed(var);else return ReadCompressed(var); return true;} + bool SerializeCompressed(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned long long &var){if (writeToBitstream)WriteCompressed(var);else return ReadCompressed(var); return true;} + bool SerializeCompressed(bool writeToBitstream, float &var){if (writeToBitstream)WriteCompressed(var);else return ReadCompressed(var); return true;} + bool SerializeCompressed(bool writeToBitstream, double &var){if (writeToBitstream)WriteCompressed(var);else return ReadCompressed(var); return true;} + bool SerializeCompressed(bool writeToBitstream, long double &var){if (writeToBitstream)WriteCompressed(var);else return ReadCompressed(var); return true;} + + /// Bidirectional serialize/deserialize any integral type to/from a bitstream. If the current value is different from the last value + /// the current value will be written. Otherwise, a single bit will be written + /// For floating point, this is lossy, using 2 bytes for a float and 4 for a double. The range must be between -1 and +1. + /// For non-floating point, this is lossless, but only has benefit if you use less than half the range of the type + /// If you are not using __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END the opposite is true for types larger than 1 byte + /// \param[in] writeToBitstream true to write from your data to this bitstream. False to read from this bitstream and write to your data + /// \param[in] currentValue The current value to write + /// \param[in] lastValue The last value to compare against. Only used if \a writeToBitstream is true. + /// \return true if \a writeToBitstream is true. true if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was successful. false if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was not successful. + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, bool ¤tValue, bool lastValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteCompressedDelta(currentValue, lastValue); else return ReadCompressedDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned char ¤tValue, unsigned char lastValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteCompressedDelta(currentValue, lastValue); else return ReadCompressedDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, char ¤tValue, char lastValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteCompressedDelta(currentValue, lastValue); else return ReadCompressedDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned short ¤tValue, unsigned short lastValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteCompressedDelta(currentValue, lastValue); else return ReadCompressedDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, short ¤tValue, short lastValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteCompressedDelta(currentValue, lastValue); else return ReadCompressedDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned int ¤tValue, unsigned int lastValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteCompressedDelta(currentValue, lastValue); else return ReadCompressedDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, int ¤tValue, int lastValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteCompressedDelta(currentValue, lastValue); else return ReadCompressedDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned long ¤tValue, unsigned long lastValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteCompressedDelta(currentValue, lastValue); else return ReadCompressedDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, long long ¤tValue, long long lastValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteCompressedDelta(currentValue, lastValue); else return ReadCompressedDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned long long ¤tValue, unsigned long long lastValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteCompressedDelta(currentValue, lastValue); else return ReadCompressedDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, float ¤tValue, float lastValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteCompressedDelta(currentValue, lastValue); else return ReadCompressedDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, double ¤tValue, double lastValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteCompressedDelta(currentValue, lastValue); else return ReadCompressedDelta(currentValue);return true;} + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, long double ¤tValue, long double lastValue){if (writeToBitstream) WriteCompressedDelta(currentValue, lastValue); else return ReadCompressedDelta(currentValue);return true;} + + /// Save as SerializeCompressedDelta(templateType ¤tValue, templateType lastValue) when we have an unknown second parameter + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, bool &var){if (writeToBitstream)WriteCompressedDelta(var);else return ReadCompressedDelta(var); return true;} + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned char &var){if (writeToBitstream)WriteCompressedDelta(var);else return ReadCompressedDelta(var); return true;} + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, char &var){if (writeToBitstream)WriteCompressedDelta(var);else return ReadCompressedDelta(var); return true;} + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned short &var){if (writeToBitstream)WriteCompressedDelta(var);else return ReadCompressedDelta(var); return true;} + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, short &var){if (writeToBitstream)WriteCompressedDelta(var);else return ReadCompressedDelta(var); return true;} + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned int &var){if (writeToBitstream)WriteCompressedDelta(var);else return ReadCompressedDelta(var); return true;} + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, int &var){if (writeToBitstream)WriteCompressedDelta(var);else return ReadCompressedDelta(var); return true;} + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned long &var){if (writeToBitstream)WriteCompressedDelta(var);else return ReadCompressedDelta(var); return true;} + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, long &var){if (writeToBitstream)WriteCompressedDelta(var);else return ReadCompressedDelta(var); return true;} + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, long long &var){if (writeToBitstream)WriteCompressedDelta(var);else return ReadCompressedDelta(var); return true;} + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned long long &var){if (writeToBitstream)WriteCompressedDelta(var);else return ReadCompressedDelta(var); return true;} + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, float &var){if (writeToBitstream)WriteCompressedDelta(var);else return ReadCompressedDelta(var); return true;} + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, double &var){if (writeToBitstream)WriteCompressedDelta(var);else return ReadCompressedDelta(var); return true;} + bool SerializeCompressedDelta(bool writeToBitstream, long double &var){if (writeToBitstream)WriteCompressedDelta(var);else return ReadCompressedDelta(var); return true;} + + /// Bidirectional serialize/deserialize an array or casted stream or raw data. This does NOT do endian swapping. + /// \param[in] writeToBitstream true to write from your data to this bitstream. False to read from this bitstream and write to your data + /// \param[in] input a byte buffer + /// \param[in] numberOfBytes the size of \a input in bytes + /// \return true if \a writeToBitstream is true. true if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was successful. false if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was not successful. + bool Serialize(bool writeToBitstream, char* input, const int numberOfBytes ); + + /// Bidirectional serialize/deserialize a normalized 3D vector, using (at most) 4 bytes + 3 bits instead of 12-24 bytes. Will further compress y or z axis aligned vectors. + /// Accurate to 1/32767.5. + /// \param[in] writeToBitstream true to write from your data to this bitstream. False to read from this bitstream and write to your data + /// \param[in] x x + /// \param[in] y y + /// \param[in] z z + /// \return true if \a writeToBitstream is true. true if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was successful. false if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was not successful. + bool SerializeNormVector(bool writeToBitstream, float &x, float &y, float z ){if (writeToBitstream) WriteNormVector(x,y,z); else return ReadNormVector(x,y,z); return true;} + bool SerializeNormVector(bool writeToBitstream, double &x, double &y, double &z ){if (writeToBitstream) WriteNormVector(x,y,z); else return ReadNormVector(x,y,z); return true;} + + /// Bidirectional serialize/deserialize a vector, using 10 bytes instead of 12. + /// Loses accuracy to about 3/10ths and only saves 2 bytes, so only use if accuracy is not important. + /// \param[in] writeToBitstream true to write from your data to this bitstream. False to read from this bitstream and write to your data + /// \param[in] x x + /// \param[in] y y + /// \param[in] z z + /// \return true if \a writeToBitstream is true. true if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was successful. false if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was not successful. + bool SerializeVector(bool writeToBitstream, float &x, float &y, float &z ){if (writeToBitstream) WriteVector(x,y,z); else return ReadVector(x,y,z); return true;} + bool SerializeVector(bool writeToBitstream, double &x, double &y, double &z ){if (writeToBitstream) WriteVector(x,y,z); else return ReadVector(x,y,z); return true;} + + /// Bidirectional serialize/deserialize a normalized quaternion in 6 bytes + 4 bits instead of 16 bytes. Slightly lossy. + /// \param[in] writeToBitstream true to write from your data to this bitstream. False to read from this bitstream and write to your data + /// \param[in] w w + /// \param[in] x x + /// \param[in] y y + /// \param[in] z z + /// \return true if \a writeToBitstream is true. true if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was successful. false if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was not successful. + bool SerializeNormQuat(bool writeToBitstream, float &w, float &x, float &y, float &z){if (writeToBitstream) WriteNormQuat(w,x,y,z); else return ReadNormQuat(w,x,y,z); return true;} + bool SerializeNormQuat(bool writeToBitstream, double &w, double &x, double &y, double &z){if (writeToBitstream) WriteNormQuat(w,x,y,z); else return ReadNormQuat(w,x,y,z); return true;} + + /// Bidirectional serialize/deserialize an orthogonal matrix by creating a quaternion, and writing 3 components of the quaternion in 2 bytes each + /// for 6 bytes instead of 36 + /// Lossy, although the result is renormalized + bool SerializeOrthMatrix( + bool writeToBitstream, + float &m00, float &m01, float &m02, + float &m10, float &m11, float &m12, + float &m20, float &m21, float &m22 ){if (writeToBitstream) WriteOrthMatrix(m00,m01,m02,m10,m11,m12,m20,m21,m22); else return ReadOrthMatrix(m00,m01,m02,m10,m11,m12,m20,m21,m22); return true;} + bool SerializeOrthMatrix( + bool writeToBitstream, + double &m00, double &m01, double &m02, + double &m10, double &m11, double &m12, + double &m20, double &m21, double &m22 ){if (writeToBitstream) WriteOrthMatrix(m00,m01,m02,m10,m11,m12,m20,m21,m22); else return ReadOrthMatrix(m00,m01,m02,m10,m11,m12,m20,m21,m22); return true;} + + /// Bidirectional serialize/deserialize numberToSerialize bits to/from the input. Right aligned + /// data means in the case of a partial byte, the bits are aligned + /// from the right (bit 0) rather than the left (as in the normal + /// internal representation) You would set this to true when + /// writing user data, and false when copying bitstream data, such + /// as writing one bitstream to another + /// \param[in] writeToBitstream true to write from your data to this bitstream. False to read from this bitstream and write to your data + /// \param[in] input The data + /// \param[in] numberOfBitsToSerialize The number of bits to write + /// \param[in] rightAlignedBits if true data will be right aligned + /// \return true if \a writeToBitstream is true. true if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was successful. false if \a writeToBitstream is false and the read was not successful. + bool SerializeBits(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned char* input, int numberOfBitsToSerialize, const bool rightAlignedBits = true ); + + /// Write any integral type to a bitstream. Undefine __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END if you need endian swapping. + /// \param[in] var The value to write + void Write(bool var){if ( var ) Write1(); else Write0();} + void Write(unsigned char var){WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof( unsigned char ) * 8, true );} + void Write(char var){WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof( char ) * 8, true );} + void Write(unsigned short var) {if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(unsigned short)]; ReverseBytes((unsigned char*)&var, output, sizeof(unsigned short)); WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(unsigned short) * 8, true );} WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(unsigned short) * 8, true );} + void Write(short var) {if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(short)]; ReverseBytes((unsigned char*)&var, output, sizeof(short)); WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(short) * 8, true );} WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(short) * 8, true );} + void Write(unsigned int var) {if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(unsigned int)]; ReverseBytes((unsigned char*)&var, output, sizeof(unsigned int)); WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(unsigned int) * 8, true );} WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(unsigned int) * 8, true );} + void Write(int var) {if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(int)]; ReverseBytes((unsigned char*)&var, output, sizeof(int)); WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(int) * 8, true );} WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(int) * 8, true );} + void Write(unsigned long var) {if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(unsigned long)]; ReverseBytes((unsigned char*)&var, output, sizeof(unsigned long)); WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(unsigned long) * 8, true );} WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(unsigned long) * 8, true );} + void Write(long var) {if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(long)]; ReverseBytes((unsigned char*)&var, output, sizeof(long)); WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(long) * 8, true );} WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(long) * 8, true );} + void Write(long long var) {if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(long long)]; ReverseBytes((unsigned char*)&var, output, sizeof(long long)); WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(long long) * 8, true );} WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(long long) * 8, true );} + void Write(unsigned long long var) {if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(unsigned long long)]; ReverseBytes((unsigned char*)&var, output, sizeof(unsigned long long)); WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(unsigned long long) * 8, true );} WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(unsigned long long) * 8, true );} + void Write(float var) {if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(float)]; ReverseBytes((unsigned char*)&var, output, sizeof(float)); WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(float) * 8, true );} WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(float) * 8, true );} + void Write(double var) {if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(double)]; ReverseBytes((unsigned char*)&var, output, sizeof(double)); WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(double) * 8, true );} WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(double) * 8, true );} + void Write(long double var) {if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(long double)]; ReverseBytes((unsigned char*)&var, output, sizeof(long double)); WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(long double) * 8, true );} WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(long double) * 8, true );} + void Write(void* var) {if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(void*)]; ReverseBytes((unsigned char*)&var, output, sizeof(void*)); WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(void*) * 8, true );} WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(void*) * 8, true );} + void Write(SystemAddress var){WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var.binaryAddress, sizeof(var.binaryAddress) * 8, true ); Write(var.port);} + void Write(NetworkID var){if (NetworkID::IsPeerToPeerMode()) Write(var.systemAddress); Write(var.localSystemAddress);} + + /// Write any integral type to a bitstream. If the current value is different from the last value + /// the current value will be written. Otherwise, a single bit will be written + /// \param[in] currentValue The current value to write + /// \param[in] lastValue The last value to compare against + void WriteDelta(bool currentValue, bool lastValue){ + #pragma warning(disable:4100) // warning C4100: 'peer' : unreferenced formal parameter + Write(currentValue); + } + void WriteDelta(unsigned char currentValue, unsigned char lastValue){if (currentValue==lastValue) {Write(false);} else {Write(true); Write(currentValue);}} + void WriteDelta(char currentValue, char lastValue){if (currentValue==lastValue) {Write(false);} else {Write(true); Write(currentValue);}} + void WriteDelta(unsigned short currentValue, unsigned short lastValue){if (currentValue==lastValue) {Write(false);} else {Write(true); Write(currentValue);}} + void WriteDelta(short currentValue, short lastValue){if (currentValue==lastValue) {Write(false);} else {Write(true); Write(currentValue);}} + void WriteDelta(unsigned int currentValue, unsigned int lastValue){if (currentValue==lastValue) {Write(false);} else {Write(true); Write(currentValue);}} + void WriteDelta(int currentValue, int lastValue){if (currentValue==lastValue) {Write(false);} else {Write(true); Write(currentValue);}} + void WriteDelta(unsigned long currentValue, unsigned long lastValue){if (currentValue==lastValue) {Write(false);} else {Write(true); Write(currentValue);}} + void WriteDelta(long currentValue, long lastValue){if (currentValue==lastValue) {Write(false);} else {Write(true); Write(currentValue);}} + void WriteDelta(long long currentValue, long long lastValue){if (currentValue==lastValue) {Write(false);} else {Write(true); Write(currentValue);}} + void WriteDelta(unsigned long long currentValue, unsigned long long lastValue){if (currentValue==lastValue) {Write(false);} else {Write(true); Write(currentValue);}} + void WriteDelta(float currentValue, float lastValue){if (currentValue==lastValue) {Write(false);} else {Write(true); Write(currentValue);}} + void WriteDelta(double currentValue, double lastValue){if (currentValue==lastValue) {Write(false);} else {Write(true); Write(currentValue);}} + void WriteDelta(long double currentValue, long double lastValue){if (currentValue==lastValue) {Write(false);} else {Write(true); Write(currentValue);}} + void WriteDelta(SystemAddress currentValue, SystemAddress lastValue){if (currentValue==lastValue) {Write(false);} else {Write(true); Write(currentValue);}} + void WriteDelta(NetworkID currentValue, NetworkID lastValue){if (currentValue==lastValue) {Write(false);} else {Write(true); Write(currentValue);}} + + /// WriteDelta when you don't know what the last value is, or there is no last value. + /// \param[in] currentValue The current value to write + void WriteDelta(bool var){Write(var);} + void WriteDelta(unsigned char var){Write(true); Write(var);} + void WriteDelta(char var){Write(true); Write(var);} + void WriteDelta(unsigned short var){Write(true); Write(var);} + void WriteDelta(short var){Write(true); Write(var);} + void WriteDelta(unsigned int var){Write(true); Write(var);} + void WriteDelta(int var){Write(true); Write(var);} + void WriteDelta(unsigned long var){Write(true); Write(var);} + void WriteDelta(long var){Write(true); Write(var);} + void WriteDelta(long long var){Write(true); Write(var);} + void WriteDelta(unsigned long long var){Write(true); Write(var);} + void WriteDelta(float var){Write(true); Write(var);} + void WriteDelta(double var){Write(true); Write(var);} + void WriteDelta(long double var){Write(true); Write(var);} + void WriteDelta(SystemAddress var){Write(true); Write(var);} + void WriteDelta(NetworkID var){Write(true); Write(var);} + + /// Write any integral type to a bitstream. Undefine __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END if you need endian swapping. + /// If you are not using __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END the opposite is true for types larger than 1 byte + /// For floating point, this is lossy, using 2 bytes for a float and 4 for a double. The range must be between -1 and +1. + /// For non-floating point, this is lossless, but only has benefit if you use less than half the range of the type + /// \param[in] var The value to write + void WriteCompressed(bool var) {Write(var);} + void WriteCompressed(unsigned char var) {WriteCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof( unsigned char ) * 8, true );} + void WriteCompressed(char var) {WriteCompressed( (unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof( unsigned char ) * 8, true );} + void WriteCompressed(unsigned short var) {if (DoEndianSwap()) {unsigned char output[sizeof(unsigned short)]; ReverseBytes((unsigned char*)&var, output, sizeof(unsigned short)); WriteCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(unsigned short) * 8, true );} else WriteCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(unsigned short) * 8, true );} + void WriteCompressed(short var) {if (DoEndianSwap()) {unsigned char output[sizeof(short)]; ReverseBytes((unsigned char*)&var, output, sizeof(short)); WriteCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(short) * 8, true );} else WriteCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(short) * 8, true );} + void WriteCompressed(unsigned int var) {if (DoEndianSwap()) {unsigned char output[sizeof(unsigned int)]; ReverseBytes((unsigned char*)&var, output, sizeof(unsigned int)); WriteCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(unsigned int) * 8, true );} else WriteCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(unsigned int) * 8, true );} + void WriteCompressed(int var) {if (DoEndianSwap()) { unsigned char output[sizeof(int)]; ReverseBytes((unsigned char*)&var, output, sizeof(int)); WriteCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(int) * 8, true );} else WriteCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(int) * 8, true );} + void WriteCompressed(unsigned long var) {if (DoEndianSwap()) {unsigned char output[sizeof(unsigned long)]; ReverseBytes((unsigned char*)&var, output, sizeof(unsigned long)); WriteCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(unsigned long) * 8, true );} else WriteCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(unsigned long) * 8, true );} + void WriteCompressed(long var) {if (DoEndianSwap()) {unsigned char output[sizeof(long)]; ReverseBytes((unsigned char*)&var, output, sizeof(long)); WriteCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(long) * 8, true );} else WriteCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(long) * 8, true );} + void WriteCompressed(long long var) {if (DoEndianSwap()) {unsigned char output[sizeof(long long)]; ReverseBytes((unsigned char*)&var, output, sizeof(long long)); WriteCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(long long) * 8, true );} else WriteCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(long long) * 8, true );} + void WriteCompressed(unsigned long long var) {if (DoEndianSwap()) { unsigned char output[sizeof(unsigned long long)]; ReverseBytes((unsigned char*)&var, output, sizeof(unsigned long long)); WriteCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(unsigned long long) * 8, true );} else WriteCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(unsigned long long) * 8, true );} + void WriteCompressed(float var) {assert(var > -1.01f && var < 1.01f); if (var < -1.0f) var=-1.0f; if (var > 1.0f) var=1.0f; Write((unsigned short)((var+1.0f)*32767.5f));} + void WriteCompressed(double var) {assert(var > -1.01 && var < 1.01); if (var < -1.0) var=-1.0; if (var > 1.0) var=1.0; Write((unsigned long)((var+1.0)*2147483648.0));} + void WriteCompressed(long double var) {assert(var > -1.01 && var < 1.01); if (var < -1.0) var=-1.0; if (var > 1.0) var=1.0; Write((unsigned long)((var+1.0)*2147483648.0));} + + /// Write any integral type to a bitstream. If the current value is different from the last value + /// the current value will be written. Otherwise, a single bit will be written + /// For floating point, this is lossy, using 2 bytes for a float and 4 for a double. The range must be between -1 and +1. + /// For non-floating point, this is lossless, but only has benefit if you use less than half the range of the type + /// If you are not using __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END the opposite is true for types larger than 1 byte + /// \param[in] currentValue The current value to write + /// \param[in] lastValue The last value to compare against + void WriteCompressedDelta(bool currentValue, bool lastValue) + { + #pragma warning(disable:4100) // warning C4100: 'peer' : unreferenced formal parameter + Write(currentValue); + } + void WriteCompressedDelta(unsigned char currentValue, unsigned char lastValue){if (currentValue==lastValue) {Write(false);} else { Write(true); WriteCompressed(currentValue);}} + void WriteCompressedDelta(char currentValue, char lastValue){if (currentValue==lastValue) {Write(false);} else { Write(true); WriteCompressed(currentValue);}} + void WriteCompressedDelta(unsigned short currentValue, unsigned short lastValue){if (currentValue==lastValue) {Write(false);} else { Write(true); WriteCompressed(currentValue);}} + void WriteCompressedDelta(short currentValue, short lastValue){if (currentValue==lastValue) {Write(false);} else { Write(true); WriteCompressed(currentValue);}} + void WriteCompressedDelta(unsigned int currentValue, unsigned int lastValue){if (currentValue==lastValue) {Write(false);} else { Write(true); WriteCompressed(currentValue);}} + void WriteCompressedDelta(int currentValue, int lastValue){if (currentValue==lastValue) {Write(false);} else { Write(true); WriteCompressed(currentValue);}} + void WriteCompressedDelta(unsigned long currentValue, unsigned long lastValue){if (currentValue==lastValue) {Write(false);} else { Write(true); WriteCompressed(currentValue);}} + void WriteCompressedDelta(long currentValue, long lastValue){if (currentValue==lastValue) {Write(false);} else { Write(true); WriteCompressed(currentValue);}} + void WriteCompressedDelta(long long currentValue, long long lastValue){if (currentValue==lastValue) {Write(false);} else { Write(true); WriteCompressed(currentValue);}} + void WriteCompressedDelta(unsigned long long currentValue, unsigned long long lastValue){if (currentValue==lastValue) {Write(false);} else { Write(true); WriteCompressed(currentValue);}} + void WriteCompressedDelta(float currentValue, float lastValue){if (currentValue==lastValue) {Write(false);} else { Write(true); WriteCompressed(currentValue);}} + void WriteCompressedDelta(double currentValue, double lastValue){if (currentValue==lastValue) {Write(false);} else { Write(true); WriteCompressed(currentValue);}} + void WriteCompressedDelta(long double currentValue, long double lastValue){if (currentValue==lastValue) {Write(false);} else { Write(true); WriteCompressed(currentValue);}} + + /// Save as WriteCompressedDelta(templateType currentValue, templateType lastValue) when we have an unknown second parameter + void WriteCompressedDelta(bool var) {Write(var);} + void WriteCompressedDelta(unsigned char var) { Write(true); WriteCompressed(var); } + void WriteCompressedDelta(char var) { Write(true); WriteCompressed(var); } + void WriteCompressedDelta(unsigned short var) { Write(true); WriteCompressed(var); } + void WriteCompressedDelta(short var) { Write(true); WriteCompressed(var); } + void WriteCompressedDelta(unsigned int var) { Write(true); WriteCompressed(var); } + void WriteCompressedDelta(int var) { Write(true); WriteCompressed(var); } + void WriteCompressedDelta(unsigned long var) { Write(true); WriteCompressed(var); } + void WriteCompressedDelta(long var) { Write(true); WriteCompressed(var); } + void WriteCompressedDelta(long long var) { Write(true); WriteCompressed(var); } + void WriteCompressedDelta(unsigned long long var) { Write(true); WriteCompressed(var); } + void WriteCompressedDelta(float var) { Write(true); WriteCompressed(var); } + void WriteCompressedDelta(double var) { Write(true); WriteCompressed(var); } + void WriteCompressedDelta(long double var) { Write(true); WriteCompressed(var); } + + /// Read any integral type from a bitstream. Define __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END if you need endian swapping. + /// \param[in] var The value to read + bool Read(bool &var){if ( readOffset + 1 > numberOfBitsUsed ) return false; + if ( data[ readOffset >> 3 ] & ( 0x80 >> ( readOffset & 7 ) ) ) + var = true; + else + var = false; + // Has to be on a different line for Mac + readOffset++; + return true; + } + bool Read(unsigned char &var) {return ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) &var, sizeof(unsigned char) * 8, true );} + bool Read(char &var) {return ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) &var, sizeof(char) * 8, true );} + bool Read(unsigned short &var) {if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(unsigned short)]; if (ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(unsigned short) * 8, true )) { ReverseBytes(output, (unsigned char*)&var, sizeof(unsigned short)); return true;} return false;} else return ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(unsigned short) * 8, true );} + bool Read(short &var) {if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(short)]; if (ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(short) * 8, true )) { ReverseBytes(output, (unsigned char*)&var, sizeof(short)); return true;} return false;} else return ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(short) * 8, true );} + bool Read(unsigned int &var) {if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(unsigned int)]; if (ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(unsigned int) * 8, true )) { ReverseBytes(output, (unsigned char*)&var, sizeof(unsigned int)); return true;} return false;} else return ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(unsigned int) * 8, true );} + bool Read(int &var) {if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(int)]; if (ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(int) * 8, true )) { ReverseBytes(output, (unsigned char*)&var, sizeof(int)); return true;} return false;} else return ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(int) * 8, true );} + bool Read(unsigned long &var) {if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(unsigned long)]; if (ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(unsigned long) * 8, true )) { ReverseBytes(output, (unsigned char*)&var, sizeof(unsigned long)); return true;} return false;} else return ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(unsigned long) * 8, true );} + bool Read(long &var) {if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(long)]; if (ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(long) * 8, true )) { ReverseBytes(output, (unsigned char*)&var, sizeof(long)); return true;} return false;} else return ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(long) * 8, true );} + bool Read(long long &var) {if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(long long)]; if (ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(long long) * 8, true )) { ReverseBytes(output, (unsigned char*)&var, sizeof(long long)); return true;} return false;} else return ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(long long) * 8, true );} + bool Read(unsigned long long &var) {if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(unsigned long long)]; if (ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(unsigned long long) * 8, true )) { ReverseBytes(output, (unsigned char*)&var, sizeof(unsigned long long)); return true;} return false;} else return ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(unsigned long long) * 8, true );} + bool Read(float &var) {if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(float)]; if (ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(float) * 8, true )) { ReverseBytes(output, (unsigned char*)&var, sizeof(float)); return true;} return false;} else return ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(float) * 8, true );} + bool Read(double &var) {if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(double)]; if (ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(double) * 8, true )) { ReverseBytes(output, (unsigned char*)&var, sizeof(double)); return true;} return false;} else return ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(double) * 8, true );} + bool Read(long double &var) {if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(long double)]; if (ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(long double) * 8, true )) { ReverseBytes(output, (unsigned char*)&var, sizeof(long double)); return true;} return false;} else return ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(long double) * 8, true );} + bool Read(void* &var) {if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(void*)]; if (ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(void*) * 8, true )) { ReverseBytes(output, (unsigned char*)&var, sizeof(void*)); return true;} return false;} else return ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(void*) * 8, true );} + bool Read(SystemAddress &var){ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) & var.binaryAddress, sizeof(var.binaryAddress) * 8, true ); return Read(var.port);} + bool Read(NetworkID &var){if (NetworkID::IsPeerToPeerMode()) Read(var.systemAddress); return Read(var.localSystemAddress);} + + /// Read any integral type from a bitstream. If the written value differed from the value compared against in the write function, + /// var will be updated. Otherwise it will retain the current value. + /// ReadDelta is only valid from a previous call to WriteDelta + /// \param[in] var The value to read + bool ReadDelta(bool &var) {return Read(var);} + bool ReadDelta(unsigned char &var){bool dataWritten; bool success; success=Read(dataWritten); if (dataWritten) success=Read(var); return success;} + bool ReadDelta(char &var){bool dataWritten; bool success; success=Read(dataWritten); if (dataWritten) success=Read(var); return success;} + bool ReadDelta(unsigned short &var){bool dataWritten; bool success; success=Read(dataWritten); if (dataWritten) success=Read(var); return success;} + bool ReadDelta(short &var){bool dataWritten; bool success; success=Read(dataWritten); if (dataWritten) success=Read(var); return success;} + bool ReadDelta(unsigned int &var){bool dataWritten; bool success; success=Read(dataWritten); if (dataWritten) success=Read(var); return success;} + bool ReadDelta(int &var){bool dataWritten; bool success; success=Read(dataWritten); if (dataWritten) success=Read(var); return success;} + bool ReadDelta(unsigned long &var){bool dataWritten; bool success; success=Read(dataWritten); if (dataWritten) success=Read(var); return success;} + bool ReadDelta(long &var){bool dataWritten; bool success; success=Read(dataWritten); if (dataWritten) success=Read(var); return success;} + bool ReadDelta(long long &var){bool dataWritten; bool success; success=Read(dataWritten); if (dataWritten) success=Read(var); return success;} + bool ReadDelta(unsigned long long &var){bool dataWritten; bool success; success=Read(dataWritten); if (dataWritten) success=Read(var); return success;} + bool ReadDelta(float &var){bool dataWritten; bool success; success=Read(dataWritten); if (dataWritten) success=Read(var); return success;} + bool ReadDelta(double &var){bool dataWritten; bool success; success=Read(dataWritten); if (dataWritten) success=Read(var); return success;} + bool ReadDelta(long double &var){bool dataWritten; bool success; success=Read(dataWritten); if (dataWritten) success=Read(var); return success;} + bool ReadDelta(SystemAddress &var){bool dataWritten; bool success; success=Read(dataWritten); if (dataWritten) success=Read(var); return success;} + bool ReadDelta(NetworkID &var){bool dataWritten; bool success; success=Read(dataWritten); if (dataWritten) success=Read(var); return success;} + + + /// Read any integral type from a bitstream. Undefine __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END if you need endian swapping. + /// For floating point, this is lossy, using 2 bytes for a float and 4 for a double. The range must be between -1 and +1. + /// For non-floating point, this is lossless, but only has benefit if you use less than half the range of the type + /// If you are not using __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END the opposite is true for types larger than 1 byte + /// \param[in] var The value to read + bool ReadCompressed(bool &var) {return Read(var);} + bool ReadCompressed(unsigned char &var) {return ReadCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) &var, sizeof(unsigned char) * 8, true );} + bool ReadCompressed(char &var) {return ReadCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) &var, sizeof(unsigned char) * 8, true );} + bool ReadCompressed(unsigned short &var){if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(unsigned short)]; if (ReadCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(unsigned short) * 8, true )){ReverseBytes(output, (unsigned char*)&var, sizeof(unsigned short)); return true;} return false;}else return ReadCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(unsigned short) * 8, true );} + bool ReadCompressed(short &var){if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(short)]; if (ReadCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(short) * 8, true )){ReverseBytes(output, (unsigned char*)&var, sizeof(short)); return true;} return false;}else return ReadCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(short) * 8, true );} + bool ReadCompressed(unsigned int &var){if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(unsigned int)]; if (ReadCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(unsigned int) * 8, true )){ReverseBytes(output, (unsigned char*)&var, sizeof(unsigned int)); return true;} return false;}else return ReadCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(unsigned int) * 8, true );} + bool ReadCompressed(int &var){if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(int)]; if (ReadCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(int) * 8, true )){ReverseBytes(output, (unsigned char*)&var, sizeof(int)); return true;} return false;}else return ReadCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(int) * 8, true );} + bool ReadCompressed(unsigned long &var){if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(unsigned long)]; if (ReadCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(unsigned long) * 8, true )){ReverseBytes(output, (unsigned char*)&var, sizeof(unsigned long)); return true;} return false;}else return ReadCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(unsigned long) * 8, true );} + bool ReadCompressed(long &var){if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(long)]; if (ReadCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(long) * 8, true )){ReverseBytes(output, (unsigned char*)&var, sizeof(long)); return true;} return false;}else return ReadCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(long) * 8, true );} + bool ReadCompressed(long long &var){if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(long long)]; if (ReadCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(long long) * 8, true )){ReverseBytes(output, (unsigned char*)&var, sizeof(long long)); return true;} return false;}else return ReadCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(long long) * 8, true );} + bool ReadCompressed(unsigned long long &var){if (DoEndianSwap()){unsigned char output[sizeof(unsigned long long)]; if (ReadCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) output, sizeof(unsigned long long) * 8, true )){ReverseBytes(output, (unsigned char*)&var, sizeof(unsigned long long)); return true;} return false;}else return ReadCompressed( ( unsigned char* ) & var, sizeof(unsigned long long) * 8, true );} + bool ReadCompressed(float &var){unsigned short compressedFloat; if (Read(compressedFloat)) { var = ((float)compressedFloat / 32767.5f - 1.0f); return true;} return false;} + bool ReadCompressed(double &var) {unsigned long compressedFloat; if (Read(compressedFloat)) { var = ((double)compressedFloat / 2147483648.0 - 1.0); return true; } return false;} + bool ReadCompressed(long double &var) {unsigned long compressedFloat; if (Read(compressedFloat)) { var = ((long double)compressedFloat / 2147483648.0 - 1.0); return true; } return false;} + bool ReadCompressed(SystemAddress &var) {return Read(var);} + bool ReadCompressed(NetworkID &var) {return Read(var);} + + /// Read any integral type from a bitstream. If the written value differed from the value compared against in the write function, + /// var will be updated. Otherwise it will retain the current value. + /// the current value will be updated. + /// For floating point, this is lossy, using 2 bytes for a float and 4 for a double. The range must be between -1 and +1. + /// For non-floating point, this is lossless, but only has benefit if you use less than half the range of the type + /// If you are not using __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END the opposite is true for types larger than 1 byte + /// ReadCompressedDelta is only valid from a previous call to WriteDelta + /// \param[in] var The value to read + bool ReadCompressedDelta(bool &var) {return Read(var);} + bool ReadCompressedDelta(unsigned char &var){bool dataWritten; bool success; success=Read(dataWritten); if (dataWritten) success=ReadCompressed(var); return success;} + bool ReadCompressedDelta(char &var){bool dataWritten; bool success; success=Read(dataWritten); if (dataWritten) success=ReadCompressed(var); return success;} + bool ReadCompressedDelta(unsigned short &var){bool dataWritten; bool success; success=Read(dataWritten); if (dataWritten) success=ReadCompressed(var); return success;} + bool ReadCompressedDelta(short &var){bool dataWritten; bool success; success=Read(dataWritten); if (dataWritten) success=ReadCompressed(var); return success;} + bool ReadCompressedDelta(unsigned int &var){bool dataWritten; bool success; success=Read(dataWritten); if (dataWritten) success=ReadCompressed(var); return success;} + bool ReadCompressedDelta(int &var){bool dataWritten; bool success; success=Read(dataWritten); if (dataWritten) success=ReadCompressed(var); return success;} + bool ReadCompressedDelta(unsigned long &var){bool dataWritten; bool success; success=Read(dataWritten); if (dataWritten) success=ReadCompressed(var); return success;} + bool ReadCompressedDelta(long &var){bool dataWritten; bool success; success=Read(dataWritten); if (dataWritten) success=ReadCompressed(var); return success;} + bool ReadCompressedDelta(long long &var){bool dataWritten; bool success; success=Read(dataWritten); if (dataWritten) success=ReadCompressed(var); return success;} + bool ReadCompressedDelta(unsigned long long &var){bool dataWritten; bool success; success=Read(dataWritten); if (dataWritten) success=ReadCompressed(var); return success;} + bool ReadCompressedDelta(float &var){bool dataWritten; bool success; success=Read(dataWritten); if (dataWritten) success=ReadCompressed(var); return success;} + bool ReadCompressedDelta(double &var){bool dataWritten; bool success; success=Read(dataWritten); if (dataWritten) success=ReadCompressed(var); return success;} + bool ReadCompressedDelta(long double &var){bool dataWritten; bool success; success=Read(dataWritten); if (dataWritten) success=ReadCompressed(var); return success;} + + /// Write an array or casted stream or raw data. This does NOT do endian swapping. + /// \param[in] input a byte buffer + /// \param[in] numberOfBytes the size of \a input in bytes + void Write( const char* input, const int numberOfBytes ); + + /// Write one bitstream to another + /// \param[in] numberOfBits bits to write + /// \param bitStream the bitstream to copy from + void Write( BitStream *bitStream, int numberOfBits ); + void Write( BitStream *bitStream ); + + /// Read a normalized 3D vector, using (at most) 4 bytes + 3 bits instead of 12-24 bytes. Will further compress y or z axis aligned vectors. + /// Accurate to 1/32767.5. + /// \param[in] x x + /// \param[in] y y + /// \param[in] z z + void WriteNormVector( float x, float y, float z ); + void WriteNormVector( double x, double y, double z ) {WriteNormVector((float)x,(float)y,(float)z);} + + /// Write a vector, using 10 bytes instead of 12. + /// Loses accuracy to about 3/10ths and only saves 2 bytes, so only use if accuracy is not important. + /// \param[in] x x + /// \param[in] y y + /// \param[in] z z + void WriteVector( float x, float y, float z ); + void WriteVector( double x, double y, double z ) {WriteVector((float)x, (float)y, (float)z);} + + /// Write a normalized quaternion in 6 bytes + 4 bits instead of 16 bytes. Slightly lossy. + /// \param[in] w w + /// \param[in] x x + /// \param[in] y y + /// \param[in] z z + void WriteNormQuat( float w, float x, float y, float z); + void WriteNormQuat( double w, double x, double y, double z) {WriteNormQuat((float)w, (float) x, (float) y, (float) z);} + + /// Write an orthogonal matrix by creating a quaternion, and writing 3 components of the quaternion in 2 bytes each + /// for 6 bytes instead of 36 + /// Lossy, although the result is renormalized + void WriteOrthMatrix( + float m00, float m01, float m02, + float m10, float m11, float m12, + float m20, float m21, float m22 ) + { + WriteOrthMatrix((double)m00,(double)m01,(double)m02, + (double)m10,(double)m11,(double)m12, + (double)m20,(double)m21,(double)m22); + } + + void WriteOrthMatrix( + double m00, double m01, double m02, + double m10, double m11, double m12, + double m20, double m21, double m22 ); + + /// Read an array or casted stream of byte. The array + /// is raw data. There is no automatic endian conversion with this function + /// \param[in] output The result byte array. It should be larger than @em numberOfBytes. + /// \param[in] numberOfBytes The number of byte to read + /// \return true on success false if there is some missing bytes. + bool Read( char* output, const int numberOfBytes ); + + /// Read a normalized 3D vector, using (at most) 4 bytes + 3 bits instead of 12-24 bytes. Will further compress y or z axis aligned vectors. + /// Accurate to 1/32767.5. + /// \param[in] x x + /// \param[in] y y + /// \param[in] z z + bool ReadNormVector( float &x, float &y, float &z ); + bool ReadNormVector( double &x, double &y, double &z ) {float fx, fy, fz; bool b = ReadNormVector(fx, fy, fz); x=fx; y=fy; z=fz; return b;} + + /// Read 3 floats or doubles, using 10 bytes, where those float or doubles comprise a vector + /// Loses accuracy to about 3/10ths and only saves 2 bytes, so only use if accuracy is not important. + /// \param[in] x x + /// \param[in] y y + /// \param[in] z z + bool ReadVector( float x, float y, float z ); + bool ReadVector( double &x, double &y, double &z ) {return ReadVector((float)x, (float)y, (float)z);} + + /// Read a normalized quaternion in 6 bytes + 4 bits instead of 16 bytes. + /// \param[in] w w + /// \param[in] x x + /// \param[in] y y + /// \param[in] z z + bool ReadNormQuat( float &w, float &x, float &y, float &z){double dw, dx, dy, dz; bool b=ReadNormQuat(dw, dx, dy, dz); w=(float)dw; x=(float)dx; y=(float)dy; z=(float)dz; return b;} + bool ReadNormQuat( double &w, double &x, double &y, double &z); + + /// Read an orthogonal matrix from a quaternion, reading 3 components of the quaternion in 2 bytes each and extrapolating the 4th. + /// for 6 bytes instead of 36 + /// Lossy, although the result is renormalized + bool ReadOrthMatrix( + float &m00, float &m01, float &m02, + float &m10, float &m11, float &m12, + float &m20, float &m21, float &m22 ); + bool ReadOrthMatrix( + double &m00, double &m01, double &m02, + double &m10, double &m11, double &m12, + double &m20, double &m21, double &m22 ); + + ///Sets the read pointer back to the beginning of your data. + void ResetReadPointer( void ); + + /// Sets the write pointer back to the beginning of your data. + void ResetWritePointer( void ); + + ///This is good to call when you are done with the stream to make + /// sure you didn't leave any data left over void + void AssertStreamEmpty( void ); + + /// printf the bits in the stream. Great for debugging. + void PrintBits( void ) const; + + /// Ignore data we don't intend to read + /// \param[in] numberOfBits The number of bits to ignore + void IgnoreBits( const int numberOfBits ); + + /// Ignore data we don't intend to read + /// \param[in] numberOfBits The number of bytes to ignore + void IgnoreBytes( const int numberOfBytes ); + + ///Move the write pointer to a position on the array. + /// \param[in] offset the offset from the start of the array. + /// \attention + /// Dangerous if you don't know what you are doing! + /// For efficiency reasons you can only write mid-stream if your data is byte aligned. + void SetWriteOffset( const int offset ); + + /// Returns the length in bits of the stream + inline int GetNumberOfBitsUsed( void ) const {return GetWriteOffset();} + inline int GetWriteOffset( void ) const {return numberOfBitsUsed;} + + ///Returns the length in bytes of the stream + inline int GetNumberOfBytesUsed( void ) const {return BITS_TO_BYTES( numberOfBitsUsed );} + + ///Returns the number of bits into the stream that we have read + inline int GetReadOffset( void ) const {return readOffset;} + + // Sets the read bit index + inline void SetReadOffset( int newReadOffset ) {readOffset=newReadOffset;} + + ///Returns the number of bits left in the stream that haven't been read + inline int GetNumberOfUnreadBits( void ) const {return numberOfBitsUsed - readOffset;} + + /// Makes a copy of the internal data for you \a _data will point to + /// the stream. Returns the length in bits of the stream. Partial + /// bytes are left aligned + /// \param[out] _data The allocated copy of GetData() + int CopyData( unsigned char** _data ) const; + + /// Set the stream to some initial data. + /// \internal + void SetData( unsigned char *input ); + + /// Gets the data that BitStream is writing to / reading from + /// Partial bytes are left aligned. + /// \return A pointer to the internal state + inline unsigned char* GetData( void ) const {return data;} + + /// Write numberToWrite bits from the input source Right aligned + /// data means in the case of a partial byte, the bits are aligned + /// from the right (bit 0) rather than the left (as in the normal + /// internal representation) You would set this to true when + /// writing user data, and false when copying bitstream data, such + /// as writing one bitstream to another + /// \param[in] input The data + /// \param[in] numberOfBitsToWrite The number of bits to write + /// \param[in] rightAlignedBits if true data will be right aligned + void WriteBits( const unsigned char* input, int numberOfBitsToWrite, const bool rightAlignedBits = true ); + + /// Align the bitstream to the byte boundary and then write the + /// specified number of bits. This is faster than WriteBits but + /// wastes the bits to do the alignment and requires you to call + /// ReadAlignedBits at the corresponding read position. + /// \param[in] input The data + /// \param[in] numberOfBytesToWrite The size of input. + void WriteAlignedBytes( void *input, const int numberOfBytesToWrite ); + + /// Aligns the bitstream, writes inputLength, and writes input. Won't write beyond maxBytesToWrite + /// \param[in] input The data + /// \param[in] inputLength The size of input. + /// \param[in] maxBytesToWrite Max bytes to write + void WriteAlignedBytesSafe( void *input, const int inputLength, const int maxBytesToWrite ); + + /// Read bits, starting at the next aligned bits. Note that the + /// modulus 8 starting offset of the sequence must be the same as + /// was used with WriteBits. This will be a problem with packet + /// coalescence unless you byte align the coalesced packets. + /// \param[in] output The byte array larger than @em numberOfBytesToRead + /// \param[in] numberOfBytesToRead The number of byte to read from the internal state + /// \return true if there is enough byte. + bool ReadAlignedBytes( void *output, const int numberOfBytesToRead ); + + /// Reads what was written by WriteAlignedBytesSafe + /// \param[in] input The data + /// \param[in] maxBytesToRead Maximum number of bytes to read + bool ReadAlignedBytesSafe( void *input, int &inputLength, const int maxBytesToRead ); + + /// Same as ReadAlignedBytesSafe() but allocates the memory for you using new, rather than assuming it is safe to write to + /// \param[in] input input will be deleted if it is not a pointer to 0 + bool ReadAlignedBytesSafeAlloc( char **input, int &inputLength, const int maxBytesToRead ); + + /// Align the next write and/or read to a byte boundary. This can + /// be used to 'waste' bits to byte align for efficiency reasons It + /// can also be used to force coalesced bitstreams to start on byte + /// boundaries so so WriteAlignedBits and ReadAlignedBits both + /// calculate the same offset when aligning. + void AlignWriteToByteBoundary( void ); + + /// Align the next write and/or read to a byte boundary. This can + /// be used to 'waste' bits to byte align for efficiency reasons It + /// can also be used to force coalesced bitstreams to start on byte + /// boundaries so so WriteAlignedBits and ReadAlignedBits both + /// calculate the same offset when aligning. + void AlignReadToByteBoundary( void ); + + /// Read \a numberOfBitsToRead bits to the output source + /// alignBitsToRight should be set to true to convert internal + /// bitstream data to userdata. It should be false if you used + /// WriteBits with rightAlignedBits false + /// \param[in] output The resulting bits array + /// \param[in] numberOfBitsToRead The number of bits to read + /// \param[in] alignBitsToRight if true bits will be right aligned. + /// \return true if there is enough bits to read + bool ReadBits( unsigned char *output, int numberOfBitsToRead, const bool alignBitsToRight = true ); + + /// Write a 0 + void Write0( void ); + + /// Write a 1 + void Write1( void ); + + /// Reads 1 bit and returns true if that bit is 1 and false if it is 0 + bool ReadBit( void ); + + /// If we used the constructor version with copy data off, this + /// *makes sure it is set to on and the data pointed to is copied. + void AssertCopyData( void ); + + /// Use this if you pass a pointer copy to the constructor + /// *(_copyData==false) and want to overallocate to prevent + /// *reallocation + void SetNumberOfBitsAllocated( const unsigned int lengthInBits ); + + /// Reallocates (if necessary) in preparation of writing numberOfBitsToWrite + void AddBitsAndReallocate( const int numberOfBitsToWrite ); + + /// \internal + /// \return How many bits have been allocated internally + unsigned int GetNumberOfBitsAllocated(void) const; + + static bool DoEndianSwap(void); + static bool IsBigEndian(void); + static bool IsNetworkOrder(void); + static void ReverseBytes(unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output, int length); + static void ReverseBytesInPlace(unsigned char *data, int length); + + private: + + BitStream( const BitStream &invalid) { + #ifdef _MSC_VER + #pragma warning(disable:4100) + // warning C4100: 'invalid' : unreferenced formal parameter + #endif + + } + + /// Assume the input source points to a native type, compress and write it. + void WriteCompressed( const unsigned char* input, const int size, const bool unsignedData ); + + /// Assume the input source points to a compressed native type. Decompress and read it. + bool ReadCompressed( unsigned char* output, const int size, const bool unsignedData ); + + + int numberOfBitsUsed; + + int numberOfBitsAllocated; + + int readOffset; + + unsigned char *data; + + /// true if the internal buffer is copy of the data passed to the constructor + bool copyData; + + /// BitStreams that use less than BITSTREAM_STACK_ALLOCATION_SIZE use the stack, rather than the heap to store data. It switches over if BITSTREAM_STACK_ALLOCATION_SIZE is exceeded + unsigned char stackData[BITSTREAM_STACK_ALLOCATION_SIZE]; + }; + + inline bool BitStream::SerializeBits(bool writeToBitstream, unsigned char* input, int numberOfBitsToSerialize, const bool rightAlignedBits ) + { + if (writeToBitstream) + WriteBits(input,numberOfBitsToSerialize,rightAlignedBits); + else + return ReadBits(input,numberOfBitsToSerialize,rightAlignedBits); + return true; + } + + +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif + +#endif // VC6 + +#endif \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/CheckSum.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/CheckSum.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..91ecc3f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/CheckSum.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +/** +* @file +* @brief CheckSum implementation from http://www.flounder.com/checksum.htm +* +*/ +#include "CheckSum.h" + +/**************************************************************************** +* CheckSum::add +* Inputs: +* unsigned int d: word to add +* Result: void +* +* Effect: +* Adds the bytes of the unsigned int to the CheckSum +****************************************************************************/ + +void CheckSum::Add ( unsigned int value ) +{ + union + { + unsigned int value; + unsigned char bytes[ 4 ]; + } + + data; + data.value = value; + + for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < sizeof( data.bytes ); i++ ) + Add ( data.bytes[ i ] ) + + ; +} // CheckSum::add(unsigned int) + +/**************************************************************************** +* CheckSum::add +* Inputs: +* unsigned short value: +* Result: void +* +* Effect: +* Adds the bytes of the unsigned short value to the CheckSum +****************************************************************************/ + +void CheckSum::Add ( unsigned short value ) +{ + union + { + unsigned short value; + unsigned char bytes[ 2 ]; + } + + data; + data.value = value; + + for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < sizeof( data.bytes ); i++ ) + Add ( data.bytes[ i ] ) + + ; +} // CheckSum::add(unsigned short) + +/**************************************************************************** +* CheckSum::add +* Inputs: +* unsigned char value: +* Result: void +* +* Effect: +* Adds the byte to the CheckSum +****************************************************************************/ + +void CheckSum::Add ( unsigned char value ) +{ + unsigned char cipher = (unsigned char)( value ^ ( r >> 8 ) ); + r = ( cipher + r ) * c1 + c2; + sum += cipher; +} // CheckSum::add(unsigned char) + + +/**************************************************************************** +* CheckSum::add +* Inputs: +* LPunsigned char b: pointer to byte array +* unsigned int length: count +* Result: void +* +* Effect: +* Adds the bytes to the CheckSum +****************************************************************************/ + +void CheckSum::Add ( unsigned char *b, unsigned int length ) +{ + for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < length; i++ ) + Add ( b[ i ] ) + + ; +} // CheckSum::add(LPunsigned char, unsigned int) diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/CheckSum.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/CheckSum.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0fd68935 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/CheckSum.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Internal] Generates and validates checksums +/// +/// \note I didn't write this, but took it from http://www.flounder.com/checksum.htm +/// + +#ifndef __CHECKSUM_H +#define __CHECKSUM_H + +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" + +/// Generates and validates checksums +class CheckSum : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ + +public: + + /// Default constructor + + CheckSum() + { + Clear(); + } + + void Clear() + { + sum = 0; + r = 55665; + c1 = 52845; + c2 = 22719; + } + + void Add ( unsigned int w ); + + + void Add ( unsigned short w ); + + void Add ( unsigned char* b, unsigned int length ); + + void Add ( unsigned char b ); + + unsigned int Get () + { + return sum; + } + +protected: + unsigned short r; + unsigned short c1; + unsigned short c2; + unsigned int sum; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ClientContextStruct.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ClientContextStruct.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..826a27eb --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ClientContextStruct.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Internal] Depreciated, back from when I supported IO Completion ports. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __CLIENT_CONTEXT_STRUCT_H +#define __CLIENT_CONTEXT_STRUCT_H + +#ifdef _XBOX360 +#elif defined(_WIN32) +//#include +#endif +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "MTUSize.h" + +class RakPeer; + +#ifdef __USE_IO_COMPLETION_PORTS + +struct ClientContextStruct +{ + HANDLE handle; // The socket, also used as a file handle +}; + +struct ExtendedOverlappedStruct +{ + OVERLAPPED overlapped; + char data[ MAXIMUM_MTU_SIZE ]; // Used to hold data to send + int length; // Length of the actual data to send, always under MAXIMUM_MTU_SIZE + unsigned int binaryAddress; + unsigned short port; + RakPeer *rakPeer; + bool read; // Set to true for reads, false for writes +}; + +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/CommandParserInterface.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/CommandParserInterface.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0cd14433 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/CommandParserInterface.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +#include "CommandParserInterface.h" +#include "TransportInterface.h" +#include +#include +#include +#ifdef _XBOX360 +#include "Console1Includes.h" +#elif defined(_WIN32) +// IP_DONTFRAGMENT is different between winsock 1 and winsock 2. Therefore, Winsock2.h must be linked againt Ws2_32.lib +// winsock.h must be linked against WSock32.lib. If these two are mixed up the flag won't work correctly +#include +#else +#include +#include +#include +#endif + +#include "LinuxStrings.h" + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +const unsigned char CommandParserInterface::VARIABLE_NUMBER_OF_PARAMETERS=255; + +int RegisteredCommandComp( const char* const & key, const RegisteredCommand &data ) +{ + return _stricmp(key,data.command); +} + +CommandParserInterface::CommandParserInterface() {} +CommandParserInterface::~CommandParserInterface() {} + +void CommandParserInterface::ParseConsoleString(char *str, const char delineator, unsigned char delineatorToggle, unsigned *numParameters, char **parameterList, unsigned parameterListLength) +{ + unsigned strIndex, parameterListIndex; + unsigned strLen; + bool replaceDelineator=true; + + strLen = (unsigned) strlen(str); + + // Replace every instance of delineator, \n, \r with 0 + for (strIndex=0; strIndex < strLen; strIndex++) + { + if (str[strIndex]==delineator && replaceDelineator) + str[strIndex]=0; + + if (str[strIndex]=='\n' || str[strIndex]=='\r') + str[strIndex]=0; + + if (str[strIndex]==delineatorToggle) + { + str[strIndex]=0; + replaceDelineator=!replaceDelineator; + } + } + + // Fill up parameterList starting at each non-0 + for (strIndex=0, parameterListIndex=0; strIndex < strLen; ) + { + if (str[strIndex]!=0) + { + parameterList[parameterListIndex]=str+strIndex; + parameterListIndex++; + assert(parameterListIndex < parameterListLength); + if (parameterListIndex >= parameterListLength) + break; + + strIndex++; + while (str[strIndex]!=0 && strIndex < strLen) + strIndex++; + } + else + strIndex++; + } + + parameterList[parameterListIndex]=0; + *numParameters=parameterListIndex; +} +void CommandParserInterface::SendCommandList(TransportInterface *transport, SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + unsigned i; + if (commandList.Size()) + { + for (i=0; i < commandList.Size(); i++) + { + transport->Send(systemAddress, "%s", commandList[i].command); + if (i < commandList.Size()-1) + transport->Send(systemAddress, ", "); + } + transport->Send(systemAddress, "\r\n"); + } + else + transport->Send(systemAddress, "No registered commands\r\n"); +} +void CommandParserInterface::RegisterCommand(unsigned char parameterCount, const char *command, const char *commandHelp) +{ + RegisteredCommand rc; + rc.command=command; + rc.commandHelp=commandHelp; + rc.parameterCount=parameterCount; + commandList.Insert( command, rc, true); +} +bool CommandParserInterface::GetRegisteredCommand(const char *command, RegisteredCommand *rc) +{ + bool objectExists; + unsigned index; + index=commandList.GetIndexFromKey(command, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + *rc=commandList[index]; + return objectExists; +} +void CommandParserInterface::OnTransportChange(TransportInterface *transport) +{ + (void) transport; +} +void CommandParserInterface::OnNewIncomingConnection(SystemAddress systemAddress, TransportInterface *transport) +{ + (void) systemAddress; + (void) transport; +} +void CommandParserInterface::OnConnectionLost(SystemAddress systemAddress, TransportInterface *transport) +{ + (void) systemAddress; + (void) transport; +} +void CommandParserInterface::ReturnResult(bool res, const char *command,TransportInterface *transport, SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + if (res) + transport->Send(systemAddress, "%s returned true.\r\n", command); + else + transport->Send(systemAddress, "%s returned false.\r\n", command); +} +void CommandParserInterface::ReturnResult(int res, const char *command,TransportInterface *transport, SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + transport->Send(systemAddress, "%s returned %i.\r\n", command, res); +} +void CommandParserInterface::ReturnResult(const char *command, TransportInterface *transport, SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + transport->Send(systemAddress, "Successfully called %s.\r\n", command); +} +void CommandParserInterface::ReturnResult(char *res, const char *command, TransportInterface *transport, SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + transport->Send(systemAddress, "%s returned %s.\r\n", command, res); +} +void CommandParserInterface::ReturnResult(SystemAddress res, const char *command, TransportInterface *transport, SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + in_addr in; + in.s_addr = systemAddress.binaryAddress; + inet_ntoa( in ); + transport->Send(systemAddress, "%s returned %s %i:%i\r\n", command,inet_ntoa( in ),res.binaryAddress, res.port); +#else + transport->Send(systemAddress, "%s returned %i:%i\r\n", command,res.binaryAddress, res.port); +#endif +} +SystemAddress CommandParserInterface::IntegersToSystemAddress(int binaryAddress, int port) +{ + SystemAddress systemAddress; + systemAddress.binaryAddress=binaryAddress; + systemAddress.port=(unsigned short)port; + return systemAddress; +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/CommandParserInterface.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/CommandParserInterface.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a4bcda5e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/CommandParserInterface.h @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief Contains CommandParserInterface , from which you derive custom command parsers +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __COMMAND_PARSER_INTERFACE +#define __COMMAND_PARSER_INTERFACE + +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "DS_OrderedList.h" +#include "Export.h" + +class TransportInterface; + +/// \internal +/// Contains the information related to one command registered with RegisterCommand() +/// Implemented so I can have an automatic help system via SendCommandList() +struct RAK_DLL_EXPORT RegisteredCommand +{ + const char *command; + const char *commandHelp; + unsigned char parameterCount; +}; + +/// List of commands registered with RegisterCommand() +int RAK_DLL_EXPORT RegisteredCommandComp( const char* const & key, const RegisteredCommand &data ); + +/// CommandParserInterface provides a set of functions and interfaces that plug into the ConsoleServer class. +/// Each CommandParserInterface works at the same time as other interfaces in the system. +/// \brief The interface used by command parsers. +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT CommandParserInterface : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ +public: + CommandParserInterface(); + virtual ~CommandParserInterface(); + + /// You are responsible for overriding this function and returning a static string, which will identifier your parser. + /// This should return a static string + /// \return The name that you return. + virtual const char *GetName(void) const=0; + + /// A callback for when \a systemAddress has connected to us. + /// \param[in] systemAddress The player that has connected. + /// \param[in] transport The transport interface that sent us this information. Can be used to send messages to this or other players. + virtual void OnNewIncomingConnection(SystemAddress systemAddress, TransportInterface *transport); + + /// A callback for when \a systemAddress has disconnected, either gracefully or forcefully + /// \param[in] systemAddress The player that has disconnected. + /// \param[in] transport The transport interface that sent us this information. + virtual void OnConnectionLost(SystemAddress systemAddress, TransportInterface *transport); + + /// A callback for when you are expected to send a brief description of your parser to \a systemAddress + /// \param[in] transport The transport interface we can use to write to + /// \param[in] systemAddress The player that requested help. + virtual void SendHelp(TransportInterface *transport, SystemAddress systemAddress)=0; + + /// Given \a command with parameters \a parameterList , do whatever processing you wish. + /// \param[in] command The command to process + /// \param[in] numParameters How many parameters were passed along with the command + /// \param[in] parameterList The list of parameters. parameterList[0] is the first parameter and so on. + /// \param[in] transport The transport interface we can use to write to + /// \param[in] systemAddress The player that sent this command. + /// \param[in] originalString The string that was actually sent over the network, in case you want to do your own parsing + virtual bool OnCommand(const char *command, unsigned numParameters, char **parameterList, TransportInterface *transport, SystemAddress systemAddress, const char *originalString)=0; + + /// This is called every time transport interface is registered. If you want to save a copy of the TransportInterface pointer + /// This is the place to do it + /// \param[in] transport The new TransportInterface + virtual void OnTransportChange(TransportInterface *transport); + + /// \internal + /// Scan commandList and return the associated array + /// \param[in] command The string to find + /// \param[out] rc Contains the result of this operation + /// \return True if we found the command, false otherwise + virtual bool GetRegisteredCommand(const char *command, RegisteredCommand *rc); + + /// \internal + /// Goes through str, replacing the delineating character with 0's. + /// \param[in] str The string sent by the transport interface + /// \param[in] delineator The character to scan for to use as a delineator + /// \param[in] delineatorToggle When encountered the delineator replacement is toggled on and off + /// \param[out] numParameters How many pointers were written to \a parameterList + /// \param[out] parameterList An array of pointers to characters. Will hold pointers to locations inside \a str + /// \param[in] parameterListLength How big the \a parameterList array is + static void ParseConsoleString(char *str, const char delineator, unsigned char delineatorToggle, unsigned *numParameters, char **parameterList, unsigned parameterListLength); + + /// \internal + /// Goes through the variable commandList and sends the command portion of each struct + /// \param[in] transport The transport interface we can use to write to + /// \param[in] systemAddress The player to write to + virtual void SendCommandList(TransportInterface *transport, SystemAddress systemAddress); + + static const unsigned char VARIABLE_NUMBER_OF_PARAMETERS; + +protected: + // Currently only takes static strings - doesn't make a copy of what you pass. + // parameterCount is the number of parameters that the sender has to include with the command. + // Pass 255 to parameterCount to indicate variable number of parameters + + /// Registers a command. + /// \param[in] parameterCount How many parameters your command requires. If you want to accept a variable number of commands, pass CommandParserInterface::VARIABLE_NUMBER_OF_PARAMETERS + /// \param[in] command A pointer to a STATIC string that has your command. I keep a copy of the pointer here so don't deallocate the string. + /// \param[in] commandHelp A pointer to a STATIC string that has the help information for your command. I keep a copy of the pointer here so don't deallocate the string. + virtual void RegisterCommand(unsigned char parameterCount, const char *command, const char *commandHelp); + + /// Just writes a string to the remote system based on the result ( \a res )of your operation + /// This is not necessary to call, but makes it easier to return results of function calls + /// \param[in] res The result to write + /// \param[in] command The command that this result came from + /// \param[in] transport The transport interface that will be written to + /// \param[in] systemAddress The player this result will be sent to + virtual void ReturnResult(bool res, const char *command, TransportInterface *transport, SystemAddress systemAddress); + virtual void ReturnResult(char *res, const char *command, TransportInterface *transport, SystemAddress systemAddress); + virtual void ReturnResult(SystemAddress res, const char *command, TransportInterface *transport, SystemAddress systemAddress); + virtual void ReturnResult(int res, const char *command,TransportInterface *transport, SystemAddress systemAddress); + + /// Just writes a string to the remote system when you are calling a function that has no return value + /// This is not necessary to call, but makes it easier to return results of function calls + /// \param[in] res The result to write + /// \param[in] command The command that this result came from + /// \param[in] transport The transport interface that will be written to + /// \param[in] systemAddress The player this result will be sent to + virtual void ReturnResult(const char *command,TransportInterface *transport, SystemAddress systemAddress); + + + /// Since there's no way to specify a systemAddress directly, the user needs to specify both the binary address and port. + /// Given those parameters, this returns the corresponding SystemAddress + /// \param[in] binaryAddress The binaryAddress portion of SystemAddress + /// \param[in] port The port portion of SystemAddress + SystemAddress IntegersToSystemAddress(int binaryAddress, int port); + + DataStructures::OrderedList commandList; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ConnectionGraph.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ConnectionGraph.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e423f779 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ConnectionGraph.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,617 @@ +/// \file +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#include "ConnectionGraph.h" +#include "RakPeerInterface.h" +#include "MessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "StringCompressor.h" +#include "GetTime.h" +#include +#include "RakAssert.h" +#include "SHA1.h" + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +static const int connectionGraphChannel=31; + +ConnectionGraph::SystemAddressAndGroupId::SystemAddressAndGroupId() +{ + +} +ConnectionGraph::SystemAddressAndGroupId::~SystemAddressAndGroupId() +{ + +} +ConnectionGraph::SystemAddressAndGroupId::SystemAddressAndGroupId(SystemAddress _systemAddress, ConnectionGraphGroupID _groupID) +{ + systemAddress=_systemAddress; + groupId=_groupID; +} +bool ConnectionGraph::SystemAddressAndGroupId::operator==( const ConnectionGraph::SystemAddressAndGroupId& right ) const +{ + return systemAddress==right.systemAddress; +} +bool ConnectionGraph::SystemAddressAndGroupId::operator!=( const ConnectionGraph::SystemAddressAndGroupId& right ) const +{ + return systemAddress!=right.systemAddress; +} +bool ConnectionGraph::SystemAddressAndGroupId::operator > ( const ConnectionGraph::SystemAddressAndGroupId& right ) const +{ + return systemAddress>right.systemAddress; +} +bool ConnectionGraph::SystemAddressAndGroupId::operator < ( const ConnectionGraph::SystemAddressAndGroupId& right ) const +{ + return systemAddress::IMPLEMENT_DEFAULT_COMPARISON(); + DataStructures::OrderedList::IMPLEMENT_DEFAULT_COMPARISON(); + DataStructures::OrderedList::IMPLEMENT_DEFAULT_COMPARISON(); + DataStructures::OrderedList::IMPLEMENT_DEFAULT_COMPARISON(); + + subscribedGroups.Insert(0,0, true); +} + +ConnectionGraph::~ConnectionGraph() +{ + if (pw) + delete [] pw; +} + +void ConnectionGraph::SetPassword(const char *password) +{ + if (pw) + { + delete [] pw; + pw=0; + } + + if (password && password[0]) + { + assert(strlen(password)<256); + pw=(char*) rakMalloc( strlen(password)+1 ); + strcpy(pw, password); + } +} +DataStructures::WeightedGraph *ConnectionGraph::GetGraph(void) +{ + return &graph; +} +void ConnectionGraph::SetAutoAddNewConnections(bool autoAdd) +{ + autoAddNewConnections=autoAdd; +} +void ConnectionGraph::OnShutdown(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; + graph.Clear(); + participantList.Clear(); +// forceBroadcastTime=0; +} +void ConnectionGraph::Update(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; + +// RakNetTime time = RakNet::GetTime(); + + // If the time is past the next weight update time, then refresh all pings of all connected participants and send these out if substantially different. +// if (forceBroadcastTime && time > forceBroadcastTime) +// { +// DataStructures::OrderedList none; + // BroadcastGraphUpdate(none, peer); +// forceBroadcastTime=0; +// } +} +PluginReceiveResult ConnectionGraph::OnReceive(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + switch (packet->data[0]) + { + case ID_NEW_INCOMING_CONNECTION: + OnNewIncomingConnection(peer, packet); + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; + case ID_CONNECTION_REQUEST_ACCEPTED: + OnConnectionRequestAccepted(peer, packet); + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; + case ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_REQUEST: + OnConnectionGraphRequest(peer, packet); + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + case ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_REPLY: + OnConnectionGraphReply(peer, packet); + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; + case ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_UPDATE: + OnConnectionGraphUpdate(peer, packet); + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + case ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_NEW_CONNECTION: + OnNewConnection(peer, packet); + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + // Remove connection lost + case ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_CONNECTION_LOST: + case ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION: + if (OnConnectionLost(peer, packet, packet->data[0])) + { + if (packet->data[0]==ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_CONNECTION_LOST) + packet->data[0]=ID_REMOTE_CONNECTION_LOST; + else + packet->data[0]=ID_REMOTE_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION; + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; // Return this packet to the user + } + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + // Local connection lost + case ID_CONNECTION_LOST: + case ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION: + { + unsigned char packetId; + // Change to remote connection lost and relay the message + if (packet->data[0]==ID_CONNECTION_LOST) + packetId=ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_CONNECTION_LOST; + else + packetId=ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION; + HandleDroppedConnection(peer, packet->systemAddress, packetId); + } + } + + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; +} +void ConnectionGraph::OnCloseConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + HandleDroppedConnection(peer, systemAddress, ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION); +} + +void ConnectionGraph::HandleDroppedConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress, unsigned char packetId) +{ + assert(peer); + RemoveParticipant(systemAddress); + DataStructures::OrderedList ignoreList; + RemoveAndRelayConnection(ignoreList, packetId, systemAddress, peer->GetExternalID(systemAddress), peer); +} + +void ConnectionGraph::OnNewIncomingConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + if (autoAddNewConnections==false) + return; + + // 0 is the default groupId + AddNewConnection(peer, packet->systemAddress, 0); +} +void ConnectionGraph::OnConnectionRequestAccepted(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + if (autoAddNewConnections==false) + return; + + RequestConnectionGraph(peer, packet->systemAddress); + + // 0 is the default groupId + AddNewConnection(peer, packet->systemAddress, 0); +} +void ConnectionGraph::SetGroupId(ConnectionGraphGroupID groupId) +{ + myGroupId=groupId; +} +void ConnectionGraph::AddNewConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress, ConnectionGraphGroupID groupId) +{ + if (autoAddNewConnections==false && subscribedGroups.HasData(groupId)==false) + return; + + DataStructures::OrderedList ignoreList; + + SystemAddressAndGroupId first, second; + first.systemAddress=systemAddress; + first.groupId=groupId; + second.systemAddress=peer->GetExternalID(systemAddress); + second.groupId=myGroupId; + + AddAndRelayConnection(ignoreList, first, second, (unsigned short)peer->GetAveragePing(systemAddress), peer); +} +void ConnectionGraph::SubscribeToGroup(ConnectionGraphGroupID groupId) +{ + subscribedGroups.Insert(groupId, groupId, true); +} +void ConnectionGraph::UnsubscribeFromGroup(ConnectionGraphGroupID groupId) +{ + subscribedGroups.Remove(groupId); +} +void ConnectionGraph::RequestConnectionGraph(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + RakNet::BitStream outBitstream; + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_REQUEST); + stringCompressor->EncodeString(pw,256,&outBitstream); + peer->Send(&outBitstream, LOW_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED, connectionGraphChannel, systemAddress, false); + +#ifdef _CONNECTION_GRAPH_DEBUG_PRINT + printf("ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_REQUEST from %i to %i\n", peer->GetInternalID().port, systemAddress.port); +#endif +} +void ConnectionGraph::OnConnectionGraphRequest(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + char password[256]; + RakNet::BitStream inBitstream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + inBitstream.IgnoreBits(8); + stringCompressor->DecodeString(password,256,&inBitstream); + if (pw && pw[0] && strcmp(pw, password)!=0) + return; + +#ifdef _CONNECTION_GRAPH_DEBUG_PRINT + printf("ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_REPLY "); +#endif + + RakNet::BitStream outBitstream; + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_REPLY); + stringCompressor->EncodeString(pw,256,&outBitstream); + SerializeWeightedGraph(&outBitstream, graph); + peer->Send(&outBitstream, LOW_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED, connectionGraphChannel, packet->systemAddress, false); + +#ifdef _CONNECTION_GRAPH_DEBUG_PRINT + printf("from %i to %i\n", peer->GetInternalID().port, packet->systemAddress.port); +#endif + + // Add packet->systemAddress to the participant list if it is not already there + AddParticipant(packet->systemAddress); +} +void ConnectionGraph::OnConnectionGraphReply(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + unsigned char password[256]; + RakNet::BitStream inBitstream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + inBitstream.IgnoreBits(8); + stringCompressor->DecodeString((char*)password,256,&inBitstream); + if (pw && pw[0] && strcmp(pw, (const char*)password)!=0) + return; + + // Serialize the weighted graph and send it to them + RakNet::BitStream outBitstream; + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_UPDATE); + +#ifdef _CONNECTION_GRAPH_DEBUG_PRINT + printf("ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_UPDATE "); +#endif + + // Send our current graph to the sender + SerializeWeightedGraph(&outBitstream, graph); + + + // Write the systems that have processed this graph so we don't resend to these systems + outBitstream.Write((unsigned short) 1); + outBitstream.Write(peer->GetExternalID(packet->systemAddress)); + +#ifdef _CONNECTION_GRAPH_DEBUG_PRINT + printf("from %i to %i\n", peer->GetInternalID().port, packet->systemAddress.port); +#endif + + peer->Send(&outBitstream, LOW_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED, connectionGraphChannel, packet->systemAddress, false); + + // Add packet->systemAddress to the participant list if it is not already there + AddParticipant(packet->systemAddress); + + if (DeserializeWeightedGraph(&inBitstream, peer)==false) + return; + + // Forward the updated graph to all current participants + DataStructures::OrderedList ignoreList; + ignoreList.Insert(packet->systemAddress,packet->systemAddress, true); + BroadcastGraphUpdate(ignoreList, peer); +} +void ConnectionGraph::OnConnectionGraphUpdate(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + // Only accept from participants + if (participantList.HasData(packet->systemAddress)==false) + return; + + RakNet::BitStream inBitstream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + inBitstream.IgnoreBits(8); + + if (DeserializeWeightedGraph(&inBitstream, peer)==false) + return; + + DataStructures::OrderedList ignoreList; + DeserializeIgnoreList(ignoreList, &inBitstream); + + // Forward the updated graph to all participants. + ignoreList.Insert(packet->systemAddress,packet->systemAddress, false); + BroadcastGraphUpdate(ignoreList, peer); +} +void ConnectionGraph::OnNewConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + // Only accept from participants + if (participantList.HasData(packet->systemAddress)==false) + return; + + SystemAddressAndGroupId node1, node2; + unsigned short ping; + RakNet::BitStream inBitstream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + inBitstream.IgnoreBits(8); + inBitstream.Read(node1.systemAddress); + inBitstream.Read(node1.groupId); + inBitstream.Read(node2.systemAddress); + inBitstream.Read(node2.groupId); + if (inBitstream.Read(ping)==false) + return; + DataStructures::OrderedList ignoreList; + DeserializeIgnoreList(ignoreList, &inBitstream); + ignoreList.Insert(packet->systemAddress,packet->systemAddress, false); + AddAndRelayConnection(ignoreList, node1, node2, ping, peer); +} +bool ConnectionGraph::OnConnectionLost(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet, unsigned char packetId) +{ + // Only accept from participants + if (participantList.HasData(packet->systemAddress)==false) + return false; + + SystemAddress node1, node2; + RakNet::BitStream inBitstream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + inBitstream.IgnoreBits(8); + // This is correct - group IDs are not written for removal, only addition. + inBitstream.Read(node1); + if (inBitstream.Read(node2)==false) + return false; + DataStructures::OrderedList ignoreList; + DeserializeIgnoreList(ignoreList, &inBitstream); + ignoreList.Insert(packet->systemAddress, packet->systemAddress, false); + + return RemoveAndRelayConnection(ignoreList, packetId, node1, node2, peer); +} +bool ConnectionGraph::DeserializeIgnoreList(DataStructures::OrderedList &ignoreList, RakNet::BitStream *inBitstream ) +{ + unsigned short count; + SystemAddress temp; + unsigned i; + inBitstream->Read(count); + for (i=0; i < count; i++) + { + if (inBitstream->Read(temp)==false) + { + assert(0); + return false; + } + ignoreList.Insert(temp,temp, true); + } + return true; +} +void ConnectionGraph::SerializeWeightedGraph(RakNet::BitStream *out, const DataStructures::WeightedGraph &g) const +{ + unsigned nodeIndex, connectionIndex; + BitSize_t countOffset, oldOffset; + unsigned short count; + SystemAddressAndGroupId node1, node2; + unsigned short weight; + out->WriteCompressed(g.GetNodeCount()); + for (nodeIndex=0; nodeIndex < g.GetNodeCount(); nodeIndex++) + { + // Write the node + node1=g.GetNodeAtIndex(nodeIndex); +#ifdef _CONNECTION_GRAPH_DEBUG_PRINT + printf("[%i] ", node1.systemAddress.port); +#endif + out->Write(node1.systemAddress); + out->Write(node1.groupId); + + // Write the adjacency list count + count=(unsigned short)g.GetConnectionCount(nodeIndex); + out->AlignWriteToByteBoundary(); + countOffset=out->GetWriteOffset(); + out->Write(count); + count=0; + for (connectionIndex=0; connectionIndex < g.GetConnectionCount(nodeIndex); connectionIndex++) + { + g.GetConnectionAtIndex(nodeIndex, connectionIndex, node2, weight); + // For efficiencies' sake, only serialize the upper half of the connection pairs + if (node2 > node1) + { + count++; + out->Write(node2.systemAddress); + out->Write(node2.groupId); + out->Write(weight); + +#ifdef _CONNECTION_GRAPH_DEBUG_PRINT + printf("(%i) ", node2.systemAddress.port); +#endif + } + } + + // Go back and change how many elements were written + oldOffset=out->GetWriteOffset(); + out->SetWriteOffset(countOffset); + out->Write(count); + out->SetWriteOffset(oldOffset); + } +} +bool ConnectionGraph::DeserializeWeightedGraph(RakNet::BitStream *inBitstream, RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + unsigned nodeCount, nodeIndex, connectionIndex; + unsigned short connectionCount; + SystemAddressAndGroupId node, connection; + bool anyConnectionsNew=false; + unsigned short weight; + inBitstream->ReadCompressed(nodeCount); + for (nodeIndex=0; nodeIndex < nodeCount; nodeIndex++) + { + inBitstream->Read(node.systemAddress); + inBitstream->Read(node.groupId); + + inBitstream->AlignReadToByteBoundary(); + if (inBitstream->Read(connectionCount)==false) + { + assert(0); + return false; + } + for (connectionIndex=0; connectionIndex < connectionCount; connectionIndex++) + { + inBitstream->Read(connection.systemAddress); + inBitstream->Read(connection.groupId); + if (inBitstream->Read(weight)==false) + { + assert(0); + return false; + } + if (subscribedGroups.HasData(connection.groupId)==false || + subscribedGroups.HasData(node.groupId)==false) + continue; + RakAssert(node.systemAddress!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + RakAssert(connection.systemAddress!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + if (IsNewRemoteConnection(node,connection,peer)) + NotifyUserOfRemoteConnection(node,connection,weight,peer); + + if (graph.HasConnection(node,connection)==false) + anyConnectionsNew=true; + + graph.AddConnection(node,connection,weight); + } + } + return anyConnectionsNew; +} +void ConnectionGraph::RemoveParticipant(SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + unsigned index; + bool objectExists; + index=participantList.GetIndexFromKey(systemAddress, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + participantList.RemoveAtIndex(index); +} + +void ConnectionGraph::AddParticipant(SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + participantList.Insert(systemAddress,systemAddress, false); +} + +void ConnectionGraph::AddAndRelayConnection(DataStructures::OrderedList &ignoreList, const SystemAddressAndGroupId &conn1, const SystemAddressAndGroupId &conn2, unsigned short ping, RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + if (graph.HasConnection(conn1,conn2)) + return; + + if (ping==65535) + ping=0; + assert(conn1.systemAddress!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + assert(conn2.systemAddress!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + if (IsNewRemoteConnection(conn1,conn2,peer)) + { + NotifyUserOfRemoteConnection(conn1,conn2,ping,peer); + + // What was this return here for? + // return; + } + + graph.AddConnection(conn1,conn2,ping); + + RakNet::BitStream outBitstream; + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_NEW_CONNECTION); + outBitstream.Write(conn1.systemAddress); + outBitstream.Write(conn1.groupId); + outBitstream.Write(conn2.systemAddress); + outBitstream.Write(conn2.groupId); + outBitstream.Write(ping); + ignoreList.Insert(conn2.systemAddress,conn2.systemAddress, false); + ignoreList.Insert(conn1.systemAddress,conn1.systemAddress, false); + SerializeIgnoreListAndBroadcast(&outBitstream, ignoreList, peer); +} +bool ConnectionGraph::RemoveAndRelayConnection(DataStructures::OrderedList &ignoreList, unsigned char packetId, const SystemAddress node1, const SystemAddress node2, RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + SystemAddressAndGroupId n1, n2; + n1.systemAddress=node1; + n2.systemAddress=node2; + if (graph.HasConnection(n1,n2)==false) + return false; + graph.RemoveConnection(n1,n2); + + RakNet::BitStream outBitstream; + outBitstream.Write(packetId); + outBitstream.Write(node1); + outBitstream.Write(node2); + + ignoreList.Insert(node1,node1, false); + ignoreList.Insert(node2,node2, false); + SerializeIgnoreListAndBroadcast(&outBitstream, ignoreList, peer); + + return true; +} + +void ConnectionGraph::BroadcastGraphUpdate(DataStructures::OrderedList &ignoreList, RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + RakNet::BitStream outBitstream; + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_UPDATE); + SerializeWeightedGraph(&outBitstream, graph); + SerializeIgnoreListAndBroadcast(&outBitstream, ignoreList, peer); +} +void ConnectionGraph::SerializeIgnoreListAndBroadcast(RakNet::BitStream *outBitstream, DataStructures::OrderedList &ignoreList, RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + DataStructures::List sendList; + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < participantList.Size(); i++) + { + if (ignoreList.HasData(participantList[i])==false) + sendList.Insert(participantList[i]); + } + if (sendList.Size()==0) + return; + + SystemAddress self = peer->GetExternalID(sendList[0]); + ignoreList.Insert(self,self, false); + outBitstream->Write((unsigned short) (ignoreList.Size()+sendList.Size())); + for (i=0; i < ignoreList.Size(); i++) + outBitstream->Write(ignoreList[i]); + for (i=0; i < sendList.Size(); i++) + outBitstream->Write(sendList[i]); + + for (i=0; i < sendList.Size(); i++) + { + peer->Send(outBitstream, LOW_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED, connectionGraphChannel, sendList[i], false); + } +} +bool ConnectionGraph::IsNewRemoteConnection(const SystemAddressAndGroupId &conn1, const SystemAddressAndGroupId &conn2,RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + if (graph.HasConnection(conn1,conn2)==false && + subscribedGroups.HasData(conn1.groupId) && + subscribedGroups.HasData(conn2.groupId) && + (peer->IsConnected(conn1.systemAddress)==false || peer->IsConnected(conn2.systemAddress)==false)) + { + SystemAddress externalId1, externalId2; + externalId1=peer->GetExternalID(conn1.systemAddress); + externalId2=peer->GetExternalID(conn2.systemAddress); + return (externalId1!=conn1.systemAddress && externalId1!=conn2.systemAddress && + externalId2!=conn1.systemAddress && externalId2!=conn2.systemAddress); + } + return false; +} +void ConnectionGraph::NotifyUserOfRemoteConnection(const SystemAddressAndGroupId &conn1, const SystemAddressAndGroupId &conn2,unsigned short ping, RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + // Create a packet to tell the user of this event + static const int length=sizeof(MessageID) + (sizeof(SystemAddress) + sizeof(ConnectionGraphGroupID)) * 2 + sizeof(unsigned short); + Packet *p = peer->AllocatePacket(length); + RakNet::BitStream b(p->data, length, false); + p->bitSize=p->length*8; + b.SetWriteOffset(0); + b.Write((MessageID)ID_REMOTE_NEW_INCOMING_CONNECTION); + b.Write(conn1.systemAddress); + b.Write(conn1.groupId); + b.Write(conn2.systemAddress); + b.Write(conn2.groupId); + b.Write(ping); + if (peer->IsConnected(conn2.systemAddress)==false) + p->systemAddress=conn2.systemAddress; + else + p->systemAddress=conn1.systemAddress; + peer->PushBackPacket(p, false); +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ConnectionGraph.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ConnectionGraph.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..69cc5f1d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ConnectionGraph.h @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief Connection graph plugin. This maintains a graph of connections for the entire network, so every peer knows about every other peer. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __CONNECTION_GRAPH_H +#define __CONNECTION_GRAPH_H + +class RakPeerInterface; +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "PluginInterface.h" +#include "DS_List.h" +#include "DS_WeightedGraph.h" +#include "GetTime.h" +#include "Export.h" + +// If you need more than 255 groups just change this typedef +typedef unsigned char ConnectionGraphGroupID; + +/// \defgroup CONNECTION_GRAPH_GROUP ConnectionGraph +/// \ingroup PLUGINS_GROUP + +/// \ingroup CONNECTION_GRAPH_GROUP +/// \brief A connection graph. Each peer will know about all other peers. +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT ConnectionGraph : public PluginInterface +{ +public: + ConnectionGraph(); + virtual ~ConnectionGraph(); + + /// A node in the connection graph + struct RAK_DLL_EXPORT SystemAddressAndGroupId + { + SystemAddressAndGroupId(); + ~SystemAddressAndGroupId(); + SystemAddressAndGroupId(SystemAddress _systemAddress, ConnectionGraphGroupID _groupID); + + SystemAddress systemAddress; + ConnectionGraphGroupID groupId; + + bool operator==( const SystemAddressAndGroupId& right ) const; + bool operator!=( const SystemAddressAndGroupId& right ) const; + bool operator > ( const SystemAddressAndGroupId& right ) const; + bool operator < ( const SystemAddressAndGroupId& right ) const; + }; + + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // User functions + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + /// Plaintext encoding of the password, or 0 for none. If you use a password, use secure connections + void SetPassword(const char *password); + + /// Returns the connection graph + /// \return The connection graph, stored as map of adjacency lists + DataStructures::WeightedGraph *GetGraph(void); + + /// Automatically add new connections to the connection graph + /// Defaults to true + /// If true, then the system will automatically add all new connections for you, assigning groupId 0 to these systems. + /// If you want more control, you should call SetAutoAddNewConnections(false); + /// When false, it is up to you to call RequestConnectionGraph and AddNewConnection to complete the graph + /// However, this way you can choose which nodes are on the graph for this system and can assign groupIds to those nodes + /// \param[in] autoAdd true to automatically add new connections to the connection graph. False to not do so. + void SetAutoAddNewConnections(bool autoAdd); + + /// Requests the connection graph from another system + /// Only necessary to call if SetAutoAddNewConnections(false) is called. + /// You should call this sometime after getting ID_CONNECTION_REQUEST_ACCEPTED and \a systemAddress is or should be a node on the connection graph + /// \param[in] peer The instance of RakPeer to send through + /// \param[in] systemAddress The system to send to + void RequestConnectionGraph(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress); + + /// Adds a new connection to the connection graph from this system to the specified system. Also assigns a group identifier for that system + /// Only used and valid when SetAutoAddNewConnections(false) is called. + /// Call this for this system sometime after getting ID_NEW_INCOMING_CONNECTION or ID_CONNECTION_REQUEST_ACCEPTED for systems that contain a connection graph + /// Groups are sets of one or more nodes in the total graph + /// We only add to the graph groups which we subscribe to + /// \param[in] peer The instance of RakPeer to send through + /// \param[in] systemAddress The system that is connected to us. + /// \param[in] groupId Just a number representing a group. Important: 0 is reserved to mean unassigned group ID and is assigned to all systems added with SetAutoAddNewConnections(true) + void AddNewConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress, ConnectionGraphGroupID groupId); + + /// Sets our own group ID + /// Only used and valid when SetAutoAddNewConnections(false) is called. + /// Defaults to 0 + /// \param[in] groupId Our group ID + void SetGroupId(ConnectionGraphGroupID groupId); + + /// Allows adding to the connection graph nodes with this groupId. + /// By default, you subscribe to group 0, which are all systems automatically added with SetAutoAddNewConnections(true) + /// Calling this does not add nodes which were previously rejected due to an unsubscribed group - it only allows addition of nodes after the fact + /// \param[in] groupId Just a number representing a group. 0 is reserved to mean unassigned group ID, automatically added with SetAutoAddNewConnections(true) + void SubscribeToGroup(ConnectionGraphGroupID groupId); + + /// Disables addition of graph nodes with this groupId + /// Calling this does not add remove nodes with this groupId which are already present in the graph. It only disables addition of nodes after the fact + /// \param[in] groupId Just a number representing a group. 0 is reserved to mean unassigned group ID, automatically added with SetAutoAddNewConnections(true) + void UnsubscribeFromGroup(ConnectionGraphGroupID groupId); + + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Packet handling functions + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + /// \internal + virtual void OnShutdown(RakPeerInterface *peer); + /// \internal + virtual void Update(RakPeerInterface *peer); + /// \internal + virtual PluginReceiveResult OnReceive(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + /// \internal + virtual void OnCloseConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress); + +protected: + void HandleDroppedConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress, unsigned char packetId); + void DeleteFromPeerList(SystemAddress systemAddress); + + void OnNewIncomingConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + void OnConnectionRequestAccepted(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + void OnConnectionGraphRequest(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + void OnConnectionGraphReply(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + void OnConnectionGraphUpdate(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + void OnNewConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + bool OnConnectionLost(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet, unsigned char packetId); + void OnConnectionAddition(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + void OnConnectionRemoval(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + void SendConnectionGraph(SystemAddress target, unsigned char packetId, RakPeerInterface *peer); + void SerializeWeightedGraph(RakNet::BitStream *out, const DataStructures::WeightedGraph &g) const; + bool DeserializeWeightedGraph(RakNet::BitStream *inBitstream, RakPeerInterface *peer); + void AddAndRelayConnection(DataStructures::OrderedList &ignoreList, const SystemAddressAndGroupId &conn1, const SystemAddressAndGroupId &conn2, unsigned short ping, RakPeerInterface *peer); + bool RemoveAndRelayConnection(DataStructures::OrderedList &ignoreList, unsigned char packetId, const SystemAddress node1, const SystemAddress node2, RakPeerInterface *peer); + void RemoveParticipant(SystemAddress systemAddress); + void AddParticipant(SystemAddress systemAddress); + void BroadcastGraphUpdate(DataStructures::OrderedList &ignoreList, RakPeerInterface *peer); + void NotifyUserOfRemoteConnection(const SystemAddressAndGroupId &conn1, const SystemAddressAndGroupId &conn2,unsigned short ping, RakPeerInterface *peer); + bool IsNewRemoteConnection(const SystemAddressAndGroupId &conn1, const SystemAddressAndGroupId &conn2,RakPeerInterface *peer); + bool DeserializeIgnoreList(DataStructures::OrderedList &ignoreList, RakNet::BitStream *inBitstream ); + void SerializeIgnoreListAndBroadcast(RakNet::BitStream *outBitstream, DataStructures::OrderedList &ignoreList, RakPeerInterface *peer); + + RakNetTime nextWeightUpdate; + char *pw; + DataStructures::OrderedList participantList; + + DataStructures::WeightedGraph graph; + bool autoAddNewConnections; + ConnectionGraphGroupID myGroupId; + + DataStructures::OrderedList subscribedGroups; + + // Used to broadcast new connections after some time so the pings are correct + //RakNetTime forceBroadcastTime; + +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ConsoleServer.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ConsoleServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..714a5da8 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ConsoleServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,277 @@ +#include "ConsoleServer.h" +#include "TransportInterface.h" +#include "CommandParserInterface.h" +#include +#include + +#define COMMAND_DELINATOR ' ' +#define COMMAND_DELINATOR_TOGGLE '"' + +#include "LinuxStrings.h" + +ConsoleServer::ConsoleServer() +{ + transport=0; + password[0]=0; +} +ConsoleServer::~ConsoleServer() +{ +} +void ConsoleServer::SetTransportProvider(TransportInterface *transportInterface, unsigned short port) +{ + // Replace the current TransportInterface, stopping the old one, if present, and starting the new one. + if (transportInterface) + { + if (transport) + { + RemoveCommandParser(transport->GetCommandParser()); + transport->Stop(); + } + transport=transportInterface; + transport->Start(port, true); + + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < commandParserList.Size(); i++) + commandParserList[i]->OnTransportChange(transport); + + // The transport itself might have a command parser - for example password for the RakNet transport + AddCommandParser(transport->GetCommandParser()); + } +} +void ConsoleServer::AddCommandParser(CommandParserInterface *commandParserInterface) +{ + if (commandParserInterface==0) + return; + + // Non-duplicate insertion + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < commandParserList.Size(); i++) + { + if (commandParserList[i]==commandParserInterface) + return; + + if (_stricmp(commandParserList[i]->GetName(), commandParserInterface->GetName())==0) + { + // Naming conflict between two command parsers + assert(0); + return; + } + } + + commandParserList.Insert(commandParserInterface); + if (transport) + commandParserInterface->OnTransportChange(transport); +} +void ConsoleServer::RemoveCommandParser(CommandParserInterface *commandParserInterface) +{ + if (commandParserInterface==0) + return; + + // Overwrite the element we are removing from the back of the list and delete the back of the list + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < commandParserList.Size(); i++) + { + if (commandParserList[i]==commandParserInterface) + { + commandParserList[i]=commandParserList[commandParserList.Size()-1]; + commandParserList.RemoveFromEnd(); + return; + } + } +} +void ConsoleServer::Update(void) +{ + unsigned i; + char *parameterList[20]; // Up to 20 parameters + unsigned numParameters; + SystemAddress newOrLostConnectionId; + Packet *p; + RegisteredCommand rc; + + p = transport->Receive(); + newOrLostConnectionId=transport->HasNewConnection(); + + if (newOrLostConnectionId!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + { + for (i=0; i < commandParserList.Size(); i++) + { + commandParserList[i]->OnNewIncomingConnection(newOrLostConnectionId, transport); + } + + transport->Send(newOrLostConnectionId, "Connected to remote command console.\r\nType 'help' for help.\r\n"); + ListParsers(newOrLostConnectionId); + } + + newOrLostConnectionId=transport->HasLostConnection(); + if (newOrLostConnectionId!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + { + for (i=0; i < commandParserList.Size(); i++) + commandParserList[i]->OnConnectionLost(newOrLostConnectionId, transport); + } + + while (p) + { + bool commandParsed=false; + char copy[REMOTE_MAX_TEXT_INPUT]; + memcpy(copy, p->data, p->length); + copy[p->length]=0; + CommandParserInterface::ParseConsoleString((char*)p->data, COMMAND_DELINATOR, COMMAND_DELINATOR_TOGGLE, &numParameters, parameterList, 20); // Up to 20 parameters + if (numParameters==0) + { + transport->DeallocatePacket(p); + p = transport->Receive(); + continue; + } + if (_stricmp(*parameterList, "help")==0 && numParameters<=2) + { + // Find the parser specified and display help for it + if (numParameters==1) + { + transport->Send(p->systemAddress, "\r\nINSTRUCTIONS:\r\n"); + transport->Send(p->systemAddress, "Enter commands on your keyboard, using spaces to delineate parameters.\r\n"); + transport->Send(p->systemAddress, "You can use quotation marks to toggle space delineation.\r\n"); + transport->Send(p->systemAddress, "You can connect multiple times from the same computer.\r\n"); + transport->Send(p->systemAddress, "You can direct commands to a parser by prefixing the parser name or number.\r\n"); + transport->Send(p->systemAddress, "COMMANDS:\r\n"); + transport->Send(p->systemAddress, "help Show this display.\r\n"); + transport->Send(p->systemAddress, "help Show help on a particular parser.\r\n"); + transport->Send(p->systemAddress, "help Show help on a particular command.\r\n"); + transport->Send(p->systemAddress, "quit Disconnects from the server.\r\n"); + transport->Send(p->systemAddress, "[] [] Execute a command\r\n"); + transport->Send(p->systemAddress, "[] [] Execute a command\r\n"); + ListParsers(p->systemAddress); + } + else // numParameters == 2, including the help tag + { + for (i=0; i < commandParserList.Size(); i++) + { + if (_stricmp(parameterList[1], commandParserList[i]->GetName())==0) + { + commandParsed=true; + commandParserList[i]->SendHelp(transport, p->systemAddress); + transport->Send(p->systemAddress, "COMMAND LIST:\r\n"); + commandParserList[i]->SendCommandList(transport, p->systemAddress); + transport->Send(p->systemAddress, "\r\n"); + break; + } + } + + if (commandParsed==false) + { + // Try again, for all commands for all parsers. + RegisteredCommand rc; + for (i=0; i < commandParserList.Size(); i++) + { + if (commandParserList[i]->GetRegisteredCommand(parameterList[1], &rc)) + { + if (rc.parameterCount==CommandParserInterface::VARIABLE_NUMBER_OF_PARAMETERS) + transport->Send(p->systemAddress, "(Variable parms): %s %s\r\n", rc.command, rc.commandHelp); + else + transport->Send(p->systemAddress, "(%i parms): %s %s\r\n", rc.parameterCount, rc.command, rc.commandHelp); + commandParsed=true; + break; + } + } + } + + if (commandParsed==false) + { + // Don't know what to do + transport->Send(p->systemAddress, "Unknown help topic: %s.\r\n", parameterList[1]); + } + } + } + else if (_stricmp(*parameterList, "quit")==0 && numParameters==1) + { + transport->Send(p->systemAddress, "Goodbye!"); + transport->CloseConnection(p->systemAddress); + } + else + { + bool tryAllParsers=true; + bool failed=false; + + if (numParameters >=2) // At minimum + { + unsigned commandParserIndex=(unsigned)-1; + // Prefixing with numbers directs to a particular parser + if (**parameterList>='0' && **parameterList<='9') + { + commandParserIndex=atoi(*parameterList); // Use specified parser unless it's an invalid number + commandParserIndex--; // Subtract 1 since we displayed numbers starting at index+1 + if (commandParserIndex >= commandParserList.Size()) + { + transport->Send(p->systemAddress, "Invalid index.\r\n"); + failed=true; + } + } + else + { + // // Prefixing with the name of a command parser directs to that parser. See if the first word matches a parser + for (i=0; i < commandParserList.Size(); i++) + { + if (_stricmp(parameterList[0], commandParserList[i]->GetName())==0) + { + commandParserIndex=i; // Matches parser at index i + break; + } + } + } + + if (failed==false) + { + // -1 means undirected, so otherwise this is directed to a target + if (commandParserIndex!=(unsigned)-1) + { + // Only this parser should use this command + tryAllParsers=false; + if (commandParserList[commandParserIndex]->GetRegisteredCommand(parameterList[1], &rc)) + { + commandParsed=true; + if (rc.parameterCount==CommandParserInterface::VARIABLE_NUMBER_OF_PARAMETERS || rc.parameterCount==numParameters-2) + commandParserList[commandParserIndex]->OnCommand(rc.command, numParameters-2, parameterList+2, transport, p->systemAddress, copy); + else + transport->Send(p->systemAddress, "Invalid parameter count.\r\n(%i parms): %s %s\r\n", rc.parameterCount, rc.command, rc.commandHelp); + } + } + } + } + + if (failed == false && tryAllParsers) + { + for (i=0; i < commandParserList.Size(); i++) + { + // Undirected command. Try all the parsers to see if they understand the command + // Pass the 1nd element as the command, and the remainder as the parameter list + if (commandParserList[i]->GetRegisteredCommand(parameterList[0], &rc)) + { + commandParsed=true; + + if (rc.parameterCount==CommandParserInterface::VARIABLE_NUMBER_OF_PARAMETERS || rc.parameterCount==numParameters-1) + commandParserList[i]->OnCommand(rc.command, numParameters-1, parameterList+1, transport, p->systemAddress, copy); + else + transport->Send(p->systemAddress, "Invalid parameter count.\r\n(%i parms): %s %s\r\n", rc.parameterCount, rc.command, rc.commandHelp); + } + } + } + if (commandParsed==false && commandParserList.Size() > 0) + { + transport->Send(p->systemAddress, "Unknown command: Type 'help' for help.\r\n"); + } + } + + + transport->DeallocatePacket(p); + p = transport->Receive(); + } +} + +void ConsoleServer::ListParsers(SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + transport->Send(systemAddress,"INSTALLED PARSERS:\r\n"); + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < commandParserList.Size(); i++) + { + transport->Send(systemAddress, "%i. %s\r\n", i+1, commandParserList[i]->GetName()); + } +} diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ConsoleServer.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ConsoleServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..48dce462 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ConsoleServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief Contains ConsoleServer , used to plugin to your game to accept remote console-based connections +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __CONSOLE_SERVER_H +#define __CONSOLE_SERVER_H + +class TransportInterface; +class CommandParserInterface; + +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "DS_List.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "Export.h" + +/// \brief The main entry point for the server portion of your remote console application support. +/// ConsoleServer takes one TransportInterface and one or more CommandParserInterface (s) +/// The TransportInterface will be used to send data between the server and the client. The connecting client must support the +/// protocol used by your derivation of TransportInterface . TelnetTransport and RakNetTransport are two such derivations . +/// When a command is sent by a remote console, it will be processed by your implementations of CommandParserInterface +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT ConsoleServer : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ +public: + ConsoleServer(); + ~ConsoleServer(); + + /// Call this with a derivation of TransportInterface so that the console server can send and receive commands + /// \param[in] transportInterface Your interface to use. + /// \param[in] port The port to host on. Telnet uses port 23 by default. RakNet can use whatever you want. + void SetTransportProvider(TransportInterface *transportInterface, unsigned short port); + + /// Add an implementation of CommandParserInterface to the list of command parsers. + /// \param[in] commandParserInterface The command parser referred to + void AddCommandParser(CommandParserInterface *commandParserInterface); + + /// Remove an implementation of CommandParserInterface previously added with AddCommandParser() + /// \param[in] commandParserInterface The command parser referred to + void RemoveCommandParser(CommandParserInterface *commandParserInterface); + + /// Call update to read packet sent from your TransportInterface. + /// You should do this fairly frequently. + void Update(void); +protected: + void ListParsers(SystemAddress systemAddress); + TransportInterface *transport; + DataStructures::List commandParserList; + char* password[256]; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_BPlusTree.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_BPlusTree.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4acdfc73 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_BPlusTree.h @@ -0,0 +1,1162 @@ +#ifndef __B_PLUS_TREE_CPP +#define __B_PLUS_TREE_CPP + +#include "DS_MemoryPool.h" +#include "DS_Queue.h" +#include +#include "Export.h" + +// Java +// http://www.seanster.com/BplusTree/BplusTree.html + +// Overview +// http://babbage.clarku.edu/~achou/cs160/B+Trees/B+Trees.htm + +// Deletion +// http://dbpubs.stanford.edu:8090/pub/1995-19 + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" + +/// The namespace DataStructures was only added to avoid compiler errors for commonly named data structures +/// As these data structures are stand-alone, you can use them outside of RakNet for your own projects if you wish. +namespace DataStructures +{ + /// Used in the BPlusTree. Used for both leaf and index nodes. + /// Don't use a constructor or destructor, due to the memory pool I am using + template + struct RAK_DLL_EXPORT Page : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride + { + // We use the same data structure for both leaf and index nodes. It uses a little more memory for index nodes but reduces + // memory fragmentation, allocations, and deallocations. + bool isLeaf; + + // Used for both leaf and index nodes. + // For a leaf it means the number of elements in data + // For an index it means the number of keys and is one less than the number of children pointers. + int size; + + // Used for both leaf and index nodes. + KeyType keys[order]; + + // Used only for leaf nodes. Data is the actual data, while next is the pointer to the next leaf (for B+) + DataType data[order]; + Page *next; + Page *previous; + + // Used only for index nodes. Pointers to the children of this node. + Page *children[order+1]; + }; + + /// A BPlus tree + /// Written with efficiency and speed in mind. + template + class RAK_DLL_EXPORT BPlusTree : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride + { + public: + struct ReturnAction + { + KeyType key1; + KeyType key2; + enum + { + NO_ACTION, + REPLACE_KEY1_WITH_KEY2, + PUSH_KEY_TO_PARENT, + SET_BRANCH_KEY, + } action; // 0=none, 1=replace key1 with key2 + }; + + BPlusTree(); + ~BPlusTree(); + void SetPoolPageSize(int size); // Set the page size for the memory pool. Optionsl + bool Get(const KeyType key, DataType &out) const; + bool Delete(const KeyType key); + bool Delete(const KeyType key, DataType &out); + bool Insert(const KeyType key, const DataType &data); + void Clear(void); + unsigned Size(void) const; + bool IsEmpty(void) const; + Page *GetListHead(void) const; + DataType GetDataHead(void) const; + void PrintLeaves(void); + void ForEachLeaf(void (*func)(Page * leaf, int index)); + void ForEachData(void (*func)(DataType input, int index)); + void PrintGraph(void); + void ValidateTree(void); + protected: + void ValidateTreeRecursive(Page *cur); + void DeleteFromPageAtIndex(const int index, Page *cur); + static void PrintLeaf(Page * leaf, int index); + void FreePages(void); + bool GetIndexOf(const KeyType key, Page *page, int *out) const; + void ShiftKeysLeft(Page *cur); + bool CanRotateLeft(Page *cur, int childIndex); + bool CanRotateRight(Page *cur, int childIndex); + void RotateRight(Page *cur, int childIndex, ReturnAction *returnAction); + void RotateLeft(Page *cur, int childIndex, ReturnAction *returnAction); + Page* InsertIntoNode(const KeyType key, const DataType &childData, int insertionIndex, Page *nodeData, Page *cur, ReturnAction* returnAction); + Page* InsertBranchDown(const KeyType key, const DataType &data,Page *cur, ReturnAction* returnAction, bool *success); + Page* GetLeafFromKey(const KeyType key) const; + bool FindDeleteRebalance(const KeyType key, Page *cur, bool *underflow, KeyType rightRootKey, ReturnAction *returnAction, DataType &out); + bool FixUnderflow(int branchIndex, Page *cur, KeyType rightRootKey, ReturnAction *returnAction); + void ShiftNodeLeft(Page *cur); + void ShiftNodeRight(Page *cur); + + MemoryPool > pagePool; + Page *root, *leftmostLeaf; + }; + + template + BPlusTree::BPlusTree () + { + assert(order>1); + root=0; + leftmostLeaf=0; + } + template + BPlusTree::~BPlusTree () + { + Clear(); + } + template + void BPlusTree::SetPoolPageSize(int size) + { + pagePool.SetPageSize(size); + } + template + bool BPlusTree::Get(const KeyType key, DataType &out) const + { + if (root==0) + return false; + + Page* leaf = GetLeafFromKey(key); + int childIndex; + + if (GetIndexOf(key, leaf, &childIndex)) + { + out=leaf->data[childIndex]; + return true; + } + return false; + } + template + void BPlusTree::DeleteFromPageAtIndex(const int index, Page *cur) + { + int i; + for (i=index; i < cur->size-1; i++) + cur->keys[i]=cur->keys[i+1]; + if (cur->isLeaf) + { + for (i=index; i < cur->size-1; i++) + cur->data[i]=cur->data[i+1]; + } + else + { + for (i=index; i < cur->size-1; i++) + cur->children[i+1]=cur->children[i+2]; + } + cur->size--; + } + template + bool BPlusTree::Delete(const KeyType key) + { + DataType temp; + return Delete(key, temp); + } + template + bool BPlusTree::Delete(const KeyType key, DataType &out) + { + if (root==0) + return false; + + ReturnAction returnAction; + returnAction.action=ReturnAction::NO_ACTION; + int childIndex; + bool underflow=false; + if (root==leftmostLeaf) + { + if (GetIndexOf(key, root, &childIndex)==false) + return false; + out=root->data[childIndex]; + DeleteFromPageAtIndex(childIndex,root); + if (root->size==0) + { + pagePool.Release(root); + root=0; + leftmostLeaf=0; + } + return true; + } + else if (FindDeleteRebalance(key, root, &underflow,root->keys[0], &returnAction, out)==false) + return false; + +// assert(returnAction.action==ReturnAction::NO_ACTION); + + if (underflow && root->size==0) + { + // Move the root down. + Page *oldRoot=root; + root=root->children[0]; + pagePool.Release(oldRoot); + // memset(oldRoot,0,sizeof(root)); + } + + return true; + } + template + bool BPlusTree::FindDeleteRebalance(const KeyType key, Page *cur, bool *underflow, KeyType rightRootKey, ReturnAction *returnAction, DataType &out) + { + // Get index of child to follow. + int branchIndex, childIndex; + if (GetIndexOf(key, cur, &childIndex)) + branchIndex=childIndex+1; + else + branchIndex=childIndex; + + // If child is not a leaf, call recursively + if (cur->children[branchIndex]->isLeaf==false) + { + if (branchIndexsize) + rightRootKey=cur->keys[branchIndex]; // Shift right to left + else + rightRootKey=cur->keys[branchIndex-1]; // Shift center to left + + if (FindDeleteRebalance(key, cur->children[branchIndex], underflow, rightRootKey, returnAction, out)==false) + return false; + + // Call again in case the root key changed + if (branchIndexsize) + rightRootKey=cur->keys[branchIndex]; // Shift right to left + else + rightRootKey=cur->keys[branchIndex-1]; // Shift center to left + + if (returnAction->action==ReturnAction::SET_BRANCH_KEY && branchIndex!=childIndex) + { + returnAction->action=ReturnAction::NO_ACTION; + cur->keys[childIndex]=returnAction->key1; + + if (branchIndexsize) + rightRootKey=cur->keys[branchIndex]; // Shift right to left + else + rightRootKey=cur->keys[branchIndex-1]; // Shift center to left + } + } + else + { + // If child is a leaf, get the index of the key. If the item is not found, cancel delete. + if (GetIndexOf(key, cur->children[branchIndex], &childIndex)==false) + return false; + + // Delete: + // Remove childIndex from the child at branchIndex + out=cur->children[branchIndex]->data[childIndex]; + DeleteFromPageAtIndex(childIndex, cur->children[branchIndex]); + + if (childIndex==0) + { + if (branchIndex>0) + cur->keys[branchIndex-1]=cur->children[branchIndex]->keys[0]; + + if (branchIndex==0) + { + returnAction->action=ReturnAction::SET_BRANCH_KEY; + returnAction->key1=cur->children[0]->keys[0]; + } + } + + if (cur->children[branchIndex]->size < order/2) + *underflow=true; + else + *underflow=false; + } + + // Fix underflow: + if (*underflow) + { + *underflow=FixUnderflow(branchIndex, cur, rightRootKey, returnAction); + } + + return true; + } + template + bool BPlusTree::FixUnderflow(int branchIndex, Page *cur, KeyType rightRootKey, ReturnAction *returnAction) + { + // Borrow from a neighbor that has excess. + Page *source; + Page *dest; + + if (branchIndex>0 && cur->children[branchIndex-1]->size > order/2) + { + dest=cur->children[branchIndex]; + source=cur->children[branchIndex-1]; + + // Left has excess + ShiftNodeRight(dest); + if (dest->isLeaf) + { + dest->keys[0]=source->keys[source->size-1]; + dest->data[0]=source->data[source->size-1]; + } + else + { + dest->children[0]=source->children[source->size]; + dest->keys[0]=cur->keys[branchIndex-1]; + } + // Update the parent key for the child (middle) + cur->keys[branchIndex-1]=source->keys[source->size-1]; + source->size--; + + // if (branchIndex==0) + // { + // returnAction->action=ReturnAction::SET_BRANCH_KEY; + // returnAction->key1=dest->keys[0]; + // } + + // No underflow + return false; + } + else if (branchIndexsize && cur->children[branchIndex+1]->size > order/2) + { + dest=cur->children[branchIndex]; + source=cur->children[branchIndex+1]; + + // Right has excess + if (dest->isLeaf) + { + dest->keys[dest->size]=source->keys[0]; + dest->data[dest->size]=source->data[0]; + + // The first key in the leaf after shifting is the parent key for the right branch + cur->keys[branchIndex]=source->keys[1]; + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4127 ) // warning C4127: conditional expression is constant +#endif + if (order<=3 && dest->size==0) + { + if (branchIndex==0) + { + returnAction->action=ReturnAction::SET_BRANCH_KEY; + returnAction->key1=dest->keys[0]; + } + else + cur->keys[branchIndex-1]=cur->children[branchIndex]->keys[0]; + } + } + else + { + if (returnAction->action==ReturnAction::NO_ACTION) + { + returnAction->action=ReturnAction::SET_BRANCH_KEY; + returnAction->key1=dest->keys[0]; + } + + dest->keys[dest->size]=rightRootKey; + dest->children[dest->size+1]=source->children[0]; + + // The shifted off key is the leftmost key for a node + cur->keys[branchIndex]=source->keys[0]; + } + + + dest->size++; + ShiftNodeLeft(source); + + //cur->keys[branchIndex]=source->keys[0]; + +// returnAction->action=ReturnAction::SET_BRANCH_KEY; +// returnAction->key1=dest->keys[dest->size-1]; + + // No underflow + return false; + } + else + { + int sourceIndex; + + // If no neighbors have excess, merge two branches. + // + // To merge two leaves, just copy the data and keys over. + // + // To merge two branches, copy the pointers and keys over, using rightRootKey as the key for the extra pointer + if (branchIndexsize) + { + // Merge right child to current child and delete right child. + dest=cur->children[branchIndex]; + source=cur->children[branchIndex+1]; + } + else + { + // Move current child to left and delete current child + dest=cur->children[branchIndex-1]; + source=cur->children[branchIndex]; + } + + // Merge + if (dest->isLeaf) + { + for (sourceIndex=0; sourceIndexsize; sourceIndex++) + { + dest->keys[dest->size]=source->keys[sourceIndex]; + dest->data[dest->size++]=source->data[sourceIndex]; + } + } + else + { + // We want the tree root key of the source, not the current. + dest->keys[dest->size]=rightRootKey; + dest->children[dest->size++ + 1]=source->children[0]; + for (sourceIndex=0; sourceIndexsize; sourceIndex++) + { + dest->keys[dest->size]=source->keys[sourceIndex]; + dest->children[dest->size++ + 1]=source->children[sourceIndex + 1]; + } + } + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4127 ) // warning C4127: conditional expression is constant +#endif + if (order<=3 && branchIndex>0 && cur->children[branchIndex]->isLeaf) // With order==2 it is possible to delete data[0], which is not possible with higher orders. + cur->keys[branchIndex-1]=cur->children[branchIndex]->keys[0]; + + if (branchIndexsize) + { + // Update the parent key, removing the source (right) + DeleteFromPageAtIndex(branchIndex, cur); + } + else + { + if (branchIndex>0) + { + // Update parent key, removing the source (current) + DeleteFromPageAtIndex(branchIndex-1, cur); + } + } + + if (branchIndex==0 && dest->isLeaf) + { + returnAction->action=ReturnAction::SET_BRANCH_KEY; + returnAction->key1=dest->keys[0]; + } + + if (source==leftmostLeaf) + leftmostLeaf=source->next; + + if (source->isLeaf) + { + if (source->previous) + source->previous->next=source->next; + if (source->next) + source->next->previous=source->previous; + } + + // Free the source node + pagePool.Release(source); + // memset(source,0,sizeof(root)); + + // Return underflow or not of parent. + return cur->size < order/2; + } + } + template + void BPlusTree::ShiftNodeRight(Page *cur) + { + int i; + for (i=cur->size; i>0; i--) + cur->keys[i]=cur->keys[i-1]; + if (cur->isLeaf) + { + for (i=cur->size; i>0; i--) + cur->data[i]=cur->data[i-1]; + } + else + { + for (i=cur->size+1; i>0; i--) + cur->children[i]=cur->children[i-1]; + } + + cur->size++; + } + template + void BPlusTree::ShiftNodeLeft(Page *cur) + { + int i; + for (i=0; i < cur->size-1; i++) + cur->keys[i]=cur->keys[i+1]; + if (cur->isLeaf) + { + for (i=0; i < cur->size; i++) + cur->data[i]=cur->data[i+1]; + } + else + { + for (i=0; i < cur->size; i++) + cur->children[i]=cur->children[i+1]; + } + cur->size--; + } + template + Page* BPlusTree::InsertIntoNode(const KeyType key, const DataType &leafData, int insertionIndex, Page *nodeData, Page *cur, ReturnAction* returnAction) + { + int i; + if (cur->size < order) + { + for (i=cur->size; i > insertionIndex; i--) + cur->keys[i]=cur->keys[i-1]; + if (cur->isLeaf) + { + for (i=cur->size; i > insertionIndex; i--) + cur->data[i]=cur->data[i-1]; + } + else + { + for (i=cur->size+1; i > insertionIndex+1; i--) + cur->children[i]=cur->children[i-1]; + } + cur->keys[insertionIndex]=key; + if (cur->isLeaf) + cur->data[insertionIndex]=leafData; + else + cur->children[insertionIndex+1]=nodeData; + + cur->size++; + } + else + { + Page* newPage = pagePool.Allocate(); + newPage->isLeaf=cur->isLeaf; + if (cur->isLeaf) + { + newPage->next=cur->next; + if (cur->next) + cur->next->previous=newPage; + newPage->previous=cur; + cur->next=newPage; + } + + int destIndex, sourceIndex; + + if (insertionIndex>=(order+1)/2) + { + destIndex=0; + sourceIndex=order/2; + + for (; sourceIndex < insertionIndex; sourceIndex++, destIndex++) + { + newPage->keys[destIndex]=cur->keys[sourceIndex]; + } + newPage->keys[destIndex++]=key; + for (; sourceIndex < order; sourceIndex++, destIndex++) + { + newPage->keys[destIndex]=cur->keys[sourceIndex]; + } + + destIndex=0; + sourceIndex=order/2; + if (cur->isLeaf) + { + for (; sourceIndex < insertionIndex; sourceIndex++, destIndex++) + { + newPage->data[destIndex]=cur->data[sourceIndex]; + } + newPage->data[destIndex++]=leafData; + for (; sourceIndex < order; sourceIndex++, destIndex++) + { + newPage->data[destIndex]=cur->data[sourceIndex]; + } + } + else + { + + for (; sourceIndex < insertionIndex; sourceIndex++, destIndex++) + { + newPage->children[destIndex]=cur->children[sourceIndex+1]; + } + newPage->children[destIndex++]=nodeData; + + // sourceIndex+1 is sort of a hack but it works - because there is one extra child than keys + // skip past the last child for cur + for (; sourceIndex+1 < cur->size+1; sourceIndex++, destIndex++) + { + newPage->children[destIndex]=cur->children[sourceIndex+1]; + } + + // the first key is the middle key. Remove it from the page and push it to the parent + returnAction->action=ReturnAction::PUSH_KEY_TO_PARENT; + returnAction->key1=newPage->keys[0]; + for (int i=0; i < destIndex-1; i++) + newPage->keys[i]=newPage->keys[i+1]; + + } + cur->size=order/2; + } + else + { + destIndex=0; + sourceIndex=(order+1)/2-1; + for (; sourceIndex < order; sourceIndex++, destIndex++) + newPage->keys[destIndex]=cur->keys[sourceIndex]; + destIndex=0; + if (cur->isLeaf) + { + sourceIndex=(order+1)/2-1; + for (; sourceIndex < order; sourceIndex++, destIndex++) + newPage->data[destIndex]=cur->data[sourceIndex]; + } + else + { + sourceIndex=(order+1)/2; + for (; sourceIndex < order+1; sourceIndex++, destIndex++) + newPage->children[destIndex]=cur->children[sourceIndex]; + + // the first key is the middle key. Remove it from the page and push it to the parent + returnAction->action=ReturnAction::PUSH_KEY_TO_PARENT; + returnAction->key1=newPage->keys[0]; + for (int i=0; i < destIndex-1; i++) + newPage->keys[i]=newPage->keys[i+1]; + } + cur->size=(order+1)/2-1; + if (cur->size) + { + bool b = GetIndexOf(key, cur, &insertionIndex); + (void) b; + assert(b==false); + } + else + insertionIndex=0; + InsertIntoNode(key, leafData, insertionIndex, nodeData, cur, returnAction); + } + + newPage->size=destIndex; + + return newPage; + } + + return 0; + } + + template + bool BPlusTree::CanRotateLeft(Page *cur, int childIndex) + { + return childIndex>0 && cur->children[childIndex-1]->size + void BPlusTree::RotateLeft(Page *cur, int childIndex, ReturnAction *returnAction) + { + Page *dest = cur->children[childIndex-1]; + Page *source = cur->children[childIndex]; + returnAction->key1=source->keys[0]; + dest->keys[dest->size]=source->keys[0]; + dest->data[dest->size]=source->data[0]; + dest->size++; + for (int i=0; i < source->size-1; i++) + { + source->keys[i]=source->keys[i+1]; + source->data[i]=source->data[i+1]; + } + source->size--; + cur->keys[childIndex-1]=source->keys[0]; + returnAction->key2=source->keys[0]; + } + + template + bool BPlusTree::CanRotateRight(Page *cur, int childIndex) + { + return childIndex < cur->size && cur->children[childIndex+1]->size + void BPlusTree::RotateRight(Page *cur, int childIndex, ReturnAction *returnAction) + { + Page *dest = cur->children[childIndex+1]; + Page *source = cur->children[childIndex]; + returnAction->key1=dest->keys[0]; + for (int i= dest->size; i > 0; i--) + { + dest->keys[i]=dest->keys[i-1]; + dest->data[i]=dest->data[i-1]; + } + dest->keys[0]=source->keys[source->size-1]; + dest->data[0]=source->data[source->size-1]; + dest->size++; + source->size--; + + cur->keys[childIndex]=dest->keys[0]; + returnAction->key2=dest->keys[0]; + } + template + Page* BPlusTree::GetLeafFromKey(const KeyType key) const + { + Page* cur = root; + int childIndex; + while (cur->isLeaf==false) + { + // When searching, if we match the exact key we go down the pointer after that index + if (GetIndexOf(key, cur, &childIndex)) + childIndex++; + cur = cur->children[childIndex]; + } + return cur; + } + + template + Page* BPlusTree::InsertBranchDown(const KeyType key, const DataType &data,Page *cur, ReturnAction *returnAction, bool *success) + { + int childIndex; + int branchIndex; + if (GetIndexOf(key, cur, &childIndex)) + branchIndex=childIndex+1; + else + branchIndex=childIndex; + Page* newPage; + if (cur->isLeaf==false) + { + if (cur->children[branchIndex]->isLeaf==true && cur->children[branchIndex]->size==order) + { + if (branchIndex==childIndex+1) + { + *success=false; + return 0; // Already exists + } + + if (CanRotateLeft(cur, branchIndex)) + { + returnAction->action=ReturnAction::REPLACE_KEY1_WITH_KEY2; + if (key > cur->children[branchIndex]->keys[0]) + { + RotateLeft(cur, branchIndex, returnAction); + + int insertionIndex; + GetIndexOf(key, cur->children[branchIndex], &insertionIndex); + InsertIntoNode(key, data, insertionIndex, 0, cur->children[branchIndex], 0); + } + else + { + // Move head element to left and replace it with key,data + Page* dest=cur->children[branchIndex-1]; + Page* source=cur->children[branchIndex]; + returnAction->key1=source->keys[0]; + returnAction->key2=key; + dest->keys[dest->size]=source->keys[0]; + dest->data[dest->size]=source->data[0]; + dest->size++; + source->keys[0]=key; + source->data[0]=data; + } + cur->keys[branchIndex-1]=cur->children[branchIndex]->keys[0]; + + return 0; + } + else if (CanRotateRight(cur, branchIndex)) + { + returnAction->action=ReturnAction::REPLACE_KEY1_WITH_KEY2; + + if (key < cur->children[branchIndex]->keys[cur->children[branchIndex]->size-1]) + { + RotateRight(cur, branchIndex, returnAction); + + int insertionIndex; + GetIndexOf(key, cur->children[branchIndex], &insertionIndex); + InsertIntoNode(key, data, insertionIndex, 0, cur->children[branchIndex], 0); + + } + else + { + // Insert to the head of the right leaf instead and change our key + returnAction->key1=cur->children[branchIndex+1]->keys[0]; + InsertIntoNode(key, data, 0, 0, cur->children[branchIndex+1], 0); + returnAction->key2=key; + } + cur->keys[branchIndex]=cur->children[branchIndex+1]->keys[0]; + return 0; + } + } + + newPage=InsertBranchDown(key,data,cur->children[branchIndex], returnAction, success); + if (returnAction->action==ReturnAction::REPLACE_KEY1_WITH_KEY2) + { + if (branchIndex>0 && cur->keys[branchIndex-1]==returnAction->key1) + cur->keys[branchIndex-1]=returnAction->key2; + } + if (newPage) + { + if (newPage->isLeaf==false) + { + assert(returnAction->action==ReturnAction::PUSH_KEY_TO_PARENT); + newPage->size--; + return InsertIntoNode(returnAction->key1, data, branchIndex, newPage, cur, returnAction); + } + else + { + return InsertIntoNode(newPage->keys[0], data, branchIndex, newPage, cur, returnAction); + } + } + } + else + { + if (branchIndex==childIndex+1) + { + *success=false; + return 0; // Already exists + } + else + { + return InsertIntoNode(key, data, branchIndex, 0, cur, returnAction); + } + } + + return 0; + } + template + bool BPlusTree::Insert(const KeyType key, const DataType &data) + { + if (root==0) + { + // Allocate root and make root a leaf + root = pagePool.Allocate(); + root->isLeaf=true; + leftmostLeaf=root; + root->size=1; + root->keys[0]=key; + root->data[0]=data; + root->next=0; + root->previous=0; + } + else + { + bool success=true; + ReturnAction returnAction; + returnAction.action=ReturnAction::NO_ACTION; + Page* newPage = InsertBranchDown(key, data, root, &returnAction, &success); + if (success==false) + return false; + if (newPage) + { + KeyType newKey; + if (newPage->isLeaf==false) + { + // One key is pushed up through the stack. I store that at keys[0] but it has to be removed for the page to be correct + assert(returnAction.action==ReturnAction::PUSH_KEY_TO_PARENT); + newKey=returnAction.key1; + newPage->size--; + } + else + newKey = newPage->keys[0]; + // propagate the root + Page* newRoot = pagePool.Allocate(); + newRoot->isLeaf=false; + newRoot->size=1; + newRoot->keys[0]=newKey; + newRoot->children[0]=root; + newRoot->children[1]=newPage; + root=newRoot; + } + } + + return true; + } + template + void BPlusTree::ShiftKeysLeft(Page *cur) + { + int i; + for (i=0; i < cur->size; i++) + cur->keys[i]=cur->keys[i+1]; + } + template + void BPlusTree::Clear(void) + { + if (root) + { + FreePages(); + leftmostLeaf=0; + root=0; + } + pagePool.Clear(); + } + template + unsigned BPlusTree::Size(void) const + { + int count=0; + DataStructures::Page *cur = GetListHead(); + while (cur) + { + count+=cur->size; + cur=cur->next; + } + return count; + } + template + bool BPlusTree::IsEmpty(void) const + { + return root==0; + } + template + bool BPlusTree::GetIndexOf(const KeyType key, Page *page, int *out) const + { + assert(page->size>0); + int index, upperBound, lowerBound; + upperBound=page->size-1; + lowerBound=0; + index = page->size/2; + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4127 ) // warning C4127: conditional expression is constant +#endif + while (1) + { + if (key==page->keys[index]) + { + *out=index; + return true; + } + else if (keykeys[index]) + upperBound=index-1; + else + lowerBound=index+1; + + index=lowerBound+(upperBound-lowerBound)/2; + + if (lowerBound>upperBound) + { + *out=lowerBound; + return false; // No match + } + } + } + template + void BPlusTree::FreePages(void) + { + DataStructures::Queue *> queue; + DataStructures::Page *ptr; + int i; + queue.Push(root); + while (queue.Size()) + { + ptr=queue.Pop(); + if (ptr->isLeaf==false) + { + for (i=0; i < ptr->size+1; i++) + queue.Push(ptr->children[i]); + } + pagePool.Release(ptr); + // memset(ptr,0,sizeof(root)); + }; + } + template + Page *BPlusTree::GetListHead(void) const + { + return leftmostLeaf; + } + template + DataType BPlusTree::GetDataHead(void) const + { + return leftmostLeaf->data[0]; + } + template + void BPlusTree::ForEachLeaf(void (*func)(Page * leaf, int index)) + { + int count=0; + DataStructures::Page *cur = GetListHead(); + while (cur) + { + func(cur, count++); + cur=cur->next; + } + } + template + void BPlusTree::ForEachData(void (*func)(DataType input, int index)) + { + int count=0,i; + DataStructures::Page *cur = GetListHead(); + while (cur) + { + for (i=0; i < cur->size; i++) + func(cur->data[i], count++); + cur=cur->next; + } + } + template + void BPlusTree::PrintLeaf(Page * leaf, int index) + { + int i; + printf("%i] SELF=%p\n", index+1, leaf); + for (i=0; i < leaf->size; i++) + printf(" %i. %i\n", i+1, leaf->data[i]); + } + template + void BPlusTree::PrintLeaves(void) + { + ForEachLeaf(PrintLeaf); + } + + template + void BPlusTree::ValidateTree(void) + { + int i, last=-9999; + DataStructures::Page *cur = GetListHead(); + while (cur) + { + assert(cur->size>0); + for (i=0; i < cur->size; i++) + { + assert(cur->data[i]==cur->keys[i]); + if (last!=-9999) + { + assert(cur->data[i]>last); + } + last=cur->data[i]; + } + cur=cur->next; + } + if (root && root->isLeaf==false) + ValidateTreeRecursive(root); + } + template + void BPlusTree::ValidateTreeRecursive(Page *cur) + { + assert(cur==root || cur->size>=order/2); + + if (cur->children[0]->isLeaf) + { + assert(cur->children[0]->keys[0] < cur->keys[0]); + for (int i=0; i < cur->size; i++) + { + assert(cur->children[i+1]->keys[0]==cur->keys[i]); + } + } + else + { + for (int i=0; i < cur->size+1; i++) + ValidateTreeRecursive(cur->children[i]); + } + } + + template + void BPlusTree::PrintGraph(void) + { + DataStructures::Queue *> queue; + queue.Push(root); + queue.Push(0); + DataStructures::Page *ptr; + int i,j; + if (root) + { + printf("%p(", root); + for (i=0; i < root->size; i++) + { + printf("%i ", root->keys[i]); + } + printf(") "); + printf("\n"); + } + while (queue.Size()) + { + ptr=queue.Pop(); + if (ptr==0) + printf("\n"); + else if (ptr->isLeaf==false) + { + for (i=0; i < ptr->size+1; i++) + { + printf("%p(", ptr->children[i]); + //printf("(", ptr->children[i]); + for (j=0; j < ptr->children[i]->size; j++) + printf("%i ", ptr->children[i]->keys[j]); + printf(") "); + queue.Push(ptr->children[i]); + } + queue.Push(0); + printf(" -- "); + } + } + printf("\n"); + } +} +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif + +#endif + +// Code to test this hellish data structure. +/* +#include "DS_BPlusTree.h" +#include + +// Handle underflow on root. If there is only one item left then I can go downwards. +// Make sure I keep the leftmost pointer valid by traversing it +// When I free a leaf, be sure to adjust the pointers around it. + +#include "Rand.h" + +void main(void) +{ + DataStructures::BPlusTree btree; + DataStructures::List haveList, removedList; + int temp; + int i, j, index; + int testSize; + bool b; + + for (testSize=0; testSize < 514; testSize++) + { + printf("TestSize=%i\n", testSize); + + for (i=0; i < testSize; i++) + haveList.Insert(i); + + for (i=0; i < testSize; i++) + { + index=i+randomMT()%(testSize-i); + temp=haveList[index]; + haveList[index]=haveList[i]; + haveList[i]=temp; + } + + for (i=0; i + * + * OR + * + * AVLBalancedBinarySearchTree + * + * Use the AVL balanced tree if you want the tree to be balanced after every deletion and addition. This avoids the potential + * worst case scenario where ordered input to a binary search tree gives linear search time results. It's not needed + * if input will be evenly distributed, in which case the search time is O (log n). The search time for the AVL + * balanced binary tree is O (log n) irregardless of input. + * + * Has the following member functions + * unsigned int Height() - Returns the height of the tree at the optional specified starting index. Default is the root + * add(element) - adds an element to the BinarySearchTree + * bool del(element) - deletes the node containing element if the element is in the tree as defined by a comparison with the == operator. Returns true on success, false if the element is not found + * bool IsInelement) - returns true if element is in the tree as defined by a comparison with the == operator. Otherwise returns false + * DisplayInorder(array) - Fills an array with an inorder search of the elements in the tree. USER IS REPONSIBLE FOR ALLOCATING THE ARRAY!. + * DisplayPreorder(array) - Fills an array with an preorder search of the elements in the tree. USER IS REPONSIBLE FOR ALLOCATING THE ARRAY!. + * DisplayPostorder(array) - Fills an array with an postorder search of the elements in the tree. USER IS REPONSIBLE FOR ALLOCATING THE ARRAY!. + * DisplayBreadthFirstSearch(array) - Fills an array with a breadth first search of the elements in the tree. USER IS REPONSIBLE FOR ALLOCATING THE ARRAY!. + * clear - Destroys the tree. Same as calling the destructor + * unsigned int Height() - Returns the height of the tree + * unsigned int size() - returns the size of the BinarySearchTree + * GetPointerToNode(element) - returns a pointer to the comparision element in the tree, allowing for direct modification when necessary with complex data types. + * Be warned, it is possible to corrupt the tree if the element used for comparisons is modified. Returns NULL if the item is not found + * + * + * EXAMPLE + * @code + * BinarySearchTree A; + * A.Add(10); + * A.Add(15); + * A.Add(5); + * int* array = new int [A.Size()]; + * A.DisplayInorder(array); + * array[0]; // returns 5 + * array[1]; // returns 10 + * array[2]; // returns 15 + * @endcode + * compress - reallocates memory to fit the number of elements. Best used when the number of elements decreases + * + * clear - empties the BinarySearchTree and returns storage + * The assignment and copy constructors are defined + * + * \note The template type must have the copy constructor and + * assignment operator defined and must work with >, <, and == All + * elements in the tree MUST be distinct The assignment operator is + * defined between BinarySearchTree and AVLBalancedBinarySearchTree + * as long as they are of the same template type. However, passing a + * BinarySearchTree to an AVLBalancedBinarySearchTree will lose its + * structure unless it happened to be AVL balanced to begin with + * Requires queue_linked_list.cpp for the breadth first search used + * in the copy constructor, overloaded assignment operator, and + * display_breadth_first_search. + * + * + */ + template + class RAK_DLL_EXPORT BinarySearchTree : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride + { + + public: + + struct node + { + BinarySearchTreeType* item; + node* left; + node* right; + }; + + BinarySearchTree(); + virtual ~BinarySearchTree(); + BinarySearchTree( const BinarySearchTree& original_type ); + BinarySearchTree& operator= ( const BinarySearchTree& original_copy ); + unsigned int Size( void ); + void Clear( void ); + unsigned int Height( node* starting_node = 0 ); + node* Add ( const BinarySearchTreeType& input ); + node* Del( const BinarySearchTreeType& input ); + bool IsIn( const BinarySearchTreeType& input ); + void DisplayInorder( BinarySearchTreeType* return_array ); + void DisplayPreorder( BinarySearchTreeType* return_array ); + void DisplayPostorder( BinarySearchTreeType* return_array ); + void DisplayBreadthFirstSearch( BinarySearchTreeType* return_array ); + BinarySearchTreeType*& GetPointerToNode( const BinarySearchTreeType& element ); + + protected: + + node* root; + + enum Direction_Types + { + NOT_FOUND, LEFT, RIGHT, ROOT + } direction; + unsigned int HeightRecursive( node* current ); + unsigned int BinarySearchTree_size; + node*& Find( const BinarySearchTreeType& element, node** parent ); + node*& FindParent( const BinarySearchTreeType& element ); + void DisplayPostorderRecursive( node* current, BinarySearchTreeType* return_array, unsigned int& index ); + void FixTree( node* current ); + + }; + + /// An AVLBalancedBinarySearchTree is a binary tree that is always balanced + template + class RAK_DLL_EXPORT AVLBalancedBinarySearchTree : public BinarySearchTree + { + + public: + AVLBalancedBinarySearchTree() {} + virtual ~AVLBalancedBinarySearchTree(); + void Add ( const BinarySearchTreeType& input ); + void Del( const BinarySearchTreeType& input ); + BinarySearchTree& operator= ( BinarySearchTree& original_copy ) + { + return BinarySearchTree::operator= ( original_copy ); + } + + private: + void BalanceTree( typename BinarySearchTree::node* current, bool rotateOnce ); + void RotateRight( typename BinarySearchTree::node *C ); + void RotateLeft( typename BinarySearchTree::node* C ); + void DoubleRotateRight( typename BinarySearchTree::node *A ); + void DoubleRotateLeft( typename BinarySearchTree::node* A ); + bool RightHigher( typename BinarySearchTree::node* A ); + bool LeftHigher( typename BinarySearchTree::node* A ); + }; + + template + void AVLBalancedBinarySearchTree::BalanceTree( typename BinarySearchTree::node* current, bool rotateOnce ) + { + int left_height, right_height; + + while ( current ) + { + if ( current->left == 0 ) + left_height = 0; + else + left_height = this->Height( current->left ); + + if ( current->right == 0 ) + right_height = 0; + else + right_height = this->Height( current->right ); + + if ( right_height - left_height == 2 ) + { + if ( this->RightHigher( current->right ) ) + RotateLeft( current->right ); + else + DoubleRotateLeft( current ); + + if ( rotateOnce ) + break; + } + + else + if ( right_height - left_height == -2 ) + { + if ( this->LeftHigher( current->left ) ) + RotateRight( current->left ); + else + DoubleRotateRight( current ); + + if ( rotateOnce ) + break; + } + + if ( current == this->root ) + break; + + current = this->FindParent( *( current->item ) ); + + } + } + + template + void AVLBalancedBinarySearchTree::Add ( const BinarySearchTreeType& input ) + { + + typename BinarySearchTree::node * current = BinarySearchTree::Add ( input ); + BalanceTree( current, true ); + } + + template + void AVLBalancedBinarySearchTree::Del( const BinarySearchTreeType& input ) + { + typename BinarySearchTree::node * current = BinarySearchTree::Del( input ); + this->BalanceTree( current, false ); + + } + + template + bool AVLBalancedBinarySearchTree::RightHigher( typename BinarySearchTree::node *A ) + { + if ( A == 0 ) + return false; + + return this->Height( A->right ) > this->Height( A->left ); + } + + template + bool AVLBalancedBinarySearchTree::LeftHigher( typename BinarySearchTree::node *A ) + { + if ( A == 0 ) + return false; + + return this->Height( A->left ) > this->Height( A->right ); + } + + template + void AVLBalancedBinarySearchTree::RotateRight( typename BinarySearchTree::node *C ) + { + typename BinarySearchTree::node * A, *B, *D; + /* + RIGHT ROTATION + + A = parent(b) + b= parent(c) + c = node to rotate around + + A + | // Either direction + B + / \ + C + / \ + D + + TO + + A + | // Either Direction + C + / \ + B + / \ + D + + + + + */ + + B = this->FindParent( *( C->item ) ); + A = this->FindParent( *( B->item ) ); + D = C->right; + + if ( A ) + { + // Direction was set by the last find_parent call + + if ( this->direction == this->LEFT ) + A->left = C; + else + A->right = C; + } + + else + this->root = C; // If B has no parent parent then B must have been the root node + + B->left = D; + + C->right = B; + } + + template + void AVLBalancedBinarySearchTree::DoubleRotateRight( typename BinarySearchTree::node *A ) + { + // The left side of the left child must be higher for the tree to balance with a right rotation. If it isn't, rotate it left before the normal rotation so it is. + RotateLeft( A->left->right ); + RotateRight( A->left ); + } + + template + void AVLBalancedBinarySearchTree::RotateLeft( typename BinarySearchTree::node *C ) + { + typename BinarySearchTree::node * A, *B, *D; + /* + RIGHT ROTATION + + A = parent(b) + b= parent(c) + c = node to rotate around + + A + | // Either direction + B + / \ + C + / \ + D + + TO + + A + | // Either Direction + C + / \ + B + / \ + D + + + + + */ + + B = this->FindParent( *( C->item ) ); + A = this->FindParent( *( B->item ) ); + D = C->left; + + if ( A ) + { + // Direction was set by the last find_parent call + + if ( this->direction == this->LEFT ) + A->left = C; + else + A->right = C; + } + + else + this->root = C; // If B has no parent parent then B must have been the root node + + B->right = D; + + C->left = B; + } + + template + void AVLBalancedBinarySearchTree::DoubleRotateLeft( typename BinarySearchTree::node *A ) + { + // The left side of the right child must be higher for the tree to balance with a left rotation. If it isn't, rotate it right before the normal rotation so it is. + RotateRight( A->right->left ); + RotateLeft( A->right ); + } + + template + AVLBalancedBinarySearchTree::~AVLBalancedBinarySearchTree() + { + this->Clear(); + } + + template + unsigned int BinarySearchTree::Size( void ) + { + return BinarySearchTree_size; + } + + template + unsigned int BinarySearchTree::Height( typename BinarySearchTree::node* starting_node ) + { + if ( BinarySearchTree_size == 0 || starting_node == 0 ) + return 0; + else + return HeightRecursive( starting_node ); + } + + // Recursively return the height of a binary tree + template + unsigned int BinarySearchTree::HeightRecursive( typename BinarySearchTree::node* current ) + { + unsigned int left_height = 0, right_height = 0; + + if ( ( current->left == 0 ) && ( current->right == 0 ) ) + return 1; // Leaf + + if ( current->left != 0 ) + left_height = 1 + HeightRecursive( current->left ); + + if ( current->right != 0 ) + right_height = 1 + HeightRecursive( current->right ); + + if ( left_height > right_height ) + return left_height; + else + return right_height; + } + + template + BinarySearchTree::BinarySearchTree() + { + BinarySearchTree_size = 0; + root = 0; + } + + template + BinarySearchTree::~BinarySearchTree() + { + this->Clear(); + } + + template + BinarySearchTreeType*& BinarySearchTree::GetPointerToNode( const BinarySearchTreeType& element ) + { + static typename BinarySearchTree::node * tempnode; + static BinarySearchTreeType* dummyptr = 0; + tempnode = Find ( element, &tempnode ); + + if ( this->direction == this->NOT_FOUND ) + return dummyptr; + + return tempnode->item; + } + + template + typename BinarySearchTree::node*& BinarySearchTree::Find( const BinarySearchTreeType& element, typename BinarySearchTree::node** parent ) + { + static typename BinarySearchTree::node * current; + + current = this->root; + *parent = 0; + this->direction = this->ROOT; + + if ( BinarySearchTree_size == 0 ) + { + this->direction = this->NOT_FOUND; + return current = 0; + } + + // Check if the item is at the root + if ( element == *( current->item ) ) + { + this->direction = this->ROOT; + return current; + } + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4127 ) // warning C4127: conditional expression is constant +#endif + while ( true ) + { + // Move pointer + + if ( element < *( current->item ) ) + { + *parent = current; + this->direction = this->LEFT; + current = current->left; + } + + else + if ( element > *( current->item ) ) + { + *parent = current; + this->direction = this->RIGHT; + current = current->right; + } + + if ( current == 0 ) + break; + + // Check if new position holds the item + if ( element == *( current->item ) ) + { + return current; + } + } + + + this->direction = this->NOT_FOUND; + return current = 0; + } + + template + typename BinarySearchTree::node*& BinarySearchTree::FindParent( const BinarySearchTreeType& element ) + { + static typename BinarySearchTree::node * parent; + Find ( element, &parent ); + return parent; + } + + // Performs a series of value swaps starting with current to fix the tree if needed + template + void BinarySearchTree::FixTree( typename BinarySearchTree::node* current ) + { + BinarySearchTreeType temp; + + while ( 1 ) + { + if ( ( ( current->left ) != 0 ) && ( *( current->item ) < *( current->left->item ) ) ) + { + // Swap the current value with the one to the left + temp = *( current->left->item ); + *( current->left->item ) = *( current->item ); + *( current->item ) = temp; + current = current->left; + } + + else + if ( ( ( current->right ) != 0 ) && ( *( current->item ) > *( current->right->item ) ) ) + { + // Swap the current value with the one to the right + temp = *( current->right->item ); + *( current->right->item ) = *( current->item ); + *( current->item ) = temp; + current = current->right; + } + + else + break; // current points to the right place so quit + } + } + + template + typename BinarySearchTree::node* BinarySearchTree::Del( const BinarySearchTreeType& input ) + { + typename BinarySearchTree::node * node_to_delete, *current, *parent; + + if ( BinarySearchTree_size == 0 ) + return 0; + + if ( BinarySearchTree_size == 1 ) + { + Clear(); + return 0; + } + + node_to_delete = Find( input, &parent ); + + if ( direction == NOT_FOUND ) + return 0; // Couldn't find the element + + current = node_to_delete; + + // Replace the deleted node with the appropriate value + if ( ( current->right ) == 0 && ( current->left ) == 0 ) // Leaf node, just remove it + { + + if ( parent ) + { + if ( direction == LEFT ) + parent->left = 0; + else + parent->right = 0; + } + + delete node_to_delete->item; + delete node_to_delete; + BinarySearchTree_size--; + return parent; + } + else + if ( ( current->right ) != 0 && ( current->left ) == 0 ) // Node has only one child, delete it and cause the parent to point to that child + { + + if ( parent ) + { + if ( direction == RIGHT ) + parent->right = current->right; + else + parent->left = current->right; + } + + else + root = current->right; // Without a parent this must be the root node + + delete node_to_delete->item; + + delete node_to_delete; + + BinarySearchTree_size--; + + return parent; + } + else + if ( ( current->right ) == 0 && ( current->left ) != 0 ) // Node has only one child, delete it and cause the parent to point to that child + { + + if ( parent ) + { + if ( direction == RIGHT ) + parent->right = current->left; + else + parent->left = current->left; + } + + else + root = current->left; // Without a parent this must be the root node + + delete node_to_delete->item; + + delete node_to_delete; + + BinarySearchTree_size--; + + return parent; + } + else // Go right, then as left as far as you can + { + parent = current; + direction = RIGHT; + current = current->right; // Must have a right branch because the if statements above indicated that it has 2 branches + + while ( current->left ) + { + direction = LEFT; + parent = current; + current = current->left; + } + + // Replace the value held by the node to delete with the value pointed to by current; + *( node_to_delete->item ) = *( current->item ); + + // Delete current. + // If it is a leaf node just delete it + if ( current->right == 0 ) + { + if ( direction == RIGHT ) + parent->right = 0; + else + parent->left = 0; + + delete current->item; + + delete current; + + BinarySearchTree_size--; + + return parent; + } + + else + { + // Skip this node and make its parent point to its right branch + + if ( direction == RIGHT ) + parent->right = current->right; + else + parent->left = current->right; + + delete current->item; + + delete current; + + BinarySearchTree_size--; + + return parent; + } + } + } + + template + typename BinarySearchTree::node* BinarySearchTree::Add ( const BinarySearchTreeType& input ) + { + typename BinarySearchTree::node * current, *parent; + + // Add the new element to the tree according to the following alogrithm: + // 1. If the current node is empty add the new leaf + // 2. If the element is less than the current node then go down the left branch + // 3. If the element is greater than the current node then go down the right branch + + if ( BinarySearchTree_size == 0 ) + { + BinarySearchTree_size = 1; + root = new typename BinarySearchTree::node; + root->item = new BinarySearchTreeType; + *( root->item ) = input; + root->left = 0; + root->right = 0; + + return root; + } + + else + { + // start at the root + current = parent = root; + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4127 ) // warning C4127: conditional expression is constant +#endif + while ( true ) // This loop traverses the tree to find a spot for insertion + { + + if ( input < *( current->item ) ) + { + if ( current->left == 0 ) + { + current->left = new typename BinarySearchTree::node; + current->left->item = new BinarySearchTreeType; + current = current->left; + current->left = 0; + current->right = 0; + *( current->item ) = input; + + BinarySearchTree_size++; + return current; + } + + else + { + parent = current; + current = current->left; + } + } + + else + if ( input > *( current->item ) ) + { + if ( current->right == 0 ) + { + current->right = new typename BinarySearchTree::node; + current->right->item = new BinarySearchTreeType; + current = current->right; + current->left = 0; + current->right = 0; + *( current->item ) = input; + + BinarySearchTree_size++; + return current; + } + + else + { + parent = current; + current = current->right; + } + } + + else + return 0; // ((input == current->item) == true) which is not allowed since the tree only takes discrete values. Do nothing + } + } + } + + template + bool BinarySearchTree::IsIn( const BinarySearchTreeType& input ) + { + typename BinarySearchTree::node * parent; + find( input, &parent ); + + if ( direction != NOT_FOUND ) + return true; + else + return false; + } + + + template + void BinarySearchTree::DisplayInorder( BinarySearchTreeType* return_array ) + { + typename BinarySearchTree::node * current, *parent; + bool just_printed = false; + + unsigned int index = 0; + + current = root; + + if ( BinarySearchTree_size == 0 ) + return ; // Do nothing for an empty tree + + else + if ( BinarySearchTree_size == 1 ) + { + return_array[ 0 ] = *( root->item ); + return ; + } + + + direction = ROOT; // Reset the direction + + while ( index != BinarySearchTree_size ) + { + // direction is set by the find function and holds the direction of the parent to the last node visited. It is used to prevent revisiting nodes + + if ( ( current->left != 0 ) && ( direction != LEFT ) && ( direction != RIGHT ) ) + { + // Go left if the following 2 conditions are true + // I can go left + // I did not just move up from a right child + // I did not just move up from a left child + + current = current->left; + direction = ROOT; // Reset the direction + } + + else + if ( ( direction != RIGHT ) && ( just_printed == false ) ) + { + // Otherwise, print the current node if the following 3 conditions are true: + // I did not just move up from a right child + // I did not print this ndoe last cycle + + return_array[ index++ ] = *( current->item ); + just_printed = true; + } + + else + if ( ( current->right != 0 ) && ( direction != RIGHT ) ) + { + // Otherwise, go right if the following 2 conditions are true + // I did not just move up from a right child + // I can go right + + current = current->right; + direction = ROOT; // Reset the direction + just_printed = false; + } + + else + { + // Otherwise I've done everything I can. Move up the tree one node + parent = FindParent( *( current->item ) ); + current = parent; + just_printed = false; + } + } + } + + template + void BinarySearchTree::DisplayPreorder( BinarySearchTreeType* return_array ) + { + typename BinarySearchTree::node * current, *parent; + + unsigned int index = 0; + + current = root; + + if ( BinarySearchTree_size == 0 ) + return ; // Do nothing for an empty tree + + else + if ( BinarySearchTree_size == 1 ) + { + return_array[ 0 ] = *( root->item ); + return ; + } + + + direction = ROOT; // Reset the direction + return_array[ index++ ] = *( current->item ); + + while ( index != BinarySearchTree_size ) + { + // direction is set by the find function and holds the direction of the parent to the last node visited. It is used to prevent revisiting nodes + + if ( ( current->left != 0 ) && ( direction != LEFT ) && ( direction != RIGHT ) ) + { + + current = current->left; + direction = ROOT; + + // Everytime you move a node print it + return_array[ index++ ] = *( current->item ); + } + + else + if ( ( current->right != 0 ) && ( direction != RIGHT ) ) + { + current = current->right; + direction = ROOT; + + // Everytime you move a node print it + return_array[ index++ ] = *( current->item ); + } + + else + { + // Otherwise I've done everything I can. Move up the tree one node + parent = FindParent( *( current->item ) ); + current = parent; + } + } + } + + template + inline void BinarySearchTree::DisplayPostorder( BinarySearchTreeType* return_array ) + { + unsigned int index = 0; + + if ( BinarySearchTree_size == 0 ) + return ; // Do nothing for an empty tree + + else + if ( BinarySearchTree_size == 1 ) + { + return_array[ 0 ] = *( root->item ); + return ; + } + + DisplayPostorderRecursive( root, return_array, index ); + } + + + // Recursively do a postorder traversal + template + void BinarySearchTree::DisplayPostorderRecursive( typename BinarySearchTree::node* current, BinarySearchTreeType* return_array, unsigned int& index ) + { + if ( current->left != 0 ) + DisplayPostorderRecursive( current->left, return_array, index ); + + if ( current->right != 0 ) + DisplayPostorderRecursive( current->right, return_array, index ); + + return_array[ index++ ] = *( current->item ); + + } + + + template + void BinarySearchTree::DisplayBreadthFirstSearch( BinarySearchTreeType* return_array ) + { + typename BinarySearchTree::node * current; + unsigned int index = 0; + + // Display the tree using a breadth first search + // Put the children of the current node into the queue + // Pop the queue, put its children into the queue, repeat until queue is empty + + if ( BinarySearchTree_size == 0 ) + return ; // Do nothing for an empty tree + + else + if ( BinarySearchTree_size == 1 ) + { + return_array[ 0 ] = *( root->item ); + return ; + } + + else + { + DataStructures::QueueLinkedList tree_queue; + + // Add the root of the tree I am copying from + tree_queue.Push( root ); + + do + { + current = tree_queue.Pop(); + return_array[ index++ ] = *( current->item ); + + // Add the child or children of the tree I am copying from to the queue + + if ( current->left != 0 ) + tree_queue.Push( current->left ); + + if ( current->right != 0 ) + tree_queue.Push( current->right ); + + } + + while ( tree_queue.Size() > 0 ); + } + } + + + template + BinarySearchTree::BinarySearchTree( const BinarySearchTree& original_copy ) + { + typename BinarySearchTree::node * current; + // Copy the tree using a breadth first search + // Put the children of the current node into the queue + // Pop the queue, put its children into the queue, repeat until queue is empty + + // This is a copy of the constructor. A bug in Visual C++ made it so if I just put the constructor call here the variable assignments were ignored. + BinarySearchTree_size = 0; + root = 0; + + if ( original_copy.BinarySearchTree_size == 0 ) + { + BinarySearchTree_size = 0; + } + + else + { + DataStructures::QueueLinkedList tree_queue; + + // Add the root of the tree I am copying from + tree_queue.Push( original_copy.root ); + + do + { + current = tree_queue.Pop(); + + Add ( *( current->item ) ) + + ; + + // Add the child or children of the tree I am copying from to the queue + if ( current->left != 0 ) + tree_queue.Push( current->left ); + + if ( current->right != 0 ) + tree_queue.Push( current->right ); + + } + + while ( tree_queue.Size() > 0 ); + } + } + + template + BinarySearchTree& BinarySearchTree::operator= ( const BinarySearchTree& original_copy ) + { + typename BinarySearchTree::node * current; + + if ( ( &original_copy ) == this ) + return *this; + + Clear(); // Remove the current tree + + // This is a copy of the constructor. A bug in Visual C++ made it so if I just put the constructor call here the variable assignments were ignored. + BinarySearchTree_size = 0; + + root = 0; + + + // Copy the tree using a breadth first search + // Put the children of the current node into the queue + // Pop the queue, put its children into the queue, repeat until queue is empty + if ( original_copy.BinarySearchTree_size == 0 ) + { + BinarySearchTree_size = 0; + } + + else + { + DataStructures::QueueLinkedList tree_queue; + + // Add the root of the tree I am copying from + tree_queue.Push( original_copy.root ); + + do + { + current = tree_queue.Pop(); + + Add ( *( current->item ) ) + + ; + + // Add the child or children of the tree I am copying from to the queue + if ( current->left != 0 ) + tree_queue.Push( current->left ); + + if ( current->right != 0 ) + tree_queue.Push( current->right ); + + } + + while ( tree_queue.Size() > 0 ); + } + + return *this; + } + + template + inline void BinarySearchTree::Clear ( void ) + { + typename BinarySearchTree::node * current, *parent; + + current = root; + + while ( BinarySearchTree_size > 0 ) + { + if ( BinarySearchTree_size == 1 ) + { + delete root->item; + delete root; + root = 0; + BinarySearchTree_size = 0; + } + + else + { + if ( current->left != 0 ) + { + current = current->left; + } + + else + if ( current->right != 0 ) + { + current = current->right; + } + + else // leaf + { + // Not root node so must have a parent + parent = FindParent( *( current->item ) ); + + if ( ( parent->left ) == current ) + parent->left = 0; + else + parent->right = 0; + + delete current->item; + + delete current; + + current = parent; + + BinarySearchTree_size--; + } + } + } + } + +} // End namespace + +#endif + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_BytePool.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_BytePool.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9cff3f3e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_BytePool.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +#include "DS_BytePool.h" +#include +#ifndef __APPLE__ +// Use stdlib and not malloc for compatibility +#include +#endif + +using namespace DataStructures; + +BytePool::BytePool() +{ + pool128.SetPageSize(8192*4); + pool512.SetPageSize(8192*4); + pool2048.SetPageSize(8192*4); + pool8192.SetPageSize(8192*4); +} +BytePool::~BytePool() +{ +} +void BytePool::SetPageSize(int size) +{ + pool128.SetPageSize(size); + pool512.SetPageSize(size); + pool2048.SetPageSize(size); + pool8192.SetPageSize(size); +} +unsigned char *BytePool::Allocate(int bytesWanted) +{ +#ifdef _DISABLE_BYTE_POOL + return rakMalloc(bytesWanted); +#endif + unsigned char *out; + if (bytesWanted <= 127) + { + #ifdef _THREADSAFE_BYTE_POOL + mutex128.Lock(); + #endif + out = (unsigned char*) pool128.Allocate(); + #ifdef _THREADSAFE_BYTE_POOL + mutex128.Unlock(); + #endif + out[0]=0; + return ((unsigned char*) out)+1; + } + if (bytesWanted <= 511) + { + #ifdef _THREADSAFE_BYTE_POOL + mutex512.Lock(); + #endif + out = (unsigned char*) pool512.Allocate(); + #ifdef _THREADSAFE_BYTE_POOL + mutex512.Unlock(); + #endif + out[0]=1; + return ((unsigned char*) out)+1; + } + if (bytesWanted <= 2047) + { + #ifdef _THREADSAFE_BYTE_POOL + mutex2048.Lock(); + #endif + out = (unsigned char*) pool2048.Allocate(); + #ifdef _THREADSAFE_BYTE_POOL + mutex2048.Unlock(); + #endif + out[0]=2; + return ((unsigned char*) out)+1; + } + if (bytesWanted <= 8191) + { + #ifdef _THREADSAFE_BYTE_POOL + mutex8192.Lock(); + #endif + out = (unsigned char*) pool8192.Allocate(); + #ifdef _THREADSAFE_BYTE_POOL + mutex8192.Unlock(); + #endif + out[0]=3; + return ((unsigned char*) out)+1; + } + + out = (unsigned char*) rakMalloc(bytesWanted+1); + out[0]=(unsigned char)255; + return out+1; +} +void BytePool::Release(unsigned char *data) +{ +#ifdef _DISABLE_BYTE_POOL + RakFree(data); +#endif + unsigned char *realData = data-1; + switch (realData[0]) + { + case 0: + #ifdef _THREADSAFE_BYTE_POOL + mutex128.Lock(); + #endif + pool128.Release((unsigned char(*)[128]) realData ); + #ifdef _THREADSAFE_BYTE_POOL + mutex128.Unlock(); + #endif + break; + case 1: + #ifdef _THREADSAFE_BYTE_POOL + mutex512.Lock(); + #endif + pool512.Release((unsigned char(*)[512]) realData ); + #ifdef _THREADSAFE_BYTE_POOL + mutex512.Unlock(); + #endif + break; + case 2: + #ifdef _THREADSAFE_BYTE_POOL + mutex2048.Lock(); + #endif + pool2048.Release((unsigned char(*)[2048]) realData ); + #ifdef _THREADSAFE_BYTE_POOL + mutex2048.Unlock(); + #endif + break; + case 3: + #ifdef _THREADSAFE_BYTE_POOL + mutex8192.Lock(); + #endif + pool8192.Release((unsigned char(*)[8192]) realData ); + #ifdef _THREADSAFE_BYTE_POOL + mutex8192.Unlock(); + #endif + break; + case 255: + rakFree(realData); + break; + default: + assert(0); + break; + } +} +void BytePool::Clear(void) +{ +#ifdef _THREADSAFE_BYTE_POOL + pool128.Clear(); + pool512.Clear(); + pool2048.Clear(); + pool8192.Clear(); +#endif +} diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_BytePool.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_BytePool.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..94436ba9 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_BytePool.h @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +#ifndef __BYTE_POOL_H +#define __BYTE_POOL_H + +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "DS_MemoryPool.h" +#include "Export.h" +#include "SimpleMutex.h" +#include + +// #define _DISABLE_BYTE_POOL +// #define _THREADSAFE_BYTE_POOL + +namespace DataStructures +{ + // Allocate some number of bytes from pools. Uses the heap if necessary. + class RAK_DLL_EXPORT BytePool : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride + { + public: + BytePool(); + ~BytePool(); + // Should be at least 8 times bigger than 8192 + void SetPageSize(int size); + unsigned char* Allocate(int bytesWanted); + void Release(unsigned char *data); + void Clear(void); + protected: + MemoryPool pool128; + MemoryPool pool512; + MemoryPool pool2048; + MemoryPool pool8192; +#ifdef _THREADSAFE_BYTE_POOL + SimpleMutex mutex128; + SimpleMutex mutex512; + SimpleMutex mutex2048; + SimpleMutex mutex8192; +#endif + }; +} + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_ByteQueue.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_ByteQueue.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6a1ce061 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_ByteQueue.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +#include "DS_ByteQueue.h" +#include // Memmove +#include // realloc +#include + + +using namespace DataStructures; + +ByteQueue::ByteQueue() +{ + readOffset=writeOffset=lengthAllocated=0; + data=0; +} +ByteQueue::~ByteQueue() +{ + Clear(); + + +} +void ByteQueue::WriteBytes(const char *in, unsigned length) +{ + unsigned bytesWritten; + bytesWritten=GetBytesWritten(); + if (lengthAllocated==0 || length > lengthAllocated-bytesWritten-1) + { + unsigned oldLengthAllocated=lengthAllocated; + unsigned newAmountToAllocate=length*2; + if (newAmountToAllocate<256) + newAmountToAllocate=256; + lengthAllocated=lengthAllocated + newAmountToAllocate; + data=(char*)rakRealloc(data, lengthAllocated); + if (writeOffset < readOffset) + { + if (writeOffset <= newAmountToAllocate) + { + memcpy(data + oldLengthAllocated, data, writeOffset); + writeOffset=readOffset+bytesWritten; + } + else + { + memcpy(data + oldLengthAllocated, data, newAmountToAllocate); + memmove(data, data+newAmountToAllocate, writeOffset-newAmountToAllocate); + writeOffset-=newAmountToAllocate; + } + } + } + + if (length <= lengthAllocated-writeOffset) + memcpy(data+writeOffset, in, length); + else + { + // Wrap + memcpy(data+writeOffset, in, lengthAllocated-writeOffset); + memcpy(data, in+(lengthAllocated-writeOffset), length-(lengthAllocated-writeOffset)); + } + writeOffset=(writeOffset+length) % lengthAllocated; +} +bool ByteQueue::ReadBytes(char *out, unsigned length, bool peek) +{ + if (GetBytesWritten() < length) + return false; + + if (length <= lengthAllocated-readOffset) + memcpy(out, data+readOffset, length); + else + { + // Wrap + memcpy(out, data+readOffset, lengthAllocated-readOffset); + memcpy(out+(lengthAllocated-readOffset), data, length-(lengthAllocated-readOffset)); + } + + if (peek==false) + IncrementReadOffset(length); + + return true; +} +void ByteQueue::Clear(void) +{ + if (lengthAllocated) + rakFree(data); + readOffset=writeOffset=lengthAllocated=0; + data=0; +} +unsigned ByteQueue::GetBytesWritten(void) const +{ + if (writeOffset>=readOffset) + return writeOffset-readOffset; + else + return (writeOffset-1)+(lengthAllocated-readOffset); +} +void ByteQueue::IncrementReadOffset(unsigned length) +{ + readOffset=(readOffset+length) % lengthAllocated; +} +void ByteQueue::Print(void) +{ + unsigned i; + for (i=readOffset; i!=writeOffset; i++) + printf("%i ", data[i]); + printf("\n"); +} diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_ByteQueue.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_ByteQueue.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..548d3409 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_ByteQueue.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Internal] Byte queue +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __BYTE_QUEUE_H +#define __BYTE_QUEUE_H + +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "Export.h" + +/// The namespace DataStructures was only added to avoid compiler errors for commonly named data structures +/// As these data structures are stand-alone, you can use them outside of RakNet for your own projects if you wish. +namespace DataStructures +{ + class ByteQueue : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride + { + public: + ByteQueue(); + ~ByteQueue(); + void WriteBytes(const char *in, unsigned length); + bool ReadBytes(char *out, unsigned length, bool peek); + unsigned GetBytesWritten(void) const; + void IncrementReadOffset(unsigned length); + void Clear(void); + void Print(void); + + protected: + char *data; + unsigned readOffset, writeOffset, lengthAllocated; + }; +} + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_Heap.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_Heap.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a985b1aa --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_Heap.h @@ -0,0 +1,251 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Internal] Heap (Also serves as a priority queue) +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __RAKNET_HEAP_H +#define __RAKNET_HEAP_H + +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "DS_List.h" +#include "Export.h" +#include + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +/// The namespace DataStructures was only added to avoid compiler errors for commonly named data structures +/// As these data structures are stand-alone, you can use them outside of RakNet for your own projects if you wish. +namespace DataStructures +{ + template + class RAK_DLL_EXPORT Heap : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride + { + public: + struct HeapNode + { + HeapNode() {} + HeapNode(const weight_type &w, const data_type &d) : weight(w), data(d) {} + weight_type weight; // I'm assuming key is a native numerical type - float or int + data_type data; + }; + + Heap(); + ~Heap(); + void Push(const weight_type &weight, const data_type &data); + data_type Pop(const unsigned startingIndex); + data_type Peek(const unsigned startingIndex=0) const; + weight_type PeekWeight(const unsigned startingIndex=0) const; + void Clear(void); + data_type& operator[] ( const unsigned int position ) const; + unsigned Size(void) const; + + protected: + unsigned LeftChild(const unsigned i) const; + unsigned RightChild(const unsigned i) const; + unsigned Parent(const unsigned i) const; + void Swap(const unsigned i, const unsigned j); + DataStructures::List heap; + }; + + template + Heap::Heap() + { + } + + template + Heap::~Heap() + { + Clear(); + } + + template + void Heap::Push(const weight_type &weight, const data_type &data) + { + unsigned currentIndex = heap.Size(); + unsigned parentIndex; + heap.Insert(HeapNode(weight, data)); + while (currentIndex!=0) + { + parentIndex = Parent(currentIndex); +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4127 ) // warning C4127: conditional expression is constant +#endif + if (isMaxHeap) + { + if (heap[parentIndex].weight < weight) + { + Swap(currentIndex, parentIndex); + currentIndex=parentIndex; + } + else + break; + } + else + { + if (heap[parentIndex].weight > weight) + { + Swap(currentIndex, parentIndex); + currentIndex=parentIndex; + } + else + break; + } + } + } + + template + data_type Heap::Pop(const unsigned startingIndex) + { + // While we have children, swap out with the larger of the two children. + + // This line will assert on an empty heap + data_type returnValue=heap[0].data; + + // Move the last element to the head, and re-heapify + heap[startingIndex]=heap[heap.Size()-1]; + + unsigned currentIndex,leftChild,rightChild; + weight_type currentWeight; + currentIndex=startingIndex; + currentWeight=heap[startingIndex].weight; + heap.RemoveFromEnd(); + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4127 ) // warning C4127: conditional expression is constant +#endif + while (1) + { + leftChild=LeftChild(currentIndex); + rightChild=RightChild(currentIndex); + if (leftChild >= heap.Size()) + { + // Done + return returnValue; + } + if (rightChild >= heap.Size()) + { + // Only left node. + if ((isMaxHeap==true && currentWeight < heap[leftChild].weight) || + (isMaxHeap==false && currentWeight > heap[leftChild].weight)) + Swap(leftChild, currentIndex); + + return returnValue; + } + else + { + // Swap with the bigger/smaller of the two children and continue + if (isMaxHeap) + { + if (heap[leftChild].weight <= currentWeight && heap[rightChild].weight <= currentWeight) + return returnValue; + + if (heap[leftChild].weight > heap[rightChild].weight) + { + Swap(leftChild, currentIndex); + currentIndex=leftChild; + } + else + { + Swap(rightChild, currentIndex); + currentIndex=rightChild; + } + } + else + { + if (heap[leftChild].weight >= currentWeight && heap[rightChild].weight >= currentWeight) + return returnValue; + + if (heap[leftChild].weight < heap[rightChild].weight) + { + Swap(leftChild, currentIndex); + currentIndex=leftChild; + } + else + { + Swap(rightChild, currentIndex); + currentIndex=rightChild; + } + } + } + } + } + + template + data_type Heap::Peek(const unsigned startingIndex) const + { + return heap[startingIndex].data; + } + + template + weight_type Heap::PeekWeight(const unsigned startingIndex) const + { + return heap[startingIndex].weight; + } + + template + void Heap::Clear(void) + { + heap.Clear(); + } + + template + data_type& Heap::operator[] ( const unsigned int position ) const + { + return heap[position].data; + } + template + unsigned Heap::Size(void) const + { + return heap.Size(); + } + + template + unsigned Heap::LeftChild(const unsigned i) const + { + return i*2+1; + } + + template + unsigned Heap::RightChild(const unsigned i) const + { + return i*2+2; + } + + template + unsigned Heap::Parent(const unsigned i) const + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(i!=0); +#endif + return (i-1)/2; + } + + template + void Heap::Swap(const unsigned i, const unsigned j) + { + HeapNode temp; + temp=heap[i]; + heap[i]=heap[j]; + heap[j]=temp; + } +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_HuffmanEncodingTree.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_HuffmanEncodingTree.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..06e247ca --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_HuffmanEncodingTree.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,306 @@ +/// \file +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#include "DS_HuffmanEncodingTree.h" +#include "DS_Queue.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +HuffmanEncodingTree::HuffmanEncodingTree() +{ + root = 0; +} + +HuffmanEncodingTree::~HuffmanEncodingTree() +{ + FreeMemory(); +} + +void HuffmanEncodingTree::FreeMemory( void ) +{ + if ( root == 0 ) + return ; + + // Use an in-order traversal to delete the tree + DataStructures::Queue nodeQueue; + + HuffmanEncodingTreeNode *node; + + nodeQueue.Push( root ); + + while ( nodeQueue.Size() > 0 ) + { + node = nodeQueue.Pop(); + + if ( node->left ) + nodeQueue.Push( node->left ); + + if ( node->right ) + nodeQueue.Push( node->right ); + + delete node; + } + + // Delete the encoding table + for ( int i = 0; i < 256; i++ ) + rakFree(encodingTable[ i ].encoding); + + root = 0; +} + + +////#include + +// Given a frequency table of 256 elements, all with a frequency of 1 or more, generate the tree +void HuffmanEncodingTree::GenerateFromFrequencyTable( unsigned int frequencyTable[ 256 ] ) +{ + int counter; + HuffmanEncodingTreeNode * node; + HuffmanEncodingTreeNode *leafList[ 256 ]; // Keep a copy of the pointers to all the leaves so we can generate the encryption table bottom-up, which is easier + // 1. Make 256 trees each with a weight equal to the frequency of the corresponding character + DataStructures::LinkedList huffmanEncodingTreeNodeList; + + FreeMemory(); + + for ( counter = 0; counter < 256; counter++ ) + { + node = new HuffmanEncodingTreeNode; + node->left = 0; + node->right = 0; + node->value = (unsigned char) counter; + node->weight = frequencyTable[ counter ]; + + if ( node->weight == 0 ) + node->weight = 1; // 0 weights are illegal + + leafList[ counter ] = node; // Used later to generate the encryption table + + InsertNodeIntoSortedList( node, &huffmanEncodingTreeNodeList ); // Insert and maintain sort order. + } + + + // 2. While there is more than one tree, take the two smallest trees and merge them so that the two trees are the left and right + // children of a new node, where the new node has the weight the sum of the weight of the left and right child nodes. +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4127 ) // warning C4127: conditional expression is constant +#endif + while ( 1 ) + { + huffmanEncodingTreeNodeList.Beginning(); + HuffmanEncodingTreeNode *lesser, *greater; + lesser = huffmanEncodingTreeNodeList.Pop(); + greater = huffmanEncodingTreeNodeList.Pop(); + node = new HuffmanEncodingTreeNode; + node->left = lesser; + node->right = greater; + node->weight = lesser->weight + greater->weight; + lesser->parent = node; // This is done to make generating the encryption table easier + greater->parent = node; // This is done to make generating the encryption table easier + + if ( huffmanEncodingTreeNodeList.Size() == 0 ) + { + // 3. Assign the one remaining node in the list to the root node. + root = node; + root->parent = 0; + break; + } + + // Put the new node back into the list at the correct spot to maintain the sort. Linear search time + InsertNodeIntoSortedList( node, &huffmanEncodingTreeNodeList ); + } + + bool tempPath[ 256 ]; // Maximum path length is 256 + unsigned short tempPathLength; + HuffmanEncodingTreeNode *currentNode; + RakNet::BitStream bitStream; + + // Generate the encryption table. From before, we have an array of pointers to all the leaves which contain pointers to their parents. + // This can be done more efficiently but this isn't bad and it's way easier to program and debug + + for ( counter = 0; counter < 256; counter++ ) + { + // Already done at the end of the loop and before it! + tempPathLength = 0; + + // Set the current node at the leaf + currentNode = leafList[ counter ]; + + do + { + if ( currentNode->parent->left == currentNode ) // We're storing the paths in reverse order.since we are going from the leaf to the root + tempPath[ tempPathLength++ ] = false; + else + tempPath[ tempPathLength++ ] = true; + + currentNode = currentNode->parent; + } + + while ( currentNode != root ); + + // Write to the bitstream in the reverse order that we stored the path, which gives us the correct order from the root to the leaf + while ( tempPathLength-- > 0 ) + { + if ( tempPath[ tempPathLength ] ) // Write 1's and 0's because writing a bool will write the BitStream TYPE_CHECKING validation bits if that is defined along with the actual data bit, which is not what we want + bitStream.Write1(); + else + bitStream.Write0(); + } + + // Read data from the bitstream, which is written to the encoding table in bits and bitlength. Note this function allocates the encodingTable[counter].encoding pointer + encodingTable[ counter ].bitLength = ( unsigned char ) bitStream.CopyData( &encodingTable[ counter ].encoding ); + + // Reset the bitstream for the next iteration + bitStream.Reset(); + } +} + +// Pass an array of bytes to array and a preallocated BitStream to receive the output +void HuffmanEncodingTree::EncodeArray( unsigned char *input, size_t sizeInBytes, RakNet::BitStream * output ) +{ + unsigned counter; + + // For each input byte, Write out the corresponding series of 1's and 0's that give the encoded representation + for ( counter = 0; counter < sizeInBytes; counter++ ) + { + output->WriteBits( encodingTable[ input[ counter ] ].encoding, encodingTable[ input[ counter ] ].bitLength, false ); // Data is left aligned + } + + // Byte align the output so the unassigned remaining bits don't equate to some actual value + if ( output->GetNumberOfBitsUsed() % 8 != 0 ) + { + // Find an input that is longer than the remaining bits. Write out part of it to pad the output to be byte aligned. + unsigned char remainingBits = (unsigned char) ( 8 - ( output->GetNumberOfBitsUsed() % 8 ) ); + + for ( counter = 0; counter < 256; counter++ ) + if ( encodingTable[ counter ].bitLength > remainingBits ) + { + output->WriteBits( encodingTable[ counter ].encoding, remainingBits, false ); // Data is left aligned + break; + } + +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( counter != 256 ); // Given 256 elements, we should always be able to find an input that would be >= 7 bits + +#endif + + } +} + +unsigned HuffmanEncodingTree::DecodeArray( RakNet::BitStream * input, BitSize_t sizeInBits, size_t maxCharsToWrite, unsigned char *output ) +{ + HuffmanEncodingTreeNode * currentNode; + + unsigned outputWriteIndex; + outputWriteIndex = 0; + currentNode = root; + + // For each bit, go left if it is a 0 and right if it is a 1. When we reach a leaf, that gives us the desired value and we restart from the root + + for ( unsigned counter = 0; counter < sizeInBits; counter++ ) + { + if ( input->ReadBit() == false ) // left! + currentNode = currentNode->left; + else + currentNode = currentNode->right; + + if ( currentNode->left == 0 && currentNode->right == 0 ) // Leaf + { + + if ( outputWriteIndex < maxCharsToWrite ) + output[ outputWriteIndex ] = currentNode->value; + + outputWriteIndex++; + + currentNode = root; + } + } + + return outputWriteIndex; +} + +// Pass an array of encoded bytes to array and a preallocated BitStream to receive the output +void HuffmanEncodingTree::DecodeArray( unsigned char *input, BitSize_t sizeInBits, RakNet::BitStream * output ) +{ + HuffmanEncodingTreeNode * currentNode; + + if ( sizeInBits <= 0 ) + return ; + + RakNet::BitStream bitStream( input, BITS_TO_BYTES(sizeInBits), false ); + + currentNode = root; + + // For each bit, go left if it is a 0 and right if it is a 1. When we reach a leaf, that gives us the desired value and we restart from the root + for ( unsigned counter = 0; counter < sizeInBits; counter++ ) + { + if ( bitStream.ReadBit() == false ) // left! + currentNode = currentNode->left; + else + currentNode = currentNode->right; + + if ( currentNode->left == 0 && currentNode->right == 0 ) // Leaf + { + output->WriteBits( &( currentNode->value ), sizeof( char ) * 8, true ); // Use WriteBits instead of Write(char) because we want to avoid TYPE_CHECKING + currentNode = root; + } + } +} + +// Insertion sort. Slow but easy to write in this case +void HuffmanEncodingTree::InsertNodeIntoSortedList( HuffmanEncodingTreeNode * node, DataStructures::LinkedList *huffmanEncodingTreeNodeList ) const +{ + if ( huffmanEncodingTreeNodeList->Size() == 0 ) + { + huffmanEncodingTreeNodeList->Insert( node ); + return ; + } + + huffmanEncodingTreeNodeList->Beginning(); + + unsigned counter = 0; +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4127 ) // warning C4127: conditional expression is constant +#endif + while ( 1 ) + { + if ( huffmanEncodingTreeNodeList->Peek()->weight < node->weight ) + ++( *huffmanEncodingTreeNodeList ); + else + { + huffmanEncodingTreeNodeList->Insert( node ); + break; + } + + // Didn't find a spot in the middle - add to the end + if ( ++counter == huffmanEncodingTreeNodeList->Size() ) + { + huffmanEncodingTreeNodeList->End(); + + huffmanEncodingTreeNodeList->Add( node ) + + ; // Add to the end + break; + } + } +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_HuffmanEncodingTree.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_HuffmanEncodingTree.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..37dc1b81 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_HuffmanEncodingTree.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Internal] Generates a huffman encoding tree, used for string and global compression. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __HUFFMAN_ENCODING_TREE +#define __HUFFMAN_ENCODING_TREE + +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "DS_HuffmanEncodingTreeNode.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "Export.h" +#include "DS_LinkedList.h" + +/// This generates special cases of the huffman encoding tree using 8 bit keys with the additional condition that unused combinations of 8 bits are treated as a frequency of 1 +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT HuffmanEncodingTree : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ + +public: + HuffmanEncodingTree(); + ~HuffmanEncodingTree(); + + /// Pass an array of bytes to array and a preallocated BitStream to receive the output + /// \param [in] input Array of bytes to encode + /// \param [in] sizeInBytes size of \a input + /// \param [out] output The bitstream to write to + void EncodeArray( unsigned char *input, size_t sizeInBytes, RakNet::BitStream * output ); + + // Decodes an array encoded by EncodeArray() + unsigned DecodeArray( RakNet::BitStream * input, BitSize_t sizeInBits, size_t maxCharsToWrite, unsigned char *output ); + void DecodeArray( unsigned char *input, BitSize_t sizeInBits, RakNet::BitStream * output ); + + /// Given a frequency table of 256 elements, all with a frequency of 1 or more, generate the tree + void GenerateFromFrequencyTable( unsigned int frequencyTable[ 256 ] ); + + /// Free the memory used by the tree + void FreeMemory( void ); + +private: + + /// The root node of the tree + + HuffmanEncodingTreeNode *root; + + /// Used to hold bit encoding for one character + + + struct CharacterEncoding + { + unsigned char* encoding; + unsigned short bitLength; + }; + + CharacterEncoding encodingTable[ 256 ]; + + void InsertNodeIntoSortedList( HuffmanEncodingTreeNode * node, DataStructures::LinkedList *huffmanEncodingTreeNodeList ) const; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_HuffmanEncodingTreeFactory.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_HuffmanEncodingTreeFactory.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..398c71b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_HuffmanEncodingTreeFactory.h @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Internal] Creates instances of the class HuffmanEncodingTree +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __HUFFMAN_ENCODING_TREE_FACTORY +#define __HUFFMAN_ENCODING_TREE_FACTORY + +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +class HuffmanEncodingTree; + +/// \brief Creates instances of the class HuffmanEncodingTree +/// +/// This class takes a frequency table and given that frequence table, will generate an instance of HuffmanEncodingTree +class HuffmanEncodingTreeFactory : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ +public: + /// Default constructor + HuffmanEncodingTreeFactory(); + + /// Reset the frequency table. You don't need to call this unless you want to reuse the class for a new tree + void Reset( void ); + + /// Pass an array of bytes to this to add those elements to the frequency table + /// \param[in] array the data to insert into the frequency table + /// \param[in] size the size of the data to insert + void AddToFrequencyTable( unsigned char *array, int size ); + + /// Copies the frequency table to the array passed + /// Retrieve the frequency table + /// \param[in] _frequency The frequency table used currently + void GetFrequencyTable( unsigned int _frequency[ 256 ] ); + + /// Returns the frequency table as a pointer + /// \return the address of the frenquency table + unsigned int * GetFrequencyTable( void ); + + /// Generate a HuffmanEncodingTree. + /// You can also use GetFrequencyTable and GenerateFromFrequencyTable in the tree itself + /// \return The generated instance of HuffmanEncodingTree + HuffmanEncodingTree * GenerateTree( void ); + +private: + + /// Frequency table + unsigned int frequency[ 256 ]; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_HuffmanEncodingTreeNode.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_HuffmanEncodingTreeNode.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e1a283e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_HuffmanEncodingTreeNode.h @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Internal] A single node in the Huffman Encoding Tree. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __HUFFMAN_ENCODING_TREE_NODE +#define __HUFFMAN_ENCODING_TREE_NODE + +struct HuffmanEncodingTreeNode +{ + unsigned char value; + unsigned weight; + HuffmanEncodingTreeNode *left; + HuffmanEncodingTreeNode *right; + HuffmanEncodingTreeNode *parent; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_LinkedList.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_LinkedList.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3fbb8435 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_LinkedList.h @@ -0,0 +1,1259 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Internal] Straightforward linked list data structure. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __LINKED_LIST_H +#define __LINKED_LIST_H + +#include "Export.h" +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +/// The namespace DataStructures was only added to avoid compiler errors for commonly named data structures +/// As these data structures are stand-alone, you can use them outside of RakNet for your own projects if you wish. +namespace DataStructures +{ + // Prototype to prevent error in CircularLinkedList class when a reference is made to a LinkedList class + template + class RAK_DLL_EXPORT LinkedList; + + /** + * \brief (Circular) Linked List ADT (Doubly Linked Pointer to Node Style) - + * + * By Kevin Jenkins (http://www.rakkar.org) + * Initilize with the following command + * LinkedList + * OR + * CircularLinkedList + * + * Has the following member functions + * - size: returns number of elements in the linked list + * - insert(item): inserts @em item at the current position in + * the LinkedList. + * - add(item): inserts @em item after the current position in + * the LinkedList. Does not increment the position + * - replace(item): replaces the element at the current position @em item. + * - peek: returns the element at the current position + * - pop: returns the element at the current position and deletes it + * - del: deletes the current element. Does nothing for an empty list. + * - clear: empties the LinkedList and returns storage + * - bool IsInitem): Does a linear search for @em item. Does not set + * the position to it, only returns true on item found, false otherwise + * - bool find(item): Does a linear search for @em item and sets the current + * position to point to it if and only if the item is found. Returns true + * on item found, false otherwise + * - sort: Sorts the elements of the list with a mergesort and sets the + * current pointer to the first element + * - concatenate(list L): This appends L to the current list + * - ++(prefix): moves the pointer one element up in the list and returns the + * appropriate copy of the element in the list + * - --(prefix): moves the pointer one element back in the list and returns + * the appropriate copy of the element in the list + * - beginning - moves the pointer to the start of the list. For circular + * linked lists this is first 'position' created. You should call this + * after the sort function to read the first value. + * - end - moves the pointer to the end of the list. For circular linked + * lists this is one less than the first 'position' created + * The assignment and copy constructor operators are defined + * + * \note + * 1. LinkedList and CircularLinkedList are exactly the same except LinkedList + * won't let you wrap around the root and lets you jump to two positions + * relative to the root/ + * 2. Postfix ++ and -- can be used but simply call the prefix versions. + * + * + * EXAMPLE: + * @code + * LinkedList A; // Creates a Linked List of integers called A + * CircularLinkedList B; // Creates a Circular Linked List of + * // integers called B + * + * A.Insert(20); // Adds 20 to A. A: 20 - current is 20 + * A.Insert(5); // Adds 5 to A. A: 5 20 - current is 5 + * A.Insert(1); // Adds 1 to A. A: 1 5 20 - current is 1 + * + * A.IsIn1); // returns true + * A.IsIn200); // returns false + * A.Find(5); // returns true and sets current to 5 + * A.Peek(); // returns 5 + * A.Find(1); // returns true and sets current to 1 + * + * (++A).Peek(); // Returns 5 + * A.Peek(); // Returns 5 + * + * A.Replace(10); // Replaces 5 with 10. + * A.Peek(); // Returns 10 + * + * A.Beginning(); // Current points to the beginning of the list at 1 + * + * (++A).Peek(); // Returns 5 + * A.Peek(); // Returns 10 + * + * A.Del(); // Deletes 10. Current points to the next element, which is 20 + * A.Peek(); // Returns 20 + * + * A.Beginning(); // Current points to the beginning of the list at 1 + * + * (++A).Peek(); // Returns 5 + * A.Peek(); // Returns 20 + * + * A.Clear(); // Deletes all nodes in A + * + * A.Insert(5); // A: 5 - current is 5 + * A.Insert(6); // A: 6 5 - current is 6 + * A.Insert(7); // A: 7 6 5 - current is 7 + * + * A.Clear(); + * B.Clear(); + * + * B.Add(10); + * B.Add(20); + * B.Add(30); + * B.Add(5); + * B.Add(2); + * B.Add(25); + * // Sorts the numbers in the list and sets the current pointer to the + * // first element + * B.sort(); + * + * // Postfix ++ just calls the prefix version and has no functional + * // difference. + * B.Peek(); // Returns 2 + * B++; + * B.Peek(); // Returns 5 + * B++; + * B.Peek(); // Returns 10 + * B++; + * B.Peek(); // Returns 20 + * B++; + * B.Peek(); // Returns 25 + * B++; + * B.Peek(); // Returns 30 + * @endcode + */ + template + + class CircularLinkedList : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride + { + + public: + + struct node + { + CircularLinkedListType item; + + node* previous; + node* next; + }; + + CircularLinkedList(); + ~CircularLinkedList(); + CircularLinkedList( const CircularLinkedList& original_copy ); + // CircularLinkedList(LinkedList original_copy) {CircularLinkedList(original_copy);} // Converts linked list to circular type + bool operator= ( const CircularLinkedList& original_copy ); + CircularLinkedList& operator++(); // CircularLinkedList A; ++A; + CircularLinkedList& operator++( int ); // Circular_Linked List A; A++; + CircularLinkedList& operator--(); // CircularLinkedList A; --A; + CircularLinkedList& operator--( int ); // Circular_Linked List A; A--; + bool IsIn( const CircularLinkedListType& input ); + bool Find( const CircularLinkedListType& input ); + void Insert( const CircularLinkedListType& input ); + + CircularLinkedListType& Add ( const CircularLinkedListType& input ) + + ; // Adds after the current position + void Replace( const CircularLinkedListType& input ); + + void Del( void ); + + unsigned int Size( void ); + + CircularLinkedListType& Peek( void ); + + CircularLinkedListType Pop( void ); + + void Clear( void ); + + void Sort( void ); + + void Beginning( void ); + + void End( void ); + + void Concatenate( const CircularLinkedList& L ); + + protected: + unsigned int list_size; + + node *root; + + node *position; + + node* FindPointer( const CircularLinkedListType& input ); + + private: + CircularLinkedList Merge( CircularLinkedList L1, CircularLinkedList L2 ); + + CircularLinkedList Mergesort( const CircularLinkedList& L ); + }; + + template + + class LinkedList : public CircularLinkedList + { + + public: + LinkedList() + {} + + LinkedList( const LinkedList& original_copy ); + ~LinkedList(); + bool operator= ( const LinkedList& original_copy ); + LinkedList& operator++(); // LinkedList A; ++A; + LinkedList& operator++( int ); // Linked List A; A++; + LinkedList& operator--(); // LinkedList A; --A; + LinkedList& operator--( int ); // Linked List A; A--; + + private: + LinkedList Merge( LinkedList L1, LinkedList L2 ); + LinkedList Mergesort( const LinkedList& L ); + + }; + + + template + inline void CircularLinkedList::Beginning( void ) + { + if ( this->root ) + this->position = this->root; + } + + template + inline void CircularLinkedList::End( void ) + { + if ( this->root ) + this->position = this->root->previous; + } + + template + bool LinkedList::operator= ( const LinkedList& original_copy ) + { + typename LinkedList::node * original_copy_pointer, *last, *save_position; + + if ( ( &original_copy ) != this ) + { + + this->Clear(); + + + if ( original_copy.list_size == 0 ) + { + this->root = 0; + this->position = 0; + this->list_size = 0; + } + + else + if ( original_copy.list_size == 1 ) + { + this->root = new typename LinkedList::node; + // root->item = new LinkedListType; + this->root->next = this->root; + this->root->previous = this->root; + this->list_size = 1; + this->position = this->root; + // *(root->item)=*((original_copy.root)->item); + this->root->item = original_copy.root->item; + } + + else + { + // Setup the first part of the root node + original_copy_pointer = original_copy.root; + this->root = new typename LinkedList::node; + // root->item = new LinkedListType; + this->position = this->root; + // *(root->item)=*((original_copy.root)->item); + this->root->item = original_copy.root->item; + + if ( original_copy_pointer == original_copy.position ) + save_position = this->position; + + do + { + + + // Save the current element + last = this->position; + + // Point to the next node in the source list + original_copy_pointer = original_copy_pointer->next; + + // Create a new node and point position to it + this->position = new typename LinkedList::node; + // position->item = new LinkedListType; + + // Copy the item to the new node + // *(position->item)=*(original_copy_pointer->item); + this->position->item = original_copy_pointer->item; + + if ( original_copy_pointer == original_copy.position ) + save_position = this->position; + + + // Set the previous pointer for the new node + ( this->position->previous ) = last; + + // Set the next pointer for the old node to the new node + ( last->next ) = this->position; + + } + + while ( ( original_copy_pointer->next ) != ( original_copy.root ) ); + + // Complete the circle. Set the next pointer of the newest node to the root and the previous pointer of the root to the newest node + this->position->next = this->root; + + this->root->previous = this->position; + + this->list_size = original_copy.list_size; + + this->position = save_position; + } + } + + return true; + } + + + template + CircularLinkedList::CircularLinkedList() + { + this->root = 0; + this->position = 0; + this->list_size = 0; + } + + template + CircularLinkedList::~CircularLinkedList() + { + this->Clear(); + } + + template + LinkedList::~LinkedList() + { + this->Clear(); + } + + template + LinkedList::LinkedList( const LinkedList& original_copy ) + { + typename LinkedList::node * original_copy_pointer, *last, *save_position; + + if ( original_copy.list_size == 0 ) + { + this->root = 0; + this->position = 0; + this->list_size = 0; + return ; + } + + else + if ( original_copy.list_size == 1 ) + { + this->root = new typename LinkedList::node; + // root->item = new CircularLinkedListType; + this->root->next = this->root; + this->root->previous = this->root; + this->list_size = 1; + this->position = this->root; + // *(root->item) = *((original_copy.root)->item); + this->root->item = original_copy.root->item; + } + + else + { + // Setup the first part of the root node + original_copy_pointer = original_copy.root; + this->root = new typename LinkedList::node; + // root->item = new CircularLinkedListType; + this->position = this->root; + // *(root->item)=*((original_copy.root)->item); + this->root->item = original_copy.root->item; + + if ( original_copy_pointer == original_copy.position ) + save_position = this->position; + + do + { + // Save the current element + last = this->position; + + // Point to the next node in the source list + original_copy_pointer = original_copy_pointer->next; + + // Create a new node and point position to it + this->position = new typename LinkedList::node; + // position->item = new CircularLinkedListType; + + // Copy the item to the new node + // *(position->item)=*(original_copy_pointer->item); + this->position->item = original_copy_pointer->item; + + if ( original_copy_pointer == original_copy.position ) + save_position = this->position; + + // Set the previous pointer for the new node + ( this->position->previous ) = last; + + // Set the next pointer for the old node to the new node + ( last->next ) = this->position; + + } + + while ( ( original_copy_pointer->next ) != ( original_copy.root ) ); + + // Complete the circle. Set the next pointer of the newest node to the root and the previous pointer of the root to the newest node + this->position->next = this->root; + + this->root->previous = this->position; + + this->list_size = original_copy.list_size; + + this->position = save_position; + } + } + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4701 ) // warning C4701: local variable may be used without having been initialized +#endif + template + CircularLinkedList::CircularLinkedList( const CircularLinkedList& original_copy ) + { + node * original_copy_pointer; + node *last; + node *save_position; + + if ( original_copy.list_size == 0 ) + { + this->root = 0; + this->position = 0; + this->list_size = 0; + return ; + } + + else + if ( original_copy.list_size == 1 ) + { + this->root = new typename CircularLinkedList::node; + // root->item = new CircularLinkedListType; + this->root->next = this->root; + this->root->previous = this->root; + this->list_size = 1; + this->position = this->root; + // *(root->item) = *((original_copy.root)->item); + this->root->item = original_copy.root->item; + } + + else + { + // Setup the first part of the root node + original_copy_pointer = original_copy.root; + this->root = new typename CircularLinkedList::node; + // root->item = new CircularLinkedListType; + this->position = this->root; + // *(root->item)=*((original_copy.root)->item); + this->root->item = original_copy.root->item; + + if ( original_copy_pointer == original_copy.position ) + save_position = this->position; + + do + { + + + // Save the current element + last = this->position; + + // Point to the next node in the source list + original_copy_pointer = original_copy_pointer->next; + + // Create a new node and point position to it + this->position = new typename CircularLinkedList::node; + // position->item = new CircularLinkedListType; + + // Copy the item to the new node + // *(position->item)=*(original_copy_pointer->item); + this->position->item = original_copy_pointer->item; + + if ( original_copy_pointer == original_copy.position ) + save_position = position; + + // Set the previous pointer for the new node + ( this->position->previous ) = last; + + // Set the next pointer for the old node to the new node + ( last->next ) = this->position; + + } + + while ( ( original_copy_pointer->next ) != ( original_copy.root ) ); + + // Complete the circle. Set the next pointer of the newest node to the root and the previous pointer of the root to the newest node + this->position->next = this->root; + + this->root->previous = position; + + this->list_size = original_copy.list_size; + + this->position = save_position; + } + } + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4701 ) // warning C4701: local variable may be used without having been initialized +#endif + template + bool CircularLinkedList::operator= ( const CircularLinkedList& original_copy ) + { + node * original_copy_pointer; + node *last; + node *save_position; + + if ( ( &original_copy ) != this ) + { + + this->Clear(); + + + if ( original_copy.list_size == 0 ) + { + this->root = 0; + this->position = 0; + this->list_size = 0; + } + + else + if ( original_copy.list_size == 1 ) + { + this->root = new typename CircularLinkedList::node; + // root->item = new CircularLinkedListType; + this->root->next = this->root; + this->root->previous = this->root; + this->list_size = 1; + this->position = this->root; + // *(root->item)=*((original_copy.root)->item); + this->root->item = original_copy.root->item; + } + + else + { + // Setup the first part of the root node + original_copy_pointer = original_copy.root; + this->root = new typename CircularLinkedList::node; + // root->item = new CircularLinkedListType; + this->position = this->root; + // *(root->item)=*((original_copy.root)->item); + this->root->item = original_copy.root->item; + + if ( original_copy_pointer == original_copy.position ) + save_position = this->position; + + do + { + // Save the current element + last = this->position; + + // Point to the next node in the source list + original_copy_pointer = original_copy_pointer->next; + + // Create a new node and point position to it + this->position = new typename CircularLinkedList::node; + // position->item = new CircularLinkedListType; + + // Copy the item to the new node + // *(position->item)=*(original_copy_pointer->item); + this->position->item = original_copy_pointer->item; + + if ( original_copy_pointer == original_copy.position ) + save_position = this->position; + + // Set the previous pointer for the new node + ( this->position->previous ) = last; + + // Set the next pointer for the old node to the new node + ( last->next ) = this->position; + + } + + while ( ( original_copy_pointer->next ) != ( original_copy.root ) ); + + // Complete the circle. Set the next pointer of the newest node to the root and the previous pointer of the root to the newest node + this->position->next = this->root; + + this->root->previous = this->position; + + this->list_size = original_copy.list_size; + + this->position = save_position; + } + } + + return true; + } + + template + void CircularLinkedList::Insert( const CircularLinkedListType& input ) + { + node * new_node; + + if ( list_size == 0 ) + { + this->root = new typename CircularLinkedList::node; + // root->item = new CircularLinkedListType; + //*(root->item)=input; + this->root->item = input; + this->root->next = this->root; + this->root->previous = this->root; + this->list_size = 1; + this->position = this->root; + } + + else + if ( list_size == 1 ) + { + this->position = new typename CircularLinkedList::node; + // position->item = new CircularLinkedListType; + this->root->next = this->position; + this->root->previous = this->position; + this->position->previous = this->root; + this->position->next = this->root; + // *(position->item)=input; + this->position->item = input; + this->root = this->position; // Since we're inserting into a 1 element list the old root is now the second item + this->list_size = 2; + } + + else + { + /* + + B + | + A --- C + + position->previous=A + new_node=B + position=C + + Note that the order of the following statements is important */ + + new_node = new typename CircularLinkedList::node; + // new_node->item = new CircularLinkedListType; + + // *(new_node->item)=input; + new_node->item = input; + + // Point next of A to B + ( this->position->previous ) ->next = new_node; + + // Point last of B to A + new_node->previous = this->position->previous; + + // Point last of C to B + this->position->previous = new_node; + + // Point next of B to C + new_node->next = this->position; + + // Since the root pointer is bound to a node rather than an index this moves it back if you insert an element at the root + + if ( this->position == this->root ) + { + this->root = new_node; + this->position = this->root; + } + + // Increase the recorded size of the list by one + this->list_size++; + } + } + + template + CircularLinkedListType& CircularLinkedList::Add ( const CircularLinkedListType& input ) + { + node * new_node; + + if ( this->list_size == 0 ) + { + this->root = new typename CircularLinkedList::node; + // root->item = new CircularLinkedListType; + // *(root->item)=input; + this->root->item = input; + this->root->next = this->root; + this->root->previous = this->root; + this->list_size = 1; + this->position = this->root; + // return *(position->item); + return this->position->item; + } + + else + if ( list_size == 1 ) + { + this->position = new typename CircularLinkedList::node; + // position->item = new CircularLinkedListType; + this->root->next = this->position; + this->root->previous = this->position; + this->position->previous = this->root; + this->position->next = this->root; + // *(position->item)=input; + this->position->item = input; + this->list_size = 2; + this->position = this->root; // Don't move the position from the root + // return *(position->item); + return this->position->item; + } + + else + { + /* + + B + | + A --- C + + new_node=B + position=A + position->next=C + + Note that the order of the following statements is important */ + + new_node = new typename CircularLinkedList::node; + // new_node->item = new CircularLinkedListType; + + // *(new_node->item)=input; + new_node->item = input; + + // Point last of B to A + new_node->previous = this->position; + + // Point next of B to C + new_node->next = ( this->position->next ); + + // Point last of C to B + ( this->position->next ) ->previous = new_node; + + // Point next of A to B + ( this->position->next ) = new_node; + + // Increase the recorded size of the list by one + this->list_size++; + + // return *(new_node->item); + return new_node->item; + } + } + + template + inline void CircularLinkedList::Replace( const CircularLinkedListType& input ) + { + if ( this->list_size > 0 ) + // *(position->item)=input; + this->position->item = input; + } + + template + void CircularLinkedList::Del() + { + node * new_position; + + if ( this->list_size == 0 ) + return ; + + else + if ( this->list_size == 1 ) + { + // delete root->item; + delete this->root; + this->root = this->position = 0; + this->list_size = 0; + } + + else + { + ( this->position->previous ) ->next = this->position->next; + ( this->position->next ) ->previous = this->position->previous; + new_position = this->position->next; + + if ( this->position == this->root ) + this->root = new_position; + + // delete position->item; + delete this->position; + + this->position = new_position; + + this->list_size--; + } + } + + template + bool CircularLinkedList::IsIn(const CircularLinkedListType& input ) + { + node * return_value, *old_position; + + old_position = this->position; + + return_value = FindPointer( input ); + this->position = old_position; + + if ( return_value != 0 ) + return true; + else + return false; // Can't find the item don't do anything + } + + template + bool CircularLinkedList::Find( const CircularLinkedListType& input ) + { + node * return_value; + + return_value = FindPointer( input ); + + if ( return_value != 0 ) + { + this->position = return_value; + return true; + } + + else + return false; // Can't find the item don't do anything + } + + template + typename CircularLinkedList::node* CircularLinkedList::FindPointer( const CircularLinkedListType& input ) + { + node * current; + + if ( this->list_size == 0 ) + return 0; + + current = this->root; + + // Search for the item starting from the root node and incrementing the pointer after every check + // If you wind up pointing at the root again you looped around the list so didn't find the item, in which case return 0 + do + { + // if (*(current->item) == input) return current; + + if ( current->item == input ) + return current; + + current = current->next; + } + + while ( current != this->root ); + + return 0; + + } + + template + inline unsigned int CircularLinkedList::Size( void ) + { + return this->list_size; + } + + template + inline CircularLinkedListType& CircularLinkedList::Peek( void ) + { + // return *(position->item); + return this->position->item; + } + + template + CircularLinkedListType CircularLinkedList::Pop( void ) + { + CircularLinkedListType element; + element = Peek(); + Del(); + return CircularLinkedListType( element ); // return temporary + } + + // Prefix + template + CircularLinkedList& CircularLinkedList::operator++() + { + if ( this->list_size != 0 ) + position = position->next; + + return *this; + } + + /* + // Postfix + template + CircularLinkedList& CircularLinkedList::operator++(int) + { + CircularLinkedList before; + before=*this; + operator++(); + return before; + } + */ + + template + CircularLinkedList& CircularLinkedList::operator++( int ) + { + return this->operator++(); + } + + // Prefix + template + CircularLinkedList& CircularLinkedList::operator--() + { + if ( this->list_size != 0 ) + this->position = this->position->previous; + + return *this; + } + + /* + // Postfix + template + CircularLinkedList& CircularLinkedList::operator--(int) + { + CircularLinkedList before; + before=*this; + operator--(); + return before; + } + */ + + template + CircularLinkedList& CircularLinkedList::operator--( int ) + { + return this->operator--(); + } + + template + void CircularLinkedList::Clear( void ) + { + if ( this->list_size == 0 ) + return ; + else + if ( this->list_size == 1 ) // {delete root->item; delete root;} + { + delete this->root; + } + + else + { + node* current; + node* temp; + + current = this->root; + + do + { + temp = current; + current = current->next; + // delete temp->item; + delete temp; + } + + while ( current != this->root ); + } + + this->list_size = 0; + this->root = 0; + this->position = 0; + } + + template + inline void CircularLinkedList::Concatenate( const CircularLinkedList& L ) + { + unsigned int counter; + node* ptr; + + if ( L.list_size == 0 ) + return ; + + if ( this->list_size == 0 ) + * this = L; + + ptr = L.root; + + this->position = this->root->previous; + + // Cycle through each element in L and add it to the current list + for ( counter = 0; counter < L.list_size; counter++ ) + { + // Add item after the current item pointed to + // add(*(ptr->item)); + + Add ( ptr->item ); + + // Update pointers. Moving ptr keeps the current pointer at the end of the list since the add function does not move the pointer + ptr = ptr->next; + + this->position = this->position->next; + } + } + + template + inline void CircularLinkedList::Sort( void ) + { + if ( this->list_size <= 1 ) + return ; + + // Call equal operator to assign result of mergesort to current object + *this = Mergesort( *this ); + + this->position = this->root; + } + + template + CircularLinkedList CircularLinkedList::Mergesort( const CircularLinkedList& L ) + { + unsigned int counter; + node* location; + CircularLinkedList L1; + CircularLinkedList L2; + + location = L.root; + + // Split the list into two equal size sublists, L1 and L2 + + for ( counter = 0; counter < L.list_size / 2; counter++ ) + { + // L1.add (*(location->item)); + L1.Add ( location->item ); + location = location->next; + } + + for ( ;counter < L.list_size; counter++ ) + { + // L2.Add(*(location->item)); + L2.Add ( location->item ); + location = location->next; + } + + // Recursively sort the sublists + if ( L1.list_size > 1 ) + L1 = Mergesort( L1 ); + + if ( L2.list_size > 1 ) + L2 = Mergesort( L2 ); + + // Merge the two sublists + return Merge( L1, L2 ); + } + + template + CircularLinkedList CircularLinkedList::Merge( CircularLinkedList L1, CircularLinkedList L2 ) + { + CircularLinkedList X; + CircularLinkedListType element; + L1.position = L1.root; + L2.position = L2.root; + + // While neither list is empty + + while ( ( L1.list_size != 0 ) && ( L2.list_size != 0 ) ) + { + // Compare the first items of L1 and L2 + // Remove the smaller of the two items from the list + + if ( ( ( L1.root ) ->item ) < ( ( L2.root ) ->item ) ) + // if ((*((L1.root)->item)) < (*((L2.root)->item))) + { + // element = *((L1.root)->item); + element = ( L1.root ) ->item; + L1.Del(); + } + else + { + // element = *((L2.root)->item); + element = ( L2.root ) ->item; + L2.Del(); + } + + // Add this item to the end of X + X.Add( element ); + + X++; + } + + // Add the remaining list to X + if ( L1.list_size != 0 ) + X.Concatenate( L1 ); + else + X.Concatenate( L2 ); + + return X; + } + + template + LinkedList LinkedList::Mergesort( const LinkedList& L ) + { + unsigned int counter; + typename LinkedList::node* location; + LinkedList L1; + LinkedList L2; + + location = L.root; + + // Split the list into two equal size sublists, L1 and L2 + + for ( counter = 0; counter < L.LinkedList_size / 2; counter++ ) + { + // L1.add (*(location->item)); + L1.Add ( location->item ); + location = location->next; + } + + for ( ;counter < L.LinkedList_size; counter++ ) + { + // L2.Add(*(location->item)); + L2.Add ( location->item ); + location = location->next; + } + + // Recursively sort the sublists + if ( L1.list_size > 1 ) + L1 = Mergesort( L1 ); + + if ( L2.list_size > 1 ) + L2 = Mergesort( L2 ); + + // Merge the two sublists + return Merge( L1, L2 ); + } + + template + LinkedList LinkedList::Merge( LinkedList L1, LinkedList L2 ) + { + LinkedList X; + LinkedListType element; + L1.position = L1.root; + L2.position = L2.root; + + // While neither list is empty + + while ( ( L1.LinkedList_size != 0 ) && ( L2.LinkedList_size != 0 ) ) + { + // Compare the first items of L1 and L2 + // Remove the smaller of the two items from the list + + if ( ( ( L1.root ) ->item ) < ( ( L2.root ) ->item ) ) + // if ((*((L1.root)->item)) < (*((L2.root)->item))) + { + element = ( L1.root ) ->item; + // element = *((L1.root)->item); + L1.Del(); + } + else + { + element = ( L2.root ) ->item; + // element = *((L2.root)->item); + L2.Del(); + } + + // Add this item to the end of X + X.Add( element ); + } + + // Add the remaining list to X + if ( L1.LinkedList_size != 0 ) + X.concatenate( L1 ); + else + X.concatenate( L2 ); + + return X; + } + + + // Prefix + template + LinkedList& LinkedList::operator++() + { + if ( ( this->list_size != 0 ) && ( this->position->next != this->root ) ) + this->position = this->position->next; + + return *this; + } + + /* + // Postfix + template + LinkedList& LinkedList::operator++(int) + { + LinkedList before; + before=*this; + operator++(); + return before; + } + */ + // Postfix + template + LinkedList& LinkedList::operator++( int ) + { + return this->operator++(); + } + + // Prefix + template + LinkedList& LinkedList::operator--() + { + if ( ( this->list_size != 0 ) && ( this->position != this->root ) ) + this->position = this->position->previous; + + return *this; + } + + /* + // Postfix + template + LinkedList& LinkedList::operator--(int) + { + LinkedList before; + before=*this; + operator--(); + return before; + } + */ + + // Postfix + template + LinkedList& LinkedList::operator--( int ) + { + return this->operator--(); + } + +} // End namespace + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_List.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_List.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a780591b --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_List.h @@ -0,0 +1,512 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Internal] Array based list. Usually the Queue class is used instead, since it has all the same functionality and is only worse at random access. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __LIST_H +#define __LIST_H + +#include +#include // memmove +#include "Export.h" + +/// Maximum unsigned long +static const unsigned int MAX_UNSIGNED_LONG = 4294967295U; + +/// The namespace DataStructures was only added to avoid compiler errors for commonly named data structures +/// As these data structures are stand-alone, you can use them outside of RakNet for your own projects if you wish. +namespace DataStructures +{ + /// \brief Array based implementation of a list. + /// \note ONLY USE THIS FOR SHALLOW COPIES. I don't bother with operator= to improve performance. + template + class RAK_DLL_EXPORT List + { + public: + /// Default constructor + List(); + + /// Destructor + ~List(); + + /// Copy constructor + /// \param[in] original_copy The list to duplicate + List( const List& original_copy ); + + /// Assign one list to another + List& operator= ( const List& original_copy ); + + /// Access an element by its index in the array + /// \param[in] position The index into the array. + /// \return The element at position \a position. + list_type& operator[] ( const unsigned int position ) const; + + /// Push an element at the end of the stack + /// \param[in] input The new element. + void Push(const list_type input); + + /// Pop an element from the end of the stack + /// \pre Size()>0 + /// \return The element at the end. + list_type& Pop(void); + + /// Insert an element at position \a position in the list + /// \param[in] input The new element. + /// \param[in] position The position of the new element. + void Insert( const list_type input, const unsigned int position ); + + /// Insert at the end of the list. + /// \param[in] input The new element. + void Insert( const list_type input ); + + /// Replace the value at \a position by \a input. If the size of + /// the list is less than @em position, it increase the capacity of + /// the list and fill slot with @em filler. + /// \param[in] input The element to replace at position @em position. + /// \param[in] filler The element use to fill new allocated capacity. + /// \param[in] position The position of input in the list. + void Replace( const list_type input, const list_type filler, const unsigned int position ); + + /// Replace the last element of the list by \a input . + /// \param[in] input The element used to replace the last element. + void Replace( const list_type input ); + + /// Delete the element at position \a position. + /// \param[in] position The index of the element to delete + void RemoveAtIndex( const unsigned int position ); + + /// Delete the element at position \a position. + /// \note - swaps middle with end of list, only use if list order does not matter + /// \param[in] position The index of the element to delete + void RemoveAtIndexFast( const unsigned int position ); + + /// Delete the element at the end of the list + void RemoveFromEnd(const unsigned num=1); + + /// Returns the index of the specified item or MAX_UNSIGNED_LONG if not found + /// \param[in] input The element to check for + /// \return The index or position of @em input in the list. + /// \retval MAX_UNSIGNED_LONG The object is not in the list + /// \retval [Integer] The index of the element in the list + unsigned int GetIndexOf( const list_type input ) const; + + /// \return The number of elements in the list + unsigned int Size( void ) const; + + /// Clear the list + void Clear( bool doNotDeallocateSmallBlocks=false ); + + // Preallocate the list, so it needs fewer reallocations at runtime + void Preallocate( unsigned countNeeded ); + + /// Frees overallocated members, to use the minimum memory necessary + /// \attention + /// This is a slow operation + void Compress( void ); + + private: + /// An array of user values + list_type* listArray; + + /// Number of elements in the list + unsigned int list_size; + + /// Size of \a array + unsigned int allocation_size; + }; + template + List::List() + { + allocation_size = 0; + listArray = 0; + list_size = 0; + } + + template + List::~List() + { + if (allocation_size>0) + delete [] listArray; + } + + + template + List::List( const List& original_copy ) + { + // Allocate memory for copy + + if ( original_copy.list_size == 0 ) + { + list_size = 0; + allocation_size = 0; + } + else + { + listArray = new list_type [ original_copy.list_size ]; + + for ( unsigned int counter = 0; counter < original_copy.list_size; ++counter ) + listArray[ counter ] = original_copy.listArray[ counter ]; + + // Don't call constructors, assignment operators, etc. + //memcpy(listArray, original_copy.listArray, original_copy.list_size*sizeof(list_type)); + + list_size = allocation_size = original_copy.list_size; + } + } + + template + List& List::operator= ( const List& original_copy ) + { + if ( ( &original_copy ) != this ) + { + Clear(); + + // Allocate memory for copy + + if ( original_copy.list_size == 0 ) + { + list_size = 0; + allocation_size = 0; + } + + else + { + listArray = new list_type [ original_copy.list_size ]; + + for ( unsigned int counter = 0; counter < original_copy.list_size; ++counter ) + listArray[ counter ] = original_copy.listArray[ counter ]; + // Don't call constructors, assignment operators, etc. + //memcpy(listArray, original_copy.listArray, original_copy.list_size*sizeof(list_type)); + + list_size = allocation_size = original_copy.list_size; + } + } + + return *this; + } + + + template + inline list_type& List::operator[] ( const unsigned int position ) const + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + if (position>=list_size) + { + assert ( position < list_size ); + } +#endif + return listArray[ position ]; + } + + template + void List::Push(const list_type input) + { + Insert(input); + } + + template + inline list_type& List::Pop(void) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(list_size>0); +#endif + --list_size; + return listArray[list_size]; + } + + template + void List::Insert( const list_type input, const unsigned int position ) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + if (position>list_size) + { + assert( position <= list_size ); + } +#endif + + // Reallocate list if necessary + if ( list_size == allocation_size ) + { + // allocate twice the currently allocated memory + list_type * new_array; + + if ( allocation_size == 0 ) + allocation_size = 16; + else + allocation_size *= 2; + + new_array = new list_type [ allocation_size ]; + + // copy old array over + for ( unsigned int counter = 0; counter < list_size; ++counter ) + new_array[ counter ] = listArray[ counter ]; + + // Don't call constructors, assignment operators, etc. + //memcpy(new_array, listArray, list_size*sizeof(list_type)); + + // set old array to point to the newly allocated and twice as large array + delete[] listArray; + + listArray = new_array; + } + + // Move the elements in the list to make room + for ( unsigned int counter = list_size; counter != position; counter-- ) + listArray[ counter ] = listArray[ counter - 1 ]; + + // Don't call constructors, assignment operators, etc. + //memmove(listArray+position+1, listArray+position, (list_size-position)*sizeof(list_type)); + + // Insert the new item at the correct spot + listArray[ position ] = input; + + ++list_size; + + } + + + template + void List::Insert( const list_type input ) + { + // Reallocate list if necessary + + if ( list_size == allocation_size ) + { + // allocate twice the currently allocated memory + list_type * new_array; + + if ( allocation_size == 0 ) + allocation_size = 16; + else + allocation_size *= 2; + + new_array = new list_type [ allocation_size ]; + + if (listArray) + { + // copy old array over + for ( unsigned int counter = 0; counter < list_size; ++counter ) + new_array[ counter ] = listArray[ counter ]; + + // Don't call constructors, assignment operators, etc. + //memcpy(new_array, listArray, list_size*sizeof(list_type)); + + // set old array to point to the newly allocated and twice as large array + delete[] listArray; + } + + listArray = new_array; + } + + // Insert the new item at the correct spot + listArray[ list_size ] = input; + + ++list_size; + } + + template + inline void List::Replace( const list_type input, const list_type filler, const unsigned int position ) + { + if ( ( list_size > 0 ) && ( position < list_size ) ) + { + // Direct replacement + listArray[ position ] = input; + } + else + { + if ( position >= allocation_size ) + { + // Reallocate the list to size position and fill in blanks with filler + list_type * new_array; + allocation_size = position + 1; + + new_array = new list_type [ allocation_size ]; + + // copy old array over + + for ( unsigned int counter = 0; counter < list_size; ++counter ) + new_array[ counter ] = listArray[ counter ]; + + // Don't call constructors, assignment operators, etc. + //memcpy(new_array, listArray, list_size*sizeof(list_type)); + + // set old array to point to the newly allocated array + delete[] listArray; + + listArray = new_array; + } + + // Fill in holes with filler + while ( list_size < position ) + listArray[ list_size++ ] = filler; + + // Fill in the last element with the new item + listArray[ list_size++ ] = input; + +#ifdef _DEBUG + + assert( list_size == position + 1 ); + +#endif + + } + } + + template + inline void List::Replace( const list_type input ) + { + if ( list_size > 0 ) + listArray[ list_size - 1 ] = input; + } + + template + void List::RemoveAtIndex( const unsigned int position ) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + if (position >= list_size) + { + assert( position < list_size ); + return; + } +#endif + + if ( position < list_size ) + { + // Compress the array + for ( unsigned int counter = position; counter < list_size - 1 ; ++counter ) + listArray[ counter ] = listArray[ counter + 1 ]; + // Don't call constructors, assignment operators, etc. + // memmove(listArray+position, listArray+position+1, (list_size-1-position) * sizeof(list_type)); + + RemoveFromEnd(); + } + } + + template + void List::RemoveAtIndexFast( const unsigned int position ) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + if (position >= list_size) + { + assert( position < list_size ); + return; + } +#endif + --list_size; + listArray[position]=listArray[list_size]; + } + + template + inline void List::RemoveFromEnd( const unsigned num ) + { + // Delete the last elements on the list. No compression needed +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(list_size>=num); +#endif + list_size-=num; + } + + template + unsigned int List::GetIndexOf( const list_type input ) const + { + for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < list_size; ++i ) + if ( listArray[ i ] == input ) + return i; + + return MAX_UNSIGNED_LONG; + } + + template + inline unsigned int List::Size( void ) const + { + return list_size; + } + + template + void List::Clear( bool doNotDeallocateSmallBlocks ) + { + if ( allocation_size == 0 ) + return; + + if (allocation_size>512 || doNotDeallocateSmallBlocks==false) + { + delete [] listArray; + allocation_size = 0; + listArray = 0; + } + list_size = 0; + } + + template + void List::Compress( void ) + { + list_type * new_array; + + if ( allocation_size == 0 ) + return ; + + new_array = new list_type [ allocation_size ]; + + // copy old array over + for ( unsigned int counter = 0; counter < list_size; ++counter ) + new_array[ counter ] = listArray[ counter ]; + + // Don't call constructors, assignment operators, etc. + //memcpy(new_array, listArray, list_size*sizeof(list_type)); + + // set old array to point to the newly allocated array + delete[] listArray; + + listArray = new_array; + } + + template + void List::Preallocate( unsigned countNeeded ) + { + unsigned amountToAllocate = allocation_size; + if (allocation_size==0) + amountToAllocate=16; + while (amountToAllocate < countNeeded) + amountToAllocate<<=1; + + if ( allocation_size < amountToAllocate) + { + // allocate twice the currently allocated memory + list_type * new_array; + + allocation_size=amountToAllocate; + + new_array = new list_type [ allocation_size ]; + + if (listArray) + { + // copy old array over + for ( unsigned int counter = 0; counter < list_size; ++counter ) + new_array[ counter ] = listArray[ counter ]; + + // Don't call constructors, assignment operators, etc. + //memcpy(new_array, listArray, list_size*sizeof(list_type)); + + // set old array to point to the newly allocated and twice as large array + delete[] listArray; + } + + listArray = new_array; + } + } + +} // End namespace + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_Map.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_Map.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..208ee107 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_Map.h @@ -0,0 +1,319 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Internal] Map +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __RAKNET_MAP_H +#define __RAKNET_MAP_H + +#include "DS_OrderedList.h" +#include "Export.h" + +// If I want to change this to a red-black tree, this is a good site: http://www.cs.auckland.ac.nz/software/AlgAnim/red_black.html +// This makes insertions and deletions faster. But then traversals are slow, while they are currently fast. + +/// The namespace DataStructures was only added to avoid compiler errors for commonly named data structures +/// As these data structures are stand-alone, you can use them outside of RakNet for your own projects if you wish. +namespace DataStructures +{ + /// The default comparison has to be first so it can be called as a default parameter. + /// It then is followed by MapNode, followed by NodeComparisonFunc + template + int defaultMapKeyComparison(const key_type &a, const key_type &b) + { + if (a > + class RAK_DLL_EXPORT Map : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride + { + public: + static void IMPLEMENT_DEFAULT_COMPARISON(void) {DataStructures::defaultMapKeyComparison(key_type(),key_type());} + + struct MapNode + { + MapNode() {} + MapNode(key_type _key, data_type _data) : mapNodeKey(_key), mapNodeData(_data) {} + MapNode& operator = ( const MapNode& input ) {mapNodeKey=input.mapNodeKey; mapNodeData=input.mapNodeData; return *this;} + MapNode( const MapNode & input) {mapNodeKey=input.mapNodeKey; mapNodeData=input.mapNodeData;} + key_type mapNodeKey; + data_type mapNodeData; + }; + + // Has to be a static because the comparison callback for DataStructures::OrderedList is a C function + static int NodeComparisonFunc(const key_type &a, const MapNode &b) + { +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4127 ) // warning C4127: conditional expression is constant +#endif + return key_comparison_func(a, b.mapNodeKey); + } + + Map(); + ~Map(); + Map( const Map& original_copy ); + Map& operator= ( const Map& original_copy ); + + data_type& Get(const key_type &key); + data_type Pop(const key_type &key); + // Add if needed + void Set(const key_type &key, const data_type &data); + // Must already exist + void SetExisting(const key_type &key, const data_type &data); + // Must add + void SetNew(const key_type &key, const data_type &data); + bool Has(const key_type &key); + bool Delete(const key_type &key); + data_type& operator[] ( const unsigned int position ) const; + key_type GetKeyAtIndex( const unsigned int position ) const; + unsigned GetIndexAtKey( const key_type &key ); + void RemoveAtIndex(const unsigned index); + void Clear(void); + unsigned Size(void) const; + + protected: + DataStructures::OrderedList< key_type,MapNode,Map::NodeComparisonFunc > mapNodeList; + + void SaveLastSearch(const key_type &key, unsigned index); + bool HasSavedSearchResult(const key_type &key) const; + + unsigned lastSearchIndex; + key_type lastSearchKey; + bool lastSearchIndexValid; + }; + + template + Map::Map() + { + lastSearchIndexValid=false; + } + + template + Map::~Map() + { + Clear(); + } + + template + Map::Map( const Map& original_copy ) + { + mapNodeList=original_copy.mapNodeList; + lastSearchIndex=original_copy.lastSearchIndex; + lastSearchKey=original_copy.lastSearchKey; + lastSearchIndexValid=original_copy.lastSearchIndexValid; + } + + template + Map& Map::operator= ( const Map& original_copy ) + { + mapNodeList=original_copy.mapNodeList; + lastSearchIndex=original_copy.lastSearchIndex; + lastSearchKey=original_copy.lastSearchKey; + lastSearchIndexValid=original_copy.lastSearchIndexValid; + return *this; + } + + template + data_type& Map::Get(const key_type &key) + { + if (HasSavedSearchResult(key)) + return mapNodeList[lastSearchIndex].mapNodeData; + + bool objectExists; + unsigned index; + index=mapNodeList.GetIndexFromKey(key, &objectExists); + assert(objectExists); + SaveLastSearch(key,index); + return mapNodeList[index].mapNodeData; + } + + template + unsigned Map::GetIndexAtKey( const key_type &key ) + { + if (HasSavedSearchResult(key)) + return lastSearchIndex; + + bool objectExists; + unsigned index; + index=mapNodeList.GetIndexFromKey(key, &objectExists); + if (objectExists==false) + { + assert(objectExists); + } + SaveLastSearch(key,index); + return index; + } + + template + void Map::RemoveAtIndex(const unsigned index) + { + mapNodeList.RemoveAtIndex(index); + lastSearchIndexValid=false; + } + + template + data_type Map::Pop(const key_type &key) + { + bool objectExists; + unsigned index; + if (HasSavedSearchResult(key)) + index=lastSearchIndex; + else + { + index=mapNodeList.GetIndexFromKey(key, &objectExists); + assert(objectExists); + } + data_type tmp = mapNodeList[index].mapNodeData; + mapNodeList.RemoveAtIndex(index); + lastSearchIndexValid=false; + return tmp; + } + + template + void Map::Set(const key_type &key, const data_type &data) + { + bool objectExists; + unsigned index; + + if (HasSavedSearchResult(key)) + { + mapNodeList[lastSearchIndex].mapNodeData=data; + return; + } + + index=mapNodeList.GetIndexFromKey(key, &objectExists); + + if (objectExists) + { + SaveLastSearch(key,index); + mapNodeList[index].mapNodeData=data; + } + else + { + SaveLastSearch(key,mapNodeList.Insert(key,MapNode(key,data), true)); + } + } + + template + void Map::SetExisting(const key_type &key, const data_type &data) + { + bool objectExists; + unsigned index; + + if (HasSavedSearchResult(key)) + { + index=lastSearchIndex; + } + else + { + index=mapNodeList.GetIndexFromKey(key, &objectExists); + assert(objectExists); + SaveLastSearch(key,index); + } + + mapNodeList[index].mapNodeData=data; + } + + template + void Map::SetNew(const key_type &key, const data_type &data) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + unsigned index; + bool objectExists; + index=mapNodeList.GetIndexFromKey(key, &objectExists); + assert(objectExists==false); +#endif + SaveLastSearch(key,mapNodeList.Insert(key,MapNode(key,data), true)); + } + + template + bool Map::Has(const key_type &key) + { + if (HasSavedSearchResult(key)) + return true; + + bool objectExists; + unsigned index; + index=mapNodeList.GetIndexFromKey(key, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + SaveLastSearch(key,index); + return objectExists; + } + + template + bool Map::Delete(const key_type &key) + { + if (HasSavedSearchResult(key)) + { + lastSearchIndexValid=false; + mapNodeList.RemoveAtIndex(lastSearchIndex); + return true; + } + + bool objectExists; + unsigned index; + index=mapNodeList.GetIndexFromKey(key, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + { + lastSearchIndexValid=false; + mapNodeList.RemoveAtIndex(index); + return true; + } + else + return false; + } + + template + void Map::Clear(void) + { + lastSearchIndexValid=false; + mapNodeList.Clear(); + } + + template + data_type& Map::operator[]( const unsigned int position ) const + { + return mapNodeList[position].mapNodeData; + } + + template + key_type Map::GetKeyAtIndex( const unsigned int position ) const + { + return mapNodeList[position].mapNodeKey; + } + + template + unsigned Map::Size(void) const + { + return mapNodeList.Size(); + } + + template + void Map::SaveLastSearch(const key_type &key, const unsigned index) + { + lastSearchIndex=index; + lastSearchKey=key; + lastSearchIndexValid=true; + } + + template + bool Map::HasSavedSearchResult(const key_type &key) const + { + return lastSearchIndexValid && key_comparison_func(key,lastSearchKey)==0; + } +} + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_MemoryPool.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_MemoryPool.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..08773b04 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_MemoryPool.h @@ -0,0 +1,285 @@ +#ifndef __MEMORY_POOL_H +#define __MEMORY_POOL_H + +#ifndef __APPLE__ +// Use stdlib and not malloc for compatibility +#include +#endif +#include +#include "Export.h" + +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" + +// DS_MEMORY_POOL_MAX_FREE_PAGES must be > 1 +#define DS_MEMORY_POOL_MAX_FREE_PAGES 4 + +// #define _DISABLE_MEMORY_POOL + +namespace DataStructures +{ + /// Very fast memory pool for allocating and deallocating structures that don't have constructors or destructors. + /// Contains a list of pages, each of which has an array of the user structures + template + class RAK_DLL_EXPORT MemoryPool : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride + { + public: + struct Page; + struct MemoryWithPage + { + MemoryBlockType userMemory; + Page *parentPage; + }; + + struct Page + { + MemoryWithPage** availableStack; + int availableStackSize; + MemoryWithPage* block; + Page *next, *prev; + }; + + MemoryPool(); + ~MemoryPool(); + void SetPageSize(int size); // Defaults to 16384 + MemoryBlockType *Allocate(void); + void Release(MemoryBlockType *m); + void Clear(void); + + int GetAvailablePagesSize(void) const {return availablePagesSize;} + int GetUnavailablePagesSize(void) const {return unavailablePagesSize;} + int GetMemoryPoolPageSize(void) const {return memoryPoolPageSize;} + protected: + int BlocksPerPage(void) const; + void AllocateFirst(void); + bool InitPage(Page *page, Page *prev); + + // availablePages contains pages which have room to give the user new blocks. We return these blocks from the head of the list + // unavailablePages are pages which are totally full, and from which we do not return new blocks. + // Pages move from the head of unavailablePages to the tail of availablePages, and from the head of availablePages to the tail of unavailablePages + Page *availablePages, *unavailablePages; + int availablePagesSize, unavailablePagesSize; + int memoryPoolPageSize; + }; + + template + MemoryPool::MemoryPool() + { +#ifndef _DISABLE_MEMORY_POOL + //AllocateFirst(); + availablePagesSize=0; + unavailablePagesSize=0; + memoryPoolPageSize=16384; +#endif + } + template + MemoryPool::~MemoryPool() + { +#ifndef _DISABLE_MEMORY_POOL + Clear(); +#endif + } + + template + void MemoryPool::SetPageSize(int size) + { + memoryPoolPageSize=size; + } + + template + MemoryBlockType* MemoryPool::Allocate(void) + { +#ifdef _DISABLE_MEMORY_POOL + return new MemoryBlockType; +#endif + + if (availablePagesSize>0) + { + MemoryBlockType *retVal; + Page *curPage; + curPage=availablePages; + retVal = (MemoryBlockType*) curPage->availableStack[--(curPage->availableStackSize)]; + if (curPage->availableStackSize==0) + { + --availablePagesSize; + availablePages=curPage->next; + assert(availablePagesSize==0 || availablePages->availableStackSize>0); + curPage->next->prev=curPage->prev; + curPage->prev->next=curPage->next; + + if (unavailablePagesSize++==0) + { + unavailablePages=curPage; + curPage->next=curPage; + curPage->prev=curPage; + } + else + { + curPage->next=unavailablePages; + curPage->prev=unavailablePages->prev; + unavailablePages->prev->next=curPage; + unavailablePages->prev=curPage; + } + } + + assert(availablePagesSize==0 || availablePages->availableStackSize>0); + return retVal; + } + + availablePages = (Page *) rakMalloc(sizeof(Page)); + if (availablePages==0) + return 0; + availablePagesSize=1; + if (InitPage(availablePages, availablePages)==false) + return 0; + assert(availablePages->availableStackSize>1); + return (MemoryBlockType *) availablePages->availableStack[--availablePages->availableStackSize]; + } + template + void MemoryPool::Release(MemoryBlockType *m) + { +#ifdef _DISABLE_MEMORY_POOL + delete m; + return; +#endif + + // Find the page this block is in and return it. + Page *curPage; + MemoryWithPage *memoryWithPage = (MemoryWithPage*)m; + curPage=memoryWithPage->parentPage; + + if (curPage->availableStackSize==0) + { + // The page is in the unavailable list so move it to the available list + curPage->availableStack[curPage->availableStackSize++]=memoryWithPage; + unavailablePagesSize--; + + // As this page is no longer totally empty, move it to the end of available pages + curPage->next->prev=curPage->prev; + curPage->prev->next=curPage->next; + + if (unavailablePagesSize>0 && curPage==unavailablePages) + unavailablePages=unavailablePages->next; + + if (availablePagesSize++==0) + { + availablePages=curPage; + curPage->next=curPage; + curPage->prev=curPage; + } + else + { + curPage->next=availablePages; + curPage->prev=availablePages->prev; + availablePages->prev->next=curPage; + availablePages->prev=curPage; + } + } + else + { + curPage->availableStack[curPage->availableStackSize++]=memoryWithPage; + + if (curPage->availableStackSize==BlocksPerPage() && + availablePagesSize>=DS_MEMORY_POOL_MAX_FREE_PAGES) + { + // After a certain point, just deallocate empty pages rather than keep them around + if (curPage==availablePages) + { + availablePages=curPage->next; + assert(availablePages->availableStackSize>0); + } + curPage->prev->next=curPage->next; + curPage->next->prev=curPage->prev; + availablePagesSize--; + rakFree(curPage->availableStack); + rakFree(curPage->block); + rakFree(curPage); + } + } + } + template + void MemoryPool::Clear(void) + { +#ifdef _DISABLE_MEMORY_POOL + return; +#endif + Page *cur, *freed; + + if (availablePagesSize>0) + { + cur = availablePages; +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning(disable:4127) // conditional expression is constant +#endif + while (true) + // do + { + rakFree(cur->availableStack); + rakFree(cur->block); + freed=cur; + cur=cur->next; + if (cur==availablePages) + { + rakFree(freed); + break; + } + rakFree(freed); + }// while(cur!=availablePages); + } + + if (unavailablePagesSize>0) + { + cur = unavailablePages; + while (1) + //do + { + rakFree(cur->availableStack); + rakFree(cur->block); + freed=cur; + cur=cur->next; + if (cur==unavailablePages) + { + rakFree(freed); + break; + } + rakFree(freed); + } // while(cur!=unavailablePages); + } + + availablePagesSize=0; + unavailablePagesSize=0; + } + template + int MemoryPool::BlocksPerPage(void) const + { + return memoryPoolPageSize / sizeof(MemoryWithPage); + } + template + bool MemoryPool::InitPage(Page *page, Page *prev) + { + int i=0; + const int bpp = BlocksPerPage(); + page->block=(MemoryWithPage*) rakMalloc(memoryPoolPageSize); + if (page->block==0) + return false; + page->availableStack=(MemoryWithPage**)rakMalloc(sizeof(MemoryWithPage*)*bpp); + if (page->availableStack==0) + { + rakFree(page->block); + return false; + } + MemoryWithPage *curBlock = page->block; + MemoryWithPage **curStack = page->availableStack; + while (i < bpp) + { + curBlock->parentPage=page; + curStack[i]=curBlock++; + i++; + } + page->availableStackSize=bpp; + page->next=availablePages; + page->prev=prev; + return true; + } +} + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_OrderedChannelHeap.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_OrderedChannelHeap.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..208588b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_OrderedChannelHeap.h @@ -0,0 +1,252 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Internal] Ordered Channel Heap . This is a heap where you add to it on multiple ordered channels, with each channel having a different weight. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __RAKNET_ORDERED_CHANNEL_HEAP_H +#define __RAKNET_ORDERED_CHANNEL_HEAP_H + +#include "DS_Heap.h" +#include "DS_Map.h" +#include "DS_Queue.h" +#include "Export.h" +#include +#include "Rand.h" + +/// The namespace DataStructures was only added to avoid compiler errors for commonly named data structures +/// As these data structures are stand-alone, you can use them outside of RakNet for your own projects if you wish. +namespace DataStructures +{ + template > + class RAK_DLL_EXPORT OrderedChannelHeap : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride + { + public: + static void IMPLEMENT_DEFAULT_COMPARISON(void) {DataStructures::defaultMapKeyComparison(channel_key_type(),channel_key_type());} + + OrderedChannelHeap(); + ~OrderedChannelHeap(); + void Push(const channel_key_type &channelID, const heap_data_type &data); + void PushAtHead(const unsigned index, const channel_key_type &channelID, const heap_data_type &data); + heap_data_type Pop(const unsigned startingIndex=0); + heap_data_type Peek(const unsigned startingIndex) const; + void AddChannel(const channel_key_type &channelID, const double weight); + void RemoveChannel(channel_key_type channelID); + void Clear(void); + heap_data_type& operator[] ( const unsigned int position ) const; + unsigned ChannelSize(const channel_key_type &channelID); + unsigned Size(void) const; + + struct QueueAndWeight + { + DataStructures::Queue randResultQueue; + double weight; + bool signalDeletion; + }; + + struct HeapChannelAndData + { + HeapChannelAndData() {} + HeapChannelAndData(const channel_key_type &_channel, const heap_data_type &_data) : data(_data), channel(_channel) {} + heap_data_type data; + channel_key_type channel; + }; + + protected: + DataStructures::Map map; + DataStructures::Heap heap; + void GreatestRandResult(void); + }; + + template + OrderedChannelHeap::OrderedChannelHeap() + { + } + + template + OrderedChannelHeap::~OrderedChannelHeap() + { + Clear(); + } + + template + void OrderedChannelHeap::Push(const channel_key_type &channelID, const heap_data_type &data) + { + PushAtHead(MAX_UNSIGNED_LONG, channelID, data); + } + + template + void OrderedChannelHeap::GreatestRandResult(void) + { + double greatest; + unsigned i; + greatest=0.0; + for (i=0; i < map.Size(); i++) + { + if (map[i]->randResultQueue.Size() && map[i]->randResultQueue[0]>greatest) + greatest=map[i]->randResultQueue[0]; + } + return greatest; + } + + template + void OrderedChannelHeap::PushAtHead(const unsigned index, const channel_key_type &channelID, const heap_data_type &data) + { + // If an assert hits here then this is an unknown channel. Call AddChannel first. + QueueAndWeight *queueAndWeight=map.Get(channelID); + double maxRange, minRange, rnd; + if (queueAndWeight->randResultQueue.Size()==0) + { + // Set maxRange to the greatest random number waiting to be returned, rather than 1.0 necessarily + // This is so weights are scaled similarly among channels. For example, if the head weight for a used channel was .25 + // and then we added another channel, the new channel would need to choose between .25 and 0 + // If we chose between 1.0 and 0, it would be 1/.25 (4x) more likely to be at the head of the heap than it should be + maxRange=GreatestRandResult(); + if (maxRange==0.0) + maxRange=1.0; + minRange=0.0; + } + else if (index >= queueAndWeight->randResultQueue.Size()) + { + maxRange=queueAndWeight->randResultQueue[queueAndWeight->randResultQueue.Size()-1]*.99999999; + minRange=0.0; + } + else + { + if (index==0) + { + maxRange=GreatestRandResult(); + if (maxRange==queueAndWeight->randResultQueue[0]) + maxRange=1.0; + } + else if (index >= queueAndWeight->randResultQueue.Size()) + maxRange=queueAndWeight->randResultQueue[queueAndWeight->randResultQueue.Size()-1]*.99999999; + else + maxRange=queueAndWeight->randResultQueue[index-1]*.99999999; + + minRange=maxRange=queueAndWeight->randResultQueue[index]*1.00000001; + } + +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(maxRange!=0.0); +#endif + rnd=frandomMT() * (maxRange - minRange); + if (rnd==0.0) + rnd=maxRange/2.0; + + if (index >= queueAndWeight->randResultQueue.Size()) + queueAndWeight->randResultQueue.Push(rnd); + else + queueAndWeight->randResultQueue.PushAtHead(rnd, index); + + heap.Push(rnd*queueAndWeight->weight, HeapChannelAndData(channelID, data)); + } + + template + heap_data_type OrderedChannelHeap::Pop(const unsigned startingIndex) + { + assert(startingIndex < heap.Size()); + + QueueAndWeight *queueAndWeight=map.Get(heap[startingIndex].channel); + if (startingIndex!=0) + { + // Ugly - have to count in the heap how many nodes have the same channel, so we know where to delete from in the queue + unsigned indiceCount=0; + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < startingIndex; i++) + if (channel_key_comparison_func(heap[i].channel,heap[startingIndex].channel)==0) + indiceCount++; + queueAndWeight->randResultQueue.RemoveAtIndex(indiceCount); + } + else + { + // TODO - ordered channel heap uses progressively lower values as items are inserted. But this won't give relative ordering among channels. I have to renormalize after every pop. + queueAndWeight->randResultQueue.Pop(); + } + + // Try to remove the channel after every pop, because doing so is not valid while there are elements in the list. + if (queueAndWeight->signalDeletion) + RemoveChannel(heap[startingIndex].channel); + + return heap.Pop(startingIndex).data; + } + + template + heap_data_type OrderedChannelHeap::Peek(const unsigned startingIndex) const + { + HeapChannelAndData heapChannelAndData = heap.Peek(startingIndex); + return heapChannelAndData.data; + } + + template + void OrderedChannelHeap::AddChannel(const channel_key_type &channelID, const double weight) + { + QueueAndWeight *qaw = new QueueAndWeight; + qaw->weight=weight; + qaw->signalDeletion=false; + map.SetNew(channelID, qaw); + } + + template + void OrderedChannelHeap::RemoveChannel(channel_key_type channelID) + { + if (map.Has(channelID)) + { + unsigned i; + i=map.GetIndexAtKey(channelID); + if (map[i]->randResultQueue.Size()==0) + { + delete map[i]; + map.RemoveAtIndex(i); + } + else + { + // Signal this channel for deletion later, because the heap has nodes with this channel right now + map[i]->signalDeletion=true; + } + } + } + + template + unsigned OrderedChannelHeap::Size(void) const + { + return heap.Size(); + } + + template + heap_data_type& OrderedChannelHeap::operator[]( const unsigned int position ) const + { + return heap[position].data; + } + + + template + unsigned OrderedChannelHeap::ChannelSize(const channel_key_type &channelID) + { + QueueAndWeight *queueAndWeight=map.Get(channelID); + return queueAndWeight->randResultQueue.Size(); + } + + template + void OrderedChannelHeap::Clear(void) + { + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < map.Size(); i++) + delete map[i]; + map.Clear(); + heap.Clear(); + } +} + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_OrderedList.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_OrderedList.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e390f99d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_OrderedList.h @@ -0,0 +1,271 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Internal] Quicksort ordered list. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#include "DS_List.h" +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "Export.h" + +#ifndef __ORDERED_LIST_H +#define __ORDERED_LIST_H + +/// The namespace DataStructures was only added to avoid compiler errors for commonly named data structures +/// As these data structures are stand-alone, you can use them outside of RakNet for your own projects if you wish. +namespace DataStructures +{ + template + int defaultOrderedListComparison(const key_type &a, const data_type &b) + { + if (a > + class RAK_DLL_EXPORT OrderedList : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride + { + public: + static void IMPLEMENT_DEFAULT_COMPARISON(void) {DataStructures::defaultOrderedListComparison(key_type(),data_type());} + + OrderedList(); + ~OrderedList(); + OrderedList( const OrderedList& original_copy ); + OrderedList& operator= ( const OrderedList& original_copy ); + + /// comparisonFunction must take a key_type and a data_type and return <0, ==0, or >0 + /// If the data type has comparison operators already defined then you can just use defaultComparison + bool HasData(const key_type &key, int (*cf)(const key_type&, const data_type&)=default_comparison_function) const; + // GetIndexFromKey returns where the insert should go at the same time checks if it is there + unsigned GetIndexFromKey(const key_type &key, bool *objectExists, int (*cf)(const key_type&, const data_type&)=default_comparison_function) const; + data_type GetElementFromKey(const key_type &key, int (*cf)(const key_type&, const data_type&)=default_comparison_function) const; + bool GetElementFromKey(const key_type &key, data_type &element, int (*cf)(const key_type&, const data_type&)=default_comparison_function) const; + unsigned Insert(const key_type &key, const data_type &data, bool assertOnDuplicate, int (*cf)(const key_type&, const data_type&)=default_comparison_function); + unsigned Remove(const key_type &key, int (*cf)(const key_type&, const data_type&)=default_comparison_function); + unsigned RemoveIfExists(const key_type &key, int (*cf)(const key_type&, const data_type&)=default_comparison_function); + data_type& operator[] ( const unsigned int position ) const; + void RemoveAtIndex(const unsigned index); + void InsertAtIndex(const data_type &data, const unsigned index); + void InsertAtEnd(const data_type &data); + void RemoveFromEnd(const unsigned num=1); + void Clear(bool doNotDeallocate=false); + unsigned Size(void) const; + + protected: + DataStructures::List orderedList; + }; + + template + OrderedList::OrderedList() + { + } + + template + OrderedList::~OrderedList() + { + Clear(); + } + + template + OrderedList::OrderedList( const OrderedList& original_copy ) + { + orderedList=original_copy.orderedList; + } + + template + OrderedList& OrderedList::operator= ( const OrderedList& original_copy ) + { + orderedList=original_copy.orderedList; + return *this; + } + + template + bool OrderedList::HasData(const key_type &key, int (*cf)(const key_type&, const data_type&)) const + { + bool objectExists; + unsigned index; + index = GetIndexFromKey(key, &objectExists, cf); + return objectExists; + } + + template + data_type OrderedList::GetElementFromKey(const key_type &key, int (*cf)(const key_type&, const data_type&)) const + { + bool objectExists; + unsigned index; + index = GetIndexFromKey(key, &objectExists, cf); + assert(objectExists); + return orderedList[index]; + } + template + bool OrderedList::GetElementFromKey(const key_type &key, data_type &element, int (*cf)(const key_type&, const data_type&)) const + { + bool objectExists; + unsigned index; + index = GetIndexFromKey(key, &objectExists, cf); + if (objectExists) + element = orderedList[index]; + return objectExists; + } + template + unsigned OrderedList::GetIndexFromKey(const key_type &key, bool *objectExists, int (*cf)(const key_type&, const data_type&)) const + { + int index, upperBound, lowerBound; + int res; + + if (orderedList.Size()==0) + { + *objectExists=false; + return 0; + } + + upperBound=(int)orderedList.Size()-1; + lowerBound=0; + index = (int)orderedList.Size()/2; + +#ifdef _MSC_VER + #pragma warning( disable : 4127 ) // warning C4127: conditional expression is constant +#endif + while (1) + { + res = cf(key,orderedList[index]); + if (res==0) + { + *objectExists=true; + return index; + } + else if (res<0) + { + upperBound=index-1; + } + else// if (res>0) + { + lowerBound=index+1; + } + + index=lowerBound+(upperBound-lowerBound)/2; + + if (lowerBound>upperBound) + { + *objectExists=false; + return lowerBound; // No match + } + } + } + + template + unsigned OrderedList::Insert(const key_type &key, const data_type &data, bool assertOnDuplicate, int (*cf)(const key_type&, const data_type&)) + { + bool objectExists; + unsigned index; + index = GetIndexFromKey(key, &objectExists, cf); + + // Don't allow duplicate insertion. + if (objectExists) + { + // This is usually a bug! Use InsertAllowDuplicate if you want duplicates + assert(assertOnDuplicate==false); + return (unsigned)-1; + } + + if (index>=orderedList.Size()) + { + orderedList.Insert(data); + return orderedList.Size()-1; + } + else + { + orderedList.Insert(data,index); + return index; + } + } + + template + unsigned OrderedList::Remove(const key_type &key, int (*cf)(const key_type&, const data_type&)) + { + bool objectExists; + unsigned index; + index = GetIndexFromKey(key, &objectExists, cf); + + // Can't find the element to remove if this assert hits + // assert(objectExists==true); + if (objectExists==false) + { + assert(objectExists==true); + return 0; + } + + orderedList.RemoveAtIndex(index); + return index; + } + + template + unsigned OrderedList::RemoveIfExists(const key_type &key, int (*cf)(const key_type&, const data_type&)) + { + bool objectExists; + unsigned index; + index = GetIndexFromKey(key, &objectExists, cf); + + // Can't find the element to remove if this assert hits + if (objectExists==false) + return 0; + + orderedList.RemoveAtIndex(index); + return index; + } + + template + void OrderedList::RemoveAtIndex(const unsigned index) + { + orderedList.RemoveAtIndex(index); + } + + template + void OrderedList::InsertAtIndex(const data_type &data, const unsigned index) + { + orderedList.Insert(data, index); + } + + template + void OrderedList::InsertAtEnd(const data_type &data) + { + orderedList.Insert(data); + } + + template + void OrderedList::RemoveFromEnd(const unsigned num) + { + orderedList.RemoveFromEnd(num); + } + + template + void OrderedList::Clear(bool doNotDeallocate) + { + orderedList.Clear(doNotDeallocate); + } + + template + data_type& OrderedList::operator[]( const unsigned int position ) const + { + return orderedList[position]; + } + + template + unsigned OrderedList::Size(void) const + { + return orderedList.Size(); + } +} + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_Queue.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_Queue.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..26051120 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_Queue.h @@ -0,0 +1,418 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Internal] A queue used by RakNet. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __QUEUE_H +#define __QUEUE_H + +// Template classes have to have all the code in the header file +#include +#include "Export.h" + +/// The namespace DataStructures was only added to avoid compiler errors for commonly named data structures +/// As these data structures are stand-alone, you can use them outside of RakNet for your own projects if you wish. +namespace DataStructures +{ + /// \brief A queue implemented as an array with a read and write index. + template + class RAK_DLL_EXPORT Queue + { + public: + Queue(); + ~Queue(); + Queue( Queue& original_copy ); + bool operator= ( const Queue& original_copy ); + void Push( const queue_type& input ); + void PushAtHead( const queue_type& input, unsigned index=0 ); + queue_type& operator[] ( unsigned int position ) const; // Not a normal thing you do with a queue but can be used for efficiency + void RemoveAtIndex( unsigned int position ); // Not a normal thing you do with a queue but can be used for efficiency + inline queue_type Peek( void ) const; + inline queue_type PeekTail( void ) const; + inline queue_type Pop( void ); + inline unsigned int Size( void ) const; + inline bool IsEmpty(void) const; + inline unsigned int AllocationSize( void ) const; + inline void Clear( void ); + void Compress( void ); + bool Find ( queue_type q ); + void ClearAndForceAllocation( int size ); // Force a memory allocation to a certain larger size + + private: + queue_type* array; + unsigned int head; // Array index for the head of the queue + unsigned int tail; // Array index for the tail of the queue + unsigned int allocation_size; + }; + + + template + inline unsigned int Queue::Size( void ) const + { + if ( head <= tail ) + return tail -head; + else + return allocation_size -head + tail; + } + + template + inline bool Queue::IsEmpty(void) const + { + return head==tail; + } + + template + inline unsigned int Queue::AllocationSize( void ) const + { + return allocation_size; + } + + template + Queue::Queue() + { + allocation_size = 16; + array = new queue_type[ allocation_size ]; + head = 0; + tail = 0; + } + + template + Queue::~Queue() + { + if (allocation_size>0) + delete [] array; + } + + template + inline queue_type Queue::Pop( void ) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( allocation_size > 0 && Size() >= 0 && head != tail); +#endif + //head=(head+1) % allocation_size; + + if ( ++head == allocation_size ) + head = 0; + + if ( head == 0 ) + return ( queue_type ) array[ allocation_size -1 ]; + + return ( queue_type ) array[ head -1 ]; + } + + template + void Queue::PushAtHead( const queue_type& input, unsigned index ) + { + assert(index <= Size()); + + // Just force a reallocation, will be overwritten + Push(input); + + if (Size()==1) + return; + + unsigned writeIndex, readIndex, trueWriteIndex, trueReadIndex; + writeIndex=Size()-1; + readIndex=writeIndex-1; + while (readIndex >= index) + { + if ( head + writeIndex >= allocation_size ) + trueWriteIndex = head + writeIndex - allocation_size; + else + trueWriteIndex = head + writeIndex; + + if ( head + readIndex >= allocation_size ) + trueReadIndex = head + readIndex - allocation_size; + else + trueReadIndex = head + readIndex; + + array[trueWriteIndex]=array[trueReadIndex]; + + if (readIndex==0) + break; + writeIndex--; + readIndex--; + } + + if ( head + index >= allocation_size ) + trueWriteIndex = head + index - allocation_size; + else + trueWriteIndex = head + index; + + array[trueWriteIndex]=input; + } + + + template + inline queue_type Queue::Peek( void ) const + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( head != tail ); + assert( allocation_size > 0 && Size() >= 0 ); +#endif + + return ( queue_type ) array[ head ]; + } + + template + inline queue_type Queue::PeekTail( void ) const + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( head != tail ); + assert( allocation_size > 0 && Size() >= 0 ); +#endif + if (tail!=0) + return ( queue_type ) array[ tail-1 ]; + else + return ( queue_type ) array[ allocation_size-1 ]; + } + + template + void Queue::Push( const queue_type& input ) + { + if ( allocation_size == 0 ) + { + array = new queue_type[ 16 ]; + head = 0; + tail = 1; + array[ 0 ] = input; + allocation_size = 16; + return ; + } + + array[ tail++ ] = input; + + if ( tail == allocation_size ) + tail = 0; + + if ( tail == head ) + { + // unsigned int index=tail; + + // Need to allocate more memory. + queue_type * new_array; + new_array = new queue_type[ allocation_size * 2 ]; +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( new_array ); +#endif + if (new_array==0) + return; + + for ( unsigned int counter = 0; counter < allocation_size; ++counter ) + new_array[ counter ] = array[ ( head + counter ) % ( allocation_size ) ]; + + head = 0; + + tail = allocation_size; + + allocation_size *= 2; + + // Delete the old array and move the pointer to the new array + delete [] array; + + array = new_array; + } + + } + + template + Queue::Queue( Queue& original_copy ) + { + // Allocate memory for copy + + if ( original_copy.Size() == 0 ) + { + allocation_size = 0; + } + + else + { + array = new queue_type [ original_copy.Size() + 1 ]; + + for ( unsigned int counter = 0; counter < original_copy.Size(); ++counter ) + array[ counter ] = original_copy.array[ ( original_copy.head + counter ) % ( original_copy.allocation_size ) ]; + + head = 0; + + tail = original_copy.Size(); + + allocation_size = original_copy.Size() + 1; + } + } + + template + bool Queue::operator= ( const Queue& original_copy ) + { + if ( ( &original_copy ) == this ) + return false; + + Clear(); + + // Allocate memory for copy + if ( original_copy.Size() == 0 ) + { + allocation_size = 0; + } + + else + { + array = new queue_type [ original_copy.Size() + 1 ]; + + for ( unsigned int counter = 0; counter < original_copy.Size(); ++counter ) + array[ counter ] = original_copy.array[ ( original_copy.head + counter ) % ( original_copy.allocation_size ) ]; + + head = 0; + + tail = original_copy.Size(); + + allocation_size = original_copy.Size() + 1; + } + + return true; + } + + template + inline void Queue::Clear ( void ) + { + if ( allocation_size == 0 ) + return ; + + if (allocation_size > 32) + { + delete[] array; + allocation_size = 0; + } + + head = 0; + tail = 0; + } + + template + void Queue::Compress ( void ) + { + queue_type* new_array; + unsigned int newAllocationSize; + if (allocation_size==0) + return; + + newAllocationSize=1; + while (newAllocationSize <= Size()) + newAllocationSize<<=1; // Must be a better way to do this but I'm too dumb to figure it out quickly :) + + new_array = new queue_type [newAllocationSize]; + + for (unsigned int counter=0; counter < Size(); ++counter) + new_array[counter] = array[(head + counter)%(allocation_size)]; + + tail=Size(); + allocation_size=newAllocationSize; + head=0; + + // Delete the old array and move the pointer to the new array + delete [] array; + array=new_array; + } + + template + bool Queue::Find ( queue_type q ) + { + if ( allocation_size == 0 ) + return false; + + unsigned int counter = head; + + while ( counter != tail ) + { + if ( array[ counter ] == q ) + return true; + + counter = ( counter + 1 ) % allocation_size; + } + + return false; + } + + template + void Queue::ClearAndForceAllocation( int size ) + { + delete [] array; + array = new queue_type[ size ]; + allocation_size = size; + head = 0; + tail = 0; + } + + template + inline queue_type& Queue::operator[] ( unsigned int position ) const + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( position < Size() ); +#endif + //return array[(head + position) % allocation_size]; + + if ( head + position >= allocation_size ) + return array[ head + position - allocation_size ]; + else + return array[ head + position ]; + } + + template + void Queue::RemoveAtIndex( unsigned int position ) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( position < Size() ); + assert( head != tail ); +#endif + + if ( head == tail || position >= Size() ) + return ; + + unsigned int index; + + unsigned int next; + + //index = (head + position) % allocation_size; + if ( head + position >= allocation_size ) + index = head + position - allocation_size; + else + index = head + position; + + //next = (index + 1) % allocation_size; + next = index + 1; + + if ( next == allocation_size ) + next = 0; + + while ( next != tail ) + { + // Overwrite the previous element + array[ index ] = array[ next ]; + index = next; + //next = (next + 1) % allocation_size; + + if ( ++next == allocation_size ) + next = 0; + } + + // Move the tail back + if ( tail == 0 ) + tail = allocation_size - 1; + else + --tail; + } +} // End namespace + +#endif + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_QueueLinkedList.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_QueueLinkedList.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bf4cc2cb --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_QueueLinkedList.h @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Internal] A queue implemented as a linked list. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __QUEUE_LINKED_LIST_H +#define __QUEUE_LINKED_LIST_H + +#include "DS_LinkedList.h" +#include "Export.h" +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" + +/// The namespace DataStructures was only added to avoid compiler errors for commonly named data structures +/// As these data structures are stand-alone, you can use them outside of RakNet for your own projects if you wish. +namespace DataStructures +{ + /// \brief A queue implemented using a linked list. Rarely used. + template + class RAK_DLL_EXPORT QueueLinkedList : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride + { + + public: + QueueLinkedList(); + QueueLinkedList( const QueueLinkedList& original_copy ); + bool operator= ( const QueueLinkedList& original_copy ); + QueueType Pop( void ); + QueueType& Peek( void ); + QueueType& EndPeek( void ); + void Push( const QueueType& input ); + unsigned int Size( void ); + void Clear( void ); + void Compress( void ); + + private: + LinkedList data; + }; + + template + QueueLinkedList::QueueLinkedList() + { + } + + template + inline unsigned int QueueLinkedList::Size() + { + return data.Size(); + } + + template + inline QueueType QueueLinkedList::Pop( void ) + { + data.Beginning(); + return ( QueueType ) data.Pop(); + } + + template + inline QueueType& QueueLinkedList::Peek( void ) + { + data.Beginning(); + return ( QueueType ) data.Peek(); + } + + template + inline QueueType& QueueLinkedList::EndPeek( void ) + { + data.End(); + return ( QueueType ) data.Peek(); + } + + template + void QueueLinkedList::Push( const QueueType& input ) + { + data.End(); + data.Add( input ); + } + + template + QueueLinkedList::QueueLinkedList( const QueueLinkedList& original_copy ) + { + data = original_copy.data; + } + + template + bool QueueLinkedList::operator= ( const QueueLinkedList& original_copy ) + { + if ( ( &original_copy ) == this ) + return false; + + data = original_copy.data; + } + + template + void QueueLinkedList::Clear ( void ) + { + data.Clear(); + } +} // End namespace + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_RangeList.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_RangeList.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8fdf235 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_RangeList.h @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +#ifndef __RANGE_LIST_H +#define __RANGE_LIST_H + +#include "DS_OrderedList.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include + +namespace DataStructures +{ + template + struct RangeNode : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride + { + RangeNode() {} + ~RangeNode() {} + RangeNode(range_type min, range_type max) {minIndex=min; maxIndex=max;} + range_type minIndex; + range_type maxIndex; + }; + + + template + int RangeNodeComp(const range_type &a, const RangeNode &b) + { + if (a + class RAK_DLL_EXPORT RangeList : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride + { + public: + RangeList(); + ~RangeList(); + void Insert(range_type index); + void Clear(void); + unsigned Size(void) const; + unsigned RangeSum(void) const; + BitSize_t Serialize(RakNet::BitStream *in, BitSize_t maxBits, bool clearSerialized); + bool Deserialize(RakNet::BitStream *out); + + DataStructures::OrderedList , RangeNodeComp > ranges; + }; + + template + BitSize_t RangeList::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream *in, BitSize_t maxBits, bool clearSerialized) + { + assert(ranges.Size() < (unsigned short)-1); + RakNet::BitStream tempBS; + BitSize_t bitsWritten; + unsigned short countWritten; + unsigned i; + countWritten=0; + bitsWritten=0; + for (i=0; i < ranges.Size(); i++) + { + if ((int)sizeof(unsigned short)*8+bitsWritten+(int)sizeof(range_type)*8*2+1>maxBits) + break; + tempBS.Write(ranges[i].minIndex==ranges[i].maxIndex); + tempBS.Write(ranges[i].minIndex); + bitsWritten+=sizeof(range_type)*8+1; + if (ranges[i].minIndex!=ranges[i].maxIndex) + { + tempBS.Write(ranges[i].maxIndex); + bitsWritten+=sizeof(range_type)*8; + } + countWritten++; + } + + BitSize_t before=in->GetWriteOffset(); + in->WriteCompressed(countWritten); + bitsWritten+=in->GetWriteOffset()-before; + // printf("%i ", in->GetNumberOfBitsUsed()); + in->Write(&tempBS, tempBS.GetNumberOfBitsUsed()); + // printf("%i %i \n", tempBS.GetNumberOfBitsUsed(),in->GetNumberOfBitsUsed()); + + if (clearSerialized && countWritten) + { + unsigned rangeSize=ranges.Size(); + for (i=0; i < rangeSize-countWritten; i++) + { + ranges[i]=ranges[i+countWritten]; + } + ranges.RemoveFromEnd(countWritten); + } + + return bitsWritten; + } + template + bool RangeList::Deserialize(RakNet::BitStream *out) + { + ranges.Clear(); + unsigned short count; + out->ReadCompressed(count); + unsigned short i; + range_type min,max; + bool maxEqualToMin=false; + + for (i=0; i < count; i++) + { + out->Read(maxEqualToMin); + if (out->Read(min)==false) + return false; + if (maxEqualToMin==false) + { + if (out->Read(max)==false) + return false; + if (max(min,max)); + } + return true; + } + + template + RangeList::RangeList() + { + RangeNodeComp(0, RangeNode()); + } + + template + RangeList::~RangeList() + { + Clear(); + } + + template + void RangeList::Insert(range_type index) + { + if (ranges.Size()==0) + { + ranges.Insert(index, RangeNode(index, index), true); + return; + } + + bool objectExists; + unsigned insertionIndex=ranges.GetIndexFromKey(index, &objectExists); + if (insertionIndex==ranges.Size()) + { + if (index == ranges[insertionIndex-1].maxIndex+1) + ranges[insertionIndex-1].maxIndex++; + else if (index > ranges[insertionIndex-1].maxIndex+1) + { + // Insert at end + ranges.Insert(index, RangeNode(index, index), true); + } + + return; + } + + if (index < ranges[insertionIndex].minIndex-1) + { + // Insert here + ranges.InsertAtIndex(RangeNode(index, index), insertionIndex); + + return; + } + else if (index == ranges[insertionIndex].minIndex-1) + { + // Decrease minIndex and join left + ranges[insertionIndex].minIndex--; + if (insertionIndex>0 && ranges[insertionIndex-1].maxIndex+1==ranges[insertionIndex].minIndex) + { + ranges[insertionIndex-1].maxIndex=ranges[insertionIndex].maxIndex; + ranges.RemoveAtIndex(insertionIndex); + } + + return; + } + else if (index >= ranges[insertionIndex].minIndex && index <= ranges[insertionIndex].maxIndex) + { + // Already exists + return; + } + else if (index == ranges[insertionIndex].maxIndex+1) + { + // Increase maxIndex and join right + ranges[insertionIndex].maxIndex++; + if (insertionIndex + void RangeList::Clear(void) + { + ranges.Clear(); + } + + template + unsigned RangeList::Size(void) const + { + return ranges.Size(); + } + + template + unsigned RangeList::RangeSum(void) const + { + unsigned sum=0,i; + for (i=0; i < ranges.Size(); i++) + sum+=ranges[i].maxIndex-ranges[i].minIndex+1; + return sum; + } + +} + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_Table.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_Table.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..01f6bd97 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_Table.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1027 @@ +#include "DS_Table.h" +#include "DS_OrderedList.h" +#include +#include +#include "RakAssert.h" +#include "Itoa.h" + +using namespace DataStructures; + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +void ExtendRows(Table::Row* input, int index) +{ + (void) index; + input->cells.Insert(new Table::Cell ); +} +void FreeRow(Table::Row* input, int index) +{ + (void) index; + + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < input->cells.Size(); i++) + { + delete input->cells[i]; + } + delete input; +} +Table::Cell::Cell() +{ + isEmpty=true; + c=0; + ptr=0; +} +Table::Cell::~Cell() +{ + Clear(); +} +Table::Cell& Table::Cell::operator = ( const Table::Cell& input ) +{ + isEmpty=input.isEmpty; + i=input.i; + ptr=input.ptr; + if (c) + delete [] c; + if (input.c) + { + c = (char*) rakMalloc( i ); + memcpy(c, input.c, i); + } + else + c=0; + return *this; +} +Table::Cell::Cell( const Table::Cell & input) +{ + isEmpty=input.isEmpty; + i=input.i; + ptr=input.ptr; + if (input.c) + { + if (c) + delete [] c; + c = (char*) rakMalloc( i ); + memcpy(c, input.c, i); + } +} +void Table::Cell::Set(int input) +{ + Clear(); + i=input; + c=0; + ptr=0; + isEmpty=false; +} +void Table::Cell::Set(const char *input) +{ + Clear(); + + if (input && input[0]) + { + i=(int)strlen(input)+1; + c = (char*) rakMalloc( i ); + strcpy(c, input); + } + else + { + c=0; + i=0; + } + ptr=0; + isEmpty=false; +} +void Table::Cell::Set(const char *input, int inputLength) +{ + Clear(); + if (input) + { + c = (char*) rakMalloc( inputLength ); + i=inputLength; + memcpy(c, input, inputLength); + } + else + { + c=0; + i=0; + } + ptr=0; + isEmpty=false; +} +void Table::Cell::SetPtr(void* p) +{ + Clear(); + c=0; + ptr=p; + isEmpty=false; +} +void Table::Cell::Get(int *output) +{ + assert(isEmpty==false); + *output=i; +} +void Table::Cell::Get(char *output) +{ + assert(isEmpty==false); + strcpy(output, c); +} +void Table::Cell::Get(char *output, int *outputLength) +{ + assert(isEmpty==false); + memcpy(output, c, i); + if (outputLength) + *outputLength=i; +} +RakNet::RakString Table::Cell::ToString(ColumnType columnType) +{ + if (isEmpty) + return RakNet::RakString(); + + if (columnType==NUMERIC) + { + char buff[1024]; + return RakNet::RakString(Itoa(i,buff,10)); + } + else if (columnType==STRING) + { + return RakNet::RakString(c); + } + else if (columnType==BINARY) + { + return RakNet::RakString(""); + } + else if (columnType==POINTER) + { + return RakNet::RakString("%p", ptr); + } + + return RakNet::RakString(); +} +Table::Cell::Cell(int intValue, char *charValue, void *ptr, ColumnType type) +{ + isEmpty=true; + if (type==NUMERIC) + { + Set(intValue); + } + else if (type==STRING) + { + Set(charValue); + } + else if (type==BINARY) + { + Set(charValue, intValue); + } + else if (type==POINTER) + { + SetPtr(ptr); + } + else + { + ptr=(void*) charValue; + } +} +void Table::Cell::Clear(void) +{ + if (isEmpty==false) + { + rakFree (c); + c=0; + } + isEmpty=true; +} +Table::ColumnDescriptor::ColumnDescriptor() +{ + +} +Table::ColumnDescriptor::~ColumnDescriptor() +{ + +} +Table::ColumnDescriptor::ColumnDescriptor(const char cn[_TABLE_MAX_COLUMN_NAME_LENGTH], ColumnType ct) +{ + columnType=ct; + strcpy(columnName, cn); +} +void Table::Row::UpdateCell(unsigned columnIndex, int value) +{ + cells[columnIndex]->Clear(); + cells[columnIndex]->Set(value); + +// cells[columnIndex]->i=value; +// cells[columnIndex]->c=0; +// cells[columnIndex]->isEmpty=false; +} +void Table::Row::UpdateCell(unsigned columnIndex, const char *str) +{ + cells[columnIndex]->Clear(); + cells[columnIndex]->Set(str); +} +void Table::Row::UpdateCell(unsigned columnIndex, int byteLength, const char *data) +{ + cells[columnIndex]->Clear(); + cells[columnIndex]->Set(data,byteLength); +} +Table::Table() +{ +} +Table::~Table() +{ + Clear(); +} +unsigned Table::AddColumn(const char columnName[_TABLE_MAX_COLUMN_NAME_LENGTH], ColumnType columnType) +{ + if (columnName[0]==0) + return (unsigned) -1; + + // Add this column. + columns.Insert(Table::ColumnDescriptor(columnName, columnType)); + + // Extend the rows by one + rows.ForEachData(ExtendRows); + + return columns.Size()-1; +} +void Table::RemoveColumn(unsigned columnIndex) +{ + if (columnIndex >= columns.Size()) + return; + + columns.RemoveAtIndex(columnIndex); + + // Remove this index from each row. + int i; + DataStructures::Page *cur = rows.GetListHead(); + while (cur) + { + for (i=0; i < cur->size; i++) + { + delete cur->data[i]->cells[columnIndex]; + cur->data[i]->cells.RemoveAtIndex(columnIndex); + } + + cur=cur->next; + } +} +unsigned Table::ColumnIndex(const char *columnName) +{ + unsigned columnIndex; + for (columnIndex=0; columnIndex= columns.Size()) + return 0; + else + return (char*)columns[index].columnName; +} +Table::ColumnType Table::GetColumnType(unsigned index) +{ + if (index >= columns.Size()) + return (Table::ColumnType) 0; + else + return columns[index].columnType; +} +unsigned Table::GetColumnCount(void) const +{ + return columns.Size(); +} +unsigned Table::GetRowCount(void) const +{ + return rows.Size(); +} +Table::Row* Table::AddRow(unsigned rowId) +{ + Row *newRow; + newRow = new Row; + if (rows.Insert(rowId, newRow)==false) + { + delete newRow; + return 0; // Already exists + } + unsigned rowIndex; + for (rowIndex=0; rowIndex < columns.Size(); rowIndex++) + newRow->cells.Insert( new Table::Cell() ); + return newRow; +} +Table::Row* Table::AddRow(unsigned rowId, DataStructures::List &initialCellValues) +{ + Row *newRow = new Row; + unsigned rowIndex; + for (rowIndex=0; rowIndex < columns.Size(); rowIndex++) + { + if (rowIndex < initialCellValues.Size() && initialCellValues[rowIndex].isEmpty==false) + newRow->cells.Insert(new Table::Cell(initialCellValues[rowIndex].i, initialCellValues[rowIndex].c, initialCellValues[rowIndex].ptr, columns[rowIndex].columnType)); + else + newRow->cells.Insert(new Table::Cell()); + } + rows.Insert(rowId, newRow); + return newRow; +} +Table::Row* Table::AddRowColumns(unsigned rowId, Row *row, DataStructures::List columnIndices) +{ + Row *newRow = new Row; + unsigned columnIndex; + for (columnIndex=0; columnIndex < columnIndices.Size(); columnIndex++) + { + if (row->cells[columnIndices[columnIndex]]->isEmpty==false) + { + newRow->cells.Insert(new Table::Cell( + row->cells[columnIndices[columnIndex]]->i, + row->cells[columnIndices[columnIndex]]->c, + row->cells[columnIndices[columnIndex]]->ptr, + columns[columnIndex].columnType + )); + } + else + { + newRow->cells.Insert(new Cell()); + } + } + rows.Insert(rowId, newRow); + return newRow; +} +void Table::RemoveRow(unsigned rowId) +{ + Row *out; + if (rows.Delete(rowId, out)) + DeleteRow(out); +} +void Table::RemoveRows(Table *tableContainingRowIDs) +{ + unsigned i; + DataStructures::Page *cur = tableContainingRowIDs->GetRows().GetListHead(); + while (cur) + { + for (i=0; i < (unsigned)cur->size; i++) + { + rows.Delete(cur->keys[i]); + } + cur=cur->next; + } + return; +} +bool Table::UpdateCell(unsigned rowId, unsigned columnIndex, int value) +{ + assert(columns[columnIndex].columnType==NUMERIC); + + Row *row = GetRowByID(rowId); + if (row) + { + row->UpdateCell(columnIndex, value); + return true; + } + return false; +} +bool Table::UpdateCell(unsigned rowId, unsigned columnIndex, char *str) +{ + assert(columns[columnIndex].columnType==STRING); + + Row *row = GetRowByID(rowId); + if (row) + { + row->UpdateCell(columnIndex, str); + return true; + } + return false; +} +bool Table::UpdateCell(unsigned rowId, unsigned columnIndex, int byteLength, char *data) +{ + assert(columns[columnIndex].columnType==BINARY); + + Row *row = GetRowByID(rowId); + if (row) + { + row->UpdateCell(columnIndex, byteLength, data); + return true; + } + return false; +} +bool Table::UpdateCellByIndex(unsigned rowIndex, unsigned columnIndex, int value) +{ + assert(columns[columnIndex].columnType==NUMERIC); + + Row *row = GetRowByIndex(rowIndex,0); + if (row) + { + row->UpdateCell(columnIndex, value); + return true; + } + return false; +} +bool Table::UpdateCellByIndex(unsigned rowIndex, unsigned columnIndex, char *str) +{ + assert(columns[columnIndex].columnType==STRING); + + Row *row = GetRowByIndex(rowIndex,0); + if (row) + { + row->UpdateCell(columnIndex, str); + return true; + } + return false; +} +bool Table::UpdateCellByIndex(unsigned rowIndex, unsigned columnIndex, int byteLength, char *data) +{ + assert(columns[columnIndex].columnType==BINARY); + + Row *row = GetRowByIndex(rowIndex,0); + if (row) + { + row->UpdateCell(columnIndex, byteLength, data); + return true; + } + return false; +} +void Table::GetCellValueByIndex(unsigned rowIndex, unsigned columnIndex, int *output) +{ + assert(columns[columnIndex].columnType==NUMERIC); + + Row *row = GetRowByIndex(rowIndex,0); + if (row) + { + row->cells[columnIndex]->Get(output); + } +} +void Table::GetCellValueByIndex(unsigned rowIndex, unsigned columnIndex, char *output) +{ + assert(columns[columnIndex].columnType==STRING); + + Row *row = GetRowByIndex(rowIndex,0); + if (row) + { + row->cells[columnIndex]->Get(output); + } +} +void Table::GetCellValueByIndex(unsigned rowIndex, unsigned columnIndex, char *output, int *outputLength) +{ + assert(columns[columnIndex].columnType==BINARY); + + Row *row = GetRowByIndex(rowIndex,0); + if (row) + { + row->cells[columnIndex]->Get(output, outputLength); + } +} +Table::FilterQuery::FilterQuery() +{ + columnName[0]=0; +} +Table::FilterQuery::~FilterQuery() +{ + +} +Table::FilterQuery::FilterQuery(unsigned column, Cell *cell, FilterQueryType op) +{ + columnIndex=column; + cellValue=cell; + operation=op; +} +Table::Row* Table::GetRowByID(unsigned rowId) const +{ + Row *row; + if (rows.Get(rowId, row)) + return row; + return 0; +} + +Table::Row* Table::GetRowByIndex(unsigned rowIndex, unsigned *key) const +{ + DataStructures::Page *cur = rows.GetListHead(); + while (cur) + { + if (rowIndex < (unsigned)cur->size) + { + if (key) + *key=cur->keys[rowIndex]; + return cur->data[rowIndex]; + } + if (rowIndex <= (unsigned)cur->size) + rowIndex-=cur->size; + else + return 0; + cur=cur->next; + } + return 0; +} + +void Table::QueryTable(unsigned *columnIndicesSubset, unsigned numColumnSubset, FilterQuery *inclusionFilters, unsigned numInclusionFilters, unsigned *rowIds, unsigned numRowIDs, Table *result) +{ + unsigned i; + DataStructures::List columnIndicesToReturn; + + // Clear the result table. + result->Clear(); + + if (columnIndicesSubset && numColumnSubset>0) + { + for (i=0; i < numColumnSubset; i++) + { + if (columnIndicesSubset[i]>=0 && columnIndicesSubset[i]AddColumn(columns[columnIndicesToReturn[i]].columnName,columns[columnIndicesToReturn[i]].columnType); + } + + // Get the column indices of the filter queries. + DataStructures::List inclusionFilterColumnIndices; + if (inclusionFilters && numInclusionFilters>0) + { + for (i=0; i < numInclusionFilters; i++) + { + if (inclusionFilters[i].columnName[0]) + inclusionFilters[i].columnIndex=ColumnIndex(inclusionFilters[i].columnName); + if (inclusionFilters[i].columnIndex>=0 && inclusionFilters[i].columnIndex *cur = rows.GetListHead(); + while (cur) + { + for (i=0; i < (unsigned)cur->size; i++) + { + QueryRow(inclusionFilterColumnIndices, columnIndicesToReturn, cur->keys[i], cur->data[i], inclusionFilters, result); + } + cur=cur->next; + } + } + else + { + // Specific rows + Row *row; + for (i=0; i < numRowIDs; i++) + { + if (rows.Get(rowIds[i], row)) + { + QueryRow(inclusionFilterColumnIndices, columnIndicesToReturn, rowIds[i], row, inclusionFilters, result); + } + } + } +} + +void Table::QueryRow(DataStructures::List &inclusionFilterColumnIndices, DataStructures::List &columnIndicesToReturn, unsigned key, Table::Row* row, FilterQuery *inclusionFilters, Table *result) +{ + bool pass=false; + unsigned columnIndex; + unsigned j; + + // If no inclusion filters, just add the row + if (inclusionFilterColumnIndices.Size()==0) + { + result->AddRowColumns(key, row, columnIndicesToReturn); + } + else + { + // Go through all inclusion filters. Only add this row if all filters pass. + for (j=0; jcells[columnIndex]->isEmpty==false && columnIndex!=(unsigned)-1) + { + switch (inclusionFilters[j].operation) + { + case QF_EQUAL: + switch(columns[inclusionFilterColumnIndices[j]].columnType) + { + case NUMERIC: + pass=row->cells[columnIndex]->i==inclusionFilters[j].cellValue->i; + break; + case STRING: + pass=row->cells[columnIndex]->c && + inclusionFilters[j].cellValue->c && + strcmp(row->cells[columnIndex]->c,inclusionFilters[j].cellValue->c)==0; + break; + case BINARY: + pass=row->cells[columnIndex]->i==inclusionFilters[j].cellValue->i && + memcmp(row->cells[columnIndex]->c,inclusionFilters[j].cellValue->c, row->cells[columnIndex]->i)==0; + break; + case POINTER: + pass=row->cells[columnIndex]->ptr==inclusionFilters[j].cellValue->ptr; + break; + } + break; + case QF_NOT_EQUAL: + switch(columns[inclusionFilterColumnIndices[j]].columnType) + { + case NUMERIC: + pass=row->cells[columnIndex]->i!=inclusionFilters[j].cellValue->i; + break; + case STRING: + pass=strcmp(row->cells[columnIndex]->c,inclusionFilters[j].cellValue->c)!=0; + break; + case BINARY: + pass=row->cells[columnIndex]->i==inclusionFilters[j].cellValue->i && + memcmp(row->cells[columnIndex]->c,inclusionFilters[j].cellValue->c, row->cells[columnIndex]->i)==0; + break; + case POINTER: + pass=row->cells[columnIndex]->ptr!=inclusionFilters[j].cellValue->ptr; + break; + } + break; + case QF_GREATER_THAN: + switch(columns[inclusionFilterColumnIndices[j]].columnType) + { + case NUMERIC: + pass=row->cells[columnIndex]->i>inclusionFilters[j].cellValue->i; + break; + case STRING: + pass=strcmp(row->cells[columnIndex]->c,inclusionFilters[j].cellValue->c)>0; + break; + case BINARY: + break; + case POINTER: + pass=row->cells[columnIndex]->ptr>inclusionFilters[j].cellValue->ptr; + break; + } + break; + case QF_GREATER_THAN_EQ: + switch(columns[inclusionFilterColumnIndices[j]].columnType) + { + case NUMERIC: + pass=row->cells[columnIndex]->i>=inclusionFilters[j].cellValue->i; + break; + case STRING: + pass=strcmp(row->cells[columnIndex]->c,inclusionFilters[j].cellValue->c)>=0; + break; + case BINARY: + break; + case POINTER: + pass=row->cells[columnIndex]->ptr>=inclusionFilters[j].cellValue->ptr; + break; + } + break; + case QF_LESS_THAN: + switch(columns[inclusionFilterColumnIndices[j]].columnType) + { + case NUMERIC: + pass=row->cells[columnIndex]->ii; + break; + case STRING: + pass=strcmp(row->cells[columnIndex]->c,inclusionFilters[j].cellValue->c)<0; + break; + case BINARY: + break; + case POINTER: + pass=row->cells[columnIndex]->ptrptr; + break; + } + break; + case QF_LESS_THAN_EQ: + switch(columns[inclusionFilterColumnIndices[j]].columnType) + { + case NUMERIC: + pass=row->cells[columnIndex]->i<=inclusionFilters[j].cellValue->i; + break; + case STRING: + pass=strcmp(row->cells[columnIndex]->c,inclusionFilters[j].cellValue->c)<=0; + break; + case BINARY: + break; + case POINTER: + pass=row->cells[columnIndex]->ptr<=inclusionFilters[j].cellValue->ptr; + break; + } + break; + case QF_IS_EMPTY: + pass=false; + break; + case QF_NOT_EMPTY: + pass=true; + break; + default: + pass=false; + RakAssert(0); + break; + } + } + else + { + if (inclusionFilters[j].operation==QF_IS_EMPTY) + pass=true; + else + pass=false; // No value for this cell + } + + if (pass==false) + break; + } + + if (pass) + { + result->AddRowColumns(key, row, columnIndicesToReturn); + } + } +} + +static Table::SortQuery *_sortQueries; +static unsigned _numSortQueries; +static DataStructures::List *_columnIndices; +static DataStructures::List *_columns; +int RowSort(Table::Row* const &first, Table::Row* const &second) // first is the one inserting, second is the one already there. +{ + unsigned i, columnIndex; + for (i=0; i<_numSortQueries; i++) + { + columnIndex=(*_columnIndices)[i]; + if (columnIndex==(unsigned)-1) + continue; + + if (first->cells[columnIndex]->isEmpty==true && second->cells[columnIndex]->isEmpty==false) + return 1; // Empty cells always go at the end + + if (first->cells[columnIndex]->isEmpty==false && second->cells[columnIndex]->isEmpty==true) + return -1; // Empty cells always go at the end + + if (_sortQueries[i].operation==Table::QS_INCREASING_ORDER) + { + if ((*_columns)[columnIndex].columnType==Table::NUMERIC) + { + if (first->cells[columnIndex]->i>second->cells[columnIndex]->i) + return 1; + if (first->cells[columnIndex]->icells[columnIndex]->i) + return -1; + } + else + { + // String + if (strcmp(first->cells[columnIndex]->c,second->cells[columnIndex]->c)>0) + return 1; + if (strcmp(first->cells[columnIndex]->c,second->cells[columnIndex]->c)<0) + return -1; + } + } + else + { + if ((*_columns)[columnIndex].columnType==Table::NUMERIC) + { + if (first->cells[columnIndex]->icells[columnIndex]->i) + return 1; + if (first->cells[columnIndex]->i>second->cells[columnIndex]->i) + return -1; + } + else + { + // String + if (strcmp(first->cells[columnIndex]->c,second->cells[columnIndex]->c)<0) + return 1; + if (strcmp(first->cells[columnIndex]->c,second->cells[columnIndex]->c)>0) + return -1; + } + } + } + + return 0; +} +void Table::SortTable(Table::SortQuery *sortQueries, unsigned numSortQueries, Table::Row** out) +{ + unsigned i; + unsigned outLength; + DataStructures::List columnIndices; + _sortQueries=sortQueries; + _numSortQueries=numSortQueries; + _columnIndices=&columnIndices; + _columns=&columns; + bool anyValid=false; + + for (i=0; i < numSortQueries; i++) + { + if (sortQueries[i].columnIndex>=0 && sortQueries[i].columnIndex *cur; + cur = rows.GetListHead(); + if (anyValid==false) + { + outLength=0; + while (cur) + { + for (i=0; i < (unsigned)cur->size; i++) + { + out[(outLength)++]=cur->data[i]; + } + cur=cur->next; + } + return; + } + + // Start adding to ordered list. + DataStructures::OrderedList orderedList; + while (cur) + { + for (i=0; i < (unsigned)cur->size; i++) + { + orderedList.Insert(cur->data[i],cur->data[i], true); + } + cur=cur->next; + } + + outLength=0; + for (i=0; i < orderedList.Size(); i++) + out[(outLength)++]=orderedList[i]; +} +void Table::PrintColumnHeaders(char *out, int outLength, char columnDelineator) const +{ + if (outLength<=0) + return; + if (outLength==1) + { + *out=0; + return; + } + + unsigned i; + out[0]=0; + int len; + for (i=0; i < columns.Size(); i++) + { + if (i!=0) + { + len = (int) strlen(out); + if (len < outLength-1) + sprintf(out+len, "%c", columnDelineator); + else + return; + } + + len = (int) strlen(out); + if (len < outLength-(int) strlen(columns[i].columnName)) + sprintf(out+len, "%s", columns[i].columnName); + else + return; + } +} +void Table::PrintRow(char *out, int outLength, char columnDelineator, bool printDelineatorForBinary, Table::Row* inputRow) const +{ + if (outLength<=0) + return; + if (outLength==1) + { + *out=0; + return; + } + + if (inputRow->cells.Size()!=columns.Size()) + { + strncpy(out, "Cell width does not match column width.\n", outLength); + out[outLength-1]=0; + return; + } + + char buff[512]; + unsigned i; + int len; + out[0]=0; + for (i=0; i < columns.Size(); i++) + { + if (columns[i].columnType==NUMERIC) + { + if (inputRow->cells[i]->isEmpty==false) + { + sprintf(buff, "%i", inputRow->cells[i]->i); + len=(int)strlen(buff); + } + else + len=0; + if (i+1!=columns.Size()) + buff[len++]=columnDelineator; + buff[len]=0; + } + else if (columns[i].columnType==STRING) + { + if (inputRow->cells[i]->isEmpty==false && inputRow->cells[i]->c) + { + strncpy(buff, inputRow->cells[i]->c, 512-2); + buff[512-2]=0; + len=(int)strlen(buff); + } + else + len=0; + if (i+1!=columns.Size()) + buff[len++]=columnDelineator; + buff[len]=0; + } + else if (columns[i].columnType==POINTER) + { + if (inputRow->cells[i]->isEmpty==false && inputRow->cells[i]->ptr) + { + sprintf(buff, "%p", inputRow->cells[i]->ptr); + len=(int)strlen(buff); + } + else + len=0; + if (i+1!=columns.Size()) + buff[len++]=columnDelineator; + buff[len]=0; + } + else + { + if (printDelineatorForBinary) + { + if (i+1!=columns.Size()) + buff[0]=columnDelineator; + buff[1]=0; + } + else + buff[0]=0; + + } + + len=(int)strlen(out); + if (outLength==len+1) + break; + strncpy(out+len, buff, outLength-len); + out[outLength-1]=0; + } +} + +void Table::Clear(void) +{ + rows.ForEachData(FreeRow); + rows.Clear(); + columns.Clear(true); +} +List& Table::GetColumns(void) +{ + return columns; +} +DataStructures::BPlusTree& Table::GetRows(void) +{ + return rows; +} +DataStructures::Page * Table::GetListHead(void) +{ + return rows.GetListHead(); +} +unsigned Table::GetAvailableRowId(void) const +{ + bool setKey=false; + unsigned key=0; + int i; + DataStructures::Page *cur = rows.GetListHead(); + + while (cur) + { + for (i=0; i < cur->size; i++) + { + if (setKey==false) + { + key=cur->keys[i]+1; + setKey=true; + } + else + { + if (key!=cur->keys[i]) + return key; + key++; + } + } + + cur=cur->next; + } + return key; +} +void Table::DeleteRow(Table::Row *row) +{ + unsigned rowIndex; + for (rowIndex=0; rowIndex < row->cells.Size(); rowIndex++) + { + delete row->cells[rowIndex]; + } + delete row; +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_Table.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_Table.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2f15a01d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_Table.h @@ -0,0 +1,322 @@ +#ifndef __TABLE_H +#define __TABLE_H + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +#include "DS_List.h" +#include "DS_BPlusTree.h" +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "Export.h" +#include "RakString.h" + +#define _TABLE_BPLUS_TREE_ORDER 16 +#define _TABLE_MAX_COLUMN_NAME_LENGTH 32 + +/// The namespace DataStructures was only added to avoid compiler errors for commonly named data structures +/// As these data structures are stand-alone, you can use them outside of RakNet for your own projects if you wish. +namespace DataStructures +{ + + /// \brief Holds a set of columns, a set of rows, and rows times columns cells. + /// The table data structure is useful if you want to store a set of structures and perform queries on those structures + /// This is a relatively simple and fast implementation of the types of tables commonly used in databases + /// See TableSerializer to serialize data members of the table + /// See LightweightDatabaseClient and LightweightDatabaseServer to transmit the table over the network. + class RAK_DLL_EXPORT Table : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride + { + public: + + enum ColumnType + { + // Cell::i used + NUMERIC, + + // Cell::c used to hold a null terminated string. + STRING, + + // Cell::c holds data. Cell::i holds data length of c in bytes. + BINARY, + + // Cell::c holds data. Not deallocated. Set manually by assigning ptr. + POINTER, + }; + + + /// Holds the actual data in the table + struct RAK_DLL_EXPORT Cell + { + Cell(); + ~Cell(); + Cell(int intValue, char *charValue, void *ptr, ColumnType type); + void Clear(void); + + /// Numeric + void Set(int input); + + /// String + void Set(const char *input); + + /// Binary + void Set(const char *input, int inputLength); + + /// Pointer + void SetPtr(void* p); + + /// Numeric + void Get(int *output); + + /// String + void Get(char *output); + + /// Binary + void Get(char *output, int *outputLength); + + RakNet::RakString ToString(ColumnType columnType); + + // assignment operator and copy constructor + Cell& operator = ( const Cell& input ); + Cell( const Cell & input); + + bool isEmpty; + int i; + char *c; + void *ptr; + }; + + /// Stores the name and type of the column + /// \internal + struct RAK_DLL_EXPORT ColumnDescriptor + { + ColumnDescriptor(); + ~ColumnDescriptor(); + ColumnDescriptor(const char cn[_TABLE_MAX_COLUMN_NAME_LENGTH],ColumnType ct); + + char columnName[_TABLE_MAX_COLUMN_NAME_LENGTH]; + ColumnType columnType; + }; + + /// Stores the list of cells for this row, and a special flag used for internal sorting + struct RAK_DLL_EXPORT Row + { + // list of cells + DataStructures::List cells; + + /// Numeric + void UpdateCell(unsigned columnIndex, int value); + + /// String + void UpdateCell(unsigned columnIndex, const char *str); + + /// Binary + void UpdateCell(unsigned columnIndex, int byteLength, const char *data); + }; + + // Operations to perform for cell comparison + enum FilterQueryType + { + QF_EQUAL, + QF_NOT_EQUAL, + QF_GREATER_THAN, + QF_GREATER_THAN_EQ, + QF_LESS_THAN, + QF_LESS_THAN_EQ, + QF_IS_EMPTY, + QF_NOT_EMPTY, + }; + + // Compare the cell value for a row at columnName to the cellValue using operation. + struct RAK_DLL_EXPORT FilterQuery + { + FilterQuery(); + ~FilterQuery(); + FilterQuery(unsigned column, Cell *cell, FilterQueryType op); + + // If columnName is specified, columnIndex will be looked up using it. + char columnName[_TABLE_MAX_COLUMN_NAME_LENGTH]; + unsigned columnIndex; + Cell *cellValue; + FilterQueryType operation; + }; + + /// Increasing or decreasing sort order + enum SortQueryType + { + QS_INCREASING_ORDER, + QS_DECREASING_ORDER, + }; + + // Sort on increasing or decreasing order for a particular column + struct RAK_DLL_EXPORT SortQuery + { + /// The index of the table column we are sorting on + unsigned columnIndex; + + /// See SortQueryType + SortQueryType operation; + }; + + /// Constructor + Table(); + + /// Destructor + ~Table(); + + /// \brief Adds a column to the table + /// \param[in] columnName The name of the column + /// \param[in] columnType What type of data this column will hold + /// \return The index of the new column + unsigned AddColumn(const char columnName[_TABLE_MAX_COLUMN_NAME_LENGTH], ColumnType columnType); + + /// \brief Removes a column by index + /// \param[in] columnIndex The index of the column to remove + void RemoveColumn(unsigned columnIndex); + + /// \brief Gets the index of a column by name + /// Column indices are stored in the order they are added. + /// \param[in] columnName The name of the column + /// \return The index of the column, or (unsigned)-1 if no such column + unsigned ColumnIndex(char columnName[_TABLE_MAX_COLUMN_NAME_LENGTH]); + unsigned ColumnIndex(const char *columnName); + + /// \brief Gives the string name of the column at a certain index + /// \param[in] index The index of the column + /// \return The name of the column, or 0 if an invalid index + char* ColumnName(unsigned index); + + /// \brief Returns the type of a column, referenced by index + /// \param[in] index The index of the column + /// \return The type of the column + ColumnType GetColumnType(unsigned index); + + /// Returns the number of columns + /// \return The number of columns in the table + unsigned GetColumnCount(void) const; + + /// Returns the number of rows + /// \return The number of rows in the table + unsigned GetRowCount(void) const; + + /// \brief Adds a row to the table + /// New rows are added with empty values for all cells. However, if you specify initialCelLValues you can specify initial values + /// It's up to you to ensure that the values in the specific cells match the type of data used by that row + /// rowId can be considered the primary key for the row. It is much faster to lookup a row by its rowId than by searching keys. + /// rowId must be unique + /// Rows are stored in sorted order in the table, using rowId as the sort key + /// \param[in] rowId The UNIQUE primary key for the row. This can never be changed. + /// \param[in] initialCellValues Initial values to give the row (optional) + /// \return The newly added row + Table::Row* AddRow(unsigned rowId); + Table::Row* AddRow(unsigned rowId, DataStructures::List &initialCellValues); + + /// Removes a row specified by rowId + /// \param[in] rowId The ID of the row + void RemoveRow(unsigned rowId); + + /// Removes all the rows with IDs that the specified table also has + /// \param[in] tableContainingRowIDs The IDs of the rows + void RemoveRows(Table *tableContainingRowIDs); + + /// Updates a particular cell in the table + /// \note If you are going to update many cells of a particular row, it is more efficient to call GetRow and perform the operations on the row directly. + /// \note Row pointers do not change, so you can also write directly to the rows for more efficiency. + /// \param[in] rowId The ID of the row + /// \param[in] columnIndex The column of the cell + /// \param[in] value The data to set + bool UpdateCell(unsigned rowId, unsigned columnIndex, int value); + bool UpdateCell(unsigned rowId, unsigned columnIndex, char *str); + bool UpdateCell(unsigned rowId, unsigned columnIndex, int byteLength, char *data); + bool UpdateCellByIndex(unsigned rowIndex, unsigned columnIndex, int value); + bool UpdateCellByIndex(unsigned rowIndex, unsigned columnIndex, char *str); + bool UpdateCellByIndex(unsigned rowIndex, unsigned columnIndex, int byteLength, char *data); + + /// Note this is much less efficient to call than GetRow, then working with the cells directly + /// Numeric, string, binary + void GetCellValueByIndex(unsigned rowIndex, unsigned columnIndex, int *output); + void GetCellValueByIndex(unsigned rowIndex, unsigned columnIndex, char *output); + void GetCellValueByIndex(unsigned rowIndex, unsigned columnIndex, char *output, int *outputLength); + + /// Gets a row. More efficient to do this and access Row::cells than to repeatedly call GetCell. + /// You can also update cells in rows from this function. + /// \param[in] rowId The ID of the row + /// \return The desired row, or 0 if no such row. + Row* GetRowByID(unsigned rowId) const; + + /// Gets a row at a specific index + /// rowIndex should be less than GetRowCount() + /// \param[in] rowIndex The index of the row + /// \param[out] key The ID of the row returned + /// \return The desired row, or 0 if no such row. + Row* GetRowByIndex(unsigned rowIndex, unsigned *key) const; + + /// \brief Queries the table, optionally returning only a subset of columns and rows. + /// \param[in] columnSubset An array of column indices. Only columns in this array are returned. Pass 0 for all columns + /// \param[in] numColumnSubset The number of elements in \a columnSubset + /// \param[in] inclusionFilters An array of FilterQuery. All filters must pass for the row to be returned. + /// \param[in] numInclusionFilters The number of elements in \a inclusionFilters + /// \param[in] rowIds An arrow of row IDs. Only these rows with these IDs are returned. Pass 0 for all rows. + /// \param[in] numRowIDs The number of elements in \a rowIds + /// \param[out] result The result of the query. If no rows are returned, the table will only have columns. + void QueryTable(unsigned *columnIndicesSubset, unsigned numColumnSubset, FilterQuery *inclusionFilters, unsigned numInclusionFilters, unsigned *rowIds, unsigned numRowIDs, Table *result); + + /// \brief Sorts the table by rows + /// You can sort the table in ascending or descending order on one or more columns + /// Columns have precedence in the order they appear in the \a sortQueries array + /// If a row cell on column n has the same value as a a different row on column n, then the row will be compared on column n+1 + /// \param[in] sortQueries A list of SortQuery structures, defining the sorts to perform on the table + /// \param[in] numColumnSubset The number of elements in \a numSortQueries + /// \param[out] out The address of an array of Rows, which will receive the sorted output. The array must be long enough to contain all returned rows, up to GetRowCount() + void SortTable(Table::SortQuery *sortQueries, unsigned numSortQueries, Table::Row** out); + + /// Frees all memory in the table. + void Clear(void); + + /// Prints out the names of all the columns + /// \param[out] out A pointer to an array of bytes which will hold the output. + /// \param[in] outLength The size of the \a out array + /// \param[in] columnDelineator What character to print to delineate columns + void PrintColumnHeaders(char *out, int outLength, char columnDelineator) const; + + /// Writes a text representation of the row to \a out + /// \param[out] out A pointer to an array of bytes which will hold the output. + /// \param[in] outLength The size of the \a out array + /// \param[in] columnDelineator What character to print to delineate columns + /// \param[in] printDelineatorForBinary Binary output is not printed. True to still print the delineator. + /// \param[in] inputRow The row to print + void PrintRow(char *out, int outLength, char columnDelineator, bool printDelineatorForBinary, Table::Row* inputRow) const; + + /// Direct access to make things easier + DataStructures::List& GetColumns(void); + + /// Direct access to make things easier + DataStructures::BPlusTree& GetRows(void); + + /// Get the head of a linked list containing all the row data + DataStructures::Page * GetListHead(void); + + /// Get the first free row id. + /// This could be made more efficient. + unsigned GetAvailableRowId(void) const; + + protected: + Table::Row* AddRowColumns(unsigned rowId, Row *row, DataStructures::List columnIndices); + + void DeleteRow(Row *row); + + void QueryRow(DataStructures::List &inclusionFilterColumnIndices, DataStructures::List &columnIndicesToReturn, unsigned key, Table::Row* row, FilterQuery *inclusionFilters, Table *result); + + // 16 is arbitrary and is the order of the BPlus tree. Higher orders are better for searching while lower orders are better for + // Insertions and deletions. + DataStructures::BPlusTree rows; + + // Columns in the table. + DataStructures::List columns; + }; +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_Tree.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_Tree.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e97edee3 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_Tree.h @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Internal] Just a regular tree +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __DS_TREE_H +#define __DS_TREE_H + +#include "Export.h" +#include "DS_List.h" +#include "DS_Queue.h" +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" + +/// The namespace DataStructures was only added to avoid compiler errors for commonly named data structures +/// As these data structures are stand-alone, you can use them outside of RakNet for your own projects if you wish. +namespace DataStructures +{ + template + class RAK_DLL_EXPORT Tree : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride + { + public: + Tree(); + Tree(TreeType &inputData); + ~Tree(); + void LevelOrderTraversal(DataStructures::List &output); + void AddChild(TreeType &newData); + void DeleteDecendants(void); + + TreeType data; + DataStructures::List children; + }; + + template + Tree::Tree() + { + + } + + template + Tree::Tree(TreeType &inputData) + { + data=inputData; + } + + template + Tree::~Tree() + { + } + + template + void Tree::LevelOrderTraversal(DataStructures::List &output) + { + unsigned i; + Tree *node; + DataStructures::Queue*> queue; + + for (i=0; i < children.Size(); i++) + queue.Push(children[i]); + + while (queue.Size()) + { + node=queue.Pop(); + output.Insert(node); + for (i=0; i < node->children.Size(); i++) + queue.Push(node->children[i]); + } + } + + template + void Tree::AddChild(TreeType &newData) + { + children.Insert(new Tree(newData)); + } + + template + void Tree::DeleteDecendants(void) + { + DataStructures::List output; + LevelOrderTraversal(output); + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < output.Size(); i++) + delete output[i]; + } +} + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_WeightedGraph.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_WeightedGraph.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ee85b715 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DS_WeightedGraph.h @@ -0,0 +1,544 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Internal] Weighted graph. I'm assuming the indices are complex map types, rather than sequential numbers (which could be implemented much more efficiently). +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __WEIGHTED_GRAPH_H +#define __WEIGHTED_GRAPH_H + +#include "DS_OrderedList.h" +#include "DS_Map.h" +#include "DS_Heap.h" +#include "DS_Queue.h" +#include "DS_Tree.h" +#include +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#ifdef _DEBUG +#include +#endif + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +/// The namespace DataStructures was only added to avoid compiler errors for commonly named data structures +/// As these data structures are stand-alone, you can use them outside of RakNet for your own projects if you wish. +namespace DataStructures +{ + template + class RAK_DLL_EXPORT WeightedGraph : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride + { + public: + static void IMPLEMENT_DEFAULT_COMPARISON(void) {DataStructures::defaultMapKeyComparison(node_type(),node_type());} + + WeightedGraph(); + ~WeightedGraph(); + WeightedGraph( const WeightedGraph& original_copy ); + WeightedGraph& operator= ( const WeightedGraph& original_copy ); + void AddNode(const node_type &node); + void RemoveNode(const node_type &node); + void AddConnection(const node_type &node1, const node_type &node2, weight_type weight); + void RemoveConnection(const node_type &node1, const node_type &node2); + bool HasConnection(const node_type &node1, const node_type &node2); + void Print(void); + void Clear(void); + bool GetShortestPath(DataStructures::List &path, node_type startNode, node_type endNode, weight_type INFINITE_WEIGHT); + bool GetSpanningTree(DataStructures::Tree &outTree, DataStructures::List *inputNodes, node_type startNode, weight_type INFINITE_WEIGHT ); + unsigned GetNodeCount(void) const; + unsigned GetConnectionCount(unsigned nodeIndex) const; + void GetConnectionAtIndex(unsigned nodeIndex, unsigned connectionIndex, node_type &outNode, weight_type &outWeight) const; + node_type GetNodeAtIndex(unsigned nodeIndex) const; + + protected: + void ClearDijkstra(void); + void GenerateDisjktraMatrix(node_type startNode, weight_type INFINITE_WEIGHT); + + DataStructures::Map *> adjacencyLists; + + // All these variables are for path finding with Dijkstra + // 08/23/06 Won't compile as a DLL inside this struct + // struct + // { + bool isValidPath; + node_type rootNode; + DataStructures::OrderedList costMatrixIndices; + weight_type *costMatrix; + node_type *leastNodeArray; + // } dijkstra; + + struct NodeAndParent + { + DataStructures::Tree*node; + DataStructures::Tree*parent; + }; + }; + + template + WeightedGraph::WeightedGraph() + { + isValidPath=false; + costMatrix=0; + } + + template + WeightedGraph::~WeightedGraph() + { + Clear(); + } + + template + WeightedGraph::WeightedGraph( const WeightedGraph& original_copy ) + { + adjacencyLists=original_copy.adjacencyLists; + + isValidPath=original_copy.isValidPath; + if (isValidPath) + { + rootNode=original_copy.rootNode; + costMatrixIndices=original_copy.costMatrixIndices; + costMatrix = new weight_type[costMatrixIndices.Size() * costMatrixIndices.Size()]; + leastNodeArray = new node_type[costMatrixIndices.Size()]; + memcpy(costMatrix, original_copy.costMatrix, costMatrixIndices.Size() * costMatrixIndices.Size() * sizeof(weight_type)); + memcpy(leastNodeArray, original_copy.leastNodeArray, costMatrixIndices.Size() * sizeof(weight_type)); + } + } + + template + WeightedGraph& WeightedGraph::operator=( const WeightedGraph& original_copy ) + { + adjacencyLists=original_copy.adjacencyLists; + + isValidPath=original_copy.isValidPath; + if (isValidPath) + { + rootNode=original_copy.rootNode; + costMatrixIndices=original_copy.costMatrixIndices; + costMatrix = new weight_type[costMatrixIndices.Size() * costMatrixIndices.Size()]; + leastNodeArray = new node_type[costMatrixIndices.Size()]; + memcpy(costMatrix, original_copy.costMatrix, costMatrixIndices.Size() * costMatrixIndices.Size() * sizeof(weight_type)); + memcpy(leastNodeArray, original_copy.leastNodeArray, costMatrixIndices.Size() * sizeof(weight_type)); + } + + return *this; + } + + template + void WeightedGraph::AddNode(const node_type &node) + { + adjacencyLists.SetNew(node, new DataStructures::Map); + } + + template + void WeightedGraph::RemoveNode(const node_type &node) + { + unsigned i; + DataStructures::Queue removeNodeQueue; + + removeNodeQueue.Push(node); + while (removeNodeQueue.Size()) + { + delete adjacencyLists.Pop(removeNodeQueue.Pop()); + + // Remove this node from all of the other lists as well + for (i=0; i < adjacencyLists.Size(); i++) + { + adjacencyLists[i]->Delete(node); + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4127 ) // warning C4127: conditional expression is constant +#endif + if (allow_unlinkedNodes==false && adjacencyLists[i]->Size()==0) + removeNodeQueue.Push(adjacencyLists.GetKeyAtIndex(i)); + } + } + + ClearDijkstra(); + } + + template + bool WeightedGraph::HasConnection(const node_type &node1, const node_type &node2) + { + if (node1==node2) + return false; + if (adjacencyLists.Has(node1)==false) + return false; + return adjacencyLists.Get(node1)->Has(node2); + } + + template + void WeightedGraph::AddConnection(const node_type &node1, const node_type &node2, weight_type weight) + { + if (node1==node2) + return; + + if (adjacencyLists.Has(node1)==false) + AddNode(node1); + adjacencyLists.Get(node1)->Set(node2, weight); + if (adjacencyLists.Has(node2)==false) + AddNode(node2); + adjacencyLists.Get(node2)->Set(node1, weight); + } + + template + void WeightedGraph::RemoveConnection(const node_type &node1, const node_type &node2) + { + adjacencyLists.Get(node2)->Delete(node1); + adjacencyLists.Get(node1)->Delete(node2); + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4127 ) // warning C4127: conditional expression is constant +#endif + if (allow_unlinkedNodes==false) // If we do not allow _unlinked nodes, then if there are no connections, remove the node + { + if (adjacencyLists.Get(node1)->Size()==0) + RemoveNode(node1); // Will also remove node1 from the adjacency list of node2 + if (adjacencyLists.Has(node2) && adjacencyLists.Get(node2)->Size()==0) + RemoveNode(node2); + } + + ClearDijkstra(); + } + + template + void WeightedGraph::Clear(void) + { + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < adjacencyLists.Size(); i++) + delete adjacencyLists[i]; + adjacencyLists.Clear(); + + ClearDijkstra(); + } + + template + bool WeightedGraph::GetShortestPath(DataStructures::List &path, node_type startNode, node_type endNode, weight_type INFINITE_WEIGHT) + { + path.Clear(); + if (startNode==endNode) + { + path.Insert(startNode); + path.Insert(endNode); + return true; + } + + if (isValidPath==false || rootNode!=startNode) + { + ClearDijkstra(); + GenerateDisjktraMatrix(startNode, INFINITE_WEIGHT); + } + + // return the results + bool objectExists; + unsigned col,row; + weight_type currentWeight; + DataStructures::Queue outputQueue; + col=costMatrixIndices.GetIndexFromKey(endNode, &objectExists); + if (costMatrixIndices.Size()<2) + { + return false; + } + if (objectExists==false) + { + return false; + } + node_type vertex; + row=costMatrixIndices.Size()-2; + if (row==0) + { + path.Insert(startNode); + path.Insert(endNode); + return true; + } + currentWeight=costMatrix[row*adjacencyLists.Size() + col]; + if (currentWeight==INFINITE_WEIGHT) + { + // No path + return true; + } + vertex=endNode; + outputQueue.PushAtHead(vertex); + row--; +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4127 ) // warning C4127: conditional expression is constant +#endif + while (1) + { + while (costMatrix[row*adjacencyLists.Size() + col] == currentWeight) + { + if (row==0) + { + path.Insert(startNode); + for (col=0; outputQueue.Size(); col++) + path.Insert(outputQueue.Pop()); + return true; + } + --row; + } + + vertex=leastNodeArray[row]; + outputQueue.PushAtHead(vertex); + if (row==0) + break; + col=costMatrixIndices.GetIndexFromKey(vertex, &objectExists); + currentWeight=costMatrix[row*adjacencyLists.Size() + col]; + } + + path.Insert(startNode); + for (col=0; outputQueue.Size(); col++) + path.Insert(outputQueue.Pop()); + return true; + } + + template + node_type WeightedGraph::GetNodeAtIndex(unsigned nodeIndex) const + { + return adjacencyLists.GetKeyAtIndex(nodeIndex); + } + + template + unsigned WeightedGraph::GetNodeCount(void) const + { + return adjacencyLists.Size(); + } + + template + unsigned WeightedGraph::GetConnectionCount(unsigned nodeIndex) const + { + return adjacencyLists[nodeIndex]->Size(); + } + + template + void WeightedGraph::GetConnectionAtIndex(unsigned nodeIndex, unsigned connectionIndex, node_type &outNode, weight_type &outWeight) const + { + outWeight=adjacencyLists[nodeIndex]->operator[](connectionIndex); + outNode=adjacencyLists[nodeIndex]->GetKeyAtIndex(connectionIndex); + } + + template + bool WeightedGraph::GetSpanningTree(DataStructures::Tree &outTree, DataStructures::List *inputNodes, node_type startNode, weight_type INFINITE_WEIGHT ) + { + // Find the shortest path from the start node to each of the input nodes. Add this path to a new WeightedGraph if the result is reachable + DataStructures::List path; + DataStructures::WeightedGraph outGraph; + bool res; + unsigned i,j; + for (i=0; i < inputNodes->Size(); i++) + { + res=GetShortestPath(path, startNode, (*inputNodes)[i], INFINITE_WEIGHT); + if (res) + { + for (j=0; j < path.Size()-1; j++) + { + // Don't bother looking up the weight + outGraph.AddConnection(path[j], path[j+1], INFINITE_WEIGHT); + } + } + } + + // Copy the graph to a tree. + DataStructures::Queue nodesToProcess; + DataStructures::Tree *current; + DataStructures::Map *adjacencyList; + node_type key; + NodeAndParent nap, nap2; + outTree.DeleteDecendants(); + outTree.data=startNode; + current=&outTree; + if (outGraph.adjacencyLists.Has(startNode)==false) + return false; + adjacencyList = outGraph.adjacencyLists.Get(startNode); + + for (i=0; i < adjacencyList->Size(); i++) + { + nap2.node=new DataStructures::Tree; + nap2.node->data=adjacencyList->GetKeyAtIndex(i); + nap2.parent=current; + nodesToProcess.Push(nap2); + current->children.Insert(nap2.node); + } + + while (nodesToProcess.Size()) + { + nap=nodesToProcess.Pop(); + current=nap.node; + adjacencyList = outGraph.adjacencyLists.Get(nap.node->data); + + for (i=0; i < adjacencyList->Size(); i++) + { + key=adjacencyList->GetKeyAtIndex(i); + if (key!=nap.parent->data) + { + nap2.node=new DataStructures::Tree; + nap2.node->data=key; + nap2.parent=current; + nodesToProcess.Push(nap2); + current->children.Insert(nap2.node); + } + } + } + + return true; + } + + template + void WeightedGraph::GenerateDisjktraMatrix(node_type startNode, weight_type INFINITE_WEIGHT) + { + if (adjacencyLists.Size()==0) + return; + + costMatrix = new weight_type[adjacencyLists.Size() * adjacencyLists.Size()]; + leastNodeArray = new node_type[adjacencyLists.Size()]; + + node_type currentNode; + unsigned col, row, row2, openSetIndex; + node_type adjacentKey; + unsigned adjacentIndex; + weight_type edgeWeight, currentNodeWeight, adjacentNodeWeight; + DataStructures::Map *adjacencyList; + DataStructures::Heap minHeap; + DataStructures::Map openSet; + + for (col=0; col < adjacencyLists.Size(); col++) + { + // This should be already sorted, so it's a bit inefficient to do an insertion sort, but what the heck + costMatrixIndices.Insert(adjacencyLists.GetKeyAtIndex(col),adjacencyLists.GetKeyAtIndex(col), true); + } + for (col=0; col < adjacencyLists.Size() * adjacencyLists.Size(); col++) + costMatrix[col]=INFINITE_WEIGHT; + currentNode=startNode; + row=0; + currentNodeWeight=0; + rootNode=startNode; + + // Clear the starting node column + if (adjacencyLists.Size()) + { + adjacentIndex=adjacencyLists.GetIndexAtKey(startNode); + for (row2=0; row2 < adjacencyLists.Size(); row2++) + costMatrix[row2*adjacencyLists.Size() + adjacentIndex]=0; + } + + while (row < adjacencyLists.Size()-1) + { + adjacencyList = adjacencyLists.Get(currentNode); + // Go through all connections from the current node. If the new weight is less than the current weight, then update that weight. + for (col=0; col < adjacencyList->Size(); col++) + { + edgeWeight=(*adjacencyList)[col]; + adjacentKey=adjacencyList->GetKeyAtIndex(col); + adjacentIndex=adjacencyLists.GetIndexAtKey(adjacentKey); + adjacentNodeWeight=costMatrix[row*adjacencyLists.Size() + adjacentIndex]; + + if (currentNodeWeight + edgeWeight < adjacentNodeWeight) + { + // Update the weight for the adjacent node + for (row2=row; row2 < adjacencyLists.Size(); row2++) + costMatrix[row2*adjacencyLists.Size() + adjacentIndex]=currentNodeWeight + edgeWeight; + openSet.Set(adjacentKey, currentNodeWeight + edgeWeight); + } + } + + // Find the lowest in the open set + minHeap.Clear(); + for (openSetIndex=0; openSetIndex < openSet.Size(); openSetIndex++) + minHeap.Push(openSet[openSetIndex], openSet.GetKeyAtIndex(openSetIndex)); + + /* + unsigned i,j; + for (i=0; i < adjacencyLists.Size()-1; i++) + { + for (j=0; j < adjacencyLists.Size(); j++) + { + printf("%2i ", costMatrix[i*adjacencyLists.Size() + j]); + } + printf("Node=%i", leastNodeArray[i]); + printf("\n"); + } + */ + + if (minHeap.Size()==0) + { + // Unreachable nodes + isValidPath=true; + return; + } + + currentNodeWeight=minHeap.PeekWeight(0); + leastNodeArray[row]=minHeap.Pop(0); + currentNode=leastNodeArray[row]; + openSet.Delete(currentNode); + row++; + } + + /* +#ifdef _DEBUG + unsigned i,j; + for (i=0; i < adjacencyLists.Size()-1; i++) + { + for (j=0; j < adjacencyLists.Size(); j++) + { + printf("%2i ", costMatrix[i*adjacencyLists.Size() + j]); + } + printf("Node=%i", leastNodeArray[i]); + printf("\n"); + } +#endif + */ + + isValidPath=true; + } + + template + void WeightedGraph::ClearDijkstra(void) + { + if (isValidPath) + { + isValidPath=false; + delete [] costMatrix; + delete [] leastNodeArray; + costMatrixIndices.Clear(); + } + } + + template + void WeightedGraph::Print(void) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + unsigned i,j; + for (i=0; i < adjacencyLists.Size(); i++) + { + //printf("%i connected to ", i); + printf("%s connected to ", adjacencyLists.GetKeyAtIndex(i).systemAddress.ToString()); + + if (adjacencyLists[i]->Size()==0) + printf(""); + else + { + for (j=0; j < adjacencyLists[i]->Size(); j++) + // printf("%i (%.2f) ", adjacencyLists.GetIndexAtKey(adjacencyLists[i]->GetKeyAtIndex(j)), (float) adjacencyLists[i]->operator[](j) ); + printf("%s (%.2f) ", adjacencyLists[i]->GetKeyAtIndex(j).systemAddress.ToString(), (float) adjacencyLists[i]->operator[](j) ); + } + + printf("\n"); + } +#endif + } +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DataBlockEncryptor.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DataBlockEncryptor.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5bd541b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DataBlockEncryptor.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,206 @@ +/// \file +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#include "DataBlockEncryptor.h" +#include "CheckSum.h" +#include "GetTime.h" +#include "Rand.h" +#include +#include +#include "Rijndael.h" +#include "Types.h" + +DataBlockEncryptor::DataBlockEncryptor() +{ + keySet = false; +} + +DataBlockEncryptor::~DataBlockEncryptor() +{} + +bool DataBlockEncryptor::IsKeySet( void ) const +{ + return keySet; +} + +void DataBlockEncryptor::SetKey( const unsigned char key[ 16 ] ) +{ + keySet = true; + //secretKeyAES128.set_key( key ); + makeKey(&keyEncrypt, DIR_ENCRYPT, 16, (char*)key); + makeKey(&keyDecrypt, DIR_DECRYPT, 16, (char*)key); + cipherInit(&cipherInst, MODE_ECB, 0); // ECB is not secure except that I chain manually farther down. +} + +void DataBlockEncryptor::UnsetKey( void ) +{ + keySet = false; +} + +void DataBlockEncryptor::Encrypt( unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLength, unsigned char *output, unsigned int *outputLength ) +{ + unsigned index, byteIndex, lastBlock; + unsigned int checkSum; + unsigned char paddingBytes; + unsigned char encodedPad; + unsigned char randomChar; + CheckSum checkSumCalculator; + +#ifdef _DEBUG + + assert( keySet ); +#endif + + assert( input && inputLength ); + + + // randomChar will randomize the data so the same data sent twice will not look the same + randomChar = (unsigned char) randomMT(); + + // 16-(((x-1) % 16)+1) + + // # of padding bytes is 16 -(((input_length + extra_data -1) % 16)+1) + paddingBytes = (unsigned char) ( 16 - ( ( ( inputLength + sizeof( randomChar ) + sizeof( checkSum ) + sizeof( encodedPad ) - 1 ) % 16 ) + 1 ) ); + + // Randomize the pad size variable + encodedPad = (unsigned char) randomMT(); + encodedPad <<= 4; + encodedPad |= paddingBytes; + + *outputLength = inputLength + sizeof( randomChar ) + sizeof( checkSum ) + sizeof( encodedPad ) + paddingBytes; + + // Write the data first, in case we are overwriting ourselves + + if ( input == output ) + memmove( output + sizeof( checkSum ) + sizeof( randomChar ) + sizeof( encodedPad ) + paddingBytes, input, inputLength ); + else + memcpy( output + sizeof( checkSum ) + sizeof( randomChar ) + sizeof( encodedPad ) + paddingBytes, input, inputLength ); + + // Write the random char + memcpy( output + sizeof( checkSum ), ( char* ) & randomChar, sizeof( randomChar ) ); + + // Write the pad size variable + memcpy( output + sizeof( checkSum ) + sizeof( randomChar ), ( char* ) & encodedPad, sizeof( encodedPad ) ); + + // Write the padding + for ( index = 0; index < paddingBytes; index++ ) + *( output + sizeof( checkSum ) + sizeof( randomChar ) + sizeof( encodedPad ) + index ) = (unsigned char) randomMT(); + + // Calculate the checksum on the data + checkSumCalculator.Add( output + sizeof( checkSum ), inputLength + sizeof( randomChar ) + sizeof( encodedPad ) + paddingBytes ); + + checkSum = checkSumCalculator.Get(); + + // Write checksum +#ifdef HOST_ENDIAN_IS_BIG + output[0] = checkSum&0xFF; + output[1] = (checkSum>>8)&0xFF; + output[2] = (checkSum>>16)&0xFF; + output[3] = (checkSum>>24)&0xFF; +#else + memcpy( output, ( char* ) & checkSum, sizeof( checkSum ) ); +#endif + + // AES on the first block +// secretKeyAES128.encrypt16( output ); + blockEncrypt(&cipherInst, &keyEncrypt, output, 16, output); + + lastBlock = 0; + + // Now do AES on every other block from back to front + for ( index = *outputLength - 16; index >= 16; index -= 16 ) + { + for ( byteIndex = 0; byteIndex < 16; byteIndex++ ) + output[ index + byteIndex ] ^= output[ lastBlock + byteIndex ]; + + //secretKeyAES128.encrypt16( output + index ); + blockEncrypt(&cipherInst, &keyEncrypt, output+index, 16, output+index); + + lastBlock = index; + } +} + +bool DataBlockEncryptor::Decrypt( unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLength, unsigned char *output, unsigned int *outputLength ) +{ + unsigned index, byteIndex, lastBlock; + unsigned int checkSum; + unsigned char paddingBytes; + unsigned char encodedPad; + unsigned char randomChar; + CheckSum checkSumCalculator; +#ifdef _DEBUG + + assert( keySet ); +#endif + + if ( input == 0 || inputLength < 16 || ( inputLength % 16 ) != 0 ) + { + return false; + } + + // Unchain in reverse order + for ( index = 16; index <= inputLength - 16;index += 16 ) + { + // secretKeyAES128.decrypt16( input + index ); + blockDecrypt(&cipherInst, &keyDecrypt, input + index, 16, output + index); + + for ( byteIndex = 0; byteIndex < 16; byteIndex++ ) + { + if ( index + 16 == ( unsigned ) inputLength ) + output[ index + byteIndex ] ^= input[ byteIndex ]; + else + output[ index + byteIndex ] ^= input[ index + 16 + byteIndex ]; + } + + lastBlock = index; + }; + + // Decrypt the first block + //secretKeyAES128.decrypt16( input ); + blockDecrypt(&cipherInst, &keyDecrypt, input, 16, output); + + // Read checksum +#ifdef HOST_ENDIAN_IS_BIG + checkSum = (unsigned int)output[0] | (unsigned int)(output[1]<<8) | + (unsigned int)(output[2]<<16)|(unsigned int)(output[3]<<24); +#else + memcpy( ( char* ) & checkSum, output, sizeof( checkSum ) ); +#endif + + // Read the pad size variable + memcpy( ( char* ) & encodedPad, output + sizeof( randomChar ) + sizeof( checkSum ), sizeof( encodedPad ) ); + + // Ignore the high 4 bytes + paddingBytes = encodedPad & 0x0F; + + + // Get the data length + *outputLength = inputLength - sizeof( randomChar ) - sizeof( checkSum ) - sizeof( encodedPad ) - paddingBytes; + + // Calculate the checksum on the data. + checkSumCalculator.Add( output + sizeof( checkSum ), *outputLength + sizeof( randomChar ) + sizeof( encodedPad ) + paddingBytes ); + + if ( checkSum != checkSumCalculator.Get() ) + return false; + + // Read the data + //if ( input == output ) + memmove( output, output + sizeof( randomChar ) + sizeof( checkSum ) + sizeof( encodedPad ) + paddingBytes, *outputLength ); + //else + // memcpy( output, input + sizeof( randomChar ) + sizeof( checkSum ) + sizeof( encodedPad ) + paddingBytes, *outputLength ); + + return true; +} diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DataBlockEncryptor.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DataBlockEncryptor.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7614263c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DataBlockEncryptor.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Internal] Encrypts and decrypts data blocks. Used as part of secure connections. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __DATA_BLOCK_ENCRYPTOR_H +#define __DATA_BLOCK_ENCRYPTOR_H + +#include "Rijndael.h" +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" + +/// Encrypts and decrypts data blocks. +class DataBlockEncryptor : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ + +public: + + /// Constructor + DataBlockEncryptor(); + + /// Destructor + ~DataBlockEncryptor(); + + /// \return true if SetKey has been called previously + bool IsKeySet( void ) const; + + /// Set the encryption key + /// \param[in] key The new encryption key + void SetKey( const unsigned char key[ 16 ] ); + + /// Unset the encryption key + void UnsetKey( void ); + + /// Encryption adds 6 data bytes and then pads the number of bytes to be a multiple of 16. Output should be large enough to hold this. + /// Output can be the same memory block as input + /// \param[in] input the input buffer to encrypt + /// \param[in] inputLength the size of the @em input buffer + /// \param[in] output the output buffer to store encrypted data + /// \param[in] outputLength the size of the output buffer + void Encrypt( unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLength, unsigned char *output, unsigned int *outputLength ); + + /// Decryption removes bytes, as few as 6. Output should be large enough to hold this. + /// Output can be the same memory block as input + /// \param[in] input the input buffer to decrypt + /// \param[in] inputLength the size of the @em input buffer + /// \param[in] output the output buffer to store decrypted data + /// \param[in] outputLength the size of the @em output buffer + /// \return False on bad checksum or input, true on success + bool Decrypt( unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLength, unsigned char *output, unsigned int *outputLength ); + +protected: + + keyInstance keyEncrypt; + keyInstance keyDecrypt; + cipherInstance cipherInst; + bool keySet; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DataCompressor.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DataCompressor.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7a87daad --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DataCompressor.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +#include "DataCompressor.h" +#include "DS_HuffmanEncodingTree.h" +#include +#include // Use string.h rather than memory.h for a console + +void DataCompressor::Compress( unsigned char *userData, unsigned sizeInBytes, RakNet::BitStream * output ) +{ + // Don't use this for small files as you will just make them bigger! + assert(sizeInBytes > 2048); + + unsigned int frequencyTable[ 256 ]; + unsigned int i; + memset(frequencyTable,0,256*sizeof(unsigned int)); + for (i=0; i < sizeInBytes; i++) + ++frequencyTable[userData[i]]; + HuffmanEncodingTree tree; + BitSize_t writeOffset1, writeOffset2, bitsUsed1, bitsUsed2; + tree.GenerateFromFrequencyTable(frequencyTable); + output->WriteCompressed(sizeInBytes); + for (i=0; i < 256; i++) + output->WriteCompressed(frequencyTable[i]); + output->AlignWriteToByteBoundary(); + writeOffset1=output->GetWriteOffset(); + output->Write((unsigned int)0); // Dummy value + bitsUsed1=output->GetNumberOfBitsUsed(); + tree.EncodeArray(userData, sizeInBytes, output); + bitsUsed2=output->GetNumberOfBitsUsed(); + writeOffset2=output->GetWriteOffset(); + output->SetWriteOffset(writeOffset1); + output->Write(bitsUsed2-bitsUsed1); // Go back and write how many bits were used for the encoding + output->SetWriteOffset(writeOffset2); +} + +unsigned DataCompressor::DecompressAndAllocate( RakNet::BitStream * input, unsigned char **output ) +{ + HuffmanEncodingTree tree; + unsigned int bitsUsed, destinationSizeInBytes, decompressedBytes; + unsigned int frequencyTable[ 256 ]; + unsigned i; + + input->ReadCompressed(destinationSizeInBytes); + for (i=0; i < 256; i++) + input->ReadCompressed(frequencyTable[i]); + input->AlignReadToByteBoundary(); + if (input->Read(bitsUsed)==false) + { + // Read error +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(0); +#endif + return 0; + } + *output = (unsigned char*) rakMalloc(destinationSizeInBytes); + tree.GenerateFromFrequencyTable(frequencyTable); + decompressedBytes=tree.DecodeArray(input, bitsUsed, destinationSizeInBytes, *output ); + assert(decompressedBytes==destinationSizeInBytes); + return destinationSizeInBytes; +} diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DataCompressor.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DataCompressor.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a4e9a8f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DataCompressor.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief DataCompressor does compression on a block of data. Not very good compression, but it's small and fast so is something you can use per-message at runtime. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + + +#ifndef __DATA_COMPRESSOR_H +#define __DATA_COMPRESSOR_H + +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "DS_HuffmanEncodingTree.h" +#include "Export.h" + +/// \brief Does compression on a block of data. Not very good compression, but it's small and fast so is something you can compute at runtime. +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT DataCompressor : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ +public: + static void Compress( unsigned char *userData, unsigned sizeInBytes, RakNet::BitStream * output ); + static unsigned DecompressAndAllocate( RakNet::BitStream * input, unsigned char **output ); +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DirectoryDeltaTransfer.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DirectoryDeltaTransfer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..adbc7dc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DirectoryDeltaTransfer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,216 @@ +#include "DirectoryDeltaTransfer.h" +#include "FileList.h" +#include "StringCompressor.h" +#include "RakPeerInterface.h" +#include "FileListTransfer.h" +#include "FileListTransferCBInterface.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "MessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "FileOperations.h" + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +class DDTCallback : public FileListTransferCBInterface +{ +public: + unsigned subdirLen; + char outputSubdir[512]; + FileListTransferCBInterface *onFileCallback; + + DDTCallback() {} + virtual ~DDTCallback() {} + + virtual bool OnFile(OnFileStruct *onFileStruct) + { + char fullPathToDir[1024]; + + if (onFileStruct->fileName && onFileStruct->fileData && subdirLen < strlen(onFileStruct->fileName)) + { + strcpy(fullPathToDir, outputSubdir); + strcat(fullPathToDir, onFileStruct->fileName+subdirLen); + WriteFileWithDirectories(fullPathToDir, (char*)onFileStruct->fileData, (unsigned int ) onFileStruct->finalDataLength); + } + else + fullPathToDir[0]=0; + + return onFileCallback->OnFile(onFileStruct); + } + + virtual void OnFileProgress(OnFileStruct *onFileStruct,unsigned int partCount,unsigned int partTotal,unsigned int partLength, char *firstDataChunk) + { + char fullPathToDir[1024]; + + if (onFileStruct->fileName && subdirLen < strlen(onFileStruct->fileName)) + { + strcpy(fullPathToDir, outputSubdir); + strcat(fullPathToDir, onFileStruct->fileName+subdirLen); + } + else + fullPathToDir[0]=0; + + onFileCallback->OnFileProgress(onFileStruct, partCount, partTotal, partLength, firstDataChunk); + } + virtual bool OnDownloadComplete(void) + { + return onFileCallback->OnDownloadComplete(); + } +}; + +DirectoryDeltaTransfer::DirectoryDeltaTransfer() +{ + applicationDirectory[0]=0; + fileListTransfer=0; + availableUploads = new FileList; + rakPeer=0; + priority=HIGH_PRIORITY; + orderingChannel=0; + compressOutgoingSends=false; +} +DirectoryDeltaTransfer::~DirectoryDeltaTransfer() +{ + delete availableUploads; +} +void DirectoryDeltaTransfer::SetFileListTransferPlugin(FileListTransfer *flt) +{ + fileListTransfer=flt; + if (flt) + availableUploads->SetCallback(flt->GetCallback()); + else + availableUploads->SetCallback(0); +} +void DirectoryDeltaTransfer::SetApplicationDirectory(const char *pathToApplication) +{ + if (pathToApplication==0 || pathToApplication[0]==0) + applicationDirectory[0]=0; + else + { + strncpy(applicationDirectory, pathToApplication, 510); + if (applicationDirectory[strlen(applicationDirectory)-1]!='/' && applicationDirectory[strlen(applicationDirectory)-1]!='\\') + strcat(applicationDirectory, "/"); + applicationDirectory[511]=0; + } +} +void DirectoryDeltaTransfer::SetUploadSendParameters(PacketPriority _priority, char _orderingChannel) +{ + priority=_priority; + orderingChannel=_orderingChannel; +} +void DirectoryDeltaTransfer::AddUploadsFromSubdirectory(const char *subdir) +{ + availableUploads->AddFilesFromDirectory(applicationDirectory, subdir, true, false, true, 0); +} +unsigned short DirectoryDeltaTransfer::DownloadFromSubdirectory(const char *subdir, const char *outputSubdir, bool prependAppDirToOutputSubdir, SystemAddress host, FileListTransferCBInterface *onFileCallback, PacketPriority _priority, char _orderingChannel, FileListProgress *cb) +{ + if (rakPeer->IsConnected(host)==false) + return (unsigned short) -1; + + DDTCallback *transferCallback; + FileList localFiles; + localFiles.SetCallback(cb); + // Get a hash of all the files that we already have (if any) + localFiles.AddFilesFromDirectory(prependAppDirToOutputSubdir ? applicationDirectory : 0, outputSubdir, true, false, true, 0); + + // Prepare the callback data + transferCallback = new DDTCallback; + if (subdir && subdir[0]) + { + transferCallback->subdirLen=(unsigned int)strlen(subdir); + if (subdir[transferCallback->subdirLen-1]!='/' && subdir[transferCallback->subdirLen-1]!='\\') + transferCallback->subdirLen++; + } + else + transferCallback->subdirLen=0; + if (prependAppDirToOutputSubdir) + strcpy(transferCallback->outputSubdir, applicationDirectory); + else + transferCallback->outputSubdir[0]=0; + if (outputSubdir) + strcat(transferCallback->outputSubdir, outputSubdir); + if (transferCallback->outputSubdir[strlen(transferCallback->outputSubdir)-1]!='/' && transferCallback->outputSubdir[strlen(transferCallback->outputSubdir)-1]!='\\') + strcat(transferCallback->outputSubdir, "/"); + transferCallback->onFileCallback=onFileCallback; + + // Setup the transfer plugin to get the response to this download request + unsigned short setId = fileListTransfer->SetupReceive(transferCallback, true, host); + + // Send to the host, telling it to process this request + RakNet::BitStream outBitstream; + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_DDT_DOWNLOAD_REQUEST); + outBitstream.Write(setId); + stringCompressor->EncodeString(subdir, 256, &outBitstream); + stringCompressor->EncodeString(outputSubdir, 256, &outBitstream); + localFiles.Serialize(&outBitstream); + rakPeer->Send(&outBitstream, _priority, RELIABLE_ORDERED, _orderingChannel, host, false); + + return setId; +} +void DirectoryDeltaTransfer::ClearUploads(void) +{ + availableUploads->Clear(); +} +void DirectoryDeltaTransfer::OnDownloadRequest(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + (void) peer; + + char subdir[256]; + char remoteSubdir[256]; + RakNet::BitStream inBitstream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + FileList remoteFileHash; + FileList delta; + unsigned short setId; + inBitstream.IgnoreBits(8); + inBitstream.Read(setId); + stringCompressor->DecodeString(subdir, 256, &inBitstream); + stringCompressor->DecodeString(remoteSubdir, 256, &inBitstream); + if (remoteFileHash.Deserialize(&inBitstream)==false) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(0); +#endif + return; + } + + availableUploads->GetDeltaToCurrent(&remoteFileHash, &delta, subdir, remoteSubdir); + delta.PopulateDataFromDisk(applicationDirectory, true, false, true); + + // This will call the ddtCallback interface that was passed to FileListTransfer::SetupReceive on the remote system + fileListTransfer->Send(&delta, rakPeer, packet->systemAddress, setId, priority, orderingChannel, compressOutgoingSends); +} +void DirectoryDeltaTransfer::OnAttach(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + rakPeer=peer; +} +void DirectoryDeltaTransfer::Update(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; +} +PluginReceiveResult DirectoryDeltaTransfer::OnReceive(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + switch (packet->data[0]) + { + case ID_DDT_DOWNLOAD_REQUEST: + OnDownloadRequest(peer, packet); + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + } + + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; +} +void DirectoryDeltaTransfer::OnShutdown(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; +} + +unsigned DirectoryDeltaTransfer::GetNumberOfFilesForUpload(void) const +{ + return availableUploads->fileList.Size(); +} +void DirectoryDeltaTransfer::SetCompressOutgoingSends(bool compress) +{ + compressOutgoingSends=compress; +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DirectoryDeltaTransfer.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DirectoryDeltaTransfer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2dea46df --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/DirectoryDeltaTransfer.h @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief Simple class to send changes between directories. In essence, a simple autopatcher that can be used for transmitting levels, skins, etc. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __DIRECTORY_DELTA_TRANSFER_H +#define __DIRECTORY_DELTA_TRANSFER_H + +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "Export.h" +#include "PluginInterface.h" +#include "DS_Map.h" +#include "PacketPriority.h" + +class RakPeerInterface; +class FileList; +struct Packet; +struct InternalPacket; +struct DownloadRequest; +class FileListTransfer; +class FileListTransferCBInterface; +class FileListProgress; + +/// \defgroup DIRECTORY_DELTA_TRANSFER_GROUP DirectoryDeltaTransfer +/// \ingroup PLUGINS_GROUP + +/// \brief Simple class to send changes between directories. In essence, a simple autopatcher that can be used for transmitting levels, skins, etc. +/// \sa Autopatcher class for database driven patching, including binary deltas and search by date. +/// +/// To use, first set the path to your application. For example "C:/Games/MyRPG/" +/// To allow other systems to download files, call AddUploadsFromSubdirectory, where the parameter is a path relative +/// to the path to your application. This includes subdirectories. +/// For example: +/// SetApplicationDirectory("C:/Games/MyRPG/"); +/// AddUploadsFromSubdirectory("Mods/Skins/"); +/// would allow downloads from +/// "C:/Games/MyRPG/Mods/Skins/*.*" as well as "C:/Games/MyRPG/Mods/Skins/Level1/*.*" +/// It would NOT allow downloads from C:/Games/MyRPG/Levels, nor would it allow downloads from C:/Windows +/// While pathToApplication can be anything you want, applicationSubdirectory must match either partially or fully between systems. +/// \ingroup DIRECTORY_DELTA_TRANSFER_GROUP +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT DirectoryDeltaTransfer : public PluginInterface +{ +public: + /// Constructor + DirectoryDeltaTransfer(); + + /// Destructor + virtual ~DirectoryDeltaTransfer(); + + /// This plugin has a dependency on the FileListTransfer plugin, which it uses to actually send the files. + /// So you need an instance of that plugin registered with RakPeerInterface, and a pointer to that interface should be passed here. + /// \param[in] flt A pointer to a registered instance of FileListTransfer + void SetFileListTransferPlugin(FileListTransfer *flt); + + /// Set the local root directory to base all file uploads and downloads off of. + /// \param[in] pathToApplication This path will be prepended to \a applicationSubdirectory in AddUploadsFromSubdirectory to find the actual path on disk. + void SetApplicationDirectory(const char *pathToApplication); + + /// What parameters to use for the RakPeerInterface::Send() call when uploading files. + /// \param[in] _priority See RakPeerInterface::Send() + /// \param[in] _orderingChannel See RakPeerInterface::Send() + void SetUploadSendParameters(PacketPriority _priority, char _orderingChannel); + + /// Add all files in the specified subdirectory recursively + /// \a subdir is appended to \a pathToApplication in SetApplicationDirectory(). + /// All files in the resultant directory and subdirectories are then hashed so that users can download them. + /// \pre You must call SetFileListTransferPlugin with a valid FileListTransfer plugin + /// \param[in] subdir Concatenated with pathToApplication to form the final path from which to allow uploads. + void AddUploadsFromSubdirectory(const char *subdir); + + /// Downloads files from the matching parameter \a subdir in AddUploadsFromSubdirectory. + /// \a subdir must contain all starting characters in \a subdir in AddUploadsFromSubdirectory + /// Therefore, + /// AddUploadsFromSubdirectory("Levels/Level1/"); would allow you to download using DownloadFromSubdirectory("Levels/Level1/Textures/"... + /// but it would NOT allow you to download from DownloadFromSubdirectory("Levels/"... or DownloadFromSubdirectory("Levels/Level2/"... + /// \pre You must call SetFileListTransferPlugin with a valid FileListTransfer plugin + /// \param[in] subdir A directory passed to AddUploadsFromSubdirectory on the remote system. The passed dir can be more specific than the remote dir. + /// \param[in] outputSubdir The directory to write the output to. Usually this will match \a subdir but it can be different if you want. + /// \param[in] prependAppDirToOutputSubdir True to prepend outputSubdir with pathToApplication when determining the final output path. Usually you want this to be true. + /// \param[in] host The address of the remote system to send the message to. + /// \param[in] onFileCallback Callback to call per-file (optional). When fileIndex+1==setCount in the callback then the download is done + /// \param[in] _priority See RakPeerInterface::Send() + /// \param[in] _orderingChannel See RakPeerInterface::Send() + /// \param[in] cb Callback to get progress updates. Pass 0 to not use. + /// \return A set ID, identifying this download set. Returns 65535 on host unreachable. + unsigned short DownloadFromSubdirectory(const char *subdir, const char *outputSubdir, bool prependAppDirToOutputSubdir, SystemAddress host, FileListTransferCBInterface *onFileCallback, PacketPriority _priority, char _orderingChannel, FileListProgress *cb); + + /// Clear all allowed uploads previously set with AddUploadsFromSubdirectory + void ClearUploads(void); + + /// Returns how many files are available for upload + /// \return How many files are available for upload + unsigned GetNumberOfFilesForUpload(void) const; + + /// Set if we should compress outgoing sends or not + /// Defaults to false, because this results in a noticeable freeze on large requests + /// You can set this to true if you only send small files though + /// \param[in] compress True to compress, false to not. + void SetCompressOutgoingSends(bool compress); + + /// \internal For plugin handling + virtual void OnAttach(RakPeerInterface *peer); + /// \internal For plugin handling + virtual void Update(RakPeerInterface *peer); + /// \internal For plugin handling + virtual PluginReceiveResult OnReceive(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + /// \internal For plugin handling + virtual void OnShutdown(RakPeerInterface *peer); +protected: + void OnDownloadRequest(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + + char applicationDirectory[512]; + FileListTransfer *fileListTransfer; + FileList *availableUploads; + RakPeerInterface *rakPeer; + PacketPriority priority; + char orderingChannel; + bool compressOutgoingSends; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/EmailSender.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/EmailSender.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a0c9f1fd --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/EmailSender.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,409 @@ +// Useful sites +// http://www.faqs.org\rfcs\rfc2821.html +// http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Base64 +// http://www2.rad.com\networks/1995/mime/examples.htm + +#include "EmailSender.h" +#include "TCPInterface.h" +#include "GetTime.h" +#include "Rand.h" +#include "FileList.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include + +#if defined(_XBOX360) +#include "Console1Includes.h" +#endif + +#include "RakSleep.h" + +static const char base64Map[]="ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789+/"; + +const char *EmailSender::Send(const char *hostAddress, unsigned short hostPort, const char *sender, const char *recipient, const char *senderName, const char *recipientName, const char *subject, const char *body, FileList *attachedFiles, bool doPrintf, const char *password) +{ + Packet *packet; + char query[1024]; + TCPInterface tcpInterface; + SystemAddress emailServer; + if (tcpInterface.Start(0, 0)==false) + return "Unknown error starting TCP"; + emailServer=tcpInterface.Connect(hostAddress, hostPort,true); + if (emailServer==UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + return "Failed to connect to host"; + RakNetTime timeoutTime = RakNet::GetTime()+3000; + packet=0; + while (RakNet::GetTime() < timeoutTime) + { + packet = tcpInterface.Receive(); + if (packet) + { + if (doPrintf) + printf("%s", packet->data); + break; + } + RakSleep(250); + } + + if (packet==0) + return "Timeout while waiting for initial data from server."; + + tcpInterface.Send("EHLO\r\n", 6, emailServer); + const char *response; + bool authenticate=false; +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning(disable:4127) // conditional expression is constant +#endif + while (1) + { + response=GetResponse(&tcpInterface, emailServer, doPrintf); + + if (response!=0 && strcmp(response, "AUTHENTICATE")==0) + { + authenticate=true; + break; + } + + // Something other than continue? + if (response!=0 && strcmp(response, "CONTINUE")!=0) + return response; + + // Success? + if (response==0) + break; + } + + if (authenticate) + { + sprintf(query, "EHLO %s\r\n", sender); + tcpInterface.Send(query, (unsigned int)strlen(query), emailServer); + response=GetResponse(&tcpInterface, emailServer, doPrintf); + if (response!=0) + return response; + + if (password==0) + return "Password needed"; + char *outputData = new char [(strlen(sender)+strlen(password)+2)*3]; + RakNet::BitStream bs; + char zero=0; + bs.Write(&zero,1); + bs.Write(sender,(const unsigned int)strlen(sender)); + //bs.Write("jms1@jms1.net",(const unsigned int)strlen("jms1@jms1.net")); + bs.Write(&zero,1); + bs.Write(password,(const unsigned int)strlen(password)); + bs.Write(&zero,1); + //bs.Write("not.my.real.password",(const unsigned int)strlen("not.my.real.password")); + Base64Encoding((const char*)bs.GetData(), bs.GetNumberOfBytesUsed(), outputData, base64Map); + sprintf(query, "AUTH PLAIN %s", outputData); + tcpInterface.Send(query, (unsigned int)strlen(query), emailServer); + response=GetResponse(&tcpInterface, emailServer, doPrintf); + if (response!=0) + return response; + } + + + if (sender) + sprintf(query, "MAIL From: <%s>\r\n", sender); + else + sprintf(query, "MAIL From: <>\r\n"); + tcpInterface.Send(query, (unsigned int)strlen(query), emailServer); + + if (recipient) + sprintf(query, "RCPT TO: <%s>\r\n", recipient); + else + sprintf(query, "RCPT TO: <>\r\n"); + tcpInterface.Send(query, (unsigned int)strlen(query), emailServer); + response=GetResponse(&tcpInterface, emailServer, doPrintf); + if (response!=0) + return response; + + tcpInterface.Send("DATA\r\n", (unsigned int)strlen("DATA\r\n"), emailServer); + + response=GetResponse(&tcpInterface, emailServer, doPrintf); + if (response!=0) + return response; + + if (subject) + { + sprintf(query, "Subject: %s\r\n", subject); + tcpInterface.Send(query, (unsigned int)strlen(query), emailServer); + } + if (senderName) + { + sprintf(query, "From: %s\r\n", senderName); + tcpInterface.Send(query, (unsigned int)strlen(query), emailServer); + } + if (recipientName) + { + sprintf(query, "To: %s\r\n", recipientName); + tcpInterface.Send(query, (unsigned int)strlen(query), emailServer); + } + + const int boundarySize=60; + char boundary[boundarySize+1]; + int i,j; + if (attachedFiles && attachedFiles->fileList.Size()) + { + seedMT(RakNet::GetTime()); + // Random multipart message boundary + for (i=0; i < boundarySize; i++) + boundary[i]=base64Map[randomMT()%64]; + boundary[boundarySize]=0; + } + + sprintf(query, "MIME-version: 1.0\r\n"); + tcpInterface.Send(query, (unsigned int)strlen(query), emailServer); + + if (attachedFiles && attachedFiles->fileList.Size()) + { + sprintf(query, "Content-type: multipart/mixed; BOUNDARY=\"%s\"\r\n\r\n", boundary); + tcpInterface.Send(query, (unsigned int)strlen(query), emailServer); + + sprintf(query, "This is a multi-part message in MIME format.\r\n\r\n--%s\r\n", boundary); + tcpInterface.Send(query, (unsigned int)strlen(query), emailServer); + } + + sprintf(query, "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=\"US-ASCII\"\r\n\r\n"); + tcpInterface.Send(query, (unsigned int)strlen(query), emailServer); + + // Write the body of the email, doing some lame shitty shit where I have to make periods at the start of a newline have a second period. + char *newBody; + int bodyLength; + bodyLength=(int)strlen(body); + newBody = (char*) rakMalloc( bodyLength*3 ); + if (bodyLength>0) + newBody[0]=body[0]; + for (i=1, j=1; i < bodyLength; i++) + { + // Transform \n . \r \n into \n . . \r \n + if (i < bodyLength-2 && + body[i-1]=='\n' && + body[i+0]=='.' && + body[i+1]=='\r' && + body[i+2]=='\n') + { + newBody[j++]='.'; + newBody[j++]='.'; + newBody[j++]='\r'; + newBody[j++]='\n'; + i+=2; + } + // Transform \n . . \r \n into \n . . . \r \n + // Having to process .. is a bug in the mail server - the spec says ONLY \r\n.\r\n should be transformed + else if (i <= bodyLength-3 && + body[i-1]=='\n' && + body[i+0]=='.' && + body[i+1]=='.' && + body[i+2]=='\r' && + body[i+3]=='\n') + { + newBody[j++]='.'; + newBody[j++]='.'; + newBody[j++]='.'; + newBody[j++]='\r'; + newBody[j++]='\n'; + i+=3; + } + // Transform \n . \n into \n . . \r \n (this is a bug in the mail server - the spec says do not count \n alone but it does) + else if (i < bodyLength-1 && + body[i-1]=='\n' && + body[i+0]=='.' && + body[i+1]=='\n') + { + newBody[j++]='.'; + newBody[j++]='.'; + newBody[j++]='\r'; + newBody[j++]='\n'; + i+=1; + } + // Transform \n . . \n into \n . . . \r \n (this is a bug in the mail server - the spec says do not count \n alone but it does) + // In fact having to process .. is a bug too - because the spec says ONLY \r\n.\r\n should be transformed + else if (i <= bodyLength-2 && + body[i-1]=='\n' && + body[i+0]=='.' && + body[i+1]=='.' && + body[i+2]=='\n') + { + newBody[j++]='.'; + newBody[j++]='.'; + newBody[j++]='.'; + newBody[j++]='\r'; + newBody[j++]='\n'; + i+=2; + } + else + newBody[j++]=body[i]; + } + + newBody[j++]='\r'; + newBody[j++]='\n'; + tcpInterface.Send(newBody, j, emailServer); + + rakFree(newBody); + int outputOffset; + + // What a pain in the rear. I have to map the binary to printable characters using 6 bits per character. + if (attachedFiles && attachedFiles->fileList.Size()) + { + for (i=0; i < (int) attachedFiles->fileList.Size(); i++) + { + // Write boundary + sprintf(query, "\r\n--%s\r\n", boundary); + tcpInterface.Send(query, (unsigned int)strlen(query), emailServer); + + sprintf(query, "Content-Type: APPLICATION/Octet-Stream; SizeOnDisk=%i; name=\"%s\"\r\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: BASE64\r\nContent-Description: %s\r\n\r\n", attachedFiles->fileList[i].dataLengthBytes, attachedFiles->fileList[i].filename, attachedFiles->fileList[i].filename); + tcpInterface.Send(query, (unsigned int)strlen(query), emailServer); + + newBody = (char*) rakMalloc( (size_t) (attachedFiles->fileList[i].dataLengthBytes*3)/2 ); + + outputOffset=Base64Encoding(attachedFiles->fileList[i].data, (int) attachedFiles->fileList[i].dataLengthBytes, newBody, base64Map); + + // Send the base64 mapped file. + tcpInterface.Send(newBody, outputOffset, emailServer); + rakFree(newBody); + + } + + // Write last boundary + sprintf(query, "\r\n--%s--\r\n", boundary); + tcpInterface.Send(query, (unsigned int)strlen(query), emailServer); + } + + + sprintf(query, "\r\n.\r\n"); + tcpInterface.Send(query, (unsigned int)strlen(query), emailServer); + response=GetResponse(&tcpInterface, emailServer, doPrintf); + if (response!=0) + return response; + + tcpInterface.Send("QUIT\r\n", (unsigned int)strlen("QUIT\r\n"), emailServer); + + RakSleep(30); + if (doPrintf) + { + packet = tcpInterface.Receive(); + while (packet) + { + printf("%s", packet->data); + packet = tcpInterface.Receive(); + } + } + tcpInterface.Stop(); + return 0; // Success +} + +const char *EmailSender::GetResponse(TCPInterface *tcpInterface, const SystemAddress &emailServer, bool doPrintf) +{ + Packet *packet; + RakNetTime timeout; + timeout=RakNet::GetTime()+5000; +#ifdef _MSC_VER + #pragma warning( disable : 4127 ) // warning C4127: conditional expression is constant +#endif + while (1) + { + if (tcpInterface->HasLostConnection()==emailServer) + return "Connection to server lost."; + packet = tcpInterface->Receive(); + if (packet) + { + if (doPrintf) + { + printf("%s", packet->data); + } +#if defined(OPEN_SSL_CLIENT_SUPPORT) + if (strstr((const char*)packet->data, "220")) + { + tcpInterface->StartSSLClient(packet->systemAddress); + return "AUTHENTICATE"; // OK + } +#endif + if (strstr((const char*)packet->data, "235")) + return 0; // Authentication accepted + if (strstr((const char*)packet->data, "354")) + return 0; // OK +#if defined(OPEN_SSL_CLIENT_SUPPORT) + if (strstr((const char*)packet->data, "250-STARTTLS")) + { + tcpInterface->Send("STARTTLS\r\n", (unsigned int) strlen("STARTTLS\r\n"), packet->systemAddress); + return "CONTINUE"; + } +#endif + if (strstr((const char*)packet->data, "250")) + return 0; // OK + if (strstr((const char*)packet->data, "550")) + return "Failed on error code 550"; + if (strstr((const char*)packet->data, "553")) + return "Failed on error code 553"; + } + if (RakNet::GetTime() > timeout) + return "Timed out"; + RakSleep(100); + } +} + +int EmailSender::Base64Encoding(const char *inputData, int dataLength, char *outputData, const char *base64Map) +{ + int outputOffset, charCount; + int write3Count; + outputOffset=0; + charCount=0; + int j; + + write3Count=dataLength/3; + for (j=0; j < write3Count; j++) + { + // 6 leftmost bits from first byte, shifted to bits 7,8 are 0 + outputData[outputOffset++]=base64Map[inputData[j*3+0] >> 2]; + if ((++charCount % 76)==0) {outputData[outputOffset++]='\r'; outputData[outputOffset++]='\n'; charCount=0;} + + // Remaining 2 bits from first byte, placed in position, and 4 high bits from the second byte, masked to ignore bits 7,8 + outputData[outputOffset++]=base64Map[((inputData[j*3+0] << 4) | (inputData[j*3+1] >> 4)) & 63]; + if ((++charCount % 76)==0) {outputData[outputOffset++]='\r'; outputData[outputOffset++]='\n'; charCount=0;} + + // 4 low bits from the second byte and the two high bits from the third byte, masked to ignore bits 7,8 + outputData[outputOffset++]=base64Map[((inputData[j*3+1] << 2) | (inputData[j*3+2] >> 6)) & 63]; // Third 6 bits + if ((++charCount % 76)==0) {outputData[outputOffset++]='\r'; outputData[outputOffset++]='\n'; charCount=0;} + + // Last 6 bits from the third byte, masked to ignore bits 7,8 + outputData[outputOffset++]=base64Map[inputData[j*3+2] & 63]; + if ((++charCount % 76)==0) {outputData[outputOffset++]='\r'; outputData[outputOffset++]='\n'; charCount=0;} + } + + if (dataLength % 3==1) + { + // One input byte remaining + outputData[outputOffset++]=base64Map[inputData[j*3+0] >> 2]; + if ((++charCount % 76)==0) {outputData[outputOffset++]='\r'; outputData[outputOffset++]='\n'; charCount=0;} + + // Pad with two equals + outputData[outputOffset++]='='; + outputData[outputOffset++]='='; + } + else if (dataLength % 3==2) + { + // Two input bytes remaining + + // 6 leftmost bits from first byte, shifted to bits 7,8 are 0 + outputData[outputOffset++]=base64Map[inputData[j*3+0] >> 2]; + if ((++charCount % 76)==0) {outputData[outputOffset++]='\r'; outputData[outputOffset++]='\n'; charCount=0;} + + // Remaining 2 bits from first byte, placed in position, and 4 high bits from the second byte, masked to ignore bits 7,8 + outputData[outputOffset++]=base64Map[((inputData[j*3+0] << 4) | (inputData[j*3+1] >> 4)) & 63]; + if ((++charCount % 76)==0) {outputData[outputOffset++]='\r'; outputData[outputOffset++]='\n'; charCount=0;} + + // 4 low bits from the second byte, followed by 00 + outputData[outputOffset++]=base64Map[(inputData[j*3+1] << 2) & 63]; // Third 6 bits + if ((++charCount % 76)==0) {outputData[outputOffset++]='\r'; outputData[outputOffset++]='\n'; charCount=0;} + + // Pad with one equal + outputData[outputOffset++]='='; + //outputData[outputOffset++]='='; + } + + // Append \r\n + outputData[outputOffset++]='\r'; + outputData[outputOffset++]='\n'; + outputData[outputOffset]=0; + + return outputOffset; +} diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/EmailSender.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/EmailSender.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..05b21657 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/EmailSender.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief Rudimentary class to send email from code. Don't expect anything fancy. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __EMAIL_SENDER_H +#define __EMAIL_SENDER_H + +class FileList; +class TCPInterface; +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" + +/// \brief Rudimentary class to send email from code. +class EmailSender : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ +public: + /// Sends an email + /// \param[in] hostAddress The address of the email server. + /// \param[in] hostPort The port of the email server (usually 25) + /// \param[in] sender The email address you are sending from. + /// \param[in] recipient The email address you are sending to. + /// \param[in] senderName The email address you claim to be sending from + /// \param[in] recipientName The email address you claim to be sending to + /// \param[in] subject Email subject + /// \param[in] body Email body + /// \param[in] attachedFiles List of files to attach to the email. (Can be 0 to send none). + /// \param[in] doPrintf true to output SMTP info to console(for debugging?) + /// \param[in] password Used if the server uses AUTHENTICATE PLAIN over TLS (such as gmail) + /// \return 0 on success, otherwise a string indicating the error message + const char *Send(const char *hostAddress, unsigned short hostPort, const char *sender, const char *recipient, const char *senderName, const char *recipientName, const char *subject, const char *body, FileList *attachedFiles, bool doPrintf, const char *password); + + // Returns how many bytes were written + int Base64Encoding(const char *inputData, int dataLength, char *outputData, const char *base64Map); +protected: + const char *GetResponse(TCPInterface *tcpInterface, const SystemAddress &emailServer, bool doPrintf); +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/EncodeClassName.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/EncodeClassName.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8b137891 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/EncodeClassName.cpp @@ -0,0 +1 @@ + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/EpochTimeToString.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/EpochTimeToString.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c0174aaa --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/EpochTimeToString.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +#include "FormatString.h" +#include "EpochTimeToString.h" +#include +#include +#include +// localtime +#include +#include "LinuxStrings.h" + +char * EpochTimeToString(long long time) +{ + static int textIndex=0; + static char text[4][64]; + + if (++textIndex==4) + textIndex=0; + + struct tm * timeinfo; + time_t t = time; + timeinfo = localtime ( &t ); + strftime (text[textIndex],64,"%c.",timeinfo); + + /* + time_t + // Copied from the docs + struct tm *newtime; + newtime = _localtime64(& time); + asctime_s( text[textIndex], sizeof(text[textIndex]), newtime ); + + while (text[textIndex][0] && (text[textIndex][strlen(text[textIndex])-1]=='\n' || text[textIndex][strlen(text[textIndex])-1]=='\r')) + text[textIndex][strlen(text[textIndex])-1]=0; + */ + + return text[textIndex]; +} diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/EpochTimeToString.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/EpochTimeToString.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e8e0e7fe --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/EpochTimeToString.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#ifndef __EPOCH_TIME_TO_STRING_H +#define __EPOCH_TIME_TO_STRING_H + +#include "Export.h" + +RAK_DLL_EXPORT char * EpochTimeToString(long long time); + +#endif + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Export.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Export.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..37aae9ed --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Export.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +// Fuck it, GCC won't compile with exports. Someone else can fix this if they want +#if defined(_WIN32) && !(defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__GCCXML__)) && !defined(_RAKNET_LIB) && defined(_RAKNET_DLL) +#define RAK_DLL_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport) +#else +#define RAK_DLL_EXPORT +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ExtendedOverlappedPool.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ExtendedOverlappedPool.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9c42d0f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ExtendedOverlappedPool.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/// \file +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +// No longer used as I no longer support IO Completion ports +/* +#ifdef __USE_IO_COMPLETION_PORTS +#include "ExtendedOverlappedPool.h" + +ExtendedOverlappedPool ExtendedOverlappedPool::I; + +ExtendedOverlappedPool::ExtendedOverlappedPool() +{} + +ExtendedOverlappedPool::~ExtendedOverlappedPool() +{ + // The caller better have returned all the packets! + ExtendedOverlappedStruct * p; + poolMutex.Lock(); + + while ( pool.Size() ) + { + p = pool.Pop(); + delete p; + } + + poolMutex.Unlock(); +} + +ExtendedOverlappedStruct* ExtendedOverlappedPool::GetPointer( void ) +{ + ExtendedOverlappedStruct * p = 0; + poolMutex.Lock(); + + if ( pool.Size() ) + p = pool.Pop(); + + poolMutex.Unlock(); + + if ( p ) + return p; + + return new ExtendedOverlappedStruct; +} + +void ExtendedOverlappedPool::ReleasePointer( ExtendedOverlappedStruct *p ) +{ + poolMutex.Lock(); + pool.Push( p ); + poolMutex.Unlock(); +} + +#endif + +*/ diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ExtendedOverlappedPool.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ExtendedOverlappedPool.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6ae240c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ExtendedOverlappedPool.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Depreciated] This was used for IO completion ports. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +// No longer used as I no longer support IO Completion ports +/* +#ifdef __USE_IO_COMPLETION_PORTS +#ifndef __EXTENDED_OVERLAPPED_POOL +#define __EXTENDED_OVERLAPPED_POOL +#include "SimpleMutex.h" +#include "ClientContextStruct.h" +#include "DS_Queue.h" + +/// Depreciated - for IO completion ports +class ExtendedOverlappedPool +{ + +public: + ExtendedOverlappedPool(); + ~ExtendedOverlappedPool(); + ExtendedOverlappedStruct* GetPointer( void ); + void ReleasePointer( ExtendedOverlappedStruct *p ); + static inline ExtendedOverlappedPool* Instance() + { + return & I; + } + +private: + DataStructures::Queue pool; + SimpleMutex poolMutex; + static ExtendedOverlappedPool I; +}; + +#endif +#endif + +*/ diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FileList.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FileList.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ebb2a706 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FileList.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,692 @@ +#include "FileList.h" +#include // printf +#include +#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) + #include +#elif !defined ( __APPLE__ ) && !defined ( __APPLE_CC__ ) && !defined ( __PPC__ ) && !defined ( __FreeBSD__ ) + #include +#endif +#include "DS_Queue.h" +#ifdef _WIN32 +// For mkdir +#include +#else +#include +#endif +//#include "SHA1.h" +#include "StringCompressor.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "FileOperations.h" +#include "SuperFastHash.h" +#include "RakAssert.h" +#include "LinuxStrings.h" + +#define MAX_FILENAME_LENGTH 512 +static const unsigned HASH_LENGTH=sizeof(unsigned int); + +// alloca +#ifdef _XBOX360 +#elif defined(_WIN32) +#include +#else +#if !defined ( __FreeBSD__ ) +#include +#endif +#include +#include +#include +#include "_FindFirst.h" +#include //defines intptr_t +#endif + +//int RAK_DLL_EXPORT FileListNodeComp( char * const &key, const FileListNode &data ) +//{ +// return strcmp(key, data.filename); +//} + + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +/// First callback called when FileList::AddFilesFromDirectory() starts +void FLP_Printf::OnAddFilesFromDirectoryStarted(FileList *fileList, char *dir) { + (void) fileList; + printf("Adding files from directory %s\n",dir);} + +/// Called for each directory, when that directory begins processing +void FLP_Printf::OnDirectory(FileList *fileList, char *dir, unsigned int directoriesRemaining) { + (void) fileList; + printf("Adding %s. %i remaining.\n", dir, directoriesRemaining);} + +FileList::FileList() +{ + callback=0; +} +FileList::~FileList() +{ + Clear(); +} +void FileList::AddFile(const char *filepath, const char *filename, unsigned char context) +{ + if (filepath==0 || filename==0) + return; + + char *data; + //std::fstream file; + //file.open(filename, std::ios::in | std::ios::binary); + + FILE *fp = fopen(filepath, "rb"); + if (fp==0) + return; + fseek(fp, 0, SEEK_END); + int length = ftell(fp); + fseek(fp, 0, SEEK_SET); + + if (length > (int) ((unsigned int)-1 / 8)) + { + // If this assert hits, split up your file. You could also change BitSize_t in RakNetTypes.h to unsigned long long but this is not recommended for performance reasons + assert("Cannot add files over 536 MB" && 0); + fclose(fp); + return; + } + + +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + bool usedAlloca=false; + if (length < MAX_ALLOCA_STACK_ALLOCATION) + { + data = ( char* ) alloca( length ); + usedAlloca=true; + } + else +#endif + { + data = (char*) rakMalloc( length ); + } + + fread(data, 1, length, fp); + AddFile(filename, data, length, length, context); + fclose(fp); + +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + if (usedAlloca==false) +#endif + rakFree(data); + +} +void FileList::AddFile(const char *filename, const char *data, const unsigned dataLength, const unsigned fileLength, unsigned char context) +{ + if (filename==0) + return; + if (strlen(filename)>MAX_FILENAME_LENGTH) + { + // Should be enough for anyone + assert(0); + return; + } + // Avoid duplicate insertions unless the data is different, in which case overwrite the old data + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i dirList; + char root[260]; + char fullPath[520]; + _finddata_t fileInfo; + intptr_t dir; + FILE *fp; + char *dirSoFar, *fileData; + dirSoFar=(char*) rakMalloc( 520 ); + + if (applicationDirectory) + strcpy(root, applicationDirectory); + else + root[0]=0; + + int rootLen=(int)strlen(root); + if (rootLen) + { + strcpy(dirSoFar, root); + if (FixEndingSlash(dirSoFar)) + rootLen++; + } + else + dirSoFar[0]=0; + + if (subDirectory) + { + strcat(dirSoFar, subDirectory); + FixEndingSlash(dirSoFar); + } + if (callback) + callback->OnAddFilesFromDirectoryStarted(this, dirSoFar); + // printf("Adding files from directory %s\n",dirSoFar); + dirList.Push(dirSoFar); + while (dirList.Size()) + { + dirSoFar=dirList.Pop(); + strcpy(fullPath, dirSoFar); + // Changed from *.* to * for Linux compatibility + strcat(fullPath, "*"); + + + dir=_findfirst(fullPath, &fileInfo ); + if (dir==-1) + { + _findclose(dir); + rakFree(dirSoFar); + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < dirList.Size(); i++) + rakFree(dirList[i]); + return; + } + +// printf("Adding %s. %i remaining.\n", fullPath, dirList.Size()); + if (callback) + callback->OnDirectory(this, fullPath, dirList.Size()); + + do + { + // no guarantee these entries are first... + if (strcmp("." , fileInfo.name) == 0 || + strcmp("..", fileInfo.name) == 0) + { + continue; + } + + if ((fileInfo.attrib & (_A_HIDDEN | _A_SUBDIR | _A_SYSTEM))==0) + { + strcpy(fullPath, dirSoFar); + strcat(fullPath, fileInfo.name); + fileData=0; + + if (callback) + callback->OnFile(this, dirSoFar, fileInfo.name, fileInfo.size); + + if (writeData && writeHash) + { + fileData= (char*) rakMalloc( fileInfo.size+HASH_LENGTH ); + fp = fopen(fullPath, "rb"); + fread(fileData+HASH_LENGTH, fileInfo.size, 1, fp); + fclose(fp); + + unsigned int hash = SuperFastHash(fileData+HASH_LENGTH, fileInfo.size); + memcpy(fileData, &hash, HASH_LENGTH); + +// sha1.Reset(); +// sha1.Update( ( unsigned char* ) fileData+HASH_LENGTH, fileInfo.size ); +// sha1.Final(); +// memcpy(fileData, sha1.GetHash(), HASH_LENGTH); + // File data and hash + AddFile((const char*)fullPath+rootLen, fileData, fileInfo.size+HASH_LENGTH, fileInfo.size, context); + } + else if (writeHash) + { +// sha1.Reset(); +// sha1.HashFile((char*)fullPath); +// sha1.Final(); + + unsigned int hash = SuperFastHashFile(fullPath); + + // Hash only + // AddFile((const char*)fullPath+rootLen, (const char*)sha1.GetHash(), HASH_LENGTH, fileInfo.size, context); + AddFile((const char*)fullPath+rootLen, (const char*)&hash, HASH_LENGTH, fileInfo.size, context); + } + else if (writeData) + { + fileData= (char*) rakMalloc( fileInfo.size ); + fp = fopen(fullPath, "rb"); + fread(fileData, fileInfo.size, 1, fp); + fclose(fp); + + // File data only + AddFile(fullPath+rootLen, fileData, fileInfo.size, fileInfo.size, context); + } + else + { + // Just the filename + AddFile(fullPath+rootLen, 0, 0, fileInfo.size, context); + } + + if (fileData) + rakFree(fileData); + } + else if ((fileInfo.attrib & _A_SUBDIR) && (fileInfo.attrib & (_A_HIDDEN | _A_SYSTEM))==0 && recursive) + { + char *newDir=(char*) rakMalloc( 520 ); + strcpy(newDir, dirSoFar); + strcat(newDir, fileInfo.name); + strcat(newDir, "/"); + dirList.Push(newDir); + } + + } while (_findnext(dir, &fileInfo ) != -1); + + _findclose(dir); + rakFree(dirSoFar); + } +} +void FileList::Clear(void) +{ + unsigned i; + for (i=0; iWriteCompressed(fileList.Size()); + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < fileList.Size(); i++) + { + outBitStream->WriteCompressed(fileList[i].context); + stringCompressor->EncodeString(fileList[i].filename, MAX_FILENAME_LENGTH, outBitStream); + outBitStream->Write((bool)(fileList[i].dataLengthBytes>0==true)); + if (fileList[i].dataLengthBytes>0) + { + outBitStream->WriteCompressed(fileList[i].dataLengthBytes); + outBitStream->Write(fileList[i].data, fileList[i].dataLengthBytes); + } + + outBitStream->Write((bool)(fileList[i].fileLengthBytes==fileList[i].dataLengthBytes)); + if (fileList[i].fileLengthBytes!=fileList[i].dataLengthBytes) + outBitStream->WriteCompressed(fileList[i].fileLengthBytes); + } +} +bool FileList::Deserialize(RakNet::BitStream *inBitStream) +{ + bool b, dataLenNonZero=false, fileLenMatchesDataLen=false; + char filename[512]; + unsigned int fileListSize; + FileListNode n; + b=inBitStream->ReadCompressed(fileListSize); +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(b); + assert(fileListSize < 10000); +#endif + if (b==false || fileListSize > 10000) + return false; // Sanity check + Clear(); + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < fileListSize; i++) + { + inBitStream->ReadCompressed(n.context); + stringCompressor->DecodeString((char*)filename, MAX_FILENAME_LENGTH, inBitStream); + inBitStream->Read(dataLenNonZero); + if (dataLenNonZero) + { + inBitStream->ReadCompressed(n.dataLengthBytes); + // sanity check + if (n.dataLengthBytes>2000000000) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(n.dataLengthBytes<=2000000000); +#endif + return false; + } + n.data=(char*) rakMalloc( (size_t) n.dataLengthBytes ); + inBitStream->Read(n.data, n.dataLengthBytes); + } + else + { + n.dataLengthBytes=0; + n.data=0; + } + + b=inBitStream->Read(fileLenMatchesDataLen); + if (fileLenMatchesDataLen) + n.fileLengthBytes=(unsigned) n.dataLengthBytes; + else + b=inBitStream->ReadCompressed(n.fileLengthBytes); +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(b); +#endif + if (b==0) + { + Clear(); + return false; + } + n.filename=(char*) rakMalloc( strlen(filename)+1 ); + strcpy(n.filename, filename); + fileList.Insert(n); + } + + return true; +} +void FileList::GetDeltaToCurrent(FileList *input, FileList *output, const char *dirSubset, const char *remoteSubdir) +{ + // For all files in this list that do not match the input list, write them to the output list. + // dirSubset allows checking only a portion of the files in this list. + unsigned thisIndex, inputIndex; + unsigned dirSubsetLen, localPathLen, remoteSubdirLen; + bool match; + if (dirSubset) + dirSubsetLen = (unsigned int) strlen(dirSubset); + else + dirSubsetLen = 0; + if (remoteSubdir && remoteSubdir[0]) + { + remoteSubdirLen=(unsigned int) strlen(remoteSubdir); + if (IsSlash(remoteSubdir[remoteSubdirLen-1])) + remoteSubdirLen--; + } + else + remoteSubdirLen=0; + + for (thisIndex=0; thisIndex < fileList.Size(); thisIndex++) + { + localPathLen = (unsigned int) strlen(fileList[thisIndex].filename); + while (localPathLen>0) + { + if (IsSlash(fileList[thisIndex].filename[localPathLen-1])) + { + localPathLen--; + break; + } + localPathLen--; + } + + // fileList[thisIndex].filename has to match dirSubset and be shorter or equal to it in length. + if (dirSubsetLen>0 && + (localPathLendirSubsetLen && IsSlash(fileList[thisIndex].filename[dirSubsetLen])==false))) + continue; + + match=false; + for (inputIndex=0; inputIndex < input->fileList.Size(); inputIndex++) + { + // If the filenames, hashes, and lengths match then skip this element in fileList. Otherwise write it to output + if (_stricmp(input->fileList[inputIndex].filename+remoteSubdirLen,fileList[thisIndex].filename+dirSubsetLen)==0) + { + match=true; + if (input->fileList[inputIndex].fileLengthBytes==fileList[thisIndex].fileLengthBytes && + input->fileList[inputIndex].dataLengthBytes==fileList[thisIndex].dataLengthBytes && + memcmp(input->fileList[inputIndex].data,fileList[thisIndex].data,(size_t) fileList[thisIndex].dataLengthBytes)==0) + { + // File exists on both machines and is the same. + break; + } + else + { + // File exists on both machines and is not the same. + output->AddFile(fileList[thisIndex].filename, 0,0, fileList[thisIndex].fileLengthBytes, 0); + break; + } + } + } + if (match==false) + { + // Other system does not have the file at all + output->AddFile(fileList[thisIndex].filename, 0,0, fileList[thisIndex].fileLengthBytes, 0); + } + } +} +void FileList::ListMissingOrChangedFiles(const char *applicationDirectory, FileList *missingOrChangedFiles, bool alwaysWriteHash, bool neverWriteHash) +{ + unsigned fileLength; +// CSHA1 sha1; + FILE *fp; + char fullPath[512]; + unsigned i; +// char *fileData; + + for (i=0; i < fileList.Size(); i++) + { + strcpy(fullPath, applicationDirectory); + FixEndingSlash(fullPath); + strcat(fullPath,fileList[i].filename); + fp=fopen(fullPath, "rb"); + if (fp==0) + { + missingOrChangedFiles->AddFile(fileList[i].filename, 0, 0, 0, 0); + } + else + { + fseek(fp, 0, SEEK_END); + fileLength = ftell(fp); + fseek(fp, 0, SEEK_SET); + + if (fileLength != fileList[i].fileLengthBytes && alwaysWriteHash==false) + { + missingOrChangedFiles->AddFile(fileList[i].filename, 0, 0, fileLength, 0); + } + else + { + +// fileData= (char*) rakMalloc( fileLength ); +// fread(fileData, fileLength, 1, fp); + +// sha1.Reset(); +// sha1.Update( ( unsigned char* ) fileData, fileLength ); +// sha1.Final(); + +// rakFree(fileData); + + unsigned int hash = SuperFastHashFilePtr(fp); + + //if (fileLength != fileList[i].fileLength || memcmp( sha1.GetHash(), fileList[i].data, HASH_LENGTH)!=0) + if (fileLength != fileList[i].fileLengthBytes || memcmp( &hash, fileList[i].data, HASH_LENGTH)!=0) + { + if (neverWriteHash==false) + // missingOrChangedFiles->AddFile((const char*)fileList[i].filename, (const char*)sha1.GetHash(), HASH_LENGTH, fileLength, 0); + missingOrChangedFiles->AddFile((const char*)fileList[i].filename, (const char *) &hash, HASH_LENGTH, fileLength, 0); + else + missingOrChangedFiles->AddFile((const char*)fileList[i].filename, 0, 0, fileLength, 0); + } + } + fclose(fp); + } + } +} +void FileList::PopulateDataFromDisk(const char *applicationDirectory, bool writeFileData, bool writeFileHash, bool removeUnknownFiles) +{ + FILE *fp; + char fullPath[512]; + unsigned i; +// CSHA1 sha1; + + i=0; + while (i < fileList.Size()) + { + rakFree(fileList[i].data); + strcpy(fullPath, applicationDirectory); + FixEndingSlash(fullPath); + strcat(fullPath,fileList[i].filename); + fp=fopen(fullPath, "rb"); + if (fp) + { + if (writeFileHash || writeFileData) + { + fseek(fp, 0, SEEK_END); + fileList[i].fileLengthBytes = ftell(fp); + fseek(fp, 0, SEEK_SET); + if (writeFileHash) + { + if (writeFileData) + { + // Hash + data so offset the data by HASH_LENGTH + fileList[i].data=(char*) rakMalloc( fileList[i].fileLengthBytes+HASH_LENGTH ); + fread(fileList[i].data+HASH_LENGTH, fileList[i].fileLengthBytes, 1, fp); +// sha1.Reset(); +// sha1.Update((unsigned char*)fileList[i].data+HASH_LENGTH, fileList[i].fileLength); +// sha1.Final(); + unsigned int hash = SuperFastHash(fileList[i].data+HASH_LENGTH, fileList[i].fileLengthBytes); +// memcpy(fileList[i].data, sha1.GetHash(), HASH_LENGTH); + memcpy(fileList[i].data, &hash, HASH_LENGTH); + } + else + { + // Hash only + fileList[i].dataLengthBytes=HASH_LENGTH; + if (fileList[i].fileLengthBytes < HASH_LENGTH) + fileList[i].data=(char*) rakMalloc( HASH_LENGTH ); + else + fileList[i].data=(char*) rakMalloc( fileList[i].fileLengthBytes ); + fread(fileList[i].data, fileList[i].fileLengthBytes, 1, fp); + // sha1.Reset(); + // sha1.Update((unsigned char*)fileList[i].data, fileList[i].fileLength); + // sha1.Final(); + unsigned int hash = SuperFastHash(fileList[i].data, fileList[i].fileLengthBytes); + // memcpy(fileList[i].data, sha1.GetHash(), HASH_LENGTH); + memcpy(fileList[i].data, &hash, HASH_LENGTH); + } + } + else + { + // Data only + fileList[i].dataLengthBytes=fileList[i].fileLengthBytes; + fileList[i].data=(char*) rakMalloc( fileList[i].fileLengthBytes ); + fread(fileList[i].data, fileList[i].fileLengthBytes, 1, fp); + } + + fclose(fp); + i++; + } + else + { + fileList[i].data=0; + fileList[i].dataLengthBytes=0; + } + } + else + { + if (removeUnknownFiles) + { + rakFree(fileList[i].filename); + fileList.RemoveAtIndex(i); + } + else + i++; + } + } +} +void FileList::WriteDataToDisk(const char *applicationDirectory) +{ + char fullPath[512]; + unsigned i,j; + + for (i=0; i < fileList.Size(); i++) + { + strcpy(fullPath, applicationDirectory); + FixEndingSlash(fullPath); + strcat(fullPath,fileList[i].filename); + + // Security - Don't allow .. in the filename anywhere so you can't write outside of the root directory + for (j=1; j < strlen(fileList[i].filename); j++) + { + if (fileList[i].filename[j]=='.' && fileList[i].filename[j-1]=='.') + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(0); +#endif + // Just cancel the write entirely + return; + } + } + + WriteFileWithDirectories(fullPath, fileList[i].data, (unsigned int) fileList[i].dataLengthBytes); + } +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4966 ) // unlink declared depreciated by Microsoft in order to make it harder to be cross platform. I don't agree it's depreciated. +#endif +void FileList::DeleteFiles(const char *applicationDirectory) +{ + char fullPath[512]; + unsigned i,j; + + for (i=0; i < fileList.Size(); i++) + { + // The filename should not have .. in the path - if it does ignore it + for (j=1; j < strlen(fileList[i].filename); j++) + { + if (fileList[i].filename[j]=='.' && fileList[i].filename[j-1]=='.') + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(0); +#endif + // Just cancel the deletion entirely + return; + } + } + + strcpy(fullPath, applicationDirectory); + FixEndingSlash(fullPath); + strcat(fullPath, fileList[i].filename); + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4966 ) // unlink declared depreciated by Microsoft in order to make it harder to be cross platform. I don't agree it's depreciated. +#endif + int result = unlink(fullPath); + if (result!=0) + { + printf("FileList::DeleteFiles: unlink (%s) failed.\n", fullPath); + } + } +} + +void FileList::SetCallback(FileListProgress *cb) +{ + callback=cb; +} + +bool FileList::FixEndingSlash(char *str) +{ +#ifdef _WIN32 + if (str[strlen(str)-1]!='/' && str[strlen(str)-1]!='\\') + { + strcat(str, "\\"); // Only \ works with system commands, used by AutopatcherClient + return true; + } +#else + if (str[strlen(str)-1]!='\\' && str[strlen(str)-1]!='/') + { + strcat(str, "/"); // Only / works with Linux + return true; + } +#endif + + return false; +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FileList.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FileList.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5ff34dc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FileList.h @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +#ifndef __FILE_LIST +#define __FILE_LIST + +#include "Export.h" +#include "DS_List.h" +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +namespace RakNet +{ + class BitStream; +} + +/// Represents once instance of a file +struct FileListNode : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ + /// Name of the file + char *filename; + + /// File data (may be null if not ready) + char *data; + + /// Length of \a data. May be greater than fileLength if prepended with a file hash + BitSize_t dataLengthBytes; + + /// Length of the file + unsigned fileLengthBytes; + + /// User specific data for whatever, describing this file. + unsigned char context; +}; + +//int RAK_DLL_EXPORT FileListNodeComp( char * const &key, const FileListNode &data ); + +class RakPeerInterface; +class FileList; + +/// Callback interface set with FileList::SetCallback() in case you want progress notifications when FileList::AddFilesFromDirectory() is called +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT FileListProgress +{ +public: + FileListProgress() {} + virtual ~FileListProgress() {} + + /// First callback called when FileList::AddFilesFromDirectory() starts + virtual void OnAddFilesFromDirectoryStarted(FileList *fileList, char *dir) { + (void) fileList; + (void) dir; + } + + /// Called for each directory, when that directory begins processing + virtual void OnDirectory(FileList *fileList, char *dir, unsigned int directoriesRemaining) { + (void) fileList; + (void) dir; + (void) directoriesRemaining; + } + + /// Called for each file, when that file begins processing + virtual void OnFile(FileList *fileList, char *dir, char *fileName, unsigned int fileSize) { + (void) fileList; + (void) dir; + (void) fileName; + (void) fileSize; + } +}; + +/// Implementation of FileListProgress to use printf +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT FLP_Printf : public FileListProgress +{ +public: + FLP_Printf() {} + virtual ~FLP_Printf() {} + + /// First callback called when FileList::AddFilesFromDirectory() starts + virtual void OnAddFilesFromDirectoryStarted(FileList *fileList, char *dir); + + /// Called for each directory, when that directory begins processing + virtual void OnDirectory(FileList *fileList, char *dir, unsigned int directoriesRemaining); +}; + +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT FileList : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ +public: + FileList(); + ~FileList(); + /// Add all the files at a given directory. + /// \param[in] applicationDirectory The first part of the path. This is not stored as part of the filename. Use \ as the path delineator. + /// \param[in] subDirectory The rest of the path to the file. This is stored as a prefix to the filename + /// \param[in] writeHash The first SHA1_LENGTH bytes is a hash of the file, with the remainder the actual file data (should \a writeData be true) + /// \param[in] writeData Write the contents of each file + /// \param[in] recursive Whether or not to visit subdirectories + /// \param[in] context User defined byte to store with each file. Use for whatever you want. + void AddFilesFromDirectory(const char *applicationDirectory, const char *subDirectory, bool writeHash, bool writeData, bool recursive, unsigned char context); + + /// Deallocate all memory + void Clear(void); + + /// Write all encoded data into a bitstream + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream *outBitStream); + + /// Read all encoded data from a bitstream. Clear() is called before deserializing. + bool Deserialize(RakNet::BitStream *inBitStream); + + /// Given the existing set of files, search applicationDirectory for the same files. + /// For each file that is missing or different, add that file to \a missingOrChangedFiles. Note: the file contents are not written, and only the hash if written if \a alwaysWriteHash is true + /// alwaysWriteHash and neverWriteHash are optimizations to avoid reading the file contents to generate the hash if not necessary because the file is missing or has different lengths anyway. + /// \param[in] applicationDirectory The first part of the path. This is not stored as part of the filename. Use \ as the path delineator. + /// \param[out] missingOrChangedFiles Output list written to + /// \param[in] alwaysWriteHash If true, and neverWriteHash is false, will hash the file content of the file on disk, and write that as the file data with a length of SHA1_LENGTH bytes. If false, if the file length is different, will only write the filename. + /// \param[in] neverWriteHash If true, will never write the hash, even if available. If false, will write the hash if the file lengths are the same and it was forced to do a comparison. + void ListMissingOrChangedFiles(const char *applicationDirectory, FileList *missingOrChangedFiles, bool alwaysWriteHash, bool neverWriteHash); + + /// Return the files that need to be written to make \a input match this current FileList. + /// Specify dirSubset to only consider files that start with this path + /// specify remoteSubdir to assume that all filenames in input start with this path, so strip it off when comparing filenames. + /// \param[in] input Full list of files + /// \param[out] output Files that we need to match input + /// \param[in] dirSubset If the filename does not start with this path, just skip this file. + /// \param[in] remoteSubdir Remove this from the filenames of \a input when comparing to existing filenames. + void GetDeltaToCurrent(FileList *input, FileList *output, const char *dirSubset, const char *remoteSubdir); + + /// Assuming FileList contains a list of filenames presumably without data, read the data for these filenames + /// \param[in] applicationDirectory Prepend this path to each filename. Trailing slash will be added if necessary. Use \ as the path delineator. + /// \param[in] writeFileData True to read and store the file data. The first SHA1_LENGTH bytes will contain the hash if \a writeFileHash is true + /// \param[in] writeFileHash True to read and store the hash of the file data. The first SHA1_LENGTH bytes will contain the hash if \a writeFileHash is true + /// \param[in] removeUnknownFiles If a file does not exist on disk but is in the file list, remove it from the file list? + void PopulateDataFromDisk(const char *applicationDirectory, bool writeFileData, bool writeFileHash, bool removeUnknownFiles); + + /// Write all files to disk, prefixing the paths with applicationDirectory + /// \param[in] applicationDirectory path prefix + void WriteDataToDisk(const char *applicationDirectory); + + /// Add a file, given data already in memory + /// \param[in] filename Name of a file, optionally prefixed with a partial or complete path. Use \ as the path delineator. + /// \param[in] data Contents to write + /// \param[in] dataLength length of the data, which may be greater than fileLength should you prefix extra data, such as the hash + /// \param[in] fileLength Length of the file + /// \param[in] context User defined byte to store with each file. Use for whatever you want. + void AddFile(const char *filename, const char *data, const unsigned dataLength, const unsigned fileLength, unsigned char context); + + /// Add a file, reading it from disk + /// \param[in] filepath Complete path to the file, including the filename itself + /// \param[in] filename filename to store internally, anything you want, but usually either the complete path or a subset of the complete path. + /// \param[in] context User defined byte to store with each file. Use for whatever you want. + void AddFile(const char *filepath, const char *filename, unsigned char context); + + /// Delete all files stored in the file list + /// \param[in] applicationDirectory Prefixed to the path to each filename. Use \ as the path delineator. + void DeleteFiles(const char *applicationDirectory); + + /// Set a callback to get progress reports about what this class does + /// \param[in] cb A pointer to an externally defined instance of FileListProgress. This pointer is held internally, so should remain valid as long as this class is valid. + void SetCallback(FileListProgress *cb); + + // Here so you can read it, but don't modify it + DataStructures::List fileList; + + static bool FixEndingSlash(char *str); +protected: + FileListProgress *callback; +}; + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FileListTransfer.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FileListTransfer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..50505c09 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FileListTransfer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,561 @@ +#include "FileListTransfer.h" +#include "DS_HuffmanEncodingTree.h" +#include "FileListTransferCBInterface.h" +#include "StringCompressor.h" +#include "FileList.h" +#include "DS_Queue.h" +#include "MessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "RakPeerInterface.h" +#include +#ifdef _PS3 +#include +#endif + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +struct FileListTransfer::FileListReceiver +{ + FileListTransferCBInterface *downloadHandler; + SystemAddress allowedSender; + HuffmanEncodingTree tree; + unsigned short setID; + unsigned setCount; + unsigned setTotalCompressedTransmissionLength; + unsigned setTotalFinalLength; + bool gotSetHeader; + bool deleteDownloadHandler; + bool isCompressed; +}; + +FileListTransfer::FileListTransfer() +{ + rakPeer=0; + setId=0; + callback=0; + DataStructures::Map::IMPLEMENT_DEFAULT_COMPARISON(); +} +FileListTransfer::~FileListTransfer() +{ + Clear(); +} +unsigned short FileListTransfer::SetupReceive(FileListTransferCBInterface *handler, bool deleteHandler, SystemAddress allowedSender) +{ + if (rakPeer->IsConnected(allowedSender)==false) + return (unsigned short)-1; + FileListReceiver *receiver; + + if (fileListReceivers.Has(setId)) + { + receiver=fileListReceivers.Get(setId); + receiver->downloadHandler->OnDereference(); + if (receiver->deleteDownloadHandler) + delete receiver->downloadHandler; + delete receiver; + fileListReceivers.Delete(setId); + } + + unsigned short oldId; + receiver = new FileListReceiver; + receiver->downloadHandler=handler; + receiver->allowedSender=allowedSender; + receiver->gotSetHeader=false; + receiver->deleteDownloadHandler=deleteHandler; + fileListReceivers.Set(setId, receiver); + oldId=setId; + if (++setId==(unsigned short)-1) + setId=0; + return oldId; +} + +void FileListTransfer::Send(FileList *fileList, RakPeerInterface *rakPeer, SystemAddress recipient, unsigned short setID, PacketPriority priority, char orderingChannel, bool compressData) +{ + RakNet::BitStream outBitstream, encodedData; + HuffmanEncodingTree tree; + unsigned int frequencyTable[ 256 ]; + unsigned int i,j; + unsigned totalCompressedLength, totalLength; + DataStructures::Queue compressedFiles; + FileListNode n; + + if (callback) + fileList->SetCallback(callback); + + totalCompressedLength=totalLength=0; + if (compressData) + { + memset(frequencyTable,0,256*sizeof(unsigned int)); + + for (i=0; i < fileList->fileList.Size(); i++) + { + const FileListNode &fileListNode = fileList->fileList[i]; + for (j=0; j < fileListNode.dataLengthBytes; j++) + { + ++frequencyTable[(unsigned char)(fileListNode.data[j])]; + } + } + + tree.GenerateFromFrequencyTable(frequencyTable); + + // Compress all the files, so we know the total compressed size to be sent + + for (i=0; i < fileList->fileList.Size(); i++) + { + encodedData.Reset(); + // Why send compressed chunks if we are not sending the whole file? + assert(fileList->fileList[i].fileLengthBytes==fileList->fileList[i].fileLengthBytes); + tree.EncodeArray((unsigned char*)fileList->fileList[i].data, (size_t) fileList->fileList[i].dataLengthBytes, &encodedData); + n.dataLengthBytes=encodedData.GetNumberOfBitsUsed(); // Temporarily actually storing bits + totalCompressedLength+=(unsigned int) BITS_TO_BYTES(n.dataLengthBytes); + totalLength+=fileList->fileList[i].fileLengthBytes; + n.data = (char*) rakMalloc( (size_t) BITS_TO_BYTES(n.dataLengthBytes) ); + memcpy(n.data, encodedData.GetData(), (size_t) BITS_TO_BYTES(n.dataLengthBytes)); + compressedFiles.Push(n); + } + } + else + { + for (i=0; i < fileList->fileList.Size(); i++) + { + const FileListNode &fileListNode = fileList->fileList[i]; + totalLength+=fileListNode.fileLengthBytes; + } + } + + // Write the chunk header, which contains the frequency table, the total number of files, and the total number of bytes + bool anythingToWrite; + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_FILE_LIST_TRANSFER_HEADER); + outBitstream.Write(setID); + anythingToWrite=fileList->fileList.Size()>0; + outBitstream.Write(anythingToWrite); + if (anythingToWrite) + { + if (compressData) + { + outBitstream.Write(true); + for (i=0; i < 256; i++) + outBitstream.WriteCompressed(frequencyTable[i]); + outBitstream.WriteCompressed(fileList->fileList.Size()); // SetCount + outBitstream.WriteCompressed(totalLength); + outBitstream.WriteCompressed(totalCompressedLength); + } + else + { + outBitstream.Write(false); + outBitstream.WriteCompressed(fileList->fileList.Size()); + outBitstream.WriteCompressed(totalLength); + } + + rakPeer->Send(&outBitstream, priority, RELIABLE_ORDERED, orderingChannel, recipient, false); + + // Next part arrives at FileListTransfer::DecodeFile + if (compressData) + { + // Send each possibly compressed file + for (i=0; i < compressedFiles.Size(); i++) + { + outBitstream.Reset(); + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_FILE_LIST_TRANSFER_FILE); + outBitstream.Write(fileList->fileList[i].context); + outBitstream.Write(setID); + outBitstream.WriteCompressed(i); + outBitstream.WriteCompressed(fileList->fileList[i].dataLengthBytes); // Original length + outBitstream.WriteCompressed(compressedFiles[i].dataLengthBytes); // Compressed bitlength (yes, not bytes) + stringCompressor->EncodeString(fileList->fileList[i].filename, 512, &outBitstream); + outBitstream.WriteBits((const unsigned char*)compressedFiles[i].data, compressedFiles[i].dataLengthBytes); +// rakFree(compressedFiles[i].data); + +// rakPeer->Send(&outBitstream, priority, RELIABLE_ORDERED, orderingChannel, recipient, false); + + // This is much more efficient than the commented code, because it doesn't require writing the file to the bitstream just to pass to Send + char *dataBlocks[2]; + int lengths[2]; + dataBlocks[0]=(char*) outBitstream.GetData(); + lengths[0]=outBitstream.GetNumberOfBytesUsed(); + dataBlocks[1]=compressedFiles[i].data; + lengths[1]=BITS_TO_BYTES(compressedFiles[i].dataLengthBytes); + rakPeer->SendList(dataBlocks,lengths,2,priority, RELIABLE_ORDERED, orderingChannel, recipient, false); + rakFree(compressedFiles[i].data); + } + } + else + { + for (i=0; i < fileList->fileList.Size(); i++) + { + outBitstream.Reset(); + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_FILE_LIST_TRANSFER_FILE); + outBitstream.Write(fileList->fileList[i].context); + outBitstream.Write(setID); + outBitstream.WriteCompressed(i); + outBitstream.WriteCompressed(fileList->fileList[i].dataLengthBytes); // Original length in bytes + stringCompressor->EncodeString(fileList->fileList[i].filename, 512, &outBitstream); + outBitstream.AlignWriteToByteBoundary(); + // outBitstream.Write((const char*) fileList->fileList[i].data, fileList->fileList[i].dataLengthBytes); + + // rakPeer->Send(&outBitstream, priority, RELIABLE_ORDERED, orderingChannel, recipient, false); + + // This is much more efficient than the commented code, because it doesn't require writing the file to the bitstream just to pass to Send + char *dataBlocks[2]; + int lengths[2]; + dataBlocks[0]=(char*) outBitstream.GetData(); + lengths[0]=outBitstream.GetNumberOfBytesUsed(); + dataBlocks[1]=fileList->fileList[i].data; + lengths[1]=fileList->fileList[i].dataLengthBytes; + rakPeer->SendList(dataBlocks,lengths,2,priority, RELIABLE_ORDERED, orderingChannel, recipient, false); + } + + } + } + else + rakPeer->Send(&outBitstream, priority, RELIABLE_ORDERED, orderingChannel, recipient, false); +} + +bool FileListTransfer::DecodeSetHeader(Packet *packet) +{ + unsigned i; + unsigned int frequencyTable[ 256 ]; + bool anythingToWrite=false; + unsigned short setID; + RakNet::BitStream inBitStream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + inBitStream.IgnoreBits(8); + inBitStream.Read(setID); + FileListReceiver *fileListReceiver; + if (fileListReceivers.Has(setID)==false) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(0); +#endif + return false; + } + fileListReceiver=fileListReceivers.Get(setID); + if (fileListReceiver->allowedSender!=packet->systemAddress) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(0); +#endif + return false; + } + +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(fileListReceiver->gotSetHeader==false); +#endif + + inBitStream.Read(anythingToWrite); + if (anythingToWrite) + { + inBitStream.Read(fileListReceiver->isCompressed); + if (fileListReceiver->isCompressed) + { + for (i=0; i < 256; i++) + inBitStream.ReadCompressed(frequencyTable[i]); + fileListReceiver->tree.GenerateFromFrequencyTable(frequencyTable); + inBitStream.ReadCompressed(fileListReceiver->setCount); + inBitStream.ReadCompressed(fileListReceiver->setTotalFinalLength); + if (inBitStream.ReadCompressed(fileListReceiver->setTotalCompressedTransmissionLength)) + { + fileListReceiver->gotSetHeader=true; + return true; + } + } + else + { + inBitStream.ReadCompressed(fileListReceiver->setCount); + if (inBitStream.ReadCompressed(fileListReceiver->setTotalFinalLength)) + { + fileListReceiver->setTotalCompressedTransmissionLength=fileListReceiver->setTotalFinalLength; + fileListReceiver->gotSetHeader=true; + return true; + } + } + } + else + { + FileListTransferCBInterface::OnFileStruct s; + memset(&s,0,sizeof(FileListTransferCBInterface::OnFileStruct)); + s.setID=setID; + fileListReceiver->downloadHandler->OnFile(&s); + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +bool FileListTransfer::DecodeFile(Packet *packet, bool fullFile) +{ + FileListTransferCBInterface::OnFileStruct onFileStruct; + BitSize_t bitLength=0; + RakNet::BitStream inBitStream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + inBitStream.IgnoreBits(8); + + unsigned int partCount=0; + unsigned int partTotal=0; + unsigned int partLength=0; + onFileStruct.fileData=0; + if (fullFile==false) + { + // Disable endian swapping on reading this, as it's generated locally in ReliabilityLayer.cpp + inBitStream.ReadBits( (unsigned char* ) &partCount, BYTES_TO_BITS(sizeof(partCount)), true ); + inBitStream.ReadBits( (unsigned char* ) &partTotal, BYTES_TO_BITS(sizeof(partTotal)), true ); + inBitStream.ReadBits( (unsigned char* ) &partLength, BYTES_TO_BITS(sizeof(partLength)), true ); + inBitStream.IgnoreBits(8); + // The header is appended to every chunk, which we continue to read after this statement block + } + inBitStream.Read(onFileStruct.context); + inBitStream.Read(onFileStruct.setID); + FileListReceiver *fileListReceiver; + if (fileListReceivers.Has(onFileStruct.setID)==false) + { + return false; + } + fileListReceiver=fileListReceivers.Get(onFileStruct.setID); + if (fileListReceiver->allowedSender!=packet->systemAddress) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(0); +#endif + return false; + } + +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(fileListReceiver->gotSetHeader==true); +#endif + + inBitStream.ReadCompressed(onFileStruct.fileIndex); + inBitStream.ReadCompressed(onFileStruct.finalDataLength); + if (fileListReceiver->isCompressed) + { + inBitStream.ReadCompressed(bitLength); + onFileStruct.compressedTransmissionLength=(unsigned int) BITS_TO_BYTES(bitLength); + } + else + { + // Read header uncompressed so the data is byte aligned, for speed + onFileStruct.compressedTransmissionLength=(unsigned int) onFileStruct.finalDataLength; + } + + if (stringCompressor->DecodeString(onFileStruct.fileName, 512, &inBitStream)==false) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(0); +#endif + return false; + } + + if (fullFile) + { + // Support SendLists + inBitStream.AlignReadToByteBoundary(); + + onFileStruct.fileData = (char*) rakMalloc( (size_t) onFileStruct.finalDataLength ); + + if (fileListReceiver->isCompressed) + { + BitSize_t len=fileListReceiver->tree.DecodeArray(&inBitStream, bitLength, (size_t) onFileStruct.finalDataLength, (unsigned char*) onFileStruct.fileData); + if (len!=onFileStruct.finalDataLength) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(0); +#endif + rakFree(onFileStruct.fileData); + return false; + } + } + else + { + inBitStream.Read((char*)onFileStruct.fileData, onFileStruct.finalDataLength); + } + } + + + onFileStruct.setCount=fileListReceiver->setCount; + onFileStruct.setTotalCompressedTransmissionLength=fileListReceiver->setTotalCompressedTransmissionLength; + onFileStruct.setTotalFinalLength=fileListReceiver->setTotalFinalLength; + + // User callback for this file. + if (fullFile) + { + if (fileListReceiver->downloadHandler->OnFile(&onFileStruct)) + rakFree(onFileStruct.fileData); + + // If this set is done, free the memory for it. + if (fileListReceiver->setCount==onFileStruct.fileIndex+1) + { + if (fileListReceiver->downloadHandler->OnDownloadComplete()==false) + { + fileListReceiver->downloadHandler->OnDereference(); + if (fileListReceiver->deleteDownloadHandler) + delete fileListReceiver->downloadHandler; + fileListReceivers.Delete(onFileStruct.setID); + delete fileListReceiver; + } + } + + } + else + { + inBitStream.AlignReadToByteBoundary(); + + bool usedAlloca=false; + char *firstDataChunk; + unsigned int unreadBits = inBitStream.GetNumberOfUnreadBits(); + unsigned int unreadBytes = BITS_TO_BYTES(unreadBits); + if (unreadBytes>0) + { +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + if (unreadBits < MAX_ALLOCA_STACK_ALLOCATION) + { + firstDataChunk = ( char* ) alloca( unreadBytes ); + usedAlloca=true; + } + else +#endif + firstDataChunk = (char*) rakMalloc( unreadBytes ); + + // Read partLength bytes, reported to OnFileProgress + + if (fileListReceiver->isCompressed) + fileListReceiver->tree.DecodeArray(&inBitStream, unreadBits, partLength, (unsigned char*) firstDataChunk); + else + inBitStream.Read((char*)firstDataChunk, unreadBytes ); + + } + else + firstDataChunk=0; + + fileListReceiver->downloadHandler->OnFileProgress(&onFileStruct, partCount, partTotal, unreadBytes, firstDataChunk); + + if (usedAlloca==false) + delete [] firstDataChunk; + } + + return true; +} +PluginReceiveResult FileListTransfer::OnReceive(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + (void) peer; + switch (packet->data[0]) + { + case ID_CONNECTION_LOST: + case ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION: + RemoveReceiver(packet->systemAddress); + break; + case ID_FILE_LIST_TRANSFER_HEADER: + DecodeSetHeader(packet); + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + case ID_FILE_LIST_TRANSFER_FILE: + DecodeFile(packet, true); + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + case ID_DOWNLOAD_PROGRESS: + if (packet->length>sizeof(MessageID)+sizeof(unsigned int)*3 && + packet->data[sizeof(MessageID)+sizeof(unsigned int)*3]==ID_FILE_LIST_TRANSFER_FILE) + { + DecodeFile(packet, false); + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + } + break; + } + + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; +} +void FileListTransfer::OnShutdown(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; + Clear(); +} +void FileListTransfer::Clear(void) +{ + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < fileListReceivers.Size(); i++) + { + fileListReceivers[i]->downloadHandler->OnDereference(); + if (fileListReceivers[i]->deleteDownloadHandler) + { + delete fileListReceivers[i]->downloadHandler; + } + delete fileListReceivers[i]; + } + fileListReceivers.Clear(); +} +void FileListTransfer::OnCloseConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + (void) peer; + RemoveReceiver(systemAddress); +} +void FileListTransfer::CancelReceive(unsigned short setId) +{ + if (fileListReceivers.Has(setId)==false) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(0); +#endif + return; + } + FileListReceiver *fileListReceiver=fileListReceivers.Get(setId); + fileListReceiver->downloadHandler->OnDereference(); + if (fileListReceiver->deleteDownloadHandler) + delete fileListReceiver->downloadHandler; + delete fileListReceiver; + fileListReceivers.Delete(setId); +} +void FileListTransfer::RemoveReceiver(SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + unsigned i; + i=0; + while (i < fileListReceivers.Size()) + { + if (fileListReceivers[i]->allowedSender==systemAddress) + { + fileListReceivers[i]->downloadHandler->OnDereference(); + if (fileListReceivers[i]->deleteDownloadHandler) + { + delete fileListReceivers[i]->downloadHandler; + } + delete fileListReceivers[i]; + fileListReceivers.RemoveAtIndex(i); + } + else + i++; + } +} +bool FileListTransfer::IsHandlerActive(unsigned short setId) +{ + return fileListReceivers.Has(setId); +} +void FileListTransfer::SetCallback(FileListProgress *cb) +{ + callback=cb; +} +FileListProgress *FileListTransfer::GetCallback(void) const +{ + return callback; +} +void FileListTransfer::OnAttach(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + rakPeer=peer; +} +void FileListTransfer::Update(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; + + unsigned i; + i=0; + while (i < fileListReceivers.Size()) + { + if (fileListReceivers[i]->downloadHandler->Update()==false) + { + fileListReceivers[i]->downloadHandler->OnDereference(); + if (fileListReceivers[i]->deleteDownloadHandler) + delete fileListReceivers[i]->downloadHandler; + delete fileListReceivers[i]; + fileListReceivers.RemoveAtIndex(i); + } + else + i++; + } +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FileListTransfer.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FileListTransfer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dfc39c8c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FileListTransfer.h @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief A plugin to provide a simple way to compress and incrementally send the files in the FileList structure. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __FILE_LIST_TRANFER_H +#define __FILE_LIST_TRANFER_H + +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "Export.h" +#include "PluginInterface.h" +#include "DS_Map.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "PacketPriority.h" +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" + +class FileListTransferCBInterface; +class FileList; +class FileListProgress; + +/// \defgroup FILE_LIST_TRANSFER_GROUP FileListTransfer +/// \ingroup PLUGINS_GROUP + +/// \brief A plugin to provide a simple way to compress and incrementally send the files in the FileList structure. +/// Similar to the DirectoryDeltaTransfer plugin, except that it doesn't send deltas based on pre-existing files or actually write the files to disk. +/// +/// Usage: +/// Call SetupReceive to allow one file set to arrive. The value returned by FileListTransfer::SetupReceive() +/// is the setID that is allowed. +/// It's up to you to transmit this value to the other system, along with information indicating what kind of files you want to get. +/// The other system should then prepare a FileList and call FileListTransfer::Send(), passing the return value of FileListTransfer::SetupReceive() +/// as the \a setID parameter to FileListTransfer::Send() +/// \ingroup FILE_LIST_TRANSFER_GROUP +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT FileListTransfer : public PluginInterface +{ +public: + FileListTransfer(); + virtual ~FileListTransfer(); + + /// Allows one corresponding Send() call from another system to arrive. + /// \param[in] handler The class to call on each file + /// \param[in] deleteHandler True to delete the handler when it is no longer needed. False to not do so. + /// \param[in] allowedSender Which system to allow files from + /// \return A set ID value, which should be passed as the \a setID value to the Send() call on the other system. This value will be returned in the callback and is unique per file set. Returns 65535 on failure (not connected to sender) + unsigned short SetupReceive(FileListTransferCBInterface *handler, bool deleteHandler, SystemAddress allowedSender); + + /// Send the FileList structure to another system, which must have previously called SetupReceive() + /// \param[in] fileList A list of files. The data contained in FileList::data will be sent incrementally and compressed among all files in the set + /// \param[in] rakPeer The instance of RakNet to use to send the message + /// \param[in] recipient The address of the system to send to + /// \param[in] setID The return value of SetupReceive() which was previously called on \a recipient + /// \param[in] priority Passed to RakPeerInterface::Send() + /// \param[in] orderingChannel Passed to RakPeerInterface::Send() + /// \param[in] compressData Use a poor but fast compression algorithm. This makes your data larger if it is already compressed or if the amount of data to send is small so don't use it blindly. + void Send(FileList *fileList, RakPeerInterface *rakPeer, SystemAddress recipient, unsigned short setID, PacketPriority priority, char orderingChannel, bool compressData); + + /// Stop a download. + void CancelReceive(unsigned short setId); + + /// Remove all handlers associated with a particular system address + void RemoveReceiver(SystemAddress systemAddress); + + /// Is a handler passed to SetupReceive still running? + bool IsHandlerActive(unsigned short setId); + + /// Set a callback to get progress reports about what the file list instances do + /// \param[in] cb A pointer to an externally defined instance of FileListProgress. This pointer is held internally, so should remain valid as long as this class is valid. + void SetCallback(FileListProgress *cb); + + /// \Returns what was sent to SetCallback + /// \return What was sent to SetCallback + FileListProgress *GetCallback(void) const; + + /// \internal For plugin handling + virtual PluginReceiveResult OnReceive(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + /// \internal For plugin handling + virtual void OnShutdown(RakPeerInterface *peer); + /// \internal For plugin handling + virtual void OnCloseConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress); + /// \internal For plugin handling + virtual void OnAttach(RakPeerInterface *peer); + /// \internal For plugin handling + virtual void Update(RakPeerInterface *peer); + +protected: + bool DecodeSetHeader(Packet *packet); + bool DecodeFile(Packet *packet, bool fullFile); + + void Clear(void); + + struct FileListReceiver; + DataStructures::Map fileListReceivers; + unsigned short setId; + RakPeerInterface *rakPeer; + FileListProgress *callback; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FileListTransferCBInterface.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FileListTransferCBInterface.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4c5b80bb --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FileListTransferCBInterface.h @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +#ifndef __FILE_LIST_TRANSFER_CALLBACK_INTERFACE_H +#define __FILE_LIST_TRANSFER_CALLBACK_INTERFACE_H + +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +/// \brief Used by FileListTransfer plugin as a callback for when we get a file. +/// You get the last file when fileIndex==setCount +/// \sa FileListTransfer +class FileListTransferCBInterface : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ +public: + struct OnFileStruct + { + /// The index into the set of files, from 0 to setCount + unsigned fileIndex; + + /// The name of the file + char fileName[512]; + + /// The data pointed to by the file + char *fileData; + + /// How many bytes this file took to send, if using compression. + unsigned compressedTransmissionLength; + + /// The actual length of this file. + BitSize_t finalDataLength; + + /// Files are transmitted in sets, where more than one set of files can be transmitted at the same time. + /// This is the identifier for the set, which is returned by FileListTransfer::SetupReceive + unsigned short setID; + + /// The number of files that are in this set. + unsigned setCount; + + /// The total length of the transmitted files for this set, with compression. + unsigned setTotalCompressedTransmissionLength; + + /// The total length of the transmitted files for this set, after being uncompressed + unsigned setTotalFinalLength; + + /// User data passed to one of the functions in the FileList class. + /// However, on error, this is instead changed to one of the enumerations in the PatchContext structure. + unsigned char context; + }; + + FileListTransferCBInterface() {} + virtual ~FileListTransferCBInterface() {} + + /// Got a file + /// This structure is only valid for the duration of this function call. + /// \return Return true to have RakNet delete the memory allocated to hold this file for this function call. + virtual bool OnFile(OnFileStruct *onFileStruct)=0; + + /// Got part of a big file. + /// You can get these notifications by calling RakPeer::SetSplitMessageProgressInterval + /// Otherwise you will only get complete files. + /// \param[in] onFileStruct General information about this file, such as the filename and the first \a partLength bytes. You do NOT need to save this data yourself. The complete file will arrive normally. + /// \param[in] partCount The zero based index into partTotal. The percentage complete done of this file is 100 * (partCount+1)/partTotal + /// \param[in] partTotal The total number of parts this file was split into. Each part will be roughly the MTU size, minus the UDP header and RakNet headers + /// \param[in] partLength How many bytes long firstDataChunk is + /// \param[in] firstDataChunk The first \a partLength of the final file. If you store identifying information about the file in the first \a partLength bytes, you can read them while the download is taking place. If this hasn't arrived yet, firstDataChunk will be 0 + virtual void OnFileProgress(OnFileStruct *onFileStruct,unsigned int partCount,unsigned int partTotal,unsigned int partLength, char *firstDataChunk) { + (void) onFileStruct; + (void) partCount; + (void) partTotal; + (void) partLength; + (void) firstDataChunk; + } + + /// Called while the handler is active by FileListTransfer + /// Return false when you are done with the class + /// At that point OnDereference will be called and the class will no longer be maintained by the FileListTransfer plugin. + virtual bool Update(void) {return true;} + + /// Called when the download is completed. + /// If you are finished with this class, return false + /// At that point OnDereference will be called and the class will no longer be maintained by the FileListTransfer plugin. + /// Otherwise return true, and Update will continue to be called. + virtual bool OnDownloadComplete(void) {return false;} + + /// This function is called when this instance is about to be dereferenced by the FileListTransfer plugin. + /// Update will no longer be called. + /// It will will be deleted automatically if true was passed to FileListTransfer::SetupReceive::deleteHandler + /// Otherwise it is up to you to delete it yourself. + virtual void OnDereference(void) {} +}; + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif + +#endif + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FileOperations.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FileOperations.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..97fee750 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FileOperations.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "_FindFirst.h" // For linux +#include "FileOperations.h" +#include +#include +#ifdef _WIN32 +// For mkdir +#include +#include +#else +#include +#include +#include "_FindFirst.h" +#endif +#include "errno.h" + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4966 ) // mkdir declared depreciated by Microsoft in order to make it harder to be cross platform. I don't agree it's depreciated. +#endif +bool WriteFileWithDirectories( const char *path, char *data, unsigned dataLength ) +{ + int index; + FILE *fp; + char *pathCopy; + int res; + + if ( path == 0 || path[ 0 ] == 0 ) + return false; + + pathCopy = (char*) rakMalloc( strlen( path ) + 1 ); + + strcpy( pathCopy, path ); + + // Ignore first / if there is one + if (pathCopy[0]) + { + index = 1; + while ( pathCopy[ index ] ) + { + if ( pathCopy[ index ] == '/' || pathCopy[ index ] == '\\') + { + pathCopy[ index ] = 0; + + #ifdef _WIN32 + #pragma warning( disable : 4966 ) // mkdir declared depreciated by Microsoft in order to make it harder to be cross platform. I don't agree it's depreciated. + res = mkdir( pathCopy ); + #else + + res = mkdir( pathCopy, 0744 ); + #endif + if (res<0 && errno!=EEXIST) + { + rakFree(pathCopy); + return false; + } + + pathCopy[ index ] = '/'; + } + + index++; + } + } + + if (data) + { + fp = fopen( path, "wb" ); + + if ( fp == 0 ) + { + rakFree(pathCopy); + return false; + } + + fwrite( data, 1, dataLength, fp ); + + fclose( fp ); + } + else + { +#ifdef _WIN32 +#pragma warning( disable : 4966 ) // mkdir declared depreciated by Microsoft in order to make it harder to be cross platform. I don't agree it's depreciated. + res = mkdir( pathCopy ); +#else + res = mkdir( pathCopy, 0744 ); +#endif + + if (res<0 && errno!=EEXIST) + { + rakFree(pathCopy); + return false; + } + } + + rakFree(pathCopy); + + return true; +} +bool IsSlash(unsigned char c) +{ + return c=='/' || c=='\\'; +} + +void AddSlash( char *input ) +{ + if (input==0 || input[0]==0) + return; + + int lastCharIndex=(int) strlen(input)-1; + if (input[lastCharIndex]=='\\') + input[lastCharIndex]='/'; + else if (input[lastCharIndex]!='/') + { + input[lastCharIndex+1]='/'; + input[lastCharIndex+2]=0; + } +} +bool DirectoryExists(const char *directory) +{ + _finddata_t fileInfo; + intptr_t dir; + char baseDirWithStars[560]; + strcpy(baseDirWithStars, directory); + AddSlash(baseDirWithStars); + strcat(baseDirWithStars, "*.*"); + dir=_findfirst(baseDirWithStars, &fileInfo ); + if (dir==-1) + return false; + _findclose(dir); + return true; +} +void QuoteIfSpaces(char *str) +{ + unsigned i; + bool hasSpace=false; + for (i=0; str[i]; i++) + { + if (str[i]==' ') + { + hasSpace=true; + break; + } + } + if (hasSpace) + { + int len=(int)strlen(str); + memmove(str+1, str, len); + str[0]='\"'; + str[len]='\"'; + str[len+1]=0; + } +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif + + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FileOperations.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FileOperations.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2d6f4c2f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FileOperations.h @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +#ifndef __FILE_OPERATIONS_H +#define __FILE_OPERATIONS_H + +#include "Export.h" + +bool RAK_DLL_EXPORT WriteFileWithDirectories( const char *path, char *data, unsigned dataLength ); +bool RAK_DLL_EXPORT IsSlash(unsigned char c); +void RAK_DLL_EXPORT AddSlash( char *input ); +void RAK_DLL_EXPORT QuoteIfSpaces(char *str); +bool RAK_DLL_EXPORT DirectoryExists(const char *directory); + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FormatString.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FormatString.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4994a587 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FormatString.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +#include "FormatString.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include "LinuxStrings.h" + +char * FormatString(const char *format, ...) +{ + static int textIndex=0; + static char text[4][8096]; + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, format); + if (++textIndex==4) + textIndex=0; + _vsnprintf(text[textIndex], 8096, format, ap); + va_end(ap); + text[textIndex][8096-1]=0; + + return text[textIndex]; +} diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FormatString.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FormatString.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a9cdeb33 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FormatString.h @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +#ifndef __FORMAT_STRING_H +#define __FORMAT_STRING_H + +#include "Export.h" + +extern "C" { +char * FormatString(const char *format, ...); +} + + +#endif + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FullyConnectedMesh.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FullyConnectedMesh.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bbb8e875 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FullyConnectedMesh.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +/// \file +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#include "FullyConnectedMesh.h" +#include "RakPeerInterface.h" +#include "MessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "ConnectionGraph.h" +#include "NatPunchthrough.h" +#include +#include + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +FullyConnectedMesh::FullyConnectedMesh() +{ + pw=0; + natPunchthrough=0; +} + +FullyConnectedMesh::~FullyConnectedMesh() +{ + if (pw) + rakFree(pw); +} + +void FullyConnectedMesh::Startup(const char *password, int _passwordLength) +{ + if (pw) + rakFree(pw); + if (password) + { + pw = (char*) rakMalloc( _passwordLength ); + memcpy(pw, password, _passwordLength); + passwordLength=_passwordLength; + } + else + pw=0; + +} + +void FullyConnectedMesh::ConnectWithNatPunchthrough(NatPunchthrough *np, SystemAddress _facilitator) + { + natPunchthrough=np; + facilitator=_facilitator; + } + + +void FullyConnectedMesh::OnShutdown(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; +} +void FullyConnectedMesh::Update(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; +} + +PluginReceiveResult FullyConnectedMesh::OnReceive(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + assert(packet); + assert(peer); + + switch (packet->data[0]) + { + case ID_REMOTE_NEW_INCOMING_CONNECTION: // This comes from the connection graph plugin + { + RakNet::BitStream b(packet->data, packet->length, false); + b.IgnoreBits(8); + ConnectionGraphGroupID group1, group2; + SystemAddress node1, node2; + b.Read(node1); + b.Read(group1); + if (peer->IsConnected(node1,true)==false) + { + if (natPunchthrough) + natPunchthrough->Connect(node1, pw, pw ? passwordLength : 0, facilitator); + else + peer->Connect(node1.ToString(false), node1.port, pw, pw ? passwordLength : 0); + } + b.Read(node2); + b.Read(group2); + if (peer->IsConnected(node2,true)==false) + { + if (natPunchthrough) + natPunchthrough->Connect(node2, pw, pw ? passwordLength : 0, facilitator); + else + peer->Connect(node2.ToString(false), node2.port, pw, pw ? passwordLength : 0); + } + + break; + } + } + + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FullyConnectedMesh.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FullyConnectedMesh.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..06da0ad4 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FullyConnectedMesh.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief Fully connected mesh plugin. This will connect RakPeer to all connecting peers, and all peers the connecting peer knows about. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __FULLY_CONNECTED_MESH_H +#define __FULLY_CONNECTED_MESH_H + +class RakPeerInterface; +class NatPunchthrough; +#include "PluginInterface.h" +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" + +/// \defgroup FULLY_CONNECTED_MESH_GROUP FullyConnectedMesh +/// \ingroup PLUGINS_GROUP + +/// Fully connected mesh plugin. This will connect RakPeer to all connecting peers, and all peers the connecting peer knows about. +/// \pre You must also install the ConnectionGraph plugin. If you want a password, set it there. +/// \ingroup FULLY_CONNECTED_MESH_GROUP +class FullyConnectedMesh : public PluginInterface +{ +public: + FullyConnectedMesh(); + virtual ~FullyConnectedMesh(); + + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // User functions + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + /// Set the password to use to connect to the other systems + void Startup(const char *password, int _passwordLength); + + /// Use the NAT punchthrough system to connect rather than calling directly + /// \param[in] np Pointer to an attached instance of the NatPunchthrough plugin + /// \param[in] _facilitator Address of the NAT punchthrough facilitator + void ConnectWithNatPunchthrough(NatPunchthrough *np, SystemAddress _facilitator); + + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Packet handling functions + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + virtual void OnShutdown(RakPeerInterface *peer); + virtual void Update(RakPeerInterface *peer); + virtual PluginReceiveResult OnReceive(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + + +protected: + char *pw; + int passwordLength; + + NatPunchthrough *natPunchthrough; + SystemAddress facilitator; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FunctionThread.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FunctionThread.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..266a414b --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FunctionThread.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +#include "FunctionThread.h" +#include "RakSleep.h" + +using namespace RakNet; + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +FunctionThread::FunctorAndContext WorkerThreadFunc(FunctionThread::FunctorAndContext input, bool *returnOutput, void* perThreadData) +{ + (void) perThreadData; + + FunctionThread::FunctorAndContext output; + input.functor->Process(input.context); + output.functor=input.functor; + output.context=input.context; + *returnOutput=true; + return output; +} +FunctionThread::FunctionThread() +{ + pr=0; +} +FunctionThread::~FunctionThread() +{ + StopThreads(false); +} +void FunctionThread::StartThreads(int numThreads) +{ + threadPool.StartThreads(numThreads, 0); +} +void FunctionThread::StopThreads(bool blockOnCurrentProcessing) +{ + // This ensures all waiting data is ultimately passed to a callback, so there are no leaks + CancelInput(); + while (blockOnCurrentProcessing && threadPool.IsWorking()) + { + CallResultHandlers(); + RakSleep(30); + } + threadPool.StopThreads(); +} +void FunctionThread::Push(Functor *functor, void *context) +{ + FunctorAndContext input; + input.functor=functor; + input.context=context; + threadPool.AddInput(WorkerThreadFunc, input); +} +void FunctionThread::CallResultHandlers(void) +{ + FunctorAndContext functorAndResult; + while (threadPool.HasOutputFast() && threadPool.HasOutput()) + { + functorAndResult = threadPool.GetOutput(); + functorAndResult.functor->HandleResult(false, functorAndResult.context); + if (pr) pr(functorAndResult); + } +} +void FunctionThread::CancelFunctorsWithContext(bool (*cancelThisFunctor)(FunctionThread::FunctorAndContext func, void *userData), void *userData) +{ + FunctorAndContext functorAndResult; + unsigned i; + threadPool.LockInput(); + for (i=0; i < threadPool.InputSize(); i++) + { + functorAndResult = threadPool.GetInputAtIndex(i); + if (cancelThisFunctor(functorAndResult, userData)) + { + functorAndResult.functor->HandleResult(true, functorAndResult.context); + if (pr) pr(functorAndResult); + } + } + threadPool.ClearInput(); + threadPool.UnlockInput(); +} +void FunctionThread::SetPostResultFunction(void (*postResult)(FunctionThread::FunctorAndContext func)) +{ + pr=postResult; +} +void FunctionThread::CancelInput(void) +{ + // We do it this way so that the callbacks get called so user-allocated data can be freed. + FunctorAndContext functorAndResult; + unsigned i; + threadPool.LockInput(); + for (i=0; i < threadPool.InputSize(); i++) + { + functorAndResult = threadPool.GetInputAtIndex(i); + functorAndResult.functor->HandleResult(true, functorAndResult.context); + if (pr) pr(functorAndResult); + } + threadPool.ClearInput(); + threadPool.UnlockInput(); +} + +FunctionThreadDependentClass::FunctionThreadDependentClass() +{ + functionThreadWasAllocated=false; + functionThread=0; +} +FunctionThreadDependentClass::~FunctionThreadDependentClass() +{ + if (functionThreadWasAllocated) + delete functionThread; +} + +void FunctionThreadDependentClass::AssignFunctionThread(FunctionThread *ft) +{ + if (functionThread && functionThreadWasAllocated) + { + functionThread->StopThreads(true); + delete functionThread; + } + + functionThread=ft; + functionThreadWasAllocated=false; +} + +void FunctionThreadDependentClass::StartFunctionThread(void) +{ + if (functionThread==0) + { + functionThread = new FunctionThread; + functionThreadWasAllocated=true; + } + + functionThread->StartThreads(1); +} +FunctionThread *FunctionThreadDependentClass::GetFunctionThread(void) const +{ + return functionThread; +} +bool FunctionThreadDependentClass::GetFunctionThreadWasAllocated(void) const +{ + return functionThreadWasAllocated; +} +void FunctionThreadDependentClass::PushFunctor(Functor *functor, void *context) +{ + StartFunctionThread(); + functionThread->Push(functor, context); +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FunctionThread.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FunctionThread.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4649f694 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/FunctionThread.h @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief A set of classes to make it easier to perform asynchronous function processing. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __FUNCTION_THREAD_H +#define __FUNCTION_THREAD_H + +#include "SingleProducerConsumer.h" +#include "ThreadPool.h" +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "Export.h" + +namespace RakNet +{ + +// Forward declarations +class Functor; + +/// FunctionThread takes a stream of classes that implement a processing function, processes them in a thread, and calls a callback with the result. +/// It's a useful way to call blocking functions that you do not want to block, such as file writes and database operations. +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT FunctionThread : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ +public: + FunctionThread(); + ~FunctionThread(); + + struct FunctorAndContext + { + Functor *functor; + void *context; + }; + + /// Starts the thread up. + void StartThreads(int numThreads); + + /// Stop processing. Will also call FunctorResultHandler callbacks with /a wasCancelled set to true. + /// \param[in] blockOnCurrentProcessing Wait for the current processing to finish? + void StopThreads(bool blockOnCurrentProcessing); + + /// Add a functor to the incoming stream of functors + /// \note functor MUST be a valid pointer until Functor::HandleResult() is called, at which point the pointer is returned to you. + /// \note For practical purposes this means the instance of functor you pass to this function has to be allocated using new and delete. + /// \note You should deallocate the pointer inside Functor::HandleResult() + /// \param[in] functor A pointer to an implemented Functor class + /// \param[in] If there is some context to this functor you want to look up to cancel it, you can set it here. Returned back to you in Functor::HandleResult + void Push(Functor *functor, void *context=0); + + /// Call FunctorResultHandler callbacks + /// Normally you would call this once per update cycle, although you do not have to. + void CallResultHandlers(void); + + /// If you want to cancel input and output functors associated with some context, you can pass a function to do that here + /// \param[in] cancelThisFunctor Function should return true to cancel the functor, false to let it process + /// \param[in] userData Pointer to whatever you want. Passed to the cancelThisFunctor call + void CancelFunctorsWithContext(bool (*cancelThisFunctor)(FunctorAndContext func, void *userData), void *userData); + + /// If you want to automatically do some kind of processing on every functor after Functor::HandleResult is called, set it here. + /// Useful to cleanup FunctionThread::Push::context + /// \param[in] postResult pointer to a C function to do post-processing + void SetPostResultFunction(void (*postResult)(FunctorAndContext func)); + + +protected: + void CancelInput(void); + ThreadPool threadPool; + + void (*pr)(FunctorAndContext func); +}; + +/// A functor is a single unit of processing to send to the Function thread. +/// Derive from it, add your data, and implement the processing function. +class Functor : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ +public: + Functor() {} + virtual ~Functor() {} + + /// Do whatever processing you want. + /// \param[in] context pointer passed to FunctionThread::Push::context + virtual void Process(void *context)=0; + /// Called from FunctionThread::CallResultHandlers with wasCancelled false OR + /// Called from FunctionThread::StopThread or FunctionThread::~FunctionThread with wasCancelled true + /// \param[in] wasCancelledTrue if CallResultHandlers was called, false if StopThreads or CancelInputWithContext was called before Functor::Process() + /// \param[in] context pointer passed to FunctionThread::Push::context + virtual void HandleResult(bool wasCancelled, void *context)=0; +}; + +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT FunctionThreadDependentClass : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ +public: + FunctionThreadDependentClass(); + virtual ~FunctionThreadDependentClass(); + + /// Assigns a function thread to process asynchronous calls. If you do not assign one then one will be created automatically. + /// \param[in] ft An instance of a running function thread class. This class can be shared and used for other functors as well. + virtual void AssignFunctionThread(FunctionThread *ft); + + /// \return Returns the function thread held in the class + FunctionThread *GetFunctionThread(void) const; + + /// \returns Whether or not this class allocated the function thread by itself + bool GetFunctionThreadWasAllocated(void) const; + + /// Allocates and starts the thread if needed, and pushes the functor + /// \param[in] functor Functor to push + /// \param[in] context Sent to FunctionThread::Push::context + virtual void PushFunctor(Functor *functor, void *context=0); +protected: + /// Allocates and starts the function thread, if necessary + void StartFunctionThread(); + FunctionThread *functionThread; + bool functionThreadWasAllocated; +}; + +} + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Gen_RPC8.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Gen_RPC8.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..60b5d783 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Gen_RPC8.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,759 @@ +#include "Gen_RPC8.h" + +unsigned int GenRPC::BuildStack(char *stack) +{ + char *stackPtr = (char*) stack; + SerializeHeader(stackPtr, 0); + return (unsigned int)(stackPtr-stack); +} + +/// \internal +void GenRPC::Push( char*& p, char*const i, bool doEndianSwap) { + (void) doEndianSwap; + size_t len = strlen( i ) + 1; + memcpy( (void*)p, i, len ); + p += len; +} + +/// \internal +void GenRPC::Push( char*& p, const char*const i, bool doEndianSwap ) { + (void) doEndianSwap; + size_t len = strlen( i ) + 1; + memcpy( (void*)p, i, len ); + p += len; +} +/// \internal +unsigned GenRPC::D_type( const char*const ) { return STR_PARAM; } +/// \internal +unsigned GenRPC::D_type( char*const ) { return STR_PARAM; } + +/// \internal +unsigned GenRPC::D_type( float ) { return REAL_PARAM; } +/// \internal +unsigned GenRPC::D_type( double ) { return REAL_PARAM; } +/// \internal +unsigned GenRPC::D_type( long double ) { return REAL_PARAM; } + +/// \internal +size_t GenRPC::D_size( char*const str ) { return strlen( str ) + 1; } +/// \internal +size_t GenRPC::D_size( char const *const str ){ return strlen( str ) + 1; } + +void GenRPC::SerializeHeader(char *&out, unsigned int numParams) +{ + *out = (char) numParams; + out++; + //out[*writeOffset]=(char) numParams; + //*writeOffset+=sizeof(unsigned char); +} + +// +// @params +// call: [IN/OUT] workspace to build parameters that we will pass to function +// in: [IN/OUT] is the serialized buffer - used as a temporary working for swapping +// parameters. +// inLength: [IN] is the length of the above +// lastParam: [IN] final parameter, added onto the list +// thisPtr: [IN] if not zero - the value of this (added to start of list). +// +// @returns: +// true: parameter list created successfully. +// false: if deserialization fails for some reason. +// +bool GenRPC::DeserializeParametersAndBuildCall( + CallParams &call, + char *in, unsigned int inLength, + void *lastParam, void *thisPtr + ) { + +#if AUTO_RPC_ABI + + NaturalWord *intCallParam = call.intParams; + + char *refParam = call.refParams; + +#if AUTO_RPC_ALLOC_SEPARATE_FLOATS + HardwareReal *realCallParam = call.realParams; +#endif + +#if AUTO_RPC_CREATE_FLOAT_MAP + call.realMap = 0; + call.numRealParams = 0; +#endif + +#if AUTO_RPC_ABI == AUTO_RPC_ABI_SYSV_AMD64 + // large structure parameters have to be bumped up here - which corresponds with the start + // of the parameters that *are* passed on the stack. + NaturalWord *memParam = &call.intParams[ AUTO_RPC_INT_REG_PARAMS ]; +#endif + + // this is first arg - assume space ;-) +#pragma warning(disable:4311) // pointer truncation + if ( thisPtr ) + *(intCallParam++) = reinterpret_cast( thisPtr ); + + unsigned int serializedArgs = *(unsigned char*)in; + + unsigned char* header = (unsigned char*)in + 1; + + unsigned char* data = &header[ serializedArgs * ( sizeof( unsigned int ) + 1 ) ]; + + // check we have the entire header in buffer + if ( data > (unsigned char*) &in[ inLength ] ) + return 0; + + for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < serializedArgs; i++ ) + { + + // read heade entry + int const plen = *(unsigned int*)header; + header += sizeof( unsigned int ); + unsigned char const flags = *( header++ ); + + // Some bits are not used by the current implementation. So if we find them we bail because + // we clearly are not equipped to handle the data - and is there no safe way to "fail". + if ( flags & RESERVED_BITS ) + return 0; + +#ifndef __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END + if (flags & DO_ENDIAN_SWAP) + { + RakNet::BitStream::ReverseBytesInPlace( (unsigned char*)&plen , sizeof( plen ) ); + } +#endif + + if ( !plen || data + plen > (unsigned char*)&in[ inLength ] ) + return 0; + + // handle null-terminated strings. + if ( ( flags & PARAM_TYPE_MASK ) == STR_PARAM ) + { + + if ( intCallParam + 1 >= AUTO_RPC_ARRAY_END( call.intParams ) ) + return 0; + + // Check this has some sort of null termination. NB this assumes string is genuine Ascii + // or UTF+8; using unicode (ie. UTF+16, UCS) could break this. + if ( data[ plen - 1 ] != 0 ) + return 0; + + // The string doesn't need to be aligned, so we leave it in place; saving a copy, and + // preventing clogging up of our buffers with data. + +#pragma warning(disable:4311) // pointer truncation + *( intCallParam++ ) = reinterpret_cast( data ); + + data += plen; + + continue; + } + +#ifndef __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END + if (flags & DO_ENDIAN_SWAP) + { + RakNet::BitStream::ReverseBytesInPlace( (unsigned char*)data , plen ); + } +#endif + + // convert pointer to ref. + if ( ( flags & PARAM_TYPE_MASK ) == REF_PARAM +#if AUTO_RPC_PARAMETER_REFERENCE_THRESHOLD + || plen > AUTO_RPC_PARAMETER_REFERENCE_THRESHOLD +#endif + ) + { + char *nextRefParam = refParam + AUTO_RPC__ALIGN_P2( plen, AUTO_RPC_REF_ALIGN ); + + if ( nextRefParam >= AUTO_RPC_ARRAY_END( call.refParams ) || intCallParam + 1 >= AUTO_RPC_ARRAY_END( call.intParams ) ) + return 0; + + memcpy( refParam, data, plen ); + +#pragma warning(disable:4311) // pointer truncation + *( intCallParam++ ) = reinterpret_cast( refParam ); + + refParam = nextRefParam; + + data += plen; + + continue; + } + + // Guarantee we have space on the output stack to accommodate the parameter. + NaturalWord *nextParam = (NaturalWord*)( (char*)intCallParam + AUTO_RPC_ALIGN_P2( plen, NaturalWord ) ); + if ( nextParam >= AUTO_RPC_ARRAY_END( call.intParams ) ) + return 0; + +#if AUTO_RPC_ALLOC_SEPARATE_FLOATS + if ( ( flags & PARAM_TYPE_MASK ) == REAL_PARAM + // long doubles, of various sizes (10, 16), all get passed on the stack + && (size_t) plen <= sizeof(double) + // once we've allocated all our floats, they get treated as ordinary int params + && realCallParam < AUTO_RPC_ARRAY_END( call.realParams ) + ) + { + + if ( plen != sizeof( float ) && plen != sizeof( double ) ) { + printf("illegal float size %d\n", plen ); + // We can't handle it - it's not a real real :lol: + return 0; + } + +#ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ + memcpy( (char*)( realCallParam + 1 ) - plen, data, plen ); +#else + memcpy( (char*)realCallParam, data, plen ); +#endif + +#if !AUTO_RPC_INT_SHADOW_OF_FLOATS + // we didn't use the int slot, so don't allow an advance. + nextParam = intCallParam; +#endif + + // next time, we use the next Real slot + realCallParam++; + } +#if !AUTO_RPC_INT_SHADOW_OF_FLOATS + else +#endif +#endif // AUTO_RPC_ALLOC_SEPARATE_FLOATS + { + // the processor can atomically zero-extend small types, so even with the test, + // it should be faster than memcpy+memset. + if ( plen == 1 ) + *intCallParam = *(uint8_t*)data; // should resolve to movzx and a move + else if ( plen == 2 ) + *intCallParam = *(uint16_t*)data; // if network order replace use htons(), and skip EndianSwap() + else if ( plen == 4 ) + *intCallParam = *(uint32_t*)data; // if network order replace use htonl(), and skip EndianSwap() +#if AUTO_RPC_AUTORPC_WORD == 64 + else if ( plen == 8 ) + *intCallParam = *(uint64_t*)data; +#endif + +#if AUTO_RPC_ABI == AUTO_RPC_ABI_SYSV_AMD64 + // + // SYSV ABI: aggregates greater 16 bytes must go on the stack; + // in practice, that means they can't come below AUTO_RPC_INT_REG_PARAMS when we call a function. + // + else if ( plen > 16 || ( plen > 8 && intCallParam == &call.intParams[ AUTO_RPC_INT_REG_PARAMS - 1] ) || ( flags & REAL_PARAM ) ) + { + if ( intCallParam < memParam ) + { + NaturalWord*const nextMemParam = (NaturalWord*)( (char*)memParam + AUTO_RPC_ALIGN_P2( plen, NaturalWord ) ); + + if ( nextMemParam >= AUTO_RPC_ARRAY_END( call.intParams ) ) + return 0; + + memcpy( memParam, data, plen ); + + // prevent advancing the ptr slot, since we didn't use it. + nextParam = intCallParam; + + // but advance the memparam + memParam = nextMemParam; + } + else + { + memcpy( (void*)intCallParam, data, plen ); + } + } +#endif // AUTO_RPC_ABI_SYSV_AMD64 + else + { + // We don't need to worry about alignment, because any type that's not a whole multiple + // of the natual word size will be an aggregate and that should be at the base of memory - + // this is true for some PowerPC systems (see [e]) but not all. But hey, you + // probably should be passing such structs by reference. + // + // Zeroing is also unecessary as code shouldn't be reading beyodn the bounds of the structure. + // + memcpy( (void*)intCallParam, data, plen ); + } + + } + +#if AUTO_RPC_ABI == AUTO_RPC_ABI_SYSV_AMD64 + // skip over any stored "class MEMORY" (see [b]) parameters. + if ( nextParam == &call.intParams[AUTO_RPC_INT_REG_PARAMS] ) + intCallParam = memParam; + else +#endif + // advance to next output param + intCallParam = nextParam; + +#if !AUTO_RPC_ALLOC_SEPARATE_FLOATS && AUTO_RPC_CREATE_FLOAT_MAP + if ( ( flags & PARAM_TYPE_MASK ) == REAL_PARAM && i < AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_PARAMS && ( plen == sizeof( double ) || plen == sizeof( float ) ) ) + { + call.numRealParams++; + call.realMap |= ( 1 << i ); + } +#endif + + // advance to next input arg. + data += plen; + } + + // space for lastParam? + if ( &intCallParam[1] >= AUTO_RPC_ARRAY_END( call.intParams ) ) + return 0; + +#pragma warning(disable:4311) // pointer truncation + *( intCallParam++ ) = reinterpret_cast( lastParam ); + +#if AUTO_RPC_ABI == AUTO_RPC_ABI_SYSV_AMD64 + // figure out how many args we have notched up. + if ( memParam > &call.intParams[AUTO_RPC_INT_REG_PARAMS] && memParam > intCallParam ) + intCallParam = memParam; +#endif + + // convert from ptrdif_t to unsigned int; should be small enough, even if its 64-bit pointers. + call.numIntParams = ( unsigned int )( intCallParam - call.intParams ); + +#if AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_PARAMS && AUTO_RPC_ALLOC_SEPARATE_FLOATS + call.numRealParams = ( unsigned int )( realCallParam - call.realParams ); +#endif + + return 1; +#else // AUTO_RPC_ABI + return 0; +#endif + +} + + +// +// @params +// callParams: [IN] parameter list +// functionPtr: [IN] function to call. +// +// @returns: +// true: function was called. +// false: too many parameters, probably. +// +bool GenRPC::CallWithStack( CallParams& call, void *functionPtr ) { +#if AUTO_RPC_ABI + // Are we x86-32? +#if !defined( AUTO_RPC_NO_ASM ) && ( defined(__i386__) || defined( _M_IX86 ) || defined( __INTEL__ ) ) +#if !defined(__GNUC__) + // Intel dialect assembly + NaturalWord const paramc = call.numIntParams; +#pragma warning(disable:4311) // pointer truncation + NaturalWord const paramv = reinterpret_cast( call.intParams ); + _asm + { + + // Load numbytes. + mov ecx, paramc + + // allocate space on the stack for all these params + lea edi,dword ptr[ecx * 4] + sub esp,edi + + // setup source of copy + mov esi, paramv + + // Setup the destination of the copy: the return stack. + mov edi,esp + + // copy data + rep movs dword ptr es:[edi],dword ptr [esi] + + // call the function + call functionPtr + + // Restore the stack to its state, prior to our invocation. + // + // Detail: edi is one of the registers that must be preserved + // across function calls. (The compiler should be saving it for us.) + // + // We left edi pointing to the end of the block copied; i.e. the state + // of the stack prior to copying our params. So by loading it + // into the esp we can restore the return stack to the state prior + // to the copy. + // + mov esp,edi + }; +#else + // GCC has its own form of asm block - so we'll always have to write two versions. + // Therefore, as we're writing it twice, we use the ATT dialect, because only later + // gcc support Intel dialect. This one also aligns the stack to a multiple of 16 bytes; which + // windows doesn't seem to care about. + // Be aware, we can't use offset of to get the address, as gcc insists on sticking. + // NaturalWord const paramv = reinterpret_cast( call.intParams ); + asm (\ + "lea 4(%%ecx),%%esi\n\ + mov (%%ecx),%%ecx\n\ + lea (,%%ecx,4),%%edi\n\ + sub %%edi,%%esp\n\ + mov $12,%%edx\n\ + and %%esp,%%edx\n\ + sub %%edx,%%esp\n\ + mov %%esp,%%edi\n\ + rep movsl %%ds:(%%esi),%%es:(%%edi)\n\ + add %%edx,%%edi\n\ + call *%1\n\ + mov %%edi,%%esp"\ + : /* no outputs */\ + : "c" ( &call ), "m" (functionPtr)\ + : "%edi" , "%esi", "%edx", "%eax"\ + ); +#endif // GNUC vs non GNUC + return 1; +#elif !defined( AUTO_RPC_NO_ASM ) && ( defined( _M_X64 ) || defined( __x86_64__ ) || defined( _M_AMD64 ) ) +#if AUTO_RPC_ABI == AUTO_RPC_ABI_WIN_AMD64 + NaturalWord const paramv = reinterpret_cast( call.intParams ); + _asm { + // rcx := number of qwords to copy + mov rcx, paramc + + // r9 := 0 + sub r9,r9 + + // rsi => our parameter list. + mov rsi, paramv + + // r9 := -(number of qwords to copy) + sub r9,rcx + + // Preparation to align the stack to 16 byte boundary + mov rdx,8 + + // rdi => projected bottom of stack + lea rdi,dword ptr[rsp + r9 * 8] + + // figure out if stack needs aligning + and rdx,rdi + + // save stack into rbx + mov rbx,rsp + + // align stack + sub rdi,rdx + mov rsp,rdi + + // rdx => our parameter list + mov rdx,rsi + + // + // copy data - we copy all parameters, because we have to + // create a shadow area; and this way its easiest. + // + rep movs qword ptr es:[edi],qword ptr [esi] + + // load registers + // rcx|xmm0, rdx|xmm1,r8|xmm2,r9|xmm3 + mov rcx,qword ptr [rdx] + mov r8,qword ptr 16[rdx] + movq xmm0,rcx + mov r9,qword ptr 24[rdx] + movq xmm2,r8 + mov rdx,qword ptr 8[rdx] + movq xmm3,r9 + movq xmm1,rdx + + // call the function + call functionPtr + + // Restore the stack to its state, prior to our invocation - + // saved in rbx. + mov rsp,rbx + } +#elif AUTO_RPC_ABI == AUTO_RPC_ABI_SYSV_AMD64 + // + // GCC won't generate a stack frame on higher optimization levels, so we don't touch it. + // on -O3 it inlines the code, breaking it because of the jump reference. + // + // I figure a 64-bit compiler will be recent enough to do Intel syntax. May need to change + // my mind on that. NB. Structure members are hard coded into this. + // + asm (\ + ".intel_syntax noprefix\n\ + push rbx\n\ + mov rax,rsi\n\ + push r15\n\ + mov ecx,dword ptr[rdi+8+8*8]\n\ + lea rsi,[rdi+8+8*8+8]\n\ + mov r15,rsp\n\ + lea rbx,[rdi+8]\n\ + sub r8,r8\n\ + sub rsp,8\n\ + sub rcx,6\n\ + lea r9,[rsi + 6 * 8]\n\ + jbe .L1\n\ + sub r8,rcx\n\ + mov rdx,8\n\ + lea rdi,qword ptr[rsp + r8 * 8]\n\ + and rdx,rdi\n\ + mov rsi,r9\n\ + sub rdi,rdx\n\ + mov rsp,rdi\n\ + rep movsq \n\ + .L1:\n\ + movq xmm0,[rbx]\n\ + movq xmm1,[rbx+8]\n\ + movq xmm2,[rbx+16]\n\ + movq xmm3,[rbx+24]\n\ + movq xmm4,[rbx+32]\n\ + movq xmm5,[rbx+40]\n\ + movq xmm6,[rbx+48]\n\ + movq xmm7,[rbx+56]\n\ + mov rdi,[r9-48]\n\ + mov rsi,[r9-40]\n\ + mov rdx,[r9-32]\n\ + mov rcx,[r9-24]\n\ + mov r8,[r9-16]\n\ + mov r9,[r9-8]\n\ + call rax\n\ + mov rsp,r15\n\ + pop r15\n\ + pop rbx\n\ + .att_syntax prefix"\ + : /* no outputs */\ + : "D" ( &call ), "S" (functionPtr)\ + : "%rdx", "%rcx" , "%r8", "%r9", "%rax",\ + "%xmm0", "%xmm1", "%xmm2", "%xmm3", "%xmm4", "%xmm5", "%xmm6", "%xmm7" ); + // : "D", ( &call ), "c" ( &call.numIntParams ), "S" ( paramv ), "b" ( floatv ), "a" (functionPtr) +#else +#error unsupport ABI +#endif + return 1; +#else + // AUTO_RPC_NO_ASM or no x86-32/x86-64 + // + // 4. Passing the parameters. + // + // The compiler knows how to call functions, so having sorted out the argument list, + // we just pass it to a function of the correct form - and let the compiler align stacks, + // load registers, place parameters where they should be. + // + // This is particularly important as GCC has control over the stack frame, and it can + // improperly frame it - for instance utilising red zones to save args, rather than pushing them. + // On PowerPC it must create the parameter passing area, too. + // + // The most brute force way, is to code a function call for every possible number of parameters + // + // switch( paramc ) { + // case 1: ( (void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(NaturalWord)) myfunc)( callParam[0] ); break; + // case 2: ( (void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(NaturalWord,NaturalWord)) myfunc)( callParam[0], callParam[1] ); break; + // ... + // case 64: ( (void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(NaturalWord,NaturalWord)) myfunc)( callParam[0], callParam[1], ... , callParam[63] ); break; + // } + // + // This is the only way to code WIN32 stdcall, for example, as the args must match exactly; + // and so the only way to call from C if you need to call WINAPI routines. + // + // 2) Fortunately most calling conventions allowing excessive args. So this means we could + // write something like below: + // + // ( (void(*)(...)) myfunc )( args[0],...,args[63] ); + // + // And although this should work, its a huge performance penalty copying between memory + // locations for so many args. + // + // So we compromise - and do a stepped sequence. Noticing that the WIN64 ABI alwys requires + // space for three args anyway. + // + // And on SysV x64 systems, the first 6 args are passed in reg; so again, these are only + // copies into register, not memory copies. And finally that if we load word[n], word[n+1] + // is loaded into the cache - thus the overhead for loading is not as big as it might be. + // + // For most realistic cases, a dozen args would be excessive. Obviously, if you have + // a tested assembler equivalent, its probably better to use that. + // + // +#if AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_PARAMS + if ( call.numRealParams == 0 ) +#endif + { + if ( call.numIntParams <= 3 ) + { + ( (void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(AUTO_RPC_NW_3)) functionPtr )( AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_3( call ) ); + return 1; + } + if ( call.numIntParams <= 6 ) + { + ( (void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(AUTO_RPC_NW_6)) functionPtr )( AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_6( call ) ); + return 1; + } + if ( call.numIntParams <= 9 ) + { + ((void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(AUTO_RPC_NW_9))functionPtr)( AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_9( call ) ); + return 1; + } + if ( call.numIntParams <= 12 ) + { + ((void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(AUTO_RPC_NW_12))functionPtr)( AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_12( call ) ); + return 1; + } + if ( call.numIntParams <= 32 ) + { + ((void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(AUTO_RPC_NW_32))functionPtr)( AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_32( call ) ); + return 1; + } + if ( call.numIntParams <= 64 ) + { + ((void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(AUTO_RPC_NW_64))functionPtr)( AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_64( call ) ); + return 1; + } + } +#if AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_PARAMS && !AUTO_RPC_ALLOC_SEPARATE_FLOATS + else + { + if ( call.numIntParams > 64 ) return 0; + + switch( call.realMap ) + { + // case 0: - no floats, never happens here. + + case 1: ( (void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(HardwareReal,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,AUTO_RPC_NW_4_64))functionPtr)( + call.realParams[0], call.intParams[1], call.intParams[2], call.intParams[3], + AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_4_64( call ) + ); + break; + + case 2: + ((void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(NaturalWord,HardwareReal,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,AUTO_RPC_NW_4_64))functionPtr)( + call.intParams[0], call.realParams[1], call.intParams[2], call.intParams[3], + AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_4_64( call ) + ); + break; + + case 3: + ((void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(HardwareReal,HardwareReal,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,AUTO_RPC_NW_4_64))functionPtr)( + call.realParams[0], call.realParams[1], call.intParams[2], call.intParams[3], + AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_4_64( call ) + ); + break; + + case 4: ( (void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(NaturalWord,NaturalWord,HardwareReal,NaturalWord,AUTO_RPC_NW_4_64))functionPtr)( + call.intParams[0], call.intParams[1], call.realParams[2], call.intParams[3], + AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_4_64( call ) + ); + break; + + case 5: + ((void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(HardwareReal,NaturalWord,HardwareReal,NaturalWord,AUTO_RPC_NW_4_64))functionPtr)( + call.realParams[0], call.intParams[1], call.realParams[2], call.intParams[3], + AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_4_64( call ) + ); + break; + + case 6: + ((void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(NaturalWord,HardwareReal,HardwareReal,NaturalWord,AUTO_RPC_NW_4_64))functionPtr)( + call.intParams[0], call.realParams[1], call.realParams[2], call.intParams[3], + AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_4_64( call ) + ); + break; + + case 7: + ((void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(HardwareReal,HardwareReal,HardwareReal,NaturalWord,AUTO_RPC_NW_4_64))functionPtr)( + call.realParams[0], call.realParams[1], call.realParams[2], call.intParams[3], + AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_4_64( call ) + ); + break; + + case 8: ( (void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,HardwareReal,AUTO_RPC_NW_4_64))functionPtr)( + call.intParams[0], call.intParams[1], call.intParams[2], call.realParams[3], + AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_4_64( call ) + ); + break; + + case 9: + ((void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(HardwareReal,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,HardwareReal,AUTO_RPC_NW_4_64))functionPtr)( + call.realParams[0], call.intParams[1], call.intParams[2], call.realParams[3], + AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_4_64( call ) + ); + break; + case 10: + ((void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(NaturalWord,HardwareReal,NaturalWord,HardwareReal,AUTO_RPC_NW_4_64))functionPtr)( + call.intParams[0], call.realParams[1], call.intParams[2], call.realParams[3], + AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_4_64( call ) + ); + break; + + + case 11: + ((void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(HardwareReal,HardwareReal,NaturalWord,HardwareReal,AUTO_RPC_NW_4_64))functionPtr)( + call.realParams[0], call.realParams[1], call.intParams[2], call.realParams[3], + AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_4_64( call ) + ); + break; + + case 12: ( (void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(NaturalWord,NaturalWord,HardwareReal,HardwareReal,AUTO_RPC_NW_4_64))functionPtr)( + call.intParams[0], call.intParams[1], call.realParams[2], call.realParams[3], + AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_4_64( call ) + ); + break; + + case 13: + ((void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(HardwareReal,NaturalWord,HardwareReal,HardwareReal,AUTO_RPC_NW_4_64))functionPtr)( + call.realParams[0], call.intParams[1], call.realParams[2], call.realParams[3], + AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_4_64( call ) + ); + break; + + case 14: + ((void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(NaturalWord,HardwareReal,HardwareReal,HardwareReal,AUTO_RPC_NW_4_64))functionPtr)( + call.intParams[0], call.realParams[1], call.realParams[2], call.realParams[3], + AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_4_64( call ) + ); + break; + + case 15: + ((void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(HardwareReal,HardwareReal,HardwareReal,HardwareReal,AUTO_RPC_NW_4_64))functionPtr)( + call.realParams[0], call.realParams[1], call.realParams[2], call.realParams[3], + AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_4_64( call ) + ); + break; + + default: return 0; + } + } +#elif AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_PARAMS + else + { + // we pass FLOAT args last for powerpc compatibility. And although it means we pass them twice, + // they should end up in the correct floating point register, with the rest of the integers in the + // correct place... + // + // NB if you want to write inline asm for powerpc, you'll have to be put it in a separate + // "naked" function to that uou can setup the parameter passing area and ensure its big enough. + // (GCC will delete functions that are unused - it will delete the body of functions that + // aren't called.) + // + if ( call.numIntParams <= 3 ) + { + ((void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(AUTO_RPC_NW_3,AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_TYPE))functionPtr)( AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_3( call ), AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_ARGS( call ) ); + return 1; + } + if ( call.numIntParams <= 6 ) + { + ((void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(AUTO_RPC_NW_6,AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_TYPE))functionPtr)( AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_6( call ),AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_ARGS( call ) ); + return 1; + } + if ( call.numIntParams <= 9 ) + { + ((void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(AUTO_RPC_NW_9,AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_TYPE))functionPtr)( AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_9( call ),AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_ARGS( call ) ); + return 1; + } + if ( call.numIntParams <= 12 ) + { + ( (void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(AUTO_RPC_NW_12,AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_TYPE)) functionPtr )( AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_12( call ), AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_ARGS( call ) ); + return 1; + } + if ( call.numIntParams <= 64 ) + { + ( (void(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC*)(AUTO_RPC_NW_64,AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_TYPE)) functionPtr )( AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_64( call ), AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_ARGS( call ) ); + return 1; + } + } +#endif // AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_PARAMS + return 0; +#endif // AUTO_RPC_NO_ASM +#else // AUTO_RPC_ABI + return 0; +#endif +} +// --8<---8<----8<----8<---END + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Gen_RPC8.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Gen_RPC8.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b29a1fc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Gen_RPC8.h @@ -0,0 +1,1022 @@ +#ifndef __GEN_RPC8_H +#define __GEN_RPC8_H + + +#include +#include +#include // memcpy +#include +#ifdef _WIN32 +#include +#endif +#include +//#define ASSEMBLY_BLOCK asm +#include "Types.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +// #define AUTO_RPC_NO_ASM +// #define AUTO_RPC_USE_DYNAMIC_CAST 1 + +#ifdef _WIN64 +#define AUTO_RPC_NO_ASM +#endif +#include "NetworkIDObject.h" + +namespace GenRPC +{ + +//#define __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END 1 + + +// -8<----8<----8<----BEGIN + +// +// 0. References +// a. Calling conventions for different C++ compilers and operating systems [http://www.agner.org/optimize] +// b. System V Application Binary Interface AMD64 Architecture Processor Supplement +// Used by 64-bit MAC and 64-bit Linux. +// c. 32-bit PowerPC MAC calling conventions [http://developer.apple.com/documentation/DeveloperTools/Conceptual/LowLevelABI/Articles/32bitPowerPC.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40002438-SW20] +// d. 32-bit IA MAC calling conventions [http://developer.apple.com/documentation/DeveloperTools/Conceptual/LowLevelABI/Articles/IA32.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40002492-SW4] +// e. Calling conventions on 64-bit windows [http://msdn2.microsoft.com/en-us/library/zthk2dkh(VS.80).aspx] +// f. 64-bit PowerPC MAC calling conventions [http://developer.apple.com/documentation/DeveloperTools/Conceptual/LowLevelABI/Articles/64bitPowerPC.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40002471] +// +// 1. General Introduction. +// +// Quite a lot of code we write hinges on hidden assumptions. For instance, most code tacitly +// assumes a char is 8 bits, even though it needn't be. And how much code relies on +// two's-a-compliment numbers, by, for example, assuming the only representation of zero +// is all bits clear? Yet this too isn't mandated by the C standard - which allows for non +// two's a compliment numbers. +// And the switch to 64-bit will see us discovering how +// much of our code assumes sizeof(int) == sizeof(long) == sizeof(void*) +// +// These tradeoffs and compromises are made because we know the architectures +// with CHAR_BITS != 8 are embedded systems of FPGAs and we don't extend our definition of +// portability to those systems. Or Windows code can +// assume its running on a little-endian machine, without loss of generality. In fact, it +// often impossible to test our code in situatiosn where assumptions are not true. +// +// The same is true of a lightweight RPC - to be possible at all, it will have make some +// assumptions about the architecture on (like CHAR_BITS == 8) which limit portability, but +// which are not unreasonable for the cases where its expected to run (modern personal computers) +// and hopefully can be extended easily to meet new cases. +// +// 2. Parameter passing - Introduction +// +// The C standard doesn't mandate how parameters are passed from one function to another. +// That's down to the particular archictecture, normally laid out in the Application Binary +// Interface (ABI). +// +// On some architecture (e.g. 32bit X86) the parameters are all passed on the stack; +// on some architectures (e.g. SPARC) there is no stack and they are all passed in register. +// Sometimes the function must be passed the exact number of args it expects (e.g. WIN32 +// "stdcall"); somtimes it can take an arbitrary number of args (IA-32/64 linux). +// +// But whatever the case, the compiler knows about all the details - it sorts them out every +// time we write a call. So to make it portable we must ensure we pass the compiler *sufficient* +// information to be able to encode the call, in all the cases we're interested in. To do this +// we need some knowledge of the ABI, without getting our hands dirty writing assembler. +// Not only because we can't all be experts at every particularl architecture with its necessary +// prefetches, conditional moves and innate parralelism, but also because that allows the compiler to +// code for the exact processors - rather than using a lowest-common denominator. +// +// +// 3. Preparing parameters and assumptions +// +// We assume that the processor has a 32 bit or 64 bit "natural word size" - and that the +// registers, stack entries (if a stack exists) and pointers all have this natural word +// size. We further assume (1) parameters smaller than this have to be padded out to meet this +// size, and that (2) this can be done by zero-extended them, regardless of whether they are signed +// or unsigned quanitites. +// +// The SysV ABI for 64bit X86 [b] and that ABI for 64-bit windows [e] require that floating point +// parameters are passed in floating points registers - so to work with these types we need to know +// they are floats and alert the compiler. A similar arrangement is true for both 32-bit and 64-bit +// Power PC systems. +// +// This can extend to structures ("aggregate types") containing floating point numbers - where +// individual members can still be passed in register. (Although +// on 64-bit windows, aggregates of size > 8 bytes are passed on the stack, so, +// except for the pathological case of struct S { double F }; there are no problems with +// structures containing floats.) +// +// --- + +// +// AUTO_RPC_MAX_PARAMS: Absolute number of stack words we can handle +// ABI: used to select features specific to ABI. +// AUTO_RPC_INT_REG_PARAMS: Number of parameters passed in integer registers. (Only used by SYSV ABI) +// AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_PARAMS: Number of parameters passed in floating point registers. +// AUTO_RPC_INT_SHADOW_OF_FLOATS: Create a copy of the floats in the integer/stack space. +// AUTO_RPC_ALLOC_SEPARATE_FLOATS: Push floats to a separate contiguous floating point "stack". +// Ortherwise we rely on shadow. +// +// PARAMETER_REF_THRESHOLD: parameters bigger than this are replaced by a reference ( WIN64 ) +// +// +#define AUTO_RPC_MAX_PARAMS 64 + +#define AUTO_RPC_ABI_NONE 0 // not supported - should fail. + +#define AUTO_RPC_ABI_IA_32 1 // all parameters are passed on the stack. +// preserves: ebx,esi,edi,ebp + +#define AUTO_RPC_ABI_WIN_AMD64 2 // first four parameters in either +// rcx|xmm0, rdx|xmm1,r8|xmm2,r9|xmm3 +// preserves: rbx,rsi,rdi,rbp,r12-r15; xmm6-xmm15 +// comments: aggregates > 8 passed by ref; reg params shadowed on stack + +#define AUTO_RPC_ABI_SYSV_AMD64 3 // first six ints in: rdi,rsi,rdx,rcx,r8,r9 +// first eight reals: in xmm0...xmm7 +// preserves: rbx,rbp,r12-r15 +// comments: aggregates > 16 bumped to stack + +#define AUTO_RPC_ABI_PPC 4 // first 6 args (even if float) in int reg; first 13 floats in reg. +// parameter passing area with shadow area. + + +// Configure the parameters for the system. +#if defined(__i386__) || defined( _M_IX86 ) || defined( __INTEL__ ) +// 32 bit system. +#define AUTO_RPC_AUTORPC_WORD 32 + +typedef unsigned int NaturalWord; +typedef double HardwareReal; + +#define AUTO_RPC_INT_REG_PARAMS 0 +#define AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_PARAMS 0 + +#define AUTO_RPC_ABI AUTO_RPC_ABI_IA_32 +#define AUTO_RPC_PARAMETER_REFERENCE_THRESHOLD 0 +#define AUTO_RPC_INT_SHADOW_OF_FLOATS 1 +#define AUTO_RPC_ALLOC_SEPARATE_FLOATS 0 +#define AUTO_RPC_CREATE_FLOAT_MAP 0 + +#elif defined( _M_X64 ) || defined( __x86_64__ ) || defined( _M_AMD64 ) +#define AUTO_RPC_AUTORPC_WORD 64 + +#if defined( _WIN64 ) +#define AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_PARAMS 4 +#define AUTO_RPC_INT_REG_PARAMS 4 +#define AUTO_RPC_ABI AUTO_RPC_ABI_WIN_AMD64 +#define AUTO_RPC_PARAMETER_REFERENCE_THRESHOLD 8 +#define AUTO_RPC_INT_SHADOW_OF_FLOATS 1 +#define AUTO_RPC_ALLOC_SEPARATE_FLOATS 0 +#define AUTO_RPC_CREATE_FLOAT_MAP 1 +#else +#define AUTO_RPC_ABI AUTO_RPC_ABI_SYSV_AMD64 +#define AUTO_RPC_INT_REG_PARAMS 6 +#define AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_PARAMS 8 +#define AUTO_RPC_PARAMETER_REFERENCE_THRESHOLD 0 +#define AUTO_RPC_INT_SHADOW_OF_FLOATS 0 +#define AUTO_RPC_ALLOC_SEPARATE_FLOATS 1 +#define AUTO_RPC_CREATE_FLOAT_MAP 0 +#endif + +// NB OS's differ over. +typedef unsigned long long NaturalWord; +typedef double HardwareReal; // could be changed to __float128 on AMD64/nonwin + +#elif defined ( _PS3 ) +typedef double HardwareReal; +typedef unsigned long long NaturalWord; +#define AUTO_RPC_AUTORPC_WORD 64 +#define AUTO_RPC_INT_REG_PARAMS 8 +#define AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_PARAMS 13 +#define AUTO_RPC_INT_SHADOW_OF_FLOATS 1 +#define AUTO_RPC_ALLOC_SEPARATE_FLOATS 1 +#define AUTO_RPC_CREATE_FLOAT_MAP 0 +#define AUTO_RPC_PARAMETER_REFERENCE_THRESHOLD 0 +#define AUTO_RPC_ABI AUTO_RPC_ABI_PPC + +#elif defined(_M_PPC) || defined( __POWERPC__ ) + +#include + +/// PPC Mac doesn't support sizeof( long ) in an #if statement +#if defined (LONG_BIT) + #if LONG_BIT == 64 + #define AUTORPC_WORD 64 + typedef double HardwareReal; + typedef unsigned long long NaturalWord; + #else + #define AUTORPC_WORD 32 + typedef double HardwareReal; + typedef unsigned int NaturalWord; + #endif +#else + #if sizeof( long ) == 8 + #define AUTORPC_WORD 64 + typedef double HardwareReal; + typedef unsigned long long NaturalWord; + #else + #define AUTORPC_WORD 32 + typedef double HardwareReal; + typedef unsigned int NaturalWord; + #endif +#endif + +#define AUTO_RPC_INT_REG_PARAMS 8 +#define AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_PARAMS 13 +#define AUTO_RPC_INT_SHADOW_OF_FLOATS 1 +#define AUTO_RPC_ALLOC_SEPARATE_FLOATS 1 +#define AUTO_RPC_CREATE_FLOAT_MAP 0 +#define AUTO_RPC_PARAMETER_REFERENCE_THRESHOLD 0 +#define AUTO_RPC_ABI AUTO_RPC_ABI_PPC + + +#else +#ifdef __GNUC__ +// gcc won't implemented message - so use #warning +#warning Unknown Architecture +#else +#pragma message( Unknown architecture ) +#endif + +// defining AUTO_RPC_ABI_NONE, creates stub code that fails +#define AUTO_RPC_ABI AUTO_RPC_ABI_NONE +#endif + +// +// Calling convention - we need to be explict on WIN32, so we do that here. Everybody else +// has only one fixed, calling convention. +// +#ifdef _WIN32 +#define AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC WINAPIV +#else +#define AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC +#endif + +// +// useful macros; could be rewritten inline/inline templates +// +#define AUTO_RPC__ALIGN_P2( len, bytes ) ( ( len + bytes - 1 ) & ~( bytes - 1 ) ) + +// Return len rounded-up to an integral number of sizeof(type) - provided sizeof(type) is a power of 2 +#define AUTO_RPC_ALIGN_P2( len, type ) AUTO_RPC__ALIGN_P2( len, sizeof( type ) ) + +// Return ptr to end of 'array[xxx]' +#define AUTO_RPC_ARRAY_END( array ) &array[ sizeof( array ) / sizeof( array[0] ) ] + +// strip floating point params if there are no float regs. +#if !AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_PARAMS + +#if AUTO_RPC_CREATE_FLOAT_MAP +#undef AUTO_RPC_CREATE_FLOAT_MAP +#define AUTO_RPC_CREATE_FLOAT_MAP 0 +#endif + +#if AUTO_RPC_ALLOC_SEPARATE_FLOATS +#undef AUTO_RPC_ALLOC_SEPARATE_FLOATS +#define AUTO_RPC_ALLOC_SEPARATE_FLOATS 0 +#endif + +#endif // FLOAT_REG_PARAM + +#define AUTO_RPC_REF_ALIGN 16 // some structures must be memory aligned to 16 bytes, even, on 32-bit systems. +// stack simialrly must be aligned +#define AUTO_RPC_STACK_PADDING ( sizeof( NaturalWord ) / AUTO_RPC_REF_ALIGN ) + + +// defining these externally makes the code a hell of a lot more readable. +#ifdef USE_VARADIC_CALL + +#define AUTO_RPC_NW_3 ... +#define AUTO_RPC_NW_6 ... +#define AUTO_RPC_NW_9 ... +#define AUTO_RPC_NW_12 ... +#define AUTO_RPC_NW_64 ... + +#else +#define AUTO_RPC_NW_3 NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord + +#define AUTO_RPC_NW_6 NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord + +#define AUTO_RPC_NW_9 NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord + +#define AUTO_RPC_NW_5 NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord + +#define AUTO_RPC_NW_4_9 AUTO_RPC_NW_5 + +#define AUTO_RPC_NW_12 NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord + +#define AUTO_RPC_NW_32 NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord + +#define AUTO_RPC_NW_64 NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord + +#define AUTO_RPC_NW_60 NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,\ + NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord,NaturalWord + +#define AUTO_RPC_NW_4_64 AUTO_RPC_NW_60 + +#endif // USE VARADIC + +#define AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_3( call ) call.intParams[0],call.intParams[1],call.intParams[2] + +#define AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_6( call ) call.intParams[0],call.intParams[1],call.intParams[2],call.intParams[3],\ + call.intParams[4],call.intParams[5] + +#define AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_9( call ) call.intParams[0],call.intParams[1],call.intParams[2],call.intParams[3],\ + call.intParams[4],call.intParams[5],call.intParams[6],call.intParams[7],\ + call.intParams[8] + +#define AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_4_9( call ) call.intParams[4],call.intParams[5],call.intParams[6],call.intParams[7],\ + call.intParams[8] + +#define AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_12( call ) call.intParams[0],call.intParams[1],call.intParams[2],call.intParams[3],\ + call.intParams[4],call.intParams[5],call.intParams[6],call.intParams[7],\ + call.intParams[8],call.intParams[9],call.intParams[10],call.intParams[11] + +#define AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_32( call ) call.intParams[0],call.intParams[1],call.intParams[2],call.intParams[3],\ + call.intParams[4],call.intParams[5],call.intParams[6],call.intParams[7],\ + call.intParams[8],call.intParams[9],call.intParams[10],call.intParams[11],\ + call.intParams[12],call.intParams[13],call.intParams[14],call.intParams[15],\ + call.intParams[16],call.intParams[17],call.intParams[18],call.intParams[19],\ + call.intParams[20],call.intParams[21],call.intParams[22],call.intParams[23],\ + call.intParams[24],call.intParams[25],call.intParams[26],call.intParams[27],\ + call.intParams[28],call.intParams[29],call.intParams[30],call.intParams[31] + +#define AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_4_64( call ) call.intParams[4],call.intParams[5],call.intParams[6],call.intParams[7],\ + call.intParams[8],call.intParams[9],call.intParams[10],call.intParams[11],\ + call.intParams[12],call.intParams[13],call.intParams[14],call.intParams[15],\ + call.intParams[16],call.intParams[17],call.intParams[18],call.intParams[19],\ + call.intParams[20],call.intParams[21],call.intParams[22],call.intParams[23],\ + call.intParams[24],call.intParams[25],call.intParams[26],call.intParams[27],\ + call.intParams[28],call.intParams[29],call.intParams[30],call.intParams[31],\ + call.intParams[32],call.intParams[33],call.intParams[34],call.intParams[35],\ + call.intParams[36],call.intParams[37],call.intParams[38],call.intParams[39],\ + call.intParams[40],call.intParams[41],call.intParams[42],call.intParams[43],\ + call.intParams[44],call.intParams[45],call.intParams[46],call.intParams[47],\ + call.intParams[48],call.intParams[49],call.intParams[50],call.intParams[51],\ + call.intParams[52],call.intParams[53],call.intParams[54],call.intParams[55],\ + call.intParams[56],call.intParams[57],call.intParams[58],call.intParams[59],\ + call.intParams[60],call.intParams[61],call.intParams[62],call.intParams[63] + +#define AUTO_RPC_INT_ARGS_64( call ) call.intParams[0],call.intParams[1],call.intParams[2],call.intParams[3],\ + call.intParams[4],call.intParams[5],call.intParams[6],call.intParams[7],\ + call.intParams[8],call.intParams[9],call.intParams[10],call.intParams[11],\ + call.intParams[12],call.intParams[13],call.intParams[14],call.intParams[15],\ + call.intParams[16],call.intParams[17],call.intParams[18],call.intParams[19],\ + call.intParams[20],call.intParams[21],call.intParams[22],call.intParams[23],\ + call.intParams[24],call.intParams[25],call.intParams[26],call.intParams[27],\ + call.intParams[28],call.intParams[29],call.intParams[30],call.intParams[31],\ + call.intParams[32],call.intParams[33],call.intParams[34],call.intParams[35],\ + call.intParams[36],call.intParams[37],call.intParams[38],call.intParams[39],\ + call.intParams[40],call.intParams[41],call.intParams[42],call.intParams[43],\ + call.intParams[44],call.intParams[45],call.intParams[46],call.intParams[47],\ + call.intParams[48],call.intParams[49],call.intParams[50],call.intParams[51],\ + call.intParams[52],call.intParams[53],call.intParams[54],call.intParams[55],\ + call.intParams[56],call.intParams[57],call.intParams[58],call.intParams[59],\ + call.intParams[60],call.intParams[61],call.intParams[62],call.intParams[63] + +#if AUTO_RPC_ALLOC_SEPARATE_FLOATS +#if AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_PARAMS == 8 + +#define AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_TYPE HardwareReal,HardwareReal,HardwareReal,HardwareReal,\ + HardwareReal,HardwareReal,HardwareReal,HardwareReal +#define AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_ARGS( a ) a.realParams[0],a.realParams[1],a.realParams[2],a.realParams[3],\ + a.realParams[4],a.realParams[5],a.realParams[6],a.realParams[7] + +#elif AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_PARAMS == 4 + +#define AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_TYPE HardwareReal,HardwareReal,HardwareReal,HardwareReal +#define AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_ARGS( a ) a.realParams[0],a.realParams[1],a.realParams[2],a.realParams[3] + +#elif AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_PARAMS == 13 + +#define AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_TYPE HardwareReal,HardwareReal,HardwareReal,HardwareReal,\ + HardwareReal,HardwareReal,HardwareReal,HardwareReal,\ + HardwareReal,HardwareReal,HardwareReal,HardwareReal,HardwareReal +#define AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_ARGS( a ) a.realParams[0],a.realParams[1],a.realParams[2],a.realParams[3],\ + a.realParams[4],a.realParams[5],a.realParams[6],a.realParams[7],\ + a.realParams[8],a.realParams[9],a.realParams[10],a.realParams[11],a.realParams[12] + +#elif AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_PARAMS +#error Need FLOAT_REG_TYPE and AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_ARGS setup +#endif + + +#endif // AUTO_RPC_ALLOC_SEPARATE_FLOATS + +/// \internal +/// Writes number of parameters to push on the stack +void SerializeHeader(char *&out, unsigned int numParams); + +/// Builds up a function call and all parameters onto a stack +/// \param[out] Destination stack, which must be big enough to hold all parameters +unsigned int BuildStack(char *stack); + +/// Builds up a function call and all parameters onto a stack +/// \param[out] Destination stack, which must be big enough to hold all parameters +template +unsigned int BuildStack(char *stack, P1 p1, + bool es1=true) +{ + char *stackPtr = (char*) stack; + SerializeHeader(stackPtr, 1); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p1, es1); + Push( stackPtr, p1, es1 ); + return (unsigned int)(stackPtr-stack); +} + +/// Builds up a function call and all parameters onto a stack +/// \param[out] Destination stack, which must be big enough to hold all parameters +template +unsigned int BuildStack(char *stack, P1 p1, P2 p2, + bool es1=true, bool es2=true) +{ + char *stackPtr = (char*) stack; + SerializeHeader(stackPtr, 2); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p1, es1); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p2, es2); + Push( stackPtr, p1, es1 ); + Push( stackPtr, p2, es2 ); + return (unsigned int)(stackPtr-stack); +} + +/// Builds up a function call and all parameters onto a stack +/// \param[out] Destination stack, which must be big enough to hold all parameters +template +unsigned int BuildStack(char *stack, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3, + bool es1=true, bool es2=true, bool es3=true ) +{ + char *stackPtr = (char*) stack; + SerializeHeader(stackPtr, 3); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p1, es1); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p2, es2); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p3, es3); + Push( stackPtr, p1, es1 ); + Push( stackPtr, p2, es2 ); + Push( stackPtr, p3, es3 ); + return (unsigned int)(stackPtr-stack); +} + +/// Builds up a function call and all parameters onto a stack +/// \param[out] Destination stack, which must be big enough to hold all parameters +template +unsigned int BuildStack(char *stack, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3, P4 p4, + bool es1=true, bool es2=true, bool es3=true, bool es4=true ) +{ + char *stackPtr = (char*) stack; + SerializeHeader(stackPtr, 4); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p1, es1); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p2, es2); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p3, es3); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p4, es4); + Push( stackPtr, p1, es1 ); + Push( stackPtr, p2, es2 ); + Push( stackPtr, p3, es3 ); + Push( stackPtr, p4, es4 ); + return (unsigned int)(stackPtr-stack); +} + +/// Builds up a function call and all parameters onto a stack +/// \param[out] Destination stack, which must be big enough to hold all parameters +template +unsigned int BuildStack(char *stack, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3, P4 p4, P5 p5, + bool es1=true, bool es2=true, bool es3=true, bool es4=true, bool es5=true ) +{ + char *stackPtr = (char*) stack; + SerializeHeader(stackPtr, 5); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p1, es1); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p2, es2); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p3, es3); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p4, es4); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p5, es5); + Push( stackPtr, p1, es1 ); + Push( stackPtr, p2, es2 ); + Push( stackPtr, p3, es3 ); + Push( stackPtr, p4, es4 ); + Push( stackPtr, p5, es5 ); + return (unsigned int)(stackPtr-stack); +} + +/// Builds up a function call and all parameters onto a stack +/// \param[out] Destination stack, which must be big enough to hold all parameters +template +unsigned int BuildStack(char *stack, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3, P4 p4, P5 p5, P6 p6, + bool es1=true, bool es2=true, bool es3=true, bool es4=true, bool es5=true, bool es6=true ) +{ + char *stackPtr = (char*) stack; + SerializeHeader(stackPtr, 6); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p1, es1); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p2, es2); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p3, es3); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p4, es4); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p5, es5); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p6, es6); + Push( stackPtr, p1, es1 ); + Push( stackPtr, p2, es2 ); + Push( stackPtr, p3, es3 ); + Push( stackPtr, p4, es4 ); + Push( stackPtr, p5, es5 ); + Push( stackPtr, p6, es6 ); + return (unsigned int)(stackPtr-stack); +} + +/// Builds up a function call and all parameters onto a stack +/// \param[out] Destination stack, which must be big enough to hold all parameters +template +unsigned int BuildStack(char *stack, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3, P4 p4, P5 p5, P6 p6, P7 p7, + bool es1=true, bool es2=true, bool es3=true, bool es4=true, bool es5=true, bool es6=true, bool es7=true ) +{ + char *stackPtr = (char*) stack; + SerializeHeader(stackPtr, 7); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p1, es1); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p2, es2); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p3, es3); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p4, es4); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p5, es5); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p6, es6); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p7, es7); + Push( stackPtr, p1, es1 ); + Push( stackPtr, p2, es2 ); + Push( stackPtr, p3, es3 ); + Push( stackPtr, p4, es4 ); + Push( stackPtr, p5, es5 ); + Push( stackPtr, p6, es6 ); + Push( stackPtr, p7, es7 ); + return (unsigned int)(stackPtr-stack); +} + +/// Builds up a function call and all parameters onto a stack +/// \param[out] Destination stack, which must be big enough to hold all parameters +template +unsigned int BuildStack(char *stack, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3, P4 p4, P5 p5, P6 p6, P7 p7, P8 p8, + bool es1=true, bool es2=true, bool es3=true, bool es4=true, bool es5=true, bool es6=true, bool es7=true, bool es8=true ) +{ + char *stackPtr = (char*) stack; + SerializeHeader(stackPtr, 8); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p1, es1); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p2, es2); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p3, es3); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p4, es4); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p5, es5); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p6, es6); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p7, es7); + PushHeader(stackPtr, p8, es8); + Push( stackPtr, p1, es1 ); + Push( stackPtr, p2, es2 ); + Push( stackPtr, p3, es3 ); + Push( stackPtr, p4, es4 ); + Push( stackPtr, p5, es5 ); + Push( stackPtr, p6, es6 ); + Push( stackPtr, p7, es7 ); + Push( stackPtr, p8, es8 ); + return (unsigned int)(stackPtr-stack); +} + +/// \internal +template +void Push( char*& p, item const i, bool doEndianSwap ) { + memcpy( (void*)p, (void*)&i, sizeof( i ) ); + if (doEndianSwap && RakNet::BitStream::DoEndianSwap()) + RakNet::BitStream::ReverseBytesInPlace((unsigned char*) p,sizeof( i )); + p += sizeof( i ); +} + +/// \internal +template +void Push( char*& p, item*const i, bool doEndianSwap) { + memcpy( (void*)p, (void*)i, sizeof( *i ) ); + if (doEndianSwap && RakNet::BitStream::DoEndianSwap()) + RakNet::BitStream::ReverseBytesInPlace((unsigned char*) p,sizeof( i )); + p += sizeof( *i ); +} + +/// \internal +template +void Push( char*& p, item const*const i, bool doEndianSwap) { + memcpy( (void*)p, (void*)i, sizeof( *i ) ); + if (doEndianSwap && RakNet::BitStream::DoEndianSwap()) + RakNet::BitStream::ReverseBytesInPlace((unsigned char*) p,sizeof( i )); + p += sizeof( *i ); +} + +/// \internal +void Push( char*& p, char*const i, bool doEndianSwap); + +/// \internal +void Push( char*& p, const char*const i, bool doEndianSwap ); + +// THIS STRUCTURE LAYOUT IS HARDCODED INTO THE ASSEMBLY. Unfortunately, that appears to be the +// only way to do it. +struct CallParams { +#if AUTO_RPC_ABI +#if AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_PARAMS + // on most platforms, just a bool telling us whether we need any floats. + unsigned numRealParams; + +#if AUTO_RPC_CREATE_FLOAT_MAP + // + // bitmask: bit(n) set indicate parameter n is a float, not an int. + // + unsigned realMap; +#endif + + // N.B. these may not have type HardwareReal - they're not promoted or converted. +#if AUTO_RPC_ALLOC_SEPARATE_FLOATS + HardwareReal realParams[ AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_PARAMS ]; +#endif + +#endif // AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_PARAMS + + unsigned numIntParams; +#if !AUTO_RPC_ALLOC_SEPARATE_FLOATS && AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_PARAMS && AUTO_RPC_CREATE_FLOAT_MAP + union { + HardwareReal realParams[ AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_PARAMS ]; +#endif + NaturalWord intParams[ ( AUTO_RPC_MAX_PARAMS > AUTO_RPC_INT_REG_PARAMS ? AUTO_RPC_MAX_PARAMS : AUTO_RPC_INT_REG_PARAMS ) + AUTO_RPC_STACK_PADDING ]; + +#if !AUTO_RPC_ALLOC_SEPARATE_FLOATS && AUTO_RPC_FLOAT_REG_PARAMS && AUTO_RPC_CREATE_FLOAT_MAP + }; +#endif + + char refParams[ AUTO_RPC_MAX_PARAMS * AUTO_RPC_REF_ALIGN ]; +#endif // AUTO_RPC_ABI +}; + +/// Given a stack, the length of the stack, a possible last parameter, and a possible this pointer, build a call to a C or C++ function +bool DeserializeParametersAndBuildCall( + CallParams &call, + char *in, unsigned int inLength, + void *lastParam, void *thisPtr); + +// Given the output of DeserializeParametersAndBuildCall, actually call a function +bool CallWithStack( CallParams& call, void *functionPtr ); + +/// \internal +/// functions to return the size of the item. +template +size_t D_size( item const ) { return sizeof( item ); } + +/// \internal +/// functions to return the size of the item. +template +size_t D_size( item const*const ) { return sizeof( item ); } + +/// \internal +/// functions to return the size of the item. +template +size_t D_size( item*const ) { return sizeof( item ); } + +/// \internal +size_t D_size( char*const str ); +/// \internal +size_t D_size( char const*const str ); + +/// \internal +enum { + // to maintain binary compatibility with a historical decision, bit 1 is not used + // in defining the "well known param" types + PARAM_TYPE_MASK = 0x5, + INT_PARAM = 0, // pass by value an integer or structure composed of integers. + REAL_PARAM = 1, // pass by value a SINGLE floating point parameter. + REF_PARAM = 4, // pass a pointer or reference to data which must be aligned. + STR_PARAM = 5, // pass a pointer to this data, which need not be unaligned; + // but MUST be null terminated. + // OBJECT_PARAM = 8, // TODO: pass by value an object, object id as first uint32_t of serialized data? + // OBJECT_REF_PARAM = 9, // TODO: pass by reference an object, object id as first uint32_t of serialized data? + // SC == "Shift count" (Bit index); which is always useful. + ENDIAN_SWAP_SC = 1, DO_ENDIAN_SWAP = 1 << ENDIAN_SWAP_SC, + + RESERVED_BITS = 0xf8, +}; + +/// \internal +template +unsigned D_type( item const ) { return INT_PARAM; } + +/// \internal +template +unsigned D_type( item const*const ) { return REF_PARAM; } + +/// \internal +template +unsigned D_type( item*const ) { return REF_PARAM; } + +/// \internal +unsigned D_type( const char*const ); +/// \internal +unsigned D_type( char*const ); + +/// \internal +unsigned D_type( float ); +/// \internal +unsigned D_type( double ); +/// \internal +unsigned D_type( long double ); + +/// \internal +template +void PushHeader( char*& p, item const i, bool endianSwap ) { + unsigned int s = (unsigned int) D_size( i ); + unsigned char f = D_type( i ) | ( ((int) endianSwap) << ENDIAN_SWAP_SC ); + Push( p, s, endianSwap ); + Push( p, f, false ); +} + +/// \internal +/// This encodes the Pointer-to-a-Member-Function we use. +struct PMF { + // This is necessary to make us look like a POD - but it's a crash waiting to happen. + PMF() + { + ; + } + // There is used to cast from the NetworkIDObject into the base object - the pointers stored in + // the structure's start address in memory. + void* (*castUp)(void*); +#ifdef __GNUC__ + typedef GenRPC::NaturalWord NaturalWord; + + // GCC has a simple, consistent PMF structure. + union { + struct { + NaturalWord func_address_or_vtable_index; + NaturalWord class_offset; + }; + NaturalWord raw_pointer[2]; + }; + + // Copy constructor - so we can assign transparently. + PMF( PMF const& pmf ) + : castUp( pmf.castUp ), + func_address_or_vtable_index( pmf.func_address_or_vtable_index ), + class_offset( pmf.class_offset ) + { + ; + } + + // This is provided som PMF can be initialised as null. + PMF( int i ) + : castUp(0), + func_address_or_vtable_index( 0 ), + class_offset( 0 ) + { + assert( i == 0 ); + } + + // Backwards compatibility - provide support for single-inheritance or non-object members. + PMF( void* func ) + : castUp(0), + func_address_or_vtable_index( reinterpret_cast( func ) ), + class_offset( 0 ) + { + ; + } + + // Hack: allow construction from function-address/class offset; not sure this is used. + PMF( void* func, unsigned int offset ) + : castUp( 0 ), func_address_or_vtable_index( reinterpret_cast( func ) ), + class_offset( offset ) + { + ; + } + + + // This initializes our PMF from the compiler's PMF. + template + PMF( Func func, void* (*_cast)(void*) ) + : castUp( _cast ), + func_address_or_vtable_index( ((NaturalWord*)&func)[0] ), + class_offset( ((NaturalWord*)&func)[1] ) + { + assert( sizeof(func) == sizeof(NaturalWord[2]) ); + } + + + // Return the address in memory of the function to ASM call, for a particular object + // The choice of void* as return type is for backwards compatibility. + void* computeFuncAddr( void* object ) { + if ( ( func_address_or_vtable_index & 1 ) == 0 ) + { + return reinterpret_cast( func_address_or_vtable_index ); + } + else + { + void* _object = computeThis(object);; + char* vtable = (char*)*(NaturalWord**)_object; + return reinterpret_cast( *(NaturalWord*)( vtable + func_address_or_vtable_index - 1 ) ); + } + } + + // Take the object and return the address of the derived class to which this method belongs. + void* computeThis( void* object ) { + if ( castUp ) + object = castUp( object ); +#ifdef AUTO_RPC_USE_DYNAMIC_CAST + if ( !object) + return 0; +#endif + return (void*)( (char*)object + class_offset ); + } + +#elif _MSC_VER + +#pragma warning( push ) + +typedef GenRPC::NaturalWord NaturalWord; + +#pragma warning( disable : 4201 ) // warning C4201: nonstandard extension used : nameless struct/union + union { + struct { + NaturalWord func_address; + NaturalWord class_offset; + NaturalWord vinheritance; + NaturalWord vtable_index; + }; + NaturalWord raw_pointer[4]; + }; + + // Copy constructor - so we can assign transparently. + PMF( PMF const& pmf ) + : castUp( pmf.castUp ), + func_address( pmf.func_address ), + class_offset( pmf.class_offset ), + vinheritance( pmf.vinheritance ) , + vtable_index( pmf.vtable_index ) + { + ; + } + + // This is used to initializes a null PMF. + PMF( int i ) + : castUp( 0 ), + func_address( 0 ), + class_offset( 0 ), + vinheritance( 0 ), + vtable_index( 0 ) + { + assert( i == 0 ); + } + // Backwards compatibility - provide support for single-inheritance or non-object member + PMF( void* func ) + : castUp( 0 ), +#pragma warning( disable : 4311 ) // warning C4311: 'reinterpret_cast' : pointer truncation from 'void *' to 'GenRPC::PMF::NaturalWord' + func_address( reinterpret_cast( func ) ), + class_offset( 0 ), + vinheritance( 0 ), + vtable_index( 0 ) + { + ; + } + + // Hack: allow construction from function-address/class offset + PMF( void* func, unsigned int offset ) + : castUp( 0 ), +#pragma warning( disable : 4311 ) // warning C4311: 'reinterpret_cast' : pointer truncation from 'void *' to 'GenRPC::PMF::NaturalWord' + func_address( reinterpret_cast( func ) ), + class_offset( offset ), + vinheritance( 0 ), + vtable_index( 0 ) + { + ; + } + + // This initializes our PMF from the compiler's PMF. + template + PMF( Func func, void* (*_cast)(void*) ) : castUp( _cast ) + { + memset( raw_pointer, 0, sizeof(raw_pointer ) ); + memcpy( raw_pointer, &func, sizeof( func ) ); + } + + + // Return the address in memory of the function to ASM call, for a particular object + // The choice of void* as return type is for backwards compatibility. + void* computeFuncAddr( void* ) { +#pragma warning( disable : 4312 ) // warning C4312: 'reinterpret_cast' : conversion from 'GenRPC::PMF::NaturalWord' to 'void *' of greater size + return reinterpret_cast( func_address ); + } + + // Take the object and return the address of the derived class to which this method belongs. + void* computeThis( void* object ) { + // all offsets are relative to the base object - case up ensure we have that, at the cost of another + // another annoying virtual function call. Need to merge both using a single virtual funciton call. + if ( castUp ) + object = castUp( object ); +#ifdef AUTO_RPC_USE_DYNAMIC_CAST + // propogate failure of dynamic cast. + if ( !castUp ) + return 0; +#endif + if ( vtable_index ) { + NaturalWord** vtable = (NaturalWord**)((char*)object + vinheritance); + return (void*)( (char*)vtable + class_offset + (*vtable)[ vtable_index ] ); + } else { + return (void*)( (char*)object + class_offset ); + } + } + +#pragma warning ( pop ) +#else +#error RakNet:AutoRPC: No support for your compilers PMF +#endif + bool operator==(PMF const& pmf) { return !memcmp( this, &pmf, sizeof(pmf) ); } + bool operator!=(PMF const& pmf) { return !operator==( pmf ); } +}; + + +/// \internal Meta Programming - these return the # of args used by a function. +template +static inline int countFuncArgs( R(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC C::*)() ) { return 0; } + +template +static inline int countFuncArgs( R(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC C::*)(P1) ) { return 1; } + +template +static inline int countFuncArgs( R(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC C::*)(P1, P2) ) { return 2; } + +template +static inline int countFuncArgs( R(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC C::*)(P1, P2, P3) ) { return 3; } + +template +static inline int countFuncArgs( R(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC C::*)(P1, P2, P3, P4) ) { return 4; } + +template +static inline int countFuncArgs( R(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC C::*)(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5) ) { return 5; } + +template +static inline int countFuncArgs( R(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC C::*)(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, P6) ) { return 6; } + +template +static inline int countFuncArgs( R(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC C::*)(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, P6, P7) ) { return 7; } + +template +static inline int countFuncArgs( R(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC C::*)(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, P6, P7, P8) ) { return 8; } + +template +static inline int countFuncArgs( R(AUTO_RPC_CALLSPEC C::*)(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, P6, P7, P8, P9) ) { return 9; } + +/// \internal +/// This template provides provides a function that cast's Up from from NetworkIDObject to the base type. +template +struct CastNetworkIDObject2 { + static void* castUp( void* object ) + { +#ifdef AUTO_RPC_USE_DYNAMIC_CAST + return (void*) dynamic_cast< C* >( (NetworkIDObject*) object ); +#else + return (void*) ( C* ) ( (NetworkIDObject*) object ); +#endif + } +}; + + +/// \internal +/// Template wrapper which initialises the PMF (Pointer to a Member Function) class for a particular a function. +/// \note If you write &DerivedClass::func gcc will convert it into BaseClass::* for template methods, which is why +/// we use an intermediate variable of the precise type - to pass to the PMF constructor. +template +struct PMFWrapper : public PMF { + PMFWrapper( T _t ) : PMF( _t, CastNetworkIDObject2< C >::castUp ) + { + } +}; + +} + +#endif + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/GetTime.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/GetTime.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ead1a047 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/GetTime.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +/// \file +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#include "GetTime.h" +#ifdef _XBOX360 +#include "Console1Includes.h" // Developers of a certain platform will know what to do here. +#elif defined(_WIN32) +#include +DWORD mProcMask; +DWORD mSysMask; +HANDLE mThread; +static LARGE_INTEGER yo; +#elif defined(_PS3) +#include "Console2Includes.h" +#include // GetTime.cpp +#include // GetTime.cpp +#include // GetTime.cpp +uint64_t ticksPerSecond; +uint64_t initialTime; +#else +#include +#include +static timeval tp; +RakNetTimeNS initialTime; +#endif + +static bool initialized=false; +int queryCount=0; + +RakNetTime RakNet::GetTime( void ) +{ + return (RakNetTime)(GetTimeNS()/1000); +} +RakNetTimeNS RakNet::GetTimeNS( void ) +{ +#if defined(_PS3) + uint64_t curTime; + if ( initialized == false) + { + ticksPerSecond = _PS3_GetTicksPerSecond(); + // Use the function to get elapsed ticks, this is a macro. + _PS3_GetElapsedTicks(curTime); + uint64_t quotient, remainder; + quotient=(curTime / ticksPerSecond); + remainder=(curTime % ticksPerSecond); + initialTime = (RakNetTimeNS) quotient*(RakNetTimeNS)1000000 + (remainder*(RakNetTimeNS)1000000 / ticksPerSecond); + initialized = true; + } +#elif defined(_WIN32) + // Win32 + if ( initialized == false) + { + initialized = true; + +#if !defined(_WIN32_WCE) + // Save the current process + HANDLE mProc = GetCurrentProcess(); + + // Get the current Affinity +#if _MSC_VER >= 1400 && defined (_M_X64) + GetProcessAffinityMask(mProc, (PDWORD_PTR)&mProcMask, (PDWORD_PTR)&mSysMask); +#else + GetProcessAffinityMask(mProc, &mProcMask, &mSysMask); +#endif + + mThread = GetCurrentThread(); + +#endif // !defined(_WIN32_WCE) + + QueryPerformanceFrequency( &yo ); + } + // 01/12/08 - According to the docs "The frequency cannot change while the system is running." so this shouldn't be necessary + /* + if (++queryCount==200) + { + // Set affinity to the first core + SetThreadAffinityMask(mThread, 1); + + QueryPerformanceFrequency( &yo ); + + // Reset affinity + SetThreadAffinityMask(mThread, mProcMask); + + queryCount=0; + } + */ + +#elif (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__GCCXML__)) + if ( initialized == false) + { + gettimeofday( &tp, 0 ); + initialized=true; + // I do this because otherwise RakNetTime in milliseconds won't work as it will underflow when dividing by 1000 to do the conversion + initialTime = ( tp.tv_sec ) * (RakNetTimeNS) 1000000 + ( tp.tv_usec ); + } +#endif + +#if defined(_PS3) + // Use the function to get elapsed ticks, this is a macro. + _PS3_GetElapsedTicks(curTime); + uint64_t quotient, remainder; + quotient=(curTime / ticksPerSecond); + remainder=(curTime % ticksPerSecond); + curTime = (RakNetTimeNS) quotient*(RakNetTimeNS)1000000 + (remainder*(RakNetTimeNS)1000000 / ticksPerSecond); + // Subtract from initialTime so the millisecond conversion does not underflow + return curTime - initialTime; +#elif defined(_WIN32) + + RakNetTimeNS curTime; + static RakNetTimeNS lastQueryVal=(RakNetTimeNS)0; + static unsigned long lastTickCountVal = GetTickCount(); + + LARGE_INTEGER PerfVal; + +#if !defined(_WIN32_WCE) + // Set affinity to the first core + SetThreadAffinityMask(mThread, 1); +#endif // !defined(_WIN32_WCE) + + // Docs: On a multiprocessor computer, it should not matter which processor is called. + // However, you can get different results on different processors due to bugs in the basic input/output system (BIOS) or the hardware abstraction layer (HAL). To specify processor affinity for a thread, use the SetThreadAffinityMask function. + // Query the timer + QueryPerformanceCounter( &PerfVal ); + +#if !defined(_WIN32_WCE) + // Reset affinity + SetThreadAffinityMask(mThread, mProcMask); +#endif // !defined(_WIN32_WCE) + + __int64 quotient, remainder; + quotient=((PerfVal.QuadPart) / yo.QuadPart); + remainder=((PerfVal.QuadPart) % yo.QuadPart); + curTime = (RakNetTimeNS) quotient*(RakNetTimeNS)1000000 + (remainder*(RakNetTimeNS)1000000 / yo.QuadPart); + +#if !defined(_WIN32_WCE) + if (lastQueryVal==0) + { + // First call + lastQueryVal=curTime; + return curTime; + } + + // To workaround http://support.microsoft.com/kb/274323 where the timer can sometimes jump forward by hours or days + unsigned long curTickCount = GetTickCount(); + unsigned elapsedTickCount = curTickCount - lastTickCountVal; + RakNetTimeNS elapsedQueryVal = curTime - lastQueryVal; + if (elapsedQueryVal/1000 > elapsedTickCount+100) + { + curTime=lastQueryVal+elapsedTickCount*1000; + } + + lastTickCountVal=curTickCount; + lastQueryVal=curTime; +#endif + return curTime; + +#elif (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__GCCXML__)) + // GCC + RakNetTimeNS curTime; + gettimeofday( &tp, 0 ); + + curTime = ( tp.tv_sec ) * (RakNetTimeNS) 1000000 + ( tp.tv_usec ); + // Subtract from initialTime so the millisecond conversion does not underflow + return curTime - initialTime; +#endif +} diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/GetTime.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/GetTime.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..04c4d180 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/GetTime.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief Returns the value from QueryPerformanceCounter. This is the function RakNet uses to represent time. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __GET_TIME_H +#define __GET_TIME_H + +#include "Export.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" // For RakNetTime + +/// The namespace RakNet is not consistently used. It's only purpose is to avoid compiler errors for classes whose names are very common. +/// For the most part I've tried to avoid this simply by using names very likely to be unique for my classes. +namespace RakNet +{ + /// Returns the value from QueryPerformanceCounter. This is the function RakNet uses to represent time. + RakNetTime RAK_DLL_EXPORT GetTime( void ); + RakNetTimeNS RAK_DLL_EXPORT GetTimeNS( void ); +} + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/GridSectorizer.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/GridSectorizer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..be39015c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/GridSectorizer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,191 @@ +#include "RakAssert.h" +#include "GridSectorizer.h" +//#include +#include + +GridSectorizer::GridSectorizer() +{ + grid=0; +} +GridSectorizer::~GridSectorizer() +{ + if (grid) + delete [] grid; +} +void GridSectorizer::Init(const float _maxCellWidth, const float _maxCellHeight, const float minX, const float minY, const float maxX, const float maxY) +{ + RakAssert(_maxCellWidth > 0.0f && _maxCellHeight > 0.0f); + if (grid) + delete [] grid; + + cellOriginX=minX; + cellOriginY=minY; + gridWidth=maxX-minX; + gridHeight=maxY-minY; + gridCellWidthCount=(int) ceil(gridWidth/_maxCellWidth); + gridCellHeightCount=(int) ceil(gridHeight/_maxCellHeight); + // Make the cells slightly smaller, so we allocate an extra unneeded cell if on the edge. This way we don't go outside the array on rounding errors. + cellWidth=gridWidth/gridCellWidthCount; + cellHeight=gridHeight/gridCellHeightCount; + invCellWidth = 1.0f / cellWidth; + invCellHeight = 1.0f / cellHeight; + +#ifdef _USE_ORDERED_LIST + grid = new DataStructures::OrderedList[gridCellWidthCount*gridCellHeightCount]; + DataStructures::OrderedList::IMPLEMENT_DEFAULT_COMPARISON(); +#else + grid = new DataStructures::List[gridCellWidthCount*gridCellHeightCount]; +#endif +} +void GridSectorizer::AddEntry(void *entry, const float minX, const float minY, const float maxX, const float maxY) +{ + RakAssert(cellWidth>0.0f); + RakAssert(minX < maxX && minY < maxY); + + int xStart, yStart, xEnd, yEnd, xCur, yCur; + xStart=WorldToCellXOffsetAndClamped(minX); + yStart=WorldToCellYOffsetAndClamped(minY); + xEnd=WorldToCellXOffsetAndClamped(maxX); + yEnd=WorldToCellYOffsetAndClamped(maxY); + + for (xCur=xStart; xCur <= xEnd; ++xCur) + { + for (yCur=yStart; yCur <= yEnd; ++yCur) + { +#ifdef _USE_ORDERED_LIST + grid[yCur*gridCellWidthCount+xCur].Insert(entry,entry, true); +#else + grid[yCur*gridCellWidthCount+xCur].Insert(entry); +#endif + } + } +} +#ifdef _USE_ORDERED_LIST +void GridSectorizer::RemoveEntry(void *entry, const float minX, const float minY, const float maxX, const float maxY) +{ + RakAssert(cellWidth>0.0f); + RakAssert(minX <= maxX && minY <= maxY); + + int xStart, yStart, xEnd, yEnd, xCur, yCur; + xStart=WorldToCellXOffsetAndClamped(minX); + yStart=WorldToCellYOffsetAndClamped(minY); + xEnd=WorldToCellXOffsetAndClamped(maxX); + yEnd=WorldToCellYOffsetAndClamped(maxY); + + for (xCur=xStart; xCur <= xEnd; ++xCur) + { + for (yCur=yStart; yCur <= yEnd; ++yCur) + { + grid[yCur*gridCellWidthCount+xCur].RemoveIfExists(entry); + } + } +} +void GridSectorizer::MoveEntry(void *entry, const float sourceMinX, const float sourceMinY, const float sourceMaxX, const float sourceMaxY, + const float destMinX, const float destMinY, const float destMaxX, const float destMaxY) +{ + RakAssert(cellWidth>0.0f); + RakAssert(sourceMinX < sourceMaxX && sourceMinY < sourceMaxY); + RakAssert(destMinX < destMaxX && destMinY < destMaxY); + + if (PositionCrossesCells(sourceMinX, sourceMinY, destMinX, destMinY)==false && + PositionCrossesCells(destMinX, destMinY, destMinX, destMinY)==false) + return; + + int xStartSource, yStartSource, xEndSource, yEndSource; + int xStartDest, yStartDest, xEndDest, yEndDest; + int xCur, yCur; + xStartSource=WorldToCellXOffsetAndClamped(sourceMinX); + yStartSource=WorldToCellYOffsetAndClamped(sourceMinY); + xEndSource=WorldToCellXOffsetAndClamped(sourceMaxX); + yEndSource=WorldToCellYOffsetAndClamped(sourceMaxY); + + xStartDest=WorldToCellXOffsetAndClamped(destMinX); + yStartDest=WorldToCellYOffsetAndClamped(destMinY); + xEndDest=WorldToCellXOffsetAndClamped(destMaxX); + yEndDest=WorldToCellYOffsetAndClamped(destMaxY); + + // Remove source that is not in dest + for (xCur=xStartSource; xCur <= xEndSource; ++xCur) + { + for (yCur=yStartSource; yCur <= yEndSource; ++yCur) + { + if (xCur < xStartDest || xCur > xEndDest || + yCur < yStartDest || yCur > yEndDest) + { + grid[yCur*gridCellWidthCount+xCur].RemoveIfExists(entry); + } + } + } + + // Add dest that is not in source + for (xCur=xStartDest; xCur <= xEndDest; ++xCur) + { + for (yCur=yStartDest; yCur <= yEndDest; ++yCur) + { + if (xCur < xStartSource || xCur > xEndSource || + yCur < yStartSource || yCur > yEndSource) + { + grid[yCur*gridCellWidthCount+xCur].Insert(entry,entry, true); + } + } + } +} +#endif +void GridSectorizer::GetEntries(DataStructures::List& intersectionList, const float minX, const float minY, const float maxX, const float maxY) +{ +#ifdef _USE_ORDERED_LIST + DataStructures::OrderedList* cell; +#else + DataStructures::List* cell; +#endif + int xStart, yStart, xEnd, yEnd, xCur, yCur; + unsigned index; + xStart=WorldToCellXOffsetAndClamped(minX); + yStart=WorldToCellYOffsetAndClamped(minY); + xEnd=WorldToCellXOffsetAndClamped(maxX); + yEnd=WorldToCellYOffsetAndClamped(maxY); + + intersectionList.Clear(true); + for (xCur=xStart; xCur <= xEnd; ++xCur) + { + for (yCur=yStart; yCur <= yEnd; ++yCur) + { + cell = grid+yCur*gridCellWidthCount+xCur; + for (index=0; index < cell->Size(); ++index) + intersectionList.Insert(cell->operator [](index)); + } + } +} +bool GridSectorizer::PositionCrossesCells(const float originX, const float originY, const float destinationX, const float destinationY) const +{ + return originX/cellWidth!=destinationX/cellWidth || originY/cellHeight!=destinationY/cellHeight; +} +int GridSectorizer::WorldToCellX(const float input) const +{ + return (int)((input-cellOriginX)*invCellWidth); +} +int GridSectorizer::WorldToCellY(const float input) const +{ + return (int)((input-cellOriginY)*invCellHeight); +} +int GridSectorizer::WorldToCellXOffsetAndClamped(const float input) const +{ + int cell=WorldToCellX(input); + cell = cell > 0 ? cell : 0; // __max(cell,0); + cell = gridCellWidthCount-1 < cell ? gridCellWidthCount-1 : cell; // __min(gridCellWidthCount-1, cell); + return cell; +} +int GridSectorizer::WorldToCellYOffsetAndClamped(const float input) const +{ + int cell=WorldToCellY(input); + cell = cell > 0 ? cell : 0; // __max(cell,0); + cell = gridCellHeightCount-1 < cell ? gridCellHeightCount-1 : cell; // __min(gridCellHeightCount-1, cell); + return cell; +} +void GridSectorizer::Clear(void) +{ + int cur; + int count = gridCellWidthCount*gridCellHeightCount; + for (cur=0; cur& intersectionList, const float minX, const float minY, const float maxX, const float maxY); + + void Clear(void); + +protected: + int WorldToCellX(const float input) const; + int WorldToCellY(const float input) const; + int WorldToCellXOffsetAndClamped(const float input) const; + int WorldToCellYOffsetAndClamped(const float input) const; + + // Returns true or false if a position crosses cells in the grid. If false, you don't need to move entries + bool PositionCrossesCells(const float originX, const float originY, const float destinationX, const float destinationY) const; + + float cellOriginX, cellOriginY; + float cellWidth, cellHeight; + float invCellWidth, invCellHeight; + float gridWidth, gridHeight; + int gridCellWidthCount, gridCellHeightCount; + + + // int gridWidth, gridHeight; + +#ifdef _USE_ORDERED_LIST + DataStructures::OrderedList* grid; +#else + DataStructures::List* grid; +#endif +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/HTTPConnection.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/HTTPConnection.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a80222f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/HTTPConnection.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief Contains HTTPConnection, used to communicate with web servers +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2008 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#include "TCPInterface.h" +#include "HTTPConnection.h" +#include "RakSleep.h" +#include "RakString.h" +#include "RakAssert.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include + +using namespace RakNet; + +HTTPConnection::HTTPConnection(TCPInterface& _tcp, const char *_host, unsigned short _port) + : tcp(_tcp), host(_host), port(_port), state(RAK_HTTP_INITIAL) {} + +void HTTPConnection::Post(const char *remote_path, const char *data, const char *_contentType) +{ + if(state == RAK_HTTP_IDLE) + state = RAK_HTTP_ESTABLISHED; + else if(state == RAK_HTTP_INITIAL) + state = RAK_HTTP_STARTING; + else + return; + + outgoing = data; + path = remote_path; + contentType=_contentType; + + incoming.Clear(); +} + +bool HTTPConnection::HasBadResponse(int *code, RakNet::RakString *data) +{ + if(badResponses.IsEmpty()) + return false; + + if (code) + *code = badResponses.Peek().code; + if (data) + *data = badResponses.Pop().data; + return true; +} + + +bool HTTPConnection::InList(StatusCheckFunction func) +{ + SystemAddress address = (tcp.*func)(); + + if(address == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + return false; + + server = address; + return true; +} + +void HTTPConnection::Update(void) +{ + if(InList(&TCPInterface::HasCompletedConnectionAttempt)) + state = RAK_HTTP_ESTABLISHED; + + if(InList(&TCPInterface::HasFailedConnectionAttempt)) + state = RAK_HTTP_STARTING; // retry + + // normally, HTTP servers close the stream after sending data + if(InList(&TCPInterface::HasLostConnection)) + state = RAK_HTTP_INITIAL; + + if(state == RAK_HTTP_STARTING) + { + server = tcp.Connect(host, port, false); + state = RAK_HTTP_CONNECTING; + } + + if(state == RAK_HTTP_ESTABLISHED) + { + RakString request("POST %s HTTP/1.0\r\n" + "Host: %s\r\n" + "Content-Type: %s\r\n" + "Content-Length: %u\r\n" + "\r\n" + "%s", + path.C_String(), + host.C_String(), + contentType.C_String(), + (unsigned) outgoing.GetLength(), + outgoing.C_String()); + tcp.Send(request, (unsigned int) strlen(request), server); + + state = RAK_HTTP_REQUEST_SENT; + } +} +RakString HTTPConnection::Read(void) +{ + const char *start_of_body = strstr(incoming, "\r\n\r\n"); + + if(! start_of_body) + { + badResponses.Push(BadResponse(incoming, HTTPConnection::NoBody)); + return RakString(); + } + + return RakString(start_of_body + 4); +} +SystemAddress HTTPConnection::GetServerAddress(void) const +{ + return server; +} +bool HTTPConnection::ProcessFinalTCPPacket(Packet *packet) +{ + RakAssert(packet); + + // read all the packets possible + if(packet->systemAddress == server) + { + if(incoming.GetLength() == 0) + { + int response_code = atoi((char *)packet->data + strlen("HTTP/1.0 ")); + + if(response_code > 299) + badResponses.Push(BadResponse(packet->data, response_code)); + } + incoming += (char *)packet->data; // safe because TCPInterface Null-terminates + + assert(strlen((char *)packet->data) == packet->length); // otherwise it contains Null bytes + + + const char *start_of_body = strstr(incoming, "\r\n\r\n"); + + // besides having the server close the connection, they may + // provide a length header and supply that many bytes + if(start_of_body && state == RAK_HTTP_REQUEST_SENT) + { + if (strstr((const char*) packet->data, "\r\nConnection: close\r\n")) + { + state = RAK_HTTP_IDLE; + } + else + { + long length_of_headers = (long)(start_of_body + 4 - incoming.C_String()); + + const char *length_header = strstr(incoming, "\r\nLength: "); + if(length_header) + { + long length = atol(length_header + 10) + length_of_headers; + + if((long) incoming.GetLength() >= length) + state = RAK_HTTP_IDLE; + } + } + } + } + + return IsBusy()==false; +} + +bool HTTPConnection::IsBusy(void) const +{ + return state != RAK_HTTP_IDLE && state != RAK_HTTP_INITIAL; +} + +int HTTPConnection::GetState(void) const +{ + return state; +} + + +HTTPConnection::~HTTPConnection(void) +{ + tcp.CloseConnection(server); +} + + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/HTTPConnection.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/HTTPConnection.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..51aa0181 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/HTTPConnection.h @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief Contains HTTPConnection, used to communicate with web servers +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2008 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __HTTP_CONNECTION +#define __HTTP_CONNECTION + +#include "Export.h" +#include "RakString.h" +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "DS_Queue.h" + +class TCPInterface; +struct SystemAddress; + +/// \brief Use HTTPConnection to communicate with a web server. +/// Start an instance of TCPInterface via the Start() command. +/// Instantiate a new instance of HTTPConnection, and associate TCPInterface with the class in the constructor. +/// Use Post() to send commands to the web server, and ProcessDataPacket() to update the connection with packets returned from TCPInterface that have the system address of the web server +/// This class will handle connecting and reconnecting as necessary. +/// +/// Note that only one Post() can be handled at a time. +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT HTTPConnection : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ +public: + /// Returns a HTTP object associated with this tcp connection + /// \pre tcp should already be started + HTTPConnection(TCPInterface& tcp, const char *host, unsigned short port=80); + virtual ~HTTPConnection(); + + /// Submit data to the HTTP server + /// HTTP only allows one request at a time per connection + /// + /// \pre IsBusy()==false + /// \param path the path on the remote server you want to POST to. For example "mywebpage/index.html" + /// \param data A NULL terminated string to submit to the server + /// \param contentType "Content-Type:" passed to post. + void Post(const char *path, const char *data, const char *_contentType="application/x-www-form-urlencoded"); + + /// Get data returned by the HTTP server + /// If IsFinished()==false then this may be empty or a partial + /// response. + RakNet::RakString Read(void); + + /// Call periodically to do time-based updates + void Update(void); + + /// Returns the address of the server we are connected to + SystemAddress GetServerAddress(void) const; + + /// Process an HTTP data packet returned from TCPInterface + /// Returns true when we have gotten all the data from the HTTP server. + /// If this returns true then it's safe to Post() another request + /// Deallocate the packet as usual via TCPInterface + /// \param packet NULL or a packet associated with our host and port + /// \return true when all data from one Post() has been read. + bool ProcessFinalTCPPacket(Packet *packet); + + /// Results of HTTP requests. Standard response codes are < 999 + /// ( define HTTP codes and our internal codes as needed ) + enum ResponseCodes { NoBody=1001, OK=200, Deleted=1002 }; + + HTTPConnection& operator=(const HTTPConnection& rhs){(void) rhs; return *this;} + + /// Encapsulates a raw HTTP response and response code + struct BadResponse + { + public: + BadResponse() {code=0;} + + BadResponse(const unsigned char *_data, int _code) + : data((const char *)_data), code(_code) {} + + BadResponse(const char *_data, int _code) + : data(_data), code(_code) {} + + operator int () const { return code; } + + RakNet::RakString data; + int code; // ResponseCodes + }; + + /// Queued events of failed exchanges with the HTTP server + bool HasBadResponse(int *code, RakNet::RakString *data); + + /// Returns false if the connection is not doing anything else + bool IsBusy(void) const; + + /// \internal + int GetState(void) const; + +private: + SystemAddress server; + TCPInterface& tcp; + RakNet::RakString host; + unsigned short port; + enum { RAK_HTTP_INITIAL, + RAK_HTTP_STARTING, + RAK_HTTP_CONNECTING, + RAK_HTTP_ESTABLISHED, + RAK_HTTP_REQUEST_SENT, + RAK_HTTP_IDLE } state; + RakNet::RakString outgoing, incoming, path, contentType; + DataStructures::Queue badResponses; + void Process(Packet *packet); // the workhorse + + // this helps check the various status lists in TCPInterface + typedef SystemAddress (TCPInterface::*StatusCheckFunction)(void); + bool InList(StatusCheckFunction func); +}; + +#endif + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/InlineFunctor.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/InlineFunctor.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..87f47734 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/InlineFunctor.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +#include "InlineFunctor.h" + +void InlineFunctor::HandleResult(bool wasCancelled, void *context) +{ + ifp->Pop(callDepth); +} + +InlineFunctorProcessor::InlineFunctorProcessor() +{ + +} +InlineFunctorProcessor::~InlineFunctorProcessor() +{ + StopThreads(false); +} + +void InlineFunctorProcessor::StartThreads(int numThreads) +{ + functionThread.StartThreads(numThreads); +} +void InlineFunctorProcessor::StopThreads(bool blockOnCurrentProcessing) +{ + functionThread.StopThreads(blockOnCurrentProcessing); +} +void InlineFunctorProcessor::YieldOnFunctor(InlineFunctor *inlineFunctor) +{ + inlineFunctor->callDepth=GetCallDepth(); + inlineFunctor->ifp=this; + functionThread.Push(inlineFunctor); + completedThreads.Push(false); +} +bool InlineFunctorProcessor::UpdateIFP(void) +{ + functionThread.CallResultHandlers(); + if (completedThreads.Size() && completedThreads[completedThreads.Size()-1]==true) + { + completedThreads.Pop(); + return true; + } + return false; +} +void InlineFunctorProcessor::Pop(int threadCallDepth) +{ + completedThreads[threadCallDepth]=true; +} +unsigned InlineFunctorProcessor::GetCallDepth(void) const +{ + return completedThreads.Size(); +} diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/InlineFunctor.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/InlineFunctor.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f3c17c7b --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/InlineFunctor.h @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +#include "FunctionThread.h" +#include "DS_List.h" + +class InlineFunctorProcessor; + +/// A base class to derive functors from for the InlineFunctorProcessor system +class InlineFunctor : public RakNet::Functor +{ +protected: + /// \internal - Calls InlineFunctorProcessor to signal that the functor is done + virtual void HandleResult(bool wasCancelled, void *context); + + /// Tracks the call depth when this functor was pushed. It allows the system to return from functions in the correct order + int callDepth; + + /// Pointer to the calling instance of InlineFunctorProcessor + InlineFunctorProcessor *ifp; + friend class InlineFunctorProcessor; +}; + +/// A base class that will allow you to call YieldOnFunctor() from within a function, and continue with that function when the asynchronous processing has completed +class InlineFunctorProcessor +{ +public: + InlineFunctorProcessor(); + ~InlineFunctorProcessor(); + + /// Start the threads. Should call this first + /// \param[in] numThreads How many worker threads to start + /// \note If only one thread is started, then the calls to YieldOnFunctor will process in that order + void StartThreads(int numThreads); + + /// Stop the threads + /// \param[in] blockOnCurrentProcessing Wait for the current processing to finish? + void StopThreads(bool blockOnCurrentProcessing); + + /// Yield processing in the current function, continuing with the function implemented by CallYieldFunction + /// When the functor completes, this function will return and the caller will continue processing + /// \param[in] inlineFunctor A class that implements Functor::Process() to perform processing that can work asynchronously, such as loading a file or doing a database call + void YieldOnFunctor(InlineFunctor *inlineFunctor); + + /// \internal + /// If the functor is done, continue processing the caller + /// \return True if the topmost functor has completed, false otherwise + bool UpdateIFP(void); + + /// \internal + /// Notify the caller that the functor is done + void Pop(int threadCallDepth); + +protected: + + /// Returns the number of functors that were passed to the system + unsigned GetCallDepth(void) const; + + /// Used to create a thread that processes functors + RakNet::FunctionThread functionThread; + + /// Tracks which threads have been completed + DataStructures::List completedThreads; +}; diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/InternalPacket.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/InternalPacket.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ae5b8f53 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/InternalPacket.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Internal] A class which stores a user message, and all information associated with sending and receiving that message. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __INTERNAL_PACKET_H +#define __INTERNAL_PACKET_H + +#include "PacketPriority.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" + +typedef unsigned short SplitPacketIdType; +typedef unsigned int SplitPacketIndexType; + + +/// This is the counter used for holding packet numbers, so we can detect duplicate packets. It should be large enough that if the variables +/// were to wrap, the newly wrapped values would no longer be in use. Warning: Too large of a value wastes bandwidth! +/// Use the smallest possible value, such that you send no more than rangeof(MessageNumberType) / GetTimeoutTime() packets per second +/// For the default value of 10 seconds, this is +/// unsigned char - 25.5 packets per second +/// unsigned short - 6553.5 packets per second +/// unsigned int - You'll run out of memory first. +typedef unsigned int MessageNumberType; + +/// This is the counter used for holding ordered packet numbers, so we can detect out-of-order packets. It should be large enough that if the variables +/// were to wrap, the newly wrapped values would no longer be in use. Warning: Too large of a value wastes bandwidth! +typedef MessageNumberType OrderingIndexType; + +typedef RakNetTime RemoteSystemTimeType; + +/// Holds a user message, and related information +/// Don't use a constructor or destructor, due to the memory pool I am using +struct InternalPacket : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride// +{ + ///True if this is an acknowledgment packet + //bool isAcknowledgement; + + /// A unique numerical identifier given to this user message. Used to identify messages on the network + MessageNumberType messageNumber; + /// Identifies the order in which this number was sent. Used locally + MessageNumberType messageInternalOrder; + /// Has this message number been assigned yet? We don't assign until the message is actually sent. + /// This fixes a bug where pre-determining message numbers and then sending a message on a different channel creates a huge gap. + /// This causes performance problems and causes those messages to timeout. + bool messageNumberAssigned; + /// Used only for tracking packetloss and windowing internally, this is the aggreggate packet number that a message was last sent in + unsigned packetNumber; + /// Was this packet number used this update to track windowing drops or increases? Each packet number is only used once per update. +// bool allowWindowUpdate; + ///The priority level of this packet + PacketPriority priority; + ///What type of reliability algorithm to use with this packet + PacketReliability reliability; + ///What ordering channel this packet is on, if the reliability type uses ordering channels + unsigned char orderingChannel; + ///The ID used as identification for ordering channels + OrderingIndexType orderingIndex; + ///The ID of the split packet, if we have split packets. This is the maximum number of split messages we can send simultaneously per connection. + SplitPacketIdType splitPacketId; + ///If this is a split packet, the index into the array of subsplit packets + SplitPacketIndexType splitPacketIndex; + ///The size of the array of subsplit packets + SplitPacketIndexType splitPacketCount; + ///When this packet was created + RakNetTimeNS creationTime; + ///The next time to take action on this packet + RakNetTimeNS nextActionTime; + // If this was a reliable packet, it included the ping time, to be sent back in an ack + //RakNetTimeNS remoteSystemTime; + //RemoteSystemTimeType remoteSystemTime; + ///How many bits the data is + BitSize_t dataBitLength; + ///Buffer is a pointer to the actual data, assuming this packet has data at all + unsigned char *data; +}; + +#endif + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Itoa.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Itoa.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..718666b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Itoa.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ + +// Fast itoa from http://www.jb.man.ac.uk/~slowe/cpp/itoa.html for Linux since it seems like Linux doesn't support this function. +// I modified it to remove the std dependencies. +char* Itoa( int value, char* result, int base ) + { + // check that the base if valid + if (base < 2 || base > 16) { *result = 0; return result; } + char* out = result; + int quotient = value; + + int absQModB; + + do { + // KevinJ - get rid of this dependency + //*out = "0123456789abcdef"[ std::abs( quotient % base ) ]; + absQModB=quotient % base; + if (absQModB < 0) + absQModB=-absQModB; + *out = "0123456789abcdef"[ absQModB ]; + ++out; + quotient /= base; + } while ( quotient ); + + // Only apply negative sign for base 10 + if ( value < 0 && base == 10) *out++ = '-'; + + // KevinJ - get rid of this dependency + // std::reverse( result, out ); + *out = 0; + + // KevinJ - My own reverse code + char *start = result; + char temp; + out--; + while (start < out) + { + temp=*start; + *start=*out; + *out=temp; + start++; + out--; + } + + return result; +} diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Itoa.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Itoa.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..be1b2dab --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Itoa.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#ifndef __RAK_ITOA_H +#define __RAK_ITOA_H + +#include "Export.h" + +RAK_DLL_EXPORT char* Itoa( int value, char* result, int base ); + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Kbhit.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Kbhit.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cb6f53b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Kbhit.h @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +/***************************************************************************** +kbhit() and getch() for Linux/UNIX +Chris Giese http://my.execpc.com/~geezer +Release date: ? +This code is public domain (no copyright). +You can do whatever you want with it. +*****************************************************************************/ +#if !defined(linux) +#include /* kbhit(), getch() */ + +#else +#include /* struct timeval, select() */ +/* ICANON, ECHO, TCSANOW, struct termios */ +#include /* tcgetattr(), tcsetattr() */ +#include /* atexit(), exit() */ +#include /* read() */ +#include /* printf() */ +#include /* memcpy */ + +static struct termios g_old_kbd_mode; +/***************************************************************************** +*****************************************************************************/ +static void cooked(void) +{ + tcsetattr(0, TCSANOW, &g_old_kbd_mode); +} +/***************************************************************************** +*****************************************************************************/ +static void raw(void) +{ + static char init; +/**/ + struct termios new_kbd_mode; + + if(init) + return; +/* put keyboard (stdin, actually) in raw, unbuffered mode */ + tcgetattr(0, &g_old_kbd_mode); + memcpy(&new_kbd_mode, &g_old_kbd_mode, sizeof(struct termios)); + new_kbd_mode.c_lflag &= ~(ICANON | ECHO); + new_kbd_mode.c_cc[VTIME] = 0; + new_kbd_mode.c_cc[VMIN] = 1; + tcsetattr(0, TCSANOW, &new_kbd_mode); +/* when we exit, go back to normal, "cooked" mode */ + atexit(cooked); + + init = 1; +} +/***************************************************************************** +*****************************************************************************/ +static int kbhit(void) +{ + struct timeval timeout; + fd_set read_handles; + int status; + + raw(); +/* check stdin (fd 0) for activity */ + FD_ZERO(&read_handles); + FD_SET(0, &read_handles); + timeout.tv_sec = timeout.tv_usec = 0; + status = select(0 + 1, &read_handles, NULL, NULL, &timeout); + if(status < 0) + { + printf("select() failed in kbhit()\n"); + exit(1); + } + return status; +} +/***************************************************************************** +*****************************************************************************/ +static int getch(void) +{ + unsigned char temp; + + raw(); +/* stdin = fd 0 */ + if(read(0, &temp, 1) != 1) + return 0; + return temp; +} +#endif + + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/LightweightDatabaseClient.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/LightweightDatabaseClient.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..236930e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/LightweightDatabaseClient.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +#include "LightweightDatabaseClient.h" +#include "StringCompressor.h" +#include "MessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "RakPeerInterface.h" +#include "TableSerializer.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "RakAssert.h" + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +LightweightDatabaseClient::LightweightDatabaseClient() +{ + rakPeer=0; +} +LightweightDatabaseClient::~LightweightDatabaseClient() +{ + +} +void LightweightDatabaseClient::QueryTable(const char *tableName, const char *queryPassword, const char **columnNamesSubset, unsigned char numColumnSubset, DatabaseFilter *filter, unsigned char numFilters, unsigned *rowIds, unsigned char numRowIDs, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast) +{ + if (tableName==0 || tableName[0]==0) + return; + if (rakPeer==0) + return; + + RakNet::BitStream out; + out.Write((MessageID)ID_DATABASE_QUERY_REQUEST); + stringCompressor->EncodeString(tableName, _SIMPLE_DATABASE_TABLE_NAME_LENGTH, &out); + if (queryPassword && queryPassword[0]) + { + out.Write(true); + // This is sent in plain text. I can do this securely but it's not worth the trouble. + // Use secure connections if you want security. + stringCompressor->EncodeString(queryPassword, _SIMPLE_DATABASE_PASSWORD_LENGTH, &out); + } + else + out.Write(false); + + out.Write(numColumnSubset); + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < numColumnSubset; i++) + { + stringCompressor->EncodeString(columnNamesSubset[i],256,&out); + } + + out.Write(numFilters); + for (i=0; i < numFilters; i++) + { + RakAssert((int)filter[i].operation<=(int)DataStructures::Table::QF_NOT_EMPTY); + filter[i].Serialize(&out); + } + + out.Write(numRowIDs); + for (i=0; i < numRowIDs; i++) + out.Write(rowIds[i]); + + rakPeer->Send(&out, HIGH_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED,0,systemAddress, broadcast); +} +void LightweightDatabaseClient::RemoveRow(const char *tableName, const char *removePassword, unsigned rowId, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast) +{ + if (tableName==0 || tableName[0]==0) + return; + if (rakPeer==0) + return; + + RakNet::BitStream out; + out.Write((MessageID)ID_DATABASE_REMOVE_ROW); + stringCompressor->EncodeString(tableName, _SIMPLE_DATABASE_TABLE_NAME_LENGTH, &out); + if (removePassword && removePassword[0]) + { + out.Write(true); + // This is sent in plain text. I can do this securely but it's not worth the trouble. + // Use secure connections if you want security. + stringCompressor->EncodeString(removePassword, _SIMPLE_DATABASE_PASSWORD_LENGTH, &out); + } + else + out.Write(false); + + out.Write(rowId); + + rakPeer->Send(&out, HIGH_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED,0,systemAddress, broadcast); +} +void LightweightDatabaseClient::UpdateRow(const char *tableName, const char *updatePassword, RowUpdateMode updateMode, bool hasRowId, unsigned rowId, DatabaseCellUpdate *cellUpdates, unsigned char numCellUpdates, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast) +{ + if (tableName==0 || tableName[0]==0) + return; + if (rakPeer==0) + return; + if (cellUpdates==0 || numCellUpdates==0) + return; + + RakNet::BitStream out; + out.Write((MessageID)ID_DATABASE_UPDATE_ROW); + stringCompressor->EncodeString(tableName, _SIMPLE_DATABASE_TABLE_NAME_LENGTH, &out); + if (updatePassword && updatePassword[0]) + { + out.Write(true); + // This is sent in plain text. I can do this securely but it's not worth the trouble. + // Use secure connections if you want security. + stringCompressor->EncodeString(updatePassword, _SIMPLE_DATABASE_PASSWORD_LENGTH, &out); + } + else + out.Write(false); + + out.Write((unsigned char) updateMode); + out.Write(hasRowId); + if (hasRowId) + out.Write(rowId); + out.Write(numCellUpdates); + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < numCellUpdates; i++) + cellUpdates[i].Serialize(&out); + + rakPeer->Send(&out, HIGH_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED,0,systemAddress, broadcast); +} + +PluginReceiveResult LightweightDatabaseClient::OnReceive(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + (void) packet; + (void) peer; + + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; +} +void LightweightDatabaseClient::OnAttach(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + rakPeer=peer; +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/LightweightDatabaseClient.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/LightweightDatabaseClient.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3f3b3fb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/LightweightDatabaseClient.h @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief Contains the client interface to the simple database included with RakNet, useful for a server browser or a lobby server. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __LIGHTWEIGHT_DATABASE_CLIENT_H +#define __LIGHTWEIGHT_DATABASE_CLIENT_H + +#include "Export.h" +#include "PluginInterface.h" +#include "LightweightDatabaseCommon.h" + +class RakPeerInterface; +struct Packet; + +/// \defgroup SIMPLE_DATABSE_GROUP LightweightDatabase +/// \ingroup PLUGINS_GROUP + +/// \brief The client interface to the simple database included with RakNet, useful for a server browser or a lobby server. +/// \ingroup SIMPLE_DATABSE_GROUP +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT LightweightDatabaseClient : public PluginInterface +{ +public: + + /// Constructor + LightweightDatabaseClient(); + + /// Destructor + virtual ~LightweightDatabaseClient(); + + /// Sends a query to a remote table. + /// The remote system should return ID_DATABASE_QUERY_REPLY, ID_DATABASE_UNKNOWN_TABLE, or ID_DATABASE_INCORRECT_PASSWORD + /// \note If the remote table uses a password and you send the wrong one you will be silently disconnected and banned for one second. + /// \param[in] tableName String name of the remote table. Case sensitive. + /// \param[in] queryPassword Password to query the remote table, if any. + /// \param[in] columnSubset An array of string names of the columns to query. The resulting table will return the columns in this same order. Pass 0 for all columns. + /// \param[in] numColumnSubset The number of elements in the columnSubset array + /// \param[in] filter Filters to apply to the query. For each row the filters are applied. All filters must be passed for the row to be returned. Pass 0 for no filters. + /// \param[in] numFilters The number of elements in the filter array + /// \param[in] rowIds Which particular rows to return. Pass 0 for all rows. + /// \param[in] numRowIDs The number of elements in the rowIds array + /// \param[in] systemAddress Which system to send to. + /// \param[in] broadcast Broadcast or not. Same as the parameter in RakPeer::Send + void QueryTable(const char *tableName, const char *queryPassword, const char **columnNamesSubset, unsigned char numColumnSubset, DatabaseFilter *filter, unsigned char numFilters, unsigned *rowIds, unsigned char numRowIDs, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast); + + /// Sets one or more values in a new or existing row, assuming the server allows row creation and updates. + /// No response is returned by the server. + /// \param[in] tableName String name of the remote table. Case sensitive. + /// \param[in] updatePassword Password to update the remote table, if any. + /// \param[in] updateMode See RowUpdateMode in LightweightDatabaseCommon.h . This determines if to update an existing or new row. + /// \param[in] hasRowId True if a valid value was passed for \a rowId, false otherwise. If false, will lookup the row by system address. Required if adding a new row and the remote system does not automatically create rowIDs. + /// \param[in] rowId The rowID of the new or existing row. + /// \param[in] cellUpdates An array of DatabaseCellUpdate structures containing the values to write to the remote row. + /// \param[in] numCellUpdates The number of elements in the cellUpdates array + /// \param[in] systemAddress Which system to send to. + /// \param[in] broadcast Broadcast or not. Same as the parameter in RakPeer::Send + void UpdateRow(const char *tableName, const char *updatePassword, RowUpdateMode updateMode, bool hasRowId, unsigned rowId, DatabaseCellUpdate *cellUpdates, unsigned char numCellUpdates, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast); + + /// Removes a remote row, assuming the server allows row removal. + /// No response is returned by the server. + /// \param[in] tableName String name of the remote table. Case sensitive. + /// \param[in] removePassword Password to remove rows from the remote table, if any. + /// \param[in] rowId The rowID of the existing row. + /// \param[in] systemAddress Which system to send to. + /// \param[in] broadcast Broadcast or not. Same as the parameter in RakPeer::Send + void RemoveRow(const char *tableName, const char *removePassword, unsigned rowId, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast); + + /// \internal For plugin handling + void OnAttach(RakPeerInterface *peer); + /// \internal For plugin handling + virtual PluginReceiveResult OnReceive(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); +protected: + RakPeerInterface *rakPeer; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/LightweightDatabaseCommon.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/LightweightDatabaseCommon.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6d125186 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/LightweightDatabaseCommon.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +#include "TableSerializer.h" +#include "LightweightDatabaseCommon.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "StringCompressor.h" + +void DatabaseFilter::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream *out) +{ + stringCompressor->EncodeString(columnName, _TABLE_MAX_COLUMN_NAME_LENGTH, out); + out->Write((unsigned char)columnType); + out->Write((unsigned char)operation); + if (operation!=DataStructures::Table::QF_IS_EMPTY && operation!=DataStructures::Table::QF_NOT_EMPTY) + { + assert(cellValue.isEmpty==false); + TableSerializer::SerializeCell(out, &cellValue, columnType); + } +} +bool DatabaseFilter::Deserialize(RakNet::BitStream *in) +{ + unsigned char temp; + stringCompressor->DecodeString(columnName, _TABLE_MAX_COLUMN_NAME_LENGTH, in); + in->Read(temp); + columnType=(DataStructures::Table::ColumnType)temp; + if (in->Read(temp)==false) + return false; + operation=(DataStructures::Table::FilterQueryType)temp; + if (operation!=DataStructures::Table::QF_IS_EMPTY && operation!=DataStructures::Table::QF_NOT_EMPTY) + { + return TableSerializer::DeserializeCell(in, &cellValue, columnType); + } + return true; +} +void DatabaseCellUpdate::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream *out) +{ + stringCompressor->EncodeString(columnName, _TABLE_MAX_COLUMN_NAME_LENGTH, out); + out->Write((unsigned char)columnType); + TableSerializer::SerializeCell(out, &cellValue, columnType); +} +bool DatabaseCellUpdate::Deserialize(RakNet::BitStream *in) +{ + unsigned char temp; + stringCompressor->DecodeString(columnName, _TABLE_MAX_COLUMN_NAME_LENGTH, in); + in->Read(temp); + columnType=(DataStructures::Table::ColumnType)temp; + return TableSerializer::DeserializeCell(in, &cellValue, columnType); +} diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/LightweightDatabaseCommon.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/LightweightDatabaseCommon.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4371ac33 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/LightweightDatabaseCommon.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +#ifndef __SIMPLE_DATABASE_COMMON_H +#define __SIMPLE_DATABASE_COMMON_H + +#include "DS_Table.h" + +namespace RakNet +{ + class BitStream; +}; + +#define _SIMPLE_DATABASE_PASSWORD_LENGTH 32 +#define _SIMPLE_DATABASE_TABLE_NAME_LENGTH 32 + +#define SYSTEM_ID_COLUMN_NAME "__SystemAddress" +#define LAST_PING_RESPONSE_COLUMN_NAME "__lastPingResponseTime" +#define NEXT_PING_SEND_COLUMN_NAME "__nextPingSendTime" + +struct DatabaseFilter +{ + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream *out); + bool Deserialize(RakNet::BitStream *in); + + DataStructures::Table::Cell cellValue; + DataStructures::Table::FilterQueryType operation; + DataStructures::Table::ColumnType columnType; + char columnName[_TABLE_MAX_COLUMN_NAME_LENGTH]; +}; + +/// The value to write to a cell in a remote database. +struct DatabaseCellUpdate +{ + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream *out); + bool Deserialize(RakNet::BitStream *in); + + DataStructures::Table::Cell cellValue; + DataStructures::Table::ColumnType columnType; + char columnName[_TABLE_MAX_COLUMN_NAME_LENGTH]; +}; + +enum RowUpdateMode +{ + // Only update an existing row. rowId is required. + RUM_UPDATE_EXISTING_ROW, + + // Update an existing row if present - otherwise add a new row. rowId is required. + RUM_UPDATE_OR_ADD_ROW, + + // Add a new row. If rowId is passed then the row will only be added if this id doesn't already exist. + // If rowId is not passed and the table requires a rowId the creation fails. + RUM_ADD_NEW_ROW, +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/LightweightDatabaseServer.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/LightweightDatabaseServer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a0afbb03 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/LightweightDatabaseServer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,670 @@ +#include "LightweightDatabaseServer.h" +#include "MessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "StringCompressor.h" +#include "RakPeerInterface.h" +#include "TableSerializer.h" +#include "RakAssert.h" +#include "GetTime.h" +#include "Rand.h" + +static const int SEND_PING_INTERVAL=15000; +static const int DROP_SERVER_INTERVAL=75000; + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +int LightweightDatabaseServer::DatabaseTableComp( char* const &key1, char* const &key2 ) +{ + return strcmp(key1, key2); +} + +LightweightDatabaseServer::LightweightDatabaseServer() +{ + +} +LightweightDatabaseServer::~LightweightDatabaseServer() +{ + Clear(); +} +DataStructures::Table *LightweightDatabaseServer::GetTable(char *tableName) +{ + if (database.Has(tableName)) + return &(database.Get(tableName)->table); + return 0; +} +DataStructures::Page *LightweightDatabaseServer::GetTableRows(char *tableName) +{ + if (database.Has(tableName)) + database.Get(tableName)->table.GetRows().GetListHead(); + return 0; +} +DataStructures::Table* LightweightDatabaseServer::AddTable(char *tableName, + bool allowRemoteQuery, + bool allowRemoteUpdate, + bool allowRemoteRemove, + const char *queryPassword, + const char *updatePassword, + const char *removePassword, + bool oneRowPerSystemAddress, + bool onlyUpdateOwnRows, + bool removeRowOnPingFailure, + bool removeRowOnDisconnect, + bool autogenerateRowIDs) +{ + if (tableName==0 || tableName[0]==0) + return 0; + if (database.Has(tableName)) + return 0; + DatabaseTable *databaseTable = new DatabaseTable; + + strncpy(databaseTable->tableName, tableName, _SIMPLE_DATABASE_TABLE_NAME_LENGTH-1); + databaseTable->tableName[_SIMPLE_DATABASE_TABLE_NAME_LENGTH-1]=0; + + if (allowRemoteUpdate) + { + strncpy(databaseTable->updatePassword, updatePassword, _SIMPLE_DATABASE_PASSWORD_LENGTH-1); + databaseTable->updatePassword[_SIMPLE_DATABASE_PASSWORD_LENGTH-1]=0; + } + else + databaseTable->updatePassword[0]=0; + + if (allowRemoteQuery) + { + strncpy(databaseTable->queryPassword, queryPassword, _SIMPLE_DATABASE_PASSWORD_LENGTH-1); + databaseTable->queryPassword[_SIMPLE_DATABASE_PASSWORD_LENGTH-1]=0; + } + else + databaseTable->queryPassword[0]=0; + + if (allowRemoteRemove) + { + strncpy(databaseTable->removePassword, removePassword, _SIMPLE_DATABASE_PASSWORD_LENGTH-1); + databaseTable->removePassword[_SIMPLE_DATABASE_PASSWORD_LENGTH-1]=0; + } + else + databaseTable->removePassword[0]=0; + + if (allowRemoteUpdate) + { + databaseTable->allowRemoteUpdate=true; + databaseTable->oneRowPerSystemAddress=oneRowPerSystemAddress; + databaseTable->onlyUpdateOwnRows=onlyUpdateOwnRows; + databaseTable->removeRowOnPingFailure=removeRowOnPingFailure; + databaseTable->removeRowOnDisconnect=removeRowOnDisconnect; + } + else + { + // All these parameters are related to IP tracking, which is not done if remote updates are not allowed + databaseTable->allowRemoteUpdate=true; + databaseTable->oneRowPerSystemAddress=false; + databaseTable->onlyUpdateOwnRows=false; + databaseTable->removeRowOnPingFailure=false; + databaseTable->removeRowOnDisconnect=false; + } + + databaseTable->nextRowId=0; + databaseTable->nextRowPingCheck=0; + + databaseTable->autogenerateRowIDs=autogenerateRowIDs; + databaseTable->allowRemoteRemove=allowRemoteRemove; + databaseTable->allowRemoteQuery=allowRemoteQuery; + + database.SetNew(databaseTable->tableName, databaseTable); + + if ( oneRowPerSystemAddress || onlyUpdateOwnRows || removeRowOnPingFailure || removeRowOnDisconnect) + databaseTable->SystemAddressColumnIndex=databaseTable->table.AddColumn(SYSTEM_ID_COLUMN_NAME, DataStructures::Table::BINARY); + else + databaseTable->SystemAddressColumnIndex=(unsigned) -1; + if (databaseTable->removeRowOnPingFailure) + { + databaseTable->lastPingResponseColumnIndex=databaseTable->table.AddColumn(LAST_PING_RESPONSE_COLUMN_NAME, DataStructures::Table::NUMERIC); + databaseTable->nextPingSendColumnIndex=databaseTable->table.AddColumn(NEXT_PING_SEND_COLUMN_NAME, DataStructures::Table::NUMERIC); + } + else + { + databaseTable->lastPingResponseColumnIndex=(unsigned) -1; + databaseTable->nextPingSendColumnIndex=(unsigned) -1; + } + + return &(databaseTable->table); +} +bool LightweightDatabaseServer::RemoveTable(char *tableName) +{ + LightweightDatabaseServer::DatabaseTable *databaseTable; + databaseTable = database.Get(tableName); + if (databaseTable==0) + return false; + // Be sure to call Delete on database before I do the actual pointer deletion since the key won't be valid after that time. + database.Delete(tableName); + databaseTable->table.Clear(); + delete databaseTable; + return true; +} +void LightweightDatabaseServer::Clear(void) +{ + unsigned i; + + for (i=0; i < database.Size(); i++) + { + database[i]->table.Clear(); + delete database[i]; + } + + database.Clear(); +} +unsigned LightweightDatabaseServer::GetAndIncrementRowID(char *tableName) +{ + LightweightDatabaseServer::DatabaseTable *databaseTable; + databaseTable = database.Get(tableName); + RakAssert(databaseTable); + RakAssert(databaseTable->autogenerateRowIDs==true); + return ++(databaseTable->nextRowId) - 1; +} + +void LightweightDatabaseServer::OnAttach(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; +} +void LightweightDatabaseServer::Update(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + RakNetTime time=0; + DatabaseTable *databaseTable; + DataStructures::Page *cur; + unsigned i,j; + DataStructures::Table::Row* row; + DataStructures::List removeList; + SystemAddress systemAddress; + + // periodic ping if removing system that do not respond to pings. + for (i=0; i < database.Size(); i++) + { + databaseTable=database[i]; + + if (databaseTable->removeRowOnPingFailure) + { + // Reading the time is slow - only do it once if necessary. + if (time==0) + time = RakNet::GetTime(); + + if (databaseTable->nextRowPingCheck < time) + { + databaseTable->nextRowPingCheck=time+1000+(randomMT()%1000); + DataStructures::BPlusTree &rows = databaseTable->table.GetRows(); + cur = rows.GetListHead(); + while (cur) + { + // Mark dropped entities + for (j=0; j < (unsigned)cur->size; j++) + { + row = cur->data[j]; + if (time - (unsigned int) row->cells[databaseTable->lastPingResponseColumnIndex]->i > (unsigned int) DROP_SERVER_INTERVAL) + removeList.Insert(cur->keys[j]); + } + cur=cur->next; + } + + // Remove dropped entities + for (j=0; j < removeList.Size(); j++) + databaseTable->table.RemoveRow(removeList[i]); + removeList.Clear(true); + + cur = rows.GetListHead(); + // Ping remaining entities if they are not connected. If they are connected just increase the ping interval. + while (cur) + { + for (j=0; j < (unsigned)cur->size; j++) + { + row = cur->data[j]; + if (row->cells[databaseTable->nextPingSendColumnIndex]->i < (int) time) + { + row->cells[databaseTable->SystemAddressColumnIndex]->Get((char*)&systemAddress, 0); + if (peer->IsConnected(systemAddress)==false) + { + peer->Ping(systemAddress.ToString(false), systemAddress.port, false); + } + else + { + // Consider the fact that they are connected to be a ping response + row->cells[databaseTable->lastPingResponseColumnIndex]->i=time; + } + + row->cells[databaseTable->nextPingSendColumnIndex]->i=time+SEND_PING_INTERVAL+(randomMT()%1000); + } + } + cur=cur->next; + } + } + } + } +} +PluginReceiveResult LightweightDatabaseServer::OnReceive(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + switch (packet->data[0]) + { + case ID_DATABASE_QUERY_REQUEST: + OnQueryRequest(peer, packet); + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + case ID_DATABASE_UPDATE_ROW: + OnUpdateRow(peer, packet); + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + case ID_DATABASE_REMOVE_ROW: + OnRemoveRow(peer, packet); + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + case ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION: + case ID_CONNECTION_LOST: + RemoveRowsFromIP(packet->systemAddress); + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; + case ID_PONG: + OnPong(peer, packet); + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; + } + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; +} +void LightweightDatabaseServer::OnShutdown(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; +} +void LightweightDatabaseServer::OnCloseConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + (void) peer; + RemoveRowsFromIP(systemAddress); +} +void LightweightDatabaseServer::OnQueryRequest(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + RakNet::BitStream inBitstream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + LightweightDatabaseServer::DatabaseTable *databaseTable = DeserializeClientHeader(&inBitstream, peer, packet, 0); + if (databaseTable==0) + return; + if (databaseTable->allowRemoteQuery==false) + return; + unsigned char numColumnSubset; + RakNet::BitStream outBitstream; + unsigned i; + if (inBitstream.Read(numColumnSubset)==false) + return; + unsigned char columnName[256]; + unsigned columnIndicesSubset[256]; + unsigned columnIndicesCount; + for (i=0,columnIndicesCount=0; i < numColumnSubset; i++) + { + stringCompressor->DecodeString((char*)columnName, 256, &inBitstream); + unsigned colIndex = databaseTable->table.ColumnIndex((char*)columnName); + if (colIndex!=(unsigned)-1) + columnIndicesSubset[columnIndicesCount++]=colIndex; + } + unsigned char numNetworkedFilters; + if (inBitstream.Read(numNetworkedFilters)==false) + return; + DatabaseFilter networkedFilters[256]; + for (i=0; i < numNetworkedFilters; i++) + { + if (networkedFilters[i].Deserialize(&inBitstream)==false) + return; + } + + unsigned rowIds[256]; + unsigned char numRowIDs; + if (inBitstream.Read(numRowIDs)==false) + return; + for (i=0; i < numRowIDs; i++) + inBitstream.Read(rowIds[i]); + + // Convert the safer and more robust networked database filter to the more efficient form the table actually uses. + DataStructures::Table::FilterQuery tableFilters[256]; + unsigned numTableFilters=0; + for (i=0; i < numNetworkedFilters; i++) + { + tableFilters[numTableFilters].columnIndex=databaseTable->table.ColumnIndex(networkedFilters[i].columnName); + if (tableFilters[numTableFilters].columnIndex==(unsigned)-1) + continue; + if (networkedFilters[i].columnType!=databaseTable->table.GetColumns()[tableFilters[numTableFilters].columnIndex].columnType) + continue; + tableFilters[numTableFilters].operation=networkedFilters[i].operation; + // It's important that I store a pointer to the class here or the destructor of the class will deallocate the cell twice + tableFilters[numTableFilters++].cellValue=&(networkedFilters[i].cellValue); + } + + DataStructures::Table queryResult; + databaseTable->table.QueryTable(columnIndicesSubset, columnIndicesCount, tableFilters, numTableFilters, rowIds, numRowIDs, &queryResult); + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_DATABASE_QUERY_REPLY); + TableSerializer::SerializeTable(&queryResult, &outBitstream); + peer->Send(&outBitstream, HIGH_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED, 0, packet->systemAddress, false); + +} +void LightweightDatabaseServer::OnUpdateRow(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + RakNet::BitStream inBitstream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + LightweightDatabaseServer::DatabaseTable *databaseTable = DeserializeClientHeader(&inBitstream, peer, packet, 1); + if (databaseTable==0) + { + printf("ERROR: LightweightDatabaseServer::OnUpdateRow databaseTable==0\n"); + return; + } + if (databaseTable->allowRemoteUpdate==false) + { + printf("Warning: LightweightDatabaseServer::OnUpdateRow databaseTable->allowRemoteUpdate==false\n"); + return; + } + unsigned char updateMode; + bool hasRowId=false; + unsigned rowId; + unsigned i; + DataStructures::Table::Row *row; + inBitstream.Read(updateMode); + inBitstream.Read(hasRowId); + if (hasRowId) + inBitstream.Read(rowId); + else + rowId=(unsigned) -1; // Not used here but remove the debugging check + unsigned char numCellUpdates; + if (inBitstream.Read(numCellUpdates)==false) + return; + // Read the updates for the row + DatabaseCellUpdate cellUpdates[256]; + for (i=0; i < numCellUpdates; i++) + { + if (cellUpdates[i].Deserialize(&inBitstream)==false) + { + printf("ERROR: LightweightDatabaseServer::OnUpdateRow cellUpdates deserialize failed i=%i numCellUpdates=%i\n",i,numCellUpdates); + return; + } + } + + if ((RowUpdateMode)updateMode==RUM_UPDATE_EXISTING_ROW) + { + if (hasRowId==false) + { + unsigned rowKey; + row = GetRowFromIP(databaseTable, packet->systemAddress, &rowKey); + if (row==0) + printf("ERROR: LightweightDatabaseServer::OnUpdateRow updateMode==RUM_UPDATE_EXISTING_ROW hasRowId==false"); + } + else + { + + row = databaseTable->table.GetRowByID(rowId); + if (row==0 || (databaseTable->onlyUpdateOwnRows && RowHasIP(row, packet->systemAddress, databaseTable->SystemAddressColumnIndex)==false)) + { + if (row==0) + printf("ERROR: LightweightDatabaseServer::OnUpdateRow row = databaseTable->table.GetRowByID(rowId); row==0\n"); + else + printf("ERROR: LightweightDatabaseServer::OnUpdateRow row = databaseTable->table.GetRowByID(rowId); databaseTable->onlyUpdateOwnRows && RowHasIP\n"); + + return; // You can't update some other system's row + } + } + } + else if ((RowUpdateMode)updateMode==RUM_UPDATE_OR_ADD_ROW) + { + if (hasRowId) + row = databaseTable->table.GetRowByID(rowId); + else + { + unsigned rowKey; + row = GetRowFromIP(databaseTable, packet->systemAddress, &rowKey); + } + + if (row==0) + { + row=AddRow(databaseTable, packet->systemAddress, hasRowId, rowId); + if (row==0) + { + printf("ERROR: LightweightDatabaseServer::OnUpdateRow updateMode==RUM_UPDATE_OR_ADD_ROW; row=AddRow; row==0\n"); + return; + } + } + else + { + // Existing row + if (databaseTable->onlyUpdateOwnRows && RowHasIP(row, packet->systemAddress, databaseTable->SystemAddressColumnIndex)==false) + { + SystemAddress sysAddr; + memcpy(&sysAddr, row->cells[databaseTable->SystemAddressColumnIndex]->c, sizeof(SystemAddress)); + + printf("ERROR: LightweightDatabaseServer::OnUpdateRow updateMode==RUM_UPDATE_OR_ADD_ROW; databaseTable->onlyUpdateOwnRows && RowHasIP. packet->systemAddress=%s sysAddr=%s\n", + packet->systemAddress.ToString(true), sysAddr.ToString(true)); + + return; // You can't update some other system's row + } + } + } + else + { + RakAssert((RowUpdateMode)updateMode==RUM_ADD_NEW_ROW); + + row=AddRow(databaseTable, packet->systemAddress, hasRowId, rowId); + if (row==0) + { + printf("ERROR: LightweightDatabaseServer::OnUpdateRow updateMode==RUM_ADD_NEW_ROW; row==0\n"); + return; + } + } + + unsigned columnIndex; + for (i=0; i < numCellUpdates; i++) + { + columnIndex=databaseTable->table.ColumnIndex(cellUpdates[i].columnName); + RakAssert(columnIndex!=(unsigned)-1); // Unknown column name + if (columnIndex!=(unsigned)-1 && columnIndex!=databaseTable->lastPingResponseColumnIndex && columnIndex!=databaseTable->nextPingSendColumnIndex && columnIndex!=databaseTable->SystemAddressColumnIndex) + { + if (cellUpdates[i].cellValue.isEmpty) + row->cells[columnIndex]->Clear(); + else if (cellUpdates[i].columnType==databaseTable->table.GetColumnType(columnIndex)) + { + if (cellUpdates[i].columnType==DataStructures::Table::NUMERIC) + { + row->UpdateCell(columnIndex, cellUpdates[i].cellValue.i); + } + else if (cellUpdates[i].columnType==DataStructures::Table::BINARY) + { + row->UpdateCell(columnIndex, cellUpdates[i].cellValue.i, cellUpdates[i].cellValue.c); + } + else + { + RakAssert(cellUpdates[i].columnType==DataStructures::Table::STRING); + row->UpdateCell(columnIndex, cellUpdates[i].cellValue.c); + } + } + } + } +} +void LightweightDatabaseServer::OnRemoveRow(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + RakNet::BitStream inBitstream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + LightweightDatabaseServer::DatabaseTable *databaseTable = DeserializeClientHeader(&inBitstream, peer, packet, 0); + if (databaseTable==0) + return; + if (databaseTable->allowRemoteRemove==false) + return; + unsigned rowId; + inBitstream.Read(rowId); + databaseTable->table.RemoveRow(rowId); +} +void LightweightDatabaseServer::OnPong(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + (void) peer; + + unsigned databaseIndex; + DatabaseTable *databaseTable; + unsigned curIndex; + SystemAddress systemAddress; + RakNetTime time=0; + for (databaseIndex=0; databaseIndex < database.Size(); databaseIndex++) + { + databaseTable=database[databaseIndex]; + if (databaseTable->removeRowOnPingFailure) + { + if (time==0) + time=RakNet::GetTime(); + + DataStructures::BPlusTree &rows = databaseTable->table.GetRows(); + DataStructures::Page *cur = rows.GetListHead(); + + while (cur) + { + for (curIndex=0; curIndex < (unsigned) cur->size; curIndex++) + { + cur->data[curIndex]->cells[databaseTable->SystemAddressColumnIndex]->Get((char*)&systemAddress,0); + if (systemAddress==packet->systemAddress) + { + cur->data[curIndex]->cells[databaseTable->lastPingResponseColumnIndex]->i=time; + } + } + cur=cur->next; + } + } + } +} + +LightweightDatabaseServer::DatabaseTable * LightweightDatabaseServer::DeserializeClientHeader(RakNet::BitStream *inBitstream, RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet, int mode) +{ + RakNet::BitStream outBitstream; + bool hasPassword=false; + char password[_SIMPLE_DATABASE_PASSWORD_LENGTH]; + inBitstream->IgnoreBits(8); + char tableName[_SIMPLE_DATABASE_TABLE_NAME_LENGTH]; + stringCompressor->DecodeString(tableName, _SIMPLE_DATABASE_TABLE_NAME_LENGTH, inBitstream); + DatabaseTable *databaseTable = database.Get(tableName); + if (databaseTable==0) + { + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_DATABASE_UNKNOWN_TABLE); + peer->Send(&outBitstream, HIGH_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED, 0, packet->systemAddress, false); + return 0; + } + const char *dbPass; + if (mode==0) + dbPass=databaseTable->queryPassword; + else if (mode==1) + dbPass=databaseTable->updatePassword; + else + dbPass=databaseTable->removePassword; + + inBitstream->Read(hasPassword); + if (hasPassword) + { + if (stringCompressor->DecodeString(password, _SIMPLE_DATABASE_PASSWORD_LENGTH, inBitstream)==false) + return 0; + if (databaseTable->queryPassword[0] && strcmp(password, dbPass)!=0) + { + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_DATABASE_INCORRECT_PASSWORD); + peer->Send(&outBitstream, HIGH_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED, 0, packet->systemAddress, false); + // Short ban to prevent brute force password attempts + peer->AddToBanList(packet->systemAddress.ToString(false), 1000); + // Don't send a disconnection notification so it closes the connection right away. + peer->CloseConnection(packet->systemAddress, false, 0); + return 0; + } + } + else if (dbPass[0]) + { + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_DATABASE_INCORRECT_PASSWORD); + peer->Send(&outBitstream, HIGH_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED, 0, packet->systemAddress, false); + return 0; + } + + return databaseTable; +} + +DataStructures::Table::Row * LightweightDatabaseServer::GetRowFromIP(DatabaseTable *databaseTable, SystemAddress systemAddress, unsigned *rowKey) +{ + DataStructures::BPlusTree &rows = databaseTable->table.GetRows(); + DataStructures::Page *cur = rows.GetListHead(); + DataStructures::Table::Row* row; + unsigned i; + while (cur) + { + for (i=0; i < (unsigned)cur->size; i++) + { + row = cur->data[i]; + if (RowHasIP(row, systemAddress, databaseTable->SystemAddressColumnIndex )) + { + if (rowKey) + *rowKey=cur->keys[i]; + return row; + } + } + cur=cur->next; + } + return 0; +} +bool LightweightDatabaseServer::RowHasIP(DataStructures::Table::Row *row, SystemAddress systemAddress, unsigned SystemAddressColumnIndex) +{ + SystemAddress sysAddr; + memcpy(&sysAddr, row->cells[SystemAddressColumnIndex]->c, sizeof(SystemAddress)); + return sysAddr==systemAddress; + + // Doesn't work in release for some reason + //RakAssert(row->cells[SystemAddressColumnIndex]->isEmpty==false); + //if (memcmp(row->cells[SystemAddressColumnIndex]->c, &systemAddress, sizeof(SystemAddress))==0) + // return true; + // return false; +} +DataStructures::Table::Row * LightweightDatabaseServer::AddRow(LightweightDatabaseServer::DatabaseTable *databaseTable, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool hasRowId, unsigned rowId) +{ + DataStructures::Table::Row *row; + if (databaseTable->oneRowPerSystemAddress && GetRowFromIP(databaseTable, systemAddress, 0)) + return 0; // This system already has a row. + + if (databaseTable->autogenerateRowIDs==false) + { + // For a new row: + // rowID required but not specified OR + // rowId specified but already in the table + // Then exit + if (hasRowId==false || databaseTable->table.GetRowByID(rowId)) + return 0; + } + else + rowId=databaseTable->nextRowId++; + + // Add new row + row = databaseTable->table.AddRow(rowId); + + // Set IP and last update time + if ( databaseTable->oneRowPerSystemAddress || databaseTable->onlyUpdateOwnRows || databaseTable->removeRowOnPingFailure || databaseTable->removeRowOnDisconnect) + row->cells[databaseTable->SystemAddressColumnIndex]->Set((char*)&systemAddress, sizeof(SystemAddress)); + if (databaseTable->removeRowOnPingFailure) + { + RakNetTime time = RakNet::GetTime(); + row->cells[databaseTable->lastPingResponseColumnIndex]->Set(time); + row->cells[databaseTable->nextPingSendColumnIndex]->Set(time+SEND_PING_INTERVAL); + } + + return row; +} +void LightweightDatabaseServer::RemoveRowsFromIP(SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + // Remove rows for tables that do so on a system disconnect + DatabaseTable *databaseTable; + DataStructures::List removeList; + DataStructures::Page *cur; + unsigned i,j; + for (i=0; i < database.Size(); i++) + { + databaseTable=database[i]; + if (databaseTable->removeRowOnDisconnect) + { + DataStructures::BPlusTree &rows = databaseTable->table.GetRows(); + cur = rows.GetListHead(); + while (cur) + { + // Mark dropped entities + for (j=0; j < (unsigned)cur->size; j++) + { + if (RowHasIP(cur->data[j], systemAddress, databaseTable->SystemAddressColumnIndex)) + removeList.Insert(cur->keys[j]); + } + cur=cur->next; + } + + for (j=0; j < removeList.Size(); j++) + databaseTable->table.RemoveRow(removeList[j]); + removeList.Clear(true); + } + } +} +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/LightweightDatabaseServer.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/LightweightDatabaseServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..572ede5d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/LightweightDatabaseServer.h @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief A simple flat database included with RakNet, useful for a server browser or a lobby server. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __LIGHTWEIGHT_DATABASE_SERVER_H +#define __LIGHTWEIGHT_DATABASE_SERVER_H + +#include "Export.h" +#include "PluginInterface.h" +#include "LightweightDatabaseCommon.h" +#include "DS_Map.h" + +class RakPeerInterface; +struct Packet; + +/// \brief A simple flat database included with RakNet, useful for a server browser or a lobby server. +/// A flat database interface. Adds the ability to track IPs of row updaters and passwords for table read and write operations, +/// Best used for data in which queries which do not need to be updated in real-time +/// \ingroup SIMPLE_DATABSE_GROUP +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT LightweightDatabaseServer : public PluginInterface +{ +public: + /// Constructor + LightweightDatabaseServer(); + + /// Destructor + virtual ~LightweightDatabaseServer(); + + /// Returns a table by name. + /// It is valid to read and write to the returned pointer. + /// \param[in] tableName The name of the table that was passed to AddTable + /// \return The requested table, or 0 if \a tableName cannot be found. + DataStructures::Table *GetTable(char *tableName); + + /// Adds a new table + /// It is valid to read and write to the returned pointer. + /// \param[in] tableName Name of the new table to create. Remote systems will refer to this table by this name. + /// \param[in] allowRemoteQuery true to allow remote systems to query the table. false to not allow this. + /// \param[in] allowRemoteUpdate true to allow remote systems to update rows in the table. false to not allow this. + /// \param[in] allowRemoteRemove true to allow remote systems to remove rows from the table. false to not allow this. + /// \param[in] queryPassword The password required to query the table. Pass an empty string for no password. + /// \param[in] updatePassword The password required to update rows in the table. Pass an empty string for no password. + /// \param[in] removePassword The password required to remove rows from the table. Pass an empty string for no password. + /// \param[in] oneRowPerSystemAddress Only used if allowRemoteUpdate==true. This limits remote systems to one row. + /// \param[in] onlyUpdateOwnRows Only used if allowRemoteUpdate==true. This limits remote systems to only updating rows they created. + /// \param[in] removeRowOnPingFailure Only used if allowRemoteUpdate==true and removeRowOnDisconnect==false. If true, this will periodically ping disconnected systems and remove rows created by that system if that system does not respond to pings. + /// \param[in] removeRowOnDisconnect Only used if allowRemoteUpdate==true. This removes rows created by a system when that system disconnects. + /// \param[in] autogenerateRowIDs true to automatically generate row IDs. Rows are stored in order by row ID. If false, the clients must specify a unique row ID when adding rows. If they specify a row that already exists the addition is ignored. + /// \return The newly created table, or 0 on failure. + DataStructures::Table* AddTable(char *tableName, + bool allowRemoteQuery, + bool allowRemoteUpdate, + bool allowRemoteRemove, + const char *queryPassword, + const char *updatePassword, + const char *removePassword, + bool oneRowPerSystemAddress, + bool onlyUpdateOwnRows, + bool removeRowOnPingFailure, + bool removeRowOnDisconnect, + bool autogenerateRowIDs); + + /// Removes a table by name. + /// \param[in] tableName The name of the table that was passed to AddTable + /// \return true on success, false on failure. + bool RemoveTable(char *tableName); + + /// Clears all memory. + void Clear(void); + + // Gets the next valid auto-generated rowId for a table and increments it. + unsigned GetAndIncrementRowID(char *tableName); + + /// Returns a linked list of ordered lists containing the rows of a table, by name. + /// The returned structure is internal to the BPlus tree. See DS_BPlusTree + /// This is a convenience accessor, as you can also get this from the table returned from GetTable() + /// \param[in] tableName The name of the table that was passed to AddTable + /// \return The requested rows, or 0 if \a tableName cannot be found. + DataStructures::Page *GetTableRows(char *tableName); + + /// \internal For plugin handling + virtual void OnAttach(RakPeerInterface *peer); + /// \internal For plugin handling + virtual void Update(RakPeerInterface *peer); + /// \internal For plugin handling + virtual PluginReceiveResult OnReceive(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + /// \internal For plugin handling + virtual void OnShutdown(RakPeerInterface *peer); + /// \internal For plugin handling + virtual void OnCloseConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress); + + struct DatabaseTable + { + bool allowRemoteUpdate; + bool allowRemoteQuery; + bool allowRemoteRemove; + + char updatePassword[_SIMPLE_DATABASE_PASSWORD_LENGTH]; + char queryPassword[_SIMPLE_DATABASE_PASSWORD_LENGTH]; + char removePassword[_SIMPLE_DATABASE_PASSWORD_LENGTH]; + bool oneRowPerSystemAddress; + bool onlyUpdateOwnRows; + bool removeRowOnPingFailure; + bool removeRowOnDisconnect; + bool autogenerateRowIDs; + char tableName[_SIMPLE_DATABASE_TABLE_NAME_LENGTH]; + + // Used if autogenerateRowIDs==true + unsigned nextRowId; + + unsigned SystemAddressColumnIndex; + unsigned lastPingResponseColumnIndex; + unsigned nextPingSendColumnIndex; + RakNetTime nextRowPingCheck; + DataStructures::Table table; + }; + + static int DatabaseTableComp( char* const &key1, char* const &key2 ); + +protected: + DataStructures::Map database; + void OnQueryRequest(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + void OnUpdateRow(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + void OnRemoveRow(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + void OnPong(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + // mode 0 = query, mode 1 = update, mode 2 = remove + DatabaseTable * DeserializeClientHeader(RakNet::BitStream *inBitstream, RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet, int mode); + DataStructures::Table::Row * GetRowFromIP(DatabaseTable *databaseTable, SystemAddress systemAddress, unsigned *rowId); + bool RowHasIP(DataStructures::Table::Row *row, SystemAddress systemAddress, unsigned SystemAddressColumnIndex); + DataStructures::Table::Row * AddRow(LightweightDatabaseServer::DatabaseTable *databaseTable, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool hasRowId, unsigned rowId); + void RemoveRowsFromIP(SystemAddress systemAddress); + +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/LinuxStrings.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/LinuxStrings.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a2f5b216 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/LinuxStrings.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ + +#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__GCCXML__)) && !defined(__WIN32) +#include +int _stricmp(const char* s1, const char* s2) +{ + return strcasecmp(s1,s2); +} +int _strnicmp(const char* s1, const char* s2, size_t n) +{ + return strncasecmp(s1,s2,n); +} +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/LinuxStrings.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/LinuxStrings.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f2a20e8c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/LinuxStrings.h @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +#ifndef _GCC_WIN_STRINGS +#define _GCC_WIN_STRINGS + +#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__GCCXML__)) && !defined(_WIN32) +int _stricmp(const char* s1, const char* s2); +int _strnicmp(const char* s1, const char* s2, size_t n); + +#ifndef _vsnprintf +#define _vsnprintf vsnprintf +#endif + +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/LogCommandParser.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/LogCommandParser.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..793ff296 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/LogCommandParser.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,268 @@ +#include "LogCommandParser.h" +#include "TransportInterface.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "LinuxStrings.h" + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +LogCommandParser::LogCommandParser() +{ + RegisterCommand(CommandParserInterface::VARIABLE_NUMBER_OF_PARAMETERS,"Subscribe","[] - Subscribes to a named channel, or all channels"); + RegisterCommand(CommandParserInterface::VARIABLE_NUMBER_OF_PARAMETERS,"Unsubscribe","[] - Unsubscribes from a named channel, or all channels"); + memset(channelNames,0,sizeof(channelNames)); +} +LogCommandParser::~LogCommandParser() +{ +} +bool LogCommandParser::OnCommand(const char *command, unsigned numParameters, char **parameterList, TransportInterface *transport, SystemAddress systemAddress, const char *originalString) +{ + (void) originalString; + + if (strcmp(command, "Subscribe")==0) + { + unsigned channelIndex; + if (numParameters==0) + { + Subscribe(systemAddress, 0); + transport->Send(systemAddress, "Subscribed to all channels.\r\n"); + } + else if (numParameters==1) + { + if ((channelIndex=Subscribe(systemAddress, parameterList[0]))!=(unsigned)-1) + { + transport->Send(systemAddress, "You are now subscribed to channel %s.\r\n", channelNames[channelIndex]); + } + else + { + transport->Send(systemAddress, "Cannot find channel %s.\r\n", parameterList[0]); + PrintChannels(systemAddress, transport); + } + } + else + { + transport->Send(systemAddress, "Subscribe takes either 0 or 1 parameters.\r\n"); + } + } + else if (strcmp(command, "Unsubscribe")==0) + { + unsigned channelIndex; + if (numParameters==0) + { + Unsubscribe(systemAddress, 0); + transport->Send(systemAddress, "Unsubscribed from all channels.\r\n"); + } + else if (numParameters==1) + { + if ((channelIndex=Unsubscribe(systemAddress, parameterList[0]))!=(unsigned)-1) + { + transport->Send(systemAddress, "You are now unsubscribed from channel %s.\r\n", channelNames[channelIndex]); + } + else + { + transport->Send(systemAddress, "Cannot find channel %s.\r\n", parameterList[0]); + PrintChannels(systemAddress, transport); + } + } + else + { + transport->Send(systemAddress, "Unsubscribe takes either 0 or 1 parameters.\r\n"); + } + } + + return true; +} +const char *LogCommandParser::GetName(void) const +{ + return "Logger"; +} +void LogCommandParser::SendHelp(TransportInterface *transport, SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + transport->Send(systemAddress, "The logger will accept user log data via the Log(...) function.\r\n"); + transport->Send(systemAddress, "Each log is associated with a named channel.\r\n"); + transport->Send(systemAddress, "You can subscribe to or unsubscribe from named channels.\r\n"); + PrintChannels(systemAddress, transport); +} +void LogCommandParser::AddChannel(const char *channelName) +{ + unsigned channelIndex; + channelIndex = GetChannelIndexFromName(channelName); + // Each channel can only be added once. + assert(channelIndex==(unsigned)-1); + + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < 32; i++) + { + if (channelNames[i]==0) + { + // Assuming a persistent static string. + channelNames[i]=channelName; + return; + } + } + + // No more available channels - max 32 with this implementation where I save subscribed channels with bit operations + assert(0); +} +void LogCommandParser::WriteLog(const char *channelName, const char *format, ...) +{ + if (channelName==0 || format==0) + return; + + unsigned channelIndex; + channelIndex = GetChannelIndexFromName(channelName); + if (channelIndex==(unsigned)-1) + { + AddChannel(channelName); + } + + char text[REMOTE_MAX_TEXT_INPUT]; + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, format); + _vsnprintf(text, REMOTE_MAX_TEXT_INPUT, format, ap); + va_end(ap); + text[REMOTE_MAX_TEXT_INPUT-1]=0; + + // Make sure that text ends in \r\n + int textLen; + textLen=(int)strlen(text); + if (textLen==0) + return; + if (text[textLen-1]=='\n') + { + text[textLen-1]=0; + } + if (textLen < REMOTE_MAX_TEXT_INPUT-4) + strcat(text, "\r\n"); + else + { + text[textLen-3]='\r'; + text[textLen-2]='\n'; + text[textLen-1]=0; + } + + // For each user that subscribes to this channel, send to them. + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < remoteUsers.Size(); i++) + { + if (remoteUsers[i].channels & (1 << channelIndex)) + { + trans->Send(remoteUsers[i].systemAddress, text); + } + } +} +void LogCommandParser::PrintChannels(SystemAddress systemAddress, TransportInterface *transport) const +{ + unsigned i; + bool anyChannels=false; + transport->Send(systemAddress, "CHANNELS:\r\n"); + for (i=0; i < 32; i++) + { + if (channelNames[i]) + { + transport->Send(systemAddress, "%i. %s\r\n", i+1,channelNames[i]); + anyChannels=true; + } + } + if (anyChannels==false) + transport->Send(systemAddress, "None.\r\n"); +} +void LogCommandParser::OnNewIncomingConnection(SystemAddress systemAddress, TransportInterface *transport) +{ + (void) systemAddress; + (void) transport; +} +void LogCommandParser::OnConnectionLost(SystemAddress systemAddress, TransportInterface *transport) +{ + (void) transport; + Unsubscribe(systemAddress, 0); +} +unsigned LogCommandParser::Unsubscribe(SystemAddress systemAddress, const char *channelName) +{ + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < remoteUsers.Size(); i++) + { + if (remoteUsers[i].systemAddress==systemAddress) + { + if (channelName==0) + { + // Unsubscribe from all and delete this user. + remoteUsers[i]=remoteUsers[remoteUsers.Size()-1]; + remoteUsers.RemoveFromEnd(); + return 0; + } + else + { + unsigned channelIndex; + channelIndex = GetChannelIndexFromName(channelName); + if (channelIndex!=(unsigned)-1) + { + remoteUsers[i].channels&=0xFFFF ^ (1< remoteUsers; + + /// Names of the channels at each bit, or 0 for an unused channel + const char *channelNames[32]; + + /// This is so I can save the current transport provider, solely so I can use it without having the user pass it to Log + TransportInterface *trans; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/MTUSize.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/MTUSize.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1791439d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/MTUSize.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Internal] Defines the default maximum transfer unit. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef DEFAULT_MTU_SIZE + +/// The MTU size to use if RakPeer::SetMTUSize() is not called. +/// \remarks I think many people forget to call RakPeer::SetMTUSize() so I'm setting this to 1500 by default for efficiency. +/// \li \em 17914 16 Mbit/Sec Token Ring +/// \li \em 4464 4 Mbits/Sec Token Ring +/// \li \em 4352 FDDI +/// \li \em 1500. The largest Ethernet packet size \b recommended. This is the typical setting for non-PPPoE, non-VPN connections. The default value for NETGEAR routers, adapters and switches. +/// \li \em 1492. The size PPPoE prefers. +/// \li \em 1472. Maximum size to use for pinging. (Bigger packets are fragmented.) +/// \li \em 1468. The size DHCP prefers. +/// \li \em 1460. Usable by AOL if you don't have large email attachments, etc. +/// \li \em 1430. The size VPN and PPTP prefer. +/// \li \em 1400. Maximum size for AOL DSL. +/// \li \em 576. Typical value to connect to dial-up ISPs. +#ifdef _XBOX360 +#define DEFAULT_MTU_SIZE 1264 +#else +#define DEFAULT_MTU_SIZE 1492 +#endif + +/// The largest value for an UDP datagram +/// \sa RakPeer::SetMTUSize() +#define MAXIMUM_MTU_SIZE 1492 + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Makefile.am b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6fa51331 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +lib_LTLIBRARIES = libraknet.la +libraknet_la_LDFLAGS = -version-info 0:0:0 $(PTHREAD_LIBS) $(PTHREAD_CFLAGS) +libraknet_la_CPPFLAGS = $(PTHREAD_CFLAGS) +libraknet_la_SOURCES = AsynchronousFileIO.cpp\ +AutoRPC.cpp\ +BitStream.cpp\ +CheckSum.cpp\ +CommandParserInterface.cpp\ +ConnectionGraph.cpp\ +ConsoleServer.cpp\ +DataBlockEncryptor.cpp\ +DataCompressor.cpp\ +DirectoryDeltaTransfer.cpp\ +DS_BytePool.cpp\ +DS_ByteQueue.cpp\ +DS_HuffmanEncodingTree.cpp\ +DS_Table.cpp\ +EmailSender.cpp\ +EncodeClassName.cpp\ +EpochTimeToString.cpp\ +ExtendedOverlappedPool.cpp\ +FileList.cpp\ +FileListTransfer.cpp\ +FileOperations.cpp\ +FormatString.cpp\ +FullyConnectedMesh.cpp\ +FunctionThread.cpp\ +Gen_RPC8.cpp\ +GetTime.cpp\ +GridSectorizer.cpp\ +LightweightDatabaseClient.cpp\ +LightweightDatabaseCommon.cpp\ +LightweightDatabaseServer.cpp\ +LinuxStrings.cpp\ +LogCommandParser.cpp\ +MessageFilter.cpp\ +NatPunchthrough.cpp\ +NetworkIDManager.cpp\ +NetworkIDObject.cpp\ +PacketConsoleLogger.cpp\ +PacketFileLogger.cpp\ +PacketLogger.cpp\ +PluginInterface.cpp\ +RakMemoryOverride.cpp\ +RakNetCommandParser.cpp\ +RakNetStatistics.cpp\ +RakNetTransport.cpp\ +RakNetTypes.cpp\ +RakNetworkFactory.cpp\ +RakPeer.cpp\ +RakSleep.cpp\ +RakString.cpp\ +RakThread.cpp\ +Rand.cpp\ +ReadyEvent.cpp\ +ReliabilityLayer.cpp\ +ReplicaManager.cpp\ +ReplicaManager2.cpp\ +rijndael.cpp\ +Router.cpp\ +RPCMap.cpp\ +SHA1.cpp\ +SimpleMutex.cpp\ +SocketLayer.cpp\ +StringCompressor.cpp\ +StringTable.cpp\ +SuperFastHash.cpp\ +SystemAddressList.cpp\ +TableSerializer.cpp\ +TCPInterface.cpp\ +TelnetTransport.cpp\ +ThreadsafePacketLogger.cpp\ +_FindFirst.cpp\ +Itoa.cpp\ +HTTPConnection.cpp + +pkginclude_HEADERS = AsynchronousFileIO.h\ +AutoRPC.h\ +AutopatcherPatchContext.h\ +AutopatcherRepositoryInterface.h\ +BigTypes.h\ +BitStream.h\ +CheckSum.h\ +ClientContextStruct.h\ +CommandParserInterface.h\ +ConnectionGraph.h\ +ConsoleServer.h\ +DataBlockEncryptor.h\ +DataCompressor.h\ +DirectoryDeltaTransfer.h\ +DS_BinarySearchTree.h\ +DS_BPlusTree.h\ +DS_BytePool.h\ +DS_ByteQueue.h\ +DS_Heap.h\ +DS_HuffmanEncodingTree.h\ +DS_HuffmanEncodingTreeFactory.h\ +DS_HuffmanEncodingTreeNode.h\ +DS_LinkedList.h\ +DS_List.h\ +DS_Map.h\ +DS_MemoryPool.h\ +DS_OrderedChannelHeap.h\ +DS_OrderedList.h\ +DS_Queue.h\ +DS_QueueLinkedList.h\ +DS_RangeList.h\ +DS_Table.h\ +DS_Tree.h\ +DS_WeightedGraph.h\ +EmailSender.h\ +EpochTimeToString.h\ +Export.h\ +ExtendedOverlappedPool.h\ +FileList.h\ +FileListTransfer.h\ +FileListTransferCBInterface.h\ +FileOperations.h\ +FormatString.h\ +FullyConnectedMesh.h\ +FunctionThread.h\ +Gen_RPC8.h\ +GetTime.h\ +GridSectorizer.h\ +InternalPacket.h\ +Kbhit.h\ +LightweightDatabaseClient.h\ +LightweightDatabaseCommon.h\ +LightweightDatabaseServer.h\ +LinuxStrings.h\ +LogCommandParser.h\ +MessageFilter.h\ +MessageIdentifiers.h\ +MTUSize.h\ +NatPunchthrough.h\ +NetworkIDManager.h\ +NetworkIDObject.h\ +PacketConsoleLogger.h\ +PacketFileLogger.h\ +PacketLogger.h\ +PacketPool.h\ +PacketPriority.h\ +PluginInterface.h\ +RakAssert.h\ +RakMemoryOverride.h\ +RakNetCommandParser.h\ +RakNetDefines.h\ +RakNetStatistics.h\ +RakNetTransport.h\ +RakNetTypes.h\ +RakNetVersion.h\ +RakNetworkFactory.h\ +RakPeer.h\ +RakPeerInterface.h\ +RakSleep.h\ +RakString.h\ +RakThread.h\ +Rand.h\ +ReadyEvent.h\ +RefCountedObj.h\ +ReliabilityLayer.h\ +Replica.h\ +ReplicaEnums.h\ +ReplicaManager.h\ +ReplicaManager2.h\ +Rijndael-Boxes.h\ +Rijndael.h\ +Router.h\ +RouterInterface.h\ +RPCMap.h\ +RPCNode.h\ +RSACrypt.h\ +SHA1.h\ +SimpleMutex.h\ +SimpleTCPServer.h\ +SingleProducerConsumer.h\ +SocketLayer.h\ +StringCompressor.h\ +StringTable.h\ +SuperFastHash.h\ +SystemAddressList.h\ +TableSerializer.h\ +TCPInterface.h\ +TelnetTransport.h\ +ThreadPool.h\ +ThreadsafePacketLogger.h\ +TransportInterface.h\ +Types.h\ +_FindFirst.h\ +Itoa.h\ +HTTPConnection.h + +EXTRA_DIST = RakNet.vcproj RakNet3.0.vcproj RakNet3.0.vcproj.user RakNet_vc8.vcproj + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/MessageFilter.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/MessageFilter.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..27e14716 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/MessageFilter.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,363 @@ +#include "MessageFilter.h" +#include "RakAssert.h" +#include "GetTime.h" +#include "MessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "RakPeerInterface.h" +#include "RakAssert.h" + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +int MessageFilterStrComp( char *const &key,char *const &data ) +{ + return strcmp(key,data); +} + +int FilteredSystemComp( const SystemAddress &key, const FilteredSystem &data ) +{ + if (key < data.systemAddress) + return -1; + else if (key==data.systemAddress) + return 0; + else + return 1; +} + +int FilterSetComp( const int &key, FilterSet * const &data ) +{ + if (key < data->filterSetID) + return -1; + else if (key==data->filterSetID) + return 0; + else + return 1; +} +MessageFilter::MessageFilter() +{ + +} +MessageFilter::~MessageFilter() +{ + Clear(); +} +void MessageFilter::SetAutoAddNewConnectionsToFilter(int filterSetID) +{ + autoAddNewConnectionsToFilter=filterSetID; +} +void MessageFilter::SetAllowMessageID(bool allow, int messageIDStart, int messageIDEnd,int filterSetID) +{ + RakAssert(messageIDStart <= messageIDEnd); + FilterSet *filterSet = GetFilterSetByID(filterSetID); + int i; + for (i=messageIDStart; i <= messageIDEnd; ++i) + filterSet->allowedIDs[i]=allow; +} +void MessageFilter::SetAllowRPC(bool allow, const char *functionName, int filterSetID) +{ + (void) allow; + FilterSet *filterSet = GetFilterSetByID(filterSetID); + bool objectExists; + unsigned index = filterSet->allowedRPCs.GetIndexFromKey((char *const) functionName, &objectExists); + if (objectExists==false) + { + char *str = (char*) rakMalloc( strlen(functionName)+1 ); + strcpy(str, functionName); + filterSet->allowedRPCs.InsertAtIndex(str, index); + } +} +void MessageFilter::SetActionOnDisallowedMessage(bool kickOnDisallowed, bool banOnDisallowed, RakNetTime banTimeMS, int filterSetID) +{ + FilterSet *filterSet = GetFilterSetByID(filterSetID); + filterSet->kickOnDisallowedMessage=kickOnDisallowed; + filterSet->disallowedMessageBanTimeMS=banTimeMS; + filterSet->banOnDisallowedMessage=banOnDisallowed; +} +void MessageFilter::SetDisallowedMessageCallback(int filterSetID, void *userData, void (*invalidMessageCallback)(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress, int filterSetID, void *userData, unsigned char messageID)) +{ + FilterSet *filterSet = GetFilterSetByID(filterSetID); + filterSet->invalidMessageCallback=invalidMessageCallback; + filterSet->disallowedCallbackUserData=userData; +} +void MessageFilter::SetTimeoutCallback(int filterSetID, void *userData, void (*invalidMessageCallback)(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress, int filterSetID, void *userData)) +{ + FilterSet *filterSet = GetFilterSetByID(filterSetID); + filterSet->timeoutCallback=invalidMessageCallback; + filterSet->timeoutUserData=userData; +} +void MessageFilter::SetFilterMaxTime(int allowedTimeMS, bool banOnExceed, RakNetTime banTimeMS, int filterSetID) +{ + FilterSet *filterSet = GetFilterSetByID(filterSetID); + filterSet->maxMemberTimeMS=allowedTimeMS; + filterSet->banOnFilterTimeExceed=banOnExceed; + filterSet->timeExceedBanTimeMS=banTimeMS; +} +int MessageFilter::GetSystemFilterSet(SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + bool objectExists; + unsigned index = systemList.GetIndexFromKey(systemAddress, &objectExists); + if (objectExists==false) + return -1; + else + return systemList[index].filter->filterSetID; +} +void MessageFilter::SetSystemFilterSet(SystemAddress systemAddress, int filterSetID) +{ + // Allocate this filter set if it doesn't exist. + RakAssert(systemAddress!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + bool objectExists; + unsigned index = systemList.GetIndexFromKey(systemAddress, &objectExists); + if (objectExists==false) + { + if (filterSetID<0) + return; + + FilteredSystem filteredSystem; + filteredSystem.filter = GetFilterSetByID(filterSetID); + filteredSystem.systemAddress=systemAddress; + filteredSystem.timeEnteredThisSet=RakNet::GetTime(); + systemList.Insert(systemAddress, filteredSystem, true); + } + else + { + if (filterSetID>=0) + { + FilterSet *filterSet = GetFilterSetByID(filterSetID); + systemList[index].timeEnteredThisSet=RakNet::GetTime(); + systemList[index].filter=filterSet; + } + else + { + systemList.RemoveAtIndex(index); + } + } +} +unsigned MessageFilter::GetSystemCount(int filterSetID) const +{ + if (filterSetID==-1) + return systemList.Size(); + else + { + unsigned i; + unsigned count=0; + for (i=0; i < systemList.Size(); i++) + if (systemList[i].filter->filterSetID==filterSetID) + ++count; + return count; + } +} +SystemAddress MessageFilter::GetSystemByIndex(int filterSetID, unsigned index) +{ + if (filterSetID==-1) + return systemList[index].systemAddress; + else + { + unsigned i; + unsigned count=0; + for (i=0; i < systemList.Size(); i++) + { + if (systemList[i].filter->filterSetID==filterSetID) + { + if (index==count) + return systemList[i].systemAddress; + count++; + } + } + } + return UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; +} +unsigned MessageFilter::GetFilterSetCount(void) const +{ + return filterList.Size(); +} +int MessageFilter::GetFilterSetIDByIndex(unsigned index) +{ + return filterList[index]->filterSetID; +} +void MessageFilter::DeleteFilterSet(int filterSetID) +{ + FilterSet *filterSet; + bool objectExists; + unsigned i,index; + index = filterList.GetIndexFromKey(filterSetID, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + { + filterSet=filterList[index]; + DeallocateFilterSet(filterSet); + filterList.RemoveAtIndex(index); + + // Don't reference this pointer any longer + i=0; + while (i < systemList.Size()) + { + if (systemList[i].filter==filterSet) + systemList.RemoveAtIndex(i); + else + ++i; + } + } +} +void MessageFilter::Clear(void) +{ + unsigned i; + systemList.Clear(); + for (i=0; i < filterList.Size(); i++) + DeallocateFilterSet(filterList[i]); + filterList.Clear(); +} +void MessageFilter::DeallocateFilterSet(FilterSet* filterSet) +{ + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < filterSet->allowedRPCs.Size(); i++) + rakFree(filterSet->allowedRPCs[i]); + delete filterSet; +} +FilterSet* MessageFilter::GetFilterSetByID(int filterSetID) +{ + RakAssert(filterSetID>=0); + bool objectExists; + unsigned index; + index = filterList.GetIndexFromKey(filterSetID, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + return filterList[index]; + else + { + FilterSet *newFilterSet = new FilterSet; + memset(newFilterSet->allowedIDs, 0, MESSAGE_FILTER_MAX_MESSAGE_ID * sizeof(bool)); + newFilterSet->banOnFilterTimeExceed=false; + newFilterSet->kickOnDisallowedMessage=false; + newFilterSet->banOnDisallowedMessage=false; + newFilterSet->disallowedMessageBanTimeMS=0; + newFilterSet->timeExceedBanTimeMS=0; + newFilterSet->maxMemberTimeMS=0; + newFilterSet->filterSetID=filterSetID; + newFilterSet->invalidMessageCallback=0; + newFilterSet->timeoutCallback=0; + newFilterSet->timeoutUserData=0; + filterList.Insert(filterSetID, newFilterSet, true); + return newFilterSet; + } +} +void MessageFilter::OnAttach(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; +} +void MessageFilter::OnDetach(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; +} +void MessageFilter::OnShutdown(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; +} +void MessageFilter::OnInvalidMessage(RakPeerInterface *peer, FilterSet *filterSet, SystemAddress systemAddress, unsigned char messageID) +{ + if (filterSet->invalidMessageCallback) + filterSet->invalidMessageCallback(peer, systemAddress, filterSet->filterSetID, filterSet->disallowedCallbackUserData, messageID); + if (filterSet->banOnDisallowedMessage) + peer->AddToBanList(systemAddress.ToString(false), filterSet->disallowedMessageBanTimeMS); + if (filterSet->kickOnDisallowedMessage) + peer->CloseConnection(systemAddress, true, 0); +} +void MessageFilter::Update(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + // Update all timers for all systems. If those systems' filter sets are expired, take the appropriate action. + RakNetTime time = RakNet::GetTime(); + unsigned index; + index=0; + while (index < systemList.Size()) + { + if (systemList[index].filter && + systemList[index].filter->maxMemberTimeMS>0 && + time-systemList[index].timeEnteredThisSet >= systemList[index].filter->maxMemberTimeMS) + { + if (systemList[index].filter->timeoutCallback) + systemList[index].filter->timeoutCallback(peer, systemList[index].systemAddress, systemList[index].filter->filterSetID, systemList[index].filter->timeoutUserData); + + if (systemList[index].filter->banOnFilterTimeExceed) + peer->AddToBanList(systemList[index].systemAddress.ToString(false), systemList[index].filter->timeExceedBanTimeMS); + peer->CloseConnection(systemList[index].systemAddress, true, 0); + systemList.RemoveAtIndex(index); + } + else + ++index; + } +} + PluginReceiveResult MessageFilter::OnReceive(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + bool objectExists; + unsigned index; + unsigned char messageId; + + switch (packet->data[0]) + { + case ID_CONNECTION_LOST: + case ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION: + // Lost system, remove from the list + systemList.RemoveIfExists(packet->systemAddress); + break; + case ID_NEW_INCOMING_CONNECTION: + case ID_CONNECTION_REQUEST_ACCEPTED: + // New system, automatically assign to filter set if appropriate + if (autoAddNewConnectionsToFilter>=0 && systemList.HasData(packet->systemAddress)==false) + SetSystemFilterSet(packet->systemAddress, autoAddNewConnectionsToFilter); + break; + case ID_CONNECTION_ATTEMPT_FAILED: + case ID_NO_FREE_INCOMING_CONNECTIONS: + case ID_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY_MISMATCH: + case ID_CONNECTION_BANNED: + case ID_INVALID_PASSWORD: + case ID_MODIFIED_PACKET: + case ID_PONG: + case ID_ALREADY_CONNECTED: + case ID_ADVERTISE_SYSTEM: + case ID_REMOTE_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION: + case ID_REMOTE_CONNECTION_LOST: + case ID_REMOTE_NEW_INCOMING_CONNECTION: + case ID_DOWNLOAD_PROGRESS: + break; + default: + if (packet->data[0]==ID_TIMESTAMP) + { + if (packet->lengthdata[sizeof(MessageID) + sizeof(RakNetTime)]; + } + else + messageId=packet->data[0]; + // If this system is filtered, check if this message is allowed. If not allowed, return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE + index = systemList.GetIndexFromKey(packet->systemAddress, &objectExists); + if (objectExists==false) + break; + if (messageId==ID_RPC) + { + const char *uniqueIdentifier = peer->GetRPCString((const char*) packet->data, packet->bitSize, packet->systemAddress); + if (systemList[index].filter->allowedRPCs.HasData((char *const)uniqueIdentifier)==false) + { + OnInvalidMessage(peer, systemList[index].filter, packet->systemAddress, packet->data[0]); + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + } + } + else + { + if (systemList[index].filter->allowedIDs[messageId]==false) + { + OnInvalidMessage(peer, systemList[index].filter, packet->systemAddress, packet->data[0]); + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + } + } + + break; + } + + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; +} +void MessageFilter::OnCloseConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + (void) peer; + (void) systemAddress; +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/MessageFilter.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/MessageFilter.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..993f1eb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/MessageFilter.h @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief Message filter plugin. Assigns systems to FilterSets. Each FilterSet limits what messages are allowed. This is a security related plugin. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __MESSAGE_FILTER_PLUGIN_H +#define __MESSAGE_FILTER_PLUGIN_H + +class RakPeerInterface; +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "PluginInterface.h" +#include "DS_OrderedList.h" +#include "Export.h" + +/// MessageIdentifier (ID_*) values shoudln't go higher than this. Change it if you do. +#define MESSAGE_FILTER_MAX_MESSAGE_ID 256 + +/// \internal Has to be public so some of the shittier compilers can use it. +int RAK_DLL_EXPORT MessageFilterStrComp( char *const &key,char *const &data ); + +/// \internal Has to be public so some of the shittier compilers can use it. +struct FilterSet +{ + bool banOnFilterTimeExceed; + bool kickOnDisallowedMessage; + bool banOnDisallowedMessage; + RakNetTime disallowedMessageBanTimeMS; + RakNetTime timeExceedBanTimeMS; + RakNetTime maxMemberTimeMS; + void (*invalidMessageCallback)(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress, int filterSetID, void *userData, unsigned char messageID); + void *disallowedCallbackUserData; + void (*timeoutCallback)(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress, int filterSetID, void *userData); + void *timeoutUserData; + int filterSetID; + bool allowedIDs[MESSAGE_FILTER_MAX_MESSAGE_ID]; + DataStructures::OrderedList allowedRPCs; +}; + +/// \internal Has to be public so some of the shittier compilers can use it. +int RAK_DLL_EXPORT FilterSetComp( const int &key, FilterSet * const &data ); + +/// \internal Has to be public so some of the shittier compilers can use it. +struct FilteredSystem +{ + SystemAddress systemAddress; + FilterSet *filter; + RakNetTime timeEnteredThisSet; +}; + +/// \internal Has to be public so some of the shittier compilers can use it. +int RAK_DLL_EXPORT FilteredSystemComp( const SystemAddress &key, const FilteredSystem &data ); + +/// \defgroup MESSAGEFILTER_GROUP MessageFilter +/// \ingroup PLUGINS_GROUP + +/// \brief Assigns systems to FilterSets. Each FilterSet limits what kinds of messages are allowed. +/// The MessageFilter plugin is used for security where you limit what systems can send what kind of messages. +/// You implicitly define FilterSets, and add allowed message IDs and RPC calls to these FilterSets. +/// You then add systems to these filters, such that those systems are limited to sending what the filters allows. +/// You can automatically assign systems to a filter. +/// You can automatically kick and possibly ban users that stay in a filter too long, or send the wrong message. +/// Each system is a member of either zero or one filters. +/// Add this plugin before any plugin you wish to filter (most likely just add this plugin before any other). +/// \ingroup MESSAGEFILTER_GROUP +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT MessageFilter : public PluginInterface +{ +public: + MessageFilter(); + virtual ~MessageFilter(); + + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // User functions + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + /// Automatically add all new systems to a particular filter + /// Defaults to -1 + /// \param[in] filterSetID Which filter to add new systems to. <0 for do not add. + void SetAutoAddNewConnectionsToFilter(int filterSetID); + + /// Allow a range of message IDs + /// Always allowed by default: ID_CONNECTION_REQUEST_ACCEPTED through ID_DOWNLOAD_PROGRESS + /// Usually you specify a range to make it easier to add new enumerations without having to constantly refer back to this function. + /// \param[in] allow True to allow this message ID, false to disallow. By default, all messageIDs except the noted types are disallowed. This includes messages from other plugins! + /// \param[in] messageIDStart The first ID_* message to allow in the range. Inclusive. + /// \param[in] messageIDEnd The last ID_* message to allow in the range. Inclusive. + /// \param[in] filterSetID A user defined ID to represent a filter set. If no filter with this ID exists, one will be created with default settings. + void SetAllowMessageID(bool allow, int messageIDStart, int messageIDEnd,int filterSetID); + + /// Allow an RPC function, by name + /// \param[in] allow True to allow an RPC call with this function name, false to disallow. All RPCs are disabled by default. + /// \param[in] functionName the function name of the RPC call. Must match the function name exactly, including case. + /// \param[in] filterSetID A user defined ID to represent a filter set. If no filter with this ID exists, one will be created with default settings. + void SetAllowRPC(bool allow, const char *functionName, int filterSetID); + + /// What action to take on a disallowed message. You can kick or not. You can add them to the ban list for some time + /// By default no action is taken. The message is simply ignored. + /// param[in] 0 for permanent ban, >0 for ban time in milliseconds. + /// \param[in] kickOnDisallowed kick the system that sent a disallowed message. + /// \param[in] banOnDisallowed ban the system that sent a disallowed message. See \a banTimeMS for the ban duration + /// \param[in] banTimeMS Passed to the milliseconds parameter of RakPeer::AddToBanList. + /// \param[in] filterSetID A user defined ID to represent a filter set. If no filter with this ID exists, one will be created with default settings. + void SetActionOnDisallowedMessage(bool kickOnDisallowed, bool banOnDisallowed, RakNetTime banTimeMS, int filterSetID); + + /// Set a user callback to be called on an invalid message for a particular filterSet + /// \param[in] filterSetID A user defined ID to represent a filter set. If no filter with this ID exists, one will be created with default settings. + /// \param[in] userData A pointer passed with the callback + /// \param[in] invalidMessageCallback A pointer to a C function to be called back with the specified parameters. + void SetDisallowedMessageCallback(int filterSetID, void *userData, void (*invalidMessageCallback)(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress, int filterSetID, void *userData, unsigned char messageID)); + + /// Set a user callback to be called when a user is disconnected due to SetFilterMaxTime + /// \param[in] filterSetID A user defined ID to represent a filter set. If no filter with this ID exists, one will be created with default settings. + /// \param[in] userData A pointer passed with the callback + /// \param[in] invalidMessageCallback A pointer to a C function to be called back with the specified parameters. + void SetTimeoutCallback(int filterSetID, void *userData, void (*invalidMessageCallback)(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress, int filterSetID, void *userData)); + + /// Limit how long a connection can stay in a particular filterSetID. After this time, the connection is kicked and possibly banned. + /// By default there is no limit to how long a connection can stay in a particular filter set. + /// \param[in] allowedTimeMS How many milliseconds to allow a connection to stay in this filter set. + /// \param[in] banOnExceed True or false to ban the system, or not, when \a allowedTimeMS is exceeded + /// \param[in] banTimeMS Passed to the milliseconds parameter of RakPeer::AddToBanList. + /// \param[in] filterSetID A user defined ID to represent a filter set. If no filter with this ID exists, one will be created with default settings. + void SetFilterMaxTime(int allowedTimeMS, bool banOnExceed, RakNetTime banTimeMS, int filterSetID); + + /// Get the filterSetID a system is using. Returns -1 for none. + /// \param[in] systemAddress The system we are referring to + int GetSystemFilterSet(SystemAddress systemAddress); + + /// Assign a system to a filter set. + /// Systems are automatically added to filter sets (or not) based on SetAutoAddNewConnectionsToFilter() + /// This function is used to change the filter set a system is using, to add it to a new filter set, or to remove it from all existin filter sets. + /// \param[in] systemAddress The system we are referring to + /// \param[in] filterSetID A user defined ID to represent a filter set. If no filter with this ID exists, one will be created with default settings. If -1, the system will be removed from all filter sets. + void SetSystemFilterSet(SystemAddress systemAddress, int filterSetID); + + /// Returns the number of systems subscribed to a particular filter set + /// Using anything other than -1 for \a filterSetID is slow, so you should store the returned value. + /// \param[in] filterSetID The filter set to limit to. Use -1 for none (just returns the total number of filter systems in that case). + unsigned GetSystemCount(int filterSetID) const; + + /// Returns a system subscribed to a particular filter set,by index. + /// index should be between 0 and the GetSystemCount(filterSetID)-1; + /// \param[in] filterSetID The filter set to limit to. Use -1 for none (just indexes all the filtered systems in that case). + /// \param[in] index A number between 0 and GetSystemCount(filterSetID)-1; + SystemAddress GetSystemByIndex(int filterSetID, unsigned index); + + /// Returns the total number of filter sets. + /// \return The total number of filter sets. + unsigned GetFilterSetCount(void) const; + + /// Returns the ID of a filter set, by index + /// \param[in] An index between 0 and GetFilterSetCount()-1 inclusive + int GetFilterSetIDByIndex(unsigned index); + + /// Delete a FilterSet. All systems formerly subscribed to this filter are now unrestricted. + /// \param[in] filterSetID The ID of the filter set to delete. + void DeleteFilterSet(int filterSetID); + + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Packet handling functions + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + virtual void OnAttach(RakPeerInterface *peer); + virtual void OnDetach(RakPeerInterface *peer); + virtual void OnShutdown(RakPeerInterface *peer); + virtual void Update(RakPeerInterface *peer); + virtual PluginReceiveResult OnReceive(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + virtual void OnCloseConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress); + +protected: + + void Clear(void); + void DeallocateFilterSet(FilterSet *filterSet); + FilterSet* GetFilterSetByID(int filterSetID); + void OnInvalidMessage(RakPeerInterface *peer, FilterSet *filterSet, SystemAddress systemAddress, unsigned char messageID); + + DataStructures::OrderedList filterList; + DataStructures::OrderedList systemList; + + int autoAddNewConnectionsToFilter; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/MessageIdentifiers.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/MessageIdentifiers.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..163be185 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/MessageIdentifiers.h @@ -0,0 +1,241 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief All the message identifiers used by RakNet. Message identifiers comprise the first byte of any message. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __MESSAGE_IDENTIFIERS_H +#define __MESSAGE_IDENTIFIERS_H + +#if defined(RAKNET_USE_CUSTOM_PACKET_IDS) +#include "CustomPacketIdentifiers.h" +#else + +/// You should not edit the file MessageIdentifiers.h as it is a part of RakNet static library +/// To define your own message id, define an enum following the code example that follows. +/// +/// \code +/// enum { +/// ID_MYPROJECT_MSG_1 = ID_USER_PACKET_ENUM, +/// ID_MYPROJECT_MSG_2, +/// ... +/// }; +/// \endcode +/// +/// \note All these enumerations should be casted to (unsigned char) before writing them to RakNet::BitStream +enum DefaultMessageIDTypes +{ + // + // RESERVED TYPES - DO NOT CHANGE THESE + // All types from RakPeer + // + /// These types are never returned to the user. + /// Ping from a connected system. Update timestamps (internal use only) + ID_INTERNAL_PING, + /// Ping from an unconnected system. Reply but do not update timestamps. (internal use only) + ID_PING, + /// Ping from an unconnected system. Only reply if we have open connections. Do not update timestamps. (internal use only) + ID_PING_OPEN_CONNECTIONS, + /// Pong from a connected system. Update timestamps (internal use only) + ID_CONNECTED_PONG, + /// Asking for a new connection (internal use only) + ID_CONNECTION_REQUEST, + /// Connecting to a secured server/peer (internal use only) + ID_SECURED_CONNECTION_RESPONSE, + /// Connecting to a secured server/peer (internal use only) + ID_SECURED_CONNECTION_CONFIRMATION, + /// Packet that tells us the packet contains an integer ID to name mapping for the remote system (internal use only) + ID_RPC_MAPPING, + /// A reliable packet to detect lost connections (internal use only) + ID_DETECT_LOST_CONNECTIONS, + /// Offline message so we know when to reset and start a new connection (internal use only) + ID_OPEN_CONNECTION_REQUEST, + /// Offline message response so we know when to reset and start a new connection (internal use only) + ID_OPEN_CONNECTION_REPLY, + /// Remote procedure call (internal use only) + ID_RPC, + /// Remote procedure call reply, for RPCs that return data (internal use only) + ID_RPC_REPLY, + /// RakPeer - Same as ID_ADVERTISE_SYSTEM, but intended for internal use rather than being passed to the user. Second byte indicates type. Used currently for NAT punchthrough for receiver port advertisement. See ID_NAT_ADVERTISE_RECIPIENT_PORT + ID_OUT_OF_BAND_INTERNAL, + + + // + // USER TYPES - DO NOT CHANGE THESE + // + + /// RakPeer - In a client/server environment, our connection request to the server has been accepted. + ID_CONNECTION_REQUEST_ACCEPTED, + /// RakPeer - Sent to the player when a connection request cannot be completed due to inability to connect. + ID_CONNECTION_ATTEMPT_FAILED, + /// RakPeer - Sent a connect request to a system we are currently connected to. + ID_ALREADY_CONNECTED, + /// RakPeer - A remote system has successfully connected. + ID_NEW_INCOMING_CONNECTION, + /// RakPeer - The system we attempted to connect to is not accepting new connections. + ID_NO_FREE_INCOMING_CONNECTIONS, + /// RakPeer - The system specified in Packet::systemAddress has disconnected from us. For the client, this would mean the server has shutdown. + ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION, + /// RakPeer - Reliable packets cannot be delivered to the system specified in Packet::systemAddress. The connection to that system has been closed. + ID_CONNECTION_LOST, + /// RakPeer - We preset an RSA public key which does not match what the system we connected to is using. + ID_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY_MISMATCH, + /// RakPeer - We are banned from the system we attempted to connect to. + ID_CONNECTION_BANNED, + /// RakPeer - The remote system is using a password and has refused our connection because we did not set the correct password. + ID_INVALID_PASSWORD, + /// RakPeer - A packet has been tampered with in transit. The sender is contained in Packet::systemAddress. + ID_MODIFIED_PACKET, + /// RakPeer - The four bytes following this byte represent an unsigned int which is automatically modified by the difference in system times between the sender and the recipient. Requires that you call SetOccasionalPing. + ID_TIMESTAMP, + /// RakPeer - Pong from an unconnected system. First byte is ID_PONG, second sizeof(RakNetTime) bytes is the ping, following bytes is system specific enumeration data. + ID_PONG, + /// RakPeer - Inform a remote system of our IP/Port, plus some offline data + ID_ADVERTISE_SYSTEM, + /// ConnectionGraph plugin - In a client/server environment, a client other than ourselves has disconnected gracefully. Packet::systemAddress is modified to reflect the systemAddress of this client. + ID_REMOTE_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION, + /// ConnectionGraph plugin - In a client/server environment, a client other than ourselves has been forcefully dropped. Packet::systemAddress is modified to reflect the systemAddress of this client. + ID_REMOTE_CONNECTION_LOST, + /// ConnectionGraph plugin - In a client/server environment, a client other than ourselves has connected. Packet::systemAddress is modified to reflect the systemAddress of the client that is not connected directly to us. The packet encoding is SystemAddress 1, ConnectionGraphGroupID 1, SystemAddress 2, ConnectionGraphGroupID 2 + ID_REMOTE_NEW_INCOMING_CONNECTION, + // RakPeer - Downloading a large message. Format is ID_DOWNLOAD_PROGRESS (MessageID), partCount (unsigned int), partTotal (unsigned int), partLength (unsigned int), first part data (length <= MAX_MTU_SIZE). See the three parameters partCount, partTotal and partLength in OnFileProgress in FileListTransferCBInterface.h + ID_DOWNLOAD_PROGRESS, + + /// FileListTransfer plugin - Setup data + ID_FILE_LIST_TRANSFER_HEADER, + /// FileListTransfer plugin - A file + ID_FILE_LIST_TRANSFER_FILE, + + /// DirectoryDeltaTransfer plugin - Request from a remote system for a download of a directory + ID_DDT_DOWNLOAD_REQUEST, + + /// RakNetTransport plugin - Transport provider message, used for remote console + ID_TRANSPORT_STRING, + + /// ReplicaManager plugin - Create an object + ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_CONSTRUCTION, + /// ReplicaManager plugin - Destroy an object + ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_DESTRUCTION, + /// ReplicaManager plugin - Changed scope of an object + ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_SCOPE_CHANGE, + /// ReplicaManager plugin - Serialized data of an object + ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_SERIALIZE, + /// ReplicaManager plugin - New connection, about to send all world objects + ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_DOWNLOAD_STARTED, + /// ReplicaManager plugin - Finished downloading all serialized objects + ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_DOWNLOAD_COMPLETE, + + /// ConnectionGraph plugin - Request the connection graph from another system + ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_REQUEST, + /// ConnectionGraph plugin - Reply to a connection graph download request + ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_REPLY, + /// ConnectionGraph plugin - Update edges / nodes for a system with a connection graph + ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_UPDATE, + /// ConnectionGraph plugin - Add a new connection to a connection graph + ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_NEW_CONNECTION, + /// ConnectionGraph plugin - Remove a connection from a connection graph - connection was abruptly lost + ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_CONNECTION_LOST, + /// ConnectionGraph plugin - Remove a connection from a connection graph - connection was gracefully lost + ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION, + + /// Router plugin - route a message through another system + ID_ROUTE_AND_MULTICAST, + + /// RakVoice plugin - Open a communication channel + ID_RAKVOICE_OPEN_CHANNEL_REQUEST, + /// RakVoice plugin - Communication channel accepted + ID_RAKVOICE_OPEN_CHANNEL_REPLY, + /// RakVoice plugin - Close a communication channel + ID_RAKVOICE_CLOSE_CHANNEL, + /// RakVoice plugin - Voice data + ID_RAKVOICE_DATA, + + /// Autopatcher plugin - Get a list of files that have changed since a certain date + ID_AUTOPATCHER_GET_CHANGELIST_SINCE_DATE, + /// Autopatcher plugin - A list of files to create + ID_AUTOPATCHER_CREATION_LIST, + /// Autopatcher plugin - A list of files to delete + ID_AUTOPATCHER_DELETION_LIST, + /// Autopatcher plugin - A list of files to get patches for + ID_AUTOPATCHER_GET_PATCH, + /// Autopatcher plugin - A list of patches for a list of files + ID_AUTOPATCHER_PATCH_LIST, + /// Autopatcher plugin - Returned to the user: An error from the database repository for the autopatcher. + ID_AUTOPATCHER_REPOSITORY_FATAL_ERROR, + /// Autopatcher plugin - Finished getting all files from the autopatcher + ID_AUTOPATCHER_FINISHED_INTERNAL, + ID_AUTOPATCHER_FINISHED, + /// Autopatcher plugin - Returned to the user: You must restart the application to finish patching. + ID_AUTOPATCHER_RESTART_APPLICATION, + + /// NATPunchthrough plugin - Intermediary got a request to help punch through a nat + ID_NAT_PUNCHTHROUGH_REQUEST, + /// NATPunchthrough plugin - Intermediary cannot complete the request because the target system is not connected + ID_NAT_TARGET_NOT_CONNECTED, + /// NATPunchthrough plugin - While attempting to connect, we lost the connection to the target system + ID_NAT_TARGET_CONNECTION_LOST, + /// NATPunchthrough plugin - Internal message to connect at a certain time + ID_NAT_CONNECT_AT_TIME, + /// NATPunchthrough plugin - Internal message to send a message (to punch through the nat) at a certain time + ID_NAT_SEND_OFFLINE_MESSAGE_AT_TIME, + /// NATPunchthrough plugin - The facilitator is already attempting this connection + ID_NAT_IN_PROGRESS, + + /// LightweightDatabase plugin - Query + ID_DATABASE_QUERY_REQUEST, + /// LightweightDatabase plugin - Update + ID_DATABASE_UPDATE_ROW, + /// LightweightDatabase plugin - Remove + ID_DATABASE_REMOVE_ROW, + /// LightweightDatabase plugin - A serialized table. Bytes 1+ contain the table. Pass to TableSerializer::DeserializeTable + ID_DATABASE_QUERY_REPLY, + /// LightweightDatabase plugin - Specified table not found + ID_DATABASE_UNKNOWN_TABLE, + /// LightweightDatabase plugin - Incorrect password + ID_DATABASE_INCORRECT_PASSWORD, + + /// ReadyEvent plugin - Set the ready state for a particular system + ID_READY_EVENT_SET, + /// ReadyEvent plugin - Unset the ready state for a particular system + ID_READY_EVENT_UNSET, + /// All systems are in state ID_READY_EVENT_SET + ID_READY_EVENT_ALL_SET, + /// ReadyEvent plugin - Request of ready event state - used for pulling data when newly connecting + ID_READY_EVENT_QUERY, + + /// Lobby packets. Second byte indicates type. + ID_LOBBY_GENERAL, + + /// Auto RPC procedure call + ID_AUTO_RPC_CALL, + + /// Auto RPC functionName to index mapping + ID_AUTO_RPC_REMOTE_INDEX, + + /// Auto RPC functionName to index mapping, lookup failed. Will try to auto recover + ID_AUTO_RPC_UNKNOWN_REMOTE_INDEX, + + /// Auto RPC error code + /// See AutoRPC.h for codes, stored in packet->data[1] + ID_RPC_REMOTE_ERROR, + + // For the user to use. Start your first enumeration at this value. + ID_USER_PACKET_ENUM, + //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +}; + +#endif // RAKNET_USE_CUSTOM_PACKET_IDS + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/NatPunchthrough.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/NatPunchthrough.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b9e45ae9 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/NatPunchthrough.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,822 @@ +#include "NatPunchthrough.h" +#include "GetTime.h" +#include "RakPeerInterface.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "MessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "RakAssert.h" +#include "FormatString.h" + +#include +using namespace RakNet; + +// Number is arbitrary, but you want a long enough interval to get a good sample, but short enough not to annoy the user. +static const int PING_INTERVAL=100; +// Fill up the ping buffer +static const int PING_COUNT=PING_TIMES_ARRAY_SIZE; +// What multiple to multiply the ping by to figure out how long to wait before sending the start time. +// Should be slightly larger than the ping so the last ping arrives +static const float SEND_TIMESTAMP_DELAY_PING_MULTIPLE=1.5f; +// What multiple to multiply the ping by to figure out when to send the NAT punchthrough request +// Should be large enough to make sure both systems get the message in the future, even if it needs to be resent due to packetloss. +// Too large is bad because the user has to wait and it makes it more likely our estimated ping is wrong +static const float SEND_PUNCHTHROUGH_DELAY_PING_MULTIPLE=3.0f; +static const int TTL_HOPS=3; + +// As I add more out of band messages this will be moved elsewhere +static const char ID_NAT_ADVERTISE_RECIPIENT_PORT=0; + +static const int RECIPIENT_OFFLINE_MAX_COUNT=10; +// See +// static const int MAX_OPEN_CONNECTION_REQUESTS=4; +// static const int TIME_BETWEEN_OPEN_CONNECTION_REQUESTS=500; +// In RakPeer.cpp +static const int RECIPIENT_OFFLINE_MESSAGE_INTERVAL=4000; + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +void NatPunchthroughLogger::OnMessage(const char *str) +{ + printf("%s", str); +} + +NatPunchthrough::NatPunchthrough() +{ + allowFacilitation=true; + rakPeer=0; + log=0; +} +NatPunchthrough::~NatPunchthrough() +{ + Clear(); +} +void NatPunchthrough::FacilitateConnections(bool allow) +{ + allowFacilitation=allow; +} +bool NatPunchthrough::Connect(const char* destination, unsigned short remotePort, const char *passwordData, int passwordDataLength, SystemAddress facilitator) +{ + SystemAddress systemAddress; + systemAddress.SetBinaryAddress(destination); + systemAddress.port=remotePort; + return Connect(systemAddress, passwordData, passwordDataLength, facilitator); +} +bool NatPunchthrough::Connect(SystemAddress destination, const char *passwordData, int passwordDataLength, SystemAddress facilitator) +{ + if (rakPeer->IsConnected(facilitator)==false) + return false; + + RakNet::BitStream outBitstream; + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_NAT_PUNCHTHROUGH_REQUEST); + // http://www.bford.info/pub/net/p2pnat/ + // A few poorly behaved NATs are known to scan the body of UDP datagrams for 4-byte fields that look like IP addresses, and translate them as they would the IP address fields in the IP header. + outBitstream.Write(true); + outBitstream.Write(destination); + + // Remember this connection request + NatPunchthrough::ConnectionRequest *connectionRequest = new NatPunchthrough::ConnectionRequest; + connectionRequest->receiverPublic=destination; + connectionRequest->facilitator=facilitator; + if (passwordDataLength) + { + connectionRequest->passwordData = (char*) rakMalloc( passwordDataLength ); + memcpy(connectionRequest->passwordData, passwordData, passwordDataLength); + } + else + connectionRequest->passwordData = 0; + connectionRequest->senderPublic=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + connectionRequest->passwordDataLength=passwordDataLength; + connectionRequest->facilitator=facilitator; + connectionRequest->advertisedPort=0; + connectionRequest->nextActionTime=0; + connectionRequest->attemptedConnection=false; + connectionRequest->facilitatingConnection=false; + connectionRequest->timeoutTime=RakNet::GetTime()+30000; + connectionRequest->pingCount=0; + connectionRequestList.Insert(connectionRequest); + + rakPeer->Send(&outBitstream, HIGH_PRIORITY, RELIABLE, 0, facilitator, false); + + return true; +} +void NatPunchthrough::Clear(void) +{ + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < connectionRequestList.Size(); i++) + { + rakFree(connectionRequestList[i]->passwordData); + delete connectionRequestList[i]; + } + connectionRequestList.Clear(); +} +void NatPunchthrough::OnAttach(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + rakPeer=peer; +} +void NatPunchthrough::Update(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; + if (connectionRequestList.Size()) + { + RakNetTime time = RakNet::GetTime(); + RakNet::BitStream outBitstream; + unsigned i; + i=0; + while (i < connectionRequestList.Size()) + { + // Remove old connection requests that get no answer + if (connectionRequestList[i]->timeoutTime < time) + { + rakFree(connectionRequestList[i]->passwordData); + delete connectionRequestList[i]; + connectionRequestList.RemoveAtIndex(i); + continue; + } + + // If we are a facilitator, do pings + if (connectionRequestList[i]->facilitatingConnection) + { + if (time >= connectionRequestList[i]->nextActionTime ) + { + if (connectionRequestList[i]->pingCount < PING_COUNT) + { + // Ping + connectionRequestList[i]->pingCount++; + rakPeer->Ping(connectionRequestList[i]->receiverPublic); + rakPeer->Ping(connectionRequestList[i]->senderPublic); + connectionRequestList[i]->nextActionTime=time+PING_INTERVAL; + } + else if (connectionRequestList[i]->pingCount == PING_COUNT) + { + // Done pinging. Wait till the next stage + int receiverPing, senderPing; + receiverPing=rakPeer->GetAveragePing(connectionRequestList[i]->receiverPublic); + senderPing=rakPeer->GetAveragePing(connectionRequestList[i]->senderPublic); + if (receiverPing > senderPing) + connectionRequestList[i]->nextActionTime=(RakNetTime)(receiverPing*SEND_TIMESTAMP_DELAY_PING_MULTIPLE); + else + connectionRequestList[i]->nextActionTime=(RakNetTime)(senderPing*SEND_TIMESTAMP_DELAY_PING_MULTIPLE); + connectionRequestList[i]->pingCount++; + } + else + { + // Send the timestamped message to both systems so they send datagrams to each other simultaneously + int receiverPing, senderPing; + RakNetTime delayTime; + receiverPing=rakPeer->GetAveragePing(connectionRequestList[i]->receiverPublic); + senderPing=rakPeer->GetAveragePing(connectionRequestList[i]->senderPublic); + if (receiverPing > senderPing) + delayTime=(RakNetTime)(receiverPing*SEND_PUNCHTHROUGH_DELAY_PING_MULTIPLE); + else + delayTime=(RakNetTime)(senderPing*SEND_PUNCHTHROUGH_DELAY_PING_MULTIPLE); + + if (delayTime < 500) + delayTime=500; + + outBitstream.Reset(); + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_TIMESTAMP); + outBitstream.Write(time+delayTime); + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_NAT_CONNECT_AT_TIME); + // A few poorly behaved NATs are known to scan the body of UDP datagrams for 4-byte fields that look like IP addresses, and translate them as they would the IP address fields in the IP header. + outBitstream.Write(true); + outBitstream.Write(rakPeer->GetInternalID(connectionRequestList[i]->receiverPublic)); + rakPeer->Send(&outBitstream, SYSTEM_PRIORITY, RELIABLE, 0, connectionRequestList[i]->senderPublic, false); + + outBitstream.Reset(); + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_TIMESTAMP); + outBitstream.Write(time+delayTime); + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_NAT_SEND_OFFLINE_MESSAGE_AT_TIME); + // A few poorly behaved NATs are known to scan the body of UDP datagrams for 4-byte fields that look like IP addresses, and translate them as they would the IP address fields in the IP header. + outBitstream.Write(true); + outBitstream.Write(connectionRequestList[i]->senderPublic); + outBitstream.Write(rakPeer->GetInternalID(connectionRequestList[i]->senderPublic)); + rakPeer->Send(&outBitstream, SYSTEM_PRIORITY, RELIABLE, 0, connectionRequestList[i]->receiverPublic, false); + + delete [] connectionRequestList[i]->passwordData; + delete connectionRequestList[i]; + connectionRequestList.RemoveAtIndex(i); + continue; + } + } + } + // Else not a facilitator. If nextActionTime is non-zero, connect or send the offline message + else if (connectionRequestList[i]->nextActionTime && time >= connectionRequestList[i]->nextActionTime && connectionRequestList[i]->attemptedConnection==false) + { + ConnectionRequest *connectionRequest = connectionRequestList[i]; + DataStructures::List fallbackAddresses; +// unsigned fallbackIndex; + RakNet::BitStream oob; + if (connectionRequest->receiverPublic!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + { + // fallbackAddresses.Clear(); + // connectionRequest->GetAddressList(peer, fallbackAddresses, connectionRequest->senderPublic, connectionRequest->senderPrivate, true); + // for (unsigned fallbackIndex=0; fallbackIndex < fallbackAddresses.Size(); fallbackIndex++) + // peer->Ping(fallbackAddresses[fallbackIndex].ToString(false),fallbackAddresses[fallbackIndex].port,false); + + // Connect to this system. + LogOut(FormatString("Connecting to public address %s\n", connectionRequest->receiverPublic.ToString(true))); + rakPeer->Connect(connectionRequest->receiverPublic.ToString(false), connectionRequest->receiverPublic.port, connectionRequest->passwordData, connectionRequest->passwordDataLength); + connectionRequest->attemptedConnection=true; + + /* + if (connectionRequestList[i]->receiverPrivate==connectionRequestList[i]->receiverPublic) + { + // Otherwise done with this connection, as it's a normal connection attempt + rakFree(connectionRequestList[i]->passwordData); + delete connectionRequestList[i]; + connectionRequestList.RemoveAtIndex(i); + continue; + } + */ + } + else + { + RakAssert(connectionRequestList[i]->senderPublic!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + // Send ID_NAT_ADVERTISE_RECIPIENT_PORT to all possible remote ports + fallbackAddresses.Clear(); + connectionRequest->GetAddressList(peer, fallbackAddresses, connectionRequest->senderPublic, connectionRequest->senderPrivate, true); + + /// 04/13/08 I think if I send to all possible fallbacks in order it starts reusing external ports or else assigns them in a random way + /// Sending 4X to each port in order did work however. + /// Timing matches that of RakPeer's failure notices and retries + if ((unsigned int) connectionRequestList[i]->recipientOfflineCount < fallbackAddresses.Size()) + { + unsigned k; + //for (k=0; k < 4; k++) + for (k=0; k < (unsigned) connectionRequestList[i]->recipientOfflineCount && k < fallbackAddresses.Size(); k++) + { + oob.Write(ID_NAT_ADVERTISE_RECIPIENT_PORT); + oob.Write(rakPeer->GetExternalID(connectionRequest->facilitator)); + // This is duplicated intentionally, since the first packet is often dropped + peer->SendOutOfBand(fallbackAddresses[k].ToString(false),fallbackAddresses[k].port,ID_OUT_OF_BAND_INTERNAL,(const char*) oob.GetData(),oob.GetNumberOfBytesUsed(),0); + peer->SendOutOfBand(fallbackAddresses[k].ToString(false),fallbackAddresses[k].port,ID_OUT_OF_BAND_INTERNAL,(const char*) oob.GetData(),oob.GetNumberOfBytesUsed(),0); + } + + LogOut(FormatString("Recipient sending ID_OUT_OF_BAND_INTERNAL to %s\n", fallbackAddresses[connectionRequestList[i]->recipientOfflineCount].ToString(true))); + } + + /* + for (fallbackIndex=0; fallbackIndex < fallbackAddresses.Size(); fallbackIndex++) + { + // This follows a similar path to the sender connecting to us. + // If this message arrives, it lets the sender know our external port. + // The sender can then use this port instead of just going down the fallbackAddresses guessing. + // This saves us if the recipient is impossible to connect to, but the sender is not. + oob.Reset(); + oob.Write(ID_NAT_ADVERTISE_RECIPIENT_PORT); + oob.Write(rakPeer->GetExternalID(connectionRequest->facilitator)); + peer->SendOutOfBand(fallbackAddresses[fallbackIndex].ToString(false),fallbackAddresses[fallbackIndex].port,ID_OUT_OF_BAND_INTERNAL,(const char*) oob.GetData(),oob.GetNumberOfBytesUsed(),0); + + // bool SendOutOfBand(const char *host, unsigned short remotePort, MessageID header, const char *data, BitSize_t dataLength, unsigned connectionSocketIndex=0 ); + } + */ + + +// LogOut(FormatString("Pinging %s\n", connectionRequest->senderPublic.ToString(true))); + + // rakPeer->Connect(connectionRequestList[i]->senderPublic.ToString(false),connectionRequestList[i]->senderPublic.port,0,0,0); + + /* + SystemAddress senderAddrWithFPort; + SystemAddress senderAddrWithRPort; + SystemAddress senderAddrWithIPort; + senderAddrWithFPort=connectionRequestList[i]->senderPublic; + senderAddrWithFPort.port=connectionRequestList[i]->facilitator.port; + senderAddrWithRPort=connectionRequestList[i]->senderPublic; + senderAddrWithRPort.port=rakPeer->GetExternalID(connectionRequestList[i]->facilitator).port; + senderAddrWithIPort=connectionRequestList[i]->senderPublic; + senderAddrWithIPort.port=rakPeer->GetInternalID().port; + */ + + // LogOut(FormatString("Recipient sending TTL %i hops to %s\n", TTL_HOPS, connectionRequestList[i]->senderPublic.ToString())); + // rakPeer->SendTTL(connectionRequestList[i]->senderPublic.ToString(false), connectionRequestList[i]->senderPublic.port, false); + + + // Send offline message to this system, hopefully at the exact same time that system tries to connect to us. +// rakPeer->Ping(connectionRequestList[i]->senderPublic.ToString(false), connectionRequestList[i]->senderPublic.port, false); + /* + rakPeer->Ping(senderAddrWithFPort.ToString(false), senderAddrWithFPort.port, false); + rakPeer->Ping(senderAddrWithRPort.ToString(false), senderAddrWithRPort.port, false); + rakPeer->Ping(senderAddrWithIPort.ToString(false), senderAddrWithIPort.port, false); + */ + + // if (connectionRequestList[i]->senderPrivate!=connectionRequestList[i]->senderPublic) + // rakPeer->Ping(connectionRequestList[i]->senderPrivate.ToString(false), connectionRequestList[i]->senderPrivate.port, false); + + // LogOut(FormatString("Recipient sending TTL %i hops to %s\n", TTL_HOPS, connectionRequestList[i]->senderPublic.ToString(false))); + // peer->SendTTL(connectionRequestList[i]->senderPublic.ToString(false),connectionRequestList[i]->senderPublic.port, TTL_HOPS+connectionRequestList[i]->recipientOfflineCount, 0); + // peer->SendTTL(connectionRequestList[i]->senderPublic.ToString(false),connectionRequestList[i]->senderPublic.port+1, TTL_HOPS+connectionRequestList[i]->recipientOfflineCount, 0); + // peer->SendTTL(connectionRequestList[i]->senderPrivate.ToString(false),connectionRequestList[i]->senderPrivate.port, TTL_HOPS+connectionRequestList[i]->recipientOfflineCount, 0); + + connectionRequestList[i]->recipientOfflineCount++; + if (connectionRequestList[i]->recipientOfflineCount==RECIPIENT_OFFLINE_MAX_COUNT) + { + rakFree(connectionRequestList[i]->passwordData); + delete connectionRequestList[i]; + connectionRequestList.RemoveAtIndex(i); + } + else + { + connectionRequestList[i]->nextActionTime=time+RECIPIENT_OFFLINE_MESSAGE_INTERVAL; + } + + continue; + } + } + + i++; + } + } +} +PluginReceiveResult NatPunchthrough::OnReceive(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + unsigned char packetId; + if (packet->length>sizeof(MessageID)+sizeof(RakNetTime) && packet->data[0]==ID_TIMESTAMP) + packetId=packet->data[sizeof(MessageID)+sizeof(RakNetTime)]; + else + packetId=packet->data[0]; + + switch (packetId) + { + case ID_OUT_OF_BAND_INTERNAL: + if (packet->length>=2 && packet->data[1]==ID_NAT_ADVERTISE_RECIPIENT_PORT) + { + OnNATAdvertiseRecipientPort(peer, packet); + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; // Absorb + } + break; + case ID_NAT_PUNCHTHROUGH_REQUEST: + OnPunchthroughRequest(peer, packet); + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; // Absorb + case ID_NAT_TARGET_CONNECTION_LOST: + RemoveRequestByFacilitator(packet->systemAddress); + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + case ID_NAT_TARGET_NOT_CONNECTED: + RemoveRequestByFacilitator(packet->systemAddress); + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; + case ID_CONNECTION_ATTEMPT_FAILED: + return OnConnectionAttemptFailed(packet); + case ID_CONNECTION_REQUEST_ACCEPTED: + return OnConnectionRequestAccepted(packet); + case ID_NEW_INCOMING_CONNECTION: + return OnNewIncomingConnection(packet); + case ID_NAT_CONNECT_AT_TIME: + OnConnectAtTime(peer, packet); + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; // Absorb + case ID_NAT_SEND_OFFLINE_MESSAGE_AT_TIME: + OnSendOfflineMessageAtTime(peer, packet); + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; // Absorb + case ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION: + case ID_CONNECTION_LOST: + OnCloseConnection(peer, packet->systemAddress); + break; + } + + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; +} +void NatPunchthrough::OnCloseConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + (void) peer; + if (allowFacilitation==false) + return; + + // If in ping mode, send ID_NAT_TARGET_CONNECTION_LOST + if (connectionRequestList.Size()) + { + unsigned i; + i=0; + while (i < connectionRequestList.Size()) + { + if (connectionRequestList[i]->facilitatingConnection && + (connectionRequestList[i]->receiverPublic==systemAddress || + connectionRequestList[i]->senderPublic==systemAddress)) + { + LogOut(FormatString("Facilitator: Lost connection to %s\n", systemAddress.ToString(true))); + + // This field is not used by the facilitator. + RakAssert(connectionRequestList[i]->passwordData==0); + + if (connectionRequestList[i]->senderPublic==systemAddress) + { + RakNet::BitStream outBitstream; + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_NAT_TARGET_CONNECTION_LOST); + outBitstream.Write(connectionRequestList[i]->receiverPublic); + rakPeer->Send(&outBitstream, HIGH_PRIORITY, RELIABLE, 0, connectionRequestList[i]->senderPublic, false); + } + + rakFree(connectionRequestList[i]->passwordData); + delete connectionRequestList[i]; + connectionRequestList.RemoveAtIndex(i); + } + else + i++; + } + } +} +void NatPunchthrough::OnShutdown(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; +} +void NatPunchthrough::RemoveRequestByFacilitator(SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + unsigned i; + i=0; + while (i < connectionRequestList.Size()) + { + if (connectionRequestList[i]->facilitator==systemAddress) + { + rakFree(connectionRequestList[i]->passwordData); + delete connectionRequestList[i]; + connectionRequestList.RemoveAtIndex(i); + break; + } + else + i++; + } +} +PluginReceiveResult NatPunchthrough::OnConnectionAttemptFailed(Packet *packet) +{ +// SystemAddress publicOne, publicTwo; +// SystemAddress privateZero, privateOne, privateTwo; +// SystemAddress receiverAddrWithFPort; +// SystemAddress receiverAddrWithSPort; +// SystemAddress receiverAddrWithIPort; + + + DataStructures::List fallbackAddresses; + + unsigned i,addressIndex; + i=0; + while (i < connectionRequestList.Size()) + { + // Advertised port has priority. If set, use that. If fails on that, fail totally. + if (connectionRequestList[i]->advertisedPort!=0) + { + SystemAddress advertisedAddress; + advertisedAddress.binaryAddress=connectionRequestList[i]->receiverPublic.binaryAddress; + advertisedAddress.port=connectionRequestList[i]->advertisedPort; + if (packet->systemAddress==advertisedAddress) + { + // Couldn't connect to the advertised port, meaning uni-directional communication. Total failure. + // Shouldn't really ever hit this. + LogOut(FormatString("Failed to connect to remotely transmitted port from %s.\nCommunication would only be unidirectional.\n", packet->systemAddress.ToString(true))); + + rakFree(connectionRequestList[i]->passwordData); + delete connectionRequestList[i]; + packet->systemAddress=connectionRequestList[i]->receiverPublic; + connectionRequestList.RemoveAtIndex(i); + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; + } + else + { + LogOut(FormatString("Connecting to remotely advertised address %s\n", advertisedAddress.ToString(true))); + rakPeer->Connect(advertisedAddress.ToString(false), advertisedAddress.port, connectionRequestList[i]->passwordData, connectionRequestList[i]->passwordDataLength); + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + } + } + + connectionRequestList[i]->GetAddressList(rakPeer, fallbackAddresses, connectionRequestList[i]->receiverPublic, connectionRequestList[i]->receiverPrivate, false); + addressIndex=fallbackAddresses.GetIndexOf(packet->systemAddress); + + if (addressIndex != (unsigned) -1) + { + if (addressIndexConnect(fallbackAddresses[addressIndex+1].ToString(false), fallbackAddresses[addressIndex+1].port, connectionRequestList[i]->passwordData, connectionRequestList[i]->passwordDataLength); + + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + } + else + { + LogOut(FormatString("NAT punchthrough failed.")); + LogOut(FormatString("Last attempted address=%s\n", packet->systemAddress.ToString())); + LogOut(FormatString("Address list:\n")); + unsigned j; + for (j=0; j < fallbackAddresses.Size(); j++) + LogOut(FormatString("%i. %s\n", j+1, fallbackAddresses[j].ToString())); + + // Totally failed + rakFree(connectionRequestList[i]->passwordData); + delete connectionRequestList[i]; + + // Both attempts failed, return the notification + packet->systemAddress=connectionRequestList[i]->receiverPublic; + connectionRequestList.RemoveAtIndex(i); + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; + } + } + + i++; + } + + // Unrelated, return notification + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; +} +PluginReceiveResult NatPunchthrough::OnConnectionRequestAccepted(Packet *packet) +{ + unsigned i; + i=0; + while (i < connectionRequestList.Size()) + { + DataStructures::List fallbackAddresses; + connectionRequestList[i]->GetAddressList(rakPeer, fallbackAddresses, connectionRequestList[i]->receiverPublic, connectionRequestList[i]->receiverPrivate, false); + + if (fallbackAddresses.GetIndexOf(packet->systemAddress)!=(unsigned) -1) + { + rakFree(connectionRequestList[i]->passwordData); + delete connectionRequestList[i]; + connectionRequestList.RemoveAtIndex(i); + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; + } + + i++; + } + + // return to user + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; +} +PluginReceiveResult NatPunchthrough::OnNewIncomingConnection(Packet *packet) +{ + unsigned i; + i=0; + while (i < connectionRequestList.Size()) + { + DataStructures::List fallbackAddresses; + connectionRequestList[i]->GetAddressList(rakPeer, fallbackAddresses, connectionRequestList[i]->senderPublic, connectionRequestList[i]->senderPrivate, false); + if (fallbackAddresses.GetIndexOf(packet->systemAddress)!=(unsigned) -1) + { + rakFree(connectionRequestList[i]->passwordData); + delete connectionRequestList[i]; + connectionRequestList.RemoveAtIndex(i); + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; + } + + i++; + } + + // return to user + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; +} +void NatPunchthrough::OnPunchthroughRequest(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + (void) peer; + + if (allowFacilitation==false) + return; + + SystemAddress targetPublic; + RakNet::BitStream inBitstream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + RakNet::BitStream outBitstream; + inBitstream.IgnoreBits(8); + inBitstream.IgnoreBits(1); + if (inBitstream.Read(targetPublic)==false) + return; + if (rakPeer->IsConnected(targetPublic)==false) + { + LogOut("ID_NAT_TARGET_NOT_CONNECTED\n"); + LogOut(FormatString("targetPublic=%s", targetPublic.ToString(true))); + LogOut("Connection list:\n"); + SystemAddress remoteSystems[16]; + unsigned short numberOfSystems=16; + rakPeer->GetConnectionList(remoteSystems, &numberOfSystems); + for (unsigned i=0; i < numberOfSystems; i++) + LogOut(FormatString("%i. %s\n", i+1, remoteSystems[i].ToString(true))); + + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_NAT_TARGET_NOT_CONNECTED); + outBitstream.Write(targetPublic); + rakPeer->Send(&outBitstream, HIGH_PRIORITY, RELIABLE, 0, packet->systemAddress, false); + } + else + { + unsigned i; + for (i=0; ireceiverPublic==targetPublic && + connectionRequestList[i]->senderPublic==packet->systemAddress) + { + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_NAT_IN_PROGRESS); + outBitstream.Write(targetPublic); + rakPeer->Send(&outBitstream, HIGH_PRIORITY, RELIABLE, 0, packet->systemAddress, false); + return; + } + } + + + // Remember this connection request + NatPunchthrough::ConnectionRequest *connectionRequest = new NatPunchthrough::ConnectionRequest; + connectionRequest->receiverPublic=targetPublic; + connectionRequest->facilitator=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + connectionRequest->passwordData = 0; + connectionRequest->senderPublic=packet->systemAddress; + connectionRequest->advertisedPort=0; + connectionRequest->passwordDataLength=0; + connectionRequest->attemptedConnection=false; // Not actually necessary, only used when facilitatingConnection==false + connectionRequest->facilitatingConnection=true; + connectionRequest->nextActionTime=RakNet::GetTime()+PING_INTERVAL; + connectionRequest->pingCount=1; + connectionRequest->timeoutTime=RakNet::GetTime()+30000; + connectionRequestList.Insert(connectionRequest); + + rakPeer->Ping(connectionRequest->receiverPublic); + rakPeer->Ping(connectionRequest->senderPublic); + } +} +void NatPunchthrough::OnNATAdvertiseRecipientPort(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + (void) peer; + + // Find this connection request and set the connection timer. + RakNet::BitStream inBitstream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + inBitstream.IgnoreBits(16); + SystemAddress recipientPublic; + inBitstream.Read(recipientPublic); + + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < connectionRequestList.Size(); i++) + { + if (connectionRequestList[i]->receiverPublic==recipientPublic) + { + // Only write once, otherwise if it was different it would mess up OnConnectionAttemptFailed which only gives one try at a specific advertised port. + if (connectionRequestList[i]->advertisedPort==0) + { + LogOut(FormatString("Got datagram from receiver with address %s\n", packet->systemAddress.ToString(true))); + connectionRequestList[i]->advertisedPort=packet->systemAddress.port; + } + break; + } + } +} +void NatPunchthrough::OnConnectAtTime(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + (void) peer; + + // Find this connection request and set the connection timer. + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < connectionRequestList.Size(); i++) + { + if (connectionRequestList[i]->nextActionTime==0 && + connectionRequestList[i]->facilitatingConnection==false && + connectionRequestList[i]->facilitator==packet->systemAddress) + { + // Send a message at the router to the remote system, to open up the firewall / NAT + // LogOut(FormatString("Sender sending TTL %i hops to %s\n", TTL_HOPS, connectionRequestList[i]->receiverPublic.ToString(false))); + //BroadcastTTL(peer, connectionRequestList[i]->receiverPublic.ToString(false)); + // peer->SendTTL(connectionRequestList[i]->receiverPublic.ToString(false), connectionRequestList[i]->receiverPublic.port, TTL_HOPS, 0); + //peer->SendTTL(connectionRequestList[i]->receiverPublic.ToString(false), connectionRequestList[i]->receiverPublic.port+1, TTL_HOPS, 0); + + + + RakNet::BitStream inBitstream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + inBitstream.IgnoreBits(8); // ID_TIMESTAMP + inBitstream.Read(connectionRequestList[i]->nextActionTime); + inBitstream.IgnoreBits(8); // ID_NAT_CONNECT_AT_TIME + inBitstream.IgnoreBits(1); + inBitstream.Read(connectionRequestList[i]->receiverPrivate); + + // peer->SendTTL(connectionRequestList[i]->receiverPrivate.ToString(false), connectionRequestList[i]->receiverPrivate.port, TTL_HOPS, 0); + + // Open all possible sender ports, so if they send to us on said port when guessing via ID_NAT_ADVERTISE_RECIPIENT_PORT, we can get the incoming packet + DataStructures::List fallbackAddresses; + ConnectionRequest *connectionRequest = connectionRequestList[i]; + connectionRequest->GetAddressList(peer, fallbackAddresses, connectionRequest->receiverPublic, connectionRequest->receiverPrivate, true); + unsigned fallbackIndex; + for (fallbackIndex=0; fallbackIndex < fallbackAddresses.Size(); fallbackIndex++) + rakPeer->SendTTL(fallbackAddresses[fallbackIndex].ToString(false), fallbackAddresses[fallbackIndex].port, TTL_HOPS); + LogOut(FormatString("Sender sending TTL with %i hops on %i ports to %s\n", TTL_HOPS, fallbackAddresses.Size(), connectionRequest->receiverPublic.ToString(false))); + + return; + } + } +} +void NatPunchthrough::OnSendOfflineMessageAtTime(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + (void) peer; + + RakNet::BitStream inBitstream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + RakNetTime nextActionTime; + inBitstream.IgnoreBits(8); // ID_TIMESTAMP + SystemAddress senderPublic, senderPrivate; + inBitstream.Read(nextActionTime); // TIMESTAMP + inBitstream.IgnoreBits(8); // ID_NAT_SEND_OFFLINE_MESSAGE_AT_TIME + inBitstream.IgnoreBits(1); // 1 bit offset + inBitstream.Read(senderPublic); + if (inBitstream.Read(senderPrivate)==false) + return; + + // Just use the TTL2 here + NatPunchthrough::ConnectionRequest *connectionRequest = new NatPunchthrough::ConnectionRequest; + connectionRequest->receiverPublic=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + connectionRequest->receiverPrivate=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + connectionRequest->facilitator=packet->systemAddress; + connectionRequest->senderPublic=senderPublic; + connectionRequest->senderPrivate=senderPrivate; + connectionRequest->passwordData = 0; + connectionRequest->passwordDataLength=0; + connectionRequest->advertisedPort=0; + connectionRequest->attemptedConnection=false; + connectionRequest->facilitatingConnection=false; + connectionRequest->nextActionTime=nextActionTime; + connectionRequest->pingCount=0; + connectionRequest->timeoutTime=RakNet::GetTime()+30000; + connectionRequest->recipientOfflineCount=0; + connectionRequestList.Insert(connectionRequest); + + // Send a message at the router to the remote system, to open up the firewall / NAT +// LogOut(FormatString("Recipient sending TTL %i hops to %s\n", TTL_HOPS, senderPublic.ToString(false))); + //BroadcastTTL(peer, connectionRequest->senderPublic.ToString(false)); +// peer->SendTTL(senderPublic.ToString(false),senderPublic.port, TTL_HOPS, 0); +// peer->SendTTL(senderPublic.ToString(false),senderPublic.port+1, TTL_HOPS, 0); +// peer->SendTTL(senderPrivate.ToString(false),senderPrivate.port, TTL_HOPS, 0); + + + // Open all possible sender ports, so if they send to us on said port, the router doesn't ban them + DataStructures::List fallbackAddresses; + connectionRequest->GetAddressList(peer, fallbackAddresses, connectionRequest->senderPublic, connectionRequest->senderPrivate, true); + unsigned fallbackIndex; + for (fallbackIndex=0; fallbackIndex < fallbackAddresses.Size(); fallbackIndex++) + rakPeer->SendTTL(fallbackAddresses[fallbackIndex].ToString(false), fallbackAddresses[fallbackIndex].port, TTL_HOPS); + LogOut(FormatString("Recipient sending TTL with %i hops on %i ports to %s\n", TTL_HOPS, fallbackAddresses.Size(), senderPublic.ToString())); + + + /* + SystemAddress senderAddrWithFPort; + SystemAddress senderAddrWithRPort; + SystemAddress senderAddrWithIPort; + senderAddrWithFPort=connectionRequest->senderPublic; + senderAddrWithFPort.port=connectionRequest->facilitator.port; + senderAddrWithRPort=connectionRequest->senderPublic; + senderAddrWithRPort.port=rakPeer->GetExternalID(connectionRequest->facilitator).port; + senderAddrWithIPort=connectionRequest->senderPublic; + senderAddrWithIPort.port=rakPeer->GetInternalID().port; + */ + // Send offline message to this system, hopefully at the exact same time that system tries to connect to us. + /* + rakPeer->SendTTL(senderAddrWithFPort.ToString(false), senderAddrWithFPort.port, false); + rakPeer->SendTTL(senderAddrWithRPort.ToString(false), senderAddrWithRPort.port, false); + rakPeer->SendTTL(senderAddrWithIPort.ToString(false), senderAddrWithIPort.port, false); + */ +} +void NatPunchthrough::LogOut(const char *l) +{ + if (log) + log->OnMessage(l); +} +void NatPunchthrough::SetLogger(NatPunchthroughLogger *l) +{ + log=l; +} +void NatPunchthrough::ConnectionRequest::GetAddressList(RakPeerInterface *rakPeer, DataStructures::List &fallbackAddresses, SystemAddress publicAddress, SystemAddress privateAddress, bool excludeConnected) +{ + SystemAddress fallback; + fallbackAddresses.Clear(true); + fallback.binaryAddress=publicAddress.binaryAddress; + + fallback.port=publicAddress.port; + if (excludeConnected==false || rakPeer->IsConnected(fallback,true)==false) + fallbackAddresses.Insert(fallback); + + if (privateAddress!=publicAddress && privateAddress!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS && (excludeConnected==false ||rakPeer->IsConnected(privateAddress,true)==false)) + fallbackAddresses.Insert(privateAddress); + + fallback.port=publicAddress.port+1; + if (excludeConnected==false || rakPeer->IsConnected(fallback,true)==false) + fallbackAddresses.Insert(fallback); + fallback.port=publicAddress.port+2; + if (excludeConnected==false || rakPeer->IsConnected(fallback,true)==false) + fallbackAddresses.Insert(fallback); + + fallback.port=rakPeer->GetInternalID().port; + if (fallbackAddresses.GetIndexOf(fallback)==(unsigned) -1 && (excludeConnected==false || rakPeer->IsConnected(fallback,true)==false)) + fallbackAddresses.Insert(fallback); + fallback.port=rakPeer->GetInternalID().port+1; + if (fallbackAddresses.GetIndexOf(fallback)==(unsigned) -1 && (excludeConnected==false || rakPeer->IsConnected(fallback,true)==false)) + fallbackAddresses.Insert(fallback); + fallback.port=rakPeer->GetInternalID().port+2; + if (fallbackAddresses.GetIndexOf(fallback)==(unsigned) -1 && (excludeConnected==false || rakPeer->IsConnected(fallback,true)==false)) + fallbackAddresses.Insert(fallback); + + // Try to keep down the number of fallbacks or the router may run out of mappings + /* + fallback.port=publicAddress.port+3; + if (excludeConnected==false || rakPeer->IsConnected(fallback,true)==false) + fallbackAddresses.Insert(fallback); + fallback.port=publicAddress.port+4; + if (excludeConnected==false || rakPeer->IsConnected(fallback,true)==false) + fallbackAddresses.Insert(fallback); + + fallback.port=rakPeer->GetInternalID().port+3; + if (fallbackAddresses.GetIndexOf(fallback)==(unsigned) -1 && (excludeConnected==false || rakPeer->IsConnected(fallback,true)==false)) + fallbackAddresses.Insert(fallback); + fallback.port=rakPeer->GetInternalID().port+4; + if (fallbackAddresses.GetIndexOf(fallback)==(unsigned) -1 && (excludeConnected==false || rakPeer->IsConnected(fallback,true)==false)) + fallbackAddresses.Insert(fallback); + */ + +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/NatPunchthrough.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/NatPunchthrough.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d6b4e3f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/NatPunchthrough.h @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief Contains the NAT-punchthrough plugin +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __NAT_PUNCHTHROUGH_H +#define __NAT_PUNCHTHROUGH_H + +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "Export.h" +#include "PluginInterface.h" +#include "PacketPriority.h" +#include "DS_List.h" + +class RakPeerInterface; +struct Packet; + +/// \defgroup NAT_PUNCHTHROUGH_GROUP NatPunchthrough +/// \ingroup PLUGINS_GROUP + +/// \ingroup NAT_PUNCHTHROUGH_GROUP +/// \brief Prints logging output for NatPunchthrough +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT NatPunchthroughLogger +{ +public: + NatPunchthroughLogger() {} + virtual ~NatPunchthroughLogger() {} + virtual void OnMessage(const char *str); +}; + +/// \brief The NatPunchthrough class implements the NAT punch through technique, allowing two systems to connect to each other that are both behind NATs. +/// +/// A NAT (Network Address Translator) is a system that will makes it so your system's IP address is different from the IP address exposed to the internet. +/// This provides some security and allows multiple computers, each with a different IP address, to share one IP address as seen by the internet. +/// +/// The problem is that NATs also ignore packets sent to them unless they sent a packet to the sender first. +/// If two systems are both behind NATs, then neither system can connect to each other. +/// Furthermore, some NATs will impose a temporary ban on an IP address that send unsolicited packets to them. +/// +/// This can be solved by using a third system, a facilitator, that is not behind a NAT and that both systems are already connected to. +/// It will synchronize a send between both NAT systems such that the routers will both consider themselves as handling a reply to a message, when in +/// fact they are handing an initial message. As replies are allowed, both systems get their corresponding messages and the connection takes place. +/// S = system that wants to connect +/// F = facilitator +/// R = system to get the connection request. +/// +/// S knows IP of R in advance. +/// 1. S->F facilitate connection request to R +/// 2. if (R is not is connected) F->S ID_NAT_TARGET_NOT_CONNECTED. Exit. +/// 3. F -> (Ping S, Ping R), every X ms Y times. Wait Max(Ping(s), Ping(r) * multiple ms more, then go to step 4. +/// 4. F picks time highest(ave of Ping R,S) * N from now and sends this time RELIABLE and timestamped to R,S. +/// 5. At time picked in (4), S attempts to connect to R. R sends offline ping to S. +/// 6. If R disconnects before or at step 4, tell this to S via ID_NAT_TARGET_CONNECTION_LOST +/// +/// \note Timing is important with this plugin. You need to call RakPeer::Receive frequently. +/// \ingroup NAT_PUNCHTHROUGH_GROUP +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT NatPunchthrough : public PluginInterface +{ +public: + /// Constructor + NatPunchthrough(); + + /// Destructor + virtual ~NatPunchthrough(); + + /// Call with true to allow other systems to use this system as a NAT punch through facilitator. This takes a little bandwidth but + /// otherwise there is no reason to disallow it. + /// Defaults to true + /// \param[in] allow True to allow, false to disallow. + void FacilitateConnections(bool allow); + + /// Call this to start to connect to the specified host (ip or domain name) and server port using \a facilitator to punch through a NAT + /// This is a non-blocking operation + /// You know the connection is successful when you get the message ID_CONNECTION_ACCEPTED. + /// You know the connection failed when you get the message ID_CONNECTION_ATTEMPT_FAILED, ID_CONNECTION_BANNED, or ID_NAT_TARGET_NOT_CONNECTED + /// Both you and the host must be connected to the facilitator. + /// \pre Requires that you first call Initialize + /// \pre Both \a host and this system must already be connected to the system at the address \a facilitator and facilitator must be running NatPunchthrough with FacilitateConnections(true) previously called. + /// \param[in] destination Either a dotted IP address or a domain name of the system you ultimately want to connect to. + /// \param[in] remotePort Which port to connect to of the system you ultimately want to connect to. + /// \param[in] passwordData A data block that must match the data block on the \a host. This can be just a password, or can be a stream of data + /// \param[in] passwordDataLength The length in bytes of passwordData + /// \return If you are not connected to the facilitator this function returns false. Otherwise it returns true. + bool Connect(const char* destination, unsigned short remotePort, const char *passwordData, int passwordDataLength, SystemAddress facilitator); + + /// Same as above, but takes a SystemAddress for a host + /// \param[in] destination The address of the host to connect to. + /// \param[in] remotePort Which port to connect to of the system you ultimately want to connect to. + /// \param[in] passwordData A data block that must match the data block on the \a host. This can be just a password, or can be a stream of data + /// \param[in] passwordDataLength The length in bytes of passwordData + /// \return If you are not connected to the facilitator this function returns false. Otherwise it returns true. + bool Connect(SystemAddress destination, const char *passwordData, int passwordDataLength, SystemAddress facilitator); + + /// Free internal memory. + void Clear(void); + + /// Sets the log output to print messages to + void SetLogger(NatPunchthroughLogger *l); + + /// \internal For plugin handling + virtual void OnAttach(RakPeerInterface *peer); + /// \internal For plugin handling + virtual void Update(RakPeerInterface *peer); + /// \internal For plugin handling + virtual PluginReceiveResult OnReceive(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + /// \internal For plugin handling + virtual void OnShutdown(RakPeerInterface *peer); + /// \internal For plugin handling + virtual void OnCloseConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress); + + struct ConnectionRequest + { + // Used by all + // 0 means unset. non-zero means send a connection request or offline message at that time. + // If the sender is set, then we send an offline message. If the reciever is set, we send a connection request. + RakNetTime nextActionTime; + + // Used by sender and facilitator + bool facilitatingConnection; + SystemAddress receiverPublic; + SystemAddress receiverPrivate; + // Used to remove old connection Requests + RakNetTime timeoutTime; + + // Used only by sender + SystemAddress facilitator; + char* passwordData; + int passwordDataLength; + // 0 for unset. Used to store the receiver's port if they can send to us but we (the sender) can't send to them. + // If this is set, we abandon the normal series of guesses and just use this directly since we now know it's open and valid. + unsigned short advertisedPort; + + // Used only by facilitator + SystemAddress senderPublic; + SystemAddress senderPrivate; + unsigned char pingCount; + + // Used by recipient + int recipientOfflineCount; + + bool attemptedConnection; + + void GetAddressList(RakPeerInterface *rakPeer, DataStructures::List &fallbackAddresses, SystemAddress publicAddress, SystemAddress privateAddress, bool excludeConnected); + }; +protected: + void OnPunchthroughRequest(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + void OnNATAdvertiseRecipientPort(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + void OnConnectAtTime(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + void OnSendOfflineMessageAtTime(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + void RemoveRequestByFacilitator(SystemAddress systemAddress); + void LogOut(const char *l); + PluginReceiveResult OnConnectionAttemptFailed(Packet *packet); + PluginReceiveResult OnNewIncomingConnection(Packet *packet); + PluginReceiveResult OnConnectionRequestAccepted(Packet *packet); + + bool allowFacilitation; + RakPeerInterface *rakPeer; + DataStructures::List connectionRequestList; + NatPunchthroughLogger *log; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/NetworkIDManager.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/NetworkIDManager.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..837b123e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/NetworkIDManager.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +/// \file +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#include "NetworkIDManager.h" +#include "NetworkIDObject.h" +#include "RakAssert.h" +#include // For memset + +bool NetworkIDNode::operator==( const NetworkIDNode& right ) const +{ + if ( networkID == right.networkID ) + return !0; + + return 0; +} + +bool NetworkIDNode::operator > ( const NetworkIDNode& right ) const +{ + if ( networkID > right.networkID ) + return !0; + + return 0; +} + +bool NetworkIDNode::operator < ( const NetworkIDNode& right ) const +{ + if ( networkID < right.networkID ) + return !0; + + return 0; +} + +NetworkIDNode::NetworkIDNode() +{ + object = 0; +} + +NetworkIDNode::NetworkIDNode( NetworkID _networkID, NetworkIDObject *_object ) +{ + networkID = _networkID; + object = _object; +} + + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +NetworkIDObject* NetworkIDManager::GET_BASE_OBJECT_FROM_ID( NetworkID x ) +{ + if ( x == UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID ) + return 0; + +#if defined(NETWORK_ID_USE_PTR_TABLE) || defined (NETWORK_ID_USE_HASH) + // You can't use this technique in peer to peer mode. Undefine NETWORK_ID_USE_PTR_TABLE in NetworkIDManager.h + assert(NetworkID::peerToPeerMode==false); + return IDArray[x.localSystemAddress]; +#else + + NetworkIDNode *n = IDTree.GetPointerToNode( NetworkIDNode( ( x ), 0 ) ); + + if ( n ) + { + return n->object; + } + + return 0; + +#endif + +} +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void* NetworkIDManager::GET_OBJECT_FROM_ID( NetworkID x ) +{ +#if defined(NETWORK_ID_USE_PTR_TABLE) || defined (NETWORK_ID_USE_HASH) + if (x.localSystemAddress==65535) + return 0; + + // You can't use this technique in peer to peer mode. Undefine NETWORK_ID_USE_PTR_TABLE in NetworkIDManager.h + assert(NetworkID::peerToPeerMode==false); + if (IDArray[x.localSystemAddress]) + { + if (IDArray[x.localSystemAddress]->GetParent()) + { + return IDArray[x.localSystemAddress]->GetParent(); + } + else + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + // If this assert hit then this object requires a call to SetParent and it never got one. + assert(IDArray[x.localSystemAddress]->RequiresSetParent()==false); +#endif + return IDArray[x.localSystemAddress]; + } + } +#else + NetworkIDObject *object = (NetworkIDObject *) GET_BASE_OBJECT_FROM_ID( x ); + if (object) + { + if (object->GetParent()) + { + return object->GetParent(); + } + else + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + // If this assert hit then this object requires a call to SetParent and it never got one. + assert(object->RequiresSetParent()==false); +#endif + return object; + } + } +#endif + + return 0; +} +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +NetworkIDManager::NetworkIDManager(void) +{ + calledSetIsNetworkIDAuthority=false; + sharedNetworkID=0; + +#if defined(NETWORK_ID_USE_PTR_TABLE) || defined (NETWORK_ID_USE_HASH) + // Last element is reserved for UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID + IDArray = (NetworkIDObject**) rakMalloc(sizeof(NetworkIDObject*) * 65534); + memset(IDArray,0,sizeof(NetworkIDObject*)*65534); + // You can't use this technique in peer to peer mode. Undefine NETWORK_ID_USE_PTR_TABLE in NetworkIDManager.h + assert(NetworkID::peerToPeerMode==false); +#endif +} +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +NetworkIDManager::~NetworkIDManager(void) +{ +#if defined(NETWORK_ID_USE_PTR_TABLE) || defined (NETWORK_ID_USE_HASH) + rakFree(IDArray); +#endif +} +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void NetworkIDManager::SetIsNetworkIDAuthority(bool isAuthority) +{ + isNetworkIDAuthority=isAuthority; + calledSetIsNetworkIDAuthority=true; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool NetworkIDManager::IsNetworkIDAuthority(void) const +{ + RakAssert(calledSetIsNetworkIDAuthority); + return isNetworkIDAuthority; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +unsigned short NetworkIDManager::GetSharedNetworkID( void ) +{ + RakAssert(calledSetIsNetworkIDAuthority); + return sharedNetworkID; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void NetworkIDManager::SetSharedNetworkID( unsigned short i ) +{ + RakAssert(calledSetIsNetworkIDAuthority); + sharedNetworkID = i; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void NetworkIDManager::SetExternalSystemAddress(SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + RakAssert(calledSetIsNetworkIDAuthority); + RakAssert(systemAddress!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + externalSystemAddress=systemAddress; +} +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +SystemAddress NetworkIDManager::GetExternalSystemAddress(void) +{ + RakAssert(calledSetIsNetworkIDAuthority); + return externalSystemAddress; +} diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/NetworkIDManager.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/NetworkIDManager.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..12a78cd8 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/NetworkIDManager.h @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +/// \file +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __NETWORK_ID_MANAGER_H +#define __NETWORK_ID_MANAGER_H + +#include "DS_BinarySearchTree.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "Export.h" +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "NetworkIDObject.h" + + +// O(1) instead of O(log2n) but takes more memory if less than 1/3 of the mappings are used. +// #define NETWORK_ID_USE_PTR_TABLE + +/// \internal +/// \brief A node in the AVL tree that holds the mapping between NetworkID and pointers. +struct RAK_DLL_EXPORT NetworkIDNode : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ + NetworkID networkID; + NetworkIDObject *object; + NetworkIDNode(); + NetworkIDNode( NetworkID _networkID, NetworkIDObject *_object ); + bool operator==( const NetworkIDNode& right ) const; + bool operator > ( const NetworkIDNode& right ) const; + bool operator < ( const NetworkIDNode& right ) const; +}; + +/// This class is simply used to generate a unique number for a group of instances of NetworkIDObject +/// An instance of this class is required to use the ObjectID to pointer lookup system +/// You should have one instance of this class per game instance. +/// Call SetIsNetworkIDAuthority before using any functions of this class, or of NetworkIDObject +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT NetworkIDManager : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ +public: + NetworkIDManager(void); + virtual ~NetworkIDManager(void); + + /// For every group of systems, one system needs to be responsible for creating unique IDs for all objects created on all systems. + /// This way, systems can send that id in packets to refer to objects (you can't send pointers because the memory allocations may be different). + /// In a client/server environment, the system that creates unique IDs would be the server. + /// If you are using peer to peer or other situations where you don't have a single system to assign ids, + /// set this to true, and set NetworkID::peerToPeerMode to true + void SetIsNetworkIDAuthority(bool isAuthority); + + /// \return Returns what was passed to SetIsNetworkIDAuthority() + bool IsNetworkIDAuthority(void) const; + + /// Necessary for peer to peer, as NetworkIDs are then composed of your external player Id (doesn't matter which, as long as unique) + /// plus the usual object ID number. + /// Get this from RakPeer::GetExternalSystemAddress) one time, the first time you make a connection. + /// \pre You must first call SetNetworkIDManager before using this function + /// \param[in] systemAddress Your external systemAddress + void SetExternalSystemAddress(SystemAddress systemAddress); + SystemAddress GetExternalSystemAddress(void); + + /// These function is only meant to be used when saving games as you + /// should save the HIGHEST value staticItemID has achieved upon save + /// and reload it upon load. Save AFTER you've created all the items + /// derived from this class you are going to create. + /// \return the HIGHEST Object Id currently used + unsigned short GetSharedNetworkID( void ); + + /// These function is only meant to be used when loading games. Load + /// BEFORE you create any new objects that are not SetIDed based on + /// the save data. + /// \param[in] i the highest number of NetworkIDObject reached. + void SetSharedNetworkID( unsigned short i ); + + /// If you use a parent, returns this instance rather than the parent object. + /// \pre You must first call SetNetworkIDManager before using this function + NetworkIDObject* GET_BASE_OBJECT_FROM_ID( NetworkID x ); + + /// Returns the parent object, or this instance if you don't use a parent. + /// \depreciated, use the template form. This form requires that NetworkIDObject is the basemost derived class + /// \pre You must first call SetNetworkIDManager before using this function + void* GET_OBJECT_FROM_ID( NetworkID x ); + + /// Returns the parent object, or this instance if you don't use a parent. + /// Supports NetworkIDObject anywhere in the inheritance hierarchy + /// \pre You must first call SetNetworkIDManager before using this function + template + returnType GET_OBJECT_FROM_ID(NetworkID x) { + NetworkIDObject *nio = GET_BASE_OBJECT_FROM_ID(x); + if (nio==0) + return 0; + if (nio->GetParent()) + return (returnType) nio->GetParent(); + return (returnType) nio; + } + +protected: + SystemAddress externalSystemAddress; + unsigned short sharedNetworkID; + bool isNetworkIDAuthority; + bool calledSetIsNetworkIDAuthority; + friend class NetworkIDObject; + + +#if ! defined(NETWORK_ID_USE_PTR_TABLE) || defined(NETWORK_ID_USE_HASH) + /// This AVL tree holds the pointer to NetworkID mappings + DataStructures::AVLBalancedBinarySearchTree IDTree; +#else + NetworkIDObject **IDArray; +#endif +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/NetworkIDObject.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/NetworkIDObject.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ce998ea9 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/NetworkIDObject.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,235 @@ +/// \file +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#include "NetworkIDObject.h" +#include "NetworkIDManager.h" +#include "RakAssert.h" + +#if !defined (_WIN32) && !defined (_XBOX360) +#include +#endif + +unsigned int NetworkIDObject::nextAllocationNumber=0; + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Construction/Destruction +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +NetworkIDObject::NetworkIDObject() +{ + callGenerationCode=true; + networkID=UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID; + parent=0; + networkIDManager=0; + allocationNumber=nextAllocationNumber++; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +NetworkIDObject::~NetworkIDObject() +{ + if (networkID!=UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID) + { +#if defined(NETWORK_ID_USE_PTR_TABLE) || defined (NETWORK_ID_USE_HASH) + void *obj = networkIDManager->IDArray[networkID.localSystemAddress]; + if (obj==this) + networkIDManager->IDArray[networkID.localSystemAddress]=0; +#else + NetworkIDNode * object = networkIDManager->IDTree.GetPointerToNode( NetworkIDNode( ( networkID ), 0 ) ); + if ( object && object->object == this ) + networkIDManager->IDTree.Del( NetworkIDNode( object->networkID, 0 ) ); +#endif + } +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Public Methods +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +void NetworkIDObject::SetNetworkIDManager( NetworkIDManager *manager) +{ + networkIDManager = manager; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +NetworkIDManager * NetworkIDObject::GetNetworkIDManager( void ) +{ + return networkIDManager; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +NetworkID NetworkIDObject::GetNetworkID( void ) +{ + RakAssert(networkIDManager); + if (callGenerationCode && networkIDManager->IsNetworkIDAuthority()) + { + GenerateID(); + RakAssert(networkID!=UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID); + callGenerationCode=false; + } + + return networkID; +}; +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool NetworkIDObject::RequiresSetParent(void) const +{ + return false; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void NetworkIDObject::SetNetworkID( NetworkID id ) +{ + callGenerationCode=false; + + if ( id == UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID ) + { + // puts("Warning: NetworkIDObject passed UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID. SetID ignored"); + return ; + } + + if ( networkID == id ) + { + // printf("NetworkIDObject passed %i which already exists in the tree. SetID ignored", id); + return ; + } + + RakAssert(networkIDManager); + +#if defined(NETWORK_ID_USE_PTR_TABLE) || defined (NETWORK_ID_USE_HASH) + networkID = id; + networkIDManager->IDArray[id.localSystemAddress]=this; +#else + + NetworkIDNode* collision = networkIDManager->IDTree.GetPointerToNode( NetworkIDNode( ( id ), 0 ) ); + + if ( collision ) // Tree should have only unique values. The new value is already in use. + { + //printf("Warning: NetworkIDObject::SetID passed %i, which has an existing node in the tree. Old node removed, which will cause the item pointed to to be inaccessible to the network", id); + networkIDManager->IDTree.Del( NetworkIDNode( collision->networkID, collision->object ) ); + } + + if ( networkID == UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID ) // Object has not had an ID assigned so does not already exist in the tree + { + networkID = id; + networkIDManager->IDTree.Add( NetworkIDNode( networkID, this ) ); + } + else // Object already exists in the tree and has an assigned ID + { + networkIDManager->IDTree.Del( NetworkIDNode( networkID, this ) ); // Delete the node with whatever ID the existing object is using + networkID = id; + networkIDManager->IDTree.Add( NetworkIDNode( networkID, this ) ); + } +#endif +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void NetworkIDObject::SetParent( void *_parent ) +{ + parent=_parent; + +#ifdef _DEBUG + if (networkIDManager) + { + // Avoid duplicate parents in the tree + unsigned i; +#if defined(NETWORK_ID_USE_PTR_TABLE) || defined (NETWORK_ID_USE_HASH) + for (i=0; i < 65534; i++) + { + NetworkIDObject *nio = networkIDManager->IDArray[i]; + RakAssert(nio==0 || nio->GetParent()!=_parent); + } +#else + unsigned size = networkIDManager->IDTree.Size(); + NetworkIDNode *nodeArray; + + bool usedAlloca=false; + #if !defined(_XBOX360) + if (sizeof(NetworkIDNode) * size < MAX_ALLOCA_STACK_ALLOCATION) + { + nodeArray = (NetworkIDNode*) alloca(sizeof(NetworkIDNode) * size); + usedAlloca=true; + } + else + #endif + nodeArray = new NetworkIDNode[size]; + + networkIDManager->IDTree.DisplayBreadthFirstSearch( nodeArray ); + for (i=0; i < size; i++) + { + // If this assert hits then this _parent is already in the tree. Classes instance should never contain more than one NetworkIDObject + RakAssert(nodeArray->object->GetParent()!=parent); + } + + if (usedAlloca==false) + delete [] nodeArray; +#endif + } +#endif +} +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void* NetworkIDObject::GetParent( void ) const +{ + return parent; +} +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +unsigned int NetworkIDObject::GetAllocationNumber(void) const +{ + return allocationNumber; +} +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void NetworkIDObject::GenerateID(void) +{ + RakAssert(networkIDManager->IsNetworkIDAuthority()); + +#if defined(NETWORK_ID_USE_PTR_TABLE) || defined (NETWORK_ID_USE_HASH) + int count = 65535; + (void) count; + do + { + RakAssert(count-->0); + networkID.localSystemAddress=networkIDManager->sharedNetworkID++; + } while(networkIDManager->IDArray[networkID.localSystemAddress]!=0); + networkIDManager->IDArray[networkID.localSystemAddress]=this; +#else + // If you want more than 65535 network objects, change the type of networkID + RakAssert(networkIDManager->IDTree.Size() < 65535); + + NetworkIDNode* collision; + do + { + networkID.localSystemAddress=networkIDManager->sharedNetworkID++; + if (NetworkID::peerToPeerMode) + { + // If this assert hits you forgot to call SetExternalSystemAddress + RakAssert(networkIDManager->externalSystemAddress!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + networkID.systemAddress=networkIDManager->externalSystemAddress; + } + collision = networkIDManager->IDTree.GetPointerToNode( NetworkIDNode( ( networkID ), 0 ) ); + } + while ( collision ); + + networkIDManager->IDTree.Add( NetworkIDNode( networkID, this ) ); +#endif +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// EOF +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/NetworkIDObject.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/NetworkIDObject.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ff6d9de3 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/NetworkIDObject.h @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief A class you can derive from to make it easier to represent every networked object with an integer. This way you can refer to objects over the network. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#if !defined(__NETWORK_ID_GENERATOR) +#define __NETWORK_ID_GENERATOR + +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "Export.h" + +class NetworkIDManager; + +/// \brief Unique shared ids for each object instance +/// +/// A class you can derive from to make it easier to represent every networked object with an integer. This way you can refer to objects over the network. +/// One system should return true for IsNetworkIDAuthority() and the rest should return false. When an object needs to be created, have the the one system create the object. +/// Then have that system send a message to all other systems, and include the value returned from GetNetworkID() in that packet. All other systems should then create the same +/// class of object, and call SetNetworkID() on that class with the NetworkID in the packet. +/// \see the manual for more information on this. +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT NetworkIDObject : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ +public: + /// Constructor. NetworkIDs, if IsNetworkIDAuthority() is true, are created here. + NetworkIDObject(); + + /// Destructor. Used NetworkIDs, if any, are freed here. + virtual ~NetworkIDObject(); + + /// Sets the manager class from which to request unique network IDs + /// Unlike previous versions, the NetworkIDObject relies on a manager class to provide IDs, rather than using statics, + /// So you can have more than one set of IDs on the same system. + virtual void SetNetworkIDManager( NetworkIDManager *manager); + + /// Returns what was passed to SetNetworkIDManager + virtual NetworkIDManager * GetNetworkIDManager( void ); + + /// Returns the NetworkID that you can use to refer to this object over the network. + /// \pre You must first call SetNetworkIDManager before using this function + /// \retval UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID is returned IsNetworkIDAuthority() is false and SetNetworkID() was not previously called. This is also returned if you call this function in the constructor. + /// \retval 0-65534 Any other value is a valid NetworkID. NetworkIDs start at 0 and go to 65534, wrapping at that point. + virtual NetworkID GetNetworkID( void ); + + /// Sets the NetworkID for this instance. Usually this is called by the clients and determined from the servers. However, if you save multiplayer games you would likely use + /// This on load as well. + virtual void SetNetworkID( NetworkID id ); + + /// Your class does not have to derive from NetworkIDObject, although that is the easiest way to implement this. + /// If you want this to be a member object of another class, rather than inherit, then call SetParent() with a pointer to the parent class instance. + /// GET_OBJECT_FROM_ID will then return the parent rather than this instance. + virtual void SetParent( void *_parent ); + + /// Return what was passed to SetParent + /// \return The value passed to SetParent, or 0 if it was never called. + virtual void* GetParent( void ) const; + + /// Overload this function and return true if you require that SetParent is called before this object is used. + /// This is a safety check you should do this if you want this to be + /// a member object of another class rather than derive from this class. + virtual bool RequiresSetParent(void) const; + + /// Used so I can compare pointers in the ReplicaManager + unsigned int GetAllocationNumber(void) const; + +protected: + /// The network ID of this object + NetworkID networkID; + + /// The parent set by SetParent() + void *parent; + + /// Used so I can compare pointers in the ReplicaManager + static unsigned int nextAllocationNumber; + unsigned int allocationNumber; + + /// Internal function to generate an ID when needed. This is deferred until needed and is not called from the constructor. + void GenerateID(void); + + /// This is crap but is necessary because virtual functions don't work in the constructor + bool callGenerationCode; + + NetworkIDManager *networkIDManager; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PacketConsoleLogger.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PacketConsoleLogger.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1c0807d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PacketConsoleLogger.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +#include "PacketConsoleLogger.h" +#include "LogCommandParser.h" +#include + +PacketConsoleLogger::PacketConsoleLogger() +{ + logCommandParser=0; +} + +void PacketConsoleLogger::SetLogCommandParser(LogCommandParser *lcp) +{ + logCommandParser=lcp; + if (logCommandParser) + logCommandParser->AddChannel("PacketConsoleLogger"); +} +void PacketConsoleLogger::WriteLog(const char *str) +{ + if (logCommandParser) + logCommandParser->WriteLog("PacketConsoleLogger", str); +} diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PacketConsoleLogger.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PacketConsoleLogger.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e505882e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PacketConsoleLogger.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief This will write all incoming and outgoing network messages to the log command parser, which can be accessed through Telnet +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __PACKET_CONSOLE_LOGGER_H_ +#define __PACKET_CONSOLE_LOGGER_H_ + +#include "PacketLogger.h" +class LogCommandParser; + +/// \ingroup PACKETLOGGER_GROUP +/// \brief Packetlogger that logs to a remote command console +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT PacketConsoleLogger : public PacketLogger +{ +public: + PacketConsoleLogger(); + // Writes to the command parser used for logging, which is accessed through a secondary communication layer (such as Telnet or RakNet) - See ConsoleServer.h + virtual void SetLogCommandParser(LogCommandParser *lcp); + virtual void WriteLog(const char *str); +protected: + LogCommandParser *logCommandParser; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PacketFileLogger.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PacketFileLogger.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a26c49d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PacketFileLogger.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +#include "PacketFileLogger.h" +#include "GetTime.h" + +PacketFileLogger::PacketFileLogger() +{ + packetLogFile=0; +} +PacketFileLogger::~PacketFileLogger() +{ + if (packetLogFile) + { + fflush(packetLogFile); + fclose(packetLogFile); + } +} +void PacketFileLogger::StartLog(const char *filenamePrefix) +{ + // Open file for writing + char filename[256]; + if (filenamePrefix) + sprintf(filename, "%s_%i.csv", filenamePrefix, (int) RakNet::GetTime()); + else + sprintf(filename, "PacketLog_%i.csv", (int) RakNet::GetTime()); + packetLogFile = fopen(filename, "wt"); + LogHeader(); + if (packetLogFile) + { + fflush(packetLogFile); + } +} + +void PacketFileLogger::WriteLog(const char *str) +{ + if (packetLogFile) + { + fprintf(packetLogFile, "%s\n", str); + fflush(packetLogFile); + } +} diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PacketFileLogger.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PacketFileLogger.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57e416a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PacketFileLogger.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief This will write all incoming and outgoing network messages to a file +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __PACKET_FILE_LOGGER_H_ +#define __PACKET_FILE_LOGGER_H_ + +#include "PacketLogger.h" +#include + +/// \ingroup PACKETLOGGER_GROUP +/// \brief Packetlogger that outputs to a file +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT PacketFileLogger : public PacketLogger +{ +public: + PacketFileLogger(); + virtual ~PacketFileLogger(); + void StartLog(const char *filenamePrefix); + virtual void WriteLog(const char *str); +protected: + FILE *packetLogFile; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PacketLogger.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PacketLogger.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..97c27bbc --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PacketLogger.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,306 @@ +/// \file +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#include "PacketLogger.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "DS_List.h" +#include "InternalPacket.h" +#include "RakPeerInterface.h" +#include "MessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "StringCompressor.h" +#include "RPCMap.h" +#include "GetTime.h" +#include +#include + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +PacketLogger::PacketLogger() +{ + rakPeer=0; + printId=true; + printAcks=true; + prefix[0]=0; + suffix[0]=0; +} +PacketLogger::~PacketLogger() +{ +} +void PacketLogger::OnAttach(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + rakPeer=peer; +} + +void PacketLogger::FormatLine( +char* into, const char* dir, const char* type, unsigned int packet, unsigned int frame, unsigned char id +, const BitSize_t bitLen, unsigned long long time, const SystemAddress& local, const SystemAddress& remote, +unsigned int splitPacketId, unsigned int splitPacketIndex, unsigned int splitPacketCount, unsigned int orderingIndex) +{ + char numericID[16]; + const char* idToPrint = NULL; + if(printId) + { + if (splitPacketIndex>0 && splitPacketIndex!=(unsigned int) -1) + idToPrint="(SPLIT PACKET)"; + else + idToPrint = IDTOString(id); + } + // If printId is false, idToPrint will be NULL, as it will + // in the case of an unrecognized id. Testing printId for false + // would just be redundant. + if(idToPrint == NULL) + { + sprintf(numericID, "%5u", id); + idToPrint = numericID; + } + + FormatLine(into, dir, type, packet, frame, idToPrint, bitLen, time, local, remote,splitPacketId,splitPacketIndex,splitPacketCount, orderingIndex); +} + +void PacketLogger::FormatLine( +char* into, const char* dir, const char* type, unsigned int packet, unsigned int frame, const char* idToPrint +, const BitSize_t bitLen, unsigned long long time, const SystemAddress& local, const SystemAddress& remote, +unsigned int splitPacketId, unsigned int splitPacketIndex, unsigned int splitPacketCount, unsigned int orderingIndex) +{ + sprintf(into, "%s%s,%s,%5u,%5u,%s,%u,%" PRINTF_TIME_MODIFIER "u,%u:%u,%u:%u,%i,%i,%i,%i,%s" + , prefix + , dir + , type + , packet + , frame + , idToPrint + , bitLen + , time + , (unsigned int)local.binaryAddress + , (unsigned int)local.port + , (unsigned int)remote.binaryAddress + , (unsigned int)remote.port + , splitPacketId + , splitPacketIndex + , splitPacketCount + , orderingIndex + , suffix + ); +} +void PacketLogger::Update(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; + +} +void PacketLogger::OnDirectSocketSend(const char *data, const BitSize_t bitsUsed, SystemAddress remoteSystemAddress) +{ + char str[256]; + FormatLine(str, "Snd", "Raw", 0, 0, data[0], bitsUsed, RakNet::GetTime(), rakPeer->GetInternalID(), remoteSystemAddress, (unsigned int)-1,(unsigned int)-1,(unsigned int)-1,(unsigned int)-1); + AddToLog(str); +} + +void PacketLogger::LogHeader(void) +{ + // Last 5 are splitpacket id, split packet index, split packet count, ordering index, suffix + AddToLog("S|R,Typ,Pckt#,Frm #,PktID,BitLn,Time ,Local IP:Port ,RemoteIP:Port,SPID,SPIN,SPCO,OI,Suffix\n"); +} +void PacketLogger::OnDirectSocketReceive(const char *data, const BitSize_t bitsUsed, SystemAddress remoteSystemAddress) +{ + char str[256]; + FormatLine(str, "Rcv", "Raw", 0, 0, data[0], bitsUsed, RakNet::GetTime(), rakPeer->GetInternalID(), remoteSystemAddress,(unsigned int)-1,(unsigned int)-1,(unsigned int)-1,(unsigned int)-1); + AddToLog(str); +} + +void PacketLogger::OnInternalPacket(InternalPacket *internalPacket, unsigned frameNumber, SystemAddress remoteSystemAddress, RakNetTime time, bool isSend) +{ + char str[256]; + const char* sendType = (isSend) ? "Snd" : "Rcv"; + SystemAddress localSystemAddress = rakPeer->GetInternalID(); + + // TODO - put this back in a different form + /* + if (internalPacket->isAcknowledgement) + { + if (printAcks) + { + if (printId==false) + sprintf(str, "%s,Ack,%5i,%5i, NIL, 1,%i,%u:%i,%u:%i\n",sendType, internalPacket->messageNumber,frameNumber,time, + localSystemAddress.binaryAddress, localSystemAddress.port, remoteSystemAddress.binaryAddress, remoteSystemAddress.port); + else + sprintf(str, "%s,Ack,%i,%i,NIL,1,%i,%u:%i,%u:%i\n",sendType, internalPacket->messageNumber,frameNumber,time, + localSystemAddress.binaryAddress, localSystemAddress.port, remoteSystemAddress.binaryAddress, remoteSystemAddress.port); + } + else + str[0]=0; + } + else + */ + { + if (internalPacket->data[0]==ID_TIMESTAMP && internalPacket->data[sizeof(unsigned char)+sizeof(RakNetTime)]!=ID_RPC) + { + FormatLine(str, sendType, "Tms", internalPacket->messageNumber, frameNumber, internalPacket->data[1+sizeof(int)], internalPacket->dataBitLength, (unsigned long long)time, localSystemAddress, remoteSystemAddress, internalPacket->splitPacketId, internalPacket->splitPacketIndex, internalPacket->splitPacketCount, internalPacket->orderingIndex); + } + else if (internalPacket->data[0]==ID_RPC || (internalPacket->dataBitLength>(sizeof(unsigned char)+sizeof(RakNetTime))*8 && internalPacket->data[0]==ID_TIMESTAMP && internalPacket->data[sizeof(unsigned char)+sizeof(RakNetTime)]==ID_RPC)) + { + const char *uniqueIdentifier = rakPeer->GetRPCString((const char*) internalPacket->data, internalPacket->dataBitLength, isSend==true ? remoteSystemAddress : UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + if (internalPacket->data[0]==ID_TIMESTAMP) + FormatLine(str, sendType, "RpT", internalPacket->messageNumber, frameNumber, uniqueIdentifier, internalPacket->dataBitLength, (unsigned long long)time, localSystemAddress, remoteSystemAddress, internalPacket->splitPacketId, internalPacket->splitPacketIndex, internalPacket->splitPacketCount, internalPacket->orderingIndex); + else + FormatLine(str, sendType, "Rpc", internalPacket->messageNumber, frameNumber, uniqueIdentifier, internalPacket->dataBitLength, (unsigned long long)time, localSystemAddress, remoteSystemAddress, internalPacket->splitPacketId, internalPacket->splitPacketIndex, internalPacket->splitPacketCount, internalPacket->orderingIndex); + } + else + { + FormatLine(str, sendType, "Nrm", internalPacket->messageNumber, frameNumber, internalPacket->data[0], internalPacket->dataBitLength, (unsigned long long)time, localSystemAddress, remoteSystemAddress, internalPacket->splitPacketId, internalPacket->splitPacketIndex, internalPacket->splitPacketCount, internalPacket->orderingIndex); + } + } + + AddToLog(str); +} +void PacketLogger::AddToLog(const char *str) +{ + WriteLog(str); +} +void PacketLogger::WriteLog(const char *str) +{ + printf("%s\n", str); +} +void PacketLogger::SetPrintID(bool print) +{ + printId=print; +} +void PacketLogger::SetPrintAcks(bool print) +{ + printAcks=print; +} +const char* PacketLogger::BaseIDTOString(unsigned char Id) +{ + if (Id >= ID_USER_PACKET_ENUM) + return 0; + + const char *IDTable[(int)ID_USER_PACKET_ENUM]= + { + "ID_INTERNAL_PING", + "ID_PING", + "ID_PING_OPEN_CONNECTIONS", + "ID_CONNECTED_PONG", + "ID_CONNECTION_REQUEST", + "ID_SECURED_CONNECTION_RESPONSE", + "ID_SECURED_CONNECTION_CONFIRMATION", + "ID_RPC_MAPPING", + "ID_DETECT_LOST_CONNECTIONS", + "ID_OPEN_CONNECTION_REQUEST", + "ID_OPEN_CONNECTION_REPLY", + "ID_RPC", + "ID_RPC_REPLY", + "ID_OUT_OF_BAND_INTERNAL", + "ID_CONNECTION_REQUEST_ACCEPTED", + "ID_CONNECTION_ATTEMPT_FAILED", + "ID_ALREADY_CONNECTED", + "ID_NEW_INCOMING_CONNECTION", + "ID_NO_FREE_INCOMING_CONNECTIONS", + "ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION", + "ID_CONNECTION_LOST", + "ID_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY_MISMATCH", + "ID_CONNECTION_BANNED", + "ID_INVALID_PASSWORD", + "ID_MODIFIED_PACKET", + "ID_TIMESTAMP", + "ID_PONG", + "ID_ADVERTISE_SYSTEM", + "ID_REMOTE_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION", + "ID_REMOTE_CONNECTION_LOST", + "ID_REMOTE_NEW_INCOMING_CONNECTION", + "ID_DOWNLOAD_PROGRESS", + "ID_FILE_LIST_TRANSFER_HEADER", + "ID_FILE_LIST_TRANSFER_FILE", + "ID_DDT_DOWNLOAD_REQUEST", + "ID_TRANSPORT_STRING", + "ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_CONSTRUCTION", + "ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_DESTRUCTION", + "ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_SCOPE_CHANGE", + "ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_SERIALIZE", + "ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_DOWNLOAD_COMPLETE", + "ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_REQUEST", + "ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_REPLY", + "ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_UPDATE", + "ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_NEW_CONNECTION", + "ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_CONNECTION_LOST", + "ID_CONNECTION_GRAPH_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION", + "ID_ROUTE_AND_MULTICAST", + "ID_RAKVOICE_OPEN_CHANNEL_REQUEST", + "ID_RAKVOICE_OPEN_CHANNEL_REPLY", + "ID_RAKVOICE_CLOSE_CHANNEL", + "ID_RAKVOICE_DATA", + "ID_AUTOPATCHER_GET_CHANGELIST_SINCE_DATE", + "ID_AUTOPATCHER_CREATION_LIST", + "ID_AUTOPATCHER_DELETION_LIST", + "ID_AUTOPATCHER_GET_PATCH", + "ID_AUTOPATCHER_PATCH_LIST", + "ID_AUTOPATCHER_REPOSITORY_FATAL_ERROR", + "ID_AUTOPATCHER_FINISHED_INTERNAL", + "ID_AUTOPATCHER_FINISHED", + "ID_AUTOPATCHER_RESTART_APPLICATION", + "ID_NAT_PUNCHTHROUGH_REQUEST", + "ID_NAT_TARGET_NOT_CONNECTED", + "ID_NAT_TARGET_CONNECTION_LOST", + "ID_NAT_CONNECT_AT_TIME", + "ID_NAT_SEND_OFFLINE_MESSAGE_AT_TIME", + "ID_DATABASE_QUERY_REQUEST", + "ID_DATABASE_UPDATE_ROW", + "ID_DATABASE_REMOVE_ROW", + "ID_DATABASE_QUERY_REPLY", + "ID_DATABASE_UNKNOWN_TABLE", + "ID_DATABASE_INCORRECT_PASSWORD", + "ID_READY_EVENT_SET", + "ID_READY_EVENT_UNSET", + "ID_READY_EVENT_ALL_SET", + "ID_READY_EVENT_QUERY", + "ID_LOBBY_GENERAL", + "ID_AUTO_RPC_CALL", + "ID_AUTO_RPC_REMOTE_INDEX", + "ID_AUTO_RPC_UNKNOWN_REMOTE_INDEX", + "ID_RPC_REMOTE_ERROR", + }; + + return (char*)IDTable[Id]; +} +const char* PacketLogger::UserIDTOString(unsigned char Id) +{ + (void) Id; + + // Users should override this + return "Unknown"; +} +const char* PacketLogger::IDTOString(unsigned char Id) +{ + const char *out; + out=BaseIDTOString(Id); + if (out) + return out; + return UserIDTOString(Id); +} +void PacketLogger::SetPrefix(const char *_prefix) +{ + strncpy(prefix, _prefix, 255); + prefix[255]=0; +} +void PacketLogger::SetSuffix(const char *_suffix) +{ + strncpy(suffix, _suffix, 255); + suffix[255]=0; +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PacketLogger.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PacketLogger.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..36202c85 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PacketLogger.h @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief This will write all incoming and outgoing network messages to the local console screen. See derived functions for other outputs +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __PACKET_LOGGER_H +#define __PACKET_LOGGER_H + +class RakPeerInterface; +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "PluginInterface.h" +#include "Export.h" + +/// \defgroup PACKETLOGGER_GROUP PacketLogger +/// \ingroup PLUGINS_GROUP + +/// \brief Writes incoming and outgoing messages to the screen. +/// This will write all incoming and outgoing messages to the console window, or to a file if you override it and give it this functionality. +/// \ingroup PACKETLOGGER_GROUP +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT PacketLogger : public PluginInterface +{ +public: + PacketLogger(); + virtual ~PacketLogger(); + + virtual void OnAttach(RakPeerInterface *peer); + + virtual void Update(RakPeerInterface *peer); + + // Translate the supplied parameters into an output line - overloaded version that takes a MessageIdentifier + // and translates it into a string (numeric or textual representation based on printId); this calls the + // second version which takes a const char* argument for the messageIdentifier + virtual void FormatLine(char* into, const char* dir, const char* type, unsigned int packet, unsigned int frame + , unsigned char messageIdentifier, const BitSize_t bitLen, unsigned long long time, const SystemAddress& local, const SystemAddress& remote, + unsigned int splitPacketId, unsigned int splitPacketIndex, unsigned int splitPacketCount, unsigned int orderingIndex); + virtual void FormatLine(char* into, const char* dir, const char* type, unsigned int packet, unsigned int frame + , const char* idToPrint, const BitSize_t bitLen, unsigned long long time, const SystemAddress& local, const SystemAddress& remote, + unsigned int splitPacketId, unsigned int splitPacketIndex, unsigned int splitPacketCount, unsigned int orderingIndex); + + /// Events on low level sends and receives. These functions may be called from different threads at the same time. + virtual void OnDirectSocketSend(const char *data, const BitSize_t bitsUsed, SystemAddress remoteSystemAddress); + virtual void OnDirectSocketReceive(const char *data, const BitSize_t bitsUsed, SystemAddress remoteSystemAddress); + virtual void OnInternalPacket(InternalPacket *internalPacket, unsigned frameNumber, SystemAddress remoteSystemAddress, RakNetTime time, bool isSend); + + /// Logs out a header for all the data + virtual void LogHeader(void); + + /// Override this to log strings to wherever. Log should be threadsafe + virtual void WriteLog(const char *str); + + // Set to true to print ID_* instead of numbers + virtual void SetPrintID(bool print); + // Print or hide acks (clears up the screen not to print them but is worse for debugging) + virtual void SetPrintAcks(bool print); + + /// Prepend this string to output logs. + virtual void SetPrefix(const char *_prefix); + + /// Append this string to output logs. (newline is useful here) + virtual void SetSuffix(const char *_suffix); + static const char* BaseIDTOString(unsigned char Id); +protected: + const char* IDTOString(unsigned char Id); + virtual void AddToLog(const char *str); + // Users should override this + virtual const char* UserIDTOString(unsigned char Id); + + RakPeerInterface *rakPeer; + bool printId, printAcks; + char prefix[256]; + char suffix[256]; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PacketPool.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PacketPool.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b534cac4 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PacketPool.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +// REMOVEME \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PacketPriority.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PacketPriority.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fded5a15 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PacketPriority.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief This file contains enumerations for packet priority and reliability enumerations. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __PACKET_PRIORITY_H +#define __PACKET_PRIORITY_H + +/// These enumerations are used to describe when packets are delivered. +enum PacketPriority +{ + /// \internal Used by RakNet to send above-high priority messages. + SYSTEM_PRIORITY, + + /// High priority messages are send before medium priority messages. + HIGH_PRIORITY, + + /// Medium priority messages are send before low priority messages. + MEDIUM_PRIORITY, + + /// Low priority messages are only sent when no other messages are waiting. + LOW_PRIORITY, + + /// \internal + NUMBER_OF_PRIORITIES +}; + +/// These enumerations are used to describe how packets are delivered. +/// \note Note to self: I write this with 3 bits in the stream. If I add more remember to change that +enum PacketReliability +{ + /// Same as regular UDP, except that it will also discard duplicate datagrams. RakNet adds (6 to 17) + 21 bits of overhead, 16 of which is used to detect duplicate packets and 6 to 17 of which is used for message length. + UNRELIABLE, + + /// Regular UDP with a sequence counter. Out of order messages will be discarded. This adds an additional 13 bits on top what is used for UNRELIABLE. + UNRELIABLE_SEQUENCED, + + /// The message is sent reliably, but not necessarily in any order. Same overhead as UNRELIABLE. + RELIABLE, + + /// This message is reliable and will arrive in the order you sent it. Messages will be delayed while waiting for out of order messages. Same overhead as UNRELIABLE_SEQUENCED. + RELIABLE_ORDERED, + + /// This message is reliable and will arrive in the sequence you sent it. Out or order messages will be dropped. Same overhead as UNRELIABLE_SEQUENCED. + RELIABLE_SEQUENCED, + + /// \internal + NUMBER_OF_RELIABILITIES +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PluginInterface.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PluginInterface.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3edf7241 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PluginInterface.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +/// \file +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#include "PluginInterface.h" + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +PluginInterface::PluginInterface() +{ + +} +PluginInterface::~PluginInterface() +{ + +} +void PluginInterface::OnAttach(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; +} +void PluginInterface::OnDetach(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; +} +void PluginInterface::OnStartup(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; +} +void PluginInterface::Update(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; +} +PluginReceiveResult PluginInterface::OnReceive(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + (void) peer; + (void) packet; + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; +} +void PluginInterface::OnShutdown(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; +} +void PluginInterface::OnCloseConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + (void) peer; + (void) systemAddress; +} +void PluginInterface::OnDirectSocketSend(const char *data, const BitSize_t bitsUsed, SystemAddress remoteSystemAddress) +{ + (void) data; + (void) bitsUsed; + (void) remoteSystemAddress; +} +void PluginInterface::OnDirectSocketReceive(const char *data, const BitSize_t bitsUsed, SystemAddress remoteSystemAddress) +{ + (void) data; + (void) bitsUsed; + (void) remoteSystemAddress; +} +void PluginInterface::OnInternalPacket(InternalPacket *internalPacket, unsigned frameNumber, SystemAddress remoteSystemAddress, RakNetTime time, bool isSend) +{ + (void) internalPacket; + (void) frameNumber; + (void) remoteSystemAddress; + (void) time; + (void) isSend; +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PluginInterface.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PluginInterface.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..480fe36f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/PluginInterface.h @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b RakNet's plugin functionality system. You can derive from this to create your own plugins. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __PLUGIN_INTERFACE_H +#define __PLUGIN_INTERFACE_H + +class RakPeerInterface; +struct Packet; +struct InternalPacket; + +enum PluginReceiveResult +{ + // The plugin used this message and it shouldn't be given to the user. + RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE=0, + + // This message will be processed by other plugins, and at last by the user. + RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING, + + // The plugin is going to hold on to this message. Do not deallocate it but do not pass it to other plugins either. + RR_STOP_PROCESSING, +}; + +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "Export.h" +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" + +/// \defgroup PLUGINS_GROUP PluginInterface + +/// \brief PluginInterface provides a mechanism to add functionality in a modular way. +/// MessageHandlers should derive from PluginInterface and be attached to RakPeer using the function AttachPlugin +/// On a user call to Receive, OnReceive is called for every PluginInterface, which can then take action based on the message +/// passed to it. This is used to transparently add game-independent functional modules, similar to browser plugins +/// +/// \sa ReplicaManager +/// \sa FullyConnectedMesh +/// \sa PacketLogger +/// \ingroup PLUGINS_GROUP +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT PluginInterface : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ +public: + PluginInterface(); + virtual ~PluginInterface(); + + /// Called when the interface is attached + /// \param[in] peer the instance of RakPeer that is calling Receive + virtual void OnAttach(RakPeerInterface *peer); + + /// Called when the interface is detached + /// \param[in] peer the instance of RakPeer that is calling Receive + virtual void OnDetach(RakPeerInterface *peer); + + /// Called when RakPeer is initialized + /// \param[in] peer the instance of RakPeer that is calling Receive + virtual void OnStartup(RakPeerInterface *peer); + + /// Update is called every time a packet is checked for . + /// \param[in] peer - the instance of RakPeer that is calling Receive + virtual void Update(RakPeerInterface *peer); + + /// OnReceive is called for every packet. + /// \param[in] peer the instance of RakPeer that is calling Receive + /// \param[in] packet the packet that is being returned to the user + /// \return True to allow the game and other plugins to get this message, false to absorb it + virtual PluginReceiveResult OnReceive(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + + /// Called when RakPeer is shutdown + /// \param[in] peer the instance of RakPeer that is calling Receive + virtual void OnShutdown(RakPeerInterface *peer); + + /// Called when a connection is dropped because the user called RakPeer::CloseConnection() for a particular system + /// \param[in] peer the instance of RakPeer that is calling Receive + /// \param[in] systemAddress The system whose connection was closed + virtual void OnCloseConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress); + + /// Called on a send to the socket, per datagram, that does not go through the reliability layer + /// \param[in] data The data being sent + /// \param[in] bitsUsed How many bits long \a data is + /// \param[in] remoteSystemAddress Which system this message is being sent to + virtual void OnDirectSocketSend(const char *data, const BitSize_t bitsUsed, SystemAddress remoteSystemAddress); + + /// Called on a receive from the socket, per datagram, that does not go through the reliability layer + /// \param[in] data The data being sent + /// \param[in] bitsUsed How many bits long \a data is + /// \param[in] remoteSystemAddress Which system this message is being sent to + virtual void OnDirectSocketReceive(const char *data, const BitSize_t bitsUsed, SystemAddress remoteSystemAddress); + + /// Called on a send or recieve within the reliability layer + /// \param[in] internalPacket The user message, along with all send data. + /// \param[in] frameNumber The number of frames sent or received so far for this player depending on \a isSend . Indicates the frame of this user message. + /// \param[in] remoteSystemAddress The player we sent or got this packet from + /// \param[in] time The current time as returned by RakNet::GetTime() + /// \param[in] isSend Is this callback representing a send event or receive event? + virtual void OnInternalPacket(InternalPacket *internalPacket, unsigned frameNumber, SystemAddress remoteSystemAddress, RakNetTime time, bool isSend); +}; + +#endif + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RPCMap.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RPCMap.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..89b1fb44 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RPCMap.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +/// \file +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#include "RPCMap.h" +#include + +RPCMap::RPCMap() +{ +} +RPCMap::~RPCMap() +{ + Clear(); +} +void RPCMap::Clear(void) +{ + unsigned i; + RPCNode *node; + for (i=0; i < rpcSet.Size(); i++) + { + node=rpcSet[i]; + if (node) + { + rakFree(node->uniqueIdentifier); + delete node; + } + } + rpcSet.Clear(); +} +RPCNode *RPCMap::GetNodeFromIndex(RPCIndex index) +{ + if ((unsigned)index < rpcSet.Size()) + return rpcSet[(unsigned)index]; + return 0; +} +RPCNode *RPCMap::GetNodeFromFunctionName(const char *uniqueIdentifier) +{ + unsigned index; + index=(unsigned)GetIndexFromFunctionName(uniqueIdentifier); + if ((RPCIndex)index!=UNDEFINED_RPC_INDEX) + return rpcSet[index]; + return 0; +} +RPCIndex RPCMap::GetIndexFromFunctionName(const char *uniqueIdentifier) +{ + unsigned index; + for (index=0; index < rpcSet.Size(); index++) + if (rpcSet[index] && strcmp(rpcSet[index]->uniqueIdentifier, uniqueIdentifier)==0) + return (RPCIndex) index; + return UNDEFINED_RPC_INDEX; +} + +// Called from the user thread for the local system +void RPCMap::AddIdentifierWithFunction(const char *uniqueIdentifier, void *functionPointer, bool isPointerToMember) +{ +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert((int) rpcSet.Size()+1 < MAX_RPC_MAP_SIZE); // If this hits change the typedef of RPCIndex to use an unsigned short + assert(uniqueIdentifier && uniqueIdentifier[0]); + assert(functionPointer); +#endif + + unsigned index, existingNodeIndex; + RPCNode *node; + + existingNodeIndex=GetIndexFromFunctionName(uniqueIdentifier); + if ((RPCIndex)existingNodeIndex!=UNDEFINED_RPC_INDEX) // Insert at any free spot. + { + // Trying to insert an identifier at any free slot and that identifier already exists + // The user should not insert nodes that already exist in the list +#ifdef _DEBUG +// assert(0); +#endif + return; + } + + node = new RPCNode; + node->uniqueIdentifier = (char*) rakMalloc( strlen(uniqueIdentifier)+1 ); + strcpy(node->uniqueIdentifier, uniqueIdentifier); + node->functionPointer=functionPointer; + node->isPointerToMember=isPointerToMember; + + // Insert into an empty spot if possible + for (index=0; index < rpcSet.Size(); index++) + { + if (rpcSet[index]==0) + { + rpcSet.Replace(node, 0, index); + return; + } + } + + rpcSet.Insert(node); // No empty spots available so just add to the end of the list + +} +void RPCMap::AddIdentifierAtIndex(const char *uniqueIdentifier, RPCIndex insertionIndex) +{ +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(uniqueIdentifier && uniqueIdentifier[0]); +#endif + + unsigned existingNodeIndex; + RPCNode *node, *oldNode; + + existingNodeIndex=GetIndexFromFunctionName(uniqueIdentifier); + + if (existingNodeIndex==insertionIndex) + return; // Already there + + if ((RPCIndex)existingNodeIndex!=UNDEFINED_RPC_INDEX) + { + // Delete the existing one + oldNode=rpcSet[existingNodeIndex]; + rpcSet[existingNodeIndex]=0; + rakFree(oldNode->uniqueIdentifier); + delete oldNode; + } + + node = new RPCNode; + node->uniqueIdentifier = (char*) rakMalloc( strlen(uniqueIdentifier)+1 ); + strcpy(node->uniqueIdentifier, uniqueIdentifier); + node->functionPointer=0; + + // Insert at a user specified spot + if (insertionIndex < rpcSet.Size()) + { + // Overwrite what is there already + oldNode=rpcSet[insertionIndex]; + if (oldNode) + { + delete [] oldNode->uniqueIdentifier; + delete oldNode; + } + rpcSet[insertionIndex]=node; + } + else + { + // Insert after the end of the list and use 0 as a filler for the empty spots + rpcSet.Replace(node, 0, insertionIndex); + } +} + +void RPCMap::RemoveNode(const char *uniqueIdentifier) +{ + unsigned index; + index=GetIndexFromFunctionName(uniqueIdentifier); + #ifdef _DEBUG + assert((int) index!=UNDEFINED_RPC_INDEX); // If this hits then the user was removing an RPC call that wasn't currently registered + #endif + RPCNode *node; + node = rpcSet[index]; + rakFree(node->uniqueIdentifier); + delete node; + rpcSet[index]=0; +} + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RPCMap.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RPCMap.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c9b77951 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RPCMap.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Internal] A container class for a list of RPCNodes +/// +/// \ingroup RAKNET_RPC +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __RPC_MAP +#define __RPC_MAP + +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "RPCNode.h" +#include "DS_List.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "Export.h" + +/// \ingroup RAKNET_RPC +/// \internal +/// \brief A container class for a list of RPCNodes +struct RAK_DLL_EXPORT RPCMap : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ +public: + RPCMap(); + ~RPCMap(); + void Clear(void); + RPCNode *GetNodeFromIndex(RPCIndex index); + RPCNode *GetNodeFromFunctionName(const char *uniqueIdentifier); + RPCIndex GetIndexFromFunctionName(const char *uniqueIdentifier); + void AddIdentifierWithFunction(const char *uniqueIdentifier, void *functionPointer, bool isPointerToMember); + void AddIdentifierAtIndex(const char *uniqueIdentifier, RPCIndex insertionIndex); + void RemoveNode(const char *uniqueIdentifier); +protected: + DataStructures::List rpcSet; +}; + +#endif + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RPCNode.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RPCNode.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c8d52fef --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RPCNode.h @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Internal] Holds information related to a RPC +/// +/// \ingroup RAKNET_RPC +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __RPC_NODE +#define __RPC_NODE + +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "Export.h" + +class RakPeerInterface; + + +/// \defgroup RAKNET_RPC Remote Procedure Call Subsystem +/// \brief A system to call C or object member procudures on other systems, and even to return return values. + +/// \ingroup RAKNET_RPC +/// \internal +/// +/// \brief Map registered procedure inside of a peer. +/// +struct RAK_DLL_EXPORT RPCNode +{ + + /// String identifier of the RPC + char *uniqueIdentifier; + + /// Force casting of member functions to void * + union + { + void ( *staticFunctionPointer ) ( RPCParameters *rpcParms ); + #if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__GCCXML__)) + void (*memberFunctionPointer)(void* _this, RPCParameters *rpcParms); + #else + void (__cdecl *memberFunctionPointer)(void* _this, RPCParameters *rpcParms); + #endif + + void *functionPointer; + }; + + /// Is this a member function pointer? True if so. If false it's a regular C function. + bool isPointerToMember; +}; + +#endif + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RSACrypt.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RSACrypt.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fc46ce1f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RSACrypt.h @@ -0,0 +1,1258 @@ +/// +/// \brief \b [Internal] SHA-1 computation class +/// +/// Performant RSA en/decryption with 256-bit to 16384-bit modulus +/// +/// catid(cat02e@fsu.edu) +/// +/// 7/30/2004 Fixed VS6 compat +/// 7/26/2004 Now internally generates private keys +/// simpleModExp() is faster for encryption than MontyModExp +/// CRT-MontyModExp is faster for decryption than CRT-SimpleModExp +/// 7/25/2004 Implemented Montgomery modular exponentation +/// Implemented CRT modular exponentation optimization +/// 7/21/2004 Did some pre-lim coding +/// +/// Best performance on my 1.8 GHz P4 (mobile): +/// 1024-bit generate key : 30 seconds +/// 1024-bit set private key : 100 ms (pre-compute this step) +/// 1024-bit encryption : 200 usec +/// 1024-bit decryption : 400 ms +/// +/// \todo There's a bug in MonModExp() that restricts us to k-1 bits +/// +/// Tabs: 4 spaces +/// Dist: public + +#ifndef RSACRYPT_H +#define RSACRYPT_H + +#if !defined(_XBOX360) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) + +#define RSASUPPORTGENPRIME +#include "Export.h" +/// Can't go under 256 or you'll need to disable the USEASSEMBLY macro in bigtypes.h +/// That's because the assembly assumes at least 128-bit data to work on +/// #define RSA_BIT_SIZE big::u512 +#define RSA_BIT_SIZE big::u256 + +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "BigTypes.h" +#include "Rand.h" //Giblet - added missing include for randomMT() + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +namespace big +{ + + using namespace cat; + + // r = x^y Mod n (fast for small y) + BIGONETYPE void simpleModExp( T &x0, T &y0, T &n0, T &r0 ) + { + BIGDOUBLESIZE( T, x ); + BIGDOUBLESIZE( T, y ); + BIGDOUBLESIZE( T, n ); + BIGDOUBLESIZE( T, r ); + + usetlow( x, x0 ); + usetlow( y, y0 ); + usetlow( n, n0 ); + usetw( r, 1 ); + + umodulo( x, n, x ); + + u32 squares = 0; + + for ( u32 ii = 0; ii < BIGWORDCOUNT( T ); ++ii ) + { + word y_i = y[ ii ]; + + u32 ctr = WORDBITS; + + while ( y_i ) + { + if ( y_i & 1 ) + { + if ( squares ) + do + { + usquare( x ); + umodulo( x, n, x ); + } + + while ( --squares ); + + umultiply( r, x, r ); + + umodulo( r, n, r ); + } + + y_i >>= 1; + ++squares; + --ctr; + } + + squares += ctr; + } + + takelow( r0, r ); + } + + // computes Rn = 2^k (mod n), n < 2^k + BIGONETYPE void rModn( T &n, T &Rn ) + { + BIGDOUBLESIZE( T, dR ); + BIGDOUBLESIZE( T, dn ); + BIGDOUBLESIZE( T, dRn ); + T one; + + // dR = 2^k + usetw( one, 1 ); + sethigh( dR, one ); + + // Rn = 2^k (mod n) + usetlow( dn, n ); + umodulo( dR, dn, dRn ); + takelow( Rn, dRn ); + } + + // computes c = GCD(a, b) + BIGONETYPE void GCD( T &a0, T &b0, T &c ) + { + T a; + + umodulo( a0, b0, c ); + + if ( isZero( c ) ) + { + set ( c, b0 ) + + ; + return ; + } + + umodulo( b0, c, a ); + + if ( isZero( a ) ) + return ; + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4127 ) // warning C4127: conditional expression is constant +#endif + while ( true ) + { + umodulo( c, a, c ); + + if ( isZero( c ) ) + { + set ( c, a ) + + ; + return ; + } + + umodulo( a, c, a ); + + if ( isZero( a ) ) + return ; + } + } + + // directly computes x = c - a * b (mod n) > 0, c < n + BIGONETYPE void SubMulMod( T &a, T &b, T &c, T &n, T &x ) + { + BIGDOUBLESIZE( T, da ); + BIGDOUBLESIZE( T, dn ); + T y; + + // y = a b (mod n) + usetlow( da, a ); + umultiply( da, b ); + usetlow( dn, n ); + umodulo( da, dn, da ); + takelow( y, da ); + + // x = (c - y) (mod n) > 0 + + set ( x, c ) + + ; + if ( ugreater( c, y ) ) + { + subtract( x, y ); + } + + else + { + subtract( x, y ); + + add ( x, n ) + + ; + } + } + + /* + directly compute a' s.t. a' a - b' b = 1 + + b = b0 = n0 + rp = a' + a = 2^k + a > b > 0 + GCD(a, b) = 1 (b odd) + + Trying to keep everything positive + */ + BIGONETYPE void computeRinverse( T &n0, T &rp ) + { + T x0, x1, x2, a, b, q; + + //x[0] = 1 + usetw( x0, 1 ); + + // a = 2^k (mod b0) + rModn( n0, a ); + + // {q, b} = b0 / a + udivide( n0, a, q, b ); + + // if b = 0, return x[0] + + if ( isZero( b ) ) + { + set ( rp, x0 ) + + ; + return ; + } + + // x[1] = -q (mod b0) = b0 - q, q <= b0 + set ( x1, n0 ) + + ; + subtract( x1, q ); + + // {q, a} = a / b + udivide( a, b, q, a ); + + // if a = 0, return x[1] + if ( isZero( a ) ) + { + set ( rp, x1 ) + + ; + return ; + } +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4127 ) // warning C4127: conditional expression is constant +#endif + while ( true ) + { + // x[2] = x[0] - x[1] * q (mod b0) + SubMulMod( q, x1, x0, n0, x2 ); + + // {q, b} = b / a + udivide( b, a, q, b ); + + // if b = 0, return x[2] + + if ( isZero( b ) ) + { + set ( rp, x2 ) + + ; + return ; + } + + // x[0] = x[1] - x[2] * q (mod b0) + SubMulMod( q, x2, x1, n0, x0 ); + + // {q, a} = a / b + udivide( a, b, q, a ); + + // if a = 0, return x[0] + if ( isZero( a ) ) + { + set ( rp, x0 ) + + ; + return ; + } + + // x[1] = x[2] - x[0] * q (mod b0) + SubMulMod( q, x0, x2, n0, x1 ); + + // {q, b} = b / a + udivide( b, a, q, b ); + + // if b = 0, return x[1] + if ( isZero( b ) ) + { + set ( rp, x1 ) + + ; + return ; + } + + // x[2] = x[0] - x[1] * q (mod b0) + SubMulMod( q, x1, x0, n0, x2 ); + + // {q, a} = a / b + udivide( a, b, q, a ); + + // if a = 0, return x[2] + if ( isZero( a ) ) + { + set ( rp, x2 ) + + ; + return ; + } + + // x[0] = x[1] - x[2] * q (mod b0) + SubMulMod( q, x2, x1, n0, x0 ); + + // {q, b} = b / a + udivide( b, a, q, b ); + + // if b = 0, return x[0] + if ( isZero( b ) ) + { + set ( rp, x0 ) + + ; + return ; + } + + // x[1] = x[2] - x[0] * q (mod b0) + SubMulMod( q, x0, x2, n0, x1 ); + + // {q, a} = a / b + udivide( a, b, q, a ); + + // if a = 0, return x[1] + if ( isZero( a ) ) + { + set ( rp, x1 ) + + ; + return ; + } + } + } + + /* BIGONETYPE void computeRinverse2(T &_n0, T &_rp) + { + //T x0, x1, x2, a, b, q; + BIGDOUBLESIZE(T, x0); + BIGDOUBLESIZE(T, x1); + BIGDOUBLESIZE(T, x2); + BIGDOUBLESIZE(T, a); + BIGDOUBLESIZE(T, b); + BIGDOUBLESIZE(T, q); + BIGDOUBLESIZE(T, n0); + BIGDOUBLESIZE(T, rp); + + usetlow(n0, _n0); + usetlow(rp, _rp); + + std::string old; + //x[0] = 1 + usetw(x0, 1); + + T _a; + // a = 2^k (mod b0) + rModn(_n0, _a); + RECORD("TEST") << "a=" << toString(a, false) << " = 2^k (mod " << toString(n0, false) << ")"; + usetlow(a, _a); + + // {q, b} = b0 / a + udivide(n0, a, q, b); + RECORD("TEST") << "{q=" << toString(q, false) << ", b=" << toString(b, false) << "} = n0=" << toString(n0, false) << " / a=" << toString(a, false); + + // if b = 0, return x[0] + if (isZero(b)) + { + RECORD("TEST") << "b == 0, Returning x[0]"; + set(rp, x0); + takelow(_rp, rp); + return; + } + + // x[1] = -q (mod b0) + negate(q); + smodulo(q, n0, x1); + if (BIGHIGHBIT(x1)) + add(x1, n0); // q > 0 + RECORD("TEST") << "x1=" << toString(x1, false) << " = q=" << toString(q, false) << " (mod n0=" << toString(n0, false) << ")"; + + // {q, a} = a / b + old = toString(a, false); + udivide(a, b, q, a); + RECORD("TEST") << "{q=" << toString(q, false) << ", a=" << toString(a, false) << "} = a=" << old << " / b=" << toString(b); + + // if a = 0, return x[1] + if (isZero(a)) + { + RECORD("TEST") << "a == 0, Returning x[1]"; + set(rp, x1); + takelow(_rp, rp); + return; + } + + RECORD("TEST") << "Entering loop..."; + while (true) + { + // x[2] = x[0] - x[1] * q (mod b0) + SubMulMod(q, x1, x0, n0, x2); + RECORD("TEST") << "x[0] = " << toString(x0, false); + RECORD("TEST") << "x[1] = " << toString(x1, false); + RECORD("TEST") << "x[2] = " << toString(x2, false); + + // {q, b} = b / a + old = toString(b); + udivide(b, a, q, b); + RECORD("TEST") << "{q=" << toString(q, false) << ", b=" << toString(b) << "} = b=" << old << " / a=" << toString(a, false); + + // if b = 0, return x[2] + if (isZero(b)) + { + RECORD("TEST") << "b == 0, Returning x[2]"; + set(rp, x2); + takelow(_rp, rp); + return; + } + + // x[0] = x[1] - x[2] * q (mod b0) + SubMulMod(q, x2, x1, n0, x0); + RECORD("TEST") << "x[0] = " << toString(x0, false); + RECORD("TEST") << "x[1] = " << toString(x1, false); + RECORD("TEST") << "x[2] = " << toString(x2, false); + + // {q, a} = a / b + old = toString(a, false); + udivide(a, b, q, a); + RECORD("TEST") << "{q=" << toString(q, false) << ", a=" << toString(a, false) << "} = a=" << old << " / b=" << toString(b); + + // if a = 0, return x[0] + if (isZero(a)) + { + RECORD("TEST") << "a == 0, Returning x[0]"; + set(rp, x0); + takelow(_rp, rp); + return; + } + + // x[1] = x[2] - x[0] * q (mod b0) + SubMulMod(q, x0, x2, n0, x1); + RECORD("TEST") << "x[0] = " << toString(x0, false); + RECORD("TEST") << "x[1] = " << toString(x1, false); + RECORD("TEST") << "x[2] = " << toString(x2, false); + + // {q, b} = b / a + old = toString(b); + udivide(b, a, q, b); + RECORD("TEST") << "{q=" << toString(q, false) << ", b=" << toString(b) << "} = b=" << old << " / a=" << toString(a, false); + + // if b = 0, return x[1] + if (isZero(b)) + { + RECORD("TEST") << "b == 0, Returning x[1]"; + set(rp, x1); + takelow(_rp, rp); + return; + } + + // x[2] = x[0] - x[1] * q (mod b0) + SubMulMod(q, x1, x0, n0, x2); + RECORD("TEST") << "x[0] = " << toString(x0, false); + RECORD("TEST") << "x[1] = " << toString(x1, false); + RECORD("TEST") << "x[2] = " << toString(x2, false); + + // {q, a} = a / b + old = toString(a, false); + udivide(a, b, q, a); + RECORD("TEST") << "{q=" << toString(q, false) << ", a=" << toString(a, false) << "} = a=" << old << " / b=" << toString(b); + + // if a = 0, return x[2] + if (isZero(a)) + { + RECORD("TEST") << "a == 0, Returning x[2]"; + set(rp, x2); + takelow(_rp, rp); + return; + } + + // x[0] = x[1] - x[2] * q (mod b0) + SubMulMod(q, x2, x1, n0, x0); + RECORD("TEST") << "x[0] = " << toString(x0, false); + RECORD("TEST") << "x[1] = " << toString(x1, false); + RECORD("TEST") << "x[2] = " << toString(x2, false); + + // {q, b} = b / a + old = toString(b); + udivide(b, a, q, b); + RECORD("TEST") << "{q=" << toString(q, false) << ", b=" << toString(b) << "} = b=" << old << " / a=" << toString(a, false); + + // if b = 0, return x[0] + if (isZero(b)) + { + RECORD("TEST") << "b == 0, Returning x[0]"; + set(rp, x0); + takelow(_rp, rp); + return; + } + + // x[1] = x[2] - x[0] * q (mod b0) + SubMulMod(q, x0, x2, n0, x1); + RECORD("TEST") << "x[0] = " << toString(x0, false); + RECORD("TEST") << "x[1] = " << toString(x1, false); + RECORD("TEST") << "x[2] = " << toString(x2, false); + + // {q, a} = a / b + old = toString(a, false); + udivide(a, b, q, a); + RECORD("TEST") << "{q=" << toString(q, false) << ", a=" << toString(a, false) << "} = a=" << old << " / b=" << toString(b); + + // if a = 0, return x[1] + if (isZero(a)) + { + RECORD("TEST") << "a == 0, Returning x[1]"; + set(rp, x1); + takelow(_rp, rp); + return; + } + } + } + */ + // directly compute a^-1 s.t. a^-1 a (mod b) = 1, a < b, GCD(a, b) + BIGONETYPE void computeModularInverse( T &a0, T &b0, T &ap ) + { + T x0, x1, x2; + T a, b, q; + + // x[2] = 1 + usetw( x2, 1 ); + + // {q, b} = b0 / a0 + udivide( b0, a0, q, b ); + + // x[0] = -q (mod b0) = b0 - q, q <= b0 + + set ( x0, b0 ) + + ; + subtract( x0, q ); + + set ( a, a0 ) + + ; + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4127 ) // warning C4127: conditional expression is constant +#endif + while ( true ) + { + // {q, a} = a / b + udivide( a, b, q, a ); + + // if a = 0, return x[0] + + if ( isZero( a ) ) + { + set ( ap, x0 ) + + ; + return ; + } + + // x[1] = x[2] - x[0] * q (mod b0) + SubMulMod( x0, q, x2, b0, x1 ); + + // {q, b} = b / a + udivide( b, a, q, b ); + + // if b = 0, return x[1] + if ( isZero( b ) ) + { + set ( ap, x1 ) + + ; + return ; + } + + // x[2] = x[0] - x[1] * q (mod b0) + SubMulMod( x1, q, x0, b0, x2 ); + + // {q, a} = a / b + udivide( a, b, q, a ); + + // if a = 0, return x[2] + if ( isZero( a ) ) + { + set ( ap, x2 ) + + ; + return ; + } + + // x[0] = x[1] - x[2] * q (mod b0) + SubMulMod( x2, q, x1, b0, x0 ); + + // {q, b} = b / a + udivide( b, a, q, b ); + + // if b = 0, return x[0] + if ( isZero( b ) ) + { + set ( ap, x0 ) + + ; + return ; + } + + // x[1] = x[2] - x[0] * q (mod b0) + SubMulMod( x0, q, x2, b0, x1 ); + + // {q, a} = a / b + udivide( a, b, q, a ); + + // if a = 0, return x[1] + if ( isZero( a ) ) + { + set ( ap, x1 ) + + ; + return ; + } + + // x[2] = x[0] - x[1] * q (mod b0) + SubMulMod( x1, q, x0, b0, x2 ); + + // {q, b} = b / a + udivide( b, a, q, b ); + + // if b = 0, return x[2] + if ( isZero( b ) ) + { + set ( ap, x2 ) + + ; + return ; + } + + // x[0] = x[1] - x[2] * q (mod b0) + SubMulMod( x2, q, x1, b0, x0 ); + } + } + + // indirectly computes n' s.t. 1 = r' r - n' n = GCD(r, n) + BIGONETYPE void computeNRinverse( T &n0, T &np ) + { + BIGDOUBLESIZE( T, r ); + BIGDOUBLESIZE( T, n ); + + // r' = (1 + n' n) / r + computeRinverse( n0, np ); + + // n' = (r' r - 1) / n + sethigh( r, np ); // special case of r = 2^k + decrement( r ); + usetlow( n, n0 ); + udivide( r, n, n, r ); + takelow( np, n ); + } + + /* + // indirectly computes n' s.t. 1 = r' r - n' n = GCD(r, n) + BIGONETYPE void computeNRinverse2(T &n0, T &np) + { + BIGDOUBLESIZE(T, r); + BIGDOUBLESIZE(T, n); + + // r' = (1 + n' n) / r + computeRinverse2(n0, np); + + // n' = (r' r - 1) / n + sethigh(r, np); // special case of r = 2^k + decrement(r); + usetlow(n, n0); + udivide(r, n, n, r); + takelow(np, n); + } + */ + // Montgomery product u = a * b (mod n) + BIGONETYPE void MonPro( T &ap, T &bp, T &n, T &np, T &u_out ) + { + BIGDOUBLESIZE( T, t ); + BIGDOUBLESIZE( T, u ); + T m; + + // t = a' b' + umultiply( ap, bp, t ); + + // m = (low half of t)*np (mod r) + takelow( m, t ); + umultiply( m, np ); + + // u = (t + m*n), u_out = u / r = high half of u + umultiply( m, n, u ); + + add ( u, t ) + + ; + takehigh( u_out, u ); + + // if u >= n, return u - n, else u + if ( ugreaterOrEqual( u_out, n ) ) + subtract( u_out, n ); + } + + // indirectly calculates x = M^e (mod n) + BIGONETYPE void MonModExp( T &x, T &M, T &e, T &n, T &np, T &xp0 ) + { + // x' = xp0 + + set ( x, xp0 ) + + ; + + // find M' = M r (mod n) + BIGDOUBLESIZE( T, dM ); + + BIGDOUBLESIZE( T, dn ); + + T Mp; + + sethigh( dM, M ); // dM = M r + + usetlow( dn, n ); + + umodulo( dM, dn, dM ); // dM = dM (mod n) + + takelow( Mp, dM ); // M' = M r (mod n) + + /* i may be wrong, but it seems to me that the squaring + results in a constant until we hit the first set bit + this could save a lot of time, but it needs to be proven + */ + + s32 ii, bc; + + word e_i; + + // for i = k - 1 down to 0 do + for ( ii = BIGWORDCOUNT( T ) - 1; ii >= 0; --ii ) + { + e_i = e[ ii ]; + bc = WORDBITS; + + while ( bc-- ) + { + // if e_i = 1, x = MonPro(M', x') + + if ( e_i & WORDHIGHBIT ) + goto start_squaring; + + e_i <<= 1; + } + } + + for ( ; ii >= 0; --ii ) + { + e_i = e[ ii ]; + bc = WORDBITS; + + while ( bc-- ) + { + // x' = MonPro(x', x') + MonPro( x, x, n, np, x ); + + // if e_i = 1, x = MonPro(M', x') + + if ( e_i & WORDHIGHBIT ) + { + +start_squaring: + MonPro( Mp, x, n, np, x ); + } + + e_i <<= 1; + } + } + + // x = MonPro(x', 1) + T one; + + usetw( one, 1 ); + + MonPro( x, one, n, np, x ); + } + + // indirectly calculates x = C ^ d (mod n) using the Chinese Remainder Thm + BIGTWOTYPES void CRTModExp( Bigger &x, Bigger &C, Bigger &d, T &p, T &q, T &pInverse, T &pnp, T &pxp, T &qnp, T &qxp ) + { + (void) qxp; + (void) pxp; + (void) pnp; + (void) qnp; + + // d1 = d mod (p - 1) + Bigger dd1; + T d1; + usetlow( dd1, p ); + decrement( dd1 ); + umodulo( d, dd1, dd1 ); + takelow( d1, dd1 ); + + // M1 = C1^d1 (mod p) + Bigger dp, dC1; + T M1, C1; + usetlow( dp, p ); + umodulo( C, dp, dC1 ); + takelow( C1, dC1 ); + simpleModExp( C1, d1, p, M1 ); + //MonModExp(M1, C1, d1, p, pnp, pxp); + + // d2 = d mod (q - 1) + Bigger dd2; + T d2; + usetlow( dd2, q ); + decrement( dd2 ); + umodulo( d, dd2, dd2 ); + takelow( d2, dd2 ); + + // M2 = C2^d2 (mod q) + Bigger dq, dC2; + T M2, C2; + usetlow( dq, q ); + umodulo( C, dq, dC2 ); + takelow( C2, dC2 ); + simpleModExp( C2, d2, q, M2 ); + //MonModExp(M2, C2, d2, q, qnp, qxp); + + // x = M1 + p * ((M2 - M1)(p^-1 mod q) mod q) + + if ( ugreater( M2, M1 ) ) + { + subtract( M2, M1 ); + } + + else + { + subtract( M2, M1 ); + + add ( M2, q ) + + ; + } + + // x = M1 + p * (( M2 )(p^-1 mod q) mod q) + + umultiply( M2, pInverse, x ); + + // x = M1 + p * (( x ) mod q) + + umodulo( x, dq, x ); + + // x = M1 + p * ( x ) + + umultiply( x, dp ); + + // x = M1 + ( x ) + + Bigger dM1; + + usetlow( dM1, M1 ); + + // x = ( dM1 ) + ( x ) + + add ( x, dM1 ) + + ; + } + + // generates a suitable public exponent s.t. 4 < e << phi, GCD(e, phi) = 1 + BIGONETYPE void computePublicExponent( T &phi, T &e ) + { + T r, one, two; + usetw( one, 1 ); + usetw( two, 2 ); + usetw( e, 65537 - 2 ); + + if ( ugreater( e, phi ) ) + usetw( e, 5 - 2 ); + + do + { + add ( e, two ) + + ; + + GCD( phi, e, r ); + } + + while ( !equal( r, one ) ); + } + + // directly computes private exponent + BIGONETYPE void computePrivateExponent( T &e, T &phi, T &d ) + { + // d = e^-1 (mod phi), 1 < e << phi + computeModularInverse( e, phi, d ); + } + +#ifdef RSASUPPORTGENPRIME + + static const u16 PRIME_TABLE[ 256 ] = + { + 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, + 29, 31, 37, 41, 43, 47, 53, 59, + 61, 67, 71, 73, 79, 83, 89, 97, + 101, 103, 107, 109, 113, 127, 131, 137, + 139, 149, 151, 157, 163, 167, 173, 179, + 181, 191, 193, 197, 199, 211, 223, 227, + 229, 233, 239, 241, 251, 257, 263, 269, + 271, 277, 281, 283, 293, 307, 311, 313, + 317, 331, 337, 347, 349, 353, 359, 367, + 373, 379, 383, 389, 397, 401, 409, 419, + 421, 431, 433, 439, 443, 449, 457, 461, + 463, 467, 479, 487, 491, 499, 503, 509, + 521, 523, 541, 547, 557, 563, 569, 571, + 577, 587, 593, 599, 601, 607, 613, 617, + 619, 631, 641, 643, 647, 653, 659, 661, + 673, 677, 683, 691, 701, 709, 719, 727, + 733, 739, 743, 751, 757, 761, 769, 773, + 787, 797, 809, 811, 821, 823, 827, 829, + 839, 853, 857, 859, 863, 877, 881, 883, + 887, 907, 911, 919, 929, 937, 941, 947, + 953, 967, 971, 977, 983, 991, 997, 1009, + 1013, 1019, 1021, 1031, 1033, 1039, 1049, 1051, + 1061, 1063, 1069, 1087, 1091, 1093, 1097, 1103, + 1109, 1117, 1123, 1129, 1151, 1153, 1163, 1171, + 1181, 1187, 1193, 1201, 1213, 1217, 1223, 1229, + 1231, 1237, 1249, 1259, 1277, 1279, 1283, 1289, + 1291, 1297, 1301, 1303, 1307, 1319, 1321, 1327, + 1361, 1367, 1373, 1381, 1399, 1409, 1423, 1427, + 1429, 1433, 1439, 1447, 1451, 1453, 1459, 1471, + 1481, 1483, 1487, 1489, 1493, 1499, 1511, 1523, + 1531, 1543, 1549, 1553, 1559, 1567, 1571, 1579, + 1583, 1597, 1601, 1607, 1609, 1613, 1619, 1621 + }; + + /*modified Rabin-Miller primality test (added small primes) + + When picking a value for insurance, note that the probability of failure + of the test to detect a composite number is at most 4^(-insurance), so: + insurance max. probability of failure + 3 1.56% + 4 0.39% + 5 0.098% <-- default + 6 0.024% + ... + */ + BIGONETYPE bool RabinMillerPrimalityTest( T &n, u32 insurance ) + { + // check divisibility by small primes <= 1621 (speeds up computation) + T temp; + + for ( u32 ii = 0; ii < 256; ++ii ) + { + usetw( temp, PRIME_TABLE[ ii++ ] ); + + umodulo( n, temp, temp ); + + if ( isZero( temp ) ) + return false; + } + + // n1 = n - 1 + T n1; + + set ( n1, n ) + + ; + decrement( n1 ); + + // write r 2^s = n - 1, r is odd + T r; + + u32 s = 0; + + set ( r, n1 ) + + ; + while ( !( r[ 0 ] & 1 ) ) + { + ushiftRight1( r ); + ++s; + } + + // one = 1 + T one; + + usetw( one, 1 ); + + // cache n -> dn + BIGDOUBLESIZE( T, dy ); + + BIGDOUBLESIZE( T, dn ); + + usetlow( dn, n ); + + while ( insurance-- ) + { + // choose random integer a s.t. 1 < a < n - 1 + T a; + int index; + + for ( index = 0; index < (int) sizeof( a ) / (int) sizeof( a[ 0 ] ); index++ ) + a[ index ] = randomMT(); + + umodulo( a, n1, a ); + + // compute y = a ^ r (mod n) + T y; + + simpleModExp( a, r, n, y ); + + if ( !equal( y, one ) && !equal( y, n1 ) ) + { + u32 j = s; + + while ( ( j-- > 1 ) && !equal( y, n1 ) ) + { + umultiply( y, y, dy ); + umodulo( dy, dn, dy ); + takelow( y, dy ); + + if ( equal( y, one ) ) + return false; + } + + if ( !equal( y, n1 ) ) + return false; + } + } + + return true; + } + + // generates a strong pseudo-prime + BIGONETYPE void generateStrongPseudoPrime( T &n ) + { + do + { + int index; + + for ( index = 0; index < (int) sizeof( n ) / (int) sizeof( n[ 0 ] ); index++ ) + n[ index ] = randomMT(); + + n[ BIGWORDCOUNT( T ) - 1 ] |= WORDHIGHBIT; + + //n[BIGWORDCOUNT(T) - 1] &= ~WORDHIGHBIT; n[BIGWORDCOUNT(T) - 1] |= WORDHIGHBIT >> 1; + n[ 0 ] |= 1; + } + + while ( !RabinMillerPrimalityTest( n, 5 ) ); + } + +#endif // RSASUPPORTGENPRIME + + + //////// RSACrypt class //////// + + BIGONETYPE class RAK_DLL_EXPORT RSACrypt : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride + { + // public key + T e, n; + T np, xp; + + // private key + bool factorsAvailable; + T d, phi; + BIGHALFSIZE( T, p ); + BIGHALFSIZE( T, pnp ); + BIGHALFSIZE( T, pxp ); + BIGHALFSIZE( T, q ); + BIGHALFSIZE( T, qnp ); + BIGHALFSIZE( T, qxp ); + BIGHALFSIZE( T, pInverse ); + + public: + RSACrypt() + { + reset(); + } + + ~RSACrypt() + { + reset(); + } + + public: + void reset() + { + zero( d ); + zero( p ); + zero( q ); + zero( pInverse ); + factorsAvailable = false; + } + +#ifdef RSASUPPORTGENPRIME + + void generateKeys() + { + BIGHALFSIZE( T, p0 ); + BIGHALFSIZE( T, q0 ); + + generateStrongPseudoPrime( p0 ); + generateStrongPseudoPrime( q0 ); + + setPrivateKey( p0, q0 ); + } + +#endif // RSASUPPORTGENPRIME + + BIGSMALLTYPE void setPrivateKey( Smaller &c_p, Smaller &c_q ) + { + factorsAvailable = true; + + // re-order factors s.t. q > p + + if ( ugreater( c_p, c_q ) ) + { + set ( q, c_p ) + + ; + set ( p, c_q ) + + ; + } + + else + { + set ( p, c_p ) + + ; + set ( q, c_q ) + + ; + } + + // phi = (p - 1)(q - 1) + BIGHALFSIZE( T, p1 ); + + BIGHALFSIZE( T, q1 ); + + set ( p1, p ) + + ; + decrement( p1 ); + + set ( q1, q ) + + ; + decrement( q1 ); + + umultiply( p1, q1, phi ); + + // compute e + computePublicExponent( phi, e ); + + // compute d + computePrivateExponent( e, phi, d ); + + // compute p^-1 mod q + computeModularInverse( p, q, pInverse ); + + // compute n = pq + umultiply( p, q, n ); + + // find n' + computeNRinverse( n, np ); + + // x' = 1*r (mod n) + rModn( n, xp ); + + // find pn' + computeNRinverse( p, pnp ); + + // computeNRinverse2(p, pnp); + + // px' = 1*r (mod p) + rModn( p, pxp ); + + // find qn' + computeNRinverse( q, qnp ); + + // qx' = 1*r (mod q) + rModn( q, qxp ); + } + + void setPublicKey( u32 c_e, T &c_n ) + { + reset(); // in case we knew a private key + + usetw( e, c_e ); + + set ( n, c_n ) + + ; + + // find n' + computeNRinverse( n, np ); + + // x' = 1*r (mod n) + rModn( n, xp ); + } + + public: + void getPublicKey( u32 &c_e, T &c_n ) + { + c_e = e[ 0 ]; + + set ( c_n, n ) + + ; + } + + BIGSMALLTYPE void getPrivateKey( Smaller &c_p, Smaller &c_q ) + { + set ( c_p, p ) + + ; + set ( c_q, q ) + + ; + } + + public: + void encrypt( T &M, T &x ) + { + if ( factorsAvailable ) + CRTModExp( x, M, e, p, q, pInverse, pnp, pxp, qnp, qxp ); + else + simpleModExp( M, e, n, x ); + } + + void decrypt( T &C, T &x ) + { + if ( factorsAvailable ) + CRTModExp( x, C, d, p, q, pInverse, pnp, pxp, qnp, qxp ); + } + }; +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif + +#endif // #if !defined(_XBOX360) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) + +#endif // RSACRYPT_H + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakAssert.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakAssert.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..80b8a776 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakAssert.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#include + +// So stupid Linux doesn't assert in release +#ifdef _DEBUG +#define RakAssert(x) assert(x); +#else +#define RakAssert(x) +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakMemoryOverride.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakMemoryOverride.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9dfb879d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakMemoryOverride.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "RakAssert.h" +#include + +#if defined (_PS3) +#include "Console2Includes.h" +#endif + +using namespace RakNet; + +void DefaultOutOfMemoryHandler(const char *file, const long line) +{ + (void) file; + (void) line; + RakAssert(0); +} + +void* (*rakMalloc) (size_t size) = RakMemoryOverride::RakMalloc; +void* (*rakRealloc) (void *p, size_t size) = RakMemoryOverride::RakRealloc; +void (*rakFree) (void *p) = RakMemoryOverride::RakFree; +void (*notifyOutOfMemory) (const char *file, const long line)=DefaultOutOfMemoryHandler; + +#ifdef _USE_RAK_MEMORY_OVERRIDE +void* RakMemoryOverride::operator new (size_t size) +{ + return rakMalloc(size); +} +void RakMemoryOverride::operator delete (void *p) +{ + return rakFree(p); +} +void* RakMemoryOverride::operator new[] (size_t size) +{ + return rakMalloc(size); +} +void RakMemoryOverride::operator delete[] (void *p) +{ + return rakFree(p); +} +#endif + +void* RakMemoryOverride::RakMalloc (size_t size) +{ + return malloc(size); +} + +void* RakMemoryOverride::RakRealloc (void *p, size_t size) +{ + return realloc(p,size); +} + +void RakMemoryOverride::RakFree (void *p) +{ + free(p); +} diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakMemoryOverride.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakMemoryOverride.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7f86dd09 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakMemoryOverride.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +#ifndef __RAK_MEMORY_H +#define __RAK_MEMORY_H + +#include "Export.h" +#include "RakNetDefines.h" + +#ifdef _XBOX360 +#elif defined (_PS3) +// Causes linker errors +// #include +typedef unsigned int size_t; +#elif defined ( __APPLE__ ) || defined ( __APPLE_CC__ ) +#include +#elif defined(_WIN32) +#include +#else +#if !defined ( __FreeBSD__ ) +#include +#endif +#include +#endif + +extern void* (*rakMalloc) (size_t size); +extern void* (*rakRealloc) (void *p, size_t size); +extern void (*rakFree) (void *p); +extern void (*notifyOutOfMemory) (const char *file, const long line); + +namespace RakNet +{ + +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT RakMemoryOverride +{ +public: +#ifdef _USE_RAK_MEMORY_OVERRIDE + static void* operator new (size_t size); + static void operator delete (void *p); + static void* operator new[] (size_t size); + static void operator delete[] (void *p); +#endif + + static void* RakMalloc (size_t size); + static void* RakRealloc (void *p, size_t size); + static void RakFree (void *p); + +}; + +} + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNet.vcproj b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNet.vcproj new file mode 100644 index 00000000..be836524 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNet.vcproj @@ -0,0 +1,845 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNet3.0.vcproj b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNet3.0.vcproj new file mode 100644 index 00000000..55cd9c1a --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNet3.0.vcproj @@ -0,0 +1,820 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetCommandParser.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetCommandParser.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6aac3723 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetCommandParser.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,298 @@ +#include "RakNetCommandParser.h" +#include "TransportInterface.h" +#include "RakPeerInterface.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +RakNetCommandParser::RakNetCommandParser() +{ + RegisterCommand(4, "Startup","( unsigned short maxConnections, int _threadSleepTimer, unsigned short localPort, const char *forceHostAddress );"); + RegisterCommand(0,"InitializeSecurity","();"); + RegisterCommand(0,"DisableSecurity","( void );"); + RegisterCommand(1,"AddToSecurityExceptionList","( const char *ip );"); + RegisterCommand(1,"RemoveFromSecurityExceptionList","( const char *ip );"); + RegisterCommand(1,"IsInSecurityExceptionList","( const char *ip );"); + RegisterCommand(1,"SetMaximumIncomingConnections","( unsigned short numberAllowed );"); + RegisterCommand(0,"GetMaximumIncomingConnections","( void ) const;"); + RegisterCommand(4,"Connect","( const char* host, unsigned short remotePort, const char *passwordData, int passwordDataLength );"); + RegisterCommand(2,"Disconnect","( unsigned int blockDuration, unsigned char orderingChannel=0 );"); + RegisterCommand(0,"IsActive","( void ) const;"); + RegisterCommand(0,"GetConnectionList","() const;"); + RegisterCommand(4,"CloseConnection","( const SystemAddress target, bool sendDisconnectionNotification, unsigned char orderingChannel=0 );"); + RegisterCommand(2,"IsConnected","( );"); + RegisterCommand(2,"GetIndexFromSystemAddress","( const SystemAddress systemAddress );"); + RegisterCommand(1,"GetSystemAddressFromIndex","( int index );"); + RegisterCommand(2,"AddToBanList","( const char *IP, RakNetTime milliseconds=0 );"); + RegisterCommand(1,"RemoveFromBanList","( const char *IP );"); + RegisterCommand(0,"ClearBanList","( void );"); + RegisterCommand(1,"IsBanned","( const char *IP );"); + RegisterCommand(2,"Ping1","( const SystemAddress target );"); + RegisterCommand(3,"Ping2","( const char* host, unsigned short remotePort, bool onlyReplyOnAcceptingConnections );"); + RegisterCommand(2,"GetAveragePing","( const SystemAddress systemAddress );"); + RegisterCommand(2,"GetLastPing","( const SystemAddress systemAddress ) const;"); + RegisterCommand(2,"GetLowestPing","( const SystemAddress systemAddress ) const;"); + RegisterCommand(1,"SetOccasionalPing","( bool doPing );"); + RegisterCommand(2,"SetOfflinePingResponse","( const char *data, const unsigned int length );"); + RegisterCommand(0,"GetInternalID","( void ) const;"); + RegisterCommand(2,"GetExternalID","( const SystemAddress target ) const;"); + RegisterCommand(3,"SetTimeoutTime","( RakNetTime timeMS, const SystemAddress target );"); + RegisterCommand(1,"SetMTUSize","( int size );"); + RegisterCommand(0,"GetMTUSize","( void ) const;"); + RegisterCommand(0,"GetNumberOfAddresses","( void );"); + RegisterCommand(1,"GetLocalIP","( unsigned int index );"); + RegisterCommand(1,"AllowConnectionResponseIPMigration","( bool allow );"); + RegisterCommand(4,"AdvertiseSystem","( const char *host, unsigned short remotePort, const char *data, int dataLength );"); + RegisterCommand(2,"SetIncomingPassword","( const char* passwordData, int passwordDataLength );"); + RegisterCommand(0,"GetIncomingPassword","( void );"); + RegisterCommand(3,"ApplyNetworkSimulator","( double maxSendBPS, unsigned short minExtraPing, unsigned short extraPingVariance);"); + RegisterCommand(0,"IsNetworkSimulatorActive","( void );"); +} +RakNetCommandParser::~RakNetCommandParser() +{ +} +void RakNetCommandParser::SetRakPeerInterface(RakPeerInterface *rakPeer) +{ + peer=rakPeer; +} +bool RakNetCommandParser::OnCommand(const char *command, unsigned numParameters, char **parameterList, TransportInterface *transport, SystemAddress systemAddress, const char *originalString) +{ + (void) originalString; + (void) numParameters; + + if (peer==0) + return false; + + if (strcmp(command, "Startup")==0) + { + SocketDescriptor socketDescriptor((unsigned short)atoi(parameterList[1]), parameterList[3]); + ReturnResult(peer->Startup((unsigned short)atoi(parameterList[0]), atoi(parameterList[2]), &socketDescriptor, 1), command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "InitializeSecurity")==0) + { + peer->InitializeSecurity(0,0,0,0); + ReturnResult(command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "DisableSecurity")==0) + { + peer->DisableSecurity(); + ReturnResult(command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "AddToSecurityExceptionList")==0) + { + peer->AddToSecurityExceptionList(parameterList[1]); + ReturnResult(command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "RemoveFromSecurityExceptionList")==0) + { + peer->RemoveFromSecurityExceptionList(parameterList[1]); + ReturnResult(command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "IsInSecurityExceptionList")==0) + { + ReturnResult(peer->IsInSecurityExceptionList(parameterList[1]),command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "SetMaximumIncomingConnections")==0) + { + peer->SetMaximumIncomingConnections((unsigned short)atoi(parameterList[0])); + ReturnResult(command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "GetMaximumIncomingConnections")==0) + { + ReturnResult(peer->GetMaximumIncomingConnections(), command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "Connect")==0) + { + ReturnResult(peer->Connect(parameterList[0], (unsigned short)atoi(parameterList[1]),parameterList[2],atoi(parameterList[3])), command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "Disconnect")==0) + { + peer->Shutdown(atoi(parameterList[0]), (unsigned char)atoi(parameterList[1])); + ReturnResult(command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "IsActive")==0) + { + ReturnResult(peer->IsActive(), command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "GetConnectionList")==0) + { + SystemAddress remoteSystems[32]; + unsigned short count=32; + unsigned i; + if (peer->GetConnectionList(remoteSystems, &count)) + { + if (count==0) + { + transport->Send(systemAddress, "GetConnectionList() returned no systems connected.\r\n"); + } + else + { + transport->Send(systemAddress, "GetConnectionList() returned:\r\n"); + for (i=0; i < count; i++) + transport->Send(systemAddress, "%i %s %i:%i\r\n", i, remoteSystems[i].ToString(false), remoteSystems[i].binaryAddress, remoteSystems[i].port); + } + } + else + transport->Send(systemAddress, "GetConnectionList() returned false.\r\n"); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "CloseConnection")==0) + { + peer->CloseConnection(IntegersToSystemAddress(atoi(parameterList[0]), atoi(parameterList[1])),atoi(parameterList[2])!=0,(unsigned char)atoi(parameterList[3])); + ReturnResult(command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "IsConnected")==0) + { + ReturnResult(peer->IsConnected(IntegersToSystemAddress(atoi(parameterList[0]), atoi(parameterList[1]))), command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "GetIndexFromSystemAddress")==0) + { + ReturnResult(peer->GetIndexFromSystemAddress(IntegersToSystemAddress(atoi(parameterList[0]), atoi(parameterList[1]))), command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "GetSystemAddressFromIndex")==0) + { + ReturnResult(peer->GetSystemAddressFromIndex(atoi(parameterList[0])), command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "AddToBanList")==0) + { + peer->AddToBanList(parameterList[0], atoi(parameterList[1])); + ReturnResult(command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "RemoveFromBanList")==0) + { + peer->RemoveFromBanList(parameterList[0]); + ReturnResult(command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "ClearBanList")==0) + { + peer->ClearBanList(); + ReturnResult(command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "IsBanned")==0) + { + ReturnResult(peer->IsBanned(parameterList[0]), command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "Ping1")==0) + { + peer->Ping(IntegersToSystemAddress(atoi(parameterList[0]), atoi(parameterList[1]))); + ReturnResult(command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "Ping2")==0) + { + peer->Ping(parameterList[0], (unsigned short) atoi(parameterList[1]), atoi(parameterList[2])!=0); + ReturnResult(command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "GetAveragePing")==0) + { + ReturnResult(peer->GetAveragePing(IntegersToSystemAddress(atoi(parameterList[0]), atoi(parameterList[1]))), command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "GetLastPing")==0) + { + ReturnResult(peer->GetLastPing(IntegersToSystemAddress(atoi(parameterList[0]), atoi(parameterList[1]))), command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "GetLowestPing")==0) + { + ReturnResult(peer->GetLowestPing(IntegersToSystemAddress(atoi(parameterList[0]), atoi(parameterList[1]))), command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "SetOccasionalPing")==0) + { + peer->SetOccasionalPing(atoi(parameterList[0])!=0); + ReturnResult(command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "SetOfflinePingResponse")==0) + { + peer->SetOfflinePingResponse(parameterList[0], atoi(parameterList[1])); + ReturnResult(command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "GetInternalID")==0) + { + ReturnResult(peer->GetInternalID(), command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "GetExternalID")==0) + { + ReturnResult(peer->GetExternalID(IntegersToSystemAddress(atoi(parameterList[0]), atoi(parameterList[1]))), command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "SetTimeoutTime")==0) + { + peer->SetTimeoutTime(atoi(parameterList[0]), IntegersToSystemAddress(atoi(parameterList[0]), atoi(parameterList[1]))); + ReturnResult(command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "SetMTUSize")==0) + { + ReturnResult(peer->SetMTUSize(atoi(parameterList[0])), command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "GetMTUSize")==0) + { + ReturnResult(peer->GetMTUSize(UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS), command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "GetNumberOfAddresses")==0) + { + ReturnResult((int)peer->GetNumberOfAddresses(), command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "GetLocalIP")==0) + { + ReturnResult((char*) peer->GetLocalIP(atoi(parameterList[0])), command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "AllowConnectionResponseIPMigration")==0) + { + peer->AllowConnectionResponseIPMigration(atoi(parameterList[0])!=0); + ReturnResult(command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "AdvertiseSystem")==0) + { + peer->AdvertiseSystem(parameterList[0], (unsigned short) atoi(parameterList[1]),parameterList[2],atoi(parameterList[3])); + ReturnResult(command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "ApplyNetworkSimulator")==0) + { + peer->ApplyNetworkSimulator(atof(parameterList[0]), (unsigned short) atoi(parameterList[1]),(unsigned short) atoi(parameterList[2])); + ReturnResult(command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "IsNetworkSimulatorActive")==0) + { + ReturnResult(peer->IsNetworkSimulatorActive(), command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "SetIncomingPassword")==0) + { + peer->SetIncomingPassword(parameterList[0], atoi(parameterList[1])); + ReturnResult(command, transport, systemAddress); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "GetIncomingPassword")==0) + { + char password[256]; + int passwordLength; + peer->GetIncomingPassword(password, &passwordLength); + if (passwordLength) + ReturnResult((char*)password, command, transport, systemAddress); + else + ReturnResult(0, command, transport, systemAddress); + } + + return true; +} +const char *RakNetCommandParser::GetName(void) const +{ + return "RakNet"; +} +void RakNetCommandParser::SendHelp(TransportInterface *transport, SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + if (peer) + { + transport->Send(systemAddress, "The RakNet parser provides mirror functions to RakPeer\r\n"); + transport->Send(systemAddress, "SystemAddresss take two parameters: send .\r\n"); + transport->Send(systemAddress, "For bool, send 1 or 0.\r\n"); + } + else + { + transport->Send(systemAddress, "Parser not active. Call SetRakPeerInterface.\r\n"); + } +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetCommandParser.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetCommandParser.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fd31b358 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetCommandParser.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief Contains RakNetCommandParser , used to send commands to an instance of RakPeer +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __RAKNET_COMMAND_PARSER +#define __RAKNET_COMMAND_PARSER + +#include "CommandParserInterface.h" +#include "Export.h" +class RakPeerInterface; + +/// \brief This allows a console client to call most of the functions in RakPeer +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT RakNetCommandParser : public CommandParserInterface +{ +public: + RakNetCommandParser(); + ~RakNetCommandParser(); + + /// Given \a command with parameters \a parameterList , do whatever processing you wish. + /// \param[in] command The command to process + /// \param[in] numParameters How many parameters were passed along with the command + /// \param[in] parameterList The list of parameters. parameterList[0] is the first parameter and so on. + /// \param[in] transport The transport interface we can use to write to + /// \param[in] systemAddress The player that sent this command. + /// \param[in] originalString The string that was actually sent over the network, in case you want to do your own parsing + bool OnCommand(const char *command, unsigned numParameters, char **parameterList, TransportInterface *transport, SystemAddress systemAddress, const char *originalString); + + /// You are responsible for overriding this function and returning a static string, which will identifier your parser. + /// This should return a static string + /// \return The name that you return. + const char *GetName(void) const; + + /// A callback for when you are expected to send a brief description of your parser to \a systemAddress + /// \param[in] transport The transport interface we can use to write to + /// \param[in] systemAddress The player that requested help. + void SendHelp(TransportInterface *transport, SystemAddress systemAddress); + + /// Records the instance of RakPeer to perform the desired commands on + /// \param[in] rakPeer The RakPeer instance, or a derived class (e.g. RakPeer or RakPeer) + void SetRakPeerInterface(RakPeerInterface *rakPeer); +protected: + + /// Which instance of RakPeer we are working on. Set from SetRakPeerInterface() + RakPeerInterface *peer; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetDefines.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetDefines.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..09e7353e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetDefines.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/// Define __GET_TIME_64BIT to have RakNetTime use a 64, rather than 32 bit value. A 32 bit value will overflow after about 5 weeks. +/// However, this doubles the bandwidth use for sending times, so don't do it unless you have a reason to. +/// Disabled by default. +// #define __GET_TIME_64BIT + +/// Makes RakNet threadsafe +/// Define this if you use the same instance of RakPeer from multiple threads +/// Otherwise leave it undefined, since it makes things an order of magnitude slower. +/// Disabled by default +// #define _RAKNET_THREADSAFE + +/// Define __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END to NOT support endian swapping in the BitStream class. This is faster and is what you should use +/// unless you actually plan to have different endianness systems connect to each other +/// Enabled by default. +#define __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END + +#if defined(_PS3) +#undef __BITSTREAM_NATIVE_END +#endif + +/// Maximum (stack) size to use with _alloca before using new and delete instead. +#define MAX_ALLOCA_STACK_ALLOCATION 1048576 + +// Use WaitForSingleObject instead of sleep. +// Defining it plays nicer with other systems, and uses less CPU, but gives worse RakNet performance +// Undefining it uses more CPU time, but is more responsive and faster. +#define USE_WAIT_FOR_MULTIPLE_EVENTS + +/// Uncomment to use RakMemoryOverride for custom memory tracking +// #define _USE_RAK_MEMORY_OVERRIDE + +/// If defined, RakNet will automatically try to determine available bandwidth and buffer accordingly (recommended) +/// If commented out, you will probably not be able to send large files and will get increased packetloss. However, responsiveness for the first 10 seconds or so will be improved. +#define _ENABLE_FLOW_CONTROL + +/// If defined, OpenSSL is enabled for the class TCPInterface +/// This is necessary to use the SendEmail class with Google POP servers +/// Note that OpenSSL carries its own license restrictions that you should be aware of. If you don't agree, don't enable this define +/// This also requires that you enable header search paths to DependentExtensions\openssl-0.9.8g +/// #define OPEN_SSL_CLIENT_SUPPORT + +/// Threshold at which to do a malloc / free rather than pushing data onto a fixed stack for the bitstream class +/// Arbitrary size, just picking something likely to be larger than most packets +#define BITSTREAM_STACK_ALLOCATION_SIZE 1024 diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetStatistics.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetStatistics.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9377cfe3 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetStatistics.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,182 @@ +/// \file +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#include "RakNetStatistics.h" +#include // sprintf +#include "BitStream.h" // BITS_TO_BYTES +#include "GetTime.h" +#include "RakString.h" + +using namespace RakNet; + +// Verbosity level currently supports 0 (low), 1 (medium), 2 (high) +// Buffer must be hold enough to hold the output string. See the source to get an idea of how many bytes will be output +void RAK_DLL_EXPORT StatisticsToString( RakNetStatistics *s, char *buffer, int verbosityLevel ) +{ + if ( s == 0 ) + { + sprintf( buffer, "stats is a NULL pointer in statsToString\n" ); + return ; + } + + if ( verbosityLevel == 0 ) + { + // Verbosity level 0 + sprintf( buffer, + "Total bytes sent: %s\n" + "Total bytes received: %s\n" + "Packetloss: %.1f%%\n", + RakString::ToString(BITS_TO_BYTES( s->totalBitsSent )), + RakString::ToString(BITS_TO_BYTES( s->bitsReceived + s->bitsWithBadCRCReceived )), + 100.0f * ( float ) s->messagesTotalBitsResent / ( float ) (s->totalBitsSent+s->messagesTotalBitsResent) ); + } + + else if ( verbosityLevel == 1 ) + { + RakNetTime time = RakNet::GetTime(); + double elapsedTime; + double bpsSent; + double bpsReceived; + elapsedTime = (time-s->connectionStartTime) / 1000.0f; + bpsSent = (double) s->totalBitsSent / elapsedTime; + bpsReceived= (double) s->bitsReceived / elapsedTime; + // Verbosity level 1 + + sprintf( buffer, + "Messages in Send buffer: %u\n" + "Messages sent: %u\n" + "Bytes sent: %s\n" + "Acks sent: %u\n" + "Acks in send buffer: %u\n" + "Messages waiting for ack: %u\n" + "Messages resent: %u\n" + "Bytes resent: %s\n" + "Packetloss: %.1f%%\n" + "Messages received: %u\n" + "Bytes received: %s\n" + "Acks received: %u\n" + "Duplicate acks received: %u\n" + "Inst. KBits per second: %.1f\n" + "KBits per second sent:\t\t\t%.1f\n" + "KBits per second received:\t\t%.1f\n" + "Bandwith exceeded:\t\t\t%i\n", + s->messageSendBuffer[ SYSTEM_PRIORITY ] + s->messageSendBuffer[ HIGH_PRIORITY ] + s->messageSendBuffer[ MEDIUM_PRIORITY ] + s->messageSendBuffer[ LOW_PRIORITY ], + s->messagesSent[ SYSTEM_PRIORITY ] + s->messagesSent[ HIGH_PRIORITY ] + s->messagesSent[ MEDIUM_PRIORITY ] + s->messagesSent[ LOW_PRIORITY ], + RakString::ToString(BITS_TO_BYTES( s->totalBitsSent )), + s->acknowlegementsSent, + s->acknowlegementsPending, + s->messagesOnResendQueue, + s->messageResends, + RakString::ToString(BITS_TO_BYTES( s->messagesTotalBitsResent )), + 100.0f * ( float ) s->messagesTotalBitsResent / ( float ) (s->totalBitsSent+s->messagesTotalBitsResent), + s->duplicateMessagesReceived + s->invalidMessagesReceived + s->messagesReceived, + RakString::ToString(BITS_TO_BYTES( s->bitsReceived + s->bitsWithBadCRCReceived )), + s->acknowlegementsReceived, + s->duplicateAcknowlegementsReceived, + s->bitsPerSecond / 1000.0, + bpsSent / 1000.0, + bpsReceived / 1000.0, + s->bandwidthExceeded); + } + else + { + RakNetTime time = RakNet::GetTime(); + double elapsedTime; + double bpsSent; + double bpsReceived; + elapsedTime = (time-s->connectionStartTime) / 1000.0f; + bpsSent = (double) s->totalBitsSent / elapsedTime; + bpsReceived= (double) s->bitsReceived / elapsedTime; + + // Verbosity level 2. + sprintf( buffer, + "Bytes sent:\t\t\t\t%s\n" + "Messages in send buffer:\t\tSP:%u HP:%u MP:%u LP:%u\n" + "Messages sent:\t\t\t\tSP:%u HP:%u MP:%u LP:%u\n" + "Message data bytes sent:\t\tSP:%s HP:%s MP:%s LP:%s\n" + "Message header bytes sent:\t\tSP:%s HP:%s MP:%s LP:%s\n" + "Message total bytes sent:\t\tSP:%s HP:%s MP:%s LP:%s\n" + "Bytes received:\t\t\t\tTtl:%s Good:%s Bad:%s\n" + "Packets received:\t\t\tTtl:%u Good:%u Bad:%u\n" + "Acks received:\t\t\t\tTtl:%u Good:%u Dup:%u\n" + "Messages received:\t\t\tTotal:%u Valid:%u Invalid:%u Dup:%u\n" + "Packetloss:\t\t\t\t%.1f%%\n" + "Packets sent:\t\t\t\t%u\n" + "Acks sent:\t\t\t\t%u\n" + "Acks in send buffer:\t\t\t%u\n" + "Messages waiting for ack:\t\t%u\n" + "Ack bytes sent:\t\t\t\t%s\n" + "Sent packets containing only acks:\t%u\n" + "Sent packets w/only acks and resends:\t%u\n" + "Reliable messages resent:\t\t%u\n" + "Reliable message data bytes resent:\t%s\n" + "Reliable message header bytes resent:\t%s\n" + "Reliable message total bytes resent:\t%s\n" + "Number of messages split:\t\t%u\n" + "Number of messages unsplit:\t\t%u\n" + "Message splits performed:\t\t%u\n" + "Additional encryption bytes:\t\t%s\n" + "Sequenced messages out of order:\t%u\n" + "Sequenced messages in order:\t\t%u\n" + "Ordered messages out of order:\t\t%u\n" + "Ordered messages in of order:\t\t%u\n" + "Split messages waiting for reassembly:\t%u\n" + "Messages in internal output queue:\t%u\n" + "Inst KBits per second:\t\t\t%.1f\n" + "Elapsed time (sec):\t\t\t%.1f\n" + "KBits per second sent:\t\t\t%.1f\n" + "KBits per second received:\t\t%.1f\n" + "Bandwith exceeded:\t\t\t%i\n", + RakString::ToString(BITS_TO_BYTES( s->totalBitsSent )), + s->messageSendBuffer[ SYSTEM_PRIORITY ], s->messageSendBuffer[ HIGH_PRIORITY ], s->messageSendBuffer[ MEDIUM_PRIORITY ], s->messageSendBuffer[ LOW_PRIORITY ], + s->messagesSent[ SYSTEM_PRIORITY ], s->messagesSent[ HIGH_PRIORITY ], s->messagesSent[ MEDIUM_PRIORITY ], s->messagesSent[ LOW_PRIORITY ], + RakString::ToString(BITS_TO_BYTES( s->messageDataBitsSent[ SYSTEM_PRIORITY ] )), RakString::ToString(BITS_TO_BYTES( s->messageDataBitsSent[ HIGH_PRIORITY ] )), RakString::ToString(( s->messageDataBitsSent[ MEDIUM_PRIORITY ] )), RakString::ToString(BITS_TO_BYTES( s->messageDataBitsSent[ LOW_PRIORITY ] )), + RakString::ToString(BITS_TO_BYTES( s->messageTotalBitsSent[ SYSTEM_PRIORITY ] - s->messageDataBitsSent[ SYSTEM_PRIORITY ] )), RakString::ToString(BITS_TO_BYTES( s->messageTotalBitsSent[ HIGH_PRIORITY ] - s->messageDataBitsSent[ HIGH_PRIORITY ] )), RakString::ToString(BITS_TO_BYTES( s->messageTotalBitsSent[ MEDIUM_PRIORITY ] - s->messageDataBitsSent[ MEDIUM_PRIORITY ] )), RakString::ToString(BITS_TO_BYTES( s->messageTotalBitsSent[ LOW_PRIORITY ] - s->messageDataBitsSent[ LOW_PRIORITY ] )), + RakString::ToString(BITS_TO_BYTES( s->messageTotalBitsSent[ SYSTEM_PRIORITY ] )), RakString::ToString(BITS_TO_BYTES( s->messageTotalBitsSent[ HIGH_PRIORITY ] )), RakString::ToString(BITS_TO_BYTES( s->messageTotalBitsSent[ MEDIUM_PRIORITY ] )), RakString::ToString(BITS_TO_BYTES( s->messageTotalBitsSent[ LOW_PRIORITY ] )), + RakString::ToString(BITS_TO_BYTES( s->bitsReceived + s->bitsWithBadCRCReceived )), RakString::ToString(BITS_TO_BYTES( s->bitsReceived )), RakString::ToString(BITS_TO_BYTES( s->bitsWithBadCRCReceived )), + s->packetsReceived + s->packetsWithBadCRCReceived, s->packetsReceived, s->packetsWithBadCRCReceived, + s->acknowlegementsReceived + s->duplicateAcknowlegementsReceived, s->acknowlegementsReceived, s->duplicateAcknowlegementsReceived, + s->messagesReceived + s->invalidMessagesReceived + s->duplicateMessagesReceived, s->messagesReceived, s->invalidMessagesReceived, s->duplicateMessagesReceived, + 100.0f * ( float ) s->messagesTotalBitsResent / ( float ) (s->totalBitsSent+s->messagesTotalBitsResent), + s->packetsSent, + s->acknowlegementsSent, + s->acknowlegementsPending, + s->messagesOnResendQueue, + RakString::ToString(BITS_TO_BYTES( s->acknowlegementBitsSent )), + s->packetsContainingOnlyAcknowlegements, + s->packetsContainingOnlyAcknowlegementsAndResends, + s->messageResends, + RakString::ToString(BITS_TO_BYTES( s->messageDataBitsResent )), + RakString::ToString(BITS_TO_BYTES( s->messagesTotalBitsResent - s->messageDataBitsResent )), + RakString::ToString(BITS_TO_BYTES( s->messagesTotalBitsResent )), + s->numberOfSplitMessages, + s->numberOfUnsplitMessages, + s->totalSplits, + RakString::ToString(BITS_TO_BYTES( s->encryptionBitsSent )), + s->sequencedMessagesOutOfOrder, + s->sequencedMessagesInOrder, + s->orderedMessagesOutOfOrder, + s->orderedMessagesInOrder, + s->messagesWaitingForReassembly, + s->internalOutputQueueSize, + s->bitsPerSecond/1000.0, + elapsedTime, + bpsSent / 1000.0, + bpsReceived / 1000.0, + s->bandwidthExceeded + ); + } +} diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetStatistics.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetStatistics.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d4106906 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetStatistics.h @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief A structure that holds all statistical data returned by RakNet. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + + +#ifndef __RAK_NET_STATISTICS_H +#define __RAK_NET_STATISTICS_H + +#include "PacketPriority.h" +#include "Export.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" + +/// \brief Network Statisics Usage +/// +/// Store Statistics information related to network usage +struct RAK_DLL_EXPORT RakNetStatistics +{ + /// Number of Messages in the send Buffer (high, medium, low priority) + unsigned messageSendBuffer[ NUMBER_OF_PRIORITIES ]; + /// Number of messages sent (high, medium, low priority) + unsigned messagesSent[ NUMBER_OF_PRIORITIES ]; + /// Number of data bits used for user messages + uint64_t messageDataBitsSent[ NUMBER_OF_PRIORITIES ]; + /// Number of total bits used for user messages, including headers + uint64_t messageTotalBitsSent[ NUMBER_OF_PRIORITIES ]; + + /// Number of packets sent containing only acknowledgements + unsigned packetsContainingOnlyAcknowlegements; + /// Number of acknowledgements sent + unsigned acknowlegementsSent; + /// Number of acknowledgements waiting to be sent + unsigned acknowlegementsPending; + /// Number of acknowledgements bits sent + uint64_t acknowlegementBitsSent; + + /// Number of packets containing only acknowledgements and resends + unsigned packetsContainingOnlyAcknowlegementsAndResends; + + /// Number of messages resent + unsigned messageResends; + /// Number of bits resent of actual data + uint64_t messageDataBitsResent; + /// Total number of bits resent, including headers + uint64_t messagesTotalBitsResent; + /// Number of messages waiting for ack (// TODO - rename this) + unsigned messagesOnResendQueue; + + /// Number of messages not split for sending + unsigned numberOfUnsplitMessages; + /// Number of messages split for sending + unsigned numberOfSplitMessages; + /// Total number of splits done for sending + unsigned totalSplits; + + /// Total packets sent + unsigned packetsSent; + + /// Number of bits added by encryption + uint64_t encryptionBitsSent; + /// total bits sent + uint64_t totalBitsSent; + + /// Number of sequenced messages arrived out of order + unsigned sequencedMessagesOutOfOrder; + /// Number of sequenced messages arrived in order + unsigned sequencedMessagesInOrder; + + /// Number of ordered messages arrived out of order + unsigned orderedMessagesOutOfOrder; + /// Number of ordered messages arrived in order + unsigned orderedMessagesInOrder; + + /// Packets with a good CRC received + unsigned packetsReceived; + /// Packets with a bad CRC received + unsigned packetsWithBadCRCReceived; + /// Bits with a good CRC received + uint64_t bitsReceived; + /// Bits with a bad CRC received + uint64_t bitsWithBadCRCReceived; + /// Number of acknowledgement messages received for packets we are resending + unsigned acknowlegementsReceived; + /// Number of acknowledgement messages received for packets we are not resending + unsigned duplicateAcknowlegementsReceived; + /// Number of data messages (anything other than an ack) received that are valid and not duplicate + unsigned messagesReceived; + /// Number of data messages (anything other than an ack) received that are invalid + unsigned invalidMessagesReceived; + /// Number of data messages (anything other than an ack) received that are duplicate + unsigned duplicateMessagesReceived; + /// Number of messages waiting for reassembly + unsigned messagesWaitingForReassembly; + /// Number of messages in reliability output queue + unsigned internalOutputQueueSize; + /// Current bits per second + double bitsPerSecond; + /// connection start time + RakNetTime connectionStartTime; + // If true, not all the data can go out in one frame, and RakNet is sending continuously + // RakNet will try to increase the bandwidth, so this condition may be temporary and only last a second. However, it if + // stays on most of the time, you are at the maximum bandwidth and should slow down your sends, because other data is now waiting. + bool bandwidthExceeded; + + RakNetStatistics operator +=(const RakNetStatistics& other) + { + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < NUMBER_OF_PRIORITIES; i++) + { + messageSendBuffer[i]+=other.messageSendBuffer[i]; + messagesSent[i]+=other.messagesSent[i]; + messageDataBitsSent[i]+=other.messageDataBitsSent[i]; + messageTotalBitsSent[i]+=other.messageTotalBitsSent[i]; + } + + packetsContainingOnlyAcknowlegements+=other.packetsContainingOnlyAcknowlegements; + acknowlegementsSent+=other.packetsContainingOnlyAcknowlegements; + acknowlegementsPending+=other.acknowlegementsPending; + acknowlegementBitsSent+=other.acknowlegementBitsSent; + packetsContainingOnlyAcknowlegementsAndResends+=other.packetsContainingOnlyAcknowlegementsAndResends; + messageResends+=other.messageResends; + messageDataBitsResent+=other.messageDataBitsResent; + messagesTotalBitsResent+=other.messagesTotalBitsResent; + messagesOnResendQueue+=other.messagesOnResendQueue; + numberOfUnsplitMessages+=other.numberOfUnsplitMessages; + numberOfSplitMessages+=other.numberOfSplitMessages; + totalSplits+=other.totalSplits; + packetsSent+=other.packetsSent; + encryptionBitsSent+=other.encryptionBitsSent; + totalBitsSent+=other.totalBitsSent; + sequencedMessagesOutOfOrder+=other.sequencedMessagesOutOfOrder; + sequencedMessagesInOrder+=other.sequencedMessagesInOrder; + orderedMessagesOutOfOrder+=other.orderedMessagesOutOfOrder; + orderedMessagesInOrder+=other.orderedMessagesInOrder; + packetsReceived+=other.packetsReceived; + packetsWithBadCRCReceived+=other.packetsWithBadCRCReceived; + bitsReceived+=other.bitsReceived; + bitsWithBadCRCReceived+=other.bitsWithBadCRCReceived; + acknowlegementsReceived+=other.acknowlegementsReceived; + duplicateAcknowlegementsReceived+=other.duplicateAcknowlegementsReceived; + messagesReceived+=other.messagesReceived; + invalidMessagesReceived+=other.invalidMessagesReceived; + duplicateMessagesReceived+=other.duplicateMessagesReceived; + messagesWaitingForReassembly+=other.messagesWaitingForReassembly; + internalOutputQueueSize+=other.internalOutputQueueSize; + + return *this; + } +}; + +/// Verbosity level currently supports 0 (low), 1 (medium), 2 (high) +/// \param[in] s The Statistical information to format out +/// \param[in] buffer The buffer containing a formated report +/// \param[in] verbosityLevel +/// 0 low +/// 1 medium +/// 2 high +void RAK_DLL_EXPORT StatisticsToString( RakNetStatistics *s, char *buffer, int verbosityLevel ); + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetTransport.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetTransport.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1268b0a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetTransport.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +#include "RakNetTransport.h" +#include "RakNetworkFactory.h" +#include "RakPeerInterface.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "MessageIdentifiers.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include "LinuxStrings.h" + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +RakNetTransportCommandParser::RakNetTransportCommandParser() +{ + RegisterCommand(1, "SetPassword","Changes the console password to whatever."); + RegisterCommand(0, "ClearPassword","Removes the console passwords."); + RegisterCommand(0, "GetPassword","Gets the console password."); +} +RakNetTransportCommandParser::~RakNetTransportCommandParser() +{ +} +bool RakNetTransportCommandParser::OnCommand(const char *command, unsigned numParameters, char **parameterList, TransportInterface *transport, SystemAddress systemAddress, const char *originalString) +{ + (void) originalString; + (void) numParameters; + + RakNetTransport *rnt = (RakNetTransport*) transport; + if (strcmp(command, "SetPassword")==0) + { + rnt->SetIncomingPassword(parameterList[0]); + rnt->Send(systemAddress, "Password changed to %s\r\n", parameterList[0]); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "ClearPassword")==0) + { + rnt->SetIncomingPassword(0); + rnt->Send(systemAddress, "Password cleared\r\n"); + } + else if (strcmp(command, "GetPassword")==0) + { + char *password; + password=rnt->GetIncomingPassword(); + if (password[0]) + rnt->Send(systemAddress, "Password is %s\r\n",password); + else + rnt->Send(systemAddress, "No password is set.\r\n"); + } + return true; +} +const char *RakNetTransportCommandParser::GetName(void) const +{ + return "RakNetTransport"; +} +void RakNetTransportCommandParser::SendHelp(TransportInterface *transport, SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + transport->Send(systemAddress, "Provides a secure connection between your console\r\n"); + transport->Send(systemAddress, "and the console server. Used to modify the console password.\r\n"); +} +RakNetTransport::RakNetTransport() +{ + rakPeer=0; +} +RakNetTransport::~RakNetTransport() +{ + if (rakPeer) + RakNetworkFactory::DestroyRakPeerInterface(rakPeer); +} +bool RakNetTransport::Start(unsigned short port, bool serverMode) +{ + AutoAllocate(); + rakPeer->InitializeSecurity(0,0,0,0); + + if (serverMode) + { + // Allow up to 8 remote systems to login + rakPeer->SetMaximumIncomingConnections(8); + } + + SocketDescriptor socketDescriptor(port,0); + return rakPeer->Startup(8, 250, &socketDescriptor, 1); +} +void RakNetTransport::Stop(void) +{ + if (rakPeer==0) return; + rakPeer->Shutdown(1000, 0); + newConnections.Clear(); + lostConnections.Clear(); +} +void RakNetTransport::Send( SystemAddress systemAddress, const char *data, ... ) +{ + if (rakPeer==0) return; + if (data==0 || data[0]==0) return; + + char text[REMOTE_MAX_TEXT_INPUT]; + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, data); + _vsnprintf(text, REMOTE_MAX_TEXT_INPUT, data, ap); + va_end(ap); + text[REMOTE_MAX_TEXT_INPUT-1]=0; + + RakNet::BitStream str; + str.Write((MessageID)ID_TRANSPORT_STRING); + str.Write(text, (int) strlen(text)); + str.Write((unsigned char) 0); // Null terminate the string + rakPeer->Send(&str, MEDIUM_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED, 0, systemAddress, (systemAddress==UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS)!=0); +} +void RakNetTransport::CloseConnection( SystemAddress systemAddress ) +{ + rakPeer->CloseConnection(systemAddress, true, 0); +} +Packet* RakNetTransport::Receive( void ) +{ + if (rakPeer==0) return 0; + Packet *p; + p=rakPeer->Receive(); + if (p==0) + return 0; + if (p->data[0]==ID_TRANSPORT_STRING) + { + p->data++; // Go past ID_TRANSPORT_STRING, since the transport protocol is only supposed to send strings. + return p; + } + if (p->data[0]==ID_NEW_INCOMING_CONNECTION) + { + newConnections.Push(p->systemAddress); + } + else if (p->data[0]==ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION || p->data[0]==ID_CONNECTION_LOST) + { + lostConnections.Push(p->systemAddress); + } + rakPeer->DeallocatePacket(p); + + return 0; +} +SystemAddress RakNetTransport::HasNewConnection(void) +{ + if (newConnections.Size()) + return newConnections.Pop(); + return UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; +} +SystemAddress RakNetTransport::HasLostConnection(void) +{ + if (lostConnections.Size()) + return lostConnections.Pop(); + return UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; +} +void RakNetTransport::SetIncomingPassword(const char *password) +{ + if (password) + rakPeer->SetIncomingPassword(password, (int) strlen(password)+1); + else + rakPeer->SetIncomingPassword(0, 0); +} +char * RakNetTransport::GetIncomingPassword(void) +{ + static char password[256]; + int passwordLength=255; + rakPeer->GetIncomingPassword((char*)password, &passwordLength); + password[passwordLength]=0; + return (char*) password; +} +void RakNetTransport::DeallocatePacket( Packet *packet ) +{ + if (rakPeer==0) return; + packet->data--; // Go back to ID_TRANSPORT_STRING, which we passed up in Receive() + rakPeer->DeallocatePacket(packet); +} +void RakNetTransport::AutoAllocate(void) +{ + if (rakPeer==0) + rakPeer=RakNetworkFactory::GetRakPeerInterface(); +} +CommandParserInterface* RakNetTransport::GetCommandParser(void) +{ + return &rakNetTransportCommandParser; +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetTransport.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetTransport.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3626d518 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetTransport.h @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief Contains RakNetTransportCommandParser and RakNetTransport used to provide a secure console connection. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __RAKNET_TRANSPORT +#define __RAKNET_TRANSPORT + +#include "TransportInterface.h" +#include "DS_Queue.h" +#include "CommandParserInterface.h" +#include "Export.h" + +class RakPeerInterface; +class RakNetTransport; +namespace RakNet +{ + class BitStream; +} + +/// \brief RakNetTransport has its own command parser to enable remote users to change the command console's password. +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT RakNetTransportCommandParser : public CommandParserInterface +{ +public: + RakNetTransportCommandParser(); + ~RakNetTransportCommandParser(); + + /// Given \a command with parameters \a parameterList , do whatever processing you wish. + /// \param[in] command The command to process + /// \param[in] numParameters How many parameters were passed along with the command + /// \param[in] parameterList The list of parameters. parameterList[0] is the first parameter and so on. + /// \param[in] transport The transport interface we can use to write to + /// \param[in] systemAddress The player that sent this command. + /// \param[in] originalString The string that was actually sent over the network, in case you want to do your own parsing + bool OnCommand(const char *command, unsigned numParameters, char **parameterList, TransportInterface *transport, SystemAddress systemAddress, const char *originalString); + + /// You are responsible for overriding this function and returning a static string, which will identifier your parser. + /// This should return a static string + /// \return The name that you return. + const char* GetName(void) const; + + /// A callback for when you are expected to send a brief description of your parser to \a systemAddress + /// \param[in] transport The transport interface we can use to write to + /// \param[in] systemAddress The player that requested help. + void SendHelp(TransportInterface *transport, SystemAddress systemAddress); +protected: +}; + +/// \brief Use RakNetTransport if you need a secure connection between the client and the console server. +/// RakNetTransport automatically initializes security for the system. Use the project CommandConsoleClient to connect +/// To the ConsoleServer if you use RakNetTransport +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT RakNetTransport : public TransportInterface +{ +public: + RakNetTransport(); + virtual ~RakNetTransport(); + + /// Start the transport provider on the indicated port. + /// \param[in] port The port to start the transport provider on + /// \param[in] serverMode If true, you should allow incoming connections (I don't actually use this anywhere) + /// \return Return true on success, false on failure. + bool Start(unsigned short port, bool serverMode); + + /// Stop the transport provider. You can clear memory and shutdown threads here. + void Stop(void); + + /// Send a null-terminated string to \a systemAddress + /// If your transport method requires particular formatting of the outgoing data (e.g. you don't just send strings) you can do it here + /// and parse it out in Receive(). + /// \param[in] systemAddress The player to send the string to + /// \param[in] data format specifier - same as printf + /// \param[in] ... format specification arguments - same as printf + void Send( SystemAddress systemAddress, const char *data, ... ); + + /// Return a string. The string should be allocated and written to Packet::data . + /// The byte length should be written to Packet::length . The player/address should be written to Packet::systemAddress + /// If your transport protocol adds special formatting to the data stream you should parse it out before returning it in the packet + /// and thus only return a string in Packet::data + /// \return The packet structure containing the result of Receive, or 0 if no data is available + Packet* Receive( void ); + + /// Deallocate the Packet structure returned by Receive + /// \param[in] The packet to deallocate + void DeallocatePacket( Packet *packet ); + + /// Disconnect \a systemAddress . The binary address and port defines the SystemAddress structure. + /// \param[in] systemAddress The player/address to disconnect + void CloseConnection( SystemAddress systemAddress ); + + /// If a new system connects to you, you should queue that event and return the systemAddress/address of that player in this function. + /// \return The SystemAddress/address of the system + SystemAddress HasNewConnection(void); + + /// If a system loses the connection, you should queue that event and return the systemAddress/address of that player in this function. + /// \return The SystemAddress/address of the system + SystemAddress HasLostConnection(void); + + /// Sets the password which incoming connections must match. + /// While not required, it is highly recommended you set this in a real game environment or anyone can login and control your server. + /// Don't set it to a fixed value, but instead require that the server admin sets it when you start the application server + /// \param[in] password Null-terminated string to use as a password. + void SetIncomingPassword(const char *password); + + /// Returns the password set by SetIncomingPassword(). + /// \return The password set by SetIncomingPassword() + char * GetIncomingPassword(void); + + /// Returns RakNetTransportCommandParser so the console admin can change the password + CommandParserInterface* GetCommandParser(void); + +protected: + RakPeerInterface *rakPeer; + void AutoAllocate(void); + DataStructures::Queue newConnections, lostConnections; + RakNetTransportCommandParser rakNetTransportCommandParser; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetTypes.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetTypes.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..33b395dc --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetTypes.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,203 @@ +/// \file +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include +#include + +#ifdef _XBOX360 +#include "Console1Includes.h" +#elif defined(_WIN32) +// IP_DONTFRAGMENT is different between winsock 1 and winsock 2. Therefore, Winsock2.h must be linked againt Ws2_32.lib +// winsock.h must be linked against WSock32.lib. If these two are mixed up the flag won't work correctly +#include +#else +#include +#include +#include +#endif + +#include // strncasecmp +#include "Itoa.h" +#include "SocketLayer.h" +#include + +SocketDescriptor::SocketDescriptor() {port=0; hostAddress[0]=0;} +SocketDescriptor::SocketDescriptor(unsigned short _port, const char *_hostAddress) +{ + port=_port; + if (_hostAddress) + strcpy(hostAddress, _hostAddress); + else + hostAddress[0]=0; +} + +// Defaults to not in peer to peer mode for NetworkIDs. This only sends the localSystemAddress portion in the BitStream class +// This is what you want for client/server, where the server assigns all NetworkIDs and it is unnecessary to transmit the full structure. +// For peer to peer, this will transmit the systemAddress of the system that created the object in addition to localSystemAddress. This allows +// Any system to create unique ids locally. +// All systems must use the same value for this variable. +bool RAK_DLL_EXPORT NetworkID::peerToPeerMode=false; + +bool SystemAddress::operator==( const SystemAddress& right ) const +{ + return binaryAddress == right.binaryAddress && port == right.port; +} + +bool SystemAddress::operator!=( const SystemAddress& right ) const +{ + return binaryAddress != right.binaryAddress || port != right.port; +} + +bool SystemAddress::operator>( const SystemAddress& right ) const +{ + return ( ( binaryAddress > right.binaryAddress ) || ( ( binaryAddress == right.binaryAddress ) && ( port > right.port ) ) ); +} + +bool SystemAddress::operator<( const SystemAddress& right ) const +{ + return ( ( binaryAddress < right.binaryAddress ) || ( ( binaryAddress == right.binaryAddress ) && ( port < right.port ) ) ); +} +const char *SystemAddress::ToString(bool writePort) const +{ + if (*this==UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + return "UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS"; + +#ifdef _XBOX360 + return ""; +#else + static unsigned char strIndex=0; + static char str[8][22]; + in_addr in; + in.s_addr = binaryAddress; + strcpy(str[strIndex], inet_ntoa( in )); + if (writePort) + { + strcat(str[strIndex], ":"); + Itoa(port, str[strIndex]+strlen(str[strIndex]), 10); + } + + unsigned char lastStrIndex=strIndex; + strIndex++; + if (strIndex==8) + strIndex=0; + + return (char*) str[lastStrIndex]; +#endif +} +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4996 ) // The POSIX name for this item is deprecated. Instead, use the ISO C++ conformant name: _strnicmp. See online help for details. +#endif +void SystemAddress::SetBinaryAddress(const char *str) +{ + if (str[0]<'0' || str[0]>'9') + { +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + const char *ip = ( char* ) SocketLayer::Instance()->DomainNameToIP( str ); +#endif + if (ip) + { + binaryAddress=inet_addr(ip); + } + } + else + { + //#ifdef _XBOX360 + // binaryAddress=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS.binaryAddress; + //#else + // Split the string into the first part, and the : part + int index, portIndex; + char IPPart[22]; + char portPart[10]; + // Only write the valid parts, don't change existing if invalid + // binaryAddress=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS.binaryAddress; + // port=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS.port; + for (index=0; str[index] && str[index]!=':' && index<22; index++) + { + IPPart[index]=str[index]; + } + IPPart[index]=0; + portPart[0]=0; + if (str[index] && str[index+1]) + { + index++; + for (portIndex=0; portIndex<10 && str[index] && index < 22+10; index++, portIndex++) + portPart[portIndex]=str[index]; + portPart[portIndex]=0; + } + +#if defined(_WIN32) + if (_strnicmp(str,"localhost", 9)==0) +#else + if (strncasecmp(str,"localhost", 9)==0) +#endif + binaryAddress=inet_addr("127.0.0.1"); + else if (IPPart[0]) + binaryAddress=inet_addr(IPPart); + if (portPart[0]) + port=(unsigned short) atoi(portPart); + //#endif + } + +} + +NetworkID& NetworkID::operator = ( const NetworkID& input ) +{ + systemAddress = input.systemAddress; + localSystemAddress = input.localSystemAddress; + return *this; +} + +bool NetworkID::operator==( const NetworkID& right ) const +{ + if (NetworkID::peerToPeerMode) + return systemAddress == right.systemAddress && localSystemAddress == right.localSystemAddress; + else + return localSystemAddress==right.localSystemAddress; +} + +bool NetworkID::operator!=( const NetworkID& right ) const +{ + if (NetworkID::peerToPeerMode) + return systemAddress != right.systemAddress || localSystemAddress != right.localSystemAddress; + else + return localSystemAddress!=right.localSystemAddress; +} + +bool NetworkID::operator>( const NetworkID& right ) const +{ + if (NetworkID::peerToPeerMode) + return ( ( systemAddress > right.systemAddress ) || ( ( systemAddress == right.systemAddress ) && ( localSystemAddress > right.localSystemAddress ) ) ); + else + return localSystemAddress>right.localSystemAddress; +} + +bool NetworkID::operator<( const NetworkID& right ) const +{ + if (NetworkID::peerToPeerMode) + return ( ( systemAddress < right.systemAddress ) || ( ( systemAddress == right.systemAddress ) && ( localSystemAddress < right.localSystemAddress ) ) ); + else + return localSystemAddress>3) +#define BYTES_TO_BITS(x) ((x)<<3) + +/// \sa NetworkIDObject.h +typedef unsigned char UniqueIDType; +typedef unsigned short SystemIndex; +typedef unsigned char RPCIndex; +const int MAX_RPC_MAP_SIZE=((RPCIndex)-1)-1; +const int UNDEFINED_RPC_INDEX=((RPCIndex)-1); + +/// First byte of a network message +typedef unsigned char MessageID; + +typedef unsigned int BitSize_t; + +#ifndef _STDINT_H +typedef unsigned char uint8_t; +typedef unsigned short uint16_t; +typedef unsigned int uint32_t; +typedef unsigned long long int uint64_t; +typedef signed char int8_t; +typedef signed short int16_t; +typedef signed int int32_t; +typedef signed long long int64_t; +#endif + +// Define __GET_TIME_64BIT if you want to use large types for GetTime (takes more bandwidth when you transmit time though!) +// You would want to do this if your system is going to run long enough to overflow the millisecond counter (over a month) +#ifdef __GET_TIME_64BIT +typedef unsigned long long RakNetTime; +typedef unsigned long long RakNetTimeNS; +#else +typedef unsigned int RakNetTime; +typedef unsigned long long RakNetTimeNS; +#endif + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER > 0 +#define PRINTF_TIME_MODIFIER "I64" +#else +#define PRINTF_TIME_MODIFIER "ll" +#endif + +/// Describes the local socket to use for RakPeer::Startup +struct RAK_DLL_EXPORT SocketDescriptor +{ + SocketDescriptor(); + SocketDescriptor(unsigned short _port, const char *_hostAddress); + + /// The local port to bind to. Pass 0 to have the OS autoassign a port. + unsigned short port; + + /// The local network card address to bind to, such as "127.0.0.1". Pass an empty string to use INADDR_ANY. + char hostAddress[32]; +}; + +/// \brief Unique identifier for a system. +/// Corresponds to a network address +struct RAK_DLL_EXPORT SystemAddress +{ + ///The peer address from inet_addr. + unsigned int binaryAddress; + ///The port number + unsigned short port; + + // Return the systemAddress as a string in the format : + // Note - returns a static string. Not thread-safe or safe for multiple calls per line. + const char *ToString(bool writePort=true) const; + + // Sets the binary address part from a string. Doesn't set the port + void SetBinaryAddress(const char *str); + + SystemAddress& operator = ( const SystemAddress& input ) + { + binaryAddress = input.binaryAddress; + port = input.port; + return *this; + } + + bool operator==( const SystemAddress& right ) const; + bool operator!=( const SystemAddress& right ) const; + bool operator > ( const SystemAddress& right ) const; + bool operator < ( const SystemAddress& right ) const; +}; + +struct RAK_DLL_EXPORT NetworkID +{ + // Set this to true to use peer to peer mode for NetworkIDs. + // Obviously the value of this must match on all systems. + // True, and this will write the systemAddress portion with network sends. Takes more bandwidth, but NetworkIDs can be locally generated + // False, and only localSystemAddress is used. + static bool peerToPeerMode; + + // In peer to peer, we use both systemAddress and localSystemAddress + // In client / server, we only use localSystemAddress + SystemAddress systemAddress; + unsigned short localSystemAddress; + + NetworkID& operator = ( const NetworkID& input ); + + static bool IsPeerToPeerMode(void); + static void SetPeerToPeerMode(bool isPeerToPeer); + bool operator==( const NetworkID& right ) const; + bool operator!=( const NetworkID& right ) const; + bool operator > ( const NetworkID& right ) const; + bool operator < ( const NetworkID& right ) const; +}; + +/// Size of SystemAddress data +#define SystemAddress_Size 6 + +/// This represents a user message from another system. +struct Packet +{ + /// Server only - this is the index into the player array that this systemAddress maps to + SystemIndex systemIndex; + + /// The system that send this packet. + SystemAddress systemAddress; + + /// The length of the data in bytes + /// \deprecated You should use bitSize. + unsigned int length; + + /// The length of the data in bits + BitSize_t bitSize; + + /// The data from the sender + unsigned char* data; + + /// @internal + /// Indicates whether to delete the data, or to simply delete the packet. + bool deleteData; +}; + +class RakPeerInterface; + +/// All RPC functions have the same parameter list - this structure. +/// \depreciated Use the AutoRPC plugin instead +struct RPCParameters +{ + /// The data from the remote system + unsigned char *input; + + /// How many bits long \a input is + BitSize_t numberOfBitsOfData; + + /// Which system called this RPC + SystemAddress sender; + + /// Which instance of RakPeer (or a derived RakPeer or RakPeer) got this call + RakPeerInterface *recipient; + + RakNetTime remoteTimestamp; + + /// The name of the function that was called. + char *functionName; + + /// You can return values from RPC calls by writing them to this BitStream. + /// This is only sent back if the RPC call originally passed a BitStream to receive the reply. + /// If you do so and your send is reliable, it will block until you get a reply or you get disconnected from the system you are sending to, whichever is first. + /// If your send is not reliable, it will block for triple the ping time, or until you are disconnected, or you get a reply, whichever is first. + RakNet::BitStream *replyToSender; +}; + +/// Index of an unassigned player +const SystemIndex UNASSIGNED_PLAYER_INDEX = 65535; + +/// Index of an invalid SystemAddress +const SystemAddress UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS = +{ + 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFF +}; + +/// Unassigned object ID +const NetworkID UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID = +{ + {0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFF}, 65535 +}; + +const int PING_TIMES_ARRAY_SIZE = 5; + +/// \brief RPC Function Implementation +/// +/// The Remote Procedure Call Subsystem provide the RPC paradigm to +/// RakNet user. It consists in providing remote function call over the +/// network. A call to a remote function require you to prepare the +/// data for each parameter (using BitStream) for example. +/// +/// Use the following C function prototype for your callbacks +/// @code +/// void functionName(RPCParameters *rpcParms); +/// @endcode +/// If you pass input data, you can parse the input data in two ways. +/// 1. +/// Cast input to a struct (such as if you sent a struct) +/// i.e. MyStruct *s = (MyStruct*) input; +/// Make sure that the sizeof(MyStruct) is equal to the number of bytes passed! +/// 2. +/// Create a BitStream instance with input as data and the number of bytes +/// i.e. BitStream myBitStream(input, (numberOfBitsOfData-1)/8+1) +/// (numberOfBitsOfData-1)/8+1 is how convert from bits to bytes +/// Full example: +/// @code +/// void MyFunc(RPCParameters *rpcParms) {} +/// RakPeer *rakClient; +/// REGISTER_AS_REMOTE_PROCEDURE_CALL(rakClient, MyFunc); +/// This would allow MyFunc to be called from the server using (for example) +/// rakServer->RPC("MyFunc", 0, clientID, false); +/// @endcode + + +/// \def REGISTER_STATIC_RPC +/// \ingroup RAKNET_RPC +/// \depreciated Use the AutoRPC plugin instead +/// Register a C function as a Remote procedure. +/// \param[in] networkObject Your instance of RakPeer, RakPeer, or RakPeer +/// \param[in] functionName The name of the C function to call +/// \attention 12/01/05 REGISTER_AS_REMOTE_PROCEDURE_CALL renamed to REGISTER_STATIC_RPC. Delete the old name sometime in the future +//#pragma deprecated(REGISTER_AS_REMOTE_PROCEDURE_CALL) +//#define REGISTER_AS_REMOTE_PROCEDURE_CALL(networkObject, functionName) REGISTER_STATIC_RPC(networkObject, functionName) +#define REGISTER_STATIC_RPC(networkObject, functionName) (networkObject)->RegisterAsRemoteProcedureCall((#functionName),(functionName)) + +/// \def CLASS_MEMBER_ID +/// \ingroup RAKNET_RPC +/// \depreciated Use the AutoRPC plugin instead +/// \brief Concatenate two strings + +/// \def REGISTER_CLASS_MEMBER_RPC +/// \depreciated Use the AutoRPC plugin instead +/// \ingroup RAKNET_RPC +/// \brief Register a member function of an instantiated object as a Remote procedure call. +/// RPC member Functions MUST be marked __cdecl! +/// \sa ObjectMemberRPC.cpp +/// \b CLASS_MEMBER_ID is a utility macro to generate a unique signature for a class and function pair and can be used for the Raknet functions RegisterClassMemberRPC(...) and RPC(...) +/// \b REGISTER_CLASS_MEMBER_RPC is a utility macro to more easily call RegisterClassMemberRPC +/// \param[in] networkObject Your instance of RakPeer, RakPeer, or RakPeer +/// \param[in] className The class containing the function +/// \param[in] functionName The name of the function (not in quotes, just the name) +#define CLASS_MEMBER_ID(className, functionName) #className "_" #functionName +#define REGISTER_CLASS_MEMBER_RPC(networkObject, className, functionName) {union {void (__cdecl className::*cFunc)( RPCParameters *rpcParms ); void* voidFunc;}; cFunc=&className::functionName; networkObject->RegisterClassMemberRPC(CLASS_MEMBER_ID(className, functionName),voidFunc);} + +/// \def UNREGISTER_AS_REMOTE_PROCEDURE_CALL +/// \brief Only calls UNREGISTER_STATIC_RPC +/// \depreciated Use the AutoRPC plugin instead + +/// \def UNREGISTER_STATIC_RPC +/// \ingroup RAKNET_RPC +/// \depreciated Use the AutoRPC plugin instead +/// Unregisters a remote procedure call +/// RPC member Functions MUST be marked __cdecl! See the ObjectMemberRPC example. +/// \param[in] networkObject The object that manages the function +/// \param[in] functionName The function name +// 12/01/05 UNREGISTER_AS_REMOTE_PROCEDURE_CALL Renamed to UNREGISTER_STATIC_RPC. Delete the old name sometime in the future +//#pragma deprecated(UNREGISTER_AS_REMOTE_PROCEDURE_CALL) +//#define UNREGISTER_AS_REMOTE_PROCEDURE_CALL(networkObject,functionName) UNREGISTER_STATIC_RPC(networkObject,functionName) +#define UNREGISTER_STATIC_RPC(networkObject,functionName) (networkObject)->UnregisterAsRemoteProcedureCall((#functionName)) + +/// \def UNREGISTER_CLASS_INST_RPC +/// \ingroup RAKNET_RPC +/// \depreciated Use the AutoRPC plugin instead +/// \brief Unregisters a member function of an instantiated object as a Remote procedure call. +/// \param[in] networkObject The object that manages the function +/// \param[in] className The className that was originally passed to REGISTER_AS_REMOTE_PROCEDURE_CALL +/// \param[in] functionName The function name +#define UNREGISTER_CLASS_MEMBER_RPC(networkObject, className, functionName) (networkObject)->UnregisterAsRemoteProcedureCall((#className "_" #functionName)) + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetVersion.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetVersion.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6161008d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetVersion.h @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +#define RAKNET_VERSION "3.25" + +#define RAKNET_REVISION "$Revision$" + +#define RAKNET_DATE "$Date$" diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNet_vc8.vcproj b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNet_vc8.vcproj new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1de3fde1 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNet_vc8.vcproj @@ -0,0 +1,849 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetworkFactory.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetworkFactory.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6fc5e704 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetworkFactory.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/// \file +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#include "LogCommandParser.h" +#include "RakNetworkFactory.h" +#include "RakPeerInterface.h" +#include "RakPeer.h" +#include "ConsoleServer.h" +#include "PacketLogger.h" +#include "RakNetCommandParser.h" +#include "ReplicaManager.h" +#include "RakNetTransport.h" +#include "TelnetTransport.h" +#include "PacketConsoleLogger.h" +#include "PacketFileLogger.h" +#include "Router.h" +#include "ConnectionGraph.h" + +RakPeerInterface* RakNetworkFactory::GetRakPeerInterface( void ) +{ + return new RakPeer; +} +ConsoleServer* RakNetworkFactory::GetConsoleServer( void ) +{ + return new ConsoleServer; +} +ReplicaManager* RakNetworkFactory::GetReplicaManager( void ) +{ + return new ReplicaManager; +} +LogCommandParser* RakNetworkFactory::GetLogCommandParser( void ) +{ + return new LogCommandParser; +} +PacketLogger* RakNetworkFactory::GetPacketLogger( void ) +{ + return new PacketLogger; +} +RakNetCommandParser* RakNetworkFactory::GetRakNetCommandParser( void ) +{ + return new RakNetCommandParser; +} +RakNetTransport* RakNetworkFactory::GetRakNetTransport( void ) +{ + return new RakNetTransport; +} +TelnetTransport* RakNetworkFactory::GetTelnetTransport( void ) +{ + return new TelnetTransport; +} +PacketConsoleLogger* RakNetworkFactory::GetPacketConsoleLogger( void ) +{ + return new PacketConsoleLogger; +} +PacketFileLogger* RakNetworkFactory::GetPacketFileLogger( void ) +{ + return new PacketFileLogger; +} +Router* RakNetworkFactory::GetRouter( void ) +{ + return new Router; +} +ConnectionGraph* RakNetworkFactory::GetConnectionGraph( void ) +{ + return new ConnectionGraph; +} +void RakNetworkFactory::DestroyRakPeerInterface( RakPeerInterface* i ) +{ + delete ( RakPeer* ) i; +} +void RakNetworkFactory::DestroyConsoleServer( ConsoleServer* i) +{ + delete ( ConsoleServer* ) i; +} +void RakNetworkFactory::DestroyReplicaManager( ReplicaManager* i) +{ + delete ( ReplicaManager* ) i; +} +void RakNetworkFactory::DestroyLogCommandParser( LogCommandParser* i) +{ + delete ( LogCommandParser* ) i; +} +void RakNetworkFactory::DestroyPacketLogger( PacketLogger* i) +{ + delete ( PacketLogger* ) i; +} +void RakNetworkFactory::DestroyRakNetCommandParser( RakNetCommandParser* i ) +{ + delete ( RakNetCommandParser* ) i; +} +void RakNetworkFactory::DestroyRakNetTransport( RakNetTransport* i ) +{ + delete ( RakNetTransport* ) i; +} +void RakNetworkFactory::DestroyTelnetTransport( TelnetTransport* i ) +{ + delete ( TelnetTransport* ) i; +} +void RakNetworkFactory::DestroyPacketConsoleLogger( PacketConsoleLogger* i ) +{ + delete ( PacketConsoleLogger* ) i; +} +void RakNetworkFactory::DestroyPacketFileLogger( PacketFileLogger* i ) +{ + delete ( PacketFileLogger* ) i; +} +void RakNetworkFactory::DestroyRouter( Router* i ) +{ + delete ( Router* ) i; +} +void RakNetworkFactory::DestroyConnectionGraph( ConnectionGraph* i ) +{ + delete ( ConnectionGraph* ) i; +} diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetworkFactory.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetworkFactory.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4e8613ba --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakNetworkFactory.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief Factory class for RakNet objects +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __RAK_NETWORK_FACTORY_H +#define __RAK_NETWORK_FACTORY_H + +#include "Export.h" + +class RakPeerInterface; +class ConsoleServer; +class ReplicaManager; +class LogCommandParser; +class PacketLogger; +class RakNetCommandParser; +class RakNetTransport; +class TelnetTransport; +class PacketConsoleLogger; +class PacketFileLogger; +class Router; +class ConnectionGraph; + +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT RakNetworkFactory +{ +public: + // For DLL's, these are user classes that you might want to new and delete. + // You can't instantiate exported classes directly in your program. The instantiation + // has to take place inside the DLL. So these functions will do the news and deletes for you. + // if you're using the source or static library you don't need these functions, but can use them if you want. + static RakPeerInterface* GetRakPeerInterface( void ); + static ConsoleServer* GetConsoleServer( void ); + static ReplicaManager* GetReplicaManager( void ); + static LogCommandParser* GetLogCommandParser( void ); + static PacketLogger* GetPacketLogger( void ); + static RakNetCommandParser* GetRakNetCommandParser( void ); + static RakNetTransport* GetRakNetTransport( void ); + static TelnetTransport* GetTelnetTransport( void ); + static PacketConsoleLogger* GetPacketConsoleLogger( void ); + static PacketFileLogger* GetPacketFileLogger( void ); + static Router* GetRouter( void ); + static ConnectionGraph* GetConnectionGraph( void ); + + // To delete the object returned by the Get functions above. + static void DestroyRakPeerInterface( RakPeerInterface* i ); + static void DestroyConsoleServer( ConsoleServer* i); + static void DestroyReplicaManager( ReplicaManager* i); + static void DestroyLogCommandParser( LogCommandParser* i); + static void DestroyPacketLogger( PacketLogger* i); + static void DestroyRakNetCommandParser( RakNetCommandParser* i ); + static void DestroyRakNetTransport( RakNetTransport* i ); + static void DestroyTelnetTransport( TelnetTransport* i ); + static void DestroyPacketConsoleLogger( PacketConsoleLogger* i ); + static void DestroyPacketFileLogger( PacketFileLogger* i ); + static void DestroyRouter( Router* i ); + static void DestroyConnectionGraph( ConnectionGraph* i ); +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakPeer.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakPeer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..80ef6cfb --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakPeer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,5352 @@ +/// \file +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#include "RakNetDefines.h" +#include "RakPeer.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" + +#ifdef _WIN32 +#elif defined(_PS3) +#define closesocket socketclose +#else +#define closesocket close +#include +#endif + +#include // toupper +#include +#include "GetTime.h" +#include "MessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "DS_HuffmanEncodingTree.h" +#include "Rand.h" +#include "PluginInterface.h" +#include "StringCompressor.h" +#include "StringTable.h" +#include "NetworkIDObject.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "SHA1.h" +#include "RakSleep.h" +#include "RouterInterface.h" +#include "RakAssert.h" + +#include "NetworkIDManager.h" +#include "DataBlockEncryptor.h" + +RAK_THREAD_DECLARATION(UpdateNetworkLoop); + + +#if !defined ( __APPLE__ ) && !defined ( __APPLE_CC__ ) +#include // malloc +#endif + +#ifdef _XBOX360 +// +#elif defined(_WIN32) +// +#else +/* +#include // Console 2 +#include +extern bool _extern_Console2LoadModules(void); +extern int _extern_Console2GetConnectionStatus(void); +extern int _extern_Console2GetLobbyStatus(void); +//extern bool Console2StartupFluff(unsigned int *); +extern void Console2ShutdownFluff(void); +//extern unsigned int Console2ActivateConnection(unsigned int, void *); +//extern bool Console2BlockOnEstablished(void); +extern void Console2GetIPAndPort(unsigned int, char *, unsigned short *, unsigned int ); +//extern void Console2DeactivateConnection(unsigned int, unsigned int); +*/ +#endif + +// Note to self - if I change this it might affect RECIPIENT_OFFLINE_MESSAGE_INTERVAL in Natpunchthrough.cpp +static const int MAX_OPEN_CONNECTION_REQUESTS=8; +static const int TIME_BETWEEN_OPEN_CONNECTION_REQUESTS=500; + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +using namespace RakNet; + +int SystemAddressAndIndexComp( const SystemAddress &key, const SystemAddressAndIndex &data ) +{ + if (key < data.systemAddress) + return -1; + if (key==data.systemAddress) + return 0; + return 1; +} + +// On a Little-endian machine the RSA key and message are mangled, but we're +// trying to be friendly to the little endians, so we do byte order +// mangling on Big-Endian machines. Note that this mangling is independent +// of the byte order used on the network (which also defaults to little-end). +#ifdef HOST_ENDIAN_IS_BIG + void __inline BSWAPCPY(unsigned char *dest, unsigned char *source, int bytesize) + { + #ifdef _DEBUG + assert( (bytesize % 4 == 0)&&(bytesize)&& "Something is wrong with your exponent or modulus size."); + #endif + int i; + for (i=0; idata=(unsigned char*)p+sizeof(Packet); + p->length=dataSize; + p->bitSize=BITS_TO_BYTES(dataSize); + p->deleteData=false; + return p; +} + +Packet *AllocPacket(unsigned dataSize, unsigned char *data) +{ + Packet *p = (Packet *)rakMalloc(sizeof(Packet)); + p->data=data; + p->length=dataSize; + p->bitSize=BITS_TO_BYTES(dataSize); + p->deleteData=true; + return p; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Constructor +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +RakPeer::RakPeer() +{ + StringCompressor::AddReference(); + RakNet::StringTable::AddReference(); + +#if !defined(_XBOX360) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) + usingSecurity = false; +#endif + memset( frequencyTable, 0, sizeof( unsigned int ) * 256 ); + rawBytesSent = rawBytesReceived = compressedBytesSent = compressedBytesReceived = 0; + outputTree = inputTree = 0; + defaultMTUSize = DEFAULT_MTU_SIZE; + trackFrequencyTable = false; + maximumIncomingConnections = 0; + maximumNumberOfPeers = 0; + //remoteSystemListSize=0; + remoteSystemList = 0; + bytesSentPerSecond = bytesReceivedPerSecond = 0; + endThreads = true; + isMainLoopThreadActive = false; + // isRecvfromThreadActive=false; + occasionalPing = false; + connectionSockets = 0; + connectionSocketsLength=0; + mySystemAddress = UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + allowConnectionResponseIPMigration = false; + blockOnRPCReply=false; + //incomingPasswordLength=outgoingPasswordLength=0; + incomingPasswordLength=0; + router=0; + splitMessageProgressInterval=0; + unreliableTimeout=0; + networkIDManager=0; + maxOutgoingBPS=0; + firstExternalID=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + +#ifdef _DEBUG + // Wait longer to disconnect in debug so I don't get disconnected while tracing + defaultTimeoutTime=30000; +#else + defaultTimeoutTime=10000; +#endif + + +#if defined (_WIN32) && defined(USE_WAIT_FOR_MULTIPLE_EVENTS) + recvEvent = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; +#endif + +#ifndef _RELEASE + _maxSendBPS=0.0; + _minExtraPing=0; + _extraPingVariance=0; +#endif + +#if defined(_PS3) +// console2ContextId=-1; +#endif +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Destructor +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +RakPeer::~RakPeer() +{ +// unsigned i; + + // Free the ban list. + ClearBanList(); + + Shutdown( 0, 0); + + + StringCompressor::RemoveReference(); + RakNet::StringTable::RemoveReference(); +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +/// \brief Starts the network threads, opens the listen port. +/// You must call this before calling Connect(). +/// Multiple calls while already active are ignored. To call this function again with different settings, you must first call Shutdown(). +/// \note Call SetMaximumIncomingConnections if you want to accept incoming connections +/// \note Set _RAKNET_THREADSAFE in RakNetDefines.h if you want to call RakNet functions from multiple threads (not recommended, as it is much slower and RakNet is already asynchronous). +/// \param[in] maxConnections The maximum number of connections between this instance of RakPeer and another instance of RakPeer. Required so the network can preallocate and for thread safety. A pure client would set this to 1. A pure server would set it to the number of allowed clients.- A hybrid would set it to the sum of both types of connections +/// \param[in] localPort The port to listen for connections on. +/// \param[in] _threadSleepTimer How many ms to Sleep each internal update cycle (30 to give the game priority, 0 for regular (recommended) +/// \param[in] socketDescriptors An array of SocketDescriptor structures to force RakNet to listen on a particular IP address or port (or both). Each SocketDescriptor will represent one unique socket. Do not pass redundant structures. To listen on a specific port, you can pass &socketDescriptor, 1SocketDescriptor(myPort,0); such as for a server. For a client, it is usually OK to just pass SocketDescriptor(); +/// \param[in] socketDescriptorCount The size of the \a socketDescriptors array. Pass 1 if you are not sure what to pass. +/// \return False on failure (can't create socket or thread), true on success. +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool RakPeer::Startup( unsigned short maxConnections, int _threadSleepTimer, SocketDescriptor *socketDescriptors, unsigned socketDescriptorCount ) +{ + if (IsActive()) + return false; + + RakAssert(socketDescriptors && socketDescriptorCount>=1); + + if (socketDescriptors==0 || socketDescriptorCount<1) + return false; + + unsigned i; + //unsigned short localPort; + //localPort=socketDescriptors[0].port; + + assert( maxConnections > 0 ); + + if ( maxConnections <= 0 ) + return false; + + for (i=0; iCreateBoundSocket( socketDescriptors[i].port, true, socketDescriptors[i].hostAddress ); + if (connectionSockets[i]==(SOCKET)-1) + { + unsigned int j; + for (j=0; j < i; j++) + closesocket(connectionSockets[j]); + if (connectionSockets) + delete [] connectionSockets; + connectionSocketsLength=0; + connectionSockets=0; + return false; + } + } + + connectionSocketsLength=socketDescriptorCount; + +#if defined (_WIN32) && defined(USE_WAIT_FOR_MULTIPLE_EVENTS) + if (_threadSleepTimer>0) + { + recvEvent=CreateEvent(0,FALSE,FALSE,0); + for (i=0; i maxConnections ) + maximumIncomingConnections = maxConnections; + + maximumNumberOfPeers = maxConnections; + // 04/19/2006 - Don't overallocate because I'm no longer allowing connected pings. + // The disconnects are not consistently processed and the process was sloppy and complicated. + // Allocate 10% extra to handle new connections from players trying to connect when the server is full + //remoteSystemListSize = maxConnections;// * 11 / 10 + 1; + + // remoteSystemList in Single thread + //remoteSystemList = new RemoteSystemStruct[ remoteSystemListSize ]; + remoteSystemList = new RemoteSystemStruct[ maximumNumberOfPeers ]; + + + for ( i = 0; i < maximumNumberOfPeers; i++ ) + //for ( i = 0; i < remoteSystemListSize; i++ ) + { + // remoteSystemList in Single thread + remoteSystemList[ i ].isActive = false; + remoteSystemList[ i ].systemAddress = UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + remoteSystemList[ i ].myExternalSystemAddress = UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + remoteSystemList[ i ].connectMode=RemoteSystemStruct::NO_ACTION; + #ifndef _RELEASE + remoteSystemList[ i ].reliabilityLayer.ApplyNetworkSimulator(_maxSendBPS, _minExtraPing, _extraPingVariance); + #endif + } + + // Clear the lookup table. Safe to call from the user thread since the network thread is now stopped + remoteSystemLookup.Clear(); + } + + // For histogram statistics + // nextReadBytesTime=0; + // lastSentBytes=lastReceivedBytes=0; + + if ( endThreads ) + { + // lastUserUpdateCycle = 0; + + // Reset the frequency table that we use to save outgoing data + memset( frequencyTable, 0, sizeof( unsigned int ) * 256 ); + + // Reset the statistical data + rawBytesSent = rawBytesReceived = compressedBytesSent = compressedBytesReceived = 0; + + updateCycleIsRunning = false; + endThreads = false; + // Create the threads + threadSleepTimer = _threadSleepTimer; + + ClearBufferedCommands(); + +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + char ipList[ 10 ][ 16 ]; + SocketLayer::Instance()->GetMyIP( ipList ); + mySystemAddress.port = SocketLayer::Instance()->GetLocalPort(connectionSockets[0]); + if (socketDescriptors[0].hostAddress==0 || socketDescriptors[0].hostAddress[0]==0) + mySystemAddress.binaryAddress = inet_addr( ipList[ 0 ] ); + else + mySystemAddress.binaryAddress = inet_addr( socketDescriptors[0].hostAddress ); +#else + mySystemAddress=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; +#endif + + if ( isMainLoopThreadActive == false ) + { + int errorCode = RakNet::RakThread::Create(UpdateNetworkLoop, this); + + if ( errorCode != 0 ) + { + Shutdown( 0, 0 ); + return false; + } + } + + // Wait for the threads to activate. When they are active they will set these variables to true + + while ( isMainLoopThreadActive == false ) + RakSleep(10); + } + + for (i=0; i < messageHandlerList.Size(); i++) + { + messageHandlerList[i]->OnStartup(this); + } + + return true; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Must be called while offline +// Secures connections though a combination of SHA1, AES128, SYN Cookies, and RSA to prevent +// connection spoofing, replay attacks, data eavesdropping, packet tampering, and MitM attacks. +// There is a significant amount of processing and a slight amount of bandwidth +// overhead for this feature. +// +// If you accept connections, you must call this or else secure connections will not be enabled +// for incoming connections. +// If you are connecting to another system, you can call this with values for the +// (e and p,q) public keys before connecting to prevent MitM +// +// Parameters: +// pubKeyE, pubKeyN - A pointer to the public keys from the RSACrypt class. See the Encryption sample +// privKeyP, privKeyQ - Private keys generated from the RSACrypt class. See the Encryption sample +// If the private keys are 0, then a new key will be generated when this function is called +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::InitializeSecurity(const char *pubKeyE, const char *pubKeyN, const char *privKeyP, const char *privKeyQ ) +{ +#if !defined(_XBOX360) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) + if ( endThreads == false ) + return ; + + // Setting the client key is e,n, + // Setting the server key is p,q + if ( //( privKeyP && privKeyQ && ( pubKeyE || pubKeyN ) ) || + //( pubKeyE && pubKeyN && ( privKeyP || privKeyQ ) ) || + ( privKeyP && privKeyQ == 0 ) || + ( privKeyQ && privKeyP == 0 ) || + ( pubKeyE && pubKeyN == 0 ) || + ( pubKeyN && pubKeyE == 0 ) ) + { + // Invalid parameters + assert( 0 ); + } + + seedMT( (unsigned int) RakNet::GetTime() ); + + GenerateSYNCookieRandomNumber(); + + usingSecurity = true; + + if ( privKeyP == 0 && privKeyQ == 0 && pubKeyE == 0 && pubKeyN == 0 ) + { + keysLocallyGenerated = true; + rsacrypt.generateKeys(); + } + + else + { + if ( pubKeyE && pubKeyN ) + { + // Save public keys + memcpy( ( char* ) & publicKeyE, pubKeyE, sizeof( publicKeyE ) ); + memcpy( publicKeyN, pubKeyN, sizeof( publicKeyN ) ); + } + + if ( privKeyP && privKeyQ ) + { + BIGHALFSIZE( RSA_BIT_SIZE, p ); + BIGHALFSIZE( RSA_BIT_SIZE, q ); + memcpy( p, privKeyP, sizeof( p ) ); + memcpy( q, privKeyQ, sizeof( q ) ); + // Save private keys + rsacrypt.setPrivateKey( p, q ); + } + + keysLocallyGenerated = false; + } +#endif +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description +// Must be called while offline +// Disables all security. +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::DisableSecurity( void ) +{ +#if !defined(_XBOX360) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) + if ( endThreads == false ) + return ; + + usingSecurity = false; +#endif +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::AddToSecurityExceptionList(const char *ip) +{ + securityExceptionMutex.Lock(); + securityExceptionList.Insert(RakString(ip)); + securityExceptionMutex.Unlock(); +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::RemoveFromSecurityExceptionList(const char *ip) +{ + if (securityExceptionList.Size()==0) + return; + + if (ip==0) + { + securityExceptionMutex.Lock(); + securityExceptionList.Clear(false); + securityExceptionMutex.Unlock(); + } + else + { + unsigned i=0; + securityExceptionMutex.Lock(); + while (i < securityExceptionList.Size()) + { + if (securityExceptionList[i].IPAddressMatch(ip)) + { + securityExceptionList[i]=securityExceptionList[securityExceptionList.Size()-1]; + securityExceptionList.RemoveAtIndex(securityExceptionList.Size()-1); + } + else + i++; + } + securityExceptionMutex.Unlock(); + } +} +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool RakPeer::IsInSecurityExceptionList(const char *ip) +{ + if (securityExceptionList.Size()==0) + return false; + + unsigned i=0; + securityExceptionMutex.Lock(); + for (; i < securityExceptionList.Size(); i++) + { + if (securityExceptionList[i].IPAddressMatch(ip)) + { + securityExceptionMutex.Unlock(); + return true; + } + } + securityExceptionMutex.Unlock(); + return false; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Sets how many incoming connections are allowed. If this is less than the number of players currently connected, no +// more players will be allowed to connect. If this is greater than the maximum number of peers allowed, it will be reduced +// to the maximum number of peers allowed. Defaults to 0. +// +// Parameters: +// numberAllowed - Maximum number of incoming connections allowed. +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::SetMaximumIncomingConnections( unsigned short numberAllowed ) +{ + maximumIncomingConnections = numberAllowed; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Returns the maximum number of incoming connections, which is always <= maxConnections +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +unsigned short RakPeer::GetMaximumIncomingConnections( void ) const +{ + return maximumIncomingConnections; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +/// Returns how many open connections there are at this time +/// \return the number of open connections +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +unsigned short RakPeer::NumberOfConnections(void) const +{ + unsigned short i, count=0; + for (i=0; i < maximumNumberOfPeers; i++) + if (remoteSystemList[i].isActive) + count++; + return count; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Sets the password incoming connections must match in the call to Connect (defaults to none) +// Pass 0 to passwordData to specify no password +// +// Parameters: +// passwordData: A data block that incoming connections must match. This can be just a password, or can be a stream of data. +// - Specify 0 for no password data +// passwordDataLength: The length in bytes of passwordData +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::SetIncomingPassword( const char* passwordData, int passwordDataLength ) +{ + //if (passwordDataLength > MAX_OFFLINE_DATA_LENGTH) + // passwordDataLength=MAX_OFFLINE_DATA_LENGTH; + + if (passwordDataLength > 255) + passwordDataLength=255; + + if (passwordData==0) + passwordDataLength=0; + + // Not threadsafe but it's not important enough to lock. Who is going to change the password a lot during runtime? + // It won't overflow at least because incomingPasswordLength is an unsigned char + if (passwordDataLength>0) + memcpy(incomingPassword, passwordData, passwordDataLength); + incomingPasswordLength=(unsigned char)passwordDataLength; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::GetIncomingPassword( char* passwordData, int *passwordDataLength ) +{ + if (passwordData==0) + { + *passwordDataLength=incomingPasswordLength; + return; + } + + if (*passwordDataLength > incomingPasswordLength) + *passwordDataLength=incomingPasswordLength; + + if (*passwordDataLength>0) + memcpy(passwordData, incomingPassword, *passwordDataLength); +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Call this to connect to the specified host (ip or domain name) and server port. +// Calling Connect and not calling SetMaximumIncomingConnections acts as a dedicated client. Calling both acts as a true peer. +// This is a non-blocking connection. You know the connection is successful when IsConnected() returns true +// or receive gets a packet with the type identifier ID_CONNECTION_ACCEPTED. If the connection is not +// successful, such as rejected connection or no response then neither of these things will happen. +// Requires that you first call Initialize +// +// Parameters: +// host: Either a dotted IP address or a domain name +// remotePort: Which port to connect to on the remote machine. +// passwordData: A data block that must match the data block on the server. This can be just a password, or can be a stream of data +// passwordDataLength: The length in bytes of passwordData +// +// Returns: +// True on successful initiation. False on incorrect parameters, internal error, or too many existing peers +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool RakPeer::Connect( const char* host, unsigned short remotePort, const char *passwordData, int passwordDataLength, unsigned connectionSocketIndex ) +{ + // If endThreads is true here you didn't call Startup() first. + if ( host == 0 || endThreads || connectionSocketIndex>=connectionSocketsLength ) + return false; + + if (passwordDataLength>255) + passwordDataLength=255; + + if (passwordData==0) + passwordDataLength=0; + + // Not threadsafe but it's not important enough to lock. Who is going to change the password a lot during runtime? + // It won't overflow at least because outgoingPasswordLength is an unsigned char +// if (passwordDataLength>0) +// memcpy(outgoingPassword, passwordData, passwordDataLength); +// outgoingPasswordLength=(unsigned char) passwordDataLength; + + if ( host[ 0 ] < '0' || host[ 0 ] > '9' ) + { +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + host = ( char* ) SocketLayer::Instance()->DomainNameToIP( host ); +#else + return false; +#endif + if (host==0) + return false; + } + + // Connecting to ourselves in the same instance of the program? + if ( ( strcmp( host, "127.0.0.1" ) == 0 || strcmp( host, "0.0.0.0" ) == 0 ) && remotePort == mySystemAddress.port ) + return false; + + return SendConnectionRequest( host, remotePort, passwordData, passwordDataLength, connectionSocketIndex, 0 ); +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* +bool RakPeer::Console2LoadModules(void) +{ +#if defined(_PS3) + if (_extern_Console2LoadModules()==false) + { + + return false; + } +#endif + return true; + +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +int RakPeer::Console2GetConnectionStatus(void) +{ +#if defined(_PS3) + return _extern_Console2GetConnectionStatus(); +#else + return 0; +#endif +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +int RakPeer::Console2GetLobbyStatus(void) +{ +#if defined(_PS3) + return _extern_Console2GetLobbyStatus(); +#else + return 0; +#endif +} +*/ + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +/// \brief Connect to the specified network ID (Platform specific console function) +/// \param[in] networkServiceId Network ID structure for the online service +/// \param[in] passwordData A data block that must match the data block on the server passed to SetIncomingPassword. This can be a string or can be a stream of data. Use 0 for no password. +/// \param[in] passwordDataLength The length in bytes of passwordData +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool RakPeer::Console2LobbyConnect( void *networkServiceId, const char *passwordData, int passwordDataLength ) +{ +#if defined (_PS3_LOBBY) + // If endThreads is true here you didn't call Startup() first. + if ( endThreads ) + return false; + + if (passwordDataLength>255) + passwordDataLength=255; + + if (passwordData==0) + passwordDataLength=0; + + int connectionId = Console2ActivateConnection(console2ContextId, networkServiceId); + bool success = Console2BlockOnEstablished(); + if (success==false) + return false; + char host[26]; + unsigned short remotePort; + Console2GetIPAndPort(console2ContextId, host, &remotePort, connectionId); + return SendConnectionRequest( host, remotePort, passwordData, passwordDataLength, 0, connectionId ); +#else + return false; +#endif +} +*/ + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Stops the network threads and close all connections. Multiple calls are ok. +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::Shutdown( unsigned int blockDuration, unsigned char orderingChannel ) +{ + unsigned i,j; + bool anyActive; + RakNetTime startWaitingTime; +// SystemAddress systemAddress; + RakNetTime time; + //unsigned short systemListSize = remoteSystemListSize; // This is done for threading reasons + unsigned short systemListSize = maximumNumberOfPeers; + + if ( blockDuration > 0 ) + { + for ( i = 0; i < systemListSize; i++ ) + { + // remoteSystemList in user thread + if (remoteSystemList[i].isActive) + NotifyAndFlagForShutdown(remoteSystemList[i].systemAddress, false, orderingChannel); + } + + time = RakNet::GetTime(); + startWaitingTime = time; + while ( time - startWaitingTime < blockDuration ) + { + anyActive=false; + for (j=0; j < systemListSize; j++) + { + // remoteSystemList in user thread + if (remoteSystemList[j].isActive) + { + anyActive=true; + break; + } + } + + // If this system is out of packets to send, then stop waiting + if ( anyActive==false ) + break; + + // This will probably cause the update thread to run which will probably + // send the disconnection notification + + RakSleep(15); + time = RakNet::GetTime(); + } + } + + for (i=0; i < messageHandlerList.Size(); i++) + { + messageHandlerList[i]->OnShutdown(this); + } + + + while ( isMainLoopThreadActive ) + { + endThreads = true; + RakSleep(15); + } + + // remoteSystemList in Single thread + for ( i = 0; i < systemListSize; i++ ) + { + // Reserve this reliability layer for ourselves + remoteSystemList[ i ].isActive = false; + + // Remove any remaining packets + remoteSystemList[ i ].reliabilityLayer.Reset(false); + } + + // Clear the lookup table. Safe to call from the user thread since the network thread is now stopped + remoteSystemLookup.Clear(); + + // Setting maximumNumberOfPeers to 0 allows remoteSystemList to be reallocated in Initialize. + // Setting remoteSystemListSize prevents threads from accessing the reliability layer + maximumNumberOfPeers = 0; + //remoteSystemListSize = 0; + + // Free any packets the user didn't deallocate + Packet **packet; +#ifdef _RAKNET_THREADSAFE + rakPeerMutexes[transferToPacketQueue_Mutex].Lock(); +#endif + packet=packetSingleProducerConsumer.ReadLock(); + while (packet) + { + DeallocatePacket(*packet); + packetSingleProducerConsumer.ReadUnlock(); + packet=packetSingleProducerConsumer.ReadLock(); + } + packetSingleProducerConsumer.Clear(); +#ifdef _RAKNET_THREADSAFE + rakPeerMutexes[transferToPacketQueue_Mutex].Unlock(); +#endif + +#ifdef _RAKNET_THREADSAFE + rakPeerMutexes[packetPool_Mutex].Lock(); +#endif + for (i=0; i < packetPool.Size(); i++) + DeallocatePacket(packetPool[i]); + packetPool.Clear(); +#ifdef _RAKNET_THREADSAFE + rakPeerMutexes[packetPool_Mutex].Unlock(); +#endif + + blockOnRPCReply=false; + + for (i=0; i 0 ); +#endif + + if ( data == 0 || length < 0 ) + return false; + + if ( remoteSystemList == 0 || endThreads == true ) + return false; + + if ( broadcast == false && systemAddress == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS ) + return false; + + if (broadcast==false && router && IsConnected(systemAddress)==false) + { + return router->Send(data, BYTES_TO_BITS(length), priority, reliability, orderingChannel, systemAddress); + } + else + { + SendBuffered(data, length*8, priority, reliability, orderingChannel, systemAddress, broadcast, RemoteSystemStruct::NO_ACTION); + } + + return true; +} + +bool RakPeer::Send( const RakNet::BitStream * bitStream, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast ) +{ +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( bitStream->GetNumberOfBytesUsed() > 0 ); +#endif + + if ( bitStream->GetNumberOfBytesUsed() == 0 ) + return false; + + if ( remoteSystemList == 0 || endThreads == true ) + return false; + + if ( broadcast == false && systemAddress == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS ) + return false; + + if (broadcast==false && router && IsConnected(systemAddress)==false) + { + return router->Send((const char*)bitStream->GetData(), bitStream->GetNumberOfBitsUsed(), priority, reliability, orderingChannel, systemAddress); + } + else + { + // Sends need to be buffered and processed in the update thread because the systemAddress associated with the reliability layer can change, + // from that thread, resulting in a send to the wrong player! While I could mutex the systemAddress, that is much slower than doing this + SendBuffered((const char*)bitStream->GetData(), bitStream->GetNumberOfBitsUsed(), priority, reliability, orderingChannel, systemAddress, broadcast, RemoteSystemStruct::NO_ACTION); + } + + return true; +} +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +/// Sends multiple blocks of data, concatenating them automatically. +/// +/// This is equivalent to: +/// RakNet::BitStream bs; +/// bs.WriteAlignedBytes(block1, blockLength1); +/// bs.WriteAlignedBytes(block2, blockLength2); +/// bs.WriteAlignedBytes(block3, blockLength3); +/// Send(&bs, ...) +/// +/// This function only works while the connected +/// \param[in] data An array of pointers to blocks of data +/// \param[in] lengths An array of integers indicating the length of each block of data +/// \param[in] numParameters Length of the arrays data and lengths +/// \param[in] priority What priority level to send on. See PacketPriority.h +/// \param[in] reliability How reliability to send this data. See PacketPriority.h +/// \param[in] orderingChannel When using ordered or sequenced messages, what channel to order these on. Messages are only ordered relative to other messages on the same stream +/// \param[in] systemAddress Who to send this packet to, or in the case of broadcasting who not to send it to. Use UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS to specify none +/// \param[in] broadcast True to send this packet to all connected systems. If true, then systemAddress specifies who not to send the packet to. +/// \return False if we are not connected to the specified recipient. True otherwise +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool RakPeer::SendList( char **data, const int *lengths, const int numParameters, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast ) +{ +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( data ); +#endif + + if ( data == 0 || lengths == 0 ) + return false; + + if ( remoteSystemList == 0 || endThreads == true ) + return false; + + if (numParameters==0) + return false; + + if (lengths==0) + return false; + + if ( broadcast == false && systemAddress == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS ) + return false; + + SendBufferedList(data, lengths, numParameters, priority, reliability, orderingChannel, systemAddress, broadcast, RemoteSystemStruct::NO_ACTION); + + return true; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Gets a packet from the incoming packet queue. Use DeallocatePacket to deallocate the packet after you are done with it. Packets must be deallocated in the same order they are received. +// Check the Packet struct at the top of CoreNetworkStructures.h for the format of the struct +// +// Returns: +// 0 if no packets are waiting to be handled, otherwise an allocated packet +// If the client is not active this will also return 0, as all waiting packets are flushed when the client is Disconnected +// This also updates all memory blocks associated with synchronized memory and distributed objects +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Packet* RakPeer::Receive( void ) +{ + Packet *packet = ReceiveIgnoreRPC(); + while (packet && (packet->data[ 0 ] == ID_RPC || (packet->length>sizeof(unsigned char)+sizeof(RakNetTime) && packet->data[0]==ID_TIMESTAMP && packet->data[sizeof(unsigned char)+sizeof(RakNetTime)]==ID_RPC))) + { + // Do RPC calls from the user thread, not the network update thread + // If we are currently blocking on an RPC reply, send ID_RPC to the blocker to handle rather than handling RPCs automatically + HandleRPCPacket( ( char* ) packet->data, packet->length, packet->systemAddress ); + DeallocatePacket( packet ); + + packet = ReceiveIgnoreRPC(); + } + + return packet; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Internal - Gets a packet without checking for RPCs +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4701 ) // warning C4701: local variable may be used without having been initialized +#endif +Packet* RakPeer::ReceiveIgnoreRPC( void ) +{ + if ( !( IsActive() ) ) + return 0; + + Packet *packet; + Packet **threadPacket; + PluginReceiveResult pluginResult; + + int offset; + unsigned int i; + + for (i=0; i < messageHandlerList.Size(); i++) + { + messageHandlerList[i]->Update(this); + } + + do + { +#ifdef _RAKNET_THREADSAFE + rakPeerMutexes[transferToPacketQueue_Mutex].Lock(); +#endif + // Take all the messages off the queue so if the user pushes them back they are really pushed back, and not just at the end of the immediate write + threadPacket=packetSingleProducerConsumer.ReadLock(); + while (threadPacket) + { + packet=*threadPacket; + packetSingleProducerConsumer.ReadUnlock(); + threadPacket=packetSingleProducerConsumer.ReadLock(); + packetPool.Push(packet); + } +#ifdef _RAKNET_THREADSAFE + rakPeerMutexes[transferToPacketQueue_Mutex].Unlock(); +#endif + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4127 ) // warning C4127: conditional expression is constant +#endif + +#ifdef _RAKNET_THREADSAFE + rakPeerMutexes[packetPool_Mutex].Lock(); +#endif + if (packetPool.Size()==0) + { +#ifdef _RAKNET_THREADSAFE + rakPeerMutexes[packetPool_Mutex].Unlock(); +#endif + return 0; + } + + packet = packetPool.Pop(); +#ifdef _RAKNET_THREADSAFE + rakPeerMutexes[packetPool_Mutex].Unlock(); +#endif + if ( ( packet->length >= sizeof(unsigned char) + sizeof( RakNetTime ) ) && + ( (unsigned char) packet->data[ 0 ] == ID_TIMESTAMP ) ) + { + offset = sizeof(unsigned char); + ShiftIncomingTimestamp( packet->data + offset, packet->systemAddress ); + } + if ( (unsigned char) packet->data[ 0 ] == ID_RPC_REPLY ) + { + HandleRPCReplyPacket( ( char* ) packet->data, packet->length, packet->systemAddress ); + DeallocatePacket( packet ); + packet=0; // Will do the loop again and get another packet + } + else + { + for (i=0; i < messageHandlerList.Size(); i++) + { + pluginResult=messageHandlerList[i]->OnReceive(this, packet); + if (pluginResult==RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE) + { + DeallocatePacket( packet ); + packet=0; // Will do the loop again and get another packet + break; // break out of the enclosing for + } + else if (pluginResult==RR_STOP_PROCESSING) + { + packet=0; + break; + } + } + } + + } while(packet==0); + +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( packet->data ); +#endif + + return packet; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Call this to deallocate a packet returned by Receive, in the same order returned to you from Receive +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::DeallocatePacket( Packet *packet ) +{ + if ( packet == 0 ) + return; + + if (packet->deleteData) + rakFree(packet->data); + rakFree(packet); +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Return the total number of connections we are allowed +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +unsigned short RakPeer::GetMaximumNumberOfPeers( void ) const +{ + return maximumNumberOfPeers; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Register a C function as available for calling as a remote procedure call +// +// Parameters: +// uniqueID: A string of only letters to identify this procedure. Recommended you use the macro CLASS_MEMBER_ID for class member functions +// functionName(...): The name of the C function or C++ singleton to be used as a function pointer +// This can be called whether the client is active or not, and registered functions stay registered unless unregistered with +// UnregisterAsRemoteProcedureCall +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::RegisterAsRemoteProcedureCall( const char* uniqueID, void ( *functionPointer ) ( RPCParameters *rpcParms ) ) +{ + if ( uniqueID == 0 || uniqueID[ 0 ] == 0 || functionPointer == 0 ) + return; + + rpcMap.AddIdentifierWithFunction(uniqueID, (void*)functionPointer, false); + + /* + char uppercaseUniqueID[ 256 ]; + + int counter = 0; + + while ( uniqueID[ counter ] ) + { + uppercaseUniqueID[ counter ] = ( char ) toupper( uniqueID[ counter ] ); + counter++; + } + + uppercaseUniqueID[ counter ] = 0; + + // Each id must be unique +//#ifdef _DEBUG +// assert( rpcTree.IsIn( RPCNode( uppercaseUniqueID, functionName ) ) == false ); +//#endif + + if (rpcTree.IsIn( RPCNode( uppercaseUniqueID, functionName ) )) + return; + + rpcTree.Add( RPCNode( uppercaseUniqueID, functionName ) ); + */ +} + +void RakPeer::RegisterClassMemberRPC( const char* uniqueID, void *functionPointer ) +{ + if ( uniqueID == 0 || uniqueID[ 0 ] == 0 || functionPointer == 0 ) + return; + + rpcMap.AddIdentifierWithFunction(uniqueID, functionPointer, true); +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Unregisters a C function as available for calling as a remote procedure call that was formerly registered +// with RegisterAsRemoteProcedureCall +// +// Parameters: +// uniqueID: A null terminated string to identify this procedure. Must match the parameter +// passed to RegisterAsRemoteProcedureCall +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::UnregisterAsRemoteProcedureCall( const char* uniqueID ) +{ + if ( uniqueID == 0 || uniqueID[ 0 ] == 0 ) + return; + +// Don't call this while running because if you remove RPCs and add them they will not match the indices on the other systems anymore +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(IsActive()==false); + //assert( strlen( uniqueID ) < 256 ); +#endif + + rpcMap.RemoveNode(uniqueID); + + /* + char uppercaseUniqueID[ 256 ]; + + strcpy( uppercaseUniqueID, uniqueID ); + + int counter = 0; + + while ( uniqueID[ counter ] ) + { + uppercaseUniqueID[ counter ] = ( char ) toupper( uniqueID[ counter ] ); + counter++; + } + + uppercaseUniqueID[ counter ] = 0; + + // Unique ID must exist +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( rpcTree.IsIn( RPCNode( uppercaseUniqueID, 0 ) ) == true ); +#endif + + rpcTree.Del( RPCNode( uppercaseUniqueID, 0 ) ); + */ +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::SetNetworkIDManager( NetworkIDManager *manager ) +{ + networkIDManager=manager; +} +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +NetworkIDManager *RakPeer::GetNetworkIDManager(void) const +{ + return networkIDManager; +} +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool RakPeer::RPC( const char* uniqueID, const char *data, BitSize_t bitLength, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast, RakNetTime *includedTimestamp, NetworkID networkID, RakNet::BitStream *replyFromTarget ) +{ +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( uniqueID && uniqueID[ 0 ] ); + assert(orderingChannel >=0 && orderingChannel < 32); +#endif + + if ( uniqueID == 0 ) + return false; + + if ( strlen( uniqueID ) > 256 ) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( 0 ); +#endif + return false; // Unique ID is too long + } + if (replyFromTarget && blockOnRPCReply==true) + { + // TODO - this should be fixed eventually + // Prevent a bug where function A calls B (blocking) which calls C back on the sender, which calls D, and C is blocking. + // blockOnRPCReply is a shared variable so making it unset would unset both blocks, rather than the lowest on the callstack + // Fix by tracking which function the reply is for. + return false; + } + + unsigned *sendList; +// bool callerAllocationDataUsed; + unsigned sendListSize; + + // All this code modifies bcs->data and bcs->numberOfBitsToSend in order to transform an RPC request into an actual packet for SendImmediate + RPCIndex rpcIndex; // Index into the list of RPC calls so we know what number to encode in the packet +// char *userData; // RPC ID (the name of it) and a pointer to the data sent by the user +// int extraBuffer; // How many data bytes were allocated to hold the RPC header + unsigned remoteSystemIndex, sendListIndex; // Iterates into the list of remote systems +// int dataBlockAllocationLength; // Total number of bytes to allocate for the packet +// char *writeTarget; // Used to hold either a block of allocated data or the externally allocated data + + sendListSize=0; + bool routeSend; + routeSend=false; + + if (broadcast==false) + { +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + sendList=(unsigned *)alloca(sizeof(unsigned)); +#else + sendList = (unsigned int*) rakMalloc(sizeof(unsigned)); +#endif + remoteSystemIndex=GetIndexFromSystemAddress( systemAddress, false ); + if (remoteSystemIndex!=(unsigned)-1 && + remoteSystemList[remoteSystemIndex].isActive && + remoteSystemList[remoteSystemIndex].connectMode!=RemoteSystemStruct::DISCONNECT_ASAP && + remoteSystemList[remoteSystemIndex].connectMode!=RemoteSystemStruct::DISCONNECT_ASAP_SILENTLY && + remoteSystemList[remoteSystemIndex].connectMode!=RemoteSystemStruct::DISCONNECT_ON_NO_ACK) + { + sendList[0]=remoteSystemIndex; + sendListSize=1; + } + else if (router) + routeSend=true; + } + else + { +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + sendList=(unsigned *)alloca(sizeof(unsigned)*maximumNumberOfPeers); +#else + sendList = (unsigned int*) rakMalloc(sizeof(unsigned)*maximumNumberOfPeers); +#endif + + for ( remoteSystemIndex = 0; remoteSystemIndex < maximumNumberOfPeers; remoteSystemIndex++ ) + { + if ( remoteSystemList[ remoteSystemIndex ].isActive && remoteSystemList[ remoteSystemIndex ].systemAddress != systemAddress ) + sendList[sendListSize++]=remoteSystemIndex; + } + } + + if (sendListSize==0 && routeSend==false) + { +#if defined(_XBOX360) + rakFree(sendList); +#endif + + return false; + } + if (routeSend) + sendListSize=1; + + RakNet::BitStream outgoingBitStream; + // remoteSystemList in network thread + for (sendListIndex=0; sendListIndex < (unsigned)sendListSize; sendListIndex++) + { + outgoingBitStream.ResetWritePointer(); // Let us write at the start of the data block, rather than at the end + + if (includedTimestamp) + { + outgoingBitStream.Write((MessageID)ID_TIMESTAMP); + outgoingBitStream.Write(*includedTimestamp); + } + outgoingBitStream.Write((MessageID)ID_RPC); + if (routeSend) + rpcIndex=UNDEFINED_RPC_INDEX; + else + rpcIndex=remoteSystemList[sendList[sendListIndex]].rpcMap.GetIndexFromFunctionName(uniqueID); // Lots of trouble but we can only use remoteSystem->[whatever] in this thread so that is why this command was buffered + if (rpcIndex!=UNDEFINED_RPC_INDEX) + { + // We have an RPC name to an index mapping, so write the index + outgoingBitStream.Write(false); + outgoingBitStream.WriteCompressed(rpcIndex); + } + else + { + // No mapping, so write the encoded RPC name + outgoingBitStream.Write(true); + stringCompressor->EncodeString(uniqueID, 256, &outgoingBitStream); + } + outgoingBitStream.Write((bool) ((replyFromTarget!=0)==true)); + outgoingBitStream.WriteCompressed( bitLength ); + if (networkID==UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID) + { + // No object ID + outgoingBitStream.Write(false); + } + else + { + // Encode an object ID. This will use pointer to class member RPC + outgoingBitStream.Write(true); + outgoingBitStream.Write(networkID); + } + + + if ( bitLength > 0 ) + outgoingBitStream.WriteBits( (const unsigned char *) data, bitLength, false ); // Last param is false to write the raw data originally from another bitstream, rather than shifting from user data + else + outgoingBitStream.WriteCompressed( ( unsigned int ) 0 ); + + if (routeSend) + router->Send((const char*)outgoingBitStream.GetData(), outgoingBitStream.GetNumberOfBitsUsed(), priority,reliability,orderingChannel,systemAddress); + else + Send(&outgoingBitStream, priority, reliability, orderingChannel, remoteSystemList[sendList[sendListIndex]].systemAddress, false); + } + +#if defined(_XBOX360) + delete [] sendList; +#endif + + if (replyFromTarget) + { + blockOnRPCReply=true; + // 04/20/06 Just do this transparently. + // We have to be able to read blocking packets out of order. Otherwise, if two systems were to send blocking RPC calls to each other at the same time, + // and they also had ordered packets waiting before the block, it would be impossible to unblock. + // assert(reliability==RELIABLE || reliability==UNRELIABLE); + replyFromTargetBS=replyFromTarget; + replyFromTargetPlayer=systemAddress; + replyFromTargetBroadcast=broadcast; + } + + // Do not enter this loop on blockOnRPCReply because it is a global which could be set to true by an RPC higher on the callstack, where one RPC was called while waiting for another RPC + if (replyFromTarget) +// if (blockOnRPCReply) + { +// Packet *p; + RakNetTime stopWaitingTime=RakNet::GetTime()+30000; +// RPCIndex arrivedRPCIndex; +// char uniqueIdentifier[256]; + if (reliability==UNRELIABLE) + if (systemAddress==UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + stopWaitingTime=RakNet::GetTime()+1500; // Lets guess the ave. ping is 500. Not important to be very accurate + else + stopWaitingTime=RakNet::GetTime()+GetAveragePing(systemAddress)*3; + + // For reliable messages, block until we get a reply or the connection is lost + // For unreliable messages, block until we get a reply, the connection is lost, or 3X the ping passes + while (blockOnRPCReply && + ((reliability==RELIABLE || reliability==RELIABLE_ORDERED || reliability==RELIABLE_SEQUENCED) || + RakNet::GetTime() < stopWaitingTime)) + { + + RakSleep(30); + + if (routeSend==false && ValidSendTarget(systemAddress, broadcast)==false) + return false; + + unsigned i; + i=0; +#ifdef _RAKNET_THREADSAFE + rakPeerMutexes[packetPool_Mutex].Lock(); +#endif + + // Scan for RPC reply packets to break out of this loop + while (i < packetPool.Size()) + { + if ((unsigned char) packetPool[i]->data[ 0 ] == ID_RPC_REPLY ) + { + HandleRPCReplyPacket( ( char* ) packetPool[i]->data, packetPool[i]->length, packetPool[i]->systemAddress ); + DeallocatePacket( packetPool[i] ); + packetPool.RemoveAtIndex(i); + } + else + i++; + } +#ifdef _RAKNET_THREADSAFE + rakPeerMutexes[packetPool_Mutex].Unlock(); +#endif + + PushBackPacket(ReceiveIgnoreRPC(), false); + + + // I might not support processing other RPCs while blocking on one due to complexities I can't control + // Problem is FuncA calls FuncB which calls back to the sender FuncC. Sometimes it is desirable to call FuncC before returning a return value + // from FuncB - sometimes not. There is also a problem with recursion where FuncA calls FuncB which calls FuncA - sometimes valid if + // a different control path is taken in FuncA. (This can take many different forms) + /* + // Same as Receive, but doesn't automatically do RPCs + p = ReceiveIgnoreRPC(); + if (p) + { + // Process all RPC calls except for those calling the function we are currently blocking in (to prevent recursion). + if ( p->data[ 0 ] == ID_RPC ) + { + RakNet::BitStream temp((unsigned char *) p->data, p->length, false); + RPCNode *rpcNode; + temp.IgnoreBits(8); + bool nameIsEncoded; + temp.Read(nameIsEncoded); + if (nameIsEncoded) + { + stringCompressor->DecodeString((char*)uniqueIdentifier, 256, &temp); + } + else + { + temp.ReadCompressed( arrivedRPCIndex ); + rpcNode=rpcMap.GetNodeFromIndex( arrivedRPCIndex ); + if (rpcNode==0) + { + // Invalid RPC format +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(0); +#endif + DeallocatePacket(p); + continue; + } + else + strcpy(uniqueIdentifier, rpcNode->uniqueIdentifier); + } + + if (strcmp(uniqueIdentifier, uniqueID)!=0) + { + HandleRPCPacket( ( char* ) p->data, p->length, p->systemAddress ); + DeallocatePacket(p); + } + else + { + PushBackPacket(p, false); + } + } + else + { + PushBackPacket(p, false); + } + } + */ + } + + blockOnRPCReply=false; + } + + return true; +} + + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4701 ) // warning C4701: local variable may be used without having been initialized +#endif +bool RakPeer::RPC( const char* uniqueID, const RakNet::BitStream *bitStream, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast, RakNetTime *includedTimestamp, NetworkID networkID, RakNet::BitStream *replyFromTarget ) +{ + if (bitStream) + return RPC(uniqueID, (const char*) bitStream->GetData(), bitStream->GetNumberOfBitsUsed(), priority, reliability, orderingChannel, systemAddress, broadcast, includedTimestamp, networkID, replyFromTarget); + else + return RPC(uniqueID, 0,0, priority, reliability, orderingChannel, systemAddress, broadcast, includedTimestamp, networkID, replyFromTarget); +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Close the connection to another host (if we initiated the connection it will disconnect, if they did it will kick them out). +// +// Parameters: +// target: Which connection to close +// sendDisconnectionNotification: True to send ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION to the recipient. False to close it silently. +// channel: If blockDuration > 0, the disconnect packet will be sent on this channel +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::CloseConnection( const SystemAddress target, bool sendDisconnectionNotification, unsigned char orderingChannel ) +{ + CloseConnectionInternal(target, sendDisconnectionNotification, false, orderingChannel); + + // This only be called from the user thread, for the user shutting down. + // From the network thread, this should occur because of ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION and ID_CONNECTION_LOST + unsigned j; + for (j=0; j < messageHandlerList.Size(); j++) + { + messageHandlerList[j]->OnCloseConnection(this, target); + } + +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Returns if a particular systemAddress is connected to us +// \param[in] systemAddress The SystemAddress we are referring to +// \return True if this system is connected and active, false otherwise. +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool RakPeer::IsConnected( const SystemAddress systemAddress, bool includeInProgress, bool includeDisconnecting ) +{ + int index; + index = GetIndexFromSystemAddress(systemAddress, false); + return index!=-1 && remoteSystemList[index].isActive && + (((includeInProgress && (remoteSystemList[index].connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::REQUESTED_CONNECTION || + remoteSystemList[index].connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::HANDLING_CONNECTION_REQUEST || + remoteSystemList[index].connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::UNVERIFIED_SENDER || + remoteSystemList[index].connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::SET_ENCRYPTION_ON_MULTIPLE_16_BYTE_PACKET)) + || + (includeDisconnecting && ( + remoteSystemList[index].connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::DISCONNECT_ASAP || + remoteSystemList[index].connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::DISCONNECT_ASAP_SILENTLY || + remoteSystemList[index].connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::DISCONNECT_ON_NO_ACK)) + || + remoteSystemList[index].connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::CONNECTED)) + ; + +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Given a systemAddress, returns an index from 0 to the maximum number of players allowed - 1. +// +// Parameters +// systemAddress - The systemAddress to search for +// +// Returns +// An integer from 0 to the maximum number of peers -1, or -1 if that player is not found +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +int RakPeer::GetIndexFromSystemAddress( const SystemAddress systemAddress ) +{ + return GetIndexFromSystemAddress(systemAddress, false); +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// This function is only useful for looping through all players. +// +// Parameters +// index - an integer between 0 and the maximum number of players allowed - 1. +// +// Returns +// A valid systemAddress or UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS if no such player at that index +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +SystemAddress RakPeer::GetSystemAddressFromIndex( int index ) +{ + // remoteSystemList in user thread + //if ( index >= 0 && index < remoteSystemListSize ) + if ( index >= 0 && index < maximumNumberOfPeers ) + if (remoteSystemList[index].isActive && remoteSystemList[ index ].connectMode==RakPeer::RemoteSystemStruct::CONNECTED) // Don't give the user players that aren't fully connected, since sends will fail + return remoteSystemList[ index ].systemAddress; + + return UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Bans an IP from connecting. Banned IPs persist between connections. +// +// Parameters +// IP - Dotted IP address. Can use * as a wildcard, such as 128.0.0.* will ban +// All IP addresses starting with 128.0.0 +// milliseconds - how many ms for a temporary ban. Use 0 for a permanent ban +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::AddToBanList( const char *IP, RakNetTime milliseconds ) +{ + unsigned index; + RakNetTime time = RakNet::GetTime(); + + if ( IP == 0 || IP[ 0 ] == 0 || strlen( IP ) > 15 ) + return ; + + // If this guy is already in the ban list, do nothing + index = 0; + + banListMutex.Lock(); + + for ( ; index < banList.Size(); index++ ) + { + if ( strcmp( IP, banList[ index ]->IP ) == 0 ) + { + // Already in the ban list. Just update the time + if (milliseconds==0) + banList[ index ]->timeout=0; // Infinite + else + banList[ index ]->timeout=time+milliseconds; + banListMutex.Unlock(); + return; + } + } + + banListMutex.Unlock(); + + BanStruct *banStruct = new BanStruct; + banStruct->IP = (char*) rakMalloc( 16 ); + if (milliseconds==0) + banStruct->timeout=0; // Infinite + else + banStruct->timeout=time+milliseconds; + strcpy( banStruct->IP, IP ); + banListMutex.Lock(); + banList.Insert( banStruct ); + banListMutex.Unlock(); +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Allows a previously banned IP to connect. +// +// Parameters +// IP - Dotted IP address. Can use * as a wildcard, such as 128.0.0.* will ban +// All IP addresses starting with 128.0.0 +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::RemoveFromBanList( const char *IP ) +{ + unsigned index; + BanStruct *temp; + + if ( IP == 0 || IP[ 0 ] == 0 || strlen( IP ) > 15 ) + return ; + + index = 0; + temp=0; + + banListMutex.Lock(); + + for ( ; index < banList.Size(); index++ ) + { + if ( strcmp( IP, banList[ index ]->IP ) == 0 ) + { + temp = banList[ index ]; + banList[ index ] = banList[ banList.Size() - 1 ]; + banList.RemoveAtIndex( banList.Size() - 1 ); + break; + } + } + + banListMutex.Unlock(); + + if (temp) + { + rakFree(temp->IP); + delete temp; + } + +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Allows all previously banned IPs to connect. +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::ClearBanList( void ) +{ + unsigned index; + index = 0; + banListMutex.Lock(); + + for ( ; index < banList.Size(); index++ ) + { + rakFree(banList[ index ]->IP); + delete [] banList[ index ]; + } + + banList.Clear(); + + banListMutex.Unlock(); +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Determines if a particular IP is banned. +// +// Parameters +// IP - Complete dotted IP address +// +// Returns +// True if IP matches any IPs in the ban list, accounting for any wildcards. +// False otherwise. +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool RakPeer::IsBanned( const char *IP ) +{ + unsigned banListIndex, characterIndex; + RakNetTime time; + BanStruct *temp; + + if ( IP == 0 || IP[ 0 ] == 0 || strlen( IP ) > 15 ) + return false; + + banListIndex = 0; + + if ( banList.Size() == 0 ) + return false; // Skip the mutex if possible + + time = RakNet::GetTime(); + + banListMutex.Lock(); + + while ( banListIndex < banList.Size() ) + { + if (banList[ banListIndex ]->timeout>0 && banList[ banListIndex ]->timeoutIP); + delete temp; + } + else + { + characterIndex = 0; + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4127 ) // warning C4127: conditional expression is constant +#endif + while ( true ) + { + if ( banList[ banListIndex ]->IP[ characterIndex ] == IP[ characterIndex ] ) + { + // Equal characters + + if ( IP[ characterIndex ] == 0 ) + { + banListMutex.Unlock(); + // End of the string and the strings match + + return true; + } + + characterIndex++; + } + + else + { + if ( banList[ banListIndex ]->IP[ characterIndex ] == 0 || IP[ characterIndex ] == 0 ) + { + // End of one of the strings + break; + } + + // Characters do not match + if ( banList[ banListIndex ]->IP[ characterIndex ] == '*' ) + { + banListMutex.Unlock(); + + // Domain is banned. + return true; + } + + // Characters do not match and it is not a * + break; + } + } + + banListIndex++; + } + } + + banListMutex.Unlock(); + + // No match found. + return false; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Send a ping to the specified connected system. +// +// Parameters: +// target - who to ping +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::Ping( const SystemAddress target ) +{ + PingInternal(target, false, UNRELIABLE); +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Send a ping to the specified unconnected system. +// The remote system, if it is Initialized, will respond with ID_PONG. +// The final ping time will be encoded in the following sizeof(RakNetTime) bytes. (Default is 4 bytes - See __GET_TIME_64BIT in RakNetTypes.h +// +// Parameters: +// host: Either a dotted IP address or a domain name. Can be 255.255.255.255 for LAN broadcast. +// remotePort: Which port to connect to on the remote machine. +// onlyReplyOnAcceptingConnections: Only request a reply if the remote system has open connections +// connectionSocketIndex Index into the array of socket descriptors passed to socketDescriptors in RakPeer::Startup() to send on. +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::Ping( const char* host, unsigned short remotePort, bool onlyReplyOnAcceptingConnections, unsigned connectionSocketIndex ) +{ + if ( host == 0 ) + return; + + // If this assert hits then Startup wasn't called or the call failed. + RakAssert(connectionSocketIndex < connectionSocketsLength); + +// if ( IsActive() == false ) +// return; + + if ( host[ 0 ] < '0' || host[ 0 ] > '9' ) + { +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + host = ( char* ) SocketLayer::Instance()->DomainNameToIP( host ); +#else + return; +#endif + } + + SystemAddress systemAddress; + systemAddress.SetBinaryAddress(host); + systemAddress.port=remotePort; + + RakNet::BitStream bitStream( sizeof(unsigned char) + sizeof(RakNetTime) ); + if ( onlyReplyOnAcceptingConnections ) + bitStream.Write((MessageID)ID_PING_OPEN_CONNECTIONS); + else + bitStream.Write((MessageID)ID_PING); + + bitStream.Write(RakNet::GetTime()); + + bitStream.WriteAlignedBytes((const unsigned char*) OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID, sizeof(OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID)); + + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < messageHandlerList.Size(); i++) + messageHandlerList[i]->OnDirectSocketSend((const char*)bitStream.GetData(), bitStream.GetNumberOfBitsUsed(), systemAddress); + // No timestamp for 255.255.255.255 + SocketLayer::Instance()->SendTo( connectionSockets[connectionSocketIndex], (const char*)bitStream.GetData(), (int) bitStream.GetNumberOfBytesUsed(), ( char* ) host, remotePort ); + + + + +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Returns the average of all ping times read for a specified target +// +// Parameters: +// target - whose time to read +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +int RakPeer::GetAveragePing( const SystemAddress systemAddress ) +{ + int sum, quantity; + RemoteSystemStruct *remoteSystem = GetRemoteSystemFromSystemAddress( systemAddress, false, false ); + + if ( remoteSystem == 0 ) + return -1; + + for ( sum = 0, quantity = 0; quantity < PING_TIMES_ARRAY_SIZE; quantity++ ) + { + if ( remoteSystem->pingAndClockDifferential[ quantity ].pingTime == 65535 ) + break; + else + sum += remoteSystem->pingAndClockDifferential[ quantity ].pingTime; + } + + if ( quantity > 0 ) + return sum / quantity; + else + return -1; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Returns the last ping time read for the specific player or -1 if none read yet +// +// Parameters: +// target - whose time to read +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +int RakPeer::GetLastPing( const SystemAddress systemAddress ) const +{ + RemoteSystemStruct * remoteSystem = GetRemoteSystemFromSystemAddress( systemAddress, false, false ); + + if ( remoteSystem == 0 ) + return -1; + + return (int)(remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.GetAckPing()/(RakNetTimeNS)1000); + +// if ( remoteSystem->pingAndClockDifferentialWriteIndex == 0 ) +// return remoteSystem->pingAndClockDifferential[ PING_TIMES_ARRAY_SIZE - 1 ].pingTime; +// else +// return remoteSystem->pingAndClockDifferential[ remoteSystem->pingAndClockDifferentialWriteIndex - 1 ].pingTime; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Returns the lowest ping time read or -1 if none read yet +// +// Parameters: +// target - whose time to read +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +int RakPeer::GetLowestPing( const SystemAddress systemAddress ) const +{ + RemoteSystemStruct * remoteSystem = GetRemoteSystemFromSystemAddress( systemAddress, false, false ); + + if ( remoteSystem == 0 ) + return -1; + + return remoteSystem->lowestPing; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Ping the remote systems every so often. This is off by default +// This will work anytime +// +// Parameters: +// doPing - True to start occasional pings. False to stop them. +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::SetOccasionalPing( bool doPing ) +{ + occasionalPing = doPing; +} +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Length should be under 400 bytes, as a security measure against flood attacks +// Sets the data to send with an (LAN server discovery) /(offline ping) response +// See the Ping sample project for how this is used. +// data: a block of data to store, or 0 for none +// length: The length of data in bytes, or 0 for none +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::SetOfflinePingResponse( const char *data, const unsigned int length ) +{ + assert(length < 400); + + rakPeerMutexes[ offlinePingResponse_Mutex ].Lock(); + offlinePingResponse.Reset(); + + if ( data && length > 0 ) + offlinePingResponse.Write( data, length ); + + rakPeerMutexes[ offlinePingResponse_Mutex ].Unlock(); +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Returns pointers to a copy of the data passed to SetOfflinePingResponse +// \param[out] data A pointer to a copy of the data passed to \a SetOfflinePingResponse() +// \param[out] length A pointer filled in with the length parameter passed to SetOfflinePingResponse() +// \sa SetOfflinePingResponse +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::GetOfflinePingResponse( char **data, unsigned int *length ) + { + rakPeerMutexes[ offlinePingResponse_Mutex ].Lock(); + *data = (char*) offlinePingResponse.GetData(); + *length = (int) offlinePingResponse.GetNumberOfBytesUsed(); + rakPeerMutexes[ offlinePingResponse_Mutex ].Unlock(); + } + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Return the unique SystemAddress that represents you on the the network +// Note that unlike in previous versions, this is a struct and is not sequential +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +SystemAddress RakPeer::GetInternalID( const SystemAddress systemAddress ) const +{ + if (systemAddress==UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + return mySystemAddress; + else + { +#if !defined(_XBOX360) +// SystemAddress returnValue; + RemoteSystemStruct * remoteSystem = GetRemoteSystemFromSystemAddress( systemAddress, false, true ); + if (remoteSystem==0) + return UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + if (connectionSockets==0) + return UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + + return remoteSystem->theirInternalSystemAddress; + /* + sockaddr_in sa; + socklen_t len = sizeof(sa); + if (getsockname(connectionSockets[remoteSystem->connectionSocketIndex], (sockaddr*)&sa, &len)!=0) + return UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + returnValue.port=ntohs(sa.sin_port); + returnValue.binaryAddress=sa.sin_addr.s_addr; + return returnValue; +*/ +#else + return UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; +#endif + } +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Return the unique address identifier that represents you on the the network and is based on your external +// IP / port (the IP / port the specified player uses to communicate with you) +// Note that unlike in previous versions, this is a struct and is not sequential +// +// Parameters: +// target: Which remote system you are referring to for your external ID +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +SystemAddress RakPeer::GetExternalID( const SystemAddress target ) const +{ + unsigned i; + SystemAddress inactiveExternalId; + + inactiveExternalId=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + + if (target==UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + return firstExternalID; + + // First check for active connection with this systemAddress + for ( i = 0; i < maximumNumberOfPeers; i++ ) + { + if (remoteSystemList[ i ].systemAddress == target ) + { + if ( remoteSystemList[ i ].isActive ) + return remoteSystemList[ i ].myExternalSystemAddress; + else if (remoteSystemList[ i ].myExternalSystemAddress!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + inactiveExternalId=remoteSystemList[ i ].myExternalSystemAddress; + } + } + + return inactiveExternalId; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Set the time, in MS, to use before considering ourselves disconnected after not being able to deliver a reliable packet +// \param[in] time Time, in MS +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::SetTimeoutTime( RakNetTime timeMS, const SystemAddress target ) +{ + if (target==UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + { + defaultTimeoutTime=timeMS; + + unsigned i; + for ( i = 0; i < maximumNumberOfPeers; i++ ) + { + if (remoteSystemList[ i ].isActive) + { + if ( remoteSystemList[ i ].isActive ) + remoteSystemList[ i ].reliabilityLayer.SetTimeoutTime(timeMS); + } + } + } + else + { + RemoteSystemStruct * remoteSystem = GetRemoteSystemFromSystemAddress( target, false, true ); + + if ( remoteSystem != 0 ) + remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.SetTimeoutTime(timeMS); + } +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Change the MTU size in order to improve performance when sending large packets +// This can only be called when not connected. +// A too high of value will cause packets not to arrive at worst and be fragmented at best. +// A too low of value will split packets unnecessarily. +// +// Parameters: +// size: Set according to the following table: +// 1500. The largest Ethernet packet size +// This is the typical setting for non-PPPoE, non-VPN connections. The default value for NETGEAR routers, adapters and switches. +// 1492. The size PPPoE prefers. +// 1472. Maximum size to use for pinging. (Bigger packets are fragmented.) +// 1468. The size DHCP prefers. +// 1460. Usable by AOL if you don't have large email attachments, etc. +// 1430. The size VPN and PPTP prefer. +// 1400. Maximum size for AOL DSL. +// 576. Typical value to connect to dial-up ISPs. (Default) +// +// Returns: +// False on failure (we are connected). True on success. Maximum allowed size is MAXIMUM_MTU_SIZE +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool RakPeer::SetMTUSize( int size ) +{ + if ( IsActive() ) + return false; + + if ( size < 512 ) + size = 512; + else if ( size > MAXIMUM_MTU_SIZE ) + size = MAXIMUM_MTU_SIZE; + + defaultMTUSize = size; + + return true; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Returns the current MTU size +// +// Returns: +// The MTU sized specified in SetMTUSize +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +int RakPeer::GetMTUSize( const SystemAddress target ) const +{ + if (target!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + { + RemoteSystemStruct *rss=GetRemoteSystemFromSystemAddress(target, false, true); + if (rss) + return rss->MTUSize; + } + return defaultMTUSize; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Returns the number of IP addresses we have +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +unsigned int RakPeer::GetNumberOfAddresses( void ) +{ +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + char ipList[ 10 ][ 16 ]; + memset( ipList, 0, sizeof( char ) * 16 * 10 ); + SocketLayer::Instance()->GetMyIP( ipList ); + + int i = 0; + + while ( ipList[ i ][ 0 ] ) + i++; + + return i; +#else + assert(0); + return 0; +#endif +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Returns an IP address at index 0 to GetNumberOfAddresses-1 +// \param[in] index index into the list of IP addresses +// \return The local IP address at this index +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +const char* RakPeer::GetLocalIP( unsigned int index ) +{ +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + static char ipList[ 10 ][ 16 ]; + + if ( index >= 10 ) + index = 9; + + memset( ipList, 0, sizeof( char ) * 16 * 10 ); + + SocketLayer::Instance()->GetMyIP( ipList ); + + return ipList[ index ]; +#else + assert(0); + return 0; +#endif +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Is this a local IP? +// \param[in] An IP address to check +// \return True if this is one of the IP addresses returned by GetLocalIP +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool RakPeer::IsLocalIP( const char *ip ) +{ + if (ip==0 || ip[0]==0) + return false; + + if (strcmp(ip, "127.0.0.1")==0) + return true; + +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + int num = GetNumberOfAddresses(); + int i; + for (i=0; i < num; i++) + { + if (strcmp(ip, GetLocalIP(i))==0) + return true; + } +#else + RakAssert(0); +#endif + return false; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Allow or disallow connection responses from any IP. Normally this should be false, but may be necessary +// when connection to servers with multiple IP addresses +// +// Parameters: +// allow - True to allow this behavior, false to not allow. Defaults to false. Value persists between connections +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::AllowConnectionResponseIPMigration( bool allow ) +{ + allowConnectionResponseIPMigration = allow; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Sends a one byte message ID_ADVERTISE_SYSTEM to the remote unconnected system. +// This will tell the remote system our external IP outside the LAN, and can be used for NAT punch through +// +// Requires: +// The sender and recipient must already be started via a successful call to Initialize +// +// host: Either a dotted IP address or a domain name +// remotePort: Which port to connect to on the remote machine. +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool RakPeer::AdvertiseSystem( const char *host, unsigned short remotePort, const char *data, int dataLength, unsigned connectionSocketIndex ) +{ + return SendOutOfBand(host, remotePort, ID_ADVERTISE_SYSTEM, data, dataLength, connectionSocketIndex ); +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Controls how often to return ID_DOWNLOAD_PROGRESS for large message downloads. +// ID_DOWNLOAD_PROGRESS is returned to indicate a new partial message chunk, roughly the MTU size, has arrived +// As it can be slow or cumbersome to get this notification for every chunk, you can set the interval at which it is returned. +// Defaults to 0 (never return this notification) +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::SetSplitMessageProgressInterval(int interval) +{ + RakAssert(interval>=0); + splitMessageProgressInterval=interval; + for ( unsigned short i = 0; i < maximumNumberOfPeers; i++ ) + remoteSystemList[ i ].reliabilityLayer.SetSplitMessageProgressInterval(splitMessageProgressInterval); +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Set how long to wait before giving up on sending an unreliable message +// Useful if the network is clogged up. +// Set to 0 or less to never timeout. Defaults to 0. +// timeoutMS How many ms to wait before simply not sending an unreliable message. +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::SetUnreliableTimeout(RakNetTime timeoutMS) +{ + RakAssert(timeoutMS>=0); + unreliableTimeout=timeoutMS; + for ( unsigned short i = 0; i < maximumNumberOfPeers; i++ ) + remoteSystemList[ i ].reliabilityLayer.SetUnreliableTimeout(unreliableTimeout); +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +/// Send a message to host, with the IP socket option TTL set to 3 +/// This message will not reach the host, but will open the router. +/// Used for NAT-Punchthrough +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::SendTTL( const char* host, unsigned short remotePort, int ttl, unsigned connectionSocketIndex ) +{ + char fakeData[2]; + fakeData[0]=0; + fakeData[1]=1; + SocketLayer::Instance()->SendToTTL( connectionSockets[connectionSocketIndex], (char*)fakeData, 2, (char*) host, remotePort, ttl ); +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Enables or disables our tracking of bytes input to and output from the network. +// This is required to get a frequency table, which is used to generate a new compression layer. +// You can call this at any time - however you SHOULD only call it when disconnected. Otherwise you will only track +// part of the values sent over the network. +// This value persists between connect calls and defaults to false (no frequency tracking) +// +// Parameters: +// doCompile - true to track bytes. Defaults to false +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::SetCompileFrequencyTable( bool doCompile ) +{ + trackFrequencyTable = doCompile; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Returns the frequency of outgoing bytes into outputFrequencyTable +// The purpose is to save to file as either a master frequency table from a sample game session for passing to +// GenerateCompressionLayer(false) +// You should only call this when disconnected. +// Requires that you first enable data frequency tracking by calling SetCompileFrequencyTable(true) +// +// Parameters: +// outputFrequencyTable (out): The frequency of each corresponding byte +// +// Returns: +// Ffalse (failure) if connected or if frequency table tracking is not enabled. Otherwise true (success) +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool RakPeer::GetOutgoingFrequencyTable( unsigned int outputFrequencyTable[ 256 ] ) +{ + if ( IsActive() ) + return false; + + if ( trackFrequencyTable == false ) + return false; + + memcpy( outputFrequencyTable, frequencyTable, sizeof( unsigned int ) * 256 ); + + return true; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Generates the compression layer from the input frequency table. +// You should call this twice - once with inputLayer as true and once as false. +// The frequency table passed here with inputLayer=true should match the frequency table on the recipient with inputLayer=false. +// Likewise, the frequency table passed here with inputLayer=false should match the frequency table on the recipient with inputLayer=true +// Calling this function when there is an existing layer will overwrite the old layer +// You should only call this when disconnected +// +// Parameters: +// inputFrequencyTable: The frequency table returned from GetSendFrequencyTable(...) +// inputLayer - Whether inputFrequencyTable represents incoming data from other systems (true) or outgoing data from this system (false) +// +// Returns: +// False on failure (we are connected). True otherwise +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool RakPeer::GenerateCompressionLayer( unsigned int inputFrequencyTable[ 256 ], bool inputLayer ) +{ + if ( IsActive() ) + return false; + + DeleteCompressionLayer( inputLayer ); + + if ( inputLayer ) + { + inputTree = new HuffmanEncodingTree; + inputTree->GenerateFromFrequencyTable( inputFrequencyTable ); + } + + else + { + outputTree = new HuffmanEncodingTree; + outputTree->GenerateFromFrequencyTable( inputFrequencyTable ); + } + + return true; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Deletes the output or input layer as specified. This is not necessary to call and is only valuable for freeing memory +// You should only call this when disconnected +// +// Parameters: +// inputLayer - Specifies the corresponding compression layer generated by GenerateCompressionLayer. +// +// Returns: +// False on failure (we are connected). True otherwise +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool RakPeer::DeleteCompressionLayer( bool inputLayer ) +{ + if ( IsActive() ) + return false; + + if ( inputLayer ) + { + if ( inputTree ) + { + delete inputTree; + inputTree = 0; + } + } + + else + { + if ( outputTree ) + { + delete outputTree; + outputTree = 0; + } + } + + return true; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Returns: +// The compression ratio. A low compression ratio is good. Compression is for outgoing data +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +float RakPeer::GetCompressionRatio( void ) const +{ + if ( rawBytesSent > 0 ) + { + return ( float ) compressedBytesSent / ( float ) rawBytesSent; + } + + else + return 0.0f; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Returns: +// The decompression ratio. A high decompression ratio is good. Decompression is for incoming data +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +float RakPeer::GetDecompressionRatio( void ) const +{ + if ( rawBytesReceived > 0 ) + { + return ( float ) compressedBytesReceived / ( float ) rawBytesReceived; + } + + else + return 0.0f; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Attatches a Plugin interface to run code automatically on message receipt in the Receive call +// +// \param messageHandler Pointer to a plugin to attach +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::AttachPlugin( PluginInterface *plugin ) +{ + if (messageHandlerList.GetIndexOf(plugin)==MAX_UNSIGNED_LONG) + { + messageHandlerList.Insert(plugin); + plugin->OnAttach(this); + } +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Detaches a Plugin interface to run code automatically on message receipt +// +// \param messageHandler Pointer to a plugin to detach +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::DetachPlugin( PluginInterface *plugin ) +{ + if (plugin==0) + return; + + unsigned int index; + index = messageHandlerList.GetIndexOf(plugin); + if (index!=MAX_UNSIGNED_LONG) + { + messageHandlerList[index]->OnDetach(this); + // Unordered list so delete from end for speed + messageHandlerList[index]=messageHandlerList[messageHandlerList.Size()-1]; + messageHandlerList.RemoveFromEnd(); + } +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Put a packet back at the end of the receive queue in case you don't want to deal with it immediately +// +// packet The packet you want to push back. +// pushAtHead True to push the packet so that the next receive call returns it. False to push it at the end of the queue (obviously pushing it at the end makes the packets out of order) +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::PushBackPacket( Packet *packet, bool pushAtHead) +{ + if (packet==0) + return; + +#ifdef _RAKNET_THREADSAFE + rakPeerMutexes[packetPool_Mutex].Lock(); +#endif + RakAssert(packet); + if (pushAtHead) + packetPool.PushAtHead(packet); + else + packetPool.Push(packet); +#ifdef _RAKNET_THREADSAFE + rakPeerMutexes[packetPool_Mutex].Unlock(); +#endif +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::SetRouterInterface( RouterInterface *routerInterface ) +{ + router=routerInterface; +} +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::RemoveRouterInterface( RouterInterface *routerInterface ) +{ + if (router==routerInterface) + router=0; +} +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Packet* RakPeer::AllocatePacket(unsigned dataSize) +{ + return AllocPacket(dataSize); +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Adds simulated ping and packet loss to the outgoing data flow. +// To simulate bi-directional ping and packet loss, you should call this on both the sender and the recipient, with half the total ping and maxSendBPS value on each. +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::ApplyNetworkSimulator( double maxSendBPS, unsigned short minExtraPing, unsigned short extraPingVariance) +{ +#ifndef _RELEASE + if (remoteSystemList) + { + unsigned short i; + for (i=0; i < maximumNumberOfPeers; i++) + //for (i=0; i < remoteSystemListSize; i++) + remoteSystemList[i].reliabilityLayer.ApplyNetworkSimulator(maxSendBPS, minExtraPing, extraPingVariance); + } + + _maxSendBPS=maxSendBPS; + _minExtraPing=minExtraPing; + _extraPingVariance=extraPingVariance; +#endif +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void RakPeer::SetPerConnectionOutgoingBandwidthLimit( unsigned maxBitsPerSecond ) +{ + maxOutgoingBPS=maxBitsPerSecond; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Returns if you previously called ApplyNetworkSimulator +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool RakPeer::IsNetworkSimulatorActive( void ) +{ +#ifndef _RELEASE + return _maxSendBPS>0 || _minExtraPing>0 || _extraPingVariance>0; +#else + return false; +#endif +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// For internal use +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +char *RakPeer::GetRPCString( const char *data, const BitSize_t bitSize, const SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + bool nameIsEncoded=false; + static char uniqueIdentifier[256]; + RPCIndex rpcIndex; + RPCMap *_rpcMap; + RakNet::BitStream rpcDecode((unsigned char*) data, BITS_TO_BYTES(bitSize), false); + rpcDecode.IgnoreBits(8); + if (data[0]==ID_TIMESTAMP) + rpcDecode.IgnoreBits(sizeof(unsigned char)+sizeof(RakNetTime)); + rpcDecode.Read(nameIsEncoded); + if (nameIsEncoded) + { + stringCompressor->DecodeString((char*)uniqueIdentifier, 256, &rpcDecode); + } + else + { + rpcDecode.ReadCompressed( rpcIndex ); + RPCNode *rpcNode; + + if (systemAddress==UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + _rpcMap=&rpcMap; + else + { + RemoteSystemStruct *rss=GetRemoteSystemFromSystemAddress(systemAddress, false, true); + if (rss) + _rpcMap=&(rss->rpcMap); + else + _rpcMap=0; + } + + if (_rpcMap) + rpcNode = _rpcMap->GetNodeFromIndex(rpcIndex); + else + rpcNode=0; + + if (_rpcMap && rpcNode) + strcpy((char*)uniqueIdentifier, rpcNode->uniqueIdentifier); + else + strcpy((char*)uniqueIdentifier, "[UNKNOWN]"); + } + + return uniqueIdentifier; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool RakPeer::SendOutOfBand(const char *host, unsigned short remotePort, MessageID header, const char *data, unsigned int dataLength, unsigned connectionSocketIndex ) +{ + if ( IsActive() == false ) + return false; + + if (host==0) + return false; + + // If this assert hits then Startup wasn't called or the call failed. + RakAssert(connectionSocketIndex < connectionSocketsLength); + + // This is a security measure. Don't send data longer than this value + assert(dataLength <= MAX_OFFLINE_DATA_LENGTH); + assert(dataLength>=0); + + if ( host[ 0 ] < '0' || host[ 0 ] > '9' ) + { +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + host = ( char* ) SocketLayer::Instance()->DomainNameToIP( host ); +#else + return; +#endif + } + + if (host==0) + return false; + + SystemAddress systemAddress; + systemAddress.SetBinaryAddress(host); + systemAddress.port=remotePort; + + RakNet::BitStream bitStream; + bitStream.Write(header); + + if (dataLength>0) + { + bitStream.WriteAlignedBytes((const unsigned char*) OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID, sizeof(OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID)); + bitStream.Write(data, dataLength); + } + else + bitStream.Write((unsigned char)0); // Pad + + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < messageHandlerList.Size(); i++) + messageHandlerList[i]->OnDirectSocketSend((const char*)bitStream.GetData(), bitStream.GetNumberOfBitsUsed(), systemAddress); + SocketLayer::Instance()->SendTo( connectionSockets[connectionSocketIndex], (const char*)bitStream.GetData(), (int) bitStream.GetNumberOfBytesUsed(), ( char* ) host, remotePort ); + + return true; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +RakNetStatistics * const RakPeer::GetStatistics( const SystemAddress systemAddress ) +{ + if (systemAddress==UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + { + bool firstWrite=false; + static RakNetStatistics sum; + RakNetStatistics *systemStats; + // Return a crude sum + for ( unsigned short i = 0; i < maximumNumberOfPeers; i++ ) + { + if (remoteSystemList[ i ].isActive) + { + systemStats=remoteSystemList[ i ].reliabilityLayer.GetStatistics(); + + if (firstWrite==false) + { + memcpy(&sum, systemStats, sizeof(RakNetStatistics)); + firstWrite=true; + } + else + sum+=*systemStats; + } + } + return ∑ + } + else + { + RemoteSystemStruct * rss; + rss = GetRemoteSystemFromSystemAddress( systemAddress, false, false ); + if ( rss && endThreads==false ) + return rss->reliabilityLayer.GetStatistics(); + } + + return 0; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +int RakPeer::GetIndexFromSystemAddress( const SystemAddress systemAddress, bool calledFromNetworkThread ) +{ + unsigned i; + + if ( systemAddress == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS ) + return -1; + + if (calledFromNetworkThread) + { + bool objectExists; + unsigned index; + index = remoteSystemLookup.GetIndexFromKey(systemAddress, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + { + assert(remoteSystemList[remoteSystemLookup[index].index].systemAddress==systemAddress); + return remoteSystemLookup[index].index; + } + else + return -1; + } + else + { + // remoteSystemList in user and network thread + for ( i = 0; i < maximumNumberOfPeers; i++ ) + if ( remoteSystemList[ i ].isActive && remoteSystemList[ i ].systemAddress == systemAddress ) + return i; + + // If no active results found, try previously active results. + for ( i = 0; i < maximumNumberOfPeers; i++ ) + if ( remoteSystemList[ i ].systemAddress == systemAddress ) + return i; + } + + return -1; +} +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool RakPeer::SendConnectionRequest( const char* host, unsigned short remotePort, const char *passwordData, int passwordDataLength, unsigned connectionSocketIndex, unsigned int extraData ) +{ + assert(passwordDataLength <= 256); + SystemAddress systemAddress; + systemAddress.SetBinaryAddress(host); + systemAddress.port=remotePort; + + // Already connected? + if (GetRemoteSystemFromSystemAddress(systemAddress, false, true)) + return false; + + + RequestedConnectionStruct *rcs = (RequestedConnectionStruct *) rakMalloc(sizeof(RequestedConnectionStruct)); + + /* + #ifdef _RAKNET_THREADSAFE + rakPeerMutexes[requestedConnectionList_Mutex].Lock(); + #endif + RequestedConnectionStruct *rcs = requestedConnectionList.WriteLock(); + */ + + rcs->systemAddress=systemAddress; + rcs->nextRequestTime=RakNet::GetTime(); + rcs->requestsMade=0; + rcs->data=0; + rcs->extraData=extraData; + rcs->socketIndex=connectionSocketIndex; + rcs->actionToTake=RequestedConnectionStruct::CONNECT; + memcpy(rcs->outgoingPassword, passwordData, passwordDataLength); + rcs->outgoingPasswordLength=(unsigned char) passwordDataLength; + + /* + requestedConnectionList.WriteUnlock(); + + #ifdef _RAKNET_THREADSAFE + rakPeerMutexes[requestedConnectionList_Mutex].Unlock(); + #endif + */ + + // Return false if already pending, else push on queue + unsigned int i=0; + requestedConnectionQueueMutex.Lock(); + for (; i < requestedConnectionQueue.Size(); i++) + { + if (requestedConnectionQueue[i]->systemAddress==systemAddress) + { + requestedConnectionQueueMutex.Unlock(); + rakFree(rcs); + return false; + } + } + requestedConnectionQueue.Push(rcs); + requestedConnectionQueueMutex.Unlock(); + + return true; +} +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +RakPeer::RemoteSystemStruct *RakPeer::GetRemoteSystemFromSystemAddress( const SystemAddress systemAddress, bool calledFromNetworkThread, bool onlyActive ) const +{ + unsigned i; + + if ( systemAddress == UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS ) + return 0; + + if (calledFromNetworkThread) + { + bool objectExists; + unsigned index; + index = remoteSystemLookup.GetIndexFromKey(systemAddress, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(remoteSystemList[ remoteSystemLookup[index].index ].systemAddress==systemAddress); +#endif + return remoteSystemList + remoteSystemLookup[index].index; + } + } + else + { + int deadConnectionIndex=-1; + + // Active connections take priority. But if there are no active connections, return the first systemAddress match found + for ( i = 0; i < maximumNumberOfPeers; i++ ) + { + if (remoteSystemList[ i ].systemAddress == systemAddress) + { + if ( remoteSystemList[ i ].isActive ) + return remoteSystemList + i; + else if (deadConnectionIndex==-1) + deadConnectionIndex=i; + } + } + + if (deadConnectionIndex!=-1 && onlyActive==false) + return remoteSystemList + deadConnectionIndex; + } + + return 0; +} +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::ParseConnectionRequestPacket( RakPeer::RemoteSystemStruct *remoteSystem, SystemAddress systemAddress, const char *data, int byteSize ) +{ + // If we are full tell the sender. + if ( !AllowIncomingConnections() ) + { + unsigned char c = ID_NO_FREE_INCOMING_CONNECTIONS; + SendImmediate(( char* ) & c, sizeof( char )*8, SYSTEM_PRIORITY, RELIABLE, 0, systemAddress, false, false, RakNet::GetTimeNS()); + remoteSystem->connectMode=RemoteSystemStruct::DISCONNECT_ASAP_SILENTLY; + } + else + { + const char *password = data + sizeof(unsigned char); + int passwordLength = byteSize - sizeof(unsigned char); + + if ( incomingPasswordLength == passwordLength && + memcmp( password, incomingPassword, incomingPasswordLength ) == 0 ) + { + remoteSystem->connectMode=RemoteSystemStruct::HANDLING_CONNECTION_REQUEST; + +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + if ( usingSecurity == false || + IsInSecurityExceptionList(systemAddress.ToString(false))) +#endif + { +#ifdef _TEST_AES + unsigned char AESKey[ 16 ]; + // Save the AES key + for ( i = 0; i < 16; i++ ) + AESKey[ i ] = i; + + OnConnectionRequest( remoteSystem, AESKey, true ); +#else + // Connect this player assuming we have open slots + OnConnectionRequest( remoteSystem, 0, false ); +#endif + } +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + else + SecuredConnectionResponse( systemAddress ); +#endif + } + else + { + // This one we only send once since we don't care if it arrives. + unsigned char c = ID_INVALID_PASSWORD; + SendImmediate(( char* ) & c, sizeof( char )*8, SYSTEM_PRIORITY, RELIABLE, 0, systemAddress, false, false, RakNet::GetTimeNS()); + remoteSystem->connectMode=RemoteSystemStruct::DISCONNECT_ASAP_SILENTLY; + } + } +} +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::OnConnectionRequest( RakPeer::RemoteSystemStruct *remoteSystem, unsigned char *AESKey, bool setAESKey ) +{ + // Already handled by caller + //if ( AllowIncomingConnections() ) + { + SendConnectionRequestAccepted(remoteSystem); + + // Don't set secure connections immediately because we need the ack from the remote system to know ID_CONNECTION_REQUEST_ACCEPTED + // As soon as a 16 byte packet arrives, we will turn on AES. This works because all encrypted packets are multiples of 16 and the + // packets I happen to be sending are less than 16 bytes + remoteSystem->setAESKey=setAESKey; + if ( setAESKey ) + { + memcpy(remoteSystem->AESKey, AESKey, 16); + remoteSystem->connectMode=RemoteSystemStruct::SET_ENCRYPTION_ON_MULTIPLE_16_BYTE_PACKET; + } + } + /* + else + { + unsigned char c = ID_NO_FREE_INCOMING_CONNECTIONS; + //SocketLayer::Instance()->SendTo( connectionSocket, ( char* ) & c, sizeof( char ), systemAddress.binaryAddress, systemAddress.port ); + + SendImmediate((char*)&c, sizeof(c)*8, SYSTEM_PRIORITY, RELIABLE, 0, remoteSystem->systemAddress, false, false, RakNet::GetTimeNS()); + remoteSystem->connectMode=RemoteSystemStruct::DISCONNECT_ASAP_SILENTLY; + } + */ +} +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::SendConnectionRequestAccepted(RakPeer::RemoteSystemStruct *remoteSystem) +{ + RakNet::BitStream bitStream(sizeof(unsigned char)+sizeof(unsigned short)+sizeof(unsigned int)+sizeof(unsigned short)+sizeof(SystemIndex)+sizeof(SystemAddress)); + bitStream.Write((MessageID)ID_CONNECTION_REQUEST_ACCEPTED); + bitStream.Write(remoteSystem->systemAddress.binaryAddress); + bitStream.Write(remoteSystem->systemAddress.port); + bitStream.Write(( SystemIndex ) GetIndexFromSystemAddress( remoteSystem->systemAddress, true )); + bitStream.Write(mySystemAddress.binaryAddress); + bitStream.Write(mySystemAddress.port); + + SendImmediate((char*)bitStream.GetData(), bitStream.GetNumberOfBitsUsed(), SYSTEM_PRIORITY, RELIABLE, 0, remoteSystem->systemAddress, false, false, RakNet::GetTimeNS()); +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::NotifyAndFlagForShutdown( const SystemAddress systemAddress, bool performImmediate, unsigned char orderingChannel ) +{ + RakNet::BitStream temp( sizeof(unsigned char) ); + temp.Write( (MessageID)ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION ); + if (performImmediate) + { + SendImmediate((char*)temp.GetData(), temp.GetNumberOfBitsUsed(), LOW_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED, orderingChannel, systemAddress, false, false, RakNet::GetTimeNS()); + RemoteSystemStruct *rss=GetRemoteSystemFromSystemAddress(systemAddress, true, true); + rss->connectMode=RemoteSystemStruct::DISCONNECT_ASAP; + } + else + { + SendBuffered((const char*)temp.GetData(), temp.GetNumberOfBitsUsed(), LOW_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED, orderingChannel, systemAddress, false, RemoteSystemStruct::DISCONNECT_ASAP); + } +} +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +unsigned short RakPeer::GetNumberOfRemoteInitiatedConnections( void ) const +{ + unsigned short i, numberOfIncomingConnections; + + if ( remoteSystemList == 0 || endThreads == true ) + return 0; + + numberOfIncomingConnections = 0; + + // remoteSystemList in network thread + for ( i = 0; i < maximumNumberOfPeers; i++ ) + //for ( i = 0; i < remoteSystemListSize; i++ ) + { + if ( remoteSystemList[ i ].isActive && remoteSystemList[ i ].weInitiatedTheConnection == false && remoteSystemList[i].connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::CONNECTED) + numberOfIncomingConnections++; + } + + return numberOfIncomingConnections; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +RakPeer::RemoteSystemStruct * RakPeer::AssignSystemAddressToRemoteSystemList( const SystemAddress systemAddress, RemoteSystemStruct::ConnectMode connectionMode, unsigned connectionSocketIndex ) +{ + RemoteSystemStruct * remoteSystem; + unsigned i,j; + RakNetTime time = RakNet::GetTime(); +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(systemAddress!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); +#endif + + // remoteSystemList in user thread + for ( i = 0; i < maximumNumberOfPeers; i++ ) + //for ( i = 0; i < remoteSystemListSize; i++ ) + { + if ( remoteSystemList[ i ].isActive==false ) + { + remoteSystem=remoteSystemList+i; + remoteSystem->rpcMap.Clear(); + remoteSystem->systemAddress = systemAddress; + remoteSystem->MTUSize=defaultMTUSize; + remoteSystem->isActive=true; // This one line causes future incoming packets to go through the reliability layer + remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.SetSplitMessageProgressInterval(splitMessageProgressInterval); + remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.SetUnreliableTimeout(unreliableTimeout); + remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.SetTimeoutTime(defaultTimeoutTime); + remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.SetEncryptionKey( 0 ); + remoteSystem->connectionSocketIndex=connectionSocketIndex; + + for ( j = 0; j < (unsigned) PING_TIMES_ARRAY_SIZE; j++ ) + { + remoteSystem->pingAndClockDifferential[ j ].pingTime = 65535; + remoteSystem->pingAndClockDifferential[ j ].clockDifferential = 0; + } + + remoteSystem->connectMode=connectionMode; + remoteSystem->pingAndClockDifferentialWriteIndex = 0; + remoteSystem->lowestPing = 65535; + remoteSystem->nextPingTime = 0; // Ping immediately + remoteSystem->weInitiatedTheConnection = false; + remoteSystem->connectionTime = time; + remoteSystem->myExternalSystemAddress = UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + remoteSystem->setAESKey=false; + remoteSystem->lastReliableSend=time; + + // Reserve this reliability layer for ourselves. + remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.Reset(true); + + /// Add this player to the lookup tree + SystemAddressAndIndex systemAddressAndIndex; + systemAddressAndIndex.systemAddress=systemAddress; + systemAddressAndIndex.index=i; + remoteSystemLookup.Insert(systemAddress,systemAddressAndIndex, true); + + return remoteSystem; + } + } + + return 0; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Adjust the first four bytes (treated as unsigned int) of the pointer +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::ShiftIncomingTimestamp( unsigned char *data, SystemAddress systemAddress ) const +{ +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( IsActive() ); + assert( data ); +#endif + + RakNet::BitStream timeBS( data, sizeof(RakNetTime), false); + RakNetTime encodedTimestamp; + timeBS.Read(encodedTimestamp); + + encodedTimestamp = encodedTimestamp - GetBestClockDifferential( systemAddress ); + timeBS.SetWriteOffset(0); + timeBS.Write(encodedTimestamp); +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Thanks to Chris Taylor (cat02e@fsu.edu) for the improved timestamping algorithm +RakNetTime RakPeer::GetBestClockDifferential( const SystemAddress systemAddress ) const +{ + int counter, lowestPingSoFar; + RakNetTime clockDifferential; + RemoteSystemStruct *remoteSystem = GetRemoteSystemFromSystemAddress( systemAddress, true, true ); + + if ( remoteSystem == 0 ) + return 0; + + lowestPingSoFar = 65535; + + clockDifferential = 0; + + for ( counter = 0; counter < PING_TIMES_ARRAY_SIZE; counter++ ) + { + if ( remoteSystem->pingAndClockDifferential[ counter ].pingTime == 65535 ) + break; + + if ( remoteSystem->pingAndClockDifferential[ counter ].pingTime < lowestPingSoFar ) + { + clockDifferential = remoteSystem->pingAndClockDifferential[ counter ].clockDifferential; + lowestPingSoFar = remoteSystem->pingAndClockDifferential[ counter ].pingTime; + } + } + + return clockDifferential; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Description: +// Handles an RPC packet. If you get a packet with the ID ID_RPC you should pass it to this function +// +// Parameters: +// packet - A packet returned from Receive with the ID ID_RPC +// +// Returns: +// true on success, false on a bad packet or an unregistered function +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4701 ) // warning C4701: local variable may be used without having been initialized +#endif +bool RakPeer::HandleRPCPacket( const char *data, int length, SystemAddress systemAddress ) +{ + // RPC BitStream format is + // ID_RPC - unsigned char + // Unique identifier string length - unsigned char + // The unique ID - string with each letter in upper case, subtracted by 'A' and written in 5 bits. + // Number of bits of the data (int) + // The data + + RakNet::BitStream incomingBitStream( (unsigned char *) data, length, false ); + char uniqueIdentifier[ 256 ]; +// BitSize_t bitLength; + unsigned char *userData; + //bool hasTimestamp; + bool nameIsEncoded, networkIDIsEncoded; + RPCIndex rpcIndex; + RPCNode *node; + RPCParameters rpcParms; + NetworkID networkID; + bool blockingCommand; + RakNet::BitStream replyToSender; + rpcParms.replyToSender=&replyToSender; + + rpcParms.recipient=this; + rpcParms.sender=systemAddress; + + // Note to self - if I change this format then I have to change the PacketLogger class too + incomingBitStream.IgnoreBits(8); + if (data[0]==ID_TIMESTAMP) + { + incomingBitStream.IgnoreBits(8*(sizeof(RakNetTime)+sizeof(MessageID))); + memcpy(&rpcParms.remoteTimestamp, data+sizeof(MessageID), sizeof(RakNetTime)); + } + else + rpcParms.remoteTimestamp=0; + if ( incomingBitStream.Read( nameIsEncoded ) == false ) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( 0 ); // bitstream was not long enough. Some kind of internal error +#endif + return false; + } + + if (nameIsEncoded) + { + if ( stringCompressor->DecodeString(uniqueIdentifier, 256, &incomingBitStream) == false ) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( 0 ); // bitstream was not long enough. Some kind of internal error +#endif + return false; + } + + rpcIndex = rpcMap.GetIndexFromFunctionName(uniqueIdentifier); + } + else + { + if ( incomingBitStream.ReadCompressed( rpcIndex ) == false ) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( 0 ); // bitstream was not long enough. Some kind of internal error +#endif + return false; + } + } + if ( incomingBitStream.Read( blockingCommand ) == false ) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( 0 ); // bitstream was not long enough. Some kind of internal error +#endif + return false; + } + + /* + if ( incomingBitStream.Read( rpcParms.hasTimestamp ) == false ) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( 0 ); // bitstream was not long enough. Some kind of internal error +#endif + return false; + } + */ + + if ( incomingBitStream.ReadCompressed( rpcParms.numberOfBitsOfData ) == false ) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( 0 ); // bitstream was not long enough. Some kind of internal error +#endif + return false; + } + + if ( incomingBitStream.Read( networkIDIsEncoded ) == false ) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( 0 ); // bitstream was not long enough. Some kind of internal error +#endif + return false; + } + + if (networkIDIsEncoded) + { + if ( incomingBitStream.Read( networkID ) == false ) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( 0 ); // bitstream was not long enough. Some kind of internal error +#endif + return false; + } + } + + if (rpcIndex==UNDEFINED_RPC_INDEX) + { + // Unregistered function + RakAssert(0); + return false; + } + + node = rpcMap.GetNodeFromIndex(rpcIndex); + if (node==0) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( 0 ); // Should never happen except perhaps from threading errors? No harm in checking anyway +#endif + return false; + } + + // Make sure the call type matches - if this is a pointer to a class member then networkID must be defined. Otherwise it must not be defined + if (node->isPointerToMember==true && networkIDIsEncoded==false) + { + // If this hits then this pointer was registered as a class member function but the packet does not have an NetworkID. + // Most likely this means this system registered a function with REGISTER_CLASS_MEMBER_RPC and the remote system called it + // using the unique ID for a function registered with REGISTER_STATIC_RPC. + assert(0); + return false; + } + + if (node->isPointerToMember==false && networkIDIsEncoded==true) + { + // If this hits then this pointer was not registered as a class member function but the packet does have an NetworkID. + // Most likely this means this system registered a function with REGISTER_STATIC_RPC and the remote system called it + // using the unique ID for a function registered with REGISTER_CLASS_MEMBER_RPC. + assert(0); + return false; + } + + if (nameIsEncoded && GetRemoteSystemFromSystemAddress(systemAddress, false, true)) + { + // Send ID_RPC_MAPPING to the sender so they know what index to use next time + RakNet::BitStream rpcMapBitStream; + rpcMapBitStream.Write((MessageID)ID_RPC_MAPPING); + stringCompressor->EncodeString(node->uniqueIdentifier, 256, &rpcMapBitStream); + rpcMapBitStream.WriteCompressed(rpcIndex); + SendBuffered( (const char*)rpcMapBitStream.GetData(), rpcMapBitStream.GetNumberOfBitsUsed(), HIGH_PRIORITY, UNRELIABLE, 0, systemAddress, false, RemoteSystemStruct::NO_ACTION ); + } + + rpcParms.functionName=node->uniqueIdentifier; + + // Call the function + if ( rpcParms.numberOfBitsOfData == 0 ) + { + rpcParms.input=0; + if (networkIDIsEncoded) + { + // If this assert hits, you tried to use object member RPC but didn't call RakPeer::SetNetworkIDManager first as required. + RakAssert(networkIDManager); + if (networkIDManager) + { + void *object = networkIDManager->GET_OBJECT_FROM_ID(networkID); + if (object) + (node->memberFunctionPointer(object, &rpcParms)); + } + } + else + { + node->staticFunctionPointer( &rpcParms ); + } + } + else + { + if ( incomingBitStream.GetNumberOfUnreadBits() == 0 ) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( 0 ); +#endif + return false; // No data was appended! + } + + // We have to copy into a new data chunk because the user data might not be byte aligned. + bool usedAlloca=false; +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + if (BITS_TO_BYTES( incomingBitStream.GetNumberOfUnreadBits() ) < MAX_ALLOCA_STACK_ALLOCATION) + { + userData = ( unsigned char* ) alloca( (size_t) BITS_TO_BYTES( incomingBitStream.GetNumberOfUnreadBits() ) ); + usedAlloca=true; + } + else +#endif + userData = (unsigned char*) rakMalloc((size_t) BITS_TO_BYTES(incomingBitStream.GetNumberOfUnreadBits())); + + + // The false means read out the internal representation of the bitstream data rather than + // aligning it as we normally would with user data. This is so the end user can cast the data received + // into a bitstream for reading + if ( incomingBitStream.ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) userData, rpcParms.numberOfBitsOfData, false ) == false ) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( 0 ); +#endif + #if defined(_XBOX360) + rakFree(userData); + #endif + + return false; // Not enough data to read + } + +// if ( rpcParms.hasTimestamp ) +// ShiftIncomingTimestamp( userData, systemAddress ); + + // Call the function callback + rpcParms.input=userData; + if (networkIDIsEncoded) + { + // If this assert hits, you tried to use object member RPC but didn't call RakPeer::SetNetworkIDManager first as required. + RakAssert(networkIDManager); + if (networkIDManager) + { + void *object = networkIDManager->GET_OBJECT_FROM_ID(networkID); + if (object) + (node->memberFunctionPointer(object, &rpcParms)); + } + } + else + { + node->staticFunctionPointer( &rpcParms ); + } + + + if (usedAlloca==false) + rakFree(userData); + } + + if (blockingCommand) + { + RakNet::BitStream reply; + reply.Write((MessageID)ID_RPC_REPLY); + reply.Write((char*)replyToSender.GetData(), replyToSender.GetNumberOfBytesUsed()); + Send(&reply, HIGH_PRIORITY, RELIABLE, 0, systemAddress, false); + } + + return true; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +/** +* Handles an RPC reply packet. This is data returned from an RPC call +* +* \param data A packet returned from Receive with the ID ID_RPC +* \param length The size of the packet data +* \param systemAddress The sender of the packet +* +* \return true on success, false on a bad packet or an unregistered function +*/ +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::HandleRPCReplyPacket( const char *data, int length, SystemAddress systemAddress ) +{ + if (blockOnRPCReply) + { + if ((systemAddress==replyFromTargetPlayer && replyFromTargetBroadcast==false) || + (systemAddress!=replyFromTargetPlayer && replyFromTargetBroadcast==true)) + { + replyFromTargetBS->Write(data+1, length-1); + blockOnRPCReply=false; + } + } +} +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::GenerateSYNCookieRandomNumber( void ) +{ +#if !defined(_XBOX360) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) + unsigned int number; + int i; + memcpy( oldRandomNumber, newRandomNumber, sizeof( newRandomNumber ) ); + + for ( i = 0; i < (int) sizeof( newRandomNumber ); i += (int) sizeof( number ) ) + { + number = randomMT(); + memcpy( newRandomNumber + i, ( char* ) & number, sizeof( number ) ); + } + + randomNumberExpirationTime = RakNet::GetTime() + SYN_COOKIE_OLD_RANDOM_NUMBER_DURATION; +#endif +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::SecuredConnectionResponse( const SystemAddress systemAddress ) +{ +#if !defined(_XBOX360) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) + CSHA1 sha1; + RSA_BIT_SIZE n; + big::u32 e; + unsigned char connectionRequestResponse[ 1 + sizeof( big::u32 ) + sizeof( RSA_BIT_SIZE ) + 20 ]; + connectionRequestResponse[ 0 ] = ID_SECURED_CONNECTION_RESPONSE; + + if ( randomNumberExpirationTime < RakNet::GetTime() ) + GenerateSYNCookieRandomNumber(); + + // Hash the SYN-Cookie + // s2c syn-cookie = SHA1_HASH(source ip address + source port + random number) + sha1.Reset(); + sha1.Update( ( unsigned char* ) & systemAddress.binaryAddress, sizeof( systemAddress.binaryAddress ) ); + sha1.Update( ( unsigned char* ) & systemAddress.port, sizeof( systemAddress.port ) ); + sha1.Update( ( unsigned char* ) & ( newRandomNumber ), 20 ); + sha1.Final(); + + // Write the cookie + memcpy( connectionRequestResponse + 1, sha1.GetHash(), 20 ); + + // Write the public keys + rsacrypt.getPublicKey( e, n ); +#ifdef HOST_ENDIAN_IS_BIG + // Mangle the keys on a Big-endian machine before sending + BSWAPCPY( (unsigned char *)(connectionRequestResponse + 1 + 20), + (unsigned char *)&e, sizeof( big::u32 ) ); + BSWAPCPY( (unsigned char *)(connectionRequestResponse + 1 + 20 + sizeof( big::u32 ) ), + (unsigned char *)n, sizeof( RSA_BIT_SIZE ) ); +#else + memcpy( connectionRequestResponse + 1 + 20, ( char* ) & e, sizeof( big::u32 ) ); + memcpy( connectionRequestResponse + 1 + 20 + sizeof( big::u32 ), n, sizeof( RSA_BIT_SIZE ) ); +#endif + + // s2c public key, syn-cookie + //SocketLayer::Instance()->SendTo( connectionSocket, ( char* ) connectionRequestResponse, 1 + sizeof( big::u32 ) + sizeof( RSA_BIT_SIZE ) + 20, systemAddress.binaryAddress, systemAddress.port ); + // All secure connection requests are unreliable because the entire process needs to be restarted if any part fails. + // Connection requests are resent periodically + SendImmediate(( char* ) connectionRequestResponse, (1 + sizeof( big::u32 ) + sizeof( RSA_BIT_SIZE ) + 20) *8, SYSTEM_PRIORITY, UNRELIABLE, 0, systemAddress, false, false, RakNet::GetTimeNS()); +#endif +} + +void RakPeer::SecuredConnectionConfirmation( RakPeer::RemoteSystemStruct * remoteSystem, char* data ) +{ +#if !defined(_XBOX360) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) + int i, j; + unsigned char randomNumber[ 20 ]; + unsigned int number; + //bool doSend; + Packet *packet; + big::u32 e; + RSA_BIT_SIZE n, message, encryptedMessage; + big::RSACrypt privKeyPncrypt; + + // Make sure that we still want to connect + if (remoteSystem->connectMode!=RemoteSystemStruct::REQUESTED_CONNECTION) + return; + + // Copy out e and n +#ifdef HOST_ENDIAN_IS_BIG + BSWAPCPY( (unsigned char *)&e, (unsigned char *)(data + 1 + 20), sizeof( big::u32 ) ); + BSWAPCPY( (unsigned char *)n, (unsigned char *)(data + 1 + 20 + sizeof( big::u32 )), sizeof( RSA_BIT_SIZE ) ); +#else + memcpy( ( char* ) & e, data + 1 + 20, sizeof( big::u32 ) ); + memcpy( n, data + 1 + 20 + sizeof( big::u32 ), sizeof( RSA_BIT_SIZE ) ); +#endif + + // If we preset a size and it doesn't match, or the keys do not match, then tell the user + if ( usingSecurity == true && keysLocallyGenerated == false ) + { + if ( memcmp( ( char* ) & e, ( char* ) & publicKeyE, sizeof( big::u32 ) ) != 0 || + memcmp( n, publicKeyN, sizeof( RSA_BIT_SIZE ) ) != 0 ) + { + packet=AllocPacket(1); + packet->data[ 0 ] = ID_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY_MISMATCH; + packet->bitSize = sizeof( char ) * 8; + packet->systemAddress = remoteSystem->systemAddress; + packet->systemIndex = ( SystemIndex ) GetIndexFromSystemAddress( packet->systemAddress, true ); + AddPacketToProducer(packet); + remoteSystem->connectMode=RemoteSystemStruct::DISCONNECT_ASAP_SILENTLY; + return; + } + } + + // Create a random number + for ( i = 0; i < (int) sizeof( randomNumber ); i += (int) sizeof( number ) ) + { + number = randomMT(); + memcpy( randomNumber + i, ( char* ) & number, sizeof( number ) ); + } + + memset( message, 0, sizeof( message ) ); + assert( sizeof( message ) >= sizeof( randomNumber ) ); + +#ifdef HOST_ENDIAN_IS_BIG + // Scramble the plaintext message (the random number) + BSWAPCPY( (unsigned char *)message, randomNumber, sizeof(randomNumber) ); +#else + memcpy( message, randomNumber, sizeof( randomNumber ) ); +#endif + privKeyPncrypt.setPublicKey( e, n ); + privKeyPncrypt.encrypt( message, encryptedMessage ); +#ifdef HOST_ENDIAN_IS_BIG + // A big-endian machine needs to scramble the byte order of an outgoing (encrypted) message + BSWAPSELF( (unsigned char *)encryptedMessage, sizeof( RSA_BIT_SIZE ) ); +#endif + + /* + rakPeerMutexes[ RakPeer::requestedConnections_MUTEX ].Lock(); + for ( i = 0; i < ( int ) requestedConnectionsList.Size(); i++ ) + { + if ( requestedConnectionsList[ i ]->systemAddress == systemAddress ) + { + doSend = true; + // Generate the AES key + + for ( j = 0; j < 16; j++ ) + requestedConnectionsList[ i ]->AESKey[ j ] = data[ 1 + j ] ^ randomNumber[ j ]; + + requestedConnectionsList[ i ]->setAESKey = true; + + break; + } + } + rakPeerMutexes[ RakPeer::requestedConnections_MUTEX ].Unlock(); + */ + + // Take the remote system's AESKey (SynCookie) and XOR with our random number. + for ( j = 0; j < 16; j++ ) + remoteSystem->AESKey[ j ] = data[ 1 + j ] ^ randomNumber[ j ]; + remoteSystem->setAESKey = true; + +// if ( doSend ) +// { + char reply[ 1 + 20 + sizeof( RSA_BIT_SIZE ) ]; + // c2s RSA(random number), same syn-cookie + reply[ 0 ] = ID_SECURED_CONNECTION_CONFIRMATION; + memcpy( reply + 1, data + 1, 20 ); // Copy the syn-cookie + memcpy( reply + 1 + 20, encryptedMessage, sizeof( RSA_BIT_SIZE ) ); // Copy the encoded random number + + //SocketLayer::Instance()->SendTo( connectionSocket, reply, 1 + 20 + sizeof( RSA_BIT_SIZE ), systemAddress.binaryAddress, systemAddress.port ); + // All secure connection requests are unreliable because the entire process needs to be restarted if any part fails. + // Connection requests are resent periodically + SendImmediate((char*)reply, (1 + 20 + sizeof( RSA_BIT_SIZE )) * 8, SYSTEM_PRIORITY, UNRELIABLE, 0, remoteSystem->systemAddress, false, false, RakNet::GetTimeNS()); +// } + +#endif +} +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool RakPeer::AllowIncomingConnections(void) const +{ + return GetNumberOfRemoteInitiatedConnections() < GetMaximumIncomingConnections(); +} +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::PingInternal( const SystemAddress target, bool performImmediate, PacketReliability reliability ) +{ + if ( IsActive() == false ) + return ; + + RakNet::BitStream bitStream(sizeof(unsigned char)+sizeof(RakNetTime)); + bitStream.Write((MessageID)ID_INTERNAL_PING); + RakNetTimeNS currentTimeNS = RakNet::GetTimeNS(); + RakNetTime currentTime = RakNet::GetTime(); + bitStream.Write(currentTime); + if (performImmediate) + SendImmediate( (char*)bitStream.GetData(), bitStream.GetNumberOfBitsUsed(), SYSTEM_PRIORITY, reliability, 0, target, false, false, currentTimeNS ); + else + Send( &bitStream, SYSTEM_PRIORITY, reliability, 0, target, false ); +} +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::CloseConnectionInternal( const SystemAddress target, bool sendDisconnectionNotification, bool performImmediate, unsigned char orderingChannel ) +{ + unsigned i; + +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(orderingChannel < 32); +#endif + + if (target==UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + return; + + if ( remoteSystemList == 0 || endThreads == true ) + return; + + // Cancel pending connection attempt, if there is one + i=0; + bool unlock=true; + requestedConnectionQueueMutex.Lock(); + while (i < requestedConnectionQueue.Size()) + { + if (requestedConnectionQueue[i]->systemAddress==target) + { + requestedConnectionQueueMutex.Unlock(); + rakFree(requestedConnectionQueue[i]); + requestedConnectionQueue.RemoveAtIndex(i); + unlock=false; + break; + } + else + i++; + } + if (unlock) + requestedConnectionQueueMutex.Unlock(); + + if (sendDisconnectionNotification) + { + NotifyAndFlagForShutdown(target, performImmediate, orderingChannel); + } + else + { + if (performImmediate) + { + i = 0; + // remoteSystemList in user thread + for ( ; i < maximumNumberOfPeers; i++ ) + //for ( ; i < remoteSystemListSize; i++ ) + { + if ( remoteSystemList[ i ].isActive && remoteSystemList[ i ].systemAddress == target ) + { + // Found the index to stop + remoteSystemList[ i ].isActive=false; + + // Reserve this reliability layer for ourselves + //remoteSystemList[ i ].systemAddress = UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + + // Clear any remaining messages + remoteSystemList[ i ].reliabilityLayer.Reset(false); + +#if defined(_PS3) + //Console2DeactivateConnection(console2ContextId, remoteSystemList[ i ].connectionId); +#endif + + // Remove from the lookup list + remoteSystemLookup.Remove(target); + + break; + } + } + } + else + { + BufferedCommandStruct *bcs; +#ifdef _RAKNET_THREADSAFE + rakPeerMutexes[bufferedCommands_Mutex].Lock(); +#endif + bcs=bufferedCommands.WriteLock(); + bcs->command=BufferedCommandStruct::BCS_CLOSE_CONNECTION; + bcs->systemAddress=target; + bcs->data=0; + bcs->orderingChannel=orderingChannel; + bufferedCommands.WriteUnlock(); +#ifdef _RAKNET_THREADSAFE + rakPeerMutexes[bufferedCommands_Mutex].Unlock(); +#endif + } + } +} +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool RakPeer::ValidSendTarget(SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast) +{ + unsigned remoteSystemIndex; + + // remoteSystemList in user thread. This is slow so only do it in debug + for ( remoteSystemIndex = 0; remoteSystemIndex < maximumNumberOfPeers; remoteSystemIndex++ ) + //for ( remoteSystemIndex = 0; remoteSystemIndex < remoteSystemListSize; remoteSystemIndex++ ) + { + if ( remoteSystemList[ remoteSystemIndex ].isActive && + remoteSystemList[ remoteSystemIndex ].connectMode==RakPeer::RemoteSystemStruct::CONNECTED && // Not fully connected players are not valid user-send targets because the reliability layer wasn't reset yet + ( ( broadcast == false && remoteSystemList[ remoteSystemIndex ].systemAddress == systemAddress ) || + ( broadcast == true && remoteSystemList[ remoteSystemIndex ].systemAddress != systemAddress ) ) + ) + return true; + } + + return false; +} +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::SendBuffered( const char *data, BitSize_t numberOfBitsToSend, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast, RemoteSystemStruct::ConnectMode connectionMode ) +{ + BufferedCommandStruct *bcs; + +#ifdef _RAKNET_THREADSAFE + rakPeerMutexes[bufferedCommands_Mutex].Lock(); +#endif + bcs=bufferedCommands.WriteLock(); + bcs->data = (char*) rakMalloc( (size_t) BITS_TO_BYTES(numberOfBitsToSend) ); // Making a copy doesn't lose efficiency because I tell the reliability layer to use this allocation for its own copy + if (bcs->data==0) + { + notifyOutOfMemory(__FILE__, __LINE__); + bufferedCommands.WriteUnlock(); + return; + } + memcpy(bcs->data, data, (size_t) BITS_TO_BYTES(numberOfBitsToSend)); + bcs->numberOfBitsToSend=numberOfBitsToSend; + bcs->priority=priority; + bcs->reliability=reliability; + bcs->orderingChannel=orderingChannel; + bcs->systemAddress=systemAddress; + bcs->broadcast=broadcast; + bcs->connectionMode=connectionMode; + bcs->command=BufferedCommandStruct::BCS_SEND; + bufferedCommands.WriteUnlock(); + +#ifdef _RAKNET_THREADSAFE + rakPeerMutexes[bufferedCommands_Mutex].Unlock(); +#endif +} +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::SendBufferedList( char **data, const int *lengths, const int numParameters, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast, RemoteSystemStruct::ConnectMode connectionMode ) +{ + BufferedCommandStruct *bcs; + unsigned int totalLength=0; + unsigned int lengthOffset; + int i; + for (i=0; i < numParameters; i++) + { + if (lengths[i]>0) + totalLength+=lengths[i]; + } + if (totalLength==0) + return; + +#ifdef _RAKNET_THREADSAFE + rakPeerMutexes[bufferedCommands_Mutex].Lock(); +#endif + bcs=bufferedCommands.WriteLock(); + bcs->data = (char*) rakMalloc( (size_t) totalLength ); // Making a copy doesn't lose efficiency because I tell the reliability layer to use this allocation for its own copy + if (bcs->data==0) + { + notifyOutOfMemory(__FILE__, __LINE__); + bufferedCommands.WriteUnlock(); + return; + } + for (i=0, lengthOffset=0; i < numParameters; i++) + { + if (lengths[i]>0) + { + memcpy(bcs->data+lengthOffset, data[i], lengths[i]); + lengthOffset+=lengths[i]; + } + } + bcs->numberOfBitsToSend=BYTES_TO_BITS(totalLength); + bcs->priority=priority; + bcs->reliability=reliability; + bcs->orderingChannel=orderingChannel; + bcs->systemAddress=systemAddress; + bcs->broadcast=broadcast; + bcs->connectionMode=connectionMode; + bcs->command=BufferedCommandStruct::BCS_SEND; + bufferedCommands.WriteUnlock(); + +#ifdef _RAKNET_THREADSAFE + rakPeerMutexes[bufferedCommands_Mutex].Unlock(); +#endif +} +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool RakPeer::SendImmediate( char *data, BitSize_t numberOfBitsToSend, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast, bool useCallerDataAllocation, RakNetTimeNS currentTime ) +{ + unsigned *sendList; + unsigned sendListSize; + bool callerDataAllocationUsed; + unsigned remoteSystemIndex, sendListIndex; // Iterates into the list of remote systems + unsigned numberOfBytesUsed = (unsigned) BITS_TO_BYTES(numberOfBitsToSend); + callerDataAllocationUsed=false; + + sendListSize=0; + + // 03/06/06 - If broadcast is false, use the optimized version of GetIndexFromSystemAddress + if (broadcast==false) + { +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + sendList=(unsigned *)alloca(sizeof(unsigned)); +#else + sendList = (unsigned *) rakMalloc(sizeof(unsigned)); +#endif + remoteSystemIndex=GetIndexFromSystemAddress( systemAddress, true ); + if (remoteSystemIndex!=(unsigned)-1 && + remoteSystemList[remoteSystemIndex].isActive && + remoteSystemList[remoteSystemIndex].connectMode!=RemoteSystemStruct::DISCONNECT_ASAP && + remoteSystemList[remoteSystemIndex].connectMode!=RemoteSystemStruct::DISCONNECT_ASAP_SILENTLY && + remoteSystemList[remoteSystemIndex].connectMode!=RemoteSystemStruct::DISCONNECT_ON_NO_ACK) + { + sendList[0]=remoteSystemIndex; + sendListSize=1; + } + } + else + { +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + //sendList=(unsigned *)alloca(sizeof(unsigned)*remoteSystemListSize); + sendList=(unsigned *)alloca(sizeof(unsigned)*maximumNumberOfPeers); +#else + //sendList = new unsigned[remoteSystemListSize]; + sendList = (unsigned *) rakMalloc(sizeof(unsigned)*maximumNumberOfPeers); +#endif + + // remoteSystemList in network thread + for ( remoteSystemIndex = 0; remoteSystemIndex < maximumNumberOfPeers; remoteSystemIndex++ ) + //for ( remoteSystemIndex = 0; remoteSystemIndex < remoteSystemListSize; remoteSystemIndex++ ) + { + if ( remoteSystemList[ remoteSystemIndex ].isActive && remoteSystemList[ remoteSystemIndex ].systemAddress != systemAddress && remoteSystemList[ remoteSystemIndex ].systemAddress != UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS ) + sendList[sendListSize++]=remoteSystemIndex; + } + } + + if (sendListSize==0) + { +#if defined(_XBOX360) + rakFree(sendList); +#endif + return false; + } + + for (sendListIndex=0; sendListIndex < sendListSize; sendListIndex++) + { + if ( trackFrequencyTable ) + { + unsigned i; + // Store output frequency + for (i=0 ; i < numberOfBytesUsed; i++ ) + frequencyTable[ (unsigned char)(data[i]) ]++; + rawBytesSent += numberOfBytesUsed; + } + + if ( outputTree ) + { + RakNet::BitStream bitStreamCopy( numberOfBytesUsed ); + outputTree->EncodeArray( (unsigned char*) data, numberOfBytesUsed, &bitStreamCopy ); + compressedBytesSent += (unsigned int) bitStreamCopy.GetNumberOfBytesUsed(); + remoteSystemList[sendList[sendListIndex]].reliabilityLayer.Send( (char*) bitStreamCopy.GetData(), bitStreamCopy.GetNumberOfBitsUsed(), priority, reliability, orderingChannel, true, remoteSystemList[sendList[sendListIndex]].MTUSize, currentTime ); + } + else + { + // Send may split the packet and thus deallocate data. Don't assume data is valid if we use the callerAllocationData + bool useData = useCallerDataAllocation && callerDataAllocationUsed==false && sendListIndex+1==sendListSize; + remoteSystemList[sendList[sendListIndex]].reliabilityLayer.Send( data, numberOfBitsToSend, priority, reliability, orderingChannel, useData==false, remoteSystemList[sendList[sendListIndex]].MTUSize, currentTime ); + if (useData) + callerDataAllocationUsed=true; + } + + if (reliability==RELIABLE || reliability==RELIABLE_ORDERED || reliability==RELIABLE_SEQUENCED) + remoteSystemList[sendList[sendListIndex]].lastReliableSend=(RakNetTime)(currentTime/(RakNetTimeNS)1000); + } + +#if defined(_XBOX360) + rakFree(sendList); +#endif + + // Return value only meaningful if true was passed for useCallerDataAllocation. Means the reliability layer used that data copy, so the caller should not deallocate it + return callerDataAllocationUsed; +} +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::ClearBufferedCommands(void) +{ + BufferedCommandStruct *bcs; + +#ifdef _RAKNET_THREADSAFE + rakPeerMutexes[bufferedCommands_Mutex].Lock(); +#endif + while ((bcs=bufferedCommands.ReadLock())!=0) + { + if (bcs->data) + rakFree(bcs->data); + + bufferedCommands.ReadUnlock(); + } + bufferedCommands.Clear(); +#ifdef _RAKNET_THREADSAFE + rakPeerMutexes[bufferedCommands_Mutex].Unlock(); +#endif +} +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void RakPeer::ClearRequestedConnectionList(void) +{ + /* + RequestedConnectionStruct *rcs; +#ifdef _RAKNET_THREADSAFE + rakPeerMutexes[requestedConnectionList_Mutex].Lock(); +#endif + while ((rcs=requestedConnectionList.ReadLock())!=0) + { + if (rcs->data) + rakFree(rcs->data); +#if defined(_PS3) + //Console2DeactivateConnection(console2ContextId, rcs->extraData); +#endif + requestedConnectionList.ReadUnlock(); + } + requestedConnectionList.Clear(); +#ifdef _RAKNET_THREADSAFE + rakPeerMutexes[requestedConnectionList_Mutex].Unlock(); +#endif + */ + + DataStructures::Queue freeQueue; + requestedConnectionQueueMutex.Lock(); + while (requestedConnectionQueue.Size()) + freeQueue.Push(requestedConnectionQueue.Pop()); + requestedConnectionQueueMutex.Unlock(); + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < freeQueue.Size(); i++) + rakFree(freeQueue[i]); +} +inline void RakPeer::AddPacketToProducer(Packet *p) +{ + Packet **packetPtr=packetSingleProducerConsumer.WriteLock(); + *packetPtr=p; + packetSingleProducerConsumer.WriteUnlock(); +} +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ProcessPortUnreachable( unsigned int binaryAddress, unsigned short port, RakPeer *rakPeer ) +{ + (void) binaryAddress; + (void) port; + (void) rakPeer; + +} +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ProcessNetworkPacket( const unsigned int binaryAddress, const unsigned short port, const char *data, const int length, RakPeer *rakPeer, unsigned connectionSocketIndex ) +{ + Packet *packet; + SystemAddress systemAddress; + unsigned i; + RakPeer::RemoteSystemStruct *remoteSystem; + systemAddress.binaryAddress = binaryAddress; + systemAddress.port = port; + +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + if (rakPeer->IsBanned( systemAddress.ToString(false) )) + { + for (i=0; i < rakPeer->messageHandlerList.Size(); i++) + rakPeer->messageHandlerList[i]->OnDirectSocketReceive(data, length*8, systemAddress); + + char c[2]; + c[0] = ID_CONNECTION_BANNED; + c[1] = 0; // Pad, some routers apparently block 1 byte packets + + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < rakPeer->messageHandlerList.Size(); i++) + rakPeer->messageHandlerList[i]->OnDirectSocketSend((char*)&c, 16, systemAddress); + SocketLayer::Instance()->SendTo( rakPeer->connectionSockets[connectionSocketIndex], (char*)&c, 2, systemAddress.binaryAddress, systemAddress.port ); + + return; + } +#endif + + // We didn't check this datagram to see if it came from a connected system or not yet. + // Therefore, this datagram must be under 17 bits - otherwise it may be normal network traffic as the min size for a raknet send is 17 bits + if ((unsigned char)(data)[0] == (MessageID)ID_OPEN_CONNECTION_REPLY && (size_t) length <= sizeof(unsigned char)*2) + { + for (i=0; i < rakPeer->messageHandlerList.Size(); i++) + rakPeer->messageHandlerList[i]->OnDirectSocketReceive(data, length*8, systemAddress); + + RakPeer::RequestedConnectionStruct *rcs; + bool unlock=true; + unsigned i; + rakPeer->requestedConnectionQueueMutex.Lock(); + for (i=0; i < rakPeer->requestedConnectionQueue.Size(); i++) + { + rcs=rakPeer->requestedConnectionQueue[i]; + if (rcs->systemAddress==systemAddress) + { + rakPeer->requestedConnectionQueueMutex.Unlock(); + unlock=false; + + assert(rcs->actionToTake==RakPeer::RequestedConnectionStruct::CONNECT); + // You might get this when already connected because of cross-connections + remoteSystem=rakPeer->GetRemoteSystemFromSystemAddress( systemAddress, true, true ); + if (remoteSystem==0) + remoteSystem=rakPeer->AssignSystemAddressToRemoteSystemList(systemAddress, RakPeer::RemoteSystemStruct::UNVERIFIED_SENDER, connectionSocketIndex); + + if (remoteSystem) + { + RakNetTimeNS time = RakNet::GetTimeNS(); + remoteSystem->weInitiatedTheConnection=true; + remoteSystem->connectMode=RakPeer::RemoteSystemStruct::REQUESTED_CONNECTION; + + RakNet::BitStream temp; + temp.Write( (MessageID)ID_CONNECTION_REQUEST ); + if ( rcs->outgoingPasswordLength > 0 ) + temp.Write( ( char* ) rcs->outgoingPassword, rcs->outgoingPasswordLength ); + + rakPeer->SendImmediate((char*)temp.GetData(), temp.GetNumberOfBitsUsed(), SYSTEM_PRIORITY, RELIABLE, 0, systemAddress, false, false, time ); + } + else + { + // Failed, no connections available anymore + packet=AllocPacket(sizeof( char )); + packet->data[ 0 ] = ID_CONNECTION_ATTEMPT_FAILED; // Attempted a connection and couldn't + packet->bitSize = ( sizeof( char ) * 8); + packet->systemAddress = rcs->systemAddress; + packet->systemIndex = 65535; + rakPeer->AddPacketToProducer(packet); + } + + + rakPeer->requestedConnectionQueue.RemoveAtIndex(i); + rakFree(rcs); + + break; + } + } + + if (unlock) + rakPeer->requestedConnectionQueueMutex.Unlock(); + + return; + + /* + // Verify that we were waiting for this + // bool acceptOpenConnection; +// int actionToTake=0; +// char data[MAX_OFFLINE_DATA_LENGTH]; + RakPeer::RequestedConnectionStruct *rcsFirst, *rcs; + rcsFirst = rakPeer->requestedConnectionList.ReadLock(); + rcs=rcsFirst; + // acceptOpenConnection=false; + while (rcs) + { + // Scan through the requested connection queue and process any elements whose systemAddress matches the player we just got this packet from. + // If it is the first element in the queue, remove it from the queue. Otherwise, set the systemAddress to UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS to cancel it out of order. + if (rcs->systemAddress==systemAddress) + { + // Go ahead and process this request + // acceptOpenConnection=true; + + // Store the action (may be multiple actions to take at once) + // actionToTake|=(int)rcs->actionToTake; + assert(rcs->actionToTake==RakPeer::RequestedConnectionStruct::CONNECT); + + // You might get this when already connected because of cross-connections + remoteSystem=rakPeer->GetRemoteSystemFromSystemAddress( systemAddress, true, true ); + if (remoteSystem==0) + remoteSystem=rakPeer->AssignSystemAddressToRemoteSystemList(systemAddress, RakPeer::RemoteSystemStruct::UNVERIFIED_SENDER, connectionSocketIndex); + + if (remoteSystem) + { + RakNetTimeNS time = RakNet::GetTimeNS(); + remoteSystem->weInitiatedTheConnection=true; + remoteSystem->connectMode=RakPeer::RemoteSystemStruct::REQUESTED_CONNECTION; + + RakNet::BitStream temp; + temp.Write( (MessageID)ID_CONNECTION_REQUEST ); + if ( rcs->outgoingPasswordLength > 0 ) + temp.Write( ( char* ) rcs->outgoingPassword, rcs->outgoingPasswordLength ); + + rakPeer->SendImmediate((char*)temp.GetData(), temp.GetNumberOfBitsUsed(), SYSTEM_PRIORITY, RELIABLE, 0, systemAddress, false, false, time ); + } + else + { + // Failed, no connections available anymore + packet=AllocPacket(sizeof( char )); + packet->data[ 0 ] = ID_CONNECTION_ATTEMPT_FAILED; // Attempted a connection and couldn't + packet->bitSize = ( sizeof( char ) * 8); + packet->systemAddress = rcs->systemAddress; + packet->systemIndex = 65535; + rakPeer->AddPacketToProducer(packet); + } + if (rcs==rcsFirst) + { + // Delete the head of the queue + rakPeer->requestedConnectionList.ReadUnlock(); + rcsFirst=rakPeer->requestedConnectionList.ReadLock(); + rcs=rcsFirst; + continue; + } + else + { + // Cancel this out of order element of the queue - we are handling it now. + rcs->systemAddress=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + } + } + + rcs=rakPeer->requestedConnectionList.ReadLock(); + } + + // Go back to the current head of the queue + if (rcsFirst) + rakPeer->requestedConnectionList.CancelReadLock(rcsFirst); + + return; + */ + } + else if (((unsigned char)(data)[0] == (MessageID)ID_CONNECTION_ATTEMPT_FAILED || + (unsigned char)(data)[0] == (MessageID)ID_NO_FREE_INCOMING_CONNECTIONS || + (unsigned char)(data)[0] == (MessageID)ID_ALREADY_CONNECTED || + (unsigned char)(data)[0] == (MessageID)ID_CONNECTION_BANNED) + && (size_t) length <= sizeof(unsigned char)*2) + { + RakPeer::RequestedConnectionStruct *rcs; + bool unlock=true; + bool connectionAttemptCancelled=false; + unsigned i; + rakPeer->requestedConnectionQueueMutex.Lock(); + for (i=0; i < rakPeer->requestedConnectionQueue.Size(); i++) + { + rcs=rakPeer->requestedConnectionQueue[i]; + if (rcs->actionToTake==RakPeer::RequestedConnectionStruct::CONNECT && rcs->systemAddress==systemAddress) + { + rakPeer->requestedConnectionQueueMutex.Unlock(); + unlock=false; + + connectionAttemptCancelled=true; +#if defined(_PS3) + //Console2DeactivateConnection(rakPeer->console2ContextId, rcs->extraData); +#endif + + rakPeer->requestedConnectionQueue.RemoveAtIndex(i); + rakFree(rcs); + break; + } + } + + if (unlock) + rakPeer->requestedConnectionQueueMutex.Unlock(); + + /* + // Remove the connection attempt from the buffered commands + RakPeer::RequestedConnectionStruct *rcsFirst, *rcs; + rcsFirst = rakPeer->requestedConnectionList.ReadLock(); + rcs=rcsFirst; + bool connectionAttemptCancelled=false; + while (rcs) + { + if (rcs->actionToTake==RakPeer::RequestedConnectionStruct::CONNECT && rcs->systemAddress==systemAddress) + { + connectionAttemptCancelled=true; +#if defined(_PS3) + //Console2DeactivateConnection(rakPeer->console2ContextId, rcs->extraData); +#endif + if (rcs==rcsFirst) + { + rakPeer->requestedConnectionList.ReadUnlock(); + rcsFirst=rakPeer->requestedConnectionList.ReadLock(); + rcs=rcsFirst; + } + else + { + // Hole in the middle + rcs->systemAddress=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + rcs=rakPeer->requestedConnectionList.ReadLock(); + } + + continue; + } + + rcs=rakPeer->requestedConnectionList.ReadLock(); + } + + if (rcsFirst) + rakPeer->requestedConnectionList.CancelReadLock(rcsFirst); + */ + + if (connectionAttemptCancelled) + { + // Tell user of connection attempt failed + packet=AllocPacket(sizeof( char )); + packet->data[ 0 ] = data[0]; // Attempted a connection and couldn't + packet->bitSize = ( sizeof( char ) * 8); + packet->systemAddress = systemAddress; + packet->systemIndex = 65535; + rakPeer->AddPacketToProducer(packet); + } + } + // We didn't check this datagram to see if it came from a connected system or not yet. + // Therefore, this datagram must be under 17 bits - otherwise it may be normal network traffic as the min size for a raknet send is 17 bits + else if ((unsigned char)(data)[0] == ID_OPEN_CONNECTION_REQUEST && length == sizeof(unsigned char)*2) + { + //printf("%i:IOCR, ", __LINE__); + + for (i=0; i < rakPeer->messageHandlerList.Size(); i++) + rakPeer->messageHandlerList[i]->OnDirectSocketReceive(data, length*8, systemAddress); + + // If this guy is already connected and they initiated the connection, ignore the connection request + RakPeer::RemoteSystemStruct *rss = rakPeer->GetRemoteSystemFromSystemAddress( systemAddress, true, true ); + if (rss==0 || rss->weInitiatedTheConnection==true) + { + // Assign new remote system + if (rss==0) + rss=rakPeer->AssignSystemAddressToRemoteSystemList(systemAddress, RakPeer::RemoteSystemStruct::UNVERIFIED_SENDER, connectionSocketIndex); + + unsigned char c[2]; + if (rss) // If this guy is already connected remote system will be 0 + c[0] = ID_OPEN_CONNECTION_REPLY; + else + c[0] = ID_NO_FREE_INCOMING_CONNECTIONS; + c[1] = 0; // Pad, some routers apparently block 1 byte packets + + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < rakPeer->messageHandlerList.Size(); i++) + rakPeer->messageHandlerList[i]->OnDirectSocketSend((char*)&c, 16, systemAddress); + SocketLayer::Instance()->SendTo( rakPeer->connectionSockets[connectionSocketIndex], (char*)&c, 2, systemAddress.binaryAddress, systemAddress.port ); + + return; + } + else if (rss!=0) + { + char c[2]; + + // If this is an existing connection, and they are already fully connected (not in progress), reply with connection attempt failed + if (rss->connectMode==RakPeer::RemoteSystemStruct::CONNECTED || + rss->connectMode==RakPeer::RemoteSystemStruct::DISCONNECT_ASAP || + rss->connectMode==RakPeer::RemoteSystemStruct::DISCONNECT_ASAP_SILENTLY) + { + c[0] = ID_ALREADY_CONNECTED; + c[1] = 0; // Pad, some routers apparently block 1 byte packets + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < rakPeer->messageHandlerList.Size(); i++) + rakPeer->messageHandlerList[i]->OnDirectSocketSend((char*)&c, 16, systemAddress); + SocketLayer::Instance()->SendTo( rakPeer->connectionSockets[connectionSocketIndex], (char*)&c, 2, systemAddress.binaryAddress, systemAddress.port ); + } + } + else + { +// int i=0; + } + } + + // The reason for all this is that the reliability layer has no way to tell between offline messages that arrived late for a player that is now connected, + // and a regular encoding. So I insert OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID into the stream, the encoding of which is essentially impossible to hit by random chance + // This only needs to be done for offline messages that carry data, since other messages are two bytes which are guaranteed not to be from the reliability layer anyway + bool isOfflineMessage; + if (length <=2) + { + isOfflineMessage=true; + } + else if ( + ((unsigned char)data[0] == ID_PING || + (unsigned char)data[0] == ID_PING_OPEN_CONNECTIONS) && + length == sizeof(unsigned char) + sizeof(RakNetTime) + sizeof(OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID)) + { + isOfflineMessage=memcmp(data+sizeof(unsigned char) + sizeof(RakNetTime), OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID, sizeof(OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID))==0; + } + else if ((unsigned char)data[0] == ID_PONG && (size_t) length >= sizeof(unsigned char) + sizeof(RakNetTime) + sizeof(OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID)) + { + isOfflineMessage=memcmp(data+sizeof(unsigned char) + sizeof(RakNetTime), OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID, sizeof(OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID))==0; + } + else if (((unsigned char)data[0] == ID_ADVERTISE_SYSTEM || (unsigned char)data[0] == ID_OUT_OF_BAND_INTERNAL) && + (size_t) length >= sizeof(unsigned char) + sizeof(OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID)) + { + isOfflineMessage=memcmp(data+sizeof(unsigned char), OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID, sizeof(OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID))==0; + } + else + { + isOfflineMessage=false; + } + + // See if this datagram came from a connected system + remoteSystem = rakPeer->GetRemoteSystemFromSystemAddress( systemAddress, true, true ); + if ( isOfflineMessage==false && remoteSystem ) + { + if (remoteSystem->connectMode==RakPeer::RemoteSystemStruct::SET_ENCRYPTION_ON_MULTIPLE_16_BYTE_PACKET && (length & 15)==0) // & 15 = mod 16 + { + // Test the key before setting it + unsigned int newLength; + char output[ MAXIMUM_MTU_SIZE ]; + DataBlockEncryptor testEncryptor; + testEncryptor.SetKey(remoteSystem->AESKey); + if ( testEncryptor.Decrypt( ( unsigned char* ) data, length, (unsigned char*) output,&newLength ) == true ) + remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.SetEncryptionKey( remoteSystem->AESKey ); + } + + // Handle regular incoming data + // HandleSocketReceiveFromConnectedPlayer is only safe to be called from the same thread as Update, which is this thread + if ( isOfflineMessage==false) + { + if (remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.HandleSocketReceiveFromConnectedPlayer( data, length, systemAddress, rakPeer->messageHandlerList, remoteSystem->MTUSize ) == false) + { + // These kinds of packets may have been duplicated and incorrectly determined to be + // cheat packets. Anything else really is a cheat packet + if ( !( + ( (unsigned char)data[0] == ID_CONNECTION_BANNED && length <= 2 ) || + ( (unsigned char)data[0] == ID_OPEN_CONNECTION_REQUEST && length <= 2 ) || + ( (unsigned char)data[0] == ID_OPEN_CONNECTION_REPLY && length <= 2 ) || + ( (unsigned char)data[0] == ID_CONNECTION_ATTEMPT_FAILED && length <= 2 ) || + ( (unsigned char)data[0] == ID_ALREADY_CONNECTED && length <= 2 )) + ) + { + // Unknown message. Could be caused by old out of order stuff from unconnected or no longer connected systems, etc. + packet=AllocPacket(1); + packet->data[ 0 ] = ID_MODIFIED_PACKET; + packet->bitSize = sizeof( char ) * 8; + packet->systemAddress = systemAddress; + packet->systemIndex = ( SystemIndex ) rakPeer->GetIndexFromSystemAddress( systemAddress, true ); + rakPeer->AddPacketToProducer(packet); + } + } + } + } + else + { + for (i=0; i < rakPeer->messageHandlerList.Size(); i++) + rakPeer->messageHandlerList[i]->OnDirectSocketReceive(data, length*8, systemAddress); + + if (length > 512) + { +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + // Flood attack? Unknown systems should never send more than a small amount of data. Do a short ban + rakPeer->AddToBanList(systemAddress.ToString(false), 10000); +#endif + return; + } + + // These are all messages from unconnected systems. Messages here can be any size, but are never processed from connected systems. + if ( ( (unsigned char) data[ 0 ] == ID_PING_OPEN_CONNECTIONS + || (unsigned char)(data)[0] == ID_PING) && length == sizeof(unsigned char)+sizeof(RakNetTime)+sizeof(OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID) ) + { + if ( (unsigned char)(data)[0] == ID_PING || + rakPeer->AllowIncomingConnections() ) // Open connections with players + { +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + RakNet::BitStream inBitStream( (unsigned char *) data, length, false ); + inBitStream.IgnoreBits(8); + RakNetTime sendPingTime; + inBitStream.Read(sendPingTime); + + RakNet::BitStream outBitStream; + outBitStream.Write((MessageID)ID_PONG); // Should be named ID_UNCONNECTED_PONG eventually + outBitStream.Write(sendPingTime); + outBitStream.WriteAlignedBytes((const unsigned char*) OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID, sizeof(OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID)); + + rakPeer->rakPeerMutexes[ RakPeer::offlinePingResponse_Mutex ].Lock(); + // They are connected, so append offline ping data + outBitStream.Write( (char*)rakPeer->offlinePingResponse.GetData(), rakPeer->offlinePingResponse.GetNumberOfBytesUsed() ); + rakPeer->rakPeerMutexes[ RakPeer::offlinePingResponse_Mutex ].Unlock(); + + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < rakPeer->messageHandlerList.Size(); i++) + rakPeer->messageHandlerList[i]->OnDirectSocketSend((const char*)outBitStream.GetData(), outBitStream.GetNumberOfBytesUsed(), systemAddress); + + SocketLayer::Instance()->SendTo( rakPeer->connectionSockets[connectionSocketIndex], (const char*)outBitStream.GetData(), (unsigned int) outBitStream.GetNumberOfBytesUsed(), systemAddress.ToString(false) , systemAddress.port ); +#endif + } + } + // UNCONNECTED MESSAGE Pong with no data. + else if ((unsigned char) data[ 0 ] == ID_PONG && (size_t) length >= sizeof(unsigned char)+sizeof(RakNetTime)+sizeof(OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID) && (size_t) length < sizeof(unsigned char)+sizeof(RakNetTime)+sizeof(OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID)+MAX_OFFLINE_DATA_LENGTH) + { + if ((size_t) length > sizeof(unsigned char)+sizeof(RakNetTime)+sizeof(OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID)) + { + // Skip OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID after the timestamp + packet=AllocPacket(length-sizeof(OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID)); + memcpy(packet->data, data, sizeof(unsigned char)+sizeof(RakNetTime)); + memcpy(packet->data+sizeof(unsigned char)+sizeof(RakNetTime), data+sizeof(unsigned char)+sizeof(RakNetTime)+sizeof(OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID), length-sizeof(unsigned char)-sizeof(RakNetTime)-sizeof(OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID)); + } + else + { + packet=AllocPacket(length); + memcpy(packet->data, data, length); + } + packet->bitSize = BYTES_TO_BITS(length); + packet->systemAddress = systemAddress; + packet->systemIndex = ( SystemIndex ) rakPeer->GetIndexFromSystemAddress( systemAddress, true ); + rakPeer->AddPacketToProducer(packet); + } + else if (((unsigned char) data[ 0 ] == ID_ADVERTISE_SYSTEM || (unsigned char) data[ 0 ] == ID_OUT_OF_BAND_INTERNAL) && + length >= 2 && (size_t) length < MAX_OFFLINE_DATA_LENGTH+sizeof(OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID)+1) + { + if ((size_t) length <= sizeof(OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID)+1) + { + packet=AllocPacket(length); + memcpy(packet->data, data, length); + } + else + { + // Skip OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID data after the first byte + packet=AllocPacket(length-sizeof(OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID)); + packet->data[0]=data[ 0 ]; + memcpy(packet->data+1, data+sizeof(OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID)+1, length-sizeof(OFFLINE_MESSAGE_DATA_ID)-1); + } + + packet->bitSize = BYTES_TO_BITS(packet->length); + packet->systemAddress = systemAddress; + packet->systemIndex = ( SystemIndex ) rakPeer->GetIndexFromSystemAddress( systemAddress, true ); + rakPeer->AddPacketToProducer(packet); + } + } +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool RakPeer::RunUpdateCycle( void ) +{ + RakPeer::RemoteSystemStruct * remoteSystem; + unsigned remoteSystemIndex; + Packet *packet; + RakNetTime ping, lastPing; + // int currentSentBytes,currentReceivedBytes; +// unsigned numberOfBytesUsed; + BitSize_t numberOfBitsUsed; + //SystemAddress authoritativeClientSystemAddress; + BitSize_t bitSize; + unsigned int byteSize; + unsigned char *data; + int errorCode; + int gotData; + RakNetTimeNS timeNS; + RakNetTime timeMS; + SystemAddress systemAddress; + BufferedCommandStruct *bcs; + bool callerDataAllocationUsed; + RakNetStatistics *rnss; + unsigned connectionSocketIndex; + + for (connectionSocketIndex=0; connectionSocketIndex < connectionSocketsLength; connectionSocketIndex++) + { + do + { + // Read a packet + gotData = SocketLayer::Instance()->RecvFrom( connectionSockets[connectionSocketIndex], this, &errorCode, connectionSocketIndex ); + + if ( gotData == -1 ) + { +#ifdef _WIN32 + if ( errorCode == WSAECONNRESET ) + { + gotData=false; + // 11/14/05 - RecvFrom now calls HandlePortUnreachable rather than PushPortRefused + //PushPortRefused( UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS ); + //closesocket(peer->connectionSocket); + + //peer->connectionSocket = SocketLayer::Instance()->CreateBoundSocket(peer->mySystemAddress.port, true); + } + else + if ( errorCode != 0 && endThreads == false ) + { +#ifdef _DO_PRINTF + printf( "Server RecvFrom critical failure!\n" ); +#endif + // Some kind of critical error + // peer->isRecvfromThreadActive=false; + endThreads = true; + Shutdown( 0, 0 ); + return false; + } + +#else + if ( errorCode == -1 ) + { + // isRecvfromThreadActive=false; + endThreads = true; + Shutdown( 0 ); + return false; + } +#endif + } + + if ( endThreads ) + return false; + } + while ( gotData>0 ); // Read until there is nothing left + } + + timeNS=0; + timeMS=0; + + // Process all the deferred user thread Send and connect calls + while ((bcs=bufferedCommands.ReadLock())!=0) + { + if (bcs->command==BufferedCommandStruct::BCS_SEND) + { + // GetTime is a very slow call so do it once and as late as possible + if (timeNS==0) + timeNS = RakNet::GetTimeNS(); + + callerDataAllocationUsed=SendImmediate((char*)bcs->data, bcs->numberOfBitsToSend, bcs->priority, bcs->reliability, bcs->orderingChannel, bcs->systemAddress, bcs->broadcast, true, timeNS); + if ( callerDataAllocationUsed==false ) + rakFree(bcs->data); + + // Set the new connection state AFTER we call sendImmediate in case we are setting it to a disconnection state, which does not allow further sends + if (bcs->connectionMode!=RemoteSystemStruct::NO_ACTION && bcs->systemAddress!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + { + remoteSystem=GetRemoteSystemFromSystemAddress( bcs->systemAddress, true, true ); + if (remoteSystem) + remoteSystem->connectMode=bcs->connectionMode; + } + } + else if (bcs->command==BufferedCommandStruct::BCS_CLOSE_CONNECTION) + CloseConnectionInternal(bcs->systemAddress, false, true, bcs->orderingChannel); + +#ifdef _DEBUG + bcs->data=0; +#endif + + bufferedCommands.ReadUnlock(); + } + + if (requestedConnectionQueue.IsEmpty()==false) + { + if (timeNS==0) + { + timeNS = RakNet::GetTimeNS(); + timeMS = (RakNetTime)(timeNS/(RakNetTimeNS)1000); + } + + bool condition1, condition2; + RequestedConnectionStruct *rcs; + unsigned requestedConnectionQueueIndex=0; + requestedConnectionQueueMutex.Lock(); + while (requestedConnectionQueueIndex < requestedConnectionQueue.Size()) + { + rcs = requestedConnectionQueue[requestedConnectionQueueIndex]; + requestedConnectionQueueMutex.Unlock(); + if (rcs->nextRequestTime < timeMS) + { + condition1=rcs->requestsMade==MAX_OPEN_CONNECTION_REQUESTS; + condition2=(bool)((rcs->systemAddress==UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS)==1); + // If too many requests made or a hole then remove this if possible, otherwise invalidate it + if (condition1 || condition2) + { + if (rcs->data) + { + rakFree(rcs->data); + rcs->data=0; + } + + if (condition1 && !condition2 && rcs->actionToTake==RequestedConnectionStruct::CONNECT) + { +#if defined(_PS3) + //Console2DeactivateConnection(console2ContextId, rcs->extraData); +#endif + // Tell user of connection attempt failed + packet=AllocPacket(sizeof( char )); + packet->data[ 0 ] = ID_CONNECTION_ATTEMPT_FAILED; // Attempted a connection and couldn't + packet->bitSize = ( sizeof( char ) * 8); + packet->systemAddress = rcs->systemAddress; + packet->systemIndex = 65535; + AddPacketToProducer(packet); + } + + rakFree(rcs); + requestedConnectionQueue.RemoveAtIndex(requestedConnectionQueueIndex); + } + else + { + + rcs->requestsMade++; + rcs->nextRequestTime=timeMS+TIME_BETWEEN_OPEN_CONNECTION_REQUESTS; + char c[2]; + c[0] = ID_OPEN_CONNECTION_REQUEST; + c[1] = 0; // Pad - apparently some routers block 1 byte packets + + //printf("%i:IOCR, ", __LINE__); + + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < messageHandlerList.Size(); i++) + messageHandlerList[i]->OnDirectSocketSend((char*)&c, 16, rcs->systemAddress); + SocketLayer::Instance()->SendTo( connectionSockets[rcs->socketIndex], (char*)&c, 2, rcs->systemAddress.binaryAddress, rcs->systemAddress.port ); + + requestedConnectionQueueIndex++; + } + } + else + requestedConnectionQueueIndex++; + + requestedConnectionQueueMutex.Lock(); + } + requestedConnectionQueueMutex.Unlock(); + } + + /* + // Process connection attempts + RequestedConnectionStruct *rcsFirst, *rcs; + bool condition1, condition2; + rcsFirst = requestedConnectionList.ReadLock(); + rcs=rcsFirst; + while (rcs) + { + if (timeNS==0) + { + timeNS = RakNet::GetTimeNS(); + timeMS = (RakNetTime)(timeNS/(RakNetTimeNS)1000); + } + + if (rcs->nextRequestTime < timeMS) + { + condition1=rcs->requestsMade==MAX_OPEN_CONNECTION_REQUESTS; + condition2=(bool)((rcs->systemAddress==UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS)==1); + // If too many requests made or a hole then remove this if possible, otherwise invalidate it + if (condition1 || condition2) + { + if (rcs->data) + { + rakFree(rcs->data); + rcs->data=0; + } + + if (condition1 && !condition2 && rcs->actionToTake==RequestedConnectionStruct::CONNECT) + { +#if defined(_PS3) + //Console2DeactivateConnection(console2ContextId, rcs->extraData); +#endif + // Tell user of connection attempt failed + packet=AllocPacket(sizeof( char )); + packet->data[ 0 ] = ID_CONNECTION_ATTEMPT_FAILED; // Attempted a connection and couldn't + packet->bitSize = ( sizeof( char ) * 8); + packet->systemAddress = rcs->systemAddress; + packet->systemIndex = 65535; + AddPacketToProducer(packet); + } + + // Remove this if possible + if (rcs==rcsFirst) + { + requestedConnectionList.ReadUnlock(); + rcsFirst = requestedConnectionList.ReadLock(); + rcs=rcsFirst; + } + else + { + // Hole in the middle + rcs->systemAddress=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + rcs=requestedConnectionList.ReadLock(); + } + + continue; + } + + rcs->requestsMade++; + rcs->nextRequestTime=timeMS+TIME_BETWEEN_OPEN_CONNECTION_REQUESTS; + char c[2]; + c[0] = ID_OPEN_CONNECTION_REQUEST; + c[1] = 0; // Pad - apparently some routers block 1 byte packets + + //printf("%i:IOCR, ", __LINE__); + + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < messageHandlerList.Size(); i++) + messageHandlerList[i]->OnDirectSocketSend((char*)&c, 16, rcs->systemAddress); + SocketLayer::Instance()->SendTo( connectionSockets[rcs->socketIndex], (char*)&c, 2, rcs->systemAddress.binaryAddress, rcs->systemAddress.port ); + } + + rcs=requestedConnectionList.ReadLock(); + } + + if (rcsFirst) + requestedConnectionList.CancelReadLock(rcsFirst); + */ + + + // remoteSystemList in network thread + for ( remoteSystemIndex = 0; remoteSystemIndex < maximumNumberOfPeers; ++remoteSystemIndex ) + //for ( remoteSystemIndex = 0; remoteSystemIndex < remoteSystemListSize; ++remoteSystemIndex ) + { + // I'm using systemAddress from remoteSystemList but am not locking it because this loop is called very frequently and it doesn't + // matter if we miss or do an extra update. The reliability layers themselves never care which player they are associated with + //systemAddress = remoteSystemList[ remoteSystemIndex ].systemAddress; + // Allow the systemAddress for this remote system list to change. We don't care if it changes now. + // remoteSystemList[ remoteSystemIndex ].allowSystemAddressAssigment=true; + if ( remoteSystemList[ remoteSystemIndex ].isActive ) + { + systemAddress = remoteSystemList[ remoteSystemIndex ].systemAddress; + RakAssert(systemAddress!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + // Found an active remote system + remoteSystem = remoteSystemList + remoteSystemIndex; + // Update is only safe to call from the same thread that calls HandleSocketReceiveFromConnectedPlayer, + // which is this thread + + if (timeNS==0) + { + timeNS = RakNet::GetTimeNS(); + timeMS = (RakNetTime)(timeNS/(RakNetTimeNS)1000); + //printf("timeNS = %I64i timeMS=%i\n", timeNS, timeMS); + } + + + if (timeMS > remoteSystem->lastReliableSend && timeMS-remoteSystem->lastReliableSend > 5000 && remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::CONNECTED) + { + // If no reliable packets are waiting for an ack, do a one byte reliable send so that disconnections are noticed + rnss=remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.GetStatistics(); + if (rnss->messagesOnResendQueue==0) + { + PingInternal( systemAddress, true, RELIABLE ); + /* + unsigned char keepAlive=ID_DETECT_LOST_CONNECTIONS; + SendImmediate((char*)&keepAlive,8,LOW_PRIORITY, RELIABLE, 0, remoteSystem->systemAddress, false, false, timeNS); + */ + //remoteSystem->lastReliableSend=timeMS+remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.GetTimeoutTime(); + remoteSystem->lastReliableSend=timeMS; + } + } + + /* + // Keep data on the send buffer if the connection is throughput is changing to determine the new throughput + // Stop doing this when there are no longer throughput changes + // Only done for new connections to determine the starting bandwidth + if (timeMS-remoteSystem->connectionTime < 60000 && // Newly connected + remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::CONNECTED && + (remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.GetLastTimeBetweenPacketsIncrease()==0 || + timeNS-remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.GetLastTimeBetweenPacketsIncrease()>(RakNetTimeNS)2000000 // Throughput did not decrease recently + )) + { + // if (remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.IsReliableOutgoingDataWaiting()==false) // No other data waiting to go out + if (remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.IsOutgoingDataWaiting()==false) + { + // Send a dummy reliable packet to measure throughput + unsigned char keepAlive=ID_DETECT_LOST_CONNECTIONS; + SendImmediate((char*)&keepAlive,8,LOW_PRIORITY, RELIABLE, 0, remoteSystem->systemAddress, false, false, timeNS); + } + + remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.SetDoFastThroughputReactions(true); + } + else + { + remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.SetDoFastThroughputReactions(false); + } + */ + + remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.Update( connectionSockets[remoteSystem->connectionSocketIndex], systemAddress, remoteSystem->MTUSize, timeNS, maxOutgoingBPS, messageHandlerList ); // systemAddress only used for the internet simulator test + + // Check for failure conditions + if ( remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.IsDeadConnection() || + ((remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::DISCONNECT_ASAP || remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::DISCONNECT_ASAP_SILENTLY) && remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.IsOutgoingDataWaiting()==false) || + (remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::DISCONNECT_ON_NO_ACK && (remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.AreAcksWaiting()==false || remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.AckTimeout(timeNS)==true)) || + (( + (remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::REQUESTED_CONNECTION || + remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::HANDLING_CONNECTION_REQUEST || + remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::UNVERIFIED_SENDER || + remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::SET_ENCRYPTION_ON_MULTIPLE_16_BYTE_PACKET) + && timeMS > remoteSystem->connectionTime && timeMS - remoteSystem->connectionTime > 10000)) + ) + { + // printf("timeMS=%i remoteSystem->connectionTime=%i\n", timeMS, remoteSystem->connectionTime ); + + // Failed. Inform the user? + // TODO - RakNet 4.0 - Return a different message identifier for DISCONNECT_ASAP_SILENTLY and DISCONNECT_ASAP than for DISCONNECT_ON_NO_ACK + // The first two mean we called CloseConnection(), the last means the other system sent us ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION + if (remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::CONNECTED || remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::REQUESTED_CONNECTION + || remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::DISCONNECT_ASAP_SILENTLY || remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::DISCONNECT_ASAP || remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::DISCONNECT_ON_NO_ACK) + { + +// RakNet::BitStream undeliveredMessages; +// remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.GetUndeliveredMessages(&undeliveredMessages,remoteSystem->MTUSize); + +// packet=AllocPacket(sizeof( char ) + undeliveredMessages.GetNumberOfBytesUsed()); + packet=AllocPacket(sizeof( char )); + if (remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::REQUESTED_CONNECTION) + packet->data[ 0 ] = ID_CONNECTION_ATTEMPT_FAILED; // Attempted a connection and couldn't + else if (remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::CONNECTED) + packet->data[ 0 ] = ID_CONNECTION_LOST; // DeadConnection + else + packet->data[ 0 ] = ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION; // DeadConnection + +// memcpy(packet->data+1, undeliveredMessages.GetData(), undeliveredMessages.GetNumberOfBytesUsed()); + + packet->systemAddress = systemAddress; + packet->systemIndex = ( SystemIndex ) remoteSystemIndex; + + AddPacketToProducer(packet); + } + // else connection shutting down, don't bother telling the user + +#ifdef _DO_PRINTF + printf("Connection dropped for player %i:%i\n", systemAddress.binaryAddress, systemAddress.port); +#endif + CloseConnectionInternal( systemAddress, false, true, 0 ); + continue; + } + + // Did the reliability layer detect a modified packet? + if ( remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.IsCheater() ) + { + packet=AllocPacket(sizeof(char)); + packet->bitSize=8; + packet->data[ 0 ] = (MessageID)ID_MODIFIED_PACKET; + packet->systemAddress = systemAddress; + packet->systemIndex = ( SystemIndex ) remoteSystemIndex; + AddPacketToProducer(packet); + continue; + } + + // Ping this guy if it is time to do so + if ( remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::CONNECTED && timeMS > remoteSystem->nextPingTime && ( occasionalPing || remoteSystem->lowestPing == (unsigned short)-1 ) ) + { + remoteSystem->nextPingTime = timeMS + 5000; + PingInternal( systemAddress, true, UNRELIABLE ); + } + + // Find whoever has the lowest player ID + //if (systemAddress < authoritativeClientSystemAddress) + // authoritativeClientSystemAddress=systemAddress; + + // Does the reliability layer have any packets waiting for us? + // To be thread safe, this has to be called in the same thread as HandleSocketReceiveFromConnectedPlayer + bitSize = remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.Receive( &data ); + + while ( bitSize > 0 ) + { + // These types are for internal use and should never arrive from a network packet + if (data[0]==ID_CONNECTION_ATTEMPT_FAILED || data[0]==ID_MODIFIED_PACKET) + { + RakAssert(0); + continue; + } + + // Put the input through compression if necessary + if ( inputTree ) + { + RakNet::BitStream dataBitStream( MAXIMUM_MTU_SIZE ); + // Since we are decompressing input, we need to copy to a bitstream, decompress, then copy back to a probably + // larger data block. It's slow, but the user should have known that anyway + dataBitStream.Reset(); + dataBitStream.WriteAlignedBytes( ( unsigned char* ) data, BITS_TO_BYTES( bitSize ) ); + rawBytesReceived += (unsigned int) dataBitStream.GetNumberOfBytesUsed(); + +// numberOfBytesUsed = dataBitStream.GetNumberOfBytesUsed(); + numberOfBitsUsed = dataBitStream.GetNumberOfBitsUsed(); + //rawBytesReceived += numberOfBytesUsed; + // Decompress the input data. + + if (numberOfBitsUsed>0) + { + unsigned char *dataCopy = (unsigned char*) rakMalloc( (unsigned int) dataBitStream.GetNumberOfBytesUsed() ); + memcpy( dataCopy, dataBitStream.GetData(), (size_t) dataBitStream.GetNumberOfBytesUsed() ); + dataBitStream.Reset(); + inputTree->DecodeArray( dataCopy, numberOfBitsUsed, &dataBitStream ); + compressedBytesReceived += (unsigned int) dataBitStream.GetNumberOfBytesUsed(); + rakFree(dataCopy); + + byteSize = (unsigned int) dataBitStream.GetNumberOfBytesUsed(); + + if ( byteSize > BITS_TO_BYTES( bitSize ) ) // Probably the case - otherwise why decompress? + { + rakFree (data); + data = (unsigned char*) rakMalloc( (size_t) byteSize ); + } + memcpy( data, dataBitStream.GetData(), byteSize ); + } + else + byteSize=0; + } + else + // Fast and easy - just use the data that was returned + byteSize = (unsigned int) BITS_TO_BYTES( bitSize ); + + // For unknown senders we only accept a few specific packets + if (remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::UNVERIFIED_SENDER) + { + if ( (unsigned char)(data)[0] == ID_CONNECTION_REQUEST ) + { + ParseConnectionRequestPacket(remoteSystem, systemAddress, (const char*)data, byteSize); + rakFree(data); + } + else + { + CloseConnectionInternal( systemAddress, false, true, 0 ); +#ifdef _DO_PRINTF + printf("Temporarily banning %i:%i for sending nonsense data\n", systemAddress.binaryAddress, systemAddress.port); +#endif +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + AddToBanList(systemAddress.ToString(false), remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.GetTimeoutTime()); +#endif + + rakFree(data); + } + } + else + { + // However, if we are connected we still take a connection request in case both systems are trying to connect to each other + // at the same time + if ( (unsigned char)(data)[0] == ID_CONNECTION_REQUEST ) + { + // 04/27/06 This is wrong. With cross connections, we can both have initiated the connection are in state REQUESTED_CONNECTION + // 04/28/06 Downgrading connections from connected will close the connection due to security at ((remoteSystem->connectMode!=RemoteSystemStruct::CONNECTED && time > remoteSystem->connectionTime && time - remoteSystem->connectionTime > 10000)) + if (remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::REQUESTED_CONNECTION) + { + ParseConnectionRequestPacket(remoteSystem, systemAddress, (const char*)data, byteSize); + } + else + { + // Got a connection request message from someone we are already connected to. Just reply normally. + // This can happen due to race conditions with the fully connected mesh + SendConnectionRequestAccepted(remoteSystem); + } + rakFree(data); + } + else if ( (unsigned char) data[ 0 ] == ID_NEW_INCOMING_CONNECTION && byteSize == sizeof(unsigned char)+sizeof(unsigned int)+sizeof(unsigned short)+sizeof(unsigned int)+sizeof(unsigned short) ) + { + if (remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::HANDLING_CONNECTION_REQUEST || + remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::REQUESTED_CONNECTION || + remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::SET_ENCRYPTION_ON_MULTIPLE_16_BYTE_PACKET || + systemAddress==mySystemAddress) // local system connect + { + remoteSystem->connectMode=RemoteSystemStruct::CONNECTED; + PingInternal( systemAddress, true, UNRELIABLE ); + + RakNet::BitStream inBitStream((unsigned char *) data, byteSize, false); + SystemAddress bsSystemAddress; + + inBitStream.IgnoreBits(8); + inBitStream.Read(bsSystemAddress.binaryAddress); + inBitStream.Read(bsSystemAddress.port); + inBitStream.Read(remoteSystem->theirInternalSystemAddress); + + // Overwrite the data in the packet + // NewIncomingConnectionStruct newIncomingConnectionStruct; + // RakNet::BitStream nICS_BS( data, NewIncomingConnectionStruct_Size, false ); + // newIncomingConnectionStruct.Deserialize( nICS_BS ); + + remoteSystem->myExternalSystemAddress = bsSystemAddress; + + firstExternalID=bsSystemAddress; + + // Send this info down to the game + packet=AllocPacket(byteSize, data); + packet->bitSize = bitSize; + packet->systemAddress = systemAddress; + packet->systemIndex = ( SystemIndex ) remoteSystemIndex; + AddPacketToProducer(packet); + } + else + { + // Ignore, already connected + rakFree(data); + } + } + else if ( (unsigned char) data[ 0 ] == ID_CONNECTED_PONG && byteSize == sizeof(unsigned char)+sizeof(RakNetTime)*2 ) + { + RakNetTime sendPingTime, sendPongTime; + + // Copy into the ping times array the current time - the value returned + // First extract the sent ping + RakNet::BitStream inBitStream( (unsigned char *) data, byteSize, false ); + //PingStruct ps; + //ps.Deserialize(psBS); + inBitStream.IgnoreBits(8); + inBitStream.Read(sendPingTime); + inBitStream.Read(sendPongTime); + + timeNS = RakNet::GetTimeNS(); // Update the time value to be accurate + timeMS = (RakNetTime)(timeNS/(RakNetTimeNS)1000); + if (timeMS > sendPingTime) + ping = timeMS - sendPingTime; + else + ping=0; + lastPing = remoteSystem->pingAndClockDifferential[ remoteSystem->pingAndClockDifferentialWriteIndex ].pingTime; + + // Ignore super high spikes in the average + if ( lastPing <= 0 || ( ( ping < ( lastPing * 3 ) ) && ping < 1200 ) ) + { + remoteSystem->pingAndClockDifferential[ remoteSystem->pingAndClockDifferentialWriteIndex ].pingTime = ( unsigned short ) ping; + // Thanks to Chris Taylor (cat02e@fsu.edu) for the improved timestamping algorithm + // Divide each integer by 2, rather than the sum by 2, to prevent overflow + remoteSystem->pingAndClockDifferential[ remoteSystem->pingAndClockDifferentialWriteIndex ].clockDifferential = sendPongTime - ( timeMS/2 + sendPingTime/2 ); + + if ( remoteSystem->lowestPing == (unsigned short)-1 || remoteSystem->lowestPing > (int) ping ) + remoteSystem->lowestPing = (unsigned short) ping; + + // Reliability layer calculates its own ping + // Most packets should arrive by the ping time. + //assert(ping < 10000); // Sanity check - could hit due to negative pings causing the var to overflow + //remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.SetPing( (unsigned short) ping ); + + if ( ++( remoteSystem->pingAndClockDifferentialWriteIndex ) == PING_TIMES_ARRAY_SIZE ) + remoteSystem->pingAndClockDifferentialWriteIndex = 0; + } + + rakFree(data); + } + else if ( (unsigned char)data[0] == ID_INTERNAL_PING && byteSize == sizeof(unsigned char)+sizeof(RakNetTime) ) + { + RakNet::BitStream inBitStream( (unsigned char *) data, byteSize, false ); + inBitStream.IgnoreBits(8); + RakNetTime sendPingTime; + inBitStream.Read(sendPingTime); + + RakNet::BitStream outBitStream; + outBitStream.Write((MessageID)ID_CONNECTED_PONG); + outBitStream.Write(sendPingTime); + timeMS = RakNet::GetTime(); + timeNS = RakNet::GetTimeNS(); + outBitStream.Write(timeMS); + SendImmediate( (char*)outBitStream.GetData(), outBitStream.GetNumberOfBitsUsed(), SYSTEM_PRIORITY, UNRELIABLE, 0, systemAddress, false, false, timeNS ); + + rakFree(data); + } + else if ( (unsigned char) data[ 0 ] == ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION ) + { + // We shouldn't close the connection immediately because we need to ack the ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION + remoteSystem->connectMode=RemoteSystemStruct::DISCONNECT_ON_NO_ACK; + rakFree(data); + + // AddPacketToProducer(packet); + } + else if ( (unsigned char) data[ 0 ] == ID_RPC_MAPPING ) + { + RakNet::BitStream inBitStream( (unsigned char *) data, byteSize, false ); + RPCIndex index; + char output[256]; + inBitStream.IgnoreBits(8); + stringCompressor->DecodeString(output, 255, &inBitStream); + inBitStream.ReadCompressed(index); + remoteSystem->rpcMap.AddIdentifierAtIndex((char*)output,index); + rakFree(data); + } +#if !defined(_XBOX360) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) + else if ( (unsigned char)(data)[0] == ID_SECURED_CONNECTION_RESPONSE && + byteSize == 1 + sizeof( big::u32 ) + sizeof( RSA_BIT_SIZE ) + 20 ) + { + SecuredConnectionConfirmation( remoteSystem, (char*)data ); + rakFree(data); + } + else if ( (unsigned char)(data)[0] == ID_SECURED_CONNECTION_CONFIRMATION && + byteSize == 1 + 20 + sizeof( RSA_BIT_SIZE ) ) + { + CSHA1 sha1; + bool confirmedHash, newRandNumber; + + confirmedHash = false; + + // Hash the SYN-Cookie + // s2c syn-cookie = SHA1_HASH(source ip address + source port + random number) + sha1.Reset(); + sha1.Update( ( unsigned char* ) & systemAddress.binaryAddress, sizeof( systemAddress.binaryAddress ) ); + sha1.Update( ( unsigned char* ) & systemAddress.port, sizeof( systemAddress.port ) ); + sha1.Update( ( unsigned char* ) & ( newRandomNumber ), 20 ); + sha1.Final(); + + newRandNumber = false; + + // Confirm if + //syn-cookie ?= HASH(source ip address + source port + last random number) + //syn-cookie ?= HASH(source ip address + source port + current random number) + if ( memcmp( sha1.GetHash(), data + 1, 20 ) == 0 ) + { + confirmedHash = true; + } + else + { + sha1.Reset(); + sha1.Update( ( unsigned char* ) & systemAddress.binaryAddress, sizeof( systemAddress.binaryAddress ) ); + sha1.Update( ( unsigned char* ) & systemAddress.port, sizeof( systemAddress.port ) ); + sha1.Update( ( unsigned char* ) & ( oldRandomNumber ), 20 ); + sha1.Final(); + + if ( memcmp( sha1.GetHash(), data + 1, 20 ) == 0 ) + confirmedHash = true; + } + if ( confirmedHash ) + { + int i; + unsigned char AESKey[ 16 ]; + RSA_BIT_SIZE message, encryptedMessage; + + // On connection accept, AES key is c2s RSA_Decrypt(random number) XOR s2c syn-cookie + // Get the random number first + #ifdef HOST_ENDIAN_IS_BIG + BSWAPCPY( (unsigned char *) encryptedMessage, (unsigned char *)(data + 1 + 20), sizeof( RSA_BIT_SIZE ) ); + #else + memcpy( encryptedMessage, data + 1 + 20, sizeof( RSA_BIT_SIZE ) ); + #endif + rsacrypt.decrypt( encryptedMessage, message ); + #ifdef HOST_ENDIAN_IS_BIG + BSWAPSELF( (unsigned char *) message, sizeof( RSA_BIT_SIZE ) ); + #endif + + // Save the AES key + for ( i = 0; i < 16; i++ ) + AESKey[ i ] = data[ 1 + i ] ^ ( ( unsigned char* ) ( message ) ) [ i ]; + + // Connect this player assuming we have open slots + OnConnectionRequest( remoteSystem, AESKey, true ); + } + rakFree(data); + } +#endif // #if !defined(_XBOX360) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) + else if ( (unsigned char)(data)[0] == ID_DETECT_LOST_CONNECTIONS && byteSize == sizeof(unsigned char) ) + { + // Do nothing + rakFree(data); + } + else if ( (unsigned char)(data)[0] == ID_CONNECTION_REQUEST_ACCEPTED ) + { + if (byteSize == sizeof(MessageID)+sizeof(unsigned int)+sizeof(unsigned short)+sizeof(SystemIndex)+sizeof(unsigned int)+sizeof(unsigned short)) + { + // Make sure this connection accept is from someone we wanted to connect to + bool allowConnection, alreadyConnected; + + if (remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::HANDLING_CONNECTION_REQUEST || + remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::REQUESTED_CONNECTION || + allowConnectionResponseIPMigration) + allowConnection=true; + else + allowConnection=false; + + if (remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::HANDLING_CONNECTION_REQUEST) + alreadyConnected=true; + else + alreadyConnected=false; + + if ( allowConnection ) + { + SystemAddress externalID; + SystemIndex systemIndex; + SystemAddress internalID; + + RakNet::BitStream inBitStream((unsigned char *) data, byteSize, false); + inBitStream.IgnoreBits(8); // ID_CONNECTION_REQUEST_ACCEPTED + // inBitStream.Read(remotePort); + inBitStream.Read(externalID.binaryAddress); + inBitStream.Read(externalID.port); + inBitStream.Read(systemIndex); + inBitStream.Read(internalID.binaryAddress); + inBitStream.Read(internalID.port); + + // Find a free remote system struct to use + // RakNet::BitStream casBitS(data, byteSize, false); + // ConnectionAcceptStruct cas; + // cas.Deserialize(casBitS); + // systemAddress.port = remotePort; + + // The remote system told us our external IP, so save it + remoteSystem->myExternalSystemAddress = externalID; + remoteSystem->theirInternalSystemAddress = internalID; + remoteSystem->connectMode=RemoteSystemStruct::CONNECTED; + + firstExternalID=externalID; + + if (alreadyConnected==false) + { + // Use the stored encryption key + if (remoteSystem->setAESKey) + remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.SetEncryptionKey( remoteSystem->AESKey ); + else + remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.SetEncryptionKey( 0 ); + } + + // Send the connection request complete to the game + packet=AllocPacket(byteSize, data); + packet->bitSize = byteSize * 8; + packet->systemAddress = systemAddress; + packet->systemIndex = ( SystemIndex ) GetIndexFromSystemAddress( systemAddress, true ); + AddPacketToProducer(packet); + + RakNet::BitStream outBitStream(sizeof(unsigned char)+sizeof(unsigned int)+sizeof(unsigned short)+sizeof(unsigned int)+sizeof(unsigned short)); + outBitStream.Write((MessageID)ID_NEW_INCOMING_CONNECTION); + outBitStream.Write(systemAddress.binaryAddress); + outBitStream.Write(systemAddress.port); + outBitStream.Write(mySystemAddress.binaryAddress); + outBitStream.Write(mySystemAddress.port); + // We turned on encryption with SetEncryptionKey. This pads packets to up to 16 bytes. + // As soon as a 16 byte packet arrives on the remote system, we will turn on AES. This works because all encrypted packets are multiples of 16 and the + // packets I happen to be sending before this are less than 16 bytes. Otherwise there is no way to know if a packet that arrived is + // encrypted or not so the other side won't know to turn on encryption or not. + SendImmediate( (char*)outBitStream.GetData(), outBitStream.GetNumberOfBitsUsed(), SYSTEM_PRIORITY, RELIABLE, 0, systemAddress, false, false, RakNet::GetTimeNS() ); + + if (alreadyConnected==false) + { + PingInternal( systemAddress, true, UNRELIABLE ); + } + } + else + { + // Ignore, already connected + rakFree(data); + } + } + else + { + // Version mismatch error? + RakAssert(0); + rakFree(data); + } + } + else + { + // What do I do if I get a message from a system, before I am fully connected? + // I can either ignore it or give it to the user + // It seems like giving it to the user is a better option + if (data[0]>=(MessageID)ID_RPC && + remoteSystem->isActive + /* + (remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::CONNECTED || + remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::DISCONNECT_ASAP || + remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::DISCONNECT_ASAP_SILENTLY || + remoteSystem->connectMode==RemoteSystemStruct::DISCONNECT_ON_NO_ACK) + */ + ) + { + packet=AllocPacket(byteSize, data); + packet->bitSize = bitSize; + packet->systemAddress = systemAddress; + packet->systemIndex = ( SystemIndex ) remoteSystemIndex; + AddPacketToProducer(packet); + } + else + { + rakFree(data); + } + } + } + + // Does the reliability layer have any more packets waiting for us? + // To be thread safe, this has to be called in the same thread as HandleSocketReceiveFromConnectedPlayer + bitSize = remoteSystem->reliabilityLayer.Receive( &data ); + } + } + } + + return true; +} + +// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +RAK_THREAD_DECLARATION(UpdateNetworkLoop) +{ + RakPeer * rakPeer = ( RakPeer * ) arguments; + + // 11/15/05 - this is slower than Sleep() +#ifdef _WIN32 +#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0400) || (_WIN32_WINDOWS > 0x0400) + // Lets see if these timers give better performance than Sleep + HANDLE timerHandle; + LARGE_INTEGER dueTime; + + if ( rakPeer->threadSleepTimer <= 0 ) + rakPeer->threadSleepTimer = 1; + + // 2nd parameter of false means synchronization timer instead of manual-reset timer + timerHandle = CreateWaitableTimer( NULL, FALSE, 0 ); + + assert( timerHandle ); + + dueTime.QuadPart = -10000 * rakPeer->threadSleepTimer; // 10000 is 1 ms? + + BOOL success = SetWaitableTimer( timerHandle, &dueTime, rakPeer->threadSleepTimer, NULL, NULL, FALSE ); + + assert( success ); + +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef _RAKNET_THREADSAFE + #pragma message("-- RakNet: _RAKNET_THREADSAFE defined. Safe to use multiple threads on the same instance of RakPeer (Slow!). --") +#else + #pragma message("-- RakNet: _RAKNET_THREADSAFE not defined. Do NOT use multiple threads on the same instance of RakPeer (Fast!). --") +#endif + + rakPeer->isMainLoopThreadActive = true; + + while ( rakPeer->endThreads == false ) + { + rakPeer->RunUpdateCycle(); + +// #if ((_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0400) || (_WIN32_WINDOWS > 0x0400)) && +#if defined(USE_WAIT_FOR_MULTIPLE_EVENTS) && defined(_WIN32) + #pragma message("-- RakNet: Using WaitForSingleObject. Comment out USE_WAIT_FOR_MULTIPLE_EVENTS in RakNetDefines.h if you want to use Sleep instead. --") + + if (rakPeer->threadSleepTimer>0) + { + WSAWaitForMultipleEvents(1,&rakPeer->recvEvent,FALSE,rakPeer->threadSleepTimer,FALSE); + } + else + RakSleep(0); + +#else // ((_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0400) || (_WIN32_WINDOWS > 0x0400)) && defined(USE_WAIT_FOR_MULTIPLE_EVENTS) + #pragma message("-- RakNet: Using Sleep(). Uncomment USE_WAIT_FOR_MULTIPLE_EVENTS in RakNetDefines.h if you want to use WaitForSingleObject instead. --") + + RakSleep( rakPeer->threadSleepTimer ); +#endif + } + + rakPeer->isMainLoopThreadActive = false; + +#ifdef _WIN32 +#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0400) || (_WIN32_WINDOWS > 0x0400) + CloseHandle(timerHandle); +#endif +#endif + + return 0; +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakPeer.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakPeer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1251d3c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakPeer.h @@ -0,0 +1,885 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief The main class used for data transmission and most of RakNet's functionality. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __RAK_PEER_H +#define __RAK_PEER_H + +#include "ReliabilityLayer.h" +#include "RakPeerInterface.h" +#include "RPCNode.h" +#include "RSACrypt.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "SingleProducerConsumer.h" +#include "RPCMap.h" +#include "SimpleMutex.h" +#include "DS_OrderedList.h" +#include "Export.h" +#include "RakString.h" +#include "RakThread.h" + +class HuffmanEncodingTree; +class PluginInterface; + +// Sucks but this struct has to be outside the class. Inside and DevCPP won't let you refer to the struct as RakPeer::SystemAddressAndIndex while GCC +// forces you to do RakPeer::SystemAddressAndIndex +struct SystemAddressAndIndex{SystemAddress systemAddress;unsigned index;}; +int RAK_DLL_EXPORT SystemAddressAndIndexComp( const SystemAddress &key, const SystemAddressAndIndex &data ); // GCC requires RakPeer::SystemAddressAndIndex or it won't compile + +/// The primary interface for RakNet, RakPeer contains all major functions for the library. +/// See the individual functions for what the class can do. +/// \brief The main interface for network communications +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT RakPeer : public RakPeerInterface +{ +public: + ///Constructor + RakPeer(); + + ///Destructor + virtual ~RakPeer(); + + // --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Major Low Level Functions - Functions needed by most users-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + /// \brief Starts the network threads, opens the listen port. + /// You must call this before calling Connect(). + /// Multiple calls while already active are ignored. To call this function again with different settings, you must first call Shutdown(). + /// \note Call SetMaximumIncomingConnections if you want to accept incoming connections + /// \note Set _RAKNET_THREADSAFE in RakNetDefines.h if you want to call RakNet functions from multiple threads (not recommended, as it is much slower and RakNet is already asynchronous). + /// \param[in] maxConnections The maximum number of connections between this instance of RakPeer and another instance of RakPeer. Required so the network can preallocate and for thread safety. A pure client would set this to 1. A pure server would set it to the number of allowed clients.- A hybrid would set it to the sum of both types of connections + /// \param[in] localPort The port to listen for connections on. + /// \param[in] _threadSleepTimer How many ms to Sleep each internal update cycle (30 to give the game priority, 0 for regular (recommended) + /// \param[in] socketDescriptors An array of SocketDescriptor structures to force RakNet to listen on a particular IP address or port (or both). Each SocketDescriptor will represent one unique socket. Do not pass redundant structures. To listen on a specific port, you can pass SocketDescriptor(myPort,0); such as for a server. For a client, it is usually OK to just pass SocketDescriptor(); + /// \param[in] socketDescriptorCount The size of the \a socketDescriptors array. Pass 1 if you are not sure what to pass. + /// \return False on failure (can't create socket or thread), true on success. + bool Startup( unsigned short maxConnections, int _threadSleepTimer, SocketDescriptor *socketDescriptors, unsigned socketDescriptorCount ); + + /// Secures connections though a combination of SHA1, AES128, SYN Cookies, and RSA to prevent connection spoofing, replay attacks, data eavesdropping, packet tampering, and MitM attacks. + /// There is a significant amount of processing and a slight amount of bandwidth overhead for this feature. + /// If you accept connections, you must call this or else secure connections will not be enabled for incoming connections. + /// If you are connecting to another system, you can call this with values for the (e and p,q) public keys before connecting to prevent MitM + /// \pre Must be called before Initialize + /// \param[in] pubKeyE A pointer to the public keys from the RSACrypt class. + /// \param[in] pubKeyN A pointer to the public keys from the RSACrypt class. + /// \param[in] privKeyP Public key generated from the RSACrypt class. + /// \param[in] privKeyQ Public key generated from the RSACrypt class. If the private keys are 0, then a new key will be generated when this function is called@see the Encryption sample + void InitializeSecurity(const char *pubKeyE, const char *pubKeyN, const char *privKeyP, const char *privKeyQ ); + + /// Disables all security. + /// \note Must be called while offline + void DisableSecurity( void ); + + /// If secure connections are on, do not use secure connections for a specific IP address. + /// This is useful if you have a fixed-address internal server behind a LAN. + /// \note Secure connections are determined by the recipient of an incoming connection. This has no effect if called on the system attempting to connect. + /// \param[in] ip IP address to add. * wildcards are supported. + void AddToSecurityExceptionList(const char *ip); + + /// Remove a specific connection previously added via AddToSecurityExceptionList + /// \param[in] ip IP address to remove. Pass 0 to remove all IP addresses. * wildcards are supported. + void RemoveFromSecurityExceptionList(const char *ip); + + /// Checks to see if a given IP is in the security exception list + /// \param[in] IP address to check. + bool IsInSecurityExceptionList(const char *ip); + + /// Sets how many incoming connections are allowed. If this is less than the number of players currently connected, + /// no more players will be allowed to connect. If this is greater than the maximum number of peers allowed, + /// it will be reduced to the maximum number of peers allowed. + /// Defaults to 0, meaning by default, nobody can connect to you + /// \param[in] numberAllowed Maximum number of incoming connections allowed. + void SetMaximumIncomingConnections( unsigned short numberAllowed ); + + /// Returns the value passed to SetMaximumIncomingConnections() + /// \return the maximum number of incoming connections, which is always <= maxConnections + unsigned short GetMaximumIncomingConnections( void ) const; + + /// Returns how many open connections there are at this time + /// \return the number of open connections + unsigned short NumberOfConnections(void) const; + + /// Sets the password incoming connections must match in the call to Connect (defaults to none). Pass 0 to passwordData to specify no password + /// This is a way to set a low level password for all incoming connections. To selectively reject connections, implement your own scheme using CloseConnection() to remove unwanted connections + /// \param[in] passwordData A data block that incoming connections must match. This can be just a password, or can be a stream of data. Specify 0 for no password data + /// \param[in] passwordDataLength The length in bytes of passwordData + void SetIncomingPassword( const char* passwordData, int passwordDataLength ); + + /// Gets the password passed to SetIncomingPassword + /// \param[out] passwordData Should point to a block large enough to hold the password data you passed to SetIncomingPassword() + /// \param[in,out] passwordDataLength Maximum size of the array passwordData. Modified to hold the number of bytes actually written + void GetIncomingPassword( char* passwordData, int *passwordDataLength ); + + /// \brief Connect to the specified host (ip or domain name) and server port. + /// Calling Connect and not calling SetMaximumIncomingConnections acts as a dedicated client. + /// Calling both acts as a true peer. This is a non-blocking connection. + /// You know the connection is successful when IsConnected() returns true or Receive() gets a message with the type identifier ID_CONNECTION_ACCEPTED. + /// If the connection is not successful, such as a rejected connection or no response then neither of these things will happen. + /// \pre Requires that you first call Initialize + /// \param[in] host Either a dotted IP address or a domain name + /// \param[in] remotePort Which port to connect to on the remote machine. + /// \param[in] passwordData A data block that must match the data block on the server passed to SetIncomingPassword. This can be a string or can be a stream of data. Use 0 for no password. + /// \param[in] passwordDataLength The length in bytes of passwordData + /// \param[in] connectionSocketIndex Index into the array of socket descriptors passed to socketDescriptors in RakPeer::Startup() to send on. + /// \return True on successful initiation. False on incorrect parameters, internal error, or too many existing peers. Returning true does not mean you connected! + bool Connect( const char* host, unsigned short remotePort, const char *passwordData, int passwordDataLength, unsigned connectionSocketIndex=0 ); + + /// \brief Connect to the specified network ID (Platform specific console function) + /// Does built-in NAT traversal + /// \param[in] networkServiceId Network ID structure for the online service + /// \param[in] passwordData A data block that must match the data block on the server passed to SetIncomingPassword. This can be a string or can be a stream of data. Use 0 for no password. + /// \param[in] passwordDataLength The length in bytes of passwordData + //bool Console2LobbyConnect( void *networkServiceId, const char *passwordData, int passwordDataLength ); + + /// \brief Stops the network threads and closes all connections. + /// \param[in] blockDuration How long, in milliseconds, you should wait for all remaining messages to go out, including ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION. If 0, it doesn't wait at all. + /// \param[in] orderingChannel If blockDuration > 0, ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION will be sent on this channel + /// If you set it to 0 then the disconnection notification won't be sent + void Shutdown( unsigned int blockDuration, unsigned char orderingChannel=0 ); + + /// Returns if the network thread is running + /// \return true if the network thread is running, false otherwise + bool IsActive( void ) const; + + /// Fills the array remoteSystems with the SystemAddress of all the systems we are connected to + /// \param[out] remoteSystems An array of SystemAddress structures to be filled with the SystemAddresss of the systems we are connected to. Pass 0 to remoteSystems to only get the number of systems we are connected to + /// \param[in, out] numberOfSystems As input, the size of remoteSystems array. As output, the number of elements put into the array + bool GetConnectionList( SystemAddress *remoteSystems, unsigned short *numberOfSystems ) const; + + /// Sends a block of data to the specified system that you are connected to. + /// This function only works while the connected + /// The first byte should be a message identifier starting at ID_USER_PACKET_ENUM + /// \param[in] data The block of data to send + /// \param[in] length The size in bytes of the data to send + /// \param[in] priority What priority level to send on. See PacketPriority.h + /// \param[in] reliability How reliability to send this data. See PacketPriority.h + /// \param[in] orderingChannel When using ordered or sequenced messages, what channel to order these on. Messages are only ordered relative to other messages on the same stream + /// \param[in] systemAddress Who to send this packet to, or in the case of broadcasting who not to send it to. Use UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS to specify none + /// \param[in] broadcast True to send this packet to all connected systems. If true, then systemAddress specifies who not to send the packet to. + /// \return False if we are not connected to the specified recipient. True otherwise + bool Send( const char *data, const int length, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast ); + + /// Sends a block of data to the specified system that you are connected to. Same as the above version, but takes a BitStream as input. + /// \param[in] bitStream The bitstream to send + /// \param[in] priority What priority level to send on. See PacketPriority.h + /// \param[in] reliability How reliability to send this data. See PacketPriority.h + /// \param[in] orderingChannel When using ordered or sequenced messages, what channel to order these on. Messages are only ordered relative to other messages on the same stream + /// \param[in] systemAddress Who to send this packet to, or in the case of broadcasting who not to send it to. Use UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS to specify none + /// \param[in] broadcast True to send this packet to all connected systems. If true, then systemAddress specifies who not to send the packet to. + /// \return False if we are not connected to the specified recipient. True otherwise + /// \note COMMON MISTAKE: When writing the first byte, bitStream->Write((unsigned char) ID_MY_TYPE) be sure it is casted to a byte, and you are not writing a 4 byte enumeration. + bool Send( const RakNet::BitStream * bitStream, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast ); + + /// Sends multiple blocks of data, concatenating them automatically. + /// + /// This is equivalent to: + /// RakNet::BitStream bs; + /// bs.WriteAlignedBytes(block1, blockLength1); + /// bs.WriteAlignedBytes(block2, blockLength2); + /// bs.WriteAlignedBytes(block3, blockLength3); + /// Send(&bs, ...) + /// + /// This function only works while the connected + /// \param[in] data An array of pointers to blocks of data + /// \param[in] lengths An array of integers indicating the length of each block of data + /// \param[in] numParameters Length of the arrays data and lengths + /// \param[in] priority What priority level to send on. See PacketPriority.h + /// \param[in] reliability How reliability to send this data. See PacketPriority.h + /// \param[in] orderingChannel When using ordered or sequenced messages, what channel to order these on. Messages are only ordered relative to other messages on the same stream + /// \param[in] systemAddress Who to send this packet to, or in the case of broadcasting who not to send it to. Use UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS to specify none + /// \param[in] broadcast True to send this packet to all connected systems. If true, then systemAddress specifies who not to send the packet to. + /// \return False if we are not connected to the specified recipient. True otherwise + /// \note Doesn't support the router plugin + bool SendList( char **data, const int *lengths, const int numParameters, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast ); + + /// Gets a message from the incoming message queue. + /// Use DeallocatePacket() to deallocate the message after you are done with it. + /// User-thread functions, such as RPC calls and the plugin function PluginInterface::Update occur here. + /// \return 0 if no packets are waiting to be handled, otherwise a pointer to a packet. + /// \note COMMON MISTAKE: Be sure to call this in a loop, once per game tick, until it returns 0. If you only process one packet per game tick they will buffer up. + /// sa RakNetTypes.h contains struct Packet + Packet* Receive( void ); + + /// Call this to deallocate a message returned by Receive() when you are done handling it. + /// \param[in] packet The message to deallocate. + void DeallocatePacket( Packet *packet ); + + /// Return the total number of connections we are allowed + unsigned short GetMaximumNumberOfPeers( void ) const; + + // --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Remote Procedure Call Functions - Functions to initialize and perform RPC-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + /// \ingroup RAKNET_RPC + /// Register a C or static member function as available for calling as a remote procedure call + /// \param[in] uniqueID A null-terminated unique string to identify this procedure. See RegisterClassMemberRPC() for class member functions. + /// \param[in] functionPointer(...) The name of the function to be used as a function pointer. This can be called whether active or not, and registered functions stay registered unless unregistered + void RegisterAsRemoteProcedureCall( const char* uniqueID, void ( *functionPointer ) ( RPCParameters *rpcParms ) ); + + /// \ingroup RAKNET_RPC + /// Register a C++ member function as available for calling as a remote procedure call. + /// \param[in] uniqueID A null terminated string to identify this procedure. Recommended you use the macro REGISTER_CLASS_MEMBER_RPC to create the string. Use RegisterAsRemoteProcedureCall() for static functions. + /// \param[in] functionPointer The name of the function to be used as a function pointer. This can be called whether active or not, and registered functions stay registered unless unregistered with UnregisterAsRemoteProcedureCall + /// \sa The sample ObjectMemberRPC.cpp + void RegisterClassMemberRPC( const char* uniqueID, void *functionPointer ); + + /// \ingroup RAKNET_RPC + /// Unregisters a C function as available for calling as a remote procedure call that was formerly registered with RegisterAsRemoteProcedureCall. Only call offline. + /// \param[in] uniqueID A string of only letters to identify this procedure. Recommended you use the macro CLASS_MEMBER_ID for class member functions. + void UnregisterAsRemoteProcedureCall( const char* uniqueID ); + + /// \ingroup RAKNET_RPC + /// Used by Object member RPC to lookup objects given that object's ID + /// Also used by the ReplicaManager plugin + /// \param[in] An instance of NetworkIDManager to use for the loookup. + void SetNetworkIDManager( NetworkIDManager *manager ); + + /// \return Returns the value passed to SetNetworkIDManager or 0 if never called. + NetworkIDManager *GetNetworkIDManager(void) const; + + /// \ingroup RAKNET_RPC + /// Calls a C function on the remote system that was already registered using RegisterAsRemoteProcedureCall(). + /// \pre To use object member RPC (networkID!=UNASSIGNED_OBJECT_ID), The recipient must have called SetNetworkIDManager so the system can handle the object lookups + /// \param[in] uniqueID A NULL terminated string identifying the function to call. Recommended you use the macro CLASS_MEMBER_ID for class member functions. + /// \param[in] data The data to send + /// \param[in] bitLength The number of bits of \a data + /// \param[in] priority What priority level to send on. See PacketPriority.h. + /// \param[in] reliability How reliability to send this data. See PacketPriority.h. + /// \param[in] orderingChannel When using ordered or sequenced message, what channel to order these on. + /// \param[in] systemAddress Who to send this message to, or in the case of broadcasting who not to send it to. Use UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS to specify none + /// \param[in] broadcast True to send this packet to all connected systems. If true, then systemAddress specifies who not to send the packet to. + /// \param[in] includedTimestamp Pass a timestamp if you wish, to be adjusted in the usual fashion as per ID_TIMESTAMP. Pass 0 to not include a timestamp. + /// \param[in] networkID For static functions, pass UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID. For member functions, you must derive from NetworkIDObject and pass the value returned by NetworkIDObject::GetNetworkID for that object. + /// \param[in] replyFromTarget If 0, this function is non-blocking. Otherwise it will block while waiting for a reply from the target procedure, which should be remotely written to RPCParameters::replyToSender and copied to replyFromTarget. The block will return early on disconnect or if the sent packet is unreliable and more than 3X the ping has elapsed. + /// \return True on a successful packet send (this does not indicate the recipient performed the call), false on failure + bool RPC( const char* uniqueID, const char *data, BitSize_t bitLength, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast, RakNetTime *includedTimestamp, NetworkID networkID, RakNet::BitStream *replyFromTarget ); + + /// \ingroup RAKNET_RPC + /// Calls a C function on the remote system that was already registered using RegisterAsRemoteProcedureCall. + /// If you want that function to return data you should call RPC from that system in the same wayReturns true on a successful packet + /// send (this does not indicate the recipient performed the call), false on failure + /// \pre To use object member RPC (networkID!=UNASSIGNED_OBJECT_ID), The recipient must have called SetNetworkIDManager so the system can handle the object lookups + /// \param[in] uniqueID A NULL terminated string identifying the function to call. Recommended you use the macro CLASS_MEMBER_ID for class member functions. + /// \param[in] data The data to send + /// \param[in] bitLength The number of bits of \a data + /// \param[in] priority What priority level to send on. See PacketPriority.h. + /// \param[in] reliability How reliability to send this data. See PacketPriority.h. + /// \param[in] orderingChannel When using ordered or sequenced message, what channel to order these on. + /// \param[in] systemAddress Who to send this message to, or in the case of broadcasting who not to send it to. Use UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS to specify none + /// \param[in] broadcast True to send this packet to all connected systems. If true, then systemAddress specifies who not to send the packet to. + /// \param[in] includedTimestamp Pass a timestamp if you wish, to be adjusted in the usual fashion as per ID_TIMESTAMP. Pass 0 to not include a timestamp. + /// \param[in] networkID For static functions, pass UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID. For member functions, you must derive from NetworkIDObject and pass the value returned by NetworkIDObject::GetNetworkID for that object. + /// \param[in] replyFromTarget If 0, this function is non-blocking. Otherwise it will block while waiting for a reply from the target procedure, which should be remotely written to RPCParameters::replyToSender and copied to replyFromTarget. The block will return early on disconnect or if the sent packet is unreliable and more than 3X the ping has elapsed. + /// \return True on a successful packet send (this does not indicate the recipient performed the call), false on failure + bool RPC( const char* uniqueID, const RakNet::BitStream *bitStream, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast, RakNetTime *includedTimestamp, NetworkID networkID, RakNet::BitStream *replyFromTarget ); + + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Connection Management Functions-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + /// Close the connection to another host (if we initiated the connection it will disconnect, if they did it will kick them out). + /// \param[in] target Which system to close the connection to. + /// \param[in] sendDisconnectionNotification True to send ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION to the recipient. False to close it silently. + /// \param[in] channel Which ordering channel to send the disconnection notification on, if any + void CloseConnection( const SystemAddress target, bool sendDisconnectionNotification, unsigned char orderingChannel=0 ); + + /// Returns if a particular systemAddress is connected to us (this also returns true if we are in the process of connecting) + /// \param[in] systemAddress The SystemAddress we are referring to + /// \param[in] includeInProgress If true, also return true for connections that are in progress but haven't completed + /// \param[in] includeDisconnecting If true, also return true for connections that are in the process of disconnecting + /// \return True if this system is connected and active, false otherwise. + bool IsConnected(const SystemAddress systemAddress, bool includeInProgress=false, bool includeDisconnecting=false); + + /// Given a systemAddress, returns an index from 0 to the maximum number of players allowed - 1. + /// This includes systems which were formerly connected, but are not now connected + /// \param[in] systemAddress The SystemAddress we are referring to + /// \return The index of this SystemAddress or -1 on system not found. + int GetIndexFromSystemAddress( const SystemAddress systemAddress ); + + /// This function is only useful for looping through all systems + /// Given an index, will return a SystemAddress. + /// \param[in] index Index should range between 0 and the maximum number of players allowed - 1. + /// \return The SystemAddress + SystemAddress GetSystemAddressFromIndex( int index ); + + /// Bans an IP from connecting. Banned IPs persist between connections but are not saved on shutdown nor loaded on startup. + /// param[in] IP Dotted IP address. Can use * as a wildcard, such as 128.0.0.* will ban all IP addresses starting with 128.0.0 + /// \param[in] milliseconds how many ms for a temporary ban. Use 0 for a permanent ban + void AddToBanList( const char *IP, RakNetTime milliseconds=0 ); + + /// Allows a previously banned IP to connect. + /// param[in] Dotted IP address. Can use * as a wildcard, such as 128.0.0.* will banAll IP addresses starting with 128.0.0 + void RemoveFromBanList( const char *IP ); + + /// Allows all previously banned IPs to connect. + void ClearBanList( void ); + + /// Returns true or false indicating if a particular IP is banned. + /// \param[in] IP - Dotted IP address. + /// \return true if IP matches any IPs in the ban list, accounting for any wildcards. False otherwise. + bool IsBanned( const char *IP ); + + // --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Pinging Functions - Functions dealing with the automatic ping mechanism-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + /// Send a ping to the specified connected system. + /// \pre The sender and recipient must already be started via a successful call to Startup() + /// \param[in] target Which system to ping + void Ping( const SystemAddress target ); + + /// Send a ping to the specified unconnected system. The remote system, if it is Initialized, will respond with ID_PONG followed by sizeof(RakNetTime) containing the system time the ping was sent.(Default is 4 bytes - See __GET_TIME_64BIT in RakNetTypes.h + /// \param[in] host Either a dotted IP address or a domain name. Can be 255.255.255.255 for LAN broadcast. + /// \param[in] remotePort Which port to connect to on the remote machine. + /// \param[in] onlyReplyOnAcceptingConnections Only request a reply if the remote system is accepting connections + /// \param[in] connectionSocketIndex Index into the array of socket descriptors passed to socketDescriptors in RakPeer::Startup() to send on. + void Ping( const char* host, unsigned short remotePort, bool onlyReplyOnAcceptingConnections, unsigned connectionSocketIndex=0 ); + + /// Returns the average of all ping times read for the specific system or -1 if none read yet + /// \param[in] systemAddress Which system we are referring to + /// \return The ping time for this system, or -1 + int GetAveragePing( const SystemAddress systemAddress ); + + /// Returns the last ping time read for the specific system or -1 if none read yet + /// \param[in] systemAddress Which system we are referring to + /// \return The last ping time for this system, or -1 + int GetLastPing( const SystemAddress systemAddress ) const; + + /// Returns the lowest ping time read or -1 if none read yet + /// \param[in] systemAddress Which system we are referring to + /// \return The lowest ping time for this system, or -1 + int GetLowestPing( const SystemAddress systemAddress ) const; + + /// Ping the remote systems every so often, or not. This is off by default. Can be called anytime. + /// \param[in] doPing True to start occasional pings. False to stop them. + void SetOccasionalPing( bool doPing ); + + // --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Static Data Functions - Functions dealing with API defined synchronized memory-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + /// Sets the data to send along with a LAN server discovery or offline ping reply. + /// \a length should be under 400 bytes, as a security measure against flood attacks + /// \param[in] data a block of data to store, or 0 for none + /// \param[in] length The length of data in bytes, or 0 for none + /// \sa Ping.cpp + void SetOfflinePingResponse( const char *data, const unsigned int length ); + + /// Returns pointers to a copy of the data passed to SetOfflinePingResponse + /// \param[out] data A pointer to a copy of the data passed to \a SetOfflinePingResponse() + /// \param[out] length A pointer filled in with the length parameter passed to SetOfflinePingResponse() + /// \sa SetOfflinePingResponse + void GetOfflinePingResponse( char **data, unsigned int *length ); + + //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Network Functions - Functions dealing with the network in general-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + /// Return the unique address identifier that represents you or another system on the the network and is based on your local IP / port. + /// \param[in] systemAddress Use UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS to get your behind-LAN address. Use a connected system to get their behind-LAN address + /// \return the identifier of your system internally, which may not be how other systems see if you if you are behind a NAT or proxy + SystemAddress GetInternalID( const SystemAddress systemAddress=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS ) const; + + /// Return the unique address identifier that represents you on the the network and is based on your externalIP / port + /// (the IP / port the specified player uses to communicate with you) + /// \param[in] target Which remote system you are referring to for your external ID. Usually the same for all systems, unless you have two or more network cards. + SystemAddress GetExternalID( const SystemAddress target ) const; + + /// Set the time, in MS, to use before considering ourselves disconnected after not being able to deliver a reliable message. + /// Default time is 10,000 or 10 seconds in release and 30,000 or 30 seconds in debug. + /// \param[in] timeMS Time, in MS + /// \param[in] target Which system to do this for. Pass UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS for all systems. + void SetTimeoutTime( RakNetTime timeMS, const SystemAddress target ); + + /// Set the MTU per datagram. It's important to set this correctly - otherwise packets will be needlessly split, decreasing performance and throughput. + /// Maximum allowed size is MAXIMUM_MTU_SIZE. + /// Too high of a value will cause packets not to arrive at worst and be fragmented at best. + /// Too low of a value will split packets unnecessarily. + /// Recommended size is 1500 + /// sa MTUSize.h + /// \param[in] size The MTU size + /// \pre Can only be called when not connected. + /// \return false on failure (we are connected), else true + bool SetMTUSize( int size ); + + /// Returns the current MTU size + /// \param[in] target Which system to get this for. UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS to get the default + /// \return The current MTU size + int GetMTUSize( const SystemAddress target ) const; + + /// Returns the number of IP addresses this system has internally. Get the actual addresses from GetLocalIP() + unsigned GetNumberOfAddresses( void ); + + /// Returns an IP address at index 0 to GetNumberOfAddresses-1 + /// \param[in] index index into the list of IP addresses + /// \return The local IP address at this index + const char* GetLocalIP( unsigned int index ); + + /// Is this a local IP? + /// \param[in] An IP address to check, excluding the port + /// \return True if this is one of the IP addresses returned by GetLocalIP + bool IsLocalIP( const char *ip ); + + /// Allow or disallow connection responses from any IP. Normally this should be false, but may be necessary + /// when connecting to servers with multiple IP addresses. + /// \param[in] allow - True to allow this behavior, false to not allow. Defaults to false. Value persists between connections + void AllowConnectionResponseIPMigration( bool allow ); + + /// Sends a one byte message ID_ADVERTISE_SYSTEM to the remote unconnected system. + /// This will tell the remote system our external IP outside the LAN along with some user data. + /// \pre The sender and recipient must already be started via a successful call to Initialize + /// \param[in] host Either a dotted IP address or a domain name + /// \param[in] remotePort Which port to connect to on the remote machine. + /// \param[in] data Optional data to append to the packet. + /// \param[in] dataLength length of data in bytes. Use 0 if no data. + /// \param[in] connectionSocketIndex Index into the array of socket descriptors passed to socketDescriptors in RakPeer::Startup() to send on. + /// \return false if IsActive()==false or the host is unresolvable. True otherwise + bool AdvertiseSystem( const char *host, unsigned short remotePort, const char *data, int dataLength, unsigned connectionSocketIndex=0 ); + + /// Controls how often to return ID_DOWNLOAD_PROGRESS for large message downloads. + /// ID_DOWNLOAD_PROGRESS is returned to indicate a new partial message chunk, roughly the MTU size, has arrived + /// As it can be slow or cumbersome to get this notification for every chunk, you can set the interval at which it is returned. + /// Defaults to 0 (never return this notification) + /// \param[in] interval How many messages to use as an interval + void SetSplitMessageProgressInterval(int interval); + + /// Set how long to wait before giving up on sending an unreliable message + /// Useful if the network is clogged up. + /// Set to 0 or less to never timeout. Defaults to 0. + /// \param[in] timeoutMS How many ms to wait before simply not sending an unreliable message. + void SetUnreliableTimeout(RakNetTime timeoutMS); + + /// Send a message to host, with the IP socket option TTL set to 3 + /// This message will not reach the host, but will open the router. + /// \param[in] ttl Max hops of datagram + /// Used for NAT-Punchthrough + void SendTTL( const char* host, unsigned short remotePort, int ttl, unsigned connectionSocketIndex=0 ); + + // --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Compression Functions - Functions related to the compression layer-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + /// Enables or disables frequency table tracking. This is required to get a frequency table, which is used in GenerateCompressionLayer() + /// This value persists between connect calls and defaults to false (no frequency tracking) + /// \pre You can call this at any time - however you SHOULD only call it when disconnected. Otherwise you will only trackpart of the values sent over the network. + /// \param[in] doCompile True to enable tracking + void SetCompileFrequencyTable( bool doCompile ); + + /// Returns the frequency of outgoing bytes into output frequency table + /// The purpose is to save to file as either a master frequency table from a sample game session for passing to + /// GenerateCompressionLayer() + /// \pre You should only call this when disconnected. Requires that you first enable data frequency tracking by calling SetCompileFrequencyTable(true) + /// \param[out] outputFrequencyTable The frequency of each corresponding byte + /// \return False (failure) if connected or if frequency table tracking is not enabled. Otherwise true (success) + bool GetOutgoingFrequencyTable( unsigned int outputFrequencyTable[ 256 ] ); + + /// This is an optional function to generate the compression layer based on the input frequency table. + /// If you want to use it you should call this twice - once with inputLayer as true and once as false. + /// The frequency table passed here with inputLayer=true should match the frequency table on the recipient with inputLayer=false. + /// Likewise, the frequency table passed here with inputLayer=false should match the frequency table on the recipient with inputLayer=true. + /// Calling this function when there is an existing layer will overwrite the old layer. + /// \pre You should only call this when disconnected + /// \param[in] inputFrequencyTable A frequency table for your data + /// \param[in] inputLayer Is this the input layer? + /// \return false (failure) if connected. Otherwise true (success) + /// \sa Compression.cpp + bool GenerateCompressionLayer( unsigned int inputFrequencyTable[ 256 ], bool inputLayer ); + + /// Delete the output or input layer as specified. This is not necessary to call and is only valuable for freeing memory. + /// \pre You should only call this when disconnected + /// \param[in] inputLayer True to mean the inputLayer, false to mean the output layer + /// \return false (failure) if connected. Otherwise true (success) + bool DeleteCompressionLayer( bool inputLayer ); + + /// Returns the compression ratio. A low compression ratio is good. Compression is for outgoing data + /// \return The compression ratio + float GetCompressionRatio( void ) const; + + ///Returns the decompression ratio. A high decompression ratio is good. Decompression is for incoming data + /// \return The decompression ratio + float GetDecompressionRatio( void ) const; + + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Plugin Functions-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + /// Attatches a Plugin interface to run code automatically on message receipt in the Receive call + /// \note If plugins have dependencies on each other then the order does matter - for example the router plugin should go first because it might route messages for other plugins + /// \param[in] messageHandler Pointer to a plugin to attach + void AttachPlugin( PluginInterface *plugin ); + + /// Detaches a Plugin interface to run code automatically on message receipt + /// \param[in] messageHandler Pointer to a plugin to detach + void DetachPlugin( PluginInterface *messageHandler ); + + // --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Miscellaneous Functions-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + /// Put a message back at the end of the receive queue in case you don't want to deal with it immediately + /// \param[in] packet The packet you want to push back. + /// \param[in] pushAtHead True to push the packet so that the next receive call returns it. False to push it at the end of the queue (obviously pushing it at the end makes the packets out of order) + void PushBackPacket( Packet *packet, bool pushAtHead ); + + /// \Internal + // \param[in] routerInterface The router to use to route messages to systems not directly connected to this system. + void SetRouterInterface( RouterInterface *routerInterface ); + + /// \Internal + // \param[in] routerInterface The router to use to route messages to systems not directly connected to this system. + void RemoveRouterInterface( RouterInterface *routerInterface ); + + /// \Returns a packet for you to write to if you want to create a Packet for some reason. + /// You can add it to the receive buffer with PushBackPacket + /// \param[in] dataSize How many bytes to allocate for the buffer + /// \return A packet you can write to + Packet* AllocatePacket(unsigned dataSize); + + // --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Network Simulator Functions-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + /// Adds simulated ping and packet loss to the outgoing data flow. + /// To simulate bi-directional ping and packet loss, you should call this on both the sender and the recipient, with half the total ping and maxSendBPS value on each. + /// You can exclude network simulator code with the _RELEASE #define to decrease code size + /// \param[in] maxSendBPS Maximum bits per second to send. Packetloss grows linearly. 0 to disable. (CURRENTLY BROKEN - ALWAYS DISABLED) + /// \param[in] minExtraPing The minimum time to delay sends. + /// \param[in] extraPingVariance The additional random time to delay sends. + void ApplyNetworkSimulator( double maxSendBPS, unsigned short minExtraPing, unsigned short extraPingVariance); + + /// Limits how much outgoing bandwidth can be sent per-connection. + /// This limit does not apply to the sum of all connections! + /// Exceeding the limit queues up outgoing traffic + /// \param[in] maxBitsPerSecond Maximum bits per second to send. Use 0 for unlimited (default). Once set, it takes effect immedately and persists until called again. + void SetPerConnectionOutgoingBandwidthLimit( unsigned maxBitsPerSecond ); + + /// Returns if you previously called ApplyNetworkSimulator + /// \return If you previously called ApplyNetworkSimulator + bool IsNetworkSimulatorActive( void ); + + // --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Statistical Functions - Functions dealing with API performance-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + /// Returns a structure containing a large set of network statistics for the specified system. + /// You can map this data to a string using the C style StatisticsToString() function + /// \param[in] systemAddress: Which connected system to get statistics for + /// \return 0 on can't find the specified system. A pointer to a set of data otherwise. + /// \sa RakNetStatistics.h + RakNetStatistics * const GetStatistics( const SystemAddress systemAddress ); + + // --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------EVERYTHING AFTER THIS COMMENT IS FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + /// \internal + char *GetRPCString( const char *data, const BitSize_t bitSize, const SystemAddress systemAddress); + + /// \internal + bool SendOutOfBand(const char *host, unsigned short remotePort, MessageID header, const char *data, BitSize_t dataLength, unsigned connectionSocketIndex=0 ); + + /// \internal + /// \brief Holds the clock differences between systems, along with the ping + struct PingAndClockDifferential + { + unsigned short pingTime; + RakNetTime clockDifferential; + }; + + /// \internal + /// \brief All the information representing a connected system system + struct RemoteSystemStruct + { + bool isActive; // Is this structure in use? + SystemAddress systemAddress; /// Their external IP on the internet + SystemAddress myExternalSystemAddress; /// Your external IP on the internet, from their perspective + SystemAddress theirInternalSystemAddress; /// Their internal IP, behind the LAN + ReliabilityLayer reliabilityLayer; /// The reliability layer associated with this player + bool weInitiatedTheConnection; /// True if we started this connection via Connect. False if someone else connected to us. + PingAndClockDifferential pingAndClockDifferential[ PING_TIMES_ARRAY_SIZE ]; /// last x ping times and calculated clock differentials with it + int pingAndClockDifferentialWriteIndex; /// The index we are writing into the pingAndClockDifferential circular buffer + unsigned short lowestPing; ///The lowest ping value encountered + RakNetTime nextPingTime; /// When to next ping this player + RakNetTime lastReliableSend; /// When did the last reliable send occur. Reliable sends must occur at least once every timeoutTime/2 units to notice disconnects + RakNetTime connectionTime; /// connection time, if active. + unsigned char AESKey[ 16 ]; /// Security key. + bool setAESKey; /// true if security is enabled. + int connectionSocketIndex; // index into connectionSockets to send back on. + RPCMap rpcMap; /// Mapping of RPC calls to single byte integers to save transmission bandwidth. + int MTUSize; +#if defined(_PS3) +// void *onlineServiceId; +// unsigned int connectionId; +#endif + enum ConnectMode {NO_ACTION, DISCONNECT_ASAP, DISCONNECT_ASAP_SILENTLY, DISCONNECT_ON_NO_ACK, REQUESTED_CONNECTION, HANDLING_CONNECTION_REQUEST, UNVERIFIED_SENDER, SET_ENCRYPTION_ON_MULTIPLE_16_BYTE_PACKET, CONNECTED} connectMode; + }; + +protected: + + friend RAK_THREAD_DECLARATION(UpdateNetworkLoop); + + /* +#ifdef _WIN32 + // friend unsigned __stdcall RecvFromNetworkLoop(LPVOID arguments); + friend void __stdcall ProcessPortUnreachable( const unsigned int binaryAddress, const unsigned short port, RakPeer *rakPeer ); + friend void __stdcall ProcessNetworkPacket( const unsigned int binaryAddress, const unsigned short port, const char *data, const int length, RakPeer *rakPeer, unsigned connectionSocketIndex ); + friend unsigned __stdcall UpdateNetworkLoop( LPVOID arguments ); +#else + // friend void* RecvFromNetworkLoop( void* arguments ); + friend void ProcessPortUnreachable( const unsigned int binaryAddress, const unsigned short port, RakPeer *rakPeer ); + friend void ProcessNetworkPacket( const unsigned int binaryAddress, const unsigned short port, const char *data, const int length, RakPeer *rakPeer, unsigned connectionSocketIndex ); + friend void* UpdateNetworkLoop( void* arguments ); +#endif + */ + + friend void ProcessPortUnreachable( const unsigned int binaryAddress, const unsigned short port, RakPeer *rakPeer ); + friend void ProcessNetworkPacket( const unsigned int binaryAddress, const unsigned short port, const char *data, const int length, RakPeer *rakPeer, unsigned connectionSocketIndex ); + + // This is done to provide custom RPC handling when in a blocking RPC + Packet* ReceiveIgnoreRPC( void ); + + int GetIndexFromSystemAddress( const SystemAddress systemAddress, bool calledFromNetworkThread ); + + //void RemoveFromRequestedConnectionsList( const SystemAddress systemAddress ); + bool SendConnectionRequest( const char* host, unsigned short remotePort, const char *passwordData, int passwordDataLength, unsigned connectionSocketIndex, unsigned int extraData ); + ///Get the reliability layer associated with a systemAddress. + /// \param[in] systemAddress The player identifier + /// \return 0 if none + RemoteSystemStruct *GetRemoteSystemFromSystemAddress( const SystemAddress systemAddress, bool calledFromNetworkThread, bool onlyActive ) const; + ///Parse out a connection request packet + void ParseConnectionRequestPacket( RakPeer::RemoteSystemStruct *remoteSystem, SystemAddress systemAddress, const char *data, int byteSize); + ///When we get a connection request from an ip / port, accept it unless full + void OnConnectionRequest( RakPeer::RemoteSystemStruct *remoteSystem, unsigned char *AESKey, bool setAESKey ); + void SendConnectionRequestAccepted(RakPeer::RemoteSystemStruct *remoteSystem); + ///Send a reliable disconnect packet to this player and disconnect them when it is delivered + void NotifyAndFlagForShutdown( const SystemAddress systemAddress, bool performImmediate, unsigned char orderingChannel ); + ///Returns how many remote systems initiated a connection to us + unsigned short GetNumberOfRemoteInitiatedConnections( void ) const; + ///Get a free remote system from the list and assign our systemAddress to it. Should only be called from the update thread - not the user thread + RemoteSystemStruct * AssignSystemAddressToRemoteSystemList( const SystemAddress systemAddress, RemoteSystemStruct::ConnectMode connectionMode, unsigned connectionSocketIndex ); + ///An incoming packet has a timestamp, so adjust it to be relative to this system + void ShiftIncomingTimestamp( unsigned char *data, SystemAddress systemAddress ) const; + ///Get the most probably accurate clock differential for a certain player + RakNetTime GetBestClockDifferential( const SystemAddress systemAddress ) const; + + //void PushPortRefused( const SystemAddress target ); + ///Handles an RPC packet. This is sending an RPC request + /// \param[in] data A packet returned from Receive with the ID ID_RPC + /// \param[in] length The size of the packet data + /// \param[in] systemAddress The sender of the packet + /// \return true on success, false on a bad packet or an unregistered function + bool HandleRPCPacket( const char *data, int length, SystemAddress systemAddress ); + + ///Handles an RPC reply packet. This is data returned from an RPC call + /// \param[in] data A packet returned from Receive with the ID ID_RPC + /// \param[in] length The size of the packet data + /// \param[in] systemAddress The sender of the packet + void HandleRPCReplyPacket( const char *data, int length, SystemAddress systemAddress ); + + ///Set this to true to terminate the Peer thread execution + volatile bool endThreads; + ///true if the peer thread is active. + volatile bool isMainLoopThreadActive; + bool occasionalPing; /// Do we occasionally ping the other systems?*/ + ///Store the maximum number of peers allowed to connect + unsigned short maximumNumberOfPeers; + //05/02/06 Just using maximumNumberOfPeers instead + ///Store the maximum number of peers able to connect, including reserved connection slots for pings, etc. + //unsigned short remoteSystemListSize; + ///Store the maximum incoming connection allowed + unsigned short maximumIncomingConnections; + RakNet::BitStream offlinePingResponse; + ///Local Player ID + SystemAddress mySystemAddress; + char incomingPassword[256]; + unsigned char incomingPasswordLength; + + /// This is an array of pointers to RemoteSystemStruct + /// This allows us to preallocate the list when starting, so we don't have to allocate or delete at runtime. + /// Another benefit is that is lets us add and remove active players simply by setting systemAddress + /// and moving elements in the list by copying pointers variables without affecting running threads, even if they are in the reliability layer + RemoteSystemStruct* remoteSystemList; + + // remoteSystemLookup is only used in the network thread or when single threaded. Not safe to use this in the user thread + // A list of SystemAddressAndIndex sorted by systemAddress. This way, given a SystemAddress, we can quickly get the index into remoteSystemList to find this player. + // This is an optimization to avoid scanning the remoteSystemList::systemAddress member when doing targeted sends + // Improves speed of a targeted send to every player from O(n^2) to O(n * log2(n)). + // For an MMOG with 1000 players: + // The original method takes 1000^2=1,000,000 calls + // The new method takes: + // logbx = (logax) / (logab) + // log2(x) = log10(x) / log10(2) + // log2(1000) = log10(1000) / log10(2) + // log2(1000) = 9.965 + // 9.965 * 1000 = 9965 + // For 1000 players this optimization improves the speed by over 1000 times. + DataStructures::OrderedList remoteSystemLookup; + + enum + { + // Only put these mutexes in user thread functions! +#ifdef _RAKNET_THREADSAFE + transferToPacketQueue_Mutex, + packetPool_Mutex, + bufferedCommands_Mutex, + requestedConnectionList_Mutex, +#endif + offlinePingResponse_Mutex, + NUMBER_OF_RAKPEER_MUTEXES + }; + SimpleMutex rakPeerMutexes[ NUMBER_OF_RAKPEER_MUTEXES ]; + ///RunUpdateCycle is not thread safe but we don't need to mutex calls. Just skip calls if it is running already + + bool updateCycleIsRunning; + ///The list of people we have tried to connect to recently + + //DataStructures::Queue requestedConnectionsList; + ///Data that both the client and the server needs + + unsigned int bytesSentPerSecond, bytesReceivedPerSecond; + // bool isSocketLayerBlocking; + // bool continualPing,isRecvfromThreadActive,isMainLoopThreadActive, endThreads, isSocketLayerBlocking; + unsigned int validationInteger; + SimpleMutex incomingQueueMutex, banListMutex; //,synchronizedMemoryQueueMutex, automaticVariableSynchronizationMutex; + //DataStructures::Queue incomingpacketSingleProducerConsumer; //, synchronizedMemorypacketSingleProducerConsumer; + // BitStream enumerationData; + + /// @brief Automatic Variable Synchronization Mechanism + /// automatic variable synchronization takes a primary and secondary identifier + /// The unique primary identifier is the index into the automaticVariableSynchronizationList + /// The unique secondary identifier (UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID for none) is in an unsorted list of memory blocks + struct MemoryBlock + { + char *original, *copy; + unsigned short size; + NetworkID secondaryID; + bool isAuthority; + bool ( *synchronizationRules ) ( char*, char* ); + }; + + struct BanStruct + { + char *IP; + RakNetTime timeout; // 0 for none + }; + + struct RequestedConnectionStruct + { + SystemAddress systemAddress; + RakNetTime nextRequestTime; + unsigned char requestsMade; + char *data; + unsigned short dataLength; + char outgoingPassword[256]; + unsigned char outgoingPasswordLength; + unsigned socketIndex; + unsigned int extraData; + enum {CONNECT=1, /*PING=2, PING_OPEN_CONNECTIONS=4,*/ /*ADVERTISE_SYSTEM=2*/} actionToTake; + }; + + //DataStructures::List* > automaticVariableSynchronizationList; + DataStructures::List banList; + DataStructures::List messageHandlerList; + // DataStructures::SingleProducerConsumer requestedConnectionList; + + DataStructures::Queue requestedConnectionQueue; + SimpleMutex requestedConnectionQueueMutex; + + /// Compression stuff + unsigned int frequencyTable[ 256 ]; + HuffmanEncodingTree *inputTree, *outputTree; + unsigned int rawBytesSent, rawBytesReceived, compressedBytesSent, compressedBytesReceived; + // void DecompressInput(RakNet::BitStream *bitStream); + // void UpdateOutgoingFrequencyTable(RakNet::BitStream * bitStream); + void GenerateSYNCookieRandomNumber( void ); + void SecuredConnectionResponse( const SystemAddress systemAddress ); + void SecuredConnectionConfirmation( RakPeer::RemoteSystemStruct * remoteSystem, char* data ); + bool RunUpdateCycle( void ); + // void RunMutexedUpdateCycle(void); + + struct BufferedCommandStruct + { + BitSize_t numberOfBitsToSend; + PacketPriority priority; + PacketReliability reliability; + char orderingChannel; + SystemAddress systemAddress; + bool broadcast; + RemoteSystemStruct::ConnectMode connectionMode; + NetworkID networkID; + bool blockingCommand; // Only used for RPC + char *data; + enum {BCS_SEND, BCS_CLOSE_CONNECTION, BCS_CANCEL_CONNECTION_ATTEMPT, /*BCS_RPC, BCS_RPC_SHIFT,*/ BCS_DO_NOTHING} command; + }; + + // Single producer single consumer queue using a linked list + //BufferedCommandStruct* bufferedCommandReadIndex, bufferedCommandWriteIndex; + DataStructures::SingleProducerConsumer bufferedCommands; + + bool AllowIncomingConnections(void) const; + + void PingInternal( const SystemAddress target, bool performImmediate, PacketReliability reliability ); + bool ValidSendTarget(SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast); + // This stores the user send calls to be handled by the update thread. This way we don't have thread contention over systemAddresss + void CloseConnectionInternal( const SystemAddress target, bool sendDisconnectionNotification, bool performImmediate, unsigned char orderingChannel ); + void SendBuffered( const char *data, BitSize_t numberOfBitsToSend, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast, RemoteSystemStruct::ConnectMode connectionMode ); + void SendBufferedList( char **data, const int *lengths, const int numParameters, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast, RemoteSystemStruct::ConnectMode connectionMode ); + bool SendImmediate( char *data, BitSize_t numberOfBitsToSend, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast, bool useCallerDataAllocation, RakNetTimeNS currentTime ); + //bool HandleBufferedRPC(BufferedCommandStruct *bcs, RakNetTime time); + void ClearBufferedCommands(void); + void ClearRequestedConnectionList(void); + void AddPacketToProducer(Packet *p); + SimpleMutex securityExceptionMutex; + + //DataStructures::AVLBalancedBinarySearchTree rpcTree; + RPCMap rpcMap; // Can't use StrPtrHash because runtime insertions will screw up the indices + int defaultMTUSize; + bool trackFrequencyTable; + int threadSleepTimer; + + SOCKET *connectionSockets; + unsigned connectionSocketsLength; + +#if defined (_WIN32) && defined(USE_WAIT_FOR_MULTIPLE_EVENTS) + WSAEVENT recvEvent; +#endif + + // Used for RPC replies + RakNet::BitStream *replyFromTargetBS; + SystemAddress replyFromTargetPlayer; + bool replyFromTargetBroadcast; + + RakNetTime defaultTimeoutTime; + + // Problem: + // Waiting in function A: + // Wait function gets RPC B: + // + bool blockOnRPCReply; + + // For redirecting sends through the router plugin. Unfortunate I have to use this architecture. + RouterInterface *router; + + unsigned maxOutgoingBPS; + + // Nobody would use the internet simulator in a final build. +#ifndef _RELEASE + double _maxSendBPS; + unsigned short _minExtraPing, _extraPingVariance; +#endif + +#if !defined(_XBOX360) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) + /// Encryption and security + big::RSACrypt rsacrypt; + big::u32 publicKeyE; + RSA_BIT_SIZE publicKeyN; + bool keysLocallyGenerated, usingSecurity; + RakNetTime randomNumberExpirationTime; + unsigned char newRandomNumber[ 20 ], oldRandomNumber[ 20 ]; +#endif + + ///How long it has been since things were updated by a call to receiveUpdate thread uses this to determine how long to sleep for + //unsigned int lastUserUpdateCycle; + /// True to allow connection accepted packets from anyone. False to only allow these packets from servers we requested a connection to. + bool allowConnectionResponseIPMigration; + + SystemAddress firstExternalID; + int splitMessageProgressInterval; + RakNetTime unreliableTimeout; +#if defined(_PS3) +// unsigned int console2ContextId; +#endif + + // The packetSingleProducerConsumer transfers the packets from the network thread to the user thread. The pushedBackPacket holds packets that couldn't be processed + // immediately while waiting on blocked RPCs + DataStructures::SingleProducerConsumer packetSingleProducerConsumer; + //DataStructures::Queue pushedBackPacket, outOfOrderDeallocatedPacket; + // A free-list of packets, to reduce memory fragmentation + DataStructures::Queue packetPool; + // Used for object lookup for RPC (actually depreciated, since RPC is depreciated) + NetworkIDManager *networkIDManager; + // Systems in this list will not go through the secure connection process, even when secure connections are turned on. Wildcards are accepted. + DataStructures::List securityExceptionList; + +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakPeerInterface.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakPeerInterface.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c62d5a13 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakPeerInterface.h @@ -0,0 +1,551 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief An interface for RakPeer. Simply contains all user functions as pure virtuals. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __RAK_PEER_INTERFACE_H +#define __RAK_PEER_INTERFACE_H + +#include "PacketPriority.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "Export.h" + +// Forward declarations +namespace RakNet +{ + class BitStream; +} +class PluginInterface; +struct RPCMap; +struct RakNetStatistics; +class RouterInterface; +class NetworkIDManager; + +/// The primary interface for RakNet, RakPeer contains all major functions for the library. +/// See the individual functions for what the class can do. +/// \brief The main interface for network communications +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT RakPeerInterface : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ +public: + ///Destructor + virtual ~RakPeerInterface() {} + + // --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Major Low Level Functions - Functions needed by most users-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + /// \brief Starts the network threads, opens the listen port. + /// You must call this before calling Connect(). + /// Multiple calls while already active are ignored. To call this function again with different settings, you must first call Shutdown(). + /// \note Call SetMaximumIncomingConnections if you want to accept incoming connections + /// \note Set _RAKNET_THREADSAFE in RakNetDefines.h if you want to call RakNet functions from multiple threads (not recommended, as it is much slower and RakNet is already asynchronous). + /// \param[in] maxConnections The maximum number of connections between this instance of RakPeer and another instance of RakPeer. Required so the network can preallocate and for thread safety. A pure client would set this to 1. A pure server would set it to the number of allowed clients.- A hybrid would set it to the sum of both types of connections + /// \param[in] localPort The port to listen for connections on. + /// \param[in] _threadSleepTimer How many ms to Sleep each internal update cycle (30 to give the game priority, 0 for regular (recommended) + /// \param[in] socketDescriptors An array of SocketDescriptor structures to force RakNet to listen on a particular IP address or port (or both). Each SocketDescriptor will represent one unique socket. Do not pass redundant structures. To listen on a specific port, you can pass SocketDescriptor(myPort,0); such as for a server. For a client, it is usually OK to just pass SocketDescriptor(); + /// \param[in] socketDescriptorCount The size of the \a socketDescriptors array. Pass 1 if you are not sure what to pass. + /// \return False on failure (can't create socket or thread), true on success. + virtual bool Startup( unsigned short maxConnections, int _threadSleepTimer, SocketDescriptor *socketDescriptors, unsigned socketDescriptorCount )=0; + + /// Secures connections though a combination of SHA1, AES128, SYN Cookies, and RSA to prevent connection spoofing, replay attacks, data eavesdropping, packet tampering, and MitM attacks. + /// There is a significant amount of processing and a slight amount of bandwidth overhead for this feature. + /// If you accept connections, you must call this or else secure connections will not be enabled for incoming connections. + /// If you are connecting to another system, you can call this with values for the (e and p,q) public keys before connecting to prevent MitM + /// \pre Must be called while offline + /// \param[in] pubKeyE A pointer to the public keys from the RSACrypt class. + /// \param[in] pubKeyN A pointer to the public keys from the RSACrypt class. + /// \param[in] privKeyP Public key generated from the RSACrypt class. + /// \param[in] privKeyQ Public key generated from the RSACrypt class. If the private keys are 0, then a new key will be generated when this function is called@see the Encryption sample + virtual void InitializeSecurity(const char *pubKeyE, const char *pubKeyN, const char *privKeyP, const char *privKeyQ )=0; + + /// Disables all security. + /// \note Must be called while offline + virtual void DisableSecurity( void )=0; + + /// If secure connections are on, do not use secure connections for a specific IP address. + /// This is useful if you have a fixed-address internal server behind a LAN. + /// \note Secure connections are determined by the recipient of an incoming connection. This has no effect if called on the system attempting to connect. + /// \param[in] ip IP address to add. * wildcards are supported. + virtual void AddToSecurityExceptionList(const char *ip)=0; + + /// Remove a specific connection previously added via AddToSecurityExceptionList + /// \param[in] ip IP address to remove. Pass 0 to remove all IP addresses. * wildcards are supported. + virtual void RemoveFromSecurityExceptionList(const char *ip)=0; + + /// Checks to see if a given IP is in the security exception list + /// \param[in] IP address to check. + virtual bool IsInSecurityExceptionList(const char *ip)=0; + + /// Sets how many incoming connections are allowed. If this is less than the number of players currently connected, + /// no more players will be allowed to connect. If this is greater than the maximum number of peers allowed, + /// it will be reduced to the maximum number of peers allowed. + /// Defaults to 0, meaning by default, nobody can connect to you + /// \param[in] numberAllowed Maximum number of incoming connections allowed. + virtual void SetMaximumIncomingConnections( unsigned short numberAllowed )=0; + + /// Returns the value passed to SetMaximumIncomingConnections() + /// \return the maximum number of incoming connections, which is always <= maxConnections + virtual unsigned short GetMaximumIncomingConnections( void ) const=0; + + /// Returns how many open connections there are at this time + /// \return the number of open connections + virtual unsigned short NumberOfConnections(void) const=0; + + /// Sets the password incoming connections must match in the call to Connect (defaults to none). Pass 0 to passwordData to specify no password + /// This is a way to set a low level password for all incoming connections. To selectively reject connections, implement your own scheme using CloseConnection() to remove unwanted connections + /// \param[in] passwordData A data block that incoming connections must match. This can be just a password, or can be a stream of data. Specify 0 for no password data + /// \param[in] passwordDataLength The length in bytes of passwordData + virtual void SetIncomingPassword( const char* passwordData, int passwordDataLength )=0; + + /// Gets the password passed to SetIncomingPassword + /// \param[out] passwordData Should point to a block large enough to hold the password data you passed to SetIncomingPassword() + /// \param[in,out] passwordDataLength Maximum size of the array passwordData. Modified to hold the number of bytes actually written + virtual void GetIncomingPassword( char* passwordData, int *passwordDataLength )=0; + + /// \brief Connect to the specified host (ip or domain name) and server port. + /// Calling Connect and not calling SetMaximumIncomingConnections acts as a dedicated client. + /// Calling both acts as a true peer. This is a non-blocking connection. + /// You know the connection is successful when IsConnected() returns true or Receive() gets a message with the type identifier ID_CONNECTION_ACCEPTED. + /// If the connection is not successful, such as a rejected connection or no response then neither of these things will happen. + /// \pre Requires that you first call Initialize + /// \param[in] host Either a dotted IP address or a domain name + /// \param[in] remotePort Which port to connect to on the remote machine. + /// \param[in] passwordData A data block that must match the data block on the server passed to SetIncomingPassword. This can be a string or can be a stream of data. Use 0 for no password. + /// \param[in] passwordDataLength The length in bytes of passwordData + /// \param[in] connectionSocketIndex Index into the array of socket descriptors passed to socketDescriptors in RakPeer::Startup() to send on. + /// \return True on successful initiation. False on incorrect parameters, internal error, or too many existing peers. Returning true does not mean you connected! + virtual bool Connect( const char* host, unsigned short remotePort, const char *passwordData, int passwordDataLength, unsigned connectionSocketIndex=0 )=0; + + /// \brief Connect to the specified network ID (Platform specific console function) + /// Does built-in NAt traversal + /// \param[in] passwordData A data block that must match the data block on the server passed to SetIncomingPassword. This can be a string or can be a stream of data. Use 0 for no password. + /// \param[in] passwordDataLength The length in bytes of passwordData + //virtual bool Console2LobbyConnect( void *networkServiceId, const char *passwordData, int passwordDataLength )=0; + + /// \brief Stops the network threads and closes all connections. + /// \param[in] blockDuration How long, in milliseconds, you should wait for all remaining messages to go out, including ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION. If 0, it doesn't wait at all. + /// \param[in] orderingChannel If blockDuration > 0, ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION will be sent on this channel + /// If you set it to 0 then the disconnection notification won't be sent + virtual void Shutdown( unsigned int blockDuration, unsigned char orderingChannel=0 )=0; + + /// Returns if the network thread is running + /// \return true if the network thread is running, false otherwise + virtual bool IsActive( void ) const=0; + + /// Fills the array remoteSystems with the SystemAddress of all the systems we are connected to + /// \param[out] remoteSystems An array of SystemAddress structures to be filled with the SystemAddresss of the systems we are connected to. Pass 0 to remoteSystems to only get the number of systems we are connected to + /// \param[in, out] numberOfSystems As input, the size of remoteSystems array. As output, the number of elements put into the array + virtual bool GetConnectionList( SystemAddress *remoteSystems, unsigned short *numberOfSystems ) const=0; + + /// Sends a block of data to the specified system that you are connected to. + /// This function only works while the connected + /// The first byte should be a message identifier starting at ID_USER_PACKET_ENUM + /// \param[in] data The block of data to send + /// \param[in] length The size in bytes of the data to send + /// \param[in] priority What priority level to send on. See PacketPriority.h + /// \param[in] reliability How reliability to send this data. See PacketPriority.h + /// \param[in] orderingChannel When using ordered or sequenced messages, what channel to order these on. Messages are only ordered relative to other messages on the same stream + /// \param[in] systemAddress Who to send this packet to, or in the case of broadcasting who not to send it to. Use UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS to specify none + /// \param[in] broadcast True to send this packet to all connected systems. If true, then systemAddress specifies who not to send the packet to. + /// \return False if we are not connected to the specified recipient. True otherwise + virtual bool Send( const char *data, const int length, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast )=0; + + /// Sends a block of data to the specified system that you are connected to. Same as the above version, but takes a BitStream as input. + /// \param[in] bitStream The bitstream to send + /// \param[in] priority What priority level to send on. See PacketPriority.h + /// \param[in] reliability How reliability to send this data. See PacketPriority.h + /// \param[in] orderingChannel When using ordered or sequenced messages, what channel to order these on. Messages are only ordered relative to other messages on the same stream + /// \param[in] systemAddress Who to send this packet to, or in the case of broadcasting who not to send it to. Use UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS to specify none + /// \param[in] broadcast True to send this packet to all connected systems. If true, then systemAddress specifies who not to send the packet to. + /// \return False if we are not connected to the specified recipient. True otherwise + /// \note COMMON MISTAKE: When writing the first byte, bitStream->Write((unsigned char) ID_MY_TYPE) be sure it is casted to a byte, and you are not writing a 4 byte enumeration. + virtual bool Send( const RakNet::BitStream * bitStream, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast )=0; + + /// Sends multiple blocks of data, concatenating them automatically. + /// + /// This is equivalent to: + /// RakNet::BitStream bs; + /// bs.WriteAlignedBytes(block1, blockLength1); + /// bs.WriteAlignedBytes(block2, blockLength2); + /// bs.WriteAlignedBytes(block3, blockLength3); + /// Send(&bs, ...) + /// + /// This function only works while the connected + /// \param[in] data An array of pointers to blocks of data + /// \param[in] lengths An array of integers indicating the length of each block of data + /// \param[in] numParameters Length of the arrays data and lengths + /// \param[in] priority What priority level to send on. See PacketPriority.h + /// \param[in] reliability How reliability to send this data. See PacketPriority.h + /// \param[in] orderingChannel When using ordered or sequenced messages, what channel to order these on. Messages are only ordered relative to other messages on the same stream + /// \param[in] systemAddress Who to send this packet to, or in the case of broadcasting who not to send it to. Use UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS to specify none + /// \param[in] broadcast True to send this packet to all connected systems. If true, then systemAddress specifies who not to send the packet to. + /// \return False if we are not connected to the specified recipient. True otherwise + virtual bool SendList( char **data, const int *lengths, const int numParameters, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast )=0; + + /// Gets a message from the incoming message queue. + /// Use DeallocatePacket() to deallocate the message after you are done with it. + /// User-thread functions, such as RPC calls and the plugin function PluginInterface::Update occur here. + /// \return 0 if no packets are waiting to be handled, otherwise a pointer to a packet. + /// \note COMMON MISTAKE: Be sure to call this in a loop, once per game tick, until it returns 0. If you only process one packet per game tick they will buffer up. + /// sa RakNetTypes.h contains struct Packet + virtual Packet* Receive( void )=0; + + /// Call this to deallocate a message returned by Receive() when you are done handling it. + /// \param[in] packet The message to deallocate. + virtual void DeallocatePacket( Packet *packet )=0; + + /// Return the total number of connections we are allowed + // TODO - rename for RakNet 3.0 + virtual unsigned short GetMaximumNumberOfPeers( void ) const=0; + + // --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Remote Procedure Call Functions - Functions to initialize and perform RPC-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + /// \ingroup RAKNET_RPC + /// \depreciated Use the AutoRPC plugin instead + /// Register a C or static member function as available for calling as a remote procedure call + /// \param[in] uniqueID A null-terminated unique string to identify this procedure. See RegisterClassMemberRPC() for class member functions. + /// \param[in] functionPointer(...) The name of the function to be used as a function pointer. This can be called whether active or not, and registered functions stay registered unless unregistered + virtual void RegisterAsRemoteProcedureCall( const char* uniqueID, void ( *functionPointer ) ( RPCParameters *rpcParms ) )=0; + + /// \ingroup RAKNET_RPC + /// \depreciated Use the AutoRPC plugin instead + /// Register a C++ member function as available for calling as a remote procedure call. + /// \param[in] uniqueID A null terminated string to identify this procedure. Recommended you use the macro REGISTER_CLASS_MEMBER_RPC to create the string. Use RegisterAsRemoteProcedureCall() for static functions. + /// \param[in] functionPointer The name of the function to be used as a function pointer. This can be called whether active or not, and registered functions stay registered unless unregistered with UnregisterAsRemoteProcedureCall + /// \sa The sample ObjectMemberRPC.cpp + virtual void RegisterClassMemberRPC( const char* uniqueID, void *functionPointer )=0; + + /// \ingroup RAKNET_RPC + /// \depreciated Use the AutoRPC plugin instead + /// Unregisters a C function as available for calling as a remote procedure call that was formerly registered with RegisterAsRemoteProcedureCall. Only call offline. + /// \param[in] uniqueID A string of only letters to identify this procedure. Recommended you use the macro CLASS_MEMBER_ID for class member functions. + virtual void UnregisterAsRemoteProcedureCall( const char* uniqueID )=0; + + /// \ingroup RAKNET_RPC + /// Used by Object member RPC to lookup objects given that object's ID + /// Also used by the ReplicaManager plugin + /// \param[in] An instance of NetworkIDManager to use for the lookup. + virtual void SetNetworkIDManager( NetworkIDManager *manager )=0; + + /// \return Returns the value passed to SetNetworkIDManager or 0 if never called. + virtual NetworkIDManager *GetNetworkIDManager(void) const=0; + + /// \ingroup RAKNET_RPC + /// Calls a C function on the remote system that was already registered using RegisterAsRemoteProcedureCall(). + /// \param[in] uniqueID A NULL terminated string identifying the function to call. Recommended you use the macro CLASS_MEMBER_ID for class member functions. + /// \param[in] data The data to send + /// \param[in] bitLength The number of bits of \a data + /// \param[in] priority What priority level to send on. See PacketPriority.h. + /// \param[in] reliability How reliability to send this data. See PacketPriority.h. + /// \param[in] orderingChannel When using ordered or sequenced message, what channel to order these on. + /// \param[in] systemAddress Who to send this message to, or in the case of broadcasting who not to send it to. Use UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS to specify none + /// \param[in] broadcast True to send this packet to all connected systems. If true, then systemAddress specifies who not to send the packet to. + /// \param[in] includedTimestamp Pass a timestamp if you wish, to be adjusted in the usual fashion as per ID_TIMESTAMP. Pass 0 to not include a timestamp. + /// \param[in] networkID For static functions, pass UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID. For member functions, you must derive from NetworkIDObject and pass the value returned by NetworkIDObject::GetNetworkID for that object. + /// \param[in] replyFromTarget If 0, this function is non-blocking. Otherwise it will block while waiting for a reply from the target procedure, which should be remotely written to RPCParameters::replyToSender and copied to replyFromTarget. The block will return early on disconnect or if the sent packet is unreliable and more than 3X the ping has elapsed. + /// \return True on a successful packet send (this does not indicate the recipient performed the call), false on failure + virtual bool RPC( const char* uniqueID, const char *data, BitSize_t bitLength, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast, RakNetTime *includedTimestamp, NetworkID networkID, RakNet::BitStream *replyFromTarget )=0; + + /// \ingroup RAKNET_RPC + /// Calls a C function on the remote system that was already registered using RegisterAsRemoteProcedureCall. + /// If you want that function to return data you should call RPC from that system in the same wayReturns true on a successful packet + /// send (this does not indicate the recipient performed the call), false on failure + /// \param[in] uniqueID A NULL terminated string identifying the function to call. Recommended you use the macro CLASS_MEMBER_ID for class member functions. + /// \param[in] data The data to send + /// \param[in] bitLength The number of bits of \a data + /// \param[in] priority What priority level to send on. See PacketPriority.h. + /// \param[in] reliability How reliability to send this data. See PacketPriority.h. + /// \param[in] orderingChannel When using ordered or sequenced message, what channel to order these on. + /// \param[in] systemAddress Who to send this message to, or in the case of broadcasting who not to send it to. Use UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS to specify none + /// \param[in] broadcast True to send this packet to all connected systems. If true, then systemAddress specifies who not to send the packet to. + /// \param[in] includedTimestamp Pass a timestamp if you wish, to be adjusted in the usual fashion as per ID_TIMESTAMP. Pass 0 to not include a timestamp. + /// \param[in] networkID For static functions, pass UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID. For member functions, you must derive from NetworkIDObject and pass the value returned by NetworkIDObject::GetNetworkID for that object. + /// \param[in] replyFromTarget If 0, this function is non-blocking. Otherwise it will block while waiting for a reply from the target procedure, which should be remotely written to RPCParameters::replyToSender and copied to replyFromTarget. The block will return early on disconnect or if the sent packet is unreliable and more than 3X the ping has elapsed. + /// \return True on a successful packet send (this does not indicate the recipient performed the call), false on failure + virtual bool RPC( const char* uniqueID, const RakNet::BitStream *bitStream, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast, RakNetTime *includedTimestamp, NetworkID networkID, RakNet::BitStream *replyFromTarget )=0; + + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Connection Management Functions-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + /// Close the connection to another host (if we initiated the connection it will disconnect, if they did it will kick them out). + /// \param[in] target Which system to close the connection to. + /// \param[in] sendDisconnectionNotification True to send ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION to the recipient. False to close it silently. + /// \param[in] channel Which ordering channel to send the disconnection notification on, if any + virtual void CloseConnection( const SystemAddress target, bool sendDisconnectionNotification, unsigned char orderingChannel=0 )=0; + + /// Returns if a particular systemAddress is connected to us (this also returns true if we are in the process of connecting) + /// \param[in] systemAddress The SystemAddress we are referring to + /// \param[in] includeInProgress If true, also return true for connections that are in progress but haven't completed + /// \param[in] includeDisconnecting If true, also return true for connections that are in the process of disconnecting + /// \return True if this system is connected and active, false otherwise. + virtual bool IsConnected(const SystemAddress systemAddress, bool includeInProgress=false, bool includeDisconnecting=false)=0; + + /// Given a systemAddress, returns an index from 0 to the maximum number of players allowed - 1. + /// \param[in] systemAddress The SystemAddress we are referring to + /// \return The index of this SystemAddress or -1 on system not found. + virtual int GetIndexFromSystemAddress( const SystemAddress systemAddress )=0; + + /// This function is only useful for looping through all systems + /// Given an index, will return a SystemAddress. + /// \param[in] index Index should range between 0 and the maximum number of players allowed - 1. + /// \return The SystemAddress + virtual SystemAddress GetSystemAddressFromIndex( int index )=0; + + /// Bans an IP from connecting. Banned IPs persist between connections but are not saved on shutdown nor loaded on startup. + /// param[in] IP Dotted IP address. Can use * as a wildcard, such as 128.0.0.* will ban all IP addresses starting with 128.0.0 + /// \param[in] milliseconds how many ms for a temporary ban. Use 0 for a permanent ban + virtual void AddToBanList( const char *IP, RakNetTime milliseconds=0 )=0; + + /// Allows a previously banned IP to connect. + /// param[in] Dotted IP address. Can use * as a wildcard, such as 128.0.0.* will banAll IP addresses starting with 128.0.0 + virtual void RemoveFromBanList( const char *IP )=0; + + /// Allows all previously banned IPs to connect. + virtual void ClearBanList( void )=0; + + /// Returns true or false indicating if a particular IP is banned. + /// \param[in] IP - Dotted IP address. + /// \return true if IP matches any IPs in the ban list, accounting for any wildcards. False otherwise. + virtual bool IsBanned( const char *IP )=0; + + // --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Pinging Functions - Functions dealing with the automatic ping mechanism-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + /// Send a ping to the specified connected system. + /// \pre The sender and recipient must already be started via a successful call to Startup() + /// \param[in] target Which system to ping + virtual void Ping( const SystemAddress target )=0; + + /// Send a ping to the specified unconnected system. The remote system, if it is Initialized, will respond with ID_PONG followed by sizeof(RakNetTime) containing the system time the ping was sent.(Default is 4 bytes - See __GET_TIME_64BIT in RakNetTypes.h + /// \param[in] host Either a dotted IP address or a domain name. Can be 255.255.255.255 for LAN broadcast. + /// \param[in] remotePort Which port to connect to on the remote machine. + /// \param[in] onlyReplyOnAcceptingConnections Only request a reply if the remote system is accepting connections + /// \param[in] connectionSocketIndex Index into the array of socket descriptors passed to socketDescriptors in RakPeer::Startup() to send on. + virtual void Ping( const char* host, unsigned short remotePort, bool onlyReplyOnAcceptingConnections, unsigned connectionSocketIndex=0 )=0; + + /// Returns the average of all ping times read for the specific system or -1 if none read yet + /// \param[in] systemAddress Which system we are referring to + /// \return The ping time for this system, or -1 + virtual int GetAveragePing( const SystemAddress systemAddress )=0; + + /// Returns the last ping time read for the specific system or -1 if none read yet + /// \param[in] systemAddress Which system we are referring to + /// \return The last ping time for this system, or -1 + virtual int GetLastPing( const SystemAddress systemAddress ) const=0; + + /// Returns the lowest ping time read or -1 if none read yet + /// \param[in] systemAddress Which system we are referring to + /// \return The lowest ping time for this system, or -1 + virtual int GetLowestPing( const SystemAddress systemAddress ) const=0; + + /// Ping the remote systems every so often, or not. This is off by default. Can be called anytime. + /// \param[in] doPing True to start occasional pings. False to stop them. + virtual void SetOccasionalPing( bool doPing )=0; + + // --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Static Data Functions - Functions dealing with API defined synchronized memory-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + /// Sets the data to send along with a LAN server discovery or offline ping reply. + /// \a length should be under 400 bytes, as a security measure against flood attacks + /// \param[in] data a block of data to store, or 0 for none + /// \param[in] length The length of data in bytes, or 0 for none + /// \sa Ping.cpp + virtual void SetOfflinePingResponse( const char *data, const unsigned int length )=0; + + /// Returns pointers to a copy of the data passed to SetOfflinePingResponse + /// \param[out] data A pointer to a copy of the data passed to \a SetOfflinePingResponse() + /// \param[out] length A pointer filled in with the length parameter passed to SetOfflinePingResponse() + /// \sa SetOfflinePingResponse + virtual void GetOfflinePingResponse( char **data, unsigned int *length )=0; + + //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Network Functions - Functions dealing with the network in general-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + /// Return the unique address identifier that represents you on the the network and is based on your local IP / port. + /// \return the identifier of your system internally, which may not be how other systems see if you if you are behind a NAT or proxy + virtual SystemAddress GetInternalID( const SystemAddress systemAddress=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS ) const=0; + + /// Return the unique address identifier that represents you on the the network and is based on your externalIP / port + /// (the IP / port the specified player uses to communicate with you) + /// \param[in] target Which remote system you are referring to for your external ID. Usually the same for all systems, unless you have two or more network cards. + virtual SystemAddress GetExternalID( const SystemAddress target ) const=0; + + /// Set the time, in MS, to use before considering ourselves disconnected after not being able to deliver a reliable message. + /// Default time is 10,000 or 10 seconds in release and 30,000 or 30 seconds in debug. + /// \param[in] timeMS Time, in MS + /// \param[in] target Which system to do this for. Pass UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS for all systems. + virtual void SetTimeoutTime( RakNetTime timeMS, const SystemAddress target )=0; + + /// Set the MTU per datagram. It's important to set this correctly - otherwise packets will be needlessly split, decreasing performance and throughput. + /// Maximum allowed size is MAXIMUM_MTU_SIZE. + /// Too high of a value will cause packets not to arrive at worst and be fragmented at best. + /// Too low of a value will split packets unnecessarily. + /// Recommended size is 1500 + /// sa MTUSize.h + /// \param[in] size The MTU size + /// \pre Can only be called when not connected. + /// \return false on failure (we are connected), else true + virtual bool SetMTUSize( int size )=0; + + /// Returns the current MTU size + /// \param[in] target Which system to get this for. UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS to get the default + /// \return The current MTU size + virtual int GetMTUSize( const SystemAddress target ) const=0; + + /// Returns the number of IP addresses this system has internally. Get the actual addresses from GetLocalIP() + virtual unsigned GetNumberOfAddresses( void )=0; + + /// Returns an IP address at index 0 to GetNumberOfAddresses-1 + /// \param[in] index index into the list of IP addresses + /// \return The local IP address at this index + virtual const char* GetLocalIP( unsigned int index )=0; + + /// Is this a local IP? + /// \param[in] An IP address to check, excluding the port + /// \return True if this is one of the IP addresses returned by GetLocalIP + virtual bool IsLocalIP( const char *ip )=0; + + /// Allow or disallow connection responses from any IP. Normally this should be false, but may be necessary + /// when connecting to servers with multiple IP addresses. + /// \param[in] allow - True to allow this behavior, false to not allow. Defaults to false. Value persists between connections + virtual void AllowConnectionResponseIPMigration( bool allow )=0; + + /// Sends a one byte message ID_ADVERTISE_SYSTEM to the remote unconnected system. + /// This will tell the remote system our external IP outside the LAN along with some user data. + /// \pre The sender and recipient must already be started via a successful call to Initialize + /// \param[in] host Either a dotted IP address or a domain name + /// \param[in] remotePort Which port to connect to on the remote machine. + /// \param[in] data Optional data to append to the packet. + /// \param[in] dataLength length of data in bytes. Use 0 if no data. + /// \param[in] connectionSocketIndex Index into the array of socket descriptors passed to socketDescriptors in RakPeer::Startup() to send on. + /// \return false if IsActive()==false or the host is unresolvable. True otherwise + virtual bool AdvertiseSystem( const char *host, unsigned short remotePort, const char *data, int dataLength, unsigned connectionSocketIndex=0 )=0; + + /// Controls how often to return ID_DOWNLOAD_PROGRESS for large message downloads. + /// ID_DOWNLOAD_PROGRESS is returned to indicate a new partial message chunk, roughly the MTU size, has arrived + /// As it can be slow or cumbersome to get this notification for every chunk, you can set the interval at which it is returned. + /// Defaults to 0 (never return this notification) + /// \param[in] interval How many messages to use as an interval + virtual void SetSplitMessageProgressInterval(int interval)=0; + + /// Set how long to wait before giving up on sending an unreliable message + /// Useful if the network is clogged up. + /// Set to 0 or less to never timeout. Defaults to 0. + /// \param[in] timeoutMS How many ms to wait before simply not sending an unreliable message. + virtual void SetUnreliableTimeout(RakNetTime timeoutMS)=0; + + /// Send a message to host, with the IP socket option TTL set to 3 + /// This message will not reach the host, but will open the router. + /// Used for NAT-Punchthrough + virtual void SendTTL( const char* host, unsigned short remotePort, int ttl, unsigned connectionSocketIndex=0 )=0; + + // --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Compression Functions - Functions related to the compression layer-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + /// Enables or disables frequency table tracking. This is required to get a frequency table, which is used in GenerateCompressionLayer() + /// This value persists between connect calls and defaults to false (no frequency tracking) + /// \pre You can call this at any time - however you SHOULD only call it when disconnected. Otherwise you will only trackpart of the values sent over the network. + /// \param[in] doCompile True to enable tracking + virtual void SetCompileFrequencyTable( bool doCompile )=0; + + /// Returns the frequency of outgoing bytes into output frequency table + /// The purpose is to save to file as either a master frequency table from a sample game session for passing to + /// GenerateCompressionLayer() + /// \pre You should only call this when disconnected. Requires that you first enable data frequency tracking by calling SetCompileFrequencyTable(true) + /// \param[out] outputFrequencyTable The frequency of each corresponding byte + /// \return False (failure) if connected or if frequency table tracking is not enabled. Otherwise true (success) + virtual bool GetOutgoingFrequencyTable( unsigned int outputFrequencyTable[ 256 ] )=0; + + /// This is an optional function to generate the compression layer based on the input frequency table. + /// If you want to use it you should call this twice - once with inputLayer as true and once as false. + /// The frequency table passed here with inputLayer=true should match the frequency table on the recipient with inputLayer=false. + /// Likewise, the frequency table passed here with inputLayer=false should match the frequency table on the recipient with inputLayer=true. + /// Calling this function when there is an existing layer will overwrite the old layer. + /// \pre You should only call this when disconnected + /// \param[in] inputFrequencyTable A frequency table for your data + /// \param[in] inputLayer Is this the input layer? + /// \return false (failure) if connected. Otherwise true (success) + /// \sa Compression.cpp + virtual bool GenerateCompressionLayer( unsigned int inputFrequencyTable[ 256 ], bool inputLayer )=0; + + /// Delete the output or input layer as specified. This is not necessary to call and is only valuable for freeing memory. + /// \pre You should only call this when disconnected + /// \param[in] inputLayer True to mean the inputLayer, false to mean the output layer + /// \return false (failure) if connected. Otherwise true (success) + virtual bool DeleteCompressionLayer( bool inputLayer )=0; + + /// Returns the compression ratio. A low compression ratio is good. Compression is for outgoing data + /// \return The compression ratio + virtual float GetCompressionRatio( void ) const=0; + + ///Returns the decompression ratio. A high decompression ratio is good. Decompression is for incoming data + /// \return The decompression ratio + virtual float GetDecompressionRatio( void ) const=0; + + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Plugin Functions-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + /// Attatches a Plugin interface to run code automatically on message receipt in the Receive call + /// \note If plugins have dependencies on each other then the order does matter - for example the router plugin should go first because it might route messages for other plugins + /// \param[in] messageHandler Pointer to a plugin to attach + virtual void AttachPlugin( PluginInterface *plugin )=0; + + /// Detaches a Plugin interface to run code automatically on message receipt + /// \param[in] messageHandler Pointer to a plugin to detach + virtual void DetachPlugin( PluginInterface *messageHandler )=0; + + // --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Miscellaneous Functions-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + /// Put a message back at the end of the receive queue in case you don't want to deal with it immediately + /// \param[in] packet The packet you want to push back. + /// \param[in] pushAtHead True to push the packet so that the next receive call returns it. False to push it at the end of the queue (obviously pushing it at the end makes the packets out of order) + virtual void PushBackPacket( Packet *packet, bool pushAtHead )=0; + + /// \Internal + // \param[in] routerInterface The router to use to route messages to systems not directly connected to this system. + virtual void SetRouterInterface( RouterInterface *routerInterface )=0; + + /// \Internal + // \param[in] routerInterface The router to use to route messages to systems not directly connected to this system. + virtual void RemoveRouterInterface( RouterInterface *routerInterface )=0; + + /// \Returns a packet for you to write to if you want to create a Packet for some reason. + /// You can add it to the receive buffer with PushBackPacket + /// \param[in] dataSize How many bytes to allocate for the buffer + /// \return A packet you can write to + virtual Packet* AllocatePacket(unsigned dataSize)=0; + + // --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Network Simulator Functions-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + /// Adds simulated ping and packet loss to the outgoing data flow. + /// To simulate bi-directional ping and packet loss, you should call this on both the sender and the recipient, with half the total ping and maxSendBPS value on each. + /// You can exclude network simulator code with the _RELEASE #define to decrease code size + /// \param[in] maxSendBPS Maximum bits per second to send. Packetloss grows linearly. 0 to disable. (CURRENTLY BROKEN - ALWAYS DISABLED) + /// \param[in] minExtraPing The minimum time to delay sends. + virtual void ApplyNetworkSimulator( double maxSendBPS, unsigned short minExtraPing, unsigned short extraPingVariance)=0; + + /// Limits how much outgoing bandwidth can be sent per-connection. + /// This limit does not apply to the sum of all connections! + /// Exceeding the limit queues up outgoing traffic + /// \param[in] maxBitsPerSecond Maximum bits per second to send. Use 0 for unlimited (default). Once set, it takes effect immedately and persists until called again. + virtual void SetPerConnectionOutgoingBandwidthLimit( unsigned maxBitsPerSecond )=0; + + /// Returns if you previously called ApplyNetworkSimulator + /// \return If you previously called ApplyNetworkSimulator + virtual bool IsNetworkSimulatorActive( void )=0; + + // --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Statistical Functions - Functions dealing with API performance-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + /// Returns a structure containing a large set of network statistics for the specified system. + /// You can map this data to a string using the C style StatisticsToString() function + /// \param[in] systemAddress: Which connected system to get statistics for + /// \return 0 on can't find the specified system. A pointer to a set of data otherwise. + /// \sa RakNetStatistics.h + virtual RakNetStatistics * const GetStatistics( const SystemAddress systemAddress )=0; + + // --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------EVERYTHING AFTER THIS COMMENT IS FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + /// \internal + virtual char *GetRPCString( const char *data, const BitSize_t bitSize, const SystemAddress systemAddress)=0; + + /// \internal + virtual bool SendOutOfBand(const char *host, unsigned short remotePort, MessageID header, const char *data, BitSize_t dataLength, unsigned connectionSocketIndex=0 )=0; + + +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakSleep.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakSleep.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..79cd6ac8 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakSleep.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +#if defined(_XBOX360) +#include "Console1Includes.h" +#elif defined(_WIN32) +#include // Sleep +#elif defined(_PS3) +#include "Console2Includes.h" +#include +#else +#include // usleep +#endif + + +#include "RakSleep.h" + +void RakSleep(unsigned int ms) +{ +#ifdef _WIN32 + Sleep(ms); +#elif defined(_PS3) + // Use the version of usleep on the console here, this is a macro + _PS3_usleep(ms * 1000); +#else + usleep(ms * 1000); +#endif +} diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakSleep.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakSleep.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..27936bf0 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakSleep.h @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#ifndef __RAK_SLEEP_H +#define __RAK_SLEEP_H + +#include "Export.h" + +void RAK_DLL_EXPORT RakSleep(unsigned int ms); + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakString.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakString.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..37c3f39e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakString.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,719 @@ +#include "RakString.h" +#include "RakAssert.h" +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "SimpleMutex.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include +#include +#include "LinuxStrings.h" +#include "StringCompressor.h" + +using namespace RakNet; + +//DataStructures::MemoryPool RakString::pool; +unsigned int RakString::nPos=(unsigned int) -1; +static SimpleMutex poolMutex; +RakString::SharedString RakString::emptyString={0,0,0,"",""}; +//RakString::SharedString *RakString::sharedStringFreeList=0; +//unsigned int RakString::sharedStringFreeListAllocationCount=0; +DataStructures::List RakString::freeList; + +int RakString::RakStringComp( RakString const &key, RakString const &data ) +{ + return key.StrCmp(data); +} + +RakString::RakString() +{ + sharedString=&emptyString; +} +RakString::RakString( RakString::SharedString *_sharedString ) +{ + sharedString=_sharedString; +} +RakString::RakString(char input) +{ + char str[2]; + str[0]=input; + str[1]=0; + Assign(str); +} +RakString::RakString(unsigned char input) +{ + char str[2]; + str[0]=(char) input; + str[1]=0; + Assign(str); +} +RakString::RakString(const unsigned char *format, ...){ + char text[8096]; + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, format); + _vsnprintf(text, 8096, (const char*) format, ap); + va_end(ap); + text[8096-1]=0; + Assign(text); +} +RakString::RakString(const char *format, ...){ + char text[8096]; + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, format); + _vsnprintf(text, 8096, format, ap); + va_end(ap); + text[8096-1]=0; + Assign(text); +} +RakString::RakString( const RakString & rhs) +{ + sharedString=rhs.sharedString; + rhs.sharedString->refCount++; +} +RakString::~RakString() +{ + Free(); +} +RakString& RakString::operator = ( const RakString& rhs ) +{ + Free(); + sharedString=rhs.sharedString; + sharedString->refCount++; + return *this; +} +RakString& RakString::operator = ( const char *str ) +{ + Free(); + Assign(str); + return *this; +} +RakString& RakString::operator = ( char *str ) +{ + return operator = ((const char*)str); +} +RakString& RakString::operator = ( const char c ) +{ + char buff[2]; + buff[0]=c; + buff[1]=0; + return operator = ((const char*)buff); +} +void RakString::Realloc(SharedString *sharedString, size_t bytes) +{ + if (bytes<=sharedString->bytesUsed) + return; + RakAssert(bytes>0); + size_t oldBytes = sharedString->bytesUsed; + size_t newBytes; + const size_t smallStringSize = 128-sizeof(unsigned int)-sizeof(size_t)-sizeof(char*)*2; + newBytes = GetSizeToAllocate(bytes); + if (oldBytes <=(size_t) smallStringSize && newBytes > (size_t) smallStringSize) + { + sharedString->bigString=(char*) rakMalloc(newBytes); + strcpy(sharedString->bigString, sharedString->smallString); + sharedString->c_str=sharedString->bigString; + } + else if (oldBytes > smallStringSize) + { + sharedString->bigString=(char*) rakRealloc(sharedString->bigString,newBytes); + sharedString->c_str=sharedString->bigString; + } + sharedString->bytesUsed=newBytes; +} +RakString& RakString::operator +=( const RakString& rhs) +{ + if (rhs.IsEmpty()) + return *this; + + if (IsEmpty()) + { + return operator=(rhs); + } + else + { + Clone(); + size_t strLen=rhs.GetLength()+GetLength()+1; + Realloc(sharedString, strLen+GetLength()); + strcat(sharedString->c_str,rhs.C_String()); + } + return *this; +} +RakString& RakString::operator +=( const char *str ) +{ + if (str==0 || str[0]==0) + return *this; + + if (IsEmpty()) + { + Assign(str); + } + else + { + Clone(); + size_t strLen=strlen(str)+GetLength()+1; + Realloc(sharedString, strLen); + strcat(sharedString->c_str,str); + } + return *this; +} +RakString& RakString::operator +=( char *str ) +{ + return operator += ((const char*)str); +} +RakString& RakString::operator +=( const char c ) +{ + char buff[2]; + buff[0]=c; + buff[1]=0; + return operator += ((const char*)buff); +} +unsigned char RakString::operator[] ( const unsigned int position ) const +{ + RakAssert(positionc_str[position]; +} +bool RakString::operator==(const RakString &rhs) const +{ + return strcmp(sharedString->c_str,rhs.sharedString->c_str)==0; +} +bool RakString::operator==(const char *str) const +{ + return strcmp(sharedString->c_str,str)==0; +} +bool RakString::operator==(char *str) const +{ + return strcmp(sharedString->c_str,str)==0; +} +bool RakString::operator!=(const RakString &rhs) const +{ + return strcmp(sharedString->c_str,rhs.sharedString->c_str)!=0; +} +const RakNet::RakString operator+(const RakNet::RakString &lhs, const RakNet::RakString &rhs) +{ + if (lhs.IsEmpty() && rhs.IsEmpty()) + return RakString(&RakString::emptyString); + if (lhs.IsEmpty()) + { + rhs.sharedString->refCount++; + return RakString(rhs.sharedString); + } + if (rhs.IsEmpty()) + { + lhs.sharedString->refCount++; + return RakString(lhs.sharedString); + } + + size_t len1 = lhs.GetLength(); + size_t len2 = rhs.GetLength(); + size_t allocatedBytes = len1 + len2 + 1; + allocatedBytes = RakString::GetSizeToAllocate(allocatedBytes); + RakString::SharedString *sharedString; + + poolMutex.Lock(); + // sharedString = RakString::pool.Allocate(); + if (RakString::freeList.Size()==0) + { + //RakString::sharedStringFreeList=(RakString::SharedString*) rakRealloc(RakString::sharedStringFreeList,(RakString::sharedStringFreeListAllocationCount+1024)*sizeof(RakString::SharedString)); + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < 1024; i++) + { + // RakString::freeList.Insert(RakString::sharedStringFreeList+i+RakString::sharedStringFreeListAllocationCount); + RakString::freeList.Insert((RakString::SharedString*)rakMalloc(sizeof(RakString::SharedString))); + + } + //RakString::sharedStringFreeListAllocationCount+=1024; + } + sharedString = RakString::freeList[RakString::freeList.Size()-1]; + RakString::freeList.RemoveAtIndex(RakString::freeList.Size()-1); + poolMutex.Unlock(); + + const int smallStringSize = 128-sizeof(unsigned int)-sizeof(size_t)-sizeof(char*)*2; + sharedString->bytesUsed=allocatedBytes; + sharedString->refCount=1; + if (allocatedBytes <= (size_t) smallStringSize) + { + sharedString->c_str=sharedString->smallString; + } + else + { + sharedString->bigString=(char*)rakMalloc(sharedString->bytesUsed); + sharedString->c_str=sharedString->bigString; + } + + strcpy(sharedString->c_str, lhs); + strcat(sharedString->c_str, rhs); + + return RakString(sharedString); +} +void RakString::ToLower(void) +{ + Clone(); + + size_t strLen = strlen(sharedString->c_str); + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < strLen; i++) + sharedString->c_str[i]=ToLower(sharedString->c_str[i]); +} +void RakString::ToUpper(void) +{ + Clone(); + + size_t strLen = strlen(sharedString->c_str); + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < strLen; i++) + sharedString->c_str[i]=ToUpper(sharedString->c_str[i]); +} +void RakString::Set(const char *format, ...) +{ + char text[8096]; + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, format); + _vsnprintf(text, 8096, format, ap); + va_end(ap); + text[8096-1]=0; + Clear(); + Assign(text); +} +bool RakString::IsEmpty(void) const +{ + return sharedString==&emptyString; +} +size_t RakString::GetLength(void) const +{ + return strlen(sharedString->c_str); +} +void RakString::Replace(unsigned index, unsigned count, unsigned char c) +{ + RakAssert(index+count < GetLength()); + Clone(); + unsigned countIndex=0; + while (countIndexc_str[index]=c; + index++; + countIndex++; + } +} +void RakString::Erase(unsigned index, unsigned count) +{ + size_t len = GetLength(); + RakAssert(index+count <= len); + + Clone(); + unsigned i; + for (i=index; i < len-count; i++) + { + sharedString->c_str[i]=sharedString->c_str[i+count]; + } + sharedString->c_str[i]=0; +} +int RakString::StrCmp(const RakString &rhs) const +{ + return strcmp(sharedString->c_str, rhs); +} +int RakString::StrICmp(const RakString &rhs) const +{ + return _stricmp(sharedString->c_str, rhs); +} +void RakString::Printf(void) +{ + printf(sharedString->c_str); +} +void RakString::FPrintf(FILE *fp) +{ + fprintf(fp,sharedString->c_str); +} +bool RakString::IPAddressMatch(const char *IP) +{ + unsigned characterIndex; + + if ( IP == 0 || IP[ 0 ] == 0 || strlen( IP ) > 15 ) + return false; + + characterIndex = 0; + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4127 ) // warning C4127: conditional expression is constant +#endif + while ( true ) + { + if (sharedString->c_str[ characterIndex ] == IP[ characterIndex ] ) + { + // Equal characters + if ( IP[ characterIndex ] == 0 ) + { + // End of the string and the strings match + + return true; + } + + characterIndex++; + } + + else + { + if ( sharedString->c_str[ characterIndex ] == 0 || IP[ characterIndex ] == 0 ) + { + // End of one of the strings + break; + } + + // Characters do not match + if ( sharedString->c_str[ characterIndex ] == '*' ) + { + // Domain is banned. + return true; + } + + // Characters do not match and it is not a * + break; + } + } + + + // No match found. + return false; +} +void RakString::URLEncode(void) +{ + RakString result; + + size_t strLen = strlen(sharedString->c_str); + unsigned i; + char c; + for (i=0; i < strLen; i++) + { + c=sharedString->c_str[i]; + if ( + (c<=47) || + (c>=58 && c<=64) || + (c>=91 && c<=96) || + (c>=123) + ) + { + result += RakNet::RakString("%%%2X", c); + } + else + { + result += c; + } + } + + *this = result; +} +void RakString::FreeMemory(void) +{ + for (unsigned int i=0; i < freeList.Size(); i++) + delete freeList[i]; + freeList.Clear(); +} +void RakString::Serialize(BitStream *bs) +{ + Serialize(sharedString->c_str, bs); +} +void RakString::Serialize(const char *str, BitStream *bs) +{ + unsigned short l = (unsigned short) strlen(str); + bs->Write(l); + bs->WriteAlignedBytes((const unsigned char*) str, (const unsigned int) l); +} +void RakString::SerializeCompressed(BitStream *bs, int languageId, bool writeLanguageId) +{ + SerializeCompressed(C_String(), bs, languageId, writeLanguageId); +} +void RakString::SerializeCompressed(const char *str, BitStream *bs, int languageId, bool writeLanguageId) +{ + if (writeLanguageId) + bs->WriteCompressed(languageId); + stringCompressor->EncodeString(str,0xFFFF,bs,languageId); +} +bool RakString::Deserialize(BitStream *bs) +{ + Clear(); + + bool b; + unsigned short l; + b=bs->Read(l); + if (l>0) + { + Allocate(((unsigned int) l)+1); + b=bs->ReadAlignedBytes((unsigned char*) sharedString->c_str, l); + if (b) + sharedString->c_str[l]=0; + else + Clear(); + } + return b; +} +bool RakString::Deserialize(char *str, BitStream *bs) +{ + bool b; + unsigned short l; + b=bs->Read(l); + if (b && l>0) + b=bs->ReadAlignedBytes((unsigned char*) str, l); + + if (b==false) + str[0]=0; + return b; +} +bool RakString::DeserializeCompressed(BitStream *bs, bool readLanguageId) +{ + unsigned int languageId; + if (readLanguageId) + bs->ReadCompressed(languageId); + else + languageId=0; + return stringCompressor->DecodeString(this,0xFFFF,bs,languageId); +} +bool RakString::DeserializeCompressed(char *str, BitStream *bs, bool readLanguageId) +{ + unsigned int languageId; + if (readLanguageId) + bs->ReadCompressed(languageId); + else + languageId=0; + return stringCompressor->DecodeString(str,0xFFFF,bs,languageId); +} +const char *RakString::ToString(int64_t i) +{ + static int index=0; + static char buff[64][64]; +#if defined(_WIN32) + sprintf(buff[index], "%I64d", i); +#else + sprintf(buff[index], "%lld", i); +#endif + int lastIndex=index; + if (++index==64) + index=0; + return buff[lastIndex]; +} +const char *RakString::ToString(uint64_t i) +{ + static int index=0; + static char buff[64][64]; +#if defined(_WIN32) + sprintf(buff[index], "%I64u", i); +#else + sprintf(buff[index], "%llu", i); +#endif + int lastIndex=index; + if (++index==64) + index=0; + return buff[lastIndex]; +} +void RakString::Clear(void) +{ + Free(); +} +void RakString::Allocate(size_t len) +{ + poolMutex.Lock(); + // sharedString = RakString::pool.Allocate(); + if (RakString::freeList.Size()==0) + { + //RakString::sharedStringFreeList=(RakString::SharedString*) rakRealloc(RakString::sharedStringFreeList,(RakString::sharedStringFreeListAllocationCount+1024)*sizeof(RakString::SharedString)); + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < 1024; i++) + { + // RakString::freeList.Insert(RakString::sharedStringFreeList+i+RakString::sharedStringFreeListAllocationCount); + RakString::freeList.Insert((RakString::SharedString*)rakMalloc(sizeof(RakString::SharedString))); + + } + //RakString::sharedStringFreeListAllocationCount+=1024; + } + sharedString = RakString::freeList[RakString::freeList.Size()-1]; + RakString::freeList.RemoveAtIndex(RakString::freeList.Size()-1); + poolMutex.Unlock(); + + const size_t smallStringSize = 128-sizeof(unsigned int)-sizeof(size_t)-sizeof(char*)*2; + sharedString->refCount=1; + if (len <= smallStringSize) + { + sharedString->bytesUsed=smallStringSize; + sharedString->c_str=sharedString->smallString; + } + else + { + sharedString->bytesUsed=len<<1; + sharedString->bigString=(char*)rakMalloc(sharedString->bytesUsed); + sharedString->c_str=sharedString->bigString; + } +} +void RakString::Assign(const char *str) +{ + if (str==0 || str[0]==0) + { + sharedString=&emptyString; + return; + } + + size_t len = strlen(str)+1; + Allocate(len); + memcpy(sharedString->c_str, str, len); + +} +void RakString::Clone(void) +{ + // Empty or solo then no point to cloning + if (sharedString==&emptyString || sharedString->refCount==1) + return; + + sharedString->refCount--; + Assign(sharedString->c_str); +} +void RakString::Free(void) +{ + if (sharedString==&emptyString) + return; + sharedString->refCount--; + if (sharedString->refCount==0) + { + const size_t smallStringSize = 128-sizeof(unsigned int)-sizeof(size_t)-sizeof(char*)*2; + if (sharedString->bytesUsed>smallStringSize) + rakFree(sharedString->bigString); + /* + poolMutex.Lock(); + pool.Release(sharedString); + poolMutex.Unlock(); + */ + + poolMutex.Lock(); + RakString::freeList.Insert(sharedString); + poolMutex.Unlock(); + + sharedString=&emptyString; + } +} +unsigned char RakString::ToLower(unsigned char c) +{ + if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') + return c-'A'+'a'; + return c; +} +unsigned char RakString::ToUpper(unsigned char c) +{ + if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') + return c-'a'+'A'; + return c; +} +/* +int main(void) +{ + RakString s3("Hello world"); + RakString s5=s3; + + RakString s1; + RakString s2('a'); + + RakString s4("%i %f", 5, 6.0); + MyFunc(s4); + + RakString s6=s3; + RakString s7=s6; + RakString s8=s6; + RakString s9; + s9=s9; + RakString s10(s3); + RakString s11=s10 + s4 + s9 + s2; + s11+=RakString("aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa"); + RakString s12("Test"); + s12+=s11; + bool b1 = s12==s12; + s11=s5; + s12.ToUpper(); + s12.ToLower(); + RakString s13; + bool b3 = s13.IsEmpty(); + s13.Set("blah %s", s12.C_String()); + bool b4 = s13.IsEmpty(); + size_t i1=s13.GetLength(); + s3.Clear(); + s4.Clear(); + s5.Clear(); + s5.Clear(); + MyFunc(s5); + MyFunc(s6); + s6.Printf(); + s7.Printf(); + printf("\n"); + + static const int repeatCount=7500; + DataStructures::List rakStringList; + DataStructures::List stdStringList; + DataStructures::List referenceStringList; + char *c; + unsigned i; + RakNetTime beforeReferenceList, beforeRakString, beforeStdString, afterStdString; + + unsigned loop; + for (loop=0; loop<2; loop++) + { + beforeReferenceList=RakNet::GetTime(); + for (i=0; i < repeatCount; i++) + { + c = new char [56]; + strcpy(c, "Aalsdkj alsdjf laksdjf ;lasdfj ;lasjfd"); + referenceStringList.Insert(c); + } + beforeRakString=RakNet::GetTime(); + for (i=0; i < repeatCount; i++) + rakStringList.Insert("Aalsdkj alsdjf laksdjf ;lasdfj ;lasjfd"); + beforeStdString=RakNet::GetTime(); + + for (i=0; i < repeatCount; i++) + stdStringList.Insert("Aalsdkj alsdjf laksdjf ;lasdfj ;lasjfd"); + afterStdString=RakNet::GetTime(); + printf("Insertion 1 Ref=%i Rak=%i, Std=%i\n", beforeRakString-beforeReferenceList, beforeStdString-beforeRakString, afterStdString-beforeStdString); + + beforeReferenceList=RakNet::GetTime(); + for (i=0; i < repeatCount; i++) + { + delete referenceStringList[0]; + referenceStringList.RemoveAtIndex(0); + } + beforeRakString=RakNet::GetTime(); + for (i=0; i < repeatCount; i++) + rakStringList.RemoveAtIndex(0); + beforeStdString=RakNet::GetTime(); + for (i=0; i < repeatCount; i++) + stdStringList.RemoveAtIndex(0); + afterStdString=RakNet::GetTime(); + printf("RemoveHead Ref=%i Rak=%i, Std=%i\n", beforeRakString-beforeReferenceList, beforeStdString-beforeRakString, afterStdString-beforeStdString); + + beforeReferenceList=RakNet::GetTime(); + for (i=0; i < repeatCount; i++) + { + c = new char [56]; + strcpy(c, "Aalsdkj alsdjf laksdjf ;lasdfj ;lasjfd"); + referenceStringList.Insert(0); + } + beforeRakString=RakNet::GetTime(); + for (i=0; i < repeatCount; i++) + rakStringList.Insert("Aalsdkj alsdjf laksdjf ;lasdfj ;lasjfd"); + beforeStdString=RakNet::GetTime(); + for (i=0; i < repeatCount; i++) + stdStringList.Insert("Aalsdkj alsdjf laksdjf ;lasdfj ;lasjfd"); + afterStdString=RakNet::GetTime(); + printf("Insertion 2 Ref=%i Rak=%i, Std=%i\n", beforeRakString-beforeReferenceList, beforeStdString-beforeRakString, afterStdString-beforeStdString); + + beforeReferenceList=RakNet::GetTime(); + for (i=0; i < repeatCount; i++) + { + delete [] referenceStringList[referenceStringList.Size()-1]; + referenceStringList.RemoveAtIndex(referenceStringList.Size()-1); + } + beforeRakString=RakNet::GetTime(); + for (i=0; i < repeatCount; i++) + rakStringList.RemoveAtIndex(rakStringList.Size()-1); + beforeStdString=RakNet::GetTime(); + for (i=0; i < repeatCount; i++) + stdStringList.RemoveAtIndex(stdStringList.Size()-1); + afterStdString=RakNet::GetTime(); + printf("RemoveTail Ref=%i Rak=%i, Std=%i\n", beforeRakString-beforeReferenceList, beforeStdString-beforeRakString, afterStdString-beforeStdString); + + } + + char str[128]; + gets(str); + return 1; + */ diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakString.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakString.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86a5449a --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakString.h @@ -0,0 +1,202 @@ +#ifndef __RAK_STRING_H +#define __RAK_STRING_H + +#include "Export.h" +#include "DS_List.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" // int64_t +#include + +namespace RakNet +{ + +class BitStream; + +/// \brief String class +/// Has the following improvements over std::string +/// Reference counting: Suitable to store in lists +/// Varidic assignment operator +/// Doesn't cause linker errors +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT RakString +{ +public: + /// Constructors + RakString(); + RakString(char input); + RakString(unsigned char input); + RakString(const unsigned char *format, ...); + RakString(const char *format, ...); + ~RakString(); + RakString( const RakString & rhs); + + /// Implicit return of const char* + operator const char* () const {return sharedString->c_str;} + + /// Same as std::string::c_str + const char *C_String(void) const {return sharedString->c_str;} + + /// Assigment operators + RakString& operator = ( const RakString& rhs ); + RakString& operator = ( const char *str ); + RakString& operator = ( char *str ); + RakString& operator = ( const char c ); + + /// Concatenation + RakString& operator +=( const RakString& rhs); + RakString& operator += ( const char *str ); + RakString& operator += ( char *str ); + RakString& operator += ( const char c ); + + /// Character index. Do not use to change the string however. + unsigned char operator[] ( const unsigned int position ) const; + + /// Equality + bool operator==(const RakString &rhs) const; + bool operator==(const char *str) const; + bool operator==(char *str) const; + + /// Inequality + bool operator!=(const RakString &rhs) const; + + /// Change all characters to lowercase + void ToLower(void); + + /// Change all characters to uppercase + void ToUpper(void); + + /// Set the value of the string + void Set(const char *format, ...); + + /// Returns if the string is empty. Also, C_String() would return "" + bool IsEmpty(void) const; + + /// Returns the length of the string + size_t GetLength(void) const; + + /// Replace character(s) in starting at index, for count, with c + void Replace(unsigned index, unsigned count, unsigned char c); + + /// Erase characters out of the string at index for count + void Erase(unsigned index, unsigned count); + + /// Compare strings (case sensitive) + int StrCmp(const RakString &rhs) const; + + /// Compare strings (not case sensitive) + int StrICmp(const RakString &rhs) const; + + /// Clear the string + void Clear(void); + + /// Print the string to the screen + void Printf(void); + + /// Print the string to a file + void FPrintf(FILE *fp); + + /// Does the given IP address match the IP address encoded into this string, accounting for wildcards? + bool IPAddressMatch(const char *IP); + + /// URL Encode the string. See http://www.codeguru.com/cpp/cpp/cpp_mfc/article.php/c4029/ + void URLEncode(void); + + /// RakString uses a freeList of old no-longer used strings + /// Call this function to clear this memory on shutdown + static void FreeMemory(void); + + /// Serialize to a bitstream, uncompressed (slightly faster) + /// \param[out] bs Bitstream to serialize to + void Serialize(BitStream *bs); + + /// Static version of the Serialize function + static void Serialize(const char *str, BitStream *bs); + + /// Serialize to a bitstream, compressed (better bandwidth usage) + /// \param[out] bs Bitstream to serialize to + /// \param[in] languageId languageId to pass to the StringCompressor class + /// \param[in] writeLanguageId encode the languageId variable in the stream. If false, 0 is assumed, and DeserializeCompressed will not look for this variable in the stream (saves bandwidth) + /// \pre StringCompressor::AddReference must have been called to instantiate the class (Happens automatically from RakPeer::Startup()) + void SerializeCompressed(BitStream *bs, int languageId=0, bool writeLanguageId=false); + + /// Static version of the SerializeCompressed function + static void SerializeCompressed(const char *str, BitStream *bs, int languageId=0, bool writeLanguageId=false); + + /// Deserialize what was written by Serialize + /// \param[in] bs Bitstream to serialize from + /// \return true if the deserialization was successful + bool Deserialize(BitStream *bs); + + /// Static version of the Deserialize() function + static bool Deserialize(char *str, BitStream *bs); + + /// Deserialize compressed string, written by SerializeCompressed + /// \param[in] bs Bitstream to serialize from + /// \param[in] readLanguageId If true, looks for the variable langaugeId in the data stream. Must match what was passed to SerializeCompressed + /// \return true if the deserialization was successful + /// \pre StringCompressor::AddReference must have been called to instantiate the class (Happens automatically from RakPeer::Startup()) + bool DeserializeCompressed(BitStream *bs, bool readLanguageId=false); + + /// Static version of the DeserializeCompressed() function + static bool DeserializeCompressed(char *str, BitStream *bs, bool readLanguageId=false); + + static const char *ToString(int64_t i); + static const char *ToString(uint64_t i); + + /// \internal + static size_t GetSizeToAllocate(size_t bytes) + { + const size_t smallStringSize = 128-sizeof(unsigned int)-sizeof(size_t)-sizeof(char*)*2; + if (bytes<=smallStringSize) + return smallStringSize; + else + return bytes*2; + } + + /// \internal + struct SharedString + { + unsigned int refCount; + size_t bytesUsed; + char *bigString; + char *c_str; + char smallString[128-sizeof(unsigned int)-sizeof(size_t)-sizeof(char*)*2]; + }; + + /// \internal + RakString( SharedString *_sharedString ); + + /// \internal + SharedString *sharedString; + +// static SimpleMutex poolMutex; +// static DataStructures::MemoryPool pool; + /// \internal + static SharedString emptyString; + + //static SharedString *sharedStringFreeList; + //static unsigned int sharedStringFreeListAllocationCount; + /// \internal + /// List of free objects to reduce memory reallocations + static DataStructures::List freeList; + + /// Means undefined position + static unsigned int nPos; + + + static int RakStringComp( RakString const &key, RakString const &data ); + +protected: + void Allocate(size_t len); + void Assign(const char *str); + void Clone(void); + void Free(void); + unsigned char ToLower(unsigned char c); + unsigned char ToUpper(unsigned char c); + void Realloc(SharedString *sharedString, size_t bytes); +}; + +} + +const RakNet::RakString operator+(const RakNet::RakString &lhs, const RakNet::RakString &rhs); + + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakThread.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakThread.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bb27b6bf --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakThread.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +#include "RakThread.h" +#include "RakNetDefines.h" + +#ifdef _WIN32 +#include +#include + #if !defined(_WIN32_WCE) + #include + #endif +#else +#include +#endif + +using namespace RakNet; + +#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) +int RakThread::Create( LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE start_address, void *arglist) +#elif defined(_WIN32) +int RakThread::Create( unsigned __stdcall start_address( void* ), void *arglist) +#else +int RakThread::Create( void* start_address( void* ), void *arglist) +#endif +{ +#ifdef _WIN32 + HANDLE threadHandle; + unsigned threadID = 0; +#ifdef _XBOX360 + threadHandle = (HANDLE) _beginthreadex( NULL, 0, start_address, arglist, 0, &threadID ); +#elif defined (_WIN32_WCE) + threadHandle = CreateThread(NULL,MAX_ALLOCA_STACK_ALLOCATION*2,start_address,arglist,0,(DWORD*)&threadID); +#else + threadHandle = (HANDLE) _beginthreadex( NULL, MAX_ALLOCA_STACK_ALLOCATION*2, start_address, arglist, 0, &threadID ); +#endif + + if (threadHandle==0) + { + return 1; + } + else + { + CloseHandle( threadHandle ); + return 0; + } +#else + pthread_t threadHandle; + // Create thread linux + pthread_attr_t attr; + pthread_attr_init( &attr ); + pthread_attr_setdetachstate( &attr, PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED ); + + return pthread_create( &threadHandle, &attr, start_address, arglist ); +#endif +} diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakThread.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakThread.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a456e9d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RakThread.h @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +#ifndef __RAK_THREAD_H +#define __RAK_THREAD_H + +#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) +#include +#endif + +namespace RakNet +{ + +/// To define a thread, use RAK_THREAD_DECLARATION(functionName); +#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) +#define RAK_THREAD_DECLARATION(functionName) DWORD WINAPI functionName(LPVOID arguments) +#elif defined(_WIN32) +#define RAK_THREAD_DECLARATION(functionName) unsigned __stdcall functionName( void* arguments ) +#else +#define RAK_THREAD_DECLARATION(functionName) void* functionName( void* arguments ) +#endif + +class RakThread +{ +public: + + /// Create a thread, simplified to be cross platform without all the extra junk + /// To then start that thread, call RakCreateThread(functionName, arguments); + /// \param[in] start_address Function you want to call + /// \param[in] arglist Arguments to pass to the function + /// \return 0=success. >0 = error code +#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) + static int Create( LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE start_address, void *arglist); +#elif defined(_WIN32) + static int Create( unsigned __stdcall start_address( void* ), void *arglist); +#else + static int Create( void* start_address( void* ), void *arglist); +#endif +}; + +} + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Rand.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Rand.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4afa292f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Rand.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,203 @@ +/** +* +* Grabbed by Kevin from http://www.math.keio.ac.jp/~matumoto/cokus.c +* This is the ``Mersenne Twister'' random number generator MT19937, which +* generates pseudorandom integers uniformly distributed in 0..(2^32 - 1) +* starting from any odd seed in 0..(2^32 - 1). This version is a recode +* by Shawn Cokus (Cokus@math.washington.edu) on March 8, 1998 of a version by +* Takuji Nishimura (who had suggestions from Topher Cooper and Marc Rieffel in +* July-August 1997). +* +* Effectiveness of the recoding (on Goedel2.math.washington.edu, a DEC Alpha +* running OSF/1) using GCC -O3 as a compiler: before recoding: 51.6 sec. to +* generate 300 million random numbers; after recoding: 24.0 sec. for the same +* (i.e., 46.5% of original time), so speed is now about 12.5 million random +* number generations per second on this machine. +* +* According to the URL +* (and paraphrasing a bit in places), the Mersenne Twister is ``designed +* with consideration of the flaws of various existing generators,'' has +* a period of 2^19937 - 1, gives a sequence that is 623-dimensionally +* equidistributed, and ``has passed many stringent tests, including the +* die-hard test of G. Marsaglia and the load test of P. Hellekalek and +* S. Wegenkittl.'' It is efficient in memory usage (typically using 2506 +* to 5012 bytes of static data, depending on data type sizes, and the code +* is quite short as well). It generates random numbers in batches of 624 +* at a time, so the caching and pipelining of modern systems is exploited. +* It is also divide- and mod-free. +* +* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +* under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by +* the Free Software Foundation (either version 2 of the License or, at your +* option, any later version). This library is distributed in the hope that +* it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied +* warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See +* the GNU Library General Public License for more details. You should have +* received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this +* library; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple +* Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +* +* The code as Shawn received it included the following notice: +* +* Copyright (C) 1997 Makoto Matsumoto and Takuji Nishimura. When +* you use this, send an e-mail to with +* an appropriate reference to your work. +* +* It would be nice to CC: when you write. +*/ + +#include +#include + +// +// uint32 must be an unsigned integer type capable of holding at least 32 +// bits; exactly 32 should be fastest, but 64 is better on an Alpha with +// GCC at -O3 optimization so try your options and see what's best for you +// + +//typedef unsigned int uint32; + +#define N (624) // length of state vector +#define M (397) // a period parameter +#define K (0x9908B0DFU) // a magic constant +#define hiBit(u) ((u) & 0x80000000U) // mask all but highest bit of u +#define loBit(u) ((u) & 0x00000001U) // mask all but lowest bit of u +#define loBits(u) ((u) & 0x7FFFFFFFU) // mask the highest bit of u +#define mixBits(u, v) (hiBit(u)|loBits(v)) // move hi bit of u to hi bit of v + +static unsigned int state[ N + 1 ]; // state vector + 1 extra to not violate ANSI C +static unsigned int *next; // next random value is computed from here +static int left = -1; // can *next++ this many times before reloading + + +void seedMT( unsigned int seed ) // Defined in cokus_c.c +{ + // + // We initialize state[0..(N-1)] via the generator + // + // x_new = (69069 * x_old) mod 2^32 + // + // from Line 15 of Table 1, p. 106, Sec. 3.3.4 of Knuth's + // _The Art of Computer Programming_, Volume 2, 3rd ed. + // + // Notes (SJC): I do not know what the initial state requirements + // of the Mersenne Twister are, but it seems this seeding generator + // could be better. It achieves the maximum period for its modulus + // (2^30) iff x_initial is odd (p. 20-21, Sec. 3.2.1.2, Knuth); if + // x_initial can be even, you have sequences like 0, 0, 0, ...; + // 2^31, 2^31, 2^31, ...; 2^30, 2^30, 2^30, ...; 2^29, 2^29 + 2^31, + // 2^29, 2^29 + 2^31, ..., etc. so I force seed to be odd below. + // + // Even if x_initial is odd, if x_initial is 1 mod 4 then + // + // the lowest bit of x is always 1, + // the next-to-lowest bit of x is always 0, + // the 2nd-from-lowest bit of x alternates ... 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 ... , + // the 3rd-from-lowest bit of x 4-cycles ... 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 ... , + // the 4th-from-lowest bit of x has the 8-cycle ... 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 ... , + // ... + // + // and if x_initial is 3 mod 4 then + // + // the lowest bit of x is always 1, + // the next-to-lowest bit of x is always 1, + // the 2nd-from-lowest bit of x alternates ... 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 ... , + // the 3rd-from-lowest bit of x 4-cycles ... 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 ... , + // the 4th-from-lowest bit of x has the 8-cycle ... 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 ... , + // ... + // + // The generator's potency (min. s>=0 with (69069-1)^s = 0 mod 2^32) is + // 16, which seems to be alright by p. 25, Sec. 3.2.1.3 of Knuth. It + // also does well in the dimension 2..5 spectral tests, but it could be + // better in dimension 6 (Line 15, Table 1, p. 106, Sec. 3.3.4, Knuth). + // + // Note that the random number user does not see the values generated + // here directly since reloadMT() will always munge them first, so maybe + // none of all of this matters. In fact, the seed values made here could + // even be extra-special desirable if the Mersenne Twister theory says + // so-- that's why the only change I made is to restrict to odd seeds. + // + + unsigned int x = ( seed | 1U ) & 0xFFFFFFFFU, *s = state; + int j; + + for ( left = 0, *s++ = x, j = N; --j; + *s++ = ( x *= 69069U ) & 0xFFFFFFFFU ) + + ; +} + + +unsigned int reloadMT( void ) +{ + unsigned int * p0 = state, *p2 = state + 2, *pM = state + M, s0, s1; + int j; + + if ( left < -1 ) + seedMT( 4357U ); + + left = N - 1, next = state + 1; + + for ( s0 = state[ 0 ], s1 = state[ 1 ], j = N - M + 1; --j; s0 = s1, s1 = *p2++ ) + * p0++ = *pM++ ^ ( mixBits( s0, s1 ) >> 1 ) ^ ( loBit( s1 ) ? K : 0U ); + + for ( pM = state, j = M; --j; s0 = s1, s1 = *p2++ ) + * p0++ = *pM++ ^ ( mixBits( s0, s1 ) >> 1 ) ^ ( loBit( s1 ) ? K : 0U ); + + s1 = state[ 0 ], *p0 = *pM ^ ( mixBits( s0, s1 ) >> 1 ) ^ ( loBit( s1 ) ? K : 0U ); + + s1 ^= ( s1 >> 11 ); + + s1 ^= ( s1 << 7 ) & 0x9D2C5680U; + + s1 ^= ( s1 << 15 ) & 0xEFC60000U; + + return ( s1 ^ ( s1 >> 18 ) ); +} + + +unsigned int randomMT( void ) +{ + unsigned int y; + + if ( --left < 0 ) + return ( reloadMT() ); + + y = *next++; + + y ^= ( y >> 11 ); + + y ^= ( y << 7 ) & 0x9D2C5680U; + + y ^= ( y << 15 ) & 0xEFC60000U; + + return ( y ^ ( y >> 18 ) ); + + // This change made so the value returned is in the same range as what rand() returns + // return(y ^ (y >> 18)) % 32767; +} + +float frandomMT( void ) +{ + return ( float ) ( ( double ) randomMT() / 4294967296.0 ); +} + +/* +int main(void) +{ +int j; + +// you can seed with any uint32, but the best are odds in 0..(2^32 - 1) + +seedMT(4357U); + +// print the first 2,002 random numbers seven to a line as an example + +for(j=0; j<2002; j++) +printf(" %10lu%s", (unsigned int) randomMT(), (j%7)==6 ? "\n" : ""); + +return(EXIT_SUCCESS); +} + +*/ + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Rand.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Rand.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3c904b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Rand.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Internal] Random number generator +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + + +#ifndef __RAND_H +#define __RAND_H + +#include "Export.h" + + /// Initialise seed for Random Generator + /// \param[in] seed The seed value for the random number generator. +extern void RAK_DLL_EXPORT seedMT( unsigned int seed ); + +/// \internal +extern unsigned int RAK_DLL_EXPORT reloadMT( void ); + +/// Gets a random unsigned int +/// \return an integer random value. +extern unsigned int RAK_DLL_EXPORT randomMT( void ); + +/// Gets a random float +/// \return 0 to 1.0f, inclusive +extern float RAK_DLL_EXPORT frandomMT( void ); + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ReadyEvent.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ReadyEvent.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9333f533 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ReadyEvent.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,522 @@ +#include "ReadyEvent.h" +#include "RakPeerInterface.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "MessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "RakAssert.h" + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +int ReadyEvent::RemoteSystemCompBySystemAddress( const SystemAddress &key, const RemoteSystem &data ) +{ + if (key < data.systemAddress) + return -1; + else if (key==data.systemAddress) + return 0; + else + return 1; +} + +int ReadyEvent::ReadyEventNodeComp( const int &key, ReadyEvent::ReadyEventNode * const &data ) +{ + if (key < data->eventId) + return -1; + else if (key==data->eventId) + return 0; + else + return 1; +} + + +ReadyEvent::ReadyEvent() +{ + channel=0; + rakPeer=0; +} + +ReadyEvent::~ReadyEvent() +{ + Clear(); +} + + +bool ReadyEvent::SetEvent(int eventId, bool isReady) +{ + bool objectExists; + unsigned eventIndex = readyEventNodeList.GetIndexFromKey(eventId, &objectExists); + if (objectExists==false) + { + // Totally new event + CreateEvent(eventId, isReady); + } + else + { + return SetEventByIndex(eventIndex, isReady); + } + return true; +} +bool ReadyEvent::DeleteEvent(int eventId) +{ + bool objectExists; + unsigned eventIndex = readyEventNodeList.GetIndexFromKey(eventId, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + { + delete readyEventNodeList[eventIndex]; + readyEventNodeList.RemoveAtIndex(eventIndex); + return true; + } + return false; +} +bool ReadyEvent::IsEventSet(int eventId) +{ + bool objectExists; + unsigned eventIndex = readyEventNodeList.GetIndexFromKey(eventId, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + { + return readyEventNodeList[eventIndex]->eventStatus==ID_READY_EVENT_SET || readyEventNodeList[eventIndex]->eventStatus==ID_READY_EVENT_ALL_SET; + } + return false; +} +bool ReadyEvent::IsEventCompletionProcessing(int eventId) const +{ + bool objectExists; + unsigned eventIndex = readyEventNodeList.GetIndexFromKey(eventId, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + { + bool anyAllReady=false; + bool allAllReady=true; + ReadyEventNode *ren = readyEventNodeList[eventIndex]; + for (unsigned i=0; i < ren->systemList.Size(); i++) + { + if (ren->systemList[i].lastReceivedStatus==ID_READY_EVENT_ALL_SET) + anyAllReady=true; + else + allAllReady=false; + } + return anyAllReady==true && allAllReady==false; + } + return false; +} +bool ReadyEvent::IsEventCompleted(int eventId) const +{ + bool objectExists; + unsigned eventIndex = readyEventNodeList.GetIndexFromKey(eventId, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + { + return IsEventCompletedByIndex(eventIndex); + } + return false; +} + +bool ReadyEvent::HasEvent(int eventId) +{ + return readyEventNodeList.HasData(eventId); +} + +unsigned ReadyEvent::GetEventListSize(void) const +{ + return readyEventNodeList.Size(); +} + +int ReadyEvent::GetEventAtIndex(unsigned index) const +{ + return readyEventNodeList[index]->eventId; +} + +bool ReadyEvent::AddToWaitList(int eventId, SystemAddress address) +{ + bool eventExists; + unsigned eventIndex = readyEventNodeList.GetIndexFromKey(eventId, &eventExists); + if (eventExists==false) + eventIndex=CreateEvent(eventId, false); + + // Don't do this, otherwise if we are trying to start a 3 player game, it will not allow the 3rd player to hit ready if the first two players have already done so + //if (IsLocked(eventIndex)) + // return false; // Not in the list, but event is already completed, or is starting to complete, and adding more waiters would fail this. + + unsigned i; + unsigned numAdded=0; + if (address==UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + { + for (i=0; i < rakPeer->GetMaximumNumberOfPeers(); i++) + { + SystemAddress internalAddress = rakPeer->GetSystemAddressFromIndex(i); + if (internalAddress!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + { + numAdded+=AddToWaitListInternal(eventIndex, internalAddress); + } + } + } + else + { + numAdded=AddToWaitListInternal(eventIndex, address); + } + + if (numAdded>0) + UpdateReadyStatus(eventIndex); + return numAdded>0; +} +bool ReadyEvent::RemoveFromWaitList(int eventId, SystemAddress address) +{ + bool eventExists; + unsigned eventIndex = readyEventNodeList.GetIndexFromKey(eventId, &eventExists); + if (eventExists) + { + if (address==UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + { + // Remove all waiters + readyEventNodeList[eventIndex]->systemList.Clear(); + UpdateReadyStatus(eventIndex); + } + else + { + bool systemExists; + unsigned systemIndex = readyEventNodeList[eventIndex]->systemList.GetIndexFromKey(address, &systemExists); + if (systemExists) + { + bool isCompleted = IsEventCompletedByIndex(eventIndex); + readyEventNodeList[eventIndex]->systemList.RemoveAtIndex(systemIndex); + + if (isCompleted==false && IsEventCompletedByIndex(eventIndex)) + PushCompletionPacket(readyEventNodeList[eventIndex]->eventId); + + UpdateReadyStatus(eventIndex); + + return true; + } + } + } + + return false; +} +bool ReadyEvent::IsInWaitList(int eventId, SystemAddress address) +{ + bool objectExists; + unsigned readyIndex = readyEventNodeList.GetIndexFromKey(eventId, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + { + return readyEventNodeList[readyIndex]->systemList.HasData(address); + } + return false; +} + +unsigned ReadyEvent::GetRemoteWaitListSize(int eventId) const +{ + bool objectExists; + unsigned readyIndex = readyEventNodeList.GetIndexFromKey(eventId, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + { + return readyEventNodeList[readyIndex]->systemList.Size(); + } + return 0; +} + +SystemAddress ReadyEvent::GetFromWaitListAtIndex(int eventId, unsigned index) const +{ + bool objectExists; + unsigned readyIndex = readyEventNodeList.GetIndexFromKey(eventId, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + { + return readyEventNodeList[readyIndex]->systemList[index].systemAddress; + } + return UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; +} +ReadyEventSystemStatus ReadyEvent::GetReadyStatus(int eventId, SystemAddress address) +{ + bool objectExists; + unsigned readyIndex = readyEventNodeList.GetIndexFromKey(eventId, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + { + ReadyEventNode *ren = readyEventNodeList[readyIndex]; + unsigned systemIndex = ren->systemList.GetIndexFromKey(address, &objectExists); + if (objectExists==false) + return RES_NOT_WAITING; + if (ren->systemList[systemIndex].lastReceivedStatus==ID_READY_EVENT_SET) + return RES_READY; + if (ren->systemList[systemIndex].lastReceivedStatus==ID_READY_EVENT_UNSET) + return RES_WAITING; + if (ren->systemList[systemIndex].lastReceivedStatus==ID_READY_EVENT_ALL_SET) + return RES_ALL_READY; + } + + return RES_UNKNOWN_EVENT; +} +void ReadyEvent::SetSendChannel(unsigned char newChannel) +{ + channel=newChannel; +} +void ReadyEvent::OnAttach(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + rakPeer=peer; +} +PluginReceiveResult ReadyEvent::OnReceive(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + unsigned char packetIdentifier; + packetIdentifier = ( unsigned char ) packet->data[ 0 ]; + +// bool doPrint = packet->systemAddress.port==60002 || rakPeer->GetInternalID(UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS).port==60002; + + switch (packetIdentifier) + { + case ID_READY_EVENT_UNSET: + case ID_READY_EVENT_SET: + case ID_READY_EVENT_ALL_SET: +// if (doPrint) {if (packet->systemAddress.port==60002) printf("FROM 60002: "); else if (rakPeer->GetInternalID(UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS).port==60002) printf("TO 60002: "); printf("ID_READY_EVENT_SET\n");} + OnReadyEventPacketUpdate(peer, packet); + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; + case ID_READY_EVENT_QUERY: +// if (doPrint) {if (packet->systemAddress.port==60002) printf("FROM 60002: "); else if (rakPeer->GetInternalID(UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS).port==60002) printf("TO 60002: "); printf("ID_READY_EVENT_QUERY\n");} + OnReadyEventQuery(peer, packet); + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + case ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION: + case ID_CONNECTION_LOST: + OnCloseConnection(peer, packet->systemAddress); + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; + } + + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; +} +bool ReadyEvent::AddToWaitListInternal(unsigned eventIndex, SystemAddress address) +{ + ReadyEventNode *ren = readyEventNodeList[eventIndex]; + bool objectExists; + unsigned systemIndex = ren->systemList.GetIndexFromKey(address, &objectExists); + if (objectExists==false) + { + RemoteSystem rs; + rs.lastReceivedStatus=ID_READY_EVENT_UNSET; + rs.lastSentStatus=ID_READY_EVENT_UNSET; + rs.systemAddress=address; + ren->systemList.InsertAtIndex(rs,systemIndex); + + SendReadyStateQuery(ren->eventId, address); + return true; + } + return false; +} +void ReadyEvent::OnReadyEventPacketUpdate(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + (void) peer; + + RakNet::BitStream incomingBitStream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + incomingBitStream.IgnoreBits(8); + int eventId; + incomingBitStream.Read(eventId); + bool objectExists; + unsigned readyIndex = readyEventNodeList.GetIndexFromKey(eventId, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + { + ReadyEventNode *ren = readyEventNodeList[readyIndex]; + bool systemExists; + unsigned systemIndex = ren->systemList.GetIndexFromKey(packet->systemAddress, &systemExists); + if (systemExists) + { + // Just return if no change + if (ren->systemList[systemIndex].lastReceivedStatus==packet->data[0]) + return; + + bool wasCompleted = IsEventCompletedByIndex(readyIndex); + ren->systemList[systemIndex].lastReceivedStatus=packet->data[0]; + UpdateReadyStatus(readyIndex); + if (wasCompleted==false && IsEventCompletedByIndex(readyIndex)) + PushCompletionPacket(readyIndex); + } + } +} +void ReadyEvent::OnReadyEventQuery(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + (void) peer; + + RakNet::BitStream incomingBitStream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + incomingBitStream.IgnoreBits(8); + int eventId; + incomingBitStream.Read(eventId); + bool objectExists; + unsigned readyIndex = readyEventNodeList.GetIndexFromKey(eventId, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + { + unsigned systemIndex = readyEventNodeList[readyIndex]->systemList.GetIndexFromKey(packet->systemAddress,&objectExists); + // Force the non-default send, because our initial send may have arrived at a system that didn't yet create the ready event + if (objectExists) + SendReadyUpdate(readyIndex, systemIndex, true); + } +} +void ReadyEvent::OnCloseConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + (void) peer; + (void) systemAddress; + + RemoveFromAllLists(systemAddress); +} +void ReadyEvent::OnShutdown(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; + Clear(); +} + +bool ReadyEvent::SetEventByIndex(int eventIndex, bool isReady) +{ + ReadyEventNode *ren = readyEventNodeList[eventIndex]; + if ((ren->eventStatus==ID_READY_EVENT_ALL_SET || ren->eventStatus==ID_READY_EVENT_SET) && isReady==true) + return true; // Success - no change + if (ren->eventStatus==ID_READY_EVENT_UNSET && isReady==false) + return true; // Success - no change + + if (isReady) + ren->eventStatus=ID_READY_EVENT_SET; + else + ren->eventStatus=ID_READY_EVENT_UNSET; + + UpdateReadyStatus(eventIndex); + + // Check if now completed, and if so, tell the user about it + if (IsEventCompletedByIndex(eventIndex)) + { + PushCompletionPacket(ren->eventId); + } + + return true; +} + +bool ReadyEvent::IsEventCompletedByIndex(unsigned eventIndex) const +{ + ReadyEventNode *ren = readyEventNodeList[eventIndex]; + unsigned i; + if (ren->eventStatus!=ID_READY_EVENT_ALL_SET) + return false; + for (i=0; i < ren->systemList.Size(); i++) + if (ren->systemList[i].lastReceivedStatus!=ID_READY_EVENT_ALL_SET) + return false; + return true; +} + +void ReadyEvent::Clear(void) +{ + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < readyEventNodeList.Size(); i++) + { + delete readyEventNodeList[i]; + } + readyEventNodeList.Clear(); +} + +unsigned ReadyEvent::CreateEvent(int eventId, bool isReady) +{ + ReadyEventNode *ren = new ReadyEventNode; + ren->eventId=eventId; + if (isReady==false) + ren->eventStatus=ID_READY_EVENT_UNSET; + else + ren->eventStatus=ID_READY_EVENT_SET; + return readyEventNodeList.Insert(eventId, ren, true); +} +void ReadyEvent::UpdateReadyStatus(unsigned eventIndex) +{ + ReadyEventNode *ren = readyEventNodeList[eventIndex]; + bool anyUnset; + unsigned i; + if (ren->eventStatus==ID_READY_EVENT_SET) + { + // If you are set, and no other systems are ID_READY_EVENT_UNSET, then change your status to ID_READY_EVENT_ALL_SET + anyUnset=false; + for (i=0; i < ren->systemList.Size(); i++) + { + if (ren->systemList[i].lastReceivedStatus==ID_READY_EVENT_UNSET) + { + anyUnset=true; + break; + } + } + if (anyUnset==false) + { + ren->eventStatus=ID_READY_EVENT_ALL_SET; + } + } + else if (ren->eventStatus==ID_READY_EVENT_ALL_SET) + { + // If you are all set, and any systems are ID_READY_EVENT_UNSET, then change your status to ID_READY_EVENT_SET + anyUnset=false; + for (i=0; i < ren->systemList.Size(); i++) + { + if (ren->systemList[i].lastReceivedStatus==ID_READY_EVENT_UNSET) + { + anyUnset=true; + break; + } + } + if (anyUnset==true) + { + ren->eventStatus=ID_READY_EVENT_SET; + } + } + BroadcastReadyUpdate(eventIndex, false); +} +void ReadyEvent::SendReadyUpdate(unsigned eventIndex, unsigned systemIndex, bool forceIfNotDefault) +{ + ReadyEventNode *ren = readyEventNodeList[eventIndex]; + RakNet::BitStream bs; + // I do this rather than write true or false, so users that do not use BitStreams can still read the data + if ((ren->eventStatus!=ren->systemList[systemIndex].lastSentStatus) || + (forceIfNotDefault && ren->eventStatus!=ID_READY_EVENT_UNSET)) + { + bs.Write(ren->eventStatus); + bs.Write(ren->eventId); + rakPeer->Send(&bs, HIGH_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED, channel, ren->systemList[systemIndex].systemAddress, false); + + ren->systemList[systemIndex].lastSentStatus=ren->eventStatus; + } + +} +void ReadyEvent::BroadcastReadyUpdate(unsigned eventIndex, bool forceIfNotDefault) +{ + ReadyEventNode *ren = readyEventNodeList[eventIndex]; + unsigned systemIndex; + for (systemIndex=0; systemIndex < ren->systemList.Size(); systemIndex++) + { + SendReadyUpdate(eventIndex, systemIndex, forceIfNotDefault); + } +} +void ReadyEvent::SendReadyStateQuery(unsigned eventId, SystemAddress address) +{ + RakNet::BitStream bs; + bs.Write((MessageID)ID_READY_EVENT_QUERY); + bs.Write(eventId); + rakPeer->Send(&bs, HIGH_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED, channel, address, false); +} +void ReadyEvent::RemoveFromAllLists(SystemAddress address) +{ + unsigned eventIndex; + for (eventIndex=0; eventIndex < readyEventNodeList.Size(); eventIndex++) + { + bool isCompleted = IsEventCompletedByIndex(eventIndex); + bool systemExists; + unsigned systemIndex; + + systemIndex = readyEventNodeList[eventIndex]->systemList.GetIndexFromKey(address, &systemExists); + if (systemExists) + readyEventNodeList[eventIndex]->systemList.RemoveAtIndex(systemIndex); + + UpdateReadyStatus(eventIndex); + + if (isCompleted==false && IsEventCompletedByIndex(eventIndex)) + PushCompletionPacket(readyEventNodeList[eventIndex]->eventId); + } +} +void ReadyEvent::PushCompletionPacket(unsigned eventId) +{ + (void) eventId; + // Not necessary + /* + // Pass a packet to the user that we are now completed, as setting ourselves to signaled was the last thing being waited on + Packet *p = rakPeer->AllocatePacket(sizeof(MessageID)+sizeof(int)); + RakNet::BitStream bs(p->data, sizeof(MessageID)+sizeof(int), false); + bs.SetWriteOffset(0); + bs.Write((MessageID)ID_READY_EVENT_ALL_SET); + bs.Write(eventId); + rakPeer->PushBackPacket(p, false); + */ +} +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ReadyEvent.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ReadyEvent.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..12677180 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ReadyEvent.h @@ -0,0 +1,220 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief Ready event plugin. This enables a set of systems to create a signal event, set this signal as ready or unready, and to trigger the event when all systems are ready +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __READY_EVENT_H +#define __READY_EVENT_H + +class RakPeerInterface; +#include "PluginInterface.h" +#include "DS_OrderedList.h" + +/// \defgroup READY_EVENT_GROUP ReadyEvent +/// \ingroup PLUGINS_GROUP + +/// \ingroup READY_EVENT_GROUP +/// Returns the status of a remote system when querying with ReadyEvent::GetReadyStatus +enum ReadyEventSystemStatus +{ + /// ----------- Normal states --------------- + /// The remote system is not in the wait list, and we have never gotten a ready or complete message from it. + /// This is the default state for valid events + RES_NOT_WAITING, + /// We are waiting for this remote system to call SetEvent(thisEvent,true). + RES_WAITING, + /// The remote system called SetEvent(thisEvent,true), but it still waiting for other systems before completing the ReadyEvent. + RES_READY, + /// The remote system called SetEvent(thisEvent,true), and is no longer waiting for any other systems. + /// This remote system has completed the ReadyEvent + RES_ALL_READY, + + /// Error code, we couldn't look up the system because the event was unknown + RES_UNKNOWN_EVENT, +}; + +/// Ready event plugin +/// Used to signal event completion when a set of systems all set a signal flag to true. +/// This is usually used for lobby systems, or peer to peer turn based environments. +/// The user will get ID_READY_EVENT_SET and ID_READY_EVENT_UNSET as the signal flag is set or unset +/// The user will get ID_READY_EVENT_ALL_SET when all systems are done waiting for all other systems, in which case the event is considered complete, and no longer tracked. +/// \ingroup READY_EVENT_GROUP +class ReadyEvent : public PluginInterface +{ +public: + /// Constructor + ReadyEvent(); + + /// Destructor + virtual ~ReadyEvent(); + + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // User functions + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + /// Sets or updates the initial ready state for our local system. + /// If eventId is an unknown event the event is created. + /// If eventId was previously used and you want to reuse it, call DeleteEvent first, or else you will keep the same event signals from before + /// Systems previously or later added through AddToWaitList() with the same \a eventId when isReady=true will get ID_READY_EVENT_SET + /// Systems previously added through AddToWaitList with the same \a eventId will get ID_READY_EVENT_UNSET + /// For both ID_READY_EVENT_SET and ID_READY_EVENT_UNSET, eventId is encoded in bytes 1 through 1+sizeof(int) + /// \param[in] eventId A user-defined identifier to wait on. This can be a sequence counter, an event identifier, or anything else you want. + /// \param[in] isReady True to signal we are ready to proceed with this event, false to unsignal + /// \return True on success. False (failure) on unknown eventId + bool SetEvent(int eventId, bool isReady); + + /// Deletes an event. We will no longer wait for this event, and any systems that we know have set the event will be forgotten. + /// Call this to clear memory when events are completed and you know you will never need them again. + /// \param[in] eventId A user-defined identifier + /// \return True on success. False (failure) on unknown eventId + bool DeleteEvent(int eventId); + + /// Returns what was passed to SetEvent() + /// \return The value of isReady passed to SetEvent(). Also returns false on unknown event. + bool IsEventSet(int eventId); + + /// Returns if the event is about to be ready and we are negotiating the final packets. + /// This will usually only be true for a very short time, after which IsEventCompleted should return true. + /// While this is true you cannot add to the wait list, or SetEvent() isReady to false anymore. + /// \param[in] eventId A user-defined identifier + /// \return True if any other system has completed processing. Will always be true if IsEventCompleted() is true + bool IsEventCompletionProcessing(int eventId) const; + + /// Returns if the wait list is a subset of the completion list. + /// Call this after all systems you want to wait for have been added with AddToWaitList + /// If you are waiting for a specific number of systems (such as players later connecting), also check GetRemoteWaitListSize(eventId) to be equal to 1 less than the total number of participants. + /// \param[in] eventId A user-defined identifier + /// \return True on completion. False (failure) on unknown eventId, or the set is not completed. + bool IsEventCompleted(int eventId) const; + + /// Returns if this is a known event. + /// Events may be known even if we never ourselves referenced them with SetEvent, because other systems created them via ID_READY_EVENT_SET. + /// \param[in] eventId A user-defined identifier + /// \return true if we have this event, false otherwise + bool HasEvent(int eventId); + + /// Returns the total number of events stored in the system. + /// \return The total number of events stored in the system. + unsigned GetEventListSize(void) const; + + /// Returns the event ID stored at a particular index. EventIDs are stored sorted from least to greatest. + /// \param[in] index Index into the array, from 0 to GetEventListSize() + /// \return The event ID stored at a particular index + int GetEventAtIndex(unsigned index) const; + + /// Adds a system to wait for to signal an event before considering the event complete and returning ID_READY_EVENT_ALL_SET. + /// As we add systems, if this event was previously set to true with SetEvent, these systems will get ID_READY_EVENT_SET. + /// As these systems disconnect (directly or indirectly through the router) they are removed. + /// \note If the event completion process has already started, you cannot add more systems, as this would cause the completion process to fail + /// \param[in] eventId A user-defined number previously passed to SetEvent that has not yet completed + /// \param[in] addressArray An address to wait for event replies from. Pass UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS for all currently connected systems. Until all systems in this list have called SetEvent with this ID and true, and have this system in the list, we won't get ID_READY_EVENT_COMPLETE + /// \return True on success, false on unknown eventId (this should be considered an error), or if the completion process has already started. + bool AddToWaitList(int eventId, SystemAddress address); + + /// Removes systems from the wait list, which should have been previously added with AddToWaitList + /// \note Systems that directly or indirectly disconnect from us are automatically removed from the wait list + /// \param[in] address The system to remove from the wait list. Pass UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS for all currently connected systems. + /// \return True on success, false on unknown eventId (this should be considered an error) + bool RemoveFromWaitList(int eventId, SystemAddress address); + + /// Returns if a particular system is waiting on a particular event. + /// \param[in] eventId A user-defined identifier + /// \param[in] The address of the system we are checking up on + /// \return True if this system is waiting on this event, false otherwise. + bool IsInWaitList(int eventId, SystemAddress address); + + /// Returns the total number of systems we are waiting on for this event. + /// Does not include yourself + /// \param[in] eventId A user-defined identifier + /// \return The total number of systems we are waiting on for this event. + unsigned GetRemoteWaitListSize(int eventId) const; + + /// Returns the system address of a system at a particular index, for this event. + /// \param[in] eventId A user-defined identifier + /// \param[in] index Index into the array, from 0 to GetWaitListSize() + /// \return The system address of a system at a particular index, for this event. + SystemAddress GetFromWaitListAtIndex(int eventId, unsigned index) const; + + /// For a remote system, find out what their ready status is (waiting, signaled, complete). + /// \param[in] eventId A user-defined identifier + /// \param[in] address Which system we are checking up on + /// \return The status of this system, for this particular event. \sa ReadyEventSystemStatus + ReadyEventSystemStatus GetReadyStatus(int eventId, SystemAddress address); + + /// This channel will be used for all RakPeer::Send calls + /// \param[in] newChannel The channel to use for internal RakPeer::Send calls from this system. Defaults to 0. + void SetSendChannel(unsigned char newChannel); + + // ---------------------------- ALL INTERNAL AFTER HERE ---------------------------- + /// \internal + /// Status of a remote system + struct RemoteSystem + { + MessageID lastSentStatus, lastReceivedStatus; + SystemAddress systemAddress; + }; + static int RemoteSystemCompBySystemAddress( const SystemAddress &key, const RemoteSystem &data ); + /// \internal + /// An event, with a set of systems we are waiting for, a set of systems that are signaled, and a set of systems with completed events + struct ReadyEventNode + { + int eventId; // Sorted on this + MessageID eventStatus; + DataStructures::OrderedList systemList; + }; + static int ReadyEventNodeComp( const int &key, ReadyEvent::ReadyEventNode * const &data ); + + +protected: + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Packet handling functions + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + void OnAttach(RakPeerInterface *peer); + virtual PluginReceiveResult OnReceive(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + virtual void OnCloseConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress); + virtual void OnShutdown(RakPeerInterface *peer); + + void Clear(void); + /* + bool AnyWaitersCompleted(unsigned eventIndex) const; + bool AllWaitersCompleted(unsigned eventIndex) const; + bool AllWaitersReady(unsigned eventIndex) const; + void SendAllReady(unsigned eventId, SystemAddress address); + void BroadcastAllReady(unsigned eventIndex); + void SendReadyStateQuery(unsigned eventId, SystemAddress address); + void BroadcastReadyUpdate(unsigned eventIndex); + bool AddToWaitListInternal(unsigned eventIndex, SystemAddress address); + bool IsLocked(unsigned eventIndex) const; + bool IsAllReadyByIndex(unsigned eventIndex) const; + */ + + void SendReadyStateQuery(unsigned eventId, SystemAddress address); + void SendReadyUpdate(unsigned eventIndex, unsigned systemIndex, bool forceIfNotDefault); + void BroadcastReadyUpdate(unsigned eventIndex, bool forceIfNotDefault); + void RemoveFromAllLists(SystemAddress address); + void OnReadyEventQuery(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + void PushCompletionPacket(unsigned eventId); + bool AddToWaitListInternal(unsigned eventIndex, SystemAddress address); + void OnReadyEventPacketUpdate(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + void UpdateReadyStatus(unsigned eventIndex); + bool IsEventCompletedByIndex(unsigned eventIndex) const; + unsigned CreateEvent(int eventId, bool isReady); + bool SetEventByIndex(int eventIndex, bool isReady); + + DataStructures::OrderedList readyEventNodeList; + unsigned char channel; + RakPeerInterface *rakPeer; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RefCountedObj.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RefCountedObj.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..56bfc313 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RefCountedObj.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b Reference counted object. Very simple class for quick and dirty uses. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __REF_COUNTED_OBJ_H +#define __REF_COUNTED_OBJ_H + +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" + +/// World's simplest class :) +class RefCountedObj : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ + public: + RefCountedObj() {refCount=1;} + virtual ~RefCountedObj() {} + void AddRef(void) {refCount++;} + void Deref(void) {if (--refCount==0) delete this;} + int refCount; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ReliabilityLayer.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ReliabilityLayer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a0f78594 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ReliabilityLayer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2939 @@ +/// \file +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#include "ReliabilityLayer.h" +#include "GetTime.h" +#include "SocketLayer.h" +#include "PluginInterface.h" +#include "RakAssert.h" +#include "Rand.h" +#include "MessageIdentifiers.h" +#include + + +static const int DEFAULT_HAS_RECEIVED_PACKET_QUEUE_SIZE=512; +static const RakNetTimeNS MAX_TIME_BETWEEN_PACKETS= 350000; // 350 milliseconds +static const RakNetTimeNS STARTING_TIME_BETWEEN_PACKETS=MAX_TIME_BETWEEN_PACKETS; +static const RakNetTimeNS HISTOGRAM_RESTART_CYCLE=10000000; // Every 10 seconds reset the histogram +static const long double TIME_BETWEEN_PACKETS_INCREASE_MULTIPLIER_DEFAULT=.02; +static const long double TIME_BETWEEN_PACKETS_DECREASE_MULTIPLIER_DEFAULT=.04; + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +#ifdef _WIN32 +//#define _DEBUG_LOGGER +#ifdef _DEBUG_LOGGER +#include +#endif +#endif + +//#define DEBUG_SPLIT_PACKET_PROBLEMS +#if defined (DEBUG_SPLIT_PACKET_PROBLEMS) +static int waitFlag=-1; +#endif + +using namespace RakNet; + +int SplitPacketChannelComp( SplitPacketIdType const &key, SplitPacketChannel* const &data ) +{ + if (key < data->splitPacketList[0]->splitPacketId) + return -1; + if (key == data->splitPacketList[0]->splitPacketId) + return 0; + return 1; +} + +int SplitPacketIndexComp( SplitPacketIndexType const &key, InternalPacket* const &data ) +{ + if (key < data->splitPacketIndex) + return -1; + if (key == data->splitPacketIndex) + return 0; + return 1; +} + + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Constructor +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Add 21 to the default MTU so if we encrypt it can hold potentially 21 more bytes of extra data + padding. +ReliabilityLayer::ReliabilityLayer() : updateBitStream( DEFAULT_MTU_SIZE + 21 ) // preallocate the update bitstream so we can avoid a lot of reallocs at runtime +{ + freeThreadedMemoryOnNextUpdate = false; +#ifdef _DEBUG + // Wait longer to disconnect in debug so I don't get disconnected while tracing + timeoutTime=30000; +#else + timeoutTime=10000; +#endif + +#ifndef _RELEASE + maxSendBPS=minExtraPing=extraPingVariance=0; +#endif + + InitializeVariables(); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Destructor +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +ReliabilityLayer::~ReliabilityLayer() +{ + FreeMemory( true ); // Free all memory immediately +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Resets the layer for reuse +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ReliabilityLayer::Reset( bool resetVariables ) +{ + FreeMemory( true ); // true because making a memory reset pending in the update cycle causes resets after reconnects. Instead, just call Reset from a single thread + if (resetVariables) + InitializeVariables(); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Sets up encryption +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ReliabilityLayer::SetEncryptionKey( const unsigned char* key ) +{ + if ( key ) + encryptor.SetKey( key ); + else + encryptor.UnsetKey(); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Set the time, in MS, to use before considering ourselves disconnected after not being able to deliver a reliable packet +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ReliabilityLayer::SetTimeoutTime( RakNetTime time ) +{ + timeoutTime=time; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Returns the value passed to SetTimeoutTime. or the default if it was never called +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +RakNetTime ReliabilityLayer::GetTimeoutTime(void) +{ + return timeoutTime; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Initialize the variables +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ReliabilityLayer::InitializeVariables( void ) +{ + memset( waitingForOrderedPacketReadIndex, 0, NUMBER_OF_ORDERED_STREAMS * sizeof(OrderingIndexType)); + memset( waitingForSequencedPacketReadIndex, 0, NUMBER_OF_ORDERED_STREAMS * sizeof(OrderingIndexType) ); + memset( waitingForOrderedPacketWriteIndex, 0, NUMBER_OF_ORDERED_STREAMS * sizeof(OrderingIndexType) ); + memset( waitingForSequencedPacketWriteIndex, 0, NUMBER_OF_ORDERED_STREAMS * sizeof(OrderingIndexType) ); + memset( &statistics, 0, sizeof( statistics ) ); + statistics.connectionStartTime = RakNet::GetTime(); + splitPacketId = 0; + throughputCapCountdown=0; + sendMessageNumberIndex = 0; + internalOrderIndex=0; + lastUpdateTime= RakNet::GetTimeNS(); + lastTimeBetweenPacketsIncrease=lastTimeBetweenPacketsDecrease=0; + remoteSystemTime=0; + // lastPacketSendTime=retransmittedFrames=sentPackets=sentFrames=receivedPacketsCount=bytesSent=bytesReceived=0; + + nextAllowedThroughputSample=0; + deadConnection = cheater = false; + lastAckTime = 0; + // ackPing=0; + + receivedPacketsBaseIndex=0; + resetReceivedPackets=true; + sendPacketCount=receivePacketCount=0; + +// SetPing( 1000 ); + + timeBetweenPackets=STARTING_TIME_BETWEEN_PACKETS; + + ackPingIndex=0; + ackPingSum=(RakNetTimeNS)0; + + nextSendTime=lastUpdateTime; + //nextLowestPingReset=(RakNetTimeNS)0; + continuousSend=false; + + histogramStart=(RakNetTimeNS)0; + histogramBitsSent=0; + packetlossThisSample=backoffThisSample=false; + packetlossThisSampleResendCount=0; + + +// timeBetweenPacketsIncreaseMultiplier=TIME_BETWEEN_PACKETS_INCREASE_MULTIPLIER_DEFAULT; +// timeBetweenPacketsDecreaseMultiplier=TIME_BETWEEN_PACKETS_DECREASE_MULTIPLIER_DEFAULT; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Frees all allocated memory +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ReliabilityLayer::FreeMemory( bool freeAllImmediately ) +{ + if ( freeAllImmediately ) + { + FreeThreadedMemory(); + FreeThreadSafeMemory(); + } + else + { + FreeThreadSafeMemory(); + freeThreadedMemoryOnNextUpdate = true; + } +} + +void ReliabilityLayer::FreeThreadedMemory( void ) +{ +} + +void ReliabilityLayer::FreeThreadSafeMemory( void ) +{ + unsigned i,j; + InternalPacket *internalPacket; + + for (i=0; i < splitPacketChannelList.Size(); i++) + { + for (j=0; j < splitPacketChannelList[i]->splitPacketList.Size(); j++) + { + rakFree(splitPacketChannelList[i]->splitPacketList[j]->data); + // internalPacketPool.Release( splitPacketChannelList[i]->splitPacketList[j] ); + } + delete splitPacketChannelList[i]; + } + splitPacketChannelList.Clear(); + + while ( outputQueue.Size() > 0 ) + { + internalPacket = outputQueue.Pop(); + rakFree(internalPacket->data); + // internalPacketPool.Release( internalPacket ); + } + + outputQueue.ClearAndForceAllocation( 32 ); + + for ( i = 0; i < orderingList.Size(); i++ ) + { + if ( orderingList[ i ] ) + { + DataStructures::LinkedList* theList = orderingList[ i ]; + + if ( theList ) + { + while ( theList->Size() ) + { + internalPacket = orderingList[ i ]->Pop(); + rakFree(internalPacket->data); + // internalPacketPool.Release( internalPacket ); + } + + delete theList; + } + } + } + + orderingList.Clear(); + + //resendList.ForEachData(DeleteInternalPacket); + resendList.Clear(); + while ( resendQueue.Size() ) + { + // The resend Queue can have NULL pointer holes. This is so we can deallocate blocks without having to compress the array + internalPacket = resendQueue.Pop(); + + if ( internalPacket ) + { + rakFree(internalPacket->data); + // internalPacketPool.Release( internalPacket ); + } + } + + resendQueue.ClearAndForceAllocation( DEFAULT_HAS_RECEIVED_PACKET_QUEUE_SIZE ); + + for ( i = 0; i < NUMBER_OF_PRIORITIES; i++ ) + { + j = 0; + for ( ; j < sendPacketSet[ i ].Size(); j++ ) + { + rakFree(( sendPacketSet[ i ] ) [ j ]->data); + //internalPacketPool.Release( ( sendPacketSet[ i ] ) [ j ] ); + } + + sendPacketSet[ i ].ClearAndForceAllocation( 32 ); // Preallocate the send lists so we don't do a bunch of reallocations unnecessarily + } + +#ifndef _RELEASE + for (unsigned i = 0; i < delayList.Size(); i++ ) + delete delayList[ i ]; + delayList.Clear(); +#endif + + + internalPacketPool.Clear(); + acknowlegements.Clear(); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Packets are read directly from the socket layer and skip the reliability +//layer because unconnected players do not use the reliability layer +// This function takes packet data after a player has been confirmed as +//connected. The game should not use that data directly +// because some data is used internally, such as packet acknowledgment and +//split packets +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool ReliabilityLayer::HandleSocketReceiveFromConnectedPlayer( const char *buffer, unsigned int length, SystemAddress systemAddress, DataStructures::List &messageHandlerList, int MTUSize ) +{ +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( !( buffer == 0 ) ); +#endif + + (void) MTUSize; + + if ( length <= 2 || buffer == 0 ) // Length of 1 is a connection request resend that we just ignore + return true; + + //int numberOfAcksInFrame = 0; + RakNetTimeNS time; + bool indexFound; + int count, size; + MessageNumberType holeCount; + unsigned i; + bool hasAcks=false; + + // bool duplicatePacket; + + // bytesReceived+=length + UDP_HEADER_SIZE; + + UpdateThreadedMemory(); + + // decode this whole chunk if the decoder is defined. + if ( encryptor.IsKeySet() ) + { + if ( encryptor.Decrypt( ( unsigned char* ) buffer, length, ( unsigned char* ) buffer, &length ) == false ) + { + statistics.bitsWithBadCRCReceived += length * 8; + statistics.packetsWithBadCRCReceived++; + return false; + } + } + + statistics.bitsReceived += length * 8; + statistics.packetsReceived++; + + RakNet::BitStream socketData( (unsigned char*) buffer, length, false ); // Convert the incoming data to a bitstream for easy parsing + time = RakNet::GetTimeNS(); + + DataStructures::RangeList incomingAcks; + socketData.Read(hasAcks); + if (hasAcks) + { + MessageNumberType messageNumber; + RemoteSystemTimeType ourSystemTime; + socketData.Read(ourSystemTime); + if (incomingAcks.Deserialize(&socketData)==false) + return false; + for (i=0; iincomingAcks.ranges[i].maxIndex) + { + RakAssert(incomingAcks.ranges[i].minIndex<=incomingAcks.ranges[i].maxIndex); + return false; + } + + for (messageNumber=incomingAcks.ranges[i].minIndex; messageNumber >= incomingAcks.ranges[i].minIndex && messageNumber <= incomingAcks.ranges[i].maxIndex; messageNumber++) + { + hasAcks=true; + + // GOT ACK + + // SHOW - ack received + // printf("Got Ack for %i\n",messageNumber); + RemovePacketFromResendListAndDeleteOlderReliableSequenced( messageNumber, time ); + +#ifdef _DEBUG_LOGGER + { + char temp[256]; + sprintf(temp, "%p: Got ack for %i. Resend queue size=%i\n", this, messageNumber, resendQueue.Size()); + OutputDebugStr(temp); + } +#endif + + if ( resendList.IsEmpty() ) + { + lastAckTime = 0; // Not resending anything so clear this var so we don't drop the connection on not getting any more acks + } + else + { + lastAckTime = time; // Just got an ack. Record when we got it so we know the connection is alive + } + } + } + + RakNetTimeNS rst = (RakNetTimeNS) ourSystemTime * (RakNetTimeNS) 1000; + if (time >= rst) + ackPing = time - rst; + else + ackPing=0; + RakNetTimeNS avePing; + if (ackPingSum==0) + { + // First time between packets is just the ping. + timeBetweenPackets = ackPing; + if (timeBetweenPackets > MAX_TIME_BETWEEN_PACKETS) + timeBetweenPackets=MAX_TIME_BETWEEN_PACKETS; + else if (timeBetweenPackets < (RakNetTimeNS)10000 ) + timeBetweenPackets=(RakNetTimeNS)10000; + ackPingSum=ackPing<<8; // Multiply by 256 + for (int i=0; i < 256; i++) + ackPingSamples[i]=ackPing; + } + + avePing=ackPingSum>>8; // divide by 256 + + if (continuousSend && time >= nextAllowedThroughputSample) + { + // 10 milliseconds tolerance, because at small pings percentage fluctuations vary widely naturally + bool pingLowering = ackPing <= avePing * (RakNetTimeNS)6 / (RakNetTimeNS)5 + + (RakNetTimeNS)10000; + + // Only increase if the ping is lowering and there was no packetloss + if (pingLowering==true && packetlossThisSample==false) + { + // Only count towards the average when ping declining and no packetloss the last sample. + // Otherwise it eventually averages to when we get packetloss. + ackPingSum-=ackPingSamples[ackPingIndex]; + ackPingSamples[ackPingIndex]=ackPing; + ackPingSum+=ackPing; + ackPingIndex++; // Might wrap to 0 + + RakNetTimeNS diff; + // Decrease time between packets by 2% + diff = (RakNetTimeNS)ceil(((long double) timeBetweenPackets * TIME_BETWEEN_PACKETS_INCREASE_MULTIPLIER_DEFAULT)); + + if (diff < timeBetweenPackets) + { + nextSendTime-=diff; + timeBetweenPackets-=diff; + } + + // printf("- CurPing: %i. AvePing: %i. Ploss=%.1f. Time between= %i\n", (RakNetTime)(ackPing/(RakNetTimeNS)1000), (RakNetTime)(avePing/(RakNetTimeNS)1000), 100.0f * ( float ) statistics.messagesTotalBitsResent / ( float ) statistics.totalBitsSent, timeBetweenPackets); + lastTimeBetweenPacketsDecrease=time; + } + // Decrease if the ping is rising or we got packetloss for a new group of resends + else if (pingLowering==false || backoffThisSample==true) // if (ackPing >= ((avePing*(RakNetTimeNS)4)/(RakNetTimeNS)3) + (RakNetTimeNS) 1000) // 1 milliseconds tolerance, because at small pings percentage fluctuations vary widely naturally + { + // Increase time between packets by 4% + RakNetTimeNS diff = (RakNetTimeNS)ceil(((long double) timeBetweenPackets * TIME_BETWEEN_PACKETS_DECREASE_MULTIPLIER_DEFAULT)); + nextSendTime+=diff; + timeBetweenPackets+=diff; + +// printf("+ CurPing: %i. AvePing: %i. Ploss=%.1f. Time between = %i\n", (RakNetTime)(ackPing/(RakNetTimeNS)1000), (RakNetTime)(avePing/(RakNetTimeNS)1000), 100.0f * ( float ) statistics.messagesTotalBitsResent / ( float ) statistics.totalBitsSent,timeBetweenPackets); + lastTimeBetweenPacketsIncrease=time; + + if (timeBetweenPackets > MAX_TIME_BETWEEN_PACKETS) + { + // Something wrong, perhaps the entire network clogged up, or a different path was taken. + timeBetweenPackets=MAX_TIME_BETWEEN_PACKETS; + } + } + + packetlossThisSample=false; + backoffThisSample=false; + + if (ackPing < 2000000) + // 1 milliseconds tolerance, Otherwise we overreact at very small pings + nextAllowedThroughputSample=time+ackPing + (RakNetTimeNS)1000; + else + // Don't resample over super long periods + nextAllowedThroughputSample=time+200000; + + // printf("time=%i ",time); + // printf("nextAllowedThroughputSample=%i\n",nextAllowedThroughputSample); + } + // else + // printf("Continuous Send = false\n"); + +// if (ackPing < lowestPing) +// lowestPing=ackPing; + + // if (time > nextLowestPingReset) + // { + // lowestPing=ackPing; + // nextLowestPingReset=time+(RakNetTimeNS)60000000; // Once per minute, reset the lowest ping to account for high level ping changes. + // } + + } + + bool hasRemoteSystemTime=false; + socketData.Read(hasRemoteSystemTime); + if (hasRemoteSystemTime) + socketData.Read(remoteSystemTime); + + + // Parse the bitstream to create an internal packet + InternalPacket* internalPacket = CreateInternalPacketFromBitStream( &socketData, time ); + + if (internalPacket==0) + return hasAcks; + + while ( internalPacket ) + { + for (i=0; i < messageHandlerList.Size(); i++) + messageHandlerList[i]->OnInternalPacket(internalPacket, receivePacketCount, systemAddress, (RakNetTime)(time/(RakNetTimeNS)1000), false); + + { +#ifdef _DEBUG_LOGGER + { + char temp[256]; + sprintf(temp, "%p: Got packet %i data: %i bitlen: %i\n", this, internalPacket->messageNumber, (unsigned char) internalPacket->data[0], internalPacket->dataBitLength); + OutputDebugStr(temp); + } +#endif + + // resetReceivedPackets is set from a non-threadsafe function. + // We do the actual reset in this function so the data is not modified by multiple threads + if (resetReceivedPackets) + { + hasReceivedPacketQueue.ClearAndForceAllocation(DEFAULT_HAS_RECEIVED_PACKET_QUEUE_SIZE); + receivedPacketsBaseIndex=0; + resetReceivedPackets=false; + } + + /* + // REMOVEME + if (internalPacket->reliability==RELIABLE_ORDERED) + { + RakNet::BitStream bitStream; + bitStream.Write((char*)internalPacket->data, BITS_TO_BYTES(internalPacket->dataBitLength)); + bitStream.IgnoreBits(8); + unsigned int receivedPacketNumber; + bitStream.Read(receivedPacketNumber); + printf("-- %i, OI=%i\n", receivedPacketNumber, internalPacket->orderingIndex); + + } + */ + + + // If the following conditional is true then this either a duplicate packet + // or an older out of order packet + // The subtraction unsigned overflow is intentional + holeCount = (MessageNumberType)(internalPacket->messageNumber-receivedPacketsBaseIndex); + const MessageNumberType typeRange = (MessageNumberType)-1; + + if ( internalPacket->reliability == RELIABLE_SEQUENCED || internalPacket->reliability == RELIABLE_ORDERED || internalPacket->reliability == RELIABLE ) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + // printf("Sending ack for %i, rpbi=%i\n", internalPacket->messageNumber, receivedPacketsBaseIndex); +#endif + SendAcknowledgementPacket( internalPacket->messageNumber, time ); + } + + if (holeCount==0) + { + // Got what we were expecting + if (hasReceivedPacketQueue.Size()) + hasReceivedPacketQueue.Pop(); + ++receivedPacketsBaseIndex; + } + else if (holeCount > typeRange/2) + { + +#ifdef _DEBUG + // printf("under_holeCount=%i, pnum=%i, rpbi=%i\n", (int)holeCount, internalPacket->messageNumber, receivedPacketsBaseIndex); +#endif + // Underflow - got a packet we have already counted past + statistics.duplicateMessagesReceived++; + +#if defined(DEBUG_SPLIT_PACKET_PROBLEMS) + if (internalPacket->splitPacketCount>0) + printf("Underflow with hole count %i for split packet with ID %i\n",holeCount, internalPacket->splitPacketId); +#endif + + // Duplicate packet + rakFree(internalPacket->data); + internalPacketPool.Release( internalPacket ); + goto CONTINUE_SOCKET_DATA_PARSE_LOOP; + } + else if (holeCountmessageNumber, receivedPacketsBaseIndex); +#endif + + // Got a higher count out of order packet that was missing in the sequence or we already got + if (hasReceivedPacketQueue[holeCount]!=0) // non-zero means this is a hole + { + // Fill in the hole + hasReceivedPacketQueue[holeCount]=0; // We got the packet at holeCount + } + else + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + // printf("Duplicate, holeCount=%i, pnum=%i, rpbi=%i\n", (int)holeCount, internalPacket->messageNumber, receivedPacketsBaseIndex); +#endif + + // Not a hole - just a duplicate packet + statistics.duplicateMessagesReceived++; + +#if defined(DEBUG_SPLIT_PACKET_PROBLEMS) + if (internalPacket->splitPacketCount>0) + printf("Duplicate hole count %i for split packet with ID %i\n",holeCount, internalPacket->splitPacketId); +#endif + + // Duplicate packet + rakFree(internalPacket->data); + internalPacketPool.Release( internalPacket ); + goto CONTINUE_SOCKET_DATA_PARSE_LOOP; + } + } + else // holeCount>=receivedPackets.Size() + { + if (holeCount > 1000000) + { +#if defined(DEBUG_SPLIT_PACKET_PROBLEMS) + if (internalPacket->splitPacketCount>0) + printf("High hole count %i for split packet with ID %i\n",holeCount, internalPacket->splitPacketId); +#endif + + // Would crash due to out of memory! + rakFree(internalPacket->data); + internalPacketPool.Release( internalPacket ); + goto CONTINUE_SOCKET_DATA_PARSE_LOOP; + } + + // Got a higher count out of order packet whose messageNumber is higher than we have ever got +#ifdef _DEBUG + // printf("over_Buffered_holeCount=%i, pnum=%i, rpbi=%i\n", (int) holeCount, internalPacket->messageNumber, receivedPacketsBaseIndex); +#endif + + // Fix - sending on a higher priority gives us a very very high received packets base index if we formerly had pre-split a lot of messages and + // used that as the message number. Because of this, a lot of time is spent in this linear loop and the timeout time expires because not + // all of the message is sent in time. + // Fixed by late assigning message IDs on the sender + + // Add 0 times to the queue until (messageNumber - baseIndex) < queue size. + // RakAssert(holeCount<10000); + while ((MessageNumberType)(holeCount) > hasReceivedPacketQueue.Size()) + hasReceivedPacketQueue.Push(time+(RakNetTimeNS)60 * (RakNetTimeNS)1000 * (RakNetTimeNS)1000); // Didn't get this packet - set the time to give up waiting + hasReceivedPacketQueue.Push(0); // Got the packet +#ifdef _DEBUG + // If this assert hits then MessageNumberType has overflowed + assert(hasReceivedPacketQueue.Size() < (unsigned int)((MessageNumberType)(-1))); +#endif + } + + // Pop all expired times. 0 means we got the packet, in which case we don't track this index either. + while ( hasReceivedPacketQueue.Size()>0 && hasReceivedPacketQueue.Peek() < time ) + { + hasReceivedPacketQueue.Pop(); + ++receivedPacketsBaseIndex; + } + + statistics.messagesReceived++; + + // If the allocated buffer is > DEFAULT_HAS_RECEIVED_PACKET_QUEUE_SIZE and it is 3x greater than the number of elements actually being used + if (hasReceivedPacketQueue.AllocationSize() > (unsigned int) DEFAULT_HAS_RECEIVED_PACKET_QUEUE_SIZE && hasReceivedPacketQueue.AllocationSize() > hasReceivedPacketQueue.Size() * 3) + hasReceivedPacketQueue.Compress(); + + if ( internalPacket->reliability == RELIABLE_SEQUENCED || internalPacket->reliability == UNRELIABLE_SEQUENCED ) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( internalPacket->orderingChannel < NUMBER_OF_ORDERED_STREAMS ); +#endif + + if ( internalPacket->orderingChannel >= NUMBER_OF_ORDERED_STREAMS ) + { + // Invalid packet +#ifdef _DEBUG +// printf( "Got invalid packet\n" ); +#endif + + rakFree(internalPacket->data); + internalPacketPool.Release( internalPacket ); + goto CONTINUE_SOCKET_DATA_PARSE_LOOP; + } + + if ( IsOlderOrderedPacket( internalPacket->orderingIndex, waitingForSequencedPacketReadIndex[ internalPacket->orderingChannel ] ) == false ) + { + statistics.sequencedMessagesInOrder++; + + + // Is this a split packet? + if ( internalPacket->splitPacketCount > 0 ) + { + // Generate the split + // Verify some parameters to make sure we don't get junk data + + + // Check for a rebuilt packet + InsertIntoSplitPacketList( internalPacket, time ); + + // Sequenced + internalPacket = BuildPacketFromSplitPacketList( internalPacket->splitPacketId, time ); + + if ( internalPacket ) + { + // Update our index to the newest packet + waitingForSequencedPacketReadIndex[ internalPacket->orderingChannel ] = internalPacket->orderingIndex + 1; + + // If there is a rebuilt packet, add it to the output queue + outputQueue.Push( internalPacket ); + internalPacket = 0; + } + + // else don't have all the parts yet + } + + else + { + // Update our index to the newest packet + waitingForSequencedPacketReadIndex[ internalPacket->orderingChannel ] = internalPacket->orderingIndex + 1; + + // Not a split packet. Add the packet to the output queue + outputQueue.Push( internalPacket ); + internalPacket = 0; + } + } + else + { + statistics.sequencedMessagesOutOfOrder++; + + // Older sequenced packet. Discard it + rakFree(internalPacket->data); + internalPacketPool.Release( internalPacket ); + } + + goto CONTINUE_SOCKET_DATA_PARSE_LOOP; + } + + // Is this an unsequenced split packet? + if ( internalPacket->splitPacketCount > 0 ) + { + // An unsequenced split packet. May be ordered though. + + // Check for a rebuilt packet + if ( internalPacket->reliability != RELIABLE_ORDERED ) + internalPacket->orderingChannel = 255; // Use 255 to designate not sequenced and not ordered + + InsertIntoSplitPacketList( internalPacket, time ); + + internalPacket = BuildPacketFromSplitPacketList( internalPacket->splitPacketId, time ); + + if ( internalPacket == 0 ) + { + + // Don't have all the parts yet + goto CONTINUE_SOCKET_DATA_PARSE_LOOP; + } + + // else continue down to handle RELIABLE_ORDERED + + +#if defined(DEBUG_SPLIT_PACKET_PROBLEMS) + printf("%i,", internalPacket->orderingIndex); +#endif + } + + if ( internalPacket->reliability == RELIABLE_ORDERED ) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( internalPacket->orderingChannel < NUMBER_OF_ORDERED_STREAMS ); +#endif + + if ( internalPacket->orderingChannel >= NUMBER_OF_ORDERED_STREAMS ) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + //printf("Got invalid ordering channel %i from packet %i\n", internalPacket->orderingChannel, internalPacket->messageNumber); +#endif + // Invalid packet + rakFree(internalPacket->data); + internalPacketPool.Release( internalPacket ); + goto CONTINUE_SOCKET_DATA_PARSE_LOOP; + } + + if ( waitingForOrderedPacketReadIndex[ internalPacket->orderingChannel ] == internalPacket->orderingIndex ) + { + // Get the list to hold ordered packets for this stream + DataStructures::LinkedList *orderingListAtOrderingStream; + unsigned char orderingChannelCopy = internalPacket->orderingChannel; + + statistics.orderedMessagesInOrder++; + + // Show ordering index increment + //printf("Pushing immediate packet %i with ordering index %i\n", internalPacket->messageNumber, internalPacket->orderingIndex ); + + // Push the packet for the user to read + outputQueue.Push( internalPacket ); + internalPacket = 0; // Don't reference this any longer since other threads access it + + // Wait for the next ordered packet in sequence + waitingForOrderedPacketReadIndex[ orderingChannelCopy ] ++; // This wraps + + orderingListAtOrderingStream = GetOrderingListAtOrderingStream( orderingChannelCopy ); + + if ( orderingListAtOrderingStream != 0) + { + while ( orderingListAtOrderingStream->Size() > 0 ) + { + // Cycle through the list until nothing is found + orderingListAtOrderingStream->Beginning(); + indexFound=false; + size=orderingListAtOrderingStream->Size(); + count=0; + + while (count++ < size) + { + if ( orderingListAtOrderingStream->Peek()->orderingIndex == waitingForOrderedPacketReadIndex[ orderingChannelCopy ] ) + { + /* + RakNet::BitStream temp(orderingListAtOrderingStream->Peek()->data, BITS_TO_BYTES(orderingListAtOrderingStream->Peek()->dataBitLength), false); + temp.IgnoreBits(8); + unsigned int receivedPacketNumber=0; + temp.Read(receivedPacketNumber); + printf("Receive: receivedPacketNumber=%i orderingIndex=%i waitingFor=%i\n", receivedPacketNumber, orderingListAtOrderingStream->Peek()->orderingIndex, waitingForOrderedPacketReadIndex[ orderingChannelCopy ]); + */ + + //printf("Pushing delayed packet %i with ordering index %i. outputQueue.Size()==%i\n", orderingListAtOrderingStream->Peek()->messageNumber, orderingListAtOrderingStream->Peek()->orderingIndex, outputQueue.Size() ); + outputQueue.Push( orderingListAtOrderingStream->Pop() ); + waitingForOrderedPacketReadIndex[ orderingChannelCopy ]++; + indexFound=true; + } + else + (*orderingListAtOrderingStream)++; + } + + if (indexFound==false) + break; + } + } + + internalPacket = 0; + } + else + { +#if defined(DEBUG_SPLIT_PACKET_PROBLEMS) + if (internalPacket->splitPacketCount>0) + printf("Split packet OOO. Waiting=%i. Got=%i\n", waitingForOrderedPacketReadIndex[ internalPacket->orderingChannel ], internalPacket->orderingIndex); + waitFlag=internalPacket->splitPacketId; +#endif + + // assert(waitingForOrderedPacketReadIndex[ internalPacket->orderingChannel ] < internalPacket->orderingIndex); + statistics.orderedMessagesOutOfOrder++; + + // This is a newer ordered packet than we are waiting for. Store it for future use + AddToOrderingList( internalPacket ); + } + + goto CONTINUE_SOCKET_DATA_PARSE_LOOP; + } + + // Nothing special about this packet. Add it to the output queue + outputQueue.Push( internalPacket ); + + internalPacket = 0; + } + + // Used for a goto to jump to the next packet immediately + +CONTINUE_SOCKET_DATA_PARSE_LOOP: + // Parse the bitstream to create an internal packet + internalPacket = CreateInternalPacketFromBitStream( &socketData, time ); + } + + /* + if (numberOfAcksInFrame > 0) + // if (time > lastWindowAdjustTime+ping) + { + // printf("Window size up\n"); + windowSize+=1 + numberOfAcksInFrame/windowSize; + if ( windowSize > MAXIMUM_WINDOW_SIZE ) + windowSize = MAXIMUM_WINDOW_SIZE; + //lastWindowAdjustTime=time; + } + //else + // printf("No acks in frame\n"); + */ + /* + // numberOfAcksInFrame>=windowSize means that all the packets we last sent from the resendList are cleared out + // 11/17/05 - the problem with numberOfAcksInFrame >= windowSize is that if the entire frame is filled with resends but not all resends filled the frame + // then the sender is limited by how many resends can fit in one frame + if ( numberOfAcksInFrame >= windowSize && ( sendPacketSet[ SYSTEM_PRIORITY ].Size() > 0 || sendPacketSet[ HIGH_PRIORITY ].Size() > 0 || sendPacketSet[ MEDIUM_PRIORITY ].Size() > 0 ) ) + { + // reliabilityLayerMutexes[windowSize_MUTEX].Lock(); + //printf("windowSize=%i lossyWindowSize=%i\n", windowSize, lossyWindowSize); + + if ( windowSize < lossyWindowSize || (time>lastWindowIncreaseSizeTime && time-lastWindowIncreaseSizeTime>lostPacketResendDelay*2) ) // Increases the window size slowly, testing for packetloss + { + // If we get a frame which clears out the resend queue after handling one or more acks, and we have packets waiting to go out, + // and we didn't recently lose a packet then increase the window size by 1 + windowSize++; + + if ( (time>lastWindowIncreaseSizeTime && time-lastWindowIncreaseSizeTime>lostPacketResendDelay*2) ) // The increase is to test for packetloss + lastWindowIncreaseSizeTime = time; + + // If the window is so large that we couldn't possibly fit any more packets into the frame, then just leave it alone + if ( windowSize > MAXIMUM_WINDOW_SIZE ) + windowSize = MAXIMUM_WINDOW_SIZE; + + // SHOW - WINDOWING + //else + // printf("Increasing windowSize to %i. Lossy window size = %i\n", windowSize, lossyWindowSize); + + // If we are more than 5 over the lossy window size, increase the lossy window size by 1 + if ( windowSize == MAXIMUM_WINDOW_SIZE || windowSize - lossyWindowSize > 5 ) + lossyWindowSize++; + } + // reliabilityLayerMutexes[windowSize_MUTEX].Unlock(); + } + */ + + if (hasAcks) + { + UpdateWindowFromAck(time); + } + + receivePacketCount++; + + return true; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// This gets an end-user packet already parsed out. Returns number of BITS put into the buffer +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +BitSize_t ReliabilityLayer::Receive( unsigned char **data ) +{ + // Wait until the clear occurs + if (freeThreadedMemoryOnNextUpdate) + return 0; + + InternalPacket * internalPacket; + + if ( outputQueue.Size() > 0 ) + { + // #ifdef _DEBUG + // assert(bitStream->GetNumberOfBitsUsed()==0); + // #endif + internalPacket = outputQueue.Pop(); + + BitSize_t bitLength; + *data = internalPacket->data; + bitLength = internalPacket->dataBitLength; + internalPacketPool.Release( internalPacket ); + return bitLength; + } + + else + { + return 0; + } + +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Puts data on the send queue +// bitStream contains the data to send +// priority is what priority to send the data at +// reliability is what reliability to use +// ordering channel is from 0 to 255 and specifies what stream to use +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool ReliabilityLayer::Send( char *data, BitSize_t numberOfBitsToSend, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, unsigned char orderingChannel, bool makeDataCopy, int MTUSize, RakNetTimeNS currentTime ) +{ +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( !( reliability > RELIABLE_SEQUENCED || reliability < 0 ) ); + assert( !( priority > NUMBER_OF_PRIORITIES || priority < 0 ) ); + assert( !( orderingChannel >= NUMBER_OF_ORDERED_STREAMS ) ); + assert( numberOfBitsToSend > 0 ); +#endif + + +// int a = BITS_TO_BYTES(numberOfBitsToSend); + + // Fix any bad parameters + if ( reliability > RELIABLE_SEQUENCED || reliability < 0 ) + reliability = RELIABLE; + + if ( priority > NUMBER_OF_PRIORITIES || priority < 0 ) + priority = HIGH_PRIORITY; + + if ( orderingChannel >= NUMBER_OF_ORDERED_STREAMS ) + orderingChannel = 0; + + // For the first 60 seconds of a new connection, send everything reliable, so that acks arrive and available bandwidth can be determined. + if (currentTime-(RakNetTimeNS)statistics.connectionStartTime*(RakNetTimeNS)1000 < (RakNetTimeNS)60000000) + { + if (reliability==UNRELIABLE) + reliability=RELIABLE; + else if (reliability==UNRELIABLE_SEQUENCED) + reliability=RELIABLE_ORDERED; + } + + unsigned int numberOfBytesToSend=(unsigned int) BITS_TO_BYTES(numberOfBitsToSend); + if ( numberOfBitsToSend == 0 ) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG +// printf( "Error!! ReliabilityLayer::Send bitStream->GetNumberOfBytesUsed()==0\n" ); +#endif + + return false; + } + InternalPacket * internalPacket = internalPacketPool.Allocate(); + if (internalPacket==0) + { + notifyOutOfMemory(__FILE__, __LINE__); + return false; // Out of memory + } + + //InternalPacket * internalPacket = sendPacketSet[priority].WriteLock(); +#ifdef _DEBUG + // Remove accessing undefined memory warning + memset( internalPacket, 255, sizeof( InternalPacket ) ); +#endif + + internalPacket->creationTime = currentTime; + + if ( makeDataCopy ) + { + internalPacket->data = (unsigned char*) rakMalloc( numberOfBytesToSend ); + memcpy( internalPacket->data, data, numberOfBytesToSend ); + // printf("Allocated %i\n", internalPacket->data); + } + else + { + // Allocated the data elsewhere, delete it in here + internalPacket->data = ( unsigned char* ) data; + // printf("Using Pre-Allocated %i\n", internalPacket->data); + } + + internalPacket->dataBitLength = numberOfBitsToSend; + internalPacket->nextActionTime = 0; + +// printf("%i\n", messageNumber); + //internalPacket->messageNumber = sendMessageNumberIndex; + internalPacket->messageNumber = (MessageNumberType) -1; + internalPacket->messageNumberAssigned=false; + + internalPacket->messageInternalOrder = internalOrderIndex++; + + internalPacket->priority = priority; + internalPacket->reliability = reliability; + internalPacket->splitPacketCount = 0; + + // Calculate if I need to split the packet + int headerLength = BITS_TO_BYTES( GetBitStreamHeaderLength( internalPacket ) ); + + unsigned int maxDataSize = MTUSize - UDP_HEADER_SIZE - headerLength; + + if ( encryptor.IsKeySet() ) + maxDataSize -= 16; // Extra data for the encryptor + + bool splitPacket = numberOfBytesToSend > maxDataSize; + + // If a split packet, we might have to upgrade the reliability + if ( splitPacket ) + statistics.numberOfSplitMessages++; + else + statistics.numberOfUnsplitMessages++; + +// ++sendMessageNumberIndex; + + if ( internalPacket->reliability == RELIABLE_SEQUENCED || internalPacket->reliability == UNRELIABLE_SEQUENCED ) + { + // Assign the sequence stream and index + internalPacket->orderingChannel = orderingChannel; + internalPacket->orderingIndex = waitingForSequencedPacketWriteIndex[ orderingChannel ] ++; + + // This packet supersedes all other sequenced packets on the same ordering channel + // Delete all packets in all send lists that are sequenced and on the same ordering channel + // UPDATE: + // Disabled. We don't have enough info to consistently do this. Sometimes newer data does supercede + // older data such as with constantly declining health, but not in all cases. + // For example, with sequenced unreliable sound packets just because you send a newer one doesn't mean you + // don't need the older ones because the odds are they will still arrive in order + /* + for (int i=0; i < NUMBER_OF_PRIORITIES; i++) + { + DeleteSequencedPacketsInList(orderingChannel, sendQueue[i]); + } + */ + } + + else + if ( internalPacket->reliability == RELIABLE_ORDERED ) + { + // Assign the ordering channel and index + internalPacket->orderingChannel = orderingChannel; + internalPacket->orderingIndex = waitingForOrderedPacketWriteIndex[ orderingChannel ] ++; + } + + if ( splitPacket ) // If it uses a secure header it will be generated here + { + // Must split the packet. This will also generate the SHA1 if it is required. It also adds it to the send list. + //InternalPacket packetCopy; + //memcpy(&packetCopy, internalPacket, sizeof(InternalPacket)); + //sendPacketSet[priority].CancelWriteLock(internalPacket); + //SplitPacket( &packetCopy, MTUSize ); + SplitPacket( internalPacket, MTUSize ); + //delete [] packetCopy.data; + return true; + } + + sendPacketSet[ internalPacket->priority ].Push( internalPacket ); + + // sendPacketSet[priority].WriteUnlock(); + return true; +} +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Run this once per game cycle. Handles internal lists and actually does the send +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ReliabilityLayer::Update( SOCKET s, SystemAddress systemAddress, int MTUSize, RakNetTimeNS time, + unsigned bitsPerSecondLimit, + DataStructures::List &messageHandlerList ) +{ + // Debug memory leaks + /* + if (0) + { + printf("orderingList.Size()=%i\n", orderingList.Size()); + printf("outputQueue.Size()=%i\n", outputQueue.Size()); + printf("acknowlegements.Size()=%i\n", acknowlegements.Size()); + printf("resendList.Size()=%i\n", resendList.Size()); + printf("resendQueue.Size()=%i\n", resendQueue.Size()); + for (int i=0; i < NUMBER_OF_PRIORITIES; i++) + printf("sendPacketSet[%i].Size()=%i\n", i, sendPacketSet[i].Size()); + printf("splitPacketChannelList.Size()=%i\n", splitPacketChannelList.Size()); + printf("hasReceivedPacketQueue.Size()=%i\n", hasReceivedPacketQueue.Size()); +#ifndef _RELEASE + printf("delayList.Size()=%i\n", delayList.Size()); +#endif + printf("internalPacketPool.GetAvailablePagesSize()=%i\n", internalPacketPool.GetAvailablePagesSize()); + printf("internalPacketPool.GetUnavailablePagesSize()=%i\n", internalPacketPool.GetUnavailablePagesSize()); + printf("internalPacketPool.GetMemoryPoolPageSize()=%i\n", internalPacketPool.GetMemoryPoolPageSize()); + printf("sendMessageNumberIndex=%i\n", sendMessageNumberIndex); + printf("deadConnection=%i\n", deadConnection); + printf("cheater=%i\n", cheater); + printf("splitPacketId=%i\n", splitPacketId); + printf("blockWindowIncreaseUntilTime=%i\n", blockWindowIncreaseUntilTime); + printf("receivedPacketsBaseIndex=%i\n", receivedPacketsBaseIndex); + printf("lastUpdateTime=%I64u\n", lastUpdateTime); + printf("timeBetweenPackets=%I64u\n", timeBetweenPackets); + printf("nextSendTime=%I64u\n", nextSendTime); + printf("ackPing=%I64u\n", ackPing); + printf("ackPingSum=%I64u\n", ackPingSum); + printf("ackPingIndex=%i\n", ackPingIndex); + printf("continuousSend=%i\n", continuousSend); + printf("sendPacketCount=%i\n", sendPacketCount); + printf("receivePacketCount=%i\n", receivePacketCount); + char buffer[10000]; + StatisticsToString( &statistics, buffer, 2 ); + printf("%s\n", buffer); + } +*/ + + // This line is necessary because the timer isn't accurate + if (time <= lastUpdateTime) + { + // Always set the last time in case of overflow + lastUpdateTime=time; + return; + } + + RakNetTimeNS elapsed = time - lastUpdateTime; + lastUpdateTime=time; + UpdateThreadedMemory(); + + // Due to thread vagarities and the way I store the time to avoid slow calls to RakNet::GetTime + // time may be less than lastAck + if ( resendList.IsEmpty()==false && AckTimeout(time) ) + { + // SHOW - dead connection + // printf("The connection has been lost.\n"); + // We've waited a very long time for a reliable packet to get an ack and it never has + deadConnection = true; + return; + } + + if (time >= histogramStart + HISTOGRAM_RESTART_CYCLE) + { + histogramStart=time; + histogramBitsSent=0; + } + + bool limitThroughput; + if (bitsPerSecondLimit==0 || throughputCapCountdown <= 0) + limitThroughput=false; + else + { + throughputCapCountdown-=elapsed; + if (throughputCapCountdown<0) + { + limitThroughput=false; + throughputCapCountdown=0; + } + else + { + limitThroughput=true; + continuousSend=false; // Blocked from sending due to throughput limit, so not sending continuously + } + } + + const int maxDataBitSize = BYTES_TO_BITS((MTUSize - UDP_HEADER_SIZE)); + bool hitMTUCap; + bool reliableDataSent; + RakNetTimeNS usedTime; +#ifdef _ENABLE_FLOW_CONTROL + RakNetTimeNS availableTime; + if (limitThroughput==false) + { + if (time >= nextSendTime) + { + hitMTUCap=false; + usedTime=(RakNetTimeNS)0; + availableTime = time - nextSendTime; + if (availableTime > MAX_TIME_BETWEEN_PACKETS) + availableTime=MAX_TIME_BETWEEN_PACKETS; + + while ( usedTime <= availableTime ) + { +#else + while (1) + { +#endif + (void) reliableDataSent; + updateBitStream.Reset(); + if ( GenerateDatagram( &updateBitStream, MTUSize, &reliableDataSent, time, systemAddress, &hitMTUCap, messageHandlerList ) ) + { +#ifndef _RELEASE + if (minExtraPing > 0 || extraPingVariance > 0) + { + // Delay the send to simulate lag + DataAndTime *dt; + dt = new DataAndTime; + memcpy( dt->data, updateBitStream.GetData(), (size_t) updateBitStream.GetNumberOfBytesUsed() ); + dt->length = (unsigned int) updateBitStream.GetNumberOfBytesUsed(); + dt->sendTime = time + (RakNetTimeNS)minExtraPing*1000; + if (extraPingVariance > 0) + dt->sendTime += ( randomMT() % (int)extraPingVariance ); + delayList.Insert( dt ); + } + else +#endif + { + SendBitStream( s, systemAddress, &updateBitStream ); + } + +#ifdef _ENABLE_FLOW_CONTROL + if (bitsPerSecondLimit > 0) + { + throughputCapCountdown+=(RakNetTimeNS)(1000000.0 * (double) updateBitStream.GetNumberOfBitsUsed() / (double) bitsPerSecondLimit); + // Prevent sending a large burst and then doing nothing for a long time + if (throughputCapCountdown>30000) + break; + } + + if (hitMTUCap) + usedTime+=timeBetweenPackets; + else + usedTime+=(RakNetTimeNS)((long double) timeBetweenPackets * ((long double) updateBitStream.GetNumberOfBitsUsed() / (long double) maxDataBitSize)); +#endif + } + else + break; + } + +#ifdef _ENABLE_FLOW_CONTROL + if ( nextSendTime + MAX_TIME_BETWEEN_PACKETS < time ) + { + // Long time since last send + nextSendTime=time+usedTime; + continuousSend=false; + } + else + { + nextSendTime+=usedTime; + if (nextSendTime>time) + { + continuousSend=true; + } + else + { + nextSendTime+=usedTime; + if (nextSendTime0) + { + updateBitStream.Reset(); + updateBitStream.Write(true); + updateBitStream.Write(remoteSystemTime); + BitSize_t bitsSent = acknowlegements.Serialize(&updateBitStream, (MTUSize-UDP_HEADER_SIZE)*8-1, true); + statistics.acknowlegementBitsSent +=bitsSent; + SendBitStream( s, systemAddress, &updateBitStream ); + + if (bitsPerSecondLimit > 0) + { + throughputCapCountdown+=(RakNetTimeNS)(1000000.0 * (double) updateBitStream.GetNumberOfBitsUsed() / (double) bitsPerSecondLimit); + } + } + } + } +#endif + + +#ifndef _RELEASE + // Do any lagged sends + unsigned i = 0; + while ( i < delayList.Size() ) + { + if ( delayList[ i ]->sendTime < time ) + { + updateBitStream.Reset(); + updateBitStream.Write( delayList[ i ]->data, delayList[ i ]->length ); + // Send it now + SendBitStream( s, systemAddress, &updateBitStream ); + + delete delayList[ i ]; + if (i != delayList.Size() - 1) + delayList[ i ] = delayList[ delayList.Size() - 1 ]; + delayList.RemoveFromEnd(); + } + + else + i++; + } +#endif + + // Keep on top of deleting old unreliable split packets so they don't clog the list. + DeleteOldUnreliableSplitPackets( time ); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Writes a bitstream to the socket +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ReliabilityLayer::SendBitStream( SOCKET s, SystemAddress systemAddress, RakNet::BitStream *bitStream ) +{ + // SHOW - showing reliable flow + // if (bitStream->GetNumberOfBytesUsed()>50) + // printf("Sending %i bytes. sendQueue[0].Size()=%i, resendList.Size()=%i\n", bitStream->GetNumberOfBytesUsed(), sendQueue[0].Size(),resendList.Size()); + + unsigned int oldLength, length; + + // sentFrames++; + +#ifndef _RELEASE + if (maxSendBPS>0) + { +// double chanceToLosePacket = (double)currentBandwidth / (double)maxSendBPS; + // if (frandomMT() < (float)chanceToLosePacket) + // return; + + + + } +#endif +// REMOVEME +// if (frandomMT() < .15f) +// return; + + // Encode the whole bitstream if the encoder is defined. + + if ( encryptor.IsKeySet() ) + { + length = (unsigned int) bitStream->GetNumberOfBytesUsed(); + oldLength = length; + + encryptor.Encrypt( ( unsigned char* ) bitStream->GetData(), length, ( unsigned char* ) bitStream->GetData(), &length ); + statistics.encryptionBitsSent = BYTES_TO_BITS( length - oldLength ); + + assert( ( length % 16 ) == 0 ); + } + else + { + length = (unsigned int) bitStream->GetNumberOfBytesUsed(); + } + + statistics.packetsSent++; + statistics.totalBitsSent += length * 8; + histogramBitsSent += length * 8; + //printf("total bits=%i length=%i\n", BITS_TO_BYTES(statistics.totalBitsSent), length); + + SocketLayer::Instance()->SendTo( s, ( char* ) bitStream->GetData(), length, systemAddress.binaryAddress, systemAddress.port ); + + // lastPacketSendTime=time; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Generates a datagram (coalesced packets) +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool ReliabilityLayer::GenerateDatagram( RakNet::BitStream *output, int MTUSize, bool *reliableDataSent, RakNetTimeNS time, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool *hitMTUCap, DataStructures::List &messageHandlerList ) +{ + InternalPacket * internalPacket; + // InternalPacket *temp; + BitSize_t maxDataBitSize; + BitSize_t reliableBits = 0; + BitSize_t nextPacketBitLength; + unsigned i, messageHandlerIndex; + bool isReliable, onlySendUnreliable; + //bool writeFalseToHeader; + bool wroteAcks; + bool wroteData; + unsigned messagesSent=0; + *hitMTUCap=false; + + maxDataBitSize = MTUSize - UDP_HEADER_SIZE; + + if ( encryptor.IsKeySet() ) + maxDataBitSize -= 16; // Extra data for the encryptor + + maxDataBitSize <<= 3; + + *reliableDataSent = false; + + if (acknowlegements.Size()>0) + { + output->Write(true); + output->Write(remoteSystemTime); + messagesSent++; + wroteAcks=true; + statistics.acknowlegementBitsSent +=acknowlegements.Serialize(output, (MTUSize-UDP_HEADER_SIZE)*8-1, true); + + // writeFalseToHeader=false; + } + else + { + wroteAcks=false; + output->Write(false); + + // writeFalseToHeader=true; + } + + wroteData=false; + + + while ( resendQueue.Size() > 0 ) + { + internalPacket = resendQueue.Peek(); + RakAssert(internalPacket->messageNumberAssigned==true); + // The resend Queue can have holes. This is so we can deallocate blocks without having to compress the array + if ( internalPacket->nextActionTime == 0 ) + { + if (packetlossThisSampleResendCount>0) + packetlossThisSampleResendCount--; + + resendQueue.Pop(); + rakFree(internalPacket->data); + internalPacketPool.Release( internalPacket ); + continue; // This was a hole + } + + if ( resendQueue.Peek()->nextActionTime < time ) + { + internalPacket = resendQueue.Pop(); + + nextPacketBitLength = GetBitStreamHeaderLength( internalPacket ) + internalPacket->dataBitLength; + + if ( output->GetNumberOfBitsUsed() + nextPacketBitLength > maxDataBitSize ) + { + resendQueue.PushAtHead( internalPacket ); // Not enough room to use this packet after all! + *hitMTUCap=true; + + goto END_OF_GENERATE_FRAME; + } + + RakAssert(internalPacket->priority >= 0); + +#ifdef _DEBUG_LOGGER + { + char temp[256]; + sprintf(temp, "%p: Resending packet %i data: %i bitlen: %i\n", this, internalPacket->messageNumber, (unsigned char) internalPacket->data[0], internalPacket->dataBitLength); + OutputDebugStr(temp); + } +#endif + + for (messageHandlerIndex=0; messageHandlerIndex < messageHandlerList.Size(); messageHandlerIndex++) + messageHandlerList[messageHandlerIndex]->OnInternalPacket(internalPacket, sendPacketCount, systemAddress, (RakNetTime)(time/(RakNetTimeNS)1000), true); + + // Write to the output bitstream + statistics.messageResends++; + statistics.messageDataBitsResent += internalPacket->dataBitLength; + + // if (writeFalseToHeader) + // { + // output->Write(false); + // writeFalseToHeader=false; + // } + + if (wroteData==false) + { + wroteData=true; + output->Write(true); + // Write our own system time for ping calculations for flow control + output->Write((RemoteSystemTimeType)(time / (RakNetTimeNS)1000)); + } + statistics.messagesTotalBitsResent += WriteToBitStreamFromInternalPacket( output, internalPacket, time ); + internalPacket->packetNumber=sendPacketCount; + messagesSent++; + + *reliableDataSent = true; + + statistics.packetsContainingOnlyAcknowlegementsAndResends++; + + // printf("internalPacket->messageNumber=%i time=%i timeBetween=%i\n", internalPacket->messageNumber, (RakNetTime)(time/(RakNetTimeNS)1000), (RakNetTime)(timeBetweenPackets/(RakNetTimeNS)1000)); + // Using a one second resend for the 2nd resend on fixes abnormal disconnections due to flooding + internalPacket->nextActionTime = time + (RakNetTimeNS)1000000; + + //printf("PACKETLOSS\n "); + + packetlossThisSample=true; + + //printf("packetlossThisSample=true\n"); + if (packetlossThisSampleResendCount==0) + { + backoffThisSample=true; + packetlossThisSampleResendCount=resendQueue.Size(); + } + else + { + packetlossThisSampleResendCount--; + } + + // Put the packet back into the resend list at the correct spot + // Don't make a copy since I'm reinserting an allocated struct + InsertPacketIntoResendList( internalPacket, time, false, false ); + + } + else + { + break; + } + } + + + onlySendUnreliable = false; + + + // From highest to lowest priority, fill up the output bitstream from the send lists + for ( i = 0; i < NUMBER_OF_PRIORITIES; i++ ) + { + while ( sendPacketSet[ i ].Size() ) + { + internalPacket = sendPacketSet[ i ].Pop(); + + // REMOVEME + // if (internalPacket->messageNumber > 30000) + // { + // int a=5; + // } + + + nextPacketBitLength = GetBitStreamHeaderLength( internalPacket ) + internalPacket->dataBitLength; + + if (unreliableTimeout!=0 && + (internalPacket->reliability==UNRELIABLE || internalPacket->reliability==UNRELIABLE_SEQUENCED) && + time > internalPacket->creationTime+(RakNetTimeNS)unreliableTimeout) + { + // Unreliable packets are deleted + rakFree(internalPacket->data); + internalPacketPool.Release( internalPacket ); + continue; + } + + + if ( output->GetNumberOfBitsUsed() + nextPacketBitLength > maxDataBitSize ) + { + // This output won't fit. + *hitMTUCap=true; + sendPacketSet[ i ].PushAtHead( internalPacket ); // Push this back at the head so it is the next thing to go out + break; + } + + if ( internalPacket->reliability == RELIABLE || internalPacket->reliability == RELIABLE_SEQUENCED || internalPacket->reliability == RELIABLE_ORDERED ) + isReliable = true; + else + isReliable = false; + + // Write to the output bitstream + statistics.messagesSent[ i ] ++; + statistics.messageDataBitsSent[ i ] += internalPacket->dataBitLength; + +#ifdef _DEBUG_LOGGER + { + char temp[256]; + sprintf(temp, "%p: Sending packet %i data: %i bitlen: %i\n", this, internalPacket->messageNumber, (unsigned char) internalPacket->data[0], internalPacket->dataBitLength); + OutputDebugStr(temp); + } +#endif + + for (messageHandlerIndex=0; messageHandlerIndex < messageHandlerList.Size(); messageHandlerIndex++) + messageHandlerList[messageHandlerIndex]->OnInternalPacket(internalPacket, sendPacketCount, systemAddress, (RakNetTime)(time/(RakNetTimeNS)1000), true); + + // if (writeFalseToHeader) + // { + // output->Write(false); + // writeFalseToHeader=false; + // } + if (wroteData==false) + { + wroteData=true; + output->Write(true); + // Write our own system time for ping calculations for flow control + output->Write((RemoteSystemTimeType)(time / (RakNetTimeNS)1000)); + } + // I assign the message number in the order the messages are sent, rather than the order they are created. + // This fixes a bug where I was formerly creating a huge number of split packets, then sending on a different ordering channel on a higher priority. + // This would cause a huge gap on the recipient for receivedPacketsBaseIndex causing performance problems and data timeout + RakAssert(internalPacket->messageNumber==(MessageNumberType)-1); + RakAssert(internalPacket->messageNumberAssigned==false); + internalPacket->messageNumberAssigned=true; + internalPacket->messageNumber=sendMessageNumberIndex; + sendMessageNumberIndex++; +#if defined (DEBUG_SPLIT_PACKET_PROBLEMS) +// if (internalPacket->splitPacketId!=66) +#endif + statistics.messageTotalBitsSent[ i ] += WriteToBitStreamFromInternalPacket( output, internalPacket, time ); + //output->PrintBits(); + internalPacket->packetNumber=sendPacketCount; + messagesSent++; + + if ( isReliable ) + { + // Reliable packets are saved to resend later + reliableBits += internalPacket->dataBitLength; + // printf("internalPacket->messageNumber=%i time=%i timeBetween=%i\n", internalPacket->messageNumber, (RakNetTime)(time/(RakNetTimeNS)1000), (RakNetTime)(timeBetweenPackets/(RakNetTimeNS)1000)); + if (ackPingSum==0) + internalPacket->nextActionTime = time + (RakNetTimeNS)1000000; + else + internalPacket->nextActionTime = time + (RakNetTimeNS)100000 + (ackPingSum>>7); + +#if defined (DEBUG_SPLIT_PACKET_PROBLEMS) +// if (internalPacket->splitPacketId==66) +// internalPacket->nextActionTime+=1000000; +#endif + + resendList.Insert( internalPacket->messageNumber, internalPacket); + //printf("ackTimeIncrement=%i\n", ackTimeIncrement/1000); + InsertPacketIntoResendList( internalPacket, time, false, true); + *reliableDataSent = true; + } + else + { + // Unreliable packets are deleted + rakFree(internalPacket->data); + internalPacketPool.Release( internalPacket ); + } + } + } + +END_OF_GENERATE_FRAME: + ; + + // if (output->GetNumberOfBitsUsed()>0) + // { + // Update the throttle with the header + // bytesSent+=output->GetNumberOfBytesUsed() + UDP_HEADER_SIZE; + //} + + if (wroteData==false) + { + output->Write(false); + } + + if (wroteAcks || wroteData) + sendPacketCount++; + + return wroteAcks || wroteData; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Are we waiting for any data to be sent out or be processed by the player? +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool ReliabilityLayer::IsOutgoingDataWaiting(void) +{ + unsigned i; + for ( i = 0; i < NUMBER_OF_PRIORITIES; i++ ) + { + if (sendPacketSet[ i ].Size() > 0) + return true; + } + + return acknowlegements.Size() > 0 || resendList.IsEmpty()==false;// || outputQueue.Size() > 0 || orderingList.Size() > 0 || splitPacketChannelList.Size() > 0; +} +bool ReliabilityLayer::IsReliableOutgoingDataWaiting(void) +{ + unsigned i,j; + for ( i = 0; i < NUMBER_OF_PRIORITIES; i++ ) + { + for (j=0; j < sendPacketSet[ i ].Size(); j++) + { + if (sendPacketSet[ i ][ j ]->reliability==RELIABLE_ORDERED || + sendPacketSet[ i ][ j ]->reliability==RELIABLE_SEQUENCED || + sendPacketSet[ i ][ j ]->reliability==RELIABLE) + return true; + } + } + + + return /*acknowlegements.Size() > 0 ||*/ resendList.IsEmpty()==false;// || outputQueue.Size() > 0 || orderingList.Size() > 0 || splitPacketChannelList.Size() > 0; +} + +bool ReliabilityLayer::AreAcksWaiting(void) +{ + return acknowlegements.Size() > 0; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ReliabilityLayer::ApplyNetworkSimulator( double _maxSendBPS, RakNetTime _minExtraPing, RakNetTime _extraPingVariance ) +{ +#ifndef _RELEASE + maxSendBPS=_maxSendBPS; + minExtraPing=_minExtraPing; + extraPingVariance=_extraPingVariance; + // if (ping < (unsigned int)(minExtraPing+extraPingVariance)*2) + // ping=(minExtraPing+extraPingVariance)*2; +#endif +} +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ReliabilityLayer::SetSplitMessageProgressInterval(int interval) +{ + splitMessageProgressInterval=interval; +} +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ReliabilityLayer::SetUnreliableTimeout(RakNetTime timeoutMS) +{ + unreliableTimeout=(RakNetTimeNS)timeoutMS*(RakNetTimeNS)1000; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// This will return true if we should not send at this time +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool ReliabilityLayer::IsSendThrottled( int MTUSize ) +{ + (void) MTUSize; + + return false; + // return resendList.Size() > windowSize; + + // Disabling this, because it can get stuck here forever + /* + unsigned packetsWaiting; + unsigned resendListDataSize=0; + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < resendList.Size(); i++) + { + if (resendList[i]) + resendListDataSize+=resendList[i]->dataBitLength; + } + packetsWaiting = 1 + ((BITS_TO_BYTES(resendListDataSize)) / (MTUSize - UDP_HEADER_SIZE - 10)); // 10 to roughly estimate the raknet header + + return packetsWaiting >= windowSize; + */ +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// We lost a packet +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ReliabilityLayer::UpdateWindowFromPacketloss( RakNetTimeNS time ) +{ + (void) time; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Increase the window size +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ReliabilityLayer::UpdateWindowFromAck( RakNetTimeNS time ) +{ + (void) time; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Does what the function name says +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +unsigned ReliabilityLayer::RemovePacketFromResendListAndDeleteOlderReliableSequenced( const MessageNumberType messageNumber, RakNetTimeNS time ) +{ + (void) time; + + InternalPacket * internalPacket; + //InternalPacket *temp; + PacketReliability reliability; // What type of reliability algorithm to use with this packet + unsigned char orderingChannel; // What ordering channel this packet is on, if the reliability type uses ordering channels + OrderingIndexType orderingIndex; // The ID used as identification for ordering channels + // unsigned j; + + bool deleted; + deleted=resendList.Delete(messageNumber, internalPacket); + if (deleted) + { + reliability = internalPacket->reliability; + orderingChannel = internalPacket->orderingChannel; + orderingIndex = internalPacket->orderingIndex; + // delete [] internalPacket->data; + // internalPacketPool.ReleasePointer( internalPacket ); + internalPacket->nextActionTime=0; // Will be freed in the update function + return 0; + + // Rarely used and thus disabled for speed + /* + // If the deleted packet was reliable sequenced, also delete all older reliable sequenced resends on the same ordering channel. + // This is because we no longer need to send these. + if ( reliability == RELIABLE_SEQUENCED ) + { + unsigned j = 0; + while ( j < resendList.Size() ) + { + internalPacket = resendList[ j ]; + + if ( internalPacket && internalPacket->reliability == RELIABLE_SEQUENCED && internalPacket->orderingChannel == orderingChannel && IsOlderOrderedPacket( internalPacket->orderingIndex, orderingIndex ) ) + { + // Delete the packet + delete [] internalPacket->data; + internalPacketPool.ReleasePointer( internalPacket ); + resendList[ j ] = 0; // Generate a hole + } + + j++; + } + + } + */ + } + else + { + + statistics.duplicateAcknowlegementsReceived++; + } + + return (unsigned)-1; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Acknowledge receipt of the packet with the specified messageNumber +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ReliabilityLayer::SendAcknowledgementPacket( const MessageNumberType messageNumber, RakNetTimeNS time ) +{ + (void) time; + statistics.acknowlegementsSent++; + acknowlegements.Insert(messageNumber); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Parse an internalPacket and figure out how many header bits would be +// written. Returns that number +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +int ReliabilityLayer::GetBitStreamHeaderLength( const InternalPacket *const internalPacket ) +{ +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( internalPacket ); +#endif + + int bitLength; + + bitLength=sizeof(MessageNumberType)*8; + + // Write the PacketReliability. This is encoded in 3 bits + //bitStream->WriteBits((unsigned char*)&(internalPacket->reliability), 3, true); + bitLength += 3; + + // If the reliability requires an ordering channel and ordering index, we Write those. + if ( internalPacket->reliability == UNRELIABLE_SEQUENCED || internalPacket->reliability == RELIABLE_SEQUENCED || internalPacket->reliability == RELIABLE_ORDERED ) + { + // ordering channel encoded in 5 bits (from 0 to 31) + //bitStream->WriteBits((unsigned char*)&(internalPacket->orderingChannel), 5, true); + bitLength+=5; + + // ordering index is one byte + //bitStream->WriteCompressed(internalPacket->orderingIndex); + bitLength+=sizeof(OrderingIndexType)*8; + } + +// if (internalPacket->reliability == RELIABLE || internalPacket->reliability == RELIABLE_ORDERED || internalPacket->reliability==RELIABLE_SEQUENCED) + // bitLength+=8*sizeof(RemoteSystemTimeType); + + // Write if this is a split packet (1 bit) + bool isSplitPacket = internalPacket->splitPacketCount > 0; + + //bitStream->Write(isSplitPacket); + bitLength += 1; + + if ( isSplitPacket ) + { + // split packet indices are two bytes (so one packet can be split up to 65535 + // times - maximum packet size would be about 500 * 65535) + //bitStream->Write(internalPacket->splitPacketId); + //bitStream->WriteCompressed(internalPacket->splitPacketIndex); + //bitStream->WriteCompressed(internalPacket->splitPacketCount); + bitLength += (sizeof(SplitPacketIdType) + sizeof(SplitPacketIndexType) * 2) * 8; + } + + // Write how many bits the packet data is. Stored in an unsigned short and + // read from 16 bits + //bitStream->WriteBits((unsigned char*)&(internalPacket->dataBitLength), 16, true); + + // Read how many bits the packet data is. Stored in 16 bits + bitLength += 16; + + // Byte alignment + //bitLength += 8 - ((bitLength -1) %8 + 1); + + return bitLength; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Parse an internalPacket and create a bitstream to represent this data +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +BitSize_t ReliabilityLayer::WriteToBitStreamFromInternalPacket( RakNet::BitStream *bitStream, const InternalPacket *const internalPacket, RakNetTimeNS curTime ) +{ + (void) curTime; + +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( bitStream && internalPacket ); +#endif + + BitSize_t start = bitStream->GetNumberOfBitsUsed(); + const unsigned char c = (unsigned char) internalPacket->reliability; + + // testing + //if (internalPacket->reliability==UNRELIABLE) + // printf("Sending unreliable packet %i\n", internalPacket->messageNumber); + //else if (internalPacket->reliability==RELIABLE_SEQUENCED || internalPacket->reliability==RELIABLE_ORDERED || internalPacket->reliability==RELIABLE) + // printf("Sending reliable packet number %i\n", internalPacket->messageNumber); + + //bitStream->AlignWriteToByteBoundary(); + + // Write the message number (2 bytes) + bitStream->Write( internalPacket->messageNumber ); + + // REMOVEME +// if (internalPacket->messageNumber > 30000) +// { +// int a=5; +// } + + + // Acknowledgment packets have no more data than the messageNumber and whether it is anacknowledgment + + +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( internalPacket->dataBitLength > 0 ); +#endif + + // Write the PacketReliability. This is encoded in 3 bits + bitStream->WriteBits( (const unsigned char *)&c, 3, true ); + + // If the reliability requires an ordering channel and ordering index, we Write those. + if ( internalPacket->reliability == UNRELIABLE_SEQUENCED || internalPacket->reliability == RELIABLE_SEQUENCED || internalPacket->reliability == RELIABLE_ORDERED ) + { + // ordering channel encoded in 5 bits (from 0 to 31) + bitStream->WriteBits( ( unsigned char* ) & ( internalPacket->orderingChannel ), 5, true ); + + // One or two bytes + bitStream->Write( internalPacket->orderingIndex ); + } + +// if (internalPacket->reliability == RELIABLE || internalPacket->reliability == RELIABLE_ORDERED || internalPacket->reliability==RELIABLE_SEQUENCED) + //{ + // // Write the time in reliable packets for flow control +// bitStream->Write((RemoteSystemTimeType) (curTime/(RakNetTimeNS)1000)); +// } + + // Write if this is a split packet (1 bit) + bool isSplitPacket = internalPacket->splitPacketCount > 0; + + bitStream->Write( isSplitPacket ); + + if ( isSplitPacket ) + { + bitStream->Write( internalPacket->splitPacketId ); + bitStream->WriteCompressed( internalPacket->splitPacketIndex ); + bitStream->WriteCompressed( internalPacket->splitPacketCount ); + } + + // Write how many bits the packet data is. Stored in 13 bits +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( BITS_TO_BYTES( internalPacket->dataBitLength ) < MAXIMUM_MTU_SIZE ); // I never send more than MTU_SIZE bytes + +#endif + + unsigned short length = ( unsigned short ) internalPacket->dataBitLength; // Ignore the 2 high bytes for WriteBits + + bitStream->WriteCompressed( length ); + + // Write the actual data. + bitStream->WriteAlignedBytes( ( unsigned char* ) internalPacket->data, BITS_TO_BYTES( internalPacket->dataBitLength ) ); + + //bitStream->WriteBits((unsigned char*)internalPacket->data, internalPacket->dataBitLength); + + //printf("WRITE:\n"); + //bitStream->PrintBits(); + + + return bitStream->GetNumberOfBitsUsed() - start; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Parse a bitstream and create an internal packet to represent this data +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +InternalPacket* ReliabilityLayer::CreateInternalPacketFromBitStream( RakNet::BitStream *bitStream, RakNetTimeNS time ) +{ + bool bitStreamSucceeded; + InternalPacket* internalPacket; + + if ( bitStream->GetNumberOfUnreadBits() < (int) sizeof( internalPacket->messageNumber ) * 8 ) + return 0; // leftover bits + + internalPacket = internalPacketPool.Allocate(); + + //printf("READ:\n"); + //bitStream->PrintBits(); + + if (internalPacket==0) + { + // Out of memory + RakAssert(0); + return 0; + } + +#ifdef _DEBUG + // Remove accessing undefined memory error + memset( internalPacket, 255, sizeof( InternalPacket ) ); +#endif + + internalPacket->creationTime = time; + + //bitStream->AlignReadToByteBoundary(); + + // Read the packet number (4 bytes) + bitStreamSucceeded = bitStream->Read( internalPacket->messageNumber ); + + // REMOVEME +// if (internalPacket->messageNumber > 30000) +// { +// int a=5; +// } + +#ifdef _DEBUG + // 10/08/05 - Disabled assert since this hits from offline packets + //assert( bitStreamSucceeded ); +#endif + + if ( bitStreamSucceeded == false ) + { + internalPacketPool.Release( internalPacket ); + return 0; + } + +#ifdef _DEBUG + // 10/08/05 - Disabled assert since this hits from offline packets + //assert( bitStreamSucceeded ); +#endif + + // Read the PacketReliability. This is encoded in 3 bits + unsigned char reliability; + + bitStreamSucceeded = bitStream->ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) ( &( reliability ) ), 3 ); + + internalPacket->reliability = ( const PacketReliability ) reliability; + +#ifdef _DEBUG + // 10/08/05 - Disabled assert since this hits from offline packets + // assert( bitStreamSucceeded ); +#endif + + if ( bitStreamSucceeded == false ) + { + internalPacketPool.Release( internalPacket ); + return 0; + } + + // If the reliability requires an ordering channel and ordering index, we read those. + if ( internalPacket->reliability == UNRELIABLE_SEQUENCED || internalPacket->reliability == RELIABLE_SEQUENCED || internalPacket->reliability == RELIABLE_ORDERED ) + { + // ordering channel encoded in 5 bits (from 0 to 31) + bitStreamSucceeded = bitStream->ReadBits( ( unsigned char* ) & ( internalPacket->orderingChannel ), 5 ); +#ifdef _DEBUG + // 10/08/05 - Disabled assert since this hits from offline packets + //assert( bitStreamSucceeded ); +#endif + + if ( bitStreamSucceeded == false ) + { + internalPacketPool.Release( internalPacket ); + return 0; + } + + bitStreamSucceeded = bitStream->Read( internalPacket->orderingIndex ); + +#ifdef _DEBUG + // 10/08/05 - Disabled assert since this hits from offline packets + //assert( bitStreamSucceeded ); +#endif + + if ( bitStreamSucceeded == false ) + { + internalPacketPool.Release( internalPacket ); + return 0; + } + } + +// if (internalPacket->reliability == RELIABLE || internalPacket->reliability == RELIABLE_ORDERED || internalPacket->reliability==RELIABLE_SEQUENCED) +// { +// // Read the time in reliable packets for flow control +// bitStream->Read(internalPacket->remoteSystemTime); +// } + + + // Read if this is a split packet (1 bit) + bool isSplitPacket; + + bitStreamSucceeded = bitStream->Read( isSplitPacket ); + +#ifdef _DEBUG + // 10/08/05 - Disabled assert since this hits from offline packets + //assert( bitStreamSucceeded ); +#endif + + if ( bitStreamSucceeded == false ) + { + internalPacketPool.Release( internalPacket ); + return 0; + } + + if ( isSplitPacket ) + { + bitStreamSucceeded = bitStream->Read( internalPacket->splitPacketId ); +#ifdef _DEBUG + // 10/08/05 - Disabled assert since this hits from offline packets + // assert( bitStreamSucceeded ); +#endif + + if ( bitStreamSucceeded == false ) + { + internalPacketPool.Release( internalPacket ); + return 0; + } + + bitStreamSucceeded = bitStream->ReadCompressed( internalPacket->splitPacketIndex ); +#ifdef _DEBUG + // 10/08/05 - Disabled assert since this hits from offline packets + //assert( bitStreamSucceeded ); +#endif + + if ( bitStreamSucceeded == false ) + { + internalPacketPool.Release( internalPacket ); + return 0; + } + + bitStreamSucceeded = bitStream->ReadCompressed( internalPacket->splitPacketCount ); +#ifdef _DEBUG + // 10/08/05 - Disabled assert since this hits from offline packets + //assert( bitStreamSucceeded ); +#endif + + if ( bitStreamSucceeded == false ) + { + internalPacketPool.Release( internalPacket ); + return 0; + } + } + + else + internalPacket->splitPacketIndex = internalPacket->splitPacketCount = 0; + + // Optimization - do byte alignment here + //unsigned char zero; + //bitStream->ReadBits(&zero, 8 - (bitStream->GetNumberOfBitsUsed() %8)); + //assert(zero==0); + + + unsigned short length; + + bitStreamSucceeded = bitStream->ReadCompressed( length ); + + // Read into an unsigned short. Otherwise the data would be offset too high by two bytes +#ifdef _DEBUG + // 10/08/05 - Disabled assert since this hits from offline packets + //assert( bitStreamSucceeded ); +#endif + + if ( bitStreamSucceeded == false ) + { + internalPacketPool.Release( internalPacket ); + return 0; + } + + internalPacket->dataBitLength = length; +#ifdef _DEBUG + // 10/08/05 - Disabled assert since this hits from offline packets arriving when the sender does not know we just connected, which is an unavoidable condition sometimes + // assert( internalPacket->dataBitLength > 0 && BITS_TO_BYTES( internalPacket->dataBitLength ) < MAXIMUM_MTU_SIZE ); +#endif + if ( ! ( internalPacket->dataBitLength > 0 && BITS_TO_BYTES( internalPacket->dataBitLength ) < MAXIMUM_MTU_SIZE ) ) + { + // 10/08/05 - internalPacket->data wasn't allocated yet + // delete [] internalPacket->data; + internalPacketPool.Release( internalPacket ); + return 0; + } + + // Allocate memory to hold our data + internalPacket->data = (unsigned char*) rakMalloc( (size_t) BITS_TO_BYTES( internalPacket->dataBitLength ) ); + //printf("Allocating %i\n", internalPacket->data); + + // Set the last byte to 0 so if ReadBits does not read a multiple of 8 the last bits are 0'ed out + internalPacket->data[ BITS_TO_BYTES( internalPacket->dataBitLength ) - 1 ] = 0; + + // Read the data the packet holds + bitStreamSucceeded = bitStream->ReadAlignedBytes( ( unsigned char* ) internalPacket->data, BITS_TO_BYTES( internalPacket->dataBitLength ) ); + + //bitStreamSucceeded = bitStream->ReadBits((unsigned char*)internalPacket->data, internalPacket->dataBitLength); +#ifdef _DEBUG + + // 10/08/05 - Disabled assert since this hits from offline packets + //assert( bitStreamSucceeded ); +#endif + + if ( bitStreamSucceeded == false ) + { + rakFree(internalPacket->data); + internalPacketPool.Release( internalPacket ); + return 0; + } + + + // PRINTING UNRELIABLE STRINGS + // if (internalPacket->data && internalPacket->dataBitLength>5*8) + // printf("Received %s\n",internalPacket->data); + + return internalPacket; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Get the SHA1 code +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ReliabilityLayer::GetSHA1( unsigned char * const buffer, unsigned int + nbytes, char code[ SHA1_LENGTH ] ) +{ + CSHA1 sha1; + + sha1.Reset(); + sha1.Update( ( unsigned char* ) buffer, nbytes ); + sha1.Final(); + memcpy( code, sha1.GetHash(), SHA1_LENGTH ); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Check the SHA1 code +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool ReliabilityLayer::CheckSHA1( char code[ SHA1_LENGTH ], unsigned char * + const buffer, unsigned int nbytes ) +{ + char code2[ SHA1_LENGTH ]; + GetSHA1( buffer, nbytes, code2 ); + + for ( int i = 0; i < SHA1_LENGTH; i++ ) + if ( code[ i ] != code2[ i ] ) + return false; + + return true; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Search the specified list for sequenced packets on the specified ordering +// stream, optionally skipping those with splitPacketId, and delete them +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ReliabilityLayer::DeleteSequencedPacketsInList( unsigned char orderingChannel, DataStructures::List&theList, int splitPacketId ) +{ + unsigned i = 0; + + while ( i < theList.Size() ) + { + if ( ( theList[ i ]->reliability == RELIABLE_SEQUENCED || theList[ i ]->reliability == UNRELIABLE_SEQUENCED ) && + theList[ i ]->orderingChannel == orderingChannel && ( splitPacketId == -1 || theList[ i ]->splitPacketId != (unsigned int) splitPacketId ) ) + { + InternalPacket * internalPacket = theList[ i ]; + theList.RemoveAtIndex( i ); + rakFree(internalPacket->data); + internalPacketPool.Release( internalPacket ); + } + + else + i++; + } +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Search the specified list for sequenced packets with a value less than orderingIndex and delete them +// Note - I added functionality so you can use the Queue as a list (in this case for searching) but it is less efficient to do so than a regular list +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ReliabilityLayer::DeleteSequencedPacketsInList( unsigned char orderingChannel, DataStructures::Queue&theList ) +{ + InternalPacket * internalPacket; + int listSize = theList.Size(); + int i = 0; + + while ( i < listSize ) + { + if ( ( theList[ i ]->reliability == RELIABLE_SEQUENCED || theList[ i ]->reliability == UNRELIABLE_SEQUENCED ) && theList[ i ]->orderingChannel == orderingChannel ) + { + internalPacket = theList[ i ]; + theList.RemoveAtIndex( i ); + rakFree(internalPacket->data); + internalPacketPool.Release( internalPacket ); + listSize--; + } + + else + i++; + } +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Returns true if newPacketOrderingIndex is older than the waitingForPacketOrderingIndex +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool ReliabilityLayer::IsOlderOrderedPacket( OrderingIndexType newPacketOrderingIndex, OrderingIndexType waitingForPacketOrderingIndex ) +{ + OrderingIndexType maxRange = (OrderingIndexType) -1; + + if ( waitingForPacketOrderingIndex > maxRange/2 ) + { + if ( newPacketOrderingIndex >= waitingForPacketOrderingIndex - maxRange/2+1 && newPacketOrderingIndex < waitingForPacketOrderingIndex ) + { + return true; + } + } + + else + if ( newPacketOrderingIndex >= ( OrderingIndexType ) ( waitingForPacketOrderingIndex - (( OrderingIndexType ) maxRange/2+1) ) || + newPacketOrderingIndex < waitingForPacketOrderingIndex ) + { + return true; + } + + // Old packet + return false; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Split the passed packet into chunks under MTU_SIZEbytes (including headers) and save those new chunks +// Optimized version +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ReliabilityLayer::SplitPacket( InternalPacket *internalPacket, int MTUSize ) +{ + // Doing all sizes in bytes in this function so I don't write partial bytes with split packets + internalPacket->splitPacketCount = 1; // This causes GetBitStreamHeaderLength to account for the split packet header + unsigned int headerLength = (unsigned int) BITS_TO_BYTES( GetBitStreamHeaderLength( internalPacket ) ); + unsigned int dataByteLength = (unsigned int) BITS_TO_BYTES( internalPacket->dataBitLength ); + int maxDataSize; + int maximumSendBlock, byteOffset, bytesToSend; + SplitPacketIndexType splitPacketIndex; + int i; + InternalPacket **internalPacketArray; + + maxDataSize = MTUSize - UDP_HEADER_SIZE; + + if ( encryptor.IsKeySet() ) + maxDataSize -= 16; // Extra data for the encryptor + +#ifdef _DEBUG + // Make sure we need to split the packet to begin with + assert( dataByteLength > maxDataSize - headerLength ); +#endif + + // How much to send in the largest block + maximumSendBlock = maxDataSize - headerLength; + + // Calculate how many packets we need to create + internalPacket->splitPacketCount = ( ( dataByteLength - 1 ) / ( maximumSendBlock ) + 1 ); + + statistics.totalSplits += internalPacket->splitPacketCount; + + // Optimization + // internalPacketArray = new InternalPacket*[internalPacket->splitPacketCount]; + bool usedAlloca=false; +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + if (sizeof( InternalPacket* ) * internalPacket->splitPacketCount < MAX_ALLOCA_STACK_ALLOCATION) + { + internalPacketArray = ( InternalPacket** ) alloca( sizeof( InternalPacket* ) * internalPacket->splitPacketCount ); + usedAlloca=true; + } + else +#endif + internalPacketArray = (InternalPacket**) rakMalloc( sizeof(InternalPacket*) * internalPacket->splitPacketCount ); + + for ( i = 0; i < ( int ) internalPacket->splitPacketCount; i++ ) + { + internalPacketArray[ i ] = internalPacketPool.Allocate(); + //internalPacketArray[ i ] = (InternalPacket*) alloca( sizeof( InternalPacket ) ); + // internalPacketArray[ i ] = sendPacketSet[internalPacket->priority].WriteLock(); + memcpy( internalPacketArray[ i ], internalPacket, sizeof( InternalPacket ) ); + } + + // This identifies which packet this is in the set + splitPacketIndex = 0; + + // Do a loop to send out all the packets + do + { + byteOffset = splitPacketIndex * maximumSendBlock; + bytesToSend = dataByteLength - byteOffset; + + if ( bytesToSend > maximumSendBlock ) + bytesToSend = maximumSendBlock; + + // Copy over our chunk of data + internalPacketArray[ splitPacketIndex ]->data = (unsigned char*) rakMalloc( bytesToSend ); + + memcpy( internalPacketArray[ splitPacketIndex ]->data, internalPacket->data + byteOffset, bytesToSend ); + + if ( bytesToSend != maximumSendBlock ) + internalPacketArray[ splitPacketIndex ]->dataBitLength = internalPacket->dataBitLength - splitPacketIndex * ( maximumSendBlock << 3 ); + else + internalPacketArray[ splitPacketIndex ]->dataBitLength = bytesToSend << 3; + + internalPacketArray[ splitPacketIndex ]->splitPacketIndex = splitPacketIndex; + internalPacketArray[ splitPacketIndex ]->splitPacketId = splitPacketId; + internalPacketArray[ splitPacketIndex ]->splitPacketCount = internalPacket->splitPacketCount; + + if ( splitPacketIndex > 0 ) // For the first split packet index we keep the messageNumber already assigned + { + // For every further packet we use a new messageNumber. + // Note that all split packets are reliable + // internalPacketArray[ splitPacketIndex ]->messageNumber = sendMessageNumberIndex; + internalPacketArray[ splitPacketIndex ]->messageNumber = (MessageNumberType) -1; + internalPacketArray[ splitPacketIndex ]->messageNumberAssigned=false; + + //if ( ++messageNumber == RECEIVED_PACKET_LOG_LENGTH ) + // messageNumber = 0; + // ++sendMessageNumberIndex; + + } + + // Add the new packet to send list at the correct priority + // sendQueue[internalPacket->priority].Insert(newInternalPacket); + // SHOW SPLIT PACKET GENERATION + // if (splitPacketIndex % 100 == 0) + // printf("splitPacketIndex=%i\n",splitPacketIndex); + //} while(++splitPacketIndex < internalPacket->splitPacketCount); + } + + while ( ++splitPacketIndex < internalPacket->splitPacketCount ); + + splitPacketId++; // It's ok if this wraps to 0 + + // InternalPacket *workingPacket; + + // Copy all the new packets into the split packet list + for ( i = 0; i < ( int ) internalPacket->splitPacketCount; i++ ) + { + sendPacketSet[ internalPacket->priority ].Push( internalPacketArray[ i ] ); + // workingPacket=sendPacketSet[internalPacket->priority].WriteLock(); + // memcpy(workingPacket, internalPacketArray[ i ], sizeof(InternalPacket)); + // sendPacketSet[internalPacket->priority].WriteUnlock(); + } + + // Delete the original + rakFree(internalPacket->data); + internalPacketPool.Release( internalPacket ); + + if (usedAlloca==false) + rakFree(internalPacketArray); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Insert a packet into the split packet list +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ReliabilityLayer::InsertIntoSplitPacketList( InternalPacket * internalPacket, RakNetTimeNS time ) +{ + bool objectExists; + unsigned index; + index=splitPacketChannelList.GetIndexFromKey(internalPacket->splitPacketId, &objectExists); + if (objectExists==false) + { + SplitPacketChannel *newChannel = new SplitPacketChannel; + index=splitPacketChannelList.Insert(internalPacket->splitPacketId, newChannel, true); + } + splitPacketChannelList[index]->splitPacketList.Insert(internalPacket->splitPacketIndex, internalPacket, true); + splitPacketChannelList[index]->lastUpdateTime=time; + + if (splitMessageProgressInterval && + splitPacketChannelList[index]->splitPacketList[0]->splitPacketIndex==0 && + splitPacketChannelList[index]->splitPacketList.Size()!=splitPacketChannelList[index]->splitPacketList[0]->splitPacketCount && + (splitPacketChannelList[index]->splitPacketList.Size()%splitMessageProgressInterval)==0) + { + // printf("msgID=%i Progress %i/%i Partsize=%i\n", + // splitPacketChannelList[index]->splitPacketList[0]->data[0], + // splitPacketChannelList[index]->splitPacketList.Size(), + // internalPacket->splitPacketCount, + // BITS_TO_BYTES(splitPacketChannelList[index]->splitPacketList[0]->dataBitLength)); + + // Return ID_DOWNLOAD_PROGRESS + // Write splitPacketIndex (SplitPacketIndexType) + // Write splitPacketCount (SplitPacketIndexType) + // Write byteLength (4) + // Write data, splitPacketChannelList[index]->splitPacketList[0]->data + InternalPacket *progressIndicator = internalPacketPool.Allocate(); + unsigned int length = sizeof(MessageID) + sizeof(unsigned int)*2 + sizeof(unsigned int) + (unsigned int) BITS_TO_BYTES(splitPacketChannelList[index]->splitPacketList[0]->dataBitLength); + progressIndicator->data = (unsigned char*) rakMalloc( length ); + progressIndicator->dataBitLength=BYTES_TO_BITS(length); + progressIndicator->data[0]=(MessageID)ID_DOWNLOAD_PROGRESS; + unsigned int temp; + temp=splitPacketChannelList[index]->splitPacketList.Size(); + memcpy(progressIndicator->data+sizeof(MessageID), &temp, sizeof(unsigned int)); + temp=(unsigned int)internalPacket->splitPacketCount; + memcpy(progressIndicator->data+sizeof(MessageID)+sizeof(unsigned int)*1, &temp, sizeof(unsigned int)); + temp=(unsigned int) BITS_TO_BYTES(splitPacketChannelList[index]->splitPacketList[0]->dataBitLength); + memcpy(progressIndicator->data+sizeof(MessageID)+sizeof(unsigned int)*2, &temp, sizeof(unsigned int)); + memcpy(progressIndicator->data+sizeof(MessageID)+sizeof(unsigned int)*3, splitPacketChannelList[index]->splitPacketList[0]->data, (size_t) BITS_TO_BYTES(splitPacketChannelList[index]->splitPacketList[0]->dataBitLength)); + outputQueue.Push(progressIndicator); + } +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Take all split chunks with the specified splitPacketId and try to +//reconstruct a packet. If we can, allocate and return it. Otherwise return 0 +// Optimized version +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +InternalPacket * ReliabilityLayer::BuildPacketFromSplitPacketList( SplitPacketIdType splitPacketId, RakNetTimeNS time ) +{ + unsigned i, j; + unsigned byteProgress; + InternalPacket * internalPacket; + bool objectExists; + + i=splitPacketChannelList.GetIndexFromKey(splitPacketId, &objectExists); +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(objectExists); +#endif + + if (splitPacketChannelList[i]->splitPacketList.Size()==splitPacketChannelList[i]->splitPacketList[0]->splitPacketCount) + { + // Reconstruct + internalPacket = CreateInternalPacketCopy( splitPacketChannelList[i]->splitPacketList[0], 0, 0, time ); + internalPacket->dataBitLength=0; + for (j=0; j < splitPacketChannelList[i]->splitPacketList.Size(); j++) + internalPacket->dataBitLength+=splitPacketChannelList[i]->splitPacketList[j]->dataBitLength; + + internalPacket->data = (unsigned char*) rakMalloc( (size_t) BITS_TO_BYTES( internalPacket->dataBitLength ) ); + + byteProgress=0; + for (j=0; j < splitPacketChannelList[i]->splitPacketList.Size(); j++) + { + memcpy(internalPacket->data+byteProgress, splitPacketChannelList[i]->splitPacketList[j]->data, (size_t) BITS_TO_BYTES(splitPacketChannelList[i]->splitPacketList[j]->dataBitLength)); + byteProgress+=(unsigned int) BITS_TO_BYTES(splitPacketChannelList[i]->splitPacketList[j]->dataBitLength); + } + + for (j=0; j < splitPacketChannelList[i]->splitPacketList.Size(); j++) + { + rakFree(splitPacketChannelList[i]->splitPacketList[j]->data); + internalPacketPool.Release(splitPacketChannelList[i]->splitPacketList[j]); + } + delete splitPacketChannelList[i]; + splitPacketChannelList.RemoveAtIndex(i); + + return internalPacket; + } + + return 0; +} + +// Delete any unreliable split packets that have long since expired +void ReliabilityLayer::DeleteOldUnreliableSplitPackets( RakNetTimeNS time ) +{ + unsigned i,j; + i=0; + while (i < splitPacketChannelList.Size()) + { + if (time > splitPacketChannelList[i]->lastUpdateTime + (RakNetTimeNS)timeoutTime*(RakNetTimeNS)1000 && + (splitPacketChannelList[i]->splitPacketList[0]->reliability==UNRELIABLE || splitPacketChannelList[i]->splitPacketList[0]->reliability==UNRELIABLE_SEQUENCED)) + { + for (j=0; j < splitPacketChannelList[i]->splitPacketList.Size(); j++) + { + delete [] splitPacketChannelList[i]->splitPacketList[j]->data; + internalPacketPool.Release(splitPacketChannelList[i]->splitPacketList[j]); + } + delete splitPacketChannelList[i]; + splitPacketChannelList.RemoveAtIndex(i); + +#if defined(DEBUG_SPLIT_PACKET_PROBLEMS) + printf("DeleteOldUnreliableSplitPackets called, split packet will never complete\n"); +#endif + } + else + i++; + } +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Creates a copy of the specified internal packet with data copied from the original starting at dataByteOffset for dataByteLength bytes. +// Does not copy any split data parameters as that information is always generated does not have any reason to be copied +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +InternalPacket * ReliabilityLayer::CreateInternalPacketCopy( InternalPacket *original, int dataByteOffset, int dataByteLength, RakNetTimeNS time ) +{ + InternalPacket * copy = internalPacketPool.Allocate(); +#ifdef _DEBUG + // Remove accessing undefined memory error + memset( copy, 255, sizeof( InternalPacket ) ); +#endif + // Copy over our chunk of data + + if ( dataByteLength > 0 ) + { + copy->data = (unsigned char*) rakMalloc( BITS_TO_BYTES(dataByteLength ) ); + memcpy( copy->data, original->data + dataByteOffset, dataByteLength ); + } + else + copy->data = 0; + + copy->dataBitLength = dataByteLength << 3; + copy->creationTime = time; + copy->nextActionTime = 0; + copy->orderingIndex = original->orderingIndex; + copy->orderingChannel = original->orderingChannel; + copy->messageNumber = original->messageNumber; + copy->priority = original->priority; + copy->reliability = original->reliability; + + // REMOVEME +// if (copy->messageNumber > 30000) +// { +// int a=5; +// } + + return copy; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Get the specified ordering list +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +DataStructures::LinkedList *ReliabilityLayer::GetOrderingListAtOrderingStream( unsigned char orderingChannel ) +{ + if ( orderingChannel >= orderingList.Size() ) + return 0; + + return orderingList[ orderingChannel ]; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Add the internal packet to the ordering list in order based on order index +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ReliabilityLayer::AddToOrderingList( InternalPacket * internalPacket ) +{ +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( internalPacket->orderingChannel < NUMBER_OF_ORDERED_STREAMS ); +#endif + + if ( internalPacket->orderingChannel >= NUMBER_OF_ORDERED_STREAMS ) + { + return; + } + + DataStructures::LinkedList *theList; + + if ( internalPacket->orderingChannel >= orderingList.Size() || orderingList[ internalPacket->orderingChannel ] == 0 ) + { + // Need a linked list in this index + orderingList.Replace( new DataStructures::LinkedList, 0, internalPacket->orderingChannel ); + theList=orderingList[ internalPacket->orderingChannel ]; + } + else + { + // Have a linked list in this index + if ( orderingList[ internalPacket->orderingChannel ]->Size() == 0 ) + { + theList=orderingList[ internalPacket->orderingChannel ]; + } + else + { + theList = GetOrderingListAtOrderingStream( internalPacket->orderingChannel ); + } + } + + theList->End(); + theList->Add(internalPacket); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Inserts a packet into the resend list in order +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ReliabilityLayer::InsertPacketIntoResendList( InternalPacket *internalPacket, RakNetTimeNS time, bool makeCopyOfInternalPacket, bool firstResend ) +{ + // lastAckTime is the time we last got an acknowledgment - however we also initialize the value if this is the first resend and + // either we never got an ack before or we are inserting into an empty resend queue + if ( firstResend && (lastAckTime == 0 || resendList.IsEmpty())) + { + lastAckTime = time; // Start the timer for the ack of this packet if we aren't already waiting for an ack + } + + if (makeCopyOfInternalPacket) + { + InternalPacket *pool=internalPacketPool.Allocate(); + //printf("Adding %i\n", internalPacket->data); + memcpy(pool, internalPacket, sizeof(InternalPacket)); + resendQueue.Push( pool ); + } + else + { + resendQueue.Push( internalPacket ); + } + + RakAssert(internalPacket->nextActionTime!=0); + +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// If Read returns -1 and this returns true then a modified packet was detected +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool ReliabilityLayer::IsCheater( void ) const +{ + return cheater; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Were you ever unable to deliver a packet despite retries? +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool ReliabilityLayer::IsDeadConnection( void ) const +{ + return deadConnection; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Causes IsDeadConnection to return true +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ReliabilityLayer::KillConnection( void ) +{ + deadConnection=true; +} + + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Statistics +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +RakNetStatistics * const ReliabilityLayer::GetStatistics( void ) +{ + unsigned i; + + for ( i = 0; i < NUMBER_OF_PRIORITIES; i++ ) + { + statistics.messageSendBuffer[i] = sendPacketSet[i].Size(); + } + + statistics.acknowlegementsPending = acknowlegements.Size(); + if (lastUpdateTime>histogramStart && histogramBitsSent >0) + statistics.bitsPerSecond=(double)((long double)histogramBitsSent / ((long double) (lastUpdateTime-histogramStart) / 1000000.0f)); + else + statistics.bitsPerSecond=0.0; + statistics.messagesWaitingForReassembly = 0; + for (i=0; i < splitPacketChannelList.Size(); i++) + statistics.messagesWaitingForReassembly+=splitPacketChannelList[i]->splitPacketList.Size(); + statistics.internalOutputQueueSize = outputQueue.Size(); + //statistics.lossySize = lossyWindowSize == MAXIMUM_WINDOW_SIZE + 1 ? 0 : lossyWindowSize; + // statistics.lossySize=0; + // The connection is full if we are continuously sending data and we had to throttle back recently. + statistics.bandwidthExceeded = continuousSend && (lastUpdateTime-lastTimeBetweenPacketsIncrease) > (RakNetTimeNS) 1000000; + statistics.messagesOnResendQueue = GetResendListDataSize(); + + return &statistics; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Returns the number of packets in the resend queue, not counting holes +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +unsigned int ReliabilityLayer::GetResendListDataSize(void) const +{ + /* + unsigned int i, count; + for (count=0, i=0; i < resendList.Size(); i++) + if (resendList[i]!=0) + count++; + return count; + */ + + // Not accurate but thread-safe. The commented version might crash if the queue is cleared while we loop through it + return resendList.Size(); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Process threaded commands +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ReliabilityLayer::UpdateThreadedMemory(void) +{ + if ( freeThreadedMemoryOnNextUpdate ) + { + freeThreadedMemoryOnNextUpdate = false; + FreeThreadedMemory(); + } +} +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool ReliabilityLayer::AckTimeout(RakNetTimeNS curTime) +{ + return curTime > lastAckTime && lastAckTime && curTime - lastAckTime > (RakNetTimeNS)timeoutTime*1000; +} +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +RakNetTimeNS ReliabilityLayer::GetNextSendTime(void) const +{ + return nextSendTime; +} +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +RakNetTimeNS ReliabilityLayer::GetTimeBetweenPackets(void) const +{ + return timeBetweenPackets; +} +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +RakNetTimeNS ReliabilityLayer::GetLastTimeBetweenPacketsDecrease(void) const +{ + return lastTimeBetweenPacketsDecrease; +} +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +RakNetTimeNS ReliabilityLayer::GetLastTimeBetweenPacketsIncrease(void) const +{ + return lastTimeBetweenPacketsIncrease; +} +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +RakNetTimeNS ReliabilityLayer::GetAckPing(void) const +{ + return ackPing; +} +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +/* +int InternalPacketCompByInternalOrderIndex( InternalPacket * const &key, InternalPacket * const &data ) +{ + int64_t holeCount = (key->messageInternalOrder-data->messageInternalOrder); + int64_t absHoleCount = holeCount>0 ? holeCount : -holeCount; + MessageNumberType typeRange = (MessageNumberType)-1; + if (absHoleCount > typeRange/2) + { + if (holeCount>0) + return -1; + else if (holeCount<0) + return 1; + } + else + { + if (holeCount>0) + return 1; + else if (holeCount<0) + return -1; + } + if (key->splitPacketIndex>data->splitPacketIndex) + return 1; + if (key->splitPacketIndexsplitPacketIndex) + return -1; + return 0; +} +void ReliabilityLayer::GetUndeliveredMessages(RakNet::BitStream *messages, int MTUSize) +{ + DataStructures::OrderedList undeliveredMessages; + unsigned int i,j,k; + for (i=0; i < resendQueue.Size(); i++) + { + if (resendQueue[i]->nextActionTime==0) + continue; + undeliveredMessages.Insert(resendQueue[i],resendQueue[i],true); + } + + for ( i = 0; i < NUMBER_OF_PRIORITIES; i++ ) + { + for (j=0; j < sendPacketSet[ i ].Size(); j++) + undeliveredMessages.Insert( sendPacketSet[ i ][ j ],sendPacketSet[ i ][ j ],true); + } + + unsigned char zeroBlock[MAXIMUM_MTU_SIZE]; + memset(zeroBlock,0,MAXIMUM_MTU_SIZE); + unsigned int messagesConcatenated=0; + uint64_t totalBitLength; + BitSize_t oldWriteOffset; + unsigned int lastSplitPacketIndex, lastSplitPacketId; + messages->Reset(); + messages->Write((unsigned int) undeliveredMessages.Size()); + i=0; + while (i < undeliveredMessages.Size()) + { + // Write message size + if (undeliveredMessages[i]->splitPacketCount>0) + { + lastSplitPacketId=undeliveredMessages[i]->splitPacketId; + lastSplitPacketIndex=0; + j=i; + totalBitLength=0; + unsigned int headerLength = (unsigned int) BITS_TO_BYTES( GetBitStreamHeaderLength( undeliveredMessages[i] ) ); + unsigned int maxDataSize = MTUSize - UDP_HEADER_SIZE; + // How much to send in the largest block + unsigned int maximumSendBlock = maxDataSize - headerLength; + // Calculate the total bit length of all the messages, using the split MTU if not known + while (j < undeliveredMessages.Size() && lastSplitPacketId==undeliveredMessages[j]->splitPacketId && undeliveredMessages[j]->splitPacketCount>0) + { + for (k=lastSplitPacketIndex; k < undeliveredMessages[j]->splitPacketIndex; k++) + totalBitLength+=BYTES_TO_BITS(maximumSendBlock); + totalBitLength+=undeliveredMessages[j]->dataBitLength; + lastSplitPacketIndex=undeliveredMessages[j]->splitPacketIndex+1; + j++; + } + messages->Write((unsigned int) BITS_TO_BYTES(totalBitLength)); + while (i < undeliveredMessages.Size() && lastSplitPacketId==undeliveredMessages[i]->splitPacketId && undeliveredMessages[i]->splitPacketCount>0) + { + // Write blocks of 0 for unknown data + for (j=lastSplitPacketIndex; j < undeliveredMessages[i]->splitPacketIndex; j++) + messages->WriteAlignedBytes(zeroBlock,BITS_TO_BYTES(undeliveredMessages[i]->dataBitLength)); + // Write the data + messages->WriteAlignedBytes(undeliveredMessages[i]->data, BITS_TO_BYTES(undeliveredMessages[i]->dataBitLength)); + lastSplitPacketIndex=undeliveredMessages[i]->splitPacketIndex+1; + messagesConcatenated++; + i++; + } + } + else + { + messages->Write((unsigned int) BITS_TO_BYTES(undeliveredMessages[i]->dataBitLength)); + // Write the data + messages->WriteAlignedBytes(undeliveredMessages[i]->data, BITS_TO_BYTES(undeliveredMessages[i]->dataBitLength)); + i++; + } + } + + + oldWriteOffset=messages->GetWriteOffset(); + messages->SetWriteOffset(0); + messages->Write((unsigned int) undeliveredMessages.Size()-messagesConcatenated); + messages->SetWriteOffset(oldWriteOffset); + +} +*/ + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +/* +void ReliabilityLayer::SetDoFastThroughputReactions(bool fast) +{ + if (fast) + timeBetweenPacketsIncreaseMultiplier=TIME_BETWEEN_PACKETS_INCREASE_MULTIPLIER_FAST; + else + timeBetweenPacketsIncreaseMultiplier=TIME_BETWEEN_PACKETS_INCREASE_MULTIPLIER_DEFAULT; + +} +*/ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ReliabilityLayer.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ReliabilityLayer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0949c0c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ReliabilityLayer.h @@ -0,0 +1,376 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Internal] Datagram reliable, ordered, unordered and sequenced sends. Flow control. Message splitting, reassembly, and coalescence. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __RELIABILITY_LAYER_H +#define __RELIABILITY_LAYER_H + +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "MTUSize.h" +#include "DS_LinkedList.h" +#include "DS_List.h" +#include "SocketLayer.h" +#include "PacketPriority.h" +#include "DS_Queue.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "InternalPacket.h" +#include "DataBlockEncryptor.h" +#include "RakNetStatistics.h" +#include "SHA1.h" +#include "DS_OrderedList.h" +#include "DS_RangeList.h" +#include "DS_BPlusTree.h" +#include "DS_MemoryPool.h" + +class PluginInterface; + +/// Sizeof an UDP header in byte +#define UDP_HEADER_SIZE 28 + +/// Number of ordered streams available. You can use up to 32 ordered streams +#define NUMBER_OF_ORDERED_STREAMS 32 // 2^5 + +#define RESEND_TREE_ORDER 32 + +#include "BitStream.h" + +int SplitPacketIndexComp( SplitPacketIndexType const &key, InternalPacket* const &data ); +struct SplitPacketChannel : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride// +{ + RakNetTimeNS lastUpdateTime; + DataStructures::OrderedList splitPacketList; +}; +int RAK_DLL_EXPORT SplitPacketChannelComp( SplitPacketIdType const &key, SplitPacketChannel* const &data ); + +/// Datagram reliable, ordered, unordered and sequenced sends. Flow control. Message splitting, reassembly, and coalescence. +class ReliabilityLayer : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride// +{ +public: + + /// Constructor + ReliabilityLayer(); + + /// Destructor + ~ReliabilityLayer(); + + /// Resets the layer for reuse + void Reset( bool resetVariables ); + + ///Sets the encryption key. Doing so will activate secure connections + /// \param[in] key Byte stream for the encryption key + void SetEncryptionKey( const unsigned char *key ); + + /// Set the time, in MS, to use before considering ourselves disconnected after not being able to deliver a reliable packet + /// Default time is 10,000 or 10 seconds in release and 30,000 or 30 seconds in debug. + /// \param[in] time Time, in MS + void SetTimeoutTime( RakNetTime time ); + + /// Returns the value passed to SetTimeoutTime. or the default if it was never called + /// \param[out] the value passed to SetTimeoutTime + RakNetTime GetTimeoutTime(void); + + /// Packets are read directly from the socket layer and skip the reliability layer because unconnected players do not use the reliability layer + /// This function takes packet data after a player has been confirmed as connected. + /// \param[in] buffer The socket data + /// \param[in] length The length of the socket data + /// \param[in] systemAddress The player that this data is from + /// \param[in] messageHandlerList A list of registered plugins + /// \param[in] MTUSize maximum datagram size + /// \retval true Success + /// \retval false Modified packet + bool HandleSocketReceiveFromConnectedPlayer( const char *buffer, unsigned int length, SystemAddress systemAddress, DataStructures::List &messageHandlerList, int MTUSize ); + + /// This allocates bytes and writes a user-level message to those bytes. + /// \param[out] data The message + /// \return Returns number of BITS put into the buffer + BitSize_t Receive( unsigned char**data ); + + /// Puts data on the send queue + /// \param[in] data The data to send + /// \param[in] numberOfBitsToSend The length of \a data in bits + /// \param[in] priority The priority level for the send + /// \param[in] reliability The reliability type for the send + /// \param[in] orderingChannel 0 to 31. Specifies what channel to use, for relational ordering and sequencing of packets. + /// \param[in] makeDataCopy If true \a data will be copied. Otherwise, only a pointer will be stored. + /// \param[in] MTUSize maximum datagram size + /// \param[in] currentTime Current time, as per RakNet::GetTime() + /// \return True or false for success or failure. + bool Send( char *data, BitSize_t numberOfBitsToSend, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, unsigned char orderingChannel, bool makeDataCopy, int MTUSize, RakNetTimeNS currentTime ); + + /// Call once per game cycle. Handles internal lists and actually does the send. + /// \param[in] s the communication end point + /// \param[in] systemAddress The Unique Player Identifier who shouldhave sent some packets + /// \param[in] MTUSize maximum datagram size + /// \param[in] time current system time + /// \param[in] maxBitsPerSecond if non-zero, enforces that outgoing bandwidth does not exceed this amount + /// \param[in] messageHandlerList A list of registered plugins + void Update( SOCKET s, SystemAddress systemAddress, int MTUSize, RakNetTimeNS time, unsigned maxBitsPerSecond, DataStructures::List &messageHandlerList ); + + /// If Read returns -1 and this returns true then a modified packetwas detected + /// \return true when a modified packet is detected + bool IsCheater( void ) const; + + /// Were you ever unable to deliver a packet despite retries? + /// \return true means the connection has been lost. Otherwise not. + bool IsDeadConnection( void ) const; + + /// Causes IsDeadConnection to return true + void KillConnection(void); + + /// Get Statistics + /// \return A pointer to a static struct, filled out with current statistical information. + RakNetStatistics * const GetStatistics( void ); + + ///Are we waiting for any data to be sent out or be processed by the player? + bool IsOutgoingDataWaiting(void); + bool IsReliableOutgoingDataWaiting(void); + bool AreAcksWaiting(void); + + // Set outgoing lag and packet loss properties + void ApplyNetworkSimulator( double _maxSendBPS, RakNetTime _minExtraPing, RakNetTime _extraPingVariance ); + + /// Returns if you previously called ApplyNetworkSimulator + /// \return If you previously called ApplyNetworkSimulator + bool IsNetworkSimulatorActive( void ); + + void SetSplitMessageProgressInterval(int interval); + void SetUnreliableTimeout(RakNetTime timeoutMS); + /// Has a lot of time passed since the last ack + bool AckTimeout(RakNetTimeNS curTime); + RakNetTimeNS GetNextSendTime(void) const; + RakNetTimeNS GetTimeBetweenPackets(void) const; + RakNetTimeNS GetLastTimeBetweenPacketsDecrease(void) const; + RakNetTimeNS GetLastTimeBetweenPacketsIncrease(void) const; + RakNetTimeNS GetAckPing(void) const; + + // If true, will update time between packets quickly based on ping calculations + //void SetDoFastThroughputReactions(bool fast); + + // Encoded as numMessages[unsigned int], message1BitLength[unsigned int], message1Data (aligned), ... + //void GetUndeliveredMessages(RakNet::BitStream *messages, int MTUSize); + +private: + + /// Generates a datagram (coalesced packets) + /// \param[out] output The resulting BitStream + /// \param[in] Current MTU size + /// \param[out] reliableDataSent Set to true or false as a return value as to if reliable data was sent. + /// \param[in] time Current time + /// \param[in] systemAddress Who we are sending to + /// \param[in] messageHandlerList A list of registered plugins + /// \return If any data was sent + bool GenerateDatagram( RakNet::BitStream *output, int MTUSize, bool *reliableDataSent, RakNetTimeNS time, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool *hitMTUCap, DataStructures::List &messageHandlerList ); + + /// Send the contents of a bitstream to the socket + /// \param[in] s The socket used for sending data + /// \param[in] systemAddress The address and port to send to + /// \param[in] bitStream The data to send. + void SendBitStream( SOCKET s, SystemAddress systemAddress, RakNet::BitStream *bitStream ); + + ///Parse an internalPacket and create a bitstream to represent this data + /// \return Returns number of bits used + BitSize_t WriteToBitStreamFromInternalPacket( RakNet::BitStream *bitStream, const InternalPacket *const internalPacket, RakNetTimeNS curTime ); + + /// Parse a bitstream and create an internal packet to represent this data + InternalPacket* CreateInternalPacketFromBitStream( RakNet::BitStream *bitStream, RakNetTimeNS time ); + + /// Does what the function name says + unsigned RemovePacketFromResendListAndDeleteOlderReliableSequenced( const MessageNumberType messageNumber, RakNetTimeNS time ); + + /// Acknowledge receipt of the packet with the specified messageNumber + void SendAcknowledgementPacket( const MessageNumberType messageNumber, RakNetTimeNS time ); + + /// This will return true if we should not send at this time + bool IsSendThrottled( int MTUSize ); + + /// We lost a packet + void UpdateWindowFromPacketloss( RakNetTimeNS time ); + + /// Increase the window size + void UpdateWindowFromAck( RakNetTimeNS time ); + + /// Parse an internalPacket and figure out how many header bits would be written. Returns that number + int GetBitStreamHeaderLength( const InternalPacket *const internalPacket ); + + /// Get the SHA1 code + void GetSHA1( unsigned char * const buffer, unsigned int nbytes, char code[ SHA1_LENGTH ] ); + + /// Check the SHA1 code + bool CheckSHA1( char code[ SHA1_LENGTH ], unsigned char * const buffer, unsigned int nbytes ); + + /// Search the specified list for sequenced packets on the specified ordering channel, optionally skipping those with splitPacketId, and delete them + void DeleteSequencedPacketsInList( unsigned char orderingChannel, DataStructures::List&theList, int splitPacketId = -1 ); + + /// Search the specified list for sequenced packets with a value less than orderingIndex and delete them + void DeleteSequencedPacketsInList( unsigned char orderingChannel, DataStructures::Queue&theList ); + + /// Returns true if newPacketOrderingIndex is older than the waitingForPacketOrderingIndex + bool IsOlderOrderedPacket( OrderingIndexType newPacketOrderingIndex, OrderingIndexType waitingForPacketOrderingIndex ); + + /// Split the passed packet into chunks under MTU_SIZE bytes (including headers) and save those new chunks + void SplitPacket( InternalPacket *internalPacket, int MTUSize ); + + /// Insert a packet into the split packet list + void InsertIntoSplitPacketList( InternalPacket * internalPacket, RakNetTimeNS time ); + + /// Take all split chunks with the specified splitPacketId and try to reconstruct a packet. If we can, allocate and return it. Otherwise return 0 + InternalPacket * BuildPacketFromSplitPacketList( SplitPacketIdType splitPacketId, RakNetTimeNS time ); + + /// Delete any unreliable split packets that have long since expired + void DeleteOldUnreliableSplitPackets( RakNetTimeNS time ); + + /// Creates a copy of the specified internal packet with data copied from the original starting at dataByteOffset for dataByteLength bytes. + /// Does not copy any split data parameters as that information is always generated does not have any reason to be copied + InternalPacket * CreateInternalPacketCopy( InternalPacket *original, int dataByteOffset, int dataByteLength, RakNetTimeNS time ); + + /// Get the specified ordering list + DataStructures::LinkedList *GetOrderingListAtOrderingStream( unsigned char orderingChannel ); + + /// Add the internal packet to the ordering list in order based on order index + void AddToOrderingList( InternalPacket * internalPacket ); + + /// Inserts a packet into the resend list in order + void InsertPacketIntoResendList( InternalPacket *internalPacket, RakNetTimeNS time, bool makeCopyOfInternalPacket, bool firstResend ); + + /// Memory handling + void FreeMemory( bool freeAllImmediately ); + + /// Memory handling + void FreeThreadedMemory( void ); + + /// Memory handling + void FreeThreadSafeMemory( void ); + + // Initialize the variables + void InitializeVariables( void ); + + /// Given the current time, is this time so old that we should consider it a timeout? + bool IsExpiredTime(unsigned int input, RakNetTimeNS currentTime) const; + + // Make it so we don't do resends within a minimum threshold of time + void UpdateNextActionTime(void); + + /// Does this packet number represent a packet that was skipped (out of order?) + //unsigned int IsReceivedPacketHole(unsigned int input, RakNetTime currentTime) const; + + /// Skip an element in the received packets list + //unsigned int MakeReceivedPacketHole(unsigned int input) const; + + /// How many elements are waiting to be resent? + unsigned int GetResendListDataSize(void) const; + + /// Update all memory which is not threadsafe + void UpdateThreadedMemory(void); + + void CalculateHistogramAckSize(void); + + // Used ONLY for RELIABLE_ORDERED + // RELIABLE_SEQUENCED just returns the newest one + DataStructures::List*> orderingList; + DataStructures::Queue outputQueue; + DataStructures::RangeList acknowlegements; + int splitMessageProgressInterval; + RakNetTimeNS unreliableTimeout; + + // Resend list is a tree of packets we need to resend + DataStructures::BPlusTree resendList; + // resend Queue holds the same pointers, but in order of when to send them. nextActionTime is set to 0 when the packet is no longer needed. + DataStructures::Queue resendQueue; + + DataStructures::Queue sendPacketSet[ NUMBER_OF_PRIORITIES ]; + DataStructures::OrderedList splitPacketChannelList; + MessageNumberType sendMessageNumberIndex, internalOrderIndex; + //unsigned int windowSize; + RakNetTimeNS lastAckTime; + RakNet::BitStream updateBitStream; + OrderingIndexType waitingForOrderedPacketWriteIndex[ NUMBER_OF_ORDERED_STREAMS ], waitingForSequencedPacketWriteIndex[ NUMBER_OF_ORDERED_STREAMS ]; + + // STUFF TO NOT MUTEX HERE (called from non-conflicting threads, or value is not important) + OrderingIndexType waitingForOrderedPacketReadIndex[ NUMBER_OF_ORDERED_STREAMS ], waitingForSequencedPacketReadIndex[ NUMBER_OF_ORDERED_STREAMS ]; + bool deadConnection, cheater; + // unsigned int lastPacketSendTime,retransmittedFrames, sentPackets, sentFrames, receivedPacketsCount, bytesSent, bytesReceived,lastPacketReceivedTime; + SplitPacketIdType splitPacketId; + RakNetTime timeoutTime; // How long to wait in MS before timing someone out + //int MAX_AVERAGE_PACKETS_PER_SECOND; // Name says it all +// int RECEIVED_PACKET_LOG_LENGTH, requestedReceivedPacketLogLength; // How big the receivedPackets array is +// unsigned int *receivedPackets; + unsigned int blockWindowIncreaseUntilTime; + RakNetStatistics statistics; + + RakNetTimeNS histogramStart; + unsigned histogramBitsSent; + + + /// Memory-efficient receivedPackets algorithm: + /// receivedPacketsBaseIndex is the packet number we are expecting + /// Everything under receivedPacketsBaseIndex is a packet we already got + /// Everything over receivedPacketsBaseIndex is stored in hasReceivedPacketQueue + /// It stores the time to stop waiting for a particular packet number, where the packet number is receivedPacketsBaseIndex + the index into the queue + /// If 0, we got got that packet. Otherwise, the time to give up waiting for that packet. + /// If we get a packet number where (receivedPacketsBaseIndex-packetNumber) is less than half the range of receivedPacketsBaseIndex then it is a duplicate + /// Otherwise, it is a duplicate packet (and ignore it). + DataStructures::Queue hasReceivedPacketQueue; + MessageNumberType receivedPacketsBaseIndex; + bool resetReceivedPackets; + + RakNetTimeNS lastUpdateTime; + RakNetTimeNS timeBetweenPackets, nextSendTime, ackPing; + RakNetTimeNS ackPingSamples[256]; // Must be range of unsigned char to wrap ackPingIndex properly + RakNetTimeNS ackPingSum; + unsigned char ackPingIndex; + //RakNetTimeNS nextLowestPingReset; + RemoteSystemTimeType remoteSystemTime; + bool continuousSend; + RakNetTimeNS lastTimeBetweenPacketsIncrease,lastTimeBetweenPacketsDecrease; + // Limit changes in throughput to once per ping - otherwise even if lag starts we don't know about it + // In the meantime the connection is flooded and overrun. + RakNetTimeNS nextAllowedThroughputSample; + + // If Update::maxBitsPerSecond > 0, then throughputCapCountdown is used as a timer to prevent sends for some amount of time after each send, depending on + // the amount of data sent + long long throughputCapCountdown; + + DataBlockEncryptor encryptor; + unsigned sendPacketCount, receivePacketCount; + + ///This variable is so that free memory can be called by only the update thread so we don't have to mutex things so much + bool freeThreadedMemoryOnNextUpdate; + + // If we backoff due to packetloss, don't remeasure until all waiting resends have gone out or else we overcount + bool packetlossThisSample, backoffThisSample; + unsigned packetlossThisSampleResendCount; + + //long double timeBetweenPacketsIncreaseMultiplier, timeBetweenPacketsDecreaseMultiplier; + +#ifndef _RELEASE + struct DataAndTime : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride// + { + char data[ MAXIMUM_MTU_SIZE ]; + unsigned int length; + RakNetTimeNS sendTime; + }; + DataStructures::List delayList; + + // Internet simulator + double maxSendBPS; + RakNetTime minExtraPing, extraPingVariance; +#endif + + // This has to be a member because it's not threadsafe when I removed the mutexes + DataStructures::MemoryPool internalPacketPool; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Replica.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Replica.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..98794016 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Replica.h @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief Contains interface Replica used by the ReplicaManager. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __REPLICA_H +#define __REPLICA_H + +#include "NetworkIDObject.h" +#include "PacketPriority.h" +#include "ReplicaEnums.h" + +/// This is an interface of a replicated object for use in the framework of ReplicaManager +/// You should derive from this class, implementing the functions to provide the behavior you want. +/// If your architecture doesn't allow you to derive from this class, you can store an instance of a derived instance of this class in your base game object. +/// In that case, use GetParent() and SetParent() and propagate the function calls up to your real classes. For an example where I do this, see Monster.h in the ReplicaManagerCS sample. +/// \note All send functions are called one for every target recipient, so you can customize the data sent per-user. +/// \brief The interface to derive your game's networked classes from +/// \ingroup REPLICA_MANAGER_GROUP +class Replica : public NetworkIDObject +{ +public: + /// This function is called in the first update tick after this object is first passed to ReplicaManager::Replicate for each player, and also when a new participant joins + /// The intent of this function is to tell another system to create an instance of this class. + /// You can do this however you want - I recommend having each class having a string identifier which is registered with StringTable, and then using EncodeString to write the name of the class. In the callback passed to SetReceiveConstructionCB create an instance of the object based on that string. + /// \note If you return true from IsNetworkIDAuthority, which you should do for a server or peer, I recommend encoding the value returned by GetNetworkID() into your bitstream and calling SetNetworkID with that value in your SetReceiveConstructionCB callback. + /// \note Dereplicate, SetScope, and SignalSerializeNeeded all rely on being able to call GET_OBJECT_FROM_ID which requires that SetNetworkID be called on that object. + /// \note SendConstruction is called once for every new player that connects and every existing player when an object is passed to Replicate. + /// \param[in] currentTime The current time that would be returned by RakNet::GetTime(). That's a slow call I do already, so you can use the parameter instead of having to call it yourself. + /// \param[in] systemAddress The participant to send to. + /// \param[in,out] flags Per-object per-system serialization flags modified by this function, ReplicaManager::SignalSerializationFlags, and ReplicaManager::AccessSerializationFlags. Useful for simple customization of what you serialize based on application events. This value is not automatically reset. + /// \param[out] outBitStream The data you want to write in the message. If you do not write to outBitStream and return true, then no send call will occur and the system will consider this object as not created on that remote system. + /// \param[out] includeTimestamp Set to true to include a timestamp with the message. This will be reflected in the timestamp parameter of the callback. Defaults to false. + /// \return See ReplicaReturnResult + virtual ReplicaReturnResult SendConstruction( RakNetTime currentTime, SystemAddress systemAddress, unsigned int &flags, RakNet::BitStream *outBitStream, bool *includeTimestamp )=0; + + /// The purpose of the function is to send a packet containing the data in \a outBitStream to \a systemAddress telling that system that Dereplicate was called. + /// In the code, this is called in the update cycle after you call ReplicaManager::Destruct(). Then, if you write to outBitStream, a message is sent to that participant. + /// This is the one send you cannot delay because objects may be deleted and we can't read into them past this. + /// \param[out] outBitStream The data to send. If you do not write to outBitStream, then no send call will occur + /// \param[in] systemAddress The participant to send to. + /// \param[out] includeTimestamp Set to true to include a timestamp with the message. This will be reflected in the timestamp parameter of the callback. Defaults to false. + /// \return See ReplicaReturnResult + virtual ReplicaReturnResult SendDestruction(RakNet::BitStream *outBitStream, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool *includeTimestamp )=0; + + /// This function is called when SendDestruction is sent from another system. Delete your object if you want. + /// \param[in] inBitStream What was sent in SendDestruction::outBitStream + /// \param[in] systemAddress The participant that sent this message to us. + /// \param[in] timestamp if Serialize::SendDestruction was set to true, the time the packet was sent. + /// \return See ReplicaReturnResult. Only REPLICA_PROCESSING_DONE is valid, and will send the destruction message. Anything else will not send any messages. + virtual ReplicaReturnResult ReceiveDestruction(RakNet::BitStream *inBitStream, SystemAddress systemAddress, RakNetTime timestamp)=0; + + /// Called when ReplicaManager::SetScope is called with a different value than what it currently has. + /// It is up to you to write \a inScope to \a outBitStream. Not doing so, and returning true, means you want to cancel the scope change call. + /// If \a inScope is true, you return true, and data is written to outBitStream, then Serialize will be called automatically + /// This is a convenience feature, since there's almost no case where an object would go in scope but not be serialized + /// \param[in] inScope The new scope that will be sent to ReceiveScopeChange that originally came from SetScope + /// \param[out] outBitStream The data to send. If you do not write to outBitStream and return true, then no send will occur and the object will keep its existing scope + /// \param[in] currentTime The current time that would be returned by RakNet::GetTime(). That's a slow call I do already, so you can use the parameter instead of having to call it yourself. + /// \param[in] systemAddress The participant to send to. + /// \param[out] includeTimestamp Set to true to include a timestamp with the message. This will be reflected in the timestamp parameter of the callback. Defaults to false. + /// \return See ReplicaReturnResult + virtual ReplicaReturnResult SendScopeChange(bool inScope, RakNet::BitStream *outBitStream, RakNetTime currentTime, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool *includeTimestamp )=0; + + /// Called when when we get the SendScopeChange message. The new scope should have been encoded (by you) into \a inBitStream + /// \param[in] inBitStream What was sent in SendScopeChange::outBitStream + /// \param[in] systemAddress The participant that sent this message to us. + /// \param[in] timestamp if Serialize::SendScopeChange was set to true, the time the packet was sent. + /// \return See ReplicaReturnResult + virtual ReplicaReturnResult ReceiveScopeChange(RakNet::BitStream *inBitStream,SystemAddress systemAddress, RakNetTime timestamp)=0; + + /// Called when ReplicaManager::SignalSerializeNeeded is called with this object as the parameter. + /// The system will ensure that Serialize only occurs for participants that have this object constructed and in scope + /// The intent of this function is to serialize all your class member variables for remote transmission. + /// \param[out] sendTimestamp Set to true to include a timestamp with the message. This will be reflected in the timestamp parameter Deserialize. Defaults to false. + /// \param[out] outBitStream The data you want to write in the message. If you do not write to outBitStream and return true, then no send will occur for this participant. + /// \param[in] lastSendTime The last time Serialize returned true and outBitStream was written to. 0 if this is the first time the function has ever been called for this \a systemAddress + /// \param[in] priority Passed to RakPeer::Send for the send call. + /// \param[in] reliability Passed to RakPeer::Send for the send call. + /// \param[in] currentTime The current time that would be returned by RakNet::GetTime(). That's a slow call I do already, so you can use the parameter instead of having to call it yourself. + /// \param[in] systemAddress The participant we are sending to. + /// \param[in,out] flags Per-object per-system serialization flags modified by this function, ReplicaManager::SignalSerializationFlags, and ReplicaManager::AccessSerializationFlags. Useful for simple customization of what you serialize based on application events. This value is not automatically reset. + /// \return See ReplicaReturnResult + virtual ReplicaReturnResult Serialize(bool *sendTimestamp, RakNet::BitStream *outBitStream, RakNetTime lastSendTime, PacketPriority *priority, PacketReliability *reliability, RakNetTime currentTime, SystemAddress systemAddress, unsigned int &flags)=0; + + /// Called when another participant called Serialize with our system as the target + /// \param[in] inBitStream What was written to Serialize::outBitStream + /// \param[in] timestamp if Serialize::SendTimestamp was set to true, the time the packet was sent. + /// \param[in] lastDeserializeTime Last time you returned true from this function for this object, or 0 if never, regardless of \a systemAddress. + /// \param[in] systemAddress The participant that sent this message to us. + virtual ReplicaReturnResult Deserialize(RakNet::BitStream *inBitStream, RakNetTime timestamp, RakNetTime lastDeserializeTime, SystemAddress systemAddress )=0; + + /// Used to sort the order that commands (construct, serialize) take place in. + /// Lower sort priority commands happen before higher sort priority commands. + /// Same sort priority commands take place in random order. + /// For example, if both players and player lists are replicas, you would want to create the players before the player lists if the player lists refer to the players. + /// So you could specify the players as priority 0, and the lists as priority 1, and the players would be created and serialized first + /// \return A higher value to process later, a lower value to process sooner, the same value to process in random order. + virtual int GetSortPriority(void) const=0; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ReplicaEnums.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ReplicaEnums.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f6ce7c36 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ReplicaEnums.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief Contains enumerations used by the ReplicaManager system. This file is a lightweight header, so you can include it without worrying about linking in lots of other crap +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __REPLICA_ENUMS_H +#define __REPLICA_ENUMS_H + +/// Replica interface flags, used to enable and disable function calls on the Replica object +/// Passed to ReplicaManager::EnableReplicaInterfaces and ReplicaManager::DisableReplicaInterfaces +enum +{ + REPLICA_RECEIVE_DESTRUCTION=1<<0, + REPLICA_RECEIVE_SERIALIZE=1<<1, + REPLICA_RECEIVE_SCOPE_CHANGE=1<<2, + REPLICA_SEND_CONSTRUCTION=1<<3, + REPLICA_SEND_DESTRUCTION=1<<4, + REPLICA_SEND_SCOPE_CHANGE=1<<5, + REPLICA_SEND_SERIALIZE=1<<6, + REPLICA_SET_ALL = 0xFF // Allow all of the above +}; + +enum ReplicaReturnResult +{ + /// This means call the function again later, with the same parameters + REPLICA_PROCESS_LATER, + /// This means we are done processing (the normal result to return) + REPLICA_PROCESSING_DONE, + /// This means cancel the processing - don't send any network messages and don't change the current state. + REPLICA_CANCEL_PROCESS, + /// Same as REPLICA_PROCESSING_DONE, where a message is sent, but does not clear the send bit. + /// Useful for multi-part sends with different reliability levels. + /// Only currently used by Replica::Serialize + REPLICA_PROCESS_AGAIN, + /// Only returned from the Replica::SendConstruction interface, means act as if the other system had this object but don't actually + /// Send a construction packet. This way you will still send scope and serialize packets to that system + REPLICA_PROCESS_IMPLICIT +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ReplicaManager.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ReplicaManager.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e4cf88de --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ReplicaManager.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1281 @@ +#include "ReplicaManager.h" +#include "RakPeerInterface.h" +#include "GetTime.h" +#include "MessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "Replica.h" +#include +#include +#include // For my debug printfs +#include "RakAssert.h" +#include "NetworkIDManager.h" + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +int ReplicaManager::CommandStructComp( Replica* const &key, const ReplicaManager::CommandStruct &data ) +{ + if (key->GetSortPriority() < data.replica->GetSortPriority()) + return -1; + else if (key->GetSortPriority() > data.replica->GetSortPriority()) + return 1; + if (key->GetAllocationNumber() < data.replica->GetAllocationNumber()) + return -1; + if (key->GetAllocationNumber()==data.replica->GetAllocationNumber()) + return 0; + return 1; +} + +int ReplicaManager::RegisteredReplicaComp( Replica* const &key, const ReplicaManager::RegisteredReplica &data ) +{ + if (key->GetAllocationNumber() < data.replica->GetAllocationNumber()) + return -1; + if (key->GetAllocationNumber()==data.replica->GetAllocationNumber()) + return 0; + return 1; +} + +int ReplicaManager::RegisteredReplicaRefOrderComp( const unsigned int &key, const ReplicaManager::RegisteredReplica &data ) +{ + if (key < data.referenceOrder) + return -1; + if (key==data.referenceOrder) + return 0; + return 1; +} + +int ReplicaManager::RemoteObjectComp( Replica* const &key, const ReplicaManager::RemoteObject &data ) +{ + if (key->GetAllocationNumber() < data.replica->GetAllocationNumber()) + return -1; + if (key->GetAllocationNumber()==data.replica->GetAllocationNumber()) + return 0; + return 1; +} + +int ReplicaManager::ParticipantStructComp( const SystemAddress &key, ReplicaManager::ParticipantStruct * const &data ) +{ + if (key < data->systemAddress) + return -1; + if (key==data->systemAddress) + return 0; + return 1; +} + +ReplicaManager::ReplicaManager() +{ + _constructionCB=0; + _sendDownloadCompleteCB=0; + _receiveDownloadCompleteCB=0; + rakPeer=0; + sendChannel=0; + autoParticipateNewConnections=false; + defaultScope=false; + autoConstructToNewParticipants=false; + autoSerializeInScope=false; + nextReferenceIndex=0; +#ifdef _DEBUG + inUpdate=false; +#endif +} +ReplicaManager::~ReplicaManager() +{ + Clear(); +} +void ReplicaManager::SetAutoParticipateNewConnections(bool autoAdd) +{ + autoParticipateNewConnections=autoAdd; +} +bool ReplicaManager::AddParticipant(SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + assert(systemAddress!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + // If this player is already in the list of participants, just return. + ParticipantStruct *participantStruct; + participantStruct=GetParticipantBySystemAddress(systemAddress); + if (participantStruct) + return false; + + // Create a new participant with this systemAddress + participantStruct = new ParticipantStruct; + participantStruct->systemAddress=systemAddress; + + // Signal that when done sending SendConstruction for each existing object, we call sendDownloadCompleteCB + participantStruct->callDownloadCompleteCB=true; + + // Add the new participant to the list of participants + participantList.Insert(systemAddress,participantStruct, true); + + /* + if (autoConstructToNewParticipants) + { + // Signal that we need to call SendConstruction for each existing object to this participant + unsigned i; + CommandStruct replicaAndCommand; + replicaAndCommand.command=REPLICA_EXPLICIT_CONSTRUCTION; + if (defaultScope==true) + replicaAndCommand.command |= REPLICA_SCOPE_TRUE; + replicaAndCommand.userFlags=0; + + // Auto replicate objects in the order they were originally referenced, rather than the random sorted order they are in now + // This way dependencies are created first. + DataStructures::OrderedList sortByRefList; + for (i=0; i < replicatedObjects.Size(); i++) + sortByRefList.Insert(replicatedObjects[i].referenceOrder, replicatedObjects[i]); + + for (i=0; i < sortByRefList.Size(); i++) + { + replicaAndCommand.replica=sortByRefList[i].replica; + participantStruct->commandList.Insert(replicaAndCommand.replica,replicaAndCommand); + } + } + */ + + + if (autoConstructToNewParticipants) + { + // Signal that we need to call SendConstruction for each existing object to this participant + unsigned i; + CommandStruct replicaAndCommand; + replicaAndCommand.command=REPLICA_EXPLICIT_CONSTRUCTION; + if (defaultScope==true) + replicaAndCommand.command |= REPLICA_SCOPE_TRUE; + replicaAndCommand.userFlags=0; + for (i=0; i < replicatedObjects.Size(); i++) + { + replicaAndCommand.replica=replicatedObjects[i].replica; + participantStruct->commandList.Insert(replicaAndCommand); + } + } + + return true; +} +bool ReplicaManager::RemoveParticipant(SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + assert(systemAddress!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS); + + // Find this participant by systemAddress + ParticipantStruct *participantStruct; + participantStruct=GetParticipantBySystemAddress(systemAddress); + + // If found, remove and free this participant structure + if (participantStruct) + { + participantList.Remove(systemAddress); + delete participantStruct; + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +void ReplicaManager::Construct(Replica *replica, bool isCopy, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast) +{ + assert(replica); + + unsigned i; + ParticipantStruct *participantStruct; + CommandStruct replicaAndCommand; + unsigned index; + bool objectExists; + replicaAndCommand.replica=replica; + replicaAndCommand.userFlags=0; + + ReferencePointer(replica); + + for (i=0; i < participantList.Size(); i++) + { + participantStruct=participantList[i]; + if ((broadcast==true && systemAddress!=participantStruct->systemAddress) || + (broadcast==false && systemAddress==participantStruct->systemAddress)) + { + if (participantStruct->remoteObjectList.HasData(replica)==false) + { + index = GetCommandListReplicaIndex(participantStruct->commandList, replica, &objectExists); + // index = participantStruct->commandList.GetIndexFromKey(replica, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + // Implicit is only used for objects that were not already registered. + assert(isCopy==false); +#endif + participantStruct->commandList[index].command|=REPLICA_EXPLICIT_CONSTRUCTION; // Set this bit + participantStruct->commandList[index].command&=0xFF ^ REPLICA_IMPLICIT_CONSTRUCTION; // Unset this bit + + if (defaultScope==true && (participantStruct->commandList[index].command & REPLICA_SCOPE_FALSE) == 0) + participantStruct->commandList[index].command |= REPLICA_SCOPE_TRUE; + } + else + { + if (isCopy) + replicaAndCommand.command=REPLICA_IMPLICIT_CONSTRUCTION; // Set this bit + else + replicaAndCommand.command=REPLICA_EXPLICIT_CONSTRUCTION; // Set this bit + + if (defaultScope==true) + replicaAndCommand.command |= REPLICA_SCOPE_TRUE; + + participantStruct->commandList.Insert(replicaAndCommand); + } + } + } + } + + // Update immediately, otherwise if we take action on this object the first frame, the action packets will arrive before the object is created + Update(rakPeer); +} +void ReplicaManager::Destruct(Replica *replica, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast) +{ + assert(replica); + + bool sendTimestamp; + bool objectExists; + unsigned replicatedObjectsIndex; + replicatedObjectsIndex = replicatedObjects.GetIndexFromKey(replica, &objectExists); + if (objectExists==false) + return; + + // For each existing participant, send a packet telling them of this object destruction + RakNet::BitStream outBitstream, userDataBitStream; + unsigned i,tempIndex; + bool replicaReferenced; + ParticipantStruct *participantStruct; + replicaReferenced=false; + for (i=0; i < participantList.Size(); i++) + { + participantStruct=participantList[i]; + + if ((broadcast==true && systemAddress!=participantStruct->systemAddress) || + (broadcast==false && systemAddress==participantStruct->systemAddress)) + { + // Remove any remote object state tracking for this object, for this player + tempIndex = participantStruct->remoteObjectList.GetIndexFromKey(replica, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + { + // Send the destruction packet immediately + if (replica->GetNetworkID()!=UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID && + (replicatedObjects[replicatedObjectsIndex].allowedInterfaces & REPLICA_SEND_DESTRUCTION)) + { + userDataBitStream.Reset(); + userDataBitStream.Write((MessageID)ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_DESTRUCTION); + userDataBitStream.Write(replica->GetNetworkID()); + sendTimestamp=false; + ReplicaReturnResult res = replica->SendDestruction(&userDataBitStream, participantStruct->systemAddress, &sendTimestamp); + if (res==REPLICA_PROCESSING_DONE) + { + outBitstream.Reset(); + if (sendTimestamp) + { + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_TIMESTAMP); + outBitstream.Write(RakNet::GetTime()); + outBitstream.Write(&userDataBitStream); + rakPeer->Send(&outBitstream, HIGH_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED, sendChannel, participantStruct->systemAddress, false); + } + else + rakPeer->Send(&userDataBitStream, HIGH_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED, sendChannel, participantStruct->systemAddress, false); + } + } + + participantStruct->remoteObjectList.RemoveAtIndex(tempIndex); + } + + // Remove any pending commands that reference this object, for this player + tempIndex = GetCommandListReplicaIndex(participantStruct->commandList, replica, &objectExists); + // tempIndex = participantStruct->commandList.GetIndexFromKey(replica, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + participantStruct->commandList.RemoveAtIndex(tempIndex); + } + else if (replicaReferenced==false) + { + bool objectExists; + GetCommandListReplicaIndex(participantStruct->commandList, replica, &objectExists); + // See if any commands or objects reference replica + //if (participantStruct->commandList.HasData(replica)) + if (objectExists) + replicaReferenced=true; + else if (participantStruct->remoteObjectList.HasData(replica)) + replicaReferenced=true; + } + } + + // Remove replica from the list if no commands and no remote objects reference it + if (replicaReferenced==false) + replicatedObjects.RemoveAtIndex(replicatedObjectsIndex); +} +void ReplicaManager::ReferencePointer(Replica *replica) +{ + // Start tracking this object, if we are not already + if (replicatedObjects.HasData(replica)==false) + { + RegisteredReplica replicaAndTime; + replicaAndTime.replica=replica; + replicaAndTime.lastDeserializeTrue=0; + replicaAndTime.allowedInterfaces=REPLICA_SET_ALL; + replicaAndTime.referenceOrder=nextReferenceIndex++; + replicatedObjects.Insert(replica,replicaAndTime, true); + /// Try setting the network ID manager if the user forgot + if (replica->GetNetworkIDManager()==0) + replica->SetNetworkIDManager(rakPeer->GetNetworkIDManager()); + } +} +void ReplicaManager::DereferencePointer(Replica *replica) +{ + bool objectExists; + unsigned replicatedObjectsIndex; + unsigned tempIndex; + replicatedObjectsIndex = replicatedObjects.GetIndexFromKey(replica, &objectExists); + if (objectExists==false) + return; + replicatedObjects.RemoveAtIndex(replicatedObjectsIndex); + + ParticipantStruct *participantStruct; + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < participantList.Size(); i++) + { + participantStruct=participantList[i]; + + // Remove any pending commands that reference this object for any player + tempIndex = GetCommandListReplicaIndex(participantStruct->commandList, replica, &objectExists); + // tempIndex = participantStruct->commandList.GetIndexFromKey(replica, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + participantStruct->commandList.RemoveAtIndex(tempIndex); + + // Remove any remote object state tracking for this object for any player + tempIndex = participantStruct->remoteObjectList.GetIndexFromKey(replica, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + participantStruct->remoteObjectList.RemoveAtIndex(tempIndex); + } +} +void ReplicaManager::SetScope(Replica *replica, bool inScope, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast) +{ + assert(replica); + + // Autoreference the pointer if necessary. This way the user can call functions on an object without having to worry + // About the order of operations. + ReferencePointer(replica); + + // For each player that we want, flag to call SendScopeChange if inScope is different from what they already have + unsigned i; + ParticipantStruct *participantStruct; + bool objectExists; + unsigned index; + CommandStruct replicaAndCommand; + if (inScope) + replicaAndCommand.command=REPLICA_SCOPE_TRUE; + else + replicaAndCommand.command=REPLICA_SCOPE_FALSE; + replicaAndCommand.replica=replica; + replicaAndCommand.userFlags=0; + for (i=0; i < participantList.Size(); i++) + { + participantStruct=participantList[i]; + + if ((broadcast==true && systemAddress!=participantStruct->systemAddress) || + (broadcast==false && systemAddress==participantStruct->systemAddress)) + { + // If there is already a pending command for this object, add to it. Otherwise, add a new pending command + index = GetCommandListReplicaIndex(participantStruct->commandList, replica, &objectExists); +// index = participantStruct->commandList.GetIndexFromKey(replica, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + { + // Update a pending command + if (inScope) + { + participantStruct->commandList[index].command&=0xFF ^ REPLICA_SCOPE_FALSE; // Unset this bit + participantStruct->commandList[index].command|=REPLICA_SCOPE_TRUE; // Set this bit + } + else + { + participantStruct->commandList[index].command&=0xFF ^ REPLICA_SCOPE_TRUE; // Unset this bit + participantStruct->commandList[index].command|=REPLICA_SCOPE_FALSE; // Set this bit + } + } + else + { + // Add a new command, since there are no pending commands for this object + participantStruct->commandList.Insert(replicaAndCommand); + } + } + } +} +void ReplicaManager::SignalSerializeNeeded(Replica *replica, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast) +{ + assert(replica); + + // Autoreference the pointer if necessary. This way the user can call functions on an object without having to worry + // About the order of operations. + if (replicatedObjects.HasData(replica)==false) + ReferencePointer(replica); + + // For each player that we want, if this object exists on that system, flag to call Serialize + // (this may not necessarily happen - it depends on if the object is inScope when Update actually processes it.) + unsigned i; + ParticipantStruct *participantStruct; + bool objectExists; + unsigned index; + CommandStruct replicaAndCommand; + replicaAndCommand.command=REPLICA_SERIALIZE; + replicaAndCommand.replica=replica; + replicaAndCommand.userFlags=0; + for (i=0; i < participantList.Size(); i++) + { + participantStruct=participantList[i]; + + if ((broadcast==true && systemAddress!=participantStruct->systemAddress) || + (broadcast==false && systemAddress==participantStruct->systemAddress)) + { + // If there is already a pending command for this object, add to it. Otherwise, add a new pending command + // index = participantStruct->commandList.GetIndexFromKey(replica, &objectExists); + index = GetCommandListReplicaIndex(participantStruct->commandList, replica, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + { + participantStruct->commandList[index].command|=REPLICA_SERIALIZE; // Set this bit + } + else + { + // Add a new command, since there are no pending commands for this object + participantStruct->commandList.Insert(replicaAndCommand); + } + } + } +} +void ReplicaManager::SetReceiveConstructionCB(ReceiveConstructionInterface *ReceiveConstructionInterface) +{ + // Just overwrite the construction callback pointer + _constructionCB=ReceiveConstructionInterface; +} +void ReplicaManager::SetDownloadCompleteCB(SendDownloadCompleteInterface *sendDownloadComplete, ReceiveDownloadCompleteInterface *receiveDownloadComplete) +{ + // Just overwrite the send and receive download complete pointers. + _sendDownloadCompleteCB=sendDownloadComplete; + _receiveDownloadCompleteCB=receiveDownloadComplete; +} +void ReplicaManager::SetSendChannel(unsigned char channel) +{ + // Change the send channel from the default of 0 + sendChannel=channel; +} +void ReplicaManager::SetAutoConstructToNewParticipants(bool autoConstruct) +{ + autoConstructToNewParticipants=autoConstruct; +} +void ReplicaManager::SetDefaultScope(bool scope) +{ + defaultScope=scope; +} +void ReplicaManager::SetAutoSerializeInScope(bool autoSerialize) +{ + autoSerializeInScope=autoSerialize; +} +void ReplicaManager::EnableReplicaInterfaces(Replica *replica, unsigned char interfaceFlags) +{ + bool objectExists; + unsigned replicatedObjectsIndex; + replicatedObjectsIndex = replicatedObjects.GetIndexFromKey(replica, &objectExists); + if (objectExists==false) + { + // Autoreference the pointer if necessary. This way the user can call functions on an object without having to worry + // About the order of operations. + ReferencePointer(replica); + replicatedObjectsIndex = replicatedObjects.GetIndexFromKey(replica, &objectExists); + } + replicatedObjects[replicatedObjectsIndex].allowedInterfaces|=interfaceFlags; +} +void ReplicaManager::DisableReplicaInterfaces(Replica *replica, unsigned char interfaceFlags) +{ + bool objectExists; + unsigned replicatedObjectsIndex; + replicatedObjectsIndex = replicatedObjects.GetIndexFromKey(replica, &objectExists); + if (objectExists==false) + { + // Autoreference the pointer if necessary. This way the user can call functions on an object without having to worry + // About the order of operations. + ReferencePointer(replica); + replicatedObjectsIndex = replicatedObjects.GetIndexFromKey(replica, &objectExists); + } + replicatedObjects[replicatedObjectsIndex].allowedInterfaces&= 0xFF ^ interfaceFlags; +} +bool ReplicaManager::IsConstructed(Replica *replica, SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + ParticipantStruct *participantStruct = GetParticipantBySystemAddress(systemAddress); + if (participantStruct) + { + bool objectExists; + participantStruct->remoteObjectList.GetIndexFromKey(replica, &objectExists); + return objectExists; + } + return false; +} +bool ReplicaManager::IsInScope(Replica *replica, SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + ParticipantStruct *participantStruct = GetParticipantBySystemAddress(systemAddress); + if (participantStruct) + { + bool objectExists; + unsigned remoteObjectListIndex = participantStruct->remoteObjectList.GetIndexFromKey(replica, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + return participantStruct->remoteObjectList[remoteObjectListIndex].inScope; + } + return false; +} +unsigned ReplicaManager::GetReplicaCount(void) const +{ + return replicatedObjects.Size(); +} +Replica *ReplicaManager::GetReplicaAtIndex(unsigned index) +{ + return replicatedObjects[index].replica; +} +unsigned ReplicaManager::GetParticipantCount(void) const +{ + return participantList.Size(); +} +SystemAddress ReplicaManager::GetParticipantAtIndex(unsigned index) +{ + return participantList[index]->systemAddress; +} +bool ReplicaManager::HasParticipant(SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + return participantList.HasData(systemAddress); +} +void ReplicaManager::SignalSerializationFlags(Replica *replica, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast, bool set, unsigned int flags) +{ + assert(replica); + + // Autoreference the pointer if necessary. This way the user can call functions on an object without having to worry + // About the order of operations. + ReferencePointer(replica); + + CommandStruct replicaAndCommand; + replicaAndCommand.replica=replica; + replicaAndCommand.userFlags=flags; + replicaAndCommand.command=0; + + bool objectExists; + unsigned i, index; + ParticipantStruct *participantStruct; + for (i=0; i < participantList.Size(); i++) + { + participantStruct=participantList[i]; + + if ((broadcast==true && systemAddress!=participantStruct->systemAddress) || + (broadcast==false && systemAddress==participantStruct->systemAddress)) + { + // Set the flags in the object if the object exists + index = participantStruct->remoteObjectList.GetIndexFromKey(replica, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + { + if (set) + participantStruct->remoteObjectList[index].userFlags|=flags; // Set these user flags + else + participantStruct->remoteObjectList[index].userFlags&=~flags; // Unset these user flags + } + else + { + // The object is not yet created. Add to the pending command, or create a new command. + // index = participantStruct->commandList.GetIndexFromKey(replica, &objectExists); + index = GetCommandListReplicaIndex(participantStruct->commandList, replica, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + { + if (set) + participantStruct->commandList[index].userFlags|=flags; // Set these user flags + else + participantStruct->commandList[index].userFlags&=~flags; // Unset these user flags + } + else if (set) + { + // Add a new command, since there are no pending commands for this object + participantStruct->commandList.Insert(replicaAndCommand); + } + } + } + } +} +unsigned int* ReplicaManager::AccessSerializationFlags(Replica *replica, SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + assert(replica); + + // Autoreference the pointer if necessary. This way the user can call functions on an object without having to worry + // About the order of operations. + ReferencePointer(replica); + + unsigned index; + bool objectExists; + ParticipantStruct *participantStruct; + CommandStruct replicaAndCommand; + replicaAndCommand.replica=replica; + replicaAndCommand.userFlags=0; + replicaAndCommand.command=0; + + participantStruct=GetParticipantBySystemAddress(systemAddress); + if (participantStruct) + { + // Set the flags in the object if the object exists + index = participantStruct->remoteObjectList.GetIndexFromKey(replica, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + { + return &(participantStruct->remoteObjectList[index].userFlags); + } + else + { +// index = participantStruct->commandList.GetIndexFromKey(replica, &objectExists); + index = GetCommandListReplicaIndex(participantStruct->commandList, replica, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + { + return &(participantStruct->commandList[index].userFlags); + } + else + { + // Add a new command, since there are no pending commands for this object + //index = + participantStruct->commandList.Insert(replicaAndCommand); + // return &(participantStruct->commandList[index].userFlags); + return & (participantStruct->commandList[participantStruct->commandList.Size()-1].userFlags); + } + } + } + + // No such participant + return 0; +} + +void ReplicaManager::Clear(void) +{ + // Free all memory + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < participantList.Size(); i++) + delete participantList[i]; + participantList.Clear(); + replicatedObjects.Clear(); + nextReferenceIndex=0; +} +void ReplicaManager::AssertReplicatedObjectsClear(void) +{ + RakAssert(replicatedObjects.Size()==0); +} +void ReplicaManager::AssertParticipantsClear(void) +{ + RakAssert(participantList.Size()==0); +} +void ReplicaManager::OnAttach(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + rakPeer=peer; +} +void ReplicaManager::Update(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + if (participantList.Size()==0) + return; + + // Check for recursive calls, which is not supported and should not happen +#ifdef _DEBUG + RakAssert(inUpdate==false); + inUpdate=true; +#endif + + unsigned participantIndex, remoteObjectListIndex, replicatedObjectsIndex; + ReplicaReturnResult res; + bool sendTimestamp; + ParticipantStruct *participantStruct; + unsigned commandListIndex; + RakNet::BitStream outBitstream, userDataBitstream; + RakNetTime currentTime; + bool objectExists; + PacketPriority priority; + PacketReliability reliability; + ReceivedCommand *receivedCommand; + Replica *replica; +// unsigned int userFlags; + unsigned char command; + currentTime=0; + + // For each participant + for (participantIndex=0; participantIndex < participantList.Size(); participantIndex++) + { + participantStruct = participantList[participantIndex]; + + // Sends the download complete packet + // If callDownloadCompleteCB is true then check all the remaining objects starting at commandListIndex + // I scan every frame in case the callback returns false to delay, and after that time a new object is Replicated + if (participantStruct->callDownloadCompleteCB) + { + bool anyHasConstruction; + unsigned j; + anyHasConstruction=false; + for (j=0; j < participantStruct->commandList.Size(); j++) + { + if (participantStruct->commandList[j].command & REPLICA_EXPLICIT_CONSTRUCTION) + { + anyHasConstruction=true; + break; + } + } + // If none have REPLICA_EXPLICIT_CONSTRUCTION, send ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_DOWNLOAD_COMPLETE and set callDownloadCompleteCB false + if (anyHasConstruction==false) + { + ReplicaReturnResult sendDLComplete; + userDataBitstream.Reset(); + if (_sendDownloadCompleteCB) + sendDLComplete=_sendDownloadCompleteCB->SendDownloadComplete(&userDataBitstream, currentTime, participantStruct->systemAddress, this); // If you return false, this will be called again next update + else + sendDLComplete=REPLICA_CANCEL_PROCESS; + if (sendDLComplete==REPLICA_PROCESSING_DONE) + { + outBitstream.Reset(); + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_DOWNLOAD_COMPLETE); + outBitstream.Write(&userDataBitstream, userDataBitstream.GetNumberOfBitsUsed()); + peer->Send(&outBitstream, HIGH_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED, sendChannel, participantStruct->systemAddress, false); + participantStruct->callDownloadCompleteCB=false; + } + else if (sendDLComplete==REPLICA_CANCEL_PROCESS) + { + participantStruct->callDownloadCompleteCB=false; + } + else + { + assert(sendDLComplete==REPLICA_PROCESS_LATER); + // else REPLICA_PROCESS_LATER + } + } + } + + // For each CommandStruct to send + for (commandListIndex=0; commandListIndex < participantStruct->commandList.Size(); commandListIndex++) + { + // Only call RakNet::GetTime() once because it's slow + if (currentTime==0) + currentTime=RakNet::GetTime(); + + replica=participantStruct->commandList[commandListIndex].replica; + command=participantStruct->commandList[commandListIndex].command; + // userFlags=participantStruct->commandList[commandListIndex].userFlags; + replicatedObjectsIndex=replicatedObjects.GetIndexFromKey(replica, &objectExists); +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(objectExists); +#endif + if (objectExists==false) + continue; + + // If construction is set, call SendConstruction. The only precondition is that the object was not already created, + // which was checked in ReplicaManager::Replicate + if (command & REPLICA_EXPLICIT_CONSTRUCTION) + { + if (replicatedObjects[replicatedObjectsIndex].allowedInterfaces & REPLICA_SEND_CONSTRUCTION) + { + userDataBitstream.Reset(); + sendTimestamp=false; + res=replica->SendConstruction(currentTime, participantStruct->systemAddress, + participantStruct->commandList[commandListIndex].userFlags, &userDataBitstream, &sendTimestamp); + + if (res==REPLICA_PROCESSING_DONE) + { + outBitstream.Reset(); + // If SendConstruction returns true and writes to outBitStream, do this send. Clear the construction command. Then process the next command for this CommandStruct, if any. + if (sendTimestamp) + { + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_TIMESTAMP); + outBitstream.Write(currentTime); + } + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_CONSTRUCTION); + // It's required to send an NetworkID if available. + // Problem: + // A->B->C + // | | + // D->E + // + // A creates. + // B->C->E->D->B will cycle forever. + // Fix is to always include an networkID. Objects are not created if that object id already is present. + if (replica->GetNetworkID()!=UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID) + { + outBitstream.Write(true); + outBitstream.Write(replica->GetNetworkID()); + } + else + outBitstream.Write(false); + + outBitstream.Write(&userDataBitstream, userDataBitstream.GetNumberOfBitsUsed()); + + peer->Send(&outBitstream, HIGH_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED, sendChannel, participantStruct->systemAddress, false); + + // Turn off this bit + participantStruct->commandList[commandListIndex].command &= 0xFF ^ REPLICA_EXPLICIT_CONSTRUCTION; + + // Add the object to the participant's object list, indicating this object has been remotely created + RemoteObject remoteObject; + remoteObject.replica=replica; + //remoteObject.inScope=defaultScope; + remoteObject.inScope=false; + remoteObject.lastSendTime=0; + remoteObject.userFlags=participantStruct->commandList[commandListIndex].userFlags; + // Create an entry for this object. We do this now, even if the user might refuse the SendConstruction override, + // because that call may be delayed and other commands sent while that is pending. We always do the REPLICA_EXPLICIT_CONSTRUCTION call first. + participantStruct->remoteObjectList.Insert(remoteObject.replica,remoteObject, true); + } + else if (res==REPLICA_PROCESS_IMPLICIT) + { + // Turn off this bit + participantStruct->commandList[commandListIndex].command &= 0xFF ^ REPLICA_EXPLICIT_CONSTRUCTION; + + // Add the object to the participant's object list, indicating this object has been remotely created + RemoteObject remoteObject; + remoteObject.replica=replica; + //remoteObject.inScope=defaultScope; + remoteObject.inScope=false; + remoteObject.lastSendTime=0; + remoteObject.userFlags=participantStruct->commandList[commandListIndex].userFlags; + // Create an entry for this object. We do this now, even if the user might refuse the SendConstruction override, + // because that call may be delayed and other commands sent while that is pending. We always do the REPLICA_EXPLICIT_CONSTRUCTION call first. + participantStruct->remoteObjectList.Insert(remoteObject.replica,remoteObject, true); + } + else if (res==REPLICA_PROCESS_LATER) + { + continue; + } + else // REPLICA_CANCEL_PROCESS + { + assert(res==REPLICA_CANCEL_PROCESS); + participantStruct->commandList[commandListIndex].command=0; + } + } + else + { + // Don't allow construction, or anything else for this object, as the construction send call is disallowed + participantStruct->commandList[commandListIndex].command=0; + } + } + else if (command & REPLICA_IMPLICIT_CONSTRUCTION) + { + // Turn off this bit + participantStruct->commandList[commandListIndex].command &= 0xFF ^ REPLICA_IMPLICIT_CONSTRUCTION; + + // Add the object to the participant's object list, indicating this object is assumed to be remotely created + RemoteObject remoteObject; + remoteObject.replica=replica; + //remoteObject.inScope=defaultScope; + remoteObject.inScope=false; + remoteObject.lastSendTime=0; + remoteObject.userFlags=participantStruct->commandList[commandListIndex].userFlags; + // Create an entry for this object. We do this now, even if the user might refuse the SendConstruction override, + // because that call may be delayed and other commands sent while that is pending. We always do the REPLICA_EXPLICIT_CONSTRUCTION call first. + participantStruct->remoteObjectList.Insert(remoteObject.replica,remoteObject, true); + } + + // The remaining commands, SendScopeChange and Serialize, require the object the command references exists on the remote system, so check that + remoteObjectListIndex = participantStruct->remoteObjectList.GetIndexFromKey(replica, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + { + command = participantStruct->commandList[commandListIndex].command; + + // Process SendScopeChange. + if ((command & (REPLICA_SCOPE_TRUE | REPLICA_SCOPE_FALSE))) + { + if (replica->GetNetworkID()==UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID) + continue; // Not set yet so call this later. + + if (replicatedObjects[replicatedObjectsIndex].allowedInterfaces & REPLICA_SEND_SCOPE_CHANGE) + { + bool scopeTrue = (command & REPLICA_SCOPE_TRUE)!=0; + + // Only send scope changes if the requested change is different from what they already have + if (participantStruct->remoteObjectList[remoteObjectListIndex].inScope!=scopeTrue) + { + userDataBitstream.Reset(); + sendTimestamp=false; + res=replica->SendScopeChange(scopeTrue, &userDataBitstream, currentTime, participantStruct->systemAddress, &sendTimestamp); + + if (res==REPLICA_PROCESSING_DONE) + { + // If the user returns true and does write to outBitstream, do this send. Clear the scope change command. Then process the next command for this CommandStruct, if any. + outBitstream.Reset(); + if (sendTimestamp) + { + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_TIMESTAMP); + outBitstream.Write(currentTime); + } + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_SCOPE_CHANGE); + outBitstream.Write(replica->GetNetworkID()); + outBitstream.Write(&userDataBitstream, userDataBitstream.GetNumberOfBitsUsed()); + peer->Send(&outBitstream, HIGH_PRIORITY, RELIABLE_ORDERED, sendChannel, participantStruct->systemAddress, false); + + // Set the scope for this object and system + participantStruct->remoteObjectList[remoteObjectListIndex].inScope=scopeTrue; + + // If scope is true, turn on serialize, since you virtually always want to serialize when an object goes in scope + if (scopeTrue && autoSerializeInScope) + participantStruct->commandList[commandListIndex].command |= REPLICA_SERIALIZE; + + // Turn off these bits - Call is processed + participantStruct->commandList[commandListIndex].command &= 0xFF ^ (REPLICA_SCOPE_TRUE | REPLICA_SCOPE_FALSE); + } + else if (res==REPLICA_CANCEL_PROCESS) + { + // Turn off these bits - Call is canceled + participantStruct->commandList[commandListIndex].command &= 0xFF ^ (REPLICA_SCOPE_TRUE | REPLICA_SCOPE_FALSE); + } + else + { + // If the user returns false and the scope is currently set to false, just continue with another CommandStruct. Don't process serialization until scoping is resolved first. + if (scopeTrue==false) + continue; + + // If the user returns false and the scope is currently set to false, process the next command for this CommandStruct, if any. + } + } + } + else + { + // Turn off these bits - Call is disallowed + participantStruct->commandList[commandListIndex].command &= 0xFF ^ (REPLICA_SCOPE_TRUE | REPLICA_SCOPE_FALSE); + + // Set the scope - even if the actual send is disabled we might still be able to serialize. + participantStruct->remoteObjectList[remoteObjectListIndex].inScope=(command & REPLICA_SCOPE_TRUE)!=0; + } + } + + command = participantStruct->commandList[commandListIndex].command; + // Process Serialize + if ((command & REPLICA_SERIALIZE)) + { + if (replica->GetNetworkID()==UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID) + continue; // Not set yet so call this later. + + // If scope is currently false for this object in the RemoteObject list, cancel this serialize as the scope changed before the serialization went out + if (participantStruct->remoteObjectList[remoteObjectListIndex].inScope && (replicatedObjects[replicatedObjectsIndex].allowedInterfaces & REPLICA_SEND_SERIALIZE)) + { + do + { + userDataBitstream.Reset(); + priority=HIGH_PRIORITY; + reliability=RELIABLE_ORDERED; + sendTimestamp=false; + res=replica->Serialize(&sendTimestamp, &userDataBitstream, participantStruct->remoteObjectList[remoteObjectListIndex].lastSendTime, &priority, &reliability, currentTime, participantStruct->systemAddress, participantStruct->remoteObjectList[remoteObjectListIndex].userFlags); + + if (res==REPLICA_PROCESSING_DONE || res==REPLICA_PROCESS_AGAIN) + { + participantStruct->remoteObjectList[remoteObjectListIndex].lastSendTime=currentTime; + + outBitstream.Reset(); + if (sendTimestamp) + { + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_TIMESTAMP); + outBitstream.Write(currentTime); + } + outBitstream.Write((MessageID)ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_SERIALIZE); + outBitstream.Write(replica->GetNetworkID()); + outBitstream.Write(&userDataBitstream, userDataBitstream.GetNumberOfBitsUsed()); + peer->Send(&outBitstream, priority, reliability, sendChannel, participantStruct->systemAddress, false); + + // Clear the serialize bit when done + if (res==REPLICA_PROCESSING_DONE) + participantStruct->commandList[commandListIndex].command &= 0xFF ^ REPLICA_SERIALIZE; + // else res==REPLICA_PROCESS_AGAIN so it will repeat the enclosing do {} while(); loop + } + else if (res==REPLICA_CANCEL_PROCESS) + { + // Clear the serialize bit + participantStruct->commandList[commandListIndex].command &= 0xFF ^ REPLICA_SERIALIZE; + } + else + { + // if the user returns REPLICA_PROCESS_LATER, just continue with another CommandStruct. + assert(res==REPLICA_PROCESS_LATER); + } + } while(res==REPLICA_PROCESS_AGAIN); + } + else + { + // Cancel this serialize + participantStruct->commandList[commandListIndex].command &= 0xFF ^ REPLICA_SERIALIZE; + } + } + } + } + + // Go through the command list and delete all cleared commands, from back to front. It is more efficient to do this than to delete them as we process + commandListIndex=participantStruct->commandList.Size(); + if (commandListIndex>0) + { +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4127 ) // warning C4127: conditional expression is constant +#endif + while (1) + { + if (participantStruct->commandList[commandListIndex-1].command==0) + { + // If this is the last item in the list, and it probably is, then it just changes a number rather than shifts the entire array + participantStruct->commandList.RemoveAtIndex(commandListIndex-1); + } + + if (--commandListIndex==0) + break; + } + } + + // Now process queued receives + while (participantStruct->pendingCommands.Size()) + { + receivedCommand=participantStruct->pendingCommands.Pop(); + participantStruct=GetParticipantBySystemAddress(receivedCommand->systemAddress); + if (participantStruct) + { + res=ProcessReceivedCommand(participantStruct, receivedCommand); + // Returning false means process this command again later + if (res==REPLICA_PROCESS_LATER) + { + // Push the command back in the queue + participantStruct->pendingCommands.PushAtHead(receivedCommand); + + // Stop processing, because all processing is in order + break; + } + else + { + assert(res==REPLICA_CANCEL_PROCESS); + } + } + + // Done with this command, so delete it + delete receivedCommand->userData; + delete receivedCommand; + } + } +#ifdef _DEBUG + inUpdate=false; +#endif +} +void ReplicaManager::OnCloseConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + (void) peer; + RemoveParticipant(systemAddress); +} +void ReplicaManager::OnShutdown(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; + Clear(); +} +PluginReceiveResult ReplicaManager::OnReceive(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + unsigned char packetIdentifier; + if ( ( unsigned char ) packet->data[ 0 ] == ID_TIMESTAMP ) + { + if ( packet->length > sizeof( unsigned char ) + sizeof( unsigned int ) ) + packetIdentifier = ( unsigned char ) packet->data[ sizeof( unsigned char ) + sizeof( unsigned int ) ]; + else + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + } + else + packetIdentifier = ( unsigned char ) packet->data[ 0 ]; + + switch (packetIdentifier) + { + case ID_NEW_INCOMING_CONNECTION: + case ID_CONNECTION_REQUEST_ACCEPTED: + if (autoParticipateNewConnections) + AddParticipant(packet->systemAddress); + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; + case ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION: + case ID_CONNECTION_LOST: + OnCloseConnection(peer, packet->systemAddress); + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; + case ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_DOWNLOAD_COMPLETE: + if (_receiveDownloadCompleteCB==0) + { + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + } + case ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_CONSTRUCTION: + case ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_DESTRUCTION: + case ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_SCOPE_CHANGE: + case ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_SERIALIZE: + { + ParticipantStruct *participantStruct; + bool hasNetworkId=false; + ReceivedCommand receivedCommand; + bool b=true; + RakNet::BitStream inBitstream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + // SetWriteOffset is used here to get around a design flaw, where I should have had the bitstream constructor take bits, rather than bytes + // It sets the actual number of bits in the packet + inBitstream.SetWriteOffset(packet->bitSize); + receivedCommand.systemAddress=packet->systemAddress; + receivedCommand.command=packetIdentifier; + + if ( ( unsigned char ) packet->data[ 0 ] == ID_TIMESTAMP ) + { + inBitstream.IgnoreBits(8); + b=inBitstream.Read(receivedCommand.u1); + } + else + receivedCommand.u1=0; + inBitstream.IgnoreBits(8); // Ignore the packet id + receivedCommand.networkID=UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID; + if (packetIdentifier==ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_CONSTRUCTION) // ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_CONSTRUCTION has an optional networkID + { + b=inBitstream.Read(hasNetworkId); + if (hasNetworkId) + b=inBitstream.Read(receivedCommand.networkID); + } + else if (packetIdentifier!=ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_DOWNLOAD_COMPLETE) + { + b=inBitstream.Read(receivedCommand.networkID); // Other packets always have an networkID + } + + if (b==false) + { + // Invalid packet +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(0); +#endif + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + } + receivedCommand.userData=&inBitstream; + participantStruct=GetParticipantBySystemAddress(receivedCommand.systemAddress); + if (participantStruct) + { + // .Size()>0 is because commands are always processed in order. If a command is delayed, no further commands are processed. + // ProcessReceivedCommand(...)==false means that the use signaled to delay a command + if (participantStruct->pendingCommands.Size()>0 || ProcessReceivedCommand(participantStruct, &receivedCommand)==REPLICA_PROCESS_LATER) + { + // Copy the data and add this to a queue that will call ProcessReceivedCommand again in Update. + + // Allocate and copy structure + ReceivedCommand *rc = new ReceivedCommand; + memcpy(rc, &receivedCommand, sizeof(ReceivedCommand)); + + // Allocate and copy inBitstream remaining data + rc->userData = new RakNet::BitStream; + rc->userData->Write(&inBitstream, inBitstream.GetNumberOfBitsUsed()); + + participantStruct->pendingCommands.Push(rc); + } + } + + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + } + } + + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; +} + +ReplicaManager::ParticipantStruct* ReplicaManager::GetParticipantBySystemAddress(const SystemAddress systemAddress) const +{ + bool objectExists; + unsigned index; + index = participantList.GetIndexFromKey(systemAddress, &objectExists); + if (objectExists==false) + return 0; + return participantList[index]; +} +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4701 ) // warning C4701: local variable may be used without having been initialized +#endif +ReplicaReturnResult ReplicaManager::ProcessReceivedCommand(ParticipantStruct *participantStruct, ReceivedCommand *receivedCommand) +{ + (void) participantStruct; + + // If this assert hits you didn't first call RakPeer::SetNetworkIDManager as required. + RakAssert(rakPeer->GetNetworkIDManager()); + if (rakPeer->GetNetworkIDManager()==0) + return REPLICA_CANCEL_PROCESS; + + Replica *replica = (Replica*) rakPeer->GetNetworkIDManager()->GET_BASE_OBJECT_FROM_ID(receivedCommand->networkID); + + bool objectExists; + unsigned index=0; + ReplicaReturnResult b; + if (replica) + { + index = replicatedObjects.GetIndexFromKey(replica, &objectExists); + if (objectExists==false) + { + if (receivedCommand->command==ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_CONSTRUCTION) + { + // Object already exists with this ID, but call construction anyway +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(_constructionCB); +#endif + // Call the registered callback. If it crashes, you forgot to register the callback in SetReceiveConstructionCB + return _constructionCB->ReceiveConstruction(receivedCommand->userData, receivedCommand->u1, receivedCommand->networkID, replica, receivedCommand->systemAddress, this); + } + else + { + // This networkID is already in use but ReferencePointer was never called on it. + // RakAssert(0); + return REPLICA_CANCEL_PROCESS; + } + + } + } + + if (receivedCommand->command==ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_SERIALIZE) + { + if (replica && (replicatedObjects[index].allowedInterfaces & REPLICA_RECEIVE_SERIALIZE)) + { + b=replica->Deserialize(receivedCommand->userData, receivedCommand->u1, replicatedObjects[index].lastDeserializeTrue, receivedCommand->systemAddress); + if (b==REPLICA_PROCESSING_DONE) + replicatedObjects[index].lastDeserializeTrue=RakNet::GetTime(); + return b; + } + } + else if (receivedCommand->command==ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_CONSTRUCTION) + { + // If networkID already exists on this system, ignore the packet +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(_constructionCB); +#endif + // Call the registered callback. If it crashes, you forgot to register the callback in SetReceiveConstructionCB + return _constructionCB->ReceiveConstruction(receivedCommand->userData, receivedCommand->u1, receivedCommand->networkID, replica, receivedCommand->systemAddress, this); + } + else if (receivedCommand->command==ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_SCOPE_CHANGE) + { + if (replica && (replicatedObjects[index].allowedInterfaces & REPLICA_RECEIVE_SCOPE_CHANGE)) + { + return replica->ReceiveScopeChange(receivedCommand->userData, receivedCommand->systemAddress, receivedCommand->u1); + } + } + else if (receivedCommand->command==ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_DESTRUCTION) + { + if (replica && (replicatedObjects[index].allowedInterfaces & REPLICA_RECEIVE_DESTRUCTION)) + { + return replica->ReceiveDestruction(receivedCommand->userData, receivedCommand->systemAddress, receivedCommand->u1); + } + } + else if (receivedCommand->command==ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_DOWNLOAD_COMPLETE) + { + if (_receiveDownloadCompleteCB) + { + return _receiveDownloadCompleteCB->ReceiveDownloadComplete(receivedCommand->userData, receivedCommand->systemAddress, this); + } + } + + return REPLICA_CANCEL_PROCESS; +} + +ReplicaManager::ParticipantStruct::~ParticipantStruct() +{ + ReceivedCommand *receivedCommand; + while ( pendingCommands.Size() ) + { + receivedCommand=pendingCommands.Pop(); + delete receivedCommand->userData; + delete receivedCommand; + } +} + +unsigned ReplicaManager::GetCommandListReplicaIndex(const DataStructures::List &commandList, Replica *replica, bool *objectExists) const +{ + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < commandList.Size(); i++) + { + if (commandList[i].replica==replica) + { + *objectExists=true; + return i; + } + } + *objectExists=false; + return 0; +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ReplicaManager.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ReplicaManager.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03c4118f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ReplicaManager.h @@ -0,0 +1,480 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief Contains class ReplicaManager. This system provides management for your game objects and players to make serialization, scoping, and object creation and destruction easier. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __REPLICA_MANAGER_H +#define __REPLICA_MANAGER_H + +#include "Export.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "DS_OrderedList.h" +#include "PluginInterface.h" +#include "NetworkIDObject.h" +#include "DS_Queue.h" +#include "ReplicaEnums.h" + +/// Forward declarations +namespace RakNet +{ + class BitStream; +}; +class Replica; +class ReplicaManager; + +/// \defgroup REPLICA_MANAGER_GROUP ReplicaManager +/// \ingroup PLUGINS_GROUP + +/// An interface for a class that handles the construction callback from the network +/// See ReplicaManager::SetReceiveConstructionCB +/// \ingroup REPLICA_MANAGER_GROUP +class ReceiveConstructionInterface +{ +public: + ReceiveConstructionInterface() {} + virtual ~ReceiveConstructionInterface() {} + + /// Called when a network object needs to be created by the ReplicaManager class + /// \param[in] inBitStream The bitstream that was written to in Replica::SendConstruction + /// \param[in] timestamp If in Replica::SendConstruction you set sendTimestamp to true, this is the time the packet was sent. Otherwise it is 0. + /// \param[in] networkID If the remote object had an NetworkID set by the time Replica::SendConstruction was called it is here. + /// \param[in] existingNetworkObject If networkID is already in use, existingNetworkObject is the pointer to that object. If existingReplica is non-zero, you usually shouldn't create a new object, unless you are reusing networkIDs, such as having the client and server both on the same computer + /// \param[in] senderId Which SystemAddress sent this packet. + /// \param[in] caller Which instance of ReplicaManager is calling this interface + /// \return See ReplicaReturnResult + virtual ReplicaReturnResult ReceiveConstruction(RakNet::BitStream *inBitStream, RakNetTime timestamp, NetworkID networkID, NetworkIDObject *existingObject, SystemAddress senderId, ReplicaManager *caller)=0; +}; + +/// An interface for a class that handles the call to send the download complete notification +/// See ReplicaManager::SetDownloadCompleteCB +/// \ingroup REPLICA_MANAGER_GROUP +class SendDownloadCompleteInterface +{ +public: + SendDownloadCompleteInterface() {} + virtual ~SendDownloadCompleteInterface() {} + + /// \param[out] outBitStream Write whatever you want to this bitstream. It will arrive in the receiveDownloadCompleteCB callback. + /// \param[in] currentTime The current time that would be returned by RakNet::GetTime(). That's a slow call I do already, so you can use the parameter instead of having to call it yourself. + /// \param[in] senderId Who we are sending to + /// \param[in] caller Which instance of ReplicaManager is calling this interface + /// \return See ReplicaReturnResult + virtual ReplicaReturnResult SendDownloadComplete(RakNet::BitStream *outBitStream, RakNetTime currentTime, SystemAddress senderId, ReplicaManager *caller)=0; +}; + +/// An interface for a class that handles the call to receive the download complete notification +/// See ReplicaManager::SetDownloadCompleteCB +/// \ingroup REPLICA_MANAGER_GROUP +class ReceiveDownloadCompleteInterface +{ +public: + ReceiveDownloadCompleteInterface() {} + virtual ~ReceiveDownloadCompleteInterface() {} + + /// \param[in] inBitStream The bitstream that was written to in SendDownloadCompleteInterface::SendDownloadComplete + /// \param[in] senderId The SystemAddress of the system that send the datagram + /// \param[in] caller Which instance of ReplicaManager is calling this interface + /// \return See ReplicaReturnResult + virtual ReplicaReturnResult ReceiveDownloadComplete(RakNet::BitStream *inBitStream, SystemAddress senderId, ReplicaManager *caller)=0; +}; + +/// \deprecated Use RM2_ReplicaManager in ReplicaManager2.h +/// ReplicaManager is a system manager for your game objects that performs the following tasks: +/// 1. Tracks all locally registered game objects and players and only performs operations to and for those objects and players +/// 2. Allows you to automatically turn off unneeded local and remote functions for your game objects, thus providing convenience and security against unauthorized sends. +/// 3. Sends notifications of existing game objects to new connections, including a download complete message. +/// 4. Sends notifications of new game objects to existing players. +/// A. Serialize and scoping calls are not sent to objects that were not notified of that object. +/// B. Notification calls can be canceled on a per-object basis. Object notification sends are tracked on a per-system per-object basis. +/// 5. Configurable per-system per-object scoping. +/// A. Scoping provides a mechanism to hide and unhide remote objects without destroying the whole object, used when when entities should not be destroyed but are currently not visible to systems. +/// B. Serialize calls are not sent to hidden objects. +/// C. Scoping calls can be canceled on a per-object basis. Scope is tracked on a per-system per-object basis. +/// 6. Replicate, SetScope, SignalSerializeNeeded, and the corresponding Replica interfaces are processed in RakPeer::Receive, rather than immediately. +/// A. This allows the ReplicaManager to reorganize function calls in order by dependency. This allows out of order calls, per-object call cancellation (which also cancels dependencies), and per-object call delays (which also delays dependencies) +/// B. For example, although SetScope and SignalSerializeNeeded have a dependency on SetNetworkID(), you can still call them in the constructor and call SetNetworkID() later, as long as it happens before calling RakPeer::Receive() +/// 7. The system is fast, uses little memory, and is intentionally hands off such that it can work with any game architecture and network topology +/// +/// What the ReplicaManager system does NOT do for you +/// 1. Actually create or destroy your game objects +/// 2. Associate object destruction events with remote system disconnects. +/// 3. Set networkIDs via SetNetworkID() on newly created objects. +/// 4. Object sub-serialization. Serialize only granular on the level of entire objects. If you want to serialize part of the object, you need to set your own flags and indicate in the BitStream which parts were sent and which not. +/// \brief A management system for your game objects and players to make serialization, scoping, and object creation and destruction easier. +/// \pre You must call RakPeer::SetNetworkIDManager to use this plugin. +/// \ingroup REPLICA_MANAGER_GROUP +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT ReplicaManager : public PluginInterface +{ +public: + /// Constructor + ReplicaManager(); + + /// Destructor + virtual ~ReplicaManager(); + + /// If you think all objects should have been removed, call this to assert on any that were not. + /// Useful for debugging shutdown or restarts + void AssertReplicatedObjectsClear(void); + + /// If you think all participants should have been removed, call this to assert on any that were not. + /// Useful for debugging shutdown or restarts + void AssertParticipantsClear(void); + + /// Do or don't automatically call AddParticipant when new systems connect to us. + /// Won't add automatically add connections that already exist before this was called + /// Defaults to false + /// \param[in] autoAdd True or false, to add or not + void SetAutoParticipateNewConnections(bool autoAdd); + + /// Adds a participant to the ReplicaManager system. Only these participants get packets and we only accept ReplicaManager packets from these participants. + /// This way you can have connections that have nothing to do with your game - for example remote console logins + /// \param[in] systemAddress Which player you are referring to + /// \return True on success, false on participant already exists + bool AddParticipant(SystemAddress systemAddress); + + /// Removes a participant from the data replicator system + /// This is called automatically on ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION and ID_CONNECTION_LOST messages, as well as CloseConnection() calls. + /// \param[in] systemAddress Which player you are referring to + /// \return True on success, false on participant does not exist + bool RemoveParticipant(SystemAddress systemAddress); + + /// Construct the specified object on the specified system + /// Replica::SendConstruction will be called immediately, this is a change from before, because otherwise if you later send other packets that refer to this object, this object won't exist yet. + /// The other system will get Replica::ReceiveConstruction + /// If your system assigns NetworkIDs, do so before calling Replicate as the NetworkID is automatically included in the packet. + /// Replicate packets that are sent to systems that already have this NetworkID are ignored. + /// \note Objects which are replicated get exactly one call to SendConstruction for every player / object permutation. + /// \note To perform scoping and serialize updates on an object already created by another system, call Construct with \a isCopy true. + /// \note Setting \a isCopy true will consider the object created on that system without actually trying to create it. + /// \note If you don't need to send updates to other systems for this object, it is more efficient to use ReferencePointer instead. + /// \note In a client / server environment, be sure to call Construct() with isCopy true to let the ReplicaManager know that the server has this object. Otherwise you won't be able to send Scope or Serialize changes to the server. + /// \param[in] replica A pointer to your object + /// \param[in] isCopy True means that this is a copy of an object that already exists on the systems specified by \a systemAddress and \a broadcast. If true, we will consider these systems as having the object without sending a datagram to them. SendConstruction will NOT be called for objects which \a isCopy is true. + /// \param[in] systemAddress The participant to send the command to, or the one to exclude if broadcast is true. + /// \param[in] broadcast True to send to all. If systemAddress!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS then this means send to all but that participant + void Construct(Replica *replica, bool isCopy, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast); + + /// Call this with your game objects to have them send Replica::SendDestruction. + /// This will be sent immediately to all participants that have this object. Those participants will get Replica::ReceiveDestruction + /// All pending calls for this object, for this player, are canceled. + /// Nothing is actually deleted - this just signals that the other system called this function. It is up to you to actually delete your object. + /// \pre Call Replicate with this object first. + /// \pre For the other system to get the network message, SetNetworkID on that object must have been called with the same value as GetNetworkID for this object. + /// \note Call Destruct before DereferencePointer if you plan on calling both, since Destruct will fail with no pointer reference. + /// \note Calling ( with systemAddress==UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS and broadcast true is equivalent to calling DereferencePointer except that Destruct also sends the destruct packet. + /// \note It is important to call this before deleting your object. Otherwise this system will crash the next Update call. + /// \param[in] replica A pointer to your object + /// \param[in] systemAddress The participant to send the command to, or the one to exclude if broadcast is true. + /// \param[in] broadcast True to send to all systems that have the object. If systemAddress!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS then this means send to all but that participant + void Destruct(Replica *replica, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast); + + /// This makes sure the object is tracked, so you can get calls on it. + /// This will automatically happen if you call Construct, SetScope, or SignalSerializeNeeded with \a replica + /// Otherwise you need to call this, or for security the system will ignore calls that reference this object, even if given a valid NetworkID + /// Duplicate calls are safe and are simply ignored. + /// Best place to put this is in the SetReceiveConstructionCB callback so that all your objects are registered. + /// \param[in] replica A pointer to your object + void ReferencePointer(Replica *replica); + + /// Call this before you delete \a replica. This locally removes all references to this pointer. + /// No messages are sent. + /// Best place to put this is in the destructor of \a replica + /// \param[in] replica A pointer to your object + void DereferencePointer(Replica *replica); + + /// Sets the scope of your object in relation to another participant. + /// Objects that are in-scope for that participant will send out Replica::Serialize calls. Otherwise Serialize calls are not sent. + /// Scoping is useful when you want to disable sends to an object temporarily, without deleting that object. + /// Calling this results in Replica::SendScopeChange being called on the local object and Replica::ReceiveScopeChange on the remote object if that object has been created on that remote system. + /// Your game should ensure that objects not in scope are hidden, but not deallocated, on the remote system. + /// Replica::SendScopeChange with \a inScope as true will automatically perform Replica::Serialize + /// \pre Call Replicate with this object first. + /// \pre For the other system to get the network message, that object must have an NetworkID (set by SetNetworkID()) the same as our object's NetworkID (returned from GetNetworkID()). + /// \note You can set the default scope with SetDefaultScope() + /// \note Individual objects can refuse to perform the SendScopeChange call by not writing to the output bitstream while returning true. + /// \param[in] replica An object previously registered with Replicate + /// \param[in] inScope in scope or not. + /// \param[in] systemAddress The participant to send the command to, or the one to exclude if broadcast is true. + /// \param[in] broadcast True to send to all. If systemAddress!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS then this means send to all but that participant + void SetScope(Replica *replica, bool inScope, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast); + + /// Signal that data has changed and we need to call Serialize() on the \a replica object. + /// This will happen if the object has been registered, Replica::SendConstruction wrote to outBitStream and returned true, and the object is in scope for this player. + /// \pre Call Replicate with this object first. + /// \pre For the other system to get the network message, that object must have an NetworkID (set by SetNetworkID()) the same as our object's NetworkID (returned from GetNetworkID()). + /// \param[in] replica An object previously registered with Replicate + /// \param[in] systemAddress The participant to send the command to, or the one to exclude if broadcast is true. + /// \param[in] broadcast True to send to all. If systemAddress!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS then this means send to all but that participant + void SignalSerializeNeeded(Replica *replica, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast); + + /// Required callback + /// Set your callback to parse requests to create new objects. Specifically, when Replica::SendConstruction is called and the networkID of the object is either unset or can't be found, this callback will get that call. + /// How do you know what object to create? It's up to you, but I suggest in Replica::SendConstruction you encode the class name. The best way to do this is with the StringTable class. + /// \note If you return true from NetworkIDManager::IsNetworkIDAuthority, which you should do for a server or peer, I recommend also encoding the value returned by GetNetworkID() within Replica::SendConstruction into that bitstream and reading it here. Then set that value in a call to SetNetworkID. Dereplicate, SetScope, and SignalSerializeNeeded all rely on being able to call GET_OBJECT_FROM_ID which requires that SetNetworkID be called on that object. + /// \param[in] ReceiveConstructionInterface An instance of a class that implements ReceiveConstructionInterface + void SetReceiveConstructionCB(ReceiveConstructionInterface *receiveConstructionInterface); + + /// Set your callbacks to be called when, after connecting to another system, you get all objects that system is going to send to you when it is done with the first iteration through the object list. + /// Optional if you want to send and receive the download complete notification + /// \param[in] sendDownloadComplete A class that implements the SendDownloadCompleteInterface interface. + /// \param[in] receiveDownloadComplete A class that implements the ReceiveDownloadCompleteInterface interface. + /// \sa SendDownloadCompleteInterface , ReceiveDownloadCompleteInterface + void SetDownloadCompleteCB( SendDownloadCompleteInterface *sendDownloadComplete, ReceiveDownloadCompleteInterface *receiveDownloadComplete ); + + /// This channel will be used for all RakPeer::Send calls + /// \param[in] channel The channel to use for internal RakPeer::Send calls from this system. Defaults to 0. + void SetSendChannel(unsigned char channel); + + /// This means automatically construct all known objects to all new participants + /// Has no effect on existing participants + /// Useful if your architecture always has all objects constructed on all systems all the time anyway, or if you want them to normally start constructed + /// Defaults to false. + /// \param[in] autoConstruct true or false, as desired. + void SetAutoConstructToNewParticipants(bool autoConstruct); + + /// Set the default scope for new objects to all players. Defaults to false, which means Serialize will not be called for new objects automatically. + /// If you set this to true, then new players will get existing objects, and new objects will be sent to existing players + /// This only applies to players that connect and objects that are replicated after this call. Existing object scopes are not affected. + /// Useful to set to true if you don't use scope, or if all objects normally start in scope + /// \param[in] scope The default scope to use. + void SetDefaultScope(bool scope); + + /// When an object goes in scope for a system, you normally want to serialize that object to that system. + /// Setting this flag to true will call Serialize for you automatically when SendScopeChange returns REPLICA_PROCESSING_DONE and the scopeTrue parameter is true + /// Defaults to false + /// \param[in] autoSerialize True or false as needed. + void SetAutoSerializeInScope(bool autoSerialize); + + /// Processes all pending commands and does sends as needed. + /// This is called automatically when RakPeerInterface::Receive is called. + /// Depending on where you call RakPeerInterface::Receive you may also wish to call this manually for better responsiveness. + /// For example, if you call RakPeerInterface::Receive at the start of each game tick, this means you would have to wait a render cycle, causing + /// \param[in] peer Pointer to a valid instance of RakPeerInterface used to perform sends + void Update(RakPeerInterface *peer); + + /// Lets you enable calling any or all of the interface functions in an instance of Replica + /// This setting is the same for all participants for this object, so if you want per-participant permissions you will need to handle that inside your implementation + /// All functions enabled by default. + /// \param[in] replica The object you are referring to + /// \param[in] interfaceFlags A bitwise-OR of REPLICA_SEND_CONSTRUCTION ... REPLICA_SET_ALL corresponding to the function of the same name + void EnableReplicaInterfaces(Replica *replica, unsigned char interfaceFlags); + + /// Lets you disable calling any or all of the interface functions in an instance of Replica + /// This setting is the same for all participants for this object, so if you want per-participant permissions you will need to handle that inside your implementation + /// All functions enabled by default. + /// \note Disabling functions is very useful for security. + /// \note For example, on the server you may wish to disable all receive functions so clients cannot change server objects. + /// \param[in] replica The object you are referring to + /// \param[in] interfaceFlags A bitwise-OR of REPLICA_SEND_CONSTRUCTION ... REPLICA_SET_ALL corresponding to the function of the same name + void DisableReplicaInterfaces(Replica *replica, unsigned char interfaceFlags); + + /// Tells us if a particular system got a SendConstruction() message from this object. e.g. does this object exist on this remote system? + /// This is set by the user when calling Replicate and sending (any) data to outBitStream in Replica::SendConstruction + /// \param[in] replica The object we are checking + /// \param[in] systemAddress The system we are checking + bool IsConstructed(Replica *replica, SystemAddress systemAddress); + + /// Tells us if a particular object is in scope for a particular system + /// This is set by the user when calling SetScope and sending (any) data to outBitstream in Replica::SendScopeChange + /// \param[in] replica The object we are checking + /// \param[in] systemAddress The system we are checking + bool IsInScope(Replica *replica, SystemAddress systemAddress); + + /// Returns how many Replica instances are registered. + /// This number goes up with each non-duplicate call to Replicate and down with each non-duplicate call to Dereplicate + /// Used for GetReplicaAtIndex if you want to perform some object on all registered Replica objects. + /// \return How many replica objects are in the list of replica objects + unsigned GetReplicaCount(void) const; + + /// Returns a previously registered Replica *, from index 0 to GetReplicaCount()-1. + /// The order that Replica * objects are returned in is arbitrary (it currently happens to be ordered by pointer address). + /// Calling Dereplicate immediately deletes the Replica * passed to it, so if you call Dereplicate while using this function + /// the array will be shifted over and the current index will now reference the next object in the array, if there was one. + /// \param[in] index An index, from 0 to GetReplicaCount()-1. + /// \return A Replica * previously passed to Construct() + Replica *GetReplicaAtIndex(unsigned index); + + /// Returns the number of unique participants added with AddParticipant + /// As these systems disconnect, they are no longer participants, so this accurately returns how many participants are using the system + /// \return The number of unique participants added with AddParticipant + unsigned GetParticipantCount(void) const; + + /// Returns a SystemAddress previously added with AddParticipant + /// \param[in] index An index, from 0 to GetParticipantCount()-1. + /// \return A SystemAddress + SystemAddress GetParticipantAtIndex(unsigned index); + + /// Returns if a participant has been added + /// \return If this participant has been added + bool HasParticipant(SystemAddress systemAddress); + + /// Each participant has a per-remote object bitfield passed to the Replica::Serialize call. + /// This function can set or unset these flags for one or more participants at the same time. + /// Flags are NOT automatically cleared on serialize. You must clear them when you want to do so. + /// \param[in] replica An object previously registered with Replicate + /// \param[in] systemAddress The participant to set the flags for + /// \param[in] broadcast True to apply to all participants. If systemAddress!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS then this means send to all but that participant + /// \param[in] set True set the bits set in \a flags with the per-object per-system serialization flags. False to unset these bits. + /// \param[in] flags Modifier to the Per-object per-system flags sent to Replica::Serialize. See the parameter /a set + void SignalSerializationFlags(Replica *replica, SystemAddress systemAddress, bool broadcast, bool set, unsigned int flags); + + /// Each participant has a per-remote object bitfield passed to the Replica::Serialize call. + /// This function is used to read and change these flags directly for a single participant. + /// It gives more control than SignalSerializationFlags but only works for a single participant at a time. + /// \param[in] replica An object previously registered with Replicate + /// \param[in] systemAddress The participant to read/write the flags for + /// \return A pointer to the per-object per-system flags sent to Replica::Serialize. You can read or modify the flags directly with this function. This pointer is only valid until the next call to RakPeer::Receive + unsigned int* AccessSerializationFlags(Replica *replica, SystemAddress systemAddress); + + // ---------------------------- ALL INTERNAL AFTER HERE ---------------------------- + + enum + { + // Treat the object as on the remote system, and send a packet + REPLICA_EXPLICIT_CONSTRUCTION=1<<0, + // Treat the object as on the remote system, but do not send a packet. Overridden by REPLICA_EXPLICIT_CONSTRUCTION. + REPLICA_IMPLICIT_CONSTRUCTION=1<<1, + REPLICA_SCOPE_TRUE=1<<2, // Mutually exclusive REPLICA_SCOPE_FALSE + REPLICA_SCOPE_FALSE=1<<3, // Mutually exclusive REPLICA_SCOPE_TRUE + REPLICA_SERIALIZE=1<<4, + }; + + /// \internal + /// One pointer and a command to act on that pointer + struct CommandStruct + { + Replica *replica; // Pointer to an external object - not allocated here. + unsigned char command; // This is one of the enums immediately above. + unsigned int userFlags; + }; + + struct RegisteredReplica + { + Replica *replica; // Pointer to an external object - not allocated here. + RakNetTime lastDeserializeTrue; // For replicatedObjects it's the last time deserialize returned true. + unsigned char allowedInterfaces; // Replica interface flags + unsigned int referenceOrder; // The order in which we started tracking this object. Used so autoconstruction can send objects in-order + }; + + struct RemoteObject + { + Replica *replica; // Pointer to an external object - not allocated here. + bool inScope; // Is replica in scope or not? + RakNetTime lastSendTime; + unsigned int userFlags; + }; + + struct ReceivedCommand + { + SystemAddress systemAddress; + NetworkID networkID; + unsigned command; // A packetID + unsigned u1; + RakNet::BitStream *userData; + }; + + + static int RegisteredReplicaComp( Replica* const &key, const ReplicaManager::RegisteredReplica &data ); + static int RegisteredReplicaRefOrderComp( const unsigned int &key, const ReplicaManager::RegisteredReplica &data ); + static int RemoteObjectComp( Replica* const &key, const ReplicaManager::RemoteObject &data ); + static int CommandStructComp( Replica* const &key, const ReplicaManager::CommandStruct &data ); + + /// \internal + /// One remote system + struct ParticipantStruct + { + ~ParticipantStruct(); + + // The player this participant struct represents. + SystemAddress systemAddress; + + // Call sendDownloadCompleteCB when REPLICA_SEND_CONSTRUCTION is done for all objects in commandList + // This variable tracks if we did it yet or not. + bool callDownloadCompleteCB; + + // Sorted list of Replica*, sorted by pointer, along with a command to perform on that pointer. + // Ordering is just for fast lookup. + // Nothing is allocated inside this list + // DataStructures::OrderedList commandList; + // June 4, 2007 - Don't sort commands in the command list. The game replies on processing the commands in order + DataStructures::List commandList; + + // Sorted list of Replica*, sorted by pointer, along with if that object is inScope or not for this system + // Only objects that exist on the remote system are in this list, so not all objects are necessarily in this list + DataStructures::OrderedList remoteObjectList; + + // List of pending ReceivedCommand to process + DataStructures::Queue pendingCommands; + }; + + static int ParticipantStructComp( const SystemAddress &key, ReplicaManager::ParticipantStruct * const &data ); + +protected: + /// Frees all memory + void Clear(void); + // Processes a struct representing a received command + ReplicaReturnResult ProcessReceivedCommand(ParticipantStruct *participantStruct, ReceivedCommand *receivedCommand); + unsigned GetCommandListReplicaIndex(const DataStructures::List &commandList, Replica *replica, bool *objectExists) const; + + // Plugin interface functions + void OnAttach(RakPeerInterface *peer); + PluginReceiveResult OnReceive(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + void OnCloseConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress); + void OnShutdown(RakPeerInterface *peer); + + /// List of objects replicated in the Replicate function. + /// Used to make sure queued actions happen on valid pointers, since objects are removed from the list in Dereplicate + /// Sorted by raw pointer address using the default sort + DataStructures::OrderedList replicatedObjects; + + /// List of participants + /// Each participant has several queues of pending commands + /// Sorted by systemAddress + /// The only complexity is that each participant also needs a list of objects that mirror the variable replicatedObjects so we know per-player if that object is in scope + DataStructures::OrderedList participantList; + + // Internal functions + ParticipantStruct* GetParticipantBySystemAddress(const SystemAddress systemAddress) const; + + // Callback pointers. + + // Required callback to handle construction calls + ReceiveConstructionInterface *_constructionCB; + + // Optional callbacks to send and receive download complete. + SendDownloadCompleteInterface *_sendDownloadCompleteCB; + ReceiveDownloadCompleteInterface *_receiveDownloadCompleteCB; + + // Channel to do send calls on. All calls are reliable ordered except for Replica::Serialize + unsigned char sendChannel; + + // Stores what you pass to SetAutoParticipateNewConnections + bool autoParticipateNewConnections; + bool autoSerializeInScope; + + bool defaultScope; + bool autoConstructToNewParticipants; + unsigned int nextReferenceIndex; + + RakPeerInterface *rakPeer; + +#ifdef _DEBUG + // Check for and assert on recursive calls to update + bool inUpdate; +#endif +}; + + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ReplicaManager2.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ReplicaManager2.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cb3fa85a --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ReplicaManager2.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1976 @@ +#include "ReplicaManager2.h" +#include "MessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "RakAssert.h" +#include "RakPeerInterface.h" +#include "NetworkIDManager.h" + +using namespace RakNet; + +unsigned char Replica2::clientSharedID=0; +Replica2* Replica2::clientPtrArray[256]; + + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +bool SerializationContext::IsSerializationCommand(SerializationType r) +{ + return r>=SEND_SERIALIZATION_GENERIC_TO_SYSTEM && r<=RELAY_SERIALIZATION_TO_SYSTEMS; +} +bool SerializationContext::IsDownloadCommand(SerializationType r) +{ + return r>=SEND_CONSTRUCTION_SERIALIZATION_AUTO_INITIAL_DOWNLOAD_TO_SYSTEM && r<=SEND_DATA_SERIALIZATION_AUTO_INITIAL_DOWNLOAD_TO_SYSTEM; +} +bool SerializationContext::IsDestructionCommand(SerializationType r) +{ + return r>=SEND_DESTRUCTION_GENERIC_TO_SYSTEM && r<=RELAY_DESTRUCTION_TO_SYSTEMS; +} +bool SerializationContext::IsConstructionCommand(SerializationType r) +{ + return r>=SEND_CONSTRUCTION_GENERIC_TO_SYSTEM && r<=SEND_CONSTRUCTION_REPLY_DENIED_TO_CLIENT; +} +bool SerializationContext::IsVisibilityCommand(SerializationType r) +{ + return r>=SEND_VISIBILITY_TRUE_TO_SYSTEM && r<=RELAY_VISIBILITY_FALSE_TO_SYSTEMS; +} +bool SerializationContext::IsVisible(SerializationType r) +{ + return r==SEND_VISIBILITY_TRUE_TO_SYSTEM || r==BROADCAST_VISIBILITY_TRUE_TO_SYSTEM || r==RELAY_VISIBILITY_TRUE_TO_SYSTEMS; +} + +int ReplicaManager2::Replica2CompByNetworkID( const NetworkID &key, RakNet::Replica2 * const &data ) +{ + if (key < data->GetNetworkID()) + return -1; + if (key == data->GetNetworkID()) + return 0; + return 1; +} + +int ReplicaManager2::Replica2ObjectComp( RakNet::Replica2 * const &key, RakNet::Replica2 * const &data ) +{ + if (key->GetAllocationNumber()GetAllocationNumber()) + return -1; + if (key->GetAllocationNumber()==data->GetAllocationNumber()) + return 0; + return 1; +} + +int ReplicaManager2::Connection_RM2CompBySystemAddress( const SystemAddress &key, RakNet::Connection_RM2 * const &data ) +{ + if (key < data->GetSystemAddress()) + return -1; + if (key == data->GetSystemAddress()) + return 0; + return 1; +} + +ReplicaManager2::ReplicaManager2() +{ + connectionFactoryInterface=0; + defaultOrderingChannel=0; + defaultPacketPriority=HIGH_PRIORITY; + defaultPacketReliablity=RELIABLE_ORDERED; + autoUpdateConstruction=true; + autoUpdateVisibility=true; + autoAddNewConnections=true; + doReplicaAutoUpdate=true; + DataStructures::OrderedList::IMPLEMENT_DEFAULT_COMPARISON(); +} +ReplicaManager2::~ReplicaManager2() +{ +} +void ReplicaManager2::SendConstruction(Replica2 *replica, BitStream *replicaData, SystemAddress recipient, RakNetTime timestamp, bool sendMessage, + DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusionList, + unsigned char localClientId, SerializationType type, + PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel) +{ + if (replica==0) + return; + + // Why would you request an object you already have? + if (replica->GetNetworkID()!=UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID && replica->QueryIsConstructionAuthority()==false) + return; + + RakAssert(replica->QueryConstruction(0)!=BQR_NEVER); + + bool newConnection; + Connection_RM2* connection; + + // Add to list of replicas if not already there + bool newReference; + Reference(replica, &newReference); + + RakNet::BitStream bs; + WriteHeader(&bs, ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_CONSTRUCTION, timestamp); + bs.Write((unsigned char) type); + bs.Write(replica->GetNetworkID()); + bs.Write(localClientId); + + if (recipient!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + { + connection = AutoCreateConnection(recipient, &newConnection); + if (connection==0) + return; + + if (newConnection) + { + // If a new connection, the replica was constructed automatically anyway + DownloadToNewConnection(connection, timestamp, defaultPacketPriority, defaultPacketReliablity, defaultOrderingChannel); + return; + } + + if (AddToAndWriteExclusionList(recipient, &bs, exclusionList)==false) + return; + bs.Write(replicaData); + + // Lookup connection by target. If does not exist, create + + AddConstructionReference(connection, replica); + if (sendMessage) + { + // Send the packet + Send(&bs, recipient, priority, reliability, orderingChannel); + + if (newReference && replica->QueryVisibility(connection)==BQR_ALWAYS) + { +// SerializationContext sc; +// sc.recipientAddress=recipient; +// sc.timestamp=timestamp; +// sc.relaySourceAddress=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; +// sc.serializationType=SEND_SERIALIZATION_GENERIC_TO_SYSTEM; + replica->SendSerialize(recipient, SEND_SERIALIZATION_CONSTRUCTION_TO_SYSTEM); + } + } + } + else + { + DataStructures::OrderedList culledOutput; + CullByAndAddToExclusionList(connectionList, culledOutput, exclusionList); + WriteExclusionList(&bs, exclusionList); + bs.Write(replicaData); + + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < culledOutput.Size(); i++) + { + connection=culledOutput[i]; + AddConstructionReference(connection, replica); + + if (sendMessage) + Send(&bs, connection->GetSystemAddress(), priority, reliability, orderingChannel); + + if (newReference && replica->QueryIsSerializationAuthority() && replica->QueryVisibility(connection)==BQR_ALWAYS) + { +// SerializationContext sc; +// sc.recipientAddress=connection->GetSystemAddress(); +// sc.timestamp=0; +// sc.relaySourceAddress=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; +// sc.serializationType=BROADCAST_SERIALIZATION_GENERIC_TO_SYSTEM; + replica->SendSerialize(connection->GetSystemAddress(), BROADCAST_SERIALIZATION_CONSTRUCTION_TO_SYSTEM); + } + } + } +} + +void ReplicaManager2::SendDestruction(Replica2 *replica, BitStream *replicaData, SystemAddress recipient, RakNetTime timestamp, bool sendMessage, + DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusionList, + SerializationType type, + PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel) +{ + if (replica==0) + return; + + if (replica->QueryIsDestructionAuthority()==false) + return; + + if (recipient!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + { + bool newConnection; + + // Lookup connection by target. If does not exist, create + Connection_RM2* connection = AutoCreateConnection(recipient, &newConnection); + if (connection==0) + return; + + // Have this system stop referencing the replica object + connection->Deref(replica); + + if (newConnection) + { + // If a new connection, the object didn't exist anyway + DownloadToNewConnection(connection, timestamp, defaultPacketPriority, defaultPacketReliablity, defaultOrderingChannel); + return; + } + } + + if (sendMessage && replica->GetNetworkID()!=UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID) + { + // Send the packet + RakNet::BitStream bs; + WriteHeader(&bs, ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_DESTRUCTION, timestamp); + bs.Write((unsigned char) type); + bs.Write(replica->GetNetworkID()); + + if (recipient!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + { + if (AddToAndWriteExclusionList(recipient, &bs, exclusionList)==false) + return; + bs.Write(replicaData); + + Send(&bs, recipient, priority, reliability, orderingChannel); + } + else + { + DataStructures::OrderedList output, culledOutput; + GetConnectionsWithReplicaConstructed(replica, output); + CullByAndAddToExclusionList(output, culledOutput, exclusionList); + WriteExclusionList(&bs, exclusionList); + bs.Write(replicaData); + + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < output.Size(); i++) + Send(&bs, output[i]->GetSystemAddress(), priority, reliability, orderingChannel); + } + } +} + +void ReplicaManager2::SendSerialize(Replica2 *replica, BitStream *replicaData, SystemAddress recipient, RakNetTime timestamp, + DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusionList, + SerializationType type, + PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel) +{ + if (replica==0) + return; + + if (replica->GetNetworkID()==UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID) + return; + + if (replica->QueryIsSerializationAuthority()==false) + return; + + // Add to list of replicas if not already there + bool newReference; + Reference(replica, &newReference); + + if (newReference && replica->QueryConstruction(0)==BQR_ALWAYS) + { + replica->BroadcastConstruction(); + } + + bool newConnection; + Connection_RM2* connection; + + RakNet::BitStream bs; + WriteHeader(&bs, ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_SERIALIZE, timestamp); + bs.Write((unsigned char) type); + bs.Write(replica->GetNetworkID()); + + if (recipient!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + { + connection = AutoCreateConnection(recipient, &newConnection); + if (connection==0) + return; + if (newConnection) + DownloadToNewConnection(connection, timestamp, defaultPacketPriority, defaultPacketReliablity, defaultOrderingChannel); + + if (AddToAndWriteExclusionList(recipient, &bs, exclusionList)==false) + return; + bs.Write(replicaData); + + // Send the packet + Send(&bs, recipient, priority, reliability, orderingChannel); + } + else + { + DataStructures::OrderedList output, culledOutput; + GetConnectionsWithSerializeVisibility(replica, output); + + CullByAndAddToExclusionList(output, culledOutput, exclusionList); + WriteExclusionList(&bs, exclusionList); + bs.Write(replicaData); + + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < culledOutput.Size(); i++) + { + connection=culledOutput[i]; + Send(&bs, connection->GetSystemAddress(), priority, reliability, orderingChannel); + } + } +} +void ReplicaManager2::SendVisibility(Replica2 *replica, BitStream *replicaData, SystemAddress recipient, RakNetTime timestamp, + DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusionList, + SerializationType type, + PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel) +{ + if (replica==0) + return; + + bool newConnection; + Connection_RM2* connection; + + if (replica->GetNetworkID()==UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID) + return; + + // Add to list of replicas if not already there + bool newReference; + Reference(replica, &newReference); + + if (newReference && replica->QueryConstruction(0)==BQR_ALWAYS) + { + replica->BroadcastConstruction(); + } + + RakNet::BitStream bs; + WriteHeader(&bs, ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_SCOPE_CHANGE, timestamp); + bs.Write((unsigned char) type); + bs.Write(replica->GetNetworkID()); + + if (recipient!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + { + if (AddToAndWriteExclusionList(recipient, &bs, exclusionList)==false) + return; + + connection = AutoCreateConnection(recipient, &newConnection); + if (connection==0) + return; + if (newConnection) + DownloadToNewConnection(connection, timestamp, defaultPacketPriority, defaultPacketReliablity, defaultOrderingChannel); + + bs.Write(replicaData); + + if (SerializationContext::IsVisibilityCommand(type)) + { + if (SerializationContext::IsVisible(type)) + AddVisibilityReference(connection, replica); + else + RemoveVisibilityReference(connection, replica); + } + // Send the packet + Send(&bs, recipient, priority, reliability, orderingChannel); + } + else + { + DataStructures::OrderedList culledOutput; + CullByAndAddToExclusionList(connectionList, culledOutput, exclusionList); + WriteExclusionList(&bs, exclusionList); + bs.Write(replicaData); + + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < culledOutput.Size(); i++) + { + connection=culledOutput[i]; + if (SerializationContext::IsVisible(type)) + AddVisibilityReference(connection, replica); + else + RemoveVisibilityReference(connection, replica); + Send(&bs, connection->GetSystemAddress(), priority, reliability, orderingChannel); + } + } +} +void ReplicaManager2::Dereference(Replica2 *replica) +{ + unsigned i; + if (replica==0) + return; + + for (i=0; i < connectionList.Size(); i++) + { + connectionList[i]->lastConstructionList.RemoveIfExists(replica); + connectionList[i]->lastSerializationList.RemoveIfExists(replica); + } + + for (i=0; i < fullReplicaUnorderedList.Size(); i++) + { + if (fullReplicaUnorderedList[i]==replica) + { + fullReplicaUnorderedList.RemoveAtIndex(i); + break; + } + } + + fullReplicaOrderedList.RemoveIfExists(replica); + alwaysDoConstructReplicaOrderedList.RemoveIfExists(replica); + alwaysDoSerializeReplicaOrderedList.RemoveIfExists(replica); + variableConstructReplicaOrderedList.RemoveIfExists(replica); + variableSerializeReplicaOrderedList.RemoveIfExists(replica); +} +void ReplicaManager2::Update(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; + + unsigned i; + + if (autoUpdateConstruction || autoUpdateVisibility) + { + for (i=0; i < connectionList.Size(); i++) + { + if (autoUpdateConstruction) + connectionList[i]->SetConstructionByReplicaQuery(this); + if (autoUpdateVisibility) + connectionList[i]->SetVisibilityByReplicaQuery(this); + } + } + + if (doReplicaAutoUpdate) + { + RakNetTime currentTime = RakNet::GetTime(); + for (i=0; i < fullReplicaUnorderedList.Size(); i++) + { + fullReplicaUnorderedList[i]->ElapseAutoSerializeTimers(currentTime-lastUpdateTime,false); + } + lastUpdateTime=currentTime; + } + +} +unsigned ReplicaManager2::GetReplicaCount(void) const +{ + return fullReplicaUnorderedList.Size(); +} +Replica2 *ReplicaManager2::GetReplicaAtIndex(unsigned index) +{ + return fullReplicaUnorderedList[index]; +} +void ReplicaManager2::SetAutoAddNewConnections(bool autoDownload) +{ + autoAddNewConnections=autoDownload; +} +void ReplicaManager2::SetDoReplicaAutoSerializeUpdate(bool autoUpdate) +{ + doReplicaAutoUpdate=autoUpdate; +} +void ReplicaManager2::SetConnectionFactory(Connection_RM2Factory *factory) +{ + RakAssert(factory); + connectionFactoryInterface=factory; +} +unsigned ReplicaManager2::GetConnectionCount(void) const +{ + return connectionList.Size(); +} +Connection_RM2* ReplicaManager2::GetConnectionAtIndex(unsigned index) const +{ + return connectionList[index]; +} +Connection_RM2* ReplicaManager2::GetConnectionBySystemAddress(SystemAddress systemAddress) const +{ + bool objectExists; + unsigned index = connectionList.GetIndexFromKey(systemAddress, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + return connectionList[index]; + return 0; +} +unsigned int ReplicaManager2::GetConnectionIndexBySystemAddress(SystemAddress systemAddress) const +{ + bool objectExists; + unsigned index = connectionList.GetIndexFromKey(systemAddress, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + return index; + return (unsigned int) -1; +} +void ReplicaManager2::SetDefaultOrderingChannel(char def) +{ + defaultOrderingChannel=def; +} +void ReplicaManager2::SetDefaultPacketPriority(PacketPriority def) +{ + defaultPacketPriority=def; +} +void ReplicaManager2::SetDefaultPacketReliability(PacketReliability def) +{ + defaultPacketReliablity=def; +} +void ReplicaManager2::SetAutoUpdateScope(bool construction, bool visibility) +{ + autoUpdateConstruction=construction; + autoUpdateVisibility=visibility; +} +void ReplicaManager2::RecalculateVisibility(Replica2 *replica) +{ + Dereference(replica); + bool newReference; + Reference(replica, &newReference); + + if (replica->QueryConstruction(0)==BQR_NEVER && autoUpdateConstruction) + { + // Destroy on all systems + replica->SendDestruction(UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, SEND_DESTRUCTION_VISIBILITY_RECALCULATION_TO_SYSTEM); + } + if (replica->QueryConstruction(0)==BQR_ALWAYS && autoUpdateConstruction) + { + // Create on all systems + replica->SendConstruction(UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, SEND_CONSTRUCTION_VISIBILITY_RECALCULATION_TO_SYSTEM); + } + if (replica->QueryVisibility(0)==BQR_ALWAYS && autoUpdateVisibility) + { + // Set visibility and creation on all systems + replica->SendVisibility(UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, UNDEFINED_REASON); + replica->SendSerialize(UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, UNDEFINED_REASON); + } +} +void ReplicaManager2::GetConnectionsWithReplicaConstructed(Replica2 *replica, DataStructures::OrderedList &output) +{ + BooleanQueryResult res; + res = replica->QueryConstruction(0); + if (res==BQR_ALWAYS) + { + output=connectionList; + } + else if (res!=BQR_NEVER) + { + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < connectionList.Size(); i++) + { + if (connectionList[i]->lastConstructionList.HasData(replica)) + output.Insert(connectionList[i]->GetSystemAddress(),connectionList[i], false); + } + } +} +void ReplicaManager2::GetConnectionsWithSerializeVisibility(Replica2 *replica, DataStructures::OrderedList &output) +{ + BooleanQueryResult res; + res = replica->QueryVisibility(0); + if (res==BQR_ALWAYS) + { + GetConnectionsWithReplicaConstructed(replica, output); + } + else if (res!=BQR_NEVER) + { + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < connectionList.Size(); i++) + { + if (connectionList[i]->lastSerializationList.HasData(replica)) + output.Insert(connectionList[i]->GetSystemAddress(),connectionList[i], false); + } + } +} +RakPeerInterface *ReplicaManager2::GetRakPeer(void) const +{ + return rakPeer; +} +Connection_RM2* ReplicaManager2::AutoCreateConnection(SystemAddress systemAddress, bool *newConnection) +{ + if (autoAddNewConnections) + return CreateConnectionIfDoesNotExist(systemAddress, newConnection); + else + { + bool objectExists; + unsigned index = connectionList.GetIndexFromKey(systemAddress, &objectExists); + *newConnection=false; + if (objectExists==false) + { + return 0; + } + return connectionList[index]; + } +} +Connection_RM2* ReplicaManager2::CreateConnectionIfDoesNotExist(SystemAddress systemAddress, bool *newConnection) +{ + bool objectExists; + unsigned index = connectionList.GetIndexFromKey(systemAddress, &objectExists); + if (objectExists==false) + { + // If it crashes here, you need to call SetConnection_RM2Factory + Connection_RM2 *connection = connectionFactoryInterface->AllocConnection(); + connection->SetSystemAddress(systemAddress); + connectionList.Insert(systemAddress, connection, false); + *newConnection=true; + return connection; + } + *newConnection=false; + return connectionList[index]; +} +bool ReplicaManager2::AddNewConnection(SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + bool newConnection; + Connection_RM2* connection = CreateConnectionIfDoesNotExist(systemAddress, &newConnection); + if (newConnection) + DownloadToNewConnection(connection, 0, defaultPacketPriority, defaultPacketReliablity, defaultOrderingChannel); + return newConnection; +} +bool ReplicaManager2::RemoveConnection(SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + unsigned int index = GetConnectionIndexBySystemAddress(systemAddress); + if (index!=(unsigned int) -1) + { + connectionFactoryInterface->DeallocConnection(connectionList[index]); + connectionList.RemoveAtIndex(index); + return true; + } + return false; +} +bool ReplicaManager2::HasConnection(SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + unsigned int index = GetConnectionIndexBySystemAddress(systemAddress); + return index!=(unsigned int) -1; +} +void ReplicaManager2::Reference(Replica2* replica, bool *newReference) +{ + replica->SetReplicaManager(this); + + bool objectExists; + unsigned index = fullReplicaOrderedList.GetIndexFromKey(replica,&objectExists); + if (objectExists==false) + { + fullReplicaUnorderedList.Insert(replica); + fullReplicaOrderedList.InsertAtIndex(replica, index); + + BooleanQueryResult queryResult; + queryResult = replica->QueryConstruction(0); + if (queryResult==BQR_ALWAYS) + alwaysDoConstructReplicaOrderedList.Insert(replica,replica, false); + else if (queryResult!=BQR_NEVER) + variableConstructReplicaOrderedList.Insert(replica,replica, false); + queryResult = replica->QueryVisibility(0); + if (queryResult==BQR_ALWAYS) + alwaysDoSerializeReplicaOrderedList.Insert(replica,replica, false); + else if (queryResult!=BQR_NEVER) + variableSerializeReplicaOrderedList.Insert(replica,replica, false); + + *newReference=true; + + return; + } + *newReference=false; +} +void ReplicaManager2::AddConstructionReference(Connection_RM2* connection, Replica2* replica) +{ + if (replica->QueryIsConstructionAuthority() && replica->QueryConstruction(0)!=BQR_ALWAYS && replica->QueryConstruction(0)!=BQR_NEVER) + connection->lastConstructionList.Insert(replica, replica, false); +} +void ReplicaManager2::AddVisibilityReference(Connection_RM2* connection, Replica2* replica) +{ + if (replica->QueryIsVisibilityAuthority() && replica->QueryVisibility(0)!=BQR_ALWAYS && replica->QueryVisibility(0)!=BQR_NEVER) + connection->lastSerializationList.Insert(replica, replica, false); +} +void ReplicaManager2::RemoveVisibilityReference(Connection_RM2* connection, Replica2* replica) +{ + if (replica->QueryIsVisibilityAuthority() && replica->QueryVisibility(0)!=BQR_ALWAYS && replica->QueryVisibility(0)!=BQR_NEVER) + connection->lastSerializationList.RemoveIfExists(replica); +} +void ReplicaManager2::WriteHeader(RakNet::BitStream *bs, MessageID type, RakNetTime timestamp) +{ + if (timestamp!=0) + { + bs->Write((MessageID)ID_TIMESTAMP); + bs->Write(timestamp); + } + bs->Write(type); +} +void ReplicaManager2::OnCloseConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + (void) peer; + + RemoveConnection(systemAddress); +} +void ReplicaManager2::OnShutdown(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; + Clear(); +} +void ReplicaManager2::OnAttach(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + rakPeer=peer; + lastUpdateTime=RakNet::GetTime(); +} +PluginReceiveResult ReplicaManager2::OnReceive(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + RakNetTime timestamp=0; + unsigned char packetIdentifier, packetDataOffset; + if ( ( unsigned char ) packet->data[ 0 ] == ID_TIMESTAMP ) + { + if ( packet->length > sizeof( unsigned char ) + sizeof( RakNetTime ) ) + { + packetIdentifier = ( unsigned char ) packet->data[ sizeof( unsigned char ) + sizeof( RakNetTime ) ]; + // Required for proper endian swapping + RakNet::BitStream tsBs(packet->data+sizeof(MessageID),packet->length-1,false); + tsBs.Read(timestamp); + packetDataOffset=sizeof( unsigned char )*2 + sizeof( RakNetTime ); + } + else + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + } + else + { + packetIdentifier = ( unsigned char ) packet->data[ 0 ]; + packetDataOffset=sizeof( unsigned char ); + } + + switch (packetIdentifier) + { + case ID_NEW_INCOMING_CONNECTION: + case ID_CONNECTION_REQUEST_ACCEPTED: + if (autoAddNewConnections) + AddNewConnection(packet->systemAddress); + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; + case ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION: + case ID_CONNECTION_LOST: + OnCloseConnection(peer, packet->systemAddress); + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; + case ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_DOWNLOAD_STARTED: + return OnDownloadStarted(packet->data+packetDataOffset, packet->length-packetDataOffset, packet->systemAddress, timestamp); + case ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_DOWNLOAD_COMPLETE: + return OnDownloadComplete(packet->data+packetDataOffset, packet->length-packetDataOffset, packet->systemAddress, timestamp); + case ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_CONSTRUCTION: + return OnConstruction(packet->data+packetDataOffset, packet->length-packetDataOffset, packet->systemAddress, timestamp); + case ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_DESTRUCTION: + return OnDestruction(packet->data+packetDataOffset, packet->length-packetDataOffset, packet->systemAddress, timestamp); + case ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_SCOPE_CHANGE: + return OnVisibilityChange(packet->data+packetDataOffset, packet->length-packetDataOffset, packet->systemAddress, timestamp); + case ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_SERIALIZE: + return OnSerialize(packet->data+packetDataOffset, packet->length-packetDataOffset, packet->systemAddress, timestamp); + } + + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; +} +PluginReceiveResult ReplicaManager2::OnDownloadStarted(unsigned char *packetData, int packetDataLength, SystemAddress sender, RakNetTime timestamp) +{ + RakNet::BitStream incomingBitstream(packetData, packetDataLength, false); + bool newConnection; + Connection_RM2* connection = AutoCreateConnection(sender, &newConnection); + if (connection==0) + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; + SerializationType serializationType; + unsigned char c; + incomingBitstream.Read(c); + serializationType=(SerializationType) c; + connection->DeserializeDownloadStarted(&incomingBitstream, sender, this, timestamp, serializationType); + + if (newConnection) + DownloadToNewConnection(connection, timestamp, defaultPacketPriority, defaultPacketReliablity, defaultOrderingChannel); + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; +} +PluginReceiveResult ReplicaManager2::OnDownloadComplete(unsigned char *packetData, int packetDataLength, SystemAddress sender, RakNetTime timestamp) +{ + RakNet::BitStream incomingBitstream(packetData, packetDataLength, false); + bool newConnection; + Connection_RM2* connection = AutoCreateConnection(sender, &newConnection); + if (connection==0) + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; + SerializationType serializationType; + unsigned char c; + incomingBitstream.Read(c); + serializationType=(SerializationType) c; + connection->DeserializeDownloadComplete(&incomingBitstream, sender, this, timestamp, serializationType); + + if (newConnection) + DownloadToNewConnection(connection, timestamp, defaultPacketPriority, defaultPacketReliablity, defaultOrderingChannel); + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; +} + +PluginReceiveResult ReplicaManager2::OnConstruction(unsigned char *packetData, int packetDataLength, SystemAddress sender, RakNetTime timestamp) +{ + RakNet::BitStream incomingBitstream(packetData, packetDataLength, false); + bool newConnection; + Connection_RM2* connection = AutoCreateConnection(sender, &newConnection); + if (connection==0) + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; + SerializationType serializationType; + unsigned char c; + incomingBitstream.Read(c); + serializationType=(SerializationType) c; + NetworkID networkId=UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID; + unsigned char localClientId=255; + bool success; + incomingBitstream.Read(networkId); + success=incomingBitstream.Read(localClientId); + RakAssert(success); + + DataStructures::OrderedList exclusionList; + ReadExclusionList(&incomingBitstream, exclusionList); + exclusionList.Insert(sender,sender, false); + + Replica2* replica; + replica = connection->ReceiveConstruct(&incomingBitstream, networkId, sender, localClientId, serializationType, this, timestamp,exclusionList); + if (replica) + { + // Register this object on this connection + AddConstructionReference(connection, replica); + } + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; +} +PluginReceiveResult ReplicaManager2::OnDestruction(unsigned char *packetData, int packetDataLength, SystemAddress sender, RakNetTime timestamp) +{ + if (HasConnection(sender)==false) + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; + + RakNet::BitStream incomingBitstream(packetData, packetDataLength, false); + SerializationType serializationType; + unsigned char c; + incomingBitstream.Read(c); + serializationType=(SerializationType) c; + NetworkID networkId; + incomingBitstream.Read(networkId); + DataStructures::OrderedList exclusionList; + ReadExclusionList(&incomingBitstream, exclusionList); + exclusionList.Insert(sender,sender, false); + Replica2 * replica = rakPeer->GetNetworkIDManager()->GET_OBJECT_FROM_ID( networkId ); + if (replica) + { + // Verify that this is a registered object, so it actually is a Replica2 + if (fullReplicaOrderedList.HasData((Replica2 *)replica)==false) + { + // This object is not registered + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + } + + replica->ReceiveDestruction(sender, &incomingBitstream, serializationType, timestamp,exclusionList ); + } + // else this object is unknown + + + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; +} +PluginReceiveResult ReplicaManager2::OnVisibilityChange(unsigned char *packetData, int packetDataLength, SystemAddress sender, RakNetTime timestamp) +{ + RakNet::BitStream incomingBitstream(packetData, packetDataLength, false); + bool newConnection; + Connection_RM2* connection = AutoCreateConnection(sender, &newConnection); + if (connection==0) + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; + SerializationType serializationType; + + unsigned char c; + incomingBitstream.Read(c); + serializationType=(SerializationType) c; + NetworkID networkId; + incomingBitstream.Read(networkId); + DataStructures::OrderedList exclusionList; + ReadExclusionList(&incomingBitstream, exclusionList); + exclusionList.Insert(sender,sender, false); + + Replica2 *replica = rakPeer->GetNetworkIDManager()->GET_OBJECT_FROM_ID( networkId ); + if (replica) + { + // Verify that this is a registered object, so it actually is a Replica2 + if (fullReplicaOrderedList.HasData((Replica2 *)replica)==false) + { + RakAssert(0); + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + } + + replica->ReceiveVisibility(sender, &incomingBitstream, serializationType, timestamp,exclusionList); + + AddConstructionReference(connection, replica); + + // Update the last known visibility list + if (SerializationContext::IsVisibilityCommand(serializationType)) + { + if (SerializationContext::IsVisible(serializationType)) + AddVisibilityReference(connection, replica); + else + RemoveVisibilityReference(connection, replica); + } + } + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; +} +PluginReceiveResult ReplicaManager2::OnSerialize(unsigned char *packetData, int packetDataLength, SystemAddress sender, RakNetTime timestamp) +{ + RakNet::BitStream incomingBitstream(packetData, packetDataLength, false); + Connection_RM2* connection = GetConnectionBySystemAddress(sender); + if (connection==0) + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; + SerializationType serializationType; + unsigned char c; + incomingBitstream.Read(c); + serializationType=(SerializationType) c; + NetworkID networkId; + incomingBitstream.Read(networkId); + DataStructures::OrderedList exclusionList; + ReadExclusionList(&incomingBitstream, exclusionList); + exclusionList.Insert(sender,sender, false); + + Replica2 *replica = rakPeer->GetNetworkIDManager()->GET_OBJECT_FROM_ID( networkId ); + if (replica) + { + // Verify that this is a registered object, so it actually is a Replica2 + if (fullReplicaOrderedList.HasData((Replica2 *)replica)==false) + { + RakAssert(0); + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + } + + exclusionList.Insert(sender,sender, false); + + replica->ReceiveSerialize(sender, &incomingBitstream, serializationType, timestamp,exclusionList); + + AddConstructionReference(connection, replica); + } + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; +} +bool ReplicaManager2::AddToAndWriteExclusionList(SystemAddress recipient, RakNet::BitStream *bs, DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusionList) +{ + if (exclusionList.HasData(recipient)) + return false; + exclusionList.Insert(recipient,recipient,true); + WriteExclusionList(bs,exclusionList); + return true; +} +void ReplicaManager2::WriteExclusionList(RakNet::BitStream *bs, DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusionList) +{ + bs->WriteCompressed(exclusionList.Size()); + for (unsigned exclusionListIndex=0; exclusionListIndex < exclusionList.Size(); exclusionListIndex++ ) + bs->Write(exclusionList[exclusionListIndex]); +} + +void ReplicaManager2::CullByAndAddToExclusionList( + DataStructures::OrderedList &inputList, + DataStructures::OrderedList &culledOutput, + DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusionList) +{ + Connection_RM2* connection; + unsigned i; + unsigned exclusionListIndex=0; + for (i=0; i < inputList.Size(); i++) + { + connection=inputList[i]; + while (exclusionListIndex < exclusionList.Size() && exclusionList[exclusionListIndex] < connection->GetSystemAddress()) + exclusionListIndex++; + if (exclusionListIndex < exclusionList.Size() && exclusionList[exclusionListIndex]==connection->GetSystemAddress()) + { + exclusionListIndex++; + continue; + } + culledOutput.InsertAtEnd(connection); + } + + for (i=0; i < culledOutput.Size(); i++) + exclusionList.Insert(culledOutput[i]->GetSystemAddress(),culledOutput[i]->GetSystemAddress(),true); +} +void ReplicaManager2::ReadExclusionList(RakNet::BitStream *bs, DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusionList) +{ + unsigned int exclusionListSize; + bs->ReadCompressed(exclusionListSize); + for (unsigned exclusionListIndex=0; exclusionListIndex < exclusionListSize; exclusionListIndex++) + { + SystemAddress systemToExclude; + bs->Read(systemToExclude); + exclusionList.InsertAtEnd(systemToExclude); + } +} +void ReplicaManager2::Send(RakNet::BitStream *bs, SystemAddress recipient, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel) +{ + if (priority==NUMBER_OF_PRIORITIES) + priority=defaultPacketPriority; + if (reliability==NUMBER_OF_RELIABILITIES) + reliability=defaultPacketReliablity; + if (orderingChannel==-1) + orderingChannel=defaultOrderingChannel; + rakPeer->Send(bs, priority,reliability,orderingChannel,recipient,false); +} +void ReplicaManager2::Clear(void) +{ + fullReplicaUnorderedList.Clear(); + fullReplicaOrderedList.Clear(); + alwaysDoConstructReplicaOrderedList.Clear(); + alwaysDoSerializeReplicaOrderedList.Clear(); + variableConstructReplicaOrderedList.Clear(); + variableSerializeReplicaOrderedList.Clear(); + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < connectionList.Size(); i++) + connectionFactoryInterface->DeallocConnection(connectionList[i]); + connectionList.Clear(); +} +void ReplicaManager2::DownloadToNewConnection(Connection_RM2* connection, RakNetTime timestamp, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel) +{ + unsigned int i; + RakNet::BitStream bs, bs2; + BooleanQueryResult bqr; + SystemAddress systemAddress = connection->GetSystemAddress(); + SerializationContext serializationContext; + serializationContext.recipientAddress=systemAddress; + serializationContext.relaySourceAddress=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + serializationContext.serializationType=SEND_CONSTRUCTION_SERIALIZATION_AUTO_INITIAL_DOWNLOAD_TO_SYSTEM; + serializationContext.timestamp=0; + + // bs2 is so SerializeDownloadStarted can change the timestamp + connection->SerializeDownloadStarted(&bs2, this, &serializationContext); + WriteHeader(&bs, ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_DOWNLOAD_STARTED, timestamp); + bs.Write((unsigned char) SEND_CONSTRUCTION_SERIALIZATION_AUTO_INITIAL_DOWNLOAD_TO_SYSTEM); + bs.Write(&bs2); + Send(&bs, connection->GetSystemAddress(), priority, reliability, orderingChannel); + + // Construct all objects before serializing them. This way the recipient will have valid NetworkID references. + // Send all objects that always exist + for (i=0; i < fullReplicaUnorderedList.Size(); i++) + { + if (fullReplicaUnorderedList[i]->QueryIsConstructionAuthority()) + { + bqr=fullReplicaUnorderedList[i]->QueryConstruction(connection); + if (bqr==BQR_ALWAYS || bqr==BQR_YES) + fullReplicaUnorderedList[i]->SendConstruction(systemAddress, SEND_CONSTRUCTION_SERIALIZATION_AUTO_INITIAL_DOWNLOAD_TO_SYSTEM); + // Remember for this particular connection that we already sent this update to this system + if (bqr==BQR_YES) + AddConstructionReference(connection, fullReplicaUnorderedList[i]); + } + } + + bool notVisible; + + // Send all objects that are always visible + for (i=0; i < fullReplicaUnorderedList.Size(); i++) + { + notVisible=false; + if (fullReplicaUnorderedList[i]->QueryIsVisibilityAuthority()) + { + bqr=fullReplicaUnorderedList[i]->QueryVisibility(connection); + if (bqr==BQR_ALWAYS || bqr==BQR_YES) + { + fullReplicaUnorderedList[i]->SendVisibility(systemAddress, SEND_VISIBILITY_AUTO_INITIAL_DOWNLOAD_TO_SYSTEM); + // Remember for this particular connection that we already sent this update to this system + if (bqr==BQR_YES) + AddVisibilityReference(connection, fullReplicaUnorderedList[i]); + } + else + notVisible=true; + } + + if (fullReplicaUnorderedList[i]->QueryIsSerializationAuthority() && notVisible==false) + fullReplicaUnorderedList[i]->SendSerialize(systemAddress, SEND_DATA_SERIALIZATION_AUTO_INITIAL_DOWNLOAD_TO_SYSTEM); + } + + bs.Reset(); + // bs2 is so SerializeDownloadComplete can change the timestamp + connection->SerializeDownloadComplete(&bs2, this,&serializationContext); + WriteHeader(&bs, ID_REPLICA_MANAGER_DOWNLOAD_COMPLETE, timestamp); + bs.Write((unsigned char) SEND_CONSTRUCTION_SERIALIZATION_AUTO_INITIAL_DOWNLOAD_TO_SYSTEM); + bs.Write(&bs2); + Send(&bs, connection->GetSystemAddress(), priority, reliability, orderingChannel); +} +Replica2::Replica2() +{ + rm2=0; hasClientID=false; + + DataStructures::Map::IMPLEMENT_DEFAULT_COMPARISON(); +} +Replica2::~Replica2() +{ + rm2->Dereference(this); + if (hasClientID) + clientPtrArray[clientID]=0; + ClearAutoSerializeTimers(); +} + +void Replica2::SetReplicaManager(ReplicaManager2* rm) +{ + rm2=rm; + if (GetNetworkIDManager()==0) + SetNetworkIDManager(rm->GetRakPeer()->GetNetworkIDManager()); +} +ReplicaManager2* Replica2::GetReplicaManager(void) const +{ + return rm2; +} +bool Replica2::SerializeDestruction(RakNet::BitStream *bitStream, SerializationContext *serializationContext) +{ + (void) bitStream; + (void) serializationContext; + + return true; +} +bool Replica2::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream *bitStream, SerializationContext *serializationContext) +{ + (void) bitStream; + (void) serializationContext; + + return true; +} +bool Replica2::SerializeVisibility(RakNet::BitStream *bitStream, SerializationContext *serializationContext) +{ + (void) bitStream; + (void) serializationContext; + + return true; +} +void Replica2::DeserializeDestruction(RakNet::BitStream *bitStream, SerializationType serializationType, SystemAddress sender, RakNetTime timestamp) +{ + (void) bitStream; + (void) serializationType; + (void) sender; + (void) timestamp; + +} +void Replica2::Deserialize(RakNet::BitStream *bitStream, SerializationType serializationType, SystemAddress sender, RakNetTime timestamp) +{ + (void) bitStream; + (void) serializationType; + (void) sender; + (void) timestamp; +} +void Replica2::DeserializeVisibility(RakNet::BitStream *bitStream, SerializationType serializationType, SystemAddress sender, RakNetTime timestamp) +{ + (void) bitStream; + (void) serializationType; + (void) sender; + (void) timestamp; +} +void Replica2::SendConstruction(SystemAddress recipientAddress, SerializationType serializationType) +{ + RakNet::BitStream bs; + SerializationContext defaultContext; + + if (serializationType==UNDEFINED_REASON) + { + if (QueryIsConstructionAuthority()==false) + defaultContext.serializationType=SEND_CONSTRUCTION_REQUEST_TO_SERVER; + else + defaultContext.serializationType=SEND_CONSTRUCTION_GENERIC_TO_SYSTEM; + } + else + defaultContext.serializationType=serializationType; + + defaultContext.relaySourceAddress=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + defaultContext.recipientAddress=recipientAddress; + defaultContext.timestamp=0; + + unsigned char localId; + if (QueryIsConstructionAuthority()==false) + localId=Replica2::clientSharedID++; + else + localId=0; + + DataStructures::OrderedList exclusionList; + if (SerializeConstruction(&bs, &defaultContext)) + rm2->SendConstruction(this,&bs,recipientAddress,defaultContext.timestamp,true,exclusionList,localId,defaultContext.serializationType); +} +void Replica2::SendDestruction(SystemAddress recipientAddress, SerializationType serializationType) +{ + RakNet::BitStream bs; + SerializationContext defaultContext(serializationType, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, recipientAddress,0); + + if (serializationType==UNDEFINED_REASON) + defaultContext.serializationType=SEND_DESTRUCTION_GENERIC_TO_SYSTEM; + + DataStructures::OrderedList exclusionList; + if (SerializeDestruction(&bs, &defaultContext)) + rm2->SendDestruction(this,&bs,recipientAddress,defaultContext.timestamp,true,exclusionList,defaultContext.serializationType); +} +void Replica2::SendSerialize(SystemAddress recipientAddress, SerializationType serializationType) +{ + RakNet::BitStream bs; + SerializationContext defaultContext(serializationType, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, recipientAddress,0); + + if (serializationType==UNDEFINED_REASON) + defaultContext.serializationType=SEND_SERIALIZATION_GENERIC_TO_SYSTEM; + + if (Serialize(&bs, &defaultContext)) + { + DataStructures::OrderedList exclusionList; + rm2->SendSerialize(this,&bs,recipientAddress,defaultContext.timestamp,exclusionList,defaultContext.serializationType); + } +} +void Replica2::SendVisibility(SystemAddress recipientAddress, SerializationType serializationType) +{ + RakNet::BitStream bs; + SerializationContext defaultContext(serializationType, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, recipientAddress,0); + + if (serializationType==UNDEFINED_REASON) + defaultContext.serializationType=SEND_VISIBILITY_TRUE_TO_SYSTEM; + + if (SerializeVisibility(&bs, &defaultContext)) + { + DataStructures::OrderedList exclusionList; + rm2->SendVisibility(this,&bs,recipientAddress,defaultContext.timestamp,exclusionList,defaultContext.serializationType); + } +} +void Replica2::BroadcastSerialize(SerializationContext *serializationContext) +{ + RakNet::BitStream bs; + SerializationContext defaultContext(BROADCAST_SERIALIZATION_GENERIC_TO_SYSTEM, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS,0); + SerializationContext *usedContext; + if (serializationContext) + usedContext=serializationContext; + else + usedContext=&defaultContext; + + bool newReference; + rm2->Reference(this, &newReference); + + // If this is a new object, then before sending serialization we should send construction to all systems + if (newReference && QueryConstruction(0)==BQR_ALWAYS) + { + BroadcastConstruction(); + } + + DataStructures::OrderedList exclusionList; + for (unsigned i=0; i < rm2->GetConnectionCount(); i++) + { + usedContext->recipientAddress=rm2->GetConnectionAtIndex(i)->GetSystemAddress(); + if (usedContext->relaySourceAddress==usedContext->recipientAddress) + continue; + bs.Reset(); + if (Serialize(&bs, usedContext)==false) + continue; + exclusionList.Clear(); + for (unsigned j=0; j < rm2->connectionList.Size(); j++) + { + if (rm2->connectionList[j]->GetSystemAddress()!=usedContext->recipientAddress) + exclusionList.InsertAtEnd(rm2->connectionList[j]->GetSystemAddress()); + } + rm2->SendSerialize(this,&bs,usedContext->recipientAddress,usedContext->timestamp,exclusionList,usedContext->serializationType); + } +} + +void Replica2::ReceiveSerialize(SystemAddress sender, RakNet::BitStream *serializedObject, SerializationType serializationType, RakNetTime timestamp, DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusionList ) +{ + // Force all autoserialize timers to go off early, so any variable changes from the Deserialize event do not themselves trigger an autoserialize event + ForceElapseAllAutoserializeTimers(false); + + // Deserialize the new data + Deserialize(serializedObject, serializationType, sender, timestamp); + + // Update last values for all autoserialize timers + ForceElapseAllAutoserializeTimers(true); + + SerializationContext serializationContext; + serializationContext.serializationType=RELAY_SERIALIZATION_TO_SYSTEMS; + serializationContext.timestamp=timestamp; + serializationContext.relaySourceAddress=sender; + + + BooleanQueryResult bqr; + RakNet::BitStream bs; + unsigned exclusionListIndex=0; + for (unsigned i=0; i < rm2->connectionList.Size(); i++) + { + serializationContext.recipientAddress=rm2->connectionList[i]->GetSystemAddress(); + while (exclusionListIndex < exclusionList.Size() && exclusionList[exclusionListIndex] < serializationContext.recipientAddress) + exclusionListIndex++; + if (exclusionListIndex < exclusionList.Size() && exclusionList[exclusionListIndex]==serializationContext.recipientAddress) + { + exclusionListIndex++; + continue; + } + + // Don't relay serializations if this object should not be visible + bqr=QueryVisibility(rm2->connectionList[i]); + if (bqr==BQR_NEVER || bqr==BQR_NO) + continue; + + bs.Reset(); + if (Serialize(&bs, &serializationContext)==false) + continue; + rm2->SendSerialize(this,&bs,serializationContext.recipientAddress,serializationContext.timestamp,exclusionList,serializationContext.serializationType); + } +} + +void Replica2::BroadcastConstruction(SerializationContext *serializationContext) +{ + RakNet::BitStream bs; + SerializationContext defaultContext(BROADCAST_CONSTRUCTION_GENERIC_TO_SYSTEM, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS,0); + SerializationContext *usedContext; + if (serializationContext) + usedContext=serializationContext; + else + { + usedContext=&defaultContext; + if (QueryIsConstructionAuthority()==false) + defaultContext.serializationType=SEND_CONSTRUCTION_REQUEST_TO_SERVER; + } + + bool newReference; + rm2->Reference(this, &newReference); + + DataStructures::OrderedList exclusionList; + + for (unsigned i=0; i < rm2->GetConnectionCount(); i++) + { + usedContext->recipientAddress=rm2->GetConnectionAtIndex(i)->GetSystemAddress(); + if (usedContext->relaySourceAddress==usedContext->recipientAddress) + continue; + bs.Reset(); + if (SerializeConstruction(&bs, usedContext)==false) + continue; + unsigned char localId; + if (QueryIsConstructionAuthority()==false) + { + clientPtrArray[Replica2::clientSharedID]=this; + localId=Replica2::clientSharedID++; + } + else + localId=0; + exclusionList.Clear(); + for (unsigned j=0; j < rm2->connectionList.Size(); j++) + { + if (rm2->connectionList[j]->GetSystemAddress()!=usedContext->recipientAddress) + exclusionList.InsertAtEnd(rm2->connectionList[j]->GetSystemAddress()); + } + rm2->SendConstruction(this,&bs,usedContext->recipientAddress,usedContext->timestamp,true,exclusionList, localId, usedContext->serializationType); + } + + // If this is a new object, then after sending construction we should send visibility and serialization if it is always visible or serialized + if (newReference) + { + bool notVisible=false; + BooleanQueryResult bqr; + bqr=QueryVisibility(0); + + if (bqr==BQR_ALWAYS) + BroadcastVisibility(true); + else if (bqr==BQR_NEVER) + notVisible=true; + + if (notVisible==false) + BroadcastSerialize(); + } +} +Replica2 * Replica2::ReceiveConstructionReply(SystemAddress sender, BitStream *replicaData, bool constructionAllowed) +{ + (void) replicaData; + (void) sender; + + if (constructionAllowed==false) + { + delete this; + return 0; + } + + return this; +} + +void Replica2::BroadcastDestruction(SerializationContext *serializationContext) +{ + RakNet::BitStream bs; + SerializationContext defaultContext(BROADCAST_DESTRUCTION_GENERIC_TO_SYSTEM, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, 0); + SerializationContext *usedContext; + if (serializationContext) + usedContext=serializationContext; + else + usedContext=&defaultContext; + + DataStructures::OrderedList culledOutput; + DataStructures::OrderedList exclusionList; + rm2->CullByAndAddToExclusionList(rm2->connectionList, culledOutput, exclusionList); + + for (unsigned i=0; i < rm2->GetConnectionCount(); i++) + { + usedContext->recipientAddress=rm2->GetConnectionAtIndex(i)->GetSystemAddress(); + if (usedContext->relaySourceAddress==usedContext->recipientAddress) + continue; + bs.Reset(); + if (SerializeDestruction(&bs, usedContext)==false) + continue; + exclusionList.Clear(); + for (unsigned j=0; j < rm2->connectionList.Size(); j++) + { + if (rm2->connectionList[j]->GetSystemAddress()!=usedContext->recipientAddress) + exclusionList.InsertAtEnd(rm2->connectionList[j]->GetSystemAddress()); + } + rm2->SendDestruction(this,&bs,usedContext->recipientAddress,usedContext->timestamp,true,exclusionList,usedContext->serializationType); + } +} +void Replica2::BroadcastVisibility(bool isVisible, SerializationContext *serializationContext) +{ + RakNet::BitStream bs; + SerializationContext defaultContext; + SerializationContext *usedContext; + + if (serializationContext) + { + usedContext=serializationContext; + } + else + { + if (isVisible) + defaultContext.serializationType=BROADCAST_VISIBILITY_TRUE_TO_SYSTEM; + else + defaultContext.serializationType=BROADCAST_VISIBILITY_FALSE_TO_SYSTEM; + defaultContext.relaySourceAddress=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + defaultContext.timestamp=0; + usedContext=&defaultContext; + } + + if ((QueryVisibility(0)==BQR_ALWAYS && isVisible==false) || + (QueryVisibility(0)==BQR_NEVER && isVisible==true)) + { + // This doesn't make sense + RakAssert(0); + return; + } + + bool newReference; + rm2->Reference(this, &newReference); + + // If this is a new object, then before sending visibility we should send construction to all systems + if (newReference && QueryConstruction(0)==BQR_ALWAYS) + { + BroadcastConstruction(); + } + + DataStructures::OrderedList exclusionList; + for (unsigned i=0; i < rm2->GetConnectionCount(); i++) + { + usedContext->recipientAddress=rm2->GetConnectionAtIndex(i)->GetSystemAddress(); + if (usedContext->relaySourceAddress==usedContext->recipientAddress) + continue; + bs.Reset(); + if (SerializeVisibility(&bs, usedContext)==false) + continue; + exclusionList.Clear(); + for (unsigned j=0; j < rm2->connectionList.Size(); j++) + { + if (rm2->connectionList[j]->GetSystemAddress()!=usedContext->recipientAddress) + exclusionList.InsertAtEnd(rm2->connectionList[j]->GetSystemAddress()); + } + rm2->SendVisibility(this,&bs,usedContext->recipientAddress,usedContext->timestamp,exclusionList,usedContext->serializationType); + } + + if (newReference && QueryVisibility(0)==BQR_ALWAYS) + { + BroadcastSerialize(); + } +} + +void Replica2::ReceiveDestruction(SystemAddress sender, RakNet::BitStream *serializedObject, SerializationType serializationType, RakNetTime timestamp, DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusionList ) +{ + DeserializeDestruction(serializedObject, serializationType, sender, timestamp); + + SerializationContext serializationContext; + serializationContext.serializationType=RELAY_DESTRUCTION_TO_SYSTEMS; + serializationContext.relaySourceAddress=sender; + serializationContext.timestamp=0; + + RakNet::BitStream bs; + unsigned exclusionListIndex=0; + for (unsigned i=0; i < rm2->connectionList.Size(); i++) + { + serializationContext.recipientAddress=rm2->connectionList[i]->GetSystemAddress(); + + while (exclusionListIndex < exclusionList.Size() && exclusionList[exclusionListIndex] < serializationContext.recipientAddress) + exclusionListIndex++; + if (exclusionListIndex < exclusionList.Size() && exclusionList[exclusionListIndex]==serializationContext.recipientAddress) + { + exclusionListIndex++; + continue; + } + + bs.Reset(); + if (SerializeDestruction(&bs, &serializationContext)==false) + continue; + rm2->SendDestruction(this,&bs,serializationContext.recipientAddress,serializationContext.timestamp,true,exclusionList,serializationContext.serializationType); + } + + DeleteOnReceiveDestruction(sender, serializedObject, serializationType, timestamp, exclusionList); +} +void Replica2::DeleteOnReceiveDestruction(SystemAddress sender, RakNet::BitStream *serializedObject, SerializationType serializationType, RakNetTime timestamp, DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusionList ) +{ + (void) sender; + (void) serializedObject; + (void) serializationType; + (void) timestamp; + (void) exclusionList; + delete this; +} +void Replica2::ReceiveVisibility(SystemAddress sender, RakNet::BitStream *serializedObject, SerializationType serializationType, RakNetTime timestamp, DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusionList) +{ + DeserializeVisibility(serializedObject, serializationType, sender, timestamp); + + SerializationContext serializationContext; + if (serializationType==SEND_VISIBILITY_TRUE_TO_SYSTEM || serializationType==BROADCAST_VISIBILITY_TRUE_TO_SYSTEM) + serializationContext.serializationType=RELAY_VISIBILITY_TRUE_TO_SYSTEMS; + else if (serializationType==SEND_VISIBILITY_FALSE_TO_SYSTEM || serializationType==BROADCAST_VISIBILITY_FALSE_TO_SYSTEM) + serializationContext.serializationType=RELAY_VISIBILITY_FALSE_TO_SYSTEMS; + else + serializationContext.serializationType=serializationType; + serializationContext.timestamp=timestamp; + serializationContext.relaySourceAddress=sender; + + RakNet::BitStream bs; + unsigned exclusionListIndex=0; + for (unsigned i=0; i < rm2->connectionList.Size(); i++) + { + serializationContext.recipientAddress=rm2->connectionList[i]->GetSystemAddress(); + + while (exclusionListIndex < exclusionList.Size() && exclusionList[exclusionListIndex] < serializationContext.recipientAddress) + exclusionListIndex++; + if (exclusionListIndex < exclusionList.Size() && exclusionList[exclusionListIndex]==serializationContext.recipientAddress) + { + exclusionListIndex++; + continue; + } + + bs.Reset(); + if (SerializeVisibility(&bs, &serializationContext)==false) + continue; + rm2->SendVisibility(this,&bs,serializationContext.recipientAddress,serializationContext.timestamp,exclusionList,serializationContext.serializationType); + } +} +BooleanQueryResult Replica2::QueryConstruction(Connection_RM2 *connection) +{ + (void) connection; + + return BQR_ALWAYS; +} +BooleanQueryResult Replica2::QueryVisibility(Connection_RM2 *connection) +{ + (void) connection; + + return BQR_ALWAYS; +} +bool Replica2::QueryIsConstructionAuthority(void) const +{ + return rm2->GetRakPeer()->GetNetworkIDManager()->IsNetworkIDAuthority(); +} +bool Replica2::QueryIsDestructionAuthority(void) const +{ + return rm2->GetRakPeer()->GetNetworkIDManager()->IsNetworkIDAuthority(); +} +bool Replica2::QueryIsVisibilityAuthority(void) const +{ + return rm2->GetRakPeer()->GetNetworkIDManager()->IsNetworkIDAuthority(); +} +bool Replica2::QueryIsSerializationAuthority(void) const +{ + return rm2->GetRakPeer()->GetNetworkIDManager()->IsNetworkIDAuthority(); +} +bool Replica2::AllowRemoteConstruction(SystemAddress sender, RakNet::BitStream *replicaData, SerializationType type, RakNetTime timestamp) +{ + (void) sender; + (void) replicaData; + (void) type; + (void) timestamp; + + return true; +} +void Replica2::ForceElapseAllAutoserializeTimers(bool resynchOnly) +{ + ElapseAutoSerializeTimers(99999999, resynchOnly); +} +void Replica2::ElapseAutoSerializeTimers(RakNetTime timeElapsed, bool resynchOnly) +{ + AutoSerializeEvent* ase; + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < autoSerializeTimers.Size(); i++) + { + ase = autoSerializeTimers[i]; + if (ase->remainingCountdown>timeElapsed) + { + ase->remainingCountdown-=timeElapsed; + } + else + { + ase->remainingCountdown=ase->initialCountdown; + + RakNet::BitStream *lastWrite, *newWrite; + if (ase->writeToResult1) + { + newWrite=&ase->lastAutoSerializeResult1; + lastWrite=&ase->lastAutoSerializeResult2; + } + else + { + newWrite=&ase->lastAutoSerializeResult2; + lastWrite=&ase->lastAutoSerializeResult1; + } + newWrite->Reset(); + OnAutoSerializeTimerElapsed(ase->serializationType,newWrite,lastWrite,ase->remainingCountdown, resynchOnly); + ase->writeToResult1=!ase->writeToResult1; + + } + } +} +void Replica2::OnAutoSerializeTimerElapsed(SerializationType serializationType, RakNet::BitStream *output, RakNet::BitStream *lastOutput, RakNetTime lastAutoSerializeCountdown, bool resynchOnly) +{ + (void) lastAutoSerializeCountdown; + + SerializationContext context; + if (resynchOnly) + context.serializationType=AUTOSERIALIZE_RESYNCH_ONLY; + else + context.serializationType=serializationType; + context.relaySourceAddress=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + context.recipientAddress=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + context.timestamp=0; + if (Serialize(output, &context)) + { + if (resynchOnly==false && + output->GetNumberOfBitsUsed()>0 && + (output->GetNumberOfBitsUsed()!=lastOutput->GetNumberOfBitsUsed() || + memcmp(output->GetData(), lastOutput->GetData(), (size_t) output->GetNumberOfBytesUsed())!=0)) + { + BroadcastAutoSerialize(&context, output); + } + } +} +void Replica2::BroadcastAutoSerialize(SerializationContext *serializationContext, RakNet::BitStream *serializedObject) +{ + DataStructures::OrderedList exclusionList; + rm2->SendSerialize(this,serializedObject,UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS, serializationContext->timestamp, exclusionList, BROADCAST_AUTO_SERIALIZE_TO_SYSTEM); +} +void Replica2::AddAutoSerializeTimer(RakNetTime interval, SerializationType serializationType, RakNetTime countdown ) +{ + if (countdown==(RakNetTime)-1) + countdown=interval; + if (autoSerializeTimers.Has(serializationType)) + { + AutoSerializeEvent *ase = autoSerializeTimers.Get(serializationType); + if (interval==0) + { + // Elapse this timer immediately, then go back to initialCountdown + ase->remainingCountdown=ase->initialCountdown; + + RakNet::BitStream *lastWrite, *newWrite; + if (ase->writeToResult1) + { + newWrite=&ase->lastAutoSerializeResult1; + lastWrite=&ase->lastAutoSerializeResult2; + } + else + { + newWrite=&ase->lastAutoSerializeResult2; + lastWrite=&ase->lastAutoSerializeResult1; + } + newWrite->Reset(); + + OnAutoSerializeTimerElapsed(serializationType,newWrite,lastWrite,ase->initialCountdown, false); + + ase->remainingCountdown=ase->initialCountdown; + } + else + { + ase->initialCountdown=interval; + ase->remainingCountdown=countdown; + } + } + else + { + AutoSerializeEvent *ase = new AutoSerializeEvent; + ase->serializationType=serializationType; + ase->initialCountdown=interval; + ase->remainingCountdown=countdown; + ase->writeToResult1=true; + + SerializationContext context; + context.serializationType=AUTOSERIALIZE_RESYNCH_ONLY; + context.relaySourceAddress=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + context.recipientAddress=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + context.timestamp=0; + Serialize(&ase->lastAutoSerializeResult2, &context); + + autoSerializeTimers.Set(serializationType,ase); + } +} +RakNetTime Replica2::GetTimeToNextAutoSerialize(SerializationType serializationType) +{ + if (autoSerializeTimers.Has(serializationType)) + { + AutoSerializeEvent *ase = autoSerializeTimers.Get(serializationType); + return ase->remainingCountdown; + } + return (RakNetTime)-1; +} +void Replica2::CancelAutoSerializeTimer(SerializationType serializationType) +{ + unsigned i=0; + while (i < autoSerializeTimers.Size()) + { + if (autoSerializeTimers[i]->serializationType==serializationType) + { + delete autoSerializeTimers[i]; + autoSerializeTimers.RemoveAtIndex(i); + } + else + i++; + } +} +void Replica2::ClearAutoSerializeTimers(void) +{ + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < autoSerializeTimers.Size(); i++) + delete autoSerializeTimers[i]; + autoSerializeTimers.Clear(); +} +Connection_RM2::Connection_RM2() +{ +} +Connection_RM2::~Connection_RM2() +{ +} +void Connection_RM2::SetConstructionByList(DataStructures::OrderedList ¤tVisibility, ReplicaManager2 *replicaManager) +{ + (void) replicaManager; + + DataStructures::OrderedList exclusiveToCurrentConstructionList, exclusiveToLastConstructionList; + CalculateListExclusivity(currentVisibility, lastConstructionList, exclusiveToCurrentConstructionList, exclusiveToLastConstructionList); + + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < exclusiveToCurrentConstructionList.Size(); i++) + { + // Construct + if (exclusiveToCurrentConstructionList[i]->QueryIsConstructionAuthority()) + { + exclusiveToCurrentConstructionList[i]->SendConstruction(systemAddress); + // lastConstructionList.Insert(exclusiveToCurrentConstructionList[i],exclusiveToCurrentConstructionList[i],true); + } + } + + for (i=0; i < exclusiveToLastConstructionList.Size(); i++) + { + // Destruction + if (exclusiveToLastConstructionList[i]->QueryIsDestructionAuthority()) + { + exclusiveToLastConstructionList[i]->SendDestruction(systemAddress); + lastConstructionList.RemoveIfExists(exclusiveToLastConstructionList[i]); + lastSerializationList.RemoveIfExists(exclusiveToLastConstructionList[i]); + } + } +} +void Connection_RM2::SetVisibilityByList(DataStructures::OrderedList ¤tVisibility, ReplicaManager2 *replicaManager) +{ + (void) replicaManager; + + DataStructures::OrderedList exclusiveToCurrentSerializationList, exclusiveToLastSerializationList; + CalculateListExclusivity(currentVisibility, lastSerializationList, exclusiveToCurrentSerializationList, exclusiveToLastSerializationList); + + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < exclusiveToCurrentSerializationList.Size(); i++) + { + // In scope + if (exclusiveToCurrentSerializationList[i]->QueryIsVisibilityAuthority()) + { + exclusiveToCurrentSerializationList[i]->SendVisibility(systemAddress,SEND_VISIBILITY_TRUE_TO_SYSTEM); + exclusiveToCurrentSerializationList[i]->SendSerialize(systemAddress); + // lastSerializationList.Insert(exclusiveToCurrentSerializationList[i],exclusiveToCurrentSerializationList[i], true); + } + } + + for (i=0; i < exclusiveToLastSerializationList.Size(); i++) + { + // Out of scope + if (exclusiveToLastSerializationList[i]->QueryIsVisibilityAuthority()) + { + exclusiveToLastSerializationList[i]->SendVisibility(systemAddress,SEND_VISIBILITY_FALSE_TO_SYSTEM); + lastSerializationList.RemoveIfExists(exclusiveToLastSerializationList[i]); + } + } +} +void Connection_RM2::CalculateListExclusivity( + const DataStructures::OrderedList &listOne, + const DataStructures::OrderedList &listTwo, + DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusiveToListOne, + DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusiveToListTwo + ) const +{ + int res; + unsigned listOneIndex=0, listTwoIndex=0; + + while (listOneIndex0) + { + exclusiveToListTwo.InsertAtEnd(listTwo[listTwoIndex]); + listTwoIndex++; + } + else + { + listOneIndex++; + listTwoIndex++; + } + } + + while (listOneIndex constructedObjects; + + unsigned i; + BooleanQueryResult res; + for (i=0; i < replicaManager->variableConstructReplicaOrderedList.Size(); i++) + { + if (replicaManager->variableConstructReplicaOrderedList[i]->QueryIsConstructionAuthority()) + { + res = replicaManager->variableConstructReplicaOrderedList[i]->QueryConstruction(this); + if (res==BQR_YES) + constructedObjects.InsertAtEnd(replicaManager->variableConstructReplicaOrderedList[i]); + } + } + + SetConstructionByList(constructedObjects, replicaManager); +} +void Connection_RM2::SetVisibilityByReplicaQuery(ReplicaManager2 *replicaManager) +{ + DataStructures::OrderedList currentVisibility; + + unsigned i; + BooleanQueryResult res; + for (i=0; i < replicaManager->variableSerializeReplicaOrderedList.Size(); i++) + { + if (replicaManager->variableSerializeReplicaOrderedList[i]->QueryIsVisibilityAuthority()) + { + res = replicaManager->variableSerializeReplicaOrderedList[i]->QueryVisibility(this); + if (res==BQR_YES) + currentVisibility.InsertAtEnd(replicaManager->variableSerializeReplicaOrderedList[i]); + } + } + + SetVisibilityByList(currentVisibility, replicaManager); +} +void Connection_RM2::SerializeDownloadStarted(RakNet::BitStream *objectData, ReplicaManager2 *replicaManager, SerializationContext *serializationContext) { + (void) objectData; + (void) replicaManager; + (void) serializationContext; +} +void Connection_RM2::SerializeDownloadComplete(RakNet::BitStream *objectData, ReplicaManager2 *replicaManager, SerializationContext *serializationContext) { + (void) objectData; + (void) replicaManager; + (void) serializationContext; +} +void Connection_RM2::DeserializeDownloadStarted(RakNet::BitStream *objectData, SystemAddress sender, ReplicaManager2 *replicaManager, RakNetTime timestamp, SerializationType serializationType){ + (void) objectData; + (void) sender; + (void) replicaManager; + (void) timestamp; + (void) replicaManager; + (void) serializationType; +} +void Connection_RM2::DeserializeDownloadComplete(RakNet::BitStream *objectData, SystemAddress sender, ReplicaManager2 *replicaManager, RakNetTime timestamp, SerializationType serializationType){ + (void) objectData; + (void) sender; + (void) replicaManager; + (void) timestamp; + (void) serializationType; +} +Replica2 * Connection_RM2::ReceiveConstruct(RakNet::BitStream *replicaData, NetworkID networkId, SystemAddress sender, unsigned char localClientId, SerializationType type, + ReplicaManager2 *replicaManager, RakNetTime timestamp, + DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusionList) +{ + Replica2 *obj=0; + + bool newReference=false; + if (type==SEND_CONSTRUCTION_REPLY_ACCEPTED_TO_CLIENT || type==SEND_CONSTRUCTION_REPLY_DENIED_TO_CLIENT) + { + obj = Replica2::clientPtrArray[localClientId]; + if (obj) + { + obj = obj->ReceiveConstructionReply(sender, replicaData, type==SEND_CONSTRUCTION_REPLY_ACCEPTED_TO_CLIENT); + obj->SetNetworkID(networkId); + replicaManager->Reference(obj, &newReference); + replicaManager->AddConstructionReference(this,obj); + + // The object could not be serialized before because it didn't have a NetworkID. So serialize it now. + if (obj->QueryIsSerializationAuthority() && (obj->QueryVisibility(this)==BQR_ALWAYS || obj->QueryVisibility(this)==BQR_YES)) + { + SerializationContext sc; + sc.recipientAddress=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + sc.timestamp=timestamp; + sc.relaySourceAddress=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + sc.serializationType=BROADCAST_SERIALIZATION_GENERIC_TO_SYSTEM; + obj->BroadcastSerialize(&sc); + + replicaManager->AddVisibilityReference(this,obj); + } + } + } + else + { + // Create locally, relay, send back reply + bool collision = replicaManager->GetRakPeer()->GetNetworkIDManager()->GET_OBJECT_FROM_ID( networkId )!=0; + obj = Construct(replicaData, sender, type, replicaManager, timestamp, networkId, collision); + if (obj) + { + replicaManager->Reference(obj, &newReference); + + if (obj->AllowRemoteConstruction(sender, replicaData, type, timestamp)==false) + { + if (type==SEND_CONSTRUCTION_REQUEST_TO_SERVER) + obj->SendConstruction(sender, SEND_CONSTRUCTION_REPLY_DENIED_TO_CLIENT); + delete obj; + obj=0; + } + else + { + if (networkId!=UNASSIGNED_NETWORK_ID) + obj->SetNetworkID(networkId); + + SerializationContext serializationContext; + serializationContext.relaySourceAddress=sender; + serializationContext.recipientAddress=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + + if (type==SEND_CONSTRUCTION_REQUEST_TO_SERVER) + serializationContext.serializationType=BROADCAST_CONSTRUCTION_REQUEST_ACCEPTED_TO_SYSTEM; + else + serializationContext.serializationType=BROADCAST_CONSTRUCTION_GENERIC_TO_SYSTEM; + exclusionList.Insert(sender,sender,false); + + RakNet::BitStream bs; + unsigned exclusionListIndex=0; + for (unsigned i=0; i < replicaManager->connectionList.Size(); i++) + { + serializationContext.recipientAddress=replicaManager->connectionList[i]->GetSystemAddress(); + + while (exclusionListIndex < exclusionList.Size() && exclusionList[exclusionListIndex] < serializationContext.recipientAddress) + exclusionListIndex++; + if (exclusionListIndex < exclusionList.Size() && exclusionList[exclusionListIndex]==serializationContext.recipientAddress) + { + exclusionListIndex++; + continue; + } + + bs.Reset(); + if (obj->SerializeConstruction(&bs, &serializationContext)==false) + continue; + unsigned char localId; + if (obj->QueryIsConstructionAuthority()==false) + localId=Replica2::clientSharedID++; + else + localId=0; + replicaManager->SendConstruction(obj,&bs,serializationContext.recipientAddress,serializationContext.timestamp,true,exclusionList, localId, serializationContext.serializationType); + } + + if (type==SEND_CONSTRUCTION_REQUEST_TO_SERVER) + { + DataStructures::OrderedList emptyList; + replicaManager->SendConstruction(obj, &bs, sender, timestamp, true, + emptyList, localClientId, SEND_CONSTRUCTION_REPLY_ACCEPTED_TO_CLIENT); + } + } + } + } + + if (obj && newReference && obj->QueryIsSerializationAuthority() && obj->QueryVisibility(this)==BQR_ALWAYS) + { + SerializationContext sc; + sc.recipientAddress=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + sc.timestamp=timestamp; + sc.relaySourceAddress=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + sc.serializationType=BROADCAST_SERIALIZATION_GENERIC_TO_SYSTEM; + obj->BroadcastSerialize(&sc); + } + + return obj; +} +void Connection_RM2::SetSystemAddress(SystemAddress sa) +{ + systemAddress=sa; +} +SystemAddress Connection_RM2::GetSystemAddress(void) const +{ + return systemAddress; +} + +void Connection_RM2::Deref(Replica2* replica) +{ + lastConstructionList.RemoveIfExists(replica); + lastSerializationList.RemoveIfExists(replica); +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ReplicaManager2.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ReplicaManager2.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1d56d247 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ReplicaManager2.h @@ -0,0 +1,832 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief Contains the second iteration of the ReplicaManager class. This system automatically creates and destroys objects, downloads the world to new players, manages players, and automatically serializes as needed. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __REPLICA_MANAGER_2_H +#define __REPLICA_MANAGER_2_H + +#include "Export.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "DS_Map.h" +#include "PluginInterface.h" +#include "NetworkIDObject.h" +#include "PacketPriority.h" +#include "GetTime.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "DS_Queue.h" + +namespace RakNet +{ +class BitStream; +class Replica2; +class Connection_RM2; +class Connection_RM2Factory; + +/// \defgroup REPLICA_MANAGER_2_GROUP ReplicaManager2 +/// \ingroup PLUGINS_GROUP + +/// \brief These are the types of events that can cause network data to be transmitted. +/// \ingroup REPLICA_MANAGER_2_GROUP +enum SerializationType +{ + /// Serialization command initiated by the user + SEND_SERIALIZATION_GENERIC_TO_SYSTEM, + /// Serialization command initiated by the user + BROADCAST_SERIALIZATION_GENERIC_TO_SYSTEM, + /// Serialization command automatically called after sending construction of the object + SEND_SERIALIZATION_CONSTRUCTION_TO_SYSTEM, + /// Serialization command automatically called after sending construction of the object + BROADCAST_SERIALIZATION_CONSTRUCTION_TO_SYSTEM, + /// Automatic serialization of data, based on Replica2::AddAutoSerializeTimer + SEND_AUTO_SERIALIZE_TO_SYSTEM, + /// Automatic serialization of data, based on Replica2::AddAutoSerializeTimer + BROADCAST_AUTO_SERIALIZE_TO_SYSTEM, + /// Received a serialization command, relaying to systems other than the sender + RELAY_SERIALIZATION_TO_SYSTEMS, + + /// If SetAutoAddNewConnections is true, this is the command sent when sending all game objects to new connections automatically + SEND_CONSTRUCTION_SERIALIZATION_AUTO_INITIAL_DOWNLOAD_TO_SYSTEM, + // Automatically sent message indicating if the replica is visible or not to a new connection + SEND_VISIBILITY_AUTO_INITIAL_DOWNLOAD_TO_SYSTEM, + /// The data portion of the game download, preceeded by SEND_CONSTRUCTION_SERIALIZATION_AUTO_INITIAL_DOWNLOAD_TO_SYSTEM + SEND_DATA_SERIALIZATION_AUTO_INITIAL_DOWNLOAD_TO_SYSTEM, + + /// Default reason to send a destruction command + SEND_DESTRUCTION_GENERIC_TO_SYSTEM, + /// Triggered by ReplicaManager2::RecalculateVisibility - A replica is now never constructed, so needs to be destroyed + SEND_DESTRUCTION_VISIBILITY_RECALCULATION_TO_SYSTEM, + /// Triggered by Replica2::BroadcastDestruction + BROADCAST_DESTRUCTION_GENERIC_TO_SYSTEM, + /// Received destruction message, relaying to other systems + RELAY_DESTRUCTION_TO_SYSTEMS, + + /// Default reason to send a construction command + SEND_CONSTRUCTION_GENERIC_TO_SYSTEM, + /// Triggered by ReplicaManager2::RecalculateVisibility - A replica is now always constructed, so needs to be created + SEND_CONSTRUCTION_VISIBILITY_RECALCULATION_TO_SYSTEM, + /// Triggered by Replica2::BroadcastConstruction() + BROADCAST_CONSTRUCTION_GENERIC_TO_SYSTEM, + /// Replica2::QueryIsConstructionAuthority()==false yet we called ReplicaManager2::SendConstruction() + SEND_CONSTRUCTION_REQUEST_TO_SERVER, + /// A non-authority object was created by a client, accepted, and is now relayed to all other connected systems + BROADCAST_CONSTRUCTION_REQUEST_ACCEPTED_TO_SYSTEM, + /// A non-authority object was created by a client, accepted + SEND_CONSTRUCTION_REPLY_ACCEPTED_TO_CLIENT, + /// A non-authority object was created by a client, denied + SEND_CONSTRUCTION_REPLY_DENIED_TO_CLIENT, + + /// An object is visible + SEND_VISIBILITY_TRUE_TO_SYSTEM, + /// An object is visible + BROADCAST_VISIBILITY_TRUE_TO_SYSTEM, + /// An object is not visible + SEND_VISIBILITY_FALSE_TO_SYSTEM, + /// An object is not visible + BROADCAST_VISIBILITY_FALSE_TO_SYSTEM, + /// An object is visible, and we are telling other systems about this + RELAY_VISIBILITY_TRUE_TO_SYSTEMS, + /// An object is visible, and we are telling other systems about this + RELAY_VISIBILITY_FALSE_TO_SYSTEMS, + + /// Calling Replica2::Serialize() for the purpose of reading memory to compare against later. This read will not be transmitted + AUTOSERIALIZE_RESYNCH_ONLY, + /// Calling Replica2::Serialize() to compare against a prior call. The serialization may be transmitted + AUTOSERIALIZE_DEFAULT, + + /// Start your own reasons one unit past this enum + UNDEFINED_REASON, +}; + +/// \brief A management system for your game objects and players to make serialization, scoping, and object creation and destruction easier. +/// +/// Quick start: +/// 1. Create a class that derives from Connection_RM2, implementing the Construct() function. Construct() is a factory function that should return instances of your game objects, given a user-defined identifier. +/// 2. Create a class that derives from Connection_RM2Factory, implementing AllocConnection() and DeallocConnection() to return instances of the class from step 1. +/// 3. Attach ReplicaManager2 as a plugin +/// 4. Call ReplicaManager2::SetConnectionFactory with an instance of the class from step 2. +/// 5. For each of your game classes that use this system, derive from Replica2 and implement SerializeConstruction(), Serialize(), Deserialize(). The output of SerializeConstruction() is sent to Connection_RM2::Construct() +/// 6. When these classes are allocated, call Replica2::SetReplicaManager() with the instance of ReplicaManager2 class created in step 3 (this could be done automatically in the constructor) +/// 7. Creation: Use Replica2::SendConstruction() to create the object remotely, Replica2::SendDestruction() to delete the object remotely. +/// 8. Scoping: Override Replica2::QueryVisibility() and Replica2::QueryConstruction() to return BQR_YES or BQR_NO if an object should be visible and in scope to a given connection. Defaults to BQR_ALWAYS +/// 9. Automatic serialization: Call Replica2::AddAutoSerializeTimer() to automatically call Replica2::Serialize() at intervals, compare this to the last value, and broadcast out the object when the serialized variables change. +/// +/// \pre Call RakPeer::SetNetworkIDManager() +/// \pre This system is a server or peer: Call NetworkIDManager::SetIsNetworkIDAuthority(true). +/// \pre This system is a client: Call NetworkIDManager::SetIsNetworkIDAuthority(false). +/// \pre If peer to peer, set NetworkID::peerToPeerMode=true, and comment out NETWORK_ID_USE_PTR_TABLE in NetworkIDManager.h +/// \ingroup REPLICA_MANAGER_2_GROUP +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT ReplicaManager2 : public PluginInterface +{ +public: + /// Constructor + ReplicaManager2(); + + /// Destructor + virtual ~ReplicaManager2(); + + /// Sets the factory class used to allocate connection objects + /// \param[in] factory A pointer to an instance of a class that derives from Connection_RM2Factory. This pointer it saved and not copied, so the object should remain in memory. + void SetConnectionFactory(Connection_RM2Factory *factory); + + /// \param[in] Default ordering channel to use when passing -1 to a function that takes orderingChannel as a parameter + void SetDefaultOrderingChannel(char def); + + /// \param[in] Default packet priority to use when passing NUMBER_OF_PRIORITIES to a function that takes priority as a parameter + void SetDefaultPacketPriority(PacketPriority def); + + /// \param[in] Default packet reliability to use when passing NUMBER_OF_RELIABILITIES to a function that takes reliability as a parameter + void SetDefaultPacketReliability(PacketReliability def); + + /// Auto scope will track the prior construction and serialization visibility of each registered Replica2 class, for each connection. + /// Per-tick, as the visibility or construction status of a replica changes, it will be constructed, destroyed, or the visibility will change as appropriate. + /// \param[in] construction If true, Connection_RM2::SetConstructionByReplicaQuery will be called once per PluginInterface::Update tick. This will call Replica2::QueryConstruction to return if an object should be exist on a particular connection + /// \param[in] visibility If true, Connection_RM2::SetConstructionSerializationByReplicaQuery will be called once per PluginInterface::Update tick. This will call Replica2::QuerySerialization to return if an object should be visible to a particular connection or not. + void SetAutoUpdateScope(bool construction, bool visibility); + + /// Autoadd will cause a Connection_RM2 instance to be allocated for every connection. + /// Defaults to true. Set this to false if you have connections which do not participate in the game (master server, etc). + /// \param[in] autoAdd If true, all incoming connections are added as ReplicaManager2 connections. + void SetAutoAddNewConnections(bool autoAdd); + + /// If SetAutoAddNewConnections() is false, you need to add connections manually + /// connections are also created implicitly if needed + /// \param[in] systemAddress The address of the new system + /// \return false if the connection already exists + bool AddNewConnection(SystemAddress systemAddress); + + /// Remove an existing connection. Also done automatically on ID_DISCONNECTION_NOTIFICATION and ID_CONNECTION_LOST + /// \param[in] systemAddress The address of the system to remove the connection for + /// \return false if the connection does not exist + bool RemoveConnection(SystemAddress systemAddress); + + /// Is this connection registered with the system? + /// \param[in] systemAddress The address of the system to check + /// \return true if this address is registered, false otherwise + bool HasConnection(SystemAddress systemAddress); + + /// If true, autoserialize timers added with Replica2::AddAutoSerializeTimer() will automatically decrement. + /// If false, you must call Replica2::ElapseAutoSerializeTimers() manually. + /// Defaults to true + /// \param[in] autoUpdate True to automatically call ElapseAutoSerializeTimers(). Set to false if you need to control these timers. + void SetDoReplicaAutoSerializeUpdate(bool autoUpdate); + + /// Sends a construction command to one or more systems, which will be relayed throughout the network. + /// Recipient(s) will allocate the connection via Connection_RM2Factory::AllocConnection() if it does not already exist. + /// Will trigger a call on the remote system(s) to Connection_RM2::Construct() + /// \note If using peer-to-peer, don't forget to set NetworkID::peerToPeerMode=true and comment out NETWORK_ID_USE_PTR_TABLE in NetworkIDManager.h. + /// \note This is a low level function. Beginners may wish to use Replica2::SendConstruction() or Replica2::BroadcastConstruction(). You can also override Replica2::QueryConstruction() + /// \param[in] replica The class to construct remotely + /// \param[in] replicaData User-defined serialized data representing how to construct the class. Could be the name of the class, a unique identifier, or other methods + /// \param[in] recipient Which system to send to. Use UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS to send to all previously created connections. Connection_RM2Factory::AllocConnection will be called if this connection has not been previously used. + /// \param[in] timestamp Timestamp to send with the message. Use 0 to not send a timestamp if you don't need it. + /// \param[in] sendMessage True to actually send a network message. False to only register that the object exists on the remote system, useful for objects created outside ReplicaManager2, or objects that already existed in the world. + /// \param[in] exclusionList Which systems to not send to. This list is carried with the messsage, and appended to at each node in the connection graph. This is used to prevent infinite cyclical sends. + /// \param[in] localClientId If replica->QueryIsConstructionAuthority()==false, this number will be sent with SEND_CONSTRUCTION_REQUEST_TO_SERVER to the \a recipient. SEND_CONSTRUCTION_REPLY_ACCEPTED_TO_CLIENT or SEND_CONSTRUCTION_REPLY_DENIED_TO_CLIENT will be returned, and this number will be used to look up the local object in Replica2::clientPtrArray + /// \param[in] type What kind of serialization operation this is. Use one of the pre-defined types, or create your own. This will be returned in \a type in Connection_RM2::Construct() + /// \param[in] priority PacketPriority to send with. Use NUMBER_OF_PRIORITIES to use the default defined by SetDefaultPacketPriority(). + /// \param[in] reliability PacketReliability to send with. Use NUMBER_OF_RELIABILITIES to use the default defined by SetDefaultPacketReliability(); + /// \param[in] orderingChannel ordering channel to send on. Use -1 to use the default defined by SetDefaultOrderingChannel() + /// \pre Call SetConnectionFactory() with a derived instance of Connection_RM2Factory. + void SendConstruction(Replica2 *replica, BitStream *replicaData, SystemAddress recipient, RakNetTime timestamp, bool sendMessage, + DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusionList, + unsigned char localClientId, SerializationType type=SEND_CONSTRUCTION_GENERIC_TO_SYSTEM, + PacketPriority priority=NUMBER_OF_PRIORITIES, PacketReliability reliability=NUMBER_OF_RELIABILITIES, char orderingChannel=-1); + + /// Sends a destruction command to one or more systems, which will be relayed throughout the network. + /// Recipient(s) will allocate the connection via Connection_RM2Factory::AllocConnection() if it does not already exist. + /// Will trigger a call on the remote system(s) to Replica2::ReceiveDestruction() which in turn calls Replica2::DeserializeDestruction() with the value passed in \a replicaData + /// Note: This is a low level function. Beginners may wish to use Replica2::SendDestruction() or Replica2::BroadcastDestruction(). + /// \param[in] replica The class to destroy remotely + /// \param[in] replicaData User-defined serialized data. Passed to Replica2::ReceiveDestruction() + /// \param[in] recipient Which system to send to. Use UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS to send to all previously created connections. Connection_RM2Factory::AllocConnection will be called if this connection has not been previously used. + /// \param[in] timestamp Timestamp to send with the message. Use 0 to not send a timestamp if you don't need it. + /// \param[in] sendMessage True to actually send a network message. False to only register that the object no longer exists on the remote system. + /// \param[in] exclusionList Which systems to not send to. This list is carried with the messsage, and appended to at each node in the connection graph. This is used to prevent infinite cyclical sends. + /// \param[in] type What kind of serialization operation this is. Use one of the pre-defined types, or create your own. This will be returned in \a type in Connection_RM2::Construct() + /// \param[in] priority PacketPriority to send with. Use NUMBER_OF_PRIORITIES to use the default defined by SetDefaultPacketPriority(). + /// \param[in] reliability PacketReliability to send with. Use NUMBER_OF_RELIABILITIES to use the default defined by SetDefaultPacketReliability(); + /// \param[in] orderingChannel ordering channel to send on. Use -1 to use the default defined by SetDefaultOrderingChannel() + /// \pre Replica::QueryIsDestructionAuthority() must return true + /// \pre Call SetConnectionFactory() with a derived instance of Connection_RM2Factory. + void SendDestruction(Replica2 *replica, BitStream *replicaData, SystemAddress recipient, RakNetTime timestamp, bool sendMessage, + DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusionList, + SerializationType type=SEND_DESTRUCTION_GENERIC_TO_SYSTEM, + PacketPriority priority=NUMBER_OF_PRIORITIES, PacketReliability reliability=NUMBER_OF_RELIABILITIES, char orderingChannel=-1); + + /// Sends a serialized object to one or more systems, which will be relayed throughout the network. + /// Recipient(s) will allocate the connection via Connection_RM2Factory::AllocConnection() if it does not already exist. + /// Will trigger a call on the remote system(s) to Replica2::ReceiveSerialization() which in turn calls Replica2::Deserialize() with the value passed in \a replicaData + /// Note: This is a low level function. Beginners may wish to use Replica2::SendSerialize() or Replica2::BroadcastSerialize(). + /// \param[in] replica The class to serialize + /// \param[in] replicaData User-defined serialized data. Passed to Replica2::ReceiveSerialization() + /// \param[in] recipient Which system to send to. Use UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS to send to all previously created connections. Connection_RM2Factory::AllocConnection will be called if this connection has not been previously used. + /// \param[in] timestamp Timestamp to send with the message. Use 0 to not send a timestamp if you don't need it. + /// \param[in] exclusionList Which systems to not send to. This list is carried with the messsage, and appended to at each node in the connection graph. This is used to prevent infinite cyclical sends. + /// \param[in] type What kind of serialization operation this is. Use one of the pre-defined types, or create your own. This will be returned in \a type in Connection_RM2::Construct() + /// \param[in] priority PacketPriority to send with. Use NUMBER_OF_PRIORITIES to use the default defined by SetDefaultPacketPriority(). + /// \param[in] reliability PacketReliability to send with. Use NUMBER_OF_RELIABILITIES to use the default defined by SetDefaultPacketReliability(); + /// \param[in] orderingChannel ordering channel to send on. Use -1 to use the default defined by SetDefaultOrderingChannel() + /// \pre Replica::QueryIsSerializationAuthority() must return true + /// \pre Call SetConnectionFactory() with a derived instance of Connection_RM2Factory. + void SendSerialize(Replica2 *replica, BitStream *replicaData, SystemAddress recipient, RakNetTime timestamp, + DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusionList, + SerializationType type=SEND_SERIALIZATION_GENERIC_TO_SYSTEM, + PacketPriority priority=NUMBER_OF_PRIORITIES, PacketReliability reliability=NUMBER_OF_RELIABILITIES, char orderingChannel=-1); + + /// Sets the visibility status of an object. which will be relayed throughout the network. + /// Objects that are not visible should be hidden in the game world, and will not send AutoSerialize updates + /// Recipient(s) will allocate the connection via Connection_RM2Factory::AllocConnection() if it does not already exist. + /// Will trigger a call on the remote system(s) to Connection_RM2::ReceiveVisibility() + /// Note: This is a low level function. Beginners may wish to use Connection_RM2::SendVisibility() or override Replica2::QueryVisibility() + /// \param[in] objectList The objects to send to the system. + /// \param[in] replicaData User-defined serialized data. Read in Connection_RM2::ReceiveVisibility() + /// \param[in] recipient Which system to send to. Use UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS to send to all previously created connections. Connection_RM2Factory::AllocConnection will be called if this connection has not been previously used. + /// \param[in] timestamp Timestamp to send with the message. Use 0 to not send a timestamp if you don't need it. + /// \param[in] sendMessage True to actually send a network message. False to only register that the objects exist on the remote system + /// \param[in] type What kind of serialization operation this is. Use one of the pre-defined types, or create your own. This will be returned in \a type in Connection_RM2::Construct() + /// \param[in] priority PacketPriority to send with. Use NUMBER_OF_PRIORITIES to use the default defined by SetDefaultPacketPriority(). + /// \param[in] reliability PacketReliability to send with. Use NUMBER_OF_RELIABILITIES to use the default defined by SetDefaultPacketReliability(); + /// \param[in] orderingChannel ordering channel to send on. Use -1 to use the default defined by SetDefaultOrderingChannel() + /// \pre Replica::QueryIsConstructionAuthority() must return true + /// \pre Call SetConnectionFactory() with a derived instance of Connection_RM2Factory. + void SendVisibility(Replica2 *replica, BitStream *replicaData, SystemAddress recipient, RakNetTime timestamp, + DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusionList, + SerializationType type=SEND_VISIBILITY_TRUE_TO_SYSTEM, + PacketPriority priority=NUMBER_OF_PRIORITIES, PacketReliability reliability=NUMBER_OF_RELIABILITIES, char orderingChannel=-1); + + /// Returns how many Replica2 instances are registered. + /// Replica2 instances are automatically registered when used, and unregistered when calling Deref (which is automatically done in the destructor). + /// Used for GetReplicaAtIndex if you want to perform some object on all registered Replica objects. + /// \return How many replica objects are in the list of replica objects + unsigned GetReplicaCount(void) const; + + /// Returns a previously registered Replica2 *, from index 0 to GetReplicaCount()-1. + /// Replica2* objects are returned in the order they were registered. + /// \param[in] index An index, from 0 to GetReplicaCount()-1. + /// \return A Replica2 pointer + Replica2 *GetReplicaAtIndex(unsigned index); + + /// Returns the number of registered connections. + /// Connections are registered implicitly when used. + /// Connections are unregistered on disconnect. + /// \return The number of registered connections + unsigned GetConnectionCount(void) const; + + /// Returns a connection pointer previously implicitly added. + /// \param[in] index An index, from 0 to GetConnectionCount()-1. + /// \return A Connection_RM2 pointer + Connection_RM2* GetConnectionAtIndex(unsigned index) const; + + /// Returns a connection pointer previously implicitly added. + /// \param[in] systemAddress The system address of the connection to return + /// \return A Connection_RM2 pointer + Connection_RM2* GetConnectionBySystemAddress(SystemAddress systemAddress) const; + + /// Returns the index of a connection, by SystemAddress + /// \param[in] systemAddress The system address of the connection index to return + /// \return The connection index, or -1 if no such connection + unsigned int GetConnectionIndexBySystemAddress(SystemAddress systemAddress) const; + + /// Call this when Replica2::QueryVisibility() or Replica2::QueryConstructionVisibility() changes from BQR_ALWAYS or BQR_NEVER to BQR_YES or BQR_NO + /// Otherwise these two conditions are assumed to never change + /// \param[in] Which replica to update + void RecalculateVisibility(Replica2 *replica); + + /// \internal + static int Replica2ObjectComp( RakNet::Replica2 * const &key, RakNet::Replica2 * const &data ); + /// \internal + static int Replica2CompByNetworkID( const NetworkID &key, RakNet::Replica2 * const &data ); + /// \internal + static int Connection_RM2CompBySystemAddress( const SystemAddress &key, RakNet::Connection_RM2 * const &data ); + + /// Given a replica instance, return all connections that are believed to have this replica instantiated. + /// \param[in] replica Which replica is being refered to + /// \param[out] output List of connections, ordered by system address + void GetConnectionsWithReplicaConstructed(Replica2 *replica, DataStructures::OrderedList &output); + + /// Given a replica instance, return all connections that are believed to have this replica visible + /// \param[in] replica Which replica is being refered to + /// \param[out] output List of connections, ordered by system address + void GetConnectionsWithSerializeVisibility(Replica2 *replica, DataStructures::OrderedList &output); + + /// Gets the instance of RakPeerInterface that this plugin was attached to + /// \return The instance of RakPeerInterface that this plugin was attached to + RakPeerInterface *GetRakPeer(void) const; + + /// Internally starts tracking this replica + /// \internal + void Reference(Replica2* replica, bool *newReference); + + /// Stops tracking this replica. Call before deleting the Replica. Done automatically in ~Replica() + /// \internal + void Dereference(Replica2 *replica); + +protected: + // Plugin interface functions + void OnAttach(RakPeerInterface *peer); + PluginReceiveResult OnReceive(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + void OnCloseConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress); + void OnShutdown(RakPeerInterface *peer); + void Update(RakPeerInterface *peer); + + PluginReceiveResult OnDownloadComplete(unsigned char *packetData, int packetDataLength, SystemAddress sender, RakNetTime timestamp); + PluginReceiveResult OnDownloadStarted(unsigned char *packetData, int packetDataLength, SystemAddress sender, RakNetTime timestamp); + PluginReceiveResult OnConstruction(unsigned char *packetData, int packetDataLength, SystemAddress sender, RakNetTime timestamp); + PluginReceiveResult OnDestruction(unsigned char *packetData, int packetDataLength, SystemAddress sender, RakNetTime timestamp); + PluginReceiveResult OnVisibilityChange(unsigned char *packetData, int packetDataLength, SystemAddress sender, RakNetTime timestamp); + PluginReceiveResult OnSerialize(unsigned char *packetData, int packetDataLength, SystemAddress sender, RakNetTime timestamp); + + bool AddToAndWriteExclusionList(SystemAddress recipient, RakNet::BitStream *bs, DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusionList); + void WriteExclusionList(RakNet::BitStream *bs, DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusionList); + void CullByAndAddToExclusionList( + DataStructures::OrderedList &inputList, + DataStructures::OrderedList &culledOutput, + DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusionList); + void ReadExclusionList(RakNet::BitStream *bs, DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusionList); + + void Send(RakNet::BitStream *bs, SystemAddress recipient, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel); + void Clear(void); + void DownloadToNewConnection(Connection_RM2* connection, RakNetTime timestamp, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel); + + Connection_RM2* CreateConnectionIfDoesNotExist(SystemAddress systemAddress, bool *newConnection); + Connection_RM2* AutoCreateConnection(SystemAddress systemAddress, bool *newConnection); + void AddConstructionReference(Connection_RM2* connection, Replica2* replica); + void AddVisibilityReference(Connection_RM2* connection, Replica2* replica); + void RemoveVisibilityReference(Connection_RM2* connection, Replica2* replica); + void WriteHeader(RakNet::BitStream *bs, MessageID type, RakNetTime timestamp); + + friend class Connection_RM2; + friend class Replica2; + + RakPeerInterface *rakPeer; + Connection_RM2Factory *connectionFactoryInterface; + bool autoUpdateConstruction, autoUpdateVisibility; + + char defaultOrderingChannel; + PacketPriority defaultPacketPriority; + PacketReliability defaultPacketReliablity; + bool autoAddNewConnections; + bool doReplicaAutoUpdate; + RakNetTime lastUpdateTime; + + DataStructures::List fullReplicaUnorderedList; + DataStructures::OrderedList fullReplicaOrderedList; + DataStructures::OrderedList alwaysDoConstructReplicaOrderedList; + DataStructures::OrderedList alwaysDoSerializeReplicaOrderedList; + // Should only be in this list if QueryIsServer() is true + DataStructures::OrderedList variableConstructReplicaOrderedList; + DataStructures::OrderedList variableSerializeReplicaOrderedList; + + DataStructures::OrderedList connectionList; +}; + +/// \brief The result of various scope and construction queries +/// \ingroup REPLICA_MANAGER_2_GROUP +enum RAK_DLL_EXPORT BooleanQueryResult +{ + /// The query is always true, for all systems. Certain optimizations are performed here, but you should not later return any other value without first calling ReplicaManager2::RecalculateVisibility + BQR_ALWAYS, + + /// True + BQR_YES, + + /// False + BQR_NO, + + /// The query is never true, for all systems. Certain optimizations are performed here, but you should not later return any other value without first calling ReplicaManager2::RecalculateVisibility + BQR_NEVER +}; + +/// \brief Contextual information about serialization, passed to some functions in Replica2 +/// \ingroup REPLICA_MANAGER_2_GROUP +struct RAK_DLL_EXPORT SerializationContext : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ + SerializationContext() {} + ~SerializationContext() {} + SerializationContext(SerializationType st, SystemAddress relay, SystemAddress recipient, RakNetTime _timestamp) {serializationType=st; relaySourceAddress=relay; recipientAddress=recipient; timestamp=_timestamp;} + + /// The system that sent the message to us. + SystemAddress relaySourceAddress; + + /// The system that we are sending to. + SystemAddress recipientAddress; + + /// Timestamp to send with the message. 0 means undefined. Set to non-zero to actually transmit using ID_TIMESTAMP + RakNetTime timestamp; + + /// What type of serialization was performed + SerializationType serializationType; + + /// General category of serialization + static bool IsSerializationCommand(SerializationType r); + /// General category of serialization + static bool IsDownloadCommand(SerializationType r); + /// General category of serialization + static bool IsDestructionCommand(SerializationType r); + /// General category of serialization + static bool IsConstructionCommand(SerializationType r); + /// General category of serialization + static bool IsVisibilityCommand(SerializationType r); + /// General category of serialization + static bool IsVisible(SerializationType r); +}; + + +/// \brief Base class for game objects that use the ReplicaManager2 system +/// All game objects that want to use the ReplicaManager2 functionality must inherit from Replica2. +/// Generally you will want to implement at a minimum Serialize(), Deserialize(), and SerializeConstruction() +/// \ingroup REPLICA_MANAGER_2_GROUP +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT Replica2 : public NetworkIDObject +{ +public: + /// Constructor + Replica2(); + + /// Destructor + virtual ~Replica2(); + + /// Sets the replica manager to use with this Replica. + /// Will also set the NetworkIDManager associated with RakPeerInterface::SetNetworkIDManager() + /// Call this before using any of the functions below! + /// \param[in] rm A pointer to your instance of ReplicaManager 2 + void SetReplicaManager(ReplicaManager2* rm); + + /// Returns what was passed to SetReplicaManager(), or 0 if no value ever passed + /// \return Registered instance of ReplicaManager2 + ReplicaManager2* GetReplicaManager(void) const; + + /// Construct this object on other systems + /// Triggers a call to SerializeConstruction() + /// \note If using peer-to-peer, don't forget to set NetworkID::peerToPeerMode=true and comment out NETWORK_ID_USE_PTR_TABLE in NetworkIDManager.h + /// \param[in] recipientAddress Which system to send to + /// \param[in] serializationType What type of command this is. Use UNDEFINED_REASON to have a type chosen automatically + virtual void SendConstruction(SystemAddress recipientAddress, SerializationType serializationType=UNDEFINED_REASON); + + /// Destroy this object on other systems + /// Triggers a call to SerializeDestruction() + /// \param[in] recipientAddress Which system to send to + /// \param[in] serializationType What type of command this is. Use UNDEFINED_REASON to have a type chosen automatically + virtual void SendDestruction(SystemAddress recipientAddress, SerializationType serializationType=UNDEFINED_REASON); + + /// Serialize this object to another system + /// Triggers a call to Serialize() + /// \param[in] recipientAddress Which system to send to + /// \param[in] serializationType What type of command this is. Use UNDEFINED_REASON to have a type chosen automatically + virtual void SendSerialize(SystemAddress recipientAddress, SerializationType serializationType=UNDEFINED_REASON); + + /// Update the visibility of this object on another system + /// Triggers a call to SerializeVisibility() + /// \param[in] recipientAddress Which system to send to + /// \param[in] serializationType What type of command this is. Use UNDEFINED_REASON to have a type chosen automatically + virtual void SendVisibility(SystemAddress recipientAddress, SerializationType serializationType=UNDEFINED_REASON); + + /// Construct this object on other systems + /// \param[in] serializationContext Which system to send to, an input timestamp, and the SerializationType. 0 to use defaults, no timestamp. + virtual void BroadcastConstruction(SerializationContext *serializationContext=0); + + /// Serialize this object to all current connections + /// Triggers a call to SerializeConstruction() for each connection (you can serialize differently per connection). + /// \param[in] serializationContext Which system to send to, an input timestamp, and the SerializationType. 0 to use defaults, no timestamp. + virtual void BroadcastSerialize(SerializationContext *serializationContext=0); + + /// Destroy this object on all current connections + /// Triggers a call to SerializeDestruction() for each connection (you can serialize differently per connection). + /// \param[in] serializationContext Which system to send to, an input timestamp, and the SerializationType. 0 to use defaults, no timestamp. + virtual void BroadcastDestruction(SerializationContext *serializationContext=0); + + /// Update the visibility state of this object on all other systems + /// Use SEND_VISIBILITY_TRUE_TO_SYSTEM or SEND_VISIBILITY_FALSE_TO_SYSTEM in \a serializationContext::serializationType + /// Triggers a call to SerializeVisibility() for each connection (you can serialize differently per connection). + /// \param[in] serializationContext Which system to send to, an input timestamp, and the SerializationType. 0 to use defaults, no timestamp, true visibility + virtual void BroadcastVisibility(bool isVisible, SerializationContext *serializationContext=0); + + /// CALLBACK: + /// Override in order to write to \a bitStream data identifying this class for the class factory. Will be received by Connection_RM2::Construct() to create an instance of this class. + /// \param[out] bitStream Data used to identify this class, along with any data you also want to send when constructing the class + /// \param[in] serializationContext serializationType passed to Replica2::SendConstruction(), along with destination system, and a timestamp you can write to. + /// \return Return false to cancel the construction, true to process + virtual bool SerializeConstruction(RakNet::BitStream *bitStream, SerializationContext *serializationContext)=0; + + /// CALLBACK: + /// Override in order to write to \a bitStream data to send along with destruction requests. Will be received by DeserializeDestruction() + /// \param[out] bitStream Data to send + /// \param[in] serializationContext Describes which system we are sending to, and a timestamp as an out parameter + /// \return Return false to cancel the operation, true to process + virtual bool SerializeDestruction(RakNet::BitStream *bitStream, SerializationContext *serializationContext); + + /// CALLBACK: + /// Override in order to write to \a bitStream data to send as regular class serialization, for normal per-tick data. Will be received by Deserialize() + /// \param[out] bitStream Data to send + /// \param[in] serializationContext Describes which system we are sending to, and a timestamp as an out parameter + /// \return Return false to cancel the operation, true to process + virtual bool Serialize(RakNet::BitStream *bitStream, SerializationContext *serializationContext); + + /// CALLBACK: + /// Override in order to write to \a bitStream data to send along with visibility changes. Will be received by DeserializeVisibility() + /// \param[out] bitStream Data to send + /// \param[in] serializationContext Describes which system we are sending to, and a timestamp as an out parameter + /// \return Return false to cancel the operation, true to process + virtual bool SerializeVisibility(RakNet::BitStream *bitStream, SerializationContext *serializationContext); + + /// CALLBACK: + /// Receives data written by SerializeDestruction() + /// \param[in] bitStream Data sent + /// \param[in] serializationType SerializationContext::serializationType + /// \param[in] sender Which system sent this message to us + /// \param[in] timestamp If a timestamp was written, will be whatever was written adjusted to the local system time. 0 if not used. + virtual void DeserializeDestruction(RakNet::BitStream *bitStream, SerializationType serializationType, SystemAddress sender, RakNetTime timestamp); + + /// CALLBACK: + /// Receives data written by Serialize() + /// \param[in] bitStream Data sent + /// \param[in] serializationType SerializationContext::serializationType + /// \param[in] sender Which system sent this message to us + /// \param[in] timestamp If a timestamp was written, will be whatever was written adjusted to the local system time. 0 if not used. + virtual void Deserialize(RakNet::BitStream *bitStream, SerializationType serializationType, SystemAddress sender, RakNetTime timestamp); + + /// CALLBACK: + /// Receives data written by SerializeVisibility() + /// \param[in] bitStream Data sent + /// \param[in] serializationType SerializationContext::serializationType + /// \param[in] sender Which system sent this message to us + /// \param[in] timestamp If a timestamp was written, will be whatever was written adjusted to the local system time. 0 if not used. + virtual void DeserializeVisibility(RakNet::BitStream *bitStream, SerializationType serializationType, SystemAddress sender, RakNetTime timestamp); + + /// CALLBACK: + /// For a given connection, should this object exist? + /// Checked every Update cycle if ReplicaManager2::SetAutoUpdateScope() parameter \a construction is true + /// Defaults to BQR_ALWAYS + /// \param[in] connection Which connection we are referring to. 0 means unknown, in which case the system is checking for BQR_ALWAYS or BQR_NEVER as an optimization. + /// \return BQR_NO and the object will be destroyed. BQR_YES and the object will be created. BQR_ALWAYS is YES for all connections, and is optimized to only be checked once. + virtual BooleanQueryResult QueryConstruction(Connection_RM2 *connection); + + /// CALLBACK: + /// For a given connection, should this object be visible (updatable?) + /// Checked every Update cycle if ReplicaManager2::SetAutoUpdateScope() parameter \a serializationVisiblity is true + /// Defaults to BQR_ALWAYS + /// \param[in] connection Which connection we are referring to. 0 means unknown, in which case the system is checking for BQR_ALWAYS or BQR_NEVER as an optimization. + /// \return BQR_NO or BQR_YES and as this value changes per connection, you will get a call to DeserializeVisibility(). + virtual BooleanQueryResult QueryVisibility(Connection_RM2 *connection); + + /// CALLBACK: + /// Does this system have control over construction of this object? + /// While not strictly required, it is best to have this consistently return true for only one system. Otherwise systems may fight and override each other. + /// Defaults to NetworkIDManager::IsNetworkIDAuthority(); + /// \return True if an authority over this operation, for this object instance + virtual bool QueryIsConstructionAuthority(void) const; + + /// CALLBACK: + /// Does this system have control over deletion of this object? + /// While not strictly required, it is best to have this consistently return true for only one system. Otherwise systems may fight and override each other. + /// Defaults to NetworkIDManager::IsNetworkIDAuthority(); + /// \return True if an authority over this operation, for this object instance + virtual bool QueryIsDestructionAuthority(void) const; + + /// CALLBACK: + /// Does this system have control over visibility of this object? + /// While not strictly required, it is best to have this consistently return true for only one system. Otherwise systems may fight and override each other. + /// Defaults to NetworkIDManager::IsNetworkIDAuthority(); + /// \return True if an authority over this operation, for this object instance + virtual bool QueryIsVisibilityAuthority(void) const; + + /// CALLBACK: + /// Does this system have control over serialization of object members of this object? + /// It is reasonable to have this be true for more than one system, but you would want to serialize different variables so those systems do not conflict. + /// Defaults to NetworkIDManager::IsNetworkIDAuthority(); + /// \return True if an authority over this operation, for this object instance + virtual bool QueryIsSerializationAuthority(void) const; + + /// CALLBACK: + /// If QueryIsConstructionAuthority() is false for a remote system, should that system be able to create this kind of object? + /// \param[in] sender Which system sent this message to us? Also happens to be the system that is requesting to create an object + /// \param[in] replicaData Construction data used to create this object + /// \param[in] type Which type of serialization operation was performed + /// \param[in] timestamp Written timestamp with the packet. 0 if not used. + /// \return True to allow remote construction of this object. If true, we will reply with SEND_CONSTRUCTION_REPLY_ACCEPTED_TO_CLIENT and the network ID will be set on the requester. + virtual bool AllowRemoteConstruction(SystemAddress sender, RakNet::BitStream *replicaData, SerializationType type, RakNetTime timestamp); + + /// Adds a timer that will elapse every \a countdown milliseconds, calling Serialize with AUTOSERIALIZE_DEFAULT or whatever value was passed to \a serializationType + /// Every time this timer elapses, the value returned from Serialize() will be compared to the last value returned by Serialize(). + /// If different, SendSerialize() will be called automatically. + /// It is possible to create your own AUTOSERIALIZE enumerations and thus control which parts of the object is serialized + /// Use CancelAutoSerializeTimer() or ClearAutoSerializeTimers() to stop the timer. + /// If this timer already exists, it will simply override the existing countdown + /// This timer will automatically repeat every \a countdown milliseconds + /// \param[in] interval Time in milliseconds between autoserialize ticks. Use 0 to process immediately, and every tick + /// \param[in] serializationType User-defined identifier for what type of serialization operation to perform. Returned in Deserialize() as the \a serializationType parameter. + /// \param[in] countdown Amount of time before doing the next autoserialize. Defaults to interval + virtual void AddAutoSerializeTimer(RakNetTime interval, SerializationType serializationType=AUTOSERIALIZE_DEFAULT, RakNetTime countdown=(RakNetTime)-1 ); + + /// Elapse time for all timers added with AddAutoSerializeTimer() + /// Only necessary to call this if you call Replica2::SetDoReplicaAutoSerializeUpdate(false) (which defaults to true) + /// \param[in] timeElapsed How many milliseconds have elapsed since the last call + /// \param[in] resynchOnly True to only update what was considered the last send, without actually doing a send. + virtual void ElapseAutoSerializeTimers(RakNetTime timeElapsed, bool resynchOnly); + + /// Returns how many milliseconds are remaining until the next autoserialize update + /// \param[in] serializationType User-defined identifier for what type of serialization operation to perform. Returned in Deserialize() as the \a serializationType parameter. + /// \return How many milliseconds are remaining until the next autoserialize update. Returns -1 if no such autoserialization timer is in place. + RakNetTime GetTimeToNextAutoSerialize(SerializationType serializationType=AUTOSERIALIZE_DEFAULT); + + /// Do the actual send call when needed to support autoSerialize + /// If you want to do different types of send calls (UNRELIABLE for example) override this function. + /// \param[in] serializationContext Describes the recipient, sender. serializationContext::timestamp is an [out] parameter which if you write to, will be send along with the message + /// \param[in] serializedObject Data to pass to ReplicaManager2::SendSerialize() + virtual void BroadcastAutoSerialize(SerializationContext *serializationContext, RakNet::BitStream *serializedObject); + + /// Stop calling an autoSerialize timer previously setup with AddAutoSerializeTimer() + /// \param[in] serializationType Corresponding value passed to serializationType + virtual void CancelAutoSerializeTimer(SerializationType serializationType=AUTOSERIALIZE_DEFAULT); + + /// Remove and deallocate all previously added autoSerialize timers + virtual void ClearAutoSerializeTimers(void); + + /// A timer has elapsed. Compare the last value sent to the current value, and if different, send the new value + /// \internal + virtual void OnAutoSerializeTimerElapsed(SerializationType serializationType, RakNet::BitStream *output, RakNet::BitStream *lastOutput, RakNetTime lastAutoSerializeCountdown, bool resynchOnly); + + /// Immediately elapse all autoserialize timers + /// Used internally when a Deserialize() event occurs, so that the deserialize does not trigger an autoserialize itself + /// \internal + /// \param[in] resynchOnly If true, do not send a Serialize() message if the data has changed + virtual void ForceElapseAllAutoserializeTimers(bool resynchOnly); + +protected: + + virtual void ReceiveSerialize(SystemAddress sender, RakNet::BitStream *serializedObject, SerializationType serializationType, RakNetTime timestamp, DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusionList ); + virtual void ReceiveDestruction(SystemAddress sender, RakNet::BitStream *serializedObject, SerializationType serializationType, RakNetTime timestamp, DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusionList ); + virtual void DeleteOnReceiveDestruction(SystemAddress sender, RakNet::BitStream *serializedObject, SerializationType serializationType, RakNetTime timestamp, DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusionList ); + virtual void ReceiveVisibility(SystemAddress sender, RakNet::BitStream *serializedObject, SerializationType serializationType, RakNetTime timestamp, DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusionList); + virtual Replica2 * ReceiveConstructionReply(SystemAddress sender, BitStream *replicaData, bool constructionAllowed); + + friend class ReplicaManager2; + friend class Connection_RM2; + + static unsigned char clientSharedID; + static Replica2* clientPtrArray[256]; + + bool hasClientID; + unsigned char clientID; + SystemAddress creatorSystem; + ReplicaManager2 *rm2; + + struct AutoSerializeEvent + { + SerializationType serializationType; + RakNetTime initialCountdown; + RakNetTime remainingCountdown; + bool writeToResult1; + RakNet::BitStream lastAutoSerializeResult1; + RakNet::BitStream lastAutoSerializeResult2; + }; + + DataStructures::Map autoSerializeTimers; + +}; + +/// \brief Implement this factory class to return instances of your Connection_RM2 derived object. This is used as a class factory and exposes functionality related to the connection and the system +/// \ingroup REPLICA_MANAGER_2_GROUP +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT Connection_RM2Factory +{ +public: + Connection_RM2Factory() {} + virtual ~Connection_RM2Factory() {} + virtual Connection_RM2* AllocConnection(void) const=0; + virtual void DeallocConnection(Connection_RM2* s) const=0; +}; + +/// \brief This class represents a connection between two instances of ReplicaManager2 +/// Represents a connection. Allocated by user supplied factory interface Connection_RM2Factory +/// Implicitly created as needed +/// Generally you will want to implement at a minimum the Construct() function, used as a factory function to create your game objects +/// \ingroup REPLICA_MANAGER_2_GROUP +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT Connection_RM2 +{ +public: + /// Constructor + Connection_RM2(); + + /// Destructor + virtual ~Connection_RM2(); + + /// Factory function, used to create instances of your game objects + /// Encoding is entirely up to you. \a replicaData will hold whatever was written \a bitStream in Replica2::SerializeConstruction() + /// One efficient way to do it is to use StringTable.h. This allows you to send predetermined strings over the network at a cost of 9 bits, up to 65536 strings + /// \param[in] replicaData Whatever was written \a bitStream in Replica2::SerializeConstruction() + /// \param[in] type Whatever was written \a serializationType in Replica2::SerializeConstruction() + /// \param[in] replicaManager ReplicaManager2 instance that created this class. + /// \param[in] timestamp timestamp sent with Replica2::SerializeConstruction(), 0 for none. + /// \param[in] networkId NetworkID that will be assigned automatically to the new object after this function returns + /// \param[in] networkIDCollision True if the network ID that should be assigned to this object is already in use. Usuallly this is because the object already exists, and you should just read your data and return 0. + /// \return Return 0 to signal that construction failed or was refused for this object. Otherwise return the object that was created. A reference will be held to this object, and SetNetworkID() and SetReplicaManager() will be called automatically. + virtual Replica2* Construct(RakNet::BitStream *replicaData, SystemAddress sender, SerializationType type, ReplicaManager2 *replicaManager, RakNetTime timestamp, NetworkID networkId, bool networkIDCollision)=0; + + /// CALLBACK: + /// Called before a download is sent to a new connection + /// \param[out] objectData What data you want to send to DeSerializeDownloadStarted() + /// \param[in] replicaManager Which replica manager to use to perform the send + /// \param[in/out] serializationContext Target recipient, optional timestamp, type of command + virtual void SerializeDownloadStarted(RakNet::BitStream *objectData, ReplicaManager2 *replicaManager, SerializationContext *serializationContext); + + /// CALLBACK: + /// Called after a download is sent to a new connection + /// \param[out] objectData What data you want to send to DeSerializeDownloadComplete() + /// \param[in] replicaManager Which replica manager to use to perform the send + /// \param[in/out] serializationContext Target recipient, optional timestamp, type of command + virtual void SerializeDownloadComplete(RakNet::BitStream *objectData, ReplicaManager2 *replicaManager, SerializationContext *serializationContext); + + /// CALLBACK: + /// A new connection was added. All objects that are constructed and visible for this system will arrive immediately after this message. + /// Write data to \a objectData by deriving from SerializeDownloadStarted() + /// \note Only called if SetAutoUpdateScope is called with serializationVisiblity or construction true. (This is the default) + /// \param[in] objectData objectData Data written through SerializeDownloadStarted() + /// \param[in] replicaManager Which replica manager to use to perform the send + /// \param[in] timestamp timestamp sent, 0 for none + /// \param[in] serializationType Type of command + virtual void DeserializeDownloadStarted(RakNet::BitStream *objectData, SystemAddress sender, ReplicaManager2 *replicaManager, RakNetTime timestamp, SerializationType serializationType); + + /// CALLBACK: + /// A new connection was added. All objects that are constructed and visible for this system have now arrived. + /// Write data to \a objectData by deriving from SerializeDownloadComplete + /// \note Only called if SetAutoUpdateScope is called with serializationVisiblity or construction true. (This is the default) + /// \param[in] objectData objectData Data written through SerializeDownloadComplete() + /// \param[in] replicaManager Which replica manager to use to perform the send + /// \param[in] timestamp timestamp sent, 0 for none + /// \param[in] serializationType Type of command + virtual void DeserializeDownloadComplete(RakNet::BitStream *objectData, SystemAddress sender, ReplicaManager2 *replicaManager, RakNetTime timestamp, SerializationType serializationType); + + /// Given a list of objects, compare it against lastConstructionList. + /// BroadcastConstruct() is called for objects that only exist in the new list. + /// BroadcastDestruct() is called for objects that only exist in the old list. + /// This is used by SetConstructionByReplicaQuery() for all Replica2 that do not return BQR_ALWAYS from Replica2::QueryConstruction() + /// If you want to pass your own, more efficient list to check against, call ReplicaManager2::SetAutoUpdateScope with construction=false and call this function yourself when desired + /// \param[in] List of all objects that do not return BQR_ALWAYS from Replica2::QueryConstruction() that should currently be created on this system + /// \param[in] replicaManager Which replica manager to use to perform the send + virtual void SetConstructionByList(DataStructures::OrderedList ¤tVisibility, ReplicaManager2 *replicaManager); + + /// Given a list of objects, compare it against lastSerializationList. + /// Replica2::BroadcastVisibility(true) is called for objects that only exist in the new list. + /// Replica2::BroadcastVisibility(false) is called for objects that only exist in the old list. + /// This is used by SetVisibilityByReplicaQuery() for all Replica2 that do not return BQR_ALWAYS from Replica2::QueryVisibility() + /// If you want to pass your own, more efficient list to check against, call ReplicaManager2::SetAutoUpdateScope with construction=false and call this function yourself when desired + /// \param[in] List of all objects that do not return BQR_ALWAYS from Replica2::QueryConstruction() that should currently be created on this system + /// \param[in] replicaManager Which replica manager to use to perform the send + virtual void SetVisibilityByList(DataStructures::OrderedList ¤tVisibility, ReplicaManager2 *replicaManager); + + /// Go through all registered Replica2 objects that do not return BQR_ALWAYS from Replica2::QueryConstruction() + /// For each of these objects that return BQR_YES, pass them to currentVisibility in SetConstructionByList() + /// Automatically called every tick if ReplicaManager2::SetAutoUpdateScope with construction=true is called (which is the default) + /// \param[in] replicaManager Which replica manager to use to perform the send + virtual void SetConstructionByReplicaQuery(ReplicaManager2 *replicaManager); + + /// Go through all registered Replica2 objects that do not return BQR_ALWAYS from Replica2::QueryVisibility() + /// For each of these objects that return BQR_YES, pass them to currentVisibility in SetVisibilityByList() + /// Automatically called every tick if ReplicaManager2::SetAutoUpdateScope with construction=true is called (which is the default) + /// \param[in] replicaManager Which replica manager to use to perform the send + virtual void SetVisibilityByReplicaQuery(ReplicaManager2 *replicaManager); + + /// Set the system address to use with this class instance. This is set internally when the object is created + void SetSystemAddress(SystemAddress sa); + + /// Get the system address associated with this class instance. + SystemAddress GetSystemAddress(void) const; + + +protected: + void Deref(Replica2* replica); + + void CalculateListExclusivity( + const DataStructures::OrderedList &listOne, + const DataStructures::OrderedList &listTwo, + DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusiveToListOne, + DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusiveToListTwo + ) const; + + virtual Replica2 * ReceiveConstruct(RakNet::BitStream *replicaData, NetworkID networkId, SystemAddress sender, unsigned char localClientId, SerializationType type, + ReplicaManager2 *replicaManager, RakNetTime timestamp, DataStructures::OrderedList &exclusionList); + + friend class ReplicaManager2; + + // Address of this participant + SystemAddress systemAddress; + + DataStructures::OrderedList lastConstructionList; + DataStructures::OrderedList lastSerializationList; +}; + +} + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Rijndael-Boxes.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Rijndael-Boxes.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c49c2ebd --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Rijndael-Boxes.h @@ -0,0 +1,949 @@ +word8 Logtable[256] = { + 0, 0, 25, 1, 50, 2, 26, 198, 75, 199, 27, 104, 51, 238, 223, 3, +100, 4, 224, 14, 52, 141, 129, 239, 76, 113, 8, 200, 248, 105, 28, 193, +125, 194, 29, 181, 249, 185, 39, 106, 77, 228, 166, 114, 154, 201, 9, 120, +101, 47, 138, 5, 33, 15, 225, 36, 18, 240, 130, 69, 53, 147, 218, 142, +150, 143, 219, 189, 54, 208, 206, 148, 19, 92, 210, 241, 64, 70, 131, 56, +102, 221, 253, 48, 191, 6, 139, 98, 179, 37, 226, 152, 34, 136, 145, 16, +126, 110, 72, 195, 163, 182, 30, 66, 58, 107, 40, 84, 250, 133, 61, 186, + 43, 121, 10, 21, 155, 159, 94, 202, 78, 212, 172, 229, 243, 115, 167, 87, +175, 88, 168, 80, 244, 234, 214, 116, 79, 174, 233, 213, 231, 230, 173, 232, + 44, 215, 117, 122, 235, 22, 11, 245, 89, 203, 95, 176, 156, 169, 81, 160, +127, 12, 246, 111, 23, 196, 73, 236, 216, 67, 31, 45, 164, 118, 123, 183, +204, 187, 62, 90, 251, 96, 177, 134, 59, 82, 161, 108, 170, 85, 41, 157, +151, 178, 135, 144, 97, 190, 220, 252, 188, 149, 207, 205, 55, 63, 91, 209, + 83, 57, 132, 60, 65, 162, 109, 71, 20, 42, 158, 93, 86, 242, 211, 171, + 68, 17, 146, 217, 35, 32, 46, 137, 180, 124, 184, 38, 119, 153, 227, 165, +103, 74, 237, 222, 197, 49, 254, 24, 13, 99, 140, 128, 192, 247, 112, 7 +}; + +word8 Alogtable[256] = { + 1, 3, 5, 15, 17, 51, 85, 255, 26, 46, 114, 150, 161, 248, 19, 53, + 95, 225, 56, 72, 216, 115, 149, 164, 247, 2, 6, 10, 30, 34, 102, 170, +229, 52, 92, 228, 55, 89, 235, 38, 106, 190, 217, 112, 144, 171, 230, 49, + 83, 245, 4, 12, 20, 60, 68, 204, 79, 209, 104, 184, 211, 110, 178, 205, + 76, 212, 103, 169, 224, 59, 77, 215, 98, 166, 241, 8, 24, 40, 120, 136, +131, 158, 185, 208, 107, 189, 220, 127, 129, 152, 179, 206, 73, 219, 118, 154, +181, 196, 87, 249, 16, 48, 80, 240, 11, 29, 39, 105, 187, 214, 97, 163, +254, 25, 43, 125, 135, 146, 173, 236, 47, 113, 147, 174, 233, 32, 96, 160, +251, 22, 58, 78, 210, 109, 183, 194, 93, 231, 50, 86, 250, 21, 63, 65, +195, 94, 226, 61, 71, 201, 64, 192, 91, 237, 44, 116, 156, 191, 218, 117, +159, 186, 213, 100, 172, 239, 42, 126, 130, 157, 188, 223, 122, 142, 137, 128, +155, 182, 193, 88, 232, 35, 101, 175, 234, 37, 111, 177, 200, 67, 197, 84, +252, 31, 33, 99, 165, 244, 7, 9, 27, 45, 119, 153, 176, 203, 70, 202, + 69, 207, 74, 222, 121, 139, 134, 145, 168, 227, 62, 66, 198, 81, 243, 14, + 18, 54, 90, 238, 41, 123, 141, 140, 143, 138, 133, 148, 167, 242, 13, 23, + 57, 75, 221, 124, 132, 151, 162, 253, 28, 36, 108, 180, 199, 82, 246, 1 +}; + +word8 S[256] = { + 99, 124, 119, 123, 242, 107, 111, 197, 48, 1, 103, 43, 254, 215, 171, 118, +202, 130, 201, 125, 250, 89, 71, 240, 173, 212, 162, 175, 156, 164, 114, 192, +183, 253, 147, 38, 54, 63, 247, 204, 52, 165, 229, 241, 113, 216, 49, 21, + 4, 199, 35, 195, 24, 150, 5, 154, 7, 18, 128, 226, 235, 39, 178, 117, + 9, 131, 44, 26, 27, 110, 90, 160, 82, 59, 214, 179, 41, 227, 47, 132, + 83, 209, 0, 237, 32, 252, 177, 91, 106, 203, 190, 57, 74, 76, 88, 207, +208, 239, 170, 251, 67, 77, 51, 133, 69, 249, 2, 127, 80, 60, 159, 168, + 81, 163, 64, 143, 146, 157, 56, 245, 188, 182, 218, 33, 16, 255, 243, 210, +205, 12, 19, 236, 95, 151, 68, 23, 196, 167, 126, 61, 100, 93, 25, 115, + 96, 129, 79, 220, 34, 42, 144, 136, 70, 238, 184, 20, 222, 94, 11, 219, +224, 50, 58, 10, 73, 6, 36, 92, 194, 211, 172, 98, 145, 149, 228, 121, +231, 200, 55, 109, 141, 213, 78, 169, 108, 86, 244, 234, 101, 122, 174, 8, +186, 120, 37, 46, 28, 166, 180, 198, 232, 221, 116, 31, 75, 189, 139, 138, +112, 62, 181, 102, 72, 3, 246, 14, 97, 53, 87, 185, 134, 193, 29, 158, +225, 248, 152, 17, 105, 217, 142, 148, 155, 30, 135, 233, 206, 85, 40, 223, +140, 161, 137, 13, 191, 230, 66, 104, 65, 153, 45, 15, 176, 84, 187, 22 +}; + +word8 Si[256] = { + 82, 9, 106, 213, 48, 54, 165, 56, 191, 64, 163, 158, 129, 243, 215, 251, +124, 227, 57, 130, 155, 47, 255, 135, 52, 142, 67, 68, 196, 222, 233, 203, + 84, 123, 148, 50, 166, 194, 35, 61, 238, 76, 149, 11, 66, 250, 195, 78, + 8, 46, 161, 102, 40, 217, 36, 178, 118, 91, 162, 73, 109, 139, 209, 37, +114, 248, 246, 100, 134, 104, 152, 22, 212, 164, 92, 204, 93, 101, 182, 146, +108, 112, 72, 80, 253, 237, 185, 218, 94, 21, 70, 87, 167, 141, 157, 132, +144, 216, 171, 0, 140, 188, 211, 10, 247, 228, 88, 5, 184, 179, 69, 6, +208, 44, 30, 143, 202, 63, 15, 2, 193, 175, 189, 3, 1, 19, 138, 107, + 58, 145, 17, 65, 79, 103, 220, 234, 151, 242, 207, 206, 240, 180, 230, 115, +150, 172, 116, 34, 231, 173, 53, 133, 226, 249, 55, 232, 28, 117, 223, 110, + 71, 241, 26, 113, 29, 41, 197, 137, 111, 183, 98, 14, 170, 24, 190, 27, +252, 86, 62, 75, 198, 210, 121, 32, 154, 219, 192, 254, 120, 205, 90, 244, + 31, 221, 168, 51, 136, 7, 199, 49, 177, 18, 16, 89, 39, 128, 236, 95, + 96, 81, 127, 169, 25, 181, 74, 13, 45, 229, 122, 159, 147, 201, 156, 239, +160, 224, 59, 77, 174, 42, 245, 176, 200, 235, 187, 60, 131, 83, 153, 97, + 23, 43, 4, 126, 186, 119, 214, 38, 225, 105, 20, 99, 85, 33, 12, 125 +}; + +word8 T1[256][4] = { +{0xc6,0x63,0x63,0xa5}, {0xf8,0x7c,0x7c,0x84}, {0xee,0x77,0x77,0x99}, {0xf6,0x7b,0x7b,0x8d}, +{0xff,0xf2,0xf2,0x0d}, {0xd6,0x6b,0x6b,0xbd}, {0xde,0x6f,0x6f,0xb1}, {0x91,0xc5,0xc5,0x54}, +{0x60,0x30,0x30,0x50}, {0x02,0x01,0x01,0x03}, {0xce,0x67,0x67,0xa9}, {0x56,0x2b,0x2b,0x7d}, +{0xe7,0xfe,0xfe,0x19}, {0xb5,0xd7,0xd7,0x62}, {0x4d,0xab,0xab,0xe6}, {0xec,0x76,0x76,0x9a}, +{0x8f,0xca,0xca,0x45}, {0x1f,0x82,0x82,0x9d}, {0x89,0xc9,0xc9,0x40}, {0xfa,0x7d,0x7d,0x87}, +{0xef,0xfa,0xfa,0x15}, {0xb2,0x59,0x59,0xeb}, {0x8e,0x47,0x47,0xc9}, {0xfb,0xf0,0xf0,0x0b}, +{0x41,0xad,0xad,0xec}, {0xb3,0xd4,0xd4,0x67}, {0x5f,0xa2,0xa2,0xfd}, {0x45,0xaf,0xaf,0xea}, +{0x23,0x9c,0x9c,0xbf}, {0x53,0xa4,0xa4,0xf7}, {0xe4,0x72,0x72,0x96}, {0x9b,0xc0,0xc0,0x5b}, +{0x75,0xb7,0xb7,0xc2}, {0xe1,0xfd,0xfd,0x1c}, {0x3d,0x93,0x93,0xae}, {0x4c,0x26,0x26,0x6a}, +{0x6c,0x36,0x36,0x5a}, {0x7e,0x3f,0x3f,0x41}, {0xf5,0xf7,0xf7,0x02}, {0x83,0xcc,0xcc,0x4f}, +{0x68,0x34,0x34,0x5c}, {0x51,0xa5,0xa5,0xf4}, {0xd1,0xe5,0xe5,0x34}, {0xf9,0xf1,0xf1,0x08}, +{0xe2,0x71,0x71,0x93}, {0xab,0xd8,0xd8,0x73}, {0x62,0x31,0x31,0x53}, {0x2a,0x15,0x15,0x3f}, +{0x08,0x04,0x04,0x0c}, {0x95,0xc7,0xc7,0x52}, {0x46,0x23,0x23,0x65}, {0x9d,0xc3,0xc3,0x5e}, +{0x30,0x18,0x18,0x28}, {0x37,0x96,0x96,0xa1}, {0x0a,0x05,0x05,0x0f}, {0x2f,0x9a,0x9a,0xb5}, +{0x0e,0x07,0x07,0x09}, {0x24,0x12,0x12,0x36}, {0x1b,0x80,0x80,0x9b}, {0xdf,0xe2,0xe2,0x3d}, +{0xcd,0xeb,0xeb,0x26}, {0x4e,0x27,0x27,0x69}, {0x7f,0xb2,0xb2,0xcd}, {0xea,0x75,0x75,0x9f}, +{0x12,0x09,0x09,0x1b}, {0x1d,0x83,0x83,0x9e}, {0x58,0x2c,0x2c,0x74}, {0x34,0x1a,0x1a,0x2e}, +{0x36,0x1b,0x1b,0x2d}, {0xdc,0x6e,0x6e,0xb2}, {0xb4,0x5a,0x5a,0xee}, {0x5b,0xa0,0xa0,0xfb}, +{0xa4,0x52,0x52,0xf6}, {0x76,0x3b,0x3b,0x4d}, {0xb7,0xd6,0xd6,0x61}, {0x7d,0xb3,0xb3,0xce}, +{0x52,0x29,0x29,0x7b}, {0xdd,0xe3,0xe3,0x3e}, {0x5e,0x2f,0x2f,0x71}, {0x13,0x84,0x84,0x97}, +{0xa6,0x53,0x53,0xf5}, {0xb9,0xd1,0xd1,0x68}, {0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00}, {0xc1,0xed,0xed,0x2c}, +{0x40,0x20,0x20,0x60}, {0xe3,0xfc,0xfc,0x1f}, {0x79,0xb1,0xb1,0xc8}, {0xb6,0x5b,0x5b,0xed}, +{0xd4,0x6a,0x6a,0xbe}, {0x8d,0xcb,0xcb,0x46}, {0x67,0xbe,0xbe,0xd9}, {0x72,0x39,0x39,0x4b}, +{0x94,0x4a,0x4a,0xde}, {0x98,0x4c,0x4c,0xd4}, {0xb0,0x58,0x58,0xe8}, {0x85,0xcf,0xcf,0x4a}, +{0xbb,0xd0,0xd0,0x6b}, {0xc5,0xef,0xef,0x2a}, {0x4f,0xaa,0xaa,0xe5}, {0xed,0xfb,0xfb,0x16}, +{0x86,0x43,0x43,0xc5}, {0x9a,0x4d,0x4d,0xd7}, {0x66,0x33,0x33,0x55}, {0x11,0x85,0x85,0x94}, +{0x8a,0x45,0x45,0xcf}, {0xe9,0xf9,0xf9,0x10}, {0x04,0x02,0x02,0x06}, {0xfe,0x7f,0x7f,0x81}, +{0xa0,0x50,0x50,0xf0}, {0x78,0x3c,0x3c,0x44}, {0x25,0x9f,0x9f,0xba}, {0x4b,0xa8,0xa8,0xe3}, +{0xa2,0x51,0x51,0xf3}, {0x5d,0xa3,0xa3,0xfe}, {0x80,0x40,0x40,0xc0}, {0x05,0x8f,0x8f,0x8a}, +{0x3f,0x92,0x92,0xad}, {0x21,0x9d,0x9d,0xbc}, {0x70,0x38,0x38,0x48}, {0xf1,0xf5,0xf5,0x04}, +{0x63,0xbc,0xbc,0xdf}, {0x77,0xb6,0xb6,0xc1}, {0xaf,0xda,0xda,0x75}, {0x42,0x21,0x21,0x63}, +{0x20,0x10,0x10,0x30}, {0xe5,0xff,0xff,0x1a}, {0xfd,0xf3,0xf3,0x0e}, {0xbf,0xd2,0xd2,0x6d}, +{0x81,0xcd,0xcd,0x4c}, {0x18,0x0c,0x0c,0x14}, {0x26,0x13,0x13,0x35}, {0xc3,0xec,0xec,0x2f}, +{0xbe,0x5f,0x5f,0xe1}, {0x35,0x97,0x97,0xa2}, {0x88,0x44,0x44,0xcc}, {0x2e,0x17,0x17,0x39}, +{0x93,0xc4,0xc4,0x57}, {0x55,0xa7,0xa7,0xf2}, {0xfc,0x7e,0x7e,0x82}, {0x7a,0x3d,0x3d,0x47}, +{0xc8,0x64,0x64,0xac}, {0xba,0x5d,0x5d,0xe7}, {0x32,0x19,0x19,0x2b}, {0xe6,0x73,0x73,0x95}, +{0xc0,0x60,0x60,0xa0}, {0x19,0x81,0x81,0x98}, {0x9e,0x4f,0x4f,0xd1}, {0xa3,0xdc,0xdc,0x7f}, +{0x44,0x22,0x22,0x66}, {0x54,0x2a,0x2a,0x7e}, {0x3b,0x90,0x90,0xab}, {0x0b,0x88,0x88,0x83}, +{0x8c,0x46,0x46,0xca}, {0xc7,0xee,0xee,0x29}, {0x6b,0xb8,0xb8,0xd3}, {0x28,0x14,0x14,0x3c}, +{0xa7,0xde,0xde,0x79}, {0xbc,0x5e,0x5e,0xe2}, {0x16,0x0b,0x0b,0x1d}, {0xad,0xdb,0xdb,0x76}, +{0xdb,0xe0,0xe0,0x3b}, {0x64,0x32,0x32,0x56}, {0x74,0x3a,0x3a,0x4e}, {0x14,0x0a,0x0a,0x1e}, +{0x92,0x49,0x49,0xdb}, {0x0c,0x06,0x06,0x0a}, {0x48,0x24,0x24,0x6c}, {0xb8,0x5c,0x5c,0xe4}, +{0x9f,0xc2,0xc2,0x5d}, {0xbd,0xd3,0xd3,0x6e}, {0x43,0xac,0xac,0xef}, {0xc4,0x62,0x62,0xa6}, +{0x39,0x91,0x91,0xa8}, {0x31,0x95,0x95,0xa4}, {0xd3,0xe4,0xe4,0x37}, {0xf2,0x79,0x79,0x8b}, +{0xd5,0xe7,0xe7,0x32}, {0x8b,0xc8,0xc8,0x43}, {0x6e,0x37,0x37,0x59}, {0xda,0x6d,0x6d,0xb7}, +{0x01,0x8d,0x8d,0x8c}, {0xb1,0xd5,0xd5,0x64}, {0x9c,0x4e,0x4e,0xd2}, {0x49,0xa9,0xa9,0xe0}, +{0xd8,0x6c,0x6c,0xb4}, {0xac,0x56,0x56,0xfa}, {0xf3,0xf4,0xf4,0x07}, {0xcf,0xea,0xea,0x25}, +{0xca,0x65,0x65,0xaf}, {0xf4,0x7a,0x7a,0x8e}, {0x47,0xae,0xae,0xe9}, {0x10,0x08,0x08,0x18}, +{0x6f,0xba,0xba,0xd5}, {0xf0,0x78,0x78,0x88}, {0x4a,0x25,0x25,0x6f}, {0x5c,0x2e,0x2e,0x72}, +{0x38,0x1c,0x1c,0x24}, {0x57,0xa6,0xa6,0xf1}, {0x73,0xb4,0xb4,0xc7}, {0x97,0xc6,0xc6,0x51}, +{0xcb,0xe8,0xe8,0x23}, {0xa1,0xdd,0xdd,0x7c}, {0xe8,0x74,0x74,0x9c}, {0x3e,0x1f,0x1f,0x21}, +{0x96,0x4b,0x4b,0xdd}, {0x61,0xbd,0xbd,0xdc}, {0x0d,0x8b,0x8b,0x86}, {0x0f,0x8a,0x8a,0x85}, +{0xe0,0x70,0x70,0x90}, {0x7c,0x3e,0x3e,0x42}, {0x71,0xb5,0xb5,0xc4}, {0xcc,0x66,0x66,0xaa}, +{0x90,0x48,0x48,0xd8}, {0x06,0x03,0x03,0x05}, {0xf7,0xf6,0xf6,0x01}, {0x1c,0x0e,0x0e,0x12}, +{0xc2,0x61,0x61,0xa3}, {0x6a,0x35,0x35,0x5f}, {0xae,0x57,0x57,0xf9}, {0x69,0xb9,0xb9,0xd0}, +{0x17,0x86,0x86,0x91}, {0x99,0xc1,0xc1,0x58}, {0x3a,0x1d,0x1d,0x27}, {0x27,0x9e,0x9e,0xb9}, +{0xd9,0xe1,0xe1,0x38}, {0xeb,0xf8,0xf8,0x13}, {0x2b,0x98,0x98,0xb3}, {0x22,0x11,0x11,0x33}, +{0xd2,0x69,0x69,0xbb}, {0xa9,0xd9,0xd9,0x70}, {0x07,0x8e,0x8e,0x89}, {0x33,0x94,0x94,0xa7}, +{0x2d,0x9b,0x9b,0xb6}, {0x3c,0x1e,0x1e,0x22}, {0x15,0x87,0x87,0x92}, {0xc9,0xe9,0xe9,0x20}, +{0x87,0xce,0xce,0x49}, {0xaa,0x55,0x55,0xff}, {0x50,0x28,0x28,0x78}, {0xa5,0xdf,0xdf,0x7a}, +{0x03,0x8c,0x8c,0x8f}, {0x59,0xa1,0xa1,0xf8}, {0x09,0x89,0x89,0x80}, {0x1a,0x0d,0x0d,0x17}, +{0x65,0xbf,0xbf,0xda}, {0xd7,0xe6,0xe6,0x31}, {0x84,0x42,0x42,0xc6}, {0xd0,0x68,0x68,0xb8}, +{0x82,0x41,0x41,0xc3}, {0x29,0x99,0x99,0xb0}, {0x5a,0x2d,0x2d,0x77}, {0x1e,0x0f,0x0f,0x11}, +{0x7b,0xb0,0xb0,0xcb}, {0xa8,0x54,0x54,0xfc}, {0x6d,0xbb,0xbb,0xd6}, {0x2c,0x16,0x16,0x3a} +}; + +word8 T2[256][4] = { +{0xa5,0xc6,0x63,0x63}, {0x84,0xf8,0x7c,0x7c}, {0x99,0xee,0x77,0x77}, {0x8d,0xf6,0x7b,0x7b}, +{0x0d,0xff,0xf2,0xf2}, {0xbd,0xd6,0x6b,0x6b}, {0xb1,0xde,0x6f,0x6f}, {0x54,0x91,0xc5,0xc5}, +{0x50,0x60,0x30,0x30}, {0x03,0x02,0x01,0x01}, {0xa9,0xce,0x67,0x67}, {0x7d,0x56,0x2b,0x2b}, +{0x19,0xe7,0xfe,0xfe}, {0x62,0xb5,0xd7,0xd7}, {0xe6,0x4d,0xab,0xab}, {0x9a,0xec,0x76,0x76}, +{0x45,0x8f,0xca,0xca}, {0x9d,0x1f,0x82,0x82}, {0x40,0x89,0xc9,0xc9}, {0x87,0xfa,0x7d,0x7d}, +{0x15,0xef,0xfa,0xfa}, {0xeb,0xb2,0x59,0x59}, {0xc9,0x8e,0x47,0x47}, {0x0b,0xfb,0xf0,0xf0}, +{0xec,0x41,0xad,0xad}, {0x67,0xb3,0xd4,0xd4}, {0xfd,0x5f,0xa2,0xa2}, {0xea,0x45,0xaf,0xaf}, +{0xbf,0x23,0x9c,0x9c}, {0xf7,0x53,0xa4,0xa4}, {0x96,0xe4,0x72,0x72}, {0x5b,0x9b,0xc0,0xc0}, +{0xc2,0x75,0xb7,0xb7}, {0x1c,0xe1,0xfd,0xfd}, {0xae,0x3d,0x93,0x93}, {0x6a,0x4c,0x26,0x26}, +{0x5a,0x6c,0x36,0x36}, {0x41,0x7e,0x3f,0x3f}, {0x02,0xf5,0xf7,0xf7}, {0x4f,0x83,0xcc,0xcc}, +{0x5c,0x68,0x34,0x34}, {0xf4,0x51,0xa5,0xa5}, {0x34,0xd1,0xe5,0xe5}, {0x08,0xf9,0xf1,0xf1}, +{0x93,0xe2,0x71,0x71}, {0x73,0xab,0xd8,0xd8}, {0x53,0x62,0x31,0x31}, {0x3f,0x2a,0x15,0x15}, +{0x0c,0x08,0x04,0x04}, {0x52,0x95,0xc7,0xc7}, {0x65,0x46,0x23,0x23}, {0x5e,0x9d,0xc3,0xc3}, +{0x28,0x30,0x18,0x18}, {0xa1,0x37,0x96,0x96}, {0x0f,0x0a,0x05,0x05}, {0xb5,0x2f,0x9a,0x9a}, +{0x09,0x0e,0x07,0x07}, {0x36,0x24,0x12,0x12}, {0x9b,0x1b,0x80,0x80}, {0x3d,0xdf,0xe2,0xe2}, +{0x26,0xcd,0xeb,0xeb}, {0x69,0x4e,0x27,0x27}, {0xcd,0x7f,0xb2,0xb2}, {0x9f,0xea,0x75,0x75}, +{0x1b,0x12,0x09,0x09}, {0x9e,0x1d,0x83,0x83}, {0x74,0x58,0x2c,0x2c}, {0x2e,0x34,0x1a,0x1a}, +{0x2d,0x36,0x1b,0x1b}, {0xb2,0xdc,0x6e,0x6e}, {0xee,0xb4,0x5a,0x5a}, {0xfb,0x5b,0xa0,0xa0}, +{0xf6,0xa4,0x52,0x52}, {0x4d,0x76,0x3b,0x3b}, {0x61,0xb7,0xd6,0xd6}, {0xce,0x7d,0xb3,0xb3}, +{0x7b,0x52,0x29,0x29}, {0x3e,0xdd,0xe3,0xe3}, {0x71,0x5e,0x2f,0x2f}, {0x97,0x13,0x84,0x84}, +{0xf5,0xa6,0x53,0x53}, {0x68,0xb9,0xd1,0xd1}, {0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00}, {0x2c,0xc1,0xed,0xed}, +{0x60,0x40,0x20,0x20}, {0x1f,0xe3,0xfc,0xfc}, {0xc8,0x79,0xb1,0xb1}, {0xed,0xb6,0x5b,0x5b}, +{0xbe,0xd4,0x6a,0x6a}, {0x46,0x8d,0xcb,0xcb}, {0xd9,0x67,0xbe,0xbe}, {0x4b,0x72,0x39,0x39}, +{0xde,0x94,0x4a,0x4a}, {0xd4,0x98,0x4c,0x4c}, {0xe8,0xb0,0x58,0x58}, {0x4a,0x85,0xcf,0xcf}, +{0x6b,0xbb,0xd0,0xd0}, {0x2a,0xc5,0xef,0xef}, {0xe5,0x4f,0xaa,0xaa}, {0x16,0xed,0xfb,0xfb}, +{0xc5,0x86,0x43,0x43}, {0xd7,0x9a,0x4d,0x4d}, {0x55,0x66,0x33,0x33}, {0x94,0x11,0x85,0x85}, +{0xcf,0x8a,0x45,0x45}, {0x10,0xe9,0xf9,0xf9}, {0x06,0x04,0x02,0x02}, {0x81,0xfe,0x7f,0x7f}, +{0xf0,0xa0,0x50,0x50}, {0x44,0x78,0x3c,0x3c}, {0xba,0x25,0x9f,0x9f}, {0xe3,0x4b,0xa8,0xa8}, +{0xf3,0xa2,0x51,0x51}, {0xfe,0x5d,0xa3,0xa3}, {0xc0,0x80,0x40,0x40}, {0x8a,0x05,0x8f,0x8f}, +{0xad,0x3f,0x92,0x92}, {0xbc,0x21,0x9d,0x9d}, {0x48,0x70,0x38,0x38}, {0x04,0xf1,0xf5,0xf5}, +{0xdf,0x63,0xbc,0xbc}, {0xc1,0x77,0xb6,0xb6}, {0x75,0xaf,0xda,0xda}, {0x63,0x42,0x21,0x21}, +{0x30,0x20,0x10,0x10}, {0x1a,0xe5,0xff,0xff}, {0x0e,0xfd,0xf3,0xf3}, {0x6d,0xbf,0xd2,0xd2}, +{0x4c,0x81,0xcd,0xcd}, {0x14,0x18,0x0c,0x0c}, {0x35,0x26,0x13,0x13}, {0x2f,0xc3,0xec,0xec}, +{0xe1,0xbe,0x5f,0x5f}, {0xa2,0x35,0x97,0x97}, {0xcc,0x88,0x44,0x44}, {0x39,0x2e,0x17,0x17}, +{0x57,0x93,0xc4,0xc4}, {0xf2,0x55,0xa7,0xa7}, {0x82,0xfc,0x7e,0x7e}, {0x47,0x7a,0x3d,0x3d}, +{0xac,0xc8,0x64,0x64}, {0xe7,0xba,0x5d,0x5d}, {0x2b,0x32,0x19,0x19}, {0x95,0xe6,0x73,0x73}, +{0xa0,0xc0,0x60,0x60}, {0x98,0x19,0x81,0x81}, {0xd1,0x9e,0x4f,0x4f}, {0x7f,0xa3,0xdc,0xdc}, +{0x66,0x44,0x22,0x22}, {0x7e,0x54,0x2a,0x2a}, {0xab,0x3b,0x90,0x90}, {0x83,0x0b,0x88,0x88}, +{0xca,0x8c,0x46,0x46}, {0x29,0xc7,0xee,0xee}, {0xd3,0x6b,0xb8,0xb8}, {0x3c,0x28,0x14,0x14}, +{0x79,0xa7,0xde,0xde}, {0xe2,0xbc,0x5e,0x5e}, {0x1d,0x16,0x0b,0x0b}, {0x76,0xad,0xdb,0xdb}, +{0x3b,0xdb,0xe0,0xe0}, {0x56,0x64,0x32,0x32}, {0x4e,0x74,0x3a,0x3a}, {0x1e,0x14,0x0a,0x0a}, +{0xdb,0x92,0x49,0x49}, {0x0a,0x0c,0x06,0x06}, {0x6c,0x48,0x24,0x24}, {0xe4,0xb8,0x5c,0x5c}, +{0x5d,0x9f,0xc2,0xc2}, {0x6e,0xbd,0xd3,0xd3}, {0xef,0x43,0xac,0xac}, {0xa6,0xc4,0x62,0x62}, +{0xa8,0x39,0x91,0x91}, {0xa4,0x31,0x95,0x95}, {0x37,0xd3,0xe4,0xe4}, {0x8b,0xf2,0x79,0x79}, +{0x32,0xd5,0xe7,0xe7}, {0x43,0x8b,0xc8,0xc8}, {0x59,0x6e,0x37,0x37}, {0xb7,0xda,0x6d,0x6d}, +{0x8c,0x01,0x8d,0x8d}, {0x64,0xb1,0xd5,0xd5}, {0xd2,0x9c,0x4e,0x4e}, {0xe0,0x49,0xa9,0xa9}, +{0xb4,0xd8,0x6c,0x6c}, {0xfa,0xac,0x56,0x56}, {0x07,0xf3,0xf4,0xf4}, {0x25,0xcf,0xea,0xea}, +{0xaf,0xca,0x65,0x65}, {0x8e,0xf4,0x7a,0x7a}, {0xe9,0x47,0xae,0xae}, {0x18,0x10,0x08,0x08}, +{0xd5,0x6f,0xba,0xba}, {0x88,0xf0,0x78,0x78}, {0x6f,0x4a,0x25,0x25}, {0x72,0x5c,0x2e,0x2e}, +{0x24,0x38,0x1c,0x1c}, {0xf1,0x57,0xa6,0xa6}, {0xc7,0x73,0xb4,0xb4}, {0x51,0x97,0xc6,0xc6}, +{0x23,0xcb,0xe8,0xe8}, {0x7c,0xa1,0xdd,0xdd}, {0x9c,0xe8,0x74,0x74}, {0x21,0x3e,0x1f,0x1f}, +{0xdd,0x96,0x4b,0x4b}, {0xdc,0x61,0xbd,0xbd}, {0x86,0x0d,0x8b,0x8b}, {0x85,0x0f,0x8a,0x8a}, +{0x90,0xe0,0x70,0x70}, {0x42,0x7c,0x3e,0x3e}, {0xc4,0x71,0xb5,0xb5}, {0xaa,0xcc,0x66,0x66}, +{0xd8,0x90,0x48,0x48}, {0x05,0x06,0x03,0x03}, {0x01,0xf7,0xf6,0xf6}, {0x12,0x1c,0x0e,0x0e}, +{0xa3,0xc2,0x61,0x61}, {0x5f,0x6a,0x35,0x35}, {0xf9,0xae,0x57,0x57}, {0xd0,0x69,0xb9,0xb9}, +{0x91,0x17,0x86,0x86}, {0x58,0x99,0xc1,0xc1}, {0x27,0x3a,0x1d,0x1d}, {0xb9,0x27,0x9e,0x9e}, +{0x38,0xd9,0xe1,0xe1}, {0x13,0xeb,0xf8,0xf8}, {0xb3,0x2b,0x98,0x98}, {0x33,0x22,0x11,0x11}, +{0xbb,0xd2,0x69,0x69}, {0x70,0xa9,0xd9,0xd9}, {0x89,0x07,0x8e,0x8e}, {0xa7,0x33,0x94,0x94}, +{0xb6,0x2d,0x9b,0x9b}, {0x22,0x3c,0x1e,0x1e}, {0x92,0x15,0x87,0x87}, {0x20,0xc9,0xe9,0xe9}, +{0x49,0x87,0xce,0xce}, {0xff,0xaa,0x55,0x55}, {0x78,0x50,0x28,0x28}, {0x7a,0xa5,0xdf,0xdf}, +{0x8f,0x03,0x8c,0x8c}, {0xf8,0x59,0xa1,0xa1}, {0x80,0x09,0x89,0x89}, {0x17,0x1a,0x0d,0x0d}, +{0xda,0x65,0xbf,0xbf}, {0x31,0xd7,0xe6,0xe6}, {0xc6,0x84,0x42,0x42}, {0xb8,0xd0,0x68,0x68}, +{0xc3,0x82,0x41,0x41}, {0xb0,0x29,0x99,0x99}, {0x77,0x5a,0x2d,0x2d}, {0x11,0x1e,0x0f,0x0f}, +{0xcb,0x7b,0xb0,0xb0}, {0xfc,0xa8,0x54,0x54}, {0xd6,0x6d,0xbb,0xbb}, {0x3a,0x2c,0x16,0x16} +}; + +word8 T3[256][4] = { +{0x63,0xa5,0xc6,0x63}, {0x7c,0x84,0xf8,0x7c}, {0x77,0x99,0xee,0x77}, {0x7b,0x8d,0xf6,0x7b}, +{0xf2,0x0d,0xff,0xf2}, {0x6b,0xbd,0xd6,0x6b}, {0x6f,0xb1,0xde,0x6f}, {0xc5,0x54,0x91,0xc5}, +{0x30,0x50,0x60,0x30}, {0x01,0x03,0x02,0x01}, {0x67,0xa9,0xce,0x67}, {0x2b,0x7d,0x56,0x2b}, +{0xfe,0x19,0xe7,0xfe}, {0xd7,0x62,0xb5,0xd7}, {0xab,0xe6,0x4d,0xab}, {0x76,0x9a,0xec,0x76}, +{0xca,0x45,0x8f,0xca}, {0x82,0x9d,0x1f,0x82}, {0xc9,0x40,0x89,0xc9}, {0x7d,0x87,0xfa,0x7d}, +{0xfa,0x15,0xef,0xfa}, {0x59,0xeb,0xb2,0x59}, {0x47,0xc9,0x8e,0x47}, {0xf0,0x0b,0xfb,0xf0}, +{0xad,0xec,0x41,0xad}, {0xd4,0x67,0xb3,0xd4}, {0xa2,0xfd,0x5f,0xa2}, {0xaf,0xea,0x45,0xaf}, +{0x9c,0xbf,0x23,0x9c}, {0xa4,0xf7,0x53,0xa4}, {0x72,0x96,0xe4,0x72}, {0xc0,0x5b,0x9b,0xc0}, +{0xb7,0xc2,0x75,0xb7}, {0xfd,0x1c,0xe1,0xfd}, {0x93,0xae,0x3d,0x93}, {0x26,0x6a,0x4c,0x26}, +{0x36,0x5a,0x6c,0x36}, {0x3f,0x41,0x7e,0x3f}, {0xf7,0x02,0xf5,0xf7}, {0xcc,0x4f,0x83,0xcc}, +{0x34,0x5c,0x68,0x34}, {0xa5,0xf4,0x51,0xa5}, {0xe5,0x34,0xd1,0xe5}, {0xf1,0x08,0xf9,0xf1}, +{0x71,0x93,0xe2,0x71}, {0xd8,0x73,0xab,0xd8}, {0x31,0x53,0x62,0x31}, {0x15,0x3f,0x2a,0x15}, +{0x04,0x0c,0x08,0x04}, {0xc7,0x52,0x95,0xc7}, {0x23,0x65,0x46,0x23}, {0xc3,0x5e,0x9d,0xc3}, +{0x18,0x28,0x30,0x18}, {0x96,0xa1,0x37,0x96}, {0x05,0x0f,0x0a,0x05}, {0x9a,0xb5,0x2f,0x9a}, +{0x07,0x09,0x0e,0x07}, {0x12,0x36,0x24,0x12}, {0x80,0x9b,0x1b,0x80}, {0xe2,0x3d,0xdf,0xe2}, +{0xeb,0x26,0xcd,0xeb}, {0x27,0x69,0x4e,0x27}, {0xb2,0xcd,0x7f,0xb2}, {0x75,0x9f,0xea,0x75}, +{0x09,0x1b,0x12,0x09}, {0x83,0x9e,0x1d,0x83}, {0x2c,0x74,0x58,0x2c}, {0x1a,0x2e,0x34,0x1a}, +{0x1b,0x2d,0x36,0x1b}, {0x6e,0xb2,0xdc,0x6e}, {0x5a,0xee,0xb4,0x5a}, {0xa0,0xfb,0x5b,0xa0}, +{0x52,0xf6,0xa4,0x52}, {0x3b,0x4d,0x76,0x3b}, {0xd6,0x61,0xb7,0xd6}, {0xb3,0xce,0x7d,0xb3}, +{0x29,0x7b,0x52,0x29}, {0xe3,0x3e,0xdd,0xe3}, {0x2f,0x71,0x5e,0x2f}, {0x84,0x97,0x13,0x84}, +{0x53,0xf5,0xa6,0x53}, {0xd1,0x68,0xb9,0xd1}, {0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00}, {0xed,0x2c,0xc1,0xed}, +{0x20,0x60,0x40,0x20}, {0xfc,0x1f,0xe3,0xfc}, {0xb1,0xc8,0x79,0xb1}, {0x5b,0xed,0xb6,0x5b}, +{0x6a,0xbe,0xd4,0x6a}, {0xcb,0x46,0x8d,0xcb}, {0xbe,0xd9,0x67,0xbe}, {0x39,0x4b,0x72,0x39}, +{0x4a,0xde,0x94,0x4a}, {0x4c,0xd4,0x98,0x4c}, {0x58,0xe8,0xb0,0x58}, {0xcf,0x4a,0x85,0xcf}, +{0xd0,0x6b,0xbb,0xd0}, {0xef,0x2a,0xc5,0xef}, {0xaa,0xe5,0x4f,0xaa}, {0xfb,0x16,0xed,0xfb}, +{0x43,0xc5,0x86,0x43}, {0x4d,0xd7,0x9a,0x4d}, {0x33,0x55,0x66,0x33}, {0x85,0x94,0x11,0x85}, +{0x45,0xcf,0x8a,0x45}, {0xf9,0x10,0xe9,0xf9}, {0x02,0x06,0x04,0x02}, {0x7f,0x81,0xfe,0x7f}, +{0x50,0xf0,0xa0,0x50}, {0x3c,0x44,0x78,0x3c}, {0x9f,0xba,0x25,0x9f}, {0xa8,0xe3,0x4b,0xa8}, +{0x51,0xf3,0xa2,0x51}, {0xa3,0xfe,0x5d,0xa3}, {0x40,0xc0,0x80,0x40}, {0x8f,0x8a,0x05,0x8f}, +{0x92,0xad,0x3f,0x92}, {0x9d,0xbc,0x21,0x9d}, {0x38,0x48,0x70,0x38}, {0xf5,0x04,0xf1,0xf5}, +{0xbc,0xdf,0x63,0xbc}, {0xb6,0xc1,0x77,0xb6}, {0xda,0x75,0xaf,0xda}, {0x21,0x63,0x42,0x21}, +{0x10,0x30,0x20,0x10}, {0xff,0x1a,0xe5,0xff}, {0xf3,0x0e,0xfd,0xf3}, {0xd2,0x6d,0xbf,0xd2}, +{0xcd,0x4c,0x81,0xcd}, {0x0c,0x14,0x18,0x0c}, {0x13,0x35,0x26,0x13}, {0xec,0x2f,0xc3,0xec}, +{0x5f,0xe1,0xbe,0x5f}, {0x97,0xa2,0x35,0x97}, {0x44,0xcc,0x88,0x44}, {0x17,0x39,0x2e,0x17}, +{0xc4,0x57,0x93,0xc4}, {0xa7,0xf2,0x55,0xa7}, {0x7e,0x82,0xfc,0x7e}, {0x3d,0x47,0x7a,0x3d}, +{0x64,0xac,0xc8,0x64}, {0x5d,0xe7,0xba,0x5d}, {0x19,0x2b,0x32,0x19}, {0x73,0x95,0xe6,0x73}, +{0x60,0xa0,0xc0,0x60}, {0x81,0x98,0x19,0x81}, {0x4f,0xd1,0x9e,0x4f}, {0xdc,0x7f,0xa3,0xdc}, +{0x22,0x66,0x44,0x22}, {0x2a,0x7e,0x54,0x2a}, {0x90,0xab,0x3b,0x90}, {0x88,0x83,0x0b,0x88}, +{0x46,0xca,0x8c,0x46}, {0xee,0x29,0xc7,0xee}, {0xb8,0xd3,0x6b,0xb8}, {0x14,0x3c,0x28,0x14}, +{0xde,0x79,0xa7,0xde}, {0x5e,0xe2,0xbc,0x5e}, {0x0b,0x1d,0x16,0x0b}, {0xdb,0x76,0xad,0xdb}, +{0xe0,0x3b,0xdb,0xe0}, {0x32,0x56,0x64,0x32}, {0x3a,0x4e,0x74,0x3a}, {0x0a,0x1e,0x14,0x0a}, +{0x49,0xdb,0x92,0x49}, {0x06,0x0a,0x0c,0x06}, {0x24,0x6c,0x48,0x24}, {0x5c,0xe4,0xb8,0x5c}, +{0xc2,0x5d,0x9f,0xc2}, {0xd3,0x6e,0xbd,0xd3}, {0xac,0xef,0x43,0xac}, {0x62,0xa6,0xc4,0x62}, +{0x91,0xa8,0x39,0x91}, {0x95,0xa4,0x31,0x95}, {0xe4,0x37,0xd3,0xe4}, {0x79,0x8b,0xf2,0x79}, +{0xe7,0x32,0xd5,0xe7}, {0xc8,0x43,0x8b,0xc8}, {0x37,0x59,0x6e,0x37}, {0x6d,0xb7,0xda,0x6d}, +{0x8d,0x8c,0x01,0x8d}, {0xd5,0x64,0xb1,0xd5}, {0x4e,0xd2,0x9c,0x4e}, {0xa9,0xe0,0x49,0xa9}, +{0x6c,0xb4,0xd8,0x6c}, {0x56,0xfa,0xac,0x56}, {0xf4,0x07,0xf3,0xf4}, {0xea,0x25,0xcf,0xea}, +{0x65,0xaf,0xca,0x65}, {0x7a,0x8e,0xf4,0x7a}, {0xae,0xe9,0x47,0xae}, {0x08,0x18,0x10,0x08}, +{0xba,0xd5,0x6f,0xba}, {0x78,0x88,0xf0,0x78}, {0x25,0x6f,0x4a,0x25}, {0x2e,0x72,0x5c,0x2e}, +{0x1c,0x24,0x38,0x1c}, {0xa6,0xf1,0x57,0xa6}, {0xb4,0xc7,0x73,0xb4}, {0xc6,0x51,0x97,0xc6}, +{0xe8,0x23,0xcb,0xe8}, {0xdd,0x7c,0xa1,0xdd}, {0x74,0x9c,0xe8,0x74}, {0x1f,0x21,0x3e,0x1f}, +{0x4b,0xdd,0x96,0x4b}, {0xbd,0xdc,0x61,0xbd}, {0x8b,0x86,0x0d,0x8b}, {0x8a,0x85,0x0f,0x8a}, +{0x70,0x90,0xe0,0x70}, {0x3e,0x42,0x7c,0x3e}, {0xb5,0xc4,0x71,0xb5}, {0x66,0xaa,0xcc,0x66}, +{0x48,0xd8,0x90,0x48}, {0x03,0x05,0x06,0x03}, {0xf6,0x01,0xf7,0xf6}, {0x0e,0x12,0x1c,0x0e}, +{0x61,0xa3,0xc2,0x61}, {0x35,0x5f,0x6a,0x35}, {0x57,0xf9,0xae,0x57}, {0xb9,0xd0,0x69,0xb9}, +{0x86,0x91,0x17,0x86}, {0xc1,0x58,0x99,0xc1}, {0x1d,0x27,0x3a,0x1d}, {0x9e,0xb9,0x27,0x9e}, +{0xe1,0x38,0xd9,0xe1}, {0xf8,0x13,0xeb,0xf8}, {0x98,0xb3,0x2b,0x98}, {0x11,0x33,0x22,0x11}, +{0x69,0xbb,0xd2,0x69}, {0xd9,0x70,0xa9,0xd9}, {0x8e,0x89,0x07,0x8e}, {0x94,0xa7,0x33,0x94}, +{0x9b,0xb6,0x2d,0x9b}, {0x1e,0x22,0x3c,0x1e}, {0x87,0x92,0x15,0x87}, {0xe9,0x20,0xc9,0xe9}, +{0xce,0x49,0x87,0xce}, {0x55,0xff,0xaa,0x55}, {0x28,0x78,0x50,0x28}, {0xdf,0x7a,0xa5,0xdf}, +{0x8c,0x8f,0x03,0x8c}, {0xa1,0xf8,0x59,0xa1}, {0x89,0x80,0x09,0x89}, {0x0d,0x17,0x1a,0x0d}, +{0xbf,0xda,0x65,0xbf}, {0xe6,0x31,0xd7,0xe6}, {0x42,0xc6,0x84,0x42}, {0x68,0xb8,0xd0,0x68}, +{0x41,0xc3,0x82,0x41}, {0x99,0xb0,0x29,0x99}, {0x2d,0x77,0x5a,0x2d}, {0x0f,0x11,0x1e,0x0f}, +{0xb0,0xcb,0x7b,0xb0}, {0x54,0xfc,0xa8,0x54}, {0xbb,0xd6,0x6d,0xbb}, {0x16,0x3a,0x2c,0x16} +}; + +word8 T4[256][4] = { +{0x63,0x63,0xa5,0xc6}, {0x7c,0x7c,0x84,0xf8}, {0x77,0x77,0x99,0xee}, {0x7b,0x7b,0x8d,0xf6}, +{0xf2,0xf2,0x0d,0xff}, {0x6b,0x6b,0xbd,0xd6}, {0x6f,0x6f,0xb1,0xde}, {0xc5,0xc5,0x54,0x91}, +{0x30,0x30,0x50,0x60}, {0x01,0x01,0x03,0x02}, {0x67,0x67,0xa9,0xce}, {0x2b,0x2b,0x7d,0x56}, +{0xfe,0xfe,0x19,0xe7}, {0xd7,0xd7,0x62,0xb5}, {0xab,0xab,0xe6,0x4d}, {0x76,0x76,0x9a,0xec}, +{0xca,0xca,0x45,0x8f}, {0x82,0x82,0x9d,0x1f}, {0xc9,0xc9,0x40,0x89}, {0x7d,0x7d,0x87,0xfa}, +{0xfa,0xfa,0x15,0xef}, {0x59,0x59,0xeb,0xb2}, {0x47,0x47,0xc9,0x8e}, {0xf0,0xf0,0x0b,0xfb}, +{0xad,0xad,0xec,0x41}, {0xd4,0xd4,0x67,0xb3}, {0xa2,0xa2,0xfd,0x5f}, {0xaf,0xaf,0xea,0x45}, +{0x9c,0x9c,0xbf,0x23}, {0xa4,0xa4,0xf7,0x53}, {0x72,0x72,0x96,0xe4}, {0xc0,0xc0,0x5b,0x9b}, +{0xb7,0xb7,0xc2,0x75}, {0xfd,0xfd,0x1c,0xe1}, {0x93,0x93,0xae,0x3d}, {0x26,0x26,0x6a,0x4c}, +{0x36,0x36,0x5a,0x6c}, {0x3f,0x3f,0x41,0x7e}, {0xf7,0xf7,0x02,0xf5}, {0xcc,0xcc,0x4f,0x83}, +{0x34,0x34,0x5c,0x68}, {0xa5,0xa5,0xf4,0x51}, {0xe5,0xe5,0x34,0xd1}, {0xf1,0xf1,0x08,0xf9}, +{0x71,0x71,0x93,0xe2}, {0xd8,0xd8,0x73,0xab}, {0x31,0x31,0x53,0x62}, {0x15,0x15,0x3f,0x2a}, +{0x04,0x04,0x0c,0x08}, {0xc7,0xc7,0x52,0x95}, {0x23,0x23,0x65,0x46}, {0xc3,0xc3,0x5e,0x9d}, +{0x18,0x18,0x28,0x30}, {0x96,0x96,0xa1,0x37}, {0x05,0x05,0x0f,0x0a}, {0x9a,0x9a,0xb5,0x2f}, +{0x07,0x07,0x09,0x0e}, {0x12,0x12,0x36,0x24}, {0x80,0x80,0x9b,0x1b}, {0xe2,0xe2,0x3d,0xdf}, +{0xeb,0xeb,0x26,0xcd}, {0x27,0x27,0x69,0x4e}, {0xb2,0xb2,0xcd,0x7f}, {0x75,0x75,0x9f,0xea}, +{0x09,0x09,0x1b,0x12}, {0x83,0x83,0x9e,0x1d}, {0x2c,0x2c,0x74,0x58}, {0x1a,0x1a,0x2e,0x34}, +{0x1b,0x1b,0x2d,0x36}, {0x6e,0x6e,0xb2,0xdc}, {0x5a,0x5a,0xee,0xb4}, {0xa0,0xa0,0xfb,0x5b}, +{0x52,0x52,0xf6,0xa4}, {0x3b,0x3b,0x4d,0x76}, {0xd6,0xd6,0x61,0xb7}, {0xb3,0xb3,0xce,0x7d}, +{0x29,0x29,0x7b,0x52}, {0xe3,0xe3,0x3e,0xdd}, {0x2f,0x2f,0x71,0x5e}, {0x84,0x84,0x97,0x13}, +{0x53,0x53,0xf5,0xa6}, {0xd1,0xd1,0x68,0xb9}, {0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00}, {0xed,0xed,0x2c,0xc1}, +{0x20,0x20,0x60,0x40}, {0xfc,0xfc,0x1f,0xe3}, {0xb1,0xb1,0xc8,0x79}, {0x5b,0x5b,0xed,0xb6}, +{0x6a,0x6a,0xbe,0xd4}, {0xcb,0xcb,0x46,0x8d}, {0xbe,0xbe,0xd9,0x67}, {0x39,0x39,0x4b,0x72}, +{0x4a,0x4a,0xde,0x94}, {0x4c,0x4c,0xd4,0x98}, {0x58,0x58,0xe8,0xb0}, {0xcf,0xcf,0x4a,0x85}, +{0xd0,0xd0,0x6b,0xbb}, {0xef,0xef,0x2a,0xc5}, {0xaa,0xaa,0xe5,0x4f}, {0xfb,0xfb,0x16,0xed}, +{0x43,0x43,0xc5,0x86}, {0x4d,0x4d,0xd7,0x9a}, {0x33,0x33,0x55,0x66}, {0x85,0x85,0x94,0x11}, +{0x45,0x45,0xcf,0x8a}, {0xf9,0xf9,0x10,0xe9}, {0x02,0x02,0x06,0x04}, {0x7f,0x7f,0x81,0xfe}, +{0x50,0x50,0xf0,0xa0}, {0x3c,0x3c,0x44,0x78}, {0x9f,0x9f,0xba,0x25}, {0xa8,0xa8,0xe3,0x4b}, +{0x51,0x51,0xf3,0xa2}, {0xa3,0xa3,0xfe,0x5d}, {0x40,0x40,0xc0,0x80}, {0x8f,0x8f,0x8a,0x05}, +{0x92,0x92,0xad,0x3f}, {0x9d,0x9d,0xbc,0x21}, {0x38,0x38,0x48,0x70}, {0xf5,0xf5,0x04,0xf1}, +{0xbc,0xbc,0xdf,0x63}, {0xb6,0xb6,0xc1,0x77}, {0xda,0xda,0x75,0xaf}, {0x21,0x21,0x63,0x42}, +{0x10,0x10,0x30,0x20}, {0xff,0xff,0x1a,0xe5}, {0xf3,0xf3,0x0e,0xfd}, {0xd2,0xd2,0x6d,0xbf}, +{0xcd,0xcd,0x4c,0x81}, {0x0c,0x0c,0x14,0x18}, {0x13,0x13,0x35,0x26}, {0xec,0xec,0x2f,0xc3}, +{0x5f,0x5f,0xe1,0xbe}, {0x97,0x97,0xa2,0x35}, {0x44,0x44,0xcc,0x88}, {0x17,0x17,0x39,0x2e}, +{0xc4,0xc4,0x57,0x93}, {0xa7,0xa7,0xf2,0x55}, {0x7e,0x7e,0x82,0xfc}, {0x3d,0x3d,0x47,0x7a}, +{0x64,0x64,0xac,0xc8}, {0x5d,0x5d,0xe7,0xba}, {0x19,0x19,0x2b,0x32}, {0x73,0x73,0x95,0xe6}, +{0x60,0x60,0xa0,0xc0}, {0x81,0x81,0x98,0x19}, {0x4f,0x4f,0xd1,0x9e}, {0xdc,0xdc,0x7f,0xa3}, +{0x22,0x22,0x66,0x44}, {0x2a,0x2a,0x7e,0x54}, {0x90,0x90,0xab,0x3b}, {0x88,0x88,0x83,0x0b}, +{0x46,0x46,0xca,0x8c}, {0xee,0xee,0x29,0xc7}, {0xb8,0xb8,0xd3,0x6b}, {0x14,0x14,0x3c,0x28}, +{0xde,0xde,0x79,0xa7}, {0x5e,0x5e,0xe2,0xbc}, {0x0b,0x0b,0x1d,0x16}, {0xdb,0xdb,0x76,0xad}, +{0xe0,0xe0,0x3b,0xdb}, {0x32,0x32,0x56,0x64}, {0x3a,0x3a,0x4e,0x74}, {0x0a,0x0a,0x1e,0x14}, +{0x49,0x49,0xdb,0x92}, {0x06,0x06,0x0a,0x0c}, {0x24,0x24,0x6c,0x48}, {0x5c,0x5c,0xe4,0xb8}, +{0xc2,0xc2,0x5d,0x9f}, {0xd3,0xd3,0x6e,0xbd}, {0xac,0xac,0xef,0x43}, {0x62,0x62,0xa6,0xc4}, +{0x91,0x91,0xa8,0x39}, {0x95,0x95,0xa4,0x31}, {0xe4,0xe4,0x37,0xd3}, {0x79,0x79,0x8b,0xf2}, +{0xe7,0xe7,0x32,0xd5}, {0xc8,0xc8,0x43,0x8b}, {0x37,0x37,0x59,0x6e}, {0x6d,0x6d,0xb7,0xda}, +{0x8d,0x8d,0x8c,0x01}, {0xd5,0xd5,0x64,0xb1}, {0x4e,0x4e,0xd2,0x9c}, {0xa9,0xa9,0xe0,0x49}, +{0x6c,0x6c,0xb4,0xd8}, {0x56,0x56,0xfa,0xac}, {0xf4,0xf4,0x07,0xf3}, {0xea,0xea,0x25,0xcf}, +{0x65,0x65,0xaf,0xca}, {0x7a,0x7a,0x8e,0xf4}, {0xae,0xae,0xe9,0x47}, {0x08,0x08,0x18,0x10}, +{0xba,0xba,0xd5,0x6f}, {0x78,0x78,0x88,0xf0}, {0x25,0x25,0x6f,0x4a}, {0x2e,0x2e,0x72,0x5c}, +{0x1c,0x1c,0x24,0x38}, {0xa6,0xa6,0xf1,0x57}, {0xb4,0xb4,0xc7,0x73}, {0xc6,0xc6,0x51,0x97}, +{0xe8,0xe8,0x23,0xcb}, {0xdd,0xdd,0x7c,0xa1}, {0x74,0x74,0x9c,0xe8}, {0x1f,0x1f,0x21,0x3e}, +{0x4b,0x4b,0xdd,0x96}, {0xbd,0xbd,0xdc,0x61}, {0x8b,0x8b,0x86,0x0d}, {0x8a,0x8a,0x85,0x0f}, +{0x70,0x70,0x90,0xe0}, {0x3e,0x3e,0x42,0x7c}, {0xb5,0xb5,0xc4,0x71}, {0x66,0x66,0xaa,0xcc}, +{0x48,0x48,0xd8,0x90}, {0x03,0x03,0x05,0x06}, {0xf6,0xf6,0x01,0xf7}, {0x0e,0x0e,0x12,0x1c}, +{0x61,0x61,0xa3,0xc2}, {0x35,0x35,0x5f,0x6a}, {0x57,0x57,0xf9,0xae}, {0xb9,0xb9,0xd0,0x69}, +{0x86,0x86,0x91,0x17}, {0xc1,0xc1,0x58,0x99}, {0x1d,0x1d,0x27,0x3a}, {0x9e,0x9e,0xb9,0x27}, +{0xe1,0xe1,0x38,0xd9}, {0xf8,0xf8,0x13,0xeb}, {0x98,0x98,0xb3,0x2b}, {0x11,0x11,0x33,0x22}, +{0x69,0x69,0xbb,0xd2}, {0xd9,0xd9,0x70,0xa9}, {0x8e,0x8e,0x89,0x07}, {0x94,0x94,0xa7,0x33}, +{0x9b,0x9b,0xb6,0x2d}, {0x1e,0x1e,0x22,0x3c}, {0x87,0x87,0x92,0x15}, {0xe9,0xe9,0x20,0xc9}, +{0xce,0xce,0x49,0x87}, {0x55,0x55,0xff,0xaa}, {0x28,0x28,0x78,0x50}, {0xdf,0xdf,0x7a,0xa5}, +{0x8c,0x8c,0x8f,0x03}, {0xa1,0xa1,0xf8,0x59}, {0x89,0x89,0x80,0x09}, {0x0d,0x0d,0x17,0x1a}, +{0xbf,0xbf,0xda,0x65}, {0xe6,0xe6,0x31,0xd7}, {0x42,0x42,0xc6,0x84}, {0x68,0x68,0xb8,0xd0}, +{0x41,0x41,0xc3,0x82}, {0x99,0x99,0xb0,0x29}, {0x2d,0x2d,0x77,0x5a}, {0x0f,0x0f,0x11,0x1e}, +{0xb0,0xb0,0xcb,0x7b}, {0x54,0x54,0xfc,0xa8}, {0xbb,0xbb,0xd6,0x6d}, {0x16,0x16,0x3a,0x2c} +}; + +word8 T5[256][4] = { +{0x51,0xf4,0xa7,0x50}, {0x7e,0x41,0x65,0x53}, {0x1a,0x17,0xa4,0xc3}, {0x3a,0x27,0x5e,0x96}, +{0x3b,0xab,0x6b,0xcb}, {0x1f,0x9d,0x45,0xf1}, {0xac,0xfa,0x58,0xab}, {0x4b,0xe3,0x03,0x93}, +{0x20,0x30,0xfa,0x55}, {0xad,0x76,0x6d,0xf6}, {0x88,0xcc,0x76,0x91}, {0xf5,0x02,0x4c,0x25}, +{0x4f,0xe5,0xd7,0xfc}, {0xc5,0x2a,0xcb,0xd7}, {0x26,0x35,0x44,0x80}, {0xb5,0x62,0xa3,0x8f}, +{0xde,0xb1,0x5a,0x49}, {0x25,0xba,0x1b,0x67}, {0x45,0xea,0x0e,0x98}, {0x5d,0xfe,0xc0,0xe1}, +{0xc3,0x2f,0x75,0x02}, {0x81,0x4c,0xf0,0x12}, {0x8d,0x46,0x97,0xa3}, {0x6b,0xd3,0xf9,0xc6}, +{0x03,0x8f,0x5f,0xe7}, {0x15,0x92,0x9c,0x95}, {0xbf,0x6d,0x7a,0xeb}, {0x95,0x52,0x59,0xda}, +{0xd4,0xbe,0x83,0x2d}, {0x58,0x74,0x21,0xd3}, {0x49,0xe0,0x69,0x29}, {0x8e,0xc9,0xc8,0x44}, +{0x75,0xc2,0x89,0x6a}, {0xf4,0x8e,0x79,0x78}, {0x99,0x58,0x3e,0x6b}, {0x27,0xb9,0x71,0xdd}, +{0xbe,0xe1,0x4f,0xb6}, {0xf0,0x88,0xad,0x17}, {0xc9,0x20,0xac,0x66}, {0x7d,0xce,0x3a,0xb4}, +{0x63,0xdf,0x4a,0x18}, {0xe5,0x1a,0x31,0x82}, {0x97,0x51,0x33,0x60}, {0x62,0x53,0x7f,0x45}, +{0xb1,0x64,0x77,0xe0}, {0xbb,0x6b,0xae,0x84}, {0xfe,0x81,0xa0,0x1c}, {0xf9,0x08,0x2b,0x94}, +{0x70,0x48,0x68,0x58}, {0x8f,0x45,0xfd,0x19}, {0x94,0xde,0x6c,0x87}, {0x52,0x7b,0xf8,0xb7}, +{0xab,0x73,0xd3,0x23}, {0x72,0x4b,0x02,0xe2}, {0xe3,0x1f,0x8f,0x57}, {0x66,0x55,0xab,0x2a}, +{0xb2,0xeb,0x28,0x07}, {0x2f,0xb5,0xc2,0x03}, {0x86,0xc5,0x7b,0x9a}, {0xd3,0x37,0x08,0xa5}, +{0x30,0x28,0x87,0xf2}, {0x23,0xbf,0xa5,0xb2}, {0x02,0x03,0x6a,0xba}, {0xed,0x16,0x82,0x5c}, +{0x8a,0xcf,0x1c,0x2b}, {0xa7,0x79,0xb4,0x92}, {0xf3,0x07,0xf2,0xf0}, {0x4e,0x69,0xe2,0xa1}, +{0x65,0xda,0xf4,0xcd}, {0x06,0x05,0xbe,0xd5}, {0xd1,0x34,0x62,0x1f}, {0xc4,0xa6,0xfe,0x8a}, +{0x34,0x2e,0x53,0x9d}, {0xa2,0xf3,0x55,0xa0}, {0x05,0x8a,0xe1,0x32}, {0xa4,0xf6,0xeb,0x75}, +{0x0b,0x83,0xec,0x39}, {0x40,0x60,0xef,0xaa}, {0x5e,0x71,0x9f,0x06}, {0xbd,0x6e,0x10,0x51}, +{0x3e,0x21,0x8a,0xf9}, {0x96,0xdd,0x06,0x3d}, {0xdd,0x3e,0x05,0xae}, {0x4d,0xe6,0xbd,0x46}, +{0x91,0x54,0x8d,0xb5}, {0x71,0xc4,0x5d,0x05}, {0x04,0x06,0xd4,0x6f}, {0x60,0x50,0x15,0xff}, +{0x19,0x98,0xfb,0x24}, {0xd6,0xbd,0xe9,0x97}, {0x89,0x40,0x43,0xcc}, {0x67,0xd9,0x9e,0x77}, +{0xb0,0xe8,0x42,0xbd}, {0x07,0x89,0x8b,0x88}, {0xe7,0x19,0x5b,0x38}, {0x79,0xc8,0xee,0xdb}, +{0xa1,0x7c,0x0a,0x47}, {0x7c,0x42,0x0f,0xe9}, {0xf8,0x84,0x1e,0xc9}, {0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00}, +{0x09,0x80,0x86,0x83}, {0x32,0x2b,0xed,0x48}, {0x1e,0x11,0x70,0xac}, {0x6c,0x5a,0x72,0x4e}, +{0xfd,0x0e,0xff,0xfb}, {0x0f,0x85,0x38,0x56}, {0x3d,0xae,0xd5,0x1e}, {0x36,0x2d,0x39,0x27}, +{0x0a,0x0f,0xd9,0x64}, {0x68,0x5c,0xa6,0x21}, {0x9b,0x5b,0x54,0xd1}, {0x24,0x36,0x2e,0x3a}, +{0x0c,0x0a,0x67,0xb1}, {0x93,0x57,0xe7,0x0f}, {0xb4,0xee,0x96,0xd2}, {0x1b,0x9b,0x91,0x9e}, +{0x80,0xc0,0xc5,0x4f}, {0x61,0xdc,0x20,0xa2}, {0x5a,0x77,0x4b,0x69}, {0x1c,0x12,0x1a,0x16}, +{0xe2,0x93,0xba,0x0a}, {0xc0,0xa0,0x2a,0xe5}, {0x3c,0x22,0xe0,0x43}, {0x12,0x1b,0x17,0x1d}, +{0x0e,0x09,0x0d,0x0b}, {0xf2,0x8b,0xc7,0xad}, {0x2d,0xb6,0xa8,0xb9}, {0x14,0x1e,0xa9,0xc8}, +{0x57,0xf1,0x19,0x85}, {0xaf,0x75,0x07,0x4c}, {0xee,0x99,0xdd,0xbb}, {0xa3,0x7f,0x60,0xfd}, +{0xf7,0x01,0x26,0x9f}, {0x5c,0x72,0xf5,0xbc}, {0x44,0x66,0x3b,0xc5}, {0x5b,0xfb,0x7e,0x34}, +{0x8b,0x43,0x29,0x76}, {0xcb,0x23,0xc6,0xdc}, {0xb6,0xed,0xfc,0x68}, {0xb8,0xe4,0xf1,0x63}, +{0xd7,0x31,0xdc,0xca}, {0x42,0x63,0x85,0x10}, {0x13,0x97,0x22,0x40}, {0x84,0xc6,0x11,0x20}, +{0x85,0x4a,0x24,0x7d}, {0xd2,0xbb,0x3d,0xf8}, {0xae,0xf9,0x32,0x11}, {0xc7,0x29,0xa1,0x6d}, +{0x1d,0x9e,0x2f,0x4b}, {0xdc,0xb2,0x30,0xf3}, {0x0d,0x86,0x52,0xec}, {0x77,0xc1,0xe3,0xd0}, +{0x2b,0xb3,0x16,0x6c}, {0xa9,0x70,0xb9,0x99}, {0x11,0x94,0x48,0xfa}, {0x47,0xe9,0x64,0x22}, +{0xa8,0xfc,0x8c,0xc4}, {0xa0,0xf0,0x3f,0x1a}, {0x56,0x7d,0x2c,0xd8}, {0x22,0x33,0x90,0xef}, +{0x87,0x49,0x4e,0xc7}, {0xd9,0x38,0xd1,0xc1}, {0x8c,0xca,0xa2,0xfe}, {0x98,0xd4,0x0b,0x36}, +{0xa6,0xf5,0x81,0xcf}, {0xa5,0x7a,0xde,0x28}, {0xda,0xb7,0x8e,0x26}, {0x3f,0xad,0xbf,0xa4}, +{0x2c,0x3a,0x9d,0xe4}, {0x50,0x78,0x92,0x0d}, {0x6a,0x5f,0xcc,0x9b}, {0x54,0x7e,0x46,0x62}, +{0xf6,0x8d,0x13,0xc2}, {0x90,0xd8,0xb8,0xe8}, {0x2e,0x39,0xf7,0x5e}, {0x82,0xc3,0xaf,0xf5}, +{0x9f,0x5d,0x80,0xbe}, {0x69,0xd0,0x93,0x7c}, {0x6f,0xd5,0x2d,0xa9}, {0xcf,0x25,0x12,0xb3}, +{0xc8,0xac,0x99,0x3b}, {0x10,0x18,0x7d,0xa7}, {0xe8,0x9c,0x63,0x6e}, {0xdb,0x3b,0xbb,0x7b}, +{0xcd,0x26,0x78,0x09}, {0x6e,0x59,0x18,0xf4}, {0xec,0x9a,0xb7,0x01}, {0x83,0x4f,0x9a,0xa8}, +{0xe6,0x95,0x6e,0x65}, {0xaa,0xff,0xe6,0x7e}, {0x21,0xbc,0xcf,0x08}, {0xef,0x15,0xe8,0xe6}, +{0xba,0xe7,0x9b,0xd9}, {0x4a,0x6f,0x36,0xce}, {0xea,0x9f,0x09,0xd4}, {0x29,0xb0,0x7c,0xd6}, +{0x31,0xa4,0xb2,0xaf}, {0x2a,0x3f,0x23,0x31}, {0xc6,0xa5,0x94,0x30}, {0x35,0xa2,0x66,0xc0}, +{0x74,0x4e,0xbc,0x37}, {0xfc,0x82,0xca,0xa6}, {0xe0,0x90,0xd0,0xb0}, {0x33,0xa7,0xd8,0x15}, +{0xf1,0x04,0x98,0x4a}, {0x41,0xec,0xda,0xf7}, {0x7f,0xcd,0x50,0x0e}, {0x17,0x91,0xf6,0x2f}, +{0x76,0x4d,0xd6,0x8d}, {0x43,0xef,0xb0,0x4d}, {0xcc,0xaa,0x4d,0x54}, {0xe4,0x96,0x04,0xdf}, +{0x9e,0xd1,0xb5,0xe3}, {0x4c,0x6a,0x88,0x1b}, {0xc1,0x2c,0x1f,0xb8}, {0x46,0x65,0x51,0x7f}, +{0x9d,0x5e,0xea,0x04}, {0x01,0x8c,0x35,0x5d}, {0xfa,0x87,0x74,0x73}, {0xfb,0x0b,0x41,0x2e}, +{0xb3,0x67,0x1d,0x5a}, {0x92,0xdb,0xd2,0x52}, {0xe9,0x10,0x56,0x33}, {0x6d,0xd6,0x47,0x13}, +{0x9a,0xd7,0x61,0x8c}, {0x37,0xa1,0x0c,0x7a}, {0x59,0xf8,0x14,0x8e}, {0xeb,0x13,0x3c,0x89}, +{0xce,0xa9,0x27,0xee}, {0xb7,0x61,0xc9,0x35}, {0xe1,0x1c,0xe5,0xed}, {0x7a,0x47,0xb1,0x3c}, +{0x9c,0xd2,0xdf,0x59}, {0x55,0xf2,0x73,0x3f}, {0x18,0x14,0xce,0x79}, {0x73,0xc7,0x37,0xbf}, +{0x53,0xf7,0xcd,0xea}, {0x5f,0xfd,0xaa,0x5b}, {0xdf,0x3d,0x6f,0x14}, {0x78,0x44,0xdb,0x86}, +{0xca,0xaf,0xf3,0x81}, {0xb9,0x68,0xc4,0x3e}, {0x38,0x24,0x34,0x2c}, {0xc2,0xa3,0x40,0x5f}, +{0x16,0x1d,0xc3,0x72}, {0xbc,0xe2,0x25,0x0c}, {0x28,0x3c,0x49,0x8b}, {0xff,0x0d,0x95,0x41}, +{0x39,0xa8,0x01,0x71}, {0x08,0x0c,0xb3,0xde}, {0xd8,0xb4,0xe4,0x9c}, {0x64,0x56,0xc1,0x90}, +{0x7b,0xcb,0x84,0x61}, {0xd5,0x32,0xb6,0x70}, {0x48,0x6c,0x5c,0x74}, {0xd0,0xb8,0x57,0x42} +}; + +word8 T6[256][4] = { +{0x50,0x51,0xf4,0xa7}, {0x53,0x7e,0x41,0x65}, {0xc3,0x1a,0x17,0xa4}, {0x96,0x3a,0x27,0x5e}, +{0xcb,0x3b,0xab,0x6b}, {0xf1,0x1f,0x9d,0x45}, {0xab,0xac,0xfa,0x58}, {0x93,0x4b,0xe3,0x03}, +{0x55,0x20,0x30,0xfa}, {0xf6,0xad,0x76,0x6d}, {0x91,0x88,0xcc,0x76}, {0x25,0xf5,0x02,0x4c}, +{0xfc,0x4f,0xe5,0xd7}, {0xd7,0xc5,0x2a,0xcb}, {0x80,0x26,0x35,0x44}, {0x8f,0xb5,0x62,0xa3}, +{0x49,0xde,0xb1,0x5a}, {0x67,0x25,0xba,0x1b}, {0x98,0x45,0xea,0x0e}, {0xe1,0x5d,0xfe,0xc0}, +{0x02,0xc3,0x2f,0x75}, {0x12,0x81,0x4c,0xf0}, {0xa3,0x8d,0x46,0x97}, {0xc6,0x6b,0xd3,0xf9}, +{0xe7,0x03,0x8f,0x5f}, {0x95,0x15,0x92,0x9c}, {0xeb,0xbf,0x6d,0x7a}, {0xda,0x95,0x52,0x59}, +{0x2d,0xd4,0xbe,0x83}, {0xd3,0x58,0x74,0x21}, {0x29,0x49,0xe0,0x69}, {0x44,0x8e,0xc9,0xc8}, +{0x6a,0x75,0xc2,0x89}, {0x78,0xf4,0x8e,0x79}, {0x6b,0x99,0x58,0x3e}, {0xdd,0x27,0xb9,0x71}, +{0xb6,0xbe,0xe1,0x4f}, {0x17,0xf0,0x88,0xad}, {0x66,0xc9,0x20,0xac}, {0xb4,0x7d,0xce,0x3a}, +{0x18,0x63,0xdf,0x4a}, {0x82,0xe5,0x1a,0x31}, {0x60,0x97,0x51,0x33}, {0x45,0x62,0x53,0x7f}, +{0xe0,0xb1,0x64,0x77}, {0x84,0xbb,0x6b,0xae}, {0x1c,0xfe,0x81,0xa0}, {0x94,0xf9,0x08,0x2b}, +{0x58,0x70,0x48,0x68}, {0x19,0x8f,0x45,0xfd}, {0x87,0x94,0xde,0x6c}, {0xb7,0x52,0x7b,0xf8}, +{0x23,0xab,0x73,0xd3}, {0xe2,0x72,0x4b,0x02}, {0x57,0xe3,0x1f,0x8f}, {0x2a,0x66,0x55,0xab}, +{0x07,0xb2,0xeb,0x28}, {0x03,0x2f,0xb5,0xc2}, {0x9a,0x86,0xc5,0x7b}, {0xa5,0xd3,0x37,0x08}, +{0xf2,0x30,0x28,0x87}, {0xb2,0x23,0xbf,0xa5}, {0xba,0x02,0x03,0x6a}, {0x5c,0xed,0x16,0x82}, +{0x2b,0x8a,0xcf,0x1c}, {0x92,0xa7,0x79,0xb4}, {0xf0,0xf3,0x07,0xf2}, {0xa1,0x4e,0x69,0xe2}, +{0xcd,0x65,0xda,0xf4}, {0xd5,0x06,0x05,0xbe}, {0x1f,0xd1,0x34,0x62}, {0x8a,0xc4,0xa6,0xfe}, +{0x9d,0x34,0x2e,0x53}, {0xa0,0xa2,0xf3,0x55}, {0x32,0x05,0x8a,0xe1}, {0x75,0xa4,0xf6,0xeb}, +{0x39,0x0b,0x83,0xec}, {0xaa,0x40,0x60,0xef}, {0x06,0x5e,0x71,0x9f}, {0x51,0xbd,0x6e,0x10}, +{0xf9,0x3e,0x21,0x8a}, {0x3d,0x96,0xdd,0x06}, {0xae,0xdd,0x3e,0x05}, {0x46,0x4d,0xe6,0xbd}, +{0xb5,0x91,0x54,0x8d}, {0x05,0x71,0xc4,0x5d}, {0x6f,0x04,0x06,0xd4}, {0xff,0x60,0x50,0x15}, +{0x24,0x19,0x98,0xfb}, {0x97,0xd6,0xbd,0xe9}, {0xcc,0x89,0x40,0x43}, {0x77,0x67,0xd9,0x9e}, +{0xbd,0xb0,0xe8,0x42}, {0x88,0x07,0x89,0x8b}, {0x38,0xe7,0x19,0x5b}, {0xdb,0x79,0xc8,0xee}, +{0x47,0xa1,0x7c,0x0a}, {0xe9,0x7c,0x42,0x0f}, {0xc9,0xf8,0x84,0x1e}, {0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00}, +{0x83,0x09,0x80,0x86}, {0x48,0x32,0x2b,0xed}, {0xac,0x1e,0x11,0x70}, {0x4e,0x6c,0x5a,0x72}, +{0xfb,0xfd,0x0e,0xff}, {0x56,0x0f,0x85,0x38}, {0x1e,0x3d,0xae,0xd5}, {0x27,0x36,0x2d,0x39}, +{0x64,0x0a,0x0f,0xd9}, {0x21,0x68,0x5c,0xa6}, {0xd1,0x9b,0x5b,0x54}, {0x3a,0x24,0x36,0x2e}, +{0xb1,0x0c,0x0a,0x67}, {0x0f,0x93,0x57,0xe7}, {0xd2,0xb4,0xee,0x96}, {0x9e,0x1b,0x9b,0x91}, +{0x4f,0x80,0xc0,0xc5}, {0xa2,0x61,0xdc,0x20}, {0x69,0x5a,0x77,0x4b}, {0x16,0x1c,0x12,0x1a}, +{0x0a,0xe2,0x93,0xba}, {0xe5,0xc0,0xa0,0x2a}, {0x43,0x3c,0x22,0xe0}, {0x1d,0x12,0x1b,0x17}, +{0x0b,0x0e,0x09,0x0d}, {0xad,0xf2,0x8b,0xc7}, {0xb9,0x2d,0xb6,0xa8}, {0xc8,0x14,0x1e,0xa9}, +{0x85,0x57,0xf1,0x19}, {0x4c,0xaf,0x75,0x07}, {0xbb,0xee,0x99,0xdd}, {0xfd,0xa3,0x7f,0x60}, +{0x9f,0xf7,0x01,0x26}, {0xbc,0x5c,0x72,0xf5}, {0xc5,0x44,0x66,0x3b}, {0x34,0x5b,0xfb,0x7e}, +{0x76,0x8b,0x43,0x29}, {0xdc,0xcb,0x23,0xc6}, {0x68,0xb6,0xed,0xfc}, {0x63,0xb8,0xe4,0xf1}, +{0xca,0xd7,0x31,0xdc}, {0x10,0x42,0x63,0x85}, {0x40,0x13,0x97,0x22}, {0x20,0x84,0xc6,0x11}, +{0x7d,0x85,0x4a,0x24}, {0xf8,0xd2,0xbb,0x3d}, {0x11,0xae,0xf9,0x32}, {0x6d,0xc7,0x29,0xa1}, +{0x4b,0x1d,0x9e,0x2f}, {0xf3,0xdc,0xb2,0x30}, {0xec,0x0d,0x86,0x52}, {0xd0,0x77,0xc1,0xe3}, +{0x6c,0x2b,0xb3,0x16}, {0x99,0xa9,0x70,0xb9}, {0xfa,0x11,0x94,0x48}, {0x22,0x47,0xe9,0x64}, +{0xc4,0xa8,0xfc,0x8c}, {0x1a,0xa0,0xf0,0x3f}, {0xd8,0x56,0x7d,0x2c}, {0xef,0x22,0x33,0x90}, +{0xc7,0x87,0x49,0x4e}, {0xc1,0xd9,0x38,0xd1}, {0xfe,0x8c,0xca,0xa2}, {0x36,0x98,0xd4,0x0b}, +{0xcf,0xa6,0xf5,0x81}, {0x28,0xa5,0x7a,0xde}, {0x26,0xda,0xb7,0x8e}, {0xa4,0x3f,0xad,0xbf}, +{0xe4,0x2c,0x3a,0x9d}, {0x0d,0x50,0x78,0x92}, {0x9b,0x6a,0x5f,0xcc}, {0x62,0x54,0x7e,0x46}, +{0xc2,0xf6,0x8d,0x13}, {0xe8,0x90,0xd8,0xb8}, {0x5e,0x2e,0x39,0xf7}, {0xf5,0x82,0xc3,0xaf}, +{0xbe,0x9f,0x5d,0x80}, {0x7c,0x69,0xd0,0x93}, {0xa9,0x6f,0xd5,0x2d}, {0xb3,0xcf,0x25,0x12}, +{0x3b,0xc8,0xac,0x99}, {0xa7,0x10,0x18,0x7d}, {0x6e,0xe8,0x9c,0x63}, {0x7b,0xdb,0x3b,0xbb}, +{0x09,0xcd,0x26,0x78}, {0xf4,0x6e,0x59,0x18}, {0x01,0xec,0x9a,0xb7}, {0xa8,0x83,0x4f,0x9a}, +{0x65,0xe6,0x95,0x6e}, {0x7e,0xaa,0xff,0xe6}, {0x08,0x21,0xbc,0xcf}, {0xe6,0xef,0x15,0xe8}, +{0xd9,0xba,0xe7,0x9b}, {0xce,0x4a,0x6f,0x36}, {0xd4,0xea,0x9f,0x09}, {0xd6,0x29,0xb0,0x7c}, +{0xaf,0x31,0xa4,0xb2}, {0x31,0x2a,0x3f,0x23}, {0x30,0xc6,0xa5,0x94}, {0xc0,0x35,0xa2,0x66}, +{0x37,0x74,0x4e,0xbc}, {0xa6,0xfc,0x82,0xca}, {0xb0,0xe0,0x90,0xd0}, {0x15,0x33,0xa7,0xd8}, +{0x4a,0xf1,0x04,0x98}, {0xf7,0x41,0xec,0xda}, {0x0e,0x7f,0xcd,0x50}, {0x2f,0x17,0x91,0xf6}, +{0x8d,0x76,0x4d,0xd6}, {0x4d,0x43,0xef,0xb0}, {0x54,0xcc,0xaa,0x4d}, {0xdf,0xe4,0x96,0x04}, +{0xe3,0x9e,0xd1,0xb5}, {0x1b,0x4c,0x6a,0x88}, {0xb8,0xc1,0x2c,0x1f}, {0x7f,0x46,0x65,0x51}, +{0x04,0x9d,0x5e,0xea}, {0x5d,0x01,0x8c,0x35}, {0x73,0xfa,0x87,0x74}, {0x2e,0xfb,0x0b,0x41}, +{0x5a,0xb3,0x67,0x1d}, {0x52,0x92,0xdb,0xd2}, {0x33,0xe9,0x10,0x56}, {0x13,0x6d,0xd6,0x47}, +{0x8c,0x9a,0xd7,0x61}, {0x7a,0x37,0xa1,0x0c}, {0x8e,0x59,0xf8,0x14}, {0x89,0xeb,0x13,0x3c}, +{0xee,0xce,0xa9,0x27}, {0x35,0xb7,0x61,0xc9}, {0xed,0xe1,0x1c,0xe5}, {0x3c,0x7a,0x47,0xb1}, +{0x59,0x9c,0xd2,0xdf}, {0x3f,0x55,0xf2,0x73}, {0x79,0x18,0x14,0xce}, {0xbf,0x73,0xc7,0x37}, +{0xea,0x53,0xf7,0xcd}, {0x5b,0x5f,0xfd,0xaa}, {0x14,0xdf,0x3d,0x6f}, {0x86,0x78,0x44,0xdb}, +{0x81,0xca,0xaf,0xf3}, {0x3e,0xb9,0x68,0xc4}, {0x2c,0x38,0x24,0x34}, {0x5f,0xc2,0xa3,0x40}, +{0x72,0x16,0x1d,0xc3}, {0x0c,0xbc,0xe2,0x25}, {0x8b,0x28,0x3c,0x49}, {0x41,0xff,0x0d,0x95}, +{0x71,0x39,0xa8,0x01}, {0xde,0x08,0x0c,0xb3}, {0x9c,0xd8,0xb4,0xe4}, {0x90,0x64,0x56,0xc1}, +{0x61,0x7b,0xcb,0x84}, {0x70,0xd5,0x32,0xb6}, {0x74,0x48,0x6c,0x5c}, {0x42,0xd0,0xb8,0x57} +}; + +word8 T7[256][4] = { +{0xa7,0x50,0x51,0xf4}, {0x65,0x53,0x7e,0x41}, {0xa4,0xc3,0x1a,0x17}, {0x5e,0x96,0x3a,0x27}, +{0x6b,0xcb,0x3b,0xab}, {0x45,0xf1,0x1f,0x9d}, {0x58,0xab,0xac,0xfa}, {0x03,0x93,0x4b,0xe3}, +{0xfa,0x55,0x20,0x30}, {0x6d,0xf6,0xad,0x76}, {0x76,0x91,0x88,0xcc}, {0x4c,0x25,0xf5,0x02}, +{0xd7,0xfc,0x4f,0xe5}, {0xcb,0xd7,0xc5,0x2a}, {0x44,0x80,0x26,0x35}, {0xa3,0x8f,0xb5,0x62}, +{0x5a,0x49,0xde,0xb1}, {0x1b,0x67,0x25,0xba}, {0x0e,0x98,0x45,0xea}, {0xc0,0xe1,0x5d,0xfe}, +{0x75,0x02,0xc3,0x2f}, {0xf0,0x12,0x81,0x4c}, {0x97,0xa3,0x8d,0x46}, {0xf9,0xc6,0x6b,0xd3}, +{0x5f,0xe7,0x03,0x8f}, {0x9c,0x95,0x15,0x92}, {0x7a,0xeb,0xbf,0x6d}, {0x59,0xda,0x95,0x52}, +{0x83,0x2d,0xd4,0xbe}, {0x21,0xd3,0x58,0x74}, {0x69,0x29,0x49,0xe0}, {0xc8,0x44,0x8e,0xc9}, +{0x89,0x6a,0x75,0xc2}, {0x79,0x78,0xf4,0x8e}, {0x3e,0x6b,0x99,0x58}, {0x71,0xdd,0x27,0xb9}, +{0x4f,0xb6,0xbe,0xe1}, {0xad,0x17,0xf0,0x88}, {0xac,0x66,0xc9,0x20}, {0x3a,0xb4,0x7d,0xce}, +{0x4a,0x18,0x63,0xdf}, {0x31,0x82,0xe5,0x1a}, {0x33,0x60,0x97,0x51}, {0x7f,0x45,0x62,0x53}, +{0x77,0xe0,0xb1,0x64}, {0xae,0x84,0xbb,0x6b}, {0xa0,0x1c,0xfe,0x81}, {0x2b,0x94,0xf9,0x08}, +{0x68,0x58,0x70,0x48}, {0xfd,0x19,0x8f,0x45}, {0x6c,0x87,0x94,0xde}, {0xf8,0xb7,0x52,0x7b}, +{0xd3,0x23,0xab,0x73}, {0x02,0xe2,0x72,0x4b}, {0x8f,0x57,0xe3,0x1f}, {0xab,0x2a,0x66,0x55}, +{0x28,0x07,0xb2,0xeb}, {0xc2,0x03,0x2f,0xb5}, {0x7b,0x9a,0x86,0xc5}, {0x08,0xa5,0xd3,0x37}, +{0x87,0xf2,0x30,0x28}, {0xa5,0xb2,0x23,0xbf}, {0x6a,0xba,0x02,0x03}, {0x82,0x5c,0xed,0x16}, +{0x1c,0x2b,0x8a,0xcf}, {0xb4,0x92,0xa7,0x79}, {0xf2,0xf0,0xf3,0x07}, {0xe2,0xa1,0x4e,0x69}, +{0xf4,0xcd,0x65,0xda}, {0xbe,0xd5,0x06,0x05}, {0x62,0x1f,0xd1,0x34}, {0xfe,0x8a,0xc4,0xa6}, +{0x53,0x9d,0x34,0x2e}, {0x55,0xa0,0xa2,0xf3}, {0xe1,0x32,0x05,0x8a}, {0xeb,0x75,0xa4,0xf6}, +{0xec,0x39,0x0b,0x83}, {0xef,0xaa,0x40,0x60}, {0x9f,0x06,0x5e,0x71}, {0x10,0x51,0xbd,0x6e}, +{0x8a,0xf9,0x3e,0x21}, {0x06,0x3d,0x96,0xdd}, {0x05,0xae,0xdd,0x3e}, {0xbd,0x46,0x4d,0xe6}, +{0x8d,0xb5,0x91,0x54}, {0x5d,0x05,0x71,0xc4}, {0xd4,0x6f,0x04,0x06}, {0x15,0xff,0x60,0x50}, +{0xfb,0x24,0x19,0x98}, {0xe9,0x97,0xd6,0xbd}, {0x43,0xcc,0x89,0x40}, {0x9e,0x77,0x67,0xd9}, +{0x42,0xbd,0xb0,0xe8}, {0x8b,0x88,0x07,0x89}, {0x5b,0x38,0xe7,0x19}, {0xee,0xdb,0x79,0xc8}, +{0x0a,0x47,0xa1,0x7c}, {0x0f,0xe9,0x7c,0x42}, {0x1e,0xc9,0xf8,0x84}, {0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00}, +{0x86,0x83,0x09,0x80}, {0xed,0x48,0x32,0x2b}, {0x70,0xac,0x1e,0x11}, {0x72,0x4e,0x6c,0x5a}, +{0xff,0xfb,0xfd,0x0e}, {0x38,0x56,0x0f,0x85}, {0xd5,0x1e,0x3d,0xae}, {0x39,0x27,0x36,0x2d}, +{0xd9,0x64,0x0a,0x0f}, {0xa6,0x21,0x68,0x5c}, {0x54,0xd1,0x9b,0x5b}, {0x2e,0x3a,0x24,0x36}, +{0x67,0xb1,0x0c,0x0a}, {0xe7,0x0f,0x93,0x57}, {0x96,0xd2,0xb4,0xee}, {0x91,0x9e,0x1b,0x9b}, +{0xc5,0x4f,0x80,0xc0}, {0x20,0xa2,0x61,0xdc}, {0x4b,0x69,0x5a,0x77}, {0x1a,0x16,0x1c,0x12}, +{0xba,0x0a,0xe2,0x93}, {0x2a,0xe5,0xc0,0xa0}, {0xe0,0x43,0x3c,0x22}, {0x17,0x1d,0x12,0x1b}, +{0x0d,0x0b,0x0e,0x09}, {0xc7,0xad,0xf2,0x8b}, {0xa8,0xb9,0x2d,0xb6}, {0xa9,0xc8,0x14,0x1e}, +{0x19,0x85,0x57,0xf1}, {0x07,0x4c,0xaf,0x75}, {0xdd,0xbb,0xee,0x99}, {0x60,0xfd,0xa3,0x7f}, +{0x26,0x9f,0xf7,0x01}, {0xf5,0xbc,0x5c,0x72}, {0x3b,0xc5,0x44,0x66}, {0x7e,0x34,0x5b,0xfb}, +{0x29,0x76,0x8b,0x43}, {0xc6,0xdc,0xcb,0x23}, {0xfc,0x68,0xb6,0xed}, {0xf1,0x63,0xb8,0xe4}, +{0xdc,0xca,0xd7,0x31}, {0x85,0x10,0x42,0x63}, {0x22,0x40,0x13,0x97}, {0x11,0x20,0x84,0xc6}, +{0x24,0x7d,0x85,0x4a}, {0x3d,0xf8,0xd2,0xbb}, {0x32,0x11,0xae,0xf9}, {0xa1,0x6d,0xc7,0x29}, +{0x2f,0x4b,0x1d,0x9e}, {0x30,0xf3,0xdc,0xb2}, {0x52,0xec,0x0d,0x86}, {0xe3,0xd0,0x77,0xc1}, +{0x16,0x6c,0x2b,0xb3}, {0xb9,0x99,0xa9,0x70}, {0x48,0xfa,0x11,0x94}, {0x64,0x22,0x47,0xe9}, +{0x8c,0xc4,0xa8,0xfc}, {0x3f,0x1a,0xa0,0xf0}, {0x2c,0xd8,0x56,0x7d}, {0x90,0xef,0x22,0x33}, +{0x4e,0xc7,0x87,0x49}, {0xd1,0xc1,0xd9,0x38}, {0xa2,0xfe,0x8c,0xca}, {0x0b,0x36,0x98,0xd4}, +{0x81,0xcf,0xa6,0xf5}, {0xde,0x28,0xa5,0x7a}, {0x8e,0x26,0xda,0xb7}, {0xbf,0xa4,0x3f,0xad}, +{0x9d,0xe4,0x2c,0x3a}, {0x92,0x0d,0x50,0x78}, {0xcc,0x9b,0x6a,0x5f}, {0x46,0x62,0x54,0x7e}, +{0x13,0xc2,0xf6,0x8d}, {0xb8,0xe8,0x90,0xd8}, {0xf7,0x5e,0x2e,0x39}, {0xaf,0xf5,0x82,0xc3}, +{0x80,0xbe,0x9f,0x5d}, {0x93,0x7c,0x69,0xd0}, {0x2d,0xa9,0x6f,0xd5}, {0x12,0xb3,0xcf,0x25}, +{0x99,0x3b,0xc8,0xac}, {0x7d,0xa7,0x10,0x18}, {0x63,0x6e,0xe8,0x9c}, {0xbb,0x7b,0xdb,0x3b}, +{0x78,0x09,0xcd,0x26}, {0x18,0xf4,0x6e,0x59}, {0xb7,0x01,0xec,0x9a}, {0x9a,0xa8,0x83,0x4f}, +{0x6e,0x65,0xe6,0x95}, {0xe6,0x7e,0xaa,0xff}, {0xcf,0x08,0x21,0xbc}, {0xe8,0xe6,0xef,0x15}, +{0x9b,0xd9,0xba,0xe7}, {0x36,0xce,0x4a,0x6f}, {0x09,0xd4,0xea,0x9f}, {0x7c,0xd6,0x29,0xb0}, +{0xb2,0xaf,0x31,0xa4}, {0x23,0x31,0x2a,0x3f}, {0x94,0x30,0xc6,0xa5}, {0x66,0xc0,0x35,0xa2}, +{0xbc,0x37,0x74,0x4e}, {0xca,0xa6,0xfc,0x82}, {0xd0,0xb0,0xe0,0x90}, {0xd8,0x15,0x33,0xa7}, +{0x98,0x4a,0xf1,0x04}, {0xda,0xf7,0x41,0xec}, {0x50,0x0e,0x7f,0xcd}, {0xf6,0x2f,0x17,0x91}, +{0xd6,0x8d,0x76,0x4d}, {0xb0,0x4d,0x43,0xef}, {0x4d,0x54,0xcc,0xaa}, {0x04,0xdf,0xe4,0x96}, +{0xb5,0xe3,0x9e,0xd1}, {0x88,0x1b,0x4c,0x6a}, {0x1f,0xb8,0xc1,0x2c}, {0x51,0x7f,0x46,0x65}, +{0xea,0x04,0x9d,0x5e}, {0x35,0x5d,0x01,0x8c}, {0x74,0x73,0xfa,0x87}, {0x41,0x2e,0xfb,0x0b}, +{0x1d,0x5a,0xb3,0x67}, {0xd2,0x52,0x92,0xdb}, {0x56,0x33,0xe9,0x10}, {0x47,0x13,0x6d,0xd6}, +{0x61,0x8c,0x9a,0xd7}, {0x0c,0x7a,0x37,0xa1}, {0x14,0x8e,0x59,0xf8}, {0x3c,0x89,0xeb,0x13}, +{0x27,0xee,0xce,0xa9}, {0xc9,0x35,0xb7,0x61}, {0xe5,0xed,0xe1,0x1c}, {0xb1,0x3c,0x7a,0x47}, +{0xdf,0x59,0x9c,0xd2}, {0x73,0x3f,0x55,0xf2}, {0xce,0x79,0x18,0x14}, {0x37,0xbf,0x73,0xc7}, +{0xcd,0xea,0x53,0xf7}, {0xaa,0x5b,0x5f,0xfd}, {0x6f,0x14,0xdf,0x3d}, {0xdb,0x86,0x78,0x44}, +{0xf3,0x81,0xca,0xaf}, {0xc4,0x3e,0xb9,0x68}, {0x34,0x2c,0x38,0x24}, {0x40,0x5f,0xc2,0xa3}, +{0xc3,0x72,0x16,0x1d}, {0x25,0x0c,0xbc,0xe2}, {0x49,0x8b,0x28,0x3c}, {0x95,0x41,0xff,0x0d}, +{0x01,0x71,0x39,0xa8}, {0xb3,0xde,0x08,0x0c}, {0xe4,0x9c,0xd8,0xb4}, {0xc1,0x90,0x64,0x56}, +{0x84,0x61,0x7b,0xcb}, {0xb6,0x70,0xd5,0x32}, {0x5c,0x74,0x48,0x6c}, {0x57,0x42,0xd0,0xb8} +}; + +word8 T8[256][4] = { +{0xf4,0xa7,0x50,0x51}, {0x41,0x65,0x53,0x7e}, {0x17,0xa4,0xc3,0x1a}, {0x27,0x5e,0x96,0x3a}, +{0xab,0x6b,0xcb,0x3b}, {0x9d,0x45,0xf1,0x1f}, {0xfa,0x58,0xab,0xac}, {0xe3,0x03,0x93,0x4b}, +{0x30,0xfa,0x55,0x20}, {0x76,0x6d,0xf6,0xad}, {0xcc,0x76,0x91,0x88}, {0x02,0x4c,0x25,0xf5}, +{0xe5,0xd7,0xfc,0x4f}, {0x2a,0xcb,0xd7,0xc5}, {0x35,0x44,0x80,0x26}, {0x62,0xa3,0x8f,0xb5}, +{0xb1,0x5a,0x49,0xde}, {0xba,0x1b,0x67,0x25}, {0xea,0x0e,0x98,0x45}, {0xfe,0xc0,0xe1,0x5d}, +{0x2f,0x75,0x02,0xc3}, {0x4c,0xf0,0x12,0x81}, {0x46,0x97,0xa3,0x8d}, {0xd3,0xf9,0xc6,0x6b}, +{0x8f,0x5f,0xe7,0x03}, {0x92,0x9c,0x95,0x15}, {0x6d,0x7a,0xeb,0xbf}, {0x52,0x59,0xda,0x95}, +{0xbe,0x83,0x2d,0xd4}, {0x74,0x21,0xd3,0x58}, {0xe0,0x69,0x29,0x49}, {0xc9,0xc8,0x44,0x8e}, +{0xc2,0x89,0x6a,0x75}, {0x8e,0x79,0x78,0xf4}, {0x58,0x3e,0x6b,0x99}, {0xb9,0x71,0xdd,0x27}, +{0xe1,0x4f,0xb6,0xbe}, {0x88,0xad,0x17,0xf0}, {0x20,0xac,0x66,0xc9}, {0xce,0x3a,0xb4,0x7d}, +{0xdf,0x4a,0x18,0x63}, {0x1a,0x31,0x82,0xe5}, {0x51,0x33,0x60,0x97}, {0x53,0x7f,0x45,0x62}, +{0x64,0x77,0xe0,0xb1}, {0x6b,0xae,0x84,0xbb}, {0x81,0xa0,0x1c,0xfe}, {0x08,0x2b,0x94,0xf9}, +{0x48,0x68,0x58,0x70}, {0x45,0xfd,0x19,0x8f}, {0xde,0x6c,0x87,0x94}, {0x7b,0xf8,0xb7,0x52}, +{0x73,0xd3,0x23,0xab}, {0x4b,0x02,0xe2,0x72}, {0x1f,0x8f,0x57,0xe3}, {0x55,0xab,0x2a,0x66}, +{0xeb,0x28,0x07,0xb2}, {0xb5,0xc2,0x03,0x2f}, {0xc5,0x7b,0x9a,0x86}, {0x37,0x08,0xa5,0xd3}, +{0x28,0x87,0xf2,0x30}, {0xbf,0xa5,0xb2,0x23}, {0x03,0x6a,0xba,0x02}, {0x16,0x82,0x5c,0xed}, +{0xcf,0x1c,0x2b,0x8a}, {0x79,0xb4,0x92,0xa7}, {0x07,0xf2,0xf0,0xf3}, {0x69,0xe2,0xa1,0x4e}, +{0xda,0xf4,0xcd,0x65}, {0x05,0xbe,0xd5,0x06}, {0x34,0x62,0x1f,0xd1}, {0xa6,0xfe,0x8a,0xc4}, +{0x2e,0x53,0x9d,0x34}, {0xf3,0x55,0xa0,0xa2}, {0x8a,0xe1,0x32,0x05}, {0xf6,0xeb,0x75,0xa4}, +{0x83,0xec,0x39,0x0b}, {0x60,0xef,0xaa,0x40}, {0x71,0x9f,0x06,0x5e}, {0x6e,0x10,0x51,0xbd}, +{0x21,0x8a,0xf9,0x3e}, {0xdd,0x06,0x3d,0x96}, {0x3e,0x05,0xae,0xdd}, {0xe6,0xbd,0x46,0x4d}, +{0x54,0x8d,0xb5,0x91}, {0xc4,0x5d,0x05,0x71}, {0x06,0xd4,0x6f,0x04}, {0x50,0x15,0xff,0x60}, +{0x98,0xfb,0x24,0x19}, {0xbd,0xe9,0x97,0xd6}, {0x40,0x43,0xcc,0x89}, {0xd9,0x9e,0x77,0x67}, +{0xe8,0x42,0xbd,0xb0}, {0x89,0x8b,0x88,0x07}, {0x19,0x5b,0x38,0xe7}, {0xc8,0xee,0xdb,0x79}, +{0x7c,0x0a,0x47,0xa1}, {0x42,0x0f,0xe9,0x7c}, {0x84,0x1e,0xc9,0xf8}, {0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00}, +{0x80,0x86,0x83,0x09}, {0x2b,0xed,0x48,0x32}, {0x11,0x70,0xac,0x1e}, {0x5a,0x72,0x4e,0x6c}, +{0x0e,0xff,0xfb,0xfd}, {0x85,0x38,0x56,0x0f}, {0xae,0xd5,0x1e,0x3d}, {0x2d,0x39,0x27,0x36}, +{0x0f,0xd9,0x64,0x0a}, {0x5c,0xa6,0x21,0x68}, {0x5b,0x54,0xd1,0x9b}, {0x36,0x2e,0x3a,0x24}, +{0x0a,0x67,0xb1,0x0c}, {0x57,0xe7,0x0f,0x93}, {0xee,0x96,0xd2,0xb4}, {0x9b,0x91,0x9e,0x1b}, +{0xc0,0xc5,0x4f,0x80}, {0xdc,0x20,0xa2,0x61}, {0x77,0x4b,0x69,0x5a}, {0x12,0x1a,0x16,0x1c}, +{0x93,0xba,0x0a,0xe2}, {0xa0,0x2a,0xe5,0xc0}, {0x22,0xe0,0x43,0x3c}, {0x1b,0x17,0x1d,0x12}, +{0x09,0x0d,0x0b,0x0e}, {0x8b,0xc7,0xad,0xf2}, {0xb6,0xa8,0xb9,0x2d}, {0x1e,0xa9,0xc8,0x14}, +{0xf1,0x19,0x85,0x57}, {0x75,0x07,0x4c,0xaf}, {0x99,0xdd,0xbb,0xee}, {0x7f,0x60,0xfd,0xa3}, +{0x01,0x26,0x9f,0xf7}, {0x72,0xf5,0xbc,0x5c}, {0x66,0x3b,0xc5,0x44}, {0xfb,0x7e,0x34,0x5b}, +{0x43,0x29,0x76,0x8b}, {0x23,0xc6,0xdc,0xcb}, {0xed,0xfc,0x68,0xb6}, {0xe4,0xf1,0x63,0xb8}, +{0x31,0xdc,0xca,0xd7}, {0x63,0x85,0x10,0x42}, {0x97,0x22,0x40,0x13}, {0xc6,0x11,0x20,0x84}, +{0x4a,0x24,0x7d,0x85}, {0xbb,0x3d,0xf8,0xd2}, {0xf9,0x32,0x11,0xae}, {0x29,0xa1,0x6d,0xc7}, +{0x9e,0x2f,0x4b,0x1d}, {0xb2,0x30,0xf3,0xdc}, {0x86,0x52,0xec,0x0d}, {0xc1,0xe3,0xd0,0x77}, +{0xb3,0x16,0x6c,0x2b}, {0x70,0xb9,0x99,0xa9}, {0x94,0x48,0xfa,0x11}, {0xe9,0x64,0x22,0x47}, +{0xfc,0x8c,0xc4,0xa8}, {0xf0,0x3f,0x1a,0xa0}, {0x7d,0x2c,0xd8,0x56}, {0x33,0x90,0xef,0x22}, +{0x49,0x4e,0xc7,0x87}, {0x38,0xd1,0xc1,0xd9}, {0xca,0xa2,0xfe,0x8c}, {0xd4,0x0b,0x36,0x98}, +{0xf5,0x81,0xcf,0xa6}, {0x7a,0xde,0x28,0xa5}, {0xb7,0x8e,0x26,0xda}, {0xad,0xbf,0xa4,0x3f}, +{0x3a,0x9d,0xe4,0x2c}, {0x78,0x92,0x0d,0x50}, {0x5f,0xcc,0x9b,0x6a}, {0x7e,0x46,0x62,0x54}, +{0x8d,0x13,0xc2,0xf6}, {0xd8,0xb8,0xe8,0x90}, {0x39,0xf7,0x5e,0x2e}, {0xc3,0xaf,0xf5,0x82}, +{0x5d,0x80,0xbe,0x9f}, {0xd0,0x93,0x7c,0x69}, {0xd5,0x2d,0xa9,0x6f}, {0x25,0x12,0xb3,0xcf}, +{0xac,0x99,0x3b,0xc8}, {0x18,0x7d,0xa7,0x10}, {0x9c,0x63,0x6e,0xe8}, {0x3b,0xbb,0x7b,0xdb}, +{0x26,0x78,0x09,0xcd}, {0x59,0x18,0xf4,0x6e}, {0x9a,0xb7,0x01,0xec}, {0x4f,0x9a,0xa8,0x83}, +{0x95,0x6e,0x65,0xe6}, {0xff,0xe6,0x7e,0xaa}, {0xbc,0xcf,0x08,0x21}, {0x15,0xe8,0xe6,0xef}, +{0xe7,0x9b,0xd9,0xba}, {0x6f,0x36,0xce,0x4a}, {0x9f,0x09,0xd4,0xea}, {0xb0,0x7c,0xd6,0x29}, +{0xa4,0xb2,0xaf,0x31}, {0x3f,0x23,0x31,0x2a}, {0xa5,0x94,0x30,0xc6}, {0xa2,0x66,0xc0,0x35}, +{0x4e,0xbc,0x37,0x74}, {0x82,0xca,0xa6,0xfc}, {0x90,0xd0,0xb0,0xe0}, {0xa7,0xd8,0x15,0x33}, +{0x04,0x98,0x4a,0xf1}, {0xec,0xda,0xf7,0x41}, {0xcd,0x50,0x0e,0x7f}, {0x91,0xf6,0x2f,0x17}, +{0x4d,0xd6,0x8d,0x76}, {0xef,0xb0,0x4d,0x43}, {0xaa,0x4d,0x54,0xcc}, {0x96,0x04,0xdf,0xe4}, +{0xd1,0xb5,0xe3,0x9e}, {0x6a,0x88,0x1b,0x4c}, {0x2c,0x1f,0xb8,0xc1}, {0x65,0x51,0x7f,0x46}, +{0x5e,0xea,0x04,0x9d}, {0x8c,0x35,0x5d,0x01}, {0x87,0x74,0x73,0xfa}, {0x0b,0x41,0x2e,0xfb}, +{0x67,0x1d,0x5a,0xb3}, {0xdb,0xd2,0x52,0x92}, {0x10,0x56,0x33,0xe9}, {0xd6,0x47,0x13,0x6d}, +{0xd7,0x61,0x8c,0x9a}, {0xa1,0x0c,0x7a,0x37}, {0xf8,0x14,0x8e,0x59}, {0x13,0x3c,0x89,0xeb}, +{0xa9,0x27,0xee,0xce}, {0x61,0xc9,0x35,0xb7}, {0x1c,0xe5,0xed,0xe1}, {0x47,0xb1,0x3c,0x7a}, +{0xd2,0xdf,0x59,0x9c}, {0xf2,0x73,0x3f,0x55}, {0x14,0xce,0x79,0x18}, {0xc7,0x37,0xbf,0x73}, +{0xf7,0xcd,0xea,0x53}, {0xfd,0xaa,0x5b,0x5f}, {0x3d,0x6f,0x14,0xdf}, {0x44,0xdb,0x86,0x78}, +{0xaf,0xf3,0x81,0xca}, {0x68,0xc4,0x3e,0xb9}, {0x24,0x34,0x2c,0x38}, {0xa3,0x40,0x5f,0xc2}, +{0x1d,0xc3,0x72,0x16}, {0xe2,0x25,0x0c,0xbc}, {0x3c,0x49,0x8b,0x28}, {0x0d,0x95,0x41,0xff}, +{0xa8,0x01,0x71,0x39}, {0x0c,0xb3,0xde,0x08}, {0xb4,0xe4,0x9c,0xd8}, {0x56,0xc1,0x90,0x64}, +{0xcb,0x84,0x61,0x7b}, {0x32,0xb6,0x70,0xd5}, {0x6c,0x5c,0x74,0x48}, {0xb8,0x57,0x42,0xd0} +}; + +word8 S5[256] = { +0x52,0x09,0x6a,0xd5, +0x30,0x36,0xa5,0x38, +0xbf,0x40,0xa3,0x9e, +0x81,0xf3,0xd7,0xfb, +0x7c,0xe3,0x39,0x82, +0x9b,0x2f,0xff,0x87, +0x34,0x8e,0x43,0x44, +0xc4,0xde,0xe9,0xcb, +0x54,0x7b,0x94,0x32, +0xa6,0xc2,0x23,0x3d, +0xee,0x4c,0x95,0x0b, +0x42,0xfa,0xc3,0x4e, +0x08,0x2e,0xa1,0x66, +0x28,0xd9,0x24,0xb2, +0x76,0x5b,0xa2,0x49, +0x6d,0x8b,0xd1,0x25, +0x72,0xf8,0xf6,0x64, +0x86,0x68,0x98,0x16, +0xd4,0xa4,0x5c,0xcc, +0x5d,0x65,0xb6,0x92, +0x6c,0x70,0x48,0x50, +0xfd,0xed,0xb9,0xda, +0x5e,0x15,0x46,0x57, +0xa7,0x8d,0x9d,0x84, +0x90,0xd8,0xab,0x00, +0x8c,0xbc,0xd3,0x0a, +0xf7,0xe4,0x58,0x05, +0xb8,0xb3,0x45,0x06, +0xd0,0x2c,0x1e,0x8f, +0xca,0x3f,0x0f,0x02, +0xc1,0xaf,0xbd,0x03, +0x01,0x13,0x8a,0x6b, +0x3a,0x91,0x11,0x41, +0x4f,0x67,0xdc,0xea, +0x97,0xf2,0xcf,0xce, +0xf0,0xb4,0xe6,0x73, +0x96,0xac,0x74,0x22, +0xe7,0xad,0x35,0x85, +0xe2,0xf9,0x37,0xe8, +0x1c,0x75,0xdf,0x6e, +0x47,0xf1,0x1a,0x71, +0x1d,0x29,0xc5,0x89, +0x6f,0xb7,0x62,0x0e, +0xaa,0x18,0xbe,0x1b, +0xfc,0x56,0x3e,0x4b, +0xc6,0xd2,0x79,0x20, +0x9a,0xdb,0xc0,0xfe, +0x78,0xcd,0x5a,0xf4, +0x1f,0xdd,0xa8,0x33, +0x88,0x07,0xc7,0x31, +0xb1,0x12,0x10,0x59, +0x27,0x80,0xec,0x5f, +0x60,0x51,0x7f,0xa9, +0x19,0xb5,0x4a,0x0d, +0x2d,0xe5,0x7a,0x9f, +0x93,0xc9,0x9c,0xef, +0xa0,0xe0,0x3b,0x4d, +0xae,0x2a,0xf5,0xb0, +0xc8,0xeb,0xbb,0x3c, +0x83,0x53,0x99,0x61, +0x17,0x2b,0x04,0x7e, +0xba,0x77,0xd6,0x26, +0xe1,0x69,0x14,0x63, +0x55,0x21,0x0c,0x7d +}; + +word8 U1[256][4] = { +{0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00}, {0x0e,0x09,0x0d,0x0b}, {0x1c,0x12,0x1a,0x16}, {0x12,0x1b,0x17,0x1d}, +{0x38,0x24,0x34,0x2c}, {0x36,0x2d,0x39,0x27}, {0x24,0x36,0x2e,0x3a}, {0x2a,0x3f,0x23,0x31}, +{0x70,0x48,0x68,0x58}, {0x7e,0x41,0x65,0x53}, {0x6c,0x5a,0x72,0x4e}, {0x62,0x53,0x7f,0x45}, +{0x48,0x6c,0x5c,0x74}, {0x46,0x65,0x51,0x7f}, {0x54,0x7e,0x46,0x62}, {0x5a,0x77,0x4b,0x69}, +{0xe0,0x90,0xd0,0xb0}, {0xee,0x99,0xdd,0xbb}, {0xfc,0x82,0xca,0xa6}, {0xf2,0x8b,0xc7,0xad}, +{0xd8,0xb4,0xe4,0x9c}, {0xd6,0xbd,0xe9,0x97}, {0xc4,0xa6,0xfe,0x8a}, {0xca,0xaf,0xf3,0x81}, +{0x90,0xd8,0xb8,0xe8}, {0x9e,0xd1,0xb5,0xe3}, {0x8c,0xca,0xa2,0xfe}, {0x82,0xc3,0xaf,0xf5}, +{0xa8,0xfc,0x8c,0xc4}, {0xa6,0xf5,0x81,0xcf}, {0xb4,0xee,0x96,0xd2}, {0xba,0xe7,0x9b,0xd9}, +{0xdb,0x3b,0xbb,0x7b}, {0xd5,0x32,0xb6,0x70}, {0xc7,0x29,0xa1,0x6d}, {0xc9,0x20,0xac,0x66}, +{0xe3,0x1f,0x8f,0x57}, {0xed,0x16,0x82,0x5c}, {0xff,0x0d,0x95,0x41}, {0xf1,0x04,0x98,0x4a}, +{0xab,0x73,0xd3,0x23}, {0xa5,0x7a,0xde,0x28}, {0xb7,0x61,0xc9,0x35}, {0xb9,0x68,0xc4,0x3e}, +{0x93,0x57,0xe7,0x0f}, {0x9d,0x5e,0xea,0x04}, {0x8f,0x45,0xfd,0x19}, {0x81,0x4c,0xf0,0x12}, +{0x3b,0xab,0x6b,0xcb}, {0x35,0xa2,0x66,0xc0}, {0x27,0xb9,0x71,0xdd}, {0x29,0xb0,0x7c,0xd6}, +{0x03,0x8f,0x5f,0xe7}, {0x0d,0x86,0x52,0xec}, {0x1f,0x9d,0x45,0xf1}, {0x11,0x94,0x48,0xfa}, +{0x4b,0xe3,0x03,0x93}, {0x45,0xea,0x0e,0x98}, {0x57,0xf1,0x19,0x85}, {0x59,0xf8,0x14,0x8e}, +{0x73,0xc7,0x37,0xbf}, {0x7d,0xce,0x3a,0xb4}, {0x6f,0xd5,0x2d,0xa9}, {0x61,0xdc,0x20,0xa2}, +{0xad,0x76,0x6d,0xf6}, {0xa3,0x7f,0x60,0xfd}, {0xb1,0x64,0x77,0xe0}, {0xbf,0x6d,0x7a,0xeb}, +{0x95,0x52,0x59,0xda}, {0x9b,0x5b,0x54,0xd1}, {0x89,0x40,0x43,0xcc}, {0x87,0x49,0x4e,0xc7}, +{0xdd,0x3e,0x05,0xae}, {0xd3,0x37,0x08,0xa5}, {0xc1,0x2c,0x1f,0xb8}, {0xcf,0x25,0x12,0xb3}, +{0xe5,0x1a,0x31,0x82}, {0xeb,0x13,0x3c,0x89}, {0xf9,0x08,0x2b,0x94}, {0xf7,0x01,0x26,0x9f}, +{0x4d,0xe6,0xbd,0x46}, {0x43,0xef,0xb0,0x4d}, {0x51,0xf4,0xa7,0x50}, {0x5f,0xfd,0xaa,0x5b}, +{0x75,0xc2,0x89,0x6a}, {0x7b,0xcb,0x84,0x61}, {0x69,0xd0,0x93,0x7c}, {0x67,0xd9,0x9e,0x77}, +{0x3d,0xae,0xd5,0x1e}, {0x33,0xa7,0xd8,0x15}, {0x21,0xbc,0xcf,0x08}, {0x2f,0xb5,0xc2,0x03}, +{0x05,0x8a,0xe1,0x32}, {0x0b,0x83,0xec,0x39}, {0x19,0x98,0xfb,0x24}, {0x17,0x91,0xf6,0x2f}, +{0x76,0x4d,0xd6,0x8d}, {0x78,0x44,0xdb,0x86}, {0x6a,0x5f,0xcc,0x9b}, {0x64,0x56,0xc1,0x90}, +{0x4e,0x69,0xe2,0xa1}, {0x40,0x60,0xef,0xaa}, {0x52,0x7b,0xf8,0xb7}, {0x5c,0x72,0xf5,0xbc}, +{0x06,0x05,0xbe,0xd5}, {0x08,0x0c,0xb3,0xde}, {0x1a,0x17,0xa4,0xc3}, {0x14,0x1e,0xa9,0xc8}, +{0x3e,0x21,0x8a,0xf9}, {0x30,0x28,0x87,0xf2}, {0x22,0x33,0x90,0xef}, {0x2c,0x3a,0x9d,0xe4}, +{0x96,0xdd,0x06,0x3d}, {0x98,0xd4,0x0b,0x36}, {0x8a,0xcf,0x1c,0x2b}, {0x84,0xc6,0x11,0x20}, +{0xae,0xf9,0x32,0x11}, {0xa0,0xf0,0x3f,0x1a}, {0xb2,0xeb,0x28,0x07}, {0xbc,0xe2,0x25,0x0c}, +{0xe6,0x95,0x6e,0x65}, {0xe8,0x9c,0x63,0x6e}, {0xfa,0x87,0x74,0x73}, {0xf4,0x8e,0x79,0x78}, +{0xde,0xb1,0x5a,0x49}, {0xd0,0xb8,0x57,0x42}, {0xc2,0xa3,0x40,0x5f}, {0xcc,0xaa,0x4d,0x54}, +{0x41,0xec,0xda,0xf7}, {0x4f,0xe5,0xd7,0xfc}, {0x5d,0xfe,0xc0,0xe1}, {0x53,0xf7,0xcd,0xea}, +{0x79,0xc8,0xee,0xdb}, {0x77,0xc1,0xe3,0xd0}, {0x65,0xda,0xf4,0xcd}, {0x6b,0xd3,0xf9,0xc6}, +{0x31,0xa4,0xb2,0xaf}, {0x3f,0xad,0xbf,0xa4}, {0x2d,0xb6,0xa8,0xb9}, {0x23,0xbf,0xa5,0xb2}, +{0x09,0x80,0x86,0x83}, {0x07,0x89,0x8b,0x88}, {0x15,0x92,0x9c,0x95}, {0x1b,0x9b,0x91,0x9e}, +{0xa1,0x7c,0x0a,0x47}, {0xaf,0x75,0x07,0x4c}, {0xbd,0x6e,0x10,0x51}, {0xb3,0x67,0x1d,0x5a}, +{0x99,0x58,0x3e,0x6b}, {0x97,0x51,0x33,0x60}, {0x85,0x4a,0x24,0x7d}, {0x8b,0x43,0x29,0x76}, +{0xd1,0x34,0x62,0x1f}, {0xdf,0x3d,0x6f,0x14}, {0xcd,0x26,0x78,0x09}, {0xc3,0x2f,0x75,0x02}, +{0xe9,0x10,0x56,0x33}, {0xe7,0x19,0x5b,0x38}, {0xf5,0x02,0x4c,0x25}, {0xfb,0x0b,0x41,0x2e}, +{0x9a,0xd7,0x61,0x8c}, {0x94,0xde,0x6c,0x87}, {0x86,0xc5,0x7b,0x9a}, {0x88,0xcc,0x76,0x91}, +{0xa2,0xf3,0x55,0xa0}, {0xac,0xfa,0x58,0xab}, {0xbe,0xe1,0x4f,0xb6}, {0xb0,0xe8,0x42,0xbd}, +{0xea,0x9f,0x09,0xd4}, {0xe4,0x96,0x04,0xdf}, {0xf6,0x8d,0x13,0xc2}, {0xf8,0x84,0x1e,0xc9}, +{0xd2,0xbb,0x3d,0xf8}, {0xdc,0xb2,0x30,0xf3}, {0xce,0xa9,0x27,0xee}, {0xc0,0xa0,0x2a,0xe5}, +{0x7a,0x47,0xb1,0x3c}, {0x74,0x4e,0xbc,0x37}, {0x66,0x55,0xab,0x2a}, {0x68,0x5c,0xa6,0x21}, +{0x42,0x63,0x85,0x10}, {0x4c,0x6a,0x88,0x1b}, {0x5e,0x71,0x9f,0x06}, {0x50,0x78,0x92,0x0d}, +{0x0a,0x0f,0xd9,0x64}, {0x04,0x06,0xd4,0x6f}, {0x16,0x1d,0xc3,0x72}, {0x18,0x14,0xce,0x79}, +{0x32,0x2b,0xed,0x48}, {0x3c,0x22,0xe0,0x43}, {0x2e,0x39,0xf7,0x5e}, {0x20,0x30,0xfa,0x55}, +{0xec,0x9a,0xb7,0x01}, {0xe2,0x93,0xba,0x0a}, {0xf0,0x88,0xad,0x17}, {0xfe,0x81,0xa0,0x1c}, +{0xd4,0xbe,0x83,0x2d}, {0xda,0xb7,0x8e,0x26}, {0xc8,0xac,0x99,0x3b}, {0xc6,0xa5,0x94,0x30}, +{0x9c,0xd2,0xdf,0x59}, {0x92,0xdb,0xd2,0x52}, {0x80,0xc0,0xc5,0x4f}, {0x8e,0xc9,0xc8,0x44}, +{0xa4,0xf6,0xeb,0x75}, {0xaa,0xff,0xe6,0x7e}, {0xb8,0xe4,0xf1,0x63}, {0xb6,0xed,0xfc,0x68}, +{0x0c,0x0a,0x67,0xb1}, {0x02,0x03,0x6a,0xba}, {0x10,0x18,0x7d,0xa7}, {0x1e,0x11,0x70,0xac}, +{0x34,0x2e,0x53,0x9d}, {0x3a,0x27,0x5e,0x96}, {0x28,0x3c,0x49,0x8b}, {0x26,0x35,0x44,0x80}, +{0x7c,0x42,0x0f,0xe9}, {0x72,0x4b,0x02,0xe2}, {0x60,0x50,0x15,0xff}, {0x6e,0x59,0x18,0xf4}, +{0x44,0x66,0x3b,0xc5}, {0x4a,0x6f,0x36,0xce}, {0x58,0x74,0x21,0xd3}, {0x56,0x7d,0x2c,0xd8}, +{0x37,0xa1,0x0c,0x7a}, {0x39,0xa8,0x01,0x71}, {0x2b,0xb3,0x16,0x6c}, {0x25,0xba,0x1b,0x67}, +{0x0f,0x85,0x38,0x56}, {0x01,0x8c,0x35,0x5d}, {0x13,0x97,0x22,0x40}, {0x1d,0x9e,0x2f,0x4b}, +{0x47,0xe9,0x64,0x22}, {0x49,0xe0,0x69,0x29}, {0x5b,0xfb,0x7e,0x34}, {0x55,0xf2,0x73,0x3f}, +{0x7f,0xcd,0x50,0x0e}, {0x71,0xc4,0x5d,0x05}, {0x63,0xdf,0x4a,0x18}, {0x6d,0xd6,0x47,0x13}, +{0xd7,0x31,0xdc,0xca}, {0xd9,0x38,0xd1,0xc1}, {0xcb,0x23,0xc6,0xdc}, {0xc5,0x2a,0xcb,0xd7}, +{0xef,0x15,0xe8,0xe6}, {0xe1,0x1c,0xe5,0xed}, {0xf3,0x07,0xf2,0xf0}, {0xfd,0x0e,0xff,0xfb}, +{0xa7,0x79,0xb4,0x92}, {0xa9,0x70,0xb9,0x99}, {0xbb,0x6b,0xae,0x84}, {0xb5,0x62,0xa3,0x8f}, +{0x9f,0x5d,0x80,0xbe}, {0x91,0x54,0x8d,0xb5}, {0x83,0x4f,0x9a,0xa8}, {0x8d,0x46,0x97,0xa3} +}; + +word8 U2[256][4] = { +{0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00}, {0x0b,0x0e,0x09,0x0d}, {0x16,0x1c,0x12,0x1a}, {0x1d,0x12,0x1b,0x17}, +{0x2c,0x38,0x24,0x34}, {0x27,0x36,0x2d,0x39}, {0x3a,0x24,0x36,0x2e}, {0x31,0x2a,0x3f,0x23}, +{0x58,0x70,0x48,0x68}, {0x53,0x7e,0x41,0x65}, {0x4e,0x6c,0x5a,0x72}, {0x45,0x62,0x53,0x7f}, +{0x74,0x48,0x6c,0x5c}, {0x7f,0x46,0x65,0x51}, {0x62,0x54,0x7e,0x46}, {0x69,0x5a,0x77,0x4b}, +{0xb0,0xe0,0x90,0xd0}, {0xbb,0xee,0x99,0xdd}, {0xa6,0xfc,0x82,0xca}, {0xad,0xf2,0x8b,0xc7}, +{0x9c,0xd8,0xb4,0xe4}, {0x97,0xd6,0xbd,0xe9}, {0x8a,0xc4,0xa6,0xfe}, {0x81,0xca,0xaf,0xf3}, +{0xe8,0x90,0xd8,0xb8}, {0xe3,0x9e,0xd1,0xb5}, {0xfe,0x8c,0xca,0xa2}, {0xf5,0x82,0xc3,0xaf}, +{0xc4,0xa8,0xfc,0x8c}, {0xcf,0xa6,0xf5,0x81}, {0xd2,0xb4,0xee,0x96}, {0xd9,0xba,0xe7,0x9b}, +{0x7b,0xdb,0x3b,0xbb}, {0x70,0xd5,0x32,0xb6}, {0x6d,0xc7,0x29,0xa1}, {0x66,0xc9,0x20,0xac}, +{0x57,0xe3,0x1f,0x8f}, {0x5c,0xed,0x16,0x82}, {0x41,0xff,0x0d,0x95}, {0x4a,0xf1,0x04,0x98}, +{0x23,0xab,0x73,0xd3}, {0x28,0xa5,0x7a,0xde}, {0x35,0xb7,0x61,0xc9}, {0x3e,0xb9,0x68,0xc4}, +{0x0f,0x93,0x57,0xe7}, {0x04,0x9d,0x5e,0xea}, {0x19,0x8f,0x45,0xfd}, {0x12,0x81,0x4c,0xf0}, +{0xcb,0x3b,0xab,0x6b}, {0xc0,0x35,0xa2,0x66}, {0xdd,0x27,0xb9,0x71}, {0xd6,0x29,0xb0,0x7c}, +{0xe7,0x03,0x8f,0x5f}, {0xec,0x0d,0x86,0x52}, {0xf1,0x1f,0x9d,0x45}, {0xfa,0x11,0x94,0x48}, +{0x93,0x4b,0xe3,0x03}, {0x98,0x45,0xea,0x0e}, {0x85,0x57,0xf1,0x19}, {0x8e,0x59,0xf8,0x14}, +{0xbf,0x73,0xc7,0x37}, {0xb4,0x7d,0xce,0x3a}, {0xa9,0x6f,0xd5,0x2d}, {0xa2,0x61,0xdc,0x20}, +{0xf6,0xad,0x76,0x6d}, {0xfd,0xa3,0x7f,0x60}, {0xe0,0xb1,0x64,0x77}, {0xeb,0xbf,0x6d,0x7a}, +{0xda,0x95,0x52,0x59}, {0xd1,0x9b,0x5b,0x54}, {0xcc,0x89,0x40,0x43}, {0xc7,0x87,0x49,0x4e}, +{0xae,0xdd,0x3e,0x05}, {0xa5,0xd3,0x37,0x08}, {0xb8,0xc1,0x2c,0x1f}, {0xb3,0xcf,0x25,0x12}, +{0x82,0xe5,0x1a,0x31}, {0x89,0xeb,0x13,0x3c}, {0x94,0xf9,0x08,0x2b}, {0x9f,0xf7,0x01,0x26}, +{0x46,0x4d,0xe6,0xbd}, {0x4d,0x43,0xef,0xb0}, {0x50,0x51,0xf4,0xa7}, {0x5b,0x5f,0xfd,0xaa}, +{0x6a,0x75,0xc2,0x89}, {0x61,0x7b,0xcb,0x84}, {0x7c,0x69,0xd0,0x93}, {0x77,0x67,0xd9,0x9e}, +{0x1e,0x3d,0xae,0xd5}, {0x15,0x33,0xa7,0xd8}, {0x08,0x21,0xbc,0xcf}, {0x03,0x2f,0xb5,0xc2}, +{0x32,0x05,0x8a,0xe1}, {0x39,0x0b,0x83,0xec}, {0x24,0x19,0x98,0xfb}, {0x2f,0x17,0x91,0xf6}, +{0x8d,0x76,0x4d,0xd6}, {0x86,0x78,0x44,0xdb}, {0x9b,0x6a,0x5f,0xcc}, {0x90,0x64,0x56,0xc1}, +{0xa1,0x4e,0x69,0xe2}, {0xaa,0x40,0x60,0xef}, {0xb7,0x52,0x7b,0xf8}, {0xbc,0x5c,0x72,0xf5}, +{0xd5,0x06,0x05,0xbe}, {0xde,0x08,0x0c,0xb3}, {0xc3,0x1a,0x17,0xa4}, {0xc8,0x14,0x1e,0xa9}, +{0xf9,0x3e,0x21,0x8a}, {0xf2,0x30,0x28,0x87}, {0xef,0x22,0x33,0x90}, {0xe4,0x2c,0x3a,0x9d}, +{0x3d,0x96,0xdd,0x06}, {0x36,0x98,0xd4,0x0b}, {0x2b,0x8a,0xcf,0x1c}, {0x20,0x84,0xc6,0x11}, +{0x11,0xae,0xf9,0x32}, {0x1a,0xa0,0xf0,0x3f}, {0x07,0xb2,0xeb,0x28}, {0x0c,0xbc,0xe2,0x25}, +{0x65,0xe6,0x95,0x6e}, {0x6e,0xe8,0x9c,0x63}, {0x73,0xfa,0x87,0x74}, {0x78,0xf4,0x8e,0x79}, +{0x49,0xde,0xb1,0x5a}, {0x42,0xd0,0xb8,0x57}, {0x5f,0xc2,0xa3,0x40}, {0x54,0xcc,0xaa,0x4d}, +{0xf7,0x41,0xec,0xda}, {0xfc,0x4f,0xe5,0xd7}, {0xe1,0x5d,0xfe,0xc0}, {0xea,0x53,0xf7,0xcd}, +{0xdb,0x79,0xc8,0xee}, {0xd0,0x77,0xc1,0xe3}, {0xcd,0x65,0xda,0xf4}, {0xc6,0x6b,0xd3,0xf9}, +{0xaf,0x31,0xa4,0xb2}, {0xa4,0x3f,0xad,0xbf}, {0xb9,0x2d,0xb6,0xa8}, {0xb2,0x23,0xbf,0xa5}, +{0x83,0x09,0x80,0x86}, {0x88,0x07,0x89,0x8b}, {0x95,0x15,0x92,0x9c}, {0x9e,0x1b,0x9b,0x91}, +{0x47,0xa1,0x7c,0x0a}, {0x4c,0xaf,0x75,0x07}, {0x51,0xbd,0x6e,0x10}, {0x5a,0xb3,0x67,0x1d}, +{0x6b,0x99,0x58,0x3e}, {0x60,0x97,0x51,0x33}, {0x7d,0x85,0x4a,0x24}, {0x76,0x8b,0x43,0x29}, +{0x1f,0xd1,0x34,0x62}, {0x14,0xdf,0x3d,0x6f}, {0x09,0xcd,0x26,0x78}, {0x02,0xc3,0x2f,0x75}, +{0x33,0xe9,0x10,0x56}, {0x38,0xe7,0x19,0x5b}, {0x25,0xf5,0x02,0x4c}, {0x2e,0xfb,0x0b,0x41}, +{0x8c,0x9a,0xd7,0x61}, {0x87,0x94,0xde,0x6c}, {0x9a,0x86,0xc5,0x7b}, {0x91,0x88,0xcc,0x76}, +{0xa0,0xa2,0xf3,0x55}, {0xab,0xac,0xfa,0x58}, {0xb6,0xbe,0xe1,0x4f}, {0xbd,0xb0,0xe8,0x42}, +{0xd4,0xea,0x9f,0x09}, {0xdf,0xe4,0x96,0x04}, {0xc2,0xf6,0x8d,0x13}, {0xc9,0xf8,0x84,0x1e}, +{0xf8,0xd2,0xbb,0x3d}, {0xf3,0xdc,0xb2,0x30}, {0xee,0xce,0xa9,0x27}, {0xe5,0xc0,0xa0,0x2a}, +{0x3c,0x7a,0x47,0xb1}, {0x37,0x74,0x4e,0xbc}, {0x2a,0x66,0x55,0xab}, {0x21,0x68,0x5c,0xa6}, +{0x10,0x42,0x63,0x85}, {0x1b,0x4c,0x6a,0x88}, {0x06,0x5e,0x71,0x9f}, {0x0d,0x50,0x78,0x92}, +{0x64,0x0a,0x0f,0xd9}, {0x6f,0x04,0x06,0xd4}, {0x72,0x16,0x1d,0xc3}, {0x79,0x18,0x14,0xce}, +{0x48,0x32,0x2b,0xed}, {0x43,0x3c,0x22,0xe0}, {0x5e,0x2e,0x39,0xf7}, {0x55,0x20,0x30,0xfa}, +{0x01,0xec,0x9a,0xb7}, {0x0a,0xe2,0x93,0xba}, {0x17,0xf0,0x88,0xad}, {0x1c,0xfe,0x81,0xa0}, +{0x2d,0xd4,0xbe,0x83}, {0x26,0xda,0xb7,0x8e}, {0x3b,0xc8,0xac,0x99}, {0x30,0xc6,0xa5,0x94}, +{0x59,0x9c,0xd2,0xdf}, {0x52,0x92,0xdb,0xd2}, {0x4f,0x80,0xc0,0xc5}, {0x44,0x8e,0xc9,0xc8}, +{0x75,0xa4,0xf6,0xeb}, {0x7e,0xaa,0xff,0xe6}, {0x63,0xb8,0xe4,0xf1}, {0x68,0xb6,0xed,0xfc}, +{0xb1,0x0c,0x0a,0x67}, {0xba,0x02,0x03,0x6a}, {0xa7,0x10,0x18,0x7d}, {0xac,0x1e,0x11,0x70}, +{0x9d,0x34,0x2e,0x53}, {0x96,0x3a,0x27,0x5e}, {0x8b,0x28,0x3c,0x49}, {0x80,0x26,0x35,0x44}, +{0xe9,0x7c,0x42,0x0f}, {0xe2,0x72,0x4b,0x02}, {0xff,0x60,0x50,0x15}, {0xf4,0x6e,0x59,0x18}, +{0xc5,0x44,0x66,0x3b}, {0xce,0x4a,0x6f,0x36}, {0xd3,0x58,0x74,0x21}, {0xd8,0x56,0x7d,0x2c}, +{0x7a,0x37,0xa1,0x0c}, {0x71,0x39,0xa8,0x01}, {0x6c,0x2b,0xb3,0x16}, {0x67,0x25,0xba,0x1b}, +{0x56,0x0f,0x85,0x38}, {0x5d,0x01,0x8c,0x35}, {0x40,0x13,0x97,0x22}, {0x4b,0x1d,0x9e,0x2f}, +{0x22,0x47,0xe9,0x64}, {0x29,0x49,0xe0,0x69}, {0x34,0x5b,0xfb,0x7e}, {0x3f,0x55,0xf2,0x73}, +{0x0e,0x7f,0xcd,0x50}, {0x05,0x71,0xc4,0x5d}, {0x18,0x63,0xdf,0x4a}, {0x13,0x6d,0xd6,0x47}, +{0xca,0xd7,0x31,0xdc}, {0xc1,0xd9,0x38,0xd1}, {0xdc,0xcb,0x23,0xc6}, {0xd7,0xc5,0x2a,0xcb}, +{0xe6,0xef,0x15,0xe8}, {0xed,0xe1,0x1c,0xe5}, {0xf0,0xf3,0x07,0xf2}, {0xfb,0xfd,0x0e,0xff}, +{0x92,0xa7,0x79,0xb4}, {0x99,0xa9,0x70,0xb9}, {0x84,0xbb,0x6b,0xae}, {0x8f,0xb5,0x62,0xa3}, +{0xbe,0x9f,0x5d,0x80}, {0xb5,0x91,0x54,0x8d}, {0xa8,0x83,0x4f,0x9a}, {0xa3,0x8d,0x46,0x97} +}; + +word8 U3[256][4] = { +{0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00}, {0x0d,0x0b,0x0e,0x09}, {0x1a,0x16,0x1c,0x12}, {0x17,0x1d,0x12,0x1b}, +{0x34,0x2c,0x38,0x24}, {0x39,0x27,0x36,0x2d}, {0x2e,0x3a,0x24,0x36}, {0x23,0x31,0x2a,0x3f}, +{0x68,0x58,0x70,0x48}, {0x65,0x53,0x7e,0x41}, {0x72,0x4e,0x6c,0x5a}, {0x7f,0x45,0x62,0x53}, +{0x5c,0x74,0x48,0x6c}, {0x51,0x7f,0x46,0x65}, {0x46,0x62,0x54,0x7e}, {0x4b,0x69,0x5a,0x77}, +{0xd0,0xb0,0xe0,0x90}, {0xdd,0xbb,0xee,0x99}, {0xca,0xa6,0xfc,0x82}, {0xc7,0xad,0xf2,0x8b}, +{0xe4,0x9c,0xd8,0xb4}, {0xe9,0x97,0xd6,0xbd}, {0xfe,0x8a,0xc4,0xa6}, {0xf3,0x81,0xca,0xaf}, +{0xb8,0xe8,0x90,0xd8}, {0xb5,0xe3,0x9e,0xd1}, {0xa2,0xfe,0x8c,0xca}, {0xaf,0xf5,0x82,0xc3}, +{0x8c,0xc4,0xa8,0xfc}, {0x81,0xcf,0xa6,0xf5}, {0x96,0xd2,0xb4,0xee}, {0x9b,0xd9,0xba,0xe7}, +{0xbb,0x7b,0xdb,0x3b}, {0xb6,0x70,0xd5,0x32}, {0xa1,0x6d,0xc7,0x29}, {0xac,0x66,0xc9,0x20}, +{0x8f,0x57,0xe3,0x1f}, {0x82,0x5c,0xed,0x16}, {0x95,0x41,0xff,0x0d}, {0x98,0x4a,0xf1,0x04}, +{0xd3,0x23,0xab,0x73}, {0xde,0x28,0xa5,0x7a}, {0xc9,0x35,0xb7,0x61}, {0xc4,0x3e,0xb9,0x68}, +{0xe7,0x0f,0x93,0x57}, {0xea,0x04,0x9d,0x5e}, {0xfd,0x19,0x8f,0x45}, {0xf0,0x12,0x81,0x4c}, +{0x6b,0xcb,0x3b,0xab}, {0x66,0xc0,0x35,0xa2}, {0x71,0xdd,0x27,0xb9}, {0x7c,0xd6,0x29,0xb0}, +{0x5f,0xe7,0x03,0x8f}, {0x52,0xec,0x0d,0x86}, {0x45,0xf1,0x1f,0x9d}, {0x48,0xfa,0x11,0x94}, +{0x03,0x93,0x4b,0xe3}, {0x0e,0x98,0x45,0xea}, {0x19,0x85,0x57,0xf1}, {0x14,0x8e,0x59,0xf8}, +{0x37,0xbf,0x73,0xc7}, {0x3a,0xb4,0x7d,0xce}, {0x2d,0xa9,0x6f,0xd5}, {0x20,0xa2,0x61,0xdc}, +{0x6d,0xf6,0xad,0x76}, {0x60,0xfd,0xa3,0x7f}, {0x77,0xe0,0xb1,0x64}, {0x7a,0xeb,0xbf,0x6d}, +{0x59,0xda,0x95,0x52}, {0x54,0xd1,0x9b,0x5b}, {0x43,0xcc,0x89,0x40}, {0x4e,0xc7,0x87,0x49}, +{0x05,0xae,0xdd,0x3e}, {0x08,0xa5,0xd3,0x37}, {0x1f,0xb8,0xc1,0x2c}, {0x12,0xb3,0xcf,0x25}, +{0x31,0x82,0xe5,0x1a}, {0x3c,0x89,0xeb,0x13}, {0x2b,0x94,0xf9,0x08}, {0x26,0x9f,0xf7,0x01}, +{0xbd,0x46,0x4d,0xe6}, {0xb0,0x4d,0x43,0xef}, {0xa7,0x50,0x51,0xf4}, {0xaa,0x5b,0x5f,0xfd}, +{0x89,0x6a,0x75,0xc2}, {0x84,0x61,0x7b,0xcb}, {0x93,0x7c,0x69,0xd0}, {0x9e,0x77,0x67,0xd9}, +{0xd5,0x1e,0x3d,0xae}, {0xd8,0x15,0x33,0xa7}, {0xcf,0x08,0x21,0xbc}, {0xc2,0x03,0x2f,0xb5}, +{0xe1,0x32,0x05,0x8a}, {0xec,0x39,0x0b,0x83}, {0xfb,0x24,0x19,0x98}, {0xf6,0x2f,0x17,0x91}, +{0xd6,0x8d,0x76,0x4d}, {0xdb,0x86,0x78,0x44}, {0xcc,0x9b,0x6a,0x5f}, {0xc1,0x90,0x64,0x56}, +{0xe2,0xa1,0x4e,0x69}, {0xef,0xaa,0x40,0x60}, {0xf8,0xb7,0x52,0x7b}, {0xf5,0xbc,0x5c,0x72}, +{0xbe,0xd5,0x06,0x05}, {0xb3,0xde,0x08,0x0c}, {0xa4,0xc3,0x1a,0x17}, {0xa9,0xc8,0x14,0x1e}, +{0x8a,0xf9,0x3e,0x21}, {0x87,0xf2,0x30,0x28}, {0x90,0xef,0x22,0x33}, {0x9d,0xe4,0x2c,0x3a}, +{0x06,0x3d,0x96,0xdd}, {0x0b,0x36,0x98,0xd4}, {0x1c,0x2b,0x8a,0xcf}, {0x11,0x20,0x84,0xc6}, +{0x32,0x11,0xae,0xf9}, {0x3f,0x1a,0xa0,0xf0}, {0x28,0x07,0xb2,0xeb}, {0x25,0x0c,0xbc,0xe2}, +{0x6e,0x65,0xe6,0x95}, {0x63,0x6e,0xe8,0x9c}, {0x74,0x73,0xfa,0x87}, {0x79,0x78,0xf4,0x8e}, +{0x5a,0x49,0xde,0xb1}, {0x57,0x42,0xd0,0xb8}, {0x40,0x5f,0xc2,0xa3}, {0x4d,0x54,0xcc,0xaa}, +{0xda,0xf7,0x41,0xec}, {0xd7,0xfc,0x4f,0xe5}, {0xc0,0xe1,0x5d,0xfe}, {0xcd,0xea,0x53,0xf7}, +{0xee,0xdb,0x79,0xc8}, {0xe3,0xd0,0x77,0xc1}, {0xf4,0xcd,0x65,0xda}, {0xf9,0xc6,0x6b,0xd3}, +{0xb2,0xaf,0x31,0xa4}, {0xbf,0xa4,0x3f,0xad}, {0xa8,0xb9,0x2d,0xb6}, {0xa5,0xb2,0x23,0xbf}, +{0x86,0x83,0x09,0x80}, {0x8b,0x88,0x07,0x89}, {0x9c,0x95,0x15,0x92}, {0x91,0x9e,0x1b,0x9b}, +{0x0a,0x47,0xa1,0x7c}, {0x07,0x4c,0xaf,0x75}, {0x10,0x51,0xbd,0x6e}, {0x1d,0x5a,0xb3,0x67}, +{0x3e,0x6b,0x99,0x58}, {0x33,0x60,0x97,0x51}, {0x24,0x7d,0x85,0x4a}, {0x29,0x76,0x8b,0x43}, +{0x62,0x1f,0xd1,0x34}, {0x6f,0x14,0xdf,0x3d}, {0x78,0x09,0xcd,0x26}, {0x75,0x02,0xc3,0x2f}, +{0x56,0x33,0xe9,0x10}, {0x5b,0x38,0xe7,0x19}, {0x4c,0x25,0xf5,0x02}, {0x41,0x2e,0xfb,0x0b}, +{0x61,0x8c,0x9a,0xd7}, {0x6c,0x87,0x94,0xde}, {0x7b,0x9a,0x86,0xc5}, {0x76,0x91,0x88,0xcc}, +{0x55,0xa0,0xa2,0xf3}, {0x58,0xab,0xac,0xfa}, {0x4f,0xb6,0xbe,0xe1}, {0x42,0xbd,0xb0,0xe8}, +{0x09,0xd4,0xea,0x9f}, {0x04,0xdf,0xe4,0x96}, {0x13,0xc2,0xf6,0x8d}, {0x1e,0xc9,0xf8,0x84}, +{0x3d,0xf8,0xd2,0xbb}, {0x30,0xf3,0xdc,0xb2}, {0x27,0xee,0xce,0xa9}, {0x2a,0xe5,0xc0,0xa0}, +{0xb1,0x3c,0x7a,0x47}, {0xbc,0x37,0x74,0x4e}, {0xab,0x2a,0x66,0x55}, {0xa6,0x21,0x68,0x5c}, +{0x85,0x10,0x42,0x63}, {0x88,0x1b,0x4c,0x6a}, {0x9f,0x06,0x5e,0x71}, {0x92,0x0d,0x50,0x78}, +{0xd9,0x64,0x0a,0x0f}, {0xd4,0x6f,0x04,0x06}, {0xc3,0x72,0x16,0x1d}, {0xce,0x79,0x18,0x14}, +{0xed,0x48,0x32,0x2b}, {0xe0,0x43,0x3c,0x22}, {0xf7,0x5e,0x2e,0x39}, {0xfa,0x55,0x20,0x30}, +{0xb7,0x01,0xec,0x9a}, {0xba,0x0a,0xe2,0x93}, {0xad,0x17,0xf0,0x88}, {0xa0,0x1c,0xfe,0x81}, +{0x83,0x2d,0xd4,0xbe}, {0x8e,0x26,0xda,0xb7}, {0x99,0x3b,0xc8,0xac}, {0x94,0x30,0xc6,0xa5}, +{0xdf,0x59,0x9c,0xd2}, {0xd2,0x52,0x92,0xdb}, {0xc5,0x4f,0x80,0xc0}, {0xc8,0x44,0x8e,0xc9}, +{0xeb,0x75,0xa4,0xf6}, {0xe6,0x7e,0xaa,0xff}, {0xf1,0x63,0xb8,0xe4}, {0xfc,0x68,0xb6,0xed}, +{0x67,0xb1,0x0c,0x0a}, {0x6a,0xba,0x02,0x03}, {0x7d,0xa7,0x10,0x18}, {0x70,0xac,0x1e,0x11}, +{0x53,0x9d,0x34,0x2e}, {0x5e,0x96,0x3a,0x27}, {0x49,0x8b,0x28,0x3c}, {0x44,0x80,0x26,0x35}, +{0x0f,0xe9,0x7c,0x42}, {0x02,0xe2,0x72,0x4b}, {0x15,0xff,0x60,0x50}, {0x18,0xf4,0x6e,0x59}, +{0x3b,0xc5,0x44,0x66}, {0x36,0xce,0x4a,0x6f}, {0x21,0xd3,0x58,0x74}, {0x2c,0xd8,0x56,0x7d}, +{0x0c,0x7a,0x37,0xa1}, {0x01,0x71,0x39,0xa8}, {0x16,0x6c,0x2b,0xb3}, {0x1b,0x67,0x25,0xba}, +{0x38,0x56,0x0f,0x85}, {0x35,0x5d,0x01,0x8c}, {0x22,0x40,0x13,0x97}, {0x2f,0x4b,0x1d,0x9e}, +{0x64,0x22,0x47,0xe9}, {0x69,0x29,0x49,0xe0}, {0x7e,0x34,0x5b,0xfb}, {0x73,0x3f,0x55,0xf2}, +{0x50,0x0e,0x7f,0xcd}, {0x5d,0x05,0x71,0xc4}, {0x4a,0x18,0x63,0xdf}, {0x47,0x13,0x6d,0xd6}, +{0xdc,0xca,0xd7,0x31}, {0xd1,0xc1,0xd9,0x38}, {0xc6,0xdc,0xcb,0x23}, {0xcb,0xd7,0xc5,0x2a}, +{0xe8,0xe6,0xef,0x15}, {0xe5,0xed,0xe1,0x1c}, {0xf2,0xf0,0xf3,0x07}, {0xff,0xfb,0xfd,0x0e}, +{0xb4,0x92,0xa7,0x79}, {0xb9,0x99,0xa9,0x70}, {0xae,0x84,0xbb,0x6b}, {0xa3,0x8f,0xb5,0x62}, +{0x80,0xbe,0x9f,0x5d}, {0x8d,0xb5,0x91,0x54}, {0x9a,0xa8,0x83,0x4f}, {0x97,0xa3,0x8d,0x46} +}; + +word8 U4[256][4] = { +{0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00}, {0x09,0x0d,0x0b,0x0e}, {0x12,0x1a,0x16,0x1c}, {0x1b,0x17,0x1d,0x12}, +{0x24,0x34,0x2c,0x38}, {0x2d,0x39,0x27,0x36}, {0x36,0x2e,0x3a,0x24}, {0x3f,0x23,0x31,0x2a}, +{0x48,0x68,0x58,0x70}, {0x41,0x65,0x53,0x7e}, {0x5a,0x72,0x4e,0x6c}, {0x53,0x7f,0x45,0x62}, +{0x6c,0x5c,0x74,0x48}, {0x65,0x51,0x7f,0x46}, {0x7e,0x46,0x62,0x54}, {0x77,0x4b,0x69,0x5a}, +{0x90,0xd0,0xb0,0xe0}, {0x99,0xdd,0xbb,0xee}, {0x82,0xca,0xa6,0xfc}, {0x8b,0xc7,0xad,0xf2}, +{0xb4,0xe4,0x9c,0xd8}, {0xbd,0xe9,0x97,0xd6}, {0xa6,0xfe,0x8a,0xc4}, {0xaf,0xf3,0x81,0xca}, +{0xd8,0xb8,0xe8,0x90}, {0xd1,0xb5,0xe3,0x9e}, {0xca,0xa2,0xfe,0x8c}, {0xc3,0xaf,0xf5,0x82}, +{0xfc,0x8c,0xc4,0xa8}, {0xf5,0x81,0xcf,0xa6}, {0xee,0x96,0xd2,0xb4}, {0xe7,0x9b,0xd9,0xba}, +{0x3b,0xbb,0x7b,0xdb}, {0x32,0xb6,0x70,0xd5}, {0x29,0xa1,0x6d,0xc7}, {0x20,0xac,0x66,0xc9}, +{0x1f,0x8f,0x57,0xe3}, {0x16,0x82,0x5c,0xed}, {0x0d,0x95,0x41,0xff}, {0x04,0x98,0x4a,0xf1}, +{0x73,0xd3,0x23,0xab}, {0x7a,0xde,0x28,0xa5}, {0x61,0xc9,0x35,0xb7}, {0x68,0xc4,0x3e,0xb9}, +{0x57,0xe7,0x0f,0x93}, {0x5e,0xea,0x04,0x9d}, {0x45,0xfd,0x19,0x8f}, {0x4c,0xf0,0x12,0x81}, +{0xab,0x6b,0xcb,0x3b}, {0xa2,0x66,0xc0,0x35}, {0xb9,0x71,0xdd,0x27}, {0xb0,0x7c,0xd6,0x29}, +{0x8f,0x5f,0xe7,0x03}, {0x86,0x52,0xec,0x0d}, {0x9d,0x45,0xf1,0x1f}, {0x94,0x48,0xfa,0x11}, +{0xe3,0x03,0x93,0x4b}, {0xea,0x0e,0x98,0x45}, {0xf1,0x19,0x85,0x57}, {0xf8,0x14,0x8e,0x59}, +{0xc7,0x37,0xbf,0x73}, {0xce,0x3a,0xb4,0x7d}, {0xd5,0x2d,0xa9,0x6f}, {0xdc,0x20,0xa2,0x61}, +{0x76,0x6d,0xf6,0xad}, {0x7f,0x60,0xfd,0xa3}, {0x64,0x77,0xe0,0xb1}, {0x6d,0x7a,0xeb,0xbf}, +{0x52,0x59,0xda,0x95}, {0x5b,0x54,0xd1,0x9b}, {0x40,0x43,0xcc,0x89}, {0x49,0x4e,0xc7,0x87}, +{0x3e,0x05,0xae,0xdd}, {0x37,0x08,0xa5,0xd3}, {0x2c,0x1f,0xb8,0xc1}, {0x25,0x12,0xb3,0xcf}, +{0x1a,0x31,0x82,0xe5}, {0x13,0x3c,0x89,0xeb}, {0x08,0x2b,0x94,0xf9}, {0x01,0x26,0x9f,0xf7}, +{0xe6,0xbd,0x46,0x4d}, {0xef,0xb0,0x4d,0x43}, {0xf4,0xa7,0x50,0x51}, {0xfd,0xaa,0x5b,0x5f}, +{0xc2,0x89,0x6a,0x75}, {0xcb,0x84,0x61,0x7b}, {0xd0,0x93,0x7c,0x69}, {0xd9,0x9e,0x77,0x67}, +{0xae,0xd5,0x1e,0x3d}, {0xa7,0xd8,0x15,0x33}, {0xbc,0xcf,0x08,0x21}, {0xb5,0xc2,0x03,0x2f}, +{0x8a,0xe1,0x32,0x05}, {0x83,0xec,0x39,0x0b}, {0x98,0xfb,0x24,0x19}, {0x91,0xf6,0x2f,0x17}, +{0x4d,0xd6,0x8d,0x76}, {0x44,0xdb,0x86,0x78}, {0x5f,0xcc,0x9b,0x6a}, {0x56,0xc1,0x90,0x64}, +{0x69,0xe2,0xa1,0x4e}, {0x60,0xef,0xaa,0x40}, {0x7b,0xf8,0xb7,0x52}, {0x72,0xf5,0xbc,0x5c}, +{0x05,0xbe,0xd5,0x06}, {0x0c,0xb3,0xde,0x08}, {0x17,0xa4,0xc3,0x1a}, {0x1e,0xa9,0xc8,0x14}, +{0x21,0x8a,0xf9,0x3e}, {0x28,0x87,0xf2,0x30}, {0x33,0x90,0xef,0x22}, {0x3a,0x9d,0xe4,0x2c}, +{0xdd,0x06,0x3d,0x96}, {0xd4,0x0b,0x36,0x98}, {0xcf,0x1c,0x2b,0x8a}, {0xc6,0x11,0x20,0x84}, +{0xf9,0x32,0x11,0xae}, {0xf0,0x3f,0x1a,0xa0}, {0xeb,0x28,0x07,0xb2}, {0xe2,0x25,0x0c,0xbc}, +{0x95,0x6e,0x65,0xe6}, {0x9c,0x63,0x6e,0xe8}, {0x87,0x74,0x73,0xfa}, {0x8e,0x79,0x78,0xf4}, +{0xb1,0x5a,0x49,0xde}, {0xb8,0x57,0x42,0xd0}, {0xa3,0x40,0x5f,0xc2}, {0xaa,0x4d,0x54,0xcc}, +{0xec,0xda,0xf7,0x41}, {0xe5,0xd7,0xfc,0x4f}, {0xfe,0xc0,0xe1,0x5d}, {0xf7,0xcd,0xea,0x53}, +{0xc8,0xee,0xdb,0x79}, {0xc1,0xe3,0xd0,0x77}, {0xda,0xf4,0xcd,0x65}, {0xd3,0xf9,0xc6,0x6b}, +{0xa4,0xb2,0xaf,0x31}, {0xad,0xbf,0xa4,0x3f}, {0xb6,0xa8,0xb9,0x2d}, {0xbf,0xa5,0xb2,0x23}, +{0x80,0x86,0x83,0x09}, {0x89,0x8b,0x88,0x07}, {0x92,0x9c,0x95,0x15}, {0x9b,0x91,0x9e,0x1b}, +{0x7c,0x0a,0x47,0xa1}, {0x75,0x07,0x4c,0xaf}, {0x6e,0x10,0x51,0xbd}, {0x67,0x1d,0x5a,0xb3}, +{0x58,0x3e,0x6b,0x99}, {0x51,0x33,0x60,0x97}, {0x4a,0x24,0x7d,0x85}, {0x43,0x29,0x76,0x8b}, +{0x34,0x62,0x1f,0xd1}, {0x3d,0x6f,0x14,0xdf}, {0x26,0x78,0x09,0xcd}, {0x2f,0x75,0x02,0xc3}, +{0x10,0x56,0x33,0xe9}, {0x19,0x5b,0x38,0xe7}, {0x02,0x4c,0x25,0xf5}, {0x0b,0x41,0x2e,0xfb}, +{0xd7,0x61,0x8c,0x9a}, {0xde,0x6c,0x87,0x94}, {0xc5,0x7b,0x9a,0x86}, {0xcc,0x76,0x91,0x88}, +{0xf3,0x55,0xa0,0xa2}, {0xfa,0x58,0xab,0xac}, {0xe1,0x4f,0xb6,0xbe}, {0xe8,0x42,0xbd,0xb0}, +{0x9f,0x09,0xd4,0xea}, {0x96,0x04,0xdf,0xe4}, {0x8d,0x13,0xc2,0xf6}, {0x84,0x1e,0xc9,0xf8}, +{0xbb,0x3d,0xf8,0xd2}, {0xb2,0x30,0xf3,0xdc}, {0xa9,0x27,0xee,0xce}, {0xa0,0x2a,0xe5,0xc0}, +{0x47,0xb1,0x3c,0x7a}, {0x4e,0xbc,0x37,0x74}, {0x55,0xab,0x2a,0x66}, {0x5c,0xa6,0x21,0x68}, +{0x63,0x85,0x10,0x42}, {0x6a,0x88,0x1b,0x4c}, {0x71,0x9f,0x06,0x5e}, {0x78,0x92,0x0d,0x50}, +{0x0f,0xd9,0x64,0x0a}, {0x06,0xd4,0x6f,0x04}, {0x1d,0xc3,0x72,0x16}, {0x14,0xce,0x79,0x18}, +{0x2b,0xed,0x48,0x32}, {0x22,0xe0,0x43,0x3c}, {0x39,0xf7,0x5e,0x2e}, {0x30,0xfa,0x55,0x20}, +{0x9a,0xb7,0x01,0xec}, {0x93,0xba,0x0a,0xe2}, {0x88,0xad,0x17,0xf0}, {0x81,0xa0,0x1c,0xfe}, +{0xbe,0x83,0x2d,0xd4}, {0xb7,0x8e,0x26,0xda}, {0xac,0x99,0x3b,0xc8}, {0xa5,0x94,0x30,0xc6}, +{0xd2,0xdf,0x59,0x9c}, {0xdb,0xd2,0x52,0x92}, {0xc0,0xc5,0x4f,0x80}, {0xc9,0xc8,0x44,0x8e}, +{0xf6,0xeb,0x75,0xa4}, {0xff,0xe6,0x7e,0xaa}, {0xe4,0xf1,0x63,0xb8}, {0xed,0xfc,0x68,0xb6}, +{0x0a,0x67,0xb1,0x0c}, {0x03,0x6a,0xba,0x02}, {0x18,0x7d,0xa7,0x10}, {0x11,0x70,0xac,0x1e}, +{0x2e,0x53,0x9d,0x34}, {0x27,0x5e,0x96,0x3a}, {0x3c,0x49,0x8b,0x28}, {0x35,0x44,0x80,0x26}, +{0x42,0x0f,0xe9,0x7c}, {0x4b,0x02,0xe2,0x72}, {0x50,0x15,0xff,0x60}, {0x59,0x18,0xf4,0x6e}, +{0x66,0x3b,0xc5,0x44}, {0x6f,0x36,0xce,0x4a}, {0x74,0x21,0xd3,0x58}, {0x7d,0x2c,0xd8,0x56}, +{0xa1,0x0c,0x7a,0x37}, {0xa8,0x01,0x71,0x39}, {0xb3,0x16,0x6c,0x2b}, {0xba,0x1b,0x67,0x25}, +{0x85,0x38,0x56,0x0f}, {0x8c,0x35,0x5d,0x01}, {0x97,0x22,0x40,0x13}, {0x9e,0x2f,0x4b,0x1d}, +{0xe9,0x64,0x22,0x47}, {0xe0,0x69,0x29,0x49}, {0xfb,0x7e,0x34,0x5b}, {0xf2,0x73,0x3f,0x55}, +{0xcd,0x50,0x0e,0x7f}, {0xc4,0x5d,0x05,0x71}, {0xdf,0x4a,0x18,0x63}, {0xd6,0x47,0x13,0x6d}, +{0x31,0xdc,0xca,0xd7}, {0x38,0xd1,0xc1,0xd9}, {0x23,0xc6,0xdc,0xcb}, {0x2a,0xcb,0xd7,0xc5}, +{0x15,0xe8,0xe6,0xef}, {0x1c,0xe5,0xed,0xe1}, {0x07,0xf2,0xf0,0xf3}, {0x0e,0xff,0xfb,0xfd}, +{0x79,0xb4,0x92,0xa7}, {0x70,0xb9,0x99,0xa9}, {0x6b,0xae,0x84,0xbb}, {0x62,0xa3,0x8f,0xb5}, +{0x5d,0x80,0xbe,0x9f}, {0x54,0x8d,0xb5,0x91}, {0x4f,0x9a,0xa8,0x83}, {0x46,0x97,0xa3,0x8d} +}; + +word32 rcon[30] = { + 0x01,0x02, 0x04, 0x08, 0x10, 0x20, 0x40, 0x80, 0x1b, 0x36, 0x6c, 0xd8, 0xab, 0x4d, 0x9a, 0x2f, 0x5e, 0xbc, 0x63, 0xc6, 0x97, 0x35, 0x6a, 0xd4, 0xb3, 0x7d, 0xfa, 0xef, 0xc5, 0x91 }; diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Rijndael.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Rijndael.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b984d640 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Rijndael.h @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Internal] AES encoding / decoding +/// rijndael-alg-fst.h v2.0 August '99 +/// Optimised ANSI C code +/// taken from the 'aescrypt' project: www.sf.net/projects/aescrypt +/// See LICENSE-EST for the license applicable to this file + + +/// \note Although the routines claim to support 192 and 256 bit blocks, +/// don't take your chances - stick to the 128 bit (16 byte) blocks unless +/// you've run tests to prove that 192 and 256 are correctly supported. +/// - Cirilo + + +#include + +#ifndef __RIJNDAEL_ALG_H +#define __RIJNDAEL_ALG_H + +#define MAXKC (256/32) +#define MAXROUNDS 14 + +typedef unsigned char word8; +typedef unsigned short word16; +typedef unsigned int word32; + +int rijndaelKeySched (word8 k[MAXKC][4], int keyBits, + word8 rk[MAXROUNDS+1][4][4]); +int rijndaelKeyEnctoDec (int keyBits, word8 W[MAXROUNDS+1][4][4]); +int rijndaelEncrypt (word8 a[16], word8 b[16], + word8 rk[MAXROUNDS+1][4][4]); +int rijndaelEncryptRound (word8 a[4][4], + word8 rk[MAXROUNDS+1][4][4], int rounds); +int rijndaelDecrypt (word8 a[16], word8 b[16], + word8 rk[MAXROUNDS+1][4][4]); +int rijndaelDecryptRound (word8 a[4][4], + word8 rk[MAXROUNDS+1][4][4], int rounds); + +#endif + +// End of algorithm headers. begin the AES API header defs + + +#ifndef __RIJNDAEL_API_H +#define __RIJNDAEL_API_H + +// rijndael-api-fst.h v2.0 August '99 +// Optimised ANSI C code + + +// Defines: +// Add any additional defines you need + + +#define DIR_ENCRYPT 0 // Are we encrpyting? +#define DIR_DECRYPT 1 // Are we decrpyting? +#define MODE_ECB 1 // Are we ciphering in ECB mode? +#define MODE_CBC 2 // Are we ciphering in CBC mode? +#define MODE_CFB1 3 // Are we ciphering in 1-bit CFB mode? +#ifndef TRUE +#define TRUE 1 +#endif +#ifndef FALSE +#define FALSE 0 +#endif +#define BITSPERBLOCK 128 // Default number of bits in a cipher block + +// Error Codes - CHANGE POSSIBLE: inclusion of additional error codes +#define BAD_KEY_DIR -1 // Key direction is invalid, e.g., unknown value +#define BAD_KEY_MAT -2 // Key material not of correct length +#define BAD_KEY_INSTANCE -3 // Key passed is not valid +#define BAD_CIPHER_MODE -4 // Params struct passed to cipherInit invalid +#define BAD_CIPHER_STATE -5 // Cipher in wrong state (e.g., not initialized) +#define BAD_BLOCK_LENGTH -6 +#define BAD_CIPHER_INSTANCE -7 + + +// CHANGE POSSIBLE: inclusion of algorithm specific defines +// 14.Dec.2005 Cirilo: keys are now unsigned char rather than hex (ASCII) +#define MAX_KEY_SIZE 32 // # of unsigned char's needed to represent a key +#define MAX_IV_SIZE 16 // # bytes needed to represent an IV + +// Typedefs: +// Typedef'ed data storage elements. Add any algorithm specific parameters at the bottom of the structs as appropriate. + +typedef unsigned char BYTE; + +// The structure for key information +typedef struct { + BYTE direction; /// Key used for encrypting or decrypting? + int keyLen; /// Length of the key + char keyMaterial[MAX_KEY_SIZE+1]; /// Raw key data in ASCII, e.g., user input or KAT values + /// The following parameters are algorithm dependent, replace or add as necessary + int blockLen; /// block length + word8 keySched[MAXROUNDS+1][4][4]; /// key schedule + } keyInstance; + +// The structure for cipher information +typedef struct { // changed order of the components + BYTE mode; /// MODE_ECB, MODE_CBC, or MODE_CFB1 + BYTE IV[MAX_IV_SIZE]; /// A possible Initialization Vector for ciphering + // Add any algorithm specific parameters needed here + int blockLen; /// Sample: Handles non-128 bit block sizes (if available) + } cipherInstance; + + +// Function protoypes +// CHANGED: makeKey(): parameter blockLen added this parameter is absolutely necessary if you want to +// setup the round keys in a variable block length setting +// cipherInit(): parameter blockLen added (for obvious reasons) + +int makeKey(keyInstance *key, BYTE direction, int keyLen, char *keyMaterial); + +int cipherInit(cipherInstance *cipher, BYTE mode, char *IV); + +int blockEncrypt(cipherInstance *cipher, keyInstance *key, BYTE *input, + int inputLen, BYTE *outBuffer); + +int blockDecrypt(cipherInstance *cipher, keyInstance *key, BYTE *input, + int inputLen, BYTE *outBuffer); +int cipherUpdateRounds(cipherInstance *cipher, keyInstance *key, BYTE *input, + int inputLen, BYTE *outBuffer, int Rounds); + + +#endif // __RIJNDAEL_API_H diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Router.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Router.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d67b2513 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Router.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,329 @@ +#include "Router.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "RakPeerInterface.h" +#include "MessageIdentifiers.h" +#include "RakAssert.h" + +//#define _DO_PRINTF + +#ifdef _DO_PRINTF +#include +#endif + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +Router::Router() +{ + graph=0; + restrictByType=false; + rakPeer=0; + DataStructures::OrderedList::IMPLEMENT_DEFAULT_COMPARISON(); +} +Router::~Router() +{ +} +void Router::SetRestrictRoutingByType(bool restrict__) +{ + restrictByType=restrict__; +} +void Router::AddAllowedType(unsigned char messageId) +{ + if (allowedTypes.HasData(messageId)==false) + allowedTypes.Insert(messageId,messageId, true); +} +void Router::RemoveAllowedType(unsigned char messageId) +{ + if (allowedTypes.HasData(messageId)==true) + allowedTypes.Remove(messageId); +} +void Router::SetConnectionGraph(DataStructures::WeightedGraph *connectionGraph) +{ + graph=connectionGraph; +} +bool Router::Send( const char *data, BitSize_t bitLength, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress ) +{ + if (systemAddress!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + { + RakAssert(data); + RakAssert(bitLength); + // Prevent recursion in case a routing call itself calls the router + if (bitLength>=8 && data[0]==ID_ROUTE_AND_MULTICAST) + return false; + + SystemAddressList systemAddressList; + systemAddressList.AddSystem(systemAddress); + return Send((char*)data, bitLength, priority, reliability, orderingChannel, &systemAddressList); + } + return false; +} +bool Router::Send( char *data, BitSize_t bitLength, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddressList *recipients ) +{ + RakAssert(data); + RakAssert(bitLength); + if (recipients->GetList()->Size()==0) + return false; + if (bitLength==0) + return false; + DataStructures::Tree tree; + SystemAddress root; + root = rakPeer->GetExternalID(rakPeer->GetSystemAddressFromIndex(0)); + if (root==UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + return false; + DataStructures::List recipientList; + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < recipients->Size(); i++) + recipientList.Insert(ConnectionGraph::SystemAddressAndGroupId(recipients->GetList()->operator [](i),0)); + if (graph->GetSpanningTree(tree, &recipientList, ConnectionGraph::SystemAddressAndGroupId(root,0), 65535)==false) + return false; + + RakNet::BitStream out; + + // Write timestamp first, if the user had a timestamp + if (data[0]==ID_TIMESTAMP && bitLength >= BYTES_TO_BITS(sizeof(MessageID)+sizeof(RakNetTime))) + { + out.Write(data, sizeof(MessageID)+sizeof(RakNetTime)); + data+=sizeof(MessageID)+sizeof(RakNetTime); + bitLength-=BYTES_TO_BITS(sizeof(MessageID)+sizeof(RakNetTime)); + } + + SendTree(priority, reliability, orderingChannel, &tree, data, bitLength, &out, recipients); + return true; +} +void Router::SendTree(PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, DataStructures::Tree *tree, const char *data, BitSize_t bitLength, RakNet::BitStream *out, SystemAddressList *recipients) +{ + BitSize_t outputOffset; + + // Write routing identifer + out->Write((MessageID)ID_ROUTE_AND_MULTICAST); + + // Write the send parameters + out->WriteCompressed((unsigned char)priority); + out->WriteCompressed((unsigned char)reliability); + out->WriteCompressed((unsigned char)orderingChannel); + + // Write the user payload length + out->Write((unsigned int)bitLength); +// out->PrintBits(); +// payload->PrintBits(); + + out->AlignWriteToByteBoundary(); +// payload->AlignReadToByteBoundary(); +// out->Write(payload, payload->GetNumberOfUnreadBits()); +// out->PrintBits(); + if ((bitLength % 8)==0) + out->Write(data, BITS_TO_BYTES(bitLength)); + else + out->WriteBits((const unsigned char*)data, bitLength, false); + + // Save where to start writing per-system data + outputOffset=out->GetWriteOffset(); + + // Write every child of the root of the tree (SystemAddress, isRecipient, branch) + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < tree->children.Size(); i++) + { + // Start writing at the per-system data byte + out->SetWriteOffset(outputOffset); + + // Write our external IP to designate the sender + out->Write(rakPeer->GetExternalID(tree->children[i]->data.systemAddress)); + + // Serialize the tree + SerializePreorder(tree->children[i], out, recipients); + + // Send to the first hop +#ifdef _DO_PRINTF + printf("%i sending to %i\n", rakPeer->GetExternalID(tree->children[i]->data.systemAddress).port, tree->children[i]->data.systemAddress.port); +#endif + rakPeer->Send(out, priority, reliability, orderingChannel, tree->children[i]->data.systemAddress, false); + } +} +PluginReceiveResult Router::OnReceive(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet) +{ + (void) peer; + + if (packet->data[0]==ID_ROUTE_AND_MULTICAST || + (packet->length>5 && packet->data[0]==ID_TIMESTAMP && packet->data[5]==ID_ROUTE_AND_MULTICAST)) + { +#ifdef _DO_PRINTF + printf("%i got routed message from %i\n", peer->GetExternalID(packet->systemAddress).port, packet->systemAddress.port); +#endif + RakNetTime timestamp; + PacketPriority priority; + PacketReliability reliability; + unsigned char orderingChannel; + SystemAddress originalSender; + RakNet::BitStream out; + BitSize_t outStartingOffset; + unsigned int payloadBitLength; + unsigned payloadWriteByteOffset; + RakNet::BitStream incomingBitstream(packet->data, packet->length, false); + incomingBitstream.IgnoreBits(8); + + if (packet->data[0]==ID_TIMESTAMP) + { + incomingBitstream.Read(timestamp); + out.Write((MessageID)ID_TIMESTAMP); + out.Write(timestamp); + incomingBitstream.IgnoreBits(8); + } + + // Read the send parameters + unsigned char c; + incomingBitstream.ReadCompressed(c); + priority=(PacketPriority)c; + incomingBitstream.ReadCompressed(c); + reliability=(PacketReliability)c; + incomingBitstream.ReadCompressed(orderingChannel); + incomingBitstream.Read(payloadBitLength); + + out.Write((MessageID)ID_ROUTE_AND_MULTICAST); + out.WriteCompressed((unsigned char)priority); + out.WriteCompressed((unsigned char)reliability); + out.WriteCompressed((unsigned char)orderingChannel); + out.Write(payloadBitLength); + out.AlignWriteToByteBoundary(); + incomingBitstream.AlignReadToByteBoundary(); + payloadWriteByteOffset=(unsigned int) BITS_TO_BYTES(out.GetWriteOffset()); + out.Write(&incomingBitstream, payloadBitLength); // This write also does a read on incomingBitStream + + if (restrictByType) + { + RakNet::BitStream t(out.GetData()+payloadWriteByteOffset, sizeof(unsigned char), false); + MessageID messageID; + t.Read(messageID); + if (allowedTypes.HasData(messageID)==false) + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; // Don't route restricted types + } + + incomingBitstream.Read(originalSender); + out.Write(originalSender); + outStartingOffset=out.GetWriteOffset(); + + // Deserialize the root + bool hasData=false; + SystemAddress recipient; + unsigned short numberOfChildren; + incomingBitstream.Read(hasData); + incomingBitstream.Read(recipient); // This should be our own address + if (incomingBitstream.ReadCompressed(numberOfChildren)==false) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(0); +#endif + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + } + + unsigned childIndex; + bool childHasData=false; + SystemAddress childRecipient; + unsigned short childNumberOfChildren; + SystemAddress immediateRecipient; + immediateRecipient=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + int pendingNodeCount=0; + + for (childIndex=0; childIndex < numberOfChildren; childIndex++) + { + while (pendingNodeCount!=-1) + { + // Copy out the serialized subtree for this child + incomingBitstream.Read(childHasData); + incomingBitstream.Read(childRecipient); + if (!incomingBitstream.ReadCompressed(childNumberOfChildren)) + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + if (immediateRecipient==UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + { + immediateRecipient=childRecipient; + } + + pendingNodeCount+=childNumberOfChildren-1; + + out.Write(childHasData); + out.Write(childRecipient); + out.WriteCompressed(childNumberOfChildren); + } + +#ifdef _DO_PRINTF + printf("%i routing to %i\n", peer->GetExternalID(packet->systemAddress).port, immediateRecipient.port); +#endif + + // Send what we got so far + rakPeer->Send(&out, priority, reliability, orderingChannel, immediateRecipient, false); + + // Restart writing the per recipient data + out.SetWriteOffset(outStartingOffset); + + // Reread the top level node + immediateRecipient=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + + pendingNodeCount=0; + + } + + // Write the user payload to the packet struct if this is a destination and change the sender and return true + if (hasData) + { +#ifdef _DO_PRINTF + printf("%i returning payload to user\n", peer->GetExternalID(packet->systemAddress).port); +#endif + + if (packet->data[0]==ID_TIMESTAMP ) + { + memcpy( packet->data + sizeof(RakNetTime)+sizeof(unsigned char), out.GetData()+payloadWriteByteOffset, BITS_TO_BYTES(payloadBitLength) ); + packet->bitSize=BYTES_TO_BITS(sizeof(RakNetTime)+sizeof(unsigned char))+payloadBitLength; + } + else + { + memcpy( packet->data, out.GetData()+payloadWriteByteOffset, BITS_TO_BYTES(payloadBitLength) ); + packet->bitSize=payloadBitLength; + } + packet->length=(unsigned int) BITS_TO_BYTES(packet->bitSize); + packet->systemIndex=65535; + packet->systemAddress=originalSender; + + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; + } + + // Absorb + return RR_STOP_PROCESSING_AND_DEALLOCATE; + } + + return RR_CONTINUE_PROCESSING; +} +void Router::OnAttach(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + rakPeer=peer; + peer->SetRouterInterface(this); +} +void Router::OnDetach(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + peer->RemoveRouterInterface(this); +} +void Router::OnShutdown(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; +} +void Router::Update(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; +} +void Router::OnCloseConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + (void) peer; + (void) systemAddress; +} +void Router::SerializePreorder(DataStructures::Tree *tree, RakNet::BitStream *out, SystemAddressList *recipients) const +{ + unsigned i; + out->Write((bool) (recipients->GetList()->GetIndexOf(tree->data.systemAddress)!=MAX_UNSIGNED_LONG)); + out->Write(tree->data.systemAddress); + out->WriteCompressed((unsigned short) tree->children.Size()); + for (i=0; i < tree->children.Size(); i++) + SerializePreorder(tree->children[i], out, recipients); +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Router.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Router.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..95745b7d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Router.h @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief Router plugin. Allows you to send to systems you are not directly connected to, and to route those messages +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __ROUTER_PLUGIN_H +#define __ROUTER_PLUGIN_H + +class RakPeerInterface; +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "PluginInterface.h" +#include "DS_OrderedList.h" +#include "DS_WeightedGraph.h" +#include "PacketPriority.h" +#include "SystemAddressList.h" +#include "RouterInterface.h" +#include "Export.h" +#include "ConnectionGraph.h" + +/// \defgroup ROUTER_GROUP Router +/// \ingroup PLUGINS_GROUP + +/// \ingroup ROUTER_GROUP +/// \brief Used to route messages between peers +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT Router : public PluginInterface , public RouterInterface +{ +public: + Router(); + virtual ~Router(); + + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // User functions + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + /// We can restrict what kind of messages are routed by this plugin. + /// This is useful for security, since you usually want to restrict what kind of messages you have to worry about from (as an example) other + /// clients in a client / server system + /// \param[in] restrict True to restrict what messages will be routed. False to not do so (default). + void SetRestrictRoutingByType(bool restrict__); + + /// If types are restricted, this adds an allowed message type to be routed + /// \param[in] messageId The type to not allow routing of. + void AddAllowedType(unsigned char messageId); + + /// Removes a restricted type previously added with AddRestrictedType + /// \param[in] messageId The type to no longer restrict routing of. + void RemoveAllowedType(unsigned char messageId); + + /// Set the connection graph, which is a weighted graph of the topology of the network. You can easily get this from the + /// ConnectionGraph plugin. See the 'router' sample for usage. + /// This is necessary if you want to send (not necessary just to route). + /// \param[in] connectionGraph A weighted graph representing the topology of the network. + void SetConnectionGraph(DataStructures::WeightedGraph *connectionGraph); + + /// Sends a bitstream to one or more systems. If multiple systems are specified, the message will be multicasted using a minimum spanning tree + /// \pre You just have called SetConnectionGraph with a valid graph representing the network topology + /// \note Single target sends from RakPeer with this plugin installed will also be routed. Sends from other plugins will also be routed as long as this plugin is attached first. + /// \param[in] data The data to send + /// \param[in] bitLength How many bits long data is + /// \param[in] priority What priority level to send on. + /// \param[in] reliability How reliability to send this data + /// \param[in] orderingChannel When using ordered or sequenced packets, what channel to order these on.- Packets are only ordered relative to other packets on the same stream + /// \param[in] recipients A list of recipients to send to. To send to one recipient, just pass a SystemAddress + /// \return True on success, false mostly if the connection graph cannot find the destination. + bool Send( char *data, BitSize_t bitLength, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddressList *recipients ); + bool Send( const char *data, BitSize_t bitLength, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress ); + + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Packet handling functions + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + virtual void OnAttach(RakPeerInterface *peer); + virtual void OnDetach(RakPeerInterface *peer); + virtual void OnShutdown(RakPeerInterface *peer); + virtual void Update(RakPeerInterface *peer); + virtual PluginReceiveResult OnReceive(RakPeerInterface *peer, Packet *packet); + virtual void OnCloseConnection(RakPeerInterface *peer, SystemAddress systemAddress); +protected: + void SendTree(PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, DataStructures::Tree *tree, const char *data, BitSize_t bitLength, RakNet::BitStream *out, SystemAddressList *recipients); + void SerializePreorder(DataStructures::Tree *tree, RakNet::BitStream *out, SystemAddressList *recipients) const; + DataStructures::WeightedGraph *graph; + bool restrictByType; + DataStructures::OrderedList allowedTypes; + RakPeerInterface *rakPeer; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RouterInterface.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RouterInterface.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6496633b --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/RouterInterface.h @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +#ifndef __ROUTER_INTERFACE_H +#define __ROUTER_INTERFACE_H + +#include "Export.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" + +/// On failed directed sends, RakNet can call an alternative send function to use. +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT RouterInterface +{ +public: + RouterInterface() {} + virtual ~RouterInterface() {} + + virtual bool Send( const char *data, BitSize_t bitLength, PacketPriority priority, PacketReliability reliability, char orderingChannel, SystemAddress systemAddress )=0; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SHA1.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SHA1.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2cc9228b --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SHA1.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,326 @@ +/** +* @brief SHA-1 Hash key computation +* +* 100% free public domain implementation of the SHA-1 +* algorithm by Dominik Reichl +* +* +* === Test Vectors (from FIPS PUB 180-1) === +* +* "abc" +* A9993E36 4706816A BA3E2571 7850C26C 9CD0D89D +* +* "abcdbcdecdefdefgefghfghighijhijkijkljklmklmnlmnomnopnopq" +* 84983E44 1C3BD26E BAAE4AA1 F95129E5 E54670F1 +* +* A million repetitions of "a" +* 34AA973C D4C4DAA4 F61EEB2B DBAD2731 6534016F +*/ + + +#include "SHA1.h" +#include + + +CSHA1::CSHA1() +{ + Reset(); +} + +CSHA1::~CSHA1() +{ + Reset(); +} + + +void CSHA1::Reset() +{ + // SHA1 initialization constants + m_state[ 0 ] = 0x67452301; + m_state[ 1 ] = 0xEFCDAB89; + m_state[ 2 ] = 0x98BADCFE; + m_state[ 3 ] = 0x10325476; + m_state[ 4 ] = 0xC3D2E1F0; + + m_count[ 0 ] = 0; + m_count[ 1 ] = 0; +} + +void CSHA1::Transform( unsigned int state[ 5 ], unsigned char buffer[ 64 ] ) +{ + unsigned int a = 0, b = 0, c = 0, d = 0, e = 0; + + SHA1_WORKSPACE_BLOCK* block; + // static unsigned char workspace[64]; + block = ( SHA1_WORKSPACE_BLOCK * ) workspace; + memcpy( block, buffer, 64 ); + + // Copy state[] to working vars + a = state[ 0 ]; + b = state[ 1 ]; + c = state[ 2 ]; + d = state[ 3 ]; + e = state[ 4 ]; + + // 4 rounds of 20 operations each. Loop unrolled. + R0( a, b, c, d, e, 0 ); + R0( e, a, b, c, d, 1 ); + R0( d, e, a, b, c, 2 ); + R0( c, d, e, a, b, 3 ); + R0( b, c, d, e, a, 4 ); + R0( a, b, c, d, e, 5 ); + R0( e, a, b, c, d, 6 ); + R0( d, e, a, b, c, 7 ); + R0( c, d, e, a, b, 8 ); + R0( b, c, d, e, a, 9 ); + R0( a, b, c, d, e, 10 ); + R0( e, a, b, c, d, 11 ); + R0( d, e, a, b, c, 12 ); + R0( c, d, e, a, b, 13 ); + R0( b, c, d, e, a, 14 ); + R0( a, b, c, d, e, 15 ); + R1( e, a, b, c, d, 16 ); + R1( d, e, a, b, c, 17 ); + R1( c, d, e, a, b, 18 ); + R1( b, c, d, e, a, 19 ); + R2( a, b, c, d, e, 20 ); + R2( e, a, b, c, d, 21 ); + R2( d, e, a, b, c, 22 ); + R2( c, d, e, a, b, 23 ); + R2( b, c, d, e, a, 24 ); + R2( a, b, c, d, e, 25 ); + R2( e, a, b, c, d, 26 ); + R2( d, e, a, b, c, 27 ); + R2( c, d, e, a, b, 28 ); + R2( b, c, d, e, a, 29 ); + R2( a, b, c, d, e, 30 ); + R2( e, a, b, c, d, 31 ); + R2( d, e, a, b, c, 32 ); + R2( c, d, e, a, b, 33 ); + R2( b, c, d, e, a, 34 ); + R2( a, b, c, d, e, 35 ); + R2( e, a, b, c, d, 36 ); + R2( d, e, a, b, c, 37 ); + R2( c, d, e, a, b, 38 ); + R2( b, c, d, e, a, 39 ); + R3( a, b, c, d, e, 40 ); + R3( e, a, b, c, d, 41 ); + R3( d, e, a, b, c, 42 ); + R3( c, d, e, a, b, 43 ); + R3( b, c, d, e, a, 44 ); + R3( a, b, c, d, e, 45 ); + R3( e, a, b, c, d, 46 ); + R3( d, e, a, b, c, 47 ); + R3( c, d, e, a, b, 48 ); + R3( b, c, d, e, a, 49 ); + R3( a, b, c, d, e, 50 ); + R3( e, a, b, c, d, 51 ); + R3( d, e, a, b, c, 52 ); + R3( c, d, e, a, b, 53 ); + R3( b, c, d, e, a, 54 ); + R3( a, b, c, d, e, 55 ); + R3( e, a, b, c, d, 56 ); + R3( d, e, a, b, c, 57 ); + R3( c, d, e, a, b, 58 ); + R3( b, c, d, e, a, 59 ); + R4( a, b, c, d, e, 60 ); + R4( e, a, b, c, d, 61 ); + R4( d, e, a, b, c, 62 ); + R4( c, d, e, a, b, 63 ); + R4( b, c, d, e, a, 64 ); + R4( a, b, c, d, e, 65 ); + R4( e, a, b, c, d, 66 ); + R4( d, e, a, b, c, 67 ); + R4( c, d, e, a, b, 68 ); + R4( b, c, d, e, a, 69 ); + R4( a, b, c, d, e, 70 ); + R4( e, a, b, c, d, 71 ); + R4( d, e, a, b, c, 72 ); + R4( c, d, e, a, b, 73 ); + R4( b, c, d, e, a, 74 ); + R4( a, b, c, d, e, 75 ); + R4( e, a, b, c, d, 76 ); + R4( d, e, a, b, c, 77 ); + R4( c, d, e, a, b, 78 ); + R4( b, c, d, e, a, 79 ); + + // Add the working vars back into state[] + state[ 0 ] += a; + state[ 1 ] += b; + state[ 2 ] += c; + state[ 3 ] += d; + state[ 4 ] += e; + + // Wipe variables + a = 0; + b = 0; + c = 0; + d = 0; + e = 0; +} + +// Use this function to hash in binary data and strings +void CSHA1::Update( unsigned char* data, unsigned int len ) +{ + unsigned int i = 0, j = 0; + + j = ( m_count[ 0 ] >> 3 ) & 63; + + if ( ( m_count[ 0 ] += len << 3 ) < ( len << 3 ) ) + m_count[ 1 ] ++; + + m_count[ 1 ] += ( len >> 29 ); + + if ( ( j + len ) > 63 ) + { + memcpy( &m_buffer[ j ], data, ( i = 64 - j ) ); + Transform( m_state, m_buffer ); + + for ( ; i + 63 < len; i += 64 ) + { + Transform( m_state, &data[ i ] ); + } + + j = 0; + } + + else + i = 0; + + memcpy( &m_buffer[ j ], &data[ i ], len - i ); +} + +// Hash in file contents +bool CSHA1::HashFile( char *szFileName ) +{ + unsigned long ulFileSize = 0, ulRest = 0, ulBlocks = 0; + unsigned long i = 0; + unsigned char uData[ MAX_FILE_READ_BUFFER ]; + FILE *fIn = NULL; + + if ( ( fIn = fopen( szFileName, "rb" ) ) == NULL ) + return ( false ); + + fseek( fIn, 0, SEEK_END ); + + ulFileSize = ftell( fIn ); + + fseek( fIn, 0, SEEK_SET ); + + // This is faster + div_t temp; + + temp = div( ulFileSize, MAX_FILE_READ_BUFFER ); + + ulRest = temp.rem; + + ulBlocks = temp.quot; + + // ulRest = ulFileSize % MAX_FILE_READ_BUFFER; + // ulBlocks = ulFileSize / MAX_FILE_READ_BUFFER; + + for ( i = 0; i < ulBlocks; i++ ) + { + fread( uData, 1, MAX_FILE_READ_BUFFER, fIn ); + Update( uData, MAX_FILE_READ_BUFFER ); + } + + if ( ulRest != 0 ) + { + fread( uData, 1, ulRest, fIn ); + Update( uData, ulRest ); + } + + fclose( fIn ); + fIn = NULL; + + return ( true ); +} + +void CSHA1::Final() +{ + unsigned int i = 0, j = 0; + unsigned char finalcount[ 8 ] = + { + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 + }; + + for ( i = 0; i < 8; i++ ) + finalcount[ i ] = (unsigned char) ( ( m_count[ ( i >= 4 ? 0 : 1 ) ] + >> ( ( 3 - ( i & 3 ) ) * 8 ) ) & 255 ); // Endian independent + + Update( ( unsigned char * ) "\200", 1 ); + + while ( ( m_count[ 0 ] & 504 ) != 448 ) + Update( ( unsigned char * ) "\0", 1 ); + + Update( finalcount, 8 ); // Cause a SHA1Transform() + + for ( i = 0; i < 20; i++ ) + { + m_digest[ i ] = (unsigned char) ( ( m_state[ i >> 2 ] >> ( ( 3 - ( i & 3 ) ) * 8 ) ) & 255 ); + } + + // Wipe variables for security reasons + i = 0; + + j = 0; + + memset( m_buffer, 0, 64 ); + + memset( m_state, 0, 20 ); + + memset( m_count, 0, 8 ); + + memset( finalcount, 0, 8 ); + + Transform( m_state, m_buffer ); +} + +// Get the final hash as a pre-formatted string +void CSHA1::ReportHash( char *szReport, unsigned char uReportType ) +{ + unsigned char i = 0; + char szTemp[ 4 ]; + + if ( uReportType == REPORT_HEX ) + { + sprintf( szTemp, "%02X", m_digest[ 0 ] ); + strcat( szReport, szTemp ); + + for ( i = 1; i < 20; i++ ) + { + sprintf( szTemp, " %02X", m_digest[ i ] ); + strcat( szReport, szTemp ); + } + } + + else + if ( uReportType == REPORT_DIGIT ) + { + sprintf( szTemp, "%u", m_digest[ 0 ] ); + strcat( szReport, szTemp ); + + for ( i = 1; i < 20; i++ ) + { + sprintf( szTemp, " %u", m_digest[ i ] ); + strcat( szReport, szTemp ); + } + } + + else + strcpy( szReport, "Error: Unknown report type!" ); +} + +// Get the raw message digest +void CSHA1::GetHash( unsigned char *uDest ) +{ + memcpy( uDest, m_digest, 20 ); +} + +// Get the raw message digest +// Added by Kevin to be quicker +unsigned char * CSHA1::GetHash( void ) const +{ + return ( unsigned char * ) m_digest; +} diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SHA1.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SHA1.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7b5b7dc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SHA1.h @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +/// \brief \b [Internal] SHA-1 computation class +/// +/// 100% free public domain implementation of the SHA-1 +/// algorithm by Dominik Reichl +/// +/// +/// === Test Vectors (from FIPS PUB 180-1) === +/// +/// "abc" +/// A9993E36 4706816A BA3E2571 7850C26C 9CD0D89D +/// +/// "abcdbcdecdefdefgefghfghighijhijkijkljklmklmnlmnomnopnopq" +/// 84983E44 1C3BD26E BAAE4AA1 F95129E5 E54670F1 +/// +/// A million repetitions of "a" +/// 34AA973C D4C4DAA4 F61EEB2B DBAD2731 6534016F + +#ifndef ___SHA1_H___ +#define ___SHA1_H___ + +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include // Needed for file access +#include // Needed for memset and memcpy +#include // Needed for strcat and strcpy +#include "Types.h" +#include "Export.h" + +#define MAX_FILE_READ_BUFFER 8000 + +#define SHA1_LENGTH 20 + +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT CSHA1 : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ + +public: + // Rotate x bits to the left + // #define ROL32(value, bits) (((value)<<(bits))|((value)>>(32-(bits)))) + +#ifdef LITTLE_ENDIAN +#define SHABLK0(i) (block->l[i] = (ROL32(block->l[i],24) & 0xFF00FF00) \ + | (ROL32(block->l[i],8) & 0x00FF00FF)) +#else +#define SHABLK0(i) (block->l[i]) +#endif + +#define SHABLK(i) (block->l[i&15] = ROL32(block->l[(i+13)&15] ^ block->l[(i+8)&15] \ + ^ block->l[(i+2)&15] ^ block->l[i&15],1)) + + // SHA-1 rounds +#define R0(v,w,x,y,z,i) { z+=((w&(x^y))^y)+SHABLK0(i)+0x5A827999+ROL32(v,5); w=ROL32(w,30); } +#define R1(v,w,x,y,z,i) { z+=((w&(x^y))^y)+SHABLK(i)+0x5A827999+ROL32(v,5); w=ROL32(w,30); } +#define R2(v,w,x,y,z,i) { z+=(w^x^y)+SHABLK(i)+0x6ED9EBA1+ROL32(v,5); w=ROL32(w,30); } +#define R3(v,w,x,y,z,i) { z+=(((w|x)&y)|(w&x))+SHABLK(i)+0x8F1BBCDC+ROL32(v,5); w=ROL32(w,30); } +#define R4(v,w,x,y,z,i) { z+=(w^x^y)+SHABLK(i)+0xCA62C1D6+ROL32(v,5); w=ROL32(w,30); } + + typedef union { + unsigned char c[ 64 ]; + unsigned int l[ 16 ]; + } SHA1_WORKSPACE_BLOCK; + /* Two different formats for ReportHash(...) + */ + enum { REPORT_HEX = 0, + REPORT_DIGIT = 1}; + + CSHA1(); + virtual ~CSHA1(); + + unsigned int m_state[ 5 ]; + unsigned int m_count[ 2 ]; + unsigned char m_buffer[ 64 ]; + unsigned char m_digest[ 20 ]; + void Reset(); + void Update( unsigned char* data, unsigned int len ); + bool HashFile( char *szFileName ); + void Final(); + void ReportHash( char *szReport, unsigned char uReportType = REPORT_HEX ); + void GetHash( unsigned char *uDest ); + unsigned char * GetHash( void ) const; + +private: + void Transform( unsigned int state[ 5 ], unsigned char buffer[ 64 ] ); + unsigned char workspace[ 64 ]; +}; + +#endif // ___SHA1_H___ + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SimpleMutex.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SimpleMutex.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..317ea961 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SimpleMutex.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +/// \file +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#include "SimpleMutex.h" +#include + +SimpleMutex::SimpleMutex() +{ +#ifdef _WIN32 + // hMutex = CreateMutex(NULL, FALSE, 0); + // assert(hMutex); + InitializeCriticalSection(&criticalSection); +#else + int error = pthread_mutex_init(&hMutex, 0); + (void) error; + assert(error==0); +#endif +} + +SimpleMutex::~SimpleMutex() +{ +#ifdef _WIN32 + // CloseHandle(hMutex); + DeleteCriticalSection(&criticalSection); +#else + pthread_mutex_destroy(&hMutex); +#endif +} + +#ifdef _WIN32 +#ifdef _DEBUG +#include +#endif +#endif + +void SimpleMutex::Lock(void) +{ +#ifdef _WIN32 + /* + DWORD d = WaitForSingleObject(hMutex, INFINITE); + #ifdef _DEBUG + if (d==WAIT_FAILED) + { + LPVOID messageBuffer; + FormatMessage( + FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | + FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | + FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, + NULL, + GetLastError(), + MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT), // Default language + (LPTSTR) &messageBuffer, + 0, + NULL + ); + // Process any inserts in messageBuffer. + // ... + // Display the string. + //MessageBox( NULL, (LPCTSTR)messageBuffer, "Error", MB_OK | MB_ICONINFORMATION ); + printf("SimpleMutex error: %s", messageBuffer); + // Free the buffer. + LocalFree( messageBuffer ); + + } + + assert(d==WAIT_OBJECT_0); + */ + EnterCriticalSection(&criticalSection); + +#else + int error = pthread_mutex_lock(&hMutex); + (void) error; + assert(error==0); +#endif +} + +void SimpleMutex::Unlock(void) +{ +#ifdef _WIN32 + // ReleaseMutex(hMutex); + LeaveCriticalSection(&criticalSection); +#else + int error = pthread_mutex_unlock(&hMutex); + (void) error; + assert(error==0); +#endif +} + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SimpleMutex.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SimpleMutex.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ae91ab18 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SimpleMutex.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Internal] Encapsulates a mutex +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __SIMPLE_MUTEX_H +#define __SIMPLE_MUTEX_H + +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#ifdef _XBOX360 +#include "Console1Includes.h" +#elif defined(_WIN32) +#include +#else +#include +#include +#endif +#include "Export.h" +/// \brief An easy to use mutex. +/// +/// I wrote this because the version that comes with Windows is too complicated and requires too much code to use. +/// @remark Previously I used this everywhere, and in fact for a year or two RakNet was totally threadsafe. While doing profiling, I saw that this function was incredibly slow compared to the blazing performance of everything else, so switched to single producer / consumer everywhere. Now the user thread of RakNet is not threadsafe, but it's 100X faster than before. +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT SimpleMutex : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ +public: + + /// Constructor + SimpleMutex(); + + // Destructor + ~SimpleMutex(); + + // Locks the mutex. Slow! + void Lock(void); + + // Unlocks the mutex. + void Unlock(void); +private: + #ifdef _WIN32 + CRITICAL_SECTION criticalSection; /// Docs say this is faster than a mutex for single process access + #else + pthread_mutex_t hMutex; + #endif +}; + +#endif + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SimpleTCPServer.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SimpleTCPServer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1181cd0d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SimpleTCPServer.h @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +// Eraseme \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SingleProducerConsumer.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SingleProducerConsumer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c39202f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SingleProducerConsumer.h @@ -0,0 +1,352 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b [Internal] Passes queued data between threads using a circular buffer with read and write pointers +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __SINGLE_PRODUCER_CONSUMER_H +#define __SINGLE_PRODUCER_CONSUMER_H + +#include + +static const int MINIMUM_LIST_SIZE=8; + +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "Export.h" + +/// The namespace DataStructures was only added to avoid compiler errors for commonly named data structures +/// As these data structures are stand-alone, you can use them outside of RakNet for your own projects if you wish. +namespace DataStructures +{ + /// \brief A single producer consumer implementation without critical sections. + template + class RAK_DLL_EXPORT SingleProducerConsumer : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride + { + public: + /// Constructor + SingleProducerConsumer(); + + /// Destructor + ~SingleProducerConsumer(); + + /// WriteLock must be immediately followed by WriteUnlock. These two functions must be called in the same thread. + /// \return A pointer to a block of data you can write to. + SingleProducerConsumerType* WriteLock(void); + + /// Call if you don't want to write to a block of data from WriteLock() after all. + /// Cancelling locks cancels all locks back up to the data passed. So if you lock twice and cancel using the first lock, the second lock is ignored + /// \param[in] cancelToLocation Which WriteLock() to cancel. + void CancelWriteLock(SingleProducerConsumerType* cancelToLocation); + + /// Call when you are done writing to a block of memory returned by WriteLock() + void WriteUnlock(void); + + /// ReadLock must be immediately followed by ReadUnlock. These two functions must be called in the same thread. + /// \retval 0 No data is availble to read + /// \retval Non-zero The data previously written to, in another thread, by WriteLock followed by WriteUnlock. + SingleProducerConsumerType* ReadLock(void); + + // Cancelling locks cancels all locks back up to the data passed. So if you lock twice and cancel using the first lock, the second lock is ignored + /// param[in] Which ReadLock() to cancel. + void CancelReadLock(SingleProducerConsumerType* cancelToLocation); + + /// Signals that we are done reading the the data from the least recent call of ReadLock. + /// At this point that pointer is no longer valid, and should no longer be read. + void ReadUnlock(void); + + /// Clear is not thread-safe and none of the lock or unlock functions should be called while it is running. + void Clear(void); + + /// This function will estimate how many elements are waiting to be read. It's threadsafe enough that the value returned is stable, but not threadsafe enough to give accurate results. + /// \return An ESTIMATE of how many data elements are waiting to be read + int Size(void) const; + + /// Make sure that the pointer we done reading for the call to ReadUnlock is the right pointer. + /// param[in] A previous pointer returned by ReadLock() + bool CheckReadUnlockOrder(const SingleProducerConsumerType* data) const; + + /// Returns if ReadUnlock was called before ReadLock + /// \return If the read is locked + bool ReadIsLocked(void) const; + + private: + struct DataPlusPtr + { + DataPlusPtr () {readyToRead=false;} + SingleProducerConsumerType object; + + // Ready to read is so we can use an equality boolean comparison, in case the writePointer var is trashed while context switching. + volatile bool readyToRead; + volatile DataPlusPtr *next; + }; + volatile DataPlusPtr *readAheadPointer; + volatile DataPlusPtr *writeAheadPointer; + volatile DataPlusPtr *readPointer; + volatile DataPlusPtr *writePointer; + unsigned readCount, writeCount; + }; + + template + SingleProducerConsumer::SingleProducerConsumer() + { + // Preallocate + readPointer = new DataPlusPtr; + writePointer=readPointer; + readPointer->next = new DataPlusPtr; + int listSize; +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(MINIMUM_LIST_SIZE>=3); +#endif + for (listSize=2; listSize < MINIMUM_LIST_SIZE; listSize++) + { + readPointer=readPointer->next; + readPointer->next = new DataPlusPtr; + } + readPointer->next->next=writePointer; // last to next = start + readPointer=writePointer; + readAheadPointer=readPointer; + writeAheadPointer=writePointer; + readCount=writeCount=0; + } + + template + SingleProducerConsumer::~SingleProducerConsumer() + { + volatile DataPlusPtr *next; + readPointer=writeAheadPointer->next; + while (readPointer!=writeAheadPointer) + { + next=readPointer->next; + delete (char*) readPointer; + readPointer=next; + } + delete (char*) readPointer; + } + + template + SingleProducerConsumerType* SingleProducerConsumer::WriteLock( void ) + { + if (writeAheadPointer->next==readPointer || + writeAheadPointer->next->readyToRead==true) + { + volatile DataPlusPtr *originalNext=writeAheadPointer->next; + writeAheadPointer->next=new DataPlusPtr; + assert(writeAheadPointer->next); + writeAheadPointer->next->next=originalNext; + } + + volatile DataPlusPtr *last; + last=writeAheadPointer; + writeAheadPointer=writeAheadPointer->next; + + return (SingleProducerConsumerType*) last; + } + + template + void SingleProducerConsumer::CancelWriteLock( SingleProducerConsumerType* cancelToLocation ) + { + writeAheadPointer=(DataPlusPtr *)cancelToLocation; + } + + template + void SingleProducerConsumer::WriteUnlock( void ) + { + // DataPlusPtr *dataContainer = (DataPlusPtr *)structure; + +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(writePointer->next!=readPointer); + assert(writePointer!=writeAheadPointer); +#endif + + writeCount++; + // User is done with the data, allow send by updating the write pointer + writePointer->readyToRead=true; + writePointer=writePointer->next; + } + + template + SingleProducerConsumerType* SingleProducerConsumer::ReadLock( void ) + { + if (readAheadPointer==writePointer || + readAheadPointer->readyToRead==false) + { + return 0; + } + + volatile DataPlusPtr *last; + last=readAheadPointer; + readAheadPointer=readAheadPointer->next; + return (SingleProducerConsumerType*)last; + } + + template + void SingleProducerConsumer::CancelReadLock( SingleProducerConsumerType* cancelToLocation ) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(readPointer!=writePointer); +#endif + readAheadPointer=(DataPlusPtr *)cancelToLocation; + } + + template + void SingleProducerConsumer::ReadUnlock( void ) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(readAheadPointer!=readPointer); // If hits, then called ReadUnlock before ReadLock + assert(readPointer!=writePointer); // If hits, then called ReadUnlock when Read returns 0 +#endif + readCount++; + + // Allow writes to this memory block + readPointer->readyToRead=false; + readPointer=readPointer->next; + } + + template + void SingleProducerConsumer::Clear( void ) + { + // Shrink the list down to MINIMUM_LIST_SIZE elements + volatile DataPlusPtr *next; + writePointer=readPointer->next; + + int listSize=1; + next=readPointer->next; + while (next!=readPointer) + { + listSize++; + next=next->next; + } + + while (listSize-- > MINIMUM_LIST_SIZE) + { + next=writePointer->next; +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert(writePointer!=readPointer); +#endif + delete (char*) writePointer; + writePointer=next; + } + + readPointer->next=writePointer; + writePointer=readPointer; + readAheadPointer=readPointer; + writeAheadPointer=writePointer; + readCount=writeCount=0; + } + + template + int SingleProducerConsumer::Size( void ) const + { + return writeCount-readCount; + } + + template + bool SingleProducerConsumer::CheckReadUnlockOrder(const SingleProducerConsumerType* data) const + { + return const_cast(&readPointer->object) == data; + } + + + template + bool SingleProducerConsumer::ReadIsLocked(void) const + { + return readAheadPointer!=readPointer; + } +} + +#endif + +/* +#include "SingleProducerConsumer.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#if defined(_PS3) +#include +#else +#include +#endif +#include + +#define READ_COUNT_ITERATIONS 10000000 + +DataStructures::SingleProducerConsumer spc; +unsigned long readCount; + +unsigned __stdcall ProducerThread( LPVOID arguments ) +{ +unsigned long producerCount; +unsigned long *writeBlock; +producerCount=0; +while (readCount < READ_COUNT_ITERATIONS) +{ +writeBlock=spc.WriteLock(); +*writeBlock=producerCount; +spc.WriteUnlock(); +producerCount++; +if ((producerCount%1000000)==0) +{ +printf("WriteCount: %i. BufferSize=%i\n", producerCount, spc.Size()); +} +} +printf("PRODUCER THREAD ENDED!\n"); +return 0; +} + +unsigned __stdcall ConsumerThread( LPVOID arguments ) +{ +unsigned long *readBlock; +while (readCount < READ_COUNT_ITERATIONS) +{ +if ((readBlock=spc.ReadLock())!=0) +{ +if (*readBlock!=readCount) +{ +printf("Test failed! Expected %i got %i!\n", readCount, *readBlock); +readCount = READ_COUNT_ITERATIONS; +assert(0); +} +spc.ReadUnlock(); +readCount++; +if ((readCount%1000000)==0) +{ +printf("ReadCount: %i. BufferSize=%i\n", readCount, spc.Size()); +} +} +} +printf("CONSUMER THREAD ENDED!\n"); +return 0; +} + +void main(void) +{ +readCount=0; +unsigned threadId1 = 0; +unsigned threadId2 = 0; +HANDLE thread1Handle, thread2Handle; +unsigned long startTime = timeGetTime(); + +thread1Handle=(HANDLE)_beginthreadex( NULL, 0, ProducerThread, 0, 0, &threadId1 ); +thread2Handle=(HANDLE)_beginthreadex( NULL, 0, ConsumerThread, 0, 0, &threadId1 ); + +while (readCount < READ_COUNT_ITERATIONS) +{ +Sleep(0); +} +char str[256]; +printf("Elapsed time = %i milliseconds. Press Enter to continue\n", timeGetTime() - startTime); +fgets(str, sizeof(str), stdin); +} +*/ diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SocketLayer.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SocketLayer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b6af8751 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SocketLayer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,733 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief SocketLayer class implementation +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#include "SocketLayer.h" +#include +#include "MTUSize.h" + +#ifdef _WIN32 +typedef int socklen_t; +#elif !defined(_PS3) +#include // memcpy +#include +#include +#include +#include // error numbers +#include // printf +#endif + +#if defined(_PS3) +#if defined (_PS3_LOBBY) +// OK this is lame but you need to know the app port when sending to the external IP. +// I'm just assuming it's the same as our own because it would break the interfaces to pass it to SendTo directly. +static unsigned short HACK_APP_PORT; +#include "np/common.h" +#include +#include +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef _WIN32 +#elif defined(_PS3) +#define closesocket socketclose +#else +#define closesocket close +#include +#endif + +#include + +#include "ExtendedOverlappedPool.h" + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +bool SocketLayer::socketLayerStarted = false; +#ifdef _WIN32 +WSADATA SocketLayer::winsockInfo; +#endif +SocketLayer SocketLayer::I; + +extern void ProcessNetworkPacket( const unsigned int binaryAddress, const unsigned short port, const char *data, const int length, RakPeer *rakPeer, unsigned connectionSocketIndex ); +extern void ProcessPortUnreachable( const unsigned int binaryAddress, const unsigned short port, RakPeer *rakPeer ); + +#ifdef _DEBUG +#include +#endif + +SocketLayer::SocketLayer() +{ + if ( socketLayerStarted == false ) + { +#ifdef _WIN32 + + if ( WSAStartup( MAKEWORD( 2, 2 ), &winsockInfo ) != 0 ) + { +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_XBOX360) && defined(_DEBUG) + DWORD dwIOError = GetLastError(); + LPVOID messageBuffer; + FormatMessage( FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, + NULL, dwIOError, MAKELANGID( LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT ), // Default language + ( LPTSTR ) & messageBuffer, 0, NULL ); + // something has gone wrong here... + printf( "WSAStartup failed:Error code - %d\n%s", dwIOError, messageBuffer ); + //Free the buffer. + LocalFree( messageBuffer ); +#endif + } + +#endif + socketLayerStarted = true; + } +} + +SocketLayer::~SocketLayer() +{ + if ( socketLayerStarted == true ) + { +#ifdef _WIN32 + WSACleanup(); +#endif + + socketLayerStarted = false; + } +} + +SOCKET SocketLayer::Connect( SOCKET writeSocket, unsigned int binaryAddress, unsigned short port ) +{ + assert( writeSocket != (SOCKET) -1 ); + sockaddr_in connectSocketAddress; + + connectSocketAddress.sin_family = AF_INET; + connectSocketAddress.sin_port = htons( port ); + connectSocketAddress.sin_addr.s_addr = binaryAddress; + + if ( connect( writeSocket, ( struct sockaddr * ) & connectSocketAddress, sizeof( struct sockaddr ) ) != 0 ) + { +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_XBOX360) && defined(_DEBUG) + DWORD dwIOError = GetLastError(); + LPVOID messageBuffer; + FormatMessage( FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, + NULL, dwIOError, MAKELANGID( LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT ), // Default language + ( LPTSTR ) &messageBuffer, 0, NULL ); + // something has gone wrong here... + printf( "WSAConnect failed:Error code - %d\n%s", dwIOError, messageBuffer ); + //Free the buffer. + LocalFree( messageBuffer ); +#endif + } + + return writeSocket; +} +bool SocketLayer::IsPortInUse(unsigned short port) +{ + SOCKET listenSocket; + sockaddr_in listenerSocketAddress; + // Listen on our designated Port# + listenerSocketAddress.sin_port = htons( port ); + listenSocket = socket( AF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, 0 ); + if ( listenSocket == (SOCKET) -1 ) + return true; + // bind our name to the socket + // Fill in the rest of the address structure + listenerSocketAddress.sin_family = AF_INET; + listenerSocketAddress.sin_addr.s_addr = INADDR_ANY; + int ret = bind( listenSocket, ( struct sockaddr * ) & listenerSocketAddress, sizeof( listenerSocketAddress ) ); + closesocket(listenSocket); + return ret <= -1; +} +SOCKET SocketLayer::CreateBoundSocket( unsigned short port, bool blockingSocket, const char *forceHostAddress ) +{ + (void) blockingSocket; + + int ret; + SOCKET listenSocket; +#if defined(_PS3) && defined (_PS3_LOBBY) + sockaddr_in_p2p listenerSocketAddress; + memset(&listenerSocketAddress, 0, sizeof(listenerSocketAddress)); + + // Lobby version + listenerSocketAddress.sin_port = htons(SCE_NP_PORT); + HACK_APP_PORT = port; // Save the locally bound port + listenerSocketAddress.sin_vport = htons(port); + listenSocket = socket( AF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM_P2P, 0 ); + + // Normal version as below +#else + sockaddr_in listenerSocketAddress; + // Listen on our designated Port# + listenerSocketAddress.sin_port = htons( port ); + #if 0 // defined(_WIN32) + listenSocket = WSASocket(AF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, IPPROTO_UDP, NULL, 0, 0); + #else + listenSocket = socket( AF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, 0 ); + #endif +#endif + + if ( listenSocket == (SOCKET) -1 ) + { +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_XBOX360) && defined(_DEBUG) + DWORD dwIOError = GetLastError(); + LPVOID messageBuffer; + FormatMessage( FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, + NULL, dwIOError, MAKELANGID( LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT ), // Default language + ( LPTSTR ) & messageBuffer, 0, NULL ); + // something has gone wrong here... + printf( "socket(...) failed:Error code - %d\n%s", dwIOError, messageBuffer ); + //Free the buffer. + LocalFree( messageBuffer ); +#endif + + return (SOCKET) -1; + } + + int sock_opt = 1; + if ( setsockopt( listenSocket, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, ( char * ) & sock_opt, sizeof ( sock_opt ) ) == -1 ) + { +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_XBOX360) && defined(_DEBUG) + DWORD dwIOError = GetLastError(); + LPVOID messageBuffer; + FormatMessage( FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, + NULL, dwIOError, MAKELANGID( LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT ), // Default language + ( LPTSTR ) & messageBuffer, 0, NULL ); + // something has gone wrong here... + printf( "setsockopt(SO_REUSEADDR) failed:Error code - %d\n%s", dwIOError, messageBuffer ); + //Free the buffer. + LocalFree( messageBuffer ); +#endif + } + + + // This doubles the max throughput rate + sock_opt=1024*256; + setsockopt(listenSocket, SOL_SOCKET, SO_RCVBUF, ( char * ) & sock_opt, sizeof ( sock_opt ) ); + +#ifndef _PS3 + // This doesn't make much difference: 10% maybe + // Not supported on console 2 + sock_opt=1024*16; + setsockopt(listenSocket, SOL_SOCKET, SO_SNDBUF, ( char * ) & sock_opt, sizeof ( sock_opt ) ); +#endif + +#ifdef _WIN32 + unsigned long nonblocking = 1; + ioctlsocket( listenSocket, FIONBIO, &nonblocking ); +#elif defined(_PS3) + sock_opt=1; + setsockopt(listenSocket, SOL_SOCKET, SO_NBIO, ( char * ) & sock_opt, sizeof ( sock_opt ) ); +#else + fcntl( listenSocket, F_SETFL, O_NONBLOCK ); +#endif + + #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_XBOX360) && defined(_DEBUG) + // If this assert hit you improperly linked against WSock32.h + assert(IP_DONTFRAGMENT==14); + #endif + + // TODO - I need someone on dialup to test this with :( + // Path MTU Detection + +// if ( setsockopt( listenSocket, IPPROTO_IP, IP_DONTFRAGMENT, ( char * ) & sock_opt, sizeof ( sock_opt ) ) == -1 ) +// { +//#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_XBOX360) && defined(_DEBUG) +// DWORD dwIOError = GetLastError(); +// LPVOID messageBuffer; +// FormatMessage( FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, +// NULL, dwIOError, MAKELANGID( LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT ), // Default language +// ( LPTSTR ) & messageBuffer, 0, NULL ); + // something has gone wrong here... +// printf( "setsockopt(IP_DONTFRAGMENT) failed:Error code - %d\n%s", dwIOError, messageBuffer ); + //Free the buffer. +// LocalFree( messageBuffer ); +//#endif +// } + + // Set broadcast capable + sock_opt=1; + if ( setsockopt( listenSocket, SOL_SOCKET, SO_BROADCAST, ( char * ) & sock_opt, sizeof( sock_opt ) ) == -1 ) + { +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_XBOX360) && defined(_DEBUG) + DWORD dwIOError = GetLastError(); + LPVOID messageBuffer; + FormatMessage( FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, + NULL, dwIOError, MAKELANGID( LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT ), // Default language + ( LPTSTR ) & messageBuffer, 0, NULL ); + // something has gone wrong here... + printf( "setsockopt(SO_BROADCAST) failed:Error code - %d\n%s", dwIOError, messageBuffer ); + //Free the buffer. + LocalFree( messageBuffer ); +#endif + + } + + // Fill in the rest of the address structure + listenerSocketAddress.sin_family = AF_INET; + + if (forceHostAddress && forceHostAddress[0]) + { + listenerSocketAddress.sin_addr.s_addr = inet_addr( forceHostAddress ); + } + else + { + listenerSocketAddress.sin_addr.s_addr = INADDR_ANY; + } + + // bind our name to the socket + ret = bind( listenSocket, ( struct sockaddr * ) & listenerSocketAddress, sizeof( listenerSocketAddress ) ); + + if ( ret <= -1 ) + { +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_XBOX360) && defined(_DEBUG) + DWORD dwIOError = GetLastError(); + LPVOID messageBuffer; + FormatMessage( FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, + NULL, dwIOError, MAKELANGID( LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT ), // Default language + ( LPTSTR ) & messageBuffer, 0, NULL ); + // something has gone wrong here... + printf( "bind(...) failed:Error code - %d\n%s", dwIOError, messageBuffer ); + //Free the buffer. + LocalFree( messageBuffer ); +#elif (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__GCCXML__) || defined(_PS3)) && !defined(__WIN32) + switch (ret) + { + case EBADF: + printf("bind(): sockfd is not a valid descriptor.\n"); break; +#ifndef _PS3 + case ENOTSOCK: + printf("bind(): Argument is a descriptor for a file, not a socket.\n"); break; +#endif + case EINVAL: + printf("bind(): The addrlen is wrong, or the socket was not in the AF_UNIX family.\n"); break; + case EROFS: + printf("bind(): The socket inode would reside on a read-only file system.\n"); break; + case EFAULT: + printf("bind(): my_addr points outside the user's accessible address space.\n"); break; + case ENAMETOOLONG: + printf("bind(): my_addr is too long.\n"); break; + case ENOENT: + printf("bind(): The file does not exist.\n"); break; + case ENOMEM: + printf("bind(): Insufficient kernel memory was available.\n"); break; + case ENOTDIR: + printf("bind(): A component of the path prefix is not a directory.\n"); break; + case EACCES: + printf("bind(): Search permission is denied on a component of the path prefix.\n"); break; +#ifndef _PS3 + case ELOOP: + printf("bind(): Too many symbolic links were encountered in resolving my_addr.\n"); break; +#endif + default: + printf("Unknown bind() error %i.\n", ret); break; + } +#endif + + return (SOCKET) -1; + } + + return listenSocket; +} + +#if !defined(_XBOX360) +const char* SocketLayer::DomainNameToIP( const char *domainName ) +{ + struct hostent * phe = gethostbyname( domainName ); + + if ( phe == 0 || phe->h_addr_list[ 0 ] == 0 ) + { + //cerr << "Yow! Bad host lookup." << endl; + return 0; + } + + struct in_addr addr; + if (phe->h_addr_list[ 0 ]==0) + return 0; + + memcpy( &addr, phe->h_addr_list[ 0 ], sizeof( struct in_addr ) ); + return inet_ntoa( addr ); +} +#endif + + +void SocketLayer::Write( const SOCKET writeSocket, const char* data, const int length ) +{ +#ifdef _DEBUG + assert( writeSocket != (SOCKET) -1 ); +#endif + + send( writeSocket, data, length, 0 ); +} + +int SocketLayer::RecvFrom( const SOCKET s, RakPeer *rakPeer, int *errorCode, unsigned connectionSocketIndex ) +{ + int len; + char data[ MAXIMUM_MTU_SIZE ]; + +#if defined(_PS3) && defined (_PS3_LOBBY) + sockaddr_in_p2p sa; +#else + sockaddr_in sa; +#endif + + + socklen_t len2 = sizeof( sa ); + sa.sin_family = AF_INET; + +#ifdef _DEBUG + data[ 0 ] = 0; + len = 0; + sa.sin_addr.s_addr = 0; +#endif + + if ( s == (SOCKET) -1 ) + { + *errorCode = -1; + return -1; + } + +#if defined (_WIN32) || !defined(MSG_DONTWAIT) + const int flag=0; +#else + const int flag=MSG_DONTWAIT; +#endif + + len = recvfrom( s, data, MAXIMUM_MTU_SIZE, flag, ( sockaddr* ) & sa, ( socklen_t* ) & len2 ); + + // if (len>0) + // printf("Got packet on port %i\n",ntohs(sa.sin_port)); + + if ( len == 0 ) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + printf( "Error: recvfrom returned 0 on a connectionless blocking call\non port %i. This is a bug with Zone Alarm. Please turn off Zone Alarm.\n", ntohs( sa.sin_port ) ); + assert( 0 ); +#endif + + *errorCode = -1; + return -1; + } + + if ( len > 0 ) + // if ( len != SOCKET_ERROR ) + { + unsigned short portnum; +//#if defined(_PS3) && defined (_PS3_LOBBY) +// portnum = ntohs( sa.sin_vport ); +//#else + portnum = ntohs( sa.sin_port ); +//#endif + //strcpy(ip, inet_ntoa(sa.sin_addr)); + //if (strcmp(ip, "0.0.0.0")==0) + // strcpy(ip, "127.0.0.1"); + ProcessNetworkPacket( sa.sin_addr.s_addr, portnum, data, len, rakPeer, connectionSocketIndex ); + + return 1; + } + else + { + *errorCode = 0; + + +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_XBOX360) && defined(_DEBUG) + + DWORD dwIOError = WSAGetLastError(); + + if ( dwIOError == WSAEWOULDBLOCK ) + { + return SOCKET_ERROR; + } + if ( dwIOError == WSAECONNRESET ) + { +#if defined(_DEBUG) +// printf( "A previous send operation resulted in an ICMP Port Unreachable message.\n" ); +#endif + + + unsigned short portnum=0; + ProcessPortUnreachable(sa.sin_addr.s_addr, portnum, rakPeer); + // *errorCode = dwIOError; + return -1; + } + else + { +#if defined(_DEBUG) + if ( dwIOError != WSAEINTR ) + { + LPVOID messageBuffer; + FormatMessage( FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, + NULL, dwIOError, MAKELANGID( LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT ), // Default language + ( LPTSTR ) & messageBuffer, 0, NULL ); + // something has gone wrong here... + printf( "recvfrom failed:Error code - %d\n%s", dwIOError, messageBuffer ); + + //Free the buffer. + LocalFree( messageBuffer ); + } +#endif + } +#endif + } + + return 0; // no data +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4702 ) // warning C4702: unreachable code +#endif +int SocketLayer::SendTo( SOCKET s, const char *data, int length, unsigned int binaryAddress, unsigned short port ) +{ + if ( s == (SOCKET) -1 ) + { + return -1; + } + + int len; + +#if defined(_PS3) && defined (_PS3_LOBBY) + sockaddr_in_p2p sa; + memset(&sa, 0, sizeof(sa)); + // LAME!!!! You have to know the behind-nat port on the recipient! Just guessing it is the same as our own + sa.sin_vport = htons(HACK_APP_PORT); + sa.sin_port = htons(port); // Port returned from signaling +#else + sockaddr_in sa; + sa.sin_port = htons( port ); // User port +#endif + + sa.sin_addr.s_addr = binaryAddress; + sa.sin_family = AF_INET; + +#if 1 // !defined(_WIN32) + do + { + len = sendto( s, data, length, 0, ( const sockaddr* ) & sa, sizeof( sa ) ); + } + while ( len == 0 ); +#else + WSABUF DataBuf; + DataBuf.len = length; + DataBuf.buf = (char*) data; + DWORD bytesSent; + int WSASendToResult = WSASendTo(s, + &DataBuf, + 1, + &bytesSent, + 0, + (SOCKADDR*) &sa, + sizeof( sa ), + 0, + NULL); + len=bytesSent; + if (WSASendToResult!=0) + { + DWORD dwIOError = WSAGetLastError(); + LPVOID messageBuffer; + FormatMessage( FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, + NULL, dwIOError, MAKELANGID( LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT ), // Default language + ( LPTSTR ) & messageBuffer, 0, NULL ); + // something has gone wrong here... + printf( "sendto failed:Error code - %d\n%s", dwIOError, messageBuffer ); + + //Free the buffer. + LocalFree( messageBuffer ); + } +#endif + + if ( len != -1 ) + return 0; + +#if defined(_WIN32) + + DWORD dwIOError = WSAGetLastError(); + + if ( dwIOError == WSAECONNRESET ) + { +#if defined(_DEBUG) + printf( "A previous send operation resulted in an ICMP Port Unreachable message.\n" ); +#endif + + } + else if ( dwIOError != WSAEWOULDBLOCK ) + { +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_XBOX360) && defined(_DEBUG) + LPVOID messageBuffer; + FormatMessage( FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, + NULL, dwIOError, MAKELANGID( LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT ), // Default language + ( LPTSTR ) & messageBuffer, 0, NULL ); + // something has gone wrong here... + printf( "sendto failed:Error code - %d\n%s", dwIOError, messageBuffer ); + + //Free the buffer. + LocalFree( messageBuffer ); +#endif + + } + + return dwIOError; +#endif + + return 1; // error +} + +int SocketLayer::SendTo( SOCKET s, const char *data, int length, const char ip[ 16 ], unsigned short port ) +{ + unsigned int binaryAddress; + binaryAddress = inet_addr( ip ); + return SendTo( s, data, length, binaryAddress, port ); +} +int SocketLayer::SendToTTL( SOCKET s, const char *data, int length, const char ip[ 16 ], unsigned short port, int ttl ) +{ +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + int oldTTL; + socklen_t opLen=sizeof(oldTTL); + // Get the current TTL + if (getsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_TTL, ( char * ) & oldTTL, &opLen ) == -1) + { +#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(_DEBUG) + DWORD dwIOError = GetLastError(); + LPVOID messageBuffer; + FormatMessage( FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, + NULL, dwIOError, MAKELANGID( LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT ), // Default language + ( LPTSTR ) & messageBuffer, 0, NULL ); + // something has gone wrong here... + printf( "getsockopt(IPPROTO_IP,IP_TTL) failed:Error code - %d\n%s", dwIOError, messageBuffer ); + //Free the buffer. + LocalFree( messageBuffer ); +#endif + } + + // Set to TTL + int newTTL=ttl; + if (setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_TTL, ( char * ) & newTTL, sizeof ( newTTL ) ) == -1) + { + +#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(_DEBUG) + DWORD dwIOError = GetLastError(); + LPVOID messageBuffer; + FormatMessage( FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, + NULL, dwIOError, MAKELANGID( LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT ), // Default language + ( LPTSTR ) & messageBuffer, 0, NULL ); + // something has gone wrong here... + printf( "setsockopt(IPPROTO_IP,IP_TTL) failed:Error code - %d\n%s", dwIOError, messageBuffer ); + //Free the buffer. + LocalFree( messageBuffer ); +#endif + } + + // Send + int res = SendTo(s,data,length,ip,port); + + // Restore the old TTL + setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_TTL, ( char * ) & oldTTL, opLen ); + + return res; +#else + return 0; +#endif +} + +#if !defined(_XBOX360) +void SocketLayer::GetMyIP( char ipList[ 10 ][ 16 ] ) +{ +#if !defined(_PS3) + char ac[ 80 ]; + if ( gethostname( ac, sizeof( ac ) ) == -1 ) + { + #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_XBOX360) && defined(_DEBUG) + DWORD dwIOError = GetLastError(); + LPVOID messageBuffer; + FormatMessage( FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, + NULL, dwIOError, MAKELANGID( LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT ), // Default language + ( LPTSTR ) & messageBuffer, 0, NULL ); + // something has gone wrong here... + printf( "gethostname failed:Error code - %d\n%s", dwIOError, messageBuffer ); + //Free the buffer. + LocalFree( messageBuffer ); + #endif + + return ; + } + + struct hostent *phe = gethostbyname( ac ); + + + if ( phe == 0 ) + { +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_XBOX360) && defined(_DEBUG) + DWORD dwIOError = GetLastError(); + LPVOID messageBuffer; + FormatMessage( FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, + NULL, dwIOError, MAKELANGID( LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT ), // Default language + ( LPTSTR ) & messageBuffer, 0, NULL ); + // something has gone wrong here... + printf( "gethostbyname failed:Error code - %d\n%s", dwIOError, messageBuffer ); + + //Free the buffer. + LocalFree( messageBuffer ); +#endif + + return ; + } + + for ( int i = 0; phe->h_addr_list[ i ] != 0 && i < 10; ++i ) + { + + struct in_addr addr; + + memcpy( &addr, phe->h_addr_list[ i ], sizeof( struct in_addr ) ); + //cout << "Address " << i << ": " << inet_ntoa(addr) << endl; + strcpy( ipList[ i ], inet_ntoa( addr ) ); + } +#else + union CellNetCtlInfo info; + int errCode; + if((errCode=cellNetCtlGetInfo(CELL_NET_CTL_INFO_IP_ADDRESS, &info)) >= 0){ + memcpy(ipList[0], info.ip_address, sizeof(info.ip_address)); + ipList[1][0]=0; + } + return; +#endif + +} +#endif + +unsigned short SocketLayer::GetLocalPort ( SOCKET s ) +{ + sockaddr_in sa; + socklen_t len = sizeof(sa); + if (getsockname(s, (sockaddr*)&sa, &len)!=0) + { +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_XBOX360) && defined(_DEBUG) + DWORD dwIOError = GetLastError(); + LPVOID messageBuffer; + FormatMessage( FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, + NULL, dwIOError, MAKELANGID( LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT ), // Default language + ( LPTSTR ) & messageBuffer, 0, NULL ); + // something has gone wrong here... + printf( "getsockname failed:Error code - %d\n%s", dwIOError, messageBuffer ); + + //Free the buffer. + LocalFree( messageBuffer ); +#endif + return 0; + } + return ntohs(sa.sin_port); +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SocketLayer.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SocketLayer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c4fbd508 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SocketLayer.h @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief SocketLayer class implementation +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + + +#ifndef __SOCKET_LAYER_H +#define __SOCKET_LAYER_H + +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#ifdef _XBOX360 +#include "Console1Includes.h" +#elif defined(_PS3) +#include "Console2Includes.h" +typedef int SOCKET; +#elif defined(_WIN32) +// IP_DONTFRAGMENT is different between winsock 1 and winsock 2. Therefore, Winsock2.h must be linked againt Ws2_32.lib +// winsock.h must be linked against WSock32.lib. If these two are mixed up the flag won't work correctly +#include +#include +//#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#else +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +//#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +/// Unix/Linux uses ints for sockets +typedef int SOCKET; +#endif +//#include "ClientContextStruct.h" + +class RakPeer; + +// A platform independent implementation of Berkeley sockets, with settings used by RakNet +class SocketLayer : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ + +public: + + /// Default Constructor + SocketLayer(); + + /// Destructor + ~SocketLayer(); + + // Get the singleton instance of the Socket Layer. + /// \return unique instance + static inline SocketLayer* Instance() + { + return & I; + } + + // Connect a socket to a remote host. + /// \param[in] writeSocket The local socket. + /// \param[in] binaryAddress The address of the remote host. + /// \param[in] port the remote port. + /// \return A new socket used for communication. + SOCKET Connect( SOCKET writeSocket, unsigned int binaryAddress, unsigned short port ); + + /// Creates a bound socket to listen for incoming connections on the specified port + /// \param[in] port the port number + /// \param[in] blockingSocket + /// \return A new socket used for accepting clients + SOCKET CreateBoundSocket( unsigned short port, bool blockingSocket, const char *forceHostAddress ); + + /// Returns if this specified port is in use, for UDP + /// \param[in] port the port number + /// \return If this port is already in use + static bool IsPortInUse(unsigned short port); + + #if !defined(_XBOX360) + const char* DomainNameToIP( const char *domainName ); + #endif + + /// Start an asynchronous read using the specified socket. The callback will use the specified SystemAddress (associated with this socket) and call either the client or the server callback (one or + /// the other should be 0) + /// \note Was used for depreciated IO completion ports. + bool AssociateSocketWithCompletionPortAndRead( SOCKET readSocket, unsigned int binaryAddress, unsigned short port, RakPeer* rakPeer ); + + /// Write \a data of length \a length to \a writeSocket + /// \param[in] writeSocket The socket to write to + /// \param[in] data The data to write + /// \param[in] length The length of \a data + void Write( const SOCKET writeSocket, const char* data, const int length ); + + /// Read data from a socket + /// \param[in] s the socket + /// \param[in] rakPeer The instance of rakPeer containing the recvFrom C callback + /// \param[in] errorCode An error code if an error occured . + /// \param[in] connectionSocketIndex Which of the sockets in RakPeer we are using + /// \return Returns true if you successfully read data, false on error. + int RecvFrom( const SOCKET s, RakPeer *rakPeer, int *errorCode, unsigned connectionSocketIndex ); + +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + /// Retrieve all local IP address in a string format. + /// \param[in] s The socket whose port we are referring to + /// \param[in] ipList An array of ip address in dotted notation. + void GetMyIP( char ipList[ 10 ][ 16 ] ); +#endif + + /// Call sendto (UDP obviously) + /// \param[in] s the socket + /// \param[in] data The byte buffer to send + /// \param[in] length The length of the \a data in bytes + /// \param[in] ip The address of the remote host in dotted notation. + /// \param[in] port The port number to send to. + /// \return 0 on success, nonzero on failure. + int SendTo( SOCKET s, const char *data, int length, const char ip[ 16 ], unsigned short port ); + + /// Call sendto (UDP obviously) + /// It won't reach the recipient, except on a LAN + /// However, this is good for opening routers / firewalls + /// \param[in] s the socket + /// \param[in] data The byte buffer to send + /// \param[in] length The length of the \a data in bytes + /// \param[in] ip The address of the remote host in dotted notation. + /// \param[in] port The port number to send to. + /// \param[in] ttl Max hops of datagram + /// \return 0 on success, nonzero on failure. + int SendToTTL( SOCKET s, const char *data, int length, const char ip[ 16 ], unsigned short port, int ttl ); + + /// Call sendto (UDP obviously) + /// \param[in] s the socket + /// \param[in] data The byte buffer to send + /// \param[in] length The length of the \a data in bytes + /// \param[in] binaryAddress The address of the remote host in binary format. + /// \param[in] port The port number to send to. + /// \return 0 on success, nonzero on failure. + int SendTo( SOCKET s, const char *data, int length, unsigned int binaryAddress, unsigned short port ); + + /// Returns the local port, useful when passing 0 as the startup port. + /// \param[in] s The socket whose port we are referring to + /// \return The local port + unsigned short GetLocalPort ( SOCKET s ); + +private: + + static bool socketLayerStarted; + +#ifdef _WIN32 + static WSADATA winsockInfo; +#endif + + static SocketLayer I; +}; + +#endif + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/StringCompressor.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/StringCompressor.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..864338ea --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/StringCompressor.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,506 @@ +/// \file +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#include "StringCompressor.h" +#include "DS_HuffmanEncodingTree.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "RakString.h" +#include +#include +#include +#if defined(_PS3) +#include "Console2Includes.h" +#endif + +using namespace RakNet; + +StringCompressor* StringCompressor::instance=0; +int StringCompressor::referenceCount=0; + +void StringCompressor::AddReference(void) +{ + if (++referenceCount==1) + { + instance = new StringCompressor; + } +} +void StringCompressor::RemoveReference(void) +{ + assert(referenceCount > 0); + + if (referenceCount > 0) + { + if (--referenceCount==0) + { + delete instance; + instance=0; + } + } +} + +StringCompressor* StringCompressor::Instance(void) +{ + return instance; +} + +unsigned int englishCharacterFrequencies[ 256 ] = +{ + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 722, + 0, + 0, + 2, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 11084, + 58, + 63, + 1, + 0, + 31, + 0, + 317, + 64, + 64, + 44, + 0, + 695, + 62, + 980, + 266, + 69, + 67, + 56, + 7, + 73, + 3, + 14, + 2, + 69, + 1, + 167, + 9, + 1, + 2, + 25, + 94, + 0, + 195, + 139, + 34, + 96, + 48, + 103, + 56, + 125, + 653, + 21, + 5, + 23, + 64, + 85, + 44, + 34, + 7, + 92, + 76, + 147, + 12, + 14, + 57, + 15, + 39, + 15, + 1, + 1, + 1, + 2, + 3, + 0, + 3611, + 845, + 1077, + 1884, + 5870, + 841, + 1057, + 2501, + 3212, + 164, + 531, + 2019, + 1330, + 3056, + 4037, + 848, + 47, + 2586, + 2919, + 4771, + 1707, + 535, + 1106, + 152, + 1243, + 100, + 0, + 2, + 0, + 10, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0, + 0 +}; + +StringCompressor::StringCompressor() +{ + DataStructures::Map::IMPLEMENT_DEFAULT_COMPARISON(); + + // Make a default tree immediately, since this is used for RPC possibly from multiple threads at the same time + HuffmanEncodingTree *huffmanEncodingTree = new HuffmanEncodingTree; + huffmanEncodingTree->GenerateFromFrequencyTable( englishCharacterFrequencies ); + + huffmanEncodingTrees.Set(0, huffmanEncodingTree); +} +void StringCompressor::GenerateTreeFromStrings( unsigned char *input, unsigned inputLength, int languageID ) +{ + HuffmanEncodingTree *huffmanEncodingTree; + if (huffmanEncodingTrees.Has(languageID)) + { + huffmanEncodingTree = huffmanEncodingTrees.Get(languageID); + delete huffmanEncodingTree; + } + + unsigned index; + unsigned int frequencyTable[ 256 ]; + + if ( inputLength == 0 ) + return ; + + // Zero out the frequency table + memset( frequencyTable, 0, sizeof( frequencyTable ) ); + + // Generate the frequency table from the strings + for ( index = 0; index < inputLength; index++ ) + frequencyTable[ input[ index ] ] ++; + + // Build the tree + huffmanEncodingTree = new HuffmanEncodingTree; + huffmanEncodingTree->GenerateFromFrequencyTable( frequencyTable ); + huffmanEncodingTrees.Set(languageID, huffmanEncodingTree); +} + +StringCompressor::~StringCompressor() +{ + for (unsigned i=0; i < huffmanEncodingTrees.Size(); i++) + delete huffmanEncodingTrees[i]; +} + +void StringCompressor::EncodeString( const char *input, int maxCharsToWrite, RakNet::BitStream *output, int languageID ) +{ + HuffmanEncodingTree *huffmanEncodingTree; + if (huffmanEncodingTrees.Has(languageID)==false) + return; + huffmanEncodingTree=huffmanEncodingTrees.Get(languageID); + + if ( input == 0 ) + { + output->WriteCompressed( (unsigned int) 0 ); + return ; + } + + RakNet::BitStream encodedBitStream; + + unsigned int stringBitLength; + + int charsToWrite; + + if ( maxCharsToWrite<=0 || ( int ) strlen( input ) < maxCharsToWrite ) + charsToWrite = ( int ) strlen( input ); + else + charsToWrite = maxCharsToWrite - 1; + + huffmanEncodingTree->EncodeArray( ( unsigned char* ) input, charsToWrite, &encodedBitStream ); + + stringBitLength = (unsigned int) encodedBitStream.GetNumberOfBitsUsed(); + + output->WriteCompressed( stringBitLength ); + + output->WriteBits( encodedBitStream.GetData(), stringBitLength ); +} + +bool StringCompressor::DecodeString( char *output, int maxCharsToWrite, RakNet::BitStream *input, int languageID ) +{ + HuffmanEncodingTree *huffmanEncodingTree; + if (huffmanEncodingTrees.Has(languageID)==false) + return false; + if (maxCharsToWrite<=0) + return false; + huffmanEncodingTree=huffmanEncodingTrees.Get(languageID); + + unsigned int stringBitLength; + int bytesInStream; + + output[ 0 ] = 0; + + if ( input->ReadCompressed( stringBitLength ) == false ) + return false; + + if ( (unsigned) input->GetNumberOfUnreadBits() < stringBitLength ) + return false; + + bytesInStream = huffmanEncodingTree->DecodeArray( input, stringBitLength, maxCharsToWrite, ( unsigned char* ) output ); + + if ( bytesInStream < maxCharsToWrite ) + output[ bytesInStream ] = 0; + else + output[ maxCharsToWrite - 1 ] = 0; + + return true; +} +#ifdef _CSTRING_COMPRESSOR +void StringCompressor::EncodeString( const CString &input, int maxCharsToWrite, RakNet::BitStream *output ) +{ + LPTSTR p = input; + EncodeString(p, maxCharsToWrite*sizeof(TCHAR), output, languageID); +} +bool StringCompressor::DecodeString( CString &output, int maxCharsToWrite, RakNet::BitStream *input, int languageID ) +{ + LPSTR p = output.GetBuffer(maxCharsToWrite*sizeof(TCHAR)); + DecodeString(p,maxCharsToWrite*sizeof(TCHAR), input, languageID); + output.ReleaseBuffer(0) + +} +#endif +#ifdef _STD_STRING_COMPRESSOR +void StringCompressor::EncodeString( const std::string &input, int maxCharsToWrite, RakNet::BitStream *output, int languageID ) +{ + EncodeString(input.c_str(), maxCharsToWrite, output, languageID); +} +bool StringCompressor::DecodeString( std::string *output, int maxCharsToWrite, RakNet::BitStream *input, int languageID ) +{ + if (maxCharsToWrite <= 0) + { + output->clear(); + return true; + } + + char *destinationBlock; + bool out; + +#ifndef _XBOX360 + if (maxCharsToWrite < MAX_ALLOCA_STACK_ALLOCATION) + { + destinationBlock = (char*) alloca(maxCharsToWrite); + out=DecodeString(destinationBlock, maxCharsToWrite, input, languageID); + *output=destinationBlock; + } + else +#endif + { + destinationBlock = (char*) rakMalloc( maxCharsToWrite ); + out=DecodeString(destinationBlock, maxCharsToWrite, input, languageID); + *output=destinationBlock; + rakFree(destinationBlock); + } + + return out; +} +#endif +void StringCompressor::EncodeString( const RakString *input, int maxCharsToWrite, RakNet::BitStream *output, int languageID ) +{ + EncodeString(input->C_String(), maxCharsToWrite, output, languageID); +} +bool StringCompressor::DecodeString( RakString *output, int maxCharsToWrite, RakNet::BitStream *input, int languageID ) +{ + if (maxCharsToWrite <= 0) + { + output->Clear(); + return true; + } + + char *destinationBlock; + bool out; + +#ifndef _XBOX360 + if (maxCharsToWrite < MAX_ALLOCA_STACK_ALLOCATION) + { + destinationBlock = (char*) alloca(maxCharsToWrite); + out=DecodeString(destinationBlock, maxCharsToWrite, input, languageID); + *output=destinationBlock; + } + else +#endif + { + destinationBlock = (char*) rakMalloc( maxCharsToWrite ); + out=DecodeString(destinationBlock, maxCharsToWrite, input, languageID); + *output=destinationBlock; + rakFree(destinationBlock); + } + + return out; +} diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/StringCompressor.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/StringCompressor.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2e77acd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/StringCompressor.h @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief \b Compresses/Decompresses ASCII strings and writes/reads them to BitStream class instances. You can use this to easily serialize and deserialize your own strings. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __STRING_COMPRESSOR_H +#define __STRING_COMPRESSOR_H + +#include "Export.h" +#include "DS_Map.h" +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" + + +//#include + +/// Forward declaration +namespace RakNet +{ + class BitStream; + class RakString; +}; + +class HuffmanEncodingTree; + +/// \brief Writes and reads strings to and from bitstreams. +/// +/// Only works with ASCII strings. The default compression is for English. +/// You can call GenerateTreeFromStrings to compress and decompress other languages efficiently as well. +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT StringCompressor : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ +public: + + /// Destructor + ~StringCompressor(); + + /// static function because only static functions can access static members + /// The RakPeer constructor adds a reference to this class, so don't call this until an instance of RakPeer exists, or unless you call AddReference yourself. + /// \return the unique instance of the StringCompressor + static StringCompressor* Instance(void); + + /// Given an array of strings, such as a chat log, generate the optimal encoding tree for it. + /// This function is optional and if it is not called a default tree will be used instead. + /// \param[in] input An array of bytes which should point to text. + /// \param[in] inputLength Length of \a input + /// \param[in] languageID An identifier for the language / string table to generate the tree for. English is automatically created with ID 0 in the constructor. + void GenerateTreeFromStrings( unsigned char *input, unsigned inputLength, int languageID ); + + /// Writes input to output, compressed. Takes care of the null terminator for you. + /// \param[in] input Pointer to an ASCII string + /// \param[in] maxCharsToWrite The max number of bytes to write of \a input. Use 0 to mean no limit. + /// \param[out] output The bitstream to write the compressed string to + /// \param[in] languageID Which language to use + void EncodeString( const char *input, int maxCharsToWrite, RakNet::BitStream *output, int languageID=0 ); + + /// Writes input to output, uncompressed. Takes care of the null terminator for you. + /// \param[out] output A block of bytes to receive the output + /// \param[in] maxCharsToWrite Size, in bytes, of \a output . A NULL terminator will always be appended to the output string. If the maxCharsToWrite is not large enough, the string will be truncated. + /// \param[in] input The bitstream containing the compressed string + /// \param[in] languageID Which language to use + bool DecodeString( char *output, int maxCharsToWrite, RakNet::BitStream *input, int languageID=0 ); + +#ifdef _CSTRING_COMPRESSOR + void EncodeString( const CString &input, int maxCharsToWrite, RakNet::BitStream *output, int languageID=0 ); + bool DecodeString( CString &output, int maxCharsToWrite, RakNet::BitStream *input, int languageID=0 ); +#endif + +#ifdef _STD_STRING_COMPRESSOR + void EncodeString( const std::string &input, int maxCharsToWrite, RakNet::BitStream *output, int languageID=0 ); + bool DecodeString( std::string *output, int maxCharsToWrite, RakNet::BitStream *input, int languageID=0 ); +#endif + + void EncodeString( const RakNet::RakString *input, int maxCharsToWrite, RakNet::BitStream *output, int languageID=0 ); + bool DecodeString( RakNet::RakString *output, int maxCharsToWrite, RakNet::BitStream *input, int languageID=0 ); + + /// Used so I can allocate and deallocate this singleton at runtime + static void AddReference(void); + + /// Used so I can allocate and deallocate this singleton at runtime + static void RemoveReference(void); + +private: + + /// Private Constructor + StringCompressor(); + + /// Singleton instance + static StringCompressor *instance; + + /// Pointer to the huffman encoding trees. + DataStructures::Map huffmanEncodingTrees; + + static int referenceCount; +}; + +/// Define to more easily reference the string compressor instance. +/// The RakPeer constructor adds a reference to this class, so don't call this until an instance of RakPeer exists, or unless you call AddReference yourself. +#define stringCompressor StringCompressor::Instance() + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/StringTable.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/StringTable.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0a4a9ae9 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/StringTable.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +#include "StringTable.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "StringCompressor.h" +using namespace RakNet; + +StringTable* StringTable::instance=0; +int StringTable::referenceCount=0; + + +int StrAndBoolComp( char *const &key, const StrAndBool &data ) +{ + return strcmp(key,(const char*)data.str); +} + +StringTable::StringTable() +{ + +} + +StringTable::~StringTable() +{ + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < orderedStringList.Size(); i++) + { + if (orderedStringList[i].b) + rakFree(orderedStringList[i].str); + } +} + +void StringTable::AddReference(void) +{ + if (++referenceCount==1) + { + instance = new StringTable; + } +} +void StringTable::RemoveReference(void) +{ + assert(referenceCount > 0); + + if (referenceCount > 0) + { + if (--referenceCount==0) + { + delete instance; + instance=0; + } + } +} + +StringTable* StringTable::Instance(void) +{ + return instance; +} + +void StringTable::AddString(const char *str, bool copyString) +{ + StrAndBool sab; + sab.b=copyString; + if (copyString) + { + sab.str = (char*) rakMalloc( strlen(str)+1 ); + strcpy(sab.str, str); + } + else + { + sab.str=(char*)str; + } + + // If it asserts inside here you are adding duplicate strings. + if (orderedStringList.Insert(sab.str,sab, true)!=(unsigned)-1) + { + if (copyString) + delete sab.str; + } + + // If this assert hits you need to increase the range of StringTableType + assert(orderedStringList.Size() < (StringTableType)-1); + +} +void StringTable::EncodeString( const char *input, int maxCharsToWrite, RakNet::BitStream *output ) +{ + unsigned index; + bool objectExists; + // This is fast because the list is kept ordered. + index=orderedStringList.GetIndexFromKey((char*)input, &objectExists); + if (objectExists) + { + output->Write(true); + output->Write((StringTableType)index); + } + else + { + LogStringNotFound(input); + output->Write(false); + stringCompressor->EncodeString(input, maxCharsToWrite, output); + } +} + +bool StringTable::DecodeString( char *output, int maxCharsToWrite, RakNet::BitStream *input ) +{ + bool hasIndex; + assert(maxCharsToWrite>0); + + if (maxCharsToWrite==0) + return false; + if (!input->Read(hasIndex)) + return false; + if (hasIndex==false) + { + stringCompressor->DecodeString(output, maxCharsToWrite, input); + } + else + { + StringTableType index; + if (!input->Read(index)) + return false; + if (index >= orderedStringList.Size()) + { +#ifdef _DEBUG + // Critical error - got a string index out of range, which means AddString was called more times on the remote system than on this system. + // All systems must call AddString the same number of types, with the same strings in the same order. + assert(0); +#endif + return false; + } + + strncpy(output, orderedStringList[index].str, maxCharsToWrite); + output[maxCharsToWrite-1]=0; + } + + return true; +} +void StringTable::LogStringNotFound(const char *strName) +{ + (void) strName; + +#ifdef _DEBUG + printf("Efficiency Warning! Unregistered String %s sent to StringTable.\n", strName); +#endif +} diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/StringTable.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/StringTable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..de560932 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/StringTable.h @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief A simple class to encode and decode known strings based on a lookup table. Similar to the StringCompressor class. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __STRING_TABLE_H +#define __STRING_TABLE_H + +#include "DS_OrderedList.h" +#include "Export.h" +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" + +/// Forward declaration +namespace RakNet +{ + class BitStream; +}; + +/// StringTableType should be the smallest type possible, or else it defeats the purpose of the StringTable class, which is to save bandwidth. +typedef unsigned char StringTableType; + +/// The string plus a bool telling us if this string was copied or not. +struct StrAndBool +{ + char *str; + bool b; +}; +int RAK_DLL_EXPORT StrAndBoolComp( char *const &key, const StrAndBool &data ); + +namespace RakNet +{ + /// This is an even more efficient alternative to StringCompressor in that it writes a single byte from a lookup table and only does compression + /// if the string does not already exist in the table. + /// All string tables must match on all systems - hence you must add all the strings in the same order on all systems. + /// Furthermore, this must be done before sending packets that use this class, since the strings are ordered for fast lookup. Adding after that time would mess up all the indices so don't do it. + /// Don't use this class to write strings which were not previously registered with AddString, since you just waste bandwidth then. Use StringCompressor instead. + /// \brief Writes a string index, instead of the whole string + class RAK_DLL_EXPORT StringTable : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride + { + public: + + /// Destructor + ~StringTable(); + + /// static function because only static functions can access static members + /// The RakPeer constructor adds a reference to this class, so don't call this until an instance of RakPeer exists, or unless you call AddReference yourself. + /// \return the unique instance of the StringTable + static StringTable* Instance(void); + + /// Add a string to the string table. + /// \param[in] str The string to add to the string table + /// \param[in] copyString true to make a copy of the passed string (takes more memory), false to not do so (if your string is in static memory). + void AddString(const char *str, bool copyString); + + /// Writes input to output, compressed. Takes care of the null terminator for you. + /// Relies on the StringCompressor class, which is automatically reference counted in the constructor and destructor in RakPeer. You can call the reference counting functions yourself if you wish too. + /// \param[in] input Pointer to an ASCII string + /// \param[in] maxCharsToWrite The size of \a input + /// \param[out] output The bitstream to write the compressed string to + void EncodeString( const char *input, int maxCharsToWrite, RakNet::BitStream *output ); + + /// Writes input to output, uncompressed. Takes care of the null terminator for you. + /// Relies on the StringCompressor class, which is automatically reference counted in the constructor and destructor in RakPeer. You can call the reference counting functions yourself if you wish too. + /// \param[out] output A block of bytes to receive the output + /// \param[in] maxCharsToWrite Size, in bytes, of \a output . A NULL terminator will always be appended to the output string. If the maxCharsToWrite is not large enough, the string will be truncated. + /// \param[in] input The bitstream containing the compressed string + bool DecodeString( char *output, int maxCharsToWrite, RakNet::BitStream *input ); + + /// Used so I can allocate and deallocate this singleton at runtime + static void AddReference(void); + + /// Used so I can allocate and deallocate this singleton at runtime + static void RemoveReference(void); + + protected: + /// Called when you mess up and send a string using this class that was not registered with AddString + /// \param[in] maxCharsToWrite Size, in bytes, of \a output . A NULL terminator will always be appended to the output string. If the maxCharsToWrite is not large enough, the string will be truncated. + void LogStringNotFound(const char *strName); + + /// Private Constructor + StringTable(); + + /// Singleton instance + static StringTable *instance; + static int referenceCount; + + DataStructures::OrderedList orderedStringList; + }; +} + + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SuperFastHash.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SuperFastHash.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a556a1fd --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SuperFastHash.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +#include "SuperFastHash.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include +#include + +#if !defined(_WIN32) +#include +#endif + +#undef get16bits +#if (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386__)) || defined(__WATCOMC__) \ + || defined(_MSC_VER) || defined (__BORLANDC__) || defined (__TURBOC__) +#define get16bits(d) (*((const uint16_t *) (d))) +#endif + +#if !defined (get16bits) +#define get16bits(d) ((((uint32_t)(((const uint8_t *)(d))[1])) << 8)\ + +(uint32_t)(((const uint8_t *)(d))[0]) ) +#endif + +static const int INCREMENTAL_READ_BLOCK=65536; + +unsigned int SuperFastHash (const char * data, int length) +{ + // All this is necessary or the hash does not match SuperFastHashIncremental + int bytesRemaining=length; + unsigned int lastHash = length; + int offset=0; + while (bytesRemaining>=INCREMENTAL_READ_BLOCK) + { + lastHash=SuperFastHashIncremental (data+offset, INCREMENTAL_READ_BLOCK, lastHash ); + bytesRemaining-=INCREMENTAL_READ_BLOCK; + offset+=INCREMENTAL_READ_BLOCK; + } + if (bytesRemaining>0) + { + lastHash=SuperFastHashIncremental (data+offset, bytesRemaining, lastHash ); + } + return lastHash; + +// return SuperFastHashIncremental(data,len,len); +} +unsigned int SuperFastHashIncremental (const char * data, int len, unsigned int lastHash ) +{ + uint32_t hash = (uint32_t) lastHash; + uint32_t tmp; + int rem; + + if (len <= 0 || data == NULL) return 0; + + rem = len & 3; + len >>= 2; + + /* Main loop */ + for (;len > 0; len--) { + hash += get16bits (data); + tmp = (get16bits (data+2) << 11) ^ hash; + hash = (hash << 16) ^ tmp; + data += 2*sizeof (uint16_t); + hash += hash >> 11; + } + + /* Handle end cases */ + switch (rem) { + case 3: hash += get16bits (data); + hash ^= hash << 16; + hash ^= data[sizeof (uint16_t)] << 18; + hash += hash >> 11; + break; + case 2: hash += get16bits (data); + hash ^= hash << 11; + hash += hash >> 17; + break; + case 1: hash += *data; + hash ^= hash << 10; + hash += hash >> 1; + } + + /* Force "avalanching" of final 127 bits */ + hash ^= hash << 3; + hash += hash >> 5; + hash ^= hash << 4; + hash += hash >> 17; + hash ^= hash << 25; + hash += hash >> 6; + + return (unsigned int) hash; + +} + +unsigned int SuperFastHashFile (const char * filename) +{ + FILE *fp = fopen(filename, "rb"); + assert(fp); + if (fp==0) + return 0; + unsigned int hash = SuperFastHashFilePtr(fp); + fclose(fp); + return hash; +} + +unsigned int SuperFastHashFilePtr (FILE *fp) +{ + fseek(fp, 0, SEEK_END); + int length = ftell(fp); + fseek(fp, 0, SEEK_SET); + int bytesRemaining=length; + unsigned int lastHash = length; + char readBlock[INCREMENTAL_READ_BLOCK]; + while (bytesRemaining>=(int) sizeof(readBlock)) + { + fread(readBlock, sizeof(readBlock), 1, fp); + lastHash=SuperFastHashIncremental (readBlock, (int) sizeof(readBlock), lastHash ); + bytesRemaining-=(int) sizeof(readBlock); + } + if (bytesRemaining>0) + { + fread(readBlock, bytesRemaining, 1, fp); + lastHash=SuperFastHashIncremental (readBlock, bytesRemaining, lastHash ); + } + return lastHash; +} diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SuperFastHash.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SuperFastHash.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5cd9ecba --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SuperFastHash.h @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +#ifndef __SUPER_FAST_HASH_H +#define __SUPER_FAST_HASH_H + +#include + +// From http://www.azillionmonkeys.com/qed/hash.html +// Author of main code is Paul Hsieh +// I just added some convenience functions +// Also note http://burtleburtle.net/bob/hash/doobs.html, which shows that this is 20% faster than the one on that page but has more collisions + +unsigned int SuperFastHash (const char * data, int length); +unsigned int SuperFastHashIncremental (const char * data, int len, unsigned int lastHash ); +unsigned int SuperFastHashFile (const char * filename); +unsigned int SuperFastHashFilePtr (FILE *fp); + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SystemAddressList.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SystemAddressList.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec683c5e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SystemAddressList.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +#include "SystemAddressList.h" +#include "Rand.h" +#include "RakAssert.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include + +SystemAddressList::SystemAddressList() +{ + +} +SystemAddressList::SystemAddressList(SystemAddress system) +{ + systemList.Insert(system); +} +void SystemAddressList::AddSystem(SystemAddress system) +{ + systemList.Insert(system); +} +void SystemAddressList::RandomizeOrder(void) +{ + unsigned index, size, randIndex; + SystemAddress temp; + size = systemList.Size(); + for (index=0; index < size; index++) + { + randIndex=index + (randomMT() % (size-index)); + if (randIndex!=index) + { + temp=systemList[index]; + systemList[index]=systemList[randIndex]; + systemList[randIndex]=temp; + } + } +} +void SystemAddressList::Serialize(RakNet::BitStream *out) +{ + out->Write((unsigned short) systemList.Size()); + unsigned index; + for (index=0; index < systemList.Size(); index++) + out->Write(systemList[index]); +} +bool SystemAddressList::Deserialize(RakNet::BitStream *in) +{ + unsigned short systemListSize; + SystemAddress systemAddress; + unsigned index; + if (in->Read(systemListSize)==false) + { + RakAssert(0); + return false; + } + systemList.Clear(); + for (index=0; index < systemListSize; index++) + { + if (in->Read(systemAddress)==false) + { + RakAssert(0); + systemList.Clear(); + return false; + } + systemList.Insert(systemAddress); + + } + return true; +} +void SystemAddressList::RemoveSystem(SystemAddress system) +{ + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < systemList.Size(); i++) + { + if (systemList[i]==system) + { + systemList.RemoveAtIndex(i); + return; + } + } +} +DataStructures::List * SystemAddressList::GetList(void) +{ + return &systemList; +} +bool SystemAddressList::Save(const char *filename) +{ + RakNet::BitStream temp; + Serialize(&temp); + FILE *fp = fopen(filename, "wb"); + if (fp) + { + fwrite(temp.GetData(), (size_t) temp.GetNumberOfBytesUsed(), 1, fp); + fclose(fp); + return true; + } + return false; +} +bool SystemAddressList::Load(const char *filename) +{ + FILE *fp = NULL; + unsigned long fileSize; + + if ( ( fp = fopen( filename, "rb" ) ) == 0 ) + return false; + + fseek( fp, 0, SEEK_END ); + fileSize = ftell( fp ); + fseek( fp, 0, SEEK_SET ); + if (fileSize==0) + { + fclose(fp); + return false; + } + unsigned char *filedata = (unsigned char*) rakMalloc( fileSize ); + fread(filedata, fileSize, 1, fp); + fclose(fp); + + RakNet::BitStream bs(filedata, fileSize, false); + Deserialize(&bs); + rakFree(filedata); + return true; +} +unsigned SystemAddressList::Size(void) const +{ + return systemList.Size(); +} +SystemAddress& SystemAddressList::operator[] ( const unsigned int position ) const +{ + return systemList[position]; +} +void SystemAddressList::Clear(void) +{ + systemList.Clear(); +} diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SystemAddressList.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SystemAddressList.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..546165f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/SystemAddressList.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief Just a class to hold a list of systems +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __SYSTEM_ID_LIST_H +#define __SYSTEM_ID_LIST_H + +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "DS_OrderedList.h" + +class SystemAddressList : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ +public: + SystemAddressList(); + SystemAddressList(SystemAddress system); + void AddSystem(SystemAddress system); + void RandomizeOrder(void); + void Serialize(RakNet::BitStream *out); + bool Deserialize(RakNet::BitStream *in); + bool Save(const char *filename); + bool Load(const char *filename); + void RemoveSystem(SystemAddress system); + unsigned Size(void) const; + SystemAddress& operator[] ( const unsigned int position ) const; + void Clear(void); + + DataStructures::List * GetList(void); + +protected: + DataStructures::List systemList; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/TCPInterface.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/TCPInterface.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c8238c1b --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/TCPInterface.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,755 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief A simple TCP based server allowing sends and receives. Can be connected to by a telnet client. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#include "TCPInterface.h" +#ifdef _WIN32 +#else +#include +#include +#include +#endif +#include +#include +#include +#include "RakAssert.h" +#include "RakSleep.h" + +#ifdef _DO_PRINTF +#endif + +#ifdef _WIN32 +#elif defined(_PS3) +#define closesocket socketclose +#else +#define closesocket close +#include +#endif + +RAK_THREAD_DECLARATION(UpdateTCPInterfaceLoop); +RAK_THREAD_DECLARATION(ConnectionAttemptLoop); + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +TCPInterface::TCPInterface() +{ + isStarted=false; + threadRunning=false; + listenSocket=(SOCKET) -1; + +#if defined(OPEN_SSL_CLIENT_SUPPORT) + ctx=0; + meth=0; +#endif + +#ifdef _WIN32 + + WSADATA winsockInfo; + if ( WSAStartup( MAKEWORD( 2, 2 ), &winsockInfo ) != 0 ) + { +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_XBOX360) && defined(_DEBUG) + DWORD dwIOError = GetLastError(); + LPVOID messageBuffer; + FormatMessage( FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, + NULL, dwIOError, MAKELANGID( LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT ), // Default language + ( LPTSTR ) & messageBuffer, 0, NULL ); + // something has gone wrong here... + printf( "WSAStartup failed:Error code - %d\n%s", dwIOError, messageBuffer ); + //Free the buffer. + LocalFree( messageBuffer ); +#endif + } + +#endif +} +TCPInterface::~TCPInterface() +{ + Stop(); +} +bool TCPInterface::Start(unsigned short port, unsigned short maxIncomingConnections) +{ + if (isStarted) + return false; + + isStarted=true; + + if (maxIncomingConnections>0) + { + listenSocket = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0); + if ((int)listenSocket ==-1) + return false; + + struct sockaddr_in serverAddress; + serverAddress.sin_family = AF_INET; + serverAddress.sin_addr.s_addr = htonl(INADDR_ANY); + serverAddress.sin_port = htons(port); + + if (bind(listenSocket,(struct sockaddr *) &serverAddress,sizeof(serverAddress)) < 0) + return false; + + listen(listenSocket, maxIncomingConnections); + } + + // Start the update thread + int errorCode = RakNet::RakThread::Create(UpdateTCPInterfaceLoop, this); + if (errorCode!=0) + return false; + + return true; +} +void TCPInterface::Stop(void) +{ + if (isStarted==false) + return; + + unsigned i; +#if defined(OPEN_SSL_CLIENT_SUPPORT) + for (i=0; i < remoteClients.Size(); i++) + remoteClients[i]->DisconnectSSL(); +#endif + + isStarted=false; + + if (listenSocket!=(SOCKET) -1) + { +#ifdef _WIN32 + shutdown(listenSocket, SD_BOTH); +#else + shutdown(listenSocket, SHUT_RDWR); +#endif + closesocket(listenSocket); + listenSocket=(SOCKET) -1; + } + + // Abort waiting connect calls + blockingSocketListMutex.Lock(); + for (i=0; i < blockingSocketList.Size(); i++) + { + closesocket(blockingSocketList[i]); + } + blockingSocketListMutex.Unlock(); + + // Wait for the thread to stop + while ( threadRunning ) + RakSleep(15); + + RakSleep(100); + + // Stuff from here on to the end of the function is not threadsafe + for (i=0; i < remoteClients.Size(); i++) + { + closesocket(remoteClients[i]->socket); +#if defined(OPEN_SSL_CLIENT_SUPPORT) + remoteClients[i]->FreeSSL(); +#endif + delete remoteClients[i]; + } + remoteClients.Clear(); + + for (i=0; i < remoteClientsInsertionQueue.Size(); i++) + { + closesocket(remoteClientsInsertionQueue[i]->socket); + delete remoteClientsInsertionQueue[i]; + } + remoteClientsInsertionQueue.Clear(); + + outgoingMessages.Clear(); + incomingMessages.Clear(); + newConnections.Clear(); + newRemoteClients.Clear(); + lostConnections.Clear(); + requestedCloseConnections.Clear(); + failedConnectionAttempts.Clear(); + completedConnectionAttempts.Clear(); + failedConnectionAttempts.Clear(); + +#if defined(OPEN_SSL_CLIENT_SUPPORT) + SSL_CTX_free (ctx); + startSSL.Clear(); + activeSSLConnections.Clear(); +#endif +} +SystemAddress TCPInterface::Connect(const char* host, unsigned short remotePort, bool block) +{ + if (block) + { + SOCKET sockfd = SocketConnect(host, remotePort); + if (sockfd==(SOCKET)-1) + return UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + + RemoteClient *remoteClient; + remoteClient = new RemoteClient; + remoteClient->socket=sockfd; + remoteClient->systemAddress.binaryAddress=inet_addr(host); + remoteClient->systemAddress.port=remotePort; + InsertRemoteClient(remoteClient); + return remoteClient->systemAddress; + } + else + { + ThisPtrPlusSysAddr *s = new ThisPtrPlusSysAddr; + s->systemAddress.SetBinaryAddress(host); + s->systemAddress.port=remotePort; + s->tcpInterface=this; + + // Start the connection thread + int errorCode = RakNet::RakThread::Create(ConnectionAttemptLoop, s); + if (errorCode!=0) + { + delete s; + failedConnectionAttempts.Push(s->systemAddress); + } + return UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + } +} +#if defined(OPEN_SSL_CLIENT_SUPPORT) +void TCPInterface::StartSSLClient(SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + if (ctx==0) + { + SSLeay_add_ssl_algorithms(); + meth = SSLv2_client_method(); + SSL_load_error_strings(); + ctx = SSL_CTX_new (meth); + RakAssert(ctx!=0); + } + + SystemAddress *id = startSSL.WriteLock(); + *id=systemAddress; + startSSL.WriteUnlock(); + unsigned index = activeSSLConnections.GetIndexOf(systemAddress); + if (index==(unsigned)-1) + activeSSLConnections.Insert(systemAddress); +} +bool TCPInterface::IsSSLActive(SystemAddress systemAddress) +{ + return activeSSLConnections.GetIndexOf(systemAddress)!=-1; +} +#endif +void TCPInterface::Send( const char *data, unsigned length, SystemAddress systemAddress ) +{ + if (isStarted==false) + return; + if (remoteClients.Size()==0) + return; + if (data==0) + return; + Packet *p=outgoingMessages.WriteLock(); + p->length=length; + p->data = (unsigned char*) rakMalloc( p->length ); + memcpy(p->data, data, p->length); + p->systemAddress=systemAddress; + outgoingMessages.WriteUnlock(); +} +Packet* TCPInterface::Receive( void ) +{ + if (isStarted==false) + return 0; + return incomingMessages.ReadLock(); +} +void TCPInterface::CloseConnection( SystemAddress systemAddress ) +{ + if (isStarted==false) + return; + if (systemAddress==UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + return; + SystemAddress *id = requestedCloseConnections.WriteLock(); + *id=systemAddress; + requestedCloseConnections.WriteUnlock(); + +#if defined(OPEN_SSL_CLIENT_SUPPORT) + unsigned index = activeSSLConnections.GetIndexOf(systemAddress); + if (index!=(unsigned)-1) + activeSSLConnections.RemoveAtIndex(index); +#endif +} +void TCPInterface::DeallocatePacket( Packet *packet ) +{ + if (packet==0) + return; + assert(incomingMessages.CheckReadUnlockOrder(packet)); + rakFree(packet->data); + incomingMessages.ReadUnlock(); +} +SystemAddress TCPInterface::HasCompletedConnectionAttempt(void) +{ + SystemAddress sysAddr=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + completedConnectionAttemptMutex.Lock(); + if (completedConnectionAttempts.IsEmpty()==false) + sysAddr=completedConnectionAttempts.Pop(); + completedConnectionAttemptMutex.Unlock(); + return sysAddr; +} +SystemAddress TCPInterface::HasFailedConnectionAttempt(void) +{ + SystemAddress sysAddr=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + failedConnectionAttemptMutex.Lock(); + if (failedConnectionAttempts.IsEmpty()==false) + sysAddr=failedConnectionAttempts.Pop(); + failedConnectionAttemptMutex.Unlock(); + return sysAddr; +} +SystemAddress TCPInterface::HasNewConnection(void) +{ + SystemAddress *out; + out = newConnections.ReadLock(); + if (out) + { + newConnections.ReadUnlock(); + return *out; + } + else + { + return UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + } +} +SystemAddress TCPInterface::HasLostConnection(void) +{ + SystemAddress *out; + out = lostConnections.ReadLock(); + if (out) + { + lostConnections.ReadUnlock(); + return *out; + } + else + { + return UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS; + } +} +void TCPInterface::DeleteRemoteClient(RemoteClient *remoteClient, fd_set *exceptionFD) +{ + (void) exceptionFD; +#if defined(OPEN_SSL_CLIENT_SUPPORT) + remoteClient->DisconnectSSL(); + remoteClient->FreeSSL(); +#endif +// FD_CLR(remoteClient->socket, exceptionFD); + closesocket(remoteClient->socket); + //shutdown(remoteClient->socket, SD_SEND); + delete remoteClient; +} + +void TCPInterface::InsertRemoteClient(RemoteClient* remoteClient) +{ + remoteClientsInsertionQueueMutex.Lock(); + remoteClientsInsertionQueue.Push(remoteClient); + remoteClientsInsertionQueueMutex.Unlock(); +} + +SOCKET TCPInterface::SocketConnect(const char* host, unsigned short remotePort) +{ + sockaddr_in serverAddress; + +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + struct hostent * server; + server = gethostbyname(host); + if (server == NULL) + return (SOCKET) -1; +#endif + + SOCKET sockfd = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0); + if (sockfd < 0) + return (SOCKET) -1; + + memset(&serverAddress, 0, sizeof(serverAddress)); + serverAddress.sin_family = AF_INET; + serverAddress.sin_port = htons( remotePort ); + + +#if !defined(_XBOX360) + memcpy((char *)&serverAddress.sin_addr.s_addr, (char *)server->h_addr, server->h_length); +#else + serverAddress.sin_addr.s_addr = inet_addr( host ); +#endif + + blockingSocketListMutex.Lock(); + blockingSocketList.Insert(sockfd); + blockingSocketListMutex.Unlock(); + + // This is blocking + int connectResult = connect( sockfd, ( struct sockaddr * ) &serverAddress, sizeof( struct sockaddr ) ); + + unsigned sockfdIndex; + blockingSocketListMutex.Lock(); + sockfdIndex=blockingSocketList.GetIndexOf(sockfd); + if (sockfdIndex!=(unsigned)-1) + blockingSocketList.RemoveAtIndexFast(sockfdIndex); + blockingSocketListMutex.Unlock(); + + if (connectResult==-1) + { + closesocket(sockfd); + return (SOCKET) -1; + } + + return sockfd; +} +RAK_THREAD_DECLARATION(ConnectionAttemptLoop) +{ + TCPInterface::ThisPtrPlusSysAddr *s = (TCPInterface::ThisPtrPlusSysAddr *) arguments; + SystemAddress systemAddress = s->systemAddress; + TCPInterface *tcpInterface = s->tcpInterface; + delete s; + + SOCKET sockfd = tcpInterface->SocketConnect(systemAddress.ToString(false), systemAddress.port); + if (sockfd==(SOCKET)-1) + { + tcpInterface->failedConnectionAttemptMutex.Lock(); + tcpInterface->failedConnectionAttempts.Push(systemAddress); + tcpInterface->failedConnectionAttemptMutex.Unlock(); + return 0; + } + + RemoteClient *remoteClient; + remoteClient = new RemoteClient; + remoteClient->socket=sockfd; + remoteClient->systemAddress=systemAddress; + tcpInterface->InsertRemoteClient(remoteClient); + + // Wait for the other thread to pick up the remote client + bool isEmpty; + do + { + RakSleep(30); + tcpInterface->remoteClientsInsertionQueueMutex.Lock(); + isEmpty=tcpInterface->remoteClientsInsertionQueue.IsEmpty(); + tcpInterface->remoteClientsInsertionQueueMutex.Unlock(); + } while(isEmpty==false && tcpInterface->threadRunning); + + // Notify user that the connection attempt has completed. + if (tcpInterface->threadRunning) + { + tcpInterface->completedConnectionAttemptMutex.Lock(); + tcpInterface->completedConnectionAttempts.Push(systemAddress); + tcpInterface->completedConnectionAttemptMutex.Unlock(); + } + + return 0; +} + +RAK_THREAD_DECLARATION(UpdateTCPInterfaceLoop) +{ + TCPInterface * sts = ( TCPInterface * ) arguments; + RemoteClient *remoteClient; + const int BUFF_SIZE=8096; + char data[ BUFF_SIZE ]; + Packet *p; + SystemAddress *systemAddress; + fd_set readFD, exceptionFD; + sts->threadRunning=true; + + sockaddr_in sockAddr; + int sockAddrSize = sizeof(sockAddr); + + unsigned i; + int len; + SOCKET newSock; + timeval tv; + int selectResult; + tv.tv_sec=0; + tv.tv_usec=25000; + + while (sts->isStarted) + { +#if defined(OPEN_SSL_CLIENT_SUPPORT) + systemAddress = sts->startSSL.ReadLock(); + if (systemAddress) + { + for (i=0; i < sts->remoteClients.Size(); i++) + { + if (sts->remoteClients[i]->systemAddress==*systemAddress) + { + if (sts->remoteClients[i]->ssl==0) + sts->remoteClients[i]->InitSSL(sts->ctx,sts->meth); + } + } + sts->startSSL.ReadUnlock(); + } +#endif + + p=sts->outgoingMessages.ReadLock(); + while (p) + { + if (p->systemAddress==UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + { + // Send to all + for (i=0; i < sts->remoteClients.Size(); i++) + sts->remoteClients[i]->Send((const char*)p->data, p->length); + } + else + { + // Send to this player + for (i=0; i < sts->remoteClients.Size(); i++) + if (sts->remoteClients[i]->systemAddress==p->systemAddress ) + sts->remoteClients[i]->Send((const char*)p->data, p->length); + } + + rakFree(p->data); + sts->outgoingMessages.ReadUnlock(); + p=sts->outgoingMessages.ReadLock(); + } + + if (sts->remoteClientsInsertionQueue.IsEmpty()==false) + { + sts->remoteClientsInsertionQueueMutex.Lock(); + if (sts->remoteClientsInsertionQueue.IsEmpty()==false) + sts->remoteClients.Insert(sts->remoteClientsInsertionQueue.Pop()); + sts->remoteClientsInsertionQueueMutex.Unlock(); + } + + systemAddress=sts->requestedCloseConnections.ReadLock(); + if (systemAddress) + { + for (i=0; i < sts->remoteClients.Size(); i++) + { + if (sts->remoteClients[i]->systemAddress==*systemAddress ) + { + systemAddress=sts->lostConnections.WriteLock(); + *systemAddress=sts->remoteClients[i]->systemAddress; + sts->lostConnections.WriteUnlock(); + + sts->DeleteRemoteClient(sts->remoteClients[i], &exceptionFD); + sts->remoteClients.RemoveAtIndex(i); + + + /* + systemAddress=sts->lostConnections.WriteLock(); + *systemAddress=sts->remoteClients[i]->systemAddress; + sts->lostConnections.WriteUnlock(); + sts->remoteClients.Del(i); + */ + break; + } + } + + sts->requestedCloseConnections.ReadUnlock(); + } + + SOCKET largestDescriptor=0; // see select()'s first parameter's documentation under linux + + // Reset readFD and exceptionFD since select seems to clear it + FD_ZERO(&readFD); + FD_ZERO(&exceptionFD); +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4127 ) // warning C4127: conditional expression is constant +#endif + if (sts->listenSocket!=(SOCKET) -1) + { + FD_SET(sts->listenSocket, &readFD); + FD_SET(sts->listenSocket, &exceptionFD); + largestDescriptor = sts->listenSocket; // @see largestDescriptor def + } + + for (i=0; i < sts->remoteClients.Size(); i++) + { + FD_SET(sts->remoteClients[i]->socket, &readFD); + FD_SET(sts->remoteClients[i]->socket, &exceptionFD); + if(sts->remoteClients[i]->socket > largestDescriptor) // @see largestDescriptorDef + largestDescriptor = sts->remoteClients[i]->socket; + } + + + // Linux' select() implementation changes the timeout + tv.tv_sec=0; + tv.tv_usec=25000; + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( disable : 4244 ) // warning C4127: conditional expression is constant +#endif +#if defined(_PS3) + selectResult=socketselect(largestDescriptor+1, &readFD, 0, &exceptionFD, &tv); +#else + selectResult=(int) select(largestDescriptor+1, &readFD, 0, &exceptionFD, &tv); +#endif + //selectResult=select(largestDescriptor+1, &readFD, 0, &exceptionFD, &tv); + + //selectResult=select(0, &readFD, 0, &exceptionFD, &tv); + + if (selectResult > 0) + { + if (sts->listenSocket!=(SOCKET) -1 && FD_ISSET(sts->listenSocket, &readFD)) + { + newSock = accept(sts->listenSocket, (sockaddr*)&sockAddr, (socklen_t*)&sockAddrSize); + + if (newSock != (SOCKET) -1) + { + remoteClient = new RemoteClient; + remoteClient->socket=newSock; + remoteClient->systemAddress.binaryAddress=sockAddr.sin_addr.s_addr; + remoteClient->systemAddress.port=ntohs( sockAddr.sin_port); + sts->remoteClients.Insert(remoteClient); + systemAddress=sts->newConnections.WriteLock(); + *systemAddress=remoteClient->systemAddress; + sts->newConnections.WriteUnlock(); + + FD_SET(newSock, &readFD); + FD_SET(newSock, &exceptionFD); + } + else + { +#ifdef _DO_PRINTF + printf("Error: connection failed\n"); +#endif + } + } + else if (sts->listenSocket!=(SOCKET) -1 && FD_ISSET(sts->listenSocket, &exceptionFD)) + { +#ifdef _DO_PRINTF + int err; + int errlen = sizeof(err); + getsockopt(sts->listenSocket, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ERROR,(char*)&err, &errlen); + printf("Socket error %s on listening socket\n", err); +#endif + } + else + { + i=0; + while (i < sts->remoteClients.Size()) + { + if (FD_ISSET(sts->remoteClients[i]->socket, &exceptionFD)) + { +#ifdef _DO_PRINTF + if (sts->listenSocket!=-1) + { + int err; + int errlen = sizeof(err); + getsockopt(sts->listenSocket, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ERROR,(char*)&err, &errlen); + in_addr in; + in.s_addr = sts->remoteClients[i]->systemAddress.binaryAddress; + printf("Socket error %i on %s:%i\n", err,inet_ntoa( in ), sts->remoteClients[i]->systemAddress.port ); + } + +#endif + // Connection lost abruptly + systemAddress=sts->lostConnections.WriteLock(); + *systemAddress=sts->remoteClients[i]->systemAddress; + sts->lostConnections.WriteUnlock(); + sts->DeleteRemoteClient(sts->remoteClients[i], &exceptionFD); + sts->remoteClients.RemoveAtIndex(i); + } + else + { + if (FD_ISSET(sts->remoteClients[i]->socket, &readFD)) + { + // if recv returns 0 this was a graceful close + len = sts->remoteClients[i]->Recv(data,BUFF_SIZE); + if (len>0) + { + p=sts->incomingMessages.WriteLock(); + p->data = (unsigned char*) rakMalloc( len+1 ); + memcpy(p->data, data, len); + p->data[len]=0; // Null terminate this so we can print it out as regular strings. This is different from RakNet which does not do this. + p->length=len; + p->systemAddress=sts->remoteClients[i]->systemAddress; + sts->incomingMessages.WriteUnlock(); + i++; // Nothing deleted so increment the index + } + else + { + // Connection lost gracefully + systemAddress=sts->lostConnections.WriteLock(); + *systemAddress=sts->remoteClients[i]->systemAddress; + sts->lostConnections.WriteUnlock(); + sts->DeleteRemoteClient(sts->remoteClients[i], &exceptionFD); + sts->remoteClients.RemoveAtIndex(i); + } + } + else + i++; // Nothing deleted so increment the index + } + } + } + } + else if (selectResult==0) + { + // No input - sleep for a while + RakSleep(50); + } + else + { + // FD_CLOSE? closesocket(remoteClient->socket); + +#if defined(_DO_PRINTF) && defined(_WIN32) + DWORD dwIOError = WSAGetLastError(); + printf("Socket error %i\n", dwIOError); +#endif + } + + + + } + sts->threadRunning=false; + + return 0; +} + +#if defined(OPEN_SSL_CLIENT_SUPPORT) +void RemoteClient::InitSSL(SSL_CTX* ctx, SSL_METHOD *meth) +{ + (void) meth; + + ssl = SSL_new (ctx); + RakAssert(ssl); + SSL_set_fd (ssl, socket); + SSL_connect (ssl); +} +void RemoteClient::DisconnectSSL(void) +{ + if (ssl) + SSL_shutdown (ssl); /* send SSL/TLS close_notify */ +} +void RemoteClient::FreeSSL(void) +{ + if (ssl) + SSL_free (ssl); +} +void RemoteClient::Send(const char *data, unsigned int length) +{ + int err; + if (ssl) + { + err = SSL_write (ssl, data, length); + RakAssert(err>0); + } + else + send(socket, data, length, 0); +} +int RemoteClient::Recv(char *data, const int dataSize) +{ + if (ssl) + { + return SSL_read (ssl, data, dataSize); + } + else + return recv(socket, data, dataSize, 0); +} +#else +void RemoteClient::Send(const char *data, unsigned int length) +{ + send(socket, data, length, 0); +} +int RemoteClient::Recv(char *data, const int dataSize) +{ + return recv(socket, data, dataSize, 0); +} +#endif + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/TCPInterface.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/TCPInterface.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9a942d21 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/TCPInterface.h @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief A simple TCP based server allowing sends and receives. Can be connected by any TCP client, including telnet. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __SIMPLE_TCP_SERVER +#define __SIMPLE_TCP_SERVER + +#ifdef _XBOX360 +#include "Console1Includes.h" +#elif defined(_WIN32) +#include +#include +#else +#include +#include +#include // fd_set +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +/// Unix/Linux uses ints for sockets +typedef unsigned int SOCKET; +#endif + +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "DS_List.h" +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "SingleProducerConsumer.h" +#include "Export.h" +#include "RakThread.h" +#include "DS_Queue.h" +#include "SimpleMutex.h" +#include "RakNetDefines.h" + +struct RemoteClient; + +#if defined(OPEN_SSL_CLIENT_SUPPORT) +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#endif + +/// \internal +/// \brief As the name says, a simple multithreaded TCP server. Used by TelnetTransport +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT TCPInterface : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ +public: + TCPInterface(); + ~TCPInterface(); + + /// Starts the TCP server on the indicated port + bool Start(unsigned short port, unsigned short maxIncomingConnections); + + /// Stops the TCP server + void Stop(void); + + /// Connect to the specified host on the specified port + SystemAddress Connect(const char* host, unsigned short remotePort, bool block=true); + +#if defined(OPEN_SSL_CLIENT_SUPPORT) + /// Start SSL on an existing connection, notified with HasCompletedConnectionAttempt + void StartSSLClient(SystemAddress systemAddress); + + /// Was SSL started on this socket? + bool IsSSLActive(SystemAddress systemAddress); +#endif + + /// Sends a byte stream + void Send( const char *data, unsigned length, SystemAddress systemAddress ); + + /// Returns data received + Packet* Receive( void ); + + /// Disconnects a player/address + void CloseConnection( SystemAddress systemAddress ); + + /// Deallocates a packet returned by Receive + void DeallocatePacket( Packet *packet ); + + /// Has a previous call to connect succeeded? Only used if block==false in the call to Connect + /// \return UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS = no. Anything else means yes. + SystemAddress HasCompletedConnectionAttempt(void); + + /// Has a previous call to connect failed? Only used if block==false in the call to Connect + /// \return UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS = no. Anything else means yes. + SystemAddress HasFailedConnectionAttempt(void); + + /// Queued events of new connections + SystemAddress HasNewConnection(void); + + /// Queued events of lost connections + SystemAddress HasLostConnection(void); +protected: + + bool isStarted, threadRunning; + SOCKET listenSocket; + + // Assuming remoteClients is only used by one thread! + DataStructures::List remoteClients; + // Use this thread-safe queue to add to remoteClients + DataStructures::Queue remoteClientsInsertionQueue; + SimpleMutex remoteClientsInsertionQueueMutex; + DataStructures::SingleProducerConsumer outgoingMessages, incomingMessages; + DataStructures::SingleProducerConsumer newConnections, lostConnections, requestedCloseConnections; + DataStructures::SingleProducerConsumer newRemoteClients; + SimpleMutex completedConnectionAttemptMutex, failedConnectionAttemptMutex; + DataStructures::Queue completedConnectionAttempts, failedConnectionAttempts; + + DataStructures::List blockingSocketList; + SimpleMutex blockingSocketListMutex; + + friend RAK_THREAD_DECLARATION(UpdateTCPInterfaceLoop); + friend RAK_THREAD_DECLARATION(ConnectionAttemptLoop); + + void DeleteRemoteClient(RemoteClient *remoteClient, fd_set *exceptionFD); + void InsertRemoteClient(RemoteClient* remoteClient); + SOCKET SocketConnect(const char* host, unsigned short remotePort); + + struct ThisPtrPlusSysAddr + { + TCPInterface *tcpInterface; + SystemAddress systemAddress; + bool useSSL; + }; + +#if defined(OPEN_SSL_CLIENT_SUPPORT) + SSL_CTX* ctx; + SSL_METHOD *meth; + DataStructures::SingleProducerConsumer startSSL; + DataStructures::List activeSSLConnections; +#endif +}; + +/// Stores information about a remote client. +struct RemoteClient +{ + RemoteClient() { +#if defined(OPEN_SSL_CLIENT_SUPPORT) + ssl=0; +#endif + } + SOCKET socket; + SystemAddress systemAddress; + +#if defined(OPEN_SSL_CLIENT_SUPPORT) + SSL* ssl; + void InitSSL(SSL_CTX* ctx, SSL_METHOD *meth); + void DisconnectSSL(void); + void FreeSSL(void); + void Send(const char *data, unsigned int length); + int Recv(char *data, const int dataSize); +#else + void Send(const char *data, unsigned int length); + int Recv(char *data, const int dataSize); +#endif +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/TableSerializer.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/TableSerializer.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..90c1de5a --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/TableSerializer.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,295 @@ +#include "TableSerializer.h" +#include "DS_Table.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "StringCompressor.h" +#include "RakAssert.h" + +void TableSerializer::SerializeTable(DataStructures::Table *in, RakNet::BitStream *out) +{ + DataStructures::Page *cur = in->GetRows().GetListHead(); + DataStructures::List &columns=in->GetColumns(); + SerializeColumns(in, out); + out->Write((unsigned)in->GetRows().Size()); + unsigned rowIndex; + while (cur) + { + for (rowIndex=0; rowIndex < (unsigned)cur->size; rowIndex++) + { + SerializeRow(cur->data[rowIndex], cur->keys[rowIndex], columns, out); + } + cur=cur->next; + } +} +void TableSerializer::SerializeColumns(DataStructures::Table *in, RakNet::BitStream *out) +{ + DataStructures::List &columns=in->GetColumns(); + out->Write((unsigned)columns.Size()); + unsigned i; + for (i=0; iEncodeString(columns[i].columnName, _TABLE_MAX_COLUMN_NAME_LENGTH, out); + out->Write((unsigned char)columns[i].columnType); + } +} +void TableSerializer::SerializeColumns(DataStructures::Table *in, RakNet::BitStream *out, DataStructures::List &skipColumnIndices) +{ + DataStructures::List &columns=in->GetColumns(); + out->Write((unsigned)columns.Size()-skipColumnIndices.Size()); + unsigned i; + for (i=0; iEncodeString(columns[i].columnName, _TABLE_MAX_COLUMN_NAME_LENGTH, out); + out->Write((unsigned char)columns[i].columnType); + } + } +} +bool TableSerializer::DeserializeTable(unsigned char *serializedTable, unsigned int dataLength, DataStructures::Table *out) +{ + RakNet::BitStream in((unsigned char*) serializedTable, dataLength, false); + return DeserializeTable(&in, out); +} +bool TableSerializer::DeserializeTable(RakNet::BitStream *in, DataStructures::Table *out) +{ + unsigned rowSize; + DeserializeColumns(in,out); + if (in->Read(rowSize)==false || rowSize>100000) + return false; // Hacker crash prevention + + unsigned rowIndex; + for (rowIndex=0; rowIndex < rowSize; rowIndex++) + { + if (DeserializeRow(in, out)==false) + return false; + } + return true; +} +bool TableSerializer::DeserializeColumns(RakNet::BitStream *in, DataStructures::Table *out) +{ + unsigned columnSize; + unsigned char columnType; + char columnName[_TABLE_MAX_COLUMN_NAME_LENGTH]; + if (in->Read(columnSize)==false || columnSize > 10000) + return false; // Hacker crash prevention + + out->Clear(); + unsigned i; + for (i=0; iDecodeString(columnName, 32, in); + in->Read(columnType); + out->AddColumn(columnName, (DataStructures::Table::ColumnType)columnType); + } + return true; +} +void TableSerializer::SerializeRow(DataStructures::Table::Row *in, unsigned keyIn, DataStructures::List &columns, RakNet::BitStream *out) +{ + unsigned cellIndex; + out->Write(keyIn); + for (cellIndex=0; cellIndexcells[cellIndex], columns[cellIndex].columnType); + } +} +void TableSerializer::SerializeRow(DataStructures::Table::Row *in, unsigned keyIn, DataStructures::List &columns, RakNet::BitStream *out, DataStructures::List &skipColumnIndices) +{ + unsigned cellIndex; + out->Write(keyIn); + for (cellIndex=0; cellIndexcells[cellIndex], columns[cellIndex].columnType); + } + } +} +bool TableSerializer::DeserializeRow(RakNet::BitStream *in, DataStructures::Table *out) +{ + DataStructures::List &columns=out->GetColumns(); + unsigned cellIndex; + DataStructures::Table::Row *row; + unsigned key; + if (in->Read(key)==false) + return false; + row=out->AddRow(key); + for (cellIndex=0; cellIndexcells[cellIndex], columns[cellIndex].columnType)==false) + { + out->RemoveRow(key); + return false; + } + } + return true; +} +void TableSerializer::SerializeCell(RakNet::BitStream *out, DataStructures::Table::Cell *cell, DataStructures::Table::ColumnType columnType) +{ + out->Write(cell->isEmpty); + if (cell->isEmpty==false) + { + if (columnType==DataStructures::Table::NUMERIC) + { + out->Write(cell->i); + } + else if (columnType==DataStructures::Table::STRING) + { + stringCompressor->EncodeString(cell->c, 65535, out); + } + else if (columnType==DataStructures::Table::POINTER) + { + out->Write(cell->ptr); + } + else + { + // Binary + assert(columnType==DataStructures::Table::BINARY); + RakAssert(cell->i>0); + out->Write((unsigned)cell->i); + out->WriteAlignedBytes((const unsigned char*) cell->c, cell->i); + } + } +} +bool TableSerializer::DeserializeCell(RakNet::BitStream *in, DataStructures::Table::Cell *cell, DataStructures::Table::ColumnType columnType) +{ + bool isEmpty; + int value; + void *ptr; + char tempString[65535]; + cell->Clear(); + + if (in->Read(isEmpty)==false) + return false; + if (isEmpty==false) + { + if (columnType==DataStructures::Table::NUMERIC) + { + if (in->Read(value)==false) + return false; + cell->Set(value); + } + else if (columnType==DataStructures::Table::STRING) + { + if (stringCompressor->DecodeString(tempString, 65535, in)==false) + return false; + cell->Set(tempString); + } + else if (columnType==DataStructures::Table::POINTER) + { + if (in->Read(ptr)==false) + return false; + cell->SetPtr(ptr); + } + else + { + // Binary + assert(columnType==DataStructures::Table::BINARY); + if (in->Read(value)==false || value > 10000000) + return false; // Sanity check to max binary cell of 10 megabytes + in->AlignReadToByteBoundary(); + if (BITS_TO_BYTES(in->GetNumberOfUnreadBits())<(BitSize_t)value) + return false; + cell->Set((char*) in->GetData()+BITS_TO_BYTES(in->GetReadOffset()), value); + in->IgnoreBits(BYTES_TO_BITS(value)); + } + } + return true; +} +void TableSerializer::SerializeFilterQuery(RakNet::BitStream *in, DataStructures::Table::FilterQuery *query) +{ + stringCompressor->EncodeString(query->columnName,_TABLE_MAX_COLUMN_NAME_LENGTH,in,0); + in->WriteCompressed(query->columnIndex); + in->Write((unsigned char) query->operation); + in->Write(query->cellValue->isEmpty); + if (query->cellValue->isEmpty==false) + { + in->WriteAlignedBytesSafe((const char*)query->cellValue->c,query->cellValue->i,10000000); // Sanity check to max binary cell of 10 megabytes + in->Write(query->cellValue->i); + in->Write(query->cellValue->ptr); + + } +} +bool TableSerializer::DeserializeFilterQuery(RakNet::BitStream *out, DataStructures::Table::FilterQuery *query) +{ + bool b; + RakAssert(query->cellValue); + stringCompressor->DecodeString(query->columnName,_TABLE_MAX_COLUMN_NAME_LENGTH,out,0); + out->ReadCompressed(query->columnIndex); + unsigned char op; + out->Read(op); + query->operation=(DataStructures::Table::FilterQueryType) op; + query->cellValue->Clear(); + b=out->Read(query->cellValue->isEmpty); + if (query->cellValue->isEmpty==false) + { + // HACK - cellValue->i is used for integer, character, and binary data. However, for character and binary c will be 0. So use that to determine if the data was integer or not. + BitSize_t inputLength; + out->ReadAlignedBytesSafeAlloc(&query->cellValue->c,inputLength,10000000); // Sanity check to max binary cell of 10 megabytes + query->cellValue->i=(int) inputLength; + if (query->cellValue->c==0) + out->Read(query->cellValue->i); + else + out->IgnoreBytes(sizeof(query->cellValue->i)); + b=out->Read(query->cellValue->ptr); + } + return b; +} +void TableSerializer::SerializeFilterQueryList(RakNet::BitStream *in, DataStructures::Table::FilterQuery *query, unsigned int numQueries, unsigned int maxQueries) +{ + in->Write((bool)(query && numQueries>0)); + if (query==0 || numQueries<=0) + return; + + RakAssert(numQueries<=maxQueries); + in->WriteCompressed(numQueries); + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < numQueries; i++) + { + SerializeFilterQuery(in, query); + } +} +bool TableSerializer::DeserializeFilterQueryList(RakNet::BitStream *out, DataStructures::Table::FilterQuery **query, unsigned int *numQueries, unsigned int maxQueries, int allocateExtraQueries) +{ + bool b, anyQueries=false; + out->Read(anyQueries); + if (anyQueries==false) + { + if (allocateExtraQueries<=0) + *query=0; + else + *query=new DataStructures::Table::FilterQuery[allocateExtraQueries]; + + *numQueries=0; + return true; + } + b=out->ReadCompressed(*numQueries); + if (*numQueries>maxQueries) + { + RakAssert(0); + *numQueries=maxQueries; + } + if (*numQueries==0) + return b; + + *query=new DataStructures::Table::FilterQuery[*numQueries+allocateExtraQueries]; + DataStructures::Table::FilterQuery *queryPtr = *query; + + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < *numQueries; i++) + { + queryPtr[i].cellValue=new DataStructures::Table::Cell; + b=DeserializeFilterQuery(out, queryPtr+i); + } + + return b; +} +void TableSerializer::DeallocateQueryList(DataStructures::Table::FilterQuery *query, unsigned int numQueries) +{ + if (query==0 || numQueries==0) + return; + + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < numQueries; i++) + delete query[i].cellValue; + delete [] query; +} diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/TableSerializer.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/TableSerializer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cd149bf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/TableSerializer.h @@ -0,0 +1,203 @@ +#ifndef __TABLE_SERIALIZER_H +#define __TABLE_SERIALIZER_H + +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "DS_Table.h" +#include "Export.h" + +namespace RakNet +{ + class BitStream; +} + +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT TableSerializer : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ +public: + static void SerializeTable(DataStructures::Table *in, RakNet::BitStream *out); + static bool DeserializeTable(unsigned char *serializedTable, unsigned int dataLength, DataStructures::Table *out); + static bool DeserializeTable(RakNet::BitStream *in, DataStructures::Table *out); + static void SerializeColumns(DataStructures::Table *in, RakNet::BitStream *out); + static void SerializeColumns(DataStructures::Table *in, RakNet::BitStream *out, DataStructures::List &skipColumnIndices); + static bool DeserializeColumns(RakNet::BitStream *in, DataStructures::Table *out); + static void SerializeRow(DataStructures::Table::Row *in, unsigned keyIn, DataStructures::List &columns, RakNet::BitStream *out); + static void SerializeRow(DataStructures::Table::Row *in, unsigned keyIn, DataStructures::List &columns, RakNet::BitStream *out, DataStructures::List &skipColumnIndices); + static bool DeserializeRow(RakNet::BitStream *in, DataStructures::Table *out); + static void SerializeCell(RakNet::BitStream *out, DataStructures::Table::Cell *cell, DataStructures::Table::ColumnType columnType); + static bool DeserializeCell(RakNet::BitStream *in, DataStructures::Table::Cell *cell, DataStructures::Table::ColumnType columnType); + static void SerializeFilterQuery(RakNet::BitStream *in, DataStructures::Table::FilterQuery *query); + // Note that this allocates query->cell->c! + static bool DeserializeFilterQuery(RakNet::BitStream *out, DataStructures::Table::FilterQuery *query); + static void SerializeFilterQueryList(RakNet::BitStream *in, DataStructures::Table::FilterQuery *query, unsigned int numQueries, unsigned int maxQueries); + // Note that this allocates queries, cells, and query->cell->c!. Use DeallocateQueryList to free. + static bool DeserializeFilterQueryList(RakNet::BitStream *out, DataStructures::Table::FilterQuery **query, unsigned int *numQueries, unsigned int maxQueries, int allocateExtraQueries=0); + static void DeallocateQueryList(DataStructures::Table::FilterQuery *query, unsigned int numQueries); +}; + +#endif + +// Test code for the table +/* +#include "LightweightDatabaseServer.h" +#include "LightweightDatabaseClient.h" +#include "TableSerializer.h" +#include "BitStream.h" +#include "StringCompressor.h" +#include "DS_Table.h" +void main(void) +{ + DataStructures::Table table; + DataStructures::Table::Row *row; + unsigned int dummydata=12345; + + // Add columns Name (string), IP (binary), score (int), and players (int). + table.AddColumn("Name", DataStructures::Table::STRING); + table.AddColumn("IP", DataStructures::Table::BINARY); + table.AddColumn("Score", DataStructures::Table::NUMERIC); + table.AddColumn("Players", DataStructures::Table::NUMERIC); + table.AddColumn("Empty Test Column", DataStructures::Table::STRING); + assert(table.GetColumnCount()==5); + row=table.AddRow(0); + assert(row); + row->UpdateCell(0,"Kevin Jenkins"); + row->UpdateCell(1,sizeof(dummydata), (char*)&dummydata); + row->UpdateCell(2,5); + row->UpdateCell(3,10); + //row->UpdateCell(4,"should be unique"); + + row=table.AddRow(1); + row->UpdateCell(0,"Kevin Jenkins"); + row->UpdateCell(1,sizeof(dummydata), (char*)&dummydata); + row->UpdateCell(2,5); + row->UpdateCell(3,15); + + row=table.AddRow(2); + row->UpdateCell(0,"Kevin Jenkins"); + row->UpdateCell(1,sizeof(dummydata), (char*)&dummydata); + row->UpdateCell(2,5); + row->UpdateCell(3,20); + + row=table.AddRow(3); + assert(row); + row->UpdateCell(0,"Kevin Jenkins"); + row->UpdateCell(1,sizeof(dummydata), (char*)&dummydata); + row->UpdateCell(2,15); + row->UpdateCell(3,5); + row->UpdateCell(4,"col index 4"); + + row=table.AddRow(4); + assert(row); + row->UpdateCell(0,"Kevin Jenkins"); + row->UpdateCell(1,sizeof(dummydata), (char*)&dummydata); + //row->UpdateCell(2,25); + row->UpdateCell(3,30); + //row->UpdateCell(4,"should be unique"); + + row=table.AddRow(5); + assert(row); + row->UpdateCell(0,"Kevin Jenkins"); + row->UpdateCell(1,sizeof(dummydata), (char*)&dummydata); + //row->UpdateCell(2,25); + row->UpdateCell(3,5); + //row->UpdateCell(4,"should be unique"); + + row=table.AddRow(6); + assert(row); + row->UpdateCell(0,"Kevin Jenkins"); + row->UpdateCell(1,sizeof(dummydata), (char*)&dummydata); + row->UpdateCell(2,35); + //row->UpdateCell(3,40); + //row->UpdateCell(4,"should be unique"); + + row=table.AddRow(7); + assert(row); + row->UpdateCell(0,"Bob Jenkins"); + + row=table.AddRow(8); + assert(row); + row->UpdateCell(0,"Zack Jenkins"); + + // Test multi-column sorting + DataStructures::Table::Row *rows[30]; + DataStructures::Table::SortQuery queries[4]; + queries[0].columnIndex=0; + queries[0].operation=DataStructures::Table::QS_INCREASING_ORDER; + queries[1].columnIndex=1; + queries[1].operation=DataStructures::Table::QS_INCREASING_ORDER; + queries[2].columnIndex=2; + queries[2].operation=DataStructures::Table::QS_INCREASING_ORDER; + queries[3].columnIndex=3; + queries[3].operation=DataStructures::Table::QS_DECREASING_ORDER; + table.SortTable(queries, 4, rows); + unsigned i; + char out[256]; + printf("Sort: Ascending except for column index 3\n"); + for (i=0; i < table.GetRowCount(); i++) + { + table.PrintRow(out,256,',',true, rows[i]); + printf("%s\n", out); + } + + // Test query: + // Don't return column 3, and swap columns 0 and 2 + unsigned columnsToReturn[4]; + columnsToReturn[0]=2; + columnsToReturn[1]=1; + columnsToReturn[2]=0; + columnsToReturn[3]=4; + DataStructures::Table resultsTable; + table.QueryTable(columnsToReturn,4,0,0,&resultsTable); + printf("Query: Don't return column 3, and swap columns 0 and 2:\n"); + for (i=0; i < resultsTable.GetRowCount(); i++) + { + resultsTable.PrintRow(out,256,',',true, resultsTable.GetRowByIndex(i)); + printf("%s\n", out); + } + + // Test filter: + // Only return rows with column index 4 empty + DataStructures::Table::FilterQuery inclusionFilters[3]; + inclusionFilters[0].columnIndex=4; + inclusionFilters[0].operation=DataStructures::Table::QF_IS_EMPTY; + // inclusionFilters[0].cellValue; // Unused for IS_EMPTY + table.QueryTable(0,0,inclusionFilters,1,&resultsTable); + printf("Filter: Only return rows with column index 4 empty:\n"); + for (i=0; i < resultsTable.GetRowCount(); i++) + { + resultsTable.PrintRow(out,256,',',true, resultsTable.GetRowByIndex(i)); + printf("%s\n", out); + } + + // Column 5 empty and column 0 == Kevin Jenkins + inclusionFilters[0].columnIndex=4; + inclusionFilters[0].operation=DataStructures::Table::QF_IS_EMPTY; + inclusionFilters[1].columnIndex=0; + inclusionFilters[1].operation=DataStructures::Table::QF_EQUAL; + inclusionFilters[1].cellValue.Set("Kevin Jenkins"); + table.QueryTable(0,0,inclusionFilters,2,&resultsTable); + printf("Filter: Column 5 empty and column 0 == Kevin Jenkins:\n"); + for (i=0; i < resultsTable.GetRowCount(); i++) + { + resultsTable.PrintRow(out,256,',',true, resultsTable.GetRowByIndex(i)); + printf("%s\n", out); + } + + RakNet::BitStream bs; + printf("PreSerialize:\n"); + for (i=0; i < table.GetRowCount(); i++) + { + table.PrintRow(out,256,',',true, table.GetRowByIndex(i)); + printf("%s\n", out); + } + StringCompressor::AddReference(); + TableSerializer::Serialize(&table, &bs); + TableSerializer::Deserialize(&bs, &table); + StringCompressor::RemoveReference(); + printf("PostDeserialize:\n"); + for (i=0; i < table.GetRowCount(); i++) + { + table.PrintRow(out,256,',',true, table.GetRowByIndex(i)); + printf("%s\n", out); + } + int a=5; +} +*/ diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/TelnetTransport.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/TelnetTransport.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f634a8a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/TelnetTransport.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,327 @@ +#include "TelnetTransport.h" +#include "TCPInterface.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include "LinuxStrings.h" + +// #define _PRINTF_DEBUG + +#define ECHO_INPUT + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +TelnetTransport::TelnetTransport() +{ + tcpInterface=0; + sendSuffix=0; + sendPrefix=0; +} +TelnetTransport::~TelnetTransport() +{ + Stop(); + if (sendSuffix) + rakFree(sendSuffix); + if (sendPrefix) + rakFree(sendPrefix); +} +bool TelnetTransport::Start(unsigned short port, bool serverMode) +{ + AutoAllocate(); + assert(serverMode); + return tcpInterface->Start(port, 64); +} +void TelnetTransport::Stop(void) +{ + if (tcpInterface==0) return; + tcpInterface->Stop(); + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < remoteClients.Size(); i++) + delete remoteClients[i]; + remoteClients.Clear(); +} +void TelnetTransport::Send( SystemAddress systemAddress, const char *data,... ) +{ + if (tcpInterface==0) return; + + char text[REMOTE_MAX_TEXT_INPUT]; + size_t prefixLength; + if (sendPrefix) + { + strcpy(text, sendPrefix); + prefixLength = strlen(sendPrefix); + } + else + { + text[0]=0; + prefixLength=0; + } + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, data); + _vsnprintf(text+prefixLength, REMOTE_MAX_TEXT_INPUT-prefixLength, data, ap); + va_end(ap); + text[REMOTE_MAX_TEXT_INPUT-1]=0; + + if (sendSuffix) + { + size_t length = strlen(text); + size_t availableChars = REMOTE_MAX_TEXT_INPUT-length-1; + strncat(text, sendSuffix, availableChars); + } + + tcpInterface->Send(text, (unsigned int) strlen(text), systemAddress); +} +void TelnetTransport::CloseConnection( SystemAddress systemAddress ) +{ + tcpInterface->CloseConnection(systemAddress); +} +Packet* TelnetTransport::Receive( void ) +{ + if (tcpInterface==0) return 0; + Packet *p = tcpInterface->Receive(); + if (p==0) + return 0; + + /* + if (p->data[0]==255) + { + unsigned i; + for (i=0; i < p->length; i++) + { + printf("%i ", p->data[i]); + } + printf("\n"); + tcpInterface->DeallocatePacket(p); + return 0; + } + */ + + // 127 is delete - ignore that + // 9 is tab + // 27 is escape + if (p->data[0]>=127 || p->data[0]==9 || p->data[0]==27) + { + tcpInterface->DeallocatePacket(p); + return 0; + } + + // Hack - I don't know what the hell this is about but cursor keys send 3 characters at a time. I can block these + //Up=27,91,65 + //Down=27,91,66 + //Right=27,91,67 + //Left=27,91,68 + if (p->length==3 && p->data[0]==27 && p->data[1]==91 && p->data[2]>=65 && p->data[2]<=68) + { + tcpInterface->DeallocatePacket(p); + return 0; + } + + // Get this guy's cursor buffer. This is real bullcrap that I have to do this. + unsigned i; + TelnetClient *remoteClient=0; + for (i=0; i < remoteClients.Size(); i++) + { + if (remoteClients[i]->systemAddress==p->systemAddress) + remoteClient=remoteClients[i]; + } + assert(remoteClient); + if (remoteClient==0) + { + tcpInterface->DeallocatePacket(p); + return 0; + } + + + // Echo +#ifdef ECHO_INPUT + tcpInterface->Send((const char *)p->data, p->length, p->systemAddress); +#endif + + bool gotLine; + // Process each character in turn + for (i=0; i < p->length; i++) + { + +#ifdef ECHO_INPUT + if (p->data[i]==8) + { + char spaceThenBack[2]; + spaceThenBack[0]=' '; + spaceThenBack[1]=8; + tcpInterface->Send((const char *)spaceThenBack, 2, p->systemAddress); + } +#endif + + gotLine=ReassembleLine(remoteClient, p->data[i]); + if (gotLine && remoteClient->textInput[0]) + { + Packet *reassembledLine = (Packet*) rakMalloc(sizeof(Packet)); + reassembledLine->length=(unsigned int) strlen(remoteClient->textInput); + assert(reassembledLine->length < REMOTE_MAX_TEXT_INPUT); + reassembledLine->data= (unsigned char*) rakMalloc( reassembledLine->length+1 ); + memcpy(reassembledLine->data, remoteClient->textInput, reassembledLine->length); +#ifdef _PRINTF_DEBUG + memset(remoteClient->textInput, 0, REMOTE_MAX_TEXT_INPUT); +#endif + reassembledLine->data[reassembledLine->length]=0; + reassembledLine->systemAddress=p->systemAddress; + tcpInterface->DeallocatePacket(p); + return reassembledLine; + } + } + + tcpInterface->DeallocatePacket(p); + return 0; +} +void TelnetTransport::DeallocatePacket( Packet *packet ) +{ + if (tcpInterface==0) return; + rakFree(packet->data); + rakFree(packet); +} +SystemAddress TelnetTransport::HasNewConnection(void) +{ + unsigned i; + SystemAddress newConnection; + newConnection = tcpInterface->HasNewConnection(); + // 03/16/06 Can't force the stupid windows telnet to use line mode or local echo so now I have to track all the remote players and their + // input buffer + if (newConnection != UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + { + unsigned char command[10]; + // http://www.pcmicro.com/netfoss/RFC857.html + // IAC WON'T ECHO + command[0]=255; // IAC + //command[1]=253; // WON'T + command[1]=251; // WILL + command[2]=1; // ECHO + tcpInterface->Send((const char*)command, 3, newConnection); + + /* + // Tell the other side to use line mode + // http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc1184.html + // IAC DO LINEMODE + // command[0]=255; // IAC + // command[1]=252; // DO + // command[2]=34; // LINEMODE + // tcpInterface->Send((const char*)command, 3, newConnection); + + */ + + TelnetClient *remoteClient=0; + for (i=0; i < remoteClients.Size(); i++) + { + if (remoteClients[i]->systemAddress==newConnection) + { + remoteClient=remoteClients[i]; + remoteClient->cursorPosition=0; + } + } + + if (remoteClient==0) + { + remoteClient=new TelnetClient; + remoteClient->cursorPosition=0; + remoteClient->systemAddress=newConnection; +#ifdef _PRINTF_DEBUG + memset(remoteClient->textInput, 0, REMOTE_MAX_TEXT_INPUT); +#endif + } + + remoteClients.Insert(remoteClient); + } + return newConnection; +} +SystemAddress TelnetTransport::HasLostConnection(void) +{ + SystemAddress systemAddress; + unsigned i; + systemAddress=tcpInterface->HasLostConnection(); + if (systemAddress!=UNASSIGNED_SYSTEM_ADDRESS) + { + for (i=0; i < remoteClients.Size(); i++) + { + if (remoteClients[i]->systemAddress==systemAddress) + { + delete remoteClients[i]; + remoteClients[i]=remoteClients[remoteClients.Size()-1]; + remoteClients.RemoveFromEnd(); + } + } + } + return systemAddress; +} +CommandParserInterface* TelnetTransport::GetCommandParser(void) +{ + return 0; +} +void TelnetTransport::SetSendSuffix(const char *suffix) +{ + if (sendSuffix) + { + rakFree(sendSuffix); + sendSuffix=0; + } + if (suffix) + { + sendSuffix = (char*) rakMalloc(strlen(suffix)+1); + strcpy(sendSuffix, suffix); + } +} +void TelnetTransport::SetSendPrefix(const char *prefix) +{ + if (sendPrefix) + { + rakFree(sendPrefix); + sendPrefix=0; + } + if (prefix) + { + sendPrefix = (char*) rakMalloc(strlen(prefix)+1); + strcpy(sendPrefix, prefix); + } +} +void TelnetTransport::AutoAllocate(void) +{ + if (tcpInterface==0) + tcpInterface=new TCPInterface; +} +bool TelnetTransport::ReassembleLine(TelnetTransport::TelnetClient* remoteClient, unsigned char c) +{ + if (c=='\n') + { + remoteClient->textInput[remoteClient->cursorPosition]=0; + remoteClient->cursorPosition=0; +#ifdef _PRINTF_DEBUG + printf("[Done] %s\n", remoteClient->textInput); +#endif + return true; + } + else if (c==8) // backspace + { + if (remoteClient->cursorPosition>0) + { + remoteClient->textInput[--remoteClient->cursorPosition]=0; +#ifdef _PRINTF_DEBUG + printf("[Back] %s\n", remoteClient->textInput); +#endif + } + } + else if (c>=32 && c <127) + { + if (remoteClient->cursorPosition < REMOTE_MAX_TEXT_INPUT) + { + remoteClient->textInput[remoteClient->cursorPosition++]=c; +#ifdef _PRINTF_DEBUG + printf("[Norm] %s\n", remoteClient->textInput); +#endif + } + } + return false; +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/TelnetTransport.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/TelnetTransport.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5daebde4 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/TelnetTransport.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief Contains TelnetTransport , used to supports the telnet transport protocol. Insecure +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __TELNET_TRANSPORT +#define __TELNET_TRANSPORT + +#include "TransportInterface.h" +#include "DS_List.h" +#include "Export.h" +class TCPInterface; +struct TelnetClient; + +/// \brief Use TelnetTransport to easily allow windows telnet to connect to your ConsoleServer +/// To run Windows telnet, go to your start menu, click run, and in the edit box type "telnet " where is the ip address +/// of your ConsoleServer (most likely the same IP as your game). +/// This implementation always echos commands. +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT TelnetTransport : public TransportInterface +{ +public: + TelnetTransport(); + virtual ~TelnetTransport(); + bool Start(unsigned short port, bool serverMode); + void Stop(void); + void Send( SystemAddress systemAddress, const char *data, ... ); + void CloseConnection( SystemAddress systemAddress ); + Packet* Receive( void ); + void DeallocatePacket( Packet *packet ); + SystemAddress HasNewConnection(void); + SystemAddress HasLostConnection(void); + CommandParserInterface* GetCommandParser(void); + void SetSendSuffix(const char *suffix); + void SetSendPrefix(const char *prefix); +protected: + + struct TelnetClient + { + SystemAddress systemAddress; + char textInput[REMOTE_MAX_TEXT_INPUT]; + unsigned cursorPosition; + }; + + TCPInterface *tcpInterface; + void AutoAllocate(void); + bool ReassembleLine(TelnetTransport::TelnetClient* telnetClient, unsigned char c); + + // Crap this sucks but because windows telnet won't send line at a time, I have to reconstruct the lines at the server per player + DataStructures::List remoteClients; + + char *sendSuffix, *sendPrefix; + +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ThreadPool.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ThreadPool.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..745ebe6e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ThreadPool.h @@ -0,0 +1,551 @@ +#ifndef __THREAD_POOL_H +#define __THREAD_POOL_H + +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "DS_Queue.h" +#include "SimpleMutex.h" +#include "Export.h" +#include "RakThread.h" + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( push ) +#endif + +/// A simple class to create worker threads that processes a queue of functions with data. +/// This class does not allocate or deallocate memory. It is up to the user to handle memory management. +/// InputType and OutputType are stored directly in a queue. For large structures, if you plan to delete from the middle of the queue, +/// you might wish to store pointers rather than the structures themselves so the array can shift efficiently. +template +struct RAK_DLL_EXPORT ThreadPool : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ + ThreadPool(); + ~ThreadPool(); + + /// Start the specified number of threads. + /// \param[in] numThreads The number of threads to start + /// \param[in] stackSize 0 for default (except on consoles). + /// \param[in] _perThreadDataFactory User callback to return data stored per thread. Pass 0 if not needed. + /// \param[in] _perThreadDataDestructor User callback to destroy data stored per thread, created by _perThreadDataFactory. Pass 0 if not needed. + /// \return True on success, false on failure. + bool StartThreads(int numThreads, int stackSize, void* (*_perThreadDataFactory)()=0, void (*_perThreadDataDestructor)(void*)=0); + + /// Stops all threads + void StopThreads(void); + + /// Adds a function to a queue with data to pass to that function. This function will be called from the thread + /// Memory management is your responsibility! This class does not allocate or deallocate memory. + /// The best way to deallocate \a inputData is in userCallback. If you call EndThreads such that callbacks were not called, you + /// can iterate through the inputQueue and deallocate all pending input data there + /// The best way to deallocate output is as it is returned to you from GetOutput. Similarly, if you end the threads such that + /// not all output was returned, you can iterate through outputQueue and deallocate it there. + /// \param[in] workerThreadCallback The function to call from the thread + /// \param[in] inputData The parameter to pass to \a userCallback + void AddInput(OutputType (*workerThreadCallback)(InputType, bool *returnOutput, void* perThreadData), InputType inputData); + + /// Returns true if output from GetOutput is waiting. + /// \return true if output is waiting, false otherwise + bool HasOutput(void); + + /// Inaccurate but fast version of HasOutput. If this returns true, you should still check HasOutput for the real value. + /// \return true if output is probably waiting, false otherwise + bool HasOutputFast(void); + + /// Returns true if input from GetInput is waiting. + /// \return true if input is waiting, false otherwise + bool HasInput(void); + + /// Inaccurate but fast version of HasInput. If this returns true, you should still check HasInput for the real value. + /// \return true if input is probably waiting, false otherwise + bool HasInputFast(void); + + /// Gets the output of a call to \a userCallback + /// HasOutput must return true before you call this function. Otherwise it will assert. + /// \return The output of \a userCallback. If you have different output signatures, it is up to you to encode the data to indicate this + OutputType GetOutput(void); + + /// Clears internal buffers + void Clear(void); + + /// Lock the input buffer before calling the functions InputSize, InputAtIndex, and RemoveInputAtIndex + /// It is only necessary to lock the input or output while the threads are running + void LockInput(void); + + /// Unlock the input buffer after you are done with the functions InputSize, GetInputAtIndex, and RemoveInputAtIndex + void UnlockInput(void); + + /// Length of the input queue + unsigned InputSize(void); + + /// Get the input at a specified index + InputType GetInputAtIndex(unsigned index); + + /// Remove input from a specific index. This does NOT do memory deallocation - it only removes the item from the queue + void RemoveInputAtIndex(unsigned index); + + /// Lock the output buffer before calling the functions OutputSize, OutputAtIndex, and RemoveOutputAtIndex + /// It is only necessary to lock the input or output while the threads are running + void LockOutput(void); + + /// Unlock the output buffer after you are done with the functions OutputSize, GetOutputAtIndex, and RemoveOutputAtIndex + void UnlockOutput(void); + + /// Length of the output queue + unsigned OutputSize(void); + + /// Get the output at a specified index + OutputType GetOutputAtIndex(unsigned index); + + /// Remove output from a specific index. This does NOT do memory deallocation - it only removes the item from the queue + void RemoveOutputAtIndex(unsigned index); + + /// Removes all items from the input queue + void ClearInput(void); + + /// Removes all items from the output queue + void ClearOutput(void); + + /// Are any of the threads working, or is input or output available? + bool IsWorking(void); + + /// The number of currently active threads. + int NumThreadsWorking(void); + + /// Have the threads been signaled to be stopped? + bool WasStopped(void); + +protected: + // It is valid to cancel input before it is processed. To do so, lock the inputQueue with inputQueueMutex, + // Scan the list, and remove the item you don't want. + SimpleMutex inputQueueMutex, outputQueueMutex, workingThreadCountMutex, runThreadsMutex; + + void* (*perThreadDataFactory)(); + void (*perThreadDataDestructor)(void*); + + // inputFunctionQueue & inputQueue are paired arrays so if you delete from one at a particular index you must delete from the other + // at the same index + DataStructures::Queue inputFunctionQueue; + DataStructures::Queue inputQueue; + + DataStructures::Queue outputQueue; + + + template + friend RAK_THREAD_DECLARATION(WorkerThread); + + /* +#ifdef _WIN32 + friend unsigned __stdcall WorkerThread( LPVOID arguments ); +#else + friend void* WorkerThread( void* arguments ); +#endif + */ + + /// \internal + bool runThreads; + /// \internal + int numThreadsRunning; + /// \internal + int numThreadsWorking; + /// \internal + SimpleMutex numThreadsRunningMutex; +#ifdef _WIN32 + /// \internal + HANDLE quitAndIncomingDataEvents[2]; +#endif +}; + +#include "ThreadPool.h" +#include "RakSleep.h" +#ifdef _WIN32 +#else +#include +#endif + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning(disable:4127) +#pragma warning( disable : 4701 ) // potentially uninitialized local variable 'inputData' used +#endif + +template +RAK_THREAD_DECLARATION(WorkerThread) +/* +#ifdef _WIN32 +unsigned __stdcall WorkerThread( LPVOID arguments ) +#else +void* WorkerThread( void* arguments ) +#endif +*/ +{ + bool returnOutput; + ThreadPool *threadPool = (ThreadPool*) arguments; + ThreadOutputType (*userCallback)(ThreadInputType, bool *, void*); + ThreadInputType inputData; + ThreadOutputType callbackOutput; + + userCallback=0; + + void *perThreadData; + if (threadPool->perThreadDataFactory) + perThreadData=threadPool->perThreadDataFactory(); + else + perThreadData=0; + + // Increase numThreadsRunning + threadPool->numThreadsRunningMutex.Lock(); + ++threadPool->numThreadsRunning; + threadPool->numThreadsRunningMutex.Unlock(); + + + while (1) + { +#ifdef _WIN32 + if (userCallback==0) + { + // Wait for signaled event + WaitForMultipleObjects( + 2, + threadPool->quitAndIncomingDataEvents, + false, + INFINITE); + } +#endif + + threadPool->runThreadsMutex.Lock(); + if (threadPool->runThreads==false) + { + threadPool->runThreadsMutex.Unlock(); + break; + } + threadPool->runThreadsMutex.Unlock(); + + threadPool->workingThreadCountMutex.Lock(); + ++threadPool->numThreadsWorking; + threadPool->workingThreadCountMutex.Unlock(); + + // Read input data + userCallback=0; + threadPool->inputQueueMutex.Lock(); + if (threadPool->inputFunctionQueue.Size()) + { + userCallback=threadPool->inputFunctionQueue.Pop(); + inputData=threadPool->inputQueue.Pop(); + } + threadPool->inputQueueMutex.Unlock(); + + if (userCallback) + { + callbackOutput=userCallback(inputData, &returnOutput,perThreadData); + if (returnOutput) + { + threadPool->outputQueueMutex.Lock(); + threadPool->outputQueue.Push(callbackOutput); + threadPool->outputQueueMutex.Unlock(); + } + } + + threadPool->workingThreadCountMutex.Lock(); + --threadPool->numThreadsWorking; + threadPool->workingThreadCountMutex.Unlock(); + +#ifndef _WIN32 + // If no input data available, and GCC, then sleep. + if (userCallback==0) + RakSleep(1000); +#endif + } + + // Decrease numThreadsRunning + threadPool->numThreadsRunningMutex.Lock(); + --threadPool->numThreadsRunning; + threadPool->numThreadsRunningMutex.Unlock(); + + if (threadPool->perThreadDataDestructor) + threadPool->perThreadDataDestructor(perThreadData); + + return 0; +} +template +ThreadPool::ThreadPool() +{ + runThreads=false; + numThreadsRunning=0; +} +template +ThreadPool::~ThreadPool() +{ + StopThreads(); + Clear(); +} + +template +bool ThreadPool::StartThreads(int numThreads, int stackSize, void* (*_perThreadDataFactory)(), void (*_perThreadDataDestructor)(void *)) +{ + (void) stackSize; + + runThreadsMutex.Lock(); + if (runThreads==true) + { + runThreadsMutex.Unlock(); + return false; + } + runThreadsMutex.Unlock(); + +#ifdef _WIN32 + quitAndIncomingDataEvents[0]=CreateEvent(0, true, false, 0); + quitAndIncomingDataEvents[1]=CreateEvent(0, false, false, 0); +#endif + + perThreadDataFactory=_perThreadDataFactory; + perThreadDataDestructor=_perThreadDataDestructor; + + runThreadsMutex.Lock(); + runThreads=true; + runThreadsMutex.Unlock(); + + numThreadsWorking=0; + unsigned threadId = 0; + (void) threadId; + int i; + for (i=0; i < numThreads; i++) + { + int errorCode = RakNet::RakThread::Create(WorkerThread, this); + if (errorCode!=0) + { + StopThreads(); + return false; + } + } + // Wait for number of threads running to increase to numThreads + bool done=false; + while (done==false) + { + RakSleep(50); + numThreadsRunningMutex.Lock(); + if (numThreadsRunning==numThreads) + done=true; + numThreadsRunningMutex.Unlock(); + } + + return true; +} +template +void ThreadPool::StopThreads(void) +{ + runThreadsMutex.Lock(); + if (runThreads==false) + { + runThreadsMutex.Unlock(); + return; + } + + runThreads=false; + runThreadsMutex.Unlock(); + +#ifdef _WIN32 + // Quit event + SetEvent(quitAndIncomingDataEvents[0]); +#endif + + // Wait for number of threads running to decrease to 0 + bool done=false; + while (done==false) + { + RakSleep(50); + numThreadsRunningMutex.Lock(); + if (numThreadsRunning==0) + done=true; + numThreadsRunningMutex.Unlock(); + } + +#ifdef _WIN32 + CloseHandle(quitAndIncomingDataEvents[0]); + CloseHandle(quitAndIncomingDataEvents[1]); +#endif +} +template +void ThreadPool::AddInput(OutputType (*workerThreadCallback)(InputType, bool *returnOutput, void* perThreadData), InputType inputData) +{ + inputQueueMutex.Lock(); + inputQueue.Push(inputData); + inputFunctionQueue.Push(workerThreadCallback); + inputQueueMutex.Unlock(); + +#ifdef _WIN32 + // Input data event + SetEvent(quitAndIncomingDataEvents[1]); +#endif +} +template +bool ThreadPool::HasOutputFast(void) +{ + return outputQueue.IsEmpty()==false; +} +template +bool ThreadPool::HasOutput(void) +{ + bool res; + outputQueueMutex.Lock(); + res=outputQueue.IsEmpty()==false; + outputQueueMutex.Unlock(); + return res; +} +template +bool ThreadPool::HasInputFast(void) +{ + return inputQueue.IsEmpty()==false; +} +template +bool ThreadPool::HasInput(void) +{ + bool res; + inputQueueMutex.Lock(); + res=inputQueue.IsEmpty()==false; + inputQueueMutex.Unlock(); + return res; +} +template +OutputType ThreadPool::GetOutput(void) +{ + // Real output check + OutputType output; + outputQueueMutex.Lock(); + output=outputQueue.Pop(); + outputQueueMutex.Unlock(); + return output; +} +template +void ThreadPool::Clear(void) +{ + runThreadsMutex.Lock(); + if (runThreads) + { + runThreadsMutex.Unlock(); + inputQueueMutex.Lock(); + inputFunctionQueue.Clear(); + inputQueue.Clear(); + inputQueueMutex.Unlock(); + + outputQueueMutex.Lock(); + outputQueue.Clear(); + outputQueueMutex.Unlock(); + } + else + { + inputFunctionQueue.Clear(); + inputQueue.Clear(); + outputQueue.Clear(); + } +} +template +void ThreadPool::LockInput(void) +{ + inputQueueMutex.Lock(); +} +template +void ThreadPool::UnlockInput(void) +{ + inputQueueMutex.Unlock(); +} +template +unsigned ThreadPool::InputSize(void) +{ + return inputQueue.Size(); +} +template +InputType ThreadPool::GetInputAtIndex(unsigned index) +{ + return inputQueue[index]; +} +template +void ThreadPool::RemoveInputAtIndex(unsigned index) +{ + inputQueue.RemoveAtIndex(index); + inputFunctionQueue.RemoveAtIndex(index); +} +template +void ThreadPool::LockOutput(void) +{ + outputQueueMutex.Lock(); +} +template +void ThreadPool::UnlockOutput(void) +{ + outputQueueMutex.Unlock(); +} +template +unsigned ThreadPool::OutputSize(void) +{ + return outputQueue.Size(); +} +template +OutputType ThreadPool::GetOutputAtIndex(unsigned index) +{ + return outputQueue[index]; +} +template +void ThreadPool::RemoveOutputAtIndex(unsigned index) +{ + outputQueue.RemoveAtIndex(index); +} +template +void ThreadPool::ClearInput(void) +{ + inputQueue.Clear(); + inputFunctionQueue.Clear(); +} + +template +void ThreadPool::ClearOutput(void) +{ + outputQueue.Clear(); +} +template +bool ThreadPool::IsWorking(void) +{ + bool isWorking; +// workingThreadCountMutex.Lock(); +// isWorking=numThreadsWorking!=0; +// workingThreadCountMutex.Unlock(); + +// if (isWorking) +// return true; + + // Bug fix: Originally the order of these two was reversed. + // It's possible with the thread timing that working could have been false, then it picks up the data in the other thread, then it checks + // here and sees there is no data. So it thinks the thread is not working when it was. + if (HasOutputFast() && HasOutput()) + return true; + + if (HasInputFast() && HasInput()) + return true; + + // Need to check is working again, in case the thread was between the first and second checks + workingThreadCountMutex.Lock(); + isWorking=numThreadsWorking!=0; + workingThreadCountMutex.Unlock(); + + return isWorking; +} + +template +int ThreadPool::NumThreadsWorking(void) +{ + return numThreadsWorking; +} + +template +bool ThreadPool::WasStopped(void) +{ + bool b; + runThreadsMutex.Lock(); + b = runThreads; + runThreadsMutex.Unlock(); + return b; +} + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning( pop ) +#endif + +#endif + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ThreadsafePacketLogger.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ThreadsafePacketLogger.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ca419e7a --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ThreadsafePacketLogger.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +#include "ThreadsafePacketLogger.h" +#include + +ThreadsafePacketLogger::ThreadsafePacketLogger() +{ + +} +ThreadsafePacketLogger::~ThreadsafePacketLogger() +{ + char **msg; + while ((msg = logMessages.ReadLock()) != 0) + { + rakFree((*msg)); + } +} +void ThreadsafePacketLogger::Update(RakPeerInterface *peer) +{ + (void) peer; + + char **msg; + while ((msg = logMessages.ReadLock()) != 0) + { + WriteLog(*msg); + rakFree((*msg)); + } +} +void ThreadsafePacketLogger::AddToLog(const char *str) +{ + char **msg = logMessages.WriteLock(); + *msg = (char*) rakMalloc( strlen(str)+1 ); + strcpy(*msg, str); + logMessages.WriteUnlock(); +} diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ThreadsafePacketLogger.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ThreadsafePacketLogger.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b02bc012 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/ThreadsafePacketLogger.h @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief Derivation of the packet logger to defer the call to WriteLog until the user thread. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __THREADSAFE_PACKET_LOGGER_H +#define __THREADSAFE_PACKET_LOGGER_H + +#include "PacketLogger.h" +#include "SingleProducerConsumer.h" + +/// \ingroup PACKETLOGGER_GROUP +/// \brief Same as PacketLogger, but writes output in the user thread. +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT ThreadsafePacketLogger : public PacketLogger +{ +public: + ThreadsafePacketLogger(); + virtual ~ThreadsafePacketLogger(); + + virtual void Update(RakPeerInterface *peer); + +protected: + virtual void AddToLog(const char *str); + + DataStructures::SingleProducerConsumer logMessages; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/TransportInterface.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/TransportInterface.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2b49c527 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/TransportInterface.h @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +/// \file +/// \brief Contains TransportInterface from which you can derive custom transport providers for ConsoleServer. +/// +/// This file is part of RakNet Copyright 2003 Kevin Jenkins. +/// +/// Usage of RakNet is subject to the appropriate license agreement. +/// Creative Commons Licensees are subject to the +/// license found at +/// http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/2.5/ +/// Single application licensees are subject to the license found at +/// http://www.jenkinssoftware.com/SingleApplicationLicense.html +/// Custom license users are subject to the terms therein. +/// GPL license users are subject to the GNU General Public +/// License as published by the Free +/// Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your +/// option) any later version. + +#ifndef __TRANSPORT_INTERFACE_H +#define __TRANSPORT_INTERFACE_H + +#include "RakNetTypes.h" +#include "Export.h" +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" + +#define REMOTE_MAX_TEXT_INPUT 2048 + +class CommandParserInterface; + +/// \brief Defines an interface that is used to send and receive null-terminated strings. +/// In practice this is only used by the CommandParser system for for servers. +class RAK_DLL_EXPORT TransportInterface : public RakNet::RakMemoryOverride +{ +public: + TransportInterface() {} + virtual ~TransportInterface() {} + + /// Start the transport provider on the indicated port. + /// \param[in] port The port to start the transport provider on + /// \param[in] serverMode If true, you should allow incoming connections (I don't actually use this anywhere) + /// \return Return true on success, false on failure. + virtual bool Start(unsigned short port, bool serverMode)=0; + + /// Stop the transport provider. You can clear memory and shutdown threads here. + virtual void Stop(void)=0; + + /// Send a null-terminated string to \a systemAddress + /// If your transport method requires particular formatting of the outgoing data (e.g. you don't just send strings) you can do it here + /// and parse it out in Receive(). + /// \param[in] systemAddress The player to send the string to + /// \param[in] data format specifier - same as printf + /// \param[in] ... format specification arguments - same as printf + virtual void Send( SystemAddress systemAddress, const char *data, ... )=0; + + /// Disconnect \a systemAddress . The binary address and port defines the SystemAddress structure. + /// \param[in] systemAddress The player/address to disconnect + virtual void CloseConnection( SystemAddress systemAddress )=0; + + /// Return a string. The string should be allocated and written to Packet::data . + /// The byte length should be written to Packet::length . The player/address should be written to Packet::systemAddress + /// If your transport protocol adds special formatting to the data stream you should parse it out before returning it in the packet + /// and thus only return a string in Packet::data + /// \return The packet structure containing the result of Receive, or 0 if no data is available + virtual Packet* Receive( void )=0; + + /// Deallocate the Packet structure returned by Receive + /// \param[in] The packet to deallocate + virtual void DeallocatePacket( Packet *packet )=0; + + /// If a new system connects to you, you should queue that event and return the systemAddress/address of that player in this function. + /// \return The SystemAddress/address of the system + virtual SystemAddress HasNewConnection(void)=0; + + /// If a system loses the connection, you should queue that event and return the systemAddress/address of that player in this function. + /// \return The SystemAddress/address of the system + virtual SystemAddress HasLostConnection(void)=0; + + /// Your transport provider can itself have command parsers if the transport layer has user-modifiable features + /// For example, your transport layer may have a password which you want remote users to be able to set or you may want + /// to allow remote users to turn on or off command echo + /// \return 0 if you do not need a command parser - otherwise the desired derivation of CommandParserInterface + virtual CommandParserInterface* GetCommandParser(void)=0; +protected: +}; + +#endif + diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Types.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Types.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b0690c8e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/Types.h @@ -0,0 +1,716 @@ +/// \file Types.h +/// \brief Used for types used by RSA +/// +/// @verbatim +/// Fundamental tools & types +/// +/// Catid(cat02e@fsu.edu) +/// +/// 8/9/2004 Added SINGLE/ARRAY_RELEASE +/// 8/5/2004 Added COMPILER_ preprocessors +/// class NoCopies +/// 8/1/2004 Removed mask stuff +/// 7/29/2004 Added swapLE, swapBE, getLE, getBE +/// 7/28/2004 Automatic and AutoArray now compile in dev-c++ +/// Added pre-processor conditions to support +/// other compilers +/// Removed GETWORD and GETDWORD +/// 7/15/2004 Now using COM_RELEASE throughout CatGL3 +/// 6/22/2004 Removed triple and pair +/// 6/12/2004 AutoDeallocate -> Automatic, AutoArray +/// 6/9/2004 OBJCLR +/// 5/2/2004 class AutoDeallocate +/// 5/1/2004 IS_POWER_OF_2, next_highest_power_of_2 +/// 4/30/2004 Merged character manip macros +/// 2/23/2004 CEIL* +/// Removed MEMCOPY32 and MEMCLEAR32, +/// memcpy and memset are now faster +/// MAKE_MASK +/// 2/10/2004 LITTLE_ENDIAN +/// COUNT1BITS32 +/// AT_LEAST_2_BITS +/// LEAST_SIGNIFICANT_BIT +/// X-mas/2003 [u/s]int?? -> [u/s]?? +/// 7/3/2003 Added template triple, point->pair +/// 6/15/2003 Added template rect, point +/// 3/30/2003 Added RO?8, RO?16 and ?int64 +/// Added MEMCOPY32 and MEMCLEAR32 +/// 3/12/2003 Added GETWORD and GETDWORD +/// 1/16/2003 Formalized this library. +/// +/// Tabs: 4 spaces +/// Dist: public +/// @endverbatim +/// + +#ifndef TYPES_H +#define TYPES_H + +/// @brief Compatibility and Fundamental Tools and Types. This +/// namespace contains compatibility tools and types and also +/// fundamental class. +/// @section sec_compiler Compiler detection +/// Things to consider for each compiler: +/// +/// - BIG_ENDIAN / LITTLE_ENDIAN +/// - MULTITHREADED +/// - DEBUG +/// - HASINT64 +/// - Basic types {u8-u64, s8-s64, f32, f64} +/// - WIN32 +/// - ASSEMBLY_INTEL_SYNTAX / ASSEMBLY_ATT_SYNTAX, ASSEMBLY_BLOCK +/// - INLINE +/// - NO_TEMPLATE_INLINE_ASSEMBLY +/// - Fixes +/// +/// Set depending which compiler is being used: +/// +/// - COMPILER_MSVC +/// - COMPILER_GCC +/// - COMPILER_BORLANDC + +// CB: Something strange happens with the system includes on +// Linux and BIG_ENDIAN ends up defined at some point, so +// we need to use HOST_ENDIAN_IS_BIG instead. This code is +// a copy of code further down, but keeps the def outside +// the cat namespace + +#if !defined(HOST_ENDIAN_IS_BIG) && !defined(HOST_ENDIAN_IS_LITTLE) +#if defined(__sparc) || defined(__sparc__) || defined(__powerpc__) || \ + defined(__ppc__) || defined(__hppa) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(_POWER) || \ + defined(_M_PPC) || defined(_M_MPPC) || defined(_M_MRX000) || \ + defined(__POWERPC) || defined(m68k) || defined(powerpc) || \ + defined(sel) || defined(pyr) || defined(mc68000) || defined(is68k) || \ + defined(tahoe) || defined(ibm032) || defined(ibm370) || defined(MIPSEB) || \ + defined(__convex__) || defined(DGUX) || defined(hppa) || defined(apollo) || \ + defined(_CRAY) || defined(__hp9000) || defined(__hp9000s300) || defined(_AIX) || \ + defined(__AIX) || defined(__pyr__) || defined(hp9000s700) || defined(_IBMR2) + +# define HOST_ENDIAN_IS_BIG + +#elif defined(__i386__) || defined(i386) || defined(intel) || defined(_M_IX86) || defined(_M_X64) || \ + defined(__amd64) || defined(__amd64__) || \ + defined(__alpha__) || defined(__alpha) || defined(__ia64) || defined(__ia64__) || \ + defined(_M_ALPHA) || defined(ns32000) || defined(__ns32000__) || defined(sequent) || \ + defined(MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(sun386) || defined(__sun386__) + +# define HOST_ENDIAN_IS_LITTLE + +#else + +# error "I can't tell what endian-ness to use for your architecture." + +#endif +#endif + + +namespace cat +{ + + //// endian-ness (ignoring NUXI) //// + // Prevent an error message with gcc which define preprocessor symbol + // LITTLE_ENDIAN or BIG_ENDIAN (endian.h) + // dalfy +#if !defined(BIG_ENDIAN) && !defined(LITTLE_ENDIAN) +#if defined(__sparc) || defined(__sparc__) || defined(__powerpc__) || \ + defined(__ppc__) || defined(__hppa) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(_POWER) || \ + defined(_M_PPC) || defined(_M_MPPC) || defined(_M_MRX000) || \ + defined(__POWERPC) || defined(m68k) || defined(powerpc) || \ + defined(sel) || defined(pyr) || defined(mc68000) || defined(is68k) || \ + defined(tahoe) || defined(ibm032) || defined(ibm370) || defined(MIPSEB) || \ + defined(__convex__) || defined(DGUX) || defined(hppa) || defined(apollo) || \ + defined(_CRAY) || defined(__hp9000) || defined(__hp9000s300) || defined(_AIX) || \ + defined(__AIX) || defined(__pyr__) || defined(hp9000s700) || defined(_IBMR2) + +# define BIG_ENDIAN + +#elif defined(__i386__) || defined(i386) || defined(intel) || defined(_M_IX86) || \ + defined(__amd64) || defined(__amd64__) || defined(_M_X64) || \ + defined(__alpha__) || defined(__alpha) || defined(__ia64) || defined(__ia64__) || \ + defined(_M_ALPHA) || defined(ns32000) || defined(__ns32000__) || defined(sequent) || \ + defined(MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(sun386) || defined(__sun386__) + +# define LITTLE_ENDIAN + +#else + +# error "I can't tell what endian-ness to use for your architecture." + +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef FALSE + /** + * Define an alias between FALSE and false + */ +#define FALSE false +#endif +#ifndef TRUE + /** + * Define an alias between TRUE and true + */ +#define TRUE true +#endif + //// compiler-specific //// + +#if defined(__COMO__) // Comeau C++ + +# error "Comeau C++ : I don't know your compiler" + +#elif defined(__DMC__) // Digital Mars C++ + +# error "Digital Mars C++ : I don't know your compiler" + +#elif defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(__ICL) || defined(__ICC) || defined(__ECC) // Intel + +// # error "Intel : I don't know your compiler" + +#define HASINT64 +#define INLINE inline + +#if defined(_MT) +#define MULTITHREADED +#endif + +#if defined(_DEBUG) +#define DEBUG +#endif + +#elif (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__GCCXML__)) // GNU C++ + +#define COMPILER_GCC + +# if defined(_MT) +# define MULTITHREADED +# endif + +# if defined(_DEBUG) +# define DEBUG +# endif + +# define INLINE inline +# define HASINT64 + +# define ASSEMBLY_ATT_SYNTAX +# define ASSEMBLY_BLOCK asm + +#elif defined(__DJGPP__) // DJGPP + +# error "DJGPP : I don't know your compiler" + +# define ASSEMBLY_ATT_SYNTAX + +#elif defined(__WATCOMC__) // WatcomC + +# error "WatcomC : I don't know your compiler" + +#elif defined(__KCC) // Kai C++ + +# error "Kai C++ : I don't know your compiler" + +#elif defined(__sgi) // SGI MIPSpro C++ + +# error "SGI MIPSpro C++ : I don't know your compiler" + +#elif defined(__SUNPRO_CC) // Sun Workshop Compiler C++ + +# error "Sun Workshop Compiler C++ : I don't know your compiler" + +#elif defined(__HP_aCC) // HP aCC + +# error "HP aCC : I don't know your compiler" + +#elif defined(__DECCXX) // Compaq Tru64 Unix cxx + +# error "Compaq Tru64 Unix cxx : I don't know your compiler" + +#elif defined(__ghs) // Greenhills C++ + +# error "Greenhills C++ : I don't know your compiler" + +#elif defined(__BORLANDC__) // Borland + +# if (__BORLANDC__ >= 0x561) +# define HASINT64 +# endif + +#define COMPILER_BORLANDC + +# if defined(__MT__) +# define MULTITHREADED +# endif + +# if defined(_DEBUG) +# define DEBUG +# endif + + +# define INLINE inline +# define ASSEMBLY_INTEL_SYNTAX +# define ASSEMBLY_BLOCK _asm +# define NO_TEMPLATE_INLINE_ASSEMBLY + +#elif defined(__MWERKS__) // Metrowerks CodeWarrior + +# error "Metrowerks CodeWarrior : I don't know your compiler" + +#elif defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__) // MPW MrCpp or SCpp + +# error "MPW MrCpp or SCpp : I don't know your compiler" + +#elif defined(__IBMCPP__) // IBM Visual Age + +# error "IBM Visual Age : I don't know your compiler" + +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) // Microsoft VC++ + // must be last because many other compilers define this also + +#define COMPILER_MSVC + +# if (_MSC_VER >= 1200) /* 1200 == VC++ 6.0 */ +# define HASINT64 +# define INLINE __forceinline +# endif + +# if defined(_MT) +# define MULTITHREADED +# endif + +# if defined(_DEBUG) +# define DEBUG +# endif + +# define BASIC_TYPES_ALREADY_DEFINED + /** + * Typename for 8 bits unsigned integer + */ + typedef unsigned __int8 u8; + /** + * Typename for 8 bits signed integer + */ + typedef signed __int8 s8; + /** + * Typename for 16 bits unsigned integer + */ + typedef unsigned __int16 u16; + /** + * Typename for 16 bits signed integer + */ + typedef signed __int16 s16; + /** + * Typename for 32 bits unsigned integer + */ + typedef unsigned __int32 u32; + /** + * Typename for 32 bits floatting point number + */ + typedef signed __int32 s32; + /** + * Typename for 32 bits floatting point number + */ + typedef float f32; + /** + * Typename for 64 bits floatting point number + */ + typedef double f64; +# if defined(HASINT64) + /** + * Typename for 64 bits unsigned integer + */ + typedef unsigned __int64 u64; + /** + * Typename for 64 bits signed integer + */ + typedef signed __int64 s64; +# endif + +#if !defined(_M_X64) +# define ASSEMBLY_INTEL_SYNTAX +# define ASSEMBLY_BLOCK __asm +#endif + +# if (_MSC_VER <= 1200) +# pragma warning(disable : 4786) // truncation to 255 chars +# endif + +#else + +# error "Unknown : I don't know your compiler" + +#endif // compilers + + + // Generic basic types +#if !defined(BASIC_TYPES_ALREADY_DEFINED) + /** + * Typename for 8 bits unsigned integer + */ + typedef unsigned char u8; + /** + * Typename for 8 bits signed integer + */ + typedef signed char s8; + /** + * Typename for 16 bits unsigned integer + */ + typedef unsigned short u16; + /** + * Typename for 16 bits signed integer + */ + typedef signed short s16; + /** + * Typename for 32 bits unsigned integer + */ + typedef unsigned int u32; + /** + * Typename for 32 bits signed integer + */ + typedef signed int s32; + /** + * Typename for 32 bits floatting point number + */ + typedef float f32; + /** + * Typename for 64 bits floatting point number + */ + typedef double f64; +# if defined(HASINT64) + /** + * Typename for 64 bits unsigned integer + */ + typedef unsigned int long u64; + /** + * Typename for 64 bits signed integer + */ + typedef signed long long s64; +# endif +#endif + + + /** + * Fixed-point types + * hi-Siiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii-lo | hi-ffffffffff-lo + */ + typedef s32 sfp22_10; + /** + * Fixed-point types + * hi-iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii-lo | hi-ffffffffff-lo + */ + typedef u32 ufp22_10; + /** + * Fixed point types + * hi-Siiiiiiiiiiiiiii-lo | hi-ffffffffffffffff-lo + */ + typedef s32 sfp16_16; + /** + * Fixed point types + * hi-iiiiiiiiiiiiiiii-lo | hi-ffffffffffffffff-lo + */ + typedef u32 ufp16_16; + + /* + COMmy macros + */ + +#define COM_RELEASE(ref) if (ref) { (ref)->Release(); (ref) = 0; } +#define SINGLE_RELEASE(ref) if (ref) { delete (ref); (ref) = 0; } +#define ARRAY_RELEASE(ref) if (ref) { delete [](ref); (ref) = 0; } + + template + + class rect + { + + public: + rect() : x( 0 ), y( 0 ), w( 0 ), h( 0 ) + {} + + rect( T xx, T yy, T ww, T hh ) : x( xx ), y( yy ), w( ww ), h( hh ) + {} + + T x, y, w, h; + }; + + template + + class AutoArray + { + T *ptr; + + public: + AutoArray( T *c_ptr ) + { + ptr = c_ptr; + } + + ~AutoArray() + { + ARRAY_RELEASE( ptr ); + } + + INLINE void cancel() + { + ptr = 0; + } + }; + + template + + class Automatic + { + T *ptr; + + public: + Automatic( T *c_ptr ) + { + ptr = c_ptr; + } + + ~Automatic() + { + SINGLE_RELEASE( ptr ); + } + + INLINE void cancel() + { + ptr = 0; + } + }; + + // Derive from NoCopies to disallow copies of derived class + + class NoCopies + { + + protected: + NoCopies() + {} + + ~NoCopies() + {} + + private: + NoCopies( const NoCopies &cp ); + NoCopies &operator=( const NoCopies &cp ); + }; + + + // Byte-order swapping +#define BOSWAP32(n) ( ((n) << 24) | (((n) & 0x00ff0000) >> 8) | (((n) & 0x0000ff00) << 8) | ((n) >> 24) ) /* only works for u32 */ +#define BOSWAP16(n) ( ((n) << 8) | ((n) >> 8) ) /* only works for u16 */ + +#ifdef LITTLE_ENDIAN +# define swapLE(n) +# define getLE(n) (n) + + INLINE void swapBE( u32 &n ) + { + n = BOSWAP32( n ); + } + + INLINE void swapBE( u16 &n ) + { + n = BOSWAP16( n ); + } + + INLINE u32 getBE( u32 n ) + { + return BOSWAP32( n ); + } + + INLINE u16 getBE( u16 n ) + { + return BOSWAP16( n ); + } + + INLINE void swapBE( s32 &n ) + { + n = BOSWAP32( ( u32 ) n ); + } + + INLINE void swapBE( s16 &n ) + { + n = BOSWAP16( ( u16 ) n ); + } + + INLINE s32 getBE( s32 n ) + { + return BOSWAP32( ( u32 ) n ); + } + + INLINE s16 getBE( s16 n ) + { + return BOSWAP16( ( u16 ) n ); + } + +#else +# define swapBE(n) +# define getBE(n) (n) + INLINE void swapLE( u32 &n ) + { + n = BOSWAP32( n ); + } + + INLINE void swapLE( u16 &n ) + { + n = BOSWAP16( n ); + } + + INLINE u32 getLE( u32 n ) + { + return BOSWAP32( n ); + } + + INLINE u16 getLE( u16 n ) + { + return BOSWAP16( n ); + } + + INLINE void swapLE( s32 &n ) + { + n = BOSWAP32( ( u32 ) n ); + } + + INLINE void swapLE( s16 &n ) + { + n = BOSWAP16( ( u16 ) n ); + } + + INLINE s32 getLE( s32 n ) + { + return BOSWAP32( ( u32 ) n ); + } + + INLINE s16 getLE( s16 n ) + { + return BOSWAP16( ( u16 ) n ); + } + +#endif + +} // namespace cat + + +// Rotation +#define ROL8(n, r) ( ((n) << (r)) | ((n) >> ( 8 - (r))) ) /* only works for u8 */ +#define ROR8(n, r) ( ((n) >> (r)) | ((n) << ( 8 - (r))) ) /* only works for u8 */ +#define ROL16(n, r) ( ((n) << (r)) | ((n) >> (16 - (r))) ) /* only works for u16 */ +#define ROR16(n, r) ( ((n) >> (r)) | ((n) << (16 - (r))) ) /* only works for u16 */ +#define ROL32(n, r) ( ((n) << (r)) | ((n) >> (32 - (r))) ) /* only works for u32 */ +#define ROR32(n, r) ( ((n) >> (r)) | ((n) << (32 - (r))) ) /* only works for u32 */ + +/* +Add memory that is allocated on a 32-bit boundary +and has at least one block. +*/ +#define MEMADD32(ptr, len, val) { \ + register u32 *__data = (u32*)(ptr); /* pointer to data to clear */ \ + register s32 __length = (len); /* number of 32-bit blocks */ \ + \ + switch (__length % 8) \ +{ \ + case 0: do { *__data++ += (val); \ + case 7: *__data++ += (val); \ + case 6: *__data++ += (val); \ + case 5: *__data++ += (val); \ + case 4: *__data++ += (val); \ + case 3: *__data++ += (val); \ + case 2: *__data++ += (val); \ + case 1: *__data++ += (val); \ + __length -= 8; \ + } while(__length > 0); \ +} \ +} + +/** +* Safe null-terminated string -> char buffer copy +* \param dest the resulting string +* \param src the string to copy +* \param size the number of char to copy +*/ +#define STRNCPY(dest, src, size) { \ + strncpy(dest, src, size); \ + dest[size-1] = 0; \ +} + +/* +Because memory clearing is a frequent operation +*/ +#define MEMCLR(dest, size) memset(dest, 0, size) + +// Works for arrays, also +#define OBJCLR(object) memset(&(object), 0, sizeof(object)) + +/* +Fast binary method of counting bits + +MIT Hackmem from X11 + +Only works for 32-bit integers +*/ +#define _C1B_INTERMED(n) ( (n) - (((n) >> 1) & 033333333333) - (((n) >> 2) & 011111111111) ) +#define COUNT1BITS32(n) ( ((_C1B_INTERMED(n) + (_C1B_INTERMED(n) >> 3)) & 030707070707) % 63 ) + +/* +Consider N an ordered set of 1/0 values. + +LESSTHAN2BITS(n) := there are less than 2 bits in set N + +Proof: + +(N - 1) will clear the least significant of the bits in N. + +Three cases exist concerning (N-1): + +N contains 0 bits +An intersection with N would be trivially null. +N contains 1 bit +The least only existing bit was cleared, +thus an intersection with the original +set WOULD be null. +N contains more than 1 bit +A more significant bit remains in the set, +thus an intersection with the original +set WOULD NOT be null. +*/ +#define AT_LEAST_2_BITS(n) ( (n) & ((n) - 1) ) + +#define LEAST_SIGNIFICANT_BIT(n) ( (n) & -(n) ) + +#define IS_POWER_OF_2(n) ( n && !AT_LEAST_2_BITS(n) ) + +INLINE cat::u32 next_highest_power_of_2( cat::u32 n ) +{ + if ( IS_POWER_OF_2( n ) ) + return n; + + cat::u16 b = 2; + + while ( n >>= 1 ) + b <<= 1; + + return b; +} + +/* +CEIL* + +Bump 'n' to the next unit of 'width'. +*/ +#define CEIL_UNIT(n, width) ( ( (n) + (width) - 1 ) / (width) ) +#define CEIL(n, width) ( CEIL_UNIT(n, width) * (width) ) + +/* +Quick character manipulation +*/ +//#define IS_ALPHA(ch) ( (((u8)(ch) & 0xc0) == 0x40) && ((((u8)(ch) - 1) & 0x1f) <= 0x19) ) + +//#define IS_NUM(ch) ( ((u8)(ch) - 0x30) < 10 ) + +//#define IS_ALPHANUM(ch) ( IS_ALPHA(ch) || IS_NUM(ch) ) + +//#define TO_LOWER(ch) (char)( (ch) | 0x20 ) /* must be upper/lower-case alpha */ +//#define TO_UPPER(ch) (char)( (ch) & (~0x20) ) /* must be upper/lower-case alpha */ + + +#endif // TYPES_H diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/_FindFirst.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/_FindFirst.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..780757a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/_FindFirst.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +/** +* Original file by the_viking, fixed by R√¥mulo Fernandes, fixed by Emmanuel Nars +* Should emulate windows finddata structure +*/ +#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__GCCXML__)) && !defined(__WIN32) +#include "_FindFirst.h" +#include "DS_List.h" + +#include +#ifndef _PS3 +#include +#endif + +static DataStructures::List< _findinfo_t* > fileInfo; + +#include "RakMemoryOverride.h" +#include "RakAssert.h" + +/** +* _findfirst - equivalent +*/ +long _findfirst(const char *name, _finddata_t *f) +{ + RakNet::RakString nameCopy = name; + RakNet::RakString filter; + + // This is linux only, so don't bother with '\' + const char* lastSep = strrchr(name,'/'); + if(!lastSep) + { + // filter pattern only is given, search current directory. + filter = nameCopy; + nameCopy = "."; + } else + { + // strip filter pattern from directory name, leave + // trailing '/' intact. + filter = lastSep+1; + unsigned sepIndex = lastSep - name; + nameCopy.Erase(sepIndex+1, nameCopy.GetLength() - sepIndex-1); + } + + DIR* dir = opendir(nameCopy); + + if(!dir) return -1; + + _findinfo_t* fi = new _findinfo_t; + fi->filter = filter; + fi->dirName = nameCopy; // we need to remember this for stat() + fi->openedDir = dir; + fileInfo.Insert(fi); + + long ret = fileInfo.Size()-1; + + // Retrieve the first file. We cannot rely on the first item + // being '.' + if (_findnext(ret, f) == -1) return -1; + else return ret; +} + +#ifdef _PS3 +int _findnext(long h, _finddata_t *f) +{ + _findinfo_t* fi = fileInfo[h]; + + while(true) + { + dirent* entry = readdir(fi->openedDir); + if(entry == 0) + return -1; + + // Commented code not supported on a console + // if(fnmatch(fi->filter,entry->d_name, 200) == 0) + if(strcasecmp(fi->filter,entry->d_name) == 0) + { + strcpy(f->name, entry->d_name); + if (entry->d_type == DT_REG) + f->attrib = _A_NORMAL; + f->size = entry->d_reclen; + return 0; + } + if (entry->d_type == DT_DIR) + { + f->attrib = _A_SUBDIR; + strcpy(f->name, entry->d_name); + return 0; + } + } + + return -1; +} +#else +int _findnext(long h, _finddata_t *f) +{ + RakAssert(h >= 0 && h < (long)fileInfo.Size()); + if (h < 0 || h >= (long)fileInfo.Size()) return -1; + + _findinfo_t* fi = fileInfo[h]; + + while(true) + { + dirent* entry = readdir(fi->openedDir); + if(entry == 0) return -1; + + // Only report stuff matching our filter + if (fnmatch(fi->filter, entry->d_name, FNM_PATHNAME) != 0) continue; + + // To reliably determine the entry's type, we must do + // a stat... don't rely on entry->d_type, as this + // might be unavailable! + struct stat filestat; + RakNet::RakString fullPath = fi->dirName + entry->d_name; + if (stat(fullPath, &filestat) != 0) + { + printf("Cannot stat %s\n", fullPath.C_String()); + continue; + } + + if (S_ISREG(filestat.st_mode)) + { + f->attrib = _A_NORMAL; + } else if (S_ISDIR(filestat.st_mode)) + { + f->attrib = _A_SUBDIR; + } else continue; // We are interested in files and + // directories only. Links currently + // are not supported. + + f->size = filestat.st_size; + strncpy(f->name, entry->d_name, STRING_BUFFER_SIZE); + + return 0; + } + + return -1; +} +#endif + + + + +/** + * _findclose - equivalent + */ +int _findclose(long h) +{ + if (h==-1) return 0; + + if (h < 0 || h >= (long)fileInfo.Size()) + { + RakAssert(false); + return -1; + } + + _findinfo_t* fi = fileInfo[h]; + fileInfo.RemoveAtIndex(h); + delete fi; + return 0; +} +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/_FindFirst.h b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/_FindFirst.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77bcad47 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/_FindFirst.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/** + * Original file by the_viking, fixed by Rômulo Fernandes + * Should emulate windows finddata structure + */ + +#ifndef GCC_FINDFIRST_H +#define GCC_FINDFIRST_H + +#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__GCCXML__)) && !defined(__WIN32) + +#include + +#include "RakString.h" + +#define _A_NORMAL 0x00 // Normal file +#define _A_RDONLY 0x01 // Read-only file +#define _A_HIDDEN 0x02 // Hidden file +#define _A_SYSTEM 0x04 // System file +#define _A_VOLID 0x08 // Volume ID +#define _A_SUBDIR 0x10 // Subdirectory +#define _A_ARCH 0x20 // File changed since last archive +#define FA_NORMAL 0x00 // Synonym of _A_NORMAL +#define FA_RDONLY 0x01 // Synonym of _A_RDONLY +#define FA_HIDDEN 0x02 // Synonym of _A_HIDDEN +#define FA_SYSTEM 0x04 // Synonym of _A_SYSTEM +#define FA_LABEL 0x08 // Synonym of _A_VOLID +#define FA_DIREC 0x10 // Synonym of _A_SUBDIR +#define FA_ARCH 0x20 // Synonym of _A_ARCH + + +const unsigned STRING_BUFFER_SIZE = 512; + +typedef struct _finddata_t +{ + char name[STRING_BUFFER_SIZE]; + int attrib; + unsigned long size; +} _finddata; + +/** Hold information about the current search +*/ +typedef struct _findinfo_t +{ + DIR* openedDir; + RakNet::RakString filter; + RakNet::RakString dirName; +} _findinfo; + +long _findfirst(const char *name, _finddata_t *f); +int _findnext(long h, _finddata_t *f); +int _findclose(long h); + +#endif +#endif diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/Source/rijndael.cpp b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/rijndael.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d6a33768 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/Source/rijndael.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,797 @@ +// rijndael-alg-fst.c v2.0 August '99 +// Optimised ANSI C code +// authors: v1.0: Antoon Bosselaers +// v2.0: Vincent Rijmen + + +/* + * taken from the 'aescrypt' project: www.sf.net/projects/aescrypt + * See LICENSE-EST for the license applicable to this file + */ + + +// 14.Dec.2005 Cirilo: Removed silly hex keys; keys are now effectively unsigned char. + +// KevinJ - TODO - What the hell is __UNUS? It causes DevCPP not to compile. I don't know what this is for so I'm taking it out entirely +/* +#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__GCCXML__)) +#define __UNUS __attribute__((unused)) +#else +*/ +#define __UNUS +//#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include "Rijndael.h" + +// KevinJ - Added this to just generate a random initialization vector +#include "Rand.h" + +#define SC ((BC - 4) >> 1) + +#include "Rijndael-Boxes.h" + +static int ROUNDS; + +static word8 shifts[3][4][2] = { + { + {0, 0}, + {1, 3}, + {2, 2}, + {3, 1} + }, + + { + {0, 0}, + {1, 5}, + {2, 4}, + {3, 3} + }, + + { + {0, 0}, + {1, 7}, + {3, 5}, + {4, 4} + } +}; + +word8 mul(word8 a, word8 b) { + // multiply two elements of GF(2^m) + // needed for MixColumn and InvMixColumn + + if (a && b) + return Alogtable[(Logtable[a] + Logtable[b])%255]; + else + return 0; +} + +void KeyAddition(word8 a[4][4], word8 rk[4][4], word8 BC) { + // XOR corresponding text input and round key input bytes + int i, j; + + for(i = 0; i < BC; i++) + for(j = 0; j < 4; j++) + a[i][j] ^= rk[i][j]; +} + +void ShiftRow(word8 a[4][4], word8 d, word8 BC) { + // Row 0 remains unchanged + // The other three rows are shifted a variable amount + + word8 tmp[4]; + int i, j; + + for(i = 1; i < 4; i++) { + for(j = 0; j < BC; j++) + tmp[j] = a[(j + shifts[SC][i][d]) % BC][i]; + for(j = 0; j < BC; j++) + a[j][i] = tmp[j]; + } +} + +void Substitution(word8 a[4][4], word8 box[256], word8 BC) { + // Replace every byte of the input by the byte at that place + // in the nonlinear S-box + + int i, j; + + for(i = 0; i < BC; i++) + for(j = 0; j < 4; j++) + a[i][j] = box[a[i][j]] ; +} + +void MixColumn(word8 a[4][4], word8 BC) { + // Mix the four bytes of every column in a linear way + + word8 b[4][4]; + int i, j; + + for(j = 0; j < BC; j++) + for(i = 0; i < 4; i++) + b[j][i] = mul(2,a[j][i]) + ^ mul(3,a[j][(i + 1) % 4]) + ^ a[j][(i + 2) % 4] + ^ a[j][(i + 3) % 4]; + for(i = 0; i < 4; i++) + for(j = 0; j < BC; j++) + a[j][i] = b[j][i]; +} + +void InvMixColumn(word8 a[4][4], word8 BC) { + // Mix the four bytes of every column in a linear way + // This is the opposite operation of Mixcolumn + + int j; + + for(j = 0; j < BC; j++) + *((word32*)a[j]) = *((word32*)U1[a[j][0]]) + ^ *((word32*)U2[a[j][1]]) + ^ *((word32*)U3[a[j][2]]) + ^ *((word32*)U4[a[j][3]]); + + +} + +int rijndaelKeySched (word8 k[MAXKC][4], int keyBits __UNUS, word8 W[MAXROUNDS+1][4][4]) +{ + + (void) keyBits; + + // Calculate the necessary round keys + // The number of calculations depends on keyBits and blockBits + + int j, r, t, rconpointer = 0; + word8 tk[MAXKC][4]; + int KC = ROUNDS - 6; + + for(j = KC-1; j >= 0; j--) + *((word32*)tk[j]) = *((word32*)k[j]); + r = 0; + t = 0; + // copy values into round key array + for(j = 0; (j < KC) && (r < (ROUNDS+1)); ) { + for (; (j < KC) && (t < 4); j++, t++) + *((word32*)W[r][t]) = *((word32*)tk[j]); + if (t == 4) { + r++; + t = 0; + } + } + + while (r < (ROUNDS+1)) { // while not enough round key material calculated + // calculate new values + tk[0][0] ^= S[tk[KC-1][1]]; + tk[0][1] ^= S[tk[KC-1][2]]; + tk[0][2] ^= S[tk[KC-1][3]]; + tk[0][3] ^= S[tk[KC-1][0]]; + tk[0][0] ^= rcon[rconpointer++]; + + if (KC != 8) + for(j = 1; j < KC; j++) + *((word32*)tk[j]) ^= *((word32*)tk[j-1]); + else { + for(j = 1; j < KC/2; j++) + *((word32*)tk[j]) ^= *((word32*)tk[j-1]); + tk[KC/2][0] ^= S[tk[KC/2 - 1][0]]; + tk[KC/2][1] ^= S[tk[KC/2 - 1][1]]; + tk[KC/2][2] ^= S[tk[KC/2 - 1][2]]; + tk[KC/2][3] ^= S[tk[KC/2 - 1][3]]; + for(j = KC/2 + 1; j < KC; j++) + *((word32*)tk[j]) ^= *((word32*)tk[j-1]); + } + // copy values into round key array + for(j = 0; (j < KC) && (r < (ROUNDS+1)); ) { + for (; (j < KC) && (t < 4); j++, t++) + *((word32*)W[r][t]) = *((word32*)tk[j]); + if (t == 4) { + r++; + t = 0; + } + } + } + + return 0; +} + +int rijndaelKeyEnctoDec (int keyBits __UNUS, word8 W[MAXROUNDS+1][4][4]) +{ + (void) keyBits; + + int r; + + for (r = 1; r < ROUNDS; r++) { + InvMixColumn(W[r], 4); + } + return 0; +} + +int rijndaelEncrypt (word8 a[16], word8 b[16], word8 rk[MAXROUNDS+1][4][4]) +{ + // Encryption of one block. + + int r; + word8 temp[4][4]; + + *((word32*)temp[0]) = *((word32*)a) ^ *((word32*)rk[0][0]); + *((word32*)temp[1]) = *((word32*)(a+4)) ^ *((word32*)rk[0][1]); + *((word32*)temp[2]) = *((word32*)(a+8)) ^ *((word32*)rk[0][2]); + *((word32*)temp[3]) = *((word32*)(a+12)) ^ *((word32*)rk[0][3]); + *((word32*)b) = *((word32*)T1[temp[0][0]]) + ^ *((word32*)T2[temp[1][1]]) + ^ *((word32*)T3[temp[2][2]]) + ^ *((word32*)T4[temp[3][3]]); + *((word32*)(b+4)) = *((word32*)T1[temp[1][0]]) + ^ *((word32*)T2[temp[2][1]]) + ^ *((word32*)T3[temp[3][2]]) + ^ *((word32*)T4[temp[0][3]]); + *((word32*)(b+8)) = *((word32*)T1[temp[2][0]]) + ^ *((word32*)T2[temp[3][1]]) + ^ *((word32*)T3[temp[0][2]]) + ^ *((word32*)T4[temp[1][3]]); + *((word32*)(b+12)) = *((word32*)T1[temp[3][0]]) + ^ *((word32*)T2[temp[0][1]]) + ^ *((word32*)T3[temp[1][2]]) + ^ *((word32*)T4[temp[2][3]]); + for(r = 1; r < ROUNDS-1; r++) { + *((word32*)temp[0]) = *((word32*)b) ^ *((word32*)rk[r][0]); + *((word32*)temp[1]) = *((word32*)(b+4)) ^ *((word32*)rk[r][1]); + *((word32*)temp[2]) = *((word32*)(b+8)) ^ *((word32*)rk[r][2]); + *((word32*)temp[3]) = *((word32*)(b+12)) ^ *((word32*)rk[r][3]); + *((word32*)b) = *((word32*)T1[temp[0][0]]) + ^ *((word32*)T2[temp[1][1]]) + ^ *((word32*)T3[temp[2][2]]) + ^ *((word32*)T4[temp[3][3]]); + *((word32*)(b+4)) = *((word32*)T1[temp[1][0]]) + ^ *((word32*)T2[temp[2][1]]) + ^ *((word32*)T3[temp[3][2]]) + ^ *((word32*)T4[temp[0][3]]); + *((word32*)(b+8)) = *((word32*)T1[temp[2][0]]) + ^ *((word32*)T2[temp[3][1]]) + ^ *((word32*)T3[temp[0][2]]) + ^ *((word32*)T4[temp[1][3]]); + *((word32*)(b+12)) = *((word32*)T1[temp[3][0]]) + ^ *((word32*)T2[temp[0][1]]) + ^ *((word32*)T3[temp[1][2]]) + ^ *((word32*)T4[temp[2][3]]); + } + // last round is special + *((word32*)temp[0]) = *((word32*)b) ^ *((word32*)rk[ROUNDS-1][0]); + *((word32*)temp[1]) = *((word32*)(b+4)) ^ *((word32*)rk[ROUNDS-1][1]); + *((word32*)temp[2]) = *((word32*)(b+8)) ^ *((word32*)rk[ROUNDS-1][2]); + *((word32*)temp[3]) = *((word32*)(b+12)) ^ *((word32*)rk[ROUNDS-1][3]); + b[0] = T1[temp[0][0]][1]; + b[1] = T1[temp[1][1]][1]; + b[2] = T1[temp[2][2]][1]; + b[3] = T1[temp[3][3]][1]; + b[4] = T1[temp[1][0]][1]; + b[5] = T1[temp[2][1]][1]; + b[6] = T1[temp[3][2]][1]; + b[7] = T1[temp[0][3]][1]; + b[8] = T1[temp[2][0]][1]; + b[9] = T1[temp[3][1]][1]; + b[10] = T1[temp[0][2]][1]; + b[11] = T1[temp[1][3]][1]; + b[12] = T1[temp[3][0]][1]; + b[13] = T1[temp[0][1]][1]; + b[14] = T1[temp[1][2]][1]; + b[15] = T1[temp[2][3]][1]; + *((word32*)b) ^= *((word32*)rk[ROUNDS][0]); + *((word32*)(b+4)) ^= *((word32*)rk[ROUNDS][1]); + *((word32*)(b+8)) ^= *((word32*)rk[ROUNDS][2]); + *((word32*)(b+12)) ^= *((word32*)rk[ROUNDS][3]); + + return 0; +} + +int rijndaelEncryptRound (word8 a[4][4], + word8 rk[MAXROUNDS+1][4][4], int rounds) +// Encrypt only a certain number of rounds. +// Only used in the Intermediate Value Known Answer Test. + +{ + int r; + word8 temp[4][4]; + + + // make number of rounds sane + if (rounds > ROUNDS) rounds = ROUNDS; + + *((word32*)a[0]) = *((word32*)a[0]) ^ *((word32*)rk[0][0]); + *((word32*)a[1]) = *((word32*)a[1]) ^ *((word32*)rk[0][1]); + *((word32*)a[2]) = *((word32*)a[2]) ^ *((word32*)rk[0][2]); + *((word32*)a[3]) = *((word32*)a[3]) ^ *((word32*)rk[0][3]); + + for(r = 1; (r <= rounds) && (r < ROUNDS); r++) { + *((word32*)temp[0]) = *((word32*)T1[a[0][0]]) + ^ *((word32*)T2[a[1][1]]) + ^ *((word32*)T3[a[2][2]]) + ^ *((word32*)T4[a[3][3]]); + *((word32*)temp[1]) = *((word32*)T1[a[1][0]]) + ^ *((word32*)T2[a[2][1]]) + ^ *((word32*)T3[a[3][2]]) + ^ *((word32*)T4[a[0][3]]); + *((word32*)temp[2]) = *((word32*)T1[a[2][0]]) + ^ *((word32*)T2[a[3][1]]) + ^ *((word32*)T3[a[0][2]]) + ^ *((word32*)T4[a[1][3]]); + *((word32*)temp[3]) = *((word32*)T1[a[3][0]]) + ^ *((word32*)T2[a[0][1]]) + ^ *((word32*)T3[a[1][2]]) + ^ *((word32*)T4[a[2][3]]); + *((word32*)a[0]) = *((word32*)temp[0]) ^ *((word32*)rk[r][0]); + *((word32*)a[1]) = *((word32*)temp[1]) ^ *((word32*)rk[r][1]); + *((word32*)a[2]) = *((word32*)temp[2]) ^ *((word32*)rk[r][2]); + *((word32*)a[3]) = *((word32*)temp[3]) ^ *((word32*)rk[r][3]); + } + if (rounds == ROUNDS) { + // last round is special + temp[0][0] = T1[a[0][0]][1]; + temp[0][1] = T1[a[1][1]][1]; + temp[0][2] = T1[a[2][2]][1]; + temp[0][3] = T1[a[3][3]][1]; + temp[1][0] = T1[a[1][0]][1]; + temp[1][1] = T1[a[2][1]][1]; + temp[1][2] = T1[a[3][2]][1]; + temp[1][3] = T1[a[0][3]][1]; + temp[2][0] = T1[a[2][0]][1]; + temp[2][1] = T1[a[3][1]][1]; + temp[2][2] = T1[a[0][2]][1]; + temp[2][3] = T1[a[1][3]][1]; + temp[3][0] = T1[a[3][0]][1]; + temp[3][1] = T1[a[0][1]][1]; + temp[3][2] = T1[a[1][2]][1]; + temp[3][3] = T1[a[2][3]][1]; + *((word32*)a[0]) = *((word32*)temp[0]) ^ *((word32*)rk[ROUNDS][0]); + *((word32*)a[1]) = *((word32*)temp[1]) ^ *((word32*)rk[ROUNDS][1]); + *((word32*)a[2]) = *((word32*)temp[2]) ^ *((word32*)rk[ROUNDS][2]); + *((word32*)a[3]) = *((word32*)temp[3]) ^ *((word32*)rk[ROUNDS][3]); + } + + return 0; +} + + +int rijndaelDecrypt (word8 a[16], word8 b[16], word8 rk[MAXROUNDS+1][4][4]) +{ + int r; + word8 temp[4][4]; + + + *((word32*)temp[0]) = *((word32*)a) ^ *((word32*)rk[ROUNDS][0]); + *((word32*)temp[1]) = *((word32*)(a+4)) ^ *((word32*)rk[ROUNDS][1]); + *((word32*)temp[2]) = *((word32*)(a+8)) ^ *((word32*)rk[ROUNDS][2]); + *((word32*)temp[3]) = *((word32*)(a+12)) ^ *((word32*)rk[ROUNDS][3]); + *((word32*)b) = *((word32*)T5[temp[0][0]]) + ^ *((word32*)T6[temp[3][1]]) + ^ *((word32*)T7[temp[2][2]]) + ^ *((word32*)T8[temp[1][3]]); + *((word32*)(b+4)) = *((word32*)T5[temp[1][0]]) + ^ *((word32*)T6[temp[0][1]]) + ^ *((word32*)T7[temp[3][2]]) + ^ *((word32*)T8[temp[2][3]]); + *((word32*)(b+8)) = *((word32*)T5[temp[2][0]]) + ^ *((word32*)T6[temp[1][1]]) + ^ *((word32*)T7[temp[0][2]]) + ^ *((word32*)T8[temp[3][3]]); + *((word32*)(b+12)) = *((word32*)T5[temp[3][0]]) + ^ *((word32*)T6[temp[2][1]]) + ^ *((word32*)T7[temp[1][2]]) + ^ *((word32*)T8[temp[0][3]]); + for(r = ROUNDS-1; r > 1; r--) { + *((word32*)temp[0]) = *((word32*)b) ^ *((word32*)rk[r][0]); + *((word32*)temp[1]) = *((word32*)(b+4)) ^ *((word32*)rk[r][1]); + *((word32*)temp[2]) = *((word32*)(b+8)) ^ *((word32*)rk[r][2]); + *((word32*)temp[3]) = *((word32*)(b+12)) ^ *((word32*)rk[r][3]); + *((word32*)b) = *((word32*)T5[temp[0][0]]) + ^ *((word32*)T6[temp[3][1]]) + ^ *((word32*)T7[temp[2][2]]) + ^ *((word32*)T8[temp[1][3]]); + *((word32*)(b+4)) = *((word32*)T5[temp[1][0]]) + ^ *((word32*)T6[temp[0][1]]) + ^ *((word32*)T7[temp[3][2]]) + ^ *((word32*)T8[temp[2][3]]); + *((word32*)(b+8)) = *((word32*)T5[temp[2][0]]) + ^ *((word32*)T6[temp[1][1]]) + ^ *((word32*)T7[temp[0][2]]) + ^ *((word32*)T8[temp[3][3]]); + *((word32*)(b+12)) = *((word32*)T5[temp[3][0]]) + ^ *((word32*)T6[temp[2][1]]) + ^ *((word32*)T7[temp[1][2]]) + ^ *((word32*)T8[temp[0][3]]); + } + // last round is special + *((word32*)temp[0]) = *((word32*)b) ^ *((word32*)rk[1][0]); + *((word32*)temp[1]) = *((word32*)(b+4)) ^ *((word32*)rk[1][1]); + *((word32*)temp[2]) = *((word32*)(b+8)) ^ *((word32*)rk[1][2]); + *((word32*)temp[3]) = *((word32*)(b+12)) ^ *((word32*)rk[1][3]); + b[0] = S5[temp[0][0]]; + b[1] = S5[temp[3][1]]; + b[2] = S5[temp[2][2]]; + b[3] = S5[temp[1][3]]; + b[4] = S5[temp[1][0]]; + b[5] = S5[temp[0][1]]; + b[6] = S5[temp[3][2]]; + b[7] = S5[temp[2][3]]; + b[8] = S5[temp[2][0]]; + b[9] = S5[temp[1][1]]; + b[10] = S5[temp[0][2]]; + b[11] = S5[temp[3][3]]; + b[12] = S5[temp[3][0]]; + b[13] = S5[temp[2][1]]; + b[14] = S5[temp[1][2]]; + b[15] = S5[temp[0][3]]; + *((word32*)b) ^= *((word32*)rk[0][0]); + *((word32*)(b+4)) ^= *((word32*)rk[0][1]); + *((word32*)(b+8)) ^= *((word32*)rk[0][2]); + *((word32*)(b+12)) ^= *((word32*)rk[0][3]); + + return 0; +} + + +int rijndaelDecryptRound (word8 a[4][4], + word8 rk[MAXROUNDS+1][4][4], int rounds) +// Decrypt only a certain number of rounds. +// Only used in the Intermediate Value Known Answer Test. +// Operations rearranged such that the intermediate values +// of decryption correspond with the intermediate values +// of encryption. + +{ + int r; + + + // make number of rounds sane + if (rounds > ROUNDS) rounds = ROUNDS; + + // First the special round: + // without InvMixColumn + // with extra KeyAddition + + KeyAddition(a,rk[ROUNDS],4); + Substitution(a,Si,4); + ShiftRow(a,1,4); + + // ROUNDS-1 ordinary rounds + + for(r = ROUNDS-1; r > rounds; r--) { + KeyAddition(a,rk[r],4); + InvMixColumn(a,4); + Substitution(a,Si,4); + ShiftRow(a,1,4); + } + + if (rounds == 0) { + // End with the extra key addition + + KeyAddition(a,rk[0],4); + } + + return 0; +} + +/*** End Rijndael algorithm, Begin the AES Interface ***/ + + +int makeKey(keyInstance *key, BYTE direction, int keyByteLen, char *keyMaterial) +{ + word8 k[MAXKC][4]; + int i; + int keyLen = keyByteLen*8; + + if (key == NULL) { + return BAD_KEY_INSTANCE; + } + + if ((direction == DIR_ENCRYPT) || (direction == DIR_DECRYPT)) { + key->direction = direction; + } else { + return BAD_KEY_DIR; + } + + if ((keyLen == 128) || (keyLen == 192) || (keyLen == 256)) { + key->keyLen = keyLen; + } else { + return BAD_KEY_MAT; + } + + if ( keyMaterial ) { + strncpy(key->keyMaterial, keyMaterial, keyByteLen); + } else { + return BAD_KEY_MAT; + } + + ROUNDS = keyLen/32 + 6; + + // initialize key schedule: + for(i = 0; i < key->keyLen/8; i++) { + k[i / 4][i % 4] = (word8) key->keyMaterial[i]; + } + rijndaelKeySched (k, key->keyLen, key->keySched); + if (direction == DIR_DECRYPT) + rijndaelKeyEnctoDec (key->keyLen, key->keySched); + + return TRUE; +} + +int cipherInit(cipherInstance *cipher, BYTE mode, char *IV) +{ + int i; + + if ((mode == MODE_ECB) || (mode == MODE_CBC) || (mode == MODE_CFB1)) { + cipher->mode = mode; + } else { + return BAD_CIPHER_MODE; + } + + + if (IV != NULL) { + for(i = 0; i < 16; i++) cipher->IV[i] = IV[i]; + } + else + { + // KevinJ - Added this to just generate a random initialization vector + for(i = 0; i < 16; i++) + cipher->IV[i]=(BYTE)randomMT(); + } + + return TRUE; +} + + +int blockEncrypt(cipherInstance *cipher, + keyInstance *key, BYTE *input, int inputByteLen, BYTE *outBuffer) +{ + int i, k, numBlocks; + word8 block[16], iv[4][4]; + int inputLen = inputByteLen*8; + + if (cipher == NULL || + key == NULL || + key->direction == DIR_DECRYPT) { + return BAD_CIPHER_STATE; + } + + + numBlocks = inputLen/128; + + switch (cipher->mode) { + case MODE_ECB: + for (i = numBlocks; i > 0; i--) { + + rijndaelEncrypt (input, outBuffer, key->keySched); + + input += 16; + outBuffer += 16; + } + break; + + case MODE_CBC: +#if STRICT_ALIGN + memcpy(block,cipher->IV,16); +#else + *((word32*)block) = *((word32*)(cipher->IV)); + *((word32*)(block+4)) = *((word32*)(cipher->IV+4)); + *((word32*)(block+8)) = *((word32*)(cipher->IV+8)); + *((word32*)(block+12)) = *((word32*)(cipher->IV+12)); +#endif + + for (i = numBlocks; i > 0; i--) { + *((word32*)block) ^= *((word32*)(input)); + *((word32*)(block+4)) ^= *((word32*)(input+4)); + *((word32*)(block+8)) ^= *((word32*)(input+8)); + *((word32*)(block+12)) ^= *((word32*)(input+12)); + + rijndaelEncrypt (block, outBuffer, key->keySched); + + input += 16; + outBuffer += 16; + } + break; + + case MODE_CFB1: +#if STRICT_ALIGN + memcpy(iv,cipher->IV,16); +#else + *((word32*)iv[0]) = *((word32*)(cipher->IV)); + *((word32*)iv[1]) = *((word32*)(cipher->IV+4)); + *((word32*)iv[2]) = *((word32*)(cipher->IV+8)); + *((word32*)iv[3]) = *((word32*)(cipher->IV+12)); +#endif + for (i = numBlocks; i > 0; i--) { + for (k = 0; k < 128; k++) { + *((word32*)block) = *((word32*)iv[0]); + *((word32*)(block+4)) = *((word32*)iv[1]); + *((word32*)(block+8)) = *((word32*)iv[2]); + *((word32*)(block+12)) = *((word32*)iv[3]); + + rijndaelEncrypt (block, block, key->keySched); + outBuffer[k/8] ^= (block[0] & 0x80) >> (k & 7); + iv[0][0] = (iv[0][0] << 1) | (iv[0][1] >> 7); + iv[0][1] = (iv[0][1] << 1) | (iv[0][2] >> 7); + iv[0][2] = (iv[0][2] << 1) | (iv[0][3] >> 7); + iv[0][3] = (iv[0][3] << 1) | (iv[1][0] >> 7); + iv[1][0] = (iv[1][0] << 1) | (iv[1][1] >> 7); + iv[1][1] = (iv[1][1] << 1) | (iv[1][2] >> 7); + iv[1][2] = (iv[1][2] << 1) | (iv[1][3] >> 7); + iv[1][3] = (iv[1][3] << 1) | (iv[2][0] >> 7); + iv[2][0] = (iv[2][0] << 1) | (iv[2][1] >> 7); + iv[2][1] = (iv[2][1] << 1) | (iv[2][2] >> 7); + iv[2][2] = (iv[2][2] << 1) | (iv[2][3] >> 7); + iv[2][3] = (iv[2][3] << 1) | (iv[3][0] >> 7); + iv[3][0] = (iv[3][0] << 1) | (iv[3][1] >> 7); + iv[3][1] = (iv[3][1] << 1) | (iv[3][2] >> 7); + iv[3][2] = (iv[3][2] << 1) | (iv[3][3] >> 7); + iv[3][3] = (word8)((iv[3][3] << 1) | (outBuffer[k/8] >> (7-(k&7))) & 1); + } + } + break; + + default: + return BAD_CIPHER_STATE; + } + + return numBlocks*128; +} + +int blockDecrypt(cipherInstance *cipher, + keyInstance *key, BYTE *input, int inputByteLen, BYTE *outBuffer) +{ + int i, k, numBlocks; + word8 block[16], iv[4][4]; + int inputLen = inputByteLen*8; + + if (cipher == NULL || + key == NULL || + cipher->mode != MODE_CFB1 && key->direction == DIR_ENCRYPT) { + return BAD_CIPHER_STATE; + } + + + numBlocks = inputLen/128; + + switch (cipher->mode) { + case MODE_ECB: + for (i = numBlocks; i > 0; i--) { + + rijndaelDecrypt (input, outBuffer, key->keySched); + + input += 16; + outBuffer += 16; + + } + break; + + case MODE_CBC: + // first block + + rijndaelDecrypt (input, block, key->keySched); +#if STRICT_ALIGN + memcpy(outBuffer,cipher->IV,16); + *((word32*)(outBuffer)) ^= *((word32*)block); + *((word32*)(outBuffer+4)) ^= *((word32*)(block+4)); + *((word32*)(outBuffer+8)) ^= *((word32*)(block+8)); + *((word32*)(outBuffer+12)) ^= *((word32*)(block+12)); +#else + *((word32*)(outBuffer)) = *((word32*)block) ^ *((word32*)(cipher->IV)); + *((word32*)(outBuffer+4)) = *((word32*)(block+4)) ^ *((word32*)(cipher->IV+4)); + *((word32*)(outBuffer+8)) = *((word32*)(block+8)) ^ *((word32*)(cipher->IV+8)); + *((word32*)(outBuffer+12)) = *((word32*)(block+12)) ^ *((word32*)(cipher->IV+12)); +#endif + + // next blocks + for (i = numBlocks-1; i > 0; i--) { + + rijndaelDecrypt (input, block, key->keySched); + + *((word32*)(outBuffer+16)) = *((word32*)block) ^ + *((word32*)(input-16)); + *((word32*)(outBuffer+20)) = *((word32*)(block+4)) ^ + *((word32*)(input-12)); + *((word32*)(outBuffer+24)) = *((word32*)(block+8)) ^ + *((word32*)(input-8)); + *((word32*)(outBuffer+28)) = *((word32*)(block+12)) ^ + *((word32*)(input-4)); + + input += 16; + outBuffer += 16; + } + break; + + case MODE_CFB1: +#if STRICT_ALIGN + memcpy(iv,cipher->IV,16); +#else + *((word32*)iv[0]) = *((word32*)(cipher->IV)); + *((word32*)iv[1]) = *((word32*)(cipher->IV+4)); + *((word32*)iv[2]) = *((word32*)(cipher->IV+8)); + *((word32*)iv[3]) = *((word32*)(cipher->IV+12)); +#endif + for (i = numBlocks; i > 0; i--) { + for (k = 0; k < 128; k++) { + *((word32*)block) = *((word32*)iv[0]); + *((word32*)(block+4)) = *((word32*)iv[1]); + *((word32*)(block+8)) = *((word32*)iv[2]); + *((word32*)(block+12)) = *((word32*)iv[3]); + + rijndaelEncrypt (block, block, key->keySched); + iv[0][0] = (iv[0][0] << 1) | (iv[0][1] >> 7); + iv[0][1] = (iv[0][1] << 1) | (iv[0][2] >> 7); + iv[0][2] = (iv[0][2] << 1) | (iv[0][3] >> 7); + iv[0][3] = (iv[0][3] << 1) | (iv[1][0] >> 7); + iv[1][0] = (iv[1][0] << 1) | (iv[1][1] >> 7); + iv[1][1] = (iv[1][1] << 1) | (iv[1][2] >> 7); + iv[1][2] = (iv[1][2] << 1) | (iv[1][3] >> 7); + iv[1][3] = (iv[1][3] << 1) | (iv[2][0] >> 7); + iv[2][0] = (iv[2][0] << 1) | (iv[2][1] >> 7); + iv[2][1] = (iv[2][1] << 1) | (iv[2][2] >> 7); + iv[2][2] = (iv[2][2] << 1) | (iv[2][3] >> 7); + iv[2][3] = (iv[2][3] << 1) | (iv[3][0] >> 7); + iv[3][0] = (iv[3][0] << 1) | (iv[3][1] >> 7); + iv[3][1] = (iv[3][1] << 1) | (iv[3][2] >> 7); + iv[3][2] = (iv[3][2] << 1) | (iv[3][3] >> 7); + iv[3][3] = (word8)((iv[3][3] << 1) | (input[k/8] >> (7-(k&7))) & 1); + outBuffer[k/8] ^= (block[0] & 0x80) >> (k & 7); + } + } + break; + + default: + return BAD_CIPHER_STATE; + } + + return numBlocks*128; +} + + +/** + * cipherUpdateRounds: + * + * Encrypts/Decrypts exactly one full block a specified number of rounds. + * Only used in the Intermediate Value Known Answer Test. + * + * Returns: + * TRUE - on success + * BAD_CIPHER_STATE - cipher in bad state (e.g., not initialized) + */ + +int cipherUpdateRounds(cipherInstance *cipher, + keyInstance *key, BYTE *input, int inputLen __UNUS, BYTE *outBuffer, int rounds) +{ + (void) inputLen; + + int j; + word8 block[4][4]; + + if (cipher == NULL || + key == NULL) { + return BAD_CIPHER_STATE; + } + + for (j = 3; j >= 0; j--) { + // parse input stream into rectangular array + *((word32*)block[j]) = *((word32*)(input+4*j)); + } + + switch (key->direction) { + case DIR_ENCRYPT: + rijndaelEncryptRound (block, key->keySched, rounds); + break; + + case DIR_DECRYPT: + rijndaelDecryptRound (block, key->keySched, rounds); + break; + + default: return BAD_KEY_DIR; + } + + for (j = 3; j >= 0; j--) { + // parse rectangular array into output ciphertext bytes + *((word32*)(outBuffer+4*j)) = *((word32*)block[j]); + } + + return TRUE; +} diff --git a/thirdparty/raknet/version.txt b/thirdparty/raknet/version.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..23fd89e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/raknet/version.txt @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +RakNet 3.25 +Contact Jon for source, needed a few modifications to be compiled. diff --git a/vanity/CREDITS.md b/vanity/CREDITS.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e4a67c81 --- /dev/null +++ b/vanity/CREDITS.md @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +# CREDITS + +## Developers +DarwinAnim8or (Max) +Wincent01 +Mick +averysumner +Jon002 +Jonny + +## Research & Tooling +Xiphoseer +lcdr + +## Community Management +Neal diff --git a/vanity/INFO.md b/vanity/INFO.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000..44b8ac0d --- /dev/null +++ b/vanity/INFO.md @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +# SERVER INFO + +## Version +__VERSION__ + +## Source repository +__SOURCE__ + +## License +__LICENSE__ + +## Compiled on +__TIMESTAMP__ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/vanity/NPC.xml b/vanity/NPC.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..53b639d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/vanity/NPC.xml @@ -0,0 +1,426 @@ + + + 6802, 2519, 2623, 14806 + + Sorry for the mess. + To future endeavours! + What could imagination bring to light? + Vroom vroom... + Take care to preserve the universe. + Builders of the world, unite! + Everything is awesome! + I hope my behaviors are behaving themselves. + + + + + + + + + 9950, 9944, 14102, 14092 + + Hello Explorer! It's great to see you made it! + Have you heard about Darkflame? + I've traveled across this entire system, but nothing beats the view here. + + + + + + + + + + + cmerw[acowipaejio;fawjioefasdl;kfjm; + I, for one, welcome our new robot overlords. + zxnpoasdfiopwemsadf'kawpfo[ekasdf;'s + *teleports behind you* + +